From e9d06b7881fd0033551dce6095ab77a66177864a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Martin Trigaux Date: Tue, 18 May 2021 07:16:30 +0200 Subject: [PATCH] [I18N] *: export pot files And fetch matching translations --- .tx/config | 172 +- locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po | 13103 ---------- locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po | 22 - locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po | 1299 - locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po | 778 - locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po | 658 - locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po | 1454 - locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/expenses.po | 22 - locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/general.po | 1085 - locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po | 381 - locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po | 485 - locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/index.po | 22 - locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po | 6466 ----- locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po | 819 - locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po | 197 - locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po | 1159 - locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po | 38 - locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po | 1653 -- locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po | 164 - locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po | 22 - locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/project.po | 1597 -- locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po | 1722 -- locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/quality.po | 420 - locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/recruitment.po | 22 - locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po | 2054 -- locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po | 515 - locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po | 168 - locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/website.po | 1858 -- locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po | 4 +- locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/contributing.po | 1740 -- locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po | 1172 - locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po | 1554 -- locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po | 770 - locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po | 824 - locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po | 290 - locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/events.po | 436 - locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po | 346 - locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/expenses.po | 26 - .../LC_MESSAGES/{accounting.po => finance.po} | 11175 ++++---- locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po | 116 - locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/general.po | 1782 +- locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po | 383 - locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po | 878 - locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/index.po | 12 +- locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po | 6663 ----- locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po | 7621 ++++++ locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po | 800 - locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po | 275 - locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po | 1333 - locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po | 570 + locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po | 378 - locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po | 43 - locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/planning.po | 158 - locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po | 1633 -- locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po | 191 - locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po | 22 - locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po | 2574 ++ locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/project.po | 144 - locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po | 885 - locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/quality.po | 469 - locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/recruitment.po | 26 - locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po | 4769 +++- locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/services.po | 1530 ++ locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po | 198 + locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/sign.po | 200 - locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po | 569 - locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po | 362 - locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/studio.po | 938 - locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/support.po | 463 - locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/survey.po | 242 - locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/timesheets.po | 85 - .../LC_MESSAGES/{website.po => websites.po} | 1842 +- locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/contributing.po | 1731 -- locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po | 1167 - locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po | 1544 -- locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po | 763 - locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po | 817 - locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po | 284 - locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/events.po | 429 - locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po | 340 - locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/expenses.po | 26 - .../LC_MESSAGES/{accounting.po => finance.po} | 21157 +++++++-------- locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po | 109 - locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/general.po | 1780 +- locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po | 379 - locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po | 870 - locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/index.po | 12 +- locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po | 6652 ----- locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po | 7624 ++++++ locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po | 794 - locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po | 269 - locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po | 1326 - locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po | 574 + locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po | 371 - locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po | 38 - locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/planning.po | 152 - locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po | 1624 -- locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po | 185 - locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po | 22 - locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po | 2573 ++ locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/project.po | 140 - locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po | 880 - locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/quality.po | 461 - locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/recruitment.po | 26 - locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po | 4770 +++- locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/services.po | 1526 ++ locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po | 198 + locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/sign.po | 147 - locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po | 562 - locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po | 356 - locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/studio.po | 934 - locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/support.po | 457 - locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/survey.po | 235 - locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/timesheets.po | 81 - locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/website.po | 2099 -- locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po | 3073 +++ locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po | 4 +- locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/contributing.po | 1741 -- locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po | 1229 - locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po | 1620 -- locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po | 1030 - locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po | 1032 - locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po | 289 - locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/events.po | 435 - locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po | 439 - locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/expenses.po | 23 - .../LC_MESSAGES/{accounting.po => finance.po} | 11874 +++++---- locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po | 120 - locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/general.po | 1880 +- locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po | 379 - locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po | 880 - locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/index.po | 19 +- .../{inventory.po => inventory_and_mrp.po} | 5335 ++-- locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po | 804 - locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po | 275 - locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po | 1334 - locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po | 571 + locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po | 378 - locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po | 48 - locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/planning.po | 158 - locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po | 1730 -- locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po | 196 - locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po | 26 - locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po | 2827 ++ locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/project.po | 144 - locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po | 885 - locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/quality.po | 466 - locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/recruitment.po | 23 - locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po | 4953 +++- locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/services.po | 1607 ++ locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po | 249 + locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/sign.po | 200 - locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po | 570 - locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po | 362 - locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/studio.po | 942 - locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/support.po | 518 - locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/survey.po | 242 - locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/timesheets.po | 109 - locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/website.po | 2338 -- locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po | 3449 +++ locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/contributing.po | 1865 -- locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po | 1423 - locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po | 1866 -- locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po | 973 - locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po | 1040 - locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po | 290 - locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/events.po | 438 - locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po | 437 - locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/expenses.po | 23 - .../LC_MESSAGES/{accounting.po => finance.po} | 11613 ++++---- locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po | 115 - locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/general.po | 1802 +- locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po | 474 - locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po | 893 - locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/index.po | 16 +- locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po | 6871 ----- locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po | 7792 ++++++ locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po | 919 - locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po | 276 - locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po | 1342 - locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po | 596 + locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po | 378 - locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po | 48 - locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/planning.po | 159 - locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po | 1971 -- locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po | 246 - locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po | 26 - locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po | 2896 ++ locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/project.po | 144 - locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po | 884 - locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/quality.po | 467 - locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/recruitment.po | 23 - locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po | 5380 +++- locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/services.po | 1614 ++ locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po | 272 + locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/sign.po | 152 - locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po | 605 - locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po | 362 - locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/studio.po | 941 - locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/support.po | 532 - locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/survey.po | 242 - locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/timesheets.po | 86 - .../LC_MESSAGES/{website.po => websites.po} | 1989 +- locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po | 12403 --------- locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po | 26 - locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po | 1160 - locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po | 730 - locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po | 662 - locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po | 1360 - locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/expenses.po | 26 - locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/general.po | 915 - locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po | 472 - locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po | 398 - locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/index.po | 26 - locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po | 7718 ------ locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po | 370 - locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po | 198 - locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po | 523 - locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po | 120 - locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po | 1369 - locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po | 199 - locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po | 26 - locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/project.po | 1601 -- locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po | 2011 -- locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/recruitment.po | 26 - locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po | 1401 - locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/website.po | 1390 - locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/contributing.po | 1731 -- locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po | 1172 - locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po | 1550 -- locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po | 763 - locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po | 817 - locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po | 284 - locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/events.po | 429 - locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po | 340 - locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/expenses.po | 23 - .../LC_MESSAGES/{accounting.po => finance.po} | 21287 +++++++-------- locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po | 113 - locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/general.po | 1781 +- locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po | 379 - locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po | 875 - locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/index.po | 12 +- locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po | 6656 ----- locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po | 7696 ++++++ locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po | 794 - locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po | 269 - locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po | 1326 - locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po | 570 + locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po | 371 - locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po | 38 - locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/planning.po | 152 - locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po | 1624 -- locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po | 185 - locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po | 22 - locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po | 2593 ++ locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/project.po | 140 - locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po | 884 - locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/quality.po | 461 - locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/recruitment.po | 23 - locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po | 4828 +++- locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/services.po | 1526 ++ locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po | 212 + locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/sign.po | 152 - locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po | 562 - locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po | 356 - locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/studio.po | 934 - locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/support.po | 457 - locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/survey.po | 235 - locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/timesheets.po | 81 - locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/website.po | 2103 -- locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po | 3308 +++ locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po | 4 +- locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/contributing.po | 1741 -- locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po | 1361 - locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po | 1808 -- locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po | 856 - locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po | 1025 - locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po | 290 - locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/events.po | 438 - locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po | 427 - .../LC_MESSAGES/{accounting.po => finance.po} | 11593 ++++---- locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po | 116 - locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/general.po | 1788 +- locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po | 542 - locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po | 880 - locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/index.po | 16 +- locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po | 7224 ----- locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po | 8106 ++++++ locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po | 825 - locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po | 276 - locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po | 1375 - locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po | 571 + .../pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po | 378 - locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po | 48 - locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/planning.po | 157 - locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po | 1817 -- locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po | 238 - locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po | 26 - locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po | 2685 ++ locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/project.po | 145 - locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po | 885 - locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/quality.po | 468 - locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po | 5173 +++- locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/services.po | 1589 ++ locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po | 259 + locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/sign.po | 152 - locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po | 570 - locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po | 362 - locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/studio.po | 939 - locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/support.po | 526 - locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/survey.po | 241 - locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/timesheets.po | 86 - .../LC_MESSAGES/{website.po => websites.po} | 1949 +- locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po | 4 +- locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/contributing.po | 1739 -- locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po | 1368 - locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po | 1810 -- locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po | 856 - locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po | 996 - locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po | 290 - locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/events.po | 435 - locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po | 346 - locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/expenses.po | 22 - .../LC_MESSAGES/{accounting.po => finance.po} | 11597 ++++---- locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po | 114 - locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/general.po | 1786 +- locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po | 536 - locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po | 880 - locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/index.po | 16 +- .../{inventory.po => inventory_and_mrp.po} | 5299 ++-- locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po | 891 - locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po | 275 - locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po | 1373 - locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po | 572 + locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po | 377 - locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po | 45 - locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/planning.po | 157 - locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po | 1803 -- locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po | 234 - locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po | 26 - locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po | 2751 ++ locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/project.po | 144 - locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po | 885 - locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/quality.po | 466 - locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/recruitment.po | 22 - locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po | 5169 +++- locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/services.po | 1540 ++ locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po | 266 + locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/sign.po | 152 - locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po | 574 - locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po | 362 - locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/studio.po | 940 - locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/support.po | 473 - locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/survey.po | 241 - locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/timesheets.po | 86 - locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/website.po | 2371 -- locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po | 3456 +++ locale/sources/administration.pot | 4869 ++++ locale/sources/applications.pot | 6 +- locale/sources/business.pot | 22 - locale/sources/contributing.pot | 913 +- locale/sources/crm.pot | 851 - locale/sources/db_management.pot | 1116 - locale/sources/developer.pot | 19920 ++++++++++++++ locale/sources/discuss.pot | 531 - locale/sources/ecommerce.pot | 646 - locale/sources/email_marketing.pot | 206 - locale/sources/events.pot | 318 - locale/sources/expense.pot | 258 - locale/sources/expenses.pot | 22 - .../sources/{accounting.pot => finance.pot} | 9919 +++---- locale/sources/fsm.pot | 89 - locale/sources/general.pot | 1620 +- locale/sources/getting_started.pot | 221 - locale/sources/helpdesk.pot | 631 - locale/sources/index.pot | 13 +- locale/sources/inventory.pot | 4657 ---- locale/sources/inventory_and_mrp.pot | 5276 ++++ locale/sources/iot.pot | 584 - locale/sources/legal.pot | 4665 ++++ locale/sources/livechat.pot | 211 - locale/sources/manufacturing.pot | 901 - locale/sources/marketing.pot | 419 + locale/sources/marketing_automation.pot | 279 - locale/sources/mobile.pot | 33 - locale/sources/planning.pot | 117 - locale/sources/point_of_sale.pot | 1212 - locale/sources/portal.pot | 130 - locale/sources/practical.pot | 21 - locale/sources/productivity.pot | 1803 ++ locale/sources/project.pot | 109 - locale/sources/purchase.pot | 569 - locale/sources/quality.pot | 335 - locale/sources/recruitment.pot | 22 - locale/sources/sales.pot | 5716 ++-- locale/sources/services.pot | 1165 + locale/sources/settings.pot | 134 + locale/sources/sign.pot | 101 - locale/sources/sms_marketing.pot | 425 - locale/sources/social_marketing.pot | 272 - locale/sources/studio.pot | 657 - locale/sources/subscriptions.pot | 566 - locale/sources/support.pot | 400 - locale/sources/survey.pot | 171 - locale/sources/timesheets.pot | 57 - locale/sources/website.pot | 1525 -- locale/sources/websites.pot | 2274 ++ locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po | 10675 -------- locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po | 23 - locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po | 2527 -- locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po | 522 - locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po | 563 - locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po | 1243 - locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/expenses.po | 23 - locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/general.po | 832 - locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po | 668 - locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/index.po | 23 - locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po | 7674 ------ locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po | 729 - locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po | 2963 --- locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po | 23 - locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/project.po | 1697 -- locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po | 2923 --- locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/recruitment.po | 23 - locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po | 1863 -- locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/website.po | 1390 - locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po | 4 +- locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/contributing.po | 1738 -- locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po | 1387 - locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po | 1799 -- locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po | 881 - locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po | 1000 - locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po | 289 - locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/events.po | 434 - locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po | 345 - locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/expenses.po | 23 - .../LC_MESSAGES/{accounting.po => finance.po} | 11571 ++++---- locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po | 114 - locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/general.po | 1783 +- locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po | 540 - locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po | 878 - locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/index.po | 16 +- .../{inventory.po => inventory_and_mrp.po} | 5291 ++-- locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po | 891 - locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po | 274 - locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po | 1371 - locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po | 570 + locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po | 376 - locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po | 47 - locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/planning.po | 165 - locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po | 1801 -- locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po | 234 - locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po | 26 - locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po | 2767 ++ locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/project.po | 145 - locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po | 884 - locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/quality.po | 466 - locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/recruitment.po | 23 - locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po | 5182 +++- locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/services.po | 1560 ++ locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po | 261 + locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/sign.po | 152 - locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po | 569 - locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po | 361 - locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/studio.po | 939 - locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/support.po | 496 - locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/survey.po | 240 - locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/timesheets.po | 86 - locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/website.po | 2364 -- locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po | 3453 +++ locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po | 8 +- locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/contributing.po | 1743 -- locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po | 1212 - locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po | 1613 -- locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po | 831 - locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po | 845 - locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po | 299 - locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/events.po | 438 - locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po | 368 - locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/expenses.po | 23 - .../LC_MESSAGES/{accounting.po => finance.po} | 21826 ++++++++-------- locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po | 115 - locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/general.po | 1856 +- locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po | 418 - locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po | 930 - locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/index.po | 16 +- .../{inventory.po => inventory_and_mrp.po} | 5486 ++-- locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po | 833 - locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po | 289 - locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po | 1377 - locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po | 594 + .../zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po | 377 - locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po | 44 - locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/planning.po | 161 - locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po | 1708 -- locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po | 198 - locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po | 26 - locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po | 2754 ++ locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/project.po | 153 - locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po | 887 - locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/quality.po | 481 - locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/recruitment.po | 23 - locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po | 4934 +++- locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/services.po | 1588 ++ locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po | 221 + locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/sign.po | 152 - locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po | 589 - locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po | 374 - locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/studio.po | 1047 - locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/support.po | 475 - locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/survey.po | 260 - locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/timesheets.po | 86 - locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/website.po | 2250 -- locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po | 3235 +++ 514 files changed, 290877 insertions(+), 436984 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po delete mode 100644 locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po delete mode 100644 locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po delete mode 100644 locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po delete mode 100644 locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po delete mode 100644 locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po delete mode 100644 locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/expenses.po delete mode 100644 locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/general.po delete mode 100644 locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po delete mode 100644 locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po delete mode 100644 locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/index.po delete mode 100644 locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po delete mode 100644 locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po delete mode 100644 locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po delete mode 100644 locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po delete mode 100644 locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po delete mode 100644 locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po delete mode 100644 locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po delete mode 100644 locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po delete mode 100644 locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/project.po delete mode 100644 locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po delete mode 100644 locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/quality.po delete mode 100644 locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/recruitment.po delete mode 100644 locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po delete mode 100644 locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po delete mode 100644 locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po delete mode 100644 locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/website.po delete mode 100644 locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/contributing.po delete mode 100644 locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po delete mode 100644 locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po delete mode 100644 locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po delete mode 100644 locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po delete mode 100644 locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po delete mode 100644 locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/events.po delete mode 100644 locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po delete mode 100644 locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/expenses.po rename locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/{accounting.po => finance.po} (55%) delete mode 100644 locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po delete mode 100644 locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po delete mode 100644 locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po delete mode 100644 locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po create mode 100644 locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po delete mode 100644 locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po delete mode 100644 locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po delete mode 100644 locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po create mode 100644 locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po delete mode 100644 locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po delete mode 100644 locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po delete mode 100644 locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/planning.po delete mode 100644 locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po delete mode 100644 locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po delete mode 100644 locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po create mode 100644 locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po delete mode 100644 locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/project.po delete mode 100644 locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po delete mode 100644 locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/quality.po delete mode 100644 locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/recruitment.po create mode 100644 locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/services.po create mode 100644 locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po delete mode 100644 locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/sign.po delete mode 100644 locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po delete mode 100644 locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po delete mode 100644 locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/studio.po delete mode 100644 locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/support.po delete mode 100644 locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/survey.po delete mode 100644 locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/timesheets.po rename locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/{website.po => websites.po} (58%) delete mode 100644 locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/contributing.po delete mode 100644 locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po delete mode 100644 locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po delete mode 100644 locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po delete mode 100644 locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po delete mode 100644 locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po delete mode 100644 locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/events.po delete mode 100644 locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po delete mode 100644 locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/expenses.po rename locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/{accounting.po => finance.po} (53%) delete mode 100644 locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po delete mode 100644 locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po delete mode 100644 locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po delete mode 100644 locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po create mode 100644 locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po delete mode 100644 locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po delete mode 100644 locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po delete mode 100644 locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po create mode 100644 locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po delete mode 100644 locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po delete mode 100644 locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po delete mode 100644 locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/planning.po delete mode 100644 locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po delete mode 100644 locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po delete mode 100644 locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po create mode 100644 locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po delete mode 100644 locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/project.po delete mode 100644 locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po delete mode 100644 locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/quality.po delete mode 100644 locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/recruitment.po create mode 100644 locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/services.po create mode 100644 locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po delete mode 100644 locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/sign.po delete mode 100644 locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po delete mode 100644 locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po delete mode 100644 locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/studio.po delete mode 100644 locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/support.po delete mode 100644 locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/survey.po delete mode 100644 locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/timesheets.po delete mode 100644 locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/website.po create mode 100644 locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po delete mode 100644 locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/contributing.po delete mode 100644 locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po delete mode 100644 locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po delete mode 100644 locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po delete mode 100644 locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po delete mode 100644 locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po delete mode 100644 locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/events.po delete mode 100644 locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po delete mode 100644 locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/expenses.po rename locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/{accounting.po => finance.po} (64%) delete mode 100644 locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po delete mode 100644 locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po delete mode 100644 locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po rename locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/{inventory.po => inventory_and_mrp.po} (50%) delete mode 100644 locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po delete mode 100644 locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po delete mode 100644 locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po create mode 100644 locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po delete mode 100644 locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po delete mode 100644 locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po delete mode 100644 locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/planning.po delete mode 100644 locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po delete mode 100644 locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po delete mode 100644 locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po create mode 100644 locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po delete mode 100644 locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/project.po delete mode 100644 locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po delete mode 100644 locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/quality.po delete mode 100644 locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/recruitment.po create mode 100644 locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/services.po create mode 100644 locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po delete mode 100644 locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/sign.po delete mode 100644 locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po delete mode 100644 locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po delete mode 100644 locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/studio.po delete mode 100644 locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/support.po delete mode 100644 locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/survey.po delete mode 100644 locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/timesheets.po delete mode 100644 locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/website.po create mode 100644 locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po delete mode 100644 locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/contributing.po delete mode 100644 locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po delete mode 100644 locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po delete mode 100644 locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po delete mode 100644 locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po delete mode 100644 locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po delete mode 100644 locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/events.po delete mode 100644 locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po delete mode 100644 locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/expenses.po rename locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/{accounting.po => finance.po} (60%) delete mode 100644 locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po delete mode 100644 locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po delete mode 100644 locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po delete mode 100644 locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po create mode 100644 locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po delete mode 100644 locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po delete mode 100644 locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po delete mode 100644 locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po create mode 100644 locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po delete mode 100644 locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po delete mode 100644 locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po delete mode 100644 locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/planning.po delete mode 100644 locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po delete mode 100644 locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po delete mode 100644 locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po create mode 100644 locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po delete mode 100644 locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/project.po delete mode 100644 locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po delete mode 100644 locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/quality.po delete mode 100644 locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/recruitment.po create mode 100644 locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/services.po create mode 100644 locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po delete mode 100644 locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/sign.po delete mode 100644 locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po delete mode 100644 locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po delete mode 100644 locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/studio.po delete mode 100644 locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/support.po delete mode 100644 locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/survey.po delete mode 100644 locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/timesheets.po rename locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/{website.po => websites.po} (54%) delete mode 100644 locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po delete mode 100644 locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po delete mode 100644 locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po delete mode 100644 locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po delete mode 100644 locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po delete mode 100644 locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po delete mode 100644 locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/expenses.po delete mode 100644 locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/general.po delete mode 100644 locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po delete mode 100644 locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po delete mode 100644 locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/index.po delete mode 100644 locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po delete mode 100644 locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po delete mode 100644 locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po delete mode 100644 locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po delete mode 100644 locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po delete mode 100644 locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po delete mode 100644 locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po delete mode 100644 locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po delete mode 100644 locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/project.po delete mode 100644 locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po delete mode 100644 locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/recruitment.po delete mode 100644 locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po delete mode 100644 locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/website.po delete mode 100644 locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/contributing.po delete mode 100644 locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po delete mode 100644 locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po delete mode 100644 locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po delete mode 100644 locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po delete mode 100644 locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po delete mode 100644 locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/events.po delete mode 100644 locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po delete mode 100644 locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/expenses.po rename locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/{accounting.po => finance.po} (51%) delete mode 100644 locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po delete mode 100644 locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po delete mode 100644 locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po delete mode 100644 locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po create mode 100644 locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po delete mode 100644 locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po delete mode 100644 locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po delete mode 100644 locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po create mode 100644 locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po delete mode 100644 locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po delete mode 100644 locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po delete mode 100644 locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/planning.po delete mode 100644 locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po delete mode 100644 locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po delete mode 100644 locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po create mode 100644 locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po delete mode 100644 locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/project.po delete mode 100644 locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po delete mode 100644 locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/quality.po delete mode 100644 locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/recruitment.po create mode 100644 locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/services.po create mode 100644 locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po delete mode 100644 locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/sign.po delete mode 100644 locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po delete mode 100644 locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po delete mode 100644 locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/studio.po delete mode 100644 locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/support.po delete mode 100644 locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/survey.po delete mode 100644 locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/timesheets.po delete mode 100644 locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/website.po create mode 100644 locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po delete mode 100644 locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/contributing.po delete mode 100644 locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po delete mode 100644 locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po delete mode 100644 locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po delete mode 100644 locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po delete mode 100644 locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po delete mode 100644 locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/events.po delete mode 100644 locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po rename locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/{accounting.po => finance.po} (60%) delete mode 100644 locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po delete mode 100644 locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po delete mode 100644 locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po delete mode 100644 locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po create mode 100644 locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po delete mode 100644 locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po delete mode 100644 locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po delete mode 100644 locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po create mode 100644 locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po delete mode 100644 locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po delete mode 100644 locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po delete mode 100644 locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/planning.po delete mode 100644 locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po delete mode 100644 locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po delete mode 100644 locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po create mode 100644 locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po delete mode 100644 locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/project.po delete mode 100644 locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po delete mode 100644 locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/quality.po create mode 100644 locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/services.po create mode 100644 locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po delete mode 100644 locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/sign.po delete mode 100644 locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po delete mode 100644 locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po delete mode 100644 locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/studio.po delete mode 100644 locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/support.po delete mode 100644 locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/survey.po delete mode 100644 locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/timesheets.po rename locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/{website.po => websites.po} (52%) delete mode 100644 locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/contributing.po delete mode 100644 locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po delete mode 100644 locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po delete mode 100644 locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po delete mode 100644 locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po delete mode 100644 locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po delete mode 100644 locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/events.po delete mode 100644 locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po delete mode 100644 locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/expenses.po rename locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/{accounting.po => finance.po} (65%) delete mode 100644 locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po delete mode 100644 locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po delete mode 100644 locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po rename locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/{inventory.po => inventory_and_mrp.po} (50%) delete mode 100644 locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po delete mode 100644 locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po delete mode 100644 locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po create mode 100644 locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po delete mode 100644 locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po delete mode 100644 locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po delete mode 100644 locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/planning.po delete mode 100644 locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po delete mode 100644 locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po delete mode 100644 locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po create mode 100644 locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po delete mode 100644 locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/project.po delete mode 100644 locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po delete mode 100644 locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/quality.po delete mode 100644 locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/recruitment.po create mode 100644 locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/services.po create mode 100644 locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po delete mode 100644 locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/sign.po delete mode 100644 locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po delete mode 100644 locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po delete mode 100644 locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/studio.po delete mode 100644 locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/support.po delete mode 100644 locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/survey.po delete mode 100644 locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/timesheets.po delete mode 100644 locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/website.po create mode 100644 locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po create mode 100644 locale/sources/administration.pot delete mode 100644 locale/sources/business.pot delete mode 100644 locale/sources/crm.pot delete mode 100644 locale/sources/db_management.pot create mode 100644 locale/sources/developer.pot delete mode 100644 locale/sources/discuss.pot delete mode 100644 locale/sources/ecommerce.pot delete mode 100644 locale/sources/email_marketing.pot delete mode 100644 locale/sources/events.pot delete mode 100644 locale/sources/expense.pot delete mode 100644 locale/sources/expenses.pot rename locale/sources/{accounting.pot => finance.pot} (52%) delete mode 100644 locale/sources/fsm.pot delete mode 100644 locale/sources/getting_started.pot delete mode 100644 locale/sources/helpdesk.pot delete mode 100644 locale/sources/inventory.pot create mode 100644 locale/sources/inventory_and_mrp.pot delete mode 100644 locale/sources/iot.pot create mode 100644 locale/sources/legal.pot delete mode 100644 locale/sources/livechat.pot delete mode 100644 locale/sources/manufacturing.pot create mode 100644 locale/sources/marketing.pot delete mode 100644 locale/sources/marketing_automation.pot delete mode 100644 locale/sources/mobile.pot delete mode 100644 locale/sources/planning.pot delete mode 100644 locale/sources/point_of_sale.pot delete mode 100644 locale/sources/portal.pot delete mode 100644 locale/sources/practical.pot create mode 100644 locale/sources/productivity.pot delete mode 100644 locale/sources/project.pot delete mode 100644 locale/sources/purchase.pot delete mode 100644 locale/sources/quality.pot delete mode 100644 locale/sources/recruitment.pot create mode 100644 locale/sources/services.pot create mode 100644 locale/sources/settings.pot delete mode 100644 locale/sources/sign.pot delete mode 100644 locale/sources/sms_marketing.pot delete mode 100644 locale/sources/social_marketing.pot delete mode 100644 locale/sources/studio.pot delete mode 100644 locale/sources/subscriptions.pot delete mode 100644 locale/sources/support.pot delete mode 100644 locale/sources/survey.pot delete mode 100644 locale/sources/timesheets.pot delete mode 100644 locale/sources/website.pot create mode 100644 locale/sources/websites.pot delete mode 100644 locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po delete mode 100644 locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po delete mode 100644 locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po delete mode 100644 locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po delete mode 100644 locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po delete mode 100644 locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po delete mode 100644 locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/expenses.po delete mode 100644 locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/general.po delete mode 100644 locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po delete mode 100644 locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/index.po delete mode 100644 locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po delete mode 100644 locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po delete mode 100644 locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po delete mode 100644 locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po delete mode 100644 locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/project.po delete mode 100644 locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po delete mode 100644 locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/recruitment.po delete mode 100644 locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po delete mode 100644 locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/website.po delete mode 100644 locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/contributing.po delete mode 100644 locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po delete mode 100644 locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po delete mode 100644 locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po delete mode 100644 locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po delete mode 100644 locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po delete mode 100644 locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/events.po delete mode 100644 locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po delete mode 100644 locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/expenses.po rename locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/{accounting.po => finance.po} (65%) delete mode 100644 locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po delete mode 100644 locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po delete mode 100644 locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po rename locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/{inventory.po => inventory_and_mrp.po} (50%) delete mode 100644 locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po delete mode 100644 locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po delete mode 100644 locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po create mode 100644 locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po delete mode 100644 locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po delete mode 100644 locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po delete mode 100644 locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/planning.po delete mode 100644 locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po delete mode 100644 locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po delete mode 100644 locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po create mode 100644 locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po delete mode 100644 locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/project.po delete mode 100644 locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po delete mode 100644 locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/quality.po delete mode 100644 locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/recruitment.po create mode 100644 locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/services.po create mode 100644 locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po delete mode 100644 locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/sign.po delete mode 100644 locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po delete mode 100644 locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po delete mode 100644 locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/studio.po delete mode 100644 locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/support.po delete mode 100644 locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/survey.po delete mode 100644 locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/timesheets.po delete mode 100644 locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/website.po create mode 100644 locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po delete mode 100644 locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/contributing.po delete mode 100644 locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po delete mode 100644 locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po delete mode 100644 locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po delete mode 100644 locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po delete mode 100644 locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po delete mode 100644 locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/events.po delete mode 100644 locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po delete mode 100644 locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/expenses.po rename locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/{accounting.po => finance.po} (62%) delete mode 100644 locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po delete mode 100644 locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po delete mode 100644 locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po rename locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/{inventory.po => inventory_and_mrp.po} (50%) delete mode 100644 locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po delete mode 100644 locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po delete mode 100644 locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po create mode 100644 locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po delete mode 100644 locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po delete mode 100644 locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po delete mode 100644 locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/planning.po delete mode 100644 locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po delete mode 100644 locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po delete mode 100644 locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po create mode 100644 locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po delete mode 100644 locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/project.po delete mode 100644 locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po delete mode 100644 locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/quality.po delete mode 100644 locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/recruitment.po create mode 100644 locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/services.po create mode 100644 locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po delete mode 100644 locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/sign.po delete mode 100644 locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po delete mode 100644 locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po delete mode 100644 locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/studio.po delete mode 100644 locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/support.po delete mode 100644 locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/survey.po delete mode 100644 locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/timesheets.po delete mode 100644 locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/website.po create mode 100644 locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po diff --git a/.tx/config b/.tx/config index b4cf38e55..cbe4f0c22 100644 --- a/.tx/config +++ b/.tx/config @@ -2,59 +2,14 @@ host = https://www.transifex.com type = PO -[odoo-14-doc.accounting] -file_filter = locale//LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po -source_file = locale/sources/accounting.pot -source_lang = en - [odoo-14-doc.applications] file_filter = locale//LC_MESSAGES/applications.po source_file = locale/sources/applications.pot source_lang = en -[odoo-14-doc.contributing] -file_filter = locale//LC_MESSAGES/contributing.po -source_file = locale/sources/contributing.pot -source_lang = en - -[odoo-14-doc.crm] -file_filter = locale//LC_MESSAGES/crm.po -source_file = locale/sources/crm.pot -source_lang = en - -[odoo-14-doc.db_management] -file_filter = locale//LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po -source_file = locale/sources/db_management.pot -source_lang = en - -[odoo-14-doc.discuss] -file_filter = locale//LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po -source_file = locale/sources/discuss.pot -source_lang = en - -[odoo-14-doc.ecommerce] -file_filter = locale//LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po -source_file = locale/sources/ecommerce.pot -source_lang = en - -[odoo-14-doc.email_marketing] -file_filter = locale//LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po -source_file = locale/sources/email_marketing.pot -source_lang = en - -[odoo-14-doc.expense] -file_filter = locale//LC_MESSAGES/expense.po -source_file = locale/sources/expense.pot -source_lang = en - -[odoo-14-doc.events] -file_filter = locale//LC_MESSAGES/events.po -source_file = locale/sources/events.pot -source_lang = en - -[odoo-14-doc.fsm] -file_filter = locale//LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po -source_file = locale/sources/fsm.pot +[odoo-14-doc.finance] +file_filter = locale//LC_MESSAGES/finance.po +source_file = locale/sources/finance.pot source_lang = en [odoo-14-doc.general] @@ -62,84 +17,24 @@ file_filter = locale//LC_MESSAGES/general.po source_file = locale/sources/general.pot source_lang = en -[odoo-14-doc.getting_started] -file_filter = locale//LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po -source_file = locale/sources/getting_started.pot -source_lang = en - -[odoo-14-doc.helpdesk] -file_filter = locale//LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po -source_file = locale/sources/helpdesk.pot -source_lang = en - [odoo-14-doc.index] file_filter = locale//LC_MESSAGES/index.po source_file = locale/sources/index.pot source_lang = en -[odoo-14-doc.inventory] -file_filter = locale//LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po -source_file = locale/sources/inventory.pot +[odoo-14-doc.inventory_and_mrp] +file_filter = locale//LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po +source_file = locale/sources/inventory_and_mrp.pot source_lang = en -[odoo-14-doc.iot] -file_filter = locale//LC_MESSAGES/iot.po -source_file = locale/sources/iot.pot +[odoo-14-doc.marketing] +file_filter = locale//LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po +source_file = locale/sources/marketing.pot source_lang = en -[odoo-14-doc.livechat] -file_filter = locale//LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po -source_file = locale/sources/livechat.pot -source_lang = en - -[odoo-14-doc.mobile] -file_filter = locale//LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po -source_file = locale/sources/mobile.pot -source_lang = en - -[odoo-14-doc.marketing_automation] -file_filter = locale//LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po -source_file = locale/sources/marketing_automation.pot -source_lang = en - -[odoo-14-doc.manufacturing] -file_filter = locale//LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po -source_file = locale/sources/manufacturing.pot -source_lang = en - -[odoo-14-doc.planning] -file_filter = locale//LC_MESSAGES/planning.po -source_file = locale/sources/planning.pot -source_lang = en - -[odoo-14-doc.point_of_sale] -file_filter = locale//LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po -source_file = locale/sources/point_of_sale.pot -source_lang = en - -[odoo-14-doc.portal] -file_filter = locale//LC_MESSAGES/portal.po -source_file = locale/sources/portal.pot -source_lang = en - -[odoo-14-doc.practical] -file_filter = locale//LC_MESSAGES/practical.po -source_file = locale/sources/practical.pot -source_lang = en - -[odoo-14-doc.project] -file_filter = locale//LC_MESSAGES/project.po -source_file = locale/sources/project.pot -source_lang = en - -[odoo-14-doc.purchase] -file_filter = locale//LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po -source_file = locale/sources/purchase.pot -source_lang = en - -[odoo-14-doc.quality] -file_filter = locale//LC_MESSAGES/quality.po -source_file = locale/sources/quality.pot +[odoo-14-doc.productivity] +file_filter = locale//LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po +source_file = locale/sources/productivity.pot source_lang = en [odoo-14-doc.sales] @@ -147,42 +42,17 @@ file_filter = locale//LC_MESSAGES/sales.po source_file = locale/sources/sales.pot source_lang = en -[odoo-14-doc.sign] -file_filter = locale//LC_MESSAGES/sign.po -source_file = locale/sources/sign.pot +[odoo-14-doc.services] +file_filter = locale//LC_MESSAGES/services.po +source_file = locale/sources/services.pot source_lang = en -[odoo-14-doc.sms_marketing] -file_filter = locale//LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po -source_file = locale/sources/sms_marketing.pot +[odoo-14-doc.user_settings] +file_filter = locale//LC_MESSAGES/settings.po +source_file = locale/sources/settings.pot source_lang = en -[odoo-14-doc.social_marketing] -file_filter = locale//LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po -source_file = locale/sources/social_marketing.pot -source_lang = en - -[odoo-14-doc.studio] -file_filter = locale//LC_MESSAGES/studio.po -source_file = locale/sources/studio.pot -source_lang = en - -[odoo-14-doc.support] -file_filter = locale//LC_MESSAGES/support.po -source_file = locale/sources/support.pot -source_lang = en - -[odoo-14-doc.survey] -file_filter = locale//LC_MESSAGES/survey.po -source_file = locale/sources/survey.pot -source_lang = en - -[odoo-14-doc.timesheets] -file_filter = locale//LC_MESSAGES/timesheets.po -source_file = locale/sources/timesheets.pot -source_lang = en - -[odoo-14-doc.website] -file_filter = locale//LC_MESSAGES/website.po -source_file = locale/sources/website.pot +[odoo-14-doc.websites] +file_filter = locale//LC_MESSAGES/websites.po +source_file = locale/sources/websites.pot source_lang = en diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po deleted file mode 100644 index bcd3a0650..000000000 --- a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,13103 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Mustafa Rawi , 2019 -# Nisrine Tagri , 2019 -# Yazeed Dandashi , 2019 -# Abdalla Mohamed , 2019 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:45+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Abdalla Mohamed , 2019\n" -"Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: ar\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 && n%100<=99 ? 4 : 5;\n" - -#: ../../accounting.rst:5 ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:312 -msgid "Accounting" -msgstr "الحسابات" - -#: ../../accounting/bank.rst:3 -msgid "Bank & Cash" -msgstr "البنك والنقدية" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Bank Feeds" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:3 -msgid "Import Coda statement files (Belgium only)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:5 -msgid "" -"CODA is a file format for bank statements in Belgium. Most Belgian banks, as" -" well as the Isabel software, allows to download a CODA file with all your " -"bank statements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:9 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can download an CODA file from your bank or accounting " -"software and import it directly in Odoo. This will create all bank " -"statements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Test now the feature `with this sample CODA file " -"`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:17 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:12 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:18 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:11 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:19 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:26 -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:21 -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:14 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:16 -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:22 -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:9 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:25 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:33 -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:24 -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:21 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:18 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:16 -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:16 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:15 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:22 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:60 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:23 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:12 -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:17 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:11 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:26 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:30 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:31 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:19 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:24 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:20 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:19 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:18 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:39 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:40 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:113 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "الإعدادات" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:20 -msgid "Install the CODA feature" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:22 -msgid "" -"If you have installed the Belgian Chart of Account provided with Odoo, the " -"CODA import feature is already installed by default. In such a case, you can" -" move directly to the next section `Import your first coda file " -"`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:27 -msgid "" -"If CODA is not activated yet, you need to do it first. In the Accounting " -"application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. " -"From the accounting settings, check the option **Import of Bank Statements " -"in .CODA Format** and apply." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:33 -msgid "Import your first CODA file" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Once you have installed this feature, you can setup your bank account to " -"allow importing bank statement files. To do this, go to the accounting " -"**Dashboard**, and click on the button **More** on the bank account card. " -"Then, click on **Import Statement** to load your first CODA file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Load your CODA file in the following screen and click **Import** to create " -"all your bank statements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:49 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:42 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:43 -msgid "" -"If the file is successfully loaded, you will get redirected to the bank " -"reconciliation screen with all the transactions to reconcile." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:55 -msgid "Importing CODA files" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:57 -msgid "" -"After having imported your first file, the Odoo accounting dashboard will " -"automatically propose you to import more files for your bank. For the next " -"import, you don't need to go to the **More** button anymore, you can " -"directly click on the link **Import Statement**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Every time you get a statement related to a new customer / supplier, Odoo " -"will ask you to select the right contact to reconcile the transaction. Odoo " -"learns from that operation and will automatically complete the next payments" -" you get or make to these contacts. This will speed up a lot the " -"reconciliation process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:72 -msgid "" -"Odoo is able to automatically detect if some files or transactions have " -"already been imported. So, you should not worry about avoiding to import two" -" times the same file: Odoo will check everything for you before creating new" -" bank statements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:78 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:65 -msgid ":doc:`ofx`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:79 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:64 -msgid ":doc:`qif`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:80 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:66 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:67 -msgid ":doc:`synchronize`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:67 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:68 -msgid ":doc:`manual`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:21 -msgid "Register bank statements manually" -msgstr "تسجيل كشف حساب بنكي يدويا" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "نظرة عامة" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:8 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can import your bank statements, synchronize with your bank " -"but also register your bank statements manually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:14 -msgid "" -"No special configuration is necessary to register invoices. All you need to " -"do is install the accounting app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:24 -msgid "Create your Bank Statements" -msgstr "إنشئ كشف حسابات بنكية خاصة بك" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:26 -msgid "" -"In the Dashboard, click on the button **New Statement** related to the bank " -"journal. If some reconciliations need to be done, the New Statement link " -"will be found underneath." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Just fill in the fields according the the information written on your bank " -"statement. The reference can be filled in manually or you can leave it " -"empty. We recommend to fill in the partner to ease the reconciliation " -"process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:38 -msgid "" -"The difference between the starting balance and the ending balance should be" -" equal to the computed balance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:44 -msgid "When you are done, click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:47 -msgid "Reconcile your Bank Statements" -msgstr "تسوية كشف حساباتك البنكية" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:49 -msgid "" -"You can choose to directly reconcile the statement by clicking on the button" -" |manual04|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:54 -msgid "" -"You can also start the reconciliation process from the dashboard by clicking" -" on **Reconcile # Items**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to reconcile your bank statement. If the partner is " -"missing, Odoo will ask you to **select a partner**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:68 -msgid "Hit CTRL-Enter to reconcile all the balanced items on the sheets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:71 -msgid "Close Bank Statements from the reconciliation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:73 -msgid "" -"If the balance is correct, you can directly close the statement from the " -"reconciliation by clicking on |manual07|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:78 -msgid "" -"Otherwise, click on |manual08| to open the statement and correct the issue." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:84 -msgid "Close Bank Statements" -msgstr "اغلق كشف الحسابات البنكية" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:86 -msgid "" -"On the accounting dashboard, click on the More button of your bank journal, " -"then click on Bank Statements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:92 -msgid "To close the bank statement, just click on **Validate**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:99 -msgid ":doc:`../reconciliation/use_cases`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:100 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:111 -msgid ":doc:`../feeds/synchronize`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:3 -msgid "Import OFX statement files" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Open Financial Exchange (OFX) is a unified specification for the electronic " -"exchange of financial data between financial institutions, businesses and " -"consumers via the Internet." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:9 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can download an OFX file from your bank or accounting " -"software and import it directly in your Odoo instance. This will create all " -"bank statements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Test now the feature `with this sample OFX file " -"`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:20 -msgid "" -"In order to import OFX statements, you need to activate the feature in Odoo." -" In the Accounting application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration" -" --> Settings`. From the accounting settings, check the bank statements " -"option **Import in .OFX Format** and apply." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Once you have installed this feature, you can setup your bank account to " -"allow importing bank statement files. To do this, go to the accounting " -"Dashboard, and click on the **More** button of the bank account. Then, click" -" on **Import Statement** to load your first OFX file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Load your OFX file in the following screen and click **Import** to create " -"all your bank statements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:46 -msgid "Importing OFX files" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:49 -msgid "" -"After having imported your first file, the Odoo accounting dashboard will " -"automatically propose you to import more files for your bank. For the next " -"import, you don't need to go to the **More** menu anymore, you can directly " -"click on the link **Import Statement**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Every time you get a statement related to a new customer / supplier, Odoo " -"will ask you to select the right contact to reconcile the transaction. Odoo " -"learns from that operation and will automatically complete the next payments" -" you get or do to these contacts. This will speed up a lot the " -"reconciliation process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:65 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:66 -msgid ":doc:`coda`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:3 -msgid "How to synchronize your PayPal account with Odoo?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:5 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can synchronize your PayPal account. That way, you don't have" -" to record all your PayPal transaction in your favorite accounting software." -" The synchronization is done every 4 hours, and you can start reconciling " -"PayPal payments in just a click." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:14 -msgid "Install the account_yodlee module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Start by installing the **account_yodlee** module, if it is not already " -"installed. To do that, got the the menu :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Settings` of the accounting application. In the section " -"**Bank & Cash**, set the option **Bank Interface - Sync your bank feeds " -"automatically**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:25 -msgid "Click on the apply button once it's done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:28 -msgid "Setup your PayPal account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:30 -msgid "" -"A PayPal account in Odoo is managed like a bank account. To setup your " -"PayPal account, use the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Bank " -"Accounts`. Create a new bank account and name it **PayPal**. In the bank " -"field, you can set **PayPal**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Once the PayPal account is created, go back to the **Accounting** dashboard " -"and click on the **Synchronize** button. In the dialog, choose **PayPal** as" -" the online institution and click on the configure button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:45 -msgid "Then, you will have to provide your credentials to connect to PayPal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Your Paypal **must be in English** (if it is not the case you must change " -"the langage of your Paypal account) and if you use a Paypal business account" -" you must switch back to the old interface in order for it to work with " -"Online feeds (you can switch from new to old interface in your Paypal " -"account)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:54 -msgid "" -"If you don't do this you will get a message either saying to put Paypal in " -"English or that the site is not supported." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:57 -msgid "" -"If you configured your Paypal account correctly you should get to the next " -"step of the Online feeds configuration. There you will have a screen with a " -"date to fetch transaction from and a list of account to choose. You must " -"choose the **Paypal balance** account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:62 -msgid "" -"Once everything is done, you should see your PayPal transactions right in " -"Odoo and you can start reconciling your payments." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Enjoy a full integration! You don't need to record transaction manually " -"anymore." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:69 -msgid "" -"You only have to provide your credentials the first time. Once done, Odoo " -"will synchronize with PayPal every 4 hours automatically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:3 -msgid "Import QIF statement files" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Quicken Interchange Format (QIF) is an open specification for reading and " -"writing financial data to media (i.e. files). Although still widely used, " -"QIF is an older format than Open Financial Exchange (OFX) and you should use" -" the OFX version if you can export to both file formats." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:10 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can download a QIF file from your bank or accounting software" -" and import it directly in your Odoo instance. This will create all bank " -"statements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Test now the feature `with this sample QIF file " -"`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:21 -msgid "" -"In order to import QIF statements, you need to activate the feature in Odoo." -" In the Accounting application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration" -" --> Settings`. From the accounting settings, check the bank statements " -"option **Import in .QIF Format** and apply." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Once you have installed this feature, you can setup your bank account to " -"allow importing bank statement files. To do this, go to the accounting " -"Dashboard, and click on the **More** button of the bank account. Then, click" -" on **Import Statement** to load your first QIF file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Load your QIF file in the following screen and click **Import** to create " -"all your bank statements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:47 -msgid "Importing QIF files" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:3 -msgid "How to synchronize Odoo with your bank?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo is able to synchronize directly with your bank in order to get all bank" -" statements imported automatically in Odoo every 4 hours. Before moving " -"forward in this tutorial, you should check if your bank is supported. You " -"can find it out from the `Odoo Accounting Features " -"`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Search for your bank name in the above page. If your bank appears in the " -"proposition, it means it is supported by Odoo. The countries which are fully" -" supported (meaning more than 95% of the banks) include: United States, " -"Canada, New Zealand, Austria. More than 30 countries are partially " -"supported, including: Colombia, India, France, Spain, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:19 -msgid "In order to connect with the banks, Odoo uses two web-services:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:21 -msgid "Plaid: for the main banks in the U.S." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:23 -msgid "Yodlee: for all other banks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:29 -msgid "Odoo Online Users" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:31 -msgid "" -"If you we support banks of your country, the bank integration feature should" -" already been installed. If it's not installed, you can manually install the" -" module **account_yodlee**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:36 -msgid "Odoo Enterprise Users" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:38 -msgid "" -"If you plan to use a bank interface with your Odoo Enterprise subscription, " -"you don't have to do anything special, just make sure that your database is " -"registered with your Odoo Enterprise contract." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:42 -msgid "" -"you might want to check that you don't have a firewall/proxy blocking the " -"following addresses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:44 -msgid "https://onlinesync.odoo.com/" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:45 -msgid "https://api.plaid.com/" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:49 -msgid "Sync your bank feeds" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:51 -msgid "" -"Once the Plaid or Yodlee interface is installed, you can connect Odoo to " -"your bank. To do that, click on **More** on the bank of your choice from the" -" accounting dashboard. In the menu, click on Settings to configure this bank" -" account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:59 -msgid "" -"In the bank form, from the Bank Account tab, set the bank feeds option to " -"**Bank Synchronization**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Once it's done, go back to your accounting dashboard. You should see a " -"**Online Synchronization** button on your bank card. Click on this button " -"and fill in your bank credentials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Once you filled in your credentials, your bank feeds will be synchronized " -"every 4 hours." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:73 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:562 -msgid "FAQ" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:76 -msgid "The synchronization is not working in real time, is it normal?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:78 -msgid "" -"Yodlee tries to get the data from a bank account once a day. However, this " -"doesn't always happen at the same time. And sometimes the process can fail. " -"In that case, Yodlee retries one hour or two later. This is why in Odoo " -"there is a cron that is running every 4 hours to fetch the information from " -"Yodlee." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:83 -msgid "" -"You can however force this synchronization by clicking on the button " -"\"Synchronize now\" from the accounting dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:86 -msgid "" -"Moreover, a transaction can be visible in your bank account but not being " -"fetched by Yodlee. Indeed, the transaction in your bank account can have the" -" status \"pending\" and not the status \"posted\". In that case, Yodlee " -"won't import it, you will have to wait till the status changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:91 -msgid "" -"What is important to remember is that Yodlee is not a service fetching " -"transactions in real time. This is a service to facilitate the import of the" -" bank statements to the database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:95 -msgid "Is the Yodlee feature included in my contract?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:97 -msgid "" -"Enterprise Version: Yes, if you have a valid enterprise contract linked to " -"your database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:98 -msgid "" -"Community Version: No, this feature is not included in the Community " -"Version." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:99 -msgid "" -"Online Version: Yes, even if you benefit from the One App Free contract." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:102 -msgid "Some banks have a status \"Beta\", what does it mean?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:104 -msgid "" -"This means that Yodlee is only currently working on developing the " -"synchronization with this bank. The synchronization could already work or it" -" may need a bit more time to have a 100% working synchronization. " -"Unfortunately, there is not much to do about it except for being patient." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:110 -msgid "All my past transactions are not in Odoo, why?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:112 -msgid "Yodlee only allows to fetch transactions up to 3 months in the past." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc.rst:3 ../../accounting/payables/misc.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:187 -msgid "Miscellaneous" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage batch deposits of checks?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When your company's collections group receives checks from customers they " -"will often place this money into their bank account in batches. As this " -"money has been received in a physical form, someone in your company must " -"manually bring the checks to the bank." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:10 -msgid "" -"The bank will ask for a deposit ticket (also referred to as deposit slip) to" -" be filled-in with the details of the checks or cash to be included in the " -"transactions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:14 -msgid "" -"The bank statement will reflect the total amount that was deposited and the " -"reference to the deposit ticket, not the individual checks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Odoo assists you to prepare and print your deposit tickets, and later on " -"reconcile them with your bank statement easily." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:24 -msgid "Install the batch deposit feature" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:26 -msgid "" -"In order to use the batch deposit feature, you need the module **Batch " -"Deposit** to be installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Usually, this module is automatically installed if checks are widely used in" -" your country." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:34 -msgid "" -"To verify that the **Batch Deposit** feature is installed, go to the " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` menu of the accounting " -"application. Check the feature: **Allow batch deposit**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:42 -msgid "Activate the feature on your bank accounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Once you have installed this feature, Odoo automatically activate bank " -"deposits on your main bank accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:47 -msgid "" -"To control which bank account can do batch deposit and which can not, go to " -"the journal that you defined to pay your checks, usually called 'Checks' or " -"'Bank' (see :doc:`../../receivables/customer_payments/check`, in the " -"Accounting apps, :menuselection:`Configuration --> Accounting --> Journals`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:52 -msgid "" -"In **Advanced Settings** tab, in section **Miscellaneous**, set Debit Method" -" to **Batch Deposit**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:58 -msgid "" -"If you check **Batch Deposit** in your debit method field, it means that " -"payments created using this Journal (called Payment method when you want to " -"make or receive a payment) will be applicable for the creation of Batch " -"Deposits afterwards." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:64 -msgid "From checks received to the bank" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:67 -msgid "Receive customer checks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Once your checks are received, record them on the bank account on which you " -"plan to deposit them. Once you select the bank account (or check journal if " -"you configured Odoo that way), Odoo proposes you to use a batch deposit. " -"Select this option if you plan to deposit the check to your bank." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:78 -msgid "In the memo field, you can set the reference of the check." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:82 -msgid "" -"payments can be registered from the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Payments`, or directly on the related invoice, using the **Register " -"Payment** button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:86 -msgid "Prepare a batch deposit" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:88 -msgid "" -"From the Accounting application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Batch Deposit`, and create a new **Batch Deposit**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:94 -msgid "" -"Select the bank, then select the payments (checks) you want to add in this " -"deposit. By default, Odoo proposes you all the checks that have not been " -"deposited yet. That way you can verify that you do not forget or lost a " -"check." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:102 -msgid "" -"You can then print the batch deposit, which will be very useful to prepare " -"the deposit slip that the bank usually requires to complete." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:106 -msgid "Reconciling the Deposit with the Bank Statement" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:108 -msgid "" -"When you process the bank statement reconciliation you will see the deposit " -"ticket number referenced in the statement. When the reconciliation process " -"is run, the user will be able to select the batch deposit that matches with " -"the bank statement line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:116 -msgid "" -"If you select a batch deposit, Odoo will automatically fill all the checks " -"contained in this deposit for the matching. (2 checks were in the batch " -"deposit in the example below)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:124 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:113 -msgid "Troubleshooting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:127 -msgid "I don't see the batch deposit link on bank statements?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:129 -msgid "" -"If you don't have a batch deposit link in your bank statement, there could " -"be two reasons:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:132 -msgid "" -"After having installed the batch deposit features you need to reload the " -"page so that the browser is aware of this new feature. Just click the reload" -" button of your browser." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:136 -msgid "You do not have a batch deposit created for this bank account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:139 -msgid "What happens if a check was refused?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:141 -msgid "" -"If you have a smaller amount in your bank statement than the actual amount " -"in your batch deposit, it probably means that one of your check has been " -"refused." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:145 -msgid "" -"In this case click on the line related to this check to remove it from the " -"bank statement matching." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:3 -msgid "How to do a bank wire transfer from one bank to another?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A company might have several bank accounts or cash registers. Within odoo it" -" is possible to handle internal transfers of money with only a couple of " -"clicks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:9 -msgid "" -"We will take the following example to illustrate. My company has two bank " -"accounts and I want to transfer 50.000 euros from one of our bank accounts " -"to the another one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:17 -msgid "Check your Chart of Accounts and default transfer account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:19 -msgid "" -"To handle internal transfers you need a transfer account in your charts of " -"account. Odoo will generate an account automatically based on the country of" -" your chart of account. To configure your chart of accounts and check the " -"default transfer account go into the accounting module settings, select " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Your chart of accounts will be pre-installed depending on the country " -"specified during your registration, it cannot be changed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:31 -msgid "" -"The default transfer account will automatically be generated as well " -"depending on your country's legislation. If necessary it can be modified " -"from the same page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:39 -msgid "Create a second bank account / Journal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Before we can register an internal transfer we need to add a new bank to our" -" accounting dashboard. To do so enter the accounting module, click on " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Bank Accounts`. Create a new bank account." -" You should fill in the **Account Number**. You can also create and edit " -"your bank to specify your bank's details." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:50 -msgid "By saving the changes you now have 2 bank accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:56 -msgid "Register an internal transfer from one bank to another." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:58 -msgid "" -"We will now transfer 50.000 euros from our **Bank** to our **Bank BE57 0633 " -"9533 1498** account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:62 -msgid "Log an internal transfer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The first step is to register the internal payment. To do so go into your " -"accounting dashboard, click on the **more** button of one of your banks and " -"select :menuselection:`New --> Internal transfer`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Create a new payment. The payment type will automatically be set to internal" -" transfer. Select the **Bank** you want to transfer to, specify the " -"**Amount** and add a **Memo** if you wish." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:76 -msgid "" -"The memo is important if you wish to automatically reconcile (`see " -"`_)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:81 -msgid "Save and confirm the changes to register the payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:83 -msgid "" -"In terms of accounting the money is now booked in the transfer account. " -"We'll need to import bank statements to book the money in the final " -"accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:90 -msgid "Import bank statements and reconcile" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Note that the bank balance computed by Odoo is different that the last " -"statement of your bank." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:98 -msgid "" -"That is because we did not import the bank statement confirming the " -"receiving and sending of the money. It's thus necessary to import your bank " -"statement and reconcile the payment with the correct bank statement line. " -"Once you receive your bank statements click the **new statement** button of " -"the corresponding bank to import them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:107 -msgid "" -"Fill in your **Transactions line**. Once done, Odoo will display a " -"**Computed Balance**. that computed balance is the theorical end balance of " -"your bank account. If it's corresponding to the bank statement, it means " -"that no errors were made. Fill in the **Ending balance** and click on the " -"**Reconcile** button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:115 -msgid "The following window will open:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:120 -msgid "" -"You need to choose counterparts for the payment. Select the correct bank " -"statement line corresponding to the payment and click on the **reconcile** " -"button. Close the statement to finish the transaction" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:127 -msgid "" -"The same steps will need to be repeated once you receive your second bank " -"statement. Note that if you specify the same amount and the same memo in " -"both bank statements and payment transactions then the reconciliation will " -"happen automatically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:153 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:177 -msgid "Bank Reconciliation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:3 -msgid "Configure model of entries" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In Odoo you have the possibility to pre-fill some accounting entries in " -"order to easily reconcile recurrent entries such as bank fees." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:11 -msgid "" -"We will take the following example to illustrate the concept : Every month " -"my company receives a bank fee cost, which depends of our bank account " -"current balance. This fee is thus variable." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:16 -msgid "Create Reconciliation Models" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:18 -msgid "" -"First, we need to configure two model reconciliation entries. To do so, go " -"to the accounting application dashboard. On your bank journal, click on " -":menuselection:`More --> Reconciliation Models`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:25 -msgid "" -"We want to be able to book our bank fees easily. Our bank deducts fees " -"depending on our balance, meaning that it can vary every month." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:28 -msgid "" -"We create a button Label called Bank fees, select the correct account to " -"book those fees. Moreover we also need to specify that the amount type is " -"\"Percentage of balance\" with an Amount of 100%. This parameter will tell " -"Odoo to take the entire fee into account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:36 -msgid "Save your changes when you are done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:40 -msgid "" -"If the amount of your bank fee is fixed, you can as well select **Fixed** " -"under amount type and specify the amount in the amount tap." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:45 -msgid "" -"You can also use this functionality to handle discounts. Please refer to " -":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:49 -msgid "Register your payments based on a reconciliation model" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:51 -msgid "" -"Register your payment by importing your bank statements that will be " -"impacted by the payment of the bank fee." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:54 -msgid "" -"When doing the reconciliation, you can select an open balance and click the " -"**Reconciliation Model** button (in this case, **Bank Fees**) to get all the" -" relevant data instantly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:61 -msgid "Finally, click on **Reconcile** to finish the process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:65 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:112 -msgid ":doc:`../feeds/manual`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:66 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:110 -msgid ":doc:`../feeds/ofx`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:67 -msgid ":doc:`use_cases`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:3 -msgid "Use cases in the bank reconciliation process?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Matching your bank statements with your accounting records can be a tedious " -"task. You need to find the corresponding invoices, compare the amounts and " -"partners' details with those in the bank statement. These steps can take a " -"lot of time. Luckily, with Odoo you can very easily match your invoices or " -"any other payment document with your bank statements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:10 -msgid "Two options of the reconciliation process exist in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:12 -msgid "We can directly specify the payment on the invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:13 -msgid "We can reconcile open invoices with bank statements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:18 -msgid "" -"No special configuration is necessary to record invoices. All we need to do " -"is to install the accounting app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:25 -msgid "Use cases" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:28 -msgid "Case 1: Payments registration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:30 -msgid "" -"We received the proof of payment of our invoice in the amount of 2100 euros " -"issued to Smith & Co." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:33 -msgid "" -"We start at our issued Invoice of 2100 euros for Smith & Co. Because the " -"sold product is a service we demand an immediate payment. Our accountant " -"only handles bank statements at the end of week, so we have to mark this " -"invoice as paid immediately in order to indicate that we can start rendering" -" services to our customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Our customer send us a payment confirmation. We can thus register a payment " -"and mark the invoice as paid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:45 -msgid "" -"By clicking on **register payment,** we are telling Odoo that our customer " -"has paid the Invoice. We thus have to specify the amount and the payment " -"method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Now we can always find the payment details in the Invoice by clicking on the" -" :menuselection:`Info --> Open Payment`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:58 -msgid "" -"The invoice has been paid and **the reconciliation has been done " -"automatically.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:62 -msgid "Case 2: Bank statements reconciliations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:64 -msgid "" -"We start at our issued Invoice of 3000 euros for Smith & Co. Let's also " -"assume that other Invoices are open for different customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:70 -msgid "" -"We receive our bank statement and find that not only the invoice issued to " -"Smith & Co has been paid, but the one to Buzz of 92 euros as well." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:73 -msgid "" -"**Import** or **Create** the bank statements. Please refer to the documents " -"from the Bank Feeds section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:79 -msgid "On the dashboard, click on **Reconcile # Items**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:84 -msgid "" -"If everything was right (correct partner name, right amount) odoo will do " -"the reconciliations **automatically**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:90 -msgid "If some issues are found, you will need to take **manual actions**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:92 -msgid "" -"For example, if the partner is missing from your bank statement, just fill " -"it in :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:98 -msgid "" -"If the payment is done with a down payment, just check if it is all right " -"and validate all related payments :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:106 -msgid "Hit CTRL-Enter to reconcile all the balanced items in the sheet." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup.rst:3 -msgid "Setup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:3 -msgid "How to setup a new bank account?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, you can manage multiple bank accounts. In this page, you will be " -"guided in the creation, modification or deletion of a bank or a credit card " -"account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:10 -msgid "Edit a bank account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To ease the process, a bank account is already there. We suggest you to edit" -" it first before filling your own bank information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Bank Accounts` and " -"click on the **Bank** item. Edit it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Odoo will detect the bank account type (e.g. IBAN) to allow some payment " -"method like SEPA" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:28 -msgid "Create a bank account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Bank Accounts`. Click" -" on **create** and fill in the form. You can decide to show the bank account" -" number in you intend to send documents like sales orders or invoices. " -"Select the payments methods you support with this bank account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:41 -msgid "" -"If you are working in a multi-company environnement, you'll have to switch " -"the company on your user preferences in order to add, edit or delete bank " -"accounts from another company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0 -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Type" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Bank account type: Normal or IBAN. Inferred from the bank account number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0 -msgid "ABA/Routing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0 -msgid "American Bankers Association Routing Number" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0 -msgid "Account Holder Name" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Account holder name, in case it is different than the name of the Account " -"Holder" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:49 -msgid "View *Bank Account* in our Online Demonstration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:60 -msgid "" -"The initial balance of a bank statement will be set to the closing balance " -"of the previous one within the same journal automatically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:63 -msgid "Delete a bank account or credit card account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:65 -msgid "" -"From the list of bank accounts, select items to delete and delete them from " -"the action menu or go to the form and delete a single item from the action " -"menu" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage a bank in a foreign currency?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, every transaction is recorded in the default currency of the " -"company. Reports are all based on the currency of the company. But for " -"transactions occurring in another currency, Odoo stores both the value in " -"the currency of the company and the value in the currency of the " -"transaction." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:11 -msgid "" -"When you have a bank account in a foreign currencies, for every transaction," -" Odoo stores two values:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:14 -msgid "The debit/credit in the currency of the company" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:16 -msgid "The debit/credit in the currency of the bank account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Currency rates are updated automatically using yahoo.com, or the European " -"Central bank web-services." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:25 -msgid "Activate the multi-currency feature" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:27 -msgid "" -"In order to allow your company to work with multiple currencies, you should " -"activate the multi-currency mode. In the accounting application, go into " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings --> Accounting & Finance " -"Features` make sure the **Allow Multi-currencies** box is ticked. Provide a " -"**Currency Exchange Gain / Loss** account, then click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:34 -msgid "Configure currencies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Once the Odoo is configured to support multiple currencies, you should " -"activate the currencies you plan to work with. To do that, go to the menu " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Currencies`. All the currencies are " -"created by default, but you should activate the ones you plan to support (to" -" activate a currency, check its \"Active\" field)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:42 -msgid "" -"After having activated the currencies, you can configure the parameters to " -"automate the currency rate update. These options are also in the settings of" -" the Accounting application, in the bottom of the page:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:49 -msgid "Click on the **Update Now** link to update the currency rates now." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:52 -msgid "Create a new bank account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:54 -msgid "" -"In the accounting application, we first go to :menuselection:`Configuration " -"--> Accounting / Bank account`, and we create a new one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Once you save this bank account, Odoo will create all the documents for you:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:63 -msgid "An account in the trial balance" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:65 -msgid "A journal in your dashboard" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Information about the bank account in the footer of your invoices if checked" -" the box **Show in Invoices Footer**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:71 -msgid "Example: A vendor bill in a foreign currency" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Based on the above example, let's assume we receive the following bill from " -"a supplier in China." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:76 -msgid "" -"In the :menuselection:`Purchase --> Vendor Bills` , this is what you could " -"see:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:81 -msgid "" -"Once you are ready to pay this bill, click on register payment on the bill " -"to record a payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:87 -msgid "" -"That's all you have to do. Odoo will automatically post the foreign exchange" -" gain or loss at the reconciliation of the payment with the invoice, " -"depending if the currency rate increased or decreased between the invoice " -"and the payment date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Note that you can pay a foreign bill with another currency. In such a case, " -"Odoo will automatically convert between the two currencies." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:96 -msgid "Customers Statements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:98 -msgid "" -"Customers and vendor statements are managed in the currency of the invoice. " -"So, the amount due by your customer (to your vendor) is always expressed in " -"the currency of the invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:102 -msgid "" -"If you have several invoices with different currencies for the same " -"customer, Odoo will split the customer statement by currency, as shown in " -"the report below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:109 -msgid "" -"In the above report, the account receivable associated to Camptocamp is not " -"managed in a secondary currency, which means that it keeps every transaction" -" in its own currency. If you prefer, you can set the account receivable for " -"this customer in a secondary currency and all its debts will automatically " -"be converted to this currency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:115 -msgid "" -"In such a case, the customer statement always has only one currency. In " -"general, this is not what the customer expect as he prefers to see the " -"amounts in the currency of the invoices he received;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage a cash register?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The cash register is a journal to register receivings and payments " -"transactions. It calculates the total money in and out, computing the total " -"balance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Configure the Cash journal in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " -"--> Journals`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:17 -msgid "" -"In the tab Journal Entries, the Default Debit and Credit Account can be " -"configured as well as the currency of the journal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Active" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Set active to false to hide the Journal without removing it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Select 'Sale' for customer invoices journals." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Select 'Purchase' for vendor bills journals." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Select 'Cash' or 'Bank' for journals that are used in customer or vendor " -"payments." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Select 'General' for miscellaneous operations journals." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Company" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Company related to this journal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Defines how the bank statements will be registered" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Synchronization Frequency" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Defines when a new bank statement" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "will be created when fetching new transactions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "from your bank account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Short Code" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "The journal entries of this journal will be named using this prefix." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Next Number" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "The next sequence number will be used for the next invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Entry Sequence" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"This field contains the information related to the numbering of the journal " -"entries of this journal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Dedicated Credit Note Sequence" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Check this box if you don't want to share the same sequence for invoices and" -" credit notes made from this journal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Credit Notes Next Number" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "The next sequence number will be used for the next credit note." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Credit Note Entry Sequence" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"This field contains the information related to the numbering of the credit " -"note entries of this journal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Default Debit Account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "It acts as a default account for debit amount" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Default Credit Account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "It acts as a default account for credit amount" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Currency" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "The currency used to enter statement" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Communication Type" -msgstr "نوع التواصل" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"You can set here the default communication that will appear on customer " -"invoices, once validated, to help the customer to refer to that particular " -"invoice when making the payment." -msgstr "" -"يمكنك من هنا تعيين وسيلة التواصل الافتراضية التي ستظهر على فواتير العميل " -"بمجرد اعتمادها، لمساعدة العميل على العودة لتلك الفاتورة تحديدًا عند القيام " -"بعملية السداد." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Communication Standard" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"You can choose different models for each type of reference. The default one " -"is the Odoo reference." -msgstr "تستطيع اختيار نماذج مختلفة لكل مرجع. المرجع الإفتراضي هو مرجع أودو." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Alias Name" -msgstr "اسم اللقب" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "It creates draft invoices and bills by sending an email." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Profit Account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Used to register a profit when the ending balance of a cash register differs" -" from what the system computes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Loss Account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Used to register a loss when the ending balance of a cash register differs " -"from what the system computes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Lock Posted Entries with Hash" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"If ticked, the accounting entry or invoice receives a hash as soon as it is " -"posted and cannot be modified anymore." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "For Incoming Payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Manual: Get paid by cash, check or any other method outside of Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Electronic: Get paid automatically through a payment acquirer by requesting " -"a transaction on a card saved by the customer when buying or subscribing " -"online (payment token)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Batch Deposit: Encase several customer checks at once by generating a batch " -"deposit to submit to your bank. When encoding the bank statement in Odoo,you" -" are suggested to reconcile the transaction with the batch deposit. Enable " -"this option from the settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "For Outgoing Payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Manual:Pay bill by cash or any other method outside of Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Check:Pay bill by check and print it from Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"SEPA Credit Transfer: Pay bill from a SEPA Credit Transfer file you submit " -"to your bank. Enable this option from the settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Check Printing Payment Method Selected" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Technical feature used to know whether check printing was enabled as payment" -" method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Check Sequence" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Checks numbering sequence." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Manual Numbering" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Check this option if your pre-printed checks are not numbered." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Next Check Number" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Sequence number of the next printed check." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:25 -msgid "Usage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:28 -msgid "How to register cash payments?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:30 -msgid "" -"To register a cash payment specific to another customer, you should follow " -"these steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Dashboard --> Cash --> Register " -"Transactions`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:36 -msgid "Fill in the start and ending balance" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Register the transactions, specifying the customers linked to the " -"transaction" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:41 -msgid "Put money in" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Put money in is used to placed your cash manually before starting your " -"transactions. From the Register Transactions window, go to " -":menuselection:`More --> Put money in`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:51 -msgid "Take money out" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Take money out is used to collect/get yor your cash manually after ending " -"all your transactions. From the Register Transaction windows, go to " -":menuselection:`More --> Take money out`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:60 -msgid "" -"The transactions will be added to the current cash payment registration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations.rst:3 -msgid "Localizations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:3 -msgid "Colombia" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:14 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:63 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Electronic invoicing for Colombia is available from Odoo 12 and requires the" -" next modules:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:11 -msgid "" -"**l11n_co**: All the basic data to manage the accounting module, contains " -"the default setup for: chart of accounts, taxes, retentions, identification " -"document types" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:14 -msgid "" -"**l10n_co_edi**: This module includes all the extra fields that are required" -" for the Integration with Carvajal T&S and generate the electronic invoice, " -"based on the DIAN legal requirements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:19 -msgid "Workflow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:28 -msgid "1. Install the Colombian localization modules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:30 -msgid "" -"For this, go in Apps and search for Colombia. Then click Install for the " -"first two modules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:37 -msgid "2. Configure credentials for Carvajal T&S web service" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Once that the modules are installed, in order to be able to connect with " -"Carvajal T&S Web Service, it's necessary to configure the user and " -"credentials, this information will be provided by Carvajal T&S." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:43 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and look " -"for the *Colombian Electronic Invoice* section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Using the Testing mode it is possible to connect with a Carvajal T&S testing" -" environment. This allows users to test the complete workflow and " -"integration with the CEN Financiero portal, which is accessible here: " -"https://cenfinancierolab.cen.biz" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Once that Odoo and Carvajal T&S is fully configured and ready for production" -" the testing environment can be disabled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:58 -msgid "3. Configure your report data" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:60 -msgid "" -"As part of the configurable information that is sent in the XML, you can " -"define the data for the fiscal section and the bank information in the PDF." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:71 -msgid "4. Configure data required in the XML" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:74 -msgid "4.1 Partner" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:77 -msgid "4.1.1 Identification" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:79 -msgid "" -"As part of the Colombian Localization, the document types defined by the " -"DIAN are now available on the Partner form. Colombian partners have to have " -"their identification number and document type set:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:86 -msgid "" -"When the document type is RUT the identification number needs to be " -"configured in Odoo including the verification digit, Odoo will split this " -"number when the data to the third party vendor is sent." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:92 -msgid "4.1.2 Fiscal structure (RUT)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:94 -msgid "" -"The partner's responsibility codes (section 53 in the RUT document) are " -"included as part of the electronic invoice module given that is part of the " -"information required by the DIAN ." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:98 -msgid "" -"These fields can be found in :menuselection:`Partner --> Sales & Purchase " -"Tab --> Fiscal Information`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:104 -msgid "" -"Additionally two booleans fields were added in order to specify the fiscal " -"regimen of the partner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:108 -msgid "4.2 Taxes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:110 -msgid "" -"If your sales transactions include products with taxes, it's important to " -"consider that an extra field *Value Type* needs to be configured per tax. " -"This option is located in the Advanced Options tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:117 -msgid "" -"Retention tax types (ICA, IVA, Fuente) are also included in the options to " -"configure your taxes. This configuration is used in order to correctly " -"display taxes in the invoice PDF." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:125 -msgid "4.3 Journals" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:127 -msgid "" -"Once the DIAN has assigned the official sequence and prefix for the " -"electronic invoice resolution, the Sales journals related to your invoice " -"documents need to be updated in Odoo. The sequence can be accessed using " -"developer mode: :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Configuration " -"Setting --> Journals`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:136 -msgid "" -"Once that the sequence is opened, the Prefix and Next Number fields should " -"be configured and synchronized with the CEN Financiero." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:143 -msgid "4.4 Users" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:145 -msgid "" -"The default template that is used by Odoo on the invoice PDF includes the " -"job position of the salesperson, so these fields should be configured:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:153 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:196 -msgid "Usage and testing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:156 -msgid "1. Invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:158 -msgid "" -"When all your master data and credentials has been configured, it's possible" -" to start testing the electronic invoice workflow." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:162 -msgid "1.1 Invoice creation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:164 -msgid "" -"The functional workflow that takes place before an invoice validation " -"doesn't change. The main changes that are introduced with the electronic " -"invoice are the next fields:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:171 -msgid "There are three types of documents:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:173 -msgid "" -"**Factura Electronica**: This is the regular type of document and its " -"applicable for Invoices, Credit Notes and Debit Notes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:175 -msgid "" -"**Factura de Importación**: This should be selected for importation " -"transactions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:177 -msgid "" -"**Factura de contingencia**: This is an exceptional type that is used as a " -"manual backup in case that the company is not able to use the ERP and it's " -"necessary to generate the invoice manually, when this invoice is added to " -"the ERP, this invoice type should be selected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:184 -msgid "1.2 Invoice validation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:186 -msgid "" -"After the invoice is validated an XML file is created and sent automatically" -" to Carvajal, this file is displayed in the chatter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:192 -msgid "" -"An extra field is now displayed in \"Other Info\" tab with the name of the " -"XML file. Additionally there is a second extra field that is displayed with " -"the Electronic Invoice status, with the initial value \"In progress\":" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:201 -msgid "1.3 Reception of legal XML and PDF" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:203 -msgid "" -"The electronic invoice vendor receives the XML file and proceeds to validate" -" the structure and the information in it, if everything is correct the " -"invoice status changes to \"Validated\" after using the \"Check Carvajal " -"Status\" button in the Action dropdown. They then proceed to generate a " -"Legal XML which includes a digital signature and a unique code (CUFE), a PDF" -" invoice that includes a QR code and the CUFE is also generated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:211 -msgid "After this:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:213 -msgid "" -"A ZIP containing the legal XML and the PDF is downloaded and displayed in " -"the invoice chatter:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:222 -msgid "The Electronic Invoice status changes to \"Accepted\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:225 -msgid "1.4 Common errors" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:227 -msgid "" -"During the XML validation the most common errors are usually related to " -"missing master data. In such cases, error messages are shown in the chatter " -"after updating the electronic invoice status." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:234 -msgid "" -"After the master data is corrected, it's possible to reprocess the XML with " -"the new data and send the updated version, using the following button:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:245 -msgid "2. Additional use cases" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:247 -msgid "" -"The process for credit and debit notes is exactly the same as the invoice, " -"the functional workflow remains the same as well." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:3 -msgid "Colombia (ES)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:5 -msgid "**Facturación Electrónica para Colombia**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:8 -msgid "Introducción" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:10 -msgid "" -"La Facturación Electrónica para Colombia está disponible en Odoo V12 y " -"requiere los siguientes Módulos:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:20 -msgid "**l11n_co**:** Contiene los datos básicos para manejar el" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:14 -msgid "" -"módulo de contabilidad, incluyendo la configuración por defecto de los " -"siguientes puntos:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 -msgid "a. Plan Contable" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 -msgid "b. Impuestos" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 -msgid "c. Retenciones" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 -msgid "d. Tipos de Documentos de Identificación" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:25 -msgid "**l10n_co_edi**: Este módulo incluye todos los campos" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:23 -msgid "" -"adicionales que son requeridos para la Integración entre Carvajal T&S y la " -"generación de la Factura Electrónica, basado en los requisitos legales de la" -" DIAN." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:28 -msgid "Flujo General" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:31 -msgid "Configuración" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:34 -msgid "1. Instalación de los módulos de Localización Colombiana" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Para esto ve a las aplicaciones y busca “Colombia”, luego da click en " -"Instalar a los primeros dos módulos:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:39 -msgid "cz" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:42 -msgid "2. Configuración de las credenciales del Servicio Web de Carvajal T&S" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Una vez que los módulos están instalados, para poderte conectar con el " -"Servicio Web de Carvajal T&S, es necesario configurar el Usuario y las " -"Credenciales. Esta información será provista por Carvajal T&S." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Ve a Facturación –> Configuración –> Configuración y busca la sección " -"**Facturación Electrónica Colombiana**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:56 -msgid "" -"La funcionalidad de pruebas le permite conectarse e interactuar con el " -"ambiente piloto de Carvajal T&S, esto permite a los usuarios probar el flujo" -" completo y la integración con el Portal Financiero CEN, al cual se accede a" -" través de la siguiente liga: `Cenfinanciero " -"`__," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Una vez que el ambiente de producción está listo en Odoo y en Carvajal T&S " -"el ambiente de pruebas debe ser deshabilitado para poder enviar la " -"información al ambiente de producción de Carvajal, para el cual es utilizada" -" la siguiente URL: `Cenfinanciero `__," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:64 -msgid "3. Configuración de Información para PDF" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Como parte de la información configurable que es enviada en el XML, puedes " -"definir los datos de la sección fiscal del PDF, así como de la información " -"Bancaria." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Ve a Contabilidad – Configuración – Ajustes y busca la sección **Facturación" -" Electrónica Colombiana**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:76 -msgid "4. Configuración de los Datos Principales Requeridos en el XML" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:79 -msgid "4.1 Contacto (Tercero)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:82 -msgid "4.1.1 Identificación" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:85 -msgid "" -"Como parte de la Localización Colombiana, los tipos de documentos definidos " -"por la DIAN ahora están disponibles en el formulario de Contactos, por lo " -"cual ya es posible asignarles su número de identificación asociado al tipo " -"de documento correspondiente." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:93 -msgid "" -"Nota: Cuando el tipo de documento es RUT la identificación necesita ser " -"ingresada en Odoo incluyendo el Dígito de Verificación. Odoo separará este " -"número cuando la información sea enviada a los proveedores terceros." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:99 -msgid "4.1.2 Estructura Fiscal (RUT)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:101 -msgid "" -"Los Códigos de tipo de Obligación aplicables a los terceros (sección 53 en " -"el documento de RUT), son incluidos como parte del módulo de Facturación " -"Electrónica, dado que es información requerida por la DIAN." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:105 -msgid "" -"Estos campos se encuentran en Contactos –> Pestaña de Ventas y Compras –> " -"Información Fiscal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:111 -msgid "" -"Adicionalmente dos últimos campos fueron agregados para especificar el " -"régimen fiscal del contacto. Cabe aclarar que para envío de Factura " -"electrónica de Carvajal, únicamente se hace distinción de entre Grandes " -"Contribuyentes y Régimen simplificado, por lo se muestran solo estas dos " -"opciones." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:118 -msgid "4.2 Impuestos" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:122 -msgid "" -"Si tus transacciones de ventas incluyen productos con impuestos, es " -"importante considerar que un campo adicional llamado *Tipo de Valor* " -"necesita ser configurado en la siguiente ruta:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:124 -msgid "" -"Contabilidad – > Configuración –> Impuestos: –> Opciones Avanzadas –>Tipo de" -" Valor" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:129 -msgid "" -"Los impuestos para Retenciones (ICA, IVA y Fuente) también están incluidos " -"en las opciones para configurar tus impuestos, esta configuración es " -"considerada para desplegar correctamente los impuestos en la representación " -"gráfica de la Factura. (PDF)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:138 -msgid "4.3 Diarios" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:140 -msgid "" -"Una vez que la DIAN ha asignado la secuencia y prefijo oficiales para la " -"resolución de la Facturación Electrónica, los Diarios de Ventas relacionados" -" con tus documentos de facturación necesitan ser actualizados en Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:145 -msgid "" -"La secuencia es configurada usando el modo de desarrollador en la siguiente " -"ruta:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:148 -msgid "Contabilidad –> Configuración –> Diarios –> Liga de Secuencia" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:153 -msgid "" -"Una vez que la secuencia es abierta, los campos de Prefijo y Siguiente " -"Número deben ser configurados y sincronizados con el CEN Financiero." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:160 -msgid "4.4 Usuarios" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:162 -msgid "" -"La plantilla por defecto que es usada por Odoo en la representación gráfica " -"incluye el nombre del Vendedor, así que estos campos deben ser considerados:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:170 -msgid "Uso y Pruebas" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:173 -msgid "Facturas" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:175 -msgid "" -"Una vez que toda la información principal y las credenciales han sido " -"configuradas, es posible empezar a probar el flujo de la Facturación " -"Electrónica siguiendo las instrucciones que se detallan a continuación:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:180 -msgid "1. Invoice Creation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:182 -msgid "" -"El flujo de trabajo funcional que lleva lugar antes de la validación de una " -"factura continua siendo igual con Facturación Electrónica, " -"independientemente de si es creada desde una Orden de Venta o si es creado " -"manualmente." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:187 -msgid "" -"Los cambios principales que son introducidos con la Facturación Electrónica " -"son los siguientes:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:190 -msgid "Hay tres tipos de documentos" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:193 -msgid "**Factura electrónica**. Este es el documento normal y aplica" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:193 -msgid "para Facturas, Notas de Crédito y Notas de Débito." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:196 -msgid "**Factura de Importación**. Debe ser seleccionada para" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:196 -msgid "transacciones de importación." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:202 -msgid "**Factura de Contingencia**. Esta es un caso excepcional y es" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:199 -msgid "" -"utilizada como un respaldo manual en caso que la compañía no pueda usar el " -"ERP y hay necesidad de crear la factura manualmente. Al ingresar esta " -"factura en el ERP, se debe seleccionar este tipo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:208 -msgid "1. Invoice Validation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:210 -msgid "" -"Después que la factura fue validada, un archivo XML es creado y enviado " -"automáticamente al proveedor de la factura electrónica. Este archivo es " -"desplegado en el historial." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:217 -msgid "" -"Un campo adicional es ahora desplegado en la pestaña de “Otra Información” " -"con el nombre del archivo XML. Adicionalmente hay un segundo campo adicional" -" que es desplegado con el estatus de la Factura Electrónica, con el valor " -"inicial **En Proceso**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:226 -msgid "1. Recepción del XML y PDF Legal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:233 -msgid "" -"El proveedor de la Factura Electrónica recibe el archivo XML y procede a " -"validar la información y la estructura contenida. Si todo es correcto, el " -"estatus de la Factura cambia a “Validado”. Como parte de este proceso se " -"generar el XML Legal, el cual incluye una firma digital y un código único " -"(CUFE) y generan el PDF de la Factura (el cual incluye un código QR) y el " -"CUFE." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:237 -msgid "" -"Odoo envía una petición de actualización automáticamente para verificar que " -"el XML fue creado. Si este es el caso, las siguientes acciones son hechas " -"automáticamente." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:240 -msgid "El XML Legal y el PDF son incluidos en un archivo ZIP y desplegados" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:240 -msgid "en el historial de la Factura." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:245 -msgid "El estatus de la Factura Electrónica es cambiado a “Aceptado”." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:250 -msgid "" -"Nota: En caso que el PDF y el XML sean requeridos inmediatamente, es posible" -" mandar manualmente la petición del estatus usando el siguiente botón:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:258 -msgid "1. Errores Frecuentes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:260 -msgid "" -"Durante la validación del XML los errores más comunes usualmente están " -"relacionados con información principal faltante. En estos casos, los " -"detalles del error son recuperados en la petición de actualización y " -"desplegados en el historial." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:268 -msgid "" -"Si la información principal es corregida, es posible re procesar el XML con " -"la nueva información y mandar la versión actualizada usando el siguiente " -"botón:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:279 -msgid "Casos de Uso adicionales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:281 -msgid "" -"El proceso para las Notas de Crédito y Débito (Proveedores) es exactamente " -"el mismo que en las Facturas. Su flujo de trabajo funcional se mantiene " -"igual." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:3 -msgid "France" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:6 -msgid "FEC" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:8 -msgid "" -"If you have installed the French Accounting, you will be able to download " -"the FEC. For this, go in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> France" -" --> FEC`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:12 -msgid "" -"If you do not see the submenu **FEC**, go in **Apps** and search for the " -"module called **France-FEC** and verify if it is well installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:16 -msgid "French Accounting Reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:18 -msgid "" -"If you have installed the French Accounting, you will have access to some " -"accounting reports specific to France:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:20 -msgid "Bilan comptable" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:21 -msgid "Compte de résultats" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:22 -msgid "Plan de Taxes France" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:25 -msgid "Get the VAT anti-fraud certification with Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:27 -msgid "" -"As of January 1st 2018, a new anti-fraud legislation comes into effect in " -"France and DOM-TOM. This new legislation stipulates certain criteria " -"concerning the inalterability, security, storage and archiving of sales " -"data. These legal requirements are implemented in Odoo, version 9 onward, " -"through a module and a certificate of conformity to download." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:34 -msgid "Is my company required to use an anti-fraud software?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Your company is required to use an anti-fraud cash register software like " -"Odoo (CGI art. 286, I. 3° bis) if:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:39 -msgid "You are taxable (not VAT exempt) in France or any DOM-TOM," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:40 -msgid "Some of your customers are private individuals (B2C)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:42 -msgid "" -"This rule applies to any company size. Auto-entrepreneurs are exempted from " -"VAT and therefore are not affected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:46 -msgid "Get certified with Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:48 -msgid "Getting compliant with Odoo is very easy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Your company is requested by the tax administration to deliver a certificate" -" of conformity testifying that your software complies with the anti-fraud " -"legislation. This certificate is granted by Odoo SA to Odoo Enterprise users" -" `here `__. If you " -"use Odoo Community, you should `upgrade to Odoo Enterprise " -"`__ or " -"contact your Odoo service provider." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:58 -msgid "In case of non-conformity, your company risks a fine of €7,500." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:60 -msgid "To get the certification just follow the following steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:62 -msgid "" -"Install the anti-fraud module fitting your Odoo environment from the *Apps* " -"menu:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:65 -msgid "" -"if you use Odoo Point of Sale: *l10n_fr_pos_cert*: France - VAT Anti-Fraud " -"Certification for Point of Sale (CGI 286 I-3 bis)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:67 -msgid "" -"in any other case: *l10n_fr_certification*: France - VAT Anti-Fraud " -"Certification (CGI 286 I-3 bis)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Make sure a country is set on your company, otherwise your entries won’t be " -"encrypted for the inalterability check. To edit your company’s data, go to " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies`. Select a " -"country from the list; Do not create a new country." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:72 -msgid "" -"Download the mandatory certificate of conformity delivered by Odoo SA `here " -"`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:74 -msgid "" -"To install the module in any system created before December 18th 2017, you " -"should update the modules list. To do so, activate the developer mode from " -"the *Settings* menu. Then go to the *Apps* menu and press *Update Modules " -"List* in the top-menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:78 -msgid "" -"In case you run Odoo on-premise, you need to update your installation and " -"restart your server beforehand." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:80 -msgid "" -"If you have installed the initial version of the anti-fraud module (prior to" -" December 18th 2017), you need to update it. The module's name was *France -" -" Accounting - Certified CGI 286 I-3 bis*. After an update of the modules " -"list, search for the updated module in *Apps*, select it and click " -"*Upgrade*. Finally, make sure the following module *l10n_fr_sale_closing* is" -" installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:89 -msgid "Anti-fraud features" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:91 -msgid "The anti-fraud module introduces the following features:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:93 -msgid "" -"**Inalterability**: deactivation of all the ways to cancel or modify key " -"data of POS orders, invoices and journal entries;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:95 -msgid "**Security**: chaining algorithm to verify the inalterability;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:96 -msgid "" -"**Storage**: automatic sales closings with computation of both period and " -"cumulative totals (daily, monthly, annually)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:100 -msgid "Inalterability" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:102 -msgid "" -"All the possible ways to cancel and modify key data of paid POS orders, " -"confirmed invoices and journal entries are deactivated, if the company is " -"located in France or in any DOM-TOM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:106 -msgid "" -"If you run a multi-companies environment, only the documents of such " -"companies are impacted." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:110 -msgid "Security" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:112 -msgid "" -"To ensure the inalterability, every order or journal entry is encrypted upon" -" validation. This number (or hash) is calculated from the key data of the " -"document as well as from the hash of the precedent documents." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:117 -msgid "" -"The module introduces an interface to test the data inalterability. If any " -"information is modified on a document after its validation, the test will " -"fail. The algorithm recomputes all the hashes and compares them against the " -"initial ones. In case of failure, the system points out the first corrupted " -"document recorded in the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:123 -msgid "" -"Users with *Manager* access rights can launch the inalterability check. For " -"POS orders, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Reporting --> French " -"Statements`. For invoices or journal entries, go to " -":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Reporting --> French Statements`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:130 -msgid "Storage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:132 -msgid "" -"The system also processes automatic sales closings on a daily, monthly and " -"annual basis. Such closings distinctly compute the sales total of the period" -" as well as the cumulative grand totals from the very first sales entry " -"recorded in the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:138 -msgid "" -"Closings can be found in the *French Statements* menu of Point of Sale, " -"Invoicing and Accounting apps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:142 -msgid "" -"Closings compute the totals for journal entries of sales journals (Journal " -"Type = Sales)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:144 -msgid "" -"For multi-companies environments, such closings are performed by company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:146 -msgid "" -"POS orders are posted as journal entries at the closing of the POS session. " -"Closing a POS session can be done anytime. To prompt users to do it on a " -"daily basis, the module prevents from resuming a session opened more than 24" -" hours ago. Such a session must be closed before selling again." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:152 -msgid "" -"A period’s total is computed from all the journal entries posted after the " -"previous closing of the same type, regardless of their posting date. If you " -"record a new sales transaction for a period already closed, it will be " -"counted in the very next closing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:157 -msgid "" -"For test & audit purposes such closings can be manually generated in the " -"developer mode. Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation " -"--> Scheduled Actions` to do so." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:164 -msgid "Responsibilities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:166 -msgid "" -"Do not uninstall the module! If you do so, the hashes will be reset and none" -" of your past data will be longer guaranteed as being inalterable." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:169 -msgid "" -"Users remain responsible for their Odoo instance and must use it with due " -"diligence. It is not permitted to modify the source code which guarantees " -"the inalterability of data." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:173 -msgid "" -"Odoo absolves itself of all and any responsibility in case of changes in the" -" module’s functions caused by 3rd party applications not certified by Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:178 -msgid "More Information" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:180 -msgid "" -"You will find more information about this legislation in the official " -"documents:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:182 -msgid "" -"`Frequently Asked Questions " -"`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:183 -msgid "" -"`Official Statement " -"`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:184 -msgid "" -"`Item 88 of Finance Law 2016 " -"`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:3 -msgid "Germany" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:6 -msgid "German Chart of Accounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The chart of accounts SKR03 and SKR04 are both supported in Odoo. You can " -"choose the one you want by going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration` then choose the package you want in the Fiscal Localization " -"section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:12 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Be careful, you can only change the accounting package as long as you have " -"not created any accounting entry." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:16 -msgid "" -"When you create a new SaaS database, the SKR03 is installed by default." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:19 -msgid "German Accounting Reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Here is the list of German-specific reports available on Odoo Enterprise:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:23 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:27 -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:30 -msgid "Balance Sheet" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:24 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:19 -msgid "Profit & Loss" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:25 -msgid "Tax Report (Umsatzsteuervoranmeldung)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:26 -msgid "Partner VAT Intra" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:29 -msgid "Export from Odoo to Datev" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:31 -msgid "" -"It is possible to export your accounting entries from Odoo to Datev. To be " -"able to use this feature, the german accounting localization needs to be " -"installed on your Odoo Enterprise database. Then you can go in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> General Ledger` then click on " -"the **Export Datev (csv)** button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:3 -msgid "Italy (IT)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Questa guida spiegherà come utilizzare la fattura elettronica in Odoo e come" -" configurare correttamente i dati aziendali, i contatti e la contabilità. " -"Per testare la fattura elettronica i dati devono essere reali e non " -"inventati, altrimenti il sistema dell’agenzia delle entrate non riconoscerà " -"l’interscambio di informazioni." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:12 -msgid "Configurare le informazioni sulla tua Azienda" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Il passo successivo è la configurazione delle informazioni necessarie al " -"funzionamento della fatturazione elettronica. Si può accedere alla schermata" -" dall’applicazione Impostazioni: selezionare “Utenti e aziende” e scegliere " -"Aziende. Accedere quindi alle informazioni sulla Azienda per cui si desidera" -" configurare la fatturazione elettronica." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:20 -msgid "" -"I dati necessari al funzionamento dello strumento di fatturazione " -"elettronica sono i seguenti:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Server PEC. Le informazioni sul server utilizzato dal tuo indirizzo di posta" -" elettronica certificata sono fornite dal tuo fornitore o dal Ministero. Lo " -"stesso server deve essere configurato come server che gestisce tutta la " -"corrispondenza mail in Odoo, per saperne di più si puo’ consultare la " -"relativa `guida " -"`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Indirizzo PEC dell’ Azienda, tale indirizzo deve essere lo stesso registrato" -" presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate per l’utilizzo dei servizi di fatturazione " -"elettronica." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Indirizzo PEC dell’Agenzia delle Entrate. La mail sarà fornito al momento " -"della registrazione della tua PEC presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate, ricorda " -"che l’Agenzia delle Entrate potrebbe cambiare questo indirizzo in seguito, " -"previa comunicazione." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Partita IVA e Codice Fiscale. Per far si che la Fatturazione Elettronica " -"funzioni correttamente, questi cambi devono essere compilati correttamente." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Regime Fiscale. Il regime fiscale a cui è sottoposta l’Azienda deve essere " -"selezionato scegliendo dalla lista precompilata fornita da Odoo. Chiedi al " -"commercialista qual’è il corretto regime fiscale!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:47 -msgid "Numero di Iscrizione nel registro delle Imprese." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:54 -msgid "1. Configurare le impostazioni per la Fatturazione Elettronica" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Numero di iscrizione nel registro Imprese tenuto presso la Camera di " -"Commercio." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:59 -msgid "" -"Rappresentate Fiscale. Questa opzione è dedicata ad aziende con sede al di " -"fuori del territorio nazionale ma conducenti attività commerciali in Italia " -"rilevanti ai fini dell’IVA. È possibile indicare in questo campo se " -"l’Azienda si avvale di un Rappresentate Fiscale in Italia." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:70 -msgid "1. Configurare il profilo dei clienti" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:72 -msgid "" -"Per un corretto utilizzo dell’applicazione, il profilo di clienti e " -"fornitori, nell’applicazione contatti, deve essere configurato con le " -"necessarie informazioni legali." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Selezionando il nome del cliente e accedendo quindi ai suoi dati, si trovano" -" i seguenti campi che devono essere compilati: Indirizzo PEC, Codice Fiscale" -" e Indice PA *che deve contere i 6-7 caratteri contenuti nell’indice PA e " -"necessari per la comunicazione tramite fattura elettronica*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:87 -msgid "Il processo di fatturazione" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:89 -msgid "" -"Si può procedere ad emettere una fattura seguendo le indicazioni " -"dell’applicazione. Il momento che determina il formale invio della fattura è" -" il momento in cui viene selezionata l’opzione “Valida”. La fattura viene " -"quindi inviata: lo stato della sua consegna verrà notificato all’utente " -"tramite pop-up sulla parte iniziale della schermata della fattura." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:102 -msgid "I messaggi che possono apparire sono i seguenti:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:104 -msgid "Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:106 -msgid "Invio fallito. Puoi modificare la fattura ed inviarla di nuovo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:108 -msgid "" -"La fattura è stata correttamente inviata ed accettata dal destinatario." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:111 -msgid "" -"I vari stadi di spedizione e recezione della fattura sono visibili anche " -"dall’elenco delle Fatture nella forma di icone, accanto alla colonna “Stato”" -" dall’applicazione contabilità." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:115 -msgid "*Icona Rossa:* Invio fallito" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:117 -msgid "*Icona Gialla:* Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:119 -msgid "*Icona Verde:* Fattura inviata e accettata dal destinatario" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:121 -msgid "" -"Per inviare la fattura tramite PEC e generare il file XML, basterà cliccare " -"su invia. Il documento verrà poi mostrato tra gli allegati." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:3 -msgid "Mexico" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:6 -msgid "" -"This documentation is written assuming that you follow and know the official" -" documentation regarding Invoicing, Sales and Accounting and that you have " -"experience working with odoo on such areas, we are not intended to put here " -"procedures that are already explained on those documents, just the " -"information necessary to allow you use odoo in a Company with the country " -"\"Mexico\" set." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:16 -msgid "The mexican localization is a group of 3 modules:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:18 -msgid "" -"**l10n_mx:** All basic data to manage the accounting, taxes and the chart of" -" account, this proposed chart of account installed is a intended copy of the" -" list of group codes offered by the `SAT`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:21 -msgid "" -"**l10n_mx_edi**: All regarding to electronic transactions, CFDI 3.2 and 3.3," -" payment complement, invoice addendum." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:23 -msgid "" -"**l10n_mx_reports**: All mandatory electronic reports for electronic " -"accounting are here (Accounting app required)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:26 -msgid "" -"With the Mexican localization in Odoo you will be able not just to comply " -"with the required features by law in México but to use it as your accounting" -" and invoicing system due to all the set of normal requirements for this " -"market, becoming your Odoo in the perfect solution to administer your " -"company in Mexico." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:36 -msgid "" -"After the configuration we will give you the process to test everything, try" -" to follow step by step in order to allow you to avoid expend time on fix " -"debugging problems. In any step you can recall the step and try again." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:41 -msgid "1. Install the Mexican Accounting Localization" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:43 -msgid "For this, go in Apps and search for Mexico. Then click on *Install*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:49 -msgid "" -"When creating a database from www.odoo.com, if you choose Mexico as country " -"when creating your account, the mexican localization will be automatically " -"installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:54 -msgid "2. Electronic Invoices (CDFI 3.2 and 3.3 format)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:56 -msgid "" -"To enable this requirement in Mexico go to configuration in accounting Go in" -" :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings` and enable the option on the image" -" with this you will be able to generate the signed invoice (CFDI 3.2 and " -"3.3) and generate the payment complement signed as well (3.3 only) all fully" -" integrate with the normal invoicing flow in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:68 -msgid "3. Set you legal information in the company" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:70 -msgid "" -"First, make sure that your company is configured with the correct data. Go " -"in :menuselection:`Settings --> Users --> Companies` and enter a valid " -"address and VAT for your company. Don’t forget to define a mexican fiscal " -"position on your company’s contact." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:77 -msgid "" -"If you want use the Mexican localization on test mode, you can put any known" -" address inside Mexico with all fields for the company address and set the " -"vat to **TCM970625MB1**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:85 -msgid "" -"4. Set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the partner that represent the " -"company" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:87 -msgid "" -"Go In the same form where you are editing the company save the record in " -"order to set this form as a readonly and on readonly view click on the " -"partner link, then edit it and set in the *Invoicing* tab the proper Fiscal " -"Information (for the **Test Environment** this must be *601 - General de Ley" -" Personas Morales*, just search it as a normal Odoo field if you can't see " -"the option)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:94 -msgid "5. Enabling CFDI Version 3.3" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:97 -msgid "" -"This steps are only necessary when you will enable the CFDI 3.3 (only " -"available for V11.0 and above) if you do not have Version 11.0 or above on " -"your SaaS instance please ask for an upgrade sending a ticket to support in " -"https://www.odoo.com/help." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:102 -msgid "Enable debug mode:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:107 -msgid "" -"Go and look the following technical parameter, on :menuselection:`Settings " -"--> Technical --> Parameters --> System Parameters` and set the parameter " -"called *l10n_mx_edi_cfdi_version* to 3.3 (Create it if the entry with this " -"name does not exist)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:113 -msgid "" -"The CFDI 3.2 will be legally possible until November 30th 2017 enable the " -"3.3 version will be a mandatory step to comply with the new `SAT " -"resolution`_ in any new database created since v11.0 released CFDI 3.3 is " -"the default behavior." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:122 -msgid "Important considerations when yo enable the CFDI 3.3" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:124 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:642 -msgid "" -"Your tax which represent the VAT 16% and 0% must have the \"Factor Type\" " -"field set to \"Tasa\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:132 -msgid "" -"You must go to the Fiscal Position configuration and set the proper code (it" -" is the first 3 numbers in the name) for example for the test one you should" -" set 601, it will look like the image." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:139 -msgid "" -"All products must have for CFDI 3.3 the \"SAT code\" and the field " -"\"Reference\" properly set, you can export them and re import them to do it " -"faster." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:146 -msgid "6. Configure the PAC in order to sign properly the invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:148 -msgid "" -"To configure the EDI with the **PACs**, you can go in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Electronic Invoicing (MX)`. You " -"can choose a PAC within the **List of supported PACs** on the *PAC field* " -"and then enter your PAC username and PAC password." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:154 -msgid "" -"Remember you must sign up in the refereed PAC before hand, that process can " -"be done with the PAC itself on this case we will have two (2) availables " -"`Finkok`_ and `Solución Factible`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:158 -msgid "" -"You must process your **Private Key (CSD)** with the SAT institution before " -"follow this steps, if you do not have such information please try all the " -"\"Steps for Test\" and come back to this process when you finish the process" -" proposed for the SAT in order to set this information for your production " -"environment with real transactions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:168 -msgid "" -"If you ticked the box *MX PAC test environment* there is no need to enter a " -"PAC username or password." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:175 -msgid "" -"Here is a SAT certificate you can use if you want to use the *Test " -"Environment* for the Mexican Accounting Localization." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:178 -msgid "`Certificate`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:179 -msgid "`Certificate Key`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:180 -msgid "**Password:** 12345678a" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:183 -msgid "7. Configure the tag in sales taxes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:185 -msgid "" -"This tag is used to set the tax type code, transferred or withhold, " -"applicable to the concept in the CFDI. So, if the tax is a sale tax the " -"\"Tag\" field should be \"IVA\", \"ISR\" or \"IEPS\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:192 -msgid "" -"Note that the default taxes already has a tag assigned, but when you create " -"a new tax you should choose a tag." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:199 -msgid "Invoicing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:201 -msgid "" -"To use the mexican invoicing you just need to do a normal invoice following " -"the normal Odoo's behaviour." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:204 -msgid "" -"Once you validate your first invoice a correctly signed invoice should look " -"like this:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:211 -msgid "" -"You can generate the PDF just clicking on the Print button on the invoice or" -" sending it by email following the normal process on odoo to send your " -"invoice by email." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:218 -msgid "" -"Once you send the electronic invoice by email this is the way it should " -"looks like." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:225 -msgid "Cancelling invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:227 -msgid "" -"The cancellation process is completely linked to the normal cancellation in " -"Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:229 -msgid "If the invoice is not paid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:231 -msgid "Go to to the customer invoice journal where the invoice belong to" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:239 -msgid "Check the \"Allow cancelling entries\" field" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:244 -msgid "Go back to your invoice and click on the button \"Cancel Invoice\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:249 -msgid "" -"For security reasons it is recommendable return the check on the to allow " -"cancelling to false again, then go to the journal and un check such field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:252 -msgid "**Legal considerations**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:254 -msgid "A cancelled invoice will automatically cancelled on the SAT." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:255 -msgid "" -"If you retry to use the same invoice after cancelled, you will have as much " -"cancelled CFDI as you tried, then all those xml are important to maintain a " -"good control of the cancellation reasons." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:258 -msgid "" -"You must unlink all related payment done to an invoice on odoo before cancel" -" such document, this payments must be cancelled to following the same " -"approach but setting the \"Allow Cancel Entries\" in the payment itself." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:263 -msgid "Payments (Just available for CFDI 3.3)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:265 -msgid "" -"To generate the payment complement you only need to follow the normal " -"payment process in Odoo, this considerations to understand the behavior are " -"important." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:268 -msgid "" -"To generate payment complement the payment term in the invoice must be PPD, " -"because It is the expected behavior legally required for \"Cash payment\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:272 -msgid "**1.1. How can I generate an invoice with payment term `PUE`?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:274 -msgid "" -"`According to the SAT documentation`_ a payment is classified as ``PUE`` if " -"the invoice was agreed to be fully payed before the 17th of the next " -"calendar month (the next month of the CFDI date), any other condition will " -"generate a ``PPD`` invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:279 -msgid "**1.2. How can I get this with Odoo?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:281 -msgid "" -"In order to set the appropriate CFDI payment term (PPD or PUE), you can " -"easily set it by using the ``Payment Terms`` defined in the invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:284 -msgid "" -"If an invoice is generated without ``Payment Term`` the attribute " -"``MetodoPago`` will be ``PUE``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:287 -msgid "" -"Today, if is the first day of the month and is generated an invoice with " -"``Payment Term`` ``30 Net Days`` the ``Due Date`` calculated is going to be " -"the first day of the following month, this means its before the 17th of the " -"next month, then the attribute ``MetodoPago`` will be ``PUE``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:292 -msgid "" -"Today, if an invoice is generated with ``Payment Term`` ``30 Net Days`` and " -"the ``Due Date`` is higher than the day 17 of the next month the " -"``MetodoPago`` will be ``PPD``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:296 -msgid "" -"If having a ``Payment Term`` with 2 lines or more, for example ``30% Advance" -" End of Following Month``, this is an installments term, then the attribute " -"``MetodoPago`` will be ``PPD``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:300 -msgid "" -"To test a normal signed payment just create an invoice with payment term " -"``30% Advance End of Following Month`` and then register a payment to it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:302 -msgid "You must print the payment in order to retrieve the PDF properly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:303 -msgid "" -"Regarding the \"Payments in Advance\" you must create a proper invoice with " -"the payment in advance itself as a product line setting the proper SAT code " -"following the procedure on the official documentation `given by the SAT`_ in" -" the section **Apéndice 2 Procedimiento para la emisión de los CFDI en el " -"caso de anticipos recibidos**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:308 -msgid "" -"Related to topic 4 it is blocked the possibility to create a Customer " -"Payment without a proper invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:313 -msgid "The accounting for Mexico in odoo is composed by 3 reports:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:315 -msgid "Chart of Account (Called and shown as COA)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:316 -msgid "Electronic Trial Balance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:317 -msgid "DIOT report." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:319 -msgid "" -"1 and 2 are considered as the electronic accounting, and the DIOT is a " -"report only available on the context of the accounting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:322 -msgid "" -"You can find all those reports in the original report menu on Accounting " -"app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:328 -msgid "Electronic Accounting (Requires Accounting App)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:331 -msgid "Electronic Chart of account CoA" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:333 -msgid "" -"The electronic accounting never has been easier, just go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Mexico --> COA` and click on " -"the button **Export for SAT (XML)**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:340 -msgid "**How to add new accounts?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:342 -msgid "" -"If you add an account with the coding convention NNN.YY.ZZ where NNN.YY is a" -" SAT coding group then your account will be automatically configured." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:345 -msgid "" -"Example to add an Account for a new Bank account go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Chart of Account` and then " -"create a new account on the button \"Create\" and try to create an account " -"with the number 102.01.99 once you change to set the name you will see a tag" -" automatically set, the tags set are the one picked to be used in the COA on" -" xml." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:355 -msgid "**What is the meaning of the tag?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:357 -msgid "" -"To know all possible tags you can read the `Anexo 24`_ in the SAT website on" -" the section called **Código agrupador de cuentas del SAT**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:361 -msgid "" -"When you install the module l10n_mx and yous Chart of Account rely on it " -"(this happen automatically when you install setting Mexico as country on " -"your database) then you will have the more common tags if the tag you need " -"is not created you can create one on the fly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:367 -msgid "Electronic Trial Balance" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:369 -msgid "" -"Exactly as the COA but with Initial balance debit and credit, once you have " -"your coa properly set you can go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports " -"--> Mexico --> Trial Balance` this is automatically generated, and can be " -"exported to XML using the button in the top **Export for SAT (XML)** with " -"the previous selection of the period you want to export." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:378 -msgid "" -"All the normal auditory and analysis features are available here also as any" -" regular Odoo Report." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:382 -msgid "DIOT Report (Requires Accounting App)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:384 -msgid "**What is the DIOT and the importance of presenting it SAT**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:386 -msgid "" -"When it comes to procedures with the SAT Administration Service we know that" -" we should not neglect what we present. So that things should not happen in " -"Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:389 -msgid "" -"The DIOT is the Informational Statement of Operations with Third Parties " -"(DIOT), which is an an additional obligation with the VAT, where we must " -"give the status of our operations to third parties, or what is considered " -"the same, with our providers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:394 -msgid "" -"This applies both to individuals and to the moral as well, so if we have VAT" -" for submitting to the SAT and also dealing with suppliers it is necessary " -"to. submit the DIOT:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:398 -msgid "**When to file the DIOT and in what format?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:400 -msgid "" -"It is simple to present the DIOT, since like all format this you can obtain " -"it in the page of the SAT, it is the electronic format A-29 that you can " -"find in the SAT website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:404 -msgid "" -"Every month if you have operations with third parties it is necessary to " -"present the DIOT, just as we do with VAT, so that if in January we have " -"deals with suppliers, by February we must present the information pertinent " -"to said data." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:409 -msgid "**Where the DIOT is presented?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:411 -msgid "" -"You can present DIOT in different ways, it is up to you which one you will " -"choose and which will be more comfortable for you than you will present " -"every month or every time you have dealings with suppliers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:415 -msgid "" -"The A-29 format is electronic so you can present it on the SAT page, but " -"this after having made up to 500 records." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:418 -msgid "" -"Once these 500 records are entered in the SAT, you must present them to the " -"Local Taxpayer Services Administration (ALSC) with correspondence to your " -"tax address, these records can be presented in a digital storage medium such" -" as a CD or USB, which once validated you will be returned, so do not doubt " -"that you will still have these records and of course, your CD or USB." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:424 -msgid "**One more fact to know: the Batch load?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:426 -msgid "" -"When reviewing the official SAT documents on DIOT, you will find the Batch " -"load, and of course the first thing we think is what is that ?, and " -"according to the SAT site is:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:430 -msgid "" -"The \"batch upload\" is the conversion of records databases of transactions " -"with suppliers made by taxpayers in text files (.txt). These files have the " -"necessary structure for their application and importation into the system of" -" the Informative Declaration of Operations with third parties, avoiding the " -"direct capture and consequently, optimizing the time invested in its " -"integration for the presentation in time and form to the SAT." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:437 -msgid "" -"You can use it to present the DIOT, since it is allowed, which will make " -"this operation easier for you, so that it does not exist to avoid being in " -"line with the SAT in regard to the Information Statement of Operations with " -"Third Parties." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:442 -msgid "You can find the `official information here`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:444 -msgid "**How Generate this report in odoo?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:446 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports --> Mexico --> Transactions " -"with third partied (DIOT)`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:451 -msgid "" -"A report view is shown, select last month to report the immediate before " -"month you are or left the current month if it suits to you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:457 -msgid "Click on \"Export (TXT)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:462 -msgid "" -"Save in a secure place the downloaded file and go to SAT website and follow " -"the necessary steps to declare it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:466 -msgid "Important considerations on your Supplier and Invice data for the DIOT" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:468 -msgid "" -"All suppliers must have set the fields on the accounting tab called \"DIOT " -"Information\", the *L10N Mx Nationality* field is filled with just select " -"the proper country in the address, you do not need to do anything else " -"there, but the *L10N Mx Type Of Operation* must be filled by you in all your" -" suppliers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:476 -msgid "" -"There are 3 options of VAT for this report, 16%, 0% and exempt, an invoice " -"line in odoo is considered exempt if no tax on it, the other 2 taxes are " -"properly configured already." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:479 -msgid "" -"Remember to pay an invoice which represent a payment in advance you must ask" -" for the invoice first and then pay it and reconcile properly the payment " -"following standard odoo procedure." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:482 -msgid "" -"You do not need all you data on partners filled to try to generate the " -"supplier invoice, you can fix this information when you generate the report " -"itself." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:485 -msgid "" -"Remember this report only shows the Supplier Invoices that were actually " -"paid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:487 -msgid "" -"If some of this considerations are not taken into account a message like " -"this will appear when generate the DIOT on TXT with all the partners you " -"need to check on this particular report, this is the reason we recommend use" -" this report not just to export your legal obligation but to generate it " -"before the end of the month and use it as your auditory process to see all " -"your partners are correctly set." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:498 -msgid "Extra Recommended features" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:501 -msgid "Contact Module (Free)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:503 -msgid "" -"If you want to administer properly your customers, suppliers and addresses " -"this module even if it is not a technical need, it is highly recommended to " -"install." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:508 -msgid "Multi currency (Requires Accounting App)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:510 -msgid "" -"In Mexico almost all companies send and receive payments in different " -"currencies if you want to manage such capability you should enable the multi" -" currency feature and you should enable the synchronization with " -"**Banxico**, such feature allow you retrieve the proper exchange rate " -"automatically retrieved from SAT and not being worried of put such " -"information daily in the system manually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:517 -msgid "Go to settings and enable the multi currency feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:523 -msgid "" -"Enabling Explicit errors on the CFDI using the XSD local validator (CFDI " -"3.3)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:525 -msgid "" -"Frequently you want receive explicit errors from the fields incorrectly set " -"on the xml, those errors are better informed to the user if the check is " -"enable, to enable the Check with xsd feature follow the next steps (with " -"debug mode enabled)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:530 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Actions --> Server Actions`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:531 -msgid "Look for the Action called \"Download XSD files to CFDI\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:532 -msgid "Click on button \"Create Contextual Action\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:533 -msgid "" -"Go to the company form :menuselection:`Settings --> Users&Companies --> " -"Companies`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:534 -msgid "Open any company you have." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:535 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:558 -msgid "Click on \"Action\" and then on \"Download XSD file to CFDI\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:540 -msgid "" -"Now you can make an invoice with any error (for example a product without " -"code which is pretty common) and an explicit error will be shown instead a " -"generic one with no explanation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:545 -msgid "If you see an error like this:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:547 -msgid "The cfdi generated is not valid" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:549 -msgid "" -"attribute decl. 'TipoRelacion', attribute 'type': The QName value " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_TipoRelacion' does " -"not resolve to a(n) simple type definition., line 36" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:553 -msgid "" -"This can be caused because of a database backup restored in anothe server, " -"or when the XSD files are not correctly downloaded. Follow the same steps as" -" above but:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:557 -msgid "Go to the company in which the error occurs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:564 -msgid "**Error message** (Only applicable on CFDI 3.3):" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:566 -msgid "" -":9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_MINLENGTH_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " -"[facet 'minLength'] The value '' has a length of '0'; this underruns the " -"allowed minimum length of '1'." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:568 -msgid "" -":9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_PATTERN_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " -"[facet 'pattern'] The value '' is not accepted by the pattern '[^|]{1,100}'." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:571 -msgid "" -"**Solution:** You forget to set the proper \"Reference\" field in the " -"product, please go to the product form and set your internal reference " -"properly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:574 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:599 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:609 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:622 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:633 -msgid "**Error message**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:576 -msgid "" -":6:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}RegimenFiscal': The attribute 'Regimen' is " -"required but missing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:578 -msgid "" -":5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'RegimenFiscal' is " -"required but missing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:581 -msgid "" -"**Solution:** You forget to set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the " -"partner of the company, go to customers, remove the customer filter and look" -" for the partner called as your company and set the proper fiscal position " -"which is the kind of business you company does related to SAT list of " -"possible values, antoher option can be that you forgot follow the " -"considerations about fiscal positions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:588 -msgid "" -"Yo must go to the Fiscal Position configuration and set the proper code (it " -"is the first 3 numbers in the name) for example for the test one you should " -"set 601, it will look like the image." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:596 -msgid "" -"For testing purposes this value must be *601 - General de Ley Personas " -"Morales* which is the one required for the demo VAT." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:601 -msgid "" -":2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'FormaPago': [facet " -"'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'01', '02', '03', " -"'04', '05', '06', '08', '12', '13', '14', '15', '17', '23', '24', '25', " -"'26', '27', '28', '29', '30', '99'}" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:604 -msgid "**Solution:** The payment method is required on your invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:611 -msgid "" -":2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': " -"[facet 'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'00 " -":2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': '' " -"is not a valid value of the atomic type " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal'. " -":5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'Rfc' is required but " -"missing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:616 -msgid "" -"**Solution:** You must set the address on your company properly, this is a " -"mandatory group of fields, you can go to your company configuration on " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies` and fill all " -"the required fields for your address following the step :ref:`mx-legal-" -"info`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:624 -msgid "" -":2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': '' " -"is not a valid value of the atomic type " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal'." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:627 -msgid "" -"**Solution:** The postal code on your company address is not a valid one for" -" Mexico, fix it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:635 -msgid "" -":18:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " -"required but missing. :34:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: " -"Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' " -"is required but missing.\", '')" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:639 -msgid "" -"**Solution:** Set the mexican name for the tax 0% and 16% in your system and" -" used on the invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:2 -msgid "Netherlands" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:5 -msgid "XAF Export" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:7 -msgid "" -"With the Dutch accounting localization installed, you will be able to export" -" all your accounting entries in XAF format. For this, you have to go in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> General Ledger`, you define the" -" entries you want to export using the filters (period, journals, ...) and " -"then you click on the button **EXPORT (XAF)**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:14 -msgid "Dutch Accounting Reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:16 -msgid "" -"If you install the Dutch accounting localization, you will have access to " -"some reports that are specific to the Netherlands such as :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:21 -msgid "Tax Report (Aangifte omzetbelasting)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:23 -msgid "Intrastat Report (ICP)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:3 -msgid "Spain" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:6 -msgid "Spanish Chart of Accounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, there are several Spanish Chart of Accounts that are available by " -"default:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:10 -msgid "PGCE PYMEs 2008" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:11 -msgid "PGCE Completo 2008" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:12 -msgid "PGCE Entitades" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:14 -msgid "" -"You can choose the one you want by going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration` then choose the package you want in the **Fiscal " -"Localization** section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:20 -msgid "" -"When you create a new SaaS database, the PGCE PYMEs 2008 is installed by " -"default." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:23 -msgid "Spanish Accounting Reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:25 -msgid "" -"If the Spanish Accounting Localization is installed, you will have access to" -" accounting reports specific to Spain:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:28 -msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 111)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:29 -msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 115)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:30 -msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 303)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:3 -msgid "Switzerland" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:6 -msgid "ISR (In-payment Slip with Reference number)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The ISRs are payment slips used in Switzerland. You can print them directly " -"from Odoo. On the customer invoices, there is a new button called *Print " -"ISR*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:16 -msgid "" -"The button *Print ISR* only appears there is well a bank account defined on " -"the invoice. You can use CH6309000000250097798 as bank account number and " -"010391391 as CHF ISR reference." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:23 -msgid "Then you open a pdf with the ISR." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:28 -msgid "" -"There exists two layouts for ISR: one with, and one without the bank " -"coordinates. To choose which one to use, there is an option to print the " -"bank information on the ISR. To activate it, go in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Accounting " -"Reports` and tick this box :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:38 -msgid "Currency Rate Live Update" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:40 -msgid "" -"You can update automatically your currencies rates based on the Federal Tax " -"Administration from Switzerland. For this, go in :menuselection:`Accounting " -"--> Settings`, activate the multi-currencies setting and choose the service " -"you want." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:49 -msgid "Updated VAT for January 2018" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:51 -msgid "" -"Starting from the 1st January 2018, new reduced VAT rates will be applied in" -" Switzerland. The normal 8.0% rate will switch to 7.7% and the specific rate" -" for the hotel sector will switch from 3.8% to 3.7%." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:56 -msgid "How to update your taxes in Odoo Enterprise (SaaS or On Premise)?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:58 -msgid "" -"If you have the V11.1 version, all the work is already been done, you don't " -"have to do anything." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:61 -msgid "" -"If you have started on an earlier version, you first have to update the " -"module \"Switzerland - Accounting Reports\". For this, you go in " -":menuselection:`Apps --> remove the filter \"Apps\" --> search for " -"\"Switzerland - Accounting Reports\" --> open the module --> click on " -"\"upgrade\"`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Once it has been done, you can work on creating new taxes for the updated " -"rates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:72 -msgid "" -"**Do not suppress or modify the existing taxes** (8.0% and 3.8%). You want " -"to keep them since you may have to use both rates for a short period of " -"time. Instead, remember to archive them once you have encoded all your 2017 " -"transactions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:77 -msgid "The creation of such taxes should be done in the following manner:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:79 -msgid "" -"**Purchase taxes**: copy the origin tax, change its name, label on invoice, " -"rate and tax group (effective from v10 only)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:82 -msgid "" -"**Sale taxes**: copy the origin tax, change its name, label on invoice, rate" -" and tax group (effective from v10 only). Since the vat report now shows the" -" details for old and new rates, you should also set the tags accordingly to" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:87 -msgid "" -"For 7.7% taxes: Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 base, Switzerland VAT Form: " -"grid 302 tax" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:90 -msgid "" -"For 3.7% taxes: Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 base, Switzerland VAT Form: " -"grid 342 tax" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:93 -msgid "" -"You'll find below, as examples, the correct configuration for all taxes " -"included in Odoo by default" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 -msgid "**Tax Name**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 -msgid "**Rate**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 -msgid "**Label on Invoice**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 -msgid "**Tax Group (effective from V10)**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 -msgid "**Tax Scope**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 -msgid "**Tag**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 -msgid "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (TN)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 -msgid "7.7%" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 -msgid "7.7% achat" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 -msgid "TVA 7.7%" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 -msgid "Purchases" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 -msgid "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 400" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 -msgid "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TN)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 -msgid "7.7% achat Incl." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 -msgid "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TN)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 -msgid "7.7% invest." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 -msgid "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 405" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 -msgid "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TN)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 -msgid "7.7% invest. Incl." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 -msgid "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (TS)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 -msgid "3.7%" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 -msgid "3.7% achat" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 -msgid "TVA 3.7%" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 -msgid "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TS)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 -msgid "3.7% achat Incl." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 -msgid "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TS)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 -msgid "3.7% invest" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 -msgid "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TS)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 -msgid "3.7% invest Incl." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 -msgid "TVA due a 7.7% (TN)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:16 -msgid "Sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 -msgid "" -"Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 base, Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 tax" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 -msgid "TVA due à 7.7% (Incl. TN)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 -msgid "7.7% Incl." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 -msgid "TVA due à 3.7% (TS)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 -msgid "" -"Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 base, Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 tax" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 -msgid "TVA due a 3.7% (Incl. TS)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 -msgid "3.7% Incl." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 -msgid "" -"If you have questions or remarks, please contact our support using " -"odoo.com/help." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 -msgid "" -"Don't forget to update your fiscal positions. If you have a version 11.1 (or" -" higher), there is nothing to do. Otherwise, you will also have to update " -"your fiscal positions accordingly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:108 -msgid "Others" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser.rst:3 -msgid "Adviser" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:3 -msgid "Manage your fixed assets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The \"Assets\" module allows you to keep track of your fixed assets like " -"machinery, land and building. The module allows you to generate monthly " -"depreciation entries automatically, get depreciation board, sell or dispose " -"assets and perform reports on your company assets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:10 -msgid "" -"As an example, you may buy a car for $36,000 (gross value) and you plan to " -"amortize it over 36 months (3 years). Every months (periodicity), Odoo will " -"create a depreciation entry automatically reducing your assets value by " -"$1,000 and passing $1,000 as an expense. After 3 years, this assets accounts" -" for $0 (salvage value) in your balance sheet." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:16 -msgid "" -"The different types of assets are grouped into \"Assets Types\" that " -"describe how to deprecate an asset. Here are two examples of assets types:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:20 -msgid "Building: 10 years, yearly linear depreciation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:21 -msgid "Car: 5 years, monthly linear depreciation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:27 -msgid "Install the Asset module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:29 -msgid "Start by *installing the Asset module.*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Once the module is installed, you should see two new menus in the accounting" -" application:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:34 -msgid ":menuselection:`Adviser --> Assets`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:35 -msgid ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Asset Types`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Before registering your first asset, you must :ref:`define your Asset Types " -"`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:43 -msgid "Defining Asset Types" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Asset type are used to configure all information about an assets: asset and " -"deprecation accounts, amortization method, etc. That way, advisers can " -"configure asset types and users can further record assets without having to " -"provide any complex accounting information. They just need to provide an " -"asset type on the supplier bill." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:51 -msgid "" -"You should create asset types for every group of assets you frequently buy " -"like \"Cars: 5 years\", \"Computer Hardware: 3 years\". For all other " -"assets, you can create generic asset types. Name them according to the " -"duration of the asset like \"36 Months\", \"10 Years\", ..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:56 -msgid "" -"To define asset types, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Asset Types`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:63 -msgid "Create assets manually" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:65 -msgid "" -"To register an asset manually, go to the menu :menuselection:`Adviser --> " -"Assets`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Once your asset is created, don't forget to Confirm it. You can also click " -"on the Compute Depreciation button to check the depreciation board before " -"confirming the asset." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:77 -msgid "" -"if you create asset manually, you still need to create the supplier bill for" -" this asset. The asset document will only produce the depreciation journal " -"entries, not those related to the supplier bill." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:82 -msgid "Explanation of the fields:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:88 -msgid "Try creating an *Asset* in our online demonstration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:91 -msgid "Create assets automatically from a supplier bill" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:93 -msgid "" -"Assets can be automatically created from supplier bills. All you need to do " -"is to set an asset category on your bill line. When the user will validate " -"the bill, an asset will be automatically created, using the information of " -"the supplier bill." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:100 -msgid "" -"Depending on the information on the asset category, the asset will be " -"created in draft or directly validated\\ *.* It's easier to confirm assets " -"directly so that you won't forget to confirm it afterwards. (check the field" -" *Skip Draft State* on *Asset Category)* Generate assets in draft only when " -"you want your adviser to control all the assets before posting them to your " -"accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:107 -msgid "" -"if you put the asset on the product, the asset category will automatically " -"be filled in the supplier bill." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:111 -msgid "How to depreciate an asset?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Odoo will create depreciation journal entries automatically at the right " -"date for every confirmed asset. (not the draft ones). You can control in the" -" depreciation board: a green bullet point means that the journal entry has " -"been created for this line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:118 -msgid "" -"But you can also post journal entries before the expected date by clicking " -"on the green bullet and forcing the creation of related depreciation entry." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:125 -msgid "" -"In the Depreciation board, click on the red bullet to post the journal " -"entry. Click on the :guilabel:`Items` button on the top to see the journal " -"entries which are already posted." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:130 -msgid "How to modify an existing asset?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:132 -msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Modify Depreciation`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:133 -msgid "Change the number of depreciation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:135 -msgid "Odoo will automatically recompute a new depreciation board." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:138 -msgid "How to record the sale or disposal of an asset?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:140 -msgid "" -"If you sell or dispose an asset, you need to deprecate completly this asset." -" Click on the button :guilabel:`Sell or Dispose`. This action will post the " -"full costs of this assets but it will not record the sales transaction that " -"should be registered through a customer invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage a financial budget?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Managing budgets is an essential part of running a business. Budgets help " -"people become more intentional with the way money is spent and direct people" -" to organize and prioritize their work to meet financial goals. They allows " -"you to plan your desired financial outcome and then measure your actual " -"performance against the plan. Odoo manages budgets using both General and " -"Analytic Accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:15 -msgid "" -"We will use the following example to illustrate. We just started a project " -"with Smith&Co and we would like to budget the incomes and expenses of that " -"project. We plan to have a revenue of 1000 and we don't want to spend more " -"than 700." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:23 -msgid "" -"First we need to install the relevant apps to use budgeting. The main module" -" is the accounting app. Go in the app module and install the **Accounting " -"and Finance** app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Further configuration is as well necessary. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting" -" module --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable the **Budget management**" -" feature" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:38 -msgid "Budgetary Positions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Budgetary positions are lists of accounts for which you want to keep budgets" -" (typically expense or income accounts). They need to be defined so Odoo can" -" know it which accounts he needs to go get the budget information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:45 -msgid "" -"The budgetary positions act as a type of restriction on what can be recorded" -" in the 'practical amount' column in a budget." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Each budgetary position can have any number of accounts from the general " -"ledger (the main chart of accounts) assigned to it, though it must have at " -"least one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:51 -msgid "" -"If you record a transaction that has an analytic account assigned to it that" -" *is* included in a budget line but one of the general ledger accounts *is " -"not* included in the budgetary position for that same budget line, it will " -"not appear within the 'practical amount' column of that budget line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Some budgetary positions might be already installed with your chart of " -"accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:59 -msgid "" -"To define the positions enter the :menuselection:`Accounting module --> " -"Configuration --> Budgetary Positions`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:62 -msgid "" -"For our example we need to define what accounts relates to our project's " -"expenses. Create a position and add items to select the accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:68 -msgid "" -"In this case we select the three relevant accounts used wherein we will book" -" our expenses." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:74 -msgid "Click on *Select*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:79 -msgid "Save the changes to confirm your Budgetary position." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:81 -msgid "" -"Repeat this steps to create a revenue budgetary position. Only in this case " -"select the relevant income accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:85 -msgid "Analytical account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:87 -msgid "" -"Odoo needs to know which costs or expenses are relevant to a specified " -"budget. To do so we need to link our invoices and expenses to a defined " -"analytical account. Create an analytical account by entering the Accounting " -"module and clicking :menuselection:`Advisers --> Analytic Accounts --> Open " -"Charts`. Create a new Account called Smith&Co project and select the related" -" partner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:98 -msgid "Set a budget" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:100 -msgid "" -"Let's now set our targets for our budget. We specified that we expect to " -"gain 1000 with this project and we would like not to spend more than 700." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:104 -msgid "" -"To set those targets, enter the accounting app, select " -":menuselection:`Advisers --> Budgets` and create a new Budget." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:107 -msgid "" -"We have to give a name to the budget. In this case we'll call it \"Smith " -"Project\". Select the period wherein the budget will be applicable. Next add" -" an item to specify your targets in the Budget Line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:114 -msgid "" -"Select the Budgetary Position related to the Budget Line. In other words, " -"select the position that points to the accounts you want to budget. In this " -"case we will start with our 700 maximum charge target. Select the \"Cost\" " -"Budgetary Position and specify the Planned Amount. As we are recording a " -"cost, we need to specify a **negative amount**. Finally, select the " -"corresponding analytic account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:124 -msgid "" -"Click on **Save & new** to input the revenue budget. The Budgetary Position " -"is Revenue and the Planned Amount is 1000. Save and close" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:127 -msgid "You'll need to **Confirm** and **Approve** the budget." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:130 -msgid "Check your budget" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:132 -msgid "" -"You can check your budget at any time. To see the evolution, let's book some" -" Invoices and Vendors Bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:137 -msgid "" -"if you use analytical accounts remember that you need to specify the account" -" in the invoice and / or purchase line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:141 -msgid "for more information about booking invoices and purchase orders see:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:143 -msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/overview`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:145 -msgid "Go back in the budget list and find the Smith Project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:147 -msgid "" -"Via the analytical account, Odoo can account the invoice lines and purchase " -"lines booked in the accounts and will display them in the **Practical " -"Amount** column." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:156 -msgid "" -"The theoretical amount represents the amount of money you theoretically " -"could have spend / should have received in function of the date. When your " -"budget is 1200 for 12 months (january to december), and today is 31 of " -"january, the theoretical amount will be 1000, since this is the actual " -"amount that could have been realised." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:3 -msgid "How to do a year end in Odoo? (close a fiscal year)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Before going ahead with closing a fiscal year, there are a few steps one " -"should typically take to ensure that your accounting is correct, up to date," -" and accurate:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Make sure you have fully reconciled your **bank account(s)** up to year end " -"and confirm that your ending book balances agree with your bank statement " -"balances." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:13 -msgid "Verify that all **customer invoices** have been entered and approved." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:15 -msgid "Confirm that you have entered and agreed all **vendor bills**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:17 -msgid "Validate all **expenses**, ensuring their accuracy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Corroborate that all **received payments** have been entered and recorded " -"accurately." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:23 -msgid "Year-end checklist" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:25 -msgid "Run a **Tax report**, and verify that your tax information is correct." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:27 -msgid "Reconcile all accounts on your **Balance Sheet**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Agree your bank balances in Odoo against your actual bank balances on your " -"statements. Utilize the **Bank Reconciliation** report to assist with this." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Reconcile all transactions in your cash and bank accounts by running your " -"**Aged Receivables** and **Aged Payables** reports." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Audit your accounts, being sure to fully understand the transactions " -"affecting them and the nature of the transactions, making sure to include " -"loans and fixed assets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Run the optional **Payments Matching** feature, under the **More** dropdown " -"on the dashboard, validating any open **Vendor Bills** and **Customer " -"Invoices** with their payments. This step is optional, however it may assist" -" the year-end process if all outstanding payments and invoices are " -"reconciled, and could lead finding errors or mistakes in the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Your accountant/bookkeeper will likely verify your balance sheet items and " -"book entries for:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Year-end manual adjustments, using the **Adviser Journal Entries** menu (For" -" example, the **Current Year Earnings** and **Retained Earnings** reports)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:54 -msgid "**Work in Progress**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:56 -msgid "**Depreciation Journal Entries**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:58 -msgid "**Loans**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:60 -msgid "**Tax adjustments**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:62 -msgid "" -"If your accountant/bookkeeper is going through end of the year auditing, " -"they may want to have paper copies of all balance sheet items (such as " -"loans, bank accounts, prepayments, sales tax statements, etc...) to agree " -"these against your Odoo balances." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:67 -msgid "" -"During this process, it is good practice to set the **Lock date for Non-" -"Advisers** to the last day of the preceding financial year, which is set " -"under the accounting configuration. This way, the accountant can be " -"confident that nobody is changing the previous year transactions while " -"auditing the books." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:77 -msgid "Closing the fiscal year" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:79 -msgid "" -"In Odoo there is no need to do a specific year end closing entry in order to" -" close out income statement accounts. The reports are created in real-time, " -"meaning that the **Income statement** corresponds directly with the year-end" -" date you specify in Odoo. Therefore, any time you generate the **Income " -"Statement**, the beginning date will correspond with the beginning of the " -"**Fiscal Year** and the account balances will all be 0." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:86 -msgid "" -"Once the accountant/bookkeeper has created the journal entry to allocate the" -" **Current Year Earnings**, you should set the **Lock Date** to the last day" -" of the fiscal year. Making sure that before doing so, you confirm whether " -"or not the current year earnings in the **Balance Sheet** is correctly " -"reporting a 0 balance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:93 -msgid ":doc:`../configuration/fiscal_year`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:3 -msgid "Reverse an accounting entry automatically" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:5 -msgid "" -"You may want to automatically reverse an accounting entry at a specific " -"date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:8 -msgid "" -"This is, for example, used when you make a provision (e.g. provision for bad" -" debt). When making the accounting entry for the provision, the amount you " -"entered is only an estimated amount. You will only be sure of the amount at " -"the end of the fiscal year. That's why, at that point, you want the " -"accounting entry to be reversed to be able to enter the real loss that " -"occurred." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:15 -msgid "" -"For this, you just have to tick the box \"Reverse Automatically\" on the " -"journal entry and to define a reversal date. The accounting entry will be " -"reversed at that date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic.rst:3 -msgid "Analytic" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:3 -msgid "How to track costs of purchases, expenses, subcontracting?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Thanks to analytical accounting we can track costs of purchases, expenses " -"and subcontracting in the accounting module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:11 -msgid "" -"We'll take the following example. We sold a consulting package for a " -"customer. The package is all inclusive meaning no extra cost can be added. " -"We would however like to follow which cost were attached to this transaction" -" as we need to pay for purchases, expenses, and subcontracting costs related" -" to the project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:20 -msgid "" -"The following modules needs to be installed to track cost. Enter the app " -"module and install the following apps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Please note that the applications provided by these apps only allows us to " -"**track** the costs. We won't be able to automatically re invoice those " -"costs to our customers. To track and **re invoice costs** you should install" -" the Sales management app as well." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:37 -msgid "Enable Analytical accounting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Next step is to activate the analytical accounting. In the accounting app, " -"select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and thick the Analytic " -"accounting box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Moreover, scroll down and tick the **Analytic accounting for purchases** " -"box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:52 -msgid "Don't forget to save your changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:55 -msgid "Create an Analytical account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:57 -msgid "" -"First of all you should create an Analytical account on which you can point " -"all your expenses. Enter the accounting app, select " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Analytic Accounts`. Create a new one. In " -"this case we will call it \"consulting pack\" for our customer Smith&Co." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:65 -msgid "We will point all our costs to this account to keep track of them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:68 -msgid "Record an expense" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:70 -msgid "" -"We start by booking an expense. Our IT technician had to take a train to go " -"see our customer. He paid for his ticket himself." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:75 -msgid "Create an expense product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:77 -msgid "" -"We first need to create an expense product. Enter the **Expense** module, " -"Click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Expense Products`. Create a new " -"product called Train ticket and set the cost price to 15.50 euros. Make sure" -" the **Can be expensed** box is ticked." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:86 -msgid "Book the expense" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:88 -msgid "" -"Enter the Expense module, click on :menuselection:`My expenses --> Create`. " -"Select the Train ticket product and link it to the analytical account " -"discussed above." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:95 -msgid "" -"Submit to manager and wait for the manager to approve and post the journal " -"entries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:99 -msgid "Create a Purchase Order linked to the analytical account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:102 -msgid "Purchase Product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:104 -msgid "" -"We also need to buy a software for our customers. In the purchase app create" -" a purchase order for the software product. Within the line we can link the " -"product's cost with the analytical account. Specify the order line and " -"select the correct analytical account. Confirm the sale." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Accept the delivery and enter the invoice. Once the invoice is entered the " -"cost price (**Vendor Price** field) will be booked in the analytical " -"account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:117 -msgid "Subcontracting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:119 -msgid "" -"The purchase module can be used in the same way as seen previously to handle" -" subcontracting. if we purchase a service from another company we can re " -"invoice this cost by linking the purchase order line to the correct " -"analytical account. We simply need to create the correct vendors product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:127 -msgid "You can also track cost with timesheets, see: :doc:`timesheets`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:130 -msgid "Track costs in accounting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:132 -msgid "" -"Now that everything is booked and points to the analytical account. Simply " -"open it to check the costs related to that account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:135 -msgid "" -"Enter the accounting module, click on :menuselection:`Advisers --> Analytic " -"Accounts --> Open Charts`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:138 -msgid "" -"Select \"consulting pack - Smith\" and click on the cost and revenue button " -"to have an overview of all cost linked to the account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:146 -msgid "" -"If you would like to have the revenue as well you should invoice the " -"Consulting Pack in the Invoice menu and link the invoice line to this same " -"analytical account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:3 -msgid "How to track costs of human resources with timesheets?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Human resource of course has a cost. It is interesting to see how much a " -"particular contract costs the company in term of human power in relation to " -"the invoiced amounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:9 -msgid "" -"We will take the following example: Our two employees **Harry Potter** and " -"**Cedric Digory** both work on a **Consultancy pack** for our customer " -"**Smith&Co**. Harry is paid 18€ p.h. and Cedric's salary is 12€ p.h. We " -"would like to track their timesheet costs within the accounting app, and " -"compare them with the revenue of the consultancy service." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:18 -msgid "" -"First, install the three applications necessary to use this functionality, " -"namely **Accounting**, **Sales** and **Timesheet**. Enter the apps module " -"name and install them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Next you will need to enable analytical accounting. To do so enter the " -"**Accounting app**. Select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and " -"tick the **Analytic accounting** option (see picture below)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:38 -msgid "Apply your changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:41 -msgid "Create an employee" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:43 -msgid "" -"In order to check the revenue of an employee you need to have one. To create" -" an employee enter the **Employee** app. Select **Employees** and create a " -"new employee, fill in the name and the basic information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:47 -msgid "" -"On the employee sheet enter the **HR settings** tab. Here you are able to " -"specify the **Timesheet Cost** of your employee. In this case Harry has a " -"cost of 18 euros / hours. We will thus fill in 18 in this field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:55 -msgid "" -"If you want the employee to be able to enter timesheets he needs to be " -"related to a User." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Repeat the operation to create the Cedric Digory employee. Don't forget to " -"specify its related user and **Timesheet Costs**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:62 -msgid "Issue a Sales Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:64 -msgid "" -"We created two employees called Harry Potter and Cedric Diggory in the " -"**Employee** app. Both of them will work on a consultancy contract for our " -"customer Smith&Co where they will point their hours on a timesheet." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:68 -msgid "" -"We thus need to create a **sales order** with a **service** product invoiced" -" **based on time and material** and tracked by timesheets with **hours** as " -"unit of measures." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:75 -msgid "" -"For more information on how to create a sales order based on time and " -"material please see: *How to invoice based on time and material* (Work in " -"Progress)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:82 -msgid "" -"We save a Sales Order with the service product **External Consulting**. An " -"analytical account will automatically be generated once the **Sales Order** " -"is confirmed. Our employees will have to point to that account (in this case" -" **SO002-Smith&Co**) in order to be able to invoice their hours (see picture" -" below)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:92 -msgid "Fill in timesheet" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:94 -msgid "" -"As an employee linked to a user, Harry can enter the **Timesheet** app and " -"specify his timesheets for the contract. Logged on Harry's account we enter " -"the **Timesheet** app and enter a detailed line pointing to the **Analytical" -" Account** discussed above." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:99 -msgid "Harry worked three hours on a SWOT analysis for Smith&Co." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:104 -msgid "" -"In the meantime, Cedric discussed businesses needs with the customer for 1 " -"hour and specified it as well in his personal timesheet, pointing as well on" -" the **Analytic Account**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:108 -msgid "" -"In the **Sales Order** we notice that the delivered amounts of hours is " -"automatically computed (see picture below)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:115 -msgid "Analytic accounting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:117 -msgid "" -"Thanks to analytic accounts we are able to have an overview of HR cost and " -"revenues. All the revenues and cost of this transactions have been " -"registered in the **SO002-Smith&Co** account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:121 -msgid "We can use two methods to analyze this situation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:124 -msgid "Without filters" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:126 -msgid "" -"If we pointed all our costs and revenues of the project on the correct " -"analytical account we can easily retrieve the cost and revenues related to " -"this analytical account. Enter the *Accounting* app, select " -":menuselection:`Adviser --> Analytic Accounts --> Open Charts`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:131 -msgid "" -"Note : you can specify a period for **Analysis**. If you want to open the " -"current situation you should keep the fields empty. We can already note the " -"credit and debit balance of the account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:138 -msgid "" -"If we click on the account a special button is provided to have the details " -"of cost and revenues (see picture below)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:144 -msgid "" -"Click the button **Cost/Revenue** to have an overview of cost and revenues " -"with the corresponding description." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:148 -msgid "With filters" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:150 -msgid "We can thus filter this information from the **Analytic Entries**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:152 -msgid "" -"Enter the **Accounting** app, and click on :menuselection:`Adviser --> " -"Analytic Entries`. In this menu we have several options to analyse the human" -" resource cost." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:155 -msgid "" -"We filter on the **Analytic account** so we can see the cost and revenues of" -" the project. Add a custom **Filter** where the **Analytic Account** " -"contains the **Sales Order** number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:162 -msgid "" -"In the results we see timesheets activities and invoiced lines with the " -"corresponding costs and revenues." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:168 -msgid "" -"We can group the different analytical accounts together and check their " -"respective revenues. Simply group by **Analytic account** and select the " -"**Graph view** to have a clear overview." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:3 -msgid "Analytic account use cases" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:5 -msgid "The analytic accounting can be used for several purposes:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:7 -msgid "analyse costs of a company" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:9 -msgid "reinvoice time to a customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:11 -msgid "analyse performance of a service or a project" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:13 -msgid "" -"To manage analytic accounting, you have to activate it in " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:19 -msgid "" -"To illustrate analytic accounts clearly, you will follow three use cases, " -"each in one of three different types of company:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:22 -msgid "Industrial company: Costs Analyse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:24 -msgid "Law Firm: reinvoice spent hours" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:26 -msgid "IT/Services Company: performance analysis" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:29 -msgid "Case 1: Industrial company: Costs Analyse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:31 -msgid "" -"In industry, you will often find analytic charts of accounts structured into" -" departments and products the company itself is built on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:34 -msgid "" -"The objective is to examine the costs, sales and margins by " -"department/resources and by product. The first level of the structure " -"comprises the different departments, and the lower levels represent the " -"product ranges the company makes and sells." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:39 -msgid "" -"**Analytic Chart of Accounts for an Industrial Manufacturing Company**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:41 -msgid "Marketing Department" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:43 -msgid "Commercial Department" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:45 -msgid "Administration Department" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:47 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:80 -msgid "Production Range 1" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:49 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:82 -msgid "Production Range 2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:51 -msgid "" -"In daily use, it is useful to mark the analytic account on each purchase " -"invoice. When the invoice is approved, it will automatically generate the " -"entries for both the general and the corresponding analytic accounts. For " -"each entry on the general accounts, there is at least one analytic entry " -"that allocates costs to the department which incurred them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Here is a possible breakdown of some general accounting entries for the " -"example above, allocated to various analytic accounts:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:62 -msgid "**General accounts**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:62 -msgid "**Analytic accounts**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -msgid "**Title**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:87 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:98 -msgid "**Account**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 -msgid "**Debit**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 -msgid "**Credit**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -msgid "**Value**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 -msgid "Purchase of Raw Material" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 -msgid "2122" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 -msgid "1500" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 -msgid "-1 500" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 -msgid "Subcontractors" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 -msgid "450" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 -msgid "-450" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 -msgid "Credit Note for defective materials" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 -msgid "200" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 -msgid "Transport charges" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 -msgid "Staff costs" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 -msgid "2121" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 -msgid "10000" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 -msgid "Marketing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:80 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:82 -msgid "-2 000" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:76 -msgid "Commercial" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:76 -msgid "-3 000" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:78 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 -msgid "Administrative" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:78 -msgid "-1 000" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 -msgid "PR" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 -msgid "-400" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:87 -msgid "" -"The analytic representation by department enables you to investigate the " -"costs allocated to each department in the company. The analytic chart of " -"accounts shows the distribution of the company's costs using the example " -"above:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:94 -msgid "" -"In this example of a hierarchical structure in Odoo, you can analyse not " -"only the costs of each product range, but also the costs of the whole " -"production. A report that relates both general accounts and analytic " -"accounts enables you to get a breakdown of costs within a given department." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:103 -msgid "" -"The examples above are based on a breakdown of the costs of the company. " -"Analytic allocations can be just as effective for sales. That gives you the " -"profitability (sales - costs) of different departments." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:107 -msgid "" -"This analytic representation by department is generally used by trading " -"companies and industries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:110 -msgid "" -"A variantion of this, is not to break it down by sales and marketing " -"departments, but to assign each cost to its corresponding product range. " -"This will give you an analysis of the profitability of each product range." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:115 -msgid "" -"Choosing one over the other depends on how you look at your marketing " -"effort. Is it a global cost allocated in some general way, or is each " -"product range responsible for its own marketing costs?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:120 -msgid "Case 2: Law Firm: costs of human resources?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:122 -msgid "" -"Law firms generally adopt management by case, where each case represents a " -"current client file. All of the expenses and products are then attached to a" -" given file/analytic account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:126 -msgid "" -"A principal preoccupation of law firms is the invoicing of hours worked, and" -" the profitability by case and by employee." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:129 -msgid "" -"Mechanisms used for encoding the hours worked will be covered in detail in " -"timesheet documentation. Like most system processes, hours worked are " -"integrated into the analytic accounting. In the employee form, specify the " -"cost of the employee. The hourly charge is a function of the employee's " -"cost." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:135 -msgid "" -"So a law firm will opt for an analytic representation which reflects the " -"management of the time that employees work on the different customer cases." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:139 -msgid "" -"Billing for the different cases is a bit unusual. The cases do not match any" -" entry in the general account nor do they come from purchase or sales " -"invoices. They are represented by the various analytic operations and do not" -" have exact counterparts in the general accounts. They are calculated on the" -" basis of the hourly cost per employee." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:145 -msgid "" -"At the end of the month when you pay salaries and benefits, you integrate " -"them into the general accounts but not in the analytic accounts, because " -"they have already been accounted for in billing each account. A report that " -"relates data from the analytic and general accounts then lets you compare " -"the totals, so you can readjust your estimates of hourly cost per employee " -"depending on the time actually worked." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:153 -msgid "" -"The following table shows an example of different analytic entries that you " -"can find for your analytic account:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -msgid "**Amount**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -msgid "**General Account**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 -msgid "Study the file (1 h)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 -msgid "Case 1.1" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 -msgid "-15" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 -msgid "Search for information (3 h)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 -msgid "-45" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 -msgid "Consultation (4 h)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 -msgid "Case 2.1" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 -msgid "-60" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 -msgid "Service charges" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 -msgid "280" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 -msgid "705 – Billing services" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 -msgid "Stationery purchase" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 -msgid "-42" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 -msgid "601 – Furniture purchase" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 -msgid "42" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 -msgid "Fuel Cost -Client trip" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 -msgid "-35" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 -msgid "613 – Transports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 -msgid "35" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 -msgid "Staff salaries" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 -msgid "6201 – Salaries" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 -msgid "3 000" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:174 -msgid "" -"Such a structure allows you to make a detailed study of the profitability of" -" various transactions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:177 -msgid "" -"For more details about profitablity, please read the following document: " -":doc:`timesheets`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:180 -msgid "" -"But analytical accounting is not limited to a simple analysis of the " -"profitability of different customer. The same data can be used for automatic" -" recharging of the services to the customer at the end of the month. To " -"invoice customers, just link the analytic account to a sale order and sell " -"products that manage timesheet or expenses ." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:187 -msgid "Case 3: IT Services Company: perfomance analysis" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:189 -msgid "Most IT service companies face the following problems:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:191 -msgid "project planning," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:193 -msgid "invoicing, profitability and financial follow-up of projects," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:195 -msgid "managing support contracts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:197 -msgid "" -"To deal with these problems, you would use an analytic chart of accounts " -"structured by project and by sale order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:200 -msgid "" -"The management of services, expenditures and sales is similar to that " -"presented above for lawyers. Invoicing and the study of profitability are " -"also similar." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:204 -msgid "" -"But now look at support contracts. These contracts are usually limited to a " -"prepaid number of hours. Each service posted in the analytic accounts shows " -"the remaining hours of support. To manage support contracts, you would " -"create a product configured to invoice on order and link the sale order to " -"an analytic account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:210 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, each analytic line lists the number of units sold or used, as well " -"as what you would usually find there – the amount in currency units (USD or " -"GBP, or whatever other choice you make). So you can sum the quantities sold " -"and used on each sale order to determine whether any hours of the support " -"contract remain." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:217 -msgid "Conclusion" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:219 -msgid "" -"Analytic accounting helps you to analyse costs and revenues whatever the use" -" case. You can sell or purchase services, track time or analyse the " -"production performance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:223 -msgid "" -"Analytic accounting is flexible and easy to use through all Odoo " -"applications (sales, purchase, timesheet, production, invoice, …)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:3 -msgid "What is an account type and how do I configure it?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:6 -msgid "What is an account type ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:8 -msgid "" -"An account type is a name or code given to an account that indicates the " -"account's purpose." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:11 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, Account Types are used for information purpose, to generate " -"country-specific legal reports, set the rules to close a fiscal year and " -"generate opening entries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Basically Account types categorize general account with some specific " -"category according to its behaviour or purpose." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:19 -msgid "Which are the account types in Odoo ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Odoo covers all accounting types. Therefore, you cannot create new account " -"types. Just pick the one related to your account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:25 -msgid "**List of account types**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:27 -msgid "Receivable" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:29 -msgid "Payable" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:31 -msgid "Bank and Cash" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:33 -msgid "Current Assets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:35 -msgid "Non-current Assets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:37 -msgid "Prepayments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:39 -msgid "Fixed Assets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:41 -msgid "Current Liabilities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:43 -msgid "Non-current Liabilities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:45 -msgid "Equity" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:47 -msgid "Current Year Earnings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:49 -msgid "Other Income" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:51 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:63 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:62 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:76 -msgid "Income" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:53 -msgid "Depreciation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:55 -msgid "Expenses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:57 -msgid "Direct Costs" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:61 -msgid "How do I configure my accounts?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Account types are automatically created when installing a chart of account. " -"By default, Odoo provides a lot of chart of accounts, just install the one " -"related to your country." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:67 -msgid "" -"It will install generic accounts. But if it does not cover all your cases, " -"you can create your own accounts too." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:72 -msgid "" -"If you are a Saas User, your country chart of account is automatically " -"installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:75 -msgid "" -"To create a new accounts, go to the Accounting application. Open the menu " -":menuselection:`Adviser --> Chart of Accounts`, the click on the **Create** " -"button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Account Type is used for information purpose, to generate country-specific " -"legal reports, and set the rules to close a fiscal year and generate opening" -" entries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Can Create Asset" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Technical field specifying if the account can generate asset depending on " -"it's type. It is used in the account form view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Asset Model" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "" -"If this is selected, an asset will be created automatically when Journal " -"Items on this account are posted." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Tags" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Optional tags you may want to assign for custom reporting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Account Currency" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Forces all moves for this account to have this account currency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Internal Type" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "" -"The 'Internal Type' is used for features available on different types of " -"accounts: liquidity type is for cash or bank accounts, payable/receivable is" -" for vendor/customer accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Internal Group" -msgstr "مجموعة داخلية" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "" -"The 'Internal Group' is used to filter accounts based on the internal group " -"set on the account type." -msgstr "" -"خيار 'المجموعة الداخلية' يُستخدم لتصنيف الحسابات حسب المجموعة الداخلية " -"المُختارة في نوع الحساب." - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Allow Reconciliation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Check this box if this account allows invoices & payments matching of " -"journal items." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:86 -msgid "View *Create Account* in our Online Demonstration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:3 -msgid "Manage Fiscal Years" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In most cases, the fiscal years last 12 months. If it is your case, you just" -" have to define what is the last day of your fiscal year in the accounting " -"settings. By default, it is set on the 31st December." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:12 -msgid "" -"However, there might be some exceptions. For example, if it is the first " -"fiscal year of your business, it could last more or less than 12 months. In " -"this case, some additional configuration is required." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Go in :menuselection:`accounting --> configuration --> settings` and " -"activate the fiscal years." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:22 -msgid "" -"You can then configure your fiscal years in :menuselection:`accounting --> " -"configuration --> fiscal years`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:29 -msgid "" -"You only have to create fiscal years if they last more or less than 12 " -"months." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:34 -msgid ":doc:`../adviser/fiscalyear`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory.rst:3 -msgid "Inventory" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:3 -msgid "Impact on the average price valuation when returning goods" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:5 -msgid "" -"As stated in the `*inventory valuation page* " -"`__, one of " -"the possible costing method you can use in perpetual stock valuation, is the" -" average cost." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:10 -msgid "" -"This document answers to one recurrent question for companies using that " -"method to make their stock valuation: how does a shipping returned to its " -"supplier impact the average cost and the accounting entries? This document " -"is **only** for the specific use case of a perpetual valuation (as opposed " -"to the periodic one) and in average price costing method (as opposed to " -"standard of FIFO)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:18 -msgid "Definition of average cost" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:20 -msgid "" -"The average cost method calculates the cost of ending inventory and cost of " -"goods sold on the basis of weighted average cost per unit of inventory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:24 -msgid "" -"The weighted average cost per unit is calculated using the following " -"formula:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:27 -msgid "" -"When new products arrive in a warehouse, the new average cost is recomputed " -"as:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:33 -msgid "" -"When products leave the warehouse: the average cost **does not** change" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:36 -msgid "Defining the purchase price" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:38 -msgid "" -"The purchase price is estimated at the reception of the products (you might " -"not have received the vendor bill yet) and reevaluated at the reception of " -"the vendor bill. The purchase price includes the cost you pay for the " -"products, but it may also includes additional costs, like landed costs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:45 -msgid "Average cost example" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 -msgid "Operation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 -msgid "Delta Value" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 -msgid "Inventory Value" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 -msgid "Qty On Hand" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 -msgid "Avg Cost" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 -msgid "$0" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 -msgid "0" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 -msgid "Receive 8 Products at $10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 -msgid "+8\\*$10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 -msgid "$80" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 -msgid "8" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 -msgid "$10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 -msgid "Receive 4 Products at $16" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 -msgid "+4\\*$16" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 -msgid "$144" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 -msgid "12" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 -msgid "$12" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 -msgid "Deliver 10 Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 -msgid "-10\\*$12" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 -msgid "$24" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 -msgid "2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:60 -msgid "" -"At the beginning, the Avg Cost is set to 0 set as there is no product in the" -" inventory. When the first reception is made, the average cost becomes " -"logically the purchase price." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:64 -msgid "" -"At the second reception, the average cost is updated because the total " -"inventory value is now ``$80 + 4*$16 = $144``. As we have 12 units on hand, " -"the average price per unit is ``$144 / 12 = $12``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:68 -msgid "" -"By definition, the delivery of 10 products does not change the average cost." -" Indeed, the inventory value is now $24 as we have only 2 units remaining of" -" each ``$24 / 2 = $12``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:73 -msgid "Purchase return use case" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:75 -msgid "" -"In case of a product returned to its supplier after reception, the inventory" -" value is reduced using the average cost formulae (not at the initial price " -"of these products!)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:79 -msgid "Which means that the above table will be updated as follow:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 -msgid "Return of 1 Product initially bought at $10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 -msgid "-1\\*$12" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 -msgid "1" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:90 -msgid "Explanation: counter example" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Remember the definition of **Average Cost**, saying that we do not update " -"the average cost of a product leaving the inventory. If you break this rule," -" you may lead to inconsistencies in your inventory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:96 -msgid "" -"As an example, here is the scenario when you deliver one piece to the " -"customer and return the other one to your supplier (at the cost you " -"purchased it). Here is the operation:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 -msgid "Customer Shipping 1 product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 -msgid "-1\\*$10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 -msgid "**$2**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 -msgid "**0**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:110 -msgid "" -"As you can see in this example, this is not correct: an inventory valuation " -"of $2 for 0 pieces in the warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:113 -msgid "" -"The correct scenario should be to return the goods at the current average " -"cost:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 -msgid "**$0**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:126 -msgid "" -"On the other hand, using the average cost to value the return ensure a " -"correct inventory value at all times." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:130 -msgid "Further thoughts on anglo saxon mode" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:132 -msgid "" -"For people in using the **anglo saxon accounting** principles, there is " -"another concept to take into account: the stock input account of the " -"product, which is intended to hold at any time the value of vendor bills to " -"receive. So the stock input account will increase on reception of incoming " -"shipments and will decrease when receiving the related vendor bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:139 -msgid "" -"Back to our example, we see that when the return is valued at the average " -"price, the amount booked in the stock input account is the original purchase" -" price:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 -msgid "stock input" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 -msgid "price diff" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 -msgid "($80)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 -msgid "Receive vendor bill $80" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 -msgid "($64)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 -msgid "Receive vendor bill $64" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 -msgid "**$10**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 -msgid "**$12**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 -msgid "Receive vendor refund $10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 -msgid "$2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:163 -msgid "" -"This is because the vendor refund will be made using the original purchase " -"price, so to zero out the effect of the return in the stock input in last " -"operation, we need to reuse the original price. The price difference account" -" located on the product category is used to book the difference between the " -"average cost and the original purchase price." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies.rst:3 -msgid "Multicurrency" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:3 -msgid "Record exchange rates at payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Any company doing international trade faces the case where the payments are " -"in a different currency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:11 -msgid "" -"After receiving their payments, you have the option to convert the amount " -"into your company currency. Multi currency payment implies rates " -"fluctuations. The rate differences are automatically recorded by Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:19 -msgid "Enable multi-currencies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:21 -msgid "" -"In the accounting module, Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " -"and flag **Allow multi currencies**, then click on **apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Configure the currency rates in :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Currencies`. Write down the rate and make sure the currency is active." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:33 -msgid "" -"In this document, the base currency is **Euro** and we will record payments " -"in **Dollars**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:40 -msgid "" -"You can automatically fetch the currency rates from the **European Central " -"Bank** or from **Yahoo**. Please read the document : :doc:`how_it_works`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:45 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:31 -msgid "Configure your journal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:47 -msgid "" -"In order to register payments in other currencies, you have to **remove the " -"currency constraint** on the journal. Go to the accounting application, " -"Click on **More** on the journal and **Settings**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Check if the **Currency** field is empty or in the foreign currency in which" -" you will register the payments. If a currency is filled in, it means that " -"you can register payments only in this currency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:62 -msgid "Record a payment in a different currency" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:64 -msgid "" -"In the **Accounting** application, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Payments`. Register the payment and indicate that it was done in the foreign" -" currency. Then click on **confirm**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:83 -msgid "The journal entry has been posted but not allocated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:73 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:85 -msgid "" -"Go back to your invoice (:menuselection:`Sales --> Customer Invoices`) and " -"click on **Add** to allocate the payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:80 -msgid "Record a bank statement in a different currency" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:82 -msgid "" -"Create or import the bank statement of your payment. The **Amount** is in " -"the company currency. There are two complementary fields, the **Amount " -"currency**, which is the amount that was actually paid and the **Currency** " -"in which it was paid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:89 -msgid "" -"When reconciling it, Odoo will directly match the payment with the right " -"**Invoice**. You will get the invoice price in the invoice currency and the " -"amount in your company currency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:97 -msgid "Check the exchange rate differences" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:99 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` and look for the " -"**Exchange difference** journal entries. All the exchange rates differences " -"are recorded in it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:106 -msgid "" -"The Exchange difference journal can be changed in your accounting settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:153 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:68 -msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/configure`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:110 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:103 -msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:111 -msgid "How is Odoo's multi-currency working?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Choosing to use the multi-currency option in Odoo will allow you to send " -"sales invoices, quotes and purchase orders or receive bills and payments in " -"currencies other than your own. With multi-currency, you can also set up " -"bank accounts in other currencies and run reports on your foreign currency " -"activities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:18 -msgid "Turn on multi-currency" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:20 -msgid "" -"In the accounting module, Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " -"and flag **Allow multi currencies**, then click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:27 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:160 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:109 -msgid "Exchange Rate Journal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:29 -msgid "" -"The **Rate Difference Journal** records the differences between the payment " -"registration and the expected amount. For example, if a payment is paid 1 " -"month after the invoice was issued, the exchange rate has probably changed. " -"The fluctuation implies some loss or profit that are recorded by Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:35 -msgid "You can change it in the settings:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:41 -msgid "View or edit rate being used" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:43 -msgid "" -"You can manually configure the currency rates in " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Currencies`. Open the currencies you want " -"to use in Odoo and edit it. Make sure the currency is active." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:50 -msgid "Click on **View Rates** to edit it and to see the history :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Click on **Create** to add the rate. Fill in the date and the rate. Click on" -" **Save** when you are done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:62 -msgid "Live Currency Rate" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:64 -msgid "" -"By default, the currencies need to be updated manually. But you can " -"synchronize it with `Yahoo `__ or the `European Central Bank `__. " -"In :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, go to the **Live Currency " -"Rate** section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Choose the interval : Manually, Daily, Weekly or Monthly. You can always " -"force the update by clicking on **Update Now**. Select the provider, and you" -" are set !" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:78 -msgid "Only the **active** currencies are updated" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:81 -msgid "Configure your charts of account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:83 -msgid "" -"In the accounting application, go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Charts of " -"Accounts`. On each account, you can set a currency. It will force all moves " -"for this account to have the account currency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:87 -msgid "" -"If you leave it empty, it means that it can handle all currencies that are " -"Active." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:94 -msgid "Configure your journals" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:96 -msgid "" -"In order to register payments in other currencies, you have to remove the " -"currency constraint on the journal. Go to the accounting application, Click " -"on **More** on the journal and **Settings**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Check if the currency field is empty or in the foreign currency in which you" -" will register the payments. If a currency is filled in, it means that you " -"can register payments only in this currency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:113 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Now that you are working in a multi-currency environment, all accountable " -"items will be linked to a currency, domestic or foreign." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:117 -msgid "Sales Orders and Invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:56 -msgid "" -"You are now able to set a different currency than the company one on your " -"sale orders and on your invoices. The currency is set for the whole " -"document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:127 -msgid "Purchases orders and Vendor Bills" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:129 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:66 -msgid "" -"You are now able to set a different currency than the company one on your " -"purchase orders and on your vendor bills. The currency is set for the whole " -"document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:137 -msgid "Payment Registrations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:139 -msgid "" -"In the accounting application, go to **Sales > Payments**. Register the " -"payment and set the currency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:146 -msgid "Bank Statements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:148 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:94 -msgid "" -"When creating or importing bank statements, the amount is in the company " -"currency. But there are now two complementary fields, the amount that was " -"actually paid and the currency in which it was paid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:155 -msgid "" -"When reconciling it, Odoo will directly match the payment with the right " -"Invoice. You will get the invoice price in the invoice currency and the " -"amount in your company currency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:162 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` and look for the Exchange" -" difference journal entries. All the exchange rates differences are recorded" -" in it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:170 -msgid ":doc:`invoices_payments`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:171 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:120 -msgid ":doc:`exchange`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage invoices & payment in multiple currencies?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo provides multi-currency support with automatic currency gross or loss " -"entry adjustment. There are a few things Odoo has been to ease the user's " -"life." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:12 -msgid "" -"All the account transactions will be done using the company currency. " -"However you can see two extra fields with the journal entry where secondary " -"currency and amount will visible. You can create multi-currency journals of " -"force a specific currency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:17 -msgid "" -"When creating an invoice, the currency can be changed very easily; however " -"Odoo takes the company currency as a default assignment. It will convert all" -" the amounts automatically using that currency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:25 -msgid "Enable Multi-Currency" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:27 -msgid "" -"For information about enabling Multi-Currency, please read the document: " -":doc:`how_it_works`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:33 -msgid "" -"In order to register payments in other currencies, you have to remove the " -"currency constraint on the journal. Go to the accounting application, on the" -" journal, click on :menuselection:`More --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:48 -msgid "Multi-currency invoices & Vendor Bills" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills.rst:3 -msgid "Vendor Bills" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:74 -msgid "Multi-currency Payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:76 -msgid "" -"In the accounting application, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. " -"Register the payment and indicate that it was done in the foreign currency. " -"Then click on **Confirm**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:92 -msgid "Multi- Currency Bank Statements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:101 -msgid "" -"When reconciling it, Odoo will directly match the payment with the right " -"invoice. You will get the invoice price in the invoice currency and the " -"amount in your company currency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:111 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` and look for the " -"**Exchange Difference** journal entries. All the exchange rates differences " -"are recorded in it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:119 -msgid ":doc:`how_it_works`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:124 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:106 -msgid "Reporting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:3 -msgid "How to create a customized reports with your own formulas?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo 13 comes with a powerful and easy-to-use reporting framework. Creating " -"new reports (such as a tax report or a balance sheet or income statement " -"with specific groupings and layout ) to suit your needs is now easier than " -"ever." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:14 -msgid "Activate the developer mode" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:16 -msgid "" -"In order to have access to the financial report creation interface, the " -"**developer mode** needs to be activated. To do that, first click on the " -"user profile in the top right menu, then **About**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:23 -msgid "Click on : **Activate the developer mode**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:29 -msgid "Create your financial report" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:31 -msgid "" -"First, you need to create your financial report. To do that, go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Financial Reports`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Once the name is entered, there are two other parameters that need to be " -"configured:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:40 -msgid "**Show Credit and Debit Columns**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:42 -msgid "**Analysis Period** :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:44 -msgid "Based on date ranges (e.g. Profit and Loss)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:46 -msgid "Based on a single date (e.g. Balance Sheet)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Based on date ranges with 'older' and 'total' columns and last 3 months " -"(e.g. Aged Partner Balances)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:51 -msgid "Bases on date ranges and cash basis method (e.g. Cash Flow Statement)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:55 -msgid "Add lines in your custom reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:57 -msgid "" -"After you've created the report, you need to fill it with lines. They all " -"need a **name**, a **code** (that is used to refer to the line), a " -"**sequence number** and a **level** (Used for the line rendering)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:64 -msgid "" -"In the **formulas** field you can add one or more formulas to assign a value" -" to the balance column (and debit and credit column if applicable – " -"separated by ;)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:68 -msgid "You have several objects available in the formula :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:70 -msgid "" -"``Ndays`` : The number of days in the selected period (for reports with a " -"date range)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Another report, referenced by its code. Use ``.balance`` to get its balance " -"value (also available are ``.credit``, ``.debit`` and ``.amount_residual``)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:77 -msgid "" -"A line can also be based on the sum of account move lines on a selected " -"domain. In which case you need to fill the domain field with an Odoo domain " -"on the account move line object. Then an extra object is available in the " -"formulas field, namely ``sum``, the sum of the account move lines in the " -"domain. You can also use the group by field to group the account move lines " -"by one of their columns." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:84 -msgid "Other useful fields :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:86 -msgid "**Type** : Type of the result of the formula." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:88 -msgid "" -"**Is growth good when positive** : Used when computing the comparison " -"column. Check if growth is good (displayed in green) or not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:91 -msgid "" -"**Special date changer** : If a specific line in a report should not use the" -" same dates as the rest of the report." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:94 -msgid "" -"**Show domain** : How the domain of a line is displayed. Can be foldable " -"(``default``, hidden at the start but can be unfolded), ``always`` (always " -"displayed) or ``never`` (never shown)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:99 -msgid ":doc:`main_reports`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:3 -msgid "What are the main reports available?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Besides the reports created specifically in each localisation module, a few " -"very useful **generic** and **dynamic reports** are available for all " -"countries :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:9 -msgid "**Balance Sheet**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:10 -msgid "**Profit and Loss**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:11 -msgid "**Chart of Account**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:12 -msgid "**Executive Summary**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:13 -msgid "**General Ledger**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:14 -msgid "**Aged Payable**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:15 -msgid "**Aged Receivable**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:16 -msgid "**Cash Flow Statement**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:17 -msgid "**Tax Report**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:18 -msgid "**Bank Reconciliation**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:20 -msgid "" -"You can annotate every reports to print them and report to your adviser. " -"Export to xls to manage extra analysis. Drill down in the reports to see " -"more details (payments, invoices, journal items, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:24 -msgid "" -"You can also compare values with another period. Choose how many periods you" -" want to compare the chosen time period with. You can choose up to 12 " -"periods back from the date of the report if you don't want to use the " -"default **Previous 1 Period** option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:32 -msgid "" -"The **Balance Sheet** shows a snapshot of the assets, liabilities and equity" -" of your organisation as at a particular date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:39 -msgid "Profit and Loss" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:41 -msgid "" -"The **Profit and Loss** report (or **Income Statement**) shows your " -"organisation's net income, by deducting expenses from revenue for the report" -" period." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:49 -msgid "Chart of account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:51 -msgid "A listing of all your accounts grouped by class." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:57 -msgid "Executive Summary" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:59 -msgid "" -"The **Executive Summary** allows for a quick look at all the important " -"figures you need to run your company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:62 -msgid "" -"In very basic terms, this is what each of the items in this section is " -"reporting :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77 -msgid "**Performance:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:68 -msgid "**Gross profit margin:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:67 -msgid "" -"The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " -"costs needed to make those sales (things like labour, materials, etc)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:74 -msgid "**Net profit margin:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:71 -msgid "" -"The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " -"costs needed to make those sales, as well as any fixed overheads your " -"company has (things like rent, electricity, taxes you need to pay as a " -"result of those sales)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77 -msgid "**Return on investment (p.a.):**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77 -msgid "" -"The ratio of net profit made, to the amount of assets the company used to " -"make those profits." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:97 -msgid "**Position:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:81 -msgid "**Average debtor days:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:81 -msgid "" -"The average number of days it takes your customers to pay you (fully), " -"across all your customer invoices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:84 -msgid "**Average creditor days:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:84 -msgid "" -"The average number of days it takes you to pay your suppliers (fully) across" -" all your bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:89 -msgid "**Short term cash forecast:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:87 -msgid "" -"How much cash is expected in or out of your organisation in the next month " -"i.e. balance of your **Sales account** for the month less the balance of " -"your **Purchases account** for the month." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:97 -msgid "**Current assets to liabilities:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Also referred to as **current ratio**, this is the ratio of current assets " -"(assets that could be turned into cash within a year) to the current " -"liabilities (liabilities which will be due in the next year). This is " -"typically used as as a measure of a company's ability to service its debt." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:103 -msgid "General Ledger" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:105 -msgid "" -"The **General Ledger Report** shows all transactions from all accounts for a" -" chosen date range. The initial summary report shows the totals for each " -"account and from there you can view a detailed transaction report or any " -"exceptions. This report is useful for checking every transaction that " -"occurred during a certain period of time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:115 -msgid "Aged Payable" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:117 -msgid "" -"Run the **Aged Payable Details** report to display information on individual" -" bills, credit notes and overpayments owed by you, and how long these have " -"gone unpaid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:125 -msgid "Aged Receivable" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:127 -msgid "" -"The **Aged Receivables** report shows the sales invoices that were awaiting " -"payment during a selected month and several months prior." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:134 -msgid "Cash Flow Statement" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:136 -msgid "" -"The **Cash Flow Statement** shows how changes in balance sheet accounts and " -"income affect cash and cash equivalents, and breaks the analysis down to " -"operating, investing and financing activities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:144 -msgid "Tax Report" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:146 -msgid "" -"This report allows you to see the **net** and **tax amounts** for all the " -"taxes grouped by type (sale/purchase)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 -msgid "Taxes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage prices for B2B (tax excluded) and B2C (tax included)?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When working with consumers, prices are usually expressed with taxes " -"included in the price (e.g., in most eCommerce). But, when you work in a B2B" -" environment, companies usually negotiate prices with taxes excluded." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Odoo manages both use cases easily, as long as you register your prices on " -"the product with taxes excluded or included, but not both together. If you " -"manage all your prices with tax included (or excluded) only, you can still " -"easily do sales order with a price having taxes excluded (or included): " -"that's easy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:15 -msgid "" -"This documentation is only for the specific use case where you need to have " -"two references for the price (tax included or excluded), for the same " -"product. The reason of the complexity is that there is not a symmetrical " -"relationship with prices included and prices excluded, as shown in this use " -"case, in belgium with a tax of 21%:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:21 -msgid "Your eCommerce has a product at **10€ (taxes included)**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:23 -msgid "This would do **8.26€ (taxes excluded)** and a **tax of 1.74€**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:25 -msgid "" -"But for the same use case, if you register the price without taxes on the " -"product form (8.26€), you get a price with tax included at 9.99€, because:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:29 -msgid "**8.26€ \\* 1.21 = 9.99€**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:31 -msgid "" -"So, depending on how you register your prices on the product form, you will " -"have different results for the price including taxes and the price excluding" -" taxes:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:35 -msgid "Taxes Excluded: **8.26€ & 10.00€**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:37 -msgid "Taxes Included: **8.26€ & 9.99€**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:40 -msgid "" -"If you buy 100 pieces at 10€ taxes included, it gets even more tricky. You " -"will get: **1000€ (taxes included) = 826.45€ (price) + 173.55€ (taxes)** " -"Which is very different from a price per piece at 8.26€ tax excluded." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:45 -msgid "" -"This documentation explains how to handle the very specific use case where " -"you need to handle the two prices (tax excluded and included) on the product" -" form within the same company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:50 -msgid "" -"In terms of finance, you have no more revenues selling your product at 10€ " -"instead of 9.99€ (for a 21% tax), because your revenue will be exactly the " -"same at 9.99€, only the tax is 0.01€ higher. So, if you run an eCommerce in " -"Belgium, make your customer a favor and set your price at 9.99€ instead of " -"10€. Please note that this does not apply to 20€ or 30€, or other tax rates," -" or a quantity >1. You will also make you a favor since you can manage " -"everything tax excluded, which is less error prone and easier for your " -"salespeople." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:65 -msgid "" -"The best way to avoid this complexity is to choose only one way of managing " -"your prices and stick to it: price without taxes or price with taxes " -"included. Define which one is the default stored on the product form (on the" -" default tax related to the product), and let Odoo compute the other one " -"automatically, based on the pricelist and fiscal position. Negotiate your " -"contracts with customers accordingly. This perfectly works out-of-the-box " -"and you have no specific configuration to do." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:73 -msgid "" -"If you can not do that and if you really negotiate some prices with tax " -"excluded and, for other customers, others prices with tax included, you " -"must:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:77 -msgid "" -"always store the default price TAX EXCLUDED on the product form, and apply a" -" tax (price included on the product form)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:80 -msgid "create a pricelist with prices in TAX INCLUDED, for specific customers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:83 -msgid "" -"create a fiscal position that switches the tax excluded to a tax included" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:86 -msgid "" -"assign both the pricelist and the fiscal position to customers who want to " -"benefit to this pricelist and fiscal position" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:89 -msgid "For the purpose of this documentation, we will use the above use case:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:91 -msgid "your product default sale price is 8.26€ tax excluded" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:93 -msgid "" -"but we want to sell it at 10€, tax included, in our shops or eCommerce " -"website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:97 -msgid "Setting your products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:99 -msgid "" -"Your company must be configured with tax excluded by default. This is " -"usually the default configuration, but you can check your **Default Sale " -"Tax** from the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` of the " -"Accounting application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:107 -msgid "" -"Once done, you can create a **B2C** pricelist. You can activate the " -"pricelist feature per customer from the menu: :menuselection:`Configuration " -"--> Settings` of the Sale application. Choose the option **different prices " -"per customer segment**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:112 -msgid "" -"Once done, create a B2C pricelist from the menu " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Pricelists`. It's also good to rename the " -"default pricelist into B2B to avoid confusion." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:116 -msgid "" -"Then, create a product at 8.26€, with a tax of 21% (defined as tax not " -"included in price) and set a price on this product for B2C customers at 10€," -" from the :menuselection:`Sales --> Products` menu of the Sales application:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:125 -msgid "Setting the B2C fiscal position" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:127 -msgid "" -"From the accounting application, create a B2C fiscal position from this " -"menu: :menuselection:`Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`. This fiscal " -"position should map the VAT 21% (tax excluded of price) with a VAT 21% (tax " -"included in price)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:136 -msgid "Test by creating a quotation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:138 -msgid "" -"Create a quotation from the Sale application, using the " -":menuselection:`Sales --> Quotations` menu. You should have the following " -"result: 8.26€ + 1.73€ = 9.99€." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:145 -msgid "" -"Then, create a quotation but **change the pricelist to B2C and the fiscal " -"position to B2C** on the quotation, before adding your product. You should " -"have the expected result, which is a total price of 10€ for the customer: " -"8.26€ + 1.74€ = 10.00€." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:153 -msgid "This is the expected behavior for a customer of your shop." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:156 -msgid "Avoid changing every sale order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:158 -msgid "" -"If you negotiate a contract with a customer, whether you negotiate tax " -"included or tax excluded, you can set the pricelist and the fiscal position " -"on the customer form so that it will be applied automatically at every sale " -"of this customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:163 -msgid "" -"The pricelist is in the **Sales & Purchases** tab of the customer form, and " -"the fiscal position is in the accounting tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:166 -msgid "" -"Note that this is error prone: if you set a fiscal position with tax " -"included in prices but use a pricelist that is not included, you might have " -"wrong prices calculated for you. That's why we usually recommend companies " -"to only work with one price reference." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:3 -msgid "How to adapt taxes to my customer status or localization" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Most often sales tax rates depend on your customer status or localization. " -"To map taxes, Odoo brings the so-called *Fiscal Positions*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:9 -msgid "Create tax mapping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:11 -msgid "" -"A fiscal position is just a set of rules that maps default taxes (as defined" -" on product form) into other taxes. In the screenshot below, foreign " -"customers get a 0% tax instead of the default 15%, for both sales and " -"purchases." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:18 -msgid "" -"The main fiscal positions are automatically created according to your " -"localization. But you may have to create fiscal positions for specific use " -"cases. To define fiscal positions, go to " -":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Configuration --> Fiscal " -"Positions`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:24 -msgid "" -"If you use Odoo Accounting, you can also map the Income/Expense accounts " -"according to the fiscal position. For example, in some countries, revenues " -"from sales are not posted in the same account than revenues from sales in " -"foreign countries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:29 -msgid "Adapt taxes to your customer status" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:31 -msgid "" -"If a customer falls into a specific taxation rule, you need to apply a tax-" -"mapping. To do so, create a fiscal position and assign it to your customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Odoo will use this specific fiscal position for any order/invoice recorded " -"for the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:40 -msgid "" -"If you set the fiscal position in the sales order or invoice manually, it " -"will only apply to this document and not to future orders/invoices of the " -"same customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:44 -msgid "Adapt taxes to your customer address (destination-based)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Depending on your localization, sales taxes may be origin-based or " -"destination-based. Most states or countries require you to collect taxes at " -"the rate of the destination (i.e. your buyer’s address) while some others " -"require to collect them at the rate effective at the point of origin (i.e. " -"your office or warehouse)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:51 -msgid "" -"If you are under the destination-based rule, create one fiscal position per " -"tax-mapping to apply." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:53 -msgid "Check the box *Detect Automatically*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Select a country group, country, state or city to trigger the tax-mapping." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:59 -msgid "" -"This way if no fiscal position is set on the customer, Odoo will choose the " -"fiscal position matching the shipping address on creating an order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:63 -msgid "" -"For eCommerce orders, the tax of the visitor's cart will automatically " -"update and apply the new tax after the visitor has logged in or filled in " -"his shipping address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:68 -msgid "Specific use cases" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:70 -msgid "" -"If, for some fiscal positions, you want to remove a tax, instead of " -"replacing by another, just keep the *Tax to Apply* field empty." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:76 -msgid "" -"If, for some fiscal positions, you want to replace a tax by two other taxes," -" just create two lines having the same *Tax on Product*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:80 -msgid "The fiscal positions are not applied on assets and deferred revenues." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:84 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:27 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:70 -msgid ":doc:`create`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:85 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:29 -msgid ":doc:`taxcloud`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:31 -msgid ":doc:`tax_included`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:87 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:30 -msgid ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage cash basis taxes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The cash basis taxes are due when the payment has been done and not at the " -"validation of the invoice (as it is the case with standard taxes). Reporting" -" your income and expenses to the administration based on the cash basis " -"method is legal in some countries and under some conditions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Example : You sell a product in the 1st quarter of your fiscal year and " -"receive the payment the 2nd quarter of your fiscal year. Based on the cash " -"basis method, the tax you have to pay to the administration is due for the " -"2nd quarter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:16 -msgid "How to configure cash basis taxes ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:18 -msgid "" -"You first have to activate the setting in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Settings --> Allow Tax Cash Basis`. You will be asked to " -"define the Tax Cash Basis Journal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Once this is done, you can configure your taxes in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. At first set the " -"proper transitional accounts to post taxes until you register the payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:35 -msgid "" -"In the *Advanced Options* tab you will turn *Tax Due* to *Based on Payment*." -" You will then have to define the *Tax Received* account in which to post " -"the tax amount when the payment is received and the *Base Tax Received " -"Account* to post the base tax amount for an accurate tax report." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:45 -msgid "What is the impact of cash basis taxes in my accounting ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Let’s take an example. You make a sale of $100 with a 15% cash basis tax. " -"When you validate the customer invoice, the following entry is created in " -"your accounting:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:52 -msgid "Customer Invoices Journal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:72 -msgid "Receivables $115" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:82 -msgid "Temporary Tax Account $15" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:60 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:88 -msgid "Income Account $100" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:63 -msgid "A few days later, you receive the payment:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:66 -msgid "Bank Journal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:70 -msgid "Bank $115" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:75 -msgid "" -"When you reconcile the invoice and the payment, this entry is generated:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:78 -msgid "Tax Cash Basis Journal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:84 -msgid "Tax Received Account $15" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:92 -msgid "" -"The last two journal items are neutral but they are needed to insure correct" -" tax reports in Odoo with accurate base tax amounts. We advise to use a " -"default revenue account. The balance of this account will then always be at " -"zero." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:3 -msgid "How to create new taxes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo's tax engine is very flexible and support many different type of taxes:" -" value added taxes (VAT), eco-taxes, federal/states/city taxes, retention, " -"withholding taxes, etc. For most countries, your system is pre-configured " -"with the right taxes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:10 -msgid "" -"This section details how you can define new taxes for specific use cases." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. From this " -"menu, you get all the taxes you can use: sales taxes and purchase taxes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:18 -msgid "Choose a scope: Sales, Purchase or None (e.g. deprecated tax)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:20 -msgid "Select a computation method:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:22 -msgid "**Fixed**: eco-taxes, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:24 -msgid "**Percentage of Price**: most common (e.g. 15% sales tax)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:26 -msgid "**Percentage of Price Tax Included**: used in Brazil, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:28 -msgid "**Group of taxes**: allows to have a compound tax" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:34 -msgid "" -"If you use Odoo Accounting, set a tax account (i.e. where the tax journal " -"item will be posted). This field is optional, if you keep it empty, Odoo " -"posts the tax journal item in the income account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:39 -msgid "" -"If you want to avoid using a tax, you can not delete it because the tax is " -"probably used in several invoices. So, in order to avoid users to continue " -"using this tax, you should set the field *Tax Scope* to *None*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:44 -msgid "" -"If you need more advanced tax mechanism, you can install the module " -"**account_tax_python** and you will be able to define new taxes with Python " -"code." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:49 -msgid "Advanced configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:51 -msgid "" -"**Label on Invoices**: a short text on how you want this tax to be printed " -"on invoice line. For example, a tax named \"15% on Services\" can have the " -"following label on invoice \"15%\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:55 -msgid "" -"**Tax Group**: defines where this tax is summed in the invoice footer. All " -"the tax belonging to the same tax group will be grouped on the invoice " -"footer. Examples of tax group: VAT, Retention." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:59 -msgid "" -"**Include in Analytic Cost**: the tax is counted as a cost and, thus, " -"generate an analytic entry if your invoice uses analytic accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:63 -msgid "" -"**Tags**: are used for custom reports. Usually, you can keep this field " -"empty." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:69 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:28 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:72 -msgid ":doc:`application`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:3 -msgid "How to set default taxes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Taxes applied in your country are installed automatically for most " -"localizations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:7 -msgid "" -"Default taxes set in orders and invoices come from each product's Invoicing " -"tab. Such taxes are used when you sell to companies that are in the same " -"country/state than you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:13 -msgid "" -"To change the default taxes set for any new product created go to " -":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:20 -msgid "" -"If you work in a multi-companies environment, the sales and purchase taxes " -"may have a different value according to the company you work for. You can " -"login into two different companies and change this field for each company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage withholding taxes?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A withholding tax, also called a retention tax, is a government requirement " -"for the payer of a customer invoice to withhold or deduct tax from the " -"payment, and pay that tax to the government. In most jurisdictions, " -"withholding tax applies to employment income." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:10 -msgid "" -"With normal taxes, the tax is added to the subtotal to give you the total to" -" pay. As opposed to normal taxes, withholding taxes are deducted from the " -"amount to pay, as the tax will be paid by the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:14 -msgid "As, an example, in Colombia you may have the following invoice:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:19 -msgid "" -"In this example, the **company** who sent the invoice owes $20 of taxes to " -"the **government** and the **customer** owes $10 of taxes to the " -"**government**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:25 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, a withholding tax is defined by creating a negative tax. For a " -"retention of 10%, you would configure the following tax (accessible through " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Taxes`):" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:32 -msgid "" -"In order to make it appear as a retention on the invoice, you should set a " -"specific tax group **Retention** on your tax, in the **Advanced Options** " -"tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Once the tax is defined, you can use it in your products, sales order or " -"invoices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:43 -msgid "" -"If the retention is a percentage of a regular tax, create a Tax with a **Tax" -" Computation** as a **Tax Group** and set the two taxes in this group " -"(normal tax and retention)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:48 -msgid "Applying retention taxes on invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Once your tax is created, you can use it on customer forms, sales order or " -"customer invoices. You can apply several taxes on a single customer invoice " -"line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:58 -msgid "" -"When you see the customer invoice on the screen, you get only a **Taxes " -"line** summarizing all the taxes (normal taxes & retentions). But when you " -"print or send the invoice, Odoo does the correct grouping amongst all the " -"taxes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:63 -msgid "The printed invoice will show the different amounts in each tax group." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:3 -msgid "How to set tax-included prices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In most countries, B2C prices are tax-included. To do that in Odoo, check " -"*Included in Price* for each of your sales taxes in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Accounting --> Taxes`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:12 -msgid "" -"This way the price set on the product form includes the tax. As an example, " -"let's say you have a product with a sales tax of 10%. The sales price on the" -" product form is $100." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:16 -msgid "If the tax is not included in the price, you will get:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:18 -msgid "Price without tax: $100" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:20 -msgid "Taxes: $10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:22 -msgid "Total to pay: $110" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:24 -msgid "If the tax is included in the price" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:26 -msgid "Price without tax: 90.91" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:28 -msgid "Taxes: $9.09" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:30 -msgid "Total to pay: $100" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:32 -msgid "" -"You can rely on following documentation if you need both tax-included (B2C) " -"and tax-excluded prices (B2B): :doc:`B2B_B2C`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:36 -msgid "Show tax-included prices in eCommerce catalog" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:38 -msgid "" -"By default prices displayed in your eCommerce catalog are tax-excluded. To " -"display it in tax-included, check *Show line subtotals with taxes included " -"(B2C)* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` (Tax " -"Display)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:3 -msgid "How to get correct tax rates in the United States using TaxCloud" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The **TaxCloud** integration allows you to correctly calculate the sales tax" -" for every address in the United States and keeps track of which products " -"are exempt from sales tax and in which states each exemption applies. " -"TaxCloud calculates sales tax in real-time for every state, city, and " -"special jurisdiction in the United States." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:15 -msgid "In TaxCloud" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Create a free account on `TaxCloud `__ " -"website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Register your Odoo website on TaxCloud to get an *API ID* and an *API Key*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:23 -msgid "" -"In Settings on TaxCloud, click *Locations* to enter the location of your " -"Office(s) & Warehouse(s)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:24 -msgid "" -"In Settings on TaxCloud, click *Manage Tax States* to verify the states " -"where you collect sales tax." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:27 -msgid "In Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Invoicing / Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`" -" and check *TaxCloud - Compute tax rates based on U.S. ZIP codes* (note: " -"actually uses complete street address)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:30 -msgid "Enter your TaxCloud credentials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:31 -msgid "Click SAVE to store your credentials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Click the Refresh Icon next to *Default Category* to import the TIC product " -"categories from TaxCloud (Taxability Information Codes). Some categories may" -" imply specific rates or attract product/service type exemptions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Select your default *TIC Code*. This will apply to any new product created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Set a specific TaxCloud TIC Category on the *General Information* tab of the" -" Product, or on the Product Category." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Make sure your company address is complete (including the state and the zip " -"code). Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies` " -"to open and edit your Company record." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:47 -msgid "How it works" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Salestax is calculated in Odoo based on fiscal positions (see " -":doc:`application`). A Fiscal Position for the United States is created when" -" installing *TaxCloud*. Everything works out-of-the-box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:54 -msgid "" -"You can configure Odoo to automtically detect which Customers should use " -"this fiscal position. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " -"--> Fiscal Positions` to open and edit the record." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Now, this fiscal position is automatically set on any sales order, web " -"order, or invoice when the customer country is *United States*. This " -"triggers the automated tax computation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Add your product(s). You have two options to get Sales Tax on the Order. " -"You can confirm it, or you can save it and from the *Action* Menu choose " -"**Update Taxes with TaxCloud**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started.rst:3 -msgid "Getting Started" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:3 -msgid "How to setup Odoo Accounting?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The Odoo Accounting application has an implementation guide that you should " -"follow to configure it. It's a step-by-step wizard with links to the " -"different screens you will need." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Once you have `installed the Accounting application " -"`__, you " -"should click on the top-right progressbar to get access to the " -"implementation guide." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:17 -msgid "The implementation guide will help you through the following steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:19 -msgid "Completing your company settings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:20 -msgid "Entering in your bank accounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:21 -msgid "Selecting your chart of accounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:22 -msgid "Confirming your usual tax rates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:23 -msgid "Setting up any foreign currencies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:24 -msgid "Importing your customers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:25 -msgid "Importing your suppliers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:26 -msgid "Importing your products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:27 -msgid "Importing your outstanding transactions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:28 -msgid "Importing your starting balances" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:29 -msgid "Define the users for accounting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Once a step is done, you can click on the \"Mark as Done\" button, in the " -"bottom of the screen. That way, you can track the progress of your overall " -"configuration of Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts.rst:3 -msgid "Main Concepts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:3 -msgid "The Accounting behind Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:5 -msgid "" -"This page summarises the way Odoo deals with typical accounts and " -"transactions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:9 -msgid "Double-entry bookkeeping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Odoo automatically creates all the behind-the-scenes journal entries for " -"each of your accounting transactions: customer invoices, point of sale " -"order, expenses, inventory moves, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Odoo uses the rules of double-entry bookkeeping system: all journal entries " -"are automatically balanced (sum of debits = sum of credits)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:20 -msgid "" -"`Understand Odoo's accounting transactions per document " -"`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:23 -msgid "Accrual and Cash Basis Methods" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Odoo supports both accrual and cash basis reporting. This allows you to " -"report income / expense at the time transactions occur (i.e., accrual " -"basis), or when payment is made or received (i.e., cash basis)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:30 -msgid "Multi-companies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Odoo allows one to manage several companies within the same database. Each " -"company has its own chart of accounts and rules. You can get consolidation " -"reports following your consolidation rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Users can access several companies but always work in one company at a time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:40 -msgid "Multi-currencies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Every transaction is recorded in the default currency of the company. For " -"transactions occurring in another currency, Odoo stores both the value in " -"the currency of the company and the value in the currency of the " -"transaction. Odoo can generate currencies gains and losses after the " -"reconciliation of the journal items." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Currency rates are updated once a day using a yahoo.com online web-service." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:52 -msgid "International Standards" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Odoo accounting supports more than 50 countries. The Odoo core accounting " -"implements accounting standards that are common to all countries. Specific " -"modules exist per country for the specificities of the country like the " -"chart of accounts, taxes, or bank interfaces." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:60 -msgid "In particular, Odoo's core accounting engine supports:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:62 -msgid "" -"Anglo-Saxon Accounting (U.S., U.K.,, and other English-speaking countries " -"including Ireland, Canada, Australia, and New Zealand) where costs of good " -"sold are reported when products are sold/delivered." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:66 -msgid "European accounting where expenses are accounted at the supplier bill." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Storno accounting (Italy) where refund invoices have negative credit/debit " -"instead of a reverting the original journal items." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:71 -msgid "Odoo also have modules to comply with IFRS rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:74 -msgid "Accounts Receivable & Payable" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:76 -msgid "" -"By default, Odoo uses a single account for all account receivable entries " -"and one for all accounts payable entries. You can create separate accounts " -"per customers/suppliers, but you don't need to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:81 -msgid "" -"As transactions are associated to customers or suppliers, you get reports to" -" perform analysis per customer/supplier such as the customer statement, " -"revenues per customers, aged receivable/payables, ..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:86 -msgid "Wide range of financial reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:88 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, you can generate financial reports in real time. Odoo's reports " -"range from basic accounting reports to advanced management reports. Odoo's " -"reports include:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:92 -msgid "Performance reports (such as Profit and Loss, Budget Variance)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:93 -msgid "" -"Position reports (such as Balance Sheet, Aged Payables, Aged Receivables)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:95 -msgid "Cash reports (such as Bank Summary)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:96 -msgid "Detail reports (such as Trial Balance and General Ledger)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:97 -msgid "Management reports (such as Budgets, Executive Summary)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:99 -msgid "" -"Odoo's report engine allows you to customize your own report based on your " -"own formulae." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:103 -msgid "Import bank feeds automatically" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:105 -msgid "" -"Bank reconciliation is a process that matches your bank statement lines, as " -"supplied by the bank, to your accounting transactions in the general ledger." -" Odoo makes bank reconciliation easy by frequently importing bank statement " -"lines from your bank directly into your Odoo account. This means you can " -"have a daily view of your cashflow without having to log into your online " -"banking or wait for your paper bank statements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Odoo speeds up bank reconciliation by matching most of your imported bank " -"statement lines to your accounting transactions. Odoo also remembers how " -"you've treated other bank statement lines and provides suggested general " -"ledger transactions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:119 -msgid "Calculate the tax you owe your tax authority" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:121 -msgid "" -"Odoo totals all your accounting transactions for your tax period and uses " -"these totals to calculate your tax obligation. You can then check your sales" -" tax by running Odoo's Tax Report." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:126 -msgid "Inventory Valuation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:128 -msgid "" -"Odoo support both periodic (manual) and perpetual (automated) inventory " -"valuations. The available methods are standard price, average price, LIFO " -"(for countries allowing it) and FIFO." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:134 -msgid "" -"`View impact of the valuation method on your transactions " -"`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:137 -msgid "Easy retained earnings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:139 -msgid "" -"Retained earnings are the portion of income retained by your business. Odoo " -"automatically calculates your current year earnings in real time so no year-" -"end journal or rollover is required. This is calculated by reporting the " -"profit and loss balance to your balance sheet report automatically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:3 -msgid "Introduction to Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:11 -msgid "Transcript" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Odoo is beautiful accounting software designed for the needs of the 21st " -"century." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Odoo connects directly to your bank or paypal account. Transactions are " -"synchronized every hour and reconciliation is blazing fast. It's like magic." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Instantly create invoices and send them with just a click. No need to print " -"them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:20 -msgid "Odoo can send them for you by email or regular mail." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:22 -msgid "Your customers pay online, meaning you get your money right away." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Odoo accounting is connected with all Odoo our apps such as sale, purchase, " -"inventory and subscriptions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:27 -msgid "" -"This way, recording vendor bills is also super quick. Set a vendor, select " -"the purchase order and Odoo fills in everything for you automatically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Then, just use the SEPA protocol or print checks to pay vendors in batches." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:33 -msgid "It's that easy with Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Wait, there is more. You will love the Odoo reports. From legal statements " -"to executive summaries, they are fast and dynamic. Use Odoo's business " -"intelligence feature to navigate through all your companies data." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Of course, Odoo is mobile too. You can use it to check your accounts on the " -"go." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:41 -msgid "Try Odoo now, and join 2 million happy users." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:5 -msgid "Accounting Memento For Entrepreneurs (US GAAP)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:11 -msgid "" -"The **Profit and Loss** (P&L) report shows the performance of the company " -"over a specific period (usually the current year)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:16 -msgid "" -"The **Gross Profit** equals the revenues from sales minus the cost of goods " -"sold." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:21 -msgid "" -"**Operating Expenses** (OPEX) include administration, sales and R&D salaries" -" as well as rent and utilities, miscellaneous costs, insurances, … anything " -"beyond the costs of products sold." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:27 -msgid "" -"The **Balance Sheet** is a snapshot of the company's finances at a specific " -"date (as opposed to the Profit and Loss which is an analysis over a period)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:32 -msgid "" -"**Assets** represent the company's wealth, things it owns. Fixed assets " -"includes building and offices, current assets include bank accounts and " -"cash. A client owing money is an asset. An employee is not an asset." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:38 -msgid "" -"**Liabilities** are obligations from past events that the company will have " -"to pay in the future (utility bills, debts, unpaid suppliers)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:43 -msgid "" -"**Equity** is the amount of the funds contributed by the owners (founders or" -" shareholders) plus previously retained earnings (or losses)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:48 -msgid "Each year, net profits (or losses) are reported to retained earnings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:54 -msgid "" -"What is owned (an asset) has been financed through debts to reimburse " -"(liabilities) or equity (profits, capital)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:57 -msgid "" -"A difference is made between buying an assets (e.g. a building) and expenses" -" (e.g. fuel). Assets have an intrinsic value over time, versus expenses " -"having value in them being consumed for the company to \"work\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:64 -msgid "Assets = Liabilities + Equity" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:67 -msgid "Chart of Accounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:69 -msgid "" -"The **chart of accounts** lists all the accounts, whether they are balance " -"sheet accounts or P&L accounts. Every financial transaction (e.g. a payment," -" an invoice) impacts accounts by moving value from one account (credit) to " -"an other account (debit)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:76 -msgid "Balance = Debit - Credit" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:84 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:83 -msgid "Journal Entries" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:86 -msgid "" -"Every financial document of the company (e.g. an invoice, a bank statement, " -"a pay slip, a capital increase contract) is recorded as a journal entry, " -"impacting several accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:90 -msgid "" -"For a journal entry to be *balanced*, the sum of all its debits must be " -"equal to the sum of all its credits." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:95 -msgid "examples of accounting entries for various transactions. Example:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:97 -msgid "Example 1: Customer Invoice:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:99 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:117 -msgid "Explanation:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:101 -msgid "You generate a revenue of $1,000" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:102 -msgid "You have a tax to pay of $90" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:103 -msgid "The customer owes $1,090" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:122 -msgid "Configuration:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:107 -msgid "Income: defined on the product, or the product category" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:108 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:125 -msgid "Account Receivable: defined on the customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:109 -msgid "Tax: defined on the tax set on the invoice line" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:111 -msgid "" -"The fiscal position used on the invoice may have a rule that replaces the " -"Income Account or the tax defined on the product by another one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:115 -msgid "Example 2: Customer Payment:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:119 -msgid "Your customer owes $1,090 less" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:120 -msgid "Your receive $1,090 on your bank account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:124 -msgid "Bank Account: defined on the related bank journal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:130 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 -msgid "Reconciliation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:132 -msgid "" -"Reconciliation is the process of linking journal items of a specific " -"account, matching credits and debits." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:135 -msgid "" -"Its primary purpose is to link payments to their related invoices in order " -"to mark invoices that are paid and clear the customer statement. This is " -"done by doing a reconciliation on the *Accounts Receivable* account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:139 -msgid "" -"An invoice is marked as paid when its Accounts Receivable journal items are " -"reconciled with the related payment journal items." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:142 -msgid "Reconciliation is performed automatically by the system when:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:144 -msgid "the payment is registered directly on the invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:145 -msgid "" -"the links between the payments and the invoices are detected at the bank " -"matching process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:0 -msgid "Customer Statement Example" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:156 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 -msgid "Accounts Receivable" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:156 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 -msgid "Debit" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:156 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 -msgid "Credit" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 -msgid "Invoice 1" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:61 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:63 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:60 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:62 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:76 -msgid "100" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:160 -msgid "Payment 1.1" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:160 -msgid "70" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:162 -msgid "Invoice 2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:162 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:166 -msgid "65" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:164 -msgid "Payment 1.2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:164 -msgid "30" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:166 -msgid "Payment 2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:168 -msgid "Invoice 3" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:168 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:172 -msgid "50" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:172 -msgid "Total To Pay" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:179 -msgid "" -"Bank reconciliation is the matching of bank statement lines (provided by " -"your bank) with transactions recorded internally (payments to suppliers or " -"from customers). For each line in a bank statement, it can be:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:184 -msgid "matched with a previously recorded payment:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:184 -msgid "" -"a payment is registered when a check is received from a customer, then " -"matched when checking the bank statement" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:188 -msgid "recorded as a new payment:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:187 -msgid "" -"the payment's journal entry is created and :ref:`reconciled " -"` with the related invoice when processing the " -"bank statement" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:191 -msgid "recorded as another transaction:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:191 -msgid "bank transfer, direct charge, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:193 -msgid "" -"Odoo should automatically reconcile most transactions, only a few of them " -"should need manual review. When the bank reconciliation process is finished," -" the balance on the bank account in Odoo should match the bank statement's " -"balance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:201 -msgid "Checks Handling" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:203 -msgid "There are two approaches to manage checks and internal wire transfer:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:205 -msgid "Two journal entries and a reconciliation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:206 -msgid "One journal entry and a bank reconciliation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:210 -msgid "" -"The first journal entry is created by registering the payment on the " -"invoice. The second one is created when registering the bank statement." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 -msgid "Account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:61 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:73 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:75 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:60 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:74 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:79 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:143 -msgid "Account Receivable" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 -msgid "Invoice ABC" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 -msgid "Undeposited funds" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 -msgid "Check 0123" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:85 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:135 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:95 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:145 -msgid "Bank" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:235 -msgid "" -"A journal entry is created by registering the payment on the invoice. When " -"reconciling the bank statement, the statement line is linked to the existing" -" journal entry." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 -msgid "Bank Statement" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 -msgid "Statement XYZ" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview.rst:3 -msgid "Process overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:3 -msgid "From Customer Invoice to Payments Collection" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo supports multiple invoicing and payment workflows, so you can choose " -"and use the ones that match your business needs. Whether you want to accept " -"a single payment for a single invoice, or process a payment spanning " -"multiple invoices and taking discounts for early payments, you can do so " -"efficiently and accurately." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:12 -msgid "From Draft Invoice to Profit and Loss" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:14 -msgid "" -"If we pick up at the end of a typical 'order to cash' scenario, after the " -"goods have been shipped, you will: issue an invoice; receive payment; " -"deposit that payment at the bank; make sure the Customer Invoice is closed; " -"follow up if Customers are late; and finally present your Income on the " -"Profit and Loss report and show the decrease in Assets on the Balance Sheet " -"report." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Invoicing in most countries occurs when a contractual obligation is met. If " -"you ship a box to a customer, you have met the terms of the contract and can" -" bill them. If your supplier sends you a shipment, they have met the terms " -"of that contract and can bill you. Therefore, the terms of the contract is " -"fulfilled when the box moves to or from the truck. At this point, Odoo " -"supports the creation of what is called a Draft Invoice by Warehouse staff." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:30 -msgid "Invoice creation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Draft invoices can be manually generated from other documents such as Sales " -"Orders, Purchase Orders,etc. Although you can create a draft invoice " -"directly if you would like." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:36 -msgid "" -"An invoice must be provided to the customer with the necessary information " -"in order for them to pay for the goods and services ordered and delivered. " -"It must also include other information needed to pay the invoice in a timely" -" and precise manner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:42 -msgid "Draft invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:44 -msgid "" -"The system generates invoice which are initially set to the Draft state. " -"While these invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:47 -msgid "" -"remain unvalidated, they have no accounting impact within the system. There " -"is nothing to stop users from creating their own draft invoices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:50 -msgid "Let's create a customer invoice with following information:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:52 -msgid "Customer: Agrolait" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:53 -msgid "Product: iMac" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:54 -msgid "Quantity: 1" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:55 -msgid "Unit Price: 100" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:56 -msgid "Taxes: Tax 15%" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:64 -msgid "The document is composed of three parts:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:66 -msgid "the top of the invoice, with customer information," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:67 -msgid "the main body of the invoice, with detailed invoice lines," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:68 -msgid "the bottom of the page, with detail about the taxes, and the totals." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:71 -msgid "Open or Pro-forma invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:73 -msgid "" -"An invoice will usually include the quantity and the price of goods and/or " -"services, the date, any parties involved, the unique invoice number, and any" -" tax information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:77 -msgid "" -"\"Validate\" the invoice when you are ready to approve it. The invoice then " -"moves from the Draft state to the Open state." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:80 -msgid "" -"When you have validated an invoice, Odoo gives it a unique number from a " -"defined, and modifiable, sequence." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:86 -msgid "" -"Accounting entries corresponding to this invoice are automatically generated" -" when you validate the invoice. You can see the details by clicking on the " -"entry in the Journal Entry field in the \"Other Info\" tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:95 -msgid "Send the invoice to customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:97 -msgid "" -"After validating the customer invoice, you can directly send it to the " -"customer via the 'Send by email' functionality." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:103 -msgid "" -"A typical journal entry generated from a validated invoice will look like as" -" follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 -msgid "**Partner**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 -msgid "**Due date**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 -msgid "Agrolait" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 -msgid "01/07/2015" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 -msgid "115" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 -msgid "15" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:117 -msgid "Payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:119 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, an invoice is considered to be paid when the associated accounting " -"entry has been reconciled with the payment entries. If there has not been a " -"reconciliation, the invoice will remain in the Open state until you have " -"entered the payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:124 -msgid "" -"A typical journal entry generated from a payment will look like as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:136 -msgid "Receive a partial payment through the bank statement" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:138 -msgid "" -"You can manually enter your bank statements in Odoo, or you can import them " -"in from a csv file or from several other predefined formats according to " -"your accounting localisation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:142 -msgid "" -"Create a bank statement from the accounting dashboard with the related " -"journal and enter an amount of $100 ." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:149 -msgid "Reconcile" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:151 -msgid "Now let's reconcile!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:156 -msgid "" -"You can now go through every transaction and reconcile them or you can mass " -"reconcile with instructions at the bottom." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:158 -msgid "" -"After reconciling the items in the sheet, the related invoice will now " -"display \"You have outstanding payments for this customer. You can reconcile" -" them to pay this invoice. \"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:168 -msgid "" -"Apply the payment. Below, you can see that the payment has been added to the" -" invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:175 -msgid "Payment Followup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:177 -msgid "" -"There's a growing trend of customers paying bills later and later. " -"Therefore, collectors must make every effort to collect money and collect it" -" faster." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:181 -msgid "" -"Odoo will help you define your follow-up strategy. To remind customers to " -"pay their outstanding invoices, you can define different actions depending " -"on how severely overdue the customer is. These actions are bundled into " -"follow-up levels that are triggered when the due date of an invoice has " -"passed a certain number of days. If there are other overdue invoices for the" -" same customer, the actions of the most overdue invoice will be executed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:189 -msgid "" -"By going to the customer record and diving into the \"Overdue Payments\" you" -" will see the follow-up message and all overdue invoices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:199 -msgid "Customer aging report:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:201 -msgid "" -"The customer aging report will be an additional key tool for the collector " -"to understand the customer credit issues, and to prioritize their work." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:205 -msgid "" -"Use the aging report to determine which customers are overdue and begin your" -" collection efforts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:212 -msgid "Profit and loss" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:214 -msgid "" -"The Profit and Loss statement displays your revenue and expense details. " -"Ultimately, this gives you a clear image of your Net Profit and Loss. It is " -"sometimes referred to as the \"Income Statement\" or \"Statement of Revenues" -" and Expenses.\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:223 -msgid "Balance sheet" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:225 -msgid "" -"The balance sheet summarizes your company's liabilities, assets and equity " -"at a specific moment in time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:234 -msgid "" -"For example, if you manage your inventory using the perpetual accounting " -"method, you should expect a decrease in account \"Current Assets\" once the " -"material has been shipped to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:15 -msgid "From Vendor Bill to Payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Once vendor bills are registered in Odoo, you can easily pay vendors for the" -" correct amount and at the right time (not too late, not too early; " -"depending on your vendor policy). Odoo also offers reports to track your " -"aged payable balances." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:10 -msgid "" -"If you want to control vendor bills received from your vendors, you can use " -"the Odoo Purchase application that allows you to control and pre-complete " -"them automatically based on past purchase orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:18 -msgid "Record a new vendor bill" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:20 -msgid "" -"When a vendor bill is received, you can record it from " -":menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendor Bills` in the Accounting application. " -"As a shortcut, you can also use the **New Bill** feature on the accounting " -"dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:27 -msgid "" -"To register a new vendor bill, start by selecting a vendor and inputting " -"their invoice as the **Vendor Reference**, then add and confirm the product " -"lines, making sure to have the right product quantities, taxes and prices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Save the invoice to update the pre tax and tax amounts at the bottom of the " -"screen. You will most likely need to configure the prices of your products " -"without taxes as Odoo will compute the tax for you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:40 -msgid "" -"On the bottom left corner, Odoo shows a summary table of all taxes on the " -"vendor bill. In several countries, different methods are accepted to round " -"the totals (round per line, or round globally). The default rounding method " -"in Odoo is to round the final prices per line (as you may have different " -"taxes per product. E.g. Alcohol and cigarettes). However if your vendor has " -"a different tax amount on their bill, you can change the amount in the " -"bottom left table to adjust and match." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:48 -msgid "Validate The Vendor Bill" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Once the vendor bill is validated, a journal entry will be generated based " -"on the configuration on the invoice. This journal entry may differ depending" -" on the the accounting package you choose to use." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:54 -msgid "" -"For most European countries, the journal entry will use the following " -"accounts:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:57 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:66 -msgid "**Accounts Payable:** defined on the vendor form" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:59 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:68 -msgid "**Taxes:** defined on the products and per line" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:61 -msgid "**Expenses:** defined on the line item product used" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:63 -msgid "" -"For Anglo-Saxon (US) accounting, the journal entry will use the following " -"accounts:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:70 -msgid "**Goods Received:** defined on the product form" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:72 -msgid "" -"You can check your Profit & Loss or the Balance Sheet reports after having " -"validated a couple of vendor bills to see the impact on your general ledger." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:77 -msgid "Pay a bill" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:79 -msgid "" -"To create a payment for an open vendor bill directly, you can click on " -"**Register a Payment** at the top of the form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:82 -msgid "" -"From there, you select the payment method (i.e. Checking account, credit " -"card, check, etc…) and the amount you wish to pay. By default, Odoo will " -"propose the entire remaining balance on the bill for payment. In the memo " -"field, we recommend you set the vendor invoice number as a reference (Odoo " -"will auto fill this field from the from the vendor bill if set it " -"correctly)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:94 -msgid "" -"You can also register a payment to a vendor directly without applying it to " -"a vendor bill. To do that, :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. Then, " -"from the vendor bill you will be able to reconcile this payment with " -"directly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:99 -msgid "Printing vendor Checks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:101 -msgid "" -"If you choose to pay your vendor bills by check, Odoo offers a method to do " -"so directly from your vendor payments within Odoo. Whether you do so on a " -"daily basis or prefer to do so at the end of the week, you can print in " -"checks in batches." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:106 -msgid "" -"If you have checks to print, Odoo's accounting dashboard acts as a to do " -"list and reminds you of how many checks you have left to be printed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:112 -msgid "" -"By selecting the amount of checks to be printed, you can dive right into a " -"list of all payments that are ready to be processed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:115 -msgid "" -"Select all the checks you wish to print (use the first checkbox to select " -"them all) and set the action to **Print Checks**. Odoo will ask you to set " -"the next check number in the sequence and will then print all the checks at " -"once." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:127 -msgid "Aged payable balance" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:129 -msgid "" -"In order to get a list of open vendor bills and their related due dates, you" -" can use the **Aged Payable** report, under the reporting menu, (in " -":menuselection:`Reporting --> Business Statement --> Aged payable`) to get a" -" visual of all of your outstanding bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:137 -msgid "" -"From here, you can click directly on a vendors name to open up the details " -"of all outstanding bills and the amounts due, or you can annotate any line " -"for managements information. At any point in time while you're looking " -"through the report, you can print directly to Excel or PDF and get exactly " -"what you see on the screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:144 -msgid ":doc:`customer_invoice`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables.rst:3 -msgid "Account Payables" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:3 -msgid "How to keep track of employee expenses?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Employee expenses are charges incurred on behalf of the company. The company" -" then reimburses these expenses to the employee. The receipts encountered " -"most frequently are:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:9 -msgid "car travel, reimbursed per unit of distance (mile or kilometer)," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:11 -msgid "subsistence expenses, reimbursed based on the bill," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:13 -msgid "" -"other purchases, such as stationery and books, destined for the company but " -"carried out by the employee." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:19 -msgid "" -"To manage expenses, you need to install the **Expense Tracker** application " -"from the Apps module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:22 -msgid "" -"You will also need to install the **Sales Management** module in order to " -"re-invoice your expenses to your customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Once these applications are installed you can configure the different " -"products that represent the types of expenses. To create the firsts " -"products, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Expenses " -"Products` in the **Expenses** application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:30 -msgid "Some examples of products can be:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:32 -msgid "**Travel (car)**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:34 -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:50 -msgid "Product Type: Service" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:36 -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:52 -msgid "Invoicing Policy: Invoice based on time and material" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:38 -msgid "Expense Invoice Policy: At sales price" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:40 -msgid "Sale Price: 0.32" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Unit of Measure: Km or mile (you will need to enable the **Multiple Unit of " -"Measures** option from :menuselection:`Sales module --> Configuration`)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:48 -msgid "**Hotel**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:54 -msgid "Expense Invoice Policy: At cost" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:56 -msgid "Unit of Measure: Unit" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:58 -msgid "" -"In these examples, the first product will be an expense we reimburse to the " -"employee based on the number of km he did with his own car (e.g. to visit a " -"customer): 0.32€ / km. The hotel is reimbursed based on the real cost of the" -" hotel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Be sure that all these products have the checkbox **Can be expensed** " -"checked and the invoicing policy set to **Invoice Based on time and " -"material**. This invoicing policy means that, if the expense is related to a" -" customer project/sale order, Odoo will re-invoice this expense to the " -"customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:69 -msgid "Odoo support two types of expenses:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:71 -msgid "expenses paid by employee with their own money" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:73 -msgid "expenses paid with a company credit card" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:76 -msgid "The expenses workflow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:79 -msgid "Record a new expense" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:81 -msgid "" -"Every employee of the company can register their expenses from " -":menuselection:`Expenses application --> My Expenses`. The workflow for " -"personal expenses work that way:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:85 -msgid "an employee record his expense, and submit it to the manager" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:87 -msgid "the manager approve or refuse the expense" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:89 -msgid "the accountant post journal entries" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:91 -msgid "" -"the company reimburse the employee expense (the employee is like a vendor, " -"with a payable account)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:94 -msgid "" -"if the expense is linked to an analytic account, the company can reinvoice " -"the customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:97 -msgid "For every expense, the employee should record at least:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:99 -msgid "a description: that should include the reference of the ticket / bill" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:101 -msgid "a product: the expense type" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:103 -msgid "" -"a price (e.g. hotel) or a quantity (e.g. reimburse km if travel with his own" -" car)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:106 -msgid "" -"Depending of the policy of the company, he might have to attach a scan or a " -"photo of the expense. To do that, just a write a message in the bottom of " -"the expense with the scan of the bill/ticket in attachment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:113 -msgid "" -"If the expense is linked to a customer project, you should not forget to set" -" an analytic account, related to the customer project or sale order (you " -"might have to activate analytic accounts in the accounting settings to get " -"this feature)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:118 -msgid "" -"Once the expense is fully recorded, the employee has to click the button " -"**Submit to Manager**. In some companies, employees should submit their " -"expenses grouped at the end of the month, or at the end of a business trip." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:123 -msgid "" -"An employee can submit all his expenses in batch, using the Submit Expenses " -"action from the list view of expenses, or the small icons in the list view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:128 -msgid "Validation by the manager" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:130 -msgid "" -"Managers should receive an email for every expense to be approved (the " -"manager of an employee is defined on the employee form). They can use the " -"menu **To Approve** to check all expenses that are waiting for validation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:135 -msgid "The manager can:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:137 -msgid "" -"discuss on an expense to ask for more information (e.g., if a scan of the " -"bill is missing);" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:140 -msgid "reject an expense;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:142 -msgid "approve an expense." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:145 -msgid "Control by the accountant" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:147 -msgid "" -"Then, all expenses that have been validated by the manager should be posted " -"by the accountant. When an expense is posted, the related journal entry is " -"created and posted in your accounting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:151 -msgid "" -"If the accountant wants to create only one journal entry for a batch of " -"expenses, he can post expenses in batch from the list view of all expenses." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:156 -msgid "Reinvoice expenses to customers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:158 -msgid "" -"If the expense was linked to an analytic account related to a sale order, " -"the sale order has a new line related to the expense. This line is not " -"invoiced to the customer yet and will be included in the next invoice that " -"will be send to the customer (charge travel and accommodations on a customer" -" project)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:164 -msgid "" -"To invoice the customer, just click on the invoice button on his sale order." -" (or it will be done automatically at the end of the week/month if you " -"invoice all your orders in batch)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:176 -msgid "Reimburse the employee" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:178 -msgid "" -"If the expense was paid with the employee's own money, the company should " -"reimburse the employee. In such a case, the employee will appear in the aged" -" payable balance until the company reimburse him his expenses." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:183 -msgid "" -"All you have to do is to create a payment to this employee for the amount " -"due." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:190 -msgid "Expenses that are not reinvoiced to customers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:192 -msgid "" -"If some expenses should not be reinvoiced to customers, you have two " -"options:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:195 -msgid "" -"if the decision to invoice or not is related to the product, change the " -"invoicing policy on the product:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:198 -msgid "**based on time and material**: reinvoice the customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:200 -msgid "**based on sale orders**: do not reinvoice the customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:202 -msgid "" -"if you have to make an exception for one invoice that should not be " -"reinvoiced to the customer, do not set the related analytic account for this" -" invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:208 -msgid ":doc:`forecast`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:3 -msgid "How to forecast future bills to pay?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When you get hundreds of vendor bills per month with each of them having " -"different payment terms, it could be complex to follow what you have to pay " -"and when. Paying your vendors too early can decrease your cash " -"availabilities and paying too late can lead to extra charges." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Fortunately, Odoo provides you the right tools to manage payment orders to " -"vendors efficiently." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:14 -msgid "Configuration: payment terms" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:16 -msgid "" -"In order to track the vendor conditions, we use payment terms in Odoo. " -"Payment terms allow to keep track of the conditions to compute the due date " -"on an invoice. As an example, a payment term can be:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:20 -msgid "50% within 30 days" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:22 -msgid "50% within 45 days" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:24 -msgid "" -"To create your most common payment terms, use the menu: " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Management --> Payment Terms` in the " -"**Accounting** application. The following example show a payment term of 30%" -" directly and the balance after 30 days." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Once payment terms are defined, you can assign them to your vendor by " -"default. Set the Vendor Payment Term field on the Accounting tab of a vendor" -" form. That way, every time you will purchase to this vendor, Odoo will " -"propose you automatically the right payment term." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:42 -msgid "" -"If you do not set a specific payment term on a vendor, you will still be " -"able to set a specific payment term on the vendor bill." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:46 -msgid "Forecast bills to pay with the Aged Payables report" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:48 -msgid "" -"In order to track amounts to be paid to the vendors, use the Aged Payable " -"report. You can get it from the Reports menu of the Accounting application. " -"This report gives you a summary per vendor of the amounts to pay, compared " -"to their due date (the due date being computed on each bill using the " -"payment term)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:57 -msgid "" -"This reports tells you how much you will have to pay within the next months." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:61 -msgid "Select bills to pay" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Using the menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendor Bills`, you can get a " -"list of vendor bills. Using the advanced filters, you can list all the bills" -" that you should pay or the bills that are overdue (you are late on the " -"payment)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:70 -msgid "" -"From this screen, you can also switch to the pivot table or the graph view " -"to get statistics on the amount due over the next month, using the group by " -"\"Due Date\" feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay.rst:3 -msgid "Vendor Payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:3 -msgid "Pay by Checks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Once you decide to pay a supplier bill, you can select to pay by check. " -"Then, at the end of the day, the manager can print all checks by batch. " -"Finally, the bank reconciliation process will match the checks you sent to " -"suppliers with actual bank statements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:14 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:29 -msgid "Install the required module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:16 -msgid "" -"To record supplier payments by checks, you must install the **Check " -"Writing** module. This module handle the process of recording checks in " -"Odoo. Others modules are necessary to print checks, according to the " -"country. As an example, the **U.S. Check Printing** module is required to " -"print U.S. checks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:24 -msgid "" -"According to your country and the chart of account you use, those modules " -"may be installed by default. (example: United States users have nothing to " -"install, it's configured by default)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:29 -msgid "Activate checks payment methods" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:31 -msgid "" -"In order to allow payments by checks, you must activate the payment method " -"on related bank journals. From the accounting dashboard (the screen you get " -"when you enter the accounting application), click on your bank account on " -":menuselection:`More --> Settings` option. On the **Payment Method** field, " -"set **Check**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:41 -msgid "Compatible check stationery for printing checks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:44 -msgid "United States" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:46 -msgid "For the United States, Odoo supports by default the check formats of:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:48 -msgid "**Quickbooks & Quicken**: check on top, stubs in the middle and bottom" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:49 -msgid "**Peachtree**: check in the middle, stubs on top and bottom" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:50 -msgid "**ADP**: check in the bottom, and stubs on the top." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:52 -msgid "" -"It is also possible to customize your own check format through " -"customizations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:55 -msgid "Pay a supplier bill with a check" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:57 -msgid "Paying a supplier with a check is done in three steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:59 -msgid "registering a payment you'd like to do on the bill" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:60 -msgid "printing checks in batch for all registered payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:61 -msgid "reconcile bank statements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:64 -msgid "Register a payment by check" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:66 -msgid "" -"To register a payment on a bill, open any supplier bill from the menu " -":menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendor Bills`. Once the supplier bill is " -"validated, you can register a payment. Set the **Payment Method** to " -"**Check** and validate the payment dialog." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:74 -msgid "Explanation of the fields of the payment screen:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Has Invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Technical field used for usability purposes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Technical field containing the invoice for which the payment has been " -"generated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "" -"This does not especially correspond to the invoices reconciled with the " -"payment," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "as it can have been generated first, and reconciled later" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Hide Payment Method" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Technical field used to hide the payment method if the selected journal has " -"only one available which is 'manual'" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Payment Method" -msgstr "طريقة السداد" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Check: Pay bill by check and print it from Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Batch Deposit: Encase several customer checks at once by generating a batch " -"deposit to submit to your bank. When encoding the bank statement in Odoo, " -"you are suggested to reconcile the transaction with the batch deposit.To " -"enable batch deposit, module account_batch_payment must be installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "" -"SEPA Credit Transfer: Pay bill from a SEPA Credit Transfer file you submit " -"to your bank. To enable sepa credit transfer, module account_sepa must be " -"installed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Code" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Technical field used to adapt the interface to the payment type selected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Saved payment token" -msgstr "رمز السداد السري المحفوظ" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Note that tokens from acquirers set to only authorize transactions (instead " -"of capturing the amount) are not available." -msgstr "" -"لاحظ أن الرموز السرية من معالجات السداد التي تم ضبطها لاعتماد المعاملات فقط " -"(بدلا من التقاط المبلغ) غير متاحة." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Show Partner Bank Account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Technical field used to know whether the field `partner_bank_account_id` " -"needs to be displayed or not in the payments form views" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Require Partner Bank Account" -msgstr "يتطلب الحساب البنكي للشريك" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Technical field used to know whether the field `partner_bank_account_id` " -"needs to be required or not in the payments form views" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Check Number" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "" -"The selected journal is configured to print check numbers. If your pre-" -"printed check paper already has numbers or if the current numbering is " -"wrong, you can change it in the journal configuration page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Journal Item Label" -msgstr "عنوان عنصر اليومية" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Change label of the counterpart that will hold the payment difference" -msgstr "تغيير تسميه الحساب الذي يحتوي فرق السداد" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:80 -msgid "Try paying a supplier bill with a check" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:85 -msgid "Print checks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:87 -msgid "" -"From the accounting dashboard, on your bank account, you should see a link " -"\"X checks to print\". Click on this link and you will get the list of all " -"checks that are not printed yet. From this screen, you can print all checks " -"in batch or review them one by one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:92 -msgid "" -"If you want to review every payment one by one before printing the check, " -"open on the payment and click on **Print Check** if you accept it. A dialog " -"will ask you the number of the check. It automatically proposes you the next" -" number, but you can change it if it does not match your next check number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:98 -msgid "" -"To print all checks in batch, select all payments from the list view and " -"Print Check from the top \"print\" menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:107 -msgid "Reconcile Bank Statements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:109 -msgid "" -"Once you process your bank statement, when the check is credited from your " -"bank account, Odoo will propose you automatically to match it with the " -"payment. This will mark the payment as **Reconciled**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:115 -msgid "" -"to review checks that have not been credited, open the list of payments and " -"filter on the Sent state. Review those payments that have a date more than 2" -" weeks ago." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:120 -msgid "Pay anything with a check" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:122 -msgid "" -"You can register a payment that is not related to a supplier bill. To do so," -" use the top menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. Register your " -"payment and select a payment method by check." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:126 -msgid "" -"If you pay a specific supplier bill, put the reference of the bill in the " -"**Memo** field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:132 -msgid "" -"Once your payment by check is registered, don't forget to **Confirm** it. " -"Once confirmed, you can use **Print Check** directly or follow the preceding" -" flow to print checks in batch:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:136 -msgid "`Print checks `_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:138 -msgid "`Reconcile bank statements `_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:3 -msgid "How to pay several bills at once?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo provides a simple and effective way to handle several bills at once, " -"with various quick or complex options. With one single process, anyone is " -"able to handle bills and payment in just a few clicks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:10 -msgid "Pay multiple bills with one payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:13 -msgid "Record several payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:15 -msgid "" -"In the following example, we will generate some bills. You can control the " -"whole process from your accounting dashboard (first screen you get when you " -"open the accounting application)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:22 -msgid "" -"To create a bill, open the Dashboard menu and click on **Vendor Bills**. In " -"the Vendor Bills window, click on **Create**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Choose the vendor from which you wish to purchase the product, and click on " -"Add an item to add one (or more) product(s). Click on **Save** and then " -"**Validate**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:33 -msgid "Pay supplier bills, one after the other" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:38 -msgid "" -"We will now record a payment for one bill only. Open the bill, then click on" -" **Register Payment**. Insert the Payment Method, Date and Amount, and click" -" on **Validate**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Once you have validated the payment, the system will automatically reconcile" -" the payment with the bill, and set the bill as **Paid**. The system will " -"also generate a move from the payment account and reconcile it with the " -"expense transaction." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:51 -msgid "Pay several bills altogether" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:53 -msgid "" -"In order to illustrate the process thoroughly, create at least 2 more bills " -"following the above standing guide. **Make sure all bills come from the same" -" vendor.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:60 -msgid "" -"In the Vendors Bills, select the new bills you have just created by checking" -" the box next to each of them. In the Action menu located in the middle of " -"the page, click on **Register Payment**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Insert the details of the payment. The system calculated the total amount " -"for both bills, but you can modify it freely. Click on **Validate**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:71 -msgid "Record the payment, reconcile afterwards" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:73 -msgid "" -"You can also reconcile a payment with bills after the payment has been " -"recorded." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:76 -msgid "First, we need to create a payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:78 -msgid "" -"This will handle from :menuselection:`Dashboard --> Bank journal --> More " -"Option --> Send Money`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:84 -msgid "" -"Creating payment order with check payment method. Selecting related Vendor " -"and amount which remain to pay. After filling all details, we will confirm " -"the payment order which will generate payment transaction with the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:92 -msgid "" -"As you can see, bill payment status show what is posted and what is " -"remaining to reconcile." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:95 -msgid "" -"After receiving bank statement from the bank with payment detail, you can " -"reconcile the transaction from the Dashboard. It will automatically map the " -"transaction amount." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:101 -msgid "For more detail on the bank reconciliation process, please read:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:106 -msgid "Partial payments of several supplier bills" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:109 -msgid "How to pay several supplier bills having cash discounts at once?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:111 -msgid "" -"You already learned how to pay bills in various way but what about partial " -"payment? We are taking another example where we will do partial payment for " -"various bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:115 -msgid "" -"We are creating multiple bills and partially pay them through bank " -"statements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:118 -msgid "" -"We are adding payment terms which allow some cash discount where vendor " -"offer us early payment discount." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:124 -msgid "" -"We are creating the following bills with the assignment of the above payment" -" term." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:130 -msgid "We have created the following bills:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:135 -msgid "" -"We will pay the invoices by creating bank statement where we will adjust the" -" cash discount our vendor provided under payment terms." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:141 -msgid "" -"Before reconciling this bank statement, we need to create one statement " -"model for cash discount." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:147 -msgid "Now we are going back to bank statement and opening reconcile view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:151 -msgid "For bank statement reconciliation with model option, see" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:67 -msgid "Pay with SEPA" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:5 -msgid "" -"SEPA, the Single Euro Payments Area, is a payment-integration initiative of " -"the European union for simplification of bank transfers denominated in EURO." -" SEPA allows you to send payment orders to your bank to automate bank wire " -"transfer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:10 -msgid "" -"SEPA is supported by the banks of the 28 EU member states as well as " -"Iceland, Norway, Switzerland, Andorra, Monaco and San Marino." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:13 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, once you decide to pay a vendor, you can select to pay the bill " -"with SEPA. Then, at the end of the day, the manager can generate the SEPA " -"file containing all bank wire transfers and send it to the bank. The file " -"follows the SEPA Credit Transfer 'PAIN.001.001.03' specifications. This is a" -" well-defined standard that makes consensus among banks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Once the payments are processed by your bank, you can directly import the " -"account statement inside Odoo. The bank reconciliation process will " -"seamlessly match the SEPA orders you sent to your bank with actual bank " -"statements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:31 -msgid "" -"To pay suppliers with SEPA, you must install the **SEPA Credit Transfer** " -"module. This module handle the process of generating SEPA files based on " -"Odoo payments." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:37 -msgid "" -"According to your country and the chart of account you use, this module may " -"be installed by default." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:41 -msgid "Activate SEPA payment methods on banks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:43 -msgid "" -"In order to allow payments by SEPA, you must activate the payment method on " -"related bank journals. From the accounting dashboard (the screen you get " -"when you enter the accounting application), click on \"More\" on your bank " -"account and select the \"Settings\" option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:48 -msgid "" -"To activate SEPA, click the **Advanced Settings** tab and, in the **Payment " -"Methods** part of the **Miscellaneous** section, check the box **Sepa Credit" -" Transfer**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Make sure to specify the IBAN account number (domestic account number won't " -"work with SEPA) and the BIC (bank identifier code) on your bank journal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:58 -msgid "" -"By default, the payments you send using SEPA will use your company name as " -"initiating party name. This is what appears on the recipient's bank " -"statement in the **payment from** field. You can customize it in your " -"company settings, in the tab **Configuration**, under the **SEPA** section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:70 -msgid "Register your payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:72 -msgid "" -"You can register a payment that is not related to a supplier bill. To do so," -" use the top menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. Register your " -"payment and select a payment method by Sepa Credit Transfer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:76 -msgid "" -"If it's the first time you pay this vendor, you will have to fill in the " -"Recipient Bank Account field with, at least, the bank name, IBAN and BIC " -"(Bank Identifier Code). Odoo will automatically verify the IBAN format." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:80 -msgid "" -"For future payments to this vendor, Odoo will propose you automatically the " -"bank accounts but you will be able to select another one or create a new " -"one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:84 -msgid "" -"If you pay a specific supplier bill, put the reference of the bill in the " -"**memo** field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:90 -msgid "" -"Once your payment is registered, don't forget to Confirm it. You can also " -"pay vendor bills from the bill directly using the Register Payment button on" -" top of a vendor bill. The form is the same, but the payment is directly " -"linked to the bill and will be automatically reconciled to it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:96 -msgid "Generate SEPA files" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:98 -msgid "" -"From your accounting dashboard, you should see if there are SEPA files to " -"generate for every bank account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:104 -msgid "" -"Click on the link to check all the payments that are ready to transfer via " -"SEPA. Then, select all the payments you want to send (or check the top box " -"to select all payment at once) and click on :menuselection:`More --> " -"Download SEPA Payments`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:116 -msgid "The bank refuses my SEPA file" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:118 -msgid "" -"Ask your bank if they support **PAIN.001.001.03 SEPA Credit Transfers**. If " -"they don't, or cannot provide relevant informations, please forward the " -"error message to your Odoo partner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:123 -msgid "There is no Bank Identifier Code recorded for bank account ..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:125 -msgid "" -"In order to send a SEPA payment, the recipient must be identified by a valid" -" IBAN and BIC. If this message appear, you probably encoded an IBAN account " -"for the partner you are paying but forgot to fill in the BIC field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:132 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:168 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:129 -msgid ":doc:`check`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:3 -msgid "When should I use supplier bills or purchase receipts?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Purchase receipts are different than vendor bills. Vendor bills are requests" -" for payment. If I issue a Purchase Order my vendor will in most business " -"cases send me a Vendor Bill. Depending on his invoice policy I then have a " -"defined amount of time to pay the Bill. A Purchase receipts are " -"confirmations of received payments. They are my day-to-day ticket receipts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:12 -msgid "" -"From an accounting point of view this makes a difference as a Vendor Bill " -"will first credit a debt account before reconciling with the bank account. " -"On the other hand we usually immediately pay the purchase receipts, which " -"means no debt account is necessary." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Moreover purchase receipts can have a different tax amount per product line," -" as vendors bills apply one tax amount over the entire bill." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:20 -msgid "" -"If my company's bank account is used to pay for goods where only a purchase " -"receipt are issued I should use the purchase receipts function in Odoo to " -"handle them in accounting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Let's take the following example: we need to buy tea for our customers from " -"a local tea store that doesn't issue bills. We go every week buy 50 euros " -"worth of tea and a teapot worth 20 euros. We pay with the company's bank " -"account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:32 -msgid "" -"To handle purchase receipts in Odoo one module and one app has to be " -"installed. Go into the app module and install the accounting app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Then, go in the search bar, delete the default module search, and search for" -" \"purchase\". Install the **Sale & Purchase Vouchers** module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:45 -msgid "Register a receipt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:47 -msgid "" -"By installing the **Sale & Purchase Vouchers** I've made the new **Purchase " -"Receipts** drop down menu visible in the accounting app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:50 -msgid "" -"To import our 50 euros worth of tea purchase receipt, enter the accounting " -"app, select :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchase Receipts`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Create a new Purchase Receipt and fill in all the necessary information. " -"Note that you have the choice in the Payment field between **Pay Later** or " -"**Pay Now**. It's a significant difference as Pay Later will generate a debt" -" accounting entry whereas Pay Now will immediately credit the Bank account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:59 -msgid "" -"In most cases you immediately pay, we will thus select the Pay Directly " -"option. Add the products, the related account and the appropriate taxe. For " -"the example we suppose the tea is a 12% taxe and the Tea Pott 21%." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Validate the Purchase Receipt to post it. Don't forget you need to " -":doc:`reconcile payments <../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases>` in order to " -"completely close the transaction in your accounting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage vendor Bills?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The **Purchase** application allows you to manage your purchase orders, " -"incoming products, and vendor bills all seamlessly in one place." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:8 -msgid "" -"If you want to set up a vendor bill control process, the first thing you " -"need to do is to have purchase data in Odoo. Knowing what has been purchased" -" and received is the first step towards understanding your purchase " -"management processes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:13 -msgid "Here is the standard work flow in Odoo:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:15 -msgid "" -"You begin with a **Request for Quotation (RFQ)** to send out to your " -"vendor(s)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Once the vendor has accepted the RFQ, confirm the RFQ into a **Purchase " -"Order (PO)**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Confirming the PO generates an **Incoming Shipment** if you purchased any " -"stockable products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Upon receiving a **Vendor Bill** from your Vendor, validate the bill with " -"products received in the previous step to ensure accuracy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:27 -msgid "" -"This process may be done by three different people within the company, or " -"only one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:34 -msgid "Installing the Purchase and Inventory applications" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:36 -msgid "" -"From the **Apps** application, search for the **Purchase** module and " -"install it. Due to certain dependencies, installing Purchase will " -"automatically install the **Inventory** and **Accounting** applications." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:41 -msgid "Creating products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Creating products in Odoo is essential for quick and efficient purchasing " -"within Odoo. Simply navigate to the Products submenu under Purchase and " -"click create." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:50 -msgid "" -"When creating the product, pay attention to the **Product Type** field, " -"since it is important:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Products that are set as **Stockable or Consumable** will allow you to keep " -"track of their inventory levels. These options imply stock management and " -"will allow for receiving these kinds of products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Conversely, products that are set as a **Service or Digital Product** will " -"not imply stock management, simply due to the fact that there is no " -"inventory to manage. You will not be able to receive products under either " -"of these designations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:65 -msgid "" -"It is recommended that you create a **Miscellaneous** product for all " -"purchases that occur infrequently and do not require inventory valuation or " -"management. If you create such a product, it is recommended to set the " -"product type to **Service**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:70 -msgid "Managing your Vendor Bills" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:73 -msgid "Purchasing products or services" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:75 -msgid "" -"From the purchase application, you can create a purchase order with as many " -"products as you need. If the vendor sends you a confirmation or quotation " -"for an order, you may record the order reference number in the **Vendor " -"Reference** field. This will enable you to easily match the PO with the the " -"vendor bill later (as the vendor bill will probably include the Vendor " -"Reference)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:85 -msgid "" -"Validate the purchase order and receive the products from the Inventory " -"application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:89 -msgid "Receiving Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:91 -msgid "" -"If you purchased any stockable products that you manage the inventory of, " -"you will need to receive the products from the Inventory application after " -"you confirm a purchase order. From the **Inventory dashboard**, you should " -"see a button linking you directly to the transfer of products. This button " -"is outlined in red below:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:100 -msgid "" -"Navigating this route will take you to a list of all orders waiting to be " -"received." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:106 -msgid "" -"If you have a lot of awaiting orders, apply a filter using the search bar in" -" the upper right. With this search bar, you may filter based on the vendor " -"(partner), the product, or the source document (also known as the reference " -"of your purchase order). You can also group the orders by different criteria" -" under **Group By**. Selecting an item from this list will open the " -"following screen where you then will receive the products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:117 -msgid "Purchasing service products does not trigger a delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:120 -msgid "Managing Vendor Bills" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:122 -msgid "" -"When you receive a vendor bill for a previous purchase, be sure to record it" -" in the Purchases application under the **Control Menu**. You need to create" -" a new vendor bill even if you already registered a purchase order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:130 -msgid "" -"The first thing you will need to do upon creating a vendor bill is to select" -" the appropriate vendor, since doing so will also pull up any associated " -"accounting or pricelist information. From there, you can choose to specify " -"one or multiple Purchase Orders to populate the Vendor Bill with. When you " -"select a Purchase Order from the list, Odoo will pull any uninvoiced " -"products associated to that Purchase Order and automatically populate that " -"information below. If you are having a hard time finding the appropriate " -"vendor bill, you may search through the list by inputting the vendor " -"reference number or your internal purchase order number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:144 -msgid "" -"While the invoice is in a draft state, you can make any modifications you " -"need (i.e. remove or add product lines, modify quantities, and change " -"prices)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:150 -msgid "Your vendor may send you several bills for the same Purchase Order if:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:152 -msgid "" -"Your vendor is in back-order and is sending you invoices as they ship the " -"products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:153 -msgid "Your vendor is sending you a partial bill or asking for a deposit." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:155 -msgid "" -"Every time you record a new vendor bill, Odoo will automatically populate " -"the product quantities based on what has been received from the vendor. If " -"this value is showing a zero, this means that you have not yet received this" -" product and simply serves as a reminder that the product is not in hand and" -" you may need to inquire further into this. At any point in time, before you" -" validate the Vendor Bill, you may override this zero quantity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:164 -msgid "Vendor Bill Matching" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:167 -msgid "What to do if your vendor bill does not match what you received" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:169 -msgid "" -"If the bill you receive from the vendor has quantities that do not match the" -" quantities automatically populated by Odoo, this could be due to several " -"reasons:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:173 -msgid "" -"The vendor is incorrectly charging you for products and/or services that you" -" have not ordered." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:176 -msgid "" -"The vendor is billing you for products that you might not have received yet," -" as the invoicing control may be based on ordered or received quantities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:180 -msgid "The vendor did not bill you for previously purchased products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:182 -msgid "" -"In these instances it is recommended that you verify that the bill, and any " -"associated purchase order to the vendor, are accurate and that you " -"understand what you have ordered and what you have already received." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:186 -msgid "" -"If you are unable to find a purchase order related to a vendor bill, this " -"could be due to one of a few reasons:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:189 -msgid "" -"The vendor has already invoiced you for this purchase order; therefore it is" -" not going to appear anywhere in the selection." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:192 -msgid "" -"Someone in the company forgot to record a purchase order for this vendor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:195 -msgid "The vendor is charging you for something you did not order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:200 -msgid "How product quantities are managed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:202 -msgid "" -"By default, services are managed based on ordered quantities, while " -"stockables and consumables are managed based on received quantities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:205 -msgid "" -"If you need to manage products based on ordered quantities over received " -"quantities, you will need to belong to the group **Purchase Manager**. Ask " -"your system administrator to enable these access on :menuselection:`Settings" -" --> Users --> Users --> Access Rights`. Once you belong to the correct " -"group, select the product(s) you wish to modify, and you should see a new " -"field appear, labeled **Control Purchase Bills**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:215 -msgid "" -"You can then change the default management method for the selected product " -"to be based on either:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:218 -msgid "Ordered quantities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:220 -msgid "or Received quantities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:223 -msgid "Batch Billing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:225 -msgid "" -"When creating a vendor bill and selecting the appropriate purchase order, " -"you may continue to select additional purchase orders. Odoo will add the " -"additional line items from the purchase orders you select. If you have not " -"deleted the previous line items from the first purchase order, the bill will" -" be linked to all the appropriate purchase orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables.rst:3 -msgid "Account Receivables" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:77 -msgid "Customer Invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:3 -msgid "Offer cash discounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Cash discounts are incentives you can offer to customers to motivate them to" -" pay within a specific time frame. For instance, you offer a 2% discount if " -"the customer pays you within the first 5 days of the invoice, when it is due" -" in 30 days. This approach can greatly improve your average collection " -"period." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:12 -msgid "Set up a cash discount" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:14 -msgid "" -"To set up a cash discount, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Management --> Payment Terms` and click on *Create*. Add a" -" *Percent* type of term with a corresponding value (e.g. 98% of the total " -"price for a 2% discount) and the number of days during which the offer is " -"valid. You can also change the default balance term if needed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:25 -msgid "Start offering the cash discount" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Now, you can create a customer invoice and select the cash discount payment " -"term you added. Once the invoice is validated, Odoo will automatically split" -" the account receivables part of the journal entry into two installments " -"having different due dates. Since the discounted price is already " -"calculated, your payment controls will be simplified." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:37 -msgid "Grant the cash discount" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:39 -msgid "" -"The customer fulfilled the payment terms and therefore benefits from the " -"cash discount. When you process the bank statement, match the payment with " -"the related journal entry. Then, select the remaining cash discount and " -"click on *Create Write-off* to reconcile it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:48 -msgid "" -"You can also create a dedicated reconciliation model to make the process " -"easier. In this case, you should add a tax to the model based on the taxes " -"applied to your invoices. This means that if you handle multiple tax rates, " -"you need to create several reconciliation models. Note that depending on " -"your localisation, you might already have a Cash Discount model available by" -" default." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:56 -msgid "Register the full payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:58 -msgid "" -"In this case, the customer has not fulfilled the payment term and cannot " -"benefit from the cash discount. When you process the bank statement, match " -"the payment with the two related journal entries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:67 -msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:2 -msgid "Set up cash roundings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:4 -msgid "" -"In some currencies, the smallest coins do not exist. For example, in " -"Switzerland, there is no coin for 0.01 CHF. For this reason, if invoices are" -" paid in cash, you have to round their total amount to the smallest coin " -"that exist in the currency. For the CHF, the smallest coin is 0.05 CHF." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:10 -msgid "There are two strategies for the rounding:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:12 -msgid "Add a line on the invoice for the rounding" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:14 -msgid "Add the rounding in the tax amount" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:16 -msgid "Both strategies are applicable in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:21 -msgid "" -"First, you have to activate the feature. For this, go in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the " -"Cash Rounding." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:28 -msgid "" -"There is a new menu to manage cash roundings in :menuselection:`Accounting " -"--> Configuration --> Management --> Cash roundings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Now, you can create cash roundings. You can choose between two rounding " -"strategies:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:34 -msgid "" -"**Add a rounding line**: if a rounding is necessary, Odoo will add a line on" -" your customer invoice to take this rounding into account. You also have to " -"define the account in which the rounding will go." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:39 -msgid "" -"**Modify tax amount:** Odoo will add the rounding to the amount of the " -"highest tax." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:46 -msgid "Apply roundings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Once your roundings are created, you can apply them on customer invoices. On" -" the customer invoices, there is a new field called **Cash Rounding Method**" -" where you can simply choose one of the rounding methods created previously." -" If needed, a rounding will be applied to the invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:3 -msgid "Credit Notes and Refunds" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:4 -msgid "" -"A **credit note**, or **credit memo**, is a document issued to a customer " -"that notifies them that they have been credited a certain amount." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:11 -msgid "There are several reasons that can lead to a credit note, such as:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:9 -msgid "a mistake in the invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:10 -msgid "a return of the goods, or a rejection of the services" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:11 -msgid "the goods delivered are damaged" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Issuing a credit note is the only legal way to cancel, refund or modify a " -"validated invoice. Don’t forget to *register the payment* afterward if you " -"need to send money back to your customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:20 -msgid "Issue a Credit Note" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:21 -msgid "" -"You can create a credit note from scratch by going to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Credit Notes`, and by clicking " -"on *Create*. Filling the Credit Note’s form works the same way as the " -"Invoice’s form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:26 -msgid "" -"However, most of the time, credit notes are generated directly from the " -"invoices they are related to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:29 -msgid "To do so, open the *Customer Invoice*, and click on *Add Credit Note*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:37 -msgid "You can choose between three options:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:35 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:44 -msgid "Partial Refund" -msgstr "استردتد جزئي" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:36 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:55 -msgid "Full Refund" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:37 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:66 -msgid "Full refund and new draft invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Credit Notes’ numbers start with “R” and are followed by the number of the " -"document they are related to (e.g., RINV/2019/0004)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Odoo creates a draft credit note already prefilled with all the necessary " -"information from the original invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:48 -msgid "" -"This is the option to choose to do a partial refund, or if you want to " -"modify any detail on the credit note." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:52 -msgid "" -"This is the only option available for invoices that are already marked as " -"*Paid*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Odoo creates a credit note, automatically validates it, and reconciles the " -"original invoice with it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:62 -msgid "" -"This is the option to choose to do a full refund or cancel a validated " -"invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Odoo creates a credit note, automatically validates it, reconciles the " -"original invoice with it, and open a new draft invoice prefilled with the " -"same details from the original invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:71 -msgid "" -"This is the option to choose to modify the content of a validated invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:74 -msgid "Record a Vendor Refund" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:75 -msgid "" -"**Vendor Refunds** are recorded the same way you would do with invoices’ " -"credit notes:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:77 -msgid "" -"You can either create a credit note from scratch by going to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> Refund`, and by clicking on " -"*Create*, or by opening the validated *Vendor Bill*, and clicking on *Add " -"Credit Note*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:84 -msgid "" -"Issuing a credit note from an invoice creates a **reverse entry** that " -"zeroes out the journal items generated by the original invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:87 -msgid "Here is an example of an invoice’s journal entry:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:92 -msgid "" -"And here is the credit note’s journal entry generated to reverse the " -"original invoice above:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:3 -msgid "Deferred revenues: how to automate them?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Deferred/unearned revenue is an advance payment recorded on the recipient's " -"balance sheet as a liability account until either the services have been " -"rendered or the products have been delivered. Deferred revenue is a " -"liability account because it refers to revenue that has not yet been earned," -" but represents products or services that are owed to the customer. As the " -"products or services are delivered over time, the revenue is recognized and " -"posted on the income statement." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:13 -msgid "" -"For example: let's say you sell a 2 year support contract for $24,000 that " -"begins next month for a period of 24 months. Once you validate the customer " -"invoice, the $24.000 should be posted into a deferred revenues account. This" -" is because the $24,000 you received has not yet been earned." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Over the next 24 months, you will be reducing the deferred revenues account " -"by $1,000 ($24,000/24) on a monthly basis and recognizing that amount as " -"revenue." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:27 -msgid "Module installation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:29 -msgid "" -"In order to automate deferred revenues, go to the settings menu under the " -"application :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration` and activate the " -"**Assets management & revenue recognition** option. This will install the " -"**Revenue Recognition Management** module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:36 -msgid "" -"In some version of Odoo 9, besides checking this option, you need to install" -" the \"Revenue Recognition Management\" module. If you are using Odoo 9, you" -" might check if the module is correctly installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:41 -msgid "Define deferred revenue types" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Once the module is installed, you need to create deferred revenue types. " -"From the Accounting application, go to the menu " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Deferred Revenues Types`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:51 -msgid "Example: 12 months maintenance contract" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:53 -msgid "Some example of deferred revenues types:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:55 -msgid "1 year service contract" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:73 -msgid "3 years service contracts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:59 -msgid "Set deferred revenues on products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Once deferred revenues types are defined, you can set them on the related " -"products. On the product form, in the Accounting tab, you can set a deferred" -" revenue type." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Here are some examples of products and their related deferred revenue types:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:69 -msgid "Product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:69 -msgid "Deferred Revenue Type" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:71 -msgid "Support Contract: 3 years" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:73 -msgid "Netflix subscription: 3 years" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:75 -msgid "Flowers every month" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:75 -msgid "1 year product contract" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:79 -msgid "Sell and invoice products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:81 -msgid "" -"Once the products are configured, you can create a customer invoice using " -"this product. Once the customer invoice is validated, Odoo will " -"automatically create a deferred revenue for you, and the related journal " -"entry." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:87 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:98 -msgid "**Dr**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:87 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:98 -msgid "**Cr**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:89 -msgid "Accounts receivable" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:89 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:91 -msgid "24000" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:100 -msgid "Deferred revenue account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:94 -msgid "" -"Then, every month, Odoo will post a journal entry for the revenue " -"recognition." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:100 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:102 -msgid "1000" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:102 -msgid "Service revenue account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:108 -msgid "" -"To analyze all your current contracts having a deferred revenue, you can use" -" the menu Reporting > Deferred Revenue Analysis." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:116 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:86 -msgid ":doc:`overview`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:3 -msgid "How to define an installment plan on customer invoices?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:4 -msgid "" -"In order to manage installment plans related to an invoice, you should use " -"payment terms in Odoo. They apply on both customer invoices and supplier " -"bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:8 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:8 -msgid "Example, for a specific invoice:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:10 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:10 -msgid "Pay 50% within 10 days" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:11 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:12 -msgid "Pay the remaining balance within 30 days" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:15 -msgid "" -"payment terms are not to be confused with a payment in several parts. If, " -"for a specific order, you invoice the customer in two parts, that's not a " -"payment term but an invoice policy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Configure your usual installment plans from the application " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration > Payment Terms`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:25 -msgid "" -"A payment term may have one line (eg: 21 days) or several lines (10% within " -"3 days and the balance within 21 days). If you create a payment term with " -"several lines, make sure the latest one is the balance. (avoid doing 50% in " -"10 days and 50% in 21 days because, with the rounding, it may not compute " -"exactly 100%)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:36 -msgid "" -"The description of the payment term will appear on the invoice or the sale " -"order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:39 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:38 -msgid "Payment terms for customers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:41 -msgid "You can set payment terms on:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:43 -msgid "" -"**a customer**: the payment term automatically applies on new sales orders " -"or invoices for this customer. Set payment terms on customers if you grant " -"this payment term for all future orders for this customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:48 -msgid "" -"**a quotation**: the payment term will apply on all invoices created from " -"this quotation or sale order, but not on other quotations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:51 -msgid "**an invoice**: the payment term will apply on this invoice only" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:53 -msgid "" -"If an invoice contains a payment term, the journal entry related to the " -"invoice is different. Without payment term, an invoice of $100 will produce " -"the following journal entry (for the clarity of the example, we did not set " -"any tax on the invoice):" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 -msgid "Due date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:66 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:65 -msgid "" -"If you do an invoice the 1st of January with a payment term of 10% within 3 " -"days and the balance within 30 days, you get the following journal entry:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:73 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:72 -msgid "Jan 03" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:73 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:72 -msgid "10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:75 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:74 -msgid "Jan 30" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:75 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:74 -msgid "90" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:80 -msgid "" -"On the customer statement, you will see two lines with different due dates. " -"To get the customer statement, use the menu Sales > Customers Statement." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:87 -msgid ":doc:`payment_terms`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview of the invoicing process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Depending on your business and the application you use, there are different " -"ways to automate the customer invoice creation in Odoo. Usually, draft " -"invoices are created by the system (with information coming from other " -"documents like sales order or contracts) and accountant just have to " -"validate draft invoices and send the invoices in batch (by regular mail or " -"email)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Depending on your business, you may opt for one of the following way to " -"create draft invoices:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:19 -msgid "Sales Order ‣ Invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:21 -msgid "" -"In most companies, salespeople create quotations that become sales order " -"once they are validated. Then, draft invoices are created based on the sales" -" order. You have different options like:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Invoice manually: use a button on the sale order to trigger the draft " -"invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Invoice before delivery: invoice the full order before triggering the " -"delivery order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:31 -msgid "Invoice based on delivery order: see next section" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Invoice before delivery is usually used by the eCommerce application when " -"the customer pays at the order and we deliver afterwards. (pre-paid)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:37 -msgid "" -"For most other use cases, it's recommended to invoice manually. It allows " -"the salesperson to trigger the invoice on demand with options: invoice the " -"whole order, invoice a percentage (advance), invoice some lines, invoice a " -"fixed advance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:42 -msgid "This process is good for both services and physical products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:47 -msgid "Sales Order ‣ Delivery Order ‣ Invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Retailers and eCommerce usually invoice based on delivery orders, instead of" -" sales order. This approach is suitable for businesses where the quantities " -"you deliver may differs from the ordered quantities: foods (invoice based on" -" actual Kg)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:54 -msgid "" -"This way, if you deliver a partial order, you only invoice for what you " -"really delivered. If you do back orders (deliver partially and the rest " -"later), the customer will receive two invoices, one for each delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:62 -msgid "eCommerce Order ‣ Invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:64 -msgid "" -"An eCommerce order will also trigger the creation of the order when it is " -"fully paid. If you allow paying orders by check or wire transfer, Odoo only " -"creates an order and the invoice will be triggered once the payment is " -"received." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:70 -msgid "Contracts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:73 -msgid "Regular Contracts ‣ Invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:75 -msgid "" -"If you use contracts, you can trigger invoice based on time and material " -"spent, expenses or fixed lines of services/products. Every month, the " -"salesperson will trigger invoice based on activities on the contract." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:79 -msgid "Activities can be:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:81 -msgid "" -"fixed products/services, coming from a sale order linked to this contract" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:83 -msgid "materials purchased (that you will re-invoiced)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:85 -msgid "time and material based on timesheets or purchases (subcontracting)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:87 -msgid "" -"expenses like travel and accommodation that you re-invoice to the customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:89 -msgid "" -"You can invoice at the end of the contract or trigger intermediate invoices." -" This approach is used by services companies that invoice mostly based on " -"time and material. For services companies that invoice on fix price, they " -"use a regular sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:99 -msgid "Recurring Contracts ‣ Invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:101 -msgid "" -"For subscriptions, an invoice is triggered periodically, automatically. The " -"frequency of the invoicing and the services/products invoiced are defined on" -" the contract." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:111 -msgid "Creating an invoice manually" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Users can also create invoices manually without using contracts or a sales " -"order. It's a recommended approach if you do not need to manage the sales " -"process (quotations), or the delivery of the products or services." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:118 -msgid "" -"Even if you generate the invoice from a sales order, you may need to create " -"invoices manually in exceptional use cases:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:121 -msgid "if you need to create a refund" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:123 -msgid "If you need to give a discount" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:125 -msgid "if you need to change an invoice created from a sales order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:127 -msgid "if you need to invoice something not related to your core business" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:130 -msgid "Specific modules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:132 -msgid "Some specific modules are also able to generate draft invoices:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:134 -msgid "**membership**: invoice your members every year" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:136 -msgid "**repairs**: invoice your after-sale services" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:3 -msgid "How to setup and use payment terms" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Payment terms define the conditions to pay an invoice. They apply on both " -"customer invoices and supplier bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Payment terms are different from invoicing in several areas. If, for a " -"specific order, you invoice the customer in two parts, that's not a payment " -"term but invoice conditions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Configure your usual payment terms from the Configuration menu of the " -"Account application. The description of the payment term is the one that " -"appear on the invoice or the sale order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:25 -msgid "" -"A payment term may have one line (ex: 21 days) or several lines (10% within " -"3 days and the balance within 21 days). If you create a payment term with " -"several lines, be sure the latest one is the balance. (avoid doing 50% in 10" -" days and 50% in 21 days because, with the rounding, it may not do exactly " -"100%)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:35 -msgid "Using Payment Terms" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:40 -msgid "Payment terms can be set on:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:42 -msgid "" -"**a customer**: to apply this payment term automatically on new sale orders " -"or invoices for this customer. Set payment terms on customers if you grant " -"this payment term for all future orders of this customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:47 -msgid "" -"**a quotation**: to apply this payment term on all invoices created from " -"this quotation or sale order, but not on other quotations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:51 -msgid "**an invoice**: to apply the payment term on this invoice only" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:53 -msgid "" -"If an invoice has a payment term, the journal entry related to the invoice " -"is different. Without payment term or tax, an invoice of $100 will produce " -"this journal entry:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:79 -msgid "" -"In the customer statement, you will see two lines with different due dates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:83 -msgid "Payment terms for vendor bills" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:85 -msgid "" -"The easiest way to manage payment terms for vendor bills is to record a due " -"date on the bill. You don't need to assign a payment term, just the due date" -" is enough." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:89 -msgid "" -"But if you need to manage vendor terms with several installments, you can " -"still use payment terms, exactly like in customer invoices. If you set a " -"payment term on the vendor bill, you don't need to set a due date. The exact" -" due date for all installments will be automatically created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:96 -msgid ":doc:`cash_discounts`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments.rst:3 -msgid "Customer Payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:3 -msgid "Batch Payments: SEPA Direct Debit (SDD)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:4 -msgid "" -"SEPA, the Single Euro Payments Area, is a payment-integration initiative of " -"the European Union for simplification of bank transfers denominated in EURO." -" With **SEPA Direct Debit**, your customers can sign a **mandate** that " -"authorizes you to collect future payments from their bank accounts " -"automatically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:10 -msgid "" -"You can record your customer mandates in Odoo, and generate XML files " -"containing pending payments made with an SDD mandate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:0 -msgid "" -"SDD is supported by all SEPA countries, which includes the 28 member states " -"of the European Union as well as additional countries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:0 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:123 -msgid "" -"`List of all SEPA countries. `_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` nd activate" -" the **SEPA Direct Debit (SDD)** feature. Enter the **Creditor Identifier** " -"of your company. This number is provided by your bank, or the authority " -"responsible for delivering them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:28 -msgid "SEPA Direct Debit Mandates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:30 -msgid "Create a mandate" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:31 -msgid "" -"The SEPA Direct Debit Mandate is the document that your customers sign to " -"authorize you to collect money directly from their bank accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:34 -msgid "" -"To create a new one, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> " -"Direct Debit Mandates`, click on *Create*, and fill out the new mandate’s " -"form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:41 -msgid "" -"First, export the PDF file by clicking on *Print*. It is then up to your " -"customer to sign this document. Once done, upload the signed file in the " -"**Original Document** field, and click on *Validate* to start running the " -"mandate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:47 -msgid "" -"First, make sure, that the **IBAN bank accounts details** are correctly " -"recorded on the debtor’s contact form, under the *Accounting* tab, and in " -"your own *Bank Account* settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:52 -msgid "Close or revoke a mandate" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Direct Debit mandates are closed automatically after their *End Date*. If " -"this field is left blank, then the mandate keeps being *Active* until it is " -"*Closed* or *Revoked*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Clicking on **Close** updates the mandate’s end day to the current day. This" -" means that invoices made after the present day won’t be processed " -"automatically with an SDD payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Clicking on **Revoke** disables the mandate immediately. No SDD payment can " -"be registered anymore, regardless of the invoice’s date. However, payments " -"that have already been registered will still be included to the next SDD XML" -" file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Once a mandate has been *closed* or *revoked*, it cannot be reactivated. If " -"a customer requires to pay with SDD payments again, you will have to create " -"a new mandate from scratch." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:75 -msgid "Get paid with SDD Batch Payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:78 -msgid "" -"All new posted invoice issued to customers with an active mandate will " -"automatically register payment and have their status marked as *Paid*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:82 -msgid "" -"If you have unpaid invoices that could be paid with a new mandate, it is " -"still possible to do it. Go on the invoice, click on *Register Payment* and " -"choose *SEPA Direct Debit* as payment method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:87 -msgid "Generate SEPA Direct Debit XML files to submit payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:88 -msgid "" -"To submit your SDD payments to your bank, you will first generate an **XML " -"file** that can be uploaded directly to your bank interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:91 -msgid "" -"The files generated by Odoo follow the SEPA Direct Debit **PAIN.008.001.02**" -" specifications as required by the SEPA customer-to-bank Implementation " -"Guidelines, which ensures compatibility with the banks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:95 -msgid "" -"To generate your XML file for the pending SDD payments, go to the related " -"*bank journal* on your *Accounting dashboard*, then click on *Direct Debit " -"Payments to Collect*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:102 -msgid "" -"Select all the payments in the list that you want to include in your SDD XML" -" file, then click on *Action* and select *Create Batch Payment*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:108 -msgid "" -"Odoo then takes you to your *Batch Payment*’s form. Click on *Validate* and " -"then download the SDD XML file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:114 -msgid "Finally, upload this file to your bank to process the payments." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:117 -msgid "" -"You can retrieve all the generated SDD XML files by going to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Customers --> Batch " -"Payments`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:121 -msgid ":doc:`../../bank/setup/create_bank_account`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:122 -msgid "" -"`Odoo Academy: SEPA Direct Debit Mandates (SDD) " -"`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:3 -msgid "How to register customer payments by checks?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:5 -msgid "" -"There are two ways to handle payments received by checks. Odoo support both " -"approaches so that you can use the one that better fits your habits." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:9 -msgid "" -"**Undeposited Funds:** once you receive the check, you record a payment by " -"check on the invoice. (using a Check journal and posted on the Undeposited " -"Fund account) Then, once the check arrives in your bank account, move money " -"from Undeposited Funds to your bank account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:16 -msgid "" -"**One journal entry only:** once your receive the check, you record a " -"payment on your bank, paid by check, without going through the **Undeposited" -" Funds**. Once you process your bank statement, you do the matching with " -"your bank feed and the check payment, without creating a dedicated journal " -"entry." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:23 -msgid "" -"We recommend the first approach as it is more accurate (your bank account " -"balance is accurate, taking into accounts checks that have not been cashed " -"yet). Both approaches require the same effort." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Even if the first method is cleaner, Odoo support the second approach " -"because some accountants are used to it (quickbooks and peachtree users)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:32 -msgid "" -"You may have a look at the *Deposit Ticket feature* if you deposit several " -"checks to your bank accounts in batch." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:36 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:37 -msgid "Option 1: Undeposited Funds" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:41 -msgid "Create a journal **Checks**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:43 -msgid "Set **Undeposited Checks** as a defaut credit/debit account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Set the bank account related to this journal as **Allow Reconciliation**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:109 -msgid "From check payments to bank statements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:50 -msgid "" -"The first way to handle checks is to create a check journal. Thus, checks " -"become a payment method in itself and you will record two transactions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:111 -msgid "" -"Once you receive a customer check, go to the related invoice and click on " -"**Register Payment**. Fill in the information about the payment:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Payment method: Check Journal (that you configured with the debit and credit" -" default accounts as **Undeposited Funds**)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:60 -msgid "Memo: write the Check number" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:65 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:74 -msgid "This operation will produce the following journal entry:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 -msgid "Statement Match" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:85 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:135 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:79 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:93 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:95 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:143 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:145 -msgid "100.00" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 -msgid "Undeposited Funds" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:75 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:121 -msgid "The invoice is marked as paid as soon as you record the check." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Then, once you get the bank statements, you will match this statement with " -"the check that is in Undeposited Funds." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:93 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:143 -msgid "X" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:89 -msgid "" -"If you use this approach to manage received checks, you get the list of " -"checks that have not been cashed in the **Undeposit Funds** account " -"(accessible, for example, from the general ledger)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:94 -msgid "" -"Both methods will produce the same data in your accounting at the end of the" -" process. But, if you have checks that have not been cashed, this one is " -"cleaner because those checks have not been reported yet on your bank " -"account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:100 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:110 -msgid "Option 2: One journal entry only" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:105 -msgid "" -"These is nothing to configure if you plan to manage your checks using this " -"method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:114 -msgid "**Payment method:** the bank that will be used for the deposit" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:116 -msgid "Memo: write the check number" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:123 -msgid "" -"Once you will receive the bank statements, you will do the matching with the" -" statement and this actual payment. (technically: point this payment and " -"relate it to the statement line)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:127 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:137 -msgid "" -"With this approach, you will get the following journal entry in your books:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:139 -msgid "" -"You may also record the payment directly without going on the customer " -"invoice, using the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. This method may" -" be more convenient if you have a lot of checks to record in a batch but you" -" will have to reconcile entries afterwards (matching payments with invoices)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:145 -msgid "" -"If you use this approach to manage received checks, you can use the report " -"**Bank Reconciliation Report** to verify which checks have been received or " -"paid by the bank. (this report is available from the **More** option from " -"the Accounting dashboard on the related bank account)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:3 -msgid "How to register credit card payments on invoices?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:5 -msgid "" -"There are two ways to handle payments received by credit cards. Odoo support" -" both approaches so that you can use the one that better fits your habits." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:9 -msgid "" -"**Undeposited Funds** (mostly used in european countries): once you receive " -"the credit card payment authorization, you record a payment by credit card " -"on the invoice (using a Credit card journal and posted on the Undeposited " -"Fund account). Then, once the credit card payments arrives in your bank " -"account, move money from Undeposited Funds to your bank account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:16 -msgid "" -"**One journal entry only** (mostly used in the U.S.): once your receive the " -"credit card payment, you record a payment on your bank, paid by credit card," -" without going through the Undeposited Funds. Once you process your bank " -"statement, you do the matching with your bank feed and the credit card " -"payment, without creating a dedicated journal entry ." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:23 -msgid "" -"We recommend the first approach as it is more accurate (your bank account " -"balance is accurate, taking into accounts credit cards that have not been " -"cashed yet). Both approaches require the same effort." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:27 -msgid "" -"If you use eCommerce and an automated payment gateway, you will only need to" -" take care of the bank reconciliation part as paid invoice will be " -"automatically recorded in the right journal. You will use the second " -"approach." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Even if the first method is cleaner, Odoo support the second approach " -"because some accountants are used to it (*QuickBooks* and *Peachtree* " -"users)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:42 -msgid "" -"On the Accounting module, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Journals " -"--> Create`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Create a Journal called 'Credit card payments' with the following data:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:46 -msgid "**Journal Name**: Credit card" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:47 -msgid "**Default debit account**: Credit cards" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:48 -msgid "**Default credit account**: Credit cards" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:50 -msgid "" -"The account type should be \"Credit Card\". Once it's done, don't forget to " -"set the \"Credit cards\" account as \"Allow Reconciliation\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:57 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:119 -msgid "From credit card payments to bank statements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:59 -msgid "" -"The first way to handle credit cards is to create a credit card journal. " -"Thus, credit cards become a payment method in itself and you will record two" -" transactions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:63 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:121 -msgid "" -"Once you receive a customer credit card payment, go to the related invoice " -"and click on Register Payment. Fill in the information about the payment:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:67 -msgid "**Payment method**: Credit card" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:69 -msgid "**Memo**: write the invoice reference" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:81 -msgid "Credit Cards" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:84 -msgid "" -"The invoice is marked as paid as soon as you record the credit card payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:87 -msgid "" -"Then, once you get the bank statements, you will match this statement with " -"the credit card that is in the 'Credit card' account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:93 -msgid "Credit cards" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:98 -msgid "" -"If you use this approach to manage credit cards payments, you get the list " -"of credit cards payments that have not been cashed in the \"Credit card\" " -"account (accessible, for example, from the general ledger)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:104 -msgid "" -"Both methods will produce the same data in your accounting at the end of the" -" process. But, if you have credit cards that have not been cashed, this one " -"is cleaner because those credit cards have not been reported yet on your " -"bank account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:115 -msgid "" -"There is nothing to configure if you plan to manage your credit cards using " -"this method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:125 -msgid "**Payment method**: the bank that will be used for the deposit" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:127 -msgid "**Memo**: write the credit card transaction number" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:132 -msgid "" -"The invoice is marked as paid as soon as the credit card payment has been " -"recorded. Once you receive the bank statements, you will do the matching " -"with the statement and this actual payment (technically: point this payment " -"and relate it to the statement line)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:150 -msgid "" -"You may also record the payment directly without going on the customer " -"invoice, using the top menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. This method" -" may be more convenient if you have a lot of credit cards to record in a " -"batch but you will have to reconcile entries afterwards (matching payments " -"with invoices)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:155 -msgid "" -"If you use this approach to manage received credit cards, you can use the " -"report \"Bank Reconciliation Report\" to verify which credit cards have been" -" received or paid by the bank (this report is available from the \"More\" " -"option from the Accounting dashboard on the related bank account)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:166 -msgid ":doc:`recording`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:167 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:128 -msgid ":doc:`../../bank/feeds/paypal`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:169 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:130 -msgid ":doc:`followup`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:3 -msgid "Follow-up on invoices and get paid faster" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:5 -msgid "" -"It is essential for your business to collect payments when they are overdue." -" Odoo will help you identify payments that are late and will allow you to " -"send the appropriate reminders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:10 -msgid "Manage your follow-ups" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:13 -msgid "" -"We recommend that you reconcile your bank statements before launching your " -"follow-up process. It will avoid you the trouble of sending a statement to a" -" customer that has already paid you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:17 -msgid "" -"The overdue invoices you need to follow-up on are available by default in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Sales --> Follow-up Reports`. There, you can " -"easily send a reminder by email or print it as a letter. Then, you can click" -" on the *Done* button to view the next follow-up that needs your attention." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Otherwise, if now is not the time for a reminder, click on *Remind me " -"later*. You will get the next report according to the *Next Reminder Date* " -"set on the statement." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:28 -msgid "" -"To avoid sending too many reminders in a short period of time, change the " -"number of days calculated between each report by going to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Payment " -"Follow-up`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:33 -msgid "" -"You can also set a trust level for your customers by marking them as bad, " -"normal or good debtors on the follow-up reports." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:40 -msgid "Send reminders in batch" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:42 -msgid "" -"To get your follow-up process easier, you can send reminder emails in batch " -"from your follow-up reports page. Select all the reports you would like to " -"process, click on *Action* and then on *Process Follow-ups*. A pdf document " -"containing all of the follow-up letters for you to print will also be " -"automatically generated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:52 -msgid "Plan a follow-up process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:54 -msgid "" -"To plan a follow-up process, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Follow-up Levels* feature " -"under the *Customer Payments* section. Then, click on the new *Follow-up " -"Levels* button that has appeared on your settings page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:59 -msgid "" -"A follow-up plan with several actions is available by default in Odoo, but " -"you can customize it any way you want. Depending on a specific number of " -"overdue days, plan to send an email, a letter or to undertake a manual " -"action. You can also edit the template used for the statement according to " -"the stage of the process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:69 -msgid "" -"If you would like to get a reminder before the actual due date, set a " -"negative number of due days." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:3 -msgid "What are the different ways to record a payment?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, a payment can either be linked directly to an invoice or be a stand" -" alone record for use on a later date:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:8 -msgid "" -"If a payment is linked to an invoice, it reduces the amount due of the " -"invoice. You can have multiple payments linked to the same invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:12 -msgid "" -"If a payment is not linked to an invoice, the customer has an outstanding " -"credit with your company, or your company as an outstanding balance with a " -"vendor. You can use this outstanding credit/debit to pay future invoices or " -"bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:18 -msgid "Paying an invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:20 -msgid "" -"If you register a payment on a customer invoice or a vendor bill, the " -"payment is automatically reconciled with the invoice reducing the amount " -"due." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:27 -msgid "" -"The green icon near the payment line will display more information about the" -" payment. From there you can choose to open the journal entry or reconcile " -"the payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:33 -msgid "" -"If you unreconcile a payment, it is still registered in your books but not " -"linked to the specific invoice any longer. If you unreconcile a payment in a" -" different currency, Odoo will create a journal entry to reverse the " -"Currency Exchange Loss/Gain posted at the time of reconciliation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:39 -msgid "Payments not tied to an invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:42 -msgid "Registering a payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:44 -msgid "" -"In the Accounting application, you can create a new payment from the Sales " -"menu (register a customer payment) or the Purchases menu (pay a vendor). If " -"you use these menus, the payment is not linked to an invoice, but can easily" -" be reconciled on an invoice later on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:52 -msgid "" -"When registering a new payment, you must select a customer or vendor, the " -"payment method, and the amount of the payment. The currency of the " -"transaction is defined by the payment method. If the payment refers to a " -"document (sale order, purchase order or invoice), set the reference of this " -"document in the memo field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Once confirmed, a journal entry will be posted reflecting the transaction " -"just made in the accounting application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:62 -msgid "Reconciling invoice payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The easiest way of reconciling a payment with an invoice is to do so on the " -"invoice directly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:67 -msgid "" -"When validating a new invoice, Odoo will warn you that an outstanding " -"payment for this customer or vendor is available. In this case, you can " -"reconcile this payment to the invoice near the totals at the bottom, under " -"\"Outstanding Payments\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:76 -msgid "Reconciling all your outstanding payments and invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:78 -msgid "" -"If you want to reconcile all outstanding payments and invoices at once " -"(instead of doing so one by one), you can use the batch reconciliation " -"feature within Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:82 -msgid "" -"The batch reconciliation feature is available from the dashboard on the " -"Customer Invoices card and the Vendor Bills card for reconciling Accounts " -"Receivable and Payable, respectively." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:89 -msgid "" -"The payments matching tool will open all unreconciled customers or vendors " -"and will give you the opportunity to process them all one by one, doing the " -"matching of all their payments and invoices at once." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:96 -msgid "" -"During the reconciliation, if the sum of the debits and credits do not " -"match, it means there is still a remaining balance that either needs to be " -"reconciled at a later date, or needs to be written off directly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:101 -msgid "Transferring money from one bank account to another" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:103 -msgid "" -"Just like making a customer or vendor payment, you transfer cash internally " -"between your bank accounts from the dashboard or from the menus up top." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:110 -msgid "" -"This will take you to the same screen you have for receiving and making " -"payments." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:118 -msgid "" -"When making an internal transfer from one bank account to another, select " -"the bank you want to apply the transfer from in the dashboard, and in the " -"register payments screen, you select the transfer to account. Do not go " -"through this process again in the other bank account or else you will end up" -" with two journal entries for the same transaction." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:127 -msgid ":doc:`credit_cards`" -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po deleted file mode 100644 index 1816abf56..000000000 --- a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,22 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: ar\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 && n%100<=99 ? 4 : 5;\n" - -#: ../../applications.rst:3 -msgid "Applications" -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po deleted file mode 100644 index d533134a1..000000000 --- a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1299 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Mustafa Rawi , 2019 -# hoxhe Aits , 2019 -# Abdalla Mohamed , 2019 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-22 08:57+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Abdalla Mohamed , 2019\n" -"Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: ar\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 && n%100<=99 ? 4 : 5;\n" - -#: ../../crm.rst:5 -msgid "CRM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads.rst:3 -msgid "Acquire leads" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:3 -msgid "Convert leads into opportunities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The system can generate leads instead of opportunities, in order to add a " -"qualification step before converting a *Lead* into an *Opportunity* and " -"assigning to the right sales people." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:9 -msgid "" -"You can activate this mode from the CRM Settings. It applies to all your " -"sales channels by default. But you can make it specific for specific " -"channels from their configuration form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:14 -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:41 -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:8 ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:13 -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:12 -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:12 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "الإعدادات" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:16 -msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> " -"Settings` and activate the *Leads* feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:22 -msgid "" -"You will now have a new submenu *Leads* under *Leads* where they will " -"aggregate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:29 -msgid "Convert a lead into an opportunity" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:31 -msgid "" -"When you click on a *Lead* you will have the option to convert it to an " -"opportunity and decide if it should still be assigned to the same " -"channel/person and if you need to create a new customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:38 -msgid "" -"If you already have an opportunity with that customer Odoo will " -"automatically offer you to merge with that opportunity. In the same manner, " -"Odoo will automatically offer you to link to an existing customer if that " -"customer already exists." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:44 -msgid "Merge opportunities" -msgstr "دمج الفرص" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Odoo will also automatically propose to merge opportunities if they have the" -" same email address. When merging opportunities, Odoo merges the information" -" into the opportunity which was created first, giving priority to the " -"information present on the first opportunity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:51 -msgid "" -"No information is lost: data from the other opportunity is logged in the " -"chatter and the information fields for easy access." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Would you find a duplicate yourself, ...you can also merge opportunities or " -"leads even if the system doesn't propose it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Here’s how, from the list view. Select the opportunities or leads you want " -"to merge and the action button will appear. Then, you can select merge." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:66 -msgid "..note::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:67 -msgid "It is also possible to merge more than 2 opportunities or leads." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:3 -msgid "Generate leads/opportunities from emails" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Automating the lead/opportunity generation will considerably improve your " -"efficiency. By default, any email sent to *sales@database\\_domain.ext* will" -" create an opportunity in the pipeline of the default sales channel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:11 -msgid "Configure email aliases" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Each sales channel can have its own email alias, to generate " -"leads/opportunities automatically assigned to it. It is useful if you manage" -" several sales teams with specific business processes. You will find the " -"configuration of sales channels under :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Sales Channels`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:3 -msgid "Generate leads/opportunities from your website contact page" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Automating the lead/opportunity generation will considerably improve your " -"efficiency. Any visitor using the contact form on your website will create a" -" lead/opportunity in the pipeline." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:10 -msgid "Use the contact us on your website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:12 -msgid "You should first go to your website app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:14 -msgid "|image0|\\ |image1|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:16 -msgid "" -"With the CRM app installed, you benefit from a ready-to-use contact form on " -"your Odoo website that will generate leads/opportunities automatically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:23 -msgid "" -"To change to a specific sales channel, go to :menuselection:`Website --> " -"Configuration --> Settings` under *Communication* you will find the Contact " -"Form info and where to change the *Sales Channel* or *Salesperson*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:32 -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:50 -msgid "Create a custom contact form" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:34 -msgid "" -"You may want to know more from your visitor when they use the contact form " -"to you will need to build a custom contact form on your website. These " -"contact forms can generate multiple types of records in the system (emails, " -"leads/opportunities, project tasks, helpdesk tickets, etc.)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:43 -msgid "" -"You will need to install the free *Form Builder* module, only available in " -"Odoo Enterprise." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:52 -msgid "" -"First, go to the page where you want to put your contact form. In edit mode," -" drag the form builder onto the page, and you will be able to add all the " -"fields you wish." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:59 -msgid "" -"By default, any new contact form will send an email. You can switch to " -"lead/opportunity generation in *Change Form Parameters*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:63 -msgid "" -"If the same visitor uses the contact form twice, the second entry will be " -"added to the first lead/opportunity in the chatter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:67 -msgid "Generate leads instead of opportunities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:69 -msgid "" -"When using a contact form, you should use a qualification step before " -"assigning the form to the right sales people. To do so, activate *Leads* in " -"CRM settings and refer to :doc:`convert`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:3 -msgid "Lead mining" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:4 -msgid "" -"In any business, getting quality leads is essential to keep the business " -"growing. Lead mining allows you to generate leads from scratch directly from" -" your database. Target your leads based on a set of criteria such as the " -"country, the size of the company, the industry your leads are coming from to" -" make them relevant to your business." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:10 -msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> " -"Settings` and activate the **Lead Mining** feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:17 -msgid "Start generating leads" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:18 -msgid "" -"You will now have a new button **Generate Leads** available in your " -"pipeline. You are also able to create lead mining requests from the " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Lead Mining Requests` and trough " -":menuselection:`Leads --> Leads` where you have the **Generate Leads** " -"button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:27 -msgid "" -"From there, click on the **Generate Leads** button, a window where you will " -"be able to pick your criteria will pop up." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:34 -msgid "" -"When choosing to target Companied and their contacts you can choose the " -"contacts you are getting based on Role or Seniority. When getting contact " -"information make sure to be aware of the latest EU regulation, get more " -"information about General Data Protection Regulation on `Odoo GDPR " -"`__," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:39 -msgid "" -"You can decide to filter the leads you are getting depending on the size " -"(number of employees) of the companies. You can pick the countries your " -"leads are coming from. It is possible to pick multiple countries. You can " -"pick the industries your leads are coming from. It is possible to pick " -"multiple countries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:43 -msgid "" -"You can choose the salesperson and the Salesteam the lead will be assigned " -"to. You can also add tags to track your generated leads." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:47 -msgid "The generated leads will have the name of the company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:50 -msgid "Pricing" -msgstr "التسعير" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:51 -msgid "" -"This is an In-App Purchase feature, each generated lead will cost you one " -"credit. If you choose to get contact information each contact will also cost" -" us one additional credit. Here is the pricing for this `feature " -"`__, To buy credits you can " -"either go to CRM > Configuration > Settings > Buy Credits; or go to Settings" -" > In-App Purchases>View my Services" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The blue box will automatically tell you how many credits are going to be " -"consumed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:67 -msgid "" -"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you " -"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:69 -msgid "" -"More information about `In-App Purchases " -"`__," -" (IAP)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:3 -msgid "Send quotations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When you qualify a lead into an opportunity you will most likely need to " -"send them a quotation. You can directly do this in the CRM App with Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:12 -msgid "Create a new quotation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:14 -msgid "" -"By clicking on any opportunity or lead, you will see a *New Quotation* " -"button, it will bring you into a new menu where you can manage your quote." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:21 -msgid "" -"You will find all your quotes to that specific opportunity under the " -"*Quotations* menu on that page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:28 -msgid "Mark them won/lost" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Now you will need to mark your opportunity as won or lost to move the " -"process along." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:33 -msgid "" -"If you mark them as won, they will move to your *Won* column in your Kanban " -"view. If you however mark them as *Lost* they will be archived." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize.rst:3 -msgid "Optimize your Day-to-Day work" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:3 -msgid "Synchronize Google Calendar with Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo is perfectly integrated with Google Calendar so that you can see & " -"manage your meetings from both platforms (updates go through both " -"directions)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:10 -msgid "Setup in Google" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Go to `Google APIs platform `__ to " -"generate Google Calendar API credentials. Log in with your Google account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:14 -msgid "Go to the API & Services page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:19 -msgid "Search for *Google Calendar API* and select it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:27 -msgid "Enable the API." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Select or create an API project to store the credentials if not yet done " -"before. Give it an explicit name (e.g. Odoo Sync)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:35 -msgid "Create credentials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Select *Web browser (Javascript)* as calling source and *User data* as kind " -"of data." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Then you can create a Client ID. Enter the name of the application (e.g. " -"Odoo Calendar) and the allowed pages on which you will be redirected. The " -"*Authorized JavaScript origin* is your Odoo's instance URL. The *Authorized " -"redirect URI* is your Odoo's instance URL followed by " -"'/google_account/authentication'." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Go through the Consent Screen step by entering a product name (e.g. Odoo " -"Calendar). Feel free to check the customizations options but this is not " -"mandatory. The Consent Screen will only show up when you enter the Client ID" -" in Odoo for the first time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Finally you are provided with your **Client ID**. Go to *Credentials* to get" -" the **Client Secret** as well. Both of them are required in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:67 -msgid "Setup in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Install the **Google Calendar** App from the *Apps* menu or by checking the " -"option in :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:75 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and enter your **Client" -" ID** and **Client Secret** in Google Calendar option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:81 -msgid "" -"The setup is now ready. Open your Odoo Calendar and sync with Google. The " -"first time you do it you are redirected to Google to authorize the " -"connection. Once back in Odoo, click the sync button again. You can click it" -" whenever you want to synchronize your calendar." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:89 -msgid "As of now you no longer have excuses to miss a meeting!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:3 -msgid "Use VOIP services in Odoo with OnSIP" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:6 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo VoIP can be set up to work together with OnSIP (www.onsip.com). In that" -" case, the installation and setup of an Asterisk server is not necessary as " -"the whole infrastructure is hosted and managed by OnSIP." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:10 -msgid "" -"You will need to open an account with OnSIP to use this service. Before " -"doing so, make sure that your area and the areas you wish to call are " -"covered by the service. After opening an OnSIP account, follow the " -"configuration procedure below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:15 -msgid "Go to Apps and install the module **VoIP OnSIP**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Go to Settings/General Settings. In the section Integrations/Asterisk " -"(VoIP), fill in the 3 fields:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:22 -msgid "" -"**OnSIP Domain** is the domain you chose when creating an account on " -"www.onsip.com. If you don't know it, log in to https://admin.onsip.com/ and " -"you will see it in the top right corner of the screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:23 -msgid "**WebSocket** should contain wss://edge.sip.onsip.com" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:24 -msgid "**Mode** should be Production" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Go to **Settings/Users**. In the form view of each VoIP user, in the " -"Preferences tab, fill in the section **PBX Configuration**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:31 -msgid "**SIP Login / Browser's Extension**: the OnSIP 'Username'" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:32 -msgid "**OnSIP authorization User**: the OnSIP 'Auth Username'" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:33 -msgid "**SIP Password**: the OnSIP 'SIP Password'" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:34 -msgid "**Handset Extension**: the OnSIP 'Extension'" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:36 -msgid "" -"You can find all this information by logging in at " -"https://admin.onsip.com/users, then select the user you want to configure " -"and refer to the fields as pictured below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:41 -msgid "" -"You can now make phone calls by clicking the phone icon in the top right " -"corner of Odoo (make sure you are logged in as a user properly configured in" -" Odoo and in OnSIP)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:45 -msgid "" -"If you see a *Missing Parameters* message in the Odoo softphone, make sure " -"to refresh your Odoo window and try again." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:52 -msgid "" -"If you see an *Incorrect Number* message in the Odoo softphone, make sure to" -" use the international format, leading with the plus (+) sign followed by " -"the international country code. E.g.: +16506913277 (where +1 is the " -"international prefix for the United States)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:57 -msgid "" -"You can now also receive phone calls. Your number is the one provided by " -"OnSIP. Odoo will ring and display a notification." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:63 -msgid "OnSIP on Your Cell Phone" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:65 -msgid "" -"In order to make and receive phone calls when you are not in front of your " -"computer, you can use a softphone app on your cell phone in parallel of Odoo" -" VoIP. This is useful for on-the-go calls, but also to make sure to hear " -"incoming calls, or simply for convenience. Any SIP softphone will work." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:67 -msgid "" -"On Android and iOS, OnSIP has been successfully tested with `Grandstream " -"Wave `_." -" When creating an account, select OnSIP in the list of carriers. You will " -"then have to configure it as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:69 -msgid "**Account name**: OnSIP" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:70 -msgid "**SIP Server**: the OnSIP 'Domain'" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:71 -msgid "**SIP User ID**: the OnSIP 'Username'" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:72 -msgid "**SIP Authentication ID**: the OnSIP 'Auth Username'" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:73 -msgid "**Password**: the OnSIP 'SIP Password'" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:75 -msgid "" -"Aside from initiating calls from Grandstream Wave on your phone, you can " -"also initiate calls by clicking phone numbers in your browser on your PC. " -"This will make Grandstream Wave ring and route the call via your phone to " -"the other party. This approach is useful to avoid wasting time dialing phone" -" numbers. In order to do so, you will need the Chrome extension `OnSIP Call " -"Assistant `_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:79 -msgid "" -"The downside of using a softphone on your cell phone is that your calls will" -" not be logged in Odoo as the softphone acts as an independent separate app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:3 -msgid "Configure your VOIP Asterisk server for Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:6 -msgid "Installing Asterisk server" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:9 -msgid "Dependencies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Before installing Asterisk you need to install the following dependencies:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:13 -msgid "wget" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:14 -msgid "gcc" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:15 -msgid "g++" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:16 -msgid "ncurses-devel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:17 -msgid "libxml2-devel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:18 -msgid "sqlite-devel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:19 -msgid "libsrtp-devel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:20 -msgid "libuuid-devel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:21 -msgid "openssl-devel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:22 -msgid "pkg-config" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:24 -msgid "In order to install libsrtp, follow the instructions below:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:35 -msgid "" -"You also need to install PJSIP, you can download the source `here " -"`_. Once the source directory is " -"extracted:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:37 -msgid "**Change to the pjproject source directory:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:43 -msgid "**run:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:49 -msgid "**Build and install pjproject:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:57 -msgid "**Update shared library links:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:63 -msgid "**Verify that pjproject is installed:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:69 -msgid "**The result should be:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:86 -msgid "Asterisk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:88 -msgid "" -"In order to install Asterisk 13.7.0, you can download the source directly " -"`there `_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:90 -msgid "Extract Asterisk:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:96 -msgid "Enter the Asterisk directory:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:102 -msgid "Run the Asterisk configure script:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:108 -msgid "Run the Asterisk menuselect tool:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:114 -msgid "" -"In the menuselect, go to the resources option and ensure that res_srtp is " -"enabled. If there are 3 x’s next to res_srtp, there is a problem with the " -"srtp library and you must reinstall it. Save the configuration (press x). " -"You should also see stars in front of the res_pjsip lines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:116 -msgid "Compile and install Asterisk:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:122 -msgid "" -"If you need the sample configs you can run 'make samples' to install the " -"sample configs. If you need to install the Asterisk startup script you can " -"run 'make config'." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:125 -msgid "DTLS Certificates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:127 -msgid "After you need to setup the DTLS certificates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:133 -msgid "Enter the Asterisk scripts directory:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:139 -msgid "" -"Create the DTLS certificates (replace pbx.mycompany.com with your ip address" -" or dns name, replace My Super Company with your company name):" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:146 -msgid "Configure Asterisk server" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:148 -msgid "" -"For WebRTC, a lot of the settings that are needed MUST be in the peer " -"settings. The global settings do not flow down into the peer settings very " -"well. By default, Asterisk config files are located in /etc/asterisk/. Start" -" by editing http.conf and make sure that the following lines are " -"uncommented:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:158 -msgid "" -"Next, edit sip.conf. The WebRTC peer requires encryption, avpf, and " -"icesupport to be enabled. In most cases, directmedia should be disabled. " -"Also under the WebRTC client, the transport needs to be listed as ‘ws’ to " -"allow websocket connections. All of these config lines should be under the " -"peer itself; setting these config lines globally might not work:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:186 -msgid "" -"In the sip.conf and rtp.conf files you also need to add or uncomment the " -"lines:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:193 -msgid "Lastly, set up extensions.conf:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:202 -msgid "Configure Odoo VOIP" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:204 -msgid "In Odoo, the configuration should be done in the user's preferences." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:206 -msgid "" -"The SIP Login/Browser's Extension is the number you configured previously in" -" the sip.conf file. In our example, 1060. The SIP Password is the secret you" -" chose in the sip.conf file. The extension of your office's phone is not a " -"required field but it is used if you want to transfer your call from Odoo to" -" an external phone also configured in the sip.conf file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:212 -msgid "" -"The configuration should also be done in the sale settings under the title " -"\"PBX Configuration\". You need to put the IP you define in the http.conf " -"file and the WebSocket should be: ws://127.0.0.1:8088/ws. The part " -"\"127.0.0.1\" needs to be the same as the IP defined previously and the " -"\"8088\" is the port you defined in the http.conf file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance.rst:3 -msgid "Analyze performance" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:3 -msgid "Get an accurate probable turnover" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:5 -msgid "" -"As you progress in your sales cycle, and move from one stage to another, you" -" can expect to have more precise information about a given opportunity " -"giving you an better idea of the probability of closing it, this is " -"important to see your expected turnover in your various reports." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:11 -msgid "Configure your kanban stages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:13 -msgid "" -"By default, Odoo Kanban view has four stages: New, Qualified, Proposition, " -"Won. Respectively with a 10, 30, 70 and 100% probability of success. You can" -" add stages as well as edit them. By refining default probability of success" -" for your business on stages, you can make your probable turnover more and " -"more accurate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Every one of your opportunities will have the probability set by default but" -" you can modify them manually of course." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:29 -msgid "Set your opportunity expected revenue & closing date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:31 -msgid "" -"When you get information on a prospect, it is important to set an expected " -"revenue and expected closing date. This will let you see your total expected" -" revenue by stage as well as give a more accurate probable turnover." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:40 -msgid "See the overdue or closing soon opportunities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:42 -msgid "" -"In your pipeline, you can filter opportunities by how soon they will be " -"closing, letting you prioritize." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:48 -msgid "" -"As a sales manager, this tool can also help you see potential ways to " -"improve your sale process, for example a lot of opportunities in early " -"stages but with near closing date might indicate an issue." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:53 -msgid "View your total expected revenue and probable turnover" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:55 -msgid "" -"While in your Kanban view you can see the expected revenue for each of your " -"stages. This is based on each opportunity expected revenue that you set." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:62 -msgid "" -"As a manager you can go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Reporting --> Pipeline " -"Analysis` by default *Probable Turnover* is set as a measure. This report " -"will take into account the revenue you set on each opportunity but also the " -"probability they will close. This gives you a much better idea of your " -"expected revenue allowing you to make plans and set targets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:3 -msgid "Check your Win/Loss Ratio" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:5 -msgid "" -"To see how well you are doing with your pipeline, take a look at the " -"Win/Loss ratio." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:8 -msgid "" -"To access this report, go to your *Pipeline* view under the *Reporting* tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:11 -msgid "" -"From there you can filter to which opportunities you wish to see, yours, the" -" ones from your sales channel, your whole company, etc. You can then click " -"on filter and check Won/Lost." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:18 -msgid "You can also change the *Measures* to *Total Revenue*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:23 -msgid "You also have the ability to switch to a pie chart view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline.rst:3 -msgid "Organize the pipeline" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:3 -msgid "Manage lost opportunities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:5 -msgid "" -"While working with your opportunities, you might lose some of them. You will" -" want to keep track of the reasons you lost them and also which ways Odoo " -"can help you recover them in the future." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:10 -msgid "Mark a lead as lost" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:12 -msgid "" -"While in your pipeline, select any opportunity you want and you will see a " -"*Mark Lost* button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:15 -msgid "" -"You can then select an existing *Lost Reason* or create a new one right " -"there." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:22 -msgid "Manage & create lost reasons" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:24 -msgid "" -"You will find your *Lost Reasons* under :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Lost Reasons`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:26 -msgid "" -"You can select & rename any of them as well as create a new one from there." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:30 -msgid "Retrieve lost opportunities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:32 -msgid "" -"To retrieve lost opportunities and do actions on them (send an email, make a" -" feedback call, etc.), select the *Lost* filter in the search bar." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:39 -msgid "You will then see all your lost opportunities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:41 -msgid "" -"If you want to refine them further, you can add a filter on the *Lost " -"Reason*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:44 -msgid "For Example, *Too Expensive*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:50 -msgid "Restore lost opportunities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:52 -msgid "" -"From the Kanban view with the filter(s) in place, you can select any " -"opportunity you wish and work on it as usual. You can also restore it by " -"clicking on *Archived*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:59 -msgid "" -"You can also restore items in batch from the Kanban view when they belong to" -" the same stage. Select *Restore Records* in the column options. You can " -"also archive the same way." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:66 -msgid "To select specific opportunities, you should switch to the list view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Then you can select as many or all opportunities and select the actions you " -"want to take." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:78 -msgid ":doc:`../performance/win_loss`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:3 -msgid "Manage multiple sales teams" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, you can manage several sales teams, departments or channels with " -"specific sales processes. To do so, we use the concept of *Sales Channel*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:10 -msgid "Create a new sales channel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To create a new *Sales Channel*, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Sales Channels`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:14 -msgid "" -"There you can set an email alias to it. Every message sent to that email " -"address will create a lead/opportunity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:21 -msgid "Add members to your sales channel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:23 -msgid "" -"You can add members to any channel; that way those members will see the " -"pipeline structure of the sales channel when opening it. Any " -"lead/opportunity assigned to them will link to the sales channel. Therefore," -" you can only be a member of one channel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:28 -msgid "This will ease the process review of the team manager." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:33 -msgid "" -"If you now filter on this specific channel in your pipeline, you will find " -"all of its opportunities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:40 -msgid "Sales channel dashboard" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:42 -msgid "" -"To see the operations and results of any sales channel at a glance, the " -"sales manager also has access to the *Sales Channel Dashboard* under " -"*Reporting*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:46 -msgid "" -"It is shared with the whole ecosystem so every revenue stream is included in" -" it: Sales, eCommerce, PoS, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads.rst:3 -msgid "Assign and track leads" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:3 -msgid "Assign leads based on scoring" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:5 -msgid "" -"With *Leads Scoring* you can automatically rank your leads based on selected" -" criterias." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:8 -msgid "" -"For example you could score customers from your country higher or the ones " -"that visited specific pages on your website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:14 -msgid "" -"To use scoring, install the free module *Lead Scoring* under your *Apps* " -"page (only available in Odoo Enterprise)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:21 -msgid "Create scoring rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:23 -msgid "" -"You now have a new tab in your *CRM* app called *Leads Management* where you" -" can manage your scoring rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Here's an example for a Canadian lead, you can modify for whatever criteria " -"you wish to score your leads on. You can add as many criterias as you wish." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Every hour every lead without a score will be automatically scanned and " -"assigned their right score according to your scoring rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:40 -msgid "Assign leads" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Once the scores computed, leads can be assigned to specific teams using the " -"same domain mechanism. To do so go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Leads " -"Management --> Team Assignation` and apply a specific domain on each team. " -"This domain can include scores." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Further on, you can assign to a specific vendor in the team with an even " -"more refined domain." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:52 -msgid "" -"To do so go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Leads Management --> Leads " -"Assignation`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:58 -msgid "" -"The team & leads assignation will assign the unassigned leads once a day." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:62 -msgid "Evaluate & use the unassigned leads" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Once your scoring rules are in place you will most likely still have some " -"unassigned leads. Some of them could still lead to an opportunity so it is " -"useful to do something with them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:68 -msgid "" -"In your leads page you can place a filter to find your unassigned leads." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Why not using :menuselection:`Email Marketing` or :menuselection:`Marketing " -"Automation` apps to send a mass email to them? You can also easily find such" -" unassigned leads from there." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:3 -msgid "Track your prospects visits" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Tracking your website pages will give you much more information about the " -"interests of your website visitors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Every tracked page they visit will be recorded on your lead/opportunity if " -"they use the contact form on your website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:14 -msgid "" -"To use this feature, install the free module *Lead Scoring* under your " -"*Apps* page (only available in Odoo Enterprise)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:21 -msgid "Track a webpage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Go to any static page you want to track on your website and under the " -"*Promote* tab you will find *Optimize SEO*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:29 -msgid "There you will see a *Track Page* checkbox to track this page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:35 -msgid "See visited pages in your leads/opportunities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Now each time a lead is created from the contact form it will keep track of " -"the pages visited by that visitor. You have two ways to see those pages, on " -"the top right corner of your lead/opportunity you can see a *Page Views* " -"button but also further down you will see them in the chatter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Both will update if the viewers comes back to your website and visits more " -"pages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:52 -msgid "" -"The feature will not repeat multiple viewings of the same pages in the " -"chatter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:55 -msgid "Your customers will no longer be able to keep any secrets from you!" -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po deleted file mode 100644 index 0b95c5df6..000000000 --- a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,778 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: ar\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 && n%100<=99 ? 4 : 5;\n" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:8 -msgid "Online Database management" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:10 -msgid "" -"To manage your databases, access the `database management page " -"`__ (you will have to sign in). Then " -"click on the `Manage Your Databases " -"`__ button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Make sure you are connected as the administrator of the database you want to" -" manage - many operations depends on indentifying you remotely to that " -"database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:22 -msgid "Several actions are available:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:28 -msgid ":ref:`Upgrade `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Upgrade your database to the latest Odoo version to enjoy cutting-edge " -"features" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:32 -msgid ":ref:`Duplicate `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Make an exact copy of your database, if you want to try out new apps or new " -"flows without compromising your daily operations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:34 -msgid ":ref:`Rename `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:35 -msgid "Rename your database (and its URL)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:37 -msgid "**Backup**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Download an instant backup of your database; note that we back up databases " -"daily according to our Odoo Cloud SLA" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:40 -msgid ":ref:`Domains `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:40 -msgid "Configure custom domains to access your database via another URL" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:42 -msgid ":ref:`Delete `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:43 -msgid "Delete a database instantly" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:46 -msgid "Contact Support" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Access our `support page `__ with the correct " -"database already selected" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:51 -msgid "Upgrade" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Upgrading your database to a newer version of Odoo is a complex operation " -"that require time and caution. It is extremely important that you fully test" -" the process before upgrading your production database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Odoo releases new versions regularly (at least once a year), and upgrading " -"your database to enjoy new Odoo features is part of the Odoo Online " -"experience." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:60 -msgid "" -"The upgrade process can take some time, especially if you use multiple apps " -"or apps that manage sensitive data (e.g. Accounting, Inventory, etc.). In " -"general, the 'smaller' the database, the quickest the upgrade. A single-user" -" database that uses only CRM will be processed faster than a multi-company, " -"multi-user database that uses Accounting, Sales, Purchase and Manufacturing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Unfortunately, it is impossible to give time estimates for every upgrade " -"request, since Odoo.com will test manually every database upgrade at least " -"once and will need to correct/adapt changes made to the standard Odoo Apps " -"(e.g. through Studio or through a Success Pack) on a case-by-case basis. " -"This can make the process slower, since requests are treated in the order " -"they arrive. This is especially true in the months following the release of " -"a new major version, which can lengthen the upgrade delay significantly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:74 -msgid "The upgrade process is quite simple from your point of view:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:76 -msgid "You request a test upgrade" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Once all tests have been validated **by you**, you upgrade your actual " -"database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:79 -msgid "" -"The process to request a test or a production (*actual*) upgrade is the " -"same." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:81 -msgid "" -"First, make sure to be connected to the database you want to upgrade and " -"access the `database management page `__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:84 -msgid "" -"You have to have an active session with access to the Settings app in the " -"database you want to upgrade for the button to be visible." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:87 -msgid "" -"On the line of the database you want to upgrade, click on the \"Cog\" menu. " -"If an newer version of Odoo is available, you will see an 'Upgrade' button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:94 -msgid "" -"You have the possibility to choose the target version of the upgrade. By " -"default, we select the highest available version available for your " -"database; if you were already in the process of testing an upgrade, we will " -"automatically select the version you were already testing (even if we " -"released a more recent version during your tests)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:103 -msgid "" -"By clicking on the \"Test upgrade\" button, an upgrade request will be " -"generated. Only one request can be made at time for each database; if a " -"request has already been made, you will see an 'Upgrade Queued' note instead" -" and asking another request will not be possible." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:108 -msgid "" -"A test upgrade will create a copy of your database, upgrade it and make it " -"available to you automatically once successful. If this is the first test " -"you request for this particular database, a manual testing phase will be " -"done by Odoo.com - this could take time (up to several weeks). Subsequent " -"requests will not go through that manual testing step and will usually be " -"made available in a few hours. Once the test database is available, you " -"should receive an e-mail with the URL of the test database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:116 -msgid "" -"**Testing your database is the most important step of the upgrade process!**" -" Even though we test all upgrades manually, we do not know your work " -"processes. A change in standard worfklows of Odoo in new versions might " -"require you to change internal processes, or some of the customizations you " -"made through Odoo Studio might now work properly. *It is up to you to make " -"sure that everything works as it should!* You can report issues with your " -"test database through our `Support page `__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:124 -msgid "" -"Make sure to do one last test of your upgrade right before the final upgrade" -" (e.g. the day before) to ensure everything will run smoothly. Downgrading " -"is not possible and post-poning an upgrade is always easier than being " -"prevented to work by an upgrade issue after the fact!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:129 -msgid "" -"Once you are ready and you have validated all your tests, you can click " -"again on the Upgrade button and confirm by clicking on Upgrade (the button " -"with the little rocket!) to switch your production database to the new " -"version. Your database will then be taken offline within the next 10 minutes" -" and will be upgraded automatically; you receive a confirmation e-mail once " -"the process is completed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:139 -msgid "" -"Your database will be taken offline during the upgrade (usually between " -"30min up to several hours for big databases), so make sure to plan your " -"migration during non-business hours." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:146 -msgid "Duplicating a database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:148 -msgid "" -"Database duplication, renaming, custom DNS, etc. is not available for trial " -"databases on our Online platform. Paid Databases and \"One App Free\" " -"database can duplicate without problem." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:153 -msgid "" -"In the line of the database you want to duplicate, you will have a few " -"buttons. To duplicate your database, just click **Duplicate**. You will have" -" to give a name to your duplicate, then click **Duplicate Database**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:160 -msgid "" -"If you do not check the \"For testing purposes\" checkbox when duplicating a" -" database, all external communication will remain active:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:163 -msgid "Emails are sent" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:165 -msgid "" -"Payments are processed (in the e-commerce or Subscriptions apps, for " -"example)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:168 -msgid "Delivery orders (shipping providers) are sent" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:170 -msgid "Etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:172 -msgid "" -"Make sure to check the checkbox \"For testing purposes\" if you want these " -"behaviours to be disabled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:175 -msgid "" -"After a few seconds, you will be logged in your duplicated database. Notice " -"that the url uses the name you chose for your duplicated database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:179 -msgid "Duplicate databases expire automatically after 15 days." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:187 -msgid "Rename a Database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:189 -msgid "" -"To rename your database, make sure you are connected to the database you " -"want to rename, access the `database management page " -"`__ and click **Rename**. You will have " -"to give a new name to your database, then click **Rename Database**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:200 -msgid "Deleting a Database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:202 -msgid "You can only delete databases of which you are the administrator." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:204 -msgid "" -"When you delete your database all the data will be permanently lost. The " -"deletion is instant and for all the Users. We advise you to do an instant " -"backup of your database before deleting it, since the last automated daily " -"backup may be several hours old at that point." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:210 -msgid "" -"From the `database management page `__, " -"on the line of the database you want to delete, click on the \"Delete\" " -"button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:217 -msgid "" -"Read carefully the warning message that will appear and proceed only if you " -"fully understand the implications of deleting a database:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:223 -msgid "" -"After a few seconds, the database will be deleted and the page will reload " -"automatically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:227 -msgid "" -"If you need to re-use this database name, it will be immediately available." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:229 -msgid "" -"It is not possible to delete a database if it is expired or linked to a " -"Subscription. In these cases contact `Odoo Support " -"`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:233 -msgid "" -"If you want to delete your Account, please contact `Odoo Support " -"`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:7 -msgid "On-premises Database management" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:10 -msgid "Register a database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To register your database, you just need to enter your Subscription Code in " -"the banner in the App Switcher. Make sure you do not add extra spaces before" -" or after your subscription code. If the registration is successful, it will" -" turn green and will provide you with the Expiration Date of your freshly-" -"registered database. You can check this Epiration Date in the About menu " -"(Odoo 9) or in the Settings Dashboard (Odoo 10)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:20 -msgid "Registration Error Message" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:22 -msgid "" -"If you are unable to register your database, you will likely encounter this " -"message:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:31 -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:110 -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:143 -msgid "Solutions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:33 -msgid "Do you have a valid Enterprise subscription?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Check if your subscription details get the tag \"In Progress\" on your `Odoo" -" Account `__ or with your Account" -" Manager" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:39 -msgid "Have you already linked a database with your subscription reference?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:41 -msgid "" -"You can link only one database per subscription. (Need a test or a " -"development database? `Find a partner `__)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:45 -msgid "" -"You can unlink the old database yourself on your `Odoo Contract " -"`__ with the button \"Unlink " -"database\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:52 -msgid "" -"A confirmation message will appear; make sure this is the correct database " -"as it will be deactivated shortly:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:59 -msgid "Do you have the updated version of Odoo 9?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:61 -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:176 -msgid "" -"From July 2016 onward, Odoo 9 now automatically change the uuid of a " -"duplicated database; a manual operation is no longer required." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:64 -msgid "" -"If it's not the case, you may have multiple databases sharing the same UUID." -" Please check on your `Odoo Contract " -"`__, a short message will appear " -"specifying which database is problematic:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:73 -msgid "" -"In this case, you need to change the UUID on your test databases to solve " -"this issue. You will find more information about this in :ref:`this section " -"`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:76 -msgid "" -"For your information, we identify database with UUID. Therefore, each " -"database should have a distinct UUID to ensure that registration and " -"invoicing proceed effortlessly for your and for us." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:80 -msgid "Check your network and firewall settings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:82 -msgid "" -"The Update notification must be able to reach Odoo's subscription validation" -" servers. In other words, make sure that the Odoo server is able to open " -"outgoing connections towards:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:86 -msgid "services.odoo.com on port 443 (or 80)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:87 -msgid "services.openerp.com on port 443 (or 80) for older deployments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:89 -msgid "" -"Once you activated your database, you must keep these ports open, as the " -"Update notification runs once a week." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:95 -msgid "Error message due to too many users" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:97 -msgid "" -"If you have more users in your local database than provisionned in your Odoo" -" Enterprise subscription, you may encounter this message:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:106 -msgid "" -"When the message appears you have 30 days before the expiration. The " -"countdown is updated everyday." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:112 -msgid "" -"**Add more users** on your subscription: follow the link and Validate the " -"upsell quotation and pay for the extra users." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:115 -msgid "or" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:117 -msgid "" -"**Deactivate users** as explained in this `Documentation " -"`__ and **Reject** the upsell quotation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:122 -msgid "" -"Once your database has the correct number of users, the expiration message " -"will disappear automatically after a few days, when the next verification " -"occurs. We understand that it can be a bit frightening to see the countdown," -" so you can :ref:`force an Update Notification ` to make the " -"message disappear right away." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:129 -msgid "Database expired error message" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:131 -msgid "" -"If your database reaches its expiration date before your renew your " -"subscription, you will encounter this message:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:139 -msgid "" -"This **blocking** message appears after a non-blocking message that lasts 30" -" days. If you fail to take action before the end of the countdown, the " -"database is expired." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:147 -msgid "" -"Renew your subscription: follow the link and renew your subscription - note " -"that" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:146 -msgid "" -"if you wish to pay by Wire Transfer, your subscription will effectively be " -"renewed only when the payment arrives, which can take a few days. Credit " -"card payments are processed immediately." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:149 -msgid "Contact our `Support `__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:151 -msgid "" -"None of those solutions worked for you? Please contact our `Support " -"`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:160 -msgid "Duplicate a database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:162 -msgid "" -"You can duplicate your database by accessing the database manager on your " -"server (/web/database/manager). In this page, you can easily " -"duplicate your database (among other things)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:170 -msgid "" -"When you duplicate a local database, it is **strongly** advised to change " -"the duplicated database's uuid (Unniversally Unique Identifier), since this " -"uuid is how your database identifies itself with our servers. Having two " -"databases with the same uuid could result in invoicing problems or " -"registration problems down the line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:179 -msgid "" -"The database uuid is currently accessible from the menu **Settings > " -"Technical > System Parameters**, we advise you to use a `uuid generator " -"`__ or to use the unix command ``uuidgen`` to" -" generate a new uuid. You can then simply replace it like any other record " -"by clicking on it and using the edit button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:7 -msgid "Users and Features" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:9 -msgid "" -"As the administrator of your database, you are responsible for its usage. " -"This includes the Apps you install as well as the number of users currently " -"in use." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Odoo is many things (ERP, CMS, CRM application, e-Commerce backend, etc.) " -"but it is *not* a smartphone. You should apply caution when adding/removing " -"features (especially Apps) on your database since this may impact your " -"subscription amount significantly (or switch you from a free account to a " -"paying one on our online platform)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:19 -msgid "" -"This page contains some information as to how you can manage your Odoo " -"instances. Before carrying any of these procedures, we **strongly** advise " -"to test them on a duplicate of your database first. That way, if something " -"goes wrong, your day-to-day business is not impacted." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:24 -msgid "" -"You can find guides on how to duplicate your databases both for :ref:`online" -" ` and :ref:`on premise ` " -"installations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:28 -msgid "" -"If you have questions about the content of this page or if you encounter an " -"issue while carrying out these procedures, please contact us through our " -"`support form `__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:34 -msgid "Deactivating Users" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Make sure you have sufficient **administrative rights** if you want to " -"change the status of any of your users." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:39 -msgid "" -"In your Odoo instance, click on **Settings**. You will have a section " -"showing you the active users on your database. Click on **Manage Users.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:43 -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:80 -msgid "|settings|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:43 -msgid "|browse_users|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:46 -msgid "You'll then see the list of your users." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:51 -msgid "" -"The pre-selected filter *Internal Users* shows your paying users (different " -"from the *Portal Users* which are free). If you remove this filter, you'll " -"get all your users (the ones you pay for and the portal ones)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:56 -msgid "" -"In your list of users, click on the user you want to deactivate. As soon as " -"you are on the userform, click on the Action drop down menu, and then click " -"on Archive." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:64 -msgid "The user is now deactivated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:66 -msgid "**Never** deactivate the main user (*admin*)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:69 -msgid "Uninstalling Apps" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Make sure you first test what you are about to do on a :ref:`duplicate " -"` of your database before making any changes (*especially*" -" installing/uninstalling apps)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:75 -msgid "" -"In your Odoo instance click on **Settings**; in this app, you will be able " -"to see how many applications you have installed. Click on **Browse Apps** to" -" access the list of your installed applications." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:80 -msgid "|browse_apps|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:83 -msgid "" -"In your applications' dashboard, you will see all the icons of your " -"applications. Click on the application you want to uninstall. Then, on the " -"form of the application, click on **Uninstall**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:90 -msgid "" -"Some applications have dependencies, like Invoicing, eCommerce, etc. " -"Therefore, the system will give you a warning message to advise you of what " -"is about to be removed. If you uninstall your application, all its " -"dependencies will be uninstalled as well (and the data in them will " -"permanently disappear). If you are sure you still want to uninstall it, then" -" click **Confirm**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:97 -msgid "" -"Last, after having checked the warning message (if any), click **Confirm**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:102 -msgid "You have finished uninstalling your application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:105 -msgid "Good to know" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:107 -msgid "" -"**Uninstalling apps, managing users, etc. is up to you**: no one else can " -"know if your business flow is broken better than you. If we were to " -"uninstall applications for you, we would never be able to tell if relevant " -"data had been removed or if one of your business flow was broken because we " -"*do not know how you work* and therefore cannot validate these kinds of " -"operations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:113 -msgid "" -"**Odoo Apps have dependencies**: this means that you may need to install " -"modules that you do not actively use to access some features of Odoo you " -"might need. For example, the Website Builder app is needed to be able to " -"show your customer their Quotes in a web page. Even though you might not " -"need or use the Website itself, it is needed for the Online Quotes feature " -"to work properly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:120 -msgid "" -"**Always test app installation/removal on a duplicate** (or on a free trial " -"database): that way you can know what other apps may be required, etc. This " -"will avoid surprises when uninstalling or when receiving your invoices." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po deleted file mode 100644 index 71651266b..000000000 --- a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,658 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:39+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: ar\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 && n%100<=99 ? 4 : 5;\n" - -#: ../../discuss.rst:5 -msgid "Discuss" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:3 -msgid "How to use my mail server to send and receive emails in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:5 -msgid "" -"This document is mainly dedicated to Odoo on-premise users who don't benefit" -" from an out-of-the-box solution to send and receive emails in Odoo, unlike " -"`Odoo Online `__ & `Odoo.sh " -"`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:9 -msgid "" -"If no one in your company is used to manage email servers, we strongly " -"recommend that you opt for those Odoo hosting solutions. Their email system " -"works instantly and is monitored by professionals. Nevertheless you can " -"still use your own email servers if you want to manage your email server's " -"reputation yourself." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:15 -msgid "" -"You will find here below some useful information on how to integrate your " -"own email solution with Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Office 365 email servers don't allow easiliy to send external emails from " -"hosts like Odoo. Refer to the `Microsoft's documentation " -"`__ to make it work." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:24 -msgid "How to manage outbound messages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:26 -msgid "" -"As a system admin, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and " -"check *External Email Servers*. Then, click *Outgoing Mail Servers* to " -"create one and reference the SMTP data of your email server. Once all the " -"information has been filled out, click on *Test Connection*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:31 -msgid "Here is a typical configuration for a G Suite server." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:36 -msgid "Then set your email domain name in the General Settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:39 -msgid "Can I use an Office 365 server" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:40 -msgid "" -"You can use an Office 365 server if you run Odoo on-premise. Office 365 SMTP" -" relays are not compatible with Odoo Online." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Please refer to `Microsoft's documentation `__ to configure" -" a SMTP relay for your Odoo's IP address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:47 -msgid "How to use a G Suite server" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:48 -msgid "" -"You can use an G Suite server for any Odoo hosting type. To do so you need " -"to setup the SMTP relay service. The configuration steps are explained in " -"`Google documentation " -"`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:55 -msgid "Be SPF-compliant" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:56 -msgid "" -"In case you use SPF (Sender Policy Framework) to increase the deliverability" -" of your outgoing emails, don't forget to authorize Odoo as a sending host " -"in your domain name settings. Here is the configuration for Odoo Online:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:60 -msgid "" -"If no TXT record is set for SPF, create one with following definition: " -"v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com ~all" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:62 -msgid "" -"In case a SPF TXT record is already set, add \"include:_spf.odoo.com\". e.g." -" for a domain name that sends emails via Odoo Online and via G Suite it " -"could be: v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com include:_spf.google.com ~all" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Find `here `__ the exact procedure to " -"create or modify TXT records in your own domain registrar." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Your new SPF record can take up to 48 hours to go into effect, but this " -"usually happens more quickly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:72 -msgid "" -"Adding more than one SPF record for a domain can cause problems with mail " -"delivery and spam classification. Instead, we recommend using only one SPF " -"record by modifying it to authorize Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:77 -msgid "Allow DKIM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:78 -msgid "" -"You should do the same thing if DKIM (Domain Keys Identified Mail) is " -"enabled on your email server. In the case of Odoo Online & Odoo.sh, you " -"should add a DNS \"odoo._domainkey\" CNAME record to " -"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\". For example, for \"foo.com\" they should have " -"a record \"odoo._domainkey.foo.com\" that is a CNAME with the value " -"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:86 -msgid "How to manage inbound messages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:88 -msgid "Odoo relies on generic email aliases to fetch incoming messages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:90 -msgid "" -"**Reply messages** of messages sent from Odoo are routed to their original " -"discussion thread (and to the inbox of all its followers) by the catchall " -"alias (**catchall@**)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:94 -msgid "" -"**Bounced messages** are routed to **bounce@** in order to track them in " -"Odoo. This is especially used in `Odoo Email Marketing " -"`__ to opt-out invalid " -"recipients." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:98 -msgid "" -"**Original messages**: Several business objects have their own alias to " -"create new records in Odoo from incoming emails:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:101 -msgid "" -"Sales Channel (to create Leads or Opportunities in `Odoo CRM " -"`__)," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:103 -msgid "" -"Support Channel (to create Tickets in `Odoo Helpdesk " -"`__)," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:105 -msgid "" -"Projects (to create new Tasks in `Odoo Project `__)," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:107 -msgid "" -"Job Positions (to create Applicants in `Odoo Recruitment " -"`__)," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:109 -msgid "etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:111 -msgid "" -"Depending on your mail server, there might be several methods to fetch " -"emails. The easiest and most recommended method is to manage one email " -"address per Odoo alias in your mail server." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:115 -msgid "" -"Create the corresponding email addresses in your mail server (catchall@, " -"bounce@, sales@, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:117 -msgid "Set your domain name in the General Settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:122 -msgid "" -"If you use Odoo on-premise, create an *Incoming Mail Server* in Odoo for " -"each alias. You can do it from the General Settings as well. Fill out the " -"form according to your email provider’s settings. Leave the *Actions to " -"Perform on Incoming Mails* blank. Once all the information has been filled " -"out, click on *TEST & CONFIRM*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:131 -msgid "" -"If you use Odoo Online or Odoo.sh, We do recommend to redirect incoming " -"messages to Odoo's domain name rather than exclusively use your own email " -"server. That way you will receive incoming messages without delay. Indeed, " -"Odoo Online is fetching incoming messages of external servers once per hour " -"only. You should set redirections for all the email addresses to Odoo's " -"domain name in your email server (e.g. *catchall@mydomain.ext* to " -"*catchall@mycompany.odoo.com*)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:138 -msgid "" -"All the aliases are customizable in Odoo. Object aliases can be edited from " -"their respective configuration view. To edit catchall and bounce aliases, " -"you first need to activate the developer mode from the Settings Dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:146 -msgid "" -"Then refresh your screen and go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical " -"--> Parameters --> System Parameters` to customize the aliases " -"(*mail.catchall.alias* & * mail.bounce.alias*)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:153 -msgid "" -"By default inbound messages are fetched every 5 minutes in Odoo on-premise. " -"You can change this value in developer mode. Go to :menuselection:`Settings " -"--> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions` and look for *Mail: " -"Fetchmail Service*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:3 -msgid "How to follow Twitter feed from Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:8 -msgid "" -"You can follow specific hashtags on Twitter and see the tweets within the " -"Odoo Discuss channels of your choice. The tweets are retrieved periodically " -"from Twitter. An authenticated user can retweet the messages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:13 -msgid "Setting up the App on Twitter's side" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Twitter uses an \"App\" on its side which is opens a gate to which Odoo asks" -" for tweets, and through which a user can retweet. To set up this app, go to" -" http://apps.twitter.com/app/new and put in the values:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:19 -msgid "Name: this is the name of the application on Twitter" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Website: this is the external url of your Odoo database, with \"/web\" " -"added. For example, if your Odoo instance is hosted at " -"\"http://www.example.com\", you should put \"http://www.example.com/web\" in" -" this field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Callback URL: this is the address on which Twitter will respond. Following " -"the previous example you should write " -"\"http://www.example.com/web/twitter/callback\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Do not forget to accept the terms **Developer agreement** of use and click " -"on **Create your Twitter application** at the bottom of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:33 -msgid "Getting the API key and secret" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:35 -msgid "" -"When on the App dashboard, switch to the **Keys and Access Tokens** tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:40 -msgid "" -"And copy those values in Odoo in :menuselection:`Settings--> General " -"Settings--> Twitter discuss integration` and click on **Save** to save the " -"settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:3 -msgid "How to grab attention of other users in my messages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:5 -msgid "" -"You can **mention** a user in a channel or chatter by typing **@user-name**." -" Mentioning a user in the chatter will set them as a follower of the item " -"(if they are not already) and send a message to their inbox. The item " -"containing the mention will also be bolded in the list view. Mentioning a " -"user in a channel will send a message to their inbox. You cannot mention a " -"user in a channel who is not subscribed to the channel. Typing **#channel-" -"name** will provide a link to the mentioned channel in either a chatter or " -"another channel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:15 -msgid "Direct messaging a user" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:17 -msgid "" -"**Direct messages** are private messages viewable only by the sender and " -"recipient. You can send direct messages to other users from within the " -"Discuss module by creating a new conversation or selecting an existing one " -"from the sidebar. Direct messages can be sent from anywhere in Odoo using " -"the speech bubble icon in the top bar. The online status of other users is " -"displayed to the left of their name. A **green dot** indicates that a user " -"is Online, an **orange dot** that they are Idle, and a **grey dot** that " -"they are offline." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:28 -msgid "Desktop notifications from Discuss" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:30 -msgid "" -"You can choose to see **desktop notifications** when you receive a new " -"direct message. The notification shows you the sender and a brief preview of" -" the message contents. These can be configured or disabled by clicking on " -"the gear icon in the corner of the notification.." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:3 -msgid "How to be responsive at work thanks to my Odoo inbox" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Use the **Inbox** in Discuss app to monitor updates and progress on " -"everything you do in Odoo. Notifications and messages from everything you " -"follow or in which you are mentioned appear in your inbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:13 -msgid "You can keep an eye on your **Inbox** from any screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Marking an item with a check marks the message as **read** and removes it " -"from your inbox. If you would like to save an item for future reference or " -"action, mark it with a star to add it to the **Starred** box. You can star " -"any message or notification in Discuss or any of the item-specific chatters " -"throughout Odoo to keep tabs on it here." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Why use Odoo Discuss" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo Discuss is an easy to use messaging app for teams that brings all your " -"organization's communication into one place and seamlessly integrates with " -"the Odoo platform. Discuss lets you send and receive messages from wherever " -"you are in Odoo as well as manage your messages and notifications easily " -"from within the app. Discuss allows you to create **channels** for team " -"chats, conversations about projects, meeting coordination, and more in one " -"simple and searchable interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:3 -msgid "Get organized by planning activities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Planning activities is the perfect way to keep on track with your work. Get " -"reminded of what needs to be done and schedule the next activities to " -"undertake." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Your activities are available wherever you are in Odoo. It is easy to manage" -" your priorities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Activities can be planned and managed from the chatters or in the kanban " -"views. Here is an example for opportunities :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:22 -msgid "Set your activity types" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:24 -msgid "" -"A number of generic activities types are available by default in Odoo (e.g. " -"call, email, meeting, etc.). If you would like to set new ones, go to " -":menuselection:`Settings --> General settings --> Activity types`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:29 -msgid "Schedule meetings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Activities are planned for specific days. If you need to set hours, go with " -"the *Meeting* activity type. When scheduling one, the calendar will simply " -"open to let you select a time slot." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:36 -msgid "" -"If you need to use other activity types with a calendar planning, make sure " -"their *Category* is set as *Meeting*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:40 -msgid "Schedule a chain of activities to follow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Odoo helps you easily plan your usual flow of activities. Go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Activity Types` and set the common " -"following steps as *Recommended next activities*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Now, when an activity is completed, you can select *Done & schedule next*. " -"The next steps will automatically be suggested to you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:55 -msgid "Have fun getting better organized by planning activities !" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:3 -msgid "How to efficiently communicate in team using channels" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:5 -msgid "" -"You can use **channels** to organize discussions between individual teams, " -"departments, projects, or any other group that requires regular " -"communication. By having conversations that everyone in the channel can see," -" it's easy to keep the whole team in the loop with the latest developments." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:12 -msgid "Creating a channel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:14 -msgid "" -"In Discuss there are two types of channels - **public** and **private**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:17 -msgid "" -"A **public channel** can only be created by an administrator with write " -"privileges and can be seen by everyone in the organization. By contrast, a " -"**private channel** can be created by any user and by default is only " -"visible to users who have been invited to this channel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:24 -msgid "" -"A public channel is best used when many employees need to access information" -" (such as interdepartmental communication or company announcements), whereas" -" a private channel should be used whenever information should be limited to " -"specific users/employees (such as department specific or sensitive " -"information)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:31 -msgid "Configuring a channel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:33 -msgid "" -"You can configure a channel's name, description, access rights, automatic " -"subscription, and emailing from :menuselection:`#channel-name --> Settings`." -" Changing channel access rights allows you to control which groups can view " -"each channel. You can make a channel visible by all users, invited users, or" -" users within a selected user group. Note that allowing \"Everyone\" to " -"follow a private channel will let other users view and join it as they would" -" a public channel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:47 -msgid "How to set up a mailing list" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:49 -msgid "" -"A channel can be configured to behave as a mailing list. From within " -":menuselection:`#channel-name --> Settings`, define the email you would like" -" to use. Users can then post to the channel and choose to receive " -"notifications using the defined email address. An envelope icon will appear " -"next to the channel name in the list to indicate that a channel will send " -"messages by email." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:57 -msgid "Locating a channel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:59 -msgid "" -"If you do not see a channel on your dashboard, you can search the list of " -"**public channels** to locate the correct channel or create a new channel by" -" clicking the plus icon." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:66 -msgid "" -"You can also click the **CHANNELS** heading to browse a list of all public " -"channels. This allows the user to manually **join** and **leave** public " -"channels from a single screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:71 -msgid "" -"It is always wise to search for a channel before creating a new one to " -"ensure that duplicate entries are not created for the same topic." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:76 -msgid "Using filters to navigate within Discuss" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:78 -msgid "" -"The topbar search provides access to the same comprehensive search function " -"present in the rest of Odoo. You can apply multiple **filter criteria** and " -"**save filters** for later use. The search function accepts wildcards by " -"using the underscore character \"\\ **\\_**\\ \" to represent a **single " -"character wildcard.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:3 -msgid "How to follow a discussion thread and define what I want to hear about" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:6 -msgid "How to follow a discussion thread" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:7 -msgid "" -"You can keep track of virtually any business object in Odoo (an opportunity," -" a quotation, a task, etc.), by **following** it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:14 -msgid "How to choose the events to follow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:15 -msgid "" -"You can choose which types of events you want to be notified about. The " -"example below shows the options available when following a **task** in the " -"**Project** app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:23 -msgid "How to add other followers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:24 -msgid "" -"You can invite other users and add channels as followers. Adding a channel " -"as a follower will send messages posted in the chatter to the channel with a" -" link back to the original document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:34 -msgid "How to be a default follower" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:35 -msgid "" -"You are automatically set as a default follower of any item you create. In " -"some applications like CRM and Project, you can be a default follower of any" -" new record created to get notified of specific events (e.g. a new task " -"created, an opportunity won)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:40 -msgid "" -"To do so, start following the parent business object (e.g. the sales channel" -" in CRM, the project in Project). Then, choose the events you want to hear " -"about." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po deleted file mode 100644 index 56e82b771..000000000 --- a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1454 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Abdalla Mohamed , 2019 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:39+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Abdalla Mohamed , 2019\n" -"Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: ar\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 && n%100<=99 ? 4 : 5;\n" - -#: ../../ecommerce.rst:5 -msgid "eCommerce" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started.rst:3 -msgid "Get started" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:3 -msgid "How to customize my catalog page" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:6 -msgid "Product Catalog" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:8 -msgid "" -"All your published items show up in your catalog page (or *Shop* page)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Most options are available in the *Customize* menu: display attributes, " -"website categories, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:20 -msgid "Highlight a product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Boost the visibility of your star/promoted products: push them to top, make " -"them bigger, add a ribbon that you can edit (Sale, New, etc.). Open the Shop" -" page, switch to Edit mode and click any item to start customizing the grid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:26 -msgid "" -"See how to do it: " -"https://www.odoo.com/openerp_website/static/src/video/e-commerce/editing.mp4" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:29 -msgid "Quick add to cart" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:31 -msgid "" -"If your customers buy a lot of items at once, make their process shorter by " -"enabling purchases from the catalog page. To do so, add product description " -"and add to cart button. Turn on the following options in *Customize* menu: " -"Product Description, Add to Cart, List View (to display product description " -"better)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:3 -msgid "How to build a product page" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:5 -msgid "On the website click *New Page* in the top-right corner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:7 -msgid "Then click *New Product* and follow the blinking tips." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:12 -msgid "Here are the main elements of the Product page:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:17 -msgid "Many elements can be made visible from the *Customize* menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:22 -msgid "See how to configure your products from links here below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:26 -msgid ":doc:`../managing_products/variants`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:27 -msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/taxes`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:28 -msgid ":doc:`../managing_products/stock`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:29 -msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/cross_selling`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:30 -msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/reviews`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:31 -msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:32 -msgid ":doc:`../../website/optimize/seo`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products.rst:3 -msgid "Manage my products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:3 -msgid "How to display several images per product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:5 -msgid "" -"By default your product web page displays the main image of your product " -"only. If you like to show your products under several angles, you can turn " -"the image into a carrousel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Check *Several images per product* in :menuselection:`Website Admin --> " -"Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Open a product detail form and upload images from *Images* tab. Hit *Create*" -" in Edit mode to get the upload wizard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:19 -msgid "Such extra image are common to all the product variants (if any)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:3 -msgid "How to show product availability" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The availability of your products can be shown on the website to reassure " -"your customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:10 -msgid "" -"To display this, open the *Sales* tab in the product detail form and select " -"an option in *Availability*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:16 -msgid "" -"A custom warning message can be anything related to a stock out, delivery " -"delay, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:22 -msgid "This tool does not require the Inventory app to be installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:25 -msgid "" -"If one item is no longer sellable, unpublish it from your website. If it " -"comes to one particular product variant, deactivate the variant in the " -"backend (see :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage product variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Product variants are used to offer variations of the same product to your " -"customers on the products page. For example, the customer chooses a T-shirt " -"and then selects its size and color. In the example below, the customer " -"chooses a phone, and then selects the memory; color and Wi-Fi band from the " -"available options." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:15 -msgid "How to create attributes & variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Turn on *Products can have several attributes, defining variants (Example: " -"size, color,...)* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:20 -msgid "Select a product from the Products list, go to the *Variants* tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Add as many attributes as you need from 3 different types: radio buttons, " -"drop-down menu or color buttons. You get several variants as soon as there " -"are 2 values for 1 attribute." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:30 -msgid "How to edit variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:32 -msgid "See all the variants from the product template detail form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:40 -msgid "You can edit following data:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:42 -msgid "Picture (will update in real time on the website)," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:43 -msgid "Barcode," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:44 -msgid "Internal Reference (SKU #)," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:45 -msgid "Volume," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:46 -msgid "Weight," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:47 -msgid "Active (available in quotes & website)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Both the Barcode and the Internal Reference are variant-specific. You need " -"to populate them once the variants generated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:54 -msgid "" -"See and edit all the variants from :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> " -"Product Variants` as well. This might be quicker if you manage lots of " -"variants." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:58 -msgid "How to set specific prices per variant" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:60 -msgid "" -"You can also set a specific public price per variant by clicking *Variant " -"Prices* in the product detail form (action in top-left corner)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:66 -msgid "" -"The Price Extra is added to the product price whenever the corresponding " -"attribute value is selected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Pricelist formulas let you set advanced price computation methods for " -"product variants. See :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:80 -msgid "How to disable/archive variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:82 -msgid "" -"You can disable/archive specific variants so that they are no longer " -"available in quotes & website (not existing in your stock, deprecated, " -"etc.). Simply uncheck *Active* in their detail form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:88 -msgid "" -"To retrieve such archived items, hit *Archived* on searching the variants " -"list. You can reactivate them the same way." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue.rst:3 -msgid "Maximize my revenue" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:3 -msgid "How to sell accessories and optional products (cross-selling)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:5 -msgid "" -"You sell computers. Why not stimulating your customers to buy a top-notch " -"screen or an extra-warranty? That's the goal of cross-selling " -"functionalities:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:8 -msgid "Accessory products on checkout page," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Optional products on a new *Add to Cart* screen (not installed by default)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:12 -msgid "Accessory products when checking out" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Accessories (e.g. for computers: mouse, keyboard) show up when the customer " -"reviews the cart before paying." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:20 -msgid "Select accessories in the *Sales* tab of the product detail page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:26 -msgid "" -"There is an algorithm to figure out the best accessories to display in case " -"several items are added to cart. If any item is the accessory of several " -"products added to cart, it is most likely that it will be atop the list of " -"suggested accessories." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:31 -msgid "Optional products when adding to cart" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Optional products are directly related to the item added to cart (e.g. for " -"computers: warranty, OS software, extra components). Whenever the main " -"product is added to cart, such a new screen pops up as an extra step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:40 -msgid "To publish optional products:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Install *eCommerce Optional Products* addon in *Apps* menu. Remove the " -"default filter to search on addons as well, otherwise only main apps show " -"up." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:48 -msgid "Select optional items from the *Sales* tab of the product detail form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:54 -msgid "" -"The quantity of optional items added to cart is the same than the main item." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:3 -msgid "How to adapt the prices to my website visitors" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:5 -msgid "This section sheds some light on pricing features of eCommerce app:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:7 -msgid "force a price by geo-localization," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:9 -msgid "let the customer choose the currency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:11 -msgid "" -"As a pre-requisite, check out how to managing produt pricing: " -":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:15 -msgid "Geo-IP to automatically apply the right price" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Assign country groups to your pricelists. That way, your visitors not yet " -"logged in will get their own currency when landing on your website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:20 -msgid "Once logged in, they get the pricelist matching their country." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:23 -msgid "Currency selector" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:25 -msgid "" -"In case you sell in several currencies, you can let your customers choose " -"their own currency. Check *Selectable* to add the pricelist to the website " -"drop-down menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:34 -msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:35 -msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:36 -msgid ":doc:`promo_code`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:3 -msgid "How to create & share promotional codes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Want to boost your sales for Xmas? Share promocodes through your marketing " -"campaigns and apply any kind of discounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:9 -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:13 -msgid "Setup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings` and choose *Advanced pricing based" -" on formula* for *Sale Price*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Website Admin --> Catalog --> Pricelists` and create a" -" new pricelist with the discount rule (see :doc:`pricing`). Then enter a " -"code." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Make the promocode field available on your *Shopping Cart* page (option in " -"*Customize* menu). Add a product to cart to reach it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Once turned on you see a new section on the right side. On clicking *Apply* " -"prices get automatically updated in the cart." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:33 -msgid "" -"The promocode used by the customer is stored in the system so you can " -"analyze the performance of your marketing campaigns." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:39 -msgid "Show sales per pricelists..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:43 -msgid ":doc:`pricing`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:3 -msgid "How to enable comments & rating" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Publishing and monitoring customer experience will help you gain the trust " -"of new customers and better engage with your community. In 2 clicks, allow " -"your customer to share their feedback!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Activate comments & rating from the *Customize* menu of the product web " -"page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Visitors must log in to share their comments. Make sure they are able to do " -"so (see Portal documentation)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:25 -msgid "Review the posts in real time" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Whenever a post is published, the product manager and all the product " -"followers get notified in their Inbox (*Discuss* menu)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:34 -msgid "" -"By default the user who created the product is automatically set as " -"follower." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Click the product name to open the detail form and review the comment (in " -"the product discussion thread)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:43 -msgid "Moderate & unpublish" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:45 -msgid "" -"You can easily moderate by using the chatter, either in the product detail " -"form or on the web page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:48 -msgid "" -"To unpublish the post, open the product web page and click the *Published* " -"button to turn it red (*Unpublished*)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:56 -msgid "..tip::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:55 -msgid "" -"You can access the web page from the detail form by clicking the *Published*" -" smart button (and vice versa)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:3 -msgid "How to sell pricier alternative products (upselling)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In order to maximize your revenue, suggesting pricier alternative products " -"is strongly advised for basic items. That way, your customer will spend more" -" time browsing your catalog." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:12 -msgid "To do so:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Select such *Alternative Products* in the *Sales* tab of the product detail " -"form. 3 alternatives are fine! Don't publish too many otherwise your " -"customers will be confused." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Turn on *Alternative Products* from the *Customize* menu of the product web " -"page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "نظرة عامة" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:3 -msgid "Introduction to Odoo eCommerce" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:10 -msgid "" -"The documentation will help you go live with your eCommerce website in no " -"time. The topics follow the buying process:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:13 -msgid "Product Page" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:14 -msgid "Shop Page" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:15 -msgid "Pricing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:16 -msgid "Taxes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:17 -msgid "Checkout process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:18 -msgid "Upselling & cross-selling" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:19 -msgid "Payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:20 -msgid "Shipping & Tracking" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:24 -msgid ":doc:`../../website/publish/domain_name`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/publish.rst:3 -msgid "Launch my website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience.rst:3 -msgid "Get paid" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:3 -msgid "How to get paid with Authorize.Net" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Authorize.Net is one of the most popular eCommerce payment platforms in " -"North America. Unlike most of the other payment acquirers compatible with " -"Odoo, Authorize.Net can be used as `payment gateway " -"`__ " -"only. That way you can use the `payment processor or merchant " -"`__ that " -"you like." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:12 -msgid "Create an Authorize.Net account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Create an `Authorize.Net account `__ by clicking " -"'Get Started'." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:16 -msgid "" -"In the pricing page, press *Sign up now* if you want to use Authorize.net as" -" both payment gateway and merchant. If you want to use your own merchant, " -"press the related option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:23 -msgid "Go through the registration steps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:24 -msgid "" -"The account is set as a test account by default. You can use this test " -"account to process a test transaction from Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:26 -msgid "Once ready, switch to **Production** mode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:30 -msgid "Set up Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Activate Authorize.Net in Odoo from :menuselection:`Website or Sales or " -"Accounting --> Settings --> Payment Acquirers`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:33 -msgid "Enter both your **Login ID** and your **API Transaction Key**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:39 -msgid "" -"To get those credentials in Authorize.Net, you can rely on *API Login ID and" -" Transaction Key* video of `Authorize.Net Video Tutorials " -"`__. Such videos give meaningful insights" -" about how to set up your Authorize.Net account according to your needs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:47 -msgid "Go live" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Your configuration is now ready! You can make Authorize.Net visible on your " -"merchant interface and activate the **Production** mode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Credentials provided by Authorize.net are different for both test and " -"production mode. Don't forget to update them in Odoo when you turn on the " -"production mode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:61 -msgid "Assess Authorize.Net as payment solution" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:62 -msgid "" -"You can test and assess Authorize.Net for free by creating a `developer " -"account `__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Once the account created you receive sandbox credentials. Enter them in Odoo" -" as explained here above and make sure you are still in *Test* mode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:68 -msgid "" -"You can also log in to `Authorize.Net sandbox platform " -"`__ to configure your sandbox account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:71 -msgid "" -"To perform ficticious transactions you can use fake card numbers provided in" -" the `Authorize.Net Testing Guide " -"`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:76 -msgid ":doc:`payment`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:77 -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:111 -msgid ":doc:`payment_acquirer`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:3 -msgid "How to get paid with payment acquirers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo embeds several payment methods to get paid on eCommerce, Sales and " -"Invoicing apps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:10 -msgid "What are the payment methods available" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:13 -msgid "Wire transfer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Wire Transfer is the default payment method available. The aim is providing " -"your customers with your bank details so they can pay on their own via their" -" bank. This is very easy to start with but slow and inefficient process-" -"wise. Opt for online acquirers as soon as you can!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:21 -msgid "Payment acquirers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Redirect your customers to payment platforms to collect money effortless and" -" track the payment status (call-back). Odoo supports more and more platforms" -" over time:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:27 -msgid "`Paypal `__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:28 -msgid "Ingenico" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:29 -msgid "Authorize.net" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:30 -msgid "Adyen" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:31 -msgid "Buckaroo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:32 -msgid "PayUmoney" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:33 -msgid "Sips" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:34 -msgid "Stripe" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:38 -msgid "How to go live" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Once the payment method ready, make it visible in the payment interface and " -"activate the **Production** mode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:48 -msgid "How to let customers save and reuse credit cards" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:49 -msgid "" -"To ease the payment of returning customers, you can let them save and reuse " -"a credit card if they want to. If so, a payment token will be saved in Odoo." -" This option is available with Ingenico and Authorize.net." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:54 -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:68 -msgid "You can turn this on from the acquirer configuration form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:61 -msgid "How to debit credit cards to pay subscriptions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:62 -msgid "" -"`Odoo Subscription `__ allows to " -"bill services automatically on a recurring basis. Along with it, you can " -"have an automatic debit of the customer's credit card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:66 -msgid "This option is available with Ingenico and Authorize.net." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:73 -msgid "" -"That way a payment token will be recorded when the customer goes for the " -"subscription and an automatic debit will occur whenever an invoice is issued" -" from the subscription." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:79 -msgid "How to use other acquirers (advanced)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:81 -msgid "" -"Odoo can submit single payment requests and redirect to any payment " -"acquirer. But there is no call-back, i.e. Odoo doesn't track the transaction" -" status. So you will confirm orders manually once you get paid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:85 -msgid "How to:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:87 -msgid "Switch to developer mode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:89 -msgid "Take the **Custom** payment method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:91 -msgid "" -"Set up the payment form (S2S Form Template) as instructed by your payment " -"acquirer. You can start from *default_acquirer_button* that you can " -"duplicate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:96 -msgid "Other configurations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:98 -msgid "" -"Odoo can also be used for more advanced payment processes like installment " -"plans (e.g. `Paypal Installment Plans " -"`__)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:102 -msgid "" -"Such a customization service is made on-demand by our technical experts " -"based on your own requirements. A business advisor can reach you out for " -"such matter. `Contact us. `__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:109 -msgid ":doc:`paypal`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:110 -msgid ":doc:`wire_transfer`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage orders paid with payment acquirers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo confirms orders automatically as soon as the payment is authorized by a" -" payment acquirer. This triggers the delivery. If you invoice based on " -"ordered quantities, you are also requested to invoice the order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:12 -msgid "What are the payment status" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:13 -msgid "" -"At anytime, the salesman can check the transaction status from the order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:18 -msgid "*Draft*: transaction under processing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:20 -msgid "" -"*Pending*: the payment acquirer keeps the transaction on hold and you need " -"to authorize it from the acquirer interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:23 -msgid "" -"*Authorized*: the payment has been authorized but not yet captured. In Odoo," -" the order is already confirmed. Once the delivery done, you can capture the" -" amount from the acquirer interface (or from Odoo if you use Authorize.net)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:28 -msgid "" -"*Done*: the payment is authorized and captured. The order has been " -"confirmed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:30 -msgid "" -"*Error*: an error has occured during the transaction. The customer needs to " -"retry the payment. The order is still in draft." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:34 -msgid "" -"*Cancelled*: when the customer cancels the payment in the payment acquirer " -"form. They are taken back to Odoo in order to modify the order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Specific messages are provided to your customers for every payment status, " -"when they are redirected to Odoo after the transaction. To edit such " -"messages, go to the *Messages* tab of the payment method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:44 -msgid "Auto-validate invoices at order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:46 -msgid "" -"When the order is confirmed you can also have an invoice automatically " -"issued and paid. This fully-automated made for businesses that invoice " -"orders straight on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:53 -msgid "" -"If you choose this mode you are requested to select a payment journal in " -"order to record payments in your books. This payment is automatically " -"reconcilied with the invoice, marking it as paid. Select your **bank " -"account** if you get paid immediately on your bank account. If you don't you" -" can create a specific journal for the payment acquirer (type = Bank). That " -"way, you can track online payments in an intermediary account of your books " -"until you get paid into your bank account (see `How to register credit card " -"payments " -"<../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.html>`__)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:64 -msgid "Capture the payment after the delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:65 -msgid "" -"With this mode, the order is confirmed but the amount is kept on hold. Once " -"the delivery processed, you can capture the payment from Odoo. This mode is " -"only available with Authorize.net." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:72 -msgid "" -"To capture the payment, open the transaction from the order. Then click " -"*Capture Transaction*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:78 -msgid "" -"With other payment acquirers, you can manage the capture in their own " -"interfaces, not from Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:3 -msgid "Configure your Paypal account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Paypal is available and popular worldwide. It doesn’t charge any " -"subscription fee and creating an account is very easy. That’s why we " -"definitely recommend it for starters in Odoo. It works as a seamless flow " -"where the customer is routed to Paypal website to register the payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:12 -msgid "Paypal account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:14 -msgid "" -"A business account is needed to get paid with Paypal. Create a `Paypayl " -"Business Account " -"`__" -" or upgrade your Personal account to a Business account. Go to the Paypal " -"settings and click on *Upgrade to a Business account*. Then follow the few " -"configuration steps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:18 -msgid "Settings in Paypal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:21 -msgid "" -"First, let’s see how to set up your Paypal account in order to build a " -"seamless customer experience with Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Log in and open the settings. Go to *Products & Services > Website payments*" -" and click *Update* on *Website preferences*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:29 -msgid "Auto Return" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:31 -msgid "" -"*Auto Return* automatically redirects your customers to Odoo once the " -"payment is processed. Check *Auto Return* and enter your domain name " -"\"/shop/confirmation\" as *Return URL* (e.g. " -"https://yourcompany.odoo.com/shop/confirmation)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:36 -msgid "" -"This URL is requested in Paypal but not used in practice as Odoo transmits " -"it at each transaction. Don’t worry if you manage several sales channels or " -"Odoo databases." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:44 -msgid "Payment Data Transfer (PDT)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:46 -msgid "" -"*Payment Data Transfer* delivers the payment confirmation to Odoo as soon as" -" it is processed. Without it, Odoo cannot end the sales flow. This setting " -"must be activated as well. When saving, an *Identity Token* is generated. " -"You will be later requested to enter it in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:54 -msgid "Paypal Account Optional" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:56 -msgid "" -"We advise you to not prompt customers to log in with a Paypal account when " -"they get to pay. Let them pay with debit/credit cards as well, or you might " -"lose some deals. Make sure this setting is turned on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:63 -msgid "Instant Payment Notification (IPN)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:65 -msgid "" -"PDT sends order confirmations once and only once. As a result, your site " -"must be running when it happens; otherwise, it will never receive the " -"message. That’s why we advise to activate the *Instant Payment Notification*" -" (IPN) on top. With IPN, delivery of order confirmations is virtually " -"guaranteed since IPN resends a confirmation until your site acknowledges " -"receipt." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:72 -msgid "" -"To activate IPN, get back to *Website payments* menu and click *Update* in " -"*Instant Payment Notification*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:75 -msgid "" -"The *Notification URL* to set is your domain name + “payment/paypal/ipn” " -"(e.g. https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/paypal/ipn)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:81 -msgid "Payment Messages Format" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Finally make sure the encoding format of payment messages is correctly set. " -"Go to *PayPal button language encoding*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:89 -msgid "" -"Click *More Options* and set the two default encoding formats as *UTF-8*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:98 -msgid "Your Paypal account is ready!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:100 -msgid "" -"For Encrypted Website Payments & EWP_SETTINGS error, please check the " -"`paypal documentation. `__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:104 -msgid "Settings in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:107 -msgid "Activation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:109 -msgid "" -"Activate *Paypal* from the config bar of Sales, Invoicing and eCommerce " -"apps, or from the configuration menu of *Payment Acquirers*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:113 -msgid "Credentials" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:115 -msgid "Odoo requires three Paypal credentials:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:117 -msgid "*Email ID* is your login email address in Paypal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:119 -msgid "" -"*Merchant ID* can be found in the settings of your Paypal account, in " -"*Profile > About the business*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:121 -msgid "" -"*Paypal PDT Token* is given in *Website payments* configuration as explained" -" here above." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:127 -msgid "Transaction fees" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:129 -msgid "" -"You can charge extra fees to your customers for paying with Paypal; This to " -"cover the transaction fees Paypal charges you. Once redirected to Paypal, " -"your customer sees an extra applied to the order amount." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:132 -msgid "" -"To activate this, go to the Configuration tab of Paypal configuration in " -"Odoo and check *Add Extra Fees*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:138 -msgid "" -"You can refer to `Paypal Fees `__ to set up fees." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:141 -msgid "" -"..note:: `Traders in the EU " -"`__ are not allowed to charge extra fees for paying " -"with credit cards." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:145 -msgid "Go live!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:147 -msgid "" -"Your configuration is ready to roll. Make sure *Production* mode is on. Then" -" publish the payment method by clicking the *Published* button right next to" -" it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:156 -msgid "" -"Paypal is now available in your payment form available in eCommerce, Sales " -"and Invoicing apps. Customers are redirected to Paypal website when hitting " -"*Pay Now*. They get back to a confirmation page in Odoo once the payment is " -"processed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:165 -msgid "Test environment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:167 -msgid "" -"You can test the entire payment flow in Odoo thanks to Paypal Sandbox " -"accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:169 -msgid "" -"Log in to `Paypal Developer Site `__ with " -"your Paypal credentials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:171 -msgid "This will create two sandbox accounts:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:173 -msgid "" -"A business account (to use as merchant, e.g. " -"`pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com " -"`__)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:175 -msgid "" -"A default personal account (to use as shopper, e.g. " -"`pp.merch01-buyer@example.com `__)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:177 -msgid "" -"Log in to Paypal Sandbox with the merchant account and follow the same " -"configuration instructions. Enter your sandbox credentials in Odoo and make " -"sure Paypal is still set on *Test Environment*. Also, make sure the " -"automatic invoicing is not activated in your eCommerce settings, to not " -"generate invoices when a fictitious transaction is completed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:183 -msgid "Run a test transaction from Odoo using the sandbox personal account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:185 -msgid "See also" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:187 -msgid "" -"`How to manage orders paid with payment acquirers " -"`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:189 -msgid "" -"`How to manage orders paid with payment acquirers " -"`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:3 -msgid "How customers can access their customer account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:5 -msgid "" -"It has never been so easy for your customers to access their customer " -"account. Forget endless signup forms, Odoo makes it as easy as ABC. They are" -" suggested to sign up (name, email, password) when the order is placed, and " -"not before. Indeed, nothing is more annoying than going through a signup " -"process before buying something." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:14 -msgid "Sign up" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:16 -msgid "" -"The invitation to sign up shows up when the customer wants to visualize the " -"order from order confirmation email." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:23 -msgid "Customer account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Once logged in the customer will access the account by clicking *My Account*" -" in the login dropdown menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:31 -msgid "" -"THere they find all their history. The main address (billing) can also be " -"modified." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:37 -msgid "" -"If the customer is set as a contact of a company in your address book, they " -"will see all the documents whose the customer belongs to this company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:3 -msgid "How to get paid with wire transfers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:5 -msgid "" -"**Wire Transfer** is the default payment method available. The aim is " -"providing your customers with your bank details so they can pay on their " -"own. This is very easy to start with but slow and inefficient process-wise. " -"Opt for payment acquirers as soon as you can!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:13 -msgid "How to provide customers with payment instructions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Put your payment instructions in the **Thanks Message** of your payment " -"method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:19 -msgid "They will appear to the customers when they place an order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:26 -msgid "How to manage an order once you get paid" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Whenever a customer pays by wire transfer, the order stays in an " -"intermediary stage **Quotation Sent** (i.e. unpaid order). When you get " -"paid, you confirm the order manually to launch the delivery." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:35 -msgid "How to create other manual payment methods" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:37 -msgid "" -"If you manage a B2B business, you can create other manually-processed " -"payment methods like paying by check. To do so, just rename *Wire Transfer* " -"or duplicate it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/taxes.rst:3 -msgid "Collect taxes" -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/expenses.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/expenses.po deleted file mode 100644 index c200b4252..000000000 --- a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/expenses.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,22 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 9.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-11-22 13:16+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: ar\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 && n%100<=99 ? 4 : 5;\n" - -#: ../../expenses.rst:5 -msgid "Expenses" -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/general.po deleted file mode 100644 index 7ff9adde0..000000000 --- a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1085 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: ar\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 && n%100<=99 ? 4 : 5;\n" - -#: ../../general.rst:5 -msgid "General" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/auth.rst:3 -msgid "Authentication" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/auth/azure.rst:3 -msgid "OAuth" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/auth/azure.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Due to specific requirements in Azure's OAuth implementation, Microsoft " -"Azure OAuth identification is NOT compatible with Odoo at the moment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:3 -msgid "How to allow users to sign in with their Google account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Connect to your Google account and go to " -"`https://console.developers.google.com/ " -"`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:7 -msgid "" -"Click on **Create Project** and enter the project name and other details." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:15 -msgid "Click on **Use Google APIs**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:20 -msgid "" -"On the left side menu, select the sub menu **Credentials** (from **API " -"Manager**) then select **OAuth consent screen**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Fill in your address, email and the product name (for example odoo) and then" -" save." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Then click on **Add Credentials** and select the second option (OAuth 2.0 " -"Client ID)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Check that the application type is set on **Web Application**. Now configure" -" the allowed pages on which you will be redirected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:40 -msgid "" -"To achieve this, complete the field **Authorized redirect URIs**. Copy paste" -" the following link in the box: http://mydomain.odoo.com/auth_oauth/signin. " -"Then click on **Create**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Once done, you receive two information (your Client ID and Client Secret). " -"You have to insert your Client ID in the **General Settings**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:3 -msgid "How to allow users to sign in with LDAP" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:5 -msgid "Install the LDAP module in General Settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:7 -msgid "Click on **Create** in Setup your LDAP Server." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:15 -msgid "Choose the company about to use the LDAP." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:20 -msgid "" -"In **Server Information**, enter the IP address of your server and the port " -"it listens to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:22 -msgid "Tick **User TLS** if your server is compatible." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:27 -msgid "" -"In **Login Information**, enter ID and password of the account used to query" -" the server. If left empty, the server will be queried anonymously." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:32 -msgid "" -"In **Process Parameter**, enter the domain name of your LDAP server in LDAP " -"nomenclature (e.g. ``dc=example,dc=com``)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:34 -msgid "In **LDAP filter**, enter ``uid=%s``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:39 -msgid "" -"In **User Information**, tick *Create User* if you want Odoo to create a " -"User profile the first time someone log in with LDAP." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:41 -msgid "" -"In **Template User**, indicate a template for the new profiles created. If " -"left blanked, the admin profile will be used as template." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import.rst:3 -msgid "Data Import" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:3 -msgid "How to adapt an import template" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Import templates are provided in the import tool of the most common data to " -"import (contacts, products, bank statements, etc.). You can open them with " -"any spreadsheets software (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, " -"etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:11 -msgid "How to customize the file" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Remove columns you don't need. We advise to not remove the *ID* one (see why" -" here below)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:15 -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:20 -msgid "" -"When you add a new column, Odoo might not be able to map it automatically if" -" its label doesn't fit any field of the system. If so, find the " -"corresponding field using the search." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Then, use the label you found in your import template in order to make it " -"work straight away the very next time you try to import." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:31 -msgid "Why an “ID” column" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:33 -msgid "" -"The **ID** (External ID) is an unique identifier for the line item. Feel " -"free to use the one of your previous software to ease the transition to " -"Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Setting an ID is not mandatory when importing but it helps in many cases:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Update imports: you can import the same file several times without creating " -"duplicates;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:39 -msgid "Import relation fields (see here below)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:42 -msgid "How to import relation fields" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:44 -msgid "" -"An Odoo object is always related to many other objects (e.g. a product is " -"linked to product categories, attributes, vendors, etc.). To import those " -"relations you need to import the records of the related object first from " -"their own list menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:48 -msgid "" -"You can do it using either the name of the related record or its ID. The ID " -"is expected when two records have the same name. In such a case add \" / " -"ID\" at the end of the column title (e.g. for product attributes: Product " -"Attributes / Attribute / ID)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:3 -msgid "How to import data into Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:6 -msgid "How to start" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:7 -msgid "" -"You can import data on any Odoo's business object using either Excel (.xlsx)" -" or CSV (.csv) formats: contacts, products, bank statements, journal entries" -" and even orders!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:11 -msgid "Open the view of the object you want to populate and click *Import*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:16 -msgid "" -"There you are provided with templates you can easily populate with your own " -"data. Such templates can be imported in one click; The data mapping is " -"already done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:22 -msgid "How to adapt the template" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:24 -msgid "Add, remove and sort columns to fit at best your data structure." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:25 -msgid "We advise to not remove the **ID** one (see why in the next section)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:31 -msgid "" -"When you add a new column, Odoo might not be able to map it automatically if" -" its label doesn't fit any field in Odoo. Don't worry! You can map new " -"columns manually when you test the import. Search the list for the " -"corresponding field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Then, use this field's label in your file in order to make it work straight " -"on the very next time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:44 -msgid "How to import from another application" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:46 -msgid "" -"In order to re-create relationships between different records, you should " -"use the unique identifier from the original application and map it to the " -"**ID** (External ID) column in Odoo. When you import another record that " -"links to the first one, use **XXX/ID** (XXX/External ID) to the original " -"unique identifier. You can also find this record using its name but you will" -" be stuck if at least 2 records have the same name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:54 -msgid "" -"The **ID** will also be used to update the original import if you need to " -"re-import modified data later, it's thus good practice to specify it " -"whenever possible." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:60 -msgid "I cannot find the field I want to map my column to" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:62 -msgid "" -"Odoo tries to find with some heuristic, based on the first ten lines of the " -"files, the type of field for each column inside your file. For example if " -"you have a column only containing numbers, only the fields that are of type " -"*Integer* will be displayed for you to choose from. While this behavior " -"might be good and easy for most cases, it is also possible that it goes " -"wrong or that you want to map your column to a field that is not proposed by" -" default." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:71 -msgid "" -"If that happens, you just have to check the ** Show fields of relation " -"fields (advanced)** option, you will then be able to choose from the " -"complete list of fields for each column." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:79 -msgid "Where can I change the date import format?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:81 -msgid "" -"Odoo can automatically detect if a column is a date, and it will try to " -"guess the date format from a set of most commonly used date formats. While " -"this process can work for many date formats, some date formats will not be " -"recognized. This can cause confusion due to day-month inversions; it is " -"difficult to guess which part of a date format is the day and which part is " -"the month in a date such as '01-03-2016'." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:83 -msgid "" -"To view which date format Odoo has found from your file you can check the " -"**Date Format** that is shown when clicking on **Options** under the file " -"selector. If this format is incorrect you can change it to your liking using" -" the *ISO 8601* to define the format." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:86 -msgid "" -"If you are importing an excel (.xls, .xlsx) file, you can use date cells to " -"store dates as the display of dates in excel is different from the way it is" -" stored. That way you will be sure that the date format is correct in Odoo " -"whatever your locale date format is." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:91 -msgid "Can I import numbers with currency sign (e.g.: $32.00)?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:93 -msgid "" -"Yes, we fully support numbers with parenthesis to represent negative sign as" -" well as numbers with currency sign attached to them. Odoo also " -"automatically detect which thousand/decimal separator you use (you can " -"change those under **options**). If you use a currency symbol that is not " -"known to Odoo, it might not be recognized as a number though and it will " -"crash." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:95 -msgid "" -"Examples of supported numbers (using thirty-two thousands as an example):" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:97 -msgid "32.000,00" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:98 -msgid "32000,00" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:99 -msgid "32,000.00" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:100 -msgid "-32000.00" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:101 -msgid "(32000.00)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:102 -msgid "$ 32.000,00" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:103 -msgid "(32000.00 €)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:105 -msgid "Example that will not work:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:107 -msgid "ABC 32.000,00" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:108 -msgid "$ (32.000,00)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:113 -msgid "What can I do when the Import preview table isn't displayed correctly?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:115 -msgid "" -"By default the Import preview is set on commas as field separators and " -"quotation marks as text delimiters. If your csv file does not have these " -"settings, you can modify the File Format Options (displayed under the Browse" -" CSV file bar after you select your file)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:117 -msgid "" -"Note that if your CSV file has a tabulation as separator, Odoo will not " -"detect the separations. You will need to change the file format options in " -"your spreadsheet application. See the following question." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:122 -msgid "" -"How can I change the CSV file format options when saving in my spreadsheet " -"application?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:124 -msgid "" -"If you edit and save CSV files in speadsheet applications, your computer's " -"regional settings will be applied for the separator and delimiter. We " -"suggest you use OpenOffice or LibreOffice Calc as they will allow you to " -"modify all three options (in 'Save As' dialog box > Check the box 'Edit " -"filter settings' > Save)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:126 -msgid "" -"Microsoft Excel will allow you to modify only the encoding when saving (in " -"'Save As' dialog box > click 'Tools' dropdown list > Encoding tab)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:131 -msgid "What's the difference between Database ID and External ID?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:133 -msgid "" -"Some fields define a relationship with another object. For example, the " -"country of a contact is a link to a record of the 'Country' object. When you" -" want to import such fields, Odoo will have to recreate links between the " -"different records. To help you import such fields, Odoo provides 3 " -"mechanisms. You must use one and only one mechanism per field you want to " -"import." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:135 -msgid "" -"For example, to reference the country of a contact, Odoo proposes you 3 " -"different fields to import:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:137 -msgid "Country: the name or code of the country" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:138 -msgid "" -"Country/Database ID: the unique Odoo ID for a record, defined by the ID " -"postgresql column" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:139 -msgid "" -"Country/External ID: the ID of this record referenced in another application" -" (or the .XML file that imported it)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:141 -msgid "For the country Belgium, you can use one of these 3 ways to import:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:143 -msgid "Country: Belgium" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:144 -msgid "Country/Database ID: 21" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:145 -msgid "Country/External ID: base.be" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:147 -msgid "" -"According to your need, you should use one of these 3 ways to reference " -"records in relations. Here is when you should use one or the other, " -"according to your need:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:149 -msgid "" -"Use Country: This is the easiest way when your data come from CSV files that" -" have been created manually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:150 -msgid "" -"Use Country/Database ID: You should rarely use this notation. It's mostly " -"used by developers as it's main advantage is to never have conflicts (you " -"may have several records with the same name, but they always have a unique " -"Database ID)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:151 -msgid "" -"Use Country/External ID: Use External ID when you import data from a third " -"party application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:153 -msgid "" -"When you use External IDs, you can import CSV files with the \"External ID\"" -" column to define the External ID of each record you import. Then, you will " -"be able to make a reference to that record with columns like " -"\"Field/External ID\". The following two CSV files give you an example for " -"Products and their Categories." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:155 -msgid "" -"`CSV file for categories " -"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_product_categories.csv>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:157 -msgid "" -"`CSV file for Products " -"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_products.csv>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:161 -msgid "What can I do if I have multiple matches for a field?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:163 -msgid "" -"If for example you have two product categories with the child name " -"\"Sellable\" (ie. \"Misc. Products/Sellable\" & \"Other " -"Products/Sellable\"), your validation is halted but you may still import " -"your data. However, we recommend you do not import the data because they " -"will all be linked to the first 'Sellable' category found in the Product " -"Category list (\"Misc. Products/Sellable\"). We recommend you modify one of " -"the duplicates' values or your product category hierarchy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:165 -msgid "" -"However if you do not wish to change your configuration of product " -"categories, we recommend you use make use of the external ID for this field " -"'Category'." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:170 -msgid "" -"How can I import a many2many relationship field (e.g. a customer that has " -"multiple tags)?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:172 -msgid "" -"The tags should be separated by a comma without any spacing. For example, if" -" you want your customer to be linked to both tags 'Manufacturer' and " -"'Retailer' then you will encode \"Manufacturer,Retailer\" in the same column" -" of your CSV file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:174 -msgid "" -"`CSV file for Manufacturer, Retailer " -"<../../_static/example_files/m2m_customers_tags.csv>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:179 -msgid "" -"How can I import a one2many relationship (e.g. several Order Lines of a " -"Sales Order)?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:181 -msgid "" -"If you want to import sales order having several order lines; for each order" -" line, you need to reserve a specific row in the CSV file. The first order " -"line will be imported on the same row as the information relative to order. " -"Any additional lines will need an addtional row that does not have any " -"information in the fields relative to the order. As an example, here is " -"purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.CSV file of some quotations " -"you can import, based on demo data." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:184 -msgid "" -"`File for some Quotations " -"<../../_static/example_files/purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.csv>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:186 -msgid "" -"The following CSV file shows how to import purchase orders with their " -"respective purchase order lines:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:188 -msgid "" -"`Purchase orders with their respective purchase order lines " -"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_purchase_order_lines.csv>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:190 -msgid "" -"The following CSV file shows how to import customers and their respective " -"contacts:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:192 -msgid "" -"`Customers and their respective contacts " -"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_customers_contacts.csv>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:197 -msgid "Can I import several times the same record?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:199 -msgid "" -"If you import a file that contains one of the column \"External ID\" or " -"\"Database ID\", records that have already been imported will be modified " -"instead of being created. This is very usefull as it allows you to import " -"several times the same CSV file while having made some changes in between " -"two imports. Odoo will take care of creating or modifying each record " -"depending if it's new or not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:201 -msgid "" -"This feature allows you to use the Import/Export tool of Odoo to modify a " -"batch of records in your favorite spreadsheet application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:206 -msgid "What happens if I do not provide a value for a specific field?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:208 -msgid "" -"If you do not set all fields in your CSV file, Odoo will assign the default " -"value for every non defined fields. But if you set fields with empty values " -"in your CSV file, Odoo will set the EMPTY value in the field, instead of " -"assigning the default value." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:213 -msgid "How to export/import different tables from an SQL application to Odoo?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:215 -msgid "" -"If you need to import data from different tables, you will have to recreate " -"relations between records belonging to different tables. (e.g. if you import" -" companies and persons, you will have to recreate the link between each " -"person and the company they work for)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:217 -msgid "" -"To manage relations between tables, you can use the \"External ID\" " -"facilities of Odoo. The \"External ID\" of a record is the unique identifier" -" of this record in another application. This \"External ID\" must be unique " -"accoss all the records of all objects, so it's a good practice to prefix " -"this \"External ID\" with the name of the application or table. (like " -"'company_1', 'person_1' instead of '1')" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:219 -msgid "" -"As an example, suppose you have a SQL database with two tables you want to " -"import: companies and persons. Each person belong to one company, so you " -"will have to recreate the link between a person and the company he work for." -" (If you want to test this example, here is a dump of such a " -"PostgreSQL database)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:221 -msgid "" -"We will first export all companies and their \"External ID\". In PSQL, write" -" the following command:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:227 -msgid "This SQL command will create the following CSV file::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:234 -msgid "" -"To create the CSV file for persons, linked to companies, we will use the " -"following SQL command in PSQL:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:240 -msgid "It will produce the following CSV file::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:248 -msgid "" -"As you can see in this file, Fabien and Laurence are working for the Bigees " -"company (company_1) and Eric is working for the Organi company. The relation" -" between persons and companies is done using the External ID of the " -"companies. We had to prefix the \"External ID\" by the name of the table to " -"avoid a conflict of ID between persons and companies (person_1 and company_1" -" who shared the same ID 1 in the orignial database)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:250 -msgid "" -"The two files produced are ready to be imported in Odoo without any " -"modifications. After having imported these two CSV files, you will have 4 " -"contacts and 3 companies. (the firsts two contacts are linked to the first " -"company). You must first import the companies and then the persons." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase.rst:3 -msgid "In-App Purchase" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:3 -msgid "General guide about In-App Purchase (IAP) Services" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:4 -msgid "" -"In-App Purchases (IAP) gives access to additional services through Odoo. For" -" instance, it allows me to send SMS Text Messages or to send Invoices by " -"post directly from my database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:7 -msgid "Buying Credits" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Each IAP Service relies on prepaid credits to work and has its own pricing. " -"To consult my current balance or to recharge my account, go to *Settings> " -"Odoo IAP > View my Services*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:13 -msgid "" -"If I am on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, I benefit " -"from free credits to test our IAP features." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:16 -msgid "IAP accounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Credits to use IAP services are stored on IAP accounts, which are specific " -"to each service and database. By default, IAP accounts are common to all " -"companies, but can be restricted to specific ones by going to *Settings app " -"> Activate the Developer Mode > Technical Settings > IAP Accoun*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:23 -msgid "IAP Portal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:24 -msgid "" -"The IAP Portal is a platform regrouping my IAP Services. It is accessible " -"from *Settings app > Odoo IAP > View my Services*. From there, I can view my" -" current balance, recharge my credits, review my consumption and set a " -"reminder to when credits are low." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:30 -msgid "Get notified when credits are low" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:31 -msgid "" -"To be notified when it’s time to recharge my credits, I’ll go to my IAP " -"Portal through *Settings app> Odoo IAP > View my Services*, unfold a service" -" and mark the Receive threshold warning option. Then, I’ll provide a minimum" -" amount of credits and email addresses. Now, every time that the limit is " -"reached, an automatic reminder will be sent to by email!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:38 -msgid "IAP services available" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Different services are available depending on the hosting type of your " -"Database:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:41 -msgid "" -"*Odoo Online (SAAS)*: only the IAP services provided by Odoo can be used " -"(i.e. the SMS, Snailmail, Reveal and Partner Autocomplete features);" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:43 -msgid "" -"*Odoo.sh and Odoo Enterprise (on-premise)*: both the services provided by " -"Odoo and by third-party apps can be used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:46 -msgid "Offering my own services" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:47 -msgid "" -"I am more than welcome to offer my own IAP services through Odoo Apps! It is" -" the perfect opportunity to get recurring revenue for an ongoing service use" -" rather than — and possibly instead of — a sole initial purchase. Please, " -"find more information at: `In-App Purchase " -"`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics.rst:3 -msgid "Basics" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:3 -msgid "How to add a user" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo provides you with the option to add additional users at any given " -"point." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:9 -msgid "Add individual users" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:11 -msgid "" -"From the Settings module, go to the submenu :menuselection:`Users --> Users`" -" and click on **CREATE.** First add the name of your new user and the " -"professional email address - the one he will use to log into Odoo instance -" -" and a picture." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Under Access Rights, you can choose which applications your user can access " -"and use. Different levels of rights are available depending on the app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:23 -msgid "" -"When you’re done editing the page and have clicked on **SAVE**, an " -"invitation email will automatically be sent to the user. The user must click" -" on it to accept the invitation to your instance and create a log-in." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Remember that each additional user will increase your subscription fees. " -"Refer to our `*Pricing page* `__ for more " -"information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:39 -msgid "" -"You can also add a new user on the fly from your dashboard. From the above " -"screenshot, enter the email address of the user you would like to add and " -"click on **INVITE**. The user will receive an email invite containing a link" -" to set his password. You will then be able to define his accesses rights " -"under the :menuselection:`Settings --> Users menu`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:45 -msgid "" -"`Deactivating Users <../../db_management/documentation.html#deactivating-" -"users>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:3 -msgid "Manage Odoo in your own language" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo provides you with the option to manage Odoo in different languages, and" -" each user can use Odoo in his own language ." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:9 -msgid "Load your desired language" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:11 -msgid "" -"The first thing to do is to load your desired language on your Odoo " -"instance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:14 -msgid "" -"From the general dashboard click on the **Settings** app; on the top left of" -" the page select :menuselection:`Translations --> Load a Translation`, " -"select a language to install and click on **LOAD.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:23 -msgid "" -"If you check the \"Websites to translate\" checkbox you will have the option" -" to change the navigation language on your website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:27 -msgid "Change your language" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:29 -msgid "" -"You can change the language to the installed language by going to the drop-" -"down menu at the top right side of the screen, choose **Preferences**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Then change the Language setting to your installed language and click " -"**SAVE.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:42 -msgid "Open a new menu to view the changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:45 -msgid "Change another user's language" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Odoo also gives you the possibility for each user to choose his preferred " -"language." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:50 -msgid "" -"To change the language for a different user, choose :menuselection:`Users " -"--> Users` from the Settings app. Here you have a list of all users and you " -"can choose the user who you'd like to change the language for. Select the " -"user and click on **Edit** in the top left corner. Under Preferences you can" -" change the Language to any previously installed language and click " -"**SAVE.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:61 -msgid ":doc:`../../website/publish/translate`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/unsplash.rst:3 -msgid "Unsplash" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:3 -msgid "How to generate an Unsplash access key" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:6 -msgid "" -"**As an SaaS user**, you are ready to use Unsplash. You won't need to follow" -" this guide to set up Unsplash informations, since you will use our own Odoo" -" Unsplash key in a transparent way." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:9 -msgid "Generate an Unsplash access key for **non-Saas** users" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:11 -msgid "Create an account on `Unsplash.com `_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Go to your `applications dashboard " -"`_ and click on **New " -"Application**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:18 -msgid "Accept the conditions and click on **Accept terms**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:23 -msgid "" -"You will be prompted to insert an **Application name** and a " -"**Description**. Please prefix your application name by \"**Odoo:** \" so " -"that Unsplash can recognize it as an Odoo instance. Once done, click on " -"**Create application**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:28 -msgid "" -"You should be redirected to your application details page. Scroll down a bit" -" to find your **access key**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:34 -msgid "" -"**As a non-SaaS user**, you won't be able to register for a production " -"Unsplash key and will be limited to your test key that has a restriction of " -"50 Unsplash requests per hour." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:37 -msgid ":doc:`unsplash_application_id`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:3 -msgid "How to generate an Unsplash application ID" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:6 -msgid "" -"You should first create and set up your Unsplash application with this " -"tutorial: :doc:`unsplash_access_key`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Go to your `applications dashboard " -"`_ and click on your newly created " -"Unsplash application under **Your applications**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:13 -msgid "" -"You will be redirected to your application details page. The **application " -"ID** will be visible in your browser's URL. The URL should be something like" -" ``https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications/``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:19 -msgid "" -"**As a non-SaaS user**, you won't be able to register for a production " -"Unsplash key and will be limited to your test key that has a 50 Unsplash " -"requests per hour restriction." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po deleted file mode 100644 index fb15096f6..000000000 --- a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,381 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:39+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: ar\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 && n%100<=99 ? 4 : 5;\n" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:5 -msgid "Basics of the QuickStart Methodology" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:7 -msgid "" -"This document summarizes Odoo Online's services, our Success Pack " -"implementation methodology, and best practices to get started with our " -"product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:12 -msgid "1. The SPoC (*Single Point of Contact*) and the Consultant" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Within the context of your project, it is highly recommended to designate " -"and maintain on both sides (your side and ours) **one and only single person" -" of contact** who will take charge and assume responsibilities regarding the" -" project. He also has to have **the authority** in terms of decision making." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:20 -msgid "" -"**The Odoo Consultant ensures the project implementation from A to Z**: From" -" the beginning to the end of the project, he ensures the overall consistency" -" of the implementation in Odoo and shares his expertise in terms of good " -"practices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:25 -msgid "" -"**One and only decision maker on the client side (SPoC)**: He is responsible" -" for the business knowledge transmission (coordinate key users intervention " -"if necessary) and the consistency of the implementation from a business " -"point of view (decision making, change management, etc.)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:31 -msgid "" -"**Meetings optimization**: The Odoo consultant is not involved in the " -"process of decision making from a business point of view nor to precise " -"processes and company's internal procedures (unless a specific request or an" -" exception). Project meetings, who will take place once or twice a week, are" -" meant to align on the business needs (SPoC) and to define the way those " -"needs will be implemented in Odoo (Consultant)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:39 -msgid "" -"**Train the Trainer approach**: The Odoo consultant provides functional " -"training to the SPoC so that he can pass on this knowledge to his " -"collaborators. In order for this approach to be successful, it is necessary " -"that the SPoC is also involved in its own rise in skills through self-" -"learning via the `Odoo documentation " -"`__, `The elearning " -"platform `__ and the " -"testing of functionalities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:47 -msgid "2. Project Scope" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:49 -msgid "" -"To make sure all the stakeholders involved are always aligned, it is " -"necessary to define and to make the project scope evolve as long as the " -"project implementation is pursuing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:53 -msgid "" -"**A clear definition of the initial project scope**: A clear definition of " -"the initial needs is crucial to ensure the project is running smoothly. " -"Indeed, when all the stakeholders share the same vision, the evolution of " -"the needs and the resulting decision-making process are more simple and more" -" clear." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:59 -msgid "" -"**Phasing the project**: Favoring an implementation in several coherent " -"phases allowing regular production releases and an evolving takeover of Odoo" -" by the end users have demonstrated its effectiveness over time. This " -"approach also helps to identify gaps and apply corrective actions early in " -"the implementation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:66 -msgid "" -"**Adopting standard features as a priority**: Odoo offers a great " -"environment to implement slight improvements (customizations) or more " -"important ones (developments). Nevertheless, adoption of the standard " -"solution will be preferred as often as possible in order to optimize project" -" delivery times and provide the user with a long-term stability and fluid " -"scalability of his new tool. Ideally, if an improvement of the software " -"should still be realized, its implementation will be carried out after an " -"experiment of the standard in production." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:80 -msgid "3. Managing expectations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:82 -msgid "" -"The gap between the reality of an implementation and the expectations of " -"future users is a crucial factor. Three important aspects must be taken into" -" account from the beginning of the project:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:86 -msgid "" -"**Align with the project approach**: Both a clear division of roles and " -"responsibilities and a clear description of the operating modes (validation," -" problem-solving, etc.) are crucial to the success of an Odoo " -"implementation. It is therefore strongly advised to take the necessary time " -"at the beginning of the project to align with these topics and regularly " -"check that this is still the case." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:94 -msgid "" -"**Focus on the project success, not on the ideal solution**: The main goal " -"of the SPoC and the Consultant is to carry out the project entrusted to them" -" in order to provide the most effective solution to meet the needs " -"expressed. This goal can sometimes conflict with the end user's vision of an" -" ideal solution. In that case, the SPoC and the consultant will apply the " -"80-20 rule: focus on 80% of the expressed needs and take out the remaining " -"20% of the most disadvantageous objectives in terms of cost/benefit ratio " -"(those proportions can of course change over time). Therefore, it will be " -"considered acceptable to integrate a more time-consuming manipulation if a " -"global relief is noted. Changes in business processes may also be proposed " -"to pursue this same objective." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:108 -msgid "" -"**Specifications are always EXPLICIT**: Gaps between what is expected and " -"what is delivered are often a source of conflict in a project. In order to " -"avoid being in this delicate situation, we recommend using several types of " -"tools\\* :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:113 -msgid "" -"**The GAP Analysis**: The comparison of the request with the standard " -"features proposed by Odoo will make it possible to identify the gap to be " -"filled by developments/customizations or changes in business processes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:118 -msgid "" -"**The User Story**: This technique clearly separates the responsibilities " -"between the SPoC, responsible for explaining the WHAT, the WHY and the WHO, " -"and the Consultant who will provide a response to the HOW." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:126 -msgid "" -"`The Proof of Concept `__ A " -"simplified version, a prototype of what is expected to agree on the main " -"lines of expected changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:130 -msgid "" -"**The Mockup**: In the same idea as the Proof of Concept, it will align with" -" the changes related to the interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:133 -msgid "" -"To these tools will be added complete transparency on the possibilities and " -"limitations of the software and/or its environment so that all project " -"stakeholders have a clear idea of what can be expected/achieved in the " -"project. We will, therefore, avoid basing our work on hypotheses without " -"verifying its veracity beforehand." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:139 -msgid "" -"*This list can, of course, be completed by other tools that would more " -"adequately meet the realities and needs of your project*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:143 -msgid "4. Communication Strategy" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:145 -msgid "" -"The purpose of the QuickStart methodology is to ensure quick ownership of " -"the tool for end users. Effective communication is therefore crucial to the " -"success of this approach. Its optimization will, therefore, lead us to " -"follow those principles:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:150 -msgid "" -"**Sharing the project management documentation**: The best way to ensure " -"that all stakeholders in a project have the same level of knowledge is to " -"provide direct access to the project's tracking document (Project " -"Organizer). This document will contain at least a list of tasks to be " -"performed as part of the implementation for which the priority level and the" -" manager are clearly defined." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:158 -msgid "" -"The Project Organizer is a shared project tracking tool that allows both " -"detailed tracking of ongoing tasks and the overall progress of the project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:162 -msgid "" -"**Report essential information**: In order to minimize the documentation " -"time to the essentials, we will follow the following good practices:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:166 -msgid "Meeting minutes will be limited to decisions and validations;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:168 -msgid "" -"Project statuses will only be established when an important milestone is " -"reached;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:171 -msgid "" -"Training sessions on the standard or customized solution will be organized." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:175 -msgid "5. Customizations and Development" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:177 -msgid "" -"Odoo is a software known for its flexibility and its important evolution " -"capacity. However, a significant amount of development contradicts a fast " -"and sustainable implementation. This is the reason why it is recommended to:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:182 -msgid "" -"**Develop only for a good reason**: The decision to develop must always be " -"taken when the cost-benefit ratio is positive (saving time on a daily basis," -" etc.). For example, it will be preferable to realize a significant " -"development in order to reduce the time of a daily operation, rather than an" -" operation to be performed only once a quarter. It is generally accepted " -"that the closer the solution is to the standard, the lighter and more fluid " -"the migration process, and the lower the maintenance costs for both parties." -" In addition, experience has shown us that 60% of initial development " -"requests are dropped after a few weeks of using standard Odoo (see " -"\"Adopting the standard as a priority\")." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:194 -msgid "" -"**Replace, without replicate**: There is a good reason for the decision to " -"change the management software has been made. In this context, the moment of" -" implementation is THE right moment to accept and even be a change initiator" -" both in terms of how the software will be used and at the level of the " -"business processes of the company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:202 -msgid "6. Testing and Validation principles" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:204 -msgid "" -"Whether developments are made or not in the implementation, it is crucial to" -" test and validate the correspondence of the solution with the operational " -"needs of the company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:208 -msgid "" -"**Role distribution**: In this context, the Consultant will be responsible " -"for delivering a solution corresponding to the defined specifications; the " -"SPoC will have to test and validate that the solution delivered meets the " -"requirements of the operational reality." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:214 -msgid "" -"**Change management**: When a change needs to be made to the solution, the " -"noted gap is caused by:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:218 -msgid "" -"A difference between the specification and the delivered solution - This is " -"a correction for which the Consultant is responsible" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:220 -msgid "**or**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:222 -msgid "" -"A difference between the specification and the imperatives of operational " -"reality - This is a change that is the responsibility of SPoC." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:226 -msgid "7. Data Imports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:228 -msgid "" -"Importing the history of transactional data is an important issue and must " -"be answered appropriately to allow the project running smoothly. Indeed, " -"this task can be time-consuming and, if its priority is not well defined, " -"prevent production from happening in time. To do this as soon as possible, " -"it will be decided :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:234 -msgid "" -"**Not to import anything**: It often happens that after reflection, " -"importing data history is not considered necessary, these data being, " -"moreover, kept outside Odoo and consolidated for later reporting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:239 -msgid "" -"**To import a limited amount of data before going into production**: When " -"the data history relates to information being processed (purchase orders, " -"invoices, open projects, for example), the need to have this information " -"available from the first day of use in production is real. In this case, the" -" import will be made before the production launch." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:246 -msgid "" -"**To import after production launch**: When the data history needs to be " -"integrated with Odoo mainly for reporting purposes, it is clear that these " -"can be integrated into the software retrospectively. In this case, the " -"production launch of the solution will precede the required imports." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:253 -msgid "8. Support" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:255 -msgid "" -"When your project is put in production, our support teams take care of your " -"questions or technical issues." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:258 -msgid "See :ref:`support-expectations`." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po deleted file mode 100644 index 69af5a9ab..000000000 --- a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,485 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Abdalla Mohamed , 2019 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Abdalla Mohamed , 2019\n" -"Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: ar\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 && n%100<=99 ? 4 : 5;\n" - -#: ../../helpdesk.rst:5 -msgid "Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:3 -msgid "" -"After sales features: refund, coupon, return, repair, onsite interventions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:4 -msgid "" -"As my business grows, having the tools to allow my helpdesk team to record, " -"track and manage issues raised easy and efficiently, is key. Odoo’s Helpdesk" -" app allows me to generate credit notes, return products, grant coupons, do " -"repairs and plan onsite interventions from a ticket’s page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:7 -msgid "Set up the After Sales services" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Go to *Configuration > Helpdesk Teams* and enable the After Sales options: " -"*Refunds, Returns, Coupons, Repairs and Onsite Interventions*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:14 -msgid "Generate credit notes from tickets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:15 -msgid "" -"I can use a credit note to refund a customer or adjust the amount due. For " -"that, I’ll simply go to my ticket page, click on *Refund* and select the " -"corresponding *Invoice*. Clicking on *Reverse* the credit note will be " -"generated, and I can *Post* it while still being in the *Helpdesk* app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:22 -msgid "Allow product returns from tickets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:23 -msgid "" -"The process of a product return from my customer back to my warehouse will " -"be taken into action when, at the ticket page, I choose the option *Return*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:29 -msgid "Grant coupons from tickets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:30 -msgid "" -"First, be sure to have your *Coupon Program* planned at the *Sales or " -"Website* app. At the *Helpdesk* app, I will open my ticket and click on " -"*Coupon*, choose the *Coupon Program > Generate*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:37 -msgid "Repairs from tickets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Clicking on *Repair* option, on my ticket page, a new repair order form will" -" be shown. Fill up the rest of the fields as needed and choose the next " -"step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:44 -msgid "Plan onsite interventions from tickets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:45 -msgid "" -"At the ticket page, I can now configure my onsite interventions exactly the " -"same way I would do being on the *Field Service* app, clicking on *Plan " -"Intervention*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:52 -msgid "" -"`Coupons `_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:53 -msgid ":doc:`../manufacturing/repair/repair`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:3 -msgid "Get started with Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:6 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "نظرة عامة" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:9 -msgid "Getting started with Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:11 -msgid "Installing Odoo Helpdesk:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:13 -msgid "Open the Apps module, search for \"Helpdesk\", and click install" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:19 -msgid "Set up Helpdesk teams" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:21 -msgid "By default, Odoo Helpdesk comes with a team installed called \"Support\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:26 -msgid "" -"To modify this team, or create additional teams, select \"Configuration\" in" -" the purple bar and select \"Settings\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Here you can create new teams, decide what team members to add to this team," -" how your customers can submit tickets and set up SLA policies and ratings. " -"For the assignation method you can have tickets assigned randomly, balanced," -" or manually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:38 -msgid "How to set up different stages for each team" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:40 -msgid "" -"First you will need to activate the developer mode. To do this go to your " -"settings module, and select the link for \"Activate the developer mode\" on " -"the lower right-hand side." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Now, when you return to your Helpdesk module and select \"Configuration\" in" -" the purple bar you will find additional options, like \"Stages\". Here you " -"can create new stages and assign those stages to 1 or multiple teams " -"allowing for customizable stages for each team!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:53 -msgid "Start receiving tickets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:56 -msgid "How can my customers submit tickets?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Select \"Configuration\" in the purple bar and select \"Settings\", select " -"your Helpdesk team. Under \"Channels you will find 4 options:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Email Alias allows for customers to email the alias you choose to create a " -"ticket. The subject line of the email with become the Subject on the ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Website Form allows your customer to go to " -"yourwebsite.com/helpdesk/support-1/submit and submit a ticket via a website " -"form - much like odoo.com/help!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:78 -msgid "" -"Live Chat allows your customers to submit a ticket via Live Chat on your " -"website. Your customer will begin the live chat and your Live Chat Operator " -"can create the ticket by using the command /helpdesk Subject of Ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:86 -msgid "" -"The final option to submit tickets is thru an API connection. View the " -"documentation `*here* " -"`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:91 -msgid "Tickets have been created, now what?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:93 -msgid "" -"Now your employees can start working on them! If you have selecting a manual" -" assignation method then your employees will need to assign themselves to " -"tickets using the \"Assign To Me\" button on the top left of a ticket or by " -"adding themselves to the \"Assigned to\" field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:101 -msgid "" -"If you have selected \"Random\" or \"Balanced\" assignation method, your " -"tickets will be assigned to a member of that Helpdesk team." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:104 -msgid "" -"From there they will begin working on resolving the tickets! When they are " -"completed, they will move the ticket to the solved stage." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:108 -msgid "How do I mark this ticket as urgent?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:110 -msgid "" -"On your tickets you will see stars. You can determine how urgent a ticket is" -" but selecting one or more stars on the ticket. You can do this in the " -"Kanban view or on the ticket form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:117 -msgid "" -"To set up a Service Level Agreement Policy for your employees, first " -"activate the setting under \"Settings\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:123 -msgid "From here, select \"Configure SLA Policies\" and click \"Create\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:125 -msgid "" -"You will fill in information like the Helpdesk team, what the minimum " -"priority is on the ticket (the stars) and the targets for the ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:132 -msgid "What if a ticket is blocked or is ready to be worked on?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:134 -msgid "" -"If a ticket cannot be resolved or is blocked, you can adjust the \"Kanban " -"State\" on the ticket. You have 3 options:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:137 -msgid "Grey - Normal State" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:139 -msgid "Red - Blocked" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:141 -msgid "Green - Ready for next stage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:143 -msgid "" -"Like the urgency stars you can adjust the state in the Kanban or on the " -"Ticket form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:150 -msgid "How can my employees log time against a ticket?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:152 -msgid "" -"First, head over to \"Settings\" and select the option for \"Timesheet on " -"Ticket\". You will see a field appear where you can select the project the " -"timesheets will log against." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:159 -msgid "" -"Now that you have selected a project, you can save. If you move back to your" -" tickets, you will see a new tab called \"Timesheets\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:165 -msgid "" -"Here you employees can add a line to add work they have done for this " -"ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:169 -msgid "How to allow your customers to rate the service they received" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:171 -msgid "First, you will need to activate the ratings setting under \"Settings\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:176 -msgid "" -"Now, when a ticket is moved to its solved or completed stage, it will send " -"an email to the customer asking how their service went." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:3 -msgid "Record and invoice time for tickets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:5 -msgid "" -"You may have service contracts with your clients to provide them assistance " -"in case of a problem. For this purpose, Odoo will help you record the time " -"spent fixing the issue and most importantly, to invoice it to your clients." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:11 -msgid "The modules needed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:13 -msgid "" -"In order to record and invoice time for tickets, the following modules are " -"needed : Helpdesk, Project, Timesheets, Sales. If you are missing one of " -"them, go to the Apps module, search for it and then click on *Install*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:19 -msgid "Get started to offer the helpdesk service" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:22 -msgid "Step 1 : start a helpdesk project" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:24 -msgid "" -"To start a dedicated project for the helpdesk service, first go to " -":menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings` and make sure that " -"the *Timesheets* feature is activated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Then, go to your dashboard, create the new project and allow timesheets for " -"it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:35 -msgid "Step 2 : gather a helpdesk team" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:37 -msgid "" -"To set a team in charge of the helpdesk, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> " -"Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and create a new team or select an " -"existing one. On the form, tick the box in front of *Timesheet on Ticket* to" -" activate the feature. Make sure to select the helpdesk project you have " -"previously created as well." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:47 -msgid "Step 3 : launch the helpdesk service" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Finally, to launch the new helpdesk service, first go to " -":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and make sure that the" -" *Units of Measure* feature is activated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Then, go to :menuselection:`Products --> Products` and create a new one. " -"Make sure that the product is set as a service." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Here, we suggest that you set the *Unit of Measure* as *Hour(s)*, but any " -"unit will do." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Finally, select the invoicing management you would like to have under the " -"*Sales* tab of the product form. Here, we recommend the following " -"configuration :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:73 -msgid "Now, you are ready to start receiving tickets !" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:76 -msgid "Solve issues and record time spent" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:79 -msgid "Step 1 : place an order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:81 -msgid "" -"You are now in the Helpdesk module and you have just received a ticket from " -"a client. To place a new order, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> " -"Orders` and create one for the help desk service product you have previously" -" recorded. Set the number of hours needed to assist the client and confirm " -"the sale." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:91 -msgid "Step 2 : link the task to the ticket" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:93 -msgid "" -"If you access the dedicated helpdesk project, you will notice that a new " -"task has automatically been generated with the order. To link this task with" -" the client ticket, go to the Helpdesk module, access the ticket in question" -" and select the task on its form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:102 -msgid "Step 3 : record the time spent to help the client" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:104 -msgid "" -"The job is done and the client's issue is sorted out. To record the hours " -"performed for this task, go back to the ticket form and add them under the " -"*Timesheets* tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:112 -msgid "" -"The hours recorded on the ticket will also automatically appear in the " -"Timesheet module and on the dedicated task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:116 -msgid "Step 4 : invoice the client" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:118 -msgid "" -"To invoice the client, go back to the Sales module and select the order that" -" had been placed. Notice that the hours recorded on the ticket form now " -"appear as the delivered quantity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:125 -msgid "" -"All that is left to do, is to create the invoice from the order and then " -"validate it. Now you just have to wait for the client's payment !" -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/index.po deleted file mode 100644 index ab5b00b3a..000000000 --- a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/index.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,22 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: ar\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 && n%100<=99 ? 4 : 5;\n" - -#: ../../index.rst:3 -msgid "Odoo User Documentation" -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po deleted file mode 100644 index 045ac238f..000000000 --- a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,6466 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Amer Hazaa , 2019 -# Mustafa Rawi , 2019 -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Osoul , 2019 -# Abdalla Mohamed , 2019 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Abdalla Mohamed , 2019\n" -"Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: ar\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 && n%100<=99 ? 4 : 5;\n" - -#: ../../inventory.rst:5 -msgid "Inventory" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode.rst:3 -msgid "Barcodes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations.rst:3 -msgid "Daily Operations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3 -msgid "Process to an Inventory Adjustment with Barcodes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:5 -msgid "" -"To process an inventory adjustment by using barcodes, you first need to open" -" the *Barcode* app. Then, from the application, click on *Inventory " -"Adjustments*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:13 -msgid "" -"If you want to fully work with barcodes, you can download the sheet " -"*Commands for Inventory*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Once you have clicked on *Inventory Adjustments*, Odoo will automatically " -"create one. Note that, if you work with multi-location, you first need to " -"specify in which location the inventory adjustment takes place." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:24 -msgid "" -"If you don’t work with multi-location, you will be able to scan the " -"different products you want to include in the inventory adjustment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:31 -msgid "" -"If you have 5 identical articles, scan it 5 times or use the keyboard to set" -" the quantity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Besides using the barcode scanner, you can also manually add a product if " -"necessary. To do so, click on *Add Product* and fill the information in " -"manually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:44 -msgid "" -"When you have scanned all the items of the location, validate the inventory " -"manually or scan the *Validate* barcode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:3 -msgid "Work with Barcode Nomenclature" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:5 -msgid "" -"There are different situations in which barcode nomenclatures can be useful." -" A well-known use case is the one of a point of sales that sells products in" -" bulk. The customers will scale their products themselves and get the " -"printed barcode to stick on the product. This barcode will contain the " -"weight of the product and help compute the price accordingly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:13 -msgid "Create a Barcode Nomenclature" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Odoo supports *Barcode Nomenclatures*, which determine the mapping and " -"interpretation of the encoded information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:18 -msgid "" -"To configure the *Barcode Nomenclature*, you need to activate the debug " -"mode. To do so, go to *Inventory > Configuration > Barcode Nomenclature*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:22 -msgid "" -"You can create a barcode nomenclature from there, and then add a line to " -"create your first rule." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:28 -msgid "" -"The first step is to specify the *rule name*, for example, *Weight Barcode* " -"with 3 decimals. Then, you have to specify the type for barcode " -"nomenclature, like the *Weighted Product*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:35 -msgid "" -"The *Barcode Pattern* is a regular expression that defines the structure of " -"the barcode. In this example, 21 defines the products on which the rule will" -" be applied. Those are the numbers by which the product barcode should " -"start. The 5 “dots” are the following numbers of the product barcode and are" -" there to identify the product in question. The “N” defines a number and the" -" “D” defines the decimals." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:43 -msgid "" -"You can define different rules and order their priority thanks to the " -"sequence. The first rule that matches the scanned barcode will then be " -"applied." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:48 -msgid "Configure your Product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:50 -msgid "The barcode of the product should start by “21”;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:52 -msgid "" -"The 5 “dots” are the other numbers of your product barcode, allowing to " -"identify the product;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:54 -msgid "" -"The barcode should contain 0’s when you did defined D’s or N’s. In our case," -" we need to set 5 zeros because we condigures “21………{NNDDD}”;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:56 -msgid "" -"In EAN-13, the last number is a check number. Use an EAN13 generator to know" -" which digit it should be in your case." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:61 -msgid "" -"In case you weight 1,5kg of pasta, the balance will print you the following " -"barcode: *2112345015001*. If you scan this barcode in your PoS, or when " -"receiving the products in your barcode app, Odoo will automatically create a" -" new line for the product, for a quantity of 1,5kg." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:67 -msgid "" -"For the point of sale, a price depending on the quantity will also be " -"computed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:74 -msgid "Rule Types" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:76 -msgid "" -"**Priced Product**: it allows you to identify the product and specify its " -"price, used in PoS;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:78 -msgid "" -"**Discounted Product**: it allows you to create one barcode per applied " -"discount. Then, you can scan your product in the PoS and apply discounts on " -"the product by scanning the discount barcode;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:80 -msgid "" -"**Weighted Product**: it allows you to identify the product and specify its " -"weight, used in both PoS and in Inventory;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:82 -msgid "" -"**Client**: it allows you to identify the customer, for example used with " -"loyalty program;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:84 -msgid "" -"**Cashier**: it allows you to identify the cashier when entering the PoS;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:86 -msgid "" -"**Location**: it allows you to identify the location on a transfer when " -"multi-location is activated;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:88 -msgid "" -"**Package**: it allows you to identify packages on a transfer when packages " -"are activated;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:90 -msgid "" -"**Lot**: it allows you to identify the lot number of a product on a " -"transfer;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:92 -msgid "" -"**Credit Card**: it doesn’t need manual modification, exists for data from " -"the Mercury module;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:94 -msgid "" -"**Unit Product**: it allows you to identify a product for both PoS and " -"Transfers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:97 -msgid "" -"When the barcode pattern contains .*, it means that it can contain any " -"number of characters. Those characters can be any number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:3 -msgid "Process to Transfers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:6 -msgid "Simple Transfers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:8 -msgid "" -"To process a transfer from the *Barcode* app, the first step is to go to " -"*Operations*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Then, you have the choice to either enter an existing transfer, by going to " -"the corresponding operation type and manually selecting the one you want to " -"enter, or by scanning the barcode of the transfer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:24 -msgid "" -"From there, you will be able to scan the products that are part of the " -"existing transfer and/or add new products to this transfer. Once all the " -"products have been scanned, you can validate the transfer to proceed with " -"the stock moves." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:33 -msgid "" -"If you have different storage locations in your warehouse, you can add " -"additional steps for the different operation types." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:37 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:50 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:45 -msgid "Receipts" -msgstr "الإيصالات" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:39 -msgid "" -"When receiving a product in stock, you need to scan its barcode in order to " -"identify it in the system. Once done, you can either make it enter the main " -"location of the transfer, for example WH/Stock, or scan a location barcode " -"to make it enter a sub-location of the main location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:48 -msgid "" -"If you want the product to enter WH/Stock in our example, you can simply " -"scan the next product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:52 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery.rst:3 -msgid "Delivery Orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:54 -msgid "" -"When delivering a product, you have to scan the source location if it is " -"different than the one initially set on the transfer. Then, you can start " -"scanning the products that are delivered from this specific location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:62 -msgid "" -"Once the different products have been scanned, you have the possibility to " -"scan another location, such as WH/Stock, and another page will be added to " -"your delivery order. You can move from one to the other thanks to the " -"*Previous* and *Next* buttons." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Now, you can validate your transfer. To do so, click on *Next* until you " -"reach the last page of the transfer. There, you will be able to validate it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:78 -msgid "Internal Transfers" -msgstr "تحركات داخلية" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:80 -msgid "" -"When realizing an internal transfer with multi-location, you first have to " -"scan the source location of the product. Then, you can scan the product in " -"itself, before having to scan the barcode of the destination location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:85 -msgid "" -"If the source and destination of the internal transfers are already correct," -" you don’t need to scan them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:89 -msgid "Transfers with Tracked Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:91 -msgid "" -"If you work with products tracked by lot/serial numbers, you have two ways " -"of working:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:94 -msgid "" -"If you work with serial/lot numbers taking all products into consideration, " -"you can scan the barcode of the lot/serial number and Odoo will increase the" -" quantity of the product, setting its lot/serial number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:99 -msgid "" -"If you have the same lot/serial number for different products, you can work " -"by scanning the product barcode first, and then the barcode of the " -"lot/serial number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:3 -msgid "Create a Transfer from Scratch" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:5 -msgid "" -"To create a transfer from the *Barcode* application, you first need to print" -" the operation type barcodes. To do so, you can download the *Stock barcode " -"sheet* from the home page of the app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Once done, you can scan the one for which you want to create a new document." -" Then, an empty document will be created and you will be able to scan your " -"products to populate it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup.rst:3 -msgid "Setup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:3 -msgid "Set up your barcode scanner" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Getting started with barcode scanning in Odoo is fairly easy. Yet, a good " -"user experience relies on an appropriate hardware setup. This guide will " -"help you through the task of choosing and configuring the barcode scanner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:11 -msgid "Find the barcode scanner that suits your needs" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:13 -msgid "" -"The 3 recommended type of barcode scanners to work with the Odoo " -"**Inventory** and **Barcode Scanning** apps are the **USB scanner**, **the " -"bluetooth scanner** and the **mobile computer scanner**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:20 -msgid "" -"If you scan products at a computer location, the **USB scanner** is the way " -"to go. Simply plug it in the computer to start scanning. Just make sure when" -" you buy it that the scanner is compatible with your keyboard layout or can " -"be configured to be so." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:25 -msgid "" -"The **bluetooth scanner** can be paired with a smartphone or a tablet and is" -" a good choice if you want to be mobile but don't need a big investment. An " -"approach is to log in Odoo on you smartphone, pair the bluetooth scanner " -"with the smartphone and work in the warehouse with the possibility to check " -"your smartphone from time to time and use the software 'manually'." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:32 -msgid "" -"For heavy use, the **mobile computer scanner** is the handiest solution. It " -"consists of a small computer with a built-in barcode scanner. This one can " -"turn out to be a very productive solution, however you need to make sure " -"that is is capable of running Odoo smoothly. The most recent models using " -"Android + Google Chrome or Windows + Internet Explorer Mobile should do the " -"job. However, due to the variety of models and configurations on the market," -" it is essential to test it first." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:42 -msgid "Configure your barcode scanner" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:45 -msgid "Keyboard layout" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:50 -msgid "" -"An USB barcode scanner needs to be configured to use the same keyboard " -"layout as your operating system. Otherwise, your scanner won't translate " -"characters correctly (replacing a 'A' with a 'Q' for example). Most scanners" -" are configured by scanning the appropriate barcode in the user manual." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:57 -msgid "Automatic carriage return" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:59 -msgid "" -"By default, Odoo has a 50 milliseconds delay between each successive scan " -"(it helps avoid accidental double scanning). If you want to suppress this " -"delay, you can configure your scanner to insert a carriage return at the end" -" of each barcode. This is usually the default configuration and can be " -"explicitly configured by scanning a specific barcode in the user manual ('CR" -" suffix ON', 'Apply Enter for suffix', etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:3 -msgid "Activate the Barcodes in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The barcode scanning features can save you a lot of time usually lost " -"switching between the keyboard, the mouse and the scanner. Properly " -"attributing barcodes to products, pickings locations, etc. allows you to " -"work more efficiently by controlling the software almost exclusively with " -"the barcode scanner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:12 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:12 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:37 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:9 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:50 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:18 -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:19 -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:16 -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:25 -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:14 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:10 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:25 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:29 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:22 -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:17 -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:10 -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:18 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:16 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:15 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:17 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:14 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "الإعدادات" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:14 -msgid "" -"To use this feature, you first need to activate the *Barcode* functionality " -"via *Inventory > Settings > Barcode Scanner*. Once you have ticked the " -"feature, you can hit save." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:22 -msgid "Set Product Barcodes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:24 -msgid "" -"You can easily assign barcodes to your different products via the " -"*Inventory* app. To do so, go to *Settings > Configure Products Barcodes*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Then, you have the possibility to assign barcodes to your products directly " -"at creation on the product form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Be careful to add barcodes directly on the product variants and not on the " -"template product. Otherwise, you won’t be able to differentiate them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:46 -msgid "Set Locations Barcodes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:48 -msgid "" -"If you manage multiple locations, you will find useful to attribute a " -"barcode to each location and stick it on the location. You can configure the" -" locations barcodes in *Inventory > Configuration > Locations*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:59 -msgid "" -"You can easily print the barcode you allocate to the locations via the " -"*Print* menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:63 -msgid "Barcode Formats" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Most retail products use EAN-13 barcodes. They cannot be made up without " -"proper authorization. You must pay the International Article Numbering " -"Association a fee in exchange for an EAN code sequence." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Still, as Odoo supports any string as a barcode, you can always define your " -"own barcode format for internal use." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management.rst:3 -msgid "Warehouse Management" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:3 -msgid "How do I cancel a delivery order?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/overview.rst:3 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:6 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "نظرة عامة" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo gives you the possibility to cancel a delivery method whether it has " -"been validated to fast, it needs to be modified or for any other reason." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Some carriers are more flexible than others, so make sure to cancel your " -"delivery order as fast as possible if it needs to be done so you don't have " -"any bad surprise." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:17 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:26 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:107 -msgid "Sale process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Go to the **Sales** module, click on **Sales** and then on **Sales Order**. " -"Then click on the sale order you want to cancel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Click on the **Delivery** button, in the upper right corner of the sale " -"order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Now, click on the **Additional info** tab and you will see that next to the " -"**Carrier Tracking Reference**, there is a **Cancel** button. Click on it to" -" cancel the delivery." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:38 -msgid "" -"To make sure that your delivery is cancelled, check in the history, you will" -" receive the confirmation of the cancellation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:3 -msgid "How can I limit a delivery method to a certain number of countries?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:8 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can have different types of delivery methods, and you can " -"limit them to a certain number of countries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Go to the **Inventory** module, click on **Configuration** and then on " -"**Delivery Methods**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Select the delivery method that you want to change, or create a new one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:25 -msgid "" -"In the **Destination** tab, choose the countries to which you want to apply " -"this delivery method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:28 -msgid "Now, that this is done, Let's see the result." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:30 -msgid "" -"If you go to the website, and you try to buy something, once you've entered " -"your details and you proceed to the payment, the website will propose you " -"only the delivery methods that apply to your shipping address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:39 -msgid "" -"This process doesn't work in backend. We assume that when you create a Sale " -"Order, you know which delivery method you can use since you created them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:3 -msgid "Send Products to Customers Directly from Suppliers (Drop-shipping)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:6 -msgid "What is Drop-Shipping?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Drop-Shipping is a system that allows orders taken from your store to be " -"shipped straight from your supplier to your customer. On a usual delivery " -"system, products are sent from your supplier to your warehouse to be put in " -"stock and then shipped to your customers after ordering." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:13 -msgid "" -"With drop-shipping, no item is stocked. When a customer places an order in " -"your shop, the item is delivered straight from the supplier to the customer." -" Therefore, the product doesn't need to get through your warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:19 -msgid "Points to be Considered while Implementing Drop-Shipping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Use drop-shipping only for the products you can't or don't want to keep in " -"stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:22 -msgid "" -"One reason is that you'll always make smaller margins on items that are " -"drop-shipped, so you should keep it only for items that take up a lot of " -"space in your warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:30 -msgid "Drop-shipping is best for niche products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Chances are that products that are in high demand are being offered by large" -" suppliers at a fraction of the price you'll be able to charge, so using a " -"more costly shipping method won't be financially rewarding. But if your " -"product is unique, then it makes sense!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:33 -msgid "To protect your customers from bad experiences." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Test drop-shipping companies for yourself beforehand and list the best ones." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:37 -msgid "Make sure time is not against you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Drop-shipping should take a reasonable amount of time and surely not more " -"than it would have taken you to handle it all by yourself. It's also nice to" -" be able to provide your customers with a tracking number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:44 -msgid "Items have to be available from your supplier." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:40 -msgid "" -"It's good to know if the product you're selling is available upstream. If " -"you don't have that information, inform your customers that you don't hold " -"the item in stock and that it's subject to availability from a third party." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:47 -msgid "" -"For more information and insights about Drop-Shipping, you can read our " -"blog: `*What is drop-shipping and how to use it* `__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:52 -msgid "Configure Drop-Shipping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Activate the functionality in the *Purchase* application by going to " -"*Configuration > Settings*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Then, go to the *Inventory* app, in *Configuration > Settings* to activate " -"the *Multi-Step Routes* feature. It will allow you to make the *Route* field" -" appear on the sale order lines to specify you send a product via drop-" -"shipping." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Now, in the *Sales* app, go to *Products > Products*. Select the product you" -" would like to drop-ship and add a vendor pricelist which contains the right" -" supplier, via the purchase tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:76 -msgid "Send Products from the Suppliers Directly to the Customers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:78 -msgid "" -"Create a *Sales Order* and add the product on which you just set the vendor." -" Add the *Route* field thanks to the widget on the right of the sale order " -"line. Now, you are able to specify that your products’ route is *Drop-" -"Shipping*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:89 -msgid "" -"Once the sale order is confirmed, Odoo automatically generates a *Request " -"for Quotation* for the supplier who will proceed to the drop-shipping. You " -"can find it in the *Purchase* app, with the sale order as *Source Document*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:97 -msgid "" -"Once this *Purchase Order* is confirmed, a *Receipt Order* is created and " -"linked to it. The source location is the vendor location and the destination" -" location is the customer location. Then, the product won’t go through your " -"own stock when you validate the dropship document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:105 -msgid "" -"You can also easily access the dropship document directly from your " -"inventory dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:3 -msgid "How to choose the right inventory flow to handle delivery orders?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Depending on factors such as the type of items you sell, the size of your " -"warehouse, the number of orders you register everyday... the way you handle " -"deliveries to your customers can vary a lot." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Odoo allows you to handle shipping from your warehouse in 3 different ways:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:12 -msgid "**One step (shipping)**: Ship directly from stock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:14 -msgid "" -"**Two steps (pick + ship)**: Bring goods to output location before shipping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:17 -msgid "" -"**Three steps (pick + pack + ship)**: Make packages into a dedicated " -"location, then bring them to the output location for shipping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:20 -msgid "" -"For companies having a rather small warehouse and that do not require high " -"stock of items or don't sell perishable items, a one step shipping is the " -"simplest solution, as it does not require a lot of configuration and allows " -"to handle orders very quickly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Using inventory methods such as FIFO, LIFO and FEFO require to have at least" -" two steps to handle a shipment. The picking method will be determined by " -"the removal strategy, and the items removed will then be shipped to the " -"customer. This method is also interesting if you hold larger stocks and " -"especially when the items you stock are big in size." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:31 -msgid "" -"The three steps system becomes useful in more specific situations, the main " -"one being for handling very large stocks. The items are transferred to a " -"packing area, where they will be assembled by area of destination, and then " -"set to outbound trucks for final delivery to the customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:40 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:53 -msgid "One step flow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:42 -msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`one_step`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:45 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:58 -msgid "Two steps flow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:47 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:60 -msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`two_steps`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:50 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:63 -msgid "Three steps flow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:52 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:65 -msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`three_steps`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:3 -msgid "How can I change the label type?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:8 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can choose among different types of labels for your delivery " -"orders. Follow the steps below and give an appropriate label type to your " -"delivery." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:15 -msgid "" -"In the **Inventory** module, Go to **Configuration** and click on **Delivery" -" methods**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:18 -msgid "Choose a delivery method and then click on **Edit**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:23 -msgid "" -"In the **Pricing** tab, under **Fedex label stock type**, you can choose one" -" of the label types available. The availability will vary depending on the " -"carrier." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Once this is done, you can see the result if you go to the Sales module and " -"you create a new sale order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:33 -msgid "" -"As you confirm the sale and validate the delivery with the carrier for which" -" you have modified the label type, The label will appear in your history." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:46 -msgid "" -"The default label type is paper letter, and if you choose the label type " -"bottom half for example, here is the difference :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:3 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:3 -msgid "Process a Receipt in one step (Receipt)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:5 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:5 -msgid "" -"There is no configuration needed to receive in one step. The default " -"incoming shipments are configured to be directly received from the vendors " -"to the stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:9 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:9 -msgid "" -"However, if advanced routes have been activated and you set another incoming" -" configuration on your warehouse, you can set it back to the one-step " -"receipt configuration. To do so, go to *Configuration > Warehouses* and edit" -" the warehouse in question." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:14 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Set the *Incoming Shipments* option to *Receive goods directly (1 step)*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:21 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:21 -msgid "Create a Purchase Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:23 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:23 -msgid "" -"To create a *Request for Quotation*, go to the *Purchase* application and " -"click on *Create*. Then, add some storable products to receive and confirm " -"the *RfQ*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:27 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Notice that, now, we see 1 receipt associated with the purchase order you " -"just created. If you click on the button, you will see your receipt order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:35 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:35 -msgid "Process a Receipt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:37 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:37 -msgid "" -"You can also fin the receipt directly from the *Inventory* app. When on the " -"dashboard, you can click the *1 TO PROCESS* button under the *Receipts* " -"Kanban card. Then, you will see your receipt." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:44 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Now, enter the picking that you want to process. You will be able to click " -"on *Validate* to complete the move directly as products coming from " -"suppliers are considered as being always available." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:51 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:51 -msgid "" -"Once you *Validate* the receipt, the products leave the *Supplier Location* " -"to enter your *WH/Stock Location*. You can easily see that the receipt took " -"place thanks to the status of the document, which is now *Done*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:3 -msgid "Deliver Products in Packages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, you have the possibility to deliver your products in different " -"packages, depending on the volume and or weight of your products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:11 -msgid "" -"First, you need to activate the *Delivery Packages* feature in the " -"*Inventory app > Configuration > Settings*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:18 -msgid "Proceed to a Delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Now, you can create a planned delivery with some products in it. You will " -"have the possibility to create new packages and assign them to the stock " -"move lines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Then, you can define the package type from this window. Once the delivery " -"order is validated, you can retrieve which products have been included in " -"the package." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:34 -msgid "" -"A button will appear at the delivery stage, allowing you to find all the " -"packages which were part of the delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:44 -msgid "Use the Put in Pack button" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Another way to put products in packs is to use the *Put in Pack* button. It " -"will automatically assign a pack to the number of products which is set as " -"*Done* and duplicate the stock move line if necessary." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Then, you will be able to update the different packages created this way, " -"directly via the *Packages* button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:3 -msgid "How is the scheduled delivery date computed?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Scheduled dates are computed in order to be able to plan deliveries, " -"receptions and so on. Depending on the habits of your company Odoo " -"automatically generates scheduled dates via the scheduler. The Odoo " -"scheduler computes everything per line, whether it's a manufacturing order, " -"a delivery order, a sale order, etc. The dates that are computed are " -"dependent on the different leads times configured in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:18 -msgid "Configuring lead times" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Configuring **lead times** is a first essential move in order to compute " -"scheduled dates. Lead times are the delays (in term of delivery, " -"manufacturing, ...) promised to your different partners and/or clients." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:19 -msgid "Configuration of the different lead times are made as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:22 -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:28 -msgid "At a product level" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:24 -msgid "**Supplier lead time**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Is the time needed for the supplier to deliver your purchased product. To " -"configure the supplier lead time select a product, and go in the " -"**Inventory** tab. You will have to add a vendor to your product in order to" -" select a supplier lead time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Do not forget that it is possible to add different vendors and thus " -"different delivery lead times depending on the vendor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Once a vendor is selected, just open its form and fill its **Delivery lead " -"time**. In this case security days have no influence, the scheduled delivery" -" days will be equal to: **Date** of the purchase order + **Delivery Lead " -"Time**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:46 -msgid "**Customer lead time**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Customer lead time is the time needed to get your product from your store / " -"warehouse to your customer. It can be configured for any product. Simply " -"select a product, go into the sales tab and indicate your **Customer lead " -"time**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:56 -msgid "**Manufacturing lead time**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:58 -msgid "" -"At the same page it is possible to configure the **Manufacturing Lead Time**" -" as well. Manufacturing lead time is the time needed to manufacture the " -"product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Don't forget to tick the manufacturing box in inventory if you want to " -"create manufacturing routes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:67 -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:74 -msgid "At the company level" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:69 -msgid "" -"At company level, it is possible to configure **security days** in order to " -"cope with eventual delays and to be sure to meet your engagements. The idea " -"is to subtract **backup** days from the **computed scheduled date** in case " -"of delays." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:74 -msgid "**Sales Safety days**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Sales safety days are **back-up** days to ensure you will be able to deliver" -" your clients engagements in times. They are margins of errors for delivery " -"lead times. Security days are the same logic as the early wristwatch, in " -"order to arrive on time. The idea is to subtract the numbers of security " -"days from the calculation and thus to compute a scheduled date earlier than " -"the one you promised to your client. In that way you are sure to be able to " -"keep your commitment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:84 -msgid "" -"To set up your security dates, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General " -"settings` and click on **Configure your company data**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:90 -msgid "" -"Once the menu is open, go in the configuration tab and indicate the number " -"of safety days." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:93 -msgid "**Purchase Safety days**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:95 -msgid "Purchase days follow to the same logic than sales security days." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:97 -msgid "" -"They are margins of error for vendor lead times. When the system generates " -"purchase orders for procuring products, they will be scheduled that many " -"days earlier to cope with unexpected vendor delays. Purchase lead time can " -"be found in the same menu as the sales safety days" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:106 -msgid "" -"Note that you can also configure a default Manufacturing lead time from " -"here." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:110 -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:134 -msgid "At route level" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:112 -msgid "" -"The internal transfers that a product might do due to the movement of stocks" -" can also influence the computed date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:115 -msgid "" -"The delays due to internal transfers can be specified in the **inventory** " -"app when creating a new push rule in a route." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:118 -msgid "Go to the push rules section on a route form to set a delay." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:124 -msgid "At sale order level:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:126 -msgid "**Requested date**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:128 -msgid "" -"Odoo offers the possibility to select a requested date by the client by " -"indicating the date in the other information tab of the sales order. If this" -" date is earlier than the theoreticaly computed date odoo will automatically" -" display a warning." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:137 -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:173 -msgid "Example" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:139 -msgid "" -"As an example, you may sell a car today (January 1st), that is purchased on " -"order, and you promise to deliver your customer within 20 days (January 20)." -" In such a scenario, the scheduler may trigger the following events, based " -"on your configuration:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:144 -msgid "January 19: actual scheduled delivery (1 day of Sales Safety days)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:146 -msgid "" -"January 18: receive the product from your supplier (1 day of Purchase days)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:149 -msgid "" -"January 10: deadline to order at your supplier (9 days of supplier delivery " -"lead time)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:152 -msgid "" -"January 8: trigger a purchase request to your purchase team, since the team " -"need on average 2 days to find the right supplier and order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:3 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:3 -msgid "Process a Receipt in three steps (Input + Quality + Stock)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:5 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In many companies, it is necessary to assess the received good. The goal is " -"to check that the products correspond to the quality requirements agreed " -"with the suppliers. Therefore, adding a *quality control step* in the goods " -"receipt process can become essential." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:10 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Odoo uses routes to define exactly how you will handle the different receipt" -" steps. The configuration is done at the level of the warehouse. By default," -" the reception is a one-step process, but changing the configuration can " -"allow having 3 steps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:15 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:15 -msgid "" -"The 3-steps flow is as follows: You receive the goods in an input area, then" -" transfer them into a quality area for *quality control*. When the quality " -"check has been processed, you can move the goods from QC to stock. Of " -"course, you may change the quantity and only transfer to stock the quantity " -"that is valid and decide that you will return the quantity that is not good." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:23 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:23 -msgid "Multi-Step Routes" -msgstr "مسارات متعددة الخطوات" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:25 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:25 -msgid "" -"First, you will need to activate the *multi-step routes* option. Indeed, " -"routes provide a mechanism to chain different actions together. Here, we " -"will chain the picking to the shipping." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:29 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:29 -msgid "" -"To activate *multi-step routes*, open the *inventory app*, and go to " -"*Configuration > Settings* and activate the option. By default, activating " -"*multi-step routes* will also activate *Storage Locations*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:38 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:38 -msgid "Warehouse configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:40 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Now that *Multi-Step Routes* is activated, go to *Configuration > Warehouse*" -" and open the one you will use to deliver in 3 steps. Then, you can select " -"the option *Pack good, send goods in output and then deliver (3 steps)* as " -"*Outgoing Shipments*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:48 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Activating this option will lead to the creation of two new locations, " -"*Output* and *Packing Zone*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:51 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:51 -msgid "" -"Of course, you can rename them if you want. To do so, go to *Configuration >" -" Locations* and select the one you want to rename. Change its name and hit " -"save." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:56 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:56 -msgid "Create a Sales Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:58 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:58 -msgid "" -"In the *Sales* app, create a quotation with storable products to deliver. " -"Then, confirm it and three pickings will be created and linked to your sale " -"order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:65 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:65 -msgid "Now, click on the button. You should see three different pickings:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:67 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:67 -msgid "The first one, with a reference PICK, designates the picking process;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:69 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:69 -msgid "The second one, with a reference PACK, is for the packing process;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:71 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:71 -msgid "The third one, with a reference OUT, designates the shipping process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:77 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:77 -msgid "Process the picking, packing, and delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:79 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:79 -msgid "" -"The first operation to be processed is the picking and has a *Ready* status," -" while the others are *Waiting Another Operation*. The packing will become " -"*Ready* as soon as the picking is marked as *Done*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:83 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:83 -msgid "" -"You can enter the picking operation from here, or access it through the " -"inventory app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:89 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:89 -msgid "" -"Note that, if you have the product in stock, it will be automatically " -"reserved and you can validate the picking document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:95 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:95 -msgid "" -"Now that the picking has been validated, the packing order is ready to be " -"processed. Since the documents are chained, the products that have been " -"picked are automatically reserved on the packing order so you can directly " -"validate it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:106 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:106 -msgid "" -"Then, you can validate your packing. In doing so, the delivery order can be " -"processed. Once again, it will be ready to be validated so you can transfer " -"the products to the customer location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:3 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:3 -msgid "Process a Receipt in two steps (Input + Stock)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:8 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo uses routes to define exactly how you will handle the different receipt" -" steps. The configuration is done at the *Warehouse* level. By default, the " -"reception is a one-step process, but changing the configuration can allow " -"you to have 2 steps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:13 -msgid "" -"The 2 steps flow is like this: you receive the goods in an input area, then " -"transfer them to your stock. As long as the goods are not transferred in " -"your stock, they will not be available for further processing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:19 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:19 -msgid "Activate Multi-Step Routes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:21 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:21 -msgid "" -"The first step is to allow using *multi-step routes*. Indeed, routes provide" -" a mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we will " -"chain the unload step in the input area to the step entering the products in" -" stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:26 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:26 -msgid "" -"To allow *multi-step routes*, go to *Configuration > Settings* and activate " -"the feature. By default, activating *multi-step routes* will also activate " -"*Storage Locations*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:34 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:34 -msgid "Configure warehouse for receipt in 2 steps" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:36 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Once *multi-step routes* is activated, you can go to *Configuration > " -"Warehouse* and enter the warehouse which will use receipt in 2 steps. Then, " -"you can select the option *Receive goods in input and then stock (2 steps)* " -"for *Incoming Shipments*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:45 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Activating this option will lead to the creation of a new *Input* location. " -"If you want to rename it, you can go to *Configuration > Locations > Select " -"Input* and update its name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:54 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:52 -msgid "Create a purchase order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:56 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:54 -msgid "" -"In the *Purchase* application, you can create a *Request for Quotation* with" -" some storable products to receive from a supplier. Once the *RfQ* is " -"confirmed, the receipt picking will be created and automatically linked to " -"your purchase order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:65 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:62 -msgid "" -"Now, by clicking on the *1 Receipt* button, you will see the first picking " -"which will allow entering the product in the *input location*. Then, another" -" picking, an internal transfer, has been created in order to move the " -"products to *Stock*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:71 -msgid "Process the picking and the delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:73 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:70 -msgid "" -"The receipt is the first one to be processed and has a *Ready* status while " -"the internal transfer will only become *Ready* once the receipt has been " -"marked as *Done*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:77 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:74 -msgid "" -"You can enter the receipt operation from the purchase order, or access it " -"through the inventory dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:84 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:80 -msgid "" -"By default, a receipt is always considered as ready to be processed. Then, " -"you will be able to directly click on *Validate* to mark it as done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:92 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:87 -msgid "" -"Once the receipt has been validated, the internal transfer is ready to be " -"processed. As documents are chained, the products which have been received " -"are automatically reserved on the internal transfer. Once the transfer is " -"validated, those products enter the stock and you will be able to use them " -"to fulfill customer deliveries or manufacture products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming.rst:3 -msgid "Incoming Shipments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:3 -msgid "How to choose the right flow to handle receipts?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Depending on factors such as the type of items you receive, the size of your" -" warehouse, the number of receipt you register everyday... the way you " -"handle receipts to your customers can vary a lot." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Odoo allows you to handle receipts from your warehouse in 3 different ways:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:15 -msgid "**One step**: Receive goods directly in stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:17 -msgid "**Two steps**: Unload in input location then go to stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:19 -msgid "" -"**Three steps**: Unload in input location, go through a quality control " -"before being admitted in stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Odoo uses **routes** to define exactly how you will handle the different " -"receipt steps. The configuration is done at the level of the warehouse. In " -"standard, the reception is a one step process, but changing the " -"configuration can allow to have 2 or even 3 steps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:27 -msgid "The principles are the following:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:29 -msgid "**One step**: You receive the goods directly in your stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:31 -msgid "" -"**Two steps**: You receive the goods in an input area then transfer them " -"from input area to your stock. As long as the goods are not transferred in " -"your stock, they will not be available for further processing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:36 -msgid "" -"**Three steps**: In many companies, it is necessary to assess the received " -"good. The goal is to check that the products correspond to the quality " -"requirements agreed with the suppliers. Adding a quality control step in the" -" goods receipt process can become essential." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:42 -msgid "" -"You receive the goods in an input area, then transfer them into quality area" -" for quality control. When your quality check process finishes then you can " -"move the goods from QC to stock. Of course, you may change the quantity and " -"only transfer to Stock the quantity that is valid and decide that you will " -"return the quantity that is not good." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:55 -msgid "This is the default configuration in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:68 -msgid ":doc:`../delivery/inventory_flow`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:68 -msgid "Process the receipt and the internal transfer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers.rst:3 -msgid "Lots and Serial Numbers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:3 -msgid "What's the difference between lots and serial numbers?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:6 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, lots and serial numbers have similarities in their functional " -"system but are different in their behavior. They are both managed within the" -" **Inventory**, **Purchases** and **Sales** app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:12 -msgid "" -"**Lots** correspond to a certain number of products you received and store " -"altogether in one single pack." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:15 -msgid "" -"**Serial numbers** are identification numbers given to one product in " -"particular, to allow to track the history of the item from reception to " -"delivery and after-sales." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:20 -msgid "When to use" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:22 -msgid "" -"**Lots** are interesting for products you receive in great quantity and for " -"which a lot number can help in reportings, quality controls, or any other " -"info. Lots will help identify a number of pieces having for instance a " -"production fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or " -"food." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:28 -msgid "" -"**Serial numbers** are interesting for items that could require after-sales " -"service, such as smartphones, laptops, fridges, and any electronic devices. " -"You could use the manufacturer's serial number or your own, depending on the" -" way you manage these products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:34 -msgid "When not to use" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Storing consumable products such as kitchen roll, toilet paper, pens and " -"paper blocks in lots would make no sense at all, as there are very few " -"chances that you can return them for production fault." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:40 -msgid "" -"On the other hand, giving a serial number to every product is a time-" -"consuming task that will have a purpose only in the case of items that have " -"a warranty and/or after-sales services. Putting a serial number on bread, " -"for instance, makes no sense at all." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:46 -msgid ":doc:`serial_numbers`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:47 -msgid ":doc:`lots`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:3 -msgid "Manage expiration dates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In many companies, products have expiration dates and they should be tracked" -" based on those dates. In the food industry, for example, tracking stocks " -"based on expiration dates is mandatory to avoid selling expired products to " -"customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:10 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can track your products based on their expiration dates, even" -" if they are already tracked by lots or serial numbers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:14 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:15 -msgid "Configurations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:17 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:18 -msgid "Application configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:19 -msgid "" -"To use expiration dates tracking, open the *Inventory* application and go to" -" *Configuration > Settings* and activate the *Lots & Serial Numbers* and " -"*Expiration Dates* features." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:27 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:28 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:68 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:90 -msgid "Product configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Now, you have the possibility to define different dates in the *inventory " -"tab* of the product form:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Product Use Time: it’s the number of days before the goods start " -"deteriorating, without being dangerous yet. It will be computed using the " -"lot/serial number;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Product Life Time: refers to the number of days before the goods may become " -"dangerous and must not be consumed. It will be computed on the lot/serial " -"number;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Product Removal Time: shows the number of days before the goods should be " -"removed from the stock. It will be computed on the lot/serial number;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Product Alert Time: refers to the number of days before an alert should be " -"raised on the lot/serial number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:44 -msgid "Expiration Date on Lots/Serial Numbers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:46 -msgid "" -"When receiving a product in stock, the dates will automatically be updated " -"on the corresponding lot/serial number. This update will be based on the " -"reception date of the product and the times set on the product form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:58 -msgid "Expiration Alerts" -msgstr "تنبيهات انتهاء الصلاحية" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:60 -msgid "" -"You can access all your expiration alerts from the *inventory* app. To do " -"so, go to *Master Data > Lots/Serial Numbers*. There, you can use the pre-" -"existing filter that shows all the lots/serial numbers that exceeded their " -"alert date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:3 -msgid "Manage lots of identical products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Lots are useful for products you receive in great quantity and for which a " -"lot number can help in reporting, quality controls, or any other info. Lots " -"will help identify a number of pieces having, for instance, a production " -"fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or food." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Odoo has the capacity to manage lots, ensuring compliance with the " -"traceability requirements imposed by the majority of industries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:14 -msgid "" -"The double-entry management in Odoo enables you to run very advanced " -"traceability." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:18 -msgid "Setting Up" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:21 -msgid "Application Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:23 -msgid "" -"First, you need to activate the tracking of lot numbers. To do so, go to " -"*Inventory > Configuration > Settings* and tick *Lots & Serial Numbers*. " -"Then, click on save." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:31 -msgid "Product Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Now, you have to configure which products you want to track by serial " -"numbers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Go to *Master Data > Products* and open the product of your choice. There, " -"click on *Edit* and select *Tracking by Lots* in the inventory tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:47 -msgid "Manage Lots" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:52 -msgid "" -"In order to receive a product tracked by lots, you have to specify its lot " -"numbers. You have several ways of doing so:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:55 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:65 -msgid "Manually assign the different lot numbers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:57 -msgid "Copy/paste lot numbers from an Excel file" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:59 -msgid "First, you need to open the detailed operations of your picking." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:67 -msgid "" -"When opening the detailed operations, you can click on *Add a line*. Then, " -"you will be able to fill the lot number in. Once done, you can click on *Add" -" a line* again to register a new lot number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:75 -msgid "Copy/paste lot number from an Excel file" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Once the spreadsheet containing the lot numbers you received from your " -"supplier and copy the list. Then, you can paste them in the *Lot/Serial " -"Number Name* column for Odoo to automatically create the necessary lines. " -"After that, you will have to manually enter the number of products that are " -"contained in each one of the lots." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:93 -msgid "Operation Types" -msgstr "أنواع العمليات" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:95 -msgid "" -"Of course, you also have the possibility to define how you will manage lots " -"for each operation type. To do so, open the *Inventory* app and go to " -"*Configuration > Operation Types*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:99 -msgid "" -"For each type (receipts, internal transfers, deliveries, …), you can decide " -"if you allow to create new lot numbers or only use existing ones. By " -"default, the creation of new lots is only allowed at product reception, and " -"using existing lot numbers isn’t allowed in this operation. If you have " -"inter-warehouse transfers and track products by lots, it can be useful to " -"allow using existing lot numbers in receipts too." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:111 -msgid "Lots traceability" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:113 -msgid "" -"The lot number given to the products allows you to keep track of where they " -"were received, put in stock, to whom they were sold and where they were " -"shipped to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:117 -msgid "" -"To track an item, open the *Inventory* module and, in *Master Data > " -"Lots/Serial Numbers*, click on the lot number corresponding to your search." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:124 -msgid "" -"When you open the *Traceability* information, you see in which documents the" -" lot number has been used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:130 -msgid "" -"Now, if you want to locate the lot number, you can do so by clicking on the " -"*Location* stat button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:3 -msgid "Work with serial numbers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:5 -msgid "" -"To track products with serial numbers, you can use the serial number " -"tracking. With them, you can track the current location of the product and, " -"when the products are moved from one location to another, the system will " -"automatically identify the current location of the product, based on its " -"last movement." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:11 -msgid "" -"If you want to do it or run very advanced traceability, the Odoo double-" -"entry management is the feature you need." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:20 -msgid "" -"First, you need to activate the serial numbers tracking. To do so, go to " -"*Configuration > Settings* in the *Inventory* application. Then, enable the " -"feature and hit save." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Now, you have to configure the products you want to track by serial numbers." -" To do so, go to *Master Data > Products* and open the product of your " -"choice. Edit it and select *Tracking By Unique Serial Number* in the " -"*Inventory tab*. Then, click on save." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:42 -msgid "Manage Serial Numbers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:47 -msgid "" -"To receive a product that is tracked by serial number, you have to specify " -"its serial number. Of course, you have several ways of doing so:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:50 -msgid "Manual assignation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:52 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:73 -msgid "Multi-assignation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:54 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:89 -msgid "Copy/pasting from an Excel file" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Whatever could be your favorite way to assign serial numbers, you firstly " -"need to open the detailed operations of your picking." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:63 -msgid "Manual assignation of the different serial numbers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:65 -msgid "" -"When opening the detailed operations, you can click on *Add a line*. Then, " -"you will be able to fill in the serial number field. Once done, you can " -"click again on *Add a line* to register a new serial number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:75 -msgid "" -"By using the multi-assignation of serial numbers, Odoo will automatically " -"create the necessary lines. To do so, you have to enter the first serial " -"number of your set and the number of products you have to assign a serial " -"number to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:80 -msgid "Once done, click on *Assign Serial Numbers* and Odoo will do the rest." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:91 -msgid "" -"To use copy/pasting, open the spreadsheet containing the serial numbers you " -"received and copy the list. Then, past them in the *Lot/Serial Number Name* " -"column of the wizard. Doing so, Odoo will automatically create the lines you" -" need." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:106 -msgid "Operation types" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:108 -msgid "" -"You also have the possibility to define how you will manage lots for each " -"operation type. To define it, go to *Configuration > Operation Types* in the" -" *Inventory* app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:112 -msgid "" -"For each type, you can decide if you allow the creation of new lot numbers " -"or want to use existing ones. By default, the creation of new lots is only " -"allowed at product reception." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:120 -msgid "" -"If you have inter-warehouse transfers and track products by lots, it can be " -"useful to allow using existing lot numbers in receipts too." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:124 -msgid "Serial Number traceability" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:126 -msgid "" -"Using serial numbers allows you to keep track of where the products were " -"received, put in stock, to whom they were sold, and where they were shipped " -"to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:130 -msgid "" -"Tracking an item is easy: open the *Inventory* app, and go to *Master Data >" -" Lots/Serial Numbers* and click on the serial number corresponding to your " -"search. Then, open the *Traceability* information. There, you will see in " -"which documents the serial number has been used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:142 -msgid "" -"And, if you want to locate a serial number, you can do so by clicking on the" -" *Location* button available on the serial number form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc.rst:3 -msgid "Miscellaneous Operations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:3 -msgid "Send Automated Emails at Delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:8 -msgid "" -"First, go to the *Inventory* app, then to *Settings* and activate the *Email" -" Confirmation* feature. If you work in multi-company, this configuration is " -"company-specific." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:15 -msgid "" -"When you enable this feature, Odoo automatically creates an email template. " -"Of course, you can modify it if necessary by clicking on the small arrow " -"next to its name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:23 -msgid "Send email at delivery validation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:25 -msgid "" -"On the inventory dashboard, click on *Create* and fill the form for a " -"specific partner. Once you have added some products in it, *Validate* it and" -" do the same for the delivery." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Doing so, an automated email will be sent and will appear in the chatter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:38 -msgid "" -"If you work with a shipping method, and then have a tracking link, it will " -"be included in the standard email template." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:3 -msgid "Manage Stock that you don't own" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Sometimes, suppliers can offer you to store and sell products without having" -" to buy those items. This technique is called *consignee stock*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Consignee stock is a great way for manufacturers and suppliers to launch new" -" products. As resellers may be reluctant to buy a product they are not sure " -"to be able to sell, consignee stock will allow them to offer an item to " -"check its market without having to pay for it in the first place." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Of course, Odoo has the ability to manage those consignee stocks through " -"advanced settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:20 -msgid "" -"To use this feature, go to *Inventory > Configuration > Settings* in the " -"inventory app. Then, enable the *Consignment* feature in the *Traceability* " -"section. Now, hit save." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:28 -msgid "Reception of Consignee Stock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:30 -msgid "" -"When in the *Inventory* app, open the receipts and create a new reception. " -"On the right side, you will see that a new line called *Assign Owner* has " -"appeared. There, you can specify the partner which owns the stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:39 -msgid "If you are the owner, you can leave the field blank." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Once the receipt is validated, the products enter your stock but still " -"belong to the owner. They don’t impact your inventory valuation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:3 -msgid "Scrap Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In your warehouse, you sometimes find products that are damaged or that are " -"unusable due to expiry or for some other reasons. You often notice this " -"during picking or physical inventory. Since those products cannot be sold or" -" stored, you have to scrap them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:10 -msgid "" -"When goods are scrapped, they are not reflected in the system as a part of " -"the inventory. The scrapped material will be physically moved to the scrap " -"area and not taken into account into inventory valuation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Scrap means waste that either has no economic value or only the value of its" -" basic material content, recoverable through recycling." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:21 -msgid "" -"When you install the *Inventory* app, Odoo automatically creates a scrap " -"location. It’s named *Virtual Location/Scap*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Of course, you can create new scrap areas if needed. To do so, go to " -"*Inventory > Configuration > Settings* and activate the *Storage Locations* " -"feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:31 -msgid "Now, go to *Configuration > Locations* and create your scrap location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:34 -msgid "" -"You have to check *Is a Scrap Location?* on the location form. In fact, " -"scrap locations cannot be used as normal storage locations and then, a " -"virtual location will be created for scrapped products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:39 -msgid "Different ways to scrap products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:41 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, you have several ways to scrap products: from receipts, from a " -"delivery order, and from an internal transfer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:45 -msgid "Scrap from receipt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Scrapping products from receipts is easy. Go to *Inventory > Dashboard > " -"Receipts* or click on *1 TO PROCESS* under the receipts location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Now, open the receipt and validate the picking. Once the products entered " -"your stock, the Scrap button appears on the top left corner of your screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:57 -msgid "" -"You can scrap products that were part of the receipt from there. If you do " -"so, it will move them from available stock to the virtual scrap location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:68 -msgid "Scrap from delivery order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:70 -msgid "" -"To scrap products from a delivery order, go to *Inventory > Dashboard > " -"Delivery orders* or click on *1 TO PROCESS*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Once done, open the delivery order. You can see the scrap button in the " -"upper left of the document. If you scrap the product from there, it will be " -"moved from your available stock to the virtual scrap location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:80 -msgid "" -"You can find all the scrap orders made from the picking by clicking on the " -"button on the top right corner of the document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:93 -msgid "Scrap from an internal transfer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:95 -msgid "" -"To do this, the flow is almost the same. In fact, you just have to go to " -"*Inventory > Dashboard > Internal Transfers*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:101 -msgid "" -"There, open the internal transfer that interests you. Now, click on the " -"scrap button that is on the top left of the document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:104 -msgid "" -"When scrapping before validating the internal transfer, the product is, by " -"default, moved from the source location to the virtual scrap location. But, " -"if you scrap after validating the internal transfer, it will be moved from " -"the destination location, as opposed to the source location, to the virtual " -"scrap location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:110 -msgid "" -"Of course, you can manually update the source location of the scrap order if" -" necessary." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:3 -msgid "Send Automated SMS at Delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:8 -msgid "" -"To send automated SMS, you need to activate the *SMS Confirmation* feature. " -"To do so, go to the *Inventory* app *Settings* and enable the feature. In " -"multi-company, this feature is company-specific." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Of course, an SMS template already exists by default in Odoo. You can modify" -" it by clicking on the arrow on the right." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:22 -msgid "Send SMS at delivery validation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:24 -msgid "" -"To use this feature, try to *Create* a delivery order for a specific partner" -" and add some products to it. Then, *Validate* the delivery." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:30 -msgid "Now, the automated SMS that has been sent appears in the chatter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:36 -msgid "" -"The partner which is set on the transfer needs to have a phone number " -"specified in its contact form for the SMS to be sent." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:39 -msgid "" -"If you work with a shipping method, and then have a tracking link, it will " -"be included in the SMS template." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning.rst:3 -msgid "Planning" -msgstr "التخطيط" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:3 -msgid "How is the Scheduled Delivery Date Computed?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In most cases, scheduled dates are computed to be able to plan deliveries, " -"receptions, and so on. Depending on your company’s habits, Odoo generates " -"scheduled dates via the scheduler." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:9 -msgid "" -"To make your life easier, the Odoo scheduler computes everything per line, " -"whether it’s a manufacturing order, a delivery order, a sale order, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:14 -msgid "" -"The computed dates are dependent on the different lead times configured in " -"Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Configuring lead times is the first move if you want to compute scheduled " -"dates. Those are the delays promised (in terms of delivery, manufacturing, " -"etc.) to your partners and/or clients." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:25 -msgid "In Odoo, you can configure different lead times." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:30 -msgid "" -"When configuring lead times at the product level, you have three different " -"types to take into account: supplier lead time, customer lead time, and " -"manufacturing lead time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:35 -msgid "Supplier lead time" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:37 -msgid "" -"The supplier lead time is the time needed for the supplier to deliver your " -"purchased products. To configure it, select a product and click on the " -"inventory tab. There, you will have to add a vendor to your product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Now, just open the vendor form and fill its *Delivery lead time*. In this " -"case, the delivery day will be equal to *Date of the Purchase Order + " -"Delivery Lead Time*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Do not forget that it is possible to add different vendor pricelists and, " -"thus, different delivery lead times, depending on the vendor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:56 -msgid "Customer Lead Time" -msgstr "توقيت مبادرة العميل" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:58 -msgid "" -"It is the time needed to get your product from your store/warehouse to your " -"customer. It can be configured for any product. To add it, select a product " -"and go to the inventory tab. There, simply indicate your *customer lead " -"time*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:67 -msgid "Manufacturing lead time" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:69 -msgid "" -"On the same page, it is possible to configure what’s called the " -"*Manufacturing Lead Time*. It is the time needed to manufacture the product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:76 -msgid "" -"At the company level, you can configure security days. Those are useful to " -"cope with eventual dalys and to be sure to meet your engagements. The idea " -"is to subtract backup days from the computed scheduled date in case of " -"delays." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:81 -msgid "" -"Once again, there are three different types of security lead times: for " -"sales, for purchases, and for manufacturing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:85 -msgid "Security lead time for sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:87 -msgid "" -"In sales, security lead time corresponds to backup days to ensure you will " -"be able to deliver your clients in times. They are margins of errors for " -"delivery lead times. Security days are the same logic as the early " -"wristwatch, in order to arrive on time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:92 -msgid "" -"The idea is to subtract the numbers of security days from the calculation " -"and, thus, to compute a scheduled date earlier than the one you promised to " -"your client. In that way, you are sure to be able to keep your commitment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:97 -msgid "" -"To set up your security dates, go to *Inventory > Configuration > Settings* " -"and enable the feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:104 -msgid "Security lead time for purchase" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:106 -msgid "" -"It follows the same logic as security lead time for sales except that " -"security lead time for purchase is the margin of error for vendor lead " -"times, not for sales." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:110 -msgid "" -"When the system generates purchase orders for procuring products, they will " -"be scheduled that many days earlier to cope with unexpected vendor delays." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:114 -msgid "" -"To find purchase lead time, go to *Inventory > Configuration > Settings* and" -" enable the feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:121 -msgid "Security lead time for manufacturing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:123 -msgid "" -"The security lead time for manufacturing allows generating manufacturing " -"orders which are scheduled that many days earlier to cope with unexpected " -"manufacturing days." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:127 -msgid "" -"To configure it, go to *Manufacturing > Configuration > Settings* and enable" -" the *Security Lead Time* option. Then, hit save." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:136 -msgid "" -"Sometimes, the internal transfers that a product might do may also influence" -" the computed date. The delays due to internal transfers can be specified in" -" the *Inventory* app when you create a new rule in a route." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:141 -msgid "" -"To specify them, go to *Inventory > Configuration > Routes* and add a push " -"rule to set a delay. Of course, you need to activate *Multi-step Routes* to " -"use this feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:149 -msgid "At the sale order level" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:152 -msgid "Expected date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:154 -msgid "" -"In the *Sales* application, you have the possibility to activate the option " -"*Delivery Date*. It will allow you to see additional fields on the sale " -"order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:158 -msgid "" -"By enabling this option, Odoo will indicate the *Expected Date* in the " -"*Other Info* tab of the sales order. This one is automatically computed " -"based on the different lead times." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:165 -msgid "" -"If you set a *Commitment Date* to deliver your customer that is earlier than" -" the *Expected Date*, a warning message will appear on the screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:175 -msgid "" -"To better understand all the above info, here is an example. You may sell a " -"car today (January 1st), that is purchased on order, and you promise to " -"deliver your customer within 20 days (January 20th). In such a scenario, the" -" scheduler will trigger the following events, based on your configuration:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:181 -msgid "" -"January 19: this is the actual scheduled delivery (1 day of Sales Safety " -"Days);" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:183 -msgid "" -"January 18: you receive the product from your supplier (1 day of Purchase " -"days);" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:185 -msgid "" -"January 10: this is the deadline to order at your supplier (9 days of " -"Supplier Delivery Lead Time);" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:187 -msgid "" -"January 8: trigger a purchase request to your purchase team, since they " -"need, on average, 2 days to find the right supplier and order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:3 -msgid "Configure and Run Schedulers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:6 -msgid "What is a scheduler?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The scheduler is the calculation engine that plans and prioritizes " -"production and purchasing. It does it automatically, according to the rules " -"defined on products. By default, the scheduler is set to run once a day." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:14 -msgid "Calculating Requirements / Scheduling" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Scheduling only validates procurements that are confirmed but not yet " -"started. These procurement reservations will start production, tasks or " -"purchases themselves, depending on the configuration of the requested " -"product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:21 -msgid "" -"As a human would do, the scheduler takes the priority of operations into " -"account when starting reservations and procurements. Urgent requests will be" -" started first." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:26 -msgid "" -"In case there are not enough products in stock to satisfy all the requests, " -"you can be sure that the most urgent ones will be produced first." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:31 -msgid "Configure and run the scheduler" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:34 -msgid "Run the scheduler manually" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:36 -msgid "" -"To start the scheduler manually, go to *Inventory > Operations > Run " -"Schedulers*. The scheduler uses all the relevant parameters defined for " -"products, suppliers and the company to prioritize the different production " -"orders, deliveries and supplier purchases." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:45 -msgid "Configure and run the scheduler (for advanced users)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:47 -msgid "" -"To use this feature, you have to enable the debug mode. To do so, go to " -"*Settings > Activate the developer mode*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Then, go to *Settings > Technical > Automation > Scheduled Actions* and " -"modify the *Run MRP Scheduler Configuration*. There, you can set the " -"starting time of the scheduler." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products.rst:3 -msgid "Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:3 -msgid "How to select the right replenishment strategy" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Minimum Stock rules and Make to Order have similar consequences but " -"different rules. They should be used depending on your manufacturing and " -"delivery strategies." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:10 -msgid "Terminology" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:13 -msgid "Minimum stock rule" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Minimum Stock rules are used to ensure that you always have the minimum " -"amount of a product in stock in order to manufacture your products and/or " -"answer to your customer needs. When the stock level of a product reaches its" -" minimum the system will automatically generate a procurement order with the" -" quantity needed to reach the maximum stock level." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:22 -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:58 -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:71 -msgid "Make to Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:24 -msgid "" -"The Make to Order function will trigger a Purchase Order of the amount of " -"the Sales Order related to the product. The system will **not** check the " -"current stock. This means that a draft purchase order will be generated " -"regardless of the quantity on hand of the product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:33 -msgid "Minimum stock rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:35 -msgid "" -"The Minimum Stock Rules configuration is available through your Inventory " -"module. In the Inventory Control menu select \"Reordering Rule\" in the drop" -" down menu. There, click on \"Create\" to set minimum and maximum stock " -"values for a given product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Show tooltips for \"minimum quantity\", \"maximum quantity\" and \"quantity " -"multiple\" fields" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Then, click on your product to access the related product form and, on the " -"\"Inventory submenu\", do not forget to select a supplier." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Don't forget to select the right product type. A consumable can not be " -"stocked and will thus not be accounted for in the stock valuation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:60 -msgid "" -"The Make to Order configuration is available on your product form through " -"your :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory control --> Products` (or any " -"other module where products are available)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:64 -msgid "On the product form, under Inventory, click on \"Make To Order\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:70 -msgid "Choice between the two options" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:72 -msgid "" -"The choice between the two options is thus dependent of your inventory " -"strategy. If you prefer to have a buffer and always have at least a minimum " -"amount, the minimum stock rule should be used. If you want to reorder your " -"stocks only if your sale is confirmed it is better to use the Make to Order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:3 -msgid "Use Different Units of Measure" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In some cases, handling products in different units of measure is necessary." -" For example, if you buy products in a country where the metric system is of" -" application and sell in a country where the imperial system is used, you " -"will need to convert the units. Another common use case is buying products " -"in bigger packs to your supplier and selling them in units to your " -"customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:12 -msgid "" -"You can set up Odoo to work with different units of measure for one product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:18 -msgid "" -"In the *Inventory* application, go to *Configuration > Settings*. In the " -"*Products* section, activate *Units of Measure*, then *Save*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:25 -msgid "Create New Units of Measure" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:27 -msgid "" -"In the *Inventory* application go to *Configuration > UoM*. There, hit " -"*Create*. As an example, we will create a Box of 6 units that we will use " -"for the Egg product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:34 -msgid "" -"The category is important for unit conversion, you will be able to convert " -"products from one unit to another only if those units belong to the same " -"category. The box of 6 is 6 times bigger than the reference unit of measure " -"for the category which is “Units” here." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:43 -msgid "Specify Units of Measure on your Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:45 -msgid "" -"In the *Inventory application > Master Data > Products*, open the product " -"which you would like to change the purchase/sale unit of measure, and click " -"on *Edit*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:49 -msgid "" -"In the *General Information* tab, you can select the *Unit of Measure* in " -"which the product will be sold, which is also the unit in which internal " -"transfers will take place. You can also select the *Purchase Unit of " -"Measure*, which is the unit in which you purchase the product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:59 -msgid "Transfer from One Unit to Another" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:62 -msgid "Buy in the Pruchase UoM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:64 -msgid "" -"In the *Purchase* application, *Create* a new request for quotation in which" -" you include the product with the different *Units of Measure* and *Confirm*" -" it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:71 -msgid "" -"On the automatically generated purchase orders, the UoM used is the Box of " -"6, meaning the Purchase UoM. You have of course the possibility to manually " -"modify the UoM if necessary. When you enter the *Receipt* which is linked to" -" the purchase order, you can observe that the 10 boxes of 6 units have been " -"converted in 60 units. Indeed, the stock is managed in units." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:82 -msgid "Replenishment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:84 -msgid "" -"When doing a replenishment via the *Replenish* button on the product form, " -"you have the possibility to change the unit of measure." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:94 -msgid "Sell in bigger UoM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:96 -msgid "" -"You can choose the unit of measure on the sale order document and decide to " -"sell the eggs by the dozen. When doing so, the price is automatically " -"computed from Units UoM to adapt to the selected *UoM*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:103 -msgid "" -"In the delivery order, the *UoM* used in the sale order is converted to the " -"*UoM* used for stock management, in our use case, the Units." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:3 -msgid "When Should you Use Packages, Units of Measure or Kits?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:6 -msgid "Units of Measure" -msgstr "وحدات القياس" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Units of measure specify the unit used to handle a product. In Odoo, you " -"have the possibility to specify the unit of measure in which you manage your" -" stock and the one which is used when purchasing the product to your " -"supplier." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:16 -msgid "" -"The *conversion* between the different units of measure is done " -"automatically. The only condition is that all the units have to be in the " -"*same category* (Unit, Weight, Volume, Length,...)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:20 -msgid "" -"For example, if I have the following reordering rule for the egg and I run " -"the scheduler, the quantity added in the automatically generated purchase " -"order will be in dozens but what will enter the stock will be units." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:35 -msgid "Packages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:37 -msgid "" -"The package is the physical container in which you put one or several " -"products from a picking. For example, when you deliver a product, you can " -"decide to separate the quantity into two different packages. It then allows " -"you to have a report with the quantity of products for each package." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:50 -msgid "Packaging" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:52 -msgid "" -"The packaging is the physical container that protects your product. If you " -"are selling computers, the packaging contains the computer with the notice " -"and the power plug." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:56 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, packagings are used for indicative purposes on sale orders. They " -"can be specified on the product form, in the inventory tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Another useful use of the packaging is for product reception. By scanning " -"the barcode of the packaging, Odoo adds the number of units contained in the" -" packing on the picking." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies.rst:3 -msgid "Inventory Adjustment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:3 -msgid "Choose Between Reordering Rules and Make to Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:5 -msgid "" -"*Reordering rules* and *make to order* do both allow to automatically " -"replenish products when necessary. The difference between those tools is how" -" they are triggered." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:9 -msgid "" -"*Reordering rules* are used to ensure that you always have a minimum amount " -"of a product in stock in order to manufacture your products and/or answer to" -" your customer needs. When the stock level of a product reaches its minimum " -"the system will automatically generate a procurement with the needed " -"quantity to reach the maximum stock level." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:15 -msgid "" -"The *Make to Order* route will trigger a procurement (purchase order or " -"manufacturing order) with the necessary quantity to fulfill a product " -"request (coming from a sale order or a manufacturing order). The system will" -" check the quantity on hand for the corresponding product and if the " -"available quantity is higher or equal to the necessary quantity, Odoo will " -"use what is in stock to fulfill the request. In case you don’t have enough " -"available stock to fully fulfill the product request, procurement will be " -"generated for the total quantity requested." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:28 -msgid "Reordering Rules" -msgstr "قواعد إعادة الطلب" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:30 -msgid "" -"The *Reordering Rules* configuration is available through the menu " -"*Inventory > Master Data > Reordering Rules*. There, click on *Create* to " -"set minimum and maximum stock values for a given product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:37 -msgid "" -"When the forecasted stock goes below the *Minimum Quantity* specified in " -"this field, Odoo generates a procurement to bring the forecasted quantity to" -" the *Maximum Quantity*. The *Quantity Multiple* is used to round the " -"procurement quantity up to this multiple. If it is 0, the exact quantity " -"will be used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:46 -msgid "" -"The *Lead time* is the number of days after the order point is triggered to " -"receive the products or to order them to the vendor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:49 -msgid "" -"In case you work with multi-warehouses and/or multi-locations, you will be " -"able to specify different reordering rules for the same product in each " -"location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:54 -msgid "" -"For the reordering rules to be triggered, on the corresponding product, a " -"route should be specified. In case you manufacture your products, make sure " -"to select the route *Manufacture* and create a *Bill of Material* for the " -"product. In case you purchase your products, make sure to select the route " -"*Buy* and add a *Vendor Pricelist*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Don't forget to select the product type *storable* in the product form. A " -"consumable can not be stocked and won’t trigger reordering rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:73 -msgid "" -"The *Make To Order* configuration is available on your product form through " -"your *Inventory module > Master Data > Products* (or in any other module " -"where products are available)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:77 -msgid "" -"On the product form, in the *Inventory tab*, you can set a route. You can " -"choose *Make To Order* and another route, either *Buy* or *Manufacture*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:81 -msgid "" -"Again, if the *Buy* route is selected, make sure to set a *Vendor pricelist*" -" in the *Purchase tab*. In case you have set a *Manufacture* route, male " -"sure you have a *BoM* for this product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:3 -msgid "Resupply from another Warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In order to be able to resupply from another warehouse, you need to activate" -" \\*multi-warehouses\\* and \\*multi-step routes\\*. Storage locations will " -"be automatically activated when activating multi-warehouses." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:16 -msgid "" -"You can then access your warehouses via \\*Inventory > Configuration > " -"Warehouses\\*. Create the necessary warehouses following this " -"`*documentation* " -"`__." -" Enter the warehouse which should be resupplied by another one. You will " -"have the possibility to directly indicate through which warehouse it gets " -"resupplied." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:26 -msgid "" -"By activating this option, a new route will now be available on your " -"products \\*Supply Product from Second warehouse\\*. It can now be selected," -" along with either a \\*reordering rule\\* or a \\*make to order\\*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:34 -msgid "" -"For the demonstration, I set a reordering rule with a minimum of 5 units in " -"stock and a maximum of 10 units in stock, having currently 0 units on hand. " -"I will run the scheduler by going to \\*Inventory > Operations > Run " -"scheduler\\*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:42 -msgid "" -"The system automatically creates two pickings, one \\*delivery order\\* from" -" my Second Warehouse which contains the necessary products, and a receipt in" -" my main warehouse WH/Stock for the same products. The source document is " -"the \\*reordering rule\\* which triggered the route \\*Supply Product from " -"Second warehouse\\*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting.rst:3 -msgid "Valuation Methods" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:5 -msgid "How to do an inventory valuation? (Anglo-Saxon Accounting)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:7 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:7 -msgid "" -"Every year your inventory valuation has to be recorded in your balance " -"sheet. This implies two main choices:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:10 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:10 -msgid "" -"the way you compute the cost of your stored items (Standard vs. Average vs. " -"Real Price);" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:13 -msgid "" -"the way you record the inventory value into your books (periodic vs. " -"Perpetual)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:17 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:17 -msgid "Costing Method" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:63 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:64 -msgid "Standard Price" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:28 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:73 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:128 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:181 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:29 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:74 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:129 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:182 -msgid "Operation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:29 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:74 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:129 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:182 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:75 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:130 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:183 -msgid "Unit Cost" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:75 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:130 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:183 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:31 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:76 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:131 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:184 -msgid "Qty On Hand" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:31 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:76 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:131 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:184 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:32 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:77 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:132 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:185 -msgid "Delta Value" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:32 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:77 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:132 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:185 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:33 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:78 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:133 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:186 -msgid "Inventory Value" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:34 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:39 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:44 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:49 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:55 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:84 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:139 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:192 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:202 -msgid "$10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:35 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:80 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:135 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:188 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:36 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:81 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:136 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:189 -msgid "0" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:37 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:79 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:82 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:134 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:137 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:187 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:190 -msgid "$0" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:38 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:83 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:138 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:191 -msgid "Receive 8 Products at $10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:40 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:85 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:140 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:193 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:41 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:86 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:141 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:194 -msgid "8" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:41 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:86 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:141 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:194 -msgid "+8*$10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:42 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:87 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:142 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:195 -msgid "$80" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:43 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:88 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:143 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:196 -msgid "Receive 4 Products at $16" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:45 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:90 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:145 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:198 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:46 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:91 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:146 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:199 -msgid "12" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:46 -msgid "+4*$10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:47 -msgid "$120" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:48 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:93 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:148 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:201 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:49 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:94 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:149 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:202 -msgid "Deliver 10 Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:50 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:95 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:150 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:203 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:51 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:96 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:151 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:204 -msgid "2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 -msgid "-10*$10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:53 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:206 -msgid "$20" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:54 -msgid "Receive 2 Products at $9" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:56 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:101 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:156 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:209 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:57 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:102 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:157 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:210 -msgid "4" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:57 -msgid "+2*$10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:58 -msgid "$40" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:60 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:61 -msgid "" -"**Standard Price** means you estimate the cost price based on direct " -"materials, direct labor and manufacturing overhead at the end of a specific " -"period (usually once a year). You enter this cost price in the product form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:118 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:119 -msgid "Average Price" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:89 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:94 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:144 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:197 -msgid "$12" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:91 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:146 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:199 -msgid "+4*$16" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:92 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:147 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:200 -msgid "$144" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 -msgid "-10*$12" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:98 -msgid "$24" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:99 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:154 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:207 -msgid "Receive 2 Products at $6" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:100 -msgid "$9" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:102 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:157 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:210 -msgid "+2*$6" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:103 -msgid "$36" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:105 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:106 -msgid "" -"The **Average Price** method recomputes the cost price as a receipt order " -"has been processed, based on prices defined in tied purchase orders: FORMULA" -" (see here attached)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:109 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:110 -msgid "The average cost does not change when products leave the warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:111 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:112 -msgid "" -"From an accounting point of view, this method is mainly justified in case of" -" huge purchase price variations and is quite unusual due to its operational " -"complexity. Your actually need a software like Odoo to easily keep this cost" -" up-to-date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:116 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:117 -msgid "" -"This method is dedicated to advanced users. It requires well established " -"business processes because the order in which you process receipt orders " -"matters in the cost computation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:171 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:172 -msgid "FIFO" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:149 -msgid "$16" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 -msgid "-8*$10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 -msgid "-2*$16" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:153 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:211 -msgid "$32" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:155 -msgid "$11" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:158 -msgid "$44" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:160 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:213 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:161 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:214 -msgid "" -"For **Real Price** (FIFO, LIFO, FEFO, etc), the costing is further refined " -"by the removal strategy set on the warehouse location or product's internal " -"category. The default strategy is FIFO. With such method, your inventory " -"value is computed from the real cost of your stored products (cfr. " -"Quantitative Valuation) and not from the cost price shown in the product " -"form. Whenever you ship items, the cost price is reset to the cost of the " -"last item(s) shipped. This cost price is used to value any product not " -"received from a purchase order (e.g. inventory adjustments)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:170 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:171 -msgid "" -"FIFO is advised if you manage all your workflow into Odoo (Sales, Purchases," -" Inventory). It suits any kind of users." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:223 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:224 -msgid "LIFO (not accepted in IFRS)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 -msgid "-4*$16" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 -msgid "-6*$10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:208 -msgid "$8" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:223 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:224 -msgid "LIFO is not permitted outside the United States." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:225 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:226 -msgid "" -"Odoo allows any method. The default one is **Standard Price**. To change it," -" check **Use a 'Fixed', 'Real' or 'Average' price costing method** in " -"Purchase settings. Then set the costing method from products' internal " -"categories. Categories show up in the Inventory tab of the product form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:231 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:232 -msgid "" -"Whatever the method is, Odoo provides a full inventory valuation in " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Reports --> Inventory Valuation` (i.e. current" -" quantity in stock * cost price)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:236 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:237 -msgid "Periodic Inventory Valuation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:238 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:239 -msgid "" -"In a periodic inventory valuation, goods reception and outgoing shipments " -"have no direct impact in the accounting. At the end of the month or year, " -"the accountant posts one journal entry representing the value of the " -"physical inventory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:243 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:244 -msgid "" -"This is the default configuration in Odoo and it works out-of-the-box. Check" -" following operations and find out how Odoo is managing the accounting " -"postings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:263 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:263 -msgid "Vendor Bill" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:253 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:271 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:310 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:254 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:271 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:305 -msgid "\\" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:253 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:271 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:310 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:254 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:271 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:305 -msgid "Debit" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:253 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:271 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:310 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:254 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:271 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:305 -msgid "Credit" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:255 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:256 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:307 -msgid "Assets: Inventory" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:255 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:256 -msgid "50" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:256 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:257 -msgid "Assets: Deferred Tax Assets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:256 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:257 -msgid "4.68" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:257 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:258 -msgid "Liabilities: Accounts Payable" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:257 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:258 -msgid "54.68" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:263 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:282 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:263 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:281 -msgid "Configuration:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:261 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:262 -msgid "" -"Purchased Goods: defined on the product or on the internal category of " -"related product (Expense Account field)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:263 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:263 -msgid "" -"Deferred Tax Assets: defined on the tax used on the purchase order line" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:264 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:264 -msgid "Accounts Payable: defined on the vendor related to the bill" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:265 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:265 -msgid "Goods Receptions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:266 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:287 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:289 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:266 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:286 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:288 -msgid "No Journal Entry" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:284 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:283 -msgid "Customer Invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:273 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:273 -msgid "Revenues: Sold Goods" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:273 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:273 -msgid "100" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:274 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:274 -msgid "Liabilities: Deferred Tax Liabilities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:274 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:274 -msgid "9" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:275 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:275 -msgid "Assets: Accounts Receivable" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:275 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:275 -msgid "109" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:279 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:279 -msgid "" -"Revenues: defined on the product or on the internal category of related " -"product (Income Account field)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:281 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:280 -msgid "Deferred Tax Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:282 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:281 -msgid "Accounts Receivable: defined on the customer (Receivable Account)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:284 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:283 -msgid "" -"The fiscal position used on the invoice may have a rule that replaces the " -"Income Account or the tax defined on the product by another one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:286 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:285 -msgid "Customer Shipping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:289 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:288 -msgid "Manufacturing Orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:295 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:294 -msgid "" -"At the end of the month/year, your company does a physical inventory or just" -" relies on the inventory in Odoo to value the stock into your books." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:298 -msgid "" -"Then you need to break down the purchase balance into both the inventory and" -" the cost of goods sold using the following formula:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:301 -msgid "" -"Cost of goods sold (COGS) = Starting inventory value + Purchases – Closing " -"inventory value" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:303 -msgid "To update the stock valuation in your books, record such an entry:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:312 -msgid "Assets: Inventory (closing value)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:312 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:313 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:314 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:315 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:307 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:308 -msgid "X" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:313 -msgid "Expenses: Cost of Good Sold" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:314 -msgid "Expenses: Purchased Goods" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:315 -msgid "Assets: Inventory (starting value)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:319 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:319 -msgid "Perpetual Inventory Valuation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:321 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:321 -msgid "" -"In a perpetual inventory valuation, goods receptions and outgoing shipments " -"are posted in your books in real time. The books are therefore always up-to-" -"date. This mode is dedicated to expert accountants and advanced users only. " -"As opposed to periodic valuation, it requires some extra configuration & " -"testing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:328 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:328 -msgid "Let's take the case of a reseller." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:340 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:340 -msgid "**Configuration:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:342 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:342 -msgid "Accounts Receivable/Payable: defined on the partner (Accounting tab)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:344 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:344 -msgid "" -"Deferred Tax Assets/Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:347 -msgid "" -"Revenues: defined on the product category as a default, or specifically to a" -" specific product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:350 -msgid "" -"Expenses: this is where you should set the \"Cost of Goods Sold\" account. " -"Defined on the product category as a default value, or specifically on the " -"product form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:354 -msgid "" -"Goods Received Not Purchased: to set as Stock Input Account in product's " -"internal category" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:357 -msgid "" -"Goods Issued Not Invoiced: to set as Stock Output Account in product's " -"internal category" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:360 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:352 -msgid "" -"Inventory: to set as Stock Valuation Account in product's internal category" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:362 -msgid "" -"Price Difference: to set in product's internal category or in product form " -"as a specific replacement value" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:367 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:356 -msgid ":doc:`../../routes/strategies/removal`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:368 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:357 -msgid ":doc:`../../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:369 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:358 -msgid ":doc:`../../routes/costing/landed_costs`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:5 -msgid "How to do an inventory valuation? (Continental Accounting)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:35 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:40 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:45 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:50 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:56 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:85 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:140 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:193 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:203 -msgid "€10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:38 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:80 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:83 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:135 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:138 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:188 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:191 -msgid "€0" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:39 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:84 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:139 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:192 -msgid "Receive 8 Products at €10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:42 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:87 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:142 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:195 -msgid "+8*€10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:43 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:88 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:143 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:196 -msgid "€80" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:44 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:89 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:144 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:197 -msgid "Receive 4 Products at €16" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:47 -msgid "+4*€10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:48 -msgid "€120" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 -msgid "-10*€10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:54 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:207 -msgid "€20" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:55 -msgid "Receive 2 Products at €9" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:58 -msgid "+2*€10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:59 -msgid "€40" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:90 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:95 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:145 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:198 -msgid "€12" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:92 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:147 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:200 -msgid "+4*€16" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:93 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:148 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:201 -msgid "€144" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 -msgid "-10*€12" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:99 -msgid "€24" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:100 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:155 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:208 -msgid "Receive 2 Products at €6" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:101 -msgid "€9" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:103 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:158 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:211 -msgid "+2*€6" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:104 -msgid "€36" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:150 -msgid "€16" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 -msgid "-8*€10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 -msgid "-2*€16" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:154 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:212 -msgid "€32" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:156 -msgid "€11" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:159 -msgid "€44" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 -msgid "-4*€16" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 -msgid "-6*€10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:209 -msgid "€8" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:297 -msgid "" -"Create a journal entry to move the stock variation value from your " -"Profit&Loss section to your assets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:308 -msgid "Expenses: Inventory Variations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:311 -msgid "" -"If the stock value decreased, the **Inventory** account is credited and te " -"**Inventory Variations** debited." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:346 -msgid "" -"Revenues/Expenses: defined by default on product's internal category; can be" -" also set in product form (Accounting tab) as a replacement value." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:349 -msgid "" -"Inventory Variations: to set as Stock Input/Output Account in product's " -"internal category" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses.rst:3 -msgid "Warehouses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:3 -msgid "What is the difference between warehouses and locations?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, a **Warehouse** is the actual building/place in which your items " -"are stocked. You can setup multiple warehouses and create moves between " -"warehouses." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:9 -msgid "" -"A **Location**, is a specific space within your warehouse. It can be " -"considered as a sublocation of your warehouse, as a shelf, a floor, an " -"aisle, etc. Therefore, a location is part of one warehouse only and it is " -"not possible to link one location to multiple warehouses. You can configure " -"as much locations as you need under one warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:15 -msgid "There are 3 types of locations:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:17 -msgid "" -"The **Physical Locations** are internal locations that are part of the " -"warehouses for which you are the owner. They can be the loading and " -"unloading area of your warehouse, a shelf or a department, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:21 -msgid "" -"The **Partner Locations** are spaces within a customer and/or vendor's " -"warehouse. They work the same way as Physical Locations with the only " -"difference being that you are not the owner of the warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:25 -msgid "" -"The **Virtual Locations** are places that do not exist, but in which " -"products can be placed when they are not physically in an inventory yet (or " -"anymore). They come in handy when you want to place lost products out of " -"your stock (in the **Inventory loss**), or when you want to take into " -"account products that are on their way to your warehouse (**Procurements**)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:31 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, locations are structured hierarchically. You can structure your " -"locations as a tree, dependent on a parent-child relationship. This gives " -"you more detailed levels of analysis of your stock operations and the " -"organization of your warehouses." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:37 -msgid ":doc:`warehouse_creation`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:38 -msgid ":doc:`location_creation`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:3 -msgid "Create a New Location" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In order to be able to create different locations, you will need to activate" -" *Multi-Locations* in the settings which can be done from the *Inventory " -"application > Configuration > Settings*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:15 -msgid "" -"In the *Inventory application*, you can now go to *Configuration > " -"Locations* and hit *Create* in order to create a new location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Type the name of the location in the *Location Name* field, and select the " -"*Parent Location* in the list. The parent location can be a physical, " -"partner or virtual location, and you can add as many sub-locations as needed" -" to a location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:29 -msgid "" -"In case you want the location to be suggested when creating a Return or when" -" Scrapping a product, you should check *Is a Scrap Location?* and *Is a " -"Return Location?*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:33 -msgid "" -"If you have the *Barcode* application installed, you can specify the barcode" -" which will correspond to this location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:37 -msgid "" -"A warehouse also corresponds to a location. As the locations are " -"hierarchical, Odoo will create the parent location of the warehouse, " -"containing all the sublocations in it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:3 -msgid "Create a New Warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In order to create a new warehouse, you should activate the *Multi-" -"Warehouse* settings. Note that the *Multi-Locations* settings will be " -"automatically activated at the same time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:12 -msgid "" -"In order to do so, go to the *Inventory app > Configuration > Settings*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:18 -msgid "" -"You can then go to *Inventory > Configuration > Warehouses* and hit *Create*" -" to add a new warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:24 -msgid "" -"You will be able to enter your warehouse name. You should also choose a " -"short name for your warehouse which is 5-characters long and is used on the " -"different warehouse documents." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:28 -msgid "" -"In the Address field, you can select an existing company or create one on-" -"the-go. Therefore, the address of your warehouse will be the same as the one" -" of the company you selected. You can also leave this field empty and edit " -"it afterward." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:36 -msgid "" -"After the creation of your new warehouse, you can go back to the *Dashboard*" -" and you will see the new operation types automatically created by Odoo due " -"to the creation of a new warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process.rst:3 -msgid "Process Overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:3 -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:25 -msgid "Deliver Products from Stock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:6 -msgid "Create Storable/Consumable Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:8 -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:5 -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The first step to use the inventory application is to create products in " -"your database via the menu *Master Data > Products*. Click the Create button" -" and enter the name of your product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:15 -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:12 -msgid "" -"In case you set the product as *storable*, you will track the stock for this" -" product and know how many units are in stock and what is the forecasted " -"number of units. If you want to include a product on receipts/deliveries but" -" don’t need to track its stock, you can set it as *consumable*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Once you have existing products, you can decide to create a delivery to " -"deliver products to your customers. The process in order to do so is " -"described in the following print screens." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:37 -msgid "" -"On the delivery order, you can specify to whom the products will be " -"delivered along with the different products and their respective quantities." -" When the delivery is complete you can hit *Validate* and the products will " -"go out of your stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:45 -msgid "" -"In case you have a delivery that is planned but shouldn’t be immediately " -"validated, you can create a *planned delivery* with a scheduled date in the " -"future. You can indicate the initial demand for each product, corresponding " -"to what has been ordered by your customer. Once the document is filled in, " -"you can hit “Mark as to do” in order to consider it in your product " -"forecasts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:56 -msgid "Deliver Products from Stock from a Sale Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:58 -msgid "" -"If you have the *Sales* application installed, delivery can be directly " -"created by *validating a quotation*. You will be able to find the " -"corresponding delivery directly on the *sale order*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:3 -msgid "Set your Initial Stock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Set the product as *storable*, in order to track the stock for this product " -"and be able to include it in an inventory adjustment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:19 -msgid "Inventory Adjustment for Multiple Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Once you have created all your *storable products*, you can create an " -"*inventory adjustment* to determine their current stock level in Odoo. You " -"therefore need to go to *Operations > Inventory Adjustments* and create a " -"new one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:29 -msgid "" -"You have to enter a title for your *inventory adjustment* and you can then " -"decide if you want to proceed to the *inventory adjustment* of all products " -"or only some of them. For a first *inventory adjustment*, I suggest you to " -"keep the *Products* field empty. You can then *Start Inventory*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:38 -msgid "" -"If you already have some products in stock, Odoo will add the lines with the" -" theoretical quantity currently in stock. You can also add new lines with " -"your other products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:46 -msgid "" -"If your products are tracked by Serial/Lot numbers, you will have an " -"additional column allowing you to specify those for the different units " -"added to the inventory adjustment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Odoo will highlight in red the lines for which there is a difference between" -" the theoretical quantity on hand, which is automatically computed by the " -"system, and the counted quantity you manually entered. Once all the " -"necessary products have been entered, you can hit *Validate Inventory* and " -"the quantities on hand of your different products will be updated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:58 -msgid "Inventory Adjustment for one Product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:60 -msgid "" -"On each storable product, you have access to the *Update Quantity* button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:66 -msgid "" -"When clicking this button, you see the current stock you have for this " -"product. You can edit the existing lines or create new ones to add stock of " -"your product in different locations and/or add new serial/lot numbers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:74 -msgid "" -"Once you come back to your product, you see that the quantity on hand as " -"been updated taking your modification into account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:81 -msgid "" -"If you work with product variants, the quantity on hand will show you the " -"total quantity in stock for the product template, taking the different " -"variants into account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:85 -msgid "" -"By default, the quantity on hand of the product form will show you the " -"number of products that are part of your warehouse view location, meaning " -"which are part of an internal type sub-location of this warehouse. It means " -"that if you have any product in a location that isn’t under the main " -"warehouse location, they won’t appear in the stock on hand stat button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:3 -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:22 -msgid "Receive Products in Stock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Once you have existing products, you can decide to create a receipt to enter" -" products from your supplier in stock. The process in order to do so is " -"described in the following print screens." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:34 -msgid "" -"On the receipt document, you can select the quantity of the different " -"products you receive and the supplier from who you received them. When the " -"receipt is complete, you can hit *Validate* and the products will enter your" -" stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:42 -msgid "" -"In case you have a receipt that is planned but shouldn’t be immediately " -"validated, you can create a *planned receipt* with a scheduled date in the " -"future. You can indicate the initial demand for each product, corresponding " -"to what has been ordered to your supplier. Once the document is filled in, " -"you can hit “Mark as to do” in order to consider it in your product " -"forecasts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:56 -msgid "Receive Products in Stock from Purchase Orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:58 -msgid "" -"If you have the *Purchase* application installed, receipts can be directly " -"created by validating a *request for quotation*. You will be able to find " -"the corresponding receipt directly on the *purchase order*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced Routes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts.rst:3 -msgid "Concepts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:3 -msgid "Organize a cross-dock in a warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Cross-docking is the process of sending products that are received directly " -"to the customers, without making them enter the stock. The trucks are simply" -" unloaded in a *Cross-Dock* area in order to reorganize products and load " -"another truck." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:11 -msgid "" -"For more information on how to organize your warehouse, read our blog: `What" -" is cross-docking and is it for me? `__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:15 -msgid "" -"In the *Inventory* app, open *Configuration > Settings* and activate the " -"*Multi-Step Routes*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:21 -msgid "Doing so will also enable the *Storage Locations* feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Now, both *Incoming* and *Outgoing* shipments should be configured to work " -"with 2 steps. To adapt the configuration, go to *Inventory > Configuration >" -" Warehouses* and edit your warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:28 -msgid "" -"This modification will lead to the creation of a *Cross-Docking* route that " -"can be found in *Inventory > Configuration > Routes*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:34 -msgid "Configure products with Cross-Dock Route" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Create the product that uses the *Cross-Dock Route* and then, in the " -"inventory tab, select the routes *Buy* and *Cross-Dock*. Now, in the " -"purchase tab, specify the vendor to who you buy the product and set a price " -"for it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Once done, create a sale order for the product and confirm it. Odoo will " -"automatically create two transfers which will be linked to the sale order. " -"The first one is the transfer from the *Input Location* to the *Output " -"Location*, corresponding to the move of the product in the *Cross-Dock* " -"area. The second one is the delivery order from the *Output Location* to " -"your *Customer Location. Both are in state *Waiting Another Operation* " -"because we still need to order the product to our supplier." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Now, go to the *Purchase* app. There, you will find the purchase order that " -"has been automatically triggered by the system. Validate it and receive the " -"products in the *Input Location*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:60 -msgid "" -"When the products have been received from the supplier, you can go back to " -"your initial sale order and validate the internal transfer from *Input* to " -"*Output*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:68 -msgid "" -"The delivery order is now ready to be processed and can be validated too." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:3 -msgid "How to do inter-warehouses transfers?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:5 -msgid "" -"If you own different warehouses you might want to transfer goods from one " -"warehouse to the other. This is very easy thanks to the inventory " -"application in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:12 -msgid "" -"First of all you have to select the multi locations option. Go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the **Inventory " -"application**. Then tick the **Manage several locations per warehouse** " -"option. Please don't forget to **apply** your changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:22 -msgid "" -"This option should also be ticked if you wish to manage different locations " -"and routes in your warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:26 -msgid "Creating a new warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:28 -msgid "" -"The next step is to create your new warehouse. In the Inventory application " -"click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> " -"Warehouses`. You are now able to create your warehouse by clicking on " -"**Create**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Fill in a **Warehouse Name** and a **Short Name**. The short name is 5 " -"characters maximum." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:41 -msgid "" -"please note that the **Short Name** is very important as it will appear on " -"your transfer orders and other warehouse documents. It might be smart to use" -" an understandable one (e.g.: WH/[first letters of location])." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:46 -msgid "" -"If you go back to your dashboard, new operations will automatically have " -"been generated for your new warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:53 -msgid "Creating a new inventory" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:55 -msgid "" -"If you create a new warehouse you might already have an existing physical " -"inventory in it. In that case you should create an inventory in Odoo, if not" -" you can skip this step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:59 -msgid "" -"Go into the inventory application, select :menuselection:`Inventory Control " -"--> Inventory Adjustment`. You can then create a new inventory by clicking " -"on **Create**. Fill in the **Inventory Reference**, **Date** and be sure to " -"select the right warehouse and location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Next, click on **Start Inventory**. A new window will open where you will be" -" able to input your existing products. Select add an item and indicate the " -"**Real Quantity** available in the warehouse. The theoretical quantity can " -"not be changed as it represents a computed quantity from purchase and sales " -"orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Don't forget to validate your inventory once you have recorder the state of " -"all yours product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:80 -msgid "Create an internal transfer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:82 -msgid "" -"The final step is to create your internal transfer. If you want to tranfer 2" -" units of a product from your first warehouse to another one in Brussels, " -"proceed as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:86 -msgid "" -"From your dashboard, select a internal movement of one of the two " -"warehouses. To do so, click on :menuselection:`More --> Transfer`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:92 -msgid "" -"A new window will open where you will be able to select the source location " -"zone (in this case our \"old warehouse\") and the destination location zone " -"(in this case our \"new\" warehouse located in Brussels)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:96 -msgid "" -"Add the products you want to transfer by clicking on **Add an Item** and " -"don't forget to **Validate** or **Mark as TODO** once you are done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:102 -msgid "" -"If you select **Validate**, Odoo will process all quantities to transfer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:104 -msgid "" -"If you select **Mark as TODO**, Odoo will put the transfer in **Waiting " -"Availability** status. Click on **Reserve** to reserve the amount of " -"products in your source warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:108 -msgid "It is also possible to manually transfer each product:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:110 -msgid "Via your dashboard, select the transfer order in the source location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:115 -msgid "Select the right transfer order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:120 -msgid "" -"3. Click on the little pencil logo in the lower right corner in order to " -"open the operation details window. In this new window you can manually " -"indicate how much products you process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:129 -msgid "" -"If you decide to partially process the transfer order (e.g. a part of the " -"products can't be shipped yet due to an unexpected event), Odoo will " -"automatically ask if you wish to create a **backorder**. Create a backorder " -"if you expect to process the remaining products later, do not create a " -"backorder if you will not supply/receive the remaining products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:3 -msgid "What is a procurement rule?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The procurement inventory control system begins with a customer's order. " -"With this strategy, companies only make enough product to fulfill customer's" -" orders. One advantage to the system is that there will be no excess of " -"inventory that needs to be stored, thus reducing inventory levels and the " -"cost of carrying and storing goods. However, one major disadvantage to the " -"pull system is that it is highly possible to run into ordering dilemmas, " -"such as a supplier not being able to get a shipment out on time. This leaves" -" the company unable to fulfill the order and contributes to customer " -"dissatisfaction." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:18 -msgid "" -"An example of a pull inventory control system is the make-to-order. The goal" -" is to keep inventory levels to a minimum by only having enough inventory, " -"not more or less, to meet customer demand. The MTO system eliminates waste " -"by reducing the amount of storage space needed for inventory and the costs " -"of storing goods." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Procurement rules are part of the routes. Go to the Inventory " -"application>Configuration>Settings and tick \"Advance routing of products " -"using rules\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:35 -msgid "Procurement rules settings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:37 -msgid "" -"The procurement rules are set on the routes. In the inventory application, " -"go to Configuration > Routes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:40 -msgid "In the Procurement rules section, click on Add an item." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Here you can set the conditions of your rule. There are 3 types of action " -"possible :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:48 -msgid "Move from another location rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Manufacturing rules that will trigger the creation of manufacturing orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:53 -msgid "Buy rules that will trigger the creation of purchase orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:56 -msgid "" -"The Manufacturing application has to be installed in order to trigger " -"manufacturing rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:60 -msgid "" -"The Purchase application has to be installed in order to trigger **buy** " -"rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:68 -msgid "Try to create a procurement rule in our demo instance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Some Warehouse Configuration creates routes with procurement rules already " -"defined." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:75 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:130 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:152 -msgid ":doc:`push_rule`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:76 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:84 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:153 -msgid ":doc:`inter_warehouse`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:77 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:85 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:154 -msgid ":doc:`cross_dock`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:3 -msgid "What is a push rule?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The push system of inventory control involves forecasting inventory needs to" -" meet customer demand. Companies must predict which products customers will " -"purchase along with determining what quantity of goods will be purchased. " -"The company will in turn produce enough product to meet the forecast demand " -"and sell, or push, the goods to the consumer. Disadvantages of the push " -"inventory control system are that forecasts are often inaccurate as sales " -"can be unpredictable and vary from one year to the next. Another problem " -"with push inventory control systems is that if too much product is left in " -"inventory, this increases the company's costs for storing these goods. An " -"advantage to the push system is that the company is fairly assured it will " -"have enough product on hand to complete customer orders, preventing the " -"inability to meet customer demand for the product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:22 -msgid "" -"A push flow indicates how locations are chained with the other ones. As soon" -" as a given quantity of products is moved in the source location, a chained " -"move is automatically foreseen according to the parameters set on the flow " -"specification (destination location, delay, type of move, journal). It can " -"be triggered automatically or manually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Push rules are part of the routes. Go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory " -"--> Configuration --> Settings` and tick **Advance routing of products using" -" rules**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:39 -msgid "Push rules settings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:41 -msgid "" -"The push rules are set on the routes. Go to :menuselection:`Configuration " -"--> Routes`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:44 -msgid "In the push rule section, click on **Add an item**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Here you can set the conditions of your rule. In this example, when a good " -"is in **Input location**, it needs to be moved to the quality control. In " -"the 3 steps receipts, another push rule will make the goods that are in the " -"quality control location move to the stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:59 -msgid "Try to create a push rule in our demo instance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:62 -msgid "" -"Some warehouse configuration creates routes with push rules already defined." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:66 -msgid "Stock transfers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:68 -msgid "" -"The push rule will trigger stock transfer. According to the rule set on your" -" route, you will see that some transfers might be ready and other are " -"waiting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:72 -msgid "" -"The push rule that was set above will create moves from **WH/Input** " -"location to the **WH/Quality Control** location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:78 -msgid "" -"In this example, another move is waiting according to the second push rule, " -"it defines that when the quality control is done, the goods will be moved to" -" the main stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:83 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:128 -msgid ":doc:`procurement_rule`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:3 -msgid "Taking stock from different warehouses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When you plan to deliver a customer, you don’t know in advance if the " -"products will come from Warehouse A or Warehouse B. You may, in some cases, " -"need to take stock from different warehouses. With *Odoo*, you can configure" -" this by using the concept of virtual warehouses. Let us show you how to set" -" those virtual warehouses." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:8 -msgid "Set up virtual warehouses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Let’s say you have two warehouses: Warehouse A and Warehouse B. Create a new" -" warehouse, that will be a virtual one. It will allow you to take the stock " -"from A or B. To do so, go to your inventory app settings and enable the " -"multi-warehouses feature. Then, go to the warehouses menu and click on " -"create." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:16 -msgid "" -"The *Storage Location* feature will be automatically enabled. Good news, " -"because you will need it later in the process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Now, you have to make sure that the main stock locations of warehouse A and " -"warehouse B are children locations of the main stock location of warehouse A" -" + B. Go to the locations menu, and edit the main location of your two " -"warehouses. Then, change their parent location to main location of warehouse" -" A+B." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:24 -msgid "Sell a product from the virtual warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Let’s say you have two products, one stored in warehouse A and one stored in" -" warehouse B. Now, you can create a new quotation for one of each product. " -"Go to other information and choose Warehouse A+B in the shipping " -"information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Once you have done it, you can convert it to a sales order. Then, a delivery" -" order will be automatically generated, with a product reserved in warehouse" -" A and one in warehouse B." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:3 -msgid "How to use routes?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:8 -msgid "" -"A route is a collection of procurement rules and push rules. Odoo can manage" -" advanced push/pull routes configuration, for example:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:11 -msgid "Manage product manufacturing chains" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:13 -msgid "Manage default locations per product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Define routes within your warehouse according to business needs, such as " -"quality control, after sales services or supplier returns" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Help rental management, by generating automated return moves for rented " -"products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Procurement rules are part of the routes. Go to the **Inventory** " -"application, :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and tick **Advance " -"routing of products using rules**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:32 -msgid "Pre-configured routes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:34 -msgid "Odoo has some pre-configured routes for your warehouses." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:36 -msgid "" -"In the Inventory application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Warehouses`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:39 -msgid "" -"In the **Warehouse Configuration** tab, **Incoming Shipments** and " -"**Outgoing Shippings** options set some routes according to your choices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:46 -msgid "Custom Routes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:48 -msgid "" -"In the **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Routes`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:54 -msgid "" -"First, you have to select the places where this route can be selected. You " -"can combine several choices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:58 -msgid "Routes applied on warehouses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:60 -msgid "" -"If you tick **Warehouses**, you have to choose on which warehouse it will be" -" applied. The route will be set for all transfer in that warehouse that " -"would meet the conditions of the procurement and push rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:68 -msgid "Routes applied on products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:70 -msgid "" -"If you tick **Products**, you have to manually set on which product it will " -"be applied." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Open the product on which you want to apply the routes " -"(:menuselection:`Inventory --> Control --> Products`). In the Inventory Tab," -" select the route(s):" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:84 -msgid "Routes applied on Product Category" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:86 -msgid "" -"If you tick **Product Categories**, you have to manually set on which " -"categories it will be applied." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Open the product on which you want to apply the routes " -"(:menuselection:`Configuration --> Product Categories`). Select the route(s)" -" under the **Logistics** section :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:100 -msgid "Routes applied on Sales Order lines" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:102 -msgid "" -"If you tick **Sales order lines**, you have to manually set the route every " -"time you make a sale order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:108 -msgid "" -"In order to make it work, you also have to activate the use of the routes on" -" the sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:111 -msgid "" -"In the Sales application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " -"and tick **Choose specific routes on sales order lines (advanced)**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:118 -msgid "You can now choose the routes for each lines of your sales orders:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:124 -msgid "Procurement and push rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:126 -msgid "Please refer to the documents:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:133 -msgid "Procurement configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:135 -msgid "" -"When doing a procurement request, you can force the route you want to use. " -"On the product (:menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`), click on " -"**Procurement Request**. Choose the route you want to use next to " -"**Preferred Routes**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:144 -msgid "Make-to-Order Route" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:146 -msgid "" -"If you work with no stock, or with minimum stock rules, it is better to use " -"the **Make To Order** route. Combine it with the route **Buy** or " -"**Manufacture** and it will trigger automatically the purchase order or the " -"Manufacturing Order when your products are out-of-stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing.rst:3 -msgid "Product Costing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:3 -msgid "" -"How to integrate additional costs in the cost of the product? (landed costs)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The landed cost feature in Odoo allows to include additional costs " -"(shipment, insurance, customs duties, etc.) into the cost of the product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Landed costs can only be applied to products with a FIFO costing method and " -"an automated inventory valuation (which requires the accounting application " -"to be installed)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:20 -msgid "" -"First, you need to activate the landed costs feature in " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:27 -msgid "Add costs to products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Go in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Landed Costs` and click " -"on the **Create** button. You then have to select the transfers on which you" -" want to attribute additional costs and the costs lines you want to add up. " -"Once it's done, click on the **Compute** button to see how the costs lines " -"will be split accross your transfers lines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:38 -msgid "To confirm, click on the **Validate** button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies.rst:3 -msgid "Putaway & Removal Strategies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:3 -msgid "What is a Putaway Rule?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A good warehouse implementation takes care that products automatically move " -"to their appropriate destination location. To make that process easier, Odoo" -" uses *Putaway rules*. But what is a putaway rule? Putaway is the process of" -" taking products off the receiving shipments and directly putting them into " -"the most appropriate location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:7 -msgid "" -"If, for example, a warehouse contains volatile substances, it is important " -"to make sure that certain products are not stored close to each other " -"because of a potential chemical reaction. That’s where putaway rules " -"intervene, to avoid storing products wrongly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:12 -msgid "" -"In the *Inventory* app, go to *Configuration > Settings* and activate the " -"*Multi-Step Routes*. By doing so, the *Storage Locations* will be " -"automatically activated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:18 -msgid "Setting up a Putaway Rule" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:20 -msgid "" -"In some cases, like for a retail shop storing vegetables and fruits, we have" -" to store products in different locations to maintain product quality." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Let’s suppose there are one warehouse location *WH/Stock* and two sub-" -"locations *WH/Stock/Vegatable* and *WH/Stock/Fruits*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:24 -msgid "" -"To manage those locations, we will create putaway rules. To do so, open the " -"*Inventory* app and go to *Configuration > Putaway Rules*. Then, click on " -"create and configure your first rule indicating the main location the " -"product will enter before being redirected to the right location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:27 -msgid "" -"The putaway rules can be defined either per product or per product category." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Now, if I purchase apples and carrots to my supplier, they will be grouped " -"in the same receipt but redirected to the right location automatically, " -"thanks to putaway rules. This information is available from *Inventory " -"Report*, under the reporting menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:3 -msgid "What is a removal strategy (FIFO, LIFO, and FEFO)?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Removal strategies are usually in picking operations to select the best " -"products in order to optimize the distance for the worker, for quality " -"control purpose or due to reason of product expiration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:12 -msgid "" -"When a product movement needs to be done, Odoo will find available products " -"that can be assigned to shipping. The way Odoo assign these products depend " -"on the **removal strategy** that is defined on the **product category** or " -"on the **location**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:20 -msgid "" -"In the **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Check **Track lots or serial numbers**, **Manage several location per " -"warehouse** and **Advanced routing of products using rules**, then click on " -"**Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Then, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations` and open the " -"location on which you want to apply a removal strategy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:40 -msgid "Types of removal strategy" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:43 -msgid "FIFO ( First In First Out )" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:45 -msgid "" -"A **First In First Out** strategy implies that the products that were " -"stocked first will move out first. Companies should use FIFO method if they " -"are selling perishable goods. Companies selling products with relatively " -"short demand cycles, such as clothes, also may have to pick FIFO to ensure " -"they are not stuck with outdated styles in inventory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:51 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, open the " -"stock location and set **FIFO** removal strategy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:54 -msgid "Let's take one example of FIFO removal strategy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:56 -msgid "" -"In your warehouse stock (``WH/Stock``) location, there are ``3`` lots of " -"``iPod 32 Gb`` available." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:59 -msgid "" -"You can find details of available inventory in inventory valuation report." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:65 -msgid "Create one sales order ``25`` unit of ``iPod 32 GB`` and confirm it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:67 -msgid "" -"You can see in the outgoing shipment product that the ``Ipod 32 Gb`` are " -"assigned with the **oldest** lots, using the FIFO removal strategy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:75 -msgid "LIFO (Last In First Out)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:77 -msgid "" -"In this warehouse management, the products which are brought in the last, " -"moves out the first. LIFO is used in case of products which do not have a " -"shelf life." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:81 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, open the " -"stock location and set **LIFO** removal strategy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:84 -msgid "" -"In our example, let's check the current available stock of ``Ipod 32 Gb`` on" -" ``WH/Stock`` location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:90 -msgid "Create a sale order with ``10`` units of ``Ipod 32 Gb``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:92 -msgid "" -"You can see in the outgoing shipment product that the ``Ipod 32 Gb`` are " -"assigned with the **newest** lots, using the LIFO removal strategy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:100 -msgid "FEFO ( First Expiry First Out )" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:102 -msgid "" -"In FEFO warehouse management, the products are dispatched from the warehouse" -" according to their expiration date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:105 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Setting`. Check the " -"option **Define Expiration date on serial numbers**. Then click on **Apply**" -" to save changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:112 -msgid "" -"This will allow you to set four expiration fields for each lot or serial " -"number: **best before date**, **end of life date**, **alert date** and " -"**removal date**. These dates can be set from :menuselection:`Inventory " -"Control --> Serial Numbers/Lots`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:119 -msgid "" -"**Best Before Date**: This is the date on which the goods with this " -"serial/lot number start deteriorating, without being dangerous yet." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:122 -msgid "" -"**End of Life Date:** This is the date on which the goods with this " -"serial/lot number may become dangerous and must not be consumed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:125 -msgid "" -"**Removal Date:** This is the date on which the goods with this serial/lot " -"number should be removed from the stock. Using the FEFO removal strategy " -"goods are picked for delivery orders using this date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:129 -msgid "" -"**Alert Date:** This is the date on which an alert should be sent about the " -"goods with this serial/lot number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:132 -msgid "" -"Lots will be picked based on their **removal date**, from earliest to " -"latest. Lots without a removal date defined will be picked after lots with " -"removal dates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:136 -msgid "" -"All dates except **removal date** are for informational and reporting " -"purposes only. Lots that are past any or all of the above expiration dates " -"may still be picked for delivery orders, and no alerts will be sent when " -"lots pass their **alert date**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:140 -msgid "" -"Expiration dates on lots can also be set automatically when goods are " -"received into stock. After enabling expiration dates on serial numbers, four" -" new fields will become available in the inventory tab of the product form: " -"**product life time**, **product use time**, **product removal time**, and " -"**product alert time**. When an integer is entered into one of these fields," -" the expiration date of a lot/serial of the product in question will be set " -"to the creation date of the lot/serial number plus the number of days " -"entered in the time increment field. If the time increment field is set to " -"zero, then the expiration date of a lot/serial must be defined manually " -"after the lot has been created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:149 -msgid "" -"Each of these time increment fields is used to generate one of the lot " -"expiration date fields as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:151 -msgid "Product Use Time --> Best Before Date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:153 -msgid "Product Removal Time --> Removal Date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:155 -msgid "Product Life Time --> End of Life Date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:157 -msgid "Product Alert Time --> Alert Date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:159 -msgid "" -"To set the removal strategy on location, go to :menuselection:`Configuration" -" --> Locations` and choose FEFO." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:165 -msgid "" -"Let's take an example, there are ``3`` lots of ``ice cream`` available in " -"``WH/Stock`` location: ``LOT0001``, ``LOT0002``, ``LOT0003`` with different " -"expiration date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170 -msgid "**Lot / Serial No**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170 -msgid "**Product**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170 -msgid "**Expiration Date**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:172 -msgid "LOT0001" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:172 -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:174 -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:176 -msgid "Ice Cream" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:172 -msgid "08/20/2015" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:174 -msgid "LOT0002" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:174 -msgid "08/10/2015" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:176 -msgid "LOT0003" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:176 -msgid "08/15/2015" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:179 -msgid "" -"We will create a sale order with ``15kg`` of ``ice cream`` and confirm it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:181 -msgid "" -"The outgoing shipment related to sale order will make the move based on " -"removal strategy **FEFO**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:184 -msgid "" -"It will take ``10kg`` from ``LOT0002`` and ``5kg`` from ``LOT0003`` based on" -" the removal dates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:192 -msgid ":doc:`../../management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:193 -msgid ":doc:`../../management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping.rst:3 -msgid "Shipping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation.rst:3 -msgid "Shipping Operations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:3 -msgid "How to cancel a shipping request to a shipper?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. " -"Odoo will be linked with the transportation company tracking system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:12 -msgid "" -"It will allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the " -"destination." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:15 -msgid "You can easily cancel the request made to the carrier system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:18 -msgid "How to cancel a shipping request?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:20 -msgid "" -"If the delivery order is not **Validated**, then the request hasn't been " -"made. You can choose to cancel the delivery or to change the carrier." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:24 -msgid "" -"If you have clicked on **Validate**, the request has been made and you " -"should have received the tracking number and the label. You can still cancel" -" the request. Simply click on the **Cancel** button next to the **Carrier " -"Tracking Ref**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:32 -msgid "You will now see that the shipment has been cancelled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:37 -msgid "You can now change the carrier if you wish." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:40 -msgid "How to send a shipping request after cancelling one?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:42 -msgid "" -"After cancelling the shipping request, you can change the carrier you want " -"to use. Confirm it by clicking on the **Send to shipper** button. You will " -"get a new tracking number and a new label." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:50 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:115 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:83 -msgid ":doc:`invoicing`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:51 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:116 -msgid ":doc:`multipack`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:3 -msgid "How to invoice the shipping cost to the customer?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:8 -msgid "There are two ways to invoice the shipping costs:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:10 -msgid "Agree with the customer over a cost and seal it down in the sale order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:13 -msgid "Invoice the real cost of the shipping." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:18 -msgid "" -"To configure the price of your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** " -"app, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery --> Delivery " -"Methods`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:21 -msgid "" -"You can manually set a price for the shipping: It can be fixed or based on " -"rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Or you can use the transportation company computation system. Read the " -"document :doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:28 -msgid "How to invoice the shipping costs to the customer?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:31 -msgid "Invoice the price set on the sale order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:33 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:55 -msgid "" -"On your sale order, choose the carrier that will be used. Click on " -"**Delivery Method** to choose the right one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:39 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:36 -msgid "" -"The price is computed when you **save** the sale order or when you click on " -"**Set price**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:42 -msgid "" -"To invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, click on " -"**Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery method as a " -"product. It may vary from the real price." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:46 -msgid "" -"When you create the invoice, it will take the price set on the sale order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:53 -msgid "Invoice the real shipping costs" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:61 -msgid "" -"The price is computed when you **save** the sale order. Confirm the sale " -"order and proceed to deliver the product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The real shipping cost is computed when the delivery order is validated, you" -" can see the real cost in the chatter of the delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Go back to the sale order, the real cost is now added to the sale order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:76 -msgid "" -"When you create the invoice, it will take the price computed by the carrier." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:83 -msgid "" -"If you split the delivery and make several ones, each delivery order will " -"add a line to the sale order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:87 -msgid ":doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:88 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:84 -msgid ":doc:`labels`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:3 -msgid "How to print shipping labels?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers " -"linked with the transportation company tracking system. It allows you to " -"manage the transport company, the real prices and the destination. And " -"finally, you will be able to print the shipping labels directly from Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:18 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:17 -msgid "Install the shipper company connector module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:20 -msgid "" -"In the **Inventory** module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies " -"you want to integrate :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:27 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:26 -msgid "Then click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:34 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:33 -msgid "Configure the delivery method" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:32 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:36 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:35 -msgid "" -"To configure your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** module, click on" -" :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery Methods`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:35 -msgid "" -"The delivery methods for the chosen shippers have been automatically " -"created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:41 -msgid "" -"In the **Pricing** tab, the name of the provider means that the delivery " -"will be handled and computed by the shipper system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:44 -msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:46 -msgid "" -"The first one is linked to **your account** (develop key, password,...). For" -" more information, please refer to the provider website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:49 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:62 -msgid "" -"The second column varies according to the **provider**. You can choose the " -"packaging type, the service type, the weight unit..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:52 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:65 -msgid "Uncheck **Test Mode** when you are done with the testings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:55 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:77 -msgid "Company configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:57 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:79 -msgid "" -"In order to compute the right price, the provider needs your company " -"information. Be sure your address and phone number are correctly encoded." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:64 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:86 -msgid "" -"To check your information, go to the **Settings** application and click on " -"**General Settings**. Click on the first link **Configure your company " -"data**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:70 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:92 -msgid "" -"The shipper companies need the weight of your product, otherwise the price " -"computation cannot be done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Go the **Sales** module, click on :menuselection:`Sales --> Products`. Open " -"the products you want to ship and set a weight on it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:80 -msgid "" -"The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to do" -" the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:85 -msgid "How to print shipping labels ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:87 -msgid "" -"The delivery order created from the sale order will take the shipping " -"information from it, but you can change the carrier if you want to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:90 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:135 -msgid "" -"If you create a delivery transfer from the inventory module, you can add the" -" third party shipper in the additional info tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:96 -msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number and **the label(s)**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:98 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:151 -msgid "" -"The label to stick on your package is available in the history underneath :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:104 -msgid "Click on it to open the document and print it :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:110 -msgid "" -"If you are doing multi-packages shippings, most of the time, there will be " -"one label per package. Each label will appear in the delivery history." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage multiple packs for the same delivery order?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:8 -msgid "" -"By default, Odoo considers that your delivery is composed of one package. " -"But you can easily ship your deliveries with more than one package. It is " -"fully integrated with the third-party shippers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:15 -msgid "" -"To configure the use of packages, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory " -"--> Configuration --> Settings`. Locate the **Packages** section and tick " -"**Record packages used on packing: pallets, boxes,...**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:23 -msgid "Click on **Apply** when you are done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:29 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:77 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:110 -msgid "Sale order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:34 -msgid "Click on a **Delivery Method** to choose the right one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:40 -msgid "Multi-packages Delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:42 -msgid "" -"The delivery created from the sale order will take the shipping information " -"from it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:48 -msgid "From here, you can split your delivery into multiple packages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Choose the quantity you want to put in the first pack in the **Done** " -"column, then click on the link **Put in Pack**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:56 -msgid "It will automatically create a pack with the requested quantity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:58 -msgid "Do the same steps for the other pieces you want to pack in." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:63 -msgid "Click on **Validate** when you are done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:66 -msgid "Multi-packages with a 3rd party-shipper" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Once the delivery order is validated, you will receive the tracking number. " -"The **carrier Tracking ref** field will automatically be filled. Click on " -"the **Tracking** button to check your delivery on the provider website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:76 -msgid "" -"The **labels** to stick on your packages are available in the history " -"underneath:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup.rst:3 -msgid "Shipping Setup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:3 -msgid "How to setup a delivery method?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, but it is not activated by " -"default. Delivery methods can be used for your sale orders, your deliveries " -"but also on your e-commerce." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Delivery methods allow you to manage the transport company, the price and " -"the destination. You can even integrate Odoo with external shippers to " -"compute the real price and the packagings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:20 -msgid "Install the inventory module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Delivery methods are handled by the **Delivery costs** module. Go to " -"**Apps** and search for the module. You should remove the **Apps** filter in" -" order to see it :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:29 -msgid "" -"If you want to integrate delivery methods in your e-commerce, you'll have to" -" install the **eCommerce Delivery** module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:39 -msgid "First set a name and a transporter company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Then you'll have to set the pricing. It can be fixed or based on rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:46 -msgid "" -"If the price is fixed, tick **Fixed price**. You'll just have to define the " -"price. If you want the delivery to be free above a certain amount, tick the " -"option **Free if Order total is more than** and set a price." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:54 -msgid "" -"If the price varies according to rules, tick **Based on Rules**. Click on " -"**add an item to a pricing rule**. Choose a condition based on either the " -"weight, the volume, the price or the quantity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Finally you can limit the delivery method to a few destinations. The limit " -"can be applied to some countries, states or even zip codes. This feature " -"limits the list of countries on your e-commerce." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:69 -msgid "" -"You can integrate Odoo with external shippers in order to compute the real " -"price and packagings, and handle the printing the shipping labels. See " -":doc:`third_party_shipper`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:74 -msgid "Delivery process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:82 -msgid "" -"You can now choose the **Delivery Method** on your sale order. If you want " -"to invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, click on " -"**Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery method as a " -"product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:88 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:130 -msgid "Delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:90 -msgid "You can add or change the delivery method on the delivery itself." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:95 -msgid "" -"On the delivery, check the **Carrier Information**. The carrier is the " -"chosen delivery method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:99 -msgid ":doc:`third_party_shipper`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:100 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:158 -msgid ":doc:`../operation/invoicing`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:3 -msgid "How to get DHL credentials for integration with Odoo?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:5 -msgid "In order to use the Odoo DHL API, you will need:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:7 -msgid "A DHL.com SiteID" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:9 -msgid "A DHL Password" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:11 -msgid "A DHL Account Number" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Getting SiteID and password for countries other than United States (UK and " -"Rest of the world)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:17 -msgid "" -"You should contact DHL account manager and request integration for XML " -"Express API. The presales should provide you live credentials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:20 -msgid "Getting SiteID and Password for United States" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:22 -msgid "" -"You need to write to xmlrequests@dhl.com along with your full Account " -"details like account number, region, address, etc. to get API Access." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:24 -msgid "" -"In meantime, for testing the solution, you can use the tests credentials as " -"given in the demo data:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:26 -msgid "**SiteID**: CustomerTest" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:28 -msgid "**Password**: alkd89nBV" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:30 -msgid "**DHL Account Number**: 803921577" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:3 -msgid "How to integrate a third party shipper?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. " -"Odoo can be linked with the transportation company tracking system. It will " -"allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the " -"destination." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:19 -msgid "" -"In the inventory module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies " -"you want to integrate :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:38 -msgid "" -"The delivery methods for the chosen shippers have been automatically " -"created. Most of the time, there will be **2** delivery methods for the same" -" provider: one for **international** shipping and the other for **domestic**" -" shipping." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:43 -msgid "" -"You can create other methods with the same provider with other " -"configuration, for example the **Packaging Type**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:46 -msgid "" -"You can change the **Name** of the delivery method. This is the name that " -"will appear on your ecommerce." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:49 -msgid "Flag **Shipping enabled** when you are ready to use it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:54 -msgid "" -"In the pricing tab, the name of the provider chosen under the **Price " -"computation** means that the pricing will be computed by the shipper system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:57 -msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:59 -msgid "" -"The first one is linked to **your account** (developer key, password,...). " -"For more information, please refer to the provider website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Finally you can limit the delivery method to a few destinations. You can " -"limit it to some countries, states or even zip codes. This feature limits " -"the list of countries on your e-commerce. It is useful for the domestic " -"providers. For example, USPS US only delivers from the United States to the " -"United States." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:95 -msgid "" -"Go the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> Products`. Open the products" -" you want to ship and set a weight on it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:102 -msgid "" -"The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to " -"make the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:115 -msgid "" -"You can now choose the carrier on your sale order. Click on **Delivery " -"method** to choose the right one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:118 -msgid "" -"The price is computed when you save the sale order or when you click on " -"**Set price**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:121 -msgid "" -"If you want to invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, " -"click on **Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery " -"method as a product. It may vary from the real price." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:125 -msgid "" -"Otherwise, the real price (computed when the delivery is validated) will " -"automatically be added to the invoice. For more information, please read the" -" document :doc:`../operation/invoicing`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:132 -msgid "" -"The delivery created from the sale order will take the shipping information " -"from it. You can change the carrier if you want to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:141 -msgid "" -"The weight is computed based on the products weights. The shipping cost will" -" be computed once the transfer is validated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:144 -msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number. The **Carrier Tracking" -" ref** field will automatically be filled. Click on the **Tracking** button " -"to check your delivery on the provider website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:159 -msgid ":doc:`../operation/labels`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:3 -msgid "How to get UPS credentials for integration with Odoo?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:5 -msgid "In order to use the Odoo UPS API, you will need:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:7 -msgid "A UPS.com user ID and password" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:9 -msgid "A UPS account number" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:11 -msgid "An Access Key" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:13 -msgid "" -"An Access Key is a 16 character alpha-numeric code that allows access to the" -" UPS Developer Kit API Development and Production servers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:17 -msgid "Create a UPS Account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Note that only customers located in the US can open a UPS account online. If" -" you are located outside the US, you will need to contact UPS Customer " -"Service in order to to open an account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:23 -msgid "" -"You can read additional information about opening a UPS account on the their" -" website, on the page, `How to Open a UPS Account Online " -"`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:27 -msgid "" -"If you don't already have a UPS account, you can create one along with your " -"online profile by following these steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:30 -msgid "" -"1. Access the UPS.com web site at `www.ups.com `__, and" -" click the **New User** link at the top of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:34 -msgid "" -"2. Click the **Register for MyUPS** button, and follow the prompts to " -"complete the registration process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:37 -msgid "" -"If you already have a UPS account, you can add it to your online profile as " -"follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:39 -msgid "" -"1. Log in to the UPS.com site (`http://www.ups.com `__)" -" using your UPS.com User ID and Password." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:43 -msgid "Click the **My UPS** tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:45 -msgid "Click the **Account Summary** link." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:47 -msgid "" -"4. Click the **Add an Existing UPS Account** link in the **UPS Account " -"Details** section of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:50 -msgid "" -"5. In the **Add New Account** screen, enter the **UPS Account Number**, " -"**Account Name**, and **Postal Code** fields. The country defaults to United" -" States.q" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:54 -msgid "Click the **Next** button to continue." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:57 -msgid "Get an Access Key" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:59 -msgid "" -"After you have added your UPS account number to your user profile you can " -"request an Access Key from UPS using the steps below:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:62 -msgid "" -"1. Go to the **UPS Developer Kit** web page " -"`https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en\\_US " -"`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:65 -msgid "Log into UPS.com with your user ID and password" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:67 -msgid "Click on the link **Request an access key**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:69 -msgid "Verify your contact information" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:71 -msgid "Click the **Request Access Key** button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:73 -msgid "" -"The **Access Key** will be provided to you on the web page, and an email " -"with the Access Key will be sent to the email address of the primary " -"contact." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po deleted file mode 100644 index 5bd8264dc..000000000 --- a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,819 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Mustafa Rawi , 2019 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Mustafa Rawi , 2019\n" -"Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: ar\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 && n%100<=99 ? 4 : 5;\n" - -#: ../../iot.rst:5 -msgid "Internet of Things (IoT)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config.rst:3 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "إعداد" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:3 -msgid "Connect an IoT Box to your database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:5 -msgid "Install the Internet of Things (IoT) App on your Odoo Database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:10 -msgid "Go in the IoT App and click on Connect on the IoT Boxes page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:15 -msgid "Follow the steps to connect your IoT Box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:21 -msgid "Ethernet Connection" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Connect to the IoT Box all the devices that have to be connected with cables" -" (ethernet, usb devices, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:26 -msgid "Power on the IoT Box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:28 -msgid "Then click on the Scan button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:34 -msgid "WiFi Connection" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:36 -msgid "Power on the IoT Box" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:38 -msgid "Copy the token" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Connect to the IoT Box WiFi Network (make sure there is no ethernet cable " -"plugged in your computer)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:49 -msgid "" -"You will be redirected to the IoT Box Homepage (if it doesn't work, connect " -"to the IP address of the box). Give a name to your IoT Box (not required) " -"and paste the token, then click on next." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:57 -msgid "" -"If you are on Runbot, do not forget to add the -all or -base in the token " -"(e.g. this token **http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-" -"f3f920.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401** should become " -"**http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-f3f920-all.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401**)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Choose the WiFi network you want to connect with (enter the password if " -"there is one) and click on Submit. Wait a few seconds before being " -"redirected to your database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:70 -msgid "You should now see the IoT Box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:76 -msgid "IoT Box Schema" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:3 -msgid "Flashing your SD Card" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In some case, you may need to reflash your IoT Box’s SD Card to benefit from" -" our latest updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:9 -msgid "Updating your SD Card with Etcher" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Go to Balena’s website and download `Etcher `__, " -"It’s a free and open-source utility used for burning image files. Install " -"and launch it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Now, download the latest image `here " -"`__, and extract it from the " -"zip file. Then, open *Etcher* and select the image. Select the drive to " -"flash (where your SD Card is) and click on *Flash*!." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Now, your image will be automatically updated. You just have to wait 5 " -"minutes for it to finish." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:3 -msgid "IoT Box not found" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When using your IoT Box, a common issue you might encounter is that your box" -" is not found on your database. Fortunately, there are a few easy steps you " -"can follow to find your IoT box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:10 -msgid "HTTPS Issues" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:12 -msgid "Your IoT Box is not found? You probably have https issues!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:14 -msgid "" -"To check it, go to your database and verify if your database address starts " -"with an https (like https://www.odoo.com). If this is the case, then you may" -" have problems with your IoT Box image. It should be version 18.12 or later." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:19 -msgid "" -"If your IoT Box image is from an earlier version, then you will have to " -"reflash the SD card of your IoT Box to update the image (the latest image " -"can be found `here `__)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:23 -msgid "" -"You can find the documentation about SD card flashing here (`here " -"`__)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:3 -msgid "Use the IoT Box for the PoS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:9 -msgid "Prerequisites" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:11 -msgid "Before starting, make sure you have the following:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:13 -msgid "An IoT Box" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:15 -msgid "A 2A Power adapter with pi 3 b+ 2.5 A" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:17 -msgid "A computer or tablet with an up-to-date web browser" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:19 -msgid "" -"A running SaaS or Odoo instance with the Point of Sale and IoT apps " -"installed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:22 -msgid "A local network setup with DHCP (this is the default setting)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:24 -msgid "" -"An Epson USB TM-T20 Printer or another ESC/POS compatible printer " -"(officially supported printers are listed at the `POS Hardware page " -"`__)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:28 -msgid "A Honeywell Eclipse USB Barcode Scanner or another compatible scanner" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:30 -msgid "An Epson compatible cash drawer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:32 -msgid "An RJ45 Ethernet Cable (optional, WiFi is built in)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:35 -msgid "Set Up" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:37 -msgid "" -"To connect hardware to the PoS, the first step is to connect an IoT Box to " -"your database. For this, follow this `documentation " -"`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:44 -msgid "Then, you have to connect the peripheral devices to your IoT Box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Officially supported hardware is listed on `the POS Hardware page " -"`__, but other hardware" -" might work as well." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:50 -msgid "**Printer**: Connect an ESC/POS printer to a USB port and power it on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:53 -msgid "" -"**Cash drawer**: The cash drawer should be connected to the printer with an " -"RJ25 cable." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:56 -msgid "" -"**Barcode scanner**: Connect your barcode scanner. In order for your barcode" -" scanner to be compatible it must behave as a keyboard and must be " -"configured in **US QWERTY**. It also must end barcodes with an Enter " -"character (keycode 28). This is most likely the default configuration of " -"your barcode scanner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:62 -msgid "**Scale**: Connect your scale and power it on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:64 -msgid "" -"**Ethernet**: If you do not wish to use Wi-Fi, plug in the Ethernet cable. " -"Make sure this will connect the IoT Box to the same network as your POS " -"device." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:68 -msgid "" -"**Wi-Fi**: The current version of the IoT Box has Wi-Fi built in. Make sure " -"not to plug in an Ethernet cable when booting, because all Wi-Fi " -"functionality will be bypassed when a wired network connection is available " -"on boot." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Once it's done, you can connect the IoT Box to your PoS. For this, go in " -"Point of Sale > Configuration > PoS, tick the box \"IoT Box\" and select the" -" IoT Box you want to connect with. Save the changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:77 -msgid "Set up is done, you can launch a new PoS Session." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:80 -msgid "Troubleshoot" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:83 -msgid "The PoS cannot connect to the IoT Box" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:85 -msgid "" -"The easiest way to make sure the IoT Box is properly set-up is to turn it on" -" with the printer plugged in as it will print a receipt indicating any error" -" if encountered or the IoT Box's IP address in case of success. If no " -"receipt is printed, check the following steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:91 -msgid "" -"Make sure the IoT Box is powered on, indicated by a brightly lit red status " -"LED." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:94 -msgid "" -"Make sure the IoT Box is ready, this is indicated by a brightly lit green " -"status LED just next to the red power status LED. The IoT Box should be " -"ready ~2 minutes after it is started." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:98 -msgid "" -"Make sure the IoT Box is connected to the same network as your POS device. " -"Both the device and the IoT Box should be visible in the list of connected " -"devices on your network router." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:102 -msgid "" -"If you specified the IoT Box's IP address in the configuration, make sure it" -" corresponds to the ip address printed on the IoT Box's status receipt." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:106 -msgid "Make sure that the POS is not loaded over HTTPS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:108 -msgid "" -"A bug in Firefox's HTTP implementation might prevent the autodiscovery from " -"working reliably. You could also manually set up the IoT Box's IP address in" -" the POS configuration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:113 -msgid "The Barcode Scanner is not working" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:115 -msgid "" -"The barcode scanner must be configured in US QWERTY and emit an Enter after " -"each barcode. This is the default configuration of most barcode readers. " -"Refer to the barcode reader documentation for more information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:120 -msgid "" -"The IoT Box needs a 2A power supply to work with some barcode scanners. If " -"you are not using the provided power supply, make sure the one you use has " -"enough power." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:124 -msgid "" -"Some barcode scanners will need more than 2A and will not work, or will work" -" unreliably, even with the provided power supply. In those case you can plug" -" the barcode scanner in a self-powered USB hub." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:129 -msgid "" -"Some poorly built barcode scanners do not advertise themselves as barcode " -"scanners but as a usb keyboard instead, and will not be recognized by the " -"IoT Box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:134 -msgid "The Barcode Scanner is not working reliably" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:136 -msgid "" -"Make sure that no more than one device with 'Scan via Proxy'/'Barcode " -"Scanner' enabled are connected to the IoT Box at the same time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:140 -msgid "Printing the receipt takes too much time" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:142 -msgid "" -"A small delay before the first print is expected, as the IoT Box will do " -"some preprocessing to speed up the next printings. If you suffer delays " -"afterwards it is most likely due to poor network connection between the POS " -"and the IoT Box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:148 -msgid "Some characters are not correctly printed on the receipt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:150 -msgid "" -"The IoT Box does not support all languages and characters. It currently " -"supports Latin and Cyrillic based scripts, with basic Japanese support." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:155 -msgid "The printer is offline" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:157 -msgid "" -"Make sure the printer is connected, powered, has enough paper and has its " -"lid closed, and is not reporting an error. If the error persists, please " -"contact support." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:162 -msgid "The cashdrawer does not open" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:164 -msgid "" -"The cashdrawer should be connected to the printer and should be activated in" -" the POS configuration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices.rst:3 -msgid "Devices" -msgstr "الأجهزة" - -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:3 -msgid "Connect a Camera" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When using your *IoT Box* in Odoo, you could need to use a camera. As it can" -" be done in a few steps, this device is really easy to configure. Then, you " -"can use it in your manufacturing process and link it to a control point. " -"Doing so will allow you to take pictures when you reach the chosen quality " -"control point." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:12 ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:13 -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:11 -msgid "Connection" -msgstr "الاتصال" - -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:14 -msgid "" -"To connect the camera to the *IoT Box*, simply combine the two by cable." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:18 -msgid "In some cases, a serial to USB adapter could be needed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:20 -msgid "" -"If your camera is a `*supported one* `__, there is no need to set up anything as it will be detected as " -"soon as it is connected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:27 -msgid "" -"In some cases, you could need to restart the box and download your camera’s " -"drivers from the box. To do so, go to your *IoT Box Home Page* and click on " -"*drivers list*. Then, click on load drivers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:35 -msgid "Link a Camera to a Quality Control Point" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:38 ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:42 -msgid "With the Manufacturing app" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:40 -msgid "" -"In your *Quality app*, you can setup the device on a *Quality Control " -"Point*. Go to the *Control Points* menu, under *Quality Control* and open " -"the control point you want to link with the camera." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Now, you can edit the control point and select the device from the dropdown " -"list. Now, hit save." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Then, your camera can be used with the picked *Control Point*. During the " -"manufacturing process, reaching the *Quality Control Point* you chose before" -" will allow you to take a picture." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:3 -msgid "Connect a Footswitch" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When working, it is always better to have your two hands available. Using " -"Odoo’s *IoT Box* and a footswitch will allow it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In fact, you will be able to go from one screen to another by using your " -"foot and the footswitch. Really convenient, it can be configured in a few " -"steps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Connecting the footswitch to the *IoT Box* is easy, you just have to combine" -" the two by cable." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:19 -msgid "In some cases, a serial to USB adapter may be needed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:21 -msgid "" -"If your footswitch is a `supported one `__, there is no need to set up anything since it will be " -"automatically detected when connected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:28 -msgid "" -"If it is not a supported one, you may need to restart the box and download " -"your footswitch’s drivers from the box. To do so, go to the *IoT Box Home " -"Page* and click on *drivers list*. Then, click on load drivers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:37 -msgid "Link a Footswitch to a Workcenter" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:39 -msgid "" -"To link the footswitch to an action, it needs to be configured on a " -"workcenter. Go to the workcenter you want to use the footswitch in and add " -"the device in the *IoT Triggers* tab. Then, you can link it to an action and" -" also add a key to trigger it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Note that the one that is first in the list will be chosen. So, the order " -"matters! In the picture above, using the footswitch will, for example, " -"automatically skip the current part of the process you work on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:52 -msgid "" -"When you are on the work order screen, a status button indicates if you are " -"correctly connected to the footswitch." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:3 -msgid "Connect a Measurement Tool" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:5 -msgid "" -"With Odoo’s *IoT Box*, it is possible to connect measurement tools to your " -"database. Find the list of supported devices here: `Supported devices " -"`__,." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:10 -msgid "Connect in USB" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To add a device connected by USB, just plug the USB cable in the *IoT Box*, " -"restart the Box and the device should appear in your Odoo database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:19 -msgid "" -"If the device is not found, make sure the drivers have well been loaded on " -"your IoT Box. For this, connect to the *IoT Box Homepage* and click on load " -"drivers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:27 -msgid "Connect in Bluetooth" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Activate the Bluetooth on your device (see your device manual for further " -"explanation) and the IoT Box will automatically try to connect to the " -"device." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:33 -msgid "Here is an example of what it should look like:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:39 -msgid "Link a measurement tool to a quality control point" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:44 -msgid "" -"In your *Quality app*, you can setup a device on your *Quality Control " -"Points*. To do so, go to the *Control Points* menu, under *Quality Control* " -"and open the control point to which you want to assign a measurement tool." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Now, you can edit the control point and choose the device from the dropdown " -"list. Then, hit save." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Now, your measurement tool is linked to the chosen *Control Point*. The " -"value, which needs to be changed manually, will be automatically updated " -"while the tool is being used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:3 -msgid "Connect a Printer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When using your *IoT Box* in Odoo, you could need to use a printer. Doing so" -" is easy and convenient as it can be done in a few steps. Then, you can use " -"it to print receipts, orders or even reports in different Odoo apps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:13 -msgid "" -"To connect the printer to the *IoT Box*, you just have to combine the two by" -" cable." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:17 -msgid "Sometimes, a serial to USB adapter may be needed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:19 -msgid "" -"If your printer is a `supported one `__, there is no need to set up anything because it will be " -"automatically detected as soon as it is connected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:24 -msgid "The printer can take up to two minutes to appear in your devices list." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:29 -msgid "" -"In some cases, you may need to restart the box and download your printer’s " -"drivers from the box. To do so, go to the *IoT Box Home Page* and click on " -"*drivers list*. Then, click on load drivers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:37 -msgid "Link the Printer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:40 -msgid "To Work Orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:42 -msgid "" -"You can link *Work Orders* to printers via a *Quality Control Point* to " -"print labels for manufactured products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:45 -msgid "" -"To do so, you need to create a *Quality Control Point* from the *Quality* " -"app. Then, you can select the correct manufacturing operation and the work " -"order operation. In type, choose *Print Label* and hit save." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Now, each time you reach the quality control point for the chosen product, a" -" *Print Label* button will appear." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:60 -msgid "To Reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:62 -msgid "" -"You can also link a type of report to a certain printer. In the *IoT* app, " -"go to the *Devices* menu and select the printer you want to set up." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:69 -msgid "Now, go to the *Printer Reports* tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:74 -msgid "" -"Hit edit and then, click on *Add a line*. In the window that shows up, check" -" all the types of reports that should be linked to this printer. Click on " -"select and save." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:81 -msgid "" -"Now, each time you click on *Print* in the control panel, instead of " -"downloading a PDF, it will send it to the selected printer and automatically" -" print it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:86 -msgid "Print Receipts from the PoS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:88 -msgid "" -"You can link a printer to your *Point of Sale* app so you can print receipts" -" directly from your *PoS*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:91 -msgid "" -"Doing so is really easy. Go to your *Point of Sale* app and open your *PoS* " -"settings, under *Configuration*. There, click on *Edit* and check the *IoT " -"Box* feature. Then, enable the *Receipt Printer*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:98 -msgid "" -"Now, on your *PoS* view, you will be able to print different kinds of " -"tickets: **receipts**, **sale details** and **bills**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:101 -msgid "" -"For the receipt, it will be printed once the order is validated. The process" -" is automated when you enable the feature in your *PoS*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:104 -msgid "" -"Sales details can be printed by clicking on the printer icon on the navbar " -"at the top of the *PoS*. It will print the details of the sales of the " -"current day." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:111 -msgid "" -"As for the bill, it is only available in restaurant mode. In your restaurant" -" settings, activate bills and a *Bill* button will appear in the left panel." -" Click on it and it will print the bill." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:119 -msgid "Print Orders in the kitchen" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:121 -msgid "In restaurant mode, you can send order tickets to the kitchen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:123 -msgid "" -"To do so, go to the *PoS* app and open your *PoS* settings. Then, tick " -"*Order Printer*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:129 -msgid "" -"Now, go to the *Printers* menu. Hit create and select the *IoT Box* with all" -" the categories of product that should be printed in the *Printer Product " -"Categories* field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:136 -msgid "" -"In the *PoS*, when you add or remove a product from one of the selected " -"categories, the button *Order* will be green. If you click on it, a ticket " -"will be printed." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po deleted file mode 100644 index 647f42a4c..000000000 --- a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,197 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Abdalla Mohamed , 2019 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:39+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Abdalla Mohamed , 2019\n" -"Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: ar\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 && n%100<=99 ? 4 : 5;\n" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:5 -msgid "Live Chat" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:8 -msgid "Chat in real time with website visitors" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:10 -msgid "" -"With Odoo Live Chat, you can establish a direct contact with your website " -"visitors. A simple dialog box will be available on their screen and will " -"allow them to get in touch with one of your sales representatives. This way," -" you can easily turn prospects into potential business opportunities. You " -"will also be able to provide assistance to your customers. Overall, this is " -"the perfect tool to improve customer satisfaction." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:19 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "الإعدادات" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:21 -msgid "" -"To get the Live Chat feature, open the Apps module, search for \"Live Chat\"" -" and then click on install." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:27 -msgid "" -"The Live Chat module provides you a direct access to your channels. There, " -"operators can easily join and leave the chat." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:34 -msgid "Add the live chat to an Odoo website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:36 -msgid "" -"If your website was created with Odoo, then the live chat is automatically " -"added to it. All that is left to do, is to go to :menuselection:`Website -->" -" Configuration --> Settings` to select the channel to be linked to the " -"website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:45 -msgid "Add the live chat to an external website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:47 -msgid "" -"If your website was not created with Odoo, go to the Live Chat module and " -"then select the channel to be linked. There, you can simply copy paste the " -"code available into your website. A specific url you can send to customers " -"or suppliers for them to access the live chat is also provided." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:54 -msgid "Hide / display the live chat according to rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Rules for the live chat can be defined on the channel form. For instance, " -"you can choose to display the chat in the countries you speak the language " -"of. On the contrary, you are able to hide the chat in countries your company" -" does not sell in. If you select *Auto popup*, you can also set the length " -"of time it takes for the chat to appear." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:66 -msgid "Prepare automatic messages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:68 -msgid "" -"On the channel form, in the *Options* section, several messages can be typed" -" to appear automatically on the chat. This will entice visitors to reach you" -" through the live chat." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:76 -msgid "Start chatting with customers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:78 -msgid "" -"In order to start chatting with customers, first make sure that the channel " -"is published on your website. To do so, select *Unpublished on Website* on " -"the top right corner of the channel form to toggle the *Published* setting. " -"Then, the live chat can begin once an operator has joined the channel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:88 -msgid "" -"If no operator is available and/or if the channel is unpublished on the " -"website, then the live chat button will not appear to visitors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Conversations initiated by visitors also appear in the Discuss module in " -"addition to popping up as a direct message. Therefore, inquiries can be " -"answered wherever you are in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:96 -msgid "" -"If there are several operators who have all joined a channel, the system " -"will dispatch visitor sessions randomly between them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:100 -msgid "Use commands" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:102 -msgid "" -"Commands are useful shortcuts for completing certain actions or to access " -"information you might need. To use this feature, simply type the commands " -"into the chat. The following actions are available :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:106 -msgid "**/help** : show a helper message." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:108 -msgid "**/helpdesk** : create a helpdesk ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:110 -msgid "**/helpdesk\\_search** : search for a helpdesk ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:112 -msgid "**/history** : see 15 last visited pages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:114 -msgid "**/lead** : create a new lead." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:116 -msgid "**/leave** : leave the channel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:119 -msgid "" -"If a helpdesk ticket is created from the chat, then the conversation it was " -"generated from will automatically appear as the description of the ticket. " -"The same goes for the creation of a lead." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:124 -msgid "Send canned responses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:126 -msgid "" -"Canned responses allow you to create substitutes to generic sentences you " -"frequently use. Typing a word instead of several will save you a lot of " -"time. To add canned responses, go to :menuselection:`LIVE CHAT --> " -"Configuration --> Canned Responses` and create as many as you need to. Then," -" to use them during a chat, simply type \":\" followed by the shortcut you " -"assigned." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:136 -msgid "" -"You now have all of the tools needed to chat in live with your website " -"visitors, enjoy !" -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po deleted file mode 100644 index 7555b2b4f..000000000 --- a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1159 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Abdalla Mohamed , 2019 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Abdalla Mohamed , 2019\n" -"Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: ar\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 && n%100<=99 ? 4 : 5;\n" - -#: ../../manufacturing.rst:5 -msgid "Manufacturing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management.rst:5 -msgid "Manufacturing Management" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:3 -msgid "Using an alternative Work Center" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:5 -msgid "" -"For many manufacturing companies, a common issue is to have to manufacture, " -"at the same time, several products usually produced at the same work center." -" If in practice, employees can manufacture the goods at another work center," -" it is not that simple." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:10 -msgid "" -"You need to keep track of the job: which work center has been used and when," -" so you can schedule maintenance efficiently. With Odoo, you can configure " -"it so you can keep tracking manufacturing orders and your employees have an " -"alternative work center to use." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:15 -msgid "" -"This way, your process becomes more efficient, and less non-productive time " -"will be noticed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:20 -msgid "Configure your Work Centers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:22 -msgid "" -"The first thing to do is to go to the *Manufacturing* app settings. Then, " -"enable the *Work Orders* feature and hit save." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Now, go to the *Work Centers* menu under *Master Data* and create two new " -"work centers. Add the second work centers as an alternative to the first and" -" vice versa." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:39 -msgid "" -"The next step is to create your *routing*. Add your work center and an " -"operation to it before saving." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Then, you can create your *Bill of Materials* and add components and routing" -" to it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:56 -msgid "Create your Work Orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Now that everything is configured, you can create your *Work Orders*. Go to " -"the *Manufacturing Orders* menu and hit *Create*. There, add your product " -"and plan it. In the *Work Orders* list, you can find it ready to be " -"assembled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Each new *Work Order*, which will be created before the end of the first " -"one, will be scheduled at the alternative work center you configured." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:78 -msgid "" -"Keep in mind that, if you add time after production to your work center, you" -" may have work orders scheduled for your alternative work center even if the" -" usual one is free." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:3 -msgid "Create Bills of Materials" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A *Bill of Materials* is a document defining the quantity of each component " -"required to manufacture a finished product. It also includes the routing and" -" individual steps of the manufacturing process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:9 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can link multiple BoMs to each product and use it to describe" -" multiple variants of them. Each BoM will, yet, be associated with one " -"product only." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:13 -msgid "" -"This feature will help optimize your manufacturing process while saving you " -"time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:17 -msgid "Setting up a BoM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:19 -msgid "" -"You can use BoMs without routings. You will use this if you choose to manage" -" your manufacturing operations using manufacturing orders only. In other " -"words, you choose to realize your manufacturing process in one step and do " -"not track the steps the product goes through." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Before creating your *BoM*, you have to create the product using the *BoM* " -"and, at least, one of the components. Go to the *Master Data* menu > " -"*Products* and create both the finished product and the component." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Once done, go to the *Bills of Materials* menu under *Master Data*. Now, " -"create it. Choose the product from the dropdown menu and add your components" -" and the quantity. In this case, keep the default *BoM* type, which is " -"*Manufacture this Product*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:38 -msgid "Using the same BoM to describe Variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:40 -msgid "" -"As said above, you can use *BoM* for *Product Variants*. It is basically the" -" same as for the standard product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:43 -msgid "" -"If your *BoM* is for one variant only, then specify which one in the " -"*Product Variant* field. If not, specify the variant it is consumed for on " -"each component line. You can add several variants for each component." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:52 -msgid "Adding a routing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:54 -msgid "" -"You can add routing to your *BoM*. You will do this if you need to define a " -"series of operations required by your manufacturing process. To use it, " -"enable the *Work Orders* feature in the *Manufacturing* app settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Each *BoM* can have only one routing while each routing can be used multiple" -" times." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Now that you have created your routing, add it to your *BoM*. You can select" -" when, in the work operations, your components are consumed with the " -"dropdown menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:74 -msgid "Adding By-Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:76 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, a *by-product* is any product produced by a *BoM* in addition to " -"the primary product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:79 -msgid "" -"To add *by-products* to a *BoM*, you will first need to enable them from the" -" *Manufacturing* app settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:85 -msgid "" -"Once the feature is enabled, you can add your *By-Products* to your *BoMs*. " -"You can add as many *By-Products* as you want. Just keep in mind that you " -"need to register during which operation your by-product is produced." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:3 -msgid "Use flexible components consumption" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Sometimes, you might need more components than usual to manufacture a " -"product. Let’s say that you produce a desk combination of 4 desks and two " -"chairs but your customer asks you one more desk. Alright, you can do that. " -"But you will need to register it!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:10 -msgid "" -"In case this happens, Odoo has the *flexible components consumption* feature" -" available. If you enable it, you will be able to consume as many components" -" as needed and it will make you save time in the registration of your items " -"consumption." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:16 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:31 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:66 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:9 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:9 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "الإعدادات" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Using flexible component consumption is easy and can be done in a few steps." -" All you need is a *BoM* and a *Quality Control Point*. Therefore, you will " -"need to activate the feature *Quality* in the *MRP* app settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:23 -msgid "" -"First, open the *BoM* you want to use for flexible component consumption and" -" edit it. In the *Miscellaneous* tab, choose *Flexible* as the consumption " -"type. Then, save." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Now, in the *Quality* app, open the *Control Point* menu, under *Quality " -"Control* and create a new *Quality Control Point*. Choose your product, your" -" operation and work order operation. Then, choose *Register Consumed " -"Materials* as type." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Next, go back to your *Manufacturing* app and create a *Manufacturing " -"order*. Choose the product for which you have created the flexible *BoM*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Then, confirm it and launch the process step. While processing, you will " -"have the possibility to consume more components than expected in the *BoM*. " -"To do so, click on *Continue Consumption*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:49 -msgid "" -"When the job is over, you will find a summary of your component consumption " -"in the *Finished Steps* tab of your work order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:3 -msgid "Sell sets of products as kits" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A *kit* is a set of components that are delivered without first being " -"assembled or mixed. *Kits* are described in Odoo using *Bills of Materials*." -" There are two basic ways to configure *kits*, depending on how the stock of" -" the kit product is to be managed. In either case, both the *Inventory* and " -"*Manufacturing* apps must be installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:12 -msgid "Manage Stock of Component Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:14 -msgid "" -"If you want to assemble kits as they are ordered, managing stock of the kit " -"components only, you will use a *Kit BoM* without a manufacturing step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:18 -msgid "" -"A product using a *Kit BoM* will appear as a single line item on a quotation" -" and sales order, but will generate a delivery order with one line item for " -"each of the components of the kit. In the examples below, the first image " -"shows a sales order for the kit *Custom Computer Kit*, while the second " -"image shows the corresponding delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:33 -msgid "" -"From the *Products menu* in either the *Inventory* or *Manufacturing* app, " -"create each component product as you would with any other product, then " -"create the top-level, or kit product. The kit product should have only the " -"*route Manufacture* set, in the *Inventory tab*. Because you cannot track " -"the stock of kit products, the *Product Type* should be set to Consumable. " -"Because a kit product cannot be purchased, then, *Can be Purchased* should " -"be unchecked." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:41 -msgid "" -"All other parameters on the kit product may be modified according to your " -"preference. The component products require no particular configuration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Once the products are configured, create a *bill of materials* for the kit " -"product. Add each component and its quantity. Select the *BoM Type Ship this" -" product as a set of components*. All other options may be left with their " -"default values." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:57 -msgid "Manage Stock of Kit Product and Component Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:59 -msgid "" -"If you want to manage stock of the *top-level kit product*, you will use a " -"standard *BoM* with a manufacturing step instead of a *Kit BoM*. When using " -"a standard BoM to assemble kits, a *manufacturing order* will be created. " -"The *manufacturing order* must be registered as completed before the kit " -"product will appear in your stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:68 -msgid "" -"On the kit product, select the *route Manufacture*. You may also select " -"*Make to Order*, which will create a *manufacturing order* whenever a sales " -"order is confirmed. Select the product type *Storable Product* to enable " -"stock management." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:76 -msgid "" -"When you create the *bill of materials*, select the BoM Type *Manufacture " -"this product*. The assembly of the kit will be described by a *manufacturing" -" order* rather than a packing operation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:3 -msgid "Process Manufacturing Orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, you can manage your manufacturing process in two different ways. " -"You can work with one document, or decide to have more information and " -"control over it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:9 -msgid "" -"In the first case, Odoo makes things easier and helps you manage work with " -"one document only: the manufacturing order. No complex steps during the " -"process, you just have to schedule the job and record the production." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:14 -msgid "" -"But, if you need more control, you can use additional documents (steps) to " -"your manufacturing process. This way, *Manufacturing Orders* are divided " -"into one or more steps defined by *Work Orders* and performed in a sequence " -"defined by *routings*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Using Odoo will allow you to precisely schedule the job, analyze your " -"efficiency but also have ease when realizing each step of your manufacturing" -" process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:24 -msgid "Manage Manufacturing Without Routings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:26 -msgid "" -"If your manufacturing process is limited to one place, one person and one " -"step, you will probably use manufacturing orders without routings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:29 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, it is the default behavior. If work this way, there are two basic " -"phases from planning to production:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:32 -msgid "Create a manufacturing order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:34 -msgid "Record the production" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:37 -msgid "Manage Manufacturing with Routings and Work Centers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:39 -msgid "" -"To use *Work Centers* and *Routings*, you will need to enable the *Work " -"Orders* feature. To do so, go to the *Manufacturing* app settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Now, you can add routings to *BoMs* and configure your operations taking " -"place at different *work centers*. The *Work Centers* are the locations at " -"which work orders are performed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:53 -msgid "" -"When manufacturing this way, each *Work Order* is scheduled individually. " -"You will also have access to time and capacity planning, as well as reports " -"on costing and efficiency for each *Work Center*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:60 -msgid "Thus, the workflow is divided into three basic phases:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:62 -msgid "Create the manufacturing order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:67 -msgid "Schedule the associated work orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:72 -msgid "Perform the scheduled work and record production" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:3 -msgid "Plan Work Orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In some cases, companies need to schedule their work orders. Doing so, they " -"can organize the work for the whole day and be sure everything goes well. It" -" helps to avoid scheduling multiple work orders at the same time when you " -"don’t have the capacity to do so." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:10 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, companies can schedule the planned start date for their " -"manufacturing orders. No possible duplication, no potential issues with the " -"planning. And, if you plan two work orders at the same work center, at the " -"same hour, the second one will be scheduled right after the first one, " -"avoiding work superposition." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:17 -msgid "Create the Work Orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:19 -msgid "" -"The first thing you need to do is to open the *Manufacturing* app. Then, Go " -"to the settings and enable the *Work Orders* feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Now, go to the *Manufacturing Orders* menu and hit *Create*. Choose your " -"product and add a *Planned Start Date*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:32 -msgid "" -"The “Deadline Start” field is informative. It shows you until when you can " -"launch the manufacturing order to fulfill the initial demand." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Mark your *Manufacturing Order* as todo and plan it. By going to the " -"*Planning* menu, you can access to the scheduled orders. Here is the one we " -"just created:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:43 -msgid "" -"If you plan two work orders at the same hour, the second one will be " -"scheduled after the first one if the jobs need to be done at the same work " -"center. The start date will, then, be automatically updated considering the " -"first free slot on the work center." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:48 -msgid "" -"If you overrun the planned date and begin the job later, you will have a " -"track of it in the *Time Tracking* tab of your work order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage BoMs for product variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo allows you to use one bill of materials for multiple variants of the " -"same product. Simply enable variants from :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:12 -msgid "" -"You will then be able to specify which component lines are to be used in the" -" manufacture of each product variant. You may specify multiple variants for " -"each line. If no variant is specified, the line will be used for all " -"variants." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:17 -msgid "" -"When defining variant BoMs on a line-item-basis, the **Product Variant** " -"field in the main section of the BoM should be left blank. This field is " -"used when creating a BoM for one variant of a product only." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:3 -msgid "Set routings on kit Bills of materials" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:5 -msgid "" -"It often happens that you want to use kit BoM’s within manufactured product " -"BoM’s in order to lighten the list of components for this manufactured " -"product. When doing so, you would like to have the possibility to specify, " -"for each kit component, in which operation they are consumed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:11 -msgid "" -"We will see the three use cases that you can face in these kinds of " -"configurations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:15 -msgid "Finished Product & Kit Component have the same Routing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:18 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:63 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:107 -msgid "Create BoM for the Finished Product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:20 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Create a manufactured BoM for the finished product which includes a kit " -"component. Set a routing on your BoM, for example, *Assemble Furniture*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:28 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:73 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:117 -msgid "Create a Kit BoM for the Kit Component" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Update the kit component to define its BoM. Make sure that the routing which" -" is set on this BoM is the same one than on the Finished Product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:36 -msgid "" -"You can define the operations in which the kit components are used directly " -"in the BoM of the kit." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:40 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:84 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:127 -msgid "Manufacturing Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:42 -msgid "" -"In the list of components, the kit is split. Two work orders are created as " -"we have two operations defined in the *Assemble Furniture* routing. The " -"components of the kits are well consumed in the operations defined in the " -"kit BoM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:57 -msgid "Finished Product & Kit Component haven’t the same Routing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:60 -msgid "Kit Consumption set on Finished Product BoM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:75 -msgid "" -"Update the kit component to define its BoM. In this use case, the routing " -"which is set on this Kit BoM is different than the one of the Finished " -"Product. Specify the operations at which the kit components are consumed in " -"this BoM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:86 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:129 -msgid "" -"When the manufacturing order is created for the Manufactured product, the " -"kit is split among its components. When the manufacturing order is planned, " -"three work orders are created in our case, one coming from the routing of " -"the manufactured products, the two other ones coming from the routing of the" -" kit BoM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:95 -msgid "The components are all consumed during their respective operations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:104 -msgid "Kit Consumption set on Kit BoM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:109 -msgid "" -"Create a manufactured BoM for the finished product which includes a kit " -"component. Set a routing on your BoM, for example, *Assemble Furniture*. " -"Precise the consumption of the components on this BoM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:119 -msgid "" -"Update the kit component to define its BoM. In this use case, the routing " -"which is set on this Kit BoM is different than the one of the Finished " -"Product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:138 -msgid "" -"All the components of the kits are consumed during the first operation. The " -"last component is consumed during the second operation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:3 -msgid "Manage semi-finished products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, you can use subassembly products to simplify a complex *Bill of " -"Materials* or to represent your manufacturing flow more accurately. A " -"*subassembly product* is a manufactured product that is used as a component " -"to make another one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:10 -msgid "" -"A *BoM* that employs *subassemblies* is referred to as a multi-level BoM. " -"Those are accomplished by creating a *top-level BoM* and *subassembly ones*." -" This process requires a route that will ensure that every time a " -"manufacturing order for the top-level product is created, another one will " -"be for subassemblies." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:17 -msgid "Configure the Subassembly Product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:19 -msgid "" -"To configure a *multi-level BoM*, you will need a top-level product but also" -" its subassemblies. The first step is to create a product form for each of " -"the subassemblies. Select the routes *Manufacture* and *Replenish on Order*." -" Now, hit save." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:27 -msgid "" -"In the *Bill of Materials* menu, under *Master Data*, create a new *Bill of " -"Materials*. Choose the product you just created and add its components." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:35 -msgid "Configure the Main BoM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Now, you can configure the top-level product and its *BoM*. Include any " -"subassemblies in the list of components." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Now, each time you will plan a manufacturing order for the top-level " -"product, a manufacturing order will be created for the subassembly one. " -"Then, you will have to manufacture the subassembly in order to make it " -"available before manufacturing the finished product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:3 -msgid "Subcontract the manufacturing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Some businesses subcontract the production of some finished products through" -" subcontractors. This can be easily managed through Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Go to the *Manufacturing app > Configuration > Settings* and tick the box " -"*Subcontracting*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:17 -msgid "" -"You can now define subcontracted *Bill of Materials*. Therefore, you need to" -" go to *Manufacturing > Master Data > Bill of Materials* and hit *Create*. " -"In this *BoM*, list the components which will be used by the subcontractor " -"to manufacture the subcontracted finished product. Specify that the *BoM* " -"type is *Subcontracting*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:22 -msgid "You can also define subcontractors on the BoM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:24 -msgid "If no subcontractor is set, the BoM can be used by any subcontractor" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:26 -msgid "If some are set, the BoM can only be used for those subcontractors" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:32 -msgid "Receive or buy a subcontracted product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:34 -msgid "You have two options to trigger the subcontracting of a product:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:36 -msgid "" -"**Option A**: You can buy the subcontracted product from your subcontractor" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:38 -msgid "**Option B**: You can directly receive the subcontracted product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:40 -msgid "Let’s start with option A (option B is just a simpler version of it)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Create a new purchase order. The vendor must be a subcontractor. The unit " -"price should be the cost you are paying to the subcontractor for the " -"subcontracting (thus, it’s not necessarily the total cost of the " -"subcontracted product)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:50 -msgid "" -"The validation of the purchase order automatically creates the receipt. " -"Whenever you receive the product, you can validate the receipt. The " -"following stock moves are created:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:54 -msgid "For the components" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:56 -msgid "From Subcontracting To Production" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:58 -msgid "For the subcontracted product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:60 -msgid "From Production to Subcontracting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:62 -msgid "From Subcontracting to Stock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The *Subcontracting Location* represents the place where the products are at" -" your subcontractor’s warehouse. It is configured as an internal location, " -"the components that are sent to the subcontractor are still valued in your " -"stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:69 -msgid "" -"For option B, you can simply create the receipt manually with a partner of " -"type subcontractor defined on it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:73 -msgid "Resupply the subcontractor with the components" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:75 -msgid "" -"There are 3 ways to manage the resupply of your subcontractor with the " -"components:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:80 -msgid "**Manually**: You create a delivery order in which you set the" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:79 -msgid "subcontractor as a partner and you choose the components to deliver." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:89 -msgid "**With reordering rules**: You can define a *reordering rule*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:86 -msgid "" -"on the *Subcontracting location* to ensure that they are always enough " -"components sent to your subcontractors. When the reordering rule is " -"triggered, a delivery order is created for the product is automatically " -"created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:97 -msgid "**On order**: You can also deliver the components to your" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:95 -msgid "" -"subcontractors each time you order a subcontracted product. For this, you " -"need to tick the route *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* on the wanted " -"components." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:3 -msgid "Unbuild a product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In Odoo Manufacturing App, you can *Unbuild* products. Two use cases can be " -"managed: (1) you can unbuild products you have built yourself or (2) you can" -" unbuild products you have received." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Let's take the first case, you are manufacturing products yourself. If one " -"of your product presents some defect, you might want to unbuild it instead " -"of scrapping it completely, allowing you to reuse some components of the " -"product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:14 -msgid "" -"In the second case, you are buying products for the sole purpose of " -"unbuilding them and recycling them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:18 -msgid "Unbuild Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:20 -msgid "" -"While in the Manufacturing App, under the *Operations* tab you will find the" -" menu *Unbuild Orders*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:26 -msgid "" -"When creating a new one, you can either select a MO if you are unbuilding " -"something you manufactured or only select a product if you are unbuilding " -"something you received." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:33 -msgid "When you are done, just click unbuild and the process will be over." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:35 -msgid "" -"If you unbuild a product that you manufactured before, you will get the " -"components from the MO back in stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:38 -msgid "" -"If you unbuild a product you bought, you will get the components from the " -"BoM back in stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:3 -msgid "Use the Master Production Schedule" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The Master Production Schedule (MPS) is a valuable tool to plan your " -"production based on your demand forecast." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Go to the *Manufacturing app > Configuration > Settings* and activate the " -"Master Production Schedule feature before hitting save." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:18 -msgid "" -"In the manufacturing settings, you can define the time range of your MPS " -"(month/week/day) and the number of periods you want to display." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Now, go in *Planning > Master Production Schedule* and click on add a " -"product. You can now define your safety stock target (= the stock you want " -"to have on hand at the end of the period) and the minimum and maximum " -"quantities to replenish." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:29 -msgid "" -"The products are ordered in the MPS based on their sequence. You can " -"rearrange that sequence by going on the list of your products and reorganize" -" them with drag and drop." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:36 -msgid "" -"In the MPS view, you can decide which information you would like to show by " -"clicking on *rows*. Some fields can be added to the view, such as *Actual " -"demand*, which will show which quantity of products has already been ordered" -" for the period, or *Available to Promise*, which allows you to know what " -"can still be sold during the period (what you plan to replenish - what is " -"already sold during the period). You can also decide to hide some " -"information if it isn’t necessary." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:48 -msgid "Estimate your demand and launch replenishment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:50 -msgid "" -"The next step is to estimate the demand for the period. This estimation " -"should be entered in the row *Demand Forecast*. You can easily, at any time," -" compare the demand forecast with the actual demand (= confirmed sales). The" -" demand forecast for a finished product will impact the indirect demand for " -"its components." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:59 -msgid "" -"Then, the quantity to replenish for the different periods will be " -"automatically computed. The replenishments you are supposed to launch based " -"on your lead times (vendor lead time or manufacturing lead time) are " -"displayed in green. You can now launch the replenishment by clicking on the " -"replenish button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Depending on the configuration of the product (buy vs. manufacture), " -"requests for quotations or manufacturing orders will be created. You can " -"easily access those by clicking on the *Actual Replenishment* cell." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:75 -msgid "" -"In case you manually edit the *To replenish* quantity, a small cross will " -"appear on the left. In case you want to go back to the automatically " -"computed value given by Odoo, you can click the cross." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:83 -msgid "Cells color signification" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:85 -msgid "" -"The cells, which are part of the *To replenish* line, can take different " -"colors depending on the situation:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:88 -msgid "" -"**Green**: quantity of products which should be replenished to reach the " -"expected safety stock considering the demand forecast and the indirect " -"demand forecast." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:90 -msgid "" -"**Grey**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity " -"still matches current data." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:92 -msgid "" -"**Red**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity " -"was too high considering current data." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:94 -msgid "" -"**Orange**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity" -" was too low considering current data." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:96 -msgid "" -"The *Forecasted stock* line can also contain red cells, which means the " -"stock will be negative during the period in question." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:100 -msgid "What if I have underestimated the demand?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:102 -msgid "" -"You can still increase the demand forecast. It will impact the quantity to " -"replenish. The cell will become orange, and you’ll be able to launch a new " -"replenishment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:107 -msgid "What if I have overestimated the demand?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:109 -msgid "" -"You can decrease the demand forecast. The cell will become red to inform you" -" that you’ve ordered more than planned. If you’re still able to do it, you " -"can cancel some RFQ or MO manually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:114 -msgid "What if I wrongly added a product to the MPS?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:116 -msgid "" -"You can easily remove a product from the MPS by clicking the small bin on " -"the right of its name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview.rst:5 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "نظرة عامة" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair.rst:5 -msgid "Repair Management" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:3 -msgid "Repair products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The Odoo *Repair* app allows you to manage a complete after sales process " -"but also to simply repair products you have manufactured, if they present a " -"defect." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:10 -msgid "Create a Repair Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Once in the app, you can access your existing *Repair Orders* and create a " -"new one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:19 -msgid "Manage a repair" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:21 -msgid "" -"When a customer sends you a product for repair, create a new *Repair Order*." -" Fill it in with all the information you may need such as the product, the " -"customer, if it has to be invoiced after or before the repair, the parts you" -" might need, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Once everything is done, you can then send the repair quotation to your " -"customer. If it is approved, you can confirm the repair. You will then be " -"able to start & end the repair when it is completed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:36 -msgid "You can now invoice the repair." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po deleted file mode 100644 index 2f84241a9..000000000 --- a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,38 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:39+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: ar\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 && n%100<=99 ? 4 : 5;\n" - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:5 -msgid "Mobile" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:8 -msgid "Push Notifications" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:10 -msgid "" -"As of Odoo 12.0, 13.0 or above, there is no more complex configuration to " -"enable push notifications in the mobile app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Simply go to *Settings* > *General Settings* > *Odoo Cloud Notification " -"(OCN)* and make sure that **Push Notifications** is checked." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po deleted file mode 100644 index 3111e0b18..000000000 --- a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1653 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Abdalla Mohamed , 2019 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Abdalla Mohamed , 2019\n" -"Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: ar\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 && n%100<=99 ? 4 : 5;\n" - -#: ../../point_of_sale.rst:5 -msgid "Point of Sale" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced topics" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:3 -msgid "Using barcodes in PoS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Using a barcode scanner to process point of sale orders improves your " -"efficiency and helps you to save time for you and your customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:9 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:25 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:8 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:9 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:10 -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:22 -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:12 -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:12 -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:13 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:9 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:10 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "الإعدادات" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:11 -msgid "" -"To use a barcode scanner, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " -"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Under the IoT Box / Hardware category, you will find *Barcode Scanner* " -"select it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:21 -msgid "Add barcodes to product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Products` and select a " -"product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Under the general information tab, you can find a barcode field where you " -"can input any barcode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:33 -msgid "Scanning products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:35 -msgid "" -"From your PoS interface, scan any barcode with your barcode scanner. The " -"product will be added, you can scan the same product to add it multiple " -"times or change the quantity manually on the screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:3 -msgid "Accept credit card payment using Mercury" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A MercuryPay account (see `*MercuryPay website* " -"`__) is required to accept credit card payments" -" in Odoo 11 PoS with an integrated card reader. MercuryPay only operates " -"with US and Canadian banks making this procedure only suitable for North " -"American businesses." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:11 -msgid "" -"An alternative to an integrated card reader is to work with a standalone " -"card reader, copy the transaction total from the Odoo POS screen into the " -"card reader, and record the transaction in Odoo POS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:16 -msgid "Install Mercury" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:18 -msgid "" -"To install Mercury go to :menuselection:`Apps` and search for the *Mercury* " -"module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:27 -msgid "" -"To configure mercury, you need to activate the developer mode. To do so go " -"to :menuselection:`Apps --> Settings` and select *Activate the developer " -"mode*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:34 -msgid "" -"While in developer mode, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " -"Configuration --> Mercury Configurations`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Create a new configuration for credit cards and enter your Mercury " -"credentials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Then go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment " -"Methods` and create a new one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Under *Point of Sale* when you select *Use in Point of Sale* you can then " -"select your Mercury credentials that you just created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:52 -msgid "" -"You now have a new option to pay by credit card when validating a payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:3 -msgid "Log in with employee" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:5 -msgid "" -"With Odoo *Point of Sale*, you can manage multiple cashiers. This feature " -"allows you to keep track of who is working, when and how much each cashier " -"made for that session." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:9 -msgid "" -"There are three ways to switch cashiers in Odoo: by *selecting the cashier*," -" by *entering a PIN code* or by *scanning a barcode*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:13 -msgid "" -"To manage multiple cashiers, you need several employees (at least two)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:16 -msgid "Set up log in with employees" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:18 -msgid "" -"To enable the feature, go to your *PoS settings* and check log in with " -"employees on your *PoS form*. Then, add the employees that have access to " -"the cash register." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:25 -msgid "Now, you can switch cashier easily." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:28 -msgid "Switch without pin codes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:30 -msgid "" -"The easiest way to switch cashiers is without a code. To do so, click on the" -" cashier name in your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:36 -msgid "Now, you just have to click on your name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:42 -msgid "Switch cashier with pin codes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:44 -msgid "" -"You can set a pin code on each cashier. To set up a pin code, go to the " -"employee form and add a security PIN, in the *HR settings tab*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:50 -msgid "Now, when switching cashier, a PIN password will be asked." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:56 -msgid "Switch cashier with barcodes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:58 -msgid "" -"You can ask your employees to log themselves with their badges. To do so, " -"set up a barcode at the same place you add the PIN code. Print the badge and" -" when they will scan it, the cashier will be switched to that employee." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:67 -msgid "Find who was the cashier" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Once you have closed your *PoS session*, you can have an overview of the " -"amount each cashier sold for. To do so, go to the orders menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:75 -msgid "Now, you can open the order and have a summary of the sold products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:3 -msgid "Reprint Receipts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Use the *Reprint receipt* feature if you have the need to reprint a ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:10 -msgid "" -"To activate *Reprint Receipt*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " -"Configuration --> Point of sale`. and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Reprint Receipt* option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:17 -msgid "" -"In order to allow the option reprint receipt, you need to activate the " -"receipt printer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:23 -msgid "Reprint a receipt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:25 -msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Reprint receipt* button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:30 -msgid "When you use it, you can then reprint your last receipt." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced Pricing Features" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:3 -msgid "Using discount tags with a barcode scanner" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:5 -msgid "" -"If you want to sell your products with a discount, for a product getting " -"close to its expiration date for example, you can use discount tags. They " -"allow you to scan discount barcodes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:10 -msgid "To use discount tags you will need to use a barcode scanner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:13 -msgid "Barcode Nomenclature" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:15 -msgid "To use discounts tags, we need to learn about barcode nomenclature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Let's say you want to have a discount for the product with the following " -"barcode:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:23 -msgid "" -"You can find the *Default Nomenclature* under the settings of your PoS " -"interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Let's say you want 50% discount on a product you have to start your barcode " -"with 22 (for the discount barcode nomenclature) and then 50 (for the %) " -"before adding the product barcode. In our example, the barcode would be:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:41 -msgid "Scan the products & tags" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:43 -msgid "You first have to scan the desired product (in our case, a lemon)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:48 -msgid "" -"And then scan the discount tag. The discount will be applied and you can " -"finish the transaction." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:3 -msgid "Manage a loyalty program" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Encourage your customers to continue to shop at your point of sale with a " -"*Loyalty Program*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:11 -msgid "" -"To activate the *Loyalty Program* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " -"Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface. " -"Under the Pricing features, select *Loyalty Program*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:19 -msgid "From there you can create and edit your loyalty programs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:24 -msgid "" -"You can decide what type of program you wish to use, if the reward is a " -"discount or a gift, make it specific to some products or cover your whole " -"range. Apply rules so that it is only valid in specific situation and " -"everything in between." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:30 -msgid "Use the loyalty program in your PoS interface" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:32 -msgid "" -"When a customer is set, you will now see the points they will get for the " -"transaction and they will accumulate until they are spent. They are spent " -"using the button *Rewards* when they have enough points according to the " -"rules defined in the loyalty program." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:40 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:45 -msgid "" -"You can see the price is instantly updated to reflect the pricelist. You can" -" finalize the order in your usual way." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:44 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:49 -msgid "" -"If you select a customer with a default pricelist, it will be applied. You " -"can of course change it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:3 -msgid "Apply manual discounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:5 -msgid "" -"If you seldom use discounts, applying manual discounts might be the easiest " -"solution for your Point of Sale." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:8 -msgid "" -"You can either apply a discount on the whole order or on specific products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:12 -msgid "Apply a discount on a product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:14 -msgid "From your session interface, use *Disc* button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:19 -msgid "" -"You can then input a discount (in percentage) over the product that is " -"currently selected and the discount will be applied." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:23 -msgid "Apply a global discount" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:25 -msgid "" -"To apply a discount on the whole order, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales" -" --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Under the *Pricing* category, you will find *Global Discounts* select it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:34 -msgid "You now have a new *Discount* button in your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Once clicked you can then enter your desired discount (in percentages)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:44 -msgid "" -"On this example, you can see a global discount of 50% as well as a specific " -"product discount also at 50%." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:3 -msgid "Apply time-limited discounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Entice your customers and increase your revenue by offering time-limited or " -"seasonal discounts. Odoo has a powerful pricelist feature to support a " -"pricing strategy tailored to your business." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To activate the *Pricelists* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales " -"--> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Choose the pricelists you want to make available in this Point of Sale and " -"define the default pricelist. You can access all your pricelists by clicking" -" on *Pricelists*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:23 -msgid "Create a pricelist" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:25 -msgid "" -"By default, you have a *Public Pricelist* to create more, go to " -":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Pricelists`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:31 -msgid "" -"You can set several criterias to use a specific price: periods, min. " -"quantity (meet a minimum ordered quantity and get a price break), etc. You " -"can also chose to only apply that pricelist on specific products or on the " -"whole range." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:37 -msgid "Using a pricelist in the PoS interface" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:39 -msgid "" -"You now have a new button above the *Customer* one, use it to instantly " -"select the right pricelist." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze.rst:3 -msgid "Analyze sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:3 -msgid "View your Point of Sale statistics" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Keeping track of your sales is key for any business. That's why Odoo " -"provides you a practical view to analyze your sales and get meaningful " -"statistics." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:10 -msgid "View your statistics" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To access your statistics go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Reporting " -"--> Orders`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:15 -msgid "You can then see your various statistics in graph or pivot form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:21 -msgid "You can also access the stats views by clicking here" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm.rst:3 -msgid "Belgian Fiscal Data Module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:3 -msgid "Setting up the Fiscal Data Module with the Odoo POS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:6 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The Belgian government requires certain businesses to use a government-" -"certified device called a **Fiscal Data Module** (also known as a " -"**blackbox**). This device works together with the POS application and logs " -"certain transactions. On top of that, the used POS application must also be " -"certified by the government and must adhere to strict standards specified by" -" them. `Odoo 9 (Enterprise Edition) is a certified application " -"`_. More " -"information concerning the Fiscal Data Module can be found on `the official " -"website `_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:20 -msgid "Required hardware" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:22 -msgid "" -"A government certified `Fiscal Data Module " -"`_ per POS, all of them should work, but the " -"Cleancash SC-B is recommended, you will also need:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Serial null modem cable per FDM (`example `__)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Serial-to-USB adapter per FDM (`example " -"`__)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:32 -msgid "A registered IoT Box per POS configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:35 -msgid "Setup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:38 -msgid "IoT Box" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:40 -msgid "" -"In order to use a Fiscal Data Module, you will need a registered IoT Box. " -"These IoT Boxes are similar to the regular IoT Boxes we sell, but they are " -"registered with the Belgian government. This is required by law. Attempting " -"to use a Fiscal Data Module on a non-registered IoT Box will not work. You " -"can verify that the Fiscal Data Module is recognized by the IoT Box by going" -" to the *Hardware status page* via the IoT Box homepage." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:52 -msgid "Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:54 -msgid "" -"An Odoo POS app can be given certified POS capabilities by installing the " -"**Belgian Registered Cash Register** app (technical name: " -"``pos_blackbox_be``). Because of government restrictions imposed on us, this" -" installation cannot be undone. After this, you will have to ensure that " -"each POS configuration has a unique registered IoT Box associated with it " -"(:menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and " -"ensure Hardware Proxy / IoT Box and the serial number of your IoT Box is " -"set). The first time you open the Point of Sale and attempt to do a " -"transaction, you will be asked to input the PIN that you received with your " -"VAT signing card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:69 -msgid "Certification & On-premise" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:71 -msgid "" -"The certification granted by the government is restricted to the use on " -"odoo.com SaaS instance. The usage of the module from the source or a " -"modified version will **not** be certified. For on-premise users, we also " -"support the Fiscal Data Module in such installations. The main restriction " -"is that this requires an obfuscated version of the ``pos_blackbox_be`` " -"module we will provide on request for Enterprise customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:79 -msgid "Restrictions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:81 -msgid "" -"As mentioned before, in order to get certified the POS application must " -"adhere to strict government guidelines. Because of this, a certified Odoo " -"POS has some limitations not present in the non-certified Odoo POS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:86 -msgid "Refunding is disabled" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:87 -msgid "Modifying orderline prices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:88 -msgid "Creating/modifying/deleting POS orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:89 -msgid "Selling products without a valid tax" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:90 -msgid "Multiple Odoo POS configurations per IoT Box are not allowed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:91 -msgid "Using the POS without a connection to the IoT Box (and thus FDM)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:92 -msgid "Blacklisted modules: pos_discount, pos_reprint, pos_loyalty" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview.rst:3 ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:6 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "نظرة عامة" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:3 -msgid "Register customers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Registering your customers will give you the ability to grant them various " -"privileges such as discounts, loyalty program, specific communication. It " -"will also be required if they want an invoice and registering them will make" -" any future interaction with them faster." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:11 -msgid "Create a customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:13 -msgid "From your session interface, use the customer button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:18 -msgid "Create a new one by using this button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:23 -msgid "" -"You will be invited to fill out the customer form with their information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Use the save button when you are done. You can then select that customer in " -"any future transactions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:3 -msgid "Getting started with Odoo Point of Sale" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo's online Point of Sale application is based on a simple, user friendly " -"interface. The Point of Sale application can be used online or offline on " -"iPads, Android tablets or laptops." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Odoo Point of Sale is fully integrated with the Inventory and Accounting " -"applications. Any transaction in your point of sale will be automatically " -"registered in your stock and accounting entries but also in your CRM as the " -"customer can be identified from the app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:17 -msgid "" -"You will be able to run real time statistics and consolidations across all " -"your shops without the hassle of integrating several external applications." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:25 -msgid "Install the Point of Sale application" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:27 -msgid "Go to Apps and install the Point of Sale application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:33 -msgid "" -"If you are using Odoo Accounting, do not forget to install a chart of " -"accounts if it's not already done. This can be achieved in the accounting " -"settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:38 -msgid "Make products available in the Point of Sale" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:40 -msgid "" -"To make products available for sale in the Point of Sale, open a product, go" -" in the tab Sales and tick the box \"Available in Point of Sale\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:48 -msgid "" -"You can also define there if the product has to be weighted with a scale." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:52 -msgid "Configure your payment methods" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:54 -msgid "" -"To add a new payment method for a Point of Sale, go to :menuselection:`Point" -" of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale --> Choose a Point of Sale --> " -"Go to the Payments section` and click on the link \"Payment Methods\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:62 -msgid "" -"Now, you can create new payment methods. Do not forget to tick the box \"Use" -" in Point of Sale\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Once your payment methods are created, you can decide in which Point of Sale" -" you want to make them available in the Point of Sale configuration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:75 -msgid "Configure your Point of Sale" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and" -" select the Point of Sale you want to configure. From this menu, you can " -"edit all the settings of your Point of Sale." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:82 -msgid "Create your first PoS session" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:85 -msgid "Your first order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:87 -msgid "" -"You are now ready to make your first sales through the PoS. From the PoS " -"dashboard, you see all your points of sale and you can start a new session." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:94 -msgid "You now arrive on the PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:99 -msgid "" -"Once an order is completed, you can register the payment. All the available " -"payment methods appear on the left of the screen. Select the payment method " -"and enter the received amount. You can then validate the payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:104 -msgid "You can register the next orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:107 -msgid "Close the PoS session" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:109 -msgid "" -"At the end of the day, you will close your PoS session. For this, click on " -"the close button that appears on the top right corner and confirm. You can " -"now close the session from the dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:117 -msgid "" -"It's strongly advised to close your PoS session at the end of each day." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:119 -msgid "You will then see a summary of all transactions per payment method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:124 -msgid "" -"You can click on a line of that summary to see all the orders that have been" -" paid by this payment method during that PoS session." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:127 -msgid "" -"If everything is correct, you can validate the PoS session and post the " -"closing entries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:130 -msgid "It's done, you have now closed your first PoS session." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:133 -msgid "" -"To connect the PoS to hardware with an Odoo IoT Box, please see the section " -":doc:`../../../iot/config/connect` and :doc:`../../../iot/config/pos`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment.rst:3 -msgid "Payment Terminals" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:3 -msgid "Connect an Ingenico Payment Terminal to your PoS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Connecting a payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid payment flow to " -"your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Please note that Ingenico is currently only available for customers in the " -"Benelux." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:15 -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:15 -msgid "Connect a Payment Terminal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Connecting an Ingenico Payment Terminal to Odoo is a feature that requires " -"an IoT Box. For more information on how to connect an IoT Box to your " -"database, please refer to `this documentation " -"`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Once the IoT Box is up and running, you’ll need to link your payment " -"terminal to your PoS. Open the Point of Sale app and go to *Configuration > " -"Point of Sale*. Select a PoS, tick the IoT Box Device option and select your" -" payment terminal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:31 -msgid "Configure the Lane/5000 for Ingenico BENELUX" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Click on the F button of the terminal, then go in the *PoS Menu* > settings " -"menu and enter the settings password." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Now, click on connexion change and TCP/IP. Type the IP of your *IoT Box* " -"(you can find it on the form view of your IoT Box). Then, enter 9000 as " -"port. The terminal will restart. Once it is done, go on your *IoT Box* form " -"in Odoo and verify that the terminal has been found." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:45 -msgid "Configure the payment method" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:47 -msgid "" -"First, go in the general settings of the POS app, and activate the Ingenico " -"setting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Go back in *Point of Sale > Configuration > Point of Sale*, go in the " -"payments section and access your payment methods. Create a new payment " -"method for Ingenico, select the payment terminal option Ingenico, and select" -" your payment terminal device." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:62 -msgid "Pay with a payment terminal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:64 -msgid "" -"In your *PoS interface*, when processing a payment, select a *Payment " -"Method* using a payment terminal. Check that the amount in the tendered " -"column is the one that has to be sent to the payment terminal and click on " -"*Send*. When the payment is successful, the status will change to *Payment " -"Successful*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:73 -msgid "" -"If you want to cancel the payment request, click on cancel. You can still " -"retry to send the payment request." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:76 -msgid "" -"If there is any issue with the payment terminal, you can still force the " -"payment using the *Force Done*. This will allow you to validate the order in" -" Odoo even if the connexion between the terminal and Odoo has issues." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:82 -msgid "" -"This option will only be available if you received an error message telling " -"you the connexion failed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:85 -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:103 -msgid "" -"Once your payment is processed, on the payment record, you’ll find the type " -"of card that has been used and the transaction ID." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:3 -msgid "Connect SIX/Worldline to your PoS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Connecting a SIX/Worldline payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid " -"payment flow to your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:9 -msgid "Please note SIX/Worldine is currently only available for UE customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Connecting a SIX/Worldline Payment Terminal to Odoo is a feature that " -"requires an IoT Box. For more information on how to connect an IoT Box to " -"your database, please refer to `this documentation " -"`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Once the *IoT Box* is up and running, you’ll need to link it to your PoS. " -"Open the Point of Sale app and go to *Configuration > Point of Sale*. Select" -" a PoS, tick the IoT Box Device option and select your payment terminal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Then go to your *IoT Box homepage* (accessible from the IoT Box form view in" -" Odoo) and enter the ID of your Six payment terminal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:36 -msgid "" -"You should now see that the terminal is connected to your IoT Box (it takes " -"+/- 1 min)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:43 -msgid "" -"The terminal should only be connected to the network with the Ethernet. Do " -"not connect it to the IoT Box with a USB Cable." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:47 -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:16 -msgid "Configure the Payment Method" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:49 -msgid "" -"First, go in the general settings of the POS app, and activate the SIX " -"setting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Back in *Point of Sale > Configuration > Point of Sale*, go in the payments " -"section and access your payment methods. Create a new payment method for " -"SIX, select the payment terminal option SIX, and select your payment " -"terminal device." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:64 -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:40 -msgid "Pay with a Payment Terminal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:66 -msgid "" -"In your PoS interface, at the moment of the payment, select a payment method" -" using a payment terminal. Verify that the amount in the tendered column is " -"the one that has to be sent to the payment terminal and click on *Send*. If " -"you want to cancel the payment request, click on cancel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:74 -msgid "" -"When the payment is done, the status will change to *Payment Successful*. " -"You can always reverse the last transaction by clicking on *Reverse*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:81 -msgid "" -"If there is any issue with the payment terminal, you can still force the " -"payment using the *Force Done*. This will allow you to validate the order in" -" Odoo even if the connexion between the terminal and Odoo encounters issues." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:87 -msgid "Close your Session" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:89 -msgid "" -"At the end of the day, before closing your session, you need to send the " -"balance of the payments to SIX. To do that, click on this button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:95 -msgid "" -"Once the balance has been sent, the SIX shift is closed, meaning you cannot " -"do additional operations with the SIX payment terminal (except if you reopen" -" a shift by clicking on the user name and selecting a cashier)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:3 -msgid "Connect a Vantiv Payment Terminal to your PoS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Connecting a Vantiv payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid payment " -"flow to your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Please note MercuryPay only operates with US and Canadian banks, making this" -" procedure only suitable for North American businesses." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:18 -msgid "" -"First, go in the general settings of the POS app, and activate the Vantiv " -"setting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Back in *Point of Sale > Configuration > Point of Sale*, go in the payments " -"section and access your payment methods. Create a new payment method for " -"Vantiv, select the payment terminal option Vantiv, and create new Vantiv " -"credentials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:32 -msgid "" -"To create new Vantiv credentials, fill in your merchant ID and password, " -"then save. Make sure the credentials you just created are selected, then " -"save the payment method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:42 -msgid "" -"In your PoS interface, at the moment of the payment, select your Vantiv " -"payment method and… that’s all." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced Restaurant Features" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:3 -msgid "Print the Bill" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Use the *Bill Printing* feature to print the bill before the payment. This " -"is useful if the bill is still subject to evolve and is thus not the " -"definitive ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:10 -msgid "Configure Bill Printing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To activate *Bill Printing*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " -"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Bill Printing* option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:22 -msgid "Split a Bill" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:24 -msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Bill* button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:29 -msgid "When you use it, you can then print the bill." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:3 -msgid "Print orders at the kitchen or bar" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:5 -msgid "" -"To ease the workflow between the front of house and the back of the house, " -"printing the orders taken on the PoS interface right in the kitchen or bar " -"can be a tremendous help." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:10 -msgid "Activate the bar/kitchen printer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To activate the *Order printing* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " -"Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Under the IoT Box / Hardware Proxy category, you will find *Order Printers*." -" Note that you need an IoT Box to connect your Printer to the PoS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:20 -msgid "Add a printer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:22 -msgid "" -"In your configuration menu you will now have a *Order Printers* option where" -" you can add the printer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:29 -msgid "Print a kitchen/bar order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:34 -msgid "Select or create a printer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:37 -msgid "Print the order in the kitchen/bar" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:39 -msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Order* button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:44 -msgid "" -"When you press it, it will print the order on your kitchen/bar printer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:3 -msgid "Register multiple orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The Odoo Point of Sale App allows you to register multiple orders " -"simultaneously giving you all the flexibility you need." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:9 -msgid "Register an additional order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:11 -msgid "" -"When you are registering any order, you can use the *+* button to add a new " -"order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:14 -msgid "" -"You can then move between each of your orders and process the payment when " -"needed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:20 -msgid "" -"By using the *-* button, you can remove the order you are currently on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:3 -msgid "Setup PoS Restaurant/Bar" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Food and drink businesses have very specific needs that the Odoo Point of " -"Sale application can help you to fulfill." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:11 -msgid "" -"To activate the *Bar/Restaurant* features, go to :menuselection:`Point of " -"Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:15 -msgid "Select *Is a Bar/Restaurant*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:20 -msgid "" -"You now have various specific options to help you setup your point of sale. " -"You can see those options have a small knife and fork logo next to them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:3 -msgid "Offer a bill-splitting option" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Offering an easy bill splitting solution to your customers will leave them " -"with a positive experience. That's why this feature is available out-of-the-" -"box in the Odoo Point of Sale application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To activate the *Bill Splitting* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " -"Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find the Bill Splitting " -"option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:23 -msgid "Split a bill" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:25 -msgid "In your PoS interface, you now have a *Split* button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:30 -msgid "" -"When you use it, you will be able to select what that guest should had and " -"process the payment, repeating the process for each guest." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:3 -msgid "Configure your table management" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Once your point of sale has been configured for bar/restaurant usage, select" -" *Table Management* in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> " -"Point of sale`.." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:9 -msgid "Add a floor" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:11 -msgid "" -"When you select *Table management* you can manage your floors by clicking on" -" *Floors*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:18 -msgid "Add tables" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:20 -msgid "From your PoS interface, you will now see your floor(s)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:25 -msgid "" -"When you click on the pencil you will enter into edit mode, which will allow" -" you to create tables, move them, modify them, ..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:31 -msgid "" -"In this example I have 2 round tables for six and 2 square tables for four, " -"I color coded them to make them easier to find, you can also rename them, " -"change their shape, size, the number of people they hold as well as " -"duplicate them with the handy tool bar." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:36 -msgid "Once your floor plan is set, you can close the edit mode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:39 -msgid "Register your table(s) orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:41 -msgid "" -"When you select a table, you will be brought to your usual interface to " -"register an order and payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:44 -msgid "" -"You can quickly go back to your floor plan by selecting the floor button and" -" you can also transfer the order to another table." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:3 -msgid "Integrate a tip option into payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:5 -msgid "" -"As it is customary to tip in many countries all over the world, it is " -"important to have the option in your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:9 -msgid "Configure Tipping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:11 -msgid "" -"To activate the *Tips* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " -"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Tips*. Select it and " -"create a *Tip Product* such as *Tips* in this case." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:21 -msgid "Add Tips to the bill" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:23 -msgid "Once on the payment interface, you now have a new *Tip* button" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:28 -msgid "Add the tip your customer wants to leave and process to the payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:3 -msgid "Transfer customers between tables" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:5 -msgid "" -"If your customer(s) want to change table after they have already placed an " -"order, Odoo can help you to transfer the customers and their order to their " -"new table, keeping your customers happy without making it complicated for " -"you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:11 -msgid "Transfer customer(s)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:13 -msgid "Select the table your customer(s) is/are currently on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:18 -msgid "" -"You can now transfer the customers, simply use the transfer button and " -"select the new table" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced Shop Features" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:3 -msgid "Set-up Cash Control in Point of Sale" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Cash control allows you to check the amount of the cashbox at the opening " -"and closing. You can thus make sure no error has been made and that no cash " -"is missing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:10 -msgid "Activate Cash Control" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To activate the *Cash Control* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales" -" --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:16 -msgid "Under the payments category, you will find the cash control setting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:21 -msgid "" -"In this example, you can see I want to have 275$ in various denomination at " -"the opening and closing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:24 -msgid "" -"When clicking on **Opening/Closing Values** you will be able to create those" -" values." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:31 -msgid "Start a session" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:33 -msgid "" -"You now have a new button added when you open a session, *Set opening " -"Balance*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:42 -msgid "" -"By default it will use the values you added before, but you can always " -"modify it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:46 -msgid "Close a session" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:48 -msgid "" -"When you want to close your session, you now have a *Set Closing Balance* " -"button as well." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:51 -msgid "" -"You can then see the theoretical balance, the real closing balance (what you" -" have just counted) and the difference between the two." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:57 -msgid "" -"If you use the *Take Money Out* option to take out your transactions for " -"this session, you now have a zero-sum difference and the same closing " -"balance as your opening balance. You cashbox is ready for the next session." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:3 -msgid "Invoice from the PoS interface" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Some of your customers might request an invoice when buying from your Point " -"of Sale, you can easily manage it directly from the PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:9 -msgid "Activate invoicing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and" -" select your Point of Sale:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Under the *Bills & Receipts* you will see the invoicing option, tick it. " -"Don't forget to choose in which journal the invoices should be created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:25 -msgid "Select a customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:27 -msgid "From your session interface, use the customer button" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:32 -msgid "" -"You can then either select an existing customer and set it as your customer " -"or create a new one by using this button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:38 -msgid "" -"You will be invited to fill out the customer form with its information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:41 -msgid "Invoice your customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:43 -msgid "" -"From the payment screen, you now have an invoice option, use the button to " -"select it and validate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:49 -msgid "You can then print the invoice and move on to your next order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:52 -msgid "Retrieve invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Once out of the PoS interface (:menuselection:`Close --> Confirm` on the top" -" right corner) you will find all your orders in :menuselection:`Point of " -"Sale --> Orders --> Orders` and under the status tab you will see which ones" -" have been invoiced. When clicking on a order you can then access the " -"invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:3 -msgid "Accept returns and refund products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Having a well-thought-out return policy is key to attract - and keep - your " -"customers. Making it easy for you to accept and refund those returns is " -"therefore also a key aspect of your *Point of Sale* interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:10 -msgid "" -"From your *Point of Sale* interface, select the product your customer wants " -"to return, use the +/- button and enter the quantity they need to return. If" -" they need to return multiple products, repeat the process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:17 -msgid "" -"As you can see, the total is in negative, to end the refund you simply have " -"to process the payment." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po deleted file mode 100644 index 90970868b..000000000 --- a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,164 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:39+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: ar\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 && n%100<=99 ? 4 : 5;\n" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:6 -msgid "My Odoo Portal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In this section of the portal, you will find all the communications between " -"you and Odoo: documents such as quotations, sales orders, invoices and " -"subscriptions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:11 -msgid "" -"To access this section, you have to log with your username and password to " -"`Odoo `__ . If you are already logged in, just" -" click on your name on the top-right corner and select \"My Account\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:20 -msgid "Quotations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Here you will find all the quotations sent to you by Odoo. For example, a " -"quotation can be generated for you after adding an application or a user to " -"your database or if your contract has to be renewed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:29 -msgid "" -"The *Valid Until* column shows the date through which the quotation is " -"valid; after that date, the quotation will be \"Expired\". By clicking on " -"the quotation, you will see all the details of the offer, such as the " -"pricing and other useful information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:36 -msgid "" -"If you want to accept the quotation, just click \"Accept & Pay,\" and the " -"quote will get confirmed. If you don't want to accept it, or you need to ask" -" for some modifications, click on \"Ask Changes Reject.\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:41 -msgid "Sales Orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:43 -msgid "" -"All your purchases within Odoo (Upsells, Themes, Applications, etc.) will be" -" registered under this section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:49 -msgid "" -"By clicking on the sale order, you can review the details of the products " -"purchased and process the payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:53 -msgid "Invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:55 -msgid "" -"All the invoices of your subscriptions and/or sales orders will be shown in " -"this section. The tag before the Amount Due will indicate if the invoice has" -" been paid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:62 -msgid "" -"Just click on the invoice if you wish to see more information, pay the " -"invoice, or download a PDF version of the document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:66 -msgid "Tickets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:68 -msgid "" -"When you submit a ticket through `Odoo Support `," -" a ticket will be created. Here you can find all the tickets that you have " -"opened, the conversations between you and our Agents, and the statuses and " -"IDs (# Ref) of the tickets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:76 -msgid "Subscriptions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:78 -msgid "" -"You can access your subscriptions with Odoo from this section. The first " -"page shows you the subscriptions that you have and their status." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:84 -msgid "" -"By clicking on the subscription you will access all the details regarding " -"your plan: the number of applications purchased, the billing information, " -"and the payment method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:88 -msgid "" -"To change the payment method, click on \"Change Payment Method\" and enter " -"the new credit card details." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:94 -msgid "" -"If you want to remove the credit cards that are saved, you can do so by " -"clicking on \"Manage your payment methods\" at the bottom of the page. Click" -" \"Delete\" to delete the payment method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:101 -msgid "" -"At the date of the next invoice, if there is no payment information provided" -" or if your credit card has expired, the status of your subscription will " -"change to \"To Renew\". You will then have 7 days to provide a valid method" -" of payment. After this delay, the subscription will be closed, and you will" -" no longer be able to access the database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:108 -msgid "Success Packs" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:109 -msgid "" -"With a Success Pack/Partner Success Pack, you are assigned an expert to " -"provide unique personalized assistance to help you customize your solution " -"and optimize your workflows as part of your initial implementation. These " -"hours never expire, allowing you to utilize them whenever you need support." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:115 -msgid "" -"If you need information about how to manage your database see " -":ref:`db_online`" -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po deleted file mode 100644 index ebc78d5a8..000000000 --- a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,22 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n" -"Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: ar\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 && n%100<=99 ? 4 : 5;\n" - -#: ../../practical.rst:3 -msgid "Practical Information" -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/project.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/project.po deleted file mode 100644 index 5303ec473..000000000 --- a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/project.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1597 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Abdalla Mohamed , 2019 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:39+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Abdalla Mohamed , 2019\n" -"Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: ar\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 && n%100<=99 ? 4 : 5;\n" - -#: ../../project.rst:5 -msgid "Project" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:3 -msgid "How to gather feedback from customers?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:6 -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:6 -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:6 ../../project/overview.rst:3 -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "نظرة عامة" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:8 -msgid "" -"As a manager, it's not always simple to follow everything your teams do. " -"Having a simple customer feedback can be very interesting to evaluate the " -"performances of your teams. You can very easily gather feedbacks from your " -"customers using Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:13 -msgid "" -"An e-mail can be sent during the project to get the customer feedbacks. He " -"just has to choose between 3 smileys to assess your work (Smile, Neutral or " -"Sad)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:18 -msgid "How to gather feedbacks from customers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Before getting started some configuration is necessary. First of all it's " -"necessary to install the **Project** application. To do so simply go to the " -"apps module and install it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Moreover, in the same menu, you have to install the **Project Rating** " -"module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Next, go back into the back-end and enter the project module. Select the " -"**Configuration** button and click on **Settings** in the dropdown menu. " -"Next select **Allow activating customer rating on projects, at issue " -"completion**. Don't forget to apply your changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:42 -msgid "How to get a Customer feedback?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:44 -msgid "" -"A e-mail can be sent to the customers at each stage of the ongoing projects." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:47 -msgid "" -"First, you need to choose for which projects you want to get a feedback." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:50 -msgid "Project configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Go to the **Project** application, in the project settings select the " -"**Customer satisfaction** option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:59 -msgid "Email Template" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Go to the stage settings (click on the gear icon on the top of the stage " -"column, then select **Edit**). Choose the e-mail template that will be used." -" You can directly edit it from there." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:68 -msgid "Here is an email example that a customer can receive :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:74 -msgid "" -"The customer just has to click on a smiley (Smile, Neutral or Sad) to assess" -" your work. The customer can reply to the email to add more information. It " -"will be added to the chatter of the task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:79 -msgid "Reporting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:81 -msgid "" -"You have a brief summary on the satisfaction in the upper right corner of " -"the project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:88 -msgid "How to display the ratings on your website?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:90 -msgid "" -"First of all it's necessary to install the **Website Builder** application. " -"To do so simply go to the apps module and search for the website builder." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:97 -msgid "" -"Moreover, in the same menu, you have to install the **Website Rating Project" -" Issue** module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:103 -msgid "" -"Then, you will be able to publish your result on your website by clicking on" -" the website button in the upper right corner and confirming it in the front" -" end of the website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:3 -msgid "How to create tasks from sales orders?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In this section, we will see the integration between Odoo's **Project " -"management** and **Sales** modules and more precisely how to generate tasks " -"from sales order lines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:9 -msgid "" -"In project management, a task is an activity that needs to be accomplished " -"within a defined period of time. For a company selling services, the task " -"typically represents the service that has been sold to the customer and that" -" needs to be delivered. This is why it is useful to be able to generate a " -"task from a sale order in order to streamline the process between the Sales " -"and Services departments." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:16 -msgid "" -"As an example, you may sell a pack of ``50 Hours`` of support at " -"``$25,000``. The price is fixed and charged initially. But you want to keep " -"track of the support service you did for the customer. On the sale order, " -"the service will trigger the creation of a task from which the consultant " -"will record timesheets and, if needed, reinvoice the client according to the" -" overtime spent on the project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:24 -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:12 -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:10 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "الإعدادات" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:27 -msgid "Install the required applications" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:29 -msgid "" -"In order to be able to generate a task from a sale order you will need to " -"install the **Sales Management** and **Project** application. Simply go into" -" the application module and install the following:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:39 -msgid "" -"And finally, the **Timesheet** app, Timesheet will not only let you create a" -" task from a Sales order, but also invoice your customer based on the time " -"spent on that task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:41 -msgid "Simply go into the application module and install the following:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:47 -msgid "Create and set up a product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:49 -msgid "" -"You need to configure your service on the product form itself in order to " -"generate a task every time it will be sold. From the **Sales** module, use " -"the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Products` and create a new product with " -"the`following setup:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:54 -msgid "**Name**: Technical Support" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:56 -msgid "**Product Type**: Service" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:58 -msgid "" -"**Unit of Measure**: Hours (go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings` and, under **Unit of measures**, check the **Some products may be " -"sold/purchased in different unit of measures (advanced)** radio button)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:63 -msgid "" -"**Invoicing policy**: You can set up your invoice policy either on ordered " -"quantity or on delivered quantity. You can easily follow the amount of hours" -" that were delivered and/or invoiced to your client." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:68 -msgid "" -"**Track Service**: Create a task and track hours, as your product is a " -"service invoiceable by hours you have to set the units of measures of the " -"product to hours as well." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Link your task to an existing project or create a new one on the fly if the " -"product is specific to one project. Otherwise, you can leave it blank, odoo " -"will then create a project per SO." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:81 -msgid "Create the Sales Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Once the product is set up, you can create a quotation or a sale order with " -"the related product. Once the quotation is confirmed and transformed into a " -"sale order, the task will be created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:91 -msgid "Access the task generated from the sale order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:93 -msgid "On the Project module, your new task will appear :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:95 -msgid "" -"either on a related project if you have selected one in the product form" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:98 -msgid "" -"either on a new project with the name of related the sale order as title " -"(you can easily change the name of the project by clicking on " -":menuselection:`More --> Settings`)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:105 -msgid "" -"On the task itself, you will now be able to record timesheets and to invoice" -" your customers based on your invoicing policy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:109 -msgid "" -"On Odoo, the central document is the sales order, which means that the " -"source document of the task is the related sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:113 -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:137 -msgid ":doc:`../configuration/setup`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:114 -msgid ":doc:`../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/application.rst:3 -msgid "Awesome Timesheet App" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:3 -msgid "Demonstration Video" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:11 -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:11 -msgid "Transcript" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Awesome Timesheet is a mobile app that helps me to instantly record any time" -" spent on projects in just a click. It's so effortless." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Regardless of the device, the timesheet app is just one click away. Look at " -"the chrome plugin. No need to sign in, just click and start. It's smooth. It" -" works offline too and is automatically synchronized with my Odoo account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Plus, I get individual statistics via the mobile and chrome plugin. I can go" -" further in the analysis in my Odoo account. I receive reports of timesheets" -" per user, drill-down per project, and much more." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Awesome Timesheet is fully integrated with Odoo invoicing, the customer " -"billing is done automatically. But also with Odoo projects. It's time-" -"saving!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:28 -msgid "Download awesome timesheet now and gain in productivity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration.rst:3 -msgid "Configuration and basic usage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage & collaborate on tasks?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:6 -msgid "Responsibilities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:8 -msgid "In Odoo, you can assign the person who is in charge of the task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:10 -msgid "" -"When creating a task, by default you are responsible for it. You can change " -"this by simply typing the username of someone else and choosing it from the " -"suggestions in the drop down menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:15 -msgid "" -"If you add someone new, you can \"Create & Edit\" a new user on the fly. In " -"order to do so, you need the administrator rights." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:19 -msgid "Followers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:21 -msgid "" -"In a task, you can add other users as **Followers**. Adding a follower means" -" that this person will be notified of any changes that might happen in the " -"task. The goal is to allow outside contribution from the chatter. This can " -"be invaluable when you need the advice of colleagues from other departments." -" You could also invite customers to take part in the task. They'll be " -"notified by email of the conversation in the chatter, and will be able to " -"take part in it simply by replying to the mail. The followers can see the " -"whole task like you, with the description and the chatter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:32 -msgid "Project: follow a project to follow the pipe" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:34 -msgid "" -"You can decide to follow a Project. In this situation, you'll be notified of" -" any changes from the project: tasks sliding from one stage to " -"another,conversation taking place,, etc. You'll receive all the information " -"in your inbox. This feature is perfect for a Project Manager who wants to " -"see the big picture all the time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:41 -msgid "Task: follow a specific task" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Following a task is the same idea as following a project, except you are " -"focused on a specific part of the project. All notifications or changes in " -"that task also appear in your inbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:48 -msgid "Choose which action to follow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:50 -msgid "" -"You can choose what you want to follow by clicking on the down arrow in the " -"Following button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:53 -msgid "" -"By default, you follow the discussions but you can also choose to be " -"notified when a note is logged in, when a task is created, blocked or ready " -"to go, and when the stage of the task has changed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:61 -msgid "Time management: analytic accounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Whether it helps you for estimation of future projects or data for billing " -"or invoicing, time tracking in Project Management is a real plus." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:67 -msgid "" -"The Odoo Timesheet app is perfectly integrated with Odoo Project and can " -"help you track time easily." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Once Odoo Timesheet is installed, the timesheet option is automatically " -"available in projects and on tasks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:73 -msgid "" -"To avoid any confusion, Odoo works with analytic accounts. An analytic " -"account is the name that will always be the reference for a specific project" -" or contract. Each time a project is created, an analytic account is " -"automatically created under the same name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:79 -msgid "Record a timesheet on a project:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:81 -msgid "Click on the settings of a project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:86 -msgid "Click on the Timesheet button in the top grey menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:91 -msgid "" -"You get the Odoo Timesheet. Click on Create and a line will appear with " -"today's date and time. Your project name is automatically selected as the " -"Analytic Account. No task is set, you can choose to add a specific task for " -"it, or not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:99 -msgid "" -"If you go now to Odoo Timesheet, your line will be recorded among your other" -" timesheets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:103 -msgid "Record a timesheet on a task:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:105 -msgid "Within a task, the timesheet option is also available." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:107 -msgid "" -"In the task, click on the Edit button. Go on the Timesheet tab and click on " -"Add an item." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:110 -msgid "" -"A line will appear with the name of the project already selected in the " -"Analytic account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Again, you'll find back these timesheet lines in the Odoo Timesheet " -"application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:119 -msgid "" -"At the end of your project, you can get a real idea of the time you spent on" -" it by searching based on the Analytic Account name of your project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:124 -msgid "Document Management in tasks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:126 -msgid "" -"You can manage documents related to tasks whether they're plans, pictures of" -" the formatting, etc. An image is sometimes more informative than a thousand" -" words! You have two ways to add a document to a task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:130 -msgid "" -"1. You can add an image/document to your task by clicking on the Attachment " -"tab on the top of the form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:136 -msgid "" -"2. You can add an image/document to your task through the Chatter. You can " -"log a note/send a message and attach a file to it. Or if someone sends an " -"email with an attachment, the document will be automatically saved in the " -"task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:145 -msgid "" -"If you have an important image that helps to understand the tasks you can " -"set it up as Cover Image. It'll show up in the Kanban view directly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:152 -msgid "Collaborate on tasks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:154 -msgid "" -"Tasks in Odoo Project are made to help you to work easily together with your" -" colleagues. This helps you save time and energy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:157 -msgid "" -"The idea is to stay up to date with what interests you. You can collaborate " -"with your colleagues by writing on the same task at the same time, with task" -" delegation and the Chatter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:162 -msgid "Create a task from an email" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:164 -msgid "" -"You can configure an email address linked to your project. When an email is " -"sent to that address, it automatically creates a task in the first step of " -"the project, with all the recipients (To/Cc/Bcc) as followers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:168 -msgid "" -"With Odoo Online, the mail gateway is already configured and so every " -"project gets an automatic email address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:171 -msgid "" -"The email is always the name of the project (with \"-\" instead of the " -"space), you'll see it under the name of your project in the Project " -"Dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:178 -msgid "" -"This email address create by default following the project name can be " -"changed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:181 -msgid "The alias of the email address can be changed by the project manager." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:183 -msgid "To do so, go to the Project Settings and click on the Email Tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:185 -msgid "You can directly edit your project email address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:191 -msgid "The Chatter, status and follow-up." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:193 -msgid "" -"The Chatter is a very useful tool. It is a communication tool and shows the " -"history of the task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:196 -msgid "" -"In the Chatter, you can see when the task has been created, when it has " -"passed from one stage to another, etc. Any changes made to that task are " -"logged into the Chatter automatically by the system. It also includes the " -"history of the interaction between you and your customer or colleagues. All " -"interactions are logged on the chatter, making it easy for the task leader " -"to remember past interactions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:203 -msgid "" -"You can interact with followers whether there are internal (your colleagues)" -" or external (the client for example) by logging a note or important " -"information. Also, if you want to send an email to all the followers of that" -" specific task, you can choose to add a message to notify all of them. For " -"both of these options, the date and time is saved on the entry." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:214 -msgid "The description of the task, the Pad" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:216 -msgid "" -"Odoo allows you to replace the task description field by an Etherpad " -"collaborative note (http://etherpad.org). This means that you can " -"collaborate on tasks in real time with several users contributing to the " -"same content. Every user has their own color and you can replay the whole " -"creation of the content." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:222 -msgid "" -"To activate this option, go to :menuselection:`Project Settings --> Pads`, " -"tick \"Collaborative rich text on task description\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:229 -msgid "" -"If you just need the pad and not the whole task page, you can click on the " -"icon on the top right to get to the pad directly in a full screen view. " -"Click on the ```` icon to get the direct URL of the task description: " -"useful if you want to send it to someone without adding this person as a " -"follower." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:239 -msgid "Tasks states" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:242 -msgid "Set the state of a task" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:244 -msgid "" -"The status of the task is the easiest way to inform your colleagues when you" -" are working on a task, if the task is ready or if it is blocked. It is a " -"visual indicator that is seen in a glance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:248 -msgid "" -"You can change the status of the task from the kanban view or directly from " -"the task. Just click on the status ball to get the choices:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:258 -msgid "Custom states" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:260 -msgid "" -"You can decide what the different status mean for each stage of your " -"project. On the kanban view, click on the gear icon on the top of the stage," -" then click on edit:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:267 -msgid "Next to the color ball, write the explanation of the state." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:272 -msgid "Now, the explanation will be displayed instead of the generic text:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:278 -msgid "Color Tags" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:280 -msgid "" -"In every task, you can add a tag. Tags are very useful to categorize the " -"tasks. It helps you to highlight a task from the Kanban view or better find " -"them thanks to the filters." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:284 -msgid "" -"If you are always working with a specific type of tag, you can highlight the" -" tasks containing the tag with the colors. Each tag can get a specific " -"color, it's very visual on the Kanban view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:291 -msgid "" -"In order to make it appear on the kanban view, you have to set a color on " -"the tag, directly from the task:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:3 -msgid "How to set up & configure a project?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo Project allows you to manage a project together with your whole team, " -"and to communicate with any member for each project and task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:11 -msgid "" -"It works with projects containing tasks following customizable stages. A " -"project can be internal or customer-oriented. A task is something to perform" -" as part of a project. You will be able to give different tasks to several " -"employees working on this project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:17 -msgid "Installing the Project module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Open the **Apps** module, search for **Project Management**, and click on " -"**Install**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:26 -msgid "Creating a new project" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Open the **Project** application, and click on **Create**. From this window," -" you can specify the name of the project and set up the privacy of the " -"project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:32 -msgid "The privacy setting works as:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:34 -msgid "**Customer Project**: visible in portal if the customer is a follower." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:37 -msgid "**All Employees**: employees see all tasks or issues." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:39 -msgid "" -"**Private Project**: followers can see only the followed tasks or issues" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:42 -msgid "" -"You can also specify if the project is destined to a customer, or leave the " -"**Customer** field empty if not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:48 -msgid "When you have entered all the required details, click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:51 -msgid "Manage your project's stages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:54 -msgid "Add your project's stages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:56 -msgid "On your project's dashboard. Click on **# Tasks**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:61 -msgid "" -"In the new window, add a new column and name it according to the first stage" -" of your project, then add as many columns as there are stages in your " -"project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:68 -msgid "" -"For each stage, there are markers for the status of tasks within a stage, " -"that you can personalize to fit your needs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Drag your mouse pointer over a stage name, and click on the appearing " -"bearing, and on the opening menu, click on **Edit**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:77 -msgid "" -"A new window will open. The color dots and star icon correspond to " -"customizable markers applied on tasks, making it easier to know what task " -"requires attention. You can give them any signification you like." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:84 -msgid "Click on **Save** when you are done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:87 -msgid "Rearrange stages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:89 -msgid "" -"You can easily personalize this view to better suit your business needs by " -"creating new columns. From the Kanban view of your project, you can add " -"stages by clicking on **Add new column**. If you want to rearrange the order" -" of your stages, you can easily do so by dragging and dropping the column " -"you want to move to the desired location. You can also fold or unfold your " -"stages by using the **Setting** icon on your desired stage." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:100 -msgid ":doc:`visualization`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:101 -msgid ":doc:`collaboration`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:102 -msgid ":doc:`time_record`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:3 -msgid "How to record time spent?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo allows you to record the time spent per employee and per project, for " -"simple reports as well as for direct invoicing to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:14 -msgid "" -"In order to record the time spent on projects, you must first activate the " -"invoicing of timesheets. Into the **Project** application, open " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. In the **Timesheets** section " -"of the page, tick **Activate timesheets on issues**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Activating the option will install the Sales, Invoicing, Issue Tracking, " -"Employee and Timesheet apps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:27 -msgid "Recording timesheets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:29 -msgid "" -"You can record the time spent in projects straight from the projects " -"application. You can either record timesheets in a project, or in a task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:34 -msgid "Recording in a project" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:36 -msgid "" -"In the **Project** application dashboard, open the **More** menu of the " -"project you want to record timesheets for, and click on **Timesheets**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:42 -msgid "" -"In the new window, click on **Create** and insert the required details, then" -" click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:49 -msgid "Recording in a task" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:51 -msgid "" -"In the **Project** app, open the project you want to record timesheets for, " -"and open the task on which you have been working." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:54 -msgid "" -"In the task, click on **Edit**, open the **Timesheets** tab and click on " -"**Add an item**. Insert the required details, then click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:3 -msgid "Visualize a project's tasks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In day to day business, your company might struggle due to the important " -"amount of tasks to fulfill. Those tasks already are complex enough. Having " -"to remember them all and follow up on them can be a burden. Luckily, Odoo " -"enables you to efficiently visualize and organize the different tasks you " -"have to cope with." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:12 -msgid "Create a task" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:14 -msgid "" -"While in the project app, select an existing project or create a new one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:17 -msgid "In the project, create a new task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:22 -msgid "" -"In that task you can then assigned it to the right person, add tags, a " -"deadline, descriptions… and anything else you might need for that task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:29 -msgid "View your tasks with the Kanban view" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Once you created several tasks, they can be managed and followed up thanks " -"to the Kanban view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:34 -msgid "" -"The Kanban view is a post-it like view, divided in different stages. It " -"enables you to have a clear view on the stages your tasks are in and which " -"one have the higher priorities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:38 -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:53 -msgid "" -"The Kanban view is the default view when accessing a project, but if you are" -" on another view, you can go back to it any time by clicking the kanban view" -" logo in the upper right corner" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:45 -msgid "" -"You can also notify your colleagues about the status of a task right from " -"the Kanban view by using the little dot, it will notify follower of the task" -" and indicate if the task is ready." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:53 -msgid "Sort tasks in your Kanban view" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Tasks are ordered by priority, which you can give by clicking on the star " -"next to the clock and then by sequence, meaning if you manually move them " -"using drag & drop, they will be in that order and finally by their ID linked" -" to their creation date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Tasks that are past their deadline will appear in red in your Kanban view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:67 -msgid "" -"If you put a low priority task on top, when you go back to your dashboard " -"the next time, it will have moved back below the high priority tasks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:72 -msgid "Manage deadlines with the Calendar view" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:74 -msgid "" -"You also have the option to switch from a Kanban view to a calendar view, " -"allowing you to see every deadline for every task that has a deadline set " -"easily in a single window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:78 -msgid "" -"Tasks are color coded to the employee they are assigned to and you can " -"filter deadlines by employees by selecting who's deadline you wish to see." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:86 -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:133 -msgid "" -"You can easily change the deadline from the Calendar view by dragging and " -"dropping the task to another case." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:3 -msgid "Introduction to Odoo Project" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:13 -msgid "" -"As a business manager, I have a varied job involving multiple stakeholders. " -"To manage every task seamlessly, Odoo Projects is of great help." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:17 -msgid "" -"With Odoo Projects, our project team members can easily plan and execute the" -" launching of a new product line in Canada. I organized this project by " -"creating different stages. It allows us to clearly identify the status of " -"any task at any time, and for any user. It is convenient for any other " -"project manager too." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:24 -msgid "" -"These well-structured project stages are fully customizable. Here I identify" -" one missing stage, I can easily add it in just a click. In our project " -"management process, I proceed to a final review, so I add this stage. Odoo " -"projects is designed to work for any kind of business." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Once a task is done, each colleague can highlight it by changing its status." -" That will help the project manager to review the task before changing the " -"stage with a simple drag and drop. Easy, right?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:35 -msgid "" -"We can also organize the different tasks by adapting the view. Here, I " -"select the list view, which shows other information such as the working time" -" progress. If I click on my task, I land on the form view where I can edit " -"the planned hours and enter my timesheets. This is a great tool for any " -"project manager. Controlling the working time progress and the time spent " -"for each team member is essential. I set the time for the sales team " -"training to 24 hours. Today, I prepared the material, so I will log 4 hours " -"in the timesheet. The working time progress updates automatically. Thanks to" -" this timesheet integration, the project manager has a thorough follow-up on" -" the progress of each task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Another great feature in Odoo projects is the forecast tool. When it is " -"activated, I can plan resources per project and the workload. Therefore, the" -" time allocation for other projects is much easier. For this project, I have" -" to train members of the sales team. It will require 50% of my time until " -"the end of the week. As project manager, I can do this resource allocation " -"for any user and adapt it according to their other projects. This will " -"prevent any form of time overlap. I can reassign a task or adapt the " -"deadline. Odoo projects is the perfect app for strategic and executive " -"planning." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Plus, every aspect of any project can be analyzed, thanks to the reports. " -"For example, We can have a report of effective hours spent in comparison " -"with the planned hours. I can assess the profitability of any project, any " -"task, or any team member. I can also look at the number of hours assigned to" -" each team member." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Another element of an excellent project management is communication. This is" -" a key factor for the success of any project. While dealing with multiple " -"stakeholders, being able to share documents directly in the task is very " -"helpful. With Odoo projects, I can discuss through the chat feature that is " -"always one-click away. I can also start a new conversation with anyone in my" -" team." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:76 -msgid "" -"In addition to being a powerful app for managing projects seamlessy, Odoo " -"projects is also an effective customer service or after-sales app. With it, " -"I can follow any customer issue, even create a dedicated support project. " -"The app also automatically creates an invoice of time spent on tasks or " -"issues." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Odoo projects is a powerful, yet easy-to-use app. At first, I used the " -"planner to clearly state my objectives and set up the project app. Get this " -"app, it will help you get started quickly too." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:88 -msgid "Start your free trial now and better manage your projects with Odoo!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:91 -msgid "Start your free trial now with the CRM sales people love" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning.rst:3 -msgid "Planning your project" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:3 -msgid "How to plan and track employees' assignments?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Following and planning your employees' assignments can be a heavy challenge " -"especially when you manage several people. Luckily, using Odoo Project, you " -"can handle it in only a couple of clicks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:12 -msgid "" -"The only necessary configuration is to install the **Project Management** " -"module. To do so, go in the application module, search for project and " -"install the application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:19 -msgid "" -"If you wish to manage time estimation, you will need to enable timesheets on" -" tasks. From the **Project** application, go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the dropdown menu. Then, " -"under **Time Work Estimation**, select the **manage time estimation on " -"tasks** option. Do not forget to apply your changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:28 -msgid "" -"This feature will create a progress bar in the form view of your tasks. " -"Every time your salesperson will add working time in his timesheet, the bar " -"will be updated accordingly, based on the initially planned hours." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:36 -msgid "Manage tasks with views" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:38 -msgid "" -"You can have an overview of your different task thanks to the multiple views" -" available with Odoo. Three main views will help you to plan and follow up " -"on your employees' tasks: the kanban view, the list view (using timesheets) " -"and the calendar view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Create and edit tasks in order to fill up your pipeline. Don't forget to " -"fill in a responsible person and an estimated time if you have one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:47 -msgid "Get an overview of activities with the kanban view" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:49 -msgid "" -"The Kanban view is a post-it like view, divided in different stages. It " -"enables you to have a clear view on the stages your tasks are in and the " -"ones having the higher priorities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:61 -msgid "Add/rearrange stages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:63 -msgid "" -"You can easily personalize your project to suit your business needs by " -"creating new columns. From the Kanban view of your project, you can add " -"stages by clicking on **Add new column** (see image below). If you want to " -"rearrange the order of your stages, you can easily do so by dragging and " -"dropping the column you want to move to the desired location. You can also " -"fold or unfold your stages by using the **setting** icon on your desired " -"stage." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:75 -msgid "" -"Create one column per stage in your working process. For example, in a " -"development project, stages might be: Specifications, Development, Test, " -"Done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:80 -msgid "Sort tasks by priority" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:82 -msgid "" -"On each one of your columns, you have the ability to sort your tasks by " -"priority. Tasks with a higher priority will automatically be moved to the " -"top of the column. From the Kanban view, click on the star in the bottom " -"left of a task to tag it as **high priority**. For the tasks that are not " -"tagged, Odoo will automatically classify them according to their deadlines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:89 -msgid "" -"Note that dates that passed their deadlines will appear in red( in the list " -"view too) so you can easily follow up the progression of different tasks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:97 -msgid "Don't forget you can filter your tasks with the filter menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:100 -msgid "Track the progress of each task with the list view" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:102 -msgid "" -"If you enabled the **Manage Time Estimation on Tasks**, your employees will " -"be able to log their activities on tasks under the **Timesheets** sub-menu " -"along with their duration. The **Working Time Progress** bar will be updated" -" each time the employee will add an activity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:110 -msgid "" -"As a manager, you can easily overview the time spent on tasks for all " -"employees by using the list view. To do so, access the project of your " -"choice and click on the List view icon (see below). The last column will " -"show you the progression of each task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:119 -msgid "Keep an eye on deadlines with the Calendar view" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:121 -msgid "" -"If you add a deadline in your task, they will appear in the calendar view. " -"As a manager, this view enables you to keep an eye on all deadlines in a " -"single window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:128 -msgid "" -"All the tasks are tagged with a color corresponding to the employee assigned" -" to them. You can easily filter the deadlines by employees by ticking the " -"related boxes on the right of the calendar view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:138 -msgid ":doc:`forecast`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:3 -msgid "How to forecast tasks?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:6 -msgid "Introduction to forecast" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Scheduling and forecasting tasks is another way to manage projects. In Odoo," -" the Forecast option gives you access to the Gantt chart." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:11 -msgid "" -"So far, you've been working with the Kanban view, which shows you the " -"progress of a project and its related tasks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Now, with the Forecast option, the Gantt view gives you the big picture. " -"It's highly visual which is a real plus for complex projects, and it helps " -"team members to collaborate better." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:18 -msgid "" -"This option is a real benefit in terms of planning and organizing the " -"workload and human resources." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:22 -msgid "How to configure the projects?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:25 -msgid "Configure the project application" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:27 -msgid "" -"The **Forecast** option helps you to organize your projects. This is perfect" -" when you need to set up a project with a specific deadline. Therefore, each" -" task is assigned a specific timeframe (amount of hours) in which your " -"employee should complete it!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:32 -msgid "" -"First you need to activate the **Forecast** option for the whole project " -"application:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings`. Select the " -"Forecast option and click **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Once this is done, you still need to activate the **Forecast** option " -"specifically for your **Project** (maybe you don't need the Gantt chart for " -"all the projects that you manage)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:46 -msgid "Configure a specific project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:48 -msgid "" -"When creating a new project, make sure to select the option \"Allow " -"Forecast\" in your project settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:51 -msgid "You'll see the **Forecast** option appearing in the top menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:56 -msgid "" -"If you add the Forecasting option to an existing project, whether there are " -"task deadlines or not scheduled, the task won't be displayed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:59 -msgid "The tasks of a project are not related to a forecast." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:62 -msgid "How to create a forecast?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Before creating a project with forecast, list all the tasks with the " -"projected time they should take. It will help you to coordinate the work." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:68 -msgid "" -"In order to display the projects in the Gantt chart, you need to create the " -"forecast from the task page. To create a forecast, click on the top left " -"corner of the task, **Create a Forecast**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:76 -msgid "" -"You can also create a new Forecast easily by directly clicking on an empty " -"space in the Gantt chart calendar." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:79 -msgid "" -"The Forecast interface will fill in the name of the Project and the task " -"automatically. You just need to add the dates and the time the task should " -"take." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:87 -msgid "" -"The \"Effective hours\" field appears only if you have the **Timesheet** app" -" installed on your database. This option helps you to see the progress of a " -"task thanks to the integration with Timesheet." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:91 -msgid "" -"For example: When a user fills in a Timesheet with your Project name " -"(Analytic account), with 10 hours spent, the forecast will display 10 hours " -"in the Effective hours field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:96 -msgid "What are the difference between the views?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:98 -msgid "" -"In the **Project** app menu you have a **Forecast** menu. This sub-menu " -"helps you to see the Gantt chart from different points of view: by users or " -"by projects." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:103 -msgid "By users : people management" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:105 -msgid "" -"This option displays the Gantt chart with the people assigned. Odoo's Gantt " -"chart shows you who's involved; it gives you the big picture of the project." -" It's very useful to allocate your resources effectively." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:109 -msgid "" -"On the left side, first level, you can see which users are involved. Then, " -"on the second level you see which projects they are assigned to. On the " -"third, you see which tasks they're on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Each task is represented by a coloured rectangle. This rectangle reflects " -"the duration of the task in the calendar." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:116 -msgid "" -"The top rectangle on the first level is the sum of all the tasks compiled " -"from the third level. If it's green, it means that the total time allocated " -"to that user is less than 100%. When it's red, it means that this user is " -"assigned to multiple tasks which total more than 100% of his/her time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:126 -msgid "Plan the workload" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:128 -msgid "" -"When creating a forecast, you have to select the time the user should spend " -"on it. 100% means that your user should work on it full time during those " -"days. He/She has no other tasks to work on. So you can decide from 1 to 100%" -" how your users should organize their time between different tasks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:134 -msgid "" -"The power of integration helps you to avoid double booking an employee. For " -"example, if your expert is already at 40% on another task in another " -"project, you can book him/her for only 60% for that period." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:138 -msgid "" -"In the example below, the user \"Administrator\" is working on 2 projects " -"(\"IT1367 Delivery Phases\" and \"Implementation Process56\"). The user is " -"assigned to both projects with a total of 110% of their time. This is too " -"much so the Project Manager should change the users assigned to the task. " -"Otherwise, the PM can change the dedicated time or the dates, to make sure " -"that this is feasible." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:149 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:191 -msgid "Gantt view advantages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:151 -msgid "" -"This Gantt view ‘by user' helps you to better plan your human resources. You" -" avoid confusion about the the tasks and the assignations of the users. The " -"Gantt Chart is highly visual and helps to comprehend all the different " -"elements at once. Also, you immediately know what has to be done next. This " -"method helps you to better understand the relations between the tasks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:158 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:193 -msgid "The dynamic view of the Gantt in Odoo allows you to:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:160 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:195 -msgid "" -"change the time and date of a forecast by clicking and sliding the tasks in " -"the future or in the past" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:163 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:198 -msgid "create a new forecast into the Gantt chart immediately" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:165 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:200 -msgid "modify an existing forecast" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:167 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:202 -msgid "change the length of a task by extending or shortening the rectangle." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:170 -msgid "By projects: project management" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:172 -msgid "" -"The Gantt Chart is the perfect view of a project to better understand the " -"interactions between the tasks. You can avoid overlapping tasks or starting " -"one too early if another one isn't finished. Odoo Gantt chart is clear and " -"helps you to coordinate tasks efficiently." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:177 -msgid "" -"This option displays the Gantt chart by showing the projects on the first " -"level of hierarchy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:180 -msgid "" -"On the left side, first level, you can see the projects. Then, on the second" -" level you see which users are assigned. On the third, you see which tasks " -"they're on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:184 -msgid "" -"This view won't show your HR time. The colours don't apply. (see **By " -"Users** section)" -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po deleted file mode 100644 index 47d56f4c7..000000000 --- a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1722 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Abdalla Mohamed , 2019 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Abdalla Mohamed , 2019\n" -"Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: ar\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 && n%100<=99 ? 4 : 5;\n" - -#: ../../purchase.rst:5 -msgid "Purchase" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases.rst:3 -msgid "Purchases" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master.rst:3 -msgid "Master Data" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:3 -msgid "Import vendors pricelists" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:5 -msgid "" -"It is key for companies to be able to import vendors pricelists to stay up " -"to date on products pricing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:9 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:22 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:18 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:24 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:9 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:10 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:13 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:9 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:14 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:14 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:10 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:9 -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:13 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "الإعدادات" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:11 -msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " -"--> Settings` and tick the box in front of \"Vendor Pricelists\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:15 -msgid "Don't forget to save your settings in the top left corner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:21 -msgid "Import a pricelist" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:23 -msgid "To import go to :menuselection:`Purchase --> Vendor Pricelists`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Load your file, then you can check if everything is correct before clicking " -"import." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:28 -msgid "See below a template of the columns used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:33 -msgid "" -"`Template download " -"`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:3 -msgid "Set multiple vendors on a product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:5 -msgid "" -"If you find yourself with the need to buy from multiple vendors for one " -"product, Odoo can let you directly link them with a single product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:9 -msgid "Add vendors in a product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:11 -msgid "" -"To use this feature, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Products`, then " -"select a product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:14 -msgid "" -"From there you can add existing vendors to your product or create a new one " -"on the fly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Note that every first time the product is purchased from a new vendor, Odoo " -"will automatically link the contact and price with the product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:24 -msgid "Add price & quantity as well as a validity period" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:26 -msgid "" -"When you're adding a vendor to a product, you're able to add the vendor " -"product name & code as well as set the minimal quantity, price and validity " -"period." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:34 -msgid "" -"This Odoo feature also works with variants of your products, such as one " -"t-shirt in different sizes!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:3 -msgid "Purchase in different unit of measures than sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In day-to-day business, it may happen that your supplier uses a different " -"unit of measure than you do in sales. This can cause confusion between sales" -" and purchase representative and even make you lose a lot of time converting" -" measures. Luckily in Odoo, you can handle different units of measures " -"between sales and purchase very easily." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:11 -msgid "Let's take the following examples:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:13 -msgid "" -"You buy water from a supplier. The supplier is american and sells his water " -"in **Gallons**. Your customers however are European. You would thus like to " -"see your purchases quantities expressed in **Gallons** and the sold " -"quantities in **Liters**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:18 -msgid "" -"You buy curtains from a supplier. The supplier sells you the curtains in the" -" unit **roll** and you sell the curtains in **square meters**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:25 -msgid "Install purchase and sales modules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:27 -msgid "" -"The first step is to make sure that the apps **Sales** and **Purchase** are " -"correctly installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:31 -msgid "|uom01|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:31 -msgid "|uom02|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:36 -msgid "Enable the Unit of Measures option" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Enter the purchase module, select :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings` and tick the **Some products may be sold/purchased in different " -"unit of measures (advanced)** box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:46 -msgid "Specify sales and purchase unit of measures" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:49 -msgid "Standard units of measures" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:51 -msgid "" -"Let's take the classic units of measures existing in Odoo as first example. " -"Please remember that differents units of measures between sales and purchase" -" necessarily need to share the same category. Categories include: **Unit**, " -"**weight**, **working time**, **volume**, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:57 -msgid "" -"It is possible to create your own category and unit of measure if it is not " -"standard in Odoo (see next chapter)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Let's assume we buy water from our vendors in **Gallons** and sell to our " -"customers in **Liters**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:63 -msgid "" -"We go into the purchase module select :menuselection:`Purchase --> " -"Products`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Create your own product or select an existing one. In the products general " -"information you have the possibility to select the **Unit of measure** (will" -" be used in sales, inventory,...) and the **Purchase Unit of Measure** (for " -"purchase)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:70 -msgid "" -"In this case select **Liters** for **Unit of Measure** and **Gallons** for " -"**Purchase Unit of Measure**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:77 -msgid "Create your own unit of measure and unit of measure category" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:79 -msgid "" -"Let's take now our second example (you buy curtains from a supplier, the " -"supplier sells you the curtains in the unit **roll** and you sell the " -"curtains in **square meters**)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:83 -msgid "" -"The two measures are part of two different categories. Remember, you cannot " -"relate an existing measure from one category with an existing measure of " -"another category. We thus first have to create a shared **Measure Category**" -" where both units have a conversion relationship." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:88 -msgid "" -"To do so, go into your sales module select :menuselection:`Configuration -->" -" Products --> Unit of Measure`. Create a new unit of **Measure Category** by" -" selecting the dropdown list and clicking on create and edit (see picture " -"below)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:96 -msgid "" -"Create a new unit of measure. In this case our category will be called " -"**Inter-Category-Computation**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:102 -msgid "" -"The next step is to create the **Rolls** and **Square meter** units of " -"measure and to link them to the new category. To do so, go into your " -"purchase module select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Products --> Units " -"of Measure`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:106 -msgid "Create two new units:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:108 -msgid "" -"The **Roll** unit who is part of the Inter-Category-Computation category and" -" is the **Reference Unit type** (see picture below). The Reference Unit type" -" is the measure set as a reference within the category. Meaning that other " -"measures will be converted depending on this measure (ex: 1 roll = 10 square" -" meters, 2 rolls = 20 square meters, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:118 -msgid "" -"For the **Square Meter**, we will specify that ``1 Roll = 10 square meters``" -" of curtain. It will thus be necessary to specify that as type, the square " -"meter is bigger than the reference unit. The **Bigger Ratio** is ``10`` as " -"``one Roll = 10 square meters``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:126 -msgid "" -"It is now possible to input **square meters** as Unit of measure and a " -"**Roll** as Purchase Unit of Measure in the product form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq.rst:3 -msgid "Request for Quotation and Purchase Orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:3 -msgid "Determine when to pay a vendor bill with 3-way matching" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In some industries, you may receive a bill from a vendor before receiving " -"the ordered products. However, you might not want to pay it until the " -"products have been received." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:9 -msgid "" -"To define whether the vendor bill should be paid or not, you can use what we" -" call *3-way matching*. It refers to the comparaison of the information " -"appearing on the *Purchase Order*, the *Vendor Bill* and the *Receipt*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:14 -msgid "" -"The 3-way matching helps you avoid paying incorrect or fraudulent vendor " -"bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:20 -msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " -"--> Settings` and activate the *3-way matching* feature" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:27 -msgid "Should I pay the vendor bill?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:29 -msgid "" -"With the feature activated you will have a new *Should be paid* line appear " -"on the vendor bill under the *Other info* tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:32 -msgid "" -"That way Odoo let's you easily know if you should pay the vendor bill or " -"not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:39 -msgid "" -"The status is defined automatically by Odoo. However, if you want to define " -"this status manually, you can tick the box Force Status and then you will be" -" able to set manually whether the vendor bill should be paid or not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:3 -msgid "Analyze the performance of my vendors" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:5 -msgid "" -"If your company regularly buys products from several suppliers, it would be " -"useful to get statistics on your purchases. There are several reasons to " -"track and analyze your vendor's performance :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:9 -msgid "You can see how dependant from a supplier your company is;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:11 -msgid "you can negotiate discounts on prices;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:13 -msgid "You can check the average delivery time per supplier;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:15 -msgid "Etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:17 -msgid "" -"For example, an IT products reseller that issues dozens of purchase orders " -"to several suppliers each week may want to measure for each product the " -"total price paid for each vendor and the delivery delay. The insights " -"gathered by the company will help it to better analyze, forecast and plan " -"their future orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:27 -msgid "Install the Purchase Management module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:29 -msgid "" -"From the **Apps** menu, search and install the **Purchase Management** " -"module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:36 -msgid "Issue some purchase orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Of course, in order to analyze your vendors' performance, you need to issue " -"some **Request For Quotations** (RfQ) and confirm some **Purchase Orders**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:43 -msgid "Analyzing your vendors" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:46 -msgid "Generate flexible reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:48 -msgid "" -"You have access to your vendors' performances on the Reports menu. By " -"default, the report groups all your purchase orders on a pivot table by " -"**total price**, **product quantity** and **average price** for the **each " -"month** and for **each supplier**. Simply by accessing this basic report, " -"you can get a quick overview of your actual performance. You can add a lot " -"of extra data to your report by clicking on the **Measures** icon." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:59 -msgid "" -"By clicking on the **+** and **-** icons, you can drill up and down your " -"report in order to change the way your information is displayed. For " -"example, if I want to see all the products bought for the current month, I " -"need to click on the **+** icon on the vertical axis and then on " -"\"Products\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Depending on the data you want to highlight, you may need to display your " -"reports in a more visual view. You can transform your report in just a click" -" in 3 graph views : a **Pie Chart**, a **Bar Chart** and a **Line Chart**: " -"These views are accessible through the icons highlighted on the screenshot " -"below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:76 -msgid "" -"On the contrary to the pivot table, a graph can only be computed with one " -"dependent and one independent measure." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:80 -msgid "Customize reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:82 -msgid "" -"You can easily customize your purchase reports depending on your needs. To " -"do so, use the **Advanced search view** located in the right hand side of " -"your screen, by clicking on the magnifying glass icon at the end of the " -"search bar button. This function allows you to highlight only selected data " -"on your report. The **filters** option is very useful in order to display " -"some categories of datas, while the **Group by** option improves the " -"readability of your reports. Note that you can filter and group by any " -"existing field, making your customization very flexible and powerful." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:96 -msgid "" -"You can save and reuse any customized filter by clicking on **Favorites** " -"from the **Advanced search view** and then on **Save current search**. The " -"saved filter will then be accessible from the **Favorites** menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:3 -msgid "Request managers approval for expensive orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In case of expensive purchases you may want a manager approval to validate " -"the orders, Odoo let's you easily set that up." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:11 -msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " -"--> Settings` and activate the *Order Approval* feature. From there you can " -"also set the minimum amount required to activate this feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:20 -msgid "Create a new Request for Quotation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:22 -msgid "" -"While working on a new RfQ, if the order is made by a user and not a manager" -" and the amount of the order is above the minimum amount you specified, a " -"new *To Approve* status will be introduced in the process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:31 -msgid "Approve the order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:33 -msgid "" -"If you are a purchase manager, you can now go to the purchase order and " -"approve the order if everything is alright with it. Giving you full control " -"of what your users can or can't do." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:37 -msgid "Once approved, the purchase order follows the normal process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:3 -msgid "Bill Control" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:5 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can define a setting to help the control of your bills. *Bill" -" Control* lets you choose if the supplier sends you the bill before or after" -" you receive the goods." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:12 -msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " -"--> Settings` and select which way you want to control your bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:20 -msgid "Change the control policy" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:22 -msgid "" -"While the setting above will be your default method of bill control, you can" -" always select which way you want to invoice your product on each product " -"page under the *Purchase* tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:26 -msgid "" -"You might want to use different settings for different types of products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:34 -msgid "Verify your Vendor Bill" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:36 -msgid "" -"If you didn’t receive any of your product yet on *Purchase Order* under the " -"*Shipment* tab," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Depending on the billing policy defined above. If you're supposed to be " -"billed based on ordered quantity, Odoo will suggest a bill for the number of" -" units ordered. If you're supposed to be billed based on the received " -"quantities, Odoo will suggest a bill for 0 as shown above." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:3 -msgid "Cancel a purchase order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Due to misunderstandings, human errors or change of plans, it is sometimes " -"necessary to cancel purchase orders sent to suppliers. Odoo allows you to do" -" it, even if some or even all of the ordered goods already arrived in your " -"warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:10 -msgid "" -"We will first take as example the case where you order **3 iPad mini** that " -"haven't arrived in your transfers yet. As the installation of the inventory " -"application is required when using the **Purchase** module, it is also " -"interesting to see the case of partially delivered goods that you want to " -"cancel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:17 -msgid "Create a Purchase Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:19 -msgid "" -"The first step to create a **Purchase Order** is to create a **Request for " -"Quotation (RFQ)** from the menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchase --> " -"Requests for quotation`. Confirm your RFQ to have a confirmed purchase order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:25 -msgid "Cancel your Purchase Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:28 -msgid "Use case 1 : you didn't receive your goods yet" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:30 -msgid "" -"If you confirmed your purchase order and did not received your goods yet, " -"you can simply cancel the PO it by clicking the cancel button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Odoo will automatically cancel the outstanding shipments related to this PO " -"and the status bar will switch from **Purchase order** to **Cancelled**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:43 -msgid "Use case 2 : partially delivered goods" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:45 -msgid "" -"In this case, **2** of the **3 iPad Mini** arrived before you needed to " -"cancel the PO." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:49 -msgid "Register good received and cancel backorder" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:51 -msgid "" -"The first thing to do will be to register the goods received and to cancel " -"the arrival of the **third iPad Mini** that is still supposed to be shipped." -" From the PO, click on **Receive products** and, on the **iPad Mini order " -"line**, manually change the received quantities under the Column **Done**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:61 -msgid "To learn more, see :doc:`reception`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:63 -msgid "" -"When clicking on **Validate**, Odoo will warn you that you have processed " -"less products than the initial demand (2 instead of 3 in our case) and will " -"ask you the permission to create a backorder." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Click on **No backorder** to cancel the supply of the remaining product. You" -" will notice than the quantity to receive has been changed accordingly and, " -"therefore, the delivery status has switched to **Done**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:78 -msgid "Create reverse transfer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:80 -msgid "" -"Now, you need to return the iPad Minis that you have received to your vendor" -" location. To do so, click on the **Reverse** button from the same document." -" A reverse transfer window will pop up. Enter the quantity to return and the" -" corresponding location and click on **Return**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:88 -msgid "" -"Process the return shipment and control that the stock move is from your " -"stock to your vendor location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:94 -msgid "" -"When the reverse transfer is done, the status of your purchase order will be" -" automatically set to done, meaning that your PO has been completely " -"cancelled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:99 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:116 -msgid ":doc:`bills`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:100 -msgid ":doc:`reception`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:3 -msgid "Create a Request for Quotation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A Request for Quotation (RfQ) is used when you plan to purchase some " -"products and you would like to receive a quote for those products. In Odoo, " -"the Request for Quotation is used to send your list of desired products to " -"your supplier. Once your supplier has answered your request, you can choose " -"to go ahead with the offer and purchase or to turn down the offer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:16 -msgid "Creating a Request for Quotation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:18 -msgid "" -"In the Purchases module, open :menuselection:`Purchase --> Requests for " -"Quotation` and click on **Create**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Select your supplier in the **Vendor** menu, or create it on-the-fly by " -"clicking on **Create and Edit**. In the **Order Date** field, select the " -"date to which you wish to proceed to the actual order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Receipt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Incoming Shipments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Vendor" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "You can find a vendor by its Name, TIN, Email or Internal Reference." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Vendor Reference" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Reference of the sales order or bid sent by the vendor. It's used to do the " -"matching when you receive the products as this reference is usually written " -"on the delivery order sent by your vendor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Order Date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Depicts the date where the Quotation should be validated and converted into " -"a purchase order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Source Document" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Reference of the document that generated this purchase order request (e.g. a" -" sales order)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Deliver To" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "This will determine operation type of incoming shipment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Drop Ship Address" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Put an address if you want to deliver directly from the vendor to the " -"customer. Otherwise, keep empty to deliver to your own company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Destination Location Type" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Technical field used to display the Drop Ship Address" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Incoterm" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "" -"International Commercial Terms are a series of predefined commercial terms " -"used in international transactions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:32 -msgid "View *Request for Quotation* in our Online Demonstration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:34 -msgid "" -"In **Products**, click on Add an item. Select the product you wish to order " -"in the **Product** menu. Specify the **Quantity** by inserting the number " -"and selecting the unit of measure. In the **Unit Price** field, specify the " -"price you would like to be offered (you can also leave the field blank if " -"you don't know what the price should be) , and add the expected delivery " -"date in the Scheduled Date field. Click on **Save**, then **Print Rfq** or " -"**Send Rfq by email** (make sure an email address is specified for this " -"supplier or enter a new one)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:48 -msgid "" -"After having clicked on **Send**, you will notice that the RFQ's status will" -" switch from **Draft** to **RFQ Sent**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Once your supplier has replied with an offer, update the RfQ by clicking on " -"**Edit** to fit the quotation (prices, taxes, expected delivery lead time, " -"payment terms, etc.), then click on **Save** to issue a Purchase Order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:59 -msgid "" -"To proceed with the order, click on **Confirm Order** to send the order to " -"the supplier. The RfQ's status will switch to **Purchase Order**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:65 -msgid "" -"The status of the RfQ will change to PURCHASE ORDER. Tabs in the upper right" -" corner of the order will show 1 Shipment and 0 Invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:3 -msgid "Dropship products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Dropshipping is a method in which the vendor does not keep products in stock" -" but instead transfers the products directly from the supplier to the " -"customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:10 -msgid "" -"You need the *Sales*, *Inventory* and *Purchases* modules for this feature " -"to work." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:14 -msgid "Activate the dropshipping feature" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration --> Settings` and select " -"*Dropshipping*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:22 -msgid "" -"A new route *Dropshipping* has been created. You can go on a product and " -"tick the dropshipping route. You also need to define to which vendor you " -"will buy the product. Now, each time this product will be sold, it will be " -"drop shipped." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:30 -msgid "" -"If you don't always dropship that product, you can go to " -":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and tick the box in " -"front of *Order-Specific Routes*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:37 -msgid "" -"When you create a quotation or sales order, you can now decide, order line " -"per order line, which products should be drop shipped by selecting the " -"dropship route on the SO line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:45 -msgid "Drop ship a product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Once a sale order with products to dropship is confirmed, a request for " -"quotation is generated by Odoo to buy the product to the vendor. If you " -"confirm that request for quotation into a purchase order, it will create a " -"transfer from your vendor directly to your customer. The products doesn't go" -" through your own stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:3 -msgid "Lock a purchase order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Once an order is confirmed, you can lock it preventing any further editing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:11 -msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " -"--> Settings` and activate the *Lock Confirmed Orders* feature" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:19 -msgid "Lock an order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:21 -msgid "" -"While working on a purchase order, when you confirm it, you can then lock " -"the order preventing any further modification on the document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:28 -msgid "You can unlock the document if you need to make additional changes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:3 -msgid "Control product received (entirely & partially)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The **Purchase** app allows you to manage your purchase orders, to control " -"products to receive and to control supplier bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:8 -msgid "" -"If you want to get product forecasts and receptions under control, the first" -" thing to do is to deploy the Odoo purchase process. Knowing what have been " -"purchased is the basis of forecasting and controlling receptions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:17 -msgid "Install the Purchase and Inventory applications" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Start by installing the Purchase application from the **Apps** module. This " -"will automatically trigger the installation of the **Inventory** app (among " -"others), which is required with **Purchase**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:27 -msgid "Create products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Then, you need to create the products you want to purchase. Go to the " -"**Purchase** app, then :menuselection:`Purchase --> Products`, and click on " -"**Create**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:36 -msgid "When creating the product, the **Product Type** field is important:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:38 -msgid "" -"**Stockable & Consumable**: products need to be received in the inventory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:41 -msgid "" -"**Services & Digital Products** (only when the **eCommerce** app is " -"installed): there is no control about what you receive or not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:45 -msgid "" -"It's always good to create a **Miscellaneous** product for all the products " -"you purchased rarely and for which you don't want to manage the stocks or " -"have purchase/sale statistics. If you create such a product, we recommend to" -" set his product type field as **Service**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:52 -msgid "Control products receptions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:55 -msgid "Purchase products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:57 -msgid "" -"From the purchase application, create a purchase order with a few products. " -"If the vendor sent you a sale order or a quotation, put its reference in the" -" **Vendor Reference** field. This will allow you to easily do the matching " -"with the delivery order later on (as the delivery order will probably " -"include the **Vendor Reference** of his sale order)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:67 -msgid "Receive Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:69 -msgid "" -"If you purchased physical goods (stockable or consumable products), you can " -"receive the products from the **Inventory** application. From the " -"**Inventory** dashboard, you should see a button **X To Receive**, on the " -"receipt box of the related warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Click on this button and you access a list of all awaiting orders for this " -"warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:83 -msgid "" -"If you have a lot of awaiting orders, you can use the filter bar to search " -"on the **Vendor** (also called **Partner** in Odoo), the product or the " -"source document, which is the reference of your purchase order. You can open" -" the document that matches with the received delivery order and process all " -"the lines within it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:92 -msgid "" -"You may validate the whole document at once by clicking on the **Validate** " -"button or you can control all products, one by one, by manually change the " -"**Done** quantity (what has actually been received). When a line is green, " -"it means the quantity received matches to what have been expected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:99 -msgid "" -"If you work with lots or serial numbers, you can not set the processed " -"quantity, but you have to provide all the lots or serial numbers to record " -"the quantity received." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:103 -msgid "" -"When you validate the reception, if you have received less products than the" -" initial demand, Odoo will ask youthe permission to create a backorder." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:110 -msgid "" -"If you plan to receive the remaining product in the future, select **Create " -"Backorder**. Odoo will create a new documents for the awaiting products. If " -"you choose **No Backorder**, the order is considered as fulfilled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:117 -msgid ":doc:`cancel`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:3 -msgid "Raise warnings on purchase orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The *Warnings* feature allows you to raise warnings or blocking messages on " -"purchase orders based on a vendor or a product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:8 -msgid "" -"For example, if you often have a problem with a vendor, you might want to " -"raise a warning when purchasing from that vendor. If a product is about to " -"be discontinued, you may want to raise a blocking message on the purchase " -"order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:16 -msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " -"--> Settings` and activate the *Warnings* feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:24 -msgid "Add a warning on a vendor" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:26 -msgid "" -"When you activate the feature, you get a new option under the *Internal " -"Notes* tab on vendors. You can decide to write a simple warning or a " -"blocking message." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:34 -msgid "Add a warning on a product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:36 -msgid "" -"When you activate the feature, you get a new option under the *Purchase* tab" -" on the product page where you can add a warning or a blocking message." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:44 -msgid "Trying to buy with warnings or blocking messages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:46 -msgid "" -"If you try to validate a *Purchase Order* from a vendor or with a product " -"with a warning, a message will be raised. You can ignore it by clicking ok." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:53 -msgid "However, if it is a blocking message, you can not ignore it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender.rst:3 -msgid "Purchase Agreements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:3 -msgid "Manage Blanket Orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A Blanket Order is a purchase order which a customer places with its " -"supplier to allow multiple delivery dates over a period of time, often " -"negotiated to take advantage of predetermined pricing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:12 -msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " -"--> Settings` and activate the *Purchase Agreements* feature" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:20 -msgid "Start a Blanket Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:22 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:21 -msgid "" -"To use this feature go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchase " -"Agreements`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Once you are creating the purchase agreement, access the *Agreement Type* " -"drop down menu and select *Blanket Order*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:30 -msgid "" -"You can then create your new blanket order, select your vendor, the " -"product(s), agreement deadline, ordering date and delivery date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:33 -msgid "" -"When you are satisfied with your purchase agreement, confirm it. Its status " -"will change from*Draft* to *Ongoing* and a new *RFQs/Orders* will appear in " -"the top right corner of the document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:41 -msgid "RFQ from the Blanket Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:43 -msgid "" -"From your blanket order you can create a new quotation, Odoo will auto-fill " -"the document with the product(s) from your blanket order, you only have to " -"choose the quantity and confirm the order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:47 -msgid "" -"When you will go back on the blanket order, you will see how many quantities" -" you have already ordered from your blanket order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:51 -msgid "Vendors prices on your product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:53 -msgid "" -"When a blanket order is validated, a new vendor line is added in your " -"product. You can see which one are linked to a blanket order and give " -"priority to the ones you want with the arrows on the left of the vendor " -"name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Thanks to this, a blanket order can be used for automated replenishment " -"(using *reordering rules* or *made to order* configuration)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:65 -msgid "" -"You can also create a *Request for Quotation* from the classic RFQ Menu and " -"link them with an existing *Blanket Order*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:3 -msgid "Manage Call for Tender" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A Call for Tender is a special procedure to request offers from multiple " -"vendors to obtain the most interesting price." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:11 -msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " -"--> Settings` and activate the *Purchase Agreements* feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:19 -msgid "Create a Call for Tender" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Create a new purchase agreement, access the *Agreement Type* drop down menu " -"and select *Call for Tender*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:26 -msgid "" -"When you are satisfied with your purchase agreement, confirm it will move " -"from *Draft* to *Confirmed* and a new *RFQs/Orders* appeared in the top " -"right corner of the document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:34 -msgid "Request new quotations from the Call for Tender" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:36 -msgid "" -"From the Call for Tender, Odoo will auto-fill the RFQ with the product(s) " -"from your Call for Tender." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:40 -msgid "Select the best offer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:42 -msgid "" -"The various RFQs and orders linked to the Call for Tenders will be under the" -" *RFQs/Orders* button where you can select and confirm the best offer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:50 -msgid "Close the Call for Tender" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:52 -msgid "Once you're done with your *Call for Tender* don't forget to close it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment.rst:3 -msgid "Replenishment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows.rst:3 -msgid "Replenishment Flows" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:3 -msgid "Schedule your receipts and deliveries" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:5 -msgid "" -"To manage your supply chain scheduling, you will need to use Odoo *Lead " -"Times*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:8 -msgid "" -"*Lead Times* are the expected times needed to receive, deliver or " -"manufacture products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:12 -msgid "Configure Lead Times" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:15 -msgid "Vendor Lead Time" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:17 -msgid "" -"The vendor lead time is the time needed by your vendor to deliver the " -"product to you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:20 -msgid "" -"To configure your vendor lead times, go to a product page, under the " -"purchase tab, click on a *Vendor* once there you can change the delivery " -"lead time for that Vendor & Product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:28 -msgid "Customer Lead Time" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:30 -msgid "" -"The customer lead time, on the other hand, is the time you need to deliver " -"the product to your customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:33 -msgid "" -"To configure your customer lead time open a product and go under the " -"*Inventory* tab. You can then add how many days you need." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:40 -msgid "Manufacturing lead time" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:42 -msgid "" -"The manufacturing lead time is the time you need to manufacture the product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:45 -msgid "" -"To configure your manufacturing lead time open a product and go under the " -"*Inventory* tab. You can then add how many days you need." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:52 -msgid "Configure Security Lead Times" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Odoo also lets you configure *Security Days* allowing you to cope with " -"potential delays along the supply chain and make sure you meet your " -"engagements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:58 -msgid "" -"The easiest way is to go to *Settings* from any module and type **Lead " -"Time** in the search bar. From there, tick each box and configure your " -"various *Security Lead Time* for your needs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, you can go in the settings of the *Inventory* module and " -"*Manufacturing* module to configure those settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:69 -msgid "Lead & security times in a use case" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:71 -msgid "" -"For example you sell a car today (January 1st), that is purchased on order, " -"and you promise to deliver your customer within 20 days (January 20). Here " -"is your product’s configuration:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:75 -msgid "Security lead time for sales : 1 day" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:77 -msgid "Security lead time for purchase : 1 day" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:79 -msgid "Vendor delivery lead time : 9 days" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:81 -msgid "" -"In such a scenario, the scheduler will trigger the following events based on" -" your configuration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:84 -msgid "" -"January 19: scheduled delivery date (20th January - 1 day of security lead " -"time for Sales)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:87 -msgid "" -"January 18: scheduled receipt date (19th January - 1 day of security lead " -"time for Purchase)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:90 -msgid "" -"January 10: order date = deadline to order from your vendor (19th January - " -"9 days of vendor lead time)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:3 -msgid "Setup drop-shipping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:6 -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:6 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "نظرة عامة" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Drop shipping allows to deliver the goods directly from the supplier to the " -"customer. It means that the products does not transit through your stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:15 -msgid "" -"First, configure the **Routes** and **Dropshipping**. Go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. Check **Advanced " -"routing of products using rules** in the **Routes** section and **Allow " -"suppliers to deliver directly to your customers** in the **Drop Shipping** " -"section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:24 -msgid "" -"You have to allow the choice of the route on the sale order. Go to the " -"**Sales** application, :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and tick " -"**Choose specific routes on sales order lines (advanced)**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:32 -msgid "How to use drop-shipping?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Create the sale order and select the route as **Dropshipping** on the " -"concerned order lines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Once the order has been confirmed, no move will be created from your stock. " -"The goods will be delivered directly from your vendor to your customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:45 -msgid "" -"In order to be able to invoice the delivery, you must set the invoice policy" -" of your product on **Ordered quantities**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:3 -msgid "Trigger purchase of products based on sales (Make to Order)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:5 -msgid "" -"If you don't keep stock of your products, you may need to trigger purchase " -"orders on each sale you make." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Thanks to being a fully integrated solution, Odoo lets you do that easily in" -" just one step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:12 -msgid "Configure the product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Open a product form and, under the inventory tab, tick the routes *Buy* and " -"*Make To Order*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:20 -msgid "Don't forget to also set a vendor under the *Purchase* tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:23 -msgid "" -"The *Inventory*, *Sales* and *Purchases* modules have to be installed in " -"Odoo for this feature to work." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:27 -msgid "Create a sales order using Buy & MTO" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Create a new sales order with your product. When you confirm the order, a " -"delivery order is created with the status *Waiting for another operation*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:33 -msgid "" -"A new RfQ will automatically be created in your *Purchases* module. Note " -"that you can see for which SO this RfQ has been created thanks to the " -"*Source Document* field, visible on the RfQ." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:40 -msgid "" -"When you confirm the RfQ into a purchase order, a receipt is automatically " -"created and directly accessible from your purchase order with the use of the" -" *Shipment* button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:47 -msgid "" -"You can validate the receipt of your products. When you will go back to the " -"delivery order, you will see that the products are now ready to be shipped." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:52 -msgid "" -"As long as your RfQ is not confirmed, Odoo will keep adding PO Lines " -"automatically under it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:57 -msgid ":doc:`../../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:3 -msgid "Don’t run out of stock thanks to Reordering Rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:5 -msgid "" -"To make sure you never run out of stock, you might want to define " -"*Reordering Rules* on products. Thanks to reordering rules, Odoo will help " -"you to replenish your stock when it reaches a minimum stock level." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:10 -msgid "Set a reordering rule" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:12 -msgid "Open a stockable product, you'll find the *Reordering Rules* tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:15 -msgid "" -"You can also access all your reordering rules from :menuselection:`Inventory" -" --> Master Data --> Reordering Rules`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Once in the next menu, you can create the reordering rules linked to your " -"product. From now on, every time this product reaches the minimum quantity " -"it will replenish your stock to your **maximum quantity**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:29 -msgid "" -"The replenishments will take place when the scheduler in the *Inventory* " -"module runs. By default in Odoo, the schedulers will run every night at " -"12:00PM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:33 -msgid "See also: :doc:`../../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:35 -msgid "" -"From now on, every time a product with a reordering rule reaches the minimum" -" stock, the system will automatically see how to fulfill that need based on " -"the product configuration (e.g create an RfQ, create an MO, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:41 -msgid "Troubleshooting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:43 -msgid "" -"For your reordering rules to work, your product needs to be correctly " -"configured. If you are using *Buy* route, you need a vendor on the product. " -"If you are using *Manufacturing* route you will been a BoM on the product. " -"If the product is not fully configured or there is a mistake in your routes," -" a next activity will be logged on the product informing you there is an " -"issue with the configuration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany.rst:3 -msgid "Multi-Companies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:3 -msgid "How to setup a multi-company sale/purchase flow?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo is an outstanding solution to help small companies growing their " -"business. But it also perfectly meets the needs of multinational " -"companies.The inter-company feature helps you to buy and/or sell products " -"and services between different branches within your conglomerate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Purchase orders and sales orders can be related. If a company within your " -"group creates a purchase or a sales order, the corresponding document is " -"automatically created for your company. All you have to do is check that " -"everything is correct and confirm the sale. You can automate the validation " -"on your sales and purchase orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:24 -msgid "It is also possible to only handle invoices and refunds." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:27 -msgid "Manage intercompany rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings`. Flag **Manage multiple" -" companies** and then **Manage Inter Company**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:32 -msgid "Click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:37 -msgid "New options will appear." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:42 -msgid "" -"In the drop-down list, choose the company on which you want to add rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:45 -msgid "" -"If you click on **SO and PO setting for inter company**, you will get extra " -"options." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:51 -msgid "" -"When you are done, click on **Apply**, then you can repeat the same steps " -"for the other companies." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:55 -msgid "" -"In order to be able to manage the inter-company rules, be sure that your " -"user has the rights to manage the companies." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/quality.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/quality.po deleted file mode 100644 index 7a314053e..000000000 --- a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/quality.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,420 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Mustafa Rawi , 2019 -# Ali zuaby , 2019 -# Osoul , 2019 -# zahi chemaly , 2019 -# Ali Alrehawi , 2019 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-11-20 09:24+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Ali Alrehawi , 2019\n" -"Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: ar\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 && n%100<=99 ? 4 : 5;\n" - -#: ../../quality.rst:5 -msgid "Quality" -msgstr "جودة" - -#: ../../quality/alert.rst:3 -msgid "Alert" -msgstr "تنبيه" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:3 -msgid "Generate a Quality Alert from a Manufacturing Order" -msgstr "تكوين تحذير الجودة من طلب التصنيع" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Speaking of manufacturing orders, you have two different situations to " -"consider in Odoo. Those two will result in two different processes:" -msgstr "" -"الحديث عن أوامر التصنيع ، لديك وضعين مختلفين تركز عليها في اودو.\n" -"هاذين الوضعين ستنتج في عمليتين مختلفتين" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:8 -msgid "You work with a simple manufacturing flow;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:10 -msgid "You work with a complex manufacturing flow that includes routings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:13 -msgid "Simple manufacturing flow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:15 -msgid "" -"If you work with simple manufacturing orders, the *Quality Alerts* will be " -"launched from the manufacturing order itself. When manufacturing a product " -"for which you need to process quality controls, a button *Quality Alert* " -"will appear on the top of your manufacturing order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:23 -msgid "" -"By clicking on the button, you can specify the quality problem that arose " -"during the process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:29 -msgid "" -"If one of the quality checks failed, the button will be highlighted on the " -"document. If not, the button won’t be highlighted." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:36 ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:50 -msgid "Manufacturing Flow with Routings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:38 -msgid "" -"If you work with routings defined on your manufacturing orders, the quality " -"alerts will be launched directly from the work orders on which the quality " -"checks took place." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Then, a button *Quality Alert* will be available from the work order view. " -"When you click on the button, you can specify the quality problem that " -"appeared during the process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:3 -msgid "Generate a Quality Alert from a Transfer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:6 -msgid "Use the Quality Alert" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Every time you perform some *Quality Checks* on a transfer, a *Quality " -"Alert* button appears. You can always use it. The button is automatically " -"highlighted once you have a failed quality check for the transfer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:16 -msgid "" -"If you click on that *Quality Alert* button, you can specify what was the " -"problem with the product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:22 -msgid "" -"The *Quality Alert* that is created from the transfer can be found via the " -"button appearing on the top right corner of the transfer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:28 -msgid "" -"You can also access all your *Quality Alerts* via the menu, accessible under" -" *Control*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks.rst:3 -msgid "Checks" -msgstr "شيكات" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:3 -msgid "Perform Quality Checks on Manufacturing Orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:5 -msgid "" -"There are two different situations to consider and that will differ in Odoo " -"processes:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:8 -msgid "You work with simple manufacturing flows;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:10 -msgid "" -"You work with complex manufacturing flows that are represented by the use of" -" routings in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:13 -msgid "Simple Manufacturing Flow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:16 -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:53 -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:6 -msgid "Create the Quality Control Point" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:18 -msgid "" -"To create a quality control point, open the quality app and go to *Control >" -" Control Points*. There, hit create. Make sure to select *Manufacturing* as " -"operation and choose the type of quality check you want to perform." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:27 -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:69 -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:17 -msgid "Process the Quality Check" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Once your *Quality Control Point* has been created, you can create a " -"manufacturing order for your product. Now, and before marking the " -"manufacturing as done, you can register the *Quality Checks*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Once you have performed your quality checks, you can find them via the " -"*Quality Checks* button available on the manufacturing order form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:46 -msgid "" -"If you want to access all your quality checks, you can do this by opening " -"the quality checks menu, under quality control." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:55 -msgid "" -"If you want to create a *Quality Control Point*, open the *Quality* app and " -"go to *Control > Control Points*. Then, click on create. Make sure to select" -" *Manufacturing* as operation and select the work order operation on which " -"the quality check should be performed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Choosing the work order operation is necessary if you want the quality " -"checks to be performed in the work orders. After that, you can choose the " -"type of quality check." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Once your *Quality Control Point* has been configured, create a " -"manufacturing order for your product. You have to plan it if you want to " -"generate the necessary work orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:78 -msgid "" -"Now, process the work order and your quality check will appear. In this " -"example, the quality check requests to enter the serial number of the Table " -"Top component." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:3 -msgid "Perform Quality Checks on Transfers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:8 -msgid "" -"To create a *Quality Control Point*, open the *Quality* application. Then, " -"go to *Quality Control > Control Points > Create*. Now, you can define the " -"quality control point you want to apply to a specific product. Don’t forget " -"to select a transfer operation type." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Let’s say that we will receive a laptop. First, create a planned receipt for" -" the product. Then, on the receipt, you will see a *Quality Checks* button " -"that appears to proceed to the quality check you configured before." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:27 -msgid "" -"By clicking on it, the instruction set on the quality control point will be " -"displayed and will require the check value." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Once the quality check is done, you can find it linked to the corresponding " -"transfer and access it by clicking on the button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:39 -msgid "" -"But, if the quality check failed, the stat button will appear in red " -"(instead of green) and Odoo will suggest you to create a *Quality Alert* by " -"highlighting the corresponding button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:46 -msgid "" -"The quality checks can also be found in the *Quality* application by opening" -" the *Quality Checks* menu, under *Quality Control*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control.rst:3 -msgid "Control" -msgstr "التتبع" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:3 -msgid "Define Quality Control Points" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:6 -msgid "Quality Control Points" -msgstr "نقاط مراقبة الجودة" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:8 -msgid "" -"If it is the first *Quality Control Point* that you create, know that you " -"need to open the *Quality* app. Then, go to *Quality Control > Control " -"Points*. Once there, you have to define the product on which the quality " -"control will take place, as well as the operation at which it should take " -"place." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:14 -msgid "" -"The *Quality Control Points* can take place during transfers or during the " -"manufacturing process of the products. If you work with routings on your " -"*Bill of Materials*, you have to precise at which step of the manufacturing " -"process the quality control point should be applied." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:19 -msgid "" -"The control type defines at which frequency the quality checks should take " -"place:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:22 -msgid "" -"All Operations: all the operations will generate quality checks to perform;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Randomly: the quality checks will only be performed on x% of the operation. " -"You must define the percentage yourself, on the control point;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Periodically: the quality checks will be performed periodically. The " -"periodicity is based on the period you define (once a day, once a week)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:32 -msgid "Quality Control Point Types" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Now that the rest is configured, you need to define the type of quality " -"check." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Some of the types are only available with the manufacturing application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:41 -msgid "Text" -msgstr "النص" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:43 -msgid "" -"This control point type allows you to give instructions to your workers " -"during the transfer, or the manufacturing process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:56 -msgid "Take a Picture" -msgstr "التقاط صورة" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:58 -msgid "" -"This control point type asks you to take a picture of the product in a " -"transfer, or when manufacturing it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:71 -msgid "Pass-Fail" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:73 -msgid "" -"This type of control point requires that you specify if the products pass or" -" fail a specific text. It can be applied for both transfers or manufacturing" -" orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:80 -msgid "" -"For this kind of control point type, you have the possibility to define a " -"failure message that will give instructions to follow in case of quality " -"check failure." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:94 -msgid "Take a Measure" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:96 -msgid "" -"This control point type requires you to enter the product’s measurements " -"during a transfer, or during the manufacturing process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:102 -msgid "" -"For this kind of control point type, you also have the possibility to define" -" a failure message that will give instructions to the worker." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:115 -msgid "Register Consumed Materials" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:117 -msgid "" -"This control point type requires you register the component serial/lot " -"numbers during the manufacturing process. It is only available if you work " -"with routings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:128 -msgid "Register By-Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:130 -msgid "" -"With this control point type, you must register the serial/lot number of the" -" by-products that are manufactured. It is also only available with routings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:141 -msgid "Print Label" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:143 -msgid "" -"This control point type allows you to print labels to add to the product " -"during the manufacturing process." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/recruitment.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/recruitment.po deleted file mode 100644 index 425d94863..000000000 --- a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/recruitment.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,22 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 9.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-11-22 13:16+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n" -"Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: ar\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 && n%100<=99 ? 4 : 5;\n" - -#: ../../recruitment.rst:5 -msgid "Recruitment" -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po deleted file mode 100644 index 61a18153d..000000000 --- a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2054 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Mustafa Rawi , 2019 -# Abdalla Mohamed , 2019 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Abdalla Mohamed , 2019\n" -"Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: ar\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 && n%100<=99 ? 4 : 5;\n" - -#: ../../sales.rst:5 -msgid "Sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/advanced.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced Topics" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:3 -msgid "How to give portal access rights to my customers?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:6 -msgid "What is Portal access/Who is a portal user?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:8 -msgid "" -"A portal access is given to a user who has the necessity to have access to " -"Odoo instance, to view certain documents or information in the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:12 -msgid "For Example, a long term client who needs to view online quotations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:14 -msgid "" -"A portal user has only read/view access. He or she will not be able to edit " -"any document in the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:18 -msgid "How to give portal access to customers?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:21 -msgid "From Contacts Module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:23 -msgid "" -"From the main menu, select **Contacts** menu. If the contact is not yet " -"created in the system, click on the create button to create new contact. " -"Enter details of the contact and click \"save\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Choose a contact, click on the **Action** menu in the top-center of the " -"interface and from the drop down." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:36 -msgid "Select **Portal Access Management**. A pop up window appears." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Enter the login **email ID**, check the box under **In Portal** and add the " -"content to be included in the email in the text field box below. Click on " -"**Apply** when you're done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:47 -msgid "" -"An email will be sent to the specified email address, indicating that the " -"contact is now a portal user of the respective instance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:3 -msgid "How to list a product?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:6 -msgid "Listing without variation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In order to list a product, you need to check the **use eBay** field on a " -"product form. The eBay tab will be available." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:14 -msgid "" -"When the **Use Stock Quantity** field is checked, the quantity sets on eBay " -"will be the Odoo **Forecast Quantity**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:17 -msgid "" -"The **Description Template** allows you to use templates for your listings. " -"The default template only use the **eBay Description** field of the product." -" You can use html inside the **Description Template** and in the **eBay " -"Description**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:21 -msgid "" -"To use pictures in your listing, you need to add them as **Attachments** on " -"the product template." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:24 -msgid "Listing with variations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:26 -msgid "" -"When the **use eBay** on a product with variations is checked and with " -"**Fixed Price** as **Listing Type**, the eBay form is sligthly different. In" -" the variants array, you can choose which variant will be listed on eBay as " -"well as set the price and the quantity for each variant." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:35 -msgid "Listing with item specifics" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:37 -msgid "" -"In order to add item specifics, you should create a product attribute with " -"one value in the **Variants** tab on the product form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:44 -msgid "Product Identifiers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Products identifiers such as EAN, UPC, Brand or MPN are required in most of " -"the eBay category. The module manages the EAN and UPC identifiers with the " -"**Barcode** field of the product variant. If the **Barcode** field is empty " -"or is value is not valid, the EAN and UPC values will be set as 'Does not " -"apply' as recommended by eBay. The Brand and MPN values are working as item " -"specifics and should be define in the **Variants** tab on the product form. " -"If theses values are not set, 'Does not apply' will be used for the eBay " -"listing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:3 -msgid "How to configure eBay in Odoo?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:6 -msgid "Create eBay tokens" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In order to create your tokens, you need to create a developer account on " -"the `developer portal `_. Once you are " -"logged in, you can create **Sandbox Keys** and **Production Keys** by " -"clicking on the adequate buttons." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:16 -msgid "" -"After the creation of the keys, you can get the user token. To do so, click " -"on the **Get a User Token** link in the bottom of the page. Go through the " -"form, log in with you eBay account and you will get the keys and token " -"needed to configure the module in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:22 -msgid "Set up tokens in Odoo?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:24 -msgid "" -"To set up the eBay integration, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:29 -msgid "" -"First choose if you want to use the production or the sandbox eBay Site. " -"Then fill in the fields **Developer Key**, **Token**, **App Key**, **Cert " -"Key**. Apply the changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Once the page is reloaded, you need to synchronize information from eBay. " -"Push on **Sync countries and currencies**, then you can fill in all the " -"other fields." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:36 -msgid "" -"When all the fields are filled in, you can synchronize the categories and " -"the policies by clicking on the adequate buttons." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing.rst:3 -msgid "Invoicing Method" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:3 -msgid "Request a down payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A down payment is an initial, partial payment, with the agreement that the " -"rest will be paid later. For expensive orders or projects, it is a way to " -"protect yourself and make sure your customer is serious." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:10 -msgid "First time you request a down payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:12 -msgid "" -"When you confirm a sale, you can create an invoice and select a down payment" -" option. It can either be a fixed amount or a percentage of the total " -"amount." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:16 -msgid "" -"The first time you request a down payment you can select an income account " -"and a tax setting that will be reused for next down payments." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:22 -msgid "You will then see the invoice for the down payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:27 -msgid "" -"On the subsequent or final invoice, any prepayment made will be " -"automatically deducted." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:34 -msgid "Modify the income account and customer taxes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:36 -msgid "From the products list, search for *Down Payment*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:41 -msgid "" -"You can then edit it, under the invoicing tab you will be able to change the" -" income account & customer taxes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:3 -msgid "Re-invoice expenses to customers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:5 -msgid "" -"It often happens that your employees have to spend their personal money " -"while working on a project for your client. Let's take the example of an " -"consultant paying an hotel to work on the site of your client. As a company," -" you would like to be able to invoice that expense to your client." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:12 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:64 -msgid "Expenses configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:14 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:66 -msgid "" -"To track & invoice expenses, you will need the expenses app. Go to " -":menuselection:`Apps --> Expenses` to install it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:17 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:69 -msgid "" -"You should also activate the analytic accounts feature to link expenses to " -"the sales order, to do so, go to :menuselection:`Invoicing --> Configuration" -" --> Settings` and activate *Analytic Accounting*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:22 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:74 -msgid "Add expenses to your sales order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:24 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:76 -msgid "" -"From the expense app, you or your consultant can create a new one, e.g. the " -"hotel for the first week on the site of your customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:27 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:79 -msgid "" -"You can then enter a relevant description and select an existing product or " -"create a new one from right there." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:33 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:85 -msgid "Here, we are creating a *Hotel* product:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Under the invoicing tab, select *Delivered quantities* and either *At cost* " -"or *Sales price* as well depending if you want to invoice the cost of your " -"expense or a previously agreed on sales price." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:45 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:97 -msgid "" -"To modify or create more products go to :menuselection:`Expenses --> " -"Configuration --> Expense products`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:48 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:100 -msgid "" -"Back on the expense, add the original sale order in the expense to submit." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:54 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:106 -msgid "It can then be submitted to the manager, approved and finally posted." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:65 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:117 -msgid "It will then be in the sales order and ready to be invoiced." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:3 -msgid "Invoice based on delivered or ordered quantities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Depending on your business and what you sell, you have two options for " -"invoicing:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Invoice on ordered quantity: invoice the full order as soon as the sales " -"order is confirmed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Invoice on delivered quantity: invoice on what you delivered even if it's a " -"partial delivery." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:13 -msgid "Invoice on ordered quantity is the default mode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:15 -msgid "" -"The benefits of using *Invoice on delivered quantity* depends on your type " -"of business, when you sell material, liquids or food in large quantities the" -" quantity might diverge a little bit and it is therefore better to invoice " -"the actual delivered quantity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:21 -msgid "" -"You also have the ability to invoice manually, letting you control every " -"options: invoice ready to invoice lines, invoice a percentage (advance), " -"invoice a fixed advance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:26 -msgid "Decide the policy on a product page" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:28 -msgid "" -"From any products page, under the invoicing tab you will find the invoicing " -"policy and select the one you want." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:35 -msgid "Send the invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Once you confirm the sale, you can see your delivered and invoiced " -"quantities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:43 -msgid "" -"If you set it in ordered quantities, you can invoice as soon as the sale is " -"confirmed. If however you selected delivered quantities, you will first have" -" to validate the delivery." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Once the products are delivered, you can invoice your customer. Odoo will " -"automatically add the quantities to invoiced based on how many you delivered" -" if you did a partial delivery." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:3 -msgid "Invoice project milestones" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Milestone invoicing can be used for expensive or large-scale projects, with " -"each milestone representing a clear sequence of work that will incrementally" -" build up to the completion of the contract. This invoicing method is " -"comfortable both for the company which is ensured to get a steady cash flow " -"throughout the project lifetime and for the client who can monitor the " -"project's progress and pay in several installments." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:13 -msgid "Create milestone products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:15 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, each milestone of your project is considered as a product. To " -"configure products to work this way, go to any product form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:18 -msgid "" -"You have to set the product type as *Service* under general information and " -"select *Milestones* in the sales tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:25 -msgid "Invoice milestones" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:27 -msgid "" -"From the sales order, you can manually edit the quantity delivered as you " -"complete a milestone." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:33 -msgid "You can then invoice that first milestone." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:3 ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:22 -msgid "Send a pro-forma invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A pro-forma invoice is an abridged or estimated invoice in advance of a " -"delivery of goods. It notes the kind and quantity of goods, their value, and" -" other important information such as weight and transportation charges. Pro-" -"forma invoices are commonly used as preliminary invoices with a quotation, " -"or for customs purposes in importation. They differ from a normal invoice in" -" not being a demand or request for payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:13 -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:10 -msgid "Activate the feature" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the" -" *Pro-Forma Invoice* feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:24 -msgid "" -"From any quotation or sales order, you know have an option to send a pro-" -"forma invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:30 -msgid "" -"When you click on send, Odoo will send an email with the pro-forma invoice " -"in attachment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:3 -msgid "Sell subscriptions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Selling subscription products will give you predictable revenue, making " -"planning ahead much easier." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:9 -msgid "Make a subscription from a sales order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:11 -msgid "" -"From the sales app, create a quotation to the desired customer, and select " -"the subscription product your previously created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:14 -msgid "" -"When you confirm the sale the subscription will be created automatically. " -"You will see a direct link from the sales order to the Subscription in the " -"upper right corner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:3 -msgid "Invoice based on time and materials" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Time and Materials is generally used in projects in which it is not possible" -" to accurately estimate the size of the project, or when it is expected that" -" the project requirements would most likely change." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:9 -msgid "" -"This is opposed to a fixed-price contract in which the owner agrees to pay " -"the contractor a lump sum for the fulfillment of the contract no matter what" -" the contractors pay their employees, sub-contractors, and suppliers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:14 -msgid "" -"For this documentation I will use the example of a consultant, you will need" -" to invoice their time, their various expenses (transport, lodging, ...) and" -" purchases." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:19 -msgid "Invoice time configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:21 -msgid "" -"To keep track of progress in the project, you will need the *Project* app. " -"Go to :menuselection:`Apps --> Project` to install it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:24 -msgid "" -"In *Project* you will use timesheets, to do so go to :menuselection:`Project" -" --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Timesheets* feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:32 -msgid "Invoice your time spent" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:34 -msgid "" -"From a product page set as a service, you will find two options under the " -"invoicing tab, select both *Timesheets on tasks* and *Create a task in a new" -" project*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:41 -msgid "You could also add the task to an existing project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Once confirming a sales order, you will now see two new buttons, one for the" -" project overview and one for the current task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:49 -msgid "" -"You will directly be in the task if you click on it, you can also access it " -"from the *Project* app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Under timesheets, you can assign who works on it. You can or they can add " -"how many hours they worked on the project so far." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:58 -msgid "From the sales order, you can then invoice those hours." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:90 -msgid "" -"under the invoicing tab, select *Delivered quantities* and either *At cost* " -"or *Sales price* as well depending if you want to invoice the cost of your " -"expense or a previously agreed on sales price." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:120 -msgid "Invoice purchases" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:122 -msgid "" -"The last thing you might need to add to the sale order is purchases made for" -" it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:125 -msgid "" -"You will need the *Purchase Analytics* feature, to activate it, go to " -":menuselection:`Invoicing --> Configuration --> Settings` and select " -"*Purchase Analytics*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:129 -msgid "" -"While making the purchase order don't forget to add the right analytic " -"account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:135 -msgid "" -"Once the PO is confirmed and received, you can create the vendor bill, this " -"will automatically add it to the SO where you can invoice it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices.rst:3 -msgid "Products & Prices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices.rst:3 -msgid "Manage your pricing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:3 -msgid "How to sell in foreign currencies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:5 -msgid "Pricelists can also be used to manage prices in foreign currencies." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:7 -msgid "" -"Check *Allow multi currencies* in :menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> " -"Settings`. As admin, you need *Adviser* access rights on " -"Invoicing/Accounting apps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Create one pricelist per currency. A new *Currency* field shows up in " -"pricelist setup form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:13 -msgid "" -"To activate a new currency, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Currencies`, select it in the list and press *Activate* in" -" the top-right corner. Now it will show up in currencies drop-down lists." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:17 -msgid "Prices in foreign currencies can be defined in two fashions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:20 -msgid "Automatic conversion from public price" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:22 -msgid "" -"The public price is in your company's main currency (see " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings`) and is set in product detail form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:28 -msgid "" -"The conversion rates can be found in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Currencies`. They can be updated from Yahoo or the " -"European Central Bank at your convenience: manually, daily, weekly, etc. See" -" :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:40 -msgid "Set your own prices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:42 -msgid "" -"This is advised if you don't want your pricing to change along with currency" -" rates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:49 -msgid ":doc:`pricing`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:3 -msgid "How to adapt your prices to your customers and apply discounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo has a powerful pricelist feature to support a pricing strategy tailored" -" to your business. A pricelist is a list of prices or price rules that Odoo " -"searches to determine the suggested price. You can set several critarias to " -"use a specific price: periods, min. sold quantity (meet a minimum order " -"quantity and get a price break), etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:9 -msgid "" -"As pricelists only suggest prices, they can be overridden by vendors " -"completing sales orders. Choose your pricing strategy from " -":menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:18 -msgid "" -"*A single sale price per product :* doesn't let you adapt prices, it use " -"default product price ;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:19 -msgid "" -"*Different prices per customer segment :* you will set several prices per " -"products ;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:20 -msgid "" -"*Advanced pricing based on formula :* will let you apply discounts, margins " -"and roundings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:23 -msgid "Several prices per product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:25 -msgid "" -"To apply several prices per product, select *Different prices per customer " -"segment* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`. Then open the *Sales* tab " -"in the product detail form. You can settle following strategies." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:30 -msgid "Prices per customer segment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Create pricelists for your customer segments: e.g. registered, premium, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:37 -msgid "" -"The default pricelist applied to any new customer is *Public Pricelist*. To " -"segment your customers, open the customer detail form and change the *Sale " -"Pricelist* in the *Sales & Purchases* tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:45 -msgid "Temporary prices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:47 -msgid "Apply deals for bank holidays, etc. Enter start and end dates dates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Make sure you have default prices set in the pricelist outside of the deals " -"period. Otherwise you might have issues once the period over." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:57 -msgid "Prices per minimum quantity" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:63 -msgid "" -"The prices order does not matter. The system is smart and applies first " -"prices that match the order date and/or the minimal quantities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:67 -msgid "Discounts, margins, roundings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:69 -msgid "" -"*Advanced pricing based on formula* allows to set price change rules. " -"Changes can be relative to the product list/catalog price, the product cost " -"price, or to another pricelist. Changes are calculated via discounts or " -"surcharges and can be forced to fit within floor (minumum margin) and " -"ceilings (maximum margins). Prices can be rounded to the nearest cent/dollar" -" or multiple of either (nearest 5 cents, nearest 10 dollars)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Once installed go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Pricelists`" -" (or :menuselection:`Website Admin --> Catalog --> Pricelists` if you use " -"e-Commerce)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:84 -msgid "" -"Each pricelist item can be associated to either all products, to a product " -"internal category (set of products) or to a specific product. Like in second" -" option, you can set dates and minimum quantities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:91 -msgid "" -"Once again the system is smart. If a rule is set for a particular item and " -"another one for its category, Odoo will take the rule of the item." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:93 -msgid "Make sure at least one pricelist item covers all your products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:95 -msgid "There are 3 modes of computation: fix price, discount & formula." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:100 -msgid "Here are different price settings made possible thanks to formulas." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:103 -msgid "Discounts with roundings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:105 -msgid "e.g. 20% discounts with prices rounded up to 9.99." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:111 -msgid "Costs with markups (retail)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:113 -msgid "e.g. sale price = 2*cost (100% markup) with $5 of minimal margin." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:119 -msgid "Prices per country" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:120 -msgid "" -"Pricelists can be set by countries group. Any new customer recorded in Odoo " -"gets a default pricelist, i.e. the first one in the list matching the " -"country. In case no country is set for the customer, Odoo takes the first " -"pricelist without any country group." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:123 -msgid "The default pricelist can be replaced when creating a sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:125 -msgid "You can change the pricelists sequence by drag & drop in list view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:128 -msgid "Compute and show discount % to customers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:130 -msgid "" -"In case of discount, you can show the public price and the computed discount" -" % on printed sales orders and in your eCommerce catalog. To do so:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:132 -msgid "" -"Check *Allow discounts on sales order lines* in :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Configuration --> Settings --> Quotations & Sales --> Discounts`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:133 -msgid "Apply the option in the pricelist setup form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:140 -msgid ":doc:`currencies`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:141 -msgid ":doc:`../../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products.rst:3 -msgid "Manage your products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:3 -msgid "How to import products with categories and variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Import templates are provided in the import tool of the most common data to " -"import (contacts, products, bank statements, etc.). You can open them with " -"any spreadsheets software (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, " -"etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:11 -msgid "How to customize the file" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Remove columns you don't need. We advise to not remove the *ID* one (see why" -" here below)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Don't change labels of columns you want to import. Otherwise Odoo won't " -"recognize them anymore and you will have to map them on your own in the " -"import screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:18 -msgid "" -"To add new columns,Feel free to add new columns but the fields need to exist" -" in Odoo. If Odoo fails in matching the column name with a field, you can " -"make it manually when importing by browsing a list of available fields." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:24 -msgid "Why an “ID” column" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:26 -msgid "" -"The ID is an unique identifier for the line item. Feel free to use the one " -"of your previous software to ease the transition to Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Setting an ID is not mandatory when importing but it helps in many cases:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Update imports: you can import the same file several times without creating " -"duplicates;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:32 -msgid "Import relation fields (see here below)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:35 -msgid "How to import relation fields" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:37 -msgid "" -"An Odoo object is always related to many other objects (e.g. a product is " -"linked to product categories, attributes, vendors, etc.). To import those " -"relations you need to import the records of the related object first from " -"their own list menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:41 -msgid "" -"You can do it using either the name of the related record or its ID. The ID " -"is expected when two records have the same name. In such a case add \" / " -"ID\" at the end of the column title (e.g. for product attributes: Product " -"Attributes / Attribute / ID)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:3 -msgid "Using product variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Product variants are used to manage products having different variations, " -"like size, color, etc. It allows managing the product at the template level " -"(for all variations) and at the variant level (specific attributes)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:10 -msgid "" -"As an example, a company selling t-shirts may have the following product:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:13 -msgid "B&C T-shirt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:15 -msgid "Sizes: S, M, L, XL, XXL" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:16 -msgid "Colors: Blue, Red, White, Black" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:18 -msgid "" -"In this example, **B&C T-Shirt** is called the product template and **B&C " -"T-Shirt, S, Blue** is a variant. Sizes and color are **attributes**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:22 -msgid "" -"The above example has a total of 20 different products (5 sizes x 4 colors)." -" Each one of these products has its own inventory, sales, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:26 -msgid "Impact of variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:28 -msgid "" -"**Barcode**: the code and barcode is associated to a variant, not the " -"template. Every variant may have its own barcode / SKU." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:31 -msgid "" -"**Price**: every product variant has its own public price that is computed " -"based on the template price ($20) with an optional extra for every variant " -"(+$3 for color red). However, you can define pricelist rules that apply on " -"the template or the variant." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:36 -msgid "" -"**Inventory**: the inventory is managed by product variant. You don't own " -"t-shirts, you only own \"T-shirts, S, Red\", or \"T-Shirts, M, Blue\". For " -"information purpose, on the product template form, you get the inventory " -"that is the sum of every variant. (but the actual inventory is computed by " -"variant)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:42 -msgid "" -"**Picture**: the picture is related to the variant, every variation of a " -"product may have its own primary picture." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:45 -msgid "" -"**Other fields**: most of the other fields belongs to the product template. " -"If you update them, it updates automatically all the variants. (example: " -"Income Account, Taxes)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:50 -msgid "Should you use variants?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:53 -msgid "When should you use variants?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:55 -msgid "Using variants has the following impacts:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:57 -msgid "" -"**eCommerce**: in your online shop, the customer will only see product " -"templates in the catalog page. Once the visitor click on such a product, he " -"will have options to choose amongst the variants (colors, sizes, …)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:62 -msgid "" -"**Manufacturing**: Using variants allows to define only one bill of material" -" for a product template and slight variations for some of the variants. " -"Example: instead of creating a Bill of Material for \"T-shirt, Red, S\", you" -" create a bill of material for \"T-shirt\" and add some lines that are " -"specific to the dimension S, and other lines specific to the color Red." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:69 -msgid "" -"**Pricing**: The default price of a product is computed using the price of " -"the product template and add the optional extra price on each dimension of " -"the variant. This way, variant prices are easier to maintain since you don't" -" have to set the price for every variant. However, it's possible to create " -"pricelist rules to fix price per variants too." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:77 -msgid "When should you avoid using variants?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:79 -msgid "" -"Using variants may add a level of complexity on the way you use Odoo. You " -"should consider using variants only if you need it to reduce the complexity " -"of managing lots of products that are similars." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:83 -msgid "" -"As an example, importing your initial product catalog is more complex if you" -" use variants. You can't just import a list of products, you must import " -"product templates and all their related variations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:87 -msgid "" -"In addition to that, you should also carefully select the dimensions that " -"you manage as separate product templates and those as variants. As an " -"example, a company having these products:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:91 -msgid "Quality: T-Shirts, Polos, Shirts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:93 -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:105 -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:110 -msgid "Color: Red, Blue" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:95 -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:106 -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:111 -msgid "Size: S, M, L, XL" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:97 -msgid "" -"In such a use case, you could create 1 template with three dimensions of " -"variants (Layout, T-Shirts, Polos). But, it's recommended to create two " -"different product templates as T-shirts may highly differ from polos or " -"shirts and customer expect to see these as two different products in the " -"e-Commerce:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:103 -msgid "Product Template: T-shirt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:108 -msgid "Product Template: Polos" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:114 -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:10 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "الإعدادات" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:117 -msgid "Activate the variant feature" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:119 -msgid "" -"Before you can use product variants, you must first activate the product " -"variants in the settings. To do so, you must go to the Sales app. In the " -"menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, locate the **Products " -"Variants** line, and tick the option **Products can have several " -"attributes**, then click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:129 -msgid "Creating products with variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:131 -msgid "" -"Once you have activated the variant option, you can add variants to your " -"products. To do so, go to the Sales module, :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Products`. It is also accessible from the Purchase and inventory modules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:135 -msgid "Now, click on the product you wish to add variants to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:137 -msgid "" -"In the product page, a new tab called Variants has appeared. The number in " -"purple written on top is the number of variants this product currently has. " -"To add new variants, click on the tile. In the new window, click on " -"**Create**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:142 -msgid "" -"In **Attributes**, click on the rolldown menu and select the type of " -"variance you wish to add. If the variant does not yet exist, you can create " -"it on the fly by clicking on Create and edit…" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:149 -msgid "" -"In the Attributes window, the **Value** field is the description of the " -"attribute such as Green, Plastic or 32GB. The **Attribute** field is the " -"type of variant such as Color, Material or Memory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:156 -msgid "" -"You can add a cost for the variant on the fly by adding it in the " -"**Attribute Price Extra** field, or choose to modify it later. Click on " -"**Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:160 -msgid "" -"You can also add a different barcode and internal reference to the variant." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:163 -msgid "" -"When you have entered all the specifications of the variant, click on " -"**Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:167 -msgid "Managing Product Variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:170 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "المقدمة" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:172 -msgid "" -"The examples below are all based on this product template that has two " -"variant attributes :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:175 -msgid "T-Shirt B&C" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:177 -msgid "Color: Red, Blue, White" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:179 -msgid "Size: S, M, L, XL, XXL" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:182 -msgid "Managing combination possibilities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:184 -msgid "" -"By default, with the above product template, you get 15 different products " -"(3 colors, 5 sizes). If the XXL size only exists for red and blue t-shirts, " -"you can deactivate the white product variant." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:188 -msgid "" -"To do this, click on the **Variants** button, select the XXL, White T-shirt." -" From the product form, uncheck the **Active** box of the T-shirt White, " -"XXL." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:197 -msgid "" -"That deactivating a product is different than having an inventory of 0." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:200 -msgid "Setting a price per variant" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:202 -msgid "" -"You can add a cost over the main price for some of the variants of a " -"product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:205 -msgid "" -"Once you have activated the variant option, you can add variants to your " -"products. To do so, go to the Sales module, open :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Products` and click on the product you want to modify. Click on the " -"**Variant Prices** button to access the list of variant values." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:213 -msgid "" -"Click on the variant name you wish to add a value to, to make the 3 fields " -"editable. In the **Attribute Price Extra** field, add the cost of the " -"variant that will be added to the original price." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:220 -msgid "When you have entered all the extra values, click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/taxes.rst:3 -msgid "Set taxes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon.rst:3 -msgid "Amazon MWS Connector" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:3 -msgid "Manage Amazon orders in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:6 -msgid "Synchronization of orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Orders are automatically fetched from Amazon and synchronized in Odoo at " -"regular intervals. The synchronization is based on the Amazon status: only " -"orders whose status has changed since the last synchronization are fetched " -"from Amazon. For **FBA** (Fulfilled by Amazon), only **Shipped** and " -"**Canceled** orders are fetched. For **FBM** (Fulfilled by Merchant), the " -"same is done for **Unshipped** and **Canceled** orders. For each " -"synchronized order, a sales order and a customer are created in Odoo if they" -" are not yet registered." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:15 -msgid "" -"If you did not request access to Personally Identifiable Information of your" -" customers in the `Developer Registration and Assessment form `_, the customers are created anonymously (the name, postal " -"address and phone number are omitted) and named **Amazon Customer**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:20 -msgid "" -"When an order is canceled in Amazon and was already synchronized in Odoo, " -"the corresponding sales order is canceled in Odoo. When an order is canceled" -" in Odoo, a notification is sent to Amazon who will mark it as such in " -"Seller Central and notify the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:25 -msgid "" -"To force the synchronization of an order whose status has not changed since " -"the last synchronization, activate the **Developer mode**, navigate to your " -"Amazon account and modify the date under :menuselection:`Orders Follow-up " -"--> Last Order Sync`. Pick a date anterior to the last status change of the " -"order that you wish to synchronize and save." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:30 -msgid "" -"To synchronize immediately the orders of your Amazon account, open that " -"later's form in **Developer mode** and click the button **SYNC ORDERS**. The" -" same can be done with order cancellations and pickings by clicking the " -"buttons **SYNC CANCELLATIONS** and **SYNC PICKINGS**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:36 -msgid "Manage deliveries in FBM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:38 -msgid "" -"When a **FBM** (Fulfilled by Merchant) order is synchronized in Odoo, a " -"picking is created along with the sales order and the customer. You can " -"either ship all the ordered products to your customer at once or ship " -"products partially by using backorders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:42 -msgid "" -"When a picking related to the order is confirmed, a notification is sent to " -"Amazon who will, in turn, notify the customer that the order (or a part of " -"it) is on its way." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:46 -msgid "Follow deliveries in FBA" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:48 -msgid "" -"When a **FBA** (Fulfilled by Amazon) order is synchronized in Odoo, a stock " -"move is recorded for each sales order item so that it is saved in your " -"system. Inventory managers can find such moves in :menuselection:`Inventory " -"--> Reporting --> Product Moves`. They pick up products in a specific " -"inventory location called **Amazon**. This location represents your stock in" -" Amazon's warehouses and allows you to manage the stock of your products " -"under the FBA program." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:54 -msgid "" -"To follow your Amazon (FBA) stock in Odoo, you can make an inventory " -"adjustment after replenishing it. You can also trigger an automated " -"replenishment from reordering rules on the Amazon location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:58 -msgid "" -"The Amazon location is configurable by Amazon account managed in Odoo. All " -"accounts of the same company use the same location by default. It is however" -" possible to follow the stock by marketplace. First, remove the marketplace " -"for which you want to follow the stock separately from the list of " -"synchronized marketplaces. Then, create another registration for this " -"account and remove all marketplaces, except the one to isolate from the " -"others. Finally, assign another stock location to the second registration of" -" your account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:67 -msgid "Issue invoices and register payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:69 -msgid "" -"You can issue invoices for Amazon orders in Odoo. Click **Create Invoice** " -"in the sales order to do so. You can also do it in batch from the list view " -"of orders. Then, confirm and send the invoices to your customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:73 -msgid "" -"To display only Amazon-related orders on the list view, you can filter " -"orders based on the sales team." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:76 -msgid "" -"As the customer has paid Amazon as an intermediary, you should register " -"invoice payments in a payment journal dedicated to Amazon (e.g. Amazon " -"Payments, with a dedicated intermediary account). You can do the same with " -"the vendor bill received from Amazon and dedicated to commissions. When you " -"receive the balance on your bank account at the end of the month and record " -"your bank statements in Odoo, you simply credit the Amazon intermediary " -"account by the amount received." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:83 -msgid "Follow your Amazon sales in sales reporting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:85 -msgid "" -"As a sales team is set on your account under the tab **Order Follow-up**, " -"this helps you give quick glances at the figures in just a few clicks in " -"Sales reporting. By default, your account's sales team is shared between all" -" of your company's accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:89 -msgid "" -"If you wish, you can change the sales team on your account for another to " -"perform a separate reporting for the sales of this account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:92 -msgid "" -"It is also possible to perform reporting on a per-marketplace basis in a " -"similar fashion. First, remove the marketplace you wish to track separately " -"from the list of synchronized marketplaces. Then, create another " -"registration for this account and remove all marketplaces, except the one to" -" isolate from the others. Finally, assign another sales team to one of the " -"two registrations of your account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:3 -msgid "Configure Amazon MWS Connector in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:6 -msgid "Get your Amazon MWS Credentials" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In order to integrate Amazon with Odoo, a seller account on professional " -"selling plan is required." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Visit the `Amazon Marketplace Web Service documentation " -"`_" -" and follow the instructions to register as a developer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Fill the Developer Registration and Assessment form as suggested below and " -"provide your own contact information in the **Developer contact " -"information** section. For the other sections, take care to adapt your " -"responses accordingly to your business case. In particular, select the " -"correct region of your seller account and uncheck the **Merchant Fulfilled " -"Shipping** function if you plan to sell exclusively with the Fulfillment by " -"Amazon service." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:23 -msgid "" -"If you select the **Merchant Fulfilled Shipping** function (i.e. you request" -" access to Personally Identifiable Information (PII) of your customers), " -"Amazon may request you to fill out a second form, depending on the data " -"protection policy in the region of your seller account (e.g. GDPR in " -"Europe)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:32 -msgid "Register your Amazon account in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:34 -msgid "" -"To register your seller account in Odoo, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales " -"--> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Amazon " -"Accounts` and click on **CREATE**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:37 -msgid "" -"The **Seller ID** can be found in Seller Central under the link **Your " -"Merchant Token** on the **Seller Account Information** page. The **Access " -"Key** and the **Secret Key** can be found in Developer Central (where the " -"Developer Registration and Assessment form was located)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Once the account is registered, the marketplaces available to this account " -"are synchronized and listed under the **Marketplaces** tab. If you wish, you" -" can remove some from the list of synchronized marketplaces to disable their" -" synchronization." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:46 -msgid "Match database products in Amazon orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:51 -msgid "" -"When an Amazon order is synchronized, up to three sales order items are " -"created in Odoo for each product sold on Amazon: one for the marketplace " -"product, one for the shipping charges (if any) and one for the gift wrapping" -" charges (if any)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:55 -msgid "" -"The selection of a database product for a sales order item is done by " -"matching its **internal reference** with the **SKU** for marketplace items, " -"the **shipping code** for delivery charges, and the **gift wrapping** code " -"for gift wrapping charges." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:59 -msgid "" -"For marketplace products, matchings are saved as **Amazon Offers** which are" -" listed under the **Offers** stat button on the account form. Offers are " -"automatically created when the matching is established and are used for " -"subsequent orders to lookup SKUs. If no offer with a matching SKU is found, " -":ref:`the internal reference is used instead `." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:64 -msgid "" -"It is possible to force the matching of a marketplace item with a specific " -"product by changing either the product or the SKU of an offer. The offer can" -" be manually created if it was not automatically done yet. This is useful if" -" you do not use the internal reference as the SKU or if you sell the product" -" under different conditions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:69 -msgid "" -"If no database product with a matching internal reference is found for a " -"given SKU or gift wrapping code, a default database product **Amazon Sale** " -"is used. The same is done with the default product **Amazon Shipping** and " -"the shipping code." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:73 -msgid "" -"To modify the default products, activate the **Developer mode** and navigate" -" to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> " -"Amazon Sync --> Default Products`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:78 -msgid "Configure taxes of products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:80 -msgid "" -"To allow for tax reporting of Amazon sales with Odoo, the taxes applied to " -"the sales order items are those set on the product or determined by the " -"fiscal position. Make sure to have set the correct taxes on your products in" -" Odoo or to have it done by a fiscal position, to avoid discrepancies in the" -" subtotals between Seller Central and Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:85 -msgid "" -"As Amazon does not necessarily apply the same taxes as those configured in " -"Odoo, it may happen that order totals differ by a few cents from that on " -"Seller Central. Those differences can be resolved with a write-off when " -"reconciling the payments in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_ebay.rst:3 -msgid "eBay" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations.rst:3 -msgid "Send Quotations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:3 -msgid "Stimulate customers with quotations deadline" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:5 -msgid "" -"As you send quotations, it is important to set a quotation deadline, both to" -" entice your customer into action with the fear of missing out on an offer " -"and to protect yourself. You don't want to have to fulfill an order at a " -"price that is no longer cost effective for you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:11 -msgid "Set a deadline" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:13 -msgid "On every quotation or sales order you can add an *Expiration Date*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:19 -msgid "Use deadline in templates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:21 -msgid "" -"You can also set a default deadline in a *Quotation Template*. Each time " -"that template is used in a quotation, that deadline is applied. You can find" -" more info about quotation templates `here " -"`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:29 -msgid "On your customer side, they will see this:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:3 -msgid "Deliver and invoice to different addresses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In Odoo you can configure different addresses for delivery and invoicing. " -"This is key, not everyone will have the same delivery location as their " -"invoice location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the" -" *Customer Addresses* feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:19 -msgid "Add different addresses to a quotation or sales order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:21 -msgid "" -"If you select a customer with an invoice and delivery address set, Odoo will" -" automatically use those. If there's only one, Odoo will use that one for " -"both but you can, of course, change it instantly and create a new one right " -"from the quotation or sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:30 -msgid "Add invoice & delivery addresses to a customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:32 -msgid "" -"If you want to add them to a customer before a quotation or sales order, " -"they are added to the customer form. Go to any customers form under " -":menuselection:`SALES --> Orders --> Customers`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:36 -msgid "From there you can add new addresses to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:42 -msgid "Various addresses on the quotation / sales orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:44 -msgid "" -"These two addresses will then be used on the quotation or sales order you " -"send by email or print." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:3 -msgid "Get paid to confirm an order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:5 -msgid "" -"You can use online payments to get orders automatically confirmed. Saving " -"the time of both your customers and yourself." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:9 -msgid "Activate online payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:11 -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the" -" *Online Signature & Payment* feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Once in the *Payment Acquirers* menu you can select and configure your " -"acquirers of choice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:20 -msgid "" -"You can find various documentation about how to be paid with payment " -"acquirers such as `Paypal <../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal>`_, " -"`Authorize.Net (pay by credit card) " -"<../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize>`_, and others under the " -"`eCommerce documentation <../../ecommerce>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:31 -msgid "" -"If you are using `quotation templates <../quote_template>`_, you can also " -"pick a default setting for each template." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:36 -msgid "Register a payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:38 -msgid "" -"From the quotation email you sent, your customer will be able to pay online." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:3 -msgid "Get a signature to confirm an order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:5 -msgid "" -"You can use online signature to get orders automatically confirmed. Both you" -" and your customer will save time by using this feature compared to a " -"traditional process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:10 -msgid "Activate online signature" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:19 -msgid "" -"If you are using `quotation templates `_, you can also pick a " -"default setting for each template." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:23 -msgid "Validate an order with a signature" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:25 -msgid "" -"When you sent a quotation to your client, they can accept it and sign online" -" instantly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:30 -msgid "Once signed the quotation will be confirmed and delivery will start." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:3 -msgid "Increase your sales with suggested products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The use of suggested products is an attempt to offer related and useful " -"products to your client. For instance, a client purchasing a cellphone could" -" be shown accessories like a protective case, a screen cover, and headset." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:11 -msgid "Add suggested products to your quotation templates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:13 -msgid "Suggested products can be set on *Quotation Templates*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Once on a template, you can see a *Suggested Products* tab where you can add" -" related products or services." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:23 -msgid "You can also add or modify suggested products on the quotation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:26 -msgid "Add suggested products to the quotation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:28 -msgid "" -"When opening the quotation from the received email, the customer can add the" -" suggested products to the order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:37 -msgid "" -"The product(s) will be instantly added to their quotation when clicking on " -"any of the little carts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Depending on your confirmation process, they can either digitally sign or " -"pay to confirm the quotation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Each move done by the customer to the quotation will be tracked in the sales" -" order, letting the salesperson see it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:3 -msgid "Use quotation templates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:5 -msgid "" -"If you often sell the same products or services, you can save a lot of time " -"by creating custom quotation templates. By using a template you can send a " -"complete quotation in no time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:12 -msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " -"Settings` and activate *Quotations Templates*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:19 -msgid "Create your first template" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:21 -msgid "" -"You will find the templates menu under :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Configuration`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:24 -msgid "" -"You can then create or edit an existing one. Once named, you will be able to" -" select the product(s) and their quantity as well as the expiration time for" -" the quotation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:31 -msgid "" -"On each template, you can also specify discounts if the option is activated " -"in the *Sales* settings. The base price is set in the product configuration " -"and can be alterated by customer pricelists." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:38 -msgid "Edit your template" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:40 -msgid "" -"You can edit the customer interface of the template that they see to accept " -"or pay the quotation. This lets you describe your company, services and " -"products. When you click on *Edit Template* you will be brought to the " -"quotation editor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:51 -msgid "" -"This lets you edit the description content thanks to drag & drop of building" -" blocks. To describe your products add a content block in the zone dedicated" -" to each product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:59 -msgid "" -"The description set for the products will be used in all quotations " -"templates containing those products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:63 -msgid "Use a quotation template" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:65 -msgid "When creating a quotation, you can select a template." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:70 -msgid "Each product in that template will be added to your quotation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:73 -msgid "" -"You can select a template to be suggested by default in the *Sales* " -"settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:77 -msgid "Confirm the quotation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:79 -msgid "" -"Templates also ease the confirmation process for customers with a digital " -"signature or online payment. You can select that in the template itself." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:86 -msgid "Every quotation will now have this setting added to it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:88 -msgid "" -"Of course you can still change it and make it specific for each quotation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:3 -msgid "Add terms & conditions on orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Specifying Terms and Conditions is essential to ensure a good relationship " -"between customers and sellers. Every seller has to declare all the formal " -"information which include products and company policy; allowing the customer" -" to read all those terms everything before committing to anything." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Odoo lets you easily include your default terms and conditions on every " -"quotation, sales order and invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:15 -msgid "Set up your default terms and conditions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate " -"*Default Terms & Conditions*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:23 -msgid "" -"In that box you can add your default terms & conditions. They will then " -"appear on every quotation, SO and invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:33 -msgid "Set up more detailed terms & conditions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:35 -msgid "" -"A good idea is to share more detailed or structured conditions is to publish" -" on the web and to refer to that link in the terms & conditions of Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:39 -msgid "" -"You can also attach an external document with more detailed and structured " -"conditions to the email you send to the customer. You can even set a default" -" attachment for all quotation emails sent." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po deleted file mode 100644 index f98a4b353..000000000 --- a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,515 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Mustafa Rawi , 2019 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-11-20 09:24+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Mustafa Rawi , 2019\n" -"Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: ar\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 && n%100<=99 ? 4 : 5;\n" - -#: ../../sms_marketing.rst:5 -msgid "SMS Marketing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:3 -msgid "Build, send and get reports from a SMS mailing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Why to use SMS? Using SMS Marketing as part of my communication strategies " -"can empower me to expand my markets, considering that in some countries " -"emails are not very used or used at all. It also helps to boost my " -"conversion rate, as this strategy has a high open-rate percentage among " -"people who use smartphones - people usually don’t keep unread SMSs!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:8 -msgid "" -"With Odoo’s SMS Marketing app you can plan, organize, schedule and keep " -"track of your mailings with its easy to use interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:12 -msgid "Install the app" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:14 -msgid "Go to *Apps*, search for *SMS Marketing* and click on *Install*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:17 -msgid "Build an SMS mailing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:19 -msgid "Go to *SMS Marketing > Create*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:24 -msgid "" -"First, I’ll be able to specify a *subject* name that will help me to " -"remember what the mailing is about. Under *recipients*, I’ll choose to whom " -"I’d like the SMS to be sent. If I choose *Contact*, all my Odoo contacts " -"(vendor, customers, etc.) will receive my SMS. From there, I can refine my " -"recipient list with the *add filter* option. In the example below, I choose " -"to send it to my contacts living in Belgium." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:31 -msgid "" -"The *Mailing list* option, on the other hand, allows me to choose mailing " -"lists I’ve created with specific contacts or people who have subscribed to " -"my Newsletters, or both! I’m allowed to select more than one *Mailing list*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Under the *SMS Content* tab, links can be included and Odoo will " -"automatically generate *link trackers*. Thank to those, I’ll be able to get " -"data about those links." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:38 -msgid "" -"On *Settings* I have the option *include opt-out link* available. If " -"activated, the contact will be able to unsubscribe from the mailing list " -"he’s not interested in anymore." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:43 -msgid "" -"in the *Link Tracker* menu under *Configuration*, I can see the history of " -"my sent links, access them and look at statistics." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:48 -msgid "Double-check that you have the phone number of your contacts saved!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:52 -msgid "Sending my mailing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Once I have my mailing created, I must choose when I would like it to be " -"delivered:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:58 -msgid "" -"**Put in queue**: the mailing will be triggered with the next automatic run." -" Interesting option if I don’t mind when the triggering will happen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:59 -msgid "" -"**Send now**: sends the message immediately. Advised to use this option if " -"there are not that many recipients." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:60 -msgid "" -"**Schedule**: allows me to choose a day and time. Best option for mailings " -"that I would like to send during a specific event, to promote an offer while" -" it is active or to simply plan my content strategy in advance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:61 -msgid "" -"**Test**: allows me to send an SMS to one or multiple numbers for test " -"purposes. Check, for example, if the link provided lands on the right page " -"while making sure they are responsive. If sending it to multiple numbers, I " -"must remember to use a comma between them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:65 -msgid "Visualize reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:66 -msgid "" -"On the *Reporting* menu, with just a few clicks, I am capable of applying " -"filters, measures and adopt different layouts to do an analysis of the " -"performance of my SMS mailings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:71 -msgid "" -"I can also check the price to send an SMS on your country when clicking on " -"the *information* icon when creating a new SMS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:76 -msgid "" -"**Buy Credits!** In order to take advantage of the app and its features, " -"make sure you’ve purchased credits. For more information on that access: " -":doc:`../sms_marketing/fqapricing`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:3 -msgid "Contact lists and Blacklist" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:6 -msgid "Contact lists" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:7 -msgid "" -"Creating my own list of contacts, or importing it, is useful when I want to " -"create specific groups of people, such as the subscribers of my newsletter. " -"It is also the best way to get started if I am coming from another system " -"and already have built an audience. It makes the SMS distribution a lot " -"easier." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Go to *Contacts lists > Contacts lists > Create*. I’ll choose a name for my " -"*Mailing list*, and activate the option *Public* if I would like to make the" -" mailing list accessible to my recipients in the unsubscription page to " -"allow them to update their subscription preferences." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Once inside the list, I can again *Create* or *Import* contacts for that " -"specific list." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:18 -msgid "History with the Log Notes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:19 -msgid "" -"A record of the mailings sent is kept in the chatter of the recipient " -"(whether it is a contact or an opportunity, for example)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:24 -msgid "" -"This is important as I and my team can easily keep track and see a history " -"of interactions with my contacts or prospects, granting me the ability to " -"better understand them. Example: my sales representative can easily find out" -" which SMS mailing promotions a customer has received or not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:29 -msgid "Blacklist" -msgstr "القائمة السوداء" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:30 -msgid "" -"If I’m coming from another software and have a list of clients who have " -"already asked to be blacklisted from my news, I can import those entries in " -"my database. For that, I’ll go to *Configuration > Phone Blacklist > " -"Import*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:3 -msgid "Integrations and Templates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:4 -msgid "" -"Using SMS to reach people can be a strategy not just used for advertisement " -"purposes but also as a reminder of events or issued invoices to your " -"costumers, for example. As you know, one of the biggest benefits of using " -"Odoo is the capability of the apps to be integrated. With the SMS Marketing " -"app isn’t different!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:9 -msgid "Organize Email Marketing and SMS campaigns" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:10 -msgid "" -"First, make sure to have the necessary feature activated. Go to the *Email " -"Marketing app > Configuration > Settings> activate the option Mailing " -"Campaigns*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Now, I’ll also have the menu *Campaigns* included in my *SMS Marketing* " -"page, allowing me to have an overview of my SMS mailings and my email " -"marketing ones." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:20 -msgid "" -"This feature is especially useful if I have aggregated campaigns, as I have " -"a global reporting view. In addition to that, I can create stages in my " -"kanban view to better organize the work being done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:26 -msgid "Sending SMSs through the Contacts app" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Sending SMSs through the contact’s form is available by default in Odoo. It " -"makes my work easier if I need to send an SMS to a specific contact, for " -"example. For that, I’ll go to the *Contacts* app, select the contact and " -"click on the *SMS* icon next to the phone number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:33 -msgid "" -"If I’d like to send a message in a batch here, I could go to *List View > " -"select all the contacts > Action > Send SMS*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:39 -msgid "Set up SMS Templates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:40 -msgid "" -"To set up *SMS Templates*, I’ll go to the *Settings* app and activate the " -"*developer mode*. Now, back to *Settings* app, I’ll go to *Technical > " -"Phone/SMS section > SMS Templates* and create the content I need." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Use *Dynamic Placeholders* to adapt automatically the content of the SMS to " -"the context." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:52 -msgid "" -"SMS Text Messaging is available throughout Odoo! Here are some of our extra " -"notable integrations:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:54 -msgid "*CRM*: send SMSs to your leads and opportunities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:55 -msgid "*Subscription*: alert customers about their subscription." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:56 -msgid "*Accounting*: send payment reminders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:57 -msgid "*Marketing Automation*: automate your SMS marketing campaigns." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:58 -msgid "" -"*Inventory*: send an automatic confirmation when a delivery order is done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:59 -msgid "" -"*Sign*: receive a validation code to verify your identity before signing a " -"document online." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:60 -msgid "" -"*SEPA debit payment provider*: send a verification code to your customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:61 -msgid "" -"*Studio*: send an SMS according to your needs by using automated actions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:63 -msgid "" -"For more information about SMS integrations in Odoo and a list of frequently" -" asked questions, go to `Pricing and FQA `__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:3 -msgid "SMS Pricing and FAQ" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:6 -msgid "Pricing" -msgstr "التسعير" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:7 -msgid "" -"SMS Text Messaging is an In-App Purchase (IAP) service which requires " -"prepaid credits to work. The price of an SMS depends on the destination and " -"the length of the message. With 1 credit, I can send up to 92 SMSs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:9 -msgid "" -"**For more information, please consult our FAQ page**: `Odoo SMS - FAQ " -"`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:11 -msgid "" -"To buy credits I will go to *Settings > Buy Credits* (under *Send SMS*); or" -" go to *Settings > View my Services* (under *Odoo IAP*)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:18 -msgid "" -"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you " -"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:21 -msgid "FAQ" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:22 -msgid "**Is there an expiration time for my credits?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:24 -msgid "No, your credits won’t expire." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:26 -msgid "" -"**Can I send an SMS to a phone number (which is not a mobile phone) because " -"I see the icon in front of the field “phone”?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:28 -msgid "Only if that phone number supports SMS (e.g. SIP phones)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:30 -msgid "**Do I receive an invoice to buy my credits?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:32 -msgid "Yes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:34 -msgid "**Can the recipient answer to me?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:36 -msgid "No, it is not possible to reply to the SMS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:38 -msgid "" -"**What happens if I send multiple SMS but I do not have enough credits to " -"send them all?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:40 -msgid "" -"The whole transaction is counted as a single one, so no SMS will be sent " -"until you have enough credits to send them all." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:42 -msgid "**Do I have a history of the sent SMSs?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Yes, the SMS is logged as a note under the chatter of the corresponding " -"record, and a complete history of SMS sent is available under Settings> " -"Activate the developer mode > Technical > SMS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:46 -msgid "**Can I send as many SMSs I want at once?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:48 -msgid "Yes, if you have enough credits." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:50 -msgid "" -"**If I have a number that does not exist in the list of recipients, will I " -"lose credits?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Not if the phone number is in the wrong format (e.g. too many digits). " -"Otherwise, if the SMS is sent to the wrong person or to a fake number, the " -"credit will be lost." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:54 -msgid "" -"**What happens if I send my SMS to a paying number (e.g.: a contest to win a" -" ticket for a festival)?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:56 -msgid "" -"The SMS will not be delivered to that kind of number, so you won’t be " -"charged." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:58 -msgid "" -"**Can I identify the numbers that do not exist when I send several SMSs?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:60 -msgid "Only the ones that have an invalid format." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:62 -msgid "**How does the GDPR regulation affect this service?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Please find our Privacy Policy here: `Odoo IPA Purchase Privacy Policy " -"`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:66 -msgid "**How many types of SMS exist and how many characters make 1 SMS?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:68 -msgid "There are 2 types of SMS message:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:70 -msgid "" -"*Standard* (GSM-7): contains only characters from the GSM-7 set, which can " -"be seen in the following picture." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:75 -msgid "" -"*Unicode*: contains at least one character that is not in the previous " -"table. For Standard SMS the size limit is 160 characters, and for Unicode is" -" 70. Above these limits, the content is divided into a multi-part message. " -"The system will inform you in real-time about the number of SMS your message" -" represents." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po deleted file mode 100644 index 97680ff10..000000000 --- a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,168 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-11-20 09:24+0000\n" -"Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: ar\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 && n%100<=99 ? 4 : 5;\n" - -#: ../../social_marketing.rst:5 -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:2 -msgid "Social Marketing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced Topics" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:4 -msgid "" -"One of the biggest challenges of a company is to engage efficiently with " -"their community. Odoo Social helps you to meet your audience with the help " -"of several supports: social media, push notifications, or live chat request." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:10 -msgid "Add your social media and create your feed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:12 -msgid "" -"You first need to add your social media accounts. To do that, add a Stream " -"and choose your social media account. You’ll need to grant permissions to " -"Odoo Social Marketing application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Once it’s done, you’ll be redirected to your Feed and a column will be " -"automatically added with the publications of your freshly added account. You" -" can then add new streams to your Feed and customize your Kanban view as you" -" like." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Adding social media accounts to your Feed will also add some KPIs on it:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:30 -msgid "Audience: Number of followers of your channel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:32 -msgid "Engagement: Number of times people have engaged with your posts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:35 -msgid "Stories: Number of times people who have engaged with your channel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:35 -msgid "" -"have created stories on their friend’s or follower’s feed (Shares, " -"Retweet,..)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:37 -msgid "" -"You can access more information by clicking on the “Insights” link: this " -"will lead you to statistics of the selected social medium." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:41 -msgid "Publish content" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:43 -msgid "" -"To publish content on your social media accounts or send a push notification" -" to your subscribed users, either go to your Feed and click on New Post, or " -"use the “Posts” menu and create it from there. Select all the accounts where" -" you want to post your content, write your post and get an instant preview " -"of how it will look when published." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:49 -msgid "" -"If you select the push notifications, you’ll get some additional fields on " -"the form that will allow you to complete the push notifications " -"configuration and choose your segment between all your subscribed users. You" -" can also send push notifications via the Visitors menu, as explained in the" -" previous paragraph." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:56 -msgid "Enable push notifications on your website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:58 -msgid "" -"The push notifications system uses a Firebase account, configured by " -"default. This feature allows you to send push notifications to your " -"website’s visitors after they subscribed to it. To enable push notifications" -" on your website, go to the Website application Settings, and configure the " -"notifications permission request." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Once it’s done, a popup will appear to your website’s visitors, asking them " -"to allow push notifications. As soon as they subscribe to it, you can start " -"sending them push notifications through the Visitors menu. You can either " -"send it individually or target a bigger segment by selecting multiple " -"visitors in the list view (e.g. all the visitors that visited your " -"Homepage)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:75 -msgid "Interact with your online visitors" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:77 -msgid "" -"You can monitor your online visits via the Visitors menu. You’ll see every " -"visitors that landed on one of your tracked pages (you can configure your " -"tracked pages in the Website application), online or offline. Your online " -"visitors will be authenticated if they’re linked to a lead or an existing " -"partner. You will be able to contact them with an email, a message sms, a " -"push notification (if they have subscribed to it), or even send them a live " -"chat request that they will receive on their next move on one of your " -"tracked pages (if you installed the Live Chat application)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:91 -msgid "Configure your own Facebook and Twitter developer accounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:93 -msgid "" -"By default, the Social application is already configured with a Facebook and" -" Twitter developer accounts but you can use your own if necessary. Activate " -"the developer mode, go to Configuration > Settings and enter your own API " -"keys." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:102 -msgid "Configure your own Firebase API" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:104 -msgid "" -"By default, a Firebase project is running on your database so there’s no " -"need to configure it. If you have multiple websites, every website will be " -"linked to a different Firebase project. If you need to configure your own " -"Firebase project, please go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration -->" -" Settings` Web Push Notifications section." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/website.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/website.po deleted file mode 100644 index bcfd5b034..000000000 --- a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/website.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1858 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Abdalla Mohamed , 2019 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-21 10:39+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Abdalla Mohamed , 2019\n" -"Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: ar\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 && n%100<=99 ? 4 : 5;\n" - -#: ../../website.rst:5 -msgid "Website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize.rst:3 -msgid "Optimize" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:3 -msgid "How to track your website's traffic in Google Analytics" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:5 -msgid "To follow your website's traffic with Google Analytics:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:7 -msgid "" -"`Create a Google Analytics account `__ if" -" you don't have any." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Go through the creation form and accept the conditions to get the tracking " -"ID." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:15 -msgid "Copy the tracking ID to insert it in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Go to the *Configuration* menu of your Odoo's Website app. In the settings, " -"turn on Google Analytics and paste the tracking ID. Then save the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:27 -msgid "" -"To make your first steps in Google Analytics, refer to `Google " -"Documentation. " -"`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:31 -msgid ":doc:`google_analytics_dashboard`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:3 -msgid "How to track your website traffic from your Odoo Dashboard" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:5 -msgid "" -"You can follow your traffic statistics straight from your Odoo Website " -"Dashboard thanks to Google Analytics." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:8 -msgid "" -"A preliminary step is creating a Google Analytics account and entering the " -"tracking ID in your Website's settings (see :doc:`google_analytics`)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Go to `Google APIs platform `__ to " -"generate Analytics API credentials. Log in with your Google account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:14 -msgid "Select Analytics API." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Create a new project and give it a name (e.g. Odoo). This project is needed " -"to store your API credentials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:25 -msgid "Enable the API." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:30 -msgid "Create credentials to use in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Select *Web browser (Javascript)* as calling source and *User data* as kind " -"of data." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Then you can create a Client ID. Enter the name of the application (e.g. " -"Odoo) and the allowed pages on which you will be redirected. The *Authorized" -" JavaScript origin* is your Odoo's instance URL. The *Authorized redirect " -"URI* is your Odoo's instance URL followed by " -"'/google_account/authentication'." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:51 -msgid "" -"Go through the Consent Screen step by entering a product name (e.g. Google " -"Analytics in Odoo). Feel free to check the customizations options but this " -"is not mandatory. The Consent Screen will only show up when you enter the " -"Client ID in Odoo for the first time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Finally you are provided with your Client ID. Copy and paste it in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Open your Website Dashboard in Odoo and link your Analytics account. to past" -" your Client ID." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:67 -msgid "As a last step, authorize Odoo to access Google API." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:3 -msgid "How to do Search Engine Optimisation in Odoo (SEO)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Search Engine Optimization (SEO) is a set of good practices to optimize your" -" website so that you get a better ranking in search engines like Google. In " -"short, a good SEO allows you to get more visitors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Some examples of SEO rules: your web pages should load fast, your page " -"should have one and only one title ``

``, meta tags (alt-tag, title-tag) " -"should be consistent with the content, your website should have a " -"``/sitemap.xml`` file, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:15 -msgid "" -"To guarantee Odoo Website and Odoo eCommerce users have a great SEO, Odoo " -"abstracts all the technical complexities of SEO and handles everything for " -"you, in the best possible way. This will be explained here below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:20 -msgid "" -"But first, let see how you can easily boost your ranking by finetuning the " -"content and the meta tags of your website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:24 -msgid "Meta Tags" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:27 -msgid "Title, Description" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Every web page should define the ```` and ``<description>`` meta " -"data. These information elements are used by search engines to promote your " -"website. They are automatically generated based on page title & content, but" -" you can finetune them. Make sure they fit the content of the page, " -"otherwise you will be downgraded by search engines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:39 -msgid "Keywords" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:40 -msgid "" -"In order to write quality content and boost your traffic, Odoo provides a " -"``<keyword>`` finder. Those keywords are the searches you want to head " -"towards your website. For each keyword, you see how it is used in the " -"content (H1, H2, page title, page description, page content) and what are " -"the related searches in Google. The more keywords are used the better." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:50 -msgid "" -"If your website is in multiple languages, you can use the Promote tool for " -"every language of a single page and set specific title, description and " -"search tags." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:55 -msgid "Content is King" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:57 -msgid "" -"When it comes to SEO, content is usually king. Odoo provides several modules" -" to help you build your website content:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:60 -msgid "**Odoo Blogs**: write great contents." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:62 -msgid "" -"**Odoo Slides**: publish all your Powerpoint or PDF presentations. Their " -"content is automatically indexed on the web page. Example: " -"`https://www.odoo.com/slides/public-channel-1 <https://www.odoo.com/slides" -"/public-channel-1>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:66 -msgid "" -"**Odoo Forum**: let your community create contents for you. Example: " -"`https://odoo.com/forum/1 <https://odoo.com/forum/1>`__ (accounts for 30% of" -" Odoo.com landing pages)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:70 -msgid "" -"**Odoo Mailing List Archive**: publish mailing list archives on your " -"website. Example: `https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59 " -"<https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59>`__ (1000 pages created per month)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:76 -msgid "" -"The 404 page is a regular page, that you can edit like any other page in " -"Odoo. That way, you can build a great 404 page to redirect to the top " -"content of your website when visitors get lost in invalid URLs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:81 -msgid "Use Social Networks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Social media is built for mass sharing. If lots of people share your content" -" on social media, then it's likely more people will link to it, and links " -"are a huge factor for SEO ranking." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:87 -msgid "Odoo embeds several tools to share content through social media:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:90 -msgid "Social Network" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Odoo allows to link all your social network accounts in your website footer." -" All you have to do is to refer all your accounts in your company settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:99 -msgid "Social Share" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:101 -msgid "" -"Drop the building block *Share* on any page you want your visitors to share." -" By clicking the icon, they are prompted to share the page in their social " -"media wall." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:108 -msgid "" -"Most social media use a picture of the picture to decorate the share post. " -"Odoo uses the website logo by default but you can choose any other image of " -"your page in the Promote tool." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:116 -msgid "Facebook Page" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:118 -msgid "" -"Drop the building block *Facebook Page* to display a widget of your Facebook" -" business page and encourage visitors to follow it. You can display the " -"timeline, the next events and the messages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:123 -msgid "Twitter Scroller" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:125 -msgid "" -"Display the Twitter feeds with customer satifaction on your website. THis " -"will increase the number of tweets and shares." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:129 -msgid "Test Your Website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:131 -msgid "" -"You can compare how your website rank, in terms of SEO, against Odoo using " -"WooRank free services: `https://www.woorank.com <https://www.woorank.com>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:136 -msgid "URLs Handling" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:138 -msgid "This section sheds some light on how Odoo makes URLs SEO-friendly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:141 -msgid "URLs Structure" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:143 -msgid "A typical Odoo URL will look like this:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:145 -msgid "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/my-great-product-31" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:147 -msgid "With the following components:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:149 -msgid "**https://** = Protocol" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:151 -msgid "**www.mysite.com** = your domain name" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:153 -msgid "" -"**/fr\\_FR** = page language. This part of the URL is removed if the visitor" -" browses the main language of the website Thus, the main version of this " -"page is: https://www.mysite.com/shop/product/my-great-product-31" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:158 -msgid "" -"**/shop/product** = every module defines its own namespace (/shop is for the" -" catalog of the eCommerce module, /shop/product is for a product page)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:162 -msgid "" -"**my-great-product** = by default, this is the slugified title of the " -"product this page refers to. But you can customize it for SEO purposes. A " -"product named \"Pain carré\" will be slugified to \"pain-carre\". Depending " -"on the namespace, this could be different objects (blog post, page title, " -"forum post, forum comment, product category, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:169 -msgid "**-31** = the unique ID of the product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:171 -msgid "" -"Note that any dynamic component of an URL can be reduced to its ID. As an " -"example, the following URLs all do a 301 redirect to the above URL:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:174 -msgid "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (short version)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:176 -msgid "http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (even shorter version)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:178 -msgid "" -"http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/other-product-name-31 (old product " -"name)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:181 -msgid "" -"Some URLs have several dynamic parts, like this one (a blog category and a " -"post):" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:184 -msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/company-news-5/post/the-odoo-story-56" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:186 -msgid "In the above example:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:188 -msgid "*Company News* is the title of the blog" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:190 -msgid "*The Odoo Story* is the title of a specific blog post" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:192 -msgid "" -"When an Odoo page has a pager, the page number is set directly in the URL " -"(does not have a GET argument). This allows every page to be indexed by " -"search engines. Example:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:196 -msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/page/3" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:199 -msgid "Changes in URLs & Titles" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:201 -msgid "" -"When the URL of a page changes (e.g. a more SEO friendly version of your " -"product name), you don't have to worry about updating all links:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:204 -msgid "Odoo will automatically update all its links to the new URL." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:206 -msgid "" -"If external websites still points to the old URL, a 301 redirect will be " -"done to route visitors to the new website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:209 -msgid "As an example, this URL:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:211 -msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/old-product-name-31" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:213 -msgid "Will automatically redirect to:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:215 -msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/new-and-better-product-name-31" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:217 -msgid "" -"In short, just change the title of a blog post or the name of a product, and" -" the changes will apply automatically everywhere in your website. The old " -"link still works for links coming from external websites, with a 301 " -"redirect to not lose the SEO link juice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:223 -msgid "HTTPS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:225 -msgid "" -"Search engines boost ranking of secure HTTPS/SSL websites. So, by default " -"all Odoo Online instances are fully based on HTTPS. If the visitor accesses " -"your website through a non HTTPS url, it gets a 301 redirect to its HTTPS " -"equivalent." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:231 -msgid "Links: Nofollow Strategy" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:233 -msgid "" -"The more a page is linked from external and quality websites, the better it " -"is for your SEO." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:236 -msgid "Here are Odoo strategies to manage links:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:238 -msgid "" -"Every link you add to your website is \"dofollow\", which means that this " -"link will contribute to the SEO Juice for the linked page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:242 -msgid "" -"Every link posted by a contributor (forum post, blog comment, etc.) that " -"links to your own website is \"dofollow\" too." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:245 -msgid "" -"But every link posted by a contributor that links to an external website is " -"\"nofollow\". In that way, you do not run the risk of people posting links " -"on your website to third-party websites which have a bad reputation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:250 -msgid "" -"Note that, when using the forum, contributors having a lot of Karma can be " -"trusted. In such case, their links will not have any ``rel=\"nofollow\"`` " -"attribute." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:255 -msgid "Multi-Language Support" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:258 -msgid "Multi-Language URLs" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:260 -msgid "" -"If you run a website in multiple languages, the same content will be " -"available in different URLs, depending on the language used:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:263 -msgid "" -"https://www.mywebsite.com/shop/product/my-product-1 (main language, English " -"here)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:265 -msgid "" -"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1 (French " -"version)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:267 -msgid "" -"In this example, fr\\_FR is the language of the page. You can even have " -"several variations of the same language: pt\\_BR (Portuguese from Brazil) , " -"pt\\_PT (Portuguese from Portugal)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:272 -msgid "Language Annotation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:274 -msgid "" -"To let search engines know that the second URL is the French translation of " -"the first URL, Odoo will add an HTML link element in the header. In the HTML" -" <head> section of the main version, Odoo automatically adds a link element " -"pointing to the translated versions of that webpage;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:279 -msgid "" -"<link rel=\"alternate\" hreflang=\"fr\" " -"href=\"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1\"/>" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:282 -msgid "With this approach:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:284 -msgid "" -"Search engines will redirect to th right language according to the visitor " -"language." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:287 -msgid "" -"You do not get penalized by search engines if your page is not translated " -"yet. Indeed, it's not a duplicated content, but a different version of the " -"same content." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:292 -msgid "Language Detection" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:294 -msgid "" -"When a visitor lands for the first time on your website (e.g. " -"yourwebsite.com/shop), they may automatically be redirected to a translated " -"version according to their browser language preference: (e.g. " -"yourwebsite.com/fr\\_FR/shop)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:299 -msgid "" -"Next time, it keeps a cookie of the current language to avoid any " -"redirection." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:302 -msgid "" -"To force a visitor to stick to the default language, you can use the code of" -" the default language in your link, example: yourwebsite.com/en\\_US/shop. " -"This will always land visitors to the English version of the page, without " -"using the browser language preferences." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:309 -msgid "Page Speed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:312 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:314 -msgid "" -"The time to load a page is an important criteria for search engines. A " -"faster website not only improves your visitor's experience, but gives you a " -"better page ranking. Some studies have shown that, if you divide the time to" -" load your pages by two (e.g. 2 seconds instead of 4 seconds), the visitor " -"abandonment rate is also divided by two. (25% to 12.5%). One extra second to" -" load a page could `cost $1.6b to Amazon in sales " -"<http://www.fastcompany.com/1825005/how-one-second-could-cost-amazon-16" -"-billion-sales>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:325 -msgid "" -"Fortunately, Odoo does all the magic for you. Below, you will find the " -"tricks Odoo uses to speed up your page loading time. You can compare how " -"your website ranks using these two tools:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:329 -msgid "" -"`Google Page Speed " -"<https://developers.google.com/speed/pagespeed/insights/>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:331 -msgid "`Pingdom Website Speed Test <http://tools.pingdom.com/fpt/>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:334 -msgid "Images" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:336 -msgid "" -"When you upload new images, Odoo automatically compresses them to reduce " -"their sizes (lossless compression for .PNG and .GIF and lossy compression " -"for .JPG)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:340 -msgid "" -"From the upload button, you have the option to keep the original image " -"unmodified if you prefer to optimize the quality of the image rather than " -"performance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:348 -msgid "" -"Odoo compresses images when they are uploaded to your website, not when " -"requested by the visitor. Thus, it's possible that, if you use a third-party" -" theme, it will provide images that are not compressed efficiently. But all " -"images used in Odoo official themes have been compressed by default." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:354 -msgid "" -"When you click on an image, Odoo shows you the Alt and title attributes of " -"the ``<img>`` tag. You can click on it to set your own title and Alt " -"attributes for the image." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:361 -msgid "When you click on this link, the following window will appear:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:366 -msgid "" -"Odoo's pictograms are implemented using a font (`Font Awesome " -"<https://fortawesome.github.io/Font-Awesome/icons/>`__ in most Odoo themes)." -" Thus, you can use as many pictograms as you want in your page, they will " -"not result in extra requests to load the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:375 -msgid "Static Resources: CSS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:377 -msgid "" -"All CSS files are pre-processed, concatenated, minified, compressed and " -"cached (server-side and browser-side). The result:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:380 -msgid "only one CSS file request is needed to load a page" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:382 -msgid "" -"this CSS file is shared and cached amongst pages, so that when the visitor " -"clicks on another page, the browser doesn't have to even load a single CSS " -"resource." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:386 -msgid "this CSS file is optimized to be small" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:388 -msgid "" -"**Pre-processed:** The CSS framework used by Odoo is Bootstrap. Although a " -"theme might use another framework, most of `Odoo themes " -"<https://www.odoo.com/apps/themes>`__ extend and customize Bootstrap " -"directly. Since Odoo supports Less and Sass, you can modify CSS rules " -"instead of overwriting them through extra CSS lines, resulting in a smaller " -"file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:395 -msgid "" -"**Concatenated:** every module or library you might use in Odoo has its own " -"set of CSS, Less or Sass files (eCommerce, blogs, themes, etc.). Having " -"several CSS files is great for the modularity, but not good for the " -"performance because most browsers can only perform 6 requests in parallel " -"resulting in lots of files loaded in series. The latency time to transfer a " -"file is usually much longer than the actual data transfer time, for small " -"files like .JS and .CSS. Thus, the time to load CSS resources depends more " -"on the number of requests to be done than the actual file size." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:405 -msgid "" -"To address this issue, all CSS / Less / Sass files are concatenated into a " -"single .CSS file to send to the browser. So a visitor has **only one .CSS " -"file to load** per page, which is particularly efficient. As the CSS is " -"shared amongst all pages, when the visitor clicks on another page, the " -"browser does not even have to load a new CSS file!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:412 -msgid "**Both files in the <head>**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:412 -msgid "**What the visitor gets (only one file)**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:414 -msgid "/\\* From bootstrap.css \\*/" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:414 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:415 -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:421 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:447 -msgid ".text-muted {" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:415 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:422 -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:448 -msgid "color: #666;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:416 -msgid "color: #777;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:416 -msgid "background: yellow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:417 -msgid "background: yellow;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:417 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:418 -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:423 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:449 -msgid "}" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:420 -msgid "/\\* From my-theme.css \\*/" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:426 -msgid "" -"The CSS sent by Odoo includes all CSS / Less / Sass of all pages / modules. " -"By doing this, additional page views from the same visitor will not have to " -"load CSS files at all. But some modules might include huge CSS/Javascript " -"resources that you do not want to prefetch at the first page because they " -"are too big. In this case, Odoo splits this resource into a second bundle " -"that is loaded only when the page using it is requested. An example of this " -"is the backend that is only loaded when the visitor logs in and accesses the" -" backend (/web)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:436 -msgid "" -"If the CSS file is very big, Odoo will split it into two smaller files to " -"avoid the 4095 selectors limit per sheet of Internet Explorer. But most " -"themes fit below this limit." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:440 -msgid "" -"**Minified:** After being pre-processed and concatenated, the resulting CSS " -"is minified to reduce its size." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:444 -msgid "**Before minification**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:444 -msgid "**After minification**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:446 -msgid "/\\* some comments \\*/" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:446 -msgid ".text-muted {color: #666}" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:452 -msgid "" -"The final result is then compressed, before being delivered to the browser." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:455 -msgid "" -"Then, a cached version is stored server-side (so we do not have to pre-" -"process, concatenate, minify at every request) and browser-side (so the same" -" visitor will load the CSS only once for all pages they visit)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:461 -msgid "Static Resources: Javascript" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:463 -msgid "" -"As with CSS resources, Javascript resources are also concatenated, minified," -" compressed and cached (server-side and browser-side)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:466 -msgid "Odoo creates three Javascript bundles:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:468 -msgid "" -"One for all pages of the website (including code for parallax effects, form " -"validation, etc.)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:471 -msgid "" -"One for common Javascript code shared among frontend and backend (Bootstrap)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:474 -msgid "" -"One for backend specific Javascript code (Odoo Web Client interface for your" -" employees using Odoo)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:477 -msgid "" -"Most visitors of your website will only need the first two bundles, " -"resulting in a maximum of two Javascript files to load to render one page. " -"As these files are shared across all pages, further clicks by the same " -"visitor will not load any other Javascript resource." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:483 -msgid "" -"If you work in debug mode, the CSS and Javascript are neither concatenated, " -"nor minified. Thus, it's much slower. But it allows you to easily debug with" -" the Chrome debugger as CSS and Javascript resources are not transformed " -"from their original versions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:489 -msgid "CDN" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:491 -msgid "" -"If you activate the CDN feature in Odoo, static resources (Javascript, CSS, " -"images) are loaded from a Content Delivery Network. Using a Content Delivery" -" Network has three advantages:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:495 -msgid "" -"Load resources from a nearby server (most CDN have servers in main countries" -" around the globe)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:498 -msgid "" -"Cache resources efficiently (no computation resources usage on your own " -"server)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:501 -msgid "" -"Split the resource loading on different services allowing to load more " -"resources in parallel (since the Chrome limit of 6 parallel requests is by " -"domain)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:505 -msgid "" -"You can configure your CDN options from the **Website Admin** app, using the" -" Configuration menu. Here is an example of configuration you can use:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:512 -msgid "HTML Pages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:514 -msgid "" -"The HTML pages can be compressed, but this is usually handled by your web " -"server (NGINX or Apache)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:517 -msgid "" -"The Odoo Website builder has been optimized to guarantee clean and short " -"HTML code. Building blocks have been developed to produce clean HTML code, " -"usually using Bootstrap and the HTML editor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:521 -msgid "" -"As an example, if you use the color picker to change the color of a " -"paragraph to the primary color of your website, Odoo will produce the " -"following code:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:525 -msgid "``<p class=\"text-primary\">My Text</p>``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:527 -msgid "" -"Whereas most HTML editors (such as CKEditor) will produce the following " -"code:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:530 -msgid "``<p style=\"color: #AB0201\">My Text</p>``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:533 -msgid "Responsive Design" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:535 -msgid "" -"Websites that are not mobile-friendly are negatively impacted in search " -"engine rankings. All Odoo themes rely on Bootstrap to render efficiently " -"according to the device: desktop, tablet or mobile." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:542 -msgid "" -"As all Odoo modules share the same technology, absolutely all pages in your " -"website are mobile friendly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:546 -msgid "Browser Caching" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:548 -msgid "" -"Javascript, images and CSS resources have an URL that changes dynamically " -"when their content change. As an example, all CSS files are loaded through " -"this URL: " -"`http://localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets\\_common.0.css " -"<http://localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets_common.0.css>`__. " -"The ``457-0da1d9d`` part of this URL will change if you modify the CSS of " -"your website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:555 -msgid "" -"This allows Odoo to set a very long cache delay (XXX) on these resources: " -"XXX secs, while being updated instantly if you update the resource." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:560 -msgid "Scalability" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:562 -msgid "" -"In addition to being fast, Odoo is also more scalable than traditional CMS " -"and eCommerce (Drupal, Wordpress, Magento, Prestashop). The following link " -"provides an analysis of the major open source CMS and eCommerce compared to " -"Odoo when it comes to high query volumes: " -"`*https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/197* <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide" -"/odoo-cms-performance-comparison-and-optimisation-197>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:568 -msgid "" -"Here is the slide that summarizes the scalability of Odoo Website & " -"eCommerce." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:574 -msgid "Search Engines Files" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:577 -msgid "Sitemap" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:579 -msgid "" -"The sitemap points out pages to index to search engine robots. Odoo " -"generates a ``/sitemap.xml`` file automatically for you. For performance " -"reasons, this file is cached and updated every 12 hours." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:583 -msgid "" -"By default, all URLs will be in a single ``/sitemap.xml`` file, but if you " -"have a lot of pages, Odoo will automatically create a Sitemap Index file, " -"respecting the `sitemaps.org protocol " -"<http://www.sitemaps.org/protocol.html>`__ grouping sitemap URL's in 45000 " -"chunks per file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:589 -msgid "Every sitemap entry has 4 attributes that are computed automatically:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:591 -msgid "``<loc>`` : the URL of a page" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:593 -msgid "" -"``<lastmod>`` : last modification date of the resource, computed " -"automatically based on related object. For a page related to a product, this" -" could be the last modification date of the product or the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:598 -msgid "" -"``<priority>`` : modules may implement their own priority algorithm based on" -" their content (example: a forum might assign a priority based on the number" -" of votes on a specific post). The priority of a static page is defined by " -"it's priority field, which is normalized (16 is the default)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:605 -msgid "Structured Data Markup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:607 -msgid "" -"Structured Data Markup is used to generate Rich Snippets in search engine " -"results. It is a way for website owners to send structured data to search " -"engine robots; helping them understand your content and create well-" -"presented search results." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:612 -msgid "" -"Google supports a number of rich snippets for content types, including: " -"Reviews, People, Products, Businesses, Events and Organizations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:615 -msgid "" -"Odoo implements micro data as defined in the `schema.org " -"<http://schema.org>`__ specification for events, eCommerce products, forum " -"posts and contact addresses. This allows your product pages to be displayed " -"in Google using extra information like the price and rating of a product:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:625 -msgid "robots.txt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:627 -msgid "" -"When indexing your website, search engines take a first look at the general " -"indexing rules of the a``/robots.txt`` file (allowed robots, sitemap path, " -"etc.). Odoo automatically creates it. Its content is:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:631 -msgid "User-agent: \\* Sitemap: https://www.odoo.com/sitemap.xml" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:634 -msgid "" -"It means that all robots are allowed to index your website and there is no " -"other indexing rule than specified in the sitemap to be found at following " -"address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:638 -msgid "" -"You can customize the file *robots* in developer mode from *Settings --> " -"Technical --> User Interface --> Views* (exclude robots, exclude some pages," -" redirect to a custom Sitemap). Make the Model Data of the view *Non " -"Updatable* to not reset the file after system upgrades." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish.rst:3 -msgid "Publish" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:3 -msgid "How to use my own domain name" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:5 -msgid "" -"By default, your Odoo Online instance and website have a *.odoo.com* domain " -"name, for both the URL and the emails. But you can change to a custom one " -"(e.g. www.yourcompany.com)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:10 -msgid "What is a good domain name" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Your website address is as important to your branding as the name of your " -"business or organization, so put some thought into changing it for a proper " -"domain. Here are some tips:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:15 -msgid "Simple and obvious" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:16 -msgid "Easy to remember and spell" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:17 -msgid "The shorter the better" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:18 -msgid "Avoid special characters" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:19 -msgid "Aim for a .com and/or your country extension" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Read more: `How to Choose a Domain Name for Maximum SEO " -"<https://www.searchenginejournal.com/choose-a-domain-name-maximum-" -"seo/158951/>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:24 -msgid "How to buy a domain name" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:25 -msgid "Buy your domain name at a popular registrar:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:27 -msgid "`GoDaddy <https://www.godaddy.com>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:28 -msgid "`Namecheap <https://www.namecheap.com>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:29 -msgid "`OVH <https://www.ovh.com>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Steps to buy a domain name are pretty much straight forward. In case of " -"issue, check out those easy tutorials:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:34 -msgid "`GoDaddy <https://roadtoblogging.com/buy-domain-name-from-godaddy>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:35 -msgid "" -"`Namecheap <https://www.loudtips.com/buy-domain-name-hosting-namecheap//>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Feel free to buy an email server to have email addresses using your domain " -"name. However don't buy any extra service to create or host your website. " -"This is Odoo's job!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:45 -msgid "How to apply my domain name to my Odoo instance" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:46 -msgid "" -"First let's authorize the redirection (yourcompany.com -> " -"yourcompany.odoo.com):" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:48 -msgid "Open your Odoo.com account from your homepage." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:53 -msgid "Go to the *Manage Databases* page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Click on *Domains* to the right of the database you would like to redirect." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:63 -msgid "" -"A database domain prompt will appear. Enter your custom domain (e.g. " -"www.yourcompany.com)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:70 -msgid "" -"We can now apply the redirection from your domain name's manager account:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:72 -msgid "Log in to your account and search for the DNS Zones management page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:74 -msgid "" -"Create a CNAME record *www.yourdomain.com* pointing to *mywebsite.odoo.com*." -" If you want to use the naked domain (e.g. yourdomain.com), you need to " -"redirect *yourdomain.com* to *www.yourdomain.com*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:78 -msgid "Here are some specific guidelines to create a CNAME record:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:80 -msgid "`GoDaddy <https://be.godaddy.com/fr/help/add-a-cname-record-19236>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:81 -msgid "" -"`Namecheap " -"<https://www.namecheap.com/support/knowledgebase/article.aspx/9646/10/how-" -"can-i-set-up-a-cname-record-for-my-domain>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:82 -msgid "" -"`OVH " -"<https://www.ovh.co.uk/g1519.exchange_20132016_how_to_add_a_cname_record>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:85 -msgid "How to enable SSL (HTTPS) for my Odoo instance" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:87 -msgid "" -"Until recently, Odoo users needed to use a third-party CDN service provider " -"such as CloudFlare to enable SSL." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:89 -msgid "" -"It is not required anymore: Odoo generates the certificate for you " -"automatically, using integration with `Let's Encrypt Certificate Authority " -"and ACME protocol <https://letsencrypt.org/how-it-works/>`__. In order to " -"get this, simply add your domain name in your customer portal (a separate " -"certificate is generated for each domain name specified)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:92 -msgid "" -"If you already use CloudFlare or a similar service, you can keep using it or" -" simply change for Odoo. The choice is yours." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:95 -msgid "My website is indexed twice by Google" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:97 -msgid "" -"If you set up a custom domain *mydomain.com* name for *mydatabase.odoo.com*," -" Google indexes your website under both names. This is a limitation of the " -"Odoo cloud platforms/" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:102 -msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/email_servers`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:3 -msgid "Manage Multi Websites" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo’s Multi-Websites opens up broad possibilities of diversification and " -"customer segmentation for your business. A multiplied audience and boosted " -"revenue are now just a few clicks away!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Each website can work in a fully independent way, with its theme, branding, " -"domain name, header & footer, pages, languages, products, blog posts, forum," -" slides, events, live chat channels, etc. Let’s go for a tour!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:18 -msgid "Setup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:20 -msgid "" -"To create a new website, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration -->" -" Settings`. The button, *Create a new website*, lays in the first section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:28 -msgid "" -"In the upcoming prompt, set a name for your new website and a specific " -"domain name. Leave empty to publish the new website under the default domain" -" of your Odoo database. You can later set some country groups to redirect " -"visitors to it using Geo IP." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Then, select a theme. This new website might have an entirely different " -"purpose or audience than the first one. So feel free to go for a different " -"theme!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Once the theme is selected, you can start to build the homepage of your " -"website. Follow the purple drops; they will help you in the first steps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:48 -msgid "" -"If you run Odoo Online, don’t forget to redirect any new domain name to your" -" Odoo database (CNAME) and to authorize it Odoo-side. `Read " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/online/website/publish/domain_name.html>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:52 -msgid "Create the menu" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:54 -msgid "" -"The new website has a default menu with all the installed applications. To " -"edit it, click *Pages > Edit Menu*. Moving forward you only edit the menu of" -" the current website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:59 -msgid "Switch from one website to another" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:62 -msgid "" -"As easy as ABC! There is a website switcher in the right corner of the edit " -"bar. Switching to another website will connect to the domain of this " -"website. If you use another domain for the website, the user is requested to" -" sign in." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:71 -msgid "" -"When switching, you are redirected to the same domain path on the other " -"website (e.g.,/shop/myproduct). If this URL is not used, you will be " -"redirected to a 404 page but suggested to create a new page from there." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:74 -msgid "Add features" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:76 -msgid "" -"The website apps you install (e.g., Slides, Blogs) are made available on all" -" your websites. You can, of course, keep them hidden in one website by " -"removing the menu item." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:80 -msgid "" -"Each website comes with a high range of specific options in the settings. " -"First, select the website to configure." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:86 -msgid "" -"Then, take a look at the options flagged with the earth icon. It means they " -"only impact the very website you are working on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:92 -msgid "You can, for instance, set specific :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:94 -msgid "languages," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:96 -msgid "domain names," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:98 -msgid "social media links," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:100 -msgid "customer portal mode (B2C vs. B2B)," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:102 -msgid "dedicated live chat channels," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:104 -msgid "etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:106 -msgid "The other options are global and apply to all your websites." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:109 -msgid "Manage domain names" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:111 -msgid "" -"As said earlier, your websites can either share the same domain name or use " -"a specific one. If you share it and want to adapt the content per region, " -"set country groups in the setting of each website. Visitors will be " -"redirected to the right website using Geo IP." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:120 -msgid "" -"Geo IP is installed by default in Odoo Online. If you run Odoo on-premise, " -"don’t forget to install *Geoip* library." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:123 -msgid "" -"`Read the full documenation about domain names here " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/online/website/publish/domain_name.html>`__," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:126 -msgid "Customize the visitor experience" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:129 -msgid "" -"The customer experience can be customized very profoundly thanks to the menu" -" \\*Customize\\*. All the visual options available there are specific to " -"each website. Go through the different pages to adapt them to this new " -"audience. Focus on workflows, and automatic pages (eCommerce checkout, " -"blogs, events, etc.) as the number of available options is higher there." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:139 -msgid "Publish specific content per website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:142 -msgid "" -"Like static pages, any content created from the front-end (product, blog " -"post, etc.) is always only published in the current website. You can change " -"that from the edit form view in the backend and leave the *Website* field " -"blank. This will publish it in all the websites." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:150 -msgid "" -"Here are all the objects that you can link to *either one or all the " -"websites*:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:153 -msgid "Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:155 -msgid "Product Categories for eCommerce" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:157 -msgid "Blogs" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:159 -msgid "Slide Channels" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:161 -msgid "Forums" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:163 -msgid "Events" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:165 -msgid "Job Positions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:168 -msgid "" -"When you create the record from the backend and publish it, typically a " -"product or an event, it is made available in all websites." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:172 -msgid "Publish a page in all websites" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:174 -msgid "" -"A new static page is created and only made available in the current website." -" You can duplicate it to other websites from :menuselection:`Website --> " -"Configuration --> Pages`. To do so, leave the *Website* field empty." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:178 -msgid "" -"If you want to duplicate it in just one other website, duplicate the page " -"and set the new website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:184 -msgid "" -"When you edit the page again, the change only affects the current website. A" -" new page is duplicated and tied up to the website. The original page still " -"being linked to all websites." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:189 -msgid "" -"By grouping pages by URL in the page manager, you quickly find the original " -"page behind each edited page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:196 -msgid "Multi-companies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:198 -msgid "" -"Each website can be linked to a specific company of your system, in a multi-" -"companies environment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:204 -msgid "" -"With such a configuration, only company-related data appear on the website " -"(products, jobs, events, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:207 -msgid "" -"Website editors can only view and edit the pages of the records they have " -"access to, typically the ones belonging to their current company (and to " -"their subsidiaries, or child companies in Odoo language). And so is it for " -"visitors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:213 -msgid "" -"If websites are multi-companies, you don’t change company when switching " -"websites. To change the company and see the related content, use the company" -" selector in the menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:219 -msgid "Configure your eCommerce website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:221 -msgid "" -"eCommerce is a crucial feature in the multi-websites environment. We made it" -" so that the entire flow can be customized to fit the very audience of each " -"website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:226 -msgid "Products only available on one website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:228 -msgid "" -"We already saw earlier how to publish a specific record in only one website." -" You will find the \\*Website\\* field in the eCommerce tab of the product " -"edit form. Empty means available in all websites." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:236 -msgid "Products available on *some* websites" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:238 -msgid "" -"To make a product available on some websites, but not all of them, you " -"should duplicate the product for each website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:241 -msgid "" -"If you need a unique reference to manage in your inventory, you should " -"install *Manufacturing\\ and create *Kits* BoMs (bills of materials). Each " -"kit will link each published “virtual” product to the main reference managed" -" in your inventory. That way, any item sold from your website will be " -"converted into the storable item in the delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:248 -msgid "Pricelists" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:250 -msgid "" -"To manage specific prices by websites, you can activate *Multiple Sales " -"Prices per Product* in Website settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:253 -msgid "" -"Then, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Products --> Pricelists` to create " -"additional pricelists. Read `Pricelists Documentation " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/online/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.html>`__," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:256 -msgid "" -"If you need help. Select a website to make a pricelist only available on " -"this website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:262 -msgid "" -"Leaving the field empty means that you make it work in all websites if " -"*Selectable* is selected. Otherwise, it makes it only available for backend " -"operations of Sales and Point of Sale applications." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:267 -msgid "Payment Acquirers and Delivery Methods" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:269 -msgid "" -"By default, published payment acquirers and delivery methods are deployed in" -" all websites. You could already use specific payment acquirers per country " -"using Geo IP by defining countries in their configuration. Now you can also " -"do it per website by filling in the *Website* field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:275 -msgid "Customer accounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:277 -msgid "" -"There is a setting to choose how to manage customer accounts in Website " -"settings. You can either allow customers to use one account through all the " -"websites or compel them to create one account for each website. This last " -"option is convenient if your websites shouldn’t be related to each other in " -"the visitor mind." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:287 -msgid "Technical hints for customization" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:289 -msgid "" -"If you want to publish custom objects on the website, here are a few tips to" -" make it work with multi websites:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:293 -msgid "Sitemap: don’t forget the domain in the route to only publish" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:293 -msgid "available records in each website’s sitemap." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:297 -msgid "Access: you should call the method" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:296 -msgid "" -"*can_access_from_current_website* in the controller to make sure the visitor" -" can see a record in the current website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:301 -msgid "Search: when a list of records is displayed, don’t forget to specify" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:300 -msgid "the domain to only display records available for the current website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:3 -msgid "How to translate my website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:6 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "نظرة عامة" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In addition to creating great modern websites, Odoo gives you the " -"possibility to translate it in different languages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:12 -msgid "Process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Once your website is created, you have the opportunity to translate it in as" -" many different languages as you want." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:17 -msgid "" -"There are two ways to translate your website, you can do it manually or " -"automatically with the Gengo App. If you want to do it automatically, go to " -"the **App** module and Install **Automated translations through Gengo Api** " -"and **Website Gengo Translator**. If you want to do it manually, don't " -"install anything, and follow the next step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Now go to your website. On the bottom right corner of the page, click on " -"**Add a language**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Choose the language in which you want to translate your website and then " -"click on **Load.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:35 -msgid "" -"You will see that Now, next to English there is also French, which means " -"that the page for the translation has been created. You can also see that " -"some of the text has been translated automatically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:42 -msgid "" -"To translate the content of the website, click on **Translate** (here " -"**Traduire** since we want to translate the website in French)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:45 -msgid "" -"There, if you have installed the Gengo Translator, You will see that next to" -" the **Translate** button you also have a button **Translate " -"automatically**. Once you click on that button, you will be asked some " -"information on your account. If you don't have an account yet, go to " -"`*https://gengo.com/auth/form/login/* " -"<https://gengo.com/auth/form/login/>`__ in order to create one. You need to " -"ask for a public key and a private key." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:53 -msgid "" -"The content you wish to translate will then be translated automatically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Now you can see that most of the content is highlighted in yellow or in " -"green. The yellow represents the content that you have to translate by " -"yourself. The green represents the content that has already been translated " -"automatically." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po index 7b362314e..424deb2b2 100644 --- a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po +++ b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po @@ -9,9 +9,9 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Sanne Kristensen <sanne@vkdata.dk>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n" diff --git a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/contributing.po b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/contributing.po deleted file mode 100644 index c56b18b6c..000000000 --- a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/contributing.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1740 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# JonathanStein <jstein@image.dk>, 2020 -# Pernille Kristensen <pernillekristensen1994@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Sanne Kristensen <sanne@vkdata.dk>, 2020 -# lhmflexerp <lhm@flexerp.dk>, 2020 -# Mads Søndergaard, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Mads Søndergaard, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: da\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../contributing.rst:5 -msgid "Contributing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation.rst:5 -msgid "Contributing to the documentation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:5 -msgid "Content guidelines" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:7 -msgid "" -"To give the community the best documentation possible, we listed here a few " -"guidelines, tips and tricks that will make your content shine at its " -"brightest! While we encourage you to adopt your own writing style, some " -"rules still apply to give the reader more clarity and comprehension." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:12 -msgid "" -"We strongly recommend contributors to carefully read the other documents in " -"this *Contribution* section of the documentation. Good knowledge of the ins " -"and outs of **RST writing** is required to write and submit your " -"contribution. Note that it also affects your writing style itself." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:16 -msgid ":doc:`introduction_guide`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:17 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:41 -msgid ":doc:`rst_cheat_sheet`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:18 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:42 -msgid ":doc:`rst_guidelines`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:23 -msgid "Writing style" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:25 -msgid "" -"**Writing for documentation** isn't the same as writing for a blog or " -"another medium. Readers are more likely to skim read until they've found the" -" information they are looking for. Keep in mind that the user documentation " -"is a place to inform and describe, not to convince and promote." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:32 -msgid "Consistency" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:34 -msgid "*Consistency is key to everything.*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Make sure that your writing style remains **consistent**. If you modify an " -"existing text, try to match the existing tone and presentation, or rewrite " -"it to match your own style." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:42 -msgid "Grammatical tenses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:44 -msgid "" -"In English, descriptions and instructions require the use of a **Present " -"Tense**, while a *future tense* is appropriate only when a specific event is" -" to happen ulteriorly. This logic might be different in other languages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "Good example (present):" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "" -"*Screenshots are automatically resized to fit the content block's width.*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "Bad example (future):" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "" -"*When you take a screenshot, remember that it will be automatically resized " -"to fit the content block's width.*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:57 -msgid "Paragraphing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:59 -msgid "" -"A paragraph comprises several sentences that are linked by a shared idea. " -"They usually are two to six lines long." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:62 -msgid "" -"In English, a new idea implies a new paragraph, rather than having a *line " -"break* as it is common to do in some other languages. *Line breaks* are " -"useful for layout purposes but shouldn't be used as a grammatical way of " -"separating ideas." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:67 -msgid "" -":ref:`RST cheat sheet: Break the line but not the paragraph <contributing" -"/line-break>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:72 -msgid "Titles" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:74 -msgid "To write a good title :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:76 -msgid "**Be concise.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:77 -msgid "**Avoid sentences**, questions, and titles starting with \"how to.\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:78 -msgid "**Don't use pronouns** in your titles, especially 2nd person (*your*)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:83 -msgid "Document's structure" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:85 -msgid "" -"Use different **headings levels** to organize your text by sections and sub-" -"sections. Your headings are also displayed in a dynamic *navigation bar* on " -"the side." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "**H1: Page Title**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Your *page title* gives your reader a quick and clear understanding of what " -"your content is about. It is also referenced in the section's *table of " -"contents*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:93 -msgid "" -"The *content* in this section describes the upcoming content from a " -"**business point of view**, and shouldn't put the emphasis on Odoo, as this " -"is documentation and not marketing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:97 -msgid "" -"Start first with a **Lead Paragraph**, which helps the reader make sure that" -" they've found the right page, then explain the **business aspects of this " -"topic** in the following paragraphs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "**H2: Section Title (configuration)**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "" -"This first H2 section is about the configuration of the feature, or the " -"prerequisites to achieve a specific goal. To add a path, make sure you use " -"the ``:menuselection:`` specialized directive (see link below)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "Example:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "" -"To do so, go to ``:menuselection:`App name --> Menu --> Sub-menu```, and " -"enable the XYZ feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "**H2: Section Title (main sections)**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Create as many main sections as you have actions or features to distinguish." -" The title can start with a verb, but try to avoid using \"Create ...\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "**H3: Subsection**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Subsections are perfect for assessing very specific points. The title can be" -" in the form of a question, if appropriate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:118 -msgid "**H2: Next Section**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:122 -msgid ":ref:`RST cheat sheet: headings <contributing/headings>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:123 -msgid "" -":ref:`RST cheat sheet: specialized directives <contributing/specialized-" -"directives>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:128 -msgid "Images" -msgstr "Billeder" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:130 -msgid "" -"Adding a few images to illustrate your text helps the readers to understand " -"and memorize your content. However, avoid adding too many images: it isn't " -"necessary to illustrate all steps and features, and it may overload your " -"page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:135 -msgid "" -"Don't forget to :ref:`compress your PNG files with pngquant " -"<contributing/pngquant>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:140 -msgid "Screenshots" -msgstr "Skærmbilleder" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:142 -msgid "" -"Screenshots are automatically resized to fit the content block's width. This" -" implies that screenshots can't be too wide, else they would appear very " -"small on-screen. Therefore, we recommend to avoid to take screenshots of a " -"full screen display of the app, unless it is relevant to do so." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:146 -msgid "A few tips to improve your screenshots:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:148 -msgid "**Zoom** in your browser. We recommend a 110% zoom for better results." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:149 -msgid "" -"**Resize** your browser's width, either by *resizing the window* itself or " -"by opening the *browser's developer tools* (press the ``F12`` key) and " -"resizing the width." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:151 -msgid "**Select** the relevant area, rather than keeping the full window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:152 -msgid "" -"If necessary, you can **edit** the screenshot to remove unnecessary fields " -"and to narrow even more Odoo's display." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:160 -msgid "" -"Resizing the window's width is the most important step to do as Odoo's " -"responsive design automatically resizes all fields to match the window's " -"width." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:166 -msgid "ALT tags" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:168 -msgid "" -"An **ALT tag** is a *text alternative* to an image. This text is displayed " -"if the browser fails to render the image. It is also helpful for users who " -"are visually impaired. Finally, it helps search engines, such as Google, to " -"understand what the image is about and index it correctly, which improves " -"the :abbr:`SEO (Search Engine Optimization)` significantly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:173 -msgid "Good ALT tags are:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:175 -msgid "**Short** (one line maximum)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:176 -msgid "**Not a repetition** of a previous sentence or title" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:177 -msgid "A **good description** of the action happening on the image" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:178 -msgid "Easily **understandable** if read aloud" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:181 -msgid ":ref:`RST cheat sheet: image directive <contributing/image>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:5 -msgid "Introduction guide" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:7 -msgid "" -"**First of all, thank you for landing here and helping us improve the user " -"documentation of Odoo!**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:9 -msgid "" -"This introductory guide will help you acquire the tools and knowledge you " -"need to write documentation, whether you plan to make a minor content change" -" or document an application from scratch." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:14 -msgid "" -"This tutorial only concerns the `user documentation " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/index.html>`_ of Odoo. The " -"documentation for `developing in Odoo " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/master/index.html>`_ in maintained " -"alongside the source code of Odoo at `github.com/odoo/odoo " -"<https://github.com/odoo/odoo/tree/master/doc>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:22 -msgid "reStructuredText" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Our documentation is written in **reStructuredText** (RST), a `lightweight " -"markup language " -"<https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lightweight_markup_language>`_ consisting of " -"normal text augmented with markup which allows including headings, images, " -"notes, and so on. This might seem a bit abstract but there is no need to " -"worry. :abbr:`RST (reStructuredText)` is not hard to learn, especially if " -"you intend to make only small changes to the content." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:30 -msgid "" -"If you need to learn about a specific markup, head over to :doc:`our cheat " -"sheet for RST <rst_cheat_sheet>` which contains all the information that you" -" should ever need for the user documentation of Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:35 -msgid "" -"We kindly ask you to observe a set of :doc:`content <content_guidelines>` " -"and :doc:`RST <rst_guidelines>` guidelines as you write documentation. This " -"ensures that you stay consistent with the rest of the documentation and " -"facilitates the approval of your content changes as they are reviewed by a " -"redactor at Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:43 -msgid ":doc:`content_guidelines`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:48 -msgid "Getting started" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:50 -msgid "" -"As our documentation is maintained on GitHub, you will need a free GitHub " -"account. Click `here <https://github.com/join>`_ to create one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Now, depending on whether you want to update existing content, or rather " -"work on new content and make file changes, you have two courses of action:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:56 -msgid "" -"**For small changes** in ``.rst`` files only, i.e. addition/edition of " -"paragraphs or typos, **we suggest that you use the GitHub interface**. This " -"is the easiest and fasted way to submit your request for changes for the " -"documentation and is suitable for non-technical people. Read " -":ref:`contributing/github-interface` to learn how to use this method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:60 -msgid "" -"**For more complex cases**, it is necessary to **use Git and work from a " -"local copy of the documentation**. This method seems intimidating but only " -"requires basic knowledge of Git. See :ref:`contributing/canonical-git-" -"workflow` for more information on this method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:67 -msgid "Use the GitHub interface" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Verify that you are browsing the documentation in the version that you " -"intend to change. The version can be selected from the dropdown in the top " -"menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:74 -msgid "" -"Head over to the page that you want to change and click on the **Edit on " -"GitHub** button in the bottom of the left menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:79 -msgid "" -"If you do not have edit rights on the repository (`odoo/documentation-user " -"<https://github.com/odoo/documentation-user>`_), you need to fork it by " -"clicking on the appropriate button. In other terms, you create a copy of the" -" entire repository on your own account. If you do have the edit rights, skip" -" this step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:86 -msgid "" -"Make the appropriate changes while taking care of following the " -":doc:`guidelines <rst_guidelines>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:89 -msgid "" -"Click on the **Preview changes** button to review your contribution in a " -"more human-readable format. Be aware that the preview is not able to handle " -"all markups correctly. Notes and tips, for instance, are not correctly " -"rendered. The version of your content published to the website will be, " -"however." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:94 -msgid "" -"Go to the bottom of the page to create a commit (:dfn:`what packs your " -"changes together and labels them with a commit message`) of your changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:0 -msgid "" -"In first text box, describe your changes. For instance, \"Fix a typo\" and " -"\"Add documentation for invoicing of sales orders\" are two clear commit " -"messages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:0 -msgid "" -"In the second text box, justify *why* you made these changes, if you feel " -"that it is not obvious." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:101 -msgid "" -"Select the option \"Create a new branch for this commit and start a pull " -"request.\" if you have the choice (if you have partial or full edit writes " -"on the repository). If not, skip this step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:104 -msgid "" -"Click on the green button. It is either labelled \"Commit changes\" or " -"\"Propose file change\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:108 -msgid "" -"In the dropdown for the selection of the base branch (i.e., the version of " -"the documentation that your changes concern), make sure to select the same " -"version as in the first step of this guide and click on the **Create pull " -"request** button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:114 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:392 -msgid "" -"Double-check your :abbr:`PR (Pull Request)` and, when ready, click again on " -"the **Create pull request** button to submit your changes for review by a " -"redactor at Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:119 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:397 -msgid "" -"You're done! If your changes are approved straight away they will appear in " -"the documentation the very next day. It may also be the case that the " -"reviewer has a question or a remark, so make sure to check your " -"notifications or your emails, depending on your account settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:126 -msgid "Use the canonical Git workflow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:131 -msgid "Prepare your machine" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:136 -msgid "Install Git" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:138 -msgid "" -"We use `Git <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Git>`_ to manage the files of the" -" user documentation. It is a tool that allows to track the history of " -"changes made to a file and, more importantly, to work on different versions " -"of those files at the same time. It means that you do not need to worry " -"about overwriting someone else’s pending work when you start editing the " -"documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:143 -msgid "" -"You must then configure Git to identify yourself as the author of your " -"future contribution. Enter the same email address as the one you used to " -"register on GitHub." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:146 -msgid "Download and install **Git** on your machine." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:147 -msgid "" -"Verify that `the installation folder of Git is included in your system's " -"PATH variable <win-add-to-path_>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:149 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:174 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:320 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:337 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:368 -msgid "Execute the following commands in a terminal:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:159 -msgid "Fetch the sources" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:161 -msgid "" -"As stated earlier, our documentation (in all its versions) is maintained on " -"GitHub at `github.com/odoo/documentation-user <https://github.com/odoo" -"/documentation-user>`_. A modification is made by the mean of a :abbr:`PR " -"(Pull Request)` (:dfn:`proposal of content changes`) to allow for a review " -"of the changes before updating the sources of the documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:166 -msgid "" -"Prior to submitting a modification, you need to make a copy of the sources " -"and download that copy on your machine." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:169 -msgid "" -"Go to `github.com/odoo/documentation-user <https://github.com/odoo" -"/documentation-user>`_ and click on the **Fork** button in the top right " -"corner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:182 -msgid "" -"If you do not have edit rights on the repository owned by Odoo, replace " -"\"odoo\" with your Github username in the URL of the command above. If you " -"do have edit rights, it is not necessary to fork the repository." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:186 -msgid "" -"In order to ease the collaboration between writers coming from many " -"different systems and teams, execute the following group of commands that " -"correspond to your :abbr:`OS (Operating System)` in a terminal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:190 -msgid "Windows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:198 -msgid "Linux or Mac OS:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:209 -msgid "Python" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:211 -msgid "" -"Because the documentation is written in :abbr:`RST (reStructuredText)`, it " -"needs to be built (:dfn:`converted to HTML`) in order to display nicely. " -"This is done by the documentation generator which takes the original " -":abbr:`RST (reStructuredText)` files as input, transforms the markups in a " -"human-readable format, and outputs HTML files to be read in your web " -"browser." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:216 -msgid "" -"The documentation generator that we use is called `Sphinx <http://www" -".sphinx-doc.org/en/master/>`_. and is written in `Python " -"<https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Python_(programming_language)>`_. You have to" -" install Python in order to use Sphinx. For the record, Sphinx is the " -"program and Python the programming language, but you do not need to know " -"much more about them so don't panic!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:221 -msgid "" -"Python comes with its own package manager: `pip " -"<https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pip_(package_manager)>`_. It allows " -"installing Python dependencies in a single command." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:225 -msgid "" -"Download and install the latest release of **Python 3** on your machine." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:226 -msgid "" -"Make sure to have **pip** installed on your machine (on Windows, you can " -"install pip alongside Python)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:228 -msgid "" -"Execute the following commands in a terminal to verify that both " -"installations finished successfully:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:236 -msgid "" -"Execute the following commands in a terminal to install the Python " -"dependencies of the documentation:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:245 -msgid "" -"Depending on your :abbr:`OS (Operating System)`, you may need to run the " -"commands ``python`` and ``pip`` instead of ``python3`` and ``pip3``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:251 -msgid "Make" -msgstr "Mærke" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:253 -msgid "" -"`Make <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Make_(software)>`_ is a tool that packs" -" a bunch of command-lines into one to be easier to remember and to type. In " -"our case, it is used to execute complex Sphinx build commands by using a " -"single and simpler one instead." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:257 -msgid "Download and install **Make** on your machine." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:258 -msgid "" -"Verify that `the installation folder of Make is included in your system's " -"PATH variable <win-add-to-path_>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:264 -msgid "pngquant" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:266 -msgid "" -"`pngquant <https://pngquant.org/>`_ is a tool that we use to compress PNG " -"images so that the documentation does not end up weighting several Gigabytes" -" in a few year span." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:269 -msgid "Download and install **pngquant** on your machine." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:270 -msgid "" -"Verify that `the installation folder of pngquant is included in your " -"system's PATH variable <win-add-to-path_>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:276 -msgid "Prepare your version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:278 -msgid "" -"Now that your machine is all set up, it is time to do the same for your " -"version of the documentation files. As it would not be convenient to have " -"several people working on the version 14.0 in parallel (conflicts of content" -" would occur all the time), and in order to be able to create a :abbr:`PR " -"(Pull Request)`, you must `create a new branch " -"<https://www.atlassian.com/git/tutorials/using-branches>`_ starting from the" -" branch 14.0. In other words, you copy the entirety of this version’s files " -"and give it another name. For this example, we will go with " -"``14.0-my_contribution``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:286 -msgid "Execute the following commands in a terminal to..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:288 -msgid "Navigate to the documentation folder:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:294 -msgid "Switch to the version 14.0:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:300 -msgid "Create your own branch which will be a copy of 14.0:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:309 -msgid "Perform your changes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:311 -msgid "" -"You can now perform any change you want to the documentation files. These " -"changes must be compliant with :abbr:`RST (reStructuredText)` syntax (see " -":doc:`rst_cheat_sheet`) and with our :doc:`guidelines <rst_guidelines>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:316 -msgid "" -"If your changes include the addition of a new image, for instance " -":file:`my_image.png`, proceed as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:319 -msgid "Make sure that the image is in ``.png`` format." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:327 -msgid "Delete :file:`my_image.png`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:328 -msgid "Rename :file:`my_image-fs8.png` to :file:`my_image.png`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:333 -msgid "Preview your changes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:335 -msgid "" -"To preview your changes in a generated documentation, proceed as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:346 -msgid "" -"You can omit the :command:`make clean` command when no recent change has " -"been made to the hierarchy of documentation files." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:349 -msgid "Fix any error or warning shown in the logs of the build." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:350 -msgid "" -"Open the file :file:`documentation-user/_build/html/index.html` with your " -"default web browser." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:353 -msgid "" -"These steps have for only purpose to show you the final results of your " -"changes. They have no impact on the documentation source files." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:359 -msgid "Submit your changes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:362 -msgid "" -"We expect you to have basic knowledge of Git, which should be enough to " -"cover the basic flow of a one-time contribution. If you plan on submitting " -"several contributions, work on older versions of the documentation or " -"perform any other advanced action, we recommend you to be confident with " -"Git. Help yourself with `this manual of Git " -"<https://www.atlassian.com/git>`_ and `this interactive tutorial " -"<https://learngitbranching.js.org/>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:376 -msgid "" -"Go to `github.com/odoo/documentation-user/pulls <https://github.com/odoo" -"/documentation-user/pulls>`_ and click on the **New pull request** button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:382 -msgid "" -"If you forked the base repository in the section :ref:`contributing/fetch-" -"sources`, click on the link **compare across forks** If not, skip this step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:387 -msgid "" -"In the dropdown for the selection of the base branch (i.e., the version of " -"the documentation that your changes concern), make sure to select the " -"version that your changes target (here **14.0**)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:5 -msgid "RST cheat sheet" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:10 -msgid "Headings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:13 -msgid "" -"For each formatting line (e.g., ``===``), write as many symbols (``=``) as " -"there are characters in the header." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:17 -msgid "" -"The symbols used for the formatting are, in fact, not important. Only the " -"order in which they are written matters, as it determines the size of the " -"decorated heading. This means that you may encounter different heading " -"formatting and in a different order, in which case you should follow the " -"formatting in place in the document. In any other case, use the formatting " -"shown below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:20 -msgid "Heading size" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:20 -msgid "Formatting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:20 -msgid "Min/Max number of occurrences" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:22 -msgid "H1" -msgstr "H1" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 -msgid "``=======``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 -msgid "``Heading``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:22 -msgid "1/1" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:26 -msgid "H2" -msgstr "H2" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:26 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:29 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:32 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:35 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:38 -msgid "0/∞" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:29 -msgid "H3" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 -msgid "``-------``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:32 -msgid "H4" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 -msgid "``~~~~~~~``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:35 -msgid "H5" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 -msgid "``*******``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:38 -msgid "H6" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 -msgid "``^^^^^^^``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:45 -msgid "Markup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:50 -msgid "Inline markup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:52 -msgid "Use the following markups to emphasize your text to your liking:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:55 -msgid "\\*\\*Text\\*\\*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:55 -msgid "**Text**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:57 -msgid "\\*Text\\*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:57 -msgid "*Text*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:59 -msgid "\\`\\`Text\\`\\`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:59 -msgid "``Text``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:63 -msgid ":ref:`contributing/specialized-directives`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:68 -msgid "Bulleted list" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:84 -msgid "Numbered list" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:99 -msgid "Nested lists" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:111 -msgid "Hyperlinks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:116 -msgid "Hyperlink references" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:118 -msgid "" -"Hyperlink references are links to a URL with a custom label. They follow " -"this syntax: ```label <URL>`_``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:122 -msgid "The URL can be a relative path to a file within the documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:125 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:146 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:192 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:232 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:263 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:288 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:313 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:19 -msgid "Example" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:127 -msgid "" -"This excerpt of :abbr:`RST (reStructuredText)`: ``For instance, `this is a " -"hyperlink reference <https://odoo.com>`_.`` is rendered as follows in HTML: " -"“For instance, `this is a hyperlink reference <https://odoo.com>`_.”" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:134 -msgid "External hyperlink targets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:136 -msgid "" -"External hyperlink targets allow creating shortcuts for hyperlink " -"references." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:137 -msgid "The definition syntax is as follows: ``.. _target: URL``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:138 -msgid "There are two ways to reference them, depending on the use case:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:140 -msgid "" -"``target_`` creates a hyperlink with the target name as label and the URL as" -" reference. Note that the ``_`` moved after the target!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:142 -msgid "" -"```label <target_>`_`` does exactly what you expect: the label replaces the " -"name of the target, and the target is replaced by the URL." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:149 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:195 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:235 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:266 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:291 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:316 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:352 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:373 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:392 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:413 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:432 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:453 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:490 -msgid "RST" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:159 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:211 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:243 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:274 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:299 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:330 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:361 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:381 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:401 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:421 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:441 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:461 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:499 -msgid "Render" -msgstr "Render" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:161 -msgid "" -"A `proof-of-concept <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Proof_of_concept>`_ is a " -"simplified version, a prototype of what is expected to agree on the main " -"lines of expected changes. `PoC " -"<https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Proof_of_concept>`_ is a common abbreviation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:168 -msgid "Internal hyperlink targets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:170 -msgid "" -"Internal hyperlink targets follow the same syntax as external hyperlink " -"targets but without any URL. Indeed, they are internal. They allow " -"referencing a specific part of a document by using the target as an anchor. " -"When the user clicks on the reference, the documentation scrolls to the part" -" of the page containing the target." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:176 -msgid "" -"Targets can be referenced from other files than the ones in which they are " -"defined." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:178 -msgid "The definition syntax is: ``.. _target:``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:179 -msgid "" -"There are two ways to reference them, both using the ``ref`` directive:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:181 -msgid "" -"``:ref:`target``` creates a hyperlink to the anchor with the heading defined" -" below as label." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:182 -msgid "" -"``:ref:`label <target>``` creates a hyperlink to the anchor with the given " -"label." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:184 -msgid "" -"See :ref:`contributing/relative-links` to learn how to write proper relative" -" links for internal references." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:188 -msgid "" -"Notice that there is no ``_`` at the end, as it is done with :ref:`hyperlink" -" targets <contributing/hyperlink-references>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:213 -msgid "" -"This can easily be done by creating a new product, see `How to create a " -"product? <https://example.com/product>`_ for additional help." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:216 -msgid "**How to create a product?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:218 -msgid "" -"As explained at the `start of the page <https://example.com/scroll-to-start-" -"of-page>`_, ..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:223 -msgid "Implicit hyperlink targets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:227 -msgid "" -"Implicit hyperlink targets are a special kind of internal hyperlink targets:" -" they are automatically generated by section titles, footnotes, etc. " -"Consequently, they don’t have a definition syntax." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:229 -msgid "" -"They can be referenced the same first way as external hyperlink targets by " -"using the name of the section title as URL." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:245 -msgid "" -"This can easily be done by creating a new user, see `How to create a new " -"user? <https://example.com/how-to-create-a-user>`_ for additional help. ..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:251 -msgid "The ``doc`` directive" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:254 -msgid "" -"The ``doc`` directive allows referencing a documentation page wherever it is" -" in the file tree through a relative file path." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:255 -msgid "As usual, there are two ways to use the directive:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:257 -msgid "" -"``:doc:`path_to_doc_page``` creates a hyperlink reference to the " -"documentation page with the title of the page as label." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:259 -msgid "" -"``:doc:`label <path_to_doc_page>``` creates a hyperlink reference to the " -"documentation page with the given label." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:276 -msgid "" -"Please refer to `this documentation " -"<https://example.com/doc/accounting/invoices.html>`_ and to `Send a pro-" -"forma invoice <https://example.com/doc/sales/proforma.html>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:282 -msgid "The ``download`` directive" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:284 -msgid "" -"The ``download`` directive allows referencing files (that are not " -"necessarily :abbr:`RST (reStructuredText)` documents) within the source tree" -" to be downloaded." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:301 -msgid "" -"Download this `module structure template " -"<https://example.com/doc/odoosh/extras/my_module.zip>`_ to start building " -"your module in no time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:307 -msgid "The ``image`` directive" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:309 -msgid "" -"The ``image`` directive allows inserting images in a document. It comes with" -" a set of optional parameter directives that can individually be omitted if " -"considered redundant." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:344 -msgid "Admonitions (alert blocks)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:349 -msgid "Seealso" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:364 -msgid "" -"`Customer invoices <https://example.com/doc/accounting/invoices.html>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:365 -msgid "" -"`Pro-forma invoices <https://example.com/doc/sales/proforma.html#activate-" -"the-feature>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:370 -msgid "Note" -msgstr "Notat" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:384 -msgid "" -"Use this to get the attention of the reader about additional information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:389 -msgid "Tip" -msgstr "Tip" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:404 -msgid "" -"Use this to inform the reader about a useful trick that requires an action." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:410 -msgid "Important" -msgstr "Vigtig" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:424 -msgid "Use this to notify the reader about an important information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:429 -msgid "Warning" -msgstr "Advarsel" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:444 -msgid "" -"Use this to require the reader to proceed with caution with what is " -"described in the warning." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:450 -msgid "Danger" -msgstr "Fare" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:464 -msgid "Use this to alarm the reader about a serious threat." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:469 -msgid "Formatting tips" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:474 -msgid "Add banners on top of documents" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:480 -msgid "" -"The Odoo theme supports banner images at the top of documents. At the first " -"line of your documents, insert the directive ``:banner: " -"banners/file_name.png``. Replace ``file_name.png`` with the file that you " -"placed in :file:`_static/banners` to server as a banner of your document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:487 -msgid "Break the line but not the paragraph" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:502 -msgid "" -"First super long line that you break in two… here is rendered as a single " -"line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:503 -msgid "Second line that follows a line break." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:508 -msgid "Add comments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:510 -msgid "" -"If you made a particular choice of writing or formatting that a future " -"writer should be able to understand and take into account, consider writing " -"a comment. Comments are blocks of text that do not count as a part of the " -"documentation and that are used to pass a message to writers of the source " -"code. They consist of a line starting with two dots and a space, followed by" -" the comment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:515 -msgid "" -"``.. For instance, this line will not be rendered in the documentation.``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:520 -msgid "Use tables" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:522 -msgid "" -"Make use of `this convenient table generator " -"<https://www.tablesgenerator.com/text_tables>`_ to build your tables. Then, " -"copy-paste the generated formatting into your document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:528 -msgid "Spice up your writing with specialized directives" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:530 -msgid "Use these additional directives to fine-tune your content:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:533 -msgid "**Directive**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:533 -msgid "**Purpose**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:533 -msgid "**Example**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:535 -msgid "**RST**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:535 -msgid "**HTML**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:537 -msgid "``abbr``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:537 -msgid "Self-defining abbreviations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:537 -msgid "``:abbr:`SO (Sales Order)```" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:537 -msgid ":abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:539 -msgid "``command``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:539 -msgid "Highlight a command" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:539 -msgid "``:command:`python example.py```" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:539 -msgid ":command:`python example.py`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:541 -msgid "``dfn``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:541 -msgid "Define a term" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:541 -msgid "``:dfn:`a definition for a new term```" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:541 -msgid ":dfn:`a definition for a new term`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:543 -msgid "``file``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:543 -msgid "Indicate a file path" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:543 -msgid "``:file:`~/odoo/odoo-bin```" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:543 -msgid ":file:`~/odoo/odoo-bin`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:545 -msgid "``menuselection``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:545 -msgid "Guide a user through a sequence of menus" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:545 -msgid "``:menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings```" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:545 -msgid ":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:551 -msgid "Escape markup symbols (Advanced)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:553 -msgid "" -"Markup symbols escaped with backslashes (``\\``) are rendered normally. For " -"instance, ``this \\*\\*line of text\\*\\* with \\*markup\\* symbols`` is " -"rendered as “this \\*\\*line of text\\*\\* with \\*markup\\* symbols”." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:557 -msgid "" -"When it comes to backticks (`````), which are used in many case such as " -":ref:`hyperlink references <contributing/hyperlink-references>`, using " -"backslashes for escaping is no longer an option because the outer backticks " -"interpret enclosed backslashes and thus prevent them from escaping inner " -"backticks. For instance, ```\\`this formatting\\```` produces an ``[UNKNOWN " -"NODE title_reference]`` error. Instead, `````this formatting````` should be " -"used to produce the following result: ```this formatting```." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:5 -msgid "RST guidelines" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:10 -msgid "Use relative links for internal URLs" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:12 -msgid "" -"If you need to reference an internal documentation page or a file that is " -"not sitting in the same directory as your current page, always make use of " -"*relative file paths* rather than *absolute file paths*. An absolute file " -"path indicates the location of the target from the root of its file tree. A " -"relative file path makes use of smart notations (such as ``../`` git that " -"redirects to the parent folder) to indicate the location of the target " -"*relative* to that of the source document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:21 -msgid "Given the following source file tree:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:33 -msgid "" -"A reference to the rendered :file:`prices.html` and :file:`variants.html` " -"could be made from :file:`import.rst` as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:36 -msgid "Absolute:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:38 -msgid "" -"``https://odoo.com/documentation/user/14.0/sales/products_prices/prices.html``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:39 -msgid "" -"``https://odoo.com/documentation/user/14.0/sales/products_prices/products/variants.html``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:41 -msgid "Relative:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:43 -msgid "``../prices.html``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:44 -msgid "``variants.html``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:46 -msgid "" -"The relative links are clearly superior in terms of readability and " -"stability: the references survive version updates, folder name changes and " -"file tree restructurations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:52 -msgid "Start a new line before the 100th character" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:54 -msgid "" -"In RST, it is possible to break a line without forcing a line break on the " -"rendered HTML. Make use of this feature to write **lines of maximum 100 " -"characters**. A line break in a sentence results in an additional whitespace" -" in HTML. That means that you do not need to leave a trailing whitespace at " -"the end of a line to separate words." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:60 -msgid "" -"You can safely break a line around the separators (``-->``) of " -"``menuselection`` directives and anywhere in a hyperlink reference. For the " -"``doc``, ``ref`` and ``download`` directives, this is only true for the " -"label part of the reference." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:65 -msgid "Example: Line breaks within directive and inline markup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:74 -msgid "Be consistent with indentation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:76 -msgid "Use only spaces (never tabs)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:78 -msgid "" -"Use as many spaces at the beginning of an indented line as needed to align " -"it with the first character of the directive in the line above. This usually" -" implies 3 spaces but you only need 2 for bulleted lists." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:83 -msgid "Example: The first ``:`` is below the ``i`` (3 spaces)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Example: The ``:titlesonly:`` and page references start below the ``t`` (3 " -"spaces)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:103 -msgid "" -"Example: Continuation lines resume below the ``I``’s of “Invoice” (2 spaces)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:113 -msgid "Use the menuselection directive" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:115 -msgid "" -"Although chaining characters ``‣`` and menu names works fine to indicate a " -"user which menus to click, it is best to use the ``menuselection`` directive" -" (see :ref:`contributing/specialized-directives`) for the same result. " -"Indeed, it renders the menus chain consistently with the rest of the " -"documentation and would automatically adapt to the new graphic chart if we " -"were to switch to a new one. This directive is used inline as follows: " -"``:menuselection:`Settings --> Products --> Variants```." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:125 -msgid "Write resilient code" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:127 -msgid "" -"Prefer the use of ``#.`` in numbered lists instead of ``1.``, ``2.``, etc. " -"This removes the risk of breaking the numbering when adding new elements to " -"the list and is easier to maintain." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:129 -msgid "" -"Avoid using implicit hyperlink targets and prefer internal hyperlink targets" -" instead. Referencing the implicit target ``How to print quotations?`` is " -"more prone to break than a reference to the explicit target " -"``_print_quotation`` which never appears in the rendered HTML and is thus " -"even less likely to be modified." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:137 -msgid "Prefix hyperlink targets with application names" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:139 -msgid "" -"As hyperlink targets are visible from the entire documentation when " -"referenced with the ``ref`` directive, it is recommended to prefix the " -"target name with that of the related application. For instance, naming a " -"target ``_amazon/form`` instead of ``_form`` avoids unwanted behaviors and " -"makes the purpose of the target clear." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:147 -msgid "Don’t break hyperlink targets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:149 -msgid "" -"When refactoring (improving without adding new content) section headings or " -"hyperlink targets, take care not to break any hyperlink reference to these " -"targets or update them accordingly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:155 -msgid "Use single-underscore suffixes for hyperlink references" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:160 -msgid "" -"Although using a double-underscore suffix works most of the time for classic" -" hyperlink references, it is not recommended as double-underscores normally " -"indicate an anonymous hyperlink reference. This is a special kind of " -"hyperlink reference that makes use of nameless hyperlink targets consisting " -"only of two underscore." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:162 -msgid "" -"tl;dr: Double-underscore suffixes work until they don’t and are bad " -"practice, use single-underscore suffixes instead." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po deleted file mode 100644 index 8bf87aac3..000000000 --- a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1172 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Sanne Kristensen <sanne@vkdata.dk>, 2020 -# Martin Trigaux, 2021 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2021\n" -"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: da\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../crm.rst:5 -msgid "CRM" -msgstr "CRM" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads.rst:3 -msgid "Acquire leads" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:3 -msgid "Convert leads into opportunities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The system can generate leads instead of opportunities, in order to add a " -"qualification step before converting a *Lead* into an *Opportunity* and " -"assigning to the right sales people." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:9 -msgid "" -"You can activate this mode from the CRM Settings. It applies to all your " -"sales channels by default. But you can make it specific for specific " -"channels from their configuration form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:14 -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:41 -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:8 -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:11 -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:27 -#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:9 -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:12 -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:12 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Konfiguration" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:16 -msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> " -"Settings` and activate the *Leads* feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:22 -msgid "" -"You will now have a new submenu *Leads* under *Leads* where they will " -"aggregate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:29 -msgid "Convert a lead into an opportunity" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:31 -msgid "" -"When you click on a *Lead* you will have the option to convert it to an " -"opportunity and decide if it should still be assigned to the same " -"channel/person and if you need to create a new customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:38 -msgid "" -"If you already have an opportunity with that customer Odoo will " -"automatically offer you to merge with that opportunity. In the same manner, " -"Odoo will automatically offer you to link to an existing customer if that " -"customer already exists." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:44 -msgid "Merge opportunities" -msgstr "Flet kundeemner" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Odoo will also automatically propose to merge opportunities if they have the" -" same email address. When merging opportunities, Odoo merges the information" -" into the opportunity which was created first, giving priority to the " -"information present on the first opportunity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:51 -msgid "" -"No information is lost: data from the other opportunity is logged in the " -"chatter and the information fields for easy access." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Would you find a duplicate yourself, ...you can also merge opportunities or " -"leads even if the system doesn't propose it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Here’s how, from the list view. Select the opportunities or leads you want " -"to merge and the action button will appear. Then, you can select merge." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:67 -msgid "It is also possible to merge more than 2 opportunities or leads." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:3 -msgid "Generate leads/opportunities from emails" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Automating the lead/opportunity generation will considerably improve your " -"efficiency. By default, any email sent to *sales@database\\_domain.ext* will" -" create an opportunity in the pipeline of the default sales channel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:11 -msgid "Configure email aliases" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Each sales teams can have its own email alias, to generate " -"leads/opportunities automatically assigned to it. It is useful if you manage" -" several sales teams with specific business processes. You will find the " -"configuration of sales teams under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Sales " -"Teams`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:3 -msgid "Generate leads/opportunities from your website contact page" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Automating the lead/opportunity generation will considerably improve your " -"efficiency. Any visitor using the contact form on your website will create a" -" lead/opportunity in the pipeline." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:10 -msgid "Use the contact us on your website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:12 -msgid "You should first go to your website app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:14 -msgid "|image0|\\ |image1|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:16 -msgid "" -"With the CRM app installed, you benefit from a ready-to-use contact form on " -"your Odoo website that will generate leads/opportunities automatically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:23 -msgid "" -"To change to a specific sales channel, go to :menuselection:`Website --> " -"Configuration --> Settings` under *Communication* you will find the Contact " -"Form info and where to change the *Sales Channel* or *Salesperson*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:32 -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:50 -msgid "Create a custom contact form" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:34 -msgid "" -"You may want to know more from your visitor when they use the contact form " -"to you will need to build a custom contact form on your website. These " -"contact forms can generate multiple types of records in the system (emails, " -"leads/opportunities, project tasks, helpdesk tickets, etc.)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:43 -msgid "" -"You will need to install the free *Form Builder* module, only available in " -"Odoo Enterprise." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:52 -msgid "" -"First, go to the page where you want to put your contact form. In edit mode," -" drag the form builder onto the page, and you will be able to add all the " -"fields you wish." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:59 -msgid "" -"By default, any new contact form will send an email. You can switch to " -"lead/opportunity generation in *Change Form Parameters*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:63 -msgid "" -"If the same visitor uses the contact form twice, the second entry will be " -"added to the first lead/opportunity in the chatter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:67 -msgid "Generate leads instead of opportunities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:69 -msgid "" -"When using a contact form, you should use a qualification step before " -"assigning the form to the right sales people. To do so, activate *Leads* in " -"CRM settings and refer to :doc:`convert`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:3 -msgid "Lead mining" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:4 -msgid "" -"In any business, getting quality leads is essential to keep the business " -"growing. Lead mining allows you to generate leads from scratch directly from" -" your database. Target your leads based on a set of criteria such as the " -"country, the size of the company, the industry your leads are coming from to" -" make them relevant to your business." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:10 -msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> " -"Settings` and activate the **Lead Mining** feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:17 -msgid "Start generating leads" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:18 -msgid "" -"You will now have a new button **Generate Leads** available in your " -"pipeline. You are also able to create lead mining requests from the " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Lead Mining Requests` and trough " -":menuselection:`Leads --> Leads` where you have the **Generate Leads** " -"button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:27 -msgid "" -"From there, click on the **Generate Leads** button, a window where you will " -"be able to pick your criteria will pop up." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:34 -msgid "" -"When choosing to target Companied and their contacts you can choose the " -"contacts you are getting based on Role or Seniority. When getting contact " -"information make sure to be aware of the latest EU regulation, get more " -"information about General Data Protection Regulation on `Odoo GDPR " -"<http://odoo.com/gdpr>`__," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:39 -msgid "" -"You can decide to filter the leads you are getting depending on the size " -"(number of employees) of the companies. You can pick the countries your " -"leads are coming from. It is possible to pick multiple countries. You can " -"pick the industries your leads are coming from. It is possible to pick " -"multiple industries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:43 -msgid "" -"You can choose the salesperson and the Salesteam the lead will be assigned " -"to. You can also add tags to track your generated leads." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:47 -msgid "The generated leads will have the name of the company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:50 -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:138 -#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:36 -msgid "Pricing" -msgstr "Priser" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:51 -msgid "" -"This is an In-App Purchase feature, each generated lead will cost you one " -"credit. If you choose to get contact information each contact will also cost" -" us one additional credit. Here is the pricing for this `feature " -"<https://iap.odoo.com/iap/in-app-services/167?>`__, To buy credits you can " -"either go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Settings --> Buy " -"Credits`; or go to :menuselection:`Settings --> In-App Purchases --> View my" -" Services`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:65 -msgid "" -"The blue box will automatically tell you how many credits are going to be " -"consumed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:68 -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:169 -msgid "" -"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you " -"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:71 -msgid "" -":doc:`In-App Purchases (IAP) " -"<../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:3 -msgid "Send quotations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When you qualify a lead into an opportunity you will most likely need to " -"send them a quotation. You can directly do this in the CRM App with Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:12 -msgid "Create a new quotation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:14 -msgid "" -"By clicking on any opportunity or lead, you will see a *New Quotation* " -"button, it will bring you into a new menu where you can manage your quote." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:21 -msgid "" -"You will find all your quotes to that specific opportunity under the " -"*Quotations* menu on that page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:28 -msgid "Mark them won/lost" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Now you will need to mark your opportunity as won or lost to move the " -"process along." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:33 -msgid "" -"If you mark them as won, they will move to your *Won* column in your Kanban " -"view. If you however mark them as *Lost* they will be archived." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize.rst:3 -msgid "Optimize your Day-to-Day work" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:3 -msgid "How to motivate and reward my salespeople?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Challenging your employees to reach specific targets with goals and rewards " -"is an excellent way to reinforce good habits and improve your salespeople " -"productivity. The Gamification module gives you simple and creative ways to " -"motivate and evaluate your employees with real-time recognition and badges " -"inspired by game mechanics." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Install the *Gamification* module, or the *CRM gamification* one, which adds" -" some useful data (goals and challenges) that can be used on *CRM/Sale*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:21 -msgid "Create a challenge" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Now, create your first challenge by going to :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Gamification Tools --> Challenges`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:27 -msgid "" -"As the gamification tool is a one-time technical setup, you need to activate" -" the technical features in order to access the configuration. To do so, go " -"to *Settings* and *Activate the developer mode*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:35 -msgid "" -"A challenge is a mission that you send to your sales team. It can include " -"one or several goals, set for a specific period of time. Configure your " -"challenge as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:38 -msgid "Assign the salespeople to be challenged;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:39 -msgid "Assign a responsible;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:40 -msgid "Set up the periodicity along with the start and the end date;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:41 -msgid "Select your goals;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:42 -msgid "Set up your rewards (badges)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Badges are granted when a challenge is finished. This is either at the end " -"of a running period (eg: end of the month for a monthly challenge), at the " -"end date of a challenge (if no periodicity is set), or when the challenge is" -" manually closed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:49 -msgid "" -"In the example below, 2 employees are being challenged with a *Monthly Sales" -" Target*. The challenge is based on 2 goals: the total amount invoiced and " -"number of new leads generated. At the end of the month, the winner will be " -"granted with a badge." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:58 -msgid "Set up goals" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:60 -msgid "" -"The users can be evaluated using goals and numerical objectives to reach." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:62 -msgid "" -"**Goals** are assigned through *challenges* that evaluate (see image above) " -"and compare members of a team throughout time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:66 -msgid "" -"You can create a new goal on the fly from a *Challenge* by clicking on *Add " -"new item*, under *Goals*. Select the business object according to your " -"company's needs. Examples: number of new leads, time to qualify a lead, " -"total amount invoiced in a specific week, month or any other time frame " -"based on your management preferences, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Goals may include your database setup as well (e.g. set your company data " -"and a timezone, create new users, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:77 -msgid "Set up rewards" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:79 -msgid "" -"For non-numerical achievements, **Badges** can be granted to users. From a " -"simple thank you to an exceptional achievement, a badge is an easy way to " -"express gratitude to a user for their good work. To create and grant badges " -"to your employees based on their performance, go to :menuselection:`Settings" -" --> Gamification Tools --> Badges`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:3 -msgid "Outlook Extension" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The **Odoo CRM Extension** is a connector that bridges your Outlook mailbox " -"with your Odoo database. This extension allows you to:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:8 -msgid "Create leads from emails sent to your mailbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:9 -msgid "Centralize Prospects' emails into a CRM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:10 -msgid "Search and store insights on your contacts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:17 -msgid "" -"This extension is compatible with the Web version of Outlook as well as the " -"desktop apps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:20 -msgid "" -"The Outlook Extension uses *Partner Autocomplete IAP credits* to search and " -"store insights on your contacts. See the :ref:`Pricing section " -"<outlook_extension/pricing>` below for more information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:29 -msgid "" -"The Outlook Extension requires to be configured both in Odoo and in Outlook." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:34 -msgid "Enable the feature on your database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:36 -msgid "" -"To enable this feature on your Odoo database, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> " -"Configuration --> Lead Generation`, enable **Outlook CRM Extension**, and " -"click on *Save*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:42 -msgid "Install the add-in on Outlook" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:44 -msgid "" -"You can install the Outlook Extension as a **Custom Add-in**. To do so, " -"follow these steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:0 -msgid "URL of the **Odoo for Outlook** add-in's manifest file:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:0 -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:0 -msgid "``https://download.odoo.com/plugins/outlook/manifest.xml``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:50 -msgid "Todo" -msgstr "To Do" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:50 -msgid "add copy button when the feature is added to the doc" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Connect to your Outlook mailbox, open any email, and click on the *More " -"actions* button, displayed as three little dots." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:59 -msgid "Click on *Get add-ins*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:65 -msgid "" -"In the new window, select the tab named *My add-ins*, click on *+ Add a " -"custom add-in*, and then on *Add from URL...*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Outlook prompts you to **enter the URL of the add-in's manifest file**. To " -"do so, copy the following URL, paste it in the box, and click on *OK*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:80 -msgid "" -"Outlook warns you that Microsoft hasn’t verified the add-in. Click on " -"*Install* to complete the installation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:84 -msgid "" -"The *Odoo for Outlook* add-in is not listed yet on Outlook's add-ins list. " -"This is why it is currently necessary to install it as a *custom add-in*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:90 -msgid "Add a shortcut to open the extension" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:92 -msgid "" -"By default, you can open the **Odoo for Outlook** extension from the *More " -"actions* menu. This section explains how to move the launcher next to the " -"other default actions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:99 -msgid "" -"In your Outlook mailbox, click on *Settings*, then on *View all Outlook " -"settings*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:100 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Mail --> Customize actions --> Message " -"surface`, select *Odoo for Outlook*, and click on *Save*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:109 -msgid "Connect to your database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:111 -msgid "" -"Open **Odoo for Outlook** from any email. This opens the extension as a " -"panel on the right side of your screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:113 -msgid "Click on *login* at the bottom of the extension." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:114 -msgid "Insert your database's URL then click on *Login*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:120 -msgid "" -"Log into your database by entering your credentials. Skip this step if you " -"are already logged in with this browser." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:122 -msgid "" -"A message asks you if you want to let Outlook access your Odoo database. " -"Click on *Allow* to complete the connection." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:126 -msgid "" -"Make sure first to :ref:`enable the feature on your database " -"<outlook_extension/enable-feature>`. Failing to do so would result in an " -"*error 404 message*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:130 -msgid "" -"The extension displays some information, even if you do not connect it to " -"any Odoo database. Note that only a limited amount of contact enrichment " -"requests are available as a trial, as this feature requires prepaid credits." -" See the :ref:`Pricing section <outlook_extension/pricing>` below for more " -"information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:140 -msgid "" -"The extension is **free** and doesn't require any purchase to be installed " -"and used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:142 -msgid "" -"However, this extension provides you with *Lead Enrichment* in the **Company" -" Insights** section. This service is part of a paid service known as **Lead " -"Generation**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:145 -msgid "" -"The extension allows you to test this service for free, whether you connect " -"the extension to a database or not. After a while, the extension asks you to" -" buy credits to keep using this additional service." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:155 -msgid "" -"You can buy more *Lead Generation* credits to keep using this service or " -"disregard this message and keep using the extension for free without *Lead " -"Enrichment*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:159 -msgid "In-App Purchase" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:162 -msgid "" -"*Lead Generation* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service, which requires " -"prepaid credits to be used. Each request consumes one credit." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:164 -#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:41 -msgid "" -"To buy credits, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Contacts --> Partner " -"Autocomplete or Odoo IAP --> View My Services` and select a package." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:167 -msgid "" -"If you run out of credits, the only information populated when clicking on " -"the suggested company is the website link and logo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:171 -#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Learn about our *Privacy Policy* `here " -"<https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#header_2>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:174 -msgid ":doc:`../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:175 -msgid "`Odoo Learn: Lead Enrichment <https://www.odoo.com/r/p73>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:3 -msgid "Enrich your contacts base with Partner Autocomplete" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Parter Autocomplete helps you to enrich your contacts database with " -"corporate data. Select one of the companies suggested in the dropdown, and " -"quickly get all the information you need." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Contacts` and activate the *Partner " -"Autocomplete* feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:18 -msgid "Enrich your contacts with corporate data" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:22 -msgid "" -"From any module, once you start to create a new contact typing the name of " -"it, the system will suggest a potential match. If you select it, the contact" -" will be populated with corporate data." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:23 -msgid "" -"For example, after typing *Odoo*, you will get the following information:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Partner Autocomplete also works if you enter a VAT number instead of a " -"company name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:39 -msgid "" -"*Partner Autocomplete* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service, which requires" -" prepaid credits to be used. Each request will consume one credit." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:44 -msgid "" -"If you run out of credits, the only information that will be populated when " -"clicking on the suggested company will be the website link and the logo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:46 -msgid "" -"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and you have the Enterprise version, you " -"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance.rst:3 -msgid "Analyze performance" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:3 -msgid "Check your Win/Loss Ratio" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:5 -msgid "" -"To see how well you are doing with your pipeline, take a look at the " -"Win/Loss ratio." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:8 -msgid "" -"To access this report, go to your *Pipeline* view under the *Reporting* tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:11 -msgid "" -"From there you can filter to which opportunities you wish to see, yours, the" -" ones from your sales channel, your whole company, etc. You can then click " -"on filter and check Won/Lost." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:18 -msgid "You can also change the *Measures* to *Total Revenue*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:23 -msgid "You also have the ability to switch to a pie chart view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline.rst:3 -msgid "Organize the pipeline" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:3 -msgid "Manage lost opportunities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:5 -msgid "" -"While working with your opportunities, you might lose some of them. You will" -" want to keep track of the reasons you lost them and also which ways Odoo " -"can help you recover them in the future." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:10 -msgid "Mark a lead as lost" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:12 -msgid "" -"While in your pipeline, select any opportunity you want and you will see a " -"*Mark Lost* button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:15 -msgid "" -"You can then select an existing *Lost Reason* or create a new one right " -"there." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:22 -msgid "Manage & create lost reasons" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:24 -msgid "" -"You will find your *Lost Reasons* under :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Lost Reasons`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:26 -msgid "" -"You can select & rename any of them as well as create a new one from there." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:30 -msgid "Retrieve lost opportunities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:32 -msgid "" -"To retrieve lost opportunities and do actions on them (send an email, make a" -" feedback call, etc.), select the *Lost* filter in the search bar." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:39 -msgid "You will then see all your lost opportunities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:41 -msgid "" -"If you want to refine them further, you can add a filter on the *Lost " -"Reason*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:44 -msgid "For Example, *Too Expensive*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:50 -msgid "Restore lost opportunities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:52 -msgid "" -"From the Kanban view with the filter(s) in place, you can select any " -"opportunity you wish and work on it as usual. You can also restore it by " -"clicking on *Archived*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:59 -msgid "" -"You can also restore items in batch from the Kanban view when they belong to" -" the same stage. Select *Restore Records* in the column options. You can " -"also archive the same way." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:66 -msgid "To select specific opportunities, you should switch to the list view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Then you can select as many or all opportunities and select the actions you " -"want to take." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:78 -msgid ":doc:`../performance/win_loss`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:3 -msgid "Manage multiple sales teams" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, you can manage several sales teams, departments or channels with " -"specific sales processes. To do so, we use the concept of *Sales Channel*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:10 -msgid "Create a new sales channel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To create a new *Sales Channel*, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Sales Channels`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:14 -msgid "" -"There you can set an email alias to it. Every message sent to that email " -"address will create a lead/opportunity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:21 -msgid "Add members to your sales channel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:23 -msgid "" -"You can add members to any channel; that way those members will see the " -"pipeline structure of the sales channel when opening it. Any " -"lead/opportunity assigned to them will link to the sales channel. Therefore," -" you can only be a member of one channel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:28 -msgid "This will ease the process review of the team manager." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:33 -msgid "" -"If you now filter on this specific channel in your pipeline, you will find " -"all of its opportunities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:40 -msgid "Sales channel dashboard" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:42 -msgid "" -"To see the operations and results of any sales channel at a glance, the " -"sales manager also has access to the *Sales Channel Dashboard* under " -"*Reporting*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:46 -msgid "" -"It is shared with the whole ecosystem so every revenue stream is included in" -" it: Sales, eCommerce, PoS, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads.rst:3 -msgid "Assign and track leads" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:3 -msgid "Assign leads based on scoring" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:5 -msgid "" -"With *Leads Scoring* you can automatically rank your leads based on selected" -" criterias." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:8 -msgid "" -"For example you could score customers from your country higher or the ones " -"that visited specific pages on your website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:14 -msgid "" -"To use scoring, install the free module *Lead Scoring* under your *Apps* " -"page (only available in Odoo Enterprise)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:21 -msgid "Create scoring rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:23 -msgid "" -"You now have a new tab in your *CRM* app called *Leads Management* where you" -" can manage your scoring rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Here's an example for a Canadian lead, you can modify for whatever criteria " -"you wish to score your leads on. You can add as many criterias as you wish." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Every hour every lead without a score will be automatically scanned and " -"assigned their right score according to your scoring rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:40 -msgid "Assign leads" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Once the scores computed, leads can be assigned to specific teams using the " -"same domain mechanism. To do so go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Leads " -"Management --> Team Assignation` and apply a specific domain on each team. " -"This domain can include scores." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Further on, you can assign to a specific vendor in the team with an even " -"more refined domain." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:52 -msgid "" -"To do so go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Leads Management --> Leads " -"Assignation`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:58 -msgid "" -"The team & leads assignation will assign the unassigned leads once a day." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:62 -msgid "Evaluate & use the unassigned leads" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Once your scoring rules are in place you will most likely still have some " -"unassigned leads. Some of them could still lead to an opportunity so it is " -"useful to do something with them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:68 -msgid "" -"In your leads page you can place a filter to find your unassigned leads." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Why not using :menuselection:`Email Marketing` or :menuselection:`Marketing " -"Automation` apps to send a mass email to them? You can also easily find such" -" unassigned leads from there." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:3 -msgid "Track your prospects visits" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Tracking your website pages will give you much more information about the " -"interests of your website visitors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Every tracked page they visit will be recorded on your lead/opportunity if " -"they use the contact form on your website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:14 -msgid "" -"To use this feature, install the free module *Lead Scoring* under your " -"*Apps* page (only available in Odoo Enterprise)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:21 -msgid "Track a webpage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Go to any static page you want to track on your website and under the " -"*Promote* tab you will find *Optimize SEO*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:29 -msgid "There you will see a *Track Page* checkbox to track this page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:35 -msgid "See visited pages in your leads/opportunities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Now each time a lead is created from the contact form it will keep track of " -"the pages visited by that visitor. You have two ways to see those pages, on " -"the top right corner of your lead/opportunity you can see a *Page Views* " -"button but also further down you will see them in the chatter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Both will update if the viewers comes back to your website and visits more " -"pages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:52 -msgid "" -"The feature will not repeat multiple viewings of the same pages in the " -"chatter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:55 -msgid "Your customers will no longer be able to keep any secrets from you!" -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po deleted file mode 100644 index f730714ba..000000000 --- a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1554 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2021 -# jonas jensen <j.jensen@tcomp.dk>, 2021 -# Pernille Kristensen <pernillekristensen1994@gmail.com>, 2021 -# Sanne Kristensen <sanne@vkdata.dk>, 2021 -# lhmflexerp <lhm@flexerp.dk>, 2021 -# Mads Søndergaard, 2021 -# Mads Søndergaard <mads@vkdata.dk>, 2021 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Mads Søndergaard <mads@vkdata.dk>, 2021\n" -"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: da\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:8 -msgid "Online Database management" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:10 -msgid "" -"To manage your databases, access the `database management page " -"<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__ (you will have to sign in). Then " -"click on the `Manage Your Databases " -"<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases/manage>`__ button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Make sure you are connected as the administrator of the database you want to" -" manage - many operations depends on indentifying you remotely to that " -"database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:22 -msgid "Several actions are available:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:28 -msgid ":ref:`Upgrade <upgrade_button>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Upgrade your database to the latest Odoo version to enjoy cutting-edge " -"features" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:32 -msgid ":ref:`Duplicate <duplicate_online>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Make an exact copy of your database, if you want to try out new apps or new " -"flows without compromising your daily operations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:34 -msgid ":ref:`Rename <rename_online_database>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:35 -msgid "Rename your database (and its URL)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:37 -msgid "**Backup**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Download an instant backup of your database; note that we back up databases " -"daily according to our Odoo Cloud SLA" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:40 -msgid ":ref:`Domains <custom_domain>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:40 -msgid "Configure custom domains to access your database via another URL" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:42 -msgid ":ref:`Delete <delete_online_database>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:43 -msgid "Delete a database instantly" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:46 -msgid "Contact Support" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Access our `support page <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__ with the correct " -"database already selected" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:51 ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:12 -msgid "Upgrade" -msgstr "Opgrader" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Upgrading your database to a newer version of Odoo is a complex operation " -"that require time and caution. It is extremely important that you fully test" -" the process before upgrading your production database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Odoo releases new versions regularly (at least once a year), and upgrading " -"your database to enjoy new Odoo features is part of the Odoo Online " -"experience." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:60 -msgid "" -"The upgrade process can take some time, especially if you use multiple apps " -"or apps that manage sensitive data (e.g. Accounting, Inventory, etc.). In " -"general, the 'smaller' the database, the quickest the upgrade. A single-user" -" database that uses only CRM will be processed faster than a multi-company, " -"multi-user database that uses Accounting, Sales, Purchase and Manufacturing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Unfortunately, it is impossible to give time estimates for every upgrade " -"request, since Odoo.com will test manually every database upgrade at least " -"once and will need to correct/adapt changes made to the standard Odoo Apps " -"(e.g. through Studio or through a Success Pack) on a case-by-case basis. " -"This can make the process slower, since requests are treated in the order " -"they arrive. This is especially true in the months following the release of " -"a new major version, which can lengthen the upgrade delay significantly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:74 -msgid "The upgrade process is quite simple from your point of view:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:76 -msgid "You request a test upgrade" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Once all tests have been validated **by you**, you upgrade your actual " -"database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:79 -msgid "" -"The process to request a test or a production (*actual*) upgrade is the " -"same." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:81 -msgid "" -"First, make sure to be connected to the database you want to upgrade and " -"access the `database management page <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:84 -msgid "" -"You have to have an active session with access to the Settings app in the " -"database you want to upgrade for the button to be visible." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:87 -msgid "" -"On the line of the database you want to upgrade, click on the \"Cog\" menu. " -"If an newer version of Odoo is available, you will see an 'Upgrade' button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:94 -msgid "" -"You have the possibility to choose the target version of the upgrade. By " -"default, we select the highest available version available for your " -"database; if you were already in the process of testing an upgrade, we will " -"automatically select the version you were already testing (even if we " -"released a more recent version during your tests)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:103 -msgid "" -"By clicking on the \"Test upgrade\" button, an upgrade request will be " -"generated. Only one request can be made at time for each database; if a " -"request has already been made, you will see an 'Upgrade Queued' note instead" -" and asking another request will not be possible." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:108 -msgid "" -"A test upgrade will create a copy of your database, upgrade it and make it " -"available to you automatically once successful. If this is the first test " -"you request for this particular database, a manual testing phase will be " -"done by Odoo.com - this could take time (up to several weeks). Subsequent " -"requests will not go through that manual testing step and will usually be " -"made available in a few hours. Once the test database is available, you " -"should receive an e-mail with the URL of the test database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:116 -msgid "" -"**Testing your database is the most important step of the upgrade process!**" -" Even though we test all upgrades manually, we do not know your work " -"processes. A change in standard worfklows of Odoo in new versions might " -"require you to change internal processes, or some of the customizations you " -"made through Odoo Studio might not work properly. *It is up to you to make " -"sure that everything works as it should!* You can report issues with your " -"test database through our `Support page <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:124 -msgid "" -"Make sure to do one last test of your upgrade right before the final upgrade" -" (e.g. the day before) to ensure everything will run smoothly. Downgrading " -"is not possible and post-poning an upgrade is always easier than being " -"prevented to work by an upgrade issue after the fact!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:129 -msgid "" -"Once you are ready and you have validated all your tests, you can click " -"again on the Upgrade button and confirm by clicking on Upgrade (the button " -"with the little rocket!) to switch your production database to the new " -"version. Your database will then be taken offline within the next 10 minutes" -" and will be upgraded automatically; you receive a confirmation e-mail once " -"the process is completed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:140 -msgid "" -"Your database will be taken offline during the upgrade (usually between " -"30min up to several hours for big databases), so make sure to plan your " -"migration during non-business hours." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:146 -msgid "Duplicating a database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:148 -msgid "" -"Database duplication, renaming, custom DNS, etc. is not available for trial " -"databases on our Online platform. Paid Databases and \"One App Free\" " -"database can duplicate without problem." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:153 -msgid "" -"In the line of the database you want to duplicate, you will have a few " -"buttons. To duplicate your database, just click **Duplicate**. You will have" -" to give a name to your duplicate, then click **Duplicate Database**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:160 -msgid "" -"If you do not check the \"For testing purposes\" checkbox when duplicating a" -" database, all external communication will remain active:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:163 -msgid "Emails are sent" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:165 -msgid "" -"Payments are processed (in the e-commerce or Subscriptions apps, for " -"example)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:168 -msgid "Delivery orders (shipping providers) are sent" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:170 -msgid "Etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:172 -msgid "" -"Make sure to check the checkbox \"For testing purposes\" if you want these " -"behaviours to be disabled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:175 -msgid "" -"After a few seconds, you will be logged in your duplicated database. Notice " -"that the url uses the name you chose for your duplicated database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:180 -msgid "Duplicate databases expire automatically after 15 days." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:188 -msgid "Rename a Database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:190 -msgid "" -"To rename your database, make sure you are connected to the database you " -"want to rename, access the `database management page " -"<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__ and click **Rename**. You will have " -"to give a new name to your database, then click **Rename Database**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:201 -msgid "Deleting a Database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:203 -msgid "You can only delete databases of which you are the administrator." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:205 -msgid "" -"When you delete your database all the data will be permanently lost. The " -"deletion is instant and for all the Users. We advise you to do an instant " -"backup of your database before deleting it, since the last automated daily " -"backup may be several hours old at that point." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:211 -msgid "" -"From the `database management page <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__, " -"on the line of the database you want to delete, click on the \"Delete\" " -"button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:218 -msgid "" -"Read carefully the warning message that will appear and proceed only if you " -"fully understand the implications of deleting a database:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:224 -msgid "" -"After a few seconds, the database will be deleted and the page will reload " -"automatically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:228 -msgid "" -"If you need to re-use this database name, it will be immediately available." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:230 -msgid "" -"It is not possible to delete a database if it is expired or linked to a " -"Subscription. In these cases contact `Odoo Support " -"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:234 -msgid "" -"If you want to delete your Account, please contact `Odoo Support " -"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:7 -msgid "On-premises Database management" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:10 -msgid "Register a database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To register your database, you just need to enter your Subscription Code in " -"the banner in the App Switcher. Make sure you do not add extra spaces before" -" or after your subscription code. If the registration is successful, it will" -" turn green and will provide you with the Expiration Date of your freshly-" -"registered database. You can check this Epiration Date in the About menu " -"(Odoo 9) or in the Settings Dashboard (Odoo 10)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:20 -msgid "Registration Error Message" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:22 -msgid "" -"If you are unable to register your database, you will likely encounter this " -"message:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:31 -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:110 -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:138 -msgid "Solutions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:33 -msgid "Do you have a valid Enterprise subscription?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Check if your subscription details get the tag \"In Progress\" on your `Odoo" -" Account <https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__ or with your Account" -" Manager" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:39 -msgid "Have you already linked a database with your subscription reference?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:41 -msgid "" -"You can link only one database per subscription. (Need a test or a " -"development database? `Find a partner <https://www.odoo.com/partners>`__)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:45 -msgid "" -"You can unlink the old database yourself on your `Odoo Contract " -"<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__ with the button \"Unlink " -"database\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:52 -msgid "" -"A confirmation message will appear; make sure this is the correct database " -"as it will be deactivated shortly:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:59 -msgid "Do you have the updated version of Odoo 9?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:61 -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:171 -msgid "" -"From July 2016 onward, Odoo 9 now automatically change the uuid of a " -"duplicated database; a manual operation is no longer required." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:64 -msgid "" -"If it's not the case, you may have multiple databases sharing the same UUID." -" Please check on your `Odoo Contract " -"<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__, a short message will appear " -"specifying which database is problematic:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:73 -msgid "" -"In this case, you need to change the UUID on your test databases to solve " -"this issue. You will find more information about this in :ref:`this section " -"<duplicate_premise>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:76 -msgid "" -"For your information, we identify database with UUID. Therefore, each " -"database should have a distinct UUID to ensure that registration and " -"invoicing proceed effortlessly for your and for us." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:80 -msgid "Check your network and firewall settings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:82 -msgid "" -"The Update notification must be able to reach Odoo's subscription validation" -" servers. In other words, make sure that the Odoo server is able to open " -"outgoing connections towards:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:86 -msgid "services.odoo.com on port 443 (or 80)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:87 -msgid "services.openerp.com on port 443 (or 80) for older deployments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:89 -msgid "" -"Once you activated your database, you must keep these ports open, as the " -"Update notification runs once a week." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:95 -msgid "Error message due to too many users" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:97 -msgid "" -"If you have more users in your local database than provisionned in your Odoo" -" Enterprise subscription, you may encounter this message:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:106 -msgid "" -"When the message appears you have 30 days before the expiration. The " -"countdown is updated everyday." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:112 -msgid "" -"**Add more users** on your subscription: follow the link and Validate the " -"upsell quotation and pay for the extra users." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:114 -msgid "" -"**Deactivate users** as explained in this `documentation <documentation.html" -"#deactivating-users>`_ and **Reject** the upsell quotation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:117 -msgid "" -"Once your database has the correct number of users, the expiration message " -"will disappear automatically after a few days, when the next verification " -"occurs. We understand that it can be a bit frightening to see the countdown," -" so you can :ref:`force an Update Notification <force_ping>` to make the " -"message disappear right away." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:124 -msgid "Database expired error message" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:126 -msgid "" -"If your database reaches its expiration date before your renew your " -"subscription, you will encounter this message:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:134 -msgid "" -"This **blocking** message appears after a non-blocking message that lasts 30" -" days. If you fail to take action before the end of the countdown, the " -"database is expired." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:142 -msgid "" -"Renew your subscription: follow the link and renew your subscription - note " -"that" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:141 -msgid "" -"if you wish to pay by Wire Transfer, your subscription will effectively be " -"renewed only when the payment arrives, which can take a few days. Credit " -"card payments are processed immediately." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:144 -msgid "Contact our `Support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:146 -msgid "" -"None of those solutions worked for you? Please contact our `Support " -"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:155 -msgid "Duplicate a database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:157 -msgid "" -"You can duplicate your database by accessing the database manager on your " -"server (<odoo-server>/web/database/manager). In this page, you can easily " -"duplicate your database (among other things)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:165 -msgid "" -"When you duplicate a local database, it is **strongly** advised to change " -"the duplicated database's uuid (Unniversally Unique Identifier), since this " -"uuid is how your database identifies itself with our servers. Having two " -"databases with the same uuid could result in invoicing problems or " -"registration problems down the line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:174 -msgid "" -"The database uuid is currently accessible from the menu " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> System Parameters`, we advise you" -" to use a `uuid generator <https://www.uuidtools.com>`_ or to use the unix " -"command ``uuidgen`` to generate a new uuid. You can then simply replace it " -"like any other record by clicking on it and using the edit button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:17 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Oversigt" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:22 -msgid "The upgrade process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:24 -msgid "" -"This documentation is for our *On-Premise* (self-hosted) and *Odoo.sh* " -"customers. If you are hosted Online, please check our :ref:`instruction page" -" for our Online (SaaS) customers <upgrade_button>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:30 -msgid "Definition" -msgstr "Definition" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:32 -msgid "" -"An upgrade is switching to a newer version of Odoo (e.g., Odoo 13.0 to Odoo " -"14.0)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:34 -msgid "An upgrade does not cover:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:36 -msgid "" -"changing :ref:`Editions <db-upgrade/faq/editions-change>` (i.e., Community " -"to Enterprise edition)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:37 -msgid "" -"switching :ref:`hosting type <db-upgrade/faq/hosting-types-switch>` (i.e., " -"On-Premise to Online or Odoo.sh)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:39 -msgid "migration from another ERP to Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:41 ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:99 -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:231 -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:361 -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:370 -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:382 -msgid "|assistance-contact|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:46 -msgid "Process workflow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:48 -msgid "The upgrade process in a nutshell:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:50 -msgid "You create a test upgrade request." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:0 -msgid "The request is processed by Odoo:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:0 -msgid "" -"This happens via an automated process that runs the database through an " -"upgrade script and takes between 20 and 120 minutes. Only if an issue(s) " -"arises will we have to intervene manually and adjust the script specifically" -" to your database until the upgrade succeeds." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:55 -msgid "Odoo delivers a test database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:56 -msgid "" -"You test your database for possible discrepancies (see :ref:`db-upgrade" -"/test-guidance`)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:57 -msgid "" -"If there are any discrepancies, you report them to the Upgrade support team " -"via the :ref:`Help portal <db-upgrade/test-assistance>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:59 -msgid "We will fix the issues and send you a new test database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Once you completed the testing and are happy with the result, you decide on " -"a date and time when you stop users from accessing Odoo, freeze all data " -"entries and create an upgrade request for the production upgrade." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:63 -msgid "Odoo delivers the production database through the automated process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:64 -msgid "" -"You restore it in your Production environment a few short hours later and " -"continue working on the newly upgraded database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:70 -msgid "Service Level Agreement" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:73 -msgid "What is covered by the Enterprise Licence?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:75 -msgid "" -"Databases hosted on Odoo’s Cloud platforms (Saas and Odoo.sh) or On-Premise " -"(Self-Hosting) enjoy the following service at all times." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:78 -msgid "The upgrade of:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:80 -msgid "standard applications" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:81 -msgid "Studio customization (as long as the Studio app is still active)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:82 -msgid "" -"customizations done by our consulting and developer services *if* they are " -"covered by a ‘Maintenance of Customisations’ subscription" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:85 -msgid "" -"The Upgrade Service is limited to the technical conversion and adaptation of" -" your database (standard modules and data) to make it compatible with the " -"targeted version." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:89 -msgid "What upgrading does NOT cover" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:91 -msgid "The cleaning of pre-existing data & configuration while upgrading" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Any new developments and/or upgrade of your own :ref:`custom modules <db-" -"upgrade/faq/custom-modules>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:94 -msgid "`Training <https://www.odoo.com/learn>`_ on the new version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:96 -msgid "" -"You can get more information about your Enterprise Licence on our :ref:`Odoo" -" Enterprise Subscription Agreement <upgrade>` page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:104 -msgid "Get started" -msgstr "Kom igang" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:106 -msgid "The upgrade process varies depending on where your database is hosted." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:111 -msgid "Online (SaaS)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:113 -msgid "" -"If you are hosted Online, please check our :ref:`instruction page for our " -"Online (SaaS) customers <upgrade_button>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:119 -msgid "Odoo.sh" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:121 -msgid "" -"If you are Odoo.sh hosted, check our :doc:`specific instructions to be able " -"to upgrade <../odoo_sh/advanced/upgrade_your_database>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:127 -msgid "On-Premise" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:129 -msgid "There are two possibilities:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:131 -msgid "Via the interface of our `website form <https://upgrade.odoo.com>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:0 -msgid "" -"For technically-advanced users and partners, via the following command line " -"(to be used on the machine where your database is hosted):" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:0 -msgid "" -"``python <(curl -s beta.upgrade.odoo.com/upgrade) test -d <your db name> -t " -"14.0``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:137 -msgid "What does it do?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:139 -msgid "" -"The above command will dump your database to a file, then send it to the " -"upgrade platform for upgrade, displaying you the live logs, then restore the" -" upgraded database back on your server as a duplicate test database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:146 -msgid "Steps" -msgstr "Trin" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:151 -msgid "The testing phase" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:156 -msgid "Test process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:158 -msgid "" -"Also referred to as the pre-production phase, the test phase allows you to " -"review an upgraded version of your database without affecting your " -"production database in any way." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:161 -msgid "" -"We suggest that you run the test upgrade process at least once, but you can " -"do it as often as you want (one at a time)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:164 -msgid "" -"Once you receive your upgraded test database, you should check that all " -"data, processes and functionality are still correct and working as expected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:167 -msgid "If you do find discrepancies, you'll be able to:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:0 -msgid ":ref:`Report your issues <db-upgrade/test-assistance>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:0 -msgid "and/or" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:171 -msgid "" -"Ask for a new :ref:`test request <db-upgrade/test-db-request>` after the " -"reported issues have been fixed in the upgrade script." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:174 -msgid "When you do not find any discrepancies, you'll be able to:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:176 -msgid "" -"Move on to the upgrade of your :ref:`production database <db-upgrade" -"/production-live>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:181 -msgid "Request a test database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:183 -msgid "" -"When filling the `website form <https://upgrade.odoo.com>`_, select " -"*Testing* purpose." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:192 -msgid "Test guidance" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:194 -msgid "" -"Every business and organization has its own operational needs and will have " -"to test its specific Odoo instance respectively. However, we recommend you " -"look at `the test scenario " -"<https://drive.google.com/open?id=1Lm4JqbsHBirB1wMi14UChoz_YHLjx5ec>`_ we " -"created, a high-level idea of what you should test and look out for." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:199 -msgid "Todo" -msgstr "To Do" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:199 -msgid "change link \"test scenario\" once the related doc is published" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:204 -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:263 -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:395 -msgid "Assistance" -msgstr "Assistance" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:206 -msgid "" -"If you encounter issues or problems in the **test database**, please contact" -" the Odoo Upgrade Support:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:209 -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:268 -msgid "Connect to our `Odoo Support page <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:210 -msgid "" -"Under the *Ticket Description* section, select *An issue related to my " -"upgrade* ticket type." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:217 -msgid "" -"If you choose another *Ticket Description* type, the request will be " -"redirected to another team than the upgrade one and will slow down the " -"processing and response time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:220 -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:276 -msgid "" -"Please provide as much detail as you can. Where applicable, illustrate the " -"current and previous flows with videos and/or screenshots. This will avoid " -"clarifying questions and speed up the resolution process significantly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:229 -msgid "" -"The purpose of the test phase is not to correct existing data or " -"configurations in your database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:236 -msgid "The production launch" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:241 -msgid "Production goes live" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:243 -msgid "" -"The production upgrade request is when you decide to upgrade your current " -"database with all your production data (invoices, VAT returns, inventories, " -"current orders) to a new version of your choice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:246 -msgid "" -"After your :ref:`tests <db-upgrade/steps-test>` are completed to your " -"satisfaction, submit the request to upgrade your production database via our" -" `website form <https://upgrade.odoo.com>`_. Select *Production* purpose." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:255 -msgid "Going into production without first testing may lead to:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:257 -msgid "" -"business interruptions (e.g. no longer having the possibility to validate an" -" action)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:258 -msgid "" -"poor customer experiences (e.g. an eCommerce website that does not work " -"correctly)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:265 -msgid "" -"If you encounter issues or problems in the **production database**, please " -"contact the **Odoo Support**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:269 -msgid "" -"Under the *Ticket Description* section, select the appropriate type related " -"to your issue but **do not select** the option *An issue related to my " -"upgrade*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:273 -msgid "" -"After upgrading to production, the support will be provided by the Support " -"team instead of the Upgrade team." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:285 -msgid "" -"If you choose *An issue related to my upgrade* as ticket type, the request " -"will be redirected to another team than the support one and will slow down " -"the processing and response time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:291 -msgid "FAQ" -msgstr "Ofte Stillede Spørgsmål" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:296 -msgid "Why upgrade?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:298 -msgid "" -"You benefit from the latest features of the :ref:`new major version <db-" -"upgrade/faq/release-notes>` released by Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:300 -msgid "" -"If you are in an :ref:`unsupported version <db-upgrade/supported-versions>`," -" you get a new version with support." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:306 -msgid "When to upgrade?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:308 -msgid "" -"Whenever you want. You can make your upgrade request as soon as a new " -"version is released on our `website form <https://upgrade.odoo.com>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:314 -msgid "Availability of the new version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:316 -msgid "" -"Please kindly note that as soon as we announce the release of a new major " -"version (usually at the end of year), the Upgrade Service team needs to " -"adapt the upgrade scripts to it, which is why the new version is not " -"immediately available for existing databases." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:323 -msgid "Finalization of the upgrade (:abbr:`ETA (Estimated Time of Arrival)`)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:325 -msgid "" -"Unfortunately, it is impossible to give time estimates for every upgrade " -"request. Odoo offers so many possibilities (e.g. branding, workflows, " -"customization, etc) that it can get tricky to upgrade, and translate to the " -"new structure. If you use multiple apps managing sensitive data (e.g., " -"Accounting, Inventory, etc.), some cases may still require a human " -"intervention, making the process slower." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:331 -msgid "" -"This is especially true during the first months following the release of a " -"new major version, which can significantly lengthen the upgrade delay." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:334 -msgid "" -"In general, the ‘smaller’ the database, the quickest the upgrade. A single-" -"user database that uses only CRM will be processed faster than a multi-" -"company, multi-user database that uses Accounting, Sales, Purchase, and " -"Manufacturing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:338 -msgid "So, in a nutshell, what can impact your upgrade lead time?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:340 -msgid "Source & targeted versions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:341 -msgid "Installed apps" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:342 -msgid "Volume of data" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:343 -msgid "" -"Amount of customization (models, fields, methods, workflows, reports, " -"website, etc.)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:344 -msgid "" -"Installation of new apps or configuration changes after the start of the " -"test phase" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:346 -msgid "" -"Usually, the delays experienced during the first request (waiting time " -"between the time you submitted your first request for a test upgrade) can " -"generally give you an idea of the time to wait for the production request." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:353 -msgid "Upgrade of the custom modules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:355 -msgid "" -"As stated in our :doc:`../legal/terms/enterprise`, section " -":ref:`charges_standard`, this optional service is subject to additional " -"fees." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:358 -msgid "" -"If you have a custom code, you can choose to have it upgraded by our " -"services, by one of our `partners <https://www.odoo.com/partners>`_ or you " -"can do it yourself." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:366 -msgid "Editions change (from Community to Enterprise)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:368 -msgid "" -"An upgrade does not cover a change of `Editions " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/editions>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:375 -msgid "Switching the hosting types (Self-hosted vs Online vs Odoo.sh)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:377 -msgid "" -"An upgrade does not cover a change of `Hosting types " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/hosting-types>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:379 -msgid "" -"Open the following link to get :doc:`more information about how to change " -"your hosting type <hosting_changes>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:387 -msgid "Release Notes by version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:389 -msgid "" -"Open our `Release Note <https://www.odoo.com/page/release-notes>`_ page to " -"get a summary of the new features and improvements made in each version." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:400 -msgid "Contact our Upgrade service support" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:402 -msgid "" -"Should you have any more questions about the upgrade, do not hesitate to " -"send a message to `Odoo Upgrade Team <mailto:upgrade@odoo.com>`_. We will be" -" very pleased to answer it as soon as possible." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:408 -msgid "Supported versions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:410 -msgid "" -"Please note that Odoo provides support and bug fixing only for the three " -"last major versions of Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:412 -msgid "" -"This is a factor to take into consideration before upgrading. If you are on " -"an older version, we suggest you to prefer the most recent version to " -"benefit from a longer support (before having to upgrade again)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:416 -msgid "" -"You can get more information about our :doc:`supported versions " -"<../support/supported_versions>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:7 -msgid "Users and Features" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:9 -msgid "" -"As the administrator of your database, you are responsible for its usage. " -"This includes the Apps you install as well as the number of users currently " -"in use." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Odoo is many things (ERP, CMS, CRM application, e-Commerce backend, etc.) " -"but it is *not* a smartphone. You should apply caution when adding/removing " -"features (especially Apps) on your database since this may impact your " -"subscription amount significantly (or switch you from a free account to a " -"paying one on our online platform)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:19 -msgid "" -"This page contains some information as to how you can manage your Odoo " -"instances. Before carrying any of these procedures, we **strongly** advise " -"to test them on a duplicate of your database first. That way, if something " -"goes wrong, your day-to-day business is not impacted." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:24 -msgid "" -"You can find guides on how to duplicate your databases both for :ref:`online" -" <duplicate_online>` and :ref:`on premise <duplicate_premise>` " -"installations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:28 -msgid "" -"If you have questions about the content of this page or if you encounter an " -"issue while carrying out these procedures, please contact us through our " -"`support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:34 -msgid "Deactivating Users" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Make sure you have sufficient **administrative rights** if you want to " -"change the status of any of your users." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:39 -msgid "" -"In your Odoo instance, click on **Settings**. You will have a section " -"showing you the active users on your database. Click on **Manage Users.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:43 -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:80 -msgid "|settings|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:43 -msgid "|browse_users|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:46 -msgid "You'll then see the list of your users." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:51 -msgid "" -"The pre-selected filter *Internal Users* shows your paying users (different " -"from the *Portal Users* which are free). If you remove this filter, you'll " -"get all your users (the ones you pay for and the portal ones)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:56 -msgid "" -"In your list of users, click on the user you want to deactivate. As soon as " -"you are on the userform, click on the Action drop down menu, and then click " -"on Archive." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:64 -msgid "The user is now deactivated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:66 -msgid "**Never** deactivate the main user (*admin*)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:69 -msgid "Uninstalling Apps" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Make sure you first test what you are about to do on a :ref:`duplicate " -"<duplicate_online>` of your database before making any changes (*especially*" -" installing/uninstalling apps)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:75 -msgid "" -"In your Odoo instance click on **Settings**; in this app, you will be able " -"to see how many applications you have installed. Click on **Browse Apps** to" -" access the list of your installed applications." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:80 -msgid "|browse_apps|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:83 -msgid "" -"In your applications' dashboard, you will see all the icons of your " -"applications. Click on the application you want to uninstall. Then, on the " -"form of the application, click on **Uninstall**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:90 -msgid "" -"Some applications have dependencies, like Invoicing, eCommerce, etc. " -"Therefore, the system will give you a warning message to advise you of what " -"is about to be removed. If you uninstall your application, all its " -"dependencies will be uninstalled as well (and the data in them will " -"permanently disappear). If you are sure you still want to uninstall it, then" -" click **Confirm**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:97 -msgid "" -"Last, after having checked the warning message (if any), click **Confirm**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:102 -msgid "You have finished uninstalling your application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:105 -msgid "Good to know" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:107 -msgid "" -"**Uninstalling apps, managing users, etc. is up to you**: no one else can " -"know if your business flow is broken better than you. If we were to " -"uninstall applications for you, we would never be able to tell if relevant " -"data had been removed or if one of your business flow was broken because we " -"*do not know how you work* and therefore cannot validate these kinds of " -"operations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:113 -msgid "" -"**Odoo Apps have dependencies**: this means that you may need to install " -"modules that you do not actively use to access some features of Odoo you " -"might need. For example, the Website Builder app is needed to be able to " -"show your customer their Quotes in a web page. Even though you might not " -"need or use the Website itself, it is needed for the Online Quotes feature " -"to work properly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:120 -msgid "" -"**Always test app installation/removal on a duplicate** (or on a free trial " -"database): that way you can know what other apps may be required, etc. This " -"will avoid surprises when uninstalling or when receiving your invoices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:7 -msgid "Hosting Changes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:9 -msgid "" -"You may want to move your Odoo database from one hosting solution to " -"another. Depending on the platforms, you have to do it by yourself or " -"contact our support team first." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:13 -msgid "From on-premises to Odoo Online" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:15 -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:49 -msgid "Odoo Online is not compatible with **non-standard apps**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Create a :ref:`duplicate <duplicate_premise>` of your database: in this " -"duplicate, uninstall all the **non-standard apps**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Grab a \"dump with filestore\" of your database by using the Database " -"Manager." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:19 -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:52 -msgid "" -"**If you have time constraints, contact us earlier to schedule the " -"transfer.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:20 -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:53 -msgid "" -"`Create a support ticket <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_ and attach the dump " -"(if the file is too large, use any file transfer service and attach the link" -" to your ticket). Also include your subscription number and the URL you want" -" to use for your database (e.g.: my-company.odoo.com)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:21 -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:54 -msgid "" -"We will make sure your database is compatible and upload it to our cloud. In" -" case of technical issues, we will get in touch with you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:22 -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:55 -msgid "It's done!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:25 -msgid "From on-premises to Odoo.sh" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:27 -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Follow the :ref:`Import your database section of the Odoo.sh documentation " -"<odoo_sh_import_your_database>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:28 -msgid "...and voilà!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:31 -msgid "From Odoo Online to on-premises" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:33 -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Log into `your Odoo Online user portal " -"<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/databases/manage>`_ and look for the version " -"number of your database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:34 -msgid "" -"If your database does not run a :ref:`major version <supported_versions>` of" -" Odoo, you cannot host it on-premises yet, you have to upgrade it first to a" -" new major version. (*e.g.: If your database runs Odoo 12.3 which is not a " -"major version, you have to upgrade it first to Odoo 13.0 or 14.0.*)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:35 -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Download a backup of your database by clicking on the \"Gear\" icon next to " -"your database name then :menuselection:`Download` (if the download fails due" -" to your backup file being too large, contact `our support " -"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`_)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:36 -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:61 -msgid "Restore it from the database manager on your local server." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:39 -msgid "From Odoo Online to Odoo.sh" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:42 -msgid "" -"If your database does not run a :ref:`major version <supported_versions>` of" -" Odoo, you cannot host it on Odoo.sh yet, you have to upgrade it first to a " -"new major version. (*e.g.: If your database runs Odoo 12.3 which is not a " -"major version, you have to upgrade it first to Odoo 13.0 or 14.0.*)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:47 -msgid "From Odoo.sh to Odoo Online" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:51 -msgid "" -"Uninstall all the **non-standard apps**: test it in a staging build first, " -"then do it in your production build." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:58 -msgid "From Odoo.sh to on-premises" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Grab a :ref:`backup of your Odoo.sh production database " -"<odoo_sh_branches_backups>`." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po deleted file mode 100644 index 35f2e4263..000000000 --- a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,770 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# Hans Henrik Gabelgaard <hhg@gabelgaard.org>, 2020 -# Sanne Kristensen <sanne@vkdata.dk>, 2020 -# lhmflexerp <lhm@flexerp.dk>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-11-02 12:05+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: lhmflexerp <lhm@flexerp.dk>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: da\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../discuss.rst:5 -msgid "Discuss" -msgstr "Beskeder" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced" -msgstr "Avanceret" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:3 -msgid "How to Use my Mail Server to Send and Receive Emails in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:6 -msgid "If you are a user of Odoo Online or Odoo.sh..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:8 -msgid "" -"You have nothing to do! **Odoo sets up its own mail servers for your " -"database.** Outgoing and incoming emails work out-of-the-box!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Unless you plan to send large batches of mass mailing that could require the" -" use of an external mail server, simply enjoy your new Odoo database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:16 -msgid "Scope of this documentation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:18 -msgid "" -"This document is **mainly dedicated to Odoo on-premise users** who don't " -"benefit from an out-of-the-box solution to send and receive emails in Odoo, " -"unlike `Odoo Online <https://www.odoo.com/trial>`__ & `Odoo.sh " -"<https://www.odoo.sh>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:25 -msgid "" -"If no one in your company is used to manage email servers, we strongly " -"recommend that you opt for those Odoo hosting solutions. Their email system " -"works instantly and is monitored by professionals. Nevertheless you can " -"still use your own email servers if you want to manage your email server's " -"reputation yourself." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:31 -msgid "" -"You will find here below some useful information on how to integrate your " -"own email solution with Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Office 365 email servers don't easily allow to send external emails from " -"hosts like Odoo. Refer to `Microsoft's documentation " -"<https://support.office.com/en-us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-" -"device-or-application-to-send-email-using-" -"Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ to make it work." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:39 -msgid "How to manage outbound messages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:40 -msgid "" -"As a system admin, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and " -"check *External Email Servers*. Then, click *Outgoing Mail Servers* to " -"create one and reference the SMTP data of your email server. Once all the " -"information has been filled out, click on *Test Connection*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:45 -msgid "Here is a typical configuration for a G Suite server." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:50 -msgid "Then set your email domain name in the General Settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:53 -msgid "" -"If you get a ``[AUTHENTICATIONFAILED] Invalid credentials (Failure)`` " -"warning when you *Test Connection* on a Gmail address, activate the *Less " -"secure app access* option. A direct link can be `accessed here " -"<https://myaccount.google.com/lesssecureapps?pli=1>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:57 -msgid "In addition to that, enable the IMAP setting on your Gmail account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:61 -msgid "Can I use an Office 365 server" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:62 -msgid "" -"You can use an Office 365 server if you run Odoo on-premise. Office 365 SMTP" -" relays are not compatible with Odoo Online." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Please refer to `Microsoft's documentation <https://support.office.com/en-" -"us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-device-or-application-to-send-" -"email-using-Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ to configure" -" a SMTP relay for your Odoo's IP address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:69 -msgid "How to use a G Suite server" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:70 -msgid "" -"You can use an G Suite server for any Odoo hosting type. To do so you need " -"to setup the SMTP relay service. The configuration steps are explained in " -"`Google documentation " -"<https://support.google.com/a/answer/2956491?hl=en>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:77 -msgid "Be SPF-compliant" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:78 -msgid "" -"In case you use SPF (Sender Policy Framework) to increase the deliverability" -" of your outgoing emails, don't forget to authorize Odoo as a sending host " -"in your domain name settings. Here is the configuration for Odoo Online:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:82 -msgid "" -"If no TXT record is set for SPF, create one with following definition: " -"v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com ~all" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:84 -msgid "" -"In case a SPF TXT record is already set, add \"include:_spf.odoo.com\". e.g." -" for a domain name that sends emails via Odoo Online and via G Suite it " -"could be: v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com include:_spf.google.com ~all" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:88 -msgid "" -"Find `here <https://www.mail-tester.com/spf/>`__ the exact procedure to " -"create or modify TXT records in your own domain registrar." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:91 -msgid "" -"Your new SPF record can take up to 48 hours to go into effect, but this " -"usually happens more quickly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:94 -msgid "" -"Adding more than one SPF record for a domain can cause problems with mail " -"delivery and spam classification. Instead, we recommend using only one SPF " -"record by modifying it to authorize Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:99 -msgid "Allow DKIM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:100 -msgid "" -"You should do the same thing if DKIM (Domain Keys Identified Mail) is " -"enabled on your email server. In the case of Odoo Online & Odoo.sh, you " -"should add a DNS \"odoo._domainkey\" CNAME record to " -"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\". For example, for \"foo.com\" they should have " -"a record \"odoo._domainkey.foo.com\" that is a CNAME with the value " -"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:108 -msgid "Restriction" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:109 -msgid "" -"Please note that the port 25 is blocked for security reasons. Try using 587," -" 465 or 2525." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:112 -msgid "How to manage inbound messages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:114 -msgid "Odoo relies on generic email aliases to fetch incoming messages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:116 -msgid "" -"**Reply messages** of messages sent from Odoo are routed to their original " -"discussion thread (and to the inbox of all its followers) by the catchall " -"alias (**catchall@**)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:120 -msgid "" -"**Bounced messages** are routed to **bounce@** in order to track them in " -"Odoo. This is especially used in `Odoo Email Marketing " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/email-marketing>`__ to opt-out invalid " -"recipients." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:124 -msgid "" -"**Original messages**: Several business objects have their own alias to " -"create new records in Odoo from incoming emails:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:127 -msgid "" -"Sales Channel (to create Leads or Opportunities in `Odoo CRM " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/crm>`__)," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:129 -msgid "" -"Support Channel (to create Tickets in `Odoo Helpdesk " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/helpdesk>`__)," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:131 -msgid "" -"Projects (to create new Tasks in `Odoo Project <https://www.odoo.com/page" -"/project-management>`__)," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:133 -msgid "" -"Job Positions (to create Applicants in `Odoo Recruitment " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/recruitment>`__)," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:135 -msgid "etc." -msgstr "etc." - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:137 -msgid "" -"Depending on your mail server, there might be several methods to fetch " -"emails. The easiest and most recommended method is to manage one email " -"address per Odoo alias in your mail server." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:141 -msgid "" -"Create the corresponding email addresses in your mail server (catchall@, " -"bounce@, sales@, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:143 -msgid "Set your domain name in the General Settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:148 -msgid "" -"If you use Odoo on-premise, create an *Incoming Mail Server* in Odoo for " -"each alias. You can do it from the General Settings as well. Fill out the " -"form according to your email provider’s settings. Leave the *Actions to " -"Perform on Incoming Mails* blank. Once all the information has been filled " -"out, click on *TEST & CONFIRM*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:157 -msgid "" -"If you use Odoo Online or Odoo.sh, We do recommend to redirect incoming " -"messages to Odoo's domain name rather than exclusively use your own email " -"server. That way you will receive incoming messages without delay. Indeed, " -"Odoo Online is fetching incoming messages of external servers once per hour " -"only. You should set redirections for all the email addresses to Odoo's " -"domain name in your email server (e.g. *catchall@mydomain.ext* to " -"*catchall@mycompany.odoo.com*)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:167 -msgid "All the aliases are customizable in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:165 -msgid "" -"Object aliases can be edited from their respective configuration view. To " -"edit catchall and bounce aliases, you first need to activate the " -":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:169 -msgid "" -"Then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System " -"Parameters` to customize the aliases (*mail.catchall.alias* & * " -"mail.bounce.alias*)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:175 -msgid "" -"By default inbound messages are fetched every 5 minutes in Odoo on-premise. " -"You can change this value in :doc:`Developer mode " -"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Go to :menuselection:`Settings -->" -" Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions` and look for *Mail: " -"Fetchmail Service*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:3 -msgid "Email Templates" -msgstr "E-mailskabelon" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:5 -msgid "" -"We all know writing good emails is vital to get a high response rate, but " -"you do not want to rewrite the same structure every time, do you? That is " -"where email templates come in. Without the need to rewrite the entire email " -"structure every time, you save time to focus on the content. Multiple " -"templates also let you deliver the right message to the right audience, " -"improving their overall experience with the company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:12 -msgid "Enable it and understand a few concepts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:14 -msgid "" -"The :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` must be " -"activated. Then, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> " -"Templates`. A view of the existing templates is shown." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:18 -msgid "" -"**It is highly recommended not to change the content in existing templates " -"unless the user has prior knowledge about placeholders.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:21 -msgid "" -"To add a new one, click on *Create* and choose the type of document this " -"template is used with. In the example below, the template would be sent to " -"job applicants." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Under *Email Configuration*, fields such as *From*, *To (Emails)*, *To " -"(Partners)*, require placeholders. If the *From* field is not set, the " -"default value is the author’s email alias, if configured, or email address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Under *Advanced Settings*, if an *Outgoing Mail Server* is not set, the one " -"with the highest priority is used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:34 -msgid "" -"The option *Auto Delete* permanently deletes the emails after they are sent," -" saving space in your database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:37 -msgid "Writing content including placeholder expressions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Under the tab *Dynamic Placeholder Generator*, look for the *Field* you " -"would like to use." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Next, copy the *Placeholder Expression* and paste it in the *Body* of the " -"email, under the *Content* tab, using - essentially - the *Code View*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Deactivate the *Code View* option by simply clicking on it again, and easily" -" design the message. Click on *Preview* to check how the email looks before " -"sending it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Oversigt" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:3 -msgid "Get Started with Discuss" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Discuss allows you to bring all of your company’s communication together " -"through messages, notes, and chat. Share information, projects, files, " -"prioritize tasks, and stay connected with colleagues and partners throughout" -" applications. Forge better relationships, increase productivity and " -"transparency by promoting a convenient way of communicating." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:11 -msgid "Choose your notifications preference" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Access your *Preferences* and choose how you would like your notifications " -"to be handled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:21 -msgid "" -"By default, the field is set as *Handle by Emails* making messages, notes, " -"and notifications where you were mentioned or that you follow, to be sent " -"through email. By choosing *Handle in Odoo*, they are shown in the *Inbox*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:22 -msgid "Messages can then be *Marked as Todo*, *Replied*, or *Marked as Read*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:28 -msgid "" -"The messages tagged as *Mark as Todo* are also shown in *Starred*, while the" -" ones *Marked as Read* are moved to *History*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:36 -msgid "Start Chatting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:38 -msgid "" -"The first time you log in to your account, OdooBot sends you a message " -"asking for permission to receive desktop notifications to chats. If " -"accepted, you receive push notifications to the messages sent to you despite" -" of where you are in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:48 -msgid "" -"To stop receiving desktop notifications, reset the notifications settings of" -" your browser." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:50 -msgid "" -"To start a chat, click on *New Message* on the *Messaging Menu*, or go to " -"*Discuss* and send a *Direct Message*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:58 -msgid "" -"You can also create :doc:`public and private channels <team_communication>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:61 -msgid "Mentions in the chat and on the Chatter" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:64 -msgid "" -"To mention a user within a chat or the chatter type *@user-name*; to refer " -"to a channel, type *#channel-name*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:66 -msgid "" -"A notification is sent to the user mentioned either to his *Inbox* or " -"through email, depending on his settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:73 -msgid "" -"When a user is mentioned, the search list (list of names) suggests values " -"first based on the task’s followers, and secondly on *Employees*. If the " -"record being searched does not match with either a follower or employee, the" -" scope of the search becomes all partners." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:78 -msgid "Chat status" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:80 -msgid "" -"It is helpful to see what colleagues are up to and how quickly they can " -"respond to messages by checking their *Status*. The status is shown on the " -"left side of a contact’s names on Discuss’ sidebar and on the *Messaging " -"menu*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:84 -msgid "Green = online" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:85 -msgid "Orange = away" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:86 -msgid "White = offline" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:87 -msgid "Airplane = out of the office" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:95 -#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:65 -msgid ":doc:`team_communication`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:96 -msgid ":doc:`../advanced/email_servers`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:3 -msgid "Get Organized by Planning Activities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When you plan activities you minimize the risk of uncertainties, as you " -"provide clear directions for the course of your next action. In addition to " -"that, you do not leave space for wasteful activities and reduce the chance " -"of having overlapping actions between team members." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:10 -msgid "Where do I see my schedule activities?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Access and manage your activities wherever you are in Odoo by the " -"*Activities* menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:20 -msgid "Plan activities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Activities can be planned and managed from the chatter by clicking on " -"*Schedule activity*, or through Kanban views." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:31 -msgid "Set your activity types" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:33 -msgid "" -"A number of activities types are available by default in Odoo (call, email, " -"meeting, etc.). However, you can set new ones going to " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Activity types`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:42 -msgid "" -"If you need to create an activity type with an available calendar, make sure" -" to create it with an *Action to Perform* set as *Meeting*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:46 -msgid "Recommend next activities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Odoo helps you to plan a flow of activities by allowing you to set " -"*Recommended Next Activities*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Once the respective activity is completed, select *Done & Schedule Next* and" -" next steps are suggested to you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:64 -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:115 -msgid ":doc:`get_started`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:3 -msgid "Efficiently Communicate Using Channels" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:5 -msgid "" -"You can use channels to organize discussions between individual teams, " -"departments, projects, or any other group that requires regular " -"communication. This way, you keep everyone in the loop updated with the " -"latest developments." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:10 -msgid "Public and Private channels" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:12 -msgid "" -"A *Public* channel can be seen by everyone, while a *Private* one is only " -"visible to users invited to it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:21 -msgid "" -"A public channel is best used when many employees need to access information" -" (such as company announcements), whereas a private channel could be used " -"whenever information should be limited to specific groups (such as a " -"specific department)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:26 -msgid "Configuration options" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:28 -msgid "" -"You can configure a channel’s name, description, email alias, and privacy by" -" clicking on the *Channel Settings* icon on the sidebar." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:36 -msgid "Privacy and Members" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Changing *Who can follow the group’s activities?* allows you to control " -"which groups can have access to the channel. Note that allowing *Everyone* " -"to follow a private channel lets other users view and join it, as they would" -" a public one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:42 -msgid "" -"If you choose *Invited people only*, go to the *Members* tab to add your " -"members, or, go to Discuss’ main page, select the channel and click on " -"*Invite*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:49 -msgid "" -"For *Selected group of users*, the option *Auto Subscribe Groups* " -"automatically add its members as followers. In other words, while " -"*Authorized Groups* limits which users can access the channel, *Auto " -"Subscribe Groups* automatically adds the user as a member as long as they " -"are part of the group." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:55 -msgid "Use a channel as a mailing list" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Choosing to *Send messages by email* configures the channel to behave as a " -"mailing list." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:59 -msgid "" -"Enabling this option allows you to *Moderate this channel*, meaning that " -"messages will need to be approved before being sent." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Under the *Moderation* tab choose as many moderators as you need, and if you" -" would like them to receive an *Automatic notification*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Mark *Send guidelines to new subscribers* to automatically send instructions" -" to newcomers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Moderators can: *Accept*, *Reject*, *Discard*, *Always Allow* or *Ban* " -"messages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:80 -msgid "" -"Members of a mailing channel receive messages through email regardless of " -"their :doc:`notification preference <get_started>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Once a channel is moderated, the menu *Ban List* allows you to add email " -"addresses per moderated channel to auto-ban them from sending messages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:91 -msgid "Quick search bar" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:93 -msgid "" -"Once at least 20 channels, direct message and live chat conversations (if " -"the module is installed on your database) are pinned in the sidebar, a " -"*Quick search…* bar is displayed. It is a clever way to filter conversations" -" and quickly find the one you need." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:103 -msgid "Finding channels" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:106 -msgid "" -"Click on *Channels* (on the sidebar), browse through the list of public " -"channels, and join or leave them from a single screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:108 -msgid "" -"Apply filters criteria and save it for later use. The search function " -"accepts wildcards by using the underscore character *(_)* to represent a " -"single character." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:116 -msgid ":doc:`plan_activities`" -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po deleted file mode 100644 index a6e7ce58d..000000000 --- a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,824 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# Pernille Kristensen <pernillekristensen1994@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Sanne Kristensen <sanne@vkdata.dk>, 2020 -# lhmflexerp <lhm@flexerp.dk>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: lhmflexerp <lhm@flexerp.dk>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: da\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../ecommerce.rst:5 -msgid "eCommerce" -msgstr "Webshop" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started.rst:3 -msgid "Get started" -msgstr "Kom igang" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:3 -msgid "How to customize my catalog page" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:6 -msgid "Product Catalog" -msgstr "Varekartotek" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:8 -msgid "" -"All your published items show up in your catalog page (or *Shop* page)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Most options are available in the *Customize* menu: display attributes, " -"website categories, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:20 -msgid "Highlight a product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Boost the visibility of your star/promoted products: push them to top, make " -"them bigger, add a ribbon that you can edit (Sale, New, etc.). Open the Shop" -" page, switch to Edit mode and click any item to start customizing the grid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:26 -msgid "" -"See how to do it: " -"https://www.odoo.com/openerp_website/static/src/video/e-commerce/editing.mp4" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:29 -msgid "Quick add to cart" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:31 -msgid "" -"If your customers buy a lot of items at once, make their process shorter by " -"enabling purchases from the catalog page. To do so, add product description " -"and add to cart button. Turn on the following options in *Customize* menu: " -"Product Description, Add to Cart, List View (to display product description " -"better)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:3 -msgid "How to build a product page" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:5 -msgid "On the website click *New Page* in the top-right corner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:7 -msgid "Then click *New Product* and follow the blinking tips." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:12 -msgid "Here are the main elements of the Product page:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:17 -msgid "Many elements can be made visible from the *Customize* menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:22 -msgid "See how to configure your products from links here below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:26 -msgid ":doc:`../managing_products/variants`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:27 -msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/taxes`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:28 -msgid ":doc:`../managing_products/stock`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:29 -msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/cross_selling`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:30 -msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/reviews`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:31 -msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:32 -msgid ":doc:`../../website/optimize/seo`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products.rst:3 -msgid "Manage my products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:3 -msgid "How to display several images per product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:5 -msgid "" -"By default your product web page displays the main image of your product " -"only. If you like to show your products under several angles, you can turn " -"the image into a carrousel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Check *Several images per product* in :menuselection:`Website Admin --> " -"Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Open a product detail form and upload images from *Images* tab. Hit *Create*" -" in Edit mode to get the upload wizard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:19 -msgid "Such extra image are common to all the product variants (if any)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:3 -msgid "How to show product availability" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The availability of your products can be shown on the website to reassure " -"your customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:10 -msgid "" -"To display this, open the *Sales* tab in the product detail form and select " -"an option in *Availability*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:16 -msgid "" -"A custom warning message can be anything related to a stock out, delivery " -"delay, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:22 -msgid "This tool does not require the Inventory app to be installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:25 -msgid "" -"If one item is no longer sellable, unpublish it from your website. If it " -"comes to one particular product variant, deactivate the variant in the " -"backend (see :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage product variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Product variants are used to offer variations of the same product to your " -"customers on the products page. For example, the customer chooses a T-shirt " -"and then selects its size and color. In the example below, the customer " -"chooses a phone, and then selects the memory; color and Wi-Fi band from the " -"available options." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:15 -msgid "How to create attributes & variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Turn on *Products can have several attributes, defining variants (Example: " -"size, color,...)* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:20 -msgid "Select a product from the Products list, go to the *Variants* tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Add as many attributes as you need from 3 different types: radio buttons, " -"drop-down menu or color buttons. You get several variants as soon as there " -"are 2 values for 1 attribute." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:30 -msgid "How to edit variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:32 -msgid "See all the variants from the product template detail form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:40 -msgid "You can edit following data:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:42 -msgid "Picture (will update in real time on the website)," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:43 -msgid "Barcode," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:44 -msgid "Internal Reference (SKU #)," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:45 -msgid "Volume," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:46 -msgid "Weight," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:47 -msgid "Active (available in quotes & website)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Both the Barcode and the Internal Reference are variant-specific. You need " -"to populate them once the variants generated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:54 -msgid "" -"See and edit all the variants from :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> " -"Product Variants` as well. This might be quicker if you manage lots of " -"variants." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:58 -msgid "How to set specific prices per variant" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:60 -msgid "" -"You can also set a specific public price per variant by clicking *Variant " -"Prices* in the product detail form (action in top-left corner)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:66 -msgid "" -"The Price Extra is added to the product price whenever the corresponding " -"attribute value is selected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Pricelist formulas let you set advanced price computation methods for " -"product variants. See :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:80 -msgid "How to disable/archive variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:82 -msgid "" -"You can disable/archive specific variants so that they are no longer " -"available in quotes & website (not existing in your stock, deprecated, " -"etc.). Simply uncheck *Active* in their detail form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:88 -msgid "" -"To retrieve such archived items, hit *Archived* on searching the variants " -"list. You can reactivate them the same way." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue.rst:3 -msgid "Maximize my revenue" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:3 -msgid "How to sell accessories and optional products (cross-selling)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:5 -msgid "" -"You sell computers. Why not stimulating your customers to buy a top-notch " -"screen or an extra-warranty? That's the goal of cross-selling " -"functionalities:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:8 -msgid "Accessory products on checkout page," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Optional products on a new *Add to Cart* screen (not installed by default)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:12 -msgid "Accessory products when checking out" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Accessories (e.g. for computers: mouse, keyboard) show up when the customer " -"reviews the cart before paying." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:20 -msgid "Select accessories in the *Sales* tab of the product detail page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:26 -msgid "" -"There is an algorithm to figure out the best accessories to display in case " -"several items are added to cart. If any item is the accessory of several " -"products added to cart, it is most likely that it will be atop the list of " -"suggested accessories." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:31 -msgid "Optional products when adding to cart" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Optional products are directly related to the item added to cart (e.g. for " -"computers: warranty, OS software, extra components). Whenever the main " -"product is added to cart, such a new screen pops up as an extra step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:40 -msgid "To publish optional products:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Install *eCommerce Optional Products* addon in *Apps* menu. Remove the " -"default filter to search on addons as well, otherwise only main apps show " -"up." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:48 -msgid "Select optional items from the *Sales* tab of the product detail form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:54 -msgid "" -"The quantity of optional items added to cart is the same than the main item." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:3 -msgid "How to adapt the prices to my website visitors" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:5 -msgid "This section sheds some light on pricing features of eCommerce app:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:7 -msgid "force a price by geo-localization," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:9 -msgid "let the customer choose the currency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:11 -msgid "" -"As a pre-requisite, check out how to managing produt pricing: " -":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:15 -msgid "Geo-IP to automatically apply the right price" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Assign country groups to your pricelists. That way, your visitors not yet " -"logged in will get their own currency when landing on your website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:20 -msgid "Once logged in, they get the pricelist matching their country." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:23 -msgid "Currency selector" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:25 -msgid "" -"In case you sell in several currencies, you can let your customers choose " -"their own currency. Check *Selectable* to add the pricelist to the website " -"drop-down menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:34 -msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:35 -msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:36 -msgid ":doc:`promo_code`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:3 -msgid "How to create & share promotional codes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Want to boost your sales for Xmas? Share promocodes through your marketing " -"campaigns and apply any kind of discounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:9 -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:13 -msgid "Setup" -msgstr "Opsætning" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings` and choose *Advanced pricing based" -" on formula* for *Sale Price*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Website Admin --> Catalog --> Pricelists` and create a" -" new pricelist with the discount rule (see :doc:`pricing`). Then enter a " -"code." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Make the promocode field available on your *Shopping Cart* page (option in " -"*Customize* menu). Add a product to cart to reach it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Once turned on you see a new section on the right side. On clicking *Apply* " -"prices get automatically updated in the cart." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:33 -msgid "" -"The promocode used by the customer is stored in the system so you can " -"analyze the performance of your marketing campaigns." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:39 -msgid "Show sales per pricelists..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:43 -msgid ":doc:`pricing`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:3 -msgid "How to enable comments & rating" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Publishing and monitoring customer experience will help you gain the trust " -"of new customers and better engage with your community. In 2 clicks, allow " -"your customer to share their feedback!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Activate comments & rating from the *Customize* menu of the product web " -"page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Visitors must log in to share their comments. Make sure they are able to do " -"so (see Portal documentation)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:25 -msgid "Review the posts in real time" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Whenever a post is published, the product manager and all the product " -"followers get notified in their Inbox (*Discuss* menu)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:34 -msgid "" -"By default the user who created the product is automatically set as " -"follower." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Click the product name to open the detail form and review the comment (in " -"the product discussion thread)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:43 -msgid "Moderate & unpublish" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:45 -msgid "" -"You can easily moderate by using the chatter, either in the product detail " -"form or on the web page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:48 -msgid "" -"To unpublish the post, open the product web page and click the *Published* " -"button to turn it red (*Unpublished*)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:56 -msgid "..tip::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:55 -msgid "" -"You can access the web page from the detail form by clicking the *Published*" -" smart button (and vice versa)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:3 -msgid "How to sell pricier alternative products (upselling)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In order to maximize your revenue, suggesting pricier alternative products " -"is strongly advised for basic items. That way, your customer will spend more" -" time browsing your catalog." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:12 -msgid "To do so:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Select such *Alternative Products* in the *Sales* tab of the product detail " -"form. 3 alternatives are fine! Don't publish too many otherwise your " -"customers will be confused." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Turn on *Alternative Products* from the *Customize* menu of the product web " -"page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Oversigt" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:3 -msgid "Introduction to Odoo eCommerce" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:10 -msgid "" -"The documentation will help you go live with your eCommerce website in no " -"time. The topics follow the buying process:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:13 -msgid "Product Page" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:14 -msgid "Shop Page" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:15 -msgid "Pricing" -msgstr "Priser" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:16 -msgid "Taxes" -msgstr "Moms" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:17 -msgid "Checkout process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:18 -msgid "Upselling & cross-selling" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:19 -msgid "Payment" -msgstr "Betaling" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:20 -msgid "Shipping & Tracking" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:24 -msgid ":doc:`../../website/publish/domain_name`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/publish.rst:3 -msgid "Launch my website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience.rst:3 -msgid "Get paid" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage orders paid with payment acquirers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo confirms orders automatically as soon as the payment is authorized by a" -" payment acquirer. This triggers the delivery. If you invoice based on " -"ordered quantities, you are also requested to invoice the order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:12 -msgid "What are the payment status" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:13 -msgid "" -"At anytime, the salesman can check the transaction status from the order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:18 -msgid "*Draft*: transaction under processing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:20 -msgid "" -"*Pending*: the payment acquirer keeps the transaction on hold and you need " -"to authorize it from the acquirer interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:23 -msgid "" -"*Authorized*: the payment has been authorized but not yet captured. In Odoo," -" the order is already confirmed. Once the delivery done, you can capture the" -" amount from the acquirer interface (or from Odoo if you use Authorize.net)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:28 -msgid "" -"*Done*: the payment is authorized and captured. The order has been " -"confirmed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:30 -msgid "" -"*Error*: an error has occured during the transaction. The customer needs to " -"retry the payment. The order is still in draft." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:34 -msgid "" -"*Cancelled*: when the customer cancels the payment in the payment acquirer " -"form. They are taken back to Odoo in order to modify the order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Specific messages are provided to your customers for every payment status, " -"when they are redirected to Odoo after the transaction. To edit such " -"messages, go to the *Messages* tab of the payment method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:44 -msgid "Auto-validate invoices at order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:46 -msgid "" -"When the order is confirmed you can also have an invoice automatically " -"issued and paid. This fully-automated made for businesses that invoice " -"orders straight on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:54 -msgid "" -"If you choose this mode you are requested to select a payment journal in " -"order to record payments in your books. This payment is automatically " -"reconcilied with the invoice, marking it as paid. Select your **bank " -"account** if you get paid immediately on your bank account. If you don't you" -" can create a specific journal for the payment acquirer (type = Bank). That " -"way, you can track online payments in an intermediary account of your books " -"until you get paid into your bank account (see " -":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers`)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:63 -msgid "Capture the payment after the delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:64 -msgid "" -"With this mode, the order is confirmed but the amount is kept on hold. Once " -"the delivery processed, you can capture the payment from Odoo. This mode is " -"only available with Authorize.net." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:71 -msgid "" -"To capture the payment, open the transaction from the order. Then click " -"*Capture Transaction*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:77 -msgid "" -"With other payment acquirers, you can manage the capture in their own " -"interfaces, not from Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:3 -msgid "How customers can access their customer account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:5 -msgid "" -"It has never been so easy for your customers to access their customer " -"account. Forget endless signup forms, Odoo makes it as easy as ABC. They are" -" suggested to sign up (name, email, password) when the order is placed, and " -"not before. Indeed, nothing is more annoying than going through a signup " -"process before buying something." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:14 -msgid "Sign up" -msgstr "Tilmeld dig" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:16 -msgid "" -"The invitation to sign up shows up when the customer wants to visualize the " -"order from order confirmation email." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:23 -msgid "Customer account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Once logged in the customer will access the account by clicking *My Account*" -" in the login dropdown menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:31 -msgid "" -"THere they find all their history. The main address (billing) can also be " -"modified." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:37 -msgid "" -"If the customer is set as a contact of a company in your address book, they " -"will see all the documents whose the customer belongs to this company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/taxes.rst:3 -msgid "Collect taxes" -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po deleted file mode 100644 index 5784e1265..000000000 --- a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,290 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# Sanne Kristensen <sanne@vkdata.dk>, 2020 -# Mads Søndergaard <mads@vkdata.dk>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Mads Søndergaard <mads@vkdata.dk>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: da\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../email_marketing.rst:5 -msgid "Email Marketing" -msgstr "E-mail markedsføring" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Oversigt" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:3 -msgid "Work with Mailing Lists" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Mailing lists can be a goldmine for your company’s marketing department as " -"they can provide leads for sales, focus groups for testing new products, and" -" consumers to provide feedback on satisfaction, for example." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:10 -msgid "Create mailing lists" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Mailing lists --> Mailing lists --> Create`. Enable " -"the option *Is Public* to make the list visible for users when " -"unsubscribing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Once your mailing list is created, you can manually add contacts clicking on" -" *Create*. *Import* a list of contacts if you have it from a previous tool." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:23 -msgid "Linking a mailing list to my website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Create a mailing list called Newsletter, as you use this strategy to " -"advertise and communicate new ideas to subscribers interested in listening." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Go to your *Website*, add a *Newsletter* block and choose the respective " -"mailing list." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:34 -msgid "Contacts" -msgstr "Adressebog" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Under :menuselection:`Mailing Lists --> Mailing List Contacts` see a list of" -" all contacts under all your mailing lists, and the ones you individually " -"created here." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Open a contact form to see or add different mailing lists to which the " -"contact is or will be part of." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:51 -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:46 -msgid ":doc:`send_emails`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:3 -msgid "Manage Unsubscriptions and Blacklist" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:5 -msgid "" -"It is best practice, and legally required, to allow recipients to " -"unsubscribe from mailing lists as you do not want your audience to think " -"that your company is using any tactics that are dishonest or spammy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:10 -msgid "Enable the Blacklist feature" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable the option " -"*Blacklist Option when Unsubscribing*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Now, once the user clicks on the *Unsubscribe* link on your email, he is " -"redirected to the following page:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:28 -msgid "" -"After clicking on the unsubscribe button when using the test feature, you " -"are sent to an error page (*error 403 - Access Denied*). If you want to be " -"sure the link is working properly, create your mass mail and send it only to" -" a personal email." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:32 -msgid "" -"In addition to having the option of unsubscribing from specific mailing " -"lists, the user can also blacklist himself, meaning that he will not receive" -" *any* more emails from you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:36 -msgid "" -"The mailing list has to be configured as *Public* in order to be visible for" -" users." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Blacklist`, blacklisted email " -"addresses are shown." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:39 -msgid "" -"When opening the record, as a *Log note*, a description-history is kept." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:47 -msgid ":doc:`mailing_lists`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:3 -msgid "Send Emails Marketing and Manage Campaigns" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Emails allow you to effectively, and at a low cost, reach a large number of " -"consumers while being able to customize your message in a way that resonates" -" with them. It is measurable, and a call-to-action oriented channel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:10 -msgid "Choose the right target and create the message" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:12 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Mailings --> Create`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Choosing *Contacts* as *Recipients* (for example), allows you to add " -"specifications to match just certain contacts, filtering your target." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:21 -msgid "" -"With a trial databases, you have a limit of 50 emails per day; on Odoo SH " -"Cloud Platform the limit is 200. There is a possibility to increase these " -"numbers by contacting Odoo Support. To contact Support, `click here " -"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Under *Mail Body*, choose a layout and make the modifications needed by " -"dragging, dropping and double-clicking on content. Note that it is possible " -"to start from scratch selecting the *blank* template option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Under *Settings*, you can assign someone else as the responsible sender if " -"you do not want it to be you. To do so, change the email address used as the" -" sender (*Send From*)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:37 -msgid "" -"With the *Reply To* radio button, you can also choose to gather answers " -"either on the respective recipients’ records or on a specific email address." -" Note that this option is not available if you target mailing contacts or " -"contacts as recipients." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:45 -msgid "Test, send or schedule a mailing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:53 -msgid "" -"*Save*: the work is allocated in the *draft* column in the Kanban view. " -"Modifications can be made while being in this stage. The option *Discard* " -"deletes the email." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Click on *Test* and send your message to one, or even multiple, test " -"contacts to avoid errors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:56 -msgid "" -"*Send* triggers the email with the next run and put the work on the *queue* " -"column in the Kanban view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:58 -msgid "" -"*Schedule* allows you to choose a date and time, and puts the email in the " -"*queue* column in the Kanban view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:61 -msgid "" -"The daily limit is applied for **all emails** sent, in other words, " -"throughout all applications. Therefore, if at the end of the day you have " -"remaining ones to be sent, note that they *will not* be sent automatically " -"the next day. You need to force that by opening the email and clicking on " -"*Retry*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:67 -msgid "Manage campaigns" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable *Mailing " -"Campaigns*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:71 -msgid "" -"The campaign option is effective as it allows you to organize your marketing" -" efforts and have a centralized view of its metrics." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:72 -msgid "Go to *Campaign* and click on *Create* to start one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:80 -msgid "" -"If you use the SMS and Social Marketing applications, as well as the Push " -"Notification feature, you see the option to create content for those " -"channels. You also see the *Campaign* menu within those applications. All of" -" this is possible because the applications work integrated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:85 -msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_servers`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_servers`" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:86 -msgid ":doc:`../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns`" -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/events.po b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/events.po deleted file mode 100644 index 5e95e591c..000000000 --- a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/events.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,436 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# Pernille Kristensen <pernillekristensen1994@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Sanne Kristensen <sanne@vkdata.dk>, 2020 -# lhmflexerp <lhm@flexerp.dk>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: lhmflexerp <lhm@flexerp.dk>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: da\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../events.rst:5 -msgid "Events" -msgstr "Arrangementer" - -#: ../../events/integrations.rst:3 -msgid "Integrations" -msgstr "Integrationer" - -#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:3 -msgid "Communicating about my Event using SMS Text Messages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Using SMS as a communication strategy for your event establishes interaction" -" between organizers, attendees, speakers and further targets. It allows your" -" message to be heard whether the goal is to send out reminders, teasers or " -"to advertise." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:10 -#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:9 ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:9 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Konfiguration" - -#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Under *Communication* SMS is a standard feature. That means nothing needs to" -" be enabled or installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:16 -msgid "" -"On the other hand, to contact the speakers of your event, you need the *SMS " -"Marketing* application installed, and to enable *Schedule & Tracks* under " -":menuselection:`Events --> Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:23 -msgid "" -"The *Schedule & Tracks* feature allows you to manage the agenda and speakers" -" of your event. For more details watch: `Creating an agenda for your event " -"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/create-an-agenda-for-your-" -"event-717?fullscreen=1>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:28 -msgid "Send SMSs to attendees" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Under *Communication*, the message’s target is the attendees of your event." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:32 -msgid "" -"You can choose to confirm each registration with the *Registration* " -"template, and to send a reminder shortly before the event takes place with " -"the *Reminder* template." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:38 -msgid "To make changes in an existing template, click on the external link." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:45 -msgid "Send SMSs to speakers and further targets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:47 -msgid "" -"The benefit of the integration with the *SMS Marketing* application is that " -"you can choose the target you would like your message to be delivered to. To" -" get started, click on *Contact Track Speakers*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:56 -msgid "" -"If *Event Track* is not your target (*Recipient*), choose the right one. " -"*Filters* are eligible here." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:58 -msgid "" -"In the example below, the SMS would be sent to the speakers who are in the " -"stage *Proposal* on *Event Track*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Credits are required to be able to send SMSs. For more information about " -"Pricing :doc:`click here <../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq>`, " -"and, about IAP Services :doc:`here " -"<../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Oversigt" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:3 -msgid "Create your First Event" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:5 -msgid "Some of the reasons why hosting events is essential are:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:7 -msgid "To create an engaging experience with your audience;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:8 -msgid "To generate word of mouth about your company;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:9 -msgid "To allow networking;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:10 -msgid "" -"To provide an opportunity for sales representatives to walk their prospects " -"through the product and even their pipeline." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:14 -msgid "Get started" -msgstr "Kom igang" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Under the menu *Events*, have a view of all existing events and some key " -"information, such as the number of expected and confirmed attendees." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:23 -msgid "" -"To start a new one, click on *Create* and fill in the form with all the " -"needed information. Enable *Website Menu* to have the menus *Introduction*, " -"*Location*, and *Register* being shown on your event’s website page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:31 -msgid "" -"To personalize these pages, click on *Edit* to open the `website builder " -"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/website-basics-643?fullscreen=1>`_, and " -"edit content by dragging and dropping blocks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:40 -msgid "Tab: Tickets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Events --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " -":doc:`Tickets and Online Ticketing <tickets>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Now, under the *Tickets* Tab, add lines to include the different ticket " -"types you offer. Include the price, the start and end dates for " -"registrations, and even the maximum number of tickets that can be sold." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:48 -msgid "" -"The *Reserved Seats* and *Unconfirmed Seat Reservations* are counted as " -"attendees are marked as :doc:`confirmed <track_attendees>` or not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:55 -msgid "Tab: Communication" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Choose the email and/or SMS message template, as well as the frequency with " -"which you would like to communicate with your attendees under the tab " -"*Communication*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Create a template on the fly or choose an existing one. Define the " -"*Interval* (2, 7, 15..) for the *Unit* (days, hours, weeks, etc.), and the " -"*Trigger* action (after registration, after the event, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:68 -msgid "Tab: Questions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable *Questions*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:72 -msgid "" -"Now, under the tab *Questions*, edit your questions and answers, choosing if" -" you would like your questionnaire to be asked per order or per " -"registration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:75 -msgid "" -"Example of a registration for 3 attendees: if enabling the option *Ask each " -"attendee*, the questionnaire is shown 3 times, meaning that answers can vary" -" for each attendee; if *Ask each attendee* is not enabled, the questionnaire" -" is shown once, resulting in a global answer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:81 -msgid "" -"Once your event is *Confirmed*, you can manage attendees badges, and mark " -"the event as *Finished*. Events marked as *Finished* can be *Set to draft*, " -"putting the event back to an *Unconfirmed* stage from which it can be edited" -" and used again." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:90 -msgid "Publish your event" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:92 -msgid "*Go to Website* and turn *Published* on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:99 -msgid ":doc:`track_attendees`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:100 -#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:45 -msgid ":doc:`tickets`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:101 -#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:46 -msgid ":doc:`track_talks`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:3 -msgid "Selling Tickets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:5 -msgid "" -"If you automate processes, you save time. If you give attendees multiple " -"payment options to choose from, you allow flexibility and open margins for " -"more registrations to happen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate *Tickets* and" -" *Online Ticketing*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:13 -msgid "" -"*Tickets* allow tickets to be sold " -":ref:`events/create_event/through_sales_orders`. *Online Ticketing* allows " -"the sale of tickets to happen " -":ref:`events/create_event/through_the_website`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:22 -msgid "Through Sales Orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:24 -msgid "" -"On the *Sales* application, choose the event product you created and add it " -"as a product line. A window pops-up, allowing you to choose the event for " -"which you want to create the sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Remember to create a product form for the event registration, under " -"*Product*, in the *Sales* application, and to add that same product under " -"your event’s form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:43 -msgid "Through the Website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:45 -msgid "" -"On the website, once tickets are added to the cart, the user can continue " -"the transaction choosing among the payment methods you chose to have " -"available." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:53 -msgid ":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:3 -msgid "Track your Attendees" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Attendees are at the heart of your event. Keeping track of their number and " -"managing their registration and attendance is necessary for planning and " -"analyzing reasons." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:9 -msgid "Attendees list and attendance" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Once attendees have registered or bought their tickets, they are added to " -"the *Attendees* list." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Tickets sold through sales orders validate attendees as soon as the " -"quotation is confirmed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:18 -msgid "" -"The check mark button is used to confirm the registration. Once a " -"registration is confirmed, attendance can be marked." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:26 -msgid "Bagdes and cancellations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:28 -msgid "" -"On the attendees form, choose to send badges manually by clicking on *Send " -"By Email*. *Cancel Registration* to have that attendee being moved to the " -"*Cancelled* stage." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:36 -msgid "" -"To see a list of your canceled attendees, under *Filters*, add a *Custom " -"Filter* choosing *Status > is > Cancelled*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:44 -#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:49 -msgid ":doc:`../integrations/integration_sms`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:3 -msgid "Track and Manage Talks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Allow partners to submit talk proposals so they can share their knowledge " -"and expertise. Good speakers and talks are what make your event great." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Events --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " -"*Schedule & Tracks*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Now, in your event's form, once *Website menu* is enabled, the options " -"*Tracks on Website* and *Track Proposals on Website* become available. " -"Enabling them adds the menus *Talks*, *Talk Proposals*, and *Agenda* to your" -" website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Besides having the ability to suggest their own talks, the website now " -"allows users to see a list of the whole agenda and scheduled talks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:28 -msgid "" -"To handle tracks internally and not have the menus *Talks*, *Talk " -"Proposals*, and *Agenda* online, use the menu *Tracks* individually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:32 -msgid "Publishing speaker proposals" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Once partners have filled in the appropriate form and submitted their " -"proposals, a new *Proposal* is instantly created under the menu *Track*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:41 -msgid "" -"If the proposal is accepted and can go online, simply open its form and " -"click on *Go to Website*. From the website page, turn *Published* on." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po deleted file mode 100644 index 50ccd5a56..000000000 --- a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,346 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# Sanne Kristensen <sanne@vkdata.dk>, 2020 -# lhmflexerp <lhm@flexerp.dk>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: lhmflexerp <lhm@flexerp.dk>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: da\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:5 -msgid "Expenses" -msgstr "Øvrige omkostninger" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:8 -msgid "How to set expense types" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:9 -msgid "" -"The first step to track expenses is to configure the expense types (managed " -"as products in Odoo) that your company allows, from the *Configuration* " -"menu. When a specific expense is reimbursed at a fixed price, set a cost on " -"the product. Otherwise keep the cost at 0.0 and employees will report the " -"real cost per expense." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:17 -msgid "Here are some examples to configure:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:19 -msgid "Restaurant:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:21 ../../expense/expense.rst:27 -msgid "Cost: 0.00 (the cost of the ticket will be recorded on every expense)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:22 -msgid "Travel with Personal Car:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:24 -msgid "Cost: 0.30 (the price per mile reimbursed by the company is fixed)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:25 -msgid "Hotel:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:29 -msgid "Others:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:31 -msgid "Cost: 0.0" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Don't forget to set an expense tax on each expense type (and an account if " -"you use Odoo Accounting). It's usually a good practice to use a tax that is " -"configured with :ref:`Tax Included in Price <taxes/included-in-price>`. That" -" way, employees report expenses with prices including taxes, which is " -"usually the expected behaviour." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:41 -msgid "" -"The *Sales* app allows you to specify unit of measures for your expense " -"types (units, miles, nights, etc.). Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Configuration --> Settings` and check *Some products may be sold/purchased " -"in different units of measure (advanced)*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:48 -msgid "How to record expenses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:51 -msgid "Manually" -msgstr "Manuelt" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:53 -msgid "" -"As an employee (Employee in user access rights), you can record expenses " -"from :menuselection:`My Expenses --> Expenses to Submit`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:59 -msgid "" -"Select the related product and enter either the total amount you paid (with " -"Quantity = 1) or the unit price if Quantity is countable (e.g. number of " -"hotel nights)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:62 -msgid "Enter the expense date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Choose if you paid the bill on your own (and expect to be reimbursed) or if " -"the company paid directly (e.g. if you used a company's credit card)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Set the bill reference, add some notes if requested and attach a photo/scan " -"of the receipt from the discussion thread. That will help the manager and " -"the accountant validate it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:73 -msgid "In one click from emails" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:74 -msgid "" -"Let your employees record their expenses from a simple email. Make a " -"snapshot of the receipt and send it by email, or simply forward a bill!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:77 -msgid "" -"The only thing to do is setting up an email alias in " -":menuselection:`Expenses --> Configuration --> Settings` (e.g. *expenses* " -"@mycompany.odoo.com). For security purposes, only authenticated employee " -"emails (cfr. *Work Email* in employee detail form) are accepted." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:83 -msgid "" -"The expense product is set automatically if the mail subject contains the " -"product's internal reference in first position. Type the expense amount in " -"the mail subject to set it on the expense too (e.g. Ref001 Food 100€)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:88 -msgid "How to submit expenses to managers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:90 -msgid "" -"When you are ready to submit your expenses to your manager (e.g. at the end " -"of a business trip, or once a month), go to the menu :menuselection:`My " -"Expenses --> Expenses to Submit`. Select all expenses from the list view and" -" click on :menuselection:`Action --> Submit to Manager`. Save the newly " -"created expense report (i.e. set of expenses), and wait for your manager to " -"approve it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:100 -msgid "" -"You can also submit expenses one by one from the *Submit to Manager* button " -"on the form view of an expense." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:103 -msgid "" -"All your submitted expense reports can be found in :menuselection:`Expenses " -"--> My Expenses --> Expense Reports`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:108 -msgid "How to approve expenses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:110 -msgid "" -"HR and team managers get an overview of all expense reports to validate from" -" the top menu :menuselection:`To Approve --> Expense Reports to Approve`. " -"Such users must have at least *Officers* access rights for *Expenses*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:117 -msgid "" -"They can review expense reports, approve or reject them, as well as " -"providing feedback thanks to the integrated communication tool." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:123 -msgid "" -"As a team manager you can easily find the expense reports of your team " -"members. You need to be set as manager in the detail form of those " -"employees." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:131 -msgid "How to post expenses in accounting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:133 -msgid "" -"Once expense reports approved by managers, the accounting department goes to" -" :menuselection:`Expenses --> Accountant --> Expense Reports To Post` to " -"check accounts, products and taxes. They can click *Post Journal Entries* to" -" post related journal entries into your books. To do so, the user must have " -"following access rights:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:139 -msgid "Accounting: Accountant or Adviser" -msgstr "Regnskab: Bogholder eller rådgiver" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:140 -msgid "Expenses: Manager" -msgstr "Udgifter: Leder" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:143 -msgid "" -"To post an expense, a *Home Address* must be set on the employee. If you get" -" a related blocking message when posting, click the employee, go to " -"*Personal Information* tab and select/create the contact of your employee in" -" the address book. A contact has been automatically created if this person " -"is using Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:150 -msgid "How to reimburse employees" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:152 -msgid "" -"You can now see all the expense reports to reimburse in " -":menuselection:`Expenses --> Accountant --> Expense Reports To Pay`. To " -"record the payment or pay by check, click *Register a Payment*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:156 -msgid "See how you can easily manage the payment process in Odoo:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:158 -msgid ":doc:`../accounting/payables/pay/check`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:159 -msgid ":doc:`../accounting/payables/pay/sepa`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:163 -msgid "How to re-invoice expenses to your customers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:165 -msgid "" -"If you track expenses on customer projects, you can charge them back to your" -" customers automatically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:169 -msgid "Setup" -msgstr "Opsætning" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:171 -msgid "Enable **Customer Billing** in the Expenses settings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:173 -msgid "" -"Go to the product configuration menu and set the invoicing method on all " -"your Expense types:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:176 -msgid "" -"Ordered quantities : it will invoice expenses based on the ordered quantity" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:179 -msgid "" -"Delivered quantities :it will invoice expenses based on the expenses " -"quantity" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:182 -msgid "At cost: will invoice expenses at their real cost." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:184 -msgid "" -"At sales price: will invoice based on a fixed sales price set on the sale " -"order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:191 -msgid "Create an order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:193 -msgid "" -"As a salesman, create and confirm a Sales Order for the services delivered " -"to your customer. If you don't put any expense in the order, it will be " -"added automatically once posted by the accountant." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:198 -msgid "Link the expense to the Sale Order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:204 -msgid "Submit, validate and post expenses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:206 -msgid "" -"As a manager, make sure the analytic account is set on every expense line on" -" approving expenses reports. Click the line to add one if missing. Employees" -" are already able to set one when submitting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:213 -msgid "As an accountant, post journal entries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:216 -msgid "Invoice expenses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:218 -msgid "" -"Now you can invoice the order. It shows up in :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Invoicing --> Sales` to Invoice. The expenses have been added automatically " -"in the order lines. Such items show up in blue (i.e. to invoice)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:226 -msgid "e (i.e. to invoice)." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/expenses.po b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/expenses.po deleted file mode 100644 index e2e16e977..000000000 --- a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/expenses.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,26 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Sanne Kristensen <sanne@vkdata.dk>, 2019 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 9.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-11-22 13:16+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Sanne Kristensen <sanne@vkdata.dk>, 2019\n" -"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: da\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../expenses.rst:5 -msgid "Expenses" -msgstr "Øvrige omkostninger" diff --git a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po similarity index 55% rename from locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po rename to locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po index 32dfb66f3..d8afc1f6b 100644 --- a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po +++ b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po @@ -1,32 +1,32 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: -# JonathanStein <jstein@image.dk>, 2020 -# Hans Henrik Gabelgaard <hhg@gabelgaard.org>, 2020 -# peso <peer.sommerlund@gmail.com>, 2020 -# jonas jensen <j.jensen@tcomp.dk>, 2020 -# Pernille Kristensen <pernillekristensen1994@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Kenneth Hansen <kenneth@vkdata.dk>, 2020 -# Morten Schou <ms@msteknik.dk>, 2020 -# Ejner Sønniksen <ejner@vkdata.dk>, 2020 -# Mads Søndergaard, 2021 +# jonas jensen <j.jensen@tcomp.dk>, 2021 # Jesper Carstensen <info@danodoo.dk>, 2021 +# Morten Schou <ms@msteknik.dk>, 2021 +# JonathanStein <jstein@image.dk>, 2021 +# peso <peer.sommerlund@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Kenneth Hansen <kenneth@vkdata.dk>, 2021 +# Hans Henrik Gabelgaard <hhg@gabelgaard.org>, 2021 # lhmflexerp <lhm@flexerp.dk>, 2021 -# Mads Søndergaard <mads@vkdata.dk>, 2021 # Martin Trigaux, 2021 +# Pernille Kristensen <pernillekristensen1994@gmail.com>, 2021 # Sanne Kristensen <sanne@vkdata.dk>, 2021 +# Ejner Sønniksen <ejner@vkdata.dk>, 2021 +# Mads Søndergaard, 2021 +# Mads Søndergaard <mads@vkdata.dk>, 2021 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-03-02 11:19+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Sanne Kristensen <sanne@vkdata.dk>, 2021\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-18 07:12+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-05-18 05:17+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Mads Søndergaard <mads@vkdata.dk>, 2021\n" "Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -34,24 +34,28 @@ msgstr "" "Language: da\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" -#: ../../accounting.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance.rst:3 +msgid "Finance" +msgstr "Finans" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:4 msgid "Invoicing and Accounting" msgstr "Faktura og Regnskab" -#: ../../accounting/bank.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:3 msgid "Bank & Cash" msgstr "Bank og kasse" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds.rst:3 msgid "Bank Feeds" msgstr "Bankfeeds" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:145 msgid "Bank Statements" msgstr "Kontoudtog" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:5 msgid "" "Importing your bank statements in Odoo Accounting allows you to keep track " "of the financial movements that occur on your bank accounts and reconcile " @@ -61,7 +65,7 @@ msgstr "" "finansbevægelserne der sker på dine bankkonti, og afstemme dem med " "transaktioner registreret i dit regnskab." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:9 msgid "" "We recommend you use bank synchronization for more efficiency. Please read " "the related documentation: :doc:`bank_synchronization`." @@ -70,7 +74,7 @@ msgstr "" "effektiviteten. Læs venligst den relaterede dokumentation: " ":doc:`bank_synchronization`." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:12 msgid "" "However, if you don't want to use bank synchronization or if your bank is " "not a supported institution, you still have other options:" @@ -78,43 +82,43 @@ msgstr "" "Hvis du derimod ikke vil gøre brug af bank synkronisering, eller hvis din " "bank ikke er understøttet, har du stadig visse muligheder:" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:15 msgid "Import the bank statement files delivered by your bank" msgstr "Importer kontoudtogs filer udleveret af din bank" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:16 msgid "Register the bank statements manually" msgstr "Registrer kontoudtog manuelt" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:19 msgid "Import bank statements files" msgstr "Importer kontoudtogs filer" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:21 msgid "Odoo supports multiple file formats to import bank statements:" msgstr "Odoo understøtter flere fil-formater til importering af kontoudtog:" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:23 msgid "SEPA recommended Cash Management format (CAMT.053)" msgstr "SEPA anbefalet Kontanthåndterings format (CAMT.053)" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:24 msgid "Comma-separated values (.CSV)" msgstr "Komma-separeret værdier (.CSV)" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:25 msgid "Open Financial Exchange (.OFX)" msgstr "Åbn finansiel udveksling (.OFX)" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:26 msgid "Quicken Interchange Format (.QIF)" msgstr "Quicken Interchange Format (.QIF)" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:27 msgid "Belgium: Coded Statement of Account (.CODA)" msgstr "Belgien: Coded Statement of Account (.CODA)" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:29 msgid "" "To import them, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Overview --> Bank`, " "click on *Import Statements*, or on the three dots, and then on *Import " @@ -124,11 +128,11 @@ msgstr "" "Bank`, klik på *Importer Kontoudtog*, eller på de tre prikker og derefter på" " *Importer Kontoudtog*." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:36 msgid "Next, select the file you want to import and click on *Import*." msgstr "Vælg dernæst filen du vil importere, og klik på *Importer*." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:38 msgid "" "Odoo opens an **import widget** to help you set the **Formatting Options** " "and **map** the different columns you want to import." @@ -137,7 +141,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Formaterings Indstillinger** og **forbinde** de forskellige kolonner du " "vil importere." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:46 msgid "" "Quicken Interchange Format (.QIF) is an older file format that is no longer " "supported since 2005. If possible, prefer OFX files over QIF." @@ -145,15 +149,15 @@ msgstr "" "Quicken Interchange Format (.QIF) er et ældre fil-format, som ikke har været" " understøttet siden 2005. Om muligt, bør du vælge OFX filer frem for QIF." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:50 msgid "Register bank statements manually" msgstr "Registrer kontoudtog manuelt" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:52 msgid "If needed, you can also record your bank statements manually." msgstr "Du kan også registrere dine kontoudtog manuelt, om nødvendigt." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:54 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Overview --> Bank`, click on " "*Create Statements*, or on the three dots, and then on *New Statement*." @@ -162,14 +166,14 @@ msgstr "" "klik på *Opret Kontoudtog*, eller på de tre prikker og så på *Nyt " "Kontoudtog*." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:57 msgid "" "Add a new line for each transaction written on the original bank statement." msgstr "" "Tilføj en ny linje for hver transaktion angivet på det oprindelige " "kontoudtog." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:59 msgid "" "To ease the reconciliation process, make sure to fill out the *Partner* " "field. You can also write the payments’ references in the *Label* field." @@ -177,7 +181,7 @@ msgstr "" "Sørg for at *Partner* feltet er udfyldt, for at gøre afstemnings proceduren " "nemmere. Du kan også angive betalingens reference i *Mærkat* feltet." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:67 msgid "" "The *Ending Balance* and the *Computed Balance* should have the same amount." " If it is not the case, make sure that there is no mistake in the " @@ -187,29 +191,29 @@ msgstr "" " er tilfældet, skal du sørger for at der ikke er nogen fejl i transaktions " "mængderne." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:122 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:109 msgid ":doc:`bank_synchronization`" msgstr ":doc:`bank_synchronization`" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:10 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:16 msgid "Todo" msgstr "To Do" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:72 msgid "add doc link to new documentation about reconciliation" msgstr "tilføj dokument link til ny dokumentation vedrørende afstemning" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:3 msgid "Bank Synchronization: Automatic Import" msgstr "Bank Synkronisering: Automatisk Import" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo can synchronize directly with your bank institution to get all bank " "statements imported automatically into your database." @@ -217,7 +221,7 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo kan synkronisere direkte med din bank institution, for at automatisk " "importere alle udtog automatisk." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:8 msgid "" "To check if your bank is compatible with Odoo, go to `Odoo Accounting " "Features <https://www.odoo.com/page/accounting-features>`_, and click on " @@ -227,78 +231,78 @@ msgstr "" "Regnskabs Funktionaer <https://www.odoo.com/page/accounting-features>`_, og " "klik på *Se liste af understøttede institutioner*." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:15 msgid "More than 20,000 institutions around the world are supported." msgstr "Mere end 20.000 institutioner på verdensplan er understøttet." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:17 msgid "To connect to the banks, Odoo uses multiple web-services:" msgstr "For at forbinde til bankerne, bruger Odoo adskillige web-tjenester:" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:19 msgid "**Plaid**: United States of America and Canada" msgstr "**Plaid**: Amerikas Forenede Stater og Canada" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:20 msgid "**Yodlee**: Worldwide" msgstr "**Yodlee**: Globalt" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:21 msgid "**Salt Edge**: Europe (:doc:`more information <saltedge>`)" msgstr "**Salt Edge**: Europa (:doc:`mere information <saltedge>`)" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:22 msgid "**Ponto**: Europe (:doc:`more information <ponto>`)" msgstr "**Ponto**: Europa (:doc:`mere information <ponto>`)" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:25 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:24 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:19 -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:14 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:69 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:16 -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:22 -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:9 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:31 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:28 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:284 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:321 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:34 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:92 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:25 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:14 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:60 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:19 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:27 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:23 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:12 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:29 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:13 -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:21 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:18 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:16 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:16 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:15 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:22 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:11 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:30 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:31 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:13 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:20 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:37 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:15 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:20 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:39 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:331 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/vat_validation.rst:13 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Konfiguration" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:28 msgid "On-Premise users" msgstr "Lokale brugere" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:30 msgid "" "To be able to use this service, you need to have a valid Odoo Enterprise " "subscription. So make sure that your database is registered with your Odoo " @@ -313,15 +317,15 @@ msgstr "" "at tjekke, at du ikke har en firewall eller en proxy der blokere den " "følgende adresse:" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:36 msgid "https://production.odoofin.com/" msgstr "https://production.odoofin.com/" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:39 msgid "First Synchronization" msgstr "Første Synkronisering" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:41 msgid "" "You can start synchronization either by going to :menuselection:`Accounting " "--> Configuration --> Add a Bank Account` or via the configuration bar on " @@ -331,7 +335,7 @@ msgstr "" "--> Konfiguration --> Tilføj en Bankkonto` eller via konfigurations bjælken " "på regnskabs instrumentbrættet." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:44 msgid "" "Now you can search for your bank institution. Select it and follow the steps" " to synchronize with it." @@ -339,7 +343,7 @@ msgstr "" "Nu kan du søge efter din bank institution. Vælg den, og følg trinende for at" " synkronisere med den." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:47 msgid "" "If you have any issues during your first synchronization, please verify that" " your web browser doesn't block pop-ups and that your adblocker is disabled." @@ -348,7 +352,7 @@ msgstr "" "venligst om, at du verificerer at din web browser ikke blokerer pop-up " "vinduer, og at din adblocker er deaktiveret." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:50 msgid "" "During your first synchronization, you will be asked for a phone number to " "secure your account. The reason we ask for such information is that we don't" @@ -367,7 +371,7 @@ msgstr "" " forbinde dig med din bank institution. Denne information er ikke gemt på " "Odoos servere." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:57 msgid "" "By default, transactions fetched from an online source are grouped inside " "the same statement, and one bank statement is created per month. You can " @@ -377,7 +381,7 @@ msgstr "" "det samme udtog, og ét udtog oprettes per måned. Du kan ændre intervallet " "for oprettelsen af udtog i dine Journal indstillinger." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:61 msgid "" "You can find all your synchronizations by going to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Online Synchronization`." @@ -385,11 +389,11 @@ msgstr "" "Du kan finde alle dine synkroniseringer ved at gå til " ":menuselection:`Regnskab --> Konfiguration --> Online Synkronisering`." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:65 msgid "Synchronize manually" msgstr "Synkronisér manuelt" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:67 msgid "" "After your first synchronization, the created journals are synchronized by " "default every 12 hours. If you wish, you can synchronize manually by " @@ -399,7 +403,7 @@ msgstr "" "standard hver 12. time. Hvis du ønsker det, kan du synkronisere dem manuelt," " ved at klikke på *Synkronisér Nu* knappen på instrumentbrættet." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:75 msgid "" "Or you can go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Online " "Synchronization`, select your institution and then click on the *Fetch " @@ -409,7 +413,7 @@ msgstr "" "Synkronisering`, vælg din institution, og klik på *Hent Transaktioner* " "knappen." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:83 msgid "" "Some institutions do not allow transactions to be fetched automatically. For" " such institutions, during the automatic synchronization of the account, you" @@ -425,15 +429,15 @@ msgstr "" "synkroniseringer. I dette tilfælde, skal du forsikre, at du afvikler " "manuelle synkroniseringer." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:89 msgid "Issues" msgstr "Problemer" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:92 msgid "Synchronization in error" msgstr "Synkronisering i fejl" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:94 msgid "" "To report a connection error to the `Odoo support " "<https://www.odoo.com/help>`_, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " @@ -445,11 +449,11 @@ msgstr "" "Konfiguration --> Online Synkronisering`, vælg forbindelsen som slog fejl, " "og kopier fejlbeskrivelsen og referencen." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:99 msgid "Synchronization disconnected" msgstr "Synkronisering afbrudt" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:101 msgid "" "If your connection with the proxy is disconnected, you can reconnect with " "the proxy using the *Reconnect* button." @@ -457,7 +461,7 @@ msgstr "" "Hvis din forbindelse til proxy'en afbrydes, kan du genoprette forbindelsen " "med proxy'en via *Genforbind* knappen." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:105 msgid "" "This disconnection can be caused by the Odoo support. In this case, please " "contact the `support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_ directly with your client" @@ -467,12 +471,12 @@ msgstr "" "kontakte `support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_ direkte med dit klient ID " "eller referencen på fejlen vist i chatteren." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:112 msgid "Migration process for users having installed Odoo before December 2020" msgstr "" "Migrations proces for brugere der har installeret Odoo før December 2020" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:114 msgid "" "If you are on-premise, please first make sure that your source is up-to-date" " with the latest version of Odoo." @@ -480,7 +484,7 @@ msgstr "" "Hvis du er til stede lokalt, bedes du først sikre dig, at din kilde er " "opdateret med den seneste version af Odoo." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:117 msgid "" "Users who have created a database before December 2020 need to install the " "new module manually to use the new functionalities." @@ -488,7 +492,7 @@ msgstr "" "Brugere som har oprettet en database før December 2020 skal installere det " "nye modul manuelt, for at kunne gøre brug af de nye funktionaliteter." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:120 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Apps --> Update Apps List`, remove the " "default filter in the search bar and type: " @@ -500,7 +504,7 @@ msgstr "" "**account_online_synchronization**. Derefter kan du klikke på *Installer* " "knappen for at installere det nye modul." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:128 msgid "" "Finally, make sure all your users refresh their Odoo page by pressing " "CTRL+F5." @@ -508,7 +512,7 @@ msgstr "" "Endeligt skal du sikre dig, at alle dine brugere genopfrisker deres Odoo " "side ved at trykke CTRL + F5." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:132 msgid "" "All previous synchronizations are disconnected during the installation and " "won't work anymore. You can find them directly in the synchronization menu " @@ -522,7 +526,7 @@ msgstr "" " er ikke muligt at synkronisere disse forbindelser igen; du skal lave nogle " "nye." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:136 msgid "" "Please do not uninstall *account_online_sync* which is the previous module " "for online synchronization. The new one overrides it." @@ -530,7 +534,7 @@ msgstr "" "Vær venlig ikke at afinstallere *account_online_sync*, hvilket er det " "tidligere modul for online synkronisering. Det nye modul overskriver den." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:138 msgid "" "By default *account_online_synchronization* is installed automatically with " "Accounting." @@ -538,17 +542,17 @@ msgstr "" "Per standard installeres *account_online_synchronization* automatisk sammen " "med Regnskab." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:141 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:95 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:78 msgid "FAQ" msgstr "Ofte Stillede Spørgsmål" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:144 msgid "The synchronization is not working in real-time. Is that normal?" msgstr "Synkroniseringen virker ikke i real-tid. Er det normalt?" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:146 msgid "" "The process is not intended to work in real-time as third party providers " "synchronize your accounts at different intervals. To force the " @@ -569,7 +573,7 @@ msgstr "" "transaktioner ved at klikke på *Synkronisér Nu*, hvis du allerede har udført" " en sådan handling tidligere den dag." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:153 msgid "" "A transaction can be visible on your bank account, but not be fetched if it " "has the status *Pending*. Only transactions with the *Posted* status will be" @@ -581,12 +585,12 @@ msgstr "" "blive indhentet. Hvis den ikke er *Posteret* endnu, vil du skulle vente " "indtil status ændres." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:158 msgid "Is the Online Bank Synchronization feature included in my contract?" msgstr "" "Er Online Bank Synrkoniserings funktionaliteten inkluderet i min kontrakt?" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:160 msgid "" "**Community Version**: No, this feature is not included in the Community " "Version." @@ -594,14 +598,14 @@ msgstr "" "**Community Udgave**: Nej, denne funktion er ikke inkluderet i Community " "Udgaven." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:161 msgid "" "**Online Version**: Yes, even if you benefit from the One App Free contract." msgstr "" "**Online Udgave**: Ja, selv hvis du allerede drager nytte af Én Gratis " "Applikation kontrakten." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:162 msgid "" "**Enterprise Version**: Yes, if you have a valid enterprise contract linked " "to your database." @@ -609,11 +613,11 @@ msgstr "" "**Enterprise Udgave**: Ja, hvis du har en gyldig kontrakt forbundet til din " "database." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:165 msgid "Some banks have a status \"Beta.\" What does this mean?" msgstr "Visse banker står med statussen \"Beta.\" Hvad betyder det?" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:167 msgid "" "This means that banking institutions are not yet fully supported by our " "Third Party Provider. Bugs or other problems may arise. Odoo does not " @@ -629,12 +633,12 @@ msgstr "" "til disse banker bidrager til udviklings processen, eftersom Udbyderen vil " "modtage reelle data og tilbagemeldinger om forbindelsen." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:173 msgid "Why do my transactions only synchronize when I refresh manually?" msgstr "" "Hvorfor synkroniserer mine transaktioner kun når jeg genopfrisker manuelt?" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:175 msgid "" "Some banks have additional security measures and require extra steps, such " "as an SMS/email authentication code or another type of MFA. Because of this," @@ -646,11 +650,11 @@ msgstr "" "grund af dette kan integratoren ikke indhente transaktioner før " "sikkerhedskoden angives." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:180 msgid "Not all of my past transactions are in Odoo, why?" msgstr "Ikke alle min tidligere transaktioner er i Odoo, hvorfor?" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:182 msgid "" "For some institutions, transactions can only be fetched up to 3 months in " "the past." @@ -658,11 +662,11 @@ msgstr "" "For visse institutioner kan transaktioner kun indhentes op til 3 måneder " "tilbage." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:185 msgid "Why don't I see any transactions?" msgstr "Hvorfor kan jeg ikke se nogle transaktioner?" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:187 msgid "" "During your first synchronization, you selected the bank accounts you " "decided to synchronize with Odoo. If you didn't synchronize any of your " @@ -675,11 +679,11 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Regnskab --> Konfiguration --> Online Synkronisering` og " "klik på *Hent Konti* knappen under forbindelsen." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:191 msgid "There may also be no new transactions." msgstr "Der kan også være en mangel på nye transaktioner." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:193 msgid "" "If your bank account is properly linked to a journal and posted transactions" " are not visible in your database, please `submit a support ticket " @@ -689,11 +693,11 @@ msgstr "" "transaktioner ikke er synlige i dine database, bedes du venligst `indsende " "en supportsag <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:197 msgid "How can I update my bank credentials?" msgstr "Hvordan kan jeg opdatere legitimationsoplysningerne for min bank?" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:199 msgid "" "You can update your credentials by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Online Synchronization`, open the connection you want to " @@ -704,27 +708,27 @@ msgstr "" "forbindelsen du ønsker at opdatere dine legitimationsoplysninger for, og " "klik på *Opdatér Legitimationsoplysninger* knappen." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:204 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:124 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:111 msgid ":doc:`bank_statements`" msgstr ":doc:`bank_statements`" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:205 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:110 msgid ":doc:`ponto`" msgstr ":doc:`ponto`" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:206 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:123 msgid ":doc:`saltedge`" msgstr ":doc:`saltedge`" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:3 msgid "Ponto as bank synchronization provider" msgstr "Ponto som synkroniserings udbyder" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:5 msgid "" "**Ponto** is a service that allows companies and professionals to aggregate " "their accounts in one place and directly see all their transactions within " @@ -737,7 +741,7 @@ msgstr "" "til stadighed udvider antallet af bankinstitutioner der kan synkroniseres " "med Odoo." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:13 msgid "" "**Odoo** can synchronize directly with your bank to get all bank statements " "imported automatically into your database." @@ -745,7 +749,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Odoo** kan synkronisere direkte med din bank for at indhente alle " "kontoudtog til din database automatisk." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:16 msgid "" "Ponto is a paid third-party provider that can handle the synchronization " "between your bank accounts and Odoo. `Its pricing is 4€/month per " @@ -755,7 +759,7 @@ msgstr "" "mellem dine konti og Odoo. `Prisen er 4€/måned per konto/integration " "<https://myponto.com/en#pricing>`_." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:20 msgid "" "You can find more information about bank synchronization :doc:`on this page " "<bank_synchronization>`." @@ -763,32 +767,32 @@ msgstr "" "Du kan finde yderligere informationer om bank synkroniseringer :doc:`på " "denne side <bank_syncronization>`." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:27 msgid "Link your bank accounts with Ponto" msgstr "Forbind dine bankkonti med Ponto" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:29 msgid "Go to `Ponto's website (https://myponto.com) <https://myponto.com>`_." msgstr "" "Gå til `Ponto's hjemmeside (https://myponto.com) <https://myponto.com`_." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:30 msgid "Create an account if you don't have one yet." msgstr "Opret en konto hvis du endnu ikke har en." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:31 msgid "Once you are logged in, create an *organization*." msgstr "Når du er logget ind, opret en *organisation*." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounts --> Live`, and click on *Add account*." msgstr "Gå til :menuselection:`Konti --> Live`, og klik på *Tilføj konto*." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 msgid "You might have to add your **Billing Information** first." msgstr "Det kan være du først skal angive din **Betalingsinformation**." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:39 msgid "" "Select your country, your bank institutions, give your consent to Ponto, and" " follow the steps on-screen to link your bank account with your Ponto " @@ -797,7 +801,7 @@ msgstr "" "Vælg dit lang, dine bank institutioner, giv dit samtykke til Ponto, og følg " "trinene på skærmen, for at forbinde din bankkonto med din Ponto konto." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:46 msgid "" "Make sure to add all bank accounts you want to synchronize with your Odoo " "database before moving on to the next steps." @@ -805,50 +809,50 @@ msgstr "" "Vær sikker på at tilføje alle bankkonti som du vil synkronisere med din Odoo" " database, før du går videre til de næste trin." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:50 msgid "Link your Ponto account with your Odoo database" msgstr "Forbind din Ponto konto med din Odoo database" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:52 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Add a Bank Account`." msgstr "" "Gå til :menuselection:`Regnskab --> Konfiguration --> Tilføj en Bankkonto`." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:53 msgid "" "Search your institution, make sure to select the right institution. By " "selecting the institution, you can verify that the third party provider is " "Ponto." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:55 msgid "Click on *Connect* and follow the steps." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:56 msgid "" "At some point, you will have to authorize the accounts you want to access in" " Odoo. Please select **all the accounts** you want to synchronize. Even the " "ones coming from other banking institutions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:64 msgid "Finish the flow." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:67 msgid "" "You have to authorize all the accounts you want to access in Odoo but, Odoo " "will filter the accounts based on the institution you selected at the second" " step." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:71 msgid "Update your synchronization credentials" msgstr "Opdater dine legitimationsoplysninger for synkronisering" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:73 msgid "" "You might have to update your Ponto credentials or modify the " "synchronization settings." @@ -856,51 +860,51 @@ msgstr "" "Det kan være du bliver nødt til at opdatere dine Ponto " "legitimationsoplysninger, eller redigere synkroniserings indstillingerne." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:75 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:87 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Online " "Synchronization` and select the institution you want to fetch the other " "accounts. Click on *Fetch Accounts* button to start the flow." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:79 msgid "" "During the update, select **all the accounts** you want to synchronize, even" " the ones coming from other banking institutions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:83 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:66 msgid "Fetch new accounts" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:85 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:68 msgid "You might want to add new online accounts to your connection." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:91 msgid "" "Don't forget to keep authorization for existing accounts (for all " "institutions that you have synchronized with Ponto)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:98 msgid "After my synchronization, no account appears" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:100 msgid "" "You selected an institution from the list and did not authorize any accounts" " from this institution." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:103 msgid "I have an error about that my authorization has expired" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:105 msgid "" "Every **3 months** (90 days) you must re-authorize the connection between " "your bank account and Ponto. This must be done from the `Ponto website " @@ -908,34 +912,34 @@ msgid "" "stop for these accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:110 msgid "I have some errors with my beta institution" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:112 msgid "" "Ponto provides institutions in *beta*, these institutions are not directly " "supported by Odoo and we advise you to contact Ponto directly." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:116 msgid "" "Using an institution in beta is beneficial for Ponto, it allows them to have" " real feedback on the connection with the institution." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:3 msgid "Salt Edge as bank synchronization provider" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:5 msgid "" "**Salt Edge** is a third-party provider that aggregates banking information " "from your bank accounts. It supports ~5000 institutions in more than 50 " "countries." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:13 msgid "" "Odoo can synchronize directly with your bank to get all bank statements " "imported automatically into your database." @@ -943,27 +947,27 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo kan synkronisere med din bank direkte for at indhente alle kontoudtog " "og importere dem ind i din database automatisk." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:16 msgid "Salt Edge is a free third-party provider." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:22 msgid "Link your bank accounts with Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:24 msgid "" "Start synchronization by clicking on :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Add a Bank Account`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:26 msgid "" "Select the institution you want to synchronize. You can see if Salt Edge is " "the third party provider of the institution by selecting it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:28 msgid "" "After giving your phone number, you are asked for an email address. This " "email address is used to create your Salt Edge account. Please make sure you" @@ -971,31 +975,31 @@ msgid "" "your Salt Edge account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:37 msgid "" "After entering your email address, you are redirected to Salt Edge to " "continue the synchronization process." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:44 msgid "Make sure you give your consent by checking the consent checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:50 msgid "Complete the synchronization by following the steps." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:54 msgid "Update your credentials" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:56 msgid "" "You might have to update your Salt Edge credentials or modify the " "synchronization settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:58 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Online " "Synchronization` and select the institution you want to update credentials. " @@ -1003,25 +1007,25 @@ msgid "" "steps." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:62 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:74 msgid "" "Don't forget to check the consent checkbox. Otherwise, Odoo may not be able " "to access your information." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:70 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Online " "Synchronization` and select the institution to fetch the new accounts. Click" " on the *Fetch Accounts* button to start the flow and follow the steps." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:81 msgid "I have an error when I try to delete my synchronization within Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:83 msgid "" "Odoo can't permanently delete the connection you have created with the " "banking institution. However, it can revoke the consent you gave so that " @@ -1034,25 +1038,25 @@ msgid "" "record." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:92 msgid "I have an error saying that I have already synchronized this account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:94 msgid "" "You have probably already synchronized your bank account with Salt Edge, " "please check on your `dashboard <https://www.saltedge.com/dashboard>`_ that " "you don't already have a connection with the same credentials." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:98 msgid "" "In case you already have a synchronization with the same credentials present" " on your Salt Edge dashboard and this synchronization has not been created " "with Odoo, please delete it and create it from your Odoo database." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:102 msgid "" "In case you already have a connection with the same credentials present on " "your Salt Edge dashboard and this synchronization was created with Odoo, you" @@ -1061,15 +1065,16 @@ msgid "" "*Update Credentials* to reactivate the connection." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc.rst:3 ../../accounting/payables/misc.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc.rst:3 msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "Diverse" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:3 msgid "Do a bank wire transfer from one bank to another" msgstr "Foretag en bankoverførsel fra en bank til en anden" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:5 msgid "" "A company might have several bank accounts or cash registers. Within odoo it" " is possible to handle internal transfers of money with only a couple of " @@ -1078,7 +1083,7 @@ msgstr "" "En virksomhed kan have flere bankkonti eller kasseapparater. Indenfor odoo " "er det muligt at håndtere interne overførsler af penge men kun et par klik." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:9 msgid "" "We will take the following example to illustrate. My company has two bank " "accounts and I want to transfer 50.000 euros from one of our bank accounts " @@ -1087,11 +1092,11 @@ msgstr "" "Vi vil bruge følgende eksempel. Min virksomhed har to bankkonti, og jeg vil " "overføre 50.000 euro fra en af vores bankkonti, til en anden." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:17 msgid "Check your Chart of Accounts and default transfer account" msgstr "Tjek din Kontoplan og standard overførsels mængde" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:19 msgid "" "To handle internal transfers you need a transfer account in your charts of " "account. Odoo will generate an account automatically based on the country of" @@ -1105,7 +1110,7 @@ msgstr "" "overførsels kontoen, kan du gå ind i regnskabsmodulets indstillinger, og " "vælge :menuselection:`Konfiguration --> Indstillinger`." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:25 msgid "" "Your chart of accounts will be pre-installed depending on the country " "specified during your registration, it cannot be changed." @@ -1113,7 +1118,7 @@ msgstr "" "Din kontoplan vil blive forudinstalleret afhængig af landet specificeret " "under din registrering, den kan ikke ændres." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:31 msgid "" "The default transfer account will automatically be generated as well " "depending on your country's legislation. If necessary it can be modified " @@ -1122,11 +1127,11 @@ msgstr "" "Standard overførselskontoen vil også blive oprettet automatisk, afhængig af " "dit lands lovgivning. Om nødvendigt kan det redigeres fra samme side." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:39 msgid "Create a second bank account / Journal" msgstr "Opret en anden bankkonto / journal" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:41 msgid "" "Before we can register an internal transfer we need to add a new bank to our" " accounting dashboard. To do so enter the accounting module, click on " @@ -1140,15 +1145,15 @@ msgstr "" "Bankkonti`. Opret en ny bankkonti. Du bør udfylde **Kontonummer**. Du kan " "også oprette og redigere din bank for at specificere dine bankdetaljer." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:50 msgid "By saving the changes you now have 2 bank accounts." msgstr "Ved at gemme ændringerne har du nu 2 bankkonti." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:56 msgid "Register an internal transfer from one bank to another." msgstr "Registrer en intern overførsel fra en bank til en anden." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:58 msgid "" "We will now transfer 50.000 euros from our **Bank** to our **Bank BE57 0633 " "9533 1498** account." @@ -1156,11 +1161,11 @@ msgstr "" "Vi vil nu overføre 50.000 euro fra vores **Bank** til vores **Bank BE57 0633" " 9533 1498** konto." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:62 msgid "Log an internal transfer" msgstr "Bogfør en intern overførsel" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:64 msgid "" "The first step is to register the internal payment. To do so go into your " "accounting dashboard, click on the **more** button of one of your banks and " @@ -1170,7 +1175,7 @@ msgstr "" "skal du gå til dit regnskabs instrumentbræt, klik på **mere** knappen for en" " af dine banker, og vælg :menuselection:`Ny --> Intern Overførsel`." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:71 msgid "" "Create a new payment. The payment type will automatically be set to internal" " transfer. Select the **Bank** you want to transfer to, specify the " @@ -1180,7 +1185,7 @@ msgstr "" " automatisk. Vælg **Banken** du vil overføre til, specificer **Mængden**, og" " tilføj et **Notat** hvis du ønsker." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:76 msgid "" "The memo is important if you wish to automatically reconcile (see `Import " "bank statements and reconcile`_)." @@ -1188,11 +1193,11 @@ msgstr "" "Notater er vigtigt hvis du ønsker at udligne automatisk (se `Importer " "kontoudtog og udlign`_)." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:82 msgid "Save and confirm the changes to register the payment." msgstr "Gem og bekræft ændringerne for at registrere betalingen." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:84 msgid "" "In terms of accounting the money is now booked in the transfer account. " "We'll need to import bank statements to book the money in the final " @@ -1201,11 +1206,11 @@ msgstr "" "Hvad regnskab angår er pengene nu bogført i overførselskontoen. For at " "bogføre pengene i de endelige konto, skal vi importere kontoudtog." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:89 msgid "Import bank statements and reconcile" msgstr "Importer kontoudtog og udlign" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:91 msgid "" "Note that the bank balance computed by Odoo is different that the last " "statement of your bank." @@ -1213,7 +1218,7 @@ msgstr "" "Bemærk at kontoens saldo udregnet af Odoo er forskellig fra det sidste udtog" " i din bank." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:97 msgid "" "That is because we did not import the bank statement confirming the " "receiving and sending of the money. It's thus necessary to import your bank " @@ -1227,7 +1232,7 @@ msgstr "" "Når du modtager din kontoudtog, skal du klikke på **nyt udtog** knappen på " "den tilsvarende bank for at importere dem." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:106 msgid "" "Fill in your **Transactions line**. Once done, Odoo will display a " "**Computed Balance**. that computed balance is the theorical end balance of " @@ -1240,11 +1245,11 @@ msgstr "" "bankkonto. Hvis den stemmer overens med kontoudtoget, betyder at der ikke " "forekom nogen fejl. Udfyld **Slutsaldo** og klik på *Udlign** knappen." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:114 msgid "The following window will open:" msgstr "Det følgende vindue vil åbnes:" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:119 msgid "" "You need to choose counterparts for the payment. Select the correct bank " "statement line corresponding to the payment and click on the **reconcile** " @@ -1254,7 +1259,7 @@ msgstr "" "kontoudtoget, som svarer til betalingen, og klik på **udlign** knappen. " "Afslut udtoget for at færdiggøre transaktionen" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:126 msgid "" "The same steps will need to be repeated once you receive your second bank " "statement. Note that if you specify the same amount and the same memo in " @@ -1265,18 +1270,18 @@ msgstr "" "Bemærk at hvis du specificere den samme mængde og samme notat i begge " "kontoudtog, vil udligningen af betalingstransaktionerne ske automatisk." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:177 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:80 -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:153 msgid "Bank Reconciliation" msgstr "Bankudligning" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:3 msgid "Reconciliation Models" msgstr "Udlignsmodeller" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:5 msgid "" "Once the bank statements are correctly imported, it is essential to " "*reconcile* the records properly and ensure all *Journal Entries* are " @@ -1290,13 +1295,13 @@ msgstr "" " kan du konfigurere **Udlignings Modeller**, hvilket er særdeles nyttig ved " "gentagene posteringer så som bank afgifter." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:10 msgid "" "Add a link to the Reconciliation process in the paragraph above, once the " "doc will have been updated." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:14 msgid "" "Reconciliation Models are also useful to handle *Cash Discounts*. Please " "refer to :doc:`this documentation " @@ -1307,33 +1312,33 @@ msgstr "" "<../../receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts>` for yderligere " "information." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:21 msgid "Types of Reconciliation Models" msgstr "Typer af Afstemningsmodeller" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:23 msgid "There are three types of Reconciliation Models:" msgstr "Der er tre typer af Afstemningsmodeller:" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:25 msgid ":ref:`Write-off Button <reconciliation_models_button>`" msgstr "ref:`Afskriv Knap <reconciliation_models_button>`" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:26 msgid "" ":ref:`Suggestion of counterpart values <reconciliation_models_suggestion>`" msgstr "" ":ref:`Foreslag til modpartsværdier <reconciliation_models_suggestion>`" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:27 msgid ":ref:`Match existing invoices/bills <reconciliation_models_match>`" msgstr "ref:`Match eksisterende faktura <reconciliation_models_match>`" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:32 msgid "Manually create a write-off on clicked button" msgstr "Opret manuelt en afskrivning på klikket knap" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:34 msgid "" "When you are reconciling an entry with an *Open Balance*, you can use the " "buttons available under the *Manual Operations* tab to pre-fill all the " @@ -1345,11 +1350,11 @@ msgstr "" "alle værdierne automatisk, før godkendelse af afstemningen. Hver knap er en " "forskellig Afstemningsmodel." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:45 msgid "Suggest counterpart values" msgstr "Foreslå modpartsværdier" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:47 msgid "" "This type of Reconciliation Model suggests immediately counterpart values " "that only need to be validated. This automation is based on a set of rules " @@ -1359,11 +1364,11 @@ msgstr "" "blot skal godkendes. Denne automatisering er baseret på et sæt regler " "defineret i afstemningsmodellen." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:57 msgid "Match existing invoices/bills" msgstr "Match eksisterende faktura/regninger." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:59 msgid "" "This type of Reconciliation Model automatically selects the right Customer " "Invoice or Vendor Bill that matches the payment. All that is left to do is " @@ -1375,7 +1380,7 @@ msgstr "" "godkende posteringen. Denne automatisering er baseret på et sæt regler " "defineret i Afstemningsmodellen." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:71 msgid "" "To manage or create new **Reconciliation Models**, go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reconciliation --> Reconciliation Models`. " @@ -1389,7 +1394,7 @@ msgstr "" "til dit Bankjournals kort, klikke på de tre små prikker, og så på " "*Afstemningsmodeller*." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:81 msgid "" "The first entry, named *Invoices Matching Rule*, is the one responsible for " "the current matching of invoices and bills. Therefore, it is advised to " @@ -1399,7 +1404,7 @@ msgstr "" " for de faktura og regninger der i øjeblikket er matchet. Derfor er det " "tilrådet at lade den blive i toppen af listen, og ikke slette den." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:85 msgid "" "Open the model you want to modify, or click on *Create* to create a new one," " then fill out the form." @@ -1407,12 +1412,12 @@ msgstr "" "Åben modellen du vil redigere, eller klik på *Opret* for at oprette en ny, " "og udfyld formularen." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:88 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:50 msgid "Type" msgstr "Type" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:90 msgid "" "See :ref:`above <reconciliation_models_types>` for an explanation about the " "different types of Reconciliation Models." @@ -1420,7 +1425,7 @@ msgstr "" "Se :ref:`ovenover <reconciliation_models_types>` for en forklaring af de " "forskellige typer af Afstemningsmodeller." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:94 msgid "" "If the *Documents* application is installed on your database, an additional " "**Activity type** field appears when *To check* is ticked. Selecting the " @@ -1433,11 +1438,11 @@ msgstr "" "denne model, vil et *Anmodnings Dokument* vindue blive vist for at anmode " "brugeren om et dokument." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:100 msgid "Conditions on Bank Statement Line" msgstr "Vilkår for kontoudtogs linje" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:102 msgid "" "Define here all the conditions that are required for a Reconciliation Model " "to be applied." @@ -1445,7 +1450,7 @@ msgstr "" "Definer her alle de betingelser der kræves for at en Afstemningsmodel " "anvendes." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:105 msgid "" "If a record matches with several Reconciliation Models, the first one in the" " *sequence* of models will be applied. The sequence is simply the order of " @@ -1457,18 +1462,18 @@ msgstr "" "modeller i *listevisningen*. De kan omarrangeres ved at trække-og-slippe i " "håndtaget ved siden af navnet." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:114 msgid "Counterpart Values" msgstr "Modpost værdier" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:116 msgid "" "This section comprises the values that are applied by the Reconciliation " "Model." msgstr "" "Denne sektion indbefatter værdierne der anvendes af Afstemningsmodellen." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:118 msgid "" "If the value to reconcile needs to be written-off in two separate accounts, " "click on *Add a second line*." @@ -1476,36 +1481,38 @@ msgstr "" "Hvis værdien der afstemmes skal afskrives på to separate konti, skal du " "klikke på *Tilføj anden linje*." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:127 msgid ":doc:`use_cases`" msgstr ":doc:`brugstilfælde`" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:128 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:108 msgid ":doc:`../feeds/bank_synchronization`" msgstr ":doc:`../feeds/bank_synchronization`" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:129 msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts`" msgstr ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts`" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:3 msgid "Bank reconciliation process - use cases" msgstr "Bankafstemnings proces - brugstilfælde" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/overview.rst:3 ../../accounting/reporting/overview.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview" msgstr "Oversigt" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:8 msgid "" "Matching your bank statements with your accounting records can be a tedious " "task. You need to find the corresponding invoices, compare the amounts and " @@ -1519,19 +1526,19 @@ msgstr "" "Heldigvis kan du med Odoo nemt matche dine faktura eller andre " "betalingsdokumenter med dine kontoudtog." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:10 msgid "Two options of the reconciliation process exist in Odoo." msgstr "Der eksisterer to muligheder for afstemningsprocessen i Odoo." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:12 msgid "We can directly specify the payment on the invoice" msgstr "Vi kan specificere betalingen direkte på fakturaen" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:13 msgid "We can reconcile open invoices with bank statements" msgstr "Vi kan afstemme åbne faktura med kontoudtog" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:18 msgid "" "No special configuration is necessary to record invoices. All we need to do " "is to install the accounting app." @@ -1539,15 +1546,15 @@ msgstr "" "Der påkræves ingen særlig konfiguration for at registrere faktura. Alt vi " "skal gøre, er blot at installere regnskabs applikationen." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:25 msgid "Use cases" msgstr "Brugstilfælde" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:28 msgid "Case 1: Payments registration" msgstr "Tilfælde 1: Betalingsregistration" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:30 msgid "" "We received the proof of payment of our invoice in the amount of 2100 euros " "issued to Smith & Co." @@ -1555,7 +1562,7 @@ msgstr "" "Vi modtog betalingsbeviset på vores faktura som 2100 euro udstedt til Smith " "& Co." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:33 msgid "" "We start at our issued Invoice of 2100 euros for Smith & Co. Because the " "sold product is a service we demand an immediate payment. Our accountant " @@ -1569,7 +1576,7 @@ msgstr "" "denne faktura som betalt med det samme, for at indikere at vi kan begynde at" " udføre ydelsen for vores kunde." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:39 msgid "" "Our customer send us a payment confirmation. We can thus register a payment " "and mark the invoice as paid." @@ -1577,7 +1584,7 @@ msgstr "" "Vores kunde sender os en betalingsbekræftelse. Vi kan derfor registrere en " "betaling og markere fakturaen som betalt." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:45 msgid "" "By clicking on **register payment,** we are telling Odoo that our customer " "has paid the Invoice. We thus have to specify the amount and the payment " @@ -1587,7 +1594,7 @@ msgstr "" "har betalt fakturaen. Vi skal derfor specificere mængden og " "betalingsmetoden." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:52 msgid "" "Now we can always find the payment details in the Invoice by clicking on the" " :menuselection:`Info --> Open Payment`." @@ -1595,18 +1602,18 @@ msgstr "" "Nu kan vi altid finde betalingsdetaljer på fakturaen ved at klikke på " ":menuselection:`Info --> Åben Betaling`." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:58 msgid "" "The invoice has been paid and **the reconciliation has been done " "automatically.**" msgstr "" "Fakturaen er blevet betalt, og **afstemningen er blevet udført automatisk**." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:62 msgid "Case 2: Bank statements reconciliations" msgstr "Tilfælde 2: Afstemning af Kontoudtog" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:64 msgid "" "We start at our issued Invoice of 3000 euros for Smith & Co. Let's also " "assume that other Invoices are open for different customers." @@ -1614,7 +1621,7 @@ msgstr "" "Vi starter ved vores udstedte faktura på 3000 euro til Smith & Co. Lad os " "antage, at andre faktura er åbne for forskellige kunder." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:70 msgid "" "We receive our bank statement and find that not only the invoice issued to " "Smith & Co has been paid, but the one to Buzz of 92 euros as well." @@ -1622,7 +1629,7 @@ msgstr "" "Vi modtager vores kontoudtog, af finder at ikke blot fakturaen udstedt til " "Smith & Co er blevet betalt, men at den til Buzz på 92 euro også er." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:73 msgid "" "**Import** or **Create** the bank statements. Please refer to the documents " "from the Bank Feeds section." @@ -1630,11 +1637,11 @@ msgstr "" "**Importer** eller **Opret** kontoudtog. Referer venligst til dokumenterne " "fra Bank Feeds sektionen." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:79 msgid "On the dashboard, click on **Reconcile # Items**" msgstr "På instrumentbrættet, klik på **Afstem # Genstande**" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:84 msgid "" "If everything was right (correct partner name, right amount) odoo will do " "the reconciliations **automatically**." @@ -1642,11 +1649,11 @@ msgstr "" "Hvis alt var korrekt (korrekt partnernavn, korret mængde), vil Odoo udføre " "afstemningen **automatisk**." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:90 msgid "If some issues are found, you will need to take **manual actions**." msgstr "Hvis der findes nogen fejl, vil du skulle **manuelt tage handling**." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:92 msgid "" "For example, if the partner is missing from your bank statement, just fill " "it in :" @@ -1654,7 +1661,7 @@ msgstr "" "For eksempel, hvis partneren mangler fra dit kontoudtog, skal du blot " "udfylde :" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:98 msgid "" "If the payment is done with a down payment, just check if it is all right " "and validate all related payments :" @@ -1662,19 +1669,20 @@ msgstr "" "Hvis betalingen udføres med en afbetaling, skal du blot tjekke at alt er i " "orden, og validere alle relaterede betalinger :" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:105 msgid "Hit CTRL-Enter to reconcile all the balanced items in the sheet." msgstr "Tryk CTRL-Enter for at afstemme alle afbalancerede linjer på arket." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:168 msgid "Setup" msgstr "Opsætning" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:3 msgid "Bank Accounts" msgstr "Bankkonti" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:5 msgid "" "You can manage as many **Bank Accounts** as needed on your database. " "Configuring them well allows you to make sure that all your banking data is " @@ -1685,7 +1693,7 @@ msgstr "" "forsikre dig om, at alle dine bank data er opdateret og klar til afstemning " "med dine *Journalposteringer*." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:9 msgid "" "In Odoo Accounting, each Bank Account is configured to have a dedicated " "*Journal* which is configured to post all entries in a dedicated *Account*." @@ -1694,7 +1702,7 @@ msgstr "" "*Journal*, som er konfigureret til at postere alle posteringer i en " "dedikeret *Konto*." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:12 msgid "" "Whenever you add a Bank Account, a dedicated journal and a dedicated account" " are automatically created and configured." @@ -1702,7 +1710,7 @@ msgstr "" "Hver gang du tilføjer en Bankkonto, oprettes og konfigureres en dedikeret " "journal og konto automatisk." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:15 msgid "" "Every **Bank Journal** is displayed by default on the **Accounting " "Overview** in the form of a convenient card. It includes action buttons that" @@ -1712,11 +1720,11 @@ msgstr "" "et praktisk kort. Det inkludere handlingsknapper som vises når det er " "passende." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:25 msgid "Add a new Bank Account" msgstr "Tilføj en ny Bankkonto" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:27 msgid "" "You can either connect your bank account to your Odoo database, or configure" " your bank account manually and :doc:`upload the bank statements manually " @@ -1726,11 +1734,11 @@ msgstr "" " din bankkonto manuelt, og :doc:`uploade dine kontoudtog manuelt " "<../feeds/bank_statements>`." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:31 msgid "Bank Synchronization" msgstr "Banksynkronisering" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:33 msgid "" "Connect your bank account to your database and have your bank statements " "synced automatically." @@ -1738,7 +1746,7 @@ msgstr "" "forbind din bankkonto til din database, og få dine kontoudtog synkroniseret " "automatisk." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:35 msgid "" "To synchronize a new bank account, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration`, click on *Add a Bank Account*, then find your bank in the " @@ -1748,7 +1756,7 @@ msgstr "" " --> Konfiguration`, klik på *Tilføj en Bankkonto*, fin din bank i listen, " "klik på *Forbind*, og følg instruktionerne på skærmen." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:40 msgid "" ":doc:`Click here <../../bank/feeds/bank_synchronization>` for more " "information about this bank synchronization." @@ -1756,11 +1764,11 @@ msgstr "" ":doc:`Klik her <../../bank/feeds/bank_synchronization>` for yderligere " "information omkring denne banksynkronisering." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:48 msgid "Manual configuration" msgstr "Manuel konfiguration" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:50 msgid "" "If your Bank Institution can’t be synchronized automatically, or if you " "prefer not to sync it with your database, you may also configure your bank " @@ -1770,7 +1778,7 @@ msgstr "" "foretrækker ikke at synkronisere med din database, kan du også konfigurere " "din bankkonto manuelt." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:53 msgid "" "To add a new bank account manually, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration`, click on *Add a Bank Account*, then on *Create it*, and fill" @@ -1780,18 +1788,18 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Regnskab --> Konfiguration`, klik på *Tilføj en Bankkonto*, " "derefter på *Opret den*, og udfyld formularen." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:65 msgid "**Name**: the bank account's name, as displayed on Odoo." msgstr "**Navn**: bankkontoens navn, som vist i Odoo." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:57 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:66 msgid "**Account Number**: your bank account number (IBAN in Europe)." msgstr "**Kontonummer**: Dit kontonummer (IBAN i Europa)." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:67 msgid "" "**Bank**: click on *Create and Edit* to configure the bank's details. Add " "the bank institution's name and its Identifier Code (BIC or SWIFT)." @@ -1800,8 +1808,8 @@ msgstr "" "Tilføj bank institutionens navn og den identifikationskode (BIC eller " "SWIFT)." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:60 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:69 msgid "" "**Code**: this code is your Journal's *Short Code*, as displayed on Odoo. By" " default, Odoo creates a new Journal with this Short Code." @@ -1809,8 +1817,8 @@ msgstr "" "**Kode**: Denne kode er din Journals *Korte Kode*, som vist i Odoo. Per " "standard opretter Odoo en ny Journal med denne Korte Kode." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:62 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:71 msgid "" "**Journal**: This field is displayed if you have an existing Bank Journal " "that is not linked yet to a bank account. If so, then select the *Journal* " @@ -1823,7 +1831,7 @@ msgstr "" "forbundet med denne bankkonto, eller oprette en ny en ved at klikke på " "*Opret og Rediger*." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:67 msgid "" "Odoo detects the bank account type (e.g., IBAN) and enables some features " "accordingly." @@ -1831,11 +1839,11 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo finder bankkonto typen (f.eks. IBAN), og aktivere visse " "funktionaliteter derudfra." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:75 msgid "Advanced configuration" msgstr "Avanceret Konfiguration" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:77 msgid "" "To edit an existing bank account, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Bank Accounts`, and open the bank account you want to " @@ -1845,7 +1853,7 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Regnskab --> Konfiguration --> Bankkonti`, og åbne den " "bankkonto du vil modificere." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:80 msgid "" "If you need to edit the bank account details, go to the *Bank Account* field" " and click on the *External Link* button next to the list arrow. There, you " @@ -1860,7 +1868,7 @@ msgstr "" "*Eksternt Link* ved siden af *Bank* feltet. Disse detaljer anvendes til at " "registrere visse betalinger." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:85 msgid "" "You can configure which types of payments are enabled in the **Payment " "Method Types** section and how the bank statements are recorded and posted " @@ -1870,25 +1878,25 @@ msgstr "" "Type** sektionen, og hvordan kontoudtog registreres og posteres i " "**Kontoudtog** sektionen." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:93 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:192 msgid ":doc:`../../bank/feeds/bank_synchronization`" msgstr ":doc:`../../bank/feeds/bank_synchronization`" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:94 msgid ":doc:`../feeds/bank_statements`" msgstr ":doc:`../feeds/bank_statements`" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:95 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:194 -msgid "`Odoo Learn: Accounting Basics <https://www.odoo.com/r/lsZ>`_" -msgstr "`Lær Odoo: Bogføring Fundamentaler <https://www.odoo.com/r/lsZ>`_" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:194 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Accounting Basics <https://www.odoo.com/r/lsZ>`_" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:3 msgid "Manage a bank in a foreign currency" msgstr "Administrer en bank i udenlandsk valuta" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:5 msgid "" "In Odoo, every transaction is recorded in the default currency of the " "company. Reports are all based on the currency of the company. But for " @@ -1901,7 +1909,7 @@ msgstr "" "der sker i en anden valuta, lagre Odoo både værdien i virksomhedens valuta, " "samt værdien i transaktionens valuta." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:11 msgid "" "When you have a bank account in a foreign currencies, for every transaction," " Odoo stores two values:" @@ -1909,15 +1917,15 @@ msgstr "" "Når du har en bankkonto i udenlandsk valuta, gemmer Odoo to værdier for hver" " transaktion:" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:14 msgid "The debit/credit in the currency of the company" msgstr "Debet/kredit i virksomhedens valuta" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:16 msgid "The debit/credit in the currency of the bank account" msgstr "Debet/kredit i bankkontos valuta" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:18 msgid "" "Currency rates are updated automatically using yahoo.com, or the European " "Central bank web-services." @@ -1925,11 +1933,11 @@ msgstr "" "Valutakurser opdateres automatisk via yahoo.com, eller gennem Den Europæiske" " Centralbank web-tjenester." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:25 msgid "Activate the multi-currency feature" msgstr "Aktiver multi-valuta funktionaliteten" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:27 msgid "" "In order to allow your company to work with multiple currencies, you should " "activate the multi-currency mode. In the accounting application, go into " @@ -1944,11 +1952,11 @@ msgstr "" "krydset af. Angiv en **Valutavekslings Gevinst / Tab\" konto, og klik " "derefter på **Anvend**." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:34 msgid "Configure currencies" msgstr "Konfigurer valutaer" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:36 msgid "" "Once the Odoo is configured to support multiple currencies, you should " "activate the currencies you plan to work with. To do that, go to the menu " @@ -1962,7 +1970,7 @@ msgstr "" "oprettet per standard, men du bør aktivere dem, du gerne vil gør brug af " "(for at aktivere en valuta skal du sætte kryds i dets \"Aktiv\" felt)." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:42 msgid "" "After having activated the currencies, you can configure the parameters to " "automate the currency rate update. These options are also in the settings of" @@ -1972,15 +1980,15 @@ msgstr "" "automatisk opdatering af valutakurser. Disse muligheder findes også i " "Rengskab applikationens indstillinger, i bunden af siden:" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:49 msgid "Click on the **Update Now** link to update the currency rates now." msgstr "Klik på **Opdatér Nu** linket for at opdatere valutakurserne nu." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:52 msgid "Create a new bank account" msgstr "Opret en ny bankkonto" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:54 msgid "" "In the accounting application, we first go to :menuselection:`Configuration " "--> Accounting / Bank account`, and we create a new one." @@ -1988,21 +1996,21 @@ msgstr "" "I Regnskab applikationen, går vi først til :menuselection:`Konfiguration -->" " Regnskab / Bankkonto`, og opretter en ny en." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:60 msgid "" "Once you save this bank account, Odoo will create all the documents for you:" msgstr "" "Når du gemmer denne bankkonto, vil Odoo oprette alle dokumenterne for dig:" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:63 msgid "An account in the trial balance" msgstr "En konto i prøve saldoen" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:65 msgid "A journal in your dashboard" msgstr "En journal på dit instrumentbræt" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:67 msgid "" "Information about the bank account in the footer of your invoices if checked" " the box **Show in Invoices Footer**" @@ -2010,11 +2018,11 @@ msgstr "" "Information om bankkontoen vil blive vist i dine fakturas sidefod, hvis du " "satte kryds i boksen **Vis i Faktura Sidefod**" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:71 msgid "Example: A vendor bill in a foreign currency" msgstr "Eksempel: En leverandørfaktura i udenlandsk valuta" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:73 msgid "" "Based on the above example, let's assume we receive the following bill from " "a supplier in China." @@ -2022,14 +2030,14 @@ msgstr "" "Lad os antage, at vi modtager den følgende regning fra en leverandør i Kina," " baseret på ovenstående eksempel." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:76 msgid "" "In the :menuselection:`Purchase --> Vendor Bills` , this is what you could " "see:" msgstr "" "I :menuselection:`Indkøb --> Leverandørfakturaer`, kan du se følgende:" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:81 msgid "" "Once you are ready to pay this bill, click on register payment on the bill " "to record a payment." @@ -2037,7 +2045,7 @@ msgstr "" "Når du er klar til at betale denne regning, skal du klikke på registrer " "betaling på fakturaen for at registrere en betaling." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:87 msgid "" "That's all you have to do. Odoo will automatically post the foreign exchange" " gain or loss at the reconciliation of the payment with the invoice, " @@ -2049,7 +2057,7 @@ msgstr "" "afhængig af om valutakurserne steg eller faldt mellem fakturering- og " "betalingsdatoen." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:92 msgid "" "Note that you can pay a foreign bill with another currency. In such a case, " "Odoo will automatically convert between the two currencies." @@ -2057,11 +2065,11 @@ msgstr "" "Bemærk at du kan betale en udenlandsk regning i en anden valuta. I så fald " "vil Odoo automatisk konvertere mellem de to valutaer." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:96 msgid "Customers Statements" msgstr "Kundeudtog" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:98 msgid "" "Customers and vendor statements are managed in the currency of the invoice. " "So, the amount due by your customer (to your vendor) is always expressed in " @@ -2071,7 +2079,7 @@ msgstr "" "der skal betales af din kunde (til din leverandør) er altid udtrykt i " "fakturaens valuta." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:102 msgid "" "If you have several invoices with different currencies for the same " "customer, Odoo will split the customer statement by currency, as shown in " @@ -2080,7 +2088,7 @@ msgstr "" "Hvis du har flere faktura med forskellige valuta for samme kunde, vil Odoo " "dele kundeudtoget op per valuta, som vist i rapporten nedenunder." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:109 msgid "" "In the above report, the account receivable associated to Camptocamp is not " "managed in a secondary currency, which means that it keeps every transaction" @@ -2094,7 +2102,7 @@ msgstr "" "indstille den tilgodehavende for denne kunde i en sekundær valuta, og al " "dens gæld konverteres automatisk til denne valuta." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:115 msgid "" "In such a case, the customer statement always has only one currency. In " "general, this is not what the customer expect as he prefers to see the " @@ -2104,11 +2112,11 @@ msgstr "" "kunden forventer, eftersom de foretrækker at se mængderne i valutaen fra de " "faktura de modtog;" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:3 msgid "Manage a cash register" msgstr "Administrer et kasseapparat" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:5 msgid "" "The cash register is a journal to register receivings and payments " "transactions. It calculates the total money in and out, computing the total " @@ -2118,7 +2126,7 @@ msgstr "" "betalingstransaktioner. Den udregner det samlede indgående og udgående " "beløb, og udregner dermed den samlede saldo." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:14 msgid "" "Configure the Cash journal in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " "--> Journals`." @@ -2126,7 +2134,7 @@ msgstr "" "Konfigurer Kontantjournalen i :menuselection:`Regnskab --> Konfiguration -->" " Journaler`." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:17 msgid "" "In the tab Journal Entries, the Default Debit and Credit Account can be " "configured as well as the currency of the journal" @@ -2134,17 +2142,17 @@ msgstr "" "I Journalposterings fanen kan Standard Debet og Kredit Konto konfigureres, " "så vel som valutaen for journalen" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:21 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:256 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:34 msgid "Usage" msgstr "Anvendelse" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:24 msgid "How to register cash payments?" msgstr "Hvordan registrere man kontant betalinger?" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:26 msgid "" "To register a cash payment specific to another customer, you should follow " "these steps:" @@ -2152,7 +2160,7 @@ msgstr "" "For at registrere en kontant betaling specifik for en anden kunden, bør du " "gøre følgende:" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:29 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Dashboard --> Cash --> Register " "Transactions`" @@ -2160,11 +2168,11 @@ msgstr "" "Gå til :menuselection:`Regnskab --> Instrumentbræt --> Kontant --> Registrer" " Transaktioner`" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:32 msgid "Fill in the start and ending balance" msgstr "Udfyld start og slut saldo" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:34 msgid "" "Register the transactions, specifying the customers linked to the " "transaction" @@ -2172,11 +2180,11 @@ msgstr "" "Registrer transaktionerne, hvor du specificerer kunden forbundet til " "transaktionen" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:37 msgid "Put money in" msgstr "Indsæt penge" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:39 msgid "" "Put money in is used to placed your cash manually before starting your " "transactions. From the Register Transactions window, go to " @@ -2186,11 +2194,11 @@ msgstr "" "begynder din transaktion. Fra Registrer Transaktioner vinduet, skal du gå " "til :menuselection:`Mere --> Indsæt penge`" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:47 msgid "Take money out" msgstr "Hæv penge" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:49 msgid "" "Take money out is used to collect/get yor your cash manually after ending " "all your transactions. From the Register Transaction windows, go to " @@ -2200,56 +2208,60 @@ msgstr "" "du har afsluttet alle dine transaktioner. Fra Registrer Transaktion vinduet," " skal du gå til :menuselection:`Mere --> Hæv penge`" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:56 msgid "" "The transactions will be added to the current cash payment registration." msgstr "" "Transaktionerne vil blive tilføjet til den nuværende kontant betalings " "registrering." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations.rst:3 msgid "Fiscal Localizations" msgstr "Finansielle Lokaliseringer" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations.rst:3 msgid "Localizations" msgstr "Lokaliseringer" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:17 msgid "Argentina" msgstr "Argentina" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:6 msgid "Webinars" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:8 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:8 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:8 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:8 msgid "" "Below you can find videos with a general description of the localization, " "and how to configure it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:10 msgid "`VIDEO WEBINAR OF A COMPLETE DEMO <https://youtu.be/c41-8cVaYAI>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:13 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:13 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:13 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:13 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:11 +msgid "`ECOMMERCE <https://youtu.be/5gUi2WWfRuI>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:63 msgid "Introduction" msgstr "Introduktion" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:16 msgid "" "The Argentinean localization has been improved and extended in Odoo v13, in " "this version the next modules are available:" @@ -2257,7 +2269,7 @@ msgstr "" "Den Argentinske lokalisering er blevet forbedret og udvidet i Odoo v13, i " "denne version er følgende moduler tilgængelige:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:19 msgid "" "**l10n_ar**: This module add accounting features for the Argentinian " "localization, which represent the minimal configuration needed for a company" @@ -2270,7 +2282,7 @@ msgstr "" "(Administración Federal de Ingresos Públicos) reguleringer og " "retningslinjer." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:23 msgid "" "**l10n_ar_reports**: Add VAT Book report which is a legal requirement in " "Argentine and that holds the VAT detail info of sales or purchases recorded " @@ -2282,7 +2294,7 @@ msgstr "" "journalposteringerne. Dette modul inkluderer derudover også Moms " "opsummerings rapporter, som bruges til at analysere faktura" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:27 msgid "" "**l10n_ar_edi**: This module includes all technical and functional " "requirements to generate Electronic Invoice via web service, based on the " @@ -2292,11 +2304,11 @@ msgstr "" "til generering af Elektronisk Faktura via web-tjeneste, baseret på AFIP " "reguleringer." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:35 msgid "Install the Argentinean localization modules" msgstr "Installer de Argentinske lokaliseringsmoduler" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:37 msgid "" "For this, go to *Apps* and search for Argentina. Then click *Install* for " "the first two modules." @@ -2304,12 +2316,12 @@ msgstr "" "For at gøre dette, skal du gå til *Applikationer* og søge efter Argentina. " "Klik derefter på *Installer* for det første to moduler." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:42 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:43 msgid "Configure your company" msgstr "Konfigurer din virksomhed" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:45 msgid "" "Once that the modules are installed, the first step is to set up your " "company data. Additional to the basic information, a key field to fill in " @@ -2321,12 +2333,12 @@ msgstr "" " Ansvarstype feltet, som repræsenterer de finansielle obligationer og " "struktur på virksomheden:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:53 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:64 msgid "Chart of Account" msgstr "Kontoplan" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:56 msgid "" "In Accounting settings there are three available packages of Chart of " "accounts, which are related to the AFIP responsibility type of the Company, " @@ -2338,32 +2350,32 @@ msgstr "" "virksomhederne ikke kræver lige så mange konti, som virksomheder der " "fremsatte mere komplekse finansielle krav:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:60 msgid "Monotributista (149 accounts)." msgstr "Monotributista (149 konti)." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:61 msgid "IVA Exempto (159 accounts)." msgstr "IVA Exempto (159 konti)." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:62 msgid "Responsables Inscriptos (166 Accounts)." msgstr "Responsables Inscriptos (166 konti)." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:67 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:234 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:240 msgid "Configure Master data" msgstr "Konfigurer Hoveddata" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:71 msgid "Electronic Invoice Credentials" msgstr "Elektronisk Faktura Legitimationsoplysninger" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:74 msgid "Environment" msgstr "Miljø" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:76 msgid "" "The AFIP infrastructure is replicated in two separate environments, Testing " "and Production." @@ -2371,7 +2383,7 @@ msgstr "" "AFIP infrastrukturen er duplikeret i to separate miljø, Afprøvning og " "Produktion." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:78 msgid "" "Testing is provided so that the Companies can test their developments until " "they are ready to move into the Production environment. As these two " @@ -2383,7 +2395,7 @@ msgstr "" "miljø er fuldstændigt isoleret fra hinanden, er digitale certifikater fra en" " instans ikke gyldige i den anden instans." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:82 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Argentinian Localization` " "to select the environment:" @@ -2391,11 +2403,11 @@ msgstr "" "Gå til :menuselection:`Regnskab --> Indstillinger --> Argentinsk " "Lokalisering` for at vælge miljøet:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:89 msgid "AFIP Certificates" msgstr "AFIP Certifikater" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:90 msgid "" "The electronic invoice and other afip services work with WebServices (WS) " "provided by the AFIP." @@ -2403,7 +2415,7 @@ msgstr "" "Den elektroniske faktura og andre afip tjenester fungerer via WebServices " "(WS), udbudt af AFIP." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:92 msgid "" "In order to enable communication with the AFIP, the first step is to request" " a Digital Certificate if you don’t have one already." @@ -2411,7 +2423,7 @@ msgstr "" "For at aktivere kommunikation med AFIP'en, er det første skridt at anmode om" " et Digitalt Certifikat, hvis du ikke allerede har et." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:95 msgid "" "Generate certificate Sign Request (Odoo). When this option is selected a " "file with extension ``.csr`` (certificate signing request) is generated to " @@ -2421,7 +2433,7 @@ msgstr "" "genereres en fil med formatet ``.csr`` (certificat signing request), til " "brug af AFIP portalen til at anmode om certifikatet." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:101 msgid "" "Generate Certificate (AFIP). Access the AFIP portal and follow the " "instructions described in the next document in order to get a certificate. " @@ -2433,34 +2445,34 @@ msgstr "" " Certifikat " "<http://www.afip.gob.ar/ws/WSAA/wsaa_obtener_certificado_produccion.pdf>`_." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:105 msgid "" "Upload Certificate and Private Key (Odoo). Once the certificate has been " "generated, it needs to be uploaded in Odoo, using the pencil next in the " "field “Certificado” and selecting the corresponding file." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:112 msgid "" "In case you need to configure the Homologation Certificate, please refer to " "the AFIP official documentation: `Homologation Certificate " "<http://www.afip.gob.ar/ws/documentacion/certificados.asp>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:116 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:154 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:322 msgid "Partner" msgstr "Kontakt" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:157 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:325 msgid "Identification Type and VAT" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:122 msgid "" "As part of the Argentinean localization, the document types defined by the " "AFIP are now available on the Partner form, this information is essential " @@ -2468,70 +2480,70 @@ msgid "" "default:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:130 msgid "" "The complete list of Identification types defined by the AFIP is included in" " Odoo but only the common ones are active." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:134 msgid "AFIP Responsibility Type" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:136 msgid "" "In Argentina the document type associated with customers and vendors " "transactions is defined based on the AFIP Responsibility type, this field " "should be defined in the partner form:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:142 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:192 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:122 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:69 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:237 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:3 msgid "Taxes" msgstr "Moms" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:145 msgid "" "As part of the localization module, the taxes are created automatically " "with their related financial account and configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:151 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:208 msgid "Taxes Types" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:154 msgid "Argentina has several tax types, the most common ones are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:156 msgid "VAT. Is the regular VAT and it can have several percentages." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:157 msgid "Perception. Advance payment of a tax that is applied on Invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:158 msgid "Retention. Advance payment of a tax that is applied on payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:159 msgid "Otros." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:162 msgid "Special Taxes" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:164 msgid "" "Some argentine taxes are not commonly used for all companies, these type of" " taxes are included as inactive by default, it's important that before " @@ -2539,13 +2551,13 @@ msgid "" "Inactive taxes:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:171 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:218 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:268 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:274 msgid "Document Types" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:174 msgid "" "In some Latin America countries, including Argentina, some accounting " "transactions like invoices and vendor bills are classified by document " @@ -2553,14 +2565,14 @@ msgid "" "AFIP)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:178 msgid "" "The document type is an essential information that needs to be displayed in " "the printed reports and that needs to be easily identified, within the set " "of invoices as well of account moves." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:181 msgid "" "Each document type can have a unique sequence per journal where it is " "assigned. As part of the localization, the Document Type include the country" @@ -2568,91 +2580,91 @@ msgid "" "when the localization module is installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:184 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:237 msgid "" "The information required for the document types is included by default so " "the user doesn't need to fill anything on this view:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:191 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:245 msgid "" "There are several document types that are inactive by default but can be " "activated if needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:195 msgid "Letters" msgstr "Breve" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:196 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:197 msgid "" "For Argentina, the document types include a letter that helps that indicates" " the transaction/operation, example:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:200 msgid "" "When an invoice is related to a B2B transaction, a document type \"A\" must " "be used." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:201 msgid "" "When an invoice is related to a B2C transaction, a document type \"B\" must " "be used." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:202 msgid "" "When an invoice is related to exportation transaction, a document type \"E\"" " must be used." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:204 msgid "" "The documents included in the localization have the proper letter " "associated, the user doesn't need to configure anything additional." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:210 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:249 msgid "Use on Invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:212 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:251 msgid "The document type on each transaction will be determined by:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:215 msgid "" "The Journal related to the Invoice, identifying if the journal use " "documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:216 msgid "" "Condition applied based on the type of Issues and Receiver (ex. Type of " "fiscal regimen of the buyer and type of fiscal regimen of the vendor)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:219 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:253 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:140 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:296 msgid "Journals" msgstr "Journaler" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:222 msgid "" "In the Argentinean localization the Journal can have a different approach " "depending on its usage and internal type, to configure you journals go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:226 msgid "" "For Sales and Purchase Journals it’s possible to enable the option *Use " "Documents*, this indicates the Journal enables a list of document types that" @@ -2660,43 +2672,43 @@ msgid "" "invoices, please refer to the section 2.3 Document Types." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:230 msgid "" "If the Sales/Purchase journal are used without the option *Use Documents* it" " because they won’t be used to generate fiscal invoices, but mostly for " "account moves related to internal control process." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:234 msgid "AFIP Information (also known as AFIP Point of Sale)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:239 msgid "" "**AFIP POS System**: This field is only visible for the Sales journals and " "defined the type of AFIP POS that will be used to manage the transactions " "for which the journal is created. The AFIP POS defines as well:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:243 msgid "The sequences of document types related to the Web service." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:244 msgid "The structure and data of the electronic invoice file." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:247 msgid "Web Services" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:248 msgid "" "``wsfev1: Electronic Invoice.`` This is the most common service, is used to " "generated invoices for document types A, B, C, M with no detail per item." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:250 msgid "" "``wsbfev1: Electronic Fiscal Bond.`` For those who invoice capital goods " "and wish to access the benefit of the Electronic Tax Bonds granted by the " @@ -2705,20 +2717,20 @@ msgid "" "capital>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:253 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:254 msgid "" "``wsfexv1: Electronic Exportation Invoice.`` Used to generate invoices for " "international customers and transactions that involve exportation process, " "the document type related is type “E”." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:260 msgid "" "**AFIP POS Number**: This is the number configured in the AFIP to identify " "the operations related to this AFIP POS." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:263 msgid "" "**AFIP POS Address**: This field is related to commercial address registered" " for the POS, which is usually the same address than the Company. For " @@ -2727,38 +2739,38 @@ msgid "" "invoice report." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:268 msgid "" "**Unified Book**: When AFIP POS System is Preimpresa the document types " "(applicable to the journal) with the same letter will share the same " "sequence. For example:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:270 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:271 msgid "Invoice: FA-A 0001-00000002." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:271 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:272 msgid "Credit Note: NC-A 0001-00000003." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:273 msgid "Debit Note: ND-A 0001-00000004." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:276 msgid "Sequences" msgstr "Sekvenser" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:277 msgid "" "In case that you want to synchronize the next number in the sequence in Odoo" " based on the next number in the AFIP POS, the next button that is visible " -"under :doc:`developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` can " -"be used:" +"under :doc:`developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>` can be " +"used:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:285 msgid "" "When creating the Purchase journals, it's possible to define if they can be " "related to document types or not. In case that the option to use documents " @@ -2766,63 +2778,63 @@ msgid "" "sequences as the document number is provided by the vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:290 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:170 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:348 msgid "Usage and testing" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:293 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:294 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:173 msgid "Invoice" msgstr "Faktura" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:295 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:296 msgid "" "After the partners and journals are created and configured, when the " "invoices are created the will have the next behaviour:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:299 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:300 msgid "Document type assignation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:302 msgid "" "Once the partner is selected the document type will filled automatically, " "based on the AFIP document type:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:305 msgid "**Invoice for a customer IVA Responsable Inscripto, prefix A**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:310 msgid "**Invoice for an end customer, prefix B**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:315 msgid "**Exportation Invoice, prefix E**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:320 msgid "" "As it is shown in the invoices, all of them use the same journal but the " "prefix and sequence is given by the document type." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:322 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:323 msgid "" "The most common document type will be defined automatically for the " "different combinations of AFIP responsibility type but it can be updated " "manually by the user." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:327 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:328 msgid "Electronic Invoice elements" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:328 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:329 msgid "" "When using electronic invoice, if all the information is correct the Invoice" " is posted in the standard way, in case that something needs to be addressed" @@ -2831,212 +2843,212 @@ msgid "" "draft until the related data is corrected." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:333 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:334 msgid "" "Once the invoice is posted, the information related to the AFIP validation " "and status is displayed in the AFIP Tab, including:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:336 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:337 msgid "AFIP Autorisation: CAE number." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:338 msgid "" "Expiration date: Deadline to deliver the invoice to the customers. Normally " "10 days after the CAE is generated." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:339 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:340 msgid "Result:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:341 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:342 msgid "Aceptado en AFIP." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:343 msgid "Aceptado con Observaciones." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:349 msgid "Invoice Taxes" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:351 msgid "" "Based on the AFIP Responsibility type, the VAT tax can have a different " "behavior on the pdf report:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:353 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:354 msgid "" "**A. Tax excluded:** In this case the taxed amount needs to be clearly " "identified in the report. This condition applies when the customer has the " "following AFIP Responsibility type:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:356 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:357 msgid "Responsable Inscripto." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:361 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:362 msgid "" "**B. Tax amount included:** This means that the taxed amount is included as " "part of the product price, subtotal and totals. This condition applies when " "the customer has the following AFIP Responsibility types:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:365 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:366 msgid "IVA Sujeto Exento." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:366 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:367 msgid "Consumidor Final." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:367 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:368 msgid "Responsable Monotributo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:368 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:369 msgid "IVA liberado." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:375 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:376 msgid "Special Use Cases" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:378 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:379 msgid "Invoices for Services" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:379 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:380 msgid "" "For electronic invoices that include Services, the AFIP requires to report " "the service starting and ending date, this information can be filled in the" " tab “Other Info”:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:385 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:386 msgid "" "If the dates are not selected manually before the invoice is validated, the" " values will be filled automatically considering the beginning and day of " "the invoice month:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:393 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:394 msgid "Exportation Invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:394 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:395 msgid "" "The invoices related to Exportation transactions required a Journal that " "used the AFIP POS System “Expo Voucher - Web Service” so the proper document" " type be associated:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:400 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:401 msgid "" "When the customer selected in the Invoice has set the AFIP responsibility " "type as “Cliente / Proveedor del Exterior” or “IVA Liberado – Ley Nº " "19.640”, Odoo automatically assigned:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:403 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:404 msgid "Journal related to the exportation Web Service." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:404 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:405 msgid "Exportation document type ." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:405 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:406 msgid "Fiscal position: Compras/Ventas al exterior." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:406 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:407 msgid "Concepto AFIP: Products / Definitive export of goods." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:407 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:408 msgid "Exempt Taxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:413 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:414 msgid "" "The Exportation Documents required the Incoterm in :menuselection:`Other " "Info --> Accounting`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:420 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:421 msgid "Fiscal Bond" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:421 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:422 msgid "" "The Electronic Fiscal bond is used for those who invoice capital goods and " "wish to access the benefit of the Electronic Tax Bonds granted by the " "Ministry of Economy." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:424 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:449 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:425 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:450 msgid "" "For these transactions it’s important to have into consideration the next " "requirements:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:426 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:427 msgid "Currency (according to parameter table) and invoice quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:427 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:428 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:150 msgid "Taxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:428 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:429 msgid "Zone." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:429 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:430 msgid "Detail each item." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:431 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:432 msgid "Code according to the Common Nomenclator of Mercosur (NCM)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:432 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:433 msgid "Complete description." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:433 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:434 msgid "Unit Net Price." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:434 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:435 msgid "Quantity." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:435 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:436 msgid "Unit of measurement." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:436 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:437 msgid "Bonus." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:437 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:438 msgid "VAT rate." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:441 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:442 msgid "Electronic Credit Invoice MiPyme (FCE)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:443 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:444 msgid "" "**Invoices:** There are several document types classified as Mipyme also " "known as Electronic Credit Invoice (FCE in spanish), which is used to " @@ -3046,43 +3058,43 @@ msgid "" " to their clients and / or vendors." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:451 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:452 msgid "Specific document types (201, 202, 206, etc)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:452 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:453 msgid "The emisor should be eligible by the AFIP to MiPyme transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:453 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:454 msgid "The amount should be bigger than 100,000 ARS." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:454 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:455 msgid "" "A bank account type CBU must be related to the emisor, otherwise the invoice" " can’t be validated, having these errors messages for example:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:460 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:461 msgid "" "**Credit& Debit Notes:** When creating a Credit/Debit note related to a FCE " "document, it is important take the next points into consideration:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:463 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:464 msgid "" "Use the Credit and Debit Note buttons, so the correct reference of the " "originator document passed to the note." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:470 msgid "" "The document letter should be the same than the originator document (either " "A or B)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:470 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:471 msgid "" "The same currency as the source document must be used. When using a " "secondary currency there is an exchange difference if the currency rate is " @@ -3090,59 +3102,59 @@ msgid "" "create a credit/debit note to decrease/increase the amount to pay in ARS." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:475 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:476 msgid "In the workflow we can have two scenarios:" msgstr "I arbejdsgangen kan vi have to scenarier:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:477 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:478 msgid "" "The FCE is rejected so the Credit Note should have the field “FCE, is " "Cancellation?” as True." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:478 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:479 msgid "" "The Credit Note, is created with the negative amount to annulate the FCE " "document, in this case the field “FCE, is Cancellation?” must be empty " "(false)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:485 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:486 msgid "Invoice printed report" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:486 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:487 msgid "" "The PDF report related to electronic invoices that have been validated by " "the AFIP includes a barcode at the bottom of the format which represent the " "CAE number, the Expiration Date is also displayed as it’s legal requirement:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:495 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:496 msgid "Troubleshooting and Auditing" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:496 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:497 msgid "" "For auditing and troubleshooting purposes you can get the detailed " "information of an invoice number that has been previously sent to the AFIP," msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:506 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:507 msgid "" "You can also get the last number used in AFIP for a specific Document Type " "and POS Number as support for any possible issues on the sequence " "synchronization between Odoo and AFIP." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:514 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:621 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:515 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:645 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills.rst:3 msgid "Vendor Bills" msgstr "Leverandørfakturaer" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:516 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:517 msgid "" "Based on the purchase journal selected for the vendor bill, the document " "type is now a required field. This value is auto populated based on the AFIP" @@ -3150,25 +3162,25 @@ msgid "" "if necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:523 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:524 msgid "" "The document number needs to be registered manually and the format is " "validated automatically, in case that the format is invalid a user error " "will be displayed indicating the correct format that is expected." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:530 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:531 msgid "" "The vendor bill number is structured in the same way that the invoices with " "the difference that the document sequence is input by the user: “Document " "Prefix - Letter - Document number\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:535 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:536 msgid "Validate Vendor Bill number in AFIP" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:536 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:537 msgid "" "As most companies have internal controls to verify that the vendor bill is " "related to an AFIP valid document, an automatic validation can be set in " @@ -3176,66 +3188,66 @@ msgid "" "Validate document in the AFIP`, considering the following levels:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:540 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:541 msgid "" "**Not available:** The verification is not done (this is the default value)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:541 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:542 msgid "" "**Available:** The verification is done, in case the number is not valid " "it only raises a warning but it allows you to post the vendor bill." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:543 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:544 msgid "" "**Required:** The verification is done and it doesn't allow the user to " "post the vendor bill if the document number is not valid." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:550 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:551 msgid "How to use it in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:551 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:552 msgid "" "This tool incorporates in the vendor bill a new \"Verify on AFIP\" button " "located next to the AFIP Authorization code." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:557 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:558 msgid "" "In case it’s not a valid AFIP authorization the value “Rejected” will be " "displayed and the details of the validation will be added to the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:565 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:471 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:566 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:477 msgid "Special Use cases" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:567 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:568 msgid "Untaxed Concepts" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:568 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:569 msgid "" "There are some transactions that include items that are not part of the VAT " "base amount, this is commonly used in fuel and gasoline invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:571 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:572 msgid "" "The vendor bill will be registered using 1 item for each product that is " "part of the VAT base amount and an additional item to register the amount of" " the Exempt concept:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:578 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:579 msgid "Perception Taxes" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:579 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:580 msgid "" "The vendor bill will be registered using 1 item for each product that is " "part of the VAT base amount, the perception tax can be added in any of the " @@ -3243,61 +3255,61 @@ msgid "" "the perception, the perception default value is always 1.00." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:587 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:588 msgid "" "You should use the pencil that is the next to the Perception amount to edit " "it and set the correct amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:593 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:594 msgid "After this is done the invoice can be validated." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:597 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:598 msgid "Reports" msgstr "Rapporter" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:599 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:600 msgid "As part of the localization the next Financial reports were added:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:605 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:606 msgid "VAT Reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:608 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:609 msgid "Libro de IVA Ventas" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:614 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:615 msgid "Libro de IVA Compras" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:620 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:621 msgid "Resumen de IVA" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:626 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:627 msgid "IIBB - Reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:629 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:630 msgid "IIBB - Ventas por Jurisdicción" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:635 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:636 msgid "IIBB - Compras por Jurisdicción" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:3 msgid "Australia" msgstr "Australien" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:8 msgid "KeyPay Australian Payroll" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:10 msgid "" "The KeyPay Module synchronizes payslip accounting entries (e.g., expenses, " "social charges, liabilities, taxes) from KeyPay to Odoo automatically. " @@ -3305,75 +3317,75 @@ msgid "" "entries in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:15 msgid "Configuration Steps" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:17 msgid "Create a company located in Australia." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:18 msgid "" "Check that the Australian localization module (Australia - Accounting) is " "installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:19 msgid "Configure the *KeyPay API*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:25 msgid "" "More fields become visible after clicking on *Enable KeyPay Integration*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:31 msgid "" "You can find the API Key in the *My Account* section of the KeyPay platform." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:37 msgid "" "The **Payroll URL** is pre-filled with " "``https://keypay.yourpayroll.com.au``. *Please do not change it.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:39 msgid "You can find the **Business ID** in the KeyPay URL. (i.e., ``189241``)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:45 msgid "You can choose any Odoo journal to post the payslip entries." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:48 msgid "How does the API work?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:50 msgid "" "The API syncs the journal entries from KeyPay to Odoo and leaves them in " "draft mode. The reference includes the KeyPay payslip entry ID in brackets " "for the user to easily retrieve the same record in KeyPay and Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:59 msgid "The API sync is triggered by scheduled actions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:65 msgid "" "KeyPay payslip entries also work based on double-entry bookkeeping. Debit " "must equal credit (like in Odoo)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:68 msgid "" "The accounts used by KeyPay are defined in the section **Payroll settings**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:74 msgid "" "For the API to work, you need to create the same accounts as the default " "accounts of your KeyPay business (**same name and same code**) in Odoo. You " @@ -3381,21 +3393,27 @@ msgid "" "financial reports." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:3 msgid "Chile" msgstr "Chile" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:10 -msgid "`VIDEO WEBINAR OF A COMPLETE DEMO <https://youtu.be/BHnByZiyYcM>`_." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:10 +msgid "" +"`VIDEO WEBINAR OF CHILEAN LOCALIZATION: INTRO AND DEMO " +"<https://youtu.be/BHnByZiyYcM>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:11 +msgid "`VIDEO WEBINAR OF DELIVERY GUIDE <https://youtu.be/X7i4PftnEdU>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:16 msgid "" "The Chilean localization has been improved and extended in Odoo v13. In this" " version, the next modules are available:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:19 msgid "" "**l10n_cl:** Adds accounting features for the Chilean localization, which " "represent the minimal configuration required for a company to operate in " @@ -3403,24 +3421,24 @@ msgid "" "guidelines." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:23 msgid "" "**l10n_cl_edi:** Includes all technical and functional requirements to " "generate and receive Electronic Invoice via web service, based on the SII " "regulations." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:26 msgid "" "**l10n_cl_reports:** Adds the reports Propuesta F29 y Balance Tributario (8" " columnas)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:32 msgid "Install the Chilean localization modules" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:34 msgid "" "For this, go to *Apps* and search for Chile. Then click *Install* in the " "module **Chile E-invoicing**. This module has a dependency with **Chile - " @@ -3428,17 +3446,17 @@ msgid "" "automatically with E-invoicing." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:43 msgid "" "When you install a database from scratch selecting Chile as country, Odoo " "will automatically install the base module: Chile - Accounting." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:48 msgid "Company Settings" msgstr "Virksomhed Indstillinger" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:50 msgid "" "Once the modules are installed, the first step is to set up your company " "data. Additional to the basic information, you need to add all the data and " @@ -3446,22 +3464,35 @@ msgid "" " in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Chilean Localization`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:56 +msgid "" +"All the following configuration and functionality is only available in Odoo " +"if your company already passed the `Certification process " +"<https://www.sii.cl/factura_electronica/ " +"factura_mercado/proceso_certificacion.htm>`_ in the SII - Sistema de " +"Facturación de Mercado, this certification enables you to generate " +"electronic invoices from your ERP and send them automatically to the SII. If" +" your company has not passed this certification yet, make sure you " +"communicate this to your Account Manager as a special process outside Odoo " +"is required in order to complete this certification." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:66 msgid "Fiscal Information" msgstr "Regnskabsoplysninger" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:68 msgid "" "Fill in the fiscal information for your company according to the SII " "register, follow the instructions on each section." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:65 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:186 msgid "Electronic Invoice Data" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:78 msgid "" "This is part of the main information required to generate electronic " "Invoice, select your environment and the legal information, as well as the " @@ -3469,36 +3500,36 @@ msgid "" " send invoices to your customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:87 msgid "Configure DTE Incoming email server" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:89 msgid "" "In order to receive you the claim and acceptance emails from your customers," " it is crucial to define the DTE incoming email server, considering this " "configuration:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:97 msgid "" "For your Go-live make sure you archive/remove from your inbox all the emails" " related to vendor bills that are not required to be processed in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:90 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:215 msgid "Certificate" msgstr "Certifikat" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:103 msgid "" "In order to generate the electronic invoice signature, a digital certificate" " with the extension ``.pfx`` is required, proceed to this section and load " "your file and password." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:114 msgid "" "A certificate can be shared between several users. If this is the case leave" " the user field empty, so all your billing users can use the same one. On " @@ -3506,82 +3537,83 @@ msgid "" "user, just define the users in the certificate." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:108 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:672 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:119 +msgid "" +"In some cases, depending on the certificate format, it is possible that the " +"field Subject Serial Number is not loaded automatically. If this is the " +"case, you can manually edit this field by filling it with the Certificate’s " +"legal representative RUT." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:696 msgid "Financial Reports" msgstr "Finansrapporter" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:126 msgid "" "The report Propuesta F29 requires two values that need to be defined as part" " of the company configuration:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:118 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:220 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:226 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies.rst:3 msgid "Multicurrency" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:136 msgid "" -"The official currency rate in Chile is provided by the SBIF, you can find " -"the SBIF synchronization service in the currency rate configuration and you " -"can set a predefined interval for the rate updates." +"The official currency rate in Chile is provided by the Chilean service " +"`mindicador.cl <https://mindicador.cl>`_. You can find this service in the " +"currency rate configuration, and you can set a predefined interval for the " +"rate updates." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:129 -msgid "" -"In order to configure your token, you need to enable developer mode and " -"access to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> System parameters` and " -"search the parameter ``sbif_api_key`` and in the field Value introduce your " -"token provided by the SBIF:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:145 msgid "Chart of accounts" msgstr "Kontoplaner" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:147 msgid "" "The chart of accounts is installed by default as part of the set of data " "included in the localization module. The accounts are mapped automatically " "in:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:144 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:70 msgid "Default Account Payable." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:152 msgid "Default Account Receivable." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:153 msgid "Transfer Accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:154 msgid "Conversion Rate." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:158 msgid "Master Data" msgstr "Stamdata" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:166 msgid "" "As part of the Chilean localization, the identification types defined by the" " SII are now available on the Partner form. This information is essential " "for most transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:174 msgid "TaxpayerType" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:176 msgid "" "In Chile, the document type associated with customers and vendors " "transactions is defined based on the Taxpayer Type. This field should be " @@ -3589,59 +3621,59 @@ msgid "" "sure this value is set:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:188 msgid "" "As part of the information that is sent in the electronic Invoice, you need " "to define the email that is going to appear as the sender of the electronic " "invoice to your customer, and the Industry description." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:200 msgid "" "As part of the localization module, the taxes are created automatically with" " their related financial account and configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:210 msgid "Chile has several tax types, the most common ones are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:212 msgid "VAT. Is the regular VAT and it can have several rates." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:213 msgid "" "ILA (Impuesto a la Ley de Alcholes). Taxes for alcoholic drinks. It has a " "different rate." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:211 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:265 msgid "Fiscal Positions" msgstr "Bogføringsgrupper" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:219 msgid "" "Based on the purchase transactions, the VAT can have different affections. " "This will be done in Odoo using the default purchase fiscal positions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:226 msgid "" "In some Latin American countries, including Chile, some accounting " "transactions like invoices and vendor bills are classified by document types" " defined by the government fiscal authorities (In Chile case: SII)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:230 msgid "" "The document type is essential information that needs to be displayed in the" " printed reports and that needs to be easily identified within the set of " "invoices as well of account moves." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:233 msgid "" "Each document type can have a unique sequence per company. As part of the " "localization, the Document Type includes the country on which the document " @@ -3649,67 +3681,67 @@ msgid "" "module is installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:253 msgid "" "The Journal related to the Invoice, identifying if the journal uses " "documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:254 msgid "" "Condition applied based on the type of Issues and Receiver (ex. Type of " "fiscal regimen of the buyer and type of fiscal regimen of the vendor)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:259 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:16 msgid "Sales" msgstr "Salg" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:261 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:267 msgid "" "Sales Journals in Odoo usually represent a business unit or location, " "example:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:269 msgid "Ventas Santiago." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:270 msgid "Ventas Valparaiso." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:272 msgid "For the retail stores is common to have one journal per POS:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:268 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:274 msgid "Cashier 1." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:269 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:275 msgid "Cashier 2." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:273 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 msgid "Purchases" msgstr "Indkøb" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:281 msgid "" "The transactions purchase can be managed with a single journal, but " "sometimes companies use more than one in order to handle some accounting " @@ -3717,19 +3749,19 @@ msgid "" "registered using this model, for example:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:285 msgid "Tax Payments to government." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:286 msgid "Employees payments." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:292 msgid "When creating sales journals the next information must be filled in:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:294 msgid "" "**Point of sale type**: If the Sales journal will be used for electronic " "documents, the option Online must be selected. Otherwise, if the journal is " @@ -3737,7 +3769,7 @@ msgid "" "SII portal “Facturación MiPyme“ you can use the option Manual." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:298 msgid "" "**Use Documents**: This field is used to define if the journal will use " "Document Types. It is only applicable to Purchase and Sales journals that " @@ -3745,24 +3777,25 @@ msgid "" "By default, all the sales journals created will use documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:308 msgid "" -"For the Chilean localization it’s important to define the default Debt and " -"Credit accounts as they are required for one of the debit notes use cases." +"For the Chilean localization, it is important to define the default Debit " +"and Credit accounts as they are required for one of the debit notes use " +"cases." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:312 msgid "CAF" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:308 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:314 msgid "" "A CAF (Folio Authorization Code) is required, for each document type that is" " issued to your customers, the CAF is a file the SII provides to the Emisor " "with the folio/sequence authorized for the electronic invoice documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:318 msgid "" "Your company can make several requests for folios and obtain several CAFs, " "each one associated with different ranges of folios. The CAFs are shared " @@ -3770,52 +3803,59 @@ msgid "" "document type and it will be applied on all journals." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:322 msgid "" "Please refer to the SII documentation to check the detail on how to acquire " "the CAF: `SII Timbraje <https://palena.sii.cl/dte/mn_timbraje.html>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:326 +msgid "" +"The CAFs required by the SII are different from Production to Test " +"(Certification mode). Make sure you have the correct CAF set depending on " +"your environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:333 msgid "" "Once you have the CAF files you need to associate them with a document type " "in Odoo, in order to add a CAF, just follow these steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:336 msgid "Access to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> CAF`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:327 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:337 msgid "Upload the file." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:328 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:338 msgid "Save the CAF." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:344 msgid "" "Once loaded, the status changes to *In Use*. At this moment, when a " "transaction is used for this document type, the invoice number takes the " "first folio in the sequence." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:338 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:348 msgid "" "In case you have used some folios in your previous system, make sure you set" " the next valid folio when the first transation is created." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:354 msgid "Usage and Testing" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:347 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:357 msgid "Electronic Invoice Workflow" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:349 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:359 msgid "" "In the Chilean localization the electronic Invoice workflow covers the " "Emission of Customer Invoices and the reception of Vendor Bills, in the next" @@ -3823,43 +3863,43 @@ msgid "" "the customers and Vendors." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:359 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:369 msgid "Customer invoice Emission" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:361 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:371 msgid "" "After the partners and journals are created and configured, the invoices are" " created in the standard way, for Chile one of the differentiators is the " "document type which is selected automatically based on the Taxpayer." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:365 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:375 msgid "You can manually change the document type if needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:373 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:383 msgid "Validation and DTE Status" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:375 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:385 msgid "" "When all the invoice information is filled, either manually or automatically" " when it’s created from a sales order, proceed to validate the invoice. " "After the invoice is posted:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:378 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:388 msgid "" "The DTE File (Electronic Tax Document) is created automatically and added in" " the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:379 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:389 msgid "The DTE SII status is set as: Pending to be sent." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:385 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:395 msgid "" "The DTE Status is updated automatically by Odoo with a scheduled action that" " runs every day at night, if you need to get the response from the SII " @@ -3867,7 +3907,7 @@ msgid "" "follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:394 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:404 msgid "" "In the first step the DTE is sent to the SII, you can manually send it using" " the button: Enviar Ahora, a SII Tack number is generated and assigned to " @@ -3875,38 +3915,38 @@ msgid "" "by email. The DTE status is updated to Ask for Status." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:399 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:409 msgid "" "Once the SII response is received Odoo updates the DTE Status, in case you " "want to do it manually just click on the button: Verify on SII. The result " "can either be Accepted, Accepted With Objection or Rejected." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:408 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:418 msgid "" "There are several internal status in the SII before you get Acceptance or " "Rejection, in case you click continuously the Button Verify in SII, you " "will receive in the chatter the detail of those intermediate statuses:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:416 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:426 msgid "The final response from the SII, can take on of these values:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:419 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:429 msgid "" "**Accepted:** Indicates the invoice information is correct, our document is " "now fiscally valid and it’s automatically sent to the customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:422 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:432 msgid "" "**Accepted with objections:** Indicates the invoice information is correct " "but a minor issue was identified, nevertheless our document is now fiscally " "valid and it’s automatically sent to the customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:440 msgid "" "**Rejected:** Indicates the information in the invoice is incorrect and " "needs to be corrected, the detail of the issue is received in the emails you" @@ -3914,28 +3954,28 @@ msgid "" "are also retrieved in the chatter once the email server is processed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:435 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:445 msgid "If the invoice is Rejected please follow this steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:437 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:447 msgid "Change the document to draft." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:438 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:448 msgid "" "Make the required corrections based on the message received from the SII." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:439 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:449 msgid "Post the invoice again." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:447 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:457 msgid "Crossed references" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:449 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:459 msgid "" "When the Invoice is created as a result of another fiscal document, the " "information related to the originator document must be registered in the Tab" @@ -3944,49 +3984,49 @@ msgid "" "credit and debit notes, they are set automatically by Odoo:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:459 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:444 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:450 msgid "Invoice PDF Report" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:461 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:471 msgid "" "After the invoice is Accepted and valdiated by the SII and the PDF is " "printed it includes the fiscal elements that indicates out document is " "fiscally valid:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:470 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:480 msgid "Commercial Validation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:472 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:482 msgid "Once the invoice has been sent to the customer:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:474 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:484 msgid "DTE partner status changes to “Sent”." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:475 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:485 msgid "The customer must send a reception confirmation email." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:476 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:486 msgid "" "Subsequently, if all the commercial terms and invoice data are correct, they" " will send the Acceptance confirmation, otherwise they send a Claim." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:478 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:488 msgid "The field DTE acceptation status is updated automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:486 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:496 msgid "Processed for Claimed invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:488 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:498 msgid "" "Once the invoice has been Accepted by the SII **it can not be cancelled in " "Odoo**. In case you get a Claim for your customer the correct way to " @@ -3994,60 +4034,86 @@ msgid "" "Please refer to the Credit Notes section for more details." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:497 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:420 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:507 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:426 msgid "Common Errors" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:499 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:509 msgid "" "There are multiple reasons behind a rejection from the SII, but these are " "some of the common errors you might have and which is the related solution." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:502 -msgid "Error: RECHAZO- DTE Sin Comuna Origen." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:512 +msgid "Error: ``RECHAZO- DTE Sin Comuna Origen.``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:504 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:514 msgid "" "*Hint:* Make sure the Company Address is properly filled including the State" " and City." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:506 -msgid "Error en Monto : - IVA debe declararse." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:516 +msgid "Error en Monto: ``- IVA debe declararse.``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:508 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:512 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:518 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:522 msgid "" "*Hint:* The invoice lines should include one VAT tax, make sure you add one " "on each invoice line." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:510 -msgid "Error: Rut No Autorizado a Firmar." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:520 +msgid "Error: ``Rut No Autorizado a Firmar.``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:514 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:524 msgid "" -"Error: Fecha/Número Resolucion Invalido RECHAZO- CAF Vencido : (Firma_DTE" -"[AAAA-MM-DD] - CAF[AAAA-MM-DD]) > 6 meses." +"Error: ``Fecha/Número Resolucion Invalido RECHAZO- CAF Vencido : (Firma_DTE" +"[AAAA-MM-DD] - CAF[AAAA-MM-DD]) > 6 meses.``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:517 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:527 msgid "" "*Hint:* Try to add a new CAF related to this document as the one you’re " "using is expired." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:522 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:550 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:529 +msgid "" +"Error: ``Element '{http://www.sii.cl/SiiDte%7DRutReceptor': This element is " +"not expected. Expected is ( {http://www.sii.cl/SiiDte%7DRutEnvia ).``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:532 +msgid "" +"*Hint:* Make sure the field Document Type and VAT are set either in the " +"Customer and in the main company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:535 +msgid "GLOSA: ``Usuario sin permiso de envio.``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:537 +msgid "" +"*Hint:* This error indicates that most likely, your company has not passed " +"the `Certification process " +"<https://www.sii.cl/factura_electronica/factura_mercado/proceso_certificacion.htm>`_" +" in the SII - Sistema de Facturación de Mercado. If this is the case, please" +" contact your Account Manager or Customer Support as this certification is " +"not part of the the Odoo services, but we can give you some alternatives." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:546 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:556 msgid "Credit Notes" msgstr "Kreditnotaer" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:524 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:548 msgid "" "When a cancellation or correction is needed over a validated invoice, a " "credit note must be generated. It is important to consider that a CAF file " @@ -4055,33 +4121,33 @@ msgid "" "SII." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:533 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:557 msgid "" "Refer to the CAF section where we described the process to load the CAF on " "each document type." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:537 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:589 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:561 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:613 msgid "Use Cases" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:540 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:564 msgid "Cancel Referenced document" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:542 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:566 msgid "" "In case you need to cancel or invalid an Invoice, use the button Add Credit" " note and select Full Refund, in this case the SII reference Code is " "automatically set to: Anula Documento de referencia." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:550 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:574 msgid "Corrects Referenced Document Text" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:552 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:576 msgid "" "If a correction in the invoice information is required, for example the " "Street Name, use the button Add Credit note,select Partial Refund and select" @@ -4089,35 +4155,35 @@ msgid "" "automatically set to: Corrige el monto del Documento de Referencia." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:560 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:584 msgid "" "Odoo creates a Credit Note with the corrected text in an invoice and price " "0." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:567 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:591 msgid "" "It’s important to define the default credit account in the Sales journal as " "it is taken for this use case in specific." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:571 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:595 msgid "Corrects Referenced Document Amount" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:573 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:597 msgid "" "When a correction on the amounts is required, use the button Add Credit note" " and select Partial Refund. In this case the SII reference Code is " "automatically set to: Corrige el monto del Documento de Referencia." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:582 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:578 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:606 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:584 msgid "Debit Notes" msgstr "Debetnoter" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:584 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:608 msgid "" "As part of the Chilean localization, besides creating credit notes from an " "existing document you can also create debit Notes. For this just use the " @@ -4125,59 +4191,59 @@ msgid "" "detailed below." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:592 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:616 msgid "Add debt on Invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:594 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:618 msgid "" "The most common use case for debit notes is to increase the value of an " "existing invoice, you need to select option 3 in the field Reference code " "SII:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:602 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:626 msgid "" "In this case Odoo automatically includes the source invoice in the cross " "reference section:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:609 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:633 msgid "Cancel Credit Notes" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:611 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:635 msgid "" "In Chile the debits notes are used to cancel a validated Credit Note, in " "this case just select the button Add debit note and select the first option " "in the wizard: *1: Anula Documentos de referencia.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:623 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:647 msgid "" "As part of the Chilean localization, you can configure your Incoming email " "server as the same you have register in the SII in order to:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:626 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:650 msgid "" "Automatically receive the vendor bills DTE and create the vendor bill based " "on this information." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:627 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:651 msgid "Automatically Send the reception acknowledgement to your vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:628 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:652 msgid "Accept or Claim the document and send this status to your vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:632 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:656 msgid "Reception" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:634 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:658 msgid "" "As soon as the vendor email with the attached DTE is received: 1. The vendor" " Bill mapping all the information included in the xml. 2. An email is sent " @@ -4185,11 +4251,11 @@ msgid "" "as: Acuse de Recibido Enviado" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:644 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:668 msgid "Acceptation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:646 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:670 msgid "" "If all the commercial information is correct on your vendor bill, you can " "accept the document using the button: Aceptar Documento, once this is done " @@ -4197,11 +4263,11 @@ msgid "" "is sent to the vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:656 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:680 msgid "Claim" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:658 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:682 msgid "" "In case there is a commercial issue or the information is not correct on " "your vendor bill, you can Claim the document before validating it, using " @@ -4209,18 +4275,18 @@ msgid "" "Claim and an email of acceptance is sent to the vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:666 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:690 msgid "" "If you claim a vendor bill, the status changes from draft to cancel " "automatically. Considering this as best practice, all the Claim documents " "should be canceled as they won’t be valid for your accounting records." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:675 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:699 msgid "Balance Tributario de 8 Columnas" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:677 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:701 msgid "" "This report presents the accounts in detail (with their respective " "balances), classifying them according to their origin and determining the " @@ -4228,18 +4294,18 @@ msgid "" " time, so that a real and complete knowledge of the status of a company." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:681 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:697 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:705 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:721 msgid "" "You can find this report in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " "Reports`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:688 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:712 msgid "Propuesta F29" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:690 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:714 msgid "" "The form F29 is a new system that the SII enabled to taxpayers, and that " "replaces the Purchase and Sales Books. This report is integrated by Purchase" @@ -4247,74 +4313,74 @@ msgid "" "transactions related to VAT, improving its control and declaration." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:694 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:718 msgid "" "This record is supplied by the electronic tax documents (DTE’s) that have " "been received by the SII." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:37 msgid "Colombia" msgstr "Colombia" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:10 msgid "`VIDEO WEBINAR OF A COMPLETE DEMO <https://youtu.be/BOzucXRUZDE>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:15 msgid "" "Electronic invoicing for Colombia is available from Odoo 12 and requires the" " next modules:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:18 msgid "" "**l10n_co**: All the basic data to manage the accounting module, contains " "the default setup for: chart of accounts, taxes, retentions, identification " "document types" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:21 msgid "" "**l10n_co_edi**: This module includes all the extra fields that are required" " for the Integration with Carvajal T&S and generate the electronic invoice, " "based on the DIAN legal requirements." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:27 msgid "Workflow" msgstr "Arbejdsgang" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:37 msgid "Install the Colombian localization modules" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:39 msgid "" "For this, go in Apps and search for Colombia. Then click Install for the " "first two modules." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:47 msgid "Configure credentials for Carvajal T&S web service" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:49 msgid "" "Once that the modules are installed, in order to be able to connect with " "Carvajal T&S Web Service, it's necessary to configure the user and " "credentials, this information will be provided by Carvajal T&S." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:53 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:75 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and look " "for the *Colombian Electronic Invoice* section." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:59 msgid "" "Using the Testing mode it is possible to connect with a Carvajal T&S testing" " environment. This allows users to test the complete workflow and " @@ -4322,142 +4388,142 @@ msgid "" "https://cenfinancierolab.cen.biz" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:64 msgid "" "Once that Odoo and Carvajal T&S is fully configured and ready for production" " the testing environment can be disabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:69 msgid "Configure your report data" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:71 msgid "" "As part of the configurable information that is sent in the XML, you can " "define the data for the fiscal section and the bank information in the PDF." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:83 msgid "Configure data required in the XML" msgstr "Konfigurer data påkrævet i XML'en" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:89 msgid "Identification" msgstr "Identifikation" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:91 msgid "" "As part of the Colombian Localization, the document types defined by the " "DIAN are now available on the Partner form. Colombian partners have to have " "their identification number and document type set:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:98 msgid "" "When the document type is RUT the identification number needs to be " "configured in Odoo including the verification digit, Odoo will split this " "number when the data to the third party vendor is sent." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:105 msgid "Fiscal structure (RUT)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:107 msgid "" "The partner's responsibility codes (section 53 in the RUT document) are " "included as part of the electronic invoice module given that is part of the " "information required by the DIAN ." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:111 msgid "" "These fields can be found in :menuselection:`Partner --> Sales & Purchase " "Tab --> Fiscal Information`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:117 msgid "" "Additionally two booleans fields were added in order to specify the fiscal " "regimen of the partner." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:124 msgid "" "If your sales transactions include products with taxes, it's important to " "consider that an extra field *Value Type* needs to be configured per tax. " "This option is located in the Advanced Options tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:131 msgid "" "Retention tax types (ICA, IVA, Fuente) are also included in the options to " "configure your taxes. This configuration is used in order to correctly " "display taxes in the invoice PDF." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:142 msgid "" "Once the DIAN has assigned the official sequence and prefix for the " "electronic invoice resolution, the Sales journals related to your invoice " "documents need to be updated in Odoo. The sequence can be accessed using " -"the :doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`: " +"the :doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>`: " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Configuration Setting --> " "Journals`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:151 msgid "" "Once that the sequence is opened, the Prefix and Next Number fields should " "be configured and synchronized with the CEN Financiero." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:159 msgid "Users" msgstr "Brugere" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:161 msgid "" "The default template that is used by Odoo on the invoice PDF includes the " "job position of the salesperson, so these fields should be configured:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:175 msgid "" "When all your master data and credentials has been configured, it's possible" " to start testing the electronic invoice workflow." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:180 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:30 msgid "Invoice creation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:182 msgid "" "The functional workflow that takes place before an invoice validation " "doesn't change. The main changes that are introduced with the electronic " "invoice are the next fields:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:189 msgid "There are three types of documents:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:191 msgid "" "**Factura Electronica**: This is the regular type of document and its " "applicable for Invoices, Credit Notes and Debit Notes." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:193 msgid "" "**Factura de Importación**: This should be selected for importation " "transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:195 msgid "" "**Factura de contingencia**: This is an exceptional type that is used as a " "manual backup in case that the company is not able to use the ERP and it's " @@ -4465,29 +4531,29 @@ msgid "" "the ERP, this invoice type should be selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:203 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:380 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:386 msgid "Invoice validation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:205 msgid "" "After the invoice is validated an XML file is created and sent automatically" " to Carvajal, this file is displayed in the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:211 msgid "" "An extra field is now displayed in \"Other Info\" tab with the name of the " "XML file. Additionally there is a second extra field that is displayed with " "the Electronic Invoice status, with the initial value \"In progress\":" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:221 msgid "Reception of legal XML and PDF" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:223 msgid "" "The electronic invoice vendor receives the XML file and proceeds to validate" " the structure and the information in it, if everything is correct the " @@ -4497,128 +4563,128 @@ msgid "" " invoice that includes a QR code and the CUFE is also generated." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:231 msgid "After this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:233 msgid "" "A ZIP containing the legal XML and the PDF is downloaded and displayed in " "the invoice chatter:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:240 msgid "The Electronic Invoice status changes to \"Accepted\"" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:244 msgid "Common errors" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:246 msgid "" "During the XML validation the most common errors are usually related to " "missing master data. In such cases, error messages are shown in the chatter " "after updating the electronic invoice status." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:253 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:253 msgid "" "After the master data is corrected, it's possible to reprocess the XML with " "the new data and send the updated version, using the following button:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:265 msgid "Additional use cases" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:267 msgid "" "The process for credit and debit notes is exactly the same as the invoice, " "the functional workflow remains the same as well." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:3 msgid "Colombia (ES)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:6 msgid "Introducción" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:8 msgid "" "La Facturación Electrónica para Colombia está disponible en Odoo 12 y " "requiere los siguientes Módulos:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:11 msgid "" "**l10n_co**: Contiene los datos básicos para manejar el módulo de " "contabilidad, incluyendo la configuración por defecto de los siguientes " "puntos:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:15 msgid "Plan Contable" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:16 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:124 msgid "Impuestos" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:17 msgid "Retenciones" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:18 msgid "Tipos de Documentos de Identificación" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:20 msgid "" "**l10n_co_edi**: Este módulo incluye todos los campos adicionales que son " "requeridos para la Integración entre Carvajal T&S y la generación de la " "Factura Electrónica, basado en los requisitos legales de la DIAN." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:26 msgid "Flujo General" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:33 msgid "Configuración" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:36 msgid "Instalación de los módulos de Localización Colombiana" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:38 msgid "" "Para esto ve a las aplicaciones y busca “Colombia”, luego da click en " "Instalar a los primeros dos módulos:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:46 msgid "Configuración de las credenciales del Servicio Web de Carvajal T&S" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:50 msgid "" "Una vez que los módulos están instalados, para poderte conectar con el " "Servicio Web de Carvajal T&S, es necesario configurar el Usuario y las " "Credenciales. Esta información será provista por Carvajal T&S." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:52 msgid "" "Ve a :menuselection:`Facturación --> Configuración --> Configuración` y " "busca la sección **Facturación Electrónica Colombiana**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:57 msgid "" "La funcionalidad de pruebas le permite conectarse e interactuar con el " "ambiente piloto de Carvajal T&S, esto permite a los usuarios probar el flujo" @@ -4627,7 +4693,7 @@ msgid "" "<https://cenfinancierolab.cen.biz>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:62 msgid "" "Una vez que el ambiente de producción está listo en Odoo y en Carvajal T&S " "el ambiente de pruebas debe ser deshabilitado para poder enviar la " @@ -4639,36 +4705,36 @@ msgstr "" "følgende URL bruges til: `Cenfinanciero <https: // cenfinancierolab.cen. " "biz> `_. " -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:69 msgid "Configuración de Información para PDF" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:73 msgid "" "Como parte de la información configurable que es enviada en el XML, puedes " "definir los datos de la sección fiscal del PDF, así como de la información " "Bancaria." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:75 msgid "" "Ve a :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> Ajustes` y busca la " "sección **Facturación Electrónica Colombiana**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:82 msgid "Configuración de los Datos Principales Requeridos en el XML" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:85 msgid "Contacto (Tercero)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:88 msgid "Identificación" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:90 msgid "" "Como parte de la Localización Colombiana, los tipos de documentos definidos " "por la DIAN ahora están disponibles en el formulario de Contactos, por lo " @@ -4676,31 +4742,31 @@ msgid "" "de documento correspondiente." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:98 msgid "" "Nota: Cuando el tipo de documento es RUT la identificación necesita ser " "ingresada en Odoo incluyendo el Dígito de Verificación. Odoo separará este " "número cuando la información sea enviada a los proveedores terceros." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:105 msgid "Estructura Fiscal (RUT)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:107 msgid "" "Los Códigos de tipo de Obligación aplicables a los terceros (sección 53 en " "el documento de RUT), son incluidos como parte del módulo de Facturación " "Electrónica, dado que es información requerida por la DIAN." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:111 msgid "" "Estos campos se encuentran en :menuselection:`Contactos --> Pestaña de " "Ventas y Compras --> Información Fiscal`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:117 msgid "" "Adicionalmente dos últimos campos fueron agregados para especificar el " "régimen fiscal del contacto. Cabe aclarar que para envío de Factura " @@ -4709,7 +4775,7 @@ msgid "" "opciones." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:126 msgid "" "Si tus transacciones de ventas incluyen productos con impuestos, es " "importante considerar que un campo adicional llamado *Tipo de Valor* " @@ -4717,7 +4783,7 @@ msgid "" "--> Configuración --> Impuestos: --> Opciones Avanzadas --> Tipo de Valor`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:134 msgid "" "Los impuestos para Retenciones (ICA, IVA y Fuente) también están incluidos " "en las opciones para configurar tus impuestos, esta configuración es " @@ -4725,25 +4791,25 @@ msgid "" "gráfica de la Factura. (PDF)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:144 msgid "Diarios" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:146 msgid "" "Una vez que la DIAN ha asignado la secuencia y prefijo oficiales para la " "resolución de la Facturación Electrónica, los Diarios de Ventas relacionados" " con tus documentos de facturación necesitan ser actualizados en Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:151 msgid "" "La secuencia es configurada usando el modo de desarrollador en la siguiente " "ruta: :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> Diarios --> Liga de" " Secuencia`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:158 msgid "" "Una vez que la secuencia es abierta, los campos de Prefijo y Siguiente " "Número deben ser configurados y sincronizados con el CEN Financiero." @@ -4751,36 +4817,36 @@ msgstr "" "Når sekvensen er åbnet, skal felterne Præfiks og Næste Nummer konfigureres " "og synkroniseres med Financial CEN. " -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:166 msgid "Usuarios" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:168 msgid "" "La plantilla por defecto que es usada por Odoo en la representación gráfica " "incluye el nombre del Vendedor, así que estos campos deben ser considerados:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:177 msgid "Uso y Pruebas" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:180 msgid "Facturas" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:182 msgid "" "Una vez que toda la información principal y las credenciales han sido " "configuradas, es posible empezar a probar el flujo de la Facturación " "Electrónica siguiendo las instrucciones que se detallan a continuación:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:188 msgid "Invoice Creation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:190 msgid "" "El flujo de trabajo funcional que lleva lugar antes de la validación de una " "factura continua siendo igual con Facturación Electrónica, " @@ -4788,29 +4854,29 @@ msgid "" "manualmente." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:195 msgid "" "Los cambios principales que son introducidos con la Facturación Electrónica " "son los siguientes:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:198 msgid "Hay tres tipos de documentos" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:200 msgid "" "**Factura electrónica**. Este es el documento normal y aplica para Facturas," " Notas de Crédito y Notas de Débito." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:203 msgid "" "**Factura de Importación**. Debe ser seleccionada para transacciones de " "importación." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:206 msgid "" "**Factura de Contingencia**. Esta es un caso excepcional y es utilizada como" " un respaldo manual en caso que la compañía no pueda usar el ERP y hay " @@ -4818,18 +4884,18 @@ msgid "" "ERP, se debe seleccionar este tipo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:216 msgid "Invoice Validation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:218 msgid "" "Después que la factura fue validada, un archivo XML es creado y enviado " "automáticamente al proveedor de la factura electrónica. Este archivo es " "desplegado en el historial." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:225 msgid "" "Un campo adicional es ahora desplegado en la pestaña de “Otra Información” " "con el nombre del archivo XML. Adicionalmente hay un segundo campo adicional" @@ -4837,11 +4903,11 @@ msgid "" "inicial **En Proceso**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:235 msgid "Recepción del XML y PDF Legal" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:242 msgid "" "El proveedor de la Factura Electrónica recibe el archivo XML y procede a " "validar la información y la estructura contenida. Si todo es correcto, el " @@ -4851,34 +4917,34 @@ msgid "" "CUFE." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:246 msgid "" "Odoo envía una petición de actualización automáticamente para verificar que " "el XML fue creado. Si este es el caso, las siguientes acciones son hechas " "automáticamente:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:248 msgid "" "El XML Legal y el PDF son incluidos en un archivo ZIP y desplegados en el " "historial de la Factura." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:253 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:253 msgid "El estatus de la Factura Electrónica es cambiado a “Aceptado”." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:258 msgid "" "En caso que el PDF y el XML sean requeridos inmediatamente, es posible " "mandar manualmente la petición del estatus usando el siguiente botón:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:267 msgid "Errores Frecuentes" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:269 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:269 msgid "" "Durante la validación del XML los errores más comunes usualmente están " "relacionados con información principal faltante. En estos casos, los " @@ -4886,123 +4952,123 @@ msgid "" "desplegados en el historial." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:277 msgid "" "Si la información principal es corregida, es posible re procesar el XML con " "la nueva información y mandar la versión actualizada usando el siguiente " "botón:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:289 msgid "Casos de Uso adicionales" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:291 msgid "" "El proceso para las Notas de Crédito y Débito (Proveedores) es exactamente " "el mismo que en las Facturas. Su flujo de trabajo funcional se mantiene " "igual." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:296 msgid "Consideraciones del Anexo 1.7" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:299 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:299 msgid "Contexto" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:302 msgid "Contexto Normativo" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:304 msgid "Soporte Normativo:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:305 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:305 msgid "" "Resolución DIAN Número 000042 ( 5 de Mayo de 2020) Por la cual se " "desarrollan:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:307 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:307 msgid "Los sistemas de facturación," msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:308 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:308 msgid "Los proveedores tecnológicos," msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:309 msgid "El registro de la factura electrónica de venta como título valor," msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:310 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:310 msgid "Se expide el anexo técnico de factura electrónica de venta y" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:311 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:311 msgid "Se dictan otras disposiciones en materia de sistemas de facturación." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:314 msgid "Anexo 1.7: Principales Cambios" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:316 msgid "Cambios en la definición de Consumidor Final." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:317 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:317 msgid "Informar bienes cubiertos para los 3 dias sin IVA." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:318 msgid "Actualización de descripción de Impuestos." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:319 msgid "Se agrega concepto para IVA Excluido." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:320 msgid "Informar la fecha efectiva de entrega de los bienes." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:321 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:321 msgid "Adecuaciones en la representación Gráfica (PDF)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:324 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:324 msgid "Calendario" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:326 msgid "" "Se tiene varias fechas límites para la salida a producción bajo las " "condiciones del Anexo 1.7 las cuales dependen de los siguientes factores:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:329 msgid "" "Calendario de implementación de acuerdo con la actividad económica principal" " en el RUT:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:334 msgid "Calendario de implementación, para otros sujetos obligados:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:339 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:339 msgid "Calendario de implementación permanente:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:345 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:345 msgid "Requerimientos en Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:347 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:347 msgid "" "Con la finalidad de facilitar el proceso de preparación de las bases de Odoo" " estándar V12 y v13, únicamente será necesario que los administradores " @@ -5010,67 +5076,67 @@ msgid "" "nuevos procesos." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:352 msgid "Actualización de listado de Apps" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:354 msgid "" "Utilizando el modo desarrollador, acceder al módulo de Aplicaciones y " "seleccionar el menú *Actualizar Lista*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:361 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:361 msgid "Actualización de Módulos" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:363 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:363 msgid "" "Una vez actualizado Buscar *Colombia*, los siguientes módulos serán " "desplegados, se requieren actualizar dos módulos." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:366 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:366 msgid "Colombia - Contabilidad - l10n_co" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:367 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:367 msgid "" "Electronic invoicing for Colombia with Carvajal UBL 2.1 - " "l10n_co_edi_ubl_2_1" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:372 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:372 msgid "" "En cada módulo o ícono hay que desplegar el menú opciones utilizando los 3 " "puntos de la esquina superior derecha y seleccionamos *Actualizar*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:375 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:375 msgid "Primero lo hacemos con en el módulo l10n_co:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:380 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:380 msgid "Posteriormente lo hacemos con el módulo l10n_co_edi_ubl_2_1:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:386 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:386 msgid "Creación de Datos Maestros" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:388 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:388 msgid "" "Las bases de datos existentes a Junio 2020 tanto en V12 como V13, deberán " "crear algunos datos maestros necesarios para operar correctamente con los " "cambios del Anexo 1.7." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:392 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:491 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:392 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:491 msgid "Consumidor Final" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:394 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:394 msgid "" "La figura del consumidor final será utilizada para aquellas ventas sobre las" " cuales no es posible identificar toda la información fiscal y demográfica " @@ -5078,47 +5144,47 @@ msgid "" "genérico." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:398 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:398 msgid "" "Es importante coordinar y definir los casos de uso en los que dependiendo de" " su empresa se tendrá permitido utilizar este registro genérico." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:401 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:401 msgid "" "Dentro de Odoo se tendrá que crear un contacto con las siguientes " "características, es importante que se defina de esta manera debido a que son" " los parámetros definidos por la DIAN." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:404 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:404 msgid "**Tipo de contacto:** Individuo" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:405 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:405 msgid "**Nombre:** Consumidor Final" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:406 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:406 msgid "**Tipo de documento:** Cedula de Ciudadania" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:407 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:407 msgid "**Numero de Identificacion:** 222222222222" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:412 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:412 msgid "" "Dentro de la pestaña Ventas y Compras, en la sección Información Fiscal, del" " campo Obligaciones y Responsabilidades colocaremos el valor: **R-99-PN**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:419 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:506 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:419 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:506 msgid "IVA Excluido - Bienes Cubiertos" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:421 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:421 msgid "" "Para reportar las transacciones realizadas mediante Bienes Cubiertos para " "los tres días sin IVA, será necesario crear un nuevo Impuesto al cual se le " @@ -5126,19 +5192,19 @@ msgid "" " para agregar la sección requerida en el XML de factura electrónica." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:426 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:426 msgid "" "Para el crear el impuesto accederemos a Contabilidad dentro del menú " ":menuselection:`Configuración --> Impuestos`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:432 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:432 msgid "" "Procedemos a crear un nuevo Impuesto con importe 0% considerando los " "siguientes parámetros:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:437 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:437 msgid "" "El nombre del Impuesto puede ser definido a preferencia del usuario, sin " "embargo el campo clave es **Grupo de Impuestos** dentro de Opciones " @@ -5146,86 +5212,86 @@ msgid "" "Valor**: *IVA*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:445 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:445 msgid "Actualización de descripción de Departamentos" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:447 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:447 msgid "" "Es necesario actualizar la descripción de algunos departamentos, para lo " "cual accederemos a módulo de Contactos y dentro del menú de " ":menuselection:`Configuración --> Provincias`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:453 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:453 msgid "" "Posteriormente, podemos agregar por País para identificar claramente las " "provincias (Departamentos) de Colombia:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:459 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:459 msgid "" "Una vez agrupados buscar los siguientes departamentos para actualizarlos con" " el valor indicado en la columna **Nombre actualizado**:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:463 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:463 msgid "Nombre de provincia" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:463 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:463 msgid "Código de Provincia" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:463 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:463 msgid "Nombre actualizado" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:465 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:465 msgid "D.C." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:465 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:465 msgid "DC" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:465 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:465 msgid "Bogotá" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:467 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:467 msgid "Quindio" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:467 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:467 msgid "QUI" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:467 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:467 msgid "Quindío" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:469 msgid "Archipiélago de San Andrés, Providencia y Santa Catalina" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:469 msgid "SAP" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:469 msgid "San Andrés y Providencia" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:473 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:473 msgid "Ejemplo:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:479 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:479 msgid "Verificación de Código postal" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:481 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:481 msgid "" "Dentro del Anexo 1.7 se comienza a validar que el código postal de las " "direcciones para contactos colombianos corresponda a las tablas oficiales " @@ -5235,18 +5301,18 @@ msgid "" "<http://visor.codigopostal.gov.co/472/visor/Codigos_Postales_Nacionales.csv>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:488 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:488 msgid "Consideraciones Operativas" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:493 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:493 msgid "" "Una vez que resgistro de Consumidor final ha sido creado este deberá ser " "utilizado a demanda, generalmente será utilizado en las transacciones de " "facturación del punto de punto de venta." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:496 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:496 msgid "" "El proceso de validación de la Factura será realizado de forma convencional " "en Odoo y la factura será generada de la misma manera. Al detectar que el " @@ -5255,13 +5321,13 @@ msgid "" "correspondientes." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:500 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:500 msgid "" "Contablemente todos los registros de Consumidor final quedarán asociados al " "identificador generico:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:508 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:508 msgid "" "El 21 mayo del 2020 fue publicado el El Decreto 682 el cual establece " "Excepción especial en el Impuesto sobre las ventas. El principal objetivo de" @@ -5269,33 +5335,33 @@ msgid "" "generadas a causa del COVID." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:513 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:513 msgid "Fechas" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:515 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:515 msgid "" "Días de excención del impuesto sobre las ventas – IVA para bienes cubiertos " "(3 días SIN IVA)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:517 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:517 msgid "**Primer día**: 19 de junio de 2020" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:518 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:518 msgid "**Segundo día**: 3 de Julio de 2020" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:519 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:519 msgid "**Tercer día**: 19 de Julio de 2020" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:522 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:522 msgid "Condiciones" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:524 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:524 msgid "" "Debido a que estas transacciones serán generadas de forma excepcional y que " "se tiene una combinación de varios factores y condiciones, los productores " @@ -5304,7 +5370,7 @@ msgid "" "corresponda." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:529 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:529 msgid "" "A continuación se mencionan algunas de las principales condiciones, sin " "embargo, cabe mencionar que las empresas deben de verificar todos los " @@ -5312,103 +5378,103 @@ msgid "" "<https://dapre.presidencia.gov.co/normativa/normativa/DECRETO%20682%20DEL%2021%20DE%20MAYO%20DE%202020.pdf>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:533 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:533 msgid "Tipo de productos y precio Máximo:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:536 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:536 msgid "Tipo de Productos" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:536 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:536 msgid "Precio Máximo" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:538 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:538 msgid "Electrodomesticos" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:538 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:538 msgid "40 UVT: $1,4 millones." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:540 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:540 msgid "Vestuario y complementos" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 msgid "3 UVT: $106.000" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 msgid "En el caso de los complementos es:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:544 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:544 msgid "10 UVT- $356.000" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:544 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:544 msgid "Elementos deportivos" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:546 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:546 msgid "Juguetes y Utiles Escolares" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:546 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:548 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:546 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:548 msgid "5 UVT - $178.035" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:548 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:548 msgid "Utiles Escolares" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:550 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:550 msgid "Bienes o servicios para el sector agropecuario" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:550 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:550 msgid "80 UVT - $2.848.560" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:554 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:554 msgid "Métodos de Pago:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:556 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:556 msgid "" "El pago debe realizarse por medios electrónico por ejemplo tarjetas de " "crédito/débito o bien mecanismos de pago online." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:558 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:558 msgid "Limite de unidades:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:560 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:560 msgid "" "Cada cliente puede adquirir únicamente 3 unidades como máximo de cada " "producto." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:563 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:563 msgid "Medidas en Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:565 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:565 msgid "**Preparación de datos**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:567 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:567 msgid "" "Crear el Impuesto para Bienes cubiertos de acuerdo a lo indicado en este " "punto: Datos maestros." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:568 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:568 msgid "" "Identificar los productos y transacciones a los cuales les aplicará la " "Exclusión de IVA de acuerdo a las condiciones establecidas en el decreto " @@ -5416,50 +5482,50 @@ msgid "" "actualizar el impuesto de forma temporal en Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:571 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:571 msgid "" "Exportar un listado con los productos que serán afectados incluyendo el " "campo IVA Venta el cual será sustituido temporalmente por el IVA de Bienes " "Cubiertos." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:573 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:573 msgid "" "Al finalizar las operaciones del día anterior a las fechas establecidas de " "día sin IVA, se debe hacer la actualización temporal a IVA de Bienes " "Cubiertos." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:579 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:579 msgid "**Durante el día SIN IVA**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:581 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:581 msgid "" "Por defecto los productos previamente considerados con IVA de Bienes " "cubiertos serán generados con este parámetro tanto en Órdenes de venta como " "facturas creadas durante ese mismo día." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:587 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:587 msgid "" "Las órdenes de venta generadas con este impuesto deberán ser facturas el " "mismo día." msgstr "" "Salgsordrer genereret med denne afgift skal være fakturaet samme dag. " -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:588 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:588 msgid "" "En caso de que alguna de las condiciones no sea cumplida (ejemplo el pago es" " realizado en efectivo) el impuesto deberá ser actualizado manualmente al " "momento de facturar." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:591 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:591 msgid "**Posterior al día SIN IVA**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:593 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:593 msgid "" "Los productos que fueron actualizados deberá ser reconfigurados a su IVA " "original." @@ -5467,61 +5533,61 @@ msgstr "" "De produkter, der blev opdateret, skal omkonfigureres til deres oprindelige " "moms. " -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:594 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:594 msgid "" "En caso de que se detecte alguna Orden de venta facturar en la cual se " "incluya IVA de Bienes Cubiertos, se deberá realizar actualización manual " "correspondiente al IVA convencional." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:3 msgid "France" msgstr "Frankrig" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:6 msgid "FEC" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:8 msgid "" "If you have installed the French Accounting, you will be able to download " "the FEC. For this, go in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> France" " --> FEC`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:12 msgid "" "If you do not see the submenu **FEC**, go in **Apps** and search for the " "module called **France-FEC** and verify if it is well installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:16 msgid "French Accounting Reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:18 msgid "" "If you have installed the French Accounting, you will have access to some " "accounting reports specific to France:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:20 msgid "Bilan comptable" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:21 msgid "Compte de résultats" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:22 msgid "Plan de Taxes France" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:25 msgid "Get the VAT anti-fraud certification with Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:27 msgid "" "As of January 1st 2018, a new anti-fraud legislation comes into effect in " "France and DOM-TOM. This new legislation stipulates certain criteria " @@ -5530,76 +5596,75 @@ msgid "" "through a module and a certificate of conformity to download." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:34 msgid "Is my company required to use an anti-fraud software?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:36 msgid "" "Your company is required to use an anti-fraud cash register software like " "Odoo (CGI art. 286, I. 3° bis) if:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:39 msgid "You are taxable (not VAT exempt) in France or any DOM-TOM," msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:40 msgid "Some of your customers are private individuals (B2C)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:42 msgid "" "This rule applies to any company size. Auto-entrepreneurs are exempted from " "VAT and therefore are not affected." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:46 msgid "Get certified with Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:48 msgid "Getting compliant with Odoo is very easy." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:50 msgid "" "Your company is requested by the tax administration to deliver a certificate" " of conformity testifying that your software complies with the anti-fraud " "legislation. This certificate is granted by Odoo SA to Odoo Enterprise users" " `here <https://www.odoo.com/my/contract/french-certification/>`_. If you " -"use Odoo Community, you should `upgrade to Odoo Enterprise " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/14.0/setup/enterprise.html>`_ or contact" -" your Odoo service provider." +"use Odoo Community, you should :doc:`upgrade to Odoo Enterprise " +"</administration/enterprise>` or contact your Odoo service provider." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:58 msgid "In case of non-conformity, your company risks a fine of €7,500." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:60 msgid "To get the certification just follow the following steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:62 msgid "" "Install the anti-fraud module fitting your Odoo environment from the *Apps* " "menu:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:65 msgid "" "if you use Odoo Point of Sale: *l10n_fr_pos_cert*: France - VAT Anti-Fraud " "Certification for Point of Sale (CGI 286 I-3 bis)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:66 msgid "" "in any other case: *l10n_fr_certification*: France - VAT Anti-Fraud " "Certification (CGI 286 I-3 bis)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:68 msgid "" "Make sure a country is set on your company, otherwise your entries won’t be " "encrypted for the inalterability check. To edit your company’s data, go to " @@ -5607,27 +5672,27 @@ msgid "" "country from the list; Do not create a new country." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:72 msgid "" "Download the mandatory certificate of conformity delivered by Odoo SA `here " "<https://www.odoo.com/my/contract/french-certification/>`__." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:75 msgid "" "To install the module in any system created before December 18th 2017, you " "should update the modules list. To do so, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " -"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Then go to the *Apps* menu and " +"</applications/general/developer_mode>`. Then go to the *Apps* menu and " "press *Update Modules List* in the top-menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:79 msgid "" "In case you run Odoo on-premise, you need to update your installation and " "restart your server beforehand." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:81 msgid "" "If you have installed the initial version of the anti-fraud module (prior to" " December 18th 2017), you need to update it. The module's name was *France -" @@ -5637,59 +5702,59 @@ msgid "" " installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:90 msgid "Anti-fraud features" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:92 msgid "The anti-fraud module introduces the following features:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:94 msgid "" "**Inalterability**: deactivation of all the ways to cancel or modify key " "data of POS orders, invoices and journal entries;" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:96 msgid "**Security**: chaining algorithm to verify the inalterability;" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:97 msgid "" "**Storage**: automatic sales closings with computation of both period and " "cumulative totals (daily, monthly, annually)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:101 msgid "Inalterability" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:103 msgid "" "All the possible ways to cancel and modify key data of paid POS orders, " "confirmed invoices and journal entries are deactivated, if the company is " "located in France or in any DOM-TOM." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:107 msgid "" "If you run a multi-companies environment, only the documents of such " "companies are impacted." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:111 msgid "Security" msgstr "Sikkerhed" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:113 msgid "" "To ensure the inalterability, every order or journal entry is encrypted upon" " validation. This number (or hash) is calculated from the key data of the " "document as well as from the hash of the precedent documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:118 msgid "" "The module introduces an interface to test the data inalterability. If any " "information is modified on a document after its validation, the test will " @@ -5698,7 +5763,7 @@ msgid "" "document recorded in the system." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:124 msgid "" "Users with *Manager* access rights can launch the inalterability check. For " "POS orders, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Reporting --> French " @@ -5706,11 +5771,11 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Reporting --> French Statements`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:131 msgid "Storage" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:133 msgid "" "The system also processes automatic sales closings on a daily, monthly and " "annual basis. Such closings distinctly compute the sales total of the period" @@ -5718,24 +5783,24 @@ msgid "" "recorded in the system." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:139 msgid "" "Closings can be found in the *French Statements* menu of Point of Sale, " "Invoicing and Accounting apps." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:143 msgid "" "Closings compute the totals for journal entries of sales journals (Journal " "Type = Sales)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:145 msgid "" "For multi-companies environments, such closings are performed by company." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:147 msgid "" "POS orders are posted as journal entries at the closing of the POS session. " "Closing a POS session can be done anytime. To prompt users to do it on a " @@ -5743,7 +5808,7 @@ msgid "" " hours ago. Such a session must be closed before selling again." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:153 msgid "" "A period’s total is computed from all the journal entries posted after the " "previous closing of the same type, regardless of their posting date. If you " @@ -5751,76 +5816,76 @@ msgid "" "counted in the very next closing." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:158 msgid "" "For test & audit purposes such closings can be manually generated in the " -":doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Then go to" -" :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled " +":doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>`. Then go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled " "Actions`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:164 msgid "Responsibilities" msgstr "Ansvar" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:166 msgid "" "Do not uninstall the module! If you do so, the hashes will be reset and none" " of your past data will be longer guaranteed as being inalterable." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:169 msgid "" "Users remain responsible for their Odoo instance and must use it with due " "diligence. It is not permitted to modify the source code which guarantees " "the inalterability of data." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:173 msgid "" "Odoo absolves itself of all and any responsibility in case of changes in the" " module’s functions caused by 3rd party applications not certified by Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:178 msgid "More Information" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:180 msgid "" "You will find more information about this legislation in the official " "documents:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:182 msgid "" "`Frequently Asked Questions " "<https://www.economie.gouv.fr/files/files/directions_services/dgfip/controle_fiscal/actualites_reponses/logiciels_de_caisse.pdf>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:183 msgid "" "`Official Statement " "<http://bofip.impots.gouv.fr/bofip/10691-PGP.html?identifiant=BOI-TVA-" "DECLA-30-10-30-20160803>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:184 msgid "" "`Item 88 of Finance Law 2016 " "<https://www.legifrance.gouv.fr/affichTexteArticle.do?idArticle=JORFARTI000031732968&categorieLien=id&cidTexte=JORFTEXT000031732865>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:56 msgid "Germany" msgstr "Tyskland" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:6 msgid "German Chart of Accounts" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:8 msgid "" "The chart of accounts SKR03 and SKR04 are both supported in Odoo. You can " "choose the one you want by going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " @@ -5828,54 +5893,54 @@ msgid "" "section." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:12 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:17 msgid "" "Be careful, you can only change the accounting package as long as you have " "not created any accounting entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:16 msgid "" "When you create a new SaaS database, the SKR03 is installed by default." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:19 msgid "German Accounting Reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:21 msgid "" "Here is the list of German-specific reports available on Odoo Enterprise:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:23 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:27 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:30 msgid "Balance Sheet" msgstr "Balance" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:24 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:19 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:17 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:89 msgid "Profit & Loss" msgstr "Indtægt & Tab" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:25 msgid "Tax Report (Umsatzsteuervoranmeldung)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:26 msgid "Partner VAT Intra" msgstr "Partner moms Intra" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:29 msgid "Export from Odoo to Datev" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:31 msgid "" "It is possible to export your accounting entries from Odoo to Datev. To be " "able to use this feature, the german accounting localization needs to be " @@ -5884,11 +5949,11 @@ msgid "" "the **Export Datev (csv)** button." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:39 msgid "German Tax Accounting Standards: Odoo's guide to GoBD Compliance" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:41 msgid "" "**GoBD** stands for `Grundsätze zur ordnungsmäßigen Führung und Aufbewahrung" " von Büchern, Aufzeichnungen und Unterlagen in elektronischer Form sowie zum" @@ -5900,7 +5965,7 @@ msgid "" "and balance sheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:48 msgid "" "These principles have been written and published by the Federal Ministry of " "Finance (BMF) in November 2014. Since January 2015, **they have become the " @@ -5910,16 +5975,16 @@ msgid "" "solutions (cloud hosting, paperless companies, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:55 msgid "Odoo gives you **the means to be compliant with GoBD**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:58 msgid "" "What do you need to know about GoBD when relying on accounting software?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:61 msgid "" "If you can, the best way to understand GoBD is to Read the `Official GoBD " "text " @@ -5928,7 +5993,7 @@ msgid "" "what to expect:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:65 msgid "" "The **GoBD is binding for companies that have to present accounts, which " "includes SMEs, freelancers, and entrepreneurs, to the financial " @@ -5937,39 +6002,39 @@ msgid "" "mentioned financial and related data)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:70 msgid "" "Apart from software requirements, the user is required to ensure Internal " "control systems (*in accordance with sec. 146 of the Fiscal Code*):" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:73 msgid "Access rights control;" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:74 msgid "Segregation of Duties, Functional separating;" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:75 msgid "Entry controls (error notifications, plausibility checks);" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:76 msgid "Reconciliation checks at data entry;" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:77 msgid "Processing controls;" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:78 msgid "" "Measures to prevent intentional or unintentional manipulation of software, " "data, or documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:80 msgid "" "The user must distribute tasks within its organization to the relevant " "positions (*control*) and verify that the tasks are properly and completely " @@ -5979,11 +6044,11 @@ msgid "" "(*prevention*)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:86 msgid "What about data security?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:88 msgid "" "**The taxpayer must secure the system against any data loss due to " "deletion, removal, or theft of any data**. If the entries are not " @@ -5991,43 +6056,43 @@ msgid "" "with the GoBD guidelines." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:92 msgid "" "Once bookings have been finally posted, they can no longer be changed or " "deleted via the application." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:95 msgid "" "If Odoo is used in the cloud, regular backups are part of the SaaS service. " "In addition, regular backups can be downloaded and backed up on external " "systems." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:99 msgid "" "`Odoo Cloud Hosting - Service Level Agreement <https://www.odooo.com/cloud-" "sla>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:101 msgid "" "If the server is operated locally, it is the responsibility of the user to " "create the necessary backup infrastructure." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:105 msgid "" "In some cases, data has to be kept for ten years or more, so always have " "backups saved. It is even more important if you decide to change software " "provider." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:109 msgid "Responsibility of the software editor" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:111 msgid "" "Considering GoBD only applies between the taxpayer and the financial " "authority, **the software editor can by no means be held responsible for the" @@ -6036,11 +6101,11 @@ msgid "" "respect the software related guidelines described in the GoBD." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:117 msgid "How can Odoo help you achieve Compliance?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:119 msgid "" "The key words, when it comes to GoBD, are: **traceable, verifiable, true, " "clear, and continuous**. In short, you need to have audit-proof archiving in" @@ -6048,11 +6113,11 @@ msgid "" "objectives:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 msgid "**Traceability and verifiability**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 msgid "" "Each record in Odoo is stamped with the creator of the document, the " "creation date, the modification date, and who modified it. In addition, " @@ -6060,11 +6125,11 @@ msgid "" "whom in the chatter of the relevant object." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 msgid "**Completeness**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 msgid "" "All financial data must be recorded in the system, and there can be no gaps." " Odoo ensures that there is no gap in the numbering of the financial " @@ -6074,11 +6139,11 @@ msgid "" "vendor bills and miscellaneous operations completely." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 msgid "**Accuracy**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 msgid "" "Odoo ensures with the correct configuration that the correct accounts are " "used. In addition, the control mechanisms between purchase orders and sales " @@ -6088,11 +6153,11 @@ msgid "" "task*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 msgid "**Timely booking and record-keeping**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 msgid "" "As most financial data in Odoo is generated by the transactional objects " "(for example, the invoice is booked at confirmation), Odoo ensures out-of-" @@ -6101,11 +6166,11 @@ msgid "" "miscellaneous operations." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 msgid "**Order**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 msgid "" "Financial data stored in Odoo is per definition ordered and can be reordered" " according to most fields present in the model. A specific ordering is not " @@ -6114,22 +6179,22 @@ msgid "" "out-of-the-box." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 msgid "**Inalterability**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 msgid "" "With the German Odoo localization, Odoo is in standard configured in such a " "way that the inalterability clause can be adhered to without any further " "customization." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:154 msgid "Do you need a GoBD-Export?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:156 msgid "" "In the case of fiscal control, the fiscal authority can request three levels" " of access to the accounting system (Z1, Z2, Z3). These levels vary from " @@ -6137,7 +6202,7 @@ msgid "" "storage device." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:160 msgid "" "In case of a handover of the financial data on a storage device, the format " "is **not** enforced by the GoBD. It can be, for example, in XLS, CSV, XML, " @@ -6147,11 +6212,11 @@ msgid "" "zur Datenntträgerüberlassung\" §3) but it is not binding." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:167 msgid "What is the role and meaning of the compliance certification?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:169 msgid "" "The GoBD clearly states that due to the nature of a state of the art " "accounting software, their configuration possibilities, changing nature, and" @@ -6162,7 +6227,7 @@ msgid "" "other legal value (A. 12, § 181)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:175 msgid "" "A GoBD certificate states nothing more than that if you use the software " "according to its guidelines, the software will not refrain you from " @@ -6172,13 +6237,13 @@ msgid "" "not, however, offer our customer any legal certainty." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:182 msgid "" "The BMF actually states the following in the `Official GoBD text " "<https://www.bundesfinanzministerium.de/Content/DE/Downloads/BMF_Schreiben/Weitere_Steuerthemen/Abgabenordnung/2019-11-28-GoBD.pdf>`_:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:185 msgid "" "180. Positive attestations on the correctness of the bookkeeping - and thus " "on the correctness of IT-based bookkeeping systems - are not issued either " @@ -6186,14 +6251,14 @@ msgid "" "information." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:188 msgid "" "181. \"Certificates\" or \"attestations\" from third parties can serve as a " "decision criterion for the company when selecting a software product, but " "develop from the in margin no. 179 is not binding on the tax authorities." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:193 msgid "" "The previous content was `automatically translated from German with Google " "Translate " @@ -6202,25 +6267,25 @@ msgid "" "gest%C3%BCtzter%20Buchf%C3%BChrungssysteme%20-%20werden%20weder%20im%20Rahmen%20einer%20steuerlichen%20Au%C3%9Fenpr%C3%BCfung%20noch%20im%20Rahmen%20einer%20verbindlichen%20Auskunft%20erteilt.%0A%0A181.%0A%E2%80%9EZertifikate%E2%80%9C%20oder%20%E2%80%9ETestate%E2%80%9C%20Dritter%20k%C3%B6nnen%20bei%20der%20Auswahl%20eines%20Softwareproduktes%20dem%20Unternehmen%20als%20Entscheidungskriterium%20dienen%2C%20entfalten%20jedoch%20aus%20den%20in%20Rz.%20179%20genannten%20Gr%C3%BCnden%20gegen%C3%BCber%20der%20Finanzbeh%C3%B6rde%20keine%20Bindungswirkung.%20&op=translate>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:198 msgid "What happens if you are not compliant?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:200 msgid "" "In the event of an infringement, you can expect a fine but also a court " "order demanding the implementation of specific measures." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:3 msgid "Indonesia" msgstr "Indonesien" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:8 msgid "E-Faktur Module" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:10 msgid "" "The **E-Faktur Module** is installed by default with the Indonesian " "localization module. It allows one to generate a CSV file for one tax " @@ -6228,26 +6293,26 @@ msgid "" "e-Faktur** application." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:17 msgid "NPWP/NIK settings" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:0 msgid "**Your Company**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:0 msgid "" "This information is used in the FAPR line in the effect file format. You " "need to set a VAT number on the related partner of your Odoo company. If you" " don't, it won't be possible to create an e-Faktur from an invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:0 msgid "**Your Clients**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:0 msgid "" "You need to set the checkbox *ID PKP* to generate e-fakturs for a customer. " "You can use the VAT field on the customer's contact to set the NPWP needed " @@ -6255,11 +6320,11 @@ msgid "" "enter the NIK in the same VAT field." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:39 msgid "Generate Tax Invoice Serial Number" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:41 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> e-Faktur`. In order to be" " able to export customer invoices as e-Faktur for the Indonesian government," @@ -6269,7 +6334,7 @@ msgid "" "the invoices list and click on *Action*, then on *Download e-Faktur*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:46 msgid "" "After receiving new serial numbers from the Indonesian Revenue Department, " "you can create a set of tax invoice serial numbers group through this list " @@ -6278,30 +6343,30 @@ msgid "" "requested by the Indonesia Tax Revenue Department." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:50 msgid "" "There is a counter to inform you how many unused numbers are left in that " "group." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:58 msgid "Generate e-faktur csv for a single invoice or a batch invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:60 msgid "" "Create an invoice from :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> " "Invoices`. If the invoice customer's country is Indonesia and the customer " "is set as *ID PKP*, Odoo will allow you to create an e-Faktur." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:63 msgid "" "Set a Kode Transaksi for the e-Faktur. There are constraints related to the " "Kode transaksi and the type of VAT applied to invoice lines." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:69 msgid "" "Odoo will automatically pick the next available serial number from the " "e-Faktur number table (see the :ref:`section above " @@ -6311,24 +6376,24 @@ msgid "" "*Electronic Tax*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:77 msgid "" "Once the invoice is posted, you can generate and download the e-Faktur from " "the *Action* menu item *Download e-faktur*. The checkbox *CSV created* will " "be set." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:83 msgid "" "You can select multiple invoices in list view and generate a batch e-Faktur " ".csv." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:88 msgid "Kode Transaksi FP (Transaction Code)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:90 msgid "" "The following codes are available when generating an e-Faktur. - 01 Kepada " "Pihak yang Bukan Pemungut PPN (Customer Biasa) - 02 Kepada Pemungut " @@ -6339,26 +6404,26 @@ msgid "" "Penyerahan Aktiva (Pasal 16D UU PPN)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:103 msgid "" "Correct an invoice that has been posted and downloaded: Replace Invoice " "feature" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:105 msgid "" "Cancel the original wrong invoice in Odoo. For instance, we will change the " "Kode Transakski from 01 to 03 for the INV/2020/0001." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:107 msgid "" "Create a new invoice and set the canceled invoice in the *Replace Invoice* " "field. In this field, we can only select invoices in *Cancel* state from the" " same customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:109 msgid "" "As you validate, Odoo will automatically use the same e-Faktur serial number" " as the canceled and replaced invoice replacing the third digit of the " @@ -6366,31 +6431,31 @@ msgid "" "invoice in the e-Faktur app)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:120 msgid "" "Correct an invoice that has been posted but not downloaded yet: Reset " "e-Faktur" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:122 msgid "Reset the invoice to draft and cancel it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:123 msgid "Click on the button *Reset e-Faktur* on the invoice form view." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:124 msgid "" "The serial number will be unassigned, and we will be able to reset the " "invoice to draft, edit it and re-assign a new serial number." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:3 msgid "Italy (IT)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:5 msgid "" "Questa guida spiegherà come utilizzare la fattura elettronica in Odoo e come" " configurare correttamente i dati aziendali, i contatti e la contabilità. " @@ -6399,11 +6464,11 @@ msgid "" "l’interscambio di informazioni." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:13 msgid "Configurare le informazioni sulla tua Azienda" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:15 msgid "" "Il passo successivo è la configurazione delle informazioni necessarie al " "funzionamento della fatturazione elettronica. Si può accedere alla schermata" @@ -6412,29 +6477,30 @@ msgid "" " configurare la fatturazione elettronica." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:21 msgid "" "I dati necessari al funzionamento dello strumento di fatturazione " "elettronica sono i seguenti:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:24 msgid "" "Server PEC. Le informazioni sul server utilizzato dal tuo indirizzo di posta" " elettronica certificata sono fornite dal tuo fornitore o dal Ministero. Lo " "stesso server deve essere configurato come server che gestisce tutta la " "corrispondenza mail in Odoo, per saperne di più si puo’ consultare la " -"relativa :doc:`guida <../../../discuss/advanced/email_servers>`." +"relativa :doc:`guida " +"</applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:30 msgid "" "Indirizzo PEC dell’ Azienda, tale indirizzo deve essere lo stesso registrato" " presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate per l’utilizzo dei servizi di fatturazione " "elettronica." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:34 msgid "" "Indirizzo PEC dell’Agenzia delle Entrate. La mail sarà fornito al momento " "della registrazione della tua PEC presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate, ricorda " @@ -6442,34 +6508,34 @@ msgid "" "previa comunicazione." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:39 msgid "" "Partita IVA e Codice Fiscale. Per far si che la Fatturazione Elettronica " "funzioni correttamente, questi cambi devono essere compilati correttamente." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:43 msgid "" "Regime Fiscale. Il regime fiscale a cui è sottoposta l’Azienda deve essere " "selezionato scegliendo dalla lista precompilata fornita da Odoo. Chiedi al " "commercialista qual’è il corretto regime fiscale!" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:47 msgid "Numero di Iscrizione nel registro delle Imprese." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:54 msgid "Configurare le impostazioni per la Fatturazione Elettronica" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:56 msgid "" "Numero di iscrizione nel registro Imprese tenuto presso la Camera di " "Commercio." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:59 msgid "" "Rappresentate Fiscale. Questa opzione è dedicata ad aziende con sede al di " "fuori del territorio nazionale ma conducenti attività commerciali in Italia " @@ -6477,18 +6543,18 @@ msgid "" "l’Azienda si avvale di un Rappresentate Fiscale in Italia." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:70 msgid "Configurare il profilo dei clienti" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:72 msgid "" "Per un corretto utilizzo dell’applicazione, il profilo di clienti e " "fornitori, nell’applicazione contatti, deve essere configurato con le " "necessarie informazioni legali." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:76 msgid "" "Selezionando il nome del cliente e accedendo quindi ai suoi dati, si trovano" " i seguenti campi che devono essere compilati: Indirizzo PEC, Codice Fiscale" @@ -6496,11 +6562,11 @@ msgid "" "necessari per la comunicazione tramite fattura elettronica*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:87 msgid "Il processo di fatturazione" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:89 msgid "" "Si può procedere ad emettere una fattura seguendo le indicazioni " "dell’applicazione. Il momento che determina il formale invio della fattura è" @@ -6509,57 +6575,57 @@ msgid "" "tramite pop-up sulla parte iniziale della schermata della fattura." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:102 msgid "I messaggi che possono apparire sono i seguenti:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:104 msgid "Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:106 msgid "Invio fallito. Puoi modificare la fattura ed inviarla di nuovo" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:108 msgid "" "La fattura è stata correttamente inviata ed accettata dal destinatario." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:111 msgid "" "I vari stadi di spedizione e recezione della fattura sono visibili anche " "dall’elenco delle Fatture nella forma di icone, accanto alla colonna “Stato”" " dall’applicazione contabilità." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:115 msgid "*Icona Rossa*: Invio fallito" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:117 msgid "*Icona Gialla*: Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:119 msgid "*Icona Verde*: Fattura inviata e accettata dal destinatario" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:121 msgid "" "Per inviare la fattura tramite PEC e generare il file XML, basterà cliccare " "su invia. Il documento verrà poi mostrato tra gli allegati." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:3 msgid "Mexico" msgstr "Mexico" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:10 msgid "`VIDEO WEBINAR OF A COMPLETE DEMO <https://youtu.be/JSqQo5eRqlI>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:15 msgid "" "Odoo Enterprise users in Mexico have free access to a set of modules that " "allow them to issue electronic invoices according to the specifications of " @@ -6570,7 +6636,7 @@ msgid "" "support for associated customs operations." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:21 msgid "" "With the Mexican location in Odoo you will not only be able to comply with " "the legal requirements to invoice in Mexico, but also use it as your " @@ -6578,29 +6644,29 @@ msgid "" "Odoo the perfect solution to manage your business in Mexico." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:26 msgid "Pre requirements" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:28 msgid "" "Before installing the modules and making the necessary configurations to " "have the Mexican localization in Odoo, it is necessary to meet the following" " requirements:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:31 msgid "Be registered with the SAT and have an RFC." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:32 msgid "" "Have a `Certificate of Digital Seal " "<https://www.gob.mx/sat/acciones-y-programas/certificado-de-sello-digital>`_" " (CSD)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:34 msgid "" "Choose a PAC and purchase stamps. Currently the Mexican location in Odoo " "works with two PACs: `Solución Factible <https://solucionfactible.com/>`_, " @@ -6608,25 +6674,24 @@ msgid "" " Sapien - Smarter Web <https://sw.com.mx/>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:37 msgid "" "Have knowledge and experience with billing, sales and accounting in Odoo. " "This documentation contains only the information necessary to enable the use" -" of Odoo in a company based in Mexico. For information on how to use these " -"applications, see the page :doc:`../../../index`." +" of Odoo in a company based in Mexico." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:41 msgid "Modules" msgstr "Moduler" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:43 msgid "" "To install the Mexican localization module, go to :menuselection:`Apps`, " "then remove the default filter \"Apps\" and search for ``l10n_mx``." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:51 msgid "" "If you created the database from `www.odoo.com <https://www.odoo.com>`_ and " "chose \"Mexico\" as the country when creating your account, some of the " @@ -6635,44 +6700,44 @@ msgid "" "while others will instead have a label that says \"Installed\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:56 msgid "" "The following modules are necessary for all databases that require Mexican " "localization:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "**Mexico - Accounting (l10n_mx)**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "" "All the basic data to manage accounting, taxes and the chart of accounts. " "The installed chart of accounts is based on `the SAT account grouping code " "<https://www.gob.mx/cms/uploads/attachment/file/151586/codigo_agrupador.pdf>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "**EDI for Mexico (l10n_mx_edi)**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "" "Necessary for electronic transactions, CFDI 3.3, payment complement, and " "addenda on invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "**Odoo Mexican localization reports (l10n_mx_reports)**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "" "All mandatory reports for electronic accounting. (Requires the accounting " "application)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:67 msgid "" "The following modules are optional, and should be installed only if they " "meet a specific organization requirement. Installing these modules is not " @@ -6680,24 +6745,24 @@ msgid "" "unnecessarily complicate form filling." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "" "**EDI External Trade Complement for Mexico (l10n_mx_edi_external_trade)**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "" "For clients that export, add the foreign trade complement to the CFDI, and " "the logic for filling it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "" "**Odoo Mexico Localization for Invoice with customs Number " "(l10n_mx_edi_customs)**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "" "For importing customers, this module allows adding to the CFDI the request " "number with which the merchandise to be resold entered. When it is imported " @@ -6706,51 +6771,51 @@ msgid "" "\"pedimento\", and it is processed at customs." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "**Odoo Mexico Localization for Stock / Landing (l10n_mx_edi_landing)**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "" "Related to the import module (*l10n_mx_edi_customs*), this module allows " "managing the requests as part of the shipping costs." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "**Bank account payment to Mexico (l10n_mx_edi_payment_bank)**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "" "Add optional attributes to the payment plugin, allowing the user to select " "the bank account that was used to pay the bills." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "**Odoo Mexico Localization for Sale Coupon (l10n_mx_edi_sale_coupon)**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "" "Complements the Odoo coupon module (*sale_coupon*) to avoid errors in the " "generation of CFDIs." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "" "**Tax Cash Basis Entries at Payment Date (l10n_mx_tax_cash_basis)** Create " "journal entries for" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "taxes on the payment date (instead of the issue date)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:94 msgid "Enable electronic invoicing" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:96 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Accounting --> Customer Invoices`, and " "make sure that the option **Mexican Electronic Invoicing** is enabled. With " @@ -6759,11 +6824,11 @@ msgid "" "billing flow in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:108 msgid "Enter legal information" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:110 msgid "" "After verifying the general configuration, you must verify that the company " "is configured with the correct data. To do so, go to " @@ -6771,13 +6836,13 @@ msgid "" "*Update information* under your company name." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:118 msgid "" "In the resulting form, put your full address (including zip code), RFC (VAT " "number), and the rest of the data." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:122 msgid "" "Make sure that in the address, for the Country field, \"Mexico\" is chosen " "from the list of countries that Odoo shows, because if it is entered " @@ -6785,65 +6850,65 @@ msgid "" "it will result in errors later when the CFDIs are generated." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:131 msgid "" "If you want to test the Mexican localization, you can configure the company " "with a real address within Mexico (including all fields) and add " "``EKU9003173C9`` as RFC." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:135 msgid "Set the fiscal regime of the company" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:137 msgid "" "The following is to indicate what is the fiscal regime of the company that " "we are configuring, which is done through a pre-existing field in Odoo " "called \"Fiscal Regime\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:140 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Accounting --> Electronic Invoicing (MX) " "--> Fiscal Regime`, and select the option that applies to your company from " "the drop-down list." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:148 msgid "" "For the test environment: Select the option **General Law on Legal Persons**" " from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:152 msgid "Contacts Configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:154 msgid "" "When creating a contact to be invoiced in Odoo, the following information " "must be configured for invoice validation: **complete address** (including " "postal code, city, state, country, etc.) and the **VAT** number." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:163 msgid "Taxes Configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:165 msgid "" "A necessary configuration for electronic invoicing to work correctly in Odoo" " is to add the factor type associated with sales taxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:168 msgid "" "To make this configuration you first have to go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:171 msgid "" "Within the list of taxes that are pre-loaded, select the option *Sales* on " "the filter, this is to see only taxes associated with sales, which are those" @@ -6852,20 +6917,20 @@ msgid "" " **Factor Type** choose the option *Tasa*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:180 msgid "" "Do the same for all the sales taxes that the company needs, either those " "that come by default in Odoo, or those that you add that are necessary for " "your company bill." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:184 msgid "" "For the 0% VAT tax, select the option *Exento* instead of *Tasa* within the " "**Factor Type** field." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:187 msgid "" "When registering a payment, Odoo will carry out the movement of taxes from " "the **Cash Basis Transition Account** to the account set in the " @@ -6874,35 +6939,35 @@ msgid "" "eliminate this account**) in the Journal Entry when reclassifying taxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:197 msgid "Products Configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:199 msgid "" "All products to be sold need to have the SAT code associated with their " "classification so that the invoices do not give an error when validating." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:202 msgid "" "To configure products, go to the **General Information** tab and in the " "**UNSPSC Product Category** field select the category that represents that " "product. The process can be done manually or through a bulk import." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:211 msgid "PAC Configuration to sign invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:213 msgid "" "Another important step to configure electronic invoicing in Odoo is to enter" " the PAC which you are working with and the credentials. That way, " "electronic invoicing will be enabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:217 msgid "" "Remember that you must register directly with the PAC of your choice before " "you start creating invoices from Odoo. We have the following PACs available:" @@ -6911,7 +6976,7 @@ msgid "" "<https://sw.com.mx/>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:222 msgid "" "You must process your **Private Key (CSD)** with the SAT institution before " "following these steps. If you do not have this information, try with the " @@ -6919,21 +6984,21 @@ msgid "" "Credentials for your production environment to work with real transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:227 msgid "" "To add the credentials, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Accounting --> " "Electronic Invoicing (MX)`. Under the **PAC MX** section, enter the name of " "your PAC with your credentials (PAC username and PAC password)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:236 msgid "" "If you check the checkbox **Test Environment**, it is not necessary to enter" " a PAC username and/or password, but you must select a PAC from the drop-" "down list." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:239 msgid "" "Finally, upload the digital certificates of the company within the section " "**MX Certificates**. Click on *Add a line*, a window will open, click on " @@ -6941,53 +7006,53 @@ msgid "" "and your password. To finish, click on *Save and Close*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:248 msgid "" "If you still do not have one of the contracted PACs and you want to test " "electronic invoicing you can use the following SAT test certificates:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:252 -msgid ":download:`Certificate <../../../_static/files/certificate.cer>`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:251 +msgid ":download:`Certificate <files/certificate.cer>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:253 -msgid ":download:`Certificate Key <../../../_static/files/certificate.key>`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:252 +msgid ":download:`Certificate Key <files/certificate.key>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:254 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:253 msgid "**Password:** ``12345678a``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:255 msgid "" "You must also configure the company with a real address within Mexico " "(including all fields) and add ``EKU9003173C9`` as the **VAT** number." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:260 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:259 msgid "Workflows" msgstr "Arbejdsgang" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:262 msgid "Electronic invoicing" msgstr "Elektronisk fakturering" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:264 msgid "" "The invoicing process in Odoo is based on `Annex 20 " "<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/tramitesyservicios/Paginas/anexo_20_version3-3.htm>`_" " version 3.3 of electronic invoicing of the SAT." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:269 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:268 msgid "" "To start invoicing from Odoo, an invoice must be created using the standard " "invoicing flow, that is, either from a sales order or from the invoice menu " "in the Accounting application." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:271 msgid "" "The invoice will be stamped after clicking on *Validate*, before that the " "status is still in draft mode and changes can be made to it. After " @@ -6995,7 +7060,7 @@ msgid "" "it would look like this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:279 msgid "" "The details of the invoice will be reflected in the Chatter, which is what " "you see on the right of the invoice in the attached image. There you can " @@ -7003,7 +7068,7 @@ msgid "" " was validated or not." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:283 msgid "" "To send the stamped invoice to your client, you can send the XML together " "with the PDF file directly from Odoo, by clicking the *Send and Print* " @@ -7011,21 +7076,21 @@ msgid "" "clicking the *Print* button and selecting the desired option." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:288 msgid "" "Depending on the size of the screen, the Chatter can be seen next to or " "below the document." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:291 msgid "Invoicing Special Cases" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:295 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:294 msgid "Foreign Trade Invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:297 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:296 msgid "" "The foreign trade invoicing process in Odoo is based on the corresponding " "`SAT regulation " @@ -7033,176 +7098,176 @@ msgid "" " SAT electronic invoicing version is 3.3." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:301 msgid "What do we mean when we talk about foreign trade?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:303 msgid "" "Since January 2018, the SAT requires a Foreign Trade Supplement in export " "transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:307 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:306 msgid "What is the Foreign Trade complement?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:308 msgid "" "It is an Annex to the electronic invoice that allows the identification of " "exporters and importers, in addition to expanding the description of the " "merchandise sold." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:313 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:312 msgid "What information can be incorporated in this new complement?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:314 msgid "Information on the operation type it covers." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:315 msgid "" "Tax identification data of the issuer, receiver or recipient of the " "merchandise." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:317 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:316 msgid "Description of the goods to be exported." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:319 msgid "Who is obliged to generate it?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:322 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:321 msgid "Taxpayers who carry out export operations of A1 type." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:325 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:324 msgid "To which exports does the A1 type apply?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:327 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:326 msgid "" "Entry of goods of foreign origin to remain in national territory for an " "unlimited time." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:328 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:327 msgid "Exit of goods from the country to stay abroad for an unlimited time." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:328 msgid "" "Definitive importation of vehicles by diplomatic and consular missions and " "offices of international organizations and their foreign personnel, in " "accordance with the import of vehicles in diplomatic exemption." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:333 msgid "Is Foreign Trade the same as Pedimentos?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:336 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:335 msgid "" "Not necessarily, the Pedimentos are directly related to the process of " "Importing goods, while the Foreign Trade Complement is related to the " "Exporting process." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:339 msgid "Required Modules" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:341 msgid "" "In order to generate foreign trade invoices, the following modules must be " "installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:343 msgid "EDI for Mexico (l10n_mx_edi)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:349 msgid "EDI for Mexico (l10n_mx_edi_extended)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:357 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:356 msgid "Company" msgstr "Virksomhed" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:359 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:358 msgid "" "Configure the company with a valid postal code, and if you have a colony " "code, this should match with the corresponding Zip Code. At the same time, " "remember to place the Tax Identification Number (VAT Number - RFC)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:368 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:367 msgid "Receiving Client" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:370 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:369 msgid "" "Generally it will be a foreign client, in which you must verify that you " "have at least the following fields completed with the corresponding " "information." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:378 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:377 msgid "The customer's delivery address must also contain the zip code." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:379 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:378 msgid "" "The format of the foreign VAT (Tax Identification Number) will be validated " "as appropriate in each Country (Example: Colombia ``123456789-1``)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:381 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:380 msgid "" "In the XML, the VAT is automatically replaced by the Generic VAT for abroad " "transactions: ``XEXX010101000``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:385 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:384 msgid "Products" msgstr "Varer" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:387 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:386 msgid "" "At the product level there must also configure some parameters in the " "following fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:398 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:397 msgid "" "You must select the **UMT Aduana** (Unit of Measure) in *KG* since it is " "only accepted by the SAT" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:399 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:398 msgid "The weight refers to **the unit weight** of the product" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:400 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:399 msgid "The tariff item must be from the code UoM of Kilograms (**UoM = 01**)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:402 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:401 msgid "" "Although the product is sold in pieces or in units, the value that must be " "registered with customs in the tariff item must be reported in Kilograms." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:406 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:405 msgid "Invoicing Flow" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:408 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:407 msgid "" "When creating the foreign sales invoice, you must select the **Incoterm** " "corresponding and the **Need external trade?** checkbox must be checked. " @@ -7211,11 +7276,11 @@ msgid "" "regulations." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:414 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:413 msgid "What is the certificate of origin and when is it used?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:416 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:415 msgid "" "The **Certificate Source** (or proof of origin) is the document that allows " "an importer or exporter to prove the country or region from which a good is " @@ -7223,45 +7288,45 @@ msgid "" "agreed in trade agreements." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:429 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:428 msgid "Assign Pedimentos" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:431 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:430 msgid "" "If your company imports products and you need to add the **Pedimentos** " "number in your invoices, you can also configure Odoo to record the process." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:434 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:433 msgid "" "First, go to :menuselection:`Apps`, remove the \"Apps\" filter and search " "for ``Mexico``, ``mx`` or ``l10n_mx``. Then, install **Odoo Mexico " "Localization for Stock / Landing module (l10n_mx_edi_landing)**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:443 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:442 msgid "" "The l10n_mx_edi_landing module depends on the **Inventory** and **Sales** " "apps, since the products must be entered into inventory to be able to add " "their Pedimentos number to the corresponding receipt of products." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:447 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:446 msgid "" "Then, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Settings --> Settings`. Within the" " options, activate **Landed Costs**. This option will allow adding the " "Pedimentos number to the corresponding product receptions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:456 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:455 msgid "" "In order to use landed costs, the accounting configuration of the inventory " "valuation of the products must be configured as *Automated* and its costing " "method *Average* or *FIFO* (first in, first out)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:460 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:459 msgid "" "To associate the Pedimentos number indicated with an import (merchandise " "reception) a new **Landed Cost** must be created. They can be accessed " @@ -7269,22 +7334,22 @@ msgid "" "you will find the option to attach the Pedimentos number." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:468 msgid "" "You can only add the Pedimentos number once, so be careful when associating " "the correct number with the transfer(s)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:473 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:472 msgid "" -":doc:`../../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs`." +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:476 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:475 msgid "Payment Terms" msgstr "Betalingsbetingelser" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:478 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:477 msgid "" "The **Payment Terms** are already configured in Odoo when installing the " "Mexican localization, this means that if you go to " @@ -7292,18 +7357,18 @@ msgid "" "find the default list in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:486 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:485 msgid "" "In Mexico you can have 2 types of payments: PPD or PUE. These are given by " "the **Payment Term** chosen (or if there is no chosen payment term it will " "be based on the due date of the invoice)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:490 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:489 msgid "PPD Payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:492 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:491 msgid "" "To configure PPD payments (payment in installments or deferred) it is only " "necessary to choose a date expiration date for your invoice and Odoo will " @@ -7312,11 +7377,11 @@ msgid "" "will be PPDo PUE)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:498 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:497 msgid "PUE" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:500 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:499 msgid "" "To configure PUE payments (payment in a single payment) you must select an " "invoice due date within the same month or choose a payment term that does " @@ -7324,11 +7389,11 @@ msgid "" "falling within the current month)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:505 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:504 msgid "Payments" msgstr "Betalinger" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:507 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:506 msgid "" "`According to the SAT documentation <https://www.sat.gob.mx/consultas/92764" "/comprobante-de-recepcion-de-pagos>`_, there may be 2 types of payments: " @@ -7338,7 +7403,7 @@ msgid "" "Terms**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:513 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:512 msgid "" "If the payment is a PPD type, Odoo will generate the corresponding payment " "complement automatically when you *Confirm* it. If the payment is PUE, the " @@ -7347,31 +7412,31 @@ msgid "" "invoice date and the due date as parameters." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:522 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:521 msgid "" "When configuring the contacts that will be used when making payments, you " "must configure the banks in the **Accounting** tab, place both the Bank, " "Account Number and CLABE." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:530 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:529 msgid "Register PPD Payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:532 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:531 msgid "" "If at the time of registering a payment it is of type PPD then a Payment " "Complement (XML) will be generated with its details." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:535 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:572 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:534 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:571 msgid "" "The payment can be registered from the invoice and once it is confirmed, the" " invoice will be paid and with its payment associated." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:547 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:546 msgid "" "The journal will be the payment method where you receive or send the payment" " from. You must also associate a **Payment Way** and a Recipient Bank " @@ -7379,219 +7444,219 @@ msgid "" "the invoice)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:551 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:550 msgid "" "Once the payment is made, it will be associated with the corresponding " "invoice and its status will be *In Payment* since the payment will be " "effectively validated when it is bank reconciled." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:555 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:554 msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:562 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:561 msgid "" "The **Recipient Bank Account** is the one attached to the **Accounting** tab" " in the contact associated with the invoice, it must be valid so that the " "stamped payment complement can be created." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:567 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:566 msgid "Register PUE Payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:569 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:568 msgid "" "If at the time of registering a payment it is of the PUE type then in this " "case a Payment Complement (XML) will not be generated since it is not " "necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:588 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:587 msgid "" "In this case it is not created as a payment supplement by the nature of it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:591 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:590 msgid "Down Payments" msgstr "Forudbetalinger" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:593 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:592 msgid "" "This is a special case in which we must receive an advance payment from a " "client to later be applied to an invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:597 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:596 msgid "" "`The official documentation for registration of down payments in Mexico " "<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/tramitesyservicios/Paginas/documentos/Caso_uso_Anticipo.pdf>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:601 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:600 msgid "Process to create advance in Mexico" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:603 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:602 msgid "" "Issuance of electronic invoicing with the amount of the advance payment " "received." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:604 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:603 msgid "" "Issuance of the electronic invoice for the total value of the operation " "(full invoice). (CFDI Origin: 07 | Advance invoice, point 1)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:606 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:605 msgid "" "Issuance of the electronic invoice with the *Egreso* type. (CFDI Origin: 07 " "| Invoice_total, point 2)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:610 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:609 msgid "Steps to follow in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:612 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:611 msgid "Preparation: Create the product" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:613 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:612 msgid "" "Down Payment issuance of the electronic invoice for the amount of the " "advance payment received" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:614 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:613 msgid "" "Issuance of the electronic invoice for the total value of the operation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:615 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:614 msgid "Add a credit note from the down payment invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:618 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:617 msgid "Preparation: Create the Product" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:620 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:619 msgid "" "The Down Payment product must be type *Service* and must use the **NSPSC " "Product Category**: *84111506 Servicios de facturación*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:627 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:626 msgid "" "Add the down payment product as default to be used from the Odoo " "configurations." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:634 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:633 msgid "" "Issuance of the electronic invoice for the value of the advance received" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:636 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:635 msgid "" "Create the Advance Payment Invoice: From the sales order, create an advance " "payment invoice for the percentage of the purchase to be paid in advance (or" " for a fixed amount)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:643 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:642 msgid "Validate invoice with the down payment product." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:653 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:652 msgid "Register Payment to the advance payment invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:664 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:663 msgid "" "Issuance of the electronic invoice for the total value of the operation." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:666 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:665 msgid "" "From the sales order, create an invoice for the total, that is, for all the " "order lines without discounting the advance." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:674 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:673 msgid "Remove the check mark from the **Deduct down payments** field." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:676 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:675 msgid "" "Add the original CFDI of the advance payment invoice by adding ``07 |`` at " "the beginning + Folio Fiscal of the advance payment Invoice created in the " "previous step." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:679 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:678 msgid "Copy the Folio Fiscal of the following invoice following this example:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:685 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:684 msgid "" "And paste it in the draft invoice created from the Sales Order without " "deducting the advances:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:691 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:690 msgid "" "Validate and copy the Folio Fiscal for later (in the example the Folio " "Fiscal copy is: 50E4FF06-4341-4006-A7C3-A7F653CBEFAE )" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:695 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:694 msgid "Add credit note from invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:697 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:696 msgid "" "Create a **Credit Note** from the down payment invoice (the corrective " "invoice must be edited prior to confirming it, see explanation below the 2 " "following images)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:708 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:707 msgid "" "Before you *Confirm* the Credit Note, edit the Origin CFDI with ``07 | XXX``" " instead of the prefix ``01 | XXX``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:719 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:718 msgid "Now the invoice can be confirmed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:725 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:724 msgid "" "Now the Credit Note (Advance Payment) must be applied to the total invoice, " "this is added at the bottom below the amount owed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:736 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:735 msgid "" "Register a payment for the difference of the down payment and the total of " "the sale." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:742 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:741 msgid "" "If you go to the XML of the invoice, you should see in CFDI related the type" " of relationship 07 and the Folio Fiscal of the advance payment invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:750 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:749 msgid "Discounts based on payment days" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:752 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:751 msgid "" "Cash discounts are incentives that you can offer to motivate customers to " "pay within a specified time period. For example, you offer a 2% discount if " @@ -7600,22 +7665,22 @@ msgid "" "payments period." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:757 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:762 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:756 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:761 msgid "Create and assign the corresponding Payment Term" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:758 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:781 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:757 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:780 msgid "Register the Payment within the days of the discount" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:759 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:807 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:758 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:806 msgid "Create a credit note" msgstr "Opret en kreditnota" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:764 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:763 msgid "" "To configure the discount for advance payment, go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Terms` and click on" @@ -7625,27 +7690,27 @@ msgid "" " type if necessary (in this example 30 days)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:774 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:773 msgid "" "Then when creating our Sales Order or Sales Invoice, assign the Payment Term" " created previously." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:783 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:782 msgid "" "Register the payment within the days in which the application of the " "discount was specified, in our case it is within 5 days after the creation " "of the Sales Invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:790 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:789 msgid "" "Then go to the bottom of the invoice where the totals are located and there " "you will see 2 payments created, reset to draft and cancel the payment that " "does not correspond - the one related to the discount." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:809 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:808 msgid "" "Finally to close the cycle we must close the invoice, but as in this case we" " apply a discount, to close it correctly we must create a credit note " @@ -7653,56 +7718,56 @@ msgid "" "Note**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:821 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:820 msgid "Adjust the amount to the remaining balance in the original invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:827 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:826 msgid "Add the Credit Note to the original invoice so that it is settled." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:834 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:833 msgid "Cancellation of invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:837 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:836 msgid "Before 72 Hours" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:839 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:838 msgid "" "If it is necessary to cancel an invoice validated and sent to the SAT in " "less than 72 hours follow the steps below." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:842 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:841 msgid "Request Cancellation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:848 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:847 msgid "The status of the **Electronic invoicing** changes to *Cancelled*" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:849 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:848 msgid "Click on *RESET TO DRAFT*" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:855 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:854 msgid "Click on *CANCEL ENTRY*" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:862 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:861 msgid "After 72 Hours" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:864 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:863 msgid "" "If It is necessary to cancel an invoice validated and sent to the SAT more " "than 72 hours, the client must be asked to accept the cancellation, for this" " the following steps must be followed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:867 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:866 msgid "" "Click on *Request EDI Cancellation* to inform the SAT that you want to " "cancel the invoice, in this case the client has to enter the SAT webpage and" @@ -7710,21 +7775,21 @@ msgid "" "changes to *To Cancel*)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:870 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:869 msgid "" "When the client (Receiver / Customer) approves the Cancellation in their SAT" " portal it is now possible to Change the invoice to Draft and then click on " "*Cancel entry*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:872 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:871 msgid "" "Odoo synchronizes with the SAT to update the status of the **Electronic " "invoicing** with a scheduled action, Invoices canceled in the SAT will be " "canceled in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:879 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:878 msgid "" "After clicking on **Request EDI cancellation**, the status of the " "**Electronic invoicing** field will be *To Cancel* but the status of the SAT" @@ -7732,7 +7797,7 @@ msgid "" " Recipient approves the cancellation in the SAT." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:887 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:886 msgid "" "Once canceled in the SAT, Odoo will synchronize the status of the SAT " "through scheduled actions that are executed every day to synchronize the " @@ -7740,33 +7805,33 @@ msgid "" "can be executed manually by entering with developer mode)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:891 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:890 msgid "" "If the invoice is canceled in the SAT, in Odoo it is also canceled, which " "allows you to switch the invoice to draft and finally cancel the invoice " "(*cancel entry*)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:899 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:898 msgid "Cancel Paid Invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:901 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:900 msgid "" "If the invoice has already been paid, a credit note must be created from the" " invoice so that the originating CFDI is recognized and later cancel the " "original invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:913 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:912 msgid "Cancel Invoices from the previous period" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:916 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:915 msgid "Problem" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:918 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:917 msgid "" "If the invoice is from the previous month and the period is closed, the " "income has already been declared in Financial Reports and to the government." @@ -7775,108 +7840,108 @@ msgid "" "problem because the income was already declared in the previous month." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:923 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:922 msgid "" "The problem resides when the fiscal period has been closed, in the current " "period you have to make the reverse entry and save the cancellation " "information." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:926 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:925 msgid "Invoice to be canceled" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:932 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:931 msgid "This is how the Balance Sheet looks like:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:938 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:937 msgid "" "If the invoice is canceled, the journal entry and the Balance Sheet looks " "like this after canceling:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:945 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:944 msgid "Solution" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:947 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:946 msgid "" "Close the fiscal period every month (Best Practice Mexican Localization)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:948 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:947 msgid "Cancel invoice in SAT" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:949 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:948 msgid "Create a Manual Reversion entry (Journal Entry)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:950 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:949 msgid "Reconcile the open invoice with the reversal entry (Journal Entry)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:951 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:950 msgid "Change Electronic invoicing status to Cancelled with server action" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:954 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:953 msgid "" "Close accounting period each month (Best Practice Mexican Localization)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:956 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:955 msgid "" "If the accounting period is closed due to the blocking dates, Odoo will not " "allow to modify or add accounting entries of a date corresponding to that " "accounting period." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:964 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:963 msgid "Cancel invoice in the SAT" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:966 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:965 msgid "" "If the accounting period is closed, and the invoice was canceled in the SAT," " the status in Odoo will be published while the **Electronic invoicing** " "status will be *Sent* and the SAT status is *Cancelled*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:975 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:974 msgid "Create Manual Reversal Journal Entry" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:977 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:976 msgid "" "The solution is to create the reversal journal entry manually dated in the " "current fiscal period and reconcile the open invoice with the reversion " "created manually." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:980 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:979 msgid "" "It must be clearly indicated in the reference that it is a cancellation (you" " can use a cancellation account for invoices from previous periods such as " "**Other Income**)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:988 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:987 msgid "Reconcile the open invoice with the reversal entry" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:998 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:997 msgid "" "In the Balance Sheet and Trial balance they are now with the correct " "balances." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1013 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1012 msgid "Change status of Electronic invoicing to Cancelled with server action" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1015 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1014 msgid "" "A server action can be created that modifies the status of the invoice to " "*Cancelled* once it is reconciled with the reversal entry (You should check " @@ -7884,57 +7949,57 @@ msgid "" "performing this action)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1028 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1027 msgid "Electronic Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1030 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1029 msgid "Accounting for Mexico in Odoo is composed of 3 reports:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1032 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1046 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1031 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1045 msgid "Electronic Chart of Accounts (Called and displayed as COA)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1033 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1032 msgid "Electronic Trial Balance." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1034 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1033 msgid "DIOT report." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1036 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1035 msgid "" "1. and 2. are considered electronic accounting, and DIOT is a report only " "available in the context of accounting." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1039 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1038 msgid "" "You can find all of those reports in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Reporting --> Mexico`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1048 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1047 msgid "" "Electronic invoicing has never been so easy, just go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting -> Reports -> Mexico -> COA` and click the button" " **Export for SAT (XML)**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1056 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1055 msgid "How to add new accounts ?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1058 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1057 msgid "" "If you add an account with the NNN.YY.ZZ encoding convention where NNN.YY is" " a SAT encoding group, your account will be set up automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1061 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1060 msgid "" "Example to add an Account for a new Bank account go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Chart of Account` and then " @@ -7944,11 +8009,11 @@ msgid "" "chosen to be used in the COA in XML." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1072 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1071 msgid "What is the meaning of the tags?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1074 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1073 msgid "" "To know all the possible labels, you can read `Annex 24 " "<http://www.sat.gob.mx/fichas_tematicas/buzon_tributario/Documents/Anexo24_05012015.pdf>`_" @@ -7956,7 +8021,7 @@ msgid "" "SAT**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1079 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1078 msgid "" "When you install the l10n_mx module and your chart of accounts depends on it" " (this happens automatically when you install the configuration of Mexico as" @@ -7964,11 +8029,11 @@ msgid "" "default. If the tag you need is not created, you can create it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1085 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1084 msgid "Trial Balance" msgstr "Råbalance" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1087 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1086 msgid "" "Exactly like the COA but with the credit and debit of the initial balance, " "once you have correctly configured your COA, you can go to " @@ -7977,27 +8042,27 @@ msgid "" "(XML)** with the previous selection of the period you want to export." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1096 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1095 msgid "" "All normal analysis and listed functions are available here as well as any " "normal Odoo Report." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1099 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1098 msgid "DIOT Report (Requires Accounting App)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1101 msgid "What is DIOT and the importance of presenting it SAT" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1103 msgid "" "When it comes to procedures with the SAT Administration Service, we know " "that we should not neglect what we present." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1106 msgid "" "The DIOT is the Informative Declaration of Operations with Third Parties " "(DIOT), which is an additional obligation with VAT, where we must give the " @@ -8005,25 +8070,25 @@ msgid "" "with our suppliers." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1110 msgid "" "This applies to both individuals and Personas Morales, so if we have VAT to " "present to the SAT and also deal with suppliers it is necessary to send the " "DIOT." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1114 msgid "When to file the DIOT and in what format ?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1116 msgid "" "It is easy to present the DIOT, since, like all formats, you can obtain it " "on the SAT page, it is the electronic form A-29 that you can find on the SAT" " website." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1119 msgid "" "Every month if you have operations with third parties, it is necessary to " "present the DIOT, as we do with VAT, so if in January we have deals with " @@ -8031,24 +8096,24 @@ msgid "" "data." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1124 msgid "Where is DIOT presented?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1126 msgid "" "You can present DIOT in different ways, it is up to you which one you will " "choose and which one will be more comfortable for you since you will present" " it every month or every time you have dealings with suppliers." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1130 msgid "" "The A-29 form is electronic so you can present it on the SAT page, but this " "after having made up to 500 registrations." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1133 msgid "" "Once these 500 records have been entered in the SAT, you must submit them to" " the Local Taxpayer Services Administration (ALSC) with correspondence to " @@ -8058,18 +8123,18 @@ msgid "" "USB." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1140 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1139 msgid "One more thing to know: batch loading?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1141 msgid "" "When reviewing the official SAT documents in DIOT, you will find the Batch " "load, and of course the first thing we think is what is that ?, and " "according to the SAT site it is:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1144 msgid "" "The \"batch load\" is the conversion of databases from records of " "transactions with suppliers made by taxpayers in text files (.txt). These " @@ -8079,7 +8144,7 @@ msgid "" "integration for the presentation in time and form to the SAT." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1151 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1150 msgid "" "You can use it to present the DIOT, since it is allowed, which will " "facilitate this operation, so that it does not exist to avoid being in line " @@ -8087,43 +8152,43 @@ msgid "" "Third Parties." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1155 msgid "" "`official information " "<http://www.sat.gob.mx/fichas_tematicas/declaraciones_informativas/Paginas/declaracion_informativa_terceros.aspx>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1159 msgid "How to generate this report in Odoo?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1162 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1161 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports --> Mexico --> Transactions " "with third partied (DIOT)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1168 msgid "" "A report view is displayed, select the last month to report the immediately " "preceding month or leave the current month if it suits you." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1176 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1175 msgid "Click on *Export (XLSX)* or *Print (TXT)*" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1181 msgid "" "Save the downloaded file in a safe place, go to the SAT website and follow " "the necessary steps to declare it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1186 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1185 msgid "Important considerations about your supplier and invoice data for DIOT" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1188 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1187 msgid "" "All suppliers must have the fields configured in the accounting tab called " "\"DIOT Information\", the L10N MX Nationality field is completed by simply " @@ -8132,34 +8197,34 @@ msgid "" "your providers." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1197 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1196 msgid "" "There are 3 VAT options for this report, 16%, 0% and exempt, one invoice " "line in Odoo is considered exempt if there is no tax on it, the other 2 " "taxes are already configured correctly." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1199 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1198 msgid "" "Remember that to pay an invoice that represents a prepayment, you must first" " request the invoice and then pay it and properly reconcile the payment " "following the standard Odoo procedure." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1201 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1200 msgid "" "You do not need to fill in all your partner data to try to generate the " "supplier invoice, you can correct this information when you generate the " "report." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1203 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1202 msgid "" "Remember that this report only shows vendor invoices that were actually " "paid." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1205 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1204 msgid "" "If some of these considerations are not taken into account, a message like " "this will appear when you generate the DIOT in TXT with all the partners you" @@ -8169,74 +8234,74 @@ msgid "" "auditory process to see that all your partners are configured correctly." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1216 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1215 msgid "Closing Fiscal Period in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1217 msgid "" "Before proceeding to the close of the fiscal year, there are some steps that" " you should normally take to ensure that your accounting is correct, updated" " and accurate:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1221 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1220 msgid "" "Make sure that you have fully reconciled your bank account (s) through the " "end of the year and confirm that the closing book balances match the " "balances on your bank statements." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1223 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1222 msgid "Verify that all customer invoices have been entered and approved." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1224 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1223 msgid "Confirm that you have entered and approved all vendor bills." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1225 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1224 msgid "Validate all expenses, ensuring their accuracy." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1226 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1225 msgid "" "Check that all payments received have been entered and recorded exactly." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1229 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:23 msgid "Year-end checklist" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1231 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1230 msgid "Run a **Tax Report**, and verify that your tax information is correct." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1231 msgid "Reconcile all accounts on your **Balance Sheet**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1234 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1233 msgid "" "Compare your bank balances in Odoo against the current bank balances on your" " statements. Use the report **Bank Reconciliation** to help you with this." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1236 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1235 msgid "" "Reconcile all cash and bank account transactions by running your **Old " "Accounts Receivable** and **Old Accounts Payable** reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1238 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1237 msgid "" "Audit your accounts, making sure you fully understand the transactions that " "affect them and the nature of the transactions, making sure to include loans" " and fixed assets." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1241 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1240 msgid "" "Run the optional function **Payments Matching**, under the *More* drop-down " "on the Journal options from the Accounting dashboard, validating any Vendor " @@ -8245,45 +8310,45 @@ msgid "" " reconciled, and it can lead to finding errors or mistakes in the system." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1245 msgid "" "Your accountant will probably like to check your items in the balance sheet " "and do some Journal Entries for:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1249 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1248 msgid "" "Manual year-end adjustments, using the **Journal Audit** report (For " "example, the **Current Earnings for the Year** and **Retained Earnings " "reports**)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1251 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1250 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:54 msgid "**Work in Progress**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1252 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1251 msgid "**Depreciation Journals**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1253 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1252 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:58 msgid "**Loans**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1254 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1253 msgid "**Tax Adjustments**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1256 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1255 msgid "" "If your accountant is on the year-end audit, they will want to have copies " "of the balance sheet items (such as loans, bank accounts, prepayments, sales" " tax reports, etc ...) to compare against. your balances in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1260 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1259 msgid "" "During this process, it is a good practice setting the **Closing Date for " "Non-Advisers** to the last day of the preceding financial year, which is set" @@ -8292,11 +8357,11 @@ msgid "" "books." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1270 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1269 msgid "Accounting Closing Process" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1272 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1271 msgid "" "In Odoo there is no need to make a specific year-end entry to close the " "reporting income accounts . The result of the exercise is automatically " @@ -8304,7 +8369,7 @@ msgid "" "between Income - Expenses will be accumulated to calculate it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1276 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1275 msgid "" "The reports are created in real-time, which means that the **Income Report**" " corresponds directly to the closing date of the year that you specify in " @@ -8313,25 +8378,25 @@ msgid "" "account balances will all be 0." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1281 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1280 msgid "" "As of December 31, the Balance Sheet shows the earnings of the Current Year " "that do not have been recognized (Account type Total Current Year " "Unallocated Earnings in MX account 305.01.01 ['current year earnings' type])" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1289 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1288 msgid "" "The accountant should create a Journal Entry to recognize the result of the " "year in Accumulated Earnings from previous years on the account \"previous " "years results\" account (304.01.01 in Mexico) - that is an equity account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1293 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1292 msgid "The simplified accounting entry would look like this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1299 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1298 msgid "" "Once the accountant has created the journal entry to locate the **Current " "Earnings for the Year**, they must set the **Closing Date** to the last day " @@ -8340,26 +8405,26 @@ msgid "" "balance 0." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1309 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1308 msgid "Extra Recommended features" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1312 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1311 msgid "Contacts App (Free)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1314 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1313 msgid "" "If you want to properly manage your customers, suppliers and addresses, this" " module, even if it is not a technical need, it is highly recommended to " "install it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1318 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1317 msgid "Multi-currency (Requires Accounting application)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1320 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1319 msgid "" "In Mexico, almost all companies send and receive payments in different " "currencies. If you want to do this you can enable the use of multi-currency." @@ -8368,97 +8433,97 @@ msgid "" " without having to manually create this information every day in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1325 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1324 msgid "Go to settings and enable the multi-currency feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1332 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1331 msgid "" "Enabling Explicit errors on the CFDI using the XSD local validator (CFDI " "3.3)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1334 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1333 msgid "" "Frequently you want receive explicit errors from the fields incorrectly set " "on the xml, those errors are better informed to the user if the check is " "enable, to enable the Check with xsd feature follow the next steps (with the" -" :doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` enabled)." +" :doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>` enabled)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1339 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1338 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Actions --> Server Actions`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1340 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1339 msgid "Look for the Action called \"Download XSD files to CFDI\"" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1341 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1340 msgid "Click on button \"Create Contextual Action\"" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1342 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1341 msgid "" "Go to the company form :menuselection:`Settings --> Users&Companies --> " "Companies`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1343 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1342 msgid "Open any company you have." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1344 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1343 msgid "Click on \"Action\" and then on \"Download XSD file to CFDI\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1350 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1349 msgid "" "Now you can make an invoice with any error (for example a product without " "code which is pretty common) and an explicit error will be shown instead a " "generic one with no explanation." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1355 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1354 msgid "If you see an error like this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "``The cfdi generated is not valid``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "" "``attribute decl. 'TipoRelacion', attribute 'type': The QName value " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_TipoRelacion' does " "not resolve to a(n) simple type definition., line 36``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1362 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1361 msgid "" "This can be caused by a database backup restored in anothe server, or when " "the XSD files are not correctly downloaded. Follow the same steps as above " "but:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1366 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1365 msgid "Go to the company in which the error occurs." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1367 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1366 msgid "Click on *Action* and then on *Download XSD file to CFDI*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1370 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1369 msgid "Common problems and errors" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1372 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1371 msgid "**Error messages** (Only applicable on CFDI 3.3):" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1374 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1373 msgid "" "``9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_MINLENGTH_VALID: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " @@ -8466,7 +8531,7 @@ msgid "" "allowed minimum length of '1'.``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1379 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1378 msgid "" "``9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_PATTERN_VALID: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " @@ -8474,36 +8539,36 @@ msgid "" "'[^|]{1,100}'.``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1383 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1382 msgid "" "**Solution**: You forgot to set the proper \"Reference\" field in the " "product, please go to the product form and set your internal reference " "properly." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1387 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1428 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1459 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1480 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1488 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1386 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1427 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1458 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1479 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1487 msgid "**Error messages**:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1389 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1388 msgid "" "``6:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}RegimenFiscal': The attribute 'Regimen' is " "required but missing.``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1392 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1391 msgid "" "``5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'RegimenFiscal' is " "required but missing.``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1395 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1394 msgid "" "**Solution**: You forgot to set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the " "partner of the company. Go to customers, remove the customer filter and look" @@ -8513,25 +8578,25 @@ msgid "" "considerations about fiscal positions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1402 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1401 msgid "" "You need to go to Fiscal Position settings and set the proper code (it is " "the first 3 numbers of the name), for example, for the test, you need to set" " 601, it will look like the picture." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1410 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1409 msgid "" "For testing purposes this value must be set to ``601 - General de Ley " "Personas Morales`` which is the one required for the VAT demo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1413 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1445 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1412 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1444 msgid "**Error message**:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1415 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1414 msgid "" "``2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'FormaPago': [facet " @@ -8540,19 +8605,19 @@ msgid "" "'26', '27', '28', '29', '30', '99'}``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1421 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1420 msgid "**Solution**: The payment method is required on your invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1430 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1429 msgid "" "``2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': " "[facet 'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'00``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1433 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1447 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1432 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1446 msgid "" "``2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': '' " @@ -8560,14 +8625,14 @@ msgid "" "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal'.``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1436 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1435 msgid "" "``5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'Rfc' is required but " "missing.``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1439 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1438 msgid "" "**Solution**: You must configure your company address correctly, this is a " "mandatory group of fields, you can go to your company configuration in " @@ -8576,96 +8641,96 @@ msgid "" " this section: :ref:`mx-legal-info`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1452 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1451 msgid "" "**Solution**: The postal code of your company address is not valid for " "Mexico, please correct it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1461 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1460 msgid "" "``18:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " "required but missing.``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1464 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1463 msgid "" "``34:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " "required but missing.\", '')``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1468 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1467 msgid "" "**Solution**: Set the Mexican name for the 0% and 16% tax in your system and" " use it on the invoice. Your tax, which represents 16% VAT and 0%, must have" " the **Factor Type** field set to *Tasa*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "``CCE159``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "" "``The XXXX attribute must be registered if the key of cce11: " "ComercioExterior: TipoOperacion registered is '1' or '2'.``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1486 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1485 msgid "**Solution**: It is necessary to specify the Incoterm." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "``CCE209``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "" "``The attribute cce11: Foreign Trade: Goods: Goods: Customs Unit must have " "the value specified in the catalog catCFDI: c_FraccionArancelaria column " "'UMT' when the attribute cce11: Foreign Trade: Goods: Me``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1495 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1494 msgid "" "**Solution**: The Tariff Fraction must have the code of the unit of measure " "01, corresponding to Kilograms." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1499 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1498 msgid "Glossary" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1501 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1500 msgid "" ":abbr:`CFDI (Comprobante Fiscal Digital por Internet)`: Online Digital Tax " "Receipt" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1502 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1501 msgid ":abbr:`CSD (Certificado de Sello Digital)`: Digital Seal Certificate" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1503 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1502 msgid "" ":abbr:`PAC (Proveedores Autorizados de Certificación)`: Authorized " "Certification Provider" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1504 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1503 msgid "Stamp: Digital signature of the electronic invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1505 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1504 msgid "" "Addenda: Complement of information that can be attached to an Internet " "Digital Tax Receipt (CFDI) normally required by certain companies in Mexico " "such as Walmart, Tiendas Sorianas, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1507 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1506 msgid "" ":abbr:`UUID (Universally Unique Identifier)`: It is the acronym in English " "of the Universally Unique Identifier. The UUID is the equivalent of Folio " @@ -8673,7 +8738,7 @@ msgid "" " by hyphens." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1510 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1509 msgid "" "LCO: List of Obliged Taxpayers (LCO) is a list issued by the SAT that " "accounts for all the taxpayers whom it authorizes the issuance of invoices " @@ -8681,16 +8746,16 @@ msgid "" "your clients, you must be in this database." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:2 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:2 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:100 msgid "Netherlands" msgstr "Holland" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:5 msgid "XAF Export" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:7 msgid "" "With the Dutch accounting localization installed, you will be able to export" " all your accounting entries in XAF format. For this, you have to go in " @@ -8699,36 +8764,36 @@ msgid "" "then you click on the button **EXPORT (XAF)**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:14 msgid "Dutch Accounting Reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:16 msgid "" "If you install the Dutch accounting localization, you will have access to " "some reports that are specific to the Netherlands such as :" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:21 msgid "Tax Report (Aangifte omzetbelasting)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:23 msgid "Intrastat Report (ICP)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:109 msgid "Peru" msgstr "Peru" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:8 msgid "" "The Peruvian localization has been improved and extended, in this version " "the next modules are available:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:11 msgid "" "**l10n_pe**: Adds accounting features for the Peruvian localization, which " "represent the minimal configuration required for a company to operate in " @@ -8736,7 +8801,7 @@ msgid "" "included in this module are: Chart of account, taxes, document types." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:16 msgid "" "**l10n_pe_edi**: includes all technical and functional requirements to " "generate and validate Electronic Invoice, based on the SUNAT specification " @@ -8748,24 +8813,24 @@ msgid "" "<https://www.sunat.gob.pe/legislacion/general/index.html/>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:28 msgid "Install the Peruvian localization modules" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:30 msgid "" "Go to *Apps* and search for Peru, then click Install in the module Peru EDI." " This module has a dependency with *Peru - Accounting*. In case this last " "one is not installed, Odoo installs it automatically within EDI." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:39 msgid "" "When you install a database from scratch selecting Peru as country, Odoo " "automatically installs the base module: Peru - Accounting." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:45 msgid "" "In addition to the basic information in the Company, we need to set Peru as " "the Country, this is essential for the Electronic Invoice to work properly. " @@ -8774,40 +8839,40 @@ msgid "" "Registration):" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:56 msgid "" "In case the Address type code is unknown, you can set it as the default " "value: 0000. Be aware that if an incorrect value is entered, the Electronic " "invoice validation might have errors." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:60 msgid "The NIF should be set following the RUC format." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:66 msgid "" "The chart of accounts is installed by default as part of the set of data " "included in the localization module, the accounts are mapped automatically " "in:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:71 msgid "Default Account Receivable" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:73 msgid "" "The chart of accounts for Peru is based on the most updated version of the " ":abbr:`PCGE (Plan Contable General Empresarial)`, which is grouped in " "several categories and is compatible with NIIF accounting." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:78 msgid "Accouting Seetings" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:80 msgid "" "Once the modules are installed and the basic information of your company is " "set, you need to configure the elements required for Electronic Invoice. For" @@ -8815,46 +8880,46 @@ msgid "" "Localization`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:85 msgid "Basic Concepts" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:87 msgid "Here are some terms that are essential on the Peruvian localization:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:89 msgid "" "**EDI**: Electronic Data Interchange, which in this refers to the Electronic" " Invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:90 msgid "" "**SUNAT**: is the organization that enforces customs and taxation in Peru." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:91 msgid "" "**OSE**: Electronic Service Operator, `OSE SUNAT's definition " "<https://cpe.sunat.gob.pe/aliados/ose#:~:text=El%20Operador%20de%20Servicios%20Electr%C3%B3nicos%20(OSE)%20es%20qui%C3%A9n%20se%20encarga,otro%20documento%20que%20se%20emita>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:93 msgid "**CDR**: Receipt certificate (Constancia de Recepción)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:94 msgid "" -"**SOL Credentials**: User and password provided by the SUNAT and grants " -"access to Online Operations systems." +"**SOL Credentials**: Sunat Operaciones en Línea. User and password are " +"provided by the SUNAT and grant access to Online Operations systems." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:99 msgid "Signature Provider" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:101 msgid "" "As part of the requirements for Electronic Invoice in Peru, your company " "needs to select a Signature Provider that will take care of the document " @@ -8862,114 +8927,114 @@ msgid "" "options:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:112 msgid "IAP (Odoo In-App Purchase)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:106 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:170 msgid "Digiflow" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:186 msgid "SUNAT" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:109 msgid "" "Please refer to the sections below to check the details and considerations " "for each option." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:114 msgid "" "This is the default and the suggested option, considering the digital " "ceritificate is included as part of the service." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:122 msgid "What is the IAP?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:124 msgid "" "This is a signature service offered directly by Odoo, the service takes care" " of the next process:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:126 msgid "" "Provides the Electronic invoice Certificate, so you do not need to acquire " "one by yourself." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:127 msgid "Send the document to the OSE, in this case, Digiflow." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:128 msgid "Receive the OSE validation and CDR." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:131 msgid "How does it work?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:133 msgid "" "The service requires Credits in order to process your electronic documents. " "Odoo provides 1000 credits for free in new databases. After these credits " "are consumed, you need to buy a Credit Package." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:138 msgid "Credits" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:138 msgid "EUR" msgstr "EUR" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:140 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:113 msgid "1000" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:140 msgid "22" msgstr "22" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:142 msgid "5000" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:142 msgid "110" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:144 msgid "10,000" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:144 msgid "220" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:146 msgid "20,000" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:146 msgid "440" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:149 msgid "The credits are consumed per each document that is sent to the OSE." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:152 msgid "" "If you have a validation error and the document needs to be sent one more " "time, one additional credit will be charged. Therefore, it is paramount that" @@ -8977,17 +9042,17 @@ msgid "" "OSE." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:157 msgid "What do you need to do?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:159 msgid "" "In Odoo, once your enterprise contract is activated and you start working in" " Production, you need to buy credits once the first 1000 are consumed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:161 msgid "" "As Digiflow is the OSE used in the IAP, you need to affiliate it as the " "official OSE for your company on the SUNAT website. This is a simple " @@ -8995,15 +9060,22 @@ msgid "" "<https://drive.google.com/file/d/1BkrMTZIiJyi5XI0lGMi3rbMzHddOL1pa/view?usp=sharing>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:165 +msgid "" +"Register Digiflow as the authorized PSE, please check `PSE Affiliation guide" +" " +"<https://drive.google.com/file/d/1QZoqWvtQERpS0pqp6LcKmw7EBlm9EroU/view?usp=sharing>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:172 msgid "" "This option can be used as an alternative, instead of using the IAP services" " you can send your document validation directly to Digiflow. In this case " "you need to consider:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:172 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:192 msgid "" "Buy your own digital Certificate: For more detail regarding the official " "vendor list, and the process to acquire it, please refer to `SUNAT Digital " @@ -9011,104 +9083,110 @@ msgid "" "<https://cpe.sunat.gob.pe/informacion_general/certificados_digitales/>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:178 msgid "" "Sign a service agreement directly with `Digiflow " "<https://www.digiflow.pe/>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:179 msgid "Provide your SOL credentials." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:188 msgid "" "In case your company wants to sign directly with the SUNAT, it is possible " "to select this option in your configuration. In this case you need to " "consider: - Get the SUNAT Certification process accepted." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:196 msgid "Provide you SOL credentials." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:199 +msgid "" +"When using direct connection with the SUNAT, the SOL User must be set with " +"the Company RUT + User Id. Example: ``20121888549JOHNSMITH``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:203 msgid "Testing environment" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:205 msgid "" "Odoo provides a testing environment that can be activated before your " "company goes into production." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:207 msgid "" "When using the testing environment and the IAP signature, you don’t need to " "buy testing credits for your transactions as all of them are validated by " "default." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:211 msgid "" "By default the databases are set to work on production, make sure to enable " "the testing mode if needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:217 msgid "" "In case you don’t use Odoo IAP, in order to generate the electronic invoice " "signature, a digital certificate with the extension ``.pfx`` is required. " "Proceed to this section and load your file and password." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:228 msgid "" "The official currency exchange rate in Peru is provided by the Bank of Peru." " Odoo can connect directly to its services and get the currency rate either " "automatically or manually." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:235 msgid "" "Please refer to the next section in our documentation for more information " "about :doc:`multicurrency <../../others/multicurrencies/how_it_works>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:245 msgid "" "As part of the localization module the taxes are created automatically with " "their related financial account and electronic invoice configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:253 msgid "EDI Configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:255 msgid "" "As part of the taxes configuration, there are three new fields required for " "electronic invoice, the taxes created by default have this data included, " "but in case you create new taxes make sure you fill in the fields:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:261 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:267 msgid "" "There are two main fiscal positions included by default when you install the" " Peruvian localization." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:269 msgid "" "**Extranjero - Exportación**: Set this fiscal position on customers for " "Exportation transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:271 msgid "**Local Peru**: Set this fiscal position on local customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:270 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:276 msgid "" "In some Latin American countries, including Peru, some accounting " "transactions like invoices and vendor bills are classified by document " @@ -9116,7 +9194,7 @@ msgid "" "SUNAT." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:280 msgid "" "Each document type can have a unique sequence per journal where it is " "assigned. As part of the localization, the Document Type includes the " @@ -9124,29 +9202,29 @@ msgid "" "automatically when the localization module is installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:278 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:284 msgid "" "The information required for the document types is included by default so " "the user does not need to fill anything on this view:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:292 msgid "" "Currently the documents supported on customer invoices are: Invoice, Boleta," " Debit Note and Credit Note." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:298 msgid "" "When creating Sales Journals, the following information must be filled, in " "addition to the standard fields on the Journals:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:302 msgid "Use Documents" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:304 msgid "" "This field is used to define if the journal uses Document Types. It is only " "applicable to Purchase and Sales journals, which are the ones that can be " @@ -9154,23 +9232,23 @@ msgid "" "default, all the sales journals created use documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:303 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:309 msgid "Electronic Data Interchange" msgstr "Elektronisk Data Udveksling" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:305 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:311 msgid "" "This section indicates which EDI workflow is used in the invoice, for Peru " "we must select “Peru UBL 2.1”." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:313 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:319 msgid "" "By default, the value Factur-X (FR) is always displayed, make sure you can " "uncheck it manually." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:321 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:327 msgid "" "As part of the Peruvian localization, the identification types defined by " "the SUNAT are now available on the Partner form, this information is " @@ -9178,26 +9256,26 @@ msgid "" "customer, make sure you fill in this information in your records." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:331 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:337 msgid "Product" msgstr "Produkt" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:333 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:339 msgid "" "Additional to the basic information in your products, for the Peruvian " "localization, the UNSPC Code on the product is a required value to be " "configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:345 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:351 msgid "Customer invoice" msgstr "Kundefaktura" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:354 msgid "EDI Elements" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:356 msgid "" "Once you have configured your master data, the invoices can be created from " "your sales order or manually. Additional to the basic invoice information " @@ -9206,13 +9284,13 @@ msgid "" "fields required as part of the Peru EDI:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:355 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:361 msgid "" "**Document type**: The default value is “Factura Electronica” but you can " "manually change the document type if needed and select Boleta for example." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:362 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:368 msgid "" "**Operation type**: This value is required for Electronic Invoice and " "indicates the transaction type, the default value is “Internal Sale” but " @@ -9220,7 +9298,7 @@ msgid "" "Goods." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:370 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:376 msgid "" "**EDI Affectation Reason**: In the invoice lines, additional to the Tax " "there is a field “EDI Affectation Reason” that determines the tax scope " @@ -9229,7 +9307,7 @@ msgid "" "manually select another one when creating the invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:382 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:388 msgid "" "Once you check all the information in your invoice is correct, you can " "proceed to validate it. This action registers the account move and triggers " @@ -9237,18 +9315,18 @@ msgid "" "following message is displayed at the top of the invoice:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:390 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:396 msgid "" "Asynchronous means that the document is not sent automatically after the " "invoice has been posted." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:393 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:487 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:399 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:493 msgid "Electronic Invoice Status" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:395 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:401 msgid "" "**To be Sent**: To be sent: Indicates the document is ready to be sent to " "the OSE, this can be done either automatically by Odoo with a *cron* that " @@ -9256,46 +9334,46 @@ msgid "" "button “Sent now”." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:403 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:409 msgid "" "**Sent**: Indicates the document was sent to the OSE and was successfully " "validated. As part of the validation a ZIP file is downloaded and a message " "is logged in the chatter indicating the correct Government validation." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:411 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:417 msgid "" "In case there is a validation error the Electronic Invoice status remains in" " “To be sent” so the corrections can be made and the invoice can be sent " "again." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:415 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:421 msgid "" "One credit is consumed each time that you send a document for validation, in" " this sense if an error is detected on an invoice and you send it one more " "time, two credits are consumed in total." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:422 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:428 msgid "" "There are multiple reasons behind a rejection from the OSE or the SUNAT, " "when this happens Odoo sends a message at the top of the invoice indicating " "the error details and in the most common cases a hint to fix the issue." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:426 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:432 msgid "If a validation error is received, you have two options:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:428 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:434 msgid "" "In case the error is related to master data on the partner, customer or " "taxes, you can simply apply the change on the record (example customer " "identification type) and once it is done click on the Retry button." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:431 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:437 msgid "" "If the error is related to some data recorded on the invoice directly " "(Operation type, missing data on the invoice lines), the correct solution is" @@ -9303,49 +9381,49 @@ msgid "" " again to the SUNAT for another validation." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:440 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:446 msgid "" "For more detail please refert to `Common errors in SUNAT " "<https://www.nubefact.com/codigos-error-sunat/>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:446 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:452 msgid "" "After the invoice is accepted and validated by the SUNAT, the invoice PDF " "report can be printed. The report includes a QR code, indicating the invoice" " is a valid fiscal document." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:454 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:460 msgid "IAP Credits" msgstr "IAP Kredit" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:456 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:462 msgid "" "Odoo’s Electronic IAP offers 1000 credits for free, after these credits are " "consumed in your production database, your company must buy new credits in " "order to process your transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:459 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:465 msgid "" "Once you run out of credits a red label is displayed at the top of the " "invoice indicating that additional credits are required, you can easily buy " "them by accessing the link provided in the message." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:467 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:473 msgid "" "In the IAP service includes packages with different pricing based on the " "number of credits. The price list in the IAP is always displayed in EUR." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:474 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:510 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:480 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:516 msgid "Cancelation process" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:476 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:482 msgid "" "Some scenarios require an invoice cancellation, for example, when an invoice" " was created by mistake. If the invoice was already sent and validated by " @@ -9353,11 +9431,11 @@ msgid "" "Cancellation:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:484 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:490 msgid "In order to cancel an invoice, please provide a cancellation Reason." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:489 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:495 msgid "" "**To Cancel**: Indicates the cancellation request is ready to be sent to " "the OSE, this can be done either automatically by Odoo with a *cron* that " @@ -9366,7 +9444,7 @@ msgid "" "result the next message and CDR File are logged in the chatter:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:498 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:504 msgid "" "**Cancelled**: Indicates the cancellation request was sent to the OSE and " "was successfully validated. As part of the validation a ZIP file is " @@ -9374,75 +9452,75 @@ msgid "" "Government validation." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:507 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:513 msgid "One credit is consumed on each cancellation request." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:512 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:518 msgid "" "When creating exportation invoices, take into account the next " "considerations:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:514 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:520 msgid "The Identification type on your customer must be Foreign ID." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:515 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:521 msgid "Operation type in your invoice must be an Exportation one." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:516 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:522 msgid "The taxes included in the invoice lines should be EXP taxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:523 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:529 msgid "Advance Payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:525 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:531 msgid "Create the advance payment Invoice and apply its related payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:526 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:532 msgid "Create the final invoice without considering the advance payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:527 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:533 msgid "" "Create a credit note for the Final invoice with the advance payment amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:528 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:534 msgid "Reconcile the Credit note with the final invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:529 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:535 msgid "" "The remaining balance on the final invoice should be paid with a regular " "payment transaction." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:533 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:539 msgid "Detraction Invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:535 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:541 msgid "" "When creating invoices that is subject to Detractions, take into account the" " next considerations:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:537 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:543 msgid "" "All the products included in the invoice must have these fields configured:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:543 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:549 msgid "Operation type in your invoice must be ``1001``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:552 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:558 msgid "" "When a correction or refund is needed over a validated invoice, a credit " "note must be generated, for this just click on the button “Add Credit Note”," @@ -9450,126 +9528,126 @@ msgid "" "selecting one of the options in the list." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:561 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:567 msgid "" "When creating your first credit Note, select the Credit Method: Partial " "Refund, this allows you to define the credit note sequence." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:564 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:570 msgid "By default the Credit Note is set in the document type:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:570 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:576 msgid "" "To finish the workflow please follow the instructions on :doc:`our page " "about Credit Notes <../../receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:574 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:580 msgid "" "The EDI workflow for the Credit notes works in the same way as the invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:580 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:586 msgid "" "As part of the Peruvian localization, besides creating credit notes from an " "existing document you can also create debit Notes. For this just use the " "button “Add Debit Note”." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:583 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:589 msgid "By default the Debit Note is set in the document type." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:3 msgid "Spain" msgstr "Spanien" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:6 msgid "Spanish Chart of Accounts" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:8 msgid "" "In Odoo, there are several Spanish Chart of Accounts that are available by " "default:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:10 msgid "PGCE PYMEs 2008" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:11 msgid "PGCE Completo 2008" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:12 msgid "PGCE Entitades" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:14 msgid "" "You can choose the one you want by going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration` then choose the package you want in the **Fiscal " "Localization** section." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:20 msgid "" "When you create a new SaaS database, the PGCE PYMEs 2008 is installed by " "default." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:23 msgid "Spanish Accounting Reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:25 msgid "" "If the Spanish Accounting Localization is installed, you will have access to" " accounting reports specific to Spain:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:28 msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 111)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:29 msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 115)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:30 msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 303)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:3 msgid "Switzerland" msgstr "Schweiz" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:6 msgid "ISR (In-payment Slip with Reference number)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:8 msgid "" "The ISRs are payment slips used in Switzerland. You can print them directly " "from Odoo. On the customer invoices, there is a new button called *Print " "ISR*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:16 msgid "" "The button *Print ISR* only appears there is well a bank account defined on " "the invoice. You can use CH6309000000250097798 as bank account number and " "010391391 as CHF ISR reference." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:23 msgid "Then you open a pdf with the ISR." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:28 msgid "" "There exists two layouts for ISR: one with, and one without the bank " "coordinates. To choose which one to use, there is an option to print the " @@ -9578,17 +9656,17 @@ msgid "" "Invoices` and enable **Print bank on ISR**:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:38 msgid "ISR reference on invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:40 msgid "" "To ease the reconciliation process, you can add your ISR reference as " "**Payment Reference** on your invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:43 msgid "" "To do so, you need to configure the Journal you usually use to issue " "invoices. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, " @@ -9598,11 +9676,11 @@ msgid "" " *Save*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:53 msgid "Currency Rate Live Update" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:55 msgid "" "You can update automatically your currencies rates based on the Federal Tax " "Administration from Switzerland. For this, go in :menuselection:`Accounting " @@ -9610,28 +9688,28 @@ msgid "" "you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:64 msgid "Updated VAT for January 2018" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:66 msgid "" "Starting from the 1st January 2018, new reduced VAT rates will be applied in" " Switzerland. The normal 8.0% rate will switch to 7.7% and the specific rate" " for the hotel sector will switch from 3.8% to 3.7%." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:71 msgid "How to update your taxes in Odoo Enterprise (SaaS or On Premise)?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:73 msgid "" "If you have the V11.1 version, all the work is already been done, you don't " "have to do anything." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:76 msgid "" "If you have started on an earlier version, you first have to update the " "module \"Switzerland - Accounting Reports\". For this, you go in " @@ -9640,13 +9718,13 @@ msgid "" "\"upgrade\"`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:83 msgid "" "Once it has been done, you can work on creating new taxes for the updated " "rates." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:87 msgid "" "**Do not suppress or modify the existing taxes** (8.0% and 3.8%). You want " "to keep them since you may have to use both rates for a short period of " @@ -9654,235 +9732,235 @@ msgid "" "transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:92 msgid "The creation of such taxes should be done in the following manner:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:94 msgid "" "**Purchase taxes**: copy the origin tax, change its name, label on invoice, " "rate and tax group (effective from v10 only)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 msgid "" "**Sale taxes**: copy the origin tax, change its name, label on invoice, rate" " and tax group (effective from v10 only). Since the vat report now shows the" " details for old and new rates, you should also set the tags accordingly to" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:102 msgid "" "For 7.7% taxes: Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 base, Switzerland VAT Form: " "grid 302 tax" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 msgid "" "For 3.7% taxes: Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 base, Switzerland VAT Form: " "grid 342 tax" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:108 msgid "" "You'll find below, as examples, the correct configuration for all taxes " "included in Odoo by default" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 msgid "**Tax Name**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 msgid "**Rate**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 msgid "**Label on Invoice**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 msgid "**Tax Group (effective from V10)**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 msgid "**Tax Scope**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 msgid "**Tag**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 msgid "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (TN)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 msgid "7.7%" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 msgid "7.7% achat" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 msgid "TVA 7.7%" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 msgid "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 400" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 msgid "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TN)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 msgid "7.7% achat Incl." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 msgid "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TN)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 msgid "7.7% invest." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 msgid "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 405" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 msgid "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TN)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 msgid "7.7% invest. Incl." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 msgid "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (TS)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 msgid "3.7%" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 msgid "3.7% achat" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 msgid "TVA 3.7%" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 msgid "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TS)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 msgid "3.7% achat Incl." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 msgid "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TS)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 msgid "3.7% invest" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 msgid "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TS)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 msgid "3.7% invest Incl." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 msgid "TVA due a 7.7% (TN)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 msgid "" "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 base, Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 tax" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 msgid "TVA due à 7.7% (Incl. TN)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 msgid "7.7% Incl." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 msgid "TVA due à 3.7% (TS)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 msgid "" "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 base, Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 tax" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 msgid "TVA due a 3.7% (Incl. TS)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 msgid "3.7% Incl." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:139 msgid "" "If you have questions or remarks, please contact our support using " "odoo.com/help." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:143 msgid "" "Don't forget to update your fiscal positions. If you have a version 11.1 (or" " higher), there is nothing to do. Otherwise, you will also have to update " "your fiscal positions accordingly." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:3 msgid "Fiscal Localization Packages" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:5 msgid "" "**Fiscal Localization Packages** are country-specific modules that install " "pre-configured taxes, fiscal positions, chart of accounts, and legal " @@ -9891,2002 +9969,468 @@ msgid "" "app, following your fiscal administration requirements." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:11 msgid "" "Odoo continuously adds new localizations and improves the existing packages." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:16 msgid "" "Odoo automatically installs the appropriate package for your company, " "according to the country selected at the creation of the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:20 msgid "" "As long as you haven't posted any entry, you can still add and select " "another package." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:22 msgid "" "To install a new package, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration" " --> Fiscal Localization`, click on **Install More Packages**, and install " "your country's module." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:29 msgid "Once done, select your country's package, and click on *Save*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:36 msgid "Use" msgstr "Brug" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:38 msgid "" "These packages require you to fine-tune your chart of accounts according to " "your needs, activate the taxes you use, and configure your country-specific " "statements and certifications." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:41 msgid "Please refer to the documentation listed below for more information." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:44 msgid ":doc:`localizations_list`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:45 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:254 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:195 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:194 msgid ":doc:`../../overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:46 -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:123 -msgid ":doc:`../../fiscality/taxes/taxes`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:123 +msgid ":doc:`../../taxation/taxes/taxes`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:48 msgid "" "update list of linked docs, and link with the future one about country-" "specific statements." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:3 msgid "List of supported countries" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo Accounting can be used in many countries out of the box by installing " "the appropriate module. Here is a list of all :doc:`Fiscal Localization " "Packages <fiscal_localization_packages>` that are available on Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:14 msgid "Fiscal Localization Packages available" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:16 msgid "Algeria - Accounting" msgstr "Algeriet - Regnskab" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:19 msgid "Argentinian Accounting" msgstr "Argentinsk regnskab" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:20 msgid "Argentinian Accounting Reports" msgstr "Argentinsk regnskabsposteringer" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:21 msgid "Argentinian Electronic Invoicing" msgstr "Argentinsk elektronisk fakturering" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:23 msgid "Australian - Accounting" msgstr "Australsk - regnskab" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:24 msgid "Austria - Accounting" msgstr "Østrig - regnskab" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:25 msgid "Belgium - Accounting" msgstr "Belgien - Regnskab" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:26 msgid "Bolivia - Accounting" msgstr "Bolivia - Regnskab" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:27 msgid "Brazilian - Accounting" msgstr "Brasilien - Regnskab" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:28 msgid "Canada - Accounting" msgstr "Canada - Regnskab" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:29 msgid "Chile - Accounting" msgstr "Chile - Regnskab" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:30 msgid "China" msgstr "Kina" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:32 msgid "China - Accounting" msgstr "Kina - regnskab" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:33 msgid "China - City Data" msgstr "Kina - By data" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:34 msgid "China - Small Business CoA" msgstr "Kina - Kontoplan for små virksomheder" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:35 msgid "China - Standard CoA" msgstr "Kina - standard kontoplan" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:39 msgid "Colombian - Accounting" msgstr "Colombiansk - regnskab" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:40 msgid "Colombian - Point of Sale" msgstr "Colombiansk - Point of Sale" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:42 msgid "Costa Rica - Accounting" msgstr "Costa Rica - Regnskab" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:43 msgid "Croatia - Accounting (RRIF 2012)" msgstr "Kroatien - Regnskab (RRIF 2012)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:44 msgid "Denmark" msgstr "Danmark" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:46 msgid "Denmark - Accounting" msgstr "Danmark - regnskab" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:47 msgid "Denmark - Accounting Reports" msgstr "Danmark - regnskabsrapporter" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:49 msgid "Dominican Republic - Accounting" msgstr "Den Dominikanske Republik - regnskab" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:50 msgid "Ecuador - Accounting" msgstr "Ecuador - Regnskab" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:51 msgid "Ethiopia - Accounting" msgstr "Etiopien - regnskab" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:52 msgid "EU Mini One Stop Shop (MOSS)" msgstr "EU Mini One stop Shop (MOSS)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:53 msgid "Finnish Localization" msgstr "Finsk lokalisering" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:54 msgid "France - Accounting" msgstr "Frankrig - Regnskab" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:55 msgid "Generic - Accounting" msgstr "Generisk - Regnskab" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:58 msgid "Germany - Accounting" msgstr "Tyskland - regnskab" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:59 msgid "Germany SKR03 - Accounting" msgstr "Tyskland SKR03 - regnskab" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:60 msgid "Germany SKR04 - Accounting" msgstr "Tyskland SKR04 - regnskab" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:62 msgid "Greece - Accounting" msgstr "Grækenland - Regnskab" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:63 msgid "Guatemala - Accounting" msgstr "Guatemala - Regnskab" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:64 msgid "Honduras - Accounting" msgstr "Honduras - Regnskab" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:65 msgid "Hong Kong - Accounting" msgstr "Hong Kong - regnskab" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:66 msgid "Hungarian - Accounting" msgstr "Ungarn - Regnskab" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:67 msgid "India" msgstr "Indien" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:69 msgid "Indian - Accounting" msgstr "Indien - Regnskab" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:70 msgid "Indian - Point of Sale" msgstr "Indisk - Point of Sale" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:72 msgid "Indonesian - Accounting" msgstr "Indonesisk - regnskab" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:73 msgid "Ireland - Accounting" msgstr "Irland - regnskab" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:74 msgid "Israel - Accounting" msgstr "Israel - regnskab" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:75 msgid "Italy" msgstr "Italien" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:77 msgid "Italy - Accounting" msgstr "Italien - Regnskab" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:78 msgid "Italy - E-invoicing" msgstr "Italien - E-faktura" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:80 msgid "Japan - Accounting" msgstr "Japan - Regnskab" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:81 msgid "LATAM" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:83 msgid "LATAM Localization Base" msgstr "LATAM lokaliserings base" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:84 msgid "LATAM Document" msgstr "LATAM dokument" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:86 msgid "Lithuania" msgstr "Litauen" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:88 msgid "Lithuania - Accounting" msgstr "Litauen - regnskab" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:89 msgid "LT - Accounting Reports" msgstr "Litauen - regnskabsposteringer " -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:91 msgid "Luxembourg - Accounting" msgstr "Luxembourg - Regnskab" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:92 msgid "Maroc - Accounting" msgstr "Marokko - Regnskab" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:93 msgid "Mexico - Accounting" msgstr "Mexico - Regnskab" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:94 msgid "Mongolia" msgstr "Mongoliet" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:96 msgid "Mongolia - Accounting" msgstr "Mongoliet - regnskab" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:97 msgid "Mongolia - Accounting Reports" msgstr "Mongoliet - regnskabsrapporter" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:99 msgid "Multi Language Chart of Accounts" msgstr "Multisproget kontooversigter" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:102 msgid "Netherlands - Accounting" msgstr "Holland - Regnskab" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:103 msgid "Netherlands - Intrastat Declaration" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:105 msgid "New Zealand - Accounting" msgstr "New Zealand - Regnskab" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:106 msgid "Norway - Accounting" msgstr "Norge - Regnskab" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:107 msgid "OHADA - Accounting" msgstr "OHADA - Regnskab" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:108 msgid "Panama - Accounting" msgstr "Panama - Regnskab" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:111 msgid "Peruvian Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:112 msgid "Peruvian Accounting Reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:113 msgid "Peruvian Electronic Invoicing" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:115 msgid "Poland - Accounting" msgstr "Polen - Regnskab" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:116 msgid "Portugal - Accounting" msgstr "Portugal - Regnskab" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:117 msgid "Romania - Accounting" msgstr "Rumænien - Regnskab" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:118 msgid "Saudi Arabia - Accounting" msgstr "Saudi-Arabien - Regnskab" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:119 msgid "Singapore - Accounting" msgstr "Singapore - Regnskab" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:120 msgid "Slovenian - Accounting" msgstr "Slovenien - Regnskab" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:121 msgid "South Africa - Accounting" msgstr "Sydafrika - regnskab" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:122 msgid "Spain - Accounting (PGCE 2008)" msgstr "Spanien - Regnskab (PGCE 2008)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:123 msgid "Sweden" msgstr "Sverige" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:125 msgid "Sweden - Structured Communication OCR" msgstr "Sverige - struktureret kommunikation OCR" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:126 msgid "Swedish - Accounting" msgstr "Sverige - regnskab" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:128 msgid "Switzerland - Accounting" msgstr "Schweiz - Regnskab" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:129 msgid "Thailand - Accounting" msgstr "Thailand - Regnskab" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:130 msgid "Turkey - Accounting" msgstr "Tyrkiet - Regnskab" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:131 msgid "U.A.E. - Accounting" msgstr "Forenede Arabiske Emirater - regnskab" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:132 msgid "UK - Accounting" msgstr "Storbritannien - regnskab" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:133 msgid "Ukraine - Accounting" msgstr "Ukraine - regnskab" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:134 msgid "United States - Accounting" msgstr "USA - regnskab" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:135 msgid "Uruguay - Chart of Accounts" msgstr "Uruguay - Kontoplaner" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:136 msgid "Venezuela - Accounting" msgstr "Venezuela - Regnskab" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:137 msgid "Vietnam - Accounting" msgstr "Vietnam - Regnskab" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:140 msgid ":doc:`fiscal_localization_packages`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality.rst:3 -msgid "Fiscality" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year.rst:3 -msgid "Fiscal Year" -msgstr "Regnskabsår" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:3 -msgid "Do a year end in Odoo (close a fiscal year)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Before going ahead with closing a fiscal year, there are a few steps one " -"should typically take to ensure that your accounting is correct, up to date," -" and accurate:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Make sure you have fully reconciled your **bank account(s)** up to year end " -"and confirm that your ending book balances agree with your bank statement " -"balances." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:13 -msgid "Verify that all **customer invoices** have been entered and approved." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:15 -msgid "Confirm that you have entered and agreed all **vendor bills**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:17 -msgid "Validate all **expenses**, ensuring their accuracy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Corroborate that all **received payments** have been entered and recorded " -"accurately." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:25 -msgid "Run a **Tax report**, and verify that your tax information is correct." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:27 -msgid "Reconcile all accounts on your **Balance Sheet**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Agree your bank balances in Odoo against your actual bank balances on your " -"statements. Utilize the **Bank Reconciliation** report to assist with this." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Reconcile all transactions in your cash and bank accounts by running your " -"**Aged Receivables** and **Aged Payables** reports." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Audit your accounts, being sure to fully understand the transactions " -"affecting them and the nature of the transactions, making sure to include " -"loans and fixed assets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Run the optional **Payments Matching** feature, under the **More** dropdown " -"on the dashboard, validating any open **Vendor Bills** and **Customer " -"Invoices** with their payments. This step is optional, however it may assist" -" the year-end process if all outstanding payments and invoices are " -"reconciled, and could lead finding errors or mistakes in the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Your accountant/bookkeeper will likely verify your balance sheet items and " -"book entries for:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Year-end manual adjustments, using the **Adviser Journal Entries** menu (For" -" example, the **Current Year Earnings** and **Retained Earnings** reports)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:56 -msgid "**Depreciation Journal Entries**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:60 -msgid "**Tax adjustments**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:62 -msgid "" -"If your accountant/bookkeeper is going through end of the year auditing, " -"they may want to have paper copies of all balance sheet items (such as " -"loans, bank accounts, prepayments, sales tax statements, etc...) to agree " -"these against your Odoo balances." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:67 -msgid "" -"During this process, it is good practice to set the **Lock date for Non-" -"Advisers** to the last day of the preceding financial year, which is set " -"under the accounting configuration. This way, the accountant can be " -"confident that nobody is changing the previous year transactions while " -"auditing the books." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:77 -msgid "Closing the fiscal year" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:79 -msgid "" -"In Odoo there is no need to do a specific year end closing entry in order to" -" close out income statement accounts. The reports are created in real-time, " -"meaning that the **Income statement** corresponds directly with the year-end" -" date you specify in Odoo. Therefore, any time you generate the **Income " -"Statement**, the beginning date will correspond with the beginning of the " -"**Fiscal Year** and the account balances will all be 0." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:86 -msgid "" -"Once the accountant/bookkeeper has created the journal entry to allocate the" -" **Current Year Earnings**, you should set the **Lock Date** to the last day" -" of the fiscal year. Making sure that before doing so, you confirm whether " -"or not the current year earnings in the **Balance Sheet** is correctly " -"reporting a 0 balance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:93 -msgid ":doc:`fiscal_year`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:3 -msgid "Manage Fiscal Years" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In most cases, the fiscal years last 12 months. If it is your case, you just" -" have to define what is the last day of your fiscal year in the accounting " -"settings. By default, it is set on the 31st December." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:12 -msgid "" -"However, there might be some exceptions. For example, if it is the first " -"fiscal year of your business, it could last more or less than 12 months. In " -"this case, some additional configuration is required." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Go in :menuselection:`accounting --> configuration --> settings` and " -"activate the fiscal years." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:22 -msgid "" -"You can then configure your fiscal years in :menuselection:`accounting --> " -"configuration --> fiscal years`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:29 -msgid "" -"You only have to create fiscal years if they last more or less than 12 " -"months." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:34 -msgid ":doc:`close_fiscal_year`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:3 -msgid "Manage prices for B2B (tax excluded) and B2C (tax included)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When working with consumers, prices are usually expressed with taxes " -"included in the price (e.g., in most eCommerce). But, when you work in a B2B" -" environment, companies usually negotiate prices with taxes excluded." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Odoo manages both use cases easily, as long as you register your prices on " -"the product with taxes excluded or included, but not both together. If you " -"manage all your prices with tax included (or excluded) only, you can still " -"easily do sales order with a price having taxes excluded (or included): " -"that's easy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:15 -msgid "" -"This documentation is only for the specific use case where you need to have " -"two references for the price (tax included or excluded), for the same " -"product. The reason of the complexity is that there is not a symmetrical " -"relationship with prices included and prices excluded, as shown in this use " -"case, in belgium with a tax of 21%:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:21 -msgid "Your eCommerce has a product at **10€ (taxes included)**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:23 -msgid "This would do **8.26€ (taxes excluded)** and a **tax of 1.74€**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:25 -msgid "" -"But for the same use case, if you register the price without taxes on the " -"product form (8.26€), you get a price with tax included at 9.99€, because:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:29 -msgid "**8.26€ \\* 1.21 = 9.99€**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:31 -msgid "" -"So, depending on how you register your prices on the product form, you will " -"have different results for the price including taxes and the price excluding" -" taxes:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:35 -msgid "Taxes Excluded: **8.26€ & 10.00€**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:37 -msgid "Taxes Included: **8.26€ & 9.99€**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:40 -msgid "" -"If you buy 100 pieces at 10€ taxes included, it gets even more tricky. You " -"will get: **1000€ (taxes included) = 826.45€ (price) + 173.55€ (taxes)** " -"Which is very different from a price per piece at 8.26€ tax excluded." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:45 -msgid "" -"This documentation explains how to handle the very specific use case where " -"you need to handle the two prices (tax excluded and included) on the product" -" form within the same company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:50 -msgid "" -"In terms of finance, you have no more revenues selling your product at 10€ " -"instead of 9.99€ (for a 21% tax), because your revenue will be exactly the " -"same at 9.99€, only the tax is 0.01€ higher. So, if you run an eCommerce in " -"Belgium, make your customer a favor and set your price at 9.99€ instead of " -"10€. Please note that this does not apply to 20€ or 30€, or other tax rates," -" or a quantity >1. You will also make you a favor since you can manage " -"everything tax excluded, which is less error prone and easier for your " -"salespeople." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:65 -msgid "" -"The best way to avoid this complexity is to choose only one way of managing " -"your prices and stick to it: price without taxes or price with taxes " -"included. Define which one is the default stored on the product form (on the" -" default tax related to the product), and let Odoo compute the other one " -"automatically, based on the pricelist and fiscal position. Negotiate your " -"contracts with customers accordingly. This perfectly works out-of-the-box " -"and you have no specific configuration to do." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:73 -msgid "" -"If you can not do that and if you really negotiate some prices with tax " -"excluded and, for other customers, others prices with tax included, you " -"must:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:77 -msgid "" -"always store the default price TAX EXCLUDED on the product form, and apply a" -" tax (price included on the product form)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:80 -msgid "create a pricelist with prices in TAX INCLUDED, for specific customers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:83 -msgid "" -"create a fiscal position that switches the tax excluded to a tax included" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:86 -msgid "" -"assign both the pricelist and the fiscal position to customers who want to " -"benefit to this pricelist and fiscal position" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:89 -msgid "For the purpose of this documentation, we will use the above use case:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:91 -msgid "your product default sale price is 8.26€ tax excluded" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:93 -msgid "" -"but we want to sell it at 10€, tax included, in our shops or eCommerce " -"website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:97 -msgid "Setting your products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:99 -msgid "" -"Your company must be configured with tax excluded by default. This is " -"usually the default configuration, but you can check your **Default Sale " -"Tax** from the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` of the " -"Accounting application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:107 -msgid "" -"Once done, you can create a **B2C** pricelist. You can activate the " -"pricelist feature per customer from the menu: :menuselection:`Configuration " -"--> Settings` of the Sale application. Choose the option **different prices " -"per customer segment**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:112 -msgid "" -"Once done, create a B2C pricelist from the menu " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Pricelists`. It's also good to rename the " -"default pricelist into B2B to avoid confusion." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:116 -msgid "" -"Then, create a product at 8.26€, with a tax of 21% (defined as tax not " -"included in price) and set a price on this product for B2C customers at 10€," -" from the :menuselection:`Sales --> Products` menu of the Sales application:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:125 -msgid "Setting the B2C fiscal position" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:127 -msgid "" -"From the accounting application, create a B2C fiscal position from this " -"menu: :menuselection:`Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`. This fiscal " -"position should map the VAT 21% (tax excluded of price) with a VAT 21% (tax " -"included in price)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:136 -msgid "Test by creating a quotation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:138 -msgid "" -"Create a quotation from the Sale application, using the " -":menuselection:`Sales --> Quotations` menu. You should have the following " -"result: 8.26€ + 1.73€ = 9.99€." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:145 -msgid "" -"Then, create a quotation but **change the pricelist to B2C and the fiscal " -"position to B2C** on the quotation, before adding your product. You should " -"have the expected result, which is a total price of 10€ for the customer: " -"8.26€ + 1.74€ = 10.00€." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:153 -msgid "This is the expected behavior for a customer of your shop." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:156 -msgid "Avoid changing every sale order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:158 -msgid "" -"If you negotiate a contract with a customer, whether you negotiate tax " -"included or tax excluded, you can set the pricelist and the fiscal position " -"on the customer form so that it will be applied automatically at every sale " -"of this customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:163 -msgid "" -"The pricelist is in the **Sales & Purchases** tab of the customer form, and " -"the fiscal position is in the accounting tab." -msgstr "" -"Prislisten i **Salg & Indkøb** fanen under kunde formularen, og " -"finanspositionen i regnskabs fanen." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:166 -msgid "" -"Note that this is error prone: if you set a fiscal position with tax " -"included in prices but use a pricelist that is not included, you might have " -"wrong prices calculated for you. That's why we usually recommend companies " -"to only work with one price reference." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:3 -msgid "Manage cash basis taxes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The cash basis taxes are due when the payment has been done and not at the " -"validation of the invoice (as it is the case with standard taxes). Reporting" -" your income and expenses to the administration based on the cash basis " -"method is legal in some countries and under some conditions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Example : You sell a product in the 1st quarter of your fiscal year and " -"receive the payment the 2nd quarter of your fiscal year. Based on the cash " -"basis method, the tax you have to pay to the administration is due for the " -"2nd quarter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:16 -msgid "How to configure cash basis taxes ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:18 -msgid "" -"You first have to activate the setting in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Settings --> Allow Tax Cash Basis`. You will be asked to " -"define the Tax Cash Basis Journal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Once this is done, you can configure your taxes in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. At first set the " -"proper transitional accounts to post taxes until you register the payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:35 -msgid "" -"In the *Advanced Options* tab you will turn *Tax Due* to *Based on Payment*." -" You will then have to define the *Tax Received* account in which to post " -"the tax amount when the payment is received and the *Base Tax Received " -"Account* to post the base tax amount for an accurate tax report." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:45 -msgid "What is the impact of cash basis taxes in my accounting ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Let’s take an example. You make a sale of $100 with a 15% cash basis tax. " -"When you validate the customer invoice, the following entry is created in " -"your accounting:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:52 -msgid "Customer Invoices Journal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 -msgid "**Debit**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 -msgid "**Credit**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:72 -msgid "Receivables $115" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:82 -msgid "Temporary Tax Account $15" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:60 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:88 -msgid "Income Account $100" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:63 -msgid "A few days later, you receive the payment:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:66 -msgid "Bank Journal" -msgstr "Bankjournal" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:70 -msgid "Bank $115" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:75 -msgid "" -"When you reconcile the invoice and the payment, this entry is generated:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:78 -msgid "Tax Cash Basis Journal" -msgstr "Moms kontant basis journal" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:84 -msgid "Tax Received Account $15" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:92 -msgid "" -"The last two journal items are neutral but they are needed to insure correct" -" tax reports in Odoo with accurate base tax amounts. We advise to use a " -"default revenue account. The balance of this account will then always be at " -"zero." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:121 -msgid "Default Taxes" -msgstr "Standardmoms" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:5 -msgid "" -"**Default Taxes** define which :doc:`taxes <taxes>` are automatically " -"selected when there is no other indication about which tax to use. For " -"example, Odoo prefills the **Taxes** field with the Default Taxes when you " -"create a new product or add a new line on an invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:14 -msgid "" -":doc:`Fiscal Positions <fiscal_positions>` take the Default Tax into " -"account. Therefore, if a Fiscal Position is applied to an invoice, Odoo " -"applies the related tax instead of the Default Taxes, as mapped in the " -"Fiscal Position." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:21 -msgid "" -"**Default Taxes** are automatically set up according to the country selected" -" at the creation of your database, or when you set up a :doc:`Fiscal " -"Localization Package " -"<../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>` for your" -" company." -msgstr "" -"**Standard Moms** opsættes automatisk afhængig af det land der blev valgt " -"under oprettelse af din database, eller når du angiver en :doc:`Finans " -"Lokaliserings Pakke " -"<../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>` for din " -"virksomhed." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:25 -msgid "" -"To change your **Default Taxes**, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes --> Default Taxes`, select the " -"appropriate taxes for your default **Sales Tax** and **Purchase Tax**, and " -"click on *Save*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Databases with multiple companies: the Default Taxes values are company-" -"specific." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:38 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:70 -msgid ":doc:`taxes`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:39 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:93 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:279 -msgid ":doc:`fiscal_positions`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:40 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:174 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:193 -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:125 -msgid "" -":doc:`../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:3 -msgid "Fiscal Positions (tax and account mapping)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Default taxes and accounts are set on products and customers to create new " -"transactions on the fly. However, you might have to use different taxes and " -"record the transactions on different accounts, according to your customers' " -"and providers' localizations and business types." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:9 -msgid "" -"**Fiscal Positions** allow you to create *sets of rules* to automatically " -"adapt the taxes and the accounts used for a transaction." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:16 -msgid "They can be applied in various ways:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:18 -msgid "" -":ref:`automatically applied, based on some rules " -"<fiscal_positions/automatic>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:19 -msgid ":ref:`manually applied on a transaction <fiscal_positions/partner>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:20 -msgid "" -":ref:`assigned to a partner, on its contact form " -"<fiscal_positions/transaction>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:23 -msgid "" -"A few Fiscal Positions are already preconfigured on your database, as part " -"of your :doc:`Fiscal Localization Package " -"<../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:30 -msgid "Tax and Account Mapping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:32 -msgid "" -"To edit or create a Fiscal Position, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`, and open the entry you want to modify " -"or click on *Create*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:35 -msgid "" -"The mapping of taxes and accounts is based on the default taxes and accounts" -" defined in the products' forms." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:38 -msgid "" -"To map to another tax or account, fill out the right column (**Tax to " -"Apply**/**Account to Use Instead**)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:40 -msgid "" -"To remove a tax, rather than replacing it with another, leave the field " -"**Tax to Apply** empty." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:41 -msgid "" -"To replace a tax with multiple other taxes, add multiple lines with the same" -" **Tax on Product**." -msgstr "" -"For at erstatte en moms med flere andre momse, skal du tilføje flere linjer " -"med samme **Moms på Produkt**." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:44 -msgid "" -"The mapping only works with *active* taxes. Therefore, make sure they are " -"active by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:50 -msgid "Automatic application" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:52 -msgid "" -"You can configure your Fiscal Positions to be applied automatically, " -"following a set of conditions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:54 -msgid "" -"To do so, open the Fiscal Position you want to modify and click on **Detect " -"Automatically**. You can configure a few conditions:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:57 -msgid "" -"**VAT Required**: The VAT number *must* be indicated in the customer's " -"contact form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:58 -msgid "" -"**Country Group** / **Country**: The Fiscal Position is applied to these " -"countries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Taxes on **eCommerce orders** are automatically updated once the visitor has" -" logged in or filled out their billing details." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:69 -msgid "" -"The Fiscal Positions' **sequence** - the order in which they are arranged - " -"defines which Fiscal Position to apply if the conditions are met in multiple" -" Fiscal Positions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:72 -msgid "" -"For example, if the first Fiscal Position targets *country A*, and the " -"second Fiscal Position targets a *Country Group* that also comprises " -"*country A*, only the first Fiscal Position will be applied to customers " -"from *country A*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:79 -msgid "Application" -msgstr "App" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:84 -msgid "Assign a Fiscal Position to a partner" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:86 -msgid "" -"You can manually define which Fiscal Position must be used by default for a " -"specific partner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:88 -msgid "" -"To do so, open the partner's contact form, go to the **Sales & Purchase** " -"tab, edit the **Fiscal Position** field, and click on *Save*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:98 -msgid "Choose Fiscal Positions manually on Sales Orders, Invoices, and Bills" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:100 -msgid "" -"To manually select which Fiscal Position to use for a new Sales Order, " -"Invoice, or Bill, go to the **Other Info** tab and select the right **Fiscal" -" Position** *before* adding product lines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:110 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:281 -msgid ":doc:`taxcloud`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:280 -msgid ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:3 -msgid "Manage withholding taxes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A withholding tax, also called a retention tax, is a government requirement " -"for the payer of a customer invoice to withhold or deduct tax from the " -"payment, and pay that tax to the government. In most jurisdictions, " -"withholding tax applies to employment income." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:10 -msgid "" -"With normal taxes, the tax is added to the subtotal to give you the total to" -" pay. As opposed to normal taxes, withholding taxes are deducted from the " -"amount to pay, as the tax will be paid by the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:14 -msgid "As, an example, in Colombia you may have the following invoice:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:19 -msgid "" -"In this example, the **company** who sent the invoice owes $20 of taxes to " -"the **government** and the **customer** owes $10 of taxes to the " -"**government**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:25 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, a withholding tax is defined by creating a negative tax. For a " -"retention of 10%, you would configure the following tax (accessible through " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Taxes`):" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:32 -msgid "" -"In order to make it appear as a retention on the invoice, you should set a " -"specific tax group **Retention** on your tax, in the **Advanced Options** " -"tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Once the tax is defined, you can use it in your products, sales order or " -"invoices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:43 -msgid "" -"If the retention is a percentage of a regular tax, create a Tax with a **Tax" -" Computation** as a **Tax Group** and set the two taxes in this group " -"(normal tax and retention)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:48 -msgid "Applying retention taxes on invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Once your tax is created, you can use it on customer forms, sales order or " -"customer invoices. You can apply several taxes on a single customer invoice " -"line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:58 -msgid "" -"When you see the customer invoice on the screen, you get only a **Taxes " -"line** summarizing all the taxes (normal taxes & retentions). But when you " -"print or send the invoice, Odoo does the correct grouping amongst all the " -"taxes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:63 -msgid "The printed invoice will show the different amounts in each tax group." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:3 -msgid "Get correct tax rates in the United States using TaxCloud" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The **TaxCloud** integration allows you to correctly calculate the sales tax" -" for every address in the United States and keeps track of which products " -"are exempt from sales tax and in which states each exemption applies. " -"TaxCloud calculates sales tax in real-time for every state, city, and " -"special jurisdiction in the United States." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:15 -msgid "In TaxCloud" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Create a free account on `TaxCloud <https://taxcloud.com/#register>`__ " -"website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Register your Odoo website on TaxCloud to get an *API ID* and an *API Key*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:23 -msgid "" -"In Settings on TaxCloud, click *Locations* to enter the location of your " -"Office(s) & Warehouse(s)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:24 -msgid "" -"In Settings on TaxCloud, click *Manage Tax States* to verify the states " -"where you collect sales tax." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:27 -msgid "In Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Invoicing / Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`" -" and check *TaxCloud - Compute tax rates based on U.S. ZIP codes* (note: " -"actually uses complete street address)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:30 -msgid "Enter your TaxCloud credentials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:31 -msgid "Click SAVE to store your credentials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Click the Refresh Icon next to *Default Category* to import the TIC product " -"categories from TaxCloud (Taxability Information Codes). Some categories may" -" imply specific rates or attract product/service type exemptions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Select your default *TIC Code*. This will apply to any new product created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Set a specific TaxCloud TIC Category on the *General Information* tab of the" -" Product, or on the Product Category." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Make sure your company address is complete (including the state and the zip " -"code). Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies` " -"to open and edit your Company record." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:47 -msgid "How it works" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Salestax is calculated in Odoo based on fiscal positions (see " -":doc:`fiscal_positions`). A Fiscal Position for the United States is created" -" when installing *TaxCloud*. Everything works out-of-the-box." -msgstr "" -"Salgsmoms udregnes i Odoo ud fra finanspositioner (se " -":doc:`fiscla_positions`). En finansposition for de Forenede Stater oprettes " -"ved installation af *TaxCloud*. Alt virker med det samme." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:54 -msgid "" -"You can configure Odoo to automtically detect which Customers should use " -"this fiscal position. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " -"--> Fiscal Positions` to open and edit the record." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Now, this fiscal position is automatically set on any sales order, web " -"order, or invoice when the customer country is *United States*. This " -"triggers the automated tax computation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Add your product(s). You have two options to get Sales Tax on the Order. " -"You can confirm it, or you can save it and from the *Action* Menu choose " -"**Update Taxes with TaxCloud**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:73 -msgid "Coupons & Promotions" -msgstr "Kuponer & kampagner" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:75 -msgid "" -"If you use the Coupon or Promotion Programs, the integration with Taxcloud " -"might seem a bit odd." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:77 -msgid "" -"The problem lies with the fact that Taxcloud does not accept lines with " -"negative amounts as part of the tax computation. This means that the amount " -"of the lines added by the promotion program must be deduced from the total " -"of the lines it impacts. This means, amongst other complications, that " -"orders that use coupons or promotions with a Taxcloud fiscal position " -"**must** be invoiced completely - you cannot create invoices for partial " -"deliveries, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Another specific oddity is possible in the UI: imagine that you sell a " -"product from the Taxcloud category *[20110] Computers* and that you have a " -"promotion program in place that provides a 50% discount on this product. If " -"the tax rate for this particular product is 7%, the tax rate that will be " -"computed from the Taxcloud integration will display 3.5%. This happens " -"because the discount is included in the price that is sent to Taxcloud, but " -"in Odoo this discount is in another line entirely. At the end of the day, " -"your tax computation will be correct (since a 3.5% tax on the full price is " -"the equivalent of a 7% tax on half the price), but this might be surprising " -"from a user point of view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:5 -msgid "" -"There are numerous types of **taxes**, and their application varies greatly," -" depending mostly on your company's localization. To make sure they are " -"recorded with accuracy, Odoo's tax engine supports all kinds of uses and " -"computations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:12 -msgid "Activate Sales Taxes from the List view" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:14 -msgid "" -"As part of your :doc:`Fiscal Localization Package " -"<../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>`, most of" -" your country's sales taxes are already preconfigured on your database. " -"However, only a few of them are activated by default, so that you can " -"activate only the ones relevant for your business." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:19 -msgid "" -"To activate Sale Taxes, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " -"--> Taxes` and use the *Activate* toggle button to activate or deactivate a " -"tax." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:31 -msgid "" -"To edit or create a **Tax**, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Taxes` and open a tax or click on *Create*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Taxes have three different labels, each one having a specific use. Refer to " -"the following table to see where they are displayed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:45 -msgid ":ref:`Tax Name <taxes/name>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:45 -msgid ":ref:`Label on Invoice <taxes/label-invoices>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:45 -msgid ":ref:`Tax Group <taxes/tax-group>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:48 -msgid "Back end" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:48 -msgid "*Taxes* column on exported invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:48 -msgid "Above the *Total* line on exported invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:53 -msgid "Basic Options" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:58 -msgid "Tax Name" -msgstr "Momsnavn" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:60 -msgid "" -"The **Tax Name** as you want to display it for backend users. This is the " -":ref:`label <taxes/labels>` you see while editing Sales Orders, Invoices, " -"Products, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:66 -msgid "Tax Computation" -msgstr "Momsberegning" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:68 -msgid "**Group of Taxes**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:70 -msgid "" -"The tax is a combination of multiple sub-taxes. You can add as many taxes " -"you want, in the order you want them to be applied." -msgstr "" -"Momsen er en kombination af flere under-afgifter. Du kan tilføje så mange " -"afgifter som du ønsker, i den rækkefølge du ønsker dem tilføjet." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:74 -msgid "" -"Make sure that the tax sequence is correct, as the order in which they are " -"may impact the taxes' amounts computation, especially if one of the taxes " -":ref:`affects the base of the subsequent ones <taxes/base-subsequent>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:78 -msgid "**Fixed**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:80 -msgid "" -"The tax has a fixed amount in the default currency. The amount remains the " -"same, regardless of the Sales Price." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:83 -msgid "" -"For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *$10 " -"fixed* tax. We then have:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:231 -msgid "Product's Sales Price" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:231 -msgid "Price without tax" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:231 -msgid "Tax" -msgstr "Moms" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:231 -msgid "Total" -msgstr "I alt" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:89 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:89 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:104 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:104 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:118 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:118 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:234 -msgid "1,000" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:89 -msgid "10" -msgstr "10" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:89 -msgid "1,010.00" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:92 -msgid "**Percentage of Price**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:94 -msgid "" -"The *Sales Price* is the taxable basis: the tax's amount is computed by " -"multiplying the Sales Price by the tax's percentage." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:97 -msgid "" -"For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *10% of " -"Price* tax. We then have:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:104 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 -msgid "100" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:104 -msgid "1,100.00" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:107 -msgid "**Percentage of Price Tax Included**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:109 -msgid "" -"The *Total* is the taxable basis: the tax's amount is a percentage of the " -"Total." -msgstr "" -"*Totalen* er den momspligtige grundmængde: Momsen er en procentdel af " -"Totalen." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:111 -msgid "" -"For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *10% of " -"Price Tax Included* tax. We then have:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:118 -msgid "111.11" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:118 -msgid "1,111.11" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:124 -msgid "Active" -msgstr "Aktiv" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:126 -msgid "Only **Active** taxes can be added to new documents." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:129 -msgid "" -"It is not possible to delete taxes that have already been used. Instead, you" -" can deactivate them to prevent future use." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:133 -msgid "" -"This field can be modified from the *List View*. See :ref:`above " -"<taxes/list_activation>` for more information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:139 -msgid "Tax Scope" -msgstr "Momsgrundlag" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:141 -msgid "" -"The **Tax Scope** determines the tax's application, which also restricts " -"where it is displayed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:143 -msgid "**Sales**: Customer Invoices, Product's Customer Taxes, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:144 -msgid "**Purchase**: Vendor Bills, Product's Vendor Taxes, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:145 -msgid "**None**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:148 -msgid "" -"You can use **None** for taxes that you want to include in a :ref:`Group of " -"Taxes <taxes/computation>` but that you don't want to list along with other " -"Sales or Purchase taxes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:154 -msgid "Definition tab" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:156 -msgid "" -"Allocate with precision the amount of the taxable basis or percentages of " -"the computed tax to multiple accounts and Tax Grids." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:163 -msgid "**Based On**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:165 -msgid "Base: the price on the invoice line" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:166 -msgid "% of tax: a percentage of the computed tax." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:168 -msgid "**Account**: if defined, an additional Journal Item is recorded." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:169 -msgid "" -"**Tax Grids**: used to generate :doc:`Tax Reports " -"<../../reporting/declarations/tax_returns>` automatically, according to your" -" country's regulations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:175 -msgid "Advanced Options tab" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:180 -msgid "Label on Invoices" -msgstr "Tekst på fakturaer" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:182 -msgid "" -"The label of the tax, as displayed on each invoice line in the **Taxes** " -"column. This is the :ref:`label <taxes/labels>` visible to *front end* " -"users, on exported invoices, on their Customer Portals, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:193 -msgid "Tax Group" -msgstr "Momsgruppe" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:195 -msgid "" -"Select to which **Tax Group** the tax belongs. The Tax Group name is the " -":ref:`label <taxes/labels>` displayed above the *Total* line on exported " -"invoices, and the Customer Portals." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:198 -msgid "" -"Tax groups include different iterations of the same tax. This can be useful " -"when you must record differently the same tax according to :doc:`Fiscal " -"Positions <fiscal_positions>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:205 -msgid "" -"In the example above, we see a 0% tax for Intra-Community customers in " -"Europe. It records amounts on specific accounts and with specific tax grids." -" Still, to the customer, it is a 0% tax. That's why the :ref:`Label on the " -"Invoice <taxes/label-invoices>` indicates *0% EU*, and the Tax Group name, " -"above the *Total* line, indicates *0%*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:213 -msgid "Include in Analytic Cost" -msgstr "Medtag i analytiske omkostninger" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:215 -msgid "" -"With this option activated, the tax's amount is assigned to the same " -"**Analytic Account** as the invoice line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:221 -msgid "Included in Price" -msgstr "Inkluderet i pris" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:223 -msgid "" -"With this option activated, the total (including the tax) equals the **Sales" -" Price**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:225 -msgid ":dfn:`Total = Sales Price = Computed Tax-Excluded price + Tax`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:227 -msgid "" -"For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *10% of " -"Price* tax, which is *included in the price*. We then have:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:234 -msgid "900.10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:234 -msgid "90.9" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:234 -msgid "1,000.00" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:238 -msgid "" -"If you need to define prices accurately, both tax-included and tax-excluded," -" please refer to the following documentation: :doc:`B2B_B2C`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:242 -msgid "" -"**Invoices**: By default, the Line Subtotals displayed on your invoices are " -"*Tax-Excluded*. To display *Tax-Included* Line Subtotals, go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Customer " -"Invoices`, and select *Tax-Included* in the **Line Subtotals Tax Display** " -"field, then click on *Save*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:246 -msgid "" -"**eCommerce**: By default, the prices displayed on your eCommerce website " -"are *Tax-Excluded*. To display *Tax-Included* prices, go to " -":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Pricing`, and " -"select *Tax-Included* in the **Product Prices** field, then click on *Save*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:253 -msgid "Affect Base of Subsequent Taxes" -msgstr "Berør grundlaget for efterfølgende moms" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:255 -msgid "" -"With this option, the total tax-included becomes the taxable basis for the " -"other taxes applied to the same product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:258 -msgid "" -"You can configure a new :ref:`Group of Taxes <taxes/computation>` to include" -" this tax, or add it directly to a product line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:266 -msgid "" -"The order in which you add the taxes on a product line has no effect on how " -"amounts are computed. If you add taxes directly on a product line, only the " -"tax sequence determines the order in which they are applied." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:270 -msgid "" -"To reorder the sequence, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " -"--> Taxes`, and drag and drop the lines with the handles next to the tax " -"names." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:282 -msgid ":doc:`../../reporting/declarations/tax_returns`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:3 -msgid "VIES VAT numbers validation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:5 -msgid "" -"**VAT Information Exchange System** - abbreviated **VIES** - is a tool " -"provided by the European Commission that allows you to check the validity of" -" VAT numbers of companies registered in the European Union." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Odoo provides a feature to **Verify VAT Numbers** when you save a contact. " -"This helps you make sure that your contacts provided you with a valid VAT " -"number without leaving Odoo interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:15 -msgid "" -"To enable this feature, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " -"--> Settings --> Taxes`, enable the **Verify VAT Numbers** feature, and " -"click on *Save*." -msgstr "" -"For at aktivere denne funktion, skal ud gå til :menuselection:`Regnskab --> " -"Konfiguration --> Indstillinger --> Moms`, aktiver **Bekræft Momsnumre** " -"funktionen, og klik på *Gem*." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:23 -msgid "VAT Number validation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Whenever you create or modify a contact, make sure to fill out the " -"**Country** and **VAT** fields." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:31 -msgid "" -"When you click on *Save*, Odoo runs a VIES VAT number check, and displays an" -" error message if the VAT number is invalid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:39 -msgid "" -"This tool checks the VAT number's validity but does not check the other " -"fields' validity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:43 -msgid "" -"`European Commission: VIES search engine " -"<https://ec.europa.eu/taxation_customs/vies/vatRequest.html>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:109 msgid "Others" msgstr "Andre" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser.rst:3 msgid "Adviser" msgstr "Manager" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:3 msgid "Manage a financial budget" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:8 msgid "" "Managing budgets is an essential part of running a business. Budgets help " "people become more intentional with the way money is spent and direct people" @@ -11896,7 +10440,7 @@ msgid "" "Analytic Accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:15 msgid "" "We will use the following example to illustrate. We just started a project " "with Smith&Co and we would like to budget the incomes and expenses of that " @@ -11904,45 +10448,45 @@ msgid "" "than 700." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:23 msgid "" "First we need to install the relevant apps to use budgeting. The main module" " is the accounting app. Go in the app module and install the **Accounting " "and Finance** app." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:30 msgid "" "Further configuration is as well necessary. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting" " module --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable the **Budget management**" " feature" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:38 msgid "Budgetary Positions" msgstr "Budgetpositioner" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:40 msgid "" "Budgetary positions are lists of accounts for which you want to keep budgets" " (typically expense or income accounts). They need to be defined so Odoo can" " know it which accounts he needs to go get the budget information." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:45 msgid "" "The budgetary positions act as a type of restriction on what can be recorded" " in the 'practical amount' column in a budget." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:48 msgid "" "Each budgetary position can have any number of accounts from the general " "ledger (the main chart of accounts) assigned to it, though it must have at " "least one." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:51 msgid "" "If you record a transaction that has an analytic account assigned to it that" " *is* included in a budget line but one of the general ledger accounts *is " @@ -11950,25 +10494,25 @@ msgid "" "not appear within the 'practical amount' column of that budget line." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:56 msgid "" "Some budgetary positions might be already installed with your chart of " "accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:59 msgid "" "To define the positions enter the :menuselection:`Accounting module --> " "Configuration --> Budgetary Positions`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:62 msgid "" "For our example we need to define what accounts relates to our project's " "expenses. Create a position and add items to select the accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:68 msgid "" "In this case we select the three relevant accounts used wherein we will book" " our expenses." @@ -11976,25 +10520,25 @@ msgstr "" "I dette tilfælde vælger vi de tre relevante konti brugt, hvori vi vil booke " "vores udgifter." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:74 msgid "Click on *Select*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:79 msgid "Save the changes to confirm your Budgetary position." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:81 msgid "" "Repeat this steps to create a revenue budgetary position. Only in this case " "select the relevant income accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:85 msgid "Analytical account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:87 msgid "" "Odoo needs to know which costs or expenses are relevant to a specified " "budget. To do so we need to link our invoices and expenses to a defined " @@ -12004,30 +10548,30 @@ msgid "" " partner." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:98 msgid "Set a budget" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:100 msgid "" "Let's now set our targets for our budget. We specified that we expect to " "gain 1000 with this project and we would like not to spend more than 700." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:104 msgid "" "To set those targets, enter the accounting app, select " ":menuselection:`Advisers --> Budgets` and create a new Budget." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:107 msgid "" "We have to give a name to the budget. In this case we'll call it \"Smith " "Project\". Select the period wherein the budget will be applicable. Next add" " an item to specify your targets in the Budget Line." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:114 msgid "" "Select the Budgetary Position related to the Budget Line. In other words, " "select the position that points to the accounts you want to budget. In this " @@ -12037,50 +10581,50 @@ msgid "" "corresponding analytic account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:124 msgid "" "Click on **Save & new** to input the revenue budget. The Budgetary Position " "is Revenue and the Planned Amount is 1000. Save and close" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:127 msgid "You'll need to **Confirm** and **Approve** the budget." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:130 msgid "Check your budget" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:132 msgid "" "You can check your budget at any time. To see the evolution, let's book some" " Invoices and Vendors Bills." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:136 msgid "" "If you use analytical accounts remember that you need to specify the account" " in the invoice and/or purchase line." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:140 msgid "" "For more information about booking invoices and purchase orders see " ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/overview`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:143 msgid "Go back in the budget list and find the Smith Project." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:145 msgid "" "Via the analytical account, Odoo can account the invoice lines and purchase " "lines booked in the accounts and will display them in the **Practical " "Amount** column." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:153 msgid "" "The theoretical amount represents the amount of money you theoretically " "could have spend / should have received in function of the date. When your " @@ -12089,21 +10633,21 @@ msgid "" " that could have been realised." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic.rst:3 msgid "Analytic" msgstr "Analytisk" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:3 msgid "Track costs of purchases, expenses, subcontracting" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:8 msgid "" "Thanks to analytical accounting we can track costs of purchases, expenses " "and subcontracting in the accounting module." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:11 msgid "" "We'll take the following example. We sold a consulting package for a " "customer. The package is all inclusive meaning no extra cost can be added. " @@ -12112,13 +10656,13 @@ msgid "" " to the project." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:20 msgid "" "The following modules needs to be installed to track cost. Enter the app " "module and install the following apps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:28 msgid "" "Please note that the applications provided by these apps only allows us to " "**track** the costs. We won't be able to automatically re invoice those " @@ -12126,32 +10670,32 @@ msgid "" " the Sales management app as well." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:37 msgid "Enable Analytical accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:39 msgid "" "Next step is to activate the analytical accounting. In the accounting app, " "select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and thick the Analytic " "accounting box." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:46 msgid "" "Moreover, scroll down and tick the **Analytic accounting for purchases** " "box." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:52 msgid "Don't forget to save your changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:55 msgid "Create an Analytical account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:57 msgid "" "First of all you should create an Analytical account on which you can point " "all your expenses. Enter the accounting app, select " @@ -12159,25 +10703,25 @@ msgid "" "this case we will call it \"consulting pack\" for our customer Smith&Co." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:65 msgid "We will point all our costs to this account to keep track of them." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:68 msgid "Record an expense" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:70 msgid "" "We start by booking an expense. Our IT technician had to take a train to go " "see our customer. He paid for his ticket himself." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:75 msgid "Create an expense product" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:77 msgid "" "We first need to create an expense product. Enter the **Expense** module, " "Click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Expense Products`. Create a new " @@ -12185,32 +10729,32 @@ msgid "" " the **Can be expensed** box is ticked." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:86 msgid "Book the expense" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:88 msgid "" "Enter the Expense module, click on :menuselection:`My expenses --> Create`. " "Select the Train ticket product and link it to the analytical account " "discussed above." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:95 msgid "" "Submit to manager and wait for the manager to approve and post the journal " "entries." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:99 msgid "Create a Purchase Order linked to the analytical account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:102 msgid "Purchase Product" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:104 msgid "" "We also need to buy a software for our customers. In the purchase app create" " a purchase order for the software product. Within the line we can link the " @@ -12218,18 +10762,18 @@ msgid "" "select the correct analytical account. Confirm the sale." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:113 msgid "" "Accept the delivery and enter the invoice. Once the invoice is entered the " "cost price (**Vendor Price** field) will be booked in the analytical " "account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:117 msgid "Subcontracting" msgstr "Underlevering" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:119 msgid "" "The purchase module can be used in the same way as seen previously to handle" " subcontracting. if we purchase a service from another company we can re " @@ -12237,51 +10781,51 @@ msgid "" "analytical account. We simply need to create the correct vendors product." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:126 msgid "You can also track cost with timesheets, see: :doc:`timesheets`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:129 msgid "Track costs in accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:131 msgid "" "Now that everything is booked and points to the analytical account. Simply " "open it to check the costs related to that account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:134 msgid "" "Enter the accounting module, click on :menuselection:`Advisers --> Analytic " "Accounts --> Open Charts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:137 msgid "" "Select \"consulting pack - Smith\" and click on the cost and revenue button " "to have an overview of all cost linked to the account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:144 msgid "" "If you would like to have the revenue as well you should invoice the " "Consulting Pack in the Invoice menu and link the invoice line to this same " "analytical account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:3 msgid "Track costs of human resources with timesheets" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:5 msgid "" "Human resource of course has a cost. It is interesting to see how much a " "particular contract costs the company in term of human power in relation to " "the invoiced amounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:9 msgid "" "We will take the following example: Our two employees **Harry Potter** and " "**Cedric Digory** both work on a **Consultancy pack** for our customer " @@ -12290,79 +10834,80 @@ msgid "" "compare them with the revenue of the consultancy service." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:18 msgid "" "First, install the three applications necessary to use this functionality, " "namely **Accounting**, **Sales** and **Timesheet**. Enter the apps module " "name and install them." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:31 msgid "" "Next you will need to enable analytical accounting. To do so enter the " "**Accounting app**. Select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and " "tick the **Analytic accounting** option (see picture below)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:38 msgid "Apply your changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:41 msgid "Create an employee" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:43 msgid "" "In order to check the revenue of an employee you need to have one. To create" " an employee enter the **Employee** app. Select **Employees** and create a " "new employee, fill in the name and the basic information." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:47 msgid "" "On the employee sheet enter the **HR settings** tab. Here you are able to " "specify the **Timesheet Cost** of your employee. In this case Harry has a " "cost of 18 euros / hours. We will thus fill in 18 in this field." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:55 msgid "" "If you want the employee to be able to enter timesheets he needs to be " "related to a User." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:58 msgid "" "Repeat the operation to create the Cedric Digory employee. Don't forget to " "specify its related user and **Timesheet Costs**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:62 msgid "Issue a Sales Order" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:64 msgid "" "We created two employees called Harry Potter and Cedric Diggory in the " "**Employee** app. Both of them will work on a consultancy contract for our " "customer Smith&Co where they will point their hours on a timesheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:68 msgid "" "We thus need to create a **sales order** with a **service** product invoiced" " **based on time and material** and tracked by timesheets with **hours** as " "unit of measures." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:75 msgid "" "For more information on how to create a sales order based on time and " -"material please see :doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/time_materials`." +"material please see " +":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:78 msgid "" "We save a Sales Order with the service product **External Consulting**. An " "analytical account will automatically be generated once the **Sales Order** " @@ -12371,11 +10916,11 @@ msgid "" " below)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:88 msgid "Fill in timesheet" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:90 msgid "" "As an employee linked to a user, Harry can enter the **Timesheet** app and " "specify his timesheets for the contract. Logged on Harry's account we enter " @@ -12383,43 +10928,43 @@ msgid "" " Account** discussed above." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:95 msgid "Harry worked three hours on a SWOT analysis for Smith&Co." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:100 msgid "" "In the meantime, Cedric discussed businesses needs with the customer for 1 " "hour and specified it as well in his personal timesheet, pointing as well on" " the **Analytic Account**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:104 msgid "" "In the **Sales Order** we notice that the delivered amounts of hours is " "automatically computed (see picture below)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:111 msgid "Analytic accounting" msgstr "Analyse regnskab" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:113 msgid "" "Thanks to analytic accounts we are able to have an overview of HR cost and " "revenues. All the revenues and cost of this transactions have been " "registered in the **SO002-Smith&Co** account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:117 msgid "We can use two methods to analyze this situation." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:120 msgid "Without filters" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:122 msgid "" "If we pointed all our costs and revenues of the project on the correct " "analytical account we can easily retrieve the cost and revenues related to " @@ -12427,115 +10972,115 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Adviser --> Analytic Accounts --> Open Charts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:127 msgid "" "Note : you can specify a period for **Analysis**. If you want to open the " "current situation you should keep the fields empty. We can already note the " "credit and debit balance of the account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:134 msgid "" "If we click on the account a special button is provided to have the details " "of cost and revenues (see picture below)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:140 msgid "" "Click the button **Cost/Revenue** to have an overview of cost and revenues " "with the corresponding description." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:144 msgid "With filters" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:146 msgid "We can thus filter this information from the **Analytic Entries**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:148 msgid "" "Enter the **Accounting** app, and click on :menuselection:`Adviser --> " "Analytic Entries`. In this menu we have several options to analyse the human" " resource cost." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:151 msgid "" "We filter on the **Analytic account** so we can see the cost and revenues of" " the project. Add a custom **Filter** where the **Analytic Account** " "contains the **Sales Order** number." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:158 msgid "" "In the results we see timesheets activities and invoiced lines with the " "corresponding costs and revenues." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:164 msgid "" "We can group the different analytical accounts together and check their " "respective revenues. Simply group by **Analytic account** and select the " "**Graph view** to have a clear overview." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:3 msgid "Analytic account use cases" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:5 msgid "The analytic accounting can be used for several purposes:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:7 msgid "analyse costs of a company" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:9 msgid "reinvoice time to a customer" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:11 msgid "analyse performance of a service or a project" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:13 msgid "" "To manage analytic accounting, you have to activate it in " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:19 msgid "" "To illustrate analytic accounts clearly, you will follow three use cases, " "each in one of three different types of company:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:22 msgid "Industrial company: Costs Analyse" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:24 msgid "Law Firm: reinvoice spent hours" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:26 msgid "IT/Services Company: performance analysis" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:29 msgid "Case 1: Industrial company: Costs Analyse" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:31 msgid "" "In industry, you will often find analytic charts of accounts structured into" " departments and products the company itself is built on." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:34 msgid "" "The objective is to examine the costs, sales and margins by " "department/resources and by product. The first level of the structure " @@ -12543,38 +11088,38 @@ msgid "" "product ranges the company makes and sells." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:39 msgid "" "**Analytic Chart of Accounts for an Industrial Manufacturing Company**:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:41 msgid "Marketing Department" msgstr "Marketing Afdeling" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:43 msgid "Commercial Department" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:45 msgid "Administration Department" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:47 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:80 msgid "Production Range 1" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:49 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:82 msgid "Production Range 2" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:51 msgid "" "In daily use, it is useful to mark the analytic account on each purchase " "invoice. When the invoice is approved, it will automatically generate the " @@ -12583,134 +11128,154 @@ msgid "" "that allocates costs to the department which incurred them." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:58 msgid "" "Here is a possible breakdown of some general accounting entries for the " "example above, allocated to various analytic accounts:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:62 msgid "**General accounts**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:62 msgid "**Analytic accounts**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 msgid "**Title**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 msgid "**Account**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 +msgid "**Debit**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 +msgid "**Credit**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 msgid "**Value**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 msgid "Purchase of Raw Material" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 msgid "2122" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 msgid "1500" msgstr "1500" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 msgid "-1 500" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 msgid "Subcontractors" msgstr "Underleverandører" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 msgid "450" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 msgid "-450" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 msgid "Credit Note for defective materials" msgstr "Kreditnota for defekte materialer" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 msgid "200" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 msgid "Transport charges" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 msgid "Staff costs" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 msgid "2121" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 msgid "10000" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 msgid "Marketing" msgstr "Markedsføring" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:80 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:82 msgid "-2 000" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:76 msgid "Commercial" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:76 msgid "-3 000" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:78 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 msgid "Administrative" msgstr "Administrative" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:78 msgid "-1 000" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 msgid "PR" msgstr "PR" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 msgid "-400" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:87 msgid "" "The analytic representation by department enables you to investigate the " "costs allocated to each department in the company. The analytic chart of " @@ -12718,7 +11283,7 @@ msgid "" "above:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:94 msgid "" "In this example of a hierarchical structure in Odoo, you can analyse not " "only the costs of each product range, but also the costs of the whole " @@ -12726,51 +11291,51 @@ msgid "" "accounts enables you to get a breakdown of costs within a given department." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:103 msgid "" "The examples above are based on a breakdown of the costs of the company. " "Analytic allocations can be just as effective for sales. That gives you the " "profitability (sales - costs) of different departments." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:107 msgid "" "This analytic representation by department is generally used by trading " "companies and industries." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:110 msgid "" "A variantion of this, is not to break it down by sales and marketing " "departments, but to assign each cost to its corresponding product range. " "This will give you an analysis of the profitability of each product range." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:115 msgid "" "Choosing one over the other depends on how you look at your marketing " "effort. Is it a global cost allocated in some general way, or is each " "product range responsible for its own marketing costs?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:120 msgid "Case 2: Law Firm: costs of human resources?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:122 msgid "" "Law firms generally adopt management by case, where each case represents a " "current client file. All of the expenses and products are then attached to a" " given file/analytic account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:126 msgid "" "A principal preoccupation of law firms is the invoicing of hours worked, and" " the profitability by case and by employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:129 msgid "" "Mechanisms used for encoding the hours worked will be covered in detail in " "timesheet documentation. Like most system processes, hours worked are " @@ -12779,13 +11344,13 @@ msgid "" "cost." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:135 msgid "" "So a law firm will opt for an analytic representation which reflects the " "management of the time that employees work on the different customer cases." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:139 msgid "" "Billing for the different cases is a bit unusual. The cases do not match any" " entry in the general account nor do they come from purchase or sales " @@ -12794,7 +11359,7 @@ msgid "" " basis of the hourly cost per employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:145 msgid "" "At the end of the month when you pay salaries and benefits, you integrate " "them into the general accounts but not in the analytic accounts, because " @@ -12804,125 +11369,125 @@ msgid "" "depending on the time actually worked." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:153 msgid "" "The following table shows an example of different analytic entries that you " "can find for your analytic account:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 msgid "**Amount**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 msgid "**General Account**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 msgid "Study the file (1 h)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 msgid "Case 1.1" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 msgid "-15" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 msgid "Search for information (3 h)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 msgid "-45" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 msgid "Consultation (4 h)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 msgid "Case 2.1" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 msgid "-60" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 msgid "Service charges" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 msgid "280" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 msgid "705 – Billing services" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 msgid "Stationery purchase" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 msgid "-42" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 msgid "601 – Furniture purchase" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 msgid "42" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 msgid "Fuel Cost -Client trip" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 msgid "-35" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 msgid "613 – Transports" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 msgid "35" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 msgid "Staff salaries" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 msgid "6201 – Salaries" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 msgid "3 000" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:174 msgid "" "Such a structure allows you to make a detailed study of the profitability of" " various transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:177 msgid "" "For more details about profitablity, please read the following document: " ":doc:`timesheets`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:180 msgid "" "But analytical accounting is not limited to a simple analysis of the " "profitability of different customer. The same data can be used for automatic" @@ -12931,40 +11496,40 @@ msgid "" "products that manage timesheet or expenses ." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:187 msgid "Case 3: IT Services Company: perfomance analysis" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:189 msgid "Most IT service companies face the following problems:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:191 msgid "project planning," msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:193 msgid "invoicing, profitability and financial follow-up of projects," msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:195 msgid "managing support contracts." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:197 msgid "" "To deal with these problems, you would use an analytic chart of accounts " "structured by project and by sale order." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:200 msgid "" "The management of services, expenditures and sales is similar to that " "presented above for lawyers. Invoicing and the study of profitability are " "also similar." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:204 msgid "" "But now look at support contracts. These contracts are usually limited to a " "prepaid number of hours. Each service posted in the analytic accounts shows " @@ -12973,7 +11538,7 @@ msgid "" "an analytic account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:210 msgid "" "In Odoo, each analytic line lists the number of units sold or used, as well " "as what you would usually find there – the amount in currency units (USD or " @@ -12982,32 +11547,32 @@ msgid "" "contract remain." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:217 msgid "Conclusion" msgstr "Konklusion" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:219 msgid "" "Analytic accounting helps you to analyse costs and revenues whatever the use" " case. You can sell or purchase services, track time or analyse the " "production performance." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:223 msgid "" "Analytic accounting is flexible and easy to use through all Odoo " "applications (sales, purchase, timesheet, production, invoice, …)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory.rst:3 msgid "Inventory" msgstr "Lager" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:3 msgid "Impact on the average price valuation when returning goods" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:5 msgid "" "As stated in the `*inventory valuation page* " "<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/functional/valuation.html>`__, one of " @@ -13015,7 +11580,7 @@ msgid "" " average cost." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:10 msgid "" "This document answers to one recurrent question for companies using that " "method to make their stock valuation: how does a shipping returned to its " @@ -13025,38 +11590,38 @@ msgid "" "standard of FIFO)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:18 msgid "Definition of average cost" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:20 msgid "" "The average cost method calculates the cost of ending inventory and cost of " "goods sold on the basis of weighted average cost per unit of inventory." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:24 msgid "" "The weighted average cost per unit is calculated using the following " "formula:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:27 msgid "" "When new products arrive in a warehouse, the new average cost is recomputed " "as:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:33 msgid "" "When products leave the warehouse: the average cost **does not** change" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:36 msgid "Defining the purchase price" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:38 msgid "" "The purchase price is estimated at the reception of the products (you might " "not have received the vendor bill yet) and reevaluated at the reception of " @@ -13064,282 +11629,282 @@ msgid "" "products, but it may also includes additional costs, like landed costs." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:45 msgid "Average cost example" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 msgid "Operation" msgstr "Handling" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 msgid "Delta Value" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 msgid "Inventory Value" msgstr "Lagerværdi" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 msgid "Qty On Hand" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 msgid "Avg Cost" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 msgid "$0" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 msgid "0" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 msgid "Receive 8 Products at $10" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 msgid "+8\\*$10" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 msgid "$80" msgstr "$80" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 msgid "8" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 msgid "$10" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 msgid "Receive 4 Products at $16" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 msgid "+4\\*$16" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 msgid "$144" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 msgid "12" msgstr "12" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 msgid "$12" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 msgid "Deliver 10 Products" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 msgid "-10\\*$12" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 msgid "$24" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 msgid "2" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:60 msgid "" "At the beginning, the Avg Cost is set to 0 set as there is no product in the" " inventory. When the first reception is made, the average cost becomes " "logically the purchase price." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:64 msgid "" "At the second reception, the average cost is updated because the total " "inventory value is now ``$80 + 4*$16 = $144``. As we have 12 units on hand, " "the average price per unit is ``$144 / 12 = $12``." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:68 msgid "" "By definition, the delivery of 10 products does not change the average cost." " Indeed, the inventory value is now $24 as we have only 2 units remaining of" " each ``$24 / 2 = $12``." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:73 msgid "Purchase return use case" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:75 msgid "" "In case of a product returned to its supplier after reception, the inventory" " value is reduced using the average cost formulae (not at the initial price " "of these products!)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:79 msgid "Which means that the above table will be updated as follow:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 msgid "Return of 1 Product initially bought at $10" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 msgid "-1\\*$12" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 msgid "1" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:90 msgid "Explanation: counter example" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:92 msgid "" "Remember the definition of **Average Cost**, saying that we do not update " "the average cost of a product leaving the inventory. If you break this rule," " you may lead to inconsistencies in your inventory." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:96 msgid "" "As an example, here is the scenario when you deliver one piece to the " "customer and return the other one to your supplier (at the cost you " "purchased it). Here is the operation:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 msgid "Customer Shipping 1 product" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 msgid "-1\\*$10" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 msgid "**$2**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 msgid "**0**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:110 msgid "" "As you can see in this example, this is not correct: an inventory valuation " "of $2 for 0 pieces in the warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:113 msgid "" "The correct scenario should be to return the goods at the current average " "cost:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 msgid "**$0**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:126 msgid "" "On the other hand, using the average cost to value the return ensure a " "correct inventory value at all times." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:130 msgid "Further thoughts on anglo saxon mode" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:132 msgid "" "For people in using the **anglo saxon accounting** principles, there is " "another concept to take into account: the stock input account of the " @@ -13348,54 +11913,54 @@ msgid "" "shipments and will decrease when receiving the related vendor bills." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:139 msgid "" "Back to our example, we see that when the return is valued at the average " "price, the amount booked in the stock input account is the original purchase" " price:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 msgid "stock input" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 msgid "price diff" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 msgid "($80)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 msgid "Receive vendor bill $80" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 msgid "($64)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 msgid "Receive vendor bill $64" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 msgid "**$10**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 msgid "**$12**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 msgid "Receive vendor refund $10" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 msgid "$2" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:163 msgid "" "This is because the vendor refund will be made using the original purchase " "price, so to zero out the effect of the return in the stock input in last " @@ -13404,98 +11969,98 @@ msgid "" "average cost and the original purchase price." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:3 msgid "Record exchange rates at payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:8 msgid "" "Any company doing international trade faces the case where the payments are " "in a different currency." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:11 msgid "" "After receiving their payments, you have the option to convert the amount " "into your company currency. Multi currency payment implies rates " "fluctuations. The rate differences are automatically recorded by Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:19 msgid "Enable multi-currencies" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:21 msgid "" "In the accounting module, Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " "and flag **Allow multi currencies**, then click on **apply**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:27 msgid "" "Configure the currency rates in :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Currencies`. Write down the rate and make sure the currency is active." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:33 msgid "" "In this document, the base currency is **Euro** and we will record payments " "in **Dollars**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:40 msgid "" "You can automatically fetch the currency rates from the **European Central " "Bank** or from **Yahoo**. Please read the document : :doc:`how_it_works`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:45 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:31 msgid "Configure your journal" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:47 msgid "" "In order to register payments in other currencies, you have to **remove the " "currency constraint** on the journal. Go to the accounting application, " "Click on **More** on the journal and **Settings**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:54 msgid "" "Check if the **Currency** field is empty or in the foreign currency in which" " you will register the payments. If a currency is filled in, it means that " "you can register payments only in this currency." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:62 msgid "Record a payment in a different currency" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:64 msgid "" "In the **Accounting** application, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " "Payments`. Register the payment and indicate that it was done in the foreign" " currency. Then click on **confirm**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:83 msgid "The journal entry has been posted but not allocated." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:73 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:85 msgid "" "Go back to your invoice (:menuselection:`Sales --> Customer Invoices`) and " "click on **Add** to allocate the payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:80 msgid "Record a bank statement in a different currency" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:82 msgid "" "Create or import the bank statement of your payment. The **Amount** is in " "the company currency. There are two complementary fields, the **Amount " @@ -13503,33 +12068,33 @@ msgid "" "in which it was paid." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:89 msgid "" "When reconciling it, Odoo will directly match the payment with the right " "**Invoice**. You will get the invoice price in the invoice currency and the " "amount in your company currency." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:97 msgid "Check the exchange rate differences" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:99 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` and look for the " "**Exchange difference** journal entries. All the exchange rates differences " "are recorded in it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:106 msgid "" "The Exchange difference journal can be changed in your accounting settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/full_reconcile_warning.rst:2 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/full_reconcile_warning.rst:2 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/full_reconcile_warning.rst:2 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/full_reconcile_warning.rst:2 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/full_reconcile_warning.rst:2 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/full_reconcile_warning.rst:2 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/full_reconcile_warning.rst:2 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/full_reconcile_warning.rst:2 msgid "" "In order for an exchange difference entry to be created automatically, the " "corresponding invoices and payments need to be fully reconciled. This means " @@ -13539,23 +12104,23 @@ msgid "" "them until that final amount is paid." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:147 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:68 msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:112 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:100 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:136 msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:3 msgid "Odoo's multi-currency system" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:8 msgid "" "Choosing to use the multi-currency option in Odoo will allow you to send " "sales invoices, quotes and purchase orders or receive bills and payments in " @@ -13564,23 +12129,23 @@ msgid "" "activities." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:18 msgid "Turn on multi-currency" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:20 msgid "" "In the accounting module, Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " "and flag **Allow multi currencies**, then click on **Apply**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:27 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:159 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:109 msgid "Exchange Rate Journal" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:29 msgid "" "The **Rate Difference Journal** records the differences between the payment " "registration and the expected amount. For example, if a payment is paid 1 " @@ -13588,36 +12153,36 @@ msgid "" "The fluctuation implies some loss or profit that are recorded by Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:35 msgid "You can change it in the settings:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:41 msgid "View or edit rate being used" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:43 msgid "" "You can manually configure the currency rates in " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Currencies`. Open the currencies you want " "to use in Odoo and edit it. Make sure the currency is active." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:50 msgid "Click on **View Rates** to edit it and to see the history :" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:55 msgid "" "Click on **Create** to add the rate. Fill in the date and the rate. Click on" " **Save** when you are done." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:62 msgid "Live Currency Rate" msgstr "Online valuta kurs" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:64 msgid "" "By default, the currencies need to be updated manually. But you can " "synchronize it with `Yahoo <https://finance.yahoo.com/currency-" @@ -13626,141 +12191,141 @@ msgid "" "Rate** section." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:69 msgid "" "Choose the interval : Manually, Daily, Weekly or Monthly. You can always " "force the update by clicking on **Update Now**. Select the provider, and you" " are set !" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:77 msgid "Only the **active** currencies are updated" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:80 msgid "Configure your charts of account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:82 msgid "" "In the accounting application, go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Charts of " "Accounts`. On each account, you can set a currency. It will force all moves " "for this account to have the account currency." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:86 msgid "" "If you leave it empty, it means that it can handle all currencies that are " "Active." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:93 msgid "Configure your journals" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:95 msgid "" "In order to register payments in other currencies, you have to remove the " "currency constraint on the journal. Go to the accounting application, Click " "on **More** on the journal and **Settings**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:102 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:40 msgid "" "Check if the currency field is empty or in the foreign currency in which you" " will register the payments. If a currency is filled in, it means that you " "can register payments only in this currency." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:110 msgid "How is Odoo's multi-currency working?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:112 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:50 msgid "" "Now that you are working in a multi-currency environment, all accountable " "items will be linked to a currency, domestic or foreign." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:116 msgid "Sales Orders and Invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:118 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:56 msgid "" "You are now able to set a different currency than the company one on your " "sale orders and on your invoices. The currency is set for the whole " "document." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:126 msgid "Purchases orders and Vendor Bills" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:128 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:66 msgid "" "You are now able to set a different currency than the company one on your " "purchase orders and on your vendor bills. The currency is set for the whole " "document." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:136 msgid "Payment Registrations" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:138 msgid "" "In the accounting application, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. " "Register the payment and set the currency." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:147 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:94 msgid "" "When creating or importing bank statements, the amount is in the company " "currency. But there are now two complementary fields, the amount that was " "actually paid and the currency in which it was paid." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:154 msgid "" "When reconciling it, Odoo will directly match the payment with the right " "Invoice. You will get the invoice price in the invoice currency and the " "amount in your company currency." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:161 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` and look for the Exchange" " difference journal entries. All the exchange rates differences are recorded" " in it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:170 msgid ":doc:`invoices_payments`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:171 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:121 msgid ":doc:`exchange`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:3 msgid "Manage invoices and payment in multiple currencies" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo provides multi-currency support with automatic currency gross or loss " "entry adjustment. There are a few things Odoo has been to ease the user's " "life." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:12 msgid "" "All the account transactions will be done using the company currency. " "However you can see two extra fields with the journal entry where secondary " @@ -13768,136 +12333,136 @@ msgid "" "force a specific currency." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:17 msgid "" "When creating an invoice, the currency can be changed very easily; however " "Odoo takes the company currency as a default assignment. It will convert all" " the amounts automatically using that currency." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:25 msgid "Enable Multi-Currency" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:27 msgid "" "For information about enabling Multi-Currency, please read the document: " ":doc:`how_it_works`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:33 msgid "" "In order to register payments in other currencies, you have to remove the " "currency constraint on the journal. Go to the accounting application, on the" " journal, click on :menuselection:`More --> Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:48 msgid "Multi-currency invoices & Vendor Bills" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:54 msgid "Invoices" msgstr "Fakturaer" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:74 msgid "Multi-currency Payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:76 msgid "" "In the accounting application, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. " "Register the payment and indicate that it was done in the foreign currency. " "Then click on **Confirm**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:92 msgid "Multi- Currency Bank Statements" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:101 msgid "" "When reconciling it, Odoo will directly match the payment with the right " "invoice. You will get the invoice price in the invoice currency and the " "amount in your company currency." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:111 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` and look for the " "**Exchange Difference** journal entries. All the exchange rates differences " "are recorded in it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:120 msgid ":doc:`how_it_works`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started.rst:3 msgid "Getting Started" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:100 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:69 msgid "Chart of Accounts" msgstr "Kontoplan" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:5 msgid "" "The **Chart of Accounts (COA)** is the list of all the accounts used to " "record financial transactions in the general ledger of an organization." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:8 msgid "" "The accounts are usually listed in the order of appearance in the financial " "reports. Most of the time, they are listed as follows :" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:11 msgid "Balance Sheet accounts" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:13 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 msgid "Assets" msgstr "Aktiver" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:14 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:77 msgid "Liabilities" msgstr "Forpligtelser" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:15 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:85 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:85 msgid "Equity" msgstr "Egenkapital" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:19 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:89 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:89 msgid "Income" msgstr "Omsætning" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:20 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:93 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:93 msgid "Expense" msgstr "Omkostning" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:22 msgid "" "When browsing your Chart of Accounts, you can filter the accounts by number," " in the left column, and also group them by Account Type." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:30 msgid "Configuration of an Account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:32 msgid "" "The country you select at the creation of your database (or additional " "company on your database) determines which **Fiscal Localization Package** " @@ -13906,138 +12471,138 @@ msgid "" "directly or set it according to your company's needs." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:38 msgid "" "It is not possible to modify the **Fiscal Localization** of a company once a" " Journal Entry has been posted." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:41 msgid "" "To create a new account, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " "--> Chart of Accounts`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:45 msgid "Code and Name" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:47 msgid "" "Each account is identified by its **Code** and **Name**, which also " "indicates the account's purpose." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:52 msgid "" "Configuring correctly the **Account Type** is critical as it serves multiple" " purposes:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:54 msgid "Information on the account's purpose and behavior" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:55 msgid "Generate country-specific legal and financial reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:56 msgid "Set the rules to close a fiscal year" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:57 msgid "Generate opening entries" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:59 msgid "" "To configure an account type, open the **Type** field's drop-down selector " "and select the right type among the following list:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 msgid "Report" msgstr "Rapport" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 msgid "Category" msgstr "Kategori" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 msgid "Account Types" msgstr "Kontotyper" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 msgid "Receivable" msgstr "Debitorer" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:67 msgid "Bank and Cash" msgstr "Bank og kasse" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:69 msgid "Current Assets" msgstr "Omsætningsaktiver" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:71 msgid "Non-current Assets" msgstr "Langfristede aktiver" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:73 msgid "Prepayments" msgstr "Plus debitor forudbetalinger" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:75 msgid "Fixed Assets" msgstr "Anlægsaktiver" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:77 msgid "Payable" msgstr "Kreditor" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:79 msgid "Credit Card" msgstr "Kreditkort" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:81 msgid "Current Liabilities" msgstr "Nuværende passiver" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:83 msgid "Non-current Liabilities" msgstr "Langfristede forpligtelser" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:87 msgid "Current Year Earnings" msgstr "Nuværende årsindtjening" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:91 msgid "Other Income" msgstr "Anden indkomst" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:95 msgid "Depreciation" msgstr "Afskrivning" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:97 msgid "Cost of Revenue" msgstr "Variable omkostninger" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 msgid "Other" msgstr "Andet" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 msgid "Off-Balance Sheet" msgstr "Ikke balanceret seddel" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:103 msgid "Assets, Deferred Expenses, and Deferred Revenues Automation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:105 msgid "" "Some Account Types display a new field **to automate** the creation of " ":ref:`Assets <assets-automation>` entries, :ref:`Deferred Expenses " @@ -14045,64 +12610,69 @@ msgid "" "<deferred-revenues-automation>` entries." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:109 msgid "You have three choices for the **Automation** field:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:238 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:177 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:177 msgid "**No:** this is the default value. Nothing happens." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:112 msgid "" "**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " "draft entry is created, but not validated. You must first fill out the " "corresponding form." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:114 msgid "" "**Create and validate:** you must also select a Model. Whenever a " "transaction is posted on the account, an entry is created and immediately " "validated." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:118 msgid "Please refer to the related documentation for more information." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:3 +msgid "Default Taxes" +msgstr "Standardmoms" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:123 msgid "" "Select a **default tax** that will be applied when this account is chosen " "for a product sale or purchase." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:127 msgid "Tags" msgstr "Tags" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:129 msgid "" "Some accounting reports require **tags** to be set on the relevant accounts." " By default, you can choose among the tags that are used by the *Cash Flow " "Statement*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:133 msgid "Account Groups" msgstr "Kontogrupper" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:135 msgid "" "**Account Groups** are useful to list multiple accounts as *sub-accounts* of" " a bigger account and thus consolidate reports such as the **Trial " "Balance**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:138 msgid "" "To create a new Account Group, open the account you want to configure as " "sub-account, click on the *Group* drop-down selector, select *Create and " @@ -14110,65 +12680,73 @@ msgid "" "the right Account Group." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:142 msgid "" "To display your **Trial Balance** report with your Account Groups, go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Trial Balance`, then open the " "*Options* menu and select **Hierarchy and Subtotals**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:151 msgid "Allow Reconciliation" msgstr "Tillad udligning" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:153 msgid "" "Some accounts, such as accounts made to record the transactions of a payment" " method, can be used for the reconciliation of journal entries." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:156 msgid "" "For example, an invoice paid with a credit card can be *marked as paid* if " "reconciled with the payment. Therefore, the account used to record credit " "card payments needs to be configured as *allowing reconciliation*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:160 msgid "To do so, check the **Allow Reconciliation** box and save." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:163 msgid "Deprecated" msgstr "Forældet" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:165 msgid "" "It is not possible to delete an account once a transaction has been recorded" " on it. You can make them unusable by using the **Deprecated** feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:168 msgid "To do so, check the **Deprecated** box and save." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:171 msgid ":doc:`../../payables/supplier_bills/assets`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:172 msgid ":doc:`../../payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:173 msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:40 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:3 msgid "Initial setup of Odoo Accounting and Odoo Invoicing" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:5 msgid "" "When you first open your Odoo Accounting app, the *Accounting Overview* page" " welcomes you with a step-by-step onboarding banner, a wizard that helps you" @@ -14176,13 +12754,13 @@ msgid "" "it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:9 msgid "" "The settings visible in the onboarding banner can still be modified later by" " going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:13 msgid "" "Odoo Accounting automatically installs the appropriate **Fiscal Localization" " Package** for your company, according to the country selected at the " @@ -14192,37 +12770,37 @@ msgid "" " information about Fiscal Localization Packages." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:20 msgid "Accounting onboarding banner" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:22 msgid "" "The step-by-step Accounting onboarding banner is composed of four steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:28 msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-company`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:29 msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-bank`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:30 msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-periods`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:31 msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-chart`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:36 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:140 msgid "Company Data" msgstr "Virksomhedsdata" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:38 msgid "" "This menu allows you to add your company’s details such as the name, " "address, logo, website, phone number, email address, and Tax ID, or VAT " @@ -14230,97 +12808,97 @@ msgid "" "invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:47 msgid "" "You can also change these settings by going to :menuselection:`Settings --> " "General Settings --> Settings --> Companies` and clicking on **Update " "Info**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:53 msgid "Bank Account" msgstr "Bankkonto" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:55 msgid "" "Connect your bank account to your database and have your bank statements " "synced automatically. To do so, find your bank in the list, click on " "*Connect*, and follow the instructions on-screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:59 msgid "" ":doc:`Click here <../../bank/feeds/bank_synchronization>` for more " "information about this feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:61 msgid "" "If your Bank Institution can’t be synchronized automatically, or if you " "prefer not to sync it with your database, you may also configure your bank " "account manually by clicking on *Create it*, and filling out the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:76 msgid "" "You can add as many bank accounts as needed with this tool by going to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration`, and clicking on *Add a Bank " "Account*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:78 msgid "" ":doc:`Click here <../../bank/setup/bank_accounts>` for more information " "about Bank Accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:84 msgid "Accounting Periods" msgstr "Regnskabsperioder" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:86 msgid "" "Define here your **Fiscal Years**’ opening and closing dates, which are used" " to generate reports automatically, and your **Tax Return Periodicity**, " "along with a reminder to never miss a tax return deadline." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:90 msgid "" "By default, the opening date is set on the 1st of January and the closing " "date on the 31st of December, as this is the most common use." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:94 msgid "" "You can also change these settings by going to :menuselection:`Accounting " "--> Configuration --> Settings --> Fiscal Periods` and updating the values." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:102 msgid "" "With this menu, you can add accounts to your **Chart of Accounts** and " "indicate their initial opening balances." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:105 msgid "" "Basic settings are displayed on this page to help you review your Chart of " "Accounts. To access all the settings of an account, click on the *double " "arrow button* at the end of the line." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:113 msgid "" ":doc:`Click here <chart_of_accounts>` for more information on how to " "configure your Chart of Accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:117 msgid "Invoicing onboarding banner" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:119 msgid "" "There is another step-by-step onboarding banner that helps you take " "advantage of your Odoo Invoicing and Accounting apps. The *Invoicing " @@ -14328,50 +12906,50 @@ msgid "" " rather than the Accounting app." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:123 msgid "" "If you have Odoo Accounting installed on your database, you can reach it by " "going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Invoices`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:126 msgid "The Invoicing onboarding banner is composed of four main steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:132 msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-company`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:133 msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-layout`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:134 msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-payment`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:135 msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-sample`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:142 msgid "" "This form is the same as :ref:`the one presented in the Accounting " "onboarding banner <accounting-setup-company>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:148 msgid "Invoice Layout" msgstr "Faktura layout" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:150 msgid "" "With this tool, you can design the appearance of your documents by selecting" " which layout tamplate, paper format, colors, font, and logo you want to " "use." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:153 msgid "" "You can also add your *Company Tagline* and the content of the documents’ " "*footer*. Note that Odoo automatically adds the company's phone number, " @@ -14380,126 +12958,126 @@ msgid "" "setup-company>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:163 msgid "" "Add your **bank account number** and a link to your **General Terms & " "Condition** in the footer. This way, your contacts can find the full content" " of your GT&C online without having to print them on the invoices you issue." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:168 msgid "" "These settings can also be modified by going to :menuselection:`Settings -->" " General Settings`, under the *Business Documents* section." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:174 msgid "Payment Method" msgstr "Betalingsmetode" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:176 msgid "" "This menu helps you configure the payment methods with which your customers " "can pay you." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:179 msgid "" "Configuring a *Payment Acquirer* with this tool also activates the *Invoice " "Online Payment* option automatically. With this, users can directly pay " "online, from their Customer Portal." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:185 msgid "Sample Invoice" msgstr "Fakturaforslag" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:187 msgid "" "Send yourself a sample invoice by email to make sure everything is correctly" " configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:190 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:135 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:146 msgid ":doc:`../../bank/setup/bank_accounts`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:191 msgid ":doc:`chart_of_accounts`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts.rst:3 msgid "Main Concepts" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:3 msgid "The Accounting behind Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:5 msgid "" "This page summarises the way Odoo deals with typical accounts and " "transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:9 msgid "Double-entry bookkeeping" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:11 msgid "" "Odoo automatically creates all the behind-the-scenes journal entries for " "each of your accounting transactions: customer invoices, point of sale " "order, expenses, inventory moves, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:15 msgid "" "Odoo uses the rules of double-entry bookkeeping system: all journal entries " "are automatically balanced (sum of debits = sum of credits)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:19 msgid "" "`Understand Odoo's accounting transactions per document " "<https://odoo.com/documentation/functional/accounting.html>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:23 msgid "Accrual and Cash Basis Methods" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:25 msgid "" "Odoo supports both accrual and cash basis reporting. This allows you to " "report income / expense at the time transactions occur (i.e., accrual " "basis), or when payment is made or received (i.e., cash basis)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:30 msgid "Multi-companies" msgstr "Multi-companies" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:32 msgid "" "Odoo allows one to manage several companies within the same database. Each " "company has its own chart of accounts and rules. You can get consolidation " "reports following your consolidation rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:36 msgid "" "Users can access several companies but always work in one company at a time." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:40 msgid "Multi-currencies" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:42 msgid "" "Every transaction is recorded in the default currency of the company. For " "transactions occurring in another currency, Odoo stores both the value in " @@ -14508,16 +13086,16 @@ msgid "" "reconciliation of the journal items." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:48 msgid "" "Currency rates are updated once a day using a yahoo.com online web-service." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:52 msgid "International Standards" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:54 msgid "" "Odoo accounting supports more than 50 countries. The Odoo core accounting " "implements accounting standards that are common to all countries. Specific " @@ -14525,86 +13103,86 @@ msgid "" "chart of accounts, taxes, or bank interfaces." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:60 msgid "In particular, Odoo's core accounting engine supports:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:62 msgid "" "Anglo-Saxon Accounting (U.S., U.K.,, and other English-speaking countries " "including Ireland, Canada, Australia, and New Zealand) where costs of good " "sold are reported when products are sold/delivered." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:66 msgid "European accounting where expenses are accounted at the supplier bill." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:69 msgid "Odoo has modules to comply with IFRS rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:72 msgid "Accounts Receivable & Payable" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:74 msgid "" "By default, Odoo uses a single account for all account receivable entries " "and one for all accounts payable entries. You can create separate accounts " "per customers/suppliers, but you don't need to." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:79 msgid "" "As transactions are associated to customers or suppliers, you get reports to" " perform analysis per customer/supplier such as the customer statement, " "revenues per customers, aged receivable/payables, ..." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:84 msgid "Wide range of financial reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:86 msgid "" "In Odoo, you can generate financial reports in real time. Odoo's reports " "range from basic accounting reports to advanced management reports. Odoo's " "reports include:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:90 msgid "Performance reports (such as Profit and Loss, Budget Variance)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:91 msgid "" "Position reports (such as Balance Sheet, Aged Payables, Aged Receivables)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:93 msgid "Cash reports (such as Bank Summary)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:94 msgid "Detail reports (such as Trial Balance and General Ledger)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:95 msgid "Management reports (such as Budgets, Executive Summary)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:97 msgid "" "Odoo's report engine allows you to customize your own report based on your " "own formulae." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:101 msgid "Import bank feeds automatically" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:103 msgid "" "Bank reconciliation is a process that matches your bank statement lines, as " "supplied by the bank, to your accounting transactions in the general ledger." @@ -14614,7 +13192,7 @@ msgid "" "banking or wait for your paper bank statements." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:111 msgid "" "Odoo speeds up bank reconciliation by matching most of your imported bank " "statement lines to your accounting transactions. Odoo also remembers how " @@ -14622,39 +13200,39 @@ msgid "" "ledger transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:117 msgid "Calculate the tax you owe your tax authority" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:119 msgid "" "Odoo totals all your accounting transactions for your tax period and uses " "these totals to calculate your tax obligation. You can then check your sales" " tax by running Odoo's Tax Report." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:124 msgid "Inventory Valuation" msgstr "Lagerværdi" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:126 msgid "" "Odoo support both periodic (manual) and perpetual (automated) inventory " "valuations. The available methods are standard price, average price, LIFO " "(for countries allowing it) and FIFO." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:131 msgid "" "`View impact of the valuation method on your transactions " "<https://odoo.com/documentation/functional/valuation.html>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:135 msgid "Easy retained earnings" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:137 msgid "" "Retained earnings are the portion of income retained by your business. Odoo " "automatically calculates your current year earnings in real time so no year-" @@ -14662,76 +13240,76 @@ msgid "" "profit and loss balance to your balance sheet report automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:7 msgid "Accounting Memento For Entrepreneurs (US GAAP)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:13 msgid "" "The **Profit and Loss** (P&L) report shows the performance of the company " "over a specific period (usually the current year)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:18 msgid "" "The **Gross Profit** equals the revenues from sales minus the cost of goods " "sold." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:23 msgid "" "**Operating Expenses** (OPEX) include administration, sales and R&D salaries" " as well as rent and utilities, miscellaneous costs, insurances, … anything " "beyond the costs of products sold." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:29 msgid "" "The **Balance Sheet** is a snapshot of the company's finances at a specific " "date (as opposed to the Profit and Loss which is an analysis over a period)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:34 msgid "" "**Assets** represent the company's wealth, things it owns. Fixed assets " "includes building and offices, current assets include bank accounts and " "cash. A client owing money is an asset. An employee is not an asset." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:40 msgid "" "**Liabilities** are obligations from past events that the company will have " "to pay in the future (utility bills, debts, unpaid suppliers)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:45 msgid "" "**Equity** is the amount of the funds contributed by the owners (founders or" " shareholders) plus previously retained earnings (or losses)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:50 msgid "Each year, net profits (or losses) are reported to retained earnings." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:56 msgid "" "What is owned (an asset) has been financed through debts to reimburse " "(liabilities) or equity (profits, capital)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:59 msgid "" "A difference is made between buying an assets (e.g. a building) and expenses" " (e.g. fuel). Assets have an intrinsic value over time, versus expenses " "having value in them being consumed for the company to \"work\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:66 msgid "Assets = Liabilities + Equity" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:71 msgid "" "The **chart of accounts** lists all the accounts, whether they are balance " "sheet accounts or P&L accounts. Every financial transaction (e.g. a payment," @@ -14739,249 +13317,261 @@ msgid "" "an other account (debit)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:78 msgid "Balance = Debit - Credit" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:84 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:83 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:90 msgid "Journal Entries" msgstr "Journalposter" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:88 msgid "" "Every financial document of the company (e.g. an invoice, a bank statement, " "a pay slip, a capital increase contract) is recorded as a journal entry, " "impacting several accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:92 msgid "" "For a journal entry to be *balanced*, the sum of all its debits must be " "equal to the sum of all its credits." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:97 msgid "examples of accounting entries for various transactions. Example:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:99 msgid "Example 1: Customer Invoice:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:99 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:119 msgid "Explanation:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:103 msgid "You generate a revenue of $1,000" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:104 msgid "You have a tax to pay of $90" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:105 msgid "The customer owes $1,090" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:124 msgid "Configuration:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:109 msgid "Income: defined on the product, or the product category" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:108 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:127 msgid "Account Receivable: defined on the customer" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:111 msgid "Tax: defined on the tax set on the invoice line" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:113 msgid "" "The fiscal position used on the invoice may have a rule that replaces the " "Income Account or the tax defined on the product by another one." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:117 msgid "Example 2: Customer Payment:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:121 msgid "Your customer owes $1,090 less" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:122 msgid "Your receive $1,090 on your bank account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:126 msgid "Bank Account: defined on the related bank journal" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:130 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 msgid "Reconciliation" msgstr "Udligning" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:134 msgid "" "Reconciliation is the process of linking journal items of a specific " "account, matching credits and debits." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:137 msgid "" "Its primary purpose is to link payments to their related invoices in order " "to mark invoices that are paid and clear the customer statement. This is " "done by doing a reconciliation on the *Accounts Receivable* account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:141 msgid "" "An invoice is marked as paid when its Accounts Receivable journal items are " "reconciled with the related payment journal items." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:144 msgid "Reconciliation is performed automatically by the system when:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:146 msgid "the payment is registered directly on the invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:147 msgid "" "the links between the payments and the invoices are detected at the bank " "matching process" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:0 msgid "Customer Statement Example" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:156 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 msgid "Accounts Receivable" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:156 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:96 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 msgid "Debit" msgstr "Debet" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:156 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:96 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 msgid "Credit" msgstr "Kredit" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:160 msgid "Invoice 1" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:104 +msgid "100" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:162 msgid "Payment 1.1" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:162 msgid "70" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:164 msgid "Invoice 2" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:162 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:168 msgid "65" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:166 msgid "Payment 1.2" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:166 msgid "30" msgstr "30" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:168 msgid "Payment 2" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:170 msgid "Invoice 3" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:168 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:174 msgid "50" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:174 msgid "Total To Pay" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:181 msgid "" "Bank reconciliation is the matching of bank statement lines (provided by " "your bank) with transactions recorded internally (payments to suppliers or " "from customers). For each line in a bank statement, it can be:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:186 msgid "matched with a previously recorded payment:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:186 msgid "" "a payment is registered when a check is received from a customer, then " "matched when checking the bank statement" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:190 msgid "recorded as a new payment:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:189 msgid "" "the payment's journal entry is created and :ref:`reconciled " "<accounting/reconciliation>` with the related invoice when processing the " "bank statement" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:193 msgid "recorded as another transaction:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:193 msgid "bank transfer, direct charge, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:195 msgid "" "Odoo should automatically reconcile most transactions, only a few of them " "should need manual review. When the bank reconciliation process is finished," @@ -14989,94 +13579,94 @@ msgid "" "balance." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:203 msgid "Checks Handling" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:205 msgid "There are two approaches to manage checks and internal wire transfer:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:207 msgid "Two journal entries and a reconciliation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:208 msgid "One journal entry and a bank reconciliation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:212 msgid "" "The first journal entry is created by registering the payment on the " "invoice. The second one is created when registering the bank statement." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:96 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 msgid "Account" msgstr "Konto" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:98 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:100 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 msgid "Account Receivable" msgstr "Debitorkonto" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 msgid "Invoice ABC" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 msgid "Undeposited funds" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 msgid "Check 0123" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:85 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:135 msgid "Bank" msgstr "Bank" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:237 msgid "" "A journal entry is created by registering the payment on the invoice. When " "reconciling the bank statement, the statement line is linked to the existing" " journal entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 msgid "Bank Statement" msgstr "Kontoudtog fra bank" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:248 msgid "Statement XYZ" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview.rst:3 msgid "Process overview" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:3 msgid "From Customer Invoice to Payments Collection" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo supports multiple invoicing and payment workflows, so you can choose " "and use the ones that match your business needs. Whether you want to accept " @@ -15085,11 +13675,11 @@ msgid "" "efficiently and accurately." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:12 msgid "From Draft Invoice to Profit and Loss" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:14 msgid "" "If we pick up at the end of a typical 'order to cash' scenario, after the " "goods have been shipped, you will: issue an invoice; receive payment; " @@ -15099,7 +13689,7 @@ msgid "" "report." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:21 msgid "" "Invoicing in most countries occurs when a contractual obligation is met. If " "you ship a box to a customer, you have met the terms of the contract and can" @@ -15109,14 +13699,14 @@ msgid "" "supports the creation of what is called a Draft Invoice by Warehouse staff." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:32 msgid "" "Draft invoices can be manually generated from other documents such as Sales " "Orders, Purchase Orders,etc. Although you can create a draft invoice " "directly if you would like." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:36 msgid "" "An invoice must be provided to the customer with the necessary information " "in order for them to pay for the goods and services ordered and delivered. " @@ -15124,144 +13714,144 @@ msgid "" " and precise manner." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:42 msgid "Draft invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:44 msgid "" "The system generates invoice which are initially set to the Draft state. " "While these invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:47 msgid "" "remain unvalidated, they have no accounting impact within the system. There " "is nothing to stop users from creating their own draft invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:50 msgid "Let's create a customer invoice with following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:52 msgid "Customer: Agrolait" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:53 msgid "Product: iMac" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:54 msgid "Quantity: 1" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:55 msgid "Unit Price: 100" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:56 msgid "Taxes: Tax 15%" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:64 msgid "The document is composed of three parts:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:66 msgid "the top of the invoice, with customer information," msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:67 msgid "the main body of the invoice, with detailed invoice lines," msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:68 msgid "the bottom of the page, with detail about the taxes, and the totals." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:71 msgid "Open or Pro-forma invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:73 msgid "" "An invoice will usually include the quantity and the price of goods and/or " "services, the date, any parties involved, the unique invoice number, and any" " tax information." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:77 msgid "" "\"Validate\" the invoice when you are ready to approve it. The invoice then " "moves from the Draft state to the Open state." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:80 msgid "" "When you have validated an invoice, Odoo gives it a unique number from a " "defined, and modifiable, sequence." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:86 msgid "" "Accounting entries corresponding to this invoice are automatically generated" " when you validate the invoice. You can see the details by clicking on the " "entry in the Journal Entry field in the \"Other Info\" tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:95 msgid "Send the invoice to customer" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:97 msgid "" "After validating the customer invoice, you can directly send it to the " "customer via the 'Send by email' functionality." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:103 msgid "" "A typical journal entry generated from a validated invoice will look like as" " follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 msgid "**Partner**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 msgid "**Due date**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 msgid "Agrolait" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 msgid "01/07/2015" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 msgid "115" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 msgid "15" msgstr "15" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:117 msgid "Payment" msgstr "Betaling" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:119 msgid "" "In Odoo, an invoice is considered to be paid when the associated accounting " "entry has been reconciled with the payment entries. If there has not been a " @@ -15269,67 +13859,67 @@ msgid "" "entered the payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:124 msgid "" "A typical journal entry generated from a payment will look like as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:136 msgid "Receive a partial payment through the bank statement" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:138 msgid "" "You can manually enter your bank statements in Odoo, or you can import them " "in from a csv file or from several other predefined formats according to " "your accounting localisation." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:142 msgid "" "Create a bank statement from the accounting dashboard with the related " "journal and enter an amount of $100 ." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:149 msgid "Reconcile" msgstr "Udlign" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:151 msgid "Now let's reconcile!" msgstr "Lad os afstemme!" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:156 msgid "" "You can now go through every transaction and reconcile them or you can mass " "reconcile with instructions at the bottom." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:158 msgid "" "After reconciling the items in the sheet, the related invoice will now " "display \"You have outstanding payments for this customer. You can reconcile" " them to pay this invoice. \"" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:168 msgid "" "Apply the payment. Below, you can see that the payment has been added to the" " invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:175 msgid "Payment Followup" msgstr "Betaling opfølgning" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:177 msgid "" "There's a growing trend of customers paying bills later and later. " "Therefore, collectors must make every effort to collect money and collect it" " faster." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:181 msgid "" "Odoo will help you define your follow-up strategy. To remind customers to " "pay their outstanding invoices, you can define different actions depending " @@ -15339,33 +13929,33 @@ msgid "" " same customer, the actions of the most overdue invoice will be executed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:189 msgid "" "By going to the customer record and diving into the \"Overdue Payments\" you" " will see the follow-up message and all overdue invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:199 msgid "Customer aging report:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:201 msgid "" "The customer aging report will be an additional key tool for the collector " "to understand the customer credit issues, and to prioritize their work." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:205 msgid "" "Use the aging report to determine which customers are overdue and begin your" " collection efforts." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:212 msgid "Profit and loss" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:214 msgid "" "The Profit and Loss statement displays your revenue and expense details. " "Ultimately, this gives you a clear image of your Net Profit and Loss. It is " @@ -15373,29 +13963,29 @@ msgid "" " and Expenses.\"" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:223 msgid "Balance sheet" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:225 msgid "" "The balance sheet summarizes your company's liabilities, assets and equity " "at a specific moment in time." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:234 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:234 msgid "" "For example, if you manage your inventory using the perpetual accounting " "method, you should expect a decrease in account \"Current Assets\" once the " "material has been shipped to the customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:15 msgid "From Vendor Bill to Payment" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:5 msgid "" "Once vendor bills are registered in Odoo, you can easily pay vendors for the" " correct amount and at the right time (not too late, not too early; " @@ -15403,18 +13993,18 @@ msgid "" "aged payable balances." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:10 msgid "" "If you want to control vendor bills received from your vendors, you can use " "the Odoo Purchase application that allows you to control and pre-complete " "them automatically based on past purchase orders." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:18 msgid "Record a new vendor bill" msgstr "Registrer en ny leverandørregning" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:20 msgid "" "When a vendor bill is received, you can record it from " ":menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendor Bills` in the Accounting application. " @@ -15422,21 +14012,21 @@ msgid "" "dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:27 msgid "" "To register a new vendor bill, start by selecting a vendor and inputting " "their invoice as the **Vendor Reference**, then add and confirm the product " "lines, making sure to have the right product quantities, taxes and prices." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:35 msgid "" "Save the invoice to update the pre tax and tax amounts at the bottom of the " "screen. You will most likely need to configure the prices of your products " "without taxes as Odoo will compute the tax for you." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:40 msgid "" "On the bottom left corner, Odoo shows a summary table of all taxes on the " "vendor bill. In several countries, different methods are accepted to round " @@ -15447,64 +14037,64 @@ msgid "" "bottom left table to adjust and match." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:48 msgid "Validate The Vendor Bill" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:50 msgid "" "Once the vendor bill is validated, a journal entry will be generated based " "on the configuration on the invoice. This journal entry may differ depending" " on the the accounting package you choose to use." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:54 msgid "" "For most European countries, the journal entry will use the following " "accounts:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:57 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:66 msgid "**Accounts Payable:** defined on the vendor form" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:59 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:68 msgid "**Taxes:** defined on the products and per line" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:61 msgid "**Expenses:** defined on the line item product used" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:63 msgid "" "For Anglo-Saxon (US) accounting, the journal entry will use the following " "accounts:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:70 msgid "**Goods Received:** defined on the product form" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:72 msgid "" "You can check your Profit & Loss or the Balance Sheet reports after having " "validated a couple of vendor bills to see the impact on your general ledger." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:77 msgid "Pay a bill" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:79 msgid "" "To create a payment for an open vendor bill directly, you can click on " "**Register a Payment** at the top of the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:82 msgid "" "From there, you select the payment method (i.e. Checking account, credit " "card, check, etc…) and the amount you wish to pay. By default, Odoo will " @@ -15514,7 +14104,7 @@ msgid "" "correctly)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:94 msgid "" "You can also register a payment to a vendor directly without applying it to " "a vendor bill. To do that, :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. Then, " @@ -15522,11 +14112,11 @@ msgid "" "directly." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:99 msgid "Printing vendor Checks" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:101 msgid "" "If you choose to pay your vendor bills by check, Odoo offers a method to do " "so directly from your vendor payments within Odoo. Whether you do so on a " @@ -15534,19 +14124,19 @@ msgid "" "checks in batches." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:106 msgid "" "If you have checks to print, Odoo's accounting dashboard acts as a to do " "list and reminds you of how many checks you have left to be printed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:112 msgid "" "By selecting the amount of checks to be printed, you can dive right into a " "list of all payments that are ready to be processed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:115 msgid "" "Select all the checks you wish to print (use the first checkbox to select " "them all) and set the action to **Print Checks**. Odoo will ask you to set " @@ -15554,16 +14144,16 @@ msgid "" "once." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:124 -#: ../../accounting/reporting.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:3 msgid "Reporting" msgstr "Rapportering" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:127 msgid "Aged payable balance" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:129 msgid "" "In order to get a list of open vendor bills and their related due dates, you" " can use the **Aged Payable** report, under the reporting menu, (in " @@ -15576,7 +14166,7 @@ msgstr "" "-> Forfaldne Kreditorer`) for at få en visning over alle dine udestående " "regninger." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:137 msgid "" "From here, you can click directly on a vendors name to open up the details " "of all outstanding bills and the amounts due, or you can annotate any line " @@ -15585,19 +14175,19 @@ msgid "" "what you see on the screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:144 msgid ":doc:`customer_invoice`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables.rst:3 msgid "Account Payables" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:3 msgid "Forecast future bills to pay" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:5 msgid "" "When you get hundreds of vendor bills per month with each of them having " "different payment terms, it could be complex to follow what you have to pay " @@ -15605,32 +14195,32 @@ msgid "" "availabilities and paying too late can lead to extra charges." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:10 msgid "" "Fortunately, Odoo provides you the right tools to manage payment orders to " "vendors efficiently." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:14 msgid "Configuration: payment terms" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:16 msgid "" "In order to track the vendor conditions, we use payment terms in Odoo. " "Payment terms allow to keep track of the conditions to compute the due date " "on an invoice. As an example, a payment term can be:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:20 msgid "50% within 30 days" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:22 msgid "50% within 45 days" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:24 msgid "" "To create your most common payment terms, use the menu: " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Management --> Payment Terms` in the " @@ -15638,7 +14228,7 @@ msgid "" " directly and the balance after 30 days." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:32 msgid "" "Once payment terms are defined, you can assign them to your vendor by " "default. Set the Vendor Payment Term field on the Accounting tab of a vendor" @@ -15646,17 +14236,17 @@ msgid "" "propose you automatically the right payment term." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:42 msgid "" "If you do not set a specific payment term on a vendor, you will still be " "able to set a specific payment term on the vendor bill." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:46 msgid "Forecast bills to pay with the Aged Payables report" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:48 msgid "" "In order to track amounts to be paid to the vendors, use the Aged Payable " "report. You can get it from the Reports menu of the Accounting application. " @@ -15665,16 +14255,16 @@ msgid "" "payment term)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:57 msgid "" "This reports tells you how much you will have to pay within the next months." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:61 msgid "Select bills to pay" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:63 msgid "" "Using the menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendor Bills`, you can get a " "list of vendor bills. Using the advanced filters, you can list all the bills" @@ -15682,22 +14272,22 @@ msgid "" "payment)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:70 msgid "" "From this screen, you can also switch to the pivot table or the graph view " "to get statistics on the amount due over the next month, using the group by " "\"Due Date\" feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay.rst:3 msgid "Vendor Payments" msgstr "Leverandørbetalinger" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:3 msgid "Pay by Checks" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:5 msgid "" "Once you decide to pay a supplier bill, you can select to pay by check. " "Then, at the end of the day, the manager can print all checks by batch. " @@ -15705,12 +14295,12 @@ msgid "" "suppliers with actual bank statements." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:14 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:33 msgid "Install the required module" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:16 msgid "" "To record supplier payments by checks, you must install the **Check " "Writing** module. This module handle the process of recording checks in " @@ -15719,18 +14309,18 @@ msgid "" "print U.S. checks." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:23 msgid "" "According to your country and the chart of account you use, those modules " "may be installed by default. (example: United States users have nothing to " "install, it's configured by default)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:28 msgid "Activate checks payment methods" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:30 msgid "" "In order to allow payments by checks, you must activate the payment method " "on related bank journals. From the accounting dashboard (the screen you get " @@ -15739,64 +14329,64 @@ msgid "" "set **Check**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:40 msgid "Compatible check stationery for printing checks" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:43 msgid "United States" msgstr "USA" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:45 msgid "For the United States, Odoo supports by default the check formats of:" msgstr "" "I forhold til De Forenede Stater, understøtter Odoo standard check " "formaterne for:" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:47 msgid "**Quickbooks & Quicken**: check on top, stubs in the middle and bottom" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:48 msgid "**Peachtree**: check in the middle, stubs on top and bottom" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:49 msgid "**ADP**: check in the bottom, and stubs on the top." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:51 msgid "" "It is also possible to customize your own check format through " "customizations." msgstr "" "Det er også muligt at tilpasse dit eget check format via tilpasninger." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:54 msgid "Pay a supplier bill with a check" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:56 msgid "Paying a supplier with a check is done in three steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:58 msgid "registering a payment you'd like to do on the bill" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:59 msgid "printing checks in batch for all registered payments" msgstr "udskrivning af checks i parti for alle registrerede betalinger " -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:60 msgid "reconcile bank statements" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:63 msgid "Register a payment by check" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:65 msgid "" "To register a payment on a bill, open any supplier bill from the menu " ":menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendor Bills`. Once the supplier bill is " @@ -15804,11 +14394,11 @@ msgid "" "**Check** and validate the payment dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:74 msgid "Print checks" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:76 msgid "" "From the accounting dashboard, on your bank account, you should see a link " "\"X checks to print\". Click on this link and you will get the list of all " @@ -15816,7 +14406,7 @@ msgid "" "in batch or review them one by one." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:81 msgid "" "If you want to review every payment one by one before printing the check, " "open on the payment and click on **Print Check** if you accept it. A dialog " @@ -15824,7 +14414,7 @@ msgid "" " number, but you can change it if it does not match your next check number." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:87 msgid "" "To print all checks in batch, select all payments from the list view and " "Print Check from the top \"print\" menu." @@ -15832,107 +14422,107 @@ msgstr "" "For at udskrive alle checks i partier, skal du vælge alle betalinger fra " "liste visningen, og Udskriv Check fra \"Udskriv\" menuen øverst." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:94 msgid "Reconcile bank statements" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:96 msgid "" "Once you process your bank statement, when the check is credited from your " "bank account, Odoo will propose you automatically to match it with the " "payment. This will mark the payment as **Reconciled**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:101 msgid "" "To review checks that have not been credited, open the list of payments and " "filter on the Sent state. Review those payments that have a date more than 2" " weeks ago." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:106 msgid "Pay anything with a check" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:108 msgid "" "You can register a payment that is not related to a supplier bill. To do so," " use the top menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. Register your " "payment and select a payment method by check." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:112 msgid "" "If you pay a specific supplier bill, put the reference of the bill in the " "**Memo** field." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:118 msgid "" "Once your payment by check is registered, don't forget to **Confirm** it. " "Once confirmed, you can use **Print Check** directly or follow the preceding" " flow to print checks in batch:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:122 msgid "`Print checks`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:123 msgid "`Reconcile bank statements`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:3 msgid "Pay several bills at once" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo provides a simple and effective way to handle several bills at once, " "with various quick or complex options. With one single process, anyone is " "able to handle bills and payment in just a few clicks." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:10 msgid "Pay multiple bills with one payment" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:13 msgid "Record several payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:15 msgid "" "In the following example, we will generate some bills. You can control the " "whole process from your accounting dashboard (first screen you get when you " "open the accounting application)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:22 msgid "" "To create a bill, open the Dashboard menu and click on **Vendor Bills**. In " "the Vendor Bills window, click on **Create**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:28 msgid "" "Choose the vendor from which you wish to purchase the product, and click on " "Add an item to add one (or more) product(s). Click on **Save** and then " "**Validate**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:33 msgid "Pay supplier bills, one after the other" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:38 msgid "" "We will now record a payment for one bill only. Open the bill, then click on" " **Register Payment**. Insert the Payment Method, Date and Amount, and click" " on **Validate**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:45 msgid "" "Once you have validated the payment, the system will automatically reconcile" " the payment with the bill, and set the bill as **Paid**. The system will " @@ -15940,129 +14530,129 @@ msgid "" "expense transaction." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:51 msgid "Pay several bills altogether" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:53 msgid "" "In order to illustrate the process thoroughly, create at least 2 more bills " "following the above standing guide. **Make sure all bills come from the same" " vendor.**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:60 msgid "" "In the Vendors Bills, select the new bills you have just created by checking" " the box next to each of them. In the Action menu located in the middle of " "the page, click on **Register Payment**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:67 msgid "" "Insert the details of the payment. The system calculated the total amount " "for both bills, but you can modify it freely. Click on **Validate**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:71 msgid "Record the payment, reconcile afterwards" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:73 msgid "" "You can also reconcile a payment with bills after the payment has been " "recorded." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:76 msgid "First, we need to create a payment" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:78 msgid "" "This will handle from :menuselection:`Dashboard --> Bank journal --> More " "Option --> Send Money`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:84 msgid "" "Creating payment order with check payment method. Selecting related Vendor " "and amount which remain to pay. After filling all details, we will confirm " "the payment order which will generate payment transaction with the system." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:92 msgid "" "As you can see, bill payment status show what is posted and what is " "remaining to reconcile." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:95 msgid "" "After receiving bank statement from the bank with payment detail, you can " "reconcile the transaction from the Dashboard. It will automatically map the " "transaction amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:103 msgid "Partial payments of several supplier bills" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:106 msgid "How to pay several supplier bills having cash discounts at once?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:108 msgid "" "You already learned how to pay bills in various way but what about partial " "payment? We are taking another example where we will do partial payment for " "various bills." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:112 msgid "" "We are creating multiple bills and partially pay them through bank " "statements." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:115 msgid "" "We are adding payment terms which allow some cash discount where vendor " "offer us early payment discount." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:121 msgid "" "We are creating the following bills with the assignment of the above payment" " term." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:127 msgid "We have created the following bills:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:132 msgid "" "We will pay the invoices by creating bank statement where we will adjust the" " cash discount our vendor provided under payment terms." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:138 msgid "" "Before reconciling this bank statement, we need to create one statement " "model for cash discount." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:144 msgid "Now we are going back to bank statement and opening reconcile view." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:69 msgid "Pay with SEPA" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:5 msgid "" "SEPA, the Single Euro Payments Area, is a payment-integration initiative of " "the European union for simplification of bank transfers denominated in EURO." @@ -16070,20 +14660,20 @@ msgid "" "transfer." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:10 msgid "" "SEPA is supported by the banks of the 28 EU member states as well as " "Iceland, Norway, Switzerland, Andorra, Monaco and San Marino." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:13 msgid "" "With Odoo, once you decide to pay a vendor, you can select to pay the bill " "with SEPA. Then, at the end of the day, the manager can generate the SEPA " "file containing all bank wire transfers and send it to the bank." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:18 msgid "" "By default,the file follows the SEPA Credit Transfer **'pain.001.001.03'** " "specifications. This is a well-defined standard that makes consensus among " @@ -16092,7 +14682,7 @@ msgid "" "**'pain.001.003.03'** for Germany." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:24 msgid "" "Once the payments are processed by your bank, you can directly import the " "account statement inside Odoo. The bank reconciliation process will " @@ -16100,24 +14690,24 @@ msgid "" "statements." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:35 msgid "" "To pay suppliers with SEPA, you must install the **SEPA Credit Transfer** " "module. This module handle the process of generating SEPA files based on " "Odoo payments." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:40 msgid "" "According to your country and the chart of account you use, this module may " "be installed by default." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:44 msgid "Activate SEPA payment methods on banks" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:46 msgid "" "In order to allow payments by SEPA, you must activate the payment method on " "related bank journals. From the accounting dashboard (the screen you get " @@ -16125,20 +14715,20 @@ msgid "" "account and select the \"Settings\" option." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:51 msgid "" "To activate SEPA, click the **Advanced Settings** tab and, in the **Payment " "Methods** part of the **Miscellaneous** section, check the box **Sepa Credit" " Transfer**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:55 msgid "" "Make sure to specify the IBAN account number (domestic account number won't " "work with SEPA) and the BIC (bank identifier code) on your bank journal." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:60 msgid "" "By default, the payments you send using SEPA will use your company name as " "initiating party name. This is what appears on the recipient's bank " @@ -16146,38 +14736,38 @@ msgid "" "company settings, in the tab **Configuration**, under the **SEPA** section." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:72 msgid "Register your payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:74 msgid "" "You can register a payment that is not related to a supplier bill. To do so," " use the top menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. Register your " "payment and select a payment method by Sepa Credit Transfer." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:78 msgid "" "If it's the first time you pay this vendor, you will have to fill in the " "Recipient Bank Account field with, at least, the bank name, IBAN and BIC " "(Bank Identifier Code). Odoo will automatically verify the IBAN format." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:82 msgid "" "For future payments to this vendor, Odoo will propose you automatically the " "bank accounts but you will be able to select another one or create a new " "one." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:86 msgid "" "If you pay a specific supplier bill, put the reference of the bill in the " "**memo** field." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:92 msgid "" "Once your payment is registered, don't forget to Confirm it. You can also " "pay vendor bills from the bill directly using the Register Payment button on" @@ -16185,17 +14775,17 @@ msgid "" "linked to the bill and will be automatically reconciled to it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:98 msgid "Generate SEPA files" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:100 msgid "" "From your accounting dashboard, you should see if there are SEPA files to " "generate for every bank account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:106 msgid "" "Click on the link to check all the payments that are ready to transfer via " "SEPA. Then, select all the payments you want to send (or check the top box " @@ -16203,15 +14793,15 @@ msgid "" "Download SEPA Payments`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:115 msgid "Troubleshooting" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:118 msgid "The bank refuses my SEPA file" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:120 msgid "" "Ask your bank if they support the **SEPA Credit Transfer specification** " "(the SEPA pain version depends on the country set on your company). If they " @@ -16219,27 +14809,27 @@ msgid "" "message to your Odoo partner." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:126 msgid "There is no Bank Identifier Code recorded for bank account ..." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:128 msgid "" "In order to send a SEPA payment, the recipient must be identified by a valid" " IBAN and BIC. If this message appear, you probably encoded an IBAN account " "for the partner you are paying but forgot to fill in the BIC field." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:134 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:125 msgid ":doc:`check`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:3 msgid "Non-current Assets and Fixed Assets" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:5 msgid "" "**Non-current Assets**, also known as **long-term assets**, are investments " "that are expected to be realized after one year. They are capitalized rather" @@ -16247,14 +14837,14 @@ msgid "" " their nature, they may undergo **depreciation**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:9 msgid "" "**Fixed Assets** are a type of Non-current Assets and include the properties" " bought for their productive aspects, such as buildings, vehicles, " "equipment, land, and software." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:12 msgid "" "For example, let's say we buy a car for $ 27,000. We plan to amortize it " "over five years, and we will sell it for $ 7,000 afterward. Using the " @@ -16264,144 +14854,144 @@ msgid "" " us with $ 7,000 of **Not Depreciable Value**, or Salvage value." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:18 msgid "" "Odoo Accounting handles depreciation by creating all depreciation entries " "automatically in *draft mode*. They are then posted periodically." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:21 msgid "Odoo supports the following **Depreciation Methods**:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:23 -msgid "Linear" -msgstr "Lineær" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:23 +msgid "Straight Line" +msgstr "Lige Linje" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:24 -msgid "Degressive" -msgstr "Aftagende" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:24 +msgid "Declining" +msgstr "Nedadgående" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:25 -msgid "Accelerated Degressive" -msgstr "Accelereret degressiv" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:25 +msgid "Declining Then Straight Line" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:28 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:25 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:24 msgid "" "The server checks once a day if an entry must be posted. It might then take " "up to 24 hours before you see a change from *draft* to *posted*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:32 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:29 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:28 -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:19 msgid "Prerequisites" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:34 msgid "" "Such transactions must be posted on an **Assets Account** rather than on the" " default expense account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:38 msgid "Configure an Assets Account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:40 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:37 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:36 msgid "" "To configure your account in the **Chart of Accounts**, go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Chart of Accounts`, click " "on *Create*, and fill out the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:48 msgid "" "This account's type must be either *Fixed Assets* or *Non-current Assets*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:51 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:48 msgid "Post an expense to the right account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:51 msgid "Select the account on a draft bill" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:56 msgid "" "On a draft bill, select the right account for all the assets you are buying." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:65 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:61 msgid "Choose a different Expense Account for specific products" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:67 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:63 msgid "" "Start editing the product, go to the *Accounting* tab, select the right " "**Expense Account**, and save." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:75 msgid "" "It is possible to :ref:`automate the creation of assets entries <assets-" "automation>` for these products." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:75 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:74 msgid "Change the account of a posted journal item" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:83 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:77 msgid "" "To do so, open your Purchases Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting" " --> Accounting --> Purchases`, select the journal item you want to modify, " "click on the account, and select the right one." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:92 msgid "Assets entries" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:97 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:89 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:88 msgid "Create a new entry" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:99 msgid "" "An **Asset entry** automatically generates all journal entries in *draft " "mode*. They are then posted one by one at the right time." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:102 msgid "" "To create a new entry, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " "Assets`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:105 msgid "" "Click on **select related purchases** to link an existing journal item to " "this new entry. Some fields are then automatically filled out, and the " "journal item is now listed under the **Related Purchase** tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:113 msgid "" "Once done, you can click on *Compute Depreciation* (next to the *Confirm* " "button) to generate all the values of the **Depreciation Board**. This board" @@ -16409,19 +14999,19 @@ msgid "" " at which date." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:122 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:114 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:113 msgid "What does \"Prorata Temporis\" mean?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:124 msgid "" "The **Prorata Temporis** feature is useful to depreciate your assets the " "most accurately possible." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:126 msgid "" "With this feature, the first entry on the Depreciation Board is computed " "based on the time left between the *Prorata Date* and the *First " @@ -16429,50 +15019,53 @@ msgid "" "depreciations." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:130 msgid "" "For example, the Depreciation Board above has its first depreciation with an" " amount of $ 241.10 rather than $ 4,000.00. Consequently, the last entry is " "also lower and has an amount of $ 3758.90." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:134 msgid "What are the different Depreciation Methods" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:136 msgid "" -"The **Linear Depreciation Method** divides the initial Depreciable Value by " -"the number of depreciations planned. All depreciation entries have the same " -"amount." +"The **Straight Line Depreciation Method** divides the initial Depreciable " +"Value by the number of depreciations planned. All depreciation entries have " +"the same amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:139 msgid "" -"The **Degressive Depreciation Method** multiplies the Depreciable Value by " -"the **Degressive Factor** for each entry. Each depreciation entry has a " -"lower amount than the previous entry." +"The **Declining Depreciation Method** multiplies the Depreciable Value by " +"the **Declining Factor** for each entry. Each depreciation entry has a lower" +" amount than the previous entry. The last depreciation entry doesn't use the" +" declining factor but instead has an amount corresponding to the balance of " +"the depreciable value so that it reaches $0 by the end of the specified " +"duration." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:144 msgid "" -"The **Accelerated Degressive Depreciation Method** uses the Degressive " -"Method, but with a minimum Depreciation equal to the Linear Method. This " -"method ensures a fast depreciation at the beginning, followed by a constant " -"one afterward." +"The **Declining Then Straight Line Depreciation Method** uses the Declining " +"Method, but with a minimum Depreciation equal to the Straight Line Method. " +"This method ensures a fast depreciation at the beginning, followed by a " +"constant one afterward." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:149 msgid "Assets from the Purchases Journal" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:151 msgid "" "You can create an asset entry from a specific journal item in your " "**Purchases Journal**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:153 msgid "" "To do so, open your Purchases Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting" " --> Accounting --> Purchases`, and select the journal item you want to " @@ -16480,36 +15073,36 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`journal-assets-account`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:157 msgid "" "Then, click on *Action*, select **Create Asset**, and fill out the form the " "same way you would do to :ref:`create a new entry <create-assets-entry>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:165 msgid "Modification of an Asset" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:167 msgid "" "You can modify the values of an asset to increase or decrease its value." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:169 msgid "" "To do so, open the asset you want to modify, and click on *Modify " "Depreciation*. Then, fill out the form with the new depreciation values and " "click on *Modify*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:172 msgid "" "A **decrease in value** posts a new Journal Entry for the **Value Decrease**" " and modifies all the future *unposted* Journal Entries listed in the " "Depreciation Board." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:175 msgid "" "An **increase in value** requires you to fill out additional fields related " "to the account movements and creates a new Asset entry with the **Value " @@ -16517,23 +15110,23 @@ msgid "" "Button." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:184 msgid "Disposal of Fixed Assets" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:186 msgid "" "To **sell** an asset or **dispose** of it implies that it must be removed " "from the Balance Sheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:188 msgid "" "To do so, open the asset you want to dispose of, click on *Sell or Dispose*," " and fill out the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:194 msgid "" "Odoo Accounting then generates all the journal entries necessary to dispose " "of the asset, including the gain or loss on sale, which is based on the " @@ -16541,103 +15134,103 @@ msgid "" "amount it is sold for." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:199 msgid "" "To record the sale of an asset, you must first post the related Customer " "Invoice so you can link the sale of the asset with it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:203 msgid "Assets Models" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:205 msgid "" "You can create **Assets Models** to create your Asset entries faster. It is " "particularly useful if you recurrently buy the same kind of assets." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:208 msgid "" "To create a model, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " "Assets Models`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form the same way you " "would do to create a new entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:212 msgid "" "You can also convert a *confirmed Asset entry* into a model by opening it " "from :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Assets` and then, by " "clicking on the button *Save Model*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:217 msgid "Apply an Asset Model to a new entry" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:219 msgid "" "When you create a new Asset entry, fill out the **Fixed Asset Account** " "with the right asset account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:220 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:160 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:160 msgid "" "New buttons with all the models linked to that account appear at the top of " "the form. Clicking on a model button fills out the form according to that " "model." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:230 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:232 msgid "Automate the Assets" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:234 msgid "" "When you create or edit an account of which the type is either *Non-current " "Assets* or *Fixed Assets*, you can configure it to create assets for the " "expenses that are credited on it automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:238 msgid "You have three choices for the **Automate Assets** field:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:241 msgid "" "**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " "draft *Assets entry* is created, but not validated. You must first fill out " "the form in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Assets`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:244 msgid "" "**Create and validate:** you must also select an Asset Model (see: `Assets " "Models`_). Whenever a transaction is posted on the account, an *Assets " "entry* is created and immediately validated." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:250 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:252 msgid "" "You can, for example, select this account as the default **Expense Account**" " of a product to fully automate its purchase. (see: :ref:`product-assets-" "account`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:3 msgid "Deferred Expenses and Prepayments" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:5 msgid "" "**Deferred expenses** and **prepayments** (also known as **prepaid " "expense**), are both costs that have already occurred for unconsumed " "products or services yet to receive." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:8 msgid "" "Such costs are **assets** for the company that pays them since it already " "paid for products and services still to receive or that are yet to be used. " @@ -16646,14 +15239,14 @@ msgid "" "the future." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:13 msgid "" "These future expenses must be deferred on the company's balance sheet until " "the moment in time they can be **recognized**, at once or over a defined " "period, on the Profit and Loss statement." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:16 msgid "" "For example, let's say we pay $ 1200 at once for one year of insurance. We " "already pay the cost now but haven't used the service yet. Therefore, we " @@ -16662,44 +15255,44 @@ msgid "" "recognized as an expense." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:21 msgid "" "Odoo Accounting handles deferred expenses and prepayments by spreading them " "in multiple entries that are automatically created in *draft mode* and then " "posted periodically." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:31 msgid "" "Such transactions must be posted on a **Deferred Expense Account** rather " "than on the default expense account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:35 msgid "Configure a Deferred Expense Account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:45 msgid "This account's type must be either *Current Assets* or *Prepayments*" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:53 msgid "" "On a draft bill, select the right account for all the products of which the " "expenses must be deferred." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:71 msgid "" "It is possible to automate the creation of expense entries for these " "products (see: `Automate the Deferred Expenses`_)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:86 msgid "Deferred Expenses entries" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:91 msgid "" "A **Deferred Expense entry** automatically generates all journal entries in " "*draft mode*. They are then posted one by one at the right time until the " @@ -16709,20 +15302,20 @@ msgstr "" "*kladdetilstand*. De bogføres derefter en efter en på det rigtige tidspunkt," " indtil det fulde beløb for udgiften er indregnet. " -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:94 msgid "" "To create a new entry, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " "Deferred Expense`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:97 msgid "" "Click on **select related purchases** to link an existing journal item to " "this new entry. Some fields are then automatically filled out, and the " "journal item is now listed under the **Related Expenses** tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:105 msgid "" "Once done, you can click on *Compute Deferral* (next to the *Confirm* " "button) to generate all the values of the **Expense Board**. This board " @@ -16730,37 +15323,37 @@ msgid "" " at which date." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:116 msgid "" "The **Prorata Temporis** feature is useful to recognize your expense the " "most accurately possible." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:118 msgid "" "With this feature, the first entry on the Expense Board is computed based on" " the time left between the *Prorata Date* and the *First Recognition Date* " "rather than the default amount of time between recognitions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:122 msgid "" "For example, the Expense Board above has its first expense with an amount of" " $ 70.97 rather than $ 100.00. Consequently, the last entry is also lower " "and has an amount of $ 29.03." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:126 msgid "Deferred Entry from the Purchases Journal" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:128 msgid "" "You can create a deferred entry from a specific journal item in your " "**Purchases Journal**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:130 msgid "" "To do so, open your Purchases Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting" " --> Accounting --> Purchases`, and select the journal item you want to " @@ -16768,63 +15361,63 @@ msgid "" "account of a posted journal item`_)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:134 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:134 msgid "" "Then, click on *Action*, select **Create Deferred Entry**, and fill out the " "form the same way you would do to `create a new entry`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:142 msgid "Deferred Expense Models" msgstr "Udskudte udgifter modeller" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:144 msgid "" "You can create **Deferred Expense Models** to create your Deferred Expense " "entries faster." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:146 msgid "" "To create a model, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " "Deferred Expense Models`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form the same " "way you would do to create a new entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:150 msgid "" "You can also convert a *confirmed Deferred Expense entry* into a model by " "opening it from :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Deferred " "Expenses` and then, by clicking on the button *Save Model*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:155 msgid "Apply a Deferred Expense Model to a new entry" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:157 msgid "" "When you create a new Deferred Expense entry, fill out the **Deferred " "Expense Account** with the right recognition account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:170 msgid "Automate the Deferred Expenses" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:172 msgid "" "When you create or edit an account of which the type is either *Current " "Assets* or *Prepayments*, you can configure it to defer the expenses that " "are credited on it automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:175 msgid "You have three choices for the **Automate Deferred Expense** field:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:178 msgid "" "**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " "draft *Deferred Expenses entry* is created, but not validated. You must " @@ -16832,31 +15425,31 @@ msgid "" "Deferred Expenses`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:181 msgid "" "**Create and validate:** you must also select a Deferred Expense Model (see:" " `Deferred Expense Models`_). Whenever a transaction is posted on the " "account, a *Deferred Expenses entry* is created and immediately validated." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:190 msgid "" "You can, for example, select this account as the default **Expense Account**" " of a product to fully automate its purchase. (see: `Choose a different " "Expense Account for specific products`_)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:3 msgid "Manage vendor Bills" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:5 msgid "" "The **Purchase** application allows you to manage your purchase orders, " "incoming products, and vendor bills all seamlessly in one place." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:8 msgid "" "If you want to set up a vendor bill control process, the first thing you " "need to do is to have purchase data in Odoo. Knowing what has been purchased" @@ -16864,76 +15457,76 @@ msgid "" "management processes." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:13 msgid "Here is the standard work flow in Odoo:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:15 msgid "" "You begin with a **Request for Quotation (RFQ)** to send out to your " "vendor(s)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:18 msgid "" "Once the vendor has accepted the RFQ, confirm the RFQ into a **Purchase " "Order (PO)**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:21 msgid "" "Confirming the PO generates an **Incoming Shipment** if you purchased any " "stockable products." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:24 msgid "" "Upon receiving a **Vendor Bill** from your Vendor, validate the bill with " "products received in the previous step to ensure accuracy." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:27 msgid "" "This process may be done by three different people within the company, or " "only one." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:34 msgid "Installing the Purchase and Inventory applications" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:36 msgid "" "From the **Apps** application, search for the **Purchase** module and " "install it. Due to certain dependencies, installing Purchase will " "automatically install the **Inventory** and **Accounting** applications." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:41 msgid "Creating products" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:43 msgid "" "Creating products in Odoo is essential for quick and efficient purchasing " "within Odoo. Simply navigate to the Products submenu under Purchase and " "click create." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:50 msgid "" "When creating the product, pay attention to the **Product Type** field, " "since it is important:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:53 msgid "" "Products that are set as **Stockable or Consumable** will allow you to keep " "track of their inventory levels. These options imply stock management and " "will allow for receiving these kinds of products." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:58 msgid "" "Conversely, products that are set as a **Service or Digital Product** will " "not imply stock management, simply due to the fact that there is no " @@ -16941,7 +15534,7 @@ msgid "" "of these designations." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:64 msgid "" "It is recommended that you create a **Miscellaneous** product for all " "purchases that occur infrequently and do not require inventory valuation or " @@ -16949,15 +15542,15 @@ msgid "" "product type to **Service**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:69 msgid "Managing your Vendor Bills" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:72 msgid "Purchasing products or services" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:74 msgid "" "From the purchase application, you can create a purchase order with as many " "products as you need. If the vendor sends you a confirmation or quotation " @@ -16967,17 +15560,17 @@ msgid "" "Reference)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:84 msgid "" "Validate the purchase order and receive the products from the Inventory " "application." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:88 msgid "Receiving Products" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:90 msgid "" "If you purchased any stockable products that you manage the inventory of, " "you will need to receive the products from the Inventory application after " @@ -16986,13 +15579,13 @@ msgid "" "is outlined in red below:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:99 msgid "" "Navigating this route will take you to a list of all orders waiting to be " "received." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:105 msgid "" "If you have a lot of awaiting orders, apply a filter using the search bar in" " the upper right. With this search bar, you may filter based on the vendor " @@ -17002,22 +15595,22 @@ msgid "" "following screen where you then will receive the products." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:116 msgid "Purchasing service products does not trigger a delivery order." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:119 msgid "Managing Vendor Bills" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:121 msgid "" "When you receive a vendor bill for a previous purchase, be sure to record it" " in the Purchases application under the **Control Menu**. You need to create" " a new vendor bill even if you already registered a purchase order." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:129 msgid "" "The first thing you will need to do upon creating a vendor bill is to select" " the appropriate vendor, since doing so will also pull up any associated " @@ -17030,28 +15623,28 @@ msgid "" "reference number or your internal purchase order number." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:143 msgid "" "While the invoice is in a draft state, you can make any modifications you " "need (i.e. remove or add product lines, modify quantities, and change " "prices)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:148 msgid "Your vendor may send you several bills for the same Purchase Order if:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:150 msgid "" "Your vendor is in back-order and is sending you invoices as they ship the " "products." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:151 msgid "Your vendor is sending you a partial bill or asking for a deposit." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:153 msgid "" "Every time you record a new vendor bill, Odoo will automatically populate " "the product quantities based on what has been received from the vendor. If " @@ -17061,76 +15654,76 @@ msgid "" " validate the Vendor Bill, you may override this zero quantity." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:162 msgid "Vendor Bill Matching" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:165 msgid "What to do if your vendor bill does not match what you received" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:167 msgid "" "If the bill you receive from the vendor has quantities that do not match the" " quantities automatically populated by Odoo, this could be due to several " "reasons:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:171 msgid "" "The vendor is incorrectly charging you for products and/or services that you" " have not ordered." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:174 msgid "" "The vendor is billing you for products that you might not have received yet," " as the invoicing control may be based on ordered or received quantities." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:178 msgid "The vendor did not bill you for previously purchased products." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:180 msgid "" "In these instances it is recommended that you verify that the bill, and any " "associated purchase order to the vendor, are accurate and that you " "understand what you have ordered and what you have already received." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:184 msgid "" "If you are unable to find a purchase order related to a vendor bill, this " "could be due to one of a few reasons:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:187 msgid "" "The vendor has already invoiced you for this purchase order; therefore it is" " not going to appear anywhere in the selection." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:190 msgid "" "Someone in the company forgot to record a purchase order for this vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:193 msgid "The vendor is charging you for something you did not order." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:198 msgid "How product quantities are managed" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:200 msgid "" "By default, services are managed based on ordered quantities, while " "stockables and consumables are managed based on received quantities." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:203 msgid "" "If you need to manage products based on ordered quantities over received " "quantities, you will need to belong to the group **Purchase Manager**. Ask " @@ -17140,25 +15733,25 @@ msgid "" "field appear, labeled **Control Purchase Bills**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:213 msgid "" "You can then change the default management method for the selected product " "to be based on either:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:216 msgid "Ordered quantities" msgstr "Bestilt antal" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:218 msgid "or Received quantities" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:221 msgid "Batch Billing" msgstr "Parti Fakturering" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:223 msgid "" "When creating a vendor bill and selecting the appropriate purchase order, " "you may continue to select additional purchase orders. Odoo will add the " @@ -17167,32 +15760,32 @@ msgid "" " be linked to all the appropriate purchase orders." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:3 msgid "Digitize Vendor Bills with Optical Character Recognition (OCR)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:5 msgid "" "Encoding bills manually can be a time-consuming task. Having a solution that" " allows you to digitize them and automatically import the data to your " "database reduces errors and saves you time." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:9 msgid "Set up the feature" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:11 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Bill Digitalization`, and " "choose whether the bills should be processed automatically or manually." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:19 msgid "Start digitizing your bills" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:21 msgid "" "Scan your bills and then go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> " "Bills` and upload your document. Based on your configuration, it either " @@ -17200,69 +15793,69 @@ msgid "" "Digitalization* to do it manually." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:26 msgid "" "You can also create a vendor bill through the *Documents* app or by using an" " email alias on your journals." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:29 msgid "" "Once the data is extracted from the PDF, you can correct it if necessary by " "clicking on the respective tag (available in *Edit* mode), and selecting the" " right information instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:38 msgid "" "The more bills you scan, the better the system gets at identifying the " "correct data." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:41 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:34 msgid "Pricing" msgstr "Priser" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:44 msgid "" "The *Bill Digitalization* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service which " "requires prepaid credits to work. Digitalizing one document consumes one " "credit." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:47 msgid "" "To buy credits, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " "Settings --> Bill Digitalization` and click on *Buy credits*, or go to " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Odoo IAP` and click on *View My Services*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:50 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:43 msgid "" "If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you " "benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:52 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:45 msgid "" "Click `here <https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#header_4>`_ to know about our " "*Privacy Policy*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:3 msgid "Purchase Receipts" msgstr "Køb uden varenummer" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:5 msgid "" "**Purchase Receipts** are not invoices but rather confirmations of received " "payments, such as a ticket or a receipt." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:8 msgid "" "This feature is meant to be used when you pay directly with your company's " "money for an expense. **Vendor Bills**, on the other hand, are recorded when" @@ -17274,68 +15867,68 @@ msgstr "" "optegnes når en faktura udstedes til dig og mængden først krediteres på en " "gældskonto før en senere betalingsafstemning. " -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:13 msgid "" "Expenses paid by employees can be managed with **Odoo Expenses**, an app " "dedicated to the approval of such expenses and the payments management. " -"Click :doc:`here <../../../expense/expense>` for more information on how to " -"use Odoo Expenses." +"Click :doc:`here </applications/finance/expense/expense>` for more " +"information on how to use Odoo Expenses." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:18 msgid "Register a receipt" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:20 msgid "" "To record a new receipt, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> " "Receipts`, click on *Create*, fill out the form, and click on *Post*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:27 msgid "" "You can register the payment by clicking on *Register Payment*, then filling" " out the payment's details, and clicking on *Validate*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:31 msgid "Edit the Journal Entry before posting it" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:33 msgid "" "Once you have filled out the *Invoice Lines* tab, you can modify the " "**Journal Entry** before you post it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:36 msgid "" "To do so, click on the **Journal Items** tab, change the accounts and values" " according to your needs, and click on *Post*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:44 msgid ":doc:`manage`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:45 -msgid ":doc:`../../../expense/expense`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:45 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/expense/expense`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables.rst:3 msgid "Account Receivables" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:99 msgid "Customer Invoices" msgstr "Kundefakturaer" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:3 msgid "Offer cash discounts" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:5 msgid "" "Cash discounts are incentives you can offer to customers to motivate them to" " pay within a specific time frame. For instance, you offer a 2% discount if " @@ -17344,11 +15937,11 @@ msgid "" "period." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:12 msgid "Set up a cash discount" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:14 msgid "" "To set up a cash discount, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Management --> Payment Terms` and click on *Create*. Add a" @@ -17357,11 +15950,11 @@ msgid "" "valid. You can also change the default balance term if needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:25 msgid "Start offering the cash discount" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:27 msgid "" "Now, you can create a customer invoice and select the cash discount payment " "term you added. Once the invoice is validated, Odoo will automatically split" @@ -17370,11 +15963,11 @@ msgid "" "calculated, your payment controls will be simplified." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:37 msgid "Grant the cash discount" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:39 msgid "" "The customer fulfilled the payment terms and therefore benefits from the " "cash discount. When you process the bank statement, match the payment with " @@ -17382,7 +15975,7 @@ msgid "" "click on *Create Write-off* to reconcile it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:48 msgid "" "You can also create a dedicated reconciliation model to make the process " "easier. In this case, you should add a tax to the model based on the taxes " @@ -17392,119 +15985,119 @@ msgid "" " default." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:56 msgid "Register the full payment" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:58 msgid "" "In this case, the customer has not fulfilled the payment term and cannot " "benefit from the cash discount. When you process the bank statement, match " "the payment with the two related journal entries." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:67 msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:3 msgid "Cash Rounding" msgstr "Kontantafrunding" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:4 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:5 msgid "" "**Cash rounding** is required when the lowest physical denomination of " "currency, or the smallest coin, is higher than the minimum unit of account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:9 msgid "" "For example, some countries require their companies to round up or down the " "total amount of an invoice to the nearest five cents, when the payment is " "made in cash." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:16 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " "*Cash Rounding*, then click on *Save*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:22 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Cash Roundings`, and " "click on *Create*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:25 msgid "" "Define here your *Rounding Precision*, *Rounding Strategy*, and *Rounding " "Method*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:28 msgid "Odoo supports two **rounding strategies**:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:30 msgid "" "**Add a rounding line**: a *rounding* line is added on the invoice. You have" " to define which account records the cash roundings." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:33 msgid "**Modify tax amount**: the rounding is applied in the taxes section." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:36 msgid "Apply roundings" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:38 msgid "" "When editing a draft invoice, open the *Other Info* tab, go to the " "*Accounting Information* section, and select the appropriate *Cash Rounding " "Method*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:3 msgid "Credit Notes and Refunds" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:4 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:4 msgid "" "A **credit note**, or **credit memo**, is a document issued to a customer " "that notifies them that they have been credited a certain amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:11 msgid "There are several reasons that can lead to a credit note, such as:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:9 msgid "a mistake in the invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:10 msgid "a return of the goods, or a rejection of the services" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:11 msgid "the goods delivered are damaged" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:14 msgid "" "Issuing a credit note is the only legal way to cancel, refund or modify a " "validated invoice. Don’t forget to *register the payment* afterward if you " "need to send money back to your customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:20 msgid "Issue a Credit Note" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:21 msgid "" "You can create a credit note from scratch by going to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Credit Notes`, and by clicking " @@ -17512,94 +16105,94 @@ msgid "" "Invoice’s form." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:26 msgid "" "However, most of the time, credit notes are generated directly from the " "invoices they are related to." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:29 msgid "To do so, open the *Customer Invoice*, and click on *Add Credit Note*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:37 msgid "You can choose between three options:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:35 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:44 msgid "Partial Refund" msgstr "Delvis refundering" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:36 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:55 msgid "Full Refund" msgstr "Fuld refundering" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:37 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:66 msgid "Full refund and new draft invoice" msgstr "Fuld refundering og ny faktura kladde" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:40 msgid "" "Credit Notes’ numbers start with “R” and are followed by the number of the " "document they are related to (e.g., RINV/2019/0004)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:45 msgid "" "Odoo creates a draft credit note already prefilled with all the necessary " "information from the original invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:48 msgid "" "This is the option to choose to do a partial refund, or if you want to " "modify any detail on the credit note." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:52 msgid "" "This is the only option available for invoices that are already marked as " "*Paid*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:56 msgid "" "Odoo creates a credit note, automatically validates it, and reconciles the " "original invoice with it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:62 msgid "" "This is the option to choose to do a full refund or cancel a validated " "invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:67 msgid "" "Odoo creates a credit note, automatically validates it, reconciles the " "original invoice with it, and open a new draft invoice prefilled with the " "same details from the original invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:71 msgid "" "This is the option to choose to modify the content of a validated invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:74 msgid "Record a Vendor Refund" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:75 msgid "" "**Vendor Refunds** are recorded the same way you would do with invoices’ " "credit notes:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:77 msgid "" "You can either create a credit note from scratch by going to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> Refund`, and by clicking on " @@ -17607,33 +16200,33 @@ msgid "" "Credit Note*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:84 msgid "" "Issuing a credit note from an invoice creates a **reverse entry** that " "zeroes out the journal items generated by the original invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:87 msgid "Here is an example of an invoice’s journal entry:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:92 msgid "" "And here is the credit note’s journal entry generated to reverse the " "original invoice above:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:3 msgid "Deferred Revenues" msgstr "Udskudt omsætning" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:5 msgid "" "**Deferred revenues**, or **unearned revenue**, are payments made in advance" " by customers for products yet to deliver or services yet to render." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:8 msgid "" "Such payments are a **liability** for the company that receives them since " "it still owes its customers these products or services. The company cannot " @@ -17641,14 +16234,14 @@ msgid "" "Statement*, since the payments will be effectively earned in the future." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:12 msgid "" "These future revenues must be deferred on the company's balance sheet until " "the moment in time they can be **recognized**, at once or over a defined " "period, on the Profit and Loss statement." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:15 msgid "" "For example, let's say we sell a five-year extended warranty for $ 350. We " "already receive the money now but haven't earned it yet. Therefore, we post " @@ -17657,91 +16250,91 @@ msgid "" "revenue." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:20 msgid "" "Odoo Accounting handles deferred revenues by spreading them in multiple " "entries that are automatically created in *draft mode* and then posted " "periodically." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:30 msgid "" "Such transactions must be posted on a **Deferred Revenue Account** rather " "than on the default income account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:34 msgid "Configure a Deferred Revenue Account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:44 msgid "" "This account's type must be either *Current Liabilities* or *Non-current " "Liabilities*" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:47 msgid "Post an income to the right account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:50 msgid "Select the account on a draft invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:52 msgid "" "On a draft invoice, select the right account for all the products of which " "the incomes must be deferred." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:60 msgid "Choose a different Income Account for specific products" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:62 msgid "" "Start editing the product, go to the *Accounting* tab, select the right " "**Income Account**, and save." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:70 msgid "" "It is possible to automate the creation of revenue entries for these " "products (see: `Automate the Deferred Revenues`_)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:76 msgid "" "To do so, open your Sales Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting -->" " Accounting --> Sales`, select the journal item you want to modify, click on" " the account, and select the right one." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:85 msgid "Deferred Revenues entries" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:90 msgid "" "A **Deferred Revenues entry** automatically generates all journal entries in" " *draft mode*. They are then posted one by one at the right time until the " "full amount of the income is recognized." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:93 msgid "" "To create a new entry, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " "Deferred Revenues`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:96 msgid "" "Click on **select related purchases** to link an existing journal item to " "this new entry. Some fields are then automatically filled out, and the " "journal item is now listed under the **Related Sales** tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:104 msgid "" "Once done, you can click on *Compute Revenue* (next to the *Confirm* button)" " to generate all the values of the **Revenue Board**. This board shows you " @@ -17749,37 +16342,37 @@ msgid "" "date." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:115 msgid "" "The **Prorata Temporis** feature is useful to recognize your revenue the " "most accurately possible." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:117 msgid "" "With this feature, the first entry on the Revenue Board is computed based on" " the time left between the *Prorata Date* and the *First Recognition Date* " "rather than the default amount of time between recognitions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:121 msgid "" "For example, the Revenue Board above has its first revenue with an amount of" " $ 4.22 rather than $ 70.00. Consequently, the last entry is also lower and " "has an amount of $ 65.78." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:125 msgid "Deferred Entry from the Sales Journal" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:127 msgid "" "You can create a deferred entry from a specific journal item in your **Sales" " Journal**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:129 msgid "" "To do so, open your Sales Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting -->" " Accounting --> Sales`, and select the journal item you want to defer. Make " @@ -17787,56 +16380,56 @@ msgid "" "posted journal item`_)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:142 msgid "Deferred Revenue Models" msgstr "Udskudt omsætning modeller" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:144 msgid "" "You can create **Deferred Revenue Models** to create your Deferred Revenue " "entries faster." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:146 msgid "" "To create a model, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " "Deferred Revenue Models`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form the same " "way you would do to create a new entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:150 msgid "" "You can also convert a *confirmed Deferred Revenue entry* into a model by " "opening it from :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Deferred " "Revenues` and then, by clicking on the button *Save Model*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:155 msgid "Apply a Deferred Revenue Model to a new entry" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:157 msgid "" "When you create a new Deferred Revenue entry, fill out the **Deferred " "Revenue Account** with the right recognition account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:170 msgid "Automate the Deferred Revenues" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:172 msgid "" "When you create or edit an account of which the type is either *Current " "Liabilities* or *Non-current Liabilities*, you can configure it to defer the" " revenues that are credited on it automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:175 msgid "You have three choices for the **Automate Deferred Revenue** field:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:178 msgid "" "**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " "draft *Deferred Revenues entry* is created, but not validated. You must " @@ -17844,31 +16437,31 @@ msgid "" "Deferred Revenues`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:181 msgid "" "**Create and validate:** you must also select a Deferred Revenue Model (see:" " `Deferred Revenue Models`_). Whenever a transaction is posted on the " "account, a *Deferred Revenues entry* is created and immediately validated." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:190 msgid "" "You can, for example, select this account as the default **Income Account** " "of a product to fully automate its sale. (see: `Choose a different Income " "Account for specific products`_)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:195 msgid "" "`Odoo Academy: Deferred Revenues (Recognition) " "<https://www.odoo.com/r/EWO>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:3 msgid "Add EPC QR Codes to invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:4 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:4 msgid "" "European Payments Council Quick Response Code, or **EPC QR Code**, are two-" "dimensional barcodes that customers can scan with their **mobile banking " @@ -17876,88 +16469,88 @@ msgid "" "invoices instantly." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:10 msgid "" "In addition to bringing ease of use and speed, it greatly reduces typing " "errors that would potentially make for payment issues." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:15 msgid "" "This feature is only available in several European countries such as " "Austria, Belgium, Finland, Germany, and The Netherlands." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:21 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and " "activate the **SEPA QR Code** feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:28 msgid "Configure your Bank Account’s journal" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:29 msgid "" "Make sure that your *Bank Account* is correctly configured on Odoo with your" " IBAN and BIC." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:32 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, " "open your *bank journal*, then fill out the *Bank Account* and *Bank* under " "the *Bank Account* tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:40 msgid "Issue Invoices with EPC QR Codes" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:41 msgid "" "EPC QR Codes are added automatically to your invoices, as long as you issue " "them to customers that are located in a country where this feature is " "available." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:45 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Invoices`, and create a " "new invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:48 msgid "" "Before posting it, open the *Other Info* tab. Odoo automatically fills out " "the *Bank Account* field with your IBAN." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:51 msgid "" "Make sure that the account indicated is the one you want to use to receive " "your customer’s payment as Odoo uses this field to generate the EPC QR Code." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:59 msgid "" "If you want to issue an invoice without an EPC QR Code, remove the IBAN " "indicated in the *Bank Account* field, under the *Other Info* tab of the " "invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:65 msgid "" "`Odoo Academy: QR Code on Invoices for European Customers " "<https://www.odoo.com/r/VuU>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview of the invoicing process" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:5 msgid "" "Depending on your business and the application you use, there are different " "ways to automate the customer invoice creation in Odoo. Usually, draft " @@ -17967,46 +16560,46 @@ msgid "" "email)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:12 msgid "" "Depending on your business, you may opt for one of the following way to " "create draft invoices:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:19 msgid "Sales Order ‣ Invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:21 msgid "" "In most companies, salespeople create quotations that become sales order " "once they are validated. Then, draft invoices are created based on the sales" " order. You have different options like:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:25 msgid "" "Invoice manually: use a button on the sale order to trigger the draft " "invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:28 msgid "" "Invoice before delivery: invoice the full order before triggering the " "delivery order" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:31 msgid "Invoice based on delivery order: see next section" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:33 msgid "" "Invoice before delivery is usually used by the eCommerce application when " "the customer pays at the order and we deliver afterwards. (pre-paid)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:37 msgid "" "For most other use cases, it's recommended to invoice manually. It allows " "the salesperson to trigger the invoice on demand with options: invoice the " @@ -18014,19 +16607,19 @@ msgid "" "fixed advance." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:42 msgid "This process is good for both services and physical products." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:45 -msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/proforma`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:45 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:48 msgid "Sales Order ‣ Delivery Order ‣ Invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:50 msgid "" "Retailers and eCommerce usually invoice based on delivery orders, instead of" " sales order. This approach is suitable for businesses where the quantities " @@ -18034,22 +16627,22 @@ msgid "" " actual Kg)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:55 msgid "" "This way, if you deliver a partial order, you only invoice for what you " "really delivered. If you do back orders (deliver partially and the rest " "later), the customer will receive two invoices, one for each delivery order." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:61 -msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:61 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:64 msgid "eCommerce Order ‣ Invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:66 msgid "" "An eCommerce order will also trigger the creation of the order when it is " "fully paid. If you allow paying orders by check or wire transfer, Odoo only " @@ -18057,44 +16650,44 @@ msgid "" "received." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:72 msgid "Contracts" msgstr "Kontrakter" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:75 msgid "Regular Contracts ‣ Invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:77 msgid "" "If you use contracts, you can trigger invoice based on time and material " "spent, expenses or fixed lines of services/products. Every month, the " "salesperson will trigger invoice based on activities on the contract." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:81 msgid "Activities can be:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:83 msgid "" "fixed products/services, coming from a sale order linked to this contract" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:84 msgid "materials purchased (that you will re-invoice)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:85 msgid "time and material based on timesheets or purchases (subcontracting)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:86 msgid "" "expenses like travel and accommodation that you re-invoice to the customer" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:88 msgid "" "You can invoice at the end of the contract or trigger intermediate invoices." " This approach is used by services companies that invoice mostly based on " @@ -18102,392 +16695,405 @@ msgid "" "use a regular sales order." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:94 -msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/time_materials`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:94 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:95 -msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/expense`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:95 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:96 -msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/milestone`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:96 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:99 msgid "Recurring Contracts ‣ Invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:101 msgid "" "For subscriptions, an invoice is triggered periodically, automatically. The " "frequency of the invoicing and the services/products invoiced are defined on" " the contract." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:106 -msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:106 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/subscriptions`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:112 msgid "Creating an invoice manually" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:114 msgid "" "Users can also create invoices manually without using contracts or a sales " "order. It's a recommended approach if you do not need to manage the sales " "process (quotations), or the delivery of the products or services." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:119 msgid "" "Even if you generate the invoice from a sales order, you may need to create " "invoices manually in exceptional use cases:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:122 msgid "if you need to create a refund" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:124 msgid "If you need to give a discount" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:126 msgid "if you need to change an invoice created from a sales order" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:128 msgid "if you need to invoice something not related to your core business" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:131 msgid "Specific modules" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:133 msgid "Some specific modules are also able to generate draft invoices:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:135 msgid "**membership**: invoice your members every year" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:137 msgid "**repairs**: invoice your after-sale services" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:3 msgid "Payment Terms and Installment Plans" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:5 msgid "" -"**Payment Terms** regroup all the conditions under which a sale is completed" -" and paid. They can be applied to sales orders, customer invoices, and " -"supplier bills, mostly to ensure that they will be correctly paid, and on " -"time. These conditions cover:" +"**Payment Terms** specify all the conditions under which a sale is paid, " +"mostly to ensure customers pay their invoices correctly and on time." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Payment Terms can be applied to sales orders, customer invoices, supplier " +"bills, and contacts. These conditions cover:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:11 msgid "The due date" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:12 msgid "Some discounts" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:13 msgid "Any other condition on the payment" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:15 msgid "" -"Defining Payment Terms automates the computation of payments due dates, both" -" for invoices and bills. This is particularly helpful in managing " -"installment plans." +"Defining Payment Terms automatically calculates the payments' due dates. " +"This is particularly helpful for managing installment plans." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:18 msgid "" "An **installment plan** allows the customers to pay an invoice in parts, " "with the amounts and payment dates defined beforehand by the seller." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:21 msgid "**Examples of Payment Terms:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "**Immediate Payment**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "The full payment is due on the day of the invoice's issuance." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "**15 Days** (or **Net 15**)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "The full payment is due 15 days after the invoice date." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "**21 MFI**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "" "The full payment is due by the 21st of the month following the invoice date." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "**2% 10, Net 30 EOM**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "" "2% :doc:`cash discount <cash_discounts>` if the payment is received within " "ten days. Otherwise, the full payment is due at the end of the month " "following the invoice date." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:34 msgid "" -"Payment terms are not to be confused with payment in several parts. If, for " -"a specific order, you invoice the customer in two parts, that is nor a " -"payment term nor an installment plan, but an invoicing policy." +"Payment terms are not to be confused with down payment invoices. If, for a " +"specific order, you issue several invoices to your customer, that is neither" +" a payment term nor an installment plan, but an invoicing policy." msgstr "" -"Betalingsbetingelser bør ikke forvirres med betalinger i flere dele. Hvis, " -"for en specifik ordre, du fakturere din kunde i to dele, er det ikke en " -"betalingsbetingelse eller en afbetalingsplan, men en faktureringspolitik." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:39 +msgid "" +"This document is about the *Payment Terms* feature, not *Terms & " +"Conditions*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:44 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Terms` and " "click on *Create*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:46 msgid "" -"The **Description on the Invoice** is the displayed text on a sale order, " -"invoice, or bill." +"The **Description on the Invoice** is the text displayed on the document " +"(sale order, invoice, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:49 msgid "" -"In the **Terms** section, you can add a set of rules, that we call *terms*, " -"to define what needs to be paid, and by which due date." +"In the **Terms** section, you can add a set of rules, called *terms*, to " +"define what needs to be paid and by which due date." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:52 msgid "" "To add a term, click on *Add a line*, and define its *Type*, *Value*, and " "*Due Date Computation*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:55 msgid "Terms are computed in the order they are set up." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:56 msgid "The **balance** should always be used for the last line." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 msgid "" -"In the following example, 30% of the invoice is due on the day of issuance " -"of the invoice, and the balance is due at the end of the following month." +"In the following example, 30% is due on the day of issuance, and the balance" +" is due at the end of the following month." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:67 msgid "Using Payment Terms" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:62 -msgid "Payment Terms can be defined with the **Payment Terms** field on:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 -msgid "**Contacts**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:69 msgid "" -"To set specific payment terms automatically on new sales orders, invoices, " -"and bills of a contact. This can be modified in the contact’s *Form View*, " -"under the *Sales & Purchase* tab." +"Payment Terms can be defined in the **Due Date** field, with the **Terms** " +"drop-down list, on:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "**Quotations**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "" "To set specific payment terms automatically on all invoices generated from a" " quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "**Customer Invoices**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "To set specific payment terms on an invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "**Vendor Bills**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "" "To set specific payment terms on a bill. This is mostly useful when you need" " to manage vendor terms with several installments. Otherwise, setting the " "*Due Date* is enough." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:80 +msgid "" +"You can also define a **Due Date** manually. If Payment Terms are already " +"defined, empty the field so you can select a date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:83 +msgid "Payment Terms can be defined with the **Payment Terms** field on:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**Contacts**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "" +"To set specific payment terms automatically on new sales orders, invoices, " +"and bills of a contact. This can be modified in the contact’s *Form View*, " +"under the *Sales & Purchase* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:92 msgid "" "Invoices with specific Payment Terms generate different *Journal Entries*, " -"with one *Journal Item* for each different *Due Date* computed." +"with one *Journal Item* for every computed *Due Date*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:95 msgid "" "This makes for easier *Follow-ups* and *Reconciliation* since Odoo takes " -"each due date into account, rather than just the balance due date." +"each due date into account, rather than just the balance due date. It also " +"helps to get an accurate *Aged Receivable report*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:103 msgid "" -"In the following example, an invoice of $1000 has been issued with the " -"following payment terms: 30% of the invoice is due on the day of issuance of" -" the invoice, and the balance is due at the end of the following month." +"In this example, an invoice of $1000 has been issued with the following " +"payment terms: *30% is due on the day of issuance, and the balance is due at" +" the end of the following month.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:107 +msgid "Due date" +msgstr "Forfaldsdato" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:109 +msgid "February 21" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:109 +msgid "300" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:111 +msgid "March 31" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:111 +msgid "700" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:113 +msgid "Product Sales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:116 msgid "" "The $1000 debited on the Account Receivable is split into two distinct " "*Journal Items*. Both of them have their own **Due Date**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:96 -msgid "Due date" -msgstr "Forfaldsdato" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:98 -msgid "February 21" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:98 -msgid "300" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:100 -msgid "March 31" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:100 -msgid "700" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:102 -msgid "Product Sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:105 -msgid "" -"This allows for easier reconciliation and to accurately follow up late " -"payments." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:120 msgid ":doc:`cash_discounts`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:121 msgid "" -"`Odoo Learn: Terms and Conditions (T&C) and Payment Terms " +"`Odoo Tutorials: Terms and Conditions (T&C) and Payment Terms " "<https://www.odoo.com/r/fpv>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:3 msgid "Send your Invoices by Post (Snailmail)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:5 msgid "" "Direct mail is a great way to capture individuals’ attention at a time where" " inboxes are always full. Odoo allows you to send invoices and follow-up " "reports by post, worldwide, directly from your database." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:10 msgid "Set up Snailmail" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:12 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Snailmail` and activate " "the feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:14 msgid "" "If you would like this option to be a default feature, enable *Send by Post*" " under *Default Sending Options*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:21 msgid "Send your invoices by post" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:23 msgid "" "Open your Invoice, click on the *Send & Print* button and select *Send by " "Post*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:30 msgid "" "Make sure to have your customer’s address set correctly, and that it " "includes a country, before sending the letter." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:37 msgid "" "*Snailmail* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service which requires prepaid " "stamps (=credits) to work. Sending one document consumes one stamp." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:40 msgid "" "To buy stamps, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " "Settings --> Snailmail` and click on *Buy credits*, or go to " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Odoo IAP` and click on *View my Services*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments.rst:3 msgid "Customer Payments" msgstr "Kundebetalinger" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:3 msgid "Batch Payments: Batch Deposits (checks, cash etc.)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:5 msgid "" "A **Batch Deposit** groups multiple payments in a single batch. This allows " "you to deposit several payments into your bank account with a single " "transaction. This is particularly useful to deposit cash and checks." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:9 msgid "" "This feature allows you to list several customer payments and print a " "**deposit slip**. This ticket contains the details of the transactions and a" @@ -18501,24 +17107,24 @@ msgstr "" "vælge denne reference under en bank afstemning til at matche den enkelte " "kontoudtogs linje med alle transaktionerne listet i partiet af depositum." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:17 msgid "" "To activate the feature, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " "--> Settings --> Customer Payments`, activate **Batch Payments**, and click " "on *Save*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:21 msgid "Payment Method Types" msgstr "Typer af betalingsmetoder" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:23 msgid "" "To record new payments as part of a Batch Deposit, you have to configure " "first the Journal on which you record them." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:26 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, " "open the Journal you want to edit, click on *Edit*, and open the *Advanced " @@ -18526,21 +17132,21 @@ msgid "" "Deposit**, and click on *Save*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:35 msgid "" "Your main bank accounts are automatically configured to process batch " "payments when you activate the feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:39 msgid "Deposit multiple payments in batch" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:42 msgid "Record payments to deposit in batch" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:44 msgid "" ":doc:`Register the payments <recording>` on the bank account on which you " "plan to deposit them by opening the *Customer Invoice* for which you " @@ -18549,40 +17155,40 @@ msgid "" "as Payment Method." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:53 msgid "Do this step for all checks or payments you want to process in batch." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:56 msgid "Make sure to write the payment reference in the **Memo** field." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:59 msgid "Add payments to a Batch Deposit" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:61 msgid "" "To add the payments to a Batch Deposit, go to :menuselection:`Accounting -->" " Customers --> Batch Payments`, and click on *Create*. Next, select the Bank" " and Payment Method, then click on *Add a line*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:69 msgid "" "Select all payments to include in the current Batch Deposit and click on " "*Select*. You can also record a new payment and add it to the list by " "clicking on *Create*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:76 msgid "" "Once done, click on *Validate* to finalize your Batch Deposit. You can then " "click on *Print* to download a PDF file to include with the deposit slip " "that the bank usually requires to fill out." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:82 msgid "" "Once the bank statements are on your database, you can reconcile the bank " "statement line with the *Batch Payment* reference. To do so, start your " @@ -18600,31 +17206,31 @@ msgstr "" "åben *Parti Betalinger* fanen, og vælg din Parti Betaling. Alle relaterede " "betalinger tilføjes nu automatisk." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:89 msgid "" "The *Batch Payments* tab won't appear if a Partner is selected for this bank" " statement line." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:95 msgid "" "If a check, or a payment, couldn't be processed by the bank and is missing, " "remove the related payment before validating the bank reconciliation." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:99 msgid ":doc:`recording`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:100 msgid ":doc:`batch_sdd`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:3 msgid "Batch Payments: SEPA Direct Debit (SDD)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:5 msgid "" "SEPA, the Single Euro Payments Area, is a payment-integration initiative of " "the European Union for simplification of bank transfers denominated in EURO." @@ -18639,25 +17245,25 @@ msgstr "" "fra deres bankkonti. Dette er særligt brugbart for tilbagevendende " "betalinger baseret på et abonnement." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:10 msgid "" "You can record customer mandates in Odoo, and generate XML files containing " "pending payments made with an SDD mandate." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:0 msgid "" "SDD is supported by all SEPA countries, which includes the 27 member states " "of the European Union as well as additional countries." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:0 msgid "" "`List of all SEPA countries <https://www.europeanpaymentscouncil.eu" "/document-library/other/epc-list-sepa-scheme-countries>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:22 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`, activate " "**SEPA Direct Debit (SDD)** and click on *Save*. Enter your company's " @@ -18665,45 +17271,45 @@ msgid "" "or the authority responsible for delivering them." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:31 msgid "SEPA Direct Debit Mandates" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:34 msgid "Create a mandate" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:36 msgid "" "The SEPA Direct Debit Mandate is the document that your customers sign to " "authorize you to collect money directly from their bank accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:39 msgid "" "To create a new mandate, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> " "Direct Debit Mandates`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:46 msgid "" "Export the PDF file by clicking on *Print*. It is then up to your customer " "to sign this document. Once done, upload the signed file in the **Original " "Document** field, and click on *Validate* to start running the mandate." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:51 msgid "" "Make sure that the **IBAN bank accounts details** are correctly recorded on " "the debtor’s contact form, under the *Accounting* tab, and in your own " ":doc:`Bank Account <../../bank/setup/bank_accounts>` settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:56 msgid "SEPA Direct Debit as a Payment Method" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:58 msgid "" "SEPA Direct Debit can be used as a payment method both on your **eCommerce**" " or on the **Customer Portal** by activating SDD as a **Payment Acquirer**. " @@ -18711,48 +17317,48 @@ msgid "" "themselves." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:62 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment " "Acquirers`, click on *SEPA Direct Debit*, and set it up according to your " "needs." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:66 msgid "" "Make sure to change the **State** field to *Enabled*, and to check **Online " "Signature**, as this is necessary to let your customers sign their mandates." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:69 msgid "" "Customers using SDD as payment method get prompted to add their IBAN, email " "address, and to sign their SEPA Direct Debit mandate." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:73 msgid "Add link to future **Payment Acquirer** documentation." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:76 msgid "Close or revoke a mandate" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:78 msgid "" "Direct Debit mandates are closed automatically after their *End Date*. If " "this field is left blank, the mandate keeps being *Active* until it is " "*Closed* or *Revoked*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:85 msgid "" "Clicking on **Close** updates the mandate’s end day to the current day. This" " means that invoices issued after the present day will not be processed with" " an SDD payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:88 msgid "" "Clicking on **Revoke** disables the mandate immediately. No SDD payment can " "be registered anymore, regardless of the invoice’s date. However, payments " @@ -18760,38 +17366,38 @@ msgid "" "file." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:93 msgid "" "Once a mandate has been *closed* or *revoked*, it cannot be reactivated." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:96 msgid "Get paid with SDD Batch Payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:101 msgid "" "You can register SDD payments for invoices issued to customers who have an " "active SDD mandate." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:103 msgid "" "To do so, open the invoice, click on *Register Payment*, and choose *SEPA " "Direct Debit* as payment method." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:107 msgid "Generate SEPA Direct Debit XML files to submit payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:109 msgid "" "**XML files** with all SDD payment instructions can be uploaded to your " "online banking interface to process all payments at once." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:113 msgid "" "The files generated by Odoo follow the SEPA Direct Debit **PAIN.008.001.02**" " specifications, as required by the SEPA customer-to-bank Implementation " @@ -18801,65 +17407,65 @@ msgstr "" "specifikationerne, som påkrævet af SEPA kunde-bank Implementerings " "Retningslinjerne, hvilket forsikre kompatibilitet med bankerne." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:117 msgid "" "To generate your XML file for the pending SDD payments, go to the related " "*bank journal* on your *Accounting dashboard*, then click on *Direct Debit " "Payments to Collect*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:124 msgid "" "Select all the payments you want to include in your SDD XML file, then click" " on *Action* and select *Create Batch Payment*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:131 msgid "" "Odoo then takes you to your *Batch Payment*’s form. Click on *Validate* and " "download the SDD XML file." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:138 msgid "" "Finally, upload this file to your online banking interface to process the " "payments." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:141 msgid "" "You can retrieve all the generated SDD XML files by going to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Customers --> Batch " "Payments`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:145 msgid ":doc:`batch`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:147 msgid "" "`Odoo Academy: SEPA Direct Debit Mandates (SDD) " "<https://www.odoo.com/r/Zxs>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:148 msgid "" "`List of all SEPA countries <https://www.europeanpaymentscouncil.eu" "/document-library/other/epc-list-sepa-scheme-countries>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:3 msgid "Register customer payments by checks" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:5 msgid "" "There are two ways to handle payments received by checks. Odoo support both " "approaches so that you can use the one that better fits your habits." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:9 msgid "" "**Undeposited Funds:** once you receive the check, you record a payment by " "check on the invoice. (using a Check journal and posted on the Undeposited " @@ -18867,7 +17473,7 @@ msgid "" "from Undeposited Funds to your bank account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:16 msgid "" "**One journal entry only:** once your receive the check, you record a " "payment on your bank, paid by check, without going through the **Undeposited" @@ -18876,118 +17482,118 @@ msgid "" "entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:23 msgid "" "We recommend the first approach as it is more accurate (your bank account " "balance is accurate, taking into accounts checks that have not been cashed " "yet). Both approaches require the same effort." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:27 msgid "" "Even if the first method is cleaner, Odoo support the second approach " "because some accountants are used to it (quickbooks and peachtree users)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:32 msgid "" "You may have a look at the *Deposit Ticket feature* if you deposit several " "checks to your bank accounts in batch." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:36 msgid "Option 1: Undeposited Funds" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:41 msgid "Create a journal **Checks**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:43 msgid "Set **Undeposited Checks** as a defaut credit/debit account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:45 msgid "" "Set the bank account related to this journal as **Allow Reconciliation**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:109 msgid "From check payments to bank statements" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:50 msgid "" "The first way to handle checks is to create a check journal. Thus, checks " "become a payment method in itself and you will record two transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:111 msgid "" "Once you receive a customer check, go to the related invoice and click on " "**Register Payment**. Fill in the information about the payment:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:57 msgid "" "Payment method: Check Journal (that you configured with the debit and credit" " default accounts as **Undeposited Funds**)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:60 msgid "Memo: write the Check number" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:65 msgid "This operation will produce the following journal entry:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 msgid "Statement Match" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:85 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:135 msgid "100.00" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 msgid "Undeposited Funds" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:75 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:121 msgid "The invoice is marked as paid as soon as you record the check." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:77 msgid "" "Then, once you get the bank statements, you will match this statement with " "the check that is in Undeposited Funds." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 msgid "X" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:89 msgid "" "If you use this approach to manage received checks, you get the list of " "checks that have not been cashed in the **Undeposit Funds** account " "(accessible, for example, from the general ledger)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:94 msgid "" "Both methods will produce the same data in your accounting at the end of the" " process. But, if you have checks that have not been cashed, this one is " @@ -18995,37 +17601,37 @@ msgid "" "account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:100 msgid "Option 2: One journal entry only" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:105 msgid "" "These is nothing to configure if you plan to manage your checks using this " "method." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:114 msgid "**Payment method:** the bank that will be used for the deposit" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:116 msgid "Memo: write the check number" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:123 msgid "" "Once you will receive the bank statements, you will do the matching with the" " statement and this actual payment. (technically: point this payment and " "relate it to the statement line)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:127 msgid "" "With this approach, you will get the following journal entry in your books:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:139 msgid "" "You may also record the payment directly without going on the customer " "invoice, using the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. This method may" @@ -19033,7 +17639,7 @@ msgid "" " will have to reconcile entries afterwards (matching payments with invoices)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:145 msgid "" "If you use this approach to manage received checks, you can use the report " "**Bank Reconciliation Report** to verify which checks have been received or " @@ -19041,29 +17647,29 @@ msgid "" "the Accounting dashboard on the related bank account)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:3 msgid "Follow-up on invoices and get paid faster" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:5 msgid "" "It is essential for your business to collect payments when they are overdue." " Odoo will help you identify payments that are late and will allow you to " "send the appropriate reminders." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:10 msgid "Manage your follow-ups" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:13 msgid "" "We recommend that you reconcile your bank statements before launching your " "follow-up process. It will avoid you the trouble of sending a statement to a" " customer that has already paid you." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:17 msgid "" "The overdue invoices you need to follow-up on are available by default in " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Sales --> Follow-up Reports`. There, you can " @@ -19071,14 +17677,14 @@ msgid "" " on the *Done* button to view the next follow-up that needs your attention." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:23 msgid "" "Otherwise, if now is not the time for a reminder, click on *Remind me " "later*. You will get the next report according to the *Next Reminder Date* " "set on the statement." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:28 msgid "" "To avoid sending too many reminders in a short period of time, change the " "number of days calculated between each report by going to " @@ -19086,17 +17692,17 @@ msgid "" "Follow-up`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:33 msgid "" "You can also set a trust level for your customers by marking them as bad, " "normal or good debtors on the follow-up reports." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:40 msgid "Send reminders in batch" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:42 msgid "" "To get your follow-up process easier, you can send reminder emails in batch " "from your follow-up reports page. Select all the reports you would like to " @@ -19105,11 +17711,11 @@ msgid "" "automatically generated." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:52 msgid "Plan a follow-up process" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:54 msgid "" "To plan a follow-up process, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Follow-up Levels* feature " @@ -19117,7 +17723,7 @@ msgid "" "Levels* button that has appeared on your settings page." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:59 msgid "" "A follow-up plan with several actions is available by default in Odoo, but " "you can customize it any way you want. Depending on a specific number of " @@ -19126,17 +17732,17 @@ msgid "" "the stage of the process." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:69 msgid "" "If you would like to get a reminder before the actual due date, set a " "negative number of due days." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:3 msgid "Invoice Online Payment" msgstr "Online fakturabetaling" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:5 msgid "" "To make it more convenient for your customers to pay the invoices you issue," " you can activate the **Invoice Online Payment** feature, which adds a *Pay " @@ -19145,63 +17751,64 @@ msgid "" "making the payment process much easier." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:17 msgid "" "Make sure your :ref:`Payment Acquirers are correctly configured " "<payment_acquirers/configuration>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:20 msgid "" "By default, \":doc:`Wire Transfer " -"<../../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer>`\" is the only Payment " -"Acquirer activated, but you still have to fill out the payment details." +"</applications/general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer>`\" is the only " +"Payment Acquirer activated, but you still have to fill out the payment " +"details." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:23 msgid "" "To activate the Invoice Online Payment, go to :menuselection:`Accounting -->" " Configuration --> Settings --> Customer Payments`, enable **Invoice Online " "Payment**, and click on *Save*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:27 msgid "Customer Portal" msgstr "Kundeportal" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:29 msgid "" "After issuing the invoice, click on *Send & Print* and send the invoice by " "email to the customer. They will receive an email with a link that redirects" " them to the invoice on their **Customer Portal**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:37 msgid "" "They can choose which Payment Acquirer to use by clicking on *Pay Now*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:45 -msgid ":doc:`../../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:45 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:3 msgid "Different ways to record a payment" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:5 msgid "" "In Odoo, a payment can either be linked directly to an invoice or be a stand" " alone record for use on a later date:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:8 msgid "" "If a payment is linked to an invoice, it reduces the amount due of the " "invoice. You can have multiple payments linked to the same invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:12 msgid "" "If a payment is not linked to an invoice, the customer has an outstanding " "credit with your company, or your company as an outstanding balance with a " @@ -19209,25 +17816,25 @@ msgid "" "bills." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:18 msgid "Paying an invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:20 msgid "" "If you register a payment on a customer invoice or a vendor bill, the " "payment is automatically reconciled with the invoice reducing the amount " "due." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:27 msgid "" "The green icon near the payment line will display more information about the" " payment. From there you can choose to open the journal entry or reconcile " "the payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:32 msgid "" "If you unreconcile a payment, it is still registered in your books but not " "linked to the specific invoice any longer. If you unreconcile a payment in a" @@ -19235,15 +17842,15 @@ msgid "" "Currency Exchange Loss/Gain posted at the time of reconciliation." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:38 msgid "Payments not tied to an invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:41 msgid "Registering a payment" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:43 msgid "" "In the Accounting application, you can create a new payment from the Sales " "menu (register a customer payment) or the Purchases menu (pay a vendor). If " @@ -19251,7 +17858,7 @@ msgid "" " be reconciled on an invoice later on." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:51 msgid "" "When registering a new payment, you must select a customer or vendor, the " "payment method, and the amount of the payment. The currency of the " @@ -19260,23 +17867,23 @@ msgid "" "document in the memo field." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:57 msgid "" "Once confirmed, a journal entry will be posted reflecting the transaction " "just made in the accounting application." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:61 msgid "Reconciling invoice payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:63 msgid "" "The easiest way of reconciling a payment with an invoice is to do so on the " "invoice directly." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:66 msgid "" "When validating a new invoice, Odoo will warn you that an outstanding " "payment for this customer or vendor is available. In this case, you can " @@ -19284,55 +17891,55 @@ msgid "" "\"Outstanding Payments\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:75 msgid "Reconciling all your outstanding payments and invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:77 msgid "" "If you want to reconcile all outstanding payments and invoices at once " "(instead of doing so one by one), you can use the batch reconciliation " "feature within Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:81 msgid "" "The batch reconciliation feature is available from the dashboard on the " "Customer Invoices card and the Vendor Bills card for reconciling Accounts " "Receivable and Payable, respectively." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:88 msgid "" "The payments matching tool will open all unreconciled customers or vendors " "and will give you the opportunity to process them all one by one, doing the " "matching of all their payments and invoices at once." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:95 msgid "" "During the reconciliation, if the sum of the debits and credits do not " "match, it means there is still a remaining balance that either needs to be " "reconciled at a later date, or needs to be written off directly." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:100 msgid "Transferring money from one bank account to another" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:102 msgid "" "Just like making a customer or vendor payment, you transfer cash internally " "between your bank accounts from the dashboard or from the menus up top." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:109 msgid "" "This will take you to the same screen you have for receiving and making " "payments." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:116 msgid "" "When making an internal transfer from one bank account to another, select " "the bank you want to apply the transfer from in the dashboard, and in the " @@ -19341,23 +17948,23 @@ msgid "" " with two journal entries for the same transaction." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:124 msgid ":doc:`online_payment`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:126 msgid ":doc:`followup`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations.rst:3 msgid "Declarations" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:3 msgid "Tax Return (VAT Declaration)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:5 msgid "" "Companies that are registered for **VAT (Value Added Tax)** must file a " "**Tax return** on a monthly or quarterly basis, depending on their turnover " @@ -19369,62 +17976,62 @@ msgid "" "refunded." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:13 msgid "" "You can find information about VAT and its mechanism on `this page from the " "European Commission <https://ec.europa.eu/taxation_customs/business/vat" "/what-is-vat_en>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:16 msgid "add doc about intracom listing" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:22 msgid "Tax Return Periodicity" msgstr "Selvangivelse periode" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:24 msgid "" "The configuration of the **Tax Return Periodicity** allows Odoo Accounting " "to compute your Tax Return correctly and also to send you a reminder to " "never miss a tax return deadline." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:27 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings " "--> Fiscal Periods`, and go to the **Tax Return Periodicity** section." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:30 msgid "" "**Periodicity**: define here whether you file your tax return each month or " "every three months." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:31 msgid "" "**Reminder**: define when Odoo should remind you to file your tax return." msgstr "" "**Påmindelse**: Definér hvornår Odoo bør påminde dig om at indgive din " "selvangivelse." -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:32 msgid "**Journal**: select the journal in which to record the tax return." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:39 msgid "" "This is usually configured during the :doc:`app's initial set up " "<../../overview/getting_started/setup>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:43 msgid "Tax Grids" msgstr "Momsrate" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:45 msgid "" "Odoo generates Tax Reports based on the **Tax Grids** settings that are " "configured on your taxes. Therefore, it is crucial to make sure that all the" @@ -19432,7 +18039,7 @@ msgid "" " which Tax Grid is used for that transaction." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:53 msgid "" "To configure your taxes' Tax Grids, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Taxes`, and open the tax you want to modify. There, you " @@ -19440,7 +18047,7 @@ msgid "" " invoices or credit notes." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:62 msgid "" "Taxes and reports are usually already pre-configured: a *Fiscal Localization" " Package* is installed according to the country you select at the creation " @@ -19449,22 +18056,22 @@ msgid "" " information about Fiscal Localization Packages." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:70 msgid "Close a tax period" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:73 msgid "Tax Lock Date" msgstr "Moms låse dato" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:75 msgid "" "Any new transaction which accounting date is prior to the **Tax Lock Date** " "has its tax values moved to the next open tax period. This is useful to make" " sure that no change can be made to a report once its period is closed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:79 msgid "" "Therefore, we recommend locking your tax date before working on your " "*Closing Journal Entry*. This way, other users can't modify or add " @@ -19472,37 +18079,37 @@ msgid "" "helps you avoid some tax declaration errors." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:83 msgid "" "To check the current **Tax Lock Date**, or to edit it, go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Lock Dates`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:144 msgid "Tax Report" msgstr "Momsrapport" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:93 msgid "" "Once all the transactions involving taxes have been posted for the period " "you want to report, open your **Tax Report**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:96 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Tax Report`. " "You can also click on *TAX Report* from your *Accounting Overview*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:99 msgid "" "Make sure to select the right period you want to declare by using the date " "filter. You can see an overview of your tax report. Then, click on the " "button *Closing Journal Entry*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:106 msgid "" "After having reviewed the generated Journal Entry, click on *Post*. In " "addition to posting the entry, Odoo automatically creates a PDF file with " @@ -19511,7 +18118,7 @@ msgid "" "along with the amount you have to pay or be refunded." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:116 msgid "" "If you forgot to :ref:`lock your tax date <tax_return_lock>` before clicking" " on *Closing Journal Entry*, then Odoo automatically locks your fiscal " @@ -19521,15 +18128,15 @@ msgid "" " as described above." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:124 msgid ":doc:`../../overview/getting_started/setup`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:3 msgid "Create a customized reports with your own formulas" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo 13 comes with a powerful and easy-to-use reporting framework. Creating " "new reports (such as a tax report or a balance sheet or income statement " @@ -19537,94 +18144,94 @@ msgid "" "ever." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:14 msgid "Activate the developer mode" msgstr "Aktivér udviklertilstand" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:16 msgid "" "In order to have access to the financial report creation interface, the " -":doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` needs to be" -" activated." +":doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>` needs to be " +"activated." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:20 msgid "Create your financial report" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:22 msgid "" "First, you need to create your financial report. To do that, go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Financial Reports`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:28 msgid "" "Once the name is entered, there are two other parameters that need to be " "configured:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:31 msgid "**Show Credit and Debit Columns**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:33 msgid "**Analysis Period** :" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:35 msgid "Based on date ranges (e.g. Profit and Loss)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:37 msgid "Based on a single date (e.g. Balance Sheet)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:39 msgid "" "Based on date ranges with 'older' and 'total' columns and last 3 months " "(e.g. Aged Partner Balances)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:42 msgid "Bases on date ranges and cash basis method (e.g. Cash Flow Statement)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:46 msgid "Add lines in your custom reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:48 msgid "" "After you've created the report, you need to fill it with lines. They all " "need a **name**, a **code** (that is used to refer to the line), a " "**sequence number** and a **level** (Used for the line rendering)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:55 msgid "" "In the **formulas** field you can add one or more formulas to assign a value" " to the balance column (and debit and credit column if applicable – " "separated by ;)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:59 msgid "You have several objects available in the formula :" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:61 msgid "" "``Ndays`` : The number of days in the selected period (for reports with a " "date range)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:64 msgid "" "Another report, referenced by its code. Use ``.balance`` to get its balance " "value (also available are ``.credit``, ``.debit`` and ``.amount_residual``)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:68 msgid "" "A line can also be based on the sum of account move lines on a selected " "domain. In which case you need to fill the domain field with an Odoo domain " @@ -19634,96 +18241,96 @@ msgid "" "by one of their columns." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:75 msgid "Other useful fields :" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:77 msgid "**Type** : Type of the result of the formula." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:79 msgid "" "**Is growth good when positive** : Used when computing the comparison " "column. Check if growth is good (displayed in green) or not." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:82 msgid "" "**Special date changer** : If a specific line in a report should not use the" " same dates as the rest of the report." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:85 msgid "" "**Show domain** : How the domain of a line is displayed. Can be foldable " "(``default``, hidden at the start but can be unfolded), ``always`` (always " "displayed) or ``never`` (never shown)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:90 msgid ":doc:`main_reports`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:3 msgid "Main reports available" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:5 msgid "" "Besides the reports created specifically in each localisation module, a few " "very useful **generic** and **dynamic reports** are available for all " "countries :" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:9 msgid "**Balance Sheet**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:10 msgid "**Profit and Loss**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:11 msgid "**Chart of Account**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:12 msgid "**Executive Summary**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:13 msgid "**General Ledger**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:14 msgid "**Aged Payable**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:15 msgid "**Aged Receivable**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:16 msgid "**Cash Flow Statement**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:17 msgid "**Tax Report**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:18 msgid "**Bank Reconciliation**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:20 msgid "" "You can annotate every reports to print them and report to your adviser. " "Export to xls to manage extra analysis. Drill down in the reports to see " "more details (payments, invoices, journal items, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:24 msgid "" "You can also compare values with another period. Choose how many periods you" " want to compare the chosen time period with. You can choose up to 12 " @@ -19731,66 +18338,66 @@ msgid "" "default **Previous 1 Period** option." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:32 msgid "" "The **Balance Sheet** shows a snapshot of the assets, liabilities and equity" " of your organisation as at a particular date." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:39 msgid "Profit and Loss" msgstr "Resultatopgørelse" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:41 msgid "" "The **Profit and Loss** report (or **Income Statement**) shows your " "organisation's net income, by deducting expenses from revenue for the report" " period." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:49 msgid "Chart of account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:51 msgid "A listing of all your accounts grouped by class." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:57 msgid "Executive Summary" msgstr "Ledelsesinformation" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:59 msgid "" "The **Executive Summary** allows for a quick look at all the important " "figures you need to run your company." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:62 msgid "" "In very basic terms, this is what each of the items in this section is " "reporting :" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:77 msgid "**Performance:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:68 msgid "**Gross profit margin:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:67 msgid "" "The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " "costs needed to make those sales (things like labour, materials, etc)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:74 msgid "**Net profit margin:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:71 msgid "" "The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " "costs needed to make those sales, as well as any fixed overheads your " @@ -19798,56 +18405,56 @@ msgid "" "result of those sales)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:77 msgid "**Return on investment (p.a.):**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:77 msgid "" "The ratio of net profit made, to the amount of assets the company used to " "make those profits." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:97 msgid "**Position:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:81 msgid "**Average debtor days:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:81 msgid "" "The average number of days it takes your customers to pay you (fully), " "across all your customer invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:84 msgid "**Average creditor days:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:84 msgid "" "The average number of days it takes you to pay your suppliers (fully) across" " all your bills." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:89 msgid "**Short term cash forecast:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:87 msgid "" "How much cash is expected in or out of your organisation in the next month " "i.e. balance of your **Sales account** for the month less the balance of " "your **Purchases account** for the month." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:97 msgid "**Current assets to liabilities:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:92 msgid "" "Also referred to as **current ratio**, this is the ratio of current assets " "(assets that could be turned into cash within a year) to the current " @@ -19855,11 +18462,11 @@ msgid "" "typically used as as a measure of a company's ability to service its debt." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:103 msgid "General Ledger" msgstr "Regnskab" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:105 msgid "" "The **General Ledger Report** shows all transactions from all accounts for a" " chosen date range. The initial summary report shows the totals for each " @@ -19868,40 +18475,2020 @@ msgid "" "occurred during a certain period of time." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:115 msgid "Aged Payable" msgstr "Forfaldne kreditorer" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:117 msgid "" "Run the **Aged Payable Details** report to display information on individual" " bills, credit notes and overpayments owed by you, and how long these have " "gone unpaid." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:125 msgid "Aged Receivable" msgstr "Forfaldne debitorer" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:127 msgid "" "The **Aged Receivables** report shows the sales invoices that were awaiting " "payment during a selected month and several months prior." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:134 msgid "Cash Flow Statement" msgstr "Likviditetsopgørelse" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:136 msgid "" "The **Cash Flow Statement** shows how changes in balance sheet accounts and " "income affect cash and cash equivalents, and breaks the analysis down to " "operating, investing and financing activities." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:146 msgid "" "This report allows you to see the **net** and **tax amounts** for all the " "taxes grouped by type (sale/purchase)." msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation.rst:3 +msgid "Taxation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year.rst:3 +msgid "Fiscal Year" +msgstr "Regnskabsår" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:3 +msgid "Do a year end in Odoo (close a fiscal year)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Before going ahead with closing a fiscal year, there are a few steps one " +"should typically take to ensure that your accounting is correct, up to date," +" and accurate:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Make sure you have fully reconciled your **bank account(s)** up to year end " +"and confirm that your ending book balances agree with your bank statement " +"balances." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:13 +msgid "Verify that all **customer invoices** have been entered and approved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:15 +msgid "Confirm that you have entered and agreed all **vendor bills**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:17 +msgid "Validate all **expenses**, ensuring their accuracy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Corroborate that all **received payments** have been entered and recorded " +"accurately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:25 +msgid "Run a **Tax report**, and verify that your tax information is correct." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:27 +msgid "Reconcile all accounts on your **Balance Sheet**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Agree your bank balances in Odoo against your actual bank balances on your " +"statements. Utilize the **Bank Reconciliation** report to assist with this." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Reconcile all transactions in your cash and bank accounts by running your " +"**Aged Receivables** and **Aged Payables** reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Audit your accounts, being sure to fully understand the transactions " +"affecting them and the nature of the transactions, making sure to include " +"loans and fixed assets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Run the optional **Payments Matching** feature, under the **More** dropdown " +"on the dashboard, validating any open **Vendor Bills** and **Customer " +"Invoices** with their payments. This step is optional, however it may assist" +" the year-end process if all outstanding payments and invoices are " +"reconciled, and could lead finding errors or mistakes in the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Your accountant/bookkeeper will likely verify your balance sheet items and " +"book entries for:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Year-end manual adjustments, using the **Adviser Journal Entries** menu (For" +" example, the **Current Year Earnings** and **Retained Earnings** reports)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:56 +msgid "**Depreciation Journal Entries**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:60 +msgid "**Tax adjustments**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:62 +msgid "" +"If your accountant/bookkeeper is going through end of the year auditing, " +"they may want to have paper copies of all balance sheet items (such as " +"loans, bank accounts, prepayments, sales tax statements, etc...) to agree " +"these against your Odoo balances." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:67 +msgid "" +"During this process, it is good practice to set the **Lock date for Non-" +"Advisers** to the last day of the preceding financial year, which is set " +"under the accounting configuration. This way, the accountant can be " +"confident that nobody is changing the previous year transactions while " +"auditing the books." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:77 +msgid "Closing the fiscal year" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:79 +msgid "" +"In Odoo there is no need to do a specific year end closing entry in order to" +" close out income statement accounts. The reports are created in real-time, " +"meaning that the **Income statement** corresponds directly with the year-end" +" date you specify in Odoo. Therefore, any time you generate the **Income " +"Statement**, the beginning date will correspond with the beginning of the " +"**Fiscal Year** and the account balances will all be 0." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Once the accountant/bookkeeper has created the journal entry to allocate the" +" **Current Year Earnings**, you should set the **Lock Date** to the last day" +" of the fiscal year. Making sure that before doing so, you confirm whether " +"or not the current year earnings in the **Balance Sheet** is correctly " +"reporting a 0 balance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:93 +msgid ":doc:`fiscal_year`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Fiscal Years" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In most cases, the fiscal years last 12 months. If it is your case, you just" +" have to define what is the last day of your fiscal year in the accounting " +"settings. By default, it is set on the 31st December." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:12 +msgid "" +"However, there might be some exceptions. For example, if it is the first " +"fiscal year of your business, it could last more or less than 12 months. In " +"this case, some additional configuration is required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Go in :menuselection:`accounting --> configuration --> settings` and " +"activate the fiscal years." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:22 +msgid "" +"You can then configure your fiscal years in :menuselection:`accounting --> " +"configuration --> fiscal years`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:29 +msgid "" +"You only have to create fiscal years if they last more or less than 12 " +"months." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:34 +msgid ":doc:`close_fiscal_year`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:3 +msgid "Manage prices for B2B (tax excluded) and B2C (tax included)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When working with consumers, prices are usually expressed with taxes " +"included in the price (e.g., in most eCommerce). But, when you work in a B2B" +" environment, companies usually negotiate prices with taxes excluded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo manages both use cases easily, as long as you register your prices on " +"the product with taxes excluded or included, but not both together. If you " +"manage all your prices with tax included (or excluded) only, you can still " +"easily do sales order with a price having taxes excluded (or included): " +"that's easy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:15 +msgid "" +"This documentation is only for the specific use case where you need to have " +"two references for the price (tax included or excluded), for the same " +"product. The reason of the complexity is that there is not a symmetrical " +"relationship with prices included and prices excluded, as shown in this use " +"case, in belgium with a tax of 21%:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:21 +msgid "Your eCommerce has a product at **10€ (taxes included)**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:23 +msgid "This would do **8.26€ (taxes excluded)** and a **tax of 1.74€**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:25 +msgid "" +"But for the same use case, if you register the price without taxes on the " +"product form (8.26€), you get a price with tax included at 9.99€, because:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:29 +msgid "**8.26€ \\* 1.21 = 9.99€**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:31 +msgid "" +"So, depending on how you register your prices on the product form, you will " +"have different results for the price including taxes and the price excluding" +" taxes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:35 +msgid "Taxes Excluded: **8.26€ & 10.00€**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:37 +msgid "Taxes Included: **8.26€ & 9.99€**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:40 +msgid "" +"If you buy 100 pieces at 10€ taxes included, it gets even more tricky. You " +"will get: **1000€ (taxes included) = 826.45€ (price) + 173.55€ (taxes)** " +"Which is very different from a price per piece at 8.26€ tax excluded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:45 +msgid "" +"This documentation explains how to handle the very specific use case where " +"you need to handle the two prices (tax excluded and included) on the product" +" form within the same company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:50 +msgid "" +"In terms of finance, you have no more revenues selling your product at 10€ " +"instead of 9.99€ (for a 21% tax), because your revenue will be exactly the " +"same at 9.99€, only the tax is 0.01€ higher. So, if you run an eCommerce in " +"Belgium, make your customer a favor and set your price at 9.99€ instead of " +"10€. Please note that this does not apply to 20€ or 30€, or other tax rates," +" or a quantity >1. You will also make you a favor since you can manage " +"everything tax excluded, which is less error prone and easier for your " +"salespeople." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:65 +msgid "" +"The best way to avoid this complexity is to choose only one way of managing " +"your prices and stick to it: price without taxes or price with taxes " +"included. Define which one is the default stored on the product form (on the" +" default tax related to the product), and let Odoo compute the other one " +"automatically, based on the pricelist and fiscal position. Negotiate your " +"contracts with customers accordingly. This perfectly works out-of-the-box " +"and you have no specific configuration to do." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:73 +msgid "" +"If you can not do that and if you really negotiate some prices with tax " +"excluded and, for other customers, others prices with tax included, you " +"must:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:77 +msgid "" +"always store the default price TAX EXCLUDED on the product form, and apply a" +" tax (price included on the product form)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:80 +msgid "create a pricelist with prices in TAX INCLUDED, for specific customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:83 +msgid "" +"create a fiscal position that switches the tax excluded to a tax included" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:86 +msgid "" +"assign both the pricelist and the fiscal position to customers who want to " +"benefit to this pricelist and fiscal position" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:89 +msgid "For the purpose of this documentation, we will use the above use case:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:91 +msgid "your product default sale price is 8.26€ tax excluded" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:93 +msgid "" +"but we want to sell it at 10€, tax included, in our shops or eCommerce " +"website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:97 +msgid "Setting your products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Your company must be configured with tax excluded by default. This is " +"usually the default configuration, but you can check your **Default Sale " +"Tax** from the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` of the " +"Accounting application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Once done, you can create a **B2C** pricelist. You can activate the " +"pricelist feature per customer from the menu: :menuselection:`Configuration " +"--> Settings` of the Sale application. Choose the option **different prices " +"per customer segment**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Once done, create a B2C pricelist from the menu " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Pricelists`. It's also good to rename the " +"default pricelist into B2B to avoid confusion." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Then, create a product at 8.26€, with a tax of 21% (defined as tax not " +"included in price) and set a price on this product for B2C customers at 10€," +" from the :menuselection:`Sales --> Products` menu of the Sales application:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:125 +msgid "Setting the B2C fiscal position" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:127 +msgid "" +"From the accounting application, create a B2C fiscal position from this " +"menu: :menuselection:`Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`. This fiscal " +"position should map the VAT 21% (tax excluded of price) with a VAT 21% (tax " +"included in price)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:136 +msgid "Test by creating a quotation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:138 +msgid "" +"Create a quotation from the Sale application, using the " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Quotations` menu. You should have the following " +"result: 8.26€ + 1.73€ = 9.99€." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:145 +msgid "" +"Then, create a quotation but **change the pricelist to B2C and the fiscal " +"position to B2C** on the quotation, before adding your product. You should " +"have the expected result, which is a total price of 10€ for the customer: " +"8.26€ + 1.74€ = 10.00€." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:153 +msgid "This is the expected behavior for a customer of your shop." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:156 +msgid "Avoid changing every sale order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:158 +msgid "" +"If you negotiate a contract with a customer, whether you negotiate tax " +"included or tax excluded, you can set the pricelist and the fiscal position " +"on the customer form so that it will be applied automatically at every sale " +"of this customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:163 +msgid "" +"The pricelist is in the **Sales & Purchases** tab of the customer form, and " +"the fiscal position is in the accounting tab." +msgstr "" +"Prislisten i **Salg & Indkøb** fanen under kunde formularen, og " +"finanspositionen i regnskabs fanen." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:166 +msgid "" +"Note that this is error prone: if you set a fiscal position with tax " +"included in prices but use a pricelist that is not included, you might have " +"wrong prices calculated for you. That's why we usually recommend companies " +"to only work with one price reference." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:3 +msgid "Manage cash basis taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The cash basis taxes are due when the payment has been done and not at the " +"validation of the invoice (as it is the case with standard taxes). Reporting" +" your income and expenses to the administration based on the cash basis " +"method is legal in some countries and under some conditions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Example : You sell a product in the 1st quarter of your fiscal year and " +"receive the payment the 2nd quarter of your fiscal year. Based on the cash " +"basis method, the tax you have to pay to the administration is due for the " +"2nd quarter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:16 +msgid "How to configure cash basis taxes ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:18 +msgid "" +"You first have to activate the setting in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Settings --> Allow Tax Cash Basis`. You will be asked to " +"define the Tax Cash Basis Journal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Once this is done, you can configure your taxes in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. At first set the " +"proper transitional accounts to post taxes until you register the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:35 +msgid "" +"In the *Advanced Options* tab you will turn *Tax Due* to *Based on Payment*." +" You will then have to define the *Tax Received* account in which to post " +"the tax amount when the payment is received and the *Base Tax Received " +"Account* to post the base tax amount for an accurate tax report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:45 +msgid "What is the impact of cash basis taxes in my accounting ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Let’s take an example. You make a sale of $100 with a 15% cash basis tax. " +"When you validate the customer invoice, the following entry is created in " +"your accounting:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:52 +msgid "Customer Invoices Journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:72 +msgid "Receivables $115" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:82 +msgid "Temporary Tax Account $15" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:88 +msgid "Income Account $100" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:63 +msgid "A few days later, you receive the payment:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:66 +msgid "Bank Journal" +msgstr "Bankjournal" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:70 +msgid "Bank $115" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:75 +msgid "" +"When you reconcile the invoice and the payment, this entry is generated:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:78 +msgid "Tax Cash Basis Journal" +msgstr "Moms kontant basis journal" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:84 +msgid "Tax Received Account $15" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:92 +msgid "" +"The last two journal items are neutral but they are needed to insure correct" +" tax reports in Odoo with accurate base tax amounts. We advise to use a " +"default revenue account. The balance of this account will then always be at " +"zero." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Default Taxes** define which :doc:`taxes <taxes>` are automatically " +"selected when there is no other indication about which tax to use. For " +"example, Odoo prefills the **Taxes** field with the Default Taxes when you " +"create a new product or add a new line on an invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:14 +msgid "" +":doc:`Fiscal Positions <fiscal_positions>` take the Default Tax into " +"account. Therefore, if a Fiscal Position is applied to an invoice, Odoo " +"applies the related tax instead of the Default Taxes, as mapped in the " +"Fiscal Position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:21 +msgid "" +"**Default Taxes** are automatically set up according to the country selected" +" at the creation of your database, or when you set up a :doc:`Fiscal " +"Localization Package " +"<../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>` for your" +" company." +msgstr "" +"**Standard Moms** opsættes automatisk afhængig af det land der blev valgt " +"under oprettelse af din database, eller når du angiver en :doc:`Finans " +"Lokaliserings Pakke " +"<../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>` for din " +"virksomhed." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To change your **Default Taxes**, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes --> Default Taxes`, select the " +"appropriate taxes for your default **Sales Tax** and **Purchase Tax**, and " +"click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Databases with multiple companies: the Default Taxes values are company-" +"specific." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:70 +msgid ":doc:`taxes`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:279 +msgid ":doc:`fiscal_positions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:3 +msgid "Fiscal Positions (tax and account mapping)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Default taxes and accounts are set on products and customers to create new " +"transactions on the fly. However, you might have to use different taxes and " +"record the transactions on different accounts, according to your customers' " +"and providers' localizations and business types." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:9 +msgid "" +"**Fiscal Positions** allow you to create *sets of rules* to automatically " +"adapt the taxes and the accounts used for a transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:16 +msgid "They can be applied in various ways:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:18 +msgid "" +":ref:`automatically applied, based on some rules " +"<fiscal_positions/automatic>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:19 +msgid ":ref:`manually applied on a transaction <fiscal_positions/partner>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:20 +msgid "" +":ref:`assigned to a partner, on its contact form " +"<fiscal_positions/transaction>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:23 +msgid "" +"A few Fiscal Positions are already preconfigured on your database, as part " +"of your :doc:`Fiscal Localization Package " +"<../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:30 +msgid "Tax and Account Mapping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To edit or create a Fiscal Position, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`, and open the entry you want to modify " +"or click on *Create*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The mapping of taxes and accounts is based on the default taxes and accounts" +" defined in the products' forms." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To map to another tax or account, fill out the right column (**Tax to " +"Apply**/**Account to Use Instead**)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To remove a tax, rather than replacing it with another, leave the field " +"**Tax to Apply** empty." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To replace a tax with multiple other taxes, add multiple lines with the same" +" **Tax on Product**." +msgstr "" +"For at erstatte en moms med flere andre momse, skal du tilføje flere linjer " +"med samme **Moms på Produkt**." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:44 +msgid "" +"The mapping only works with *active* taxes. Therefore, make sure they are " +"active by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:50 +msgid "Automatic application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:52 +msgid "" +"You can configure your Fiscal Positions to be applied automatically, " +"following a set of conditions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To do so, open the Fiscal Position you want to modify and click on **Detect " +"Automatically**. You can configure a few conditions:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:57 +msgid "" +"**VAT Required**: The VAT number *must* be indicated in the customer's " +"contact form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:58 +msgid "" +"**Country Group** / **Country**: The Fiscal Position is applied to these " +"countries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Taxes on **eCommerce orders** are automatically updated once the visitor has" +" logged in or filled out their billing details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:69 +msgid "" +"The Fiscal Positions' **sequence** - the order in which they are arranged - " +"defines which Fiscal Position to apply if the conditions are met in multiple" +" Fiscal Positions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:72 +msgid "" +"For example, if the first Fiscal Position targets *country A*, and the " +"second Fiscal Position targets a *Country Group* that also comprises " +"*country A*, only the first Fiscal Position will be applied to customers " +"from *country A*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:79 +msgid "Application" +msgstr "App" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:84 +msgid "Assign a Fiscal Position to a partner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:86 +msgid "" +"You can manually define which Fiscal Position must be used by default for a " +"specific partner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To do so, open the partner's contact form, go to the **Sales & Purchase** " +"tab, edit the **Fiscal Position** field, and click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:98 +msgid "Choose Fiscal Positions manually on Sales Orders, Invoices, and Bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To manually select which Fiscal Position to use for a new Sales Order, " +"Invoice, or Bill, go to the **Other Info** tab and select the right **Fiscal" +" Position** *before* adding product lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:281 +msgid ":doc:`taxcloud`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:280 +msgid ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:3 +msgid "Manage withholding taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A withholding tax, also called a retention tax, is a government requirement " +"for the payer of a customer invoice to withhold or deduct tax from the " +"payment, and pay that tax to the government. In most jurisdictions, " +"withholding tax applies to employment income." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:10 +msgid "" +"With normal taxes, the tax is added to the subtotal to give you the total to" +" pay. As opposed to normal taxes, withholding taxes are deducted from the " +"amount to pay, as the tax will be paid by the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:14 +msgid "As, an example, in Colombia you may have the following invoice:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:19 +msgid "" +"In this example, the **company** who sent the invoice owes $20 of taxes to " +"the **government** and the **customer** owes $10 of taxes to the " +"**government**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, a withholding tax is defined by creating a negative tax. For a " +"retention of 10%, you would configure the following tax (accessible through " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Taxes`):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:32 +msgid "" +"In order to make it appear as a retention on the invoice, you should set a " +"specific tax group **Retention** on your tax, in the **Advanced Options** " +"tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Once the tax is defined, you can use it in your products, sales order or " +"invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If the retention is a percentage of a regular tax, create a Tax with a **Tax" +" Computation** as a **Tax Group** and set the two taxes in this group " +"(normal tax and retention)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:48 +msgid "Applying retention taxes on invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Once your tax is created, you can use it on customer forms, sales order or " +"customer invoices. You can apply several taxes on a single customer invoice " +"line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:58 +msgid "" +"When you see the customer invoice on the screen, you get only a **Taxes " +"line** summarizing all the taxes (normal taxes & retentions). But when you " +"print or send the invoice, Odoo does the correct grouping amongst all the " +"taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:63 +msgid "The printed invoice will show the different amounts in each tax group." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:3 +msgid "Get correct tax rates in the United States using TaxCloud" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The **TaxCloud** integration allows you to correctly calculate the sales tax" +" for every address in the United States and keeps track of which products " +"are exempt from sales tax and in which states each exemption applies. " +"TaxCloud calculates sales tax in real-time for every state, city, and " +"special jurisdiction in the United States." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:15 +msgid "In TaxCloud" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Create a free account on `TaxCloud <https://taxcloud.com/#register>`__ " +"website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Register your Odoo website on TaxCloud to get an *API ID* and an *API Key*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:23 +msgid "" +"In Settings on TaxCloud, click *Locations* to enter the location of your " +"Office(s) & Warehouse(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:24 +msgid "" +"In Settings on TaxCloud, click *Manage Tax States* to verify the states " +"where you collect sales tax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:27 +msgid "In Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Invoicing / Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`" +" and check *TaxCloud - Compute tax rates based on U.S. ZIP codes* (note: " +"actually uses complete street address)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:30 +msgid "Enter your TaxCloud credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:31 +msgid "Click SAVE to store your credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Click the Refresh Icon next to *Default Category* to import the TIC product " +"categories from TaxCloud (Taxability Information Codes). Some categories may" +" imply specific rates or attract product/service type exemptions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Select your default *TIC Code*. This will apply to any new product created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Set a specific TaxCloud TIC Category on the *General Information* tab of the" +" Product, or on the Product Category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Make sure your company address is complete (including the state and the zip " +"code). Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies` " +"to open and edit your Company record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:47 +msgid "How it works" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Salestax is calculated in Odoo based on fiscal positions (see " +":doc:`fiscal_positions`). A Fiscal Position for the United States is created" +" when installing *TaxCloud*. Everything works out-of-the-box." +msgstr "" +"Salgsmoms udregnes i Odoo ud fra finanspositioner (se " +":doc:`fiscla_positions`). En finansposition for de Forenede Stater oprettes " +"ved installation af *TaxCloud*. Alt virker med det samme." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:54 +msgid "" +"You can configure Odoo to automtically detect which Customers should use " +"this fiscal position. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Fiscal Positions` to open and edit the record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Now, this fiscal position is automatically set on any sales order, web " +"order, or invoice when the customer country is *United States*. This " +"triggers the automated tax computation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Add your product(s). You have two options to get Sales Tax on the Order. " +"You can confirm it, or you can save it and from the *Action* Menu choose " +"**Update Taxes with TaxCloud**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:73 +msgid "Coupons & Promotions" +msgstr "Kuponer & kampagner" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:75 +msgid "" +"If you use the Coupon or Promotion Programs, the integration with Taxcloud " +"might seem a bit odd." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:77 +msgid "" +"The problem lies with the fact that Taxcloud does not accept lines with " +"negative amounts as part of the tax computation. This means that the amount " +"of the lines added by the promotion program must be deduced from the total " +"of the lines it impacts. This means, amongst other complications, that " +"orders that use coupons or promotions with a Taxcloud fiscal position " +"**must** be invoiced completely - you cannot create invoices for partial " +"deliveries, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Another specific oddity is possible in the UI: imagine that you sell a " +"product from the Taxcloud category *[20110] Computers* and that you have a " +"promotion program in place that provides a 50% discount on this product. If " +"the tax rate for this particular product is 7%, the tax rate that will be " +"computed from the Taxcloud integration will display 3.5%. This happens " +"because the discount is included in the price that is sent to Taxcloud, but " +"in Odoo this discount is in another line entirely. At the end of the day, " +"your tax computation will be correct (since a 3.5% tax on the full price is " +"the equivalent of a 7% tax on half the price), but this might be surprising " +"from a user point of view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:5 +msgid "" +"There are numerous types of **taxes**, and their application varies greatly," +" depending mostly on your company's localization. To make sure they are " +"recorded with accuracy, Odoo's tax engine supports all kinds of uses and " +"computations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:12 +msgid "Activate Sales Taxes from the List view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:14 +msgid "" +"As part of your :doc:`Fiscal Localization Package " +"<../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>`, most of" +" your country's sales taxes are already preconfigured on your database. " +"However, only a few of them are activated by default, so that you can " +"activate only the ones relevant for your business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To activate Sale Taxes, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Taxes` and use the *Activate* toggle button to activate or deactivate a " +"tax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To edit or create a **Tax**, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Taxes` and open a tax or click on *Create*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Taxes have three different labels, each one having a specific use. Refer to " +"the following table to see where they are displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:45 +msgid ":ref:`Tax Name <taxes/name>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:45 +msgid ":ref:`Label on Invoice <taxes/label-invoices>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:45 +msgid ":ref:`Tax Group <taxes/tax-group>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:48 +msgid "Back end" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:48 +msgid "*Taxes* column on exported invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:48 +msgid "Above the *Total* line on exported invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:53 +msgid "Basic Options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:58 +msgid "Tax Name" +msgstr "Momsnavn" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:60 +msgid "" +"The **Tax Name** as you want to display it for backend users. This is the " +":ref:`label <taxes/labels>` you see while editing Sales Orders, Invoices, " +"Products, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:66 +msgid "Tax Computation" +msgstr "Momsberegning" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:68 +msgid "**Group of Taxes**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:70 +msgid "" +"The tax is a combination of multiple sub-taxes. You can add as many taxes " +"you want, in the order you want them to be applied." +msgstr "" +"Momsen er en kombination af flere under-afgifter. Du kan tilføje så mange " +"afgifter som du ønsker, i den rækkefølge du ønsker dem tilføjet." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Make sure that the tax sequence is correct, as the order in which they are " +"may impact the taxes' amounts computation, especially if one of the taxes " +":ref:`affects the base of the subsequent ones <taxes/base-subsequent>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:78 +msgid "**Fixed**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:80 +msgid "" +"The tax has a fixed amount in the default currency. The amount remains the " +"same, regardless of the Sales Price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:83 +msgid "" +"For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *$10 " +"fixed* tax. We then have:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:231 +msgid "Product's Sales Price" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:231 +msgid "Price without tax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:231 +msgid "Tax" +msgstr "Moms" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:231 +msgid "Total" +msgstr "I alt" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:234 +msgid "1,000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:89 +msgid "10" +msgstr "10" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:89 +msgid "1,010.00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:92 +msgid "**Percentage of Price**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:94 +msgid "" +"The *Sales Price* is the taxable basis: the tax's amount is computed by " +"multiplying the Sales Price by the tax's percentage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:97 +msgid "" +"For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *10% of " +"Price* tax. We then have:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:104 +msgid "1,100.00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:107 +msgid "**Percentage of Price Tax Included**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:109 +msgid "" +"The *Total* is the taxable basis: the tax's amount is a percentage of the " +"Total." +msgstr "" +"*Totalen* er den momspligtige grundmængde: Momsen er en procentdel af " +"Totalen." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:111 +msgid "" +"For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *10% of " +"Price Tax Included* tax. We then have:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:118 +msgid "111.11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:118 +msgid "1,111.11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:124 +msgid "Active" +msgstr "Aktiv" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:126 +msgid "Only **Active** taxes can be added to new documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:129 +msgid "" +"It is not possible to delete taxes that have already been used. Instead, you" +" can deactivate them to prevent future use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:133 +msgid "" +"This field can be modified from the *List View*. See :ref:`above " +"<taxes/list_activation>` for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:139 +msgid "Tax Scope" +msgstr "Momsgrundlag" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:141 +msgid "" +"The **Tax Scope** determines the tax's application, which also restricts " +"where it is displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:143 +msgid "**Sales**: Customer Invoices, Product's Customer Taxes, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:144 +msgid "**Purchase**: Vendor Bills, Product's Vendor Taxes, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:145 +msgid "**None**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:148 +msgid "" +"You can use **None** for taxes that you want to include in a :ref:`Group of " +"Taxes <taxes/computation>` but that you don't want to list along with other " +"Sales or Purchase taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:154 +msgid "Definition tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:156 +msgid "" +"Allocate with precision the amount of the taxable basis or percentages of " +"the computed tax to multiple accounts and Tax Grids." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:163 +msgid "**Based On**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:165 +msgid "Base: the price on the invoice line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:166 +msgid "% of tax: a percentage of the computed tax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:168 +msgid "**Account**: if defined, an additional Journal Item is recorded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:169 +msgid "" +"**Tax Grids**: used to generate :doc:`Tax Reports " +"<../../reporting/declarations/tax_returns>` automatically, according to your" +" country's regulations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:175 +msgid "Advanced Options tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:180 +msgid "Label on Invoices" +msgstr "Tekst på fakturaer" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:182 +msgid "" +"The label of the tax, as displayed on each invoice line in the **Taxes** " +"column. This is the :ref:`label <taxes/labels>` visible to *front end* " +"users, on exported invoices, on their Customer Portals, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:193 +msgid "Tax Group" +msgstr "Momsgruppe" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:195 +msgid "" +"Select to which **Tax Group** the tax belongs. The Tax Group name is the " +":ref:`label <taxes/labels>` displayed above the *Total* line on exported " +"invoices, and the Customer Portals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:198 +msgid "" +"Tax groups include different iterations of the same tax. This can be useful " +"when you must record differently the same tax according to :doc:`Fiscal " +"Positions <fiscal_positions>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:205 +msgid "" +"In the example above, we see a 0% tax for Intra-Community customers in " +"Europe. It records amounts on specific accounts and with specific tax grids." +" Still, to the customer, it is a 0% tax. That's why the :ref:`Label on the " +"Invoice <taxes/label-invoices>` indicates *0% EU*, and the Tax Group name, " +"above the *Total* line, indicates *0%*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:213 +msgid "Include in Analytic Cost" +msgstr "Medtag i analytiske omkostninger" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:215 +msgid "" +"With this option activated, the tax's amount is assigned to the same " +"**Analytic Account** as the invoice line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:221 +msgid "Included in Price" +msgstr "Inkluderet i pris" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:223 +msgid "" +"With this option activated, the total (including the tax) equals the **Sales" +" Price**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:225 +msgid ":dfn:`Total = Sales Price = Computed Tax-Excluded price + Tax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:227 +msgid "" +"For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *10% of " +"Price* tax, which is *included in the price*. We then have:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:234 +msgid "900.10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:234 +msgid "90.9" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:234 +msgid "1,000.00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:238 +msgid "" +"If you need to define prices accurately, both tax-included and tax-excluded," +" please refer to the following documentation: :doc:`B2B_B2C`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:242 +msgid "" +"**Invoices**: By default, the Line Subtotals displayed on your invoices are " +"*Tax-Excluded*. To display *Tax-Included* Line Subtotals, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Customer " +"Invoices`, and select *Tax-Included* in the **Line Subtotals Tax Display** " +"field, then click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:246 +msgid "" +"**eCommerce**: By default, the prices displayed on your eCommerce website " +"are *Tax-Excluded*. To display *Tax-Included* prices, go to " +":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Pricing`, and " +"select *Tax-Included* in the **Product Prices** field, then click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:253 +msgid "Affect Base of Subsequent Taxes" +msgstr "Berør grundlaget for efterfølgende moms" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:255 +msgid "" +"With this option, the total tax-included becomes the taxable basis for the " +"other taxes applied to the same product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:258 +msgid "" +"You can configure a new :ref:`Group of Taxes <taxes/computation>` to include" +" this tax, or add it directly to a product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:266 +msgid "" +"The order in which you add the taxes on a product line has no effect on how " +"amounts are computed. If you add taxes directly on a product line, only the " +"tax sequence determines the order in which they are applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:270 +msgid "" +"To reorder the sequence, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Taxes`, and drag and drop the lines with the handles next to the tax " +"names." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:282 +msgid ":doc:`../../reporting/declarations/tax_returns`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/vat_validation.rst:3 +msgid "VIES VAT numbers validation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/vat_validation.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**VAT Information Exchange System** - abbreviated **VIES** - is a tool " +"provided by the European Commission that allows you to check the validity of" +" VAT numbers of companies registered in the European Union." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/vat_validation.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo provides a feature to **Verify VAT Numbers** when you save a contact. " +"This helps you make sure that your contacts provided you with a valid VAT " +"number without leaving Odoo interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/vat_validation.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To enable this feature, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Settings --> Taxes`, enable the **Verify VAT Numbers** feature, and " +"click on *Save*." +msgstr "" +"For at aktivere denne funktion, skal ud gå til :menuselection:`Regnskab --> " +"Konfiguration --> Indstillinger --> Moms`, aktiver **Bekræft Momsnumre** " +"funktionen, og klik på *Gem*." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/vat_validation.rst:23 +msgid "VAT Number validation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/vat_validation.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Whenever you create or modify a contact, make sure to fill out the " +"**Country** and **VAT** fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/vat_validation.rst:31 +msgid "" +"When you click on *Save*, Odoo runs a VIES VAT number check, and displays an" +" error message if the VAT number is invalid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/vat_validation.rst:39 +msgid "" +"This tool checks the VAT number's validity but does not check the other " +"fields' validity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/vat_validation.rst:43 +msgid "" +"`European Commission: VIES search engine " +"<https://ec.europa.eu/taxation_customs/vies/vatRequest.html>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:4 +msgid "Expenses" +msgstr "Øvrige omkostninger" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:7 +msgid "How to set expense types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The first step to track expenses is to configure the expense types (managed " +"as products in Odoo) that your company allows, from the *Configuration* " +"menu. When a specific expense is reimbursed at a fixed price, set a cost on " +"the product. Otherwise keep the cost at 0.0 and employees will report the " +"real cost per expense." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:16 +msgid "Here are some examples to configure:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:18 +msgid "Restaurant:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:26 +msgid "Cost: 0.00 (the cost of the ticket will be recorded on every expense)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:21 +msgid "Travel with Personal Car:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:23 +msgid "Cost: 0.30 (the price per mile reimbursed by the company is fixed)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:24 +msgid "Hotel:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:28 +msgid "Others:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:30 +msgid "Cost: 0.0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to set an expense tax on each expense type (and an account if " +"you use Odoo Accounting). It's usually a good practice to use a tax that is " +"configured with :ref:`Tax Included in Price <taxes/included-in-price>`. That" +" way, employees report expenses with prices including taxes, which is " +"usually the expected behaviour." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:40 +msgid "" +"The *Sales* app allows you to specify unit of measures for your expense " +"types (units, miles, nights, etc.). Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and check *Some products may be sold/purchased " +"in different units of measure (advanced)*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:47 +msgid "How to record expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:50 +msgid "Manually" +msgstr "Manuelt" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:52 +msgid "" +"As an employee (Employee in user access rights), you can record expenses " +"from :menuselection:`My Expenses --> Expenses to Submit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Select the related product and enter either the total amount you paid (with " +"Quantity = 1) or the unit price if Quantity is countable (e.g. number of " +"hotel nights)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:61 +msgid "Enter the expense date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Choose if you paid the bill on your own (and expect to be reimbursed) or if " +"the company paid directly (e.g. if you used a company's credit card)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Set the bill reference, add some notes if requested and attach a photo/scan " +"of the receipt from the discussion thread. That will help the manager and " +"the accountant validate it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:72 +msgid "In one click from emails" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Let your employees record their expenses from a simple email. Make a " +"snapshot of the receipt and send it by email, or simply forward a bill!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:76 +msgid "" +"The only thing to do is setting up an email alias in " +":menuselection:`Expenses --> Configuration --> Settings` (e.g. *expenses* " +"@mycompany.odoo.com). For security purposes, only authenticated employee " +"emails (cfr. *Work Email* in employee detail form) are accepted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:82 +msgid "" +"The expense product is set automatically if the mail subject contains the " +"product's internal reference in first position. Type the expense amount in " +"the mail subject to set it on the expense too (e.g. Ref001 Food 100€)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:87 +msgid "How to submit expenses to managers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:89 +msgid "" +"When you are ready to submit your expenses to your manager (e.g. at the end " +"of a business trip, or once a month), go to the menu :menuselection:`My " +"Expenses --> Expenses to Submit`. Select all expenses from the list view and" +" click on :menuselection:`Action --> Submit to Manager`. Save the newly " +"created expense report (i.e. set of expenses), and wait for your manager to " +"approve it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:99 +msgid "" +"You can also submit expenses one by one from the *Submit to Manager* button " +"on the form view of an expense." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:102 +msgid "" +"All your submitted expense reports can be found in :menuselection:`Expenses " +"--> My Expenses --> Expense Reports`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:107 +msgid "How to approve expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:109 +msgid "" +"HR and team managers get an overview of all expense reports to validate from" +" the top menu :menuselection:`To Approve --> Expense Reports to Approve`. " +"Such users must have at least *Officers* access rights for *Expenses*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:116 +msgid "" +"They can review expense reports, approve or reject them, as well as " +"providing feedback thanks to the integrated communication tool." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:122 +msgid "" +"As a team manager you can easily find the expense reports of your team " +"members. You need to be set as manager in the detail form of those " +"employees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:130 +msgid "How to post expenses in accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:132 +msgid "" +"Once expense reports approved by managers, the accounting department goes to" +" :menuselection:`Expenses --> Accountant --> Expense Reports To Post` to " +"check accounts, products and taxes. They can click *Post Journal Entries* to" +" post related journal entries into your books. To do so, the user must have " +"following access rights:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:138 +msgid "Accounting: Accountant or Adviser" +msgstr "Regnskab: Bogholder eller rådgiver" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:139 +msgid "Expenses: Manager" +msgstr "Udgifter: Leder" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:142 +msgid "" +"To post an expense, a *Home Address* must be set on the employee. If you get" +" a related blocking message when posting, click the employee, go to " +"*Personal Information* tab and select/create the contact of your employee in" +" the address book. A contact has been automatically created if this person " +"is using Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:149 +msgid "How to reimburse employees" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:151 +msgid "" +"You can now see all the expense reports to reimburse in " +":menuselection:`Expenses --> Accountant --> Expense Reports To Pay`. To " +"record the payment or pay by check, click *Register a Payment*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:155 +msgid "See how you can easily manage the payment process in Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:157 +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/payables/pay/check`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:158 +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/payables/pay/sepa`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:162 +msgid "How to re-invoice expenses to your customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:164 +msgid "" +"If you track expenses on customer projects, you can charge them back to your" +" customers automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:170 +msgid "Enable **Customer Billing** in the Expenses settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:172 +msgid "" +"Go to the product configuration menu and set the invoicing method on all " +"your Expense types:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:175 +msgid "" +"Ordered quantities : it will invoice expenses based on the ordered quantity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:178 +msgid "" +"Delivered quantities :it will invoice expenses based on the expenses " +"quantity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:181 +msgid "At cost: will invoice expenses at their real cost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:183 +msgid "" +"At sales price: will invoice based on a fixed sales price set on the sale " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:190 +msgid "Create an order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:192 +msgid "" +"As a salesman, create and confirm a Sales Order for the services delivered " +"to your customer. If you don't put any expense in the order, it will be " +"added automatically once posted by the accountant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:197 +msgid "Link the expense to the Sale Order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:203 +msgid "Submit, validate and post expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:205 +msgid "" +"As a manager, make sure the analytic account is set on every expense line on" +" approving expenses reports. Click the line to add one if missing. Employees" +" are already able to set one when submitting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:212 +msgid "As an accountant, post journal entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:215 +msgid "Invoice expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:217 +msgid "" +"Now you can invoice the order. It shows up in :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Invoicing --> Sales` to Invoice. The expenses have been added automatically " +"in the order lines. Such items show up in blue (i.e. to invoice)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:225 +msgid "e (i.e. to invoice)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:3 +msgid "Sign" +msgstr "Underskriv" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:3 +msgid "Validity of electronic signatures" +msgstr "Elektronisk signaturers gyldighed" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The legal validity of electronic signatures generated by Odoo depends on the" +" legislation of your country. Companies doing business abroad should " +"consider electronic signature laws of other countries as well." +msgstr "" +"Den legale gyldighed af elektroniske signaturer genereret af Odoo afhænger " +"af lovgivningen i dit land. Virksomheder der driver forretning " +"international, bør også tage højde for love vedrørende elektroniske " +"signaturer i andre lande." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:10 +msgid "In the European Union" +msgstr "I den Europæiske Union" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The `eIDAS regulation <http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2014/910/oj>`_ " +"establishes the framework for electronic signatures in all `27 member states" +" of the European Union <https://europa.eu/european-union/about-" +"eu/countries_en>`_." +msgstr "" +"`eIDAS reguleringen <http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2014/910/oj>`_ oprette " +"rammen for elektroniske signaturer i samtlige `27 medlemslande i den " +"Europæiske Union <https://europa.eu/european-union/about-eu/countries_en>`_." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:16 +msgid "It distinguishes three types of electronic signatures:" +msgstr "Den skelner mellem tre typer elektroniske signaturer:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:18 +msgid "Electronic signatures" +msgstr "Elektronisk signaturer" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:19 +msgid "Advanced electronic signatures" +msgstr "Avanceret elektronisk signaturer" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:20 +msgid "Qualified electronic signatures" +msgstr "Kvalificeret elektronisk signaturer" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Odoo generates the first type, regular electronic signatures, and these " +"signatures can produce legal effects in the EU, as the regulation states " +"that “an electronic signature shall not be denied legal effect and " +"admissibility as evidence in legal proceedings solely on the grounds that it" +" is in an electronic form or that it does not meet the requirements for " +"qualified electronic signatures.”" +msgstr "" +"Odoo genererer den første type, normal elektronisk signaturer, og disse " +"signaturer kan have retsvirkning i EU, eftersom reglerne tilkendegiver, at " +"\"en elektronisk signatur nægtes ikke retsvirkning og antagelighed som bevis" +" i retssager udelukkende med den begrundelse, at den er i elektronisk form, " +"eller at den ikke opfylder kravene til kvalificerede elektroniske " +"signaturer. ”" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Note that electronic signatures may not be automatically recognized as " +"valid. You may need to bring supporting evidence of a signature’s validity." +msgstr "" +"Bemærk at elektronisk signaturer muligvis ikke automatisk genkendes som " +"gyldige. Det kan være du skal medbringe understøttende bevis på signaturens " +"gyldighed." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:31 +msgid "In the United States of America" +msgstr "I Amerikas Forenede Stater" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:33 +msgid "" +"The `ESIGN Act (Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act) " +"<https://www.fdic.gov/regulations/compliance/manual/10/X-3.1.pdf>`_, at the " +"interstate and international levels, and the `UETA (Uniform Electronic " +"Transactions Act) <https://www.uniformlaws.org/committees/community-" +"home/librarydocuments?communitykey=2c04b76c-2b7d-4399-977e-" +"d5876ba7e034&tab=librarydocuments>`_, at the state level, provide the legal " +"framework for electronic signatures. Note that `Illinois " +"<https://www.ilga.gov/legislation/ilcs/ilcs5.asp?ActID=89&>`_ and `New York " +"<https://its.ny.gov/electronic-signatures-and-records-act-esra>`_ have not " +"adopted the UETA, but similar acts instead." +msgstr "" +"`ESIGN Act (Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act) " +"<https://www.fdic.gov/regulations/compliance/manual/10/X-3.1.pdf>`_, på " +"mellemstatslige og internationale niveauer og `UETA (Uniform Electronic " +"Transactions Act) <https://www.uniformlaws.org/committees/community-" +"home/librarydocuments?communitykey=2c04b76c-2b7d-4399-977e-" +"d5876ba7e034&tab=librarydocuments>`_, på statsniveau give den juridiske " +"ramme for elektroniske signaturer. Bemærk at Ìllinois " +"<https://www.ilga.gov/legislation/ilcs/ilcs5.asp?ActID=89&>`_ samt `New York" +" <https://its.ny.gov/electronic-signatures-and-records-act-esra>`_ har ikke " +"vedtaget UETA, men lignende handlinger i stedet." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Overall, to be recognized as valid, electronic signatures have to meet five " +"criteria:" +msgstr "" +"Overordnet set, for at blive anerkendt som gyldig, skal elektroniske " +"signaturer opfylde fem kriterier:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:44 +msgid "" +"A signer must show a clear intent to sign. For example, using a mouse to " +"draw a signature can show intent. The signer must also have the option to " +"opt-out of electronically signing a document." +msgstr "" +"En underskriver skal vise en klar hensigt om at underskrive. For eksempel, " +"brugen af en mus til at tegne en signatur kan tilkendegive hensigt. " +"Underskriveren skal også have mulighed for at fravælge elektronisk signering" +" af et dokument." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:47 +msgid "" +"A signer must first express or imply their consent to conduct business " +"electronically." +msgstr "" +"En underskriver skal først udtrykke eller antyde deres samtykke til at drive" +" forretning elektronisk." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:48 +msgid "" +"The signature must be clearly attributed. In Odoo, metadata, such as the " +"signer’s IP address, is added to the signature, which can be used as " +"supporting evidence." +msgstr "" +"Underskriften skal tydeligt tilskrives. I Odoo tilføjes metadata, såsom " +"underskriverens IP-adresse, til signaturen, som kan bruges som bevis." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The signature must be associated with the document being signed, for " +"example, by keeping a record detailing how the signature was captured." +msgstr "" +"Signaturen skal tilknyttes det dokument, der underskrives, for eksempel ved " +"at føre en registrering, der beskriver, hvordan signaturen blev fanget." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Electronically signed documents need to be retained and available for later " +"reference by all parties involved, for example, by providing the signer " +"either a fully-executed copy or the option to download a copy." +msgstr "" +"Elektronisk underskrevne dokumenter skal opbevares og være tilgængelige til " +"senere henvisning af alle involverede parter, for eksempel ved at give " +"underskriveren enten en fuldt udført kopi eller muligheden for at downloade " +"en kopi." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:57 +msgid "" +"The information provided here does not constitute legal advice; it is " +"provided for general informational purposes only. As laws governing " +"electronic signatures evolve rapidly, we cannot guarantee that the " +"information is up to date. We advise you to should contact a local attorney " +"to obtain legal advice." +msgstr "" +"Oplysningerne her udgør ikke juridisk rådgivning; den leveres kun til " +"generelle informationsformål. Da love, der regulerer elektroniske " +"signaturer, udvikler sig hurtigt, kan vi ikke garantere, at oplysningerne er" +" opdaterede. Vi råder dig til at kontakte en lokal advokat for at få " +"juridisk rådgivning." diff --git a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po deleted file mode 100644 index a8b7085de..000000000 --- a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,116 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# peso <peer.sommerlund@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Sanne Kristensen <sanne@vkdata.dk>, 2020 -# Mads Søndergaard, 2020 -# Pernille Kristensen <pernillekristensen1994@gmail.com>, 2021 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Pernille Kristensen <pernillekristensen1994@gmail.com>, 2021\n" -"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: da\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../fsm.rst:5 -msgid "Field Service" -msgstr "Felt tjeneste" - -#: ../../fsm/helpdesk.rst:3 -msgid "Helpdesk" -msgstr "Helpdesk" - -#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:3 -msgid "Plan onsite interventions from helpdesk tickets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:4 -msgid "" -"The integration with the Helpdesk app lets your helpdesk team manage " -"intervention requests directly. Planning field service tasks from tickets " -"speeds up your processes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:8 -msgid "Configure the helpdesk team" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`. Select" -" a team and enable *Onsite Interventions*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:16 -msgid "" -"The helpdesk tickets of the team now display the *Plan Intervention* button." -" Click on it to create a new task under your field service project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/sales.rst:3 -msgid "Sales" -msgstr "Salg" - -#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:3 -msgid "Create onsite interventions from sales orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:4 -msgid "" -"Allowing your sales team to open onsite interventions creates a seamless " -"experience for your customers. They can receive a quotation they first have " -"to approve before the work even starts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:8 -msgid "Configure a product" -msgstr "Konfigurer et produkt" - -#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration --> Products` and " -"create or edit a product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Under the *General Information* tab, select *Service* as *Product Type*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Under the *Sales* tab, select *Timesheets on tasks* as *Service Invoicing " -"Policy*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:15 -msgid "Select *Create a task in an existing project* as *Service Tracking*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:17 -msgid "Select your *Project*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:19 -msgid "" -"If you use them, select your *Worksheet Template* and then click on *Save*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:25 -msgid "" -"From the *Sales* app, create a quotation with the product and confirm it. A " -"task is automatically set up under your Field Service project. It is " -"directly accessible from the sales order." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/general.po index b6b119740..23dddbce2 100644 --- a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # @@ -9,19 +9,19 @@ # Pernille Kristensen <pernillekristensen1994@gmail.com>, 2020 # Sanne Kristensen <sanne@vkdata.dk>, 2020 # lhmflexerp <lhm@flexerp.dk>, 2020 -# Martin Trigaux, 2021 # JonathanStein <jstein@image.dk>, 2021 -# Mads Søndergaard, 2021 # Mads Søndergaard <mads@vkdata.dk>, 2021 +# Martin Trigaux, 2021 +# Mads Søndergaard, 2021 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-18 07:12+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Mads Søndergaard <mads@vkdata.dk>, 2021\n" +"Last-Translator: Mads Søndergaard, 2021\n" "Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -29,55 +29,55 @@ msgstr "" "Language: da\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" -#: ../../general.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:3 msgid "General" msgstr "Generel" -#: ../../general/auth.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth.rst:3 msgid "Authentication" msgstr "Godkendelse" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:3 msgid "Two-factor Authentication" msgstr "To-faktor Autentificering" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:5 msgid "" "Two-factor authentication (\"2FA\") is a good way to improve the security of" " an account, to make it less likely that an other person will manage to log " "in instead of you." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:9 msgid "" "Practically, it means storing a secret inside an *authenticator* (usually " "your cell phone) and exchanging a code from the authenticator when you try " "to log in." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:13 msgid "" "This means an attacker needs *both* to have guessed (or found) your password" " and to access (or steal) your authenticator, a more difficult proposition " "than either one or the other." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:18 msgid "Requirements" msgstr "Krav" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:20 msgid "" "These lists are just examples, they are not endorsements of any specific " "software." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:23 msgid "" "If you don't already have one, you will need to choose an authenticator." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:26 msgid "" "Phone-based authenticators are the easiest and most common so we will assume" " you'll pick and install one on your phone, examples include `Authy " @@ -91,177 +91,177 @@ msgid "" " <https://bitwarden.com/help/article/authenticator-keys/>`_, ..." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:39 msgid "" "For the sake of demonstration we will be using Google Authenticator (not " "because it is any good but because it is quite common)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:43 msgid "Setting up two-factor authentication" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:45 msgid "" "Once you have your authenticator of choice, go to the Odoo instance you want" " to setup :abbr:`2FA (two-factor authentication)`, then open " ":guilabel:`Preferences` (or :guilabel:`My Profile`):" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:52 msgid "" "Open the :guilabel:`Account Security` tab, then click the :guilabel:`Enable " "two-factor authentication` button:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:58 msgid "" "Because this is a security-sensitive action, you will need to input your " "password:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:64 msgid "After which you will see this screen with a barcode:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:69 msgid "" "In most applications, you can simply *scan the barcode* via the " "authenticator of your choice, the authenticator will then take care of all " "the setup:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:78 msgid "" "If you can not scan the screen (e.g. because you are doing this set-up on " "the same phone as the authenticator application), you can click the provided" " link, or copy the secret to manually set-up your authenticator:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:89 msgid "" "Once this is done, the authenticator should display a *verification code* " "with some useful identifying information (e.g. the domain and login for " "which the code is):" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:96 msgid "" "You can now input the code into the :guilabel:`Verification Code` field, " "then click the :guilabel:`Enable two-factor authentication` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:100 msgid "" "Congratulation, your account is now protected by two-factor authentication!" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:107 msgid "Logging in" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:109 msgid "You should now :guilabel:`Log out` to follow along." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:111 msgid "" "On the login page, input the username and password of the account for which " "you set up :abbr:`2FA (two-factor authentication)`, rather than immediately " "enter Odoo you will now get a second log-in screen:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:118 msgid "" "Get your authenticator, input the code it provides for the domain and " "account, validate, and you're now in." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:121 msgid "" "And that's it. From now on, unless you disable :abbr:`2FA (two-factor " "authentication)` you will have a two-step log-in process rather than the old" " one-step process." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:125 msgid "" "Don't lose your authenticator, if you do, you will need an *Odoo " "Administrator* to disable :abbr:`2FA (two-factor authentication)` on the " "account." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/azure.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:3 msgid "OAuth" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/azure.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:5 msgid "" "Due to specific requirements in Azure's OAuth implementation, Microsoft " "Azure OAuth identification is NOT compatible with Odoo at the moment." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:3 msgid "How to allow users to sign in with their Google account" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:5 msgid "" "Connect to your Google account and go to the `Google API Dashboard " "<https://console.developers.google.com/>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:8 msgid "" "Click on **Create Project** and enter the project name and other details." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:16 msgid "Click on **Use Google APIs**" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:21 msgid "" "On the left side menu, select the sub menu **Credentials** (from **API " "Manager**) then select **OAuth consent screen**." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:26 msgid "" "Fill in your address, email and the product name (for example odoo) and then" " save." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:31 msgid "" "Then click on **Add Credentials** and select the second option (OAuth 2.0 " "Client ID)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:39 msgid "" "Check that the application type is set on **Web Application**. Now configure" " the allowed pages on which you will be redirected." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:41 msgid "" "To achieve this, complete the field **Authorized redirect URIs**. Copy paste" " the following link in the box: http://mydomain.odoo.com/auth_oauth/signin. " "Then click on **Create**" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:49 msgid "" "Once done, you receive two information (your Client ID and Client Secret). " "You have to insert your Client ID in the **General Settings**." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:3 msgid "How to use Google Spreadsheet in Addition to my Data?" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:5 msgid "" "Create custom dashboards in Google Spreadsheet that retrieves data directly " "from Odoo using spreadsheet formula. You can use it to create sales " @@ -269,71 +269,72 @@ msgid "" "Python but programming skills are not required." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:10 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:84 -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:16 ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:13 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Konfiguration" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:12 msgid "" "From the *General Settings*, active *Google Drive* and *Google Spreadsheet*." " The options *Authorization Code* and *Get Authorization Code* are now " "available." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:19 msgid "" "Now, link your Google account with Odoo going to :menuselection:`Get " "Authorization Code --> select your Google account --> enter your password " "--> copy the code --> paste it into the Authorization Code field`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:24 msgid "Create a new Spreadsheet" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:26 msgid "" "From the *CRM* app, for example, go to *Favorites* and click on *Add to " "Google Spreadsheet*." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:32 msgid "A new spreadsheet will be automatically created in your Google Drive." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:35 msgid "" "When you opening this new file, a second sheet is created automatically by " "Odoo with a tutorial/documentation on *How to use Google Spreadsheet*." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:39 msgid "Link a Spreadsheet with Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:41 msgid "From this new file, configure your database." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:42 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Odoo --> Server Settings --> Database Name --> " "Username --> Password`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:49 msgid "Applications" msgstr "Applikation" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:51 msgid "" "You have 2 different formulas of using Google Spreadsheet in Odoo: retrieve " "data and retrieve grouped sums." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:55 msgid "" "Google Drive limits the execution time of scripts; if the data you requested" " takes too long to be delivered, you might get an error. There is no " @@ -342,109 +343,109 @@ msgid "" "usually fine." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:62 msgid "Retrieve Data" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:66 msgid "" "The theoretical formula is :command:`= oe_browse " "(table;columns;filters;orderby:limit)`. Used it if you want to display the " "information without grouping it (e.g.: each sales order in the database)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:67 msgid "Find some the arguments in the table below." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:74 msgid "Retrieve Grouped Sums" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:77 msgid "" "The theoretical formula is :command:`= oe_read_group " "(table;columns;group_by;filters;orderby:limit)`. Use it when you want to " "display a sum of data (e.g.: total invoiced)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:78 msgid "Find some arguments in the table below." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:85 msgid "Other uses" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:87 msgid "" "Mix Odoo data with spreadsheet data, add traditional formulas, and create " "Dynamic Tabled and Graphs." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:3 msgid "How to allow users to sign in with LDAP" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:5 msgid "Install the LDAP module in General Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:7 msgid "Click on **Create** in Setup your LDAP Server." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:15 msgid "Choose the company about to use the LDAP." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:20 msgid "" "In **Server Information**, enter the IP address of your server and the port " "it listens to." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:22 msgid "Tick **User TLS** if your server is compatible." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:27 msgid "" "In **Login Information**, enter ID and password of the account used to query" " the server. If left empty, the server will be queried anonymously." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:32 msgid "" "In **Process Parameter**, enter the domain name of your LDAP server in LDAP " "nomenclature (e.g. ``dc=example,dc=com``)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:34 msgid "In **LDAP filter**, enter ``uid=%s``" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:39 msgid "" "In **User Information**, tick *Create User* if you want Odoo to create a " "User profile the first time someone log in with LDAP." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:41 msgid "" "In **Template User**, indicate a template for the new profiles created. If " "left blanked, the admin profile will be used as template." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import.rst:3 msgid "Data Import" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:3 msgid "How to adapt an import template" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:5 msgid "" "Import templates are provided in the import tool of the most common data to " "import (contacts, products, bank statements, etc.). You can open them with " @@ -452,66 +453,66 @@ msgid "" "etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:11 msgid "How to customize the file" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:13 msgid "" "Remove columns you don't need. We advise to not remove the *ID* one (see why" " here below)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:15 -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:27 msgid "" "Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:20 msgid "" "When you add a new column, Odoo might not be able to map it automatically if" " its label doesn't fit any field of the system. If so, find the " "corresponding field using the search." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:27 msgid "" "Then, use the label you found in your import template in order to make it " "work straight away the very next time you try to import." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:31 msgid "Why an “ID” column" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:33 msgid "" "The **ID** (External ID) is an unique identifier for the line item. Feel " "free to use the one of your previous software to ease the transition to " "Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:36 msgid "" "Setting an ID is not mandatory when importing but it helps in many cases:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:38 msgid "" "Update imports: you can import the same file several times without creating " "duplicates;" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:39 msgid "Import relation fields (see here below)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:42 msgid "How to import relation fields" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:44 msgid "" "An Odoo object is always related to many other objects (e.g. a product is " "linked to product categories, attributes, vendors, etc.). To import those " @@ -519,7 +520,7 @@ msgid "" "their own list menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:48 msgid "" "You can do it using either the name of the related record or its ID. The ID " "is expected when two records have the same name. In such a case add \" / " @@ -527,47 +528,47 @@ msgid "" "Attributes / Attribute / ID)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:3 msgid "Import data" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:6 msgid "How to start" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:8 msgid "" "You can import data on any Odoo's business object using either Excel (.xlsx)" " or CSV (.csv) formats: contacts, products, bank statements, journal entries" " and even orders!" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:12 msgid "" "Open the view of the object you want to populate and click on " ":menuselection:`Favorites --> Import records`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:18 msgid "" "There you are provided with templates you can easily populate with your own " "data. Such templates can be imported in one click; The data mapping is " "already done." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:23 msgid "How to adapt the template" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:25 msgid "Add, remove and sort columns to fit at best your data structure." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:26 msgid "We advise to not remove the **ID** one (see why in the next section)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:32 msgid "" "When you add a new column, Odoo might not be able to map it automatically if" " its label doesn't fit any field in Odoo. Don't worry! You can map new " @@ -575,17 +576,17 @@ msgid "" "corresponding field." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:40 msgid "" "Then, use this field's label in your file in order to make it work straight " "on the very next time." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:45 msgid "How to import from another application" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:47 msgid "" "In order to re-create relationships between different records, you should " "use the unique identifier from the original application and map it to the " @@ -595,18 +596,18 @@ msgid "" " be stuck if at least 2 records have the same name." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:55 msgid "" "The **ID** will also be used to update the original import if you need to " "re-import modified data later, it's thus good practice to specify it " "whenever possible." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:61 msgid "I cannot find the field I want to map my column to" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:63 msgid "" "Odoo tries to find with some heuristic, based on the first ten lines of the " "files, the type of field for each column inside your file. For example if " @@ -617,18 +618,18 @@ msgid "" " default." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:72 msgid "" "If that happens, you just have to check the ** Show fields of relation " "fields (advanced)** option, you will then be able to choose from the " "complete list of fields for each column." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:80 msgid "Where can I change the date import format?" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:82 msgid "" "Odoo can automatically detect if a column is a date, and it will try to " "guess the date format from a set of most commonly used date formats. While " @@ -638,7 +639,7 @@ msgid "" "the month in a date such as '01-03-2016'." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:88 msgid "" "To view which date format Odoo has found from your file you can check the " "**Date Format** that is shown when clicking on **Options** under the file " @@ -646,7 +647,7 @@ msgid "" " the *ISO 8601* to define the format." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:93 msgid "" "If you are importing an excel (.xls, .xlsx) file, you can use date cells to " "store dates as the display of dates in excel is different from the way it is" @@ -654,11 +655,11 @@ msgid "" "whatever your locale date format is." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:98 msgid "Can I import numbers with currency sign (e.g.: $32.00)?" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:100 msgid "" "Yes, we fully support numbers with parenthesis to represent negative sign as" " well as numbers with currency sign attached to them. Odoo also " @@ -668,56 +669,56 @@ msgid "" "crash." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:105 msgid "" "Examples of supported numbers (using thirty-two thousands as an example):" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:107 msgid "32.000,00" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:108 msgid "32000,00" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:109 msgid "32,000.00" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:110 msgid "-32000.00" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:111 msgid "(32000.00)" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:112 msgid "$ 32.000,00" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:113 msgid "(32000.00 €)" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:115 msgid "Example that will not work:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:117 msgid "ABC 32.000,00" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:118 msgid "$ (32.000,00)" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:121 msgid "What can I do when the Import preview table isn't displayed correctly?" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:123 msgid "" "By default the Import preview is set on commas as field separators and " "quotation marks as text delimiters. If your csv file does not have these " @@ -725,20 +726,20 @@ msgid "" " CSV file bar after you select your file)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:127 msgid "" "Note that if your CSV file has a tabulation as separator, Odoo will not " "detect the separations. You will need to change the file format options in " "your spreadsheet application. See the following question." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:132 msgid "" "How can I change the CSV file format options when saving in my spreadsheet " "application?" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:134 msgid "" "If you edit and save CSV files in spreadsheet applications, your computer's " "regional settings will be applied for the separator and delimiter. We " @@ -747,18 +748,18 @@ msgid "" "the box 'Edit filter settings' --> Save`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:139 msgid "" "Microsoft Excel will allow you to modify only the encoding when saving (in " ":menuselection:`'Save As' dialog box --> click 'Tools' dropdown list --> " "Encoding tab`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:143 msgid "What's the difference between Database ID and External ID?" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:145 msgid "" "Some fields define a relationship with another object. For example, the " "country of a contact is a link to a record of the 'Country' object. When you" @@ -768,58 +769,58 @@ msgid "" "import." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:150 msgid "" "For example, to reference the country of a contact, Odoo proposes you 3 " "different fields to import:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:152 msgid "Country: the name or code of the country" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:153 msgid "" "Country/Database ID: the unique Odoo ID for a record, defined by the ID " "postgresql column" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:154 msgid "" "Country/External ID: the ID of this record referenced in another application" " (or the .XML file that imported it)" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:157 msgid "For the country Belgium, you can use one of these 3 ways to import:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:159 msgid "Country: Belgium" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:160 msgid "Country/Database ID: 21" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:161 msgid "Country/External ID: base.be" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:163 msgid "" "According to your need, you should use one of these 3 ways to reference " "records in relations. Here is when you should use one or the other, " "according to your need:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:166 msgid "" "Use Country: This is the easiest way when your data come from CSV files that" " have been created manually." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:168 msgid "" "Use Country/Database ID: You should rarely use this notation. It's mostly " "used by developers as it's main advantage is to never have conflicts (you " @@ -827,13 +828,13 @@ msgid "" "Database ID)" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:171 msgid "" "Use Country/External ID: Use External ID when you import data from a third " "party application." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:173 msgid "" "When you use External IDs, you can import CSV files with the \"External ID\"" " column to define the External ID of each record you import. Then, you will " @@ -842,23 +843,23 @@ msgid "" "Products and their Categories." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:178 msgid "" ":download:`CSV file for categories " -"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_product_categories.csv>`." +"<files/External_id_3rd_party_application_product_categories.csv>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:181 msgid "" ":download:`CSV file for Products " -"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_products.csv>`." +"<files/External_id_3rd_party_application_products.csv>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:185 msgid "What can I do if I have multiple matches for a field?" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:187 msgid "" "If for example you have two product categories with the child name " "\"Sellable\" (ie. \"Misc. Products/Sellable\" & \"Other " @@ -869,20 +870,20 @@ msgid "" "the duplicates' values or your product category hierarchy." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:193 msgid "" "However if you do not wish to change your configuration of product " "categories, we recommend you use make use of the external ID for this field " "'Category'." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:197 msgid "" "How can I import a many2many relationship field (e.g. a customer that has " "multiple tags)?" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:199 msgid "" "The tags should be separated by a comma without any spacing. For example, if" " you want your customer to be linked to both tags 'Manufacturer' and " @@ -890,19 +891,19 @@ msgid "" " of your CSV file." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:203 msgid "" ":download:`CSV file for Manufacturer, Retailer " -"<../../_static/example_files/m2m_customers_tags.csv>`" +"<files/m2m_customers_tags.csv>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:207 msgid "" "How can I import a one2many relationship (e.g. several Order Lines of a " "Sales Order)?" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:209 msgid "" "If you want to import sales order having several order lines; for each order" " line, you need to reserve a specific row in the CSV file. The first order " @@ -913,41 +914,41 @@ msgid "" "quotations you can import, based on demo data." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:216 msgid "" ":download:`File for some Quotations " -"<../../_static/example_files/purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.csv>`." +"<files/purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.csv>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:218 msgid "" "The following CSV file shows how to import purchase orders with their " "respective purchase order lines:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:221 msgid "" ":download:`Purchase orders with their respective purchase order lines " -"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_purchase_order_lines.csv>`." +"<files/o2m_purchase_order_lines.csv>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:223 msgid "" "The following CSV file shows how to import customers and their respective " "contacts:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:225 msgid "" ":download:`Customers and their respective contacts " -"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_customers_contacts.csv>`." +"<files/o2m_customers_contacts.csv>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:228 msgid "Can I import several times the same record?" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:230 msgid "" "If you import a file that contains one of the column \"External ID\" or " "\"Database ID\", records that have already been imported will be modified " @@ -957,17 +958,17 @@ msgid "" "depending if it's new or not." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:235 msgid "" "This feature allows you to use the Import/Export tool of Odoo to modify a " "batch of records in your favorite spreadsheet application." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:239 msgid "What happens if I do not provide a value for a specific field?" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:241 msgid "" "If you do not set all fields in your CSV file, Odoo will assign the default " "value for every non defined fields. But if you set fields with empty values " @@ -975,11 +976,11 @@ msgid "" "assigning the default value." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:246 msgid "How to export/import different tables from an SQL application to Odoo?" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:251 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:248 msgid "" "If you need to import data from different tables, you will have to recreate " "relations between records belonging to different tables. (e.g. if you import" @@ -987,7 +988,7 @@ msgid "" "person and the company they work for)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:252 msgid "" "To manage relations between tables, you can use the \"External ID\" " "facilities of Odoo. The \"External ID\" of a record is the unique identifier" @@ -997,36 +998,36 @@ msgid "" "'company_1', 'person_1' instead of '1')" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:261 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:258 msgid "" "As an example, suppose you have a SQL database with two tables you want to " "import: companies and persons. Each person belong to one company, so you " "will have to recreate the link between a person and the company he work for." " (If you want to test this example, here is a :download:`dump of such a " -"PostgreSQL database <../../_static/example_files/database_import_test.sql>`)" +"PostgreSQL database <files/database_import_test.sql>`)" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:263 msgid "" "We will first export all companies and their \"External ID\". In PSQL, write" " the following command:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:269 msgid "This SQL command will create the following CSV file:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:278 msgid "" "To create the CSV file for persons, linked to companies, we will use the " "following SQL command in PSQL:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:284 msgid "It will produce the following CSV file:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:297 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:294 msgid "" "As you can see in this file, Fabien and Laurence are working for the Bigees " "company (company_1) and Eric is working for the Organi company. The relation" @@ -1036,7 +1037,7 @@ msgid "" " who shared the same ID 1 in the original database)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:303 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:300 msgid "" "The two files produced are ready to be imported in Odoo without any " "modifications. After having imported these two CSV files, you will have 4 " @@ -1044,54 +1045,54 @@ msgid "" "company). You must first import the companies and then the persons." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars.rst:3 msgid "Calendars" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:3 msgid "Synchronize Google Calendar with Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo is perfectly integrated with Google Calendar so that you can see & " "manage your meetings from both platforms (updates go through both " "directions)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:10 msgid "Setup in Google" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:11 msgid "" "Go to `Google APIs platform <https://console.developers.google.com>`__ to " "generate Google Calendar API credentials. Log in with your Google account." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:14 msgid "Go to the API & Services page." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:19 msgid "Search for *Google Calendar API* and select it." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:27 msgid "Enable the API." msgstr "Aktiver API'en." -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:32 msgid "" "Select or create an API project to store the credentials if not yet done " "before. Give it an explicit name (e.g. Odoo Sync)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:35 msgid "Create credentials." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:40 msgid "" "Select *Web browser (Javascript)* as calling source and *User data* as kind " "of data." @@ -1099,7 +1100,7 @@ msgstr "" "Vælg *Web browser (Javascript)* som kalds kilde, og *Bruger data* som slags " "på data." -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:46 msgid "" "Then you can create a Client ID. Enter the name of the application (e.g. " "Odoo Calendar) and the allowed pages on which you will be redirected. The " @@ -1108,7 +1109,7 @@ msgid "" "'/google_account/authentication'." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:55 msgid "" "Go through the Consent Screen step by entering a product name (e.g. Odoo " "Calendar). Feel free to check the customizations options but this is not " @@ -1116,29 +1117,29 @@ msgid "" " in Odoo for the first time." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:60 msgid "" "Finally you are provided with your **Client ID**. Go to *Credentials* to get" " the **Client Secret** as well. Both of them are required in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:67 msgid "Setup in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:69 msgid "" "Install the **Google Calendar** App from the *Apps* menu or by checking the " "option in :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:75 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and enter your **Client" " ID** and **Client Secret** in Google Calendar option." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:81 msgid "" "The setup is now ready. Open your Odoo Calendar and sync with Google. The " "first time you do it you are redirected to Google to authorize the " @@ -1146,25 +1147,25 @@ msgid "" " whenever you want to synchronize your calendar." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:89 msgid "As of now you no longer have excuses to miss a meeting!" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:3 msgid "Synchronization with Outlook's Calendar" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:5 msgid "" "Synchronizing your **main** Outlook Calendar with Odoo is useful to keep " "track of your tasks and appointments, and across all related applications." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:9 msgid "Register your application with the Microsoft identity platform" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:13 msgid "" "In order to be able to sync your Outlook Calendar with Odoo's Calendar, a " "Microsoft Azure account is needed. The creation of an account is free for " @@ -1172,7 +1173,7 @@ msgid "" "here <https://azure.microsoft.com/en-us/free/?WT.mc_id=A261C142F>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:15 msgid "" "Following, `Set up an Azure AD Tenant <https://docs.microsoft.com/en-" "us/azure/active-directory/develop/quickstart-create-new-tenant>`_, also " @@ -1180,69 +1181,69 @@ msgid "" "and register apps." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:17 msgid "" "Ultimately, `Register an Application <https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure" "/active-directory/develop/quickstart-register-app>`_, choosing the " "appropriate supported account type." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:20 msgid "When configuring your platform settings, choose *Web*." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:0 msgid "" "For the **Redirect URI restrictions**, copy your Odoo database URI followed " "by ``/microsoft_account/authentication``. Example:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:0 msgid "" "For more information on the restrictions and limitations of URIs, `check " "this page <https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/active-directory/develop" "/reply-url>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:37 msgid "" "Regarding credentials, you *must* **Add a client secret**, called *Client " "Secret* in Odoo, which allows Odoo to authenticate itself, requiring no " "interaction from your side. *Certificates* are optional." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:42 msgid "Configuration in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:44 msgid "Go to general *Settings* and activate the *Outlook Calendar* feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:50 msgid "" "From your Azure portal, under *Overview*, copy your *Application (client) " "ID*, and paste it to *Client ID* in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:57 msgid "" "Going back to your Azure portal, now under *Certificates & secrets*, copy " "your *Client Secret Value* and paste it to *Client Secret* in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:67 msgid "Sync with Outlook" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:0 msgid "" "Odoo Calendar sends a confirmation email at the creation of an event to its " "attendees. But, on the **first** sync, Outlook will also send confirmation " "emails of all scheduled events (including past ones)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:0 msgid "" "To avoid this situation, we recommend *archiving all past events, and " "removing yourself from future ones in Odoo Calendar before the first sync*. " @@ -1251,20 +1252,20 @@ msgid "" "sync, events will only send one confirmation email." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:82 msgid "" "Go to the *Calendar* application and *Sync with Outlook*. You are asked to " "log in to your account, if you are not already, and grant the required " "permissions." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:89 msgid "" "The synchronization is a two-way process, meaning that events are reconciled" " in both accounts (Outlook and Odoo)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:97 msgid "" "All users that want to use the synchronization simply need to :ref:`sync " "their calendar with Outlook <outlook_calendar/sync_with_outlook>`. The " @@ -1274,137 +1275,137 @@ msgid "" "external users." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:103 -msgid ":doc:`../../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension`" +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:103 +msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:104 msgid ":doc:`../google/google_calendar_credentials`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/developer_mode.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:3 msgid "Developer Mode" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:3 msgid "Activate the Developer (Debug) Mode" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:5 msgid "" "The Developer or Debug Mode gives you access to extra and advanced tools." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:8 msgid "Through the Settings application" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:10 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Activate the developer mode`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:17 msgid "" "*Activate the developer mode (with assets)* is used by developers; *Activate" " the developer mode (with tests assets)* is used by developers and testers." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:20 msgid "" "Once activated, the *Deactivate the developer mode* option becomes " "available." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:23 msgid "Through a browser extension" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:26 msgid "" "Go to the settings and extensions of your web browser, and search for *Odoo " "Debug*. Once the extension is installed, a new icon will be shown on your " "toolbar." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:28 msgid "" "For the *Odoo Debug* extension, a single click enables a normal version of " "the mode, while a double click enables it with assets. To deactivate it, use" " a single click." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:35 msgid "Through the URL" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:37 msgid "In the URL add ``?debug=1`` or ``?debug=true`` after *web*." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:44 msgid "Developers: type ``?debug=assets`` and activate the mode with assets." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:47 msgid "Locate the mode tools" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:49 msgid "" "The Developer mode tools can be accessed from the *Open Developer Tools* " "button, located on the header of your pages." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:3 msgid "In-App Purchase" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:3 msgid "General guide about In-App Purchase (IAP) Services" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:5 msgid "" "In-App Purchases (IAP) gives access to additional services through Odoo. For" " instance, it allows me to send SMS Text Messages or to send Invoices by " "post directly from my database." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:9 msgid "Buying Credits" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:11 msgid "" "Each IAP Service relies on prepaid credits to work and has its own pricing. " "To consult my current balance or to recharge my account, go to " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Odoo IAP --> View my Services`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:19 msgid "" "If I am on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, I benefit " "from free credits to test our IAP features." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:23 msgid "IAP accounts" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:25 msgid "" "Credits to use IAP services are stored on IAP accounts, which are specific " "to each service and database. By default, IAP accounts are common to all " "companies, but can be restricted to specific ones. Activate the " -":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, then go to " +":doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>`, then go to " ":menuselection:`Technical Settings --> IAP Account`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:34 msgid "IAP Portal" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:36 msgid "" "The IAP Portal is a platform regrouping my IAP Services. It is accessible " "from :menuselection:`Settings app --> Odoo IAP --> View my Services`. From " @@ -1412,11 +1413,11 @@ msgid "" "consumption and set a reminder to when credits are low." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:44 msgid "Get notified when credits are low" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:46 msgid "" "To be notified when it’s time to recharge my credits, I’ll go to my IAP " "Portal through :menuselection:`Settings app --> Odoo IAP --> View my " @@ -1426,48 +1427,68 @@ msgid "" "by email!" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:56 msgid "IAP services available" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:58 msgid "" "Different services are available depending on the hosting type of your " "Database:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:60 msgid "" "*Odoo Online (SAAS)*: only the IAP services provided by Odoo can be used " "(i.e. the SMS, Snailmail, Reveal and Partner Autocomplete features);" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:62 msgid "" "*Odoo.sh and Odoo Enterprise (on-premise)*: both the services provided by " "Odoo and by third-party apps can be used." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:66 msgid "Offering my own services" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:68 msgid "" "I am more than welcome to offer my own IAP services through Odoo Apps! It is" " the perfect opportunity to get recurring revenue for an ongoing service use" " rather than — and possibly instead of — a sole initial purchase. Please, " -"find more information at: `In-App Purchase " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/14.0/webservices/iap.html>`_" +"find more information at: :doc:`In-App Purchase " +"</developer/webservices/iap>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies.rst:3 -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:2 -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/general/mobile.rst:4 +msgid "Mobile" +msgstr "Mobil" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/mobile.rst:7 +msgid "Push Notifications" +msgstr "Push notifikationer" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/mobile.rst:9 +msgid "" +"As of Odoo 12.0, 13.0 or above, there is no more complex configuration to " +"enable push notifications in the mobile app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/mobile.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Simply go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Odoo Cloud " +"Notification (OCN)` and make sure that **Push Notifications** is checked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:2 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:189 msgid "Multi Companies" msgstr "Flere selskaber" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:4 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:4 msgid "" "A centralized management environment allows you to select multiple companies" " simultaneously and set their specific warehouses, customers, equipment, and" @@ -1476,11 +1497,11 @@ msgid "" "overall management process." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:10 msgid "Manage companies and records" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:12 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Manage Companies` and fill in the form " "with your company’s information. If a *Parent Company* is selected, records " @@ -1488,15 +1509,15 @@ msgid "" "active)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:21 msgid "" -"Activate the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` " -"to choose a *Favicon* for each of your companies, and easily identify them " -"by the browser tabs. Set your favicons’ files size to 16x16 or 32x32 pixels." -" JPG, PNG, GIF, and ICO are extensions accepted." +"Activate the :doc:`Developer mode <../developer_mode/activate>` to choose a " +"*Favicon* for each of your companies, and easily identify them by the " +"browser tabs. Set your favicons’ files size to 16x16 or 32x32 pixels. JPG, " +"PNG, GIF, and ICO are extensions accepted." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:30 msgid "" "Switch between or select multiple companies by enabling their selection " "boxes to activate them. The grayed company is the one which environment is " @@ -1505,118 +1526,114 @@ msgid "" "environment in use is of *JS Store US*." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:39 msgid "" "Data such as Products, Contacts, and Equipment can be shared or set to be " "shown for a specific company only. To do so, on their forms, choose between:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:42 msgid "*A blank field*: the record is shared within all companies." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:43 msgid "" "*Adding a company*: the record is visible to users logged in to that " -"specific company and its child companies." +"specific company." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:50 msgid "Employees' access" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:52 msgid "" "Once companies are created, manage your employees' :doc:`Access Rights " -"<../odoo_basics/add_user>` for *Multi Companies*." +"<../odoo_basics/users>` for *Multi Companies*." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:61 msgid "" "If a user has multiple companies *activated* on his database, and he is " "**editing** a record, the editing happens on the record's related company." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:64 msgid "" "Example: if editing a sale order issued under JS Store US while working on " "the JS Store Belgium environment, the changes are applied under JS Store US " "(the company from which the sale order was issued)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:65 msgid "When **creating** a record, the company taken into account is:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:67 msgid "The current company (the one active) or," msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:68 msgid "No company is set (on products and contacts’ forms for example) or," msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:69 msgid "" "The company set is the one linked to the document (the same as if a record " "is being edited)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:72 msgid "Documents’ format" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:74 msgid "" "To set documents' formats according to each company, *activate* and *select*" " the respective one and, under *Settings*, click on *Configure Document " "Layout*." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:82 msgid "Inter-Company Transactions" msgstr "Interne virksomheds transaktioner" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:84 msgid "" "First, make sure each one of your companies is properly set in relation to:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:86 msgid "" ":doc:`Chart of Accounts " -"<../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts>`" +"<../../finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:88 -msgid ":doc:`Taxes <../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes>`" +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:87 +msgid ":doc:`Taxes <../../finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:88 msgid "" -":doc:`Fiscal Positions <../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions>`" +":doc:`Fiscal Positions " +"<../../finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:90 -msgid ":doc:`Journals <../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts>`" +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:89 +msgid ":doc:`Journals <../../finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:90 msgid "" ":doc:`Fiscal Localizations " -"<../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>`" +"<../../finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:92 -msgid ":doc:`Pricelists <../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing>`" +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:91 +msgid ":doc:`Pricelists <../../sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:93 -msgid "" -":doc:`Warehouses <../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:93 msgid "" "Now, activate the *Inter-Company Transactions* option under *Settings*. With" " the respective company *activated* and *selected*, choose if you would like" @@ -1624,20 +1641,20 @@ msgid "" "or at a sales/purchase orders level." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:101 msgid "" "**Synchronize invoice/bills**: generates a bill/invoice when a company " "confirms a bill/invoice for the selected company." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:104 msgid "" "*Example:* an invoice posted on JS Store Belgium, for JS Store US, " "automatically creates a vendor bill on the JS Store US, from the JS Store " "Belgium." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:111 msgid "" "**Synchronize sales/purchase order**: generates a drafted purchase/sales " "order using the selected company warehouse when a sales/purchase order is " @@ -1645,276 +1662,100 @@ msgid "" "order you rather have it validated, enable *Automatic Validation*." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:115 msgid "" "*Example:* when a sale order for JS Store US is confirmed on JS Store " "Belgium, a purchase order on JS Store Belgium is automatically created (and " "confirmed if the *Automatic Validation* feature was enabled)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:126 -msgid "Products have to be configured as *Can be sold*." +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:124 +msgid "" +"Products have to be configured as *Can be sold* and must be shared between " +"the companies." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:127 msgid "" "Remember to test all workflows as an user other than the administrator." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:132 -msgid "" -"`Multi-company Guidelines " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/14.0/howtos/company.html>`_" +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:130 +msgid ":doc:`Multi-company Guidelines </developer/howtos/company>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:133 -msgid ":doc:`../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works`" +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:131 +msgid ":doc:`../../finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics.rst:3 msgid "Basics" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:3 -msgid "Add Users and Manage Access Rights" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo defines a *user* as someone who has access to a database to perform " -"daily tasks. You can add as many users as you need and, in order to restrict" -" the type of information each user can access, rules can be applied. Users " -"and access rights can be added and changed at any point." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:12 -msgid "Add individual users" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Manage Users` and click on *Create*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Fill in the form with the needed information. Under the tab :ref:`Access " -"Rights <general/odoo_basics/add_user/access_rights>` choose the group within" -" each application the user can have access to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:24 -msgid "" -"The list of applications shown is based on the applications installed on the" -" database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:30 -msgid "" -"When you are done editing the page and have *Saved* it, an invitation email " -"is automatically sent to the user. The user must click on it to accept the " -"invitation and create a login." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Remember that subscription prices follow the number of users. Refer to our " -"`pricing page <https://www.odoo.com/pricing>`_ for more information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:42 -msgid "" -"With the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` " -"activated, *User Types* can be selected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:50 -msgid "" -"The *Portal* and *Public* options do not allow you to choose access rights. " -"Members have specific ones (such as record rules and restricted menus) and " -"usually do not belong to the usual Odoo groups." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:57 -msgid "Access Rights in detail" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:59 -msgid "" -"Activate the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, " -"then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Groups`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:63 -msgid "Groups" -msgstr "Grupper" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:68 -msgid "" -"When choosing the groups the user can have access under :ref:`Access Rights " -"<general/odoo_basics/add_individual_user>`, details of the rules and " -"inheritances of that group are not shown, so this is when the menu *Groups* " -"comes along. *Groups* are created to define rules to models within an " -"application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Under *Users*, have a list of the current ones. The ones with administrative" -" rights are shown in black." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:76 -msgid "" -"*Inherited* means that users added to this application group are " -"automatically added to the following ones. In the example below, users who " -"have access to the group *Administrator* of *Sales* also have access to " -"*Website/Restricted Editor* and *Sales/User: All Documents*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:86 -msgid "" -"Remember to always test the settings being changed in order to ensure that " -"they are being applied to the needed and right users." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:89 -msgid "" -"The *Menus* tab is where you define which menus (models) the user can have " -"access to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:96 -msgid "" -"*Access Rights* rules are the first level of rights. The field is composed " -"of the object name, which is the technical name given to a model. For each " -"model, enable the following options as appropriate:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:99 -msgid "*Read*: the values of that object can be only seen by the user." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:100 -msgid "*Write*: the values of that object can be edited by the user." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:101 -msgid "*Create*: values for that object can be created by the user." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:102 -msgid "*Delete*: the values of that object can be deleted by the user." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:109 -msgid "" -"As a second layer of editing and visibility rules, *Record Rules* can be " -"formed. They overwrite, or refine, the *Access Rights*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:112 -msgid "" -"A record rule is written using a *Domain*. Domains are conditions used to " -"filter or searching data. Therefore, a domain expression is a list of " -"conditions. For each rule, choose among the following options: *Read*, " -"*Write*, *Create* and *Delete* values." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:119 -msgid "" -"Making changes in access rights can have a big impact on the database. For " -"this reason, we recommend you to contact your Odoo Business Analyst or our " -"Support Team, unless you have knowledge about Domains in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:126 -msgid "" -"The *Multi Companies* field allows you to set to which of the multiple " -"companies database you hold the user can have access." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:130 -msgid "" -"Note that if not handled correctly, it may be the source of a lot of " -"inconsistent multi-company behaviors. Therefore, a good knowledge of Odoo is" -" required. For technical explanations refer to `this " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/14.0/howtos/company.html>`_ " -"documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:140 -msgid ":doc:`../multi_companies/manage_multi_companies`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:141 -msgid ":doc:`../../db_management/documentation`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:3 msgid "Manage Odoo in your own language" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo provides you with the option to manage Odoo in different languages, and" " each user can use Odoo in his own language ." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:9 msgid "Load your desired language" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:11 msgid "" "The first thing to do is to load your desired language on your Odoo " "instance." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:14 msgid "" "From the general dashboard click on the **Settings** app; on the top left of" " the page select :menuselection:`Translations --> Load a Translation`, " "select a language to install and click on **LOAD.**" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:23 msgid "" "If you check the \"Websites to translate\" checkbox you will have the option" " to change the navigation language on your website." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:27 msgid "Change your language" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:29 msgid "" "You can change the language to the installed language by going to the drop-" "down menu at the top right side of the screen, choose **Preferences**." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:36 msgid "" "Then change the Language setting to your installed language and click " "**SAVE.**" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:42 msgid "Open a new menu to view the changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:45 msgid "Change another user's language" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:47 msgid "" "Odoo also gives you the possibility for each user to choose his preferred " "language." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:50 msgid "" "To change the language for a different user, choose :menuselection:`Users " "--> Users` from the Settings app. Here you have a list of all users and you " @@ -1924,15 +1765,15 @@ msgid "" "**SAVE.**" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:61 -msgid ":doc:`../../website/publish/translate`" +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:61 +msgid ":doc:`../../websites/website/publish/translate`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:3 msgid "Export Data From Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:5 msgid "" "When working with a database, it sometimes is necessary to export your data " "in a distinct file. Doing so can help to do reporting over your activities " @@ -1940,21 +1781,21 @@ msgid "" "application)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:9 msgid "" "With Odoo, you can export the values from any field in any record. To do so," " activate the list view on the items that need to be exported, click on " "*Action*, and, then, on *Export*." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:17 msgid "" "Pretty simple, this action still comes with some specificities. In fact, " "when clicking on *Export*, a pop-up window appears with several options for " "the data to export:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:25 msgid "" "With the *I want to update data* option ticked, the system only shows the " "fields which can be imported. This is very helpful in case you want to " @@ -1963,14 +1804,14 @@ msgid "" "not just the ones which can be imported." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:31 msgid "" "When exporting, you can choose between two formats: .csv and .xls. With " ".csv, items are separated with a comma, while .xls holds information about " "all the worksheets in a file, including both content and formatting." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:34 msgid "" "Those are the items you may want to export. Use the arrows to display more " "sub-field options. Of course, you can use the search bar to find specific " @@ -1978,22 +1819,22 @@ msgid "" "the fields by clicking on all the arrows!" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:39 msgid "The + button is there to add fields to the “to export” list." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:40 msgid "" "The “handles” next to the selected fields allow you to move the fields up " "and down to change the order in which they must be displayed in the exported" " file." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:43 msgid "The trashcan is there if you need to remove fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:44 msgid "" "For recurring reports, it might be interesting to save export presets. " "Select all the needed ones and click on the template bar. There, click on " @@ -2001,65 +1842,314 @@ msgid "" "the same list, simply select the related template." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:51 msgid "" "It’s good to keep the field’s external identifier in mind. For example, " "*Related Company* is equal to *parent_id*. Doing so helps export only what " "you would like to import next." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers.rst:3 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:3 +msgid "Users and Access Rights" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo defines a *user* as someone who has access to a database to perform " +"daily tasks. You can add as many users as you need and, in order to restrict" +" the type of information each user can access, rules can be applied. Users " +"and access rights can be added and changed at any point." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:12 +msgid "Add individual users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Manage Users` and click on *Create*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Fill in the form with the needed information. Under the tab :ref:`Access " +"Rights <general/odoo_basics/users/access_rights>` choose the group within " +"each application the user can have access to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The list of applications shown is based on the applications installed on the" +" database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:30 +msgid "" +"When you are done editing the page and have *Saved* it, an invitation email " +"is automatically sent to the user. The user must click on it to accept the " +"invitation and create a login." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Remember that subscription prices follow the number of users. Refer to our " +"`pricing page <https://www.odoo.com/pricing>`_ for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:42 +msgid "" +"With the :doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>` " +"activated, *User Types* can be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The *Portal* and *Public* options do not allow you to choose access rights. " +"Members have specific ones (such as record rules and restricted menus) and " +"usually do not belong to the usual Odoo groups." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:57 +msgid "Passwords management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:62 +msgid "Reset passwords" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:67 +msgid "Enable password resets from login page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:69 +msgid "It is possible to enable password resets directly from the login page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:71 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Permissions`, activate " +"**Password Reset** and *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:80 +msgid "Send reset instructions to users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Users`, select the " +"user out of the list and click on *Send Password Reset Instructions* on its " +"user form. An email is automatically sent to them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:87 +msgid "" +"The *Send Password Reset Instructions* button only appears if the Odoo " +"invitation email has already been confirmed by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:90 +msgid "" +"This email contains all the instructions needed to reset the password, along" +" with a link redirecting the user to an Odoo login page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:100 +msgid "Change users’ passwords" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Users` and select " +"a user to access its form. Click on the *Action* button and select *Change " +"Password*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:109 +msgid "Enter a new password and confirm by clicking on *Change Password*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:112 +msgid "" +"This operation only modifies the password of the users locally and does not " +"affect their odoo.com account. If you want to change the odoo.com password, " +"you can :ref:`send the password reset instructions <users/reset-password-" +"email>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Click on *Change Password* one more time. You are then redirected to an Odoo" +" login page where you can reaccess your database using your new password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:122 +msgid "Access Rights in detail" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:124 +msgid "" +"Activate the :doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>`, " +"then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Groups`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:128 +msgid "Groups" +msgstr "Grupper" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:133 +msgid "" +"When choosing the groups the user can have access under :ref:`Access Rights " +"<general/odoo_basics/add_individual_user>`, details of the rules and " +"inheritances of that group are not shown, so this is when the menu *Groups* " +"comes along. *Groups* are created to define rules to models within an " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Under *Users*, have a list of the current ones. The ones with administrative" +" rights are shown in black." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:141 +msgid "" +"*Inherited* means that users added to this application group are " +"automatically added to the following ones. In the example below, users who " +"have access to the group *Administrator* of *Sales* also have access to " +"*Website/Restricted Editor* and *Sales/User: All Documents*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Remember to always test the settings being changed in order to ensure that " +"they are being applied to the needed and right users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:154 +msgid "" +"The *Menus* tab is where you define which menus (models) the user can have " +"access to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:161 +msgid "" +"*Access Rights* rules are the first level of rights. The field is composed " +"of the object name, which is the technical name given to a model. For each " +"model, enable the following options as appropriate:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:164 +msgid "*Read*: the values of that object can be only seen by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:165 +msgid "*Write*: the values of that object can be edited by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:166 +msgid "*Create*: values for that object can be created by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:167 +msgid "*Delete*: the values of that object can be deleted by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:174 +msgid "" +"As a second layer of editing and visibility rules, *Record Rules* can be " +"formed. They overwrite, or refine, the *Access Rights*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:177 +msgid "" +"A record rule is written using a *Domain*. Domains are conditions used to " +"filter or searching data. Therefore, a domain expression is a list of " +"conditions. For each rule, choose among the following options: *Read*, " +"*Write*, *Create* and *Delete* values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:184 +msgid "" +"Making changes in access rights can have a big impact on the database. For " +"this reason, we recommend you to contact your Odoo Business Analyst or our " +"Support Team, unless you have knowledge about Domains in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:191 +msgid "" +"The *Multi Companies* field allows you to set to which of the multiple " +"companies database you hold the user can have access." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:195 +msgid "" +"Note that if not handled correctly, it may be the source of a lot of " +"inconsistent multi-company behaviors. Therefore, a good knowledge of Odoo is" +" required. For technical explanations refer to :doc:`this " +"</developer/howtos/company>` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:205 +msgid ":doc:`../multi_companies/manage_multi_companies`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:206 +msgid ":doc:`../../settings/users_and_features`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:27 msgid "Payment Acquirers" msgstr "Betalingsindløser" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:3 msgid "Authorize.Net" msgstr "Authorize.Net" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:5 msgid "" "`Authorize.Net <https://www.authorize.net>`__ is a United States-based " "online payment solution provider, allowing businesses to accept **credit " "cards**." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:12 msgid "" "This Payment Acquirer offers additional options that are not available for " "other :doc:`Payment Acquirers <payment_acquirers>`, such as the ability to " "process your customer's payment after delivery." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:17 msgid "Authorize.Net account" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:19 msgid "" "If not done yet, choose a plan and `Sign Up for an Authorize.Net account " "<https://www.authorize.net/sign-up.html>`__." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:22 msgid "" "Odoo needs your **API Credentials & Keys** to connect with your " "Authorize.Net account, which comprise:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:25 msgid "API Login ID" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:26 msgid "Transaction Key" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:27 msgid "Signature Key" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:29 msgid "" "To retrieve them, log into your Authorize.Net account, go to " ":menuselection:`Account --> Security Settings --> General Security Settings " @@ -2067,19 +2157,19 @@ msgid "" "**Signature Key**." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:39 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:114 msgid "" "`Authorize.Net: Getting Started Guide " "<https://support.authorize.net/s/article/Authorize-Net-Getting-Started-" "Guide>`__" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:43 msgid "Payment Acquirer Configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:45 msgid "" "To configure Authorize.Net as Payment Acquirer in Odoo, go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Acquirers`, open " @@ -2087,43 +2177,43 @@ msgid "" "click on *Save* once you've set everything up." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:50 msgid "" "Please refer to the :doc:`Payment Acquirers documentation " "<payment_acquirers>` to read how to configure this payment acquirer." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:54 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:133 msgid "Credentials" msgstr "Kortoplysninger" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:56 msgid "" "Copy your credentials from your Authorize.Net account (API Login Id, API " "Transaction Key, and API Signature Key), paste them in the related fields " "under the **Credentials** tab, then click on **Generate Client Key**." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:61 msgid "" "The **API Client Key** is necessary only if you select *Payment from Odoo* " "option as :ref:`Payment Flow <payment_acquirers/payment_flow>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:65 msgid "" "If you are trying Authorize.Net as a test, with a *sandbox account*, change " "the **State** to *Test Mode*. We recommend doing this on a test Odoo " "database, rather than on your main database." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:69 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:151 msgid "Payment Flow" msgstr "Betalingsflow" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:71 msgid "" "The **Payment Flow** lets you decide if to redirect the user to the payment " "acquirer's portal to authenticate the payment, or if to stay on the current " @@ -2131,89 +2221,89 @@ msgid "" "**Configuration** tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:75 msgid "" "If you select *Redirection to the acquirer website*, make sure you add a " "**Default Receipt URL** and a **Default Relay Response URL** to your " "Authorize.net account." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:78 msgid "" "To do so, log into your Authorize.Net account, go to :menuselection:`Account" " --> Transaction Format Settings --> Transaction Response Settings --> " "Response/Receipt URLs`, and set the default links:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 msgid "Default Receipt URL:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 msgid "*https://[yourcompany.odoo.com]*/**payment/authorize/return**" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 msgid "Default Relay Response URL:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 msgid "*https://[yourcompany.odoo.com]*/**shop/confirmation**" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 msgid "Failing to complete this step results in the following error:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 msgid "*The referrer, relay response or receipt link URL is invalid.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:91 msgid "Capture the payment after the delivery" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:93 msgid "" "The **Capture Amount Manually** field is under the **Configuration** tab. If" " enabled, the funds are reserved for 30 days on the customer's card, but not" " charged yet." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:100 msgid "" "To capture the payment, go to the related Sales Order and click on *Capture " "Transaction*. If the order is canceled, you can click on *Void Transaction* " "to unlock the funds from the customer's card." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:108 msgid "" "After **30 days**, the transaction is **voided automatically** by " "Authorize.net." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:111 msgid "" "With other payment acquirers, you can manage the capture in their own " "interfaces, not from Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:116 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:206 msgid ":doc:`payment_acquirers`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:117 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:207 -msgid ":doc:`../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer`" +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:207 +msgid ":doc:`../../websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:3 msgid "Payment Acquirers (Credit Cards, Online Payment)" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo embeds several **payment methods** that allow your customers to pay on " "their *Customer Portals* or your *eCommerce website*. They can pay Sales " @@ -2222,14 +2312,14 @@ msgid "" "accept **Credit Cards**." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:10 msgid "" "Having several payment methods increases the chances of getting paid in " "time, or even immediately, as you make it more convenient for your customers" " to pay with the payment method they prefer and trust." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:19 msgid "" "Odoo does not keep Credit Card numbers or credentials on its servers, nor is" " it stored on Odoo databases hosted elsewhere. Instead, Odoo apps use a " @@ -2238,7 +2328,7 @@ msgid "" "credentials for the payment acquirer." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:29 msgid "" "From an accounting perspective, we can distinguish two types of payment " "acquirers: the payments that go directly on the bank account and follow the " @@ -2246,131 +2336,131 @@ msgid "" "party services and require you to follow another accounting workflow." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:36 msgid "Bank Payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 msgid ":doc:`Wire Transfer <wire_transfer>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 msgid "" "When selected, Odoo displays your payment information with a payment " "reference. You have to approve the payment manually once you have received " "it on your bank account." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 msgid "SEPA Direct Debit" msgstr "SEPA direkte debit" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 msgid "" "Your customers can sign a SEPA Direct Debit mandate online and get their " "bank account charged directly. :doc:`Click here " -"<../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd>` for more " -"information about this payment method." +"<../../finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd>` for more" +" information about this payment method." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:49 msgid "Online Payment Providers" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 msgid "Redirection to the acquirer website" msgstr "Omdirigere til modtagerens hjemmeside" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 msgid "Payment from Odoo" msgstr "Betaling fra Odoo" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 msgid "Save Cards" msgstr "Gem kort" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 msgid "Capture Amount Manually" msgstr "Indfang mængde manuelt" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:55 msgid "Adyen" msgstr "Adyen" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:55 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:57 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:61 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:65 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:67 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:69 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 msgid "✔" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:57 msgid "Alipay" msgstr "Alipay" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 msgid ":doc:`Authorize.Net <authorize>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:61 msgid "Buckaroo" msgstr "Buckaroo" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 msgid "Ingenico" msgstr "Ingenico" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:65 msgid ":doc:`PayPal <paypal>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:67 msgid "PayUMoney" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:69 msgid "SIPS" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:3 msgid "Stripe" msgstr "Stribe" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:75 msgid "" "Some of these Online Payment Providers can also be added as :doc:`Bank " -"Accounts <../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts>`, but this is **not** " -"the same process as adding them as Payment Acquirers. Payment Acquirers " -"allow customers to pay online, and Bank Accounts are added and configured on" -" your Accounting app to do a bank reconciliation, which is an accounting " -"control process." +"Accounts <../../finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts>`, but this is " +"**not** the same process as adding them as Payment Acquirers. Payment " +"Acquirers allow customers to pay online, and Bank Accounts are added and " +"configured on your Accounting app to do a bank reconciliation, which is an " +"accounting control process." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:86 msgid "" "Some of the features described in this section are available only with some " "Payment Acquirers. Refer to :ref:`the table above " "<payment_acquirers/online_providers>` for more details." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:92 msgid "Add a new Payment Acquirer" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:94 msgid "" "To add a new Payment acquirer and make it available to your customers, go to" " :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Acquirers`, look " @@ -2379,7 +2469,7 @@ msgid "" "*Enabled*." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:104 msgid "" "We recommend using the *Test Mode* on a duplicated database or a test " "database. The Test Mode is meant to be used with your test/sandbox " @@ -2389,11 +2479,11 @@ msgid "" "your main database." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:112 msgid "Credentials tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:114 msgid "" "If not done yet, go to the **Online Payment Provider**'s website, create an " "account, and make sure to have the credentials required for third-party use." @@ -2401,28 +2491,28 @@ msgid "" "and get the confirmation of the *payment authentication*." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:118 msgid "" "The form in this section is specific to the Payment Acquirer you are " "configuring. Please refer to the related documentation for more information." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:124 msgid "Configuration tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:126 msgid "" "You can change the Payment Acquirer front-end appearance by modifying its " "name under the **Displayed as** field and which credit card icons to display" " under the **Supported Payment Icons** field." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:132 msgid "Save and reuse Credit Cards" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:134 msgid "" "With the **Save Cards** feature, Odoo can store **Payment Tokens** in your " "database, which can be used for subsequent payments, without having to " @@ -2430,11 +2520,11 @@ msgid "" "recurring payments." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:141 msgid "Place a hold on a card" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:143 msgid "" "If the **Capture Amount Manually** field is enabled, the funds are reserved " "for a few days on the customer's card, but not charged yet. You must then go" @@ -2443,40 +2533,40 @@ msgid "" "the customer's card." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:153 msgid "" "Choose in the **Payment Flow** field if to redirect the user to the payment " "acquirer's portal to authenticate the payment, or if to stay on the current " "page and authenticate the payment from Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:157 msgid "" "Some features are available only if you select *Redirection to the acquirer " "website*." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:162 msgid "Countries" msgstr "Lande" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:164 msgid "" "Restrict the use of the Payment Acquirer to a selection of countries. Leave " "this field blank to make the Payment Acquirer available to all countries." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:170 msgid "Payment Journal" msgstr "Betalingsjournal" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:172 msgid "" "The **Payment Journal** selected for your Payment Acquirer must be a *Bank* " "journal." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:175 msgid "" "In many cases, Odoo automatically creates a new **Journal** and a new " "**Account** when you activate a new Payment Acquirer. Both of them are " @@ -2485,21 +2575,21 @@ msgid "" " them if necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:183 msgid "Messages tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:185 msgid "" "Change here the messages displayed by Odoo after a payment's confirmation or" " failure." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:190 msgid "Accounting perspective" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:192 msgid "" "The **Bank Payments** that go directly to one of your bank accounts follow " "their usual reconciliation workflows. However, payments recorded with " @@ -2508,7 +2598,7 @@ msgid "" "advice." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:197 msgid "" "Odoo default method is to record the payments on a *Current Assets Account*," " on a dedicated *Bank Journal*, once the *Payment Authentication* is " @@ -2516,76 +2606,77 @@ msgid "" " to your *Bank Account*." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:201 msgid "Here are the requirements for this to work:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:203 msgid "Bank Journal" msgstr "Bankjournal" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:205 msgid "The Journal's **type** must be *Bank Journal*." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:206 msgid "" "Select the right **Default Debit Account** and **Default Credit Account**." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 msgid "" "Under the *Advanced Settings* tab, make sure that **Posting** is set as " "*Post At Payment Validation*." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 msgid "" "This implies that the Journal Entry is recorded directly when your Odoo " "database receives the confirmation of the *Payment Authentication* from the " "Online Payment Provider." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:212 msgid "Current Asset Account" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:214 msgid "The Account's **type** is *Current Assets*" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:215 msgid "The Account must **Allow Reconciliation**" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:218 msgid "" "In many cases, Odoo automatically creates a new **Journal** and a new " "**Current Asset Account** when you activate a new Payment Acquirer. You can " "modify them if necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:223 -msgid ":doc:`../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording`" +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:223 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:224 msgid ":doc:`wire_transfer`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:225 msgid ":doc:`authorize`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:226 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:226 msgid ":doc:`paypal`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:3 msgid "Configure your Paypal account" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:5 msgid "" "Paypal is available and popular worldwide. It doesn’t charge any " "subscription fee and creating an account is very easy. That’s why we " @@ -2593,11 +2684,11 @@ msgid "" "where the customer is routed to Paypal website to register the payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:12 msgid "Paypal account" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:14 msgid "" "A business account is needed to get paid with Paypal. Create a `Paypal " "Business Account <https://www.paypal.com/us/merchantsignup/ " @@ -2607,27 +2698,27 @@ msgid "" "configuration steps." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:23 msgid "Settings in Paypal" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:26 msgid "" "First, let’s see how to set up your Paypal account in order to build a " "seamless customer experience with Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:28 msgid "" "Log in and open the settings. Go to :menuselection:`Products & Services --> " "Website payments` and click **Update** on **Website preferences**." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:34 msgid "Auto Return" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:36 msgid "" "*Auto Return* automatically redirects your customers to Odoo once the " "payment is processed. Check *Auto Return* and enter your domain name with " @@ -2635,18 +2726,18 @@ msgid "" "``https://yourcompany.odoo.com/shop/confirmation``)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:41 msgid "" "This URL is requested in Paypal but not used in practice as Odoo transmits " "it at each transaction. Don’t worry if you manage several sales channels or " "Odoo databases." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:49 msgid "Payment Data Transfer (PDT)" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:51 msgid "" "*Payment Data Transfer* delivers the payment confirmation to Odoo as soon as" " it is processed. Without it, Odoo cannot end the sales flow. This setting " @@ -2654,22 +2745,22 @@ msgid "" "You will be later requested to enter it in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:59 msgid "Paypal Account Optional" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:61 msgid "" "We advise you to not prompt customers to log in with a Paypal account when " "they get to pay. Let them pay with debit/credit cards as well, or you might " "lose some deals. Make sure this setting is turned on." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:68 msgid "Instant Payment Notification (IPN)" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:70 msgid "" "PDT sends order confirmations once and only once. As a result, your site " "must be running when it happens; otherwise, it will never receive the " @@ -2679,67 +2770,67 @@ msgid "" "receipt." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:77 msgid "" "To activate IPN, get back to *Website payments* menu and click *Update* in " "*Instant Payment Notification*." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:79 msgid "" "The *Notification URL* to set is your domain name + “payment/paypal/ipn” " "(e.g. ``https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/paypal/ipn``)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:85 msgid "Payment Messages Format" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:87 msgid "" "If you use accented characters (or anything else than basic Latin " "characters) for your customer names, addresses... you MUST configure the " "encoding format of the payment request sent by Odoo to Paypal." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:93 msgid "" "If you don't configure this setting, some transactions fail without notice." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:95 msgid "To do so, open:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:97 msgid "" "`this page for a test account <https://sandbox.paypal.com/cgi-" "bin/customerprofileweb?cmd=_profile-language-encoding>`__" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:99 msgid "" "`this page for a production account <https://www.paypal.com/cgi-" "bin/customerprofileweb?cmd=_profile-language-encoding>`__" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:101 msgid "" "Then, click *More Options* and set the two default encoding formats as " "**UTF-8**." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:109 msgid "Your Paypal account is ready!" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:112 msgid "" "If you want your customers to pay without creating a Paypal account, *Paypal" " Account Optional* needs to be turned on." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:118 msgid "" "For Encrypted Website Payments & EWP_SETTINGS error, please check the " "`Paypal documentation <https://developer.paypal.com/docs/ classic/paypal-" @@ -2747,82 +2838,82 @@ msgid "" "website-payments-ewp>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:124 msgid "Settings in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:127 msgid "Activation" msgstr "Aktivering" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:129 msgid "" "Activate *Paypal* from the config bar of Sales, Invoicing and eCommerce " "apps, or from the configuration menu of *Payment Acquirers*." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:135 msgid "Odoo requires three Paypal credentials:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:137 msgid "*Email ID* is your login email address in Paypal." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:138 msgid "" "*Merchant ID* can be found in the settings of your Paypal account, in " ":menuselection:`Account Settings --> Business information`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:140 msgid "" "*Paypal PDT Token* is given in *Website payments* configuration as explained" " here above." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:146 msgid "Transaction fees" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:148 msgid "" "You can charge extra fees to your customers for paying with Paypal; This to " "cover the transaction fees Paypal charges you. Once redirected to Paypal, " "your customer sees an extra applied to the order amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:151 msgid "" "To activate this, go to the Configuration tab of Paypal configuration in " "Odoo and check *Add Extra Fees*." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:157 msgid "" "You can refer to `Paypal Fees <https://www.paypal.com/webapps/mpp/paypal-" "fees>`__ to set up fees." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:161 msgid "" "`Traders in the EU <https://europa.eu/youreurope/citizens/consumers/shopping" "/pricing-payments/ index_en.htm>`_ are not allowed to charge extra fees for " "paying with credit cards." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:165 msgid "Go live!" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:167 msgid "" "Your configuration is ready to roll. Make sure *Production* mode is on. Then" " publish the payment method by clicking the *Published* button right next to" " it." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:176 msgid "" "Paypal is now available in your payment form available in eCommerce, Sales " "and Invoicing apps. Customers are redirected to Paypal website when hitting " @@ -2830,40 +2921,40 @@ msgid "" "processed." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:185 msgid "Test environment" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:187 msgid "" "You can test the entire payment flow in Odoo thanks to Paypal Sandbox " "accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:189 msgid "" "Log in to `Paypal Developer Site <https://developer.paypal.com/>`__ with " "your Paypal credentials." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:191 msgid "This will create two sandbox accounts:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:193 msgid "" "A business account (to use as merchant, e.g. " "`pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com " "<mailto:pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com>`__)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:195 msgid "" "A default personal account (to use as shopper, e.g. " "`pp.merch01-buyer@example.com <mailto:pp.merch01-buyer@example.com>`__)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:197 msgid "" "Log in to Paypal Sandbox with the merchant account and follow the same " "configuration instructions. Enter your sandbox credentials in Odoo and make " @@ -2872,53 +2963,53 @@ msgid "" "generate invoices when a fictitious transaction is completed." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:203 msgid "Run a test transaction from Odoo using the sandbox personal account." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:5 msgid "" "`Stripe <https://stripe.com/>`_ is a United States-based online payment " "solution provider, allowing businesses to accept **credit cards** and other " "payment methods." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:9 msgid "Enable Local Payment Methods" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:11 msgid "" "Local payment methods are payment methods that are only available for " "certain merchants and customers countries and currencies." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:14 msgid "" "The Stripe connector in Odoo supports the following local payment methods:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:16 msgid "Bancontact" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:17 msgid "EPS" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:18 msgid "Giropay" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:19 msgid "iDeal:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:20 msgid "Przelewy24 (P24)" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:22 msgid "" "To enable specific Local Payment Methods with Stripe, list them as supported" " payment icons. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Payment Acquirers --> Stripe" @@ -2927,17 +3018,17 @@ msgid "" "don't have anything to do." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:31 msgid "" "If a payment method icon doesn't exist at all in the database, the " "corresponding local payment method is always offered to customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:3 msgid "How to get paid with wire transfers" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:5 msgid "" "**Wire Transfer** is the default payment method available. The aim is " "providing your customers with your bank details so they can pay on their " @@ -2945,77 +3036,77 @@ msgid "" "Opt for payment acquirers as soon as you can!" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:13 msgid "How to provide customers with payment instructions" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:14 msgid "" "Put your payment instructions in the **Thanks Message** of your payment " "method." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:19 msgid "They will appear to the customers when they place an order." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:26 msgid "How to manage an order once you get paid" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:28 msgid "" "Whenever a customer pays by wire transfer, the order stays in an " "intermediary stage **Quotation Sent** (i.e. unpaid order). When you get " "paid, you confirm the order manually to launch the delivery." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:35 msgid "How to create other manual payment methods" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:37 msgid "" "If you manage a B2B business, you can create other manually-processed " "payment methods like paying by check. To do so, just rename *Wire Transfer* " "or duplicate it." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash.rst:3 msgid "Unsplash" msgstr "Unsplash" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:3 msgid "How to generate an Unsplash access key" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:6 msgid "" "**As an SaaS user**, you are ready to use Unsplash. You won't need to follow" " this guide to set up Unsplash informations, since you will use our own Odoo" " Unsplash key in a transparent way." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:9 msgid "Generate an Unsplash access key for **non-Saas** users" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:11 msgid "Create an account on `Unsplash.com <https://unsplash.com/join>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:13 msgid "" "Go to your `applications dashboard " "<https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications>`_ and click on **New " "Application**." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:18 msgid "Accept the conditions and click on **Accept terms**." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:23 msgid "" "You will be prompted to insert an **Application name** and a " "**Description**. Please prefix your application name by \"**Odoo:** \" so " @@ -3023,178 +3114,178 @@ msgid "" "**Create application**." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:28 msgid "" "You should be redirected to your application details page. Scroll down a bit" " to find your **access key**." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:34 msgid "" "**As a non-SaaS user**, you won't be able to register for a production " "Unsplash key and will be limited to your test key that has a restriction of " "50 Unsplash requests per hour." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:37 msgid ":doc:`unsplash_application_id`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:3 msgid "How to generate an Unsplash application ID" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:6 msgid "" "You should first create and set up your Unsplash application with this " "tutorial: :doc:`unsplash_access_key`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:8 msgid "" "Go to your `applications dashboard " "<https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications>`_ and click on your newly created " "Unsplash application under **Your applications**." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:13 msgid "" "You will be redirected to your application details page. The **application " "ID** will be visible in your browser's URL. The URL should be something like" " ``https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications/<application_id>``" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:19 msgid "" "**As a non-SaaS user**, you won't be able to register for a production " "Unsplash key and will be limited to your test key that has a 50 Unsplash " "requests per hour restriction." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip.rst:3 msgid "VoIP (Voice over Internet Protocol)" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:3 msgid "Configure your VoIP Asterisk server for Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:6 msgid "Installing Asterisk server" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:9 msgid "Dependencies" msgstr "Afhængigheder" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:11 msgid "" "Before installing Asterisk you need to install the following dependencies:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:13 msgid "wget" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:14 msgid "gcc" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:15 msgid "g++" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:16 msgid "ncurses-devel" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:17 msgid "libxml2-devel" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:18 msgid "sqlite-devel" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:19 msgid "libsrtp-devel" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:20 msgid "libuuid-devel" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:21 msgid "openssl-devel" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:22 msgid "pkg-config" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:24 msgid "In order to install libsrtp, follow the instructions below:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:35 msgid "" "You also need to install PJSIP, you can download the source `here " "<http://www.pjsip.org/download.htm>`_. Once the source directory is " "extracted:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:37 msgid "**Change to the pjproject source directory:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:43 msgid "**run:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:49 msgid "**Build and install pjproject:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:57 msgid "**Update shared library links:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:63 msgid "**Verify that pjproject is installed:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:69 msgid "**The result should be:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:86 msgid "Asterisk" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:88 msgid "" "In order to install Asterisk 13.7.0, you can download the source directly " "`there <http://downloads.asterisk.org/pub/telephony/asterisk/old-" "releases/asterisk-13.7.0.tar.gz>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:90 msgid "Extract Asterisk:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:96 msgid "Enter the Asterisk directory:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:102 msgid "Run the Asterisk configure script:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:108 msgid "Run the Asterisk menuselect tool:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:114 msgid "" "In the menuselect, go to the resources option and ensure that res_srtp is " "enabled. If there are 3 x’s next to res_srtp, there is a problem with the " @@ -3202,40 +3293,40 @@ msgid "" "You should also see stars in front of the res_pjsip lines." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:116 msgid "Compile and install Asterisk:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:122 msgid "" "If you need the sample configs you can run 'make samples' to install the " "sample configs. If you need to install the Asterisk startup script you can " "run 'make config'." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:125 msgid "DTLS Certificates" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:127 msgid "After you need to setup the DTLS certificates." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:133 msgid "Enter the Asterisk scripts directory:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:139 msgid "" "Create the DTLS certificates (replace pbx.mycompany.com with your ip address" " or dns name, replace My Super Company with your company name):" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:146 msgid "Configure Asterisk server" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:148 msgid "" "For WebRTC, a lot of the settings that are needed MUST be in the peer " "settings. The global settings do not flow down into the peer settings very " @@ -3244,7 +3335,7 @@ msgid "" "uncommented:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:158 msgid "" "Next, edit sip.conf. The WebRTC peer requires encryption, avpf, and " "icesupport to be enabled. In most cases, directmedia should be disabled. " @@ -3253,69 +3344,70 @@ msgid "" "peer itself; setting these config lines globally might not work:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:186 msgid "" "In the sip.conf and rtp.conf files you also need to add or uncomment the " "lines:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:193 msgid "Lastly, set up extensions.conf:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:202 msgid "Configure Odoo VOIP" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:204 msgid "In Odoo, the configuration should be done in the user's preferences." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:210 msgid "" "The SIP Login/Browser's Extension is the number you configured previously in" " the sip.conf file (in our example: 1060)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:212 msgid "The SIP Password is the secret you chose in the sip.conf file." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:214 msgid "" "The extension of your office's phone is not a required field but it is used " "if you want to transfer your call from Odoo to an external phone also " "configured in the sip.conf file." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:217 msgid "" "The configuration should also be done in the General Settings under the " "\"Integrations\" section." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:222 msgid "" "The PBX Server IP should be the same as the IP you define in the http.conf " "file." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:224 msgid "" "The WebSocket should be: ws://localhost:XXXX/ws where \"localhost\" needs to" " be the same as the IP defined previously and \"XXXX\" needs to be the port " "defined in the http.conf file." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:3 msgid "Use VoIP services in Odoo with Axivox" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:6 ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:6 msgid "Introduction" msgstr "Introduktion" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo VoIP can be set up to work together with `Axivox " "<https://www.axivox.com/>`_. In that case, an :doc:`Asterisk server " @@ -3323,85 +3415,85 @@ msgid "" "Axivox." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:12 msgid "" "To use this service, `contact Axivox <https://www.axivox.com/contact/>`_ to " "open an account. Before doing so, verify that Axivox covers your area and " "the areas you wish to call." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:18 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Apps` and install the **VoIP Module**." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:24 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Integrations`, and " "fill out the **Asterisk (VoIP)** field:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:27 msgid "" "**PBX Server IP**: set the domain created by Axivox for your account (e.g., " "*yourcompany.axivox.com*)" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:29 msgid "**WebSocket**: type in ``wss://pabx.axivox.com:3443``" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:30 msgid "**VoIP Environment**: set as *Production*" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:36 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Users`, then open " "the user's form you want to configure. Under the **Preferences** tab, fill " "out the section **PBX Configuration**:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:39 msgid "**SIP Login / Browser's Extension**: the Axivox *username*" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:40 msgid "**SIP Password**: the Axivox *SIP Password*" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:43 msgid "" "You can find all this information by logging in at " "https://manage.axivox.com/, selecting the user you want to configure, and " "referring to the fields as pictured below." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:51 msgid "Phone Calls" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:53 msgid "" "You can make phone calls by clicking on the phone icon in the navigation " "bar." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:55 msgid "" "You can also receive phone calls. Odoo rings and displays a notification." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:58 msgid "Your number is the one provided by Axivox." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:65 msgid "" "If you see a *Missing Parameter* message in the **Odoo softphone**, refresh " "your Odoo window and try again." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:73 msgid "" "If you see an *Incorrect Number* message in the Odoo softphone, make sure to" " use the international format, leading with the plus (+) sign followed by " @@ -3409,18 +3501,18 @@ msgid "" "international prefix for the United States)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:3 msgid "Use VoIP services in Odoo with OnSIP" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo VoIP can be set up to work together with OnSIP (www.onsip.com). In that" " case, the installation and setup of an Asterisk server is not necessary as " "the whole infrastructure is hosted and managed by OnSIP." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:10 msgid "" "You will need to open an account with OnSIP to use this service. Before " "doing so, make sure that your area and the areas you wish to call are " @@ -3428,74 +3520,74 @@ msgid "" "configuration procedure below." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:15 msgid "Go to Apps and install the module **VoIP OnSIP**." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:20 msgid "" "Go to Settings/General Settings. In the section Integrations/Asterisk " "(VoIP), fill in the 3 fields:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:22 msgid "" "**OnSIP Domain** is the domain you chose when creating an account on " "www.onsip.com. If you don't know it, log in to https://admin.onsip.com/ and " "you will see it in the top right corner of the screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:23 msgid "**WebSocket** should contain wss://edge.sip.onsip.com" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:24 msgid "**Mode** should be Production" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:29 msgid "" "Go to **Settings/Users**. In the form view of each VoIP user, in the " "Preferences tab, fill in the section **PBX Configuration**:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:31 msgid "**SIP Login / Browser's Extension**: the OnSIP 'Username'" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:32 msgid "**OnSIP authorization User**: the OnSIP 'Auth Username'" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:33 msgid "**SIP Password**: the OnSIP 'SIP Password'" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:34 msgid "**Handset Extension**: the OnSIP 'Extension'" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:36 msgid "" "You can find all this information by logging in at " "https://admin.onsip.com/users, then select the user you want to configure " "and refer to the fields as pictured below." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:41 msgid "" "You can now make phone calls by clicking the phone icon in the top right " "corner of Odoo (make sure you are logged in as a user properly configured in" " Odoo and in OnSIP)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:45 msgid "" "If you see a *Missing Parameters* message in the Odoo softphone, make sure " "to refresh your Odoo window and try again." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:52 msgid "" "If you see an *Incorrect Number* message in the Odoo softphone, make sure to" " use the international format, leading with the plus (+) sign followed by " @@ -3503,17 +3595,17 @@ msgid "" "international prefix for the United States)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:57 msgid "" "You can now also receive phone calls. Your number is the one provided by " "OnSIP. Odoo will ring and display a notification." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:63 msgid "OnSIP on Your Cell Phone" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:65 msgid "" "In order to make and receive phone calls when you are not in front of your " "computer, you can use a softphone app on your cell phone in parallel of Odoo" @@ -3521,7 +3613,7 @@ msgid "" "incoming calls, or simply for convenience. Any SIP softphone will work." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:67 msgid "" "On Android and iOS, OnSIP has been successfully tested with `Grandstream " "Wave <https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.grandstream.wave>`_." @@ -3529,27 +3621,27 @@ msgid "" "then have to configure it as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:69 msgid "**Account name**: OnSIP" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:70 msgid "**SIP Server**: the OnSIP 'Domain'" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:71 msgid "**SIP User ID**: the OnSIP 'Username'" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:72 msgid "**SIP Authentication ID**: the OnSIP 'Auth Username'" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:73 msgid "**Password**: the OnSIP 'SIP Password'" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:75 msgid "" "Aside from initiating calls from Grandstream Wave on your phone, you can " "also initiate calls by clicking phone numbers in your browser on your PC. " @@ -3560,7 +3652,7 @@ msgid "" "assistant/pceelmncccldedfkcgjkpemakjbapnpg?hl=en>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:79 msgid "" "The downside of using a softphone on your cell phone is that your calls will" " not be logged in Odoo as the softphone acts as an independent separate app." diff --git a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po deleted file mode 100644 index 7ceb0ba89..000000000 --- a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,383 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: da\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:5 -msgid "Basics of the QuickStart Methodology" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:7 -msgid "" -"This document summarizes Odoo Online's services, our Success Pack " -"implementation methodology, and best practices to get started with our " -"product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:12 -msgid "The SPoC (*Single Point of Contact*) and the Consultant" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Within the context of your project, it is highly recommended to designate " -"and maintain on both sides (your side and ours) **one and only single person" -" of contact** who will take charge and assume responsibilities regarding the" -" project. He also has to have **the authority** in terms of decision making." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:20 -msgid "" -"**The Odoo Consultant ensures the project implementation from A to Z**: From" -" the beginning to the end of the project, he ensures the overall consistency" -" of the implementation in Odoo and shares his expertise in terms of good " -"practices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:25 -msgid "" -"**One and only decision maker on the client side (SPoC)**: He is responsible" -" for the business knowledge transmission (coordinate key users intervention " -"if necessary) and the consistency of the implementation from a business " -"point of view (decision making, change management, etc.)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:31 -msgid "" -"**Meetings optimization**: The Odoo consultant is not involved in the " -"process of decision making from a business point of view nor to precise " -"processes and company's internal procedures (unless a specific request or an" -" exception). Project meetings, who will take place once or twice a week, are" -" meant to align on the business needs (SPoC) and to define the way those " -"needs will be implemented in Odoo (Consultant)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:39 -msgid "" -"**Train the Trainer approach**: The Odoo consultant provides functional " -"training to the SPoC so that he can pass on this knowledge to his " -"collaborators. In order for this approach to be successful, it is necessary " -"that the SPoC is also involved in its own rise in skills through self-" -"learning via the :doc:`Odoo documentation <../index>`, `The elearning " -"platform <https://odoo.com/learn>`_ and the testing of functionalities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:49 -msgid "Project Scope" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:51 -msgid "" -"To make sure all the stakeholders involved are always aligned, it is " -"necessary to define and to make the project scope evolve as long as the " -"project implementation is pursuing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:55 -msgid "" -"**A clear definition of the initial project scope**: A clear definition of " -"the initial needs is crucial to ensure the project is running smoothly. " -"Indeed, when all the stakeholders share the same vision, the evolution of " -"the needs and the resulting decision-making process are more simple and more" -" clear." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:61 -msgid "" -"**Phasing the project**: Favoring an implementation in several coherent " -"phases allowing regular production releases and an evolving takeover of Odoo" -" by the end users have demonstrated its effectiveness over time. This " -"approach also helps to identify gaps and apply corrective actions early in " -"the implementation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:68 -msgid "" -"**Adopting standard features as a priority**: Odoo offers a great " -"environment to implement slight improvements (customizations) or more " -"important ones (developments). Nevertheless, adoption of the standard " -"solution will be preferred as often as possible in order to optimize project" -" delivery times and provide the user with a long-term stability and fluid " -"scalability of his new tool. Ideally, if an improvement of the software " -"should still be realized, its implementation will be carried out after an " -"experiment of the standard in production." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:82 -msgid "Managing expectations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:84 -msgid "" -"The gap between the reality of an implementation and the expectations of " -"future users is a crucial factor. Three important aspects must be taken into" -" account from the beginning of the project:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:88 -msgid "" -"**Align with the project approach**: Both a clear division of roles and " -"responsibilities and a clear description of the operating modes (validation," -" problem-solving, etc.) are crucial to the success of an Odoo " -"implementation. It is therefore strongly advised to take the necessary time " -"at the beginning of the project to align with these topics and regularly " -"check that this is still the case." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:96 -msgid "" -"**Focus on the project success, not on the ideal solution**: The main goal " -"of the SPoC and the Consultant is to carry out the project entrusted to them" -" in order to provide the most effective solution to meet the needs " -"expressed. This goal can sometimes conflict with the end user's vision of an" -" ideal solution. In that case, the SPoC and the consultant will apply the " -"80-20 rule: focus on 80% of the expressed needs and take out the remaining " -"20% of the most disadvantageous objectives in terms of cost/benefit ratio " -"(those proportions can of course change over time). Therefore, it will be " -"considered acceptable to integrate a more time-consuming manipulation if a " -"global relief is noted. Changes in business processes may also be proposed " -"to pursue this same objective." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:110 -msgid "" -"**Specifications are always EXPLICIT**: Gaps between what is expected and " -"what is delivered are often a source of conflict in a project. In order to " -"avoid being in this delicate situation, we recommend using several types of " -"tools\\* :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:115 -msgid "" -"**The GAP Analysis**: The comparison of the request with the standard " -"features proposed by Odoo will make it possible to identify the gap to be " -"filled by developments/customizations or changes in business processes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:120 -msgid "" -"**The User Story**: This technique clearly separates the responsibilities " -"between the SPoC, responsible for explaining the WHAT, the WHY and the WHO, " -"and the Consultant who will provide a response to the HOW." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:128 -msgid "" -"`The Proof of Concept <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Proof_of_concept>`__ A " -"simplified version, a prototype of what is expected to agree on the main " -"lines of expected changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:132 -msgid "" -"**The Mockup**: In the same idea as the Proof of Concept, it will align with" -" the changes related to the interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:135 -msgid "" -"To these tools will be added complete transparency on the possibilities and " -"limitations of the software and/or its environment so that all project " -"stakeholders have a clear idea of what can be expected/achieved in the " -"project. We will, therefore, avoid basing our work on hypotheses without " -"verifying its veracity beforehand." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:141 -msgid "" -"*This list can, of course, be completed by other tools that would more " -"adequately meet the realities and needs of your project*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:145 -msgid "Communication Strategy" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:147 -msgid "" -"The purpose of the QuickStart methodology is to ensure quick ownership of " -"the tool for end users. Effective communication is therefore crucial to the " -"success of this approach. Its optimization will, therefore, lead us to " -"follow those principles:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:152 -msgid "" -"**Sharing the project management documentation**: The best way to ensure " -"that all stakeholders in a project have the same level of knowledge is to " -"provide direct access to the project's tracking document (Project " -"Organizer). This document will contain at least a list of tasks to be " -"performed as part of the implementation for which the priority level and the" -" manager are clearly defined." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:160 -msgid "" -"The Project Organizer is a shared project tracking tool that allows both " -"detailed tracking of ongoing tasks and the overall progress of the project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:164 -msgid "" -"**Report essential information**: In order to minimize the documentation " -"time to the essentials, we will follow the following good practices:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:168 -msgid "Meeting minutes will be limited to decisions and validations;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:170 -msgid "" -"Project statuses will only be established when an important milestone is " -"reached;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:173 -msgid "" -"Training sessions on the standard or customized solution will be organized." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:177 -msgid "Customizations and Development" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:179 -msgid "" -"Odoo is a software known for its flexibility and its important evolution " -"capacity. However, a significant amount of development contradicts a fast " -"and sustainable implementation. This is the reason why it is recommended to:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:184 -msgid "" -"**Develop only for a good reason**: The decision to develop must always be " -"taken when the cost-benefit ratio is positive (saving time on a daily basis," -" etc.). For example, it will be preferable to realize a significant " -"development in order to reduce the time of a daily operation, rather than an" -" operation to be performed only once a quarter. It is generally accepted " -"that the closer the solution is to the standard, the lighter and more fluid " -"the migration process, and the lower the maintenance costs for both parties." -" In addition, experience has shown us that 60% of initial development " -"requests are dropped after a few weeks of using standard Odoo (see " -"\"Adopting the standard as a priority\")." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:196 -msgid "" -"**Replace, without replicate**: There is a good reason for the decision to " -"change the management software has been made. In this context, the moment of" -" implementation is THE right moment to accept and even be a change initiator" -" both in terms of how the software will be used and at the level of the " -"business processes of the company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:204 -msgid "Testing and Validation principles" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:206 -msgid "" -"Whether developments are made or not in the implementation, it is crucial to" -" test and validate the correspondence of the solution with the operational " -"needs of the company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:210 -msgid "" -"**Role distribution**: In this context, the Consultant will be responsible " -"for delivering a solution corresponding to the defined specifications; the " -"SPoC will have to test and validate that the solution delivered meets the " -"requirements of the operational reality." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:216 -msgid "" -"**Change management**: When a change needs to be made to the solution, the " -"noted gap is caused by:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:220 -msgid "" -"A difference between the specification and the delivered solution - This is " -"a correction for which the Consultant is responsible" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:223 -msgid "**or**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:225 -msgid "" -"A difference between the specification and the imperatives of operational " -"reality - This is a change that is the responsibility of SPoC." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:229 -msgid "Data Imports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:231 -msgid "" -"Importing the history of transactional data is an important issue and must " -"be answered appropriately to allow the project running smoothly. Indeed, " -"this task can be time-consuming and, if its priority is not well defined, " -"prevent production from happening in time. To do this as soon as possible, " -"it will be decided :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:237 -msgid "" -"**Not to import anything**: It often happens that after reflection, " -"importing data history is not considered necessary, these data being, " -"moreover, kept outside Odoo and consolidated for later reporting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:242 -msgid "" -"**To import a limited amount of data before going into production**: When " -"the data history relates to information being processed (purchase orders, " -"invoices, open projects, for example), the need to have this information " -"available from the first day of use in production is real. In this case, the" -" import will be made before the production launch." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:249 -msgid "" -"**To import after production launch**: When the data history needs to be " -"integrated with Odoo mainly for reporting purposes, it is clear that these " -"can be integrated into the software retrospectively. In this case, the " -"production launch of the solution will precede the required imports." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:256 -msgid "Support" -msgstr "Support" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:258 -msgid "" -"When your project is put in production, our support teams take care of your " -"questions or technical issues." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:261 -msgid "See :ref:`support-expectations`." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po deleted file mode 100644 index c4f54935b..000000000 --- a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,878 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Pernille Kristensen <pernillekristensen1994@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Sanne Kristensen <sanne@vkdata.dk>, 2020 -# lhmflexerp <lhm@flexerp.dk>, 2020 -# Mads Søndergaard <mads@vkdata.dk>, 2020 -# Martin Trigaux, 2021 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2021\n" -"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: da\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../helpdesk.rst:5 -msgid "Helpdesk" -msgstr "Helpdesk" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced" -msgstr "Avanceret" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:3 -msgid "After Sales Features" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:5 -msgid "" -"As your business grows, having the right tool to support your helpdesk team " -"on recording, tracking and managing issues raised easy and efficiently, is " -"key. Odoo’s Helpdesk application allows you to generate credit notes, manage" -" returns, products, repairs, grant coupons, and even plan onsite " -"interventions from a ticket’s page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:11 -msgid "Set up the after sales services" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " -"enable the after sales options: *Refunds, Returns, Coupons, Repairs and " -"Onsite Interventions*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:20 -msgid "Generate credit notes from tickets" -msgstr "Generér kreditnotaer fra sager" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:22 -msgid "" -"You can use a credit note to refund a customer or adjust the amount due. For" -" that, simply go to your ticket page, click on *Refund* and select the " -"corresponding *Invoice*. Clicking on *Reverse* generates a credit note, and " -"you can *Post* it while still being in the *Helpdesk* app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:30 -msgid "Allow product returns from tickets" -msgstr "Tillad produktreturneringer fra sager" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:32 -msgid "" -"The process of a product return from your customer back to your warehouse is" -" taken into action when, at the ticket page, you choose the option *Return*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:39 -msgid "Grant coupons from tickets" -msgstr "Overræk kuponer fra sager" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:41 -msgid "" -"First, be sure to have your *Coupon Program* planned in the *Sales* or " -"*Website* application. Then, in *Helpdesk*, open your ticket, click on " -"*Coupon*, and choose the respective one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:48 -msgid "Repairs from tickets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Clicking on *Repair* option, on your ticket page, a new repair order form is" -" shown. Fill in the information as needed and choose the next step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:57 -msgid "Plan onsite interventions from tickets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:59 -msgid "" -"At the ticket's page click on *Plan Intervention*, and set up your onsite " -"intervention exactly the same way as if you were on the *Field Service* " -"application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:67 -msgid "" -"`Coupons <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/coupon-" -"programs-640?fullscreen=1>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:68 -msgid ":doc:`../../manufacturing/repair/repair`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:3 -msgid "Allow Customers to Close their Tickets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Allowing customers to close their tickets gives them autonomy and minimize " -"misunderstandings about when an issue is considered solved, or not. It makes" -" communication and actions more efficient." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:9 -msgid "Configure the feature" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:11 -msgid "" -"To configure the feature go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Settings --> " -"Helpdesk Teams --> Edit` and enable *Ticket closing*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:18 -msgid "" -"In order to designate to which stage the ticket migrates to once it is " -"closed, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Overview --> Tickets`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:25 -msgid "" -"You can either create a new Kanban stage or work with an existing one. For " -"both scenarios, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Settings --> Edit Stage` " -"and enable *Closing Stage*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:32 -msgid "" -"If a closing stage is not specified, by default, the ticket is moved to the " -"last stage; contrarily, if you have more than one stage set as closing, the " -"ticket is put in the first one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:36 -msgid "The Costumer Portal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Now, once the user logs into his Portal, the option *Close this ticket* is " -"available." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:45 -msgid "Get reports on tickets closed by costumers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:47 -msgid "" -"To do an analysis of the tickets that have been closed by costumers go to " -":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting --> Tickets --> Filters --> Add " -"Custom filter --> Closed by partner --> Applied`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Oversigt" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:3 -msgid "Forum and eLearning" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:6 -msgid "Forum" -msgstr "Forum" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:8 -msgid "" -"To go above and beyond email, live chat, web forms, and phone lines, offer " -"your customers a support forum. This way, customers might become more " -"attached to your company as they would be investing time to get into details" -" of your business. You also encourage the exchange of experiences and " -"knowledge, supporting the feeling of belonging to a community (your " -"community!)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:14 -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:52 -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:10 -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:11 -msgid "Set up" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Team` and " -"enable *Help Center*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Create, or edit a forum by clicking on the external link. Among the editing " -"options, choose if you would like the *Forum Mode* to be *Questions*: only " -"one answer is allowed per question or *Discussions*: multiple answers are " -"allowed per question." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:31 -msgid "" -"From now on, logged in users can start their discussions. To keep track of " -"posts, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Forum --> Posts`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Turn tickets into forum posts by simply clicking on *Share on the Forum* on " -"the ticket's page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:45 -msgid "eLearning" -msgstr "eLearning" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:47 -msgid "" -"In addition to a forum, offer online courses. When doing so, you link your " -"customers and users’ needs and questions to useful content, helping to boost" -" efficiency as they can also find their answers there." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " -"enable *eLearning*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Once the structure and content of your course are ready, *Publish* it by " -"clicking on *Unpublished*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:67 -msgid "" -"To keep track of your course statistics, go to *eLearning* and *View " -"Course*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:73 -msgid "Todo" -msgstr "To Do" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:73 -msgid "" -"DETAILS/INFO SHOULD COME FROM ELEARNING DOCS. THEREFORE, LINK DOCS ONCE " -"AVAILABLE!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:3 -msgid "Getting Started" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Helpdesk teams provide your customers with support to queries or errors they" -" might encounter while using your product/service. Therefore, a successful " -"scheme where you can organize multiple teams with their customized pipeline," -" visibilities settings, and ticket traceability is essential." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:10 -msgid "Set up teams" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To modify or create teams, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration " -"--> Helpdesk Teams`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Setting up multiple teams allows you to group tickets by your channels " -"(example: BE/US), or by your support services' types (example: IT, " -"accounting, admin, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:21 -msgid "Team’s productivity and visibility" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Teams can have individual *Assignment Methods* to ensure that tickets get " -"redirected to the right person:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:26 -msgid "" -"*Manually*: tickets are manually assigned, allowing employees to manage " -"their own workload and target tickets they are experts at;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:28 -msgid "" -"*Random*: tickets are randomly assigned and everyone gets the same amount. " -"This method ensures that all tickets are handled as the assignment happens " -"automatically;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:30 -msgid "" -"*Balanced*: tickets are assigned to the person with the least amount of " -"tickets so that everyone fairly gets the same amount. Thereby, you ensure " -"that all tickets get to be taken care of." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:40 -msgid "" -"For the *Random* and *Balanced* assignment methods, you can set the *Team " -"Members* among whom tickets are assigned. Leave the field empty to include " -"all employees (with the proper access rights)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:43 -msgid "" -"The *Team Visibility* feature allows you to specify who can see and access " -"the team’s tickets. Therefore, ticket’s with sensible information are only " -"seen by the right people. Leave the field empty to include all employees " -"(with the proper access rights)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:46 -msgid "Set up stages and share it among teams" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:48 -msgid "" -"To set up stages, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> " -"Stages`. Then, create and/or edit stages as you need and set specific teams " -"to use certain stages under *Team*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Stages can be shared between one or multiple teams, allowing you to adapt " -"the pipeline to your individual needs. They also apply a visibility and " -"access rule, as other teams are not able to see or use the stage." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:64 -msgid ":doc:`../../general/odoo_basics/add_user`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:3 -msgid "Ratings" -msgstr "Bedømmelser" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Allow customers to rate their experience with your helpdesk teams to " -"strengthen your credibility and gain their trust. Reviews can also influence" -" a customer’s decision and open space for feedback that can help you improve" -" the quality of your services." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " -"enable *Ratings on tickets*. The feature automatically adds a default email " -"template on the non-folded *closing stage(s)* of that team." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:21 -msgid "" -"To edit the email template and the stage(s) set as the closing ones, go to " -"the Kanban view of your helpdesk team and click on *Settings*, then on *Edit" -" Stage*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Now, once a ticket reaches the stage(s) designated as the *Closing Stage*, " -"an email is sent to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Ratings can be seen on the chatter of each ticket, under the *See Customer " -"Satisfaction* link on the main dashboard, and through *Reporting*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:39 -msgid "Ratings visible on the customer portal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " -"enable *Display Rating on Customer Portal*. Now, by clicking on the helpdesk" -" team’s name on their ticket, customers can see its ratings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:51 -msgid ":doc:`../../portal/my_odoo_portal`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:52 -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:88 -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:47 -msgid ":doc:`../advanced/close_tickets`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:3 -msgid "Start Receiving Tickets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Offering a variety of channels from where your customers can contact you " -"grants them flexibility and the right to choose the best one for themselves." -" And, in order to make sure inquiries across all channels get addressed, it " -"is essential to have a solution where all interactions come in one place." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:11 -msgid "Channels options to submit tickets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`, and " -"enable the following features as you want them to be available to your " -"users." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:21 -msgid "Email Alias" -msgstr "E-mail alias" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Let your customers submit tickets by sending an email to your support email " -"address. The subject line of the email becomes the title of the ticket and " -"the content is shown in the Chatter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Select *Configure domain name* to be redirected to *Settings* and, from " -"there, enable *External Email Servers* to determine or change your *Alias " -"Domain*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Using your own email server is required to send and receive emails in Odoo " -"Community and Enterprise. Online users benefit from a ready-to-use email " -"server." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:39 -msgid "Website Form" -msgstr "Websiteformular" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Allow your customers to submit a ticket by filling in a form through your " -"website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Once the feature is activated, get redirected to your website by clicking on" -" *Go to Website*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:49 -msgid "" -"From the website page customize the form as you like. Then, publish it by " -"clicking on *Unpublished*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:56 -msgid "Live Chat" -msgstr "Live Chat" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:59 -msgid "" -"Through live interactions with your website visitors, helpdesk tickets can " -"be instantly created and redirected to the right person." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Click on your helpdesk team's name - for the example below: *Customer Care* " -"- and :doc:`set up your channel <../../livechat/overview/get_started>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Now, your operators can create tickets by using the :doc:`command " -"<../../livechat/overview/responses>` */helpdesk (subject_of_ticket)*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:72 -msgid "Prioritize tickets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:74 -msgid "" -"Use the stars to prioritize your tickets. The most urgent ones appear at the" -" top of your list on the Kanban view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:77 -msgid "1 star = *Low priority*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:78 -msgid "2 stars = *High priority*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:79 -msgid "3 stars = *Urgent*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:87 -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:60 -msgid ":doc:`sla`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:89 -msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_servers`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_servers`" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:3 -msgid "Reports for a Better Support" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:5 -msgid "" -"An efficient customer service solution should have a built-in reporting " -"option. Reports allow you to track trends, identify areas for improvement, " -"manage employees’ workloads and, most importantly, meet your customer’s " -"expectations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:10 -msgid "Cases" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:12 -msgid "Some examples of the reports Odoo Helpdesk can generate include:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:14 -msgid "The number of tickets *grouped by* team and ticket type." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:17 -msgid "" -"In this manner, you are able to evaluate which ticket types have been the " -"most frequent ones, plus the workload of your teams." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Apply *Time Ranges* if you would like to make comparisons to a *Previous " -"Period* or a *Previous Year*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:25 -msgid "The number of tickets closed per day, per team." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Get an overview of how many requests each team is closing per day in order " -"to measure their performance. Identify productivity levels to understand how" -" many requests they are able to handle." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Filter it by *Assignee* to see Key Performance Indicators (KPI) per agent." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:37 -msgid "" -"The number of hours tickets are taking to be solved, grouped by team and " -"ticket type." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Check if your expectations are met by *measuring* the *Time to close " -"(hours)*. Your customers not only expect fast responses but they also want " -"their issues to be handled quickly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:48 -msgid "Save filters" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Save the filters you use the most and avoid having to reconstruct them every" -" time they are needed. To do so, set the groups, filters, and measures " -"needed. Then, go to *Favorites*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:59 -msgid ":doc:`receiving_tickets`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:3 -msgid "Service Level Agreements (SLA)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Service Level Agreements (SLA) are commitments you make with your customers " -"to outline how a service is delivered. It bolsters trust between you and " -"your customers as it makes clear what needs to be done, to what standard, " -"and when." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:10 -msgid "Create your policies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:13 -msgid "" -"First, enable the feature on the settings of the team you would like " -"policies to be applied, going to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration " -"--> Helpdesk Teams`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Create your policies through the team’s settings page or go to " -":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> SLA Policies`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Choose to which **Team** the policy is relevant and the **Minimum Priority**" -" a ticket needs to have for the policy to be applied." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:27 -msgid "" -"**Target** is the stage a ticket needs to reach within the period defined to" -" satisfy the SLA. The period is based on the ticket’s creation date, and a " -"deadline is set on the ticket’s form once it matches an SLA policy rule. If " -"a ticket has more than one policy applied to it, the closest deadline of all" -" SLAs is the one considered." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:29 -msgid "" -"When a ticket has satisfied an SLA policy, the SLA tag appears in green and " -"the deadline field is not shown anymore." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:37 -msgid "SLA Analysis" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting --> SLA Status Analysis`. Apply" -" *Filters* and *Group by* to identify tickets that should be prioritized and" -" keep track of upcoming deadlines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice.rst:3 -msgid "Timesheet and Invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:3 -msgid "Invoice Time Spent on Tickets (Prepaid Support Services)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Have the option to work with prepaid support services, meaning that a sales " -"order and a corresponding invoice are issued and, once the service is done, " -"you can deduct the time spent. Odoo allows it to happen because the " -"applications are fully integrated, resulting in faster responses to your " -"customer needs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:14 -msgid "Step 1: Set up a helpdesk team" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`, create" -" or edit an existing team, and enable *Timesheet on Ticket* and *Time " -"Reinvoicing*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Select or create a project under *Timesheet on Ticket*. The selected/created" -" is the one at which employees timesheet on by default. However, it can be " -"ultimately modified on each ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:28 -msgid "Step 2: Set up a service" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " -"*Units of Measure* to optionally be able to choose *hours* (for example) as " -"the unit of measure of your service." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Then, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`, create or edit" -" an existing one, and set its *Product Type* as *Service*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Now, select the invoicing management you would like to have under the " -"*Sales* tab. We recommend the following configuration:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:47 -msgid "" -"This configuration ensures that the customer is invoiced by the number of " -"hours predicted in the sales order, meaning that less or extra hours " -"recorded are not taken into account. It also ensures that every time a sales" -" order is confirmed, a new task is created under the right project, " -"automating the process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:53 -msgid "" -"We recommend setting up a specific project, as it was done for this flow " -"example. The important thing to remember is that the sales order item needs " -"to be set on the corresponding project or task, in order to reinvoice the " -"time spent on a ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:58 -msgid "Prevision an invoice and record time" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:61 -msgid "Step 1: Place an order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> Orders` and create one for the " -"helpdesk service product you have previously set up, with the customer who " -"needs the ticket to be opened. Set the number of hours needed to assist the " -"customer and *Confirm* the order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:72 -msgid "Step 2: Invoice the customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:74 -msgid "In *Sales*, select the respective sales order to *Create Invoice*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:82 -msgid "Step 3: Link the task to the ticket" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:84 -msgid "" -"Now, in *Helpdesk*, create or edit the respective ticket and link it to the " -"task created by the confirmation of the sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:92 -msgid "Step 4: Record the time spent" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:94 -msgid "" -"Still on the respective helpdesk ticket, record the hours performed under " -"the *Timesheets* tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:100 -msgid "" -"Note that the hours recorded on the ticket form are shown on the *Delivered*" -" column in the sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:108 -msgid "" -"Hours recorded on the ticket are automatically shown in *Timesheets* and on " -"the dedicated task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:111 -msgid ":doc:`reinvoice_from_project`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:112 -msgid ":doc:`../../inventory/management/products/uom`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:3 -msgid "Invoice Time Spent on Tickets (Postpaid Support Services)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Directly pull the billable time you have tracked on your helpdesk tickets " -"into sales orders and invoices through a project task. It gives you more " -"control over what you charge your client, and it is more efficient." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:10 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Konfiguration" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk team --> Edit`" -" and enable the options *Timesheet on Ticket* and *Time Reinvoicing*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Under *Timesheet on Ticket*, choose the *Project* to which tickets (and " -"timesheets) will be linked by default. Open its *External link* to enable " -"the feature *Bill from tasks*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:22 -msgid "Create a sales order and an invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Now, once you have recorded the time you spent on the helpdesk ticket, under" -" the *Timesheets* tab, access the task clicking on its name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:31 -msgid "*Create Sales Order* and proceed to create the invoice." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/index.po index 20f6206c4..f6412ac3f 100644 --- a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/index.po +++ b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/index.po @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-18 07:12+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" "Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" @@ -17,10 +17,6 @@ msgstr "" "Language: da\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" -#: ../../index.rst:7 ../../index.rst:7 -msgid "Index" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../index.rst:3 -msgid "Odoo User Documentation" +#: ../../content/index.rst:3 +msgid "Odoo Documentation" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po deleted file mode 100644 index 4c5dc8dda..000000000 --- a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,6663 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Mads Søndergaard, 2020 -# JonathanStein <jstein@image.dk>, 2020 -# Pernille Kristensen <pernillekristensen1994@gmail.com>, 2020 -# lhmflexerp <lhm@flexerp.dk>, 2020 -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# Sanne Kristensen <sanne@vkdata.dk>, 2020 -# Ejner Sønniksen <ejner@vkdata.dk>, 2020 -# Mads Søndergaard <mads@vkdata.dk>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Mads Søndergaard <mads@vkdata.dk>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: da\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../inventory.rst:5 -msgid "Inventory" -msgstr "Lager" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode.rst:3 -msgid "Barcodes" -msgstr "Stregkoder" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations.rst:3 -msgid "Daily Operations" -msgstr "Daglige aktiviteter" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3 -msgid "Process to an Inventory Adjustment with Barcodes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:5 -msgid "" -"To process an inventory adjustment by using barcodes, you first need to open" -" the *Barcode* app. Then, from the application, click on *Inventory " -"Adjustments*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:13 -msgid "" -"If you want to fully work with barcodes, you can download the sheet " -"*Commands for Inventory*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Once you have clicked on *Inventory Adjustments*, Odoo will automatically " -"create one. Note that, if you work with multi-location, you first need to " -"specify in which location the inventory adjustment takes place." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:24 -msgid "" -"If you don’t work with multi-location, you will be able to scan the " -"different products you want to include in the inventory adjustment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:31 -msgid "" -"If you have 5 identical articles, scan it 5 times or use the keyboard to set" -" the quantity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Besides using the barcode scanner, you can also manually add a product if " -"necessary. To do so, click on *Add Product* and fill the information in " -"manually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:44 -msgid "" -"When you have scanned all the items of the location, validate the inventory " -"manually or scan the *Validate* barcode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:3 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/overview.rst:3 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:6 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Oversigt" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:5 -msgid "" -"There are different situations in which barcode nomenclatures can be useful." -" A well-known use case is the one of a point of sale which sells products in" -" bulk, in which the customers will scale their products themselves and get " -"the printed barcode to stick on the product. This barcode will contain the " -"weight of the product and help compute the price accordingly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:13 -msgid "Create a Barcode Nomenclature" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Odoo supports Barcode Nomenclatures, which determine the mapping and " -"interpretation of the encoded information. You can configure your barcode " -"nomenclature being in :doc:`Developer mode " -"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Barcode Nomenclature`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:20 -msgid "" -"You can create a barcode nomenclature from there, and then add a line to " -"create your first rule." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:26 -msgid "" -"The first step is to specify the **rule name**, for example Weight Barcode " -"with 3 Decimals. You then have to specify the type for barcode nomenclature," -" in our case it will be Weighted Product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:33 -msgid "" -"The Barcode Pattern is a regular expression that defines the structure of " -"the barcode. In this example 21 defines the products on which the rule will " -"be applied, those are the numbers by which the product barcode should start." -" The 5 “dots” are the following numbers of the product barcode and are there" -" simply to identify the product in question. The “N” define a number and the" -" “D” define the decimals." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:40 -msgid "" -"The encoding allows to specify the barcode encoding on which the rule should" -" be applied." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:44 -msgid "" -"You can define different rules and order their priority thanks to the " -"sequence. The first rule which matches the scanned barcode will be applied." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:49 -msgid "Configure your Product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:51 -msgid "The barcode of the product should start by “21”;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:52 -msgid "" -"The 5 “dots” are the other numbers of your product barcode, allowing to " -"identify the product;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:53 -msgid "" -"The barcode should contain 0’s where you did defined D’s or N’s. In our case" -" we need to set 5 zeros because we configured “21…..{NNDDD}”;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:54 -msgid "" -"In EAN-13, the last number is a check number, use an EAN13 generator to know" -" which digit it should be in your case." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:59 -msgid "" -"In case you weight 1,5 Kg of pasta, the balance will print you the following" -" barcode 2112345015002. If you scan this barcode in your POS or when " -"receiving products in your barcode application, Odoo will automatically " -"create a new line for the Pasta product for a quantity of 1.5 Kg. For the " -"point of sale, a price depending on the quantity will also be computed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:70 -msgid "Rule Types" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:72 -msgid "" -"**Priced Product**: allows you to identify the product and specify its " -"price, used in POS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:73 -msgid "" -"**Discounted Product**: allows you to create one barcode per applied " -"discount. You can then scan your product in the POS and then scan the " -"discount barcode, discount will be applied on the normal price of the " -"product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:74 -msgid "" -"**Weighted Product**: allows you to identify the product and specify its " -"weight, used in both POS (in which the price is computed based on the " -"weight) and in inventory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:75 -msgid "" -"**Client**: allows you to identify the customer, for example used with " -"loyalty program." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:76 -msgid "**Cashier**: allows you to identify the cashier when entering the POS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:77 -msgid "" -"**Location**: allows you to identify the location on a transfer when multi-" -"location is activated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:78 -msgid "" -"**Package**: allows you to identify packages on a transfer when packages are" -" activated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:79 -msgid "" -"**Lot**: allows you to identify the lot number of a product on a transfer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:80 -msgid "" -"**Credit Card**: doesn’t need manual modification, exists for data from the " -"Mercury module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:81 -msgid "" -"**Unit Product**: allows you to identify a product for both POS and " -"transfers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:84 -msgid "" -"When the barcode pattern contains .*, it means that it can contain any " -"number of characters, those characters being any number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:3 -msgid "Process to Transfers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:6 -msgid "Simple Transfers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:8 -msgid "" -"To process a transfer from the *Barcode* app, the first step is to go to " -"*Operations*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Then, you have the choice to either enter an existing transfer, by going to " -"the corresponding operation type and manually selecting the one you want to " -"enter, or by scanning the barcode of the transfer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:24 -msgid "" -"From there, you will be able to scan the products that are part of the " -"existing transfer and/or add new products to this transfer. Once all the " -"products have been scanned, you can validate the transfer to proceed with " -"the stock moves." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:33 -msgid "" -"If you have different storage locations in your warehouse, you can add " -"additional steps for the different operation types." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:37 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:50 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:45 -msgid "Receipts" -msgstr "Varemodtagelse" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:39 -msgid "" -"When receiving a product in stock, you need to scan its barcode in order to " -"identify it in the system. Once done, you can either make it enter the main " -"location of the transfer, for example WH/Stock, or scan a location barcode " -"to make it enter a sub-location of the main location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:48 -msgid "" -"If you want the product to enter WH/Stock in our example, you can simply " -"scan the next product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:52 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery.rst:3 -msgid "Delivery Orders" -msgstr "Leveringsordrer" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:54 -msgid "" -"When delivering a product, you have to scan the source location if it is " -"different than the one initially set on the transfer. Then, you can start " -"scanning the products that are delivered from this specific location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:62 -msgid "" -"Once the different products have been scanned, you have the possibility to " -"scan another location, such as WH/Stock, and another page will be added to " -"your delivery order. You can move from one to the other thanks to the " -"*Previous* and *Next* buttons." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Now, you can validate your transfer. To do so, click on *Next* until you " -"reach the last page of the transfer. There, you will be able to validate it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:78 -msgid "Internal Transfers" -msgstr "Interne flytninger" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:80 -msgid "" -"When realizing an internal transfer with multi-location, you first have to " -"scan the source location of the product. Then, you can scan the product in " -"itself, before having to scan the barcode of the destination location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:85 -msgid "" -"If the source and destination of the internal transfers are already correct," -" you don’t need to scan them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:89 -msgid "Transfers with Tracked Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:91 -msgid "" -"If you work with products tracked by lot/serial numbers, you have two ways " -"of working:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:94 -msgid "" -"If you work with serial/lot numbers taking all products into consideration, " -"you can scan the barcode of the lot/serial number and Odoo will increase the" -" quantity of the product, setting its lot/serial number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:99 -msgid "" -"If you have the same lot/serial number for different products, you can work " -"by scanning the product barcode first, and then the barcode of the " -"lot/serial number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:3 -msgid "Create a Transfer from Scratch" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:5 -msgid "" -"To create a transfer from the *Barcode* application, you first need to print" -" the operation type barcodes. To do so, you can download the *Stock barcode " -"sheet* from the home page of the app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Once done, you can scan the one for which you want to create a new document." -" Then, an empty document will be created and you will be able to scan your " -"products to populate it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup.rst:3 -msgid "Setup" -msgstr "Opsætning" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:3 -msgid "Set up your barcode scanner" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Getting started with barcode scanning in Odoo is fairly easy. Yet, a good " -"user experience relies on an appropriate hardware setup. This guide will " -"help you through the task of choosing and configuring the barcode scanner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:11 -msgid "Find the barcode scanner that suits your needs" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:13 -msgid "" -"The 3 recommended type of barcode scanners to work with the Odoo " -"**Inventory** and **Barcode Scanning** apps are the **USB scanner**, **the " -"bluetooth scanner** and the **mobile computer scanner**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:20 -msgid "" -"If you scan products at a computer location, the **USB scanner** is the way " -"to go. Simply plug it in the computer to start scanning. Just make sure when" -" you buy it that the scanner is compatible with your keyboard layout or can " -"be configured to be so." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:25 -msgid "" -"The **bluetooth scanner** can be paired with a smartphone or a tablet and is" -" a good choice if you want to be mobile but don't need a big investment. An " -"approach is to log in Odoo on you smartphone, pair the bluetooth scanner " -"with the smartphone and work in the warehouse with the possibility to check " -"your smartphone from time to time and use the software 'manually'." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:32 -msgid "" -"For heavy use, the **mobile computer scanner** is the handiest solution. It " -"consists of a small computer with a built-in barcode scanner. This one can " -"turn out to be a very productive solution, however you need to make sure " -"that is is capable of running Odoo smoothly. The most recent models using " -"Android + Google Chrome or Windows + Internet Explorer Mobile should do the " -"job. However, due to the variety of models and configurations on the market," -" it is essential to test it first." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:42 -msgid "Configure your barcode scanner" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:45 -msgid "Keyboard layout" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:50 -msgid "" -"An USB barcode scanner needs to be configured to use the same keyboard " -"layout as your operating system. Otherwise, your scanner won't translate " -"characters correctly (replacing a 'A' with a 'Q' for example). Most scanners" -" are configured by scanning the appropriate barcode in the user manual." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:57 -msgid "Automatic carriage return" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:59 -msgid "" -"By default, Odoo has a 50 milliseconds delay between each successive scan " -"(it helps avoid accidental double scanning). If you want to suppress this " -"delay, you can configure your scanner to insert a carriage return at the end" -" of each barcode. This is usually the default configuration and can be " -"explicitly configured by scanning a specific barcode in the user manual ('CR" -" suffix ON', 'Apply Enter for suffix', etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:3 -msgid "Activate the Barcodes in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The barcode scanning features can save you a lot of time usually lost " -"switching between the keyboard, the mouse and the scanner. Properly " -"attributing barcodes to products, pickings locations, etc. allows you to " -"work more efficiently by controlling the software almost exclusively with " -"the barcode scanner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:12 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:12 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:37 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:9 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:50 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:18 -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:19 -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:16 -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:21 -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:15 -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:14 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:10 -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:10 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:16 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:15 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:17 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:14 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Konfiguration" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:14 -msgid "" -"To use this feature, you first need to activate the *Barcode* functionality " -"via :menuselection:`Inventory --> Settings --> Barcode Scanner`. Once you " -"have ticked the feature, you can hit save." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:22 -msgid "Set Product Barcodes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:24 -msgid "" -"You can easily assign barcodes to your different products via the " -"*Inventory* app. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " -"Products Barcodes`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Then, you have the possibility to assign barcodes to your products directly " -"at creation on the product form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Be careful to add barcodes directly on the product variants and not on the " -"template product. Otherwise, you won’t be able to differentiate them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:45 -msgid "Set Locations Barcodes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:47 -msgid "" -"If you manage multiple locations, you will find useful to attribute a " -"barcode to each location and stick it on the location. You can configure the" -" locations barcodes in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " -"Locations`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:58 -msgid "" -"You can easily print the barcode you allocate to the locations via the " -"*Print* menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:62 -msgid "Barcode Formats" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Most retail products use EAN-13 barcodes. They cannot be made up without " -"proper authorization. You must pay the International Article Numbering " -"Association a fee in exchange for an EAN code sequence." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Still, as Odoo supports any string as a barcode, you can always define your " -"own barcode format for internal use." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management.rst:3 -msgid "Warehouse Management" -msgstr "Lagerstyring" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:3 -msgid "How do I cancel a delivery order?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo gives you the possibility to cancel a delivery method whether it has " -"been validated to fast, it needs to be modified or for any other reason." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Some carriers are more flexible than others, so make sure to cancel your " -"delivery order as fast as possible if it needs to be done so you don't have " -"any bad surprise." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:17 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:26 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:107 -msgid "Sale process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Go to the **Sales** module, click on **Sales** and then on **Sales Order**. " -"Then click on the sale order you want to cancel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Click on the **Delivery** button, in the upper right corner of the sale " -"order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Now, click on the **Additional info** tab and you will see that next to the " -"**Carrier Tracking Reference**, there is a **Cancel** button. Click on it to" -" cancel the delivery." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:38 -msgid "" -"To make sure that your delivery is cancelled, check in the history, you will" -" receive the confirmation of the cancellation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:3 -msgid "How can I limit a delivery method to a certain number of countries?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:8 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can have different types of delivery methods, and you can " -"limit them to a certain number of countries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Go to the **Inventory** module, click on **Configuration** and then on " -"**Delivery Methods**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Select the delivery method that you want to change, or create a new one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:25 -msgid "" -"In the **Destination** tab, choose the countries to which you want to apply " -"this delivery method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:28 -msgid "Now, that this is done, Let's see the result." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:30 -msgid "" -"If you go to the website, and you try to buy something, once you've entered " -"your details and you proceed to the payment, the website will propose you " -"only the delivery methods that apply to your shipping address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:39 -msgid "" -"This process doesn't work in backend. We assume that when you create a Sale " -"Order, you know which delivery method you can use since you created them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:3 -msgid "Send Products to Customers Directly from Suppliers (Drop-shipping)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:6 -msgid "What is Drop-Shipping?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Drop-Shipping is a system that allows orders taken from your store to be " -"shipped straight from your supplier to your customer. On a usual delivery " -"system, products are sent from your supplier to your warehouse to be put in " -"stock and then shipped to your customers after ordering." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:13 -msgid "" -"With drop-shipping, no item is stocked. When a customer places an order in " -"your shop, the item is delivered straight from the supplier to the customer." -" Therefore, the product doesn't need to get through your warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:19 -msgid "Points to be Considered while Implementing Drop-Shipping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Use drop-shipping only for the products you can't or don't want to keep in " -"stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:22 -msgid "" -"One reason is that you'll always make smaller margins on items that are " -"drop-shipped, so you should keep it only for items that take up a lot of " -"space in your warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:30 -msgid "Drop-shipping is best for niche products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Chances are that products that are in high demand are being offered by large" -" suppliers at a fraction of the price you'll be able to charge, so using a " -"more costly shipping method won't be financially rewarding. But if your " -"product is unique, then it makes sense!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:33 -msgid "To protect your customers from bad experiences." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Test drop-shipping companies for yourself beforehand and list the best ones." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:37 -msgid "Make sure time is not against you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Drop-shipping should take a reasonable amount of time and surely not more " -"than it would have taken you to handle it all by yourself. It's also nice to" -" be able to provide your customers with a tracking number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:44 -msgid "Items have to be available from your supplier." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:40 -msgid "" -"It's good to know if the product you're selling is available upstream. If " -"you don't have that information, inform your customers that you don't hold " -"the item in stock and that it's subject to availability from a third party." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:47 -msgid "" -"For more information and insights about Drop-Shipping, you can read our " -"blog: `*What is drop-shipping and how to use it* <https://www.odoo.com/blog" -"/business-hacks-1/post/what-is-drop-shipping-and-how-to-use-it-250>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:52 -msgid "Configure Drop-Shipping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Activate the functionality in the *Purchase* application by going to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Then, go to the *Inventory* app, in :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings` to activate the *Multi-Step Routes* feature. It will allow you to " -"make the *Route* field appear on the sale order lines to specify you send a " -"product via drop-shipping." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Now, in the *Sales* app, go to :menuselection:`Products --> Products`. " -"Select the product you would like to drop-ship and add a vendor pricelist " -"which contains the right supplier, via the purchase tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:76 -msgid "Send Products from the Suppliers Directly to the Customers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:78 -msgid "" -"Create a *Sales Order* and add the product on which you just set the vendor." -" Add the *Route* field thanks to the widget on the right of the sale order " -"line. Now, you are able to specify that your products’ route is *Drop-" -"Shipping*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:89 -msgid "" -"Once the sale order is confirmed, Odoo automatically generates a *Request " -"for Quotation* for the supplier who will proceed to the drop-shipping. You " -"can find it in the *Purchase* app, with the sale order as *Source Document*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:97 -msgid "" -"Once this *Purchase Order* is confirmed, a *Receipt Order* is created and " -"linked to it. The source location is the vendor location and the destination" -" location is the customer location. Then, the product won’t go through your " -"own stock when you validate the dropship document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:105 -msgid "" -"You can also easily access the dropship document directly from your " -"inventory dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:3 -msgid "How to choose the right inventory flow to handle delivery orders?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Depending on factors such as the type of items you sell, the size of your " -"warehouse, the number of orders you register everyday... the way you handle " -"deliveries to your customers can vary a lot." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Odoo allows you to handle shipping from your warehouse in 3 different ways:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:12 -msgid "**One step (shipping)**: Ship directly from stock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:14 -msgid "" -"**Two steps (pick + ship)**: Bring goods to output location before shipping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:17 -msgid "" -"**Three steps (pick + pack + ship)**: Make packages into a dedicated " -"location, then bring them to the output location for shipping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:20 -msgid "" -"For companies having a rather small warehouse and that do not require high " -"stock of items or don't sell perishable items, a one step shipping is the " -"simplest solution, as it does not require a lot of configuration and allows " -"to handle orders very quickly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Using inventory methods such as FIFO, LIFO and FEFO require to have at least" -" two steps to handle a shipment. The picking method will be determined by " -"the removal strategy, and the items removed will then be shipped to the " -"customer. This method is also interesting if you hold larger stocks and " -"especially when the items you stock are big in size." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:31 -msgid "" -"The three steps system becomes useful in more specific situations, the main " -"one being for handling very large stocks. The items are transferred to a " -"packing area, where they will be assembled by area of destination, and then " -"set to outbound trucks for final delivery to the customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:40 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:53 -msgid "One step flow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:42 -msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`one_step`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:45 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:58 -msgid "Two steps flow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:47 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:60 -msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`two_steps`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:50 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:63 -msgid "Three steps flow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:52 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:65 -msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`three_steps`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:3 -msgid "How can I change the label type?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:8 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can choose among different types of labels for your delivery " -"orders. Follow the steps below and give an appropriate label type to your " -"delivery." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:15 -msgid "" -"In the **Inventory** module, Go to **Configuration** and click on **Delivery" -" methods**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:18 -msgid "Choose a delivery method and then click on **Edit**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:23 -msgid "" -"In the **Pricing** tab, under **Fedex label stock type**, you can choose one" -" of the label types available. The availability will vary depending on the " -"carrier." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Once this is done, you can see the result if you go to the Sales module and " -"you create a new sale order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:33 -msgid "" -"As you confirm the sale and validate the delivery with the carrier for which" -" you have modified the label type, The label will appear in your history." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:46 -msgid "" -"The default label type is paper letter, and if you choose the label type " -"bottom half for example, here is the difference :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:3 -msgid "Process Delivery Orders in one Step (Shipping)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:5 -msgid "" -"There is no configuration needed to deliver in one step. The default " -"outgoing shipments are configured to be directly delivered from the stock to" -" the customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:9 -msgid "" -"However, if advanced routes have been activated and you set another shipping" -" configuration on your warehouse, you can set it back to the one-step " -"delivery configuration. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " -"--> Warehouses` and edit the warehouse in question." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Then, choose *Deliver goods directly* as your *Outgoing Shipments* strategy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:21 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:45 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:47 -msgid "Create a Sales Order" -msgstr "Opret en salgsordre" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:23 -msgid "" -"In the *Sales* application, create a quotation with some storable products " -"to deliver and confirm it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Notice that we now see 1 delivery associated with this *sales order* in the " -"stat button above the sales order. If you click on the 1 Delivery stat " -"button, you should now see your delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:34 -msgid "Process a Delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:36 -msgid "" -"You can also find the *delivery order* directly from the *Inventory* " -"application. In the dashboard, you can click the *1 TO PROCESS* button under" -" the Delivery Orders Kanban card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Enter the picking that you want to process. You will be able to click on " -"*Validate* to complete the move if you have products in stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Once you *Validate* the delivery order, the products leave your *WH/Stock " -"location* and are moved to the *Customer location*. You can easily see that " -"the delivery took place thanks to the status of the document which is now " -"*Done*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:3 -msgid "Deliver Products in Packages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, you have the possibility to deliver your products in different " -"packages, depending on the volume and or weight of your products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:11 -msgid "" -"First, you need to activate the *Delivery Packages* feature in the " -":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:18 -msgid "Proceed to a Delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Now, you can create a planned delivery with some products in it. You will " -"have the possibility to create new packages and assign them to the stock " -"move lines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Then, you can define the package type from this window. Once the delivery " -"order is validated, you can retrieve which products have been included in " -"the package." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:34 -msgid "" -"A button will appear at the delivery stage, allowing you to find all the " -"packages which were part of the delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:44 -msgid "Use the Put in Pack button" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Another way to put products in packs is to use the *Put in Pack* button. It " -"will automatically assign a pack to the number of products which is set as " -"*Done* and duplicate the stock move line if necessary." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Then, you will be able to update the different packages created this way, " -"directly via the *Packages* button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:3 -msgid "Process Delivery Orders in three Steps (Pick + Pack + Ship)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is " -"set up by default to utilize a one-step operation: once all goods are " -"available, they are able to be shipped in a single delivery order. However, " -"that process may not reflect reality and your company could require more " -"steps before shipping." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:11 -msgid "" -"With the delivery in 3 steps (Pick + Pack + Ship), the items will be picked " -"to be transferred to a packing area. Then, they will be moved to an output " -"location before being effectively shipped to the customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:16 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:15 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:18 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:19 -msgid "Activate Multi-Step Routes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:18 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:17 -msgid "" -"The first step is to allow using *multi-step routes*. Indeed, routes provide" -" a mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we will " -"chain the picking step to the shipping step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:22 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:21 -msgid "" -"To allow *multi-step routes*, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Settings` and activate the option. Note that activating " -"*Multi-Step Routes* will also activate *Storage Locations*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:30 -msgid "Configure Warehouse for Delivery in 3 Steps" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Once *Multi-Step Routes* has been activated, you can go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the " -"warehouse which will use delivery in 3 steps. You can then select the option" -" *Pack goods, send goods in output and then deliver (3 steps)* for *Outgoing" -" Shipments*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Activating this option will lead to the creation of two new locations, " -"*Output* and *Packing Zone*. If you want to rename it go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, *Select* the one" -" you want to rename and update its name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:47 -msgid "" -"In the *Sales* application, you can create a quotation with some storable " -"products to deliver. Once you confirm the quotation, three pickings will be " -"created and automatically linked to your sale order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:54 -msgid "If you click the button, you should now see three different pickings:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:56 -msgid "The first one with a reference PICK to designate the picking process," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:58 -msgid "The second one with the reference PACK that is the packing process," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:60 -msgid "The last one with a reference OUT to designate the shipping process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:66 -msgid "Process the Picking, Packing, and Delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:68 -msgid "" -"The picking operation is the first one to be processed and has a *Ready* " -"status while the other ones are *Waiting Another Operation*. The Packing " -"operation will become *Ready* as soon as the picking one is marked as done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:73 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:71 -msgid "" -"You can enter the picking operation from here, or access it through the " -"inventory dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:79 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:77 -msgid "" -"In case you have the product in stock, it has automatically been reserved " -"and you can simply validate the picking document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:85 -msgid "" -"Once the picking has been validated, the packing order is ready to be " -"processed. Thanks to the fact that the documents are chained, the products " -"which have been previously picked are automatically reserved on the packing " -"order which can be directly validated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:96 -msgid "" -"Once the packing has been validated, the delivery order is ready to be " -"processed. Here again, it is directly ready to be validated in order to " -"transfer the products to the customer location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:3 -msgid "Process Delivery Orders in two Steps (Pick + Ship)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is " -"set up by default to utilize a one-step operation: once all goods are " -"available, they are able to be shipped in a single delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:9 -msgid "" -"However, your company's business process may have one or more steps that " -"happen before shipping. In the two steps process, the products which are " -"part of the delivery order are picked in the warehouse and brought to an " -"output location before being effectively shipped." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:29 -msgid "Warehouse configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Once *Multi-Step Routes* has been activated, you can go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the " -"warehouse which will use delivery in 2 steps. You can then select the option" -" *Send goods in output and then deliver (2 steps)* for Outgoing Shipments." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Activating this option will lead to the creation of a new *Output* location." -" If you want to rename it go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " -"--> Locations`, Select Output and update its name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:49 -msgid "" -"In the *Sales* application, you can create a quotation with some storable " -"products to deliver. Once you confirm the quotation, two pickings will be " -"created and automatically linked to your sale order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:56 -msgid "" -"If you click on the *2 Delivery* button, you should now see two different " -"pickings, one with a reference *PICK* to designate the picking process and " -"another one with a reference *OUT* to designate the shipping process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:65 -msgid "Process the Picking and the Delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:67 -msgid "" -"The picking operation is the first one to be processed and has a *Ready* " -"status while the delivery operation will only become *Ready* once the " -"picking operation has been marked as done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Once the picking has been validated, the delivery order is ready to be " -"processed. Thanks to the fact that the documents are chained, the products " -"which have been previously picked are automatically reserved on the delivery" -" order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming.rst:3 -msgid "Incoming Shipments" -msgstr "Indkommende leverancer" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:3 -msgid "How to choose the right flow to handle receipts?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Depending on factors such as the type of items you receive, the size of your" -" warehouse, the number of receipt you register everyday... the way you " -"handle receipts to your customers can vary a lot." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Odoo allows you to handle receipts from your warehouse in 3 different ways:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:15 -msgid "**One step**: Receive goods directly in stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:17 -msgid "**Two steps**: Unload in input location then go to stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:19 -msgid "" -"**Three steps**: Unload in input location, go through a quality control " -"before being admitted in stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Odoo uses **routes** to define exactly how you will handle the different " -"receipt steps. The configuration is done at the level of the warehouse. In " -"standard, the reception is a one step process, but changing the " -"configuration can allow to have 2 or even 3 steps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:27 -msgid "The principles are the following:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:29 -msgid "**One step**: You receive the goods directly in your stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:31 -msgid "" -"**Two steps**: You receive the goods in an input area then transfer them " -"from input area to your stock. As long as the goods are not transferred in " -"your stock, they will not be available for further processing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:36 -msgid "" -"**Three steps**: In many companies, it is necessary to assess the received " -"good. The goal is to check that the products correspond to the quality " -"requirements agreed with the suppliers. Adding a quality control step in the" -" goods receipt process can become essential." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:42 -msgid "" -"You receive the goods in an input area, then transfer them into quality area" -" for quality control. When your quality check process finishes then you can " -"move the goods from QC to stock. Of course, you may change the quantity and " -"only transfer to Stock the quantity that is valid and decide that you will " -"return the quantity that is not good." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:55 -msgid "This is the default configuration in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:68 -msgid ":doc:`../delivery/inventory_flow`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:69 -msgid ":doc:`../../../purchase/advanced/analyze`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:3 -msgid "Process a Receipt in one step (Receipt)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:5 -msgid "" -"There is no configuration needed to receive in one step. The default " -"incoming shipments are configured to be directly received from the vendors " -"to the stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:9 -msgid "" -"However, if advanced routes have been activated and you set another incoming" -" configuration on your warehouse, you can set it back to the one-step " -"receipt configuration. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Warehouses` and edit the warehouse in question." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Set the *Incoming Shipments* option to *Receive goods directly (1 step)*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:21 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:50 -msgid "Create a Purchase Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:23 -msgid "" -"To create a *Request for Quotation*, go to the *Purchase* application and " -"click on *Create*. Then, add some storable products to receive and confirm " -"the *RfQ*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Notice that, now, we see 1 receipt associated with the purchase order you " -"just created. If you click on the button, you will see your receipt order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:35 -msgid "Process a Receipt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:37 -msgid "" -"You can also fin the receipt directly from the *Inventory* app. When on the " -"dashboard, you can click the *1 TO PROCESS* button under the *Receipts* " -"Kanban card. Then, you will see your receipt." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Now, enter the picking that you want to process. You will be able to click " -"on *Validate* to complete the move directly as products coming from " -"suppliers are considered as being always available." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:51 -msgid "" -"Once you *Validate* the receipt, the products leave the *Supplier Location* " -"to enter your *WH/Stock Location*. You can easily see that the receipt took " -"place thanks to the status of the document, which is now *Done*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:3 -msgid "Process a Receipt in three steps (Input + Quality + Stock)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Quality is essential for most companies. To make sure we maintain quality " -"throughout the supply chain, it only makes sense that we assess the quality " -"of the products received from suppliers. To do so, we will add a quality " -"control step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Odoo uses routes to define how to handle the different receipt steps. " -"Configuration of those routes is done at the warehouse level. By default, " -"the reception is a one-step process, but it can also be configured to have " -"two-steps or three-steps processes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:13 -msgid "" -"The three-steps flow works as follows: you receive the goods in your " -"receiving area, then transfer them into a quality area for quality control " -"(QC). When the quality check is completed, the goods that match the QC " -"requirements are moved to stock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:20 -msgid "" -"The first step is to allow the use of *Multi-Step Routes*. Routes provide a " -"mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we will chain " -"the picking step to the shipping step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:23 -msgid "" -"To enable *Multi-Step Routes*, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Settings` and activate the option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:31 -msgid "" -"By default, activating *Multi-Step Routes* also activates *Storage " -"Locations*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:35 -msgid "Configure warehouse for receipt in 3-steps" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Once *Multi-Step Routes* has been activated, go to :menuselection:`Inventory" -" --> Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the warehouse which should work " -"with the 3-steps reception. Then, select *Receive goods in input, then " -"quality and then stock (3 steps)* for *Incoming Shipments*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Activating this option leads to the creation of two new locations: *Input* " -"and *Quality Control*. To rename them, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Locations` and select the one you want to rename." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:52 -msgid "" -"To start the 3-steps reception process, create a *Request for Quotation* " -"from the *Purchase* app, add some storable products to it and confirm. Then," -" three pickings are created with your *Purchase Order* as the source " -"document:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:56 -msgid "The first one with a reference *IN* to designate the receipt process;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:59 -msgid "" -"The second one with a reference *INT*, which is the move to the quality " -"control zone;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:62 -msgid "The last one with a reference *INT* to designate the move to stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:69 -msgid "Process the receipt, quality control and entry in stock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:71 -msgid "" -"As the receipt operation is the first one to be processed, it has a *Ready* " -"status while the others are *Waiting Another Operation*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:74 -msgid "" -"To access the receipt operation, click on the button from the *Purchase " -"Order* or go back to the *Inventory* app dashboard and click on *Receipts*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:81 -msgid "" -"In the receipt order, products are always considered available because they " -"come from the supplier. Then, the receipt can be validated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:88 -msgid "" -"Once the receipt has been validated, the transfer to quality becomes " -"*Ready*. And, because the documents are chained to each other, products " -"previously received are automatically reserved on the transfer. Then, the " -"transfer can be directly validated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:100 -msgid "" -"Now, the transfer that enters the products to stock is *Ready*. Here, it is " -"again ready to be validated in order to transfer the products to your stock " -"location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:3 -msgid "Process a Receipt in two steps (Input + Stock)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo uses routes to define exactly how you will handle the different receipt" -" steps. The configuration is done at the *Warehouse* level. By default, the " -"reception is a one-step process, but changing the configuration can allow " -"you to have 2 steps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:13 -msgid "" -"The 2 steps flow is like this: you receive the goods in an input area, then " -"transfer them to your stock. As long as the goods are not transferred in " -"your stock, they will not be available for further processing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:21 -msgid "" -"The first step is to allow using *multi-step routes*. Indeed, routes provide" -" a mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we will " -"chain the unload step in the input area to the step entering the products in" -" stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:26 -msgid "" -"To allow *multi-step routes*, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings` and activate the feature. By default, activating *multi-step " -"routes* will also activate *Storage Locations*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:34 -msgid "Configure warehouse for receipt in 2 steps" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Once *multi-step routes* is activated, you can go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the warehouse which " -"will use receipt in 2 steps. Then, you can select the option *Receive goods " -"in input and then stock (2 steps)* for *Incoming Shipments*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Activating this option will lead to the creation of a new *Input* location. " -"If you want to rename it, you can go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Locations --> Select Input` and update its name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:52 -msgid "Create a purchase order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:54 -msgid "" -"In the *Purchase* application, you can create a *Request for Quotation* with" -" some storable products to receive from a supplier. Once the *RfQ* is " -"confirmed, the receipt picking will be created and automatically linked to " -"your purchase order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:62 -msgid "" -"Now, by clicking on the *1 Receipt* button, you will see the first picking " -"which will allow entering the product in the *input location*. Then, another" -" picking, an internal transfer, has been created in order to move the " -"products to *Stock*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:68 -msgid "Process the receipt and the internal transfer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:70 -msgid "" -"The receipt is the first one to be processed and has a *Ready* status while " -"the internal transfer will only become *Ready* once the receipt has been " -"marked as *Done*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:74 -msgid "" -"You can enter the receipt operation from the purchase order, or access it " -"through the inventory dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:80 -msgid "" -"By default, a receipt is always considered as ready to be processed. Then, " -"you will be able to directly click on *Validate* to mark it as done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:87 -msgid "" -"Once the receipt has been validated, the internal transfer is ready to be " -"processed. As documents are chained, the products which have been received " -"are automatically reserved on the internal transfer. Once the transfer is " -"validated, those products enter the stock and you will be able to use them " -"to fulfill customer deliveries or manufacture products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers.rst:3 -msgid "Lots and Serial Numbers" -msgstr "Lot og Serienumre" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:3 -msgid "What's the difference between lots and serial numbers?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:6 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "Introduktion" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, lots and serial numbers have similarities in their functional " -"system but are different in their behavior. They are both managed within the" -" **Inventory**, **Purchases** and **Sales** app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:12 -msgid "" -"**Lots** correspond to a certain number of products you received and store " -"altogether in one single pack." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:15 -msgid "" -"**Serial numbers** are identification numbers given to one product in " -"particular, to allow to track the history of the item from reception to " -"delivery and after-sales." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:20 -msgid "When to use" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:22 -msgid "" -"**Lots** are interesting for products you receive in great quantity and for " -"which a lot number can help in reportings, quality controls, or any other " -"info. Lots will help identify a number of pieces having for instance a " -"production fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or " -"food." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:28 -msgid "" -"**Serial numbers** are interesting for items that could require after-sales " -"service, such as smartphones, laptops, fridges, and any electronic devices. " -"You could use the manufacturer's serial number or your own, depending on the" -" way you manage these products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:34 -msgid "When not to use" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Storing consumable products such as kitchen roll, toilet paper, pens and " -"paper blocks in lots would make no sense at all, as there are very few " -"chances that you can return them for production fault." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:40 -msgid "" -"On the other hand, giving a serial number to every product is a time-" -"consuming task that will have a purpose only in the case of items that have " -"a warranty and/or after-sales services. Putting a serial number on bread, " -"for instance, makes no sense at all." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:46 -msgid ":doc:`serial_numbers`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:47 -msgid ":doc:`lots`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:3 -msgid "Manage expiration dates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In many companies, products have expiration dates and they should be tracked" -" based on those dates. In the food industry, for example, tracking stocks " -"based on expiration dates is mandatory to avoid selling expired products to " -"customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:10 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can track your products based on their expiration dates, even" -" if they are already tracked by lots or serial numbers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:14 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:15 -msgid "Configurations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:17 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:18 -msgid "Application configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:19 -msgid "" -"To use expiration dates tracking, open the *Inventory* application and go to" -" :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Lots & Serial" -" Numbers* and *Expiration Dates* features." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:27 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:28 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:68 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:90 -msgid "Product configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Now, you have the possibility to define different dates in the *inventory " -"tab* of the product form:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Product Use Time: it’s the number of days before the goods start " -"deteriorating, without being dangerous yet. It will be computed using the " -"lot/serial number;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Product Life Time: refers to the number of days before the goods may become " -"dangerous and must not be consumed. It will be computed on the lot/serial " -"number;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Product Removal Time: shows the number of days before the goods should be " -"removed from the stock. It will be computed on the lot/serial number;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Product Alert Time: refers to the number of days before an alert should be " -"raised on the lot/serial number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:44 -msgid "Expiration Date on Lots/Serial Numbers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:46 -msgid "" -"When receiving a product in stock, the dates will automatically be updated " -"on the corresponding lot/serial number. This update will be based on the " -"reception date of the product and the times set on the product form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:58 -msgid "Expiration Alerts" -msgstr "Udløbs advarsler" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:60 -msgid "" -"You can access all your expiration alerts from the *inventory* app. To do " -"so, go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. There, you " -"can use the pre-existing filter that shows all the lots/serial numbers that " -"exceeded their alert date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:3 -msgid "Manage lots of identical products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Lots are useful for products you receive in great quantity and for which a " -"lot number can help in reporting, quality controls, or any other info. Lots " -"will help identify a number of pieces having, for instance, a production " -"fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or food." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Odoo has the capacity to manage lots, ensuring compliance with the " -"traceability requirements imposed by the majority of industries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:14 -msgid "" -"The double-entry management in Odoo enables you to run very advanced " -"traceability." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:18 -msgid "Setting Up" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:21 -msgid "Application Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:23 -msgid "" -"First, you need to activate the tracking of lot numbers. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and tick *Lots & " -"Serial Numbers*. Then, click on save." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:31 -msgid "Product Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Now, you have to configure which products you want to track by serial " -"numbers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products` and open the product of your" -" choice. There, click on *Edit* and select *Tracking by Lots* in the " -"inventory tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:47 -msgid "Manage Lots" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:52 -msgid "" -"In order to receive a product tracked by lots, you have to specify its lot " -"numbers. You have several ways of doing so:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:55 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:65 -msgid "Manually assign the different lot numbers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:57 -msgid "Copy/paste lot numbers from an Excel file" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:59 -msgid "First, you need to open the detailed operations of your picking." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:67 -msgid "" -"When opening the detailed operations, you can click on *Add a line*. Then, " -"you will be able to fill the lot number in. Once done, you can click on *Add" -" a line* again to register a new lot number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:75 -msgid "Copy/paste lot number from an Excel file" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Once the spreadsheet containing the lot numbers you received from your " -"supplier and copy the list. Then, you can paste them in the *Lot/Serial " -"Number Name* column for Odoo to automatically create the necessary lines. " -"After that, you will have to manually enter the number of products that are " -"contained in each one of the lots." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:93 -msgid "Operation Types" -msgstr "Aktivitetstyper" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:95 -msgid "" -"Of course, you also have the possibility to define how you will manage lots " -"for each operation type. To do so, open the *Inventory* app and go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Operation Types`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:99 -msgid "" -"For each type (receipts, internal transfers, deliveries, …), you can decide " -"if you allow to create new lot numbers or only use existing ones. By " -"default, the creation of new lots is only allowed at product reception, and " -"using existing lot numbers isn’t allowed in this operation. If you have " -"inter-warehouse transfers and track products by lots, it can be useful to " -"allow using existing lot numbers in receipts too." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:111 -msgid "Lots traceability" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:113 -msgid "" -"The lot number given to the products allows you to keep track of where they " -"were received, put in stock, to whom they were sold and where they were " -"shipped to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:117 -msgid "" -"To track an item, open the *Inventory* module and, in :menuselection:`Master" -" Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers`, click on the lot number corresponding to " -"your search." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:124 -msgid "" -"When you open the *Traceability* information, you see in which documents the" -" lot number has been used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:130 -msgid "" -"Now, if you want to locate the lot number, you can do so by clicking on the " -"*Location* stat button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:3 -msgid "Work with serial numbers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:5 -msgid "" -"To track products with serial numbers, you can use the serial number " -"tracking. With them, you can track the current location of the product and, " -"when the products are moved from one location to another, the system will " -"automatically identify the current location of the product, based on its " -"last movement." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:11 -msgid "" -"If you want to do it or run very advanced traceability, the Odoo double-" -"entry management is the feature you need." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:20 -msgid "" -"First, you need to activate the serial numbers tracking. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the *Inventory* application. " -"Then, enable the feature and hit save." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Now, you have to configure the products you want to track by serial numbers." -" To do so, go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products` and open the " -"product of your choice. Edit it and select *Tracking By Unique Serial " -"Number* in the *Inventory tab*. Then, click on save." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:42 -msgid "Manage Serial Numbers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:47 -msgid "" -"To receive a product that is tracked by serial number, you have to specify " -"its serial number. Of course, you have several ways of doing so:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:50 -msgid "Manual assignation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:52 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:73 -msgid "Multi-assignation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:54 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:89 -msgid "Copy/pasting from an Excel file" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Whatever could be your favorite way to assign serial numbers, you firstly " -"need to open the detailed operations of your picking." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:63 -msgid "Manual assignation of the different serial numbers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:65 -msgid "" -"When opening the detailed operations, you can click on *Add a line*. Then, " -"you will be able to fill in the serial number field. Once done, you can " -"click again on *Add a line* to register a new serial number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:75 -msgid "" -"By using the multi-assignation of serial numbers, Odoo will automatically " -"create the necessary lines. To do so, you have to enter the first serial " -"number of your set and the number of products you have to assign a serial " -"number to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:80 -msgid "Once done, click on *Assign Serial Numbers* and Odoo will do the rest." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:91 -msgid "" -"To use copy/pasting, open the spreadsheet containing the serial numbers you " -"received and copy the list. Then, past them in the *Lot/Serial Number Name* " -"column of the wizard. Doing so, Odoo will automatically create the lines you" -" need." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:106 -msgid "Operation types" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:108 -msgid "" -"You also have the possibility to define how you will manage lots for each " -"operation type. To define it, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Operation Types` in the *Inventory* app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:112 -msgid "" -"For each type, you can decide if you allow the creation of new lot numbers " -"or want to use existing ones. By default, the creation of new lots is only " -"allowed at product reception." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:120 -msgid "" -"If you have inter-warehouse transfers and track products by lots, it can be " -"useful to allow using existing lot numbers in receipts too." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:124 -msgid "Serial Number traceability" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:126 -msgid "" -"Using serial numbers allows you to keep track of where the products were " -"received, put in stock, to whom they were sold, and where they were shipped " -"to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:130 -msgid "" -"Tracking an item is easy: open the *Inventory* app, and go to " -":menuselection:`Master Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers` and click on the serial" -" number corresponding to your search. Then, open the *Traceability* " -"information. There, you will see in which documents the serial number has " -"been used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:140 -msgid "" -"And, if you want to locate a serial number, you can do so by clicking on the" -" *Location* button available on the serial number form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc.rst:3 -msgid "Miscellaneous Operations" -msgstr "Diverse handlinger" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:3 -msgid "Process Batch Transfers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Batch picking allows a single picker to handle a batch of orders, reducing " -"the number of times he must visit the same location. In Odoo, it means you " -"can regroup several transfers into the same batch transfer, then process it," -" either via the barcode application or in the form view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:11 -msgid "Create a Batch Transfer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:13 -msgid "" -"To activate the batch picking option, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Configuration` and enable *Batch Pickings*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Then, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Batch Transfers` " -"and hit the create button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Now, determine the batch transfer responsible and the type of transfers you " -"want to include in the batch. To add the types of transfers, click on *Add a" -" line*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:34 -msgid "" -"In the example below, a filter was applied to only see the transfers that " -"are in the *Pick* step. After that, the different transfers that needed to " -"be included in the batch transfer were selected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:42 -msgid "" -"To see the products to pick for the different transfers, click on *Select*. " -"If *Multi-locations* has been activated, the document also shows the " -"locations they have been reserved from." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:51 -msgid "" -"For more info about *Multi-Locations*, please refer to this doc: " -":doc:`../warehouses/location_creation`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:54 -msgid "Create a Batch Transfer from the Transfers List View" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:56 -msgid "" -"From the *Transfers List View*, select transfers that should be included in " -"the Batch. Then, select *Add to batch* from the *Action* list." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Next, determine if you want to add the transfers to an existing draft batch " -"transfer or create a new one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:72 -msgid "Process a Batch Transfer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:74 -msgid "" -"While gathering the products, you can edit the batch transfer and update the" -" *Quantity done* for each product. Once everything has been picked, select " -"*Validate* so the different transfers contained in the batch are validated " -"too." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:83 -msgid "" -"In case all the products cannot be picked, you can create backorders for " -"each individual transfer which couldn’t be completely processed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:96 -msgid "Process a Batch Transfer from the Barcode app" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:98 -msgid "Enter the *Barcode* application, select the *Batch Transfers* menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:104 -msgid "" -"Then, you can enter the batch transfer on which you want to work. Batch " -"transfers can easily be grouped per responsible if necessary." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:111 -msgid "" -"In the batch transfer, products are classified per location. The source " -"document is visible on each line and a color-code helps differentiate them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:119 -msgid "" -"To see the products to pick from another location, click on the *Next* " -"button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:126 -msgid "" -"Once all the products have been picked, click on *Validate* (on the last " -"page) to mark the batch transfer as done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:3 -msgid "Send Automated Emails at Delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:8 -msgid "" -"First, go to the *Inventory* app, then to *Settings* and activate the *Email" -" Confirmation* feature. If you work in multi-company, this configuration is " -"company-specific." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:15 -msgid "" -"When you enable this feature, Odoo automatically creates an email template. " -"Of course, you can modify it if necessary by clicking on the small arrow " -"next to its name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:23 -msgid "Send email at delivery validation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:25 -msgid "" -"On the inventory dashboard, click on *Create* and fill the form for a " -"specific partner. Once you have added some products in it, *Validate* it and" -" do the same for the delivery." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Doing so, an automated email will be sent and will appear in the chatter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:38 -msgid "" -"If you work with a shipping method, and then have a tracking link, it will " -"be included in the standard email template." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:3 -msgid "Manage Stock that you don't own" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Sometimes, suppliers can offer you to store and sell products without having" -" to buy those items. This technique is called *consignee stock*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Consignee stock is a great way for manufacturers and suppliers to launch new" -" products. As resellers may be reluctant to buy a product they are not sure " -"to be able to sell, consignee stock will allow them to offer an item to " -"check its market without having to pay for it in the first place." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Of course, Odoo has the ability to manage those consignee stocks through " -"advanced settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:20 -msgid "" -"To use this feature, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " -"Settings` in the inventory app. Then, enable the *Consignment* feature in " -"the *Traceability* section. Now, hit save." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:28 -msgid "Reception of Consignee Stock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:30 -msgid "" -"When in the *Inventory* app, open the receipts and create a new reception. " -"On the right side, you will see that a new line called *Assign Owner* has " -"appeared. There, you can specify the partner which owns the stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:39 -msgid "If you are the owner, you can leave the field blank." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Once the receipt is validated, the products enter your stock but still " -"belong to the owner. They don’t impact your inventory valuation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:3 -msgid "Scrap Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In your warehouse, you sometimes find products that are damaged or that are " -"unusable due to expiry or for some other reasons. You often notice this " -"during picking or physical inventory. Since those products cannot be sold or" -" stored, you have to scrap them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:10 -msgid "" -"When goods are scrapped, they are not reflected in the system as a part of " -"the inventory. The scrapped material will be physically moved to the scrap " -"area and not taken into account into inventory valuation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Scrap means waste that either has no economic value or only the value of its" -" basic material content, recoverable through recycling." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:21 -msgid "" -"When you install the *Inventory* app, Odoo automatically creates a scrap " -"location. It’s named *Virtual Location/Scap*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Of course, you can create new scrap areas if needed. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the " -"*Storage Locations* feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Now, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations` and create your " -"scrap location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:34 -msgid "" -"You have to check *Is a Scrap Location?* on the location form. In fact, " -"scrap locations cannot be used as normal storage locations and then, a " -"virtual location will be created for scrapped products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:39 -msgid "Different ways to scrap products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:41 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, you have several ways to scrap products: from receipts, from a " -"delivery order, and from an internal transfer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:45 -msgid "Scrap from receipt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Scrapping products from receipts is easy. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory " -"--> Dashboard --> Receipts` or click on *1 TO PROCESS* under the receipts " -"location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Now, open the receipt and validate the picking. Once the products entered " -"your stock, the Scrap button appears on the top left corner of your screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:57 -msgid "" -"You can scrap products that were part of the receipt from there. If you do " -"so, it will move them from available stock to the virtual scrap location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:68 -msgid "Scrap from delivery order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:70 -msgid "" -"To scrap products from a delivery order, go to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" -" Dashboard --> Delivery orders` or click on *1 TO PROCESS*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Once done, open the delivery order. You can see the scrap button in the " -"upper left of the document. If you scrap the product from there, it will be " -"moved from your available stock to the virtual scrap location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:80 -msgid "" -"You can find all the scrap orders made from the picking by clicking on the " -"button on the top right corner of the document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:93 -msgid "Scrap from an internal transfer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:95 -msgid "" -"To do this, the flow is almost the same. In fact, you just have to go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Dashboard --> Internal Transfers`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:101 -msgid "" -"There, open the internal transfer that interests you. Now, click on the " -"scrap button that is on the top left of the document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:104 -msgid "" -"When scrapping before validating the internal transfer, the product is, by " -"default, moved from the source location to the virtual scrap location. But, " -"if you scrap after validating the internal transfer, it will be moved from " -"the destination location, as opposed to the source location, to the virtual " -"scrap location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:110 -msgid "" -"Of course, you can manually update the source location of the scrap order if" -" necessary." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:3 -msgid "Send Automated SMS at Delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:8 -msgid "" -"To send automated SMS, you need to activate the *SMS Confirmation* feature. " -"To do so, go to the *Inventory* app *Settings* and enable the feature. In " -"multi-company, this feature is company-specific." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Of course, an SMS template already exists by default in Odoo. You can modify" -" it by clicking on the arrow on the right." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:22 -msgid "Send SMS at delivery validation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:24 -msgid "" -"To use this feature, try to *Create* a delivery order for a specific partner" -" and add some products to it. Then, *Validate* the delivery." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:30 -msgid "Now, the automated SMS that has been sent appears in the chatter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:36 -msgid "" -"The partner which is set on the transfer needs to have a phone number " -"specified in its contact form for the SMS to be sent." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:39 -msgid "" -"If you work with a shipping method, and then have a tracking link, it will " -"be included in the SMS template." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning.rst:3 -msgid "Planning" -msgstr "Planlægning" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:3 -msgid "How is the Scheduled Delivery Date Computed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Providing the best possible service to customers is vital for business. It " -"implies planning every move: manufacturing orders, deliveries, receptions, " -"and so on. To do so, you need to configure lead time properly and coordinate" -" scheduled dates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:9 -msgid "" -"By using lead times, Odoo provides end dates, the **Commitment Date**, for " -"each process. On a sales order, for example, this is the date your customer " -"will get the products he ordered." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:13 -msgid "" -"From the customers’ side, the commitment date is important because it gives " -"them an estimation of when they will receive their products. The dates take " -"all other lead times, such as manufacturing, delivery, or suppliers, into " -"account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:19 -msgid "How are Lead Times Calculated?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:27 -msgid "" -"As said above, there are several types of lead times. Each is calculated " -"based on various indicators. Before going through the configuration, here is" -" a brief summary of how lead times are calculated and what they are:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:32 -msgid "" -"**Customer Lead Time**: the customer lead time is the default duration you " -"set. Therefore, the expected date on the sales orders is today + customer " -"lead time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:36 -msgid "" -"**Sales Security Lead Time**: the purpose is to be ready shipping that many " -"days before the actual commitment taken with the customer. Then, the default" -" scheduled date on the delivery order is **SO delivery date - Security Lead " -"Time**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:41 -msgid "" -"**Purchase Security Lead Time**: additional time to mitigate the risk of a " -"vendor delay. The receipt will be scheduled that many days earlier to cope " -"with unexpected vendor delays. In case of a *Replenish to Order*, the " -"**Delivery order scheduled date - Security lead time** for purchase will be " -"the default *Receipt* scheduled date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:48 -msgid "" -"**Purchase Delivery Lead Time**: this is the expected time between a PO " -"being confirmed and the receipt of the ordered products. The **Receipt " -"scheduled date - Vendor delivery date** is the default *PO Order By* date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:53 -msgid "" -"**Days to Purchase**: number of days the purchasing department takes to " -"validate a PO. If another RFQ to the same vendor is already opened, Odoo " -"adds the line to the RFQ instead of creating a new one. Then, the specific " -"date is set on the line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:58 -msgid "" -"**Manufacturing Lead Time**: this is the expected time it takes to " -"manufacture a product. This lead time is independent of the quantity to " -"produce and does not take the routing time into account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:63 -msgid "" -"**Manufacturing Security Lead Time**: additional time to mitigate the risk " -"of a manufacturing delay. In case of a *Replenish to Order*, the **Delivery " -"Order scheduled date - Manufacturing Lead Time - Manufacturing Security Lead" -" Time** is the default *Manufacturing Order* planned date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:70 -msgid "Sales - Lead Times" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:72 -msgid "" -"In the *Sales* app, there is an option called *Delivery Date*. It allows " -"seeing an additional field on the sales orders, *Expected Date*. This one is" -" automatically computed based on the different lead times previously " -"configured." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:81 -msgid "" -"If the set up *Delivery Date* is earlier than the the *Expected Date*, a " -"warning message is displayed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:89 -msgid "" -"But, for all of this properly working, it is still necessary to configure " -"all the lead times that could occur." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:93 -msgid "Customer Lead Time" -msgstr "Kunde leveringstid" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:95 -msgid "" -"The *Customer Lead Time* is the time needed for your product to go from your" -" warehouse to the customer place. It can be configured on any product by " -"going to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`. There, open your " -"product form, go in the inventory tab, and add your *Customer Lead Time*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:105 -msgid "" -"For example, product B is ordered on the 2nd of April but the *Customer Lead" -" Time* is two days. In that case, the expected delivery date is the 4th of " -"April." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:110 -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:182 -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:219 -msgid "Security Lead Time" -msgstr "Sikkerhed ledetid" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:112 -msgid "" -"In sales, *Security Lead Time* corresponds to backup days to ensure you are " -"able to deliver the products in time. The purpose is to be ready shipping " -"earlier in order to arrive on time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:116 -msgid "" -"The number of security days is subtracted from the calculation to compute a " -"scheduled date earlier than the one promised to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:119 -msgid "" -"To set this up, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " -"Settings` and enable the feature *Security Lead Time for Sales*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:126 -msgid "" -"For example, product B is scheduled to be delivered on the 6th of April but " -"the *Security Lead Time* is one day. In that case, the scheduled date for " -"the delivery order is the 5th of April." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:131 -msgid "Deliver several products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:133 -msgid "" -"In many cases, customers order several products at the same time. Those can " -"have different lead times but still need to be delivered, at once or " -"separately. Fortunately, Odoo can help you handle these cases easily." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:137 -msgid "" -"From the *Other Info* tab of your *Sale Order*, you can choose between *When" -" all products are ready* and *As soon as possible*. The first one is to " -"deliver products at once, while the second is to deliver them separately." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:142 -msgid "" -"For example, products A and B are ordered at the same time. A has 8 lead " -"days and B has 5. With the first option, the *Expected Date* is calculated " -"based on the product with the most lead days, here A. If the order is " -"confirmed on the 2nd of April, then the *Expected Date* is on the 10th of " -"April." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:148 -msgid "" -"With the second option, the *Expected Date* is calculated based on the " -"product with the least customer lead days. In this example, B is the product" -" with the least lead days. So, the *Expected Date* is on the 7th of April." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:154 -msgid "Purchase - Lead Times" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:157 -msgid "Supplier Lead Time" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:159 -msgid "" -"The *Supplier Lead Time* is the time needed for a product you purchased to " -"be delivered. To configure it, open a product from :menuselection:`Purchase " -"--> Products --> Products` and add a vendor under the *Purchase* tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:168 -msgid "" -"By clicking on *Add a line*, a new window is displayed. You can specify the " -"*Delivery Lead Time* there. If done so, the delivery day for every purchase " -"of that product is now equal to *Date of the Purchase Order + Delivery Lead " -"Time*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:178 -msgid "" -"It is possible to add different vendors and, thus, different lead times " -"depending on the vendor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:184 -msgid "" -"The *Security Lead Time* for purchase follows the same logic as the one for " -"*Sales*, except that you are the customer. Then, it is the margin of error " -"for your supplier to deliver your order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:188 -msgid "" -"To set up *Security Lead Time* for purchase, go to :menuselection:`Inventory" -" --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable the feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:196 -msgid "" -"Doing so, every time the system generates purchase orders, those are " -"scheduled that many days earlier to cope with unexpected vendor delays." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:200 -msgid "Manufacturing - Lead Times" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:203 -msgid "Manufacturing Lead Time" -msgstr "Produktions gennemløbstid" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:205 -msgid "" -"The *Manufacturing Lead Time* is the time needed to manufacture the product." -" To specify it, open the *Inventory* tab of your product form and add the " -"number of days the manufacturing takes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:213 -msgid "" -"When working with *Manufacturing Lead Times*, the *Deadline Start* of the " -"*MO* is **Commitment Date - Manufacturing Lead Time**. For example, the MO’s" -" deadline start date for an order having a commitment date on the 10th of " -"July is June 27th." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:221 -msgid "" -"The *Security Lead Time* for manufacturing allows generating manufacturing " -"orders earlier to cope with the risk of manufacturing delays." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:225 -msgid "" -"To enable it, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> " -"Settings` and tick *Security Lead Time*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:232 -msgid "" -"For example, a customer orders B with a delivery date scheduled on the 20th " -"of June. The *Manufacturing Lead Time* is 14 days and the *Security Lead " -"Time* is 3 days, so the manufacturing of B needs to start at the latest on " -"the 3rd of June, which is the MO’s planned date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:238 -msgid "Global Example" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:240 -msgid "Here is a configuration:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:242 -msgid "1 day of security lead time for Sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:243 -msgid "2 days of security lead time for Manufacturing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:244 -msgid "3 days of manufacturing lead time" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:245 -msgid "1 day of security lead time for Purchase" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:246 -msgid "4 days of supplier lead time" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:248 -msgid "" -"Let’s say that a customer orders B on the 1st of September and the delivery " -"date is planned to be within 20 days (September 20th). In such a scenario, " -"here is when all the various steps are triggered." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:252 -msgid "**September 1st**: the sales order is created" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:253 -msgid "" -"**September 10th**: the deadline to order components from the supplier " -"because of the manufacturing process (4 days of supplier lead time)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:256 -msgid "" -"**September 13th**: the reception of the product from the supplier (1 day of" -" security lead time for Purchase)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:258 -msgid "" -"**September 14th**: the deadline start date for the manufacturing (19th - 3 " -"days of manufacturing lead time - 2 days of security lead time for " -"Manufacturing)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:261 -msgid "" -"**September 19th**: the expected date on the delivery order form (1 day of " -"security lead time for sales)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:3 -msgid "Configure and Run Schedulers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:6 -msgid "What is a scheduler?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The scheduler is the calculation engine that plans and prioritizes " -"production and purchasing. It does it automatically, according to the rules " -"defined on products. By default, the scheduler is set to run once a day." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:14 -msgid "Calculating Requirements / Scheduling" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Scheduling only validates procurements that are confirmed but not yet " -"started. These procurement reservations will start production, tasks or " -"purchases themselves, depending on the configuration of the requested " -"product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:21 -msgid "" -"As a human would do, the scheduler takes the priority of operations into " -"account when starting reservations and procurements. Urgent requests will be" -" started first." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:26 -msgid "" -"In case there are not enough products in stock to satisfy all the requests, " -"you can be sure that the most urgent ones will be produced first." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:31 -msgid "Configure and run the scheduler" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:34 -msgid "Run the scheduler manually" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:36 -msgid "" -"To start the scheduler manually, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Operations --> Run Schedulers`. The scheduler uses all the relevant " -"parameters defined for products, suppliers and the company to prioritize the" -" different production orders, deliveries and supplier purchases." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:45 -msgid "Configure and run the scheduler (for advanced users)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:47 -msgid "" -"To use this feature, you have to enable the :doc:`Developer mode " -"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` mode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Then, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> " -"Scheduled Actions` and modify the *Run MRP Scheduler Configuration*. There, " -"you can set the starting time of the scheduler." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products.rst:3 -msgid "Products" -msgstr "Varer" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:3 -msgid "How to select the right replenishment strategy" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Minimum Stock rules and Make to Order have similar consequences but " -"different rules. They should be used depending on your manufacturing and " -"delivery strategies." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:10 -msgid "Terminology" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:13 -msgid "Minimum stock rule" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Minimum Stock rules are used to ensure that you always have the minimum " -"amount of a product in stock in order to manufacture your products and/or " -"answer to your customer needs. When the stock level of a product reaches its" -" minimum the system will automatically generate a procurement order with the" -" quantity needed to reach the maximum stock level." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:22 -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:58 -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:67 -msgid "Make to Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:24 -msgid "" -"The Make to Order function will trigger a Purchase Order of the amount of " -"the Sales Order related to the product. The system will **not** check the " -"current stock. This means that a draft purchase order will be generated " -"regardless of the quantity on hand of the product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:33 -msgid "Minimum stock rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:35 -msgid "" -"The Minimum Stock Rules configuration is available through your Inventory " -"module. In the Inventory Control menu select \"Reordering Rule\" in the drop" -" down menu. There, click on \"Create\" to set minimum and maximum stock " -"values for a given product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Show tooltips for \"minimum quantity\", \"maximum quantity\" and \"quantity " -"multiple\" fields" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Then, click on your product to access the related product form and, on the " -"\"Inventory submenu\", do not forget to select a supplier." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Don't forget to select the right product type. A consumable can not be " -"stocked and will thus not be accounted for in the stock valuation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:60 -msgid "" -"The Make to Order configuration is available on your product form through " -"your :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory control --> Products` (or any " -"other module where products are available)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:64 -msgid "On the product form, under Inventory, click on \"Make To Order\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:70 -msgid "Choice between the two options" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:72 -msgid "" -"The choice between the two options is thus dependent of your inventory " -"strategy. If you prefer to have a buffer and always have at least a minimum " -"amount, the minimum stock rule should be used. If you want to reorder your " -"stocks only if your sale is confirmed it is better to use the Make to Order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:3 -msgid "Use Different Units of Measure" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In some cases, handling products in different units of measure is necessary." -" For example, if you buy products in a country where the metric system is of" -" application and sell in a country where the imperial system is used, you " -"will need to convert the units. Another common use case is buying products " -"in bigger packs to your supplier and selling them in units to your " -"customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:12 -msgid "" -"You can set up Odoo to work with different units of measure for one product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:18 -msgid "" -"In the *Inventory* application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`. In the *Products* section, activate *Units of Measure*, then " -"*Save*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:25 -msgid "Create New Units of Measure" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:27 -msgid "" -"In the *Inventory* application go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> UoM`." -" There, hit *Create*. As an example, we will create a Box of 6 units that we" -" will use for the Egg product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:34 -msgid "" -"The category is important for unit conversion, you will be able to convert " -"products from one unit to another only if those units belong to the same " -"category. The box of 6 is 6 times bigger than the reference unit of measure " -"for the category which is “Units” here." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:43 -msgid "Specify Units of Measure on your Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:45 -msgid "" -"In the :menuselection:`Inventory application --> Master Data --> Products`, " -"open the product which you would like to change the purchase/sale unit of " -"measure, and click on *Edit*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:49 -msgid "" -"In the *General Information* tab, you can select the *Unit of Measure* in " -"which the product will be sold, which is also the unit in which internal " -"transfers will take place. You can also select the *Purchase Unit of " -"Measure*, which is the unit in which you purchase the product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:59 -msgid "Transfer from One Unit to Another" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:62 -msgid "Buy in the Pruchase UoM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:64 -msgid "" -"In the *Purchase* application, *Create* a new request for quotation in which" -" you include the product with the different *Units of Measure* and *Confirm*" -" it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:71 -msgid "" -"On the automatically generated purchase orders, the UoM used is the Box of " -"6, meaning the Purchase UoM. You have of course the possibility to manually " -"modify the UoM if necessary. When you enter the *Receipt* which is linked to" -" the purchase order, you can observe that the 10 boxes of 6 units have been " -"converted in 60 units. Indeed, the stock is managed in units." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:82 -msgid "Replenishment" -msgstr "Genopfyldning" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:84 -msgid "" -"When doing a replenishment via the *Replenish* button on the product form, " -"you have the possibility to use a different unit of measure." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:94 -msgid "Sell in bigger UoM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:96 -msgid "" -"You can choose the unit of measure on the sale order document and decide to " -"sell the eggs by the dozen. When doing so, the price is automatically " -"computed from Units UoM to adapt to the selected *UoM*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:103 -msgid "" -"In the delivery order, the *UoM* used in the sale order is converted to the " -"*UoM* used for stock management, in our use case, the Units." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:3 -msgid "When Should you Use Packages, Units of Measure or Special Packaging?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:6 -msgid "Units of Measure" -msgstr "Enheder" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Units of measure specify the unit used to handle a product. In Odoo, you " -"have the possibility to specify the unit of measure in which you manage your" -" stock and the one which is used when purchasing the product to your " -"supplier." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:16 -msgid "" -"The *conversion* between the different units of measure is done " -"automatically. The only condition is that all the units have to be in the " -"*same category* (Unit, Weight, Volume, Length,...)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:20 -msgid "" -"For example, if I have the following reordering rule for the egg and I run " -"the scheduler, the quantity added in the automatically generated purchase " -"order will be in dozens but what will enter the stock will be units." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:35 -msgid "Packages" -msgstr "Pakker" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:37 -msgid "" -"The package is the physical container in which you put one or several " -"products from a picking. For example, when you deliver a product, you can " -"decide to separate the quantity into two different packages. It then allows " -"you to have a report with the quantity of products for each package." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:43 -msgid "" -"To separate a delivery into different packages you will have to set the done" -" quantity to the desired package quantity then click on \"PUT IN PACK\", do " -"this for each package." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:54 -msgid "Packaging" -msgstr "Emballering" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:56 -msgid "" -"The packaging is the physical container that protects your product. If you " -"are selling computers, the packaging contains the computer with the notice " -"and the power plug." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:60 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, packagings are used for indicative purposes on sale orders. They " -"can be specified on the product form, in the inventory tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Another useful use of the packaging is for product reception. By scanning " -"the barcode of the packaging, Odoo adds the number of units contained in the" -" packing on the picking." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies.rst:3 -msgid "Inventory Adjustment" -msgstr "Lagerjustering" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:3 -msgid "Choose Between Reordering Rules and Make to Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:5 -msgid "" -"*Reordering rules* and *make to order* do both allow to automatically " -"replenish products when necessary. The difference between those tools is how" -" they are triggered." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:9 -msgid "" -"*Reordering rules* are used to ensure that you always have a minimum amount " -"of a product in stock in order to manufacture your products and/or answer to" -" your customer needs. When the stock level of a product reaches its minimum " -"the system will automatically generate a procurement with the needed " -"quantity to reach the maximum stock level." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:15 -msgid "" -"The *Make to Order* route will trigger a procurement (purchase order or " -"manufacturing order) with the necessary quantity to fulfill a product " -"request (coming from a sale order or a manufacturing order). The system will" -" not check the quantity on hand for the corresponding product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:24 -msgid "Reordering Rules" -msgstr "Genbestillingsregler" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:26 -msgid "" -"The *Reordering Rules* configuration is available through the menu " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Master Data --> Reordering Rules`. There, " -"click on *Create* to set minimum and maximum stock values for a given " -"product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:33 -msgid "" -"When the forecasted stock goes below the *Minimum Quantity* specified in " -"this field, Odoo generates a procurement to bring the forecasted quantity to" -" the *Maximum Quantity*. The *Quantity Multiple* is used to round the " -"procurement quantity up to this multiple. If it is 0, the exact quantity " -"will be used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:42 -msgid "" -"The *Lead time* is the number of days after the order point is triggered to " -"receive the products or to order them to the vendor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:45 -msgid "" -"In case you work with multi-warehouses and/or multi-locations, you will be " -"able to specify different reordering rules for the same product in each " -"location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:50 -msgid "" -"For the reordering rules to be triggered, on the corresponding product, a " -"route should be specified. In case you manufacture your products, make sure " -"to select the route *Manufacture* and create a *Bill of Material* for the " -"product. In case you purchase your products, make sure to select the route " -"*Buy* and add a *Vendor Pricelist*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:62 -msgid "" -"Don't forget to select the product type *storable* in the product form. A " -"consumable can not be stocked and won’t trigger reordering rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:69 -msgid "" -"The *Make To Order* configuration is available on your product form through " -"your :menuselection:`Inventory module --> Master Data --> Products` (or in " -"any other module where products are available)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:73 -msgid "" -"On the product form, in the *Inventory tab*, you can set a route. You can " -"choose *Make To Order* and another route, either *Buy* or *Manufacture*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Again, if the *Buy* route is selected, make sure to set a *Vendor pricelist*" -" in the *Purchase tab*. In case you have set a *Manufacture* route, make " -"sure you have a *BoM* for this product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:3 -msgid "Resupply from another Warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In order to be able to resupply from another warehouse, you need to activate" -" \\*multi-warehouses\\* and \\*multi-step routes\\*. Storage locations will " -"be automatically activated when activating multi-warehouses." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:16 -msgid "" -"You can then access your warehouses via :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Warehouses`. Create the necessary warehouses following " -"this :doc:`documentation <../warehouses/warehouse_creation>`. Enter the " -"warehouse which should be resupplied by another one. You will have the " -"possibility to directly indicate through which warehouse it gets resupplied." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:26 -msgid "" -"By activating this option, a new route will now be available on your " -"products \\*Supply Product from Second warehouse\\*. It can now be selected," -" along with either a \\*reordering rule\\* or a \\*make to order\\*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:34 -msgid "" -"For the demonstration, I set a reordering rule with a minimum of 5 units in " -"stock and a maximum of 10 units in stock, having currently 0 units on hand. " -"I will run the scheduler by going to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Operations --> Run scheduler`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:42 -msgid "" -"The system automatically creates two pickings, one \\*delivery order\\* from" -" my Second Warehouse which contains the necessary products, and a receipt in" -" my main warehouse WH/Stock for the same products. The source document is " -"the \\*reordering rule\\* which triggered the route \\*Supply Product from " -"Second warehouse\\*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting.rst:3 -msgid "Valuation Methods" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:3 -msgid "Integrating additional costs to products (landed costs)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The landed cost feature in Odoo allows to include additional costs " -"(shipment, insurance, customs duties, etc.) into the cost of the product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Landed costs can only be applied to products with a FIFO or AVCO costing " -"method and an automated inventory valuation (which requires the accounting " -"application to be installed)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:17 -msgid "" -"First, you need to go in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " -"Settings` and activate the landed costs feature. You can also determine the " -"default journal in which the landed cost accounting entries will be " -"recorded." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:25 -msgid "Add costs to products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:28 -msgid "Receive the vendor bill" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Let’s imagine I receive a bill from custom duties for a shipment. I’ll tick " -"the box *Landed Costs* on the vendor bill line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:37 -msgid "The landed cost product must be of type service." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:39 -msgid "" -"If this product is always a landed cost, you can also define it on the " -"product and avoid having to tick the box on each vendor bill." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:45 -msgid "" -"At the top of my vendor bill, I’ll see a button *create landed costs*. I " -"click on this button and a landed cost is automatically created. I can now " -"decide on which picking those additional costs should apply." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:52 -msgid "" -"I can now click on *Compute* and go in the tab *Valuation Adjustments* to " -"see the impact on my products costs. The last step is to validate the landed" -" cost." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:56 -msgid "" -"I can access the journal entry that has been created by the landed cost by " -"clicking on the journal entry." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:63 -msgid "" -"You are not forced to start from the vendor bill, you can also go in " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Landed Costs` and directly " -"create the landed cost from there." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:5 -msgid "Inventory valuation configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:7 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Inventory valuation refers to how you value your stock. It’s a very " -"important aspect of a business as the inventory can be the biggest asset of " -"a company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:11 -msgid "Inventory valuation implies two main choices:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:13 -msgid "The cost method you use to value your goods (standard, fifo, avco)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:14 -msgid "" -"The way you record this value into your accounting books (manually or " -"automatically)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:16 -msgid "Those two concepts are explained in the sections below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:19 -msgid "Costing Methods: Standard, FIFO, AVCO" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:21 -msgid "" -"The costing method is defined in the product category. There are three " -"options available. Each of them is explained in detail below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:69 -msgid "Standard Price" -msgstr "Standard pris" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:34 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:79 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:125 -msgid "Operation" -msgstr "Handling" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:35 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:80 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:126 -msgid "Unit Cost" -msgstr "Enhedsomkostning" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:36 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:81 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:127 -msgid "Qty On Hand" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:37 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:82 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:128 -msgid "Delta Value" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:38 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:83 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:129 -msgid "Inventory Value" -msgstr "Lagerværdi" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:40 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:45 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:50 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:55 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:61 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:90 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:136 -msgid "€10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:41 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:86 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:132 -msgid "0" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:43 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:85 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:88 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:131 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:134 -msgid "€0" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:44 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:89 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:135 -msgid "Receive 8 Products at €10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:46 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:91 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:137 -msgid "8" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:47 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:92 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:138 -msgid "+8*€10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:48 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:93 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:139 -msgid "€80" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:49 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:94 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:140 -msgid "Receive 4 Products at €16" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:51 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:96 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:142 -msgid "12" -msgstr "12" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:52 -msgid "+4*€10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:53 -msgid "€120" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:54 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:99 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:145 -msgid "Deliver 10 Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:56 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:101 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:147 -msgid "2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 -msgid "-10*€10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:59 -msgid "€20" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:60 -msgid "Receive 2 Products at €9" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:62 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:107 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:153 -msgid "4" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:63 -msgid "+2*€10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:64 -msgid "€40" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:66 -msgid "" -"In **Standard Price**, any product will be valued at the cost that you " -"defined manually on the product form. Usually, this cost is an estimation " -"based on the material and labor needed to obtain the product. This cost must" -" be reviewed periodically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:115 -msgid "Average Price" -msgstr "Gennemsnitspris" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:95 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:100 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:141 -msgid "€12" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:97 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:143 -msgid "+4*€16" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:98 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:144 -msgid "€144" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 -msgid "-10*€12" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:104 -msgid "€24" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:105 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:151 -msgid "Receive 2 Products at €6" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:106 -msgid "€9" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:108 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:154 -msgid "+2*€6" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:109 -msgid "€36" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:111 -msgid "" -"In **AVCO (Average Cost)**, each product has the same value and this value " -"is the average purchase cost of the product. With this costing method, the " -"cost of the product is recomputed as each receipt." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:115 -msgid "The average cost does not change when products leave the warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:166 -msgid "FIFO" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:146 -msgid "€16" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 -msgid "-8*€10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 -msgid "-2*€16" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:150 -msgid "€32" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:152 -msgid "€11" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:155 -msgid "€44" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:157 -msgid "" -"In **FIFO (First In First Out)**, the products are valued at their purchase " -"cost. When a product leaves the stock, that’s the “First in, first out” rule" -" that applies." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:161 -msgid "" -"Pay attention, that this is a financial FIFO. The first value “in” is the " -"first value “out”, no matter the storage location, warehouse or serial " -"number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:165 -msgid "" -"FIFO is advised if you manage all your workflows into Odoo (Sales, " -"Purchases, Inventory). It suits any kind of users." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:169 -msgid "Inventory Valuation: Manual or Automated" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:171 -msgid "" -"There are two ways to record your inventory valuation in your accounting " -"books. As the costing method, this is defined in your product category. " -"Those two methods are detailed below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:175 -msgid "" -"It is important to also note that the accounting entries will depend on your" -" accounting mode: it can be continental or anglo-saxon. In continental " -"accounting, the cost of a good is taken into account as soon as the product " -"is received in stock. In anglo-saxon accounting, the cost of a good is only " -"recorded as an expense when this good is invoiced to a final customer. In " -"the tables below, you can easily compare those two accounting modes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:183 -msgid "" -"Usually, based on your country, the correct accounting mode will be chosen " -"by default. If you want to verify your accounting mode, activate the " -":doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` and open " -"your accounting settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:189 -msgid "Manual Inventory Valuation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:191 -msgid "" -"In this case, goods receipts and deliveries won’t have any direct impact on " -"your accounting books. Periodically, you create a manual journal entry " -"representing the value of what you have in stock. To know that value, go in " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Inventory Valuation`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:196 -msgid "" -"This is the default configuration in Odoo and it works out-of-the-box. Check" -" following operations and find out how Odoo is managing the accounting " -"postings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:201 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:360 -msgid "Continental Accounting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:218 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:292 -msgid "Vendor Bill" -msgstr "Leverandørfaktura" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:209 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:226 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:260 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:282 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:300 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:339 -msgid "\\" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:209 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:226 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:260 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:282 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:300 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:339 -msgid "Debit" -msgstr "Debet" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:209 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:226 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:260 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:282 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:300 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:339 -msgid "Credit" -msgstr "Kredit" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:211 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:262 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:284 -msgid "Assets: Inventory" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:211 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:284 -msgid "50" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:212 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:285 -msgid "Assets: Deferred Tax Assets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:212 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:285 -msgid "4.68" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:213 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:286 -msgid "Liabilities: Accounts Payable" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:213 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:286 -msgid "54.68" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:218 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:236 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:292 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:311 -msgid "Configuration:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:217 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:290 -msgid "" -"Purchased Goods: defined on the product or on the internal category of " -"related product (Expense Account field)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:218 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:292 -msgid "" -"Deferred Tax Assets: defined on the tax used on the purchase order line" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:219 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:293 -msgid "Accounts Payable: defined on the vendor related to the bill" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:220 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:294 -msgid "Goods Receptions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:221 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:241 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:243 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:295 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:316 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:318 -msgid "No Journal Entry" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:238 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:313 -msgid "Customer Invoice" -msgstr "Kundefaktura" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:228 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:302 -msgid "Revenues: Sold Goods" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:228 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:302 -msgid "100" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:229 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:303 -msgid "Liabilities: Deferred Tax Liabilities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:229 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:303 -msgid "9" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:230 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:304 -msgid "Assets: Accounts Receivable" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:230 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:304 -msgid "109" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:234 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:308 -msgid "" -"Revenues: defined on the product or on the internal category of related " -"product (Income Account field)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:235 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:310 -msgid "Deferred Tax Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:236 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:311 -msgid "Accounts Receivable: defined on the customer (Receivable Account)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:238 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:313 -msgid "" -"The fiscal position used on the invoice may have a rule that replaces the " -"Income Account or the tax defined on the product by another one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:240 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:315 -msgid "Customer Shipping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:243 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:318 -msgid "Manufacturing Orders" -msgstr "Produktionsordrer" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:249 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:324 -msgid "" -"At the end of the month/year, your company does a physical inventory or just" -" relies on the inventory in Odoo to value the stock into your books." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:252 -msgid "" -"Create a journal entry to move the stock variation value from your " -"Profit&Loss section to your assets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:262 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:263 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:341 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:342 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:343 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:344 -msgid "X" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:263 -msgid "Expenses: Inventory Variations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:266 -msgid "" -"If the stock value decreased, the **Inventory** account is credited and te " -"**Inventory Variations** debited." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:274 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:387 -msgid "Anglo-Saxon Accounting" -msgstr "Anglo-Saxon Accounting" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:327 -msgid "" -"Then you need to break down the purchase balance into both the inventory and" -" the cost of goods sold using the following formula:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:330 -msgid "" -"Cost of goods sold (COGS) = Starting inventory value + Purchases – Closing " -"inventory value" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:332 -msgid "To update the stock valuation in your books, record such an entry:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:341 -msgid "Assets: Inventory (closing value)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:342 -msgid "Expenses: Cost of Good Sold" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:343 -msgid "Expenses: Purchased Goods" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:344 -msgid "Assets: Inventory (starting value)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:348 -msgid "Automated Inventory Valuation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:350 -msgid "" -"In that case, when a product enters or leaves your stock, an accounting " -"entry will be automatically created. This means your accounting books are " -"always up-to-date. This mode is dedicated to expert accountants and advanced" -" users only. As opposed to periodic valuation, it requires some extra " -"configuration & testing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:356 -msgid "" -"First, you need to define the accounts that will be used for those " -"accounting entries. This is done on the product category." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:372 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:399 -msgid "**Configuration:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:374 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:401 -msgid "Accounts Receivable/Payable: defined on the partner (Accounting tab)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:376 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:403 -msgid "" -"Deferred Tax Assets/Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:378 -msgid "" -"Revenues/Expenses: defined by default on product's internal category; can be" -" also set in product form (Accounting tab) as a replacement value." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:381 -msgid "" -"Inventory Variations: to set as Stock Input/Output Account in product's " -"internal category" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:384 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:419 -msgid "" -"Inventory: to set as Stock Valuation Account in product's internal category" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:406 -msgid "" -"Revenues: defined on the product category as a default, or specifically to a" -" specific product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:409 -msgid "" -"Expenses: this is where you should set the \"Cost of Goods Sold\" account. " -"Defined on the product category as a default value, or specifically on the " -"product form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:413 -msgid "" -"Goods Received Not Purchased: to set as Stock Input Account in product's " -"internal category" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:416 -msgid "" -"Goods Issued Not Invoiced: to set as Stock Output Account in product's " -"internal category" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:421 -msgid "" -"Price Difference: to set in product's internal category or in product form " -"as a specific replacement value" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:3 -msgid "Using the inventory valuation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:9 -msgid "" -"In this documentation, we will explain how the inventory valuation works in " -"Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:13 -msgid "Inventory valuation: the basics" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:16 -msgid "Receive a product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Each time a product enters or leaves your stock, the value of your inventory" -" is impacted. The way it is impacted depends on the configuration of your " -"product (more info here)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Let’s take an example with a product - a table - configured with a *FIFO " -"costing method* and an automated inventory valuation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:25 -msgid "I purchase 10 tables at a cost of $10." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:30 -msgid "" -"When I’ll confirm the receipt of the products, the value of my inventory " -"will be impacted. If I want to know what this impact is, I can click on the " -"valuation stat button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:35 -msgid "" -"The consignment feature allows you to set owners on your stock (discover " -"more about the consignment feature). When you receive products that are " -"owned by another company, they are not taken into account in your inventory " -"valuation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:44 -msgid "You need access rights on the accounting module to see that button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:46 -msgid "" -"In this case, I can see that the 10 tables entered the stock for a total " -"value of $100." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:52 -msgid "" -"I can also easily access the accounting entry that has been generated (in " -"case of automated inventory valuation)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:59 -msgid "Deliver a product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:61 -msgid "" -"In the same logic, when a table will be delivered, the stock valuation will " -"be impacted and you will have access to a similar information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:68 -msgid "The inventory valuation report" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:70 -msgid "" -"The summary of this is accessible via the inventory valuation report " -"(accessible from :menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Inventory " -"Valuation`). It gives you, product per product, the value of your stock. By " -"clicking on the button *Inventory At Date*, you can have the same " -"information for a past date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses.rst:3 -msgid "Warehouses" -msgstr "Lagre" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:3 -msgid "What is the difference between warehouses and locations?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, a **Warehouse** is the actual building/place in which your items " -"are stocked. You can setup multiple warehouses and create moves between " -"warehouses." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:9 -msgid "" -"A **Location**, is a specific space within your warehouse. It can be " -"considered as a sublocation of your warehouse, as a shelf, a floor, an " -"aisle, etc. Therefore, a location is part of one warehouse only and it is " -"not possible to link one location to multiple warehouses. You can configure " -"as much locations as you need under one warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:15 -msgid "There are 3 types of locations:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:17 -msgid "" -"The **Physical Locations** are internal locations that are part of the " -"warehouses for which you are the owner. They can be the loading and " -"unloading area of your warehouse, a shelf or a department, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:21 -msgid "" -"The **Partner Locations** are spaces within a customer and/or vendor's " -"warehouse. They work the same way as Physical Locations with the only " -"difference being that you are not the owner of the warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:25 -msgid "" -"The **Virtual Locations** are places that do not exist, but in which " -"products can be placed when they are not physically in an inventory yet (or " -"anymore). They come in handy when you want to place lost products out of " -"your stock (in the **Inventory loss**), or when you want to take into " -"account products that are on their way to your warehouse (**Procurements**)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:31 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, locations are structured hierarchically. You can structure your " -"locations as a tree, dependent on a parent-child relationship. This gives " -"you more detailed levels of analysis of your stock operations and the " -"organization of your warehouses." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:37 -msgid ":doc:`warehouse_creation`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:38 -msgid ":doc:`location_creation`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:3 -msgid "Create a New Location" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In order to be able to create different locations, you will need to activate" -" *Multi-Locations* in the settings which can be done from the " -":menuselection:`Inventory application --> Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:15 -msgid "" -"In the *Inventory application*, you can now go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations` and hit *Create* in order to " -"create a new location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Type the name of the location in the *Location Name* field, and select the " -"*Parent Location* in the list. The parent location can be a physical, " -"partner or virtual location, and you can add as many sub-locations as needed" -" to a location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:29 -msgid "" -"In case you want the location to be suggested when creating a Return or when" -" Scrapping a product, you should check *Is a Scrap Location?* and *Is a " -"Return Location?*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:33 -msgid "" -"If you have the *Barcode* application installed, you can specify the barcode" -" which will correspond to this location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:37 -msgid "" -"A warehouse also corresponds to a location. As the locations are " -"hierarchical, Odoo will create the parent location of the warehouse, " -"containing all the sublocations in it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:3 -msgid "Create a New Warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In order to create a new warehouse, you should activate the *Multi-" -"Warehouse* settings. Note that the *Multi-Locations* settings will be " -"automatically activated at the same time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:12 -msgid "" -"In order to do so, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration" -" --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:18 -msgid "" -"You can then go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " -"Warehouses` and hit *Create* to add a new warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:24 -msgid "" -"You will be able to enter your warehouse name. You should also choose a " -"short name for your warehouse which is 5-characters long and is used on the " -"different warehouse documents." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:28 -msgid "" -"In the Address field, you can select an existing company or create one on-" -"the-go. Therefore, the address of your warehouse will be the same as the one" -" of the company you selected. You can also leave this field empty and edit " -"it afterward." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:36 -msgid "" -"After the creation of your new warehouse, you can go back to the *Dashboard*" -" and you will see the new operation types automatically created by Odoo due " -"to the creation of a new warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process.rst:3 -msgid "Process Overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:3 -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:25 -msgid "Deliver Products from Stock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:6 -msgid "Create Storable/Consumable Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:8 -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:5 -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The first step to use the inventory application is to create products in " -"your database via the menu :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products`. Click " -"the Create button and enter the name of your product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:15 -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:12 -msgid "" -"In case you set the product as *storable*, you will track the stock for this" -" product and know how many units are in stock and what is the forecasted " -"number of units. If you want to include a product on receipts/deliveries but" -" don’t need to track its stock, you can set it as *consumable*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Once you have existing products, you can decide to create a delivery to " -"deliver products to your customers. The process in order to do so is " -"described in the following print screens." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:37 -msgid "" -"On the delivery order, you can specify to whom the products will be " -"delivered along with the different products and their respective quantities." -" When the delivery is complete you can hit *Validate* and the products will " -"go out of your stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:45 -msgid "" -"In case you have a delivery that is planned but shouldn’t be immediately " -"validated, you can create a *planned delivery* with a scheduled date in the " -"future. You can indicate the initial demand for each product, corresponding " -"to what has been ordered by your customer. Once the document is filled in, " -"you can hit “Mark as to do” in order to consider it in your product " -"forecasts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:51 -msgid "" -"The default setting is the immediate transfer where you do not need to “Mark" -" as to do” and “Check availability” when delivering a product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:54 -msgid "Deliver Products from Stock from a Sale Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:56 -msgid "" -"If you have the *Sales* application installed, delivery can be directly " -"created by *validating a quotation*. You will be able to find the " -"corresponding delivery directly on the *sale order*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:3 -msgid "Set your Initial Stock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Set the product as *storable*, in order to track the stock for this product " -"and be able to include it in an inventory adjustment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:19 -msgid "Inventory Adjustment for Multiple Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Once you have created all your *storable products*, you can create an " -"*inventory adjustment* to determine their current stock level in Odoo. You " -"therefore need to go to :menuselection:`Operations --> Inventory " -"Adjustments` and create a new one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:29 -msgid "" -"You have to enter a title for your *inventory adjustment* and you can then " -"decide if you want to proceed to the *inventory adjustment* of all products " -"or only some of them. For a first *inventory adjustment*, I suggest you to " -"keep the *Products* field empty. You can then *Start Inventory*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:38 -msgid "" -"If you already have some products in stock, Odoo will add the lines with the" -" theoretical quantity currently in stock. You can also add new lines with " -"your other products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:46 -msgid "" -"If your products are tracked by Serial/Lot numbers, you will have an " -"additional column allowing you to specify those for the different units " -"added to the inventory adjustment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Odoo will highlight in red the lines for which there is a difference between" -" the theoretical quantity on hand, which is automatically computed by the " -"system, and the counted quantity you manually entered. Once all the " -"necessary products have been entered, you can hit *Validate Inventory* and " -"the quantities on hand of your different products will be updated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:58 -msgid "Inventory Adjustment for one Product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:60 -msgid "" -"On each storable product, you have access to the *Update Quantity* button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:66 -msgid "" -"When clicking this button, you see the current stock you have for this " -"product. You can edit the existing lines or create new ones to add stock of " -"your product in different locations and/or add new serial/lot numbers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:74 -msgid "" -"Once you come back to your product, you see that the quantity on hand as " -"been updated taking your modification into account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:81 -msgid "" -"If you work with product variants, the quantity on hand will show you the " -"total quantity in stock for the product template, taking the different " -"variants into account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:85 -msgid "" -"By default, the quantity on hand of the product form will show you the " -"number of products that are part of your warehouse view location, meaning " -"which are part of an internal type sub-location of this warehouse. It means " -"that if you have any product in a location that isn’t under the main " -"warehouse location, they won’t appear in the stock on hand stat button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:3 -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:22 -msgid "Receive Products in Stock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Once you have existing products, you can decide to create a receipt to enter" -" products from your supplier in stock. The process in order to do so is " -"described in the following print screens." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:34 -msgid "" -"On the receipt document, you can select the quantity of the different " -"products you receive and the supplier from who you received them. When the " -"receipt is complete, you can hit *Validate* and the products will enter your" -" stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:42 -msgid "" -"In case you have a receipt that is planned but shouldn’t be immediately " -"validated, you can create a *planned receipt* with a scheduled date in the " -"future. You can indicate the initial demand for each product, corresponding " -"to what has been ordered to your supplier. Once the document is filled in, " -"you can hit “Mark as to do” in order to consider it in your product " -"forecasts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:56 -msgid "Receive Products in Stock from Purchase Orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:58 -msgid "" -"If you have the *Purchase* application installed, receipts can be directly " -"created by validating a *request for quotation*. You will be able to find " -"the corresponding receipt directly on the *purchase order*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced Routes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts.rst:3 -msgid "Concepts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:3 -msgid "Organize a cross-dock in a warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Cross-docking is the process of sending products that are received directly " -"to the customers, without making them enter the stock. The trucks are simply" -" unloaded in a *Cross-Dock* area in order to reorganize products and load " -"another truck." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:11 -msgid "" -"For more information on how to organize your warehouse, read our blog: `What" -" is cross-docking and is it for me? <https://www.odoo.com/blog/business-" -"hacks-1/post/what-is-cross-docking-and-is-it-for-me-270>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:16 -msgid "" -"In the *Inventory* app, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and" -" activate the *Multi-Step Routes*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:22 -msgid "Doing so will also enable the *Storage Locations* feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Now, both *Incoming* and *Outgoing* shipments should be configured to work " -"with 2 steps. To adapt the configuration, go to :menuselection:`Inventory " -"--> Configuration --> Warehouses` and edit your warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:31 -msgid "" -"This modification will lead to the creation of a *Cross-Docking* route that " -"can be found in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:38 -msgid "Configure products with Cross-Dock Route" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Create the product that uses the *Cross-Dock Route* and then, in the " -"inventory tab, select the routes *Buy* and *Cross-Dock*. Now, in the " -"purchase tab, specify the vendor to who you buy the product and set a price " -"for it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Once done, create a sale order for the product and confirm it. Odoo will " -"automatically create two transfers which will be linked to the sale order. " -"The first one is the transfer from the *Input Location* to the *Output " -"Location*, corresponding to the move of the product in the *Cross-Dock* " -"area. The second one is the delivery order from the *Output Location* to " -"your *Customer Location. Both are in state *Waiting Another Operation* " -"because we still need to order the product to our supplier." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Now, go to the *Purchase* app. There, you will find the purchase order that " -"has been automatically triggered by the system. Validate it and receive the " -"products in the *Input Location*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:64 -msgid "" -"When the products have been received from the supplier, you can go back to " -"your initial sale order and validate the internal transfer from *Input* to " -"*Output*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:72 -msgid "" -"The delivery order is now ready to be processed and can be validated too." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:3 -msgid "How to do inter-warehouses transfers?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:5 -msgid "" -"If you own different warehouses you might want to transfer goods from one " -"warehouse to the other. This is very easy thanks to the inventory " -"application in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:12 -msgid "" -"First of all you have to select the multi locations option. Go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the **Inventory " -"application**. Then tick the **Manage several locations per warehouse** " -"option. Please don't forget to **apply** your changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:21 -msgid "" -"This option should also be ticked if you wish to manage different locations " -"and routes in your warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:25 -msgid "Creating a new warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:27 -msgid "" -"The next step is to create your new warehouse. In the Inventory application " -"click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> " -"Warehouses`. You are now able to create your warehouse by clicking on " -"**Create**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Fill in a **Warehouse Name** and a **Short Name**. The short name is 5 " -"characters maximum." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Please note that the **Short Name** is very important as it will appear on " -"your transfer orders and other warehouse documents. It might be smart to use" -" an understandable one (e.g.: WH/[first letters of location])." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:44 -msgid "" -"If you go back to your dashboard, new operations will automatically have " -"been generated for your new warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:51 -msgid "Creating a new inventory" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:53 -msgid "" -"If you create a new warehouse you might already have an existing physical " -"inventory in it. In that case you should create an inventory in Odoo, if not" -" you can skip this step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Go into the inventory application, select :menuselection:`Inventory Control " -"--> Inventory Adjustment`. You can then create a new inventory by clicking " -"on **Create**. Fill in the **Inventory Reference**, **Date** and be sure to " -"select the right warehouse and location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Next, click on **Start Inventory**. A new window will open where you will be" -" able to input your existing products. Select add an item and indicate the " -"**Real Quantity** available in the warehouse. The theoretical quantity can " -"not be changed as it represents a computed quantity from purchase and sales " -"orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:74 -msgid "" -"Don't forget to validate your inventory once you have recorder the state of " -"all yours product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:78 -msgid "Create an internal transfer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:80 -msgid "" -"The final step is to create your internal transfer. If you want to tranfer 2" -" units of a product from your first warehouse to another one in Brussels, " -"proceed as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:84 -msgid "" -"From your dashboard, select a internal movement of one of the two " -"warehouses. To do so, click on :menuselection:`More --> Transfer`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:90 -msgid "" -"A new window will open where you will be able to select the source location " -"zone (in this case our \"old warehouse\") and the destination location zone " -"(in this case our \"new\" warehouse located in Brussels)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:94 -msgid "" -"Add the products you want to transfer by clicking on **Add an Item** and " -"don't forget to **Validate** or **Mark as TODO** once you are done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:100 -msgid "" -"If you select **Validate**, Odoo will process all quantities to transfer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:102 -msgid "" -"If you select **Mark as TODO**, Odoo will put the transfer in **Waiting " -"Availability** status. Click on **Reserve** to reserve the amount of " -"products in your source warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:106 -msgid "It is also possible to manually transfer each product:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:108 -msgid "Via your dashboard, select the transfer order in the source location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:113 -msgid "Select the right transfer order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:118 -msgid "" -"3. Click on the little pencil logo in the lower right corner in order to " -"open the operation details window. In this new window you can manually " -"indicate how much products you process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:126 -msgid "" -"If you decide to partially process the transfer order (e.g. a part of the " -"products can't be shipped yet due to an unexpected event), Odoo will " -"automatically ask if you wish to create a **backorder**. Create a backorder " -"if you expect to process the remaining products later, do not create a " -"backorder if you will not supply/receive the remaining products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:3 -msgid "Taking stock from different warehouses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When you plan to deliver a customer, you don’t know in advance if the " -"products will come from Warehouse A or Warehouse B. You may, in some cases, " -"need to take stock from different warehouses. With *Odoo*, you can configure" -" this by using the concept of virtual warehouses. Let us show you how to set" -" those virtual warehouses." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:8 -msgid "Set up virtual warehouses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Let’s say you have two warehouses: Warehouse A and Warehouse B. Create a new" -" warehouse, that will be a virtual one. It will allow you to take the stock " -"from A or B. To do so, go to your inventory app settings and enable the " -"multi-warehouses feature. Then, go to the warehouses menu and click on " -"create." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:16 -msgid "" -"The *Storage Location* feature will be automatically enabled. Good news, " -"because you will need it later in the process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Now, you have to make sure that the main stock locations of warehouse A and " -"warehouse B are children locations of the main stock location of warehouse A" -" + B. Go to the locations menu, and edit the main location of your two " -"warehouses. Then, change their parent location to main location of warehouse" -" A+B." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:24 -msgid "Sell a product from the virtual warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Let’s say you have two products, one stored in warehouse A and one stored in" -" warehouse B. Now, you can create a new quotation for one of each product. " -"Go to other information and choose Warehouse A+B in the shipping " -"information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Once you have done it, you can convert it to a sales order. Then, a delivery" -" order will be automatically generated, with a product reserved in warehouse" -" A and one in warehouse B." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:3 -msgid "Using Routes and Pull/Push Rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In inventory management, the supply chain strategy determines when products " -"should be fabricated, delivered to distribution centers, and made available " -"in the retail channel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:9 -msgid "" -"This kind of strategic process can be configured using *Routes*, featuring " -"*Pull and Push Rules*. Once everything is properly configured, the inventory" -" app can automatically generate transfers following the instructions given " -"by the rules. Yes, Odoo simplifies your life." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:16 -msgid "Inside the warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Let’s imagine a generic warehouse plan, where you can find receiving docks, " -"a quality control area, storage locations, picking and packing areas, and " -"shipping docks. All products go through all these locations, which also " -"trigger all the route's rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:27 -msgid "" -"In this example, vendor trucks unload pallets of ordered goods at receiving " -"docks. Operators then scan the products in the receiving area. Some of these" -" products are sent to a quality control area (those devoted to being used " -"during the manufacturing process, for example), while others are directly " -"stored in their respective locations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Here is an example of a fulfillment route. In the morning, items are picked " -"for all the orders that need to be prepared during the day. These items are " -"picked from storage locations and moved to the picking area, close to where " -"the orders are packed. Then, the orders are packed in their respective boxes" -" and conveyors bring them close to the shipping docks, ready to be delivered" -" to customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:48 -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:45 -msgid "How does it work?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:51 -msgid "Pull Rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:53 -msgid "" -"With *Pull Rules*, a demand for some products triggers procurements, while " -"*Push Rules* are triggered by products arriving in a specific location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:57 -msgid "" -"We can say that *Pull Rules* are used to fulfill a customer order, a sale " -"order. So, Odoo generates a need at the *Customer Location* for each product" -" in the order. Because *Pull Rules* are triggered by a need, Odoo looks for " -"a *Pull Rule* defined on the *Customer Location*. In our case, a delivery " -"order pull rule that transfers products from the *Shipping Area* to the " -"*Customer Location* is found, and a transfer between the two locations is " -"created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Then, Odoo finds another pull rule that tries to fulfill the need for the " -"*Shipping Area*: the *Packing Rule* that transfers products from the " -"*Packing Area* to the *Shipping Area*. And, finally, other rules are " -"triggered until a transfer between the *Stock* and the *Picking Area* is " -"created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:72 -msgid "" -"All theses transfers are pre-generated by Odoo, starting from the end and " -"going backwards. While working, the operator process these transfers in the " -"opposite order: first the picking, then the packing, then the delivery " -"order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:77 -msgid "Push Rules" -msgstr "Push regler (skub)" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:79 -msgid "" -"On the other hand, *Push Rules* are much easier to understand. Instead of " -"pre-generating documents based on needs, they are live-triggered when " -"products arrive in a specific location. *Push Rules* basically say: \"when a" -" product arrives at a specific location, move it to another location.\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:84 -msgid "" -"A simple example would be: when a product arrives in the *Receipt Area*, " -"move them to the *Storage Location*. As different rules can be applied to " -"different products, you can assign different storage locations for different" -" products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:89 -msgid "" -"Another rule could be: when products arrive at a location, move them to the " -"*Quality Control Area*. Then, once the quality check is done, move them to " -"their *Storage Location*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:94 -msgid "" -"*Push Rules* can be triggered only if no *Pull Rule* pre-generated the " -"upstream transfers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:98 -msgid "" -"Sets of rules like those are called routes. The grouping on the rule defines" -" how products are grouped in the same transfer or not. For example, during " -"the picking operation, all orders are grouped in one transfer, whereas the " -"packing operation respects the grouping per customer order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:105 -msgid "Use Routes and Rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:107 -msgid "" -"Since *Routes* are a collection of *Push and Pull Rules*, Odoo helps you " -"manage advanced routes configuration such as:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:110 -msgid "Manage product manufacturing chains;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:111 -msgid "Manage default locations per product;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:112 -msgid "" -"Define routes within your warehouse according to business needs, such as " -"quality control, after-sales services, or supplier returns;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:114 -msgid "" -"Help rental management by generating automated return moves for rented " -"products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:117 -msgid "" -"To configure a route such as one of those above, open the **Inventory " -"Application** and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. Then, " -"enable the *Multi-Step Routes* feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:126 -msgid "" -"The *Storage Locations* feature is automatically activated with the *Multi-" -"Step Routes*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:129 -msgid "" -"Once this first step is completed, you have the choice between pre-" -"configured routes or custom ones. Both are explained below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:133 -msgid "Pre-configured Routes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:135 -msgid "" -"Odoo’s pre-configured routes are available in the warehouses’ menu. To find " -"it, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses`. " -"There, open your warehouse and edit it to see the pre-configured routes for " -"incoming and outgoing shipments." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:144 -msgid "" -"Some more advanced routes, such as pick-pack-ship, are already configured to" -" make your life easier. Those are based on your choice for shipments. Once " -"you made your choice, head to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " -"--> Routes` to see the routes Odoo generated for you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:153 -msgid "" -"Opening one of those routes allows you to see on what you can apply the " -"route. Here, all the selected product categories in the *YourCompany* " -"warehouse are set up to follow the 3-steps route." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:161 -msgid "" -"Easier for many businesses, this process might not fit yours. Thus, you can " -"configure custom routes in which you can define your own rules, but also the" -" source and destination location of each action. As an example, here are the" -" rules for the pre-configured route." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:171 -msgid "Custom Routes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:173 -msgid "" -"To create a custom route, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " -"--> Routes`, click on create, and choose the places where this route can be " -"selected. Of course, combinations are available." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:182 -msgid "" -"Each place has a different behavior, so it is important to tick only the " -"useful ones and adapt each route accordingly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:185 -msgid "" -"When applying the route on a product category (:menuselection:`Inventory -->" -" Configuration --> Product Categories`), all the rules configured in the " -"route are applied to **every** product of the category. For example, this " -"can be useful if you use the dropshipping process for all the products from " -"the same category." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:195 -msgid "" -"The same behavior applies to the warehouses. If you tick *Warehouses*, all " -"the transfers occurring inside the chosen warehouse, and meeting the " -"conditions of the linked rules, then follow that route." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:203 -msgid "" -"For the *Sales Order Lines*, it is more or less the opposite. You have to " -"choose the route yourself when creating a quotation. This is pretty useful " -"if some products go through different routes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:211 -msgid "" -"If you work with this kind of route, it is important to keep in mind that it" -" must be selected on the sales order, such as below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:218 -msgid "Then, the route can be chosen on each line of the document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:224 -msgid "" -"Finally, there are routes that can be applied to products. Those work more " -"or less like the product categories: once selected, you have to manually set" -" on which product it must be applied." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:232 -msgid "" -"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Master Data --> Products` and " -"open the one on which you want to apply the route. Then go to the *Inventory" -" tab* and select the route you’ve created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:240 -msgid "" -"If, prima facie, the routes’ configuration can appear quite easy, don’t " -"forget that we haven’t set up any rule yet. If not harder to set up, those " -"are vital to have working routings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:245 -msgid "Rules" -msgstr "Regler" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:247 -msgid "" -"The rules are to be defined on the routes. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`, then to the *Rules*" -" section, and click on *Add a line* button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:255 -msgid "" -"The available rules trigger various actions. If Odoo offers *Push* and " -"*Pull* rules, others are also available. Here are some explanations for all " -"of them:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:259 -msgid "" -"**Pull From**: this rule is triggered by a need for the product in a " -"specific stock location. The need can come from a sale order which has been " -"validated or for a manufacturing order which requires a specific component. " -"When the need appears in the source location, Odoo generates a picking to " -"fulfill this need." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:264 -msgid "" -"**Push To**: this rule is triggered by the arrival of some products in the " -"defined source location. In case you move products to the source location, " -"Odoo generates a picking to move those products to the destination location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:268 -msgid "" -"**Push & Pull**: it allows to generate pickings in the two different " -"situations explained above. It means that when products are required at a " -"specific location, a transfer is created from the previous location to " -"fulfill that need. Then, a need is created in the previous location and a " -"rule is triggered to fulfill it. Once the second need fulfilled, the " -"products are pushed to the first location and all the needs are fulfilled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:274 -msgid "" -"**Buy**: when products are needed at the destination location, a request for" -" quotation is created to fulfill the need." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:276 -msgid "" -"**Manufacture**: when products are needed in the source location, a " -"manufacturing order is created to fulfill the need." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:283 -msgid "" -"You must also define the *Operation Type*. This operation allows defining " -"which kind of picking is created from the rule. With our above screenshot, " -"the created picking is, for example, an internal transfer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:288 -msgid "" -"On the other hand, the *Supply Method*, allows defining what happens at the " -"source location:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:291 -msgid "" -"**Take From Stock**: the products are taken from the available stock of the " -"source location;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:293 -msgid "" -"**Trigger Another Rule**: the system tries to find a stock rule to bring the" -" products to the source location. The available stock is ignored." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:296 -msgid "" -"**Take From Stock, if Unavailable, Trigger Another Rule**: the products are " -"taken from the available stock of the source location. If there is no stock " -"available, the system tries to find a rule to bring the products to the " -"source location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:301 -msgid "" -"In the *Scheduling* section, you can determine how Odoo behaves when one of " -"the chain's pickings is rescheduled. In case you decide to **Propagate " -"Rescheduling**, the next move is also to be rescheduled. If you prefer " -"having the choice to reschedule the next move, you can decide to receive an " -"alert in the form of a *next activity*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:309 -msgid "What about a full flow?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:311 -msgid "" -"Do you remember our Pick - Pack - Ship custom route? Let’s use it to try a " -"full flow with an advanced custom route." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:314 -msgid "" -"First, a quick look at our rules and their supply methods: we have three " -"rules, all **Pull From** rules. The supply methods are the following:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:318 -msgid "" -"**Take From Stock**: When products are needed in WH/Packing Zone, *Picks* " -"(internal transfers from WH/Stock to WH/Packing Zone) are created from " -"WH/Stock to fulfill the need." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:321 -msgid "" -"**Trigger Another Rule**: When products are needed in WH/Output, *Packs* " -"(internal transfers from WH/Packing Zone to WH/Output) are created from " -"WH/Packing Zone to fulfill the need." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:324 -msgid "" -"**Trigger Another Rule**: When products are needed in Partner " -"Locations/Customers, Delivery Orders are created from WH/Output to fulfill " -"the need." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:332 -msgid "" -"This means that, when a customer orders products, a delivery order is " -"created to fulfill the order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:340 -msgid "" -"If the source document is the same sale order, the status is not the same. " -"In fact, the status is **Waiting Another Operation** if the previous " -"transfer in the list is not done yet." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:348 -msgid "" -"To prepare the order, conveyors need products packed at the output area, so " -"an internal transfer is requested from the packing zone." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:355 -msgid "" -"Obviously, the packing zone needs products ready to be packed. So, an " -"internal transfer is requested to the stock and employees can gather the " -"required products from the warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:363 -msgid "" -"As explained in this documentation introduction, the last step in the " -"process (here the delivery order) is the first to be triggered, which then " -"triggers other rules until we reach the first step in the process (here, the" -" internal transfer from to stock to the packing area). Now, everything is " -"ready to be processed so the customer can get the ordered items." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:370 -msgid "" -"In our case, the product is delivered to the customer when all the rules " -"have been triggered and the transfers done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies.rst:3 -msgid "Putaway & Removal Strategies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:3 -msgid "What is a Putaway Rule?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A good warehouse implementation takes care that products automatically move " -"to their appropriate destination location. To make that process easier, Odoo" -" uses *Putaway rules*. But what is a putaway rule? Putaway is the process of" -" taking products off the receiving shipments and directly putting them into " -"the most appropriate location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:7 -msgid "" -"If, for example, a warehouse contains volatile substances, it is important " -"to make sure that certain products are not stored close to each other " -"because of a potential chemical reaction. That’s where putaway rules " -"intervene, to avoid storing products wrongly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:12 -msgid "" -"In the *Inventory* app, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " -"and activate the *Multi-Step Routes*. By doing so, the *Storage Locations* " -"will be automatically activated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:19 -msgid "Setting up a Putaway Rule" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:21 -msgid "" -"In some cases, like for a retail shop storing vegetables and fruits, we have" -" to store products in different locations to maintain product quality." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Let’s suppose there are one warehouse location *WH/Stock* and two sub-" -"locations *WH/Stock/Vegatable* and *WH/Stock/Fruits*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:25 -msgid "" -"To manage those locations, we will create putaway rules. To do so, open the " -"*Inventory* app and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Putaway Rules`. " -"Then, click on create and configure your first rule indicating the main " -"location the product will enter before being redirected to the right " -"location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:31 -msgid "" -"The putaway rules can be defined either per product or per product category." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Now, if I purchase apples and carrots to my supplier, they will be grouped " -"in the same receipt but redirected to the right location automatically, " -"thanks to putaway rules. This information is available from *Inventory " -"Report*, under the reporting menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:3 -msgid "What is a Removal Strategy (FIFO, LIFO, and FEFO)?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Usually, *Removal Strategies* are defined in picking operations to select " -"the best products to optimize the distance for the worker, for quality " -"control purposes, or to first move the products with the closest expiration " -"date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:9 -msgid "" -"When a product movement needs to be done, Odoo finds available products that" -" can be assigned to the transfer. The way Odoo assigns these products " -"depends on the *Removal Strategy* defined in the *Product Category* or on " -"the *Location*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:14 -msgid "What happens inside the warehouse?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Imagine a generic warehouse plan, with receiving docks and area, storage " -"locations, picking and packing areas, and shipping docks. All products go " -"through all these locations, but some rules, such as removal strategies, can" -" have an effect on which products are taken for the pickings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Here, vendor trucks unload pallets of goods at the docks. Then, operators " -"scan the products in the receiving area, with the receiving date and, if the" -" product has an expiration date, the expiration date. After that, products " -"are stored in their respective locations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Next, several orders for the same product are made, but you didn’t receive " -"the goods the same day and they don’t have the same expiration date. In that" -" situation, you logically prefer sending those with the closest date first. " -"Depending on the removal strategy you chose, Odoo generates a transfer with " -"the products fitting your settings the best." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:42 -msgid "" -"On the transfer form, you can find the product’s lot/serial number to pick " -"for delivery." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:48 -msgid "First In, First Out (FIFO)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:50 -msgid "" -"When using a **First In, First Out** strategy, a demand for some products " -"triggers a removal rule which requests a transfer for the lot/serial number " -"that has entered your stock the first." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:53 -msgid "" -"To be clearer, let’s imagine that you have three lots of nails in your " -"warehouse. Those three have the following lot numbers: 00001, 00002, 00003, " -"each with 5 nails boxes in it. 00001 entered the stock on the 23rd of May, " -"00002 on the 25th of May, and 00003 on the 1st of June. A customer orders " -"you 6 boxes on the 11th of June. With the *FIFO* strategy selected, a " -"transfer is requested for the five boxes of 00001 and one of the boxes in " -"00002 because 00001 has entered your stock before the others. The box from " -"00002 is taken because it has the oldest enter date after 00001." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:60 -msgid "" -"So, for every order of a product with the *FIFO* strategy selected, Odoo " -"requests a transfer for the good that has been in your stock for the longest" -" period." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:64 -msgid "Last In, First Out (LIFO)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:66 -msgid "" -"The same way as for FIFO, the **Last In, First Out** strategy is based on " -"moving products based on the date they entered the stock. Here, a demand for" -" some products triggers a removal rule that requests a transfer for the " -"lot/serial number that has entered your stock the last." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:70 -msgid "" -"To better understand, let’s imagine three lots of screws in your warehouse. " -"Those three have the following numbers: 10001, 10002, 10003, each with 10 " -"screw boxes in it. 10001 has entered the stock on the 1st of June, 10002 on " -"the 3rd of June, and 10003 on the 6th of June. A customer orders 7 boxes on " -"the 8th of June. With the *LIFO* strategy selected, a transfer is requested " -"for seven boxes of 10003 because that lot is the last one to have entered " -"the stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:76 -msgid "" -"So, basically, for every order of a product with the *LIFO* strategy used, a" -" transfer for the last one to have entered the stock is requested." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:80 -msgid "" -"This strategy is banned in many countries and can lead to only have old or " -"obsolete products in your stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:84 -msgid "First Expire, First Out (FEFO)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:86 -msgid "" -"The **First Expire, First Out** strategy is a bit different from the two " -"others. Here, it is the expiration date that is important and not the date " -"the product entered the stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:89 -msgid "" -"Let’s imagine three lots of 6-eggs boxes (in this specific case, don’t " -"forget to use :doc:`units of measure <../../management/products/uom>`). " -"Those three have the following numbers: 20001, 20002, and 20003, each with 5" -" boxes in it. 20001 has entered the stock on the 1st of July and expires on " -"the 15th of July, 20002 on the 2nd and expires on the 14th of July, and " -"20003 on the 4th and expires on the 21st of July. A customer orders 6 boxes " -"on the 5th of July. With the *FEFO* strategy selected, a transfer is " -"requested for the five boxes of 20002 and one from 20001. The transfer for " -"all the boxes of the lot 20002 is because they have the closest expiration " -"date. The transfer also requests one box from 20001 because it’s the lot " -"that expires the sooner after 20002." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:98 -msgid "" -"Then, you can remember that for every order of a product with the *FEFO* " -"strategy, a transfer is requested for the product that has the nearest " -"expiration date from the order date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:102 -msgid "Use Removal Strategies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:104 -msgid "" -"To identify some units from other ones, you need to track them, either by " -"*lot* or by *serial number*. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration " -"--> Settings`. Then, activate *Storage Location*, *Multi-Steps Routes*, and " -"*Lots & Serial Numbers*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:113 -msgid "" -"To work with the *FEFO* strategy, activate the *Expiration Dates* feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:115 -msgid "" -"Next, you need to define your removal strategy, on *Product Categories* via " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:123 -msgid "FIFO (First In, First Out)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:125 -msgid "" -"As said, a *FIFO* strategy implies that products stocked first move out " -"first. Companies should use that method if they are selling products with " -"short demand cycles, such as clothes, and to ensure they are not stuck with " -"outdated styles in stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:129 -msgid "" -"For this example, we created three lots of white shirts. Those are from the " -"All/Clothes category, where we put *FIFO* as the removal strategy. In our " -"stock location (WH/Stock), we now find the three lots available." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:137 -msgid "" -"The lot 000001 contains 5 shirts, 000002 contains 3 shirts, and 000003 " -"contains 2. As it can be seen above, 000001 has entered the stock first. " -"Let’s create a sale order of six white shirts to check that products from " -"that lot are the first ones to move out." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:141 -msgid "" -"On the delivery order linked to the picking, you can see that the oldest lot" -" numbers have been reserved thanks to the *FIFO* strategy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:149 -msgid "LIFO (Last In, First Out)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:151 -msgid "" -"With a *LIFO* strategy, that’s quite the opposite. In fact, the products " -"that are brought the last move out the first. It is mostly used in case of " -"products without a shelf life." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:154 -msgid "" -"Even if our white shirts are clothes, we can say that they are timeless. So," -" let’s use them to test our *LIFO* strategy. Once again, open the product " -"category via :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product " -"Categories` and change the removal strategy to *LIFO*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:162 -msgid "" -"Now, create a sale order for 4 white shirts and check that the reserved " -"products are from lots 000003 and 000002." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170 -msgid "Don’t forget that the *LIFO* strategy is banned in many countries!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:173 -msgid "FEFO (First Expiry, First Out)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:175 -msgid "" -"With the *FEFO* strategy, the way products are picked is not based on the " -"reception date. In this particular case, they are dispatched according to " -"their expiration date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:179 -msgid "" -"To have more information about Expiration date, please have a look at " -":doc:`the related doc " -"<../../management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:182 -msgid "" -"By activating *Expiration Dates*, it becomes possible to define different " -"dates on the serial/lot numbers to be used in *FEFO*. These dates can be set" -" by going to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Master Data --> Lots/Serial " -"Numbers`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:190 -msgid "" -"Lots are picked based on their removal date, from earliest to latest. Lots " -"without a removal date defined are picked after lots with removal dates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:194 -msgid "" -"Other dates are for informational and reporting purposes only. If not " -"removed from the stock, lots that are past the expiration dates may still be" -" picked for delivery orders!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:197 -msgid "" -"To use the *FEFO* strategy, once again go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Product Categories` and choose *FEFO* as the *Force " -"Removal Strategy*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:204 -msgid "" -"For this particular case, let’s use hand cream. As usual, we have three lots" -" of them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:207 -msgid "**Lot / Serial No**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:207 -msgid "**Product**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:207 -msgid "**Expiration Date**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:209 -msgid "0000001" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:209 -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:211 -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:213 -msgid "Hand Cream" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:209 -msgid "09/30/2019" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:211 -msgid "0000002" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:211 -msgid "11/30/2019" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:213 -msgid "0000003" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:213 -msgid "10/31/2019" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:216 -msgid "" -"When we realize a sale for 25 units of Hand Cream, we can see that the lot " -"numbers which have been automatically reserved by Odoo are the ones with the" -" closest expiration date, meaning 0000001 and 0000003." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping.rst:3 -msgid "Shipping" -msgstr "Levering" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation.rst:3 -msgid "Shipping Operations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:3 -msgid "How to cancel a shipping request to a shipper?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. " -"Odoo will be linked with the transportation company tracking system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:12 -msgid "" -"It will allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the " -"destination." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:15 -msgid "You can easily cancel the request made to the carrier system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:18 -msgid "How to cancel a shipping request?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:20 -msgid "" -"If the delivery order is not **Validated**, then the request hasn't been " -"made. You can choose to cancel the delivery or to change the carrier." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:24 -msgid "" -"If you have clicked on **Validate**, the request has been made and you " -"should have received the tracking number and the label. You can still cancel" -" the request. Simply click on the **Cancel** button next to the **Carrier " -"Tracking Ref**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:32 -msgid "You will now see that the shipment has been cancelled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:37 -msgid "You can now change the carrier if you wish." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:40 -msgid "How to send a shipping request after cancelling one?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:42 -msgid "" -"After cancelling the shipping request, you can change the carrier you want " -"to use. Confirm it by clicking on the **Send to shipper** button. You will " -"get a new tracking number and a new label." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:50 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:115 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:83 -msgid ":doc:`invoicing`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:51 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:116 -msgid ":doc:`multipack`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:3 -msgid "How to invoice the shipping cost to the customer?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:8 -msgid "There are two ways to invoice the shipping costs:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:10 -msgid "Agree with the customer over a cost and seal it down in the sale order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:13 -msgid "Invoice the real cost of the shipping." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:18 -msgid "" -"To configure the price of your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** " -"app, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery --> Delivery " -"Methods`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:21 -msgid "" -"You can manually set a price for the shipping: It can be fixed or based on " -"rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Or you can use the transportation company computation system. Read the " -"document :doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:28 -msgid "How to invoice the shipping costs to the customer?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:31 -msgid "Invoice the price set on the sale order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:33 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:55 -msgid "" -"On your sale order, choose the carrier that will be used. Click on " -"**Delivery Method** to choose the right one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:39 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:36 -msgid "" -"The price is computed when you **save** the sale order or when you click on " -"**Set price**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:42 -msgid "" -"To invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, click on " -"**Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery method as a " -"product. It may vary from the real price." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:46 -msgid "" -"When you create the invoice, it will take the price set on the sale order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:53 -msgid "Invoice the real shipping costs" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:61 -msgid "" -"The price is computed when you **save** the sale order. Confirm the sale " -"order and proceed to deliver the product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The real shipping cost is computed when the delivery order is validated, you" -" can see the real cost in the chatter of the delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Go back to the sale order, the real cost is now added to the sale order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:76 -msgid "" -"When you create the invoice, it will take the price computed by the carrier." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:83 -msgid "" -"If you split the delivery and make several ones, each delivery order will " -"add a line to the sale order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:87 -msgid ":doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:88 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:84 -msgid ":doc:`labels`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:3 -msgid "How to print shipping labels?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers " -"linked with the transportation company tracking system. It allows you to " -"manage the transport company, the real prices and the destination. And " -"finally, you will be able to print the shipping labels directly from Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:18 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:17 -msgid "Install the shipper company connector module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:20 -msgid "" -"In the **Inventory** module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies " -"you want to integrate :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:27 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:26 -msgid "Then click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:34 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:33 -msgid "Configure the delivery method" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:32 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:36 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:35 -msgid "" -"To configure your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** module, click on" -" :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery Methods`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:35 -msgid "" -"The delivery methods for the chosen shippers have been automatically " -"created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:41 -msgid "" -"In the **Pricing** tab, the name of the provider means that the delivery " -"will be handled and computed by the shipper system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:44 -msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:46 -msgid "" -"The first one is linked to **your account** (develop key, password,...). For" -" more information, please refer to the provider website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:49 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:62 -msgid "" -"The second column varies according to the **provider**. You can choose the " -"packaging type, the service type, the weight unit..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:52 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:65 -msgid "Uncheck **Test Mode** when you are done with the testings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:55 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:77 -msgid "Company configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:57 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:79 -msgid "" -"In order to compute the right price, the provider needs your company " -"information. Be sure your address and phone number are correctly encoded." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:64 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:86 -msgid "" -"To check your information, go to the **Settings** application and click on " -"**General Settings**. Click on the first link **Configure your company " -"data**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:70 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:92 -msgid "" -"The shipper companies need the weight of your product, otherwise the price " -"computation cannot be done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Go the **Sales** module, click on :menuselection:`Sales --> Products`. Open " -"the products you want to ship and set a weight on it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:80 -msgid "" -"The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to do" -" the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:85 -msgid "How to print shipping labels ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:87 -msgid "" -"The delivery order created from the sale order will take the shipping " -"information from it, but you can change the carrier if you want to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:90 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:135 -msgid "" -"If you create a delivery transfer from the inventory module, you can add the" -" third party shipper in the additional info tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:96 -msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number and **the label(s)**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:98 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:151 -msgid "" -"The label to stick on your package is available in the history underneath :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:104 -msgid "Click on it to open the document and print it :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:110 -msgid "" -"If you are doing multi-packages shippings, most of the time, there will be " -"one label per package. Each label will appear in the delivery history." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage multiple packs for the same delivery order?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:8 -msgid "" -"By default, Odoo considers that your delivery is composed of one package. " -"But you can easily ship your deliveries with more than one package. It is " -"fully integrated with the third-party shippers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:15 -msgid "" -"To configure the use of packages, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory " -"--> Configuration --> Settings`. Locate the **Packages** section and tick " -"**Record packages used on packing: pallets, boxes,...**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:23 -msgid "Click on **Apply** when you are done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:29 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:77 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:110 -msgid "Sale order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:34 -msgid "Click on a **Delivery Method** to choose the right one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:40 -msgid "Multi-packages Delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:42 -msgid "" -"The delivery created from the sale order will take the shipping information " -"from it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:48 -msgid "From here, you can split your delivery into multiple packages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Choose the quantity you want to put in the first pack in the **Done** " -"column, then click on the link **Put in Pack**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:56 -msgid "It will automatically create a pack with the requested quantity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:58 -msgid "Do the same steps for the other pieces you want to pack in." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:63 -msgid "Click on **Validate** when you are done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:66 -msgid "Multi-packages with a 3rd party-shipper" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Once the delivery order is validated, you will receive the tracking number. " -"The **carrier Tracking ref** field will automatically be filled. Click on " -"the **Tracking** button to check your delivery on the provider website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:76 -msgid "" -"The **labels** to stick on your packages are available in the history " -"underneath:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup.rst:3 -msgid "Shipping Setup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:3 -msgid "How to setup a delivery method?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, but it is not activated by " -"default. Delivery methods can be used for your sale orders, your deliveries " -"but also on your e-commerce." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Delivery methods allow you to manage the transport company, the price and " -"the destination. You can even integrate Odoo with external shippers to " -"compute the real price and the packagings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:20 -msgid "Install the inventory module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Delivery methods are handled by the **Delivery costs** module. Go to " -"**Apps** and search for the module. You should remove the **Apps** filter in" -" order to see it :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:29 -msgid "" -"If you want to integrate delivery methods in your e-commerce, you'll have to" -" install the **eCommerce Delivery** module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:39 -msgid "First set a name and a transporter company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Then you'll have to set the pricing. It can be fixed or based on rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:46 -msgid "" -"If the price is fixed, tick **Fixed price**. You'll just have to define the " -"price. If you want the delivery to be free above a certain amount, tick the " -"option **Free if Order total is more than** and set a price." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:54 -msgid "" -"If the price varies according to rules, tick **Based on Rules**. Click on " -"**add an item to a pricing rule**. Choose a condition based on either the " -"weight, the volume, the price or the quantity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Finally you can limit the delivery method to a few destinations. The limit " -"can be applied to some countries, states or even zip codes. This feature " -"limits the list of countries on your e-commerce." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:69 -msgid "" -"You can integrate Odoo with external shippers in order to compute the real " -"price and packagings, and handle the printing the shipping labels. See " -":doc:`third_party_shipper`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:74 -msgid "Delivery process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:82 -msgid "" -"You can now choose the **Delivery Method** on your sale order. If you want " -"to invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, click on " -"**Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery method as a " -"product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:88 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:130 -msgid "Delivery" -msgstr "Levering" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:90 -msgid "You can add or change the delivery method on the delivery itself." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:95 -msgid "" -"On the delivery, check the **Carrier Information**. The carrier is the " -"chosen delivery method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:99 -msgid ":doc:`third_party_shipper`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:100 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:158 -msgid ":doc:`../operation/invoicing`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:3 -msgid "How to get DHL credentials for integration with Odoo?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:5 -msgid "In order to use the Odoo DHL API, you will need:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:7 -msgid "A DHL.com SiteID" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:9 -msgid "A DHL Password" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:11 -msgid "A DHL Account Number" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Getting SiteID and password for countries other than United States (UK and " -"Rest of the world)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:17 -msgid "" -"You should contact DHL account manager and request integration for XML " -"Express API. The presales should provide you live credentials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:20 -msgid "Getting SiteID and Password for United States" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:22 -msgid "" -"You need to write to xmlrequests@dhl.com along with your full Account " -"details like account number, region, address, etc. to get API Access." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:24 -msgid "" -"In meantime, for testing the solution, you can use the tests credentials as " -"given in the demo data:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:26 -msgid "**SiteID**: CustomerTest" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:28 -msgid "**Password**: alkd89nBV" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:30 -msgid "**DHL Account Number**: 803921577" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:3 -msgid "How to integrate a third party shipper?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. " -"Odoo can be linked with the transportation company tracking system. It will " -"allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the " -"destination." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:19 -msgid "" -"In the inventory module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies " -"you want to integrate :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:38 -msgid "" -"The delivery methods for the chosen shippers have been automatically " -"created. Most of the time, there will be **2** delivery methods for the same" -" provider: one for **international** shipping and the other for **domestic**" -" shipping." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:43 -msgid "" -"You can create other methods with the same provider with other " -"configuration, for example the **Packaging Type**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:46 -msgid "" -"You can change the **Name** of the delivery method. This is the name that " -"will appear on your ecommerce." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:49 -msgid "Flag **Shipping enabled** when you are ready to use it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:54 -msgid "" -"In the pricing tab, the name of the provider chosen under the **Price " -"computation** means that the pricing will be computed by the shipper system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:57 -msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:59 -msgid "" -"The first one is linked to **your account** (developer key, password,...). " -"For more information, please refer to the provider website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Finally you can limit the delivery method to a few destinations. You can " -"limit it to some countries, states or even zip codes. This feature limits " -"the list of countries on your e-commerce. It is useful for the domestic " -"providers. For example, USPS US only delivers from the United States to the " -"United States." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:95 -msgid "" -"Go the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> Products`. Open the products" -" you want to ship and set a weight on it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:102 -msgid "" -"The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to " -"make the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:115 -msgid "" -"You can now choose the carrier on your sale order. Click on **Delivery " -"method** to choose the right one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:118 -msgid "" -"The price is computed when you save the sale order or when you click on " -"**Set price**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:121 -msgid "" -"If you want to invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, " -"click on **Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery " -"method as a product. It may vary from the real price." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:125 -msgid "" -"Otherwise, the real price (computed when the delivery is validated) will " -"automatically be added to the invoice. For more information, please read the" -" document :doc:`../operation/invoicing`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:132 -msgid "" -"The delivery created from the sale order will take the shipping information " -"from it. You can change the carrier if you want to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:141 -msgid "" -"The weight is computed based on the products weights. The shipping cost will" -" be computed once the transfer is validated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:144 -msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number. The **Carrier Tracking" -" ref** field will automatically be filled. Click on the **Tracking** button " -"to check your delivery on the provider website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:159 -msgid ":doc:`../operation/labels`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:3 -msgid "How to get UPS credentials for integration with Odoo?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:5 -msgid "In order to use the Odoo UPS API, you will need:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:7 -msgid "A UPS.com user ID and password" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:9 -msgid "A UPS account number" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:11 -msgid "An Access Key" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:13 -msgid "" -"An Access Key is a 16 character alpha-numeric code that allows access to the" -" UPS Developer Kit API Development and Production servers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:17 -msgid "Create a UPS Account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Note that only customers located in the US can open a UPS account online. If" -" you are located outside the US, you will need to contact UPS Customer " -"Service in order to to open an account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:23 -msgid "" -"You can read additional information about opening a UPS account on the their" -" website, on the page, `How to Open a UPS Account Online " -"<https://www.ups.com/content/us/en/resources/sri/openaccountonline.html?srch_pos=2&srch_phr=open+ups+account>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:27 -msgid "" -"If you don't already have a UPS account, you can create one along with your " -"online profile by following these steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:30 -msgid "" -"1. Access the UPS.com web site at `www.ups.com <http://www.ups.com/>`__, and" -" click the **New User** link at the top of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:34 -msgid "" -"2. Click the **Register for MyUPS** button, and follow the prompts to " -"complete the registration process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:37 -msgid "" -"If you already have a UPS account, you can add it to your online profile as " -"follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Log in to the `UPS.com website <http://www.ups.com/>`_) using your UPS.com " -"User ID and Password." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:41 -msgid "Click the **My UPS** tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:43 -msgid "Click the **Account Summary** link." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:45 -msgid "" -"4. Click the **Add an Existing UPS Account** link in the **UPS Account " -"Details** section of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:48 -msgid "" -"5. In the **Add New Account** screen, enter the **UPS Account Number**, " -"**Account Name**, and **Postal Code** fields. The country defaults to United" -" States.q" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:52 -msgid "Click the **Next** button to continue." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:55 -msgid "Get an Access Key" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:57 -msgid "" -"After you have added your UPS account number to your user profile you can " -"request an Access Key from UPS using the steps below:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Go to the `UPS Developer Kit web page " -"<https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en_US>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:61 -msgid "Log into UPS.com with your user ID and password" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:62 -msgid "Click on the link **Request an access key**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:63 -msgid "Verify your contact information" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:64 -msgid "Click the **Request Access Key** button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:66 -msgid "" -"The **Access Key** will be provided to you on the web page, and an email " -"with the Access Key will be sent to the email address of the primary " -"contact." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..48ad736e2 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po @@ -0,0 +1,7621 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Morten Schou <ms@msteknik.dk>, 2021 +# Mads Søndergaard <mads@vkdata.dk>, 2021 +# JonathanStein <jstein@image.dk>, 2021 +# Mads Søndergaard, 2021 +# Martin Trigaux, 2021 +# Pernille Kristensen <pernillekristensen1994@gmail.com>, 2021 +# lhmflexerp <lhm@flexerp.dk>, 2021 +# Sanne Kristensen <sanne@vkdata.dk>, 2021 +# Ejner Sønniksen <ejner@vkdata.dk>, 2021 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-18 07:12+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-05-18 05:18+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Ejner Sønniksen <ejner@vkdata.dk>, 2021\n" +"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: da\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp.rst:3 +msgid "Inventory & Mrp" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:4 +msgid "Inventory" +msgstr "Lager" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode.rst:3 +msgid "Barcodes" +msgstr "Stregkoder" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations.rst:3 +msgid "Daily Operations" +msgstr "Daglige aktiviteter" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3 +msgid "Process to an Inventory Adjustment with Barcodes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To process an inventory adjustment by using barcodes, you first need to open" +" the *Barcode* app. Then, from the application, click on *Inventory " +"Adjustments*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:13 +msgid "" +"If you want to fully work with barcodes, you can download the sheet " +"*Commands for Inventory*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Once you have clicked on *Inventory Adjustments*, Odoo will automatically " +"create one. Note that, if you work with multi-location, you first need to " +"specify in which location the inventory adjustment takes place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you don’t work with multi-location, you will be able to scan the " +"different products you want to include in the inventory adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:31 +msgid "" +"If you have 5 identical articles, scan it 5 times or use the keyboard to set" +" the quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Besides using the barcode scanner, you can also manually add a product if " +"necessary. To do so, click on *Add Product* and fill the information in " +"manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:44 +msgid "" +"When you have scanned all the items of the location, validate the inventory " +"manually or scan the *Validate* barcode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:6 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Oversigt" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:5 +msgid "" +"There are different situations in which barcode nomenclatures can be useful." +" A well-known use case is the one of a point of sale which sells products in" +" bulk, in which the customers will scale their products themselves and get " +"the printed barcode to stick on the product. This barcode will contain the " +"weight of the product and help compute the price accordingly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:13 +msgid "Create a Barcode Nomenclature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Odoo supports Barcode Nomenclatures, which determine the mapping and " +"interpretation of the encoded information. You can configure your barcode " +"nomenclature being in :doc:`Developer mode " +"</applications/general/developer_mode>`. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Barcode Nomenclature`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:20 +msgid "" +"You can create a barcode nomenclature from there, and then add a line to " +"create your first rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The first step is to specify the **rule name**, for example Weight Barcode " +"with 3 Decimals. You then have to specify the type for barcode nomenclature," +" in our case it will be Weighted Product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:33 +msgid "" +"The Barcode Pattern is a regular expression that defines the structure of " +"the barcode. In this example 21 defines the products on which the rule will " +"be applied, those are the numbers by which the product barcode should start." +" The 5 “dots” are the following numbers of the product barcode and are there" +" simply to identify the product in question. The “N” define a number and the" +" “D” define the decimals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:40 +msgid "" +"The encoding allows to specify the barcode encoding on which the rule should" +" be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:44 +msgid "" +"You can define different rules and order their priority thanks to the " +"sequence. The first rule which matches the scanned barcode will be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:49 +msgid "Configure your Product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:51 +msgid "The barcode of the product should start by “21”;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:52 +msgid "" +"The 5 “dots” are the other numbers of your product barcode, allowing to " +"identify the product;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:53 +msgid "" +"The barcode should contain 0’s where you did defined D’s or N’s. In our case" +" we need to set 5 zeros because we configured “21…..{NNDDD}”;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:54 +msgid "" +"In EAN-13, the last number is a check number, use an EAN13 generator to know" +" which digit it should be in your case." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:59 +msgid "" +"In case you weight 1,5 Kg of pasta, the balance will print you the following" +" barcode 2112345015002. If you scan this barcode in your POS or when " +"receiving products in your barcode application, Odoo will automatically " +"create a new line for the Pasta product for a quantity of 1.5 Kg. For the " +"point of sale, a price depending on the quantity will also be computed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:70 +msgid "Rule Types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:72 +msgid "" +"**Priced Product**: allows you to identify the product and specify its " +"price, used in POS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:73 +msgid "" +"**Discounted Product**: allows you to create one barcode per applied " +"discount. You can then scan your product in the POS and then scan the " +"discount barcode, discount will be applied on the normal price of the " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:74 +msgid "" +"**Weighted Product**: allows you to identify the product and specify its " +"weight, used in both POS (in which the price is computed based on the " +"weight) and in inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:75 +msgid "" +"**Client**: allows you to identify the customer, for example used with " +"loyalty program." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:76 +msgid "**Cashier**: allows you to identify the cashier when entering the POS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:77 +msgid "" +"**Location**: allows you to identify the location on a transfer when multi-" +"location is activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:78 +msgid "" +"**Package**: allows you to identify packages on a transfer when packages are" +" activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:79 +msgid "" +"**Credit Card**: doesn’t need manual modification, exists for data from the " +"Mercury module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:80 +msgid "" +"**Unit Product**: allows you to identify a product for both POS and " +"transfers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:83 +msgid "" +"When the barcode pattern contains .*, it means that it can contain any " +"number of characters, those characters being any number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:3 +msgid "Process to Transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:6 +msgid "Simple Transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To process a transfer from the *Barcode* app, the first step is to go to " +"*Operations*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Then, you have the choice to either enter an existing transfer, by going to " +"the corresponding operation type and manually selecting the one you want to " +"enter, or by scanning the barcode of the transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:24 +msgid "" +"From there, you will be able to scan the products that are part of the " +"existing transfer and/or add new products to this transfer. Once all the " +"products have been scanned, you can validate the transfer to proceed with " +"the stock moves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you have different storage locations in your warehouse, you can add " +"additional steps for the different operation types." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:45 +msgid "Receipts" +msgstr "Varemodtagelse" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:39 +msgid "" +"When receiving a product in stock, you need to scan its barcode in order to " +"identify it in the system. Once done, you can either make it enter the main " +"location of the transfer, for example WH/Stock, or scan a location barcode " +"to make it enter a sub-location of the main location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:48 +msgid "" +"If you want the product to enter WH/Stock in our example, you can simply " +"scan the next product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery.rst:3 +msgid "Delivery Orders" +msgstr "Leveringsordrer" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:54 +msgid "" +"When delivering a product, you have to scan the source location if it is " +"different than the one initially set on the transfer. Then, you can start " +"scanning the products that are delivered from this specific location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Once the different products have been scanned, you have the possibility to " +"scan another location, such as WH/Stock, and another page will be added to " +"your delivery order. You can move from one to the other thanks to the " +"*Previous* and *Next* buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Now, you can validate your transfer. To do so, click on *Next* until you " +"reach the last page of the transfer. There, you will be able to validate it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:78 +msgid "Internal Transfers" +msgstr "Interne flytninger" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:80 +msgid "" +"When realizing an internal transfer with multi-location, you first have to " +"scan the source location of the product. Then, you can scan the product in " +"itself, before having to scan the barcode of the destination location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:85 +msgid "" +"If the source and destination of the internal transfers are already correct," +" you don’t need to scan them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:89 +msgid "Transfers with Tracked Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:91 +msgid "" +"If you work with products tracked by lot/serial numbers, you have two ways " +"of working:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:94 +msgid "" +"If you work with serial/lot numbers taking all products into consideration, " +"you can scan the barcode of the lot/serial number and Odoo will increase the" +" quantity of the product, setting its lot/serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:99 +msgid "" +"If you have the same lot/serial number for different products, you can work " +"by scanning the product barcode first, and then the barcode of the " +"lot/serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:3 +msgid "Create a Transfer from Scratch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To create a transfer from the *Barcode* application, you first need to print" +" the operation type barcodes. To do so, you can download the *Stock barcode " +"sheet* from the home page of the app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Once done, you can scan the one for which you want to create a new document." +" Then, an empty document will be created and you will be able to scan your " +"products to populate it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "Opsætning" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:3 +msgid "Set up your barcode scanner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Getting started with barcode scanning in Odoo is fairly easy. Yet, a good " +"user experience relies on an appropriate hardware setup. This guide will " +"help you through the task of choosing and configuring the barcode scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:11 +msgid "Find the barcode scanner that suits your needs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:13 +msgid "" +"The 3 recommended type of barcode scanners to work with the Odoo " +"**Inventory** and **Barcode Scanning** apps are the **USB scanner**, **the " +"bluetooth scanner** and the **mobile computer scanner**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If you scan products at a computer location, the **USB scanner** is the way " +"to go. Simply plug it in the computer to start scanning. Just make sure when" +" you buy it that the scanner is compatible with your keyboard layout or can " +"be configured to be so." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:25 +msgid "" +"The **bluetooth scanner** can be paired with a smartphone or a tablet and is" +" a good choice if you want to be mobile but don't need a big investment. An " +"approach is to log in Odoo on you smartphone, pair the bluetooth scanner " +"with the smartphone and work in the warehouse with the possibility to check " +"your smartphone from time to time and use the software 'manually'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:32 +msgid "" +"For heavy use, the **mobile computer scanner** is the handiest solution. It " +"consists of a small computer with a built-in barcode scanner. This one can " +"turn out to be a very productive solution, however you need to make sure " +"that is is capable of running Odoo smoothly. The most recent models using " +"Android + Google Chrome or Windows + Internet Explorer Mobile should do the " +"job. However, due to the variety of models and configurations on the market," +" it is essential to test it first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:42 +msgid "Configure your barcode scanner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:45 +msgid "Keyboard layout" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:50 +msgid "" +"An USB barcode scanner needs to be configured to use the same keyboard " +"layout as your operating system. Otherwise, your scanner won't translate " +"characters correctly (replacing a 'A' with a 'Q' for example). Most scanners" +" are configured by scanning the appropriate barcode in the user manual." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:57 +msgid "Automatic carriage return" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:59 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo has a 50 milliseconds delay between each successive scan " +"(it helps avoid accidental double scanning). If you want to suppress this " +"delay, you can configure your scanner to insert a carriage return at the end" +" of each barcode. This is usually the default configuration and can be " +"explicitly configured by scanning a specific barcode in the user manual ('CR" +" suffix ON', 'Apply Enter for suffix', etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:3 +msgid "Activate the Barcodes in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The barcode scanning features can save you a lot of time usually lost " +"switching between the keyboard, the mouse and the scanner. Properly " +"attributing barcodes to products, pickings locations, etc. allows you to " +"work more efficiently by controlling the software almost exclusively with " +"the barcode scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:9 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Konfiguration" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To use this feature, you first need to activate the *Barcode* functionality " +"via :menuselection:`Inventory --> Settings --> Barcode Scanner`. Once you " +"have ticked the feature, you can hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:22 +msgid "Set Product Barcodes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You can easily assign barcodes to your different products via the " +"*Inventory* app. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"Products Barcodes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Then, you have the possibility to assign barcodes to your products directly " +"at creation on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Be careful to add barcodes directly on the product variants and not on the " +"template product. Otherwise, you won’t be able to differentiate them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:45 +msgid "Set Locations Barcodes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:47 +msgid "" +"If you manage multiple locations, you will find useful to attribute a " +"barcode to each location and stick it on the location. You can configure the" +" locations barcodes in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " +"Locations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:58 +msgid "" +"You can easily print the barcode you allocate to the locations via the " +"*Print* menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:62 +msgid "Barcode Formats" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Most retail products use EAN-13 barcodes. They cannot be made up without " +"proper authorization. You must pay the International Article Numbering " +"Association a fee in exchange for an EAN code sequence." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Still, as Odoo supports any string as a barcode, you can always define your " +"own barcode format for internal use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management.rst:3 +msgid "Warehouse Management" +msgstr "Lagerstyring" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:3 +msgid "Send Products to Customers Directly from Suppliers (Drop-shipping)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:6 +msgid "What is Drop-Shipping?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Drop-Shipping is a system that allows orders taken from your store to be " +"shipped straight from your supplier to your customer. On a usual delivery " +"system, products are sent from your supplier to your warehouse to be put in " +"stock and then shipped to your customers after ordering." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:13 +msgid "" +"With drop-shipping, no item is stocked. When a customer places an order in " +"your shop, the item is delivered straight from the supplier to the customer." +" Therefore, the product doesn't need to get through your warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:19 +msgid "Points to be Considered while Implementing Drop-Shipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Use drop-shipping only for the products you can't or don't want to keep in " +"stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:22 +msgid "" +"One reason is that you'll always make smaller margins on items that are " +"drop-shipped, so you should keep it only for items that take up a lot of " +"space in your warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:30 +msgid "Drop-shipping is best for niche products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Chances are that products that are in high demand are being offered by large" +" suppliers at a fraction of the price you'll be able to charge, so using a " +"more costly shipping method won't be financially rewarding. But if your " +"product is unique, then it makes sense!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:33 +msgid "To protect your customers from bad experiences." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Test drop-shipping companies for yourself beforehand and list the best ones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:37 +msgid "Make sure time is not against you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Drop-shipping should take a reasonable amount of time and surely not more " +"than it would have taken you to handle it all by yourself. It's also nice to" +" be able to provide your customers with a tracking number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:44 +msgid "Items have to be available from your supplier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:40 +msgid "" +"It's good to know if the product you're selling is available upstream. If " +"you don't have that information, inform your customers that you don't hold " +"the item in stock and that it's subject to availability from a third party." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:47 +msgid "" +"For more information and insights about Drop-Shipping, you can read our " +"blog: `*What is drop-shipping and how to use it* <https://www.odoo.com/blog" +"/business-hacks-1/post/what-is-drop-shipping-and-how-to-use-it-250>`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:52 +msgid "Configure Drop-Shipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Activate the functionality in the *Purchase* application by going to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Then, go to the *Inventory* app, in :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings` to activate the *Multi-Step Routes* feature. It will allow you to " +"make the *Route* field appear on the sale order lines to specify you send a " +"product via drop-shipping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Now, in the *Sales* app, go to :menuselection:`Products --> Products`. " +"Select the product you would like to drop-ship and add a vendor pricelist " +"which contains the right supplier, via the purchase tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:76 +msgid "Send Products from the Suppliers Directly to the Customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Create a *Sales Order* and add the product on which you just set the vendor." +" Add the *Route* field thanks to the widget on the right of the sale order " +"line. Now, you are able to specify that your products’ route is *Drop-" +"Shipping*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Once the sale order is confirmed, Odoo automatically generates a *Request " +"for Quotation* for the supplier who will proceed to the drop-shipping. You " +"can find it in the *Purchase* app, with the sale order as *Source Document*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Once this *Purchase Order* is confirmed, a *Receipt Order* is created and " +"linked to it. The source location is the vendor location and the destination" +" location is the customer location. Then, the product won’t go through your " +"own stock when you validate the dropship document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:105 +msgid "" +"You can also easily access the dropship document directly from your " +"inventory dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:3 +msgid "How to choose the right inventory flow to handle delivery orders?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Depending on factors such as the type of items you sell, the size of your " +"warehouse, the number of orders you register everyday... the way you handle " +"deliveries to your customers can vary a lot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows you to handle shipping from your warehouse in 3 different ways:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:12 +msgid "**One step (shipping)**: Ship directly from stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:14 +msgid "" +"**Two steps (pick + ship)**: Bring goods to output location before shipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:17 +msgid "" +"**Three steps (pick + pack + ship)**: Make packages into a dedicated " +"location, then bring them to the output location for shipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:20 +msgid "" +"For companies having a rather small warehouse and that do not require high " +"stock of items or don't sell perishable items, a one step shipping is the " +"simplest solution, as it does not require a lot of configuration and allows " +"to handle orders very quickly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Using inventory methods such as FIFO, LIFO and FEFO require to have at least" +" two steps to handle a shipment. The picking method will be determined by " +"the removal strategy, and the items removed will then be shipped to the " +"customer. This method is also interesting if you hold larger stocks and " +"especially when the items you stock are big in size." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:31 +msgid "" +"The three steps system becomes useful in more specific situations, the main " +"one being for handling very large stocks. The items are transferred to a " +"packing area, where they will be assembled by area of destination, and then " +"set to outbound trucks for final delivery to the customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:53 +msgid "One step flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:42 +msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`one_step`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:58 +msgid "Two steps flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:60 +msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`two_steps`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:63 +msgid "Three steps flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:65 +msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`three_steps`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:3 +msgid "How can I change the label type?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:8 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can choose among different types of labels for your delivery " +"orders. Follow the steps below and give an appropriate label type to your " +"delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:15 +msgid "" +"In the **Inventory** module, Go to **Configuration** and click on **Delivery" +" methods**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:18 +msgid "Choose a delivery method and then click on **Edit**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:23 +msgid "" +"In the **Pricing** tab, under **Fedex label stock type**, you can choose one" +" of the label types available. The availability will vary depending on the " +"carrier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Once this is done, you can see the result if you go to the Sales module and " +"you create a new sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:33 +msgid "" +"As you confirm the sale and validate the delivery with the carrier for which" +" you have modified the label type, The label will appear in your history." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The default label type is paper letter, and if you choose the label type " +"bottom half for example, here is the difference :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:3 +msgid "Process Delivery Orders in one Step (Shipping)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:5 +msgid "" +"There is no configuration needed to deliver in one step. The default " +"outgoing shipments are configured to be directly delivered from the stock to" +" the customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:9 +msgid "" +"However, if advanced routes have been activated and you set another shipping" +" configuration on your warehouse, you can set it back to the one-step " +"delivery configuration. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " +"--> Warehouses` and edit the warehouse in question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Then, choose *Deliver goods directly* as your *Outgoing Shipments* strategy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:47 +msgid "Create a Sales Order" +msgstr "Opret en salgsordre" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:23 +msgid "" +"In the *Sales* application, create a quotation with some storable products " +"to deliver and confirm it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Notice that we now see 1 delivery associated with this *sales order* in the " +"stat button above the sales order. If you click on the 1 Delivery stat " +"button, you should now see your delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:34 +msgid "Process a Delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:36 +msgid "" +"You can also find the *delivery order* directly from the *Inventory* " +"application. In the dashboard, you can click the *1 TO PROCESS* button under" +" the Delivery Orders Kanban card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Enter the picking that you want to process. You will be able to click on " +"*Validate* to complete the move if you have products in stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Once you *Validate* the delivery order, the products leave your *WH/Stock " +"location* and are moved to the *Customer location*. You can easily see that " +"the delivery took place thanks to the status of the document which is now " +"*Done*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:3 +msgid "Process Delivery Orders in three Steps (Pick + Pack + Ship)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is " +"set up by default to utilize a one-step operation: once all goods are " +"available, they are able to be shipped in a single delivery order. However, " +"that process may not reflect reality and your company could require more " +"steps before shipping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:11 +msgid "" +"With the delivery in 3 steps (Pick + Pack + Ship), the items will be picked " +"to be transferred to a packing area. Then, they will be moved to an output " +"location before being effectively shipped to the customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:19 +msgid "Activate Multi-Step Routes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The first step is to allow using *multi-step routes*. Indeed, routes provide" +" a mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we will " +"chain the picking step to the shipping step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To allow *multi-step routes*, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and activate the option. Note that activating " +"*Multi-Step Routes* will also activate *Storage Locations*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:30 +msgid "Configure Warehouse for Delivery in 3 Steps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Once *Multi-Step Routes* has been activated, you can go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the " +"warehouse which will use delivery in 3 steps. You can then select the option" +" *Pack goods, send goods in output and then deliver (3 steps)* for *Outgoing" +" Shipments*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Activating this option will lead to the creation of two new locations, " +"*Output* and *Packing Zone*. If you want to rename it go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, *Select* the one" +" you want to rename and update its name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:47 +msgid "" +"In the *Sales* application, you can create a quotation with some storable " +"products to deliver. Once you confirm the quotation, three pickings will be " +"created and automatically linked to your sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:54 +msgid "If you click the button, you should now see three different pickings:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:56 +msgid "The first one with a reference PICK to designate the picking process," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:58 +msgid "The second one with the reference PACK that is the packing process," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:60 +msgid "The last one with a reference OUT to designate the shipping process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:66 +msgid "Process the Picking, Packing, and Delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The picking operation is the first one to be processed and has a *Ready* " +"status while the other ones are *Waiting Another Operation*. The Packing " +"operation will become *Ready* as soon as the picking one is marked as done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:71 +msgid "" +"You can enter the picking operation from here, or access it through the " +"inventory dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:77 +msgid "" +"In case you have the product in stock, it has automatically been reserved " +"and you can simply validate the picking document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Once the picking has been validated, the packing order is ready to be " +"processed. Thanks to the fact that the documents are chained, the products " +"which have been previously picked are automatically reserved on the packing " +"order which can be directly validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Once the packing has been validated, the delivery order is ready to be " +"processed. Here again, it is directly ready to be validated in order to " +"transfer the products to the customer location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:3 +msgid "Process Delivery Orders in two Steps (Pick + Ship)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is " +"set up by default to utilize a one-step operation: once all goods are " +"available, they are able to be shipped in a single delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:9 +msgid "" +"However, your company's business process may have one or more steps that " +"happen before shipping. In the two steps process, the products which are " +"part of the delivery order are picked in the warehouse and brought to an " +"output location before being effectively shipped." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:29 +msgid "Warehouse configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Once *Multi-Step Routes* has been activated, you can go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the " +"warehouse which will use delivery in 2 steps. You can then select the option" +" *Send goods in output and then deliver (2 steps)* for Outgoing Shipments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Activating this option will lead to the creation of a new *Output* location." +" If you want to rename it go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " +"--> Locations`, Select Output and update its name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:49 +msgid "" +"In the *Sales* application, you can create a quotation with some storable " +"products to deliver. Once you confirm the quotation, two pickings will be " +"created and automatically linked to your sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:56 +msgid "" +"If you click on the *2 Delivery* button, you should now see two different " +"pickings, one with a reference *PICK* to designate the picking process and " +"another one with a reference *OUT* to designate the shipping process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:65 +msgid "Process the Picking and the Delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:67 +msgid "" +"The picking operation is the first one to be processed and has a *Ready* " +"status while the delivery operation will only become *Ready* once the " +"picking operation has been marked as done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Once the picking has been validated, the delivery order is ready to be " +"processed. Thanks to the fact that the documents are chained, the products " +"which have been previously picked are automatically reserved on the delivery" +" order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming.rst:3 +msgid "Incoming Shipments" +msgstr "Indkommende leverancer" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:3 +msgid "How to choose the right flow to handle receipts?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Depending on factors such as the type of items you receive, the size of your" +" warehouse, the number of receipt you register everyday... the way you " +"handle receipts to your customers can vary a lot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows you to handle receipts from your warehouse in 3 different ways:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:15 +msgid "**One step**: Receive goods directly in stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:17 +msgid "**Two steps**: Unload in input location then go to stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:19 +msgid "" +"**Three steps**: Unload in input location, go through a quality control " +"before being admitted in stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses **routes** to define exactly how you will handle the different " +"receipt steps. The configuration is done at the level of the warehouse. In " +"standard, the reception is a one step process, but changing the " +"configuration can allow to have 2 or even 3 steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:27 +msgid "The principles are the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:29 +msgid "**One step**: You receive the goods directly in your stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:31 +msgid "" +"**Two steps**: You receive the goods in an input area then transfer them " +"from input area to your stock. As long as the goods are not transferred in " +"your stock, they will not be available for further processing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:36 +msgid "" +"**Three steps**: In many companies, it is necessary to assess the received " +"good. The goal is to check that the products correspond to the quality " +"requirements agreed with the suppliers. Adding a quality control step in the" +" goods receipt process can become essential." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:42 +msgid "" +"You receive the goods in an input area, then transfer them into quality area" +" for quality control. When your quality check process finishes then you can " +"move the goods from QC to stock. Of course, you may change the quantity and " +"only transfer to Stock the quantity that is valid and decide that you will " +"return the quantity that is not good." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:55 +msgid "This is the default configuration in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:68 +msgid ":doc:`../delivery/inventory_flow`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:69 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:3 +msgid "Process a Receipt in one step (Receipt)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:5 +msgid "" +"There is no configuration needed to receive in one step. The default " +"incoming shipments are configured to be directly received from the vendors " +"to the stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:9 +msgid "" +"However, if advanced routes have been activated and you set another incoming" +" configuration on your warehouse, you can set it back to the one-step " +"receipt configuration. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Warehouses` and edit the warehouse in question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Set the *Incoming Shipments* option to *Receive goods directly (1 step)*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:50 +msgid "Create a Purchase Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To create a *Request for Quotation*, go to the *Purchase* application and " +"click on *Create*. Then, add some storable products to receive and confirm " +"the *RfQ*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Notice that, now, we see 1 receipt associated with the purchase order you " +"just created. If you click on the button, you will see your receipt order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:35 +msgid "Process a Receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:37 +msgid "" +"You can also fin the receipt directly from the *Inventory* app. When on the " +"dashboard, you can click the *1 TO PROCESS* button under the *Receipts* " +"Kanban card. Then, you will see your receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Now, enter the picking that you want to process. You will be able to click " +"on *Validate* to complete the move directly as products coming from " +"suppliers are considered as being always available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Once you *Validate* the receipt, the products leave the *Supplier Location* " +"to enter your *WH/Stock Location*. You can easily see that the receipt took " +"place thanks to the status of the document, which is now *Done*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:3 +msgid "Process a Receipt in three steps (Input + Quality + Stock)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Quality is essential for most companies. To make sure we maintain quality " +"throughout the supply chain, it only makes sense that we assess the quality " +"of the products received from suppliers. To do so, we will add a quality " +"control step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses routes to define how to handle the different receipt steps. " +"Configuration of those routes is done at the warehouse level. By default, " +"the reception is a one-step process, but it can also be configured to have " +"two-steps or three-steps processes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:13 +msgid "" +"The three-steps flow works as follows: you receive the goods in your " +"receiving area, then transfer them into a quality area for quality control " +"(QC). When the quality check is completed, the goods that match the QC " +"requirements are moved to stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The first step is to allow the use of *Multi-Step Routes*. Routes provide a " +"mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we will chain " +"the picking step to the shipping step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To enable *Multi-Step Routes*, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and activate the option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:31 +msgid "" +"By default, activating *Multi-Step Routes* also activates *Storage " +"Locations*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:35 +msgid "Configure warehouse for receipt in 3-steps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Once *Multi-Step Routes* has been activated, go to :menuselection:`Inventory" +" --> Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the warehouse which should work " +"with the 3-steps reception. Then, select *Receive goods in input, then " +"quality and then stock (3 steps)* for *Incoming Shipments*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Activating this option leads to the creation of two new locations: *Input* " +"and *Quality Control*. To rename them, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Locations` and select the one you want to rename." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:52 +msgid "" +"To start the 3-steps reception process, create a *Request for Quotation* " +"from the *Purchase* app, add some storable products to it and confirm. Then," +" three pickings are created with your *Purchase Order* as the source " +"document:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:56 +msgid "The first one with a reference *IN* to designate the receipt process;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:59 +msgid "" +"The second one with a reference *INT*, which is the move to the quality " +"control zone;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:62 +msgid "The last one with a reference *INT* to designate the move to stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:69 +msgid "Process the receipt, quality control and entry in stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:71 +msgid "" +"As the receipt operation is the first one to be processed, it has a *Ready* " +"status while the others are *Waiting Another Operation*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To access the receipt operation, click on the button from the *Purchase " +"Order* or go back to the *Inventory* app dashboard and click on *Receipts*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:81 +msgid "" +"In the receipt order, products are always considered available because they " +"come from the supplier. Then, the receipt can be validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Once the receipt has been validated, the transfer to quality becomes " +"*Ready*. And, because the documents are chained to each other, products " +"previously received are automatically reserved on the transfer. Then, the " +"transfer can be directly validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Now, the transfer that enters the products to stock is *Ready*. Here, it is " +"again ready to be validated in order to transfer the products to your stock " +"location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:3 +msgid "Process a Receipt in two steps (Input + Stock)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses routes to define exactly how you will handle the different receipt" +" steps. The configuration is done at the *Warehouse* level. By default, the " +"reception is a one-step process, but changing the configuration can allow " +"you to have 2 steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:13 +msgid "" +"The 2 steps flow is like this: you receive the goods in an input area, then " +"transfer them to your stock. As long as the goods are not transferred in " +"your stock, they will not be available for further processing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:21 +msgid "" +"The first step is to allow using *multi-step routes*. Indeed, routes provide" +" a mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we will " +"chain the unload step in the input area to the step entering the products in" +" stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To allow *multi-step routes*, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings` and activate the feature. By default, activating *multi-step " +"routes* will also activate *Storage Locations*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:34 +msgid "Configure warehouse for receipt in 2 steps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Once *multi-step routes* is activated, you can go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the warehouse which " +"will use receipt in 2 steps. Then, you can select the option *Receive goods " +"in input and then stock (2 steps)* for *Incoming Shipments*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Activating this option will lead to the creation of a new *Input* location. " +"If you want to rename it, you can go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Locations --> Select Input` and update its name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:52 +msgid "Create a purchase order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:54 +msgid "" +"In the *Purchase* application, you can create a *Request for Quotation* with" +" some storable products to receive from a supplier. Once the *RfQ* is " +"confirmed, the receipt picking will be created and automatically linked to " +"your purchase order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Now, by clicking on the *1 Receipt* button, you will see the first picking " +"which will allow entering the product in the *input location*. Then, another" +" picking, an internal transfer, has been created in order to move the " +"products to *Stock*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:68 +msgid "Process the receipt and the internal transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:70 +msgid "" +"The receipt is the first one to be processed and has a *Ready* status while " +"the internal transfer will only become *Ready* once the receipt has been " +"marked as *Done*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:74 +msgid "" +"You can enter the receipt operation from the purchase order, or access it " +"through the inventory dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:80 +msgid "" +"By default, a receipt is always considered as ready to be processed. Then, " +"you will be able to directly click on *Validate* to mark it as done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Once the receipt has been validated, the internal transfer is ready to be " +"processed. As documents are chained, the products which have been received " +"are automatically reserved on the internal transfer. Once the transfer is " +"validated, those products enter the stock and you will be able to use them " +"to fulfill customer deliveries or manufacture products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers.rst:3 +msgid "Lots and Serial Numbers" +msgstr "Lot og Serienumre" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:3 +msgid "What's the difference between lots and serial numbers?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:6 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "Introduktion" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, lots and serial numbers have similarities in their functional " +"system but are different in their behavior. They are both managed within the" +" **Inventory**, **Purchases** and **Sales** app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:12 +msgid "" +"**Lots** correspond to a certain number of products you received and store " +"altogether in one single pack." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:15 +msgid "" +"**Serial numbers** are identification numbers given to one product in " +"particular, to allow to track the history of the item from reception to " +"delivery and after-sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:20 +msgid "When to use" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:22 +msgid "" +"**Lots** are interesting for products you receive in great quantity and for " +"which a lot number can help in reportings, quality controls, or any other " +"info. Lots will help identify a number of pieces having for instance a " +"production fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or " +"food." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:28 +msgid "" +"**Serial numbers** are interesting for items that could require after-sales " +"service, such as smartphones, laptops, fridges, and any electronic devices. " +"You could use the manufacturer's serial number or your own, depending on the" +" way you manage these products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:34 +msgid "When not to use" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Storing consumable products such as kitchen roll, toilet paper, pens and " +"paper blocks in lots would make no sense at all, as there are very few " +"chances that you can return them for production fault." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:40 +msgid "" +"On the other hand, giving a serial number to every product is a time-" +"consuming task that will have a purpose only in the case of items that have " +"a warranty and/or after-sales services. Putting a serial number on bread, " +"for instance, makes no sense at all." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:46 +msgid ":doc:`serial_numbers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:47 +msgid ":doc:`lots`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:3 +msgid "Manage expiration dates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In many companies, products have expiration dates and they should be tracked" +" based on those dates. In the food industry, for example, tracking stocks " +"based on expiration dates is mandatory to avoid selling expired products to " +"customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:10 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can track your products based on their expiration dates, even" +" if they are already tracked by lots or serial numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:15 +msgid "Configurations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:18 +msgid "Application configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To use expiration dates tracking, open the *Inventory* application and go to" +" :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Lots & Serial" +" Numbers* and *Expiration Dates* features." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:90 +msgid "Product configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Now, you have the possibility to define different dates in the *inventory " +"tab* of the product form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Product Use Time: it’s the number of days before the goods start " +"deteriorating, without being dangerous yet. It will be computed using the " +"lot/serial number;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Product Life Time: refers to the number of days before the goods may become " +"dangerous and must not be consumed. It will be computed on the lot/serial " +"number;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Product Removal Time: shows the number of days before the goods should be " +"removed from the stock. It will be computed on the lot/serial number;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Product Alert Time: refers to the number of days before an alert should be " +"raised on the lot/serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:44 +msgid "Expiration Date on Lots/Serial Numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:46 +msgid "" +"When receiving a product in stock, the dates will automatically be updated " +"on the corresponding lot/serial number. This update will be based on the " +"reception date of the product and the times set on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:58 +msgid "Expiration Alerts" +msgstr "Udløbs advarsler" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:60 +msgid "" +"You can access all your expiration alerts from the *inventory* app. To do " +"so, go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. There, you " +"can use the pre-existing filter that shows all the lots/serial numbers that " +"exceeded their alert date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:3 +msgid "Manage lots of identical products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Lots are useful for products you receive in great quantity and for which a " +"lot number can help in reporting, quality controls, or any other info. Lots " +"will help identify a number of pieces having, for instance, a production " +"fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or food." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Odoo has the capacity to manage lots, ensuring compliance with the " +"traceability requirements imposed by the majority of industries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The double-entry management in Odoo enables you to run very advanced " +"traceability." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:18 +msgid "Setting Up" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:21 +msgid "Application Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:23 +msgid "" +"First, you need to activate the tracking of lot numbers. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and tick *Lots & " +"Serial Numbers*. Then, click on save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:31 +msgid "Product Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Now, you have to configure which products you want to track by serial " +"numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products` and open the product of your" +" choice. There, click on *Edit* and select *Tracking by Lots* in the " +"inventory tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:47 +msgid "Manage Lots" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:52 +msgid "" +"In order to receive a product tracked by lots, you have to specify its lot " +"numbers. You have several ways of doing so:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:65 +msgid "Manually assign the different lot numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:57 +msgid "Copy/paste lot numbers from an Excel file" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:59 +msgid "First, you need to open the detailed operations of your picking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:67 +msgid "" +"When opening the detailed operations, you can click on *Add a line*. Then, " +"you will be able to fill the lot number in. Once done, you can click on *Add" +" a line* again to register a new lot number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:75 +msgid "Copy/paste lot number from an Excel file" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Once the spreadsheet containing the lot numbers you received from your " +"supplier and copy the list. Then, you can paste them in the *Lot/Serial " +"Number Name* column for Odoo to automatically create the necessary lines. " +"After that, you will have to manually enter the number of products that are " +"contained in each one of the lots." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:93 +msgid "Operation Types" +msgstr "Aktivitetstyper" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Of course, you also have the possibility to define how you will manage lots " +"for each operation type. To do so, open the *Inventory* app and go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Operation Types`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:99 +msgid "" +"For each type (receipts, internal transfers, deliveries, …), you can decide " +"if you allow to create new lot numbers or only use existing ones. By " +"default, the creation of new lots is only allowed at product reception, and " +"using existing lot numbers isn’t allowed in this operation. If you have " +"inter-warehouse transfers and track products by lots, it can be useful to " +"allow using existing lot numbers in receipts too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:111 +msgid "Lots traceability" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:113 +msgid "" +"The lot number given to the products allows you to keep track of where they " +"were received, put in stock, to whom they were sold and where they were " +"shipped to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:117 +msgid "" +"To track an item, open the *Inventory* module and, in :menuselection:`Master" +" Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers`, click on the lot number corresponding to " +"your search." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:124 +msgid "" +"When you open the *Traceability* information, you see in which documents the" +" lot number has been used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Now, if you want to locate the lot number, you can do so by clicking on the " +"*Location* stat button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:3 +msgid "Work with serial numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To track products with serial numbers, you can use the serial number " +"tracking. With them, you can track the current location of the product and, " +"when the products are moved from one location to another, the system will " +"automatically identify the current location of the product, based on its " +"last movement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:11 +msgid "" +"If you want to do it or run very advanced traceability, the Odoo double-" +"entry management is the feature you need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:20 +msgid "" +"First, you need to activate the serial numbers tracking. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the *Inventory* application. " +"Then, enable the feature and hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Now, you have to configure the products you want to track by serial numbers." +" To do so, go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products` and open the " +"product of your choice. Edit it and select *Tracking By Unique Serial " +"Number* in the *Inventory tab*. Then, click on save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:42 +msgid "Manage Serial Numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:47 +msgid "" +"To receive a product that is tracked by serial number, you have to specify " +"its serial number. Of course, you have several ways of doing so:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:50 +msgid "Manual assignation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:73 +msgid "Multi-assignation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:89 +msgid "Copy/pasting from an Excel file" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Whatever could be your favorite way to assign serial numbers, you firstly " +"need to open the detailed operations of your picking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:63 +msgid "Manual assignation of the different serial numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:65 +msgid "" +"When opening the detailed operations, you can click on *Add a line*. Then, " +"you will be able to fill in the serial number field. Once done, you can " +"click again on *Add a line* to register a new serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:75 +msgid "" +"By using the multi-assignation of serial numbers, Odoo will automatically " +"create the necessary lines. To do so, you have to enter the first serial " +"number of your set and the number of products you have to assign a serial " +"number to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:80 +msgid "Once done, click on *Assign Serial Numbers* and Odoo will do the rest." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:91 +msgid "" +"To use copy/pasting, open the spreadsheet containing the serial numbers you " +"received and copy the list. Then, past them in the *Lot/Serial Number Name* " +"column of the wizard. Doing so, Odoo will automatically create the lines you" +" need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:106 +msgid "Operation types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:108 +msgid "" +"You also have the possibility to define how you will manage lots for each " +"operation type. To define it, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Operation Types` in the *Inventory* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:112 +msgid "" +"For each type, you can decide if you allow the creation of new lot numbers " +"or want to use existing ones. By default, the creation of new lots is only " +"allowed at product reception." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:120 +msgid "" +"If you have inter-warehouse transfers and track products by lots, it can be " +"useful to allow using existing lot numbers in receipts too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:124 +msgid "Serial Number traceability" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Using serial numbers allows you to keep track of where the products were " +"received, put in stock, to whom they were sold, and where they were shipped " +"to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Tracking an item is easy: open the *Inventory* app, and go to " +":menuselection:`Master Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers` and click on the serial" +" number corresponding to your search. Then, open the *Traceability* " +"information. There, you will see in which documents the serial number has " +"been used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:140 +msgid "" +"And, if you want to locate a serial number, you can do so by clicking on the" +" *Location* button available on the serial number form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc.rst:3 +msgid "Miscellaneous Operations" +msgstr "Diverse handlinger" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:3 +msgid "Process Batch Transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Batch picking allows a single picker to handle a batch of orders, reducing " +"the number of times he must visit the same location. In Odoo, it means you " +"can regroup several transfers into the same batch transfer, then process it," +" either via the barcode application or in the form view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:11 +msgid "Create a Batch Transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To activate the batch picking option, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Configuration` and enable *Batch Pickings*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Then, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Batch Transfers` " +"and hit the create button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Now, determine the batch transfer responsible and the type of transfers you " +"want to include in the batch. To add the types of transfers, click on *Add a" +" line*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:34 +msgid "" +"In the example below, a filter was applied to only see the transfers that " +"are in the *Pick* step. After that, the different transfers that needed to " +"be included in the batch transfer were selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To see the products to pick for the different transfers, click on *Select*. " +"If *Multi-locations* has been activated, the document also shows the " +"locations they have been reserved from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:51 +msgid "Create a Batch Transfer from the Transfers List View" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:53 +msgid "" +"From the *Transfers List View*, select transfers that should be included in " +"the Batch. Then, select *Add to batch* from the *Action* list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Next, determine if you want to add the transfers to an existing draft batch " +"transfer or create a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:69 +msgid "Process a Batch Transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:71 +msgid "" +"While gathering the products, you can edit the batch transfer and update the" +" *Quantity done* for each product. Once everything has been picked, select " +"*Validate* so the different transfers contained in the batch are validated " +"too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:80 +msgid "" +"In case all the products cannot be picked, you can create backorders for " +"each individual transfer which couldn’t be completely processed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:93 +msgid "Process a Batch Transfer from the Barcode app" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:95 +msgid "Enter the *Barcode* application, select the *Batch Transfers* menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Then, you can enter the batch transfer on which you want to work. Batch " +"transfers can easily be grouped per responsible if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:108 +msgid "" +"In the batch transfer, products are classified per location. The source " +"document is visible on each line and a color-code helps differentiate them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:116 +msgid "" +"To see the products to pick from another location, click on the *Next* " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Once all the products have been picked, click on *Validate* (on the last " +"page) to mark the batch transfer as done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Stock that you don't own" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Sometimes, suppliers can offer you to store and sell products without having" +" to buy those items. This technique is called *consignee stock*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Consignee stock is a great way for manufacturers and suppliers to launch new" +" products. As resellers may be reluctant to buy a product they are not sure " +"to be able to sell, consignee stock will allow them to offer an item to " +"check its market without having to pay for it in the first place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Of course, Odoo has the ability to manage those consignee stocks through " +"advanced settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To use this feature, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` in the inventory app. Then, enable the *Consignment* feature in " +"the *Traceability* section. Now, hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:28 +msgid "Reception of Consignee Stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:30 +msgid "" +"When in the *Inventory* app, open the receipts and create a new reception. " +"On the right side, you will see that a new line called *Assign Owner* has " +"appeared. There, you can specify the partner which owns the stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:39 +msgid "If you are the owner, you can leave the field blank." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Once the receipt is validated, the products enter your stock but still " +"belong to the owner. They don’t impact your inventory valuation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning.rst:3 +msgid "Planning" +msgstr "Planlægning" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:3 +msgid "How is the Scheduled Delivery Date Computed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Providing the best possible service to customers is vital for business. It " +"implies planning every move: manufacturing orders, deliveries, receptions, " +"and so on. To do so, you need to configure lead time properly and coordinate" +" scheduled dates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:9 +msgid "" +"By using lead times, Odoo provides end dates, the **Commitment Date**, for " +"each process. On a sales order, for example, this is the date your customer " +"will get the products he ordered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:13 +msgid "" +"From the customers’ side, the commitment date is important because it gives " +"them an estimation of when they will receive their products. The dates take " +"all other lead times, such as manufacturing, delivery, or suppliers, into " +"account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:19 +msgid "How are Lead Times Calculated?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:27 +msgid "" +"As said above, there are several types of lead times. Each is calculated " +"based on various indicators. Before going through the configuration, here is" +" a brief summary of how lead times are calculated and what they are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:32 +msgid "" +"**Customer Lead Time**: the customer lead time is the default duration you " +"set. Therefore, the expected date on the sales orders is today + customer " +"lead time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:36 +msgid "" +"**Sales Security Lead Time**: the purpose is to be ready shipping that many " +"days before the actual commitment taken with the customer. Then, the default" +" scheduled date on the delivery order is **SO delivery date - Security Lead " +"Time**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:41 +msgid "" +"**Purchase Security Lead Time**: additional time to mitigate the risk of a " +"vendor delay. The receipt will be scheduled that many days earlier to cope " +"with unexpected vendor delays. In case of a *Replenish to Order*, the " +"**Delivery order scheduled date - Security lead time** for purchase will be " +"the default *Receipt* scheduled date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:48 +msgid "" +"**Purchase Delivery Lead Time**: this is the expected time between a PO " +"being confirmed and the receipt of the ordered products. The **Receipt " +"scheduled date - Vendor delivery date** is the default *PO Order By* date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:53 +msgid "" +"**Days to Purchase**: number of days the purchasing department takes to " +"validate a PO. If another RFQ to the same vendor is already opened, Odoo " +"adds the line to the RFQ instead of creating a new one. Then, the specific " +"date is set on the line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:58 +msgid "" +"**Manufacturing Lead Time**: this is the expected time it takes to " +"manufacture a product. This lead time is independent of the quantity to " +"produce and does not take the routing time into account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:63 +msgid "" +"**Manufacturing Security Lead Time**: additional time to mitigate the risk " +"of a manufacturing delay. In case of a *Replenish to Order*, the **Delivery " +"Order scheduled date - Manufacturing Lead Time - Manufacturing Security Lead" +" Time** is the default *Manufacturing Order* planned date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:70 +msgid "Sales - Lead Times" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:72 +msgid "" +"In the *Sales* app, there is an option called *Delivery Date*. It allows " +"seeing an additional field on the sales orders, *Expected Date*. This one is" +" automatically computed based on the different lead times previously " +"configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:81 +msgid "" +"If the set up *Delivery Date* is earlier than the the *Expected Date*, a " +"warning message is displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:89 +msgid "" +"But, for all of this properly working, it is still necessary to configure " +"all the lead times that could occur." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:93 +msgid "Customer Lead Time" +msgstr "Kunde leveringstid" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:95 +msgid "" +"The *Customer Lead Time* is the time needed for your product to go from your" +" warehouse to the customer place. It can be configured on any product by " +"going to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`. There, open your " +"product form, go in the inventory tab, and add your *Customer Lead Time*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:105 +msgid "" +"For example, product B is ordered on the 2nd of April but the *Customer Lead" +" Time* is two days. In that case, the expected delivery date is the 4th of " +"April." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:219 +msgid "Security Lead Time" +msgstr "Sikkerhed ledetid" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:112 +msgid "" +"In sales, *Security Lead Time* corresponds to backup days to ensure you are " +"able to deliver the products in time. The purpose is to be ready shipping " +"earlier in order to arrive on time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:116 +msgid "" +"The number of security days is subtracted from the calculation to compute a " +"scheduled date earlier than the one promised to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:119 +msgid "" +"To set this up, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` and enable the feature *Security Lead Time for Sales*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:126 +msgid "" +"For example, product B is scheduled to be delivered on the 6th of April but " +"the *Security Lead Time* is one day. In that case, the scheduled date for " +"the delivery order is the 5th of April." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:131 +msgid "Deliver several products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:133 +msgid "" +"In many cases, customers order several products at the same time. Those can " +"have different lead times but still need to be delivered, at once or " +"separately. Fortunately, Odoo can help you handle these cases easily." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:137 +msgid "" +"From the *Other Info* tab of your *Sale Order*, you can choose between *When" +" all products are ready* and *As soon as possible*. The first one is to " +"deliver products at once, while the second is to deliver them separately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:142 +msgid "" +"For example, products A and B are ordered at the same time. A has 8 lead " +"days and B has 5. With the first option, the *Expected Date* is calculated " +"based on the product with the most lead days, here A. If the order is " +"confirmed on the 2nd of April, then the *Expected Date* is on the 10th of " +"April." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:148 +msgid "" +"With the second option, the *Expected Date* is calculated based on the " +"product with the least customer lead days. In this example, B is the product" +" with the least lead days. So, the *Expected Date* is on the 7th of April." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:154 +msgid "Purchase - Lead Times" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:157 +msgid "Supplier Lead Time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:159 +msgid "" +"The *Supplier Lead Time* is the time needed for a product you purchased to " +"be delivered. To configure it, open a product from :menuselection:`Purchase " +"--> Products --> Products` and add a vendor under the *Purchase* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:168 +msgid "" +"By clicking on *Add a line*, a new window is displayed. You can specify the " +"*Delivery Lead Time* there. If done so, the delivery day for every purchase " +"of that product is now equal to *Date of the Purchase Order + Delivery Lead " +"Time*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:178 +msgid "" +"It is possible to add different vendors and, thus, different lead times " +"depending on the vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:184 +msgid "" +"The *Security Lead Time* for purchase follows the same logic as the one for " +"*Sales*, except that you are the customer. Then, it is the margin of error " +"for your supplier to deliver your order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:188 +msgid "" +"To set up *Security Lead Time* for purchase, go to :menuselection:`Inventory" +" --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:196 +msgid "" +"Doing so, every time the system generates purchase orders, those are " +"scheduled that many days earlier to cope with unexpected vendor delays." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:200 +msgid "Manufacturing - Lead Times" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:203 +msgid "Manufacturing Lead Time" +msgstr "Produktions gennemløbstid" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:205 +msgid "" +"The *Manufacturing Lead Time* is the time needed to manufacture the product." +" To specify it, open the *Inventory* tab of your product form and add the " +"number of days the manufacturing takes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:213 +msgid "" +"When working with *Manufacturing Lead Times*, the *Deadline Start* of the " +"*MO* is **Commitment Date - Manufacturing Lead Time**. For example, the MO’s" +" deadline start date for an order having a commitment date on the 10th of " +"July is June 27th." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:221 +msgid "" +"The *Security Lead Time* for manufacturing allows generating manufacturing " +"orders earlier to cope with the risk of manufacturing delays." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:225 +msgid "" +"To enable it, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` and tick *Security Lead Time*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:232 +msgid "" +"For example, a customer orders B with a delivery date scheduled on the 20th " +"of June. The *Manufacturing Lead Time* is 14 days and the *Security Lead " +"Time* is 3 days, so the manufacturing of B needs to start at the latest on " +"the 3rd of June, which is the MO’s planned date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:238 +msgid "Global Example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:240 +msgid "Here is a configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:242 +msgid "1 day of security lead time for Sales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:243 +msgid "2 days of security lead time for Manufacturing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:244 +msgid "3 days of manufacturing lead time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:245 +msgid "1 day of security lead time for Purchase" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:246 +msgid "4 days of supplier lead time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:248 +msgid "" +"Let’s say that a customer orders B on the 1st of September and the delivery " +"date is planned to be within 20 days (September 20th). In such a scenario, " +"here is when all the various steps are triggered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:252 +msgid "**September 1st**: the sales order is created" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:253 +msgid "" +"**September 10th**: the deadline to order components from the supplier " +"because of the manufacturing process (4 days of supplier lead time)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:256 +msgid "" +"**September 13th**: the reception of the product from the supplier (1 day of" +" security lead time for Purchase)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:258 +msgid "" +"**September 14th**: the deadline start date for the manufacturing (19th - 3 " +"days of manufacturing lead time - 2 days of security lead time for " +"Manufacturing)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:261 +msgid "" +"**September 19th**: the expected date on the delivery order form (1 day of " +"security lead time for sales)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products.rst:3 +msgid "Products" +msgstr "Varer" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:3 +msgid "How to select the right replenishment strategy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Minimum Stock rules and Make to Order have similar consequences but " +"different rules. They should be used depending on your manufacturing and " +"delivery strategies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:10 +msgid "Terminology" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:13 +msgid "Minimum stock rule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Minimum Stock rules are used to ensure that you always have the minimum " +"amount of a product in stock in order to manufacture your products and/or " +"answer to your customer needs. When the stock level of a product reaches its" +" minimum the system will automatically generate a procurement order with the" +" quantity needed to reach the maximum stock level." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:58 +msgid "Make to Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The Make to Order function will trigger a Purchase Order of the amount of " +"the Sales Order related to the product. The system will **not** check the " +"current stock. This means that a draft purchase order will be generated " +"regardless of the quantity on hand of the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:33 +msgid "Minimum stock rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The Minimum Stock Rules configuration is available through your Inventory " +"module. In the Inventory Control menu select \"Reordering Rule\" in the drop" +" down menu. There, click on \"Create\" to set minimum and maximum stock " +"values for a given product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Show tooltips for \"minimum quantity\", \"maximum quantity\" and \"quantity " +"multiple\" fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Then, click on your product to access the related product form and, on the " +"\"Inventory submenu\", do not forget to select a supplier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to select the right product type. A consumable can not be " +"stocked and will thus not be accounted for in the stock valuation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:60 +msgid "" +"The Make to Order configuration is available on your product form through " +"your :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory control --> Products` (or any " +"other module where products are available)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:64 +msgid "On the product form, under Inventory, click on \"Make To Order\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:70 +msgid "Choice between the two options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:72 +msgid "" +"The choice between the two options is thus dependent of your inventory " +"strategy. If you prefer to have a buffer and always have at least a minimum " +"amount, the minimum stock rule should be used. If you want to reorder your " +"stocks only if your sale is confirmed it is better to use the Make to Order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:3 +msgid "Use Different Units of Measure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In some cases, handling products in different units of measure is necessary." +" For example, if you buy products in a country where the metric system is of" +" application and sell in a country where the imperial system is used, you " +"will need to convert the units. Another common use case is buying products " +"in bigger packs to your supplier and selling them in units to your " +"customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:12 +msgid "" +"You can set up Odoo to work with different units of measure for one product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:18 +msgid "" +"In the *Inventory* application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`. In the *Products* section, activate *Units of Measure*, then " +"*Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:25 +msgid "Create New Units of Measure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:27 +msgid "" +"In the *Inventory* application go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> UoM`." +" There, hit *Create*. As an example, we will create a Box of 6 units that we" +" will use for the Egg product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:34 +msgid "" +"The category is important for unit conversion, you will be able to convert " +"products from one unit to another only if those units belong to the same " +"category. The box of 6 is 6 times bigger than the reference unit of measure " +"for the category which is “Units” here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:43 +msgid "Specify Units of Measure on your Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:45 +msgid "" +"In the :menuselection:`Inventory application --> Master Data --> Products`, " +"open the product which you would like to change the purchase/sale unit of " +"measure, and click on *Edit*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:49 +msgid "" +"In the *General Information* tab, you can select the *Unit of Measure* in " +"which the product will be sold, which is also the unit in which internal " +"transfers will take place. You can also select the *Purchase Unit of " +"Measure*, which is the unit in which you purchase the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:59 +msgid "Transfer from One Unit to Another" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:62 +msgid "Buy in the Purchase UoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:64 +msgid "" +"In the *Purchase* application, *Create* a new request for quotation in which" +" you include the product with the different *Units of Measure* and *Confirm*" +" it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:71 +msgid "" +"On the automatically generated purchase orders, the UoM used is the Box of " +"6, meaning the Purchase UoM. You have of course the possibility to manually " +"modify the UoM if necessary. When you enter the *Receipt* which is linked to" +" the purchase order, you can observe that the 10 boxes of 6 units have been " +"converted in 60 units. Indeed, the stock is managed in units." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:82 +msgid "Replenishment" +msgstr "Genopfyldning" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:84 +msgid "" +"When doing a replenishment via the *Replenish* button on the product form, " +"you have the possibility to use a different unit of measure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:94 +msgid "Sell in bigger UoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:96 +msgid "" +"You can choose the unit of measure on the sale order document and decide to " +"sell the eggs by the dozen. When doing so, the price is automatically " +"computed from Units UoM to adapt to the selected *UoM*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:103 +msgid "" +"In the delivery order, the *UoM* used in the sale order is converted to the " +"*UoM* used for stock management, in our use case, the Units." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:3 +msgid "When Should you Use Packages, Units of Measure or Special Packaging?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:6 +msgid "Units of Measure" +msgstr "Enheder" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Units of measure specify the unit used to handle a product. In Odoo, you " +"have the possibility to specify the unit of measure in which you manage your" +" stock and the one which is used when purchasing the product to your " +"supplier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The *conversion* between the different units of measure is done " +"automatically. The only condition is that all the units have to be in the " +"*same category* (Unit, Weight, Volume, Length,...)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:20 +msgid "" +"For example, if I have the following reordering rule for the egg and I run " +"the scheduler, the quantity added in the automatically generated purchase " +"order will be in dozens but what will enter the stock will be units." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:35 +msgid "Packages" +msgstr "Pakker" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:37 +msgid "" +"The package is the physical container in which you put one or several " +"products from a picking. For example, when you deliver a product, you can " +"decide to separate the quantity into two different packages. It then allows " +"you to have a report with the quantity of products for each package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To separate a delivery into different packages you will have to set the done" +" quantity to the desired package quantity then click on \"PUT IN PACK\", do " +"this for each package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:54 +msgid "Packaging" +msgstr "Emballering" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:56 +msgid "" +"The packaging is the physical container that protects your product. If you " +"are selling computers, the packaging contains the computer with the notice " +"and the power plug." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:60 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, packagings are used for indicative purposes on sale orders. They " +"can be specified on the product form, in the inventory tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Another useful use of the packaging is for product reception. By scanning " +"the barcode of the packaging, Odoo adds the number of units contained in the" +" packing on the picking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies.rst:3 +msgid "Inventory Adjustment" +msgstr "Lagerjustering" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:3 +msgid "Resupply from another Warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In order to be able to resupply from another warehouse, you need to activate" +" \\*multi-step routes\\*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:15 +msgid "" +"You can then access your warehouses via :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Warehouses`. Enter the warehouse which should be " +"resupplied by another one. You will have the possibility to directly " +"indicate through which warehouse it gets resupplied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:24 +msgid "" +"By activating this option, a new route will now be available on your " +"products \\*Supply Product from Second warehouse\\*. It can now be selected," +" along with either a \\*reordering rule\\* or a \\*make to order\\*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:32 +msgid "" +"For the demonstration, I set a reordering rule with a minimum of 5 units in " +"stock and a maximum of 10 units in stock, having currently 0 units on hand. " +"I will run the scheduler by going to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Operations --> Run scheduler`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:40 +msgid "" +"The system automatically creates two pickings, one \\*delivery order\\* from" +" my Second Warehouse which contains the necessary products, and a receipt in" +" my main warehouse WH/Stock for the same products. The source document is " +"the \\*reordering rule\\* which triggered the route \\*Supply Product from " +"Second warehouse\\*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting.rst:3 +msgid "Valuation Methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:3 +msgid "Integrating additional costs to products (landed costs)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The landed cost feature in Odoo allows to include additional costs " +"(shipment, insurance, customs duties, etc.) into the cost of the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Landed costs can only be applied to products with a FIFO or AVCO costing " +"method and an automated inventory valuation (which requires the accounting " +"application to be installed)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:17 +msgid "" +"First, you need to go in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` and activate the landed costs feature. You can also determine the " +"default journal in which the landed cost accounting entries will be " +"recorded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:25 +msgid "Add costs to products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:28 +msgid "Receive the vendor bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Let’s imagine I receive a bill from custom duties for a shipment. I’ll tick " +"the box *Landed Costs* on the vendor bill line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:37 +msgid "The landed cost product must be of type service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If this product is always a landed cost, you can also define it on the " +"product and avoid having to tick the box on each vendor bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:45 +msgid "" +"At the top of my vendor bill, I’ll see a button *create landed costs*. I " +"click on this button and a landed cost is automatically created. I can now " +"decide on which picking those additional costs should apply." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:52 +msgid "" +"I can now click on *Compute* and go in the tab *Valuation Adjustments* to " +"see the impact on my products costs. The last step is to validate the landed" +" cost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:56 +msgid "" +"I can access the journal entry that has been created by the landed cost by " +"clicking on the journal entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:63 +msgid "" +"You are not forced to start from the vendor bill, you can also go in " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Landed Costs` and directly " +"create the landed cost from there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:7 +msgid "Inventory valuation configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Inventory valuation refers to how you value your stock. It’s a very " +"important aspect of a business as the inventory can be the biggest asset of " +"a company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:13 +msgid "Inventory valuation implies two main choices:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:15 +msgid "The cost method you use to value your goods (standard, fifo, avco)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The way you record this value into your accounting books (manually or " +"automatically)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:18 +msgid "Those two concepts are explained in the sections below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:21 +msgid "Costing Methods: Standard, FIFO, AVCO" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:23 +msgid "" +"The costing method is defined in the product category. There are three " +"options available. Each of them is explained in detail below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:71 +msgid "Standard Price" +msgstr "Standard pris" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:127 +msgid "Operation" +msgstr "Handling" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:128 +msgid "Unit Cost" +msgstr "Enhedsomkostning" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:129 +msgid "Qty On Hand" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:130 +msgid "Delta Value" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:131 +msgid "Inventory Value" +msgstr "Lagerværdi" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:138 +msgid "€10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:134 +msgid "0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:136 +msgid "€0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:137 +msgid "Receive 8 Products at €10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:139 +msgid "8" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:140 +msgid "+8*€10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:141 +msgid "€80" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:142 +msgid "Receive 4 Products at €16" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:144 +msgid "12" +msgstr "12" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:54 +msgid "+4*€10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:55 +msgid "€120" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:147 +msgid "Deliver 10 Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:149 +msgid "2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +msgid "-10*€10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:61 +msgid "€20" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:62 +msgid "Receive 2 Products at €9" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:155 +msgid "4" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:65 +msgid "+2*€10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:66 +msgid "€40" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:68 +msgid "" +"In **Standard Price**, any product will be valued at the cost that you " +"defined manually on the product form. Usually, this cost is an estimation " +"based on the material and labor needed to obtain the product. This cost must" +" be reviewed periodically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:117 +msgid "Average Price" +msgstr "Gennemsnitspris" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:143 +msgid "€12" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:145 +msgid "+4*€16" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:146 +msgid "€144" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +msgid "-10*€12" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:106 +msgid "€24" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:153 +msgid "Receive 2 Products at €6" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:108 +msgid "€9" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:156 +msgid "+2*€6" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:111 +msgid "€36" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:113 +msgid "" +"In **AVCO (Average Cost)**, each product has the same value and this value " +"is the average purchase cost of the product. With this costing method, the " +"cost of the product is recomputed as each receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:117 +msgid "The average cost does not change when products leave the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:168 +msgid "FIFO" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:148 +msgid "€16" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +msgid "-8*€10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +msgid "-2*€16" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:152 +msgid "€32" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:154 +msgid "€11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:157 +msgid "€44" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:159 +msgid "" +"In **FIFO (First In First Out)**, the products are valued at their purchase " +"cost. When a product leaves the stock, that’s the “First in, first out” rule" +" that applies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:163 +msgid "" +"Pay attention, that this is a financial FIFO. The first value “in” is the " +"first value “out”, no matter the storage location, warehouse or serial " +"number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:167 +msgid "" +"FIFO is advised if you manage all your workflows into Odoo (Sales, " +"Purchases, Inventory). It suits any kind of users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:171 +msgid "Inventory Valuation: Manual or Automated" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:173 +msgid "" +"There are two ways to record your inventory valuation in your accounting " +"books. As the costing method, this is defined in your product category. " +"Those two methods are detailed below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:177 +msgid "" +"It is important to also note that the accounting entries will depend on your" +" accounting mode: it can be continental or anglo-saxon. In continental " +"accounting, the cost of a good is taken into account as soon as the product " +"is received in stock. In anglo-saxon accounting, the cost of a good is only " +"recorded as an expense when this good is invoiced to a final customer. In " +"the tables below, you can easily compare those two accounting modes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:185 +msgid "" +"Usually, based on your country, the correct accounting mode will be chosen " +"by default. If you want to verify your accounting mode, activate the " +":doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>` and open your " +"accounting settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:191 +msgid "Manual Inventory Valuation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:193 +msgid "" +"In this case, goods receipts and deliveries won’t have any direct impact on " +"your accounting books. Periodically, you create a manual journal entry " +"representing the value of what you have in stock. To know that value, go in " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Inventory Valuation`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:198 +msgid "" +"This is the default configuration in Odoo and it works out-of-the-box. Check" +" following operations and find out how Odoo is managing the accounting " +"postings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:362 +msgid "Continental Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:294 +msgid "Vendor Bill" +msgstr "Leverandørfaktura" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:341 +msgid "\\" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:341 +msgid "Debit" +msgstr "Debet" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:341 +msgid "Credit" +msgstr "Kredit" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:286 +msgid "Assets: Inventory" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:286 +msgid "50" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:287 +msgid "Assets: Deferred Tax Assets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:287 +msgid "4.68" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:288 +msgid "Liabilities: Accounts Payable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:288 +msgid "54.68" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:294 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:313 +msgid "Configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:292 +msgid "" +"Purchased Goods: defined on the product or on the internal category of " +"related product (Expense Account field)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:294 +msgid "" +"Deferred Tax Assets: defined on the tax used on the purchase order line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:295 +msgid "Accounts Payable: defined on the vendor related to the bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:296 +msgid "Goods Receptions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:297 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:320 +msgid "No Journal Entry" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:315 +msgid "Customer Invoice" +msgstr "Kundefaktura" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:230 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:304 +msgid "Revenues: Sold Goods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:230 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:304 +msgid "100" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:305 +msgid "Liabilities: Deferred Tax Liabilities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:305 +msgid "9" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:306 +msgid "Assets: Accounts Receivable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:306 +msgid "109" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:310 +msgid "" +"Revenues: defined on the product or on the internal category of related " +"product (Income Account field)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:312 +msgid "Deferred Tax Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:313 +msgid "Accounts Receivable: defined on the customer (Receivable Account)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:315 +msgid "" +"The fiscal position used on the invoice may have a rule that replaces the " +"Income Account or the tax defined on the product by another one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:317 +msgid "Customer Shipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:320 +msgid "Manufacturing Orders" +msgstr "Produktionsordrer" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:251 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:326 +msgid "" +"At the end of the month/year, your company does a physical inventory or just" +" relies on the inventory in Odoo to value the stock into your books." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:254 +msgid "" +"Create a journal entry to move the stock variation value from your " +"Profit&Loss section to your assets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:343 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:345 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:346 +msgid "X" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:265 +msgid "Expenses: Inventory Variations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:268 +msgid "" +"If the stock value decreased, the **Inventory** account is credited and te " +"**Inventory Variations** debited." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:389 +msgid "Anglo-Saxon Accounting" +msgstr "Anglo-Saxon Accounting" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:329 +msgid "" +"Then you need to break down the purchase balance into both the inventory and" +" the cost of goods sold using the following formula:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:332 +msgid "" +"Cost of goods sold (COGS) = Starting inventory value + Purchases – Closing " +"inventory value" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:334 +msgid "To update the stock valuation in your books, record such an entry:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:343 +msgid "Assets: Inventory (closing value)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:344 +msgid "Expenses: Cost of Good Sold" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:345 +msgid "Expenses: Purchased Goods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:346 +msgid "Assets: Inventory (starting value)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:350 +msgid "Automated Inventory Valuation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:352 +msgid "" +"In that case, when a product enters or leaves your stock, an accounting " +"entry will be automatically created. This means your accounting books are " +"always up-to-date. This mode is dedicated to expert accountants and advanced" +" users only. As opposed to periodic valuation, it requires some extra " +"configuration & testing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:358 +msgid "" +"First, you need to define the accounts that will be used for those " +"accounting entries. This is done on the product category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:374 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:401 +msgid "**Configuration:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:376 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:403 +msgid "Accounts Receivable/Payable: defined on the partner (Accounting tab)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:378 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:405 +msgid "" +"Deferred Tax Assets/Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:380 +msgid "" +"Revenues/Expenses: defined by default on product's internal category; can be" +" also set in product form (Accounting tab) as a replacement value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:383 +msgid "" +"Inventory Variations: to set as Stock Input/Output Account in product's " +"internal category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:386 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:421 +msgid "" +"Inventory: to set as Stock Valuation Account in product's internal category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:408 +msgid "" +"Revenues: defined on the product category as a default, or specifically to a" +" specific product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:411 +msgid "" +"Expenses: this is where you should set the \"Cost of Goods Sold\" account. " +"Defined on the product category as a default value, or specifically on the " +"product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:415 +msgid "" +"Goods Received Not Purchased: to set as Stock Input Account in product's " +"internal category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:418 +msgid "" +"Goods Issued Not Invoiced: to set as Stock Output Account in product's " +"internal category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:423 +msgid "" +"Price Difference: to set in product's internal category or in product form " +"as a specific replacement value" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:3 +msgid "Using the inventory valuation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:9 +msgid "" +"In this documentation, we will explain how the inventory valuation works in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:13 +msgid "Inventory valuation: the basics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:16 +msgid "Receive a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Each time a product enters or leaves your stock, the value of your inventory" +" is impacted. The way it is impacted depends on the configuration of your " +"product (more info here)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Let’s take an example with a product - a table - configured with a *FIFO " +"costing method* and an automated inventory valuation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:25 +msgid "I purchase 10 tables at a cost of $10." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:30 +msgid "" +"When I’ll confirm the receipt of the products, the value of my inventory " +"will be impacted. If I want to know what this impact is, I can click on the " +"valuation stat button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The consignment feature allows you to set owners on your stock (discover " +"more about the consignment feature). When you receive products that are " +"owned by another company, they are not taken into account in your inventory " +"valuation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:44 +msgid "You need access rights on the accounting module to see that button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:46 +msgid "" +"In this case, I can see that the 10 tables entered the stock for a total " +"value of $100." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:52 +msgid "" +"I can also easily access the accounting entry that has been generated (in " +"case of automated inventory valuation)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:59 +msgid "Deliver a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:61 +msgid "" +"In the same logic, when a table will be delivered, the stock valuation will " +"be impacted and you will have access to a similar information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:68 +msgid "The inventory valuation report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:70 +msgid "" +"The summary of this is accessible via the inventory valuation report " +"(accessible from :menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Inventory " +"Valuation`). It gives you, product per product, the value of your stock. By " +"clicking on the button *Inventory At Date*, you can have the same " +"information for a past date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses.rst:3 +msgid "Warehouses" +msgstr "Lagre" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:3 +msgid "What is the difference between warehouses and locations?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, a **Warehouse** is the actual building/place in which your items " +"are stocked. You can setup multiple warehouses and create moves between " +"warehouses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:9 +msgid "" +"A **Location**, is a specific space within your warehouse. It can be " +"considered as a sublocation of your warehouse, as a shelf, a floor, an " +"aisle, etc. Therefore, a location is part of one warehouse only and it is " +"not possible to link one location to multiple warehouses. You can configure " +"as much locations as you need under one warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:15 +msgid "There are 3 types of locations:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The **Physical Locations** are internal locations that are part of the " +"warehouses for which you are the owner. They can be the loading and " +"unloading area of your warehouse, a shelf or a department, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:21 +msgid "" +"The **Partner Locations** are spaces within a customer and/or vendor's " +"warehouse. They work the same way as Physical Locations with the only " +"difference being that you are not the owner of the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:25 +msgid "" +"The **Virtual Locations** are places that do not exist, but in which " +"products can be placed when they are not physically in an inventory yet (or " +"anymore). They come in handy when you want to place lost products out of " +"your stock (in the **Inventory loss**), or when you want to take into " +"account products that are on their way to your warehouse (**Procurements**)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:31 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, locations are structured hierarchically. You can structure your " +"locations as a tree, dependent on a parent-child relationship. This gives " +"you more detailed levels of analysis of your stock operations and the " +"organization of your warehouses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Routes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts.rst:3 +msgid "Concepts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:3 +msgid "Organize a cross-dock in a warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Cross-docking is the process of sending products that are received directly " +"to the customers, without making them enter the stock. The trucks are simply" +" unloaded in a *Cross-Dock* area in order to reorganize products and load " +"another truck." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:11 +msgid "" +"For more information on how to organize your warehouse, read our blog: `What" +" is cross-docking and is it for me? <https://www.odoo.com/blog/business-" +"hacks-1/post/what-is-cross-docking-and-is-it-for-me-270>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In the *Inventory* app, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and" +" activate the *Multi-Step Routes*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:22 +msgid "Doing so will also enable the *Storage Locations* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Now, both *Incoming* and *Outgoing* shipments should be configured to work " +"with 2 steps. To adapt the configuration, go to :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Configuration --> Warehouses` and edit your warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:31 +msgid "" +"This modification will lead to the creation of a *Cross-Docking* route that " +"can be found in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:38 +msgid "Configure products with Cross-Dock Route" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Create the product that uses the *Cross-Dock Route* and then, in the " +"inventory tab, select the routes *Buy* and *Cross-Dock*. Now, in the " +"purchase tab, specify the vendor to who you buy the product and set a price " +"for it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Once done, create a sale order for the product and confirm it. Odoo will " +"automatically create two transfers which will be linked to the sale order. " +"The first one is the transfer from the *Input Location* to the *Output " +"Location*, corresponding to the move of the product in the *Cross-Dock* " +"area. The second one is the delivery order from the *Output Location* to " +"your *Customer Location. Both are in state *Waiting Another Operation* " +"because we still need to order the product to our supplier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Now, go to the *Purchase* app. There, you will find the purchase order that " +"has been automatically triggered by the system. Validate it and receive the " +"products in the *Input Location*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:64 +msgid "" +"When the products have been received from the supplier, you can go back to " +"your initial sale order and validate the internal transfer from *Input* to " +"*Output*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:72 +msgid "" +"The delivery order is now ready to be processed and can be validated too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:3 +msgid "Inter-warehouse transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When owning several warehouses, you might need to transfer goods from one " +"warehouse to another. Proceeding to such behavior is called *inter-warehouse" +" transfers*. If this action is physically easy to perform, the " +"administrative part can be arduous. Fortunately, Odoo comes with an " +"intuitive flow that helps save time when registering those transfers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:13 +msgid "" +"First of all, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable " +"**Storage Locations**. Then, hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:21 +msgid "" +"If you want to manage several routes within your warehouses, then enable " +"**Multi-Step Routes** and check :doc:`use-routes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:25 +msgid "Creating a new warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:27 +msgid "" +"The next step is to create your new warehouse. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> Warehouses` and " +"click on **Create**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Fill out a **Warehouse Name** and a **Short Name**. The short name is five " +"characters maximum." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:37 +msgid "" +"The **Short Name** appears on your transfer orders and other warehouse " +"documents. We recommend using an understandable one (e.g.: WH/[first letters" +" of location])." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Now, go back to your dashboard. There, new operations related to your " +"warehouse have been automatically generated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:48 +msgid "Creating a new inventory" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If you create a new warehouse, you might already have an existing inventory " +"in it. In that case, you should create an inventory in Odoo. If this is not " +"the case, you can skip this step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Into the inventory application, select :menuselection:`Operations --> " +"Inventory Adjustment`. Then, create a new inventory by clicking on " +"**Create**. Fill in the **Inventory Reference**, **Date** and make sure to " +"select the right warehouse and location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Next, click on **Start Inventory**. You will be able to input your existing " +"products in the new window. Select add an item and indicate the **Real " +"Quantity** available in the warehouse. The theoretical quantity can not be " +"changed as it represents a computed one from purchase and sales orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to validate your inventory once you have recorded the state of " +"all your products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:74 +msgid "Create an internal transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:76 +msgid "" +"The final step is to create your internal transfer. If you want to transfer " +"eight units of a product from your first warehouse to another one, proceed " +"as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:79 +msgid "" +"From your dashboard, select an internal movement of one of the two " +"warehouses. To do so, click on :menuselection:`Manage --> Planned " +"Transfer`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:86 +msgid "" +"On the new window, select the source location zone (in this case, your " +"\"old\" warehouse) and the destination location zone (in this case, your " +"\"new\" warehouse)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Add the products you want to transfer by clicking on **Add an Item**, then " +"click on **Save** and **Mark as TODO** once you are done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:96 +msgid "" +"If you selected **Immediate Transfer**, Odoo processes the transfer " +"automatically after you clicked on **Validate**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:99 +msgid "" +"If you select **Mark as TODO**, Odoo puts the transfer in **Waiting " +"Availability** status. Click on **Reserve** to reserve the number of " +"products in your source warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:102 +msgid "It is also possible to manually transfer each product:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:104 +msgid "Via your dashboard, select the transfer order in the source location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:110 +msgid "Select the right transfer order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Click on the little pencil logo in the lower right corner to open the " +"operation details window. In this new window you can manually indicate how " +"many products you process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:124 +msgid "" +"If you decide to process the transfer order partially (e.g., a part of the " +"products can't be shipped yet due to an unexpected event), Odoo " +"automatically asks if you wish to create a **backorder**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Create a backorder if you expect to process the remaining products later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Do not create a backorder if you will not supply/receive the remaining " +"products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:3 +msgid "Taking stock from different warehouses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you plan to deliver a customer, you don’t know in advance if the " +"products will come from Warehouse A or Warehouse B. You may, in some cases, " +"need to take stock from different warehouses. With *Odoo*, you can configure" +" this by using the concept of virtual warehouses. Let us show you how to set" +" those virtual warehouses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:8 +msgid "Set up virtual warehouses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Let’s say you have two warehouses: Warehouse A and Warehouse B. Create a new" +" warehouse, that will be a virtual one. It will allow you to take the stock " +"from A or B. To do so, go to your inventory app settings and enable the " +"multi-warehouses feature. Then, go to the warehouses menu and click on " +"create." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The *Storage Location* feature will be automatically enabled. Good news, " +"because you will need it later in the process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Now, you have to make sure that the main stock locations of warehouse A and " +"warehouse B are children locations of the main stock location of warehouse A" +" + B. Go to the locations menu, and edit the main location of your two " +"warehouses. Then, change their parent location to main location of warehouse" +" A+B." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:24 +msgid "Sell a product from the virtual warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Let’s say you have two products, one stored in warehouse A and one stored in" +" warehouse B. Now, you can create a new quotation for one of each product. " +"Go to other information and choose Warehouse A+B in the shipping " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Once you have done it, you can convert it to a sales order. Then, a delivery" +" order will be automatically generated, with a product reserved in warehouse" +" A and one in warehouse B." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:3 +msgid "Using Routes and Pull/Push Rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In inventory management, the supply chain strategy determines when products " +"should be fabricated, delivered to distribution centers, and made available " +"in the retail channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:9 +msgid "" +"This kind of strategic process can be configured using *Routes*, featuring " +"*Pull and Push Rules*. Once everything is properly configured, the inventory" +" app can automatically generate transfers following the instructions given " +"by the rules. Yes, Odoo simplifies your life." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:16 +msgid "Inside the warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Let’s imagine a generic warehouse plan, where you can find receiving docks, " +"a quality control area, storage locations, picking and packing areas, and " +"shipping docks. All products go through all these locations, which also " +"trigger all the route's rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:27 +msgid "" +"In this example, vendor trucks unload pallets of ordered goods at receiving " +"docks. Operators then scan the products in the receiving area. Some of these" +" products are sent to a quality control area (those devoted to being used " +"during the manufacturing process, for example), while others are directly " +"stored in their respective locations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Here is an example of a fulfillment route. In the morning, items are picked " +"for all the orders that need to be prepared during the day. These items are " +"picked from storage locations and moved to the picking area, close to where " +"the orders are packed. Then, the orders are packed in their respective boxes" +" and conveyors bring them close to the shipping docks, ready to be delivered" +" to customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:45 +msgid "How does it work?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:51 +msgid "Pull Rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:53 +msgid "" +"With *Pull Rules*, a demand for some products triggers procurements, while " +"*Push Rules* are triggered by products arriving in a specific location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:57 +msgid "" +"We can say that *Pull Rules* are used to fulfill a customer order, a sale " +"order. So, Odoo generates a need at the *Customer Location* for each product" +" in the order. Because *Pull Rules* are triggered by a need, Odoo looks for " +"a *Pull Rule* defined on the *Customer Location*. In our case, a delivery " +"order pull rule that transfers products from the *Shipping Area* to the " +"*Customer Location* is found, and a transfer between the two locations is " +"created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Then, Odoo finds another pull rule that tries to fulfill the need for the " +"*Shipping Area*: the *Packing Rule* that transfers products from the " +"*Packing Area* to the *Shipping Area*. And, finally, other rules are " +"triggered until a transfer between the *Stock* and the *Picking Area* is " +"created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:72 +msgid "" +"All theses transfers are pre-generated by Odoo, starting from the end and " +"going backwards. While working, the operator process these transfers in the " +"opposite order: first the picking, then the packing, then the delivery " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:77 +msgid "Push Rules" +msgstr "Push regler (skub)" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:79 +msgid "" +"On the other hand, *Push Rules* are much easier to understand. Instead of " +"pre-generating documents based on needs, they are live-triggered when " +"products arrive in a specific location. *Push Rules* basically say: \"when a" +" product arrives at a specific location, move it to another location.\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:84 +msgid "" +"A simple example would be: when a product arrives in the *Receipt Area*, " +"move them to the *Storage Location*. As different rules can be applied to " +"different products, you can assign different storage locations for different" +" products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Another rule could be: when products arrive at a location, move them to the " +"*Quality Control Area*. Then, once the quality check is done, move them to " +"their *Storage Location*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:94 +msgid "" +"*Push Rules* can be triggered only if no *Pull Rule* pre-generated the " +"upstream transfers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:98 +msgid "" +"Sets of rules like those are called routes. The grouping on the rule defines" +" how products are grouped in the same transfer or not. For example, during " +"the picking operation, all orders are grouped in one transfer, whereas the " +"packing operation respects the grouping per customer order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:105 +msgid "Use Routes and Rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Since *Routes* are a collection of *Push and Pull Rules*, Odoo helps you " +"manage advanced routes configuration such as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:110 +msgid "Manage product manufacturing chains;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:111 +msgid "Manage default locations per product;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Define routes within your warehouse according to business needs, such as " +"quality control, after-sales services, or supplier returns;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Help rental management by generating automated return moves for rented " +"products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:117 +msgid "" +"To configure a route such as one of those above, open the **Inventory " +"Application** and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. Then, " +"enable the *Multi-Step Routes* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:126 +msgid "" +"The *Storage Locations* feature is automatically activated with the *Multi-" +"Step Routes*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Once this first step is completed, you have the choice between pre-" +"configured routes or custom ones. Both are explained below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:133 +msgid "Pre-configured Routes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Odoo’s pre-configured routes are available in the warehouses’ menu. To find " +"it, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses`. " +"There, open your warehouse and edit it to see the pre-configured routes for " +"incoming and outgoing shipments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Some more advanced routes, such as pick-pack-ship, are already configured to" +" make your life easier. Those are based on your choice for shipments. Once " +"you made your choice, head to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " +"--> Routes` to see the routes Odoo generated for you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Opening one of those routes allows you to see on what you can apply the " +"route. Here, all the selected product categories in the *YourCompany* " +"warehouse are set up to follow the 3-steps route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:161 +msgid "" +"Easier for many businesses, this process might not fit yours. Thus, you can " +"configure custom routes in which you can define your own rules, but also the" +" source and destination location of each action. As an example, here are the" +" rules for the pre-configured route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:171 +msgid "Custom Routes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:173 +msgid "" +"To create a custom route, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " +"--> Routes`, click on create, and choose the places where this route can be " +"selected. Of course, combinations are available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:182 +msgid "" +"Each place has a different behavior, so it is important to tick only the " +"useful ones and adapt each route accordingly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:185 +msgid "" +"When applying the route on a product category (:menuselection:`Inventory -->" +" Configuration --> Product Categories`), all the rules configured in the " +"route are applied to **every** product of the category. For example, this " +"can be useful if you use the dropshipping process for all the products from " +"the same category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:195 +msgid "" +"The same behavior applies to the warehouses. If you tick *Warehouses*, all " +"the transfers occurring inside the chosen warehouse, and meeting the " +"conditions of the linked rules, then follow that route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:203 +msgid "" +"For the *Sales Order Lines*, it is more or less the opposite. You have to " +"choose the route yourself when creating a quotation. This is pretty useful " +"if some products go through different routes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:211 +msgid "" +"If you work with this kind of route, it is important to keep in mind that it" +" must be selected on the sales order, such as below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:218 +msgid "Then, the route can be chosen on each line of the document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:224 +msgid "" +"Finally, there are routes that can be applied to products. Those work more " +"or less like the product categories: once selected, you have to manually set" +" on which product it must be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:232 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Master Data --> Products` and " +"open the one on which you want to apply the route. Then go to the *Inventory" +" tab* and select the route you’ve created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:240 +msgid "" +"If, prima facie, the routes’ configuration can appear quite easy, don’t " +"forget that we haven’t set up any rule yet. If not harder to set up, those " +"are vital to have working routings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:245 +msgid "Rules" +msgstr "Regler" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:247 +msgid "" +"The rules are to be defined on the routes. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`, then to the *Rules*" +" section, and click on *Add a line* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:255 +msgid "" +"The available rules trigger various actions. If Odoo offers *Push* and " +"*Pull* rules, others are also available. Here are some explanations for all " +"of them:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:259 +msgid "" +"**Pull From**: this rule is triggered by a need for the product in a " +"specific stock location. The need can come from a sale order which has been " +"validated or for a manufacturing order which requires a specific component. " +"When the need appears in the source location, Odoo generates a picking to " +"fulfill this need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:264 +msgid "" +"**Push To**: this rule is triggered by the arrival of some products in the " +"defined source location. In case you move products to the source location, " +"Odoo generates a picking to move those products to the destination location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:268 +msgid "" +"**Push & Pull**: it allows to generate pickings in the two different " +"situations explained above. It means that when products are required at a " +"specific location, a transfer is created from the previous location to " +"fulfill that need. Then, a need is created in the previous location and a " +"rule is triggered to fulfill it. Once the second need fulfilled, the " +"products are pushed to the first location and all the needs are fulfilled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:274 +msgid "" +"**Buy**: when products are needed at the destination location, a request for" +" quotation is created to fulfill the need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:276 +msgid "" +"**Manufacture**: when products are needed in the source location, a " +"manufacturing order is created to fulfill the need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:283 +msgid "" +"You must also define the *Operation Type*. This operation allows defining " +"which kind of picking is created from the rule. With our above screenshot, " +"the created picking is, for example, an internal transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:288 +msgid "" +"On the other hand, the *Supply Method*, allows defining what happens at the " +"source location:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:291 +msgid "" +"**Take From Stock**: the products are taken from the available stock of the " +"source location;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:293 +msgid "" +"**Trigger Another Rule**: the system tries to find a stock rule to bring the" +" products to the source location. The available stock is ignored." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:296 +msgid "" +"**Take From Stock, if Unavailable, Trigger Another Rule**: the products are " +"taken from the available stock of the source location. If there is no stock " +"available, the system tries to find a rule to bring the products to the " +"source location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:301 +msgid "" +"In the *Scheduling* section, you can determine how Odoo behaves when one of " +"the chain's pickings is rescheduled. In case you decide to **Propagate " +"Rescheduling**, the next move is also to be rescheduled. If you prefer " +"having the choice to reschedule the next move, you can decide to receive an " +"alert in the form of a *next activity*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:309 +msgid "What about a full flow?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:311 +msgid "" +"Do you remember our Pick - Pack - Ship custom route? Let’s use it to try a " +"full flow with an advanced custom route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:314 +msgid "" +"First, a quick look at our rules and their supply methods: we have three " +"rules, all **Pull From** rules. The supply methods are the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:318 +msgid "" +"**Take From Stock**: When products are needed in WH/Packing Zone, *Picks* " +"(internal transfers from WH/Stock to WH/Packing Zone) are created from " +"WH/Stock to fulfill the need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:321 +msgid "" +"**Trigger Another Rule**: When products are needed in WH/Output, *Packs* " +"(internal transfers from WH/Packing Zone to WH/Output) are created from " +"WH/Packing Zone to fulfill the need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:324 +msgid "" +"**Trigger Another Rule**: When products are needed in Partner " +"Locations/Customers, Delivery Orders are created from WH/Output to fulfill " +"the need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:332 +msgid "" +"This means that, when a customer orders products, a delivery order is " +"created to fulfill the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:340 +msgid "" +"If the source document is the same sale order, the status is not the same. " +"In fact, the status is **Waiting Another Operation** if the previous " +"transfer in the list is not done yet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:348 +msgid "" +"To prepare the order, conveyors need products packed at the output area, so " +"an internal transfer is requested from the packing zone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:355 +msgid "" +"Obviously, the packing zone needs products ready to be packed. So, an " +"internal transfer is requested to the stock and employees can gather the " +"required products from the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:363 +msgid "" +"As explained in this documentation introduction, the last step in the " +"process (here the delivery order) is the first to be triggered, which then " +"triggers other rules until we reach the first step in the process (here, the" +" internal transfer from to stock to the packing area). Now, everything is " +"ready to be processed so the customer can get the ordered items." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:370 +msgid "" +"In our case, the product is delivered to the customer when all the rules " +"have been triggered and the transfers done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies.rst:3 +msgid "Putaway & Removal Strategies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:3 +msgid "What is a Putaway Rule?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A good warehouse implementation takes care that products automatically move " +"to their appropriate destination location. To make that process easier, Odoo" +" uses *Putaway rules*. But what is a putaway rule? Putaway is the process of" +" taking products off the receiving shipments and directly putting them into " +"the most appropriate location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:7 +msgid "" +"If, for example, a warehouse contains volatile substances, it is important " +"to make sure that certain products are not stored close to each other " +"because of a potential chemical reaction. That’s where putaway rules " +"intervene, to avoid storing products wrongly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:12 +msgid "" +"In the *Inventory* app, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " +"and activate the *Multi-Step Routes*. By doing so, the *Storage Locations* " +"will be automatically activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:19 +msgid "Setting up a Putaway Rule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:21 +msgid "" +"In some cases, like for a retail shop storing vegetables and fruits, we have" +" to store products in different locations to maintain product quality." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Let’s suppose there are one warehouse location *WH/Stock* and two sub-" +"locations *WH/Stock/Vegatable* and *WH/Stock/Fruits*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To manage those locations, we will create putaway rules. To do so, open the " +"*Inventory* app and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Putaway Rules`. " +"Then, click on create and configure your first rule indicating the main " +"location the product will enter before being redirected to the right " +"location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:31 +msgid "" +"The putaway rules can be defined either per product or per product category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Now, if I purchase apples and carrots to my supplier, they will be grouped " +"in the same receipt but redirected to the right location automatically, " +"thanks to putaway rules. This information is available from *Inventory " +"Report*, under the reporting menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:3 +msgid "What is a Removal Strategy (FIFO, LIFO, and FEFO)?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Usually, *Removal Strategies* are defined in picking operations to select " +"the best products to optimize the distance for the worker, for quality " +"control purposes, or to first move the products with the closest expiration " +"date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:9 +msgid "" +"When a product movement needs to be done, Odoo finds available products that" +" can be assigned to the transfer. The way Odoo assigns these products " +"depends on the *Removal Strategy* defined in the *Product Category* or on " +"the *Location*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:14 +msgid "What happens inside the warehouse?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Imagine a generic warehouse plan, with receiving docks and area, storage " +"locations, picking and packing areas, and shipping docks. All products go " +"through all these locations, but some rules, such as removal strategies, can" +" have an effect on which products are taken for the pickings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Here, vendor trucks unload pallets of goods at the docks. Then, operators " +"scan the products in the receiving area, with the receiving date and, if the" +" product has an expiration date, the expiration date. After that, products " +"are stored in their respective locations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Next, several orders for the same product are made, but you didn’t receive " +"the goods the same day and they don’t have the same expiration date. In that" +" situation, you logically prefer sending those with the closest date first. " +"Depending on the removal strategy you chose, Odoo generates a transfer with " +"the products fitting your settings the best." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:42 +msgid "" +"On the transfer form, you can find the product’s lot/serial number to pick " +"for delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:48 +msgid "First In, First Out (FIFO)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:50 +msgid "" +"When using a **First In, First Out** strategy, a demand for some products " +"triggers a removal rule which requests a transfer for the lot/serial number " +"that has entered your stock the first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:53 +msgid "" +"To be clearer, let’s imagine that you have three lots of nails in your " +"warehouse. Those three have the following lot numbers: 00001, 00002, 00003, " +"each with 5 nails boxes in it. 00001 entered the stock on the 23rd of May, " +"00002 on the 25th of May, and 00003 on the 1st of June. A customer orders " +"you 6 boxes on the 11th of June. With the *FIFO* strategy selected, a " +"transfer is requested for the five boxes of 00001 and one of the boxes in " +"00002 because 00001 has entered your stock before the others. The box from " +"00002 is taken because it has the oldest enter date after 00001." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:60 +msgid "" +"So, for every order of a product with the *FIFO* strategy selected, Odoo " +"requests a transfer for the good that has been in your stock for the longest" +" period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:64 +msgid "Last In, First Out (LIFO)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:66 +msgid "" +"The same way as for FIFO, the **Last In, First Out** strategy is based on " +"moving products based on the date they entered the stock. Here, a demand for" +" some products triggers a removal rule that requests a transfer for the " +"lot/serial number that has entered your stock the last." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To better understand, let’s imagine three lots of screws in your warehouse. " +"Those three have the following numbers: 10001, 10002, 10003, each with 10 " +"screw boxes in it. 10001 has entered the stock on the 1st of June, 10002 on " +"the 3rd of June, and 10003 on the 6th of June. A customer orders 7 boxes on " +"the 8th of June. With the *LIFO* strategy selected, a transfer is requested " +"for seven boxes of 10003 because that lot is the last one to have entered " +"the stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:76 +msgid "" +"So, basically, for every order of a product with the *LIFO* strategy used, a" +" transfer for the last one to have entered the stock is requested." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:80 +msgid "" +"This strategy is banned in many countries and can lead to only have old or " +"obsolete products in your stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:84 +msgid "First Expire, First Out (FEFO)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:86 +msgid "" +"The **First Expire, First Out** strategy is a bit different from the two " +"others. Here, it is the expiration date that is important and not the date " +"the product entered the stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Let’s imagine three lots of 6-eggs boxes (in this specific case, don’t " +"forget to use :doc:`units of measure <../../management/products/uom>`). " +"Those three have the following numbers: 20001, 20002, and 20003, each with 5" +" boxes in it. 20001 has entered the stock on the 1st of July and expires on " +"the 15th of July, 20002 on the 2nd and expires on the 14th of July, and " +"20003 on the 4th and expires on the 21st of July. A customer orders 6 boxes " +"on the 5th of July. With the *FEFO* strategy selected, a transfer is " +"requested for the five boxes of 20002 and one from 20001. The transfer for " +"all the boxes of the lot 20002 is because they have the closest expiration " +"date. The transfer also requests one box from 20001 because it’s the lot " +"that expires the sooner after 20002." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:98 +msgid "" +"Then, you can remember that for every order of a product with the *FEFO* " +"strategy, a transfer is requested for the product that has the nearest " +"expiration date from the order date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:102 +msgid "Use Removal Strategies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To identify some units from other ones, you need to track them, either by " +"*lot* or by *serial number*. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration " +"--> Settings`. Then, activate *Storage Location*, *Multi-Steps Routes*, and " +"*Lots & Serial Numbers*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:113 +msgid "" +"To work with the *FEFO* strategy, activate the *Expiration Dates* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Next, you need to define your removal strategy, on *Product Categories* via " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:123 +msgid "FIFO (First In, First Out)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:125 +msgid "" +"As said, a *FIFO* strategy implies that products stocked first move out " +"first. Companies should use that method if they are selling products with " +"short demand cycles, such as clothes, and to ensure they are not stuck with " +"outdated styles in stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:129 +msgid "" +"For this example, we created three lots of white shirts. Those are from the " +"All/Clothes category, where we put *FIFO* as the removal strategy. In our " +"stock location (WH/Stock), we now find the three lots available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:137 +msgid "" +"The lot 000001 contains 5 shirts, 000002 contains 3 shirts, and 000003 " +"contains 2. As it can be seen above, 000001 has entered the stock first. " +"Let’s create a sale order of six white shirts to check that products from " +"that lot are the first ones to move out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:141 +msgid "" +"On the delivery order linked to the picking, you can see that the oldest lot" +" numbers have been reserved thanks to the *FIFO* strategy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:149 +msgid "LIFO (Last In, First Out)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:151 +msgid "" +"With a *LIFO* strategy, that’s quite the opposite. In fact, the products " +"that are brought the last move out the first. It is mostly used in case of " +"products without a shelf life." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:154 +msgid "" +"Even if our white shirts are clothes, we can say that they are timeless. So," +" let’s use them to test our *LIFO* strategy. Once again, open the product " +"category via :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product " +"Categories` and change the removal strategy to *LIFO*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:162 +msgid "" +"Now, create a sale order for 4 white shirts and check that the reserved " +"products are from lots 000003 and 000002." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170 +msgid "Don’t forget that the *LIFO* strategy is banned in many countries!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:173 +msgid "FEFO (First Expiry, First Out)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:175 +msgid "" +"With the *FEFO* strategy, the way products are picked is not based on the " +"reception date. In this particular case, they are dispatched according to " +"their expiration date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:179 +msgid "" +"To have more information about Expiration date, please have a look at " +":doc:`the related doc " +"<../../management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:182 +msgid "" +"By activating *Expiration Dates*, it becomes possible to define different " +"dates on the serial/lot numbers to be used in *FEFO*. These dates can be set" +" by going to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Master Data --> Lots/Serial " +"Numbers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:190 +msgid "" +"Lots are picked based on their removal date, from earliest to latest. Lots " +"without a removal date defined are picked after lots with removal dates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:194 +msgid "" +"Other dates are for informational and reporting purposes only. If not " +"removed from the stock, lots that are past the expiration dates may still be" +" picked for delivery orders!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:197 +msgid "" +"To use the *FEFO* strategy, once again go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Product Categories` and choose *FEFO* as the *Force " +"Removal Strategy*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:204 +msgid "" +"For this particular case, let’s use hand cream. As usual, we have three lots" +" of them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:207 +msgid "**Lot / Serial No**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:207 +msgid "**Product**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:207 +msgid "**Expiration Date**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:209 +msgid "0000001" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:213 +msgid "Hand Cream" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:209 +msgid "09/30/2019" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:211 +msgid "0000002" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:211 +msgid "11/30/2019" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:213 +msgid "0000003" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:213 +msgid "10/31/2019" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:216 +msgid "" +"When we realize a sale for 25 units of Hand Cream, we can see that the lot " +"numbers which have been automatically reserved by Odoo are the ones with the" +" closest expiration date, meaning 0000001 and 0000003." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping.rst:3 +msgid "Shipping" +msgstr "Levering" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation.rst:3 +msgid "Shipping Operations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:3 +msgid "How to cancel a shipping request to a shipper?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. " +"Odoo will be linked with the transportation company tracking system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:12 +msgid "" +"It will allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the " +"destination." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:15 +msgid "You can easily cancel the request made to the carrier system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:18 +msgid "How to cancel a shipping request?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If the delivery order is not **Validated**, then the request hasn't been " +"made. You can choose to cancel the delivery or to change the carrier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you have clicked on **Validate**, the request has been made and you " +"should have received the tracking number and the label. You can still cancel" +" the request. Simply click on the **Cancel** button next to the **Carrier " +"Tracking Ref**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:32 +msgid "You will now see that the shipment has been cancelled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:37 +msgid "You can now change the carrier if you wish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:40 +msgid "How to send a shipping request after cancelling one?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:42 +msgid "" +"After cancelling the shipping request, you can change the carrier you want " +"to use. Confirm it by clicking on the **Send to shipper** button. You will " +"get a new tracking number and a new label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:83 +msgid ":doc:`invoicing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:116 +msgid ":doc:`multipack`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:3 +msgid "How to invoice the shipping cost to the customer?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:8 +msgid "There are two ways to invoice the shipping costs:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:10 +msgid "Agree with the customer over a cost and seal it down in the sale order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:13 +msgid "Invoice the real cost of the shipping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To configure the price of your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** " +"app, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery --> Delivery " +"Methods`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:21 +msgid "" +"You can manually set a price for the shipping: It can be fixed or based on " +"rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Or you can use the transportation company computation system. Read the " +"document :doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:28 +msgid "How to invoice the shipping costs to the customer?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:31 +msgid "Invoice the price set on the sale order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:55 +msgid "" +"On your sale order, choose the carrier that will be used. Click on " +"**Delivery Method** to choose the right one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The price is computed when you **save** the sale order or when you click on " +"**Set price**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, click on " +"**Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery method as a " +"product. It may vary from the real price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:46 +msgid "" +"When you create the invoice, it will take the price set on the sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:53 +msgid "Invoice the real shipping costs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The price is computed when you **save** the sale order. Confirm the sale " +"order and proceed to deliver the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:64 +msgid "" +"The real shipping cost is computed when the delivery order is validated, you" +" can see the real cost in the chatter of the delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Go back to the sale order, the real cost is now added to the sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:76 +msgid "" +"When you create the invoice, it will take the price computed by the carrier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:83 +msgid "" +"If you split the delivery and make several ones, each delivery order will " +"add a line to the sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:87 +msgid ":doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:84 +msgid ":doc:`labels`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:3 +msgid "How to print shipping labels?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers " +"linked with the transportation company tracking system. It allows you to " +"manage the transport company, the real prices and the destination. And " +"finally, you will be able to print the shipping labels directly from Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:17 +msgid "Install the shipper company connector module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:20 +msgid "" +"In the **Inventory** module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies " +"you want to integrate :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:26 +msgid "Then click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:33 +msgid "Configure the delivery method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To configure your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** module, click on" +" :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery Methods`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The delivery methods for the chosen shippers have been automatically " +"created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:41 +msgid "" +"In the **Pricing** tab, the name of the provider means that the delivery " +"will be handled and computed by the shipper system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:44 +msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The first one is linked to **your account** (develop key, password,...). For" +" more information, please refer to the provider website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:62 +msgid "" +"The second column varies according to the **provider**. You can choose the " +"packaging type, the service type, the weight unit..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:65 +msgid "Uncheck **Test Mode** when you are done with the testings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:77 +msgid "Company configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:79 +msgid "" +"In order to compute the right price, the provider needs your company " +"information. Be sure your address and phone number are correctly encoded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To check your information, go to the **Settings** application and click on " +"**General Settings**. Click on the first link **Configure your company " +"data**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:92 +msgid "" +"The shipper companies need the weight of your product, otherwise the price " +"computation cannot be done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Go the **Sales** module, click on :menuselection:`Sales --> Products`. Open " +"the products you want to ship and set a weight on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:80 +msgid "" +"The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to do" +" the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:85 +msgid "How to print shipping labels ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:87 +msgid "" +"The delivery order created from the sale order will take the shipping " +"information from it, but you can change the carrier if you want to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:135 +msgid "" +"If you create a delivery transfer from the inventory module, you can add the" +" third party shipper in the additional info tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number and **the label(s)**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:151 +msgid "" +"The label to stick on your package is available in the history underneath :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:104 +msgid "Click on it to open the document and print it :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:110 +msgid "" +"If you are doing multi-packages shippings, most of the time, there will be " +"one label per package. Each label will appear in the delivery history." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage multiple packs for the same delivery order?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:8 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo considers that your delivery is composed of one package. " +"But you can easily ship your deliveries with more than one package. It is " +"fully integrated with the third-party shippers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To configure the use of packages, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Configuration --> Settings`. Locate the **Packages** section and tick " +"**Record packages used on packing: pallets, boxes,...**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:23 +msgid "Click on **Apply** when you are done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:107 +msgid "Sale process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:110 +msgid "Sale order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:34 +msgid "Click on a **Delivery Method** to choose the right one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:40 +msgid "Multi-packages Delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:42 +msgid "" +"The delivery created from the sale order will take the shipping information " +"from it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:48 +msgid "From here, you can split your delivery into multiple packages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Choose the quantity you want to put in the first pack in the **Done** " +"column, then click on the link **Put in Pack**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:56 +msgid "It will automatically create a pack with the requested quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:58 +msgid "Do the same steps for the other pieces you want to pack in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:63 +msgid "Click on **Validate** when you are done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:66 +msgid "Multi-packages with a 3rd party-shipper" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Once the delivery order is validated, you will receive the tracking number. " +"The **carrier Tracking ref** field will automatically be filled. Click on " +"the **Tracking** button to check your delivery on the provider website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:76 +msgid "" +"The **labels** to stick on your packages are available in the history " +"underneath:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Shipping Setup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:3 +msgid "How to setup a delivery method?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, but it is not activated by " +"default. Delivery methods can be used for your sale orders, your deliveries " +"but also on your e-commerce." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Delivery methods allow you to manage the transport company, the price and " +"the destination. You can even integrate Odoo with external shippers to " +"compute the real price and the packagings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:20 +msgid "Install the inventory module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Delivery methods are handled by the **Delivery costs** module. Go to " +"**Apps** and search for the module. You should remove the **Apps** filter in" +" order to see it :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to integrate delivery methods in your e-commerce, you'll have to" +" install the **eCommerce Delivery** module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:39 +msgid "First set a name and a transporter company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Then you'll have to set the pricing. It can be fixed or based on rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:46 +msgid "" +"If the price is fixed, tick **Fixed price**. You'll just have to define the " +"price. If you want the delivery to be free above a certain amount, tick the " +"option **Free if Order total is more than** and set a price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:54 +msgid "" +"If the price varies according to rules, tick **Based on Rules**. Click on " +"**add an item to a pricing rule**. Choose a condition based on either the " +"weight, the volume, the price or the quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Finally you can limit the delivery method to a few destinations. The limit " +"can be applied to some countries, states or even zip codes. This feature " +"limits the list of countries on your e-commerce." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:69 +msgid "" +"You can integrate Odoo with external shippers in order to compute the real " +"price and packagings, and handle the printing the shipping labels. See " +":doc:`third_party_shipper`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:74 +msgid "Delivery process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:82 +msgid "" +"You can now choose the **Delivery Method** on your sale order. If you want " +"to invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, click on " +"**Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery method as a " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:130 +msgid "Delivery" +msgstr "Levering" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:90 +msgid "You can add or change the delivery method on the delivery itself." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:95 +msgid "" +"On the delivery, check the **Carrier Information**. The carrier is the " +"chosen delivery method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:99 +msgid ":doc:`third_party_shipper`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:158 +msgid ":doc:`../operation/invoicing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:3 +msgid "How to get DHL credentials for integration with Odoo?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:5 +msgid "In order to use the Odoo DHL API, you will need:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:7 +msgid "A DHL.com SiteID" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:9 +msgid "A DHL Password" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:11 +msgid "A DHL Account Number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Getting SiteID and password for countries other than United States (UK and " +"Rest of the world)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:17 +msgid "" +"You should contact DHL account manager and request integration for XML " +"Express API. The presales should provide you live credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:20 +msgid "Getting SiteID and Password for United States" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:22 +msgid "" +"You need to write to xmlrequests@dhl.com along with your full Account " +"details like account number, region, address, etc. to get API Access." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:3 +msgid "How to integrate a third party shipper?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. " +"Odoo can be linked with the transportation company tracking system. It will " +"allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the " +"destination." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:19 +msgid "" +"In the inventory module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies " +"you want to integrate :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:38 +msgid "" +"The delivery methods for the chosen shippers have been automatically " +"created. Most of the time, there will be **2** delivery methods for the same" +" provider: one for **international** shipping and the other for **domestic**" +" shipping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:43 +msgid "" +"You can create other methods with the same provider with other " +"configuration, for example the **Packaging Type**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:46 +msgid "" +"You can change the **Name** of the delivery method. This is the name that " +"will appear on your ecommerce." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:49 +msgid "Flag **Shipping enabled** when you are ready to use it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:54 +msgid "" +"In the pricing tab, the name of the provider chosen under the **Price " +"computation** means that the pricing will be computed by the shipper system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:57 +msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:59 +msgid "" +"The first one is linked to **your account** (developer key, password,...). " +"For more information, please refer to the provider website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Finally you can limit the delivery method to a few destinations. You can " +"limit it to some countries, states or even zip codes. This feature limits " +"the list of countries on your e-commerce. It is useful for the domestic " +"providers. For example, USPS US only delivers from the United States to the " +"United States." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Go the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> Products`. Open the products" +" you want to ship and set a weight on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:102 +msgid "" +"The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to " +"make the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:115 +msgid "" +"You can now choose the carrier on your sale order. Click on **Delivery " +"method** to choose the right one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:118 +msgid "" +"The price is computed when you save the sale order or when you click on " +"**Set price**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:121 +msgid "" +"If you want to invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, " +"click on **Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery " +"method as a product. It may vary from the real price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:125 +msgid "" +"Otherwise, the real price (computed when the delivery is validated) will " +"automatically be added to the invoice. For more information, please read the" +" document :doc:`../operation/invoicing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:132 +msgid "" +"The delivery created from the sale order will take the shipping information " +"from it. You can change the carrier if you want to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:141 +msgid "" +"The weight is computed based on the products weights. The shipping cost will" +" be computed once the transfer is validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number. The **Carrier Tracking" +" ref** field will automatically be filled. Click on the **Tracking** button " +"to check your delivery on the provider website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:159 +msgid ":doc:`../operation/labels`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:3 +msgid "How to get UPS credentials for integration with Odoo?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:5 +msgid "In order to use the Odoo UPS API, you will need:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:7 +msgid "A UPS.com user ID and password" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:9 +msgid "A UPS account number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:11 +msgid "An Access Key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:13 +msgid "" +"An Access Key is a 16 character alpha-numeric code that allows access to the" +" UPS Developer Kit API Development and Production servers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:17 +msgid "Create a UPS Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Note that only customers located in the US can open a UPS account online. If" +" you are located outside the US, you will need to contact UPS Customer " +"Service in order to to open an account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You can read additional information about opening a UPS account on the their" +" website, on the page, `How to Open a UPS Account Online " +"<https://www.ups.com/content/us/en/resources/sri/openaccountonline.html?srch_pos=2&srch_phr=open+ups+account>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:27 +msgid "" +"If you don't already have a UPS account, you can create one along with your " +"online profile by following these steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:30 +msgid "" +"1. Access the UPS.com web site at `www.ups.com <http://www.ups.com/>`__, and" +" click the **New User** link at the top of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:34 +msgid "" +"2. Click the **Register for MyUPS** button, and follow the prompts to " +"complete the registration process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:37 +msgid "" +"If you already have a UPS account, you can add it to your online profile as " +"follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Log in to the `UPS.com website <http://www.ups.com/>`_) using your UPS.com " +"User ID and Password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:41 +msgid "Click the **My UPS** tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:43 +msgid "Click the **Account Summary** link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:45 +msgid "" +"4. Click the **Add an Existing UPS Account** link in the **UPS Account " +"Details** section of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:48 +msgid "" +"5. In the **Add New Account** screen, enter the **UPS Account Number**, " +"**Account Name**, and **Postal Code** fields. The country defaults to United" +" States.q" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:52 +msgid "Click the **Next** button to continue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:55 +msgid "Get an Access Key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:57 +msgid "" +"After you have added your UPS account number to your user profile you can " +"request an Access Key from UPS using the steps below:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Go to the `UPS Developer Kit web page " +"<https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en_US>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:61 +msgid "Log into UPS.com with your user ID and password" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:62 +msgid "Click on the link **Request an access key**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:63 +msgid "Verify your contact information" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:64 +msgid "Click the **Request Access Key** button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:66 +msgid "" +"The **Access Key** will be provided to you on the web page, and an email " +"with the Access Key will be sent to the email address of the primary " +"contact." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:4 +msgid "Manufacturing" +msgstr "Produktion" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management.rst:4 +msgid "Manufacturing Management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:3 +msgid "Using an alternative Work Center" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:5 +msgid "" +"For many manufacturing companies, a common issue is to have to manufacture, " +"at the same time, several products usually produced at the same work center." +" If in practice, employees can manufacture the goods at another work center," +" it is not that simple." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:10 +msgid "" +"You need to keep track of the job: which work center has been used and when," +" so you can schedule maintenance efficiently. With Odoo, you can configure " +"it so you can keep tracking manufacturing orders and your employees have an " +"alternative work center to use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:15 +msgid "" +"This way, your process becomes more efficient, and less non-productive time " +"will be noticed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:20 +msgid "Configure your Work Centers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The first thing to do is to go to the *Manufacturing* app settings. Then, " +"enable the *Work Orders* feature and hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Now, go to the *Work Centers* menu under *Master Data* and create two new " +"work centers. Add the second work centers as an alternative to the first and" +" vice versa." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:39 +msgid "" +"The next step is to create your *routing*. Add your work center and an " +"operation to it before saving." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Then, you can create your *Bill of Materials* and add components and routing" +" to it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:56 +msgid "Create your Work Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Now that everything is configured, you can create your *Work Orders*. Go to " +"the *Manufacturing Orders* menu and hit *Create*. There, add your product " +"and plan it. In the *Work Orders* list, you can find it ready to be " +"assembled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Each new *Work Order*, which will be created before the end of the first " +"one, will be scheduled at the alternative work center you configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Keep in mind that, if you add time after production to your work center, you" +" may have work orders scheduled for your alternative work center even if the" +" usual one is free." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:3 +msgid "Create Bills of Materials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A *Bill of Materials* is a document defining the quantity of each component " +"required to manufacture a finished product. It also includes the routing and" +" individual steps of the manufacturing process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:9 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can link multiple BoMs to each product and use it to describe" +" multiple variants of them. Each BoM will, yet, be associated with one " +"product only." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:13 +msgid "" +"This feature will help optimize your manufacturing process while saving you " +"time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:17 +msgid "Setting up a BoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:19 +msgid "" +"You can use BoMs without routings. You will use this if you choose to manage" +" your manufacturing operations using manufacturing orders only. In other " +"words, you choose to realize your manufacturing process in one step and do " +"not track the steps the product goes through." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Before creating your *BoM*, you have to create the product using the *BoM* " +"and, at least, one of the components. Go to the :menuselection:`Master Data " +"menu --> Products` and create both the finished product and the component." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Once done, go to the *Bills of Materials* menu under *Master Data*. Now, " +"create it. Choose the product from the dropdown menu and add your components" +" and the quantity. In this case, keep the default *BoM* type, which is " +"*Manufacture this Product*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:37 +msgid "Using the same BoM to describe Variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:39 +msgid "" +"As said above, you can use *BoM* for *Product Variants*. It is basically the" +" same as for the standard product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:42 +msgid "" +"If your *BoM* is for one variant only, then specify which one in the " +"*Product Variant* field. If not, specify the variant it is consumed for on " +"each component line. You can add several variants for each component." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:51 +msgid "Adding a routing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:53 +msgid "" +"You can add routing to your *BoM*. You will do this if you need to define a " +"series of operations required by your manufacturing process. To use it, " +"enable the *Work Orders* feature in the *Manufacturing* app settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Each *BoM* can have only one routing while each routing can be used multiple" +" times." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Now that you have created your routing, add it to your *BoM*. You can select" +" when, in the work operations, your components are consumed with the " +"dropdown menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:73 +msgid "Adding By-Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:75 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, a *by-product* is any product produced by a *BoM* in addition to " +"the primary product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:78 +msgid "" +"To add *by-products* to a *BoM*, you will first need to enable them from the" +" *Manufacturing* app settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Once the feature is enabled, you can add your *By-Products* to your *BoMs*. " +"You can add as many *By-Products* as you want. Just keep in mind that you " +"need to register during which operation your by-product is produced." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:3 +msgid "Sell sets of products as kits" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A *kit* is a set of components that are delivered without first being " +"assembled or mixed. *Kits* are described in Odoo using *Bills of Materials*." +" There are two basic ways to configure *kits*, depending on how the stock of" +" the kit product is to be managed. In either case, both the *Inventory* and " +"*Manufacturing* apps must be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:12 +msgid "Manage Stock of Component Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If you want to assemble kits as they are ordered, managing stock of the kit " +"components only, you will use a *Kit BoM* without a manufacturing step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:18 +msgid "" +"A product using a *Kit BoM* will appear as a single line item on a quotation" +" and sales order, but will generate a delivery order with one line item for " +"each of the components of the kit. In the examples below, the first image " +"shows a sales order for the kit *Custom Computer Kit*, while the second " +"image shows the corresponding delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:33 +msgid "" +"From the *Products menu* in either the *Inventory* or *Manufacturing* app, " +"create each component product as you would with any other product, then " +"create the top-level, or kit product. The kit product should have only the " +"*route Manufacture* set, in the *Inventory tab*. Because you cannot track " +"the stock of kit products, the *Product Type* should be set to Consumable. " +"Because a kit product cannot be purchased, then, *Can be Purchased* should " +"be unchecked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:41 +msgid "" +"All other parameters on the kit product may be modified according to your " +"preference. The component products require no particular configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Once the products are configured, create a *bill of materials* for the kit " +"product. Add each component and its quantity. Select the *BoM Type Ship this" +" product as a set of components*. All other options may be left with their " +"default values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:57 +msgid "Manage Stock of Kit Product and Component Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If you want to manage stock of the *top-level kit product*, you will use a " +"standard *BoM* with a manufacturing step instead of a *Kit BoM*. When using " +"a standard BoM to assemble kits, a *manufacturing order* will be created. " +"The *manufacturing order* must be registered as completed before the kit " +"product will appear in your stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:68 +msgid "" +"On the kit product, select the *route Manufacture*. You may also select " +"*Make to Order*, which will create a *manufacturing order* whenever a sales " +"order is confirmed. Select the product type *Storable Product* to enable " +"stock management." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:76 +msgid "" +"When you create the *bill of materials*, select the BoM Type *Manufacture " +"this product*. The assembly of the kit will be described by a *manufacturing" +" order* rather than a packing operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage BoMs for product variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows you to use one bill of materials for multiple variants of the " +"same product. Simply enable variants from :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:12 +msgid "" +"You will then be able to specify which component lines are to be used in the" +" manufacture of each product variant. You may specify multiple variants for " +"each line. If no variant is specified, the line will be used for all " +"variants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:17 +msgid "" +"When defining variant BoMs on a line-item-basis, the **Product Variant** " +"field in the main section of the BoM should be left blank. This field is " +"used when creating a BoM for one variant of a product only." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:3 +msgid "Set routings on kit Bills of materials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:5 +msgid "" +"It often happens that you want to use kit BoM’s within manufactured product " +"BoM’s in order to lighten the list of components for this manufactured " +"product. When doing so, you would like to have the possibility to specify, " +"for each kit component, in which operation they are consumed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:11 +msgid "" +"We will see the three use cases that you can face in these kinds of " +"configurations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:15 +msgid "Finished Product & Kit Component have the same Routing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:107 +msgid "Create BoM for the Finished Product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Create a manufactured BoM for the finished product which includes a kit " +"component. Set a routing on your BoM, for example, *Assemble Furniture*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:117 +msgid "Create a Kit BoM for the Kit Component" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Update the kit component to define its BoM. Make sure that the routing which" +" is set on this BoM is the same one than on the Finished Product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:36 +msgid "" +"You can define the operations in which the kit components are used directly " +"in the BoM of the kit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:127 +msgid "Manufacturing Order" +msgstr "Produktionsordre" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:42 +msgid "" +"In the list of components, the kit is split. Two work orders are created as " +"we have two operations defined in the *Assemble Furniture* routing. The " +"components of the kits are well consumed in the operations defined in the " +"kit BoM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:57 +msgid "Finished Product & Kit Component haven’t the same Routing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:60 +msgid "Kit Consumption set on Finished Product BoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Update the kit component to define its BoM. In this use case, the routing " +"which is set on this Kit BoM is different than the one of the Finished " +"Product. Specify the operations at which the kit components are consumed in " +"this BoM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:129 +msgid "" +"When the manufacturing order is created for the Manufactured product, the " +"kit is split among its components. When the manufacturing order is planned, " +"three work orders are created in our case, one coming from the routing of " +"the manufactured products, the two other ones coming from the routing of the" +" kit BoM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:95 +msgid "The components are all consumed during their respective operations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:104 +msgid "Kit Consumption set on Kit BoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:109 +msgid "" +"Create a manufactured BoM for the finished product which includes a kit " +"component. Set a routing on your BoM, for example, *Assemble Furniture*. " +"Precise the consumption of the components on this BoM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Update the kit component to define its BoM. In this use case, the routing " +"which is set on this Kit BoM is different than the one of the Finished " +"Product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:138 +msgid "" +"All the components of the kits are consumed during the first operation. The " +"last component is consumed during the second operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:3 +msgid "Manage semi-finished products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, you can use subassembly products to simplify a complex *Bill of " +"Materials* or to represent your manufacturing flow more accurately. A " +"*subassembly product* is a manufactured product that is used as a component " +"to make another one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:10 +msgid "" +"A *BoM* that employs *subassemblies* is referred to as a multi-level BoM. " +"Those are accomplished by creating a *top-level BoM* and *subassembly ones*." +" This process requires a route that will ensure that every time a " +"manufacturing order for the top-level product is created, another one will " +"be for subassemblies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:17 +msgid "Configure the Subassembly Product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To configure a *multi-level BoM*, you will need a top-level product but also" +" its subassemblies. The first step is to create a product form for each of " +"the subassemblies. Select the routes *Manufacture* and *Replenish on Order*." +" Now, hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:27 +msgid "" +"In the *Bill of Materials* menu, under *Master Data*, create a new *Bill of " +"Materials*. Choose the product you just created and add its components." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:35 +msgid "Configure the Main BoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Now, you can configure the top-level product and its *BoM*. Include any " +"subassemblies in the list of components." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Now, each time you will plan a manufacturing order for the top-level " +"product, a manufacturing order will be created for the subassembly one. " +"Then, you will have to manufacture the subassembly in order to make it " +"available before manufacturing the finished product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:3 +msgid "Subcontract your Manufacturing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Outsourcing a portion of some or all your company’s manufacturing needs is " +"not easy. To make it work right, you have to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:8 +msgid "Manage the inventory of raw materials at your subcontractor;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Ship new materials to your subcontractors based on your forecasted demand;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Keep track of manufacturing operations done at the subcontractor location;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:13 +msgid "Control incoming goods quality;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:14 +msgid "Control subcontractors bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Here is an example of subcontracting the manufacturing of “C”, which is " +"produced out of raw materials “A” and “B”." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:23 +msgid "" +"With its subcontracting feature, Odoo helps you handle this flow easily." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To use the subcontracting feature, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and tick the box *Subcontracting*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To define if a product must be subcontracted, use a *Bill of Materials " +"(BoM)* of type *Subcontracting*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To create a new *BoM*, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Master Data " +"--> Bill of Materials` and hit create. Then, list the components your " +"subcontractor needs to manufacture the product. For costing purposes, you " +"might want to register all the components, even the ones that are sourced " +"directly from the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Once you have set the *BoM Type* to *Subcontracting*, specify one or several" +" subcontractors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:52 +msgid "Basic Subcontracting Flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To let your subcontractor know how many products you need, create and send " +"them purchase orders (PO). To do so, open the *Purchase* app and create a " +"new one. Be sure to send the PO to a vendor that is defined as a " +"subcontractor on the *BoM*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Once the *PO* is validated (1), a pending receipt is created. When the " +"products are received, validate the receipt (2), with the actual quantity " +"received. Then Odoo automatically created several inventory moves:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Consume the components at the subcontractor’s location, based on the *BoM* " +"(3);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:70 +msgid "Produce finished goods at the subcontractor’s location (4);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Move products from the subcontractor’s location to YourCompany through the " +"validated receipt (5)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Of course, Odoo does all the transactions for you, automatically. Simply " +"control the vendor bill with the usual matching process with the purchase " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:79 +msgid "" +"The *PO* is optional. If you create a receipt manually, with the right " +"subcontractor, Odoo still performs all the moves. Useful if the " +"subcontractor does not bill a fixed price per item, but rather the time and " +"materials used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:85 +msgid "Inventory Valuation" +msgstr "Lagerværdi" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:87 +msgid "The cost of the manufactured product “C” is defined as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:89 +msgid "**C = A + B + s**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:91 +msgid "With:" +msgstr "Med:" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:93 +msgid "**A**: Cost of raw materials coming from YourCompany;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:96 +msgid "**B**: Cost of raw materials sourced directly from the" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:96 +msgid "subcontractor;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:98 +msgid "**s**: Cost of the subcontracted service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Sending raw materials to your subcontractors (**A**) does not impact the " +"inventory valuation, the components still belonging to your company. To " +"manage this, the *Subcontracting Location* is configured as an *Internal " +"Location* so that the components are still valued in the inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:106 +msgid "" +"Then, the vendor price set on the product C form has to be what has to be " +"paid to the subcontractor for his parts and service time: **B + s**. The " +"product cost has to be: **A + B + s**, how much the product is valued in the" +" accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Finally, the subcontractor bill matches the purchase order, with the " +"proposed price coming from the finished products C." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:115 +msgid "" +"If managing the replenishment of raw materials **B** at your subcontractor’s" +" location is not needed, simply include the cost of **B** in the " +"subcontractor’s price **s** and remove the products *B* from the *BoM*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:121 +msgid "Traceability" +msgstr "Sporbarhed" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:123 +msgid "" +"In case the products received from the subcontractor contain tracked " +"components, their serial or lot numbers need to be specified during the " +"receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:127 +msgid "" +"On the receipt of the subcontracted product, a *Record Components* button " +"appears when necessary. Click on it to open a dialog and record the " +"serial/lot numbers of the components. If the finished product is also " +"tracked, its serial/lot number can be registered here too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:136 +msgid "" +"For audit purposes, it is possible to check the lot numbers recorded on a " +"receipt by using the icon on the right of the finished products:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:144 +msgid "Automate Replenishment of Subcontractors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:146 +msgid "" +"To manage the resupply of your subcontractor, activate *Multi-locations* in " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Configuration`. Then, the " +"inventory at the subcontractor location can be tracked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:151 +msgid "" +"It is possible to resupply subcontractors by sending products from the " +"company locations, or by sending products from another supplier to the " +"subcontractors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:156 +msgid "Replenishment from the warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:158 +msgid "" +"Resupplying subcontractors manually is the simplest approach. To do so, " +"create delivery orders in which the subcontractor is set as a delivery " +"address and fill the components to deliver." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:162 +msgid "" +"To automate the subcontractors’ replenishment propositions, there are two " +"approaches:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:165 +msgid "Reordering rules;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:166 +msgid "Replenish on order flow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:168 +msgid "" +"For the first one, just define a reordering rule on the subcontracting " +"location, with a minimum and maximum inventory level. When the reordering " +"rule is triggered, a delivery order is created to ship the components to the" +" subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:177 +msgid "" +"The second approach is to use a “pull” flow. Here, the demand in the " +"finished product (real demand or forecasted one through the Master " +"Production Schedule) triggers the replenishment of the subcontractor. To do " +"so, select the route *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* on the wanted " +"components." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:188 +msgid "Replenishment from another supplier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:190 +msgid "" +"When purchasing items to another supplier, it is possible to ask him to " +"deliver the subcontractor directly. To do so, activate the *Drop Shipping* " +"feature in :menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> Configuration`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:195 +msgid "" +"Now, set the *Dropship* option in the *Deliver To* field of the *Other " +"Information* tab. Then, provide the address of the subcontractor for the " +"shipping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:203 +msgid "" +"That way, the supplier can ship items directly and you simply receive and " +"pay the bill. However, it is still required to validate receipts for the " +"subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:212 +msgid "Quality Control" +msgstr "Kvalitetskontrol" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:214 +msgid "" +"Controlling the quality of the products manufactured by subcontractors is " +"possible thanks to the Odoo Quality app. Quality checks can be made on a " +"manufacturing step but, because the manufacturing process is handled by an " +"external party, it can be defined on the product reception." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:224 +msgid "" +"To create a quality check at the receipt, open the *Quality* app and create " +"a new *Control Point* on the reception." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:231 +msgid "" +"By doing so, a quality check is automatically created each time a finished " +"product is received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:3 +msgid "Use the Master Production Schedule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The Master Production Schedule (MPS) is a valuable tool to plan your " +"production based on your demand forecast." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to the :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings` " +"and activate the Master Production Schedule feature before hitting save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:18 +msgid "" +"In the manufacturing settings, you can define the time range of your MPS " +"(month/week/day) and the number of periods you want to display." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Now, go in :menuselection:`Planning --> Master Production Schedule` and " +"click on add a product. You can now define your safety stock target (= the " +"stock you want to have on hand at the end of the period) and the minimum and" +" maximum quantities to replenish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The products are ordered in the MPS based on their sequence. You can " +"rearrange that sequence by going on the list of your products and reorganize" +" them with drag and drop." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:36 +msgid "" +"In the MPS view, you can decide which information you would like to show by " +"clicking on *rows*. Some fields can be added to the view, such as *Actual " +"demand*, which will show which quantity of products has already been ordered" +" for the period, or *Available to Promise*, which allows you to know what " +"can still be sold during the period (what you plan to replenish - what is " +"already sold during the period). You can also decide to hide some " +"information if it isn’t necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:48 +msgid "Estimate your demand and launch replenishment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The next step is to estimate the demand for the period. This estimation " +"should be entered in the row *Demand Forecast*. You can easily, at any time," +" compare the demand forecast with the actual demand (= confirmed sales). The" +" demand forecast for a finished product will impact the indirect demand for " +"its components." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Then, the quantity to replenish for the different periods will be " +"automatically computed. The replenishments you are supposed to launch based " +"on your lead times (vendor lead time or manufacturing lead time) are " +"displayed in green. You can now launch the replenishment by clicking on the " +"replenish button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Depending on the configuration of the product (buy vs. manufacture), " +"requests for quotations or manufacturing orders will be created. You can " +"easily access those by clicking on the *Actual Replenishment* cell." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:75 +msgid "" +"In case you manually edit the *To replenish* quantity, a small cross will " +"appear on the left. In case you want to go back to the automatically " +"computed value given by Odoo, you can click the cross." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:83 +msgid "Cells color signification" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:85 +msgid "" +"The cells, which are part of the *To replenish* line, can take different " +"colors depending on the situation:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:88 +msgid "" +"**Green**: quantity of products which should be replenished to reach the " +"expected safety stock considering the demand forecast and the indirect " +"demand forecast." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:90 +msgid "" +"**Grey**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity " +"still matches current data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:92 +msgid "" +"**Red**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity " +"was too high considering current data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:94 +msgid "" +"**Orange**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity" +" was too low considering current data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:96 +msgid "" +"The *Forecasted stock* line can also contain red cells, which means the " +"stock will be negative during the period in question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:100 +msgid "What if I have underestimated the demand?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:102 +msgid "" +"You can still increase the demand forecast. It will impact the quantity to " +"replenish. The cell will become orange, and you’ll be able to launch a new " +"replenishment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:107 +msgid "What if I have overestimated the demand?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:109 +msgid "" +"You can decrease the demand forecast. The cell will become red to inform you" +" that you’ve ordered more than planned. If you’re still able to do it, you " +"can cancel some RFQ or MO manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:114 +msgid "What if I wrongly added a product to the MPS?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:116 +msgid "" +"You can easily remove a product from the MPS by clicking the small bin on " +"the right of its name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:4 +msgid "Purchase" +msgstr "Indkøb" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced" +msgstr "Avanceret" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:3 +msgid "Analyze the performance of your purchases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:5 +msgid "" +"If your company regularly purchases products, you have several reasons to " +"track and analyze your performance. The insights gathered can help you to " +"better forecast and plan your future orders. For example, you can assess if " +"your business is dependent on particular vendors, and the data can help you " +"negotiate discounts on prices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:11 +msgid "Generate customized reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Go to *Reporting* to access the purchase analysis. Simply by accessing the " +"reporting dashboard, you can get a quick overview of your actual " +"performance. By default, the reporting dashboard displays a line chart " +"presenting the untaxed amount of your purchase orders per day, and below it," +" key metrics and a pivot table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:22 +msgid "" +"While the data initially presented is useful, there are several tools and " +"features you can use to get even more insights on your purchases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:26 +msgid "Use filters to select the data you need" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Odoo offers several default filters you can use and combine by clicking on " +"*Filters*. When you select one or several filters, Odoo looks for all the " +"orders that match at least one of the filters you have chosen and populates " +"the chart, key metrics, and pivot table with the data. The pre-configured " +"filters are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:33 +msgid "All *Requests for Quotation*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:35 +msgid "All *Purchase Orders*, except canceled ones" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:37 +msgid "" +"*Confirmation Date Last Year* includes all orders that were confirmed the " +"previous year, canceled purchase orders included" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:40 +msgid "" +"*Order Date* includes all orders - request for quotations and purchases " +"orders (canceled ones included) - depending on their date of creation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:43 +msgid "" +"*Confirmation Date* includes all confirmed orders, canceled ones included, " +"depending on their date of confirmation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:47 +msgid "" +"When you have to select a period, you can use multiple years, and, with at " +"least one year selected, multiple quarters and the three most recent months." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you use the *Order Date* or *Confirmation Date* filters, the *Comparison*" +" feature appears next to *Filters*. It enables you to compare the period you" +" filtered with the previous one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:59 +msgid "Add custom filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Thanks to the 31 filtering options to choose from, the possibilities of your" +" customizing your dataset are almost limitless. Go to " +":menuselection:`Filters --> Add Custom Filter`, specify the condition the " +"filtering option should meet (e.g. *is equal to*, *contains*, etc.), and " +"click on *Apply*. If you want to select orders matching several conditions " +"simultaneously (*and* operator), repeat the process to add another custom " +"filter. If you want to use the *or* operator, don't click on *Apply*, and " +"click on *Add a condition* instead. Once you have added all the desired " +"filtering options, click on *Apply*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To avoid having to recreate custom filters every time, save them by clicking" +" on :menuselection:`Favorites --> Save current search --> Save`. The " +"customized search filter can then be accessed by clicking on *Favorites* or " +"can even be set as the default filter when you open the reporting dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:80 +msgid "Measure exactly what you need" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Before selecting what you want to measure, you need to decide whether you " +"prefer using the graph view or the pivot view. By default, the dashboard " +"presents both views. However, the measures you select won't be applied to " +"both views. You can access each view separately by clicking on the icons at " +"the top right of the dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:92 +msgid "Visualize your data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:94 +msgid "" +"You can transform the main graph in just a click by selecting one of the " +"three charts: bar, line or pie. Fourteen different measures are available, " +"but you can only use one at a time. However, you can group the measure using" +" one or several of the 19 *Groups*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:102 +msgid "" +"For bar and line charts, the selected measure is your y-axis, and the first " +"group you select is used to create the x-axis. Adding more group adds " +"additional lines (line chart) or transforms your bar chart into a stacked " +"bar chart. For pie charts, the more groups you select, the more slices are " +"displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:108 +msgid "Explore your data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:110 +msgid "" +"The pivot table view enables you to explore your data in great detail. " +"Unlike the graph view, the pivot table enables you to add several measures " +"at the same time. By clicking on *Measures* or on the **+** sign in the " +"*Total* column, you can add as many as you want, each assigned to a new " +"column. By clicking on the **+** sign in the *Total* row, you can add " +"*Groups*. If you click on a group's **+** sign, you can add a sub-group, and" +" so on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:121 +msgid "" +"You can insert your pivot table's data directly in the Spreadsheet app or " +"export it as an Excel file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals.rst:3 +msgid "Manage deals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:3 +msgid "Purchase agreements: blanket orders and calls for tenders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:5 +msgid "" +"There are two main types of purchase agreements preconfigured in Odoo: " +"blanket orders and call for tenders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Blanket orders are long-term agreements between a company and a vendor to " +"deliver products on a recurring basis with predetermined pricing. Your " +"company should consider using them when you frequently purchase the same " +"products from the same vendor in varying quantities and/or at different " +"times. Among their many benefits, you can save time as the ordering process " +"is simplified, and money thanks to more advantageous bulk pricing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Calls for tenders use a special procedure to request offers from multiple " +"vendors at the same time. While public sector organizations are often " +"legally bound to release calls for tenders when they want to purchase goods " +"or services, private organizations can also use them to get the best deal " +"among several vendors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:20 +msgid "Enable purchase agreements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:22 +msgid "" +"From the Purchase app, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and" +" activate *Purchase Agreements*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:30 +msgid "Configure or create new types of purchase agreements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Before you start using purchase agreements, make sure they are configured " +"the way you want by going to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Purchase " +"Agreement Types`. From there, you can edit the way blanket orders and calls " +"for tenders or *Create* a new type of purchase agreement. You can configure " +"the:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:37 +msgid "Agreement Type: the name you want to give to the agreement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Agreement Selection Type: you can either select multiple offers using " +"*Select multiple RFQ (non-exclusive)*, which is the default setting for both" +" blanket orders and calls for tenders, or a single offer using *Select only " +"one RFQ (exclusive)*, which is sometimes needed for calls for tenders where " +"you only want to select a single vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Lines: generally, you would always want to select *Use lines of agreement*, " +"which are the different product lines you can configure when you set up your" +" purchase agreement. However, you can select *Do not create RfQ lines " +"automatically* if you don't want your requests for quotations to be pre-" +"filled in with that information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Quantities: if you use lines of agreements, you can also specify " +"independently if the products' quantities should be used to pre-fill new " +"requests for quotations. The default option for blanket orders is *Set " +"quantities manually*, while for calls for tenders are set to *Use quantities" +" of agreement*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:59 +msgid "Set up a blanket order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Orders --> Purchase Agreements` and click on *Create*." +" Select *Blanket Order* as your *Agreement Type*. Next, select the vendor. " +"The other fields aren't mandatory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Next, add the products you want to order and their price. Note that you can " +"also add a *Quantity* for each product, for example, if you have agreed with" +" your vendor to order a specific minimum quantity each time or in total. If " +"you have configured your blanket order to *Set quantities manually*, this is" +" only used for informational purposes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:73 +msgid "" +"You can also write any *Terms and Conditions* at the bottom of the " +"agreement. Once you are satisfied with your blanket order, click on " +"*Confirm*. Its status then changes from *Draft* to *Ongoing* and it's ready " +"to be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:78 +msgid "Create requests for quotation from the blanket order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:80 +msgid "" +"You can now create new quotations from the blanket order whenever you need " +"it by clicking on *New Quotation*. Odoo automatically fills in requests for " +"quotation with the information initially defined when you set up the blanket" +" order. Depending on the way you configured the *Purchase Agreement Type*, " +"product lines can also be pre-filled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:85 +msgid "" +"From here, you can quickly view all the requests for quotations made under " +"that blanket order by clicking on *RFQs/Orders*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:93 +msgid "" +"You can also create a *Request for Quotation* the usual way and then link it" +" to an existing *Blanket Order*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:97 +msgid "Blanket orders and replenishment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Blanket orders can be used for :doc:`automated replenishment " +"<../../purchase/products/reordering>`, as once a blanket order is confirmed," +" a new vendor line is added to your product. Make sure the related vendor is" +" in the first position if you have several vendors linked to your product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:108 +msgid "Set up a call for tenders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Orders --> Purchase Agreements` and click on *Create*." +" Select *Call for Tenders* as your *Agreement Type*. The other fields aren't" +" mandatory, but you can add the date you want to be delivered and set an " +"agreement deadline. You usually don't want to select a vendor for calls for " +"tenders as you are looking to get quotations from multiple vendors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Next, add the products you want to order and in what quantity. For calls for" +" tenders, you typically don't add a price, as the vendors should give you " +"their best quote." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:118 +msgid "" +"You can also write any *Terms and Conditions* at the bottom of the " +"agreement. Once you are ready, click on *Confirm*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:126 +msgid "Requests quotations from the call for tenders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:128 +msgid "" +"You can now request new quotations from the call for tenders. Click on *New " +"Quotation* and select one of your vendors you want to invite to the call for" +" tenders. Product lines should also be pre-filled in, depending on how you " +"configured the *Purchase Agreement Type*. Click on *Send by email* to send " +"it to the vendor. Go back to the call for tenders and repeat this process " +"for each vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:138 +msgid "" +"Once you have sent a request for quotation to every vendor and receiving " +"their quotes, click on *Validate* to proceed to the bid selection. Next, " +"click on the RFQs/Orders smart button to view all your vendors' quotations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:146 +msgid "" +"Click on each request for quotation to add the price communicated by your " +"vendors manually. When that's done, select the most advantageous offer and " +"click on *Confirm Order*. This automatically closes the call for tenders. " +"You can now proceed with the purchase order as you would for a regular one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:3 +msgid "Control and know when vendor bills should be paid" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can define how your vendor bills are controlled. For each " +"purchase order, you can decide when the related vendor bill should be paid: " +"either before or after you have received your products. You can also check " +"at a glance what is the billing status of each purchase order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:9 +msgid "" +"With the 3-way matching feature, Odoo compares the information appearing on " +"the *Purchase Order*, the *Vendor Bill* and the *Receipt*, and lets you know" +" if you should pay the bill. This way you can avoid paying incorrect or " +"fraudulent vendor bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:14 +msgid "Vendor bills default control policy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:16 +msgid "" +"As a first step, open your Purchase app and go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` to set the default bill control " +"policy for all the products created onwards." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:23 +msgid "" +"By selecting *On ordered quantities*, you can create a vendor bill as soon " +"as you confirm an order. The quantities mentioned in the purchase order are " +"used to generate the draft bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you choose *On received quantities* instead, you can only create one once" +" you have at least received some of the products you have ordered. The " +"quantities you have received are used to generate the draft bill. If you try" +" to create one without having received any product, you get an error " +"message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:36 +msgid "Change a specific product's control policy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:38 +msgid "" +"If you want to modify a specific product's control policy, go to " +":menuselection:`Products --> Products`, open it, click on *Edit* and go to " +"the *Purchase tab*. There you can change a product's default bill control " +"policy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:47 +msgid "View a purchase order's billing status" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Once you confirm an order, you can view its *Billing Status* by going to the" +" *Other Information* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Below you can find a list of the different *Billing Status*, and when they " +"are displayed, depending on the products' bill control policy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:60 +msgid "**Billing status**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:60 +msgid "**Conditions**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:62 +msgid "*On received quantities*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:62 +msgid "*On ordered quantities*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:64 +msgid "*Nothing to Bill*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:64 +msgid "PO confirmed; no products received" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:64 +msgid "*(Not applicable)*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:66 +msgid "*Waiting Bills*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:66 +msgid "All/some products received; bill not created" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:66 +msgid "PO confirmed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:68 +msgid "*Fully Billed*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:68 +msgid "All/some products received; draft bill created" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:68 +msgid "Draft bill created" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:72 +msgid "Determine when to pay with 3-way matching" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:74 +msgid "" +"First, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate *3-way" +" matching*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:81 +msgid "" +"3-way matching is intended to work with the bill control policy set to *On " +"received quantities*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:84 +msgid "Should I pay the vendor bill?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:86 +msgid "" +"With the feature activated, your vendor bills now display the *Should Be " +"Paid* field under the *Other info* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:93 +msgid "" +"As you can't create a bill until you have received your products - and if " +"you haven't received all of them, Odoo only includes the products you have " +"received in the draft bill - the *Should Be Paid* status is set to *Yes* " +"when you create one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:97 +msgid "" +"If you edit a draft bill to increase the billed quantity, change the price, " +"or add other products, the *Should Be Paid* status is set to *Exception*. It" +" means Odoo notices the discrepancy, but that you might have a valid reason " +"to have done so." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Once the payment has been registered and mentions *Paid*, the *Should Be " +"Paid* status is set to *No*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:109 +msgid "" +"The *Should Be Paid* status is set automatically by Odoo. However, you can " +"change the status manually when you are viewing a bill in edit mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:3 +msgid "Don’t run out of stock with reordering rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To make sure you never run out of stock, you can define *Reordering Rules* " +"on products. Thanks to them, Odoo can help you replenish your stock " +"automatically when it reaches set quantities or whenever a sales order is " +"created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:9 +msgid "You need to install the *Inventory app* to use reordering rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:12 +msgid "Configure your storable product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Open or create a product with its *Product Type* set to *Storable Product*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:20 +msgid "" +"As you are purchasing this product from a vendor, go to the product's " +"*Purchase tab* and add a vendor by clicking on *Add a line*. You can add " +"multiple vendors, but make sure to order them correctly, since reordering " +"rules always use the first vendor in a list. You can add a price, but it " +"isn't necessary for the reordering rule to work. In addition, you can add a " +"minimum quantity you must order to benefit from that price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:27 +msgid "" +"If the quantity Odoo has to reorder doesn't match the minimum quantity " +"specified, Odoo selects the next vendor on your list. If you don't have " +"another vendor on your list, the reordering rule won't work. For that " +"purpose, you can add the same vendor multiple times with different prices " +"for different quantities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:37 +msgid "" +"By default, a draft purchase order is created. However, if you have enabled " +"*Purchase Agreements*, you can *Propose a call for tenders* instead as shown" +" in the image above. For more information, see " +":doc:`../manage_deals/agreements`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Next, make sure the correct route is selected under the Inventory tab of " +"your product. If you created your product within the Purchase app, the *Buy*" +" route is selected by default. If you are looking to dropship your product, " +"select *Dropship*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:50 +msgid "Set up your reordering rule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:52 +msgid "Open your product and click on the *Reordering Rules* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Once you are on the product's reordering rules page, click on *Create*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:61 +msgid "" +"You can access and create reordering rules from :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Configuration --> Reordering Rules` and from :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Operations --> Replenishment`. By default, the replenishment view " +"presents a summary of all the products that you might need to purchase to " +"fulfill your sales orders. From there, you can ask Odoo with a single click " +"to order a product once or automate all orders for that product, future " +"orders included." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:68 +msgid "Define quantities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:70 +msgid "" +"You can set a **minimum quantity** your stock should always have. Once set, " +"if your stock goes below the minimum quantity, and if you selected the Buy " +"route, a request for quotation is automatically generated to reach that " +"minimum quantity, plus any additional quantity needed to fill in a sales " +"order for example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:75 +msgid "" +"If you set a **maximum quantity**, every time the product has to be " +"replenished, enough products are reordered to reach the maximum quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:78 +msgid "" +"If you want to order only the exact quantity needed to fill in a sales order" +" for example, set both both the minimum and maximum quantity to **zero**. " +"The quantity mentioned in the sales order is then used by the reordering " +"rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:82 +msgid "" +"You can also add a **quantity multiple** to only order products in batches " +"of a certain quantity. Click on the optional columns drop-down menu, and " +"select *Multiple Quantity* to show the column. Bear in mind that you might " +"go over the maximum quantity you set if your rule includes a quantity " +"multiple, as Odoo orders enough products to reach the maximum quantity and " +"respect the set quantity multiple." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:92 +msgid "" +"If you selected multiple routes for the same product under its Inventory " +"tab, make sure to select your *Preferred Route* on your reordering rule by " +"clicking on the optional columns drop-down menu, adding the *Preferred " +"Route* column, and selecting the right route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:3 +msgid "Purchase in different units of measure than sales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you purchase a product, it may happen that your vendor uses a different" +" unit of measure than you do when you sell it. This can cause confusion " +"between sales and purchase representatives. It is also time-consuming to " +"convert measures manually every time. With Odoo, you can configure your " +"product once and let Odoo handle the conversion." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:10 +msgid "Consider the following examples:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:12 +msgid "" +"You purchase orange juice from an American vendor, and they use **gallons**." +" However, your customers are European and use **liters**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:15 +msgid "" +"You buy curtains from a vendor in the form of **rolls** and you sell pieces " +"of the rolls to your customers using **square meters**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:19 +msgid "Enable units of measure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Open your Sales app and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. " +"Under Product Catalog, enable *Units of Measure*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:29 +msgid "Specify sales and purchase units of measure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:32 +msgid "Standard units of measure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:34 +msgid "" +"A variety of units of measure are available by default in your database. " +"Each belongs to one of the five pre-configured units of measure categories: " +"*Length / Distance*, *Unit*, *Volume*, *Weight* and *Working Time*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:39 +msgid "" +"You can create your new units of measure and units of measure categories " +"(see next section)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To specify different units of measures for sales and purchases, open the " +"Purchase app and go to :menuselection:`Products --> Products`. Create a " +"product or select an existing one. Under the product's *General Information*" +" tab, first select the *Unit of Measure* to be used for sales (as well as " +"for other apps such as inventory). Then, select the *Purchase Unit of " +"Measure* to be used for purchases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Back to the first example, if you purchase orange juice from your vendor in " +"**gallons** and sell it to your customers in **liters**, first select *L* " +"(liters) as the *Unit of Measure*, and *gal (US)* (gallons) as the *Purchase" +" Unit of Measure*, then click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:56 +msgid "Create new units of measure and units of measure categories" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Sometimes you need to create your own units and categories, either because " +"the measure is not pre-configured in Odoo or because the units do not relate" +" with each other (e.g. kilos and centimeters)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:62 +msgid "" +"If you take the second example where you buy curtains from a vendor in the " +"form of **rolls** and you sell pieces of the rolls using **square meters**, " +"you need to create a new *Units of Measure Category* in order to relate both" +" units of measure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:66 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Units of Measure " +"Categories`. Click on *Create* and name the category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:73 +msgid "" +"The next step is to create the two units of measures. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Units of Measure`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:76 +msgid "" +"First, create the unit of measure used as the reference point for converting" +" to other units of measure inside the category by clicking on *Create*. Name" +" the unit and select the units of measure category you just created. For the" +" *Type*, select *Reference Unit of Measure for this category type*. Enter " +"the *Rounding Precision* you would like to use. The quantity computed by " +"Odoo is always a multiple of this value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:82 +msgid "" +"In the example, as you cannot purchase less than 1 roll and won't use " +"fractions of a roll as a unit of measure, you can enter 1." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:89 +msgid "" +"If you use a *Rounding Precision* inferior to 0.01, a warning message might " +"appear stating that it is higher than the *Decimal Accuracy* and that it " +"might cause inconsistencies. If you wish to use a *Rounding Precision* lower" +" than 0.01, first :doc:`activate the Developer Mode " +"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, then go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Database Structure --> Decimal " +"Accuracy`, select *Product Unit of Measure* and edit *Digits* accordingly. " +"For example, if you want to use a rounding precision of 0.00001, set " +"*Digits* to 5." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Next, create a second unit of measure, name it, and select the same units of" +" measure category as your reference unit. As *Type*, select *Smaller* or " +"*Bigger than the reference Unit of Measure*, depending on your situation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:100 +msgid "" +"As the curtain roll equals to 100 square meters, you should select " +"*Smaller*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Next, you need to enter the *Ratio* between your reference unit and the " +"second one. If the second unit is smaller, the *Ratio* should be greater " +"than 1. If the second unit is larger, the ratio should be smaller than 1." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:106 +msgid "For your curtain roll, the ratio should be set to 100." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:112 +msgid "" +"You can now configure your product just as you would using Odoo's standard " +"units of measure." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po deleted file mode 100644 index aac0877ca..000000000 --- a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,800 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Mads Søndergaard, 2020 -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# Mads Søndergaard <mads@vkdata.dk>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-11-02 12:05+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Mads Søndergaard <mads@vkdata.dk>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: da\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../iot.rst:5 -msgid "Internet of Things (IoT)" -msgstr "Internet of Things (IoT)" - -#: ../../iot/config.rst:3 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Konfiguration" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:3 -msgid "Connect an IoT Box to your database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:5 -msgid "Install the Internet of Things (IoT) App on your Odoo Database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:10 -msgid "Go in the IoT App and click on Connect on the IoT Boxes page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:15 -msgid "Follow the steps to connect your IoT Box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:21 -msgid "Ethernet Connection" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Connect to the IoT Box all the devices that have to be connected with cables" -" (ethernet, usb devices, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:26 -msgid "Power on the IoT Box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Read the Pairing Code from a screen or a receipt printer connected to the " -"IoT Box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:32 -msgid "Input the Pairing Code and click on the Pair button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Recent changes in modern web browsers forced us to modify the connection " -"wizard. If your screen is different from the screenshots, make sure that the" -" ``iot_pairing`` module is installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:40 -msgid "WiFi Connection" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:42 -msgid "Power on the IoT Box" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:44 -msgid "Copy the token" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Connect to the IoT Box WiFi Network (make sure there is no ethernet cable " -"plugged in your computer)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:53 -msgid "" -"You will be redirected to the IoT Box Homepage (if it doesn't work, connect " -"to the IP address of the box). Give a name to your IoT Box (not required) " -"and paste the token, then click on next." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:60 -msgid "" -"If you are on Runbot, do not forget to add the -all or -base in the token " -"(e.g. this token **http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-" -"f3f920.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401** should become " -"**http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-f3f920-all.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401**)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Choose the WiFi network you want to connect with (enter the password if " -"there is one) and click on Submit. Wait a few seconds before being " -"redirected to your database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:72 -msgid "You should now see the IoT Box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:78 -msgid "IoT Box Schema" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:3 -msgid "Flashing your SD Card" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In some case, you may need to reflash your IoT Box’s SD Card to benefit from" -" our latest updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:9 -msgid "Upgrade from the IoT Box homepage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Go to the IoT Box homepage, click on *Update*, next to the version number. " -"If a new version of the IoT Box image is available, you will see a *Upgrade " -"to ___* button a the bottom of the page, the IoT Box will then flash itself " -"to the new version of the IoT Box. All of your configurations will be saved." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:18 -msgid "" -"This process can take more than 30 minutes. Do not turn off or unplug the " -"IoT Box as it would leave it in an inconsistent state." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:25 -msgid "Upgrade with Etcher" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Go to Balena’s website and download `Etcher <https://www.balena.io/>`__. " -"It’s a free and open-source utility used for burning image files. Install " -"and launch it. Download the latest image from `nightly " -"<http://nightly.odoo.com/master/iotbox/>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Then, open *Etcher* and select *Flash from file*, find the image you just " -"downloaded. Insert the IoT Box SD card into your computer and select it. " -"Click on *Flash* and wait for the process to finish." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:3 -msgid "Use the IoT Box for the PoS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:9 -msgid "Prerequisites" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:11 -msgid "Before starting, make sure you have the following:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:13 -msgid "An IoT Box, with its power adapter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:15 -msgid "A computer or tablet with an up-to-date web browser" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:17 -msgid "" -"A running SaaS or Odoo instance with the Point of Sale and IoT apps " -"installed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:20 -msgid "A local network setup with DHCP (this is the default setting)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:22 -msgid "An RJ45 Ethernet Cable (optional, WiFi is built in)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Any of the supported hardware (receipt printer, barcode scanner, cash " -"drawer, payment terminal, scale, customer display, etc.). The list of " -"supported hardware can be found on the `POS Hardware page " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/point-of-sale-hardware>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:30 -msgid "Set Up" -msgstr "Indstil" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:32 -msgid "" -"To connect hardware to the PoS, the first step is to connect an IoT Box to " -"your database. For this, follow this :doc:`documentation <connect>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:36 -msgid "Then, you have to connect the peripheral devices to your IoT Box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:38 -msgid "" -"**Printer**: Connect a supported receipt printer to a USB port or to the " -"network and power it on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:41 -msgid "" -"**Cash drawer**: The cash drawer should be connected to the printer with an " -"RJ25 cable." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:44 -msgid "" -"**Barcode scanner**: Connect your barcode scanner. In order for your barcode" -" scanner to be compatible it must end barcodes with an Enter character " -"(keycode 28). This is most likely the default configuration of your barcode " -"scanner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:49 -msgid "**Scale**: Connect your scale and power it on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:51 -msgid "" -"**Customer Display**: Connect a monitor to the IoT Box using an HDMI cable. " -"You can also access the Customer Display from any other computer by " -"accessing the IoT Box homepage and clicking on the *POS Display* button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:56 -msgid "" -"**Payment terminal**: The connection process depends on the terminal, please" -" refer to the :doc:`payment terminals documentation " -"<../../point_of_sale/payment>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Once it's done, you can connect the IoT Box to your PoS. For this, go in " -":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> PoS`, tick *IoT Box* and" -" select the devices you want to use in this Point of Sale. Save the changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:68 -msgid "Set up is done, you can launch a new PoS Session." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:3 -msgid "Troubleshooting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:6 -msgid "IoT Box Connection" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:9 -msgid "I can't find the pairing code to connect my IoT Box" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:11 -msgid "" -"The pairing code should be printed on receipt printers connected to the IoT " -"Box and should also be displayed on connected monitors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:14 -msgid "The pairing code doesn't show under the following circumstances:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:16 -msgid "The IoT Box is already connected to an Odoo database;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:18 -msgid "The IoT Box is not connected to the Internet;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:20 -msgid "" -"The code is only valid for 5 minutes after the IoT Box has started. It's " -"automatically removed from connected displays when this delay has expired;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:23 -msgid "" -"The version of the IoT Box image is too old. It should use version 20.06 or " -"more recent. If your IoT Box image is from an earlier version, then you will" -" have to reflash the SD card of your IoT Box to update the image (see " -":doc:`Flashing your SD Card <flash_sdcard>`)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:28 -msgid "" -"If you are not in any of the cases listed above, make sure that the IoT Box " -"has correctly started, by checking that a fixed green LED is showing next to" -" the micro-USB port." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:33 -msgid "I've connected my IoT Box but it's not showing in my database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:35 -msgid "" -"When you connect an IoT Box to a database, the IoT Box might restart, if " -"that is the case, it might take up to one minute before appearing in your " -"database. If after some time the IoT is still not showing, make sure that " -"your database can be reached from the IoT Box and that your server doesn't " -"use a multi-database environment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:42 -msgid "My IoT Box is connected to my database, but cannot be reached" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Make sure that the IoT Box and the device running the browser are located on" -" the same network as the IoT Box cannot be reached from outside the local " -"network." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:49 -msgid "Printer" -msgstr "Printer" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:52 -msgid "My printer is not detected" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:54 -msgid "" -"If one of your printers doesn't show up in your devices list, go to the IoT " -"Box homepage and make sure that it is listed under *Printers*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:60 -msgid "" -"If your printer is not present on the IoT Box homepage, hit *Printers " -"Server*, go to the *Administration* tab and click on *Add Printer*. If you " -"can't find your printer in the list, it's probably not connected properly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:66 -msgid "My printer outputs random text" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:68 -msgid "" -"For most printers, the correct driver should be automatically detected and " -"selected. However, in some cases, the automatic detection mechanism might " -"not be enough, and if no driver is found the printer might print random " -"characters." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:73 -msgid "" -"The solution is to manually select the corresponding driver. On the IoT Box " -"homepage, click on *Printers Server*, go to the *Printers* tab and select " -"the printer in the list. In the Administration dropdown, click on *Modify " -"Printer*. Follow the steps and select the Make and Model corresponding to " -"your printer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Epson and Star receipt printers and Zebra label printers do not need a " -"driver to work. Make sure that no driver is selected for those printers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:88 -msgid "My Zebra Printer doesn't print anything" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:90 -msgid "" -"Zebra printers are quite sensitive to the format of the ZPL code that is " -"printed. If nothing comes out of the printer or blank labels are printed, " -"try changing the format of the report that is sent to the printer by " -"accessing :menuselection:`Settings ~~> Technical ~~> Views` in developer " -"mode and look for the corresponding template." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:97 -msgid "Barcode Scanner" -msgstr "Stregkode scanner" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:100 -msgid "The characters read by the barcode scanner don't match the barcode" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:102 -msgid "" -"By default, we assume that your barcode scanner is configured in US QWERTY. " -"This is the default configuration of most barcode readers. If your barcode " -"scanner uses a different layout, please go to the form view of your device " -"and select the correct one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:108 -msgid "Nothing happens when a barcode is scanned" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:110 -msgid "" -"Make sure that the correct device is selected in your Point of Sale " -"configuration and that your barcode is configured to send an ENTER character" -" (keycode 28) at the end of every barcode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:115 -msgid "The barcode scanner is detected as a keyboard" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:117 -msgid "" -"Some poorly built barcode scanners do not advertise themselves as barcode " -"scanners but as a USB keyboard instead, and will not be recognized by the " -"IoT Box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:121 -msgid "" -"You can manually change the device type by going to its form view and " -"activating the *Is scanner* option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:128 -msgid "Cashdrawer" -msgstr "Åbn kasseapparatet" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:131 -msgid "The cashdrawer does not open" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:133 -msgid "" -"The cashdrawer should be connected to the printer and the *Cashdrawer* " -"checkbox should be ticked in the POS configuration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices.rst:3 -msgid "Devices" -msgstr "Enheder" - -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:3 -msgid "Connect a Camera" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When using your *IoT Box* in Odoo, you could need to use a camera. As it can" -" be done in a few steps, this device is really easy to configure. Then, you " -"can use it in your manufacturing process and link it to a control point. " -"Doing so will allow you to take pictures when you reach the chosen quality " -"control point." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:12 ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:13 -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:11 -msgid "Connection" -msgstr "Forbindelse" - -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:14 -msgid "" -"To connect the camera to the *IoT Box*, simply connect the two by cable." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:17 -msgid "" -"If your camera is a `*supported one* <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-" -"hardware>`__, there is no need to set up anything as it will be detected as " -"soon as it is connected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:25 -msgid "Link a Camera to a Quality Control Point" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:28 ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:34 -msgid "With the Manufacturing app" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:30 -msgid "" -"In your *Quality app*, you can setup the device on a *Quality Control " -"Point*. Go to the *Control Points* menu, under *Quality Control* and open " -"the control point you want to link with the camera." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Now, you can edit the control point and select the device from the dropdown " -"list. Now, hit save." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Then, your camera can be used with the picked *Control Point*. During the " -"manufacturing process, reaching the *Quality Control Point* you chose before" -" will allow you to take a picture." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:3 -msgid "Connect a Footswitch" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When working, it is always better to have your two hands available. Using " -"Odoo’s *IoT Box* and a footswitch will allow it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In fact, you will be able to go from one screen to another and perform " -"actions by using your foot and the footswitch. Really convenient, it can be " -"configured in a few steps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Connecting the footswitch to the *IoT Box* is easy, you just have to connect" -" the two by cable." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:18 -msgid "" -"If your footswitch is a `supported one <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-" -"hardware>`__, there is no need to set up anything since it will be " -"automatically detected when connected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:26 -msgid "Link a Footswitch to a Workcenter" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:28 -msgid "" -"To link the footswitch to an action, it needs to be configured on a " -"workcenter. Go to the workcenter you want to use the footswitch in and add " -"the device in the *IoT Triggers* tab. Then, you can link it to an action and" -" also add a key to trigger it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Note that the one that is first in the list will be chosen. So, the order " -"matters! In the picture above, using the footswitch will, for example, " -"automatically skip the current part of the process you work on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:41 -msgid "" -"When you are on the work order screen, a status button indicates if you are " -"correctly connected to the footswitch." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:3 -msgid "Connect a Measurement Tool" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:5 -msgid "" -"With Odoo’s *IoT Box*, it is possible to connect measurement tools to your " -"database. Find the list of supported devices here: `Supported devices " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-hardware>`__,." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:10 -msgid "Connect in USB" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To add a device connected by USB, just plug the USB cable in the *IoT Box*, " -"and the device should appear in your Odoo database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:19 -msgid "Connect in Bluetooth" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Activate the Bluetooth on your device (see your device manual for further " -"explanation) and the IoT Box will automatically try to connect to the " -"device." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:25 -msgid "Here is an example of what it should look like:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:31 -msgid "Link a measurement tool to a quality control point" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:36 -msgid "" -"In your *Quality app*, you can setup a device on your *Quality Control " -"Points*. To do so, go to the *Control Points* menu, under *Quality Control* " -"and open the control point to which you want to assign a measurement tool." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Now, you can edit the control point and choose the device from the dropdown " -"list. Then, hit save." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Now, your measurement tool is linked to the chosen *Control Point*. The " -"value, which needs to be changed manually, will be automatically updated " -"while the tool is being used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:3 -msgid "Connect a Printer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When using your *IoT Box* in Odoo, you could need to use a printer. Doing so" -" is easy and convenient as it can be done in a few steps. Then, you can use " -"it to print receipts, orders or even reports in different Odoo apps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:13 -msgid "" -"The IoT Box supports printers connected through USB, network or Bluetooth. " -"`Supported printers <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-hardware>`__ will be " -"detected automatically and will appear in the *Devices* list of your IoT " -"app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:18 -msgid "The printer can take up to two minutes to appear in your devices list." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:24 -msgid "Link the Printer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:27 -msgid "To Work Orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:29 -msgid "" -"You can link *Work Orders* to printers via a *Quality Control Point* to " -"print labels for manufactured products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:32 -msgid "" -"To do so, you need to create a *Quality Control Point* from the *Quality* " -"app. Then, you can select the correct manufacturing operation and the work " -"order operation. In type, choose *Print Label* and hit save." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Now, each time you reach the quality control point for the chosen product, a" -" *Print Label* button will appear." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:47 -msgid "To Reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:49 -msgid "" -"You can also link a type of report to a certain printer. In the *IoT* app, " -"go to the *Devices* menu and select the printer you want to set up." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:56 -msgid "Now, go to the *Printer Reports* tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Hit edit and then, click on *Add a line*. In the window that shows up, check" -" all the types of reports that should be linked to this printer. Click on " -"select and save." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Now, each time you click on *Print* in the control panel, instead of " -"downloading a PDF, it will send it to the selected printer and automatically" -" print it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:73 -msgid "Print Receipts from the PoS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:75 -msgid "" -"You can link a printer to your *Point of Sale* app so you can print receipts" -" directly from your *PoS*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:78 -msgid "" -"Doing so is really easy. Go to your *Point of Sale* app and open your *Point" -" of Sale* settings, under *Configuration*. There, click on *Edit* and check " -"the *IoT Box* feature. Then, choose your *Receipt Printer* from the " -"dropdown." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:86 -msgid "" -"Now, you will be able to print different kinds of tickets from your *POS*: " -"**receipts**, **sale details** and **bills**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:89 -msgid "" -"Receipts are printed once the order is validated. The process is automated " -"when you enable the feature in your *PoS* configuration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Sales details can be printed by clicking on the printer icon on the navbar " -"at the top of the *PoS*. It will print the details of the sales of the " -"current day." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:99 -msgid "" -"As for the bill, it is only available in restaurant mode. In your restaurant" -" settings, activate *Print Bills* and a *Bill* button will appear in the " -"left panel of the *PoS*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:107 -msgid "Print Orders in the kitchen" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:109 -msgid "In restaurant mode, you can send order tickets to the kitchen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:111 -msgid "" -"To do so, go to the *PoS* app and open your *PoS* settings. Then, tick " -"*Order Printer*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:117 -msgid "" -"Now, go to the *Printers* menu. Hit create, select the printer from the " -"dropdown and, in the *Printer Product Categories* field, choose all the " -"categories of products that should be printed on this printer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:124 -msgid "" -"In the *PoS*, when you add or remove a product from one of the selected " -"categories, the button *Order* will be green. If you click on it, the IoT " -"Box will print a receipt on the corresponding printer." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po deleted file mode 100644 index e4662bd29..000000000 --- a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,275 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Pernille Kristensen <pernillekristensen1994@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Sanne Kristensen <sanne@vkdata.dk>, 2020 -# Ejner Sønniksen <ejner@vkdata.dk>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Ejner Sønniksen <ejner@vkdata.dk>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: da\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../livechat/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Oversigt" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:3 -msgid "Get Started with Live Chat" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Live Chat has the highest satisfaction rating of any communication tool. It " -"allows fast responses and it is accessible and convenient, as your customers" -" can keep doing what they are doing while interacting with you. Remember: " -"your customers want to talk to you, so let's make it easy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:10 -msgid "Set up" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Once *Live Chat* is installed on your database, if your website was created " -"with Odoo, the application is automatically added to it. All that is left to" -" do is to go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> " -"Live Chat`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Select the channel to be linked to your website or create one on the fly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:27 -msgid "For both scenarios, under:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:30 -msgid "" -"- **Operators**: add agents to respond to the chat requests. Add as many as " -"you like, and keep in mind that operators that do not show any activity in " -"Odoo for more than 30min are considered disconnected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:33 -msgid "" -"- **Options**: set the default text to be shown on the live chat button; an " -"automated welcome message to be seen by visitors when a conversation is " -"initiated, and the text that prompts the user to initiate a chat." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:36 -msgid "" -"- **Channel Rules**: choose an action for a given URL, and/or per country. " -"In the example below, the chat window automatically pops-up 3 seconds after " -"users (from any country) land on the contact us page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:43 -msgid "" -"GeoIP, which refers to the process of finding a computer terminal’s " -"geographical location by its IP address, must be installed on your server. " -"Otherwise, under *Channel Rules*, countries are not taken into account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:48 -msgid "External options" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:51 -msgid "" -"If your website was not created with Odoo, you can find the code to be added" -" to your own, under the *Widget* tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Odoo also offers an URL you can send to users so they can have access to a " -"single live chat page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:59 -msgid "Managing chat requests" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Conversations initiated by visitors pop up as a direct message, and are " -"shown in *Discuss*. Therefore, inquiries can be answered wherever you are in" -" Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Conversations are dispatched based on the current workload of the online " -"operators." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:72 -msgid "Leave or join a channel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:74 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, access your " -"channel under *Live Chat*, and *Join Channel* or *Leave Channel*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:82 -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:48 -msgid ":doc:`ratings`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:83 -#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:45 -msgid ":doc:`responses`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:3 -msgid "Ratings" -msgstr "Bedømmelser" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Giving users the opportunity to rate their interactions can help you " -"improving the experience you offer. That means staying on top of your " -"customers' needs, besides keeping track of your operators’ performances." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:10 -msgid "Customer Rating" -msgstr "Kundevurdering" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Once the user chooses to close the chat window, he can rate his interaction." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:14 -msgid "" -"If the user is *Not satisfied* or *Highly dissatisfied*, a field allowing " -"for an explanation is shown." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:15 -msgid "A copy of the conversation can also be sent by email." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:22 -msgid "The rating is shown on the chat window itself for the operator." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:28 -msgid "And under :menuselection:`Report --> Customer Ratings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:35 -msgid "Make the rating public" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, access your " -"channel form, click on *Go to Website* and on *Unpublished*, to publish the " -"rating of that channel on your website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:3 -msgid "Commands and Canned Responses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Using canned responses can help you save time and have a previous, well-" -"thought response, to some of your most common questions and comments." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:9 -msgid "Use commands" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Commands are shortcuts that do specific actions within the chat window:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:13 -msgid "**/help**: shows a help message." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:14 -msgid "**/helpdesk**: creates a helpdesk ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:15 -msgid "**/helpdesk_search**: searches for a helpdesk ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:16 -msgid "**/history**: shows the last 15 visited pages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:17 -msgid "**/lead**: creates a new lead." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:18 -msgid "**/leave**: leaves the channel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:0 -msgid "" -"- For *helpdesk tickets*: make sure the application is installed on your " -"database and the option *Live Chat* under :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> " -"Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` is enabled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:0 -msgid "" -"- For *leads*: the *CRM* application must be installed on your database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:26 -msgid "" -"To access the ticket or lead created from the chat, click on the shortcut " -"link." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Helpdesk tickets created from the chat automatically add the conversation as" -" a description of the ticket. The same goes for the creation of a lead." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:37 -msgid "Send canned responses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Canned responses allow you to have a full piece of text being placed when " -"you type a shortcut word. To create them, go to :menuselection:`Live Chat " -"--> Configuration --> Canned Responses`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:41 -msgid "" -"To use them during a conversation, simply type **:** followed by the " -"shortcut word you created." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po deleted file mode 100644 index ad81d0c05..000000000 --- a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1333 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# Sanne Kristensen <sanne@vkdata.dk>, 2020 -# Ejner Sønniksen <ejner@vkdata.dk>, 2020 -# lhmflexerp <lhm@flexerp.dk>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: lhmflexerp <lhm@flexerp.dk>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: da\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../manufacturing.rst:5 -msgid "Manufacturing" -msgstr "Produktion" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management.rst:5 -msgid "Manufacturing Management" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:3 -msgid "Using an alternative Work Center" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:5 -msgid "" -"For many manufacturing companies, a common issue is to have to manufacture, " -"at the same time, several products usually produced at the same work center." -" If in practice, employees can manufacture the goods at another work center," -" it is not that simple." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:10 -msgid "" -"You need to keep track of the job: which work center has been used and when," -" so you can schedule maintenance efficiently. With Odoo, you can configure " -"it so you can keep tracking manufacturing orders and your employees have an " -"alternative work center to use." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:15 -msgid "" -"This way, your process becomes more efficient, and less non-productive time " -"will be noticed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:20 -msgid "Configure your Work Centers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:22 -msgid "" -"The first thing to do is to go to the *Manufacturing* app settings. Then, " -"enable the *Work Orders* feature and hit save." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Now, go to the *Work Centers* menu under *Master Data* and create two new " -"work centers. Add the second work centers as an alternative to the first and" -" vice versa." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:39 -msgid "" -"The next step is to create your *routing*. Add your work center and an " -"operation to it before saving." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Then, you can create your *Bill of Materials* and add components and routing" -" to it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:56 -msgid "Create your Work Orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Now that everything is configured, you can create your *Work Orders*. Go to " -"the *Manufacturing Orders* menu and hit *Create*. There, add your product " -"and plan it. In the *Work Orders* list, you can find it ready to be " -"assembled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Each new *Work Order*, which will be created before the end of the first " -"one, will be scheduled at the alternative work center you configured." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:78 -msgid "" -"Keep in mind that, if you add time after production to your work center, you" -" may have work orders scheduled for your alternative work center even if the" -" usual one is free." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:3 -msgid "Create Bills of Materials" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A *Bill of Materials* is a document defining the quantity of each component " -"required to manufacture a finished product. It also includes the routing and" -" individual steps of the manufacturing process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:9 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can link multiple BoMs to each product and use it to describe" -" multiple variants of them. Each BoM will, yet, be associated with one " -"product only." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:13 -msgid "" -"This feature will help optimize your manufacturing process while saving you " -"time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:17 -msgid "Setting up a BoM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:19 -msgid "" -"You can use BoMs without routings. You will use this if you choose to manage" -" your manufacturing operations using manufacturing orders only. In other " -"words, you choose to realize your manufacturing process in one step and do " -"not track the steps the product goes through." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Before creating your *BoM*, you have to create the product using the *BoM* " -"and, at least, one of the components. Go to the :menuselection:`Master Data " -"menu --> Products` and create both the finished product and the component." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Once done, go to the *Bills of Materials* menu under *Master Data*. Now, " -"create it. Choose the product from the dropdown menu and add your components" -" and the quantity. In this case, keep the default *BoM* type, which is " -"*Manufacture this Product*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:37 -msgid "Using the same BoM to describe Variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:39 -msgid "" -"As said above, you can use *BoM* for *Product Variants*. It is basically the" -" same as for the standard product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:42 -msgid "" -"If your *BoM* is for one variant only, then specify which one in the " -"*Product Variant* field. If not, specify the variant it is consumed for on " -"each component line. You can add several variants for each component." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:51 -msgid "Adding a routing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:53 -msgid "" -"You can add routing to your *BoM*. You will do this if you need to define a " -"series of operations required by your manufacturing process. To use it, " -"enable the *Work Orders* feature in the *Manufacturing* app settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:62 -msgid "" -"Each *BoM* can have only one routing while each routing can be used multiple" -" times." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Now that you have created your routing, add it to your *BoM*. You can select" -" when, in the work operations, your components are consumed with the " -"dropdown menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:73 -msgid "Adding By-Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:75 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, a *by-product* is any product produced by a *BoM* in addition to " -"the primary product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:78 -msgid "" -"To add *by-products* to a *BoM*, you will first need to enable them from the" -" *Manufacturing* app settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:84 -msgid "" -"Once the feature is enabled, you can add your *By-Products* to your *BoMs*. " -"You can add as many *By-Products* as you want. Just keep in mind that you " -"need to register during which operation your by-product is produced." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:3 -msgid "Use flexible components consumption" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Sometimes, you might need more components than usual to manufacture a " -"product. Let’s say that you produce a desk combination of 4 desks and two " -"chairs but your customer asks you one more desk. Alright, you can do that. " -"But you will need to register it!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:10 -msgid "" -"In case this happens, Odoo has the *flexible components consumption* feature" -" available. If you enable it, you will be able to consume as many components" -" as needed and it will make you save time in the registration of your items " -"consumption." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:16 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:31 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:66 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:26 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:9 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Konfiguration" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Using flexible component consumption is easy and can be done in a few steps." -" All you need is a *BoM* and a *Quality Control Point*. Therefore, you will " -"need to activate the feature *Quality* in the *MRP* app settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:23 -msgid "" -"First, open the *BoM* you want to use for flexible component consumption and" -" edit it. In the *Miscellaneous* tab, choose *Flexible* as the consumption " -"type. Then, save." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Now, in the *Quality* app, open the *Control Point* menu, under *Quality " -"Control* and create a new *Quality Control Point*. Choose your product, your" -" operation and work order operation. Then, choose *Register Consumed " -"Materials* as type." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Next, go back to your *Manufacturing* app and create a *Manufacturing " -"order*. Choose the product for which you have created the flexible *BoM*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Then, confirm it and launch the process step. While processing, you will " -"have the possibility to consume more components than expected in the *BoM*. " -"To do so, click on *Continue Consumption*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:49 -msgid "" -"When the job is over, you will find a summary of your component consumption " -"in the *Finished Steps* tab of your work order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:3 -msgid "Sell sets of products as kits" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A *kit* is a set of components that are delivered without first being " -"assembled or mixed. *Kits* are described in Odoo using *Bills of Materials*." -" There are two basic ways to configure *kits*, depending on how the stock of" -" the kit product is to be managed. In either case, both the *Inventory* and " -"*Manufacturing* apps must be installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:12 -msgid "Manage Stock of Component Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:14 -msgid "" -"If you want to assemble kits as they are ordered, managing stock of the kit " -"components only, you will use a *Kit BoM* without a manufacturing step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:18 -msgid "" -"A product using a *Kit BoM* will appear as a single line item on a quotation" -" and sales order, but will generate a delivery order with one line item for " -"each of the components of the kit. In the examples below, the first image " -"shows a sales order for the kit *Custom Computer Kit*, while the second " -"image shows the corresponding delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:33 -msgid "" -"From the *Products menu* in either the *Inventory* or *Manufacturing* app, " -"create each component product as you would with any other product, then " -"create the top-level, or kit product. The kit product should have only the " -"*route Manufacture* set, in the *Inventory tab*. Because you cannot track " -"the stock of kit products, the *Product Type* should be set to Consumable. " -"Because a kit product cannot be purchased, then, *Can be Purchased* should " -"be unchecked." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:41 -msgid "" -"All other parameters on the kit product may be modified according to your " -"preference. The component products require no particular configuration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Once the products are configured, create a *bill of materials* for the kit " -"product. Add each component and its quantity. Select the *BoM Type Ship this" -" product as a set of components*. All other options may be left with their " -"default values." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:57 -msgid "Manage Stock of Kit Product and Component Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:59 -msgid "" -"If you want to manage stock of the *top-level kit product*, you will use a " -"standard *BoM* with a manufacturing step instead of a *Kit BoM*. When using " -"a standard BoM to assemble kits, a *manufacturing order* will be created. " -"The *manufacturing order* must be registered as completed before the kit " -"product will appear in your stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:68 -msgid "" -"On the kit product, select the *route Manufacture*. You may also select " -"*Make to Order*, which will create a *manufacturing order* whenever a sales " -"order is confirmed. Select the product type *Storable Product* to enable " -"stock management." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:76 -msgid "" -"When you create the *bill of materials*, select the BoM Type *Manufacture " -"this product*. The assembly of the kit will be described by a *manufacturing" -" order* rather than a packing operation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:3 -msgid "Process Manufacturing Orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, you can manage your manufacturing process in two different ways. " -"You can work with one document, or decide to have more information and " -"control over it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:9 -msgid "" -"In the first case, Odoo makes things easier and helps you manage work with " -"one document only: the manufacturing order. No complex steps during the " -"process, you just have to schedule the job and record the production." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:14 -msgid "" -"But, if you need more control, you can use additional documents (steps) to " -"your manufacturing process. This way, *Manufacturing Orders* are divided " -"into one or more steps defined by *Work Orders* and performed in a sequence " -"defined by *routings*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Using Odoo will allow you to precisely schedule the job, analyze your " -"efficiency but also have ease when realizing each step of your manufacturing" -" process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:24 -msgid "Manage Manufacturing Without Routings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:26 -msgid "" -"If your manufacturing process is limited to one place, one person and one " -"step, you will probably use manufacturing orders without routings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:29 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, it is the default behavior. If work this way, there are two basic " -"phases from planning to production:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:32 -msgid "Create a manufacturing order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:34 -msgid "Record the production" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:37 -msgid "Manage Manufacturing with Routings and Work Centers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:39 -msgid "" -"To use *Work Centers* and *Routings*, you will need to enable the *Work " -"Orders* feature. To do so, go to the *Manufacturing* app settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Now, you can add routings to *BoMs* and configure your operations taking " -"place at different *work centers*. The *Work Centers* are the locations at " -"which work orders are performed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:53 -msgid "" -"When manufacturing this way, each *Work Order* is scheduled individually. " -"You will also have access to time and capacity planning, as well as reports " -"on costing and efficiency for each *Work Center*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:60 -msgid "Thus, the workflow is divided into three basic phases:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:62 -msgid "Create the manufacturing order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:67 -msgid "Schedule the associated work orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:72 -msgid "Perform the scheduled work and record production" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:3 -msgid "Plan Work Orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In some cases, companies need to schedule their work orders. Doing so, they " -"can organize the work for the whole day and be sure everything goes well. It" -" helps to avoid scheduling multiple work orders at the same time when you " -"don’t have the capacity to do so." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:10 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, companies can schedule the planned start date for their " -"manufacturing orders. No possible duplication, no potential issues with the " -"planning. And, if you plan two work orders at the same work center, at the " -"same hour, the second one will be scheduled right after the first one, " -"avoiding work superposition." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:17 -msgid "Create the Work Orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:19 -msgid "" -"The first thing you need to do is to open the *Manufacturing* app. Then, Go " -"to the settings and enable the *Work Orders* feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Now, go to the *Manufacturing Orders* menu and hit *Create*. Choose your " -"product and add a *Planned Start Date*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:32 -msgid "" -"The “Deadline Start” field is informative. It shows you until when you can " -"launch the manufacturing order to fulfill the initial demand." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Mark your *Manufacturing Order* as todo and plan it. By going to the " -"*Planning* menu, you can access to the scheduled orders. Here is the one we " -"just created:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:43 -msgid "" -"If you plan two work orders at the same hour, the second one will be " -"scheduled after the first one if the jobs need to be done at the same work " -"center. The start date will, then, be automatically updated considering the " -"first free slot on the work center." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:48 -msgid "" -"If you overrun the planned date and begin the job later, you will have a " -"track of it in the *Time Tracking* tab of your work order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage BoMs for product variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo allows you to use one bill of materials for multiple variants of the " -"same product. Simply enable variants from :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:12 -msgid "" -"You will then be able to specify which component lines are to be used in the" -" manufacture of each product variant. You may specify multiple variants for " -"each line. If no variant is specified, the line will be used for all " -"variants." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:17 -msgid "" -"When defining variant BoMs on a line-item-basis, the **Product Variant** " -"field in the main section of the BoM should be left blank. This field is " -"used when creating a BoM for one variant of a product only." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:3 -msgid "Set routings on kit Bills of materials" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:5 -msgid "" -"It often happens that you want to use kit BoM’s within manufactured product " -"BoM’s in order to lighten the list of components for this manufactured " -"product. When doing so, you would like to have the possibility to specify, " -"for each kit component, in which operation they are consumed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:11 -msgid "" -"We will see the three use cases that you can face in these kinds of " -"configurations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:15 -msgid "Finished Product & Kit Component have the same Routing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:18 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:63 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:107 -msgid "Create BoM for the Finished Product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:20 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Create a manufactured BoM for the finished product which includes a kit " -"component. Set a routing on your BoM, for example, *Assemble Furniture*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:28 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:73 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:117 -msgid "Create a Kit BoM for the Kit Component" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Update the kit component to define its BoM. Make sure that the routing which" -" is set on this BoM is the same one than on the Finished Product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:36 -msgid "" -"You can define the operations in which the kit components are used directly " -"in the BoM of the kit." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:40 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:84 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:127 -msgid "Manufacturing Order" -msgstr "Produktionsordre" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:42 -msgid "" -"In the list of components, the kit is split. Two work orders are created as " -"we have two operations defined in the *Assemble Furniture* routing. The " -"components of the kits are well consumed in the operations defined in the " -"kit BoM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:57 -msgid "Finished Product & Kit Component haven’t the same Routing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:60 -msgid "Kit Consumption set on Finished Product BoM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:75 -msgid "" -"Update the kit component to define its BoM. In this use case, the routing " -"which is set on this Kit BoM is different than the one of the Finished " -"Product. Specify the operations at which the kit components are consumed in " -"this BoM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:86 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:129 -msgid "" -"When the manufacturing order is created for the Manufactured product, the " -"kit is split among its components. When the manufacturing order is planned, " -"three work orders are created in our case, one coming from the routing of " -"the manufactured products, the two other ones coming from the routing of the" -" kit BoM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:95 -msgid "The components are all consumed during their respective operations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:104 -msgid "Kit Consumption set on Kit BoM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:109 -msgid "" -"Create a manufactured BoM for the finished product which includes a kit " -"component. Set a routing on your BoM, for example, *Assemble Furniture*. " -"Precise the consumption of the components on this BoM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:119 -msgid "" -"Update the kit component to define its BoM. In this use case, the routing " -"which is set on this Kit BoM is different than the one of the Finished " -"Product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:138 -msgid "" -"All the components of the kits are consumed during the first operation. The " -"last component is consumed during the second operation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:3 -msgid "Manage semi-finished products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, you can use subassembly products to simplify a complex *Bill of " -"Materials* or to represent your manufacturing flow more accurately. A " -"*subassembly product* is a manufactured product that is used as a component " -"to make another one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:10 -msgid "" -"A *BoM* that employs *subassemblies* is referred to as a multi-level BoM. " -"Those are accomplished by creating a *top-level BoM* and *subassembly ones*." -" This process requires a route that will ensure that every time a " -"manufacturing order for the top-level product is created, another one will " -"be for subassemblies." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:17 -msgid "Configure the Subassembly Product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:19 -msgid "" -"To configure a *multi-level BoM*, you will need a top-level product but also" -" its subassemblies. The first step is to create a product form for each of " -"the subassemblies. Select the routes *Manufacture* and *Replenish on Order*." -" Now, hit save." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:27 -msgid "" -"In the *Bill of Materials* menu, under *Master Data*, create a new *Bill of " -"Materials*. Choose the product you just created and add its components." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:35 -msgid "Configure the Main BoM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Now, you can configure the top-level product and its *BoM*. Include any " -"subassemblies in the list of components." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Now, each time you will plan a manufacturing order for the top-level " -"product, a manufacturing order will be created for the subassembly one. " -"Then, you will have to manufacture the subassembly in order to make it " -"available before manufacturing the finished product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:3 -msgid "Subcontract your Manufacturing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Outsourcing a portion of some or all your company’s manufacturing needs is " -"not easy. To make it work right, you have to:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:8 -msgid "Manage the inventory of raw materials at your subcontractor;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Ship new materials to your subcontractors based on your forecasted demand;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Keep track of manufacturing operations done at the subcontractor location;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:13 -msgid "Control incoming goods quality;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:14 -msgid "Control subcontractors bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Here is an example of subcontracting the manufacturing of “C”, which is " -"produced out of raw materials “A” and “B”." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:23 -msgid "" -"With its subcontracting feature, Odoo helps you handle this flow easily." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:28 -msgid "" -"To use the subcontracting feature, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " -"Configuration --> Settings` and tick the box *Subcontracting*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:35 -msgid "" -"To define if a product must be subcontracted, use a *Bill of Materials " -"(BoM)* of type *Subcontracting*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:38 -msgid "" -"To create a new *BoM*, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Master Data " -"--> Bill of Materials` and hit create. Then, list the components your " -"subcontractor needs to manufacture the product. For costing purposes, you " -"might want to register all the components, even the ones that are sourced " -"directly from the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Once you have set the *BoM Type* to *Subcontracting*, specify one or several" -" subcontractors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:52 -msgid "Basic Subcontracting Flow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:54 -msgid "" -"To let your subcontractor know how many products you need, create and send " -"them purchase orders (PO). To do so, open the *Purchase* app and create a " -"new one. Be sure to send the PO to a vendor that is defined as a " -"subcontractor on the *BoM*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Once the *PO* is validated (1), a pending receipt is created. When the " -"products are received, validate the receipt (2), with the actual quantity " -"received. Then Odoo automatically created several inventory moves:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Consume the components at the subcontractor’s location, based on the *BoM* " -"(3);" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:70 -msgid "Produce finished goods at the subcontractor’s location (4);" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Move products from the subcontractor’s location to YourCompany through the " -"validated receipt (5)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:74 -msgid "" -"Of course, Odoo does all the transactions for you, automatically. Simply " -"control the vendor bill with the usual matching process with the purchase " -"order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:79 -msgid "" -"The *PO* is optional. If you create a receipt manually, with the right " -"subcontractor, Odoo still performs all the moves. Useful if the " -"subcontractor does not bill a fixed price per item, but rather the time and " -"materials used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:85 -msgid "Inventory Valuation" -msgstr "Lagerværdi" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:87 -msgid "The cost of the manufactured product “C” is defined as:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:89 -msgid "**C = A + B + s**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:91 -msgid "With:" -msgstr "Med:" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:93 -msgid "**A**: Cost of raw materials coming from YourCompany;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:96 -msgid "**B**: Cost of raw materials sourced directly from the" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:96 -msgid "subcontractor;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:98 -msgid "**s**: Cost of the subcontracted service." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:100 -msgid "" -"Sending raw materials to your subcontractors (**A**) does not impact the " -"inventory valuation, the components still belonging to your company. To " -"manage this, the *Subcontracting Location* is configured as an *Internal " -"Location* so that the components are still valued in the inventory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:106 -msgid "" -"Then, the vendor price set on the product C form has to be what has to be " -"paid to the subcontractor for his parts and service time: **B + s**. The " -"product cost has to be: **A + B + s**, how much the product is valued in the" -" accounting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:111 -msgid "" -"Finally, the subcontractor bill matches the purchase order, with the " -"proposed price coming from the finished products C." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:115 -msgid "" -"If managing the replenishment of raw materials **B** at your subcontractor’s" -" location is not needed, simply include the cost of **B** in the " -"subcontractor’s price **s** and remove the products *B* from the *BoM*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:121 -msgid "Traceability" -msgstr "Sporbarhed" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:123 -msgid "" -"In case the products received from the subcontractor contain tracked " -"components, their serial or lot numbers need to be specified during the " -"receipt." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:127 -msgid "" -"On the receipt of the subcontracted product, a *Record Components* button " -"appears when necessary. Click on it to open a dialog and record the " -"serial/lot numbers of the components. If the finished product is also " -"tracked, its serial/lot number can be registered here too." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:136 -msgid "" -"For audit purposes, it is possible to check the lot numbers recorded on a " -"receipt by using the icon on the right of the finished products:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:144 -msgid "Automate Replenishment of Subcontractors" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:146 -msgid "" -"To manage the resupply of your subcontractor, activate *Multi-locations* in " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Configuration`. Then, the " -"inventory at the subcontractor location can be tracked." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:151 -msgid "" -"It is possible to resupply subcontractors by sending products from the " -"company locations, or by sending products from another supplier to the " -"subcontractors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:156 -msgid "Replenishment from the warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:158 -msgid "" -"Resupplying subcontractors manually is the simplest approach. To do so, " -"create delivery orders in which the subcontractor is set as a delivery " -"address and fill the components to deliver." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:162 -msgid "" -"To automate the subcontractors’ replenishment propositions, there are two " -"approaches:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:165 -msgid "Reordering rules;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:166 -msgid "Replenish on order flow." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:168 -msgid "" -"For the first one, just define a reordering rule on the subcontracting " -"location, with a minimum and maximum inventory level. When the reordering " -"rule is triggered, a delivery order is created to ship the components to the" -" subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:177 -msgid "" -"The second approach is to use a “pull” flow. Here, the demand in the " -"finished product (real demand or forecasted one through the Master " -"Production Schedule) triggers the replenishment of the subcontractor. To do " -"so, select the route *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* on the wanted " -"components." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:188 -msgid "Replenishment from another supplier" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:190 -msgid "" -"When purchasing items to another supplier, it is possible to ask him to " -"deliver the subcontractor directly. To do so, activate the *Drop Shipping* " -"feature in :menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> Configuration`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:195 -msgid "" -"Now, set the *Dropship* option in the *Deliver To* field of the *Other " -"Information* tab. Then, provide the address of the subcontractor for the " -"shipping." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:203 -msgid "" -"That way, the supplier can ship items directly and you simply receive and " -"pay the bill. However, it is still required to validate receipts for the " -"subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:212 -msgid "Quality Control" -msgstr "Kvalitetskontrol" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:214 -msgid "" -"Controlling the quality of the products manufactured by subcontractors is " -"possible thanks to the Odoo Quality app. Quality checks can be made on a " -"manufacturing step but, because the manufacturing process is handled by an " -"external party, it can be defined on the product reception." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:224 -msgid "" -"To create a quality check at the receipt, open the *Quality* app and create " -"a new *Control Point* on the reception." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:231 -msgid "" -"By doing so, a quality check is automatically created each time a finished " -"product is received." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:3 -msgid "Unbuild a product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In Odoo Manufacturing App, you can *Unbuild* products. Two use cases can be " -"managed: (1) you can unbuild products you have built yourself or (2) you can" -" unbuild products you have received." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Let's take the first case, you are manufacturing products yourself. If one " -"of your product presents some defect, you might want to unbuild it instead " -"of scrapping it completely, allowing you to reuse some components of the " -"product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:14 -msgid "" -"In the second case, you are buying products for the sole purpose of " -"unbuilding them and recycling them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:18 -msgid "Unbuild Order" -msgstr "Ikke færdige ordrer" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:20 -msgid "" -"While in the Manufacturing App, under the *Operations* tab you will find the" -" menu *Unbuild Orders*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:26 -msgid "" -"When creating a new one, you can either select a MO if you are unbuilding " -"something you manufactured or only select a product if you are unbuilding " -"something you received." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:33 -msgid "When you are done, just click unbuild and the process will be over." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:35 -msgid "" -"If you unbuild a product that you manufactured before, you will get the " -"components from the MO back in stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:38 -msgid "" -"If you unbuild a product you bought, you will get the components from the " -"BoM back in stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:3 -msgid "Use the Master Production Schedule" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The Master Production Schedule (MPS) is a valuable tool to plan your " -"production based on your demand forecast." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Go to the :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings` " -"and activate the Master Production Schedule feature before hitting save." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:18 -msgid "" -"In the manufacturing settings, you can define the time range of your MPS " -"(month/week/day) and the number of periods you want to display." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Now, go in :menuselection:`Planning --> Master Production Schedule` and " -"click on add a product. You can now define your safety stock target (= the " -"stock you want to have on hand at the end of the period) and the minimum and" -" maximum quantities to replenish." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:29 -msgid "" -"The products are ordered in the MPS based on their sequence. You can " -"rearrange that sequence by going on the list of your products and reorganize" -" them with drag and drop." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:36 -msgid "" -"In the MPS view, you can decide which information you would like to show by " -"clicking on *rows*. Some fields can be added to the view, such as *Actual " -"demand*, which will show which quantity of products has already been ordered" -" for the period, or *Available to Promise*, which allows you to know what " -"can still be sold during the period (what you plan to replenish - what is " -"already sold during the period). You can also decide to hide some " -"information if it isn’t necessary." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:48 -msgid "Estimate your demand and launch replenishment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:50 -msgid "" -"The next step is to estimate the demand for the period. This estimation " -"should be entered in the row *Demand Forecast*. You can easily, at any time," -" compare the demand forecast with the actual demand (= confirmed sales). The" -" demand forecast for a finished product will impact the indirect demand for " -"its components." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:59 -msgid "" -"Then, the quantity to replenish for the different periods will be " -"automatically computed. The replenishments you are supposed to launch based " -"on your lead times (vendor lead time or manufacturing lead time) are " -"displayed in green. You can now launch the replenishment by clicking on the " -"replenish button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Depending on the configuration of the product (buy vs. manufacture), " -"requests for quotations or manufacturing orders will be created. You can " -"easily access those by clicking on the *Actual Replenishment* cell." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:75 -msgid "" -"In case you manually edit the *To replenish* quantity, a small cross will " -"appear on the left. In case you want to go back to the automatically " -"computed value given by Odoo, you can click the cross." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:83 -msgid "Cells color signification" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:85 -msgid "" -"The cells, which are part of the *To replenish* line, can take different " -"colors depending on the situation:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:88 -msgid "" -"**Green**: quantity of products which should be replenished to reach the " -"expected safety stock considering the demand forecast and the indirect " -"demand forecast." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:90 -msgid "" -"**Grey**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity " -"still matches current data." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:92 -msgid "" -"**Red**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity " -"was too high considering current data." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:94 -msgid "" -"**Orange**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity" -" was too low considering current data." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:96 -msgid "" -"The *Forecasted stock* line can also contain red cells, which means the " -"stock will be negative during the period in question." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:100 -msgid "What if I have underestimated the demand?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:102 -msgid "" -"You can still increase the demand forecast. It will impact the quantity to " -"replenish. The cell will become orange, and you’ll be able to launch a new " -"replenishment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:107 -msgid "What if I have overestimated the demand?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:109 -msgid "" -"You can decrease the demand forecast. The cell will become red to inform you" -" that you’ve ordered more than planned. If you’re still able to do it, you " -"can cancel some RFQ or MO manually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:114 -msgid "What if I wrongly added a product to the MPS?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:116 -msgid "" -"You can easily remove a product from the MPS by clicking the small bin on " -"the right of its name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview.rst:7 -msgid "I want to use Odoo Manufacturing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview.rst:5 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Oversigt" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair.rst:5 -msgid "Repair Management" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:5 -msgid "Repair products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:7 -msgid "" -"The Odoo *Repair* app allows you to manage a complete after sales process " -"but also to simply repair products you have manufactured, if they present a " -"defect." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:12 -msgid "Create a Repair Order" -msgstr "Opret en reparationsordre" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Once in the app, you can access your existing *Repair Orders* and create a " -"new one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:21 -msgid "Manage a repair" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:23 -msgid "" -"When a customer sends you a product for repair, create a new *Repair Order*." -" Fill it in with all the information you may need such as the product, the " -"customer, if it has to be invoiced after or before the repair, the parts you" -" might need, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Once everything is done, you can then send the repair quotation to your " -"customer. If it is approved, you can confirm the repair. You will then be " -"able to start & end the repair when it is completed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:38 -msgid "You can now invoice the repair." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..680aabae6 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po @@ -0,0 +1,570 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2021 +# Pernille Kristensen <pernillekristensen1994@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Sanne Kristensen <sanne@vkdata.dk>, 2021 +# Mads Søndergaard, 2021 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-18 07:12+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-05-18 05:18+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Mads Søndergaard, 2021\n" +"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: da\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing.rst:3 +msgid "Marketing" +msgstr "Markedsføring" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation.rst:3 +msgid "Marketing Automation" +msgstr "Marketing automatisering" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced" +msgstr "Avanceret" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:3 +msgid "Understanding Metrics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Metrics are values that help you measure progress and can be a powerful way " +"of linking your employees to goals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:9 +msgid "" +"When you create a workflow in Odoo, its visual content already shows metrics" +" in a graph form and in numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:10 +msgid "Let’s consider the example below:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:19 +msgid "" +"The *Target* - business object - is *Lead/Opportunity* and was narrowed down" +" to the ones whose *Tag Name* contain the description “Product”, and have an" +" email address set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:20 +msgid "A total number of 20 records match the criteria." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Out of those 20 records, 25 have become participants, in other words, they " +"have matched the criteria." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Every time the system runs, updating numbers and triggering actions, it will" +" look at the *Target* model and check if new records have been added or " +"modified, keeping the flow up-to-date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The filter here is applied to *all* activities. Leads that lose the tag in " +"the meantime will be excluded from later activities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:45 +msgid "" +"*Records* is a real-time number, therefore while the workflow is running, " +"changes in opportunity records can be made - delete, add, adjustment - " +"updating the number of records, but not changing the number of participants," +" as the metric *will not* exclude opportunities that have been set as " +"participants before. It will just add new ones. For this reason, the number " +"of *Records* can be different from the number of *Participants*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 +msgid "" +"You can also have filters applied to activities individually, under " +"*Domain*. A useful feature to specify an individual filter that will only be" +" performed if the records satisfied both filters, the activity and its " +"domain one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Example: for an activity sending an SMS, you could make sure a phone number " +"is set to avoid triggering a SMS that would never be sent and crash." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:64 +msgid "" +"*Success* is the number of times the searching for participants - that match" +" the filter(s) of that activity - was performed successfully in relation to " +"the total number of participants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:65 +msgid "" +"If a participant does not match the conditions, it will be added to " +"*Rejected*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Hovering over the graph, you can see the number of successful and rejected " +"participants, per day, for the last 15 days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Every time a new record is added to the *Target* model, it will be " +"automatically added to the workflow, and, it will start the workflow from " +"the beginning (parent action)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing.rst:3 +msgid "SMS Marketing" +msgstr "SMS Marketing" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing.rst:3 +msgid "Pricing and FAQ" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:3 +msgid "SMS Pricing and FAQ" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:6 +msgid "What do I need to send SMSs?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:7 +msgid "" +"SMS Text Messaging is an In-App Purchase (IAP) service that *requires " +"prepaid credits* to work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:11 +msgid "How many types of SMSs are there?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:12 +msgid "There are 2 types: GSM7 and UNICODE." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:14 +msgid "" +"**GSM7** is the standard format, with a limit of 160 characters per message," +" that includes the following characters:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:23 +msgid "" +"**UNICODE** is the format applied if a special character, that *is not* in " +"the GSM7 list, is used. Limit per SMS: 70 characters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:27 +msgid "" +"For GSM7 SMS the size limit is 160 characters, and for Unicode is 70. *Above" +" these limits, the content is divided into a multi-part message* and the " +"limit of characters is lowered to 153 for GSM7 and to 67 for Unicode. The " +"system will inform you in real-time about the number of SMS your message " +"represents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:34 +msgid "How much does it cost to send an SMS?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The price of an SMS depends on the destination and the length (number of " +"characters) of the message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To see the **price per country, please consult**: `Odoo SMS - FAQ <https" +"://iap-services.odoo.com/iap/sms/pricing#sms_faq_01>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:39 +msgid "" +"The number of SMSs a message represents will be always available to you in " +"your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:49 +msgid "How do I buy credits?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:50 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Buy Credits`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:57 +msgid "Or go to :menuselection:`Settings --> View my Services`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:65 +msgid "" +"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you " +"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:70 +msgid "More common questions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:72 +msgid "**Is there an expiration time for my credits?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:74 +msgid "No, credits do not expire." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:77 +msgid "" +"**Can I send an SMS to a phone number (which is not a mobile phone) because " +"I see the icon in front of the field “phone”?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:80 +msgid "Only if that phone number supports SMS (e.g. SIP phones)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:83 +msgid "**Do I receive an invoice to buy my credits?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:85 +msgid "Yes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:88 +msgid "**Can the recipient answer to me?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:90 +msgid "No, it is not possible to reply to the SMS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:93 +msgid "" +"**What happens if I send multiple SMS but I do not have enough credits to " +"send them all?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:95 +msgid "" +"The whole transaction is counted as a single one, so no SMS will be sent " +"until you have enough credits to send them all." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:99 +msgid "**Do I have a history of the sent SMSs?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Yes, the SMS is logged as a note under the chatter of the corresponding " +"record, and a complete history of the SMSs sent is available on " +":doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode/activate>` under " +":menuselection:`Technical --> SMS`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:107 +msgid "**Can I send as many SMSs I want at once?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:109 +msgid "Yes, if you have enough credits." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:112 +msgid "" +"**If I have a number that does not exist in the list of recipients, will I " +"lose credits?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Not if the phone number is in the wrong format (e.g. too many digits). " +"Otherwise, if the SMS is sent to the wrong person or to a fake number, the " +"credit will be lost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:118 +msgid "" +"**What happens if I send my SMS to a paying number (e.g.: a contest to win a" +" ticket for a festival)?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:120 +msgid "" +"The SMS will not be delivered to that kind of number, so you won’t be " +"charged." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:123 +msgid "" +"**Can I identify the numbers that do not exist when I send several SMSs?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:125 +msgid "Only the ones that have an invalid format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:128 +msgid "**How does the GDPR regulation affect this service?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Please find our `Privacy Policy here <https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#sms>`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:132 +msgid "**Can I use my own SMS provider?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:134 +msgid "" +"Yes, but it is not possible out of the box. Our experts can help you " +"customize your database to make it happen. Please, check our success packs " +"`here <https://www.odoo.com/pricing-packs>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey.rst:3 +msgid "Survey" +msgstr "Undersøgelse" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Oversigt" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:3 +msgid "Get Started with Surveys" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Surveys can be used for a range of purposes that can go from collecting " +"customer feedback, evaluate the success of an event, measure how pleased " +"customers are with your products/services, gauge whether employees are happy" +" and satisfied with their work environment, and even to find out what your " +"market is thinking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:11 +msgid "Get started" +msgstr "Kom igang" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:13 +msgid "" +"When creating your survey, choose a *Title* and *Category*. The *Category* " +"field is used to know in which context the survey is being conducted, as " +"different applications might use it for different purposes such as " +"recruitment, certification, or employee appraisal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:22 +msgid "Tab: Questions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:24 +msgid "Add sections and questions by clicking on the respective links." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:27 +msgid "" +"On the *Sections and Questions* form, once the question type is chosen and " +"the answer added, under the tab *Options*, enable *Mandatory Answer*, and " +"set an *Error message* to be shown when the user tries to submit the survey " +"without answering the respective question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Depending on the *Question Type*, the tab *Options* aggregates extra and " +"different possibilities. Examples:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:31 +msgid "" +"*Single Line Text Box* - can choose a minimum and maximum text length " +"(number of characters - spaces do not count), and its error message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:33 +msgid "" +"*Multiple choice: multiple answers allowed*: choose between radio buttons or" +" a dropdown menu list, and if you would like to have a comment field. If the" +" user select an answer and type a comment, the values are separately " +"recorded. Or, enable the comment field to be displayed as an answer choice, " +"with which a text type field is displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:37 +msgid "" +"*Matrix Type*: choose if you would like to have one or multiple choices per " +"row." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:44 +msgid "Tab: Description" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Write a *Description* to be displayed under the title of the survey's " +"homepage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:53 +msgid "Click on *Edit* to personalize your pages with the website builder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:56 +msgid "Tab: Options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Under the tab *Options*, choose the *Layout* of your questions. If choosing " +"*One page per section* or *One page per question*, an option *Back Button* " +"becomes available, which allows the user to go back pages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:67 +msgid "Test and share the survey" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Once your Survey is ready, *Test* it to avoid *Sharing* it with potential " +"errors. As answers get collected, click on *Answers* to access all the " +"details of the respondent and his answers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:72 +msgid "" +"By default, a filter *Except Test Entries* is applied to keep the list of " +"entries clean with only real participants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Another way to access detailed answers is by going to " +":menuselection:`Participations --> Participations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:80 +msgid "Click on *See results* to be redirected to an analytical page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:34 +msgid ":doc:`scoring`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/scoring.rst:35 +msgid ":doc:`time_random`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/scoring.rst:3 +msgid "Scoring Surveys" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/scoring.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To measure your respondent’s performance, knowledge of a subject, or overall" +" satisfaction, attach points to the answers of specific questions. The " +"points are summed up to give your respondent a final score." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/scoring.rst:9 +msgid "" +"On your survey’s form, click on *Add a question* and, under the tab " +"*Options*, choose between *Scoring with answers at the end* or *Scoring " +"without answers at the end*. Now, on your question’s form, set the right " +"answer and score." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/scoring.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Set the percentage score the user needs to achieve to have successfully " +"taken the survey. If enabling *Certificate*, choose its template. The " +"certification is automatically sent by email to the users who successfully " +"finish it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/scoring.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Enable *Login required* to be able to *Give Badges*. Badges are related to " +"the eLearning section of your website. Besides the logged-in user, visitors " +"of the website that access the page *Courses* can also see the granted " +"badges." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:3 +msgid "Time and Randomize Questions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:6 +msgid "Time Limit" +msgstr "Tidsbegrænsning" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:10 +msgid "" +"On timed surveys, respondents need to complete the survey within a certain " +"period of time. It can be used to ensure that all respondents get the same " +"amount of time to find the answers, or to decrease the chance of having them" +" looking at external resources." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:11 +msgid "Set the *Time limit* under the tab *Options*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:17 +msgid "" +"A timer is shown on the pages so the user can keep track of the remaining " +"time. Surveys not \\ submitted by the *Time limit* do not have their answers" +" saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:21 +msgid "Selection" +msgstr "Udvælgelse" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:25 +msgid "" +"When you randomize a survey, you allow for the questions to be shuffled in a" +" random order every time someone opens the questionnaire. This can be useful" +" to avoid having respondents looking at each others' answers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To do so, under the tab *Options*, enable *Randomized per section*. Now, " +"under the tab *Questions*, set how many of the questions in that section " +"should be taken into account during the shuffling." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po deleted file mode 100644 index e898d53ad..000000000 --- a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,378 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# Sanne Kristensen <sanne@vkdata.dk>, 2020 -# Mads Søndergaard, 2020 -# Mads Søndergaard <mads@vkdata.dk>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Mads Søndergaard <mads@vkdata.dk>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: da\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../marketing_automation.rst:5 -msgid "Marketing Automation" -msgstr "Marketing automatisering" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced" -msgstr "Avanceret" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:3 -msgid "Understanding Metrics" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:4 -msgid "" -"Metrics are values that help you measure progress and can be a powerful way " -"of linking your employees to goals." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:9 -msgid "" -"When you create a workflow in Odoo, its visual content already shows metrics" -" in a graph form and in numbers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:10 -msgid "Let’s consider the example below:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:19 -msgid "" -"The *Target* - business object - is *Lead/Opportunity* and was narrowed down" -" to the ones whose *Tag Name* contain the description “Product”, and have an" -" email address set." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:20 -msgid "A total number of 20 records match the criteria." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Out of those 20 records, 25 have become participants, in other words, they " -"have matched the criteria." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Every time the system runs, updating numbers and triggering actions, it will" -" look at the *Target* model and check if new records have been added or " -"modified, keeping the flow up-to-date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:41 -msgid "" -"The filter here is applied to *all* activities. Leads that lose the tag in " -"the meantime will be excluded from later activities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:45 -msgid "" -"*Records* is a real-time number, therefore while the workflow is running, " -"changes in opportunity records can be made - delete, add, adjustment - " -"updating the number of records, but not changing the number of participants," -" as the metric *will not* exclude opportunities that have been set as " -"participants before. It will just add new ones. For this reason, the number " -"of *Records* can be different from the number of *Participants*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 -msgid "" -"You can also have filters applied to activities individually, under " -"*Domain*. A useful feature to specify an individual filter that will only be" -" performed if the records satisfied both filters, the activity and its " -"domain one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Example: for an activity sending an SMS, you could make sure a phone number " -"is set to avoid triggering a SMS that would never be sent and crash." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:64 -msgid "" -"*Success* is the number of times the searching for participants - that match" -" the filter(s) of that activity - was performed successfully in relation to " -"the total number of participants." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:65 -msgid "" -"If a participant does not match the conditions, it will be added to " -"*Rejected*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Hovering over the graph, you can see the number of successful and rejected " -"participants, per day, for the last 15 days." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:75 -msgid "" -"Every time a new record is added to the *Target* model, it will be " -"automatically added to the workflow, and, it will start the workflow from " -"the beginning (parent action)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:79 -msgid ":doc:`../overview/automate_actions`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:80 -msgid ":doc:`../overview/segment`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:81 -msgid ":doc:`../overview/test`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Oversigt" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:3 -msgid "Automate Actions and Create a Workflow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:4 -msgid "" -"Automated workflows are a sign that you are building intelligent, data-" -"driven, multifaceted campaigns to enable the delivery of the right message, " -"to the right prospects, at the right time. It also speeds up processes and " -"creates a seamless experience for employees." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:9 -msgid "Segment and create a campaign" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:10 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Campaigns --> Create`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:12 -msgid "" -"In the example below, the *Marketing Automation* application is fully " -"integrated with *Contacts*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:14 -msgid "" -"But it can also be integrated with other apps like CRM, as long as they are " -"installed in your database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Depending on the criteria, the *target model updates itself* while the " -"campaign is running. That means that every new record that meets the " -"criteria will be added to the workflow." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Example: a campaign starts for leads that have no salesman assigned. If at " -"some point, those leads get to have a salesman assigned to it, the campaign " -"will stop running." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:29 -msgid "Create a parent activity and start to build a workflow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:30 -msgid "Click on *Add new activity*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:37 -msgid "" -"*Trigger* is the field to set for the activity to start to de deployed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Adopt an *Expiry Duration* if you would like to stop actions from being " -"executed after a certain amount of time and in subsequence to the trigger." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Under *Domain* you can narrow down your target, even more, applying filters " -"for this specific activity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:47 -msgid "Add Child Activities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:48 -msgid "" -"A *child activity* is an action that will take place based on a condition." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:50 -msgid "" -"You can either create or add a child activity if on the previous one: the " -"email was opened or not, the email was replied or not, the link was clicked " -"or not, the email bounced back." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:59 -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:53 -msgid ":doc:`segment`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:3 -msgid "Segment the Database with Filters" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:4 -msgid "Filters let you reach a granular level of detail in your records." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:7 -msgid "How to work with filters" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:8 -msgid "" -"When working with filters, you will see that some of the rules have an arrow" -" button next to it, informing you that the parameter has more variables " -"within it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:18 -msgid "" -"More than one parameter line - *node* (+) - can be added under what is " -"called a *branch* (...)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:19 -msgid "To exclude a *node* or a *branch*, click on *Delete node* (x)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Every time a new branch is created, you can choose if you would like the " -"records to match *all* criteria of the upcoming rules, or *any*, meaning one" -" rule or the other." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:32 -msgid "Use cases" -msgstr "Brugstilfælde" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:34 -msgid "" -"**Scenario**: narrow the target down to new opportunities in the pipeline." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:39 -msgid "**Scenario**: narrow the target down to suppliers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:44 -msgid "" -"**Scenario**: narrow the leads down to the ones that contain a certain tag " -"name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:49 -msgid "" -"**Scenario**: narrow the target down to the attendees of a specific event " -"that purchase a specific category of ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:55 -msgid "**Scenario**: narrow the target down to the employees who have kids." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:60 -msgid "" -"**Scenario**: narrow the target down to records with a helpdesk ticket " -"solved." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:66 -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:52 -msgid ":doc:`automate_actions`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:3 -msgid "Launch a Test and Start a Campaign" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:4 -msgid "" -"Before starting a campaign, launching a test allows you to run the workflow " -"on a test contact and view the sequence of events in action, avoiding " -"mistakes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:8 -msgid "Launch a test" -msgstr "Påbegynd en test" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:9 -msgid "Click on *Launch a test*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Once you have selected the test contact, *Run* the parent activity and the " -"subsequent ones as needed. *Run* and *Stop* activities individually. To stop" -" the whole workflow click on *Stop*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Launching a test does not add data to your metrics with the purpose of not " -"introducing wrong inputs to reports." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:27 -msgid "Start and stop a workflow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Click on *Start* to run the workflow, and on *Stop* to interrupt it. The " -"interruption and new start can happen at any moment. The current status will" -" be shown on the status bar." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:38 -msgid "Participants and their specific workflow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:39 -msgid "" -"*Participants* are all the records that have ever been involved in the " -"campaign." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:47 -msgid "" -"If you click on *Participants* and open a record, you will find the specific" -" activities the record went/are/will go through, as well as when the " -"workflow was triggered to him. If you wish to cancel an activity click on " -"*Cancel*." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po deleted file mode 100644 index a15cd6476..000000000 --- a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,43 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# Mads Søndergaard, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Mads Søndergaard, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: da\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:5 -msgid "Mobile" -msgstr "Mobil" - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:8 -msgid "Push Notifications" -msgstr "Push notifikationer" - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:10 -msgid "" -"As of Odoo 12.0, 13.0 or above, there is no more complex configuration to " -"enable push notifications in the mobile app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Simply go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Odoo Cloud " -"Notification (OCN)` and make sure that **Push Notifications** is checked." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/planning.po b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/planning.po deleted file mode 100644 index 95c825dc9..000000000 --- a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/planning.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,158 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# Sanne Kristensen <sanne@vkdata.dk>, 2020 -# Mads Søndergaard, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Mads Søndergaard, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: da\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../planning.rst:5 -msgid "Planning" -msgstr "Planlægning" - -#: ../../planning/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Oversigt" - -#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:3 -msgid "Create a Schedule and Make Encoding Easier" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Organize regular schedules or forecast projects in a long term basis. Create" -" shifts to manage your tasks, assign employees, and stay organized at a high" -" level." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:9 -msgid "Organize your team by roles" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Roles --> Create`. Optionally, go to" -" the *Employees* application, select the respective employee, and under " -"*Work Information* select the *Default Planning Role*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:20 -msgid "Make shifts recurrent" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:22 -msgid "" -"While creating a shift, select *Repeat* and configure as needed, saving you " -"from the need of re-planning it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Repeated shifts are generated for the next six months. A modification is " -"possible in :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, " -"from *Settings*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:38 -msgid "To duplicate a shift in the Gantt view, press CTRL + drag and drop." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:41 -msgid "Save shifts as templates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:43 -msgid "" -"If creating a shift on the fly and know you might use that template in the " -"future, click on *Save as a Template*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:51 -msgid "" -"To create a template in advance, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Shifts Templates --> Create`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:55 -msgid "Duplicate a planning from the previous week" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:57 -msgid "" -"When in the Gantt view, either under *Schedule by Employee, Role or " -"Project*, instead of re-planning shifts that have been planned before, " -"simply click on *Copy Previous Week*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:65 -msgid "" -"The integration with the *Time off* and *Employee* applications, show you " -"grayed cells to the days when the employee does not work and is on vacation " -"time, for example." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:3 -msgid "Send Planned Shifts and Give Employees Autonomy Over Shifts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:5 -msgid "" -"If you are not on top of your tasks and shifts you might fall behind, losing" -" productivity. Allowing your employees to have a say over shifts helps you " -"to be on top of your workload, and gives them flexibility." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:10 -msgid "Publish and send the planned week by email" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Once you have your shifts planned, click on *Send Schedule*. Select *Include" -" Open shift* if you would like the *Unassigned* shifts to be seen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Choose if you just want to *Publish* or *Publish and Send*. If you *Publish " -"and Send*, employees get an email that redirects them to their planned " -"tasks:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Employees will not be able to see shifts until they have been published." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:29 -msgid "Let employees unassign themselves from shifts" -msgstr "Lad medarbejdere fraskrive dem selv fra vagter" - -#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Go to *Configuration* and enable *Allow Unassignment*. From now on, when an " -"employee opens his tasks, he can indicate his unavailability clicking on *I " -"am unavailable*. The shift will be opened again, allowing someone else to " -"take it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:44 -msgid "Employees have portal access; users have access to the database." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po deleted file mode 100644 index ead4bc1e1..000000000 --- a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1633 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# Jonathan Stein <cgs@image.dk>, 2020 -# JonathanStein <jstein@image.dk>, 2020 -# lhmflexerp <lhm@flexerp.dk>, 2020 -# Mads Søndergaard, 2020 -# Sanne Kristensen <sanne@vkdata.dk>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Sanne Kristensen <sanne@vkdata.dk>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: da\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../point_of_sale.rst:5 -msgid "Point of Sale" -msgstr "POS" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features.rst:3 -msgid "Pricing Features" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:3 -msgid "Using discount tags with a barcode scanner" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:5 -msgid "" -"If you want to sell your products with a discount, for a product getting " -"close to its expiration date for example, you can use discount tags. They " -"allow you to scan discount barcodes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:10 -msgid "To use discount tags you will need to use a barcode scanner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:13 -msgid "Barcode Nomenclature" -msgstr "Stregkode plan" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:15 -msgid "To use discounts tags, we need to learn about barcode nomenclature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Let's say you want to have a discount for the product with the following " -"barcode:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:23 -msgid "" -"You can find the *Default Nomenclature* under the settings of your PoS " -"interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Let's say you want 50% discount on a product you have to start your barcode " -"with 22 (for the discount barcode nomenclature) and then 50 (for the %) " -"before adding the product barcode. In our example, the barcode would be:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:41 -msgid "Scan the products & tags" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:43 -msgid "You first have to scan the desired product (in our case, a lemon)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:48 -msgid "" -"And then scan the discount tag. The discount will be applied and you can " -"finish the transaction." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:3 -msgid "Apply Discounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:5 -msgid "" -"By offering discounts, you can entice your customers and drastically " -"increase your revenue. It is vital to offer discounts, whether they are " -"time-limited, seasonal or manually given." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:9 -msgid "" -"To manage discounts, Odoo has powerful features that help set up a pricing " -"strategy tailored to every business." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:13 -msgid "Apply manual discounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:15 -msgid "" -"If you seldom use discounts, applying manual ones might be the easiest " -"solution for your Point of Sale." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:18 -msgid "" -"You can either apply a discount on the whole order or on specific products " -"inside an order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:22 -msgid "Apply a discount on a product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:24 -msgid "From your PoS session interface, use the *Disc* button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Then, you can input a discount over the product that is currently selected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:34 -msgid "Apply a global discount" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:36 -msgid "" -"To apply a discount on the whole order, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales" -" --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and select your PoS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Once on your PoS form, select *Global Discounts*, under the *Pricing* " -"category." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:45 -msgid "Now, you have a new *Discount* button appearing on your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:51 -msgid "Click on it and enter the wanted discount." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:58 -msgid "" -"On this example, there is a global discount of 50% as well as a specific 50%" -" discount on oranges." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:62 -msgid "Apply time-limited discounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:64 -msgid "" -"To activate time-limited discounts, you must activate the *Pricelists* " -"feature. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Configuration " -"--> Point of Sale` and open your PoS. Then, enable the pricelist feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Once activated, you must choose the pricelists you want to make available in" -" the PoS and define a default one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:77 -msgid "Create a pricelist" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:79 -msgid "" -"By default, Odoo has a *Public Pricelist* configured. To create more, go to " -":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Products --> Pricelists`. Then click on " -"create." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:83 -msgid "" -"When creating a pricelist, you can set several criteria to use a specific " -"price: period, min. quantity, etc. You can also decide to apply that " -"pricelist on specific products or on the whole range." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:92 -msgid "Using a pricelist with the PoS interface" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:94 -msgid "" -"On the PoS interface, a new button appears. Use it to select a pricelist." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:101 -msgid "" -"Click on it to instantly update the prices with the selected pricelist. " -"Then, you can finalize the order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:3 -msgid "Manage a loyalty program" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Encourage your customers to continue to shop at your point of sale with a " -"*Loyalty Program*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:9 -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:14 -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:12 -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:15 -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:13 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:14 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:10 -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:9 -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:20 -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:8 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Konfiguration" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:11 -msgid "" -"To activate the *Loyalty Program* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " -"Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface. " -"Under the Pricing features, select *Loyalty Program*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:19 -msgid "From there you can create and edit your loyalty programs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:24 -msgid "" -"You can decide what type of program you wish to use, if the reward is a " -"discount or a gift, make it specific to some products or cover your whole " -"range. Apply rules so that it is only valid in specific situation and " -"everything in between." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:30 -msgid "Use the loyalty program in your PoS interface" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:32 -msgid "" -"When a customer is set, you will now see the points they will get for the " -"transaction and they will accumulate until they are spent. They are spent " -"using the button *Rewards* when they have enough points according to the " -"rules defined in the loyalty program." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:40 -msgid "" -"You can see the price is instantly updated to reflect the pricelist. You can" -" finalize the order in your usual way." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:44 -msgid "" -"If you select a customer with a default pricelist, it will be applied. You " -"can of course change it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:3 -msgid "Using Pricelists in Point of Sale" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:5 -msgid "" -"You probably know the concept of happy hour: during a certain period of " -"time, the barman gives a discount on some drinks (usually 50% off or a buy " -"one get one free). When the period is over, prices go back to normal. But " -"how does that relate with Odoo?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:10 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, you can set up happy hours. It’s one of the many possible uses of " -"*Pricelists*. Those *Pricelists* allow the creation of multiple prices for " -"the same product: a regular one and a special one for happy hours. Available" -" in the *PoS* app, those are really convenient." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:17 -msgid "Set up Pricelists" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:19 -msgid "" -"To set up a *Pricelist*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " -"Configuration --> Configuration` and enable the *Pricelist* feature. Then, " -"go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and" -" enable *Pricelist* for the *PoS*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Now, you can create *Pricelists* by clicking on the *Pricelists* link. Then," -" set it up by choosing the product category you want to include in your " -"happy hour and the discount." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Go back to your *PoS* settings and add the Happy Hour pricelist to the list." -" You can even choose a default pricelist if needed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:39 -msgid "" -"From now on, on the *PoS* interface, a new button is available, allowing you" -" to choose among the different *pricelists* you added before." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:46 -msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm.rst:3 -msgid "Fiscal Data Modules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:3 -msgid "Setting up the Fiscal Data Module with the Odoo POS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:6 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "Introduktion" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The Belgian government requires certain businesses to use a government-" -"certified device called a **Fiscal Data Module** (also known as a " -"**blackbox**). This device works together with the POS application and logs " -"certain transactions. On top of that, the used POS application must also be " -"certified by the government and must adhere to strict standards specified by" -" them. `Odoo 9 (Enterprise Edition) is a certified application " -"<http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/systemes-certifies>`_. More " -"information concerning the Fiscal Data Module can be found on `the official " -"website <http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:20 -msgid "Required hardware" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:22 -msgid "" -"A government certified `Fiscal Data Module " -"<http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/systemes-" -"certifies#FDM%20certifiés>`_ per POS, all of them should work, but the " -"Cleancash SC-B is recommended, you will also need:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Serial null modem cable per FDM (`example <http://www.startech.com/Cables" -"/Serial-Parallel-PS-2/DB9-DB25/10-ft-Cross-Wired-Serial-Null-Modem-Cable-" -"DB9-FM~SCNM9FM>`__)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Serial-to-USB adapter per FDM (`example " -"<http://trendnet.com/products/proddetail.asp?prod=265_TU-S9>`__)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:32 -msgid "A registered IoT Box per POS configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:35 -msgid "Setup" -msgstr "Opsætning" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:38 -msgid "IoT Box" -msgstr "IoT Boks" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:40 -msgid "" -"In order to use a Fiscal Data Module, you will need a registered IoT Box. " -"These IoT Boxes are similar to the regular IoT Boxes we sell, but they are " -"registered with the Belgian government. This is required by law. Attempting " -"to use a Fiscal Data Module on a non-registered IoT Box will not work. You " -"can verify that the Fiscal Data Module is recognized by the IoT Box by going" -" to the *Hardware status page* via the IoT Box homepage." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:52 -msgid "Odoo" -msgstr "Odoo" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:54 -msgid "" -"An Odoo POS app can be given certified POS capabilities by installing the " -"**Belgian Registered Cash Register** app (technical name: " -"``pos_blackbox_be``). Because of government restrictions imposed on us, this" -" installation cannot be undone. After this, you will have to ensure that " -"each POS configuration has a unique registered IoT Box associated with it " -"(:menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and " -"ensure Hardware Proxy / IoT Box and the serial number of your IoT Box is " -"set). The first time you open the Point of Sale and attempt to do a " -"transaction, you will be asked to input the PIN that you received with your " -"VAT signing card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:69 -msgid "Certification & On-premise" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:71 -msgid "" -"The certification granted by the government is restricted to the use on " -"odoo.com SaaS instance. The usage of the module from the source or a " -"modified version will **not** be certified. For on-premise users, we also " -"support the Fiscal Data Module in such installations. The main restriction " -"is that this requires an obfuscated version of the ``pos_blackbox_be`` " -"module we will provide on request for Enterprise customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:79 -msgid "Restrictions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:81 -msgid "" -"As mentioned before, in order to get certified the POS application must " -"adhere to strict government guidelines. Because of this, a certified Odoo " -"POS has some limitations not present in the non-certified Odoo POS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:86 -msgid "Refunding is disabled" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:87 -msgid "Modifying orderline prices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:88 -msgid "Creating/modifying/deleting POS orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:89 -msgid "Selling products without a valid tax" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:90 -msgid "Multiple Odoo POS configurations per IoT Box are not allowed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:91 -msgid "Using the POS without a connection to the IoT Box (and thus FDM)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:92 -msgid "Blacklisted modules: pos_discount, pos_reprint, pos_loyalty" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Oversigt" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:3 -msgid "Getting started" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When working with a Point of Sale application, employees want a simple, and " -"user-friendly solution. A solution that works online or offline and with any" -" device." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:9 -msgid "" -"A Point of Sale system is a fully integrated application that allows any " -"transaction, automatically registers product moves in your stock, and gives " -"you real-time statistics and consolidations across all shops." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:17 -msgid "Make products available in the PoS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:19 -msgid "" -"To make products available for sale, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale -->" -" Products --> Products` and open a product. In the *Sales* tab, enable " -"*Available in Point of Sale*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:28 -msgid "You can also define if the product has to be weighted or not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:31 -msgid "Configure your payment methods" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:33 -msgid "" -"To add a payment method, you first need to create it. Go to " -":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment Methods` and " -"click on create. Then, you can name your payment method and set it up." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:43 -msgid "Don’t forget your credentials for methods using a payment terminal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Now, you can select the payment method in your PoS settings. To do so, go to" -" :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and open" -" the PoS in which you want to include the payment method. Then, add the " -"payment method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:55 -msgid "" -"*Configuration* is the menu where you can edit all your point of sale " -"settings. Some more features are available for restaurants." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:59 -msgid "Your first PoS session" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:62 -msgid "Your first order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:64 -msgid "Open a new session from the dashboard by clicking on *New Session*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:70 -msgid "After the loading screen, you arrive on the PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Once an order is completed, you can register the payment. All the available " -"payment methods appear on the left of the screen. Select the payment method " -"and enter the received amount. Then, you can validate the payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:82 -msgid "Return and refund products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:84 -msgid "" -"Having a well-thought-out return policy is key to keep customers satisfied " -"and make the process of accepting returns and refunds easy for you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:87 -msgid "" -"To do that, from the PoS interface, select the product and quantity (with " -"the +/- button) that the customer wants to return. For multiple products, " -"repeat the process individually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:94 -msgid "" -"When on the payment interface, the total is negative. To end the refund, " -"process the payment and validate it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:102 -msgid "Close the PoS session" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:104 -msgid "" -"To close your session at the end of the day, click on the close button on " -"the upper right corner of your screen and confirm. Now, close the session on" -" the dashboard view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:112 -msgid "" -"It’s strongly advised to close your PoS session at the end of each day." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:114 -msgid "" -"Once a session is closed, you can see a summary of all transactions per " -"payment method. Then, click on a line to see all orders that were paid " -"during your PoS session. If everything is correct, validate the session and " -"post the closing entries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:123 -msgid "" -"To connect the PoS hardware with an Odoo IoT Box, please refer to these " -"docs: :doc:`Connect an IoT Box to your database <../../iot/config/connect>` " -"and :doc:`Use the IoT Box for the PoS <../../iot/config/pos>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:129 -msgid "View your statistics" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:131 -msgid "" -"Keeping track of your sales is essential to get meaningful statistics. " -"That’s why Odoo provides analyzes about your sales." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:134 -msgid "" -"To access your statistics, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> " -"Reporting --> Orders`. There, you can see various statistics in graph or " -"pivot form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:142 -msgid "You can also access them through the dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:3 -msgid "Register customers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Registering your customers will give you the ability to grant them various " -"privileges such as discounts, loyalty program, specific communication. It " -"will also be required if they want an invoice and registering them will make" -" any future interaction with them faster." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:11 -msgid "Create a customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:13 -msgid "From your session interface, use the customer button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:18 -msgid "Create a new one by using this button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:23 -msgid "" -"You will be invited to fill out the customer form with their information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Use the save button when you are done. You can then select that customer in " -"any future transactions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment.rst:3 -msgid "Payment Terminals" -msgstr "Betaling terminaler" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:3 -msgid "Connect an Ingenico Payment Terminal to your PoS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Connecting a payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid payment flow to " -"your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Please note that Ingenico is currently only available for customers in the " -"Benelux." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:15 -msgid "Connect an IoT Box" -msgstr "Forbind til en IoT boks" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Connecting an Ingenico Payment Terminal to Odoo is a feature that requires " -"an IoT Box. For more information on how to connect an IoT Box to your " -"database, please refer to the :doc:`IoT documentation " -"<../../iot/config/connect>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:22 -msgid "Configure the Lane/5000 for Ingenico BENELUX" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Click on the F button of the terminal, then go in the :menuselection:`PoS " -"Menu --> Settings` and enter the settings password." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Now, click on connexion change and TCP/IP. Type the IP of your *IoT Box* " -"(you can find it on the form view of your IoT Box). Then, enter 9000 as " -"port. The terminal will restart. Once it is done, go on your *IoT Box* form " -"in Odoo and verify that the terminal has been found." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:36 -msgid "Configure the payment method" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:38 -msgid "" -"First, go in the general settings of the POS app, and activate the Ingenico " -"setting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Go back in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of " -"Sale`, go in the payments section and access your payment methods. Create a " -"new payment method for Ingenico, select the payment terminal option " -"Ingenico, and select your payment terminal device." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:53 -msgid "Pay with a payment terminal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:55 -msgid "" -"In your *PoS interface*, when processing a payment, select a *Payment " -"Method* using a payment terminal. Check that the amount in the tendered " -"column is the one that has to be sent to the payment terminal and click on " -"*Send*. When the payment is successful, the status will change to *Payment " -"Successful*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:64 -msgid "" -"If you want to cancel the payment request, click on cancel. You can still " -"retry to send the payment request." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:67 -msgid "" -"If there is any issue with the payment terminal, you can still force the " -"payment using the *Force Done*. This will allow you to validate the order in" -" Odoo even if the connexion between the terminal and Odoo has issues." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:73 -msgid "" -"This option will only be available if you received an error message telling " -"you the connexion failed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Once your payment is processed, on the payment record, you’ll find the type " -"of card that has been used and the transaction ID." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:3 -msgid "Connect a SIX Payment Terminal to your PoS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Connecting a SIX payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid payment flow " -"to your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Even though Worldline has recently acquired SIX Payment Services and both " -"companies use Yomani payment terminals, the firmware they run is different. " -"Terminals received from Worldline are therefore not compatible with this " -"integration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:18 -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:16 -msgid "Configure the Payment Method" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:20 -msgid "" -"First, make sure that the POS Six module is installed. For this, go to " -"*Apps*, remove the \"Apps\" filter and search for \"POS Six\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Back in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment " -"Methods`, Create a new payment method for SIX, select the payment terminal " -"option \"SIX without IoT Box\", and enter your payment terminal IP address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:34 -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:40 -msgid "Pay with a Payment Terminal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:36 -msgid "" -"In your PoS interface, at the moment of the payment, select a payment method" -" using a payment terminal. Verify that the amount in the tendered column is " -"the one that has to be sent to the payment terminal and click on *Send*. If " -"you want to cancel the payment request, click on cancel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:44 -msgid "" -"When the payment is done, the status will change to *Payment Successful*. " -"You can always reverse the last transaction by clicking on *Reverse*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:51 -msgid "" -"If there is any issue with the payment terminal, you can still force the " -"payment using the *Force Done*. This will allow you to validate the order in" -" Odoo even if the connexion between the terminal and Odoo encounters issues." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:3 -msgid "Connect a Vantiv Payment Terminal to your PoS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Connecting a Vantiv payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid payment " -"flow to your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Please note MercuryPay only operates with US and Canadian banks, making this" -" procedure only suitable for North American businesses." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:18 -msgid "" -"First, go in the general settings of the POS app, and activate the Vantiv " -"setting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Back in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, " -"go in the payments section and access your payment methods. Create a new " -"payment method for Vantiv, select the payment terminal option Vantiv, and " -"create new Vantiv credentials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:32 -msgid "" -"To create new Vantiv credentials, fill in your merchant ID and password, " -"then save. Make sure the credentials you just created are selected, then " -"save the payment method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:42 -msgid "" -"In your PoS interface, at the moment of the payment, select your Vantiv " -"payment method and… that’s all." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:3 -msgid "Restaurant Features" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:3 -msgid "Print the Bill" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Use the *Bill Printing* feature to print the bill before the payment. This " -"is useful if the bill is still subject to evolve and is thus not the " -"definitive ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:10 -msgid "Configure Bill Printing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To activate *Bill Printing*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " -"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Bill Printing* option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:22 -msgid "Split a Bill" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:24 -msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Bill* button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:29 -msgid "When you use it, you can then print the bill." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:3 -msgid "Using fiscal positions in PoS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, *Fiscal Positions* let you apply different taxes based on the " -"customer location. In a *Point of Sale*, such as a restaurant, it can be " -"used to apply different taxes depending if the customer eats in or takes " -"away." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:11 -msgid "Set up fiscal positions for PoS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:13 -msgid "" -"To enable this feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " -"Configuration --> Point of Sale` and check *Fiscal Position per Order*. Now," -" you can choose the fiscal positions you want for your *PoS*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:21 -msgid "You need to create your fiscal positions before using this feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:24 -msgid "Using fiscal positions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Once on your *PoS* interface, click on the *Tax* button. Now, choose the " -"fiscal position you need for the current order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:33 -msgid "Set up a default fiscal position" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:35 -msgid "" -"If you want to use a default fiscal position, meaning that a preexisting " -"value is always automatically assigned, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale " -"--> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and enable *Fiscal Position*. Now, " -"choose one to set as the default one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Now, the *tax* button is replaced by a *on site* button when on the *PoS* " -"interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:3 -msgid "Print orders at the kitchen or bar" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:5 -msgid "" -"To ease the workflow between the front of house and the back of the house, " -"printing the orders taken on the PoS interface right in the kitchen or bar " -"can be a tremendous help." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:10 -msgid "Activate the bar/kitchen printer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To activate the *Order printing* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " -"Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Under the IoT Box / Hardware Proxy category, you will find *Order Printers*." -" Note that you need an IoT Box to connect your Printer to the PoS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:20 -msgid "Add a printer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:22 -msgid "" -"In your configuration menu you will now have a *Order Printers* option where" -" you can add the printer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:29 -msgid "Print a kitchen/bar order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:34 -msgid "Select or create a printer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:37 -msgid "Print the order in the kitchen/bar" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:39 -msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Order* button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:44 -msgid "" -"When you press it, it will print the order on your kitchen/bar printer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:3 -msgid "Manage your tables" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Restaurants have specific needs that shops don’t have. That’s why Odoo gives" -" restaurant owners several unique features to help them manage their " -"business in the best possible way." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Floor and table management, bill splitting, or even the possibility to print" -" orders from the kitchen, everything is there to help your business shine " -"and your employees to work efficiently." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:16 -msgid "" -"To activate the bar/restaurant features, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale" -" --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and open your PoS. Now, select *Is a " -"Bar/Restaurant*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:24 -msgid "" -"New features are shown with a fork and a knife next to it, indicating that " -"they are restaurant-specific." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:32 -msgid "Add a floor" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Once your *Point of Sale* has been configured, select *Table Management* " -"under :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`. " -"Then, click on *Floors* to create and name your floor and tables." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:47 -msgid "Don’t forget to link your floor to your point of sale." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:50 -msgid "Add tables" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:52 -msgid "" -"To add tables, you can also open your PoS interface to see your floor(s)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:59 -msgid "" -"Then, click on *Edit Mode* (pencil icon on the upper right corner) to be " -"allowed to create, move, modify tables, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:67 -msgid "" -"To make your table easier to be found, you can rename them, change their " -"shape, size or even color. It is also possible to add the maximum number of " -"sits the table can have." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:72 -msgid "Register your table(s) orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:74 -msgid "" -"To register an order, click on the respective table. By doing so, you are " -"taken to your main interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:82 -msgid "Transfer customer(s)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:84 -msgid "" -"If your customers want to move to another table after they already ordered, " -"use the transfer button. This way, the order is also moved to the new table." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:88 -msgid "To do so, select the table your customer is currently on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:94 -msgid "" -"Now, click on the transfer button and select the table to which you are " -"transferring your customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:103 -msgid "Register an additional order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:105 -msgid "" -"When registering an order, use the + button to simultaneously proceed to " -"another one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:108 -msgid "" -"Then, you can shift between your orders and process the payment when needed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:116 -msgid "The - button allows you to remove the order you are currently on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:3 -msgid "Offer a bill-splitting option" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Offering an easy bill splitting solution to your customers will leave them " -"with a positive experience. That's why this feature is available out-of-the-" -"box in the Odoo Point of Sale application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To activate the *Bill Splitting* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " -"Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find the Bill Splitting " -"option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:23 -msgid "Split a bill" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:25 -msgid "In your PoS interface, you now have a *Split* button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:30 -msgid "" -"When you use it, you will be able to select what that guest should had and " -"process the payment, repeating the process for each guest." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:3 -msgid "Integrate a tip option into payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:5 -msgid "" -"As it is customary to tip in many countries all over the world, it is " -"important to have the option in your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:9 -msgid "Configure Tipping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:11 -msgid "" -"To activate the *Tips* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " -"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Tips*. Select it and " -"create a *Tip Product* such as *Tips* in this case." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:21 -msgid "Add Tips to the bill" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:23 -msgid "Once on the payment interface, you now have a new *Tip* button" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:28 -msgid "Add the tip your customer wants to leave and process to the payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop.rst:3 -msgid "Shop Features" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:3 -msgid "Using barcodes in PoS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Using a barcode scanner to process point of sale orders improves your " -"efficiency and helps you to save time for you and your customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:11 -msgid "" -"To use a barcode scanner, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " -"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Under the IoT Box / Hardware category, you will find *Barcode Scanner* " -"select it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:21 -msgid "Add barcodes to product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Products` and select a " -"product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Under the general information tab, you can find a barcode field where you " -"can input any barcode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:33 -msgid "Scanning products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:35 -msgid "" -"From your PoS interface, scan any barcode with your barcode scanner. The " -"product will be added, you can scan the same product to add it multiple " -"times or change the quantity manually on the screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:3 -msgid "Set-up Cash Control in Point of Sale" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Cash control allows you to check the amount of the cashbox at the opening " -"and closing. You can thus make sure no error has been made and that no cash " -"is missing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:10 -msgid "Activate Cash Control" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To activate the *Cash Control* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales" -" --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:16 -msgid "Under the payments category, you will find the cash control setting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:21 -msgid "" -"In this example, you can see I want to have 275$ in various denomination at " -"the opening and closing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:24 -msgid "" -"When clicking on **Opening/Closing Values** you will be able to create those" -" values." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:31 -msgid "Start a session" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:33 -msgid "" -"You now have a new button added when you open a session, *Set opening " -"Balance*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:42 -msgid "" -"By default it will use the values you added before, but you can always " -"modify it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:46 -msgid "Close a session" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:48 -msgid "" -"When you want to close your session, you now have a *Set Closing Balance* " -"button as well." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:51 -msgid "" -"You can then see the theoretical balance, the real closing balance (what you" -" have just counted) and the difference between the two." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:57 -msgid "" -"If you use the *Take Money Out* option to take out your transactions for " -"this session, you now have a zero-sum difference and the same closing " -"balance as your opening balance. You cashbox is ready for the next session." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:3 -msgid "Cash Rounding" -msgstr "Kontantafrunding" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:4 -msgid "" -"**Cash rounding** is required when the lowest physical denomination of " -"currency, or the smallest coin, is higher than the minimum unit of account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:8 -msgid "" -"For example, some countries require their companies to round up or down the " -"total amount of an invoice to the nearest five cents, when the payment is " -"made in cash." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Each point of sale in Odoo can be configured to apply cash rounding to the " -"totals of its bills or receipts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:16 -msgid "" -"This feature will soon be added to Odoo. We are currently working to make it" -" available for all supported versions as soon as possible." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings` and " -"enable *Cash Rounding*, then click on *Save*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, " -"open the point of sale you want to configure, and enable the *Cash Rounding*" -" option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:31 -msgid "" -"To define the **Rounding Method**, open the drop-down list and click on " -"*Create and Edit...*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Define here your *Rounding Precision*, *Profit Account*, and *Loss Account*," -" then save both the Rounding Method and your Point of Sale settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:41 -msgid "" -"All total amounts of this point of sale now add a line to apply the rounding" -" according to your settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Odoo Point of Sale only support the *Add a rounding line* rounding " -"strategies and *Half-up* rounding methods." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:3 -msgid "Invoice from the PoS interface" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Some of your customers might request an invoice when buying from your Point " -"of Sale, you can easily manage it directly from the PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:9 -msgid "Activate invoicing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and" -" select your Point of Sale:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Under the *Bills & Receipts* you will see the invoicing option, tick it. " -"Don't forget to choose in which journal the invoices should be created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:25 -msgid "Select a customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:27 -msgid "From your session interface, use the customer button" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:32 -msgid "" -"You can then either select an existing customer and set it as your customer " -"or create a new one by using this button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:38 -msgid "" -"You will be invited to fill out the customer form with its information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:41 -msgid "Invoice your customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:43 -msgid "" -"From the payment screen, you now have an invoice option, use the button to " -"select it and validate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:49 -msgid "You can then print the invoice and move on to your next order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:52 -msgid "Retrieve invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Once out of the PoS interface (:menuselection:`Close --> Confirm` on the top" -" right corner) you will find all your orders in :menuselection:`Point of " -"Sale --> Orders --> Orders` and under the status tab you will see which ones" -" have been invoiced. When clicking on a order you can then access the " -"invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:3 -msgid "Log in with employee" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:5 -msgid "" -"With Odoo *Point of Sale*, you can manage multiple cashiers. This feature " -"allows you to keep track of who is working, when and how much each cashier " -"made for that session." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:9 -msgid "" -"There are three ways to switch cashiers in Odoo: by *selecting the cashier*," -" by *entering a PIN code* or by *scanning a barcode*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:13 -msgid "" -"To manage multiple cashiers, you need several employees (at least two)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:16 -msgid "Set up log in with employees" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:18 -msgid "" -"To enable the feature, go to your *PoS settings* and check log in with " -"employees on your *PoS form*. Then, add the employees that have access to " -"the cash register." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:25 -msgid "Now, you can switch cashier easily." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:28 -msgid "Switch without pin codes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:30 -msgid "" -"The easiest way to switch cashiers is without a code. To do so, click on the" -" cashier name in your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:36 -msgid "Now, you just have to click on your name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:42 -msgid "Switch cashier with pin codes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:44 -msgid "" -"You can set a pin code on each cashier. To set up a pin code, go to the " -"employee form and add a security PIN, in the *HR settings tab*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:50 -msgid "Now, when switching cashier, a PIN password will be asked." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:56 -msgid "Switch cashier with barcodes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:58 -msgid "" -"You can ask your employees to log themselves with their badges. To do so, " -"set up a barcode at the same place you add the PIN code. Print the badge and" -" when they will scan it, the cashier will be switched to that employee." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:67 -msgid "Find who was the cashier" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Once you have closed your *PoS session*, you can have an overview of the " -"amount each cashier sold for. To do so, go to the orders menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:75 -msgid "Now, you can open the order and have a summary of the sold products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:3 -msgid "Reprint Receipts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Use the *Reprint receipt* feature if you have the need to reprint a ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:10 -msgid "" -"To activate *Reprint Receipt*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " -"Configuration --> Point of sale`. and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Reprint Receipt* option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:17 -msgid "" -"In order to allow the option reprint receipt, you need to activate the " -"receipt printer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:23 -msgid "Reprint a receipt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:25 -msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Reprint receipt* button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:30 -msgid "When you use it, you can then reprint your last receipt." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po deleted file mode 100644 index bbba6c634..000000000 --- a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,191 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# Kenneth Hansen <kenneth@vkdata.dk>, 2020 -# Sanne Kristensen <sanne@vkdata.dk>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-11-02 12:05+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Sanne Kristensen <sanne@vkdata.dk>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: da\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:6 ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:9 -msgid "My Odoo Portal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:11 -msgid "" -"In this section of the portal, you will find all the communications between " -"you and Odoo: documents such as quotations, sales orders, invoices and " -"subscriptions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:15 -msgid "" -"To access this section, you have to log with your username and password to " -"`Odoo <https://www.odoo.com/my/home>`_. If you are already logged in, just " -"click on your name on the top-right corner and select \"My Account\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:23 -msgid "Quotations" -msgstr "Tilbud" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Here you will find all the quotations sent to you by Odoo. For example, a " -"quotation can be generated for you after adding an application or a user to " -"your database or if your contract has to be renewed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:32 -msgid "" -"The *Valid Until* column shows the date through which the quotation is " -"valid; after that date, the quotation will be \"Expired\". By clicking on " -"the quotation, you will see all the details of the offer, such as the " -"pricing and other useful information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:39 -msgid "" -"If you want to accept the quotation, just click \"Accept & Pay,\" and the " -"quote will get confirmed. If you don't want to accept it, or you need to ask" -" for some modifications, click on \"Ask Changes Reject.\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:44 -msgid "Sales Orders" -msgstr "Salgsordre" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:46 -msgid "" -"All your purchases within Odoo (Upsells, Themes, Applications, etc.) will be" -" registered under this section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:52 -msgid "" -"By clicking on the sale order, you can review the details of the products " -"purchased and process the payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:56 -msgid "Invoices" -msgstr "Fakturaer" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:58 -msgid "" -"All the invoices of your subscriptions and/or sales orders will be shown in " -"this section. The tag before the Amount Due will indicate if the invoice has" -" been paid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Just click on the invoice if you wish to see more information, pay the " -"invoice, or download a PDF version of the document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:69 -msgid "Tickets" -msgstr "Supportsager" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:71 -msgid "" -"When you submit a ticket through `Odoo Support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`," -" a ticket will be created. Here you can find all the tickets that you have " -"opened, the conversations between you and our Agents, and the statuses and " -"IDs (# Ref) of the tickets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:79 -msgid "Subscriptions" -msgstr "Abonnementer" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:81 -msgid "" -"You can access your subscriptions with Odoo from this section. The first " -"page shows you the subscriptions that you have and their status." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:87 -msgid "" -"By clicking on the subscription you will access all the details regarding " -"your plan: the number of applications purchased, the billing information, " -"and the payment method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:91 -msgid "" -"To change the payment method, click on \"Change Payment Method\" and enter " -"the new credit card details." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:97 -msgid "" -"If you want to remove the credit cards that are saved, you can do so by " -"clicking on \"Manage your payment methods\" at the bottom of the page. Click" -" \"Delete\" to delete the payment method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:105 -msgid "" -"At the date of the next invoice, if there is no payment information provided" -" or if your credit card has expired, the status of your subscription will " -"change to \"To Renew\". You will then have 7 days to provide a valid method " -"of payment. After this delay, the subscription will be closed, and you will " -"no longer be able to access the database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:111 -msgid "Success Packs" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:112 -msgid "" -"With a Success Pack/Partner Success Pack, you are assigned an expert to " -"provide unique personalized assistance to help you customize your solution " -"and optimize your workflows as part of your initial implementation. These " -"hours never expire, allowing you to utilize them whenever you need support." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:118 -msgid "" -"If you need information about how to manage your database see " -":ref:`db_online`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:121 -msgid "Delete your Odoo.com account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:123 -msgid "" -"In order to delete your Odoo.com account, you have to reach out to our " -"`Support Services <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:126 -msgid "If you want to delete one of your databases, see :ref:`db_online`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:129 -msgid "" -"If you wish instead to formally request the deletion of all the information " -"connected to your email address as per the European Union General Data " -"Protection Regulation (GDPR), please send an email to privacy@odoo.com." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po deleted file mode 100644 index 74ed4bee2..000000000 --- a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,22 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" -"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: da\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../practical.rst:3 -msgid "Practical Information" -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..61bf44873 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po @@ -0,0 +1,2574 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Hans Henrik Gabelgaard <hhg@gabelgaard.org>, 2021 +# Martin Trigaux, 2021 +# Sanne Kristensen <sanne@vkdata.dk>, 2021 +# lhmflexerp <lhm@flexerp.dk>, 2021 +# Mads Søndergaard, 2021 +# Mads Søndergaard <mads@vkdata.dk>, 2021 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-18 07:12+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-05-18 05:18+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Mads Søndergaard <mads@vkdata.dk>, 2021\n" +"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: da\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity.rst:3 +msgid "Productivity" +msgstr "Produktivitet" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss.rst:4 +msgid "Discuss" +msgstr "Beskeder" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced" +msgstr "Avanceret" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:3 +msgid "How to Use my Mail Server to Send and Receive Emails in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:6 +msgid "If you are a user of Odoo Online or Odoo.sh..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:8 +msgid "" +"You have nothing to do! **Odoo sets up its own mail servers for your " +"database.** Outgoing and incoming emails work out-of-the-box!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Unless you plan to send large batches of mass mailing that could require the" +" use of an external mail server, simply enjoy your new Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:16 +msgid "Scope of this documentation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:18 +msgid "" +"This document is **mainly dedicated to Odoo on-premise users** who don't " +"benefit from an out-of-the-box solution to send and receive emails in Odoo, " +"unlike `Odoo Online <https://www.odoo.com/trial>`__ & `Odoo.sh " +"<https://www.odoo.sh>`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:25 +msgid "" +"If no one in your company is used to manage email servers, we strongly " +"recommend that you opt for those Odoo hosting solutions. Their email system " +"works instantly and is monitored by professionals. Nevertheless you can " +"still use your own email servers if you want to manage your email server's " +"reputation yourself." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:31 +msgid "" +"You will find here below some useful information on how to integrate your " +"own email solution with Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Office 365 email servers don't easily allow to send external emails from " +"hosts like Odoo. Refer to `Microsoft's documentation " +"<https://support.office.com/en-us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-" +"device-or-application-to-send-email-using-" +"Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ to make it work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:39 +msgid "How to manage outbound messages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:40 +msgid "" +"As a system admin, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and " +"check *External Email Servers*. Then, click *Outgoing Mail Servers* to " +"create one and reference the SMTP data of your email server. Once all the " +"information has been filled out, click on *Test Connection*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:45 +msgid "Here is a typical configuration for a G Suite server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:50 +msgid "Then set your email domain name in the General Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:53 +msgid "" +"If you get a ``[AUTHENTICATIONFAILED] Invalid credentials (Failure)`` " +"warning when you *Test Connection* on a Gmail address, activate the *Less " +"secure app access* option. A direct link can be `accessed here " +"<https://myaccount.google.com/lesssecureapps?pli=1>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:57 +msgid "In addition to that, enable the IMAP setting on your Gmail account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:61 +msgid "Can I use an Office 365 server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:62 +msgid "" +"You can use an Office 365 server if you run Odoo on-premise. Office 365 SMTP" +" relays are not compatible with Odoo Online." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Please refer to `Microsoft's documentation <https://support.office.com/en-" +"us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-device-or-application-to-send-" +"email-using-Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ to configure" +" a SMTP relay for your Odoo's IP address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:69 +msgid "How to use a G Suite server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:70 +msgid "" +"You can use an G Suite server for any Odoo hosting type. To do so you need " +"to setup the SMTP relay service. The configuration steps are explained in " +"`Google documentation " +"<https://support.google.com/a/answer/2956491?hl=en>`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:77 +msgid "Be SPF-compliant" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:78 +msgid "" +"In case you use SPF (Sender Policy Framework) to increase the deliverability" +" of your outgoing emails, don't forget to authorize Odoo as a sending host " +"in your domain name settings. Here is the configuration for Odoo Online:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:82 +msgid "" +"If no TXT record is set for SPF, create one with following definition: " +"v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com ~all" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:84 +msgid "" +"In case a SPF TXT record is already set, add \"include:_spf.odoo.com\". e.g." +" for a domain name that sends emails via Odoo Online and via G Suite it " +"could be: v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com include:_spf.google.com ~all" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Find `here <https://www.mail-tester.com/spf/>`__ the exact procedure to " +"create or modify TXT records in your own domain registrar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Your new SPF record can take up to 48 hours to go into effect, but this " +"usually happens more quickly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Adding more than one SPF record for a domain can cause problems with mail " +"delivery and spam classification. Instead, we recommend using only one SPF " +"record by modifying it to authorize Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:99 +msgid "Allow DKIM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:100 +msgid "" +"You should do the same thing if DKIM (Domain Keys Identified Mail) is " +"enabled on your email server. In the case of Odoo Online & Odoo.sh, you " +"should add a DNS \"odoo._domainkey\" CNAME record to " +"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\". For example, for \"foo.com\" they should have " +"a record \"odoo._domainkey.foo.com\" that is a CNAME with the value " +"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:108 +msgid "Restriction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:109 +msgid "" +"Please note that the port 25 is blocked for security reasons. Try using 587," +" 465 or 2525." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:114 +msgid "How to manage inbound messages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:116 +msgid "Odoo relies on generic email aliases to fetch incoming messages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:118 +msgid "" +"**Reply messages** of messages sent from Odoo are routed to their original " +"discussion thread (and to the inbox of all its followers) by the catchall " +"alias (**catchall@**)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:122 +msgid "" +"**Bounced messages** are routed to **bounce@** in order to track them in " +"Odoo. This is especially used in `Odoo Email Marketing " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/email-marketing>`__ to opt-out invalid " +"recipients." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:126 +msgid "" +"**Original messages**: Several business objects have their own alias to " +"create new records in Odoo from incoming emails:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Sales Channel (to create Leads or Opportunities in `Odoo CRM " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/crm>`__)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Support Channel (to create Tickets in `Odoo Helpdesk " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/helpdesk>`__)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:133 +msgid "" +"Projects (to create new Tasks in `Odoo Project <https://www.odoo.com/page" +"/project-management>`__)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Job Positions (to create Applicants in `Odoo Recruitment " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/recruitment>`__)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:137 +msgid "etc." +msgstr "etc." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Depending on your mail server, there might be several methods to fetch " +"emails. The easiest and most recommended method is to manage one email " +"address per Odoo alias in your mail server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Create the corresponding email addresses in your mail server (catchall@, " +"bounce@, sales@, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:145 +msgid "Set your domain name in the General Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:150 +msgid "" +"If you use Odoo on-premise, create an *Incoming Mail Server* in Odoo for " +"each alias. You can do it from the General Settings as well. Fill out the " +"form according to your email provider’s settings. Leave the *Actions to " +"Perform on Incoming Mails* blank. Once all the information has been filled " +"out, click on *TEST & CONFIRM*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:159 +msgid "" +"If you use Odoo Online or Odoo.sh, We do recommend to redirect incoming " +"messages to Odoo's domain name rather than exclusively use your own email " +"server. That way you will receive incoming messages without delay. Indeed, " +"Odoo Online is fetching incoming messages of external servers once per hour " +"only. You should set redirections for all the email addresses to Odoo's " +"domain name in your email server (e.g. *catchall@mydomain.ext* to " +"*catchall@mycompany.odoo.com*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:169 +msgid "All the aliases are customizable in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:167 +msgid "" +"Object aliases can be edited from their respective configuration view. To " +"edit catchall and bounce aliases, you first need to activate the " +":doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:171 +msgid "" +"Then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System " +"Parameters` to customize the aliases (*mail.catchall.alias* & * " +"mail.bounce.alias*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:177 +msgid "" +"By default inbound messages are fetched every 5 minutes in Odoo on-premise. " +"You can change this value in :doc:`Developer mode " +"</applications/general/developer_mode>`. Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions` and look for *Mail: " +"Fetchmail Service*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:186 +msgid "Set up different dedicated servers for transactional and mass mails" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:188 +msgid "" +"Odoo's e-mail server has the capability of sending 200 e-mails per day on " +"Odoo SH Cloud Platform. However, if needed, you can use a separate Mail " +"Transfer Agent (MTA) servers for transactional e-mails and mass mailings. " +"Example: use Odoo's own mail server for transactional e-mails, and Sendgrid," +" Amazon SES, or Mailgun for mass mailings. Another alternative is to use " +"Postmark for transactional e-mails, and Amazon SES or Sendgrid for mass " +"mailings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:196 +msgid "" +"A default outgoing email server is already configured. You should not create" +" an alternative one unless you want to use a specific external outgoing " +"email server for technical reasons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:199 +msgid "" +"To do this, you should first enable the :doc:`Developer mode " +"</applications/general/developer_mode>` and then go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Outgoing` e-mail servers. There " +"you have to create two e-mail MTA server settings. One for transactional " +"e-mails and one for mass mail servers. Be sure to mark the priority of " +"transactional e-mail servers as low as the mass email servers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Now, go to :menuselection:`Email Marketing --> Settings` and enable " +"*Dedicated Server*. With these settings, Odoo uses the server with the lower" +" priority for transactional emails, and the server here selected for mass " +"mails. Note that in this case, you have to set your domain's Sender Policy " +"Framework (SPF) records to include both transactional and mass mail servers." +" If your server resides with xxxx.odoo.com, the available options are " +"Sendinblue and Mailchimp, as your e-mails would be originated from the " +"xxxx.odoo.com domain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:3 +msgid "Email Templates" +msgstr "E-mailskabelon" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:5 +msgid "" +"We all know writing good emails is vital to get a high response rate, but " +"you do not want to rewrite the same structure every time, do you? That is " +"where email templates come in. Without the need to rewrite the entire email " +"structure every time, you save time to focus on the content. Multiple " +"templates also let you deliver the right message to the right audience, " +"improving their overall experience with the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:12 +msgid "Enable it and understand a few concepts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The :doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>` must be " +"activated. Then, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> " +"Templates`. A view of the existing templates is shown." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:18 +msgid "" +"**It is highly recommended not to change the content in existing templates " +"unless the user has prior knowledge about placeholders.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To add a new one, click on *Create* and choose the type of document this " +"template is used with. In the example below, the template would be sent to " +"job applicants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Under *Email Configuration*, fields such as *From*, *To (Emails)*, *To " +"(Partners)*, require placeholders. If the *From* field is not set, the " +"default value is the author’s email alias, if configured, or email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Under *Advanced Settings*, if an *Outgoing Mail Server* is not set, the one " +"with the highest priority is used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:34 +msgid "" +"The option *Auto Delete* permanently deletes the emails after they are sent," +" saving space in your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:37 +msgid "Writing content including placeholder expressions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Under the tab *Dynamic Placeholder Generator*, look for the *Field* you " +"would like to use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Next, copy the *Placeholder Expression* and paste it in the *Body* of the " +"email, under the *Content* tab, using - essentially - the *Code View*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Deactivate the *Code View* option by simply clicking on it again, and easily" +" design the message. Click on *Preview* to check how the email looks before " +"sending it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Oversigt" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:3 +msgid "Get Started with Discuss" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Discuss allows you to bring all of your company’s communication together " +"through messages, notes, and chat. Share information, projects, files, " +"prioritize tasks, and stay connected with colleagues and partners throughout" +" applications. Forge better relationships, increase productivity and " +"transparency by promoting a convenient way of communicating." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:11 +msgid "Choose your notifications preference" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Access your *Preferences* and choose how you would like your notifications " +"to be handled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:21 +msgid "" +"By default, the field is set as *Handle by Emails* making messages, notes, " +"and notifications where you were mentioned or that you follow, to be sent " +"through email. By choosing *Handle in Odoo*, they are shown in the *Inbox*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:22 +msgid "Messages can then be *Marked as Todo*, *Replied*, or *Marked as Read*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:28 +msgid "" +"The messages tagged as *Mark as Todo* are also shown in *Starred*, while the" +" ones *Marked as Read* are moved to *History*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:36 +msgid "Start Chatting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:38 +msgid "" +"The first time you log in to your account, OdooBot sends you a message " +"asking for permission to receive desktop notifications to chats. If " +"accepted, you receive push notifications to the messages sent to you despite" +" of where you are in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To stop receiving desktop notifications, reset the notifications settings of" +" your browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:50 +msgid "" +"To start a chat, click on *New Message* on the *Messaging Menu*, or go to " +"*Discuss* and send a *Direct Message*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:58 +msgid "" +"You can also create :doc:`public and private channels <team_communication>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:61 +msgid "Mentions in the chat and on the Chatter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To mention a user within a chat or the chatter type *@user-name*; to refer " +"to a channel, type *#channel-name*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:66 +msgid "" +"A notification is sent to the user mentioned either to his *Inbox* or " +"through email, depending on his settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:73 +msgid "" +"When a user is mentioned, the search list (list of names) suggests values " +"first based on the task’s followers, and secondly on *Employees*. If the " +"record being searched does not match with either a follower or employee, the" +" scope of the search becomes all partners." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:78 +msgid "Chat status" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:80 +msgid "" +"It is helpful to see what colleagues are up to and how quickly they can " +"respond to messages by checking their *Status*. The status is shown on the " +"left side of a contact’s names on Discuss’ sidebar and on the *Messaging " +"menu*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:84 +msgid "Green = online" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:85 +msgid "Orange = away" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:86 +msgid "White = offline" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:87 +msgid "Airplane = out of the office" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:65 +msgid ":doc:`team_communication`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:96 +msgid ":doc:`../advanced/email_servers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:3 +msgid "Get Organized by Planning Activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you plan activities you minimize the risk of uncertainties, as you " +"provide clear directions for the course of your next action. In addition to " +"that, you do not leave space for wasteful activities and reduce the chance " +"of having overlapping actions between team members." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:10 +msgid "Where do I see my schedule activities?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Access and manage your activities wherever you are in Odoo by the " +"*Activities* menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:20 +msgid "Plan activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Activities can be planned and managed from the chatter by clicking on " +"*Schedule activity*, or through Kanban views." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:31 +msgid "Set your activity types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:33 +msgid "" +"A number of activities types are available by default in Odoo (call, email, " +"meeting, etc.). However, you can set new ones going to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Activity types`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:42 +msgid "" +"If you need to create an activity type with an available calendar, make sure" +" to create it with an *Action to Perform* set as *Meeting*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:46 +msgid "Recommend next activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Odoo helps you to plan a flow of activities by allowing you to set " +"*Recommended Next Activities*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Once the respective activity is completed, select *Done & Schedule Next* and" +" next steps are suggested to you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:115 +msgid ":doc:`get_started`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:3 +msgid "Efficiently Communicate Using Channels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You can use channels to organize discussions between individual teams, " +"departments, projects, or any other group that requires regular " +"communication. This way, you keep everyone in the loop updated with the " +"latest developments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:10 +msgid "Public and Private channels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:12 +msgid "" +"A *Public* channel can be seen by everyone, while a *Private* one is only " +"visible to users invited to it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:21 +msgid "" +"A public channel is best used when many employees need to access information" +" (such as company announcements), whereas a private channel could be used " +"whenever information should be limited to specific groups (such as a " +"specific department)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:26 +msgid "Configuration options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:28 +msgid "" +"You can configure a channel’s name, description, email alias, and privacy by" +" clicking on the *Channel Settings* icon on the sidebar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:36 +msgid "Privacy and Members" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Changing *Who can follow the group’s activities?* allows you to control " +"which groups can have access to the channel. Note that allowing *Everyone* " +"to follow a private channel lets other users view and join it, as they would" +" a public one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:42 +msgid "" +"If you choose *Invited people only*, go to the *Members* tab to add your " +"members, or, go to Discuss’ main page, select the channel and click on " +"*Invite*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:49 +msgid "" +"For *Selected group of users*, the option *Auto Subscribe Groups* " +"automatically add its members as followers. In other words, while " +"*Authorized Groups* limits which users can access the channel, *Auto " +"Subscribe Groups* automatically adds the user as a member as long as they " +"are part of the group." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:55 +msgid "Use a channel as a mailing list" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Choosing to *Send messages by email* configures the channel to behave as a " +"mailing list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Enabling this option allows you to *Moderate this channel*, meaning that " +"messages will need to be approved before being sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Under the *Moderation* tab choose as many moderators as you need, and if you" +" would like them to receive an *Automatic notification*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Mark *Send guidelines to new subscribers* to automatically send instructions" +" to newcomers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Moderators can: *Accept*, *Reject*, *Discard*, *Always Allow* or *Ban* " +"messages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Members of a mailing channel receive messages through email regardless of " +"their :doc:`notification preference <get_started>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Once a channel is moderated, the menu *Ban List* allows you to add email " +"addresses per moderated channel to auto-ban them from sending messages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:91 +msgid "Quick search bar" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Once at least 20 channels, direct message and live chat conversations (if " +"the module is installed on your database) are pinned in the sidebar, a " +"*Quick search…* bar is displayed. It is a clever way to filter conversations" +" and quickly find the one you need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:103 +msgid "Finding channels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:106 +msgid "" +"Click on *Channels* (on the sidebar), browse through the list of public " +"channels, and join or leave them from a single screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Apply filters criteria and save it for later use. The search function " +"accepts wildcards by using the underscore character *(_)* to represent a " +"single character." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:116 +msgid ":doc:`plan_activities`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot.rst:4 +msgid "Internet of Things (IoT)" +msgstr "Internet of Things (IoT)" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config.rst:3 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Konfiguration" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:3 +msgid "Connect an IoT Box to your database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:5 +msgid "Install the Internet of Things (IoT) App on your Odoo Database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:10 +msgid "Go in the IoT App and click on Connect on the IoT Boxes page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:15 +msgid "Follow the steps to connect your IoT Box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:21 +msgid "Ethernet Connection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Connect to the IoT Box all the devices that have to be connected with cables" +" (ethernet, usb devices, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:26 +msgid "Power on the IoT Box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Read the Pairing Code from a screen or a receipt printer connected to the " +"IoT Box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:32 +msgid "Input the Pairing Code and click on the Pair button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Recent changes in modern web browsers forced us to modify the connection " +"wizard. If your screen is different from the screenshots, make sure that the" +" ``iot_pairing`` module is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:40 +msgid "WiFi Connection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:42 +msgid "Power on the IoT Box" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:44 +msgid "Copy the token" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Connect to the IoT Box WiFi Network (make sure there is no ethernet cable " +"plugged in your computer)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:53 +msgid "" +"You will be redirected to the IoT Box Homepage (if it doesn't work, connect " +"to the IP address of the box). Give a name to your IoT Box (not required) " +"and paste the token, then click on next." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:60 +msgid "" +"If you are on Runbot, do not forget to add the -all or -base in the token " +"(e.g. this token **http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-" +"f3f920.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401** should become " +"**http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-f3f920-all.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401**)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Choose the WiFi network you want to connect with (enter the password if " +"there is one) and click on Submit. Wait a few seconds before being " +"redirected to your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:72 +msgid "You should now see the IoT Box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:78 +msgid "IoT Box Schema" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:3 +msgid "Flashing your SD Card" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In some case, you may need to reflash your IoT Box’s SD Card to benefit from" +" our latest updates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:9 +msgid "Upgrade from the IoT Box homepage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to the IoT Box homepage, click on *Update*, next to the version number. " +"If a new version of the IoT Box image is available, you will see a *Upgrade " +"to ___* button a the bottom of the page, the IoT Box will then flash itself " +"to the new version of the IoT Box. All of your configurations will be saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:18 +msgid "" +"This process can take more than 30 minutes. Do not turn off or unplug the " +"IoT Box as it would leave it in an inconsistent state." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:25 +msgid "Upgrade with Etcher" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Go to Balena’s website and download `Etcher <https://www.balena.io/>`__. " +"It’s a free and open-source utility used for burning image files. Install " +"and launch it. Download the latest image from `nightly " +"<http://nightly.odoo.com/master/iotbox/>`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Then, open *Etcher* and select *Flash from file*, find the image you just " +"downloaded. Insert the IoT Box SD card into your computer and select it. " +"Click on *Flash* and wait for the process to finish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:3 +msgid "Use the IoT Box for the PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:9 +msgid "Prerequisites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:11 +msgid "Before starting, make sure you have the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:13 +msgid "An IoT Box, with its power adapter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:15 +msgid "A computer or tablet with an up-to-date web browser" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:17 +msgid "" +"A running SaaS or Odoo instance with the Point of Sale and IoT apps " +"installed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:20 +msgid "A local network setup with DHCP (this is the default setting)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:22 +msgid "An RJ45 Ethernet Cable (optional, WiFi is built in)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Any of the supported hardware (receipt printer, barcode scanner, cash " +"drawer, payment terminal, scale, customer display, etc.). The list of " +"supported hardware can be found on the `POS Hardware page " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/point-of-sale-hardware>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:30 +msgid "Set Up" +msgstr "Indstil" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To connect hardware to the PoS, the first step is to connect an IoT Box to " +"your database. For this, follow this :doc:`documentation <connect>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:36 +msgid "Then, you have to connect the peripheral devices to your IoT Box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:38 +msgid "" +"**Printer**: Connect a supported receipt printer to a USB port or to the " +"network and power it on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:41 +msgid "" +"**Cash drawer**: The cash drawer should be connected to the printer with an " +"RJ25 cable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:44 +msgid "" +"**Barcode scanner**: Connect your barcode scanner. In order for your barcode" +" scanner to be compatible it must end barcodes with an Enter character " +"(keycode 28). This is most likely the default configuration of your barcode " +"scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:49 +msgid "**Scale**: Connect your scale and power it on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:51 +msgid "" +"**Customer Display**: Connect a monitor to the IoT Box using an HDMI cable. " +"You can also access the Customer Display from any other computer by " +"accessing the IoT Box homepage and clicking on the *POS Display* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:56 +msgid "" +"**Payment terminal**: The connection process depends on the terminal, please" +" refer to the :doc:`payment terminals documentation " +"</applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Once it's done, you can connect the IoT Box to your PoS. For this, go in " +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> PoS`, tick *IoT Box* and" +" select the devices you want to use in this Point of Sale. Save the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:68 +msgid "Set up is done, you can launch a new PoS Session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:3 +msgid "Troubleshooting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:6 +msgid "IoT Box Connection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:9 +msgid "I can't find the pairing code to connect my IoT Box" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:11 +msgid "" +"The pairing code should be printed on receipt printers connected to the IoT " +"Box and should also be displayed on connected monitors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:14 +msgid "The pairing code doesn't show under the following circumstances:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:16 +msgid "The IoT Box is already connected to an Odoo database;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:18 +msgid "The IoT Box is not connected to the Internet;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The code is only valid for 5 minutes after the IoT Box has started. It's " +"automatically removed from connected displays when this delay has expired;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:23 +msgid "" +"The version of the IoT Box image is too old. It should use version 20.06 or " +"more recent. If your IoT Box image is from an earlier version, then you will" +" have to reflash the SD card of your IoT Box to update the image (see " +":doc:`Flashing your SD Card <flash_sdcard>`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:28 +msgid "" +"If you are not in any of the cases listed above, make sure that the IoT Box " +"has correctly started, by checking that a fixed green LED is showing next to" +" the micro-USB port." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:33 +msgid "I've connected my IoT Box but it's not showing in my database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:35 +msgid "" +"When you connect an IoT Box to a database, the IoT Box might restart, if " +"that is the case, it might take up to one minute before appearing in your " +"database. If after some time the IoT is still not showing, make sure that " +"your database can be reached from the IoT Box and that your server doesn't " +"use a multi-database environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:42 +msgid "My IoT Box is connected to my database, but cannot be reached" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Make sure that the IoT Box and the device running the browser are located on" +" the same network as the IoT Box cannot be reached from outside the local " +"network." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:49 +msgid "Printer" +msgstr "Printer" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:52 +msgid "My printer is not detected" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:54 +msgid "" +"If one of your printers doesn't show up in your devices list, go to the IoT " +"Box homepage and make sure that it is listed under *Printers*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:60 +msgid "" +"If your printer is not present on the IoT Box homepage, hit *Printers " +"Server*, go to the *Administration* tab and click on *Add Printer*. If you " +"can't find your printer in the list, it's probably not connected properly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:66 +msgid "My printer outputs random text" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:68 +msgid "" +"For most printers, the correct driver should be automatically detected and " +"selected. However, in some cases, the automatic detection mechanism might " +"not be enough, and if no driver is found the printer might print random " +"characters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:73 +msgid "" +"The solution is to manually select the corresponding driver. On the IoT Box " +"homepage, click on *Printers Server*, go to the *Printers* tab and select " +"the printer in the list. In the Administration dropdown, click on *Modify " +"Printer*. Follow the steps and select the Make and Model corresponding to " +"your printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Epson and Star receipt printers and Zebra label printers do not need a " +"driver to work. Make sure that no driver is selected for those printers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:88 +msgid "My Zebra Printer doesn't print anything" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Zebra printers are quite sensitive to the format of the ZPL code that is " +"printed. If nothing comes out of the printer or blank labels are printed, " +"try changing the format of the report that is sent to the printer by " +"accessing :menuselection:`Settings ~~> Technical ~~> Views` in developer " +"mode and look for the corresponding template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:97 +msgid "Barcode Scanner" +msgstr "Stregkode scanner" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:100 +msgid "The characters read by the barcode scanner don't match the barcode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:102 +msgid "" +"By default, we assume that your barcode scanner is configured in US QWERTY. " +"This is the default configuration of most barcode readers. If your barcode " +"scanner uses a different layout, please go to the form view of your device " +"and select the correct one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:108 +msgid "Nothing happens when a barcode is scanned" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Make sure that the correct device is selected in your Point of Sale " +"configuration and that your barcode is configured to send an ENTER character" +" (keycode 28) at the end of every barcode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:115 +msgid "The barcode scanner is detected as a keyboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Some poorly built barcode scanners do not advertise themselves as barcode " +"scanners but as a USB keyboard instead, and will not be recognized by the " +"IoT Box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:121 +msgid "" +"You can manually change the device type by going to its form view and " +"activating the *Is scanner* option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:128 +msgid "Cashdrawer" +msgstr "Åbn kasseapparatet" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:131 +msgid "The cashdrawer does not open" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The cashdrawer should be connected to the printer and the *Cashdrawer* " +"checkbox should be ticked in the POS configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices.rst:3 +msgid "Devices" +msgstr "Enheder" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Camera" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When using your *IoT Box* in Odoo, you could need to use a camera. As it can" +" be done in a few steps, this device is really easy to configure. Then, you " +"can use it in your manufacturing process and link it to a control point. " +"Doing so will allow you to take pictures when you reach the chosen quality " +"control point." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:10 +msgid "Connection" +msgstr "Forbindelse" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To connect the camera to the *IoT Box*, simply connect the two by cable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If your camera is a `*supported one* <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-" +"hardware>`__, there is no need to set up anything as it will be detected as " +"soon as it is connected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:25 +msgid "Link a Camera to a Quality Control Point" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:34 +msgid "With the Manufacturing app" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:30 +msgid "" +"In your *Quality app*, you can setup the device on a *Quality Control " +"Point*. Go to the *Control Points* menu, under *Quality Control* and open " +"the control point you want to link with the camera." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Now, you can edit the control point and select the device from the dropdown " +"list. Now, hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Then, your camera can be used with the picked *Control Point*. During the " +"manufacturing process, reaching the *Quality Control Point* you chose before" +" will allow you to take a picture." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Footswitch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When working, it is always better to have your two hands available. Using " +"Odoo’s *IoT Box* and a footswitch will allow it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In fact, you will be able to go from one screen to another and perform " +"actions by using your foot and the footswitch. Really convenient, it can be " +"configured in a few steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Connecting the footswitch to the *IoT Box* is easy, you just have to connect" +" the two by cable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:18 +msgid "" +"If your footswitch is a `supported one <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-" +"hardware>`__, there is no need to set up anything since it will be " +"automatically detected when connected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:26 +msgid "Link a Footswitch to a Workcenter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To link the footswitch to an action, it needs to be configured on a " +"workcenter. Go to the workcenter you want to use the footswitch in and add " +"the device in the *IoT Triggers* tab. Then, you can link it to an action and" +" also add a key to trigger it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Note that the one that is first in the list will be chosen. So, the order " +"matters! In the picture above, using the footswitch will, for example, " +"automatically skip the current part of the process you work on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:41 +msgid "" +"When you are on the work order screen, a status button indicates if you are " +"correctly connected to the footswitch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Measurement Tool" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With Odoo’s *IoT Box*, it is possible to connect measurement tools to your " +"database. Find the list of supported devices here: `Supported devices " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-hardware>`__,." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:10 +msgid "Connect in USB" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To add a device connected by USB, just plug the USB cable in the *IoT Box*, " +"and the device should appear in your Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:19 +msgid "Connect in Bluetooth" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Activate the Bluetooth on your device (see your device manual for further " +"explanation) and the IoT Box will automatically try to connect to the " +"device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:25 +msgid "Here is an example of what it should look like:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:31 +msgid "Link a measurement tool to a quality control point" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:36 +msgid "" +"In your *Quality app*, you can setup a device on your *Quality Control " +"Points*. To do so, go to the *Control Points* menu, under *Quality Control* " +"and open the control point to which you want to assign a measurement tool." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Now, you can edit the control point and choose the device from the dropdown " +"list. Then, hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Now, your measurement tool is linked to the chosen *Control Point*. The " +"value, which needs to be changed manually, will be automatically updated " +"while the tool is being used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Printer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When using your *IoT Box* in Odoo, you could need to use a printer. Doing so" +" is easy and convenient as it can be done in a few steps. Then, you can use " +"it to print receipts, orders or even reports in different Odoo apps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:13 +msgid "" +"The IoT Box supports printers connected through USB, network or Bluetooth. " +"`Supported printers <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-hardware>`__ will be " +"detected automatically and will appear in the *Devices* list of your IoT " +"app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:18 +msgid "The printer can take up to two minutes to appear in your devices list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:24 +msgid "Link the Printer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:27 +msgid "To Work Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:29 +msgid "" +"You can link *Work Orders* to printers via a *Quality Control Point* to " +"print labels for manufactured products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To do so, you need to create a *Quality Control Point* from the *Quality* " +"app. Then, you can select the correct manufacturing operation and the work " +"order operation. In type, choose *Print Label* and hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Now, each time you reach the quality control point for the chosen product, a" +" *Print Label* button will appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:47 +msgid "To Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:49 +msgid "" +"You can also link a type of report to a certain printer. In the *IoT* app, " +"go to the *Devices* menu and select the printer you want to set up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:56 +msgid "Now, go to the *Printer Reports* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Hit edit and then, click on *Add a line*. In the window that shows up, check" +" all the types of reports that should be linked to this printer. Click on " +"select and save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Now, each time you click on *Print* in the control panel, instead of " +"downloading a PDF, it will send it to the selected printer and automatically" +" print it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:73 +msgid "Print Receipts from the PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:75 +msgid "" +"You can link a printer to your *Point of Sale* app so you can print receipts" +" directly from your *PoS*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Doing so is really easy. Go to your *Point of Sale* app and open your *Point" +" of Sale* settings, under *Configuration*. There, click on *Edit* and check " +"the *IoT Box* feature. Then, choose your *Receipt Printer* from the " +"dropdown." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Now, you will be able to print different kinds of tickets from your *POS*: " +"**receipts**, **sale details** and **bills**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Receipts are printed once the order is validated. The process is automated " +"when you enable the feature in your *PoS* configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Sales details can be printed by clicking on the printer icon on the navbar " +"at the top of the *PoS*. It will print the details of the sales of the " +"current day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:99 +msgid "" +"As for the bill, it is only available in restaurant mode. In your restaurant" +" settings, activate *Print Bills* and a *Bill* button will appear in the " +"left panel of the *PoS*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:107 +msgid "Print Orders in the kitchen" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:109 +msgid "In restaurant mode, you can send order tickets to the kitchen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:111 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to the *PoS* app and open your *PoS* settings. Then, tick " +"*Order Printer*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Now, go to the *Printers* menu. Hit create, select the printer from the " +"dropdown and, in the *Printer Product Categories* field, choose all the " +"categories of products that should be printed on this printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:124 +msgid "" +"In the *PoS*, when you add or remove a product from one of the selected " +"categories, the button *Order* will be green. If you click on it, the IoT " +"Box will print a receipt on the corresponding printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Scale" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When using your **IoT Box** in Odoo, you could need to use a scale. Doing so" +" is easy and convenient as it can be done in a few steps. Then, you can use " +"it in your **Point of Sale app** to weigh your products, which is helpful if" +" their price are based on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:12 +msgid "To link the scale to the **IoT Box**, connect them with a cable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:15 +msgid "In some cases, a serial to USB adapter may be needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If your scale is `compatibale with Odoo IoT Box <https://www.odoo.com/page" +"/iot-hardware>`_, there is no need to set up anything because it will be " +"automatically detected as soon as it is connected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You may need to restart the box and download your scales’ drivers from the " +"box in some cases. To do so, go to the *IoT Box Home Page* and click on " +"*drivers list*. Then, click on load drivers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:32 +msgid "Use a Scale in Point of Sale" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To use the scale in your *Point of Sale* app, go to :menuselection:`Point of" +" Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, open the one you want to " +"configure, then click on *Edit* and enable the *IoT Box* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Now, choose the *IoT Box* in the dropdown menu and check the *Electronic " +"Scale* option. Then, you hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:49 +msgid "" +"The scale is now available in all your *PoS* sessions. Then, if a product " +"has a price per weight set, clicking on it on the *PoS* screen opens the " +"scale screen, where the cashier can weigh the product and add the correct " +"price to the cart." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:3 +msgid "Studio" +msgstr "Studio" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts.rst:3 +msgid "Concepts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:3 +msgid "Understanding Automated Actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:6 +msgid "" +"Automated actions are used to trigger actions. They are based on conditions " +"and happen on top of Odoo’s default business logic." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Examples of automated actions include: creating a next activity upon a " +"quote's confirmation; adding a user as a follower of a confirmed invoice if " +"its total is higher than a certain amount; or preventing a lead from " +"changing stage if a field is not filled in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Let's understand how to properly define *when* an automated action runs and " +"*how* to create one:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:18 +msgid "" +"The first step is to choose the :doc:`Model <understanding_general>` on " +"which the action is applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:19 +msgid "" +"The **Trigger** field defines the event that causes the automated action to " +"happen:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:21 +msgid "" +"*On Creation*: when a new record is created. Note that the record is created" +" once saved for the first time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:23 +msgid "" +"*On Update*: when the record is updated. Note that the update happens once " +"the record is saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:24 +msgid "" +"*On Creation & Update*: on the creation and/or on the update of a record " +"once the form is saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:25 +msgid "*On Deletion*: on the removal of a record under the condition set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:26 +msgid "" +"*Based on Form Modification*: when the value of the specified *Trigger* " +"field is changed in the interface (user sees the changes before saving the " +"record). Note that this action can only be used with the *Execute Python " +"Code* action type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:29 +msgid "" +"*Based on Timed Condition*: a delay happens after a specific date/time. Set " +"a *Delay after trigger date* if you need a delay to happen before the " +"*Trigger Date*. Example: to send a reminder 15min before a meeting. If the " +"date/time is not set on the form of the model chosen, the date/time " +"considered is the one of the creation/update of the record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:34 +msgid "For every Trigger option, **conditions** can be applied, such as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:36 +msgid "" +"*Before Update Domain*: if designated, this condition must be satisfied " +"before the record is updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:38 +msgid "" +"*Apply on*: if designated, this condition must be satisfied before executing" +" the action rule (*Action To Do*), and after the update." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The **Active** option is to be turned off when the rule should be hidden and" +" not executed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Under **Action To Do** choose the type of server action that must be " +"executed once records meet the *Trigger* conditions:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:45 +msgid "" +"*Execute Python Code*: a block of code is executed. A *Help* tab with the " +"variables that can be used is available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:47 +msgid "*Create New Record*: a new record with new values is created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:48 +msgid "*Update a Record*: updates the record that triggered the action." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:49 +msgid "" +"*Execute several actions*: defines an action that triggers other server " +"actions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:50 +msgid "" +"*Send Email*: an automatic :doc:`email " +"<../../discuss/advanced/email_template>` is sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:51 +msgid "*Add Followers*: followers are notified of changes in the task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:52 +msgid "" +"*Create Next Activity*: creates an activity such as: *Call*, *Email*, " +"*Reminder*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:53 +msgid "" +"*Send SMS Text Message*: sends an :doc:`SMS " +"</applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:56 +msgid "Example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:58 +msgid "" +"This is the process of which the update of the *Email* field on the " +"Lead/Opportunity *Model*, with a *Trigger Condition* set to *On Update*, " +"goes through:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:65 +msgid "The user creates the record without an email address set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:66 +msgid "The user updates the record defining an email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Once the change is saved, the automation checks if any of the *Watched " +"Fields* are being updated (for the example: field name *email_from* (Email)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:69 +msgid "" +"If true, it checks if the record matches the *Before Update Domain* (for the" +" example: *email is not set*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:71 +msgid "" +"If true, it checks (*after the update*) whether the record matches the " +"*Apply on* domain (for the example: *email is set*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:73 +msgid "If true, the chosen *Action To Do* is performed on the record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:76 +msgid ":doc:`understanding_general`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:77 +msgid ":doc:`../use_cases/automated_actions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:3 +msgid "Understanding General Concepts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Odoo Studio is a toolbox that allows you to add models or adapt " +"functionalities on top of Odoo’s standard behavior without coding knowledge." +" You can also create custom views and modify existing ones without having to" +" get into the XML code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Even for experienced developers, typing out code requires time. By using " +"Odoo Studio, you can quickly get your models up and going and focus on the " +"crucial parts of your application. The result is a user-friendly solution " +"that makes customizations and designing new applications easy with or " +"without programming skills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:15 +msgid "Getting started" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:17 +msgid "" +"One you start using Odoo Studio, you automatically create a new *module* " +"that contains all your modifications. These modifications can be done on " +"existing screens (*views*), by adding new *fields* in existing applications," +" or by creating an entirely new *model*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:22 +msgid "What is a Module?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:25 +msgid "" +"An Odoo **Module** can contain a number of elements, such as: business " +"objects (models), object views, data files, web controllers, and static web " +"data. An application is a collection of modules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:29 +msgid "" +"In object-oriented programming, models usually represent a concept from the " +"real world. Example: Odoo has models for Sales Orders, Users, Countries, " +"etc. If you were to build an application to manage Real Estate sales, a " +"model that represents the Properties for sale would probably be your first " +"step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:38 +msgid "What is a Model (also called Object)?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:40 +msgid "" +"A **Model** determines the logical structure of a database and fundamentally" +" determines in which manner data can be stored, organized, and manipulated. " +"In other words, a model is a table of information that can be bridged with " +"other tables." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:45 +msgid "What are Fields?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:47 +msgid "" +"**Fields** compose models. It is where a record (a piece of data) is " +"registered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Example: on the Real Estate application, fields on the Properties model " +"would include the price, address, a picture, a link to the current owner, " +"etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:50 +msgid "" +"There are 2 main types of fields in Odoo: *basic (or scalar) fields* and " +"*relational fields*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Basic fields represent simple values, like numbers or text. Relational " +"fields represent relations between models. So, if you have a model for " +"*Customers* and another one for *Properties*, you would use a relational " +"field to link each Property to its Customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:56 +msgid "Relational Fields in detail" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:59 +msgid "" +"**Relational Fields** provide the option to link the data of one model with " +"the data of another model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:60 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, relational field types are: *One2many*, *Many2one*, *Many2many*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:66 +msgid "" +"An **One2many** field is a *one-way* direction of selecting *multiple* " +"records from a table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Example: a Sales Order can contain multiple Sales Order Lines, which also " +"contain multiple fields of information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:69 +msgid "" +"A **Many2one** field is a *one-way* direction of selecting *one* record from" +" a table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Example: you can have many product categories, but each product can only " +"belong to one category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:71 +msgid "" +"A **Many2many** field is a *two-way* direction of selecting records from a " +"table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:72 +msgid "Example: multiple tags can be added to a lead’s form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:75 +msgid "An *One2many* field must have a *Many2one* related to it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:78 +msgid "What are Views?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:80 +msgid "" +"**Views** define how records are displayed. They are specified in XML which " +"means that they can be edited independently from the models that they " +"represent. There are various types of views in Odoo, and each of them " +"represents a mode of visualization. Some examples are: *form*, *list*, " +"*kanban*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:85 +msgid "What is a Menu?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:87 +msgid "" +"A **Menu** is a button that executes and action. In Odoo Studio, to create " +"menus (models) and rearrange their hierarchy, click on *Edit Menu*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:95 +msgid "`Studio Basics <https://www.odoo.com/fr_FR/slides/studio-31>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to.rst:3 +msgid "How To" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/export_import.rst:3 +msgid "Export and Import Modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/export_import.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you do customizations in Odoo Studio, a new module is created in your " +"database, making it easy to use Studio for prototyping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/export_import.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To export these customizations, activate Studio on the main dashboard and, " +"under the menu *Customizations*, click on *Export*. The default filename is " +"*customizations.zip*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/export_import.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The module created contains the definition of custom models and fields, as " +"well as the UI elements of any customization in an XML format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/export_import.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To import and install the customizations in another instance, connect to the" +" destination database, activate Studio and, under *Customizations*, click on" +" *Import*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/export_import.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Studio does not know which apps are customized (because the same view can be" +" modified on different apps), therefore, it *does not* add the underlying " +"modules as dependencies of the exported module. In other words, the " +"applications installed on the source database should be installed on the " +"destination database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:3 +msgid "Customizing the Rainbow Man" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The Rainbow Man in Odoo is an animation shown once the user completes " +"certain tasks and clicks on certain buttons. It is a way to make the " +"software fun to use, and rewarding, for employees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:13 +msgid "" +"On most buttons in Odoo, such as *Send by Email*, *Confirm* or *Cancel*, " +"once they are selected in Studio, under their *Properties*, the *Rainbow " +"Man* effect can be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:14 +msgid "By default, the feature is active:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:16 +msgid "when opportunities are marked as won;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:17 +msgid "when users empty their inboxes;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:18 +msgid "when the user finishes a tour;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:19 +msgid "when the user finishes doing reconciliations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:3 +msgid "Customizing Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses HTML and CSS technologies to create reports. HTML is a markup " +"language that uses tags, also called elements. It is the core of any webpage" +" because it provides its basic structure. CSS interacts with HTML elements " +"to add style to the page, establishing how the HTML is shown to the user. " +"Odoo’s reports also use Bootstrap’s grid layout, which is the containers, " +"rows, and columns to align content, and support Odoo's website themes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:11 +msgid "" +"When creating a new report, choose the purpose of it and if you would like " +"the report to include header and footer (company logo, name, address, phone," +" email address, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Under the tab **Add**, you find the fields to be dragged and dropped to the " +"view. *Fields*, *Data tables*, *Subtotal & Total*, and *Address Book* are " +"dynamic elements (meaning that they need a :doc:`one2many or a many2many " +"<../concepts/understanding_general>` related object). *Text*, *Title Block*," +" *Image*, and *Text in Cell* are static elements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Once the element is added to the view, select it to see its **Options**. The" +" first section shows the hierarchy of the selected object and its " +"properties, allowing you to individually edit them. Fields with related " +"objects have their directives shown on *Field Expression*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Under **Visible if**, define the rule(s) to set visibility conditions to " +"fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Example: if choosing to display a product image, you could set a visibility " +"rule to only display the ones that are *set* in the product form, avoiding " +"having a plain icon when they are not set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:40 +msgid "" +"**Visible for** is used to set which :doc:`groups " +"</applications/general/odoo_basics/users>` can have access to specific " +"elements in the report. **Limit visibility to groups**, under *Report*, sets" +" the visibility of the report to specifics groups, meaning that users " +"belonging to other groups do not see the same final document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Under the **Report** tab, name your report, choose the paper format, and if " +"the report should be added to the *Print* menu list on its respective " +"document form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:53 +msgid "" +"If activating the :doc:`Developer mode " +"</applications/general/developer_mode/activate>`, additional fields such as " +"*Class* under *Options*, and *Reload from attachment* under *Report*, become" +" visible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:56 +msgid "" +"*Class*: add custom CSS classes to the selected element (e.g. Bootstrap " +"classes such as *text-danger*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:59 +msgid "" +"*Reload from attachment*: saves the report as an attachment of the document " +"when printed. When the report is reprinted, it re-downloads that attachment " +"instead of re-printing it. This means that if the underlying record (e.g. " +"Invoice) changes when compared to the first impression, the report does not " +"reflect the changes because they were done after the attachment was created." +" This is typically useful for reports linked to documents that should not " +"change, such as Invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Actions in Odoo Studio can be undone until you *Close* the toolbox. Once you" +" have closed Studio, changes can not be undone anymore." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases.rst:3 +msgid "Use Cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Use Cases: Automated Actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 1: when a Belgian lead is created, a 3-stars priority should" +" be automatically applied.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:8 +msgid "Under *Automations*, click on *Create* and set the following rules:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:10 +msgid "*Model*: Lead/Opportunity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:11 +msgid "*Active*: On" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:12 +msgid "*Trigger*: On Creation & Update" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:13 +msgid "*Apply on*: Country > Country Name = Belgium" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:53 +msgid "*Action To Do*: Update the Record" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:15 +msgid "*Data to Write*: Lead/Opportunity > Value > 3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Check :doc:`this doc <filters_status_bar>` in order to have another " +"automated action example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:25 +msgid ":doc:`../concepts/understanding_automated_actions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/views.rst:28 +msgid ":doc:`../concepts/understanding_general`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Use Cases: Filters and Status Bar" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 1: on Sales, set a filter on Belgian customers and define it" +" as the default one (the user should still be able to unset the filter).**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:8 +msgid "" +"On your customer’s page, use *Filters* > *Add Custom Filter* to group " +"customers by country. Now, under *Favorites*, *Save Current Search* enabling" +" *Use by default* and *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:15 +msgid "" +"On *Filter Rules* in Studio mode, select the respective filter and enable " +"*Default Filter*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:21 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 2: add a status bar on the product form to manage its life " +"cycle. Set the values: ‘Prototype’, ‘In use’ and ‘Deprecated’. By default, " +"the Kanban view must be grouped by status.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:26 +msgid "" +"On your product form, *Add a pipeline status bar* and name its values. " +"Status bars are *selection* fields that give you the ability to follow a " +"specific flow. They are useful to show you the progress that has been made." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:28 +msgid "" +"On the *Views* menu, access *Kanban* and, under its *View* options, set the " +"*Default Group by* as *Pipeline status bar*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Now, open your product form and set the right status for that product. As " +"you move products throughout stages (also through the product’s form), " +"stages are shown in the Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To make modifications in the pipeline status bar, for example, remember to " +"go back to *Form View*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:44 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 2.a: when a product goes from ‘In use’ to ‘Deprecate’, set " +"its cost to 0€.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Create an :doc:`automated action " +"<../concepts/understanding_automated_actions>` with the selected values:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:49 +msgid "*Model*: Product Template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:50 +msgid "*Trigger*: On Update" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:51 +msgid "*First Domain*: Pipeline status bar = In use" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:52 +msgid "*Second Domain*: Pipeline status bar = Deprecated" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:54 +msgid "*Data to Write*: Cost (Product Template) > Value > 0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Use Cases: Creating Models and Adding Fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 1: on the leads’ form, if the chosen country is France, show" +" a field 'Pay by check?'**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:8 +msgid "" +"On your leads’ form, add a *Related Field* to *Country > Country Name*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Now, add a *Checkbox* field and define its invisibility options as *Country*" +" (carefully select the one just created) *> is not = > France.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:11 +msgid "You can now hide the related field created (*Country*) if you wish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Another approach is to use the country’s ID. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Contacts --> Configuration --> Countries`, select France " +"(for example), and on the URL check its *ID*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:21 +msgid "" +"The related field invisibility path should now be *Country* (carefully " +"select the one just created) *> is not = > 75*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:22 +msgid "Again, hide the related field with the country’s ID if you prefer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:28 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 2: create a model called 'Properties' and add fields called:" +" company, value, name, address, active, image.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:31 +msgid "" +"From the dashboard, (optionally) start a new module. Then, click on *Edit " +"Menu* and start a *New Menu* (model). Set your menu name and *Confirm*. Now," +" on its form, drag & drop the necessary fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:39 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 2.a: now, you would like to have a model called 'Regions' to" +" which each property must be linked. And, on 'Regions', you would like to " +"see the properties for each region.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Go to *Edit Menu > New Menu* and create your menu, calling it *Regions*. Add" +" the necessary fields on its form by dragging & dropping them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Now, in the form view of *Properties*, add a *Many2one* field with a " +"relation to your model *Region*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:48 +msgid "" +"The *Existing Fields* are the ones that are on the current model but not yet" +" in the view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Now, go to the model *Regions*, select the form view, and add a status " +"button selecting *Regions (Properties)* as your relational field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:62 +msgid "" +"*Status buttons* are computed fields, meaning that they count the numbers of" +" records on the related model, and allow you to access them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:69 +msgid "" +"When searching for relations, click on *Search more* and filter it by " +"*Custom*. This way you avoid creating duplicates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:76 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 2.b: in the model 'Properties', show all the tags as " +"checkboxes instead of tags.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Once the field *Tags* is added to the form, select it and, under its " +"*Properties > Widgets*, choose *Checkboxes*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:85 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 3: on the leads’ form, add a selection field with the " +"values:'Tags' & 'List' & 'Checkboxes'. According to the value of the field, " +"show tags as many2many_tags, many2many_radio, or many2many(_list).**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:89 +msgid "" +"In your form view, add a *Tags* field and relate it to *Partners Tag*. Under" +" *Properties*, define its *Widget* as *Many2many*. Do the same process " +"another 2 times for *Checkboxes* and *Tags*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:96 +msgid "Now, add a *Selection* field and the necessary values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Continue by selecting your *Tags* fields, one by one, to set their " +"*Invisible* options according to their *Widget*. In the example below, the " +"invisibility rule for the *Partner Tags* is set as: *Select Tag type > is " +"not = > Tags.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:105 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 4: on a quotation’s form, add a selection field called " +"'Manager Validation' with the values: ‘Accepted’ and ‘Refused’. Only a sales" +" manager can see it, and the field should be set as mandatory if the untaxed" +" amount is higher than 500€.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:109 +msgid "" +"On your quotation form, add a *Selection* field with the values *Accepted* " +"and *Refused*. Set its *Required* condition as *Untaxed Amount > 500* and " +"the *Limit visibility to groups* as *Sales / Administrator* or managers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:117 +msgid "**Case scenario 5: change the tooltip of a field for all views.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Activate the :doc:`Developer mode " +"</applications/general/developer_mode/activate>` and open Studio." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Select the necessary field and, under *Properties*, click on *More* to write" +" your tooltip message on *Field Help*. The tooltip message is the " +"explanatory message shown when the user hovers the field. The message here " +"written is displayed on all views forms where the field is added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:129 +msgid "" +"The *Field Help* message can only be applied to *new* fields. If you would " +"like to change/apply a tooltip for a specific field, use the *Help Tooltip* " +"option under *Properties*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/views.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Use Cases: Views" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/views.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 1: in Sales, show orders in a Kanban View instead of a List " +"View.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/views.rst:7 +msgid "" +"From the Sales page, access Studio and, under *Views*, set the *Kanban* " +"option as the default one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/views.rst:14 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 2: allow for the list of leads to be edited inline without " +"having to switch to the form view.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/views.rst:19 +msgid "" +"On the *List View*, under *View* > *Editable*, choose between *New record on" +" top* or *New record at the bottom*. This way, besides defining the order in" +" which new records are displayed in the view, you are able to edit them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/views.rst:21 +msgid "" +"If the field is left blank, no editing is possible and records are shown " +"based on your column preferences on the lead's page (front-end)." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/project.po b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/project.po deleted file mode 100644 index 77f5ff5ca..000000000 --- a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/project.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,144 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: da\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../project.rst:5 -msgid "Project" -msgstr "Projekt" - -#: ../../project/planning.rst:3 -msgid "Planning" -msgstr "Planlægning" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:3 -msgid "Forecast Resources Across Projects" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Allocate the needed time for specific tasks under a planned shift. Once that" -" is done, analyse Key Performance Indicators (KPIs), so you can evaluate " -"your employees’ performance and workload, besides the progress of your " -"projects/tasks when comparing the planned and effective hours." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:10 -msgid "Allocate times under shifts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:12 -msgid "" -"When planning a shift, in the *Planning* application, create a project and a" -" task on the fly, or simply select the one you want." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:20 -msgid "" -"*Allocated Time (%)* allows you to define the percentage of time you would " -"like your employee to work on that specific task during his shift. See that " -"information in hours on *Allocated hours*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:22 -msgid "" -"The calculation shows you how many hours out of the total shift time (*End " -"date* - *Start date*) are spent by the employee on that task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:24 -msgid "" -"On :menuselection:`Project --> Planning --> By Project`, immediately see the" -" total number of employees allocated per project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:31 -msgid "Compare forecast hours with the effective ones" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Now, once the employee has timesheeted his hours in the task, go to " -"*Project* and with the *View list*, under *All Tasks*, conveniently see the " -"*Planned Hours* compared to the *Remaining Hours*, and a calculation of the " -"*Progress*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:42 -msgid "Reminder: the option *Timesheets* has to be enabled on your project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks.rst:3 -msgid "Tasks" -msgstr "Opgaver" - -#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:3 -msgid "Create Project's Tasks from an Email Alias" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When you already have an email address that customers know from the top of " -"their heads, changing it is the last thing you want to do. Instead, link " -"that address to your project and transform those conversations into " -"structured work. It automatically creates a task in the first stage of a " -"project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:11 -msgid "Set up an incoming email server" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:14 -msgid "" -"On the *Settings* application, enable *External Email Servers* and define " -"the incoming email alias you would like to use." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:15 -msgid "**For more information**: :doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_servers`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:18 -msgid "Configure the email alias in your project" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Now that you have the incoming email server set up, go to " -":menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects --> Edit`. Under the " -"*Emails* tab, define the wanted email alias and choose the policy to receive" -" a message." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:23 -msgid "In addition, you can now directly set it when creating a new project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:30 -msgid "" -"All the recipients of the email (To/Cc/Bcc) are automatically added as " -"followers of the task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:32 -msgid "The email can be seen under the name of your project on the dashboard." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po deleted file mode 100644 index 74247e6af..000000000 --- a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,885 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Morten Schou <ms@msteknik.dk>, 2020 -# Martin Trigaux, 2021 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-11 09:05+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2021\n" -"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: da\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../purchase.rst:5 -msgid "Purchase" -msgstr "Indkøb" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced" -msgstr "Avanceret" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:3 -msgid "Analyze the performance of your purchases" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:5 -msgid "" -"If your company regularly purchases products, you have several reasons to " -"track and analyze your performance. The insights gathered can help you to " -"better forecast and plan your future orders. For example, you can assess if " -"your business is dependent on particular vendors, and the data can help you " -"negotiate discounts on prices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:11 -msgid "Generate customized reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Go to *Reporting* to access the purchase analysis. Simply by accessing the " -"reporting dashboard, you can get a quick overview of your actual " -"performance. By default, the reporting dashboard displays a line chart " -"presenting the untaxed amount of your purchase orders per day, and below it," -" key metrics and a pivot table." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:22 -msgid "" -"While the data initially presented is useful, there are several tools and " -"features you can use to get even more insights on your purchases." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:26 -msgid "Use filters to select the data you need" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Odoo offers several default filters you can use and combine by clicking on " -"*Filters*. When you select one or several filters, Odoo looks for all the " -"orders that match at least one of the filters you have chosen and populates " -"the chart, key metrics, and pivot table with the data. The pre-configured " -"filters are:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:33 -msgid "All *Requests for Quotation*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:35 -msgid "All *Purchase Orders*, except canceled ones" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:37 -msgid "" -"*Confirmation Date Last Year* includes all orders that were confirmed the " -"previous year, canceled purchase orders included" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:40 -msgid "" -"*Order Date* includes all orders - request for quotations and purchases " -"orders (canceled ones included) - depending on their date of creation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:43 -msgid "" -"*Confirmation Date* includes all confirmed orders, canceled ones included, " -"depending on their date of confirmation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:47 -msgid "" -"When you have to select a period, you can use multiple years, and, with at " -"least one year selected, multiple quarters and the three most recent months." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:51 -msgid "" -"If you use the *Order Date* or *Confirmation Date* filters, the *Comparison*" -" feature appears next to *Filters*. It enables you to compare the period you" -" filtered with the previous one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:59 -msgid "Add custom filters" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Thanks to the 31 filtering options to choose from, the possibilities of your" -" customizing your dataset are almost limitless. Go to " -":menuselection:`Filters --> Add Custom Filter`, specify the condition the " -"filtering option should meet (e.g. *is equal to*, *contains*, etc.), and " -"click on *Apply*. If you want to select orders matching several conditions " -"simultaneously (*and* operator), repeat the process to add another custom " -"filter. If you want to use the *or* operator, don't click on *Apply*, and " -"click on *Add a condition* instead. Once you have added all the desired " -"filtering options, click on *Apply*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:74 -msgid "" -"To avoid having to recreate custom filters every time, save them by clicking" -" on :menuselection:`Favorites --> Save current search --> Save`. The " -"customized search filter can then be accessed by clicking on *Favorites* or " -"can even be set as the default filter when you open the reporting dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:80 -msgid "Measure exactly what you need" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:82 -msgid "" -"Before selecting what you want to measure, you need to decide whether you " -"prefer using the graph view or the pivot view. By default, the dashboard " -"presents both views. However, the measures you select won't be applied to " -"both views. You can access each view separately by clicking on the icons at " -"the top right of the dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:92 -msgid "Visualize your data" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:94 -msgid "" -"You can transform the main graph in just a click by selecting one of the " -"three charts: bar, line or pie. Fourteen different measures are available, " -"but you can only use one at a time. However, you can group the measure using" -" one or several of the 19 *Groups*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:102 -msgid "" -"For bar and line charts, the selected measure is your y-axis, and the first " -"group you select is used to create the x-axis. Adding more group adds " -"additional lines (line chart) or transforms your bar chart into a stacked " -"bar chart. For pie charts, the more groups you select, the more slices are " -"displayed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:108 -msgid "Explore your data" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:110 -msgid "" -"The pivot table view enables you to explore your data in great detail. " -"Unlike the graph view, the pivot table enables you to add several measures " -"at the same time. By clicking on *Measures* or on the **+** sign in the " -"*Total* column, you can add as many as you want, each assigned to a new " -"column. By clicking on the **+** sign in the *Total* row, you can add " -"*Groups*. If you click on a group's **+** sign, you can add a sub-group, and" -" so on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:121 -msgid "" -"You can insert your pivot table's data directly in the Spreadsheet app or " -"export it as an Excel file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals.rst:3 -msgid "Manage deals" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:3 -msgid "Purchase agreements: blanket orders and calls for tenders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:5 -msgid "" -"There are two main types of purchase agreements preconfigured in Odoo: " -"blanket orders and call for tenders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Blanket orders are long-term agreements between a company and a vendor to " -"deliver products on a recurring basis with predetermined pricing. Your " -"company should consider using them when you frequently purchase the same " -"products from the same vendor in varying quantities and/or at different " -"times. Among their many benefits, you can save time as the ordering process " -"is simplified, and money thanks to more advantageous bulk pricing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Calls for tenders use a special procedure to request offers from multiple " -"vendors at the same time. While public sector organizations are often " -"legally bound to release calls for tenders when they want to purchase goods " -"or services, private organizations can also use them to get the best deal " -"among several vendors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:20 -msgid "Enable purchase agreements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:22 -msgid "" -"From the Purchase app, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and" -" activate *Purchase Agreements*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:30 -msgid "Configure or create new types of purchase agreements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Before you start using purchase agreements, make sure they are configured " -"the way you want by going to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Purchase " -"Agreement Types`. From there, you can edit the way blanket orders and calls " -"for tenders or *Create* a new type of purchase agreement. You can configure " -"the:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:37 -msgid "Agreement Type: the name you want to give to the agreement." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Agreement Selection Type: you can either select multiple offers using " -"*Select multiple RFQ (non-exclusive)*, which is the default setting for both" -" blanket orders and calls for tenders, or a single offer using *Select only " -"one RFQ (exclusive)*, which is sometimes needed for calls for tenders where " -"you only want to select a single vendor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Lines: generally, you would always want to select *Use lines of agreement*, " -"which are the different product lines you can configure when you set up your" -" purchase agreement. However, you can select *Do not create RfQ lines " -"automatically* if you don't want your requests for quotations to be pre-" -"filled in with that information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Quantities: if you use lines of agreements, you can also specify " -"independently if the products' quantities should be used to pre-fill new " -"requests for quotations. The default option for blanket orders is *Set " -"quantities manually*, while for calls for tenders are set to *Use quantities" -" of agreement*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:59 -msgid "Set up a blanket order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Orders --> Purchase Agreements` and click on *Create*." -" Select *Blanket Order* as your *Agreement Type*. Next, select the vendor. " -"The other fields aren't mandatory, but you usually want to define an " -"*Agreement Deadline* after which the blanket order won't be valid anymore." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Next, add the products you want to order and their price. Note that you can " -"also add a *Quantity* for each product, for example, if you have agreed with" -" your vendor to order a specific minimum quantity each time or in total. If " -"you have configured your blanked order to *Set quantities manually*, this is" -" only used for informational purposes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:74 -msgid "" -"You can also write any *Terms and Conditions* at the bottom of the " -"agreement. Once you are satisfied with your blanket order, click on " -"*Confirm*. Its status then changes from *Draft* to *Ongoing* and it's ready " -"to be used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:79 -msgid "Create requests for quotation from the blanket order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:81 -msgid "" -"You can now create new quotations from the blanket order whenever you need " -"it by clicking on *New Quotation*. Odoo automatically fills in requests for " -"quotation with the information initially defined when you set up the blanket" -" order. Depending on the way you configured the *Purchase Agreement Type*, " -"product lines can also be pre-filled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:86 -msgid "" -"From here, you can quickly view all the requests for quotations made under " -"that blanket order by clicking on *RFQs/Orders*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:94 -msgid "" -"You can also create a *Request for Quotation* the usual way and then link it" -" to an existing *Blanket Order*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:98 -msgid "Blanket orders and replenishment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:100 -msgid "" -"Blanket orders can be used for :doc:`automated replenishment " -"<../../purchase/products/reordering>`, as once a blanket order is confirmed," -" a new vendor line is added to your product. Make sure the related vendor is" -" in the first position if you have several vendors linked to your product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:109 -msgid "Set up a call for tenders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:111 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Orders --> Purchase Agreements` and click on *Create*." -" Select *Call for Tenders* as your *Agreement Type*. The other fields aren't" -" mandatory, but you can add the date you want to be delivered and set an " -"agreement deadline. You usually don't want to select a vendor for calls for " -"tenders as you are looking to get quotations from multiple vendors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:116 -msgid "" -"Next, add the products you want to order and in what quantity. For calls for" -" tenders, you typically don't add a price, as the vendors should give you " -"their best quote." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:119 -msgid "" -"You can also write any *Terms and Conditions* at the bottom of the " -"agreement. Once you are ready, click on *Confirm*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:127 -msgid "Requests quotations from the call for tenders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:129 -msgid "" -"You can now request new quotations from the call for tenders. Click on *New " -"Quotation* and select one of your vendors you want to invite to the call for" -" tenders. Product lines should also be pre-filled in, depending on how you " -"configured the *Purchase Agreement Type*. Click on *Send by email* to send " -"it to the vendor. Go back to the call for tenders and repeat this process " -"for each vendor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:139 -msgid "" -"Once you have sent a request for quotation to every vendor and receiving " -"their quotes, click on *Validate* to proceed to the bid selection. Next, " -"click on the RFQs/Orders smart button to view all your vendors' quotations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:147 -msgid "" -"Click on each request for quotation to add the price communicated by your " -"vendors manually. When that's done, select the most advantageous offer and " -"click on *Confirm Order*. This automatically closes the call for tenders. " -"You can now proceed with the purchase order as you would for a regular one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:3 -msgid "Control and know when vendor bills should be paid" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:5 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can define how your vendor bills are controlled. For each " -"purchase order, you can decide when the related vendor bill should be paid: " -"either before or after you have received your products. You can also check " -"at a glance what is the billing status of each purchase order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:9 -msgid "" -"With the 3-way matching feature, Odoo compares the information appearing on " -"the *Purchase Order*, the *Vendor Bill* and the *Receipt*, and lets you know" -" if you should pay the bill. This way you can avoid paying incorrect or " -"fraudulent vendor bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:14 -msgid "Vendor bills default control policy" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:16 -msgid "" -"As a first step, open your Purchase app and go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` to set the default bill control " -"policy for all the products created onwards." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:23 -msgid "" -"By selecting *On ordered quantities*, you can create a vendor bill as soon " -"as you confirm an order. The quantities mentioned in the purchase order are " -"used to generate the draft bill." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:26 -msgid "" -"If you choose *On received quantities* instead, you can only create one once" -" you have at least received some of the products you have ordered. The " -"quantities you have received are used to generate the draft bill. If you try" -" to create one without having received any product, you get an error " -"message." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:36 -msgid "Change a specific product's control policy" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:38 -msgid "" -"If you want to modify a specific product's control policy, go to " -":menuselection:`Products --> Products`, open it, click on *Edit* and go to " -"the *Purchase tab*. There you can change a product's default bill control " -"policy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:47 -msgid "View a purchase order's billing status" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Once you confirm an order, you can view its *Billing Status* by going to the" -" *Other Information* tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Below you can find a list of the different *Billing Status*, and when they " -"are displayed, depending on the products' bill control policy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:60 -msgid "**Billing status**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:60 -msgid "**Conditions**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:62 -msgid "*On received quantities*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:62 -msgid "*On ordered quantities*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:64 -msgid "*Nothing to Bill*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:64 -msgid "PO confirmed; no products received" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:64 -msgid "*(Not applicable)*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:66 -msgid "*Waiting Bills*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:66 -msgid "All/some products received; bill not created" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:66 -msgid "PO confirmed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:68 -msgid "*Fully Billed*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:68 -msgid "All/some products received; draft bill created" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:68 -msgid "Draft bill created" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:72 -msgid "Determine when to pay with 3-way matching" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:74 -msgid "" -"First, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate *3-way" -" matching*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:81 -msgid "" -"3-way matching is intended to work with the bill control policy set to *On " -"received quantities*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:84 -msgid "Should I pay the vendor bill?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:86 -msgid "" -"With the feature activated, your vendor bills now display the *Should Be " -"Paid* field under the *Other info* tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:93 -msgid "" -"As you can't create a bill until you have received your products - and if " -"you haven't received all of them, Odoo only includes the products you have " -"received in the draft bill - the *Should Be Paid* status is set to *Yes* " -"when you create one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:97 -msgid "" -"If you edit a draft bill to increase the billed quantity, change the price, " -"or add other products, the *Should Be Paid* status is set to *Exception*. It" -" means Odoo notices the discrepancy, but that you might have a valid reason " -"to have done so." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:101 -msgid "" -"Once the payment has been registered and mentions *Paid*, the *Should Be " -"Paid* status is set to *No*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:109 -msgid "" -"The *Should Be Paid* status is set automatically by Odoo. However, you can " -"change the status manually when you are viewing a bill in edit mode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products.rst:3 -msgid "Products" -msgstr "Varer" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:3 -msgid "Don’t run out of stock with reordering rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:5 -msgid "" -"To make sure you never run out of stock, you can define *Reordering Rules* " -"on products. Thanks to them, Odoo can help you replenish your stock " -"automatically when it reaches set quantities or whenever a sales order is " -"created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:9 -msgid "You need to install the *Inventory app* to use reordering rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:12 -msgid "Configure your storable product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Open or create a product with its *Product Type* set to *Storable Product*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:20 -msgid "" -"As you are purchasing this product from a vendor, go to the product's " -"*Purchase tab* and add a vendor by clicking on *Add a line*. You can add " -"multiple vendors, but make sure to order them correctly, since reordering " -"rules always use the first vendor in a list. You can add a price, but it " -"isn't necessary for the reordering rule to work. In addition, you can add a " -"minimum quantity you must order to benefit from that price." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:27 -msgid "" -"If the quantity Odoo has to reorder doesn't match the minimum quantity " -"specified, Odoo selects the next vendor on your list. If you don't have " -"another vendor on your list, the reordering rule won't work. For that " -"purpose, you can add the same vendor multiple times with different prices " -"for different quantities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:37 -msgid "" -"By default, a draft purchase order is created. However, if you have enabled " -"*Purchase Agreements*, you can *Propose a call for tenders* instead as shown" -" in the image above. For more information, see " -":doc:`../manage_deals/agreements`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Next, make sure the correct route is selected under the Inventory tab of " -"your product. If you created your product within the Purchase app, the *Buy*" -" route is selected by default. If you are looking to dropship your product, " -"select *Dropship*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:50 -msgid "Set up your reordering rule" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:52 -msgid "Open your product and click on the *Reordering Rules* button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Once you are on the product's reordering rules page, click on *Create*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:61 -msgid "" -"You can access and create reordering rules from :menuselection:`Inventory " -"--> Configuration --> Reordering Rules` and from :menuselection:`Inventory " -"--> Operations --> Replenishment`. By default, the replenishment view " -"presents a summary of all the products that you might need to purchase to " -"fulfill your sales orders. From there, you can ask Odoo with a single click " -"to order a product once or automate all orders for that product, future " -"orders included." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:68 -msgid "Define quantities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:70 -msgid "" -"You can set a **minimum quantity** your stock should always have. Once set, " -"if your stock goes below the minimum quantity, and if you selected the Buy " -"route, a request for quotation is automatically generated to reach that " -"minimum quantity, plus any additional quantity needed to fill in a sales " -"order for example." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:75 -msgid "" -"If you set a **maximum quantity**, every time the product has to be " -"replenished, enough products are reordered to reach the maximum quantity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:78 -msgid "" -"If you want to order only the exact quantity needed to fill in a sales order" -" for example, set both both the minimum and maximum quantity to **zero**. " -"The quantity mentioned in the sales order is then used by the reordering " -"rule." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:82 -msgid "" -"You can also add a **quantity multiple** to only order products in batches " -"of a certain quantity. Click on the optional columns drop-down menu, and " -"select *Multiple Quantity* to show the column. Bear in mind that you might " -"go over the maximum quantity you set if your rule includes a quantity " -"multiple, as Odoo orders enough products to reach the maximum quantity and " -"respect the set quantity multiple." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:92 -msgid "" -"If you selected multiple routes for the same product under its Inventory " -"tab, make sure to select your *Preferred Route* on your reordering rule by " -"clicking on the optional columns drop-down menu, adding the *Preferred " -"Route* column, and selecting the right route." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:3 -msgid "Purchase in different units of measure than sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When you purchase a product, it may happen that your vendor uses a different" -" unit of measure than you do when you sell it. This can cause confusion " -"between sales and purchase representatives. It is also time-consuming to " -"convert measures manually every time. With Odoo, you can configure your " -"product once and let Odoo handle the conversion." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:10 -msgid "Consider the following examples:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:12 -msgid "" -"You purchase orange juice from an American vendor, and they use **gallons**." -" However, your customers are European and use **liters**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:15 -msgid "" -"You buy curtains from a vendor in the form of **rolls** and you sell pieces " -"of the rolls to your customers using **square meters**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:19 -msgid "Enable units of measure" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Open your Sales app and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. " -"Under Product Catalog, enable *Units of Measure*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:29 -msgid "Specify sales and purchase units of measure" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:32 -msgid "Standard units of measure" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:34 -msgid "" -"A variety of units of measure are available by default in your database. " -"Each belongs to one of the five pre-configured units of measure categories: " -"*Length / Distance*, *Unit*, *Volume*, *Weight* and *Working Time*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:39 -msgid "" -"You can create your new units of measure and units of measure categories " -"(see next section)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:41 -msgid "" -"To specify different units of measures for sales and purchases, open the " -"Purchase app and go to :menuselection:`Products --> Products`. Create a " -"product or select an existing one. Under the product's *General Information*" -" tab, first select the *Unit of Measure* to be used for sales (as well as " -"for other apps such as inventory). Then, select the *Purchase Unit of " -"Measure* to be used for purchases." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Back to the first example, if you purchase orange juice from your vendor in " -"**gallons** and sell it to your customers in **liters**, first select *L* " -"(liters) as the *Unit of Measure*, and *gal (US)* (gallons) as the *Purchase" -" Unit of Measure*, then click on *Save*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:56 -msgid "Create new units of measure and units of measure categories" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Sometimes you need to create your own units and categories, either because " -"the measure is not pre-configured in Odoo or because the units do not relate" -" with each other (e.g. kilos and centimeters)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:62 -msgid "" -"If you take the second example where you buy curtains from a vendor in the " -"form of **rolls** and you sell pieces of the rolls using **square meters**, " -"you need to create a new *Units of Measure Category* in order to relate both" -" units of measure." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:66 -msgid "" -"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Units of Measure " -"Categories`. Click on *Create* and name the category." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:73 -msgid "" -"The next step is to create the two units of measures. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Units of Measure`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:76 -msgid "" -"First, create the unit of measure used as the reference point for converting" -" to other units of measure inside the category by clicking on *Create*. Name" -" the unit and select the units of measure category you just created. For the" -" *Type*, select *Reference Unit of Measure for this category type*. Enter " -"the *Rounding Precision* you would like to use. The quantity computed by " -"Odoo is always a multiple of this value." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:82 -msgid "" -"In the example, as you cannot purchase less than 1 roll and won't use " -"fractions of a roll as a unit of measure, you can enter 1." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:89 -msgid "" -"If you use a *Rounding Precision* inferior to 0.01, a warning message might " -"appear stating that it is higher than the *Decimal Accuracy* and that it " -"might cause inconsistencies. If you wish to use a *Rounding Precision* lower" -" than 0.01, first :doc:`activate the Developer Mode " -"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, then go to " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Database Structure --> Decimal " -"Accuracy`, select *Product Unit of Measure* and edit *Digits* accordingly. " -"For example, if you want to use a rounding precision of 0.00001, set " -"*Digits* to 5." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:96 -msgid "" -"Next, create a second unit of measure, name it, and select the same units of" -" measure category as your reference unit. As *Type*, select *Smaller* or " -"*Bigger than the reference Unit of Measure*, depending on your situation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:100 -msgid "" -"As the curtain roll equals to 100 square meters, you should select " -"*Smaller*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:102 -msgid "" -"Next, you need to enter the *Ratio* between your reference unit and the " -"second one. If the second unit is smaller, the *Ratio* should be greater " -"than 1. If the second unit is larger, the ratio should be smaller than 1." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:106 -msgid "For your curtain roll, the ratio should be set to 100." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:112 -msgid "" -"You can now configure your product just as you would using Odoo's standard " -"units of measure." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/quality.po b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/quality.po deleted file mode 100644 index ac67301e7..000000000 --- a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/quality.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,469 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# Pernille Kristensen <pernillekristensen1994@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Sanne Kristensen <sanne@vkdata.dk>, 2020 -# Ejner Sønniksen <ejner@vkdata.dk>, 2020 -# lhmflexerp <lhm@flexerp.dk>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: lhmflexerp <lhm@flexerp.dk>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: da\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../quality.rst:5 -msgid "Quality" -msgstr "Kvalitet" - -#: ../../quality/alert.rst:3 -msgid "Alert" -msgstr "Advarsel" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:3 -msgid "Generate a Quality Alert from a Manufacturing Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Speaking of manufacturing orders, you have two different situations to " -"consider in Odoo. Those two will result in two different processes:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:8 -msgid "You work with a simple manufacturing flow;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:10 -msgid "You work with a complex manufacturing flow that includes routings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:13 -msgid "Simple manufacturing flow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:15 -msgid "" -"If you work with simple manufacturing orders, the *Quality Alerts* will be " -"launched from the manufacturing order itself. When manufacturing a product " -"for which you need to process quality controls, a button *Quality Alert* " -"will appear on the top of your manufacturing order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:23 -msgid "" -"By clicking on the button, you can specify the quality problem that arose " -"during the process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:29 -msgid "" -"If one of the quality checks failed, the button will be highlighted on the " -"document. If not, the button won’t be highlighted." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:36 ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:50 -msgid "Manufacturing Flow with Routings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:38 -msgid "" -"If you work with routings defined on your manufacturing orders, the quality " -"alerts will be launched directly from the work orders on which the quality " -"checks took place." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Then, a button *Quality Alert* will be available from the work order view. " -"When you click on the button, you can specify the quality problem that " -"appeared during the process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:3 -msgid "Generate a Quality Alert from a Transfer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:6 -msgid "Use the Quality Alert" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Every time you perform some *Quality Checks* on a transfer, a *Quality " -"Alert* button appears. You can always use it. The button is automatically " -"highlighted once you have a failed quality check for the transfer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:16 -msgid "" -"If you click on that *Quality Alert* button, you can specify what was the " -"problem with the product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:22 -msgid "" -"The *Quality Alert* that is created from the transfer can be found via the " -"button appearing on the top right corner of the transfer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:28 -msgid "" -"You can also access all your *Quality Alerts* via the menu, accessible under" -" *Control*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks.rst:3 -msgid "Checks" -msgstr "Kontrolpunkter" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:3 -msgid "Perform Quality Checks on Manufacturing Orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:5 -msgid "" -"There are two different situations to consider and that will differ in Odoo " -"processes:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:8 -msgid "You work with simple manufacturing flows;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:10 -msgid "" -"You work with complex manufacturing flows that are represented by the use of" -" routings in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:13 -msgid "Simple Manufacturing Flow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:16 -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:53 -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:6 -msgid "Create the Quality Control Point" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:18 -msgid "" -"To create a quality control point, open the quality app and go to " -":menuselection:`Control --> Control Points`. There, hit create. Make sure to" -" select *Manufacturing* as operation and choose the type of quality check " -"you want to perform." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:27 -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:69 -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:17 -msgid "Process the Quality Check" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Once your *Quality Control Point* has been created, you can create a " -"manufacturing order for your product. Now, and before marking the " -"manufacturing as done, you can register the *Quality Checks*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Once you have performed your quality checks, you can find them via the " -"*Quality Checks* button available on the manufacturing order form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:46 -msgid "" -"If you want to access all your quality checks, you can do this by opening " -"the quality checks menu, under quality control." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:55 -msgid "" -"If you want to create a *Quality Control Point*, open the *Quality* app and " -"go to :menuselection:`Control --> Control Points`. Then, click on create. " -"Make sure to select *Manufacturing* as operation and select the work order " -"operation on which the quality check should be performed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Choosing the work order operation is necessary if you want the quality " -"checks to be performed in the work orders. After that, you can choose the " -"type of quality check." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Once your *Quality Control Point* has been configured, create a " -"manufacturing order for your product. You have to plan it if you want to " -"generate the necessary work orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:78 -msgid "" -"Now, process the work order and your quality check will appear. In this " -"example, the quality check requests to enter the serial number of the Table " -"Top component." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:3 -msgid "Perform Quality Checks on Transfers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:8 -msgid "" -"To create a *Quality Control Point*, open the *Quality* application. Then, " -"go to :menuselection:`Quality Control --> Control Points --> Create`. Now, " -"you can define the quality control point you want to apply to a specific " -"product. Don’t forget to select a transfer operation type." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Let’s say that we will receive a laptop. First, create a planned receipt for" -" the product. Then, on the receipt, you will see a *Quality Checks* button " -"that appears to proceed to the quality check you configured before." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:27 -msgid "" -"By clicking on it, the instruction set on the quality control point will be " -"displayed and will require the check value." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Once the quality check is done, you can find it linked to the corresponding " -"transfer and access it by clicking on the button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:39 -msgid "" -"But, if the quality check failed, the stat button will appear in red " -"(instead of green) and Odoo will suggest you to create a *Quality Alert* by " -"highlighting the corresponding button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:46 -msgid "" -"The quality checks can also be found in the *Quality* application by opening" -" the *Quality Checks* menu, under *Quality Control*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control.rst:3 -msgid "Control" -msgstr "Kontrol" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:3 -msgid "Define Quality Control Points" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Quality is an important factor when it comes to products or services. " -"Nowadays, quality has become the differentiating factor for all goods and " -"services. It is vital for businesses to deliver products that meet or exceed" -" expectations. It also helps minimize waste." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:10 -msgid "" -"That is why most manufacturers would not think of eliminating the quality " -"control from their manufacturing process. After all, removing quality " -"controls would dramatically increase the number of defective products that " -"the company then has to rework or scrap." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Then, using business applications to ensure data quality is important. With " -"Odoo insuring the rear, any major problem can be avoided before occurring!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:20 -msgid "Quality Control Points" -msgstr "Kvalitetskontrolpunkter" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:22 -msgid "" -"To create a *Quality Control Point*, go to :menuselection:`Quality --> " -"Quality Control --> Control Points`. Once there, define the product on which" -" the quality control point should take place. The operation at which it " -"takes place also is to be defined here." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:27 -msgid "" -"The *Quality Control Points* take place during transfers or during the " -"manufacturing process of the products. If working with routings on *Bill of " -"Materials*, you have to precise at which step of the manufacturing process " -"the quality control point needs to be applied." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:32 -msgid "" -"The *Control Type* defines at which frequency the quality checks should take" -" place:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:35 -msgid "" -"**All operations**: all the operations automatically generate quality checks" -" to perform;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:38 -msgid "" -"**Randomly**: the quality checks only perform on x% of the operation. The " -"percentage needs to be defined on the control point;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:41 -msgid "" -"**Periodically**: the quality checks are performed periodically. The " -"periodicity is based on the defined period (once a day, once a week)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:50 -msgid "Quality Control Point Types" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Now, one thing remains to be configured: the type of quality check. There " -"are several types that can be used: text, take a picture, pass-fail, take a " -"measure, register consumed material, register by-product, and print label." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Some types are available only with the manufacturing application installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:62 -msgid "Text" -msgstr "Tekst" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:64 -msgid "" -"This control point type allows giving instructions to workers during the " -"transfer or during the manufacturing process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:80 -msgid "Take a Picture" -msgstr "Tag et billede" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:82 -msgid "" -"This control point type asks to take a picture of the product applied in a " -"transfer or when manufacturing it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:98 -msgid "" -"This process can be simplified by using a connected :doc:`camera " -"<../../iot/devices/measurement_tool>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:102 -msgid "Pass-Fail" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:104 -msgid "" -"*Pass-Fail* requires to specify if the products pass or fail specific " -"criteria. It can be applied for both transfers or manufacturing orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:111 -msgid "" -"For this kind of type, there is the possibility to define a failure message " -"giving instructions to follow in case of failure." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:127 -msgid "Take a Measure" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:129 -msgid "" -"Taking measures requires to enter the product’s measurements during a " -"transfer or during the manufacturing process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:132 -msgid "" -"To use it, it necessary to specify the norm for your product’s measurements," -" but also a tolerance threshold. Doing so, all the products with good " -"measures can are automatically accepted." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:140 -msgid "" -"As for *Pass-Fail*, this type allows defining a failure message that gives " -"instructions to the worker." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:156 -msgid "" -"This process can be simplified by using connected :doc:`measurement tools " -"<../../iot/devices/camera>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:159 -msgid "Register Consumed Materials" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:161 -msgid "" -"When using *Register Consumed Materials*, it is required to register the " -"component’s serial/lot numbers during the manufacturing process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:165 -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:182 -msgid "This type is only available when working with routings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:176 -msgid "Register By-Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:178 -msgid "" -"With *Register By-Products*, it is required to register the serial/lot " -"number of the by-products that are manufactured." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:193 -msgid "Print Label" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:195 -msgid "" -"*Print Label*, as its name points out, allows printing labels to add to the " -"product during the manufacturing process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:207 -msgid "" -"This process can be simplified by using a connected :doc:`printer " -"<../../iot/devices/printer>`." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/recruitment.po b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/recruitment.po deleted file mode 100644 index f92f7a9f2..000000000 --- a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/recruitment.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,26 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 9.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-11-22 13:16+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2019\n" -"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: da\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../recruitment.rst:5 -msgid "Recruitment" -msgstr "Ansættelse" diff --git a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index c6fce87ef..f4230e20c 100644 --- a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # @@ -7,18 +7,20 @@ # JonathanStein <jstein@image.dk>, 2020 # peso <peer.sommerlund@gmail.com>, 2020 # Pernille Kristensen <pernillekristensen1994@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Sanne Kristensen <sanne@vkdata.dk>, 2020 -# Mads Søndergaard, 2020 -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# lhmflexerp <lhm@flexerp.dk>, 2021 +# Jonathan Stein <cgs@image.dk>, 2021 +# Martin Trigaux, 2021 +# Sanne Kristensen <sanne@vkdata.dk>, 2021 +# Mads Søndergaard, 2021 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-18 07:12+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Mads Søndergaard, 2021\n" "Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -26,323 +28,3080 @@ msgstr "" "Language: da\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" -#: ../../sales.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales.rst:4 msgid "Sales" msgstr "Salg" -#: ../../sales/advanced.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm.rst:4 +msgid "CRM" +msgstr "CRM" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads.rst:3 +msgid "Acquire leads" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:3 +msgid "Convert leads into opportunities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The system can generate leads instead of opportunities, in order to add a " +"qualification step before converting a *Lead* into an *Opportunity* and " +"assigning to the right sales people." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:9 +msgid "" +"You can activate this mode from the CRM Settings. It applies to all your " +"sales channels by default. But you can make it specific for specific " +"channels from their configuration form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:25 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Konfiguration" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:16 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` and activate the *Leads* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:22 +msgid "" +"You will now have a new submenu *Leads* under *Leads* where they will " +"aggregate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:29 +msgid "Convert a lead into an opportunity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:31 +msgid "" +"When you click on a *Lead* you will have the option to convert it to an " +"opportunity and decide if it should still be assigned to the same " +"channel/person and if you need to create a new customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:38 +msgid "" +"If you already have an opportunity with that customer Odoo will " +"automatically offer you to merge with that opportunity. In the same manner, " +"Odoo will automatically offer you to link to an existing customer if that " +"customer already exists." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:44 +msgid "Merge opportunities" +msgstr "Flet kundeemner" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Odoo will also automatically propose to merge opportunities if they have the" +" same email address. When merging opportunities, Odoo merges the information" +" into the opportunity which was created first, giving priority to the " +"information present on the first opportunity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:51 +msgid "" +"No information is lost: data from the other opportunity is logged in the " +"chatter and the information fields for easy access." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Would you find a duplicate yourself, ...you can also merge opportunities or " +"leads even if the system doesn't propose it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Here’s how, from the list view. Select the opportunities or leads you want " +"to merge and the action button will appear. Then, you can select merge." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:67 +msgid "It is also possible to merge more than 2 opportunities or leads." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:3 +msgid "Generate leads/opportunities from emails" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Automating the lead/opportunity generation will considerably improve your " +"efficiency. By default, any email sent to *sales@database\\_domain.ext* will" +" create an opportunity in the pipeline of the default sales channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:11 +msgid "Configure email aliases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Each sales teams can have its own email alias, to generate " +"leads/opportunities automatically assigned to it. It is useful if you manage" +" several sales teams with specific business processes. You will find the " +"configuration of sales teams under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Sales " +"Teams`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:3 +msgid "Generate leads/opportunities from your website contact page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Automating the lead/opportunity generation will considerably improve your " +"efficiency. Any visitor using the contact form on your website will create a" +" lead/opportunity in the pipeline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:10 +msgid "Use the contact us on your website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:12 +msgid "You should first go to your website app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:14 +msgid "|image0|\\ |image1|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:16 +msgid "" +"With the CRM app installed, you benefit from a ready-to-use contact form on " +"your Odoo website that will generate leads/opportunities automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To change to a specific sales channel, go to :menuselection:`Website --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` under *Communication* you will find the Contact " +"Form info and where to change the *Sales Channel* or *Salesperson*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:50 +msgid "Create a custom contact form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:34 +msgid "" +"You may want to know more from your visitor when they use the contact form " +"to you will need to build a custom contact form on your website. These " +"contact forms can generate multiple types of records in the system (emails, " +"leads/opportunities, project tasks, helpdesk tickets, etc.)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:43 +msgid "" +"You will need to install the free *Form Builder* module, only available in " +"Odoo Enterprise." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:52 +msgid "" +"First, go to the page where you want to put your contact form. In edit mode," +" drag the form builder onto the page, and you will be able to add all the " +"fields you wish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:59 +msgid "" +"By default, any new contact form will send an email. You can switch to " +"lead/opportunity generation in *Change Form Parameters*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:63 +msgid "" +"If the same visitor uses the contact form twice, the second entry will be " +"added to the first lead/opportunity in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:67 +msgid "Generate leads instead of opportunities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:69 +msgid "" +"When using a contact form, you should use a qualification step before " +"assigning the form to the right sales people. To do so, activate *Leads* in " +"CRM settings and refer to :doc:`convert`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:3 +msgid "Lead mining" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:4 +msgid "" +"In any business, getting quality leads is essential to keep the business " +"growing. Lead mining allows you to generate leads from scratch directly from" +" your database. Target your leads based on a set of criteria such as the " +"country, the size of the company, the industry your leads are coming from to" +" make them relevant to your business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:10 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` and activate the **Lead Mining** feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:17 +msgid "Start generating leads" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:18 +msgid "" +"You will now have a new button **Generate Leads** available in your " +"pipeline. You are also able to create lead mining requests from the " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Lead Mining Requests` and trough " +":menuselection:`Leads --> Leads` where you have the **Generate Leads** " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:27 +msgid "" +"From there, click on the **Generate Leads** button, a window where you will " +"be able to pick your criteria will pop up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:34 +msgid "" +"When choosing to target Companied and their contacts you can choose the " +"contacts you are getting based on Role or Seniority. When getting contact " +"information make sure to be aware of the latest EU regulation, get more " +"information about General Data Protection Regulation on `Odoo GDPR " +"<http://odoo.com/gdpr>`__," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:39 +msgid "" +"You can decide to filter the leads you are getting depending on the size " +"(number of employees) of the companies. You can pick the countries your " +"leads are coming from. It is possible to pick multiple countries. You can " +"pick the industries your leads are coming from. It is possible to pick " +"multiple industries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:43 +msgid "" +"You can choose the salesperson and the Salesteam the lead will be assigned " +"to. You can also add tags to track your generated leads." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:47 +msgid "The generated leads will have the name of the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:36 +msgid "Pricing" +msgstr "Priser" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:51 +msgid "" +"This is an In-App Purchase feature, each generated lead will cost you one " +"credit. If you choose to get contact information each contact will also cost" +" us one additional credit. Here is the pricing for this `feature " +"<https://iap.odoo.com/iap/in-app-services/167?>`__, To buy credits you can " +"either go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Settings --> Buy " +"Credits`; or go to :menuselection:`Settings --> In-App Purchases --> View my" +" Services`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:65 +msgid "" +"The blue box will automatically tell you how many credits are going to be " +"consumed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:169 +msgid "" +"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you " +"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:71 +msgid "" +":doc:`In-App Purchases (IAP) " +"</applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:3 +msgid "Send quotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you qualify a lead into an opportunity you will most likely need to " +"send them a quotation. You can directly do this in the CRM App with Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:12 +msgid "Create a new quotation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:14 +msgid "" +"By clicking on any opportunity or lead, you will see a *New Quotation* " +"button, it will bring you into a new menu where you can manage your quote." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:21 +msgid "" +"You will find all your quotes to that specific opportunity under the " +"*Quotations* menu on that page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:28 +msgid "Mark them won/lost" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Now you will need to mark your opportunity as won or lost to move the " +"process along." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you mark them as won, they will move to your *Won* column in your Kanban " +"view. If you however mark them as *Lost* they will be archived." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize.rst:3 +msgid "Optimize your Day-to-Day work" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:3 +msgid "How to motivate and reward my salespeople?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Challenging your employees to reach specific targets with goals and rewards " +"is an excellent way to reinforce good habits and improve your salespeople " +"productivity. The Gamification module gives you simple and creative ways to " +"motivate and evaluate your employees with real-time recognition and badges " +"inspired by game mechanics." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Install the *Gamification* module, or the *CRM gamification* one, which adds" +" some useful data (goals and challenges) that can be used on *CRM/Sale*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:21 +msgid "Create a challenge" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Now, create your first challenge by going to :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Gamification Tools --> Challenges`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:27 +msgid "" +"As the gamification tool is a one-time technical setup, you need to activate" +" the technical features in order to access the configuration. To do so, go " +"to *Settings* and *Activate the developer mode*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:35 +msgid "" +"A challenge is a mission that you send to your sales team. It can include " +"one or several goals, set for a specific period of time. Configure your " +"challenge as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:38 +msgid "Assign the salespeople to be challenged;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:39 +msgid "Assign a responsible;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:40 +msgid "Set up the periodicity along with the start and the end date;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:41 +msgid "Select your goals;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:42 +msgid "Set up your rewards (badges)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Badges are granted when a challenge is finished. This is either at the end " +"of a running period (eg: end of the month for a monthly challenge), at the " +"end date of a challenge (if no periodicity is set), or when the challenge is" +" manually closed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:49 +msgid "" +"In the example below, 2 employees are being challenged with a *Monthly Sales" +" Target*. The challenge is based on 2 goals: the total amount invoiced and " +"number of new leads generated. At the end of the month, the winner will be " +"granted with a badge." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:58 +msgid "Set up goals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:60 +msgid "" +"The users can be evaluated using goals and numerical objectives to reach." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:62 +msgid "" +"**Goals** are assigned through *challenges* that evaluate (see image above) " +"and compare members of a team throughout time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:66 +msgid "" +"You can create a new goal on the fly from a *Challenge* by clicking on *Add " +"new item*, under *Goals*. Select the business object according to your " +"company's needs. Examples: number of new leads, time to qualify a lead, " +"total amount invoiced in a specific week, month or any other time frame " +"based on your management preferences, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Goals may include your database setup as well (e.g. set your company data " +"and a timezone, create new users, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:77 +msgid "Set up rewards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:79 +msgid "" +"For non-numerical achievements, **Badges** can be granted to users. From a " +"simple thank you to an exceptional achievement, a badge is an easy way to " +"express gratitude to a user for their good work. To create and grant badges " +"to your employees based on their performance, go to :menuselection:`Settings" +" --> Gamification Tools --> Badges`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:3 +msgid "Outlook Extension" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The **Odoo CRM Extension** is a connector that bridges your Outlook mailbox " +"with your Odoo database. This extension allows you to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:8 +msgid "Create leads from emails sent to your mailbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:9 +msgid "Centralize Prospects' emails into a CRM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:10 +msgid "Search and store insights on your contacts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:17 +msgid "" +"This extension is compatible with the Web version of Outlook as well as the " +"desktop apps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The Outlook Extension uses *Partner Autocomplete IAP credits* to search and " +"store insights on your contacts. See the :ref:`Pricing section " +"<outlook_extension/pricing>` below for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The Outlook Extension requires to be configured both in Odoo and in Outlook." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:34 +msgid "Enable the feature on your database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To enable this feature on your Odoo database, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> " +"Configuration --> Lead Generation`, enable **Outlook CRM Extension**, and " +"click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:42 +msgid "Install the add-in on Outlook" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:44 +msgid "" +"You can install the Outlook Extension as a **Custom Add-in**. To do so, " +"follow these steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:0 +msgid "URL of the **Odoo for Outlook** add-in's manifest file:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:0 +msgid "``https://download.odoo.com/plugins/outlook/manifest.xml``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:50 +msgid "Todo" +msgstr "To Do" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:50 +msgid "add copy button when the feature is added to the doc" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Connect to your Outlook mailbox, open any email, and click on the *More " +"actions* button, displayed as three little dots." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:59 +msgid "Click on *Get add-ins*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:65 +msgid "" +"In the new window, select the tab named *My add-ins*, click on *+ Add a " +"custom add-in*, and then on *Add from URL...*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Outlook prompts you to **enter the URL of the add-in's manifest file**. To " +"do so, copy the following URL, paste it in the box, and click on *OK*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Outlook warns you that Microsoft hasn’t verified the add-in. Click on " +"*Install* to complete the installation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:84 +msgid "" +"The *Odoo for Outlook* add-in is not listed yet on Outlook's add-ins list. " +"This is why it is currently necessary to install it as a *custom add-in*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:90 +msgid "Add a shortcut to open the extension" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:92 +msgid "" +"By default, you can open the **Odoo for Outlook** extension from the *More " +"actions* menu. This section explains how to move the launcher next to the " +"other default actions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:99 +msgid "" +"In your Outlook mailbox, click on *Settings*, then on *View all Outlook " +"settings*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Mail --> Customize actions --> Message " +"surface`, select *Odoo for Outlook*, and click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:109 +msgid "Connect to your database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Open **Odoo for Outlook** from any email. This opens the extension as a " +"panel on the right side of your screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:113 +msgid "Click on *login* at the bottom of the extension." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:114 +msgid "Insert your database's URL then click on *Login*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:120 +msgid "" +"Log into your database by entering your credentials. Skip this step if you " +"are already logged in with this browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:122 +msgid "" +"A message asks you if you want to let Outlook access your Odoo database. " +"Click on *Allow* to complete the connection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Make sure first to :ref:`enable the feature on your database " +"<outlook_extension/enable-feature>`. Failing to do so would result in an " +"*error 404 message*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:130 +msgid "" +"The extension displays some information, even if you do not connect it to " +"any Odoo database. Note that only a limited amount of contact enrichment " +"requests are available as a trial, as this feature requires prepaid credits." +" See the :ref:`Pricing section <outlook_extension/pricing>` below for more " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:140 +msgid "" +"The extension is **free** and doesn't require any purchase to be installed " +"and used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:142 +msgid "" +"However, this extension provides you with *Lead Enrichment* in the **Company" +" Insights** section. This service is part of a paid service known as **Lead " +"Generation**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:145 +msgid "" +"The extension allows you to test this service for free, whether you connect " +"the extension to a database or not. After a while, the extension asks you to" +" buy credits to keep using this additional service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:155 +msgid "" +"You can buy more *Lead Generation* credits to keep using this service or " +"disregard this message and keep using the extension for free without *Lead " +"Enrichment*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:159 +msgid "In-App Purchase" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:162 +msgid "" +"*Lead Generation* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service, which requires " +"prepaid credits to be used. Each request consumes one credit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To buy credits, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Contacts --> Partner " +"Autocomplete or Odoo IAP --> View My Services` and select a package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:167 +msgid "" +"If you run out of credits, the only information populated when clicking on " +"the suggested company is the website link and logo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Learn about our *Privacy Policy* `here " +"<https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#header_2>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:174 +msgid ":doc:`../../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:175 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Lead Enrichment <https://www.odoo.com/r/p73>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:3 +msgid "Enrich your contacts base with Partner Autocomplete" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Parter Autocomplete helps you to enrich your contacts database with " +"corporate data. Select one of the companies suggested in the dropdown, and " +"quickly get all the information you need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Contacts` and activate the *Partner " +"Autocomplete* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:18 +msgid "Enrich your contacts with corporate data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:22 +msgid "" +"From any module, once you start to create a new contact typing the name of " +"it, the system will suggest a potential match. If you select it, the contact" +" will be populated with corporate data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:23 +msgid "" +"For example, after typing *Odoo*, you will get the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Partner Autocomplete also works if you enter a VAT number instead of a " +"company name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:39 +msgid "" +"*Partner Autocomplete* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service, which requires" +" prepaid credits to be used. Each request will consume one credit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:44 +msgid "" +"If you run out of credits, the only information that will be populated when " +"clicking on the suggested company will be the website link and the logo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:46 +msgid "" +"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and you have the Enterprise version, you " +"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance.rst:3 +msgid "Analyze performance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:3 +msgid "Check your Win/Loss Ratio" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To see how well you are doing with your pipeline, take a look at the " +"Win/Loss ratio." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To access this report, go to your *Pipeline* view under the *Reporting* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:11 +msgid "" +"From there you can filter to which opportunities you wish to see, yours, the" +" ones from your sales channel, your whole company, etc. You can then click " +"on filter and check Won/Lost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:18 +msgid "You can also change the *Measures* to *Total Revenue*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:23 +msgid "You also have the ability to switch to a pie chart view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline.rst:3 +msgid "Organize the pipeline" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:3 +msgid "Manage lost opportunities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:5 +msgid "" +"While working with your opportunities, you might lose some of them. You will" +" want to keep track of the reasons you lost them and also which ways Odoo " +"can help you recover them in the future." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:10 +msgid "Mark a lead as lost" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:12 +msgid "" +"While in your pipeline, select any opportunity you want and you will see a " +"*Mark Lost* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:15 +msgid "" +"You can then select an existing *Lost Reason* or create a new one right " +"there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:22 +msgid "Manage & create lost reasons" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You will find your *Lost Reasons* under :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Lost Reasons`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:26 +msgid "" +"You can select & rename any of them as well as create a new one from there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:30 +msgid "Retrieve lost opportunities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To retrieve lost opportunities and do actions on them (send an email, make a" +" feedback call, etc.), select the *Lost* filter in the search bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:39 +msgid "You will then see all your lost opportunities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:41 +msgid "" +"If you want to refine them further, you can add a filter on the *Lost " +"Reason*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:44 +msgid "For Example, *Too Expensive*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:50 +msgid "Restore lost opportunities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:52 +msgid "" +"From the Kanban view with the filter(s) in place, you can select any " +"opportunity you wish and work on it as usual. You can also restore it by " +"clicking on *Archived*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:59 +msgid "" +"You can also restore items in batch from the Kanban view when they belong to" +" the same stage. Select *Restore Records* in the column options. You can " +"also archive the same way." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:66 +msgid "To select specific opportunities, you should switch to the list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Then you can select as many or all opportunities and select the actions you " +"want to take." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:78 +msgid ":doc:`../performance/win_loss`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:3 +msgid "Manage multiple sales teams" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, you can manage several sales teams, departments or channels with " +"specific sales processes. To do so, we use the concept of *Sales Channel*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:10 +msgid "Create a new sales channel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To create a new *Sales Channel*, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Sales Channels`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:14 +msgid "" +"There you can set an email alias to it. Every message sent to that email " +"address will create a lead/opportunity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:21 +msgid "Add members to your sales channel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You can add members to any channel; that way those members will see the " +"pipeline structure of the sales channel when opening it. Any " +"lead/opportunity assigned to them will link to the sales channel. Therefore," +" you can only be a member of one channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:28 +msgid "This will ease the process review of the team manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you now filter on this specific channel in your pipeline, you will find " +"all of its opportunities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:40 +msgid "Sales channel dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To see the operations and results of any sales channel at a glance, the " +"sales manager also has access to the *Sales Channel Dashboard* under " +"*Reporting*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:46 +msgid "" +"It is shared with the whole ecosystem so every revenue stream is included in" +" it: Sales, eCommerce, PoS, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads.rst:3 +msgid "Assign and track leads" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:3 +msgid "Assign leads based on scoring" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With *Leads Scoring* you can automatically rank your leads based on selected" +" criterias." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:8 +msgid "" +"For example you could score customers from your country higher or the ones " +"that visited specific pages on your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To use scoring, install the free module *Lead Scoring* under your *Apps* " +"page (only available in Odoo Enterprise)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:21 +msgid "Create scoring rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You now have a new tab in your *CRM* app called *Leads Management* where you" +" can manage your scoring rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Here's an example for a Canadian lead, you can modify for whatever criteria " +"you wish to score your leads on. You can add as many criterias as you wish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Every hour every lead without a score will be automatically scanned and " +"assigned their right score according to your scoring rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:40 +msgid "Assign leads" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Once the scores computed, leads can be assigned to specific teams using the " +"same domain mechanism. To do so go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Leads " +"Management --> Team Assignation` and apply a specific domain on each team. " +"This domain can include scores." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Further on, you can assign to a specific vendor in the team with an even " +"more refined domain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:52 +msgid "" +"To do so go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Leads Management --> Leads " +"Assignation`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:58 +msgid "" +"The team & leads assignation will assign the unassigned leads once a day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:62 +msgid "Evaluate & use the unassigned leads" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Once your scoring rules are in place you will most likely still have some " +"unassigned leads. Some of them could still lead to an opportunity so it is " +"useful to do something with them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:68 +msgid "" +"In your leads page you can place a filter to find your unassigned leads." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Why not using :menuselection:`Email Marketing` or :menuselection:`Marketing " +"Automation` apps to send a mass email to them? You can also easily find such" +" unassigned leads from there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:3 +msgid "Track your prospects visits" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Tracking your website pages will give you much more information about the " +"interests of your website visitors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Every tracked page they visit will be recorded on your lead/opportunity if " +"they use the contact form on your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To use this feature, install the free module *Lead Scoring* under your " +"*Apps* page (only available in Odoo Enterprise)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:21 +msgid "Track a webpage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Go to any static page you want to track on your website and under the " +"*Promote* tab you will find *Optimize SEO*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:29 +msgid "There you will see a *Track Page* checkbox to track this page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:35 +msgid "See visited pages in your leads/opportunities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Now each time a lead is created from the contact form it will keep track of " +"the pages visited by that visitor. You have two ways to see those pages, on " +"the top right corner of your lead/opportunity you can see a *Page Views* " +"button but also further down you will see them in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Both will update if the viewers comes back to your website and visits more " +"pages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:52 +msgid "" +"The feature will not repeat multiple viewings of the same pages in the " +"chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:55 +msgid "Your customers will no longer be able to keep any secrets from you!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:4 +msgid "Point of Sale" +msgstr "POS" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features.rst:3 +msgid "Pricing Features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:3 +msgid "Using discount tags with a barcode scanner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:5 +msgid "" +"If you want to sell your products with a discount, for a product getting " +"close to its expiration date for example, you can use discount tags. They " +"allow you to scan discount barcodes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:10 +msgid "To use discount tags you will need to use a barcode scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:13 +msgid "Barcode Nomenclature" +msgstr "Stregkode plan" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:15 +msgid "To use discounts tags, we need to learn about barcode nomenclature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Let's say you want to have a discount for the product with the following " +"barcode:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You can find the *Default Nomenclature* under the settings of your PoS " +"interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Let's say you want 50% discount on a product you have to start your barcode " +"with 22 (for the discount barcode nomenclature) and then 50 (for the %) " +"before adding the product barcode. In our example, the barcode would be:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:41 +msgid "Scan the products & tags" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:43 +msgid "You first have to scan the desired product (in our case, a lemon)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:48 +msgid "" +"And then scan the discount tag. The discount will be applied and you can " +"finish the transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:3 +msgid "Apply Discounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"By offering discounts, you can entice your customers and drastically " +"increase your revenue. It is vital to offer discounts, whether they are " +"time-limited, seasonal or manually given." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:9 +msgid "" +"To manage discounts, Odoo has powerful features that help set up a pricing " +"strategy tailored to every business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:13 +msgid "Apply manual discounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:15 +msgid "" +"If you seldom use discounts, applying manual ones might be the easiest " +"solution for your Point of Sale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:18 +msgid "" +"You can either apply a discount on the whole order or on specific products " +"inside an order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:22 +msgid "Apply a discount on a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:24 +msgid "From your PoS session interface, use the *Disc* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Then, you can input a discount over the product that is currently selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:34 +msgid "Apply a global discount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To apply a discount on the whole order, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales" +" --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and select your PoS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Once on your PoS form, select *Global Discounts*, under the *Pricing* " +"category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:45 +msgid "Now, you have a new *Discount* button appearing on your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:51 +msgid "Click on it and enter the wanted discount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:58 +msgid "" +"On this example, there is a global discount of 50% as well as a specific 50%" +" discount on oranges." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:62 +msgid "Apply time-limited discounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To activate time-limited discounts, you must activate the *Pricelists* " +"feature. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Configuration " +"--> Point of Sale` and open your PoS. Then, enable the pricelist feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Once activated, you must choose the pricelists you want to make available in" +" the PoS and define a default one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:77 +msgid "Create a pricelist" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:79 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo has a *Public Pricelist* configured. To create more, go to " +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Products --> Pricelists`. Then click on " +"create." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:83 +msgid "" +"When creating a pricelist, you can set several criteria to use a specific " +"price: period, min. quantity, etc. You can also decide to apply that " +"pricelist on specific products or on the whole range." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:92 +msgid "Using a pricelist with the PoS interface" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:94 +msgid "" +"On the PoS interface, a new button appears. Use it to select a pricelist." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Click on it to instantly update the prices with the selected pricelist. " +"Then, you can finalize the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:3 +msgid "Manage a loyalty program" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Encourage your customers to continue to shop at your point of sale with a " +"*Loyalty Program*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To activate the *Loyalty Program* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " +"Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface. " +"Under the Pricing features, select *Loyalty Program*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:19 +msgid "From there you can create and edit your loyalty programs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You can decide what type of program you wish to use, if the reward is a " +"discount or a gift, make it specific to some products or cover your whole " +"range. Apply rules so that it is only valid in specific situation and " +"everything in between." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:30 +msgid "Use the loyalty program in your PoS interface" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:32 +msgid "" +"When a customer is set, you will now see the points they will get for the " +"transaction and they will accumulate until they are spent. They are spent " +"using the button *Rewards* when they have enough points according to the " +"rules defined in the loyalty program." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:40 +msgid "" +"You can see the price is instantly updated to reflect the pricelist. You can" +" finalize the order in your usual way." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:44 +msgid "" +"If you select a customer with a default pricelist, it will be applied. You " +"can of course change it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:3 +msgid "Using Pricelists in Point of Sale" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You probably know the concept of happy hour: during a certain period of " +"time, the barman gives a discount on some drinks (usually 50% off or a buy " +"one get one free). When the period is over, prices go back to normal. But " +"how does that relate with Odoo?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:10 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, you can set up happy hours. It’s one of the many possible uses of " +"*Pricelists*. Those *Pricelists* allow the creation of multiple prices for " +"the same product: a regular one and a special one for happy hours. Available" +" in the *PoS* app, those are really convenient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:17 +msgid "Set up Pricelists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To set up a *Pricelist*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Configuration` and enable the *Pricelist* feature. Then, " +"go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and" +" enable *Pricelist* for the *PoS*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Now, you can create *Pricelists* by clicking on the *Pricelists* link. Then," +" set it up by choosing the product category you want to include in your " +"happy hour and the discount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Go back to your *PoS* settings and add the Happy Hour pricelist to the list." +" You can even choose a default pricelist if needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:39 +msgid "" +"From now on, on the *PoS* interface, a new button is available, allowing you" +" to choose among the different *pricelists* you added before." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:46 +msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm.rst:3 +msgid "Fiscal Data Modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Setting up the Fiscal Data Module with the Odoo POS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:170 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "Introduktion" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The Belgian government requires certain businesses to use a government-" +"certified device called a **Fiscal Data Module** (also known as a " +"**blackbox**). This device works together with the POS application and logs " +"certain transactions. On top of that, the used POS application must also be " +"certified by the government and must adhere to strict standards specified by" +" them. `Odoo 9 (Enterprise Edition) is a certified application " +"<http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/systemes-certifies>`_. More " +"information concerning the Fiscal Data Module can be found on `the official " +"website <http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:20 +msgid "Required hardware" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:22 +msgid "" +"A government certified `Fiscal Data Module " +"<http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/systemes-" +"certifies#FDM%20certifiés>`_ per POS, all of them should work, but the " +"Cleancash SC-B is recommended, you will also need:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Serial null modem cable per FDM (`example <http://www.startech.com/Cables" +"/Serial-Parallel-PS-2/DB9-DB25/10-ft-Cross-Wired-Serial-Null-Modem-Cable-" +"DB9-FM~SCNM9FM>`__)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Serial-to-USB adapter per FDM (`example " +"<http://trendnet.com/products/proddetail.asp?prod=265_TU-S9>`__)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:32 +msgid "A registered IoT Box per POS configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:35 +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "Opsætning" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:38 +msgid "IoT Box" +msgstr "IoT Boks" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In order to use a Fiscal Data Module, you will need a registered IoT Box. " +"These IoT Boxes are similar to the regular IoT Boxes we sell, but they are " +"registered with the Belgian government. This is required by law. Attempting " +"to use a Fiscal Data Module on a non-registered IoT Box will not work. You " +"can verify that the Fiscal Data Module is recognized by the IoT Box by going" +" to the *Hardware status page* via the IoT Box homepage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:52 +msgid "Odoo" +msgstr "Odoo" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:54 +msgid "" +"An Odoo POS app can be given certified POS capabilities by installing the " +"**Belgian Registered Cash Register** app (technical name: " +"``pos_blackbox_be``). Because of government restrictions imposed on us, this" +" installation cannot be undone. After this, you will have to ensure that " +"each POS configuration has a unique registered IoT Box associated with it " +"(:menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and " +"ensure Hardware Proxy / IoT Box and the serial number of your IoT Box is " +"set). The first time you open the Point of Sale and attempt to do a " +"transaction, you will be asked to input the PIN that you received with your " +"VAT signing card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:69 +msgid "Certification & On-premise" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The certification granted by the government is restricted to the use on " +"odoo.com SaaS instance. The usage of the module from the source or a " +"modified version will **not** be certified. For on-premise users, we also " +"support the Fiscal Data Module in such installations. The main restriction " +"is that this requires an obfuscated version of the ``pos_blackbox_be`` " +"module we will provide on request for Enterprise customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:79 +msgid "Restrictions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:81 +msgid "" +"As mentioned before, in order to get certified the POS application must " +"adhere to strict government guidelines. Because of this, a certified Odoo " +"POS has some limitations not present in the non-certified Odoo POS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:86 +msgid "Refunding is disabled" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:87 +msgid "Modifying orderline prices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:88 +msgid "Creating/modifying/deleting POS orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:89 +msgid "Selling products without a valid tax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:90 +msgid "Multiple Odoo POS configurations per IoT Box are not allowed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:91 +msgid "Using the POS without a connection to the IoT Box (and thus FDM)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:92 +msgid "Blacklisted modules: pos_discount, pos_reprint, pos_loyalty" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Oversigt" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:3 +msgid "Getting started" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When working with a Point of Sale application, employees want a simple, and " +"user-friendly solution. A solution that works online or offline and with any" +" device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:9 +msgid "" +"A Point of Sale system is a fully integrated application that allows any " +"transaction, automatically registers product moves in your stock, and gives " +"you real-time statistics and consolidations across all shops." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:17 +msgid "Make products available in the PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To make products available for sale, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale -->" +" Products --> Products` and open a product. In the *Sales* tab, enable " +"*Available in Point of Sale*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:28 +msgid "You can also define if the product has to be weighted or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:31 +msgid "Configure your payment methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:33 +msgid "" +"To add a payment method, you first need to create it. Go to " +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment Methods` and " +"click on create. Then, you can name your payment method and set it up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:43 +msgid "Don’t forget your credentials for methods using a payment terminal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Now, you can select the payment method in your PoS settings. To do so, go to" +" :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and open" +" the PoS in which you want to include the payment method. Then, add the " +"payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:55 +msgid "" +"*Configuration* is the menu where you can edit all your point of sale " +"settings. Some more features are available for restaurants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:59 +msgid "Your first PoS session" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:62 +msgid "Your first order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:64 +msgid "Open a new session from the dashboard by clicking on *New Session*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:70 +msgid "After the loading screen, you arrive on the PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Once an order is completed, you can register the payment. All the available " +"payment methods appear on the left of the screen. Select the payment method " +"and enter the received amount. Then, you can validate the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:82 +msgid "Return and refund products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Having a well-thought-out return policy is key to keep customers satisfied " +"and make the process of accepting returns and refunds easy for you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:87 +msgid "" +"To do that, from the PoS interface, select the product and quantity (with " +"the +/- button) that the customer wants to return. For multiple products, " +"repeat the process individually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:94 +msgid "" +"When on the payment interface, the total is negative. To end the refund, " +"process the payment and validate it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:102 +msgid "Close the PoS session" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To close your session at the end of the day, click on the close button on " +"the upper right corner of your screen and confirm. Now, close the session on" +" the dashboard view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:112 +msgid "" +"It’s strongly advised to close your PoS session at the end of each day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Once a session is closed, you can see a summary of all transactions per " +"payment method. Then, click on a line to see all orders that were paid " +"during your PoS session. If everything is correct, validate the session and " +"post the closing entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:123 +msgid "" +"To connect the PoS hardware with an Odoo IoT Box, please refer to these " +"docs: :doc:`Connect an IoT Box to your database " +"</applications/productivity/iot/config/connect>` and :doc:`Use the IoT Box " +"for the PoS </applications/productivity/iot/config/pos>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:129 +msgid "View your statistics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Keeping track of your sales is essential to get meaningful statistics. " +"That’s why Odoo provides analyzes about your sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:134 +msgid "" +"To access your statistics, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> " +"Reporting --> Orders`. There, you can see various statistics in graph or " +"pivot form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:142 +msgid "You can also access them through the dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:3 +msgid "Register customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Registering your customers will give you the ability to grant them various " +"privileges such as discounts, loyalty program, specific communication. It " +"will also be required if they want an invoice and registering them will make" +" any future interaction with them faster." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:11 +msgid "Create a customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:13 +msgid "From your session interface, use the customer button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:18 +msgid "Create a new one by using this button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You will be invited to fill out the customer form with their information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Use the save button when you are done. You can then select that customer in " +"any future transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment.rst:3 +msgid "Payment Terminals" +msgstr "Betaling terminaler" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:3 +msgid "Connect an Ingenico Payment Terminal to your PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Connecting a payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid payment flow to " +"your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Please note that Ingenico is currently only available for customers in the " +"Benelux." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:15 +msgid "Connect an IoT Box" +msgstr "Forbind til en IoT boks" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Connecting an Ingenico Payment Terminal to Odoo is a feature that requires " +"an IoT Box. For more information on how to connect an IoT Box to your " +"database, please refer to the :doc:`IoT documentation " +"</applications/productivity/iot/config/connect>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:22 +msgid "Configure the Lane/5000 for Ingenico BENELUX" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Click on the F button of the terminal, then go in the :menuselection:`PoS " +"Menu --> Settings` and enter the settings password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Now, click on connexion change and TCP/IP. Type the IP of your *IoT Box* " +"(you can find it on the form view of your IoT Box). Then, enter 9000 as " +"port. The terminal will restart. Once it is done, go on your *IoT Box* form " +"in Odoo and verify that the terminal has been found." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:36 +msgid "Configure the payment method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:38 +msgid "" +"First, go in the general settings of the POS app, and activate the Ingenico " +"setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Go back in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of " +"Sale`, go in the payments section and access your payment methods. Create a " +"new payment method for Ingenico, select the payment terminal option " +"Ingenico, and select your payment terminal device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:53 +msgid "Pay with a payment terminal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:55 +msgid "" +"In your *PoS interface*, when processing a payment, select a *Payment " +"Method* using a payment terminal. Check that the amount in the tendered " +"column is the one that has to be sent to the payment terminal and click on " +"*Send*. When the payment is successful, the status will change to *Payment " +"Successful*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:64 +msgid "" +"If you want to cancel the payment request, click on cancel. You can still " +"retry to send the payment request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:67 +msgid "" +"If there is any issue with the payment terminal, you can still force the " +"payment using the *Force Done*. This will allow you to validate the order in" +" Odoo even if the connexion between the terminal and Odoo has issues." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:73 +msgid "" +"This option will only be available if you received an error message telling " +"you the connexion failed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Once your payment is processed, on the payment record, you’ll find the type " +"of card that has been used and the transaction ID." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a SIX Payment Terminal to your PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Connecting a SIX payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid payment flow " +"to your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Even though Worldline has recently acquired SIX Payment Services and both " +"companies use Yomani payment terminals, the firmware they run is different. " +"Terminals received from Worldline are therefore not compatible with this " +"integration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:16 +msgid "Configure the Payment Method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:20 +msgid "" +"First, make sure that the POS Six module is installed. For this, go to " +"*Apps*, remove the \"Apps\" filter and search for \"POS Six\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Back in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment " +"Methods`, Create a new payment method for SIX, select the payment terminal " +"option \"SIX without IoT Box\", and enter your payment terminal IP address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:40 +msgid "Pay with a Payment Terminal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:36 +msgid "" +"In your PoS interface, at the moment of the payment, select a payment method" +" using a payment terminal. Verify that the amount in the tendered column is " +"the one that has to be sent to the payment terminal and click on *Send*. If " +"you want to cancel the payment request, click on cancel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:44 +msgid "" +"When the payment is done, the status will change to *Payment Successful*. " +"You can always reverse the last transaction by clicking on *Reverse*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If there is any issue with the payment terminal, you can still force the " +"payment using the *Force Done*. This will allow you to validate the order in" +" Odoo even if the connexion between the terminal and Odoo encounters issues." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Vantiv Payment Terminal to your PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Connecting a Vantiv payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid payment " +"flow to your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Please note MercuryPay only operates with US and Canadian banks, making this" +" procedure only suitable for North American businesses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:18 +msgid "" +"First, go in the general settings of the POS app, and activate the Vantiv " +"setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Back in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, " +"go in the payments section and access your payment methods. Create a new " +"payment method for Vantiv, select the payment terminal option Vantiv, and " +"create new Vantiv credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To create new Vantiv credentials, fill in your merchant ID and password, " +"then save. Make sure the credentials you just created are selected, then " +"save the payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:42 +msgid "" +"In your PoS interface, at the moment of the payment, select your Vantiv " +"payment method and… that’s all." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:3 +msgid "Restaurant Features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:3 +msgid "Print the Bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Use the *Bill Printing* feature to print the bill before the payment. This " +"is useful if the bill is still subject to evolve and is thus not the " +"definitive ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:10 +msgid "Configure Bill Printing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To activate *Bill Printing*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Bill Printing* option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:22 +msgid "Split a Bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:24 +msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Bill* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:29 +msgid "When you use it, you can then print the bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:3 +msgid "Using fiscal positions in PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, *Fiscal Positions* let you apply different taxes based on the " +"customer location. In a *Point of Sale*, such as a restaurant, it can be " +"used to apply different taxes depending if the customer eats in or takes " +"away." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:11 +msgid "Set up fiscal positions for PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To enable this feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of Sale` and check *Fiscal Position per Order*. Now," +" you can choose the fiscal positions you want for your *PoS*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:21 +msgid "You need to create your fiscal positions before using this feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:24 +msgid "Using fiscal positions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Once on your *PoS* interface, click on the *Tax* button. Now, choose the " +"fiscal position you need for the current order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:33 +msgid "Set up a default fiscal position" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:35 +msgid "" +"If you want to use a default fiscal position, meaning that a preexisting " +"value is always automatically assigned, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale " +"--> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and enable *Fiscal Position*. Now, " +"choose one to set as the default one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Now, the *tax* button is replaced by a *on site* button when on the *PoS* " +"interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:3 +msgid "Print orders at the kitchen or bar" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To ease the workflow between the front of house and the back of the house, " +"printing the orders taken on the PoS interface right in the kitchen or bar " +"can be a tremendous help." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:10 +msgid "Activate the bar/kitchen printer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To activate the *Order printing* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " +"Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Under the IoT Box / Hardware Proxy category, you will find *Order Printers*." +" Note that you need an IoT Box to connect your Printer to the PoS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:20 +msgid "Add a printer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:22 +msgid "" +"In your configuration menu you will now have a *Order Printers* option where" +" you can add the printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:29 +msgid "Print a kitchen/bar order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:34 +msgid "Select or create a printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:37 +msgid "Print the order in the kitchen/bar" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:39 +msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Order* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:44 +msgid "" +"When you press it, it will print the order on your kitchen/bar printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:3 +msgid "Manage your tables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Restaurants have specific needs that shops don’t have. That’s why Odoo gives" +" restaurant owners several unique features to help them manage their " +"business in the best possible way." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Floor and table management, bill splitting, or even the possibility to print" +" orders from the kitchen, everything is there to help your business shine " +"and your employees to work efficiently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To activate the bar/restaurant features, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale" +" --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and open your PoS. Now, select *Is a " +"Bar/Restaurant*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:24 +msgid "" +"New features are shown with a fork and a knife next to it, indicating that " +"they are restaurant-specific." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:32 +msgid "Add a floor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Once your *Point of Sale* has been configured, select *Table Management* " +"under :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`. " +"Then, click on *Floors* to create and name your floor and tables." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:47 +msgid "Don’t forget to link your floor to your point of sale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:50 +msgid "Add tables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:52 +msgid "" +"To add tables, you can also open your PoS interface to see your floor(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Then, click on *Edit Mode* (pencil icon on the upper right corner) to be " +"allowed to create, move, modify tables, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To make your table easier to be found, you can rename them, change their " +"shape, size or even color. It is also possible to add the maximum number of " +"sits the table can have." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:72 +msgid "Register your table(s) orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To register an order, click on the respective table. By doing so, you are " +"taken to your main interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:82 +msgid "Transfer customer(s)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:84 +msgid "" +"If your customers want to move to another table after they already ordered, " +"use the transfer button. This way, the order is also moved to the new table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:88 +msgid "To do so, select the table your customer is currently on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Now, click on the transfer button and select the table to which you are " +"transferring your customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:103 +msgid "Register an additional order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:105 +msgid "" +"When registering an order, use the + button to simultaneously proceed to " +"another one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Then, you can shift between your orders and process the payment when needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:116 +msgid "The - button allows you to remove the order you are currently on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:3 +msgid "Offer a bill-splitting option" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Offering an easy bill splitting solution to your customers will leave them " +"with a positive experience. That's why this feature is available out-of-the-" +"box in the Odoo Point of Sale application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To activate the *Bill Splitting* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " +"Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find the Bill Splitting " +"option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:23 +msgid "Split a bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:25 +msgid "In your PoS interface, you now have a *Split* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:30 +msgid "" +"When you use it, you will be able to select what that guest should had and " +"process the payment, repeating the process for each guest." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:3 +msgid "Integrate a tip option into payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:5 +msgid "" +"As it is customary to tip in many countries all over the world, it is " +"important to have the option in your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:9 +msgid "Configure Tipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To activate the *Tips* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Tips*. Select it and " +"create a *Tip Product* such as *Tips* in this case." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:21 +msgid "Add Tips to the bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:23 +msgid "Once on the payment interface, you now have a new *Tip* button" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:28 +msgid "Add the tip your customer wants to leave and process to the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop.rst:3 +msgid "Shop Features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:3 +msgid "Using barcodes in PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Using a barcode scanner to process point of sale orders improves your " +"efficiency and helps you to save time for you and your customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To use a barcode scanner, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Under the IoT Box / Hardware category, you will find *Barcode Scanner* " +"select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:21 +msgid "Add barcodes to product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Products` and select a " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Under the general information tab, you can find a barcode field where you " +"can input any barcode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:33 +msgid "Scanning products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:35 +msgid "" +"From your PoS interface, scan any barcode with your barcode scanner. The " +"product will be added, you can scan the same product to add it multiple " +"times or change the quantity manually on the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:3 +msgid "Set-up Cash Control in Point of Sale" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Cash control allows you to check the amount of the cashbox at the opening " +"and closing. You can thus make sure no error has been made and that no cash " +"is missing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:10 +msgid "Activate Cash Control" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To activate the *Cash Control* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales" +" --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:16 +msgid "Under the payments category, you will find the cash control setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:21 +msgid "" +"In this example, you can see I want to have 275$ in various denomination at " +"the opening and closing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:24 +msgid "" +"When clicking on **Opening/Closing Values** you will be able to create those" +" values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:31 +msgid "Start a session" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:33 +msgid "" +"You now have a new button added when you open a session, *Set opening " +"Balance*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:42 +msgid "" +"By default it will use the values you added before, but you can always " +"modify it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:46 +msgid "Close a session" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:48 +msgid "" +"When you want to close your session, you now have a *Set Closing Balance* " +"button as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:51 +msgid "" +"You can then see the theoretical balance, the real closing balance (what you" +" have just counted) and the difference between the two." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:57 +msgid "" +"If you use the *Take Money Out* option to take out your transactions for " +"this session, you now have a zero-sum difference and the same closing " +"balance as your opening balance. You cashbox is ready for the next session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:3 +msgid "Cash Rounding" +msgstr "Kontantafrunding" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Cash rounding** is required when the lowest physical denomination of " +"currency, or the smallest coin, is higher than the minimum unit of account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:9 +msgid "" +"For example, some countries require their companies to round up or down the " +"total amount of an invoice to the nearest five cents, when the payment is " +"made in cash." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Each point of sale in Odoo can be configured to apply cash rounding to the " +"totals of its bills or receipts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings` and " +"enable *Cash Rounding*, then click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, " +"open the point of sale you want to configure, and enable the *Cash Rounding*" +" option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:29 +msgid "" +"To define the **Rounding Method**, open the drop-down list and click on " +"*Create and Edit...*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Define here your *Rounding Precision*, *Profit Account*, and *Loss Account*," +" then save both the Rounding Method and your Point of Sale settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:39 +msgid "" +"All total amounts of this point of sale now add a line to apply the rounding" +" according to your settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Odoo Point of Sale only support the *Add a rounding line* rounding " +"strategies and *Half-up* rounding methods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:3 +msgid "Invoice from the PoS interface" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Some of your customers might request an invoice when buying from your Point " +"of Sale, you can easily manage it directly from the PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:9 +msgid "Activate invoicing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and" +" select your Point of Sale:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Under the *Bills & Receipts* you will see the invoicing option, tick it. " +"Don't forget to choose in which journal the invoices should be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:25 +msgid "Select a customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:27 +msgid "From your session interface, use the customer button" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:32 +msgid "" +"You can then either select an existing customer and set it as your customer " +"or create a new one by using this button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:38 +msgid "" +"You will be invited to fill out the customer form with its information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:41 +msgid "Invoice your customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:43 +msgid "" +"From the payment screen, you now have an invoice option, use the button to " +"select it and validate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:49 +msgid "You can then print the invoice and move on to your next order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:52 +msgid "Retrieve invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Once out of the PoS interface (:menuselection:`Close --> Confirm` on the top" +" right corner) you will find all your orders in :menuselection:`Point of " +"Sale --> Orders --> Orders` and under the status tab you will see which ones" +" have been invoiced. When clicking on a order you can then access the " +"invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:3 +msgid "Log in with employee" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With Odoo *Point of Sale*, you can manage multiple cashiers. This feature " +"allows you to keep track of who is working, when and how much each cashier " +"made for that session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:9 +msgid "" +"There are three ways to switch cashiers in Odoo: by *selecting the cashier*," +" by *entering a PIN code* or by *scanning a barcode*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To manage multiple cashiers, you need several employees (at least two)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:16 +msgid "Set up log in with employees" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To enable the feature, go to your *PoS settings* and check log in with " +"employees on your *PoS form*. Then, add the employees that have access to " +"the cash register." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:25 +msgid "Now, you can switch cashier easily." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:28 +msgid "Switch without pin codes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The easiest way to switch cashiers is without a code. To do so, click on the" +" cashier name in your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:36 +msgid "Now, you just have to click on your name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:42 +msgid "Switch cashier with pin codes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:44 +msgid "" +"You can set a pin code on each cashier. To set up a pin code, go to the " +"employee form and add a security PIN, in the *HR settings tab*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:50 +msgid "Now, when switching cashier, a PIN password will be asked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:56 +msgid "Switch cashier with barcodes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:58 +msgid "" +"You can ask your employees to log themselves with their badges. To do so, " +"set up a barcode at the same place you add the PIN code. Print the badge and" +" when they will scan it, the cashier will be switched to that employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:67 +msgid "Find who was the cashier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Once you have closed your *PoS session*, you can have an overview of the " +"amount each cashier sold for. To do so, go to the orders menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:75 +msgid "Now, you can open the order and have a summary of the sold products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:3 +msgid "Reprint Receipts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Use the *Reprint receipt* feature if you have the need to reprint a ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To activate *Reprint Receipt*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of sale`. and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Reprint Receipt* option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:17 +msgid "" +"In order to allow the option reprint receipt, you need to activate the " +"receipt printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:23 +msgid "Reprint a receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:25 +msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Reprint receipt* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:30 +msgid "When you use it, you can then reprint your last receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced.rst:3 msgid "Advanced Topics" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:3 msgid "How to give portal access rights to my customers?" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:6 msgid "What is Portal access/Who is a portal user?" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:8 msgid "" "A portal access is given to a user who has the necessity to have access to " "Odoo instance, to view certain documents or information in the system." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:12 msgid "For Example, a long term client who needs to view online quotations." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:14 msgid "" "A portal user has only read/view access. He or she will not be able to edit " "any document in the system." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:18 msgid "How to give portal access to customers?" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:21 msgid "From Contacts Module" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:23 msgid "" "From the main menu, select **Contacts** menu. If the contact is not yet " "created in the system, click on the create button to create new contact. " "Enter details of the contact and click \"save\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:33 msgid "" "Choose a contact, click on the **Action** menu in the top-center of the " "interface and from the drop down." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:36 msgid "Select **Portal Access Management**. A pop up window appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:41 msgid "" "Enter the login **email ID**, check the box under **In Portal** and add the " "content to be included in the email in the text field box below. Click on " "**Apply** when you're done." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:47 msgid "" "An email will be sent to the specified email address, indicating that the " "contact is now a portal user of the respective instance." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector.rst:3 msgid "Amazon Connector" msgstr "Amazon forbinder" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:3 msgid "Amazon Connector Features" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:5 msgid "" "The **Amazon Connector** synchronizes the orders between Amazon and your " "Odoo database, which reduces considerably the amount of time spent on your " "Amazon Seller Central dashboard, making your daily routine a lot easier." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:10 msgid "Supported Features" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:12 msgid "The connector is able to:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:14 msgid "" "Synchronize (Amazon to Odoo) all confirmed orders (both FBA and FBM) and " "their order items which include:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:17 msgid "the product’s name, description and quantity" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:18 msgid "the shipping costs for the product" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:19 msgid "the gift wrapping charges" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:21 msgid "" "Create on Odoo any missing partner related to an order (contact types " "supported: contact and delivery)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:23 msgid "" "Notify Amazon of a shipping confirmed on Odoo (FBM) in order to get paid." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:25 msgid "Support multiple seller accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:26 msgid "Support multiple marketplaces per seller account." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:29 msgid "Fulfilled By Amazon (FBA)" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:29 msgid "Fulfilled By Merchant (FBM)" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:31 msgid "**Orders**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:31 msgid "Synchronize shipped and canceled orders" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:31 msgid "Synchronize unshipped and canceled orders" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 msgid "**Shipping**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 msgid "Charges" msgstr "Gebyrer" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:35 msgid "Delivery created" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 msgid "**Gift Wrapping**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:43 msgid "Handled by Amazon" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 msgid "Gift wrapping charges" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:38 msgid "Gift message" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 msgid "**Stock Management**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 msgid "One stock move created per sales order item" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 msgid "Handled by the delivery" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:43 msgid "**Confirmation**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:43 msgid "Notify Amazon when confirming delivery" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:48 msgid "" "The connector is designed to synchronize orders' data as detailed above. " "Other actions, such as downloading monthly fees reports, handling disputes, " "or issuing refunds must be managed from Amazon Seller Central, as usual." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:55 msgid "Supported Marketplaces" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:57 msgid "" "The Amazon Connector currently supports 9 marketplaces. If a marketplace is " "not listed below, it may be possible for you to :ref:`add it as an " "unsupported marketplace <amazon/add-unsupported-marketplace>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:62 msgid "**North America region**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:64 msgid "Canada" msgstr "Canada" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:64 msgid "Amazon.ca" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:66 msgid "Mexico" msgstr "Mexico" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:66 msgid "Amazon.com.mx" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:68 msgid "US" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:68 msgid "Amazon.com" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:72 msgid "**Europe region**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:74 msgid "Germany" msgstr "Tyskland" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:74 msgid "Amazon.de" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:76 msgid "Spain" msgstr "Spanien" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:76 msgid "Amazon.es" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:78 msgid "France" msgstr "Frankrig" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:78 msgid "Amazon.fr" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:80 msgid "UK" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:80 msgid "Amazon.co.uk" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:82 msgid "Italy" msgstr "Italien" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:82 msgid "Amazon.it" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:84 msgid "Netherlands" msgstr "Holland" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:84 msgid "Amazon.nl" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:88 -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:98 msgid ":doc:`setup`" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:89 -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:162 msgid ":doc:`manage`" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:3 msgid "Manage Amazon orders in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:6 msgid "Synchronization of orders" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:8 msgid "" "Orders are automatically fetched from Amazon and synchronized in Odoo at " "regular intervals. The synchronization is based on the Amazon status: only " @@ -354,35 +3113,35 @@ msgid "" " are not yet registered." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:15 msgid "" "When an order is canceled in Amazon and was already synchronized in Odoo, " "the corresponding sales order is automatically canceled in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:19 msgid "" "To force the synchronization of an order whose status has not changed since " "the last synchronization, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " -"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, navigate to your Amazon account " -"and modify the date under :menuselection:`Orders Follow-up --> Last Order " +"</applications/general/developer_mode>`, navigate to your Amazon account and" +" modify the date under :menuselection:`Orders Follow-up --> Last Order " "Sync`. Pick a date anterior to the last status change of the order that you " "wish to synchronize and save." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:26 msgid "" "To synchronize immediately the orders of your Amazon account switch to " -":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, head to your " +":doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>`, head to your " "Amazon account and click on **SYNC ORDERS**. The same can be done with " "pickings by clicking on **SYNC PICKINGS**." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:31 msgid "Manage deliveries in FBM" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:33 msgid "" "When a **FBM** (Fulfilled by Merchant) order is synchronized in Odoo, a " "picking is created along with the sales order and the customer. You can " @@ -390,18 +3149,18 @@ msgid "" "products partially by using backorders." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:37 msgid "" "When a picking related to the order is confirmed, a notification is sent to " "Amazon who will, in turn, notify the customer that the order (or a part of " "it) is on its way." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:41 msgid "Follow deliveries in FBA" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:43 msgid "" "When a **FBA** (Fulfilled by Amazon) order is synchronized in Odoo, a stock " "move is recorded for each sales order item so that it is saved in your " @@ -412,14 +3171,14 @@ msgid "" "under the FBA program." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:50 msgid "" "To follow your Amazon (FBA) stock in Odoo, you can make an inventory " "adjustment after replenishing it. You can also trigger an automated " "replenishment from reordering rules on the Amazon location." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:55 msgid "" "The Amazon location is configurable by Amazon account managed in Odoo. All " "accounts of the same company use the same location by default. It is however" @@ -431,24 +3190,24 @@ msgid "" " your account." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:63 msgid "Issue invoices and register payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:65 msgid "" "You can issue invoices for Amazon orders in Odoo. Click **Create Invoice** " "in the sales order to do so. You can also do it in batch from the list view " "of orders. Then, confirm and send the invoices to your customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:70 msgid "" "To display only Amazon-related orders on the list view, you can filter " "orders based on the sales team." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:73 msgid "" "As the customer has paid Amazon as an intermediary, you should register " "invoice payments in a payment journal dedicated to Amazon (e.g. Amazon " @@ -459,11 +3218,11 @@ msgid "" "account by the amount received." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:80 msgid "Follow your Amazon sales in sales reporting" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:82 msgid "" "As a sales team is set on your account under the tab **Order Follow-up**, " "this helps you give quick glances at the figures in just a few clicks in " @@ -471,13 +3230,13 @@ msgid "" " of your company's accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:86 msgid "" "If you wish, you can change the sales team on your account for another to " "perform a separate reporting for the sales of this account." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:90 msgid "" "It is also possible to perform reporting on a per-marketplace basis in a " "similar fashion. First, remove the marketplace you wish to track separately " @@ -487,20 +3246,20 @@ msgid "" "two registrations of your account." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:97 -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:161 msgid ":doc:`features`" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:3 msgid "Configure Amazon Connector in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:6 msgid "Generate an Authorization Token in Seller Central" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:10 msgid "" "The Amazon Connector uses an Authorization Token that allows Odoo to fetch " "data from your Amazon Seller Central account. This token can be obtained " @@ -508,7 +3267,7 @@ msgid "" "your Odoo database configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:14 msgid "" "Connect to your Seller Central account for the marketplace you initially " "signed up (e.g. if you created your account on Amazon Germany, go to `Amazon" @@ -516,53 +3275,53 @@ msgid "" "administrator account." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:19 msgid "" "You might need to use the *main* (or first) administrator account and not " "one added subsequently." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:22 msgid "" "In the main menu, select :menuselection:`Apps & Services --> Manage Your " "Apps`; in the page that displays, click on the ``Authorize new developper`` " "button:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:28 msgid "Fill in the form depending on your Marketplace:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:33 msgid "" "If your seller account is registered in the **North America** region, use " "these values:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:35 -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:40 msgid "Developer's Name: ``Odoo S.A.``" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:36 msgid "Developer ID: ``586127723692``" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:38 msgid "For the **Europe** region, use these values:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:41 msgid "Developer ID: ``579095187166``" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:43 msgid "" "Amazon will then inform you that by submitting the form, you are giving " "access to your Seller Central Information to Odoo S.A." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:47 msgid "" "Odoo S.A. is unable to access your Amazon account's information without the " "Authorization Token which is stored in your Odoo database - we do not store " @@ -570,18 +3329,18 @@ msgid "" "your account's information outside of the Amazon Connector normal flows." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:53 msgid "Register your Amazon account in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:57 msgid "" "To register your seller account in Odoo, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales " "--> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Amazon " "Accounts` and click on **CREATE**." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:60 msgid "" "The **Seller ID** can be found in Seller Central under the link **Your " "Merchant Token** on the **Seller Account Information** page. The " @@ -589,14 +3348,14 @@ msgid "" "<amazon/generate_auth_token>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:64 msgid "" "Upon saving, your credentials are checked. In case of issues, an error will " "be displayed - the information cannot be saved until your credentials are " "recognized by Amazon." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:67 msgid "" "Once the account is registered, the marketplaces available to this account " "are synchronized and listed under the **Marketplaces** tab. If you wish, you" @@ -604,11 +3363,11 @@ msgid "" " their synchronization." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:72 msgid "Match database products in Amazon" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:74 msgid "" "When an Amazon order is synchronized, up to three sales order items are " "created in Odoo for each product sold on Amazon: one for the marketplace " @@ -616,7 +3375,7 @@ msgid "" " charges (if any)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:80 msgid "" "The selection of a database product for a sales order item is done by " "matching its **internal reference** with the **SKU** for marketplace items, " @@ -624,7 +3383,7 @@ msgid "" "for gift wrapping charges." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:84 msgid "" "For marketplace products, pairings are saved as **Amazon Offers** which are " "listed under the **Offers** stat button on the account form. Offers are " @@ -633,7 +3392,7 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`the internal reference is used instead <amazon/matching>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:90 msgid "" "It is possible to force the pairing of a marketplace item with a specific " "product by changing either the product or the SKU of an offer. The offer can" @@ -642,7 +3401,7 @@ msgid "" " under different conditions." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:95 msgid "" "If no database product with a matching internal reference is found for a " "given SKU or gift wrapping code, a default database product **Amazon Sale** " @@ -650,19 +3409,19 @@ msgid "" "the shipping code." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:100 msgid "" "To modify the default products, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " -"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>` and navigate to " +"</applications/general/developer_mode>` and navigate to " ":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> " "Amazon Sync --> Default Products`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:106 msgid "Configure taxes of products" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:108 msgid "" "To allow for tax reporting of Amazon sales with Odoo, the taxes applied to " "the sales order items are those set on the product or determined by the " @@ -671,7 +3430,7 @@ msgid "" " subtotals between Seller Central and Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:114 msgid "" "As Amazon does not necessarily apply the same taxes as those configured in " "Odoo, it may happen that order totals differ by a few cents from that on " @@ -679,11 +3438,11 @@ msgid "" "reconciling the payments in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:121 msgid "Add an unsupported marketplace" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:123 msgid "" "Some Amazon Marketplaces, such as Amazon Brazil, are not officially " "supported by Odoo but might be compatible with your seller account. These " @@ -692,7 +3451,7 @@ msgid "" "natively supported marketplaces." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:129 msgid "" "To find out if a marketplace is eventually compatible, check the `Amazon " "Documentation " @@ -701,19 +3460,19 @@ msgid "" "account." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:133 msgid "" "To add a new marketplace, you must first enable :doc:`Developer mode " -"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." +"</applications/general/developer_mode>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:136 msgid "" "Once that is done, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " "Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Amazon Marketplaces`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:139 msgid "" "From there, you can create a new marketplace record. You will need the " "Marketplace ID and Endpoint for your marketplace as described in the `Amazon" @@ -721,7 +3480,7 @@ msgid "" "<https://docs.developer.amazonservices.com/en_US/dev_guide/DG_Endpoints.html>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:143 msgid "" "Set the name of the record to ``Amazon.<domain>`` to easily retrieve it (for" " instance: ``Amazon.se``). The **Code**, **Domain** and **API Identifier** " @@ -729,7 +3488,7 @@ msgid "" "and *MarketplaceId* values from the Amazon Documentation." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:147 msgid "" "Once the marketplace is saved, you should then update the Amazon Account " "configuration by going to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " @@ -742,38 +3501,38 @@ msgid "" " it is either incompatible or unavailable for your seller account." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:156 msgid "" "As manually added marketplaces are not officially supported by Odoo, there " "is no guarantee that adding one as described above will work, nor can this " "be considered as a bug when contacting Odoo Support." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector.rst:3 msgid "eBay Connector" msgstr "eBar forbinder" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:3 msgid "How to list a product?" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:6 msgid "Listing without variation" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:8 msgid "" "In order to list a product, you need to check the **use eBay** field on a " "product form. The eBay tab will be available." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:14 msgid "" "When the **Use Stock Quantity** field is checked, the quantity sets on eBay " "will be the Odoo **Forecast Quantity**." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:17 msgid "" "The **Description Template** allows you to use templates for your listings. " "The default template only use the **eBay Description** field of the product." @@ -781,17 +3540,17 @@ msgid "" "Description**." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:21 msgid "" "To use pictures in your listing, you need to add them as **Attachments** on " "the product template." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:24 msgid "Listing with variations" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:26 msgid "" "When the **use eBay** on a product with variations is checked and with " "**Fixed Price** as **Listing Type**, the eBay form is sligthly different. In" @@ -799,21 +3558,21 @@ msgid "" "well as set the price and the quantity for each variant." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:35 msgid "Listing with item specifics" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:37 msgid "" "In order to add item specifics, you should create a product attribute with " "one value in the **Variants** tab on the product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:44 msgid "Product Identifiers" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:46 msgid "" "Products identifiers such as EAN, UPC, Brand or MPN are required in most of " "the eBay category. The module manages the EAN and UPC identifiers with the " @@ -825,15 +3584,15 @@ msgid "" "listing." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:3 msgid "How to configure eBay in Odoo?" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:6 msgid "Create eBay tokens" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:8 msgid "" "In order to create your tokens, you need to create a developer account on " "the `developer portal <https://go.developer.ebay.com/>`_. Once you are " @@ -841,7 +3600,7 @@ msgid "" "clicking on the adequate buttons." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:16 msgid "" "After the creation of the keys, you can get the user token. To do so, click " "on the **Get a User Token** link in the bottom of the page. Go through the " @@ -849,101 +3608,101 @@ msgid "" "needed to configure the module in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:22 msgid "Set up tokens in Odoo?" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:24 msgid "" "To set up the eBay integration, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " "Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:29 msgid "" "First choose if you want to use the production or the sandbox eBay Site. " "Then fill in the fields **Developer Key**, **Token**, **App Key**, **Cert " "Key**. Apply the changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:33 msgid "" "Once the page is reloaded, you need to synchronize information from eBay. " "Push on **Sync countries and currencies**, then you can fill in all the " "other fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:36 msgid "" "When all the fields are filled in, you can synchronize the categories and " "the policies by clicking on the adequate buttons." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:40 msgid "Using the updated synchronisation method" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:42 msgid "" "If you have a lot of products, the eBay API can sometimes refuse some " "synchronization calls due to a time-based limit on the number of requests " "that eBay enforces." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:45 msgid "" "To fix this issue, a new implementation mechanism has been developped; " "however this updated mechanism is disabled by default to avoid having the 2 " "systems running in parallel in existing installations." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:49 msgid "To switch to the new synchronization mechanism:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:51 msgid "" -"Enable the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." +"Enable the :doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:52 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Scheduled Actions`" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:53 msgid "" "Archive the old synchronization actions (both are named *Ebay: update " "product status*)" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:54 msgid "" "Activate the new synchronization actions (*Ebay: get new orders* which runs " "every 15min by default and *Ebay: synchronise stock (for 'get new orders' " "synchronisation)* which runs once a day per default)" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:55 msgid "" "Ensure that the **Next Execution Date** for both these actions are in the " "near future" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:57 msgid "" "Starting with the next execution date, the new method will be used instead " "of the old one." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing.rst:3 msgid "Invoicing Method" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:3 msgid "Request a down payment" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:5 msgid "" "A down payment is a partial payment made by the buyer when a sales contract " "is concluded. This implies both parties' full commitment (seller and buyer) " @@ -952,17 +3711,17 @@ msgid "" "obliged to provide the goods by accepting it." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:10 msgid "" "Sometimes a down payment is required for expensive orders or projects. That " "way, you can protect yourself and make sure that your customer is reliable." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:14 msgid "First time you request a down payment" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:16 msgid "" "When a sales order is confirmed, you then have the possibility to create an " "invoice. Invoices are automatically created in drafts so that you can review" @@ -970,19 +3729,19 @@ msgid "" "options:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:20 msgid "Regular invoice" msgstr "Almindelig faktura" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:21 msgid "Down payment (percentage)" msgstr "Aconto (procent)" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:22 msgid "Down payment (fixed amount)" msgstr "Aconto (fast beløb)" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:24 msgid "" "In terms of down payment, it can either be a fixed amount or a percentage of" " the total amount. The first time you request a down payment, you can set a " @@ -990,7 +3749,7 @@ msgid "" "account and taxes. These settings will be reused for future down payments." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:34 msgid "" "When you request your first down payment, a new product called **Down " "payment** will be created. This product will be registered as a **service** " @@ -1000,11 +3759,11 @@ msgid "" " to create an invoice**." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:41 msgid "Basic sales flow using down payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:43 msgid "" "For this first example, we will use a 50% amount down payment with a product" " using **ordered quantities** as invoicing policy. Make sure to check out " @@ -1014,7 +3773,7 @@ msgid "" "down payment (as you can see below)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:53 msgid "" "There, you can post the invoice and register the payment of your customer. " "But, we all know that in real life this flow does not happen immediately. " @@ -1025,7 +3784,7 @@ msgid "" " and draft invoice)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:63 msgid "" "To complete the flow, when the customer wants to pay the rest of his sales " "order, you must create another invoice. Once again, you will have the choice" @@ -1033,13 +3792,13 @@ msgid "" "paying the rest of the invoice as a regular invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:71 msgid "" "This flow is also possible with a down payment taking into account a fixed " "amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:74 msgid "" "Be careful that if you do a down payment with a product using **delivered " "quantities** as invoicing policy, you won’t be able to deduct all the down " @@ -1051,15 +3810,15 @@ msgid "" "delivered quantity manually on the sales order." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:82 msgid "Modify the income account and customer taxes" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:84 msgid "From the products list, search for the **Down Payment** product." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:90 msgid "" "You can edit it and under the **General Information Tab** you will be able " "to change the customer taxes. Now, to change the income account, you will " @@ -1067,15 +3826,15 @@ msgid "" "**Accounting Tab** on the product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:99 msgid ":doc:`invoicing_policy`" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:3 msgid "Re-invoice expenses to customers" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:5 msgid "" "It often happens that your employees have to spend their personal money " "while working on a project for your client. Let's take the example of an " @@ -1083,96 +3842,96 @@ msgid "" " you would like to be able to invoice that expense to your client." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:12 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:64 msgid "Expenses configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:14 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:66 msgid "" "To track & invoice expenses, you will need the expenses app. Go to " ":menuselection:`Apps --> Expenses` to install it." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:17 msgid "" "You should also activate the analytic accounts feature to link expenses to " "the sales order, to do so, go to :menuselection:`Invoicing --> Configuration" " --> Settings` and activate *Analytic Accounting*." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:22 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:74 msgid "Add expenses to your sales order" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:24 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:76 msgid "" "From the expense app, you or your consultant can create a new one, e.g. the " "hotel for the first week on the site of your customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:27 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:79 msgid "" "You can then enter a relevant description and select an existing product or " "create a new one from right there." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:33 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:85 msgid "Here, we are creating a *Hotel* product:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:38 msgid "" "Under the invoicing tab, select *Delivered quantities* and either *At cost* " "or *Sales price* as well depending if you want to invoice the cost of your " "expense or a previously agreed on sales price." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:45 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:97 msgid "" "To modify or create more products go to :menuselection:`Expenses --> " "Configuration --> Expense products`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:48 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:100 msgid "" "Back on the expense, add the original sale order in the expense to submit." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:54 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:106 msgid "It can then be submitted to the manager, approved and finally posted." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:65 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:117 msgid "It will then be in the sales order and ready to be invoiced." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:3 msgid "Invoice based on delivered or ordered quantities" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:5 msgid "" "Different business policies might require different options for invoicing:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:7 msgid "" "The **Invoice what is ordered** rule is used as **default mode** in Odoo " "Sales, which means that customers will be invoiced once the sales order is " "confirmed." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:10 msgid "" "The **Invoice what is delivered** rule will invoice customers once the " "delivery is done. This rule concerns businesses that sell materials, liquids" @@ -1181,58 +3940,58 @@ msgid "" " delivered." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:15 msgid "" "Being able to have different invoicing options allow you more flexibility. " "Indeed, you need to know exactly how to invoice your customers for different" " situations." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:19 msgid "Activate these features" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:21 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and under " "**Invoicing policy** choose the rule you want to apply." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:30 msgid "" "If you decide to choose the **Invoice what is delivered** rule, you will not" " be able to activate the feature called **Automatic invoice**, which " "automatically generates invoices when the online payment is confirmed." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:35 msgid "Choose an invoicing policy on a product form" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:37 msgid "" "From any product page, under the **Sales tab**, you will find the invoicing " "policy, which can be manually changed." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:46 msgid "Impact on sales flow" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:48 msgid "" "On Odoo Sales, the basic sales flow will be to create a quotation, send it " "to your customer, wait for confirmation, confirm the sales order and create " "an invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:51 msgid "" "**Invoice what is ordered**: No impact on this basic sales flow. Indeed, you" " can invoice as soon as the sale is confirmed." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:54 msgid "" "**Invoice what is delivered**: Small impact on sales flow because you will " "have to manually enter the delivered quantity on the sales order or to " @@ -1242,36 +4001,36 @@ msgid "" "error message as below." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:65 msgid "" "Once the quotation is confirmed and that the status went from **Quotation " "sent** to **Sales order**, you are able to see your delivered and invoiced " "quantities directly from your sales order (it is true for both rules)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:74 msgid "" "Odoo will automatically add the quantities to the invoice (even if it is a " "partial delivery)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:76 msgid "" "Finally, to create an invoice, you will have different possibilities: " "regular invoice or down payment (percentage or fixed amount)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:80 msgid "" "Be sure to check out our documentation about down payment here: " ":doc:`down_payment`, to master this incredible feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:3 msgid "Invoice project milestones" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:5 msgid "" "Milestone invoicing can be used for expensive or large-scale projects, with " "each milestone representing a clear sequence of work that will incrementally" @@ -1281,41 +4040,42 @@ msgid "" "project's progress and pay in several installments." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:13 msgid "Create milestone products" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:15 msgid "" "In Odoo, each milestone of your project is considered as a product. To " "configure products to work this way, go to any product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:18 msgid "" "You have to set the product type as *Service* under general information and " "select *Milestones* in the sales tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:25 msgid "Invoice milestones" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:27 msgid "" "From the sales order, you can manually edit the quantity delivered as you " "complete a milestone." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:33 msgid "You can then invoice that first milestone." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:3 ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:22 msgid "Send a pro-forma invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:5 msgid "" "A pro-forma invoice is an abridged or estimated invoice in advance of a " "delivery of goods. It notes the kind and quantity of goods, their value, and" @@ -1325,228 +4085,228 @@ msgid "" " not being a demand or request for payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:13 -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:10 msgid "Activate the feature" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:15 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the" " *Pro-Forma Invoice* feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:24 msgid "" "From any quotation or sales order, you know have an option to send a pro-" "forma invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:30 msgid "" "When you click on send, Odoo will send an email with the pro-forma invoice " "in attachment." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:3 msgid "Sell subscriptions" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:5 msgid "" "Selling subscription products will give you predictable revenue, making " "planning ahead much easier." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:9 msgid "Make a subscription from a sales order" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:11 msgid "" "From the sales app, create a quotation to the desired customer, and select " "the subscription product your previously created from the Subscriptions App." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:14 msgid "" "When you confirm the sale the subscription will be created automatically. " "You will see a direct link from the sales order to the Subscription in the " "upper right corner." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:3 msgid "Invoice based on time and materials" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:5 msgid "" "Time and Materials is generally used in projects in which it is not possible" " to accurately estimate the size of the project, or when it is expected that" " the project requirements would most likely change." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:9 msgid "" "This is opposed to a fixed-price contract in which the owner agrees to pay " "the contractor a lump sum for the fulfillment of the contract no matter what" " the contractors pay their employees, sub-contractors, and suppliers." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:14 msgid "" "For this documentation I will use the example of a consultant, you will need" " to invoice their time, their various expenses (transport, lodging, ...) and" " purchases." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:19 msgid "Invoice time configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:21 msgid "" "To keep track of progress in the project, you will need the *Project* app. " "Go to :menuselection:`Apps --> Project` to install it." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:24 msgid "" "In *Project* you will use timesheets, to do so go to :menuselection:`Project" " --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Timesheets* feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:32 msgid "Invoice your time spent" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:34 msgid "" "From a product page set as a service, you will find two options under the " "invoicing tab, select both *Timesheets on tasks* and *Create a task in a new" " project*." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:41 msgid "You could also add the task to an existing project." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:43 msgid "" "Once confirming a sales order, you will now see two new buttons, one for the" " project overview and one for the current task." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:49 msgid "" "You will directly be in the task if you click on it, you can also access it " "from the *Project* app." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:52 msgid "" "Under timesheets, you can assign who works on it. You can or they can add " "how many hours they worked on the project so far." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:58 msgid "From the sales order, you can then invoice those hours." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:69 msgid "" "You should also activate the analytic accounts feature to link expenses to " "the sales order, to do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Settings` and activate *Analytic Accounting*." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:90 msgid "" "under the invoicing tab, select *Delivered quantities* and either *At cost* " "or *Sales price* as well depending if you want to invoice the cost of your " "expense or a previously agreed on sales price." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:120 msgid "Invoice purchases" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:122 msgid "" "The last thing you might need to add to the sale order is purchases made for" " it." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:125 msgid "" "You will need the *Purchase Analytics* feature, to activate it, go to " ":menuselection:`Invoicing --> Configuration --> Settings` and select " "*Purchase Analytics*." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:129 msgid "" "While making the purchase order don't forget to add the right analytic " "account." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:135 msgid "" "Once the PO is confirmed and received, you can create the vendor bill, this " "will automatically add it to the SO where you can invoice it." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices.rst:3 msgid "Products & Prices" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices.rst:3 msgid "Manage your pricing" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:3 msgid "How to sell in foreign currencies" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:5 msgid "Pricelists can also be used to manage prices in foreign currencies." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:7 msgid "" "Check *Allow multi currencies* in :menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> " "Settings`. As admin, you need *Adviser* access rights on " "Invoicing/Accounting apps." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:10 msgid "" "Create one pricelist per currency. A new *Currency* field shows up in " "pricelist setup form." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:13 msgid "" "To activate a new currency, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Currencies`, select it in the list and press *Activate* in" " the top-right corner. Now it will show up in currencies drop-down lists." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:17 msgid "Prices in foreign currencies can be defined in two fashions." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:20 msgid "Automatic conversion from public price" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:22 msgid "" "The public price is in your company's main currency (see " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings`) and is set in product detail form." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:28 msgid "" "The conversion rates can be found in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Currencies`. They can be updated from Yahoo or the " @@ -1554,25 +4314,25 @@ msgid "" " :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:40 msgid "Set your own prices" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:42 msgid "" "This is advised if you don't want your pricing to change along with currency" " rates." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:49 msgid ":doc:`pricing`" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:3 msgid "How to adapt your prices to your customers and apply discounts" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo has a powerful pricelist feature to support a pricing strategy tailored" " to your business. A pricelist is a list of prices or price rules that Odoo " @@ -1581,87 +4341,87 @@ msgid "" "quantity and get a price break), etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:9 msgid "" "As pricelists only suggest prices, they can be overridden by vendors " "completing sales orders. Choose your pricing strategy from " ":menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:18 msgid "" "*A single sale price per product :* doesn't let you adapt prices, it use " "default product price ;" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:19 msgid "" "*Different prices per customer segment :* you will set several prices per " "products ;" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:20 msgid "" "*Advanced pricing based on formula :* will let you apply discounts, margins " "and roundings." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:23 msgid "Several prices per product" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:25 msgid "" "To apply several prices per product, select *Different prices per customer " "segment* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`. Then open the *Sales* tab " "in the product detail form. You can settle following strategies." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:30 msgid "Prices per customer segment" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:32 msgid "" "Create pricelists for your customer segments: e.g. registered, premium, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:37 msgid "" "The default pricelist applied to any new customer is *Public Pricelist*. To " "segment your customers, open the customer detail form and change the *Sale " "Pricelist* in the *Sales & Purchases* tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:45 msgid "Temporary prices" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:47 msgid "Apply deals for bank holidays, etc. Enter start and end dates dates." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:53 msgid "" "Make sure you have default prices set in the pricelist outside of the deals " "period. Otherwise you might have issues once the period over." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:57 msgid "Prices per minimum quantity" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:63 msgid "" "The prices order does not matter. The system is smart and applies first " "prices that match the order date and/or the minimal quantities." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:67 msgid "Discounts, margins, roundings" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:69 msgid "" "*Advanced pricing based on formula* allows to set price change rules. " "Changes can be relative to the product list/catalog price, the product cost " @@ -1671,59 +4431,59 @@ msgid "" " or multiple of either (nearest 5 cents, nearest 10 dollars)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:76 msgid "" "Once installed go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Pricelists`" " (or :menuselection:`Website Admin --> Catalog --> Pricelists` if you use " "e-Commerce)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:84 msgid "" "Each pricelist item can be associated to either all products, to a product " "internal category (set of products) or to a specific product. Like in second" " option, you can set dates and minimum quantities." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:91 msgid "" "Once again the system is smart. If a rule is set for a particular item and " "another one for its category, Odoo will take the rule of the item." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:93 msgid "Make sure at least one pricelist item covers all your products." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:95 msgid "There are 3 modes of computation: fix price, discount & formula." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:100 msgid "Here are different price settings made possible thanks to formulas." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:103 msgid "Discounts with roundings" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:105 msgid "e.g. 20% discounts with prices rounded up to 9.99." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:111 msgid "Costs with markups (retail)" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:113 msgid "e.g. sale price = 2*cost (100% markup) with $5 of minimal margin." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:119 msgid "Prices per country" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:120 msgid "" "Pricelists can be set by countries group. Any new customer recorded in Odoo " "gets a default pricelist, i.e. the first one in the list matching the " @@ -1731,183 +4491,183 @@ msgid "" "pricelist without any country group." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:123 msgid "The default pricelist can be replaced when creating a sales order." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:125 msgid "You can change the pricelists sequence by drag & drop in list view." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:128 msgid "Compute and show discount % to customers" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:130 msgid "" "In case of discount, you can show the public price and the computed discount" " % on printed sales orders and in your eCommerce catalog. To do so:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:132 msgid "" "Check *Allow discounts on sales order lines* in :menuselection:`Sales --> " "Configuration --> Settings --> Quotations & Sales --> Discounts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:133 msgid "Apply the option in the pricelist setup form." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:140 msgid ":doc:`currencies`" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:141 -msgid ":doc:`../../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing`" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:141 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing`" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products.rst:3 msgid "Manage your products" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:3 -msgid "How to import products with categories and variants" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:3 +msgid "How to import Products with Categories and Variants" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:5 msgid "" -"Import templates are provided in the import tool of the most common data to " -"import (contacts, products, bank statements, etc.). You can open them with " -"any spreadsheets software (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, " +"Import templates are provided in the **Import Tool** of the most common data" +" to import (contacts, products, bank statements, etc.). You can open them " +"with any spreadsheet software (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, " "etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:11 msgid "How to customize the file" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:13 msgid "" -"Remove columns you don't need. We advise to not remove the *ID* one (see why" -" here below)." +"Remove columns you don't need. However, we advise you to not remove the *ID*" +" column (see why below)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:15 msgid "" "Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:16 msgid "" -"Don't change labels of columns you want to import. Otherwise Odoo won't " -"recognize them anymore and you will have to map them on your own in the " +"Don't change the labels of columns you want to import. Otherwise, Odoo won't" +" recognize them anymore, and you will have to map them on your own in the " "import screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:18 msgid "" -"To add new columns,Feel free to add new columns but the fields need to exist" -" in Odoo. If Odoo fails in matching the column name with a field, you can " -"make it manually when importing by browsing a list of available fields." +"Feel free to add new columns, but the fields need to exist in Odoo. If Odoo " +"fails in matching the column name with a field, you can match it manually " +"when importing by browsing a list of available fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:24 -msgid "Why an “ID” column" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:24 +msgid "Why an “ID” column?" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:26 msgid "" -"The ID is an unique identifier for the line item. Feel free to use the one " -"of your previous software to ease the transition to Odoo." +"The ID is a truly unique identifier for the line item. Feel free to use one" +" of your previous software to ease the transition into Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:29 msgid "" -"Setting an ID is not mandatory when importing but it helps in many cases:" +"Setting an ID is not mandatory when importing, but it helps in many cases:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:31 msgid "" "Update imports: you can import the same file several times without creating " -"duplicates;" +"duplicates." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:32 msgid "Import relation fields (see here below)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:35 msgid "How to import relation fields" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:37 msgid "" -"An Odoo object is always related to many other objects (e.g. a product is " +"An Odoo object is always related to many other objects (e.g., a product is " "linked to product categories, attributes, vendors, etc.). To import those " -"relations you need to import the records of the related object first from " +"relations, you need to import the records of the related object first from " "their own list menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:41 msgid "" -"You can do it using either the name of the related record or its ID. The ID " -"is expected when two records have the same name. In such a case add \" / " -"ID\" at the end of the column title (e.g. for product attributes: Product " +"You can do this using the name of the related record or its ID. The ID is " +"expected when two records have the same name. In such a case, add \" / ID\" " +"at the end of the column title (e.g., for product attributes: Product " "Attributes / Attribute / ID)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:3 msgid "Using product variants" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:5 msgid "" "Product variants are used to manage products having different variations, " "like size, color, etc. It allows managing the product at the template level " "(for all variations) and at the variant level (specific attributes)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:10 msgid "" "As an example, a company selling t-shirts may have the following product:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:13 msgid "B&C T-shirt" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:15 msgid "Sizes: S, M, L, XL, XXL" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:16 msgid "Colors: Blue, Red, White, Black" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:18 msgid "" "In this example, **B&C T-Shirt** is called the product template and **B&C " "T-Shirt, S, Blue** is a variant. Sizes and color are **attributes**." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:22 msgid "" "The above example has a total of 20 different products (5 sizes x 4 colors)." " Each one of these products has its own inventory, sales, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:26 msgid "Impact of variants" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:28 msgid "" "**Barcode**: the code and barcode is associated to a variant, not the " "template. Every variant may have its own barcode / SKU." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:31 msgid "" "**Price**: every product variant has its own public price that is computed " "based on the template price ($20) with an optional extra for every variant " @@ -1915,7 +4675,7 @@ msgid "" "the template or the variant." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:36 msgid "" "**Inventory**: the inventory is managed by product variant. You don't own " "t-shirts, you only own \"T-shirts, S, Red\", or \"T-Shirts, M, Blue\". For " @@ -1924,39 +4684,39 @@ msgid "" "variant)" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:42 msgid "" "**Picture**: the picture is related to the variant, every variation of a " "product may have its own primary picture." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:45 msgid "" "**Other fields**: most of the other fields belongs to the product template. " "If you update them, it updates automatically all the variants. (example: " "Income Account, Taxes)" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:50 msgid "Should you use variants?" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:53 msgid "When should you use variants?" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:55 msgid "Using variants has the following impacts:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:57 msgid "" "**eCommerce**: in your online shop, the customer will only see product " "templates in the catalog page. Once the visitor click on such a product, he " "will have options to choose amongst the variants (colors, sizes, …)" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:62 msgid "" "**Manufacturing**: Using variants allows to define only one bill of material" " for a product template and slight variations for some of the variants. " @@ -1965,7 +4725,7 @@ msgid "" "specific to the dimension S, and other lines specific to the color Red." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:69 msgid "" "**Pricing**: The default price of a product is computed using the price of " "the product template and add the optional extra price on each dimension of " @@ -1974,48 +4734,48 @@ msgid "" "pricelist rules to fix price per variants too." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:77 msgid "When should you avoid using variants?" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:79 msgid "" "Using variants may add a level of complexity on the way you use Odoo. You " "should consider using variants only if you need it to reduce the complexity " "of managing lots of products that are similars." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:83 msgid "" "As an example, importing your initial product catalog is more complex if you" " use variants. You can't just import a list of products, you must import " "product templates and all their related variations." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:87 msgid "" "In addition to that, you should also carefully select the dimensions that " "you manage as separate product templates and those as variants. As an " "example, a company having these products:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:91 msgid "Quality: T-Shirts, Polos, Shirts" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:93 -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:105 -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:110 msgid "Color: Red, Blue" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:95 -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:106 -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:111 msgid "Size: S, M, L, XL" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:97 msgid "" "In such a use case, you could create 1 template with three dimensions of " "variants (Layout, T-Shirts, Polos). But, it's recommended to create two " @@ -2024,25 +4784,19 @@ msgid "" "e-Commerce:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:103 msgid "Product Template: T-shirt" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:108 msgid "Product Template: Polos" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:114 -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:9 -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:16 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Konfiguration" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:117 msgid "Activate the variant feature" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:119 msgid "" "Before you can use product variants, you must first activate the product " "variants in the settings. To do so, you must go to the Sales app. In the " @@ -2051,22 +4805,22 @@ msgid "" "attributes**, then click on **Apply**." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:129 msgid "Creating products with variants" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:131 msgid "" "Once you have activated the variant option, you can add variants to your " "products. To do so, go to the Sales module, :menuselection:`Sales --> " "Products`. It is also accessible from the Purchase and inventory modules." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:135 msgid "Now, click on the product you wish to add variants to." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:137 msgid "" "In the product page, a new tab called Variants has appeared. The number in " "purple written on top is the number of variants this product currently has. " @@ -2074,98 +4828,94 @@ msgid "" "**Create**." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:142 msgid "" "In **Attributes**, click on the rolldown menu and select the type of " "variance you wish to add. If the variant does not yet exist, you can create " "it on the fly by clicking on Create and edit…" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:149 msgid "" "In the Attributes window, the **Value** field is the description of the " "attribute such as Green, Plastic or 32GB. The **Attribute** field is the " "type of variant such as Color, Material or Memory." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:156 msgid "" "You can add a cost for the variant on the fly by adding it in the " "**Attribute Price Extra** field, or choose to modify it later. Click on " "**Save**." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:160 msgid "" "You can also add a different barcode and internal reference to the variant." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:163 msgid "" "When you have entered all the specifications of the variant, click on " "**Save**." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:167 msgid "Managing Product Variants" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:170 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "Introduktion" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:172 msgid "" "The examples below are all based on this product template that has two " "variant attributes :" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:175 msgid "T-Shirt B&C" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:177 msgid "Color: Red, Blue, White" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:179 msgid "Size: S, M, L, XL, XXL" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:182 msgid "Managing combination possibilities" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:184 msgid "" "By default, with the above product template, you get 15 different products " "(3 colors, 5 sizes). If the XXL size only exists for red and blue t-shirts, " "you can deactivate the white product variant." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:188 msgid "" "To do this, click on the **Variants** button, select the XXL, White T-shirt." " From the product form, uncheck the **Active** box of the T-shirt White, " "XXL." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:197 msgid "" "That deactivating a product is different than having an inventory of 0." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:200 msgid "Setting a price per variant" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:202 msgid "" "You can add a cost over the main price for some of the variants of a " "product." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:205 msgid "" "Once you have activated the variant option, you can add variants to your " "products. To do so, go to the Sales module, open :menuselection:`Sales --> " @@ -2173,40 +4923,42 @@ msgid "" "**Variant Prices** button to access the list of variant values." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:213 msgid "" "Click on the variant name you wish to add a value to, to make the 3 fields " "editable. In the **Attribute Price Extra** field, add the cost of the " "variant that will be added to the original price." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:220 msgid "When you have entered all the extra values, click on **Save**." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:223 msgid "" "`Accounting Memento: Details of Journal Entries " -"<../../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.html#journal-entries>`_" +"</applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.html" +"#journal-entries>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:225 -msgid ":doc:`../../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill`" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:225 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill`" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/taxes.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/taxes.rst:3 msgid "Set taxes" msgstr "Opsæt moms" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations.rst:3 msgid "Send Quotations" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:3 msgid "Use quotations deadline to stimulate your customers" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:5 msgid "" "When sending quotations, it is important to set a deadline to encourage your" " customers to act. Indeed, this will stimulate them because they will be " @@ -2215,21 +4967,21 @@ msgid "" "profitable for you." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:11 msgid "Set a deadline" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:13 msgid "" "With Odoo Sales, it is possible to instantly add an **Expiration Date** from" " the quotation or the sales order." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:22 msgid "Use deadline in your quotation templates" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:24 msgid "" "It is also possible to add a deadline to every quotation template created. " "Whenever a specific quotation template is used in a quote, its associated " @@ -2237,26 +4989,26 @@ msgid "" "documentation about :doc:`quote_template` to excel in their use." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:34 msgid "" "By clicking on the **Customer Preview** button, you will be able to see when" " the offer expires. For your information, the number of days will be the " "same as those mentioned in the quotation template." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:44 -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:50 -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:51 -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:65 -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:115 msgid ":doc:`quote_template`" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:3 msgid "Deliver and invoice to different addresses" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:5 msgid "" "With Odoo Sales, you can configure different addresses for delivery and " "invoicing. For some customers, it will be very practical to define specific " @@ -2264,17 +5016,17 @@ msgid "" "delivery location as the invoicing location." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:12 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the" " **Customer Addresses** feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:21 msgid "Add addresses from a quotation" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:23 msgid "" "When you create a quotation, you must add a customer. This customer can be a" " company or a person with specific billing and shipping addresses already " @@ -2284,7 +5036,7 @@ msgid "" "able to add, delete and modify invoice and delivery addresses." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:35 msgid "" "If you select a customer with defined invoice and delivery addresses, Odoo " "will automatically use them to fill in the fields. Now, if you want to " @@ -2292,11 +5044,11 @@ msgid "" "the sales order." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:40 msgid "Add addresses from a contact form" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:42 msgid "" "Previously, we talked about the contact form that you can fill in directly " "from a quotation or a sales order to add billing and shipping addresses to " @@ -2306,11 +5058,11 @@ msgid "" " quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:54 msgid "Deal with different addresses" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:56 msgid "" "Like for the previous example, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> " "Customers` and create a new customer. There, you can add company information" @@ -2318,7 +5070,7 @@ msgid "" "the **Contacts & Addresses** tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:65 msgid "" "Once done, you can return to your Sales dashboard and create a new " "quotation. Now, if you enter your new customer, you will see that the other " @@ -2326,17 +5078,17 @@ msgid "" "billing and shipping addresses." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:74 msgid "" "With Odoo Sales, it is now very convenient to play with various addresses in" " terms of invoice and delivery features." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:3 msgid "Get paid to confirm an order" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:5 msgid "" "In general, online payments are considered as a fast and secure alternative " "to traditional payment methods. It is generally cheaper, easier and faster " @@ -2346,67 +5098,67 @@ msgid "" "it's very convenient and saves lots of time in a basic sales process." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:12 msgid "Enable online payment" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:14 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the" " **Online Payment** feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:22 msgid "" "There, you will have direct access to the **Payment Acquirers** page. It " "will allow you to select and configure your acquirers of choice. Before " "creating or modifying a payment acquirer, be sure to check out our " "documentation about how to be paid with payment acquirers such as " -":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal`, " -":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize`, and others in the " -":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers` documentation." +":doc:`/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal`, " +":doc:`/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize`, and others in the " +":doc:`/applications/general/payment_acquirers` documentation." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:30 msgid "" "If you are familiar with this documentation: :doc:`quote_template`; you can " "activate or not the **Online Payment** feature for each template you use, " "under their confirmation tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:35 msgid "Register a payment" msgstr "Registrer en betaling" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:37 msgid "" "After opening quotations from their received email, your customers will have" " different possibilities to make their online payments. For example:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:46 msgid "" "By clicking on the **Customer Preview** button, you will be able to see what" " your customers will have to choose when it comes to payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:51 -msgid ":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers`" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:51 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/payment_acquirers`" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:52 -msgid ":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal`" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:52 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal`" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:53 -msgid ":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize`" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:53 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize`" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:3 msgid "Get a signature to confirm an order" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:5 msgid "" "Online signatures are like electronic \"fingerprints\". By using them on " "Odoo, you will get automatic orders confirmation. You and your customers " @@ -2414,28 +5166,28 @@ msgid "" "process." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:10 msgid "Activate online signature" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:12 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the" " **Online Signature** feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:21 msgid "" "If you are familiar with this documentation: :doc:`quote_template`, you can " "activate or not the **Online Signature** feature for each quotation template" " you use, under their confirmation tab. Example:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:31 msgid "Confirm an order with a signature" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:33 msgid "" "When you send quotations to clients, they can instantly accept and sign it " "online. When they click on **Sign & Pay**, they have the choice to draw " @@ -2444,24 +5196,24 @@ msgid "" "of an automated signature:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:43 msgid "" "Once signed, you will have the possibility to choose your payment methods. " "Then, when the quotation will be paid and confirmed, a delivery order will " "be created automatically by Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:47 msgid "" "Be careful that delivery orders are only generated for storable products and" " if the **Inventory app** is already installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:3 msgid "Add optional products" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:5 msgid "" "The use of optional products is a marketing strategy for cross-selling " "products along with a core product. The aim is to offer useful and related " @@ -2470,24 +5222,24 @@ msgid "" "or not to order such high-quality products and simply buy his car." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:11 msgid "Add optional products to your quotations" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:13 msgid "" "With Odoo Sales, it is possible to add or modify optional products directly " "on quotations (under the **Optional Products** tab, as you can see below)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:22 msgid "" "By clicking on the **Customer Preview** button, you will be able to see what" " your customers will have as possibilities after opening a quotation from " "their received email." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:30 msgid "" "In practice, your customers will be able to add different optional products " "to their order by using associated carts, with a user-friendly layout. More " @@ -2496,85 +5248,86 @@ msgid "" "salesman." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:40 msgid "" "Like this, salespeople will see each movement made by the customer and " "tracking the order will be all the better." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:49 msgid "Add optional products to your quotation templates" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:51 msgid "" "Be sure to check out our documentation about :doc:`quote_template` to " "understand how you can enable, create, design and manage your own quotation " "templates before reading this part." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:54 msgid "" "For quotation templates, you also have an **Optional Products** tab where " "you can add related products or services." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:62 msgid "" "With Odoo Sales, it is now very easy to understand your customer's needs." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:3 msgid "Use quotation templates" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:5 msgid "" "By creating custom quotation templates, you will save a lot of time. Indeed," " with the use of templates, you will be able to send complete quotations at " "a fast pace." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:11 msgid "" "To enable this feature, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " "Settings` and activate **Quotation Templates**." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:19 msgid "" "For even more convenience, it is also recommended to add the **Quotation " "Builder** feature which will help you design your quotation templates very " "easily. This option will automatically install the Odoo Website App." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:47 msgid "Create your first template" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:31 msgid "" "Quotation templates are under :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:33 msgid "" "You can create a new template or edit an existing one. Once named, you will " "be able to select products and quantities as well as the expiration time of " "the quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:42 msgid "" "On each template, you can also specify discounts if the option is activated " "in the **Sales** settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:46 msgid "Design your template" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:48 msgid "" "You will have the possibility to design your template and edit the customer " "interface in order to manage what clients will see before accepting and " @@ -2583,59 +5336,59 @@ msgid "" "**Edit** and you will be brought to the quotation builder." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:58 msgid "" "You can easily edit the content of your template by dragging & dropping " "different building blocks to organize your quotation. For example, you can " "add a content block to describe your products." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:67 msgid "Use a quotation template" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:69 msgid "When creating a quotation, you can choose a specific template." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:77 msgid "" "You can select any template of your choice and suggest it as the default " "template in the **Sales** settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:81 msgid "Confirm the quotation" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:83 msgid "" "Templates facilitate the confirmation process by allowing customers to sign " "electronically or to pay online. You can activate these two options directly" " in the quotation template itself." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:92 msgid "" "Every quotation will now have this setting. Of course you can always change " "it and make it specific for each quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:96 -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:116 msgid ":doc:`get_signature_to_validate`" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:97 -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:117 msgid ":doc:`get_paid_to_validate`" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:3 msgid "Add terms & conditions" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:5 msgid "" "Specifying terms and conditions is essential to set out important " "contractual points such as payment terms, limitation of liability and " @@ -2647,17 +5400,17 @@ msgid "" "manage." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:13 msgid "Default Terms & Conditions" msgstr "Standard salgs- og leveringsbetingelser" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:18 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and " "activate *Default Terms & Conditions*." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:27 msgid "" "Please note that this feature is activated via the settings of the " "**Invoicing App** and **not** via the settings of the **Sales App**. " @@ -2665,73 +5418,73 @@ msgid "" "done automatically with the installation of the sales application." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:32 msgid "DT&C on your quotations, sales orders, and invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:34 msgid "" "In the settings of the **Invoicing App**, you have the possibility to insert" " your default terms and conditions." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:42 msgid "They appear subsequently on every quotation, sales order, and invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:45 msgid "DT&C on your quotation templates" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:47 msgid "" "According to your business needs, you can specify your terms and conditions " "on your quotation templates. This is interesting if you have different terms" " and conditions within your company." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:56 msgid "" "Be sure to check out our documentation about quotation templates: " ":doc:`quote_template`, to master each step of this amazing feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:60 msgid "General Terms & Conditions" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:63 msgid "GT&C on your website" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:65 msgid "" "Use the **Website App** and create your own general terms and conditions " "page. For example, here is the Odoo terms and conditions page:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:73 msgid "" "You can refer to this page in the footer of all your documents. The layout " "is available in the **General Settings** under the **Business Documents** " "category. For example, this footer appears in every document from Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:83 msgid "GT&C as attachment in your emails" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:85 msgid "" "Attach an external document with your general terms and conditions when you " "are about to send your quotation by email to your customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:94 msgid "GT&C as attachment in your quotation templates" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:96 msgid "" "Create and edit email templates to set a default attachment for all " "quotation emails that you will send in the future. To do so, you have to go " @@ -2743,12 +5496,924 @@ msgid "" "conditions." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:109 msgid "" "To customize your email templates, activate the **developer mode** and go to" " :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Email --> Templates`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:112 msgid "With Odoo Sales it is now very simple to deal with terms & conditions." msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:3 +msgid "Subscriptions" +msgstr "Abonnementer" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:3 +msgid "Add subscription products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To properly sell your subscriptions using our amazing **Odoo Subscriptions**" +" application, you must follow these steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:8 +msgid "**Create your own subscription templates**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:9 +msgid "**Create your own subscription products with the right settings**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:11 +msgid "" +"As a result, you will be able to manage your subscriptions like any other " +"product, create your quotations and continue the sales flow to track the " +"number of subscriptions you sell and manage the revenue they generate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Subscription products` to learn how " +"you can configure your own subscription products. You have the possibility " +"to create a new product or edit an existing one. Once named, be careful to " +"select the option *Can be sold* and deselect *Can be purchased*. For the " +"product type, it is recommended to use *Service* for subscription products " +"as they are non-material products that you provide to your customers. " +"Finally, you can adapt your prices and also add an internal reference." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:30 +msgid "" +"In the Sales tab, underneath the Subscriptions section, make sure the " +"*Subscription products* option is activated. In fact, if you create a " +"subscription product from the **Odoo Subscriptions** application, this " +"option is selected by default. However, if you create a product from another" +" application, it is not the case." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:39 +msgid "You can also choose the subscription templates you want to use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Be sure to check out our documentation on how to create, edit and manage " +"your own :doc:`Subscription templates " +"<../../subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates>` before creating " +"your own subscription products. Once created, check out our documentation on" +" how to :doc:`Create a quotation using subscription products " +"<../../subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation>`, to complete the sales " +"flow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:83 +msgid ":doc:`../../subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:85 +msgid ":doc:`../../subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:3 +msgid "Use subscription templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The subscription business model is becoming more popular. Are you wondering " +"why?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:7 +msgid "For **customers**, value lies in **convenience**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Subscriptions simplify the business process. Indeed, subscribers never have " +"to remember to renew their orders every month, which gives them the " +"assurance that they will have everything they need before they actually need" +" it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:12 +msgid "Subscriptions help customers stay on budget." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:14 +msgid "" +"For **businesses**, value lies in the **ability to predict recurring " +"revenue**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Subscriptions reduce customer churn rate and significantly increase customer" +" retention." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Subscriptions provide much higher payment security for your business. They " +"stabilize and maintain recurring revenue streams by guaranteeing monthly " +"revenues and adding value to your business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:27 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Subscriptions** help you save time and money. Subscription templates " +"can help you generate recurring invoices and manage renewals at a fast pace." +" With Odoo you have the possibility to create, edit, and manage your own " +"subscription templates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Configuration --> Subscription " +"templates`. By default, Odoo suggests you two types of subscription (MON - " +"Monthly subscription *vs* YEA - Yearly subscription). You can also create " +"your own ones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:43 +msgid "" +"The **Odoo Subscriptions** application automatically installs **Odoo Sales**" +" and **Odoo Invoicing** as they work integrated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:49 +msgid "" +"You can create a new template or edit an existing one. The first thing you " +"need to do is give your template a name. After that, choose an *Invoicing " +"period* and specify whether you would like to invoice your customers per " +"*Days*, *Weeks*, *Months* or *Years*. On *Duration*, determine if the " +"subscription must go on *Forever* (until it’s manually closed), or for a " +"*Fixed amount* of time. Among the payment options, an additional field " +"called *Invoice email* appears when you choose *Send*, *Send & try to " +"charge* or *Send after successful payment*. This field allows you to add an " +"invoice email template to your subscription templates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:61 +msgid "" +"For each template, you can also choose if you want your customers to be able" +" to close their subscriptions or not. If enabled, you can set an *Automatic " +"closing* limit and specify the *Group of subscription* and *Journal* " +"options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:66 +msgid "" +"On each template, you can add your **Terms and Conditions**. Specifying " +"terms and conditions is essential to set out important contractual points " +"between the customers and the sellers (payment, refund policy, cancellation," +" complaints, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Finally, if you want to know the basic running health status of your " +"subscriptions, you also have access to a specific tab called **Health " +"Check**. There, you can edit and create your own filters to define what is a" +" subscription in good health *vs* bad health. The system automatically " +"summarizes all the records corresponding to these filters and you are able " +"to manage them in one click." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:85 +msgid "" +"After creating your own subscription templates, be sure to check out our " +"documentation on how to create, edit and manage your own :doc:`Subscription " +"products <../../subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products>`, to " +"complete the sales flow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:84 +msgid ":doc:`../../subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up.rst:3 +msgid "Follow-up" +msgstr "Opfølgning" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:3 +msgid "Set up automatic alerts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Now that your subscriptions are up and running, you want to stay up-to-date " +"with your customers. Some automation would be appreciated since you would " +"not want to go through the list of all your subscribers to check how things " +"are going. This is what the *Automatic Alerts* feature is for." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:9 +msgid "" +"For example, when customers subscribe to your magazine, you would probably " +"want to send them an email to welcome them and express your gratitude. Or, " +"if the satisfaction rate of your customers drops below 50%, you would " +"probably want to schedule a call with them to understand the reasons for " +"their dissatisfaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:14 +msgid "" +"With **Odoo Subscriptions**, you can set automatic emails, create a \"Call\"" +" task for one of your salespeople so that he/she can try to understand your " +"customer's dissatisfaction, and finally, why not automatically send " +"satisfaction surveys so customers can evaluate your services? All of that is" +" now possible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:20 +msgid "Create a new automatic alert" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The following example shows how to create a new automatic alert to send " +"satisfaction surveys to your customers, by email, after one month of " +"subscription. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> " +"Configuration --> Alerts`, and create a new alert." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:30 +msgid "" +"On the *Apply on* section, first give the alert a name. Then, you can choose" +" to apply this alert on a subscription template, on a specific customer, or " +"even on a specific product. If you want to add more specifications, you can " +"also specify the value of your MRR, the change rate of your MRR over a " +"certain period of time, the value of the satisfaction rate, and even the " +"stage to which you want to apply this alert." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:37 +msgid "" +"In this example, the alert is applied to a specific product, and the stage " +"goes from *Undefined* to *In Progress*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:40 +msgid "" +"For the *Action* section, specify the *Action* and the *Trigger on*. If the " +"*Trigger on* is set to *Modification*, the action is triggered every time " +"there is a change or anything added to the subscription, and all the " +"conditions on the *Apply on* section are met. Now, if the *Trigger on* is " +"set to *Timed condition*, it means that the action is triggered based on the" +" type of *Trigger date*. After that, you can choose your *Action*. You have " +"the choice between *Create next activity*, *Set a tag on the subscription*, " +"*Set a stage on the subscription*, *Mark as To Renew*, *Send an email to the" +" customer* and *Send an SMS Text Message to the customer*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:50 +msgid "" +"In the example above, the *Trigger on* is set to *Timed condition*, " +"therefore, a *Trigger date* and *Delay after trigger* need to be specified. " +"And because the *Send an email to the customer* action was adopted, an " +"*Email template* can be chosen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:54 +msgid "" +"As a result, this alert will send a rating survey after one month, to the " +"customers who have purchased that specific product. The survey will appear " +"in the chatter of your respective subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:63 +msgid "Modify an existing automatic alert" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:65 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo suggests you an automatic alert called *Take action on less" +" satisfied clients*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:71 +msgid "" +"This alert is applied to the *Rating Satisfaction* of your customers, and " +"the action is triggered on *Timed condition*. If their satisfaction rate is " +"lower than 50%, a salesperson contacts the customer. This action is " +"automatically assigned to the salesperson who manages the subscription, and " +"the due date is 5 days after the triggering of this action. This alert " +"ensures that your clients are happy and that you are taking actions if they " +"are not. It helps to keep your customer retention rates very high." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:79 +msgid "" +"By editing the alert, you can modify the *Apply on*, the *Action* and " +"*Activity* sections, and adapt them to your own needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:86 +msgid ":doc:`../../subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting.rst:3 +msgid "Reporting" +msgstr "Rapportering" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:3 +msgid "Generate subscription reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:5 +msgid "" +"As we know, understanding how our business is going, and where it is going, " +"is key to success. And particularly so when we offer subscription services " +"or products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Before getting to the heart of the matter, it is very important to recall " +"certain essential concepts to the proper understanding of the following " +"reports:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:11 +msgid "" +"**Monthly Recurring Revenue (MRR)**: MRR is arguably the most important " +"metric for subscription businesses. It shows the monthly revenue earned with" +" subscription-based products or services. It is a consistent number used to " +"track all recurring revenue over time, in monthly increments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:15 +msgid "" +"**Annual Run-Rate (ARR)**: ARR is the yearly version of MRR, which is based " +"on the current MRR, to estimate the coming year's performance. However, this" +" estimation does not take variations and growth into account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:23 +msgid "" +"**Non-Recurring Revenue (NRR)**: NRR shows the revenue earned for everything" +" else than subscription-based products or services. This includes gains of a" +" rare or unique nature that are unlikely to occur in the ordinary course of " +"businesses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:27 +msgid "" +"**Customer Retention**: Practices to engage existing customers to continue " +"buying products or services from your business. Customer retention can be a " +"challenge, because you must prove you are worthy of your customers' trust." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:31 +msgid "" +"**Churn Rate**: Also known as the Rate of Attrition or Customer Churn, the " +"churn rate can be defined, in this case, as the percentage of subscribers " +"who discontinued their subscriptions within a given time period. We can " +"distinguish two types of Churn:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:35 +msgid "**Logo Churn**: It corresponds to the subscription cancellation rate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:37 +msgid "" +"**Revenue Churn**: It corresponds to the monthly recurring revenue loss " +"rate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:39 +msgid "Let's imagine a 2$ increase in a subscription service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:42 +msgid "" +"We lost 3 customers out of the initial 20, which generates a **Logo Churn** " +"of 15%." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Therefore, the 56$ of MRR difference out of the initial 600$ causes a " +"**Revenue Churn**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:0 +msgid "of 9,33%." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Reminder: even though they seem to evolve in the same direction most of the " +"time, it might not be the case all the time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:53 +msgid "" +"**Customer Lifetime Value (CLV)**: Indicates how much revenue can be " +"expected for a customer during his/her entire contract. This approach " +"emphasizes the importance of customer retention, shifting our focus from a " +"quarterly or yearly approach to a long-term one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Check out the different kinds of reports you can access from the **Odoo " +"Subscriptions** application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:61 +msgid "Subscriptions analysis report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Reporting --> Subscriptions`. From " +"there, you can change the *Measures*. By default, Odoo uses the *Monthly " +"Recurring Revenue*. In addition to that, you can choose *Quantity*, " +"*Recurring Price*, *Yearly Recurring Revenue* and *Count*. For this example," +" *Quantity* is added. This way, you can review both of these measures at the" +" same time. You can even *Group By Start Date* and, more precisely, by " +"*Week*, to get a clear view of your report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:74 +msgid "Retention analysis report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Reporting --> Retention`. The " +"default measure applied is *Count*, but you can change to the appropriate " +"one for you. For the example below, *Monthly Recurring Revenue* was chosen, " +"and the *Month* periodicity remains intact. By using these criteria, you can" +" see the progression of the retention from its start." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:86 +msgid "Revenue KPIs report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Reporting --> Revenue KPIs`. From " +"there, you can check different KPIs: *Monthly Recurring Revenue*, *Net " +"Revenue*, *Non-Recurring Revenue*, *Revenue per Subscription*, *Annual Run-" +"Rate*, *Lifetime Value*, and more. You can also filter this information on " +"subscriptions, companies, and sales teams. This is useful if you are looking" +" for specific information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:98 +msgid "" +"The example below shows the *Monthly Recurring Revenue* detailed report. At " +"the moment, there is no data, which is the typical scenario for a new " +"business. But, as your company grows over the months, these graphs get " +"populated with more and more data. Once again, you can filter these specific" +" KPIs on subscriptions, companies, and sales teams." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:108 +msgid "Salesperson dashboard report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Reporting --> Salesperson " +"Dashboard`. This page gives you a summary of your *Monthly Recurring " +"Revenue*, *Non-Recurring Revenue*, *Subscription modifications*, and *Non-" +"Recurring Invoices* for each of your salespeople. You can choose the period " +"you want to apply and the salesperson you want to analyze." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow.rst:3 +msgid "Sales flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:3 +msgid "Close a subscription" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Losing a customer is always difficult, especially if you put a lot of effort" +" into getting them to sign up for your products/services. However, many " +"companies come up with dubious methods to reduce the probability of this " +"happening." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If you adopt such methods, you are among companies that actively and " +"indirectly spread the phobia of subscriptions, who do not think about how " +"negatively dissatisfied customers could impact their business and, who " +"frustrate the customers in a way or another. However, at some point, it is " +"understandable that you do not want your customers to be involved in your " +"subscription status." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If you do not adopt such methods, you are among companies that continue to " +"evolve in a long-term subscription business model, especially in an era of " +"ultra-fast communications between dissatisfied customers, and who retain " +"their customers by making it easier for them to leave if they want to. By " +"giving them the opportunity to close their own subscriptions, your customers" +" do not feel trapped because they subscribed to your products/services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In summary, the **Odoo Subscriptions** application gives you the " +"**possibility to choose what you want to apply**. Indeed, you can decide " +"whether to give your customers the option to close their subscriptions " +"whenever they want to or to restrict this possibility. It depends on you and" +" we will show you how to do that in our amazing application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Configuration --> Subscription " +"templates`. From there, you can create a new *Subscription template* or " +"modify an existing one. When editing your template, underneath the Invoicing" +" tab, you have the possibility to activate the option *Closable by " +"customer*. Once enabled, this option gives your customers the right to close" +" their own subscriptions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Be sure to check out our documentation on how to :doc:`Use subscription " +"templates <../../subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates>` to " +"fully understand the importance of this feature in a basic flow using the " +"**Odoo Subscriptions** application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:49 +msgid "Close your first subscription" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:52 +msgid "Administrator view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Once confirmed, a quotation becomes a sales order and a new subscription is " +"automatically created. Therefore, this subscription has the status *In " +"progress*. From there, you have the possibility to close the subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:62 +msgid "" +"By using the smart button *Close*, you have to enter a close reason. For " +"example, \"Subscription too expensive\", \"Subscription does not meet my " +"requirements\", \"Subscription reached its end date\", etc. Immediately " +"after confirming your close reason, you can observe that the status of the " +"subscription is now *Closed* and that the close reason is mentioned on the " +"subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:72 +msgid "Customer view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:74 +msgid "" +"As previously explained in the *Administrator view* part, from the " +"subscription form, you also have the possibility to visualize what your " +"customers see when managing their subscriptions thanks to the *Customer " +"preview* button. In this example, the customer has the choice to close " +"his/her subscription whenever he/she wants to, due to the *Close " +"Subscription* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:83 +msgid "" +"By using this button, the customer can specify the reason for cancelling " +"his/her subscription and he/she can even leave a message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:90 +msgid "" +"By confirming the cancellation, the customer is redirected to his/her " +"portal. The administrator is informed of this modification. Indeed, the " +"status of the subscription becomes *Closed* and a note appears in the " +"chatter with the new stage, the end date, the close reason, and the closing " +"text added by the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Before closing a subscription, check out our documentation on how to " +":doc:`Create a quotation using subscription products " +"<../../subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation>` to understand how " +"subscriptions are managed in the **Odoo Subscriptions** application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:3 +msgid "Create a quotation using subscription products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Selling a digital product or service gives instant gratification. However, " +"you have to work hard for a new customer to make a purchase. It costs time " +"and money. By convincing customers to sign up for a subscription, you " +"maximize your income and streamline your cash flow. You can sell any type of" +" product or service through a subscription business model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Here is a scenario using **Odoo Subscriptions** to create a quotation " +"including subscription products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:19 +msgid "Create your first quotation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Before creating your first quotation, be sure to check out our documentation" +" on how to create and manage your own :doc:`Subscription templates " +"<../../subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates>` and on how to " +"add :doc:`Subscription products " +"<../../subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products>` to your " +"templates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:30 +msgid "" +"These steps are **mandatory** to make a basic sales flow using **Odoo " +"Subscriptions**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Go to **Odoo Sales** and create a new quotation. Then, choose a customer and" +" add a product. Be careful to select a product that you previously " +"configured as a *Subscription product*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:39 +msgid "" +"When your quotation is ready, you have the possibility to send it to your " +"customers or to confirm it. It is better to first *Send by email* the " +"quotation to your customers to have their confirmation and, then, *Confirm* " +"it in **Odoo Sales**. By clicking on *Customer preview*, you have an idea of" +" what your customers will see when receiving your quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:48 +msgid "" +"From there, your customers have three choices: *Sign & Pay* the quotation, " +"give you a *Feedback* or *Reject* the quotation. It appears that they are " +"very happy and accept the option *Sign & Pay*. Then, they have to validate " +"the order with a signature and by choosing a payment method. When it is " +"done, you can check out the quotation in **Odoo Sales** and *Confirm* it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:54 +msgid "Manage your subscriptions from your SO" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Once confirmed, the quotation becomes a sales order and a new button " +"appears, *Subscriptions*. Indeed, a subscription is automatically created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:63 +msgid "" +"By clicking on the *Subscriptions* button, you can see that the status of " +"the subscription is *In progress*. From there, you will have three options: " +":doc:`Renew <../../subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals>`, :doc:`Close " +"<../../subscriptions/sales_flow/closing>` or :doc:`Upsell " +"<../../subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling>` your subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:73 +msgid "" +"In the top-right corner, you can see the status of the subscription. When a " +"subscription is new and created from **Odoo Subscriptions**, the status is " +"*Draft*. When a sales order has been validated, the status is *In progress*." +" Finally, when a customer decides to close his subscription, the status " +"becomes *Closed*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:81 +msgid ":doc:`../../subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:82 +msgid ":doc:`../../subscriptions/sales_flow/closing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:83 +msgid ":doc:`../../subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:3 +msgid "Renew a subscription" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The key feature of a subscription business model is the recurring nature of " +"payments. In this model, customers pay a recurring amount in exchange for " +"access to a product or a service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Each subscriber experiences this renewal process monthly, annually, or " +"sometimes more, depending on the duration of the contract. Most subscription" +" companies choose to automate their renewal processes but, in some cases, " +"manual subscription renewals are still the preferred option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:18 +msgid "" +"With **Odoo Subscriptions**, you can have all your subscriptions in one " +"application, suggest an automatic subscription renewal to your customers (as" +" well as a manual one) and, finally, filter all your subscriptions and " +"easily find those to renew (with the help of the tag *To renew*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:23 +msgid "Renew your first subscription" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Before renewing a subscription, be sure to check out our documentation on " +"how to :doc:`Create a quotation " +"<../../subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation>` using subscription " +"products. Indeed, once confirmed, a quotation becomes a sales order and a " +"new subscription is automatically created. Therefore, this subscription has " +"the status *In progress*. From there, you have the possibility to renew the " +"subscription. In the Other Info tab, underneath the To Renew section, you " +"can activate the *To renew* option. When activated, a yellow tag " +"automatically appears in the upper right corner of the subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:38 +msgid "" +"The *To renew* tag is automatically ticked when a payment fails. This " +"indicator also appears on the customer portal. To visualize that, you just " +"have to click on the *Customer preview* button. The tag *To renew* appears " +"on the top right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:46 +msgid "" +"When a subscription needs to be renewed, you have the possibility to use a " +"new button called *Renewal quotation*. By clicking on it, a new quotation is" +" created. From there, start a basic sales flow allowing you to send the " +"quotation by email to your customers or to confirm it. It is better to first" +" *Send by email* the quotation to your customers in order to have their " +"confirmation and, then, *Confirm* it in **Odoo Sales**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:53 +msgid "" +"In the Chatter of this new quotation, it is mentioned that \"This renewal " +"order has been created from the previous subscription\". Once confirmed by " +"your customers, this quotation becomes a sales order and a new sale is " +"mentioned in the upper right corner of the subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:61 +msgid "" +"By clicking on the *Sales* button, you have a summary of your sales orders " +"in a list view. The only difference between your two quotations is the " +"description underneath the *Subscription Management* category. There, you " +"can easily visualize which one is your renewal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:70 +msgid "Visualize your subscriptions to renew" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Finally, if you want to visualize all your subscriptions and easily find " +"those to renew, you can go to your *Subscriptions dashboard* and use the " +"filter *To renew*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:3 +msgid "Upsell a subscription" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Subscriptions are recurrent and go on indefinitely. As time passes by, our " +"customers may want to modify them. We must then be able to adapt the prices " +"or change the products’ quantities to accommodate their needs. Two " +"situations can happen:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:9 +msgid "" +"**Loyal customers:** This kind of customers already trust you as a brand. " +"Therefore, you are confident regarding what you offer since they keep paying" +" for your products and services. Consequently, it is easier to sell them " +"something additional than it would be to a new customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:14 +msgid "" +"**New customers:** For this kind of customers, you have to come with " +"something new, something attractive. What about discounts? Typically, every " +"subscription ends after a certain given time. Making these types of offers " +"for new customers strengthens your relationships with them and also " +"increases their retention." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:27 +msgid "" +"As previously explained, to upsell a subscription to new customers, it is " +"recommended to offer *Discounts*. To activate this option, go to " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and, under the " +"*Pricing* category, you have the possibility to grant discounts on sales " +"order lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:36 +msgid "Upsell your first subscription" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Before upselling a subscription, be sure to check out our documentation on " +"how to :doc:`Create a quotation " +"<../../subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation>` using subscription " +"products. Indeed, once confirmed, a quotation becomes a sales order and a " +"new subscription is automatically created. Therefore, this subscription has " +"the status *In progress*. From there, you have the possibility to upsell " +"your subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:48 +msgid "" +"By using the smart button *Upsell*, you are able to create a new quotation " +"with new subscription products and send it to your customers for approval." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:56 +msgid "" +"When the quotation is confirmed by your customers, the products are added to" +" the initial subscription. Quotation prices are, then, prorated to the " +"remaining time of the current invoicing period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Of course, before sending this new quotation to your customers, you can " +"change the unit price, taxes, and, even the discount you want to offer. The " +"smart button *Customer preview* is useful for mimicking the customer's " +"reaction. In this case, we can confidently say that the customer will *Sign " +"and pay* this new quotation. When it is done, you have to go back in edit " +"mode, confirm the quotation, and click on the smart button *Subscriptions* " +"to visualize all updates. From there, you can see that an additional line " +"has been added to the subscription with the new extra service the customer " +"wanted to purchase." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:72 +msgid "" +"In addition, by clicking on the *Sales* button, you have a summary of your " +"sales orders in a list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:79 +msgid "" +"The only difference between your two sales orders is the description " +"underneath the *Subscription Management* category. There, you can easily " +"visualize which one is your upselling." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/services.po b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/services.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e59be6cea --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/services.po @@ -0,0 +1,1530 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# peso <peer.sommerlund@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Morten Schou <ms@msteknik.dk>, 2021 +# JonathanStein <jstein@image.dk>, 2021 +# Pernille Kristensen <pernillekristensen1994@gmail.com>, 2021 +# lhmflexerp <lhm@flexerp.dk>, 2021 +# Mads Søndergaard, 2021 +# Mads Søndergaard <mads@vkdata.dk>, 2021 +# Martin Trigaux, 2021 +# Sanne Kristensen <sanne@vkdata.dk>, 2021 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-18 07:12+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-05-18 05:18+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Sanne Kristensen <sanne@vkdata.dk>, 2021\n" +"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: da\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: ../../content/applications/services.rst:3 ../../content/services.rst:3 +msgid "Services" +msgstr "Serviceydelser" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm.rst:4 +msgid "Field Service" +msgstr "Felt tjeneste" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/helpdesk.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:4 +msgid "Helpdesk" +msgstr "Helpdesk" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:3 +msgid "Plan onsite interventions from helpdesk tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:4 +msgid "" +"The integration with the Helpdesk app lets your helpdesk team manage " +"intervention requests directly. Planning field service tasks from tickets " +"speeds up your processes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:8 +msgid "Configure the helpdesk team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`. Select" +" a team and enable *Onsite Interventions*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The helpdesk tickets of the team now display the *Plan Intervention* button." +" Click on it to create a new task under your field service project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales.rst:3 +msgid "Sales" +msgstr "Salg" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:3 +msgid "Create onsite interventions from sales orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Allowing your sales team to open onsite interventions creates a seamless " +"experience for your customers. They can receive a quotation they first have " +"to approve before the work even starts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:8 +msgid "Configure a product" +msgstr "Konfigurer et produkt" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration --> Products` and " +"create or edit a product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Under the *General Information* tab, select *Service* as *Product Type*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Under the *Sales* tab, select *Timesheets on tasks* as *Service Invoicing " +"Policy*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:15 +msgid "Select *Create a task in an existing project* as *Service Tracking*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:17 +msgid "Select your *Project*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If you use them, select your *Worksheet Template* and then click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:25 +msgid "" +"From the *Sales* app, create a quotation with the product and confirm it. A " +"task is automatically set up under your Field Service project. It is " +"directly accessible from the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced" +msgstr "Avanceret" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:3 +msgid "After Sales Features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:5 +msgid "" +"As your business grows, having the right tool to support your helpdesk team " +"on recording, tracking and managing issues raised easy and efficiently, is " +"key. Odoo’s Helpdesk application allows you to generate credit notes, manage" +" returns, products, repairs, grant coupons, and even plan onsite " +"interventions from a ticket’s page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:11 +msgid "Set up the after sales services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " +"enable the after sales options: *Refunds, Returns, Coupons, Repairs and " +"Onsite Interventions*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:20 +msgid "Generate credit notes from tickets" +msgstr "Generér kreditnotaer fra sager" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:22 +msgid "" +"You can use a credit note to refund a customer or adjust the amount due. For" +" that, simply go to your ticket page, click on *Refund* and select the " +"corresponding *Invoice*. Clicking on *Reverse* generates a credit note, and " +"you can *Post* it while still being in the *Helpdesk* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:30 +msgid "Allow product returns from tickets" +msgstr "Tillad produktreturneringer fra sager" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:32 +msgid "" +"The process of a product return from your customer back to your warehouse is" +" taken into action when, at the ticket page, you choose the option *Return*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:39 +msgid "Grant coupons from tickets" +msgstr "Overræk kuponer fra sager" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:41 +msgid "" +"First, be sure to have your *Coupon Program* planned in the *Sales* or " +"*Website* application. Then, in *Helpdesk*, open your ticket, click on " +"*Coupon*, and choose the respective one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:48 +msgid "Repairs from tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Clicking on *Repair* option, on your ticket page, a new repair order form is" +" shown. Fill in the information as needed and choose the next step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:57 +msgid "Plan onsite interventions from tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:59 +msgid "" +"At the ticket's page click on *Plan Intervention*, and set up your onsite " +"intervention exactly the same way as if you were on the *Field Service* " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:67 +msgid "" +"`Coupons <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/coupon-" +"programs-640?fullscreen=1>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:3 +msgid "Allow Customers to Close their Tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Allowing customers to close their tickets gives them autonomy and minimize " +"misunderstandings about when an issue is considered solved, or not. It makes" +" communication and actions more efficient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:9 +msgid "Configure the feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To configure the feature go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Settings --> " +"Helpdesk Teams --> Edit` and enable *Ticket closing*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:18 +msgid "" +"In order to designate to which stage the ticket migrates to once it is " +"closed, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Overview --> Tickets`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:25 +msgid "" +"You can either create a new Kanban stage or work with an existing one. For " +"both scenarios, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Settings --> Edit Stage` " +"and enable *Closing Stage*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:32 +msgid "" +"If a closing stage is not specified, by default, the ticket is moved to the " +"last stage; contrarily, if you have more than one stage set as closing, the " +"ticket is put in the first one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:36 +msgid "The Costumer Portal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Now, once the user logs into his Portal, the option *Close this ticket* is " +"available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:45 +msgid "Get reports on tickets closed by costumers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:47 +msgid "" +"To do an analysis of the tickets that have been closed by costumers go to " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting --> Tickets --> Filters --> Add " +"Custom filter --> Closed by partner --> Applied`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Oversigt" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:3 +msgid "Forum and eLearning" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:6 +msgid "Forum" +msgstr "Forum" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To go above and beyond email, live chat, web forms, and phone lines, offer " +"your customers a support forum. This way, customers might become more " +"attached to your company as they would be investing time to get into details" +" of your business. You also encourage the exchange of experiences and " +"knowledge, supporting the feeling of belonging to a community (your " +"community!)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:11 +msgid "Set up" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Team` and " +"enable *Help Center*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Create, or edit a forum by clicking on the external link. Among the editing " +"options, choose if you would like the *Forum Mode* to be *Questions*: only " +"one answer is allowed per question or *Discussions*: multiple answers are " +"allowed per question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:31 +msgid "" +"From now on, logged in users can start their discussions. To keep track of " +"posts, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Forum --> Posts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Turn tickets into forum posts by simply clicking on *Share on the Forum* on " +"the ticket's page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:45 +msgid "eLearning" +msgstr "eLearning" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:47 +msgid "" +"In addition to a forum, offer online courses. When doing so, you link your " +"customers and users’ needs and questions to useful content, helping to boost" +" efficiency as they can also find their answers there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " +"enable *eLearning*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Once the structure and content of your course are ready, *Publish* it by " +"clicking on *Unpublished*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To keep track of your course statistics, go to *eLearning* and *View " +"Course*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:73 +msgid "Todo" +msgstr "To Do" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:73 +msgid "" +"DETAILS/INFO SHOULD COME FROM ELEARNING DOCS. THEREFORE, LINK DOCS ONCE " +"AVAILABLE!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:3 +msgid "Getting Started" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Helpdesk teams provide your customers with support to queries or errors they" +" might encounter while using your product/service. Therefore, a successful " +"scheme where you can organize multiple teams with their customized pipeline," +" visibilities settings, and ticket traceability is essential." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:10 +msgid "Set up teams" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To modify or create teams, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration " +"--> Helpdesk Teams`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Setting up multiple teams allows you to group tickets by your channels " +"(example: BE/US), or by your support services' types (example: IT, " +"accounting, admin, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:21 +msgid "Team’s productivity and visibility" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Teams can have individual *Assignment Methods* to ensure that tickets get " +"redirected to the right person:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:26 +msgid "" +"*Manually*: tickets are manually assigned, allowing employees to manage " +"their own workload and target tickets they are experts at;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:28 +msgid "" +"*Random*: tickets are randomly assigned and everyone gets the same amount. " +"This method ensures that all tickets are handled as the assignment happens " +"automatically;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:30 +msgid "" +"*Balanced*: tickets are assigned to the person with the least amount of " +"tickets so that everyone fairly gets the same amount. Thereby, you ensure " +"that all tickets get to be taken care of." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:40 +msgid "" +"For the *Random* and *Balanced* assignment methods, you can set the *Team " +"Members* among whom tickets are assigned. Leave the field empty to include " +"all employees (with the proper access rights)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:43 +msgid "" +"The *Team Visibility* feature allows you to specify who can see and access " +"the team’s tickets. Therefore, ticket’s with sensible information are only " +"seen by the right people. Leave the field empty to include all employees " +"(with the proper access rights)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:46 +msgid "Set up stages and share it among teams" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To set up stages, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> " +"Stages`. Then, create and/or edit stages as you need and set specific teams " +"to use certain stages under *Team*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Stages can be shared between one or multiple teams, allowing you to adapt " +"the pipeline to your individual needs. They also apply a visibility and " +"access rule, as other teams are not able to see or use the stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:64 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/odoo_basics/users`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:3 +msgid "Ratings" +msgstr "Bedømmelser" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Allow customers to rate their experience with your helpdesk teams to " +"strengthen your credibility and gain their trust. Reviews can also influence" +" a customer’s decision and open space for feedback that can help you improve" +" the quality of your services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " +"enable *Ratings on tickets*. The feature automatically adds a default email " +"template on the non-folded *closing stage(s)* of that team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To edit the email template and the stage(s) set as the closing ones, go to " +"the Kanban view of your helpdesk team and click on *Settings*, then on *Edit" +" Stage*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Now, once a ticket reaches the stage(s) designated as the *Closing Stage*, " +"an email is sent to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Ratings can be seen on the chatter of each ticket, under the *See Customer " +"Satisfaction* link on the main dashboard, and through *Reporting*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:39 +msgid "Ratings visible on the customer portal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " +"enable *Display Rating on Customer Portal*. Now, by clicking on the helpdesk" +" team’s name on their ticket, customers can see its ratings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:47 +msgid ":doc:`../advanced/close_tickets`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:3 +msgid "Start Receiving Tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Offering a variety of channels from where your customers can contact you " +"grants them flexibility and the right to choose the best one for themselves." +" And, in order to make sure inquiries across all channels get addressed, it " +"is essential to have a solution where all interactions come in one place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:11 +msgid "Channels options to submit tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`, and " +"enable the following features as you want them to be available to your " +"users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:21 +msgid "Email Alias" +msgstr "E-mail alias" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Let your customers submit tickets by sending an email to your support email " +"address. The subject line of the email becomes the title of the ticket and " +"the content is shown in the Chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Select *Configure domain name* to be redirected to *Settings* and, from " +"there, enable *External Email Servers* to determine or change your *Alias " +"Domain*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Using your own email server is required to send and receive emails in Odoo " +"Community and Enterprise. Online users benefit from a ready-to-use email " +"server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:39 +msgid "Website Form" +msgstr "Websiteformular" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Allow your customers to submit a ticket by filling in a form through your " +"website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Once the feature is activated, get redirected to your website by clicking on" +" *Go to Website*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:49 +msgid "" +"From the website page customize the form as you like. Then, publish it by " +"clicking on *Unpublished*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:56 +msgid "Live Chat" +msgstr "Live Chat" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Through live interactions with your website visitors, helpdesk tickets can " +"be instantly created and redirected to the right person." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Click on your helpdesk team's name - for the example below: *Customer Care* " +"- and :doc:`set up your channel " +"</applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Now, your operators can create tickets by using the :doc:`command " +"</applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses>` */helpdesk " +"(subject_of_ticket)*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:72 +msgid "Prioritize tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Use the stars to prioritize your tickets. The most urgent ones appear at the" +" top of your list on the Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:77 +msgid "1 star = *Low priority*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:78 +msgid "2 stars = *High priority*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:79 +msgid "3 stars = *Urgent*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:60 +msgid ":doc:`sla`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:89 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:3 +msgid "Reports for a Better Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:5 +msgid "" +"An efficient customer service solution should have a built-in reporting " +"option. Reports allow you to track trends, identify areas for improvement, " +"manage employees’ workloads and, most importantly, meet your customer’s " +"expectations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:10 +msgid "Cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:12 +msgid "Some examples of the reports Odoo Helpdesk can generate include:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:14 +msgid "The number of tickets *grouped by* team and ticket type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:17 +msgid "" +"In this manner, you are able to evaluate which ticket types have been the " +"most frequent ones, plus the workload of your teams." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Apply *Time Ranges* if you would like to make comparisons to a *Previous " +"Period* or a *Previous Year*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:25 +msgid "The number of tickets closed per day, per team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Get an overview of how many requests each team is closing per day in order " +"to measure their performance. Identify productivity levels to understand how" +" many requests they are able to handle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Filter it by *Assignee* to see Key Performance Indicators (KPI) per agent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:37 +msgid "" +"The number of hours tickets are taking to be solved, grouped by team and " +"ticket type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Check if your expectations are met by *measuring* the *Time to close " +"(hours)*. Your customers not only expect fast responses but they also want " +"their issues to be handled quickly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:48 +msgid "Save filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Save the filters you use the most and avoid having to reconstruct them every" +" time they are needed. To do so, set the groups, filters, and measures " +"needed. Then, go to *Favorites*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:59 +msgid ":doc:`receiving_tickets`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:3 +msgid "Service Level Agreements (SLA)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Service Level Agreements (SLA) are commitments you make with your customers " +"to outline how a service is delivered. It bolsters trust between you and " +"your customers as it makes clear what needs to be done, to what standard, " +"and when." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:10 +msgid "Create your policies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:13 +msgid "" +"First, enable the feature on the settings of the team you would like " +"policies to be applied, going to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration " +"--> Helpdesk Teams`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Create your policies through the team’s settings page or go to " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> SLA Policies`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Choose to which **Team** the policy is relevant and the **Minimum Priority**" +" a ticket needs to have for the policy to be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:27 +msgid "" +"**Target** is the stage a ticket needs to reach within the period defined to" +" satisfy the SLA. The period is based on the ticket’s creation date, and a " +"deadline is set on the ticket’s form once it matches an SLA policy rule. If " +"a ticket has more than one policy applied to it, the closest deadline of all" +" SLAs is the one considered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:29 +msgid "" +"When a ticket has satisfied an SLA policy, the SLA tag appears in green and " +"the deadline field is not shown anymore." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:37 +msgid "SLA Analysis" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting --> SLA Status Analysis`. Apply" +" *Filters* and *Group by* to identify tickets that should be prioritized and" +" keep track of upcoming deadlines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice.rst:3 +msgid "Timesheet and Invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:3 +msgid "Invoice Time Spent on Tickets (Prepaid Support Services)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Have the option to work with prepaid support services, meaning that a sales " +"order and a corresponding invoice are issued and, once the service is done, " +"you can deduct the time spent. Odoo allows it to happen because the " +"applications are fully integrated, resulting in faster responses to your " +"customer needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:14 +msgid "Step 1: Set up a helpdesk team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`, create" +" or edit an existing team, and enable *Timesheet on Ticket* and *Time " +"Reinvoicing*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Select or create a project under *Timesheet on Ticket*. The selected/created" +" is the one at which employees timesheet on by default. However, it can be " +"ultimately modified on each ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:28 +msgid "Step 2: Set up a service" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " +"*Units of Measure* to optionally be able to choose *hours* (for example) as " +"the unit of measure of your service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Then, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`, create or edit" +" an existing one, and set its *Product Type* as *Service*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Now, select the invoicing management you would like to have under the " +"*Sales* tab. We recommend the following configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:47 +msgid "" +"This configuration ensures that the customer is invoiced by the number of " +"hours predicted in the sales order, meaning that less or extra hours " +"recorded are not taken into account. It also ensures that every time a sales" +" order is confirmed, a new task is created under the right project, " +"automating the process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:53 +msgid "" +"We recommend setting up a specific project, as it was done for this flow " +"example. The important thing to remember is that the sales order item needs " +"to be set on the corresponding project or task, in order to reinvoice the " +"time spent on a ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:58 +msgid "Prevision an invoice and record time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:61 +msgid "Step 1: Place an order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> Orders` and create one for the " +"helpdesk service product you have previously set up, with the customer who " +"needs the ticket to be opened. Set the number of hours needed to assist the " +"customer and *Confirm* the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:72 +msgid "Step 2: Invoice the customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:74 +msgid "In *Sales*, select the respective sales order to *Create Invoice*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:82 +msgid "Step 3: Link the task to the ticket" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Now, in *Helpdesk*, create or edit the respective ticket and link it to the " +"task created by the confirmation of the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:92 +msgid "Step 4: Record the time spent" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Still on the respective helpdesk ticket, record the hours performed under " +"the *Timesheets* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Note that the hours recorded on the ticket form are shown on the *Delivered*" +" column in the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Hours recorded on the ticket are automatically shown in *Timesheets* and on " +"the dedicated task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:111 +msgid ":doc:`reinvoice_from_project`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:112 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:3 +msgid "Invoice Time Spent on Tickets (Postpaid Support Services)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Directly pull the billable time you have tracked on your helpdesk tickets " +"into sales orders and invoices through a project task. It gives you more " +"control over what you charge your client, and it is more efficient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:10 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Konfiguration" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk team --> Edit`" +" and enable the options *Timesheet on Ticket* and *Time Reinvoicing*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Under *Timesheet on Ticket*, choose the *Project* to which tickets (and " +"timesheets) will be linked by default. Open its *External link* to enable " +"the feature *Bill from tasks*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:22 +msgid "Create a sales order and an invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Now, once you have recorded the time you spent on the helpdesk ticket, under" +" the *Timesheets* tab, access the task clicking on its name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:31 +msgid "*Create Sales Order* and proceed to create the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project.rst:4 +msgid "Project" +msgstr "Projekt" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks.rst:3 +msgid "Tasks" +msgstr "Opgaver" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:3 +msgid "Create Project's Tasks from an Email Alias" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you already have an email address that customers know from the top of " +"their heads, changing it is the last thing you want to do. Instead, link " +"that address to your project and transform those conversations into " +"structured work. It automatically creates a task in the first stage of a " +"project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:11 +msgid "Set up an incoming email server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:14 +msgid "" +"On the *Settings* application, enable *External Email Servers* and define " +"the incoming email alias you would like to use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:15 +msgid "" +"**For more information**: " +":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:18 +msgid "Configure the email alias in your project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Now that you have the incoming email server set up, go to " +":menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects --> Edit`. Under the " +"*Emails* tab, define the wanted email alias and choose the policy to receive" +" a message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:23 +msgid "In addition, you can now directly set it when creating a new project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:30 +msgid "" +"All the recipients of the email (To/Cc/Bcc) are automatically added as " +"followers of the task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:32 +msgid "The email can be seen under the name of your project on the dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets.rst:4 +msgid "Timesheets" +msgstr "Timesedler" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:3 +msgid "Create Timesheets upon Time Off Validation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically timesheets on project/tasks upon time off requests. This " +"allows for better overall control over the validation of timesheets, as it " +"does not leave place for forgetfulness and questions after hours that have " +"not been timesheeted by the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Activate the :doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>`, " +"go to *Timesheets*, and change the *Project* and *Task* set by default, if " +"you like." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Time Off --> Configuration --> Time Off Types`. Select" +" or create the needed type, and decide if you would like the requests to be " +"validated or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Now, once the employee has requested his time off and the request has been " +"validated (or not, depending on the setting chosen), the time is " +"automatically allocated on *Timesheets*, under the respective project and " +"task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:27 +msgid "" +"On the example below, the user requested *Paid Time off* from July 13th to " +"15th." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Considering that validation is not required, the requested time off is " +"automatically displayed in *Timesheets*. If validation is necessary, the " +"time is automatically allocated after the responsible person for validating " +"does it so." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Click on the magnifying glass, hovering over the concerned cell, to access " +"all the aggregated data on that cell (day), and see details regarding the " +"project/task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support.rst:4 +msgid "Support" +msgstr "Support" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:6 +msgid "Supported versions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo provides support and bug fixing **for the 3 last major versions** of " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Users hosted on **Odoo Online** may use intermediary versions (sometimes " +"called *SaaS versions*) that are supported as well. These versions are not " +"published for Odoo.sh or On-Premise installations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:17 +msgid "What's the support status of my Odoo?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:19 +msgid "This matrix shows the support status of every version." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:21 +msgid "**Major releases are in bold type.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:24 +msgid "Odoo Online" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:24 +msgid "Odoo.sh" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:24 +msgid "On-Premise" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:24 +msgid "Release date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:26 +msgid "**Odoo 14.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:26 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:26 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:26 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:28 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:30 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:30 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:30 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:32 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:34 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:34 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:34 +msgid "|green|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:26 +msgid "October 2020" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:28 +msgid "Odoo 13.saas~4" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:28 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:28 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:32 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:32 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:36 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:36 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:40 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:40 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:42 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:42 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:46 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:46 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:48 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:50 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:50 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:52 +msgid "N/A" +msgstr "- Ikke angivet -" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:28 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:32 +msgid "August 2019" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:30 +msgid "**Odoo 13.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:30 +msgid "October 2019" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:32 +msgid "Odoo 12.saas~3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:34 +msgid "**Odoo 12.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:34 +msgid "October 2018" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:34 +msgid "*End-of-support is planned for October 2021*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:36 +msgid "Odoo 11.saas~3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:36 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:38 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:38 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:40 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:42 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:44 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:44 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:46 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:48 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:50 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:52 +msgid "|orange|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:36 +msgid "April 2018" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:38 +msgid "**Odoo 11.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:38 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:44 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:48 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:52 +msgid "|red|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:38 +msgid "October 2017" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:40 +msgid "Odoo 10.saas~15" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:40 +msgid "March 2017" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:42 +msgid "Odoo 10.saas~14" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:42 +msgid "January 2017" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:44 +msgid "**Odoo 10.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:44 +msgid "October 2016" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:46 +msgid "Odoo 9.saas~11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:46 +msgid "May 2016" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:48 +msgid "**Odoo 9.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:48 +msgid "October 2015" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:50 +msgid "Odoo 8.saas~6" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:50 +msgid "February 2015" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:52 +msgid "**Odoo 8.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:52 +msgid "September 2014" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:58 +msgid "|green| Supported version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:60 +msgid "|red| End-of-support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:62 +msgid "N/A Never released for this platform" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:64 +msgid "" +"|orange| Some of our older customers may still run this version on our Odoo " +"Online servers, we provide help only on blocking issues and advise you to " +"upgrade." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:66 +msgid "🏁 Future version, not released yet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:79 +msgid "I run an older version of Odoo/OpenERP/TinyERP" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:81 +msgid "" +"OpenERP 7.0, 6.1, 6.0 and 5.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:83 +msgid "" +"TinyERP 4.0, 3.0, 2.0 and 1.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:85 +msgid "" +"You should consider `upgrading <https://upgrade.odoo.com/>`_ your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:6 +msgid "What can I expect from the support service?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:10 +msgid "5 days a week" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Your Odoo Online subscription includes **unlimited 24hr support at no extra " +"cost, Monday to Friday**. Our teams are located around the world to ensure " +"you have support, no matter your location. Your support representative could" +" be communicating to you from San Francisco, Belgium, or India!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Our support team can be contacted through our `online support form " +"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:21 +msgid "What kind of support is included?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Providing you with relevant material (guidelines, product documentation, " +"etc...)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Answers to issues that you may encounter in your standard Odoo database (eg." +" “I cannot close my Point of Sale” or “I cannot find my sales KPIs?”)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:27 +msgid "Questions related to your account, subscription, or billing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Bug resolution (blocking issues or unexpected behaviour not due to " +"misconfiguration or customization)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Issues that might occur in a test database after upgrading to a newer " +"version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:32 +msgid "" +"*Odoo Support does not make changes to your production database without your" +" agreement and gives you the material and knowledge to do it yourself!*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:37 +msgid "What kind of support is not included?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Questions that require us to understand your business processes in order to " +"help you implement your database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Training on how to use our software (we will direct you to our many " +"resources)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:42 +msgid "Import of documents into your database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Guidance on which configurations to apply inside of an application or the " +"database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:44 +msgid "" +"How to set up configuration models (Examples include: Inventory Routes, " +"Payment Terms, Warehouses, etc)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:46 +msgid "Any intervention on your own servers/deployments of Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Any intervention on your own third party account (Ingenico, Authorize, UPS, " +"etc)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Questions or issues related to specific developments or customizations done " +"either by Odoo or a third party (this is specific only to your database or " +"involving code)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:52 +msgid "" +"You can get this type of support with a `Success Pack <https://www.odoo.com" +"/pricing-packs>`__. With a pack, one of our consultants will analyze the way" +" your business runs and tell you how you can get the most out of your Odoo " +"Database. We will handle all configurations and coach you on how to use " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:4 +msgid "Where to find help?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:8 +msgid "Odoo Enterprise" +msgstr "Odoo Enterprise" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Users who have a valid Odoo Enterprise subscription may always contact our " +"support teams through our `support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_, no " +"matter the hosting type you chose (Odoo Online, Odoo.sh or on your own " +"server)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:14 +msgid "Please include in your request:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:16 +msgid "your subscription number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:17 +msgid "" +"the URL of your database if your database is hosted by Odoo (Odoo Online or " +"Odoo.sh)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:19 +msgid "Our agents will get back to you as soon as possible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:23 +msgid "Odoo Community" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:25 +msgid "*Odoo Community users don't get access to the support service.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:27 +msgid "Here are some resources that might help you:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:29 +msgid "Our `documentation pages <https://www.odoo.com/page/docs>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Ask your question on the `community forum " +"<https://www.odoo.com/forum/help-1>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:31 +msgid "" +":doc:`Buy Odoo Enterprise </administration/enterprise>` to get the support " +"and bugfix services." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..db18bcd6a --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po @@ -0,0 +1,198 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# peso <peer.sommerlund@gmail.com>, 2021 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-18 07:12+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-05-18 05:18+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: peso <peer.sommerlund@gmail.com>, 2021\n" +"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: da\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings.rst:3 +msgid "Settings" +msgstr "Opsætning" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:6 +msgid "Users and Features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:8 +msgid "" +"As the administrator of your database, you are responsible for its usage. " +"This includes the Apps you install as well as the number of users currently " +"in use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Odoo is many things (ERP, CMS, CRM application, e-Commerce backend, etc.) " +"but it is *not* a smartphone. You should apply caution when adding/removing " +"features (especially Apps) on your database since this may impact your " +"subscription amount significantly (or switch you from a free account to a " +"paying one on our online platform)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:18 +msgid "" +"This page contains some information as to how you can manage your Odoo " +"instances. Before carrying any of these procedures, we **strongly** advise " +"to test them on a duplicate of your database first. That way, if something " +"goes wrong, your day-to-day business is not impacted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You can find guides on how to duplicate your databases both for :ref:`online" +" <duplicate_online>` and :ref:`on premise <duplicate_premise>` " +"installations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:27 +msgid "" +"If you have questions about the content of this page or if you encounter an " +"issue while carrying out these procedures, please contact us through our " +"`support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:33 +msgid "Deactivating Users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Make sure you have sufficient **administrative rights** if you want to " +"change the status of any of your users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:38 +msgid "" +"In your Odoo instance, click on **Settings**. You will have a section " +"showing you the active users on your database. Click on **Manage Users.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:79 +msgid "|settings|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:42 +msgid "|browse_users|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:45 +msgid "You'll then see the list of your users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The pre-selected filter *Internal Users* shows your paying users (different " +"from the *Portal Users* which are free). If you remove this filter, you'll " +"get all your users (the ones you pay for and the portal ones)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:55 +msgid "" +"In your list of users, click on the user you want to deactivate. As soon as " +"you are on the userform, click on the Action drop down menu, and then click " +"on Archive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:63 +msgid "The user is now deactivated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:65 +msgid "**Never** deactivate the main user (*admin*)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:68 +msgid "Uninstalling Apps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Make sure you first test what you are about to do on a :ref:`duplicate " +"<duplicate_online>` of your database before making any changes (*especially*" +" installing/uninstalling apps)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:74 +msgid "" +"In your Odoo instance click on **Settings**; in this app, you will be able " +"to see how many applications you have installed. Click on **Browse Apps** to" +" access the list of your installed applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:79 +msgid "|browse_apps|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:82 +msgid "" +"In your applications' dashboard, you will see all the icons of your " +"applications. Click on the application you want to uninstall. Then, on the " +"form of the application, click on **Uninstall**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Some applications have dependencies, like Invoicing, eCommerce, etc. " +"Therefore, the system will give you a warning message to advise you of what " +"is about to be removed. If you uninstall your application, all its " +"dependencies will be uninstalled as well (and the data in them will " +"permanently disappear). If you are sure you still want to uninstall it, then" +" click **Confirm**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Last, after having checked the warning message (if any), click **Confirm**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:101 +msgid "You have finished uninstalling your application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:104 +msgid "Good to know" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:106 +msgid "" +"**Uninstalling apps, managing users, etc. is up to you**: no one else can " +"know if your business flow is broken better than you. If we were to " +"uninstall applications for you, we would never be able to tell if relevant " +"data had been removed or if one of your business flow was broken because we " +"*do not know how you work* and therefore cannot validate these kinds of " +"operations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:112 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Apps have dependencies**: this means that you may need to install " +"modules that you do not actively use to access some features of Odoo you " +"might need. For example, the Website Builder app is needed to be able to " +"show your customer their Quotes in a web page. Even though you might not " +"need or use the Website itself, it is needed for the Online Quotes feature " +"to work properly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:119 +msgid "" +"**Always test app installation/removal on a duplicate** (or on a free trial " +"database): that way you can know what other apps may be required, etc. This " +"will avoid surprises when uninstalling or when receiving your invoices." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/sign.po b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/sign.po deleted file mode 100644 index 88996fd4f..000000000 --- a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/sign.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,200 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Sanne Kristensen <sanne@vkdata.dk>, 2021 -# lhmflexerp <lhm@flexerp.dk>, 2021 -# Mads Søndergaard <mads@vkdata.dk>, 2021 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-02-04 10:31+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Mads Søndergaard <mads@vkdata.dk>, 2021\n" -"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: da\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../sign.rst:5 -msgid "Sign" -msgstr "Underskriv" - -#: ../../sign/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Oversigt" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:3 -msgid "Validity of electronic signatures" -msgstr "Elektronisk signaturers gyldighed" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The legal validity of electronic signatures generated by Odoo depends on the" -" legislation of your country. Companies doing business abroad should " -"consider electronic signature laws of other countries as well." -msgstr "" -"Den legale gyldighed af elektroniske signaturer genereret af Odoo afhænger " -"af lovgivningen i dit land. Virksomheder der driver forretning " -"international, bør også tage højde for love vedrørende elektroniske " -"signaturer i andre lande." - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:10 -msgid "In the European Union" -msgstr "I den Europæiske Union" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:12 -msgid "" -"The `eIDAS regulation <http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2014/910/oj>`_ " -"establishes the framework for electronic signatures in all `27 member states" -" of the European Union <https://europa.eu/european-union/about-" -"eu/countries_en>`_." -msgstr "" -"`eIDAS reguleringen <http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2014/910/oj>`_ oprette " -"rammen for elektroniske signaturer i samtlige `27 medlemslande i den " -"Europæiske Union <https://europa.eu/european-union/about-eu/countries_en>`_." - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:16 -msgid "It distinguishes three types of electronic signatures:" -msgstr "Den skelner mellem tre typer elektroniske signaturer:" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:18 -msgid "Electronic signatures" -msgstr "Elektronisk signaturer" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:19 -msgid "Advanced electronic signatures" -msgstr "Avanceret elektronisk signaturer" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:20 -msgid "Qualified electronic signatures" -msgstr "Kvalificeret elektronisk signaturer" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Odoo generates the first type, regular electronic signatures, and these " -"signatures can produce legal effects in the EU, as the regulation states " -"that “an electronic signature shall not be denied legal effect and " -"admissibility as evidence in legal proceedings solely on the grounds that it" -" is in an electronic form or that it does not meet the requirements for " -"qualified electronic signatures.”" -msgstr "" -"Odoo genererer den første type, normal elektronisk signaturer, og disse " -"signaturer kan have retsvirkning i EU, eftersom reglerne tilkendegiver, at " -"\"en elektronisk signatur nægtes ikke retsvirkning og antagelighed som bevis" -" i retssager udelukkende med den begrundelse, at den er i elektronisk form, " -"eller at den ikke opfylder kravene til kvalificerede elektroniske " -"signaturer. ”" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Note that electronic signatures may not be automatically recognized as " -"valid. You may need to bring supporting evidence of a signature’s validity." -msgstr "" -"Bemærk at elektronisk signaturer muligvis ikke automatisk genkendes som " -"gyldige. Det kan være du skal medbringe understøttende bevis på signaturens " -"gyldighed." - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:31 -msgid "In the United States of America" -msgstr "I Amerikas Forenede Stater" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:33 -msgid "" -"The `ESIGN Act (Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act) " -"<https://www.fdic.gov/regulations/compliance/manual/10/X-3.1.pdf>`_, at the " -"interstate and international levels, and the `UETA (Uniform Electronic " -"Transactions Act) <https://www.uniformlaws.org/committees/community-" -"home/librarydocuments?communitykey=2c04b76c-2b7d-4399-977e-" -"d5876ba7e034&tab=librarydocuments>`_, at the state level, provide the legal " -"framework for electronic signatures. Note that `Illinois " -"<https://www.ilga.gov/legislation/ilcs/ilcs5.asp?ActID=89&>`_ and `New York " -"<https://its.ny.gov/electronic-signatures-and-records-act-esra>`_ have not " -"adopted the UETA, but similar acts instead." -msgstr "" -"`ESIGN Act (Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act) " -"<https://www.fdic.gov/regulations/compliance/manual/10/X-3.1.pdf>`_, på " -"mellemstatslige og internationale niveauer og `UETA (Uniform Electronic " -"Transactions Act) <https://www.uniformlaws.org/committees/community-" -"home/librarydocuments?communitykey=2c04b76c-2b7d-4399-977e-" -"d5876ba7e034&tab=librarydocuments>`_, på statsniveau give den juridiske " -"ramme for elektroniske signaturer. Bemærk at Ìllinois " -"<https://www.ilga.gov/legislation/ilcs/ilcs5.asp?ActID=89&>`_ samt `New York" -" <https://its.ny.gov/electronic-signatures-and-records-act-esra>`_ har ikke " -"vedtaget UETA, men lignende handlinger i stedet." - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Overall, to be recognized as valid, electronic signatures have to meet five " -"criteria:" -msgstr "" -"Overordnet set, for at blive anerkendt som gyldig, skal elektroniske " -"signaturer opfylde fem kriterier:" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:44 -msgid "" -"A signer must show a clear intent to sign. For example, using a mouse to " -"draw a signature can show intent. The signer must also have the option to " -"opt-out of electronically signing a document." -msgstr "" -"En underskriver skal vise en klar hensigt om at underskrive. For eksempel, " -"brugen af en mus til at tegne en signatur kan tilkendegive hensigt. " -"Underskriveren skal også have mulighed for at fravælge elektronisk signering" -" af et dokument." - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:47 -msgid "" -"A signer must first express or imply their consent to conduct business " -"electronically." -msgstr "" -"En underskriver skal først udtrykke eller antyde deres samtykke til at drive" -" forretning elektronisk." - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:48 -msgid "" -"The signature must be clearly attributed. In Odoo, metadata, such as the " -"signer’s IP address, is added to the signature, which can be used as " -"supporting evidence." -msgstr "" -"Underskriften skal tydeligt tilskrives. I Odoo tilføjes metadata, såsom " -"underskriverens IP-adresse, til signaturen, som kan bruges som bevis." - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:50 -msgid "" -"The signature must be associated with the document being signed, for " -"example, by keeping a record detailing how the signature was captured." -msgstr "" -"Signaturen skal tilknyttes det dokument, der underskrives, for eksempel ved " -"at føre en registrering, der beskriver, hvordan signaturen blev fanget." - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Electronically signed documents need to be retained and available for later " -"reference by all parties involved, for example, by providing the signer " -"either a fully-executed copy or the option to download a copy." -msgstr "" -"Elektronisk underskrevne dokumenter skal opbevares og være tilgængelige til " -"senere henvisning af alle involverede parter, for eksempel ved at give " -"underskriveren enten en fuldt udført kopi eller muligheden for at downloade " -"en kopi." - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:57 -msgid "" -"The information provided here does not constitute legal advice; it is " -"provided for general informational purposes only. As laws governing " -"electronic signatures evolve rapidly, we cannot guarantee that the " -"information is up to date. We advise you to should contact a local attorney " -"to obtain legal advice." -msgstr "" -"Oplysningerne her udgør ikke juridisk rådgivning; den leveres kun til " -"generelle informationsformål. Da love, der regulerer elektroniske " -"signaturer, udvikler sig hurtigt, kan vi ikke garantere, at oplysningerne er" -" opdaterede. Vi råder dig til at kontakte en lokal advokat for at få " -"juridisk rådgivning." diff --git a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po deleted file mode 100644 index 936dfe18d..000000000 --- a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,569 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# Pernille Kristensen <pernillekristensen1994@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Sanne Kristensen <sanne@vkdata.dk>, 2020 -# Mads Søndergaard, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Mads Søndergaard, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: da\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../sms_marketing.rst:5 -msgid "SMS Marketing" -msgstr "SMS Marketing" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Oversigt" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:3 -msgid "Contact Lists and Blacklist" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Creating your own list of contacts, or importing it, is useful when you want" -" to create specific groups of people, such as the subscribers of your " -"newsletter. It is also the best way to get started if you are coming from " -"another system and already have built an audience. It makes the SMS " -"distribution easier." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:11 -msgid "Contact lists" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:13 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Contacts lists --> Contacts lists --> Create`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Choose a name for your *Mailing list*, and activate the option *Is Public* " -"if you would like to make the mailing list accessible to your recipients in " -"the unsubscription page (allowing users to update their subscription " -"preferences)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:22 -msgid "History with the Log Notes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:25 -msgid "" -"A record of the mailings sent is kept on the recipient's chatter (whether it" -" is a contact or an opportunity, for example)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:28 -msgid "" -"This is important as you and team members can easily keep track and see a " -"history of the interactions with your contacts or prospects. Example: your " -"sales representative can easily find out which SMS mailing promotions a " -"customer has received or not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:35 -msgid "Blacklist" -msgstr "Blacklist" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:38 -msgid "" -"If you are coming from another software and have a list of clients who have " -"already asked to be blacklisted, you can import those entries to your " -"database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:39 -msgid "" -"For that, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Phone Blacklist --> " -"Import`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:3 -msgid "Integrations and Templates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Using SMS to reach people can be a strategy not just used for advertisement " -"purposes, but also as a reminder of events or issued invoices to your " -"costumers, for example." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:9 -msgid "Campaigns" -msgstr "Kampagner" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:11 -msgid "" -"First, make sure to have the necessary feature activated. Go to the " -":menuselection:`Email Marketing app --> Configuration --> Settings` and " -"enable *Mailing Campaigns*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Now, the menu *Campaigns* is also available on the *SMS Marketing* app, " -"allowing you to manage and have an overview of your SMS mailings under " -"campaigns." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:23 -msgid "" -"This feature is especially useful if you have aggregated campaigns, as you " -"have a global reporting view. In addition to that, you can create stages in " -"your Kanban view to better organize the work being done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:31 -msgid "Sending SMSs through the Contacts app" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Sending SMSs through the contact’s form is available by default in Odoo. It " -"makes your work easier if you need to send an SMS to a specific contact, for" -" example." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:36 -msgid "" -"For that, go to the *Contacts* app, select the contact and click on the " -"*SMS* icon next to the phone number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:41 -msgid "" -"If you would like to send a message to multiple contacts at once, choose the" -" *List View*, select all the contacts needed, and under *Action* select " -"*Send SMS*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:48 -msgid "Set up SMS templates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:50 -msgid "" -"To set up *SMS Templates*, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " -"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, then go to " -":menuselection:`Technical --> SMS Templates`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Use *Dynamic Placeholders* to adapt automatically the content of the SMS to " -"the context." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:63 -msgid "SMS Text Messaging is available throughout Odoo:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:65 -msgid "*CRM*: send SMSs to your leads and opportunities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:66 -msgid "*Subscription*: alert customers about their subscription." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:67 -msgid "*Accounting*: send payment reminders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:68 -msgid "*Marketing Automation*: automate your SMS marketing campaigns." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:69 -msgid "" -"*Inventory*: send an automatic confirmation when a delivery order is done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:70 -msgid "" -"*Sign*: receive a validation code to verify your identity before signing a " -"document online." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:71 -msgid "" -"*SEPA debit payment provider*: send a verification code to your customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:72 -msgid "" -"*Studio*: send an SMS according to your needs by using automated actions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:75 -msgid "" -"For more information about SMS integrations in Odoo and a list of frequently" -" asked questions, go to :doc:`../pricing/pricing_and_faq`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:79 -msgid ":doc:`../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:80 -msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_template`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:3 -msgid "Build, Send and Get Reports from a SMS Mailing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Using SMS Marketing as part of your communication strategies can empower you" -" to expand your markets, considering that in some countries emails are not " -"very used or used at all. It also helps to boost conversion rates, as this " -"strategy has a high open-rate percentage among people who use smartphones." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:11 -msgid "Get started" -msgstr "Kom igang" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:13 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`SMS Marketing --> Create`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Specify a *subject* name to help you remembering what the mailing is about." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Under *Recipients*, choose to whom you would like the SMS to be sent. If you" -" choose *Contact*, all your Odoo contacts (vendor, customers, etc.) receive " -"your SMS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:22 -msgid "" -"From there, you can refine your recipient list with the *add filter* option." -" In the example below, the message would be sent to the contacts living in " -"Belgium." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:27 -msgid "" -"The *Mailing list* option, on the other hand, allows you to choose the " -"specific mailing lists you created to group specific contacts. You are " -"allowed to select multiple ones." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Under the *SMS Content* tab, links can be included and Odoo automatically " -"generates *link trackers* in order to generate data about these links." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Under *Settings* you have the option *Include opt-out link*. If activated, " -"the contact is able to unsubscribe from the mailing list." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:43 -msgid "" -"In the *Link Tracker* menu under *Configuration*, you can see the history of" -" your sent links, access them and look at statistics." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:50 -msgid "Double-check that you have the phone number of your contacts saved." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:53 -msgid "Send a mailing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Once you have your mailing created, you must choose when you would like it " -"to be delivered:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:59 -msgid "" -"*Put in Queue*: the mailing is triggered with the next automatic run. " -"Interesting option if you do not need the message to be sent at a specific " -"time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:61 -msgid "" -"*Send Now*: sends the message immediately. Use this option if the recipient " -"list is not excessive." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:62 -msgid "" -"*Schedule*: allows you to choose a day and time. Best option for mailings " -"that you would like to send during a specific event, to promote an offer " -"while it is active, or to simply plan your content strategy in advance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:65 -msgid "" -"*Test*: allows you to send an SMS to one or multiple numbers for test " -"purposes. Check, for example, if the link provided lands on the right page " -"while making sure they are responsive. If sending it to multiple numbers, " -"you must remember to use a comma between them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:70 -msgid "Visualize reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:72 -msgid "" -"Under the *Reporting* menu apply filters, measures, and adopt different " -"layouts to do analyses of the performance of your SMS mailings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:79 -msgid "" -"You can also check the price to send an SMS for your country by clicking on " -"the *Information* icon." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:86 -msgid "" -"**Buy Credits:** in order to take advantage of the app and its features, " -"make sure you have purchased credits. For more information: " -":doc:`../pricing/pricing_and_faq`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing.rst:3 -msgid "Pricing and FAQ" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:3 -msgid "SMS Pricing and FAQ" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:6 -msgid "What do I need to send SMSs?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:7 -msgid "" -"SMS Text Messaging is an In-App Purchase (IAP) service that *requires " -"prepaid credits* to work." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:11 -msgid "How many types of SMSs are there?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:12 -msgid "There are 2 types: GSM7 and UNICODE." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:14 -msgid "" -"**GSM7** is the standard format, with a limit of 160 characters per message," -" that includes the following characters:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:23 -msgid "" -"**UNICODE** is the format applied if a special character, that *is not* in " -"the GSM7 list, is used. Limit per SMS: 70 characters." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:27 -msgid "" -"For GSM7 SMS the size limit is 160 characters, and for Unicode is 70. *Above" -" these limits, the content is divided into a multi-part message* and the " -"limit of characters is lowered to 153 for GSM7 and to 67 for Unicode. The " -"system will inform you in real-time about the number of SMS your message " -"represents." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:34 -msgid "How much does it cost to send an SMS?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:35 -msgid "" -"The price of an SMS depends on the destination and the length (number of " -"characters) of the message." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:37 -msgid "" -"To see the **price per country, please consult**: `Odoo SMS - FAQ <https" -"://iap-services.odoo.com/iap/sms/pricing#sms_faq_01>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:39 -msgid "" -"The number of SMSs a message represents will be always available to you in " -"your database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:49 -msgid "How do I buy credits?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:50 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Buy Credits`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:57 -msgid "Or go to :menuselection:`Settings --> View my Services`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:65 -msgid "" -"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you " -"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:70 -msgid "More common questions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:72 -msgid "**Is there an expiration time for my credits?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:74 -msgid "No, credits do not expire." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:77 -msgid "" -"**Can I send an SMS to a phone number (which is not a mobile phone) because " -"I see the icon in front of the field “phone”?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:80 -msgid "Only if that phone number supports SMS (e.g. SIP phones)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:83 -msgid "**Do I receive an invoice to buy my credits?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:85 -msgid "Yes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:88 -msgid "**Can the recipient answer to me?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:90 -msgid "No, it is not possible to reply to the SMS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:93 -msgid "" -"**What happens if I send multiple SMS but I do not have enough credits to " -"send them all?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:95 -msgid "" -"The whole transaction is counted as a single one, so no SMS will be sent " -"until you have enough credits to send them all." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:99 -msgid "**Do I have a history of the sent SMSs?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:101 -msgid "" -"Yes, the SMS is logged as a note under the chatter of the corresponding " -"record, and a complete history of the SMSs sent is available on " -":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` under " -":menuselection:`Technical --> SMS`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:107 -msgid "**Can I send as many SMSs I want at once?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:109 -msgid "Yes, if you have enough credits." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:112 -msgid "" -"**If I have a number that does not exist in the list of recipients, will I " -"lose credits?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:114 -msgid "" -"Not if the phone number is in the wrong format (e.g. too many digits). " -"Otherwise, if the SMS is sent to the wrong person or to a fake number, the " -"credit will be lost." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:118 -msgid "" -"**What happens if I send my SMS to a paying number (e.g.: a contest to win a" -" ticket for a festival)?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:120 -msgid "" -"The SMS will not be delivered to that kind of number, so you won’t be " -"charged." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:123 -msgid "" -"**Can I identify the numbers that do not exist when I send several SMSs?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:125 -msgid "Only the ones that have an invalid format." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:128 -msgid "**How does the GDPR regulation affect this service?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:130 -msgid "" -"Please find our `Privacy Policy here <https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#sms>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:132 -msgid "**Can I use my own SMS provider?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:134 -msgid "" -"Yes, but it is not possible out of the box. Our experts can help you " -"customize your database to make it happen. Please, check our success packs " -"`here <https://www.odoo.com/pricing-packs>`_." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po deleted file mode 100644 index 14f575d3c..000000000 --- a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,362 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# Sanne Kristensen <sanne@vkdata.dk>, 2020 -# Mads Søndergaard, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:42+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Mads Søndergaard, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: da\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../social_marketing.rst:5 -msgid "Social Marketing" -msgstr "Social Marketing" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Oversigt" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:3 -msgid "Connecting to my Marketplace with Campaigns" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Whether your goal is to sell a new product, explain the value of your " -"services or advertise your event, a campaign helps you to connect with your " -"marketplace. They normally involve multiple channels, so it is fundamental " -"to have a solution with which you can plan, execute, track, and analyze your" -" content." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:10 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Campaigns --> Create`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:16 -msgid "" -"As you create content, tabs for that specific channel are shown. The " -"overview of the campaign displays global metrics such as:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:19 -msgid "" -"*Revenue*: number of users who, from a link in your content, finished a " -"transaction (paid)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:20 -msgid "" -"*Quotations*: number of users who, from a link in your content, have started" -" but not finished a transaction (did not pay)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:22 -msgid "" -"*Leads*: users who have filled out your contact form, from a link in your " -"content." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:25 -msgid "" -"To be able to *Send New Mailing*, make sure the feature is enabled in the " -"*Email Marketing* application, under :menuselection:`Email Marketing --> " -"Configuration --> Settings`. To be able to *Send SMS*, the *SMS Marketing* " -"application must be installed on your database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:30 -msgid "" -"*Social Marketing* works integrated with other applications such as *Sales*," -" *Invoicing*, *CRM* and *Website*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:34 -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:77 -msgid ":doc:`./push_notifications`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:35 -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:66 -msgid ":doc:`./manage_social`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:3 -msgid "Interact with Customers and Visitors with Live Chat" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:5 -msgid "" -"One of the ways you can build stronger relationships with your customers is " -"by making yourself available through live chat. Live chats can have a big " -"impact not just on your customer service, but also on sales performance, as " -"it gives users a chance of having real-time, fast, and effective " -"interaction." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:11 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Konfiguration" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Live Chat` " -"select the appropriate channel, and set it up." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Under *Channel Rules*, choose when the chat pop-up appears, and an action " -"for a given URL and/or country. Note that to take the country into account, " -"GeoIP must be installed on your server." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:24 -msgid "The *Live Chat* application must be installed on your database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:27 -msgid "Monitor your visitors" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Under the *Visitors* menu, see the visitors that landed on one of your " -":ref:`social_marketing/website_tracked_pages` online or offline." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:34 -msgid "" -"You can send emails (if an email address has been saved), send SMSs (if a " -"phone number has been saved), send a push notification (if the user has " -"subscribed to it), and even send a live chat request that will be received " -"by the user once they move to a tracked page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Open a record to see details including the visited pages, and the first and " -"last date and time the user was connected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Your online visitors will be authenticated if they are linked to a lead or " -"an existing partner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:44 -msgid "" -"If you do not use the *Website* app, you can add a live chat widget to your " -"own website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:49 -msgid "Website’s tracked pages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:51 -msgid "" -"To define which pages are tracked, on the *Website* application, go to " -":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Pages` and enable the option " -"*Track*, on the respective pages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:60 -msgid ":doc:`../../livechat/overview/get_started`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:3 -msgid "Manage Social Media Pages and Create Content" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Once you are present on social media platforms, it is important to keep them" -" up-to-date. However, that might feel like a full-time job. Having a " -"solution that allows you to create, schedule, keep track, engage with your " -"audience and measure results saves you time and helps you to successfully " -"execute your online strategy, from posts to results." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:12 -msgid "Add accounts and create your feed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Click on *Add Stream* and grant the required permissions to add your " -"accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:21 -msgid "You can link a Facebook page for which you are the admin." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:23 -msgid "" -"You are then redirected to your *Feed* and a column with the publications is" -" automatically added." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:25 -msgid "" -"You can then add new accounts and/or streams, such as Facebook mentions, and" -" customize your Kanban view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Adding social media accounts to your feed will also link KPIs. To get " -"redirected to the statistics page of the social account, click on " -"*Insights*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:39 -msgid "Link a LinkedIn account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Configuration --> Social Media`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:48 -msgid "" -"LinkedIn is in Beta Version, therefore, the feed is not available. Only the " -"creation of content." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:51 -msgid "Publish content" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Click on :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Feed --> New Post`, or go to " -":menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Posts → Create`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:60 -msgid "Choose to upload your post right away or to schedule it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:61 -msgid "Saving your post will apply a draft status to it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:64 -msgid "Overview and plan your posts with a calendar view" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Through the calendar view, besides having an overview of your planned day, " -"week or month, also see your drafted, scheduled and published posts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:68 -msgid "Drag and drop (scheduled posts) to change their scheduled date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Double-click on a date to create a post directly from the *Calendar view*, " -"and click on an existing one to edit it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:78 -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:67 -msgid ":doc:`./campaigns`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:79 -msgid ":doc:`./livechat`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:3 -msgid "Use Web Push Notifications" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Web Push Notifications deliver messages to your user’s device without the " -"need to be on your website, or for them to give personal information. They " -"can be used to inform your users about news, articles and content posted, " -"practical messages like traffic and weather updates, flight information, " -"sales alerts, coupons, and product updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:11 -msgid "Ask users for permission" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:13 -msgid "" -"In the *Website* application go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration" -" --> Settings` and enable *Web Push Notifications*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Choose your message, icon, and delay time (which is the wait time for the " -"permission request to be shown once the user lands on your page)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:28 -msgid "Send notifications" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:31 -msgid "Individually" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:33 -msgid "You can send individual messages through the menu *Visitors*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:40 -msgid "To a group" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Target a bigger segment by selecting multiple visitors in the *View List* " -"(e.g.: all visitors that visited your Homepage)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Visitors records are kept under *Visitors* for a week, before getting " -"archived." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:53 -msgid "By rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Or go to :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Posts --> Create`. Under *Web " -"Notification options*, apply filters to send your message to the records " -"that match the rules you set." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:63 -msgid "The feature only works with Odoo Website application." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/studio.po b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/studio.po deleted file mode 100644 index 19e66dfeb..000000000 --- a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/studio.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,938 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# lhmflexerp <lhm@flexerp.dk>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-11-02 12:05+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:42+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: lhmflexerp <lhm@flexerp.dk>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: da\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../studio.rst:5 -msgid "Studio" -msgstr "Studio" - -#: ../../studio/concepts.rst:3 -msgid "Concepts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:3 -msgid "Understanding Automated Actions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:6 -msgid "" -"Automated actions are used to trigger actions. They are based on conditions " -"and happen on top of Odoo’s default business logic." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Examples of automated actions include: creating a next activity upon a " -"quote's confirmation; adding a user as a follower of a confirmed invoice if " -"its total is higher than a certain amount; or preventing a lead from " -"changing stage if a field is not filled in." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Let's understand how to properly define *when* an automated action runs and " -"*how* to create one:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:18 -msgid "" -"The first step is to choose the :doc:`Model <understanding_general>` on " -"which the action is applied." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:19 -msgid "" -"The **Trigger** field defines the event that causes the automated action to " -"happen:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:21 -msgid "" -"*On Creation*: when a new record is created. Note that the record is created" -" once saved for the first time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:23 -msgid "" -"*On Update*: when the record is updated. Note that the update happens once " -"the record is saved." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:24 -msgid "" -"*On Creation & Update*: on the creation and/or on the update of a record " -"once the form is saved." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:25 -msgid "*On Deletion*: on the removal of a record under the condition set." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:26 -msgid "" -"*Based on Form Modification*: when the value of the specified *Trigger* " -"field is changed in the interface (user sees the changes before saving the " -"record). Note that this action can only be used with the *Execute Python " -"Code* action type." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:29 -msgid "" -"*Based on Timed Condition*: a delay happens after a specific date/time. Set " -"a *Delay after trigger date* if you need a delay to happen before the " -"*Trigger Date*. Example: to send a reminder 15min before a meeting. If the " -"date/time is not set on the form of the model chosen, the date/time " -"considered is the one of the creation/update of the record." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:34 -msgid "For every Trigger option, **conditions** can be applied, such as:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:36 -msgid "" -"*Before Update Domain*: if designated, this condition must be satisfied " -"before the record is updated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:38 -msgid "" -"*Apply on*: if designated, this condition must be satisfied before executing" -" the action rule (*Action To Do*), and after the update." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:41 -msgid "" -"The **Active** option is to be turned off when the rule should be hidden and" -" not executed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Under **Action To Do** choose the type of server action that must be " -"executed once records meet the *Trigger* conditions:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:45 -msgid "" -"*Execute Python Code*: a block of code is executed. A *Help* tab with the " -"variables that can be used is available." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:47 -msgid "*Create New Record*: a new record with new values is created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:48 -msgid "*Update a Record*: updates the record that triggered the action." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:49 -msgid "" -"*Execute several actions*: defines an action that triggers other server " -"actions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:50 -msgid "" -"*Send Email*: an automatic :doc:`email " -"<../../discuss/advanced/email_template>` is sent." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:51 -msgid "*Add Followers*: followers are notified of changes in the task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:52 -msgid "" -"*Create Next Activity*: creates an activity such as: *Call*, *Email*, " -"*Reminder*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:53 -msgid "" -"*Send SMS Text Message*: sends an :doc:`SMS " -"<../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:56 -msgid "Example" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:58 -msgid "" -"This is the process of which the update of the *Email* field on the " -"Lead/Opportunity *Model*, with a *Trigger Condition* set to *On Update*, " -"goes through:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:65 -msgid "The user creates the record without an email address set." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:66 -msgid "The user updates the record defining an email address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Once the change is saved, the automation checks if any of the *Watched " -"Fields* are being updated (for the example: field name *email_from* (Email)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:69 -msgid "" -"If true, it checks if the record matches the *Before Update Domain* (for the" -" example: *email is not set*)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:71 -msgid "" -"If true, it checks (*after the update*) whether the record matches the " -"*Apply on* domain (for the example: *email is set*)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:73 -msgid "If true, the chosen *Action To Do* is performed on the record." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:76 -msgid ":doc:`understanding_general`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:77 -msgid ":doc:`../use_cases/automated_actions`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:3 -msgid "Understanding General Concepts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:7 -msgid "" -"Odoo Studio is a toolbox that allows you to add models or adapt " -"functionalities on top of Odoo’s standard behavior without coding knowledge." -" You can also create custom views and modify existing ones without having to" -" get into the XML code." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Even for experienced developers, typing out code requires time. By using " -"Odoo Studio, you can quickly get your models up and going and focus on the " -"crucial parts of your application. The result is a user-friendly solution " -"that makes customizations and designing new applications easy with or " -"without programming skills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:15 -msgid "Getting started" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:17 -msgid "" -"One you start using Odoo Studio, you automatically create a new *module* " -"that contains all your modifications. These modifications can be done on " -"existing screens (*views*), by adding new *fields* in existing applications," -" or by creating an entirely new *model*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:22 -msgid "What is a Module?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:25 -msgid "" -"An Odoo **Module** can contain a number of elements, such as: business " -"objects (models), object views, data files, web controllers, and static web " -"data. An application is a collection of modules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:29 -msgid "" -"In object-oriented programming, models usually represent a concept from the " -"real world. Example: Odoo has models for Sales Orders, Users, Countries, " -"etc. If you were to build an application to manage Real Estate sales, a " -"model that represents the Properties for sale would probably be your first " -"step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:38 -msgid "What is a Model (also called Object)?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:40 -msgid "" -"A **Model** determines the logical structure of a database and fundamentally" -" determines in which manner data can be stored, organized, and manipulated. " -"In other words, a model is a table of information that can be bridged with " -"other tables." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:45 -msgid "What are Fields?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:47 -msgid "" -"**Fields** compose models. It is where a record (a piece of data) is " -"registered." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Example: on the Real Estate application, fields on the Properties model " -"would include the price, address, a picture, a link to the current owner, " -"etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:50 -msgid "" -"There are 2 main types of fields in Odoo: *basic (or scalar) fields* and " -"*relational fields*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Basic fields represent simple values, like numbers or text. Relational " -"fields represent relations between models. So, if you have a model for " -"*Customers* and another one for *Properties*, you would use a relational " -"field to link each Property to its Customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:56 -msgid "Relational Fields in detail" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:59 -msgid "" -"**Relational Fields** provide the option to link the data of one model with " -"the data of another model." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:60 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, relational field types are: *One2many*, *Many2one*, *Many2many*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:66 -msgid "" -"An **One2many** field is a *one-way* direction of selecting *multiple* " -"records from a table." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Example: a Sales Order can contain multiple Sales Order Lines, which also " -"contain multiple fields of information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:69 -msgid "" -"A **Many2one** field is a *one-way* direction of selecting *one* record from" -" a table." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Example: you can have many product categories, but each product can only " -"belong to one category." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:71 -msgid "" -"A **Many2many** field is a *two-way* direction of selecting records from a " -"table." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:72 -msgid "Example: multiple tags can be added to a lead’s form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:75 -msgid "An *One2many* field must have a *Many2one* related to it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:78 -msgid "What are Views?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:80 -msgid "" -"**Views** define how records are displayed. They are specified in XML which " -"means that they can be edited independently from the models that they " -"represent. There are various types of views in Odoo, and each of them " -"represents a mode of visualization. Some examples are: *form*, *list*, " -"*kanban*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:85 -msgid "What is a Menu?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:87 -msgid "" -"A **Menu** is a button that executes and action. In Odoo Studio, to create " -"menus (models) and rearrange their hierarchy, click on *Edit Menu*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:95 -msgid "`Studio Basics <https://www.odoo.com/fr_FR/slides/studio-31>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to.rst:3 -msgid "How To" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/export_import.rst:3 -msgid "Export and Import Modules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/export_import.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When you do customizations in Odoo Studio, a new module is created in your " -"database, making it easy to use Studio for prototyping." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/export_import.rst:8 -msgid "" -"To export these customizations, activate Studio on the main dashboard and, " -"under the menu *Customizations*, click on *Export*. The default filename is " -"*customizations.zip*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/export_import.rst:16 -msgid "" -"The module created contains the definition of custom models and fields, as " -"well as the UI elements of any customization in an XML format." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/export_import.rst:18 -msgid "" -"To import and install the customizations in another instance, connect to the" -" destination database, activate Studio and, under *Customizations*, click on" -" *Import*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/export_import.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Studio does not know which apps are customized (because the same view can be" -" modified on different apps), therefore, it *does not* add the underlying " -"modules as dependencies of the exported module. In other words, the " -"applications installed on the source database should be installed on the " -"destination database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:3 -msgid "Customizing the Rainbow Man" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The Rainbow Man in Odoo is an animation shown once the user completes " -"certain tasks and clicks on certain buttons. It is a way to make the " -"software fun to use, and rewarding, for employees." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:13 -msgid "" -"On most buttons in Odoo, such as *Send by Email*, *Confirm* or *Cancel*, " -"once they are selected in Studio, under their *Properties*, the *Rainbow " -"Man* effect can be applied." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:14 -msgid "By default, the feature is active:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:16 -msgid "when opportunities are marked as won;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:17 -msgid "when users empty their inboxes;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:18 -msgid "when the user finishes a tour;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:19 -msgid "when the user finishes doing reconciliations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:3 -msgid "Customizing Reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Odoo uses HTML and CSS technologies to create reports. HTML is a markup " -"language that uses tags, also called elements. It is the core of any webpage" -" because it provides its basic structure. CSS interacts with HTML elements " -"to add style to the page, establishing how the HTML is shown to the user. " -"Odoo’s reports also use Bootstrap’s grid layout, which is the containers, " -"rows, and columns to align content, and support Odoo's website themes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:11 -msgid "" -"When creating a new report, choose the purpose of it and if you would like " -"the report to include header and footer (company logo, name, address, phone," -" email address, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Under the tab **Add**, you find the fields to be dragged and dropped to the " -"view. *Fields*, *Data tables*, *Subtotal & Total*, and *Address Book* are " -"dynamic elements (meaning that they need a :doc:`one2many or a many2many " -"<../concepts/understanding_general>` related object). *Text*, *Title Block*," -" *Image*, and *Text in Cell* are static elements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Once the element is added to the view, select it to see its **Options**. The" -" first section shows the hierarchy of the selected object and its " -"properties, allowing you to individually edit them. Fields with related " -"objects have their directives shown on *Field Expression*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Under **Visible if**, define the rule(s) to set visibility conditions to " -"fields." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Example: if choosing to display a product image, you could set a visibility " -"rule to only display the ones that are *set* in the product form, avoiding " -"having a plain icon when they are not set." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:40 -msgid "" -"**Visible for** is used to set which :doc:`groups " -"<../../general/odoo_basics/add_user>` can have access to specific elements " -"in the report. **Limit visibility to groups**, under *Report*, sets the " -"visibility of the report to specifics groups, meaning that users belonging " -"to other groups do not see the same final document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Under the **Report** tab, name your report, choose the paper format, and if " -"the report should be added to the *Print* menu list on its respective " -"document form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:53 -msgid "" -"If activating the :doc:`Developer mode " -"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, additional fields such as *Class* " -"under *Options*, and *Reload from attachment* under *Report*, become " -"visible." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:56 -msgid "" -"*Class*: add custom CSS classes to the selected element (e.g. Bootstrap " -"classes such as *text-danger*)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:59 -msgid "" -"*Reload from attachment*: saves the report as an attachment of the document " -"when printed. When the report is reprinted, it re-downloads that attachment " -"instead of re-printing it. This means that if the underlying record (e.g. " -"Invoice) changes when compared to the first impression, the report does not " -"reflect the changes because they were done after the attachment was created." -" This is typically useful for reports linked to documents that should not " -"change, such as Invoices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Actions in Odoo Studio can be undone until you *Close* the toolbox. Once you" -" have closed Studio, changes can not be undone anymore." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases.rst:3 -msgid "Use Cases" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced Use Cases: Automated Actions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:5 -msgid "" -"**Case scenario 1: when a Belgian lead is created, a 3-stars priority should" -" be automatically applied.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:8 -msgid "Under *Automations*, click on *Create* and set the following rules:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:10 -msgid "*Model*: Lead/Opportunity" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:11 -msgid "*Active*: On" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:12 -msgid "*Trigger*: On Creation & Update" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:13 -msgid "*Apply on*: Country > Country Name = Belgium" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:14 -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:53 -msgid "*Action To Do*: Update the Record" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:15 -msgid "*Data to Write*: Lead/Opportunity > Value > 3" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Check :doc:`this doc <filters_status_bar>` in order to have another " -"automated action example." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:25 -msgid ":doc:`../concepts/understanding_automated_actions`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:26 -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:61 -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:138 -#: ../../studio/use_cases/views.rst:28 -msgid ":doc:`../concepts/understanding_general`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced Use Cases: Filters and Status Bar" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:5 -msgid "" -"**Case scenario 1: on Sales, set a filter on Belgian customers and define it" -" as the default one (the user should still be able to unset the filter).**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:8 -msgid "" -"On your customer’s page, use *Filters* > *Add Custom Filter* to group " -"customers by country. Now, under *Favorites*, *Save Current Search* enabling" -" *Use by default* and *Save*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:15 -msgid "" -"On *Filter Rules* in Studio mode, select the respective filter and enable " -"*Default Filter*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:21 -msgid "" -"**Case scenario 2: add a status bar on the product form to manage its life " -"cycle. Set the values: ‘Prototype’, ‘In use’ and ‘Deprecated’. By default, " -"the Kanban view must be grouped by status.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:26 -msgid "" -"On your product form, *Add a pipeline status bar* and name its values. " -"Status bars are *selection* fields that give you the ability to follow a " -"specific flow. They are useful to show you the progress that has been made." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:28 -msgid "" -"On the *Views* menu, access *Kanban* and, under its *View* options, set the " -"*Default Group by* as *Pipeline status bar*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Now, open your product form and set the right status for that product. As " -"you move products throughout stages (also through the product’s form), " -"stages are shown in the Kanban view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:38 -msgid "" -"To make modifications in the pipeline status bar, for example, remember to " -"go back to *Form View*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:44 -msgid "" -"**Case scenario 2.a: when a product goes from ‘In use’ to ‘Deprecate’, set " -"its cost to 0€.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Create an :doc:`automated action " -"<../concepts/understanding_automated_actions>` with the selected values:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:49 -msgid "*Model*: Product Template" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:50 -msgid "*Trigger*: On Update" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:51 -msgid "*First Domain*: Pipeline status bar = In use" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:52 -msgid "*Second Domain*: Pipeline status bar = Deprecated" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:54 -msgid "*Data to Write*: Cost (Product Template) > Value > 0" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced Use Cases: Creating Models and Adding Fields" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:5 -msgid "" -"**Case scenario 1: on the leads’ form, if the chosen country is France, show" -" a field 'Pay by check?'**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:8 -msgid "" -"On your leads’ form, add a *Related Field* to *Country > Country Name*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Now, add a *Checkbox* field and define its invisibility options as *Country*" -" (carefully select the one just created) *> is not = > France.*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:11 -msgid "You can now hide the related field created (*Country*) if you wish." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Another approach is to use the country’s ID. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Contacts --> Configuration --> Countries`, select France " -"(for example), and on the URL check its *ID*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:21 -msgid "" -"The related field invisibility path should now be *Country* (carefully " -"select the one just created) *> is not = > 75*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:22 -msgid "Again, hide the related field with the country’s ID if you prefer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:28 -msgid "" -"**Case scenario 2: create a model called 'Properties' and add fields called:" -" company, value, name, address, active, image.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:31 -msgid "" -"From the dashboard, (optionally) start a new module. Then, click on *Edit " -"Menu* and start a *New Menu* (model). Set your menu name and *Confirm*. Now," -" on its form, drag & drop the necessary fields." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:39 -msgid "" -"**Case scenario 2.a: now, you would like to have a model called 'Regions' to" -" which each property must be linked. And, on 'Regions', you would like to " -"see the properties for each region.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Go to *Edit Menu > New Menu* and create your menu, calling it *Regions*. Add" -" the necessary fields on its form by dragging & dropping them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Now, in the form view of *Properties*, add a *Many2one* field with a " -"relation to your model *Region*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:48 -msgid "" -"The *Existing Fields* are the ones that are on the current model but not yet" -" in the view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Now, go to the model *Regions*, select the form view, and add a status " -"button selecting *Regions (Properties)* as your relational field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:62 -msgid "" -"*Status buttons* are computed fields, meaning that they count the numbers of" -" records on the related model, and allow you to access them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:69 -msgid "" -"When searching for relations, click on *Search more* and filter it by " -"*Custom*. This way you avoid creating duplicates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:76 -msgid "" -"**Case scenario 2.b: in the model 'Properties', show all the tags as " -"checkboxes instead of tags.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:78 -msgid "" -"Once the field *Tags* is added to the form, select it and, under its " -"*Properties > Widgets*, choose *Checkboxes*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:85 -msgid "" -"**Case scenario 3: on the leads’ form, add a selection field with the " -"values:'Tags' & 'List' & 'Checkboxes'. According to the value of the field, " -"show tags as many2many_tags, many2many_radio, or many2many(_list).**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:89 -msgid "" -"In your form view, add a *Tags* field and relate it to *Partners Tag*. Under" -" *Properties*, define its *Widget* as *Many2many*. Do the same process " -"another 2 times for *Checkboxes* and *Tags*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:96 -msgid "Now, add a *Selection* field and the necessary values." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:99 -msgid "" -"Continue by selecting your *Tags* fields, one by one, to set their " -"*Invisible* options according to their *Widget*. In the example below, the " -"invisibility rule for the *Partner Tags* is set as: *Select Tag type > is " -"not = > Tags.*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:105 -msgid "" -"**Case scenario 4: on a quotation’s form, add a selection field called " -"'Manager Validation' with the values: ‘Accepted’ and ‘Refused’. Only a sales" -" manager can see it, and the field should be set as mandatory if the untaxed" -" amount is higher than 500€.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:109 -msgid "" -"On your quotation form, add a *Selection* field with the values *Accepted* " -"and *Refused*. Set its *Required* condition as *Untaxed Amount > 500* and " -"the *Limit visibility to groups* as *Sales / Administrator* or managers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:117 -msgid "**Case scenario 5: change the tooltip of a field for all views.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:119 -msgid "" -"Activate the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` " -"and open Studio." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:122 -msgid "" -"Select the necessary field and, under *Properties*, click on *More* to write" -" your tooltip message on *Field Help*. The tooltip message is the " -"explanatory message shown when the user hovers the field. The message here " -"written is displayed on all views forms where the field is added." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:129 -msgid "" -"The *Field Help* message can only be applied to *new* fields. If you would " -"like to change/apply a tooltip for a specific field, use the *Help Tooltip* " -"option under *Properties*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/views.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced Use Cases: Views" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/views.rst:5 -msgid "" -"**Case scenario 1: in Sales, show orders in a Kanban View instead of a List " -"View.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/views.rst:7 -msgid "" -"From the Sales page, access Studio and, under *Views*, set the *Kanban* " -"option as the default one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/views.rst:14 -msgid "" -"**Case scenario 2: allow for the list of leads to be edited inline without " -"having to switch to the form view.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/views.rst:19 -msgid "" -"On the *List View*, under *View* > *Editable*, choose between *New record on" -" top* or *New record at the bottom*. This way, besides defining the order in" -" which new records are displayed in the view, you are able to edit them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/views.rst:21 -msgid "" -"If the field is left blank, no editing is possible and records are shown " -"based on your column preferences on the lead's page (front-end)." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/support.po b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/support.po deleted file mode 100644 index 062e8e556..000000000 --- a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/support.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,463 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# Morten Schou <ms@msteknik.dk>, 2020 -# JonathanStein <jstein@image.dk>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:42+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: JonathanStein <jstein@image.dk>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: da\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../support.rst:5 -msgid "Support" -msgstr "Support" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:7 -msgid "Supported versions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Odoo provides support and bug fixing **for the 3 last major versions** of " -"Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Users hosted on **Odoo Online** may use intermediary versions (sometimes " -"called *SaaS versions*) that are supported as well. These versions are not " -"published for Odoo.sh or On-Premise installations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:18 -msgid "What's the support status of my Odoo?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:20 -msgid "This matrix shows the support status of every version." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:22 -msgid "**Major releases are in bold type.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:25 -msgid "Odoo Online" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:25 -msgid "Odoo.sh" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:25 -msgid "On-Premise" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:25 -msgid "Release date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:27 -msgid "**Odoo 14.0**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:27 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:27 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:27 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:29 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:31 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:31 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:31 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:33 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:35 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:35 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:35 -msgid "|green|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:27 -msgid "October 2020" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:29 -msgid "Odoo 13.saas~4" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:29 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:29 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:33 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:33 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:37 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:37 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:41 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:41 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:43 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:43 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:47 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:47 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:49 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:51 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:51 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:53 -msgid "N/A" -msgstr "- Ikke angivet -" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:29 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:33 -msgid "August 2019" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:31 -msgid "**Odoo 13.0**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:31 -msgid "October 2019" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:33 -msgid "Odoo 12.saas~3" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:35 -msgid "**Odoo 12.0**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:35 -msgid "October 2018" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:35 -msgid "*End-of-support is planned for October 2021*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:37 -msgid "Odoo 11.saas~3" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:37 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:39 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:39 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:41 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:43 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:45 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:45 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:47 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:49 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:51 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:53 -msgid "|orange|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:37 -msgid "April 2018" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:39 -msgid "**Odoo 11.0**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:39 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:45 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:49 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:53 -msgid "|red|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:39 -msgid "October 2017" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:41 -msgid "Odoo 10.saas~15" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:41 -msgid "March 2017" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:43 -msgid "Odoo 10.saas~14" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:43 -msgid "January 2017" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:45 -msgid "**Odoo 10.0**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:45 -msgid "October 2016" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:47 -msgid "Odoo 9.saas~11" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:47 -msgid "May 2016" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:49 -msgid "**Odoo 9.0**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:49 -msgid "October 2015" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:51 -msgid "Odoo 8.saas~6" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:51 -msgid "February 2015" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:53 -msgid "**Odoo 8.0**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:53 -msgid "September 2014" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:59 -msgid "|green| Supported version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:61 -msgid "|red| End-of-support" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:63 -msgid "N/A Never released for this platform" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:65 -msgid "" -"|orange| Some of our older customers may still run this version on our Odoo " -"Online servers, we provide help only on blocking issues and advise you to " -"upgrade." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:67 -msgid "🏁 Future version, not released yet" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:80 -msgid "I run an older version of Odoo/OpenERP/TinyERP" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:82 -msgid "" -"OpenERP 7.0, 6.1, 6.0 and 5.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:84 -msgid "" -"TinyERP 4.0, 3.0, 2.0 and 1.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:86 -msgid "" -"You should consider `upgrading <https://upgrade.odoo.com/>`_ your database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:8 -msgid "What can I expect from the support service?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:12 -msgid "5 days a week" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Your Odoo Online subscription includes **unlimited 24hr support at no extra " -"cost, Monday to Friday**. Our teams are located around the world to ensure " -"you have support, no matter your location. Your support representative could" -" be communicating to you from San Francisco, Belgium, or India!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Our support team can be contacted through our `online support form " -"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:23 -msgid "What kind of support is included?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Providing you with relevant material (guidelines, product documentation, " -"etc...)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Answers to issues that you may encounter in your standard Odoo database (eg." -" “I cannot close my Point of Sale” or “I cannot find my sales KPIs?”)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:29 -msgid "Questions related to your account, subscription, or billing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Bug resolution (blocking issues or unexpected behaviour not due to " -"misconfiguration or customization)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Issues that might occur in a test database after upgrading to a newer " -"version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:34 -msgid "" -"*Odoo Support does not make changes to your production database without your" -" agreement and gives you the material and knowledge to do it yourself!*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:39 -msgid "What kind of support is not included?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Questions that require us to understand your business processes in order to " -"help you implement your database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Training on how to use our software (we will direct you to our many " -"resources)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:44 -msgid "Import of documents into your database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Guidance on which configurations to apply inside of an application or the " -"database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:46 -msgid "" -"How to set up configuration models (Examples include: Inventory Routes, " -"Payment Terms, Warehouses, etc)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:48 -msgid "Any intervention on your own servers/deployments of Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Any intervention on your own third party account (Ingenico, Authorize, UPS, " -"etc)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Questions or issues related to specific developments or customizations done " -"either by Odoo or a third party (this is specific only to your database or " -"involving code)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:54 -msgid "" -"You can get this type of support with a `Success Pack <https://www.odoo.com" -"/pricing-packs>`__. With a pack, one of our consultants will analyze the way" -" your business runs and tell you how you can get the most out of your Odoo " -"Database. We will handle all configurations and coach you on how to use " -"Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:6 -msgid "Where to find help?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:10 -msgid "Odoo Enterprise" -msgstr "Odoo Enterprise" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Users who have a valid Odoo Enterprise subscription may always contact our " -"support teams through our `support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_, no " -"matter the hosting type you chose (Odoo Online, Odoo.sh or on your own " -"server)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:16 -msgid "Please include in your request:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:18 -msgid "your subscription number" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:19 -msgid "" -"the URL of your database if your database is hosted by Odoo (Odoo Online or " -"Odoo.sh)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:21 -msgid "Our agents will get back to you as soon as possible." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:25 -msgid "Odoo Community" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:27 -msgid "*Odoo Community users don't get access to the support service.*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:29 -msgid "Here are some resources that might help you:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:31 -msgid "Our `documentation pages <https://www.odoo.com/page/docs>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Ask your question on the `community forum " -"<https://www.odoo.com/forum/help-1>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:33 -msgid "" -"`Buy Odoo Enterprise " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/14.0/setup/enterprise.html>`_ to get the" -" support and bugfix services." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/survey.po b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/survey.po deleted file mode 100644 index f09b64e9c..000000000 --- a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/survey.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,242 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# Pernille Kristensen <pernillekristensen1994@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Sanne Kristensen <sanne@vkdata.dk>, 2020 -# Mads Søndergaard, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:42+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Mads Søndergaard, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: da\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../survey.rst:5 -msgid "Survey" -msgstr "Undersøgelse" - -#: ../../survey/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Oversigt" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:3 -msgid "Get Started with Surveys" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Surveys can be used for a range of purposes that can go from collecting " -"customer feedback, evaluate the success of an event, measure how pleased " -"customers are with your products/services, gauge whether employees are happy" -" and satisfied with their work environment, and even to find out what your " -"market is thinking." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:11 -msgid "Get started" -msgstr "Kom igang" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:13 -msgid "" -"When creating your survey, choose a *Title* and *Category*. The *Category* " -"field is used to know in which context the survey is being conducted, as " -"different applications might use it for different purposes such as " -"recruitment, certification, or employee appraisal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:22 -msgid "Tab: Questions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:24 -msgid "Add sections and questions by clicking on the respective links." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:27 -msgid "" -"On the *Sections and Questions* form, once the question type is chosen and " -"the answer added, under the tab *Options*, enable *Mandatory Answer*, and " -"set an *Error message* to be shown when the user tries to submit the survey " -"without answering the respective question." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Depending on the *Question Type*, the tab *Options* aggregates extra and " -"different possibilities. Examples:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:31 -msgid "" -"*Single Line Text Box* - can choose a minimum and maximum text length " -"(number of characters - spaces do not count), and its error message." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:33 -msgid "" -"*Multiple choice: multiple answers allowed*: choose between radio buttons or" -" a dropdown menu list, and if you would like to have a comment field. If the" -" user select an answer and type a comment, the values are separately " -"recorded. Or, enable the comment field to be displayed as an answer choice, " -"with which a text type field is displayed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:37 -msgid "" -"*Matrix Type*: choose if you would like to have one or multiple choices per " -"row." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:44 -msgid "Tab: Description" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Write a *Description* to be displayed under the title of the survey's " -"homepage." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:53 -msgid "Click on *Edit* to personalize your pages with the website builder." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:56 -msgid "Tab: Options" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Under the tab *Options*, choose the *Layout* of your questions. If choosing " -"*One page per section* or *One page per question*, an option *Back Button* " -"becomes available, which allows the user to go back pages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:67 -msgid "Test and share the survey" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Once your Survey is ready, *Test* it to avoid *Sharing* it with potential " -"errors. As answers get collected, click on *Answers* to access all the " -"details of the respondent and his answers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:72 -msgid "" -"By default, a filter *Except Test Entries* is applied to keep the list of " -"entries clean with only real participants." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:79 -msgid "" -"Another way to access detailed answers is by going to " -":menuselection:`Participations --> Participations`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:80 -msgid "Click on *See results* to be redirected to an analytical page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:87 -#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:34 -msgid ":doc:`scoring`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:88 ../../survey/overview/scoring.rst:35 -msgid ":doc:`time_random`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/scoring.rst:3 -msgid "Scoring Surveys" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/scoring.rst:5 -msgid "" -"To measure your respondent’s performance, knowledge of a subject, or overall" -" satisfaction, attach points to the answers of specific questions. The " -"points are summed up to give your respondent a final score." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/scoring.rst:9 -msgid "" -"On your survey’s form, click on *Add a question* and, under the tab " -"*Options*, choose between *Scoring with answers at the end* or *Scoring " -"without answers at the end*. Now, on your question’s form, set the right " -"answer and score." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/scoring.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Set the percentage score the user needs to achieve to have successfully " -"taken the survey. If enabling *Certificate*, choose its template. The " -"certification is automatically sent by email to the users who successfully " -"finish it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/scoring.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Enable *Login required* to be able to *Give Badges*. Badges are related to " -"the eLearning section of your website. Besides the logged-in user, visitors " -"of the website that access the page *Courses* can also see the granted " -"badges." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:3 -msgid "Time and Randomize Questions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:6 -msgid "Time Limit" -msgstr "Tidsbegrænsning" - -#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:10 -msgid "" -"On timed surveys, respondents need to complete the survey within a certain " -"period of time. It can be used to ensure that all respondents get the same " -"amount of time to find the answers, or to decrease the chance of having them" -" looking at external resources." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:11 -msgid "Set the *Time limit* under the tab *Options*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:17 -msgid "" -"A timer is shown on the pages so the user can keep track of the remaining " -"time. Surveys not \\ submitted by the *Time limit* do not have their answers" -" saved." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:21 -msgid "Selection" -msgstr "Udvælgelse" - -#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:25 -msgid "" -"When you randomize a survey, you allow for the questions to be shuffled in a" -" random order every time someone opens the questionnaire. This can be useful" -" to avoid having respondents looking at each others' answers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:27 -msgid "" -"To do so, under the tab *Options*, enable *Randomized per section*. Now, " -"under the tab *Questions*, set how many of the questions in that section " -"should be taken into account during the shuffling." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/timesheets.po b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/timesheets.po deleted file mode 100644 index 92adbb0b9..000000000 --- a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/timesheets.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,85 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Sanne Kristensen <sanne@vkdata.dk>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 15:13+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Sanne Kristensen <sanne@vkdata.dk>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: da\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../timesheets.rst:5 -msgid "Timesheets" -msgstr "Timesedler" - -#: ../../timesheets/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Oversigt" - -#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:3 -msgid "Create Timesheets upon Time Off Validation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo automatically timesheets on project/tasks upon time off requests. This " -"allows for better overall control over the validation of timesheets, as it " -"does not leave place for forgetfulness and questions after hours that have " -"not been timesheeted by the employee." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Activate the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, " -"go to *Timesheets*, and change the *Project* and *Task* set by default, if " -"you like." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Time Off --> Configuration --> Time Off Types`. Select" -" or create the needed type, and decide if you would like the requests to be " -"validated or not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Now, once the employee has requested his time off and the request has been " -"validated (or not, depending on the setting chosen), the time is " -"automatically allocated on *Timesheets*, under the respective project and " -"task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:27 -msgid "" -"On the example below, the user requested *Paid Time off* from July 13th to " -"15th." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Considering that validation is not required, the requested time off is " -"automatically displayed in *Timesheets*. If validation is necessary, the " -"time is automatically allocated after the responsible person for validating " -"does it so." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Click on the magnifying glass, hovering over the concerned cell, to access " -"all the aggregated data on that cell (day), and see details regarding the " -"project/task." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/website.po b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po similarity index 58% rename from locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/website.po rename to locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po index c5d343dbe..666b04197 100644 --- a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/website.po +++ b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po @@ -1,27 +1,27 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: -# JonathanStein <jstein@image.dk>, 2020 -# Pernille Kristensen <pernillekristensen1994@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Per Rasmussen <perhgrasmussen@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Sanne Kristensen <sanne@vkdata.dk>, 2020 -# Ejner Sønniksen <ejner@vkdata.dk>, 2020 -# lhmflexerp <lhm@flexerp.dk>, 2020 -# Mads Søndergaard, 2020 -# Mads Søndergaard <mads@vkdata.dk>, 2020 +# JonathanStein <jstein@image.dk>, 2021 +# Sanne Kristensen <sanne@vkdata.dk>, 2021 # Martin Trigaux, 2021 +# Per Rasmussen <perhgrasmussen@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Pernille Kristensen <pernillekristensen1994@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Ejner Sønniksen <ejner@vkdata.dk>, 2021 +# lhmflexerp <lhm@flexerp.dk>, 2021 +# Mads Søndergaard, 2021 +# Mads Søndergaard <mads@vkdata.dk>, 2021 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 15:13+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2021\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-18 07:12+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-05-18 05:18+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Mads Søndergaard <mads@vkdata.dk>, 2021\n" "Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -29,23 +29,991 @@ msgstr "" "Language: da\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" -#: ../../website.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/websites.rst:3 +msgid "Websites" +msgstr "Websites" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce.rst:4 +msgid "eCommerce" +msgstr "Webshop" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started.rst:3 +msgid "Get started" +msgstr "Kom igang" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:3 +msgid "How to customize my catalog page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:6 +msgid "Product Catalog" +msgstr "Varekartotek" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:8 +msgid "" +"All your published items show up in your catalog page (or *Shop* page)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Most options are available in the *Customize* menu: display attributes, " +"website categories, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:20 +msgid "Highlight a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Boost the visibility of your star/promoted products: push them to top, make " +"them bigger, add a ribbon that you can edit (Sale, New, etc.). Open the Shop" +" page, switch to Edit mode and click any item to start customizing the grid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:26 +msgid "" +"See how to do it: " +"https://www.odoo.com/openerp_website/static/src/video/e-commerce/editing.mp4" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:29 +msgid "Quick add to cart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:31 +msgid "" +"If your customers buy a lot of items at once, make their process shorter by " +"enabling purchases from the catalog page. To do so, add product description " +"and add to cart button. Turn on the following options in *Customize* menu: " +"Product Description, Add to Cart, List View (to display product description " +"better)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:3 +msgid "How to build a product page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:5 +msgid "On the website click *New Page* in the top-right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:7 +msgid "Then click *New Product* and follow the blinking tips." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:12 +msgid "Here are the main elements of the Product page:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:17 +msgid "Many elements can be made visible from the *Customize* menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:22 +msgid "See how to configure your products from links here below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:26 +msgid ":doc:`../managing_products/variants`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:27 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/taxes`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:28 +msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/cross_selling`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:29 +msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/reviews`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:30 +msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:31 +msgid ":doc:`../../website/optimize/seo`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products.rst:3 +msgid "Manage my products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:3 +msgid "How to display several images per product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:5 +msgid "" +"By default your product web page displays the main image of your product " +"only. If you like to show your products under several angles, you can turn " +"the image into a carrousel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Check *Several images per product* in :menuselection:`Website Admin --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Open a product detail form and upload images from *Images* tab. Hit *Create*" +" in Edit mode to get the upload wizard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:19 +msgid "Such extra image are common to all the product variants (if any)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage product variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Product variants are used to offer variations of the same product to your " +"customers on the products page. For example, the customer chooses a T-shirt " +"and then selects its size and color. In the example below, the customer " +"chooses a phone, and then selects the memory; color and Wi-Fi band from the " +"available options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:15 +msgid "How to create attributes & variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Turn on *Products can have several attributes, defining variants (Example: " +"size, color,...)* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:20 +msgid "Select a product from the Products list, go to the *Variants* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Add as many attributes as you need from 3 different types: radio buttons, " +"drop-down menu or color buttons. You get several variants as soon as there " +"are 2 values for 1 attribute." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:30 +msgid "How to edit variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:32 +msgid "See all the variants from the product template detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:40 +msgid "You can edit following data:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:42 +msgid "Picture (will update in real time on the website)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:43 +msgid "Barcode," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:44 +msgid "Internal Reference (SKU #)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:45 +msgid "Volume," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:46 +msgid "Weight," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:47 +msgid "Active (available in quotes & website)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Both the Barcode and the Internal Reference are variant-specific. You need " +"to populate them once the variants generated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:54 +msgid "" +"See and edit all the variants from :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> " +"Product Variants` as well. This might be quicker if you manage lots of " +"variants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:58 +msgid "How to set specific prices per variant" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:60 +msgid "" +"You can also set a specific public price per variant by clicking *Variant " +"Prices* in the product detail form (action in top-left corner)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:66 +msgid "" +"The Price Extra is added to the product price whenever the corresponding " +"attribute value is selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Pricelist formulas let you set advanced price computation methods for " +"product variants. See :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:80 +msgid "How to disable/archive variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:82 +msgid "" +"You can disable/archive specific variants so that they are no longer " +"available in quotes & website (not existing in your stock, deprecated, " +"etc.). Simply uncheck *Active* in their detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To retrieve such archived items, hit *Archived* on searching the variants " +"list. You can reactivate them the same way." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue.rst:3 +msgid "Maximize my revenue" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:3 +msgid "How to sell accessories and optional products (cross-selling)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You sell computers. Why not stimulating your customers to buy a top-notch " +"screen or an extra-warranty? That's the goal of cross-selling " +"functionalities:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:8 +msgid "Accessory products on checkout page," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Optional products on a new *Add to Cart* screen (not installed by default)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:12 +msgid "Accessory products when checking out" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Accessories (e.g. for computers: mouse, keyboard) show up when the customer " +"reviews the cart before paying." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:20 +msgid "Select accessories in the *Sales* tab of the product detail page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:26 +msgid "" +"There is an algorithm to figure out the best accessories to display in case " +"several items are added to cart. If any item is the accessory of several " +"products added to cart, it is most likely that it will be atop the list of " +"suggested accessories." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:31 +msgid "Optional products when adding to cart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Optional products are directly related to the item added to cart (e.g. for " +"computers: warranty, OS software, extra components). Whenever the main " +"product is added to cart, such a new screen pops up as an extra step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:40 +msgid "To publish optional products:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Install *eCommerce Optional Products* addon in *Apps* menu. Remove the " +"default filter to search on addons as well, otherwise only main apps show " +"up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:48 +msgid "Select optional items from the *Sales* tab of the product detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The quantity of optional items added to cart is the same than the main item." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:3 +msgid "Adapt prices to website visitors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:5 +msgid "" +"This section sheds light on pricing features found in the eCommerce app:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:7 +msgid "force a price by geo-localization," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:9 +msgid "let the customer choose the currency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:11 +msgid "" +"As a pre-requisite, check out how to managing product pricing: " +":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:15 +msgid "Geo-IP automatically applies the right price" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Assign country groups to your pricelists. That way, visitors who aren't " +"logged in yet will get their own currency when landing on your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:20 +msgid "Once logged in, they get the pricelist matching their country." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:23 +msgid "Currency selector" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In the case that you sell in several currencies, you can let your customers " +"choose their own. Check the *Selectable* box to add the pricelist to the " +"website drop-down menu, which can be found in *Pricelists* under the " +"*Products* menu, located in the Website application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:35 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:36 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:37 +msgid ":doc:`promo_code`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:3 +msgid "How to create & share promotional codes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Want to boost your sales for Xmas? Share promocodes through your marketing " +"campaigns and apply any kind of discounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:18 +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "Opsætning" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings` and choose *Advanced pricing based" +" on formula* for *Sale Price*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website Admin --> Catalog --> Pricelists` and create a" +" new pricelist with the discount rule (see :doc:`pricing`). Then enter a " +"code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Make the promocode field available on your *Shopping Cart* page (option in " +"*Customize* menu). Add a product to cart to reach it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Once turned on you see a new section on the right side. On clicking *Apply* " +"prices get automatically updated in the cart." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:33 +msgid "" +"The promocode used by the customer is stored in the system so you can " +"analyze the performance of your marketing campaigns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:39 +msgid "Show sales per pricelists..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:43 +msgid ":doc:`pricing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:3 +msgid "How to enable comments & rating" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Publishing and monitoring customer experience will help you gain the trust " +"of new customers and better engage with your community. In 2 clicks, allow " +"your customer to share their feedback!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Activate comments & rating from the *Customize* menu of the product web " +"page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Visitors must log in to share their comments. Make sure they are able to do " +"so (see Portal documentation)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:25 +msgid "Review the posts in real time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Whenever a post is published, the product manager and all the product " +"followers get notified in their Inbox (*Discuss* menu)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:34 +msgid "" +"By default the user who created the product is automatically set as " +"follower." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Click the product name to open the detail form and review the comment (in " +"the product discussion thread)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:43 +msgid "Moderate & unpublish" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:45 +msgid "" +"You can easily moderate by using the chatter, either in the product detail " +"form or on the web page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To unpublish the post, open the product web page and click the *Published* " +"button to turn it red (*Unpublished*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:56 +msgid "..tip::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:55 +msgid "" +"You can access the web page from the detail form by clicking the *Published*" +" smart button (and vice versa)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:3 +msgid "How to sell pricier alternative products (upselling)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In order to maximize your revenue, suggesting pricier alternative products " +"is strongly advised for basic items. That way, your customer will spend more" +" time browsing your catalog." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:12 +msgid "To do so:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Select such *Alternative Products* in the *Sales* tab of the product detail " +"form. 3 alternatives are fine! Don't publish too many otherwise your " +"customers will be confused." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Turn on *Alternative Products* from the *Customize* menu of the product web " +"page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/publish.rst:3 +msgid "Launch my website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience.rst:3 +msgid "Get paid" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:3 +msgid "Manage orders paid with Payment Acquirers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The moment a payment is officially authorized by a Payment Acquirer, Odoo " +"*automatically* confirms the order, which triggers the delivery. And, if you" +" invoice based on ordered quantities, you are requested to invoice the " +"order, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Let’s take a closer look at how to manage orders paid with Payment " +"Acquirers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:12 +msgid "Checking the status of a payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To check the status of a payment, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Orders " +"--> Orders`. Then, simply click on the order you wish to check on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Once you are on the Sales Order page, you will find the payment is confirmed" +" with an automatic note in the *Chatter*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If the user decides to create an invoice, the payment is directly " +"reconciled. This note in the *Chatter* includes a link to the Payment entry," +" which contains various details about the transaction, along with a link to " +"the related Journal Entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Specific messages are provided to your customers for every payment status " +"whenever they are redirected to Odoo after the transaction. To edit these " +"messages, go to the *Messages* tab of the payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:38 +msgid "Automatically generate invoices at order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:40 +msgid "" +"When the order is confirmed, you can also choose to have an invoice " +"automatically issued and paid. This fully-automated feature is designed for " +"businesses that invoice orders right away." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:47 +msgid "To do automatically generate invoices at order:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Invoicing`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Then, under the **Invoicing Policy** option, select *Invoice what is " +"ordered*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:47 +msgid "Then activate *Automatic Invoices* and *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:54 +msgid "Capture payment after the delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:56 +msgid "" +"If the acquirer handling the payment is configured to capture amounts " +"manually, the order is confirmed, but the amount is kept on hold. Once the " +"delivery is processed, you can capture the payment from the related Sales " +"Order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:61 +msgid ":doc:`../../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:62 +msgid "" +":ref:`Payment Acquirers: Place a hold on a card " +"<payment_acquirers/capture_amount>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:3 +msgid "How customers can access their customer account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:5 +msgid "" +"It has never been so easy for your customers to access their customer " +"account. Forget endless signup forms, Odoo makes it as easy as ABC. They are" +" suggested to sign up (name, email, password) when the order is placed, and " +"not before. Indeed, nothing is more annoying than going through a signup " +"process before buying something." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:14 +msgid "Sign up" +msgstr "Tilmeld dig" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The invitation to sign up shows up when the customer wants to visualize the " +"order from order confirmation email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:23 +msgid "Customer account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Once logged in the customer will access the account by clicking *My Account*" +" in the login dropdown menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:31 +msgid "" +"THere they find all their history. The main address (billing) can also be " +"modified." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:37 +msgid "" +"If the customer is set as a contact of a company in your address book, they " +"will see all the documents whose the customer belongs to this company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/taxes.rst:3 +msgid "Collect taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:4 +msgid "Live Chat" +msgstr "Live Chat" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:6 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Oversigt" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:3 +msgid "Get Started with Live Chat" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Live Chat has the highest satisfaction rating of any communication tool. It " +"allows fast responses and it is accessible and convenient, as your customers" +" can keep doing what they are doing while interacting with you. Remember: " +"your customers want to talk to you, so let's make it easy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:10 +msgid "Set up" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Once *Live Chat* is installed on your database, if your website was created " +"with Odoo, the application is automatically added to it. All that is left to" +" do is to go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> " +"Live Chat`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Select the channel to be linked to your website or create one on the fly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:27 +msgid "For both scenarios, under:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:30 +msgid "" +"- **Operators**: add agents to respond to the chat requests. Add as many as " +"you like, and keep in mind that operators that do not show any activity in " +"Odoo for more than 30min are considered disconnected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:33 +msgid "" +"- **Options**: set the default text to be shown on the live chat button; an " +"automated welcome message to be seen by visitors when a conversation is " +"initiated, and the text that prompts the user to initiate a chat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:36 +msgid "" +"- **Channel Rules**: choose an action for a given URL, and/or per country. " +"In the example below, the chat window automatically pops-up 3 seconds after " +"users (from any country) land on the contact us page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:43 +msgid "" +"GeoIP, which refers to the process of finding a computer terminal’s " +"geographical location by its IP address, must be installed on your server. " +"Otherwise, under *Channel Rules*, countries are not taken into account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:48 +msgid "External options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If your website was not created with Odoo, you can find the code to be added" +" to your own, under the *Widget* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Odoo also offers an URL you can send to users so they can have access to a " +"single live chat page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:59 +msgid "Managing chat requests" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Conversations initiated by visitors pop up as a direct message, and are " +"shown in *Discuss*. Therefore, inquiries can be answered wherever you are in" +" Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Conversations are dispatched based on the current workload of the online " +"operators." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:72 +msgid "Leave or join a channel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, access your " +"channel under *Live Chat*, and *Join Channel* or *Leave Channel*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:48 +msgid ":doc:`ratings`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:45 +msgid ":doc:`responses`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:3 +msgid "Ratings" +msgstr "Bedømmelser" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Giving users the opportunity to rate their interactions can help you " +"improving the experience you offer. That means staying on top of your " +"customers' needs, besides keeping track of your operators’ performances." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:10 +msgid "Customer Rating" +msgstr "Kundevurdering" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Once the user chooses to close the chat window, he can rate his interaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If the user is *Not satisfied* or *Highly dissatisfied*, a field allowing " +"for an explanation is shown." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:15 +msgid "A copy of the conversation can also be sent by email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:22 +msgid "The rating is shown on the chat window itself for the operator." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:28 +msgid "And under :menuselection:`Report --> Customer Ratings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:35 +msgid "Make the rating public" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, access your " +"channel form, click on *Go to Website* and on *Unpublished*, to publish the " +"rating of that channel on your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:3 +msgid "Commands and Canned Responses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Using canned responses can help you save time and have a previous, well-" +"thought response, to some of your most common questions and comments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:9 +msgid "Use commands" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Commands are shortcuts that do specific actions within the chat window:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:13 +msgid "**/help**: shows a help message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:14 +msgid "**/helpdesk**: creates a helpdesk ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:15 +msgid "**/helpdesk_search**: searches for a helpdesk ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:16 +msgid "**/history**: shows the last 15 visited pages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:17 +msgid "**/lead**: creates a new lead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:18 +msgid "**/leave**: leaves the channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:0 +msgid "" +"- For *helpdesk tickets*: make sure the application is installed on your " +"database and the option *Live Chat* under :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> " +"Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` is enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:0 +msgid "" +"- For *leads*: the *CRM* application must be installed on your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To access the ticket or lead created from the chat, click on the shortcut " +"link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Helpdesk tickets created from the chat automatically add the conversation as" +" a description of the ticket. The same goes for the creation of a lead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:37 +msgid "Send canned responses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Canned responses allow you to have a full piece of text being placed when " +"you type a shortcut word. To create them, go to :menuselection:`Live Chat " +"--> Configuration --> Canned Responses`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To use them during a conversation, simply type **:** followed by the " +"shortcut word you created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website.rst:4 msgid "Website" msgstr "Hjemmeside" -#: ../../website/optimize.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize.rst:3 msgid "Optimize" msgstr "Optimér" -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:3 msgid "How to track your website's traffic in Google Analytics" msgstr "Hvordan du sporer din hjemmesides trafik med Google Analytics" -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:5 msgid "To follow your website's traffic with Google Analytics:" msgstr "For at følge din hjemmesides trafik med Google Analytics:" -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:7 msgid "" "`Create a Google Analytics account <https://www.google.com/analytics/>`__ if" " you don't have any." @@ -53,7 +1021,7 @@ msgstr "" "`Opret en Google Analytics konto <https://www.google.com/analytics/>`__ hvis" " du ikke har nogen." -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:10 msgid "" "Go through the creation form and accept the conditions to get the tracking " "ID." @@ -61,11 +1029,11 @@ msgstr "" "Gennemgå oprettelses formularen og accepter betingelserne, for at få et " "sporings ID." -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:15 msgid "Copy the tracking ID to insert it in Odoo." msgstr "Kopier sporings ID'et til indsættelse i Odoo." -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:20 msgid "" "Go to the *Configuration* menu of your Odoo's Website app. In the settings, " "turn on Google Analytics and paste the tracking ID. Then save the page." @@ -74,7 +1042,7 @@ msgstr "" "aktiverer du Google Analytics, og indsætter sporings ID'et. Gem derefter " "siden." -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:27 msgid "" "To make your first steps in Google Analytics, refer to `Google Documentation" " <https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/1008015?hl=en/>`_." @@ -83,15 +1051,15 @@ msgstr "" "Dokumentation " "<https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/1008015?hl=en/>`_." -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:32 msgid ":doc:`google_analytics_dashboard`" msgstr ":doc:`google_analytics_instrumentbræt`" -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:3 msgid "How to track your website traffic from your Odoo Dashboard" msgstr "Hvordan du sporer hjemmeside trafik fra dit Odoo Instrumentbræt" -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:5 msgid "" "You can follow your traffic statistics straight from your Odoo Website " "Dashboard thanks to Google Analytics." @@ -99,7 +1067,7 @@ msgstr "" "Du kan følge dine trafik statistikker direkte fra dit Odoo Hjemmeside " "Instrumentbræt, takket være Google Analytics." -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:8 msgid "" "A preliminary step is creating a Google Analytics account and entering the " "tracking ID in your Website's settings (see :doc:`google_analytics`)." @@ -108,7 +1076,7 @@ msgstr "" "indtastning af dit sporings ID i din hjemmesides indstillinger (se " ":doc:`google_analytics`)." -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:11 msgid "" "Go to `Google APIs platform <https://console.developers.google.com>`__ to " "generate Analytics API credentials. Log in with your Google account." @@ -117,11 +1085,11 @@ msgstr "" "at generere Analytics API legitimationsoplysninger. Log ind med din Google " "konto." -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:14 msgid "Select Analytics API." msgstr "Vælg Analytics API." -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:19 msgid "" "Create a new project and give it a name (e.g. Odoo). This project is needed " "to store your API credentials." @@ -129,15 +1097,15 @@ msgstr "" "Opret et nyt projekt og giv den et navn (f.eks. Odoo). Dette projekt er " "nødvendig, for at gemme dine API legitimationsoplysninger." -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:25 msgid "Enable the API." msgstr "Aktiver API'en." -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:30 msgid "Create credentials to use in Odoo." msgstr "Opret legitimationsoplysninger til brug i Odoo." -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:35 msgid "" "Select *Web browser (Javascript)* as calling source and *User data* as kind " "of data." @@ -145,7 +1113,7 @@ msgstr "" "Vælg *Web browser (Javascript)* som kalds kilde, og *Bruger data* som slags " "på data." -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:41 msgid "" "Then you can create a Client ID. Enter the name of the application (e.g. " "Odoo) and the allowed pages on which you will be redirected. The *Authorized" @@ -158,7 +1126,7 @@ msgstr "" "oprindelse* er din Odoo instans URL. *Autoriseret omdirigerings URI* er din " "Odoo instans URL efterfulgt af '/google_account/authentication'." -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:51 msgid "" "Go through the Consent Screen step by entering a product name (e.g. Google " "Analytics in Odoo). Feel free to check the customizations options but this " @@ -170,12 +1138,12 @@ msgstr "" "men det er ikke obligatorisk. Samtykke skærmen vil kun vises efter du har " "angivet Klient ID'et i Odoo for første gang." -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:56 msgid "" "Finally you are provided with your Client ID. Copy and paste it in Odoo." msgstr "Endelig tildeles du dit Klient ID. Kopier og indsæt det i Odoo." -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:61 msgid "" "Open your Website Dashboard in Odoo and link your Analytics account to past " "your Client ID." @@ -183,15 +1151,15 @@ msgstr "" "Åben dit Hjemmeside Instrumentbræt i Odoo, og forbind din Analytics konto, " "for at indsætte dit Klient ID." -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:67 msgid "As a last step, authorize Odoo to access Google API." msgstr "Autorisér Odoos adgang til Google API, som et sidste skridt." -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:3 msgid "Track clicks and visitors using Link Trackers" msgstr "Spor klik og besøgende via Link sporere" -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:5 msgid "" "Link Trackers allow you to track your marketing campaigns (emails, banner " "ads, blog posts, social media posts, affiliate links, etc.). This way, you " @@ -203,11 +1171,11 @@ msgstr "" "På denne måde kan du identificere dine bedste trafik kilder, og foretage " "informerede valg vedrørende distribueringen af dit marketing budget." -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:10 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Konfiguration" -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:12 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate " "*Link Trackers*." @@ -215,11 +1183,11 @@ msgstr "" "Gå til :menuselection:`Hjemmeside --> Konfiguration --> Indstillinger`og " "aktiver *Link sporere*." -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:19 msgid "Set up traceable URLs" msgstr "Opsæt sporbare URL'er" -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:21 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Go to website --> Promote --> Track this " "page`. Here, you are able to get a specific tracked URL based on the " @@ -229,18 +1197,18 @@ msgstr "" "Spor denne side`. Her kan du hente en specifik sporet URL, baseret på " "kampagne, medie, og kilde der anvendes." -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:28 msgid "" "**URL**: url of the page you want to track (e.g. the home page or a " "product's page)." msgstr "" "**URL**: URL på siden du vil følge (f.eks. forsiden eller et produkts side)." -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:29 msgid "**Campaign**: context of your link (e.g. a special promotion)." msgstr "**Kampagne**: Kontekst på dit link (f.eks. en særlig promovering)." -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:30 msgid "" "**Medium**: channel used to share (deliver) your link (e.g. an email or a " "Facebook ad)." @@ -248,14 +1216,14 @@ msgstr "" "**Medie**: Kanal brugt til at dele (levere) dit link (f.eks. en email eller " "en Facebook reklame)." -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:31 msgid "" "**Source**: platform where the traffic originates (e.g. Google or Twitter)." msgstr "" "**Kilde**: Platform hvor trafikken oprinder fra (f.eks. Google eller " "Twitter)." -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:33 msgid "" "Now, click on *Get tracked link* to generate a URL that you can post or send" " by the source you have decided on." @@ -263,11 +1231,11 @@ msgstr "" "Kluk nu på *Få sporet link* få et generere en URL som du kan postere og " "sende via kilden du har bestemt dig for." -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:37 msgid "Follow-up on tracked links" msgstr "Følg op på sporede links" -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:39 msgid "" "To look at statistics of your links, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Go to" " website --> Promote --> Track this page`. Besides being able to see the " @@ -281,12 +1249,12 @@ msgstr "" "nyligt*, kan du også klikke på *Statistikker* og se komplette statistikker " "over antallet af klik samt oprindelseslandene for de klik." -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:50 msgid "You can also access the link tracker on *odoo.com/r* via your browser." msgstr "" "Du kan også tilgå link sporeren ved at skrive *odoo.com/r* i din browser." -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:51 msgid "" "Activate the developer mode (:menuselection:`Settings --> Activate the " "developer mode`) and get access to the *Link Tracker* module and its back-" @@ -296,7 +1264,7 @@ msgstr "" "udvikler tilstanden`) og tilgå *Link sporer* modulet samt dets back-end " "funktionaliteter." -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:53 msgid "" "Integrated with :doc:`Google Analytics <google_analytics>`, those trackers " "allow you to see the number of clicks and visitors to keep you on top of " @@ -306,21 +1274,18 @@ msgstr "" "gør dig i stand til at se antallet af klik samt besøgende, for at holde dig " "opdateret vedrørende dine marketing kampagner." -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:55 msgid "" -"The integration with the :doc:`CRM <../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits>` " -"application allows you to understand where your leads and opportunities are " -"coming from." +"The integration with the :doc:`CRM " +"</applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits>` application allows " +"you to understand where your leads and opportunities are coming from." msgstr "" -"Integrationen med :doc:`CRM <../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits>` " -"applikationen gør dig i stand til at forstå, hvor dine kundeemner og " -"muligheder kommer fra." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:3 msgid "How to do Search Engine Optimisation (SEO) in Odoo" msgstr "Hvordan man laver Søgemaskine Optimering (SEO) i Odoo" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:5 msgid "" "Search Engine Optimization (SEO) is a set of good practices to optimize your" " website so that you get a better ranking in search engines like Google. In " @@ -330,7 +1295,7 @@ msgstr "" " hjemmeside, så at du får den bedste rangering på søgemaskiner så som " "Google. Kort sagt, gør en god SEO det muligt for dig at få mange besøgende." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:9 msgid "" "Some examples of SEO rules: your web pages should load fast, your page " "should have one and only one title ``<h1>``, meta tags (alt-tag, title-tag) " @@ -342,7 +1307,7 @@ msgstr "" "være konsistente med indholdet, din hjemmeside bør have en ``/sitemap.xml`` " "fil, osv." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:15 msgid "" "To guarantee Odoo Website and Odoo eCommerce users have a great SEO, Odoo " "abstracts all the technical complexities of SEO and handles everything for " @@ -352,7 +1317,7 @@ msgstr "" " sammenfatter Odoo alle de tekniske kompleksiteter ved SEO, og administrere " "alt for dig, på den bedst mulige måde. Dette vil blive forklaret nedenunder." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:20 msgid "" "But first, let see how you can easily boost your ranking by finetuning the " "content and the meta tags of your website." @@ -360,15 +1325,15 @@ msgstr "" "Men lad os først se, hvordan du nemt forøger din rangering, ved at " "finjustere indholdet samt meta tags på din hjemmeside." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:24 msgid "Meta Tags" msgstr "Meta Tags" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:27 msgid "Title, Description" msgstr "Titel, Beskrivelse" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:29 msgid "" "Every web page should define the ``<title>`` and ``<description>`` meta " "data. These information elements are used by search engines to promote your " @@ -382,11 +1347,11 @@ msgstr "" " finjustere dem. Tjek at de passer til indholdet på siden, for hvis ikke, " "vil du blive nedgraderet på søgemaskiner." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:39 msgid "Keywords" msgstr "Nøgleord" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:40 msgid "" "In order to write quality content and boost your traffic, Odoo provides a " "``<keyword>`` finder. Those keywords are the searches you want to head " @@ -400,7 +1365,7 @@ msgstr "" "(H1, H2, side titel, side beskrivelse, side indhold) og hvad de relaterede " "søgninger er på Google. Dets flere nøgleord dets bedre." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:50 msgid "" "If your website is in multiple languages, you can use the Promote tool for " "every language of a single page and set specific title, description and " @@ -410,11 +1375,11 @@ msgstr "" "hvert sprog for hver enkelt side, og angive specifik titel, beskrivelse, og " "søgnings tags." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:55 msgid "Content is King" msgstr "Indhold er Kongen" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:57 msgid "" "When it comes to SEO, content is usually king. Odoo provides several modules" " to help you build your website content:" @@ -422,11 +1387,11 @@ msgstr "" "Når det gælder SEO, er indhold typisk kongen. Odoo tilbyder flere moduler " "som hjælper dig med at opbygge din hjemmesides indhold:" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:60 msgid "**Odoo Blogs**: write great contents." msgstr "**Odoo Blogs**: skriv fantastisk indhold." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:62 msgid "" "**Odoo Slides**: publish all your Powerpoint or PDF presentations. Their " "content is automatically indexed on the web page. Example: `odoo.com/slides" @@ -436,7 +1401,7 @@ msgstr "" "indhold indekseres automatisk på hjemmesiden. Eksempel: `odoo.com/slides" "/public-channel-1 <https://www.odoo.com/slides/public-channel-1>`_" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:66 msgid "" "**Odoo Forum**: let your community create contents for you. Example: " "`odoo.com/forum/1 <https://odoo.com/forum/1>`_ (accounts for 30% of Odoo.com" @@ -446,7 +1411,7 @@ msgstr "" "`odoo.com/forum/1 <https://odoo.com/forum/1>`_ (konti for 30% af Odoo.com " "landings sider)" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:70 msgid "" "**Odoo Mailing List Archive**: publish mailing list archives on your " "website. Example: `odoo.com/groups/community-59 " @@ -456,7 +1421,7 @@ msgstr "" "hjemmeside. Eksempel: `odoo.com/groups/community-59 " "<https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59>`_ (1000 sider oprettet per måned)" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:76 msgid "" "The 404 page is a regular page, that you can edit like any other page in " "Odoo. That way, you can build a great 404 page to redirect to the top " @@ -467,11 +1432,11 @@ msgstr "" "af dit indhold på din hjemmeside, når besøgende farer vild og bruger " "ugyldige URL'er." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:81 msgid "Use Social Networks" msgstr "Brug Sociale netværk" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:83 msgid "" "Social media is built for mass sharing. If lots of people share your content" " on social media, then it's likely more people will link to it, and links " @@ -481,16 +1446,16 @@ msgstr "" "indhold på sociale medier, er det sandsynligt, at flere vil linke til det, " "og links er en kæmpe faktor i SEO rangering." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:87 msgid "Odoo embeds several tools to share content through social media:" msgstr "" "Odoo indlejrer flere værktøjer til deling af indhold via sociale medier:" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:90 msgid "Social Network" msgstr "Social Netværk" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:92 msgid "" "Odoo allows to link all your social network accounts in your website footer." " All you have to do is to refer all your accounts in your company settings." @@ -499,11 +1464,11 @@ msgstr "" "hjemmesides sidefod. Alt du skal gøre, er at referere dine konti i din " "virksomheds indstillinger." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:99 msgid "Social Share" msgstr "Social deling" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:101 msgid "" "Drop the building block *Share* on any page you want your visitors to share." " By clicking the icon, they are prompted to share the page in their social " @@ -513,7 +1478,7 @@ msgstr "" "dele. Ved at klikke på ikonet, spørges de, om de vil dele siden på deres " "sociale medie væg." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:108 msgid "" "Most social media use a picture of the picture to decorate the share post. " "Odoo uses the website logo by default but you can choose any other image of " @@ -523,11 +1488,11 @@ msgstr "" "delte indlæg. Odoo bruger hjemmeside logoet per standard, men du kan vælge " "ethvert andet billede på din side i Promovér værktøjet." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:116 msgid "Facebook Page" msgstr "Facebook side" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:118 msgid "" "Drop the building block *Facebook Page* to display a widget of your Facebook" " business page and encourage visitors to follow it. You can display the " @@ -537,11 +1502,11 @@ msgstr "" "virksomheds side, og opfordre besøgende til at følge den. Du kan vise " "tidslinjen, de næste begivenheder, og beskederne." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:123 msgid "Twitter Scroller" msgstr "Twitter Scroller" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:125 msgid "" "Display the Twitter feeds with customer satifaction on your website. This " "will increase the number of tweets and shares." @@ -549,11 +1514,11 @@ msgstr "" "Vis Twitter feedet med kunde tilfredshed på din hjemmeside. Dette vil forøge" " antallet af tweets og delinger." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:129 msgid "Test Your Website" msgstr "Test din hjemmeside" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:131 msgid "" "You can compare how your website rank, in terms of SEO, against Odoo using " "WooRank free services: `woorank.com <https://www.woorank.com>`_" @@ -561,39 +1526,39 @@ msgstr "" "Du kan sammenligne din hjemmesides rang, i forhold til SEO, mod Odoo via " "WooRanks gratis tjeneste: `woorank.com <https://www.woorank.com>`_" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:136 msgid "URLs Handling" msgstr "URL Håndtering" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:138 msgid "This section sheds some light on how Odoo makes URLs SEO-friendly." msgstr "Denne sektion kaster lys på, hvordan Odoo gør URL'er SEO-venlige." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:141 msgid "URLs Structure" msgstr "URL'er Struktur" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:143 msgid "A typical Odoo URL will look like this:" msgstr "Et typisk Odoo URL vil se sådan her ud:" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:145 msgid "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/my-great-product-31" msgstr "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/my-great-product-31" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:147 msgid "With the following components:" msgstr "Med de følgende komponenter:" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:149 msgid "**https://** = Protocol" msgstr "**https://** = Protokol" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:151 msgid "**www.mysite.com** = your domain name" msgstr "**www.minside.com** = Dit domæne navn" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:153 msgid "" "**/fr\\_FR** = page language. This part of the URL is removed if the visitor" " browses the main language of the website Thus, the main version of this " @@ -603,7 +1568,7 @@ msgstr "" "kigger på modersmålet for hjemmesiden. Derfor er den primære version af " "denne side: https://www.mysite.com/shop/product/my-great-product-31" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:158 msgid "" "**/shop/product** = every module defines its own namespace (/shop is for the" " catalog of the eCommerce module, /shop/product is for a product page)." @@ -612,7 +1577,7 @@ msgstr "" "til kataloget tilhørende eHandel modulet, /shop/produkt er for en produkt " "side)." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:162 msgid "" "**my-great-product** = by default, this is the slugified title of the " "product this page refers to. But you can customize it for SEO purposes. A " @@ -627,11 +1592,11 @@ msgstr "" "være forskellige objekter (blog indlæg, side titler, forum indlæg, forum " "kommentarer, produkt kategorier, osv.)." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:169 msgid "**-31** = the unique ID of the product" msgstr "**-31** = Det unikke produkt ID" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:171 msgid "" "Note that any dynamic component of an URL can be reduced to its ID. As an " "example, the following URLs all do a 301 redirect to the above URL:" @@ -640,15 +1605,15 @@ msgstr "" "et eksempel, kan følgende URL'er alle foretage en 301 omdirigering til " "ovenstående URL:" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:174 msgid "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (short version)" msgstr "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (kort version)" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:176 msgid "http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (even shorter version)" msgstr "http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (endnu kortere version)" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:178 msgid "" "http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/other-product-name-31 (old product " "name)" @@ -656,7 +1621,7 @@ msgstr "" "http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/other-product-name-31 (gammelt navn " "for produkt)" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:181 msgid "" "Some URLs have several dynamic parts, like this one (a blog category and a " "post):" @@ -664,23 +1629,23 @@ msgstr "" "Visse URL'er har flere dynamiske dele, så som denne (en blog kategori og et " "indlæg):" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:184 msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/company-news-5/post/the-odoo-story-56" msgstr "https://www.odoo.com/blog/company-news-5/post/the-odoo-story-56" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:186 msgid "In the above example:" msgstr "I ovenstående eksempel:" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:188 msgid "*Company News* is the title of the blog" msgstr "*Virksomheds nyheder* er titlen på bloggen" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:190 msgid "*The Odoo Story* is the title of a specific blog post" msgstr "*Odoo historien* er titlen på et specifikt blog indlæg" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:192 msgid "" "When an Odoo page has a pager, the page number is set directly in the URL " "(does not have a GET argument). This allows every page to be indexed by " @@ -690,15 +1655,15 @@ msgstr "" "ikke et GET argument). Dette gør det muligt for enhver side at blive " "indekseret af søgemaskiner. Eksempel:" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:196 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:196 msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/page/3" msgstr "https://www.odoo.com/blog/page/3" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:199 msgid "Changes in URLs & Titles" msgstr "Ændringer i URL'er & Titler" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:201 msgid "" "When the URL of a page changes (e.g. a more SEO friendly version of your " "product name), you don't have to worry about updating all links:" @@ -706,11 +1671,11 @@ msgstr "" "Når en sides URL ændres (f.eks. en mere SEO-venlig udgave af dit produkt " "navn), behøver du ikke bekymre dig om at opdatere alle links:" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:204 msgid "Odoo will automatically update all its links to the new URL." msgstr "Odoo vil automatisk opdatere alle dets links til den nye URL." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:206 msgid "" "If external websites still points to the old URL, a 301 redirect will be " "done to route visitors to the new address of the page." @@ -718,23 +1683,23 @@ msgstr "" "Hvis eksterne hjemmesider stadig peger på den gamle URL, vil en 301 " "omdirigering udføres, for at omdirigere besøgende til den nye hjemmeside." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:209 msgid "As an example, this URL:" msgstr "Som et eksempel. Denne URL:" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:211 msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/old-product-name-31" msgstr "http://mysite.com/shop/product/gammel-produkt-navn-31" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:213 msgid "Will automatically redirect to:" msgstr "Vil automatisk omdirigere til:" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:215 msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/new-and-better-product-name-31" msgstr "http://mysite.com/shop/product/nyt-og-bedre-produkt-navn-31" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:217 msgid "" "In short, just change the title of a blog post or the name of a product, and" " the changes will apply automatically everywhere in your website. The old " @@ -746,11 +1711,11 @@ msgstr "" "hjemmeside. Det gamle link virker stadig for trafik fra eksterne hjemmeside," " via en 301 omdirigering, for ikke at miste SEO link juice." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:223 msgid "HTTPS" msgstr "HTTPS" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:225 msgid "" "Search engines boost ranking of secure HTTPS/SSL websites. So, by default " "all Odoo Online instances are fully based on HTTPS. If the visitor accesses " @@ -762,11 +1727,11 @@ msgstr "" "besøgende tilgår din hjemmeside via et URL som ikke er HTTPS, får de en 301 " "omdirigering til dens tilsvarende HTTPS." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:231 msgid "Links: Nofollow Strategy" msgstr "Links: Nofollow strategi" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:233 msgid "" "The more a page is linked from external and quality websites, the better it " "is for your SEO." @@ -774,11 +1739,11 @@ msgstr "" "Dets mere en side linkes fra eksterne kvalitets hjemmesider, dets bedre er " "det for din SEO." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:236 msgid "Here are Odoo strategies to manage links:" msgstr "Her er Odoos strategier for håndtering af links:" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:238 msgid "" "Every link you add to your website is \"dofollow\", which means that this " "link will contribute to the SEO Juice for the linked page." @@ -786,7 +1751,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ethvert link du tilføjer til din hjemmeside er \"dofollow\", hvilket " "betyder, at dette link vil bidrage til SEO Juicen for den forbundne side." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:242 msgid "" "Every link posted by a contributor (forum post, blog comment, etc.) that " "links to your own website is \"dofollow\" too." @@ -794,7 +1759,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ethvert link posteret af en bidragende (forum indlæg, blog kommentar, osv.) " "som linker til din egen hjemmeside er også \"dofollow\". " -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:245 msgid "" "But every link posted by a contributor that links to an external website is " "\"nofollow\". In that way, you do not run the risk of people posting links " @@ -805,7 +1770,7 @@ msgstr "" "postere links på din hjemmeside, som peger mod tredjeparts hjemmesider med " "et dårligt omdømme." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:250 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:250 msgid "" "Note that, when using the forum, contributors having a lot of Karma can be " "trusted. In such case, their links will not have any ``rel=\"nofollow\"`` " @@ -815,15 +1780,15 @@ msgstr "" " I sådanne tilfælde, vil deres links ikke have nogen ``rel=\"nofollow\"`` " "egenskab." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:255 msgid "Multi-Language Support" msgstr "Flersprogs understøttelse" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:258 msgid "Multi-Language URLs" msgstr "Flersprogs URL'er" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:260 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:260 msgid "" "If you run a website in multiple languages, the same content will be " "available in different URLs, depending on the language used:" @@ -831,7 +1796,7 @@ msgstr "" "Hvis du kører en hjemmeside på flere sprog, vil det samme indhold være " "tilgængelig via forskellige URL'er, alt afhængig af hvilket sprog anvendes:" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:263 msgid "" "https://www.mywebsite.com/shop/product/my-product-1 (main language, English " "here)" @@ -839,7 +1804,7 @@ msgstr "" "https://www.mywebsite.com/shop/product/my-product-1 (Primært sprog, her " "Engelsk)" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:265 msgid "" "https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1 (French " "version)" @@ -847,7 +1812,7 @@ msgstr "" "https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1 (Fransk " "udgave)" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:267 msgid "" "In this example, fr\\_FR is the language of the page. You can even have " "several variations of the same language: pt\\_BR (Portuguese from Brazil) , " @@ -857,11 +1822,11 @@ msgstr "" "variationer af samme sprog: pt\\_BR (Brasiliansk Portugisisk), pt\\_PT " "(Portugisisk Portugisisk). " -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:272 msgid "Language Annotation" msgstr "Sprog kommentarer" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:274 msgid "" "To let search engines know that the second URL is the French translation of " "the first URL, Odoo will add an HTML link element in the header. In the HTML" @@ -874,7 +1839,7 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo automatisk et link element, som peget på de oversatte udgaver af " "hjemmesiden;" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:279 msgid "" "<link rel=\"alternate\" hreflang=\"fr\" " "href=\"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1\"/>" @@ -882,11 +1847,11 @@ msgstr "" "<link rel=\"alternate\" hreflang=\"fr\" " "href=\"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1\"/>" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:282 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:282 msgid "With this approach:" msgstr "Med denne tilgang:" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:284 msgid "" "Search engines will redirect to the right language according to the visitor " "language." @@ -894,7 +1859,7 @@ msgstr "" "Søgemaskiner vil omdirigere til det korrekte sprog, ud fra den besøgendes " "sprog." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:287 msgid "" "You do not get penalized by search engines if your page is not translated " "yet. Indeed, it's not a duplicated content, but a different version of the " @@ -903,11 +1868,11 @@ msgstr "" "Du bliver ikke straffet af søgemaskiner hvis din side endnu ikke er oversat." " Det er ikke kopieret indhold; det er en anden version af det samme indhold." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:292 msgid "Language Detection" msgstr "Sprogregistrering" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:294 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:294 msgid "" "When a visitor lands for the first time on your website (e.g. " "yourwebsite.com/shop), they may automatically be redirected to a translated " @@ -919,7 +1884,7 @@ msgstr "" "udgave automatisk, ud fra deres browsers sprog præference " "(f.eks.dinhjemmeside.com/fr\\_FR/shop)." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:299 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:299 msgid "" "Next time, it keeps a cookie of the current language to avoid any " "redirection." @@ -927,7 +1892,7 @@ msgstr "" "Næste gang beholder den en cookie over det nuværende sprog, for at undgå " "omdirigering." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:302 msgid "" "To force a visitor to stick to the default language, you can use the code of" " the default language in your link, example: yourwebsite.com/en\\_US/shop. " @@ -939,15 +1904,15 @@ msgstr "" "dinhjemmeside.com/en\\_US/shop. Dette vil gøre at besøgende altid lander på " "den Engelske udgave af siden, uden at anvende browserens sprog præferencer." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:309 msgid "Page Speed" msgstr "Side hastighed" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:312 msgid "Introduction" msgstr "Introduktion" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:314 msgid "" "The time to load a page is an important criteria for search engines. A " "faster website not only improves your visitor's experience, but gives you a " @@ -967,7 +1932,7 @@ msgstr "" "`koste Amazon $1,6mia i salg <http://www.fastcompany.com/1825005/how-one-" "second-could-cost-amazon-16-billion-sales>`__." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:325 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:325 msgid "" "Fortunately, Odoo does all the magic for you. Below, you will find the " "tricks Odoo uses to speed up your page loading time. You can compare how " @@ -977,7 +1942,7 @@ msgstr "" "bruger til at forøge hastigheden på din siders indlæsnings tid. Du kan " "sammenligne hvordan din hjemmeside rangere via disse to værktøjer:" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:329 msgid "" "`Google Page Speed " "<https://developers.google.com/speed/pagespeed/insights/>`__" @@ -985,16 +1950,16 @@ msgstr "" "`Google Side Hastighed " "<https://developers.google.com/speed/pagespeed/insights/>`__" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:331 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:331 msgid "`Pingdom Website Speed Test <http://tools.pingdom.com/fpt/>`__" msgstr "" "`Pingdom Hjemmeside Hastigheds Test <http://tools.pingdom.com/fpt/>`__" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:334 msgid "Images" msgstr "Billeder" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:336 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:336 msgid "" "When you upload new images, Odoo automatically compresses them to reduce " "their sizes (lossless compression for .PNG and .GIF and lossy compression " @@ -1004,7 +1969,7 @@ msgstr "" "reducere deres størrelse (tabsløst komprimering for .PNG og .GIF samt " "tabende komprimering for .JPG)." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:340 msgid "" "From the upload button, you have the option to keep the original image " "unmodified if you prefer to optimize the quality of the image rather than " @@ -1014,7 +1979,7 @@ msgstr "" "uredigeret, hvis du foretrækker at optimere kvaliteten på biledet, i stedet " "for ydeevnen." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:348 msgid "" "Odoo compresses images when they are uploaded to your website, not when " "requested by the visitor. Thus, it's possible that, if you use a third-party" @@ -1027,7 +1992,7 @@ msgstr "" "Men alle billeder brugt i Odoos officielle temaer er blevet komprimeret per " "standard." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:354 msgid "" "When you click on an image, Odoo shows you the Alt and title attributes of " "the ``<img>`` tag. You can click on it to set your own title and Alt " @@ -1037,11 +2002,11 @@ msgstr "" "``<img>`` tagget. Du kan klikke på den for at angive din egen titel og Alt " "egenskaber for billedet." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:361 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:361 msgid "When you click on this link, the following window will appear:" msgstr "Når du klikker på dette link, vil det følgende vindue komme frem:" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:366 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:366 msgid "" "Odoo's pictograms are implemented using a font (`Font Awesome " "<https://fortawesome.github.io/Font-Awesome/icons/>`__ in most Odoo themes)." @@ -1053,11 +2018,11 @@ msgstr "" "temaer). Derfor kan du bruge så mange piktogrammer som du ønsker på din " "side, og de vil ikke resultere i ekstra indlæsningstid for siden." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:375 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:375 msgid "Static Resources: CSS" msgstr "Statisk ressourcer: CSS" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:377 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:377 msgid "" "All CSS files are pre-processed, concatenated, minified, compressed and " "cached (server-side and browser-side). The result:" @@ -1065,11 +2030,11 @@ msgstr "" "Alle CSS filer er forudbehandlet, sammenkædet, minificeret, komprimeret og " "cachelagret (på serveren og i browseren). Resultatet:" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:380 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:380 msgid "only one CSS file request is needed to load a page" msgstr "kun én CSS fil anmodning er nødvendig for at indlæse en side" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:382 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:382 msgid "" "this CSS file is shared and cached amongst pages, so that when the visitor " "clicks on another page, the browser doesn't have to even load a single CSS " @@ -1079,11 +2044,11 @@ msgstr "" "klikker på en anden side, skal browseren ikke engang indlæse én eneste CSS " "ressource." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:386 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:386 msgid "this CSS file is optimized to be small" msgstr "denne CSS fil er optimeret til at være lille" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:388 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:388 msgid "" "**Pre-processed:** The CSS framework used by Odoo is Bootstrap. Although a " "theme might use another framework, most of `Odoo themes " @@ -1098,7 +2063,7 @@ msgstr "" "understøtter Less og Sass, kan du redigere CSS regler, i stedet for at " "overskrive dem via ekstra CSS linjer, hvilket resultere i en mindre fil." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:395 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:395 msgid "" "**Concatenated:** every module or library you might use in Odoo has its own " "set of CSS, Less or Sass files (eCommerce, blogs, themes, etc.). Having " @@ -1119,7 +2084,7 @@ msgstr "" "afhænger tiden det tager at indlæse CSS ressourcer af antallet af " "anmodninger der skal udføres, en den faktiske filstørrelse." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:405 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:405 msgid "" "To address this issue, all CSS / Less / Sass files are concatenated into a " "single .CSS file to send to the browser. So a visitor has **only one .CSS " @@ -1133,50 +2098,55 @@ msgstr "" "effektivt. Eftersom CSS'en er delt iblandt alle sider, skal browseren end " "ikke indlæse en ny CSS fil, når en bruger klikker på en anden side!" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:412 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:412 msgid "**Both files in the <head>**" msgstr "**Begge filer i <head>'et**" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:412 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:412 msgid "**What the visitor gets (only one file)**" msgstr "**Hvad den besøgende modtager (kun én fil)**" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:414 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:414 msgid "/\\* From bootstrap.css \\*/" msgstr "/\\* Fra bootstrap.css \\*/" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:414 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:415 -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:421 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:447 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:414 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:415 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:421 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:447 msgid ".text-muted {" msgstr ".text-muted {" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:415 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:422 -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:448 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:415 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:422 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:448 msgid "color: #666;" msgstr "farve: #666;" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:416 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:416 msgid "color: #777;" msgstr "farve: #777;" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:416 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:416 msgid "background: yellow" msgstr "baggrund: gul" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:417 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:417 msgid "background: yellow;" msgstr "baggrund: gul;" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:417 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:418 -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:423 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:449 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:417 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:418 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:423 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:449 msgid "}" msgstr "}" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:420 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:420 msgid "/\\* From my-theme.css \\*/" msgstr "/\\* Fra my-theme.css \\*/" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:426 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:426 msgid "" "The CSS sent by Odoo includes all CSS / Less / Sass of all pages / modules. " "By doing this, additional page views from the same visitor will not have to " @@ -1197,7 +2167,7 @@ msgstr "" " er backend'en der kun indlæses, når en besøgende logger ind og tilgør " "backenden (/web)." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:436 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:436 msgid "" "If the CSS file is very big, Odoo will split it into two smaller files to " "avoid the 4095 selectors limit per sheet of Internet Explorer. But most " @@ -1207,7 +2177,7 @@ msgstr "" " undgå 4059 selector begrænsningen per ark for Internet Explorer. Men de " "fleste temaer passer ind under denne grænse." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:440 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:440 msgid "" "**Minified:** After being pre-processed and concatenated, the resulting CSS " "is minified to reduce its size." @@ -1215,29 +2185,29 @@ msgstr "" "**Minificeret:** Efter at være forudbehandlet og sammenkædet, minificeres " "den resulterende CSS, for at reducere dens størrelse." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:444 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:444 msgid "**Before minification**" msgstr "**Før minificering**" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:444 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:444 msgid "**After minification**" msgstr "**Efter minificering**" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:446 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:446 msgid "/\\* some comments \\*/" msgstr "/\\* nogle kommentarer \\*/" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:446 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:446 msgid ".text-muted {color: #666}" msgstr ".text-muted {color: #666}" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:452 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:452 msgid "" "The final result is then compressed, before being delivered to the browser." msgstr "" "Det endelige resultat komprimeres derefter, før det leveres til browseren." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:455 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:455 msgid "" "Then, a cached version is stored server-side (so we do not have to pre-" "process, concatenate, minify at every request) and browser-side (so the same" @@ -1248,11 +2218,11 @@ msgstr "" "samt i browseren (så den samme besøgende vil indlæse CSS'en kun én gang for " "alle sider de besøger)." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:461 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:461 msgid "Static Resources: Javascript" msgstr "Statisk Ressourcer: Javascript" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:463 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:463 msgid "" "As with CSS resources, Javascript resources are also concatenated, minified," " compressed and cached (server-side and browser-side)." @@ -1260,11 +2230,11 @@ msgstr "" "Som med CSS ressourcer, er Javascript ressourcer også sammenkædet, " "minificeret, komprimeret, og cachelageret (på serveren og i browseren)." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:466 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:466 msgid "Odoo creates three Javascript bundles:" msgstr "Odoo oprette tre Javascript bundter:" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:468 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:468 msgid "" "One for all pages of the website (including code for parallax effects, form " "validation, etc.)" @@ -1272,14 +2242,14 @@ msgstr "" "En for alle sider på hjemmesiden (inklusiv kode for parallax effekter, " "formular godkendelse, osv.)" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:471 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:471 msgid "" "One for common Javascript code shared among frontend and backend (Bootstrap)" msgstr "" "En for almindelig Javascript kode delt mellem frontend og backend " "(Bootstrap)" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:474 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:474 msgid "" "One for backend specific Javascript code (Odoo Web Client interface for your" " employees using Odoo)" @@ -1287,7 +2257,7 @@ msgstr "" "En for backend specifik Javascript kode (Odoo Web Klient Interface for dine " "ansatte som bruger Odoo)" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:477 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:477 msgid "" "Most visitors of your website will only need the first two bundles, " "resulting in a maximum of two Javascript files to load to render one page. " @@ -1300,25 +2270,20 @@ msgstr "" "yderligere klik fra samme besøgende ikke indlæse nogen anden Javascript " "ressource." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:483 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:483 msgid "" -"If you work on :doc:`Developer mode " -"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, the CSS and Javascript are neither" -" concatenated, nor minified. Thus, it's much slower. But it allows you to " -"easily debug with the Chrome debugger as CSS and Javascript resources are " -"not transformed from their original versions." +"If you work on :doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>`," +" the CSS and Javascript are neither concatenated, nor minified. Thus, it's " +"much slower. But it allows you to easily debug with the Chrome debugger as " +"CSS and Javascript resources are not transformed from their original " +"versions." msgstr "" -"Hvis du arbejder i :doc:`Udvikler tilstand " -"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, er CSS og Javascript hverken " -"sammenkædet eller minificeret. Derfor er det langt langsommere. Men det gør " -"det muligt for dig nemt at fejlsøge med Chrome fejlsøgningen, eftersom CSS " -"og Javascript ressourcer ikke ændres fra deres originale versioner." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:489 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:489 msgid "CDN" msgstr "CDN" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:491 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:491 msgid "" "If you activate the CDN feature in Odoo, static resources (Javascript, CSS, " "images) are loaded from a Content Delivery Network. Using a Content Delivery" @@ -1328,7 +2293,7 @@ msgstr "" "(Javascript, CSS, billeder) fra et Indholds Leverings Netværk (CDN). Brugen " "af et Indholds Leverings Netværk har tre fordele:" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:495 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:495 msgid "" "Load resources from a nearby server (most CDN have servers in main countries" " around the globe)" @@ -1336,7 +2301,7 @@ msgstr "" "Indlæs ressourcer fra en nærliggende server (de fleste CDN har servere i " "primære lande rundt omkring på kloden)" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:498 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:498 msgid "" "Cache resources efficiently (no computation resources usage on your own " "server)" @@ -1344,7 +2309,7 @@ msgstr "" "Cachelager ressourcer effektivt (ingen beregnings ressourcer tages i brug på" " din egen server)" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:501 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:501 msgid "" "Split the resource loading on different services allowing to load more " "resources in parallel (since the Chrome limit of 6 parallel requests is by " @@ -1354,7 +2319,7 @@ msgstr "" "det muligt at indlæse flere ressourcer parallelt (siden Chrome grænsen er 6 " "parallel anmodninger per domæne)" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:505 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:505 msgid "" "You can configure your CDN options from the **Website Admin** app, using the" " Configuration menu. Here is an example of configuration you can use:" @@ -1363,11 +2328,11 @@ msgstr "" "applikationen, via Konfiguration menuen. Her er et eksempel på en " "konfiguration du kan bruge:" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:512 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:512 msgid "HTML Pages" msgstr "HTML Sider" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:514 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:514 msgid "" "The HTML pages can be compressed, but this is usually handled by your web " "server (NGINX or Apache)." @@ -1375,7 +2340,7 @@ msgstr "" "HTML Siderne kan komprimeres, men dette håndteres oftest af din web server " "(NGINX eller Apache)." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:517 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:517 msgid "" "The Odoo Website builder has been optimized to guarantee clean and short " "HTML code. Building blocks have been developed to produce clean HTML code, " @@ -1385,7 +2350,7 @@ msgstr "" " HTML kode. Byggeklodserne er blevet udviklet til at producere ren HTML " "kode, normalt via Bootstrap samt HTML editoren." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:521 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:521 msgid "" "As an example, if you use the color picker to change the color of a " "paragraph to the primary color of your website, Odoo will produce the " @@ -1395,11 +2360,11 @@ msgstr "" "afsnit til den primære farve på din hjemmeside, vil Odoo producere den " "følgende kode:" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:525 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:525 msgid "``<p class=\"text-primary\">My Text</p>``" msgstr "``<p class=\"text-primary\">Min Tekst</p>``" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:527 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:527 msgid "" "Whereas most HTML editors (such as CKEditor) will produce the following " "code:" @@ -1407,15 +2372,15 @@ msgstr "" "Hvorimod de fleste HTML editorer (så som CKEditor) vil producere den " "følgende kode:" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:530 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:530 msgid "``<p style=\"color: #AB0201\">My Text</p>``" msgstr "``<p style=\"color: #AB0201\">Min Tekst</p>``" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:533 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:533 msgid "Responsive Design" msgstr "Responsivt Design" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:535 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:535 msgid "" "Websites that are not mobile-friendly are negatively impacted in search " "engine rankings. All Odoo themes rely on Bootstrap to render efficiently " @@ -1425,7 +2390,7 @@ msgstr "" "søgemaskinernes rangering. Alle Odoo temaer afhænger af Bootstrap til " "effektiv gengivelse, i forhold til enheden: PC, tablet, eller mobil." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:542 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:542 msgid "" "As all Odoo modules share the same technology, absolutely all pages in your " "website are mobile friendly." @@ -1433,11 +2398,11 @@ msgstr "" "Eftersom alle Odoo moduler bruger den samme teknologi, er samtlige sider på " "din hjemmeside mobil-venlige." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:546 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:546 msgid "Browser Caching" msgstr "Browser Cachelagring" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:548 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:548 msgid "" "Javascript, images and CSS resources have an URL that changes dynamically " "when their content change. As an example, all CSS files are loaded through " @@ -1454,7 +2419,7 @@ msgstr "" "``457-0da1d9d`` delen af denne URL vil ændres, hvis du redigere din " "hjemmesides CSS." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:555 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:555 msgid "" "This allows Odoo to set a very long cache delay (XXX) on these resources: " "XXX secs, while being updated instantly if you update the resource." @@ -1463,11 +2428,11 @@ msgstr "" "forsinkelse (XXX) vedrørende disse ressourcer: XXX sekunder, imens de " "opdateres med det samme, hvis du opdatere ressourcen." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:560 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:560 msgid "Scalability" msgstr "Skalérbarhed" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:562 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:562 msgid "" "In addition to being fast, Odoo is also more scalable than traditional CMS " "and eCommerce (Drupal, Wordpress, Magento, Prestashop). The following link " @@ -1479,30 +2444,30 @@ msgstr "" "Udover at være hurtig, er Odoo også mere skalérbar end traditionelle CMS og eHandel (Drupal, Wordpress, Magento, Prestashop). Det følgende link indeholder en analyse af de større Open Source CMS og eHandel, sammenlignet med Odoo, når det kommer til høj volumen på forespørgsler:\n" "`https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/197 <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/odoo-cms-performance-comparison-and-optimisation-197>`_" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:569 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:569 msgid "Todo" msgstr "To Do" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:569 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:569 msgid "fix above link" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:571 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:571 msgid "" "Here is the slide that summarizes the scalability of Odoo Website & " "eCommerce." msgstr "" "Her er diassen der opsummere skalérbarheden for Odoo Hjemmeside & eHandel." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:577 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:577 msgid "Search Engines Files" msgstr "Søgemaskiner Filer" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:580 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:580 msgid "Sitemap" msgstr "Sitemap" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:582 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:582 msgid "" "The sitemap points out pages to index to search engine robots. Odoo " "generates a ``/sitemap.xml`` file automatically for you. For performance " @@ -1512,7 +2477,7 @@ msgstr "" "generere en ``/sitemap.xml`` fil automatisk for dig. Af hensyn til ydeevne, " "lagres og opdateres denne fil hver 12. time." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:586 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:586 msgid "" "By default, all URLs will be in a single ``/sitemap.xml`` file, but if you " "have a lot of pages, Odoo will automatically create a Sitemap Index file, " @@ -1526,15 +2491,15 @@ msgstr "" "<http://www.sitemaps.org/protocol.html>`__ , og gruppere sitemap URL i 45000" " lunser per fil." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:592 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:592 msgid "Every sitemap entry has 4 attributes that are computed automatically:" msgstr "Alle sitemap anførelser har 4 egenskaber der udregnes automatisk:" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:594 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:594 msgid "``<loc>`` : the URL of a page" msgstr "``<loc>``: URL på en side" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:596 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:596 msgid "" "``<lastmod>`` : last modification date of the resource, computed " "automatically based on related object. For a page related to a product, this" @@ -1545,7 +2510,7 @@ msgstr "" "produkt, kunne dette være den sidste dato hvor produktet eller siden blev " "redigeret." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:601 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:601 msgid "" "``<priority>`` : modules may implement their own priority algorithm based on" " their content (example: a forum might assign a priority based on the number" @@ -1558,11 +2523,11 @@ msgstr "" " er defineret ud fra dens prioriterings felt, som er normaliseret (16 er " "standard)." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:608 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:608 msgid "Structured Data Markup" msgstr "Struktureret Data Markering" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:610 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:610 msgid "" "Structured Data Markup is used to generate Rich Snippets in search engine " "results. It is a way for website owners to send structured data to search " @@ -1574,7 +2539,7 @@ msgstr "" "struktureret data til søgemaskine robotter; hvilket hjælper dem med at " "forstå dit indhold, og oprette en god præsentation i søgeresultaterne." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:615 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:615 msgid "" "Google supports a number of rich snippets for content types, including: " "Reviews, People, Products, Businesses, Events and Organizations." @@ -1583,7 +2548,7 @@ msgstr "" "inklusiv: Anmeldelser, folk, produkter, virksomheder, begivenheder, og " "organisationer." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:618 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:618 msgid "" "Odoo implements micro data as defined in the `schema.org " "<http://schema.org>`__ specification for events, eCommerce products, forum " @@ -1596,11 +2561,11 @@ msgstr "" "sider at blive fremvist på Google med ekstra information, så som pris og " "bedømmelse af et produkt:" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:628 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:628 msgid "robots.txt" msgstr "robots.txt" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:630 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:630 msgid "" "When indexing your website, search engines take a first look at the general " "indexing rules of the a``/robots.txt`` file (allowed robots, sitemap path, " @@ -1610,11 +2575,11 @@ msgstr "" "indekserings regler i en ``/robots.txt`` fil (tilladte robotter, sitemap " "sti, osv.). Odoo opretter den automatisk. Dens indhold er:" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:634 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:634 msgid "User-agent: \\* Sitemap: https://www.odoo.com/sitemap.xml" msgstr "User-agent: \\* Sitemap: https://www.odoo.com/sitemap.xml" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:637 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:637 msgid "" "It means that all robots are allowed to index your website and there is no " "other indexing rule than specified in the sitemap to be found at following " @@ -1624,29 +2589,24 @@ msgstr "" " og der er ingen andre indekserings regler for den følgende adresse, end " "specificeret i sitemappet." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:641 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:641 msgid "" "You can customize the file *robots* in :doc:`Developer mode " -"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>` from *Settings --> Technical --> " +"</applications/general/developer_mode>` from *Settings --> Technical --> " "User Interface --> Views* (exclude robots, exclude some pages, redirect to a" " custom Sitemap). Make the Model Data of the view *Non Updatable* to not " "reset the file after system upgrades." msgstr "" -"Du kan tilpasse filen *robots* i :doc:`Udvikler tilstand " -"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>` fra *Indstillinger --> Teknisk --> " -"Brugerflade --> Visninger* (udeluk robotter, udeluk visse sider, omdiriger " -"til et tilpasset Sitemap). Gør model data for visningen *Ikke opdaterbar* " -"for ikke at nulstille filen efter system opgraderinger." -#: ../../website/publish.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish.rst:3 msgid "Publish" msgstr "Publicer" -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:3 msgid "How to use my own domain name" msgstr "Hvordan du bruger dit eget domæne navn" -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:5 msgid "" "By default, your Odoo Online instance and website have a *.odoo.com* domain " "name, for both the URL and the emails. But you can change to a custom one " @@ -1656,11 +2616,11 @@ msgstr "" " navn, for både URL og emails. Men du kan ændre til dit eget (f.eks. " "www.dinvirksomhed.com)." -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:10 msgid "What is a good domain name" msgstr "Hvad er et godt domæne navn" -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:11 msgid "" "Your website address is as important to your branding as the name of your " "business or organization, so put some thought into changing it for a proper " @@ -1670,27 +2630,27 @@ msgstr "" "forretning eller virksomhed, så tænk over at ændre det til et ordentligt " "domæne. Her er nogle råd:" -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:15 msgid "Simple and obvious" msgstr "Enkelt og indlysende" -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:16 msgid "Easy to remember and spell" msgstr "Nemt at huske og stave til" -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:17 msgid "The shorter the better" msgstr "Jo kortere jo bedre" -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:18 msgid "Avoid special characters" msgstr "Undgå specielle tegn" -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:19 msgid "Aim for a .com and/or your country extension" msgstr "Gå efter en .com og / eller din landekode" -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:21 msgid "" "Read more: `How to Choose a Domain Name for Maximum SEO " "<https://www.searchenginejournal.com/choose-a-domain-name-maximum-" @@ -1700,27 +2660,27 @@ msgstr "" "<https://www.searchenginejournal.com/choose-a-domain-name-maximum-" "seo/158951/>`__" -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:24 msgid "How to buy a domain name" msgstr "Hvordan man køber et domæne navn" -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:25 msgid "Buy your domain name at a popular registrar:" msgstr "Køb dit domæne navn hos en populær registrator:" -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:27 msgid "`GoDaddy <https://www.godaddy.com>`__" msgstr "`GoDaddy <https://www.godaddy.com>`__" -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:28 msgid "`Namecheap <https://www.namecheap.com>`__" msgstr "`Namecheap <https://www.namecheap.com>`__" -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:29 msgid "`OVH <https://www.ovh.com>`__" msgstr "`OVH <https://www.ovh.com>`__" -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:31 msgid "" "Steps to buy a domain name are pretty much straight forward. In case of " "issue, check out those easy tutorials:" @@ -1728,17 +2688,17 @@ msgstr "" "Skridt til at købe et domæne navn er stort set lige ud ad landevejen. I " "tilfælde af problemer, kan du tjekke disse vejledninger:" -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:34 msgid "`GoDaddy <https://roadtoblogging.com/buy-domain-name-from-godaddy>`__" msgstr "`GoDaddy <https://roadtoblogging.com/buy-domain-name-from-godaddy>`__" -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:35 msgid "" "`Namecheap <https://www.loudtips.com/buy-domain-name-hosting-namecheap//>`__" msgstr "" "`Namecheap <https://www.loudtips.com/buy-domain-name-hosting-namecheap//>`__" -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:37 msgid "" "Feel free to buy an email server to have email addresses using your domain " "name. However don't buy any extra service to create or host your website. " @@ -1748,11 +2708,11 @@ msgstr "" "med dit domæne. Men køb dog ikke nogen ekstra tjenester til oprettelse eller" " hosting af din hjemmeside. Det er Odoos job!" -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:45 msgid "How to apply my domain name to my Odoo instance" msgstr "Hvordan anvender jeg mit domæne navn på min Odoo instans" -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:46 msgid "" "First let's authorize the redirection (yourcompany.com -> " "yourcompany.odoo.com):" @@ -1760,21 +2720,21 @@ msgstr "" "Las os først autorisere omdirigeringen (dinvirksomhed.com -> " "dinvirksomhed.odoo.com):" -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:48 msgid "Open your Odoo.com account from your homepage." msgstr "Åben din Odoo.com konto fra din hjemmeside." -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:53 msgid "Go to the *Manage Databases* page." msgstr "Gå til *Administrer Databaser* siden." -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:58 msgid "" "Click on *Domains* to the right of the database you would like to redirect." msgstr "" "Klik på *Domæner* til højre for databasen du gerne vil omdirigere til." -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:63 msgid "" "A database domain prompt will appear. Enter your custom domain (e.g. " "www.yourcompany.com)." @@ -1782,17 +2742,17 @@ msgstr "" "En database domæne prompt vil vises. Angiv dit eget domæne (f.eks. " "www.dinvirksomhed.com)." -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:70 msgid "" "We can now apply the redirection from your domain name's manager account:" msgstr "" "Vi kan nu anvende omdirigeringen fra din domænenavns administrationskonto:" -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:72 msgid "Log in to your account and search for the DNS Zones management page." msgstr "Log ind på din konto og søg efter DNZ Zone håndteringssiden." -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:74 msgid "" "Create a CNAME record *www.yourdomain.com* pointing to *mywebsite.odoo.com*." " If you want to use the naked domain (e.g. yourdomain.com), you need to " @@ -1802,16 +2762,16 @@ msgstr "" "*minhjemmeside.odoo.com*. Hvis du vil bruge det nøgne domæne (f.eks. " "ditdomæne.com), skal du omdirigere *ditdomæne.com* til *www.ditdomæne.com*." -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:78 msgid "Here are some specific guidelines to create a CNAME record:" msgstr "" "Her er nogle specifikke retningslinjer til oprettelse af CNAME datasæt:" -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:80 msgid "`GoDaddy <https://be.godaddy.com/fr/help/add-a-cname-record-19236>`__" msgstr "`GoDaddy <https://be.godaddy.com/fr/help/add-a-cname-record-19236>`__" -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:81 msgid "" "`Namecheap " "<https://www.namecheap.com/support/knowledgebase/article.aspx/9646/10/how-" @@ -1821,7 +2781,7 @@ msgstr "" "<https://www.namecheap.com/support/knowledgebase/article.aspx/9646/10/how-" "can-i-set-up-a-cname-record-for-my-domain>`__" -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:82 msgid "" "`OVH " "<https://www.ovh.co.uk/g1519.exchange_20132016_how_to_add_a_cname_record>`__" @@ -1829,11 +2789,11 @@ msgstr "" "`OVH " "<https://www.ovh.co.uk/g1519.exchange_20132016_how_to_add_a_cname_record>`__" -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:85 msgid "How to enable SSL (HTTPS) for my Odoo instance" msgstr "Hvordan du aktiverer SSL (HTTPS) for din Odoo instans" -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:87 msgid "" "Until recently, Odoo users needed to use a third-party CDN service provider " "such as CloudFlare to enable SSL." @@ -1841,7 +2801,7 @@ msgstr "" "Indtil for nyligt skulle Odoo brugere anvende en tredjeparts CDN udbyder, så" " som CloudFlare, for at anvende SSL." -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:89 msgid "" "It is not required anymore: Odoo generates the certificate for you " "automatically, using integration with `Let's Encrypt Certificate Authority " @@ -1855,12 +2815,12 @@ msgstr "" "skal du blot tilføje dit domænenavn i din kundeportal (et særskilt " "certifikat genereres for hvert domænenavn angivet)." -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:93 msgid "**Please note that the certificate generation may take up to 24h.**" msgstr "" "**Bemærk venligst at certifikat oprettelsen kan tage op til 24 timer.**" -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:95 msgid "" "If you already use CloudFlare or a similar service, you can keep using it or" " simply change for Odoo. The choice is yours." @@ -1868,11 +2828,11 @@ msgstr "" "Hvis du allerede bruger CloudFlare, eller en lignende tjeneste, kan du " "fortsætte med at bruge det, eller blot ændre til Odoo. Det er op til dig." -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:99 msgid "How to make sure that all my URLs use my custom domain?" msgstr "Hvordan forsikrer du at alle dine URL anvender dit tilpassede domæne?" -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:101 msgid "" "To set up the root URL of your website and of all the links sent in emails, " "you can ask an administrator of your database (any user in the *Settings* " @@ -1883,7 +2843,7 @@ msgstr "" "*Indstillinger* gruppen) om at logge ind fra login skærmen. Så enkelt er " "det!" -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:103 msgid "" "If you want to do it manually, you can go to :menuselection:`Settings --> " "Technical --> System Parameters` . Find the entry called ``web.base.url`` " @@ -1895,7 +2855,7 @@ msgstr "" "oprette den hvis den ikke eksisterer) og angiv den fulde URL for din " "hjemmeside, så som ``https://www.myodoowebsite.com``." -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:107 msgid "" "The URL must include the protocol (``https://`` or ``http://``) and must not" " end by a slash (``/``)." @@ -1903,7 +2863,7 @@ msgstr "" "URL skal indeholde protokollen (``https://`` eller ``http://``) og må ikke " "slutte med en skråstreg (``/``)." -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:109 msgid "" "If you want to block the root URL update when an administrator logs in, you " "can add a System Parameter called ``web.base.url.freeze`` with its value " @@ -1913,11 +2873,11 @@ msgstr "" "kan du tilføje en Systemparameter kaldet ``web.base.url.freeze`` med værdien" " ``Sandt``." -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:113 msgid "My website is indexed twice by Google" msgstr "Min hjemmeside er indekseret to gange af Google" -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:115 msgid "" "If you set up a custom domain *mydomain.com* name for *mydatabase.odoo.com*," " Google indexes your website under both names. This is a limitation of the " @@ -1927,15 +2887,15 @@ msgstr "" "*mindatabase.odoo.com*, Google indekserer din hjemmeside under begge navne. " "Dette er en begrænsning af Odoo Cloud platformene/" -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:120 -msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_servers`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_servers`" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:120 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers`" +msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:3 msgid "Manage Multi Websites" msgstr "Administrer Flere Hjemmesider" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo’s Multi-Websites opens up broad possibilities of diversification and " "customer segmentation for your business. A multiplied audience and boosted " @@ -1945,7 +2905,7 @@ msgstr "" "diversificering og kunde segmentering for din virksomhed. Et mangedoblet " "publikum og forøget omsætning er blot et par klik væk!" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:12 msgid "" "Each website can work in a fully independent way, with its theme, branding, " "domain name, header & footer, pages, languages, products, blog posts, forum," @@ -1956,11 +2916,7 @@ msgstr "" "indlæg, fora, dias, begivenheder, live chat kanaler, osv. Lad os tage en " "rundvisning!" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:18 -msgid "Setup" -msgstr "Opsætning" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:20 msgid "" "To create a new website, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration -->" " Settings`. The button, *Create a new website*, lays in the first section." @@ -1969,7 +2925,7 @@ msgstr "" "Konfiguration --> Indstillinger`. Knappen *Opret en ny hjemmeside* findes i " "den første sektion." -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:28 msgid "" "In the upcoming prompt, set a name for your new website and a specific " "domain name. Leave empty to publish the new website under the default domain" @@ -1981,7 +2937,7 @@ msgstr "" "standard domænet for din Odoo database. Du kan senere angive nogle " "landegrupper som omdirigerer besøgende til den via Geo IP." -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:36 msgid "" "Then, select a theme. This new website might have an entirely different " "purpose or audience than the first one. So feel free to go for a different " @@ -1990,7 +2946,7 @@ msgstr "" "Vælg så et tema. Denne nye hjemmeside kan har et helt andet formål eller " "publikum end den første. Så du kan roligt prøve et andet tema!" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:40 msgid "" "Once the theme is selected, you can start to build the homepage of your " "website. Follow the purple drops; they will help you in the first steps." @@ -1998,7 +2954,7 @@ msgstr "" "Når et tema er valgt, kan du begynde at bygge forsiden for din hjemmeside. " "Følg de lilla dråber; de vil hjælpe dig med de første skridt." -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:48 msgid "" "If you run Odoo Online, don’t forget to redirect any new domain name to your" " Odoo database (``CNAME``) and to authorize it Odoo-side. See " @@ -2008,11 +2964,11 @@ msgstr "" "domænenavn til din Odoo database (``CNAME``) og autorisere den i Odoo. Se " ":doc:`domain_name`." -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:52 msgid "Create the menu" msgstr "Opret menuen" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:54 msgid "" "The new website has a default menu with all the installed applications. To " "edit it, click :menuselection:`Pages --> Edit Menu`. Moving forward you only" @@ -2022,11 +2978,11 @@ msgstr "" " Klik på :menuselection:`sider --> Rediger Menu` for at redigere den. " "Fremadrettet redigerer du kun menuen for den nuværende hjemmeside." -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:59 msgid "Switch from one website to another" msgstr "Skift fra en hjemmeside til en anden" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:62 msgid "" "As easy as ABC! There is a website switcher in the right corner of the edit " "bar. Switching to another website will connect to the domain of this " @@ -2038,7 +2994,7 @@ msgstr "" "for denne hjemmeside. Hvis du bruger et andet domæne for hjemmesiden, bedes " "brugeren om at logge ind igen." -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:71 msgid "" "When switching, you are redirected to the same domain path on the other " "website (e.g., ``/shop/myproduct``). If this URL is not used, you will be " @@ -2048,11 +3004,11 @@ msgstr "" "(f.eks. ``/shop/mitprodukt``). Hvis denne URL ikke anvendes, vil du blive " "omdirigeret til en 404 fejl, og spurgt om du vil oprette en ny side fra der." -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:76 msgid "Add features" msgstr "Tilføj funktioner" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:78 msgid "" "The website apps you install (e.g., Slides, Blogs) are made available on all" " your websites. You can, of course, keep them hidden in one website by " @@ -2062,7 +3018,7 @@ msgstr "" "tilgængelige på alle dine hjemmesider. Du kan, selvfølgelig, holde dem " "skjult på en hjemmeside ved at fjerne menu punktet." -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:82 msgid "" "Each website comes with a high range of specific options in the settings. " "First, select the website to configure." @@ -2070,7 +3026,7 @@ msgstr "" "Hver hjemmeside kommer med en lang række specifikke valgmuligheder i " "indstillingerne. Vælg først hjemmesiden der skal konfigureres." -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:88 msgid "" "Then, take a look at the options flagged with the earth icon. It means they " "only impact the very website you are working on." @@ -2078,44 +3034,44 @@ msgstr "" "Tag derefter et kig på indstillingerne markeret med et jordklode-ikon. Det " "betyder at de kun påvirker selve den hjemmeside du arbejder på." -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:94 msgid "You can, for instance, set specific :" msgstr "Du kan, for eksempel, angive specifikke :" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:96 msgid "languages," msgstr "sprog," -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:98 msgid "domain names," msgstr "domænenavne," -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:100 msgid "social media links," msgstr "links til sociale medier," -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:102 msgid "customer portal mode (B2C vs. B2B)," msgstr "kundeportal tilstande (B2C eller B2B)," -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:104 msgid "dedicated live chat channels," msgstr "dedikerede live chat kanaler," -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:106 msgid "etc." msgstr "etc." -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:108 msgid "The other options are global and apply to all your websites." msgstr "" "De andre indstillinger er globale, og gælder for alle dine hjemmesider." -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:111 msgid "Manage domain names" msgstr "Administrer domænenavne" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:113 msgid "" "As said earlier, your websites can either share the same domain name or use " "a specific one. If you share it and want to adapt the content per region, " @@ -2128,7 +3084,7 @@ msgstr "" "hjemmeside. Besøgende vil blive omdirigeret til den korrekte hjemmeside via " "GeoIP." -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:122 msgid "" "Geo IP is installed by default in Odoo Online. If you run Odoo on-premise, " "don’t forget to install *GeoIP* library. See :doc:`on-premise_geo-ip-" @@ -2138,15 +3094,15 @@ msgstr "" "premise, må du ikke glemme at installere *GeoIP* biblioteket. Se doc:`on-" "premise_geo-ip-installation`" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:127 msgid ":doc:`domain_name`" msgstr ":doc:`domain_name`" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:130 msgid "Customize the visitor experience" msgstr "Tilpas den besøgendes oplevelse" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:133 msgid "" "The customer experience can be customized very profoundly thanks to the menu" " \\*Customize\\*. All the visual options available there are specific to " @@ -2161,11 +3117,11 @@ msgstr "" "begivenheder, osv.) eftersom antallet af tilgængelige indstillinger er " "større der." -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:143 msgid "Publish specific content per website" msgstr "Udgiv specifikt indhold per hjemmeside" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:146 msgid "" "Like static pages, any content created from the front-end (product, blog " "post, etc.) is always only published in the current website. You can change " @@ -2177,7 +3133,7 @@ msgstr "" " rediger form visningen i back-enden, ved at lade *Hjemmeside* feltet stå " "tomt. Dette vil udgive det på alle hjemmesider." -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:154 msgid "" "Here are all the objects that you can link to *either one or all the " "websites*:" @@ -2185,35 +3141,35 @@ msgstr "" "Her er alle objekterne du kan forbinde til *enten en eller alle " "hjemmesider*:" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:157 msgid "Products" msgstr "Varer" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:159 msgid "Product Categories for eCommerce" msgstr "Produktkategorier for eHandel" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:161 msgid "Blogs" msgstr "Blogs" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:163 msgid "Slide Channels" msgstr "Dias Kanaler" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:165 msgid "Forums" msgstr "Fora" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:167 msgid "Events" msgstr "Arrangementer" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:169 msgid "Job Positions" msgstr "Stillinger" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:172 msgid "" "When you create the record from the backend and publish it, typically a " "product or an event, it is made available in all websites." @@ -2221,11 +3177,11 @@ msgstr "" "Når du opretter datasættet fra backenden og udgiver den - typisk et produkt " "eller en begivenhed - gøres det tilgængelig på alle hjemmesider." -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:176 msgid "Publish a page in all websites" msgstr "Udgiv en side på alle hjemmesider" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:178 msgid "" "A new static page is created and only made available in the current website." " You can duplicate it to other websites from :menuselection:`Website --> " @@ -2236,7 +3192,7 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Hjemmeside --> Konfiguration --> Sider`. Lad *Hjemmeside* " "feltet stå tomt for at opnå dette." -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:182 msgid "" "If you want to duplicate it in just one other website, duplicate the page " "and set the new website." @@ -2244,7 +3200,7 @@ msgstr "" "Hvis du vil kopiere den til blot én anden hjemmeside, skal du kopiere siden " "og angive den nye hjemmeside." -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:188 msgid "" "When you edit the page again, the change only affects the current website. A" " new page is duplicated and tied up to the website. The original page still " @@ -2254,7 +3210,7 @@ msgstr "" "hjemmeside. En ny side kopieres og bindes op på hjemmesiden. Den oprindelige" " side vil fortsat være forbundet til alle hjemmesider." -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:193 msgid "" "By grouping pages by URL in the page manager, you quickly find the original " "page behind each edited page." @@ -2262,11 +3218,11 @@ msgstr "" "Ved at gruppere sider ud fra URL i sidehåndteringen, kan du hurtigt finde " "den oprindelige side bag hver redigeret side." -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:200 msgid "Multi-companies" msgstr "Multi-companies" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:202 msgid "" "Each website can be linked to a specific company of your system, in a multi-" "companies environment." @@ -2274,7 +3230,7 @@ msgstr "" "Hver hjemmeside kan forbindes til en specifik virksomhed tilhørende dit " "system, i et multi-virksomheds miljø." -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:208 msgid "" "With such a configuration, only company-related data appear on the website " "(products, jobs, events, etc.)." @@ -2282,7 +3238,7 @@ msgstr "" "Med en sådan konfiguration, vises kun virksomheds-relateret data på " "hjemmesiden (produkter, stillinger, begivenheder, osv.)." -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:211 msgid "" "Website editors can only view and edit the pages of the records they have " "access to, typically the ones belonging to their current company (and to " @@ -2294,7 +3250,7 @@ msgstr "" "deres datter selskaber, eller child companies på Odoo sprog). Og sådan er " "det også for besøgende." -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:217 msgid "" "If websites are multi-companies, you don’t change company when switching " "websites. To change the company and see the related content, use the company" @@ -2304,11 +3260,11 @@ msgstr "" "skifte hjemmeside. For at ændre virksomheden og se relateret indhold, skal " "du bruge virksomheds vælgeren i menuen." -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:223 msgid "Configure your eCommerce website" msgstr "Konfigurer din eHandels hjemmeside" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:225 msgid "" "eCommerce is a crucial feature in the multi-websites environment. We made it" " so that the entire flow can be customized to fit the very audience of each " @@ -2317,11 +3273,11 @@ msgstr "" "eHandel er en kritisk funktion i multi-virksomheds miljøet. Vi har sørget " "for at hele flowet kan tilpasses til selve publikummet for hver hjemmeside." -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:230 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:230 msgid "Products only available on one website" msgstr "Produkter kun tilgængelig på en hjemmeside" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:232 msgid "" "We already saw earlier how to publish a specific record in only one website." " You will find the \\*Website\\* field in the eCommerce tab of the product " @@ -2332,11 +3288,11 @@ msgstr "" "redigerings formularen. Tom betyder at den er tilgængelig på alle " "hjemmesider." -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:240 msgid "Products available on *some* websites" msgstr "Produkter der er tilgængelige på *nogle* hjemmesider" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:242 msgid "" "To make a product available on some websites, but not all of them, you " "should duplicate the product for each website." @@ -2344,7 +3300,7 @@ msgstr "" "For at gøre et produkt tilgængelig på nogle hjemmesider, men ikke dem alle, " "bør du kopiere produktet for hver hjemmeside." -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:245 msgid "" "If you need a unique reference to manage in your inventory, you should " "install *Manufacturing\\ and create *Kits* BoMs (bills of materials). Each " @@ -2358,11 +3314,11 @@ msgstr "" "lager. På den måde vil ethvert produkt solgt fra din hjemmeside blive " "omdannet til en lagerprodukt på leveringsordren." -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:252 msgid "Pricelists" msgstr "Prislister" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:254 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:254 msgid "" "To manage specific prices by websites, you can activate *Multiple Sales " "Prices per Product* in Website settings." @@ -2370,7 +3326,7 @@ msgstr "" "For at administrere specifikke priser på hjemmesider, kan du aktivere *Flere" " Salgspriser per Produkt* i Hjemmeside indstillinger." -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:257 msgid "" "Then, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Products --> Pricelists` to create " "additional pricelists. See " @@ -2380,7 +3336,7 @@ msgstr "" " at oprette yderligere prislister. Se " ":doc:`../../ecommerce_maximizing_revenue/pricing`." -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:260 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:260 msgid "" "If you need help. Select a website to make a pricelist only available on " "this website." @@ -2388,7 +3344,7 @@ msgstr "" "Hvis du har behov for hjælp. Vælg en hjemmeside for at oprette en prisliste " "der kun er tilgængelig på denne hjemmeside." -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:266 msgid "" "Leaving the field empty means that you make it work in all websites if " "*Selectable* is selected. Otherwise, it makes it only available for backend " @@ -2398,11 +3354,11 @@ msgstr "" " *Kan vælges* er angivet. Ellers gøres det kun tilgængeligt for backend " "operationer for Salg og Point of Sale applikationer." -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:271 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:271 msgid "Payment Acquirers and Delivery Methods" msgstr "Betalingsindløsere og Leveringsmetoder" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:273 msgid "" "By default, published payment acquirers and delivery methods are deployed in" " all websites. You could already use specific payment acquirers per country " @@ -2414,11 +3370,11 @@ msgstr "" "per land via Geo IP, ved at definere lande i deres konfiguration. Nu kan du " "også gøre det per hjemmeside ved at udfylde *Hjemmeside* feltet." -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:279 msgid "Customer accounts" msgstr "Kundekonti" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:281 msgid "" "There is a setting to choose how to manage customer accounts in Website " "settings. You can either allow customers to use one account through all the " @@ -2432,11 +3388,11 @@ msgstr "" "for hver hjemmeside. Denne sidste mulighed er nyttig hvis dine hjemmesider " "ikke bør være relateret til hinanden ud fra den besøgendes synspunkt." -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:291 msgid "Technical hints for customization" msgstr "Teknisk råd til tilpasning" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:293 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:293 msgid "" "If you want to publish custom objects on the website, here are a few tips to" " make it work with multi websites:" @@ -2444,19 +3400,19 @@ msgstr "" "Hvis du vil udgive tilpassede objekter på hjemmesiden, er her et par råd til" " at få det til at virke med multi-hjemmesider:" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:297 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:297 msgid "Sitemap: don’t forget the domain in the route to only publish" msgstr "Sitemap: glem ikke domænet i ruten hvor der kun skal udgives" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:297 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:297 msgid "available records in each website’s sitemap." msgstr "tilgængelige datasæt i hver hjemmesides sitemap." -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:301 msgid "Access: you should call the method" msgstr "Adgang: Du bør kalde metoden" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:300 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:300 msgid "" "*can_access_from_current_website* in the controller to make sure the visitor" " can see a record in the current website." @@ -2464,37 +3420,36 @@ msgstr "" "*can_access_from_current_website* i controlleren for at forsikre at den " "besøgende kan se et datasæt i den nuværende hjemmeside." -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:305 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:305 msgid "Search: when a list of records is displayed, don’t forget to specify" msgstr "Søg: Når en liste af datasæt vises, må du ikke glemme at specificerer" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:304 msgid "the domain to only display records available for the current website." msgstr "" "domænet for kun at vise datasæt tilgængelig for den nuværende hjemmeside." -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:3 -msgid "Geo IP installation (on-premises database)" -msgstr "Geo IP installation (on-premise database)" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:3 +msgid "Geo IP Installation (On-Premises Database)" +msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:6 msgid "Installation" msgstr "Installation" -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:9 msgid "" -"Please note that the installation depends on your computer operating system " -"and distribution. We will assume here that a Linux operating system is used." +"Please note that the installation depends on your computer's operating " +"system and distribution. We will assume that a Linux operating system is " +"being used." msgstr "" -"Bemærk venligst at installationen afhænger af din computers operativ system " -"og distribution. Vi antager at der gøres brug af et Linux operativ system." -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:15 msgid "Install `geoip2 <https://pypi.org/project/geoip2/>`__ Python library" msgstr "" "Installer `geoip2 <https://pypi.org/project/geoip2/>`__ Python bibliotek" -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:17 msgid "" "Download the `GeoLite2 City database " "<https://dev.maxmind.com/geoip/geoip2/geolite2/>`_. You should end up with a" @@ -2504,74 +3459,63 @@ msgstr "" "<https://dev.maxmind.com/geoip/geoip2/geolite2/>`_. Du bør ende med en fil " "der hedder ``GeoLite2-City.mmdb``" -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:22 msgid "Move the file to the folder ``/usr/share/GeoIP/``" msgstr "Flyt filen til mappen ``/usr/share/GeoIP/``" -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:24 msgid "Restart the server" msgstr "Genstart serveren" -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:27 msgid "" "If you can't/don't want to locate the geoip database in " "``/usr/share/GeoIP/``, you can use the ``--geoip-db`` option of the Odoo " "command line interface. This option takes the absolute path to the GeoIP " -"database file and will use it as the GeoIP database. For example:" -msgstr "" -"Hvis du ikke kan/vil finde geoip databasen i ``/usr/share/GeoIP/``, kan du " -"bruge ``--geoip-db`` parametret i Odoo kommandolinje brugerfladen. Dette " -"parameter tager den absolutte sti til GeoIP database filen, og vil bruge den" -" som GeoIP databasen. For eksempel:" - -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:32 -msgid "" -"`CLI documentation " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/14.0/reference/cmdline.html>`_." +"database file and uses it as the GeoIP database. For example:" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:36 +msgid ":doc:`CLI documentation </developer/reference/cmdline>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:39 msgid "" "``GeoIP`` Python library can also be used. However this version is " -"discontinued since January 2019. See `GeoLite Legacy databases are now " +"discontinued since January 1. See `GeoLite Legacy databases are now " "discontinued <https://support.maxmind.com/geolite-legacy-discontinuation-" "notice/>`_" msgstr "" -"``GeoIP`` Python bibliotek kan også anvendes. Dog er denne version ophørt " -"fra og med Januar 2019. Se `GeoLite Legacy databases are now discontinued " -"<https://support.maxmind.com/geolite-legacy-discontinuation-notice/>`_" -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:37 -msgid "How to test GeoIP geolocation in your Odoo website?" -msgstr "Hvordan tester du GeoIP geolokalisering på din Odoo hjemmeside?" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:44 +msgid "How To Test GeoIP Geolocation In Your Odoo Website" +msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Go into your website. Open the web page on which you want to test ``GeoIP``." -msgstr "Gå til din hjemmeside. Åben siden hvor du vil afprøve ``GeoIP``." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:45 +msgid "Go to your website. Open the web page that you want to test ``GeoIP``." +msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:46 msgid "Choose :menuselection:`Customize --> HTML/CSS/JS Editor`." msgstr "Vælg :menuselection:`Tilpas --> HTML/CSS/JS Editor`." -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:47 msgid "Add the following piece of XML in the page :" msgstr "Tilføj følgende stykke XML til siden :" -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:53 msgid "" -"You should end up with a dictionary indicating the location of the ip " +"You should end up with a dictionary indicating the location of the IP " "address." msgstr "" -"Du bør til slut have et dictionary som indikere lokationen for IP-adressen." -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:59 msgid "" "If the curly braces are empty ``{}``, it can be for any of the following " -"reason :" -msgstr "Hvis akkoladerne er tomme ``{}``, kan det være på grund af følgende :" +"reasons :" +msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:61 msgid "" "The browsing IP address is the localhost (``127.0.0.1``) or a local area " "network one (``192.168.*.*``)" @@ -2579,32 +3523,26 @@ msgstr "" "Den browsende IP-adresse er localhost'en (``127.0.0.1``) eller en tilhørende" " det lokale netværk (``192.168.*.*``)" -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:62 msgid "" "If a reversed proxy is used, make sure to configure it correctly. See " -"`--proxy-mode " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/14.0/reference/cmdline.html#cmdoption-" -"odoo-bin-proxy-mode>`__" +":option:`proxy mode <odoo-bin --proxy-mode>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:63 msgid "``geoip2`` is not installed or the GeoIP database file wasn't found" msgstr "" "``geoip2`` er ikke installeret, eller GeoIP database filen blev ikke fundet" -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:64 msgid "The GeoIP database was unable to resolve the given IP address" msgstr "GeoIP databasen var ikke i stand til at løse den givne IP-adresse" -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:3 msgid "How to translate my website" msgstr "Hvordan oversætter du din hjemmeside" -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:6 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Oversigt" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:8 msgid "" "In addition to creating great modern websites, Odoo gives you the " "possibility to translate it in different languages." @@ -2612,11 +3550,11 @@ msgstr "" "Udover at oprette fantastiske moderne hjemmesider, giver Odoo dig også " "mulighed for at oversætte dem til forskellige sprog." -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:12 msgid "Process" msgstr "Behandl" -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:14 msgid "" "Once your website is created, you have the opportunity to translate it in as" " many different languages as you want." @@ -2624,7 +3562,7 @@ msgstr "" "Når din hjemmeside er oprettet, har du mulighed for at oversætte den til så " "mange sprog som du ønsker." -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:17 msgid "" "There are two ways to translate your website, you can do it manually or " "automatically with the Gengo App. If you want to do it automatically, go to " @@ -2639,7 +3577,7 @@ msgstr "" "Translator**. Hvis du vil gøre det manuelt, skal du ikke installere noget, " "og blot følge næste trin." -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:23 msgid "" "Now go to your website. On the bottom right corner of the page, click on " "**Add a language**." @@ -2647,7 +3585,7 @@ msgstr "" "Gå derefter til din hjemmeside. Klik på **Tilføj et sprog** nede i højre " "hjørne af siden." -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:29 msgid "" "Choose the language in which you want to translate your website and then " "click on **Load.**" @@ -2655,7 +3593,7 @@ msgstr "" "Vælg det sprog som du vil oversætte din hjemmeside til, og klik på " "**Indlæs**." -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:35 msgid "" "You will see that Now, next to English there is also French, which means " "that the page for the translation has been created. You can also see that " @@ -2665,7 +3603,7 @@ msgstr "" " siden for oversættelsen er blevet oprettet. Du kan også se at visse af " "teksterne er blevet oversat automatisk." -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:42 msgid "" "To translate the content of the website, click on **Translate** (here " "**Traduire** since we want to translate the website in French)." @@ -2673,7 +3611,7 @@ msgstr "" "For at oversætte indholdet af hjemmesiden, skal du klikke på **Oversæt** " "(her **Traduire** siden vi vil oversætte hjemmesiden til Fransk)." -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:45 msgid "" "There, if you have installed the Gengo Translator, You will see that next to" " the **Translate** button you also have a button **Translate " @@ -2689,12 +3627,12 @@ msgstr "" "<https://gengo.com/auth/form/login/>`_ for at oprette en. Du skal " "efterspørge en offentlig- og en privat nøgle." -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:53 msgid "" "The content you wish to translate will then be translated automatically." msgstr "Indholdet du gerne vil oversætte vil blive oversat automatisk." -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:58 msgid "" "Now you can see that most of the content is highlighted in yellow or in " "green. The yellow represents the content that you have to translate by " diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/contributing.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/contributing.po deleted file mode 100644 index dc79a402d..000000000 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/contributing.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1731 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: de\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../contributing.rst:5 -msgid "Contributing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation.rst:5 -msgid "Contributing to the documentation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:5 -msgid "Content guidelines" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:7 -msgid "" -"To give the community the best documentation possible, we listed here a few " -"guidelines, tips and tricks that will make your content shine at its " -"brightest! While we encourage you to adopt your own writing style, some " -"rules still apply to give the reader more clarity and comprehension." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:12 -msgid "" -"We strongly recommend contributors to carefully read the other documents in " -"this *Contribution* section of the documentation. Good knowledge of the ins " -"and outs of **RST writing** is required to write and submit your " -"contribution. Note that it also affects your writing style itself." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:16 -msgid ":doc:`introduction_guide`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:17 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:41 -msgid ":doc:`rst_cheat_sheet`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:18 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:42 -msgid ":doc:`rst_guidelines`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:23 -msgid "Writing style" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:25 -msgid "" -"**Writing for documentation** isn't the same as writing for a blog or " -"another medium. Readers are more likely to skim read until they've found the" -" information they are looking for. Keep in mind that the user documentation " -"is a place to inform and describe, not to convince and promote." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:32 -msgid "Consistency" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:34 -msgid "*Consistency is key to everything.*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Make sure that your writing style remains **consistent**. If you modify an " -"existing text, try to match the existing tone and presentation, or rewrite " -"it to match your own style." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:42 -msgid "Grammatical tenses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:44 -msgid "" -"In English, descriptions and instructions require the use of a **Present " -"Tense**, while a *future tense* is appropriate only when a specific event is" -" to happen ulteriorly. This logic might be different in other languages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "Good example (present):" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "" -"*Screenshots are automatically resized to fit the content block's width.*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "Bad example (future):" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "" -"*When you take a screenshot, remember that it will be automatically resized " -"to fit the content block's width.*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:57 -msgid "Paragraphing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:59 -msgid "" -"A paragraph comprises several sentences that are linked by a shared idea. " -"They usually are two to six lines long." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:62 -msgid "" -"In English, a new idea implies a new paragraph, rather than having a *line " -"break* as it is common to do in some other languages. *Line breaks* are " -"useful for layout purposes but shouldn't be used as a grammatical way of " -"separating ideas." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:67 -msgid "" -":ref:`RST cheat sheet: Break the line but not the paragraph <contributing" -"/line-break>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:72 -msgid "Titles" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:74 -msgid "To write a good title :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:76 -msgid "**Be concise.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:77 -msgid "**Avoid sentences**, questions, and titles starting with \"how to.\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:78 -msgid "**Don't use pronouns** in your titles, especially 2nd person (*your*)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:83 -msgid "Document's structure" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:85 -msgid "" -"Use different **headings levels** to organize your text by sections and sub-" -"sections. Your headings are also displayed in a dynamic *navigation bar* on " -"the side." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "**H1: Page Title**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Your *page title* gives your reader a quick and clear understanding of what " -"your content is about. It is also referenced in the section's *table of " -"contents*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:93 -msgid "" -"The *content* in this section describes the upcoming content from a " -"**business point of view**, and shouldn't put the emphasis on Odoo, as this " -"is documentation and not marketing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:97 -msgid "" -"Start first with a **Lead Paragraph**, which helps the reader make sure that" -" they've found the right page, then explain the **business aspects of this " -"topic** in the following paragraphs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "**H2: Section Title (configuration)**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "" -"This first H2 section is about the configuration of the feature, or the " -"prerequisites to achieve a specific goal. To add a path, make sure you use " -"the ``:menuselection:`` specialized directive (see link below)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "Example:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "" -"To do so, go to ``:menuselection:`App name --> Menu --> Sub-menu```, and " -"enable the XYZ feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "**H2: Section Title (main sections)**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Create as many main sections as you have actions or features to distinguish." -" The title can start with a verb, but try to avoid using \"Create ...\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "**H3: Subsection**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Subsections are perfect for assessing very specific points. The title can be" -" in the form of a question, if appropriate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:118 -msgid "**H2: Next Section**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:122 -msgid ":ref:`RST cheat sheet: headings <contributing/headings>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:123 -msgid "" -":ref:`RST cheat sheet: specialized directives <contributing/specialized-" -"directives>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:128 -msgid "Images" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:130 -msgid "" -"Adding a few images to illustrate your text helps the readers to understand " -"and memorize your content. However, avoid adding too many images: it isn't " -"necessary to illustrate all steps and features, and it may overload your " -"page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:135 -msgid "" -"Don't forget to :ref:`compress your PNG files with pngquant " -"<contributing/pngquant>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:140 -msgid "Screenshots" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:142 -msgid "" -"Screenshots are automatically resized to fit the content block's width. This" -" implies that screenshots can't be too wide, else they would appear very " -"small on-screen. Therefore, we recommend to avoid to take screenshots of a " -"full screen display of the app, unless it is relevant to do so." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:146 -msgid "A few tips to improve your screenshots:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:148 -msgid "**Zoom** in your browser. We recommend a 110% zoom for better results." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:149 -msgid "" -"**Resize** your browser's width, either by *resizing the window* itself or " -"by opening the *browser's developer tools* (press the ``F12`` key) and " -"resizing the width." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:151 -msgid "**Select** the relevant area, rather than keeping the full window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:152 -msgid "" -"If necessary, you can **edit** the screenshot to remove unnecessary fields " -"and to narrow even more Odoo's display." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:160 -msgid "" -"Resizing the window's width is the most important step to do as Odoo's " -"responsive design automatically resizes all fields to match the window's " -"width." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:166 -msgid "ALT tags" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:168 -msgid "" -"An **ALT tag** is a *text alternative* to an image. This text is displayed " -"if the browser fails to render the image. It is also helpful for users who " -"are visually impaired. Finally, it helps search engines, such as Google, to " -"understand what the image is about and index it correctly, which improves " -"the :abbr:`SEO (Search Engine Optimization)` significantly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:173 -msgid "Good ALT tags are:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:175 -msgid "**Short** (one line maximum)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:176 -msgid "**Not a repetition** of a previous sentence or title" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:177 -msgid "A **good description** of the action happening on the image" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:178 -msgid "Easily **understandable** if read aloud" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:181 -msgid ":ref:`RST cheat sheet: image directive <contributing/image>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:5 -msgid "Introduction guide" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:7 -msgid "" -"**First of all, thank you for landing here and helping us improve the user " -"documentation of Odoo!**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:9 -msgid "" -"This introductory guide will help you acquire the tools and knowledge you " -"need to write documentation, whether you plan to make a minor content change" -" or document an application from scratch." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:14 -msgid "" -"This tutorial only concerns the `user documentation " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/index.html>`_ of Odoo. The " -"documentation for `developing in Odoo " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/master/index.html>`_ in maintained " -"alongside the source code of Odoo at `github.com/odoo/odoo " -"<https://github.com/odoo/odoo/tree/master/doc>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:22 -msgid "reStructuredText" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Our documentation is written in **reStructuredText** (RST), a `lightweight " -"markup language " -"<https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lightweight_markup_language>`_ consisting of " -"normal text augmented with markup which allows including headings, images, " -"notes, and so on. This might seem a bit abstract but there is no need to " -"worry. :abbr:`RST (reStructuredText)` is not hard to learn, especially if " -"you intend to make only small changes to the content." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:30 -msgid "" -"If you need to learn about a specific markup, head over to :doc:`our cheat " -"sheet for RST <rst_cheat_sheet>` which contains all the information that you" -" should ever need for the user documentation of Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:35 -msgid "" -"We kindly ask you to observe a set of :doc:`content <content_guidelines>` " -"and :doc:`RST <rst_guidelines>` guidelines as you write documentation. This " -"ensures that you stay consistent with the rest of the documentation and " -"facilitates the approval of your content changes as they are reviewed by a " -"redactor at Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:43 -msgid ":doc:`content_guidelines`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:48 -msgid "Getting started" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:50 -msgid "" -"As our documentation is maintained on GitHub, you will need a free GitHub " -"account. Click `here <https://github.com/join>`_ to create one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Now, depending on whether you want to update existing content, or rather " -"work on new content and make file changes, you have two courses of action:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:56 -msgid "" -"**For small changes** in ``.rst`` files only, i.e. addition/edition of " -"paragraphs or typos, **we suggest that you use the GitHub interface**. This " -"is the easiest and fasted way to submit your request for changes for the " -"documentation and is suitable for non-technical people. Read " -":ref:`contributing/github-interface` to learn how to use this method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:60 -msgid "" -"**For more complex cases**, it is necessary to **use Git and work from a " -"local copy of the documentation**. This method seems intimidating but only " -"requires basic knowledge of Git. See :ref:`contributing/canonical-git-" -"workflow` for more information on this method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:67 -msgid "Use the GitHub interface" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Verify that you are browsing the documentation in the version that you " -"intend to change. The version can be selected from the dropdown in the top " -"menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:74 -msgid "" -"Head over to the page that you want to change and click on the **Edit on " -"GitHub** button in the bottom of the left menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:79 -msgid "" -"If you do not have edit rights on the repository (`odoo/documentation-user " -"<https://github.com/odoo/documentation-user>`_), you need to fork it by " -"clicking on the appropriate button. In other terms, you create a copy of the" -" entire repository on your own account. If you do have the edit rights, skip" -" this step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:86 -msgid "" -"Make the appropriate changes while taking care of following the " -":doc:`guidelines <rst_guidelines>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:89 -msgid "" -"Click on the **Preview changes** button to review your contribution in a " -"more human-readable format. Be aware that the preview is not able to handle " -"all markups correctly. Notes and tips, for instance, are not correctly " -"rendered. The version of your content published to the website will be, " -"however." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:94 -msgid "" -"Go to the bottom of the page to create a commit (:dfn:`what packs your " -"changes together and labels them with a commit message`) of your changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:0 -msgid "" -"In first text box, describe your changes. For instance, \"Fix a typo\" and " -"\"Add documentation for invoicing of sales orders\" are two clear commit " -"messages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:0 -msgid "" -"In the second text box, justify *why* you made these changes, if you feel " -"that it is not obvious." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:101 -msgid "" -"Select the option \"Create a new branch for this commit and start a pull " -"request.\" if you have the choice (if you have partial or full edit writes " -"on the repository). If not, skip this step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:104 -msgid "" -"Click on the green button. It is either labelled \"Commit changes\" or " -"\"Propose file change\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:108 -msgid "" -"In the dropdown for the selection of the base branch (i.e., the version of " -"the documentation that your changes concern), make sure to select the same " -"version as in the first step of this guide and click on the **Create pull " -"request** button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:114 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:392 -msgid "" -"Double-check your :abbr:`PR (Pull Request)` and, when ready, click again on " -"the **Create pull request** button to submit your changes for review by a " -"redactor at Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:119 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:397 -msgid "" -"You're done! If your changes are approved straight away they will appear in " -"the documentation the very next day. It may also be the case that the " -"reviewer has a question or a remark, so make sure to check your " -"notifications or your emails, depending on your account settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:126 -msgid "Use the canonical Git workflow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:131 -msgid "Prepare your machine" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:136 -msgid "Install Git" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:138 -msgid "" -"We use `Git <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Git>`_ to manage the files of the" -" user documentation. It is a tool that allows to track the history of " -"changes made to a file and, more importantly, to work on different versions " -"of those files at the same time. It means that you do not need to worry " -"about overwriting someone else’s pending work when you start editing the " -"documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:143 -msgid "" -"You must then configure Git to identify yourself as the author of your " -"future contribution. Enter the same email address as the one you used to " -"register on GitHub." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:146 -msgid "Download and install **Git** on your machine." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:147 -msgid "" -"Verify that `the installation folder of Git is included in your system's " -"PATH variable <win-add-to-path_>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:149 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:174 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:320 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:337 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:368 -msgid "Execute the following commands in a terminal:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:159 -msgid "Fetch the sources" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:161 -msgid "" -"As stated earlier, our documentation (in all its versions) is maintained on " -"GitHub at `github.com/odoo/documentation-user <https://github.com/odoo" -"/documentation-user>`_. A modification is made by the mean of a :abbr:`PR " -"(Pull Request)` (:dfn:`proposal of content changes`) to allow for a review " -"of the changes before updating the sources of the documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:166 -msgid "" -"Prior to submitting a modification, you need to make a copy of the sources " -"and download that copy on your machine." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:169 -msgid "" -"Go to `github.com/odoo/documentation-user <https://github.com/odoo" -"/documentation-user>`_ and click on the **Fork** button in the top right " -"corner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:182 -msgid "" -"If you do not have edit rights on the repository owned by Odoo, replace " -"\"odoo\" with your Github username in the URL of the command above. If you " -"do have edit rights, it is not necessary to fork the repository." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:186 -msgid "" -"In order to ease the collaboration between writers coming from many " -"different systems and teams, execute the following group of commands that " -"correspond to your :abbr:`OS (Operating System)` in a terminal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:190 -msgid "Windows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:198 -msgid "Linux or Mac OS:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:209 -msgid "Python" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:211 -msgid "" -"Because the documentation is written in :abbr:`RST (reStructuredText)`, it " -"needs to be built (:dfn:`converted to HTML`) in order to display nicely. " -"This is done by the documentation generator which takes the original " -":abbr:`RST (reStructuredText)` files as input, transforms the markups in a " -"human-readable format, and outputs HTML files to be read in your web " -"browser." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:216 -msgid "" -"The documentation generator that we use is called `Sphinx <http://www" -".sphinx-doc.org/en/master/>`_. and is written in `Python " -"<https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Python_(programming_language)>`_. You have to" -" install Python in order to use Sphinx. For the record, Sphinx is the " -"program and Python the programming language, but you do not need to know " -"much more about them so don't panic!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:221 -msgid "" -"Python comes with its own package manager: `pip " -"<https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pip_(package_manager)>`_. It allows " -"installing Python dependencies in a single command." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:225 -msgid "" -"Download and install the latest release of **Python 3** on your machine." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:226 -msgid "" -"Make sure to have **pip** installed on your machine (on Windows, you can " -"install pip alongside Python)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:228 -msgid "" -"Execute the following commands in a terminal to verify that both " -"installations finished successfully:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:236 -msgid "" -"Execute the following commands in a terminal to install the Python " -"dependencies of the documentation:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:245 -msgid "" -"Depending on your :abbr:`OS (Operating System)`, you may need to run the " -"commands ``python`` and ``pip`` instead of ``python3`` and ``pip3``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:251 -msgid "Make" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:253 -msgid "" -"`Make <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Make_(software)>`_ is a tool that packs" -" a bunch of command-lines into one to be easier to remember and to type. In " -"our case, it is used to execute complex Sphinx build commands by using a " -"single and simpler one instead." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:257 -msgid "Download and install **Make** on your machine." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:258 -msgid "" -"Verify that `the installation folder of Make is included in your system's " -"PATH variable <win-add-to-path_>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:264 -msgid "pngquant" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:266 -msgid "" -"`pngquant <https://pngquant.org/>`_ is a tool that we use to compress PNG " -"images so that the documentation does not end up weighting several Gigabytes" -" in a few year span." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:269 -msgid "Download and install **pngquant** on your machine." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:270 -msgid "" -"Verify that `the installation folder of pngquant is included in your " -"system's PATH variable <win-add-to-path_>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:276 -msgid "Prepare your version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:278 -msgid "" -"Now that your machine is all set up, it is time to do the same for your " -"version of the documentation files. As it would not be convenient to have " -"several people working on the version 14.0 in parallel (conflicts of content" -" would occur all the time), and in order to be able to create a :abbr:`PR " -"(Pull Request)`, you must `create a new branch " -"<https://www.atlassian.com/git/tutorials/using-branches>`_ starting from the" -" branch 14.0. In other words, you copy the entirety of this version’s files " -"and give it another name. For this example, we will go with " -"``14.0-my_contribution``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:286 -msgid "Execute the following commands in a terminal to..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:288 -msgid "Navigate to the documentation folder:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:294 -msgid "Switch to the version 14.0:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:300 -msgid "Create your own branch which will be a copy of 14.0:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:309 -msgid "Perform your changes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:311 -msgid "" -"You can now perform any change you want to the documentation files. These " -"changes must be compliant with :abbr:`RST (reStructuredText)` syntax (see " -":doc:`rst_cheat_sheet`) and with our :doc:`guidelines <rst_guidelines>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:316 -msgid "" -"If your changes include the addition of a new image, for instance " -":file:`my_image.png`, proceed as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:319 -msgid "Make sure that the image is in ``.png`` format." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:327 -msgid "Delete :file:`my_image.png`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:328 -msgid "Rename :file:`my_image-fs8.png` to :file:`my_image.png`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:333 -msgid "Preview your changes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:335 -msgid "" -"To preview your changes in a generated documentation, proceed as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:346 -msgid "" -"You can omit the :command:`make clean` command when no recent change has " -"been made to the hierarchy of documentation files." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:349 -msgid "Fix any error or warning shown in the logs of the build." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:350 -msgid "" -"Open the file :file:`documentation-user/_build/html/index.html` with your " -"default web browser." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:353 -msgid "" -"These steps have for only purpose to show you the final results of your " -"changes. They have no impact on the documentation source files." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:359 -msgid "Submit your changes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:362 -msgid "" -"We expect you to have basic knowledge of Git, which should be enough to " -"cover the basic flow of a one-time contribution. If you plan on submitting " -"several contributions, work on older versions of the documentation or " -"perform any other advanced action, we recommend you to be confident with " -"Git. Help yourself with `this manual of Git " -"<https://www.atlassian.com/git>`_ and `this interactive tutorial " -"<https://learngitbranching.js.org/>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:376 -msgid "" -"Go to `github.com/odoo/documentation-user/pulls <https://github.com/odoo" -"/documentation-user/pulls>`_ and click on the **New pull request** button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:382 -msgid "" -"If you forked the base repository in the section :ref:`contributing/fetch-" -"sources`, click on the link **compare across forks** If not, skip this step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:387 -msgid "" -"In the dropdown for the selection of the base branch (i.e., the version of " -"the documentation that your changes concern), make sure to select the " -"version that your changes target (here **14.0**)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:5 -msgid "RST cheat sheet" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:10 -msgid "Headings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:13 -msgid "" -"For each formatting line (e.g., ``===``), write as many symbols (``=``) as " -"there are characters in the header." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:17 -msgid "" -"The symbols used for the formatting are, in fact, not important. Only the " -"order in which they are written matters, as it determines the size of the " -"decorated heading. This means that you may encounter different heading " -"formatting and in a different order, in which case you should follow the " -"formatting in place in the document. In any other case, use the formatting " -"shown below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:20 -msgid "Heading size" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:20 -msgid "Formatting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:20 -msgid "Min/Max number of occurrences" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:22 -msgid "H1" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 -msgid "``=======``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 -msgid "``Heading``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:22 -msgid "1/1" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:26 -msgid "H2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:26 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:29 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:32 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:35 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:38 -msgid "0/∞" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:29 -msgid "H3" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 -msgid "``-------``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:32 -msgid "H4" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 -msgid "``~~~~~~~``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:35 -msgid "H5" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 -msgid "``*******``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:38 -msgid "H6" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 -msgid "``^^^^^^^``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:45 -msgid "Markup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:50 -msgid "Inline markup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:52 -msgid "Use the following markups to emphasize your text to your liking:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:55 -msgid "\\*\\*Text\\*\\*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:55 -msgid "**Text**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:57 -msgid "\\*Text\\*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:57 -msgid "*Text*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:59 -msgid "\\`\\`Text\\`\\`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:59 -msgid "``Text``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:63 -msgid ":ref:`contributing/specialized-directives`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:68 -msgid "Bulleted list" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:84 -msgid "Numbered list" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:99 -msgid "Nested lists" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:111 -msgid "Hyperlinks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:116 -msgid "Hyperlink references" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:118 -msgid "" -"Hyperlink references are links to a URL with a custom label. They follow " -"this syntax: ```label <URL>`_``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:122 -msgid "The URL can be a relative path to a file within the documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:125 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:146 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:192 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:232 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:263 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:288 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:313 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:19 -msgid "Example" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:127 -msgid "" -"This excerpt of :abbr:`RST (reStructuredText)`: ``For instance, `this is a " -"hyperlink reference <https://odoo.com>`_.`` is rendered as follows in HTML: " -"“For instance, `this is a hyperlink reference <https://odoo.com>`_.”" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:134 -msgid "External hyperlink targets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:136 -msgid "" -"External hyperlink targets allow creating shortcuts for hyperlink " -"references." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:137 -msgid "The definition syntax is as follows: ``.. _target: URL``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:138 -msgid "There are two ways to reference them, depending on the use case:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:140 -msgid "" -"``target_`` creates a hyperlink with the target name as label and the URL as" -" reference. Note that the ``_`` moved after the target!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:142 -msgid "" -"```label <target_>`_`` does exactly what you expect: the label replaces the " -"name of the target, and the target is replaced by the URL." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:149 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:195 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:235 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:266 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:291 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:316 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:352 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:373 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:392 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:413 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:432 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:453 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:490 -msgid "RST" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:159 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:211 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:243 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:274 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:299 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:330 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:361 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:381 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:401 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:421 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:441 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:461 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:499 -msgid "Render" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:161 -msgid "" -"A `proof-of-concept <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Proof_of_concept>`_ is a " -"simplified version, a prototype of what is expected to agree on the main " -"lines of expected changes. `PoC " -"<https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Proof_of_concept>`_ is a common abbreviation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:168 -msgid "Internal hyperlink targets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:170 -msgid "" -"Internal hyperlink targets follow the same syntax as external hyperlink " -"targets but without any URL. Indeed, they are internal. They allow " -"referencing a specific part of a document by using the target as an anchor. " -"When the user clicks on the reference, the documentation scrolls to the part" -" of the page containing the target." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:176 -msgid "" -"Targets can be referenced from other files than the ones in which they are " -"defined." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:178 -msgid "The definition syntax is: ``.. _target:``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:179 -msgid "" -"There are two ways to reference them, both using the ``ref`` directive:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:181 -msgid "" -"``:ref:`target``` creates a hyperlink to the anchor with the heading defined" -" below as label." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:182 -msgid "" -"``:ref:`label <target>``` creates a hyperlink to the anchor with the given " -"label." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:184 -msgid "" -"See :ref:`contributing/relative-links` to learn how to write proper relative" -" links for internal references." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:188 -msgid "" -"Notice that there is no ``_`` at the end, as it is done with :ref:`hyperlink" -" targets <contributing/hyperlink-references>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:213 -msgid "" -"This can easily be done by creating a new product, see `How to create a " -"product? <https://example.com/product>`_ for additional help." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:216 -msgid "**How to create a product?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:218 -msgid "" -"As explained at the `start of the page <https://example.com/scroll-to-start-" -"of-page>`_, ..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:223 -msgid "Implicit hyperlink targets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:227 -msgid "" -"Implicit hyperlink targets are a special kind of internal hyperlink targets:" -" they are automatically generated by section titles, footnotes, etc. " -"Consequently, they don’t have a definition syntax." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:229 -msgid "" -"They can be referenced the same first way as external hyperlink targets by " -"using the name of the section title as URL." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:245 -msgid "" -"This can easily be done by creating a new user, see `How to create a new " -"user? <https://example.com/how-to-create-a-user>`_ for additional help. ..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:251 -msgid "The ``doc`` directive" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:254 -msgid "" -"The ``doc`` directive allows referencing a documentation page wherever it is" -" in the file tree through a relative file path." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:255 -msgid "As usual, there are two ways to use the directive:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:257 -msgid "" -"``:doc:`path_to_doc_page``` creates a hyperlink reference to the " -"documentation page with the title of the page as label." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:259 -msgid "" -"``:doc:`label <path_to_doc_page>``` creates a hyperlink reference to the " -"documentation page with the given label." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:276 -msgid "" -"Please refer to `this documentation " -"<https://example.com/doc/accounting/invoices.html>`_ and to `Send a pro-" -"forma invoice <https://example.com/doc/sales/proforma.html>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:282 -msgid "The ``download`` directive" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:284 -msgid "" -"The ``download`` directive allows referencing files (that are not " -"necessarily :abbr:`RST (reStructuredText)` documents) within the source tree" -" to be downloaded." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:301 -msgid "" -"Download this `module structure template " -"<https://example.com/doc/odoosh/extras/my_module.zip>`_ to start building " -"your module in no time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:307 -msgid "The ``image`` directive" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:309 -msgid "" -"The ``image`` directive allows inserting images in a document. It comes with" -" a set of optional parameter directives that can individually be omitted if " -"considered redundant." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:344 -msgid "Admonitions (alert blocks)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:349 -msgid "Seealso" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:364 -msgid "" -"`Customer invoices <https://example.com/doc/accounting/invoices.html>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:365 -msgid "" -"`Pro-forma invoices <https://example.com/doc/sales/proforma.html#activate-" -"the-feature>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:370 -msgid "Note" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:384 -msgid "" -"Use this to get the attention of the reader about additional information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:389 -msgid "Tip" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:404 -msgid "" -"Use this to inform the reader about a useful trick that requires an action." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:410 -msgid "Important" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:424 -msgid "Use this to notify the reader about an important information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:429 -msgid "Warning" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:444 -msgid "" -"Use this to require the reader to proceed with caution with what is " -"described in the warning." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:450 -msgid "Danger" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:464 -msgid "Use this to alarm the reader about a serious threat." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:469 -msgid "Formatting tips" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:474 -msgid "Add banners on top of documents" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:480 -msgid "" -"The Odoo theme supports banner images at the top of documents. At the first " -"line of your documents, insert the directive ``:banner: " -"banners/file_name.png``. Replace ``file_name.png`` with the file that you " -"placed in :file:`_static/banners` to server as a banner of your document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:487 -msgid "Break the line but not the paragraph" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:502 -msgid "" -"First super long line that you break in two… here is rendered as a single " -"line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:503 -msgid "Second line that follows a line break." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:508 -msgid "Add comments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:510 -msgid "" -"If you made a particular choice of writing or formatting that a future " -"writer should be able to understand and take into account, consider writing " -"a comment. Comments are blocks of text that do not count as a part of the " -"documentation and that are used to pass a message to writers of the source " -"code. They consist of a line starting with two dots and a space, followed by" -" the comment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:515 -msgid "" -"``.. For instance, this line will not be rendered in the documentation.``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:520 -msgid "Use tables" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:522 -msgid "" -"Make use of `this convenient table generator " -"<https://www.tablesgenerator.com/text_tables>`_ to build your tables. Then, " -"copy-paste the generated formatting into your document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:528 -msgid "Spice up your writing with specialized directives" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:530 -msgid "Use these additional directives to fine-tune your content:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:533 -msgid "**Directive**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:533 -msgid "**Purpose**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:533 -msgid "**Example**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:535 -msgid "**RST**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:535 -msgid "**HTML**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:537 -msgid "``abbr``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:537 -msgid "Self-defining abbreviations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:537 -msgid "``:abbr:`SO (Sales Order)```" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:537 -msgid ":abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:539 -msgid "``command``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:539 -msgid "Highlight a command" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:539 -msgid "``:command:`python example.py```" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:539 -msgid ":command:`python example.py`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:541 -msgid "``dfn``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:541 -msgid "Define a term" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:541 -msgid "``:dfn:`a definition for a new term```" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:541 -msgid ":dfn:`a definition for a new term`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:543 -msgid "``file``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:543 -msgid "Indicate a file path" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:543 -msgid "``:file:`~/odoo/odoo-bin```" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:543 -msgid ":file:`~/odoo/odoo-bin`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:545 -msgid "``menuselection``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:545 -msgid "Guide a user through a sequence of menus" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:545 -msgid "``:menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings```" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:545 -msgid ":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:551 -msgid "Escape markup symbols (Advanced)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:553 -msgid "" -"Markup symbols escaped with backslashes (``\\``) are rendered normally. For " -"instance, ``this \\*\\*line of text\\*\\* with \\*markup\\* symbols`` is " -"rendered as “this \\*\\*line of text\\*\\* with \\*markup\\* symbols”." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:557 -msgid "" -"When it comes to backticks (`````), which are used in many case such as " -":ref:`hyperlink references <contributing/hyperlink-references>`, using " -"backslashes for escaping is no longer an option because the outer backticks " -"interpret enclosed backslashes and thus prevent them from escaping inner " -"backticks. For instance, ```\\`this formatting\\```` produces an ``[UNKNOWN " -"NODE title_reference]`` error. Instead, `````this formatting````` should be " -"used to produce the following result: ```this formatting```." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:5 -msgid "RST guidelines" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:10 -msgid "Use relative links for internal URLs" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:12 -msgid "" -"If you need to reference an internal documentation page or a file that is " -"not sitting in the same directory as your current page, always make use of " -"*relative file paths* rather than *absolute file paths*. An absolute file " -"path indicates the location of the target from the root of its file tree. A " -"relative file path makes use of smart notations (such as ``../`` git that " -"redirects to the parent folder) to indicate the location of the target " -"*relative* to that of the source document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:21 -msgid "Given the following source file tree:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:33 -msgid "" -"A reference to the rendered :file:`prices.html` and :file:`variants.html` " -"could be made from :file:`import.rst` as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:36 -msgid "Absolute:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:38 -msgid "" -"``https://odoo.com/documentation/user/14.0/sales/products_prices/prices.html``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:39 -msgid "" -"``https://odoo.com/documentation/user/14.0/sales/products_prices/products/variants.html``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:41 -msgid "Relative:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:43 -msgid "``../prices.html``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:44 -msgid "``variants.html``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:46 -msgid "" -"The relative links are clearly superior in terms of readability and " -"stability: the references survive version updates, folder name changes and " -"file tree restructurations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:52 -msgid "Start a new line before the 100th character" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:54 -msgid "" -"In RST, it is possible to break a line without forcing a line break on the " -"rendered HTML. Make use of this feature to write **lines of maximum 100 " -"characters**. A line break in a sentence results in an additional whitespace" -" in HTML. That means that you do not need to leave a trailing whitespace at " -"the end of a line to separate words." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:60 -msgid "" -"You can safely break a line around the separators (``-->``) of " -"``menuselection`` directives and anywhere in a hyperlink reference. For the " -"``doc``, ``ref`` and ``download`` directives, this is only true for the " -"label part of the reference." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:65 -msgid "Example: Line breaks within directive and inline markup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:74 -msgid "Be consistent with indentation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:76 -msgid "Use only spaces (never tabs)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:78 -msgid "" -"Use as many spaces at the beginning of an indented line as needed to align " -"it with the first character of the directive in the line above. This usually" -" implies 3 spaces but you only need 2 for bulleted lists." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:83 -msgid "Example: The first ``:`` is below the ``i`` (3 spaces)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Example: The ``:titlesonly:`` and page references start below the ``t`` (3 " -"spaces)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:103 -msgid "" -"Example: Continuation lines resume below the ``I``’s of “Invoice” (2 spaces)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:113 -msgid "Use the menuselection directive" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:115 -msgid "" -"Although chaining characters ``‣`` and menu names works fine to indicate a " -"user which menus to click, it is best to use the ``menuselection`` directive" -" (see :ref:`contributing/specialized-directives`) for the same result. " -"Indeed, it renders the menus chain consistently with the rest of the " -"documentation and would automatically adapt to the new graphic chart if we " -"were to switch to a new one. This directive is used inline as follows: " -"``:menuselection:`Settings --> Products --> Variants```." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:125 -msgid "Write resilient code" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:127 -msgid "" -"Prefer the use of ``#.`` in numbered lists instead of ``1.``, ``2.``, etc. " -"This removes the risk of breaking the numbering when adding new elements to " -"the list and is easier to maintain." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:129 -msgid "" -"Avoid using implicit hyperlink targets and prefer internal hyperlink targets" -" instead. Referencing the implicit target ``How to print quotations?`` is " -"more prone to break than a reference to the explicit target " -"``_print_quotation`` which never appears in the rendered HTML and is thus " -"even less likely to be modified." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:137 -msgid "Prefix hyperlink targets with application names" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:139 -msgid "" -"As hyperlink targets are visible from the entire documentation when " -"referenced with the ``ref`` directive, it is recommended to prefix the " -"target name with that of the related application. For instance, naming a " -"target ``_amazon/form`` instead of ``_form`` avoids unwanted behaviors and " -"makes the purpose of the target clear." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:147 -msgid "Don’t break hyperlink targets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:149 -msgid "" -"When refactoring (improving without adding new content) section headings or " -"hyperlink targets, take care not to break any hyperlink reference to these " -"targets or update them accordingly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:155 -msgid "Use single-underscore suffixes for hyperlink references" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:160 -msgid "" -"Although using a double-underscore suffix works most of the time for classic" -" hyperlink references, it is not recommended as double-underscores normally " -"indicate an anonymous hyperlink reference. This is a special kind of " -"hyperlink reference that makes use of nameless hyperlink targets consisting " -"only of two underscore." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:162 -msgid "" -"tl;dr: Double-underscore suffixes work until they don’t and are bad " -"practice, use single-underscore suffixes instead." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po deleted file mode 100644 index 218dc1f80..000000000 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1167 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: de\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../crm.rst:5 -msgid "CRM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads.rst:3 -msgid "Acquire leads" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:3 -msgid "Convert leads into opportunities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The system can generate leads instead of opportunities, in order to add a " -"qualification step before converting a *Lead* into an *Opportunity* and " -"assigning to the right sales people." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:9 -msgid "" -"You can activate this mode from the CRM Settings. It applies to all your " -"sales channels by default. But you can make it specific for specific " -"channels from their configuration form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:14 -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:41 -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:8 -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:11 -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:27 -#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:9 -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:12 -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:12 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:16 -msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> " -"Settings` and activate the *Leads* feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:22 -msgid "" -"You will now have a new submenu *Leads* under *Leads* where they will " -"aggregate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:29 -msgid "Convert a lead into an opportunity" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:31 -msgid "" -"When you click on a *Lead* you will have the option to convert it to an " -"opportunity and decide if it should still be assigned to the same " -"channel/person and if you need to create a new customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:38 -msgid "" -"If you already have an opportunity with that customer Odoo will " -"automatically offer you to merge with that opportunity. In the same manner, " -"Odoo will automatically offer you to link to an existing customer if that " -"customer already exists." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:44 -msgid "Merge opportunities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Odoo will also automatically propose to merge opportunities if they have the" -" same email address. When merging opportunities, Odoo merges the information" -" into the opportunity which was created first, giving priority to the " -"information present on the first opportunity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:51 -msgid "" -"No information is lost: data from the other opportunity is logged in the " -"chatter and the information fields for easy access." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Would you find a duplicate yourself, ...you can also merge opportunities or " -"leads even if the system doesn't propose it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Here’s how, from the list view. Select the opportunities or leads you want " -"to merge and the action button will appear. Then, you can select merge." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:67 -msgid "It is also possible to merge more than 2 opportunities or leads." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:3 -msgid "Generate leads/opportunities from emails" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Automating the lead/opportunity generation will considerably improve your " -"efficiency. By default, any email sent to *sales@database\\_domain.ext* will" -" create an opportunity in the pipeline of the default sales channel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:11 -msgid "Configure email aliases" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Each sales teams can have its own email alias, to generate " -"leads/opportunities automatically assigned to it. It is useful if you manage" -" several sales teams with specific business processes. You will find the " -"configuration of sales teams under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Sales " -"Teams`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:3 -msgid "Generate leads/opportunities from your website contact page" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Automating the lead/opportunity generation will considerably improve your " -"efficiency. Any visitor using the contact form on your website will create a" -" lead/opportunity in the pipeline." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:10 -msgid "Use the contact us on your website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:12 -msgid "You should first go to your website app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:14 -msgid "|image0|\\ |image1|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:16 -msgid "" -"With the CRM app installed, you benefit from a ready-to-use contact form on " -"your Odoo website that will generate leads/opportunities automatically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:23 -msgid "" -"To change to a specific sales channel, go to :menuselection:`Website --> " -"Configuration --> Settings` under *Communication* you will find the Contact " -"Form info and where to change the *Sales Channel* or *Salesperson*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:32 -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:50 -msgid "Create a custom contact form" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:34 -msgid "" -"You may want to know more from your visitor when they use the contact form " -"to you will need to build a custom contact form on your website. These " -"contact forms can generate multiple types of records in the system (emails, " -"leads/opportunities, project tasks, helpdesk tickets, etc.)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:43 -msgid "" -"You will need to install the free *Form Builder* module, only available in " -"Odoo Enterprise." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:52 -msgid "" -"First, go to the page where you want to put your contact form. In edit mode," -" drag the form builder onto the page, and you will be able to add all the " -"fields you wish." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:59 -msgid "" -"By default, any new contact form will send an email. You can switch to " -"lead/opportunity generation in *Change Form Parameters*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:63 -msgid "" -"If the same visitor uses the contact form twice, the second entry will be " -"added to the first lead/opportunity in the chatter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:67 -msgid "Generate leads instead of opportunities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:69 -msgid "" -"When using a contact form, you should use a qualification step before " -"assigning the form to the right sales people. To do so, activate *Leads* in " -"CRM settings and refer to :doc:`convert`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:3 -msgid "Lead mining" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:4 -msgid "" -"In any business, getting quality leads is essential to keep the business " -"growing. Lead mining allows you to generate leads from scratch directly from" -" your database. Target your leads based on a set of criteria such as the " -"country, the size of the company, the industry your leads are coming from to" -" make them relevant to your business." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:10 -msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> " -"Settings` and activate the **Lead Mining** feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:17 -msgid "Start generating leads" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:18 -msgid "" -"You will now have a new button **Generate Leads** available in your " -"pipeline. You are also able to create lead mining requests from the " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Lead Mining Requests` and trough " -":menuselection:`Leads --> Leads` where you have the **Generate Leads** " -"button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:27 -msgid "" -"From there, click on the **Generate Leads** button, a window where you will " -"be able to pick your criteria will pop up." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:34 -msgid "" -"When choosing to target Companied and their contacts you can choose the " -"contacts you are getting based on Role or Seniority. When getting contact " -"information make sure to be aware of the latest EU regulation, get more " -"information about General Data Protection Regulation on `Odoo GDPR " -"<http://odoo.com/gdpr>`__," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:39 -msgid "" -"You can decide to filter the leads you are getting depending on the size " -"(number of employees) of the companies. You can pick the countries your " -"leads are coming from. It is possible to pick multiple countries. You can " -"pick the industries your leads are coming from. It is possible to pick " -"multiple industries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:43 -msgid "" -"You can choose the salesperson and the Salesteam the lead will be assigned " -"to. You can also add tags to track your generated leads." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:47 -msgid "The generated leads will have the name of the company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:50 -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:138 -#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:36 -msgid "Pricing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:51 -msgid "" -"This is an In-App Purchase feature, each generated lead will cost you one " -"credit. If you choose to get contact information each contact will also cost" -" us one additional credit. Here is the pricing for this `feature " -"<https://iap.odoo.com/iap/in-app-services/167?>`__, To buy credits you can " -"either go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Settings --> Buy " -"Credits`; or go to :menuselection:`Settings --> In-App Purchases --> View my" -" Services`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:65 -msgid "" -"The blue box will automatically tell you how many credits are going to be " -"consumed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:68 -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:169 -msgid "" -"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you " -"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:71 -msgid "" -":doc:`In-App Purchases (IAP) " -"<../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:3 -msgid "Send quotations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When you qualify a lead into an opportunity you will most likely need to " -"send them a quotation. You can directly do this in the CRM App with Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:12 -msgid "Create a new quotation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:14 -msgid "" -"By clicking on any opportunity or lead, you will see a *New Quotation* " -"button, it will bring you into a new menu where you can manage your quote." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:21 -msgid "" -"You will find all your quotes to that specific opportunity under the " -"*Quotations* menu on that page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:28 -msgid "Mark them won/lost" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Now you will need to mark your opportunity as won or lost to move the " -"process along." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:33 -msgid "" -"If you mark them as won, they will move to your *Won* column in your Kanban " -"view. If you however mark them as *Lost* they will be archived." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize.rst:3 -msgid "Optimize your Day-to-Day work" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:3 -msgid "How to motivate and reward my salespeople?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Challenging your employees to reach specific targets with goals and rewards " -"is an excellent way to reinforce good habits and improve your salespeople " -"productivity. The Gamification module gives you simple and creative ways to " -"motivate and evaluate your employees with real-time recognition and badges " -"inspired by game mechanics." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Install the *Gamification* module, or the *CRM gamification* one, which adds" -" some useful data (goals and challenges) that can be used on *CRM/Sale*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:21 -msgid "Create a challenge" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Now, create your first challenge by going to :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Gamification Tools --> Challenges`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:27 -msgid "" -"As the gamification tool is a one-time technical setup, you need to activate" -" the technical features in order to access the configuration. To do so, go " -"to *Settings* and *Activate the developer mode*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:35 -msgid "" -"A challenge is a mission that you send to your sales team. It can include " -"one or several goals, set for a specific period of time. Configure your " -"challenge as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:38 -msgid "Assign the salespeople to be challenged;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:39 -msgid "Assign a responsible;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:40 -msgid "Set up the periodicity along with the start and the end date;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:41 -msgid "Select your goals;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:42 -msgid "Set up your rewards (badges)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Badges are granted when a challenge is finished. This is either at the end " -"of a running period (eg: end of the month for a monthly challenge), at the " -"end date of a challenge (if no periodicity is set), or when the challenge is" -" manually closed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:49 -msgid "" -"In the example below, 2 employees are being challenged with a *Monthly Sales" -" Target*. The challenge is based on 2 goals: the total amount invoiced and " -"number of new leads generated. At the end of the month, the winner will be " -"granted with a badge." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:58 -msgid "Set up goals" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:60 -msgid "" -"The users can be evaluated using goals and numerical objectives to reach." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:62 -msgid "" -"**Goals** are assigned through *challenges* that evaluate (see image above) " -"and compare members of a team throughout time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:66 -msgid "" -"You can create a new goal on the fly from a *Challenge* by clicking on *Add " -"new item*, under *Goals*. Select the business object according to your " -"company's needs. Examples: number of new leads, time to qualify a lead, " -"total amount invoiced in a specific week, month or any other time frame " -"based on your management preferences, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Goals may include your database setup as well (e.g. set your company data " -"and a timezone, create new users, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:77 -msgid "Set up rewards" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:79 -msgid "" -"For non-numerical achievements, **Badges** can be granted to users. From a " -"simple thank you to an exceptional achievement, a badge is an easy way to " -"express gratitude to a user for their good work. To create and grant badges " -"to your employees based on their performance, go to :menuselection:`Settings" -" --> Gamification Tools --> Badges`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:3 -msgid "Outlook Extension" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The **Odoo CRM Extension** is a connector that bridges your Outlook mailbox " -"with your Odoo database. This extension allows you to:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:8 -msgid "Create leads from emails sent to your mailbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:9 -msgid "Centralize Prospects' emails into a CRM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:10 -msgid "Search and store insights on your contacts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:17 -msgid "" -"This extension is compatible with the Web version of Outlook as well as the " -"desktop apps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:20 -msgid "" -"The Outlook Extension uses *Partner Autocomplete IAP credits* to search and " -"store insights on your contacts. See the :ref:`Pricing section " -"<outlook_extension/pricing>` below for more information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:29 -msgid "" -"The Outlook Extension requires to be configured both in Odoo and in Outlook." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:34 -msgid "Enable the feature on your database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:36 -msgid "" -"To enable this feature on your Odoo database, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> " -"Configuration --> Lead Generation`, enable **Outlook CRM Extension**, and " -"click on *Save*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:42 -msgid "Install the add-in on Outlook" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:44 -msgid "" -"You can install the Outlook Extension as a **Custom Add-in**. To do so, " -"follow these steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:0 -msgid "URL of the **Odoo for Outlook** add-in's manifest file:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:0 -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:0 -msgid "``https://download.odoo.com/plugins/outlook/manifest.xml``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:50 -msgid "Todo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:50 -msgid "add copy button when the feature is added to the doc" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Connect to your Outlook mailbox, open any email, and click on the *More " -"actions* button, displayed as three little dots." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:59 -msgid "Click on *Get add-ins*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:65 -msgid "" -"In the new window, select the tab named *My add-ins*, click on *+ Add a " -"custom add-in*, and then on *Add from URL...*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Outlook prompts you to **enter the URL of the add-in's manifest file**. To " -"do so, copy the following URL, paste it in the box, and click on *OK*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:80 -msgid "" -"Outlook warns you that Microsoft hasn’t verified the add-in. Click on " -"*Install* to complete the installation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:84 -msgid "" -"The *Odoo for Outlook* add-in is not listed yet on Outlook's add-ins list. " -"This is why it is currently necessary to install it as a *custom add-in*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:90 -msgid "Add a shortcut to open the extension" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:92 -msgid "" -"By default, you can open the **Odoo for Outlook** extension from the *More " -"actions* menu. This section explains how to move the launcher next to the " -"other default actions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:99 -msgid "" -"In your Outlook mailbox, click on *Settings*, then on *View all Outlook " -"settings*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:100 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Mail --> Customize actions --> Message " -"surface`, select *Odoo for Outlook*, and click on *Save*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:109 -msgid "Connect to your database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:111 -msgid "" -"Open **Odoo for Outlook** from any email. This opens the extension as a " -"panel on the right side of your screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:113 -msgid "Click on *login* at the bottom of the extension." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:114 -msgid "Insert your database's URL then click on *Login*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:120 -msgid "" -"Log into your database by entering your credentials. Skip this step if you " -"are already logged in with this browser." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:122 -msgid "" -"A message asks you if you want to let Outlook access your Odoo database. " -"Click on *Allow* to complete the connection." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:126 -msgid "" -"Make sure first to :ref:`enable the feature on your database " -"<outlook_extension/enable-feature>`. Failing to do so would result in an " -"*error 404 message*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:130 -msgid "" -"The extension displays some information, even if you do not connect it to " -"any Odoo database. Note that only a limited amount of contact enrichment " -"requests are available as a trial, as this feature requires prepaid credits." -" See the :ref:`Pricing section <outlook_extension/pricing>` below for more " -"information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:140 -msgid "" -"The extension is **free** and doesn't require any purchase to be installed " -"and used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:142 -msgid "" -"However, this extension provides you with *Lead Enrichment* in the **Company" -" Insights** section. This service is part of a paid service known as **Lead " -"Generation**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:145 -msgid "" -"The extension allows you to test this service for free, whether you connect " -"the extension to a database or not. After a while, the extension asks you to" -" buy credits to keep using this additional service." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:155 -msgid "" -"You can buy more *Lead Generation* credits to keep using this service or " -"disregard this message and keep using the extension for free without *Lead " -"Enrichment*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:159 -msgid "In-App Purchase" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:162 -msgid "" -"*Lead Generation* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service, which requires " -"prepaid credits to be used. Each request consumes one credit." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:164 -#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:41 -msgid "" -"To buy credits, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Contacts --> Partner " -"Autocomplete or Odoo IAP --> View My Services` and select a package." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:167 -msgid "" -"If you run out of credits, the only information populated when clicking on " -"the suggested company is the website link and logo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:171 -#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Learn about our *Privacy Policy* `here " -"<https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#header_2>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:174 -msgid ":doc:`../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:175 -msgid "`Odoo Learn: Lead Enrichment <https://www.odoo.com/r/p73>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:3 -msgid "Enrich your contacts base with Partner Autocomplete" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Parter Autocomplete helps you to enrich your contacts database with " -"corporate data. Select one of the companies suggested in the dropdown, and " -"quickly get all the information you need." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Contacts` and activate the *Partner " -"Autocomplete* feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:18 -msgid "Enrich your contacts with corporate data" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:22 -msgid "" -"From any module, once you start to create a new contact typing the name of " -"it, the system will suggest a potential match. If you select it, the contact" -" will be populated with corporate data." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:23 -msgid "" -"For example, after typing *Odoo*, you will get the following information:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Partner Autocomplete also works if you enter a VAT number instead of a " -"company name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:39 -msgid "" -"*Partner Autocomplete* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service, which requires" -" prepaid credits to be used. Each request will consume one credit." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:44 -msgid "" -"If you run out of credits, the only information that will be populated when " -"clicking on the suggested company will be the website link and the logo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:46 -msgid "" -"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and you have the Enterprise version, you " -"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance.rst:3 -msgid "Analyze performance" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:3 -msgid "Check your Win/Loss Ratio" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:5 -msgid "" -"To see how well you are doing with your pipeline, take a look at the " -"Win/Loss ratio." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:8 -msgid "" -"To access this report, go to your *Pipeline* view under the *Reporting* tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:11 -msgid "" -"From there you can filter to which opportunities you wish to see, yours, the" -" ones from your sales channel, your whole company, etc. You can then click " -"on filter and check Won/Lost." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:18 -msgid "You can also change the *Measures* to *Total Revenue*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:23 -msgid "You also have the ability to switch to a pie chart view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline.rst:3 -msgid "Organize the pipeline" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:3 -msgid "Manage lost opportunities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:5 -msgid "" -"While working with your opportunities, you might lose some of them. You will" -" want to keep track of the reasons you lost them and also which ways Odoo " -"can help you recover them in the future." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:10 -msgid "Mark a lead as lost" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:12 -msgid "" -"While in your pipeline, select any opportunity you want and you will see a " -"*Mark Lost* button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:15 -msgid "" -"You can then select an existing *Lost Reason* or create a new one right " -"there." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:22 -msgid "Manage & create lost reasons" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:24 -msgid "" -"You will find your *Lost Reasons* under :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Lost Reasons`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:26 -msgid "" -"You can select & rename any of them as well as create a new one from there." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:30 -msgid "Retrieve lost opportunities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:32 -msgid "" -"To retrieve lost opportunities and do actions on them (send an email, make a" -" feedback call, etc.), select the *Lost* filter in the search bar." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:39 -msgid "You will then see all your lost opportunities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:41 -msgid "" -"If you want to refine them further, you can add a filter on the *Lost " -"Reason*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:44 -msgid "For Example, *Too Expensive*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:50 -msgid "Restore lost opportunities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:52 -msgid "" -"From the Kanban view with the filter(s) in place, you can select any " -"opportunity you wish and work on it as usual. You can also restore it by " -"clicking on *Archived*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:59 -msgid "" -"You can also restore items in batch from the Kanban view when they belong to" -" the same stage. Select *Restore Records* in the column options. You can " -"also archive the same way." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:66 -msgid "To select specific opportunities, you should switch to the list view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Then you can select as many or all opportunities and select the actions you " -"want to take." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:78 -msgid ":doc:`../performance/win_loss`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:3 -msgid "Manage multiple sales teams" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, you can manage several sales teams, departments or channels with " -"specific sales processes. To do so, we use the concept of *Sales Channel*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:10 -msgid "Create a new sales channel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To create a new *Sales Channel*, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Sales Channels`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:14 -msgid "" -"There you can set an email alias to it. Every message sent to that email " -"address will create a lead/opportunity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:21 -msgid "Add members to your sales channel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:23 -msgid "" -"You can add members to any channel; that way those members will see the " -"pipeline structure of the sales channel when opening it. Any " -"lead/opportunity assigned to them will link to the sales channel. Therefore," -" you can only be a member of one channel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:28 -msgid "This will ease the process review of the team manager." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:33 -msgid "" -"If you now filter on this specific channel in your pipeline, you will find " -"all of its opportunities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:40 -msgid "Sales channel dashboard" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:42 -msgid "" -"To see the operations and results of any sales channel at a glance, the " -"sales manager also has access to the *Sales Channel Dashboard* under " -"*Reporting*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:46 -msgid "" -"It is shared with the whole ecosystem so every revenue stream is included in" -" it: Sales, eCommerce, PoS, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads.rst:3 -msgid "Assign and track leads" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:3 -msgid "Assign leads based on scoring" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:5 -msgid "" -"With *Leads Scoring* you can automatically rank your leads based on selected" -" criterias." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:8 -msgid "" -"For example you could score customers from your country higher or the ones " -"that visited specific pages on your website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:14 -msgid "" -"To use scoring, install the free module *Lead Scoring* under your *Apps* " -"page (only available in Odoo Enterprise)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:21 -msgid "Create scoring rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:23 -msgid "" -"You now have a new tab in your *CRM* app called *Leads Management* where you" -" can manage your scoring rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Here's an example for a Canadian lead, you can modify for whatever criteria " -"you wish to score your leads on. You can add as many criterias as you wish." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Every hour every lead without a score will be automatically scanned and " -"assigned their right score according to your scoring rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:40 -msgid "Assign leads" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Once the scores computed, leads can be assigned to specific teams using the " -"same domain mechanism. To do so go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Leads " -"Management --> Team Assignation` and apply a specific domain on each team. " -"This domain can include scores." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Further on, you can assign to a specific vendor in the team with an even " -"more refined domain." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:52 -msgid "" -"To do so go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Leads Management --> Leads " -"Assignation`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:58 -msgid "" -"The team & leads assignation will assign the unassigned leads once a day." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:62 -msgid "Evaluate & use the unassigned leads" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Once your scoring rules are in place you will most likely still have some " -"unassigned leads. Some of them could still lead to an opportunity so it is " -"useful to do something with them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:68 -msgid "" -"In your leads page you can place a filter to find your unassigned leads." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Why not using :menuselection:`Email Marketing` or :menuselection:`Marketing " -"Automation` apps to send a mass email to them? You can also easily find such" -" unassigned leads from there." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:3 -msgid "Track your prospects visits" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Tracking your website pages will give you much more information about the " -"interests of your website visitors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Every tracked page they visit will be recorded on your lead/opportunity if " -"they use the contact form on your website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:14 -msgid "" -"To use this feature, install the free module *Lead Scoring* under your " -"*Apps* page (only available in Odoo Enterprise)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:21 -msgid "Track a webpage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Go to any static page you want to track on your website and under the " -"*Promote* tab you will find *Optimize SEO*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:29 -msgid "There you will see a *Track Page* checkbox to track this page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:35 -msgid "See visited pages in your leads/opportunities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Now each time a lead is created from the contact form it will keep track of " -"the pages visited by that visitor. You have two ways to see those pages, on " -"the top right corner of your lead/opportunity you can see a *Page Views* " -"button but also further down you will see them in the chatter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Both will update if the viewers comes back to your website and visits more " -"pages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:52 -msgid "" -"The feature will not repeat multiple viewings of the same pages in the " -"chatter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:55 -msgid "Your customers will no longer be able to keep any secrets from you!" -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po deleted file mode 100644 index a82747fc3..000000000 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1544 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: de\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:8 -msgid "Online Database management" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:10 -msgid "" -"To manage your databases, access the `database management page " -"<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__ (you will have to sign in). Then " -"click on the `Manage Your Databases " -"<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases/manage>`__ button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Make sure you are connected as the administrator of the database you want to" -" manage - many operations depends on indentifying you remotely to that " -"database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:22 -msgid "Several actions are available:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:28 -msgid ":ref:`Upgrade <upgrade_button>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Upgrade your database to the latest Odoo version to enjoy cutting-edge " -"features" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:32 -msgid ":ref:`Duplicate <duplicate_online>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Make an exact copy of your database, if you want to try out new apps or new " -"flows without compromising your daily operations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:34 -msgid ":ref:`Rename <rename_online_database>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:35 -msgid "Rename your database (and its URL)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:37 -msgid "**Backup**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Download an instant backup of your database; note that we back up databases " -"daily according to our Odoo Cloud SLA" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:40 -msgid ":ref:`Domains <custom_domain>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:40 -msgid "Configure custom domains to access your database via another URL" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:42 -msgid ":ref:`Delete <delete_online_database>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:43 -msgid "Delete a database instantly" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:46 -msgid "Contact Support" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Access our `support page <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__ with the correct " -"database already selected" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:51 ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:12 -msgid "Upgrade" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Upgrading your database to a newer version of Odoo is a complex operation " -"that require time and caution. It is extremely important that you fully test" -" the process before upgrading your production database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Odoo releases new versions regularly (at least once a year), and upgrading " -"your database to enjoy new Odoo features is part of the Odoo Online " -"experience." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:60 -msgid "" -"The upgrade process can take some time, especially if you use multiple apps " -"or apps that manage sensitive data (e.g. Accounting, Inventory, etc.). In " -"general, the 'smaller' the database, the quickest the upgrade. A single-user" -" database that uses only CRM will be processed faster than a multi-company, " -"multi-user database that uses Accounting, Sales, Purchase and Manufacturing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Unfortunately, it is impossible to give time estimates for every upgrade " -"request, since Odoo.com will test manually every database upgrade at least " -"once and will need to correct/adapt changes made to the standard Odoo Apps " -"(e.g. through Studio or through a Success Pack) on a case-by-case basis. " -"This can make the process slower, since requests are treated in the order " -"they arrive. This is especially true in the months following the release of " -"a new major version, which can lengthen the upgrade delay significantly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:74 -msgid "The upgrade process is quite simple from your point of view:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:76 -msgid "You request a test upgrade" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Once all tests have been validated **by you**, you upgrade your actual " -"database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:79 -msgid "" -"The process to request a test or a production (*actual*) upgrade is the " -"same." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:81 -msgid "" -"First, make sure to be connected to the database you want to upgrade and " -"access the `database management page <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:84 -msgid "" -"You have to have an active session with access to the Settings app in the " -"database you want to upgrade for the button to be visible." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:87 -msgid "" -"On the line of the database you want to upgrade, click on the \"Cog\" menu. " -"If an newer version of Odoo is available, you will see an 'Upgrade' button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:94 -msgid "" -"You have the possibility to choose the target version of the upgrade. By " -"default, we select the highest available version available for your " -"database; if you were already in the process of testing an upgrade, we will " -"automatically select the version you were already testing (even if we " -"released a more recent version during your tests)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:103 -msgid "" -"By clicking on the \"Test upgrade\" button, an upgrade request will be " -"generated. Only one request can be made at time for each database; if a " -"request has already been made, you will see an 'Upgrade Queued' note instead" -" and asking another request will not be possible." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:108 -msgid "" -"A test upgrade will create a copy of your database, upgrade it and make it " -"available to you automatically once successful. If this is the first test " -"you request for this particular database, a manual testing phase will be " -"done by Odoo.com - this could take time (up to several weeks). Subsequent " -"requests will not go through that manual testing step and will usually be " -"made available in a few hours. Once the test database is available, you " -"should receive an e-mail with the URL of the test database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:116 -msgid "" -"**Testing your database is the most important step of the upgrade process!**" -" Even though we test all upgrades manually, we do not know your work " -"processes. A change in standard worfklows of Odoo in new versions might " -"require you to change internal processes, or some of the customizations you " -"made through Odoo Studio might not work properly. *It is up to you to make " -"sure that everything works as it should!* You can report issues with your " -"test database through our `Support page <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:124 -msgid "" -"Make sure to do one last test of your upgrade right before the final upgrade" -" (e.g. the day before) to ensure everything will run smoothly. Downgrading " -"is not possible and post-poning an upgrade is always easier than being " -"prevented to work by an upgrade issue after the fact!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:129 -msgid "" -"Once you are ready and you have validated all your tests, you can click " -"again on the Upgrade button and confirm by clicking on Upgrade (the button " -"with the little rocket!) to switch your production database to the new " -"version. Your database will then be taken offline within the next 10 minutes" -" and will be upgraded automatically; you receive a confirmation e-mail once " -"the process is completed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:140 -msgid "" -"Your database will be taken offline during the upgrade (usually between " -"30min up to several hours for big databases), so make sure to plan your " -"migration during non-business hours." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:146 -msgid "Duplicating a database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:148 -msgid "" -"Database duplication, renaming, custom DNS, etc. is not available for trial " -"databases on our Online platform. Paid Databases and \"One App Free\" " -"database can duplicate without problem." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:153 -msgid "" -"In the line of the database you want to duplicate, you will have a few " -"buttons. To duplicate your database, just click **Duplicate**. You will have" -" to give a name to your duplicate, then click **Duplicate Database**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:160 -msgid "" -"If you do not check the \"For testing purposes\" checkbox when duplicating a" -" database, all external communication will remain active:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:163 -msgid "Emails are sent" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:165 -msgid "" -"Payments are processed (in the e-commerce or Subscriptions apps, for " -"example)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:168 -msgid "Delivery orders (shipping providers) are sent" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:170 -msgid "Etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:172 -msgid "" -"Make sure to check the checkbox \"For testing purposes\" if you want these " -"behaviours to be disabled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:175 -msgid "" -"After a few seconds, you will be logged in your duplicated database. Notice " -"that the url uses the name you chose for your duplicated database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:180 -msgid "Duplicate databases expire automatically after 15 days." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:188 -msgid "Rename a Database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:190 -msgid "" -"To rename your database, make sure you are connected to the database you " -"want to rename, access the `database management page " -"<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__ and click **Rename**. You will have " -"to give a new name to your database, then click **Rename Database**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:201 -msgid "Deleting a Database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:203 -msgid "You can only delete databases of which you are the administrator." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:205 -msgid "" -"When you delete your database all the data will be permanently lost. The " -"deletion is instant and for all the Users. We advise you to do an instant " -"backup of your database before deleting it, since the last automated daily " -"backup may be several hours old at that point." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:211 -msgid "" -"From the `database management page <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__, " -"on the line of the database you want to delete, click on the \"Delete\" " -"button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:218 -msgid "" -"Read carefully the warning message that will appear and proceed only if you " -"fully understand the implications of deleting a database:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:224 -msgid "" -"After a few seconds, the database will be deleted and the page will reload " -"automatically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:228 -msgid "" -"If you need to re-use this database name, it will be immediately available." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:230 -msgid "" -"It is not possible to delete a database if it is expired or linked to a " -"Subscription. In these cases contact `Odoo Support " -"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:234 -msgid "" -"If you want to delete your Account, please contact `Odoo Support " -"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:7 -msgid "On-premises Database management" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:10 -msgid "Register a database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To register your database, you just need to enter your Subscription Code in " -"the banner in the App Switcher. Make sure you do not add extra spaces before" -" or after your subscription code. If the registration is successful, it will" -" turn green and will provide you with the Expiration Date of your freshly-" -"registered database. You can check this Epiration Date in the About menu " -"(Odoo 9) or in the Settings Dashboard (Odoo 10)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:20 -msgid "Registration Error Message" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:22 -msgid "" -"If you are unable to register your database, you will likely encounter this " -"message:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:31 -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:110 -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:138 -msgid "Solutions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:33 -msgid "Do you have a valid Enterprise subscription?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Check if your subscription details get the tag \"In Progress\" on your `Odoo" -" Account <https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__ or with your Account" -" Manager" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:39 -msgid "Have you already linked a database with your subscription reference?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:41 -msgid "" -"You can link only one database per subscription. (Need a test or a " -"development database? `Find a partner <https://www.odoo.com/partners>`__)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:45 -msgid "" -"You can unlink the old database yourself on your `Odoo Contract " -"<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__ with the button \"Unlink " -"database\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:52 -msgid "" -"A confirmation message will appear; make sure this is the correct database " -"as it will be deactivated shortly:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:59 -msgid "Do you have the updated version of Odoo 9?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:61 -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:171 -msgid "" -"From July 2016 onward, Odoo 9 now automatically change the uuid of a " -"duplicated database; a manual operation is no longer required." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:64 -msgid "" -"If it's not the case, you may have multiple databases sharing the same UUID." -" Please check on your `Odoo Contract " -"<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__, a short message will appear " -"specifying which database is problematic:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:73 -msgid "" -"In this case, you need to change the UUID on your test databases to solve " -"this issue. You will find more information about this in :ref:`this section " -"<duplicate_premise>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:76 -msgid "" -"For your information, we identify database with UUID. Therefore, each " -"database should have a distinct UUID to ensure that registration and " -"invoicing proceed effortlessly for your and for us." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:80 -msgid "Check your network and firewall settings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:82 -msgid "" -"The Update notification must be able to reach Odoo's subscription validation" -" servers. In other words, make sure that the Odoo server is able to open " -"outgoing connections towards:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:86 -msgid "services.odoo.com on port 443 (or 80)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:87 -msgid "services.openerp.com on port 443 (or 80) for older deployments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:89 -msgid "" -"Once you activated your database, you must keep these ports open, as the " -"Update notification runs once a week." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:95 -msgid "Error message due to too many users" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:97 -msgid "" -"If you have more users in your local database than provisionned in your Odoo" -" Enterprise subscription, you may encounter this message:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:106 -msgid "" -"When the message appears you have 30 days before the expiration. The " -"countdown is updated everyday." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:112 -msgid "" -"**Add more users** on your subscription: follow the link and Validate the " -"upsell quotation and pay for the extra users." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:114 -msgid "" -"**Deactivate users** as explained in this `documentation <documentation.html" -"#deactivating-users>`_ and **Reject** the upsell quotation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:117 -msgid "" -"Once your database has the correct number of users, the expiration message " -"will disappear automatically after a few days, when the next verification " -"occurs. We understand that it can be a bit frightening to see the countdown," -" so you can :ref:`force an Update Notification <force_ping>` to make the " -"message disappear right away." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:124 -msgid "Database expired error message" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:126 -msgid "" -"If your database reaches its expiration date before your renew your " -"subscription, you will encounter this message:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:134 -msgid "" -"This **blocking** message appears after a non-blocking message that lasts 30" -" days. If you fail to take action before the end of the countdown, the " -"database is expired." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:142 -msgid "" -"Renew your subscription: follow the link and renew your subscription - note " -"that" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:141 -msgid "" -"if you wish to pay by Wire Transfer, your subscription will effectively be " -"renewed only when the payment arrives, which can take a few days. Credit " -"card payments are processed immediately." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:144 -msgid "Contact our `Support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:146 -msgid "" -"None of those solutions worked for you? Please contact our `Support " -"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:155 -msgid "Duplicate a database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:157 -msgid "" -"You can duplicate your database by accessing the database manager on your " -"server (<odoo-server>/web/database/manager). In this page, you can easily " -"duplicate your database (among other things)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:165 -msgid "" -"When you duplicate a local database, it is **strongly** advised to change " -"the duplicated database's uuid (Unniversally Unique Identifier), since this " -"uuid is how your database identifies itself with our servers. Having two " -"databases with the same uuid could result in invoicing problems or " -"registration problems down the line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:174 -msgid "" -"The database uuid is currently accessible from the menu " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> System Parameters`, we advise you" -" to use a `uuid generator <https://www.uuidtools.com>`_ or to use the unix " -"command ``uuidgen`` to generate a new uuid. You can then simply replace it " -"like any other record by clicking on it and using the edit button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:17 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:22 -msgid "The upgrade process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:24 -msgid "" -"This documentation is for our *On-Premise* (self-hosted) and *Odoo.sh* " -"customers. If you are hosted Online, please check our :ref:`instruction page" -" for our Online (SaaS) customers <upgrade_button>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:30 -msgid "Definition" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:32 -msgid "" -"An upgrade is switching to a newer version of Odoo (e.g., Odoo 13.0 to Odoo " -"14.0)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:34 -msgid "An upgrade does not cover:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:36 -msgid "" -"changing :ref:`Editions <db-upgrade/faq/editions-change>` (i.e., Community " -"to Enterprise edition)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:37 -msgid "" -"switching :ref:`hosting type <db-upgrade/faq/hosting-types-switch>` (i.e., " -"On-Premise to Online or Odoo.sh)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:39 -msgid "migration from another ERP to Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:41 ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:99 -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:231 -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:361 -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:370 -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:382 -msgid "|assistance-contact|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:46 -msgid "Process workflow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:48 -msgid "The upgrade process in a nutshell:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:50 -msgid "You create a test upgrade request." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:0 -msgid "The request is processed by Odoo:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:0 -msgid "" -"This happens via an automated process that runs the database through an " -"upgrade script and takes between 20 and 120 minutes. Only if an issue(s) " -"arises will we have to intervene manually and adjust the script specifically" -" to your database until the upgrade succeeds." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:55 -msgid "Odoo delivers a test database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:56 -msgid "" -"You test your database for possible discrepancies (see :ref:`db-upgrade" -"/test-guidance`)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:57 -msgid "" -"If there are any discrepancies, you report them to the Upgrade support team " -"via the :ref:`Help portal <db-upgrade/test-assistance>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:59 -msgid "We will fix the issues and send you a new test database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Once you completed the testing and are happy with the result, you decide on " -"a date and time when you stop users from accessing Odoo, freeze all data " -"entries and create an upgrade request for the production upgrade." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:63 -msgid "Odoo delivers the production database through the automated process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:64 -msgid "" -"You restore it in your Production environment a few short hours later and " -"continue working on the newly upgraded database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:70 -msgid "Service Level Agreement" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:73 -msgid "What is covered by the Enterprise Licence?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:75 -msgid "" -"Databases hosted on Odoo’s Cloud platforms (Saas and Odoo.sh) or On-Premise " -"(Self-Hosting) enjoy the following service at all times." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:78 -msgid "The upgrade of:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:80 -msgid "standard applications" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:81 -msgid "Studio customization (as long as the Studio app is still active)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:82 -msgid "" -"customizations done by our consulting and developer services *if* they are " -"covered by a ‘Maintenance of Customisations’ subscription" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:85 -msgid "" -"The Upgrade Service is limited to the technical conversion and adaptation of" -" your database (standard modules and data) to make it compatible with the " -"targeted version." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:89 -msgid "What upgrading does NOT cover" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:91 -msgid "The cleaning of pre-existing data & configuration while upgrading" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Any new developments and/or upgrade of your own :ref:`custom modules <db-" -"upgrade/faq/custom-modules>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:94 -msgid "`Training <https://www.odoo.com/learn>`_ on the new version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:96 -msgid "" -"You can get more information about your Enterprise Licence on our :ref:`Odoo" -" Enterprise Subscription Agreement <upgrade>` page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:104 -msgid "Get started" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:106 -msgid "The upgrade process varies depending on where your database is hosted." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:111 -msgid "Online (SaaS)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:113 -msgid "" -"If you are hosted Online, please check our :ref:`instruction page for our " -"Online (SaaS) customers <upgrade_button>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:119 -msgid "Odoo.sh" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:121 -msgid "" -"If you are Odoo.sh hosted, check our :doc:`specific instructions to be able " -"to upgrade <../odoo_sh/advanced/upgrade_your_database>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:127 -msgid "On-Premise" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:129 -msgid "There are two possibilities:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:131 -msgid "Via the interface of our `website form <https://upgrade.odoo.com>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:0 -msgid "" -"For technically-advanced users and partners, via the following command line " -"(to be used on the machine where your database is hosted):" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:0 -msgid "" -"``python <(curl -s beta.upgrade.odoo.com/upgrade) test -d <your db name> -t " -"14.0``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:137 -msgid "What does it do?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:139 -msgid "" -"The above command will dump your database to a file, then send it to the " -"upgrade platform for upgrade, displaying you the live logs, then restore the" -" upgraded database back on your server as a duplicate test database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:146 -msgid "Steps" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:151 -msgid "The testing phase" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:156 -msgid "Test process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:158 -msgid "" -"Also referred to as the pre-production phase, the test phase allows you to " -"review an upgraded version of your database without affecting your " -"production database in any way." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:161 -msgid "" -"We suggest that you run the test upgrade process at least once, but you can " -"do it as often as you want (one at a time)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:164 -msgid "" -"Once you receive your upgraded test database, you should check that all " -"data, processes and functionality are still correct and working as expected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:167 -msgid "If you do find discrepancies, you'll be able to:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:0 -msgid ":ref:`Report your issues <db-upgrade/test-assistance>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:0 -msgid "and/or" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:171 -msgid "" -"Ask for a new :ref:`test request <db-upgrade/test-db-request>` after the " -"reported issues have been fixed in the upgrade script." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:174 -msgid "When you do not find any discrepancies, you'll be able to:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:176 -msgid "" -"Move on to the upgrade of your :ref:`production database <db-upgrade" -"/production-live>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:181 -msgid "Request a test database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:183 -msgid "" -"When filling the `website form <https://upgrade.odoo.com>`_, select " -"*Testing* purpose." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:192 -msgid "Test guidance" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:194 -msgid "" -"Every business and organization has its own operational needs and will have " -"to test its specific Odoo instance respectively. However, we recommend you " -"look at `the test scenario " -"<https://drive.google.com/open?id=1Lm4JqbsHBirB1wMi14UChoz_YHLjx5ec>`_ we " -"created, a high-level idea of what you should test and look out for." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:199 -msgid "Todo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:199 -msgid "change link \"test scenario\" once the related doc is published" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:204 -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:263 -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:395 -msgid "Assistance" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:206 -msgid "" -"If you encounter issues or problems in the **test database**, please contact" -" the Odoo Upgrade Support:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:209 -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:268 -msgid "Connect to our `Odoo Support page <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:210 -msgid "" -"Under the *Ticket Description* section, select *An issue related to my " -"upgrade* ticket type." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:217 -msgid "" -"If you choose another *Ticket Description* type, the request will be " -"redirected to another team than the upgrade one and will slow down the " -"processing and response time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:220 -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:276 -msgid "" -"Please provide as much detail as you can. Where applicable, illustrate the " -"current and previous flows with videos and/or screenshots. This will avoid " -"clarifying questions and speed up the resolution process significantly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:229 -msgid "" -"The purpose of the test phase is not to correct existing data or " -"configurations in your database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:236 -msgid "The production launch" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:241 -msgid "Production goes live" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:243 -msgid "" -"The production upgrade request is when you decide to upgrade your current " -"database with all your production data (invoices, VAT returns, inventories, " -"current orders) to a new version of your choice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:246 -msgid "" -"After your :ref:`tests <db-upgrade/steps-test>` are completed to your " -"satisfaction, submit the request to upgrade your production database via our" -" `website form <https://upgrade.odoo.com>`_. Select *Production* purpose." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:255 -msgid "Going into production without first testing may lead to:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:257 -msgid "" -"business interruptions (e.g. no longer having the possibility to validate an" -" action)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:258 -msgid "" -"poor customer experiences (e.g. an eCommerce website that does not work " -"correctly)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:265 -msgid "" -"If you encounter issues or problems in the **production database**, please " -"contact the **Odoo Support**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:269 -msgid "" -"Under the *Ticket Description* section, select the appropriate type related " -"to your issue but **do not select** the option *An issue related to my " -"upgrade*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:273 -msgid "" -"After upgrading to production, the support will be provided by the Support " -"team instead of the Upgrade team." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:285 -msgid "" -"If you choose *An issue related to my upgrade* as ticket type, the request " -"will be redirected to another team than the support one and will slow down " -"the processing and response time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:291 -msgid "FAQ" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:296 -msgid "Why upgrade?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:298 -msgid "" -"You benefit from the latest features of the :ref:`new major version <db-" -"upgrade/faq/release-notes>` released by Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:300 -msgid "" -"If you are in an :ref:`unsupported version <db-upgrade/supported-versions>`," -" you get a new version with support." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:306 -msgid "When to upgrade?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:308 -msgid "" -"Whenever you want. You can make your upgrade request as soon as a new " -"version is released on our `website form <https://upgrade.odoo.com>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:314 -msgid "Availability of the new version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:316 -msgid "" -"Please kindly note that as soon as we announce the release of a new major " -"version (usually at the end of year), the Upgrade Service team needs to " -"adapt the upgrade scripts to it, which is why the new version is not " -"immediately available for existing databases." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:323 -msgid "Finalization of the upgrade (:abbr:`ETA (Estimated Time of Arrival)`)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:325 -msgid "" -"Unfortunately, it is impossible to give time estimates for every upgrade " -"request. Odoo offers so many possibilities (e.g. branding, workflows, " -"customization, etc) that it can get tricky to upgrade, and translate to the " -"new structure. If you use multiple apps managing sensitive data (e.g., " -"Accounting, Inventory, etc.), some cases may still require a human " -"intervention, making the process slower." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:331 -msgid "" -"This is especially true during the first months following the release of a " -"new major version, which can significantly lengthen the upgrade delay." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:334 -msgid "" -"In general, the ‘smaller’ the database, the quickest the upgrade. A single-" -"user database that uses only CRM will be processed faster than a multi-" -"company, multi-user database that uses Accounting, Sales, Purchase, and " -"Manufacturing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:338 -msgid "So, in a nutshell, what can impact your upgrade lead time?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:340 -msgid "Source & targeted versions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:341 -msgid "Installed apps" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:342 -msgid "Volume of data" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:343 -msgid "" -"Amount of customization (models, fields, methods, workflows, reports, " -"website, etc.)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:344 -msgid "" -"Installation of new apps or configuration changes after the start of the " -"test phase" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:346 -msgid "" -"Usually, the delays experienced during the first request (waiting time " -"between the time you submitted your first request for a test upgrade) can " -"generally give you an idea of the time to wait for the production request." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:353 -msgid "Upgrade of the custom modules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:355 -msgid "" -"As stated in our :doc:`../legal/terms/enterprise`, section " -":ref:`charges_standard`, this optional service is subject to additional " -"fees." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:358 -msgid "" -"If you have a custom code, you can choose to have it upgraded by our " -"services, by one of our `partners <https://www.odoo.com/partners>`_ or you " -"can do it yourself." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:366 -msgid "Editions change (from Community to Enterprise)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:368 -msgid "" -"An upgrade does not cover a change of `Editions " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/editions>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:375 -msgid "Switching the hosting types (Self-hosted vs Online vs Odoo.sh)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:377 -msgid "" -"An upgrade does not cover a change of `Hosting types " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/hosting-types>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:379 -msgid "" -"Open the following link to get :doc:`more information about how to change " -"your hosting type <hosting_changes>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:387 -msgid "Release Notes by version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:389 -msgid "" -"Open our `Release Note <https://www.odoo.com/page/release-notes>`_ page to " -"get a summary of the new features and improvements made in each version." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:400 -msgid "Contact our Upgrade service support" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:402 -msgid "" -"Should you have any more questions about the upgrade, do not hesitate to " -"send a message to `Odoo Upgrade Team <mailto:upgrade@odoo.com>`_. We will be" -" very pleased to answer it as soon as possible." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:408 -msgid "Supported versions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:410 -msgid "" -"Please note that Odoo provides support and bug fixing only for the three " -"last major versions of Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:412 -msgid "" -"This is a factor to take into consideration before upgrading. If you are on " -"an older version, we suggest you to prefer the most recent version to " -"benefit from a longer support (before having to upgrade again)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:416 -msgid "" -"You can get more information about our :doc:`supported versions " -"<../support/supported_versions>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:7 -msgid "Users and Features" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:9 -msgid "" -"As the administrator of your database, you are responsible for its usage. " -"This includes the Apps you install as well as the number of users currently " -"in use." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Odoo is many things (ERP, CMS, CRM application, e-Commerce backend, etc.) " -"but it is *not* a smartphone. You should apply caution when adding/removing " -"features (especially Apps) on your database since this may impact your " -"subscription amount significantly (or switch you from a free account to a " -"paying one on our online platform)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:19 -msgid "" -"This page contains some information as to how you can manage your Odoo " -"instances. Before carrying any of these procedures, we **strongly** advise " -"to test them on a duplicate of your database first. That way, if something " -"goes wrong, your day-to-day business is not impacted." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:24 -msgid "" -"You can find guides on how to duplicate your databases both for :ref:`online" -" <duplicate_online>` and :ref:`on premise <duplicate_premise>` " -"installations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:28 -msgid "" -"If you have questions about the content of this page or if you encounter an " -"issue while carrying out these procedures, please contact us through our " -"`support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:34 -msgid "Deactivating Users" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Make sure you have sufficient **administrative rights** if you want to " -"change the status of any of your users." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:39 -msgid "" -"In your Odoo instance, click on **Settings**. You will have a section " -"showing you the active users on your database. Click on **Manage Users.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:43 -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:80 -msgid "|settings|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:43 -msgid "|browse_users|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:46 -msgid "You'll then see the list of your users." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:51 -msgid "" -"The pre-selected filter *Internal Users* shows your paying users (different " -"from the *Portal Users* which are free). If you remove this filter, you'll " -"get all your users (the ones you pay for and the portal ones)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:56 -msgid "" -"In your list of users, click on the user you want to deactivate. As soon as " -"you are on the userform, click on the Action drop down menu, and then click " -"on Archive." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:64 -msgid "The user is now deactivated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:66 -msgid "**Never** deactivate the main user (*admin*)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:69 -msgid "Uninstalling Apps" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Make sure you first test what you are about to do on a :ref:`duplicate " -"<duplicate_online>` of your database before making any changes (*especially*" -" installing/uninstalling apps)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:75 -msgid "" -"In your Odoo instance click on **Settings**; in this app, you will be able " -"to see how many applications you have installed. Click on **Browse Apps** to" -" access the list of your installed applications." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:80 -msgid "|browse_apps|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:83 -msgid "" -"In your applications' dashboard, you will see all the icons of your " -"applications. Click on the application you want to uninstall. Then, on the " -"form of the application, click on **Uninstall**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:90 -msgid "" -"Some applications have dependencies, like Invoicing, eCommerce, etc. " -"Therefore, the system will give you a warning message to advise you of what " -"is about to be removed. If you uninstall your application, all its " -"dependencies will be uninstalled as well (and the data in them will " -"permanently disappear). If you are sure you still want to uninstall it, then" -" click **Confirm**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:97 -msgid "" -"Last, after having checked the warning message (if any), click **Confirm**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:102 -msgid "You have finished uninstalling your application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:105 -msgid "Good to know" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:107 -msgid "" -"**Uninstalling apps, managing users, etc. is up to you**: no one else can " -"know if your business flow is broken better than you. If we were to " -"uninstall applications for you, we would never be able to tell if relevant " -"data had been removed or if one of your business flow was broken because we " -"*do not know how you work* and therefore cannot validate these kinds of " -"operations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:113 -msgid "" -"**Odoo Apps have dependencies**: this means that you may need to install " -"modules that you do not actively use to access some features of Odoo you " -"might need. For example, the Website Builder app is needed to be able to " -"show your customer their Quotes in a web page. Even though you might not " -"need or use the Website itself, it is needed for the Online Quotes feature " -"to work properly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:120 -msgid "" -"**Always test app installation/removal on a duplicate** (or on a free trial " -"database): that way you can know what other apps may be required, etc. This " -"will avoid surprises when uninstalling or when receiving your invoices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:7 -msgid "Hosting Changes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:9 -msgid "" -"You may want to move your Odoo database from one hosting solution to " -"another. Depending on the platforms, you have to do it by yourself or " -"contact our support team first." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:13 -msgid "From on-premises to Odoo Online" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:15 -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:49 -msgid "Odoo Online is not compatible with **non-standard apps**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Create a :ref:`duplicate <duplicate_premise>` of your database: in this " -"duplicate, uninstall all the **non-standard apps**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Grab a \"dump with filestore\" of your database by using the Database " -"Manager." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:19 -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:52 -msgid "" -"**If you have time constraints, contact us earlier to schedule the " -"transfer.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:20 -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:53 -msgid "" -"`Create a support ticket <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_ and attach the dump " -"(if the file is too large, use any file transfer service and attach the link" -" to your ticket). Also include your subscription number and the URL you want" -" to use for your database (e.g.: my-company.odoo.com)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:21 -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:54 -msgid "" -"We will make sure your database is compatible and upload it to our cloud. In" -" case of technical issues, we will get in touch with you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:22 -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:55 -msgid "It's done!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:25 -msgid "From on-premises to Odoo.sh" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:27 -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Follow the :ref:`Import your database section of the Odoo.sh documentation " -"<odoo_sh_import_your_database>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:28 -msgid "...and voilà!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:31 -msgid "From Odoo Online to on-premises" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:33 -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Log into `your Odoo Online user portal " -"<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/databases/manage>`_ and look for the version " -"number of your database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:34 -msgid "" -"If your database does not run a :ref:`major version <supported_versions>` of" -" Odoo, you cannot host it on-premises yet, you have to upgrade it first to a" -" new major version. (*e.g.: If your database runs Odoo 12.3 which is not a " -"major version, you have to upgrade it first to Odoo 13.0 or 14.0.*)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:35 -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Download a backup of your database by clicking on the \"Gear\" icon next to " -"your database name then :menuselection:`Download` (if the download fails due" -" to your backup file being too large, contact `our support " -"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`_)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:36 -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:61 -msgid "Restore it from the database manager on your local server." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:39 -msgid "From Odoo Online to Odoo.sh" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:42 -msgid "" -"If your database does not run a :ref:`major version <supported_versions>` of" -" Odoo, you cannot host it on Odoo.sh yet, you have to upgrade it first to a " -"new major version. (*e.g.: If your database runs Odoo 12.3 which is not a " -"major version, you have to upgrade it first to Odoo 13.0 or 14.0.*)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:47 -msgid "From Odoo.sh to Odoo Online" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:51 -msgid "" -"Uninstall all the **non-standard apps**: test it in a staging build first, " -"then do it in your production build." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:58 -msgid "From Odoo.sh to on-premises" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Grab a :ref:`backup of your Odoo.sh production database " -"<odoo_sh_branches_backups>`." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po deleted file mode 100644 index 85aa551bb..000000000 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,763 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: de\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../discuss.rst:5 -msgid "Discuss" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:3 -msgid "How to Use my Mail Server to Send and Receive Emails in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:6 -msgid "If you are a user of Odoo Online or Odoo.sh..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:8 -msgid "" -"You have nothing to do! **Odoo sets up its own mail servers for your " -"database.** Outgoing and incoming emails work out-of-the-box!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Unless you plan to send large batches of mass mailing that could require the" -" use of an external mail server, simply enjoy your new Odoo database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:16 -msgid "Scope of this documentation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:18 -msgid "" -"This document is **mainly dedicated to Odoo on-premise users** who don't " -"benefit from an out-of-the-box solution to send and receive emails in Odoo, " -"unlike `Odoo Online <https://www.odoo.com/trial>`__ & `Odoo.sh " -"<https://www.odoo.sh>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:25 -msgid "" -"If no one in your company is used to manage email servers, we strongly " -"recommend that you opt for those Odoo hosting solutions. Their email system " -"works instantly and is monitored by professionals. Nevertheless you can " -"still use your own email servers if you want to manage your email server's " -"reputation yourself." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:31 -msgid "" -"You will find here below some useful information on how to integrate your " -"own email solution with Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Office 365 email servers don't easily allow to send external emails from " -"hosts like Odoo. Refer to `Microsoft's documentation " -"<https://support.office.com/en-us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-" -"device-or-application-to-send-email-using-" -"Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ to make it work." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:39 -msgid "How to manage outbound messages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:40 -msgid "" -"As a system admin, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and " -"check *External Email Servers*. Then, click *Outgoing Mail Servers* to " -"create one and reference the SMTP data of your email server. Once all the " -"information has been filled out, click on *Test Connection*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:45 -msgid "Here is a typical configuration for a G Suite server." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:50 -msgid "Then set your email domain name in the General Settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:53 -msgid "" -"If you get a ``[AUTHENTICATIONFAILED] Invalid credentials (Failure)`` " -"warning when you *Test Connection* on a Gmail address, activate the *Less " -"secure app access* option. A direct link can be `accessed here " -"<https://myaccount.google.com/lesssecureapps?pli=1>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:57 -msgid "In addition to that, enable the IMAP setting on your Gmail account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:61 -msgid "Can I use an Office 365 server" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:62 -msgid "" -"You can use an Office 365 server if you run Odoo on-premise. Office 365 SMTP" -" relays are not compatible with Odoo Online." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Please refer to `Microsoft's documentation <https://support.office.com/en-" -"us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-device-or-application-to-send-" -"email-using-Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ to configure" -" a SMTP relay for your Odoo's IP address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:69 -msgid "How to use a G Suite server" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:70 -msgid "" -"You can use an G Suite server for any Odoo hosting type. To do so you need " -"to setup the SMTP relay service. The configuration steps are explained in " -"`Google documentation " -"<https://support.google.com/a/answer/2956491?hl=en>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:77 -msgid "Be SPF-compliant" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:78 -msgid "" -"In case you use SPF (Sender Policy Framework) to increase the deliverability" -" of your outgoing emails, don't forget to authorize Odoo as a sending host " -"in your domain name settings. Here is the configuration for Odoo Online:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:82 -msgid "" -"If no TXT record is set for SPF, create one with following definition: " -"v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com ~all" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:84 -msgid "" -"In case a SPF TXT record is already set, add \"include:_spf.odoo.com\". e.g." -" for a domain name that sends emails via Odoo Online and via G Suite it " -"could be: v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com include:_spf.google.com ~all" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:88 -msgid "" -"Find `here <https://www.mail-tester.com/spf/>`__ the exact procedure to " -"create or modify TXT records in your own domain registrar." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:91 -msgid "" -"Your new SPF record can take up to 48 hours to go into effect, but this " -"usually happens more quickly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:94 -msgid "" -"Adding more than one SPF record for a domain can cause problems with mail " -"delivery and spam classification. Instead, we recommend using only one SPF " -"record by modifying it to authorize Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:99 -msgid "Allow DKIM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:100 -msgid "" -"You should do the same thing if DKIM (Domain Keys Identified Mail) is " -"enabled on your email server. In the case of Odoo Online & Odoo.sh, you " -"should add a DNS \"odoo._domainkey\" CNAME record to " -"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\". For example, for \"foo.com\" they should have " -"a record \"odoo._domainkey.foo.com\" that is a CNAME with the value " -"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:108 -msgid "Restriction" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:109 -msgid "" -"Please note that the port 25 is blocked for security reasons. Try using 587," -" 465 or 2525." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:112 -msgid "How to manage inbound messages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:114 -msgid "Odoo relies on generic email aliases to fetch incoming messages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:116 -msgid "" -"**Reply messages** of messages sent from Odoo are routed to their original " -"discussion thread (and to the inbox of all its followers) by the catchall " -"alias (**catchall@**)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:120 -msgid "" -"**Bounced messages** are routed to **bounce@** in order to track them in " -"Odoo. This is especially used in `Odoo Email Marketing " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/email-marketing>`__ to opt-out invalid " -"recipients." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:124 -msgid "" -"**Original messages**: Several business objects have their own alias to " -"create new records in Odoo from incoming emails:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:127 -msgid "" -"Sales Channel (to create Leads or Opportunities in `Odoo CRM " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/crm>`__)," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:129 -msgid "" -"Support Channel (to create Tickets in `Odoo Helpdesk " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/helpdesk>`__)," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:131 -msgid "" -"Projects (to create new Tasks in `Odoo Project <https://www.odoo.com/page" -"/project-management>`__)," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:133 -msgid "" -"Job Positions (to create Applicants in `Odoo Recruitment " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/recruitment>`__)," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:135 -msgid "etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:137 -msgid "" -"Depending on your mail server, there might be several methods to fetch " -"emails. The easiest and most recommended method is to manage one email " -"address per Odoo alias in your mail server." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:141 -msgid "" -"Create the corresponding email addresses in your mail server (catchall@, " -"bounce@, sales@, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:143 -msgid "Set your domain name in the General Settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:148 -msgid "" -"If you use Odoo on-premise, create an *Incoming Mail Server* in Odoo for " -"each alias. You can do it from the General Settings as well. Fill out the " -"form according to your email provider’s settings. Leave the *Actions to " -"Perform on Incoming Mails* blank. Once all the information has been filled " -"out, click on *TEST & CONFIRM*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:157 -msgid "" -"If you use Odoo Online or Odoo.sh, We do recommend to redirect incoming " -"messages to Odoo's domain name rather than exclusively use your own email " -"server. That way you will receive incoming messages without delay. Indeed, " -"Odoo Online is fetching incoming messages of external servers once per hour " -"only. You should set redirections for all the email addresses to Odoo's " -"domain name in your email server (e.g. *catchall@mydomain.ext* to " -"*catchall@mycompany.odoo.com*)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:167 -msgid "All the aliases are customizable in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:165 -msgid "" -"Object aliases can be edited from their respective configuration view. To " -"edit catchall and bounce aliases, you first need to activate the " -":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:169 -msgid "" -"Then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System " -"Parameters` to customize the aliases (*mail.catchall.alias* & * " -"mail.bounce.alias*)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:175 -msgid "" -"By default inbound messages are fetched every 5 minutes in Odoo on-premise. " -"You can change this value in :doc:`Developer mode " -"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Go to :menuselection:`Settings -->" -" Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions` and look for *Mail: " -"Fetchmail Service*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:3 -msgid "Email Templates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:5 -msgid "" -"We all know writing good emails is vital to get a high response rate, but " -"you do not want to rewrite the same structure every time, do you? That is " -"where email templates come in. Without the need to rewrite the entire email " -"structure every time, you save time to focus on the content. Multiple " -"templates also let you deliver the right message to the right audience, " -"improving their overall experience with the company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:12 -msgid "Enable it and understand a few concepts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:14 -msgid "" -"The :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` must be " -"activated. Then, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> " -"Templates`. A view of the existing templates is shown." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:18 -msgid "" -"**It is highly recommended not to change the content in existing templates " -"unless the user has prior knowledge about placeholders.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:21 -msgid "" -"To add a new one, click on *Create* and choose the type of document this " -"template is used with. In the example below, the template would be sent to " -"job applicants." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Under *Email Configuration*, fields such as *From*, *To (Emails)*, *To " -"(Partners)*, require placeholders. If the *From* field is not set, the " -"default value is the author’s email alias, if configured, or email address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Under *Advanced Settings*, if an *Outgoing Mail Server* is not set, the one " -"with the highest priority is used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:34 -msgid "" -"The option *Auto Delete* permanently deletes the emails after they are sent," -" saving space in your database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:37 -msgid "Writing content including placeholder expressions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Under the tab *Dynamic Placeholder Generator*, look for the *Field* you " -"would like to use." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Next, copy the *Placeholder Expression* and paste it in the *Body* of the " -"email, under the *Content* tab, using - essentially - the *Code View*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Deactivate the *Code View* option by simply clicking on it again, and easily" -" design the message. Click on *Preview* to check how the email looks before " -"sending it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:3 -msgid "Get Started with Discuss" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Discuss allows you to bring all of your company’s communication together " -"through messages, notes, and chat. Share information, projects, files, " -"prioritize tasks, and stay connected with colleagues and partners throughout" -" applications. Forge better relationships, increase productivity and " -"transparency by promoting a convenient way of communicating." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:11 -msgid "Choose your notifications preference" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Access your *Preferences* and choose how you would like your notifications " -"to be handled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:21 -msgid "" -"By default, the field is set as *Handle by Emails* making messages, notes, " -"and notifications where you were mentioned or that you follow, to be sent " -"through email. By choosing *Handle in Odoo*, they are shown in the *Inbox*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:22 -msgid "Messages can then be *Marked as Todo*, *Replied*, or *Marked as Read*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:28 -msgid "" -"The messages tagged as *Mark as Todo* are also shown in *Starred*, while the" -" ones *Marked as Read* are moved to *History*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:36 -msgid "Start Chatting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:38 -msgid "" -"The first time you log in to your account, OdooBot sends you a message " -"asking for permission to receive desktop notifications to chats. If " -"accepted, you receive push notifications to the messages sent to you despite" -" of where you are in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:48 -msgid "" -"To stop receiving desktop notifications, reset the notifications settings of" -" your browser." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:50 -msgid "" -"To start a chat, click on *New Message* on the *Messaging Menu*, or go to " -"*Discuss* and send a *Direct Message*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:58 -msgid "" -"You can also create :doc:`public and private channels <team_communication>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:61 -msgid "Mentions in the chat and on the Chatter" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:64 -msgid "" -"To mention a user within a chat or the chatter type *@user-name*; to refer " -"to a channel, type *#channel-name*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:66 -msgid "" -"A notification is sent to the user mentioned either to his *Inbox* or " -"through email, depending on his settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:73 -msgid "" -"When a user is mentioned, the search list (list of names) suggests values " -"first based on the task’s followers, and secondly on *Employees*. If the " -"record being searched does not match with either a follower or employee, the" -" scope of the search becomes all partners." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:78 -msgid "Chat status" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:80 -msgid "" -"It is helpful to see what colleagues are up to and how quickly they can " -"respond to messages by checking their *Status*. The status is shown on the " -"left side of a contact’s names on Discuss’ sidebar and on the *Messaging " -"menu*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:84 -msgid "Green = online" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:85 -msgid "Orange = away" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:86 -msgid "White = offline" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:87 -msgid "Airplane = out of the office" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:95 -#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:65 -msgid ":doc:`team_communication`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:96 -msgid ":doc:`../advanced/email_servers`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:3 -msgid "Get Organized by Planning Activities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When you plan activities you minimize the risk of uncertainties, as you " -"provide clear directions for the course of your next action. In addition to " -"that, you do not leave space for wasteful activities and reduce the chance " -"of having overlapping actions between team members." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:10 -msgid "Where do I see my schedule activities?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Access and manage your activities wherever you are in Odoo by the " -"*Activities* menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:20 -msgid "Plan activities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Activities can be planned and managed from the chatter by clicking on " -"*Schedule activity*, or through Kanban views." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:31 -msgid "Set your activity types" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:33 -msgid "" -"A number of activities types are available by default in Odoo (call, email, " -"meeting, etc.). However, you can set new ones going to " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Activity types`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:42 -msgid "" -"If you need to create an activity type with an available calendar, make sure" -" to create it with an *Action to Perform* set as *Meeting*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:46 -msgid "Recommend next activities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Odoo helps you to plan a flow of activities by allowing you to set " -"*Recommended Next Activities*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Once the respective activity is completed, select *Done & Schedule Next* and" -" next steps are suggested to you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:64 -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:115 -msgid ":doc:`get_started`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:3 -msgid "Efficiently Communicate Using Channels" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:5 -msgid "" -"You can use channels to organize discussions between individual teams, " -"departments, projects, or any other group that requires regular " -"communication. This way, you keep everyone in the loop updated with the " -"latest developments." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:10 -msgid "Public and Private channels" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:12 -msgid "" -"A *Public* channel can be seen by everyone, while a *Private* one is only " -"visible to users invited to it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:21 -msgid "" -"A public channel is best used when many employees need to access information" -" (such as company announcements), whereas a private channel could be used " -"whenever information should be limited to specific groups (such as a " -"specific department)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:26 -msgid "Configuration options" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:28 -msgid "" -"You can configure a channel’s name, description, email alias, and privacy by" -" clicking on the *Channel Settings* icon on the sidebar." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:36 -msgid "Privacy and Members" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Changing *Who can follow the group’s activities?* allows you to control " -"which groups can have access to the channel. Note that allowing *Everyone* " -"to follow a private channel lets other users view and join it, as they would" -" a public one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:42 -msgid "" -"If you choose *Invited people only*, go to the *Members* tab to add your " -"members, or, go to Discuss’ main page, select the channel and click on " -"*Invite*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:49 -msgid "" -"For *Selected group of users*, the option *Auto Subscribe Groups* " -"automatically add its members as followers. In other words, while " -"*Authorized Groups* limits which users can access the channel, *Auto " -"Subscribe Groups* automatically adds the user as a member as long as they " -"are part of the group." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:55 -msgid "Use a channel as a mailing list" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Choosing to *Send messages by email* configures the channel to behave as a " -"mailing list." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:59 -msgid "" -"Enabling this option allows you to *Moderate this channel*, meaning that " -"messages will need to be approved before being sent." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Under the *Moderation* tab choose as many moderators as you need, and if you" -" would like them to receive an *Automatic notification*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Mark *Send guidelines to new subscribers* to automatically send instructions" -" to newcomers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Moderators can: *Accept*, *Reject*, *Discard*, *Always Allow* or *Ban* " -"messages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:80 -msgid "" -"Members of a mailing channel receive messages through email regardless of " -"their :doc:`notification preference <get_started>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Once a channel is moderated, the menu *Ban List* allows you to add email " -"addresses per moderated channel to auto-ban them from sending messages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:91 -msgid "Quick search bar" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:93 -msgid "" -"Once at least 20 channels, direct message and live chat conversations (if " -"the module is installed on your database) are pinned in the sidebar, a " -"*Quick search…* bar is displayed. It is a clever way to filter conversations" -" and quickly find the one you need." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:103 -msgid "Finding channels" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:106 -msgid "" -"Click on *Channels* (on the sidebar), browse through the list of public " -"channels, and join or leave them from a single screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:108 -msgid "" -"Apply filters criteria and save it for later use. The search function " -"accepts wildcards by using the underscore character *(_)* to represent a " -"single character." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:116 -msgid ":doc:`plan_activities`" -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po deleted file mode 100644 index 7077d522e..000000000 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,817 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: de\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../ecommerce.rst:5 -msgid "eCommerce" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started.rst:3 -msgid "Get started" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:3 -msgid "How to customize my catalog page" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:6 -msgid "Product Catalog" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:8 -msgid "" -"All your published items show up in your catalog page (or *Shop* page)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Most options are available in the *Customize* menu: display attributes, " -"website categories, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:20 -msgid "Highlight a product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Boost the visibility of your star/promoted products: push them to top, make " -"them bigger, add a ribbon that you can edit (Sale, New, etc.). Open the Shop" -" page, switch to Edit mode and click any item to start customizing the grid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:26 -msgid "" -"See how to do it: " -"https://www.odoo.com/openerp_website/static/src/video/e-commerce/editing.mp4" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:29 -msgid "Quick add to cart" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:31 -msgid "" -"If your customers buy a lot of items at once, make their process shorter by " -"enabling purchases from the catalog page. To do so, add product description " -"and add to cart button. Turn on the following options in *Customize* menu: " -"Product Description, Add to Cart, List View (to display product description " -"better)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:3 -msgid "How to build a product page" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:5 -msgid "On the website click *New Page* in the top-right corner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:7 -msgid "Then click *New Product* and follow the blinking tips." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:12 -msgid "Here are the main elements of the Product page:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:17 -msgid "Many elements can be made visible from the *Customize* menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:22 -msgid "See how to configure your products from links here below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:26 -msgid ":doc:`../managing_products/variants`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:27 -msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/taxes`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:28 -msgid ":doc:`../managing_products/stock`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:29 -msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/cross_selling`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:30 -msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/reviews`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:31 -msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:32 -msgid ":doc:`../../website/optimize/seo`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products.rst:3 -msgid "Manage my products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:3 -msgid "How to display several images per product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:5 -msgid "" -"By default your product web page displays the main image of your product " -"only. If you like to show your products under several angles, you can turn " -"the image into a carrousel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Check *Several images per product* in :menuselection:`Website Admin --> " -"Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Open a product detail form and upload images from *Images* tab. Hit *Create*" -" in Edit mode to get the upload wizard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:19 -msgid "Such extra image are common to all the product variants (if any)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:3 -msgid "How to show product availability" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The availability of your products can be shown on the website to reassure " -"your customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:10 -msgid "" -"To display this, open the *Sales* tab in the product detail form and select " -"an option in *Availability*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:16 -msgid "" -"A custom warning message can be anything related to a stock out, delivery " -"delay, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:22 -msgid "This tool does not require the Inventory app to be installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:25 -msgid "" -"If one item is no longer sellable, unpublish it from your website. If it " -"comes to one particular product variant, deactivate the variant in the " -"backend (see :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage product variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Product variants are used to offer variations of the same product to your " -"customers on the products page. For example, the customer chooses a T-shirt " -"and then selects its size and color. In the example below, the customer " -"chooses a phone, and then selects the memory; color and Wi-Fi band from the " -"available options." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:15 -msgid "How to create attributes & variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Turn on *Products can have several attributes, defining variants (Example: " -"size, color,...)* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:20 -msgid "Select a product from the Products list, go to the *Variants* tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Add as many attributes as you need from 3 different types: radio buttons, " -"drop-down menu or color buttons. You get several variants as soon as there " -"are 2 values for 1 attribute." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:30 -msgid "How to edit variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:32 -msgid "See all the variants from the product template detail form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:40 -msgid "You can edit following data:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:42 -msgid "Picture (will update in real time on the website)," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:43 -msgid "Barcode," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:44 -msgid "Internal Reference (SKU #)," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:45 -msgid "Volume," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:46 -msgid "Weight," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:47 -msgid "Active (available in quotes & website)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Both the Barcode and the Internal Reference are variant-specific. You need " -"to populate them once the variants generated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:54 -msgid "" -"See and edit all the variants from :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> " -"Product Variants` as well. This might be quicker if you manage lots of " -"variants." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:58 -msgid "How to set specific prices per variant" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:60 -msgid "" -"You can also set a specific public price per variant by clicking *Variant " -"Prices* in the product detail form (action in top-left corner)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:66 -msgid "" -"The Price Extra is added to the product price whenever the corresponding " -"attribute value is selected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Pricelist formulas let you set advanced price computation methods for " -"product variants. See :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:80 -msgid "How to disable/archive variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:82 -msgid "" -"You can disable/archive specific variants so that they are no longer " -"available in quotes & website (not existing in your stock, deprecated, " -"etc.). Simply uncheck *Active* in their detail form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:88 -msgid "" -"To retrieve such archived items, hit *Archived* on searching the variants " -"list. You can reactivate them the same way." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue.rst:3 -msgid "Maximize my revenue" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:3 -msgid "How to sell accessories and optional products (cross-selling)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:5 -msgid "" -"You sell computers. Why not stimulating your customers to buy a top-notch " -"screen or an extra-warranty? That's the goal of cross-selling " -"functionalities:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:8 -msgid "Accessory products on checkout page," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Optional products on a new *Add to Cart* screen (not installed by default)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:12 -msgid "Accessory products when checking out" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Accessories (e.g. for computers: mouse, keyboard) show up when the customer " -"reviews the cart before paying." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:20 -msgid "Select accessories in the *Sales* tab of the product detail page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:26 -msgid "" -"There is an algorithm to figure out the best accessories to display in case " -"several items are added to cart. If any item is the accessory of several " -"products added to cart, it is most likely that it will be atop the list of " -"suggested accessories." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:31 -msgid "Optional products when adding to cart" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Optional products are directly related to the item added to cart (e.g. for " -"computers: warranty, OS software, extra components). Whenever the main " -"product is added to cart, such a new screen pops up as an extra step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:40 -msgid "To publish optional products:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Install *eCommerce Optional Products* addon in *Apps* menu. Remove the " -"default filter to search on addons as well, otherwise only main apps show " -"up." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:48 -msgid "Select optional items from the *Sales* tab of the product detail form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:54 -msgid "" -"The quantity of optional items added to cart is the same than the main item." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:3 -msgid "How to adapt the prices to my website visitors" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:5 -msgid "This section sheds some light on pricing features of eCommerce app:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:7 -msgid "force a price by geo-localization," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:9 -msgid "let the customer choose the currency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:11 -msgid "" -"As a pre-requisite, check out how to managing produt pricing: " -":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:15 -msgid "Geo-IP to automatically apply the right price" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Assign country groups to your pricelists. That way, your visitors not yet " -"logged in will get their own currency when landing on your website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:20 -msgid "Once logged in, they get the pricelist matching their country." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:23 -msgid "Currency selector" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:25 -msgid "" -"In case you sell in several currencies, you can let your customers choose " -"their own currency. Check *Selectable* to add the pricelist to the website " -"drop-down menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:34 -msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:35 -msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:36 -msgid ":doc:`promo_code`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:3 -msgid "How to create & share promotional codes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Want to boost your sales for Xmas? Share promocodes through your marketing " -"campaigns and apply any kind of discounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:9 -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:13 -msgid "Setup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings` and choose *Advanced pricing based" -" on formula* for *Sale Price*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Website Admin --> Catalog --> Pricelists` and create a" -" new pricelist with the discount rule (see :doc:`pricing`). Then enter a " -"code." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Make the promocode field available on your *Shopping Cart* page (option in " -"*Customize* menu). Add a product to cart to reach it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Once turned on you see a new section on the right side. On clicking *Apply* " -"prices get automatically updated in the cart." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:33 -msgid "" -"The promocode used by the customer is stored in the system so you can " -"analyze the performance of your marketing campaigns." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:39 -msgid "Show sales per pricelists..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:43 -msgid ":doc:`pricing`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:3 -msgid "How to enable comments & rating" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Publishing and monitoring customer experience will help you gain the trust " -"of new customers and better engage with your community. In 2 clicks, allow " -"your customer to share their feedback!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Activate comments & rating from the *Customize* menu of the product web " -"page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Visitors must log in to share their comments. Make sure they are able to do " -"so (see Portal documentation)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:25 -msgid "Review the posts in real time" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Whenever a post is published, the product manager and all the product " -"followers get notified in their Inbox (*Discuss* menu)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:34 -msgid "" -"By default the user who created the product is automatically set as " -"follower." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Click the product name to open the detail form and review the comment (in " -"the product discussion thread)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:43 -msgid "Moderate & unpublish" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:45 -msgid "" -"You can easily moderate by using the chatter, either in the product detail " -"form or on the web page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:48 -msgid "" -"To unpublish the post, open the product web page and click the *Published* " -"button to turn it red (*Unpublished*)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:56 -msgid "..tip::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:55 -msgid "" -"You can access the web page from the detail form by clicking the *Published*" -" smart button (and vice versa)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:3 -msgid "How to sell pricier alternative products (upselling)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In order to maximize your revenue, suggesting pricier alternative products " -"is strongly advised for basic items. That way, your customer will spend more" -" time browsing your catalog." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:12 -msgid "To do so:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Select such *Alternative Products* in the *Sales* tab of the product detail " -"form. 3 alternatives are fine! Don't publish too many otherwise your " -"customers will be confused." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Turn on *Alternative Products* from the *Customize* menu of the product web " -"page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:3 -msgid "Introduction to Odoo eCommerce" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:10 -msgid "" -"The documentation will help you go live with your eCommerce website in no " -"time. The topics follow the buying process:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:13 -msgid "Product Page" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:14 -msgid "Shop Page" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:15 -msgid "Pricing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:16 -msgid "Taxes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:17 -msgid "Checkout process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:18 -msgid "Upselling & cross-selling" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:19 -msgid "Payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:20 -msgid "Shipping & Tracking" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:24 -msgid ":doc:`../../website/publish/domain_name`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/publish.rst:3 -msgid "Launch my website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience.rst:3 -msgid "Get paid" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage orders paid with payment acquirers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo confirms orders automatically as soon as the payment is authorized by a" -" payment acquirer. This triggers the delivery. If you invoice based on " -"ordered quantities, you are also requested to invoice the order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:12 -msgid "What are the payment status" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:13 -msgid "" -"At anytime, the salesman can check the transaction status from the order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:18 -msgid "*Draft*: transaction under processing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:20 -msgid "" -"*Pending*: the payment acquirer keeps the transaction on hold and you need " -"to authorize it from the acquirer interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:23 -msgid "" -"*Authorized*: the payment has been authorized but not yet captured. In Odoo," -" the order is already confirmed. Once the delivery done, you can capture the" -" amount from the acquirer interface (or from Odoo if you use Authorize.net)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:28 -msgid "" -"*Done*: the payment is authorized and captured. The order has been " -"confirmed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:30 -msgid "" -"*Error*: an error has occured during the transaction. The customer needs to " -"retry the payment. The order is still in draft." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:34 -msgid "" -"*Cancelled*: when the customer cancels the payment in the payment acquirer " -"form. They are taken back to Odoo in order to modify the order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Specific messages are provided to your customers for every payment status, " -"when they are redirected to Odoo after the transaction. To edit such " -"messages, go to the *Messages* tab of the payment method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:44 -msgid "Auto-validate invoices at order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:46 -msgid "" -"When the order is confirmed you can also have an invoice automatically " -"issued and paid. This fully-automated made for businesses that invoice " -"orders straight on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:54 -msgid "" -"If you choose this mode you are requested to select a payment journal in " -"order to record payments in your books. This payment is automatically " -"reconcilied with the invoice, marking it as paid. Select your **bank " -"account** if you get paid immediately on your bank account. If you don't you" -" can create a specific journal for the payment acquirer (type = Bank). That " -"way, you can track online payments in an intermediary account of your books " -"until you get paid into your bank account (see " -":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers`)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:63 -msgid "Capture the payment after the delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:64 -msgid "" -"With this mode, the order is confirmed but the amount is kept on hold. Once " -"the delivery processed, you can capture the payment from Odoo. This mode is " -"only available with Authorize.net." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:71 -msgid "" -"To capture the payment, open the transaction from the order. Then click " -"*Capture Transaction*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:77 -msgid "" -"With other payment acquirers, you can manage the capture in their own " -"interfaces, not from Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:3 -msgid "How customers can access their customer account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:5 -msgid "" -"It has never been so easy for your customers to access their customer " -"account. Forget endless signup forms, Odoo makes it as easy as ABC. They are" -" suggested to sign up (name, email, password) when the order is placed, and " -"not before. Indeed, nothing is more annoying than going through a signup " -"process before buying something." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:14 -msgid "Sign up" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:16 -msgid "" -"The invitation to sign up shows up when the customer wants to visualize the " -"order from order confirmation email." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:23 -msgid "Customer account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Once logged in the customer will access the account by clicking *My Account*" -" in the login dropdown menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:31 -msgid "" -"THere they find all their history. The main address (billing) can also be " -"modified." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:37 -msgid "" -"If the customer is set as a contact of a company in your address book, they " -"will see all the documents whose the customer belongs to this company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/taxes.rst:3 -msgid "Collect taxes" -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po deleted file mode 100644 index 6cf8c76b8..000000000 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,284 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: de\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../email_marketing.rst:5 -msgid "Email Marketing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:3 -msgid "Work with Mailing Lists" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Mailing lists can be a goldmine for your company’s marketing department as " -"they can provide leads for sales, focus groups for testing new products, and" -" consumers to provide feedback on satisfaction, for example." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:10 -msgid "Create mailing lists" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Mailing lists --> Mailing lists --> Create`. Enable " -"the option *Is Public* to make the list visible for users when " -"unsubscribing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Once your mailing list is created, you can manually add contacts clicking on" -" *Create*. *Import* a list of contacts if you have it from a previous tool." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:23 -msgid "Linking a mailing list to my website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Create a mailing list called Newsletter, as you use this strategy to " -"advertise and communicate new ideas to subscribers interested in listening." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Go to your *Website*, add a *Newsletter* block and choose the respective " -"mailing list." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:34 -msgid "Contacts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Under :menuselection:`Mailing Lists --> Mailing List Contacts` see a list of" -" all contacts under all your mailing lists, and the ones you individually " -"created here." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Open a contact form to see or add different mailing lists to which the " -"contact is or will be part of." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:51 -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:46 -msgid ":doc:`send_emails`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:3 -msgid "Manage Unsubscriptions and Blacklist" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:5 -msgid "" -"It is best practice, and legally required, to allow recipients to " -"unsubscribe from mailing lists as you do not want your audience to think " -"that your company is using any tactics that are dishonest or spammy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:10 -msgid "Enable the Blacklist feature" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable the option " -"*Blacklist Option when Unsubscribing*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Now, once the user clicks on the *Unsubscribe* link on your email, he is " -"redirected to the following page:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:28 -msgid "" -"After clicking on the unsubscribe button when using the test feature, you " -"are sent to an error page (*error 403 - Access Denied*). If you want to be " -"sure the link is working properly, create your mass mail and send it only to" -" a personal email." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:32 -msgid "" -"In addition to having the option of unsubscribing from specific mailing " -"lists, the user can also blacklist himself, meaning that he will not receive" -" *any* more emails from you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:36 -msgid "" -"The mailing list has to be configured as *Public* in order to be visible for" -" users." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Blacklist`, blacklisted email " -"addresses are shown." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:39 -msgid "" -"When opening the record, as a *Log note*, a description-history is kept." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:47 -msgid ":doc:`mailing_lists`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:3 -msgid "Send Emails Marketing and Manage Campaigns" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Emails allow you to effectively, and at a low cost, reach a large number of " -"consumers while being able to customize your message in a way that resonates" -" with them. It is measurable, and a call-to-action oriented channel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:10 -msgid "Choose the right target and create the message" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:12 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Mailings --> Create`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Choosing *Contacts* as *Recipients* (for example), allows you to add " -"specifications to match just certain contacts, filtering your target." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:21 -msgid "" -"With a trial databases, you have a limit of 50 emails per day; on Odoo SH " -"Cloud Platform the limit is 200. There is a possibility to increase these " -"numbers by contacting Odoo Support. To contact Support, `click here " -"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Under *Mail Body*, choose a layout and make the modifications needed by " -"dragging, dropping and double-clicking on content. Note that it is possible " -"to start from scratch selecting the *blank* template option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Under *Settings*, you can assign someone else as the responsible sender if " -"you do not want it to be you. To do so, change the email address used as the" -" sender (*Send From*)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:37 -msgid "" -"With the *Reply To* radio button, you can also choose to gather answers " -"either on the respective recipients’ records or on a specific email address." -" Note that this option is not available if you target mailing contacts or " -"contacts as recipients." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:45 -msgid "Test, send or schedule a mailing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:53 -msgid "" -"*Save*: the work is allocated in the *draft* column in the Kanban view. " -"Modifications can be made while being in this stage. The option *Discard* " -"deletes the email." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Click on *Test* and send your message to one, or even multiple, test " -"contacts to avoid errors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:56 -msgid "" -"*Send* triggers the email with the next run and put the work on the *queue* " -"column in the Kanban view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:58 -msgid "" -"*Schedule* allows you to choose a date and time, and puts the email in the " -"*queue* column in the Kanban view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:61 -msgid "" -"The daily limit is applied for **all emails** sent, in other words, " -"throughout all applications. Therefore, if at the end of the day you have " -"remaining ones to be sent, note that they *will not* be sent automatically " -"the next day. You need to force that by opening the email and clicking on " -"*Retry*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:67 -msgid "Manage campaigns" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable *Mailing " -"Campaigns*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:71 -msgid "" -"The campaign option is effective as it allows you to organize your marketing" -" efforts and have a centralized view of its metrics." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:72 -msgid "Go to *Campaign* and click on *Create* to start one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:80 -msgid "" -"If you use the SMS and Social Marketing applications, as well as the Push " -"Notification feature, you see the option to create content for those " -"channels. You also see the *Campaign* menu within those applications. All of" -" this is possible because the applications work integrated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:85 -msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_servers`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:86 -msgid ":doc:`../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns`" -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/events.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/events.po deleted file mode 100644 index b426bbfcb..000000000 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/events.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,429 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: de\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../events.rst:5 -msgid "Events" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/integrations.rst:3 -msgid "Integrations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:3 -msgid "Communicating about my Event using SMS Text Messages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Using SMS as a communication strategy for your event establishes interaction" -" between organizers, attendees, speakers and further targets. It allows your" -" message to be heard whether the goal is to send out reminders, teasers or " -"to advertise." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:10 -#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:9 ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:9 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Under *Communication* SMS is a standard feature. That means nothing needs to" -" be enabled or installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:16 -msgid "" -"On the other hand, to contact the speakers of your event, you need the *SMS " -"Marketing* application installed, and to enable *Schedule & Tracks* under " -":menuselection:`Events --> Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:23 -msgid "" -"The *Schedule & Tracks* feature allows you to manage the agenda and speakers" -" of your event. For more details watch: `Creating an agenda for your event " -"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/create-an-agenda-for-your-" -"event-717?fullscreen=1>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:28 -msgid "Send SMSs to attendees" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Under *Communication*, the message’s target is the attendees of your event." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:32 -msgid "" -"You can choose to confirm each registration with the *Registration* " -"template, and to send a reminder shortly before the event takes place with " -"the *Reminder* template." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:38 -msgid "To make changes in an existing template, click on the external link." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:45 -msgid "Send SMSs to speakers and further targets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:47 -msgid "" -"The benefit of the integration with the *SMS Marketing* application is that " -"you can choose the target you would like your message to be delivered to. To" -" get started, click on *Contact Track Speakers*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:56 -msgid "" -"If *Event Track* is not your target (*Recipient*), choose the right one. " -"*Filters* are eligible here." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:58 -msgid "" -"In the example below, the SMS would be sent to the speakers who are in the " -"stage *Proposal* on *Event Track*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Credits are required to be able to send SMSs. For more information about " -"Pricing :doc:`click here <../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq>`, " -"and, about IAP Services :doc:`here " -"<../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:3 -msgid "Create your First Event" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:5 -msgid "Some of the reasons why hosting events is essential are:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:7 -msgid "To create an engaging experience with your audience;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:8 -msgid "To generate word of mouth about your company;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:9 -msgid "To allow networking;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:10 -msgid "" -"To provide an opportunity for sales representatives to walk their prospects " -"through the product and even their pipeline." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:14 -msgid "Get started" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Under the menu *Events*, have a view of all existing events and some key " -"information, such as the number of expected and confirmed attendees." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:23 -msgid "" -"To start a new one, click on *Create* and fill in the form with all the " -"needed information. Enable *Website Menu* to have the menus *Introduction*, " -"*Location*, and *Register* being shown on your event’s website page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:31 -msgid "" -"To personalize these pages, click on *Edit* to open the `website builder " -"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/website-basics-643?fullscreen=1>`_, and " -"edit content by dragging and dropping blocks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:40 -msgid "Tab: Tickets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Events --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " -":doc:`Tickets and Online Ticketing <tickets>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Now, under the *Tickets* Tab, add lines to include the different ticket " -"types you offer. Include the price, the start and end dates for " -"registrations, and even the maximum number of tickets that can be sold." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:48 -msgid "" -"The *Reserved Seats* and *Unconfirmed Seat Reservations* are counted as " -"attendees are marked as :doc:`confirmed <track_attendees>` or not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:55 -msgid "Tab: Communication" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Choose the email and/or SMS message template, as well as the frequency with " -"which you would like to communicate with your attendees under the tab " -"*Communication*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Create a template on the fly or choose an existing one. Define the " -"*Interval* (2, 7, 15..) for the *Unit* (days, hours, weeks, etc.), and the " -"*Trigger* action (after registration, after the event, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:68 -msgid "Tab: Questions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable *Questions*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:72 -msgid "" -"Now, under the tab *Questions*, edit your questions and answers, choosing if" -" you would like your questionnaire to be asked per order or per " -"registration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:75 -msgid "" -"Example of a registration for 3 attendees: if enabling the option *Ask each " -"attendee*, the questionnaire is shown 3 times, meaning that answers can vary" -" for each attendee; if *Ask each attendee* is not enabled, the questionnaire" -" is shown once, resulting in a global answer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:81 -msgid "" -"Once your event is *Confirmed*, you can manage attendees badges, and mark " -"the event as *Finished*. Events marked as *Finished* can be *Set to draft*, " -"putting the event back to an *Unconfirmed* stage from which it can be edited" -" and used again." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:90 -msgid "Publish your event" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:92 -msgid "*Go to Website* and turn *Published* on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:99 -msgid ":doc:`track_attendees`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:100 -#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:45 -msgid ":doc:`tickets`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:101 -#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:46 -msgid ":doc:`track_talks`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:3 -msgid "Selling Tickets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:5 -msgid "" -"If you automate processes, you save time. If you give attendees multiple " -"payment options to choose from, you allow flexibility and open margins for " -"more registrations to happen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate *Tickets* and" -" *Online Ticketing*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:13 -msgid "" -"*Tickets* allow tickets to be sold " -":ref:`events/create_event/through_sales_orders`. *Online Ticketing* allows " -"the sale of tickets to happen " -":ref:`events/create_event/through_the_website`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:22 -msgid "Through Sales Orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:24 -msgid "" -"On the *Sales* application, choose the event product you created and add it " -"as a product line. A window pops-up, allowing you to choose the event for " -"which you want to create the sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Remember to create a product form for the event registration, under " -"*Product*, in the *Sales* application, and to add that same product under " -"your event’s form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:43 -msgid "Through the Website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:45 -msgid "" -"On the website, once tickets are added to the cart, the user can continue " -"the transaction choosing among the payment methods you chose to have " -"available." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:53 -msgid ":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:3 -msgid "Track your Attendees" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Attendees are at the heart of your event. Keeping track of their number and " -"managing their registration and attendance is necessary for planning and " -"analyzing reasons." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:9 -msgid "Attendees list and attendance" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Once attendees have registered or bought their tickets, they are added to " -"the *Attendees* list." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Tickets sold through sales orders validate attendees as soon as the " -"quotation is confirmed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:18 -msgid "" -"The check mark button is used to confirm the registration. Once a " -"registration is confirmed, attendance can be marked." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:26 -msgid "Bagdes and cancellations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:28 -msgid "" -"On the attendees form, choose to send badges manually by clicking on *Send " -"By Email*. *Cancel Registration* to have that attendee being moved to the " -"*Cancelled* stage." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:36 -msgid "" -"To see a list of your canceled attendees, under *Filters*, add a *Custom " -"Filter* choosing *Status > is > Cancelled*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:44 -#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:49 -msgid ":doc:`../integrations/integration_sms`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:3 -msgid "Track and Manage Talks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Allow partners to submit talk proposals so they can share their knowledge " -"and expertise. Good speakers and talks are what make your event great." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Events --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " -"*Schedule & Tracks*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Now, in your event's form, once *Website menu* is enabled, the options " -"*Tracks on Website* and *Track Proposals on Website* become available. " -"Enabling them adds the menus *Talks*, *Talk Proposals*, and *Agenda* to your" -" website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Besides having the ability to suggest their own talks, the website now " -"allows users to see a list of the whole agenda and scheduled talks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:28 -msgid "" -"To handle tracks internally and not have the menus *Talks*, *Talk " -"Proposals*, and *Agenda* online, use the menu *Tracks* individually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:32 -msgid "Publishing speaker proposals" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Once partners have filled in the appropriate form and submitted their " -"proposals, a new *Proposal* is instantly created under the menu *Track*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:41 -msgid "" -"If the proposal is accepted and can go online, simply open its form and " -"click on *Go to Website*. From the website page, turn *Published* on." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po deleted file mode 100644 index e5a19c179..000000000 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,340 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: de\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:5 -msgid "Expenses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:8 -msgid "How to set expense types" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:9 -msgid "" -"The first step to track expenses is to configure the expense types (managed " -"as products in Odoo) that your company allows, from the *Configuration* " -"menu. When a specific expense is reimbursed at a fixed price, set a cost on " -"the product. Otherwise keep the cost at 0.0 and employees will report the " -"real cost per expense." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:17 -msgid "Here are some examples to configure:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:19 -msgid "Restaurant:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:21 ../../expense/expense.rst:27 -msgid "Cost: 0.00 (the cost of the ticket will be recorded on every expense)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:22 -msgid "Travel with Personal Car:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:24 -msgid "Cost: 0.30 (the price per mile reimbursed by the company is fixed)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:25 -msgid "Hotel:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:29 -msgid "Others:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:31 -msgid "Cost: 0.0" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Don't forget to set an expense tax on each expense type (and an account if " -"you use Odoo Accounting). It's usually a good practice to use a tax that is " -"configured with :ref:`Tax Included in Price <taxes/included-in-price>`. That" -" way, employees report expenses with prices including taxes, which is " -"usually the expected behaviour." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:41 -msgid "" -"The *Sales* app allows you to specify unit of measures for your expense " -"types (units, miles, nights, etc.). Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Configuration --> Settings` and check *Some products may be sold/purchased " -"in different units of measure (advanced)*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:48 -msgid "How to record expenses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:51 -msgid "Manually" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:53 -msgid "" -"As an employee (Employee in user access rights), you can record expenses " -"from :menuselection:`My Expenses --> Expenses to Submit`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:59 -msgid "" -"Select the related product and enter either the total amount you paid (with " -"Quantity = 1) or the unit price if Quantity is countable (e.g. number of " -"hotel nights)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:62 -msgid "Enter the expense date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Choose if you paid the bill on your own (and expect to be reimbursed) or if " -"the company paid directly (e.g. if you used a company's credit card)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Set the bill reference, add some notes if requested and attach a photo/scan " -"of the receipt from the discussion thread. That will help the manager and " -"the accountant validate it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:73 -msgid "In one click from emails" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:74 -msgid "" -"Let your employees record their expenses from a simple email. Make a " -"snapshot of the receipt and send it by email, or simply forward a bill!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:77 -msgid "" -"The only thing to do is setting up an email alias in " -":menuselection:`Expenses --> Configuration --> Settings` (e.g. *expenses* " -"@mycompany.odoo.com). For security purposes, only authenticated employee " -"emails (cfr. *Work Email* in employee detail form) are accepted." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:83 -msgid "" -"The expense product is set automatically if the mail subject contains the " -"product's internal reference in first position. Type the expense amount in " -"the mail subject to set it on the expense too (e.g. Ref001 Food 100€)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:88 -msgid "How to submit expenses to managers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:90 -msgid "" -"When you are ready to submit your expenses to your manager (e.g. at the end " -"of a business trip, or once a month), go to the menu :menuselection:`My " -"Expenses --> Expenses to Submit`. Select all expenses from the list view and" -" click on :menuselection:`Action --> Submit to Manager`. Save the newly " -"created expense report (i.e. set of expenses), and wait for your manager to " -"approve it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:100 -msgid "" -"You can also submit expenses one by one from the *Submit to Manager* button " -"on the form view of an expense." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:103 -msgid "" -"All your submitted expense reports can be found in :menuselection:`Expenses " -"--> My Expenses --> Expense Reports`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:108 -msgid "How to approve expenses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:110 -msgid "" -"HR and team managers get an overview of all expense reports to validate from" -" the top menu :menuselection:`To Approve --> Expense Reports to Approve`. " -"Such users must have at least *Officers* access rights for *Expenses*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:117 -msgid "" -"They can review expense reports, approve or reject them, as well as " -"providing feedback thanks to the integrated communication tool." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:123 -msgid "" -"As a team manager you can easily find the expense reports of your team " -"members. You need to be set as manager in the detail form of those " -"employees." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:131 -msgid "How to post expenses in accounting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:133 -msgid "" -"Once expense reports approved by managers, the accounting department goes to" -" :menuselection:`Expenses --> Accountant --> Expense Reports To Post` to " -"check accounts, products and taxes. They can click *Post Journal Entries* to" -" post related journal entries into your books. To do so, the user must have " -"following access rights:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:139 -msgid "Accounting: Accountant or Adviser" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:140 -msgid "Expenses: Manager" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:143 -msgid "" -"To post an expense, a *Home Address* must be set on the employee. If you get" -" a related blocking message when posting, click the employee, go to " -"*Personal Information* tab and select/create the contact of your employee in" -" the address book. A contact has been automatically created if this person " -"is using Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:150 -msgid "How to reimburse employees" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:152 -msgid "" -"You can now see all the expense reports to reimburse in " -":menuselection:`Expenses --> Accountant --> Expense Reports To Pay`. To " -"record the payment or pay by check, click *Register a Payment*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:156 -msgid "See how you can easily manage the payment process in Odoo:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:158 -msgid ":doc:`../accounting/payables/pay/check`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:159 -msgid ":doc:`../accounting/payables/pay/sepa`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:163 -msgid "How to re-invoice expenses to your customers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:165 -msgid "" -"If you track expenses on customer projects, you can charge them back to your" -" customers automatically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:169 -msgid "Setup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:171 -msgid "Enable **Customer Billing** in the Expenses settings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:173 -msgid "" -"Go to the product configuration menu and set the invoicing method on all " -"your Expense types:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:176 -msgid "" -"Ordered quantities : it will invoice expenses based on the ordered quantity" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:179 -msgid "" -"Delivered quantities :it will invoice expenses based on the expenses " -"quantity" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:182 -msgid "At cost: will invoice expenses at their real cost." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:184 -msgid "" -"At sales price: will invoice based on a fixed sales price set on the sale " -"order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:191 -msgid "Create an order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:193 -msgid "" -"As a salesman, create and confirm a Sales Order for the services delivered " -"to your customer. If you don't put any expense in the order, it will be " -"added automatically once posted by the accountant." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:198 -msgid "Link the expense to the Sale Order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:204 -msgid "Submit, validate and post expenses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:206 -msgid "" -"As a manager, make sure the analytic account is set on every expense line on" -" approving expenses reports. Click the line to add one if missing. Employees" -" are already able to set one when submitting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:213 -msgid "As an accountant, post journal entries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:216 -msgid "Invoice expenses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:218 -msgid "" -"Now you can invoice the order. It shows up in :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Invoicing --> Sales` to Invoice. The expenses have been added automatically " -"in the order lines. Such items show up in blue (i.e. to invoice)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:226 -msgid "e (i.e. to invoice)." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/expenses.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/expenses.po deleted file mode 100644 index ab0d3295f..000000000 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/expenses.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,26 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 9.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-11-22 13:16+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2019\n" -"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: de\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../expenses.rst:5 -msgid "Expenses" -msgstr "Aufwand" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po similarity index 53% rename from locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po rename to locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po index c0e478e69..a22585511 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po @@ -1,25 +1,43 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: -# Cécile Collart <cco@odoo.com>, 2021 +# Tobias Arndt, 2021 +# Florian Pose <fp@igh.de>, 2021 +# philku79 <philip.kuss@gmx.de>, 2021 # EugenBrodskiSAMSAIT <eugen.brodski@samsa-it.de>, 2021 -# Katharina Moritz <kmo@e2f.com>, 2021 +# f91684c3ff9ec3e650d5c8461e534581_686eae3 <449b96d9f63071f94d89e129677b83de_366193>, 2021 +# e2f <projects@e2f.com>, 2021 +# Philipp Hug <philipp@hug.cx>, 2021 +# Thorsten Vocks <thorsten.vocks@openbig.org>, 2021 +# Ermin Trevisan <trevi@twanda.com>, 2021 +# Johannes Croe <jcr@odoo.com>, 2021 +# Chris Egal <sodaswed@web.de>, 2021 +# Patrick Heuel <patrick.heuel@odoo-bs.com>, 2021 +# Felix Schubert <felix.schubert@go-erp.com>, 2021 # Jan Meyer, 2021 -# Martin Trigaux, 2021 -# Andreas Schmidt <schmigo@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Udo Hennig <info@udohennig.de>, 2021 +# Andreas Stauder <andreas.stauder@brain-tec.ch>, 2021 +# Tina Rittmüller <tr@ife.de>, 2021 +# Katharina Moritz <kmo@e2f.com>, 2021 +# Leon Grill <leg@odoo.com>, 2021 # Robert Förster <hello@suppliot.eu>, 2021 +# Andreas Schmidt <schmigo@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Martin Trigaux, 2021 +# Wolfgang Taferner, 2021 +# Rudolf Schnapka <rs@techno-flex.de>, 2021 +# Cécile Collart <cco@odoo.com>, 2021 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-03-02 11:19+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Robert Förster <hello@suppliot.eu>, 2021\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-18 07:12+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-05-18 05:17+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Cécile Collart <cco@odoo.com>, 2021\n" "Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -27,240 +45,244 @@ msgstr "" "Language: de\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" -#: ../../accounting.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance.rst:3 +msgid "Finance" +msgstr "Finanzen" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:4 msgid "Invoicing and Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:3 msgid "Bank & Cash" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Bank & Kasse" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds.rst:3 msgid "Bank Feeds" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Bank Datenübertragung" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:145 msgid "Bank Statements" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Bankauszüge" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:5 msgid "" "Importing your bank statements in Odoo Accounting allows you to keep track " "of the financial movements that occur on your bank accounts and reconcile " "them with the transactions recorded in your accounting." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:9 msgid "" "We recommend you use bank synchronization for more efficiency. Please read " "the related documentation: :doc:`bank_synchronization`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:12 msgid "" "However, if you don't want to use bank synchronization or if your bank is " "not a supported institution, you still have other options:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:15 msgid "Import the bank statement files delivered by your bank" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:16 msgid "Register the bank statements manually" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:19 msgid "Import bank statements files" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:21 msgid "Odoo supports multiple file formats to import bank statements:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:23 msgid "SEPA recommended Cash Management format (CAMT.053)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:24 msgid "Comma-separated values (.CSV)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:25 msgid "Open Financial Exchange (.OFX)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Open Financial Exchange (.OFX)" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:26 msgid "Quicken Interchange Format (.QIF)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Quicken Interchange Format (.QIF)" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:27 msgid "Belgium: Coded Statement of Account (.CODA)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:29 msgid "" "To import them, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Overview --> Bank`, " "click on *Import Statements*, or on the three dots, and then on *Import " "Statement*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:36 msgid "Next, select the file you want to import and click on *Import*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:38 msgid "" "Odoo opens an **import widget** to help you set the **Formatting Options** " "and **map** the different columns you want to import." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:46 msgid "" "Quicken Interchange Format (.QIF) is an older file format that is no longer " "supported since 2005. If possible, prefer OFX files over QIF." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:50 msgid "Register bank statements manually" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:52 msgid "If needed, you can also record your bank statements manually." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:54 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Overview --> Bank`, click on " "*Create Statements*, or on the three dots, and then on *New Statement*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:57 msgid "" "Add a new line for each transaction written on the original bank statement." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:59 msgid "" "To ease the reconciliation process, make sure to fill out the *Partner* " "field. You can also write the payments’ references in the *Label* field." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:67 msgid "" "The *Ending Balance* and the *Computed Balance* should have the same amount." " If it is not the case, make sure that there is no mistake in the " "transactions’ amounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:122 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:109 msgid ":doc:`bank_synchronization`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:10 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:16 msgid "Todo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zu erledigen" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:72 msgid "add doc link to new documentation about reconciliation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:3 msgid "Bank Synchronization: Automatic Import" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Bank Synchronisierung: Automatischer Import" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo can synchronize directly with your bank institution to get all bank " "statements imported automatically into your database." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:8 msgid "" "To check if your bank is compatible with Odoo, go to `Odoo Accounting " "Features <https://www.odoo.com/page/accounting-features>`_, and click on " "*See list of supported institutions*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:15 msgid "More than 20,000 institutions around the world are supported." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:17 msgid "To connect to the banks, Odoo uses multiple web-services:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:19 msgid "**Plaid**: United States of America and Canada" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:20 msgid "**Yodlee**: Worldwide" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:21 msgid "**Salt Edge**: Europe (:doc:`more information <saltedge>`)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:22 msgid "**Ponto**: Europe (:doc:`more information <ponto>`)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:25 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:24 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:19 -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:14 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:69 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:16 -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:22 -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:9 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:31 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:28 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:284 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:321 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:34 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:92 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:25 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:14 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:60 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:19 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:27 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:23 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:12 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:29 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:13 -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:21 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:18 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:16 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:16 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:15 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:22 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:11 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:30 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:31 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:13 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:20 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:37 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:15 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:20 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:39 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:331 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/vat_validation.rst:13 msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Konfiguration" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:28 msgid "On-Premise users" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:30 msgid "" "To be able to use this service, you need to have a valid Odoo Enterprise " "subscription. So make sure that your database is registered with your Odoo " @@ -269,34 +291,34 @@ msgid "" "don't have a firewall or a proxy blocking the following address:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:36 msgid "https://production.odoofin.com/" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:39 msgid "First Synchronization" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:41 msgid "" "You can start synchronization either by going to :menuselection:`Accounting " "--> Configuration --> Add a Bank Account` or via the configuration bar on " "the accounting dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:44 msgid "" "Now you can search for your bank institution. Select it and follow the steps" " to synchronize with it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:47 msgid "" "If you have any issues during your first synchronization, please verify that" " your web browser doesn't block pop-ups and that your adblocker is disabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:50 msgid "" "During your first synchronization, you will be asked for a phone number to " "secure your account. The reason we ask for such information is that we don't" @@ -307,38 +329,38 @@ msgid "" "bank institution. This information is not stored on Odoo's servers." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:57 msgid "" "By default, transactions fetched from an online source are grouped inside " "the same statement, and one bank statement is created per month. You can " "change the bank statement creation periodicity in your journal settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:61 msgid "" "You can find all your synchronizations by going to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Online Synchronization`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:65 msgid "Synchronize manually" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:67 msgid "" "After your first synchronization, the created journals are synchronized by " "default every 12 hours. If you wish, you can synchronize manually by " "clicking on the *Synchronize Now* button on the dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:75 msgid "" "Or you can go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Online " "Synchronization`, select your institution and then click on the *Fetch " "Transactions* button." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:83 msgid "" "Some institutions do not allow transactions to be fetched automatically. For" " such institutions, during the automatic synchronization of the account, you" @@ -348,15 +370,15 @@ msgid "" "synchronizations." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:89 msgid "Issues" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fälle" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:92 msgid "Synchronization in error" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:94 msgid "" "To report a connection error to the `Odoo support " "<https://www.odoo.com/help>`_, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " @@ -364,40 +386,40 @@ msgid "" "failed, and copy the error description and the reference." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:99 msgid "Synchronization disconnected" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:101 msgid "" "If your connection with the proxy is disconnected, you can reconnect with " "the proxy using the *Reconnect* button." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:105 msgid "" "This disconnection can be caused by the Odoo support. In this case, please " "contact the `support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_ directly with your client" " id or the reference of the error listed in the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:112 msgid "Migration process for users having installed Odoo before December 2020" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:114 msgid "" "If you are on-premise, please first make sure that your source is up-to-date" " with the latest version of Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:117 msgid "" "Users who have created a database before December 2020 need to install the " "new module manually to use the new functionalities." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:120 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Apps --> Update Apps List`, remove the " "default filter in the search bar and type: " @@ -405,13 +427,13 @@ msgid "" "button to install the new module." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:128 msgid "" "Finally, make sure all your users refresh their Odoo page by pressing " "CTRL+F5." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:132 msgid "" "All previous synchronizations are disconnected during the installation and " "won't work anymore. You can find them directly in the synchronization menu " @@ -420,29 +442,29 @@ msgid "" "ones." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:136 msgid "" "Please do not uninstall *account_online_sync* which is the previous module " "for online synchronization. The new one overrides it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:138 msgid "" "By default *account_online_synchronization* is installed automatically with " "Accounting." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:141 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:95 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:78 msgid "FAQ" -msgstr "" +msgstr "FAQ" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:144 msgid "The synchronization is not working in real-time. Is that normal?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:146 msgid "" "The process is not intended to work in real-time as third party providers " "synchronize your accounts at different intervals. To force the " @@ -454,7 +476,7 @@ msgid "" "transactions if you already performed such action earlier in the day." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:153 msgid "" "A transaction can be visible on your bank account, but not be fetched if it " "has the status *Pending*. Only transactions with the *Posted* status will be" @@ -462,32 +484,32 @@ msgid "" "status changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:158 msgid "Is the Online Bank Synchronization feature included in my contract?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:160 msgid "" "**Community Version**: No, this feature is not included in the Community " "Version." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:161 msgid "" "**Online Version**: Yes, even if you benefit from the One App Free contract." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:162 msgid "" "**Enterprise Version**: Yes, if you have a valid enterprise contract linked " "to your database." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:165 msgid "Some banks have a status \"Beta.\" What does this mean?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:167 msgid "" "This means that banking institutions are not yet fully supported by our " "Third Party Provider. Bugs or other problems may arise. Odoo does not " @@ -497,11 +519,11 @@ msgid "" " from the connection." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:173 msgid "Why do my transactions only synchronize when I refresh manually?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:175 msgid "" "Some banks have additional security measures and require extra steps, such " "as an SMS/email authentication code or another type of MFA. Because of this," @@ -509,21 +531,21 @@ msgid "" "provided." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:180 msgid "Not all of my past transactions are in Odoo, why?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:182 msgid "" "For some institutions, transactions can only be fetched up to 3 months in " "the past." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:185 msgid "Why don't I see any transactions?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:187 msgid "" "During your first synchronization, you selected the bank accounts you " "decided to synchronize with Odoo. If you didn't synchronize any of your " @@ -532,49 +554,49 @@ msgid "" "connection." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:191 msgid "There may also be no new transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:193 msgid "" "If your bank account is properly linked to a journal and posted transactions" " are not visible in your database, please `submit a support ticket " "<https://www.odoo.com/help>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:197 msgid "How can I update my bank credentials?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:199 msgid "" "You can update your credentials by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Online Synchronization`, open the connection you want to " "update your credentials and click on the *Update Credentials* button." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:204 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:124 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:111 msgid ":doc:`bank_statements`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:205 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:110 msgid ":doc:`ponto`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:206 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:123 msgid ":doc:`saltedge`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:3 msgid "Ponto as bank synchronization provider" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:5 msgid "" "**Ponto** is a service that allows companies and professionals to aggregate " "their accounts in one place and directly see all their transactions within " @@ -582,155 +604,155 @@ msgid "" "number of bank institutions that can be synchronized with Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:13 msgid "" "**Odoo** can synchronize directly with your bank to get all bank statements " "imported automatically into your database." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:16 msgid "" "Ponto is a paid third-party provider that can handle the synchronization " "between your bank accounts and Odoo. `Its pricing is 4€/month per " "account/integration <https://myponto.com/en#pricing>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:20 msgid "" "You can find more information about bank synchronization :doc:`on this page " "<bank_synchronization>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:27 msgid "Link your bank accounts with Ponto" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:29 msgid "Go to `Ponto's website (https://myponto.com) <https://myponto.com>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:30 msgid "Create an account if you don't have one yet." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:31 msgid "Once you are logged in, create an *organization*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounts --> Live`, and click on *Add account*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 msgid "You might have to add your **Billing Information** first." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:39 msgid "" "Select your country, your bank institutions, give your consent to Ponto, and" " follow the steps on-screen to link your bank account with your Ponto " "account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:46 msgid "" "Make sure to add all bank accounts you want to synchronize with your Odoo " "database before moving on to the next steps." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:50 msgid "Link your Ponto account with your Odoo database" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:52 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Add a Bank Account`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:53 msgid "" "Search your institution, make sure to select the right institution. By " "selecting the institution, you can verify that the third party provider is " "Ponto." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:55 msgid "Click on *Connect* and follow the steps." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:56 msgid "" "At some point, you will have to authorize the accounts you want to access in" " Odoo. Please select **all the accounts** you want to synchronize. Even the " "ones coming from other banking institutions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:64 msgid "Finish the flow." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:67 msgid "" "You have to authorize all the accounts you want to access in Odoo but, Odoo " "will filter the accounts based on the institution you selected at the second" " step." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:71 msgid "Update your synchronization credentials" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:73 msgid "" "You might have to update your Ponto credentials or modify the " "synchronization settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:75 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:87 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Online " "Synchronization` and select the institution you want to fetch the other " "accounts. Click on *Fetch Accounts* button to start the flow." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:79 msgid "" "During the update, select **all the accounts** you want to synchronize, even" " the ones coming from other banking institutions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:83 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:66 msgid "Fetch new accounts" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:85 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:68 msgid "You might want to add new online accounts to your connection." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:91 msgid "" "Don't forget to keep authorization for existing accounts (for all " "institutions that you have synchronized with Ponto)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:98 msgid "After my synchronization, no account appears" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:100 msgid "" "You selected an institution from the list and did not authorize any accounts" " from this institution." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:103 msgid "I have an error about that my authorization has expired" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:105 msgid "" "Every **3 months** (90 days) you must re-authorize the connection between " "your bank account and Ponto. This must be done from the `Ponto website " @@ -738,60 +760,60 @@ msgid "" "stop for these accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:110 msgid "I have some errors with my beta institution" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:112 msgid "" "Ponto provides institutions in *beta*, these institutions are not directly " "supported by Odoo and we advise you to contact Ponto directly." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:116 msgid "" "Using an institution in beta is beneficial for Ponto, it allows them to have" " real feedback on the connection with the institution." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:3 msgid "Salt Edge as bank synchronization provider" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:5 msgid "" "**Salt Edge** is a third-party provider that aggregates banking information " "from your bank accounts. It supports ~5000 institutions in more than 50 " "countries." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:13 msgid "" "Odoo can synchronize directly with your bank to get all bank statements " "imported automatically into your database." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:16 msgid "Salt Edge is a free third-party provider." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:22 msgid "Link your bank accounts with Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:24 msgid "" "Start synchronization by clicking on :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Add a Bank Account`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:26 msgid "" "Select the institution you want to synchronize. You can see if Salt Edge is " "the third party provider of the institution by selecting it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:28 msgid "" "After giving your phone number, you are asked for an email address. This " "email address is used to create your Salt Edge account. Please make sure you" @@ -799,31 +821,31 @@ msgid "" "your Salt Edge account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:37 msgid "" "After entering your email address, you are redirected to Salt Edge to " "continue the synchronization process." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:44 msgid "Make sure you give your consent by checking the consent checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:50 msgid "Complete the synchronization by following the steps." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:54 msgid "Update your credentials" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:56 msgid "" "You might have to update your Salt Edge credentials or modify the " "synchronization settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:58 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Online " "Synchronization` and select the institution you want to update credentials. " @@ -831,25 +853,25 @@ msgid "" "steps." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:62 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:74 msgid "" "Don't forget to check the consent checkbox. Otherwise, Odoo may not be able " "to access your information." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:70 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Online " "Synchronization` and select the institution to fetch the new accounts. Click" " on the *Fetch Accounts* button to start the flow and follow the steps." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:81 msgid "I have an error when I try to delete my synchronization within Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:83 msgid "" "Odoo can't permanently delete the connection you have created with the " "banking institution. However, it can revoke the consent you gave so that " @@ -862,25 +884,25 @@ msgid "" "record." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:92 msgid "I have an error saying that I have already synchronized this account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:94 msgid "" "You have probably already synchronized your bank account with Salt Edge, " "please check on your `dashboard <https://www.saltedge.com/dashboard>`_ that " "you don't already have a connection with the same credentials." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:98 msgid "" "In case you already have a synchronization with the same credentials present" " on your Salt Edge dashboard and this synchronization has not been created " "with Odoo, please delete it and create it from your Odoo database." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:102 msgid "" "In case you already have a connection with the same credentials present on " "your Salt Edge dashboard and this synchronization was created with Odoo, you" @@ -889,33 +911,34 @@ msgid "" "*Update Credentials* to reactivate the connection." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc.rst:3 ../../accounting/payables/misc.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc.rst:3 msgid "Miscellaneous" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sonstiges" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:3 msgid "Do a bank wire transfer from one bank to another" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:5 msgid "" "A company might have several bank accounts or cash registers. Within odoo it" " is possible to handle internal transfers of money with only a couple of " "clicks." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:9 msgid "" "We will take the following example to illustrate. My company has two bank " "accounts and I want to transfer 50.000 euros from one of our bank accounts " "to the another one." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:17 msgid "Check your Chart of Accounts and default transfer account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:19 msgid "" "To handle internal transfers you need a transfer account in your charts of " "account. Odoo will generate an account automatically based on the country of" @@ -924,24 +947,24 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:25 msgid "" "Your chart of accounts will be pre-installed depending on the country " "specified during your registration, it cannot be changed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:31 msgid "" "The default transfer account will automatically be generated as well " "depending on your country's legislation. If necessary it can be modified " "from the same page." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:39 msgid "Create a second bank account / Journal" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:41 msgid "" "Before we can register an internal transfer we need to add a new bank to our" " accounting dashboard. To do so enter the accounting module, click on " @@ -950,66 +973,66 @@ msgid "" "your bank to specify your bank's details." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:50 msgid "By saving the changes you now have 2 bank accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:56 msgid "Register an internal transfer from one bank to another." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:58 msgid "" "We will now transfer 50.000 euros from our **Bank** to our **Bank BE57 0633 " "9533 1498** account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:62 msgid "Log an internal transfer" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:64 msgid "" "The first step is to register the internal payment. To do so go into your " "accounting dashboard, click on the **more** button of one of your banks and " "select :menuselection:`New --> Internal transfer`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:71 msgid "" "Create a new payment. The payment type will automatically be set to internal" " transfer. Select the **Bank** you want to transfer to, specify the " "**Amount** and add a **Memo** if you wish." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:76 msgid "" "The memo is important if you wish to automatically reconcile (see `Import " "bank statements and reconcile`_)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:82 msgid "Save and confirm the changes to register the payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:84 msgid "" "In terms of accounting the money is now booked in the transfer account. " "We'll need to import bank statements to book the money in the final " "accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:89 msgid "Import bank statements and reconcile" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:91 msgid "" "Note that the bank balance computed by Odoo is different that the last " "statement of your bank." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:97 msgid "" "That is because we did not import the bank statement confirming the " "receiving and sending of the money. It's thus necessary to import your bank " @@ -1018,7 +1041,7 @@ msgid "" "the corresponding bank to import them." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:106 msgid "" "Fill in your **Transactions line**. Once done, Odoo will display a " "**Computed Balance**. that computed balance is the theorical end balance of " @@ -1027,18 +1050,18 @@ msgid "" "**Reconcile** button." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:114 msgid "The following window will open:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:119 msgid "" "You need to choose counterparts for the payment. Select the correct bank " "statement line corresponding to the payment and click on the **reconcile** " "button. Close the statement to finish the transaction" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:126 msgid "" "The same steps will need to be repeated once you receive your second bank " "statement. Note that if you specify the same amount and the same memo in " @@ -1046,18 +1069,18 @@ msgid "" "happen automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:177 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:80 -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:153 msgid "Bank Reconciliation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Bank-Abgleich" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:3 msgid "Reconciliation Models" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ausgleichsmodelle" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:5 msgid "" "Once the bank statements are correctly imported, it is essential to " "*reconcile* the records properly and ensure all *Journal Entries* are " @@ -1066,45 +1089,45 @@ msgid "" "with recurrent entries such as bank fees." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:10 msgid "" "Add a link to the Reconciliation process in the paragraph above, once the " "doc will have been updated." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:14 msgid "" "Reconciliation Models are also useful to handle *Cash Discounts*. Please " "refer to :doc:`this documentation " "<../../receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts>` for more information." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:21 msgid "Types of Reconciliation Models" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:23 msgid "There are three types of Reconciliation Models:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:25 msgid ":ref:`Write-off Button <reconciliation_models_button>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:26 msgid "" ":ref:`Suggestion of counterpart values <reconciliation_models_suggestion>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:27 msgid ":ref:`Match existing invoices/bills <reconciliation_models_match>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:32 msgid "Manually create a write-off on clicked button" msgstr "Anlage einer manuellen Abschreibung bei geklicktem Button" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:34 msgid "" "When you are reconciling an entry with an *Open Balance*, you can use the " "buttons available under the *Manual Operations* tab to pre-fill all the " @@ -1112,22 +1135,22 @@ msgid "" " different Reconciliation Model." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:45 msgid "Suggest counterpart values" -msgstr "Vorschlag von Gegenkonto-Buchungen" +msgstr "Gegenkonto-Buchungen vorschlagen" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:47 msgid "" "This type of Reconciliation Model suggests immediately counterpart values " "that only need to be validated. This automation is based on a set of rules " "defined in the reconciliation model." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:57 msgid "Match existing invoices/bills" -msgstr "Abgleich vorhandener Eingangs- und Ausgangsrechnungen" +msgstr "Abgleich vorhandener Kunden- und Lieferantenrechnungen" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:59 msgid "" "This type of Reconciliation Model automatically selects the right Customer " "Invoice or Vendor Bill that matches the payment. All that is left to do is " @@ -1135,7 +1158,7 @@ msgid "" " the reconciliation model." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:71 msgid "" "To manage or create new **Reconciliation Models**, go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reconciliation --> Reconciliation Models`. " @@ -1144,31 +1167,31 @@ msgid "" " on *Reconciliation Models*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:81 msgid "" "The first entry, named *Invoices Matching Rule*, is the one responsible for " "the current matching of invoices and bills. Therefore, it is advised to " "leave it at the top of the list and not to delete it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:85 msgid "" "Open the model you want to modify, or click on *Create* to create a new one," " then fill out the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:88 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:50 msgid "Type" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Typ" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:90 msgid "" "See :ref:`above <reconciliation_models_types>` for an explanation about the " "different types of Reconciliation Models." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:94 msgid "" "If the *Documents* application is installed on your database, an additional " "**Activity type** field appears when *To check* is ticked. Selecting the " @@ -1176,17 +1199,17 @@ msgid "" "*Request Document* window pops up to request a document from a user." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:100 msgid "Conditions on Bank Statement Line" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kontoauszugszeile" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:102 msgid "" "Define here all the conditions that are required for a Reconciliation Model " "to be applied." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:105 msgid "" "If a record matches with several Reconciliation Models, the first one in the" " *sequence* of models will be applied. The sequence is simply the order of " @@ -1194,52 +1217,54 @@ msgid "" "dropping the handle next to the name." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:114 msgid "Counterpart Values" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Gegenbuchung Werte" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:116 msgid "" "This section comprises the values that are applied by the Reconciliation " "Model." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:118 msgid "" "If the value to reconcile needs to be written-off in two separate accounts, " "click on *Add a second line*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:127 msgid ":doc:`use_cases`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:128 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:108 msgid ":doc:`../feeds/bank_synchronization`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:129 msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:3 msgid "Bank reconciliation process - use cases" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/overview.rst:3 ../../accounting/reporting/overview.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Übersicht" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:8 msgid "" "Matching your bank statements with your accounting records can be a tedious " "task. You need to find the corresponding invoices, compare the amounts and " @@ -1248,39 +1273,39 @@ msgid "" "any other payment document with your bank statements." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:10 msgid "Two options of the reconciliation process exist in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:12 msgid "We can directly specify the payment on the invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:13 msgid "We can reconcile open invoices with bank statements" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:18 msgid "" "No special configuration is necessary to record invoices. All we need to do " "is to install the accounting app." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:25 msgid "Use cases" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Anwendungsfälle" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:28 msgid "Case 1: Payments registration" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:30 msgid "" "We received the proof of payment of our invoice in the amount of 2100 euros " "issued to Smith & Co." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:33 msgid "" "We start at our issued Invoice of 2100 euros for Smith & Co. Because the " "sold product is a service we demand an immediate payment. Our accountant " @@ -1289,195 +1314,196 @@ msgid "" " services to our customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:39 msgid "" "Our customer send us a payment confirmation. We can thus register a payment " "and mark the invoice as paid." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:45 msgid "" "By clicking on **register payment,** we are telling Odoo that our customer " "has paid the Invoice. We thus have to specify the amount and the payment " "method." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:52 msgid "" "Now we can always find the payment details in the Invoice by clicking on the" " :menuselection:`Info --> Open Payment`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:58 msgid "" "The invoice has been paid and **the reconciliation has been done " "automatically.**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:62 msgid "Case 2: Bank statements reconciliations" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:64 msgid "" "We start at our issued Invoice of 3000 euros for Smith & Co. Let's also " "assume that other Invoices are open for different customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:70 msgid "" "We receive our bank statement and find that not only the invoice issued to " "Smith & Co has been paid, but the one to Buzz of 92 euros as well." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:73 msgid "" "**Import** or **Create** the bank statements. Please refer to the documents " "from the Bank Feeds section." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:79 msgid "On the dashboard, click on **Reconcile # Items**" msgstr "Auf dem Dashboard, klicke auf **Ausgleich # Posten**" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:84 msgid "" "If everything was right (correct partner name, right amount) odoo will do " "the reconciliations **automatically**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:90 msgid "If some issues are found, you will need to take **manual actions**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:92 msgid "" "For example, if the partner is missing from your bank statement, just fill " "it in :" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:98 msgid "" "If the payment is done with a down payment, just check if it is all right " "and validate all related payments :" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:105 msgid "Hit CTRL-Enter to reconcile all the balanced items in the sheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:168 msgid "Setup" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Einrichtung" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:3 msgid "Bank Accounts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Bankkonten" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:5 msgid "" "You can manage as many **Bank Accounts** as needed on your database. " "Configuring them well allows you to make sure that all your banking data is " "up to date and ready for the reconciliation with your *Journal Entries*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:9 msgid "" "In Odoo Accounting, each Bank Account is configured to have a dedicated " "*Journal* which is configured to post all entries in a dedicated *Account*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:12 msgid "" "Whenever you add a Bank Account, a dedicated journal and a dedicated account" " are automatically created and configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:15 msgid "" "Every **Bank Journal** is displayed by default on the **Accounting " "Overview** in the form of a convenient card. It includes action buttons that" " are displayed when appropriate." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:25 msgid "Add a new Bank Account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:27 msgid "" "You can either connect your bank account to your Odoo database, or configure" " your bank account manually and :doc:`upload the bank statements manually " "<../feeds/bank_statements>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:31 msgid "Bank Synchronization" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Synchronisation Bankkonto" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:33 msgid "" "Connect your bank account to your database and have your bank statements " "synced automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:35 msgid "" "To synchronize a new bank account, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration`, click on *Add a Bank Account*, then find your bank in the " "list, click on *Connect*, and follow the instructions on-screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:40 msgid "" ":doc:`Click here <../../bank/feeds/bank_synchronization>` for more " "information about this bank synchronization." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:48 msgid "Manual configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:50 msgid "" "If your Bank Institution can’t be synchronized automatically, or if you " "prefer not to sync it with your database, you may also configure your bank " "account manually." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:53 msgid "" "To add a new bank account manually, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration`, click on *Add a Bank Account*, then on *Create it*, and fill" " out the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:65 msgid "**Name**: the bank account's name, as displayed on Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:57 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:66 msgid "**Account Number**: your bank account number (IBAN in Europe)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:67 msgid "" "**Bank**: click on *Create and Edit* to configure the bank's details. Add " "the bank institution's name and its Identifier Code (BIC or SWIFT)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:60 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:69 msgid "" "**Code**: this code is your Journal's *Short Code*, as displayed on Odoo. By" " default, Odoo creates a new Journal with this Short Code." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:62 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:71 msgid "" "**Journal**: This field is displayed if you have an existing Bank Journal " "that is not linked yet to a bank account. If so, then select the *Journal* " @@ -1485,24 +1511,24 @@ msgid "" "account or create a new one by clicking on *Create and Edit*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:67 msgid "" "Odoo detects the bank account type (e.g., IBAN) and enables some features " "accordingly." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:75 msgid "Advanced configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:77 msgid "" "To edit an existing bank account, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Bank Accounts`, and open the bank account you want to " "modify." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:80 msgid "" "If you need to edit the bank account details, go to the *Bank Account* field" " and click on the *External Link* button next to the list arrow. There, you " @@ -1511,32 +1537,32 @@ msgid "" "the *Bank* field. These details are used to register some payments." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:85 msgid "" "You can configure which types of payments are enabled in the **Payment " "Method Types** section and how the bank statements are recorded and posted " "in the **Bank Statements** section." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:93 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:192 msgid ":doc:`../../bank/feeds/bank_synchronization`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:94 msgid ":doc:`../feeds/bank_statements`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:95 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:194 -msgid "`Odoo Learn: Accounting Basics <https://www.odoo.com/r/lsZ>`_" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:194 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Accounting Basics <https://www.odoo.com/r/lsZ>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:3 msgid "Manage a bank in a foreign currency" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:5 msgid "" "In Odoo, every transaction is recorded in the default currency of the " "company. Reports are all based on the currency of the company. But for " @@ -1545,31 +1571,31 @@ msgid "" "transaction." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:11 msgid "" "When you have a bank account in a foreign currencies, for every transaction," " Odoo stores two values:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:14 msgid "The debit/credit in the currency of the company" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:16 msgid "The debit/credit in the currency of the bank account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:18 msgid "" "Currency rates are updated automatically using yahoo.com, or the European " "Central bank web-services." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:25 msgid "Activate the multi-currency feature" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:27 msgid "" "In order to allow your company to work with multiple currencies, you should " "activate the multi-currency mode. In the accounting application, go into " @@ -1578,11 +1604,11 @@ msgid "" "**Currency Exchange Gain / Loss** account, then click on **Apply**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:34 msgid "Configure currencies" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:36 msgid "" "Once the Odoo is configured to support multiple currencies, you should " "activate the currencies you plan to work with. To do that, go to the menu " @@ -1591,69 +1617,69 @@ msgid "" " activate a currency, check its \"Active\" field)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:42 msgid "" "After having activated the currencies, you can configure the parameters to " "automate the currency rate update. These options are also in the settings of" " the Accounting application, in the bottom of the page:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:49 msgid "Click on the **Update Now** link to update the currency rates now." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:52 msgid "Create a new bank account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:54 msgid "" "In the accounting application, we first go to :menuselection:`Configuration " "--> Accounting / Bank account`, and we create a new one." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:60 msgid "" "Once you save this bank account, Odoo will create all the documents for you:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:63 msgid "An account in the trial balance" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:65 msgid "A journal in your dashboard" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:67 msgid "" "Information about the bank account in the footer of your invoices if checked" " the box **Show in Invoices Footer**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:71 msgid "Example: A vendor bill in a foreign currency" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:73 msgid "" "Based on the above example, let's assume we receive the following bill from " "a supplier in China." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:76 msgid "" "In the :menuselection:`Purchase --> Vendor Bills` , this is what you could " "see:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:81 msgid "" "Once you are ready to pay this bill, click on register payment on the bill " "to record a payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:87 msgid "" "That's all you have to do. Odoo will automatically post the foreign exchange" " gain or loss at the reconciliation of the payment with the invoice, " @@ -1661,31 +1687,31 @@ msgid "" "and the payment date." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:92 msgid "" "Note that you can pay a foreign bill with another currency. In such a case, " "Odoo will automatically convert between the two currencies." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:96 msgid "Customers Statements" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:98 msgid "" "Customers and vendor statements are managed in the currency of the invoice. " "So, the amount due by your customer (to your vendor) is always expressed in " "the currency of the invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:102 msgid "" "If you have several invoices with different currencies for the same " "customer, Odoo will split the customer statement by currency, as shown in " "the report below." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:109 msgid "" "In the above report, the account receivable associated to Camptocamp is not " "managed in a secondary currency, which means that it keeps every transaction" @@ -1694,144 +1720,148 @@ msgid "" "be converted to this currency." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:115 msgid "" "In such a case, the customer statement always has only one currency. In " "general, this is not what the customer expect as he prefers to see the " "amounts in the currency of the invoices he received;" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:3 msgid "Manage a cash register" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:5 msgid "" "The cash register is a journal to register receivings and payments " "transactions. It calculates the total money in and out, computing the total " "balance." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:14 msgid "" "Configure the Cash journal in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " "--> Journals`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:17 msgid "" "In the tab Journal Entries, the Default Debit and Credit Account can be " "configured as well as the currency of the journal" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:21 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:256 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:34 msgid "Usage" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Verwendung" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:24 msgid "How to register cash payments?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:26 msgid "" "To register a cash payment specific to another customer, you should follow " "these steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:29 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Dashboard --> Cash --> Register " "Transactions`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:32 msgid "Fill in the start and ending balance" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:34 msgid "" "Register the transactions, specifying the customers linked to the " "transaction" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:37 msgid "Put money in" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:39 msgid "" "Put money in is used to placed your cash manually before starting your " "transactions. From the Register Transactions window, go to " ":menuselection:`More --> Put money in`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:47 msgid "Take money out" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:49 msgid "" "Take money out is used to collect/get yor your cash manually after ending " "all your transactions. From the Register Transaction windows, go to " ":menuselection:`More --> Take money out`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:56 msgid "" "The transactions will be added to the current cash payment registration." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations.rst:3 msgid "Fiscal Localizations" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations.rst:3 msgid "Localizations" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:17 msgid "Argentina" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Argentinien" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:6 msgid "Webinars" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:8 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:8 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:8 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:8 msgid "" "Below you can find videos with a general description of the localization, " "and how to configure it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:10 msgid "`VIDEO WEBINAR OF A COMPLETE DEMO <https://youtu.be/c41-8cVaYAI>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:13 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:13 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:13 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:13 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:63 -msgid "Introduction" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:11 +msgid "`ECOMMERCE <https://youtu.be/5gUi2WWfRuI>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:63 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "Überblick" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:16 msgid "" "The Argentinean localization has been improved and extended in Odoo v13, in " "this version the next modules are available:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:19 msgid "" "**l10n_ar**: This module add accounting features for the Argentinian " "localization, which represent the minimal configuration needed for a company" @@ -1839,7 +1869,7 @@ msgid "" "Ingresos Públicos) regulations and guidelines." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:23 msgid "" "**l10n_ar_reports**: Add VAT Book report which is a legal requirement in " "Argentine and that holds the VAT detail info of sales or purchases recorded " @@ -1847,29 +1877,29 @@ msgid "" "that is used to analyze the invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:27 msgid "" "**l10n_ar_edi**: This module includes all technical and functional " "requirements to generate Electronic Invoice via web service, based on the " "AFIP regulations." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:35 msgid "Install the Argentinean localization modules" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:37 msgid "" "For this, go to *Apps* and search for Argentina. Then click *Install* for " "the first two modules." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:42 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:43 msgid "Configure your company" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:45 msgid "" "Once that the modules are installed, the first step is to set up your " "company data. Additional to the basic information, a key field to fill in " @@ -1877,12 +1907,12 @@ msgid "" "structure of the company:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:53 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:64 msgid "Chart of Account" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kontenplan" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:56 msgid "" "In Accounting settings there are three available packages of Chart of " "accounts, which are related to the AFIP responsibility type of the Company, " @@ -1890,38 +1920,38 @@ msgid "" " companies that gave more complex fiscal requirements:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:60 msgid "Monotributista (149 accounts)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:61 msgid "IVA Exempto (159 accounts)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:62 msgid "Responsables Inscriptos (166 Accounts)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:67 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:234 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:240 msgid "Configure Master data" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:71 msgid "Electronic Invoice Credentials" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:74 msgid "Environment" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Umgebung" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:76 msgid "" "The AFIP infrastructure is replicated in two separate environments, Testing " "and Production." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:78 msgid "" "Testing is provided so that the Companies can test their developments until " "they are ready to move into the Production environment. As these two " @@ -1929,36 +1959,36 @@ msgid "" "certificates of one instance are not valid in the other one." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:82 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Argentinian Localization` " "to select the environment:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:89 msgid "AFIP Certificates" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:90 msgid "" "The electronic invoice and other afip services work with WebServices (WS) " "provided by the AFIP." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:92 msgid "" "In order to enable communication with the AFIP, the first step is to request" " a Digital Certificate if you don’t have one already." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:95 msgid "" "Generate certificate Sign Request (Odoo). When this option is selected a " "file with extension ``.csr`` (certificate signing request) is generated to " "be used the AFIP portal to request the certificate." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:101 msgid "" "Generate Certificate (AFIP). Access the AFIP portal and follow the " "instructions described in the next document in order to get a certificate. " @@ -1966,34 +1996,34 @@ msgid "" "<http://www.afip.gob.ar/ws/WSAA/wsaa_obtener_certificado_produccion.pdf>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:105 msgid "" "Upload Certificate and Private Key (Odoo). Once the certificate has been " "generated, it needs to be uploaded in Odoo, using the pencil next in the " "field “Certificado” and selecting the corresponding file." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:112 msgid "" "In case you need to configure the Homologation Certificate, please refer to " "the AFIP official documentation: `Homologation Certificate " "<http://www.afip.gob.ar/ws/documentacion/certificados.asp>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:116 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:154 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:322 msgid "Partner" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Partner" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:157 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:325 msgid "Identification Type and VAT" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:122 msgid "" "As part of the Argentinean localization, the document types defined by the " "AFIP are now available on the Partner form, this information is essential " @@ -2001,70 +2031,70 @@ msgid "" "default:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:130 msgid "" "The complete list of Identification types defined by the AFIP is included in" " Odoo but only the common ones are active." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:134 msgid "AFIP Responsibility Type" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:136 msgid "" "In Argentina the document type associated with customers and vendors " "transactions is defined based on the AFIP Responsibility type, this field " "should be defined in the partner form:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:142 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:192 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:122 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:69 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:237 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:3 msgid "Taxes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Steuern" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:145 msgid "" "As part of the localization module, the taxes are created automatically " "with their related financial account and configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:151 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:208 msgid "Taxes Types" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:154 msgid "Argentina has several tax types, the most common ones are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:156 msgid "VAT. Is the regular VAT and it can have several percentages." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:157 msgid "Perception. Advance payment of a tax that is applied on Invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:158 msgid "Retention. Advance payment of a tax that is applied on payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:159 msgid "Otros." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:162 msgid "Special Taxes" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:164 msgid "" "Some argentine taxes are not commonly used for all companies, these type of" " taxes are included as inactive by default, it's important that before " @@ -2072,13 +2102,13 @@ msgid "" "Inactive taxes:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:171 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:218 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:268 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:274 msgid "Document Types" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:174 msgid "" "In some Latin America countries, including Argentina, some accounting " "transactions like invoices and vendor bills are classified by document " @@ -2086,14 +2116,14 @@ msgid "" "AFIP)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:178 msgid "" "The document type is an essential information that needs to be displayed in " "the printed reports and that needs to be easily identified, within the set " "of invoices as well of account moves." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:181 msgid "" "Each document type can have a unique sequence per journal where it is " "assigned. As part of the localization, the Document Type include the country" @@ -2101,91 +2131,91 @@ msgid "" "when the localization module is installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:184 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:237 msgid "" "The information required for the document types is included by default so " "the user doesn't need to fill anything on this view:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:191 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:245 msgid "" "There are several document types that are inactive by default but can be " "activated if needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:195 msgid "Letters" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:196 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:197 msgid "" "For Argentina, the document types include a letter that helps that indicates" " the transaction/operation, example:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:200 msgid "" "When an invoice is related to a B2B transaction, a document type \"A\" must " "be used." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:201 msgid "" "When an invoice is related to a B2C transaction, a document type \"B\" must " "be used." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:202 msgid "" "When an invoice is related to exportation transaction, a document type \"E\"" " must be used." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:204 msgid "" "The documents included in the localization have the proper letter " "associated, the user doesn't need to configure anything additional." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:210 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:249 msgid "Use on Invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:212 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:251 msgid "The document type on each transaction will be determined by:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:215 msgid "" "The Journal related to the Invoice, identifying if the journal use " "documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:216 msgid "" "Condition applied based on the type of Issues and Receiver (ex. Type of " "fiscal regimen of the buyer and type of fiscal regimen of the vendor)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:219 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:253 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:140 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:296 msgid "Journals" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Journale" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:222 msgid "" "In the Argentinean localization the Journal can have a different approach " "depending on its usage and internal type, to configure you journals go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:226 msgid "" "For Sales and Purchase Journals it’s possible to enable the option *Use " "Documents*, this indicates the Journal enables a list of document types that" @@ -2193,43 +2223,43 @@ msgid "" "invoices, please refer to the section 2.3 Document Types." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:230 msgid "" "If the Sales/Purchase journal are used without the option *Use Documents* it" " because they won’t be used to generate fiscal invoices, but mostly for " "account moves related to internal control process." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:234 msgid "AFIP Information (also known as AFIP Point of Sale)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:239 msgid "" "**AFIP POS System**: This field is only visible for the Sales journals and " "defined the type of AFIP POS that will be used to manage the transactions " "for which the journal is created. The AFIP POS defines as well:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:243 msgid "The sequences of document types related to the Web service." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:244 msgid "The structure and data of the electronic invoice file." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:247 msgid "Web Services" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:248 msgid "" "``wsfev1: Electronic Invoice.`` This is the most common service, is used to " "generated invoices for document types A, B, C, M with no detail per item." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:250 msgid "" "``wsbfev1: Electronic Fiscal Bond.`` For those who invoice capital goods " "and wish to access the benefit of the Electronic Tax Bonds granted by the " @@ -2238,20 +2268,20 @@ msgid "" "capital>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:253 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:254 msgid "" "``wsfexv1: Electronic Exportation Invoice.`` Used to generate invoices for " "international customers and transactions that involve exportation process, " "the document type related is type “E”." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:260 msgid "" "**AFIP POS Number**: This is the number configured in the AFIP to identify " "the operations related to this AFIP POS." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:263 msgid "" "**AFIP POS Address**: This field is related to commercial address registered" " for the POS, which is usually the same address than the Company. For " @@ -2260,38 +2290,38 @@ msgid "" "invoice report." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:268 msgid "" "**Unified Book**: When AFIP POS System is Preimpresa the document types " "(applicable to the journal) with the same letter will share the same " "sequence. For example:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:270 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:271 msgid "Invoice: FA-A 0001-00000002." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:271 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:272 msgid "Credit Note: NC-A 0001-00000003." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:273 msgid "Debit Note: ND-A 0001-00000004." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:276 msgid "Sequences" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sequenzen" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:277 msgid "" "In case that you want to synchronize the next number in the sequence in Odoo" " based on the next number in the AFIP POS, the next button that is visible " -"under :doc:`developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` can " -"be used:" +"under :doc:`developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>` can be " +"used:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:285 msgid "" "When creating the Purchase journals, it's possible to define if they can be " "related to document types or not. In case that the option to use documents " @@ -2299,63 +2329,63 @@ msgid "" "sequences as the document number is provided by the vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:290 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:170 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:348 msgid "Usage and testing" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:293 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:294 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:173 msgid "Invoice" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Rechnung" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:295 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:296 msgid "" "After the partners and journals are created and configured, when the " "invoices are created the will have the next behaviour:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:299 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:300 msgid "Document type assignation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:302 msgid "" "Once the partner is selected the document type will filled automatically, " "based on the AFIP document type:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:305 msgid "**Invoice for a customer IVA Responsable Inscripto, prefix A**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:310 msgid "**Invoice for an end customer, prefix B**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:315 msgid "**Exportation Invoice, prefix E**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:320 msgid "" "As it is shown in the invoices, all of them use the same journal but the " "prefix and sequence is given by the document type." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:322 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:323 msgid "" "The most common document type will be defined automatically for the " "different combinations of AFIP responsibility type but it can be updated " "manually by the user." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:327 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:328 msgid "Electronic Invoice elements" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:328 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:329 msgid "" "When using electronic invoice, if all the information is correct the Invoice" " is posted in the standard way, in case that something needs to be addressed" @@ -2364,212 +2394,212 @@ msgid "" "draft until the related data is corrected." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:333 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:334 msgid "" "Once the invoice is posted, the information related to the AFIP validation " "and status is displayed in the AFIP Tab, including:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:336 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:337 msgid "AFIP Autorisation: CAE number." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:338 msgid "" "Expiration date: Deadline to deliver the invoice to the customers. Normally " "10 days after the CAE is generated." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:339 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:340 msgid "Result:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:341 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:342 msgid "Aceptado en AFIP." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:343 msgid "Aceptado con Observaciones." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:349 msgid "Invoice Taxes" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:351 msgid "" "Based on the AFIP Responsibility type, the VAT tax can have a different " "behavior on the pdf report:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:353 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:354 msgid "" "**A. Tax excluded:** In this case the taxed amount needs to be clearly " "identified in the report. This condition applies when the customer has the " "following AFIP Responsibility type:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:356 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:357 msgid "Responsable Inscripto." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:361 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:362 msgid "" "**B. Tax amount included:** This means that the taxed amount is included as " "part of the product price, subtotal and totals. This condition applies when " "the customer has the following AFIP Responsibility types:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:365 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:366 msgid "IVA Sujeto Exento." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:366 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:367 msgid "Consumidor Final." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:367 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:368 msgid "Responsable Monotributo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:368 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:369 msgid "IVA liberado." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:375 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:376 msgid "Special Use Cases" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:378 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:379 msgid "Invoices for Services" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:379 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:380 msgid "" "For electronic invoices that include Services, the AFIP requires to report " "the service starting and ending date, this information can be filled in the" " tab “Other Info”:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:385 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:386 msgid "" "If the dates are not selected manually before the invoice is validated, the" " values will be filled automatically considering the beginning and day of " "the invoice month:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:393 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:394 msgid "Exportation Invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:394 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:395 msgid "" "The invoices related to Exportation transactions required a Journal that " "used the AFIP POS System “Expo Voucher - Web Service” so the proper document" " type be associated:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:400 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:401 msgid "" "When the customer selected in the Invoice has set the AFIP responsibility " "type as “Cliente / Proveedor del Exterior” or “IVA Liberado – Ley Nº " "19.640”, Odoo automatically assigned:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:403 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:404 msgid "Journal related to the exportation Web Service." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:404 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:405 msgid "Exportation document type ." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:405 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:406 msgid "Fiscal position: Compras/Ventas al exterior." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:406 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:407 msgid "Concepto AFIP: Products / Definitive export of goods." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:407 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:408 msgid "Exempt Taxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:413 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:414 msgid "" "The Exportation Documents required the Incoterm in :menuselection:`Other " "Info --> Accounting`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:420 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:421 msgid "Fiscal Bond" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:421 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:422 msgid "" "The Electronic Fiscal bond is used for those who invoice capital goods and " "wish to access the benefit of the Electronic Tax Bonds granted by the " "Ministry of Economy." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:424 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:449 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:425 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:450 msgid "" "For these transactions it’s important to have into consideration the next " "requirements:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:426 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:427 msgid "Currency (according to parameter table) and invoice quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:427 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:428 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:150 msgid "Taxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:428 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:429 msgid "Zone." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:429 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:430 msgid "Detail each item." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:431 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:432 msgid "Code according to the Common Nomenclator of Mercosur (NCM)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:432 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:433 msgid "Complete description." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:433 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:434 msgid "Unit Net Price." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:434 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:435 msgid "Quantity." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:435 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:436 msgid "Unit of measurement." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:436 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:437 msgid "Bonus." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:437 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:438 msgid "VAT rate." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:441 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:442 msgid "Electronic Credit Invoice MiPyme (FCE)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:443 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:444 msgid "" "**Invoices:** There are several document types classified as Mipyme also " "known as Electronic Credit Invoice (FCE in spanish), which is used to " @@ -2579,43 +2609,43 @@ msgid "" " to their clients and / or vendors." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:451 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:452 msgid "Specific document types (201, 202, 206, etc)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:452 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:453 msgid "The emisor should be eligible by the AFIP to MiPyme transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:453 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:454 msgid "The amount should be bigger than 100,000 ARS." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:454 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:455 msgid "" "A bank account type CBU must be related to the emisor, otherwise the invoice" " can’t be validated, having these errors messages for example:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:460 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:461 msgid "" "**Credit& Debit Notes:** When creating a Credit/Debit note related to a FCE " "document, it is important take the next points into consideration:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:463 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:464 msgid "" "Use the Credit and Debit Note buttons, so the correct reference of the " "originator document passed to the note." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:470 msgid "" "The document letter should be the same than the originator document (either " "A or B)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:470 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:471 msgid "" "The same currency as the source document must be used. When using a " "secondary currency there is an exchange difference if the currency rate is " @@ -2623,59 +2653,59 @@ msgid "" "create a credit/debit note to decrease/increase the amount to pay in ARS." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:475 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:476 msgid "In the workflow we can have two scenarios:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:477 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:478 msgid "" "The FCE is rejected so the Credit Note should have the field “FCE, is " "Cancellation?” as True." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:478 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:479 msgid "" "The Credit Note, is created with the negative amount to annulate the FCE " "document, in this case the field “FCE, is Cancellation?” must be empty " "(false)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:485 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:486 msgid "Invoice printed report" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:486 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:487 msgid "" "The PDF report related to electronic invoices that have been validated by " "the AFIP includes a barcode at the bottom of the format which represent the " "CAE number, the Expiration Date is also displayed as it’s legal requirement:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:495 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:496 msgid "Troubleshooting and Auditing" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:496 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:497 msgid "" "For auditing and troubleshooting purposes you can get the detailed " "information of an invoice number that has been previously sent to the AFIP," msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:506 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:507 msgid "" "You can also get the last number used in AFIP for a specific Document Type " "and POS Number as support for any possible issues on the sequence " "synchronization between Odoo and AFIP." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:514 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:621 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:515 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:645 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills.rst:3 msgid "Vendor Bills" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Eingangsrechnungen" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:516 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:517 msgid "" "Based on the purchase journal selected for the vendor bill, the document " "type is now a required field. This value is auto populated based on the AFIP" @@ -2683,25 +2713,25 @@ msgid "" "if necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:523 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:524 msgid "" "The document number needs to be registered manually and the format is " "validated automatically, in case that the format is invalid a user error " "will be displayed indicating the correct format that is expected." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:530 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:531 msgid "" "The vendor bill number is structured in the same way that the invoices with " "the difference that the document sequence is input by the user: “Document " "Prefix - Letter - Document number\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:535 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:536 msgid "Validate Vendor Bill number in AFIP" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:536 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:537 msgid "" "As most companies have internal controls to verify that the vendor bill is " "related to an AFIP valid document, an automatic validation can be set in " @@ -2709,66 +2739,66 @@ msgid "" "Validate document in the AFIP`, considering the following levels:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:540 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:541 msgid "" "**Not available:** The verification is not done (this is the default value)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:541 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:542 msgid "" "**Available:** The verification is done, in case the number is not valid " "it only raises a warning but it allows you to post the vendor bill." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:543 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:544 msgid "" "**Required:** The verification is done and it doesn't allow the user to " "post the vendor bill if the document number is not valid." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:550 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:551 msgid "How to use it in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:551 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:552 msgid "" "This tool incorporates in the vendor bill a new \"Verify on AFIP\" button " "located next to the AFIP Authorization code." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:557 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:558 msgid "" "In case it’s not a valid AFIP authorization the value “Rejected” will be " "displayed and the details of the validation will be added to the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:565 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:471 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:566 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:477 msgid "Special Use cases" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:567 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:568 msgid "Untaxed Concepts" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:568 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:569 msgid "" "There are some transactions that include items that are not part of the VAT " "base amount, this is commonly used in fuel and gasoline invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:571 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:572 msgid "" "The vendor bill will be registered using 1 item for each product that is " "part of the VAT base amount and an additional item to register the amount of" " the Exempt concept:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:578 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:579 msgid "Perception Taxes" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:579 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:580 msgid "" "The vendor bill will be registered using 1 item for each product that is " "part of the VAT base amount, the perception tax can be added in any of the " @@ -2776,61 +2806,61 @@ msgid "" "the perception, the perception default value is always 1.00." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:587 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:588 msgid "" "You should use the pencil that is the next to the Perception amount to edit " "it and set the correct amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:593 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:594 msgid "After this is done the invoice can be validated." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:597 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:598 msgid "Reports" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Berichte" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:599 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:600 msgid "As part of the localization the next Financial reports were added:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:605 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:606 msgid "VAT Reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:608 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:609 msgid "Libro de IVA Ventas" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:614 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:615 msgid "Libro de IVA Compras" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:620 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:621 msgid "Resumen de IVA" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:626 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:627 msgid "IIBB - Reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:629 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:630 msgid "IIBB - Ventas por Jurisdicción" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:635 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:636 msgid "IIBB - Compras por Jurisdicción" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:3 msgid "Australia" msgstr "Australien" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:8 msgid "KeyPay Australian Payroll" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:10 msgid "" "The KeyPay Module synchronizes payslip accounting entries (e.g., expenses, " "social charges, liabilities, taxes) from KeyPay to Odoo automatically. " @@ -2838,75 +2868,75 @@ msgid "" "entries in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:15 msgid "Configuration Steps" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:17 msgid "Create a company located in Australia." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:18 msgid "" "Check that the Australian localization module (Australia - Accounting) is " "installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:19 msgid "Configure the *KeyPay API*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:25 msgid "" "More fields become visible after clicking on *Enable KeyPay Integration*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:31 msgid "" "You can find the API Key in the *My Account* section of the KeyPay platform." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:37 msgid "" "The **Payroll URL** is pre-filled with " "``https://keypay.yourpayroll.com.au``. *Please do not change it.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:39 msgid "You can find the **Business ID** in the KeyPay URL. (i.e., ``189241``)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:45 msgid "You can choose any Odoo journal to post the payslip entries." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:48 msgid "How does the API work?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:50 msgid "" "The API syncs the journal entries from KeyPay to Odoo and leaves them in " "draft mode. The reference includes the KeyPay payslip entry ID in brackets " "for the user to easily retrieve the same record in KeyPay and Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:59 msgid "The API sync is triggered by scheduled actions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:65 msgid "" "KeyPay payslip entries also work based on double-entry bookkeeping. Debit " "must equal credit (like in Odoo)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:68 msgid "" "The accounts used by KeyPay are defined in the section **Payroll settings**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:74 msgid "" "For the API to work, you need to create the same accounts as the default " "accounts of your KeyPay business (**same name and same code**) in Odoo. You " @@ -2914,21 +2944,27 @@ msgid "" "financial reports." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:3 msgid "Chile" +msgstr "Chile" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:10 +msgid "" +"`VIDEO WEBINAR OF CHILEAN LOCALIZATION: INTRO AND DEMO " +"<https://youtu.be/BHnByZiyYcM>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:10 -msgid "`VIDEO WEBINAR OF A COMPLETE DEMO <https://youtu.be/BHnByZiyYcM>`_." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:11 +msgid "`VIDEO WEBINAR OF DELIVERY GUIDE <https://youtu.be/X7i4PftnEdU>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:16 msgid "" "The Chilean localization has been improved and extended in Odoo v13. In this" " version, the next modules are available:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:19 msgid "" "**l10n_cl:** Adds accounting features for the Chilean localization, which " "represent the minimal configuration required for a company to operate in " @@ -2936,24 +2972,24 @@ msgid "" "guidelines." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:23 msgid "" "**l10n_cl_edi:** Includes all technical and functional requirements to " "generate and receive Electronic Invoice via web service, based on the SII " "regulations." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:26 msgid "" "**l10n_cl_reports:** Adds the reports Propuesta F29 y Balance Tributario (8" " columnas)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:32 msgid "Install the Chilean localization modules" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:34 msgid "" "For this, go to *Apps* and search for Chile. Then click *Install* in the " "module **Chile E-invoicing**. This module has a dependency with **Chile - " @@ -2961,17 +2997,17 @@ msgid "" "automatically with E-invoicing." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:43 msgid "" "When you install a database from scratch selecting Chile as country, Odoo " "will automatically install the base module: Chile - Accounting." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:48 msgid "Company Settings" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:50 msgid "" "Once the modules are installed, the first step is to set up your company " "data. Additional to the basic information, you need to add all the data and " @@ -2979,22 +3015,35 @@ msgid "" " in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Chilean Localization`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:55 -msgid "Fiscal Information" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:56 +msgid "" +"All the following configuration and functionality is only available in Odoo " +"if your company already passed the `Certification process " +"<https://www.sii.cl/factura_electronica/ " +"factura_mercado/proceso_certificacion.htm>`_ in the SII - Sistema de " +"Facturación de Mercado, this certification enables you to generate " +"electronic invoices from your ERP and send them automatically to the SII. If" +" your company has not passed this certification yet, make sure you " +"communicate this to your Account Manager as a special process outside Odoo " +"is required in order to complete this certification." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:66 +msgid "Fiscal Information" +msgstr "Steuerinformation" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:68 msgid "" "Fill in the fiscal information for your company according to the SII " "register, follow the instructions on each section." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:65 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:186 msgid "Electronic Invoice Data" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:78 msgid "" "This is part of the main information required to generate electronic " "Invoice, select your environment and the legal information, as well as the " @@ -3002,36 +3051,36 @@ msgid "" " send invoices to your customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:87 msgid "Configure DTE Incoming email server" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:89 msgid "" "In order to receive you the claim and acceptance emails from your customers," " it is crucial to define the DTE incoming email server, considering this " "configuration:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:97 msgid "" "For your Go-live make sure you archive/remove from your inbox all the emails" " related to vendor bills that are not required to be processed in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:90 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:215 msgid "Certificate" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zertifikat" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:103 msgid "" "In order to generate the electronic invoice signature, a digital certificate" " with the extension ``.pfx`` is required, proceed to this section and load " "your file and password." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:114 msgid "" "A certificate can be shared between several users. If this is the case leave" " the user field empty, so all your billing users can use the same one. On " @@ -3039,82 +3088,83 @@ msgid "" "user, just define the users in the certificate." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:108 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:672 -msgid "Financial Reports" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:119 +msgid "" +"In some cases, depending on the certificate format, it is possible that the " +"field Subject Serial Number is not loaded automatically. If this is the " +"case, you can manually edit this field by filling it with the Certificate’s " +"legal representative RUT." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:696 +msgid "Financial Reports" +msgstr "Finanzberichte" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:126 msgid "" "The report Propuesta F29 requires two values that need to be defined as part" " of the company configuration:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:118 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:220 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:226 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies.rst:3 msgid "Multicurrency" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:136 msgid "" -"The official currency rate in Chile is provided by the SBIF, you can find " -"the SBIF synchronization service in the currency rate configuration and you " -"can set a predefined interval for the rate updates." +"The official currency rate in Chile is provided by the Chilean service " +"`mindicador.cl <https://mindicador.cl>`_. You can find this service in the " +"currency rate configuration, and you can set a predefined interval for the " +"rate updates." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:129 -msgid "" -"In order to configure your token, you need to enable developer mode and " -"access to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> System parameters` and " -"search the parameter ``sbif_api_key`` and in the field Value introduce your " -"token provided by the SBIF:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:145 msgid "Chart of accounts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kontenplan Finanzkonten" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:147 msgid "" "The chart of accounts is installed by default as part of the set of data " "included in the localization module. The accounts are mapped automatically " "in:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:144 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:70 msgid "Default Account Payable." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:152 msgid "Default Account Receivable." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:153 msgid "Transfer Accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:154 msgid "Conversion Rate." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:158 msgid "Master Data" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Stammdaten" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:166 msgid "" "As part of the Chilean localization, the identification types defined by the" " SII are now available on the Partner form. This information is essential " "for most transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:174 msgid "TaxpayerType" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:176 msgid "" "In Chile, the document type associated with customers and vendors " "transactions is defined based on the Taxpayer Type. This field should be " @@ -3122,59 +3172,59 @@ msgid "" "sure this value is set:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:188 msgid "" "As part of the information that is sent in the electronic Invoice, you need " "to define the email that is going to appear as the sender of the electronic " "invoice to your customer, and the Industry description." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:200 msgid "" "As part of the localization module, the taxes are created automatically with" " their related financial account and configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:210 msgid "Chile has several tax types, the most common ones are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:212 msgid "VAT. Is the regular VAT and it can have several rates." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:213 msgid "" "ILA (Impuesto a la Ley de Alcholes). Taxes for alcoholic drinks. It has a " "different rate." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:211 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:265 msgid "Fiscal Positions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Steuerzuordnung" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:219 msgid "" "Based on the purchase transactions, the VAT can have different affections. " "This will be done in Odoo using the default purchase fiscal positions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:226 msgid "" "In some Latin American countries, including Chile, some accounting " "transactions like invoices and vendor bills are classified by document types" " defined by the government fiscal authorities (In Chile case: SII)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:230 msgid "" "The document type is essential information that needs to be displayed in the" " printed reports and that needs to be easily identified within the set of " "invoices as well of account moves." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:233 msgid "" "Each document type can have a unique sequence per company. As part of the " "localization, the Document Type includes the country on which the document " @@ -3182,67 +3232,67 @@ msgid "" "module is installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:253 msgid "" "The Journal related to the Invoice, identifying if the journal uses " "documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:254 msgid "" "Condition applied based on the type of Issues and Receiver (ex. Type of " "fiscal regimen of the buyer and type of fiscal regimen of the vendor)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:259 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:16 msgid "Sales" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Verkauf" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:261 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:267 msgid "" "Sales Journals in Odoo usually represent a business unit or location, " "example:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:269 msgid "Ventas Santiago." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:270 msgid "Ventas Valparaiso." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:272 msgid "For the retail stores is common to have one journal per POS:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:268 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:274 msgid "Cashier 1." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:269 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:275 msgid "Cashier 2." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:273 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 msgid "Purchases" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Einkauf" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:281 msgid "" "The transactions purchase can be managed with a single journal, but " "sometimes companies use more than one in order to handle some accounting " @@ -3250,19 +3300,19 @@ msgid "" "registered using this model, for example:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:285 msgid "Tax Payments to government." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:286 msgid "Employees payments." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:292 msgid "When creating sales journals the next information must be filled in:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:294 msgid "" "**Point of sale type**: If the Sales journal will be used for electronic " "documents, the option Online must be selected. Otherwise, if the journal is " @@ -3270,7 +3320,7 @@ msgid "" "SII portal “Facturación MiPyme“ you can use the option Manual." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:298 msgid "" "**Use Documents**: This field is used to define if the journal will use " "Document Types. It is only applicable to Purchase and Sales journals that " @@ -3278,24 +3328,25 @@ msgid "" "By default, all the sales journals created will use documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:308 msgid "" -"For the Chilean localization it’s important to define the default Debt and " -"Credit accounts as they are required for one of the debit notes use cases." +"For the Chilean localization, it is important to define the default Debit " +"and Credit accounts as they are required for one of the debit notes use " +"cases." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:312 msgid "CAF" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:308 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:314 msgid "" "A CAF (Folio Authorization Code) is required, for each document type that is" " issued to your customers, the CAF is a file the SII provides to the Emisor " "with the folio/sequence authorized for the electronic invoice documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:318 msgid "" "Your company can make several requests for folios and obtain several CAFs, " "each one associated with different ranges of folios. The CAFs are shared " @@ -3303,52 +3354,59 @@ msgid "" "document type and it will be applied on all journals." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:322 msgid "" "Please refer to the SII documentation to check the detail on how to acquire " "the CAF: `SII Timbraje <https://palena.sii.cl/dte/mn_timbraje.html>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:326 +msgid "" +"The CAFs required by the SII are different from Production to Test " +"(Certification mode). Make sure you have the correct CAF set depending on " +"your environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:333 msgid "" "Once you have the CAF files you need to associate them with a document type " "in Odoo, in order to add a CAF, just follow these steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:336 msgid "Access to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> CAF`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:327 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:337 msgid "Upload the file." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:328 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:338 msgid "Save the CAF." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:344 msgid "" "Once loaded, the status changes to *In Use*. At this moment, when a " "transaction is used for this document type, the invoice number takes the " "first folio in the sequence." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:338 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:348 msgid "" "In case you have used some folios in your previous system, make sure you set" " the next valid folio when the first transation is created." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:354 msgid "Usage and Testing" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:347 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:357 msgid "Electronic Invoice Workflow" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:349 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:359 msgid "" "In the Chilean localization the electronic Invoice workflow covers the " "Emission of Customer Invoices and the reception of Vendor Bills, in the next" @@ -3356,43 +3414,43 @@ msgid "" "the customers and Vendors." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:359 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:369 msgid "Customer invoice Emission" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:361 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:371 msgid "" "After the partners and journals are created and configured, the invoices are" " created in the standard way, for Chile one of the differentiators is the " "document type which is selected automatically based on the Taxpayer." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:365 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:375 msgid "You can manually change the document type if needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:373 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:383 msgid "Validation and DTE Status" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:375 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:385 msgid "" "When all the invoice information is filled, either manually or automatically" " when it’s created from a sales order, proceed to validate the invoice. " "After the invoice is posted:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:378 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:388 msgid "" "The DTE File (Electronic Tax Document) is created automatically and added in" " the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:379 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:389 msgid "The DTE SII status is set as: Pending to be sent." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:385 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:395 msgid "" "The DTE Status is updated automatically by Odoo with a scheduled action that" " runs every day at night, if you need to get the response from the SII " @@ -3400,7 +3458,7 @@ msgid "" "follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:394 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:404 msgid "" "In the first step the DTE is sent to the SII, you can manually send it using" " the button: Enviar Ahora, a SII Tack number is generated and assigned to " @@ -3408,38 +3466,38 @@ msgid "" "by email. The DTE status is updated to Ask for Status." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:399 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:409 msgid "" "Once the SII response is received Odoo updates the DTE Status, in case you " "want to do it manually just click on the button: Verify on SII. The result " "can either be Accepted, Accepted With Objection or Rejected." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:408 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:418 msgid "" "There are several internal status in the SII before you get Acceptance or " "Rejection, in case you click continuously the Button Verify in SII, you " "will receive in the chatter the detail of those intermediate statuses:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:416 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:426 msgid "The final response from the SII, can take on of these values:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:419 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:429 msgid "" "**Accepted:** Indicates the invoice information is correct, our document is " "now fiscally valid and it’s automatically sent to the customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:422 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:432 msgid "" "**Accepted with objections:** Indicates the invoice information is correct " "but a minor issue was identified, nevertheless our document is now fiscally " "valid and it’s automatically sent to the customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:440 msgid "" "**Rejected:** Indicates the information in the invoice is incorrect and " "needs to be corrected, the detail of the issue is received in the emails you" @@ -3447,28 +3505,28 @@ msgid "" "are also retrieved in the chatter once the email server is processed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:435 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:445 msgid "If the invoice is Rejected please follow this steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:437 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:447 msgid "Change the document to draft." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:438 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:448 msgid "" "Make the required corrections based on the message received from the SII." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:439 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:449 msgid "Post the invoice again." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:447 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:457 msgid "Crossed references" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:449 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:459 msgid "" "When the Invoice is created as a result of another fiscal document, the " "information related to the originator document must be registered in the Tab" @@ -3477,49 +3535,49 @@ msgid "" "credit and debit notes, they are set automatically by Odoo:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:459 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:444 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:450 msgid "Invoice PDF Report" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:461 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:471 msgid "" "After the invoice is Accepted and valdiated by the SII and the PDF is " "printed it includes the fiscal elements that indicates out document is " "fiscally valid:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:470 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:480 msgid "Commercial Validation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:472 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:482 msgid "Once the invoice has been sent to the customer:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:474 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:484 msgid "DTE partner status changes to “Sent”." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:475 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:485 msgid "The customer must send a reception confirmation email." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:476 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:486 msgid "" "Subsequently, if all the commercial terms and invoice data are correct, they" " will send the Acceptance confirmation, otherwise they send a Claim." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:478 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:488 msgid "The field DTE acceptation status is updated automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:486 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:496 msgid "Processed for Claimed invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:488 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:498 msgid "" "Once the invoice has been Accepted by the SII **it can not be cancelled in " "Odoo**. In case you get a Claim for your customer the correct way to " @@ -3527,60 +3585,86 @@ msgid "" "Please refer to the Credit Notes section for more details." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:497 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:420 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:507 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:426 msgid "Common Errors" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:499 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:509 msgid "" "There are multiple reasons behind a rejection from the SII, but these are " "some of the common errors you might have and which is the related solution." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:502 -msgid "Error: RECHAZO- DTE Sin Comuna Origen." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:512 +msgid "Error: ``RECHAZO- DTE Sin Comuna Origen.``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:504 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:514 msgid "" "*Hint:* Make sure the Company Address is properly filled including the State" " and City." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:506 -msgid "Error en Monto : - IVA debe declararse." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:516 +msgid "Error en Monto: ``- IVA debe declararse.``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:508 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:512 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:518 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:522 msgid "" "*Hint:* The invoice lines should include one VAT tax, make sure you add one " "on each invoice line." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:510 -msgid "Error: Rut No Autorizado a Firmar." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:520 +msgid "Error: ``Rut No Autorizado a Firmar.``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:514 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:524 msgid "" -"Error: Fecha/Número Resolucion Invalido RECHAZO- CAF Vencido : (Firma_DTE" -"[AAAA-MM-DD] - CAF[AAAA-MM-DD]) > 6 meses." +"Error: ``Fecha/Número Resolucion Invalido RECHAZO- CAF Vencido : (Firma_DTE" +"[AAAA-MM-DD] - CAF[AAAA-MM-DD]) > 6 meses.``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:517 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:527 msgid "" "*Hint:* Try to add a new CAF related to this document as the one you’re " "using is expired." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:522 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:550 -msgid "Credit Notes" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:529 +msgid "" +"Error: ``Element '{http://www.sii.cl/SiiDte%7DRutReceptor': This element is " +"not expected. Expected is ( {http://www.sii.cl/SiiDte%7DRutEnvia ).``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:524 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:532 +msgid "" +"*Hint:* Make sure the field Document Type and VAT are set either in the " +"Customer and in the main company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:535 +msgid "GLOSA: ``Usuario sin permiso de envio.``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:537 +msgid "" +"*Hint:* This error indicates that most likely, your company has not passed " +"the `Certification process " +"<https://www.sii.cl/factura_electronica/factura_mercado/proceso_certificacion.htm>`_" +" in the SII - Sistema de Facturación de Mercado. If this is the case, please" +" contact your Account Manager or Customer Support as this certification is " +"not part of the the Odoo services, but we can give you some alternatives." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:546 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:556 +msgid "Credit Notes" +msgstr "Gutschriften" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:548 msgid "" "When a cancellation or correction is needed over a validated invoice, a " "credit note must be generated. It is important to consider that a CAF file " @@ -3588,33 +3672,33 @@ msgid "" "SII." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:533 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:557 msgid "" "Refer to the CAF section where we described the process to load the CAF on " "each document type." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:537 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:589 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:561 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:613 msgid "Use Cases" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Anwendungsfälle" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:540 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:564 msgid "Cancel Referenced document" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:542 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:566 msgid "" "In case you need to cancel or invalid an Invoice, use the button Add Credit" " note and select Full Refund, in this case the SII reference Code is " "automatically set to: Anula Documento de referencia." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:550 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:574 msgid "Corrects Referenced Document Text" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:552 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:576 msgid "" "If a correction in the invoice information is required, for example the " "Street Name, use the button Add Credit note,select Partial Refund and select" @@ -3622,35 +3706,35 @@ msgid "" "automatically set to: Corrige el monto del Documento de Referencia." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:560 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:584 msgid "" "Odoo creates a Credit Note with the corrected text in an invoice and price " "0." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:567 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:591 msgid "" "It’s important to define the default credit account in the Sales journal as " "it is taken for this use case in specific." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:571 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:595 msgid "Corrects Referenced Document Amount" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:573 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:597 msgid "" "When a correction on the amounts is required, use the button Add Credit note" " and select Partial Refund. In this case the SII reference Code is " "automatically set to: Corrige el monto del Documento de Referencia." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:582 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:578 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:606 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:584 msgid "Debit Notes" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:584 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:608 msgid "" "As part of the Chilean localization, besides creating credit notes from an " "existing document you can also create debit Notes. For this just use the " @@ -3658,59 +3742,59 @@ msgid "" "detailed below." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:592 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:616 msgid "Add debt on Invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:594 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:618 msgid "" "The most common use case for debit notes is to increase the value of an " "existing invoice, you need to select option 3 in the field Reference code " "SII:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:602 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:626 msgid "" "In this case Odoo automatically includes the source invoice in the cross " "reference section:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:609 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:633 msgid "Cancel Credit Notes" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:611 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:635 msgid "" "In Chile the debits notes are used to cancel a validated Credit Note, in " "this case just select the button Add debit note and select the first option " "in the wizard: *1: Anula Documentos de referencia.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:623 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:647 msgid "" "As part of the Chilean localization, you can configure your Incoming email " "server as the same you have register in the SII in order to:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:626 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:650 msgid "" "Automatically receive the vendor bills DTE and create the vendor bill based " "on this information." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:627 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:651 msgid "Automatically Send the reception acknowledgement to your vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:628 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:652 msgid "Accept or Claim the document and send this status to your vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:632 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:656 msgid "Reception" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:634 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:658 msgid "" "As soon as the vendor email with the attached DTE is received: 1. The vendor" " Bill mapping all the information included in the xml. 2. An email is sent " @@ -3718,11 +3802,11 @@ msgid "" "as: Acuse de Recibido Enviado" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:644 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:668 msgid "Acceptation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:646 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:670 msgid "" "If all the commercial information is correct on your vendor bill, you can " "accept the document using the button: Aceptar Documento, once this is done " @@ -3730,11 +3814,11 @@ msgid "" "is sent to the vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:656 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:680 msgid "Claim" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:658 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:682 msgid "" "In case there is a commercial issue or the information is not correct on " "your vendor bill, you can Claim the document before validating it, using " @@ -3742,18 +3826,18 @@ msgid "" "Claim and an email of acceptance is sent to the vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:666 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:690 msgid "" "If you claim a vendor bill, the status changes from draft to cancel " "automatically. Considering this as best practice, all the Claim documents " "should be canceled as they won’t be valid for your accounting records." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:675 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:699 msgid "Balance Tributario de 8 Columnas" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:677 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:701 msgid "" "This report presents the accounts in detail (with their respective " "balances), classifying them according to their origin and determining the " @@ -3761,18 +3845,18 @@ msgid "" " time, so that a real and complete knowledge of the status of a company." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:681 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:697 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:705 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:721 msgid "" "You can find this report in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " "Reports`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:688 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:712 msgid "Propuesta F29" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:690 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:714 msgid "" "The form F29 is a new system that the SII enabled to taxpayers, and that " "replaces the Purchase and Sales Books. This report is integrated by Purchase" @@ -3780,74 +3864,74 @@ msgid "" "transactions related to VAT, improving its control and declaration." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:694 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:718 msgid "" "This record is supplied by the electronic tax documents (DTE’s) that have " "been received by the SII." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:37 msgid "Colombia" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kolumbien" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:10 msgid "`VIDEO WEBINAR OF A COMPLETE DEMO <https://youtu.be/BOzucXRUZDE>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:15 msgid "" "Electronic invoicing for Colombia is available from Odoo 12 and requires the" " next modules:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:18 msgid "" "**l10n_co**: All the basic data to manage the accounting module, contains " "the default setup for: chart of accounts, taxes, retentions, identification " "document types" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:21 msgid "" "**l10n_co_edi**: This module includes all the extra fields that are required" " for the Integration with Carvajal T&S and generate the electronic invoice, " "based on the DIAN legal requirements." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:27 msgid "Workflow" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Arbeitsablauf" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:37 msgid "Install the Colombian localization modules" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:39 msgid "" "For this, go in Apps and search for Colombia. Then click Install for the " "first two modules." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:47 msgid "Configure credentials for Carvajal T&S web service" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:49 msgid "" "Once that the modules are installed, in order to be able to connect with " "Carvajal T&S Web Service, it's necessary to configure the user and " "credentials, this information will be provided by Carvajal T&S." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:53 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:75 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and look " "for the *Colombian Electronic Invoice* section." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:59 msgid "" "Using the Testing mode it is possible to connect with a Carvajal T&S testing" " environment. This allows users to test the complete workflow and " @@ -3855,142 +3939,142 @@ msgid "" "https://cenfinancierolab.cen.biz" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:64 msgid "" "Once that Odoo and Carvajal T&S is fully configured and ready for production" " the testing environment can be disabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:69 msgid "Configure your report data" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:71 msgid "" "As part of the configurable information that is sent in the XML, you can " "define the data for the fiscal section and the bank information in the PDF." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:83 msgid "Configure data required in the XML" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:89 msgid "Identification" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Identifikation" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:91 msgid "" "As part of the Colombian Localization, the document types defined by the " "DIAN are now available on the Partner form. Colombian partners have to have " "their identification number and document type set:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:98 msgid "" "When the document type is RUT the identification number needs to be " "configured in Odoo including the verification digit, Odoo will split this " "number when the data to the third party vendor is sent." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:105 msgid "Fiscal structure (RUT)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:107 msgid "" "The partner's responsibility codes (section 53 in the RUT document) are " "included as part of the electronic invoice module given that is part of the " "information required by the DIAN ." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:111 msgid "" "These fields can be found in :menuselection:`Partner --> Sales & Purchase " "Tab --> Fiscal Information`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:117 msgid "" "Additionally two booleans fields were added in order to specify the fiscal " "regimen of the partner." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:124 msgid "" "If your sales transactions include products with taxes, it's important to " "consider that an extra field *Value Type* needs to be configured per tax. " "This option is located in the Advanced Options tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:131 msgid "" "Retention tax types (ICA, IVA, Fuente) are also included in the options to " "configure your taxes. This configuration is used in order to correctly " "display taxes in the invoice PDF." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:142 msgid "" "Once the DIAN has assigned the official sequence and prefix for the " "electronic invoice resolution, the Sales journals related to your invoice " "documents need to be updated in Odoo. The sequence can be accessed using " -"the :doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`: " +"the :doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>`: " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Configuration Setting --> " "Journals`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:151 msgid "" "Once that the sequence is opened, the Prefix and Next Number fields should " "be configured and synchronized with the CEN Financiero." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:159 msgid "Users" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Benutzer" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:161 msgid "" "The default template that is used by Odoo on the invoice PDF includes the " "job position of the salesperson, so these fields should be configured:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:175 msgid "" "When all your master data and credentials has been configured, it's possible" " to start testing the electronic invoice workflow." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:180 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:30 msgid "Invoice creation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:182 msgid "" "The functional workflow that takes place before an invoice validation " "doesn't change. The main changes that are introduced with the electronic " "invoice are the next fields:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:189 msgid "There are three types of documents:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:191 msgid "" "**Factura Electronica**: This is the regular type of document and its " "applicable for Invoices, Credit Notes and Debit Notes." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:193 msgid "" "**Factura de Importación**: This should be selected for importation " "transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:195 msgid "" "**Factura de contingencia**: This is an exceptional type that is used as a " "manual backup in case that the company is not able to use the ERP and it's " @@ -3998,29 +4082,29 @@ msgid "" "the ERP, this invoice type should be selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:203 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:380 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:386 msgid "Invoice validation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:205 msgid "" "After the invoice is validated an XML file is created and sent automatically" " to Carvajal, this file is displayed in the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:211 msgid "" "An extra field is now displayed in \"Other Info\" tab with the name of the " "XML file. Additionally there is a second extra field that is displayed with " "the Electronic Invoice status, with the initial value \"In progress\":" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:221 msgid "Reception of legal XML and PDF" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:223 msgid "" "The electronic invoice vendor receives the XML file and proceeds to validate" " the structure and the information in it, if everything is correct the " @@ -4030,128 +4114,128 @@ msgid "" " invoice that includes a QR code and the CUFE is also generated." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:231 msgid "After this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:233 msgid "" "A ZIP containing the legal XML and the PDF is downloaded and displayed in " "the invoice chatter:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:240 msgid "The Electronic Invoice status changes to \"Accepted\"" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:244 msgid "Common errors" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:246 msgid "" "During the XML validation the most common errors are usually related to " "missing master data. In such cases, error messages are shown in the chatter " "after updating the electronic invoice status." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:253 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:253 msgid "" "After the master data is corrected, it's possible to reprocess the XML with " "the new data and send the updated version, using the following button:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:265 msgid "Additional use cases" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:267 msgid "" "The process for credit and debit notes is exactly the same as the invoice, " "the functional workflow remains the same as well." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:3 msgid "Colombia (ES)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:6 msgid "Introducción" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:8 msgid "" "La Facturación Electrónica para Colombia está disponible en Odoo 12 y " "requiere los siguientes Módulos:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:11 msgid "" "**l10n_co**: Contiene los datos básicos para manejar el módulo de " "contabilidad, incluyendo la configuración por defecto de los siguientes " "puntos:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:15 msgid "Plan Contable" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:16 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:124 msgid "Impuestos" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:17 msgid "Retenciones" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:18 msgid "Tipos de Documentos de Identificación" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:20 msgid "" "**l10n_co_edi**: Este módulo incluye todos los campos adicionales que son " "requeridos para la Integración entre Carvajal T&S y la generación de la " "Factura Electrónica, basado en los requisitos legales de la DIAN." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:26 msgid "Flujo General" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:33 msgid "Configuración" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:36 msgid "Instalación de los módulos de Localización Colombiana" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:38 msgid "" "Para esto ve a las aplicaciones y busca “Colombia”, luego da click en " "Instalar a los primeros dos módulos:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:46 msgid "Configuración de las credenciales del Servicio Web de Carvajal T&S" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:50 msgid "" "Una vez que los módulos están instalados, para poderte conectar con el " "Servicio Web de Carvajal T&S, es necesario configurar el Usuario y las " "Credenciales. Esta información será provista por Carvajal T&S." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:52 msgid "" "Ve a :menuselection:`Facturación --> Configuración --> Configuración` y " "busca la sección **Facturación Electrónica Colombiana**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:57 msgid "" "La funcionalidad de pruebas le permite conectarse e interactuar con el " "ambiente piloto de Carvajal T&S, esto permite a los usuarios probar el flujo" @@ -4160,7 +4244,7 @@ msgid "" "<https://cenfinancierolab.cen.biz>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:62 msgid "" "Una vez que el ambiente de producción está listo en Odoo y en Carvajal T&S " "el ambiente de pruebas debe ser deshabilitado para poder enviar la " @@ -4168,36 +4252,36 @@ msgid "" " la siguiente URL: `Cenfinanciero <https://cenfinancierolab.cen.biz>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:69 msgid "Configuración de Información para PDF" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:73 msgid "" "Como parte de la información configurable que es enviada en el XML, puedes " "definir los datos de la sección fiscal del PDF, así como de la información " "Bancaria." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:75 msgid "" "Ve a :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> Ajustes` y busca la " "sección **Facturación Electrónica Colombiana**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:82 msgid "Configuración de los Datos Principales Requeridos en el XML" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:85 msgid "Contacto (Tercero)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:88 msgid "Identificación" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:90 msgid "" "Como parte de la Localización Colombiana, los tipos de documentos definidos " "por la DIAN ahora están disponibles en el formulario de Contactos, por lo " @@ -4205,31 +4289,31 @@ msgid "" "de documento correspondiente." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:98 msgid "" "Nota: Cuando el tipo de documento es RUT la identificación necesita ser " "ingresada en Odoo incluyendo el Dígito de Verificación. Odoo separará este " "número cuando la información sea enviada a los proveedores terceros." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:105 msgid "Estructura Fiscal (RUT)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:107 msgid "" "Los Códigos de tipo de Obligación aplicables a los terceros (sección 53 en " "el documento de RUT), son incluidos como parte del módulo de Facturación " "Electrónica, dado que es información requerida por la DIAN." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:111 msgid "" "Estos campos se encuentran en :menuselection:`Contactos --> Pestaña de " "Ventas y Compras --> Información Fiscal`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:117 msgid "" "Adicionalmente dos últimos campos fueron agregados para especificar el " "régimen fiscal del contacto. Cabe aclarar que para envío de Factura " @@ -4238,7 +4322,7 @@ msgid "" "opciones." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:126 msgid "" "Si tus transacciones de ventas incluyen productos con impuestos, es " "importante considerar que un campo adicional llamado *Tipo de Valor* " @@ -4246,7 +4330,7 @@ msgid "" "--> Configuración --> Impuestos: --> Opciones Avanzadas --> Tipo de Valor`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:134 msgid "" "Los impuestos para Retenciones (ICA, IVA y Fuente) también están incluidos " "en las opciones para configurar tus impuestos, esta configuración es " @@ -4254,60 +4338,60 @@ msgid "" "gráfica de la Factura. (PDF)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:144 msgid "Diarios" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:146 msgid "" "Una vez que la DIAN ha asignado la secuencia y prefijo oficiales para la " "resolución de la Facturación Electrónica, los Diarios de Ventas relacionados" " con tus documentos de facturación necesitan ser actualizados en Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:151 msgid "" "La secuencia es configurada usando el modo de desarrollador en la siguiente " "ruta: :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> Diarios --> Liga de" " Secuencia`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:158 msgid "" "Una vez que la secuencia es abierta, los campos de Prefijo y Siguiente " "Número deben ser configurados y sincronizados con el CEN Financiero." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:166 msgid "Usuarios" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:168 msgid "" "La plantilla por defecto que es usada por Odoo en la representación gráfica " "incluye el nombre del Vendedor, así que estos campos deben ser considerados:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:177 msgid "Uso y Pruebas" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:180 msgid "Facturas" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:182 msgid "" "Una vez que toda la información principal y las credenciales han sido " "configuradas, es posible empezar a probar el flujo de la Facturación " "Electrónica siguiendo las instrucciones que se detallan a continuación:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:188 msgid "Invoice Creation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:190 msgid "" "El flujo de trabajo funcional que lleva lugar antes de la validación de una " "factura continua siendo igual con Facturación Electrónica, " @@ -4315,29 +4399,29 @@ msgid "" "manualmente." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:195 msgid "" "Los cambios principales que son introducidos con la Facturación Electrónica " "son los siguientes:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:198 msgid "Hay tres tipos de documentos" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:200 msgid "" "**Factura electrónica**. Este es el documento normal y aplica para Facturas," " Notas de Crédito y Notas de Débito." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:203 msgid "" "**Factura de Importación**. Debe ser seleccionada para transacciones de " "importación." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:206 msgid "" "**Factura de Contingencia**. Esta es un caso excepcional y es utilizada como" " un respaldo manual en caso que la compañía no pueda usar el ERP y hay " @@ -4345,18 +4429,18 @@ msgid "" "ERP, se debe seleccionar este tipo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:216 msgid "Invoice Validation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:218 msgid "" "Después que la factura fue validada, un archivo XML es creado y enviado " "automáticamente al proveedor de la factura electrónica. Este archivo es " "desplegado en el historial." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:225 msgid "" "Un campo adicional es ahora desplegado en la pestaña de “Otra Información” " "con el nombre del archivo XML. Adicionalmente hay un segundo campo adicional" @@ -4364,11 +4448,11 @@ msgid "" "inicial **En Proceso**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:235 msgid "Recepción del XML y PDF Legal" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:242 msgid "" "El proveedor de la Factura Electrónica recibe el archivo XML y procede a " "validar la información y la estructura contenida. Si todo es correcto, el " @@ -4378,34 +4462,34 @@ msgid "" "CUFE." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:246 msgid "" "Odoo envía una petición de actualización automáticamente para verificar que " "el XML fue creado. Si este es el caso, las siguientes acciones son hechas " "automáticamente:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:248 msgid "" "El XML Legal y el PDF son incluidos en un archivo ZIP y desplegados en el " "historial de la Factura." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:253 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:253 msgid "El estatus de la Factura Electrónica es cambiado a “Aceptado”." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:258 msgid "" "En caso que el PDF y el XML sean requeridos inmediatamente, es posible " "mandar manualmente la petición del estatus usando el siguiente botón:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:267 msgid "Errores Frecuentes" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:269 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:269 msgid "" "Durante la validación del XML los errores más comunes usualmente están " "relacionados con información principal faltante. En estos casos, los " @@ -4413,123 +4497,123 @@ msgid "" "desplegados en el historial." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:277 msgid "" "Si la información principal es corregida, es posible re procesar el XML con " "la nueva información y mandar la versión actualizada usando el siguiente " "botón:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:289 msgid "Casos de Uso adicionales" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:291 msgid "" "El proceso para las Notas de Crédito y Débito (Proveedores) es exactamente " "el mismo que en las Facturas. Su flujo de trabajo funcional se mantiene " "igual." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:296 msgid "Consideraciones del Anexo 1.7" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:299 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:299 msgid "Contexto" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:302 msgid "Contexto Normativo" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:304 msgid "Soporte Normativo:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:305 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:305 msgid "" "Resolución DIAN Número 000042 ( 5 de Mayo de 2020) Por la cual se " "desarrollan:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:307 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:307 msgid "Los sistemas de facturación," msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:308 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:308 msgid "Los proveedores tecnológicos," msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:309 msgid "El registro de la factura electrónica de venta como título valor," msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:310 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:310 msgid "Se expide el anexo técnico de factura electrónica de venta y" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:311 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:311 msgid "Se dictan otras disposiciones en materia de sistemas de facturación." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:314 msgid "Anexo 1.7: Principales Cambios" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:316 msgid "Cambios en la definición de Consumidor Final." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:317 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:317 msgid "Informar bienes cubiertos para los 3 dias sin IVA." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:318 msgid "Actualización de descripción de Impuestos." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:319 msgid "Se agrega concepto para IVA Excluido." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:320 msgid "Informar la fecha efectiva de entrega de los bienes." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:321 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:321 msgid "Adecuaciones en la representación Gráfica (PDF)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:324 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:324 msgid "Calendario" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:326 msgid "" "Se tiene varias fechas límites para la salida a producción bajo las " "condiciones del Anexo 1.7 las cuales dependen de los siguientes factores:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:329 msgid "" "Calendario de implementación de acuerdo con la actividad económica principal" " en el RUT:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:334 msgid "Calendario de implementación, para otros sujetos obligados:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:339 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:339 msgid "Calendario de implementación permanente:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:345 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:345 msgid "Requerimientos en Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:347 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:347 msgid "" "Con la finalidad de facilitar el proceso de preparación de las bases de Odoo" " estándar V12 y v13, únicamente será necesario que los administradores " @@ -4537,67 +4621,67 @@ msgid "" "nuevos procesos." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:352 msgid "Actualización de listado de Apps" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:354 msgid "" "Utilizando el modo desarrollador, acceder al módulo de Aplicaciones y " "seleccionar el menú *Actualizar Lista*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:361 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:361 msgid "Actualización de Módulos" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:363 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:363 msgid "" "Una vez actualizado Buscar *Colombia*, los siguientes módulos serán " "desplegados, se requieren actualizar dos módulos." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:366 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:366 msgid "Colombia - Contabilidad - l10n_co" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:367 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:367 msgid "" "Electronic invoicing for Colombia with Carvajal UBL 2.1 - " "l10n_co_edi_ubl_2_1" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:372 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:372 msgid "" "En cada módulo o ícono hay que desplegar el menú opciones utilizando los 3 " "puntos de la esquina superior derecha y seleccionamos *Actualizar*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:375 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:375 msgid "Primero lo hacemos con en el módulo l10n_co:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:380 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:380 msgid "Posteriormente lo hacemos con el módulo l10n_co_edi_ubl_2_1:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:386 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:386 msgid "Creación de Datos Maestros" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:388 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:388 msgid "" "Las bases de datos existentes a Junio 2020 tanto en V12 como V13, deberán " "crear algunos datos maestros necesarios para operar correctamente con los " "cambios del Anexo 1.7." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:392 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:491 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:392 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:491 msgid "Consumidor Final" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:394 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:394 msgid "" "La figura del consumidor final será utilizada para aquellas ventas sobre las" " cuales no es posible identificar toda la información fiscal y demográfica " @@ -4605,47 +4689,47 @@ msgid "" "genérico." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:398 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:398 msgid "" "Es importante coordinar y definir los casos de uso en los que dependiendo de" " su empresa se tendrá permitido utilizar este registro genérico." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:401 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:401 msgid "" "Dentro de Odoo se tendrá que crear un contacto con las siguientes " "características, es importante que se defina de esta manera debido a que son" " los parámetros definidos por la DIAN." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:404 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:404 msgid "**Tipo de contacto:** Individuo" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:405 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:405 msgid "**Nombre:** Consumidor Final" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:406 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:406 msgid "**Tipo de documento:** Cedula de Ciudadania" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:407 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:407 msgid "**Numero de Identificacion:** 222222222222" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:412 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:412 msgid "" "Dentro de la pestaña Ventas y Compras, en la sección Información Fiscal, del" " campo Obligaciones y Responsabilidades colocaremos el valor: **R-99-PN**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:419 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:506 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:419 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:506 msgid "IVA Excluido - Bienes Cubiertos" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:421 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:421 msgid "" "Para reportar las transacciones realizadas mediante Bienes Cubiertos para " "los tres días sin IVA, será necesario crear un nuevo Impuesto al cual se le " @@ -4653,19 +4737,19 @@ msgid "" " para agregar la sección requerida en el XML de factura electrónica." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:426 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:426 msgid "" "Para el crear el impuesto accederemos a Contabilidad dentro del menú " ":menuselection:`Configuración --> Impuestos`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:432 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:432 msgid "" "Procedemos a crear un nuevo Impuesto con importe 0% considerando los " "siguientes parámetros:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:437 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:437 msgid "" "El nombre del Impuesto puede ser definido a preferencia del usuario, sin " "embargo el campo clave es **Grupo de Impuestos** dentro de Opciones " @@ -4673,86 +4757,86 @@ msgid "" "Valor**: *IVA*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:445 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:445 msgid "Actualización de descripción de Departamentos" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:447 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:447 msgid "" "Es necesario actualizar la descripción de algunos departamentos, para lo " "cual accederemos a módulo de Contactos y dentro del menú de " ":menuselection:`Configuración --> Provincias`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:453 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:453 msgid "" "Posteriormente, podemos agregar por País para identificar claramente las " "provincias (Departamentos) de Colombia:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:459 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:459 msgid "" "Una vez agrupados buscar los siguientes departamentos para actualizarlos con" " el valor indicado en la columna **Nombre actualizado**:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:463 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:463 msgid "Nombre de provincia" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:463 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:463 msgid "Código de Provincia" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:463 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:463 msgid "Nombre actualizado" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:465 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:465 msgid "D.C." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:465 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:465 msgid "DC" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:465 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:465 msgid "Bogotá" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:467 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:467 msgid "Quindio" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:467 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:467 msgid "QUI" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:467 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:467 msgid "Quindío" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:469 msgid "Archipiélago de San Andrés, Providencia y Santa Catalina" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:469 msgid "SAP" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:469 msgid "San Andrés y Providencia" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:473 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:473 msgid "Ejemplo:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:479 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:479 msgid "Verificación de Código postal" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:481 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:481 msgid "" "Dentro del Anexo 1.7 se comienza a validar que el código postal de las " "direcciones para contactos colombianos corresponda a las tablas oficiales " @@ -4762,18 +4846,18 @@ msgid "" "<http://visor.codigopostal.gov.co/472/visor/Codigos_Postales_Nacionales.csv>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:488 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:488 msgid "Consideraciones Operativas" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:493 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:493 msgid "" "Una vez que resgistro de Consumidor final ha sido creado este deberá ser " "utilizado a demanda, generalmente será utilizado en las transacciones de " "facturación del punto de punto de venta." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:496 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:496 msgid "" "El proceso de validación de la Factura será realizado de forma convencional " "en Odoo y la factura será generada de la misma manera. Al detectar que el " @@ -4782,13 +4866,13 @@ msgid "" "correspondientes." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:500 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:500 msgid "" "Contablemente todos los registros de Consumidor final quedarán asociados al " "identificador generico:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:508 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:508 msgid "" "El 21 mayo del 2020 fue publicado el El Decreto 682 el cual establece " "Excepción especial en el Impuesto sobre las ventas. El principal objetivo de" @@ -4796,33 +4880,33 @@ msgid "" "generadas a causa del COVID." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:513 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:513 msgid "Fechas" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:515 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:515 msgid "" "Días de excención del impuesto sobre las ventas – IVA para bienes cubiertos " "(3 días SIN IVA)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:517 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:517 msgid "**Primer día**: 19 de junio de 2020" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:518 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:518 msgid "**Segundo día**: 3 de Julio de 2020" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:519 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:519 msgid "**Tercer día**: 19 de Julio de 2020" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:522 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:522 msgid "Condiciones" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:524 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:524 msgid "" "Debido a que estas transacciones serán generadas de forma excepcional y que " "se tiene una combinación de varios factores y condiciones, los productores " @@ -4831,7 +4915,7 @@ msgid "" "corresponda." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:529 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:529 msgid "" "A continuación se mencionan algunas de las principales condiciones, sin " "embargo, cabe mencionar que las empresas deben de verificar todos los " @@ -4839,103 +4923,103 @@ msgid "" "<https://dapre.presidencia.gov.co/normativa/normativa/DECRETO%20682%20DEL%2021%20DE%20MAYO%20DE%202020.pdf>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:533 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:533 msgid "Tipo de productos y precio Máximo:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:536 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:536 msgid "Tipo de Productos" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:536 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:536 msgid "Precio Máximo" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:538 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:538 msgid "Electrodomesticos" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:538 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:538 msgid "40 UVT: $1,4 millones." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:540 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:540 msgid "Vestuario y complementos" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 msgid "3 UVT: $106.000" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 msgid "En el caso de los complementos es:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:544 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:544 msgid "10 UVT- $356.000" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:544 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:544 msgid "Elementos deportivos" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:546 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:546 msgid "Juguetes y Utiles Escolares" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:546 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:548 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:546 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:548 msgid "5 UVT - $178.035" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:548 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:548 msgid "Utiles Escolares" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:550 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:550 msgid "Bienes o servicios para el sector agropecuario" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:550 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:550 msgid "80 UVT - $2.848.560" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:554 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:554 msgid "Métodos de Pago:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:556 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:556 msgid "" "El pago debe realizarse por medios electrónico por ejemplo tarjetas de " "crédito/débito o bien mecanismos de pago online." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:558 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:558 msgid "Limite de unidades:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:560 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:560 msgid "" "Cada cliente puede adquirir únicamente 3 unidades como máximo de cada " "producto." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:563 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:563 msgid "Medidas en Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:565 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:565 msgid "**Preparación de datos**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:567 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:567 msgid "" "Crear el Impuesto para Bienes cubiertos de acuerdo a lo indicado en este " "punto: Datos maestros." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:568 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:568 msgid "" "Identificar los productos y transacciones a los cuales les aplicará la " "Exclusión de IVA de acuerdo a las condiciones establecidas en el decreto " @@ -4943,109 +5027,109 @@ msgid "" "actualizar el impuesto de forma temporal en Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:571 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:571 msgid "" "Exportar un listado con los productos que serán afectados incluyendo el " "campo IVA Venta el cual será sustituido temporalmente por el IVA de Bienes " "Cubiertos." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:573 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:573 msgid "" "Al finalizar las operaciones del día anterior a las fechas establecidas de " "día sin IVA, se debe hacer la actualización temporal a IVA de Bienes " "Cubiertos." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:579 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:579 msgid "**Durante el día SIN IVA**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:581 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:581 msgid "" "Por defecto los productos previamente considerados con IVA de Bienes " "cubiertos serán generados con este parámetro tanto en Órdenes de venta como " "facturas creadas durante ese mismo día." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:587 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:587 msgid "" "Las órdenes de venta generadas con este impuesto deberán ser facturas el " "mismo día." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:588 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:588 msgid "" "En caso de que alguna de las condiciones no sea cumplida (ejemplo el pago es" " realizado en efectivo) el impuesto deberá ser actualizado manualmente al " "momento de facturar." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:591 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:591 msgid "**Posterior al día SIN IVA**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:593 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:593 msgid "" "Los productos que fueron actualizados deberá ser reconfigurados a su IVA " "original." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:594 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:594 msgid "" "En caso de que se detecte alguna Orden de venta facturar en la cual se " "incluya IVA de Bienes Cubiertos, se deberá realizar actualización manual " "correspondiente al IVA convencional." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:3 msgid "France" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Frankreich" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:6 msgid "FEC" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:8 msgid "" "If you have installed the French Accounting, you will be able to download " "the FEC. For this, go in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> France" " --> FEC`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:12 msgid "" "If you do not see the submenu **FEC**, go in **Apps** and search for the " "module called **France-FEC** and verify if it is well installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:16 msgid "French Accounting Reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:18 msgid "" "If you have installed the French Accounting, you will have access to some " "accounting reports specific to France:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:20 msgid "Bilan comptable" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:21 msgid "Compte de résultats" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:22 msgid "Plan de Taxes France" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:25 msgid "Get the VAT anti-fraud certification with Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:27 msgid "" "As of January 1st 2018, a new anti-fraud legislation comes into effect in " "France and DOM-TOM. This new legislation stipulates certain criteria " @@ -5054,76 +5138,75 @@ msgid "" "through a module and a certificate of conformity to download." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:34 msgid "Is my company required to use an anti-fraud software?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:36 msgid "" "Your company is required to use an anti-fraud cash register software like " "Odoo (CGI art. 286, I. 3° bis) if:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:39 msgid "You are taxable (not VAT exempt) in France or any DOM-TOM," msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:40 msgid "Some of your customers are private individuals (B2C)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:42 msgid "" "This rule applies to any company size. Auto-entrepreneurs are exempted from " "VAT and therefore are not affected." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:46 msgid "Get certified with Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:48 msgid "Getting compliant with Odoo is very easy." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:50 msgid "" "Your company is requested by the tax administration to deliver a certificate" " of conformity testifying that your software complies with the anti-fraud " "legislation. This certificate is granted by Odoo SA to Odoo Enterprise users" " `here <https://www.odoo.com/my/contract/french-certification/>`_. If you " -"use Odoo Community, you should `upgrade to Odoo Enterprise " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/14.0/setup/enterprise.html>`_ or contact" -" your Odoo service provider." +"use Odoo Community, you should :doc:`upgrade to Odoo Enterprise " +"</administration/enterprise>` or contact your Odoo service provider." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:58 msgid "In case of non-conformity, your company risks a fine of €7,500." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:60 msgid "To get the certification just follow the following steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:62 msgid "" "Install the anti-fraud module fitting your Odoo environment from the *Apps* " "menu:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:65 msgid "" "if you use Odoo Point of Sale: *l10n_fr_pos_cert*: France - VAT Anti-Fraud " "Certification for Point of Sale (CGI 286 I-3 bis)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:66 msgid "" "in any other case: *l10n_fr_certification*: France - VAT Anti-Fraud " "Certification (CGI 286 I-3 bis)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:68 msgid "" "Make sure a country is set on your company, otherwise your entries won’t be " "encrypted for the inalterability check. To edit your company’s data, go to " @@ -5131,27 +5214,27 @@ msgid "" "country from the list; Do not create a new country." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:72 msgid "" "Download the mandatory certificate of conformity delivered by Odoo SA `here " "<https://www.odoo.com/my/contract/french-certification/>`__." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:75 msgid "" "To install the module in any system created before December 18th 2017, you " "should update the modules list. To do so, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " -"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Then go to the *Apps* menu and " +"</applications/general/developer_mode>`. Then go to the *Apps* menu and " "press *Update Modules List* in the top-menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:79 msgid "" "In case you run Odoo on-premise, you need to update your installation and " "restart your server beforehand." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:81 msgid "" "If you have installed the initial version of the anti-fraud module (prior to" " December 18th 2017), you need to update it. The module's name was *France -" @@ -5161,59 +5244,59 @@ msgid "" " installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:90 msgid "Anti-fraud features" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:92 msgid "The anti-fraud module introduces the following features:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:94 msgid "" "**Inalterability**: deactivation of all the ways to cancel or modify key " "data of POS orders, invoices and journal entries;" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:96 msgid "**Security**: chaining algorithm to verify the inalterability;" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:97 msgid "" "**Storage**: automatic sales closings with computation of both period and " "cumulative totals (daily, monthly, annually)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:101 msgid "Inalterability" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:103 msgid "" "All the possible ways to cancel and modify key data of paid POS orders, " "confirmed invoices and journal entries are deactivated, if the company is " "located in France or in any DOM-TOM." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:107 msgid "" "If you run a multi-companies environment, only the documents of such " "companies are impacted." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:111 msgid "Security" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sicherheit" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:113 msgid "" "To ensure the inalterability, every order or journal entry is encrypted upon" " validation. This number (or hash) is calculated from the key data of the " "document as well as from the hash of the precedent documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:118 msgid "" "The module introduces an interface to test the data inalterability. If any " "information is modified on a document after its validation, the test will " @@ -5222,7 +5305,7 @@ msgid "" "document recorded in the system." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:124 msgid "" "Users with *Manager* access rights can launch the inalterability check. For " "POS orders, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Reporting --> French " @@ -5230,11 +5313,11 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Reporting --> French Statements`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:131 msgid "Storage" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lagerung" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:133 msgid "" "The system also processes automatic sales closings on a daily, monthly and " "annual basis. Such closings distinctly compute the sales total of the period" @@ -5242,24 +5325,24 @@ msgid "" "recorded in the system." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:139 msgid "" "Closings can be found in the *French Statements* menu of Point of Sale, " "Invoicing and Accounting apps." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:143 msgid "" "Closings compute the totals for journal entries of sales journals (Journal " "Type = Sales)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:145 msgid "" "For multi-companies environments, such closings are performed by company." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:147 msgid "" "POS orders are posted as journal entries at the closing of the POS session. " "Closing a POS session can be done anytime. To prompt users to do it on a " @@ -5267,7 +5350,7 @@ msgid "" " hours ago. Such a session must be closed before selling again." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:153 msgid "" "A period’s total is computed from all the journal entries posted after the " "previous closing of the same type, regardless of their posting date. If you " @@ -5275,76 +5358,76 @@ msgid "" "counted in the very next closing." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:158 msgid "" "For test & audit purposes such closings can be manually generated in the " -":doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Then go to" -" :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled " +":doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>`. Then go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled " "Actions`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:164 msgid "Responsibilities" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Verantwortlichkeiten" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:166 msgid "" "Do not uninstall the module! If you do so, the hashes will be reset and none" " of your past data will be longer guaranteed as being inalterable." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:169 msgid "" "Users remain responsible for their Odoo instance and must use it with due " "diligence. It is not permitted to modify the source code which guarantees " "the inalterability of data." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:173 msgid "" "Odoo absolves itself of all and any responsibility in case of changes in the" " module’s functions caused by 3rd party applications not certified by Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:178 msgid "More Information" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:180 msgid "" "You will find more information about this legislation in the official " "documents:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:182 msgid "" "`Frequently Asked Questions " "<https://www.economie.gouv.fr/files/files/directions_services/dgfip/controle_fiscal/actualites_reponses/logiciels_de_caisse.pdf>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:183 msgid "" "`Official Statement " "<http://bofip.impots.gouv.fr/bofip/10691-PGP.html?identifiant=BOI-TVA-" "DECLA-30-10-30-20160803>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:184 msgid "" "`Item 88 of Finance Law 2016 " "<https://www.legifrance.gouv.fr/affichTexteArticle.do?idArticle=JORFARTI000031732968&categorieLien=id&cidTexte=JORFTEXT000031732865>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:56 msgid "Germany" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Deutschland" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:6 msgid "German Chart of Accounts" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:8 msgid "" "The chart of accounts SKR03 and SKR04 are both supported in Odoo. You can " "choose the one you want by going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " @@ -5352,54 +5435,54 @@ msgid "" "section." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:12 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:17 msgid "" "Be careful, you can only change the accounting package as long as you have " "not created any accounting entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:16 msgid "" "When you create a new SaaS database, the SKR03 is installed by default." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:19 msgid "German Accounting Reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:21 msgid "" "Here is the list of German-specific reports available on Odoo Enterprise:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:23 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:27 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:30 msgid "Balance Sheet" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Bilanz" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:24 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:19 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:17 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:89 msgid "Profit & Loss" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Erfolgsrechnung" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:25 msgid "Tax Report (Umsatzsteuervoranmeldung)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:26 msgid "Partner VAT Intra" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:29 msgid "Export from Odoo to Datev" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:31 msgid "" "It is possible to export your accounting entries from Odoo to Datev. To be " "able to use this feature, the german accounting localization needs to be " @@ -5408,11 +5491,11 @@ msgid "" "the **Export Datev (csv)** button." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:39 msgid "German Tax Accounting Standards: Odoo's guide to GoBD Compliance" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:41 msgid "" "**GoBD** stands for `Grundsätze zur ordnungsmäßigen Führung und Aufbewahrung" " von Büchern, Aufzeichnungen und Unterlagen in elektronischer Form sowie zum" @@ -5424,7 +5507,7 @@ msgid "" "and balance sheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:48 msgid "" "These principles have been written and published by the Federal Ministry of " "Finance (BMF) in November 2014. Since January 2015, **they have become the " @@ -5434,16 +5517,16 @@ msgid "" "solutions (cloud hosting, paperless companies, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:55 msgid "Odoo gives you **the means to be compliant with GoBD**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:58 msgid "" "What do you need to know about GoBD when relying on accounting software?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:61 msgid "" "If you can, the best way to understand GoBD is to Read the `Official GoBD " "text " @@ -5452,7 +5535,7 @@ msgid "" "what to expect:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:65 msgid "" "The **GoBD is binding for companies that have to present accounts, which " "includes SMEs, freelancers, and entrepreneurs, to the financial " @@ -5461,33 +5544,33 @@ msgid "" "mentioned financial and related data)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:70 msgid "" "Apart from software requirements, the user is required to ensure Internal " "control systems (*in accordance with sec. 146 of the Fiscal Code*):" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:73 msgid "Access rights control;" msgstr "Zugangs- und Zugriffsberechtigungskontrollen;" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:74 msgid "Segregation of Duties, Functional separating;" msgstr "Funktionstrennungen;" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:75 msgid "Entry controls (error notifications, plausibility checks);" msgstr "Erfassungskontrollen (Fehlerhinweise, Plausibilitätsprüfungen)," -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:76 msgid "Reconciliation checks at data entry;" msgstr "Abstimmungskontrollen bei der Dateneingabe;" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:77 msgid "Processing controls;" msgstr "Verarbeitungskontrollen;" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:78 msgid "" "Measures to prevent intentional or unintentional manipulation of software, " "data, or documents." @@ -5495,7 +5578,7 @@ msgstr "" "Schutzmaßnahmen gegen die beabsichtigte und unbeabsichtigte Verfälschung von" " Programmen, Daten und Dokumenten. " -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:80 msgid "" "The user must distribute tasks within its organization to the relevant " "positions (*control*) and verify that the tasks are properly and completely " @@ -5505,11 +5588,11 @@ msgid "" "(*prevention*)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:86 msgid "What about data security?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:88 msgid "" "**The taxpayer must secure the system against any data loss due to " "deletion, removal, or theft of any data**. If the entries are not " @@ -5521,7 +5604,7 @@ msgstr "" "Buchungen nicht ausreichend gesichert, gilt die Buchführung als nicht " "konform mmit den GOBD-Richtlinien. " -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:92 msgid "" "Once bookings have been finally posted, they can no longer be changed or " "deleted via the application." @@ -5529,7 +5612,7 @@ msgstr "" "Einmal fest gebuchte Buchungen können nicht mehr über die Applikation " "verändert oder gelöscht werden und sind festgeschrieben. " -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:95 msgid "" "If Odoo is used in the cloud, regular backups are part of the SaaS service. " "In addition, regular backups can be downloaded and backed up on external " @@ -5539,7 +5622,7 @@ msgstr "" "SaaS Dienstleistung. Es können zusätzlich regelmäßig Backups heruntergeladen" " und anderweitig gesichert werden. " -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:99 msgid "" "`Odoo Cloud Hosting - Service Level Agreement <https://www.odooo.com/cloud-" "sla>`_" @@ -5547,7 +5630,7 @@ msgstr "" "`Odoo Cloud Hosting - Service Level Agreement <https://www.odooo.com/cloud-" "sla>`_" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:101 msgid "" "If the server is operated locally, it is the responsibility of the user to " "create the necessary backup infrastructure." @@ -5555,18 +5638,18 @@ msgstr "" "Wird der Server lokal betrieben, liegt es in der Verantwortung des " "Benutzers, die nötige Backup/Sicherungsinfrastruktur herzustellen. " -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:105 msgid "" "In some cases, data has to be kept for ten years or more, so always have " "backups saved. It is even more important if you decide to change software " "provider." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:109 msgid "Responsibility of the software editor" msgstr "Worin besteht die Verantwortung des Software-Herstellers" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:111 msgid "" "Considering GoBD only applies between the taxpayer and the financial " "authority, **the software editor can by no means be held responsible for the" @@ -5580,11 +5663,11 @@ msgstr "" "bereitstellen, damit der Nutzer die in der GoBD beschriebenen " "softwarebezogenen Richtlinien einhalten kann. " -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:117 msgid "How can Odoo help you achieve Compliance?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:119 msgid "" "The key words, when it comes to GoBD, are: **traceable, verifiable, true, " "clear, and continuous**. In short, you need to have audit-proof archiving in" @@ -5592,11 +5675,11 @@ msgid "" "objectives:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 msgid "**Traceability and verifiability**" msgstr "**Nachvollziehbarkeit und Nachprüfbarkeit**" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 msgid "" "Each record in Odoo is stamped with the creator of the document, the " "creation date, the modification date, and who modified it. In addition, " @@ -5609,11 +5692,11 @@ msgstr "" "jeweiligen Objektes ersichtlich ist, welcher Feldwert von wem geändert " "wurde. " -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 msgid "**Completeness**" msgstr "**Vollständigkeit**" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 msgid "" "All financial data must be recorded in the system, and there can be no gaps." " Odoo ensures that there is no gap in the numbering of the financial " @@ -5629,11 +5712,11 @@ msgstr "" "automatisch generiert werden, liegt es in der Verantwortung des Benutzers, " "alle Lieferantenrechnungen und sonstigen Buchungen vollständig einzugeben. " -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 msgid "**Accuracy**" msgstr "**Richtigkeit**" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 msgid "" "Odoo ensures with the correct configuration that the correct accounts are " "used. In addition, the control mechanisms between purchase orders and sales " @@ -5650,11 +5733,11 @@ msgstr "" "Datensatz in Odoo anzuhängen sowie diese entsprechend anzupassen. *Die App " "“Odoo Document” unterstützt Sie bei der Automatisierung dieser A Auufgabe*. " -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 msgid "**Timely booking and record-keeping**" msgstr "**Zeitgerechte Buchungen und Aufzeichnungen**" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 msgid "" "As most financial data in Odoo is generated by the transactional objects " "(for example, the invoice is booked at confirmation), Odoo ensures out-of-" @@ -5670,11 +5753,11 @@ msgstr "" "Benutzers, alle eingehenden Lieferantenrechnungen sowie die sonstigen " "Buchungen zeitgerecht zu buchen. " -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 msgid "**Order**" msgstr "**Ordnung**" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 msgid "" "Financial data stored in Odoo is per definition ordered and can be reordered" " according to most fields present in the model. A specific ordering is not " @@ -5689,11 +5772,11 @@ msgstr "" "sachkundigen Dritten schnell gefunden werden kann. Odoo bietet standardmäßig" " diese Möglichkeit an. " -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 msgid "**Inalterability**" msgstr "**Unveränderbarkeit**" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 msgid "" "With the German Odoo localization, Odoo is in standard configured in such a " "way that the inalterability clause can be adhered to without any further " @@ -5704,11 +5787,11 @@ msgstr "" "werden kann (Festschreibung der Buchungen anhand eines Hash-Wertes, die " "Buchungen können dann nicht mehr gelöscht oder verändert werden). " -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:154 msgid "Do you need a GoBD-Export?" msgstr "Brauche Sie einen GoBD-Export?" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:156 msgid "" "In the case of fiscal control, the fiscal authority can request three levels" " of access to the accounting system (Z1, Z2, Z3). These levels vary from " @@ -5719,7 +5802,7 @@ msgstr "" " Buchhaltungssystem (ZZ1, Z2, Z3) anordnen, die von einem Zugriff über die " "Anwendungsoberfläche bis hin zur Datenträgerüberlassung reicht. " -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:160 msgid "" "In case of a handover of the financial data on a storage device, the format " "is **not** enforced by the GoBD. It can be, for example, in XLS, CSV, XML, " @@ -5736,11 +5819,11 @@ msgstr "" "(siehe \"Ergänzende Informationen zur Datenträgerüberlassung\" §3), dieses " "Format ist aber nicht verbindlich. " -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:167 msgid "What is the role and meaning of the compliance certification?" msgstr "Welche Rolle und Bedeutung haben GoBD-Zertifikate? " -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:169 msgid "" "The GoBD clearly states that due to the nature of a state of the art " "accounting software, their configuration possibilities, changing nature, and" @@ -5751,7 +5834,7 @@ msgid "" "other legal value (A. 12, § 181)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:175 msgid "" "A GoBD certificate states nothing more than that if you use the software " "according to its guidelines, the software will not refrain you from " @@ -5761,13 +5844,13 @@ msgid "" "not, however, offer our customer any legal certainty." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:182 msgid "" "The BMF actually states the following in the `Official GoBD text " "<https://www.bundesfinanzministerium.de/Content/DE/Downloads/BMF_Schreiben/Weitere_Steuerthemen/Abgabenordnung/2019-11-28-GoBD.pdf>`_:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:185 msgid "" "180. Positive attestations on the correctness of the bookkeeping - and thus " "on the correctness of IT-based bookkeeping systems - are not issued either " @@ -5779,7 +5862,7 @@ msgstr "" " einer steuerliche Außenprüfung noch im Rahmen einer verbindlichen " "Auskunftsführung." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:188 msgid "" "181. \"Certificates\" or \"attestations\" from third parties can serve as a " "decision criterion for the company when selecting a software product, but " @@ -5790,7 +5873,7 @@ msgstr "" "entfalten trotz aus den in Rz. 179 Vertretungsgegenstände der Finanzbehörde " "keine Berechtigungswirkung." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:193 msgid "" "The previous content was `automatically translated from German with Google " "Translate " @@ -5799,25 +5882,25 @@ msgid "" "gest%C3%BCtzter%20Buchf%C3%BChrungssysteme%20-%20werden%20weder%20im%20Rahmen%20einer%20steuerlichen%20Au%C3%9Fenpr%C3%BCfung%20noch%20im%20Rahmen%20einer%20verbindlichen%20Auskunft%20erteilt.%0A%0A181.%0A%E2%80%9EZertifikate%E2%80%9C%20oder%20%E2%80%9ETestate%E2%80%9C%20Dritter%20k%C3%B6nnen%20bei%20der%20Auswahl%20eines%20Softwareproduktes%20dem%20Unternehmen%20als%20Entscheidungskriterium%20dienen%2C%20entfalten%20jedoch%20aus%20den%20in%20Rz.%20179%20genannten%20Gr%C3%BCnden%20gegen%C3%BCber%20der%20Finanzbeh%C3%B6rde%20keine%20Bindungswirkung.%20&op=translate>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:198 msgid "What happens if you are not compliant?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:200 msgid "" "In the event of an infringement, you can expect a fine but also a court " "order demanding the implementation of specific measures." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:3 msgid "Indonesia" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Indonesien" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:8 msgid "E-Faktur Module" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:10 msgid "" "The **E-Faktur Module** is installed by default with the Indonesian " "localization module. It allows one to generate a CSV file for one tax " @@ -5825,26 +5908,26 @@ msgid "" "e-Faktur** application." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:17 msgid "NPWP/NIK settings" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:0 msgid "**Your Company**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:0 msgid "" "This information is used in the FAPR line in the effect file format. You " "need to set a VAT number on the related partner of your Odoo company. If you" " don't, it won't be possible to create an e-Faktur from an invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:0 msgid "**Your Clients**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:0 msgid "" "You need to set the checkbox *ID PKP* to generate e-fakturs for a customer. " "You can use the VAT field on the customer's contact to set the NPWP needed " @@ -5852,11 +5935,11 @@ msgid "" "enter the NIK in the same VAT field." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:39 msgid "Generate Tax Invoice Serial Number" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:41 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> e-Faktur`. In order to be" " able to export customer invoices as e-Faktur for the Indonesian government," @@ -5866,7 +5949,7 @@ msgid "" "the invoices list and click on *Action*, then on *Download e-Faktur*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:46 msgid "" "After receiving new serial numbers from the Indonesian Revenue Department, " "you can create a set of tax invoice serial numbers group through this list " @@ -5875,30 +5958,30 @@ msgid "" "requested by the Indonesia Tax Revenue Department." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:50 msgid "" "There is a counter to inform you how many unused numbers are left in that " "group." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:58 msgid "Generate e-faktur csv for a single invoice or a batch invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:60 msgid "" "Create an invoice from :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> " "Invoices`. If the invoice customer's country is Indonesia and the customer " "is set as *ID PKP*, Odoo will allow you to create an e-Faktur." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:63 msgid "" "Set a Kode Transaksi for the e-Faktur. There are constraints related to the " "Kode transaksi and the type of VAT applied to invoice lines." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:69 msgid "" "Odoo will automatically pick the next available serial number from the " "e-Faktur number table (see the :ref:`section above " @@ -5908,24 +5991,24 @@ msgid "" "*Electronic Tax*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:77 msgid "" "Once the invoice is posted, you can generate and download the e-Faktur from " "the *Action* menu item *Download e-faktur*. The checkbox *CSV created* will " "be set." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:83 msgid "" "You can select multiple invoices in list view and generate a batch e-Faktur " ".csv." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:88 msgid "Kode Transaksi FP (Transaction Code)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:90 msgid "" "The following codes are available when generating an e-Faktur. - 01 Kepada " "Pihak yang Bukan Pemungut PPN (Customer Biasa) - 02 Kepada Pemungut " @@ -5936,26 +6019,26 @@ msgid "" "Penyerahan Aktiva (Pasal 16D UU PPN)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:103 msgid "" "Correct an invoice that has been posted and downloaded: Replace Invoice " "feature" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:105 msgid "" "Cancel the original wrong invoice in Odoo. For instance, we will change the " "Kode Transakski from 01 to 03 for the INV/2020/0001." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:107 msgid "" "Create a new invoice and set the canceled invoice in the *Replace Invoice* " "field. In this field, we can only select invoices in *Cancel* state from the" " same customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:109 msgid "" "As you validate, Odoo will automatically use the same e-Faktur serial number" " as the canceled and replaced invoice replacing the third digit of the " @@ -5963,31 +6046,31 @@ msgid "" "invoice in the e-Faktur app)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:120 msgid "" "Correct an invoice that has been posted but not downloaded yet: Reset " "e-Faktur" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:122 msgid "Reset the invoice to draft and cancel it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:123 msgid "Click on the button *Reset e-Faktur* on the invoice form view." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:124 msgid "" "The serial number will be unassigned, and we will be able to reset the " "invoice to draft, edit it and re-assign a new serial number." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:3 msgid "Italy (IT)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:5 msgid "" "Questa guida spiegherà come utilizzare la fattura elettronica in Odoo e come" " configurare correttamente i dati aziendali, i contatti e la contabilità. " @@ -5996,11 +6079,11 @@ msgid "" "l’interscambio di informazioni." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:13 msgid "Configurare le informazioni sulla tua Azienda" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:15 msgid "" "Il passo successivo è la configurazione delle informazioni necessarie al " "funzionamento della fatturazione elettronica. Si può accedere alla schermata" @@ -6009,29 +6092,30 @@ msgid "" " configurare la fatturazione elettronica." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:21 msgid "" "I dati necessari al funzionamento dello strumento di fatturazione " "elettronica sono i seguenti:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:24 msgid "" "Server PEC. Le informazioni sul server utilizzato dal tuo indirizzo di posta" " elettronica certificata sono fornite dal tuo fornitore o dal Ministero. Lo " "stesso server deve essere configurato come server che gestisce tutta la " "corrispondenza mail in Odoo, per saperne di più si puo’ consultare la " -"relativa :doc:`guida <../../../discuss/advanced/email_servers>`." +"relativa :doc:`guida " +"</applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:30 msgid "" "Indirizzo PEC dell’ Azienda, tale indirizzo deve essere lo stesso registrato" " presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate per l’utilizzo dei servizi di fatturazione " "elettronica." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:34 msgid "" "Indirizzo PEC dell’Agenzia delle Entrate. La mail sarà fornito al momento " "della registrazione della tua PEC presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate, ricorda " @@ -6039,34 +6123,34 @@ msgid "" "previa comunicazione." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:39 msgid "" "Partita IVA e Codice Fiscale. Per far si che la Fatturazione Elettronica " "funzioni correttamente, questi cambi devono essere compilati correttamente." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:43 msgid "" "Regime Fiscale. Il regime fiscale a cui è sottoposta l’Azienda deve essere " "selezionato scegliendo dalla lista precompilata fornita da Odoo. Chiedi al " "commercialista qual’è il corretto regime fiscale!" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:47 msgid "Numero di Iscrizione nel registro delle Imprese." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:54 msgid "Configurare le impostazioni per la Fatturazione Elettronica" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:56 msgid "" "Numero di iscrizione nel registro Imprese tenuto presso la Camera di " "Commercio." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:59 msgid "" "Rappresentate Fiscale. Questa opzione è dedicata ad aziende con sede al di " "fuori del territorio nazionale ma conducenti attività commerciali in Italia " @@ -6074,18 +6158,18 @@ msgid "" "l’Azienda si avvale di un Rappresentate Fiscale in Italia." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:70 msgid "Configurare il profilo dei clienti" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:72 msgid "" "Per un corretto utilizzo dell’applicazione, il profilo di clienti e " "fornitori, nell’applicazione contatti, deve essere configurato con le " "necessarie informazioni legali." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:76 msgid "" "Selezionando il nome del cliente e accedendo quindi ai suoi dati, si trovano" " i seguenti campi che devono essere compilati: Indirizzo PEC, Codice Fiscale" @@ -6093,11 +6177,11 @@ msgid "" "necessari per la comunicazione tramite fattura elettronica*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:87 msgid "Il processo di fatturazione" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:89 msgid "" "Si può procedere ad emettere una fattura seguendo le indicazioni " "dell’applicazione. Il momento che determina il formale invio della fattura è" @@ -6106,57 +6190,57 @@ msgid "" "tramite pop-up sulla parte iniziale della schermata della fattura." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:102 msgid "I messaggi che possono apparire sono i seguenti:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:104 msgid "Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:106 msgid "Invio fallito. Puoi modificare la fattura ed inviarla di nuovo" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:108 msgid "" "La fattura è stata correttamente inviata ed accettata dal destinatario." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:111 msgid "" "I vari stadi di spedizione e recezione della fattura sono visibili anche " "dall’elenco delle Fatture nella forma di icone, accanto alla colonna “Stato”" " dall’applicazione contabilità." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:115 msgid "*Icona Rossa*: Invio fallito" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:117 msgid "*Icona Gialla*: Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:119 msgid "*Icona Verde*: Fattura inviata e accettata dal destinatario" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:121 msgid "" "Per inviare la fattura tramite PEC e generare il file XML, basterà cliccare " "su invia. Il documento verrà poi mostrato tra gli allegati." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:3 msgid "Mexico" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mexiko" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:10 msgid "`VIDEO WEBINAR OF A COMPLETE DEMO <https://youtu.be/JSqQo5eRqlI>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:15 msgid "" "Odoo Enterprise users in Mexico have free access to a set of modules that " "allow them to issue electronic invoices according to the specifications of " @@ -6167,7 +6251,7 @@ msgid "" "support for associated customs operations." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:21 msgid "" "With the Mexican location in Odoo you will not only be able to comply with " "the legal requirements to invoice in Mexico, but also use it as your " @@ -6175,29 +6259,29 @@ msgid "" "Odoo the perfect solution to manage your business in Mexico." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:26 msgid "Pre requirements" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:28 msgid "" "Before installing the modules and making the necessary configurations to " "have the Mexican localization in Odoo, it is necessary to meet the following" " requirements:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:31 msgid "Be registered with the SAT and have an RFC." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:32 msgid "" "Have a `Certificate of Digital Seal " "<https://www.gob.mx/sat/acciones-y-programas/certificado-de-sello-digital>`_" " (CSD)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:34 msgid "" "Choose a PAC and purchase stamps. Currently the Mexican location in Odoo " "works with two PACs: `Solución Factible <https://solucionfactible.com/>`_, " @@ -6205,25 +6289,24 @@ msgid "" " Sapien - Smarter Web <https://sw.com.mx/>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:37 msgid "" "Have knowledge and experience with billing, sales and accounting in Odoo. " "This documentation contains only the information necessary to enable the use" -" of Odoo in a company based in Mexico. For information on how to use these " -"applications, see the page :doc:`../../../index`." +" of Odoo in a company based in Mexico." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:41 msgid "Modules" msgstr "Module" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:43 msgid "" "To install the Mexican localization module, go to :menuselection:`Apps`, " "then remove the default filter \"Apps\" and search for ``l10n_mx``." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:51 msgid "" "If you created the database from `www.odoo.com <https://www.odoo.com>`_ and " "chose \"Mexico\" as the country when creating your account, some of the " @@ -6232,44 +6315,44 @@ msgid "" "while others will instead have a label that says \"Installed\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:56 msgid "" "The following modules are necessary for all databases that require Mexican " "localization:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "**Mexico - Accounting (l10n_mx)**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "" "All the basic data to manage accounting, taxes and the chart of accounts. " "The installed chart of accounts is based on `the SAT account grouping code " "<https://www.gob.mx/cms/uploads/attachment/file/151586/codigo_agrupador.pdf>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "**EDI for Mexico (l10n_mx_edi)**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "" "Necessary for electronic transactions, CFDI 3.3, payment complement, and " "addenda on invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "**Odoo Mexican localization reports (l10n_mx_reports)**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "" "All mandatory reports for electronic accounting. (Requires the accounting " "application)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:67 msgid "" "The following modules are optional, and should be installed only if they " "meet a specific organization requirement. Installing these modules is not " @@ -6277,24 +6360,24 @@ msgid "" "unnecessarily complicate form filling." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "" "**EDI External Trade Complement for Mexico (l10n_mx_edi_external_trade)**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "" "For clients that export, add the foreign trade complement to the CFDI, and " "the logic for filling it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "" "**Odoo Mexico Localization for Invoice with customs Number " "(l10n_mx_edi_customs)**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "" "For importing customers, this module allows adding to the CFDI the request " "number with which the merchandise to be resold entered. When it is imported " @@ -6303,51 +6386,51 @@ msgid "" "\"pedimento\", and it is processed at customs." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "**Odoo Mexico Localization for Stock / Landing (l10n_mx_edi_landing)**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "" "Related to the import module (*l10n_mx_edi_customs*), this module allows " "managing the requests as part of the shipping costs." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "**Bank account payment to Mexico (l10n_mx_edi_payment_bank)**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "" "Add optional attributes to the payment plugin, allowing the user to select " "the bank account that was used to pay the bills." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "**Odoo Mexico Localization for Sale Coupon (l10n_mx_edi_sale_coupon)**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "" "Complements the Odoo coupon module (*sale_coupon*) to avoid errors in the " "generation of CFDIs." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "" "**Tax Cash Basis Entries at Payment Date (l10n_mx_tax_cash_basis)** Create " "journal entries for" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "taxes on the payment date (instead of the issue date)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:94 msgid "Enable electronic invoicing" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:96 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Accounting --> Customer Invoices`, and " "make sure that the option **Mexican Electronic Invoicing** is enabled. With " @@ -6356,11 +6439,11 @@ msgid "" "billing flow in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:108 msgid "Enter legal information" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:110 msgid "" "After verifying the general configuration, you must verify that the company " "is configured with the correct data. To do so, go to " @@ -6368,13 +6451,13 @@ msgid "" "*Update information* under your company name." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:118 msgid "" "In the resulting form, put your full address (including zip code), RFC (VAT " "number), and the rest of the data." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:122 msgid "" "Make sure that in the address, for the Country field, \"Mexico\" is chosen " "from the list of countries that Odoo shows, because if it is entered " @@ -6382,65 +6465,65 @@ msgid "" "it will result in errors later when the CFDIs are generated." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:131 msgid "" "If you want to test the Mexican localization, you can configure the company " "with a real address within Mexico (including all fields) and add " "``EKU9003173C9`` as RFC." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:135 msgid "Set the fiscal regime of the company" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:137 msgid "" "The following is to indicate what is the fiscal regime of the company that " "we are configuring, which is done through a pre-existing field in Odoo " "called \"Fiscal Regime\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:140 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Accounting --> Electronic Invoicing (MX) " "--> Fiscal Regime`, and select the option that applies to your company from " "the drop-down list." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:148 msgid "" "For the test environment: Select the option **General Law on Legal Persons**" " from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:152 msgid "Contacts Configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:154 msgid "" "When creating a contact to be invoiced in Odoo, the following information " "must be configured for invoice validation: **complete address** (including " "postal code, city, state, country, etc.) and the **VAT** number." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:163 msgid "Taxes Configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:165 msgid "" "A necessary configuration for electronic invoicing to work correctly in Odoo" " is to add the factor type associated with sales taxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:168 msgid "" "To make this configuration you first have to go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:171 msgid "" "Within the list of taxes that are pre-loaded, select the option *Sales* on " "the filter, this is to see only taxes associated with sales, which are those" @@ -6449,20 +6532,20 @@ msgid "" " **Factor Type** choose the option *Tasa*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:180 msgid "" "Do the same for all the sales taxes that the company needs, either those " "that come by default in Odoo, or those that you add that are necessary for " "your company bill." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:184 msgid "" "For the 0% VAT tax, select the option *Exento* instead of *Tasa* within the " "**Factor Type** field." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:187 msgid "" "When registering a payment, Odoo will carry out the movement of taxes from " "the **Cash Basis Transition Account** to the account set in the " @@ -6471,35 +6554,35 @@ msgid "" "eliminate this account**) in the Journal Entry when reclassifying taxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:197 msgid "Products Configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:199 msgid "" "All products to be sold need to have the SAT code associated with their " "classification so that the invoices do not give an error when validating." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:202 msgid "" "To configure products, go to the **General Information** tab and in the " "**UNSPSC Product Category** field select the category that represents that " "product. The process can be done manually or through a bulk import." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:211 msgid "PAC Configuration to sign invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:213 msgid "" "Another important step to configure electronic invoicing in Odoo is to enter" " the PAC which you are working with and the credentials. That way, " "electronic invoicing will be enabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:217 msgid "" "Remember that you must register directly with the PAC of your choice before " "you start creating invoices from Odoo. We have the following PACs available:" @@ -6508,7 +6591,7 @@ msgid "" "<https://sw.com.mx/>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:222 msgid "" "You must process your **Private Key (CSD)** with the SAT institution before " "following these steps. If you do not have this information, try with the " @@ -6516,21 +6599,21 @@ msgid "" "Credentials for your production environment to work with real transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:227 msgid "" "To add the credentials, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Accounting --> " "Electronic Invoicing (MX)`. Under the **PAC MX** section, enter the name of " "your PAC with your credentials (PAC username and PAC password)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:236 msgid "" "If you check the checkbox **Test Environment**, it is not necessary to enter" " a PAC username and/or password, but you must select a PAC from the drop-" "down list." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:239 msgid "" "Finally, upload the digital certificates of the company within the section " "**MX Certificates**. Click on *Add a line*, a window will open, click on " @@ -6538,53 +6621,53 @@ msgid "" "and your password. To finish, click on *Save and Close*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:248 msgid "" "If you still do not have one of the contracted PACs and you want to test " "electronic invoicing you can use the following SAT test certificates:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:252 -msgid ":download:`Certificate <../../../_static/files/certificate.cer>`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:251 +msgid ":download:`Certificate <files/certificate.cer>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:253 -msgid ":download:`Certificate Key <../../../_static/files/certificate.key>`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:252 +msgid ":download:`Certificate Key <files/certificate.key>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:254 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:253 msgid "**Password:** ``12345678a``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:255 msgid "" "You must also configure the company with a real address within Mexico " "(including all fields) and add ``EKU9003173C9`` as the **VAT** number." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:260 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:259 msgid "Workflows" msgstr "Arbeitsabläufe" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:262 msgid "Electronic invoicing" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:264 msgid "" "The invoicing process in Odoo is based on `Annex 20 " "<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/tramitesyservicios/Paginas/anexo_20_version3-3.htm>`_" " version 3.3 of electronic invoicing of the SAT." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:269 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:268 msgid "" "To start invoicing from Odoo, an invoice must be created using the standard " "invoicing flow, that is, either from a sales order or from the invoice menu " "in the Accounting application." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:271 msgid "" "The invoice will be stamped after clicking on *Validate*, before that the " "status is still in draft mode and changes can be made to it. After " @@ -6592,7 +6675,7 @@ msgid "" "it would look like this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:279 msgid "" "The details of the invoice will be reflected in the Chatter, which is what " "you see on the right of the invoice in the attached image. There you can " @@ -6600,7 +6683,7 @@ msgid "" " was validated or not." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:283 msgid "" "To send the stamped invoice to your client, you can send the XML together " "with the PDF file directly from Odoo, by clicking the *Send and Print* " @@ -6608,21 +6691,21 @@ msgid "" "clicking the *Print* button and selecting the desired option." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:288 msgid "" "Depending on the size of the screen, the Chatter can be seen next to or " "below the document." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:291 msgid "Invoicing Special Cases" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:295 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:294 msgid "Foreign Trade Invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:297 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:296 msgid "" "The foreign trade invoicing process in Odoo is based on the corresponding " "`SAT regulation " @@ -6630,176 +6713,176 @@ msgid "" " SAT electronic invoicing version is 3.3." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:301 msgid "What do we mean when we talk about foreign trade?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:303 msgid "" "Since January 2018, the SAT requires a Foreign Trade Supplement in export " "transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:307 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:306 msgid "What is the Foreign Trade complement?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:308 msgid "" "It is an Annex to the electronic invoice that allows the identification of " "exporters and importers, in addition to expanding the description of the " "merchandise sold." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:313 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:312 msgid "What information can be incorporated in this new complement?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:314 msgid "Information on the operation type it covers." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:315 msgid "" "Tax identification data of the issuer, receiver or recipient of the " "merchandise." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:317 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:316 msgid "Description of the goods to be exported." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:319 msgid "Who is obliged to generate it?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:322 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:321 msgid "Taxpayers who carry out export operations of A1 type." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:325 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:324 msgid "To which exports does the A1 type apply?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:327 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:326 msgid "" "Entry of goods of foreign origin to remain in national territory for an " "unlimited time." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:328 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:327 msgid "Exit of goods from the country to stay abroad for an unlimited time." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:328 msgid "" "Definitive importation of vehicles by diplomatic and consular missions and " "offices of international organizations and their foreign personnel, in " "accordance with the import of vehicles in diplomatic exemption." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:333 msgid "Is Foreign Trade the same as Pedimentos?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:336 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:335 msgid "" "Not necessarily, the Pedimentos are directly related to the process of " "Importing goods, while the Foreign Trade Complement is related to the " "Exporting process." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:339 msgid "Required Modules" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:341 msgid "" "In order to generate foreign trade invoices, the following modules must be " "installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:343 msgid "EDI for Mexico (l10n_mx_edi)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:349 msgid "EDI for Mexico (l10n_mx_edi_extended)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:357 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:356 msgid "Company" msgstr "Unternehmen" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:359 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:358 msgid "" "Configure the company with a valid postal code, and if you have a colony " "code, this should match with the corresponding Zip Code. At the same time, " "remember to place the Tax Identification Number (VAT Number - RFC)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:368 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:367 msgid "Receiving Client" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:370 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:369 msgid "" "Generally it will be a foreign client, in which you must verify that you " "have at least the following fields completed with the corresponding " "information." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:378 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:377 msgid "The customer's delivery address must also contain the zip code." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:379 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:378 msgid "" "The format of the foreign VAT (Tax Identification Number) will be validated " "as appropriate in each Country (Example: Colombia ``123456789-1``)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:381 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:380 msgid "" "In the XML, the VAT is automatically replaced by the Generic VAT for abroad " "transactions: ``XEXX010101000``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:385 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:384 msgid "Products" msgstr "Produkte" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:387 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:386 msgid "" "At the product level there must also configure some parameters in the " "following fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:398 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:397 msgid "" "You must select the **UMT Aduana** (Unit of Measure) in *KG* since it is " "only accepted by the SAT" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:399 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:398 msgid "The weight refers to **the unit weight** of the product" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:400 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:399 msgid "The tariff item must be from the code UoM of Kilograms (**UoM = 01**)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:402 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:401 msgid "" "Although the product is sold in pieces or in units, the value that must be " "registered with customs in the tariff item must be reported in Kilograms." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:406 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:405 msgid "Invoicing Flow" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:408 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:407 msgid "" "When creating the foreign sales invoice, you must select the **Incoterm** " "corresponding and the **Need external trade?** checkbox must be checked. " @@ -6808,11 +6891,11 @@ msgid "" "regulations." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:414 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:413 msgid "What is the certificate of origin and when is it used?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:416 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:415 msgid "" "The **Certificate Source** (or proof of origin) is the document that allows " "an importer or exporter to prove the country or region from which a good is " @@ -6820,45 +6903,45 @@ msgid "" "agreed in trade agreements." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:429 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:428 msgid "Assign Pedimentos" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:431 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:430 msgid "" "If your company imports products and you need to add the **Pedimentos** " "number in your invoices, you can also configure Odoo to record the process." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:434 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:433 msgid "" "First, go to :menuselection:`Apps`, remove the \"Apps\" filter and search " "for ``Mexico``, ``mx`` or ``l10n_mx``. Then, install **Odoo Mexico " "Localization for Stock / Landing module (l10n_mx_edi_landing)**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:443 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:442 msgid "" "The l10n_mx_edi_landing module depends on the **Inventory** and **Sales** " "apps, since the products must be entered into inventory to be able to add " "their Pedimentos number to the corresponding receipt of products." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:447 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:446 msgid "" "Then, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Settings --> Settings`. Within the" " options, activate **Landed Costs**. This option will allow adding the " "Pedimentos number to the corresponding product receptions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:456 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:455 msgid "" "In order to use landed costs, the accounting configuration of the inventory " "valuation of the products must be configured as *Automated* and its costing " "method *Average* or *FIFO* (first in, first out)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:460 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:459 msgid "" "To associate the Pedimentos number indicated with an import (merchandise " "reception) a new **Landed Cost** must be created. They can be accessed " @@ -6866,22 +6949,22 @@ msgid "" "you will find the option to attach the Pedimentos number." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:468 msgid "" "You can only add the Pedimentos number once, so be careful when associating " "the correct number with the transfer(s)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:473 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:472 msgid "" -":doc:`../../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs`." +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:476 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:475 msgid "Payment Terms" msgstr "Zahlungsbedingungen" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:478 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:477 msgid "" "The **Payment Terms** are already configured in Odoo when installing the " "Mexican localization, this means that if you go to " @@ -6889,18 +6972,18 @@ msgid "" "find the default list in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:486 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:485 msgid "" "In Mexico you can have 2 types of payments: PPD or PUE. These are given by " "the **Payment Term** chosen (or if there is no chosen payment term it will " "be based on the due date of the invoice)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:490 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:489 msgid "PPD Payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:492 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:491 msgid "" "To configure PPD payments (payment in installments or deferred) it is only " "necessary to choose a date expiration date for your invoice and Odoo will " @@ -6909,11 +6992,11 @@ msgid "" "will be PPDo PUE)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:498 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:497 msgid "PUE" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:500 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:499 msgid "" "To configure PUE payments (payment in a single payment) you must select an " "invoice due date within the same month or choose a payment term that does " @@ -6921,11 +7004,11 @@ msgid "" "falling within the current month)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:505 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:504 msgid "Payments" msgstr "Zahlungen" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:507 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:506 msgid "" "`According to the SAT documentation <https://www.sat.gob.mx/consultas/92764" "/comprobante-de-recepcion-de-pagos>`_, there may be 2 types of payments: " @@ -6935,7 +7018,7 @@ msgid "" "Terms**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:513 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:512 msgid "" "If the payment is a PPD type, Odoo will generate the corresponding payment " "complement automatically when you *Confirm* it. If the payment is PUE, the " @@ -6944,31 +7027,31 @@ msgid "" "invoice date and the due date as parameters." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:522 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:521 msgid "" "When configuring the contacts that will be used when making payments, you " "must configure the banks in the **Accounting** tab, place both the Bank, " "Account Number and CLABE." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:530 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:529 msgid "Register PPD Payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:532 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:531 msgid "" "If at the time of registering a payment it is of type PPD then a Payment " "Complement (XML) will be generated with its details." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:535 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:572 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:534 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:571 msgid "" "The payment can be registered from the invoice and once it is confirmed, the" " invoice will be paid and with its payment associated." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:547 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:546 msgid "" "The journal will be the payment method where you receive or send the payment" " from. You must also associate a **Payment Way** and a Recipient Bank " @@ -6976,219 +7059,219 @@ msgid "" "the invoice)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:551 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:550 msgid "" "Once the payment is made, it will be associated with the corresponding " "invoice and its status will be *In Payment* since the payment will be " "effectively validated when it is bank reconciled." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:555 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:554 msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:562 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:561 msgid "" "The **Recipient Bank Account** is the one attached to the **Accounting** tab" " in the contact associated with the invoice, it must be valid so that the " "stamped payment complement can be created." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:567 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:566 msgid "Register PUE Payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:569 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:568 msgid "" "If at the time of registering a payment it is of the PUE type then in this " "case a Payment Complement (XML) will not be generated since it is not " "necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:588 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:587 msgid "" "In this case it is not created as a payment supplement by the nature of it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:591 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:590 msgid "Down Payments" msgstr "Anzahlungen" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:593 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:592 msgid "" "This is a special case in which we must receive an advance payment from a " "client to later be applied to an invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:597 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:596 msgid "" "`The official documentation for registration of down payments in Mexico " "<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/tramitesyservicios/Paginas/documentos/Caso_uso_Anticipo.pdf>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:601 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:600 msgid "Process to create advance in Mexico" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:603 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:602 msgid "" "Issuance of electronic invoicing with the amount of the advance payment " "received." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:604 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:603 msgid "" "Issuance of the electronic invoice for the total value of the operation " "(full invoice). (CFDI Origin: 07 | Advance invoice, point 1)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:606 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:605 msgid "" "Issuance of the electronic invoice with the *Egreso* type. (CFDI Origin: 07 " "| Invoice_total, point 2)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:610 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:609 msgid "Steps to follow in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:612 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:611 msgid "Preparation: Create the product" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:613 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:612 msgid "" "Down Payment issuance of the electronic invoice for the amount of the " "advance payment received" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:614 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:613 msgid "" "Issuance of the electronic invoice for the total value of the operation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:615 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:614 msgid "Add a credit note from the down payment invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:618 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:617 msgid "Preparation: Create the Product" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:620 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:619 msgid "" "The Down Payment product must be type *Service* and must use the **NSPSC " "Product Category**: *84111506 Servicios de facturación*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:627 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:626 msgid "" "Add the down payment product as default to be used from the Odoo " "configurations." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:634 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:633 msgid "" "Issuance of the electronic invoice for the value of the advance received" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:636 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:635 msgid "" "Create the Advance Payment Invoice: From the sales order, create an advance " "payment invoice for the percentage of the purchase to be paid in advance (or" " for a fixed amount)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:643 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:642 msgid "Validate invoice with the down payment product." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:653 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:652 msgid "Register Payment to the advance payment invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:664 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:663 msgid "" "Issuance of the electronic invoice for the total value of the operation." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:666 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:665 msgid "" "From the sales order, create an invoice for the total, that is, for all the " "order lines without discounting the advance." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:674 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:673 msgid "Remove the check mark from the **Deduct down payments** field." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:676 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:675 msgid "" "Add the original CFDI of the advance payment invoice by adding ``07 |`` at " "the beginning + Folio Fiscal of the advance payment Invoice created in the " "previous step." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:679 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:678 msgid "Copy the Folio Fiscal of the following invoice following this example:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:685 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:684 msgid "" "And paste it in the draft invoice created from the Sales Order without " "deducting the advances:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:691 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:690 msgid "" "Validate and copy the Folio Fiscal for later (in the example the Folio " "Fiscal copy is: 50E4FF06-4341-4006-A7C3-A7F653CBEFAE )" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:695 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:694 msgid "Add credit note from invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:697 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:696 msgid "" "Create a **Credit Note** from the down payment invoice (the corrective " "invoice must be edited prior to confirming it, see explanation below the 2 " "following images)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:708 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:707 msgid "" "Before you *Confirm* the Credit Note, edit the Origin CFDI with ``07 | XXX``" " instead of the prefix ``01 | XXX``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:719 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:718 msgid "Now the invoice can be confirmed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:725 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:724 msgid "" "Now the Credit Note (Advance Payment) must be applied to the total invoice, " "this is added at the bottom below the amount owed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:736 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:735 msgid "" "Register a payment for the difference of the down payment and the total of " "the sale." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:742 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:741 msgid "" "If you go to the XML of the invoice, you should see in CFDI related the type" " of relationship 07 and the Folio Fiscal of the advance payment invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:750 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:749 msgid "Discounts based on payment days" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:752 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:751 msgid "" "Cash discounts are incentives that you can offer to motivate customers to " "pay within a specified time period. For example, you offer a 2% discount if " @@ -7197,22 +7280,22 @@ msgid "" "payments period." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:757 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:762 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:756 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:761 msgid "Create and assign the corresponding Payment Term" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:758 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:781 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:757 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:780 msgid "Register the Payment within the days of the discount" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:759 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:807 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:758 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:806 msgid "Create a credit note" msgstr "Gutschrift zu erstellen." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:764 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:763 msgid "" "To configure the discount for advance payment, go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Terms` and click on" @@ -7222,27 +7305,27 @@ msgid "" " type if necessary (in this example 30 days)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:774 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:773 msgid "" "Then when creating our Sales Order or Sales Invoice, assign the Payment Term" " created previously." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:783 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:782 msgid "" "Register the payment within the days in which the application of the " "discount was specified, in our case it is within 5 days after the creation " "of the Sales Invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:790 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:789 msgid "" "Then go to the bottom of the invoice where the totals are located and there " "you will see 2 payments created, reset to draft and cancel the payment that " "does not correspond - the one related to the discount." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:809 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:808 msgid "" "Finally to close the cycle we must close the invoice, but as in this case we" " apply a discount, to close it correctly we must create a credit note " @@ -7250,56 +7333,56 @@ msgid "" "Note**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:821 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:820 msgid "Adjust the amount to the remaining balance in the original invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:827 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:826 msgid "Add the Credit Note to the original invoice so that it is settled." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:834 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:833 msgid "Cancellation of invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:837 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:836 msgid "Before 72 Hours" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:839 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:838 msgid "" "If it is necessary to cancel an invoice validated and sent to the SAT in " "less than 72 hours follow the steps below." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:842 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:841 msgid "Request Cancellation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:848 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:847 msgid "The status of the **Electronic invoicing** changes to *Cancelled*" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:849 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:848 msgid "Click on *RESET TO DRAFT*" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:855 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:854 msgid "Click on *CANCEL ENTRY*" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:862 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:861 msgid "After 72 Hours" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:864 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:863 msgid "" "If It is necessary to cancel an invoice validated and sent to the SAT more " "than 72 hours, the client must be asked to accept the cancellation, for this" " the following steps must be followed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:867 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:866 msgid "" "Click on *Request EDI Cancellation* to inform the SAT that you want to " "cancel the invoice, in this case the client has to enter the SAT webpage and" @@ -7307,21 +7390,21 @@ msgid "" "changes to *To Cancel*)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:870 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:869 msgid "" "When the client (Receiver / Customer) approves the Cancellation in their SAT" " portal it is now possible to Change the invoice to Draft and then click on " "*Cancel entry*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:872 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:871 msgid "" "Odoo synchronizes with the SAT to update the status of the **Electronic " "invoicing** with a scheduled action, Invoices canceled in the SAT will be " "canceled in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:879 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:878 msgid "" "After clicking on **Request EDI cancellation**, the status of the " "**Electronic invoicing** field will be *To Cancel* but the status of the SAT" @@ -7329,7 +7412,7 @@ msgid "" " Recipient approves the cancellation in the SAT." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:887 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:886 msgid "" "Once canceled in the SAT, Odoo will synchronize the status of the SAT " "through scheduled actions that are executed every day to synchronize the " @@ -7337,33 +7420,33 @@ msgid "" "can be executed manually by entering with developer mode)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:891 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:890 msgid "" "If the invoice is canceled in the SAT, in Odoo it is also canceled, which " "allows you to switch the invoice to draft and finally cancel the invoice " "(*cancel entry*)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:899 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:898 msgid "Cancel Paid Invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:901 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:900 msgid "" "If the invoice has already been paid, a credit note must be created from the" " invoice so that the originating CFDI is recognized and later cancel the " "original invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:913 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:912 msgid "Cancel Invoices from the previous period" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:916 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:915 msgid "Problem" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:918 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:917 msgid "" "If the invoice is from the previous month and the period is closed, the " "income has already been declared in Financial Reports and to the government." @@ -7372,108 +7455,108 @@ msgid "" "problem because the income was already declared in the previous month." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:923 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:922 msgid "" "The problem resides when the fiscal period has been closed, in the current " "period you have to make the reverse entry and save the cancellation " "information." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:926 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:925 msgid "Invoice to be canceled" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:932 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:931 msgid "This is how the Balance Sheet looks like:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:938 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:937 msgid "" "If the invoice is canceled, the journal entry and the Balance Sheet looks " "like this after canceling:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:945 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:944 msgid "Solution" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:947 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:946 msgid "" "Close the fiscal period every month (Best Practice Mexican Localization)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:948 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:947 msgid "Cancel invoice in SAT" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:949 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:948 msgid "Create a Manual Reversion entry (Journal Entry)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:950 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:949 msgid "Reconcile the open invoice with the reversal entry (Journal Entry)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:951 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:950 msgid "Change Electronic invoicing status to Cancelled with server action" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:954 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:953 msgid "" "Close accounting period each month (Best Practice Mexican Localization)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:956 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:955 msgid "" "If the accounting period is closed due to the blocking dates, Odoo will not " "allow to modify or add accounting entries of a date corresponding to that " "accounting period." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:964 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:963 msgid "Cancel invoice in the SAT" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:966 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:965 msgid "" "If the accounting period is closed, and the invoice was canceled in the SAT," " the status in Odoo will be published while the **Electronic invoicing** " "status will be *Sent* and the SAT status is *Cancelled*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:975 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:974 msgid "Create Manual Reversal Journal Entry" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:977 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:976 msgid "" "The solution is to create the reversal journal entry manually dated in the " "current fiscal period and reconcile the open invoice with the reversion " "created manually." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:980 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:979 msgid "" "It must be clearly indicated in the reference that it is a cancellation (you" " can use a cancellation account for invoices from previous periods such as " "**Other Income**)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:988 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:987 msgid "Reconcile the open invoice with the reversal entry" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:998 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:997 msgid "" "In the Balance Sheet and Trial balance they are now with the correct " "balances." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1013 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1012 msgid "Change status of Electronic invoicing to Cancelled with server action" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1015 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1014 msgid "" "A server action can be created that modifies the status of the invoice to " "*Cancelled* once it is reconciled with the reversal entry (You should check " @@ -7481,57 +7564,57 @@ msgid "" "performing this action)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1028 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1027 msgid "Electronic Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1030 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1029 msgid "Accounting for Mexico in Odoo is composed of 3 reports:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1032 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1046 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1031 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1045 msgid "Electronic Chart of Accounts (Called and displayed as COA)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1033 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1032 msgid "Electronic Trial Balance." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1034 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1033 msgid "DIOT report." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1036 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1035 msgid "" "1. and 2. are considered electronic accounting, and DIOT is a report only " "available in the context of accounting." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1039 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1038 msgid "" "You can find all of those reports in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Reporting --> Mexico`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1048 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1047 msgid "" "Electronic invoicing has never been so easy, just go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting -> Reports -> Mexico -> COA` and click the button" " **Export for SAT (XML)**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1056 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1055 msgid "How to add new accounts ?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1058 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1057 msgid "" "If you add an account with the NNN.YY.ZZ encoding convention where NNN.YY is" " a SAT encoding group, your account will be set up automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1061 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1060 msgid "" "Example to add an Account for a new Bank account go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Chart of Account` and then " @@ -7541,11 +7624,11 @@ msgid "" "chosen to be used in the COA in XML." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1072 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1071 msgid "What is the meaning of the tags?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1074 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1073 msgid "" "To know all the possible labels, you can read `Annex 24 " "<http://www.sat.gob.mx/fichas_tematicas/buzon_tributario/Documents/Anexo24_05012015.pdf>`_" @@ -7553,7 +7636,7 @@ msgid "" "SAT**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1079 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1078 msgid "" "When you install the l10n_mx module and your chart of accounts depends on it" " (this happens automatically when you install the configuration of Mexico as" @@ -7561,11 +7644,11 @@ msgid "" "default. If the tag you need is not created, you can create it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1085 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1084 msgid "Trial Balance" msgstr "Vorläufige Bilanz" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1087 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1086 msgid "" "Exactly like the COA but with the credit and debit of the initial balance, " "once you have correctly configured your COA, you can go to " @@ -7574,27 +7657,27 @@ msgid "" "(XML)** with the previous selection of the period you want to export." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1096 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1095 msgid "" "All normal analysis and listed functions are available here as well as any " "normal Odoo Report." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1099 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1098 msgid "DIOT Report (Requires Accounting App)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1101 msgid "What is DIOT and the importance of presenting it SAT" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1103 msgid "" "When it comes to procedures with the SAT Administration Service, we know " "that we should not neglect what we present." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1106 msgid "" "The DIOT is the Informative Declaration of Operations with Third Parties " "(DIOT), which is an additional obligation with VAT, where we must give the " @@ -7602,25 +7685,25 @@ msgid "" "with our suppliers." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1110 msgid "" "This applies to both individuals and Personas Morales, so if we have VAT to " "present to the SAT and also deal with suppliers it is necessary to send the " "DIOT." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1114 msgid "When to file the DIOT and in what format ?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1116 msgid "" "It is easy to present the DIOT, since, like all formats, you can obtain it " "on the SAT page, it is the electronic form A-29 that you can find on the SAT" " website." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1119 msgid "" "Every month if you have operations with third parties, it is necessary to " "present the DIOT, as we do with VAT, so if in January we have deals with " @@ -7628,24 +7711,24 @@ msgid "" "data." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1124 msgid "Where is DIOT presented?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1126 msgid "" "You can present DIOT in different ways, it is up to you which one you will " "choose and which one will be more comfortable for you since you will present" " it every month or every time you have dealings with suppliers." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1130 msgid "" "The A-29 form is electronic so you can present it on the SAT page, but this " "after having made up to 500 registrations." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1133 msgid "" "Once these 500 records have been entered in the SAT, you must submit them to" " the Local Taxpayer Services Administration (ALSC) with correspondence to " @@ -7655,18 +7738,18 @@ msgid "" "USB." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1140 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1139 msgid "One more thing to know: batch loading?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1141 msgid "" "When reviewing the official SAT documents in DIOT, you will find the Batch " "load, and of course the first thing we think is what is that ?, and " "according to the SAT site it is:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1144 msgid "" "The \"batch load\" is the conversion of databases from records of " "transactions with suppliers made by taxpayers in text files (.txt). These " @@ -7676,7 +7759,7 @@ msgid "" "integration for the presentation in time and form to the SAT." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1151 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1150 msgid "" "You can use it to present the DIOT, since it is allowed, which will " "facilitate this operation, so that it does not exist to avoid being in line " @@ -7684,43 +7767,43 @@ msgid "" "Third Parties." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1155 msgid "" "`official information " "<http://www.sat.gob.mx/fichas_tematicas/declaraciones_informativas/Paginas/declaracion_informativa_terceros.aspx>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1159 msgid "How to generate this report in Odoo?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1162 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1161 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports --> Mexico --> Transactions " "with third partied (DIOT)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1168 msgid "" "A report view is displayed, select the last month to report the immediately " "preceding month or leave the current month if it suits you." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1176 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1175 msgid "Click on *Export (XLSX)* or *Print (TXT)*" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1181 msgid "" "Save the downloaded file in a safe place, go to the SAT website and follow " "the necessary steps to declare it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1186 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1185 msgid "Important considerations about your supplier and invoice data for DIOT" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1188 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1187 msgid "" "All suppliers must have the fields configured in the accounting tab called " "\"DIOT Information\", the L10N MX Nationality field is completed by simply " @@ -7729,34 +7812,34 @@ msgid "" "your providers." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1197 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1196 msgid "" "There are 3 VAT options for this report, 16%, 0% and exempt, one invoice " "line in Odoo is considered exempt if there is no tax on it, the other 2 " "taxes are already configured correctly." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1199 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1198 msgid "" "Remember that to pay an invoice that represents a prepayment, you must first" " request the invoice and then pay it and properly reconcile the payment " "following the standard Odoo procedure." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1201 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1200 msgid "" "You do not need to fill in all your partner data to try to generate the " "supplier invoice, you can correct this information when you generate the " "report." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1203 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1202 msgid "" "Remember that this report only shows vendor invoices that were actually " "paid." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1205 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1204 msgid "" "If some of these considerations are not taken into account, a message like " "this will appear when you generate the DIOT in TXT with all the partners you" @@ -7766,74 +7849,74 @@ msgid "" "auditory process to see that all your partners are configured correctly." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1216 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1215 msgid "Closing Fiscal Period in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1217 msgid "" "Before proceeding to the close of the fiscal year, there are some steps that" " you should normally take to ensure that your accounting is correct, updated" " and accurate:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1221 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1220 msgid "" "Make sure that you have fully reconciled your bank account (s) through the " "end of the year and confirm that the closing book balances match the " "balances on your bank statements." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1223 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1222 msgid "Verify that all customer invoices have been entered and approved." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1224 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1223 msgid "Confirm that you have entered and approved all vendor bills." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1225 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1224 msgid "Validate all expenses, ensuring their accuracy." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1226 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1225 msgid "" "Check that all payments received have been entered and recorded exactly." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1229 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:23 msgid "Year-end checklist" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1231 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1230 msgid "Run a **Tax Report**, and verify that your tax information is correct." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1231 msgid "Reconcile all accounts on your **Balance Sheet**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1234 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1233 msgid "" "Compare your bank balances in Odoo against the current bank balances on your" " statements. Use the report **Bank Reconciliation** to help you with this." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1236 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1235 msgid "" "Reconcile all cash and bank account transactions by running your **Old " "Accounts Receivable** and **Old Accounts Payable** reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1238 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1237 msgid "" "Audit your accounts, making sure you fully understand the transactions that " "affect them and the nature of the transactions, making sure to include loans" " and fixed assets." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1241 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1240 msgid "" "Run the optional function **Payments Matching**, under the *More* drop-down " "on the Journal options from the Accounting dashboard, validating any Vendor " @@ -7842,45 +7925,45 @@ msgid "" " reconciled, and it can lead to finding errors or mistakes in the system." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1245 msgid "" "Your accountant will probably like to check your items in the balance sheet " "and do some Journal Entries for:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1249 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1248 msgid "" "Manual year-end adjustments, using the **Journal Audit** report (For " "example, the **Current Earnings for the Year** and **Retained Earnings " "reports**)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1251 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1250 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:54 msgid "**Work in Progress**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1252 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1251 msgid "**Depreciation Journals**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1253 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1252 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:58 msgid "**Loans**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1254 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1253 msgid "**Tax Adjustments**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1256 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1255 msgid "" "If your accountant is on the year-end audit, they will want to have copies " "of the balance sheet items (such as loans, bank accounts, prepayments, sales" " tax reports, etc ...) to compare against. your balances in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1260 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1259 msgid "" "During this process, it is a good practice setting the **Closing Date for " "Non-Advisers** to the last day of the preceding financial year, which is set" @@ -7889,11 +7972,11 @@ msgid "" "books." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1270 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1269 msgid "Accounting Closing Process" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1272 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1271 msgid "" "In Odoo there is no need to make a specific year-end entry to close the " "reporting income accounts . The result of the exercise is automatically " @@ -7901,7 +7984,7 @@ msgid "" "between Income - Expenses will be accumulated to calculate it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1276 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1275 msgid "" "The reports are created in real-time, which means that the **Income Report**" " corresponds directly to the closing date of the year that you specify in " @@ -7910,25 +7993,25 @@ msgid "" "account balances will all be 0." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1281 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1280 msgid "" "As of December 31, the Balance Sheet shows the earnings of the Current Year " "that do not have been recognized (Account type Total Current Year " "Unallocated Earnings in MX account 305.01.01 ['current year earnings' type])" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1289 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1288 msgid "" "The accountant should create a Journal Entry to recognize the result of the " "year in Accumulated Earnings from previous years on the account \"previous " "years results\" account (304.01.01 in Mexico) - that is an equity account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1293 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1292 msgid "The simplified accounting entry would look like this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1299 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1298 msgid "" "Once the accountant has created the journal entry to locate the **Current " "Earnings for the Year**, they must set the **Closing Date** to the last day " @@ -7937,26 +8020,26 @@ msgid "" "balance 0." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1309 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1308 msgid "Extra Recommended features" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1312 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1311 msgid "Contacts App (Free)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1314 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1313 msgid "" "If you want to properly manage your customers, suppliers and addresses, this" " module, even if it is not a technical need, it is highly recommended to " "install it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1318 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1317 msgid "Multi-currency (Requires Accounting application)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1320 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1319 msgid "" "In Mexico, almost all companies send and receive payments in different " "currencies. If you want to do this you can enable the use of multi-currency." @@ -7965,97 +8048,97 @@ msgid "" " without having to manually create this information every day in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1325 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1324 msgid "Go to settings and enable the multi-currency feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1332 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1331 msgid "" "Enabling Explicit errors on the CFDI using the XSD local validator (CFDI " "3.3)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1334 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1333 msgid "" "Frequently you want receive explicit errors from the fields incorrectly set " "on the xml, those errors are better informed to the user if the check is " "enable, to enable the Check with xsd feature follow the next steps (with the" -" :doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` enabled)." +" :doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>` enabled)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1339 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1338 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Actions --> Server Actions`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1340 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1339 msgid "Look for the Action called \"Download XSD files to CFDI\"" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1341 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1340 msgid "Click on button \"Create Contextual Action\"" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1342 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1341 msgid "" "Go to the company form :menuselection:`Settings --> Users&Companies --> " "Companies`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1343 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1342 msgid "Open any company you have." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1344 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1343 msgid "Click on \"Action\" and then on \"Download XSD file to CFDI\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1350 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1349 msgid "" "Now you can make an invoice with any error (for example a product without " "code which is pretty common) and an explicit error will be shown instead a " "generic one with no explanation." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1355 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1354 msgid "If you see an error like this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "``The cfdi generated is not valid``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "" "``attribute decl. 'TipoRelacion', attribute 'type': The QName value " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_TipoRelacion' does " "not resolve to a(n) simple type definition., line 36``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1362 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1361 msgid "" "This can be caused by a database backup restored in anothe server, or when " "the XSD files are not correctly downloaded. Follow the same steps as above " "but:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1366 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1365 msgid "Go to the company in which the error occurs." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1367 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1366 msgid "Click on *Action* and then on *Download XSD file to CFDI*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1370 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1369 msgid "Common problems and errors" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1372 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1371 msgid "**Error messages** (Only applicable on CFDI 3.3):" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1374 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1373 msgid "" "``9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_MINLENGTH_VALID: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " @@ -8063,7 +8146,7 @@ msgid "" "allowed minimum length of '1'.``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1379 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1378 msgid "" "``9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_PATTERN_VALID: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " @@ -8071,36 +8154,36 @@ msgid "" "'[^|]{1,100}'.``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1383 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1382 msgid "" "**Solution**: You forgot to set the proper \"Reference\" field in the " "product, please go to the product form and set your internal reference " "properly." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1387 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1428 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1459 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1480 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1488 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1386 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1427 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1458 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1479 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1487 msgid "**Error messages**:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1389 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1388 msgid "" "``6:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}RegimenFiscal': The attribute 'Regimen' is " "required but missing.``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1392 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1391 msgid "" "``5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'RegimenFiscal' is " "required but missing.``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1395 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1394 msgid "" "**Solution**: You forgot to set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the " "partner of the company. Go to customers, remove the customer filter and look" @@ -8110,25 +8193,25 @@ msgid "" "considerations about fiscal positions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1402 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1401 msgid "" "You need to go to Fiscal Position settings and set the proper code (it is " "the first 3 numbers of the name), for example, for the test, you need to set" " 601, it will look like the picture." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1410 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1409 msgid "" "For testing purposes this value must be set to ``601 - General de Ley " "Personas Morales`` which is the one required for the VAT demo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1413 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1445 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1412 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1444 msgid "**Error message**:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1415 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1414 msgid "" "``2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'FormaPago': [facet " @@ -8137,19 +8220,19 @@ msgid "" "'26', '27', '28', '29', '30', '99'}``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1421 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1420 msgid "**Solution**: The payment method is required on your invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1430 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1429 msgid "" "``2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': " "[facet 'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'00``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1433 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1447 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1432 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1446 msgid "" "``2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': '' " @@ -8157,14 +8240,14 @@ msgid "" "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal'.``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1436 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1435 msgid "" "``5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'Rfc' is required but " "missing.``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1439 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1438 msgid "" "**Solution**: You must configure your company address correctly, this is a " "mandatory group of fields, you can go to your company configuration in " @@ -8173,96 +8256,96 @@ msgid "" " this section: :ref:`mx-legal-info`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1452 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1451 msgid "" "**Solution**: The postal code of your company address is not valid for " "Mexico, please correct it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1461 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1460 msgid "" "``18:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " "required but missing.``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1464 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1463 msgid "" "``34:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " "required but missing.\", '')``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1468 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1467 msgid "" "**Solution**: Set the Mexican name for the 0% and 16% tax in your system and" " use it on the invoice. Your tax, which represents 16% VAT and 0%, must have" " the **Factor Type** field set to *Tasa*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "``CCE159``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "" "``The XXXX attribute must be registered if the key of cce11: " "ComercioExterior: TipoOperacion registered is '1' or '2'.``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1486 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1485 msgid "**Solution**: It is necessary to specify the Incoterm." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "``CCE209``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "" "``The attribute cce11: Foreign Trade: Goods: Goods: Customs Unit must have " "the value specified in the catalog catCFDI: c_FraccionArancelaria column " "'UMT' when the attribute cce11: Foreign Trade: Goods: Me``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1495 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1494 msgid "" "**Solution**: The Tariff Fraction must have the code of the unit of measure " "01, corresponding to Kilograms." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1499 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1498 msgid "Glossary" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1501 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1500 msgid "" ":abbr:`CFDI (Comprobante Fiscal Digital por Internet)`: Online Digital Tax " "Receipt" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1502 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1501 msgid ":abbr:`CSD (Certificado de Sello Digital)`: Digital Seal Certificate" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1503 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1502 msgid "" ":abbr:`PAC (Proveedores Autorizados de Certificación)`: Authorized " "Certification Provider" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1504 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1503 msgid "Stamp: Digital signature of the electronic invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1505 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1504 msgid "" "Addenda: Complement of information that can be attached to an Internet " "Digital Tax Receipt (CFDI) normally required by certain companies in Mexico " "such as Walmart, Tiendas Sorianas, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1507 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1506 msgid "" ":abbr:`UUID (Universally Unique Identifier)`: It is the acronym in English " "of the Universally Unique Identifier. The UUID is the equivalent of Folio " @@ -8270,7 +8353,7 @@ msgid "" " by hyphens." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1510 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1509 msgid "" "LCO: List of Obliged Taxpayers (LCO) is a list issued by the SAT that " "accounts for all the taxpayers whom it authorizes the issuance of invoices " @@ -8278,16 +8361,16 @@ msgid "" "your clients, you must be in this database." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:2 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:2 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:100 msgid "Netherlands" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Niederlande" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:5 msgid "XAF Export" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:7 msgid "" "With the Dutch accounting localization installed, you will be able to export" " all your accounting entries in XAF format. For this, you have to go in " @@ -8296,36 +8379,36 @@ msgid "" "then you click on the button **EXPORT (XAF)**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:14 msgid "Dutch Accounting Reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:16 msgid "" "If you install the Dutch accounting localization, you will have access to " "some reports that are specific to the Netherlands such as :" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:21 msgid "Tax Report (Aangifte omzetbelasting)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:23 msgid "Intrastat Report (ICP)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:109 msgid "Peru" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Peru" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:8 msgid "" "The Peruvian localization has been improved and extended, in this version " "the next modules are available:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:11 msgid "" "**l10n_pe**: Adds accounting features for the Peruvian localization, which " "represent the minimal configuration required for a company to operate in " @@ -8333,7 +8416,7 @@ msgid "" "included in this module are: Chart of account, taxes, document types." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:16 msgid "" "**l10n_pe_edi**: includes all technical and functional requirements to " "generate and validate Electronic Invoice, based on the SUNAT specification " @@ -8345,24 +8428,24 @@ msgid "" "<https://www.sunat.gob.pe/legislacion/general/index.html/>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:28 msgid "Install the Peruvian localization modules" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:30 msgid "" "Go to *Apps* and search for Peru, then click Install in the module Peru EDI." " This module has a dependency with *Peru - Accounting*. In case this last " "one is not installed, Odoo installs it automatically within EDI." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:39 msgid "" "When you install a database from scratch selecting Peru as country, Odoo " "automatically installs the base module: Peru - Accounting." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:45 msgid "" "In addition to the basic information in the Company, we need to set Peru as " "the Country, this is essential for the Electronic Invoice to work properly. " @@ -8371,40 +8454,40 @@ msgid "" "Registration):" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:56 msgid "" "In case the Address type code is unknown, you can set it as the default " "value: 0000. Be aware that if an incorrect value is entered, the Electronic " "invoice validation might have errors." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:60 msgid "The NIF should be set following the RUC format." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:66 msgid "" "The chart of accounts is installed by default as part of the set of data " "included in the localization module, the accounts are mapped automatically " "in:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:71 msgid "Default Account Receivable" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:73 msgid "" "The chart of accounts for Peru is based on the most updated version of the " ":abbr:`PCGE (Plan Contable General Empresarial)`, which is grouped in " "several categories and is compatible with NIIF accounting." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:78 msgid "Accouting Seetings" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:80 msgid "" "Once the modules are installed and the basic information of your company is " "set, you need to configure the elements required for Electronic Invoice. For" @@ -8412,46 +8495,46 @@ msgid "" "Localization`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:85 msgid "Basic Concepts" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:87 msgid "Here are some terms that are essential on the Peruvian localization:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:89 msgid "" "**EDI**: Electronic Data Interchange, which in this refers to the Electronic" " Invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:90 msgid "" "**SUNAT**: is the organization that enforces customs and taxation in Peru." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:91 msgid "" "**OSE**: Electronic Service Operator, `OSE SUNAT's definition " "<https://cpe.sunat.gob.pe/aliados/ose#:~:text=El%20Operador%20de%20Servicios%20Electr%C3%B3nicos%20(OSE)%20es%20qui%C3%A9n%20se%20encarga,otro%20documento%20que%20se%20emita>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:93 msgid "**CDR**: Receipt certificate (Constancia de Recepción)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:94 msgid "" -"**SOL Credentials**: User and password provided by the SUNAT and grants " -"access to Online Operations systems." +"**SOL Credentials**: Sunat Operaciones en Línea. User and password are " +"provided by the SUNAT and grant access to Online Operations systems." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:99 msgid "Signature Provider" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:101 msgid "" "As part of the requirements for Electronic Invoice in Peru, your company " "needs to select a Signature Provider that will take care of the document " @@ -8459,114 +8542,114 @@ msgid "" "options:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:112 msgid "IAP (Odoo In-App Purchase)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:106 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:170 msgid "Digiflow" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:186 msgid "SUNAT" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:109 msgid "" "Please refer to the sections below to check the details and considerations " "for each option." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:114 msgid "" "This is the default and the suggested option, considering the digital " "ceritificate is included as part of the service." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:122 msgid "What is the IAP?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:124 msgid "" "This is a signature service offered directly by Odoo, the service takes care" " of the next process:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:126 msgid "" "Provides the Electronic invoice Certificate, so you do not need to acquire " "one by yourself." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:127 msgid "Send the document to the OSE, in this case, Digiflow." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:128 msgid "Receive the OSE validation and CDR." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:131 msgid "How does it work?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:133 msgid "" "The service requires Credits in order to process your electronic documents. " "Odoo provides 1000 credits for free in new databases. After these credits " "are consumed, you need to buy a Credit Package." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:138 msgid "Credits" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:138 msgid "EUR" -msgstr "" +msgstr "EUR" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:140 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:113 msgid "1000" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:140 msgid "22" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:142 msgid "5000" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:142 msgid "110" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:144 msgid "10,000" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:144 msgid "220" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:146 msgid "20,000" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:146 msgid "440" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:149 msgid "The credits are consumed per each document that is sent to the OSE." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:152 msgid "" "If you have a validation error and the document needs to be sent one more " "time, one additional credit will be charged. Therefore, it is paramount that" @@ -8574,17 +8657,17 @@ msgid "" "OSE." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:157 msgid "What do you need to do?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:159 msgid "" "In Odoo, once your enterprise contract is activated and you start working in" " Production, you need to buy credits once the first 1000 are consumed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:161 msgid "" "As Digiflow is the OSE used in the IAP, you need to affiliate it as the " "official OSE for your company on the SUNAT website. This is a simple " @@ -8592,15 +8675,22 @@ msgid "" "<https://drive.google.com/file/d/1BkrMTZIiJyi5XI0lGMi3rbMzHddOL1pa/view?usp=sharing>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:165 +msgid "" +"Register Digiflow as the authorized PSE, please check `PSE Affiliation guide" +" " +"<https://drive.google.com/file/d/1QZoqWvtQERpS0pqp6LcKmw7EBlm9EroU/view?usp=sharing>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:172 msgid "" "This option can be used as an alternative, instead of using the IAP services" " you can send your document validation directly to Digiflow. In this case " "you need to consider:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:172 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:192 msgid "" "Buy your own digital Certificate: For more detail regarding the official " "vendor list, and the process to acquire it, please refer to `SUNAT Digital " @@ -8608,104 +8698,110 @@ msgid "" "<https://cpe.sunat.gob.pe/informacion_general/certificados_digitales/>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:178 msgid "" "Sign a service agreement directly with `Digiflow " "<https://www.digiflow.pe/>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:179 msgid "Provide your SOL credentials." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:188 msgid "" "In case your company wants to sign directly with the SUNAT, it is possible " "to select this option in your configuration. In this case you need to " "consider: - Get the SUNAT Certification process accepted." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:196 msgid "Provide you SOL credentials." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:199 +msgid "" +"When using direct connection with the SUNAT, the SOL User must be set with " +"the Company RUT + User Id. Example: ``20121888549JOHNSMITH``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:203 msgid "Testing environment" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:205 msgid "" "Odoo provides a testing environment that can be activated before your " "company goes into production." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:207 msgid "" "When using the testing environment and the IAP signature, you don’t need to " "buy testing credits for your transactions as all of them are validated by " "default." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:211 msgid "" "By default the databases are set to work on production, make sure to enable " "the testing mode if needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:217 msgid "" "In case you don’t use Odoo IAP, in order to generate the electronic invoice " "signature, a digital certificate with the extension ``.pfx`` is required. " "Proceed to this section and load your file and password." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:228 msgid "" "The official currency exchange rate in Peru is provided by the Bank of Peru." " Odoo can connect directly to its services and get the currency rate either " "automatically or manually." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:235 msgid "" "Please refer to the next section in our documentation for more information " "about :doc:`multicurrency <../../others/multicurrencies/how_it_works>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:245 msgid "" "As part of the localization module the taxes are created automatically with " "their related financial account and electronic invoice configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:253 msgid "EDI Configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:255 msgid "" "As part of the taxes configuration, there are three new fields required for " "electronic invoice, the taxes created by default have this data included, " "but in case you create new taxes make sure you fill in the fields:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:261 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:267 msgid "" "There are two main fiscal positions included by default when you install the" " Peruvian localization." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:269 msgid "" "**Extranjero - Exportación**: Set this fiscal position on customers for " "Exportation transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:271 msgid "**Local Peru**: Set this fiscal position on local customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:270 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:276 msgid "" "In some Latin American countries, including Peru, some accounting " "transactions like invoices and vendor bills are classified by document " @@ -8713,7 +8809,7 @@ msgid "" "SUNAT." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:280 msgid "" "Each document type can have a unique sequence per journal where it is " "assigned. As part of the localization, the Document Type includes the " @@ -8721,29 +8817,29 @@ msgid "" "automatically when the localization module is installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:278 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:284 msgid "" "The information required for the document types is included by default so " "the user does not need to fill anything on this view:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:292 msgid "" "Currently the documents supported on customer invoices are: Invoice, Boleta," " Debit Note and Credit Note." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:298 msgid "" "When creating Sales Journals, the following information must be filled, in " "addition to the standard fields on the Journals:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:302 msgid "Use Documents" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:304 msgid "" "This field is used to define if the journal uses Document Types. It is only " "applicable to Purchase and Sales journals, which are the ones that can be " @@ -8751,23 +8847,23 @@ msgid "" "default, all the sales journals created use documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:303 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:309 msgid "Electronic Data Interchange" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:305 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:311 msgid "" "This section indicates which EDI workflow is used in the invoice, for Peru " "we must select “Peru UBL 2.1”." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:313 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:319 msgid "" "By default, the value Factur-X (FR) is always displayed, make sure you can " "uncheck it manually." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:321 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:327 msgid "" "As part of the Peruvian localization, the identification types defined by " "the SUNAT are now available on the Partner form, this information is " @@ -8775,26 +8871,26 @@ msgid "" "customer, make sure you fill in this information in your records." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:331 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:337 msgid "Product" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Produkt" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:333 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:339 msgid "" "Additional to the basic information in your products, for the Peruvian " "localization, the UNSPC Code on the product is a required value to be " "configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:345 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:351 msgid "Customer invoice" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kundenrechnung" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:354 msgid "EDI Elements" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:356 msgid "" "Once you have configured your master data, the invoices can be created from " "your sales order or manually. Additional to the basic invoice information " @@ -8803,13 +8899,13 @@ msgid "" "fields required as part of the Peru EDI:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:355 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:361 msgid "" "**Document type**: The default value is “Factura Electronica” but you can " "manually change the document type if needed and select Boleta for example." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:362 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:368 msgid "" "**Operation type**: This value is required for Electronic Invoice and " "indicates the transaction type, the default value is “Internal Sale” but " @@ -8817,7 +8913,7 @@ msgid "" "Goods." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:370 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:376 msgid "" "**EDI Affectation Reason**: In the invoice lines, additional to the Tax " "there is a field “EDI Affectation Reason” that determines the tax scope " @@ -8826,7 +8922,7 @@ msgid "" "manually select another one when creating the invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:382 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:388 msgid "" "Once you check all the information in your invoice is correct, you can " "proceed to validate it. This action registers the account move and triggers " @@ -8834,18 +8930,18 @@ msgid "" "following message is displayed at the top of the invoice:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:390 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:396 msgid "" "Asynchronous means that the document is not sent automatically after the " "invoice has been posted." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:393 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:487 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:399 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:493 msgid "Electronic Invoice Status" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:395 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:401 msgid "" "**To be Sent**: To be sent: Indicates the document is ready to be sent to " "the OSE, this can be done either automatically by Odoo with a *cron* that " @@ -8853,46 +8949,46 @@ msgid "" "button “Sent now”." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:403 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:409 msgid "" "**Sent**: Indicates the document was sent to the OSE and was successfully " "validated. As part of the validation a ZIP file is downloaded and a message " "is logged in the chatter indicating the correct Government validation." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:411 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:417 msgid "" "In case there is a validation error the Electronic Invoice status remains in" " “To be sent” so the corrections can be made and the invoice can be sent " "again." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:415 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:421 msgid "" "One credit is consumed each time that you send a document for validation, in" " this sense if an error is detected on an invoice and you send it one more " "time, two credits are consumed in total." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:422 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:428 msgid "" "There are multiple reasons behind a rejection from the OSE or the SUNAT, " "when this happens Odoo sends a message at the top of the invoice indicating " "the error details and in the most common cases a hint to fix the issue." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:426 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:432 msgid "If a validation error is received, you have two options:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:428 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:434 msgid "" "In case the error is related to master data on the partner, customer or " "taxes, you can simply apply the change on the record (example customer " "identification type) and once it is done click on the Retry button." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:431 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:437 msgid "" "If the error is related to some data recorded on the invoice directly " "(Operation type, missing data on the invoice lines), the correct solution is" @@ -8900,49 +8996,49 @@ msgid "" " again to the SUNAT for another validation." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:440 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:446 msgid "" "For more detail please refert to `Common errors in SUNAT " "<https://www.nubefact.com/codigos-error-sunat/>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:446 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:452 msgid "" "After the invoice is accepted and validated by the SUNAT, the invoice PDF " "report can be printed. The report includes a QR code, indicating the invoice" " is a valid fiscal document." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:454 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:460 msgid "IAP Credits" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:456 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:462 msgid "" "Odoo’s Electronic IAP offers 1000 credits for free, after these credits are " "consumed in your production database, your company must buy new credits in " "order to process your transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:459 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:465 msgid "" "Once you run out of credits a red label is displayed at the top of the " "invoice indicating that additional credits are required, you can easily buy " "them by accessing the link provided in the message." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:467 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:473 msgid "" "In the IAP service includes packages with different pricing based on the " "number of credits. The price list in the IAP is always displayed in EUR." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:474 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:510 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:480 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:516 msgid "Cancelation process" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:476 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:482 msgid "" "Some scenarios require an invoice cancellation, for example, when an invoice" " was created by mistake. If the invoice was already sent and validated by " @@ -8950,11 +9046,11 @@ msgid "" "Cancellation:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:484 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:490 msgid "In order to cancel an invoice, please provide a cancellation Reason." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:489 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:495 msgid "" "**To Cancel**: Indicates the cancellation request is ready to be sent to " "the OSE, this can be done either automatically by Odoo with a *cron* that " @@ -8963,7 +9059,7 @@ msgid "" "result the next message and CDR File are logged in the chatter:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:498 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:504 msgid "" "**Cancelled**: Indicates the cancellation request was sent to the OSE and " "was successfully validated. As part of the validation a ZIP file is " @@ -8971,75 +9067,75 @@ msgid "" "Government validation." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:507 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:513 msgid "One credit is consumed on each cancellation request." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:512 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:518 msgid "" "When creating exportation invoices, take into account the next " "considerations:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:514 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:520 msgid "The Identification type on your customer must be Foreign ID." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:515 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:521 msgid "Operation type in your invoice must be an Exportation one." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:516 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:522 msgid "The taxes included in the invoice lines should be EXP taxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:523 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:529 msgid "Advance Payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:525 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:531 msgid "Create the advance payment Invoice and apply its related payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:526 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:532 msgid "Create the final invoice without considering the advance payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:527 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:533 msgid "" "Create a credit note for the Final invoice with the advance payment amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:528 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:534 msgid "Reconcile the Credit note with the final invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:529 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:535 msgid "" "The remaining balance on the final invoice should be paid with a regular " "payment transaction." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:533 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:539 msgid "Detraction Invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:535 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:541 msgid "" "When creating invoices that is subject to Detractions, take into account the" " next considerations:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:537 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:543 msgid "" "All the products included in the invoice must have these fields configured:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:543 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:549 msgid "Operation type in your invoice must be ``1001``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:552 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:558 msgid "" "When a correction or refund is needed over a validated invoice, a credit " "note must be generated, for this just click on the button “Add Credit Note”," @@ -9047,126 +9143,126 @@ msgid "" "selecting one of the options in the list." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:561 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:567 msgid "" "When creating your first credit Note, select the Credit Method: Partial " "Refund, this allows you to define the credit note sequence." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:564 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:570 msgid "By default the Credit Note is set in the document type:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:570 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:576 msgid "" "To finish the workflow please follow the instructions on :doc:`our page " "about Credit Notes <../../receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:574 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:580 msgid "" "The EDI workflow for the Credit notes works in the same way as the invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:580 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:586 msgid "" "As part of the Peruvian localization, besides creating credit notes from an " "existing document you can also create debit Notes. For this just use the " "button “Add Debit Note”." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:583 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:589 msgid "By default the Debit Note is set in the document type." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:3 msgid "Spain" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Spanien" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:6 msgid "Spanish Chart of Accounts" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:8 msgid "" "In Odoo, there are several Spanish Chart of Accounts that are available by " "default:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:10 msgid "PGCE PYMEs 2008" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:11 msgid "PGCE Completo 2008" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:12 msgid "PGCE Entitades" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:14 msgid "" "You can choose the one you want by going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration` then choose the package you want in the **Fiscal " "Localization** section." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:20 msgid "" "When you create a new SaaS database, the PGCE PYMEs 2008 is installed by " "default." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:23 msgid "Spanish Accounting Reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:25 msgid "" "If the Spanish Accounting Localization is installed, you will have access to" " accounting reports specific to Spain:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:28 msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 111)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:29 msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 115)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:30 msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 303)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:3 msgid "Switzerland" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Schweiz" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:6 msgid "ISR (In-payment Slip with Reference number)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:8 msgid "" "The ISRs are payment slips used in Switzerland. You can print them directly " "from Odoo. On the customer invoices, there is a new button called *Print " "ISR*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:16 msgid "" "The button *Print ISR* only appears there is well a bank account defined on " "the invoice. You can use CH6309000000250097798 as bank account number and " "010391391 as CHF ISR reference." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:23 msgid "Then you open a pdf with the ISR." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:28 msgid "" "There exists two layouts for ISR: one with, and one without the bank " "coordinates. To choose which one to use, there is an option to print the " @@ -9175,17 +9271,17 @@ msgid "" "Invoices` and enable **Print bank on ISR**:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:38 msgid "ISR reference on invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:40 msgid "" "To ease the reconciliation process, you can add your ISR reference as " "**Payment Reference** on your invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:43 msgid "" "To do so, you need to configure the Journal you usually use to issue " "invoices. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, " @@ -9195,11 +9291,11 @@ msgid "" " *Save*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:53 msgid "Currency Rate Live Update" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:55 msgid "" "You can update automatically your currencies rates based on the Federal Tax " "Administration from Switzerland. For this, go in :menuselection:`Accounting " @@ -9207,28 +9303,28 @@ msgid "" "you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:64 msgid "Updated VAT for January 2018" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:66 msgid "" "Starting from the 1st January 2018, new reduced VAT rates will be applied in" " Switzerland. The normal 8.0% rate will switch to 7.7% and the specific rate" " for the hotel sector will switch from 3.8% to 3.7%." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:71 msgid "How to update your taxes in Odoo Enterprise (SaaS or On Premise)?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:73 msgid "" "If you have the V11.1 version, all the work is already been done, you don't " "have to do anything." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:76 msgid "" "If you have started on an earlier version, you first have to update the " "module \"Switzerland - Accounting Reports\". For this, you go in " @@ -9237,13 +9333,13 @@ msgid "" "\"upgrade\"`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:83 msgid "" "Once it has been done, you can work on creating new taxes for the updated " "rates." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:87 msgid "" "**Do not suppress or modify the existing taxes** (8.0% and 3.8%). You want " "to keep them since you may have to use both rates for a short period of " @@ -9251,235 +9347,235 @@ msgid "" "transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:92 msgid "The creation of such taxes should be done in the following manner:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:94 msgid "" "**Purchase taxes**: copy the origin tax, change its name, label on invoice, " "rate and tax group (effective from v10 only)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 msgid "" "**Sale taxes**: copy the origin tax, change its name, label on invoice, rate" " and tax group (effective from v10 only). Since the vat report now shows the" " details for old and new rates, you should also set the tags accordingly to" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:102 msgid "" "For 7.7% taxes: Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 base, Switzerland VAT Form: " "grid 302 tax" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 msgid "" "For 3.7% taxes: Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 base, Switzerland VAT Form: " "grid 342 tax" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:108 msgid "" "You'll find below, as examples, the correct configuration for all taxes " "included in Odoo by default" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 msgid "**Tax Name**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 msgid "**Rate**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 msgid "**Label on Invoice**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 msgid "**Tax Group (effective from V10)**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 msgid "**Tax Scope**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 msgid "**Tag**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 msgid "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (TN)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 msgid "7.7%" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 msgid "7.7% achat" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 msgid "TVA 7.7%" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 msgid "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 400" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 msgid "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TN)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 msgid "7.7% achat Incl." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 msgid "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TN)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 msgid "7.7% invest." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 msgid "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 405" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 msgid "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TN)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 msgid "7.7% invest. Incl." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 msgid "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (TS)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 msgid "3.7%" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 msgid "3.7% achat" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 msgid "TVA 3.7%" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 msgid "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TS)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 msgid "3.7% achat Incl." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 msgid "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TS)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 msgid "3.7% invest" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 msgid "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TS)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 msgid "3.7% invest Incl." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 msgid "TVA due a 7.7% (TN)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 msgid "" "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 base, Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 tax" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 msgid "TVA due à 7.7% (Incl. TN)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 msgid "7.7% Incl." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 msgid "TVA due à 3.7% (TS)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 msgid "" "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 base, Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 tax" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 msgid "TVA due a 3.7% (Incl. TS)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 msgid "3.7% Incl." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:139 msgid "" "If you have questions or remarks, please contact our support using " "odoo.com/help." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:143 msgid "" "Don't forget to update your fiscal positions. If you have a version 11.1 (or" " higher), there is nothing to do. Otherwise, you will also have to update " "your fiscal positions accordingly." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:3 msgid "Fiscal Localization Packages" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:5 msgid "" "**Fiscal Localization Packages** are country-specific modules that install " "pre-configured taxes, fiscal positions, chart of accounts, and legal " @@ -9488,526 +9584,8580 @@ msgid "" "app, following your fiscal administration requirements." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:11 msgid "" "Odoo continuously adds new localizations and improves the existing packages." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:16 msgid "" "Odoo automatically installs the appropriate package for your company, " "according to the country selected at the creation of the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:20 msgid "" "As long as you haven't posted any entry, you can still add and select " "another package." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:22 msgid "" "To install a new package, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration" " --> Fiscal Localization`, click on **Install More Packages**, and install " "your country's module." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:29 msgid "Once done, select your country's package, and click on *Save*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:36 msgid "Use" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Benutzen" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:38 msgid "" "These packages require you to fine-tune your chart of accounts according to " "your needs, activate the taxes you use, and configure your country-specific " "statements and certifications." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:41 msgid "Please refer to the documentation listed below for more information." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:44 msgid ":doc:`localizations_list`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:45 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:254 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:195 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:194 msgid ":doc:`../../overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:46 -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:123 -msgid ":doc:`../../fiscality/taxes/taxes`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:123 +msgid ":doc:`../../taxation/taxes/taxes`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:48 msgid "" "update list of linked docs, and link with the future one about country-" "specific statements." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:3 msgid "List of supported countries" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo Accounting can be used in many countries out of the box by installing " "the appropriate module. Here is a list of all :doc:`Fiscal Localization " "Packages <fiscal_localization_packages>` that are available on Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:14 msgid "Fiscal Localization Packages available" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:16 msgid "Algeria - Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:19 msgid "Argentinian Accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Argentinische Buchhaltung" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:20 msgid "Argentinian Accounting Reports" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Argentinische Buchhaltungsberichte" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:21 msgid "Argentinian Electronic Invoicing" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:23 msgid "Australian - Accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Australien - Finanzbuchhaltung" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:24 msgid "Austria - Accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Österreich - Finanzbuchhaltung" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:25 msgid "Belgium - Accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Belgische Buchführung" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:26 msgid "Bolivia - Accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Bolivien - Finanzbuchhaltung" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:27 msgid "Brazilian - Accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Brasilianische Buchführung" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:28 msgid "Canada - Accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kanadische Buchführung" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:29 msgid "Chile - Accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Chile - Finanzbuchhaltung" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:30 msgid "China" -msgstr "" +msgstr "China" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:32 msgid "China - Accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "China - Buchhaltung" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:33 msgid "China - City Data" -msgstr "" +msgstr "China - Stadtdaten" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:34 msgid "China - Small Business CoA" -msgstr "" +msgstr "China - Kleinunternehmen Kontenplan" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:35 msgid "China - Standard CoA" -msgstr "" +msgstr "China - Standard CoA" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:39 msgid "Colombian - Accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kolumbien - Buchführung" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:40 msgid "Colombian - Point of Sale" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:42 msgid "Costa Rica - Accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Costa-Rica - Kontenführung" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:43 msgid "Croatia - Accounting (RRIF 2012)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kroatien - Buchführung (RRIF 2012)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:44 msgid "Denmark" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dänemark" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:46 msgid "Denmark - Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:47 msgid "Denmark - Accounting Reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:49 msgid "Dominican Republic - Accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dominikanische Republik Buchführung" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:50 msgid "Ecuador - Accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ecuador Buchführung" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:51 msgid "Ethiopia - Accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Äthiopien - Buchführung" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:52 msgid "EU Mini One Stop Shop (MOSS)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "EU Mini One Stop Shop (MOSS)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:53 msgid "Finnish Localization" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:54 msgid "France - Accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Französische Buchführung" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:55 msgid "Generic - Accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Allgemeine Buchführung" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:58 msgid "Germany - Accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Deutsche - Buchführung" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:59 msgid "Germany SKR03 - Accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Deutscher SKR03 - Kontenrahmenplan" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:60 msgid "Germany SKR04 - Accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Deutsche SKR04 - Buchhaltung" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:62 msgid "Greece - Accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Griechische Buchführung" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:63 msgid "Guatemala - Accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Guatemala Buchführung" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:64 msgid "Honduras - Accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Honduras Buchführung" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:65 msgid "Hong Kong - Accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hong Kong - Buchführung" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:66 msgid "Hungarian - Accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ungarn - Finanzbuchhaltung" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:67 msgid "India" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Indien" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:69 msgid "Indian - Accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Indien - Buchhaltung" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:70 msgid "Indian - Point of Sale" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Indisch - Point of Sale" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:72 msgid "Indonesian - Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:73 msgid "Ireland - Accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Irland - Buchhaltung" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:74 msgid "Israel - Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:75 msgid "Italy" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Italien" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:77 msgid "Italy - Accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Italienische Buchführung" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:78 msgid "Italy - E-invoicing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Italien - E-Invoicing" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:80 msgid "Japan - Accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Japan - Buchhaltung" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:81 msgid "LATAM" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:83 msgid "LATAM Localization Base" -msgstr "" +msgstr "LATAM Lokalisierungsbasis" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:84 msgid "LATAM Document" -msgstr "" +msgstr "LATAM Dokument" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:86 msgid "Lithuania" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Litauen" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:88 msgid "Lithuania - Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:89 msgid "LT - Accounting Reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:91 msgid "Luxembourg - Accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Luxemburg - Kontoführung" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:92 msgid "Maroc - Accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Marokko Buchführung" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:93 msgid "Mexico - Accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mexiko - Kontenführung" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:94 msgid "Mongolia" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mongolei" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:96 msgid "Mongolia - Accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mongolia - Accounting" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:97 msgid "Mongolia - Accounting Reports" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mongolia - Accounting Reports" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:99 msgid "Multi Language Chart of Accounts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mehrsprachige Kontenpläne" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:102 msgid "Netherlands - Accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Holländische Buchführung" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:103 msgid "Netherlands - Intrastat Declaration" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:105 msgid "New Zealand - Accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "New Zealand - Accounting" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:106 msgid "Norway - Accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Norwegische Buchhaltung" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:107 msgid "OHADA - Accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "OHADA Buchführung" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:108 msgid "Panama - Accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Panama - Buchhaltung" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:111 msgid "Peruvian Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:112 msgid "Peruvian Accounting Reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:113 msgid "Peruvian Electronic Invoicing" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:115 msgid "Poland - Accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Polen - Buchführung" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:116 msgid "Portugal - Accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Portugal - Buchhaltung" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:117 msgid "Romania - Accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Rumänien - Kontenführung" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:118 msgid "Saudi Arabia - Accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Saudi-Arabien - Buchführung" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:119 msgid "Singapore - Accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Singapur - Buchhaltung" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:120 msgid "Slovenian - Accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Slowenien - Buchführung" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:121 msgid "South Africa - Accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "South Africa - Accounting" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:122 msgid "Spain - Accounting (PGCE 2008)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Spanien - Buchführung (PGCE 2008)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:123 msgid "Sweden" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Schweden" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:125 msgid "Sweden - Structured Communication OCR" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:126 msgid "Swedish - Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:128 msgid "Switzerland - Accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Schweizer Buchführung" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:129 msgid "Thailand - Accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Thailändische Buchführung" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:130 msgid "Turkey - Accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Türkei - Kontenführung" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:131 msgid "U.A.E. - Accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vereinigte Arabische Emirate Buchführung" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:132 msgid "UK - Accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vereinigtes Königreich Buchführung" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:133 msgid "Ukraine - Accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ukraine - Accounting" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:134 msgid "United States - Accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "USA - Kontenführung" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:135 msgid "Uruguay - Chart of Accounts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Urugay - Kontenführung" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:136 msgid "Venezuela - Accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Venezuelanische Buchführung" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:137 msgid "Vietnam - Accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vietnamesische Buchführung" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:140 msgid ":doc:`fiscal_localization_packages`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality.rst:3 -msgid "Fiscality" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:109 +msgid "Others" +msgstr "Andere" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser.rst:3 +msgid "Adviser" +msgstr "Finanzberater" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:3 +msgid "Manage a financial budget" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Managing budgets is an essential part of running a business. Budgets help " +"people become more intentional with the way money is spent and direct people" +" to organize and prioritize their work to meet financial goals. They allows " +"you to plan your desired financial outcome and then measure your actual " +"performance against the plan. Odoo manages budgets using both General and " +"Analytic Accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:15 +msgid "" +"We will use the following example to illustrate. We just started a project " +"with Smith&Co and we would like to budget the incomes and expenses of that " +"project. We plan to have a revenue of 1000 and we don't want to spend more " +"than 700." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:23 +msgid "" +"First we need to install the relevant apps to use budgeting. The main module" +" is the accounting app. Go in the app module and install the **Accounting " +"and Finance** app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Further configuration is as well necessary. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting" +" module --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable the **Budget management**" +" feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:38 +msgid "Budgetary Positions" +msgstr "Budgetpositionen" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Budgetary positions are lists of accounts for which you want to keep budgets" +" (typically expense or income accounts). They need to be defined so Odoo can" +" know it which accounts he needs to go get the budget information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The budgetary positions act as a type of restriction on what can be recorded" +" in the 'practical amount' column in a budget." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Each budgetary position can have any number of accounts from the general " +"ledger (the main chart of accounts) assigned to it, though it must have at " +"least one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you record a transaction that has an analytic account assigned to it that" +" *is* included in a budget line but one of the general ledger accounts *is " +"not* included in the budgetary position for that same budget line, it will " +"not appear within the 'practical amount' column of that budget line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Some budgetary positions might be already installed with your chart of " +"accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:59 +msgid "" +"To define the positions enter the :menuselection:`Accounting module --> " +"Configuration --> Budgetary Positions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:62 +msgid "" +"For our example we need to define what accounts relates to our project's " +"expenses. Create a position and add items to select the accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:68 +msgid "" +"In this case we select the three relevant accounts used wherein we will book" +" our expenses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:74 +msgid "Click on *Select*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:79 +msgid "Save the changes to confirm your Budgetary position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Repeat this steps to create a revenue budgetary position. Only in this case " +"select the relevant income accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:85 +msgid "Analytical account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Odoo needs to know which costs or expenses are relevant to a specified " +"budget. To do so we need to link our invoices and expenses to a defined " +"analytical account. Create an analytical account by entering the Accounting " +"module and clicking :menuselection:`Advisers --> Analytic Accounts --> Open " +"Charts`. Create a new Account called Smith&Co project and select the related" +" partner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:98 +msgid "Set a budget" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Let's now set our targets for our budget. We specified that we expect to " +"gain 1000 with this project and we would like not to spend more than 700." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To set those targets, enter the accounting app, select " +":menuselection:`Advisers --> Budgets` and create a new Budget." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:107 +msgid "" +"We have to give a name to the budget. In this case we'll call it \"Smith " +"Project\". Select the period wherein the budget will be applicable. Next add" +" an item to specify your targets in the Budget Line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Select the Budgetary Position related to the Budget Line. In other words, " +"select the position that points to the accounts you want to budget. In this " +"case we will start with our 700 maximum charge target. Select the \"Cost\" " +"Budgetary Position and specify the Planned Amount. As we are recording a " +"cost, we need to specify a **negative amount**. Finally, select the " +"corresponding analytic account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:124 +msgid "" +"Click on **Save & new** to input the revenue budget. The Budgetary Position " +"is Revenue and the Planned Amount is 1000. Save and close" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:127 +msgid "You'll need to **Confirm** and **Approve** the budget." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:130 +msgid "Check your budget" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:132 +msgid "" +"You can check your budget at any time. To see the evolution, let's book some" +" Invoices and Vendors Bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:136 +msgid "" +"If you use analytical accounts remember that you need to specify the account" +" in the invoice and/or purchase line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:140 +msgid "" +"For more information about booking invoices and purchase orders see " +":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/overview`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:143 +msgid "Go back in the budget list and find the Smith Project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:145 +msgid "" +"Via the analytical account, Odoo can account the invoice lines and purchase " +"lines booked in the accounts and will display them in the **Practical " +"Amount** column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:153 +msgid "" +"The theoretical amount represents the amount of money you theoretically " +"could have spend / should have received in function of the date. When your " +"budget is 1200 for 12 months (january to december), and today is 31 of " +"january, the theoretical amount will be 100, since this is the actual amount" +" that could have been realised." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic.rst:3 +msgid "Analytic" +msgstr "Kostenstelle" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:3 +msgid "Track costs of purchases, expenses, subcontracting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Thanks to analytical accounting we can track costs of purchases, expenses " +"and subcontracting in the accounting module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:11 +msgid "" +"We'll take the following example. We sold a consulting package for a " +"customer. The package is all inclusive meaning no extra cost can be added. " +"We would however like to follow which cost were attached to this transaction" +" as we need to pay for purchases, expenses, and subcontracting costs related" +" to the project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The following modules needs to be installed to track cost. Enter the app " +"module and install the following apps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Please note that the applications provided by these apps only allows us to " +"**track** the costs. We won't be able to automatically re invoice those " +"costs to our customers. To track and **re invoice costs** you should install" +" the Sales management app as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:37 +msgid "Enable Analytical accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Next step is to activate the analytical accounting. In the accounting app, " +"select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and thick the Analytic " +"accounting box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Moreover, scroll down and tick the **Analytic accounting for purchases** " +"box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:52 +msgid "Don't forget to save your changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:55 +msgid "Create an Analytical account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:57 +msgid "" +"First of all you should create an Analytical account on which you can point " +"all your expenses. Enter the accounting app, select " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Analytic Accounts`. Create a new one. In " +"this case we will call it \"consulting pack\" for our customer Smith&Co." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:65 +msgid "We will point all our costs to this account to keep track of them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:68 +msgid "Record an expense" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:70 +msgid "" +"We start by booking an expense. Our IT technician had to take a train to go " +"see our customer. He paid for his ticket himself." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:75 +msgid "Create an expense product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:77 +msgid "" +"We first need to create an expense product. Enter the **Expense** module, " +"Click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Expense Products`. Create a new " +"product called Train ticket and set the cost price to 15.50 euros. Make sure" +" the **Can be expensed** box is ticked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:86 +msgid "Book the expense" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Enter the Expense module, click on :menuselection:`My expenses --> Create`. " +"Select the Train ticket product and link it to the analytical account " +"discussed above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Submit to manager and wait for the manager to approve and post the journal " +"entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:99 +msgid "Create a Purchase Order linked to the analytical account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:102 +msgid "Purchase Product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:104 +msgid "" +"We also need to buy a software for our customers. In the purchase app create" +" a purchase order for the software product. Within the line we can link the " +"product's cost with the analytical account. Specify the order line and " +"select the correct analytical account. Confirm the sale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Accept the delivery and enter the invoice. Once the invoice is entered the " +"cost price (**Vendor Price** field) will be booked in the analytical " +"account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:117 +msgid "Subcontracting" +msgstr "An Subunternehmer vergeben" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:119 +msgid "" +"The purchase module can be used in the same way as seen previously to handle" +" subcontracting. if we purchase a service from another company we can re " +"invoice this cost by linking the purchase order line to the correct " +"analytical account. We simply need to create the correct vendors product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:126 +msgid "You can also track cost with timesheets, see: :doc:`timesheets`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:129 +msgid "Track costs in accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Now that everything is booked and points to the analytical account. Simply " +"open it to check the costs related to that account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:134 +msgid "" +"Enter the accounting module, click on :menuselection:`Advisers --> Analytic " +"Accounts --> Open Charts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Select \"consulting pack - Smith\" and click on the cost and revenue button " +"to have an overview of all cost linked to the account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:144 +msgid "" +"If you would like to have the revenue as well you should invoice the " +"Consulting Pack in the Invoice menu and link the invoice line to this same " +"analytical account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:3 +msgid "Track costs of human resources with timesheets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Human resource of course has a cost. It is interesting to see how much a " +"particular contract costs the company in term of human power in relation to " +"the invoiced amounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:9 +msgid "" +"We will take the following example: Our two employees **Harry Potter** and " +"**Cedric Digory** both work on a **Consultancy pack** for our customer " +"**Smith&Co**. Harry is paid 18€ p.h. and Cedric's salary is 12€ p.h. We " +"would like to track their timesheet costs within the accounting app, and " +"compare them with the revenue of the consultancy service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:18 +msgid "" +"First, install the three applications necessary to use this functionality, " +"namely **Accounting**, **Sales** and **Timesheet**. Enter the apps module " +"name and install them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Next you will need to enable analytical accounting. To do so enter the " +"**Accounting app**. Select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and " +"tick the **Analytic accounting** option (see picture below)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:38 +msgid "Apply your changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:41 +msgid "Create an employee" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:43 +msgid "" +"In order to check the revenue of an employee you need to have one. To create" +" an employee enter the **Employee** app. Select **Employees** and create a " +"new employee, fill in the name and the basic information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:47 +msgid "" +"On the employee sheet enter the **HR settings** tab. Here you are able to " +"specify the **Timesheet Cost** of your employee. In this case Harry has a " +"cost of 18 euros / hours. We will thus fill in 18 in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:55 +msgid "" +"If you want the employee to be able to enter timesheets he needs to be " +"related to a User." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Repeat the operation to create the Cedric Digory employee. Don't forget to " +"specify its related user and **Timesheet Costs**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:62 +msgid "Issue a Sales Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:64 +msgid "" +"We created two employees called Harry Potter and Cedric Diggory in the " +"**Employee** app. Both of them will work on a consultancy contract for our " +"customer Smith&Co where they will point their hours on a timesheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:68 +msgid "" +"We thus need to create a **sales order** with a **service** product invoiced" +" **based on time and material** and tracked by timesheets with **hours** as " +"unit of measures." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:75 +msgid "" +"For more information on how to create a sales order based on time and " +"material please see " +":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:78 +msgid "" +"We save a Sales Order with the service product **External Consulting**. An " +"analytical account will automatically be generated once the **Sales Order** " +"is confirmed. Our employees will have to point to that account (in this case" +" **SO002-Smith&Co**) in order to be able to invoice their hours (see picture" +" below)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:88 +msgid "Fill in timesheet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:90 +msgid "" +"As an employee linked to a user, Harry can enter the **Timesheet** app and " +"specify his timesheets for the contract. Logged on Harry's account we enter " +"the **Timesheet** app and enter a detailed line pointing to the **Analytical" +" Account** discussed above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:95 +msgid "Harry worked three hours on a SWOT analysis for Smith&Co." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:100 +msgid "" +"In the meantime, Cedric discussed businesses needs with the customer for 1 " +"hour and specified it as well in his personal timesheet, pointing as well on" +" the **Analytic Account**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:104 +msgid "" +"In the **Sales Order** we notice that the delivered amounts of hours is " +"automatically computed (see picture below)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:111 +msgid "Analytic accounting" +msgstr "Kostenrechnung" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Thanks to analytic accounts we are able to have an overview of HR cost and " +"revenues. All the revenues and cost of this transactions have been " +"registered in the **SO002-Smith&Co** account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:117 +msgid "We can use two methods to analyze this situation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:120 +msgid "Without filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:122 +msgid "" +"If we pointed all our costs and revenues of the project on the correct " +"analytical account we can easily retrieve the cost and revenues related to " +"this analytical account. Enter the *Accounting* app, select " +":menuselection:`Adviser --> Analytic Accounts --> Open Charts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:127 +msgid "" +"Note : you can specify a period for **Analysis**. If you want to open the " +"current situation you should keep the fields empty. We can already note the " +"credit and debit balance of the account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:134 +msgid "" +"If we click on the account a special button is provided to have the details " +"of cost and revenues (see picture below)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:140 +msgid "" +"Click the button **Cost/Revenue** to have an overview of cost and revenues " +"with the corresponding description." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:144 +msgid "With filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:146 +msgid "We can thus filter this information from the **Analytic Entries**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:148 +msgid "" +"Enter the **Accounting** app, and click on :menuselection:`Adviser --> " +"Analytic Entries`. In this menu we have several options to analyse the human" +" resource cost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:151 +msgid "" +"We filter on the **Analytic account** so we can see the cost and revenues of" +" the project. Add a custom **Filter** where the **Analytic Account** " +"contains the **Sales Order** number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:158 +msgid "" +"In the results we see timesheets activities and invoiced lines with the " +"corresponding costs and revenues." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:164 +msgid "" +"We can group the different analytical accounts together and check their " +"respective revenues. Simply group by **Analytic account** and select the " +"**Graph view** to have a clear overview." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:3 +msgid "Analytic account use cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:5 +msgid "The analytic accounting can be used for several purposes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:7 +msgid "analyse costs of a company" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:9 +msgid "reinvoice time to a customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:11 +msgid "analyse performance of a service or a project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To manage analytic accounting, you have to activate it in " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To illustrate analytic accounts clearly, you will follow three use cases, " +"each in one of three different types of company:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:22 +msgid "Industrial company: Costs Analyse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:24 +msgid "Law Firm: reinvoice spent hours" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:26 +msgid "IT/Services Company: performance analysis" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:29 +msgid "Case 1: Industrial company: Costs Analyse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:31 +msgid "" +"In industry, you will often find analytic charts of accounts structured into" +" departments and products the company itself is built on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:34 +msgid "" +"The objective is to examine the costs, sales and margins by " +"department/resources and by product. The first level of the structure " +"comprises the different departments, and the lower levels represent the " +"product ranges the company makes and sells." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:39 +msgid "" +"**Analytic Chart of Accounts for an Industrial Manufacturing Company**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:41 +msgid "Marketing Department" +msgstr "Marketingabteilung" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:43 +msgid "Commercial Department" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:45 +msgid "Administration Department" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:80 +msgid "Production Range 1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:82 +msgid "Production Range 2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:51 +msgid "" +"In daily use, it is useful to mark the analytic account on each purchase " +"invoice. When the invoice is approved, it will automatically generate the " +"entries for both the general and the corresponding analytic accounts. For " +"each entry on the general accounts, there is at least one analytic entry " +"that allocates costs to the department which incurred them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Here is a possible breakdown of some general accounting entries for the " +"example above, allocated to various analytic accounts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:62 +msgid "**General accounts**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:62 +msgid "**Analytic accounts**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +msgid "**Title**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +msgid "**Account**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 +msgid "**Debit**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 +msgid "**Credit**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +msgid "**Value**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 +msgid "Purchase of Raw Material" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 +msgid "2122" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 +msgid "1500" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 +msgid "-1 500" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 +msgid "Subcontractors" +msgstr "Subunternehmer" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 +msgid "450" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 +msgid "-450" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 +msgid "Credit Note for defective materials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 +msgid "200" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 +msgid "Transport charges" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 +msgid "Staff costs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 +msgid "2121" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 +msgid "10000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 +msgid "Marketing" +msgstr "Marketing" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:82 +msgid "-2 000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:76 +msgid "Commercial" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:76 +msgid "-3 000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 +msgid "Administrative" +msgstr "Verwaltung" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:78 +msgid "-1 000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 +msgid "PR" +msgstr "PR" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 +msgid "-400" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:87 +msgid "" +"The analytic representation by department enables you to investigate the " +"costs allocated to each department in the company. The analytic chart of " +"accounts shows the distribution of the company's costs using the example " +"above:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:94 +msgid "" +"In this example of a hierarchical structure in Odoo, you can analyse not " +"only the costs of each product range, but also the costs of the whole " +"production. A report that relates both general accounts and analytic " +"accounts enables you to get a breakdown of costs within a given department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:103 +msgid "" +"The examples above are based on a breakdown of the costs of the company. " +"Analytic allocations can be just as effective for sales. That gives you the " +"profitability (sales - costs) of different departments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:107 +msgid "" +"This analytic representation by department is generally used by trading " +"companies and industries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:110 +msgid "" +"A variantion of this, is not to break it down by sales and marketing " +"departments, but to assign each cost to its corresponding product range. " +"This will give you an analysis of the profitability of each product range." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Choosing one over the other depends on how you look at your marketing " +"effort. Is it a global cost allocated in some general way, or is each " +"product range responsible for its own marketing costs?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:120 +msgid "Case 2: Law Firm: costs of human resources?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Law firms generally adopt management by case, where each case represents a " +"current client file. All of the expenses and products are then attached to a" +" given file/analytic account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:126 +msgid "" +"A principal preoccupation of law firms is the invoicing of hours worked, and" +" the profitability by case and by employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Mechanisms used for encoding the hours worked will be covered in detail in " +"timesheet documentation. Like most system processes, hours worked are " +"integrated into the analytic accounting. In the employee form, specify the " +"cost of the employee. The hourly charge is a function of the employee's " +"cost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:135 +msgid "" +"So a law firm will opt for an analytic representation which reflects the " +"management of the time that employees work on the different customer cases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Billing for the different cases is a bit unusual. The cases do not match any" +" entry in the general account nor do they come from purchase or sales " +"invoices. They are represented by the various analytic operations and do not" +" have exact counterparts in the general accounts. They are calculated on the" +" basis of the hourly cost per employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:145 +msgid "" +"At the end of the month when you pay salaries and benefits, you integrate " +"them into the general accounts but not in the analytic accounts, because " +"they have already been accounted for in billing each account. A report that " +"relates data from the analytic and general accounts then lets you compare " +"the totals, so you can readjust your estimates of hourly cost per employee " +"depending on the time actually worked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:153 +msgid "" +"The following table shows an example of different analytic entries that you " +"can find for your analytic account:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +msgid "**Amount**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +msgid "**General Account**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 +msgid "Study the file (1 h)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 +msgid "Case 1.1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 +msgid "-15" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 +msgid "Search for information (3 h)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 +msgid "-45" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 +msgid "Consultation (4 h)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 +msgid "Case 2.1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 +msgid "-60" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 +msgid "Service charges" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 +msgid "280" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 +msgid "705 – Billing services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 +msgid "Stationery purchase" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 +msgid "-42" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 +msgid "601 – Furniture purchase" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 +msgid "42" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 +msgid "Fuel Cost -Client trip" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 +msgid "-35" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 +msgid "613 – Transports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 +msgid "35" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 +msgid "Staff salaries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 +msgid "6201 – Salaries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 +msgid "3 000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:174 +msgid "" +"Such a structure allows you to make a detailed study of the profitability of" +" various transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:177 +msgid "" +"For more details about profitablity, please read the following document: " +":doc:`timesheets`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:180 +msgid "" +"But analytical accounting is not limited to a simple analysis of the " +"profitability of different customer. The same data can be used for automatic" +" recharging of the services to the customer at the end of the month. To " +"invoice customers, just link the analytic account to a sale order and sell " +"products that manage timesheet or expenses ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:187 +msgid "Case 3: IT Services Company: perfomance analysis" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:189 +msgid "Most IT service companies face the following problems:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:191 +msgid "project planning," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:193 +msgid "invoicing, profitability and financial follow-up of projects," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:195 +msgid "managing support contracts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:197 +msgid "" +"To deal with these problems, you would use an analytic chart of accounts " +"structured by project and by sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:200 +msgid "" +"The management of services, expenditures and sales is similar to that " +"presented above for lawyers. Invoicing and the study of profitability are " +"also similar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:204 +msgid "" +"But now look at support contracts. These contracts are usually limited to a " +"prepaid number of hours. Each service posted in the analytic accounts shows " +"the remaining hours of support. To manage support contracts, you would " +"create a product configured to invoice on order and link the sale order to " +"an analytic account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:210 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, each analytic line lists the number of units sold or used, as well " +"as what you would usually find there – the amount in currency units (USD or " +"GBP, or whatever other choice you make). So you can sum the quantities sold " +"and used on each sale order to determine whether any hours of the support " +"contract remain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:217 +msgid "Conclusion" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:219 +msgid "" +"Analytic accounting helps you to analyse costs and revenues whatever the use" +" case. You can sell or purchase services, track time or analyse the " +"production performance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:223 +msgid "" +"Analytic accounting is flexible and easy to use through all Odoo " +"applications (sales, purchase, timesheet, production, invoice, …)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory.rst:3 +msgid "Inventory" +msgstr "Lager" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:3 +msgid "Impact on the average price valuation when returning goods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:5 +msgid "" +"As stated in the `*inventory valuation page* " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/functional/valuation.html>`__, one of " +"the possible costing method you can use in perpetual stock valuation, is the" +" average cost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:10 +msgid "" +"This document answers to one recurrent question for companies using that " +"method to make their stock valuation: how does a shipping returned to its " +"supplier impact the average cost and the accounting entries? This document " +"is **only** for the specific use case of a perpetual valuation (as opposed " +"to the periodic one) and in average price costing method (as opposed to " +"standard of FIFO)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:18 +msgid "Definition of average cost" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The average cost method calculates the cost of ending inventory and cost of " +"goods sold on the basis of weighted average cost per unit of inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The weighted average cost per unit is calculated using the following " +"formula:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:27 +msgid "" +"When new products arrive in a warehouse, the new average cost is recomputed " +"as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:33 +msgid "" +"When products leave the warehouse: the average cost **does not** change" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:36 +msgid "Defining the purchase price" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:38 +msgid "" +"The purchase price is estimated at the reception of the products (you might " +"not have received the vendor bill yet) and reevaluated at the reception of " +"the vendor bill. The purchase price includes the cost you pay for the " +"products, but it may also includes additional costs, like landed costs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:45 +msgid "Average cost example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +msgid "Operation" +msgstr "Vorgang" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +msgid "Delta Value" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +msgid "Inventory Value" +msgstr "Inventurbestandswert" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +msgid "Qty On Hand" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +msgid "Avg Cost" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +msgid "$0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 +msgid "0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +msgid "Receive 8 Products at $10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +msgid "+8\\*$10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +msgid "$80" +msgstr "80 USD" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +msgid "8" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +msgid "$10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +msgid "Receive 4 Products at $16" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +msgid "+4\\*$16" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +msgid "$144" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +msgid "12" +msgstr "12" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +msgid "$12" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +msgid "Deliver 10 Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +msgid "-10\\*$12" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +msgid "$24" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +msgid "2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:60 +msgid "" +"At the beginning, the Avg Cost is set to 0 set as there is no product in the" +" inventory. When the first reception is made, the average cost becomes " +"logically the purchase price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:64 +msgid "" +"At the second reception, the average cost is updated because the total " +"inventory value is now ``$80 + 4*$16 = $144``. As we have 12 units on hand, " +"the average price per unit is ``$144 / 12 = $12``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:68 +msgid "" +"By definition, the delivery of 10 products does not change the average cost." +" Indeed, the inventory value is now $24 as we have only 2 units remaining of" +" each ``$24 / 2 = $12``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:73 +msgid "Purchase return use case" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:75 +msgid "" +"In case of a product returned to its supplier after reception, the inventory" +" value is reduced using the average cost formulae (not at the initial price " +"of these products!)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:79 +msgid "Which means that the above table will be updated as follow:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +msgid "Return of 1 Product initially bought at $10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +msgid "-1\\*$12" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +msgid "1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:90 +msgid "Explanation: counter example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Remember the definition of **Average Cost**, saying that we do not update " +"the average cost of a product leaving the inventory. If you break this rule," +" you may lead to inconsistencies in your inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:96 +msgid "" +"As an example, here is the scenario when you deliver one piece to the " +"customer and return the other one to your supplier (at the cost you " +"purchased it). Here is the operation:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +msgid "Customer Shipping 1 product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +msgid "-1\\*$10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +msgid "**$2**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +msgid "**0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:110 +msgid "" +"As you can see in this example, this is not correct: an inventory valuation " +"of $2 for 0 pieces in the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:113 +msgid "" +"The correct scenario should be to return the goods at the current average " +"cost:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +msgid "**$0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:126 +msgid "" +"On the other hand, using the average cost to value the return ensure a " +"correct inventory value at all times." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:130 +msgid "Further thoughts on anglo saxon mode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:132 +msgid "" +"For people in using the **anglo saxon accounting** principles, there is " +"another concept to take into account: the stock input account of the " +"product, which is intended to hold at any time the value of vendor bills to " +"receive. So the stock input account will increase on reception of incoming " +"shipments and will decrease when receiving the related vendor bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Back to our example, we see that when the return is valued at the average " +"price, the amount booked in the stock input account is the original purchase" +" price:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +msgid "stock input" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +msgid "price diff" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +msgid "($80)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +msgid "Receive vendor bill $80" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +msgid "($64)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +msgid "Receive vendor bill $64" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +msgid "**$10**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +msgid "**$12**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +msgid "Receive vendor refund $10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +msgid "$2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:163 +msgid "" +"This is because the vendor refund will be made using the original purchase " +"price, so to zero out the effect of the return in the stock input in last " +"operation, we need to reuse the original price. The price difference account" +" located on the product category is used to book the difference between the " +"average cost and the original purchase price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:3 +msgid "Record exchange rates at payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Any company doing international trade faces the case where the payments are " +"in a different currency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:11 +msgid "" +"After receiving their payments, you have the option to convert the amount " +"into your company currency. Multi currency payment implies rates " +"fluctuations. The rate differences are automatically recorded by Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:19 +msgid "Enable multi-currencies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:21 +msgid "" +"In the accounting module, Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " +"and flag **Allow multi currencies**, then click on **apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Configure the currency rates in :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Currencies`. Write down the rate and make sure the currency is active." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:33 +msgid "" +"In this document, the base currency is **Euro** and we will record payments " +"in **Dollars**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:40 +msgid "" +"You can automatically fetch the currency rates from the **European Central " +"Bank** or from **Yahoo**. Please read the document : :doc:`how_it_works`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:31 +msgid "Configure your journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:47 +msgid "" +"In order to register payments in other currencies, you have to **remove the " +"currency constraint** on the journal. Go to the accounting application, " +"Click on **More** on the journal and **Settings**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Check if the **Currency** field is empty or in the foreign currency in which" +" you will register the payments. If a currency is filled in, it means that " +"you can register payments only in this currency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:62 +msgid "Record a payment in a different currency" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:64 +msgid "" +"In the **Accounting** application, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Payments`. Register the payment and indicate that it was done in the foreign" +" currency. Then click on **confirm**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:83 +msgid "The journal entry has been posted but not allocated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Go back to your invoice (:menuselection:`Sales --> Customer Invoices`) and " +"click on **Add** to allocate the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:80 +msgid "Record a bank statement in a different currency" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Create or import the bank statement of your payment. The **Amount** is in " +"the company currency. There are two complementary fields, the **Amount " +"currency**, which is the amount that was actually paid and the **Currency** " +"in which it was paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:89 +msgid "" +"When reconciling it, Odoo will directly match the payment with the right " +"**Invoice**. You will get the invoice price in the invoice currency and the " +"amount in your company currency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:97 +msgid "Check the exchange rate differences" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` and look for the " +"**Exchange difference** journal entries. All the exchange rates differences " +"are recorded in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:106 +msgid "" +"The Exchange difference journal can be changed in your accounting settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/full_reconcile_warning.rst:2 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/full_reconcile_warning.rst:2 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/full_reconcile_warning.rst:2 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/full_reconcile_warning.rst:2 +msgid "" +"In order for an exchange difference entry to be created automatically, the " +"corresponding invoices and payments need to be fully reconciled. This means " +"the invoices are fully paid and the payments are fully spent on invoices. If" +" you partially pay 3 invoices from 2 payments, and the last invoice still " +"has an amount due, there will be no exchange difference entry for any of " +"them until that final amount is paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:68 +msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:136 +msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:3 +msgid "Odoo's multi-currency system" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Choosing to use the multi-currency option in Odoo will allow you to send " +"sales invoices, quotes and purchase orders or receive bills and payments in " +"currencies other than your own. With multi-currency, you can also set up " +"bank accounts in other currencies and run reports on your foreign currency " +"activities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:18 +msgid "Turn on multi-currency" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:20 +msgid "" +"In the accounting module, Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " +"and flag **Allow multi currencies**, then click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:109 +msgid "Exchange Rate Journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The **Rate Difference Journal** records the differences between the payment " +"registration and the expected amount. For example, if a payment is paid 1 " +"month after the invoice was issued, the exchange rate has probably changed. " +"The fluctuation implies some loss or profit that are recorded by Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:35 +msgid "You can change it in the settings:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:41 +msgid "View or edit rate being used" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:43 +msgid "" +"You can manually configure the currency rates in " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Currencies`. Open the currencies you want " +"to use in Odoo and edit it. Make sure the currency is active." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:50 +msgid "Click on **View Rates** to edit it and to see the history :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Click on **Create** to add the rate. Fill in the date and the rate. Click on" +" **Save** when you are done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:62 +msgid "Live Currency Rate" +msgstr "Online-Wechselkurs" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:64 +msgid "" +"By default, the currencies need to be updated manually. But you can " +"synchronize it with `Yahoo <https://finance.yahoo.com/currency-" +"converter/>`__ or the `European Central Bank <http://www.ecb.europa.eu>`__. " +"In :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, go to the **Live Currency " +"Rate** section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Choose the interval : Manually, Daily, Weekly or Monthly. You can always " +"force the update by clicking on **Update Now**. Select the provider, and you" +" are set !" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:77 +msgid "Only the **active** currencies are updated" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:80 +msgid "Configure your charts of account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:82 +msgid "" +"In the accounting application, go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Charts of " +"Accounts`. On each account, you can set a currency. It will force all moves " +"for this account to have the account currency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:86 +msgid "" +"If you leave it empty, it means that it can handle all currencies that are " +"Active." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:93 +msgid "Configure your journals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:95 +msgid "" +"In order to register payments in other currencies, you have to remove the " +"currency constraint on the journal. Go to the accounting application, Click " +"on **More** on the journal and **Settings**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Check if the currency field is empty or in the foreign currency in which you" +" will register the payments. If a currency is filled in, it means that you " +"can register payments only in this currency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:110 +msgid "How is Odoo's multi-currency working?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Now that you are working in a multi-currency environment, all accountable " +"items will be linked to a currency, domestic or foreign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:116 +msgid "Sales Orders and Invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:56 +msgid "" +"You are now able to set a different currency than the company one on your " +"sale orders and on your invoices. The currency is set for the whole " +"document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:126 +msgid "Purchases orders and Vendor Bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:66 +msgid "" +"You are now able to set a different currency than the company one on your " +"purchase orders and on your vendor bills. The currency is set for the whole " +"document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:136 +msgid "Payment Registrations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:138 +msgid "" +"In the accounting application, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. " +"Register the payment and set the currency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:94 +msgid "" +"When creating or importing bank statements, the amount is in the company " +"currency. But there are now two complementary fields, the amount that was " +"actually paid and the currency in which it was paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:154 +msgid "" +"When reconciling it, Odoo will directly match the payment with the right " +"Invoice. You will get the invoice price in the invoice currency and the " +"amount in your company currency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:161 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` and look for the Exchange" +" difference journal entries. All the exchange rates differences are recorded" +" in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:170 +msgid ":doc:`invoices_payments`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:121 +msgid ":doc:`exchange`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:3 +msgid "Manage invoices and payment in multiple currencies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo provides multi-currency support with automatic currency gross or loss " +"entry adjustment. There are a few things Odoo has been to ease the user's " +"life." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:12 +msgid "" +"All the account transactions will be done using the company currency. " +"However you can see two extra fields with the journal entry where secondary " +"currency and amount will visible. You can create multi-currency journals of " +"force a specific currency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:17 +msgid "" +"When creating an invoice, the currency can be changed very easily; however " +"Odoo takes the company currency as a default assignment. It will convert all" +" the amounts automatically using that currency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:25 +msgid "Enable Multi-Currency" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:27 +msgid "" +"For information about enabling Multi-Currency, please read the document: " +":doc:`how_it_works`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:33 +msgid "" +"In order to register payments in other currencies, you have to remove the " +"currency constraint on the journal. Go to the accounting application, on the" +" journal, click on :menuselection:`More --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:48 +msgid "Multi-currency invoices & Vendor Bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:54 +msgid "Invoices" +msgstr "Rechnungen" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:74 +msgid "Multi-currency Payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:76 +msgid "" +"In the accounting application, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. " +"Register the payment and indicate that it was done in the foreign currency. " +"Then click on **Confirm**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:92 +msgid "Multi- Currency Bank Statements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:101 +msgid "" +"When reconciling it, Odoo will directly match the payment with the right " +"invoice. You will get the invoice price in the invoice currency and the " +"amount in your company currency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` and look for the " +"**Exchange Difference** journal entries. All the exchange rates differences " +"are recorded in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:120 +msgid ":doc:`how_it_works`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started.rst:3 +msgid "Getting Started" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:69 +msgid "Chart of Accounts" +msgstr "Kontenplan" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The **Chart of Accounts (COA)** is the list of all the accounts used to " +"record financial transactions in the general ledger of an organization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The accounts are usually listed in the order of appearance in the financial " +"reports. Most of the time, they are listed as follows :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:11 +msgid "Balance Sheet accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 +msgid "Assets" +msgstr "Anlagevermögen" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:77 +msgid "Liabilities" +msgstr "Verbindlichkeiten" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:85 +msgid "Equity" +msgstr "Eigenkapital" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:89 +msgid "Income" +msgstr "Erlöse" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:93 +msgid "Expense" +msgstr "betrieblicher Aufwand" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:22 +msgid "" +"When browsing your Chart of Accounts, you can filter the accounts by number," +" in the left column, and also group them by Account Type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:30 +msgid "Configuration of an Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:32 +msgid "" +"The country you select at the creation of your database (or additional " +"company on your database) determines which **Fiscal Localization Package** " +"is installed by default. This package includes a standard Chart of Accounts " +"already configured according to the country's regulations. You can use it " +"directly or set it according to your company's needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:38 +msgid "" +"It is not possible to modify the **Fiscal Localization** of a company once a" +" Journal Entry has been posted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To create a new account, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Chart of Accounts`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:45 +msgid "Code and Name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Each account is identified by its **Code** and **Name**, which also " +"indicates the account's purpose." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Configuring correctly the **Account Type** is critical as it serves multiple" +" purposes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:54 +msgid "Information on the account's purpose and behavior" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:55 +msgid "Generate country-specific legal and financial reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:56 +msgid "Set the rules to close a fiscal year" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:57 +msgid "Generate opening entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:59 +msgid "" +"To configure an account type, open the **Type** field's drop-down selector " +"and select the right type among the following list:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 +msgid "Report" +msgstr "Bericht" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 +msgid "Category" +msgstr "Kategorie" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 +msgid "Account Types" +msgstr "Kontoarten" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 +msgid "Receivable" +msgstr "Debitoren" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:67 +msgid "Bank and Cash" +msgstr "Liquide Mittel" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:69 +msgid "Current Assets" +msgstr "Umlaufvermögen" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:71 +msgid "Non-current Assets" +msgstr "Anlagevermögen" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:73 +msgid "Prepayments" +msgstr "Vorauszahlungen" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:75 +msgid "Fixed Assets" +msgstr "Sachanlagen" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:77 +msgid "Payable" +msgstr "Kreditoren" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:79 +msgid "Credit Card" +msgstr "Kreditkarte" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:81 +msgid "Current Liabilities" +msgstr "Kurzfristige Verbindlichkeiten" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:83 +msgid "Non-current Liabilities" +msgstr "Langfristige Verbindlichkeiten" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:87 +msgid "Current Year Earnings" +msgstr "Jahresüberschuss/Jahresfehlbetrag" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:91 +msgid "Other Income" +msgstr "Sonstige betriebliche Erträge" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:95 +msgid "Depreciation" +msgstr "Abschreibungen" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:97 +msgid "Cost of Revenue" +msgstr "Herstellungskosten" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 +msgid "Other" +msgstr "Andere" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 +msgid "Off-Balance Sheet" +msgstr "Ausserbilanz" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:103 +msgid "Assets, Deferred Expenses, and Deferred Revenues Automation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Some Account Types display a new field **to automate** the creation of " +":ref:`Assets <assets-automation>` entries, :ref:`Deferred Expenses " +"<deferred-expenses-automation>` entries, and :ref:`Deferred Revenues " +"<deferred-revenues-automation>` entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:109 +msgid "You have three choices for the **Automation** field:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:177 +msgid "**No:** this is the default value. Nothing happens." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:112 +msgid "" +"**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " +"draft entry is created, but not validated. You must first fill out the " +"corresponding form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:114 +msgid "" +"**Create and validate:** you must also select a Model. Whenever a " +"transaction is posted on the account, an entry is created and immediately " +"validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:118 +msgid "Please refer to the related documentation for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:3 +msgid "Default Taxes" +msgstr "Standard Steuern" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Select a **default tax** that will be applied when this account is chosen " +"for a product sale or purchase." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:127 +msgid "Tags" +msgstr "Stichwörter" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Some accounting reports require **tags** to be set on the relevant accounts." +" By default, you can choose among the tags that are used by the *Cash Flow " +"Statement*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:133 +msgid "Account Groups" +msgstr "Kontogruppen" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:135 +msgid "" +"**Account Groups** are useful to list multiple accounts as *sub-accounts* of" +" a bigger account and thus consolidate reports such as the **Trial " +"Balance**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:138 +msgid "" +"To create a new Account Group, open the account you want to configure as " +"sub-account, click on the *Group* drop-down selector, select *Create and " +"Edit...*, fill out the form, and save. Next, set all the sub-accounts with " +"the right Account Group." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:142 +msgid "" +"To display your **Trial Balance** report with your Account Groups, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Trial Balance`, then open the " +"*Options* menu and select **Hierarchy and Subtotals**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:151 +msgid "Allow Reconciliation" +msgstr "Erlaube Abstimmung" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Some accounts, such as accounts made to record the transactions of a payment" +" method, can be used for the reconciliation of journal entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:156 +msgid "" +"For example, an invoice paid with a credit card can be *marked as paid* if " +"reconciled with the payment. Therefore, the account used to record credit " +"card payments needs to be configured as *allowing reconciliation*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:160 +msgid "To do so, check the **Allow Reconciliation** box and save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:163 +msgid "Deprecated" +msgstr "Nicht mehr verwenden" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:165 +msgid "" +"It is not possible to delete an account once a transaction has been recorded" +" on it. You can make them unusable by using the **Deprecated** feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:168 +msgid "To do so, check the **Deprecated** box and save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:171 +msgid ":doc:`../../payables/supplier_bills/assets`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:172 +msgid ":doc:`../../payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:173 +msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:40 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Initial setup of Odoo Accounting and Odoo Invoicing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you first open your Odoo Accounting app, the *Accounting Overview* page" +" welcomes you with a step-by-step onboarding banner, a wizard that helps you" +" get started. This onboarding banner is displayed until you choose to close " +"it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:9 +msgid "" +"The settings visible in the onboarding banner can still be modified later by" +" going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Odoo Accounting automatically installs the appropriate **Fiscal Localization" +" Package** for your company, according to the country selected at the " +"creation of the database. This way, the right accounts, reports, and taxes " +"are ready-to-go. :doc:`Click here " +"<../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>` for more" +" information about Fiscal Localization Packages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:20 +msgid "Accounting onboarding banner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The step-by-step Accounting onboarding banner is composed of four steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:28 +msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-company`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:29 +msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-bank`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:30 +msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-periods`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:31 +msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-chart`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:140 +msgid "Company Data" +msgstr "Unternehmensdaten" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:38 +msgid "" +"This menu allows you to add your company’s details such as the name, " +"address, logo, website, phone number, email address, and Tax ID, or VAT " +"number. These details are then displayed on your documents, such as on " +"invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:47 +msgid "" +"You can also change these settings by going to :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"General Settings --> Settings --> Companies` and clicking on **Update " +"Info**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:53 +msgid "Bank Account" +msgstr "Bankkonto" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Connect your bank account to your database and have your bank statements " +"synced automatically. To do so, find your bank in the list, click on " +"*Connect*, and follow the instructions on-screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:59 +msgid "" +":doc:`Click here <../../bank/feeds/bank_synchronization>` for more " +"information about this feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:61 +msgid "" +"If your Bank Institution can’t be synchronized automatically, or if you " +"prefer not to sync it with your database, you may also configure your bank " +"account manually by clicking on *Create it*, and filling out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:76 +msgid "" +"You can add as many bank accounts as needed with this tool by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration`, and clicking on *Add a Bank " +"Account*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:78 +msgid "" +":doc:`Click here <../../bank/setup/bank_accounts>` for more information " +"about Bank Accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:84 +msgid "Accounting Periods" +msgstr "Buchungsperioden" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Define here your **Fiscal Years**’ opening and closing dates, which are used" +" to generate reports automatically, and your **Tax Return Periodicity**, " +"along with a reminder to never miss a tax return deadline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:90 +msgid "" +"By default, the opening date is set on the 1st of January and the closing " +"date on the 31st of December, as this is the most common use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:94 +msgid "" +"You can also change these settings by going to :menuselection:`Accounting " +"--> Configuration --> Settings --> Fiscal Periods` and updating the values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:102 +msgid "" +"With this menu, you can add accounts to your **Chart of Accounts** and " +"indicate their initial opening balances." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Basic settings are displayed on this page to help you review your Chart of " +"Accounts. To access all the settings of an account, click on the *double " +"arrow button* at the end of the line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:113 +msgid "" +":doc:`Click here <chart_of_accounts>` for more information on how to " +"configure your Chart of Accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:117 +msgid "Invoicing onboarding banner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:119 +msgid "" +"There is another step-by-step onboarding banner that helps you take " +"advantage of your Odoo Invoicing and Accounting apps. The *Invoicing " +"onboarding banner* is the one that welcomes you if you use the Invoicing app" +" rather than the Accounting app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:123 +msgid "" +"If you have Odoo Accounting installed on your database, you can reach it by " +"going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Invoices`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:126 +msgid "The Invoicing onboarding banner is composed of four main steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:132 +msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-company`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:133 +msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-layout`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:134 +msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-payment`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:135 +msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-sample`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:142 +msgid "" +"This form is the same as :ref:`the one presented in the Accounting " +"onboarding banner <accounting-setup-company>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:148 +msgid "Invoice Layout" +msgstr "Rechnungslayout" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:150 +msgid "" +"With this tool, you can design the appearance of your documents by selecting" +" which layout tamplate, paper format, colors, font, and logo you want to " +"use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:153 +msgid "" +"You can also add your *Company Tagline* and the content of the documents’ " +"*footer*. Note that Odoo automatically adds the company's phone number, " +"email, website URL, and Tax ID (or VAT number) to the footer, according to " +"the values you previously configured in the :ref:`Company Data <accounting-" +"setup-company>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:163 +msgid "" +"Add your **bank account number** and a link to your **General Terms & " +"Condition** in the footer. This way, your contacts can find the full content" +" of your GT&C online without having to print them on the invoices you issue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:168 +msgid "" +"These settings can also be modified by going to :menuselection:`Settings -->" +" General Settings`, under the *Business Documents* section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:174 +msgid "Payment Method" +msgstr "Zahlungsmethode" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:176 +msgid "" +"This menu helps you configure the payment methods with which your customers " +"can pay you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:179 +msgid "" +"Configuring a *Payment Acquirer* with this tool also activates the *Invoice " +"Online Payment* option automatically. With this, users can directly pay " +"online, from their Customer Portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:185 +msgid "Sample Invoice" +msgstr "Beispielrechnung" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:187 +msgid "" +"Send yourself a sample invoice by email to make sure everything is correctly" +" configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:146 +msgid ":doc:`../../bank/setup/bank_accounts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:191 +msgid ":doc:`chart_of_accounts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts.rst:3 +msgid "Main Concepts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:3 +msgid "The Accounting behind Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:5 +msgid "" +"This page summarises the way Odoo deals with typical accounts and " +"transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:9 +msgid "Double-entry bookkeeping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically creates all the behind-the-scenes journal entries for " +"each of your accounting transactions: customer invoices, point of sale " +"order, expenses, inventory moves, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses the rules of double-entry bookkeeping system: all journal entries " +"are automatically balanced (sum of debits = sum of credits)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:19 +msgid "" +"`Understand Odoo's accounting transactions per document " +"<https://odoo.com/documentation/functional/accounting.html>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:23 +msgid "Accrual and Cash Basis Methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Odoo supports both accrual and cash basis reporting. This allows you to " +"report income / expense at the time transactions occur (i.e., accrual " +"basis), or when payment is made or received (i.e., cash basis)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:30 +msgid "Multi-companies" +msgstr "Multi-Unternehmen" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows one to manage several companies within the same database. Each " +"company has its own chart of accounts and rules. You can get consolidation " +"reports following your consolidation rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Users can access several companies but always work in one company at a time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:40 +msgid "Multi-currencies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Every transaction is recorded in the default currency of the company. For " +"transactions occurring in another currency, Odoo stores both the value in " +"the currency of the company and the value in the currency of the " +"transaction. Odoo can generate currencies gains and losses after the " +"reconciliation of the journal items." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Currency rates are updated once a day using a yahoo.com online web-service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:52 +msgid "International Standards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Odoo accounting supports more than 50 countries. The Odoo core accounting " +"implements accounting standards that are common to all countries. Specific " +"modules exist per country for the specificities of the country like the " +"chart of accounts, taxes, or bank interfaces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:60 +msgid "In particular, Odoo's core accounting engine supports:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Anglo-Saxon Accounting (U.S., U.K.,, and other English-speaking countries " +"including Ireland, Canada, Australia, and New Zealand) where costs of good " +"sold are reported when products are sold/delivered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:66 +msgid "European accounting where expenses are accounted at the supplier bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:69 +msgid "Odoo has modules to comply with IFRS rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:72 +msgid "Accounts Receivable & Payable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:74 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo uses a single account for all account receivable entries " +"and one for all accounts payable entries. You can create separate accounts " +"per customers/suppliers, but you don't need to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:79 +msgid "" +"As transactions are associated to customers or suppliers, you get reports to" +" perform analysis per customer/supplier such as the customer statement, " +"revenues per customers, aged receivable/payables, ..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:84 +msgid "Wide range of financial reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:86 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, you can generate financial reports in real time. Odoo's reports " +"range from basic accounting reports to advanced management reports. Odoo's " +"reports include:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:90 +msgid "Performance reports (such as Profit and Loss, Budget Variance)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Position reports (such as Balance Sheet, Aged Payables, Aged Receivables)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:93 +msgid "Cash reports (such as Bank Summary)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:94 +msgid "Detail reports (such as Trial Balance and General Ledger)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:95 +msgid "Management reports (such as Budgets, Executive Summary)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Odoo's report engine allows you to customize your own report based on your " +"own formulae." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:101 +msgid "Import bank feeds automatically" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Bank reconciliation is a process that matches your bank statement lines, as " +"supplied by the bank, to your accounting transactions in the general ledger." +" Odoo makes bank reconciliation easy by frequently importing bank statement " +"lines from your bank directly into your Odoo account. This means you can " +"have a daily view of your cashflow without having to log into your online " +"banking or wait for your paper bank statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Odoo speeds up bank reconciliation by matching most of your imported bank " +"statement lines to your accounting transactions. Odoo also remembers how " +"you've treated other bank statement lines and provides suggested general " +"ledger transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:117 +msgid "Calculate the tax you owe your tax authority" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Odoo totals all your accounting transactions for your tax period and uses " +"these totals to calculate your tax obligation. You can then check your sales" +" tax by running Odoo's Tax Report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:124 +msgid "Inventory Valuation" +msgstr "Inventur Bewertung" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Odoo support both periodic (manual) and perpetual (automated) inventory " +"valuations. The available methods are standard price, average price, LIFO " +"(for countries allowing it) and FIFO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:131 +msgid "" +"`View impact of the valuation method on your transactions " +"<https://odoo.com/documentation/functional/valuation.html>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:135 +msgid "Easy retained earnings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Retained earnings are the portion of income retained by your business. Odoo " +"automatically calculates your current year earnings in real time so no year-" +"end journal or rollover is required. This is calculated by reporting the " +"profit and loss balance to your balance sheet report automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:7 +msgid "Accounting Memento For Entrepreneurs (US GAAP)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:13 +msgid "" +"The **Profit and Loss** (P&L) report shows the performance of the company " +"over a specific period (usually the current year)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:18 +msgid "" +"The **Gross Profit** equals the revenues from sales minus the cost of goods " +"sold." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:23 +msgid "" +"**Operating Expenses** (OPEX) include administration, sales and R&D salaries" +" as well as rent and utilities, miscellaneous costs, insurances, … anything " +"beyond the costs of products sold." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The **Balance Sheet** is a snapshot of the company's finances at a specific " +"date (as opposed to the Profit and Loss which is an analysis over a period)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:34 +msgid "" +"**Assets** represent the company's wealth, things it owns. Fixed assets " +"includes building and offices, current assets include bank accounts and " +"cash. A client owing money is an asset. An employee is not an asset." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:40 +msgid "" +"**Liabilities** are obligations from past events that the company will have " +"to pay in the future (utility bills, debts, unpaid suppliers)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:45 +msgid "" +"**Equity** is the amount of the funds contributed by the owners (founders or" +" shareholders) plus previously retained earnings (or losses)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:50 +msgid "Each year, net profits (or losses) are reported to retained earnings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:56 +msgid "" +"What is owned (an asset) has been financed through debts to reimburse " +"(liabilities) or equity (profits, capital)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:59 +msgid "" +"A difference is made between buying an assets (e.g. a building) and expenses" +" (e.g. fuel). Assets have an intrinsic value over time, versus expenses " +"having value in them being consumed for the company to \"work\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:66 +msgid "Assets = Liabilities + Equity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The **chart of accounts** lists all the accounts, whether they are balance " +"sheet accounts or P&L accounts. Every financial transaction (e.g. a payment," +" an invoice) impacts accounts by moving value from one account (credit) to " +"an other account (debit)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:78 +msgid "Balance = Debit - Credit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:90 +msgid "Journal Entries" +msgstr "Buchungssätze" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Every financial document of the company (e.g. an invoice, a bank statement, " +"a pay slip, a capital increase contract) is recorded as a journal entry, " +"impacting several accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:92 +msgid "" +"For a journal entry to be *balanced*, the sum of all its debits must be " +"equal to the sum of all its credits." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:97 +msgid "examples of accounting entries for various transactions. Example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:99 +msgid "Example 1: Customer Invoice:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:119 +msgid "Explanation:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:103 +msgid "You generate a revenue of $1,000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:104 +msgid "You have a tax to pay of $90" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:105 +msgid "The customer owes $1,090" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:124 +msgid "Configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:109 +msgid "Income: defined on the product, or the product category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:127 +msgid "Account Receivable: defined on the customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:111 +msgid "Tax: defined on the tax set on the invoice line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:113 +msgid "" +"The fiscal position used on the invoice may have a rule that replaces the " +"Income Account or the tax defined on the product by another one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:117 +msgid "Example 2: Customer Payment:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:121 +msgid "Your customer owes $1,090 less" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:122 +msgid "Your receive $1,090 on your bank account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:126 +msgid "Bank Account: defined on the related bank journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 +msgid "Reconciliation" +msgstr "Abstimmung offener Posten" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:134 +msgid "" +"Reconciliation is the process of linking journal items of a specific " +"account, matching credits and debits." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Its primary purpose is to link payments to their related invoices in order " +"to mark invoices that are paid and clear the customer statement. This is " +"done by doing a reconciliation on the *Accounts Receivable* account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:141 +msgid "" +"An invoice is marked as paid when its Accounts Receivable journal items are " +"reconciled with the related payment journal items." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:144 +msgid "Reconciliation is performed automatically by the system when:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:146 +msgid "the payment is registered directly on the invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:147 +msgid "" +"the links between the payments and the invoices are detected at the bank " +"matching process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:0 +msgid "Customer Statement Example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 +msgid "Accounts Receivable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 +msgid "Debit" +msgstr "Soll" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 +msgid "Credit" +msgstr "Haben" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:160 +msgid "Invoice 1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:104 +msgid "100" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:162 +msgid "Payment 1.1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:162 +msgid "70" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:164 +msgid "Invoice 2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:168 +msgid "65" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:166 +msgid "Payment 1.2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:166 +msgid "30" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:168 +msgid "Payment 2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:170 +msgid "Invoice 3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:174 +msgid "50" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:174 +msgid "Total To Pay" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:181 +msgid "" +"Bank reconciliation is the matching of bank statement lines (provided by " +"your bank) with transactions recorded internally (payments to suppliers or " +"from customers). For each line in a bank statement, it can be:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:186 +msgid "matched with a previously recorded payment:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:186 +msgid "" +"a payment is registered when a check is received from a customer, then " +"matched when checking the bank statement" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:190 +msgid "recorded as a new payment:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:189 +msgid "" +"the payment's journal entry is created and :ref:`reconciled " +"<accounting/reconciliation>` with the related invoice when processing the " +"bank statement" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:193 +msgid "recorded as another transaction:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:193 +msgid "bank transfer, direct charge, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:195 +msgid "" +"Odoo should automatically reconcile most transactions, only a few of them " +"should need manual review. When the bank reconciliation process is finished," +" the balance on the bank account in Odoo should match the bank statement's " +"balance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:203 +msgid "Checks Handling" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:205 +msgid "There are two approaches to manage checks and internal wire transfer:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:207 +msgid "Two journal entries and a reconciliation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:208 +msgid "One journal entry and a bank reconciliation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:212 +msgid "" +"The first journal entry is created by registering the payment on the " +"invoice. The second one is created when registering the bank statement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 +msgid "Account" +msgstr "Konto" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 +msgid "Account Receivable" +msgstr "Debitorenkonto" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 +msgid "Invoice ABC" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 +msgid "Undeposited funds" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 +msgid "Check 0123" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:135 +msgid "Bank" +msgstr "Bank" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:237 +msgid "" +"A journal entry is created by registering the payment on the invoice. When " +"reconciling the bank statement, the statement line is linked to the existing" +" journal entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 +msgid "Bank Statement" +msgstr "Bankauszug" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:248 +msgid "Statement XYZ" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview.rst:3 +msgid "Process overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:3 +msgid "From Customer Invoice to Payments Collection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo supports multiple invoicing and payment workflows, so you can choose " +"and use the ones that match your business needs. Whether you want to accept " +"a single payment for a single invoice, or process a payment spanning " +"multiple invoices and taking discounts for early payments, you can do so " +"efficiently and accurately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:12 +msgid "From Draft Invoice to Profit and Loss" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If we pick up at the end of a typical 'order to cash' scenario, after the " +"goods have been shipped, you will: issue an invoice; receive payment; " +"deposit that payment at the bank; make sure the Customer Invoice is closed; " +"follow up if Customers are late; and finally present your Income on the " +"Profit and Loss report and show the decrease in Assets on the Balance Sheet " +"report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Invoicing in most countries occurs when a contractual obligation is met. If " +"you ship a box to a customer, you have met the terms of the contract and can" +" bill them. If your supplier sends you a shipment, they have met the terms " +"of that contract and can bill you. Therefore, the terms of the contract is " +"fulfilled when the box moves to or from the truck. At this point, Odoo " +"supports the creation of what is called a Draft Invoice by Warehouse staff." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Draft invoices can be manually generated from other documents such as Sales " +"Orders, Purchase Orders,etc. Although you can create a draft invoice " +"directly if you would like." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:36 +msgid "" +"An invoice must be provided to the customer with the necessary information " +"in order for them to pay for the goods and services ordered and delivered. " +"It must also include other information needed to pay the invoice in a timely" +" and precise manner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:42 +msgid "Draft invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:44 +msgid "" +"The system generates invoice which are initially set to the Draft state. " +"While these invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:47 +msgid "" +"remain unvalidated, they have no accounting impact within the system. There " +"is nothing to stop users from creating their own draft invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:50 +msgid "Let's create a customer invoice with following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:52 +msgid "Customer: Agrolait" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:53 +msgid "Product: iMac" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:54 +msgid "Quantity: 1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:55 +msgid "Unit Price: 100" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:56 +msgid "Taxes: Tax 15%" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:64 +msgid "The document is composed of three parts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:66 +msgid "the top of the invoice, with customer information," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:67 +msgid "the main body of the invoice, with detailed invoice lines," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:68 +msgid "the bottom of the page, with detail about the taxes, and the totals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:71 +msgid "Open or Pro-forma invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:73 +msgid "" +"An invoice will usually include the quantity and the price of goods and/or " +"services, the date, any parties involved, the unique invoice number, and any" +" tax information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:77 +msgid "" +"\"Validate\" the invoice when you are ready to approve it. The invoice then " +"moves from the Draft state to the Open state." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:80 +msgid "" +"When you have validated an invoice, Odoo gives it a unique number from a " +"defined, and modifiable, sequence." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Accounting entries corresponding to this invoice are automatically generated" +" when you validate the invoice. You can see the details by clicking on the " +"entry in the Journal Entry field in the \"Other Info\" tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:95 +msgid "Send the invoice to customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:97 +msgid "" +"After validating the customer invoice, you can directly send it to the " +"customer via the 'Send by email' functionality." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:103 +msgid "" +"A typical journal entry generated from a validated invoice will look like as" +" follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +msgid "**Partner**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +msgid "**Due date**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 +msgid "Agrolait" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 +msgid "01/07/2015" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 +msgid "115" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 +msgid "15" +msgstr "15" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:117 +msgid "Payment" +msgstr "Zahlung" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:119 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, an invoice is considered to be paid when the associated accounting " +"entry has been reconciled with the payment entries. If there has not been a " +"reconciliation, the invoice will remain in the Open state until you have " +"entered the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:124 +msgid "" +"A typical journal entry generated from a payment will look like as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:136 +msgid "Receive a partial payment through the bank statement" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:138 +msgid "" +"You can manually enter your bank statements in Odoo, or you can import them " +"in from a csv file or from several other predefined formats according to " +"your accounting localisation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:142 +msgid "" +"Create a bank statement from the accounting dashboard with the related " +"journal and enter an amount of $100 ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:149 +msgid "Reconcile" +msgstr "Abstimmen" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:151 +msgid "Now let's reconcile!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:156 +msgid "" +"You can now go through every transaction and reconcile them or you can mass " +"reconcile with instructions at the bottom." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:158 +msgid "" +"After reconciling the items in the sheet, the related invoice will now " +"display \"You have outstanding payments for this customer. You can reconcile" +" them to pay this invoice. \"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:168 +msgid "" +"Apply the payment. Below, you can see that the payment has been added to the" +" invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:175 +msgid "Payment Followup" +msgstr "Zahlungsnachverfolgung" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:177 +msgid "" +"There's a growing trend of customers paying bills later and later. " +"Therefore, collectors must make every effort to collect money and collect it" +" faster." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:181 +msgid "" +"Odoo will help you define your follow-up strategy. To remind customers to " +"pay their outstanding invoices, you can define different actions depending " +"on how severely overdue the customer is. These actions are bundled into " +"follow-up levels that are triggered when the due date of an invoice has " +"passed a certain number of days. If there are other overdue invoices for the" +" same customer, the actions of the most overdue invoice will be executed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:189 +msgid "" +"By going to the customer record and diving into the \"Overdue Payments\" you" +" will see the follow-up message and all overdue invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:199 +msgid "Customer aging report:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:201 +msgid "" +"The customer aging report will be an additional key tool for the collector " +"to understand the customer credit issues, and to prioritize their work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Use the aging report to determine which customers are overdue and begin your" +" collection efforts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:212 +msgid "Profit and loss" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:214 +msgid "" +"The Profit and Loss statement displays your revenue and expense details. " +"Ultimately, this gives you a clear image of your Net Profit and Loss. It is " +"sometimes referred to as the \"Income Statement\" or \"Statement of Revenues" +" and Expenses.\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:223 +msgid "Balance sheet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:225 +msgid "" +"The balance sheet summarizes your company's liabilities, assets and equity " +"at a specific moment in time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:234 +msgid "" +"For example, if you manage your inventory using the perpetual accounting " +"method, you should expect a decrease in account \"Current Assets\" once the " +"material has been shipped to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:15 +msgid "From Vendor Bill to Payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Once vendor bills are registered in Odoo, you can easily pay vendors for the" +" correct amount and at the right time (not too late, not too early; " +"depending on your vendor policy). Odoo also offers reports to track your " +"aged payable balances." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:10 +msgid "" +"If you want to control vendor bills received from your vendors, you can use " +"the Odoo Purchase application that allows you to control and pre-complete " +"them automatically based on past purchase orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:18 +msgid "Record a new vendor bill" +msgstr "Neue Eingangsrechnung eintragen." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:20 +msgid "" +"When a vendor bill is received, you can record it from " +":menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendor Bills` in the Accounting application. " +"As a shortcut, you can also use the **New Bill** feature on the accounting " +"dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To register a new vendor bill, start by selecting a vendor and inputting " +"their invoice as the **Vendor Reference**, then add and confirm the product " +"lines, making sure to have the right product quantities, taxes and prices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Save the invoice to update the pre tax and tax amounts at the bottom of the " +"screen. You will most likely need to configure the prices of your products " +"without taxes as Odoo will compute the tax for you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:40 +msgid "" +"On the bottom left corner, Odoo shows a summary table of all taxes on the " +"vendor bill. In several countries, different methods are accepted to round " +"the totals (round per line, or round globally). The default rounding method " +"in Odoo is to round the final prices per line (as you may have different " +"taxes per product. E.g. Alcohol and cigarettes). However if your vendor has " +"a different tax amount on their bill, you can change the amount in the " +"bottom left table to adjust and match." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:48 +msgid "Validate The Vendor Bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Once the vendor bill is validated, a journal entry will be generated based " +"on the configuration on the invoice. This journal entry may differ depending" +" on the the accounting package you choose to use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:54 +msgid "" +"For most European countries, the journal entry will use the following " +"accounts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:66 +msgid "**Accounts Payable:** defined on the vendor form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:68 +msgid "**Taxes:** defined on the products and per line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:61 +msgid "**Expenses:** defined on the line item product used" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:63 +msgid "" +"For Anglo-Saxon (US) accounting, the journal entry will use the following " +"accounts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:70 +msgid "**Goods Received:** defined on the product form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:72 +msgid "" +"You can check your Profit & Loss or the Balance Sheet reports after having " +"validated a couple of vendor bills to see the impact on your general ledger." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:77 +msgid "Pay a bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To create a payment for an open vendor bill directly, you can click on " +"**Register a Payment** at the top of the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:82 +msgid "" +"From there, you select the payment method (i.e. Checking account, credit " +"card, check, etc…) and the amount you wish to pay. By default, Odoo will " +"propose the entire remaining balance on the bill for payment. In the memo " +"field, we recommend you set the vendor invoice number as a reference (Odoo " +"will auto fill this field from the from the vendor bill if set it " +"correctly)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:94 +msgid "" +"You can also register a payment to a vendor directly without applying it to " +"a vendor bill. To do that, :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. Then, " +"from the vendor bill you will be able to reconcile this payment with " +"directly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:99 +msgid "Printing vendor Checks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:101 +msgid "" +"If you choose to pay your vendor bills by check, Odoo offers a method to do " +"so directly from your vendor payments within Odoo. Whether you do so on a " +"daily basis or prefer to do so at the end of the week, you can print in " +"checks in batches." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:106 +msgid "" +"If you have checks to print, Odoo's accounting dashboard acts as a to do " +"list and reminds you of how many checks you have left to be printed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:112 +msgid "" +"By selecting the amount of checks to be printed, you can dive right into a " +"list of all payments that are ready to be processed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Select all the checks you wish to print (use the first checkbox to select " +"them all) and set the action to **Print Checks**. Odoo will ask you to set " +"the next check number in the sequence and will then print all the checks at " +"once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:3 +msgid "Reporting" +msgstr "Berichtswesen" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:127 +msgid "Aged payable balance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:129 +msgid "" +"In order to get a list of open vendor bills and their related due dates, you" +" can use the **Aged Payable** report, under the reporting menu, (in " +":menuselection:`Reporting --> Business Statement --> Aged payable`) to get a" +" visual of all of your outstanding bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:137 +msgid "" +"From here, you can click directly on a vendors name to open up the details " +"of all outstanding bills and the amounts due, or you can annotate any line " +"for managements information. At any point in time while you're looking " +"through the report, you can print directly to Excel or PDF and get exactly " +"what you see on the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:144 +msgid ":doc:`customer_invoice`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables.rst:3 +msgid "Account Payables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:3 +msgid "Forecast future bills to pay" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you get hundreds of vendor bills per month with each of them having " +"different payment terms, it could be complex to follow what you have to pay " +"and when. Paying your vendors too early can decrease your cash " +"availabilities and paying too late can lead to extra charges." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Fortunately, Odoo provides you the right tools to manage payment orders to " +"vendors efficiently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:14 +msgid "Configuration: payment terms" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In order to track the vendor conditions, we use payment terms in Odoo. " +"Payment terms allow to keep track of the conditions to compute the due date " +"on an invoice. As an example, a payment term can be:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:20 +msgid "50% within 30 days" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:22 +msgid "50% within 45 days" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To create your most common payment terms, use the menu: " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Management --> Payment Terms` in the " +"**Accounting** application. The following example show a payment term of 30%" +" directly and the balance after 30 days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Once payment terms are defined, you can assign them to your vendor by " +"default. Set the Vendor Payment Term field on the Accounting tab of a vendor" +" form. That way, every time you will purchase to this vendor, Odoo will " +"propose you automatically the right payment term." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:42 +msgid "" +"If you do not set a specific payment term on a vendor, you will still be " +"able to set a specific payment term on the vendor bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:46 +msgid "Forecast bills to pay with the Aged Payables report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:48 +msgid "" +"In order to track amounts to be paid to the vendors, use the Aged Payable " +"report. You can get it from the Reports menu of the Accounting application. " +"This report gives you a summary per vendor of the amounts to pay, compared " +"to their due date (the due date being computed on each bill using the " +"payment term)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:57 +msgid "" +"This reports tells you how much you will have to pay within the next months." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:61 +msgid "Select bills to pay" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Using the menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendor Bills`, you can get a " +"list of vendor bills. Using the advanced filters, you can list all the bills" +" that you should pay or the bills that are overdue (you are late on the " +"payment)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:70 +msgid "" +"From this screen, you can also switch to the pivot table or the graph view " +"to get statistics on the amount due over the next month, using the group by " +"\"Due Date\" feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay.rst:3 +msgid "Vendor Payments" +msgstr "Zahlungen des Lieferanten" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:3 +msgid "Pay by Checks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Once you decide to pay a supplier bill, you can select to pay by check. " +"Then, at the end of the day, the manager can print all checks by batch. " +"Finally, the bank reconciliation process will match the checks you sent to " +"suppliers with actual bank statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:33 +msgid "Install the required module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To record supplier payments by checks, you must install the **Check " +"Writing** module. This module handle the process of recording checks in " +"Odoo. Others modules are necessary to print checks, according to the " +"country. As an example, the **U.S. Check Printing** module is required to " +"print U.S. checks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:23 +msgid "" +"According to your country and the chart of account you use, those modules " +"may be installed by default. (example: United States users have nothing to " +"install, it's configured by default)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:28 +msgid "Activate checks payment methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:30 +msgid "" +"In order to allow payments by checks, you must activate the payment method " +"on related bank journals. From the accounting dashboard (the screen you get " +"when you enter the accounting application), click on your bank account on " +":menuselection:`More --> Settings` option. On the **Payment Method** field, " +"set **Check**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:40 +msgid "Compatible check stationery for printing checks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:43 +msgid "United States" +msgstr "USA - Vereinigte Staaten von Amerika" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:45 +msgid "For the United States, Odoo supports by default the check formats of:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:47 +msgid "**Quickbooks & Quicken**: check on top, stubs in the middle and bottom" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:48 +msgid "**Peachtree**: check in the middle, stubs on top and bottom" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:49 +msgid "**ADP**: check in the bottom, and stubs on the top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:51 +msgid "" +"It is also possible to customize your own check format through " +"customizations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:54 +msgid "Pay a supplier bill with a check" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:56 +msgid "Paying a supplier with a check is done in three steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:58 +msgid "registering a payment you'd like to do on the bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:59 +msgid "printing checks in batch for all registered payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:60 +msgid "reconcile bank statements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:63 +msgid "Register a payment by check" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To register a payment on a bill, open any supplier bill from the menu " +":menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendor Bills`. Once the supplier bill is " +"validated, you can register a payment. Set the **Payment Method** to " +"**Check** and validate the payment dialog." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:74 +msgid "Print checks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:76 +msgid "" +"From the accounting dashboard, on your bank account, you should see a link " +"\"X checks to print\". Click on this link and you will get the list of all " +"checks that are not printed yet. From this screen, you can print all checks " +"in batch or review them one by one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:81 +msgid "" +"If you want to review every payment one by one before printing the check, " +"open on the payment and click on **Print Check** if you accept it. A dialog " +"will ask you the number of the check. It automatically proposes you the next" +" number, but you can change it if it does not match your next check number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:87 +msgid "" +"To print all checks in batch, select all payments from the list view and " +"Print Check from the top \"print\" menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:94 +msgid "Reconcile bank statements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Once you process your bank statement, when the check is credited from your " +"bank account, Odoo will propose you automatically to match it with the " +"payment. This will mark the payment as **Reconciled**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:101 +msgid "" +"To review checks that have not been credited, open the list of payments and " +"filter on the Sent state. Review those payments that have a date more than 2" +" weeks ago." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:106 +msgid "Pay anything with a check" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:108 +msgid "" +"You can register a payment that is not related to a supplier bill. To do so," +" use the top menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. Register your " +"payment and select a payment method by check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:112 +msgid "" +"If you pay a specific supplier bill, put the reference of the bill in the " +"**Memo** field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Once your payment by check is registered, don't forget to **Confirm** it. " +"Once confirmed, you can use **Print Check** directly or follow the preceding" +" flow to print checks in batch:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:122 +msgid "`Print checks`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:123 +msgid "`Reconcile bank statements`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:3 +msgid "Pay several bills at once" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo provides a simple and effective way to handle several bills at once, " +"with various quick or complex options. With one single process, anyone is " +"able to handle bills and payment in just a few clicks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:10 +msgid "Pay multiple bills with one payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:13 +msgid "Record several payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:15 +msgid "" +"In the following example, we will generate some bills. You can control the " +"whole process from your accounting dashboard (first screen you get when you " +"open the accounting application)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To create a bill, open the Dashboard menu and click on **Vendor Bills**. In " +"the Vendor Bills window, click on **Create**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Choose the vendor from which you wish to purchase the product, and click on " +"Add an item to add one (or more) product(s). Click on **Save** and then " +"**Validate**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:33 +msgid "Pay supplier bills, one after the other" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:38 +msgid "" +"We will now record a payment for one bill only. Open the bill, then click on" +" **Register Payment**. Insert the Payment Method, Date and Amount, and click" +" on **Validate**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Once you have validated the payment, the system will automatically reconcile" +" the payment with the bill, and set the bill as **Paid**. The system will " +"also generate a move from the payment account and reconcile it with the " +"expense transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:51 +msgid "Pay several bills altogether" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:53 +msgid "" +"In order to illustrate the process thoroughly, create at least 2 more bills " +"following the above standing guide. **Make sure all bills come from the same" +" vendor.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:60 +msgid "" +"In the Vendors Bills, select the new bills you have just created by checking" +" the box next to each of them. In the Action menu located in the middle of " +"the page, click on **Register Payment**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Insert the details of the payment. The system calculated the total amount " +"for both bills, but you can modify it freely. Click on **Validate**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:71 +msgid "Record the payment, reconcile afterwards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:73 +msgid "" +"You can also reconcile a payment with bills after the payment has been " +"recorded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:76 +msgid "First, we need to create a payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:78 +msgid "" +"This will handle from :menuselection:`Dashboard --> Bank journal --> More " +"Option --> Send Money`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Creating payment order with check payment method. Selecting related Vendor " +"and amount which remain to pay. After filling all details, we will confirm " +"the payment order which will generate payment transaction with the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:92 +msgid "" +"As you can see, bill payment status show what is posted and what is " +"remaining to reconcile." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:95 +msgid "" +"After receiving bank statement from the bank with payment detail, you can " +"reconcile the transaction from the Dashboard. It will automatically map the " +"transaction amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:103 +msgid "Partial payments of several supplier bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:106 +msgid "How to pay several supplier bills having cash discounts at once?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:108 +msgid "" +"You already learned how to pay bills in various way but what about partial " +"payment? We are taking another example where we will do partial payment for " +"various bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:112 +msgid "" +"We are creating multiple bills and partially pay them through bank " +"statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:115 +msgid "" +"We are adding payment terms which allow some cash discount where vendor " +"offer us early payment discount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:121 +msgid "" +"We are creating the following bills with the assignment of the above payment" +" term." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:127 +msgid "We have created the following bills:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:132 +msgid "" +"We will pay the invoices by creating bank statement where we will adjust the" +" cash discount our vendor provided under payment terms." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:138 +msgid "" +"Before reconciling this bank statement, we need to create one statement " +"model for cash discount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:144 +msgid "Now we are going back to bank statement and opening reconcile view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:69 +msgid "Pay with SEPA" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:5 +msgid "" +"SEPA, the Single Euro Payments Area, is a payment-integration initiative of " +"the European union for simplification of bank transfers denominated in EURO." +" SEPA allows you to send payment orders to your bank to automate bank wire " +"transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:10 +msgid "" +"SEPA is supported by the banks of the 28 EU member states as well as " +"Iceland, Norway, Switzerland, Andorra, Monaco and San Marino." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:13 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, once you decide to pay a vendor, you can select to pay the bill " +"with SEPA. Then, at the end of the day, the manager can generate the SEPA " +"file containing all bank wire transfers and send it to the bank." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:18 +msgid "" +"By default,the file follows the SEPA Credit Transfer **'pain.001.001.03'** " +"specifications. This is a well-defined standard that makes consensus among " +"banks. However, according to the country set on your company, another format" +" can be used : **'pain.001.001.03.ch.02'** for Switzerland and " +"**'pain.001.003.03'** for Germany." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Once the payments are processed by your bank, you can directly import the " +"account statement inside Odoo. The bank reconciliation process will " +"seamlessly match the SEPA orders you sent to your bank with actual bank " +"statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To pay suppliers with SEPA, you must install the **SEPA Credit Transfer** " +"module. This module handle the process of generating SEPA files based on " +"Odoo payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:40 +msgid "" +"According to your country and the chart of account you use, this module may " +"be installed by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:44 +msgid "Activate SEPA payment methods on banks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:46 +msgid "" +"In order to allow payments by SEPA, you must activate the payment method on " +"related bank journals. From the accounting dashboard (the screen you get " +"when you enter the accounting application), click on \"More\" on your bank " +"account and select the \"Settings\" option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:51 +msgid "" +"To activate SEPA, click the **Advanced Settings** tab and, in the **Payment " +"Methods** part of the **Miscellaneous** section, check the box **Sepa Credit" +" Transfer**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Make sure to specify the IBAN account number (domestic account number won't " +"work with SEPA) and the BIC (bank identifier code) on your bank journal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:60 +msgid "" +"By default, the payments you send using SEPA will use your company name as " +"initiating party name. This is what appears on the recipient's bank " +"statement in the **payment from** field. You can customize it in your " +"company settings, in the tab **Configuration**, under the **SEPA** section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:72 +msgid "Register your payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:74 +msgid "" +"You can register a payment that is not related to a supplier bill. To do so," +" use the top menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. Register your " +"payment and select a payment method by Sepa Credit Transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:78 +msgid "" +"If it's the first time you pay this vendor, you will have to fill in the " +"Recipient Bank Account field with, at least, the bank name, IBAN and BIC " +"(Bank Identifier Code). Odoo will automatically verify the IBAN format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:82 +msgid "" +"For future payments to this vendor, Odoo will propose you automatically the " +"bank accounts but you will be able to select another one or create a new " +"one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:86 +msgid "" +"If you pay a specific supplier bill, put the reference of the bill in the " +"**memo** field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Once your payment is registered, don't forget to Confirm it. You can also " +"pay vendor bills from the bill directly using the Register Payment button on" +" top of a vendor bill. The form is the same, but the payment is directly " +"linked to the bill and will be automatically reconciled to it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:98 +msgid "Generate SEPA files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:100 +msgid "" +"From your accounting dashboard, you should see if there are SEPA files to " +"generate for every bank account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:106 +msgid "" +"Click on the link to check all the payments that are ready to transfer via " +"SEPA. Then, select all the payments you want to send (or check the top box " +"to select all payment at once) and click on :menuselection:`More --> " +"Download SEPA Payments`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:115 +msgid "Troubleshooting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:118 +msgid "The bank refuses my SEPA file" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:120 +msgid "" +"Ask your bank if they support the **SEPA Credit Transfer specification** " +"(the SEPA pain version depends on the country set on your company). If they " +"don't, or cannot provide relevant informations, please forward the error " +"message to your Odoo partner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:126 +msgid "There is no Bank Identifier Code recorded for bank account ..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:128 +msgid "" +"In order to send a SEPA payment, the recipient must be identified by a valid" +" IBAN and BIC. If this message appear, you probably encoded an IBAN account " +"for the partner you are paying but forgot to fill in the BIC field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:125 +msgid ":doc:`check`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:3 +msgid "Non-current Assets and Fixed Assets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Non-current Assets**, also known as **long-term assets**, are investments " +"that are expected to be realized after one year. They are capitalized rather" +" than being expensed and appear on the company's balance sheet. Depending on" +" their nature, they may undergo **depreciation**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:9 +msgid "" +"**Fixed Assets** are a type of Non-current Assets and include the properties" +" bought for their productive aspects, such as buildings, vehicles, " +"equipment, land, and software." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:12 +msgid "" +"For example, let's say we buy a car for $ 27,000. We plan to amortize it " +"over five years, and we will sell it for $ 7,000 afterward. Using the " +"linear, or straight-line, depreciation method, $ 4,000 are expensed each " +"year as **depreciation expenses**. After five years, the **Accumulated " +"Depreciation** amount reported on the balance sheet equals $ 20,000, leaving" +" us with $ 7,000 of **Not Depreciable Value**, or Salvage value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Odoo Accounting handles depreciation by creating all depreciation entries " +"automatically in *draft mode*. They are then posted periodically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:21 +msgid "Odoo supports the following **Depreciation Methods**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:23 +msgid "Straight Line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:24 +msgid "Declining" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:25 +msgid "Declining Then Straight Line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The server checks once a day if an entry must be posted. It might then take " +"up to 24 hours before you see a change from *draft* to *posted*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:19 +msgid "Prerequisites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Such transactions must be posted on an **Assets Account** rather than on the" +" default expense account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:38 +msgid "Configure an Assets Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To configure your account in the **Chart of Accounts**, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Chart of Accounts`, click " +"on *Create*, and fill out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:48 +msgid "" +"This account's type must be either *Fixed Assets* or *Non-current Assets*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:48 +msgid "Post an expense to the right account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:51 +msgid "Select the account on a draft bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:56 +msgid "" +"On a draft bill, select the right account for all the assets you are buying." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:61 +msgid "Choose a different Expense Account for specific products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Start editing the product, go to the *Accounting* tab, select the right " +"**Expense Account**, and save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:75 +msgid "" +"It is possible to :ref:`automate the creation of assets entries <assets-" +"automation>` for these products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:74 +msgid "Change the account of a posted journal item" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To do so, open your Purchases Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting" +" --> Accounting --> Purchases`, select the journal item you want to modify, " +"click on the account, and select the right one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:92 +msgid "Assets entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:88 +msgid "Create a new entry" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:99 +msgid "" +"An **Asset entry** automatically generates all journal entries in *draft " +"mode*. They are then posted one by one at the right time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:102 +msgid "" +"To create a new entry, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " +"Assets`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Click on **select related purchases** to link an existing journal item to " +"this new entry. Some fields are then automatically filled out, and the " +"journal item is now listed under the **Related Purchase** tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Once done, you can click on *Compute Depreciation* (next to the *Confirm* " +"button) to generate all the values of the **Depreciation Board**. This board" +" shows you all the entries that Odoo will post to depreciate your asset, and" +" at which date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:113 +msgid "What does \"Prorata Temporis\" mean?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:124 +msgid "" +"The **Prorata Temporis** feature is useful to depreciate your assets the " +"most accurately possible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:126 +msgid "" +"With this feature, the first entry on the Depreciation Board is computed " +"based on the time left between the *Prorata Date* and the *First " +"Depreciation Date* rather than the default amount of time between " +"depreciations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:130 +msgid "" +"For example, the Depreciation Board above has its first depreciation with an" +" amount of $ 241.10 rather than $ 4,000.00. Consequently, the last entry is " +"also lower and has an amount of $ 3758.90." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:134 +msgid "What are the different Depreciation Methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:136 +msgid "" +"The **Straight Line Depreciation Method** divides the initial Depreciable " +"Value by the number of depreciations planned. All depreciation entries have " +"the same amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:139 +msgid "" +"The **Declining Depreciation Method** multiplies the Depreciable Value by " +"the **Declining Factor** for each entry. Each depreciation entry has a lower" +" amount than the previous entry. The last depreciation entry doesn't use the" +" declining factor but instead has an amount corresponding to the balance of " +"the depreciable value so that it reaches $0 by the end of the specified " +"duration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:144 +msgid "" +"The **Declining Then Straight Line Depreciation Method** uses the Declining " +"Method, but with a minimum Depreciation equal to the Straight Line Method. " +"This method ensures a fast depreciation at the beginning, followed by a " +"constant one afterward." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:149 +msgid "Assets from the Purchases Journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:151 +msgid "" +"You can create an asset entry from a specific journal item in your " +"**Purchases Journal**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:153 +msgid "" +"To do so, open your Purchases Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting" +" --> Accounting --> Purchases`, and select the journal item you want to " +"record as an asset. Make sure that it is posted in the right account (see: " +":ref:`journal-assets-account`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:157 +msgid "" +"Then, click on *Action*, select **Create Asset**, and fill out the form the " +"same way you would do to :ref:`create a new entry <create-assets-entry>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:165 +msgid "Modification of an Asset" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:167 +msgid "" +"You can modify the values of an asset to increase or decrease its value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:169 +msgid "" +"To do so, open the asset you want to modify, and click on *Modify " +"Depreciation*. Then, fill out the form with the new depreciation values and " +"click on *Modify*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:172 +msgid "" +"A **decrease in value** posts a new Journal Entry for the **Value Decrease**" +" and modifies all the future *unposted* Journal Entries listed in the " +"Depreciation Board." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:175 +msgid "" +"An **increase in value** requires you to fill out additional fields related " +"to the account movements and creates a new Asset entry with the **Value " +"Increase**. The Gross Increase Asset Entry can be accessed with a Smart " +"Button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:184 +msgid "Disposal of Fixed Assets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:186 +msgid "" +"To **sell** an asset or **dispose** of it implies that it must be removed " +"from the Balance Sheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:188 +msgid "" +"To do so, open the asset you want to dispose of, click on *Sell or Dispose*," +" and fill out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:194 +msgid "" +"Odoo Accounting then generates all the journal entries necessary to dispose " +"of the asset, including the gain or loss on sale, which is based on the " +"difference between the asset's book value at the time of the sale and the " +"amount it is sold for." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:199 +msgid "" +"To record the sale of an asset, you must first post the related Customer " +"Invoice so you can link the sale of the asset with it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:203 +msgid "Assets Models" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:205 +msgid "" +"You can create **Assets Models** to create your Asset entries faster. It is " +"particularly useful if you recurrently buy the same kind of assets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:208 +msgid "" +"To create a model, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Assets Models`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form the same way you " +"would do to create a new entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:212 +msgid "" +"You can also convert a *confirmed Asset entry* into a model by opening it " +"from :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Assets` and then, by " +"clicking on the button *Save Model*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:217 +msgid "Apply an Asset Model to a new entry" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:219 +msgid "" +"When you create a new Asset entry, fill out the **Fixed Asset Account** " +"with the right asset account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:160 +msgid "" +"New buttons with all the models linked to that account appear at the top of " +"the form. Clicking on a model button fills out the form according to that " +"model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:232 +msgid "Automate the Assets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:234 +msgid "" +"When you create or edit an account of which the type is either *Non-current " +"Assets* or *Fixed Assets*, you can configure it to create assets for the " +"expenses that are credited on it automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:238 +msgid "You have three choices for the **Automate Assets** field:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:241 +msgid "" +"**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " +"draft *Assets entry* is created, but not validated. You must first fill out " +"the form in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Assets`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:244 +msgid "" +"**Create and validate:** you must also select an Asset Model (see: `Assets " +"Models`_). Whenever a transaction is posted on the account, an *Assets " +"entry* is created and immediately validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:252 +msgid "" +"You can, for example, select this account as the default **Expense Account**" +" of a product to fully automate its purchase. (see: :ref:`product-assets-" +"account`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:3 +msgid "Deferred Expenses and Prepayments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Deferred expenses** and **prepayments** (also known as **prepaid " +"expense**), are both costs that have already occurred for unconsumed " +"products or services yet to receive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Such costs are **assets** for the company that pays them since it already " +"paid for products and services still to receive or that are yet to be used. " +"The company cannot report them on the current **Profit and Loss statement**," +" or *Income Statement*, since the payments will be effectively expensed in " +"the future." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:13 +msgid "" +"These future expenses must be deferred on the company's balance sheet until " +"the moment in time they can be **recognized**, at once or over a defined " +"period, on the Profit and Loss statement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:16 +msgid "" +"For example, let's say we pay $ 1200 at once for one year of insurance. We " +"already pay the cost now but haven't used the service yet. Therefore, we " +"post this new expense in a *prepayment account* and decide to recognize it " +"on a monthly basis. Each month, for the next 12 months, $ 100 will be " +"recognized as an expense." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Odoo Accounting handles deferred expenses and prepayments by spreading them " +"in multiple entries that are automatically created in *draft mode* and then " +"posted periodically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Such transactions must be posted on a **Deferred Expense Account** rather " +"than on the default expense account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:35 +msgid "Configure a Deferred Expense Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:45 +msgid "This account's type must be either *Current Assets* or *Prepayments*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:53 +msgid "" +"On a draft bill, select the right account for all the products of which the " +"expenses must be deferred." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:71 +msgid "" +"It is possible to automate the creation of expense entries for these " +"products (see: `Automate the Deferred Expenses`_)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:86 +msgid "Deferred Expenses entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:91 +msgid "" +"A **Deferred Expense entry** automatically generates all journal entries in " +"*draft mode*. They are then posted one by one at the right time until the " +"full amount of the expense is recognized." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To create a new entry, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " +"Deferred Expense`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Click on **select related purchases** to link an existing journal item to " +"this new entry. Some fields are then automatically filled out, and the " +"journal item is now listed under the **Related Expenses** tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Once done, you can click on *Compute Deferral* (next to the *Confirm* " +"button) to generate all the values of the **Expense Board**. This board " +"shows you all the entries that Odoo will post to recognize your expense, and" +" at which date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:116 +msgid "" +"The **Prorata Temporis** feature is useful to recognize your expense the " +"most accurately possible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:118 +msgid "" +"With this feature, the first entry on the Expense Board is computed based on" +" the time left between the *Prorata Date* and the *First Recognition Date* " +"rather than the default amount of time between recognitions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:122 +msgid "" +"For example, the Expense Board above has its first expense with an amount of" +" $ 70.97 rather than $ 100.00. Consequently, the last entry is also lower " +"and has an amount of $ 29.03." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:126 +msgid "Deferred Entry from the Purchases Journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:128 +msgid "" +"You can create a deferred entry from a specific journal item in your " +"**Purchases Journal**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:130 +msgid "" +"To do so, open your Purchases Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting" +" --> Accounting --> Purchases`, and select the journal item you want to " +"defer. Make sure that it is posted in the right account (see: `Change the " +"account of a posted journal item`_)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:134 +msgid "" +"Then, click on *Action*, select **Create Deferred Entry**, and fill out the " +"form the same way you would do to `create a new entry`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:142 +msgid "Deferred Expense Models" +msgstr "Aktive Rechnungsabgrenzungs-Modelle" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:144 +msgid "" +"You can create **Deferred Expense Models** to create your Deferred Expense " +"entries faster." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:146 +msgid "" +"To create a model, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Deferred Expense Models`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form the same " +"way you would do to create a new entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:150 +msgid "" +"You can also convert a *confirmed Deferred Expense entry* into a model by " +"opening it from :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Deferred " +"Expenses` and then, by clicking on the button *Save Model*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:155 +msgid "Apply a Deferred Expense Model to a new entry" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:157 +msgid "" +"When you create a new Deferred Expense entry, fill out the **Deferred " +"Expense Account** with the right recognition account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:170 +msgid "Automate the Deferred Expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:172 +msgid "" +"When you create or edit an account of which the type is either *Current " +"Assets* or *Prepayments*, you can configure it to defer the expenses that " +"are credited on it automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:175 +msgid "You have three choices for the **Automate Deferred Expense** field:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:178 +msgid "" +"**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " +"draft *Deferred Expenses entry* is created, but not validated. You must " +"first fill out the form in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " +"Deferred Expenses`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:181 +msgid "" +"**Create and validate:** you must also select a Deferred Expense Model (see:" +" `Deferred Expense Models`_). Whenever a transaction is posted on the " +"account, a *Deferred Expenses entry* is created and immediately validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:190 +msgid "" +"You can, for example, select this account as the default **Expense Account**" +" of a product to fully automate its purchase. (see: `Choose a different " +"Expense Account for specific products`_)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:3 +msgid "Manage vendor Bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The **Purchase** application allows you to manage your purchase orders, " +"incoming products, and vendor bills all seamlessly in one place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If you want to set up a vendor bill control process, the first thing you " +"need to do is to have purchase data in Odoo. Knowing what has been purchased" +" and received is the first step towards understanding your purchase " +"management processes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:13 +msgid "Here is the standard work flow in Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:15 +msgid "" +"You begin with a **Request for Quotation (RFQ)** to send out to your " +"vendor(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Once the vendor has accepted the RFQ, confirm the RFQ into a **Purchase " +"Order (PO)**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Confirming the PO generates an **Incoming Shipment** if you purchased any " +"stockable products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Upon receiving a **Vendor Bill** from your Vendor, validate the bill with " +"products received in the previous step to ensure accuracy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:27 +msgid "" +"This process may be done by three different people within the company, or " +"only one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:34 +msgid "Installing the Purchase and Inventory applications" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:36 +msgid "" +"From the **Apps** application, search for the **Purchase** module and " +"install it. Due to certain dependencies, installing Purchase will " +"automatically install the **Inventory** and **Accounting** applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:41 +msgid "Creating products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Creating products in Odoo is essential for quick and efficient purchasing " +"within Odoo. Simply navigate to the Products submenu under Purchase and " +"click create." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:50 +msgid "" +"When creating the product, pay attention to the **Product Type** field, " +"since it is important:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Products that are set as **Stockable or Consumable** will allow you to keep " +"track of their inventory levels. These options imply stock management and " +"will allow for receiving these kinds of products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Conversely, products that are set as a **Service or Digital Product** will " +"not imply stock management, simply due to the fact that there is no " +"inventory to manage. You will not be able to receive products under either " +"of these designations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:64 +msgid "" +"It is recommended that you create a **Miscellaneous** product for all " +"purchases that occur infrequently and do not require inventory valuation or " +"management. If you create such a product, it is recommended to set the " +"product type to **Service**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:69 +msgid "Managing your Vendor Bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:72 +msgid "Purchasing products or services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:74 +msgid "" +"From the purchase application, you can create a purchase order with as many " +"products as you need. If the vendor sends you a confirmation or quotation " +"for an order, you may record the order reference number in the **Vendor " +"Reference** field. This will enable you to easily match the PO with the the " +"vendor bill later (as the vendor bill will probably include the Vendor " +"Reference)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Validate the purchase order and receive the products from the Inventory " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:88 +msgid "Receiving Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:90 +msgid "" +"If you purchased any stockable products that you manage the inventory of, " +"you will need to receive the products from the Inventory application after " +"you confirm a purchase order. From the **Inventory dashboard**, you should " +"see a button linking you directly to the transfer of products. This button " +"is outlined in red below:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Navigating this route will take you to a list of all orders waiting to be " +"received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:105 +msgid "" +"If you have a lot of awaiting orders, apply a filter using the search bar in" +" the upper right. With this search bar, you may filter based on the vendor " +"(partner), the product, or the source document (also known as the reference " +"of your purchase order). You can also group the orders by different criteria" +" under **Group By**. Selecting an item from this list will open the " +"following screen where you then will receive the products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:116 +msgid "Purchasing service products does not trigger a delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:119 +msgid "Managing Vendor Bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:121 +msgid "" +"When you receive a vendor bill for a previous purchase, be sure to record it" +" in the Purchases application under the **Control Menu**. You need to create" +" a new vendor bill even if you already registered a purchase order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:129 +msgid "" +"The first thing you will need to do upon creating a vendor bill is to select" +" the appropriate vendor, since doing so will also pull up any associated " +"accounting or pricelist information. From there, you can choose to specify " +"one or multiple Purchase Orders to populate the Vendor Bill with. When you " +"select a Purchase Order from the list, Odoo will pull any uninvoiced " +"products associated to that Purchase Order and automatically populate that " +"information below. If you are having a hard time finding the appropriate " +"vendor bill, you may search through the list by inputting the vendor " +"reference number or your internal purchase order number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:143 +msgid "" +"While the invoice is in a draft state, you can make any modifications you " +"need (i.e. remove or add product lines, modify quantities, and change " +"prices)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:148 +msgid "Your vendor may send you several bills for the same Purchase Order if:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:150 +msgid "" +"Your vendor is in back-order and is sending you invoices as they ship the " +"products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:151 +msgid "Your vendor is sending you a partial bill or asking for a deposit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Every time you record a new vendor bill, Odoo will automatically populate " +"the product quantities based on what has been received from the vendor. If " +"this value is showing a zero, this means that you have not yet received this" +" product and simply serves as a reminder that the product is not in hand and" +" you may need to inquire further into this. At any point in time, before you" +" validate the Vendor Bill, you may override this zero quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:162 +msgid "Vendor Bill Matching" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:165 +msgid "What to do if your vendor bill does not match what you received" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:167 +msgid "" +"If the bill you receive from the vendor has quantities that do not match the" +" quantities automatically populated by Odoo, this could be due to several " +"reasons:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:171 +msgid "" +"The vendor is incorrectly charging you for products and/or services that you" +" have not ordered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:174 +msgid "" +"The vendor is billing you for products that you might not have received yet," +" as the invoicing control may be based on ordered or received quantities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:178 +msgid "The vendor did not bill you for previously purchased products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:180 +msgid "" +"In these instances it is recommended that you verify that the bill, and any " +"associated purchase order to the vendor, are accurate and that you " +"understand what you have ordered and what you have already received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:184 +msgid "" +"If you are unable to find a purchase order related to a vendor bill, this " +"could be due to one of a few reasons:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:187 +msgid "" +"The vendor has already invoiced you for this purchase order; therefore it is" +" not going to appear anywhere in the selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:190 +msgid "" +"Someone in the company forgot to record a purchase order for this vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:193 +msgid "The vendor is charging you for something you did not order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:198 +msgid "How product quantities are managed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:200 +msgid "" +"By default, services are managed based on ordered quantities, while " +"stockables and consumables are managed based on received quantities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:203 +msgid "" +"If you need to manage products based on ordered quantities over received " +"quantities, you will need to belong to the group **Purchase Manager**. Ask " +"your system administrator to enable these access on :menuselection:`Settings" +" --> Users --> Users --> Access Rights`. Once you belong to the correct " +"group, select the product(s) you wish to modify, and you should see a new " +"field appear, labeled **Control Purchase Bills**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:213 +msgid "" +"You can then change the default management method for the selected product " +"to be based on either:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:216 +msgid "Ordered quantities" +msgstr "Rechnung bei Auftrag" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:218 +msgid "or Received quantities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:221 +msgid "Batch Billing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:223 +msgid "" +"When creating a vendor bill and selecting the appropriate purchase order, " +"you may continue to select additional purchase orders. Odoo will add the " +"additional line items from the purchase orders you select. If you have not " +"deleted the previous line items from the first purchase order, the bill will" +" be linked to all the appropriate purchase orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:3 +msgid "Digitize Vendor Bills with Optical Character Recognition (OCR)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Encoding bills manually can be a time-consuming task. Having a solution that" +" allows you to digitize them and automatically import the data to your " +"database reduces errors and saves you time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:9 +msgid "Set up the feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Bill Digitalization`, and " +"choose whether the bills should be processed automatically or manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:19 +msgid "Start digitizing your bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Scan your bills and then go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> " +"Bills` and upload your document. Based on your configuration, it either " +"processes the documents automatically, or you need to click on *Send for " +"Digitalization* to do it manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:26 +msgid "" +"You can also create a vendor bill through the *Documents* app or by using an" +" email alias on your journals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Once the data is extracted from the PDF, you can correct it if necessary by " +"clicking on the respective tag (available in *Edit* mode), and selecting the" +" right information instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:38 +msgid "" +"The more bills you scan, the better the system gets at identifying the " +"correct data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:34 +msgid "Pricing" +msgstr "Preiskalkulation" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:44 +msgid "" +"The *Bill Digitalization* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service which " +"requires prepaid credits to work. Digitalizing one document consumes one " +"credit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:47 +msgid "" +"To buy credits, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Settings --> Bill Digitalization` and click on *Buy credits*, or go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Odoo IAP` and click on *View My Services*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you " +"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Click `here <https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#header_4>`_ to know about our " +"*Privacy Policy*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:3 +msgid "Purchase Receipts" +msgstr "Einkaufsbelege" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Purchase Receipts** are not invoices but rather confirmations of received " +"payments, such as a ticket or a receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:8 +msgid "" +"This feature is meant to be used when you pay directly with your company's " +"money for an expense. **Vendor Bills**, on the other hand, are recorded when" +" an invoice is issued to you and that the amount is first credited on a debt" +" account before a later payment reconciliation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Expenses paid by employees can be managed with **Odoo Expenses**, an app " +"dedicated to the approval of such expenses and the payments management. " +"Click :doc:`here </applications/finance/expense/expense>` for more " +"information on how to use Odoo Expenses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:18 +msgid "Register a receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To record a new receipt, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> " +"Receipts`, click on *Create*, fill out the form, and click on *Post*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:27 +msgid "" +"You can register the payment by clicking on *Register Payment*, then filling" +" out the payment's details, and clicking on *Validate*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:31 +msgid "Edit the Journal Entry before posting it" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Once you have filled out the *Invoice Lines* tab, you can modify the " +"**Journal Entry** before you post it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To do so, click on the **Journal Items** tab, change the accounts and values" +" according to your needs, and click on *Post*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:44 +msgid ":doc:`manage`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:45 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/expense/expense`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables.rst:3 +msgid "Account Receivables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:99 +msgid "Customer Invoices" +msgstr "Ausgangsrechnungen" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:3 +msgid "Offer cash discounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Cash discounts are incentives you can offer to customers to motivate them to" +" pay within a specific time frame. For instance, you offer a 2% discount if " +"the customer pays you within the first 5 days of the invoice, when it is due" +" in 30 days. This approach can greatly improve your average collection " +"period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:12 +msgid "Set up a cash discount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To set up a cash discount, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Management --> Payment Terms` and click on *Create*. Add a" +" *Percent* type of term with a corresponding value (e.g. 98% of the total " +"price for a 2% discount) and the number of days during which the offer is " +"valid. You can also change the default balance term if needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:25 +msgid "Start offering the cash discount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Now, you can create a customer invoice and select the cash discount payment " +"term you added. Once the invoice is validated, Odoo will automatically split" +" the account receivables part of the journal entry into two installments " +"having different due dates. Since the discounted price is already " +"calculated, your payment controls will be simplified." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:37 +msgid "Grant the cash discount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:39 +msgid "" +"The customer fulfilled the payment terms and therefore benefits from the " +"cash discount. When you process the bank statement, match the payment with " +"the related journal entry. Then, select the remaining cash discount and " +"click on *Create Write-off* to reconcile it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:48 +msgid "" +"You can also create a dedicated reconciliation model to make the process " +"easier. In this case, you should add a tax to the model based on the taxes " +"applied to your invoices. This means that if you handle multiple tax rates, " +"you need to create several reconciliation models. Note that depending on " +"your localisation, you might already have a Cash Discount model available by" +" default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:56 +msgid "Register the full payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:58 +msgid "" +"In this case, the customer has not fulfilled the payment term and cannot " +"benefit from the cash discount. When you process the bank statement, match " +"the payment with the two related journal entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:67 +msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:3 +msgid "Cash Rounding" +msgstr "Bargeld-Runden" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Cash rounding** is required when the lowest physical denomination of " +"currency, or the smallest coin, is higher than the minimum unit of account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:9 +msgid "" +"For example, some countries require their companies to round up or down the " +"total amount of an invoice to the nearest five cents, when the payment is " +"made in cash." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " +"*Cash Rounding*, then click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Cash Roundings`, and " +"click on *Create*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Define here your *Rounding Precision*, *Rounding Strategy*, and *Rounding " +"Method*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:28 +msgid "Odoo supports two **rounding strategies**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:30 +msgid "" +"**Add a rounding line**: a *rounding* line is added on the invoice. You have" +" to define which account records the cash roundings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:33 +msgid "**Modify tax amount**: the rounding is applied in the taxes section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:36 +msgid "Apply roundings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:38 +msgid "" +"When editing a draft invoice, open the *Other Info* tab, go to the " +"*Accounting Information* section, and select the appropriate *Cash Rounding " +"Method*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:3 +msgid "Credit Notes and Refunds" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:4 +msgid "" +"A **credit note**, or **credit memo**, is a document issued to a customer " +"that notifies them that they have been credited a certain amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:11 +msgid "There are several reasons that can lead to a credit note, such as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:9 +msgid "a mistake in the invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:10 +msgid "a return of the goods, or a rejection of the services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:11 +msgid "the goods delivered are damaged" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Issuing a credit note is the only legal way to cancel, refund or modify a " +"validated invoice. Don’t forget to *register the payment* afterward if you " +"need to send money back to your customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:20 +msgid "Issue a Credit Note" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:21 +msgid "" +"You can create a credit note from scratch by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Credit Notes`, and by clicking " +"on *Create*. Filling the Credit Note’s form works the same way as the " +"Invoice’s form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:26 +msgid "" +"However, most of the time, credit notes are generated directly from the " +"invoices they are related to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:29 +msgid "To do so, open the *Customer Invoice*, and click on *Add Credit Note*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:37 +msgid "You can choose between three options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:44 +msgid "Partial Refund" +msgstr "Teilweise Rückerstattung" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:55 +msgid "Full Refund" +msgstr "Komplette Rückerstattung" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:66 +msgid "Full refund and new draft invoice" +msgstr "Komplette Rückerstattung und neuer Rechnungsentwurf" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Credit Notes’ numbers start with “R” and are followed by the number of the " +"document they are related to (e.g., RINV/2019/0004)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Odoo creates a draft credit note already prefilled with all the necessary " +"information from the original invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:48 +msgid "" +"This is the option to choose to do a partial refund, or if you want to " +"modify any detail on the credit note." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:52 +msgid "" +"This is the only option available for invoices that are already marked as " +"*Paid*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Odoo creates a credit note, automatically validates it, and reconciles the " +"original invoice with it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:62 +msgid "" +"This is the option to choose to do a full refund or cancel a validated " +"invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Odoo creates a credit note, automatically validates it, reconciles the " +"original invoice with it, and open a new draft invoice prefilled with the " +"same details from the original invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:71 +msgid "" +"This is the option to choose to modify the content of a validated invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:74 +msgid "Record a Vendor Refund" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:75 +msgid "" +"**Vendor Refunds** are recorded the same way you would do with invoices’ " +"credit notes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:77 +msgid "" +"You can either create a credit note from scratch by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> Refund`, and by clicking on " +"*Create*, or by opening the validated *Vendor Bill*, and clicking on *Add " +"Credit Note*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Issuing a credit note from an invoice creates a **reverse entry** that " +"zeroes out the journal items generated by the original invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:87 +msgid "Here is an example of an invoice’s journal entry:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:92 +msgid "" +"And here is the credit note’s journal entry generated to reverse the " +"original invoice above:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:3 +msgid "Deferred Revenues" +msgstr "Passive Rechnungsabgrenzung" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Deferred revenues**, or **unearned revenue**, are payments made in advance" +" by customers for products yet to deliver or services yet to render." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Such payments are a **liability** for the company that receives them since " +"it still owes its customers these products or services. The company cannot " +"report them on the current **Profit and Loss statement**, or *Income " +"Statement*, since the payments will be effectively earned in the future." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:12 +msgid "" +"These future revenues must be deferred on the company's balance sheet until " +"the moment in time they can be **recognized**, at once or over a defined " +"period, on the Profit and Loss statement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:15 +msgid "" +"For example, let's say we sell a five-year extended warranty for $ 350. We " +"already receive the money now but haven't earned it yet. Therefore, we post " +"this new income in a deferred revenue account and decide to recognize it on " +"a yearly basis. Each year, for the next 5 years, $ 70 will be recognized as " +"revenue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Odoo Accounting handles deferred revenues by spreading them in multiple " +"entries that are automatically created in *draft mode* and then posted " +"periodically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Such transactions must be posted on a **Deferred Revenue Account** rather " +"than on the default income account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:34 +msgid "Configure a Deferred Revenue Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:44 +msgid "" +"This account's type must be either *Current Liabilities* or *Non-current " +"Liabilities*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:47 +msgid "Post an income to the right account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:50 +msgid "Select the account on a draft invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:52 +msgid "" +"On a draft invoice, select the right account for all the products of which " +"the incomes must be deferred." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:60 +msgid "Choose a different Income Account for specific products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Start editing the product, go to the *Accounting* tab, select the right " +"**Income Account**, and save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:70 +msgid "" +"It is possible to automate the creation of revenue entries for these " +"products (see: `Automate the Deferred Revenues`_)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To do so, open your Sales Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting -->" +" Accounting --> Sales`, select the journal item you want to modify, click on" +" the account, and select the right one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:85 +msgid "Deferred Revenues entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:90 +msgid "" +"A **Deferred Revenues entry** automatically generates all journal entries in" +" *draft mode*. They are then posted one by one at the right time until the " +"full amount of the income is recognized." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:93 +msgid "" +"To create a new entry, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " +"Deferred Revenues`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Click on **select related purchases** to link an existing journal item to " +"this new entry. Some fields are then automatically filled out, and the " +"journal item is now listed under the **Related Sales** tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Once done, you can click on *Compute Revenue* (next to the *Confirm* button)" +" to generate all the values of the **Revenue Board**. This board shows you " +"all the entries that Odoo will post to recognize your revenue, and at which " +"date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:115 +msgid "" +"The **Prorata Temporis** feature is useful to recognize your revenue the " +"most accurately possible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:117 +msgid "" +"With this feature, the first entry on the Revenue Board is computed based on" +" the time left between the *Prorata Date* and the *First Recognition Date* " +"rather than the default amount of time between recognitions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:121 +msgid "" +"For example, the Revenue Board above has its first revenue with an amount of" +" $ 4.22 rather than $ 70.00. Consequently, the last entry is also lower and " +"has an amount of $ 65.78." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:125 +msgid "Deferred Entry from the Sales Journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:127 +msgid "" +"You can create a deferred entry from a specific journal item in your **Sales" +" Journal**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:129 +msgid "" +"To do so, open your Sales Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting -->" +" Accounting --> Sales`, and select the journal item you want to defer. Make " +"sure that it is posted in the right account (see: `Change the account of a " +"posted journal item`_)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:142 +msgid "Deferred Revenue Models" +msgstr "Passive Rechnungsabgrenzungs-Modelle" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:144 +msgid "" +"You can create **Deferred Revenue Models** to create your Deferred Revenue " +"entries faster." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:146 +msgid "" +"To create a model, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Deferred Revenue Models`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form the same " +"way you would do to create a new entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:150 +msgid "" +"You can also convert a *confirmed Deferred Revenue entry* into a model by " +"opening it from :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Deferred " +"Revenues` and then, by clicking on the button *Save Model*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:155 +msgid "Apply a Deferred Revenue Model to a new entry" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:157 +msgid "" +"When you create a new Deferred Revenue entry, fill out the **Deferred " +"Revenue Account** with the right recognition account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:170 +msgid "Automate the Deferred Revenues" +msgstr "Automatisierung passiver Rechnungsabgrenzung" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:172 +msgid "" +"When you create or edit an account of which the type is either *Current " +"Liabilities* or *Non-current Liabilities*, you can configure it to defer the" +" revenues that are credited on it automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:175 +msgid "You have three choices for the **Automate Deferred Revenue** field:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:178 +msgid "" +"**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " +"draft *Deferred Revenues entry* is created, but not validated. You must " +"first fill out the form in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " +"Deferred Revenues`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:181 +msgid "" +"**Create and validate:** you must also select a Deferred Revenue Model (see:" +" `Deferred Revenue Models`_). Whenever a transaction is posted on the " +"account, a *Deferred Revenues entry* is created and immediately validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:190 +msgid "" +"You can, for example, select this account as the default **Income Account** " +"of a product to fully automate its sale. (see: `Choose a different Income " +"Account for specific products`_)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:195 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Academy: Deferred Revenues (Recognition) " +"<https://www.odoo.com/r/EWO>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:3 +msgid "Add EPC QR Codes to invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:4 +msgid "" +"European Payments Council Quick Response Code, or **EPC QR Code**, are two-" +"dimensional barcodes that customers can scan with their **mobile banking " +"applications** to initiate a **SEPA Credit Transfer (SCT)**, and pay their " +"invoices instantly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:10 +msgid "" +"In addition to bringing ease of use and speed, it greatly reduces typing " +"errors that would potentially make for payment issues." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:15 +msgid "" +"This feature is only available in several European countries such as " +"Austria, Belgium, Finland, Germany, and The Netherlands." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and " +"activate the **SEPA QR Code** feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:28 +msgid "Configure your Bank Account’s journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Make sure that your *Bank Account* is correctly configured on Odoo with your" +" IBAN and BIC." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, " +"open your *bank journal*, then fill out the *Bank Account* and *Bank* under " +"the *Bank Account* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:40 +msgid "Issue Invoices with EPC QR Codes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:41 +msgid "" +"EPC QR Codes are added automatically to your invoices, as long as you issue " +"them to customers that are located in a country where this feature is " +"available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Invoices`, and create a " +"new invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Before posting it, open the *Other Info* tab. Odoo automatically fills out " +"the *Bank Account* field with your IBAN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Make sure that the account indicated is the one you want to use to receive " +"your customer’s payment as Odoo uses this field to generate the EPC QR Code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If you want to issue an invoice without an EPC QR Code, remove the IBAN " +"indicated in the *Bank Account* field, under the *Other Info* tab of the " +"invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:65 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Academy: QR Code on Invoices for European Customers " +"<https://www.odoo.com/r/VuU>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview of the invoicing process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Depending on your business and the application you use, there are different " +"ways to automate the customer invoice creation in Odoo. Usually, draft " +"invoices are created by the system (with information coming from other " +"documents like sales order or contracts) and accountant just have to " +"validate draft invoices and send the invoices in batch (by regular mail or " +"email)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Depending on your business, you may opt for one of the following way to " +"create draft invoices:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:19 +msgid "Sales Order ‣ Invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:21 +msgid "" +"In most companies, salespeople create quotations that become sales order " +"once they are validated. Then, draft invoices are created based on the sales" +" order. You have different options like:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Invoice manually: use a button on the sale order to trigger the draft " +"invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Invoice before delivery: invoice the full order before triggering the " +"delivery order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:31 +msgid "Invoice based on delivery order: see next section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Invoice before delivery is usually used by the eCommerce application when " +"the customer pays at the order and we deliver afterwards. (pre-paid)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:37 +msgid "" +"For most other use cases, it's recommended to invoice manually. It allows " +"the salesperson to trigger the invoice on demand with options: invoice the " +"whole order, invoice a percentage (advance), invoice some lines, invoice a " +"fixed advance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:42 +msgid "This process is good for both services and physical products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:45 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:48 +msgid "Sales Order ‣ Delivery Order ‣ Invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Retailers and eCommerce usually invoice based on delivery orders, instead of" +" sales order. This approach is suitable for businesses where the quantities " +"you deliver may differs from the ordered quantities: foods (invoice based on" +" actual Kg)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:55 +msgid "" +"This way, if you deliver a partial order, you only invoice for what you " +"really delivered. If you do back orders (deliver partially and the rest " +"later), the customer will receive two invoices, one for each delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:61 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:64 +msgid "eCommerce Order ‣ Invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:66 +msgid "" +"An eCommerce order will also trigger the creation of the order when it is " +"fully paid. If you allow paying orders by check or wire transfer, Odoo only " +"creates an order and the invoice will be triggered once the payment is " +"received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:72 +msgid "Contracts" +msgstr "Verträge" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:75 +msgid "Regular Contracts ‣ Invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:77 +msgid "" +"If you use contracts, you can trigger invoice based on time and material " +"spent, expenses or fixed lines of services/products. Every month, the " +"salesperson will trigger invoice based on activities on the contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:81 +msgid "Activities can be:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:83 +msgid "" +"fixed products/services, coming from a sale order linked to this contract" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:84 +msgid "materials purchased (that you will re-invoice)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:85 +msgid "time and material based on timesheets or purchases (subcontracting)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:86 +msgid "" +"expenses like travel and accommodation that you re-invoice to the customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:88 +msgid "" +"You can invoice at the end of the contract or trigger intermediate invoices." +" This approach is used by services companies that invoice mostly based on " +"time and material. For services companies that invoice on fix price, they " +"use a regular sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:94 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:95 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:96 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:99 +msgid "Recurring Contracts ‣ Invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:101 +msgid "" +"For subscriptions, an invoice is triggered periodically, automatically. The " +"frequency of the invoicing and the services/products invoiced are defined on" +" the contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:106 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/subscriptions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:112 +msgid "Creating an invoice manually" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Users can also create invoices manually without using contracts or a sales " +"order. It's a recommended approach if you do not need to manage the sales " +"process (quotations), or the delivery of the products or services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Even if you generate the invoice from a sales order, you may need to create " +"invoices manually in exceptional use cases:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:122 +msgid "if you need to create a refund" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:124 +msgid "If you need to give a discount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:126 +msgid "if you need to change an invoice created from a sales order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:128 +msgid "if you need to invoice something not related to your core business" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:131 +msgid "Specific modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:133 +msgid "Some specific modules are also able to generate draft invoices:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:135 +msgid "**membership**: invoice your members every year" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:137 +msgid "**repairs**: invoice your after-sale services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:3 +msgid "Payment Terms and Installment Plans" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Payment Terms** specify all the conditions under which a sale is paid, " +"mostly to ensure customers pay their invoices correctly and on time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Payment Terms can be applied to sales orders, customer invoices, supplier " +"bills, and contacts. These conditions cover:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:11 +msgid "The due date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:12 +msgid "Some discounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:13 +msgid "Any other condition on the payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Defining Payment Terms automatically calculates the payments' due dates. " +"This is particularly helpful for managing installment plans." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:18 +msgid "" +"An **installment plan** allows the customers to pay an invoice in parts, " +"with the amounts and payment dates defined beforehand by the seller." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:21 +msgid "**Examples of Payment Terms:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**Immediate Payment**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "The full payment is due on the day of the invoice's issuance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**15 Days** (or **Net 15**)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "The full payment is due 15 days after the invoice date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**21 MFI**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "" +"The full payment is due by the 21st of the month following the invoice date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**2% 10, Net 30 EOM**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "" +"2% :doc:`cash discount <cash_discounts>` if the payment is received within " +"ten days. Otherwise, the full payment is due at the end of the month " +"following the invoice date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Payment terms are not to be confused with down payment invoices. If, for a " +"specific order, you issue several invoices to your customer, that is neither" +" a payment term nor an installment plan, but an invoicing policy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:39 +msgid "" +"This document is about the *Payment Terms* feature, not *Terms & " +"Conditions*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Terms` and " +"click on *Create*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The **Description on the Invoice** is the text displayed on the document " +"(sale order, invoice, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:49 +msgid "" +"In the **Terms** section, you can add a set of rules, called *terms*, to " +"define what needs to be paid and by which due date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:52 +msgid "" +"To add a term, click on *Add a line*, and define its *Type*, *Value*, and " +"*Due Date Computation*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:55 +msgid "Terms are computed in the order they are set up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:56 +msgid "The **balance** should always be used for the last line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 +msgid "" +"In the following example, 30% is due on the day of issuance, and the balance" +" is due at the end of the following month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:67 +msgid "Using Payment Terms" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Payment Terms can be defined in the **Due Date** field, with the **Terms** " +"drop-down list, on:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**Quotations**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "" +"To set specific payment terms automatically on all invoices generated from a" +" quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**Customer Invoices**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "To set specific payment terms on an invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**Vendor Bills**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "" +"To set specific payment terms on a bill. This is mostly useful when you need" +" to manage vendor terms with several installments. Otherwise, setting the " +"*Due Date* is enough." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:80 +msgid "" +"You can also define a **Due Date** manually. If Payment Terms are already " +"defined, empty the field so you can select a date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:83 +msgid "Payment Terms can be defined with the **Payment Terms** field on:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**Contacts**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "" +"To set specific payment terms automatically on new sales orders, invoices, " +"and bills of a contact. This can be modified in the contact’s *Form View*, " +"under the *Sales & Purchase* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Invoices with specific Payment Terms generate different *Journal Entries*, " +"with one *Journal Item* for every computed *Due Date*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:95 +msgid "" +"This makes for easier *Follow-ups* and *Reconciliation* since Odoo takes " +"each due date into account, rather than just the balance due date. It also " +"helps to get an accurate *Aged Receivable report*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:103 +msgid "" +"In this example, an invoice of $1000 has been issued with the following " +"payment terms: *30% is due on the day of issuance, and the balance is due at" +" the end of the following month.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:107 +msgid "Due date" +msgstr "Fälligkeitsdatum" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:109 +msgid "February 21" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:109 +msgid "300" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:111 +msgid "March 31" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:111 +msgid "700" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:113 +msgid "Product Sales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:116 +msgid "" +"The $1000 debited on the Account Receivable is split into two distinct " +"*Journal Items*. Both of them have their own **Due Date**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:120 +msgid ":doc:`cash_discounts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:121 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Terms and Conditions (T&C) and Payment Terms " +"<https://www.odoo.com/r/fpv>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:3 +msgid "Send your Invoices by Post (Snailmail)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Direct mail is a great way to capture individuals’ attention at a time where" +" inboxes are always full. Odoo allows you to send invoices and follow-up " +"reports by post, worldwide, directly from your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:10 +msgid "Set up Snailmail" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Snailmail` and activate " +"the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If you would like this option to be a default feature, enable *Send by Post*" +" under *Default Sending Options*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:21 +msgid "Send your invoices by post" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Open your Invoice, click on the *Send & Print* button and select *Send by " +"Post*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Make sure to have your customer’s address set correctly, and that it " +"includes a country, before sending the letter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:37 +msgid "" +"*Snailmail* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service which requires prepaid " +"stamps (=credits) to work. Sending one document consumes one stamp." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To buy stamps, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Settings --> Snailmail` and click on *Buy credits*, or go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Odoo IAP` and click on *View my Services*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments.rst:3 +msgid "Customer Payments" +msgstr "Kundeneinzahlungen" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:3 +msgid "Batch Payments: Batch Deposits (checks, cash etc.)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A **Batch Deposit** groups multiple payments in a single batch. This allows " +"you to deposit several payments into your bank account with a single " +"transaction. This is particularly useful to deposit cash and checks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:9 +msgid "" +"This feature allows you to list several customer payments and print a " +"**deposit slip**. This ticket contains the details of the transactions and a" +" reference to the batch deposit. You can then select this reference during a" +" bank reconciliation to match the single bank statement line with all the " +"transactions listed in the batch deposit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:17 +msgid "" +"To activate the feature, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Settings --> Customer Payments`, activate **Batch Payments**, and click " +"on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:21 +msgid "Payment Method Types" +msgstr "Zahlungsmittelarten" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To record new payments as part of a Batch Deposit, you have to configure " +"first the Journal on which you record them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, " +"open the Journal you want to edit, click on *Edit*, and open the *Advanced " +"Settings* tab. In the *Payment Method Types* section, enable **Batch " +"Deposit**, and click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Your main bank accounts are automatically configured to process batch " +"payments when you activate the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:39 +msgid "Deposit multiple payments in batch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:42 +msgid "Record payments to deposit in batch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:44 +msgid "" +":doc:`Register the payments <recording>` on the bank account on which you " +"plan to deposit them by opening the *Customer Invoice* for which you " +"received a payment, and clicking on *Register Payment*. There, select the " +"appropriate Journal linked to your bank account and select *Batch Deposit* " +"as Payment Method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:53 +msgid "Do this step for all checks or payments you want to process in batch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:56 +msgid "Make sure to write the payment reference in the **Memo** field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:59 +msgid "Add payments to a Batch Deposit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To add the payments to a Batch Deposit, go to :menuselection:`Accounting -->" +" Customers --> Batch Payments`, and click on *Create*. Next, select the Bank" +" and Payment Method, then click on *Add a line*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Select all payments to include in the current Batch Deposit and click on " +"*Select*. You can also record a new payment and add it to the list by " +"clicking on *Create*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Once done, click on *Validate* to finalize your Batch Deposit. You can then " +"click on *Print* to download a PDF file to include with the deposit slip " +"that the bank usually requires to fill out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Once the bank statements are on your database, you can reconcile the bank " +"statement line with the *Batch Payment* reference. To do so, start your " +"**Bank Reconciliation** by going to your Accounting dashboard and clicking " +"on *Reconcile Items* on the related bank account. At the bank statement " +"line, click on *Choose counterpart or Create Write-off* to display more " +"options, open the *Batch Payments* tab, and select your Batch Payment. All " +"related payments are automatically added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:89 +msgid "" +"The *Batch Payments* tab won't appear if a Partner is selected for this bank" +" statement line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:95 +msgid "" +"If a check, or a payment, couldn't be processed by the bank and is missing, " +"remove the related payment before validating the bank reconciliation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:99 +msgid ":doc:`recording`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:100 +msgid ":doc:`batch_sdd`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:3 +msgid "Batch Payments: SEPA Direct Debit (SDD)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:5 +msgid "" +"SEPA, the Single Euro Payments Area, is a payment-integration initiative of " +"the European Union for simplification of bank transfers denominated in EURO." +" With **SEPA Direct Debit**, your customers can sign a **mandate** that " +"authorizes you to collect future payments from their bank accounts. This is " +"particularly useful for recurring payments based on a subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:10 +msgid "" +"You can record customer mandates in Odoo, and generate XML files containing " +"pending payments made with an SDD mandate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:0 +msgid "" +"SDD is supported by all SEPA countries, which includes the 27 member states " +"of the European Union as well as additional countries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:0 +msgid "" +"`List of all SEPA countries <https://www.europeanpaymentscouncil.eu" +"/document-library/other/epc-list-sepa-scheme-countries>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`, activate " +"**SEPA Direct Debit (SDD)** and click on *Save*. Enter your company's " +"**Creditor Identifier**. This number is provided by your bank institution, " +"or the authority responsible for delivering them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:31 +msgid "SEPA Direct Debit Mandates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:34 +msgid "Create a mandate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The SEPA Direct Debit Mandate is the document that your customers sign to " +"authorize you to collect money directly from their bank accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To create a new mandate, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> " +"Direct Debit Mandates`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Export the PDF file by clicking on *Print*. It is then up to your customer " +"to sign this document. Once done, upload the signed file in the **Original " +"Document** field, and click on *Validate* to start running the mandate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Make sure that the **IBAN bank accounts details** are correctly recorded on " +"the debtor’s contact form, under the *Accounting* tab, and in your own " +":doc:`Bank Account <../../bank/setup/bank_accounts>` settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:56 +msgid "SEPA Direct Debit as a Payment Method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:58 +msgid "" +"SEPA Direct Debit can be used as a payment method both on your **eCommerce**" +" or on the **Customer Portal** by activating SDD as a **Payment Acquirer**. " +"With this method, your customers can create and sign their mandates " +"themselves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:62 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment " +"Acquirers`, click on *SEPA Direct Debit*, and set it up according to your " +"needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Make sure to change the **State** field to *Enabled*, and to check **Online " +"Signature**, as this is necessary to let your customers sign their mandates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Customers using SDD as payment method get prompted to add their IBAN, email " +"address, and to sign their SEPA Direct Debit mandate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:73 +msgid "Add link to future **Payment Acquirer** documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:76 +msgid "Close or revoke a mandate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Direct Debit mandates are closed automatically after their *End Date*. If " +"this field is left blank, the mandate keeps being *Active* until it is " +"*Closed* or *Revoked*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Clicking on **Close** updates the mandate’s end day to the current day. This" +" means that invoices issued after the present day will not be processed with" +" an SDD payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Clicking on **Revoke** disables the mandate immediately. No SDD payment can " +"be registered anymore, regardless of the invoice’s date. However, payments " +"that have already been registered are still included in the next SDD XML " +"file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Once a mandate has been *closed* or *revoked*, it cannot be reactivated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:96 +msgid "Get paid with SDD Batch Payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:101 +msgid "" +"You can register SDD payments for invoices issued to customers who have an " +"active SDD mandate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:103 +msgid "" +"To do so, open the invoice, click on *Register Payment*, and choose *SEPA " +"Direct Debit* as payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:107 +msgid "Generate SEPA Direct Debit XML files to submit payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:109 +msgid "" +"**XML files** with all SDD payment instructions can be uploaded to your " +"online banking interface to process all payments at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:113 +msgid "" +"The files generated by Odoo follow the SEPA Direct Debit **PAIN.008.001.02**" +" specifications, as required by the SEPA customer-to-bank Implementation " +"Guidelines, which ensures compatibility with the banks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:117 +msgid "" +"To generate your XML file for the pending SDD payments, go to the related " +"*bank journal* on your *Accounting dashboard*, then click on *Direct Debit " +"Payments to Collect*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:124 +msgid "" +"Select all the payments you want to include in your SDD XML file, then click" +" on *Action* and select *Create Batch Payment*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Odoo then takes you to your *Batch Payment*’s form. Click on *Validate* and " +"download the SDD XML file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:138 +msgid "" +"Finally, upload this file to your online banking interface to process the " +"payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:141 +msgid "" +"You can retrieve all the generated SDD XML files by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Customers --> Batch " +"Payments`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:145 +msgid ":doc:`batch`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:147 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Academy: SEPA Direct Debit Mandates (SDD) " +"<https://www.odoo.com/r/Zxs>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:148 +msgid "" +"`List of all SEPA countries <https://www.europeanpaymentscouncil.eu" +"/document-library/other/epc-list-sepa-scheme-countries>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:3 +msgid "Register customer payments by checks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:5 +msgid "" +"There are two ways to handle payments received by checks. Odoo support both " +"approaches so that you can use the one that better fits your habits." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:9 +msgid "" +"**Undeposited Funds:** once you receive the check, you record a payment by " +"check on the invoice. (using a Check journal and posted on the Undeposited " +"Fund account) Then, once the check arrives in your bank account, move money " +"from Undeposited Funds to your bank account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:16 +msgid "" +"**One journal entry only:** once your receive the check, you record a " +"payment on your bank, paid by check, without going through the **Undeposited" +" Funds**. Once you process your bank statement, you do the matching with " +"your bank feed and the check payment, without creating a dedicated journal " +"entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:23 +msgid "" +"We recommend the first approach as it is more accurate (your bank account " +"balance is accurate, taking into accounts checks that have not been cashed " +"yet). Both approaches require the same effort." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Even if the first method is cleaner, Odoo support the second approach " +"because some accountants are used to it (quickbooks and peachtree users)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:32 +msgid "" +"You may have a look at the *Deposit Ticket feature* if you deposit several " +"checks to your bank accounts in batch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:36 +msgid "Option 1: Undeposited Funds" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:41 +msgid "Create a journal **Checks**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:43 +msgid "Set **Undeposited Checks** as a defaut credit/debit account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Set the bank account related to this journal as **Allow Reconciliation**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:109 +msgid "From check payments to bank statements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The first way to handle checks is to create a check journal. Thus, checks " +"become a payment method in itself and you will record two transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Once you receive a customer check, go to the related invoice and click on " +"**Register Payment**. Fill in the information about the payment:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Payment method: Check Journal (that you configured with the debit and credit" +" default accounts as **Undeposited Funds**)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:60 +msgid "Memo: write the Check number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:65 +msgid "This operation will produce the following journal entry:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 +msgid "Statement Match" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:135 +msgid "100.00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 +msgid "Undeposited Funds" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:121 +msgid "The invoice is marked as paid as soon as you record the check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Then, once you get the bank statements, you will match this statement with " +"the check that is in Undeposited Funds." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 +msgid "X" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:89 +msgid "" +"If you use this approach to manage received checks, you get the list of " +"checks that have not been cashed in the **Undeposit Funds** account " +"(accessible, for example, from the general ledger)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Both methods will produce the same data in your accounting at the end of the" +" process. But, if you have checks that have not been cashed, this one is " +"cleaner because those checks have not been reported yet on your bank " +"account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:100 +msgid "Option 2: One journal entry only" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:105 +msgid "" +"These is nothing to configure if you plan to manage your checks using this " +"method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:114 +msgid "**Payment method:** the bank that will be used for the deposit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:116 +msgid "Memo: write the check number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Once you will receive the bank statements, you will do the matching with the" +" statement and this actual payment. (technically: point this payment and " +"relate it to the statement line)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:127 +msgid "" +"With this approach, you will get the following journal entry in your books:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:139 +msgid "" +"You may also record the payment directly without going on the customer " +"invoice, using the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. This method may" +" be more convenient if you have a lot of checks to record in a batch but you" +" will have to reconcile entries afterwards (matching payments with invoices)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:145 +msgid "" +"If you use this approach to manage received checks, you can use the report " +"**Bank Reconciliation Report** to verify which checks have been received or " +"paid by the bank. (this report is available from the **More** option from " +"the Accounting dashboard on the related bank account)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:3 +msgid "Follow-up on invoices and get paid faster" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:5 +msgid "" +"It is essential for your business to collect payments when they are overdue." +" Odoo will help you identify payments that are late and will allow you to " +"send the appropriate reminders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:10 +msgid "Manage your follow-ups" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:13 +msgid "" +"We recommend that you reconcile your bank statements before launching your " +"follow-up process. It will avoid you the trouble of sending a statement to a" +" customer that has already paid you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The overdue invoices you need to follow-up on are available by default in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Sales --> Follow-up Reports`. There, you can " +"easily send a reminder by email or print it as a letter. Then, you can click" +" on the *Done* button to view the next follow-up that needs your attention." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Otherwise, if now is not the time for a reminder, click on *Remind me " +"later*. You will get the next report according to the *Next Reminder Date* " +"set on the statement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To avoid sending too many reminders in a short period of time, change the " +"number of days calculated between each report by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Payment " +"Follow-up`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:33 +msgid "" +"You can also set a trust level for your customers by marking them as bad, " +"normal or good debtors on the follow-up reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:40 +msgid "Send reminders in batch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To get your follow-up process easier, you can send reminder emails in batch " +"from your follow-up reports page. Select all the reports you would like to " +"process, click on *Action* and then on *Process Follow-ups*. A pdf document " +"containing all of the follow-up letters for you to print will also be " +"automatically generated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:52 +msgid "Plan a follow-up process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To plan a follow-up process, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Follow-up Levels* feature " +"under the *Customer Payments* section. Then, click on the new *Follow-up " +"Levels* button that has appeared on your settings page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:59 +msgid "" +"A follow-up plan with several actions is available by default in Odoo, but " +"you can customize it any way you want. Depending on a specific number of " +"overdue days, plan to send an email, a letter or to undertake a manual " +"action. You can also edit the template used for the statement according to " +"the stage of the process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:69 +msgid "" +"If you would like to get a reminder before the actual due date, set a " +"negative number of due days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:3 +msgid "Invoice Online Payment" +msgstr "Rechnung Online-Zahlung" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To make it more convenient for your customers to pay the invoices you issue," +" you can activate the **Invoice Online Payment** feature, which adds a *Pay " +"Now* button on their **Customer Portal**. This allows your customers to see " +"their invoices online and pay directly with their favorite payment method, " +"making the payment process much easier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Make sure your :ref:`Payment Acquirers are correctly configured " +"<payment_acquirers/configuration>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:20 +msgid "" +"By default, \":doc:`Wire Transfer " +"</applications/general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer>`\" is the only " +"Payment Acquirer activated, but you still have to fill out the payment " +"details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To activate the Invoice Online Payment, go to :menuselection:`Accounting -->" +" Configuration --> Settings --> Customer Payments`, enable **Invoice Online " +"Payment**, and click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:27 +msgid "Customer Portal" +msgstr "Kundenportal" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:29 +msgid "" +"After issuing the invoice, click on *Send & Print* and send the invoice by " +"email to the customer. They will receive an email with a link that redirects" +" them to the invoice on their **Customer Portal**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:37 +msgid "" +"They can choose which Payment Acquirer to use by clicking on *Pay Now*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:45 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:3 +msgid "Different ways to record a payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, a payment can either be linked directly to an invoice or be a stand" +" alone record for use on a later date:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If a payment is linked to an invoice, it reduces the amount due of the " +"invoice. You can have multiple payments linked to the same invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:12 +msgid "" +"If a payment is not linked to an invoice, the customer has an outstanding " +"credit with your company, or your company as an outstanding balance with a " +"vendor. You can use this outstanding credit/debit to pay future invoices or " +"bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:18 +msgid "Paying an invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If you register a payment on a customer invoice or a vendor bill, the " +"payment is automatically reconciled with the invoice reducing the amount " +"due." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:27 +msgid "" +"The green icon near the payment line will display more information about the" +" payment. From there you can choose to open the journal entry or reconcile " +"the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:32 +msgid "" +"If you unreconcile a payment, it is still registered in your books but not " +"linked to the specific invoice any longer. If you unreconcile a payment in a" +" different currency, Odoo will create a journal entry to reverse the " +"Currency Exchange Loss/Gain posted at the time of reconciliation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:38 +msgid "Payments not tied to an invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:41 +msgid "Registering a payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:43 +msgid "" +"In the Accounting application, you can create a new payment from the Sales " +"menu (register a customer payment) or the Purchases menu (pay a vendor). If " +"you use these menus, the payment is not linked to an invoice, but can easily" +" be reconciled on an invoice later on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:51 +msgid "" +"When registering a new payment, you must select a customer or vendor, the " +"payment method, and the amount of the payment. The currency of the " +"transaction is defined by the payment method. If the payment refers to a " +"document (sale order, purchase order or invoice), set the reference of this " +"document in the memo field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Once confirmed, a journal entry will be posted reflecting the transaction " +"just made in the accounting application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:61 +msgid "Reconciling invoice payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:63 +msgid "" +"The easiest way of reconciling a payment with an invoice is to do so on the " +"invoice directly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:66 +msgid "" +"When validating a new invoice, Odoo will warn you that an outstanding " +"payment for this customer or vendor is available. In this case, you can " +"reconcile this payment to the invoice near the totals at the bottom, under " +"\"Outstanding Payments\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:75 +msgid "Reconciling all your outstanding payments and invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:77 +msgid "" +"If you want to reconcile all outstanding payments and invoices at once " +"(instead of doing so one by one), you can use the batch reconciliation " +"feature within Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:81 +msgid "" +"The batch reconciliation feature is available from the dashboard on the " +"Customer Invoices card and the Vendor Bills card for reconciling Accounts " +"Receivable and Payable, respectively." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:88 +msgid "" +"The payments matching tool will open all unreconciled customers or vendors " +"and will give you the opportunity to process them all one by one, doing the " +"matching of all their payments and invoices at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:95 +msgid "" +"During the reconciliation, if the sum of the debits and credits do not " +"match, it means there is still a remaining balance that either needs to be " +"reconciled at a later date, or needs to be written off directly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:100 +msgid "Transferring money from one bank account to another" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Just like making a customer or vendor payment, you transfer cash internally " +"between your bank accounts from the dashboard or from the menus up top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:109 +msgid "" +"This will take you to the same screen you have for receiving and making " +"payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:116 +msgid "" +"When making an internal transfer from one bank account to another, select " +"the bank you want to apply the transfer from in the dashboard, and in the " +"register payments screen, you select the transfer to account. Do not go " +"through this process again in the other bank account or else you will end up" +" with two journal entries for the same transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:124 +msgid ":doc:`online_payment`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:126 +msgid ":doc:`followup`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations.rst:3 +msgid "Declarations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:3 +msgid "Tax Return (VAT Declaration)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Companies that are registered for **VAT (Value Added Tax)** must file a " +"**Tax return** on a monthly or quarterly basis, depending on their turnover " +"and the regulation of the country in which they are registered. A Tax return" +" - or VAT return - gives the tax authorities information about the taxable " +"transactions made by the company, the *output tax* it has charged its " +"customers, and the *input tax* its vendors have charged it. Based on these " +"values, the company can calculate the tax amount they have to pay or be " +"refunded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:13 +msgid "" +"You can find information about VAT and its mechanism on `this page from the " +"European Commission <https://ec.europa.eu/taxation_customs/business/vat" +"/what-is-vat_en>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:16 +msgid "add doc about intracom listing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:22 +msgid "Tax Return Periodicity" +msgstr "Periodizität der Steuerrückzahlung" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The configuration of the **Tax Return Periodicity** allows Odoo Accounting " +"to compute your Tax Return correctly and also to send you a reminder to " +"never miss a tax return deadline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings " +"--> Fiscal Periods`, and go to the **Tax Return Periodicity** section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:30 +msgid "" +"**Periodicity**: define here whether you file your tax return each month or " +"every three months." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:31 +msgid "" +"**Reminder**: define when Odoo should remind you to file your tax return." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:32 +msgid "**Journal**: select the journal in which to record the tax return." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:39 +msgid "" +"This is usually configured during the :doc:`app's initial set up " +"<../../overview/getting_started/setup>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:43 +msgid "Tax Grids" +msgstr "Steuerraster" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Odoo generates Tax Reports based on the **Tax Grids** settings that are " +"configured on your taxes. Therefore, it is crucial to make sure that all the" +" recorded transactions use the right taxes. You can see on each Journal Item" +" which Tax Grid is used for that transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:53 +msgid "" +"To configure your taxes' Tax Grids, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Taxes`, and open the tax you want to modify. There, you " +"can edit your tax settings, along with the tax grids that are used to record" +" invoices or credit notes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Taxes and reports are usually already pre-configured: a *Fiscal Localization" +" Package* is installed according to the country you select at the creation " +"of your database. :doc:`Click here " +"<../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>` for more" +" information about Fiscal Localization Packages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:70 +msgid "Close a tax period" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:73 +msgid "Tax Lock Date" +msgstr "Datum der Steuersperre" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Any new transaction which accounting date is prior to the **Tax Lock Date** " +"has its tax values moved to the next open tax period. This is useful to make" +" sure that no change can be made to a report once its period is closed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Therefore, we recommend locking your tax date before working on your " +"*Closing Journal Entry*. This way, other users can't modify or add " +"transactions that would have an impact on the Closing Journal Entry, which " +"helps you avoid some tax declaration errors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:83 +msgid "" +"To check the current **Tax Lock Date**, or to edit it, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Lock Dates`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:144 +msgid "Tax Report" +msgstr "Umsatzsteuerbericht" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Once all the transactions involving taxes have been posted for the period " +"you want to report, open your **Tax Report**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Tax Report`. " +"You can also click on *TAX Report* from your *Accounting Overview*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Make sure to select the right period you want to declare by using the date " +"filter. You can see an overview of your tax report. Then, click on the " +"button *Closing Journal Entry*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:106 +msgid "" +"After having reviewed the generated Journal Entry, click on *Post*. In " +"addition to posting the entry, Odoo automatically creates a PDF file with " +"the **Tax Report** that you can download from the chatter and preview on the" +" right column. It includes all the values to report to the tax authorities, " +"along with the amount you have to pay or be refunded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:116 +msgid "" +"If you forgot to :ref:`lock your tax date <tax_return_lock>` before clicking" +" on *Closing Journal Entry*, then Odoo automatically locks your fiscal " +"period on the same date as the Accounting Date of your entry. This automatic" +" lock happens when you click on *Post*. This safety mechanism can prevent " +"some fiscal errors, but it is advised to lock your tax date manually before," +" as described above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:124 +msgid ":doc:`../../overview/getting_started/setup`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:3 +msgid "Create a customized reports with your own formulas" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo 13 comes with a powerful and easy-to-use reporting framework. Creating " +"new reports (such as a tax report or a balance sheet or income statement " +"with specific groupings and layout ) to suit your needs is now easier than " +"ever." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:14 +msgid "Activate the developer mode" +msgstr "Entwicklermodus aktivieren" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In order to have access to the financial report creation interface, the " +":doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>` needs to be " +"activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:20 +msgid "Create your financial report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:22 +msgid "" +"First, you need to create your financial report. To do that, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Financial Reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Once the name is entered, there are two other parameters that need to be " +"configured:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:31 +msgid "**Show Credit and Debit Columns**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:33 +msgid "**Analysis Period** :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:35 +msgid "Based on date ranges (e.g. Profit and Loss)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:37 +msgid "Based on a single date (e.g. Balance Sheet)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Based on date ranges with 'older' and 'total' columns and last 3 months " +"(e.g. Aged Partner Balances)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:42 +msgid "Bases on date ranges and cash basis method (e.g. Cash Flow Statement)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:46 +msgid "Add lines in your custom reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:48 +msgid "" +"After you've created the report, you need to fill it with lines. They all " +"need a **name**, a **code** (that is used to refer to the line), a " +"**sequence number** and a **level** (Used for the line rendering)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:55 +msgid "" +"In the **formulas** field you can add one or more formulas to assign a value" +" to the balance column (and debit and credit column if applicable – " +"separated by ;)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:59 +msgid "You have several objects available in the formula :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:61 +msgid "" +"``Ndays`` : The number of days in the selected period (for reports with a " +"date range)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Another report, referenced by its code. Use ``.balance`` to get its balance " +"value (also available are ``.credit``, ``.debit`` and ``.amount_residual``)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:68 +msgid "" +"A line can also be based on the sum of account move lines on a selected " +"domain. In which case you need to fill the domain field with an Odoo domain " +"on the account move line object. Then an extra object is available in the " +"formulas field, namely ``sum``, the sum of the account move lines in the " +"domain. You can also use the group by field to group the account move lines " +"by one of their columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:75 +msgid "Other useful fields :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:77 +msgid "**Type** : Type of the result of the formula." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:79 +msgid "" +"**Is growth good when positive** : Used when computing the comparison " +"column. Check if growth is good (displayed in green) or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:82 +msgid "" +"**Special date changer** : If a specific line in a report should not use the" +" same dates as the rest of the report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:85 +msgid "" +"**Show domain** : How the domain of a line is displayed. Can be foldable " +"(``default``, hidden at the start but can be unfolded), ``always`` (always " +"displayed) or ``never`` (never shown)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:90 +msgid ":doc:`main_reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:3 +msgid "Main reports available" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Besides the reports created specifically in each localisation module, a few " +"very useful **generic** and **dynamic reports** are available for all " +"countries :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:9 +msgid "**Balance Sheet**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:10 +msgid "**Profit and Loss**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:11 +msgid "**Chart of Account**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:12 +msgid "**Executive Summary**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:13 +msgid "**General Ledger**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:14 +msgid "**Aged Payable**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:15 +msgid "**Aged Receivable**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:16 +msgid "**Cash Flow Statement**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:17 +msgid "**Tax Report**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:18 +msgid "**Bank Reconciliation**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:20 +msgid "" +"You can annotate every reports to print them and report to your adviser. " +"Export to xls to manage extra analysis. Drill down in the reports to see " +"more details (payments, invoices, journal items, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You can also compare values with another period. Choose how many periods you" +" want to compare the chosen time period with. You can choose up to 12 " +"periods back from the date of the report if you don't want to use the " +"default **Previous 1 Period** option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:32 +msgid "" +"The **Balance Sheet** shows a snapshot of the assets, liabilities and equity" +" of your organisation as at a particular date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:39 +msgid "Profit and Loss" +msgstr "Gewinn und Verlust" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The **Profit and Loss** report (or **Income Statement**) shows your " +"organisation's net income, by deducting expenses from revenue for the report" +" period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:49 +msgid "Chart of account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:51 +msgid "A listing of all your accounts grouped by class." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:57 +msgid "Executive Summary" +msgstr "Kurzbericht" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:59 +msgid "" +"The **Executive Summary** allows for a quick look at all the important " +"figures you need to run your company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:62 +msgid "" +"In very basic terms, this is what each of the items in this section is " +"reporting :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:77 +msgid "**Performance:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:68 +msgid "**Gross profit margin:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:67 +msgid "" +"The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " +"costs needed to make those sales (things like labour, materials, etc)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:74 +msgid "**Net profit margin:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " +"costs needed to make those sales, as well as any fixed overheads your " +"company has (things like rent, electricity, taxes you need to pay as a " +"result of those sales)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:77 +msgid "**Return on investment (p.a.):**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:77 +msgid "" +"The ratio of net profit made, to the amount of assets the company used to " +"make those profits." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:97 +msgid "**Position:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:81 +msgid "**Average debtor days:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:81 +msgid "" +"The average number of days it takes your customers to pay you (fully), " +"across all your customer invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:84 +msgid "**Average creditor days:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:84 +msgid "" +"The average number of days it takes you to pay your suppliers (fully) across" +" all your bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:89 +msgid "**Short term cash forecast:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:87 +msgid "" +"How much cash is expected in or out of your organisation in the next month " +"i.e. balance of your **Sales account** for the month less the balance of " +"your **Purchases account** for the month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:97 +msgid "**Current assets to liabilities:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Also referred to as **current ratio**, this is the ratio of current assets " +"(assets that could be turned into cash within a year) to the current " +"liabilities (liabilities which will be due in the next year). This is " +"typically used as as a measure of a company's ability to service its debt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:103 +msgid "General Ledger" +msgstr "Hauptbuch" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:105 +msgid "" +"The **General Ledger Report** shows all transactions from all accounts for a" +" chosen date range. The initial summary report shows the totals for each " +"account and from there you can view a detailed transaction report or any " +"exceptions. This report is useful for checking every transaction that " +"occurred during a certain period of time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:115 +msgid "Aged Payable" +msgstr "Überfällige Verbindlichkeit" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Run the **Aged Payable Details** report to display information on individual" +" bills, credit notes and overpayments owed by you, and how long these have " +"gone unpaid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:125 +msgid "Aged Receivable" +msgstr "Überfällige Forderungen" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:127 +msgid "" +"The **Aged Receivables** report shows the sales invoices that were awaiting " +"payment during a selected month and several months prior." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:134 +msgid "Cash Flow Statement" +msgstr "Cash-Flow-Bericht" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:136 +msgid "" +"The **Cash Flow Statement** shows how changes in balance sheet accounts and " +"income affect cash and cash equivalents, and breaks the analysis down to " +"operating, investing and financing activities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:146 +msgid "" +"This report allows you to see the **net** and **tax amounts** for all the " +"taxes grouped by type (sale/purchase)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation.rst:3 +msgid "Taxation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year.rst:3 msgid "Fiscal Year" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Geschäftsjahr" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:3 msgid "Do a year end in Odoo (close a fiscal year)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:5 msgid "" "Before going ahead with closing a fiscal year, there are a few steps one " "should typically take to ensure that your accounting is correct, up to date," " and accurate:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:9 msgid "" "Make sure you have fully reconciled your **bank account(s)** up to year end " "and confirm that your ending book balances agree with your bank statement " "balances." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:13 msgid "Verify that all **customer invoices** have been entered and approved." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:15 msgid "Confirm that you have entered and agreed all **vendor bills**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:17 msgid "Validate all **expenses**, ensuring their accuracy." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:19 msgid "" "Corroborate that all **received payments** have been entered and recorded " "accurately." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:25 msgid "Run a **Tax report**, and verify that your tax information is correct." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:27 msgid "Reconcile all accounts on your **Balance Sheet**:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:29 msgid "" "Agree your bank balances in Odoo against your actual bank balances on your " "statements. Utilize the **Bank Reconciliation** report to assist with this." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:33 msgid "" "Reconcile all transactions in your cash and bank accounts by running your " "**Aged Receivables** and **Aged Payables** reports." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:36 msgid "" "Audit your accounts, being sure to fully understand the transactions " "affecting them and the nature of the transactions, making sure to include " "loans and fixed assets." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:40 msgid "" "Run the optional **Payments Matching** feature, under the **More** dropdown " "on the dashboard, validating any open **Vendor Bills** and **Customer " @@ -10016,27 +18166,27 @@ msgid "" "reconciled, and could lead finding errors or mistakes in the system." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:47 msgid "" "Your accountant/bookkeeper will likely verify your balance sheet items and " "book entries for:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:50 msgid "" "Year-end manual adjustments, using the **Adviser Journal Entries** menu (For" " example, the **Current Year Earnings** and **Retained Earnings** reports)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:56 msgid "**Depreciation Journal Entries**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:60 msgid "**Tax adjustments**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:62 msgid "" "If your accountant/bookkeeper is going through end of the year auditing, " "they may want to have paper copies of all balance sheet items (such as " @@ -10044,7 +18194,7 @@ msgid "" "these against your Odoo balances." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:67 msgid "" "During this process, it is good practice to set the **Lock date for Non-" "Advisers** to the last day of the preceding financial year, which is set " @@ -10053,11 +18203,11 @@ msgid "" "auditing the books." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:77 msgid "Closing the fiscal year" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:79 msgid "" "In Odoo there is no need to do a specific year end closing entry in order to" " close out income statement accounts. The reports are created in real-time, " @@ -10067,7 +18217,7 @@ msgid "" "**Fiscal Year** and the account balances will all be 0." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:86 msgid "" "Once the accountant/bookkeeper has created the journal entry to allocate the" " **Current Year Earnings**, you should set the **Lock Date** to the last day" @@ -10076,62 +18226,62 @@ msgid "" "reporting a 0 balance." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:93 msgid ":doc:`fiscal_year`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:3 msgid "Manage Fiscal Years" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:5 msgid "" "In most cases, the fiscal years last 12 months. If it is your case, you just" " have to define what is the last day of your fiscal year in the accounting " "settings. By default, it is set on the 31st December." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:12 msgid "" "However, there might be some exceptions. For example, if it is the first " "fiscal year of your business, it could last more or less than 12 months. In " "this case, some additional configuration is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:16 msgid "" "Go in :menuselection:`accounting --> configuration --> settings` and " "activate the fiscal years." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:22 msgid "" "You can then configure your fiscal years in :menuselection:`accounting --> " "configuration --> fiscal years`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:29 msgid "" "You only have to create fiscal years if they last more or less than 12 " "months." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:34 msgid ":doc:`close_fiscal_year`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:3 msgid "Manage prices for B2B (tax excluded) and B2C (tax included)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:5 msgid "" "When working with consumers, prices are usually expressed with taxes " "included in the price (e.g., in most eCommerce). But, when you work in a B2B" " environment, companies usually negotiate prices with taxes excluded." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:9 msgid "" "Odoo manages both use cases easily, as long as you register your prices on " "the product with taxes excluded or included, but not both together. If you " @@ -10140,7 +18290,7 @@ msgid "" "that's easy." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:15 msgid "" "This documentation is only for the specific use case where you need to have " "two references for the price (tax included or excluded), for the same " @@ -10149,54 +18299,54 @@ msgid "" "case, in belgium with a tax of 21%:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:21 msgid "Your eCommerce has a product at **10€ (taxes included)**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:23 msgid "This would do **8.26€ (taxes excluded)** and a **tax of 1.74€**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:25 msgid "" "But for the same use case, if you register the price without taxes on the " "product form (8.26€), you get a price with tax included at 9.99€, because:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:29 msgid "**8.26€ \\* 1.21 = 9.99€**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:31 msgid "" "So, depending on how you register your prices on the product form, you will " "have different results for the price including taxes and the price excluding" " taxes:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:35 msgid "Taxes Excluded: **8.26€ & 10.00€**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:37 msgid "Taxes Included: **8.26€ & 9.99€**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:40 msgid "" "If you buy 100 pieces at 10€ taxes included, it gets even more tricky. You " "will get: **1000€ (taxes included) = 826.45€ (price) + 173.55€ (taxes)** " "Which is very different from a price per piece at 8.26€ tax excluded." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:45 msgid "" "This documentation explains how to handle the very specific use case where " "you need to handle the two prices (tax excluded and included) on the product" " form within the same company." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:50 msgid "" "In terms of finance, you have no more revenues selling your product at 10€ " "instead of 9.99€ (for a 21% tax), because your revenue will be exactly the " @@ -10208,7 +18358,7 @@ msgid "" "salespeople." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:65 msgid "" "The best way to avoid this complexity is to choose only one way of managing " "your prices and stick to it: price without taxes or price with taxes " @@ -10219,53 +18369,53 @@ msgid "" "and you have no specific configuration to do." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:73 msgid "" "If you can not do that and if you really negotiate some prices with tax " "excluded and, for other customers, others prices with tax included, you " "must:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:77 msgid "" "always store the default price TAX EXCLUDED on the product form, and apply a" " tax (price included on the product form)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:80 msgid "create a pricelist with prices in TAX INCLUDED, for specific customers" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:83 msgid "" "create a fiscal position that switches the tax excluded to a tax included" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:86 msgid "" "assign both the pricelist and the fiscal position to customers who want to " "benefit to this pricelist and fiscal position" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:89 msgid "For the purpose of this documentation, we will use the above use case:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:91 msgid "your product default sale price is 8.26€ tax excluded" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:93 msgid "" "but we want to sell it at 10€, tax included, in our shops or eCommerce " "website" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:97 msgid "Setting your products" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:99 msgid "" "Your company must be configured with tax excluded by default. This is " "usually the default configuration, but you can check your **Default Sale " @@ -10273,7 +18423,7 @@ msgid "" "Accounting application." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:107 msgid "" "Once done, you can create a **B2C** pricelist. You can activate the " "pricelist feature per customer from the menu: :menuselection:`Configuration " @@ -10281,25 +18431,25 @@ msgid "" "per customer segment**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:112 msgid "" "Once done, create a B2C pricelist from the menu " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Pricelists`. It's also good to rename the " "default pricelist into B2B to avoid confusion." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:116 msgid "" "Then, create a product at 8.26€, with a tax of 21% (defined as tax not " "included in price) and set a price on this product for B2C customers at 10€," " from the :menuselection:`Sales --> Products` menu of the Sales application:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:125 msgid "Setting the B2C fiscal position" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:127 msgid "" "From the accounting application, create a B2C fiscal position from this " "menu: :menuselection:`Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`. This fiscal " @@ -10307,18 +18457,18 @@ msgid "" "included in price)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:136 msgid "Test by creating a quotation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:138 msgid "" "Create a quotation from the Sale application, using the " ":menuselection:`Sales --> Quotations` menu. You should have the following " "result: 8.26€ + 1.73€ = 9.99€." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:145 msgid "" "Then, create a quotation but **change the pricelist to B2C and the fiscal " "position to B2C** on the quotation, before adding your product. You should " @@ -10326,15 +18476,15 @@ msgid "" "8.26€ + 1.74€ = 10.00€." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:153 msgid "This is the expected behavior for a customer of your shop." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:156 msgid "Avoid changing every sale order" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:158 msgid "" "If you negotiate a contract with a customer, whether you negotiate tax " "included or tax excluded, you can set the pricelist and the fiscal position " @@ -10342,13 +18492,13 @@ msgid "" "of this customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:163 msgid "" "The pricelist is in the **Sales & Purchases** tab of the customer form, and " "the fiscal position is in the accounting tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:166 msgid "" "Note that this is error prone: if you set a fiscal position with tax " "included in prices but use a pricelist that is not included, you might have " @@ -10356,11 +18506,11 @@ msgid "" "to only work with one price reference." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:3 msgid "Manage cash basis taxes" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:5 msgid "" "The cash basis taxes are due when the payment has been done and not at the " "validation of the invoice (as it is the case with standard taxes). Reporting" @@ -10368,7 +18518,7 @@ msgid "" "method is legal in some countries and under some conditions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:10 msgid "" "Example : You sell a product in the 1st quarter of your fiscal year and " "receive the payment the 2nd quarter of your fiscal year. Based on the cash " @@ -10376,25 +18526,25 @@ msgid "" "2nd quarter." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:16 msgid "How to configure cash basis taxes ?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:18 msgid "" "You first have to activate the setting in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Settings --> Allow Tax Cash Basis`. You will be asked to " "define the Tax Cash Basis Journal." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:27 msgid "" "Once this is done, you can configure your taxes in " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. At first set the " "proper transitional accounts to post taxes until you register the payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:35 msgid "" "In the *Advanced Options* tab you will turn *Tax Due* to *Based on Payment*." " You will then have to define the *Tax Received* account in which to post " @@ -10402,83 +18552,63 @@ msgid "" "Account* to post the base tax amount for an accurate tax report." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:45 msgid "What is the impact of cash basis taxes in my accounting ?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:47 msgid "" "Let’s take an example. You make a sale of $100 with a 15% cash basis tax. " "When you validate the customer invoice, the following entry is created in " "your accounting:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:52 msgid "Customer Invoices Journal" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 -msgid "**Debit**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 -msgid "**Credit**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:72 msgid "Receivables $115" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:82 msgid "Temporary Tax Account $15" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:60 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:88 msgid "Income Account $100" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:63 msgid "A few days later, you receive the payment:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:66 msgid "Bank Journal" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Bankjournal" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:70 msgid "Bank $115" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:75 msgid "" "When you reconcile the invoice and the payment, this entry is generated:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:78 msgid "Tax Cash Basis Journal" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Journal für die Besteuerung nach vereinnahmten Entgelten" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:84 msgid "Tax Received Account $15" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:92 msgid "" "The last two journal items are neutral but they are needed to insure correct" " tax reports in Odoo with accurate base tax amounts. We advise to use a " @@ -10486,12 +18616,7 @@ msgid "" "zero." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:121 -msgid "Default Taxes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:5 msgid "" "**Default Taxes** define which :doc:`taxes <taxes>` are automatically " "selected when there is no other indication about which tax to use. For " @@ -10499,7 +18624,7 @@ msgid "" "create a new product or add a new line on an invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:14 msgid "" ":doc:`Fiscal Positions <fiscal_positions>` take the Default Tax into " "account. Therefore, if a Fiscal Position is applied to an invoice, Odoo " @@ -10507,7 +18632,7 @@ msgid "" "Fiscal Position." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:21 msgid "" "**Default Taxes** are automatically set up according to the country selected" " at the creation of your database, or when you set up a :doc:`Fiscal " @@ -10516,7 +18641,7 @@ msgid "" " company." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:25 msgid "" "To change your **Default Taxes**, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes --> Default Taxes`, select the " @@ -10524,37 +18649,29 @@ msgid "" "click on *Save*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:34 msgid "" "Databases with multiple companies: the Default Taxes values are company-" "specific." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:38 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:70 msgid ":doc:`taxes`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:39 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:93 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:279 msgid ":doc:`fiscal_positions`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:40 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:174 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:193 -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:125 -msgid "" -":doc:`../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:3 msgid "Fiscal Positions (tax and account mapping)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:5 msgid "" "Default taxes and accounts are set on products and customers to create new " "transactions on the fly. However, you might have to use different taxes and " @@ -10562,122 +18679,122 @@ msgid "" "and providers' localizations and business types." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:9 msgid "" "**Fiscal Positions** allow you to create *sets of rules* to automatically " "adapt the taxes and the accounts used for a transaction." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:16 msgid "They can be applied in various ways:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:18 msgid "" ":ref:`automatically applied, based on some rules " "<fiscal_positions/automatic>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:19 msgid ":ref:`manually applied on a transaction <fiscal_positions/partner>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:20 msgid "" ":ref:`assigned to a partner, on its contact form " "<fiscal_positions/transaction>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:23 msgid "" "A few Fiscal Positions are already preconfigured on your database, as part " "of your :doc:`Fiscal Localization Package " "<../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:30 msgid "Tax and Account Mapping" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:32 msgid "" "To edit or create a Fiscal Position, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`, and open the entry you want to modify " "or click on *Create*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:35 msgid "" "The mapping of taxes and accounts is based on the default taxes and accounts" " defined in the products' forms." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:38 msgid "" "To map to another tax or account, fill out the right column (**Tax to " "Apply**/**Account to Use Instead**)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:40 msgid "" "To remove a tax, rather than replacing it with another, leave the field " "**Tax to Apply** empty." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:41 msgid "" "To replace a tax with multiple other taxes, add multiple lines with the same" " **Tax on Product**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:44 msgid "" "The mapping only works with *active* taxes. Therefore, make sure they are " "active by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:50 msgid "Automatic application" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:52 msgid "" "You can configure your Fiscal Positions to be applied automatically, " "following a set of conditions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:54 msgid "" "To do so, open the Fiscal Position you want to modify and click on **Detect " "Automatically**. You can configure a few conditions:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:57 msgid "" "**VAT Required**: The VAT number *must* be indicated in the customer's " "contact form." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:58 msgid "" "**Country Group** / **Country**: The Fiscal Position is applied to these " "countries." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:65 msgid "" "Taxes on **eCommerce orders** are automatically updated once the visitor has" " logged in or filled out their billing details." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:69 msgid "" "The Fiscal Positions' **sequence** - the order in which they are arranged - " "defines which Fiscal Position to apply if the conditions are met in multiple" " Fiscal Positions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:72 msgid "" "For example, if the first Fiscal Position targets *country A*, and the " "second Fiscal Position targets a *Country Group* that also comprises " @@ -10685,52 +18802,52 @@ msgid "" "from *country A*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:79 msgid "Application" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Anwendung" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:84 msgid "Assign a Fiscal Position to a partner" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:86 msgid "" "You can manually define which Fiscal Position must be used by default for a " "specific partner." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:88 msgid "" "To do so, open the partner's contact form, go to the **Sales & Purchase** " "tab, edit the **Fiscal Position** field, and click on *Save*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:98 msgid "Choose Fiscal Positions manually on Sales Orders, Invoices, and Bills" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:100 msgid "" "To manually select which Fiscal Position to use for a new Sales Order, " "Invoice, or Bill, go to the **Other Info** tab and select the right **Fiscal" " Position** *before* adding product lines." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:110 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:281 msgid ":doc:`taxcloud`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:280 msgid ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:3 msgid "Manage withholding taxes" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:5 msgid "" "A withholding tax, also called a retention tax, is a government requirement " "for the payer of a customer invoice to withhold or deduct tax from the " @@ -10738,63 +18855,63 @@ msgid "" "withholding tax applies to employment income." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:10 msgid "" "With normal taxes, the tax is added to the subtotal to give you the total to" " pay. As opposed to normal taxes, withholding taxes are deducted from the " "amount to pay, as the tax will be paid by the customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:14 msgid "As, an example, in Colombia you may have the following invoice:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:19 msgid "" "In this example, the **company** who sent the invoice owes $20 of taxes to " "the **government** and the **customer** owes $10 of taxes to the " "**government**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:25 msgid "" "In Odoo, a withholding tax is defined by creating a negative tax. For a " "retention of 10%, you would configure the following tax (accessible through " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Taxes`):" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:32 msgid "" "In order to make it appear as a retention on the invoice, you should set a " "specific tax group **Retention** on your tax, in the **Advanced Options** " "tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:39 msgid "" "Once the tax is defined, you can use it in your products, sales order or " "invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:43 msgid "" "If the retention is a percentage of a regular tax, create a Tax with a **Tax" " Computation** as a **Tax Group** and set the two taxes in this group " "(normal tax and retention)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:48 msgid "Applying retention taxes on invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:50 msgid "" "Once your tax is created, you can use it on customer forms, sales order or " "customer invoices. You can apply several taxes on a single customer invoice " "line." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:58 msgid "" "When you see the customer invoice on the screen, you get only a **Taxes " "line** summarizing all the taxes (normal taxes & retentions). But when you " @@ -10802,15 +18919,15 @@ msgid "" "taxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:63 msgid "The printed invoice will show the different amounts in each tax group." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:3 msgid "Get correct tax rates in the United States using TaxCloud" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:5 msgid "" "The **TaxCloud** integration allows you to correctly calculate the sales tax" " for every address in the United States and keeps track of which products " @@ -10819,120 +18936,120 @@ msgid "" "special jurisdiction in the United States." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:15 msgid "In TaxCloud" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:16 msgid "" "Create a free account on `TaxCloud <https://taxcloud.com/#register>`__ " "website." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:18 msgid "" "Register your Odoo website on TaxCloud to get an *API ID* and an *API Key*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:23 msgid "" "In Settings on TaxCloud, click *Locations* to enter the location of your " "Office(s) & Warehouse(s)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:24 msgid "" "In Settings on TaxCloud, click *Manage Tax States* to verify the states " "where you collect sales tax." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:27 msgid "In Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:28 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Invoicing / Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`" " and check *TaxCloud - Compute tax rates based on U.S. ZIP codes* (note: " "actually uses complete street address)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:30 msgid "Enter your TaxCloud credentials." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:31 msgid "Click SAVE to store your credentials." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:36 msgid "" "Click the Refresh Icon next to *Default Category* to import the TIC product " "categories from TaxCloud (Taxability Information Codes). Some categories may" " imply specific rates or attract product/service type exemptions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:38 msgid "" "Select your default *TIC Code*. This will apply to any new product created." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:40 msgid "" "Set a specific TaxCloud TIC Category on the *General Information* tab of the" " Product, or on the Product Category." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:42 msgid "" "Make sure your company address is complete (including the state and the zip " "code). Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies` " "to open and edit your Company record." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:47 msgid "How it works" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:49 msgid "" "Salestax is calculated in Odoo based on fiscal positions (see " ":doc:`fiscal_positions`). A Fiscal Position for the United States is created" " when installing *TaxCloud*. Everything works out-of-the-box." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:54 msgid "" "You can configure Odoo to automtically detect which Customers should use " "this fiscal position. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " "--> Fiscal Positions` to open and edit the record." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:61 msgid "" "Now, this fiscal position is automatically set on any sales order, web " "order, or invoice when the customer country is *United States*. This " "triggers the automated tax computation." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:68 msgid "" "Add your product(s). You have two options to get Sales Tax on the Order. " "You can confirm it, or you can save it and from the *Action* Menu choose " "**Update Taxes with TaxCloud**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:73 msgid "Coupons & Promotions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Gutscheine und Werbeaktionen" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:75 msgid "" "If you use the Coupon or Promotion Programs, the integration with Taxcloud " "might seem a bit odd." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:77 msgid "" "The problem lies with the fact that Taxcloud does not accept lines with " "negative amounts as part of the tax computation. This means that the amount " @@ -10943,7 +19060,7 @@ msgid "" "deliveries, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:83 msgid "" "Another specific oddity is possible in the UI: imagine that you sell a " "product from the Taxcloud category *[20110] Computers* and that you have a " @@ -10957,7 +19074,7 @@ msgid "" "from a user point of view." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:5 msgid "" "There are numerous types of **taxes**, and their application varies greatly," " depending mostly on your company's localization. To make sure they are " @@ -10965,11 +19082,11 @@ msgid "" "computations." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:12 msgid "Activate Sales Taxes from the List view" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:14 msgid "" "As part of your :doc:`Fiscal Localization Package " "<../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>`, most of" @@ -10978,319 +19095,307 @@ msgid "" "activate only the ones relevant for your business." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:19 msgid "" "To activate Sale Taxes, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " "--> Taxes` and use the *Activate* toggle button to activate or deactivate a " "tax." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:31 msgid "" "To edit or create a **Tax**, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Taxes` and open a tax or click on *Create*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:41 msgid "" "Taxes have three different labels, each one having a specific use. Refer to " "the following table to see where they are displayed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:45 msgid ":ref:`Tax Name <taxes/name>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:45 msgid ":ref:`Label on Invoice <taxes/label-invoices>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:45 msgid ":ref:`Tax Group <taxes/tax-group>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:48 msgid "Back end" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:48 msgid "*Taxes* column on exported invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:48 msgid "Above the *Total* line on exported invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:53 msgid "Basic Options" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:58 msgid "Tax Name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Steuerbezeichnung" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:60 msgid "" "The **Tax Name** as you want to display it for backend users. This is the " ":ref:`label <taxes/labels>` you see while editing Sales Orders, Invoices, " "Products, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:66 msgid "Tax Computation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Steuerberechnung" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:68 msgid "**Group of Taxes**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:70 msgid "" "The tax is a combination of multiple sub-taxes. You can add as many taxes " "you want, in the order you want them to be applied." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:74 msgid "" "Make sure that the tax sequence is correct, as the order in which they are " "may impact the taxes' amounts computation, especially if one of the taxes " ":ref:`affects the base of the subsequent ones <taxes/base-subsequent>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:78 msgid "**Fixed**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:80 msgid "" "The tax has a fixed amount in the default currency. The amount remains the " "same, regardless of the Sales Price." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:83 msgid "" "For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *$10 " "fixed* tax. We then have:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:231 msgid "Product's Sales Price" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:231 msgid "Price without tax" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:231 msgid "Tax" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Steuer" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:231 msgid "Total" msgstr "Gesamtbetrag" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:89 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:89 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:104 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:104 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:118 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:118 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:234 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:234 msgid "1,000" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:89 msgid "10" -msgstr "" +msgstr "10" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:89 msgid "1,010.00" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:92 msgid "**Percentage of Price**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:94 msgid "" "The *Sales Price* is the taxable basis: the tax's amount is computed by " "multiplying the Sales Price by the tax's percentage." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:97 msgid "" "For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *10% of " "Price* tax. We then have:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:104 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 -msgid "100" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:104 msgid "1,100.00" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:107 msgid "**Percentage of Price Tax Included**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:109 msgid "" "The *Total* is the taxable basis: the tax's amount is a percentage of the " "Total." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:111 msgid "" "For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *10% of " "Price Tax Included* tax. We then have:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:118 msgid "111.11" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:118 msgid "1,111.11" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:124 msgid "Active" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aktiv" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:126 msgid "Only **Active** taxes can be added to new documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:129 msgid "" "It is not possible to delete taxes that have already been used. Instead, you" " can deactivate them to prevent future use." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:133 msgid "" "This field can be modified from the *List View*. See :ref:`above " "<taxes/list_activation>` for more information." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:139 msgid "Tax Scope" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Steuergültigkeit" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:141 msgid "" "The **Tax Scope** determines the tax's application, which also restricts " "where it is displayed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:143 msgid "**Sales**: Customer Invoices, Product's Customer Taxes, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:144 msgid "**Purchase**: Vendor Bills, Product's Vendor Taxes, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:145 msgid "**None**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:148 msgid "" "You can use **None** for taxes that you want to include in a :ref:`Group of " "Taxes <taxes/computation>` but that you don't want to list along with other " "Sales or Purchase taxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:154 msgid "Definition tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:156 msgid "" "Allocate with precision the amount of the taxable basis or percentages of " "the computed tax to multiple accounts and Tax Grids." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:163 msgid "**Based On**:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:165 msgid "Base: the price on the invoice line" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:166 msgid "% of tax: a percentage of the computed tax." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:168 msgid "**Account**: if defined, an additional Journal Item is recorded." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:169 msgid "" "**Tax Grids**: used to generate :doc:`Tax Reports " "<../../reporting/declarations/tax_returns>` automatically, according to your" " country's regulations." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:175 msgid "Advanced Options tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:180 msgid "Label on Invoices" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Bezeichnung auf Rechnungen" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:182 msgid "" "The label of the tax, as displayed on each invoice line in the **Taxes** " "column. This is the :ref:`label <taxes/labels>` visible to *front end* " "users, on exported invoices, on their Customer Portals, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:193 msgid "Tax Group" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Steuergruppe" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:195 msgid "" "Select to which **Tax Group** the tax belongs. The Tax Group name is the " ":ref:`label <taxes/labels>` displayed above the *Total* line on exported " "invoices, and the Customer Portals." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:198 msgid "" "Tax groups include different iterations of the same tax. This can be useful " "when you must record differently the same tax according to :doc:`Fiscal " "Positions <fiscal_positions>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:205 msgid "" "In the example above, we see a 0% tax for Intra-Community customers in " "Europe. It records amounts on specific accounts and with specific tax grids." @@ -11299,55 +19404,55 @@ msgid "" "above the *Total* line, indicates *0%*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:213 msgid "Include in Analytic Cost" -msgstr "" +msgstr "In Kostenrechnung einschliessen" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:215 msgid "" "With this option activated, the tax's amount is assigned to the same " "**Analytic Account** as the invoice line." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:221 msgid "Included in Price" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Beinhaltet im Preis" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:223 msgid "" "With this option activated, the total (including the tax) equals the **Sales" " Price**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:225 msgid ":dfn:`Total = Sales Price = Computed Tax-Excluded price + Tax`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:227 msgid "" "For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *10% of " "Price* tax, which is *included in the price*. We then have:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:234 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:234 msgid "900.10" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:234 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:234 msgid "90.9" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:234 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:234 msgid "1,000.00" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:238 msgid "" "If you need to define prices accurately, both tax-included and tax-excluded," " please refer to the following documentation: :doc:`B2B_B2C`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:242 msgid "" "**Invoices**: By default, the Line Subtotals displayed on your invoices are " "*Tax-Excluded*. To display *Tax-Included* Line Subtotals, go to " @@ -11356,7 +19461,7 @@ msgid "" "field, then click on *Save*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:246 msgid "" "**eCommerce**: By default, the prices displayed on your eCommerce website " "are *Tax-Excluded*. To display *Tax-Included* prices, go to " @@ -11364,8077 +19469,533 @@ msgid "" "select *Tax-Included* in the **Product Prices** field, then click on *Save*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:253 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:253 msgid "Affect Base of Subsequent Taxes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Auswirkung auf nachfolgende Steuern" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:255 msgid "" "With this option, the total tax-included becomes the taxable basis for the " "other taxes applied to the same product." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:258 msgid "" "You can configure a new :ref:`Group of Taxes <taxes/computation>` to include" " this tax, or add it directly to a product line." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:266 msgid "" "The order in which you add the taxes on a product line has no effect on how " "amounts are computed. If you add taxes directly on a product line, only the " "tax sequence determines the order in which they are applied." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:270 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:270 msgid "" "To reorder the sequence, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " "--> Taxes`, and drag and drop the lines with the handles next to the tax " "names." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:282 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:282 msgid ":doc:`../../reporting/declarations/tax_returns`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/vat_validation.rst:3 msgid "VIES VAT numbers validation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/vat_validation.rst:5 msgid "" "**VAT Information Exchange System** - abbreviated **VIES** - is a tool " "provided by the European Commission that allows you to check the validity of" " VAT numbers of companies registered in the European Union." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/vat_validation.rst:9 msgid "" "Odoo provides a feature to **Verify VAT Numbers** when you save a contact. " "This helps you make sure that your contacts provided you with a valid VAT " "number without leaving Odoo interface." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/vat_validation.rst:15 msgid "" "To enable this feature, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " "--> Settings --> Taxes`, enable the **Verify VAT Numbers** feature, and " "click on *Save*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/vat_validation.rst:23 msgid "VAT Number validation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/vat_validation.rst:25 msgid "" "Whenever you create or modify a contact, make sure to fill out the " "**Country** and **VAT** fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/vat_validation.rst:31 msgid "" "When you click on *Save*, Odoo runs a VIES VAT number check, and displays an" " error message if the VAT number is invalid." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/vat_validation.rst:39 msgid "" "This tool checks the VAT number's validity but does not check the other " "fields' validity." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/vat_validation.rst:43 msgid "" "`European Commission: VIES search engine " "<https://ec.europa.eu/taxation_customs/vies/vatRequest.html>`__" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:109 -msgid "Others" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser.rst:3 -msgid "Adviser" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:3 -msgid "Manage a financial budget" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Managing budgets is an essential part of running a business. Budgets help " -"people become more intentional with the way money is spent and direct people" -" to organize and prioritize their work to meet financial goals. They allows " -"you to plan your desired financial outcome and then measure your actual " -"performance against the plan. Odoo manages budgets using both General and " -"Analytic Accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:15 -msgid "" -"We will use the following example to illustrate. We just started a project " -"with Smith&Co and we would like to budget the incomes and expenses of that " -"project. We plan to have a revenue of 1000 and we don't want to spend more " -"than 700." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:23 -msgid "" -"First we need to install the relevant apps to use budgeting. The main module" -" is the accounting app. Go in the app module and install the **Accounting " -"and Finance** app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Further configuration is as well necessary. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting" -" module --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable the **Budget management**" -" feature" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:38 -msgid "Budgetary Positions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Budgetary positions are lists of accounts for which you want to keep budgets" -" (typically expense or income accounts). They need to be defined so Odoo can" -" know it which accounts he needs to go get the budget information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:45 -msgid "" -"The budgetary positions act as a type of restriction on what can be recorded" -" in the 'practical amount' column in a budget." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Each budgetary position can have any number of accounts from the general " -"ledger (the main chart of accounts) assigned to it, though it must have at " -"least one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:51 -msgid "" -"If you record a transaction that has an analytic account assigned to it that" -" *is* included in a budget line but one of the general ledger accounts *is " -"not* included in the budgetary position for that same budget line, it will " -"not appear within the 'practical amount' column of that budget line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Some budgetary positions might be already installed with your chart of " -"accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:59 -msgid "" -"To define the positions enter the :menuselection:`Accounting module --> " -"Configuration --> Budgetary Positions`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:62 -msgid "" -"For our example we need to define what accounts relates to our project's " -"expenses. Create a position and add items to select the accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:68 -msgid "" -"In this case we select the three relevant accounts used wherein we will book" -" our expenses." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:74 -msgid "Click on *Select*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:79 -msgid "Save the changes to confirm your Budgetary position." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:81 -msgid "" -"Repeat this steps to create a revenue budgetary position. Only in this case " -"select the relevant income accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:85 -msgid "Analytical account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:87 -msgid "" -"Odoo needs to know which costs or expenses are relevant to a specified " -"budget. To do so we need to link our invoices and expenses to a defined " -"analytical account. Create an analytical account by entering the Accounting " -"module and clicking :menuselection:`Advisers --> Analytic Accounts --> Open " -"Charts`. Create a new Account called Smith&Co project and select the related" -" partner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:98 -msgid "Set a budget" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:100 -msgid "" -"Let's now set our targets for our budget. We specified that we expect to " -"gain 1000 with this project and we would like not to spend more than 700." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:104 -msgid "" -"To set those targets, enter the accounting app, select " -":menuselection:`Advisers --> Budgets` and create a new Budget." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:107 -msgid "" -"We have to give a name to the budget. In this case we'll call it \"Smith " -"Project\". Select the period wherein the budget will be applicable. Next add" -" an item to specify your targets in the Budget Line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:114 -msgid "" -"Select the Budgetary Position related to the Budget Line. In other words, " -"select the position that points to the accounts you want to budget. In this " -"case we will start with our 700 maximum charge target. Select the \"Cost\" " -"Budgetary Position and specify the Planned Amount. As we are recording a " -"cost, we need to specify a **negative amount**. Finally, select the " -"corresponding analytic account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:124 -msgid "" -"Click on **Save & new** to input the revenue budget. The Budgetary Position " -"is Revenue and the Planned Amount is 1000. Save and close" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:127 -msgid "You'll need to **Confirm** and **Approve** the budget." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:130 -msgid "Check your budget" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:132 -msgid "" -"You can check your budget at any time. To see the evolution, let's book some" -" Invoices and Vendors Bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:136 -msgid "" -"If you use analytical accounts remember that you need to specify the account" -" in the invoice and/or purchase line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:140 -msgid "" -"For more information about booking invoices and purchase orders see " -":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/overview`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:143 -msgid "Go back in the budget list and find the Smith Project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:145 -msgid "" -"Via the analytical account, Odoo can account the invoice lines and purchase " -"lines booked in the accounts and will display them in the **Practical " -"Amount** column." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:153 -msgid "" -"The theoretical amount represents the amount of money you theoretically " -"could have spend / should have received in function of the date. When your " -"budget is 1200 for 12 months (january to december), and today is 31 of " -"january, the theoretical amount will be 100, since this is the actual amount" -" that could have been realised." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic.rst:3 -msgid "Analytic" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:3 -msgid "Track costs of purchases, expenses, subcontracting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Thanks to analytical accounting we can track costs of purchases, expenses " -"and subcontracting in the accounting module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:11 -msgid "" -"We'll take the following example. We sold a consulting package for a " -"customer. The package is all inclusive meaning no extra cost can be added. " -"We would however like to follow which cost were attached to this transaction" -" as we need to pay for purchases, expenses, and subcontracting costs related" -" to the project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:20 -msgid "" -"The following modules needs to be installed to track cost. Enter the app " -"module and install the following apps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Please note that the applications provided by these apps only allows us to " -"**track** the costs. We won't be able to automatically re invoice those " -"costs to our customers. To track and **re invoice costs** you should install" -" the Sales management app as well." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:37 -msgid "Enable Analytical accounting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Next step is to activate the analytical accounting. In the accounting app, " -"select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and thick the Analytic " -"accounting box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Moreover, scroll down and tick the **Analytic accounting for purchases** " -"box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:52 -msgid "Don't forget to save your changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:55 -msgid "Create an Analytical account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:57 -msgid "" -"First of all you should create an Analytical account on which you can point " -"all your expenses. Enter the accounting app, select " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Analytic Accounts`. Create a new one. In " -"this case we will call it \"consulting pack\" for our customer Smith&Co." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:65 -msgid "We will point all our costs to this account to keep track of them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:68 -msgid "Record an expense" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:70 -msgid "" -"We start by booking an expense. Our IT technician had to take a train to go " -"see our customer. He paid for his ticket himself." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:75 -msgid "Create an expense product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:77 -msgid "" -"We first need to create an expense product. Enter the **Expense** module, " -"Click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Expense Products`. Create a new " -"product called Train ticket and set the cost price to 15.50 euros. Make sure" -" the **Can be expensed** box is ticked." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:86 -msgid "Book the expense" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:88 -msgid "" -"Enter the Expense module, click on :menuselection:`My expenses --> Create`. " -"Select the Train ticket product and link it to the analytical account " -"discussed above." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:95 -msgid "" -"Submit to manager and wait for the manager to approve and post the journal " -"entries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:99 -msgid "Create a Purchase Order linked to the analytical account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:102 -msgid "Purchase Product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:104 -msgid "" -"We also need to buy a software for our customers. In the purchase app create" -" a purchase order for the software product. Within the line we can link the " -"product's cost with the analytical account. Specify the order line and " -"select the correct analytical account. Confirm the sale." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Accept the delivery and enter the invoice. Once the invoice is entered the " -"cost price (**Vendor Price** field) will be booked in the analytical " -"account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:117 -msgid "Subcontracting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:119 -msgid "" -"The purchase module can be used in the same way as seen previously to handle" -" subcontracting. if we purchase a service from another company we can re " -"invoice this cost by linking the purchase order line to the correct " -"analytical account. We simply need to create the correct vendors product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:126 -msgid "You can also track cost with timesheets, see: :doc:`timesheets`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:129 -msgid "Track costs in accounting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:131 -msgid "" -"Now that everything is booked and points to the analytical account. Simply " -"open it to check the costs related to that account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:134 -msgid "" -"Enter the accounting module, click on :menuselection:`Advisers --> Analytic " -"Accounts --> Open Charts`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:137 -msgid "" -"Select \"consulting pack - Smith\" and click on the cost and revenue button " -"to have an overview of all cost linked to the account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:144 -msgid "" -"If you would like to have the revenue as well you should invoice the " -"Consulting Pack in the Invoice menu and link the invoice line to this same " -"analytical account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:3 -msgid "Track costs of human resources with timesheets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Human resource of course has a cost. It is interesting to see how much a " -"particular contract costs the company in term of human power in relation to " -"the invoiced amounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:9 -msgid "" -"We will take the following example: Our two employees **Harry Potter** and " -"**Cedric Digory** both work on a **Consultancy pack** for our customer " -"**Smith&Co**. Harry is paid 18€ p.h. and Cedric's salary is 12€ p.h. We " -"would like to track their timesheet costs within the accounting app, and " -"compare them with the revenue of the consultancy service." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:18 -msgid "" -"First, install the three applications necessary to use this functionality, " -"namely **Accounting**, **Sales** and **Timesheet**. Enter the apps module " -"name and install them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Next you will need to enable analytical accounting. To do so enter the " -"**Accounting app**. Select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and " -"tick the **Analytic accounting** option (see picture below)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:38 -msgid "Apply your changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:41 -msgid "Create an employee" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:43 -msgid "" -"In order to check the revenue of an employee you need to have one. To create" -" an employee enter the **Employee** app. Select **Employees** and create a " -"new employee, fill in the name and the basic information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:47 -msgid "" -"On the employee sheet enter the **HR settings** tab. Here you are able to " -"specify the **Timesheet Cost** of your employee. In this case Harry has a " -"cost of 18 euros / hours. We will thus fill in 18 in this field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:55 -msgid "" -"If you want the employee to be able to enter timesheets he needs to be " -"related to a User." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Repeat the operation to create the Cedric Digory employee. Don't forget to " -"specify its related user and **Timesheet Costs**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:62 -msgid "Issue a Sales Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:64 -msgid "" -"We created two employees called Harry Potter and Cedric Diggory in the " -"**Employee** app. Both of them will work on a consultancy contract for our " -"customer Smith&Co where they will point their hours on a timesheet." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:68 -msgid "" -"We thus need to create a **sales order** with a **service** product invoiced" -" **based on time and material** and tracked by timesheets with **hours** as " -"unit of measures." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:75 -msgid "" -"For more information on how to create a sales order based on time and " -"material please see :doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/time_materials`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:78 -msgid "" -"We save a Sales Order with the service product **External Consulting**. An " -"analytical account will automatically be generated once the **Sales Order** " -"is confirmed. Our employees will have to point to that account (in this case" -" **SO002-Smith&Co**) in order to be able to invoice their hours (see picture" -" below)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:88 -msgid "Fill in timesheet" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:90 -msgid "" -"As an employee linked to a user, Harry can enter the **Timesheet** app and " -"specify his timesheets for the contract. Logged on Harry's account we enter " -"the **Timesheet** app and enter a detailed line pointing to the **Analytical" -" Account** discussed above." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:95 -msgid "Harry worked three hours on a SWOT analysis for Smith&Co." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:100 -msgid "" -"In the meantime, Cedric discussed businesses needs with the customer for 1 " -"hour and specified it as well in his personal timesheet, pointing as well on" -" the **Analytic Account**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:104 -msgid "" -"In the **Sales Order** we notice that the delivered amounts of hours is " -"automatically computed (see picture below)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:111 -msgid "Analytic accounting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Thanks to analytic accounts we are able to have an overview of HR cost and " -"revenues. All the revenues and cost of this transactions have been " -"registered in the **SO002-Smith&Co** account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:117 -msgid "We can use two methods to analyze this situation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:120 -msgid "Without filters" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:122 -msgid "" -"If we pointed all our costs and revenues of the project on the correct " -"analytical account we can easily retrieve the cost and revenues related to " -"this analytical account. Enter the *Accounting* app, select " -":menuselection:`Adviser --> Analytic Accounts --> Open Charts`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:127 -msgid "" -"Note : you can specify a period for **Analysis**. If you want to open the " -"current situation you should keep the fields empty. We can already note the " -"credit and debit balance of the account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:134 -msgid "" -"If we click on the account a special button is provided to have the details " -"of cost and revenues (see picture below)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:140 -msgid "" -"Click the button **Cost/Revenue** to have an overview of cost and revenues " -"with the corresponding description." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:144 -msgid "With filters" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:146 -msgid "We can thus filter this information from the **Analytic Entries**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:148 -msgid "" -"Enter the **Accounting** app, and click on :menuselection:`Adviser --> " -"Analytic Entries`. In this menu we have several options to analyse the human" -" resource cost." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:151 -msgid "" -"We filter on the **Analytic account** so we can see the cost and revenues of" -" the project. Add a custom **Filter** where the **Analytic Account** " -"contains the **Sales Order** number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:158 -msgid "" -"In the results we see timesheets activities and invoiced lines with the " -"corresponding costs and revenues." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:164 -msgid "" -"We can group the different analytical accounts together and check their " -"respective revenues. Simply group by **Analytic account** and select the " -"**Graph view** to have a clear overview." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:3 -msgid "Analytic account use cases" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:5 -msgid "The analytic accounting can be used for several purposes:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:7 -msgid "analyse costs of a company" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:9 -msgid "reinvoice time to a customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:11 -msgid "analyse performance of a service or a project" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:13 -msgid "" -"To manage analytic accounting, you have to activate it in " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:19 -msgid "" -"To illustrate analytic accounts clearly, you will follow three use cases, " -"each in one of three different types of company:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:22 -msgid "Industrial company: Costs Analyse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:24 -msgid "Law Firm: reinvoice spent hours" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:26 -msgid "IT/Services Company: performance analysis" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:29 -msgid "Case 1: Industrial company: Costs Analyse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:31 -msgid "" -"In industry, you will often find analytic charts of accounts structured into" -" departments and products the company itself is built on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:34 -msgid "" -"The objective is to examine the costs, sales and margins by " -"department/resources and by product. The first level of the structure " -"comprises the different departments, and the lower levels represent the " -"product ranges the company makes and sells." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:39 -msgid "" -"**Analytic Chart of Accounts for an Industrial Manufacturing Company**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:41 -msgid "Marketing Department" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:43 -msgid "Commercial Department" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:45 -msgid "Administration Department" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:47 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:80 -msgid "Production Range 1" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:49 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:82 -msgid "Production Range 2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:51 -msgid "" -"In daily use, it is useful to mark the analytic account on each purchase " -"invoice. When the invoice is approved, it will automatically generate the " -"entries for both the general and the corresponding analytic accounts. For " -"each entry on the general accounts, there is at least one analytic entry " -"that allocates costs to the department which incurred them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Here is a possible breakdown of some general accounting entries for the " -"example above, allocated to various analytic accounts:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:62 -msgid "**General accounts**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:62 -msgid "**Analytic accounts**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -msgid "**Title**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 -msgid "**Account**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -msgid "**Value**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 -msgid "Purchase of Raw Material" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 -msgid "2122" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 -msgid "1500" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 -msgid "-1 500" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 -msgid "Subcontractors" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 -msgid "450" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 -msgid "-450" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 -msgid "Credit Note for defective materials" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 -msgid "200" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 -msgid "Transport charges" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 -msgid "Staff costs" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 -msgid "2121" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 -msgid "10000" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 -msgid "Marketing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:80 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:82 -msgid "-2 000" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:76 -msgid "Commercial" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:76 -msgid "-3 000" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:78 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 -msgid "Administrative" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:78 -msgid "-1 000" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 -msgid "PR" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 -msgid "-400" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:87 -msgid "" -"The analytic representation by department enables you to investigate the " -"costs allocated to each department in the company. The analytic chart of " -"accounts shows the distribution of the company's costs using the example " -"above:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:94 -msgid "" -"In this example of a hierarchical structure in Odoo, you can analyse not " -"only the costs of each product range, but also the costs of the whole " -"production. A report that relates both general accounts and analytic " -"accounts enables you to get a breakdown of costs within a given department." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:103 -msgid "" -"The examples above are based on a breakdown of the costs of the company. " -"Analytic allocations can be just as effective for sales. That gives you the " -"profitability (sales - costs) of different departments." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:107 -msgid "" -"This analytic representation by department is generally used by trading " -"companies and industries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:110 -msgid "" -"A variantion of this, is not to break it down by sales and marketing " -"departments, but to assign each cost to its corresponding product range. " -"This will give you an analysis of the profitability of each product range." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:115 -msgid "" -"Choosing one over the other depends on how you look at your marketing " -"effort. Is it a global cost allocated in some general way, or is each " -"product range responsible for its own marketing costs?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:120 -msgid "Case 2: Law Firm: costs of human resources?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:122 -msgid "" -"Law firms generally adopt management by case, where each case represents a " -"current client file. All of the expenses and products are then attached to a" -" given file/analytic account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:126 -msgid "" -"A principal preoccupation of law firms is the invoicing of hours worked, and" -" the profitability by case and by employee." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:129 -msgid "" -"Mechanisms used for encoding the hours worked will be covered in detail in " -"timesheet documentation. Like most system processes, hours worked are " -"integrated into the analytic accounting. In the employee form, specify the " -"cost of the employee. The hourly charge is a function of the employee's " -"cost." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:135 -msgid "" -"So a law firm will opt for an analytic representation which reflects the " -"management of the time that employees work on the different customer cases." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:139 -msgid "" -"Billing for the different cases is a bit unusual. The cases do not match any" -" entry in the general account nor do they come from purchase or sales " -"invoices. They are represented by the various analytic operations and do not" -" have exact counterparts in the general accounts. They are calculated on the" -" basis of the hourly cost per employee." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:145 -msgid "" -"At the end of the month when you pay salaries and benefits, you integrate " -"them into the general accounts but not in the analytic accounts, because " -"they have already been accounted for in billing each account. A report that " -"relates data from the analytic and general accounts then lets you compare " -"the totals, so you can readjust your estimates of hourly cost per employee " -"depending on the time actually worked." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:153 -msgid "" -"The following table shows an example of different analytic entries that you " -"can find for your analytic account:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -msgid "**Amount**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -msgid "**General Account**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 -msgid "Study the file (1 h)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 -msgid "Case 1.1" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 -msgid "-15" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 -msgid "Search for information (3 h)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 -msgid "-45" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 -msgid "Consultation (4 h)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 -msgid "Case 2.1" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 -msgid "-60" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 -msgid "Service charges" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 -msgid "280" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 -msgid "705 – Billing services" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 -msgid "Stationery purchase" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 -msgid "-42" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 -msgid "601 – Furniture purchase" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 -msgid "42" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 -msgid "Fuel Cost -Client trip" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 -msgid "-35" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 -msgid "613 – Transports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 -msgid "35" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 -msgid "Staff salaries" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 -msgid "6201 – Salaries" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 -msgid "3 000" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:174 -msgid "" -"Such a structure allows you to make a detailed study of the profitability of" -" various transactions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:177 -msgid "" -"For more details about profitablity, please read the following document: " -":doc:`timesheets`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:180 -msgid "" -"But analytical accounting is not limited to a simple analysis of the " -"profitability of different customer. The same data can be used for automatic" -" recharging of the services to the customer at the end of the month. To " -"invoice customers, just link the analytic account to a sale order and sell " -"products that manage timesheet or expenses ." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:187 -msgid "Case 3: IT Services Company: perfomance analysis" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:189 -msgid "Most IT service companies face the following problems:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:191 -msgid "project planning," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:193 -msgid "invoicing, profitability and financial follow-up of projects," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:195 -msgid "managing support contracts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:197 -msgid "" -"To deal with these problems, you would use an analytic chart of accounts " -"structured by project and by sale order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:200 -msgid "" -"The management of services, expenditures and sales is similar to that " -"presented above for lawyers. Invoicing and the study of profitability are " -"also similar." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:204 -msgid "" -"But now look at support contracts. These contracts are usually limited to a " -"prepaid number of hours. Each service posted in the analytic accounts shows " -"the remaining hours of support. To manage support contracts, you would " -"create a product configured to invoice on order and link the sale order to " -"an analytic account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:210 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, each analytic line lists the number of units sold or used, as well " -"as what you would usually find there – the amount in currency units (USD or " -"GBP, or whatever other choice you make). So you can sum the quantities sold " -"and used on each sale order to determine whether any hours of the support " -"contract remain." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:217 -msgid "Conclusion" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:219 -msgid "" -"Analytic accounting helps you to analyse costs and revenues whatever the use" -" case. You can sell or purchase services, track time or analyse the " -"production performance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:223 -msgid "" -"Analytic accounting is flexible and easy to use through all Odoo " -"applications (sales, purchase, timesheet, production, invoice, …)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory.rst:3 -msgid "Inventory" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:3 -msgid "Impact on the average price valuation when returning goods" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:5 -msgid "" -"As stated in the `*inventory valuation page* " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/functional/valuation.html>`__, one of " -"the possible costing method you can use in perpetual stock valuation, is the" -" average cost." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:10 -msgid "" -"This document answers to one recurrent question for companies using that " -"method to make their stock valuation: how does a shipping returned to its " -"supplier impact the average cost and the accounting entries? This document " -"is **only** for the specific use case of a perpetual valuation (as opposed " -"to the periodic one) and in average price costing method (as opposed to " -"standard of FIFO)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:18 -msgid "Definition of average cost" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:20 -msgid "" -"The average cost method calculates the cost of ending inventory and cost of " -"goods sold on the basis of weighted average cost per unit of inventory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:24 -msgid "" -"The weighted average cost per unit is calculated using the following " -"formula:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:27 -msgid "" -"When new products arrive in a warehouse, the new average cost is recomputed " -"as:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:33 -msgid "" -"When products leave the warehouse: the average cost **does not** change" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:36 -msgid "Defining the purchase price" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:38 -msgid "" -"The purchase price is estimated at the reception of the products (you might " -"not have received the vendor bill yet) and reevaluated at the reception of " -"the vendor bill. The purchase price includes the cost you pay for the " -"products, but it may also includes additional costs, like landed costs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:45 -msgid "Average cost example" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 -msgid "Operation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 -msgid "Delta Value" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 -msgid "Inventory Value" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 -msgid "Qty On Hand" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 -msgid "Avg Cost" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 -msgid "$0" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 -msgid "0" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 -msgid "Receive 8 Products at $10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 -msgid "+8\\*$10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 -msgid "$80" -msgstr "80 USD" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 -msgid "8" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 -msgid "$10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 -msgid "Receive 4 Products at $16" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 -msgid "+4\\*$16" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 -msgid "$144" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 -msgid "12" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 -msgid "$12" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 -msgid "Deliver 10 Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 -msgid "-10\\*$12" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 -msgid "$24" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 -msgid "2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:60 -msgid "" -"At the beginning, the Avg Cost is set to 0 set as there is no product in the" -" inventory. When the first reception is made, the average cost becomes " -"logically the purchase price." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:64 -msgid "" -"At the second reception, the average cost is updated because the total " -"inventory value is now ``$80 + 4*$16 = $144``. As we have 12 units on hand, " -"the average price per unit is ``$144 / 12 = $12``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:68 -msgid "" -"By definition, the delivery of 10 products does not change the average cost." -" Indeed, the inventory value is now $24 as we have only 2 units remaining of" -" each ``$24 / 2 = $12``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:73 -msgid "Purchase return use case" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:75 -msgid "" -"In case of a product returned to its supplier after reception, the inventory" -" value is reduced using the average cost formulae (not at the initial price " -"of these products!)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:79 -msgid "Which means that the above table will be updated as follow:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 -msgid "Return of 1 Product initially bought at $10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 -msgid "-1\\*$12" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 -msgid "1" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:90 -msgid "Explanation: counter example" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Remember the definition of **Average Cost**, saying that we do not update " -"the average cost of a product leaving the inventory. If you break this rule," -" you may lead to inconsistencies in your inventory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:96 -msgid "" -"As an example, here is the scenario when you deliver one piece to the " -"customer and return the other one to your supplier (at the cost you " -"purchased it). Here is the operation:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 -msgid "Customer Shipping 1 product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 -msgid "-1\\*$10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 -msgid "**$2**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 -msgid "**0**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:110 -msgid "" -"As you can see in this example, this is not correct: an inventory valuation " -"of $2 for 0 pieces in the warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:113 -msgid "" -"The correct scenario should be to return the goods at the current average " -"cost:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 -msgid "**$0**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:126 -msgid "" -"On the other hand, using the average cost to value the return ensure a " -"correct inventory value at all times." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:130 -msgid "Further thoughts on anglo saxon mode" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:132 -msgid "" -"For people in using the **anglo saxon accounting** principles, there is " -"another concept to take into account: the stock input account of the " -"product, which is intended to hold at any time the value of vendor bills to " -"receive. So the stock input account will increase on reception of incoming " -"shipments and will decrease when receiving the related vendor bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:139 -msgid "" -"Back to our example, we see that when the return is valued at the average " -"price, the amount booked in the stock input account is the original purchase" -" price:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 -msgid "stock input" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 -msgid "price diff" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 -msgid "($80)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 -msgid "Receive vendor bill $80" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 -msgid "($64)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 -msgid "Receive vendor bill $64" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 -msgid "**$10**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 -msgid "**$12**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 -msgid "Receive vendor refund $10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 -msgid "$2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:163 -msgid "" -"This is because the vendor refund will be made using the original purchase " -"price, so to zero out the effect of the return in the stock input in last " -"operation, we need to reuse the original price. The price difference account" -" located on the product category is used to book the difference between the " -"average cost and the original purchase price." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:3 -msgid "Record exchange rates at payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Any company doing international trade faces the case where the payments are " -"in a different currency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:11 -msgid "" -"After receiving their payments, you have the option to convert the amount " -"into your company currency. Multi currency payment implies rates " -"fluctuations. The rate differences are automatically recorded by Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:19 -msgid "Enable multi-currencies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:21 -msgid "" -"In the accounting module, Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " -"and flag **Allow multi currencies**, then click on **apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Configure the currency rates in :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Currencies`. Write down the rate and make sure the currency is active." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:33 -msgid "" -"In this document, the base currency is **Euro** and we will record payments " -"in **Dollars**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:40 -msgid "" -"You can automatically fetch the currency rates from the **European Central " -"Bank** or from **Yahoo**. Please read the document : :doc:`how_it_works`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:45 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:31 -msgid "Configure your journal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:47 -msgid "" -"In order to register payments in other currencies, you have to **remove the " -"currency constraint** on the journal. Go to the accounting application, " -"Click on **More** on the journal and **Settings**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Check if the **Currency** field is empty or in the foreign currency in which" -" you will register the payments. If a currency is filled in, it means that " -"you can register payments only in this currency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:62 -msgid "Record a payment in a different currency" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:64 -msgid "" -"In the **Accounting** application, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Payments`. Register the payment and indicate that it was done in the foreign" -" currency. Then click on **confirm**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:83 -msgid "The journal entry has been posted but not allocated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:73 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:85 -msgid "" -"Go back to your invoice (:menuselection:`Sales --> Customer Invoices`) and " -"click on **Add** to allocate the payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:80 -msgid "Record a bank statement in a different currency" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:82 -msgid "" -"Create or import the bank statement of your payment. The **Amount** is in " -"the company currency. There are two complementary fields, the **Amount " -"currency**, which is the amount that was actually paid and the **Currency** " -"in which it was paid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:89 -msgid "" -"When reconciling it, Odoo will directly match the payment with the right " -"**Invoice**. You will get the invoice price in the invoice currency and the " -"amount in your company currency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:97 -msgid "Check the exchange rate differences" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:99 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` and look for the " -"**Exchange difference** journal entries. All the exchange rates differences " -"are recorded in it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:106 -msgid "" -"The Exchange difference journal can be changed in your accounting settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/full_reconcile_warning.rst:2 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/full_reconcile_warning.rst:2 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/full_reconcile_warning.rst:2 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/full_reconcile_warning.rst:2 -msgid "" -"In order for an exchange difference entry to be created automatically, the " -"corresponding invoices and payments need to be fully reconciled. This means " -"the invoices are fully paid and the payments are fully spent on invoices. If" -" you partially pay 3 invoices from 2 payments, and the last invoice still " -"has an amount due, there will be no exchange difference entry for any of " -"them until that final amount is paid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:147 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:68 -msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:112 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:100 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:136 -msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:3 -msgid "Odoo's multi-currency system" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Choosing to use the multi-currency option in Odoo will allow you to send " -"sales invoices, quotes and purchase orders or receive bills and payments in " -"currencies other than your own. With multi-currency, you can also set up " -"bank accounts in other currencies and run reports on your foreign currency " -"activities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:18 -msgid "Turn on multi-currency" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:20 -msgid "" -"In the accounting module, Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " -"and flag **Allow multi currencies**, then click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:27 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:159 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:109 -msgid "Exchange Rate Journal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:29 -msgid "" -"The **Rate Difference Journal** records the differences between the payment " -"registration and the expected amount. For example, if a payment is paid 1 " -"month after the invoice was issued, the exchange rate has probably changed. " -"The fluctuation implies some loss or profit that are recorded by Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:35 -msgid "You can change it in the settings:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:41 -msgid "View or edit rate being used" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:43 -msgid "" -"You can manually configure the currency rates in " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Currencies`. Open the currencies you want " -"to use in Odoo and edit it. Make sure the currency is active." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:50 -msgid "Click on **View Rates** to edit it and to see the history :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Click on **Create** to add the rate. Fill in the date and the rate. Click on" -" **Save** when you are done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:62 -msgid "Live Currency Rate" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:64 -msgid "" -"By default, the currencies need to be updated manually. But you can " -"synchronize it with `Yahoo <https://finance.yahoo.com/currency-" -"converter/>`__ or the `European Central Bank <http://www.ecb.europa.eu>`__. " -"In :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, go to the **Live Currency " -"Rate** section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Choose the interval : Manually, Daily, Weekly or Monthly. You can always " -"force the update by clicking on **Update Now**. Select the provider, and you" -" are set !" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:77 -msgid "Only the **active** currencies are updated" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:80 -msgid "Configure your charts of account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:82 -msgid "" -"In the accounting application, go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Charts of " -"Accounts`. On each account, you can set a currency. It will force all moves " -"for this account to have the account currency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:86 -msgid "" -"If you leave it empty, it means that it can handle all currencies that are " -"Active." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:93 -msgid "Configure your journals" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:95 -msgid "" -"In order to register payments in other currencies, you have to remove the " -"currency constraint on the journal. Go to the accounting application, Click " -"on **More** on the journal and **Settings**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:102 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Check if the currency field is empty or in the foreign currency in which you" -" will register the payments. If a currency is filled in, it means that you " -"can register payments only in this currency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:110 -msgid "How is Odoo's multi-currency working?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:112 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Now that you are working in a multi-currency environment, all accountable " -"items will be linked to a currency, domestic or foreign." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:116 -msgid "Sales Orders and Invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:118 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:56 -msgid "" -"You are now able to set a different currency than the company one on your " -"sale orders and on your invoices. The currency is set for the whole " -"document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:126 -msgid "Purchases orders and Vendor Bills" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:128 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:66 -msgid "" -"You are now able to set a different currency than the company one on your " -"purchase orders and on your vendor bills. The currency is set for the whole " -"document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:136 -msgid "Payment Registrations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:138 -msgid "" -"In the accounting application, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. " -"Register the payment and set the currency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:147 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:94 -msgid "" -"When creating or importing bank statements, the amount is in the company " -"currency. But there are now two complementary fields, the amount that was " -"actually paid and the currency in which it was paid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:154 -msgid "" -"When reconciling it, Odoo will directly match the payment with the right " -"Invoice. You will get the invoice price in the invoice currency and the " -"amount in your company currency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:161 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` and look for the Exchange" -" difference journal entries. All the exchange rates differences are recorded" -" in it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:170 -msgid ":doc:`invoices_payments`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:171 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:121 -msgid ":doc:`exchange`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:3 -msgid "Manage invoices and payment in multiple currencies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo provides multi-currency support with automatic currency gross or loss " -"entry adjustment. There are a few things Odoo has been to ease the user's " -"life." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:12 -msgid "" -"All the account transactions will be done using the company currency. " -"However you can see two extra fields with the journal entry where secondary " -"currency and amount will visible. You can create multi-currency journals of " -"force a specific currency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:17 -msgid "" -"When creating an invoice, the currency can be changed very easily; however " -"Odoo takes the company currency as a default assignment. It will convert all" -" the amounts automatically using that currency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:25 -msgid "Enable Multi-Currency" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:27 -msgid "" -"For information about enabling Multi-Currency, please read the document: " -":doc:`how_it_works`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:33 -msgid "" -"In order to register payments in other currencies, you have to remove the " -"currency constraint on the journal. Go to the accounting application, on the" -" journal, click on :menuselection:`More --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:48 -msgid "Multi-currency invoices & Vendor Bills" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:54 -msgid "Invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:74 -msgid "Multi-currency Payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:76 -msgid "" -"In the accounting application, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. " -"Register the payment and indicate that it was done in the foreign currency. " -"Then click on **Confirm**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:92 -msgid "Multi- Currency Bank Statements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:101 -msgid "" -"When reconciling it, Odoo will directly match the payment with the right " -"invoice. You will get the invoice price in the invoice currency and the " -"amount in your company currency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:111 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` and look for the " -"**Exchange Difference** journal entries. All the exchange rates differences " -"are recorded in it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:120 -msgid ":doc:`how_it_works`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started.rst:3 -msgid "Getting Started" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:100 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:67 -msgid "Chart of Accounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The **Chart of Accounts (COA)** is the list of all the accounts used to " -"record financial transactions in the general ledger of an organization." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The accounts are usually listed in the order of appearance in the financial " -"reports. Most of the time, they are listed as follows :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:11 -msgid "Balance Sheet accounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:13 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 -msgid "Assets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:14 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:77 -msgid "Liabilities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:15 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:85 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:85 -msgid "Equity" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:19 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:89 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:89 -msgid "Income" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:20 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:93 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:93 -msgid "Expense" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:22 -msgid "" -"When browsing your Chart of Accounts, you can filter the accounts by number," -" in the left column, and also group them by Account Type." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:30 -msgid "Configuration of an Account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:32 -msgid "" -"The country you select at the creation of your database (or additional " -"company on your database) determines which **Fiscal Localization Package** " -"is installed by default. This package includes a standard Chart of Accounts " -"already configured according to the country's regulations. You can use it " -"directly or set it according to your company's needs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:38 -msgid "" -"It is not possible to modify the **Fiscal Localization** of a company once a" -" Journal Entry has been posted." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:41 -msgid "" -"To create a new account, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " -"--> Chart of Accounts`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:45 -msgid "Code and Name" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Each account is identified by its **Code** and **Name**, which also " -"indicates the account's purpose." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Configuring correctly the **Account Type** is critical as it serves multiple" -" purposes:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:54 -msgid "Information on the account's purpose and behavior" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:55 -msgid "Generate country-specific legal and financial reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:56 -msgid "Set the rules to close a fiscal year" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:57 -msgid "Generate opening entries" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:59 -msgid "" -"To configure an account type, open the **Type** field's drop-down selector " -"and select the right type among the following list:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 -msgid "Report" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 -msgid "Category" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 -msgid "Account Types" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 -msgid "Receivable" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:67 -msgid "Bank and Cash" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:69 -msgid "Current Assets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:71 -msgid "Non-current Assets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:73 -msgid "Prepayments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:75 -msgid "Fixed Assets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:77 -msgid "Payable" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:79 -msgid "Credit Card" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:81 -msgid "Current Liabilities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:83 -msgid "Non-current Liabilities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:87 -msgid "Current Year Earnings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:91 -msgid "Other Income" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:95 -msgid "Depreciation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:97 -msgid "Cost of Revenue" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 -msgid "Other" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 -msgid "Off-Balance Sheet" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:103 -msgid "Assets, Deferred Expenses, and Deferred Revenues Automation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:105 -msgid "" -"Some Account Types display a new field **to automate** the creation of " -":ref:`Assets <assets-automation>` entries, :ref:`Deferred Expenses " -"<deferred-expenses-automation>` entries, and :ref:`Deferred Revenues " -"<deferred-revenues-automation>` entries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:109 -msgid "You have three choices for the **Automation** field:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:238 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:177 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:177 -msgid "**No:** this is the default value. Nothing happens." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:112 -msgid "" -"**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " -"draft entry is created, but not validated. You must first fill out the " -"corresponding form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:114 -msgid "" -"**Create and validate:** you must also select a Model. Whenever a " -"transaction is posted on the account, an entry is created and immediately " -"validated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:118 -msgid "Please refer to the related documentation for more information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:123 -msgid "" -"Select a **default tax** that will be applied when this account is chosen " -"for a product sale or purchase." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:127 -msgid "Tags" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:129 -msgid "" -"Some accounting reports require **tags** to be set on the relevant accounts." -" By default, you can choose among the tags that are used by the *Cash Flow " -"Statement*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:133 -msgid "Account Groups" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:135 -msgid "" -"**Account Groups** are useful to list multiple accounts as *sub-accounts* of" -" a bigger account and thus consolidate reports such as the **Trial " -"Balance**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:138 -msgid "" -"To create a new Account Group, open the account you want to configure as " -"sub-account, click on the *Group* drop-down selector, select *Create and " -"Edit...*, fill out the form, and save. Next, set all the sub-accounts with " -"the right Account Group." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:142 -msgid "" -"To display your **Trial Balance** report with your Account Groups, go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Trial Balance`, then open the " -"*Options* menu and select **Hierarchy and Subtotals**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:151 -msgid "Allow Reconciliation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:153 -msgid "" -"Some accounts, such as accounts made to record the transactions of a payment" -" method, can be used for the reconciliation of journal entries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:156 -msgid "" -"For example, an invoice paid with a credit card can be *marked as paid* if " -"reconciled with the payment. Therefore, the account used to record credit " -"card payments needs to be configured as *allowing reconciliation*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:160 -msgid "To do so, check the **Allow Reconciliation** box and save." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:163 -msgid "Deprecated" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:165 -msgid "" -"It is not possible to delete an account once a transaction has been recorded" -" on it. You can make them unusable by using the **Deprecated** feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:168 -msgid "To do so, check the **Deprecated** box and save." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:171 -msgid ":doc:`../../payables/supplier_bills/assets`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:172 -msgid ":doc:`../../payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:173 -msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:3 -msgid "Initial setup of Odoo Accounting and Odoo Invoicing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When you first open your Odoo Accounting app, the *Accounting Overview* page" -" welcomes you with a step-by-step onboarding banner, a wizard that helps you" -" get started. This onboarding banner is displayed until you choose to close " -"it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:9 -msgid "" -"The settings visible in the onboarding banner can still be modified later by" -" going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Odoo Accounting automatically installs the appropriate **Fiscal Localization" -" Package** for your company, according to the country selected at the " -"creation of the database. This way, the right accounts, reports, and taxes " -"are ready-to-go. :doc:`Click here " -"<../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>` for more" -" information about Fiscal Localization Packages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:20 -msgid "Accounting onboarding banner" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:22 -msgid "" -"The step-by-step Accounting onboarding banner is composed of four steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:28 -msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-company`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:29 -msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-bank`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:30 -msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-periods`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:31 -msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-chart`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:36 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:140 -msgid "Company Data" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:38 -msgid "" -"This menu allows you to add your company’s details such as the name, " -"address, logo, website, phone number, email address, and Tax ID, or VAT " -"number. These details are then displayed on your documents, such as on " -"invoices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:47 -msgid "" -"You can also change these settings by going to :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"General Settings --> Settings --> Companies` and clicking on **Update " -"Info**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:53 -msgid "Bank Account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Connect your bank account to your database and have your bank statements " -"synced automatically. To do so, find your bank in the list, click on " -"*Connect*, and follow the instructions on-screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:59 -msgid "" -":doc:`Click here <../../bank/feeds/bank_synchronization>` for more " -"information about this feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:61 -msgid "" -"If your Bank Institution can’t be synchronized automatically, or if you " -"prefer not to sync it with your database, you may also configure your bank " -"account manually by clicking on *Create it*, and filling out the form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:76 -msgid "" -"You can add as many bank accounts as needed with this tool by going to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration`, and clicking on *Add a Bank " -"Account*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:78 -msgid "" -":doc:`Click here <../../bank/setup/bank_accounts>` for more information " -"about Bank Accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:84 -msgid "Accounting Periods" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:86 -msgid "" -"Define here your **Fiscal Years**’ opening and closing dates, which are used" -" to generate reports automatically, and your **Tax Return Periodicity**, " -"along with a reminder to never miss a tax return deadline." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:90 -msgid "" -"By default, the opening date is set on the 1st of January and the closing " -"date on the 31st of December, as this is the most common use." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:94 -msgid "" -"You can also change these settings by going to :menuselection:`Accounting " -"--> Configuration --> Settings --> Fiscal Periods` and updating the values." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:102 -msgid "" -"With this menu, you can add accounts to your **Chart of Accounts** and " -"indicate their initial opening balances." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:105 -msgid "" -"Basic settings are displayed on this page to help you review your Chart of " -"Accounts. To access all the settings of an account, click on the *double " -"arrow button* at the end of the line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:113 -msgid "" -":doc:`Click here <chart_of_accounts>` for more information on how to " -"configure your Chart of Accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:117 -msgid "Invoicing onboarding banner" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:119 -msgid "" -"There is another step-by-step onboarding banner that helps you take " -"advantage of your Odoo Invoicing and Accounting apps. The *Invoicing " -"onboarding banner* is the one that welcomes you if you use the Invoicing app" -" rather than the Accounting app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:123 -msgid "" -"If you have Odoo Accounting installed on your database, you can reach it by " -"going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Invoices`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:126 -msgid "The Invoicing onboarding banner is composed of four main steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:132 -msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-company`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:133 -msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-layout`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:134 -msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-payment`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:135 -msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-sample`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:142 -msgid "" -"This form is the same as :ref:`the one presented in the Accounting " -"onboarding banner <accounting-setup-company>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:148 -msgid "Invoice Layout" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:150 -msgid "" -"With this tool, you can design the appearance of your documents by selecting" -" which layout tamplate, paper format, colors, font, and logo you want to " -"use." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:153 -msgid "" -"You can also add your *Company Tagline* and the content of the documents’ " -"*footer*. Note that Odoo automatically adds the company's phone number, " -"email, website URL, and Tax ID (or VAT number) to the footer, according to " -"the values you previously configured in the :ref:`Company Data <accounting-" -"setup-company>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:163 -msgid "" -"Add your **bank account number** and a link to your **General Terms & " -"Condition** in the footer. This way, your contacts can find the full content" -" of your GT&C online without having to print them on the invoices you issue." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:168 -msgid "" -"These settings can also be modified by going to :menuselection:`Settings -->" -" General Settings`, under the *Business Documents* section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:174 -msgid "Payment Method" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:176 -msgid "" -"This menu helps you configure the payment methods with which your customers " -"can pay you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:179 -msgid "" -"Configuring a *Payment Acquirer* with this tool also activates the *Invoice " -"Online Payment* option automatically. With this, users can directly pay " -"online, from their Customer Portal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:185 -msgid "Sample Invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:187 -msgid "" -"Send yourself a sample invoice by email to make sure everything is correctly" -" configured." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:190 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:135 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:146 -msgid ":doc:`../../bank/setup/bank_accounts`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:191 -msgid ":doc:`chart_of_accounts`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts.rst:3 -msgid "Main Concepts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:3 -msgid "The Accounting behind Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:5 -msgid "" -"This page summarises the way Odoo deals with typical accounts and " -"transactions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:9 -msgid "Double-entry bookkeeping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Odoo automatically creates all the behind-the-scenes journal entries for " -"each of your accounting transactions: customer invoices, point of sale " -"order, expenses, inventory moves, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Odoo uses the rules of double-entry bookkeeping system: all journal entries " -"are automatically balanced (sum of debits = sum of credits)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:19 -msgid "" -"`Understand Odoo's accounting transactions per document " -"<https://odoo.com/documentation/functional/accounting.html>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:23 -msgid "Accrual and Cash Basis Methods" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Odoo supports both accrual and cash basis reporting. This allows you to " -"report income / expense at the time transactions occur (i.e., accrual " -"basis), or when payment is made or received (i.e., cash basis)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:30 -msgid "Multi-companies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Odoo allows one to manage several companies within the same database. Each " -"company has its own chart of accounts and rules. You can get consolidation " -"reports following your consolidation rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Users can access several companies but always work in one company at a time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:40 -msgid "Multi-currencies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Every transaction is recorded in the default currency of the company. For " -"transactions occurring in another currency, Odoo stores both the value in " -"the currency of the company and the value in the currency of the " -"transaction. Odoo can generate currencies gains and losses after the " -"reconciliation of the journal items." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Currency rates are updated once a day using a yahoo.com online web-service." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:52 -msgid "International Standards" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Odoo accounting supports more than 50 countries. The Odoo core accounting " -"implements accounting standards that are common to all countries. Specific " -"modules exist per country for the specificities of the country like the " -"chart of accounts, taxes, or bank interfaces." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:60 -msgid "In particular, Odoo's core accounting engine supports:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:62 -msgid "" -"Anglo-Saxon Accounting (U.S., U.K.,, and other English-speaking countries " -"including Ireland, Canada, Australia, and New Zealand) where costs of good " -"sold are reported when products are sold/delivered." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:66 -msgid "European accounting where expenses are accounted at the supplier bill." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:69 -msgid "Odoo has modules to comply with IFRS rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:72 -msgid "Accounts Receivable & Payable" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:74 -msgid "" -"By default, Odoo uses a single account for all account receivable entries " -"and one for all accounts payable entries. You can create separate accounts " -"per customers/suppliers, but you don't need to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:79 -msgid "" -"As transactions are associated to customers or suppliers, you get reports to" -" perform analysis per customer/supplier such as the customer statement, " -"revenues per customers, aged receivable/payables, ..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:84 -msgid "Wide range of financial reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:86 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, you can generate financial reports in real time. Odoo's reports " -"range from basic accounting reports to advanced management reports. Odoo's " -"reports include:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:90 -msgid "Performance reports (such as Profit and Loss, Budget Variance)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:91 -msgid "" -"Position reports (such as Balance Sheet, Aged Payables, Aged Receivables)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:93 -msgid "Cash reports (such as Bank Summary)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:94 -msgid "Detail reports (such as Trial Balance and General Ledger)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:95 -msgid "Management reports (such as Budgets, Executive Summary)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:97 -msgid "" -"Odoo's report engine allows you to customize your own report based on your " -"own formulae." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:101 -msgid "Import bank feeds automatically" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:103 -msgid "" -"Bank reconciliation is a process that matches your bank statement lines, as " -"supplied by the bank, to your accounting transactions in the general ledger." -" Odoo makes bank reconciliation easy by frequently importing bank statement " -"lines from your bank directly into your Odoo account. This means you can " -"have a daily view of your cashflow without having to log into your online " -"banking or wait for your paper bank statements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:111 -msgid "" -"Odoo speeds up bank reconciliation by matching most of your imported bank " -"statement lines to your accounting transactions. Odoo also remembers how " -"you've treated other bank statement lines and provides suggested general " -"ledger transactions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:117 -msgid "Calculate the tax you owe your tax authority" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:119 -msgid "" -"Odoo totals all your accounting transactions for your tax period and uses " -"these totals to calculate your tax obligation. You can then check your sales" -" tax by running Odoo's Tax Report." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:124 -msgid "Inventory Valuation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:126 -msgid "" -"Odoo support both periodic (manual) and perpetual (automated) inventory " -"valuations. The available methods are standard price, average price, LIFO " -"(for countries allowing it) and FIFO." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:131 -msgid "" -"`View impact of the valuation method on your transactions " -"<https://odoo.com/documentation/functional/valuation.html>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:135 -msgid "Easy retained earnings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:137 -msgid "" -"Retained earnings are the portion of income retained by your business. Odoo " -"automatically calculates your current year earnings in real time so no year-" -"end journal or rollover is required. This is calculated by reporting the " -"profit and loss balance to your balance sheet report automatically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:5 -msgid "Accounting Memento For Entrepreneurs (US GAAP)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:11 -msgid "" -"The **Profit and Loss** (P&L) report shows the performance of the company " -"over a specific period (usually the current year)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:16 -msgid "" -"The **Gross Profit** equals the revenues from sales minus the cost of goods " -"sold." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:21 -msgid "" -"**Operating Expenses** (OPEX) include administration, sales and R&D salaries" -" as well as rent and utilities, miscellaneous costs, insurances, … anything " -"beyond the costs of products sold." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:27 -msgid "" -"The **Balance Sheet** is a snapshot of the company's finances at a specific " -"date (as opposed to the Profit and Loss which is an analysis over a period)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:32 -msgid "" -"**Assets** represent the company's wealth, things it owns. Fixed assets " -"includes building and offices, current assets include bank accounts and " -"cash. A client owing money is an asset. An employee is not an asset." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:38 -msgid "" -"**Liabilities** are obligations from past events that the company will have " -"to pay in the future (utility bills, debts, unpaid suppliers)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:43 -msgid "" -"**Equity** is the amount of the funds contributed by the owners (founders or" -" shareholders) plus previously retained earnings (or losses)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:48 -msgid "Each year, net profits (or losses) are reported to retained earnings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:54 -msgid "" -"What is owned (an asset) has been financed through debts to reimburse " -"(liabilities) or equity (profits, capital)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:57 -msgid "" -"A difference is made between buying an assets (e.g. a building) and expenses" -" (e.g. fuel). Assets have an intrinsic value over time, versus expenses " -"having value in them being consumed for the company to \"work\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:64 -msgid "Assets = Liabilities + Equity" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:69 -msgid "" -"The **chart of accounts** lists all the accounts, whether they are balance " -"sheet accounts or P&L accounts. Every financial transaction (e.g. a payment," -" an invoice) impacts accounts by moving value from one account (credit) to " -"an other account (debit)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:76 -msgid "Balance = Debit - Credit" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:84 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:83 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:76 -msgid "Journal Entries" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:86 -msgid "" -"Every financial document of the company (e.g. an invoice, a bank statement, " -"a pay slip, a capital increase contract) is recorded as a journal entry, " -"impacting several accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:90 -msgid "" -"For a journal entry to be *balanced*, the sum of all its debits must be " -"equal to the sum of all its credits." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:95 -msgid "examples of accounting entries for various transactions. Example:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:97 -msgid "Example 1: Customer Invoice:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:99 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:117 -msgid "Explanation:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:101 -msgid "You generate a revenue of $1,000" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:102 -msgid "You have a tax to pay of $90" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:103 -msgid "The customer owes $1,090" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:122 -msgid "Configuration:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:107 -msgid "Income: defined on the product, or the product category" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:108 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:125 -msgid "Account Receivable: defined on the customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:109 -msgid "Tax: defined on the tax set on the invoice line" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:111 -msgid "" -"The fiscal position used on the invoice may have a rule that replaces the " -"Income Account or the tax defined on the product by another one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:115 -msgid "Example 2: Customer Payment:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:119 -msgid "Your customer owes $1,090 less" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:120 -msgid "Your receive $1,090 on your bank account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:124 -msgid "Bank Account: defined on the related bank journal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:130 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 -msgid "Reconciliation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:132 -msgid "" -"Reconciliation is the process of linking journal items of a specific " -"account, matching credits and debits." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:135 -msgid "" -"Its primary purpose is to link payments to their related invoices in order " -"to mark invoices that are paid and clear the customer statement. This is " -"done by doing a reconciliation on the *Accounts Receivable* account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:139 -msgid "" -"An invoice is marked as paid when its Accounts Receivable journal items are " -"reconciled with the related payment journal items." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:142 -msgid "Reconciliation is performed automatically by the system when:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:144 -msgid "the payment is registered directly on the invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:145 -msgid "" -"the links between the payments and the invoices are detected at the bank " -"matching process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:0 -msgid "Customer Statement Example" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:156 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 -msgid "Accounts Receivable" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:156 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:96 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 -msgid "Debit" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:156 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:96 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 -msgid "Credit" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 -msgid "Invoice 1" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:160 -msgid "Payment 1.1" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:160 -msgid "70" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:162 -msgid "Invoice 2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:162 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:166 -msgid "65" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:164 -msgid "Payment 1.2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:164 -msgid "30" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:166 -msgid "Payment 2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:168 -msgid "Invoice 3" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:168 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:172 -msgid "50" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:172 -msgid "Total To Pay" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:179 -msgid "" -"Bank reconciliation is the matching of bank statement lines (provided by " -"your bank) with transactions recorded internally (payments to suppliers or " -"from customers). For each line in a bank statement, it can be:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:184 -msgid "matched with a previously recorded payment:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:184 -msgid "" -"a payment is registered when a check is received from a customer, then " -"matched when checking the bank statement" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:188 -msgid "recorded as a new payment:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:187 -msgid "" -"the payment's journal entry is created and :ref:`reconciled " -"<accounting/reconciliation>` with the related invoice when processing the " -"bank statement" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:191 -msgid "recorded as another transaction:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:191 -msgid "bank transfer, direct charge, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:193 -msgid "" -"Odoo should automatically reconcile most transactions, only a few of them " -"should need manual review. When the bank reconciliation process is finished," -" the balance on the bank account in Odoo should match the bank statement's " -"balance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:201 -msgid "Checks Handling" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:203 -msgid "There are two approaches to manage checks and internal wire transfer:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:205 -msgid "Two journal entries and a reconciliation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:206 -msgid "One journal entry and a bank reconciliation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:210 -msgid "" -"The first journal entry is created by registering the payment on the " -"invoice. The second one is created when registering the bank statement." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:96 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 -msgid "Account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:98 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:100 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 -msgid "Account Receivable" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 -msgid "Invoice ABC" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 -msgid "Undeposited funds" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 -msgid "Check 0123" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:85 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:135 -msgid "Bank" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:235 -msgid "" -"A journal entry is created by registering the payment on the invoice. When " -"reconciling the bank statement, the statement line is linked to the existing" -" journal entry." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 -msgid "Bank Statement" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 -msgid "Statement XYZ" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview.rst:3 -msgid "Process overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:3 -msgid "From Customer Invoice to Payments Collection" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo supports multiple invoicing and payment workflows, so you can choose " -"and use the ones that match your business needs. Whether you want to accept " -"a single payment for a single invoice, or process a payment spanning " -"multiple invoices and taking discounts for early payments, you can do so " -"efficiently and accurately." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:12 -msgid "From Draft Invoice to Profit and Loss" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:14 -msgid "" -"If we pick up at the end of a typical 'order to cash' scenario, after the " -"goods have been shipped, you will: issue an invoice; receive payment; " -"deposit that payment at the bank; make sure the Customer Invoice is closed; " -"follow up if Customers are late; and finally present your Income on the " -"Profit and Loss report and show the decrease in Assets on the Balance Sheet " -"report." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Invoicing in most countries occurs when a contractual obligation is met. If " -"you ship a box to a customer, you have met the terms of the contract and can" -" bill them. If your supplier sends you a shipment, they have met the terms " -"of that contract and can bill you. Therefore, the terms of the contract is " -"fulfilled when the box moves to or from the truck. At this point, Odoo " -"supports the creation of what is called a Draft Invoice by Warehouse staff." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Draft invoices can be manually generated from other documents such as Sales " -"Orders, Purchase Orders,etc. Although you can create a draft invoice " -"directly if you would like." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:36 -msgid "" -"An invoice must be provided to the customer with the necessary information " -"in order for them to pay for the goods and services ordered and delivered. " -"It must also include other information needed to pay the invoice in a timely" -" and precise manner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:42 -msgid "Draft invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:44 -msgid "" -"The system generates invoice which are initially set to the Draft state. " -"While these invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:47 -msgid "" -"remain unvalidated, they have no accounting impact within the system. There " -"is nothing to stop users from creating their own draft invoices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:50 -msgid "Let's create a customer invoice with following information:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:52 -msgid "Customer: Agrolait" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:53 -msgid "Product: iMac" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:54 -msgid "Quantity: 1" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:55 -msgid "Unit Price: 100" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:56 -msgid "Taxes: Tax 15%" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:64 -msgid "The document is composed of three parts:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:66 -msgid "the top of the invoice, with customer information," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:67 -msgid "the main body of the invoice, with detailed invoice lines," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:68 -msgid "the bottom of the page, with detail about the taxes, and the totals." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:71 -msgid "Open or Pro-forma invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:73 -msgid "" -"An invoice will usually include the quantity and the price of goods and/or " -"services, the date, any parties involved, the unique invoice number, and any" -" tax information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:77 -msgid "" -"\"Validate\" the invoice when you are ready to approve it. The invoice then " -"moves from the Draft state to the Open state." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:80 -msgid "" -"When you have validated an invoice, Odoo gives it a unique number from a " -"defined, and modifiable, sequence." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:86 -msgid "" -"Accounting entries corresponding to this invoice are automatically generated" -" when you validate the invoice. You can see the details by clicking on the " -"entry in the Journal Entry field in the \"Other Info\" tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:95 -msgid "Send the invoice to customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:97 -msgid "" -"After validating the customer invoice, you can directly send it to the " -"customer via the 'Send by email' functionality." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:103 -msgid "" -"A typical journal entry generated from a validated invoice will look like as" -" follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 -msgid "**Partner**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 -msgid "**Due date**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 -msgid "Agrolait" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 -msgid "01/07/2015" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 -msgid "115" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 -msgid "15" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:117 -msgid "Payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:119 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, an invoice is considered to be paid when the associated accounting " -"entry has been reconciled with the payment entries. If there has not been a " -"reconciliation, the invoice will remain in the Open state until you have " -"entered the payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:124 -msgid "" -"A typical journal entry generated from a payment will look like as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:136 -msgid "Receive a partial payment through the bank statement" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:138 -msgid "" -"You can manually enter your bank statements in Odoo, or you can import them " -"in from a csv file or from several other predefined formats according to " -"your accounting localisation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:142 -msgid "" -"Create a bank statement from the accounting dashboard with the related " -"journal and enter an amount of $100 ." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:149 -msgid "Reconcile" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:151 -msgid "Now let's reconcile!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:156 -msgid "" -"You can now go through every transaction and reconcile them or you can mass " -"reconcile with instructions at the bottom." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:158 -msgid "" -"After reconciling the items in the sheet, the related invoice will now " -"display \"You have outstanding payments for this customer. You can reconcile" -" them to pay this invoice. \"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:168 -msgid "" -"Apply the payment. Below, you can see that the payment has been added to the" -" invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:175 -msgid "Payment Followup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:177 -msgid "" -"There's a growing trend of customers paying bills later and later. " -"Therefore, collectors must make every effort to collect money and collect it" -" faster." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:181 -msgid "" -"Odoo will help you define your follow-up strategy. To remind customers to " -"pay their outstanding invoices, you can define different actions depending " -"on how severely overdue the customer is. These actions are bundled into " -"follow-up levels that are triggered when the due date of an invoice has " -"passed a certain number of days. If there are other overdue invoices for the" -" same customer, the actions of the most overdue invoice will be executed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:189 -msgid "" -"By going to the customer record and diving into the \"Overdue Payments\" you" -" will see the follow-up message and all overdue invoices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:199 -msgid "Customer aging report:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:201 -msgid "" -"The customer aging report will be an additional key tool for the collector " -"to understand the customer credit issues, and to prioritize their work." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:205 -msgid "" -"Use the aging report to determine which customers are overdue and begin your" -" collection efforts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:212 -msgid "Profit and loss" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:214 -msgid "" -"The Profit and Loss statement displays your revenue and expense details. " -"Ultimately, this gives you a clear image of your Net Profit and Loss. It is " -"sometimes referred to as the \"Income Statement\" or \"Statement of Revenues" -" and Expenses.\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:223 -msgid "Balance sheet" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:225 -msgid "" -"The balance sheet summarizes your company's liabilities, assets and equity " -"at a specific moment in time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:234 -msgid "" -"For example, if you manage your inventory using the perpetual accounting " -"method, you should expect a decrease in account \"Current Assets\" once the " -"material has been shipped to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:15 -msgid "From Vendor Bill to Payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Once vendor bills are registered in Odoo, you can easily pay vendors for the" -" correct amount and at the right time (not too late, not too early; " -"depending on your vendor policy). Odoo also offers reports to track your " -"aged payable balances." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:10 -msgid "" -"If you want to control vendor bills received from your vendors, you can use " -"the Odoo Purchase application that allows you to control and pre-complete " -"them automatically based on past purchase orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:18 -msgid "Record a new vendor bill" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:20 -msgid "" -"When a vendor bill is received, you can record it from " -":menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendor Bills` in the Accounting application. " -"As a shortcut, you can also use the **New Bill** feature on the accounting " -"dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:27 -msgid "" -"To register a new vendor bill, start by selecting a vendor and inputting " -"their invoice as the **Vendor Reference**, then add and confirm the product " -"lines, making sure to have the right product quantities, taxes and prices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Save the invoice to update the pre tax and tax amounts at the bottom of the " -"screen. You will most likely need to configure the prices of your products " -"without taxes as Odoo will compute the tax for you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:40 -msgid "" -"On the bottom left corner, Odoo shows a summary table of all taxes on the " -"vendor bill. In several countries, different methods are accepted to round " -"the totals (round per line, or round globally). The default rounding method " -"in Odoo is to round the final prices per line (as you may have different " -"taxes per product. E.g. Alcohol and cigarettes). However if your vendor has " -"a different tax amount on their bill, you can change the amount in the " -"bottom left table to adjust and match." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:48 -msgid "Validate The Vendor Bill" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Once the vendor bill is validated, a journal entry will be generated based " -"on the configuration on the invoice. This journal entry may differ depending" -" on the the accounting package you choose to use." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:54 -msgid "" -"For most European countries, the journal entry will use the following " -"accounts:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:57 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:66 -msgid "**Accounts Payable:** defined on the vendor form" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:59 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:68 -msgid "**Taxes:** defined on the products and per line" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:61 -msgid "**Expenses:** defined on the line item product used" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:63 -msgid "" -"For Anglo-Saxon (US) accounting, the journal entry will use the following " -"accounts:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:70 -msgid "**Goods Received:** defined on the product form" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:72 -msgid "" -"You can check your Profit & Loss or the Balance Sheet reports after having " -"validated a couple of vendor bills to see the impact on your general ledger." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:77 -msgid "Pay a bill" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:79 -msgid "" -"To create a payment for an open vendor bill directly, you can click on " -"**Register a Payment** at the top of the form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:82 -msgid "" -"From there, you select the payment method (i.e. Checking account, credit " -"card, check, etc…) and the amount you wish to pay. By default, Odoo will " -"propose the entire remaining balance on the bill for payment. In the memo " -"field, we recommend you set the vendor invoice number as a reference (Odoo " -"will auto fill this field from the from the vendor bill if set it " -"correctly)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:94 -msgid "" -"You can also register a payment to a vendor directly without applying it to " -"a vendor bill. To do that, :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. Then, " -"from the vendor bill you will be able to reconcile this payment with " -"directly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:99 -msgid "Printing vendor Checks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:101 -msgid "" -"If you choose to pay your vendor bills by check, Odoo offers a method to do " -"so directly from your vendor payments within Odoo. Whether you do so on a " -"daily basis or prefer to do so at the end of the week, you can print in " -"checks in batches." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:106 -msgid "" -"If you have checks to print, Odoo's accounting dashboard acts as a to do " -"list and reminds you of how many checks you have left to be printed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:112 -msgid "" -"By selecting the amount of checks to be printed, you can dive right into a " -"list of all payments that are ready to be processed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:115 -msgid "" -"Select all the checks you wish to print (use the first checkbox to select " -"them all) and set the action to **Print Checks**. Odoo will ask you to set " -"the next check number in the sequence and will then print all the checks at " -"once." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:124 -#: ../../accounting/reporting.rst:3 -msgid "Reporting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:127 -msgid "Aged payable balance" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:129 -msgid "" -"In order to get a list of open vendor bills and their related due dates, you" -" can use the **Aged Payable** report, under the reporting menu, (in " -":menuselection:`Reporting --> Business Statement --> Aged payable`) to get a" -" visual of all of your outstanding bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:137 -msgid "" -"From here, you can click directly on a vendors name to open up the details " -"of all outstanding bills and the amounts due, or you can annotate any line " -"for managements information. At any point in time while you're looking " -"through the report, you can print directly to Excel or PDF and get exactly " -"what you see on the screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:144 -msgid ":doc:`customer_invoice`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables.rst:3 -msgid "Account Payables" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:3 -msgid "Forecast future bills to pay" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When you get hundreds of vendor bills per month with each of them having " -"different payment terms, it could be complex to follow what you have to pay " -"and when. Paying your vendors too early can decrease your cash " -"availabilities and paying too late can lead to extra charges." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Fortunately, Odoo provides you the right tools to manage payment orders to " -"vendors efficiently." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:14 -msgid "Configuration: payment terms" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:16 -msgid "" -"In order to track the vendor conditions, we use payment terms in Odoo. " -"Payment terms allow to keep track of the conditions to compute the due date " -"on an invoice. As an example, a payment term can be:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:20 -msgid "50% within 30 days" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:22 -msgid "50% within 45 days" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:24 -msgid "" -"To create your most common payment terms, use the menu: " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Management --> Payment Terms` in the " -"**Accounting** application. The following example show a payment term of 30%" -" directly and the balance after 30 days." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Once payment terms are defined, you can assign them to your vendor by " -"default. Set the Vendor Payment Term field on the Accounting tab of a vendor" -" form. That way, every time you will purchase to this vendor, Odoo will " -"propose you automatically the right payment term." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:42 -msgid "" -"If you do not set a specific payment term on a vendor, you will still be " -"able to set a specific payment term on the vendor bill." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:46 -msgid "Forecast bills to pay with the Aged Payables report" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:48 -msgid "" -"In order to track amounts to be paid to the vendors, use the Aged Payable " -"report. You can get it from the Reports menu of the Accounting application. " -"This report gives you a summary per vendor of the amounts to pay, compared " -"to their due date (the due date being computed on each bill using the " -"payment term)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:57 -msgid "" -"This reports tells you how much you will have to pay within the next months." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:61 -msgid "Select bills to pay" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Using the menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendor Bills`, you can get a " -"list of vendor bills. Using the advanced filters, you can list all the bills" -" that you should pay or the bills that are overdue (you are late on the " -"payment)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:70 -msgid "" -"From this screen, you can also switch to the pivot table or the graph view " -"to get statistics on the amount due over the next month, using the group by " -"\"Due Date\" feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay.rst:3 -msgid "Vendor Payments" -msgstr "Zahlungen des Lieferanten" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:3 -msgid "Pay by Checks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Once you decide to pay a supplier bill, you can select to pay by check. " -"Then, at the end of the day, the manager can print all checks by batch. " -"Finally, the bank reconciliation process will match the checks you sent to " -"suppliers with actual bank statements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:14 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:33 -msgid "Install the required module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:16 -msgid "" -"To record supplier payments by checks, you must install the **Check " -"Writing** module. This module handle the process of recording checks in " -"Odoo. Others modules are necessary to print checks, according to the " -"country. As an example, the **U.S. Check Printing** module is required to " -"print U.S. checks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:23 -msgid "" -"According to your country and the chart of account you use, those modules " -"may be installed by default. (example: United States users have nothing to " -"install, it's configured by default)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:28 -msgid "Activate checks payment methods" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:30 -msgid "" -"In order to allow payments by checks, you must activate the payment method " -"on related bank journals. From the accounting dashboard (the screen you get " -"when you enter the accounting application), click on your bank account on " -":menuselection:`More --> Settings` option. On the **Payment Method** field, " -"set **Check**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:40 -msgid "Compatible check stationery for printing checks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:43 -msgid "United States" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:45 -msgid "For the United States, Odoo supports by default the check formats of:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:47 -msgid "**Quickbooks & Quicken**: check on top, stubs in the middle and bottom" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:48 -msgid "**Peachtree**: check in the middle, stubs on top and bottom" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:49 -msgid "**ADP**: check in the bottom, and stubs on the top." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:51 -msgid "" -"It is also possible to customize your own check format through " -"customizations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:54 -msgid "Pay a supplier bill with a check" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:56 -msgid "Paying a supplier with a check is done in three steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:58 -msgid "registering a payment you'd like to do on the bill" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:59 -msgid "printing checks in batch for all registered payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:60 -msgid "reconcile bank statements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:63 -msgid "Register a payment by check" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:65 -msgid "" -"To register a payment on a bill, open any supplier bill from the menu " -":menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendor Bills`. Once the supplier bill is " -"validated, you can register a payment. Set the **Payment Method** to " -"**Check** and validate the payment dialog." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:74 -msgid "Print checks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:76 -msgid "" -"From the accounting dashboard, on your bank account, you should see a link " -"\"X checks to print\". Click on this link and you will get the list of all " -"checks that are not printed yet. From this screen, you can print all checks " -"in batch or review them one by one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:81 -msgid "" -"If you want to review every payment one by one before printing the check, " -"open on the payment and click on **Print Check** if you accept it. A dialog " -"will ask you the number of the check. It automatically proposes you the next" -" number, but you can change it if it does not match your next check number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:87 -msgid "" -"To print all checks in batch, select all payments from the list view and " -"Print Check from the top \"print\" menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:94 -msgid "Reconcile bank statements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:96 -msgid "" -"Once you process your bank statement, when the check is credited from your " -"bank account, Odoo will propose you automatically to match it with the " -"payment. This will mark the payment as **Reconciled**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:101 -msgid "" -"To review checks that have not been credited, open the list of payments and " -"filter on the Sent state. Review those payments that have a date more than 2" -" weeks ago." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:106 -msgid "Pay anything with a check" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:108 -msgid "" -"You can register a payment that is not related to a supplier bill. To do so," -" use the top menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. Register your " -"payment and select a payment method by check." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:112 -msgid "" -"If you pay a specific supplier bill, put the reference of the bill in the " -"**Memo** field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:118 -msgid "" -"Once your payment by check is registered, don't forget to **Confirm** it. " -"Once confirmed, you can use **Print Check** directly or follow the preceding" -" flow to print checks in batch:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:122 -msgid "`Print checks`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:123 -msgid "`Reconcile bank statements`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:3 -msgid "Pay several bills at once" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo provides a simple and effective way to handle several bills at once, " -"with various quick or complex options. With one single process, anyone is " -"able to handle bills and payment in just a few clicks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:10 -msgid "Pay multiple bills with one payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:13 -msgid "Record several payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:15 -msgid "" -"In the following example, we will generate some bills. You can control the " -"whole process from your accounting dashboard (first screen you get when you " -"open the accounting application)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:22 -msgid "" -"To create a bill, open the Dashboard menu and click on **Vendor Bills**. In " -"the Vendor Bills window, click on **Create**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Choose the vendor from which you wish to purchase the product, and click on " -"Add an item to add one (or more) product(s). Click on **Save** and then " -"**Validate**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:33 -msgid "Pay supplier bills, one after the other" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:38 -msgid "" -"We will now record a payment for one bill only. Open the bill, then click on" -" **Register Payment**. Insert the Payment Method, Date and Amount, and click" -" on **Validate**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Once you have validated the payment, the system will automatically reconcile" -" the payment with the bill, and set the bill as **Paid**. The system will " -"also generate a move from the payment account and reconcile it with the " -"expense transaction." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:51 -msgid "Pay several bills altogether" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:53 -msgid "" -"In order to illustrate the process thoroughly, create at least 2 more bills " -"following the above standing guide. **Make sure all bills come from the same" -" vendor.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:60 -msgid "" -"In the Vendors Bills, select the new bills you have just created by checking" -" the box next to each of them. In the Action menu located in the middle of " -"the page, click on **Register Payment**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Insert the details of the payment. The system calculated the total amount " -"for both bills, but you can modify it freely. Click on **Validate**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:71 -msgid "Record the payment, reconcile afterwards" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:73 -msgid "" -"You can also reconcile a payment with bills after the payment has been " -"recorded." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:76 -msgid "First, we need to create a payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:78 -msgid "" -"This will handle from :menuselection:`Dashboard --> Bank journal --> More " -"Option --> Send Money`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:84 -msgid "" -"Creating payment order with check payment method. Selecting related Vendor " -"and amount which remain to pay. After filling all details, we will confirm " -"the payment order which will generate payment transaction with the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:92 -msgid "" -"As you can see, bill payment status show what is posted and what is " -"remaining to reconcile." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:95 -msgid "" -"After receiving bank statement from the bank with payment detail, you can " -"reconcile the transaction from the Dashboard. It will automatically map the " -"transaction amount." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:103 -msgid "Partial payments of several supplier bills" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:106 -msgid "How to pay several supplier bills having cash discounts at once?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:108 -msgid "" -"You already learned how to pay bills in various way but what about partial " -"payment? We are taking another example where we will do partial payment for " -"various bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:112 -msgid "" -"We are creating multiple bills and partially pay them through bank " -"statements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:115 -msgid "" -"We are adding payment terms which allow some cash discount where vendor " -"offer us early payment discount." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:121 -msgid "" -"We are creating the following bills with the assignment of the above payment" -" term." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:127 -msgid "We have created the following bills:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:132 -msgid "" -"We will pay the invoices by creating bank statement where we will adjust the" -" cash discount our vendor provided under payment terms." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:138 -msgid "" -"Before reconciling this bank statement, we need to create one statement " -"model for cash discount." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:144 -msgid "Now we are going back to bank statement and opening reconcile view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:69 -msgid "Pay with SEPA" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:5 -msgid "" -"SEPA, the Single Euro Payments Area, is a payment-integration initiative of " -"the European union for simplification of bank transfers denominated in EURO." -" SEPA allows you to send payment orders to your bank to automate bank wire " -"transfer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:10 -msgid "" -"SEPA is supported by the banks of the 28 EU member states as well as " -"Iceland, Norway, Switzerland, Andorra, Monaco and San Marino." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:13 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, once you decide to pay a vendor, you can select to pay the bill " -"with SEPA. Then, at the end of the day, the manager can generate the SEPA " -"file containing all bank wire transfers and send it to the bank." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:18 -msgid "" -"By default,the file follows the SEPA Credit Transfer **'pain.001.001.03'** " -"specifications. This is a well-defined standard that makes consensus among " -"banks. However, according to the country set on your company, another format" -" can be used : **'pain.001.001.03.ch.02'** for Switzerland and " -"**'pain.001.003.03'** for Germany." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Once the payments are processed by your bank, you can directly import the " -"account statement inside Odoo. The bank reconciliation process will " -"seamlessly match the SEPA orders you sent to your bank with actual bank " -"statements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:35 -msgid "" -"To pay suppliers with SEPA, you must install the **SEPA Credit Transfer** " -"module. This module handle the process of generating SEPA files based on " -"Odoo payments." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:40 -msgid "" -"According to your country and the chart of account you use, this module may " -"be installed by default." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:44 -msgid "Activate SEPA payment methods on banks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:46 -msgid "" -"In order to allow payments by SEPA, you must activate the payment method on " -"related bank journals. From the accounting dashboard (the screen you get " -"when you enter the accounting application), click on \"More\" on your bank " -"account and select the \"Settings\" option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:51 -msgid "" -"To activate SEPA, click the **Advanced Settings** tab and, in the **Payment " -"Methods** part of the **Miscellaneous** section, check the box **Sepa Credit" -" Transfer**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Make sure to specify the IBAN account number (domestic account number won't " -"work with SEPA) and the BIC (bank identifier code) on your bank journal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:60 -msgid "" -"By default, the payments you send using SEPA will use your company name as " -"initiating party name. This is what appears on the recipient's bank " -"statement in the **payment from** field. You can customize it in your " -"company settings, in the tab **Configuration**, under the **SEPA** section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:72 -msgid "Register your payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:74 -msgid "" -"You can register a payment that is not related to a supplier bill. To do so," -" use the top menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. Register your " -"payment and select a payment method by Sepa Credit Transfer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:78 -msgid "" -"If it's the first time you pay this vendor, you will have to fill in the " -"Recipient Bank Account field with, at least, the bank name, IBAN and BIC " -"(Bank Identifier Code). Odoo will automatically verify the IBAN format." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:82 -msgid "" -"For future payments to this vendor, Odoo will propose you automatically the " -"bank accounts but you will be able to select another one or create a new " -"one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:86 -msgid "" -"If you pay a specific supplier bill, put the reference of the bill in the " -"**memo** field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Once your payment is registered, don't forget to Confirm it. You can also " -"pay vendor bills from the bill directly using the Register Payment button on" -" top of a vendor bill. The form is the same, but the payment is directly " -"linked to the bill and will be automatically reconciled to it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:98 -msgid "Generate SEPA files" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:100 -msgid "" -"From your accounting dashboard, you should see if there are SEPA files to " -"generate for every bank account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:106 -msgid "" -"Click on the link to check all the payments that are ready to transfer via " -"SEPA. Then, select all the payments you want to send (or check the top box " -"to select all payment at once) and click on :menuselection:`More --> " -"Download SEPA Payments`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:115 -msgid "Troubleshooting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:118 -msgid "The bank refuses my SEPA file" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:120 -msgid "" -"Ask your bank if they support the **SEPA Credit Transfer specification** " -"(the SEPA pain version depends on the country set on your company). If they " -"don't, or cannot provide relevant informations, please forward the error " -"message to your Odoo partner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:126 -msgid "There is no Bank Identifier Code recorded for bank account ..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:128 -msgid "" -"In order to send a SEPA payment, the recipient must be identified by a valid" -" IBAN and BIC. If this message appear, you probably encoded an IBAN account " -"for the partner you are paying but forgot to fill in the BIC field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:134 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:125 -msgid ":doc:`check`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:3 -msgid "Non-current Assets and Fixed Assets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:5 -msgid "" -"**Non-current Assets**, also known as **long-term assets**, are investments " -"that are expected to be realized after one year. They are capitalized rather" -" than being expensed and appear on the company's balance sheet. Depending on" -" their nature, they may undergo **depreciation**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:9 -msgid "" -"**Fixed Assets** are a type of Non-current Assets and include the properties" -" bought for their productive aspects, such as buildings, vehicles, " -"equipment, land, and software." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:12 -msgid "" -"For example, let's say we buy a car for $ 27,000. We plan to amortize it " -"over five years, and we will sell it for $ 7,000 afterward. Using the " -"linear, or straight-line, depreciation method, $ 4,000 are expensed each " -"year as **depreciation expenses**. After five years, the **Accumulated " -"Depreciation** amount reported on the balance sheet equals $ 20,000, leaving" -" us with $ 7,000 of **Not Depreciable Value**, or Salvage value." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Odoo Accounting handles depreciation by creating all depreciation entries " -"automatically in *draft mode*. They are then posted periodically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:21 -msgid "Odoo supports the following **Depreciation Methods**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:23 -msgid "Linear" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:24 -msgid "Degressive" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:25 -msgid "Accelerated Degressive" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:28 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:25 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:24 -msgid "" -"The server checks once a day if an entry must be posted. It might then take " -"up to 24 hours before you see a change from *draft* to *posted*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:32 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:29 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:28 -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:19 -msgid "Prerequisites" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Such transactions must be posted on an **Assets Account** rather than on the" -" default expense account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:38 -msgid "Configure an Assets Account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:40 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:37 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:36 -msgid "" -"To configure your account in the **Chart of Accounts**, go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Chart of Accounts`, click " -"on *Create*, and fill out the form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:48 -msgid "" -"This account's type must be either *Fixed Assets* or *Non-current Assets*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:51 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:48 -msgid "Post an expense to the right account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:51 -msgid "Select the account on a draft bill" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:56 -msgid "" -"On a draft bill, select the right account for all the assets you are buying." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:65 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:61 -msgid "Choose a different Expense Account for specific products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:67 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Start editing the product, go to the *Accounting* tab, select the right " -"**Expense Account**, and save." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:75 -msgid "" -"It is possible to :ref:`automate the creation of assets entries <assets-" -"automation>` for these products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:75 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:74 -msgid "Change the account of a posted journal item" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:83 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:77 -msgid "" -"To do so, open your Purchases Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting" -" --> Accounting --> Purchases`, select the journal item you want to modify, " -"click on the account, and select the right one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:92 -msgid "Assets entries" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:97 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:89 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:88 -msgid "Create a new entry" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:99 -msgid "" -"An **Asset entry** automatically generates all journal entries in *draft " -"mode*. They are then posted one by one at the right time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:102 -msgid "" -"To create a new entry, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " -"Assets`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:105 -msgid "" -"Click on **select related purchases** to link an existing journal item to " -"this new entry. Some fields are then automatically filled out, and the " -"journal item is now listed under the **Related Purchase** tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Once done, you can click on *Compute Depreciation* (next to the *Confirm* " -"button) to generate all the values of the **Depreciation Board**. This board" -" shows you all the entries that Odoo will post to depreciate your asset, and" -" at which date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:122 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:114 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:113 -msgid "What does \"Prorata Temporis\" mean?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:124 -msgid "" -"The **Prorata Temporis** feature is useful to depreciate your assets the " -"most accurately possible." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:126 -msgid "" -"With this feature, the first entry on the Depreciation Board is computed " -"based on the time left between the *Prorata Date* and the *First " -"Depreciation Date* rather than the default amount of time between " -"depreciations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:130 -msgid "" -"For example, the Depreciation Board above has its first depreciation with an" -" amount of $ 241.10 rather than $ 4,000.00. Consequently, the last entry is " -"also lower and has an amount of $ 3758.90." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:134 -msgid "What are the different Depreciation Methods" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:136 -msgid "" -"The **Linear Depreciation Method** divides the initial Depreciable Value by " -"the number of depreciations planned. All depreciation entries have the same " -"amount." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:139 -msgid "" -"The **Degressive Depreciation Method** multiplies the Depreciable Value by " -"the **Degressive Factor** for each entry. Each depreciation entry has a " -"lower amount than the previous entry." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:142 -msgid "" -"The **Accelerated Degressive Depreciation Method** uses the Degressive " -"Method, but with a minimum Depreciation equal to the Linear Method. This " -"method ensures a fast depreciation at the beginning, followed by a constant " -"one afterward." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:147 -msgid "Assets from the Purchases Journal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:149 -msgid "" -"You can create an asset entry from a specific journal item in your " -"**Purchases Journal**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:151 -msgid "" -"To do so, open your Purchases Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting" -" --> Accounting --> Purchases`, and select the journal item you want to " -"record as an asset. Make sure that it is posted in the right account (see: " -":ref:`journal-assets-account`)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:155 -msgid "" -"Then, click on *Action*, select **Create Asset**, and fill out the form the " -"same way you would do to :ref:`create a new entry <create-assets-entry>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:163 -msgid "Modification of an Asset" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:165 -msgid "" -"You can modify the values of an asset to increase or decrease its value." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:167 -msgid "" -"To do so, open the asset you want to modify, and click on *Modify " -"Depreciation*. Then, fill out the form with the new depreciation values and " -"click on *Modify*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:170 -msgid "" -"A **decrease in value** posts a new Journal Entry for the **Value Decrease**" -" and modifies all the future *unposted* Journal Entries listed in the " -"Depreciation Board." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:173 -msgid "" -"An **increase in value** requires you to fill out additional fields related " -"to the account movements and creates a new Asset entry with the **Value " -"Increase**. The Gross Increase Asset Entry can be accessed with a Smart " -"Button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:182 -msgid "Disposal of Fixed Assets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:184 -msgid "" -"To **sell** an asset or **dispose** of it implies that it must be removed " -"from the Balance Sheet." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:186 -msgid "" -"To do so, open the asset you want to dispose of, click on *Sell or Dispose*," -" and fill out the form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:192 -msgid "" -"Odoo Accounting then generates all the journal entries necessary to dispose " -"of the asset, including the gain or loss on sale, which is based on the " -"difference between the asset's book value at the time of the sale and the " -"amount it is sold for." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:197 -msgid "" -"To record the sale of an asset, you must first post the related Customer " -"Invoice so you can link the sale of the asset with it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:201 -msgid "Assets Models" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:203 -msgid "" -"You can create **Assets Models** to create your Asset entries faster. It is " -"particularly useful if you recurrently buy the same kind of assets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:206 -msgid "" -"To create a model, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " -"Assets Models`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form the same way you " -"would do to create a new entry." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:210 -msgid "" -"You can also convert a *confirmed Asset entry* into a model by opening it " -"from :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Assets` and then, by " -"clicking on the button *Save Model*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:215 -msgid "Apply an Asset Model to a new entry" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:217 -msgid "" -"When you create a new Asset entry, fill out the **Fixed Asset Account** " -"with the right asset account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:220 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:160 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:160 -msgid "" -"New buttons with all the models linked to that account appear at the top of " -"the form. Clicking on a model button fills out the form according to that " -"model." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:230 -msgid "Automate the Assets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:232 -msgid "" -"When you create or edit an account of which the type is either *Non-current " -"Assets* or *Fixed Assets*, you can configure it to create assets for the " -"expenses that are credited on it automatically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:236 -msgid "You have three choices for the **Automate Assets** field:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:239 -msgid "" -"**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " -"draft *Assets entry* is created, but not validated. You must first fill out " -"the form in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Assets`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:242 -msgid "" -"**Create and validate:** you must also select an Asset Model (see: `Assets " -"Models`_). Whenever a transaction is posted on the account, an *Assets " -"entry* is created and immediately validated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:250 -msgid "" -"You can, for example, select this account as the default **Expense Account**" -" of a product to fully automate its purchase. (see: :ref:`product-assets-" -"account`)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:3 -msgid "Deferred Expenses and Prepayments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:5 -msgid "" -"**Deferred expenses** and **prepayments** (also known as **prepaid " -"expense**), are both costs that have already occurred for unconsumed " -"products or services yet to receive." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Such costs are **assets** for the company that pays them since it already " -"paid for products and services still to receive or that are yet to be used. " -"The company cannot report them on the current **Profit and Loss statement**," -" or *Income Statement*, since the payments will be effectively expensed in " -"the future." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:13 -msgid "" -"These future expenses must be deferred on the company's balance sheet until " -"the moment in time they can be **recognized**, at once or over a defined " -"period, on the Profit and Loss statement." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:16 -msgid "" -"For example, let's say we pay $ 1200 at once for one year of insurance. We " -"already pay the cost now but haven't used the service yet. Therefore, we " -"post this new expense in a *prepayment account* and decide to recognize it " -"on a monthly basis. Each month, for the next 12 months, $ 100 will be " -"recognized as an expense." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Odoo Accounting handles deferred expenses and prepayments by spreading them " -"in multiple entries that are automatically created in *draft mode* and then " -"posted periodically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Such transactions must be posted on a **Deferred Expense Account** rather " -"than on the default expense account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:35 -msgid "Configure a Deferred Expense Account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:45 -msgid "This account's type must be either *Current Assets* or *Prepayments*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:53 -msgid "" -"On a draft bill, select the right account for all the products of which the " -"expenses must be deferred." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:71 -msgid "" -"It is possible to automate the creation of expense entries for these " -"products (see: `Automate the Deferred Expenses`_)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:86 -msgid "Deferred Expenses entries" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:91 -msgid "" -"A **Deferred Expense entry** automatically generates all journal entries in " -"*draft mode*. They are then posted one by one at the right time until the " -"full amount of the expense is recognized." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:94 -msgid "" -"To create a new entry, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " -"Deferred Expense`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:97 -msgid "" -"Click on **select related purchases** to link an existing journal item to " -"this new entry. Some fields are then automatically filled out, and the " -"journal item is now listed under the **Related Expenses** tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:105 -msgid "" -"Once done, you can click on *Compute Deferral* (next to the *Confirm* " -"button) to generate all the values of the **Expense Board**. This board " -"shows you all the entries that Odoo will post to recognize your expense, and" -" at which date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:116 -msgid "" -"The **Prorata Temporis** feature is useful to recognize your expense the " -"most accurately possible." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:118 -msgid "" -"With this feature, the first entry on the Expense Board is computed based on" -" the time left between the *Prorata Date* and the *First Recognition Date* " -"rather than the default amount of time between recognitions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:122 -msgid "" -"For example, the Expense Board above has its first expense with an amount of" -" $ 70.97 rather than $ 100.00. Consequently, the last entry is also lower " -"and has an amount of $ 29.03." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:126 -msgid "Deferred Entry from the Purchases Journal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:128 -msgid "" -"You can create a deferred entry from a specific journal item in your " -"**Purchases Journal**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:130 -msgid "" -"To do so, open your Purchases Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting" -" --> Accounting --> Purchases`, and select the journal item you want to " -"defer. Make sure that it is posted in the right account (see: `Change the " -"account of a posted journal item`_)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:134 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:134 -msgid "" -"Then, click on *Action*, select **Create Deferred Entry**, and fill out the " -"form the same way you would do to `create a new entry`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:142 -msgid "Deferred Expense Models" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:144 -msgid "" -"You can create **Deferred Expense Models** to create your Deferred Expense " -"entries faster." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:146 -msgid "" -"To create a model, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " -"Deferred Expense Models`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form the same " -"way you would do to create a new entry." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:150 -msgid "" -"You can also convert a *confirmed Deferred Expense entry* into a model by " -"opening it from :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Deferred " -"Expenses` and then, by clicking on the button *Save Model*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:155 -msgid "Apply a Deferred Expense Model to a new entry" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:157 -msgid "" -"When you create a new Deferred Expense entry, fill out the **Deferred " -"Expense Account** with the right recognition account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:170 -msgid "Automate the Deferred Expenses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:172 -msgid "" -"When you create or edit an account of which the type is either *Current " -"Assets* or *Prepayments*, you can configure it to defer the expenses that " -"are credited on it automatically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:175 -msgid "You have three choices for the **Automate Deferred Expense** field:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:178 -msgid "" -"**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " -"draft *Deferred Expenses entry* is created, but not validated. You must " -"first fill out the form in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " -"Deferred Expenses`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:181 -msgid "" -"**Create and validate:** you must also select a Deferred Expense Model (see:" -" `Deferred Expense Models`_). Whenever a transaction is posted on the " -"account, a *Deferred Expenses entry* is created and immediately validated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:190 -msgid "" -"You can, for example, select this account as the default **Expense Account**" -" of a product to fully automate its purchase. (see: `Choose a different " -"Expense Account for specific products`_)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:3 -msgid "Manage vendor Bills" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The **Purchase** application allows you to manage your purchase orders, " -"incoming products, and vendor bills all seamlessly in one place." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:8 -msgid "" -"If you want to set up a vendor bill control process, the first thing you " -"need to do is to have purchase data in Odoo. Knowing what has been purchased" -" and received is the first step towards understanding your purchase " -"management processes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:13 -msgid "Here is the standard work flow in Odoo:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:15 -msgid "" -"You begin with a **Request for Quotation (RFQ)** to send out to your " -"vendor(s)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Once the vendor has accepted the RFQ, confirm the RFQ into a **Purchase " -"Order (PO)**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Confirming the PO generates an **Incoming Shipment** if you purchased any " -"stockable products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Upon receiving a **Vendor Bill** from your Vendor, validate the bill with " -"products received in the previous step to ensure accuracy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:27 -msgid "" -"This process may be done by three different people within the company, or " -"only one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:34 -msgid "Installing the Purchase and Inventory applications" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:36 -msgid "" -"From the **Apps** application, search for the **Purchase** module and " -"install it. Due to certain dependencies, installing Purchase will " -"automatically install the **Inventory** and **Accounting** applications." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:41 -msgid "Creating products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Creating products in Odoo is essential for quick and efficient purchasing " -"within Odoo. Simply navigate to the Products submenu under Purchase and " -"click create." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:50 -msgid "" -"When creating the product, pay attention to the **Product Type** field, " -"since it is important:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Products that are set as **Stockable or Consumable** will allow you to keep " -"track of their inventory levels. These options imply stock management and " -"will allow for receiving these kinds of products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Conversely, products that are set as a **Service or Digital Product** will " -"not imply stock management, simply due to the fact that there is no " -"inventory to manage. You will not be able to receive products under either " -"of these designations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:64 -msgid "" -"It is recommended that you create a **Miscellaneous** product for all " -"purchases that occur infrequently and do not require inventory valuation or " -"management. If you create such a product, it is recommended to set the " -"product type to **Service**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:69 -msgid "Managing your Vendor Bills" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:72 -msgid "Purchasing products or services" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:74 -msgid "" -"From the purchase application, you can create a purchase order with as many " -"products as you need. If the vendor sends you a confirmation or quotation " -"for an order, you may record the order reference number in the **Vendor " -"Reference** field. This will enable you to easily match the PO with the the " -"vendor bill later (as the vendor bill will probably include the Vendor " -"Reference)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:84 -msgid "" -"Validate the purchase order and receive the products from the Inventory " -"application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:88 -msgid "Receiving Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:90 -msgid "" -"If you purchased any stockable products that you manage the inventory of, " -"you will need to receive the products from the Inventory application after " -"you confirm a purchase order. From the **Inventory dashboard**, you should " -"see a button linking you directly to the transfer of products. This button " -"is outlined in red below:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:99 -msgid "" -"Navigating this route will take you to a list of all orders waiting to be " -"received." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:105 -msgid "" -"If you have a lot of awaiting orders, apply a filter using the search bar in" -" the upper right. With this search bar, you may filter based on the vendor " -"(partner), the product, or the source document (also known as the reference " -"of your purchase order). You can also group the orders by different criteria" -" under **Group By**. Selecting an item from this list will open the " -"following screen where you then will receive the products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:116 -msgid "Purchasing service products does not trigger a delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:119 -msgid "Managing Vendor Bills" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:121 -msgid "" -"When you receive a vendor bill for a previous purchase, be sure to record it" -" in the Purchases application under the **Control Menu**. You need to create" -" a new vendor bill even if you already registered a purchase order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:129 -msgid "" -"The first thing you will need to do upon creating a vendor bill is to select" -" the appropriate vendor, since doing so will also pull up any associated " -"accounting or pricelist information. From there, you can choose to specify " -"one or multiple Purchase Orders to populate the Vendor Bill with. When you " -"select a Purchase Order from the list, Odoo will pull any uninvoiced " -"products associated to that Purchase Order and automatically populate that " -"information below. If you are having a hard time finding the appropriate " -"vendor bill, you may search through the list by inputting the vendor " -"reference number or your internal purchase order number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:143 -msgid "" -"While the invoice is in a draft state, you can make any modifications you " -"need (i.e. remove or add product lines, modify quantities, and change " -"prices)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:148 -msgid "Your vendor may send you several bills for the same Purchase Order if:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:150 -msgid "" -"Your vendor is in back-order and is sending you invoices as they ship the " -"products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:151 -msgid "Your vendor is sending you a partial bill or asking for a deposit." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:153 -msgid "" -"Every time you record a new vendor bill, Odoo will automatically populate " -"the product quantities based on what has been received from the vendor. If " -"this value is showing a zero, this means that you have not yet received this" -" product and simply serves as a reminder that the product is not in hand and" -" you may need to inquire further into this. At any point in time, before you" -" validate the Vendor Bill, you may override this zero quantity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:162 -msgid "Vendor Bill Matching" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:165 -msgid "What to do if your vendor bill does not match what you received" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:167 -msgid "" -"If the bill you receive from the vendor has quantities that do not match the" -" quantities automatically populated by Odoo, this could be due to several " -"reasons:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:171 -msgid "" -"The vendor is incorrectly charging you for products and/or services that you" -" have not ordered." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:174 -msgid "" -"The vendor is billing you for products that you might not have received yet," -" as the invoicing control may be based on ordered or received quantities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:178 -msgid "The vendor did not bill you for previously purchased products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:180 -msgid "" -"In these instances it is recommended that you verify that the bill, and any " -"associated purchase order to the vendor, are accurate and that you " -"understand what you have ordered and what you have already received." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:184 -msgid "" -"If you are unable to find a purchase order related to a vendor bill, this " -"could be due to one of a few reasons:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:187 -msgid "" -"The vendor has already invoiced you for this purchase order; therefore it is" -" not going to appear anywhere in the selection." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:190 -msgid "" -"Someone in the company forgot to record a purchase order for this vendor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:193 -msgid "The vendor is charging you for something you did not order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:198 -msgid "How product quantities are managed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:200 -msgid "" -"By default, services are managed based on ordered quantities, while " -"stockables and consumables are managed based on received quantities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:203 -msgid "" -"If you need to manage products based on ordered quantities over received " -"quantities, you will need to belong to the group **Purchase Manager**. Ask " -"your system administrator to enable these access on :menuselection:`Settings" -" --> Users --> Users --> Access Rights`. Once you belong to the correct " -"group, select the product(s) you wish to modify, and you should see a new " -"field appear, labeled **Control Purchase Bills**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:213 -msgid "" -"You can then change the default management method for the selected product " -"to be based on either:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:216 -msgid "Ordered quantities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:218 -msgid "or Received quantities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:221 -msgid "Batch Billing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:223 -msgid "" -"When creating a vendor bill and selecting the appropriate purchase order, " -"you may continue to select additional purchase orders. Odoo will add the " -"additional line items from the purchase orders you select. If you have not " -"deleted the previous line items from the first purchase order, the bill will" -" be linked to all the appropriate purchase orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:3 -msgid "Digitize Vendor Bills with Optical Character Recognition (OCR)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Encoding bills manually can be a time-consuming task. Having a solution that" -" allows you to digitize them and automatically import the data to your " -"database reduces errors and saves you time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:9 -msgid "Set up the feature" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Bill Digitalization`, and " -"choose whether the bills should be processed automatically or manually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:19 -msgid "Start digitizing your bills" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Scan your bills and then go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> " -"Bills` and upload your document. Based on your configuration, it either " -"processes the documents automatically, or you need to click on *Send for " -"Digitalization* to do it manually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:26 -msgid "" -"You can also create a vendor bill through the *Documents* app or by using an" -" email alias on your journals." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Once the data is extracted from the PDF, you can correct it if necessary by " -"clicking on the respective tag (available in *Edit* mode), and selecting the" -" right information instead." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:38 -msgid "" -"The more bills you scan, the better the system gets at identifying the " -"correct data." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:41 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:34 -msgid "Pricing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:44 -msgid "" -"The *Bill Digitalization* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service which " -"requires prepaid credits to work. Digitalizing one document consumes one " -"credit." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:47 -msgid "" -"To buy credits, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " -"Settings --> Bill Digitalization` and click on *Buy credits*, or go to " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Odoo IAP` and click on *View My Services*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:50 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:43 -msgid "" -"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you " -"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:52 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Click `here <https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#header_4>`_ to know about our " -"*Privacy Policy*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:3 -msgid "Purchase Receipts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:5 -msgid "" -"**Purchase Receipts** are not invoices but rather confirmations of received " -"payments, such as a ticket or a receipt." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:8 -msgid "" -"This feature is meant to be used when you pay directly with your company's " -"money for an expense. **Vendor Bills**, on the other hand, are recorded when" -" an invoice is issued to you and that the amount is first credited on a debt" -" account before a later payment reconciliation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Expenses paid by employees can be managed with **Odoo Expenses**, an app " -"dedicated to the approval of such expenses and the payments management. " -"Click :doc:`here <../../../expense/expense>` for more information on how to " -"use Odoo Expenses." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:18 -msgid "Register a receipt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:20 -msgid "" -"To record a new receipt, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> " -"Receipts`, click on *Create*, fill out the form, and click on *Post*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:27 -msgid "" -"You can register the payment by clicking on *Register Payment*, then filling" -" out the payment's details, and clicking on *Validate*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:31 -msgid "Edit the Journal Entry before posting it" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Once you have filled out the *Invoice Lines* tab, you can modify the " -"**Journal Entry** before you post it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:36 -msgid "" -"To do so, click on the **Journal Items** tab, change the accounts and values" -" according to your needs, and click on *Post*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:44 -msgid ":doc:`manage`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:45 -msgid ":doc:`../../../expense/expense`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables.rst:3 -msgid "Account Receivables" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:99 -msgid "Customer Invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:3 -msgid "Offer cash discounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Cash discounts are incentives you can offer to customers to motivate them to" -" pay within a specific time frame. For instance, you offer a 2% discount if " -"the customer pays you within the first 5 days of the invoice, when it is due" -" in 30 days. This approach can greatly improve your average collection " -"period." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:12 -msgid "Set up a cash discount" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:14 -msgid "" -"To set up a cash discount, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Management --> Payment Terms` and click on *Create*. Add a" -" *Percent* type of term with a corresponding value (e.g. 98% of the total " -"price for a 2% discount) and the number of days during which the offer is " -"valid. You can also change the default balance term if needed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:25 -msgid "Start offering the cash discount" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Now, you can create a customer invoice and select the cash discount payment " -"term you added. Once the invoice is validated, Odoo will automatically split" -" the account receivables part of the journal entry into two installments " -"having different due dates. Since the discounted price is already " -"calculated, your payment controls will be simplified." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:37 -msgid "Grant the cash discount" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:39 -msgid "" -"The customer fulfilled the payment terms and therefore benefits from the " -"cash discount. When you process the bank statement, match the payment with " -"the related journal entry. Then, select the remaining cash discount and " -"click on *Create Write-off* to reconcile it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:48 -msgid "" -"You can also create a dedicated reconciliation model to make the process " -"easier. In this case, you should add a tax to the model based on the taxes " -"applied to your invoices. This means that if you handle multiple tax rates, " -"you need to create several reconciliation models. Note that depending on " -"your localisation, you might already have a Cash Discount model available by" -" default." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:56 -msgid "Register the full payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:58 -msgid "" -"In this case, the customer has not fulfilled the payment term and cannot " -"benefit from the cash discount. When you process the bank statement, match " -"the payment with the two related journal entries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:67 -msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:3 -msgid "Cash Rounding" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:4 -msgid "" -"**Cash rounding** is required when the lowest physical denomination of " -"currency, or the smallest coin, is higher than the minimum unit of account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:8 -msgid "" -"For example, some countries require their companies to round up or down the " -"total amount of an invoice to the nearest five cents, when the payment is " -"made in cash." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " -"*Cash Rounding*, then click on *Save*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Cash Roundings`, and " -"click on *Create*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Define here your *Rounding Precision*, *Rounding Strategy*, and *Rounding " -"Method*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:26 -msgid "Odoo supports two **rounding strategies**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:28 -msgid "" -"**Add a rounding line**: a *rounding* line is added on the invoice. You have" -" to define which account records the cash roundings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:31 -msgid "**Modify tax amount**: the rounding is applied in the taxes section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:34 -msgid "Apply roundings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:35 -msgid "" -"When editing a draft invoice, open the *Other Info* tab, go to the " -"*Accounting Information* section, and select the appropriate *Cash Rounding " -"Method*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:3 -msgid "Credit Notes and Refunds" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:4 -msgid "" -"A **credit note**, or **credit memo**, is a document issued to a customer " -"that notifies them that they have been credited a certain amount." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:11 -msgid "There are several reasons that can lead to a credit note, such as:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:9 -msgid "a mistake in the invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:10 -msgid "a return of the goods, or a rejection of the services" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:11 -msgid "the goods delivered are damaged" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Issuing a credit note is the only legal way to cancel, refund or modify a " -"validated invoice. Don’t forget to *register the payment* afterward if you " -"need to send money back to your customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:20 -msgid "Issue a Credit Note" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:21 -msgid "" -"You can create a credit note from scratch by going to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Credit Notes`, and by clicking " -"on *Create*. Filling the Credit Note’s form works the same way as the " -"Invoice’s form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:26 -msgid "" -"However, most of the time, credit notes are generated directly from the " -"invoices they are related to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:29 -msgid "To do so, open the *Customer Invoice*, and click on *Add Credit Note*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:37 -msgid "You can choose between three options:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:35 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:44 -msgid "Partial Refund" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:36 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:55 -msgid "Full Refund" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:37 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:66 -msgid "Full refund and new draft invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Credit Notes’ numbers start with “R” and are followed by the number of the " -"document they are related to (e.g., RINV/2019/0004)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Odoo creates a draft credit note already prefilled with all the necessary " -"information from the original invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:48 -msgid "" -"This is the option to choose to do a partial refund, or if you want to " -"modify any detail on the credit note." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:52 -msgid "" -"This is the only option available for invoices that are already marked as " -"*Paid*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Odoo creates a credit note, automatically validates it, and reconciles the " -"original invoice with it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:62 -msgid "" -"This is the option to choose to do a full refund or cancel a validated " -"invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Odoo creates a credit note, automatically validates it, reconciles the " -"original invoice with it, and open a new draft invoice prefilled with the " -"same details from the original invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:71 -msgid "" -"This is the option to choose to modify the content of a validated invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:74 -msgid "Record a Vendor Refund" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:75 -msgid "" -"**Vendor Refunds** are recorded the same way you would do with invoices’ " -"credit notes:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:77 -msgid "" -"You can either create a credit note from scratch by going to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> Refund`, and by clicking on " -"*Create*, or by opening the validated *Vendor Bill*, and clicking on *Add " -"Credit Note*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:84 -msgid "" -"Issuing a credit note from an invoice creates a **reverse entry** that " -"zeroes out the journal items generated by the original invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:87 -msgid "Here is an example of an invoice’s journal entry:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:92 -msgid "" -"And here is the credit note’s journal entry generated to reverse the " -"original invoice above:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:3 -msgid "Deferred Revenues" -msgstr "Passive Rechnungsabgrenzung" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:5 -msgid "" -"**Deferred revenues**, or **unearned revenue**, are payments made in advance" -" by customers for products yet to deliver or services yet to render." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Such payments are a **liability** for the company that receives them since " -"it still owes its customers these products or services. The company cannot " -"report them on the current **Profit and Loss statement**, or *Income " -"Statement*, since the payments will be effectively earned in the future." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:12 -msgid "" -"These future revenues must be deferred on the company's balance sheet until " -"the moment in time they can be **recognized**, at once or over a defined " -"period, on the Profit and Loss statement." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:15 -msgid "" -"For example, let's say we sell a five-year extended warranty for $ 350. We " -"already receive the money now but haven't earned it yet. Therefore, we post " -"this new income in a deferred revenue account and decide to recognize it on " -"a yearly basis. Each year, for the next 5 years, $ 70 will be recognized as " -"revenue." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Odoo Accounting handles deferred revenues by spreading them in multiple " -"entries that are automatically created in *draft mode* and then posted " -"periodically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Such transactions must be posted on a **Deferred Revenue Account** rather " -"than on the default income account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:34 -msgid "Configure a Deferred Revenue Account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:44 -msgid "" -"This account's type must be either *Current Liabilities* or *Non-current " -"Liabilities*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:47 -msgid "Post an income to the right account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:50 -msgid "Select the account on a draft invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:52 -msgid "" -"On a draft invoice, select the right account for all the products of which " -"the incomes must be deferred." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:60 -msgid "Choose a different Income Account for specific products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:62 -msgid "" -"Start editing the product, go to the *Accounting* tab, select the right " -"**Income Account**, and save." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:70 -msgid "" -"It is possible to automate the creation of revenue entries for these " -"products (see: `Automate the Deferred Revenues`_)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:76 -msgid "" -"To do so, open your Sales Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting -->" -" Accounting --> Sales`, select the journal item you want to modify, click on" -" the account, and select the right one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:85 -msgid "Deferred Revenues entries" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:90 -msgid "" -"A **Deferred Revenues entry** automatically generates all journal entries in" -" *draft mode*. They are then posted one by one at the right time until the " -"full amount of the income is recognized." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:93 -msgid "" -"To create a new entry, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " -"Deferred Revenues`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:96 -msgid "" -"Click on **select related purchases** to link an existing journal item to " -"this new entry. Some fields are then automatically filled out, and the " -"journal item is now listed under the **Related Sales** tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:104 -msgid "" -"Once done, you can click on *Compute Revenue* (next to the *Confirm* button)" -" to generate all the values of the **Revenue Board**. This board shows you " -"all the entries that Odoo will post to recognize your revenue, and at which " -"date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:115 -msgid "" -"The **Prorata Temporis** feature is useful to recognize your revenue the " -"most accurately possible." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:117 -msgid "" -"With this feature, the first entry on the Revenue Board is computed based on" -" the time left between the *Prorata Date* and the *First Recognition Date* " -"rather than the default amount of time between recognitions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:121 -msgid "" -"For example, the Revenue Board above has its first revenue with an amount of" -" $ 4.22 rather than $ 70.00. Consequently, the last entry is also lower and " -"has an amount of $ 65.78." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:125 -msgid "Deferred Entry from the Sales Journal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:127 -msgid "" -"You can create a deferred entry from a specific journal item in your **Sales" -" Journal**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:129 -msgid "" -"To do so, open your Sales Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting -->" -" Accounting --> Sales`, and select the journal item you want to defer. Make " -"sure that it is posted in the right account (see: `Change the account of a " -"posted journal item`_)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:142 -msgid "Deferred Revenue Models" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:144 -msgid "" -"You can create **Deferred Revenue Models** to create your Deferred Revenue " -"entries faster." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:146 -msgid "" -"To create a model, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " -"Deferred Revenue Models`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form the same " -"way you would do to create a new entry." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:150 -msgid "" -"You can also convert a *confirmed Deferred Revenue entry* into a model by " -"opening it from :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Deferred " -"Revenues` and then, by clicking on the button *Save Model*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:155 -msgid "Apply a Deferred Revenue Model to a new entry" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:157 -msgid "" -"When you create a new Deferred Revenue entry, fill out the **Deferred " -"Revenue Account** with the right recognition account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:170 -msgid "Automate the Deferred Revenues" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:172 -msgid "" -"When you create or edit an account of which the type is either *Current " -"Liabilities* or *Non-current Liabilities*, you can configure it to defer the" -" revenues that are credited on it automatically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:175 -msgid "You have three choices for the **Automate Deferred Revenue** field:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:178 -msgid "" -"**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " -"draft *Deferred Revenues entry* is created, but not validated. You must " -"first fill out the form in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " -"Deferred Revenues`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:181 -msgid "" -"**Create and validate:** you must also select a Deferred Revenue Model (see:" -" `Deferred Revenue Models`_). Whenever a transaction is posted on the " -"account, a *Deferred Revenues entry* is created and immediately validated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:190 -msgid "" -"You can, for example, select this account as the default **Income Account** " -"of a product to fully automate its sale. (see: `Choose a different Income " -"Account for specific products`_)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:195 -msgid "" -"`Odoo Academy: Deferred Revenues (Recognition) " -"<https://www.odoo.com/r/EWO>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:3 -msgid "Add EPC QR Codes to invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:4 -msgid "" -"European Payments Council Quick Response Code, or **EPC QR Code**, are two-" -"dimensional barcodes that customers can scan with their **mobile banking " -"applications** to initiate a **SEPA Credit Transfer (SCT)**, and pay their " -"invoices instantly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:10 -msgid "" -"In addition to bringing ease of use and speed, it greatly reduces typing " -"errors that would potentially make for payment issues." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:15 -msgid "" -"This feature is only available in several European countries such as " -"Austria, Belgium, Finland, Germany, and The Netherlands." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and " -"activate the **SEPA QR Code** feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:28 -msgid "Configure your Bank Account’s journal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Make sure that your *Bank Account* is correctly configured on Odoo with your" -" IBAN and BIC." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:32 -msgid "" -"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, " -"open your *bank journal*, then fill out the *Bank Account* and *Bank* under " -"the *Bank Account* tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:40 -msgid "Issue Invoices with EPC QR Codes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:41 -msgid "" -"EPC QR Codes are added automatically to your invoices, as long as you issue " -"them to customers that are located in a country where this feature is " -"available." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Invoices`, and create a " -"new invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Before posting it, open the *Other Info* tab. Odoo automatically fills out " -"the *Bank Account* field with your IBAN." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:51 -msgid "" -"Make sure that the account indicated is the one you want to use to receive " -"your customer’s payment as Odoo uses this field to generate the EPC QR Code." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:59 -msgid "" -"If you want to issue an invoice without an EPC QR Code, remove the IBAN " -"indicated in the *Bank Account* field, under the *Other Info* tab of the " -"invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:65 -msgid "" -"`Odoo Academy: QR Code on Invoices for European Customers " -"<https://www.odoo.com/r/VuU>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview of the invoicing process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Depending on your business and the application you use, there are different " -"ways to automate the customer invoice creation in Odoo. Usually, draft " -"invoices are created by the system (with information coming from other " -"documents like sales order or contracts) and accountant just have to " -"validate draft invoices and send the invoices in batch (by regular mail or " -"email)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Depending on your business, you may opt for one of the following way to " -"create draft invoices:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:19 -msgid "Sales Order ‣ Invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:21 -msgid "" -"In most companies, salespeople create quotations that become sales order " -"once they are validated. Then, draft invoices are created based on the sales" -" order. You have different options like:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Invoice manually: use a button on the sale order to trigger the draft " -"invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Invoice before delivery: invoice the full order before triggering the " -"delivery order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:31 -msgid "Invoice based on delivery order: see next section" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Invoice before delivery is usually used by the eCommerce application when " -"the customer pays at the order and we deliver afterwards. (pre-paid)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:37 -msgid "" -"For most other use cases, it's recommended to invoice manually. It allows " -"the salesperson to trigger the invoice on demand with options: invoice the " -"whole order, invoice a percentage (advance), invoice some lines, invoice a " -"fixed advance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:42 -msgid "This process is good for both services and physical products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:45 -msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/proforma`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:48 -msgid "Sales Order ‣ Delivery Order ‣ Invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Retailers and eCommerce usually invoice based on delivery orders, instead of" -" sales order. This approach is suitable for businesses where the quantities " -"you deliver may differs from the ordered quantities: foods (invoice based on" -" actual Kg)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:55 -msgid "" -"This way, if you deliver a partial order, you only invoice for what you " -"really delivered. If you do back orders (deliver partially and the rest " -"later), the customer will receive two invoices, one for each delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:61 -msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:64 -msgid "eCommerce Order ‣ Invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:66 -msgid "" -"An eCommerce order will also trigger the creation of the order when it is " -"fully paid. If you allow paying orders by check or wire transfer, Odoo only " -"creates an order and the invoice will be triggered once the payment is " -"received." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:72 -msgid "Contracts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:75 -msgid "Regular Contracts ‣ Invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:77 -msgid "" -"If you use contracts, you can trigger invoice based on time and material " -"spent, expenses or fixed lines of services/products. Every month, the " -"salesperson will trigger invoice based on activities on the contract." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:81 -msgid "Activities can be:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:83 -msgid "" -"fixed products/services, coming from a sale order linked to this contract" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:84 -msgid "materials purchased (that you will re-invoice)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:85 -msgid "time and material based on timesheets or purchases (subcontracting)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:86 -msgid "" -"expenses like travel and accommodation that you re-invoice to the customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:88 -msgid "" -"You can invoice at the end of the contract or trigger intermediate invoices." -" This approach is used by services companies that invoice mostly based on " -"time and material. For services companies that invoice on fix price, they " -"use a regular sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:94 -msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/time_materials`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:95 -msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/expense`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:96 -msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/milestone`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:99 -msgid "Recurring Contracts ‣ Invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:101 -msgid "" -"For subscriptions, an invoice is triggered periodically, automatically. The " -"frequency of the invoicing and the services/products invoiced are defined on" -" the contract." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:106 -msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:112 -msgid "Creating an invoice manually" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:114 -msgid "" -"Users can also create invoices manually without using contracts or a sales " -"order. It's a recommended approach if you do not need to manage the sales " -"process (quotations), or the delivery of the products or services." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:119 -msgid "" -"Even if you generate the invoice from a sales order, you may need to create " -"invoices manually in exceptional use cases:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:122 -msgid "if you need to create a refund" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:124 -msgid "If you need to give a discount" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:126 -msgid "if you need to change an invoice created from a sales order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:128 -msgid "if you need to invoice something not related to your core business" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:131 -msgid "Specific modules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:133 -msgid "Some specific modules are also able to generate draft invoices:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:135 -msgid "**membership**: invoice your members every year" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:137 -msgid "**repairs**: invoice your after-sale services" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:3 -msgid "Payment Terms and Installment Plans" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:5 -msgid "" -"**Payment Terms** regroup all the conditions under which a sale is completed" -" and paid. They can be applied to sales orders, customer invoices, and " -"supplier bills, mostly to ensure that they will be correctly paid, and on " -"time. These conditions cover:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:9 -msgid "The due date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:10 -msgid "Some discounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:11 -msgid "Any other condition on the payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Defining Payment Terms automates the computation of payments due dates, both" -" for invoices and bills. This is particularly helpful in managing " -"installment plans." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:16 -msgid "" -"An **installment plan** allows the customers to pay an invoice in parts, " -"with the amounts and payment dates defined beforehand by the seller." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:19 -msgid "**Examples of Payment Terms:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 -msgid "**Immediate Payment**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 -msgid "The full payment is due on the day of the invoice's issuance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 -msgid "**15 Days** (or **Net 15**)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 -msgid "The full payment is due 15 days after the invoice date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 -msgid "**21 MFI**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 -msgid "" -"The full payment is due by the 21st of the month following the invoice date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 -msgid "**2% 10, Net 30 EOM**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 -msgid "" -"2% :doc:`cash discount <cash_discounts>` if the payment is received within " -"ten days. Otherwise, the full payment is due at the end of the month " -"following the invoice date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Payment terms are not to be confused with payment in several parts. If, for " -"a specific order, you invoice the customer in two parts, that is nor a " -"payment term nor an installment plan, but an invoicing policy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Terms` and " -"click on *Create*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:41 -msgid "" -"The **Description on the Invoice** is the displayed text on a sale order, " -"invoice, or bill." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:43 -msgid "" -"In the **Terms** section, you can add a set of rules, that we call *terms*, " -"to define what needs to be paid, and by which due date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:46 -msgid "" -"To add a term, click on *Add a line*, and define its *Type*, *Value*, and " -"*Due Date Computation*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:49 -msgid "Terms are computed in the order they are set up." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:50 -msgid "The **balance** should always be used for the last line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:52 -msgid "" -"In the following example, 30% of the invoice is due on the day of issuance " -"of the invoice, and the balance is due at the end of the following month." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:60 -msgid "Using Payment Terms" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:62 -msgid "Payment Terms can be defined with the **Payment Terms** field on:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 -msgid "**Contacts**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 -msgid "" -"To set specific payment terms automatically on new sales orders, invoices, " -"and bills of a contact. This can be modified in the contact’s *Form View*, " -"under the *Sales & Purchase* tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 -msgid "**Quotations**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 -msgid "" -"To set specific payment terms automatically on all invoices generated from a" -" quotation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 -msgid "**Customer Invoices**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 -msgid "To set specific payment terms on an invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 -msgid "**Vendor Bills**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 -msgid "" -"To set specific payment terms on a bill. This is mostly useful when you need" -" to manage vendor terms with several installments. Otherwise, setting the " -"*Due Date* is enough." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Invoices with specific Payment Terms generate different *Journal Entries*, " -"with one *Journal Item* for each different *Due Date* computed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:80 -msgid "" -"This makes for easier *Follow-ups* and *Reconciliation* since Odoo takes " -"each due date into account, rather than just the balance due date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:83 -msgid "" -"In the following example, an invoice of $1000 has been issued with the " -"following payment terms: 30% of the invoice is due on the day of issuance of" -" the invoice, and the balance is due at the end of the following month." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:92 -msgid "" -"The $1000 debited on the Account Receivable is split into two distinct " -"*Journal Items*. Both of them have their own **Due Date**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:96 -msgid "Due date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:98 -msgid "February 21" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:98 -msgid "300" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:100 -msgid "March 31" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:100 -msgid "700" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:102 -msgid "Product Sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:105 -msgid "" -"This allows for easier reconciliation and to accurately follow up late " -"payments." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:108 -msgid ":doc:`cash_discounts`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:109 -msgid "" -"`Odoo Learn: Terms and Conditions (T&C) and Payment Terms " -"<https://www.odoo.com/r/fpv>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:3 -msgid "Send your Invoices by Post (Snailmail)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Direct mail is a great way to capture individuals’ attention at a time where" -" inboxes are always full. Odoo allows you to send invoices and follow-up " -"reports by post, worldwide, directly from your database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:10 -msgid "Set up Snailmail" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Snailmail` and activate " -"the feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:14 -msgid "" -"If you would like this option to be a default feature, enable *Send by Post*" -" under *Default Sending Options*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:21 -msgid "Send your invoices by post" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Open your Invoice, click on the *Send & Print* button and select *Send by " -"Post*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Make sure to have your customer’s address set correctly, and that it " -"includes a country, before sending the letter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:37 -msgid "" -"*Snailmail* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service which requires prepaid " -"stamps (=credits) to work. Sending one document consumes one stamp." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:40 -msgid "" -"To buy stamps, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " -"Settings --> Snailmail` and click on *Buy credits*, or go to " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Odoo IAP` and click on *View my Services*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments.rst:3 -msgid "Customer Payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:3 -msgid "Batch Payments: Batch Deposits (checks, cash etc.)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A **Batch Deposit** groups multiple payments in a single batch. This allows " -"you to deposit several payments into your bank account with a single " -"transaction. This is particularly useful to deposit cash and checks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:9 -msgid "" -"This feature allows you to list several customer payments and print a " -"**deposit slip**. This ticket contains the details of the transactions and a" -" reference to the batch deposit. You can then select this reference during a" -" bank reconciliation to match the single bank statement line with all the " -"transactions listed in the batch deposit." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:17 -msgid "" -"To activate the feature, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " -"--> Settings --> Customer Payments`, activate **Batch Payments**, and click " -"on *Save*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:21 -msgid "Payment Method Types" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:23 -msgid "" -"To record new payments as part of a Batch Deposit, you have to configure " -"first the Journal on which you record them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:26 -msgid "" -"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, " -"open the Journal you want to edit, click on *Edit*, and open the *Advanced " -"Settings* tab. In the *Payment Method Types* section, enable **Batch " -"Deposit**, and click on *Save*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Your main bank accounts are automatically configured to process batch " -"payments when you activate the feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:39 -msgid "Deposit multiple payments in batch" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:42 -msgid "Record payments to deposit in batch" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:44 -msgid "" -":doc:`Register the payments <recording>` on the bank account on which you " -"plan to deposit them by opening the *Customer Invoice* for which you " -"received a payment, and clicking on *Register Payment*. There, select the " -"appropriate Journal linked to your bank account and select *Batch Deposit* " -"as Payment Method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:53 -msgid "Do this step for all checks or payments you want to process in batch." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:56 -msgid "Make sure to write the payment reference in the **Memo** field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:59 -msgid "Add payments to a Batch Deposit" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:61 -msgid "" -"To add the payments to a Batch Deposit, go to :menuselection:`Accounting -->" -" Customers --> Batch Payments`, and click on *Create*. Next, select the Bank" -" and Payment Method, then click on *Add a line*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Select all payments to include in the current Batch Deposit and click on " -"*Select*. You can also record a new payment and add it to the list by " -"clicking on *Create*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Once done, click on *Validate* to finalize your Batch Deposit. You can then " -"click on *Print* to download a PDF file to include with the deposit slip " -"that the bank usually requires to fill out." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:82 -msgid "" -"Once the bank statements are on your database, you can reconcile the bank " -"statement line with the *Batch Payment* reference. To do so, start your " -"**Bank Reconciliation** by going to your Accounting dashboard and clicking " -"on *Reconcile Items* on the related bank account. At the bank statement " -"line, click on *Choose counterpart or Create Write-off* to display more " -"options, open the *Batch Payments* tab, and select your Batch Payment. All " -"related payments are automatically added." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:89 -msgid "" -"The *Batch Payments* tab won't appear if a Partner is selected for this bank" -" statement line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:95 -msgid "" -"If a check, or a payment, couldn't be processed by the bank and is missing, " -"remove the related payment before validating the bank reconciliation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:99 -msgid ":doc:`recording`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:100 -msgid ":doc:`batch_sdd`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:3 -msgid "Batch Payments: SEPA Direct Debit (SDD)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:5 -msgid "" -"SEPA, the Single Euro Payments Area, is a payment-integration initiative of " -"the European Union for simplification of bank transfers denominated in EURO." -" With **SEPA Direct Debit**, your customers can sign a **mandate** that " -"authorizes you to collect future payments from their bank accounts. This is " -"particularly useful for recurring payments based on a subscription." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:10 -msgid "" -"You can record customer mandates in Odoo, and generate XML files containing " -"pending payments made with an SDD mandate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:0 -msgid "" -"SDD is supported by all SEPA countries, which includes the 27 member states " -"of the European Union as well as additional countries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:0 -msgid "" -"`List of all SEPA countries <https://www.europeanpaymentscouncil.eu" -"/document-library/other/epc-list-sepa-scheme-countries>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`, activate " -"**SEPA Direct Debit (SDD)** and click on *Save*. Enter your company's " -"**Creditor Identifier**. This number is provided by your bank institution, " -"or the authority responsible for delivering them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:31 -msgid "SEPA Direct Debit Mandates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:34 -msgid "Create a mandate" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:36 -msgid "" -"The SEPA Direct Debit Mandate is the document that your customers sign to " -"authorize you to collect money directly from their bank accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:39 -msgid "" -"To create a new mandate, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> " -"Direct Debit Mandates`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Export the PDF file by clicking on *Print*. It is then up to your customer " -"to sign this document. Once done, upload the signed file in the **Original " -"Document** field, and click on *Validate* to start running the mandate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:51 -msgid "" -"Make sure that the **IBAN bank accounts details** are correctly recorded on " -"the debtor’s contact form, under the *Accounting* tab, and in your own " -":doc:`Bank Account <../../bank/setup/bank_accounts>` settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:56 -msgid "SEPA Direct Debit as a Payment Method" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:58 -msgid "" -"SEPA Direct Debit can be used as a payment method both on your **eCommerce**" -" or on the **Customer Portal** by activating SDD as a **Payment Acquirer**. " -"With this method, your customers can create and sign their mandates " -"themselves." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:62 -msgid "" -"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment " -"Acquirers`, click on *SEPA Direct Debit*, and set it up according to your " -"needs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Make sure to change the **State** field to *Enabled*, and to check **Online " -"Signature**, as this is necessary to let your customers sign their mandates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Customers using SDD as payment method get prompted to add their IBAN, email " -"address, and to sign their SEPA Direct Debit mandate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:73 -msgid "Add link to future **Payment Acquirer** documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:76 -msgid "Close or revoke a mandate" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:78 -msgid "" -"Direct Debit mandates are closed automatically after their *End Date*. If " -"this field is left blank, the mandate keeps being *Active* until it is " -"*Closed* or *Revoked*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:85 -msgid "" -"Clicking on **Close** updates the mandate’s end day to the current day. This" -" means that invoices issued after the present day will not be processed with" -" an SDD payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:88 -msgid "" -"Clicking on **Revoke** disables the mandate immediately. No SDD payment can " -"be registered anymore, regardless of the invoice’s date. However, payments " -"that have already been registered are still included in the next SDD XML " -"file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:93 -msgid "" -"Once a mandate has been *closed* or *revoked*, it cannot be reactivated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:96 -msgid "Get paid with SDD Batch Payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:101 -msgid "" -"You can register SDD payments for invoices issued to customers who have an " -"active SDD mandate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:103 -msgid "" -"To do so, open the invoice, click on *Register Payment*, and choose *SEPA " -"Direct Debit* as payment method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:107 -msgid "Generate SEPA Direct Debit XML files to submit payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:109 -msgid "" -"**XML files** with all SDD payment instructions can be uploaded to your " -"online banking interface to process all payments at once." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:113 -msgid "" -"The files generated by Odoo follow the SEPA Direct Debit **PAIN.008.001.02**" -" specifications, as required by the SEPA customer-to-bank Implementation " -"Guidelines, which ensures compatibility with the banks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:117 -msgid "" -"To generate your XML file for the pending SDD payments, go to the related " -"*bank journal* on your *Accounting dashboard*, then click on *Direct Debit " -"Payments to Collect*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:124 -msgid "" -"Select all the payments you want to include in your SDD XML file, then click" -" on *Action* and select *Create Batch Payment*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:131 -msgid "" -"Odoo then takes you to your *Batch Payment*’s form. Click on *Validate* and " -"download the SDD XML file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:138 -msgid "" -"Finally, upload this file to your online banking interface to process the " -"payments." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:141 -msgid "" -"You can retrieve all the generated SDD XML files by going to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Customers --> Batch " -"Payments`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:145 -msgid ":doc:`batch`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:147 -msgid "" -"`Odoo Academy: SEPA Direct Debit Mandates (SDD) " -"<https://www.odoo.com/r/Zxs>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:148 -msgid "" -"`List of all SEPA countries <https://www.europeanpaymentscouncil.eu" -"/document-library/other/epc-list-sepa-scheme-countries>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:3 -msgid "Register customer payments by checks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:5 -msgid "" -"There are two ways to handle payments received by checks. Odoo support both " -"approaches so that you can use the one that better fits your habits." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:9 -msgid "" -"**Undeposited Funds:** once you receive the check, you record a payment by " -"check on the invoice. (using a Check journal and posted on the Undeposited " -"Fund account) Then, once the check arrives in your bank account, move money " -"from Undeposited Funds to your bank account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:16 -msgid "" -"**One journal entry only:** once your receive the check, you record a " -"payment on your bank, paid by check, without going through the **Undeposited" -" Funds**. Once you process your bank statement, you do the matching with " -"your bank feed and the check payment, without creating a dedicated journal " -"entry." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:23 -msgid "" -"We recommend the first approach as it is more accurate (your bank account " -"balance is accurate, taking into accounts checks that have not been cashed " -"yet). Both approaches require the same effort." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Even if the first method is cleaner, Odoo support the second approach " -"because some accountants are used to it (quickbooks and peachtree users)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:32 -msgid "" -"You may have a look at the *Deposit Ticket feature* if you deposit several " -"checks to your bank accounts in batch." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:36 -msgid "Option 1: Undeposited Funds" -msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:4 +msgid "Expenses" +msgstr "Aufwand" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:41 -msgid "Create a journal **Checks**" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:7 +msgid "How to set expense types" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:43 -msgid "Set **Undeposited Checks** as a defaut credit/debit account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Set the bank account related to this journal as **Allow Reconciliation**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:109 -msgid "From check payments to bank statements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:50 -msgid "" -"The first way to handle checks is to create a check journal. Thus, checks " -"become a payment method in itself and you will record two transactions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:111 -msgid "" -"Once you receive a customer check, go to the related invoice and click on " -"**Register Payment**. Fill in the information about the payment:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Payment method: Check Journal (that you configured with the debit and credit" -" default accounts as **Undeposited Funds**)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:60 -msgid "Memo: write the Check number" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:65 -msgid "This operation will produce the following journal entry:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 -msgid "Statement Match" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:85 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:135 -msgid "100.00" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 -msgid "Undeposited Funds" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:75 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:121 -msgid "The invoice is marked as paid as soon as you record the check." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Then, once you get the bank statements, you will match this statement with " -"the check that is in Undeposited Funds." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 -msgid "X" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:89 -msgid "" -"If you use this approach to manage received checks, you get the list of " -"checks that have not been cashed in the **Undeposit Funds** account " -"(accessible, for example, from the general ledger)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:94 -msgid "" -"Both methods will produce the same data in your accounting at the end of the" -" process. But, if you have checks that have not been cashed, this one is " -"cleaner because those checks have not been reported yet on your bank " -"account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:100 -msgid "Option 2: One journal entry only" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:105 -msgid "" -"These is nothing to configure if you plan to manage your checks using this " -"method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:114 -msgid "**Payment method:** the bank that will be used for the deposit" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:116 -msgid "Memo: write the check number" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:123 -msgid "" -"Once you will receive the bank statements, you will do the matching with the" -" statement and this actual payment. (technically: point this payment and " -"relate it to the statement line)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:127 -msgid "" -"With this approach, you will get the following journal entry in your books:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:139 -msgid "" -"You may also record the payment directly without going on the customer " -"invoice, using the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. This method may" -" be more convenient if you have a lot of checks to record in a batch but you" -" will have to reconcile entries afterwards (matching payments with invoices)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:145 -msgid "" -"If you use this approach to manage received checks, you can use the report " -"**Bank Reconciliation Report** to verify which checks have been received or " -"paid by the bank. (this report is available from the **More** option from " -"the Accounting dashboard on the related bank account)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:3 -msgid "Follow-up on invoices and get paid faster" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:5 -msgid "" -"It is essential for your business to collect payments when they are overdue." -" Odoo will help you identify payments that are late and will allow you to " -"send the appropriate reminders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:10 -msgid "Manage your follow-ups" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:13 -msgid "" -"We recommend that you reconcile your bank statements before launching your " -"follow-up process. It will avoid you the trouble of sending a statement to a" -" customer that has already paid you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:17 -msgid "" -"The overdue invoices you need to follow-up on are available by default in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Sales --> Follow-up Reports`. There, you can " -"easily send a reminder by email or print it as a letter. Then, you can click" -" on the *Done* button to view the next follow-up that needs your attention." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Otherwise, if now is not the time for a reminder, click on *Remind me " -"later*. You will get the next report according to the *Next Reminder Date* " -"set on the statement." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:28 -msgid "" -"To avoid sending too many reminders in a short period of time, change the " -"number of days calculated between each report by going to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Payment " -"Follow-up`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:33 -msgid "" -"You can also set a trust level for your customers by marking them as bad, " -"normal or good debtors on the follow-up reports." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:40 -msgid "Send reminders in batch" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:42 -msgid "" -"To get your follow-up process easier, you can send reminder emails in batch " -"from your follow-up reports page. Select all the reports you would like to " -"process, click on *Action* and then on *Process Follow-ups*. A pdf document " -"containing all of the follow-up letters for you to print will also be " -"automatically generated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:52 -msgid "Plan a follow-up process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:54 -msgid "" -"To plan a follow-up process, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Follow-up Levels* feature " -"under the *Customer Payments* section. Then, click on the new *Follow-up " -"Levels* button that has appeared on your settings page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:59 -msgid "" -"A follow-up plan with several actions is available by default in Odoo, but " -"you can customize it any way you want. Depending on a specific number of " -"overdue days, plan to send an email, a letter or to undertake a manual " -"action. You can also edit the template used for the statement according to " -"the stage of the process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:69 -msgid "" -"If you would like to get a reminder before the actual due date, set a " -"negative number of due days." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:3 -msgid "Invoice Online Payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:5 -msgid "" -"To make it more convenient for your customers to pay the invoices you issue," -" you can activate the **Invoice Online Payment** feature, which adds a *Pay " -"Now* button on their **Customer Portal**. This allows your customers to see " -"their invoices online and pay directly with their favorite payment method, " -"making the payment process much easier." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Make sure your :ref:`Payment Acquirers are correctly configured " -"<payment_acquirers/configuration>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:20 -msgid "" -"By default, \":doc:`Wire Transfer " -"<../../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer>`\" is the only Payment " -"Acquirer activated, but you still have to fill out the payment details." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:23 -msgid "" -"To activate the Invoice Online Payment, go to :menuselection:`Accounting -->" -" Configuration --> Settings --> Customer Payments`, enable **Invoice Online " -"Payment**, and click on *Save*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:27 -msgid "Customer Portal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:29 -msgid "" -"After issuing the invoice, click on *Send & Print* and send the invoice by " -"email to the customer. They will receive an email with a link that redirects" -" them to the invoice on their **Customer Portal**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:37 -msgid "" -"They can choose which Payment Acquirer to use by clicking on *Pay Now*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:45 -msgid ":doc:`../../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:3 -msgid "Different ways to record a payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, a payment can either be linked directly to an invoice or be a stand" -" alone record for use on a later date:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:8 -msgid "" -"If a payment is linked to an invoice, it reduces the amount due of the " -"invoice. You can have multiple payments linked to the same invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:12 -msgid "" -"If a payment is not linked to an invoice, the customer has an outstanding " -"credit with your company, or your company as an outstanding balance with a " -"vendor. You can use this outstanding credit/debit to pay future invoices or " -"bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:18 -msgid "Paying an invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:20 -msgid "" -"If you register a payment on a customer invoice or a vendor bill, the " -"payment is automatically reconciled with the invoice reducing the amount " -"due." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:27 -msgid "" -"The green icon near the payment line will display more information about the" -" payment. From there you can choose to open the journal entry or reconcile " -"the payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:32 -msgid "" -"If you unreconcile a payment, it is still registered in your books but not " -"linked to the specific invoice any longer. If you unreconcile a payment in a" -" different currency, Odoo will create a journal entry to reverse the " -"Currency Exchange Loss/Gain posted at the time of reconciliation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:38 -msgid "Payments not tied to an invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:41 -msgid "Registering a payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:43 -msgid "" -"In the Accounting application, you can create a new payment from the Sales " -"menu (register a customer payment) or the Purchases menu (pay a vendor). If " -"you use these menus, the payment is not linked to an invoice, but can easily" -" be reconciled on an invoice later on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:51 -msgid "" -"When registering a new payment, you must select a customer or vendor, the " -"payment method, and the amount of the payment. The currency of the " -"transaction is defined by the payment method. If the payment refers to a " -"document (sale order, purchase order or invoice), set the reference of this " -"document in the memo field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Once confirmed, a journal entry will be posted reflecting the transaction " -"just made in the accounting application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:61 -msgid "Reconciling invoice payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:63 -msgid "" -"The easiest way of reconciling a payment with an invoice is to do so on the " -"invoice directly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:66 -msgid "" -"When validating a new invoice, Odoo will warn you that an outstanding " -"payment for this customer or vendor is available. In this case, you can " -"reconcile this payment to the invoice near the totals at the bottom, under " -"\"Outstanding Payments\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:75 -msgid "Reconciling all your outstanding payments and invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:77 -msgid "" -"If you want to reconcile all outstanding payments and invoices at once " -"(instead of doing so one by one), you can use the batch reconciliation " -"feature within Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:81 -msgid "" -"The batch reconciliation feature is available from the dashboard on the " -"Customer Invoices card and the Vendor Bills card for reconciling Accounts " -"Receivable and Payable, respectively." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:88 -msgid "" -"The payments matching tool will open all unreconciled customers or vendors " -"and will give you the opportunity to process them all one by one, doing the " -"matching of all their payments and invoices at once." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:8 msgid "" -"During the reconciliation, if the sum of the debits and credits do not " -"match, it means there is still a remaining balance that either needs to be " -"reconciled at a later date, or needs to be written off directly." +"The first step to track expenses is to configure the expense types (managed " +"as products in Odoo) that your company allows, from the *Configuration* " +"menu. When a specific expense is reimbursed at a fixed price, set a cost on " +"the product. Otherwise keep the cost at 0.0 and employees will report the " +"real cost per expense." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:100 -msgid "Transferring money from one bank account to another" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:16 +msgid "Here are some examples to configure:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:102 -msgid "" -"Just like making a customer or vendor payment, you transfer cash internally " -"between your bank accounts from the dashboard or from the menus up top." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:18 +msgid "Restaurant:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:109 -msgid "" -"This will take you to the same screen you have for receiving and making " -"payments." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:26 +msgid "Cost: 0.00 (the cost of the ticket will be recorded on every expense)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:116 -msgid "" -"When making an internal transfer from one bank account to another, select " -"the bank you want to apply the transfer from in the dashboard, and in the " -"register payments screen, you select the transfer to account. Do not go " -"through this process again in the other bank account or else you will end up" -" with two journal entries for the same transaction." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:21 +msgid "Travel with Personal Car:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:124 -msgid ":doc:`online_payment`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:23 +msgid "Cost: 0.30 (the price per mile reimbursed by the company is fixed)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:126 -msgid ":doc:`followup`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:24 +msgid "Hotel:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations.rst:3 -msgid "Declarations" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:28 +msgid "Others:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:3 -msgid "Tax Return (VAT Declaration)" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:30 +msgid "Cost: 0.0" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:32 msgid "" -"Companies that are registered for **VAT (Value Added Tax)** must file a " -"**Tax return** on a monthly or quarterly basis, depending on their turnover " -"and the regulation of the country in which they are registered. A Tax return" -" - or VAT return - gives the tax authorities information about the taxable " -"transactions made by the company, the *output tax* it has charged its " -"customers, and the *input tax* its vendors have charged it. Based on these " -"values, the company can calculate the tax amount they have to pay or be " -"refunded." +"Don't forget to set an expense tax on each expense type (and an account if " +"you use Odoo Accounting). It's usually a good practice to use a tax that is " +"configured with :ref:`Tax Included in Price <taxes/included-in-price>`. That" +" way, employees report expenses with prices including taxes, which is " +"usually the expected behaviour." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:40 msgid "" -"You can find information about VAT and its mechanism on `this page from the " -"European Commission <https://ec.europa.eu/taxation_customs/business/vat" -"/what-is-vat_en>`_." +"The *Sales* app allows you to specify unit of measures for your expense " +"types (units, miles, nights, etc.). Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and check *Some products may be sold/purchased " +"in different units of measure (advanced)*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:16 -msgid "add doc about intracom listing" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:47 +msgid "How to record expenses" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:22 -msgid "Tax Return Periodicity" -msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:50 +msgid "Manually" +msgstr "Manuell" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:52 msgid "" -"The configuration of the **Tax Return Periodicity** allows Odoo Accounting " -"to compute your Tax Return correctly and also to send you a reminder to " -"never miss a tax return deadline." +"As an employee (Employee in user access rights), you can record expenses " +"from :menuselection:`My Expenses --> Expenses to Submit`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:58 msgid "" -"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings " -"--> Fiscal Periods`, and go to the **Tax Return Periodicity** section." +"Select the related product and enter either the total amount you paid (with " +"Quantity = 1) or the unit price if Quantity is countable (e.g. number of " +"hotel nights)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:30 -msgid "" -"**Periodicity**: define here whether you file your tax return each month or " -"every three months." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:61 +msgid "Enter the expense date." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:62 msgid "" -"**Reminder**: define when Odoo should remind you to file your tax return." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:32 -msgid "**Journal**: select the journal in which to record the tax return." +"Choose if you paid the bill on your own (and expect to be reimbursed) or if " +"the company paid directly (e.g. if you used a company's credit card)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:64 msgid "" -"This is usually configured during the :doc:`app's initial set up " -"<../../overview/getting_started/setup>`." +"Set the bill reference, add some notes if requested and attach a photo/scan " +"of the receipt from the discussion thread. That will help the manager and " +"the accountant validate it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:43 -msgid "Tax Grids" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:72 +msgid "In one click from emails" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:73 msgid "" -"Odoo generates Tax Reports based on the **Tax Grids** settings that are " -"configured on your taxes. Therefore, it is crucial to make sure that all the" -" recorded transactions use the right taxes. You can see on each Journal Item" -" which Tax Grid is used for that transaction." +"Let your employees record their expenses from a simple email. Make a " +"snapshot of the receipt and send it by email, or simply forward a bill!" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:76 msgid "" -"To configure your taxes' Tax Grids, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Taxes`, and open the tax you want to modify. There, you " -"can edit your tax settings, along with the tax grids that are used to record" -" invoices or credit notes." +"The only thing to do is setting up an email alias in " +":menuselection:`Expenses --> Configuration --> Settings` (e.g. *expenses* " +"@mycompany.odoo.com). For security purposes, only authenticated employee " +"emails (cfr. *Work Email* in employee detail form) are accepted." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:82 msgid "" -"Taxes and reports are usually already pre-configured: a *Fiscal Localization" -" Package* is installed according to the country you select at the creation " -"of your database. :doc:`Click here " -"<../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>` for more" -" information about Fiscal Localization Packages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:70 -msgid "Close a tax period" +"The expense product is set automatically if the mail subject contains the " +"product's internal reference in first position. Type the expense amount in " +"the mail subject to set it on the expense too (e.g. Ref001 Food 100€)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:73 -msgid "Tax Lock Date" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:87 +msgid "How to submit expenses to managers" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:89 msgid "" -"Any new transaction which accounting date is prior to the **Tax Lock Date** " -"has its tax values moved to the next open tax period. This is useful to make" -" sure that no change can be made to a report once its period is closed." +"When you are ready to submit your expenses to your manager (e.g. at the end " +"of a business trip, or once a month), go to the menu :menuselection:`My " +"Expenses --> Expenses to Submit`. Select all expenses from the list view and" +" click on :menuselection:`Action --> Submit to Manager`. Save the newly " +"created expense report (i.e. set of expenses), and wait for your manager to " +"approve it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:99 msgid "" -"Therefore, we recommend locking your tax date before working on your " -"*Closing Journal Entry*. This way, other users can't modify or add " -"transactions that would have an impact on the Closing Journal Entry, which " -"helps you avoid some tax declaration errors." +"You can also submit expenses one by one from the *Submit to Manager* button " +"on the form view of an expense." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:102 msgid "" -"To check the current **Tax Lock Date**, or to edit it, go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Lock Dates`." +"All your submitted expense reports can be found in :menuselection:`Expenses " +"--> My Expenses --> Expense Reports`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:144 -msgid "Tax Report" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:107 +msgid "How to approve expenses" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:109 msgid "" -"Once all the transactions involving taxes have been posted for the period " -"you want to report, open your **Tax Report**." +"HR and team managers get an overview of all expense reports to validate from" +" the top menu :menuselection:`To Approve --> Expense Reports to Approve`. " +"Such users must have at least *Officers* access rights for *Expenses*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:116 msgid "" -"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Tax Report`. " -"You can also click on *TAX Report* from your *Accounting Overview*." +"They can review expense reports, approve or reject them, as well as " +"providing feedback thanks to the integrated communication tool." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:122 msgid "" -"Make sure to select the right period you want to declare by using the date " -"filter. You can see an overview of your tax report. Then, click on the " -"button *Closing Journal Entry*." +"As a team manager you can easily find the expense reports of your team " +"members. You need to be set as manager in the detail form of those " +"employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:106 -msgid "" -"After having reviewed the generated Journal Entry, click on *Post*. In " -"addition to posting the entry, Odoo automatically creates a PDF file with " -"the **Tax Report** that you can download from the chatter and preview on the" -" right column. It includes all the values to report to the tax authorities, " -"along with the amount you have to pay or be refunded." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:130 +msgid "How to post expenses in accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:132 msgid "" -"If you forgot to :ref:`lock your tax date <tax_return_lock>` before clicking" -" on *Closing Journal Entry*, then Odoo automatically locks your fiscal " -"period on the same date as the Accounting Date of your entry. This automatic" -" lock happens when you click on *Post*. This safety mechanism can prevent " -"some fiscal errors, but it is advised to lock your tax date manually before," -" as described above." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:124 -msgid ":doc:`../../overview/getting_started/setup`" +"Once expense reports approved by managers, the accounting department goes to" +" :menuselection:`Expenses --> Accountant --> Expense Reports To Post` to " +"check accounts, products and taxes. They can click *Post Journal Entries* to" +" post related journal entries into your books. To do so, the user must have " +"following access rights:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:3 -msgid "Create a customized reports with your own formulas" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo 13 comes with a powerful and easy-to-use reporting framework. Creating " -"new reports (such as a tax report or a balance sheet or income statement " -"with specific groupings and layout ) to suit your needs is now easier than " -"ever." -msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:138 +msgid "Accounting: Accountant or Adviser" +msgstr "Buchhaltung: Buchhalter oder Berater" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:14 -msgid "Activate the developer mode" -msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:139 +msgid "Expenses: Manager" +msgstr "Spesen: Manager" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:142 msgid "" -"In order to have access to the financial report creation interface, the " -":doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` needs to be" -" activated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:20 -msgid "Create your financial report" +"To post an expense, a *Home Address* must be set on the employee. If you get" +" a related blocking message when posting, click the employee, go to " +"*Personal Information* tab and select/create the contact of your employee in" +" the address book. A contact has been automatically created if this person " +"is using Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:22 -msgid "" -"First, you need to create your financial report. To do that, go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Financial Reports`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:149 +msgid "How to reimburse employees" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:151 msgid "" -"Once the name is entered, there are two other parameters that need to be " -"configured:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:31 -msgid "**Show Credit and Debit Columns**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:33 -msgid "**Analysis Period** :" +"You can now see all the expense reports to reimburse in " +":menuselection:`Expenses --> Accountant --> Expense Reports To Pay`. To " +"record the payment or pay by check, click *Register a Payment*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:35 -msgid "Based on date ranges (e.g. Profit and Loss)" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:155 +msgid "See how you can easily manage the payment process in Odoo:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:37 -msgid "Based on a single date (e.g. Balance Sheet)" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:157 +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/payables/pay/check`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Based on date ranges with 'older' and 'total' columns and last 3 months " -"(e.g. Aged Partner Balances)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:42 -msgid "Bases on date ranges and cash basis method (e.g. Cash Flow Statement)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:46 -msgid "Add lines in your custom reports" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:158 +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/payables/pay/sepa`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:48 -msgid "" -"After you've created the report, you need to fill it with lines. They all " -"need a **name**, a **code** (that is used to refer to the line), a " -"**sequence number** and a **level** (Used for the line rendering)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:162 +msgid "How to re-invoice expenses to your customers" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:164 msgid "" -"In the **formulas** field you can add one or more formulas to assign a value" -" to the balance column (and debit and credit column if applicable – " -"separated by ;)" +"If you track expenses on customer projects, you can charge them back to your" +" customers automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:59 -msgid "You have several objects available in the formula :" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:170 +msgid "Enable **Customer Billing** in the Expenses settings" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:172 msgid "" -"``Ndays`` : The number of days in the selected period (for reports with a " -"date range)." +"Go to the product configuration menu and set the invoicing method on all " +"your Expense types:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:175 msgid "" -"Another report, referenced by its code. Use ``.balance`` to get its balance " -"value (also available are ``.credit``, ``.debit`` and ``.amount_residual``)" +"Ordered quantities : it will invoice expenses based on the ordered quantity" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:178 msgid "" -"A line can also be based on the sum of account move lines on a selected " -"domain. In which case you need to fill the domain field with an Odoo domain " -"on the account move line object. Then an extra object is available in the " -"formulas field, namely ``sum``, the sum of the account move lines in the " -"domain. You can also use the group by field to group the account move lines " -"by one of their columns." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:75 -msgid "Other useful fields :" +"Delivered quantities :it will invoice expenses based on the expenses " +"quantity" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:77 -msgid "**Type** : Type of the result of the formula." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:181 +msgid "At cost: will invoice expenses at their real cost." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:183 msgid "" -"**Is growth good when positive** : Used when computing the comparison " -"column. Check if growth is good (displayed in green) or not." +"At sales price: will invoice based on a fixed sales price set on the sale " +"order." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:82 -msgid "" -"**Special date changer** : If a specific line in a report should not use the" -" same dates as the rest of the report." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:190 +msgid "Create an order" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:192 msgid "" -"**Show domain** : How the domain of a line is displayed. Can be foldable " -"(``default``, hidden at the start but can be unfolded), ``always`` (always " -"displayed) or ``never`` (never shown)." +"As a salesman, create and confirm a Sales Order for the services delivered " +"to your customer. If you don't put any expense in the order, it will be " +"added automatically once posted by the accountant." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:90 -msgid ":doc:`main_reports`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:197 +msgid "Link the expense to the Sale Order." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:3 -msgid "Main reports available" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:203 +msgid "Submit, validate and post expenses" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:205 msgid "" -"Besides the reports created specifically in each localisation module, a few " -"very useful **generic** and **dynamic reports** are available for all " -"countries :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:9 -msgid "**Balance Sheet**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:10 -msgid "**Profit and Loss**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:11 -msgid "**Chart of Account**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:12 -msgid "**Executive Summary**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:13 -msgid "**General Ledger**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:14 -msgid "**Aged Payable**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:15 -msgid "**Aged Receivable**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:16 -msgid "**Cash Flow Statement**" +"As a manager, make sure the analytic account is set on every expense line on" +" approving expenses reports. Click the line to add one if missing. Employees" +" are already able to set one when submitting." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:17 -msgid "**Tax Report**" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:212 +msgid "As an accountant, post journal entries." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:18 -msgid "**Bank Reconciliation**" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:215 +msgid "Invoice expenses" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:217 msgid "" -"You can annotate every reports to print them and report to your adviser. " -"Export to xls to manage extra analysis. Drill down in the reports to see " -"more details (payments, invoices, journal items, etc.)." +"Now you can invoice the order. It shows up in :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Invoicing --> Sales` to Invoice. The expenses have been added automatically " +"in the order lines. Such items show up in blue (i.e. to invoice)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:24 -msgid "" -"You can also compare values with another period. Choose how many periods you" -" want to compare the chosen time period with. You can choose up to 12 " -"periods back from the date of the report if you don't want to use the " -"default **Previous 1 Period** option." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:225 +msgid "e (i.e. to invoice)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:32 -msgid "" -"The **Balance Sheet** shows a snapshot of the assets, liabilities and equity" -" of your organisation as at a particular date." -msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:3 +msgid "Sign" +msgstr "Unterschreiben" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:39 -msgid "Profit and Loss" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:3 +msgid "Validity of electronic signatures" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:5 msgid "" -"The **Profit and Loss** report (or **Income Statement**) shows your " -"organisation's net income, by deducting expenses from revenue for the report" -" period." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:49 -msgid "Chart of account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:51 -msgid "A listing of all your accounts grouped by class." +"The legal validity of electronic signatures generated by Odoo depends on the" +" legislation of your country. Companies doing business abroad should " +"consider electronic signature laws of other countries as well." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:57 -msgid "Executive Summary" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:10 +msgid "In the European Union" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:12 msgid "" -"The **Executive Summary** allows for a quick look at all the important " -"figures you need to run your company." +"The `eIDAS regulation <http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2014/910/oj>`_ " +"establishes the framework for electronic signatures in all `27 member states" +" of the European Union <https://europa.eu/european-union/about-" +"eu/countries_en>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:62 -msgid "" -"In very basic terms, this is what each of the items in this section is " -"reporting :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:77 -msgid "**Performance:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:68 -msgid "**Gross profit margin:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:67 -msgid "" -"The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " -"costs needed to make those sales (things like labour, materials, etc)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:16 +msgid "It distinguishes three types of electronic signatures:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:74 -msgid "**Net profit margin:**" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:18 +msgid "Electronic signatures" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:71 -msgid "" -"The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " -"costs needed to make those sales, as well as any fixed overheads your " -"company has (things like rent, electricity, taxes you need to pay as a " -"result of those sales)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:19 +msgid "Advanced electronic signatures" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:77 -msgid "**Return on investment (p.a.):**" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:20 +msgid "Qualified electronic signatures" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:22 msgid "" -"The ratio of net profit made, to the amount of assets the company used to " -"make those profits." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:97 -msgid "**Position:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:81 -msgid "**Average debtor days:**" +"Odoo generates the first type, regular electronic signatures, and these " +"signatures can produce legal effects in the EU, as the regulation states " +"that “an electronic signature shall not be denied legal effect and " +"admissibility as evidence in legal proceedings solely on the grounds that it" +" is in an electronic form or that it does not meet the requirements for " +"qualified electronic signatures.”" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:27 msgid "" -"The average number of days it takes your customers to pay you (fully), " -"across all your customer invoices." +"Note that electronic signatures may not be automatically recognized as " +"valid. You may need to bring supporting evidence of a signature’s validity." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:84 -msgid "**Average creditor days:**" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:31 +msgid "In the United States of America" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:33 msgid "" -"The average number of days it takes you to pay your suppliers (fully) across" -" all your bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:89 -msgid "**Short term cash forecast:**" +"The `ESIGN Act (Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act) " +"<https://www.fdic.gov/regulations/compliance/manual/10/X-3.1.pdf>`_, at the " +"interstate and international levels, and the `UETA (Uniform Electronic " +"Transactions Act) <https://www.uniformlaws.org/committees/community-" +"home/librarydocuments?communitykey=2c04b76c-2b7d-4399-977e-" +"d5876ba7e034&tab=librarydocuments>`_, at the state level, provide the legal " +"framework for electronic signatures. Note that `Illinois " +"<https://www.ilga.gov/legislation/ilcs/ilcs5.asp?ActID=89&>`_ and `New York " +"<https://its.ny.gov/electronic-signatures-and-records-act-esra>`_ have not " +"adopted the UETA, but similar acts instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:42 msgid "" -"How much cash is expected in or out of your organisation in the next month " -"i.e. balance of your **Sales account** for the month less the balance of " -"your **Purchases account** for the month." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:97 -msgid "**Current assets to liabilities:**" +"Overall, to be recognized as valid, electronic signatures have to meet five " +"criteria:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:44 msgid "" -"Also referred to as **current ratio**, this is the ratio of current assets " -"(assets that could be turned into cash within a year) to the current " -"liabilities (liabilities which will be due in the next year). This is " -"typically used as as a measure of a company's ability to service its debt." +"A signer must show a clear intent to sign. For example, using a mouse to " +"draw a signature can show intent. The signer must also have the option to " +"opt-out of electronically signing a document." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:103 -msgid "General Ledger" -msgstr "Hauptbuch" - -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:47 msgid "" -"The **General Ledger Report** shows all transactions from all accounts for a" -" chosen date range. The initial summary report shows the totals for each " -"account and from there you can view a detailed transaction report or any " -"exceptions. This report is useful for checking every transaction that " -"occurred during a certain period of time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:115 -msgid "Aged Payable" +"A signer must first express or imply their consent to conduct business " +"electronically." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:48 msgid "" -"Run the **Aged Payable Details** report to display information on individual" -" bills, credit notes and overpayments owed by you, and how long these have " -"gone unpaid." +"The signature must be clearly attributed. In Odoo, metadata, such as the " +"signer’s IP address, is added to the signature, which can be used as " +"supporting evidence." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:125 -msgid "Aged Receivable" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:50 msgid "" -"The **Aged Receivables** report shows the sales invoices that were awaiting " -"payment during a selected month and several months prior." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:134 -msgid "Cash Flow Statement" +"The signature must be associated with the document being signed, for " +"example, by keeping a record detailing how the signature was captured." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:52 msgid "" -"The **Cash Flow Statement** shows how changes in balance sheet accounts and " -"income affect cash and cash equivalents, and breaks the analysis down to " -"operating, investing and financing activities." +"Electronically signed documents need to be retained and available for later " +"reference by all parties involved, for example, by providing the signer " +"either a fully-executed copy or the option to download a copy." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:57 msgid "" -"This report allows you to see the **net** and **tax amounts** for all the " -"taxes grouped by type (sale/purchase)." +"The information provided here does not constitute legal advice; it is " +"provided for general informational purposes only. As laws governing " +"electronic signatures evolve rapidly, we cannot guarantee that the " +"information is up to date. We advise you to should contact a local attorney " +"to obtain legal advice." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po deleted file mode 100644 index 177ed0830..000000000 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,109 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: de\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../fsm.rst:5 -msgid "Field Service" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/helpdesk.rst:3 -msgid "Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:3 -msgid "Plan onsite interventions from helpdesk tickets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:4 -msgid "" -"The integration with the Helpdesk app lets your helpdesk team manage " -"intervention requests directly. Planning field service tasks from tickets " -"speeds up your processes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:8 -msgid "Configure the helpdesk team" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`. Select" -" a team and enable *Onsite Interventions*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:16 -msgid "" -"The helpdesk tickets of the team now display the *Plan Intervention* button." -" Click on it to create a new task under your field service project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/sales.rst:3 -msgid "Sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:3 -msgid "Create onsite interventions from sales orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:4 -msgid "" -"Allowing your sales team to open onsite interventions creates a seamless " -"experience for your customers. They can receive a quotation they first have " -"to approve before the work even starts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:8 -msgid "Configure a product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration --> Products` and " -"create or edit a product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Under the *General Information* tab, select *Service* as *Product Type*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Under the *Sales* tab, select *Timesheets on tasks* as *Service Invoicing " -"Policy*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:15 -msgid "Select *Create a task in an existing project* as *Service Tracking*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:17 -msgid "Select your *Project*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:19 -msgid "" -"If you use them, select your *Worksheet Template* and then click on *Save*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:25 -msgid "" -"From the *Sales* app, create a quotation with the product and confirm it. A " -"task is automatically set up under your Field Service project. It is " -"directly accessible from the sales order." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/general.po index 390cde82a..34b87b132 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -1,19 +1,21 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: # Robert Förster <hello@suppliot.eu>, 2021 +# Martin Trigaux, 2021 +# Chris Egal <sodaswed@web.de>, 2021 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-18 07:12+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Robert Förster <hello@suppliot.eu>, 2021\n" +"Last-Translator: Chris Egal <sodaswed@web.de>, 2021\n" "Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -21,55 +23,55 @@ msgstr "" "Language: de\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" -#: ../../general.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:3 msgid "General" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth.rst:3 msgid "Authentication" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:3 msgid "Two-factor Authentication" msgstr "Zwei-Faktor-Authentifizierung" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:5 msgid "" "Two-factor authentication (\"2FA\") is a good way to improve the security of" " an account, to make it less likely that an other person will manage to log " "in instead of you." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:9 msgid "" "Practically, it means storing a secret inside an *authenticator* (usually " "your cell phone) and exchanging a code from the authenticator when you try " "to log in." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:13 msgid "" "This means an attacker needs *both* to have guessed (or found) your password" " and to access (or steal) your authenticator, a more difficult proposition " "than either one or the other." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:18 msgid "Requirements" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:20 msgid "" "These lists are just examples, they are not endorsements of any specific " "software." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:23 msgid "" "If you don't already have one, you will need to choose an authenticator." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:26 msgid "" "Phone-based authenticators are the easiest and most common so we will assume" " you'll pick and install one on your phone, examples include `Authy " @@ -83,177 +85,177 @@ msgid "" " <https://bitwarden.com/help/article/authenticator-keys/>`_, ..." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:39 msgid "" "For the sake of demonstration we will be using Google Authenticator (not " "because it is any good but because it is quite common)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:43 msgid "Setting up two-factor authentication" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:45 msgid "" "Once you have your authenticator of choice, go to the Odoo instance you want" " to setup :abbr:`2FA (two-factor authentication)`, then open " ":guilabel:`Preferences` (or :guilabel:`My Profile`):" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:52 msgid "" "Open the :guilabel:`Account Security` tab, then click the :guilabel:`Enable " "two-factor authentication` button:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:58 msgid "" "Because this is a security-sensitive action, you will need to input your " "password:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:64 msgid "After which you will see this screen with a barcode:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:69 msgid "" "In most applications, you can simply *scan the barcode* via the " "authenticator of your choice, the authenticator will then take care of all " "the setup:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:78 msgid "" "If you can not scan the screen (e.g. because you are doing this set-up on " "the same phone as the authenticator application), you can click the provided" " link, or copy the secret to manually set-up your authenticator:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:89 msgid "" "Once this is done, the authenticator should display a *verification code* " "with some useful identifying information (e.g. the domain and login for " "which the code is):" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:96 msgid "" "You can now input the code into the :guilabel:`Verification Code` field, " "then click the :guilabel:`Enable two-factor authentication` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:100 msgid "" "Congratulation, your account is now protected by two-factor authentication!" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:107 msgid "Logging in" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:109 msgid "You should now :guilabel:`Log out` to follow along." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:111 msgid "" "On the login page, input the username and password of the account for which " "you set up :abbr:`2FA (two-factor authentication)`, rather than immediately " "enter Odoo you will now get a second log-in screen:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:118 msgid "" "Get your authenticator, input the code it provides for the domain and " "account, validate, and you're now in." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:121 msgid "" "And that's it. From now on, unless you disable :abbr:`2FA (two-factor " "authentication)` you will have a two-step log-in process rather than the old" " one-step process." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:125 msgid "" "Don't lose your authenticator, if you do, you will need an *Odoo " "Administrator* to disable :abbr:`2FA (two-factor authentication)` on the " "account." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/azure.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:3 msgid "OAuth" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/azure.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:5 msgid "" "Due to specific requirements in Azure's OAuth implementation, Microsoft " "Azure OAuth identification is NOT compatible with Odoo at the moment." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:3 msgid "How to allow users to sign in with their Google account" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:5 msgid "" "Connect to your Google account and go to the `Google API Dashboard " "<https://console.developers.google.com/>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:8 msgid "" "Click on **Create Project** and enter the project name and other details." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:16 msgid "Click on **Use Google APIs**" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:21 msgid "" "On the left side menu, select the sub menu **Credentials** (from **API " "Manager**) then select **OAuth consent screen**." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:26 msgid "" "Fill in your address, email and the product name (for example odoo) and then" " save." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:31 msgid "" "Then click on **Add Credentials** and select the second option (OAuth 2.0 " "Client ID)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:39 msgid "" "Check that the application type is set on **Web Application**. Now configure" " the allowed pages on which you will be redirected." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:41 msgid "" "To achieve this, complete the field **Authorized redirect URIs**. Copy paste" " the following link in the box: http://mydomain.odoo.com/auth_oauth/signin. " "Then click on **Create**" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:49 msgid "" "Once done, you receive two information (your Client ID and Client Secret). " "You have to insert your Client ID in the **General Settings**." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:3 msgid "How to use Google Spreadsheet in Addition to my Data?" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:5 msgid "" "Create custom dashboards in Google Spreadsheet that retrieves data directly " "from Odoo using spreadsheet formula. You can use it to create sales " @@ -261,71 +263,72 @@ msgid "" "Python but programming skills are not required." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:10 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:84 -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:16 ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:13 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:12 msgid "" "From the *General Settings*, active *Google Drive* and *Google Spreadsheet*." " The options *Authorization Code* and *Get Authorization Code* are now " "available." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:19 msgid "" "Now, link your Google account with Odoo going to :menuselection:`Get " "Authorization Code --> select your Google account --> enter your password " "--> copy the code --> paste it into the Authorization Code field`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:24 msgid "Create a new Spreadsheet" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:26 msgid "" "From the *CRM* app, for example, go to *Favorites* and click on *Add to " "Google Spreadsheet*." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:32 msgid "A new spreadsheet will be automatically created in your Google Drive." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:35 msgid "" "When you opening this new file, a second sheet is created automatically by " "Odoo with a tutorial/documentation on *How to use Google Spreadsheet*." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:39 msgid "Link a Spreadsheet with Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:41 msgid "From this new file, configure your database." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:42 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Odoo --> Server Settings --> Database Name --> " "Username --> Password`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:49 msgid "Applications" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:51 msgid "" "You have 2 different formulas of using Google Spreadsheet in Odoo: retrieve " "data and retrieve grouped sums." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:55 msgid "" "Google Drive limits the execution time of scripts; if the data you requested" " takes too long to be delivered, you might get an error. There is no " @@ -334,109 +337,109 @@ msgid "" "usually fine." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:62 msgid "Retrieve Data" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:66 msgid "" "The theoretical formula is :command:`= oe_browse " "(table;columns;filters;orderby:limit)`. Used it if you want to display the " "information without grouping it (e.g.: each sales order in the database)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:67 msgid "Find some the arguments in the table below." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:74 msgid "Retrieve Grouped Sums" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:77 msgid "" "The theoretical formula is :command:`= oe_read_group " "(table;columns;group_by;filters;orderby:limit)`. Use it when you want to " "display a sum of data (e.g.: total invoiced)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:78 msgid "Find some arguments in the table below." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:85 msgid "Other uses" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:87 msgid "" "Mix Odoo data with spreadsheet data, add traditional formulas, and create " "Dynamic Tabled and Graphs." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:3 msgid "How to allow users to sign in with LDAP" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:5 msgid "Install the LDAP module in General Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:7 msgid "Click on **Create** in Setup your LDAP Server." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:15 msgid "Choose the company about to use the LDAP." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:20 msgid "" "In **Server Information**, enter the IP address of your server and the port " "it listens to." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:22 msgid "Tick **User TLS** if your server is compatible." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:27 msgid "" "In **Login Information**, enter ID and password of the account used to query" " the server. If left empty, the server will be queried anonymously." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:32 msgid "" "In **Process Parameter**, enter the domain name of your LDAP server in LDAP " "nomenclature (e.g. ``dc=example,dc=com``)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:34 msgid "In **LDAP filter**, enter ``uid=%s``" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:39 msgid "" "In **User Information**, tick *Create User* if you want Odoo to create a " "User profile the first time someone log in with LDAP." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:41 msgid "" "In **Template User**, indicate a template for the new profiles created. If " "left blanked, the admin profile will be used as template." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import.rst:3 msgid "Data Import" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:3 msgid "How to adapt an import template" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:5 msgid "" "Import templates are provided in the import tool of the most common data to " "import (contacts, products, bank statements, etc.). You can open them with " @@ -444,66 +447,66 @@ msgid "" "etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:11 msgid "How to customize the file" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:13 msgid "" "Remove columns you don't need. We advise to not remove the *ID* one (see why" " here below)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:15 -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:27 msgid "" "Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:20 msgid "" "When you add a new column, Odoo might not be able to map it automatically if" " its label doesn't fit any field of the system. If so, find the " "corresponding field using the search." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:27 msgid "" "Then, use the label you found in your import template in order to make it " "work straight away the very next time you try to import." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:31 msgid "Why an “ID” column" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:33 msgid "" "The **ID** (External ID) is an unique identifier for the line item. Feel " "free to use the one of your previous software to ease the transition to " "Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:36 msgid "" "Setting an ID is not mandatory when importing but it helps in many cases:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:38 msgid "" "Update imports: you can import the same file several times without creating " "duplicates;" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:39 msgid "Import relation fields (see here below)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:42 msgid "How to import relation fields" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:44 msgid "" "An Odoo object is always related to many other objects (e.g. a product is " "linked to product categories, attributes, vendors, etc.). To import those " @@ -511,7 +514,7 @@ msgid "" "their own list menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:48 msgid "" "You can do it using either the name of the related record or its ID. The ID " "is expected when two records have the same name. In such a case add \" / " @@ -519,47 +522,47 @@ msgid "" "Attributes / Attribute / ID)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:3 msgid "Import data" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:6 msgid "How to start" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:8 msgid "" "You can import data on any Odoo's business object using either Excel (.xlsx)" " or CSV (.csv) formats: contacts, products, bank statements, journal entries" " and even orders!" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:12 msgid "" "Open the view of the object you want to populate and click on " ":menuselection:`Favorites --> Import records`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:18 msgid "" "There you are provided with templates you can easily populate with your own " "data. Such templates can be imported in one click; The data mapping is " "already done." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:23 msgid "How to adapt the template" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:25 msgid "Add, remove and sort columns to fit at best your data structure." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:26 msgid "We advise to not remove the **ID** one (see why in the next section)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:32 msgid "" "When you add a new column, Odoo might not be able to map it automatically if" " its label doesn't fit any field in Odoo. Don't worry! You can map new " @@ -567,17 +570,17 @@ msgid "" "corresponding field." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:40 msgid "" "Then, use this field's label in your file in order to make it work straight " "on the very next time." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:45 msgid "How to import from another application" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:47 msgid "" "In order to re-create relationships between different records, you should " "use the unique identifier from the original application and map it to the " @@ -587,18 +590,18 @@ msgid "" " be stuck if at least 2 records have the same name." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:55 msgid "" "The **ID** will also be used to update the original import if you need to " "re-import modified data later, it's thus good practice to specify it " "whenever possible." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:61 msgid "I cannot find the field I want to map my column to" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:63 msgid "" "Odoo tries to find with some heuristic, based on the first ten lines of the " "files, the type of field for each column inside your file. For example if " @@ -609,18 +612,18 @@ msgid "" " default." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:72 msgid "" "If that happens, you just have to check the ** Show fields of relation " "fields (advanced)** option, you will then be able to choose from the " "complete list of fields for each column." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:80 msgid "Where can I change the date import format?" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:82 msgid "" "Odoo can automatically detect if a column is a date, and it will try to " "guess the date format from a set of most commonly used date formats. While " @@ -630,7 +633,7 @@ msgid "" "the month in a date such as '01-03-2016'." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:88 msgid "" "To view which date format Odoo has found from your file you can check the " "**Date Format** that is shown when clicking on **Options** under the file " @@ -638,7 +641,7 @@ msgid "" " the *ISO 8601* to define the format." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:93 msgid "" "If you are importing an excel (.xls, .xlsx) file, you can use date cells to " "store dates as the display of dates in excel is different from the way it is" @@ -646,11 +649,11 @@ msgid "" "whatever your locale date format is." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:98 msgid "Can I import numbers with currency sign (e.g.: $32.00)?" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:100 msgid "" "Yes, we fully support numbers with parenthesis to represent negative sign as" " well as numbers with currency sign attached to them. Odoo also " @@ -660,56 +663,56 @@ msgid "" "crash." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:105 msgid "" "Examples of supported numbers (using thirty-two thousands as an example):" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:107 msgid "32.000,00" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:108 msgid "32000,00" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:109 msgid "32,000.00" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:110 msgid "-32000.00" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:111 msgid "(32000.00)" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:112 msgid "$ 32.000,00" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:113 msgid "(32000.00 €)" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:115 msgid "Example that will not work:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:117 msgid "ABC 32.000,00" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:118 msgid "$ (32.000,00)" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:121 msgid "What can I do when the Import preview table isn't displayed correctly?" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:123 msgid "" "By default the Import preview is set on commas as field separators and " "quotation marks as text delimiters. If your csv file does not have these " @@ -717,20 +720,20 @@ msgid "" " CSV file bar after you select your file)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:127 msgid "" "Note that if your CSV file has a tabulation as separator, Odoo will not " "detect the separations. You will need to change the file format options in " "your spreadsheet application. See the following question." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:132 msgid "" "How can I change the CSV file format options when saving in my spreadsheet " "application?" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:134 msgid "" "If you edit and save CSV files in spreadsheet applications, your computer's " "regional settings will be applied for the separator and delimiter. We " @@ -739,18 +742,18 @@ msgid "" "the box 'Edit filter settings' --> Save`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:139 msgid "" "Microsoft Excel will allow you to modify only the encoding when saving (in " ":menuselection:`'Save As' dialog box --> click 'Tools' dropdown list --> " "Encoding tab`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:143 msgid "What's the difference between Database ID and External ID?" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:145 msgid "" "Some fields define a relationship with another object. For example, the " "country of a contact is a link to a record of the 'Country' object. When you" @@ -760,58 +763,58 @@ msgid "" "import." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:150 msgid "" "For example, to reference the country of a contact, Odoo proposes you 3 " "different fields to import:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:152 msgid "Country: the name or code of the country" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:153 msgid "" "Country/Database ID: the unique Odoo ID for a record, defined by the ID " "postgresql column" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:154 msgid "" "Country/External ID: the ID of this record referenced in another application" " (or the .XML file that imported it)" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:157 msgid "For the country Belgium, you can use one of these 3 ways to import:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:159 msgid "Country: Belgium" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:160 msgid "Country/Database ID: 21" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:161 msgid "Country/External ID: base.be" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:163 msgid "" "According to your need, you should use one of these 3 ways to reference " "records in relations. Here is when you should use one or the other, " "according to your need:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:166 msgid "" "Use Country: This is the easiest way when your data come from CSV files that" " have been created manually." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:168 msgid "" "Use Country/Database ID: You should rarely use this notation. It's mostly " "used by developers as it's main advantage is to never have conflicts (you " @@ -819,13 +822,13 @@ msgid "" "Database ID)" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:171 msgid "" "Use Country/External ID: Use External ID when you import data from a third " "party application." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:173 msgid "" "When you use External IDs, you can import CSV files with the \"External ID\"" " column to define the External ID of each record you import. Then, you will " @@ -834,23 +837,23 @@ msgid "" "Products and their Categories." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:178 msgid "" ":download:`CSV file for categories " -"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_product_categories.csv>`." +"<files/External_id_3rd_party_application_product_categories.csv>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:181 msgid "" ":download:`CSV file for Products " -"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_products.csv>`." +"<files/External_id_3rd_party_application_products.csv>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:185 msgid "What can I do if I have multiple matches for a field?" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:187 msgid "" "If for example you have two product categories with the child name " "\"Sellable\" (ie. \"Misc. Products/Sellable\" & \"Other " @@ -861,20 +864,20 @@ msgid "" "the duplicates' values or your product category hierarchy." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:193 msgid "" "However if you do not wish to change your configuration of product " "categories, we recommend you use make use of the external ID for this field " "'Category'." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:197 msgid "" "How can I import a many2many relationship field (e.g. a customer that has " "multiple tags)?" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:199 msgid "" "The tags should be separated by a comma without any spacing. For example, if" " you want your customer to be linked to both tags 'Manufacturer' and " @@ -882,19 +885,19 @@ msgid "" " of your CSV file." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:203 msgid "" ":download:`CSV file for Manufacturer, Retailer " -"<../../_static/example_files/m2m_customers_tags.csv>`" +"<files/m2m_customers_tags.csv>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:207 msgid "" "How can I import a one2many relationship (e.g. several Order Lines of a " "Sales Order)?" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:209 msgid "" "If you want to import sales order having several order lines; for each order" " line, you need to reserve a specific row in the CSV file. The first order " @@ -905,41 +908,41 @@ msgid "" "quotations you can import, based on demo data." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:216 msgid "" ":download:`File for some Quotations " -"<../../_static/example_files/purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.csv>`." +"<files/purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.csv>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:218 msgid "" "The following CSV file shows how to import purchase orders with their " "respective purchase order lines:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:221 msgid "" ":download:`Purchase orders with their respective purchase order lines " -"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_purchase_order_lines.csv>`." +"<files/o2m_purchase_order_lines.csv>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:223 msgid "" "The following CSV file shows how to import customers and their respective " "contacts:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:225 msgid "" ":download:`Customers and their respective contacts " -"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_customers_contacts.csv>`." +"<files/o2m_customers_contacts.csv>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:228 msgid "Can I import several times the same record?" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:230 msgid "" "If you import a file that contains one of the column \"External ID\" or " "\"Database ID\", records that have already been imported will be modified " @@ -949,17 +952,17 @@ msgid "" "depending if it's new or not." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:235 msgid "" "This feature allows you to use the Import/Export tool of Odoo to modify a " "batch of records in your favorite spreadsheet application." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:239 msgid "What happens if I do not provide a value for a specific field?" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:241 msgid "" "If you do not set all fields in your CSV file, Odoo will assign the default " "value for every non defined fields. But if you set fields with empty values " @@ -967,11 +970,11 @@ msgid "" "assigning the default value." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:246 msgid "How to export/import different tables from an SQL application to Odoo?" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:251 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:248 msgid "" "If you need to import data from different tables, you will have to recreate " "relations between records belonging to different tables. (e.g. if you import" @@ -979,7 +982,7 @@ msgid "" "person and the company they work for)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:252 msgid "" "To manage relations between tables, you can use the \"External ID\" " "facilities of Odoo. The \"External ID\" of a record is the unique identifier" @@ -989,36 +992,36 @@ msgid "" "'company_1', 'person_1' instead of '1')" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:261 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:258 msgid "" "As an example, suppose you have a SQL database with two tables you want to " "import: companies and persons. Each person belong to one company, so you " "will have to recreate the link between a person and the company he work for." " (If you want to test this example, here is a :download:`dump of such a " -"PostgreSQL database <../../_static/example_files/database_import_test.sql>`)" +"PostgreSQL database <files/database_import_test.sql>`)" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:263 msgid "" "We will first export all companies and their \"External ID\". In PSQL, write" " the following command:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:269 msgid "This SQL command will create the following CSV file:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:278 msgid "" "To create the CSV file for persons, linked to companies, we will use the " "following SQL command in PSQL:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:284 msgid "It will produce the following CSV file:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:297 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:294 msgid "" "As you can see in this file, Fabien and Laurence are working for the Bigees " "company (company_1) and Eric is working for the Organi company. The relation" @@ -1028,7 +1031,7 @@ msgid "" " who shared the same ID 1 in the original database)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:303 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:300 msgid "" "The two files produced are ready to be imported in Odoo without any " "modifications. After having imported these two CSV files, you will have 4 " @@ -1036,60 +1039,60 @@ msgid "" "company). You must first import the companies and then the persons." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars.rst:3 msgid "Calendars" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:3 msgid "Synchronize Google Calendar with Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo is perfectly integrated with Google Calendar so that you can see & " "manage your meetings from both platforms (updates go through both " "directions)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:10 msgid "Setup in Google" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:11 msgid "" "Go to `Google APIs platform <https://console.developers.google.com>`__ to " "generate Google Calendar API credentials. Log in with your Google account." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:14 msgid "Go to the API & Services page." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:19 msgid "Search for *Google Calendar API* and select it." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:27 msgid "Enable the API." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:32 msgid "" "Select or create an API project to store the credentials if not yet done " "before. Give it an explicit name (e.g. Odoo Sync)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:35 msgid "Create credentials." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:40 msgid "" "Select *Web browser (Javascript)* as calling source and *User data* as kind " "of data." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:46 msgid "" "Then you can create a Client ID. Enter the name of the application (e.g. " "Odoo Calendar) and the allowed pages on which you will be redirected. The " @@ -1098,7 +1101,7 @@ msgid "" "'/google_account/authentication'." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:55 msgid "" "Go through the Consent Screen step by entering a product name (e.g. Odoo " "Calendar). Feel free to check the customizations options but this is not " @@ -1106,29 +1109,29 @@ msgid "" " in Odoo for the first time." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:60 msgid "" "Finally you are provided with your **Client ID**. Go to *Credentials* to get" " the **Client Secret** as well. Both of them are required in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:67 msgid "Setup in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:69 msgid "" "Install the **Google Calendar** App from the *Apps* menu or by checking the " "option in :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:75 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and enter your **Client" " ID** and **Client Secret** in Google Calendar option." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:81 msgid "" "The setup is now ready. Open your Odoo Calendar and sync with Google. The " "first time you do it you are redirected to Google to authorize the " @@ -1136,25 +1139,25 @@ msgid "" " whenever you want to synchronize your calendar." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:89 msgid "As of now you no longer have excuses to miss a meeting!" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:3 msgid "Synchronization with Outlook's Calendar" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:5 msgid "" "Synchronizing your **main** Outlook Calendar with Odoo is useful to keep " "track of your tasks and appointments, and across all related applications." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:9 msgid "Register your application with the Microsoft identity platform" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:13 msgid "" "In order to be able to sync your Outlook Calendar with Odoo's Calendar, a " "Microsoft Azure account is needed. The creation of an account is free for " @@ -1162,7 +1165,7 @@ msgid "" "here <https://azure.microsoft.com/en-us/free/?WT.mc_id=A261C142F>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:15 msgid "" "Following, `Set up an Azure AD Tenant <https://docs.microsoft.com/en-" "us/azure/active-directory/develop/quickstart-create-new-tenant>`_, also " @@ -1170,69 +1173,69 @@ msgid "" "and register apps." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:17 msgid "" "Ultimately, `Register an Application <https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure" "/active-directory/develop/quickstart-register-app>`_, choosing the " "appropriate supported account type." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:20 msgid "When configuring your platform settings, choose *Web*." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:0 msgid "" "For the **Redirect URI restrictions**, copy your Odoo database URI followed " "by ``/microsoft_account/authentication``. Example:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:0 msgid "" "For more information on the restrictions and limitations of URIs, `check " "this page <https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/active-directory/develop" "/reply-url>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:37 msgid "" "Regarding credentials, you *must* **Add a client secret**, called *Client " "Secret* in Odoo, which allows Odoo to authenticate itself, requiring no " "interaction from your side. *Certificates* are optional." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:42 msgid "Configuration in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:44 msgid "Go to general *Settings* and activate the *Outlook Calendar* feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:50 msgid "" "From your Azure portal, under *Overview*, copy your *Application (client) " "ID*, and paste it to *Client ID* in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:57 msgid "" "Going back to your Azure portal, now under *Certificates & secrets*, copy " "your *Client Secret Value* and paste it to *Client Secret* in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:67 msgid "Sync with Outlook" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:0 msgid "" "Odoo Calendar sends a confirmation email at the creation of an event to its " "attendees. But, on the **first** sync, Outlook will also send confirmation " "emails of all scheduled events (including past ones)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:0 msgid "" "To avoid this situation, we recommend *archiving all past events, and " "removing yourself from future ones in Odoo Calendar before the first sync*. " @@ -1241,20 +1244,20 @@ msgid "" "sync, events will only send one confirmation email." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:82 msgid "" "Go to the *Calendar* application and *Sync with Outlook*. You are asked to " "log in to your account, if you are not already, and grant the required " "permissions." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:89 msgid "" "The synchronization is a two-way process, meaning that events are reconciled" " in both accounts (Outlook and Odoo)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:97 msgid "" "All users that want to use the synchronization simply need to :ref:`sync " "their calendar with Outlook <outlook_calendar/sync_with_outlook>`. The " @@ -1264,137 +1267,137 @@ msgid "" "external users." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:103 -msgid ":doc:`../../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension`" +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:103 +msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:104 msgid ":doc:`../google/google_calendar_credentials`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/developer_mode.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:3 msgid "Developer Mode" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:3 msgid "Activate the Developer (Debug) Mode" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:5 msgid "" "The Developer or Debug Mode gives you access to extra and advanced tools." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:8 msgid "Through the Settings application" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:10 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Activate the developer mode`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:17 msgid "" "*Activate the developer mode (with assets)* is used by developers; *Activate" " the developer mode (with tests assets)* is used by developers and testers." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:20 msgid "" "Once activated, the *Deactivate the developer mode* option becomes " "available." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:23 msgid "Through a browser extension" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:26 msgid "" "Go to the settings and extensions of your web browser, and search for *Odoo " "Debug*. Once the extension is installed, a new icon will be shown on your " "toolbar." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:28 msgid "" "For the *Odoo Debug* extension, a single click enables a normal version of " "the mode, while a double click enables it with assets. To deactivate it, use" " a single click." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:35 msgid "Through the URL" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:37 msgid "In the URL add ``?debug=1`` or ``?debug=true`` after *web*." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:44 msgid "Developers: type ``?debug=assets`` and activate the mode with assets." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:47 msgid "Locate the mode tools" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:49 msgid "" "The Developer mode tools can be accessed from the *Open Developer Tools* " "button, located on the header of your pages." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:3 msgid "In-App Purchase" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:3 msgid "General guide about In-App Purchase (IAP) Services" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:5 msgid "" "In-App Purchases (IAP) gives access to additional services through Odoo. For" " instance, it allows me to send SMS Text Messages or to send Invoices by " "post directly from my database." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:9 msgid "Buying Credits" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:11 msgid "" "Each IAP Service relies on prepaid credits to work and has its own pricing. " "To consult my current balance or to recharge my account, go to " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Odoo IAP --> View my Services`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:19 msgid "" "If I am on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, I benefit " "from free credits to test our IAP features." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:23 msgid "IAP accounts" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:25 msgid "" "Credits to use IAP services are stored on IAP accounts, which are specific " "to each service and database. By default, IAP accounts are common to all " "companies, but can be restricted to specific ones. Activate the " -":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, then go to " +":doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>`, then go to " ":menuselection:`Technical Settings --> IAP Account`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:34 msgid "IAP Portal" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:36 msgid "" "The IAP Portal is a platform regrouping my IAP Services. It is accessible " "from :menuselection:`Settings app --> Odoo IAP --> View my Services`. From " @@ -1402,11 +1405,11 @@ msgid "" "consumption and set a reminder to when credits are low." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:44 msgid "Get notified when credits are low" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:46 msgid "" "To be notified when it’s time to recharge my credits, I’ll go to my IAP " "Portal through :menuselection:`Settings app --> Odoo IAP --> View my " @@ -1416,48 +1419,68 @@ msgid "" "by email!" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:56 msgid "IAP services available" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:58 msgid "" "Different services are available depending on the hosting type of your " "Database:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:60 msgid "" "*Odoo Online (SAAS)*: only the IAP services provided by Odoo can be used " "(i.e. the SMS, Snailmail, Reveal and Partner Autocomplete features);" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:62 msgid "" "*Odoo.sh and Odoo Enterprise (on-premise)*: both the services provided by " "Odoo and by third-party apps can be used." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:66 msgid "Offering my own services" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:68 msgid "" "I am more than welcome to offer my own IAP services through Odoo Apps! It is" " the perfect opportunity to get recurring revenue for an ongoing service use" " rather than — and possibly instead of — a sole initial purchase. Please, " -"find more information at: `In-App Purchase " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/14.0/webservices/iap.html>`_" +"find more information at: :doc:`In-App Purchase " +"</developer/webservices/iap>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies.rst:3 -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:2 -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/general/mobile.rst:4 +msgid "Mobile" +msgstr "Mobil" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/mobile.rst:7 +msgid "Push Notifications" +msgstr "Push-Benachrichtigungen" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/mobile.rst:9 +msgid "" +"As of Odoo 12.0, 13.0 or above, there is no more complex configuration to " +"enable push notifications in the mobile app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/mobile.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Simply go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Odoo Cloud " +"Notification (OCN)` and make sure that **Push Notifications** is checked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:2 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:189 msgid "Multi Companies" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:4 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:4 msgid "" "A centralized management environment allows you to select multiple companies" " simultaneously and set their specific warehouses, customers, equipment, and" @@ -1466,11 +1489,11 @@ msgid "" "overall management process." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:10 msgid "Manage companies and records" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:12 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Manage Companies` and fill in the form " "with your company’s information. If a *Parent Company* is selected, records " @@ -1478,15 +1501,15 @@ msgid "" "active)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:21 msgid "" -"Activate the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` " -"to choose a *Favicon* for each of your companies, and easily identify them " -"by the browser tabs. Set your favicons’ files size to 16x16 or 32x32 pixels." -" JPG, PNG, GIF, and ICO are extensions accepted." +"Activate the :doc:`Developer mode <../developer_mode/activate>` to choose a " +"*Favicon* for each of your companies, and easily identify them by the " +"browser tabs. Set your favicons’ files size to 16x16 or 32x32 pixels. JPG, " +"PNG, GIF, and ICO are extensions accepted." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:30 msgid "" "Switch between or select multiple companies by enabling their selection " "boxes to activate them. The grayed company is the one which environment is " @@ -1495,118 +1518,114 @@ msgid "" "environment in use is of *JS Store US*." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:39 msgid "" "Data such as Products, Contacts, and Equipment can be shared or set to be " "shown for a specific company only. To do so, on their forms, choose between:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:42 msgid "*A blank field*: the record is shared within all companies." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:43 msgid "" "*Adding a company*: the record is visible to users logged in to that " -"specific company and its child companies." +"specific company." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:50 msgid "Employees' access" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:52 msgid "" "Once companies are created, manage your employees' :doc:`Access Rights " -"<../odoo_basics/add_user>` for *Multi Companies*." +"<../odoo_basics/users>` for *Multi Companies*." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:61 msgid "" "If a user has multiple companies *activated* on his database, and he is " "**editing** a record, the editing happens on the record's related company." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:64 msgid "" "Example: if editing a sale order issued under JS Store US while working on " "the JS Store Belgium environment, the changes are applied under JS Store US " "(the company from which the sale order was issued)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:65 msgid "When **creating** a record, the company taken into account is:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:67 msgid "The current company (the one active) or," msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:68 msgid "No company is set (on products and contacts’ forms for example) or," msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:69 msgid "" "The company set is the one linked to the document (the same as if a record " "is being edited)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:72 msgid "Documents’ format" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:74 msgid "" "To set documents' formats according to each company, *activate* and *select*" " the respective one and, under *Settings*, click on *Configure Document " "Layout*." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:82 msgid "Inter-Company Transactions" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:84 msgid "" "First, make sure each one of your companies is properly set in relation to:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:86 msgid "" ":doc:`Chart of Accounts " -"<../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts>`" +"<../../finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:88 -msgid ":doc:`Taxes <../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes>`" +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:87 +msgid ":doc:`Taxes <../../finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:88 msgid "" -":doc:`Fiscal Positions <../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions>`" +":doc:`Fiscal Positions " +"<../../finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:90 -msgid ":doc:`Journals <../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts>`" +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:89 +msgid ":doc:`Journals <../../finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:90 msgid "" ":doc:`Fiscal Localizations " -"<../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>`" +"<../../finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:92 -msgid ":doc:`Pricelists <../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing>`" +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:91 +msgid ":doc:`Pricelists <../../sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:93 -msgid "" -":doc:`Warehouses <../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:93 msgid "" "Now, activate the *Inter-Company Transactions* option under *Settings*. With" " the respective company *activated* and *selected*, choose if you would like" @@ -1614,20 +1633,20 @@ msgid "" "or at a sales/purchase orders level." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:101 msgid "" "**Synchronize invoice/bills**: generates a bill/invoice when a company " "confirms a bill/invoice for the selected company." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:104 msgid "" "*Example:* an invoice posted on JS Store Belgium, for JS Store US, " "automatically creates a vendor bill on the JS Store US, from the JS Store " "Belgium." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:111 msgid "" "**Synchronize sales/purchase order**: generates a drafted purchase/sales " "order using the selected company warehouse when a sales/purchase order is " @@ -1635,276 +1654,100 @@ msgid "" "order you rather have it validated, enable *Automatic Validation*." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:115 msgid "" "*Example:* when a sale order for JS Store US is confirmed on JS Store " "Belgium, a purchase order on JS Store Belgium is automatically created (and " "confirmed if the *Automatic Validation* feature was enabled)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:126 -msgid "Products have to be configured as *Can be sold*." +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:124 +msgid "" +"Products have to be configured as *Can be sold* and must be shared between " +"the companies." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:127 msgid "" "Remember to test all workflows as an user other than the administrator." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:132 -msgid "" -"`Multi-company Guidelines " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/14.0/howtos/company.html>`_" +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:130 +msgid ":doc:`Multi-company Guidelines </developer/howtos/company>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:133 -msgid ":doc:`../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works`" +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:131 +msgid ":doc:`../../finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics.rst:3 msgid "Basics" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:3 -msgid "Add Users and Manage Access Rights" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo defines a *user* as someone who has access to a database to perform " -"daily tasks. You can add as many users as you need and, in order to restrict" -" the type of information each user can access, rules can be applied. Users " -"and access rights can be added and changed at any point." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:12 -msgid "Add individual users" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Manage Users` and click on *Create*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Fill in the form with the needed information. Under the tab :ref:`Access " -"Rights <general/odoo_basics/add_user/access_rights>` choose the group within" -" each application the user can have access to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:24 -msgid "" -"The list of applications shown is based on the applications installed on the" -" database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:30 -msgid "" -"When you are done editing the page and have *Saved* it, an invitation email " -"is automatically sent to the user. The user must click on it to accept the " -"invitation and create a login." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Remember that subscription prices follow the number of users. Refer to our " -"`pricing page <https://www.odoo.com/pricing>`_ for more information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:42 -msgid "" -"With the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` " -"activated, *User Types* can be selected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:50 -msgid "" -"The *Portal* and *Public* options do not allow you to choose access rights. " -"Members have specific ones (such as record rules and restricted menus) and " -"usually do not belong to the usual Odoo groups." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:57 -msgid "Access Rights in detail" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:59 -msgid "" -"Activate the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, " -"then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Groups`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:63 -msgid "Groups" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:68 -msgid "" -"When choosing the groups the user can have access under :ref:`Access Rights " -"<general/odoo_basics/add_individual_user>`, details of the rules and " -"inheritances of that group are not shown, so this is when the menu *Groups* " -"comes along. *Groups* are created to define rules to models within an " -"application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Under *Users*, have a list of the current ones. The ones with administrative" -" rights are shown in black." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:76 -msgid "" -"*Inherited* means that users added to this application group are " -"automatically added to the following ones. In the example below, users who " -"have access to the group *Administrator* of *Sales* also have access to " -"*Website/Restricted Editor* and *Sales/User: All Documents*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:86 -msgid "" -"Remember to always test the settings being changed in order to ensure that " -"they are being applied to the needed and right users." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:89 -msgid "" -"The *Menus* tab is where you define which menus (models) the user can have " -"access to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:96 -msgid "" -"*Access Rights* rules are the first level of rights. The field is composed " -"of the object name, which is the technical name given to a model. For each " -"model, enable the following options as appropriate:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:99 -msgid "*Read*: the values of that object can be only seen by the user." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:100 -msgid "*Write*: the values of that object can be edited by the user." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:101 -msgid "*Create*: values for that object can be created by the user." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:102 -msgid "*Delete*: the values of that object can be deleted by the user." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:109 -msgid "" -"As a second layer of editing and visibility rules, *Record Rules* can be " -"formed. They overwrite, or refine, the *Access Rights*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:112 -msgid "" -"A record rule is written using a *Domain*. Domains are conditions used to " -"filter or searching data. Therefore, a domain expression is a list of " -"conditions. For each rule, choose among the following options: *Read*, " -"*Write*, *Create* and *Delete* values." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:119 -msgid "" -"Making changes in access rights can have a big impact on the database. For " -"this reason, we recommend you to contact your Odoo Business Analyst or our " -"Support Team, unless you have knowledge about Domains in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:126 -msgid "" -"The *Multi Companies* field allows you to set to which of the multiple " -"companies database you hold the user can have access." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:130 -msgid "" -"Note that if not handled correctly, it may be the source of a lot of " -"inconsistent multi-company behaviors. Therefore, a good knowledge of Odoo is" -" required. For technical explanations refer to `this " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/14.0/howtos/company.html>`_ " -"documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:140 -msgid ":doc:`../multi_companies/manage_multi_companies`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:141 -msgid ":doc:`../../db_management/documentation`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:3 msgid "Manage Odoo in your own language" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo provides you with the option to manage Odoo in different languages, and" " each user can use Odoo in his own language ." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:9 msgid "Load your desired language" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:11 msgid "" "The first thing to do is to load your desired language on your Odoo " "instance." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:14 msgid "" "From the general dashboard click on the **Settings** app; on the top left of" " the page select :menuselection:`Translations --> Load a Translation`, " "select a language to install and click on **LOAD.**" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:23 msgid "" "If you check the \"Websites to translate\" checkbox you will have the option" " to change the navigation language on your website." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:27 msgid "Change your language" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:29 msgid "" "You can change the language to the installed language by going to the drop-" "down menu at the top right side of the screen, choose **Preferences**." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:36 msgid "" "Then change the Language setting to your installed language and click " "**SAVE.**" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:42 msgid "Open a new menu to view the changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:45 msgid "Change another user's language" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:47 msgid "" "Odoo also gives you the possibility for each user to choose his preferred " "language." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:50 msgid "" "To change the language for a different user, choose :menuselection:`Users " "--> Users` from the Settings app. Here you have a list of all users and you " @@ -1914,15 +1757,15 @@ msgid "" "**SAVE.**" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:61 -msgid ":doc:`../../website/publish/translate`" +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:61 +msgid ":doc:`../../websites/website/publish/translate`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:3 msgid "Export Data From Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:5 msgid "" "When working with a database, it sometimes is necessary to export your data " "in a distinct file. Doing so can help to do reporting over your activities " @@ -1930,21 +1773,21 @@ msgid "" "application)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:9 msgid "" "With Odoo, you can export the values from any field in any record. To do so," " activate the list view on the items that need to be exported, click on " "*Action*, and, then, on *Export*." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:17 msgid "" "Pretty simple, this action still comes with some specificities. In fact, " "when clicking on *Export*, a pop-up window appears with several options for " "the data to export:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:25 msgid "" "With the *I want to update data* option ticked, the system only shows the " "fields which can be imported. This is very helpful in case you want to " @@ -1953,14 +1796,14 @@ msgid "" "not just the ones which can be imported." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:31 msgid "" "When exporting, you can choose between two formats: .csv and .xls. With " ".csv, items are separated with a comma, while .xls holds information about " "all the worksheets in a file, including both content and formatting." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:34 msgid "" "Those are the items you may want to export. Use the arrows to display more " "sub-field options. Of course, you can use the search bar to find specific " @@ -1968,22 +1811,22 @@ msgid "" "the fields by clicking on all the arrows!" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:39 msgid "The + button is there to add fields to the “to export” list." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:40 msgid "" "The “handles” next to the selected fields allow you to move the fields up " "and down to change the order in which they must be displayed in the exported" " file." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:43 msgid "The trashcan is there if you need to remove fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:44 msgid "" "For recurring reports, it might be interesting to save export presets. " "Select all the needed ones and click on the template bar. There, click on " @@ -1991,65 +1834,314 @@ msgid "" "the same list, simply select the related template." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:51 msgid "" "It’s good to keep the field’s external identifier in mind. For example, " "*Related Company* is equal to *parent_id*. Doing so helps export only what " "you would like to import next." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers.rst:3 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:3 +msgid "Users and Access Rights" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo defines a *user* as someone who has access to a database to perform " +"daily tasks. You can add as many users as you need and, in order to restrict" +" the type of information each user can access, rules can be applied. Users " +"and access rights can be added and changed at any point." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:12 +msgid "Add individual users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Manage Users` and click on *Create*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Fill in the form with the needed information. Under the tab :ref:`Access " +"Rights <general/odoo_basics/users/access_rights>` choose the group within " +"each application the user can have access to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The list of applications shown is based on the applications installed on the" +" database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:30 +msgid "" +"When you are done editing the page and have *Saved* it, an invitation email " +"is automatically sent to the user. The user must click on it to accept the " +"invitation and create a login." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Remember that subscription prices follow the number of users. Refer to our " +"`pricing page <https://www.odoo.com/pricing>`_ for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:42 +msgid "" +"With the :doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>` " +"activated, *User Types* can be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The *Portal* and *Public* options do not allow you to choose access rights. " +"Members have specific ones (such as record rules and restricted menus) and " +"usually do not belong to the usual Odoo groups." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:57 +msgid "Passwords management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:62 +msgid "Reset passwords" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:67 +msgid "Enable password resets from login page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:69 +msgid "It is possible to enable password resets directly from the login page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:71 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Permissions`, activate " +"**Password Reset** and *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:80 +msgid "Send reset instructions to users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Users`, select the " +"user out of the list and click on *Send Password Reset Instructions* on its " +"user form. An email is automatically sent to them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:87 +msgid "" +"The *Send Password Reset Instructions* button only appears if the Odoo " +"invitation email has already been confirmed by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:90 +msgid "" +"This email contains all the instructions needed to reset the password, along" +" with a link redirecting the user to an Odoo login page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:100 +msgid "Change users’ passwords" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Users` and select " +"a user to access its form. Click on the *Action* button and select *Change " +"Password*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:109 +msgid "Enter a new password and confirm by clicking on *Change Password*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:112 +msgid "" +"This operation only modifies the password of the users locally and does not " +"affect their odoo.com account. If you want to change the odoo.com password, " +"you can :ref:`send the password reset instructions <users/reset-password-" +"email>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Click on *Change Password* one more time. You are then redirected to an Odoo" +" login page where you can reaccess your database using your new password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:122 +msgid "Access Rights in detail" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:124 +msgid "" +"Activate the :doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>`, " +"then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Groups`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:128 +msgid "Groups" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:133 +msgid "" +"When choosing the groups the user can have access under :ref:`Access Rights " +"<general/odoo_basics/add_individual_user>`, details of the rules and " +"inheritances of that group are not shown, so this is when the menu *Groups* " +"comes along. *Groups* are created to define rules to models within an " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Under *Users*, have a list of the current ones. The ones with administrative" +" rights are shown in black." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:141 +msgid "" +"*Inherited* means that users added to this application group are " +"automatically added to the following ones. In the example below, users who " +"have access to the group *Administrator* of *Sales* also have access to " +"*Website/Restricted Editor* and *Sales/User: All Documents*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Remember to always test the settings being changed in order to ensure that " +"they are being applied to the needed and right users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:154 +msgid "" +"The *Menus* tab is where you define which menus (models) the user can have " +"access to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:161 +msgid "" +"*Access Rights* rules are the first level of rights. The field is composed " +"of the object name, which is the technical name given to a model. For each " +"model, enable the following options as appropriate:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:164 +msgid "*Read*: the values of that object can be only seen by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:165 +msgid "*Write*: the values of that object can be edited by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:166 +msgid "*Create*: values for that object can be created by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:167 +msgid "*Delete*: the values of that object can be deleted by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:174 +msgid "" +"As a second layer of editing and visibility rules, *Record Rules* can be " +"formed. They overwrite, or refine, the *Access Rights*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:177 +msgid "" +"A record rule is written using a *Domain*. Domains are conditions used to " +"filter or searching data. Therefore, a domain expression is a list of " +"conditions. For each rule, choose among the following options: *Read*, " +"*Write*, *Create* and *Delete* values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:184 +msgid "" +"Making changes in access rights can have a big impact on the database. For " +"this reason, we recommend you to contact your Odoo Business Analyst or our " +"Support Team, unless you have knowledge about Domains in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:191 +msgid "" +"The *Multi Companies* field allows you to set to which of the multiple " +"companies database you hold the user can have access." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:195 +msgid "" +"Note that if not handled correctly, it may be the source of a lot of " +"inconsistent multi-company behaviors. Therefore, a good knowledge of Odoo is" +" required. For technical explanations refer to :doc:`this " +"</developer/howtos/company>` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:205 +msgid ":doc:`../multi_companies/manage_multi_companies`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:206 +msgid ":doc:`../../settings/users_and_features`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:27 msgid "Payment Acquirers" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:3 msgid "Authorize.Net" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:5 msgid "" "`Authorize.Net <https://www.authorize.net>`__ is a United States-based " "online payment solution provider, allowing businesses to accept **credit " "cards**." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:12 msgid "" "This Payment Acquirer offers additional options that are not available for " "other :doc:`Payment Acquirers <payment_acquirers>`, such as the ability to " "process your customer's payment after delivery." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:17 msgid "Authorize.Net account" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:19 msgid "" "If not done yet, choose a plan and `Sign Up for an Authorize.Net account " "<https://www.authorize.net/sign-up.html>`__." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:22 msgid "" "Odoo needs your **API Credentials & Keys** to connect with your " "Authorize.Net account, which comprise:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:25 msgid "API Login ID" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:26 msgid "Transaction Key" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:27 msgid "Signature Key" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:29 msgid "" "To retrieve them, log into your Authorize.Net account, go to " ":menuselection:`Account --> Security Settings --> General Security Settings " @@ -2057,19 +2149,19 @@ msgid "" "**Signature Key**." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:39 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:114 msgid "" "`Authorize.Net: Getting Started Guide " "<https://support.authorize.net/s/article/Authorize-Net-Getting-Started-" "Guide>`__" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:43 msgid "Payment Acquirer Configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:45 msgid "" "To configure Authorize.Net as Payment Acquirer in Odoo, go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Acquirers`, open " @@ -2077,43 +2169,43 @@ msgid "" "click on *Save* once you've set everything up." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:50 msgid "" "Please refer to the :doc:`Payment Acquirers documentation " "<payment_acquirers>` to read how to configure this payment acquirer." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:54 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:133 msgid "Credentials" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:56 msgid "" "Copy your credentials from your Authorize.Net account (API Login Id, API " "Transaction Key, and API Signature Key), paste them in the related fields " "under the **Credentials** tab, then click on **Generate Client Key**." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:61 msgid "" "The **API Client Key** is necessary only if you select *Payment from Odoo* " "option as :ref:`Payment Flow <payment_acquirers/payment_flow>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:65 msgid "" "If you are trying Authorize.Net as a test, with a *sandbox account*, change " "the **State** to *Test Mode*. We recommend doing this on a test Odoo " "database, rather than on your main database." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:69 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:151 msgid "Payment Flow" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:71 msgid "" "The **Payment Flow** lets you decide if to redirect the user to the payment " "acquirer's portal to authenticate the payment, or if to stay on the current " @@ -2121,89 +2213,89 @@ msgid "" "**Configuration** tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:75 msgid "" "If you select *Redirection to the acquirer website*, make sure you add a " "**Default Receipt URL** and a **Default Relay Response URL** to your " "Authorize.net account." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:78 msgid "" "To do so, log into your Authorize.Net account, go to :menuselection:`Account" " --> Transaction Format Settings --> Transaction Response Settings --> " "Response/Receipt URLs`, and set the default links:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 msgid "Default Receipt URL:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 msgid "*https://[yourcompany.odoo.com]*/**payment/authorize/return**" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 msgid "Default Relay Response URL:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 msgid "*https://[yourcompany.odoo.com]*/**shop/confirmation**" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 msgid "Failing to complete this step results in the following error:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 msgid "*The referrer, relay response or receipt link URL is invalid.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:91 msgid "Capture the payment after the delivery" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:93 msgid "" "The **Capture Amount Manually** field is under the **Configuration** tab. If" " enabled, the funds are reserved for 30 days on the customer's card, but not" " charged yet." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:100 msgid "" "To capture the payment, go to the related Sales Order and click on *Capture " "Transaction*. If the order is canceled, you can click on *Void Transaction* " "to unlock the funds from the customer's card." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:108 msgid "" "After **30 days**, the transaction is **voided automatically** by " "Authorize.net." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:111 msgid "" "With other payment acquirers, you can manage the capture in their own " "interfaces, not from Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:116 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:206 msgid ":doc:`payment_acquirers`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:117 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:207 -msgid ":doc:`../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer`" +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:207 +msgid ":doc:`../../websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:3 msgid "Payment Acquirers (Credit Cards, Online Payment)" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo embeds several **payment methods** that allow your customers to pay on " "their *Customer Portals* or your *eCommerce website*. They can pay Sales " @@ -2212,14 +2304,14 @@ msgid "" "accept **Credit Cards**." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:10 msgid "" "Having several payment methods increases the chances of getting paid in " "time, or even immediately, as you make it more convenient for your customers" " to pay with the payment method they prefer and trust." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:19 msgid "" "Odoo does not keep Credit Card numbers or credentials on its servers, nor is" " it stored on Odoo databases hosted elsewhere. Instead, Odoo apps use a " @@ -2228,7 +2320,7 @@ msgid "" "credentials for the payment acquirer." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:29 msgid "" "From an accounting perspective, we can distinguish two types of payment " "acquirers: the payments that go directly on the bank account and follow the " @@ -2236,131 +2328,131 @@ msgid "" "party services and require you to follow another accounting workflow." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:36 msgid "Bank Payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 msgid ":doc:`Wire Transfer <wire_transfer>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 msgid "" "When selected, Odoo displays your payment information with a payment " "reference. You have to approve the payment manually once you have received " "it on your bank account." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 msgid "SEPA Direct Debit" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 msgid "" "Your customers can sign a SEPA Direct Debit mandate online and get their " "bank account charged directly. :doc:`Click here " -"<../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd>` for more " -"information about this payment method." +"<../../finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd>` for more" +" information about this payment method." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:49 msgid "Online Payment Providers" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 msgid "Redirection to the acquirer website" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 msgid "Payment from Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 msgid "Save Cards" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 msgid "Capture Amount Manually" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:55 msgid "Adyen" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:55 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:57 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:61 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:65 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:67 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:69 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 msgid "✔" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:57 msgid "Alipay" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 msgid ":doc:`Authorize.Net <authorize>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:61 msgid "Buckaroo" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 msgid "Ingenico" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:65 msgid ":doc:`PayPal <paypal>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:67 msgid "PayUMoney" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:69 msgid "SIPS" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:3 msgid "Stripe" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:75 msgid "" "Some of these Online Payment Providers can also be added as :doc:`Bank " -"Accounts <../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts>`, but this is **not** " -"the same process as adding them as Payment Acquirers. Payment Acquirers " -"allow customers to pay online, and Bank Accounts are added and configured on" -" your Accounting app to do a bank reconciliation, which is an accounting " -"control process." +"Accounts <../../finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts>`, but this is " +"**not** the same process as adding them as Payment Acquirers. Payment " +"Acquirers allow customers to pay online, and Bank Accounts are added and " +"configured on your Accounting app to do a bank reconciliation, which is an " +"accounting control process." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:86 msgid "" "Some of the features described in this section are available only with some " "Payment Acquirers. Refer to :ref:`the table above " "<payment_acquirers/online_providers>` for more details." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:92 msgid "Add a new Payment Acquirer" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:94 msgid "" "To add a new Payment acquirer and make it available to your customers, go to" " :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Acquirers`, look " @@ -2369,7 +2461,7 @@ msgid "" "*Enabled*." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:104 msgid "" "We recommend using the *Test Mode* on a duplicated database or a test " "database. The Test Mode is meant to be used with your test/sandbox " @@ -2379,11 +2471,11 @@ msgid "" "your main database." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:112 msgid "Credentials tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:114 msgid "" "If not done yet, go to the **Online Payment Provider**'s website, create an " "account, and make sure to have the credentials required for third-party use." @@ -2391,28 +2483,28 @@ msgid "" "and get the confirmation of the *payment authentication*." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:118 msgid "" "The form in this section is specific to the Payment Acquirer you are " "configuring. Please refer to the related documentation for more information." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:124 msgid "Configuration tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:126 msgid "" "You can change the Payment Acquirer front-end appearance by modifying its " "name under the **Displayed as** field and which credit card icons to display" " under the **Supported Payment Icons** field." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:132 msgid "Save and reuse Credit Cards" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:134 msgid "" "With the **Save Cards** feature, Odoo can store **Payment Tokens** in your " "database, which can be used for subsequent payments, without having to " @@ -2420,11 +2512,11 @@ msgid "" "recurring payments." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:141 msgid "Place a hold on a card" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:143 msgid "" "If the **Capture Amount Manually** field is enabled, the funds are reserved " "for a few days on the customer's card, but not charged yet. You must then go" @@ -2433,40 +2525,40 @@ msgid "" "the customer's card." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:153 msgid "" "Choose in the **Payment Flow** field if to redirect the user to the payment " "acquirer's portal to authenticate the payment, or if to stay on the current " "page and authenticate the payment from Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:157 msgid "" "Some features are available only if you select *Redirection to the acquirer " "website*." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:162 msgid "Countries" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:164 msgid "" "Restrict the use of the Payment Acquirer to a selection of countries. Leave " "this field blank to make the Payment Acquirer available to all countries." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:170 msgid "Payment Journal" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:172 msgid "" "The **Payment Journal** selected for your Payment Acquirer must be a *Bank* " "journal." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:175 msgid "" "In many cases, Odoo automatically creates a new **Journal** and a new " "**Account** when you activate a new Payment Acquirer. Both of them are " @@ -2475,21 +2567,21 @@ msgid "" " them if necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:183 msgid "Messages tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:185 msgid "" "Change here the messages displayed by Odoo after a payment's confirmation or" " failure." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:190 msgid "Accounting perspective" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:192 msgid "" "The **Bank Payments** that go directly to one of your bank accounts follow " "their usual reconciliation workflows. However, payments recorded with " @@ -2498,7 +2590,7 @@ msgid "" "advice." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:197 msgid "" "Odoo default method is to record the payments on a *Current Assets Account*," " on a dedicated *Bank Journal*, once the *Payment Authentication* is " @@ -2506,76 +2598,77 @@ msgid "" " to your *Bank Account*." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:201 msgid "Here are the requirements for this to work:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:203 msgid "Bank Journal" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:205 msgid "The Journal's **type** must be *Bank Journal*." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:206 msgid "" "Select the right **Default Debit Account** and **Default Credit Account**." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 msgid "" "Under the *Advanced Settings* tab, make sure that **Posting** is set as " "*Post At Payment Validation*." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 msgid "" "This implies that the Journal Entry is recorded directly when your Odoo " "database receives the confirmation of the *Payment Authentication* from the " "Online Payment Provider." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:212 msgid "Current Asset Account" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:214 msgid "The Account's **type** is *Current Assets*" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:215 msgid "The Account must **Allow Reconciliation**" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:218 msgid "" "In many cases, Odoo automatically creates a new **Journal** and a new " "**Current Asset Account** when you activate a new Payment Acquirer. You can " "modify them if necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:223 -msgid ":doc:`../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording`" +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:223 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:224 msgid ":doc:`wire_transfer`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:225 msgid ":doc:`authorize`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:226 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:226 msgid ":doc:`paypal`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:3 msgid "Configure your Paypal account" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:5 msgid "" "Paypal is available and popular worldwide. It doesn’t charge any " "subscription fee and creating an account is very easy. That’s why we " @@ -2583,11 +2676,11 @@ msgid "" "where the customer is routed to Paypal website to register the payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:12 msgid "Paypal account" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:14 msgid "" "A business account is needed to get paid with Paypal. Create a `Paypal " "Business Account <https://www.paypal.com/us/merchantsignup/ " @@ -2597,27 +2690,27 @@ msgid "" "configuration steps." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:23 msgid "Settings in Paypal" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:26 msgid "" "First, let’s see how to set up your Paypal account in order to build a " "seamless customer experience with Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:28 msgid "" "Log in and open the settings. Go to :menuselection:`Products & Services --> " "Website payments` and click **Update** on **Website preferences**." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:34 msgid "Auto Return" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:36 msgid "" "*Auto Return* automatically redirects your customers to Odoo once the " "payment is processed. Check *Auto Return* and enter your domain name with " @@ -2625,18 +2718,18 @@ msgid "" "``https://yourcompany.odoo.com/shop/confirmation``)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:41 msgid "" "This URL is requested in Paypal but not used in practice as Odoo transmits " "it at each transaction. Don’t worry if you manage several sales channels or " "Odoo databases." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:49 msgid "Payment Data Transfer (PDT)" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:51 msgid "" "*Payment Data Transfer* delivers the payment confirmation to Odoo as soon as" " it is processed. Without it, Odoo cannot end the sales flow. This setting " @@ -2644,22 +2737,22 @@ msgid "" "You will be later requested to enter it in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:59 msgid "Paypal Account Optional" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:61 msgid "" "We advise you to not prompt customers to log in with a Paypal account when " "they get to pay. Let them pay with debit/credit cards as well, or you might " "lose some deals. Make sure this setting is turned on." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:68 msgid "Instant Payment Notification (IPN)" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:70 msgid "" "PDT sends order confirmations once and only once. As a result, your site " "must be running when it happens; otherwise, it will never receive the " @@ -2669,67 +2762,67 @@ msgid "" "receipt." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:77 msgid "" "To activate IPN, get back to *Website payments* menu and click *Update* in " "*Instant Payment Notification*." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:79 msgid "" "The *Notification URL* to set is your domain name + “payment/paypal/ipn” " "(e.g. ``https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/paypal/ipn``)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:85 msgid "Payment Messages Format" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:87 msgid "" "If you use accented characters (or anything else than basic Latin " "characters) for your customer names, addresses... you MUST configure the " "encoding format of the payment request sent by Odoo to Paypal." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:93 msgid "" "If you don't configure this setting, some transactions fail without notice." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:95 msgid "To do so, open:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:97 msgid "" "`this page for a test account <https://sandbox.paypal.com/cgi-" "bin/customerprofileweb?cmd=_profile-language-encoding>`__" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:99 msgid "" "`this page for a production account <https://www.paypal.com/cgi-" "bin/customerprofileweb?cmd=_profile-language-encoding>`__" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:101 msgid "" "Then, click *More Options* and set the two default encoding formats as " "**UTF-8**." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:109 msgid "Your Paypal account is ready!" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:112 msgid "" "If you want your customers to pay without creating a Paypal account, *Paypal" " Account Optional* needs to be turned on." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:118 msgid "" "For Encrypted Website Payments & EWP_SETTINGS error, please check the " "`Paypal documentation <https://developer.paypal.com/docs/ classic/paypal-" @@ -2737,82 +2830,82 @@ msgid "" "website-payments-ewp>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:124 msgid "Settings in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:127 msgid "Activation" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:129 msgid "" "Activate *Paypal* from the config bar of Sales, Invoicing and eCommerce " "apps, or from the configuration menu of *Payment Acquirers*." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:135 msgid "Odoo requires three Paypal credentials:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:137 msgid "*Email ID* is your login email address in Paypal." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:138 msgid "" "*Merchant ID* can be found in the settings of your Paypal account, in " ":menuselection:`Account Settings --> Business information`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:140 msgid "" "*Paypal PDT Token* is given in *Website payments* configuration as explained" " here above." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:146 msgid "Transaction fees" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:148 msgid "" "You can charge extra fees to your customers for paying with Paypal; This to " "cover the transaction fees Paypal charges you. Once redirected to Paypal, " "your customer sees an extra applied to the order amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:151 msgid "" "To activate this, go to the Configuration tab of Paypal configuration in " "Odoo and check *Add Extra Fees*." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:157 msgid "" "You can refer to `Paypal Fees <https://www.paypal.com/webapps/mpp/paypal-" "fees>`__ to set up fees." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:161 msgid "" "`Traders in the EU <https://europa.eu/youreurope/citizens/consumers/shopping" "/pricing-payments/ index_en.htm>`_ are not allowed to charge extra fees for " "paying with credit cards." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:165 msgid "Go live!" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:167 msgid "" "Your configuration is ready to roll. Make sure *Production* mode is on. Then" " publish the payment method by clicking the *Published* button right next to" " it." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:176 msgid "" "Paypal is now available in your payment form available in eCommerce, Sales " "and Invoicing apps. Customers are redirected to Paypal website when hitting " @@ -2820,40 +2913,40 @@ msgid "" "processed." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:185 msgid "Test environment" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:187 msgid "" "You can test the entire payment flow in Odoo thanks to Paypal Sandbox " "accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:189 msgid "" "Log in to `Paypal Developer Site <https://developer.paypal.com/>`__ with " "your Paypal credentials." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:191 msgid "This will create two sandbox accounts:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:193 msgid "" "A business account (to use as merchant, e.g. " "`pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com " "<mailto:pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com>`__)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:195 msgid "" "A default personal account (to use as shopper, e.g. " "`pp.merch01-buyer@example.com <mailto:pp.merch01-buyer@example.com>`__)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:197 msgid "" "Log in to Paypal Sandbox with the merchant account and follow the same " "configuration instructions. Enter your sandbox credentials in Odoo and make " @@ -2862,53 +2955,53 @@ msgid "" "generate invoices when a fictitious transaction is completed." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:203 msgid "Run a test transaction from Odoo using the sandbox personal account." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:5 msgid "" "`Stripe <https://stripe.com/>`_ is a United States-based online payment " "solution provider, allowing businesses to accept **credit cards** and other " "payment methods." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:9 msgid "Enable Local Payment Methods" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:11 msgid "" "Local payment methods are payment methods that are only available for " "certain merchants and customers countries and currencies." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:14 msgid "" "The Stripe connector in Odoo supports the following local payment methods:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:16 msgid "Bancontact" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:17 msgid "EPS" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:18 msgid "Giropay" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:19 msgid "iDeal:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:20 msgid "Przelewy24 (P24)" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:22 msgid "" "To enable specific Local Payment Methods with Stripe, list them as supported" " payment icons. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Payment Acquirers --> Stripe" @@ -2917,17 +3010,17 @@ msgid "" "don't have anything to do." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:31 msgid "" "If a payment method icon doesn't exist at all in the database, the " "corresponding local payment method is always offered to customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:3 msgid "How to get paid with wire transfers" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:5 msgid "" "**Wire Transfer** is the default payment method available. The aim is " "providing your customers with your bank details so they can pay on their " @@ -2935,77 +3028,77 @@ msgid "" "Opt for payment acquirers as soon as you can!" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:13 msgid "How to provide customers with payment instructions" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:14 msgid "" "Put your payment instructions in the **Thanks Message** of your payment " "method." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:19 msgid "They will appear to the customers when they place an order." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:26 msgid "How to manage an order once you get paid" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:28 msgid "" "Whenever a customer pays by wire transfer, the order stays in an " "intermediary stage **Quotation Sent** (i.e. unpaid order). When you get " "paid, you confirm the order manually to launch the delivery." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:35 msgid "How to create other manual payment methods" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:37 msgid "" "If you manage a B2B business, you can create other manually-processed " "payment methods like paying by check. To do so, just rename *Wire Transfer* " "or duplicate it." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash.rst:3 msgid "Unsplash" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:3 msgid "How to generate an Unsplash access key" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:6 msgid "" "**As an SaaS user**, you are ready to use Unsplash. You won't need to follow" " this guide to set up Unsplash informations, since you will use our own Odoo" " Unsplash key in a transparent way." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:9 msgid "Generate an Unsplash access key for **non-Saas** users" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:11 msgid "Create an account on `Unsplash.com <https://unsplash.com/join>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:13 msgid "" "Go to your `applications dashboard " "<https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications>`_ and click on **New " "Application**." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:18 msgid "Accept the conditions and click on **Accept terms**." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:23 msgid "" "You will be prompted to insert an **Application name** and a " "**Description**. Please prefix your application name by \"**Odoo:** \" so " @@ -3013,178 +3106,178 @@ msgid "" "**Create application**." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:28 msgid "" "You should be redirected to your application details page. Scroll down a bit" " to find your **access key**." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:34 msgid "" "**As a non-SaaS user**, you won't be able to register for a production " "Unsplash key and will be limited to your test key that has a restriction of " "50 Unsplash requests per hour." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:37 msgid ":doc:`unsplash_application_id`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:3 msgid "How to generate an Unsplash application ID" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:6 msgid "" "You should first create and set up your Unsplash application with this " "tutorial: :doc:`unsplash_access_key`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:8 msgid "" "Go to your `applications dashboard " "<https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications>`_ and click on your newly created " "Unsplash application under **Your applications**." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:13 msgid "" "You will be redirected to your application details page. The **application " "ID** will be visible in your browser's URL. The URL should be something like" " ``https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications/<application_id>``" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:19 msgid "" "**As a non-SaaS user**, you won't be able to register for a production " "Unsplash key and will be limited to your test key that has a 50 Unsplash " "requests per hour restriction." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip.rst:3 msgid "VoIP (Voice over Internet Protocol)" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:3 msgid "Configure your VoIP Asterisk server for Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:6 msgid "Installing Asterisk server" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:9 msgid "Dependencies" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:11 msgid "" "Before installing Asterisk you need to install the following dependencies:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:13 msgid "wget" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:14 msgid "gcc" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:15 msgid "g++" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:16 msgid "ncurses-devel" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:17 msgid "libxml2-devel" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:18 msgid "sqlite-devel" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:19 msgid "libsrtp-devel" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:20 msgid "libuuid-devel" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:21 msgid "openssl-devel" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:22 msgid "pkg-config" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:24 msgid "In order to install libsrtp, follow the instructions below:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:35 msgid "" "You also need to install PJSIP, you can download the source `here " "<http://www.pjsip.org/download.htm>`_. Once the source directory is " "extracted:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:37 msgid "**Change to the pjproject source directory:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:43 msgid "**run:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:49 msgid "**Build and install pjproject:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:57 msgid "**Update shared library links:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:63 msgid "**Verify that pjproject is installed:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:69 msgid "**The result should be:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:86 msgid "Asterisk" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:88 msgid "" "In order to install Asterisk 13.7.0, you can download the source directly " "`there <http://downloads.asterisk.org/pub/telephony/asterisk/old-" "releases/asterisk-13.7.0.tar.gz>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:90 msgid "Extract Asterisk:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:96 msgid "Enter the Asterisk directory:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:102 msgid "Run the Asterisk configure script:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:108 msgid "Run the Asterisk menuselect tool:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:114 msgid "" "In the menuselect, go to the resources option and ensure that res_srtp is " "enabled. If there are 3 x’s next to res_srtp, there is a problem with the " @@ -3192,40 +3285,40 @@ msgid "" "You should also see stars in front of the res_pjsip lines." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:116 msgid "Compile and install Asterisk:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:122 msgid "" "If you need the sample configs you can run 'make samples' to install the " "sample configs. If you need to install the Asterisk startup script you can " "run 'make config'." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:125 msgid "DTLS Certificates" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:127 msgid "After you need to setup the DTLS certificates." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:133 msgid "Enter the Asterisk scripts directory:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:139 msgid "" "Create the DTLS certificates (replace pbx.mycompany.com with your ip address" " or dns name, replace My Super Company with your company name):" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:146 msgid "Configure Asterisk server" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:148 msgid "" "For WebRTC, a lot of the settings that are needed MUST be in the peer " "settings. The global settings do not flow down into the peer settings very " @@ -3234,7 +3327,7 @@ msgid "" "uncommented:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:158 msgid "" "Next, edit sip.conf. The WebRTC peer requires encryption, avpf, and " "icesupport to be enabled. In most cases, directmedia should be disabled. " @@ -3243,69 +3336,70 @@ msgid "" "peer itself; setting these config lines globally might not work:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:186 msgid "" "In the sip.conf and rtp.conf files you also need to add or uncomment the " "lines:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:193 msgid "Lastly, set up extensions.conf:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:202 msgid "Configure Odoo VOIP" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:204 msgid "In Odoo, the configuration should be done in the user's preferences." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:210 msgid "" "The SIP Login/Browser's Extension is the number you configured previously in" " the sip.conf file (in our example: 1060)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:212 msgid "The SIP Password is the secret you chose in the sip.conf file." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:214 msgid "" "The extension of your office's phone is not a required field but it is used " "if you want to transfer your call from Odoo to an external phone also " "configured in the sip.conf file." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:217 msgid "" "The configuration should also be done in the General Settings under the " "\"Integrations\" section." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:222 msgid "" "The PBX Server IP should be the same as the IP you define in the http.conf " "file." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:224 msgid "" "The WebSocket should be: ws://localhost:XXXX/ws where \"localhost\" needs to" " be the same as the IP defined previously and \"XXXX\" needs to be the port " "defined in the http.conf file." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:3 msgid "Use VoIP services in Odoo with Axivox" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:6 ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:6 msgid "Introduction" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo VoIP can be set up to work together with `Axivox " "<https://www.axivox.com/>`_. In that case, an :doc:`Asterisk server " @@ -3313,85 +3407,85 @@ msgid "" "Axivox." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:12 msgid "" "To use this service, `contact Axivox <https://www.axivox.com/contact/>`_ to " "open an account. Before doing so, verify that Axivox covers your area and " "the areas you wish to call." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:18 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Apps` and install the **VoIP Module**." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:24 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Integrations`, and " "fill out the **Asterisk (VoIP)** field:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:27 msgid "" "**PBX Server IP**: set the domain created by Axivox for your account (e.g., " "*yourcompany.axivox.com*)" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:29 msgid "**WebSocket**: type in ``wss://pabx.axivox.com:3443``" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:30 msgid "**VoIP Environment**: set as *Production*" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:36 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Users`, then open " "the user's form you want to configure. Under the **Preferences** tab, fill " "out the section **PBX Configuration**:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:39 msgid "**SIP Login / Browser's Extension**: the Axivox *username*" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:40 msgid "**SIP Password**: the Axivox *SIP Password*" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:43 msgid "" "You can find all this information by logging in at " "https://manage.axivox.com/, selecting the user you want to configure, and " "referring to the fields as pictured below." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:51 msgid "Phone Calls" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:53 msgid "" "You can make phone calls by clicking on the phone icon in the navigation " "bar." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:55 msgid "" "You can also receive phone calls. Odoo rings and displays a notification." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:58 msgid "Your number is the one provided by Axivox." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:65 msgid "" "If you see a *Missing Parameter* message in the **Odoo softphone**, refresh " "your Odoo window and try again." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:73 msgid "" "If you see an *Incorrect Number* message in the Odoo softphone, make sure to" " use the international format, leading with the plus (+) sign followed by " @@ -3399,18 +3493,18 @@ msgid "" "international prefix for the United States)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:3 msgid "Use VoIP services in Odoo with OnSIP" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo VoIP can be set up to work together with OnSIP (www.onsip.com). In that" " case, the installation and setup of an Asterisk server is not necessary as " "the whole infrastructure is hosted and managed by OnSIP." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:10 msgid "" "You will need to open an account with OnSIP to use this service. Before " "doing so, make sure that your area and the areas you wish to call are " @@ -3418,74 +3512,74 @@ msgid "" "configuration procedure below." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:15 msgid "Go to Apps and install the module **VoIP OnSIP**." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:20 msgid "" "Go to Settings/General Settings. In the section Integrations/Asterisk " "(VoIP), fill in the 3 fields:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:22 msgid "" "**OnSIP Domain** is the domain you chose when creating an account on " "www.onsip.com. If you don't know it, log in to https://admin.onsip.com/ and " "you will see it in the top right corner of the screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:23 msgid "**WebSocket** should contain wss://edge.sip.onsip.com" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:24 msgid "**Mode** should be Production" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:29 msgid "" "Go to **Settings/Users**. In the form view of each VoIP user, in the " "Preferences tab, fill in the section **PBX Configuration**:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:31 msgid "**SIP Login / Browser's Extension**: the OnSIP 'Username'" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:32 msgid "**OnSIP authorization User**: the OnSIP 'Auth Username'" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:33 msgid "**SIP Password**: the OnSIP 'SIP Password'" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:34 msgid "**Handset Extension**: the OnSIP 'Extension'" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:36 msgid "" "You can find all this information by logging in at " "https://admin.onsip.com/users, then select the user you want to configure " "and refer to the fields as pictured below." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:41 msgid "" "You can now make phone calls by clicking the phone icon in the top right " "corner of Odoo (make sure you are logged in as a user properly configured in" " Odoo and in OnSIP)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:45 msgid "" "If you see a *Missing Parameters* message in the Odoo softphone, make sure " "to refresh your Odoo window and try again." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:52 msgid "" "If you see an *Incorrect Number* message in the Odoo softphone, make sure to" " use the international format, leading with the plus (+) sign followed by " @@ -3493,17 +3587,17 @@ msgid "" "international prefix for the United States)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:57 msgid "" "You can now also receive phone calls. Your number is the one provided by " "OnSIP. Odoo will ring and display a notification." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:63 msgid "OnSIP on Your Cell Phone" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:65 msgid "" "In order to make and receive phone calls when you are not in front of your " "computer, you can use a softphone app on your cell phone in parallel of Odoo" @@ -3511,7 +3605,7 @@ msgid "" "incoming calls, or simply for convenience. Any SIP softphone will work." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:67 msgid "" "On Android and iOS, OnSIP has been successfully tested with `Grandstream " "Wave <https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.grandstream.wave>`_." @@ -3519,27 +3613,27 @@ msgid "" "then have to configure it as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:69 msgid "**Account name**: OnSIP" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:70 msgid "**SIP Server**: the OnSIP 'Domain'" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:71 msgid "**SIP User ID**: the OnSIP 'Username'" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:72 msgid "**SIP Authentication ID**: the OnSIP 'Auth Username'" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:73 msgid "**Password**: the OnSIP 'SIP Password'" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:75 msgid "" "Aside from initiating calls from Grandstream Wave on your phone, you can " "also initiate calls by clicking phone numbers in your browser on your PC. " @@ -3550,7 +3644,7 @@ msgid "" "assistant/pceelmncccldedfkcgjkpemakjbapnpg?hl=en>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:79 msgid "" "The downside of using a softphone on your cell phone is that your calls will" " not be logged in Odoo as the softphone acts as an independent separate app." diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po deleted file mode 100644 index c46206c1b..000000000 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,379 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: de\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:5 -msgid "Basics of the QuickStart Methodology" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:7 -msgid "" -"This document summarizes Odoo Online's services, our Success Pack " -"implementation methodology, and best practices to get started with our " -"product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:12 -msgid "The SPoC (*Single Point of Contact*) and the Consultant" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Within the context of your project, it is highly recommended to designate " -"and maintain on both sides (your side and ours) **one and only single person" -" of contact** who will take charge and assume responsibilities regarding the" -" project. He also has to have **the authority** in terms of decision making." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:20 -msgid "" -"**The Odoo Consultant ensures the project implementation from A to Z**: From" -" the beginning to the end of the project, he ensures the overall consistency" -" of the implementation in Odoo and shares his expertise in terms of good " -"practices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:25 -msgid "" -"**One and only decision maker on the client side (SPoC)**: He is responsible" -" for the business knowledge transmission (coordinate key users intervention " -"if necessary) and the consistency of the implementation from a business " -"point of view (decision making, change management, etc.)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:31 -msgid "" -"**Meetings optimization**: The Odoo consultant is not involved in the " -"process of decision making from a business point of view nor to precise " -"processes and company's internal procedures (unless a specific request or an" -" exception). Project meetings, who will take place once or twice a week, are" -" meant to align on the business needs (SPoC) and to define the way those " -"needs will be implemented in Odoo (Consultant)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:39 -msgid "" -"**Train the Trainer approach**: The Odoo consultant provides functional " -"training to the SPoC so that he can pass on this knowledge to his " -"collaborators. In order for this approach to be successful, it is necessary " -"that the SPoC is also involved in its own rise in skills through self-" -"learning via the :doc:`Odoo documentation <../index>`, `The elearning " -"platform <https://odoo.com/learn>`_ and the testing of functionalities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:49 -msgid "Project Scope" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:51 -msgid "" -"To make sure all the stakeholders involved are always aligned, it is " -"necessary to define and to make the project scope evolve as long as the " -"project implementation is pursuing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:55 -msgid "" -"**A clear definition of the initial project scope**: A clear definition of " -"the initial needs is crucial to ensure the project is running smoothly. " -"Indeed, when all the stakeholders share the same vision, the evolution of " -"the needs and the resulting decision-making process are more simple and more" -" clear." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:61 -msgid "" -"**Phasing the project**: Favoring an implementation in several coherent " -"phases allowing regular production releases and an evolving takeover of Odoo" -" by the end users have demonstrated its effectiveness over time. This " -"approach also helps to identify gaps and apply corrective actions early in " -"the implementation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:68 -msgid "" -"**Adopting standard features as a priority**: Odoo offers a great " -"environment to implement slight improvements (customizations) or more " -"important ones (developments). Nevertheless, adoption of the standard " -"solution will be preferred as often as possible in order to optimize project" -" delivery times and provide the user with a long-term stability and fluid " -"scalability of his new tool. Ideally, if an improvement of the software " -"should still be realized, its implementation will be carried out after an " -"experiment of the standard in production." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:82 -msgid "Managing expectations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:84 -msgid "" -"The gap between the reality of an implementation and the expectations of " -"future users is a crucial factor. Three important aspects must be taken into" -" account from the beginning of the project:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:88 -msgid "" -"**Align with the project approach**: Both a clear division of roles and " -"responsibilities and a clear description of the operating modes (validation," -" problem-solving, etc.) are crucial to the success of an Odoo " -"implementation. It is therefore strongly advised to take the necessary time " -"at the beginning of the project to align with these topics and regularly " -"check that this is still the case." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:96 -msgid "" -"**Focus on the project success, not on the ideal solution**: The main goal " -"of the SPoC and the Consultant is to carry out the project entrusted to them" -" in order to provide the most effective solution to meet the needs " -"expressed. This goal can sometimes conflict with the end user's vision of an" -" ideal solution. In that case, the SPoC and the consultant will apply the " -"80-20 rule: focus on 80% of the expressed needs and take out the remaining " -"20% of the most disadvantageous objectives in terms of cost/benefit ratio " -"(those proportions can of course change over time). Therefore, it will be " -"considered acceptable to integrate a more time-consuming manipulation if a " -"global relief is noted. Changes in business processes may also be proposed " -"to pursue this same objective." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:110 -msgid "" -"**Specifications are always EXPLICIT**: Gaps between what is expected and " -"what is delivered are often a source of conflict in a project. In order to " -"avoid being in this delicate situation, we recommend using several types of " -"tools\\* :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:115 -msgid "" -"**The GAP Analysis**: The comparison of the request with the standard " -"features proposed by Odoo will make it possible to identify the gap to be " -"filled by developments/customizations or changes in business processes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:120 -msgid "" -"**The User Story**: This technique clearly separates the responsibilities " -"between the SPoC, responsible for explaining the WHAT, the WHY and the WHO, " -"and the Consultant who will provide a response to the HOW." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:128 -msgid "" -"`The Proof of Concept <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Proof_of_concept>`__ A " -"simplified version, a prototype of what is expected to agree on the main " -"lines of expected changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:132 -msgid "" -"**The Mockup**: In the same idea as the Proof of Concept, it will align with" -" the changes related to the interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:135 -msgid "" -"To these tools will be added complete transparency on the possibilities and " -"limitations of the software and/or its environment so that all project " -"stakeholders have a clear idea of what can be expected/achieved in the " -"project. We will, therefore, avoid basing our work on hypotheses without " -"verifying its veracity beforehand." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:141 -msgid "" -"*This list can, of course, be completed by other tools that would more " -"adequately meet the realities and needs of your project*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:145 -msgid "Communication Strategy" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:147 -msgid "" -"The purpose of the QuickStart methodology is to ensure quick ownership of " -"the tool for end users. Effective communication is therefore crucial to the " -"success of this approach. Its optimization will, therefore, lead us to " -"follow those principles:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:152 -msgid "" -"**Sharing the project management documentation**: The best way to ensure " -"that all stakeholders in a project have the same level of knowledge is to " -"provide direct access to the project's tracking document (Project " -"Organizer). This document will contain at least a list of tasks to be " -"performed as part of the implementation for which the priority level and the" -" manager are clearly defined." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:160 -msgid "" -"The Project Organizer is a shared project tracking tool that allows both " -"detailed tracking of ongoing tasks and the overall progress of the project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:164 -msgid "" -"**Report essential information**: In order to minimize the documentation " -"time to the essentials, we will follow the following good practices:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:168 -msgid "Meeting minutes will be limited to decisions and validations;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:170 -msgid "" -"Project statuses will only be established when an important milestone is " -"reached;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:173 -msgid "" -"Training sessions on the standard or customized solution will be organized." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:177 -msgid "Customizations and Development" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:179 -msgid "" -"Odoo is a software known for its flexibility and its important evolution " -"capacity. However, a significant amount of development contradicts a fast " -"and sustainable implementation. This is the reason why it is recommended to:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:184 -msgid "" -"**Develop only for a good reason**: The decision to develop must always be " -"taken when the cost-benefit ratio is positive (saving time on a daily basis," -" etc.). For example, it will be preferable to realize a significant " -"development in order to reduce the time of a daily operation, rather than an" -" operation to be performed only once a quarter. It is generally accepted " -"that the closer the solution is to the standard, the lighter and more fluid " -"the migration process, and the lower the maintenance costs for both parties." -" In addition, experience has shown us that 60% of initial development " -"requests are dropped after a few weeks of using standard Odoo (see " -"\"Adopting the standard as a priority\")." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:196 -msgid "" -"**Replace, without replicate**: There is a good reason for the decision to " -"change the management software has been made. In this context, the moment of" -" implementation is THE right moment to accept and even be a change initiator" -" both in terms of how the software will be used and at the level of the " -"business processes of the company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:204 -msgid "Testing and Validation principles" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:206 -msgid "" -"Whether developments are made or not in the implementation, it is crucial to" -" test and validate the correspondence of the solution with the operational " -"needs of the company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:210 -msgid "" -"**Role distribution**: In this context, the Consultant will be responsible " -"for delivering a solution corresponding to the defined specifications; the " -"SPoC will have to test and validate that the solution delivered meets the " -"requirements of the operational reality." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:216 -msgid "" -"**Change management**: When a change needs to be made to the solution, the " -"noted gap is caused by:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:220 -msgid "" -"A difference between the specification and the delivered solution - This is " -"a correction for which the Consultant is responsible" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:223 -msgid "**or**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:225 -msgid "" -"A difference between the specification and the imperatives of operational " -"reality - This is a change that is the responsibility of SPoC." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:229 -msgid "Data Imports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:231 -msgid "" -"Importing the history of transactional data is an important issue and must " -"be answered appropriately to allow the project running smoothly. Indeed, " -"this task can be time-consuming and, if its priority is not well defined, " -"prevent production from happening in time. To do this as soon as possible, " -"it will be decided :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:237 -msgid "" -"**Not to import anything**: It often happens that after reflection, " -"importing data history is not considered necessary, these data being, " -"moreover, kept outside Odoo and consolidated for later reporting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:242 -msgid "" -"**To import a limited amount of data before going into production**: When " -"the data history relates to information being processed (purchase orders, " -"invoices, open projects, for example), the need to have this information " -"available from the first day of use in production is real. In this case, the" -" import will be made before the production launch." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:249 -msgid "" -"**To import after production launch**: When the data history needs to be " -"integrated with Odoo mainly for reporting purposes, it is clear that these " -"can be integrated into the software retrospectively. In this case, the " -"production launch of the solution will precede the required imports." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:256 -msgid "Support" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:258 -msgid "" -"When your project is put in production, our support teams take care of your " -"questions or technical issues." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:261 -msgid "See :ref:`support-expectations`." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po deleted file mode 100644 index e814e66b3..000000000 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,870 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: de\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../helpdesk.rst:5 -msgid "Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:3 -msgid "After Sales Features" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:5 -msgid "" -"As your business grows, having the right tool to support your helpdesk team " -"on recording, tracking and managing issues raised easy and efficiently, is " -"key. Odoo’s Helpdesk application allows you to generate credit notes, manage" -" returns, products, repairs, grant coupons, and even plan onsite " -"interventions from a ticket’s page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:11 -msgid "Set up the after sales services" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " -"enable the after sales options: *Refunds, Returns, Coupons, Repairs and " -"Onsite Interventions*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:20 -msgid "Generate credit notes from tickets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:22 -msgid "" -"You can use a credit note to refund a customer or adjust the amount due. For" -" that, simply go to your ticket page, click on *Refund* and select the " -"corresponding *Invoice*. Clicking on *Reverse* generates a credit note, and " -"you can *Post* it while still being in the *Helpdesk* app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:30 -msgid "Allow product returns from tickets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:32 -msgid "" -"The process of a product return from your customer back to your warehouse is" -" taken into action when, at the ticket page, you choose the option *Return*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:39 -msgid "Grant coupons from tickets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:41 -msgid "" -"First, be sure to have your *Coupon Program* planned in the *Sales* or " -"*Website* application. Then, in *Helpdesk*, open your ticket, click on " -"*Coupon*, and choose the respective one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:48 -msgid "Repairs from tickets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Clicking on *Repair* option, on your ticket page, a new repair order form is" -" shown. Fill in the information as needed and choose the next step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:57 -msgid "Plan onsite interventions from tickets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:59 -msgid "" -"At the ticket's page click on *Plan Intervention*, and set up your onsite " -"intervention exactly the same way as if you were on the *Field Service* " -"application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:67 -msgid "" -"`Coupons <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/coupon-" -"programs-640?fullscreen=1>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:68 -msgid ":doc:`../../manufacturing/repair/repair`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:3 -msgid "Allow Customers to Close their Tickets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Allowing customers to close their tickets gives them autonomy and minimize " -"misunderstandings about when an issue is considered solved, or not. It makes" -" communication and actions more efficient." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:9 -msgid "Configure the feature" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:11 -msgid "" -"To configure the feature go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Settings --> " -"Helpdesk Teams --> Edit` and enable *Ticket closing*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:18 -msgid "" -"In order to designate to which stage the ticket migrates to once it is " -"closed, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Overview --> Tickets`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:25 -msgid "" -"You can either create a new Kanban stage or work with an existing one. For " -"both scenarios, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Settings --> Edit Stage` " -"and enable *Closing Stage*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:32 -msgid "" -"If a closing stage is not specified, by default, the ticket is moved to the " -"last stage; contrarily, if you have more than one stage set as closing, the " -"ticket is put in the first one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:36 -msgid "The Costumer Portal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Now, once the user logs into his Portal, the option *Close this ticket* is " -"available." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:45 -msgid "Get reports on tickets closed by costumers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:47 -msgid "" -"To do an analysis of the tickets that have been closed by costumers go to " -":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting --> Tickets --> Filters --> Add " -"Custom filter --> Closed by partner --> Applied`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:3 -msgid "Forum and eLearning" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:6 -msgid "Forum" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:8 -msgid "" -"To go above and beyond email, live chat, web forms, and phone lines, offer " -"your customers a support forum. This way, customers might become more " -"attached to your company as they would be investing time to get into details" -" of your business. You also encourage the exchange of experiences and " -"knowledge, supporting the feeling of belonging to a community (your " -"community!)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:14 -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:52 -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:10 -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:11 -msgid "Set up" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Team` and " -"enable *Help Center*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Create, or edit a forum by clicking on the external link. Among the editing " -"options, choose if you would like the *Forum Mode* to be *Questions*: only " -"one answer is allowed per question or *Discussions*: multiple answers are " -"allowed per question." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:31 -msgid "" -"From now on, logged in users can start their discussions. To keep track of " -"posts, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Forum --> Posts`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Turn tickets into forum posts by simply clicking on *Share on the Forum* on " -"the ticket's page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:45 -msgid "eLearning" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:47 -msgid "" -"In addition to a forum, offer online courses. When doing so, you link your " -"customers and users’ needs and questions to useful content, helping to boost" -" efficiency as they can also find their answers there." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " -"enable *eLearning*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Once the structure and content of your course are ready, *Publish* it by " -"clicking on *Unpublished*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:67 -msgid "" -"To keep track of your course statistics, go to *eLearning* and *View " -"Course*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:73 -msgid "Todo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:73 -msgid "" -"DETAILS/INFO SHOULD COME FROM ELEARNING DOCS. THEREFORE, LINK DOCS ONCE " -"AVAILABLE!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:3 -msgid "Getting Started" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Helpdesk teams provide your customers with support to queries or errors they" -" might encounter while using your product/service. Therefore, a successful " -"scheme where you can organize multiple teams with their customized pipeline," -" visibilities settings, and ticket traceability is essential." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:10 -msgid "Set up teams" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To modify or create teams, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration " -"--> Helpdesk Teams`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Setting up multiple teams allows you to group tickets by your channels " -"(example: BE/US), or by your support services' types (example: IT, " -"accounting, admin, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:21 -msgid "Team’s productivity and visibility" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Teams can have individual *Assignment Methods* to ensure that tickets get " -"redirected to the right person:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:26 -msgid "" -"*Manually*: tickets are manually assigned, allowing employees to manage " -"their own workload and target tickets they are experts at;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:28 -msgid "" -"*Random*: tickets are randomly assigned and everyone gets the same amount. " -"This method ensures that all tickets are handled as the assignment happens " -"automatically;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:30 -msgid "" -"*Balanced*: tickets are assigned to the person with the least amount of " -"tickets so that everyone fairly gets the same amount. Thereby, you ensure " -"that all tickets get to be taken care of." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:40 -msgid "" -"For the *Random* and *Balanced* assignment methods, you can set the *Team " -"Members* among whom tickets are assigned. Leave the field empty to include " -"all employees (with the proper access rights)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:43 -msgid "" -"The *Team Visibility* feature allows you to specify who can see and access " -"the team’s tickets. Therefore, ticket’s with sensible information are only " -"seen by the right people. Leave the field empty to include all employees " -"(with the proper access rights)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:46 -msgid "Set up stages and share it among teams" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:48 -msgid "" -"To set up stages, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> " -"Stages`. Then, create and/or edit stages as you need and set specific teams " -"to use certain stages under *Team*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Stages can be shared between one or multiple teams, allowing you to adapt " -"the pipeline to your individual needs. They also apply a visibility and " -"access rule, as other teams are not able to see or use the stage." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:64 -msgid ":doc:`../../general/odoo_basics/add_user`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:3 -msgid "Ratings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Allow customers to rate their experience with your helpdesk teams to " -"strengthen your credibility and gain their trust. Reviews can also influence" -" a customer’s decision and open space for feedback that can help you improve" -" the quality of your services." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " -"enable *Ratings on tickets*. The feature automatically adds a default email " -"template on the non-folded *closing stage(s)* of that team." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:21 -msgid "" -"To edit the email template and the stage(s) set as the closing ones, go to " -"the Kanban view of your helpdesk team and click on *Settings*, then on *Edit" -" Stage*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Now, once a ticket reaches the stage(s) designated as the *Closing Stage*, " -"an email is sent to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Ratings can be seen on the chatter of each ticket, under the *See Customer " -"Satisfaction* link on the main dashboard, and through *Reporting*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:39 -msgid "Ratings visible on the customer portal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " -"enable *Display Rating on Customer Portal*. Now, by clicking on the helpdesk" -" team’s name on their ticket, customers can see its ratings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:51 -msgid ":doc:`../../portal/my_odoo_portal`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:52 -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:88 -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:47 -msgid ":doc:`../advanced/close_tickets`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:3 -msgid "Start Receiving Tickets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Offering a variety of channels from where your customers can contact you " -"grants them flexibility and the right to choose the best one for themselves." -" And, in order to make sure inquiries across all channels get addressed, it " -"is essential to have a solution where all interactions come in one place." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:11 -msgid "Channels options to submit tickets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`, and " -"enable the following features as you want them to be available to your " -"users." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:21 -msgid "Email Alias" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Let your customers submit tickets by sending an email to your support email " -"address. The subject line of the email becomes the title of the ticket and " -"the content is shown in the Chatter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Select *Configure domain name* to be redirected to *Settings* and, from " -"there, enable *External Email Servers* to determine or change your *Alias " -"Domain*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Using your own email server is required to send and receive emails in Odoo " -"Community and Enterprise. Online users benefit from a ready-to-use email " -"server." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:39 -msgid "Website Form" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Allow your customers to submit a ticket by filling in a form through your " -"website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Once the feature is activated, get redirected to your website by clicking on" -" *Go to Website*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:49 -msgid "" -"From the website page customize the form as you like. Then, publish it by " -"clicking on *Unpublished*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:56 -msgid "Live Chat" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:59 -msgid "" -"Through live interactions with your website visitors, helpdesk tickets can " -"be instantly created and redirected to the right person." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Click on your helpdesk team's name - for the example below: *Customer Care* " -"- and :doc:`set up your channel <../../livechat/overview/get_started>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Now, your operators can create tickets by using the :doc:`command " -"<../../livechat/overview/responses>` */helpdesk (subject_of_ticket)*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:72 -msgid "Prioritize tickets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:74 -msgid "" -"Use the stars to prioritize your tickets. The most urgent ones appear at the" -" top of your list on the Kanban view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:77 -msgid "1 star = *Low priority*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:78 -msgid "2 stars = *High priority*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:79 -msgid "3 stars = *Urgent*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:87 -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:60 -msgid ":doc:`sla`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:89 -msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_servers`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:3 -msgid "Reports for a Better Support" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:5 -msgid "" -"An efficient customer service solution should have a built-in reporting " -"option. Reports allow you to track trends, identify areas for improvement, " -"manage employees’ workloads and, most importantly, meet your customer’s " -"expectations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:10 -msgid "Cases" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:12 -msgid "Some examples of the reports Odoo Helpdesk can generate include:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:14 -msgid "The number of tickets *grouped by* team and ticket type." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:17 -msgid "" -"In this manner, you are able to evaluate which ticket types have been the " -"most frequent ones, plus the workload of your teams." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Apply *Time Ranges* if you would like to make comparisons to a *Previous " -"Period* or a *Previous Year*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:25 -msgid "The number of tickets closed per day, per team." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Get an overview of how many requests each team is closing per day in order " -"to measure their performance. Identify productivity levels to understand how" -" many requests they are able to handle." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Filter it by *Assignee* to see Key Performance Indicators (KPI) per agent." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:37 -msgid "" -"The number of hours tickets are taking to be solved, grouped by team and " -"ticket type." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Check if your expectations are met by *measuring* the *Time to close " -"(hours)*. Your customers not only expect fast responses but they also want " -"their issues to be handled quickly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:48 -msgid "Save filters" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Save the filters you use the most and avoid having to reconstruct them every" -" time they are needed. To do so, set the groups, filters, and measures " -"needed. Then, go to *Favorites*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:59 -msgid ":doc:`receiving_tickets`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:3 -msgid "Service Level Agreements (SLA)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Service Level Agreements (SLA) are commitments you make with your customers " -"to outline how a service is delivered. It bolsters trust between you and " -"your customers as it makes clear what needs to be done, to what standard, " -"and when." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:10 -msgid "Create your policies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:13 -msgid "" -"First, enable the feature on the settings of the team you would like " -"policies to be applied, going to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration " -"--> Helpdesk Teams`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Create your policies through the team’s settings page or go to " -":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> SLA Policies`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Choose to which **Team** the policy is relevant and the **Minimum Priority**" -" a ticket needs to have for the policy to be applied." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:27 -msgid "" -"**Target** is the stage a ticket needs to reach within the period defined to" -" satisfy the SLA. The period is based on the ticket’s creation date, and a " -"deadline is set on the ticket’s form once it matches an SLA policy rule. If " -"a ticket has more than one policy applied to it, the closest deadline of all" -" SLAs is the one considered." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:29 -msgid "" -"When a ticket has satisfied an SLA policy, the SLA tag appears in green and " -"the deadline field is not shown anymore." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:37 -msgid "SLA Analysis" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting --> SLA Status Analysis`. Apply" -" *Filters* and *Group by* to identify tickets that should be prioritized and" -" keep track of upcoming deadlines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice.rst:3 -msgid "Timesheet and Invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:3 -msgid "Invoice Time Spent on Tickets (Prepaid Support Services)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Have the option to work with prepaid support services, meaning that a sales " -"order and a corresponding invoice are issued and, once the service is done, " -"you can deduct the time spent. Odoo allows it to happen because the " -"applications are fully integrated, resulting in faster responses to your " -"customer needs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:14 -msgid "Step 1: Set up a helpdesk team" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`, create" -" or edit an existing team, and enable *Timesheet on Ticket* and *Time " -"Reinvoicing*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Select or create a project under *Timesheet on Ticket*. The selected/created" -" is the one at which employees timesheet on by default. However, it can be " -"ultimately modified on each ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:28 -msgid "Step 2: Set up a service" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " -"*Units of Measure* to optionally be able to choose *hours* (for example) as " -"the unit of measure of your service." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Then, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`, create or edit" -" an existing one, and set its *Product Type* as *Service*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Now, select the invoicing management you would like to have under the " -"*Sales* tab. We recommend the following configuration:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:47 -msgid "" -"This configuration ensures that the customer is invoiced by the number of " -"hours predicted in the sales order, meaning that less or extra hours " -"recorded are not taken into account. It also ensures that every time a sales" -" order is confirmed, a new task is created under the right project, " -"automating the process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:53 -msgid "" -"We recommend setting up a specific project, as it was done for this flow " -"example. The important thing to remember is that the sales order item needs " -"to be set on the corresponding project or task, in order to reinvoice the " -"time spent on a ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:58 -msgid "Prevision an invoice and record time" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:61 -msgid "Step 1: Place an order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> Orders` and create one for the " -"helpdesk service product you have previously set up, with the customer who " -"needs the ticket to be opened. Set the number of hours needed to assist the " -"customer and *Confirm* the order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:72 -msgid "Step 2: Invoice the customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:74 -msgid "In *Sales*, select the respective sales order to *Create Invoice*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:82 -msgid "Step 3: Link the task to the ticket" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:84 -msgid "" -"Now, in *Helpdesk*, create or edit the respective ticket and link it to the " -"task created by the confirmation of the sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:92 -msgid "Step 4: Record the time spent" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:94 -msgid "" -"Still on the respective helpdesk ticket, record the hours performed under " -"the *Timesheets* tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:100 -msgid "" -"Note that the hours recorded on the ticket form are shown on the *Delivered*" -" column in the sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:108 -msgid "" -"Hours recorded on the ticket are automatically shown in *Timesheets* and on " -"the dedicated task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:111 -msgid ":doc:`reinvoice_from_project`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:112 -msgid ":doc:`../../inventory/management/products/uom`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:3 -msgid "Invoice Time Spent on Tickets (Postpaid Support Services)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Directly pull the billable time you have tracked on your helpdesk tickets " -"into sales orders and invoices through a project task. It gives you more " -"control over what you charge your client, and it is more efficient." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:10 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk team --> Edit`" -" and enable the options *Timesheet on Ticket* and *Time Reinvoicing*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Under *Timesheet on Ticket*, choose the *Project* to which tickets (and " -"timesheets) will be linked by default. Open its *External link* to enable " -"the feature *Bill from tasks*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:22 -msgid "Create a sales order and an invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Now, once you have recorded the time you spent on the helpdesk ticket, under" -" the *Timesheets* tab, access the task clicking on its name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:31 -msgid "*Create Sales Order* and proceed to create the invoice." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/index.po index 2c92b2a78..bf6e3d61d 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/index.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/index.po @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-18 07:12+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" "Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" @@ -17,10 +17,6 @@ msgstr "" "Language: de\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" -#: ../../index.rst:7 ../../index.rst:7 -msgid "Index" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../index.rst:3 -msgid "Odoo User Documentation" +#: ../../content/index.rst:3 +msgid "Odoo Documentation" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po deleted file mode 100644 index 2389a884b..000000000 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,6652 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" -"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: de\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../inventory.rst:5 -msgid "Inventory" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode.rst:3 -msgid "Barcodes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations.rst:3 -msgid "Daily Operations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3 -msgid "Process to an Inventory Adjustment with Barcodes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:5 -msgid "" -"To process an inventory adjustment by using barcodes, you first need to open" -" the *Barcode* app. Then, from the application, click on *Inventory " -"Adjustments*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:13 -msgid "" -"If you want to fully work with barcodes, you can download the sheet " -"*Commands for Inventory*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Once you have clicked on *Inventory Adjustments*, Odoo will automatically " -"create one. Note that, if you work with multi-location, you first need to " -"specify in which location the inventory adjustment takes place." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:24 -msgid "" -"If you don’t work with multi-location, you will be able to scan the " -"different products you want to include in the inventory adjustment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:31 -msgid "" -"If you have 5 identical articles, scan it 5 times or use the keyboard to set" -" the quantity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Besides using the barcode scanner, you can also manually add a product if " -"necessary. To do so, click on *Add Product* and fill the information in " -"manually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:44 -msgid "" -"When you have scanned all the items of the location, validate the inventory " -"manually or scan the *Validate* barcode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:3 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/overview.rst:3 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:6 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:5 -msgid "" -"There are different situations in which barcode nomenclatures can be useful." -" A well-known use case is the one of a point of sale which sells products in" -" bulk, in which the customers will scale their products themselves and get " -"the printed barcode to stick on the product. This barcode will contain the " -"weight of the product and help compute the price accordingly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:13 -msgid "Create a Barcode Nomenclature" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Odoo supports Barcode Nomenclatures, which determine the mapping and " -"interpretation of the encoded information. You can configure your barcode " -"nomenclature being in :doc:`Developer mode " -"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Barcode Nomenclature`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:20 -msgid "" -"You can create a barcode nomenclature from there, and then add a line to " -"create your first rule." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:26 -msgid "" -"The first step is to specify the **rule name**, for example Weight Barcode " -"with 3 Decimals. You then have to specify the type for barcode nomenclature," -" in our case it will be Weighted Product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:33 -msgid "" -"The Barcode Pattern is a regular expression that defines the structure of " -"the barcode. In this example 21 defines the products on which the rule will " -"be applied, those are the numbers by which the product barcode should start." -" The 5 “dots” are the following numbers of the product barcode and are there" -" simply to identify the product in question. The “N” define a number and the" -" “D” define the decimals." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:40 -msgid "" -"The encoding allows to specify the barcode encoding on which the rule should" -" be applied." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:44 -msgid "" -"You can define different rules and order their priority thanks to the " -"sequence. The first rule which matches the scanned barcode will be applied." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:49 -msgid "Configure your Product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:51 -msgid "The barcode of the product should start by “21”;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:52 -msgid "" -"The 5 “dots” are the other numbers of your product barcode, allowing to " -"identify the product;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:53 -msgid "" -"The barcode should contain 0’s where you did defined D’s or N’s. In our case" -" we need to set 5 zeros because we configured “21…..{NNDDD}”;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:54 -msgid "" -"In EAN-13, the last number is a check number, use an EAN13 generator to know" -" which digit it should be in your case." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:59 -msgid "" -"In case you weight 1,5 Kg of pasta, the balance will print you the following" -" barcode 2112345015002. If you scan this barcode in your POS or when " -"receiving products in your barcode application, Odoo will automatically " -"create a new line for the Pasta product for a quantity of 1.5 Kg. For the " -"point of sale, a price depending on the quantity will also be computed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:70 -msgid "Rule Types" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:72 -msgid "" -"**Priced Product**: allows you to identify the product and specify its " -"price, used in POS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:73 -msgid "" -"**Discounted Product**: allows you to create one barcode per applied " -"discount. You can then scan your product in the POS and then scan the " -"discount barcode, discount will be applied on the normal price of the " -"product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:74 -msgid "" -"**Weighted Product**: allows you to identify the product and specify its " -"weight, used in both POS (in which the price is computed based on the " -"weight) and in inventory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:75 -msgid "" -"**Client**: allows you to identify the customer, for example used with " -"loyalty program." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:76 -msgid "**Cashier**: allows you to identify the cashier when entering the POS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:77 -msgid "" -"**Location**: allows you to identify the location on a transfer when multi-" -"location is activated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:78 -msgid "" -"**Package**: allows you to identify packages on a transfer when packages are" -" activated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:79 -msgid "" -"**Lot**: allows you to identify the lot number of a product on a transfer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:80 -msgid "" -"**Credit Card**: doesn’t need manual modification, exists for data from the " -"Mercury module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:81 -msgid "" -"**Unit Product**: allows you to identify a product for both POS and " -"transfers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:84 -msgid "" -"When the barcode pattern contains .*, it means that it can contain any " -"number of characters, those characters being any number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:3 -msgid "Process to Transfers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:6 -msgid "Simple Transfers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:8 -msgid "" -"To process a transfer from the *Barcode* app, the first step is to go to " -"*Operations*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Then, you have the choice to either enter an existing transfer, by going to " -"the corresponding operation type and manually selecting the one you want to " -"enter, or by scanning the barcode of the transfer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:24 -msgid "" -"From there, you will be able to scan the products that are part of the " -"existing transfer and/or add new products to this transfer. Once all the " -"products have been scanned, you can validate the transfer to proceed with " -"the stock moves." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:33 -msgid "" -"If you have different storage locations in your warehouse, you can add " -"additional steps for the different operation types." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:37 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:50 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:45 -msgid "Receipts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:39 -msgid "" -"When receiving a product in stock, you need to scan its barcode in order to " -"identify it in the system. Once done, you can either make it enter the main " -"location of the transfer, for example WH/Stock, or scan a location barcode " -"to make it enter a sub-location of the main location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:48 -msgid "" -"If you want the product to enter WH/Stock in our example, you can simply " -"scan the next product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:52 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery.rst:3 -msgid "Delivery Orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:54 -msgid "" -"When delivering a product, you have to scan the source location if it is " -"different than the one initially set on the transfer. Then, you can start " -"scanning the products that are delivered from this specific location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:62 -msgid "" -"Once the different products have been scanned, you have the possibility to " -"scan another location, such as WH/Stock, and another page will be added to " -"your delivery order. You can move from one to the other thanks to the " -"*Previous* and *Next* buttons." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Now, you can validate your transfer. To do so, click on *Next* until you " -"reach the last page of the transfer. There, you will be able to validate it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:78 -msgid "Internal Transfers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:80 -msgid "" -"When realizing an internal transfer with multi-location, you first have to " -"scan the source location of the product. Then, you can scan the product in " -"itself, before having to scan the barcode of the destination location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:85 -msgid "" -"If the source and destination of the internal transfers are already correct," -" you don’t need to scan them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:89 -msgid "Transfers with Tracked Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:91 -msgid "" -"If you work with products tracked by lot/serial numbers, you have two ways " -"of working:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:94 -msgid "" -"If you work with serial/lot numbers taking all products into consideration, " -"you can scan the barcode of the lot/serial number and Odoo will increase the" -" quantity of the product, setting its lot/serial number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:99 -msgid "" -"If you have the same lot/serial number for different products, you can work " -"by scanning the product barcode first, and then the barcode of the " -"lot/serial number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:3 -msgid "Create a Transfer from Scratch" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:5 -msgid "" -"To create a transfer from the *Barcode* application, you first need to print" -" the operation type barcodes. To do so, you can download the *Stock barcode " -"sheet* from the home page of the app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Once done, you can scan the one for which you want to create a new document." -" Then, an empty document will be created and you will be able to scan your " -"products to populate it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup.rst:3 -msgid "Setup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:3 -msgid "Set up your barcode scanner" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Getting started with barcode scanning in Odoo is fairly easy. Yet, a good " -"user experience relies on an appropriate hardware setup. This guide will " -"help you through the task of choosing and configuring the barcode scanner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:11 -msgid "Find the barcode scanner that suits your needs" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:13 -msgid "" -"The 3 recommended type of barcode scanners to work with the Odoo " -"**Inventory** and **Barcode Scanning** apps are the **USB scanner**, **the " -"bluetooth scanner** and the **mobile computer scanner**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:20 -msgid "" -"If you scan products at a computer location, the **USB scanner** is the way " -"to go. Simply plug it in the computer to start scanning. Just make sure when" -" you buy it that the scanner is compatible with your keyboard layout or can " -"be configured to be so." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:25 -msgid "" -"The **bluetooth scanner** can be paired with a smartphone or a tablet and is" -" a good choice if you want to be mobile but don't need a big investment. An " -"approach is to log in Odoo on you smartphone, pair the bluetooth scanner " -"with the smartphone and work in the warehouse with the possibility to check " -"your smartphone from time to time and use the software 'manually'." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:32 -msgid "" -"For heavy use, the **mobile computer scanner** is the handiest solution. It " -"consists of a small computer with a built-in barcode scanner. This one can " -"turn out to be a very productive solution, however you need to make sure " -"that is is capable of running Odoo smoothly. The most recent models using " -"Android + Google Chrome or Windows + Internet Explorer Mobile should do the " -"job. However, due to the variety of models and configurations on the market," -" it is essential to test it first." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:42 -msgid "Configure your barcode scanner" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:45 -msgid "Keyboard layout" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:50 -msgid "" -"An USB barcode scanner needs to be configured to use the same keyboard " -"layout as your operating system. Otherwise, your scanner won't translate " -"characters correctly (replacing a 'A' with a 'Q' for example). Most scanners" -" are configured by scanning the appropriate barcode in the user manual." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:57 -msgid "Automatic carriage return" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:59 -msgid "" -"By default, Odoo has a 50 milliseconds delay between each successive scan " -"(it helps avoid accidental double scanning). If you want to suppress this " -"delay, you can configure your scanner to insert a carriage return at the end" -" of each barcode. This is usually the default configuration and can be " -"explicitly configured by scanning a specific barcode in the user manual ('CR" -" suffix ON', 'Apply Enter for suffix', etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:3 -msgid "Activate the Barcodes in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The barcode scanning features can save you a lot of time usually lost " -"switching between the keyboard, the mouse and the scanner. Properly " -"attributing barcodes to products, pickings locations, etc. allows you to " -"work more efficiently by controlling the software almost exclusively with " -"the barcode scanner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:12 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:12 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:37 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:9 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:50 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:18 -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:19 -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:16 -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:21 -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:15 -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:14 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:10 -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:10 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:16 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:15 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:17 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:14 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:14 -msgid "" -"To use this feature, you first need to activate the *Barcode* functionality " -"via :menuselection:`Inventory --> Settings --> Barcode Scanner`. Once you " -"have ticked the feature, you can hit save." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:22 -msgid "Set Product Barcodes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:24 -msgid "" -"You can easily assign barcodes to your different products via the " -"*Inventory* app. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " -"Products Barcodes`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Then, you have the possibility to assign barcodes to your products directly " -"at creation on the product form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Be careful to add barcodes directly on the product variants and not on the " -"template product. Otherwise, you won’t be able to differentiate them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:45 -msgid "Set Locations Barcodes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:47 -msgid "" -"If you manage multiple locations, you will find useful to attribute a " -"barcode to each location and stick it on the location. You can configure the" -" locations barcodes in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " -"Locations`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:58 -msgid "" -"You can easily print the barcode you allocate to the locations via the " -"*Print* menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:62 -msgid "Barcode Formats" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Most retail products use EAN-13 barcodes. They cannot be made up without " -"proper authorization. You must pay the International Article Numbering " -"Association a fee in exchange for an EAN code sequence." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Still, as Odoo supports any string as a barcode, you can always define your " -"own barcode format for internal use." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management.rst:3 -msgid "Warehouse Management" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:3 -msgid "How do I cancel a delivery order?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo gives you the possibility to cancel a delivery method whether it has " -"been validated to fast, it needs to be modified or for any other reason." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Some carriers are more flexible than others, so make sure to cancel your " -"delivery order as fast as possible if it needs to be done so you don't have " -"any bad surprise." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:17 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:26 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:107 -msgid "Sale process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Go to the **Sales** module, click on **Sales** and then on **Sales Order**. " -"Then click on the sale order you want to cancel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Click on the **Delivery** button, in the upper right corner of the sale " -"order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Now, click on the **Additional info** tab and you will see that next to the " -"**Carrier Tracking Reference**, there is a **Cancel** button. Click on it to" -" cancel the delivery." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:38 -msgid "" -"To make sure that your delivery is cancelled, check in the history, you will" -" receive the confirmation of the cancellation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:3 -msgid "How can I limit a delivery method to a certain number of countries?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:8 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can have different types of delivery methods, and you can " -"limit them to a certain number of countries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Go to the **Inventory** module, click on **Configuration** and then on " -"**Delivery Methods**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Select the delivery method that you want to change, or create a new one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:25 -msgid "" -"In the **Destination** tab, choose the countries to which you want to apply " -"this delivery method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:28 -msgid "Now, that this is done, Let's see the result." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:30 -msgid "" -"If you go to the website, and you try to buy something, once you've entered " -"your details and you proceed to the payment, the website will propose you " -"only the delivery methods that apply to your shipping address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:39 -msgid "" -"This process doesn't work in backend. We assume that when you create a Sale " -"Order, you know which delivery method you can use since you created them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:3 -msgid "Send Products to Customers Directly from Suppliers (Drop-shipping)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:6 -msgid "What is Drop-Shipping?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Drop-Shipping is a system that allows orders taken from your store to be " -"shipped straight from your supplier to your customer. On a usual delivery " -"system, products are sent from your supplier to your warehouse to be put in " -"stock and then shipped to your customers after ordering." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:13 -msgid "" -"With drop-shipping, no item is stocked. When a customer places an order in " -"your shop, the item is delivered straight from the supplier to the customer." -" Therefore, the product doesn't need to get through your warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:19 -msgid "Points to be Considered while Implementing Drop-Shipping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Use drop-shipping only for the products you can't or don't want to keep in " -"stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:22 -msgid "" -"One reason is that you'll always make smaller margins on items that are " -"drop-shipped, so you should keep it only for items that take up a lot of " -"space in your warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:30 -msgid "Drop-shipping is best for niche products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Chances are that products that are in high demand are being offered by large" -" suppliers at a fraction of the price you'll be able to charge, so using a " -"more costly shipping method won't be financially rewarding. But if your " -"product is unique, then it makes sense!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:33 -msgid "To protect your customers from bad experiences." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Test drop-shipping companies for yourself beforehand and list the best ones." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:37 -msgid "Make sure time is not against you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Drop-shipping should take a reasonable amount of time and surely not more " -"than it would have taken you to handle it all by yourself. It's also nice to" -" be able to provide your customers with a tracking number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:44 -msgid "Items have to be available from your supplier." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:40 -msgid "" -"It's good to know if the product you're selling is available upstream. If " -"you don't have that information, inform your customers that you don't hold " -"the item in stock and that it's subject to availability from a third party." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:47 -msgid "" -"For more information and insights about Drop-Shipping, you can read our " -"blog: `*What is drop-shipping and how to use it* <https://www.odoo.com/blog" -"/business-hacks-1/post/what-is-drop-shipping-and-how-to-use-it-250>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:52 -msgid "Configure Drop-Shipping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Activate the functionality in the *Purchase* application by going to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Then, go to the *Inventory* app, in :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings` to activate the *Multi-Step Routes* feature. It will allow you to " -"make the *Route* field appear on the sale order lines to specify you send a " -"product via drop-shipping." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Now, in the *Sales* app, go to :menuselection:`Products --> Products`. " -"Select the product you would like to drop-ship and add a vendor pricelist " -"which contains the right supplier, via the purchase tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:76 -msgid "Send Products from the Suppliers Directly to the Customers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:78 -msgid "" -"Create a *Sales Order* and add the product on which you just set the vendor." -" Add the *Route* field thanks to the widget on the right of the sale order " -"line. Now, you are able to specify that your products’ route is *Drop-" -"Shipping*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:89 -msgid "" -"Once the sale order is confirmed, Odoo automatically generates a *Request " -"for Quotation* for the supplier who will proceed to the drop-shipping. You " -"can find it in the *Purchase* app, with the sale order as *Source Document*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:97 -msgid "" -"Once this *Purchase Order* is confirmed, a *Receipt Order* is created and " -"linked to it. The source location is the vendor location and the destination" -" location is the customer location. Then, the product won’t go through your " -"own stock when you validate the dropship document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:105 -msgid "" -"You can also easily access the dropship document directly from your " -"inventory dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:3 -msgid "How to choose the right inventory flow to handle delivery orders?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Depending on factors such as the type of items you sell, the size of your " -"warehouse, the number of orders you register everyday... the way you handle " -"deliveries to your customers can vary a lot." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Odoo allows you to handle shipping from your warehouse in 3 different ways:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:12 -msgid "**One step (shipping)**: Ship directly from stock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:14 -msgid "" -"**Two steps (pick + ship)**: Bring goods to output location before shipping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:17 -msgid "" -"**Three steps (pick + pack + ship)**: Make packages into a dedicated " -"location, then bring them to the output location for shipping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:20 -msgid "" -"For companies having a rather small warehouse and that do not require high " -"stock of items or don't sell perishable items, a one step shipping is the " -"simplest solution, as it does not require a lot of configuration and allows " -"to handle orders very quickly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Using inventory methods such as FIFO, LIFO and FEFO require to have at least" -" two steps to handle a shipment. The picking method will be determined by " -"the removal strategy, and the items removed will then be shipped to the " -"customer. This method is also interesting if you hold larger stocks and " -"especially when the items you stock are big in size." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:31 -msgid "" -"The three steps system becomes useful in more specific situations, the main " -"one being for handling very large stocks. The items are transferred to a " -"packing area, where they will be assembled by area of destination, and then " -"set to outbound trucks for final delivery to the customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:40 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:53 -msgid "One step flow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:42 -msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`one_step`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:45 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:58 -msgid "Two steps flow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:47 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:60 -msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`two_steps`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:50 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:63 -msgid "Three steps flow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:52 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:65 -msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`three_steps`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:3 -msgid "How can I change the label type?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:8 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can choose among different types of labels for your delivery " -"orders. Follow the steps below and give an appropriate label type to your " -"delivery." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:15 -msgid "" -"In the **Inventory** module, Go to **Configuration** and click on **Delivery" -" methods**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:18 -msgid "Choose a delivery method and then click on **Edit**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:23 -msgid "" -"In the **Pricing** tab, under **Fedex label stock type**, you can choose one" -" of the label types available. The availability will vary depending on the " -"carrier." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Once this is done, you can see the result if you go to the Sales module and " -"you create a new sale order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:33 -msgid "" -"As you confirm the sale and validate the delivery with the carrier for which" -" you have modified the label type, The label will appear in your history." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:46 -msgid "" -"The default label type is paper letter, and if you choose the label type " -"bottom half for example, here is the difference :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:3 -msgid "Process Delivery Orders in one Step (Shipping)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:5 -msgid "" -"There is no configuration needed to deliver in one step. The default " -"outgoing shipments are configured to be directly delivered from the stock to" -" the customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:9 -msgid "" -"However, if advanced routes have been activated and you set another shipping" -" configuration on your warehouse, you can set it back to the one-step " -"delivery configuration. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " -"--> Warehouses` and edit the warehouse in question." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Then, choose *Deliver goods directly* as your *Outgoing Shipments* strategy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:21 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:45 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:47 -msgid "Create a Sales Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:23 -msgid "" -"In the *Sales* application, create a quotation with some storable products " -"to deliver and confirm it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Notice that we now see 1 delivery associated with this *sales order* in the " -"stat button above the sales order. If you click on the 1 Delivery stat " -"button, you should now see your delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:34 -msgid "Process a Delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:36 -msgid "" -"You can also find the *delivery order* directly from the *Inventory* " -"application. In the dashboard, you can click the *1 TO PROCESS* button under" -" the Delivery Orders Kanban card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Enter the picking that you want to process. You will be able to click on " -"*Validate* to complete the move if you have products in stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Once you *Validate* the delivery order, the products leave your *WH/Stock " -"location* and are moved to the *Customer location*. You can easily see that " -"the delivery took place thanks to the status of the document which is now " -"*Done*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:3 -msgid "Deliver Products in Packages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, you have the possibility to deliver your products in different " -"packages, depending on the volume and or weight of your products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:11 -msgid "" -"First, you need to activate the *Delivery Packages* feature in the " -":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:18 -msgid "Proceed to a Delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Now, you can create a planned delivery with some products in it. You will " -"have the possibility to create new packages and assign them to the stock " -"move lines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Then, you can define the package type from this window. Once the delivery " -"order is validated, you can retrieve which products have been included in " -"the package." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:34 -msgid "" -"A button will appear at the delivery stage, allowing you to find all the " -"packages which were part of the delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:44 -msgid "Use the Put in Pack button" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Another way to put products in packs is to use the *Put in Pack* button. It " -"will automatically assign a pack to the number of products which is set as " -"*Done* and duplicate the stock move line if necessary." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Then, you will be able to update the different packages created this way, " -"directly via the *Packages* button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:3 -msgid "Process Delivery Orders in three Steps (Pick + Pack + Ship)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is " -"set up by default to utilize a one-step operation: once all goods are " -"available, they are able to be shipped in a single delivery order. However, " -"that process may not reflect reality and your company could require more " -"steps before shipping." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:11 -msgid "" -"With the delivery in 3 steps (Pick + Pack + Ship), the items will be picked " -"to be transferred to a packing area. Then, they will be moved to an output " -"location before being effectively shipped to the customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:16 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:15 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:18 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:19 -msgid "Activate Multi-Step Routes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:18 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:17 -msgid "" -"The first step is to allow using *multi-step routes*. Indeed, routes provide" -" a mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we will " -"chain the picking step to the shipping step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:22 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:21 -msgid "" -"To allow *multi-step routes*, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Settings` and activate the option. Note that activating " -"*Multi-Step Routes* will also activate *Storage Locations*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:30 -msgid "Configure Warehouse for Delivery in 3 Steps" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Once *Multi-Step Routes* has been activated, you can go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the " -"warehouse which will use delivery in 3 steps. You can then select the option" -" *Pack goods, send goods in output and then deliver (3 steps)* for *Outgoing" -" Shipments*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Activating this option will lead to the creation of two new locations, " -"*Output* and *Packing Zone*. If you want to rename it go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, *Select* the one" -" you want to rename and update its name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:47 -msgid "" -"In the *Sales* application, you can create a quotation with some storable " -"products to deliver. Once you confirm the quotation, three pickings will be " -"created and automatically linked to your sale order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:54 -msgid "If you click the button, you should now see three different pickings:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:56 -msgid "The first one with a reference PICK to designate the picking process," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:58 -msgid "The second one with the reference PACK that is the packing process," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:60 -msgid "The last one with a reference OUT to designate the shipping process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:66 -msgid "Process the Picking, Packing, and Delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:68 -msgid "" -"The picking operation is the first one to be processed and has a *Ready* " -"status while the other ones are *Waiting Another Operation*. The Packing " -"operation will become *Ready* as soon as the picking one is marked as done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:73 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:71 -msgid "" -"You can enter the picking operation from here, or access it through the " -"inventory dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:79 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:77 -msgid "" -"In case you have the product in stock, it has automatically been reserved " -"and you can simply validate the picking document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:85 -msgid "" -"Once the picking has been validated, the packing order is ready to be " -"processed. Thanks to the fact that the documents are chained, the products " -"which have been previously picked are automatically reserved on the packing " -"order which can be directly validated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:96 -msgid "" -"Once the packing has been validated, the delivery order is ready to be " -"processed. Here again, it is directly ready to be validated in order to " -"transfer the products to the customer location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:3 -msgid "Process Delivery Orders in two Steps (Pick + Ship)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is " -"set up by default to utilize a one-step operation: once all goods are " -"available, they are able to be shipped in a single delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:9 -msgid "" -"However, your company's business process may have one or more steps that " -"happen before shipping. In the two steps process, the products which are " -"part of the delivery order are picked in the warehouse and brought to an " -"output location before being effectively shipped." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:29 -msgid "Warehouse configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Once *Multi-Step Routes* has been activated, you can go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the " -"warehouse which will use delivery in 2 steps. You can then select the option" -" *Send goods in output and then deliver (2 steps)* for Outgoing Shipments." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Activating this option will lead to the creation of a new *Output* location." -" If you want to rename it go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " -"--> Locations`, Select Output and update its name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:49 -msgid "" -"In the *Sales* application, you can create a quotation with some storable " -"products to deliver. Once you confirm the quotation, two pickings will be " -"created and automatically linked to your sale order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:56 -msgid "" -"If you click on the *2 Delivery* button, you should now see two different " -"pickings, one with a reference *PICK* to designate the picking process and " -"another one with a reference *OUT* to designate the shipping process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:65 -msgid "Process the Picking and the Delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:67 -msgid "" -"The picking operation is the first one to be processed and has a *Ready* " -"status while the delivery operation will only become *Ready* once the " -"picking operation has been marked as done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Once the picking has been validated, the delivery order is ready to be " -"processed. Thanks to the fact that the documents are chained, the products " -"which have been previously picked are automatically reserved on the delivery" -" order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming.rst:3 -msgid "Incoming Shipments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:3 -msgid "How to choose the right flow to handle receipts?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Depending on factors such as the type of items you receive, the size of your" -" warehouse, the number of receipt you register everyday... the way you " -"handle receipts to your customers can vary a lot." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Odoo allows you to handle receipts from your warehouse in 3 different ways:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:15 -msgid "**One step**: Receive goods directly in stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:17 -msgid "**Two steps**: Unload in input location then go to stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:19 -msgid "" -"**Three steps**: Unload in input location, go through a quality control " -"before being admitted in stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Odoo uses **routes** to define exactly how you will handle the different " -"receipt steps. The configuration is done at the level of the warehouse. In " -"standard, the reception is a one step process, but changing the " -"configuration can allow to have 2 or even 3 steps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:27 -msgid "The principles are the following:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:29 -msgid "**One step**: You receive the goods directly in your stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:31 -msgid "" -"**Two steps**: You receive the goods in an input area then transfer them " -"from input area to your stock. As long as the goods are not transferred in " -"your stock, they will not be available for further processing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:36 -msgid "" -"**Three steps**: In many companies, it is necessary to assess the received " -"good. The goal is to check that the products correspond to the quality " -"requirements agreed with the suppliers. Adding a quality control step in the" -" goods receipt process can become essential." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:42 -msgid "" -"You receive the goods in an input area, then transfer them into quality area" -" for quality control. When your quality check process finishes then you can " -"move the goods from QC to stock. Of course, you may change the quantity and " -"only transfer to Stock the quantity that is valid and decide that you will " -"return the quantity that is not good." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:55 -msgid "This is the default configuration in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:68 -msgid ":doc:`../delivery/inventory_flow`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:69 -msgid ":doc:`../../../purchase/advanced/analyze`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:3 -msgid "Process a Receipt in one step (Receipt)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:5 -msgid "" -"There is no configuration needed to receive in one step. The default " -"incoming shipments are configured to be directly received from the vendors " -"to the stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:9 -msgid "" -"However, if advanced routes have been activated and you set another incoming" -" configuration on your warehouse, you can set it back to the one-step " -"receipt configuration. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Warehouses` and edit the warehouse in question." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Set the *Incoming Shipments* option to *Receive goods directly (1 step)*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:21 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:50 -msgid "Create a Purchase Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:23 -msgid "" -"To create a *Request for Quotation*, go to the *Purchase* application and " -"click on *Create*. Then, add some storable products to receive and confirm " -"the *RfQ*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Notice that, now, we see 1 receipt associated with the purchase order you " -"just created. If you click on the button, you will see your receipt order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:35 -msgid "Process a Receipt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:37 -msgid "" -"You can also fin the receipt directly from the *Inventory* app. When on the " -"dashboard, you can click the *1 TO PROCESS* button under the *Receipts* " -"Kanban card. Then, you will see your receipt." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Now, enter the picking that you want to process. You will be able to click " -"on *Validate* to complete the move directly as products coming from " -"suppliers are considered as being always available." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:51 -msgid "" -"Once you *Validate* the receipt, the products leave the *Supplier Location* " -"to enter your *WH/Stock Location*. You can easily see that the receipt took " -"place thanks to the status of the document, which is now *Done*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:3 -msgid "Process a Receipt in three steps (Input + Quality + Stock)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Quality is essential for most companies. To make sure we maintain quality " -"throughout the supply chain, it only makes sense that we assess the quality " -"of the products received from suppliers. To do so, we will add a quality " -"control step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Odoo uses routes to define how to handle the different receipt steps. " -"Configuration of those routes is done at the warehouse level. By default, " -"the reception is a one-step process, but it can also be configured to have " -"two-steps or three-steps processes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:13 -msgid "" -"The three-steps flow works as follows: you receive the goods in your " -"receiving area, then transfer them into a quality area for quality control " -"(QC). When the quality check is completed, the goods that match the QC " -"requirements are moved to stock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:20 -msgid "" -"The first step is to allow the use of *Multi-Step Routes*. Routes provide a " -"mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we will chain " -"the picking step to the shipping step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:23 -msgid "" -"To enable *Multi-Step Routes*, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Settings` and activate the option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:31 -msgid "" -"By default, activating *Multi-Step Routes* also activates *Storage " -"Locations*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:35 -msgid "Configure warehouse for receipt in 3-steps" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Once *Multi-Step Routes* has been activated, go to :menuselection:`Inventory" -" --> Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the warehouse which should work " -"with the 3-steps reception. Then, select *Receive goods in input, then " -"quality and then stock (3 steps)* for *Incoming Shipments*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Activating this option leads to the creation of two new locations: *Input* " -"and *Quality Control*. To rename them, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Locations` and select the one you want to rename." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:52 -msgid "" -"To start the 3-steps reception process, create a *Request for Quotation* " -"from the *Purchase* app, add some storable products to it and confirm. Then," -" three pickings are created with your *Purchase Order* as the source " -"document:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:56 -msgid "The first one with a reference *IN* to designate the receipt process;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:59 -msgid "" -"The second one with a reference *INT*, which is the move to the quality " -"control zone;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:62 -msgid "The last one with a reference *INT* to designate the move to stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:69 -msgid "Process the receipt, quality control and entry in stock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:71 -msgid "" -"As the receipt operation is the first one to be processed, it has a *Ready* " -"status while the others are *Waiting Another Operation*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:74 -msgid "" -"To access the receipt operation, click on the button from the *Purchase " -"Order* or go back to the *Inventory* app dashboard and click on *Receipts*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:81 -msgid "" -"In the receipt order, products are always considered available because they " -"come from the supplier. Then, the receipt can be validated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:88 -msgid "" -"Once the receipt has been validated, the transfer to quality becomes " -"*Ready*. And, because the documents are chained to each other, products " -"previously received are automatically reserved on the transfer. Then, the " -"transfer can be directly validated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:100 -msgid "" -"Now, the transfer that enters the products to stock is *Ready*. Here, it is " -"again ready to be validated in order to transfer the products to your stock " -"location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:3 -msgid "Process a Receipt in two steps (Input + Stock)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo uses routes to define exactly how you will handle the different receipt" -" steps. The configuration is done at the *Warehouse* level. By default, the " -"reception is a one-step process, but changing the configuration can allow " -"you to have 2 steps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:13 -msgid "" -"The 2 steps flow is like this: you receive the goods in an input area, then " -"transfer them to your stock. As long as the goods are not transferred in " -"your stock, they will not be available for further processing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:21 -msgid "" -"The first step is to allow using *multi-step routes*. Indeed, routes provide" -" a mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we will " -"chain the unload step in the input area to the step entering the products in" -" stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:26 -msgid "" -"To allow *multi-step routes*, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings` and activate the feature. By default, activating *multi-step " -"routes* will also activate *Storage Locations*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:34 -msgid "Configure warehouse for receipt in 2 steps" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Once *multi-step routes* is activated, you can go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the warehouse which " -"will use receipt in 2 steps. Then, you can select the option *Receive goods " -"in input and then stock (2 steps)* for *Incoming Shipments*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Activating this option will lead to the creation of a new *Input* location. " -"If you want to rename it, you can go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Locations --> Select Input` and update its name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:52 -msgid "Create a purchase order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:54 -msgid "" -"In the *Purchase* application, you can create a *Request for Quotation* with" -" some storable products to receive from a supplier. Once the *RfQ* is " -"confirmed, the receipt picking will be created and automatically linked to " -"your purchase order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:62 -msgid "" -"Now, by clicking on the *1 Receipt* button, you will see the first picking " -"which will allow entering the product in the *input location*. Then, another" -" picking, an internal transfer, has been created in order to move the " -"products to *Stock*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:68 -msgid "Process the receipt and the internal transfer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:70 -msgid "" -"The receipt is the first one to be processed and has a *Ready* status while " -"the internal transfer will only become *Ready* once the receipt has been " -"marked as *Done*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:74 -msgid "" -"You can enter the receipt operation from the purchase order, or access it " -"through the inventory dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:80 -msgid "" -"By default, a receipt is always considered as ready to be processed. Then, " -"you will be able to directly click on *Validate* to mark it as done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:87 -msgid "" -"Once the receipt has been validated, the internal transfer is ready to be " -"processed. As documents are chained, the products which have been received " -"are automatically reserved on the internal transfer. Once the transfer is " -"validated, those products enter the stock and you will be able to use them " -"to fulfill customer deliveries or manufacture products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers.rst:3 -msgid "Lots and Serial Numbers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:3 -msgid "What's the difference between lots and serial numbers?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:6 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, lots and serial numbers have similarities in their functional " -"system but are different in their behavior. They are both managed within the" -" **Inventory**, **Purchases** and **Sales** app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:12 -msgid "" -"**Lots** correspond to a certain number of products you received and store " -"altogether in one single pack." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:15 -msgid "" -"**Serial numbers** are identification numbers given to one product in " -"particular, to allow to track the history of the item from reception to " -"delivery and after-sales." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:20 -msgid "When to use" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:22 -msgid "" -"**Lots** are interesting for products you receive in great quantity and for " -"which a lot number can help in reportings, quality controls, or any other " -"info. Lots will help identify a number of pieces having for instance a " -"production fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or " -"food." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:28 -msgid "" -"**Serial numbers** are interesting for items that could require after-sales " -"service, such as smartphones, laptops, fridges, and any electronic devices. " -"You could use the manufacturer's serial number or your own, depending on the" -" way you manage these products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:34 -msgid "When not to use" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Storing consumable products such as kitchen roll, toilet paper, pens and " -"paper blocks in lots would make no sense at all, as there are very few " -"chances that you can return them for production fault." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:40 -msgid "" -"On the other hand, giving a serial number to every product is a time-" -"consuming task that will have a purpose only in the case of items that have " -"a warranty and/or after-sales services. Putting a serial number on bread, " -"for instance, makes no sense at all." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:46 -msgid ":doc:`serial_numbers`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:47 -msgid ":doc:`lots`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:3 -msgid "Manage expiration dates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In many companies, products have expiration dates and they should be tracked" -" based on those dates. In the food industry, for example, tracking stocks " -"based on expiration dates is mandatory to avoid selling expired products to " -"customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:10 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can track your products based on their expiration dates, even" -" if they are already tracked by lots or serial numbers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:14 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:15 -msgid "Configurations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:17 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:18 -msgid "Application configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:19 -msgid "" -"To use expiration dates tracking, open the *Inventory* application and go to" -" :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Lots & Serial" -" Numbers* and *Expiration Dates* features." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:27 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:28 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:68 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:90 -msgid "Product configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Now, you have the possibility to define different dates in the *inventory " -"tab* of the product form:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Product Use Time: it’s the number of days before the goods start " -"deteriorating, without being dangerous yet. It will be computed using the " -"lot/serial number;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Product Life Time: refers to the number of days before the goods may become " -"dangerous and must not be consumed. It will be computed on the lot/serial " -"number;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Product Removal Time: shows the number of days before the goods should be " -"removed from the stock. It will be computed on the lot/serial number;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Product Alert Time: refers to the number of days before an alert should be " -"raised on the lot/serial number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:44 -msgid "Expiration Date on Lots/Serial Numbers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:46 -msgid "" -"When receiving a product in stock, the dates will automatically be updated " -"on the corresponding lot/serial number. This update will be based on the " -"reception date of the product and the times set on the product form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:58 -msgid "Expiration Alerts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:60 -msgid "" -"You can access all your expiration alerts from the *inventory* app. To do " -"so, go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. There, you " -"can use the pre-existing filter that shows all the lots/serial numbers that " -"exceeded their alert date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:3 -msgid "Manage lots of identical products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Lots are useful for products you receive in great quantity and for which a " -"lot number can help in reporting, quality controls, or any other info. Lots " -"will help identify a number of pieces having, for instance, a production " -"fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or food." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Odoo has the capacity to manage lots, ensuring compliance with the " -"traceability requirements imposed by the majority of industries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:14 -msgid "" -"The double-entry management in Odoo enables you to run very advanced " -"traceability." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:18 -msgid "Setting Up" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:21 -msgid "Application Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:23 -msgid "" -"First, you need to activate the tracking of lot numbers. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and tick *Lots & " -"Serial Numbers*. Then, click on save." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:31 -msgid "Product Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Now, you have to configure which products you want to track by serial " -"numbers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products` and open the product of your" -" choice. There, click on *Edit* and select *Tracking by Lots* in the " -"inventory tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:47 -msgid "Manage Lots" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:52 -msgid "" -"In order to receive a product tracked by lots, you have to specify its lot " -"numbers. You have several ways of doing so:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:55 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:65 -msgid "Manually assign the different lot numbers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:57 -msgid "Copy/paste lot numbers from an Excel file" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:59 -msgid "First, you need to open the detailed operations of your picking." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:67 -msgid "" -"When opening the detailed operations, you can click on *Add a line*. Then, " -"you will be able to fill the lot number in. Once done, you can click on *Add" -" a line* again to register a new lot number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:75 -msgid "Copy/paste lot number from an Excel file" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Once the spreadsheet containing the lot numbers you received from your " -"supplier and copy the list. Then, you can paste them in the *Lot/Serial " -"Number Name* column for Odoo to automatically create the necessary lines. " -"After that, you will have to manually enter the number of products that are " -"contained in each one of the lots." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:93 -msgid "Operation Types" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:95 -msgid "" -"Of course, you also have the possibility to define how you will manage lots " -"for each operation type. To do so, open the *Inventory* app and go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Operation Types`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:99 -msgid "" -"For each type (receipts, internal transfers, deliveries, …), you can decide " -"if you allow to create new lot numbers or only use existing ones. By " -"default, the creation of new lots is only allowed at product reception, and " -"using existing lot numbers isn’t allowed in this operation. If you have " -"inter-warehouse transfers and track products by lots, it can be useful to " -"allow using existing lot numbers in receipts too." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:111 -msgid "Lots traceability" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:113 -msgid "" -"The lot number given to the products allows you to keep track of where they " -"were received, put in stock, to whom they were sold and where they were " -"shipped to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:117 -msgid "" -"To track an item, open the *Inventory* module and, in :menuselection:`Master" -" Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers`, click on the lot number corresponding to " -"your search." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:124 -msgid "" -"When you open the *Traceability* information, you see in which documents the" -" lot number has been used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:130 -msgid "" -"Now, if you want to locate the lot number, you can do so by clicking on the " -"*Location* stat button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:3 -msgid "Work with serial numbers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:5 -msgid "" -"To track products with serial numbers, you can use the serial number " -"tracking. With them, you can track the current location of the product and, " -"when the products are moved from one location to another, the system will " -"automatically identify the current location of the product, based on its " -"last movement." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:11 -msgid "" -"If you want to do it or run very advanced traceability, the Odoo double-" -"entry management is the feature you need." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:20 -msgid "" -"First, you need to activate the serial numbers tracking. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the *Inventory* application. " -"Then, enable the feature and hit save." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Now, you have to configure the products you want to track by serial numbers." -" To do so, go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products` and open the " -"product of your choice. Edit it and select *Tracking By Unique Serial " -"Number* in the *Inventory tab*. Then, click on save." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:42 -msgid "Manage Serial Numbers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:47 -msgid "" -"To receive a product that is tracked by serial number, you have to specify " -"its serial number. Of course, you have several ways of doing so:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:50 -msgid "Manual assignation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:52 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:73 -msgid "Multi-assignation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:54 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:89 -msgid "Copy/pasting from an Excel file" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Whatever could be your favorite way to assign serial numbers, you firstly " -"need to open the detailed operations of your picking." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:63 -msgid "Manual assignation of the different serial numbers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:65 -msgid "" -"When opening the detailed operations, you can click on *Add a line*. Then, " -"you will be able to fill in the serial number field. Once done, you can " -"click again on *Add a line* to register a new serial number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:75 -msgid "" -"By using the multi-assignation of serial numbers, Odoo will automatically " -"create the necessary lines. To do so, you have to enter the first serial " -"number of your set and the number of products you have to assign a serial " -"number to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:80 -msgid "Once done, click on *Assign Serial Numbers* and Odoo will do the rest." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:91 -msgid "" -"To use copy/pasting, open the spreadsheet containing the serial numbers you " -"received and copy the list. Then, past them in the *Lot/Serial Number Name* " -"column of the wizard. Doing so, Odoo will automatically create the lines you" -" need." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:106 -msgid "Operation types" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:108 -msgid "" -"You also have the possibility to define how you will manage lots for each " -"operation type. To define it, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Operation Types` in the *Inventory* app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:112 -msgid "" -"For each type, you can decide if you allow the creation of new lot numbers " -"or want to use existing ones. By default, the creation of new lots is only " -"allowed at product reception." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:120 -msgid "" -"If you have inter-warehouse transfers and track products by lots, it can be " -"useful to allow using existing lot numbers in receipts too." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:124 -msgid "Serial Number traceability" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:126 -msgid "" -"Using serial numbers allows you to keep track of where the products were " -"received, put in stock, to whom they were sold, and where they were shipped " -"to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:130 -msgid "" -"Tracking an item is easy: open the *Inventory* app, and go to " -":menuselection:`Master Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers` and click on the serial" -" number corresponding to your search. Then, open the *Traceability* " -"information. There, you will see in which documents the serial number has " -"been used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:140 -msgid "" -"And, if you want to locate a serial number, you can do so by clicking on the" -" *Location* button available on the serial number form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc.rst:3 -msgid "Miscellaneous Operations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:3 -msgid "Process Batch Transfers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Batch picking allows a single picker to handle a batch of orders, reducing " -"the number of times he must visit the same location. In Odoo, it means you " -"can regroup several transfers into the same batch transfer, then process it," -" either via the barcode application or in the form view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:11 -msgid "Create a Batch Transfer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:13 -msgid "" -"To activate the batch picking option, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Configuration` and enable *Batch Pickings*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Then, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Batch Transfers` " -"and hit the create button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Now, determine the batch transfer responsible and the type of transfers you " -"want to include in the batch. To add the types of transfers, click on *Add a" -" line*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:34 -msgid "" -"In the example below, a filter was applied to only see the transfers that " -"are in the *Pick* step. After that, the different transfers that needed to " -"be included in the batch transfer were selected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:42 -msgid "" -"To see the products to pick for the different transfers, click on *Select*. " -"If *Multi-locations* has been activated, the document also shows the " -"locations they have been reserved from." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:51 -msgid "" -"For more info about *Multi-Locations*, please refer to this doc: " -":doc:`../warehouses/location_creation`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:54 -msgid "Create a Batch Transfer from the Transfers List View" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:56 -msgid "" -"From the *Transfers List View*, select transfers that should be included in " -"the Batch. Then, select *Add to batch* from the *Action* list." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Next, determine if you want to add the transfers to an existing draft batch " -"transfer or create a new one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:72 -msgid "Process a Batch Transfer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:74 -msgid "" -"While gathering the products, you can edit the batch transfer and update the" -" *Quantity done* for each product. Once everything has been picked, select " -"*Validate* so the different transfers contained in the batch are validated " -"too." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:83 -msgid "" -"In case all the products cannot be picked, you can create backorders for " -"each individual transfer which couldn’t be completely processed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:96 -msgid "Process a Batch Transfer from the Barcode app" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:98 -msgid "Enter the *Barcode* application, select the *Batch Transfers* menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:104 -msgid "" -"Then, you can enter the batch transfer on which you want to work. Batch " -"transfers can easily be grouped per responsible if necessary." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:111 -msgid "" -"In the batch transfer, products are classified per location. The source " -"document is visible on each line and a color-code helps differentiate them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:119 -msgid "" -"To see the products to pick from another location, click on the *Next* " -"button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:126 -msgid "" -"Once all the products have been picked, click on *Validate* (on the last " -"page) to mark the batch transfer as done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:3 -msgid "Send Automated Emails at Delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:8 -msgid "" -"First, go to the *Inventory* app, then to *Settings* and activate the *Email" -" Confirmation* feature. If you work in multi-company, this configuration is " -"company-specific." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:15 -msgid "" -"When you enable this feature, Odoo automatically creates an email template. " -"Of course, you can modify it if necessary by clicking on the small arrow " -"next to its name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:23 -msgid "Send email at delivery validation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:25 -msgid "" -"On the inventory dashboard, click on *Create* and fill the form for a " -"specific partner. Once you have added some products in it, *Validate* it and" -" do the same for the delivery." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Doing so, an automated email will be sent and will appear in the chatter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:38 -msgid "" -"If you work with a shipping method, and then have a tracking link, it will " -"be included in the standard email template." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:3 -msgid "Manage Stock that you don't own" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Sometimes, suppliers can offer you to store and sell products without having" -" to buy those items. This technique is called *consignee stock*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Consignee stock is a great way for manufacturers and suppliers to launch new" -" products. As resellers may be reluctant to buy a product they are not sure " -"to be able to sell, consignee stock will allow them to offer an item to " -"check its market without having to pay for it in the first place." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Of course, Odoo has the ability to manage those consignee stocks through " -"advanced settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:20 -msgid "" -"To use this feature, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " -"Settings` in the inventory app. Then, enable the *Consignment* feature in " -"the *Traceability* section. Now, hit save." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:28 -msgid "Reception of Consignee Stock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:30 -msgid "" -"When in the *Inventory* app, open the receipts and create a new reception. " -"On the right side, you will see that a new line called *Assign Owner* has " -"appeared. There, you can specify the partner which owns the stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:39 -msgid "If you are the owner, you can leave the field blank." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Once the receipt is validated, the products enter your stock but still " -"belong to the owner. They don’t impact your inventory valuation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:3 -msgid "Scrap Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In your warehouse, you sometimes find products that are damaged or that are " -"unusable due to expiry or for some other reasons. You often notice this " -"during picking or physical inventory. Since those products cannot be sold or" -" stored, you have to scrap them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:10 -msgid "" -"When goods are scrapped, they are not reflected in the system as a part of " -"the inventory. The scrapped material will be physically moved to the scrap " -"area and not taken into account into inventory valuation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Scrap means waste that either has no economic value or only the value of its" -" basic material content, recoverable through recycling." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:21 -msgid "" -"When you install the *Inventory* app, Odoo automatically creates a scrap " -"location. It’s named *Virtual Location/Scap*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Of course, you can create new scrap areas if needed. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the " -"*Storage Locations* feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Now, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations` and create your " -"scrap location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:34 -msgid "" -"You have to check *Is a Scrap Location?* on the location form. In fact, " -"scrap locations cannot be used as normal storage locations and then, a " -"virtual location will be created for scrapped products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:39 -msgid "Different ways to scrap products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:41 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, you have several ways to scrap products: from receipts, from a " -"delivery order, and from an internal transfer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:45 -msgid "Scrap from receipt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Scrapping products from receipts is easy. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory " -"--> Dashboard --> Receipts` or click on *1 TO PROCESS* under the receipts " -"location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Now, open the receipt and validate the picking. Once the products entered " -"your stock, the Scrap button appears on the top left corner of your screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:57 -msgid "" -"You can scrap products that were part of the receipt from there. If you do " -"so, it will move them from available stock to the virtual scrap location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:68 -msgid "Scrap from delivery order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:70 -msgid "" -"To scrap products from a delivery order, go to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" -" Dashboard --> Delivery orders` or click on *1 TO PROCESS*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Once done, open the delivery order. You can see the scrap button in the " -"upper left of the document. If you scrap the product from there, it will be " -"moved from your available stock to the virtual scrap location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:80 -msgid "" -"You can find all the scrap orders made from the picking by clicking on the " -"button on the top right corner of the document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:93 -msgid "Scrap from an internal transfer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:95 -msgid "" -"To do this, the flow is almost the same. In fact, you just have to go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Dashboard --> Internal Transfers`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:101 -msgid "" -"There, open the internal transfer that interests you. Now, click on the " -"scrap button that is on the top left of the document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:104 -msgid "" -"When scrapping before validating the internal transfer, the product is, by " -"default, moved from the source location to the virtual scrap location. But, " -"if you scrap after validating the internal transfer, it will be moved from " -"the destination location, as opposed to the source location, to the virtual " -"scrap location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:110 -msgid "" -"Of course, you can manually update the source location of the scrap order if" -" necessary." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:3 -msgid "Send Automated SMS at Delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:8 -msgid "" -"To send automated SMS, you need to activate the *SMS Confirmation* feature. " -"To do so, go to the *Inventory* app *Settings* and enable the feature. In " -"multi-company, this feature is company-specific." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Of course, an SMS template already exists by default in Odoo. You can modify" -" it by clicking on the arrow on the right." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:22 -msgid "Send SMS at delivery validation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:24 -msgid "" -"To use this feature, try to *Create* a delivery order for a specific partner" -" and add some products to it. Then, *Validate* the delivery." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:30 -msgid "Now, the automated SMS that has been sent appears in the chatter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:36 -msgid "" -"The partner which is set on the transfer needs to have a phone number " -"specified in its contact form for the SMS to be sent." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:39 -msgid "" -"If you work with a shipping method, and then have a tracking link, it will " -"be included in the SMS template." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning.rst:3 -msgid "Planning" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:3 -msgid "How is the Scheduled Delivery Date Computed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Providing the best possible service to customers is vital for business. It " -"implies planning every move: manufacturing orders, deliveries, receptions, " -"and so on. To do so, you need to configure lead time properly and coordinate" -" scheduled dates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:9 -msgid "" -"By using lead times, Odoo provides end dates, the **Commitment Date**, for " -"each process. On a sales order, for example, this is the date your customer " -"will get the products he ordered." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:13 -msgid "" -"From the customers’ side, the commitment date is important because it gives " -"them an estimation of when they will receive their products. The dates take " -"all other lead times, such as manufacturing, delivery, or suppliers, into " -"account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:19 -msgid "How are Lead Times Calculated?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:27 -msgid "" -"As said above, there are several types of lead times. Each is calculated " -"based on various indicators. Before going through the configuration, here is" -" a brief summary of how lead times are calculated and what they are:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:32 -msgid "" -"**Customer Lead Time**: the customer lead time is the default duration you " -"set. Therefore, the expected date on the sales orders is today + customer " -"lead time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:36 -msgid "" -"**Sales Security Lead Time**: the purpose is to be ready shipping that many " -"days before the actual commitment taken with the customer. Then, the default" -" scheduled date on the delivery order is **SO delivery date - Security Lead " -"Time**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:41 -msgid "" -"**Purchase Security Lead Time**: additional time to mitigate the risk of a " -"vendor delay. The receipt will be scheduled that many days earlier to cope " -"with unexpected vendor delays. In case of a *Replenish to Order*, the " -"**Delivery order scheduled date - Security lead time** for purchase will be " -"the default *Receipt* scheduled date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:48 -msgid "" -"**Purchase Delivery Lead Time**: this is the expected time between a PO " -"being confirmed and the receipt of the ordered products. The **Receipt " -"scheduled date - Vendor delivery date** is the default *PO Order By* date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:53 -msgid "" -"**Days to Purchase**: number of days the purchasing department takes to " -"validate a PO. If another RFQ to the same vendor is already opened, Odoo " -"adds the line to the RFQ instead of creating a new one. Then, the specific " -"date is set on the line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:58 -msgid "" -"**Manufacturing Lead Time**: this is the expected time it takes to " -"manufacture a product. This lead time is independent of the quantity to " -"produce and does not take the routing time into account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:63 -msgid "" -"**Manufacturing Security Lead Time**: additional time to mitigate the risk " -"of a manufacturing delay. In case of a *Replenish to Order*, the **Delivery " -"Order scheduled date - Manufacturing Lead Time - Manufacturing Security Lead" -" Time** is the default *Manufacturing Order* planned date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:70 -msgid "Sales - Lead Times" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:72 -msgid "" -"In the *Sales* app, there is an option called *Delivery Date*. It allows " -"seeing an additional field on the sales orders, *Expected Date*. This one is" -" automatically computed based on the different lead times previously " -"configured." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:81 -msgid "" -"If the set up *Delivery Date* is earlier than the the *Expected Date*, a " -"warning message is displayed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:89 -msgid "" -"But, for all of this properly working, it is still necessary to configure " -"all the lead times that could occur." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:93 -msgid "Customer Lead Time" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:95 -msgid "" -"The *Customer Lead Time* is the time needed for your product to go from your" -" warehouse to the customer place. It can be configured on any product by " -"going to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`. There, open your " -"product form, go in the inventory tab, and add your *Customer Lead Time*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:105 -msgid "" -"For example, product B is ordered on the 2nd of April but the *Customer Lead" -" Time* is two days. In that case, the expected delivery date is the 4th of " -"April." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:110 -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:182 -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:219 -msgid "Security Lead Time" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:112 -msgid "" -"In sales, *Security Lead Time* corresponds to backup days to ensure you are " -"able to deliver the products in time. The purpose is to be ready shipping " -"earlier in order to arrive on time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:116 -msgid "" -"The number of security days is subtracted from the calculation to compute a " -"scheduled date earlier than the one promised to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:119 -msgid "" -"To set this up, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " -"Settings` and enable the feature *Security Lead Time for Sales*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:126 -msgid "" -"For example, product B is scheduled to be delivered on the 6th of April but " -"the *Security Lead Time* is one day. In that case, the scheduled date for " -"the delivery order is the 5th of April." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:131 -msgid "Deliver several products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:133 -msgid "" -"In many cases, customers order several products at the same time. Those can " -"have different lead times but still need to be delivered, at once or " -"separately. Fortunately, Odoo can help you handle these cases easily." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:137 -msgid "" -"From the *Other Info* tab of your *Sale Order*, you can choose between *When" -" all products are ready* and *As soon as possible*. The first one is to " -"deliver products at once, while the second is to deliver them separately." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:142 -msgid "" -"For example, products A and B are ordered at the same time. A has 8 lead " -"days and B has 5. With the first option, the *Expected Date* is calculated " -"based on the product with the most lead days, here A. If the order is " -"confirmed on the 2nd of April, then the *Expected Date* is on the 10th of " -"April." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:148 -msgid "" -"With the second option, the *Expected Date* is calculated based on the " -"product with the least customer lead days. In this example, B is the product" -" with the least lead days. So, the *Expected Date* is on the 7th of April." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:154 -msgid "Purchase - Lead Times" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:157 -msgid "Supplier Lead Time" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:159 -msgid "" -"The *Supplier Lead Time* is the time needed for a product you purchased to " -"be delivered. To configure it, open a product from :menuselection:`Purchase " -"--> Products --> Products` and add a vendor under the *Purchase* tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:168 -msgid "" -"By clicking on *Add a line*, a new window is displayed. You can specify the " -"*Delivery Lead Time* there. If done so, the delivery day for every purchase " -"of that product is now equal to *Date of the Purchase Order + Delivery Lead " -"Time*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:178 -msgid "" -"It is possible to add different vendors and, thus, different lead times " -"depending on the vendor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:184 -msgid "" -"The *Security Lead Time* for purchase follows the same logic as the one for " -"*Sales*, except that you are the customer. Then, it is the margin of error " -"for your supplier to deliver your order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:188 -msgid "" -"To set up *Security Lead Time* for purchase, go to :menuselection:`Inventory" -" --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable the feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:196 -msgid "" -"Doing so, every time the system generates purchase orders, those are " -"scheduled that many days earlier to cope with unexpected vendor delays." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:200 -msgid "Manufacturing - Lead Times" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:203 -msgid "Manufacturing Lead Time" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:205 -msgid "" -"The *Manufacturing Lead Time* is the time needed to manufacture the product." -" To specify it, open the *Inventory* tab of your product form and add the " -"number of days the manufacturing takes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:213 -msgid "" -"When working with *Manufacturing Lead Times*, the *Deadline Start* of the " -"*MO* is **Commitment Date - Manufacturing Lead Time**. For example, the MO’s" -" deadline start date for an order having a commitment date on the 10th of " -"July is June 27th." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:221 -msgid "" -"The *Security Lead Time* for manufacturing allows generating manufacturing " -"orders earlier to cope with the risk of manufacturing delays." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:225 -msgid "" -"To enable it, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> " -"Settings` and tick *Security Lead Time*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:232 -msgid "" -"For example, a customer orders B with a delivery date scheduled on the 20th " -"of June. The *Manufacturing Lead Time* is 14 days and the *Security Lead " -"Time* is 3 days, so the manufacturing of B needs to start at the latest on " -"the 3rd of June, which is the MO’s planned date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:238 -msgid "Global Example" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:240 -msgid "Here is a configuration:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:242 -msgid "1 day of security lead time for Sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:243 -msgid "2 days of security lead time for Manufacturing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:244 -msgid "3 days of manufacturing lead time" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:245 -msgid "1 day of security lead time for Purchase" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:246 -msgid "4 days of supplier lead time" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:248 -msgid "" -"Let’s say that a customer orders B on the 1st of September and the delivery " -"date is planned to be within 20 days (September 20th). In such a scenario, " -"here is when all the various steps are triggered." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:252 -msgid "**September 1st**: the sales order is created" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:253 -msgid "" -"**September 10th**: the deadline to order components from the supplier " -"because of the manufacturing process (4 days of supplier lead time)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:256 -msgid "" -"**September 13th**: the reception of the product from the supplier (1 day of" -" security lead time for Purchase)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:258 -msgid "" -"**September 14th**: the deadline start date for the manufacturing (19th - 3 " -"days of manufacturing lead time - 2 days of security lead time for " -"Manufacturing)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:261 -msgid "" -"**September 19th**: the expected date on the delivery order form (1 day of " -"security lead time for sales)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:3 -msgid "Configure and Run Schedulers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:6 -msgid "What is a scheduler?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The scheduler is the calculation engine that plans and prioritizes " -"production and purchasing. It does it automatically, according to the rules " -"defined on products. By default, the scheduler is set to run once a day." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:14 -msgid "Calculating Requirements / Scheduling" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Scheduling only validates procurements that are confirmed but not yet " -"started. These procurement reservations will start production, tasks or " -"purchases themselves, depending on the configuration of the requested " -"product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:21 -msgid "" -"As a human would do, the scheduler takes the priority of operations into " -"account when starting reservations and procurements. Urgent requests will be" -" started first." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:26 -msgid "" -"In case there are not enough products in stock to satisfy all the requests, " -"you can be sure that the most urgent ones will be produced first." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:31 -msgid "Configure and run the scheduler" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:34 -msgid "Run the scheduler manually" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:36 -msgid "" -"To start the scheduler manually, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Operations --> Run Schedulers`. The scheduler uses all the relevant " -"parameters defined for products, suppliers and the company to prioritize the" -" different production orders, deliveries and supplier purchases." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:45 -msgid "Configure and run the scheduler (for advanced users)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:47 -msgid "" -"To use this feature, you have to enable the :doc:`Developer mode " -"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` mode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Then, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> " -"Scheduled Actions` and modify the *Run MRP Scheduler Configuration*. There, " -"you can set the starting time of the scheduler." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products.rst:3 -msgid "Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:3 -msgid "How to select the right replenishment strategy" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Minimum Stock rules and Make to Order have similar consequences but " -"different rules. They should be used depending on your manufacturing and " -"delivery strategies." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:10 -msgid "Terminology" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:13 -msgid "Minimum stock rule" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Minimum Stock rules are used to ensure that you always have the minimum " -"amount of a product in stock in order to manufacture your products and/or " -"answer to your customer needs. When the stock level of a product reaches its" -" minimum the system will automatically generate a procurement order with the" -" quantity needed to reach the maximum stock level." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:22 -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:58 -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:67 -msgid "Make to Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:24 -msgid "" -"The Make to Order function will trigger a Purchase Order of the amount of " -"the Sales Order related to the product. The system will **not** check the " -"current stock. This means that a draft purchase order will be generated " -"regardless of the quantity on hand of the product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:33 -msgid "Minimum stock rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:35 -msgid "" -"The Minimum Stock Rules configuration is available through your Inventory " -"module. In the Inventory Control menu select \"Reordering Rule\" in the drop" -" down menu. There, click on \"Create\" to set minimum and maximum stock " -"values for a given product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Show tooltips for \"minimum quantity\", \"maximum quantity\" and \"quantity " -"multiple\" fields" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Then, click on your product to access the related product form and, on the " -"\"Inventory submenu\", do not forget to select a supplier." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Don't forget to select the right product type. A consumable can not be " -"stocked and will thus not be accounted for in the stock valuation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:60 -msgid "" -"The Make to Order configuration is available on your product form through " -"your :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory control --> Products` (or any " -"other module where products are available)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:64 -msgid "On the product form, under Inventory, click on \"Make To Order\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:70 -msgid "Choice between the two options" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:72 -msgid "" -"The choice between the two options is thus dependent of your inventory " -"strategy. If you prefer to have a buffer and always have at least a minimum " -"amount, the minimum stock rule should be used. If you want to reorder your " -"stocks only if your sale is confirmed it is better to use the Make to Order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:3 -msgid "Use Different Units of Measure" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In some cases, handling products in different units of measure is necessary." -" For example, if you buy products in a country where the metric system is of" -" application and sell in a country where the imperial system is used, you " -"will need to convert the units. Another common use case is buying products " -"in bigger packs to your supplier and selling them in units to your " -"customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:12 -msgid "" -"You can set up Odoo to work with different units of measure for one product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:18 -msgid "" -"In the *Inventory* application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`. In the *Products* section, activate *Units of Measure*, then " -"*Save*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:25 -msgid "Create New Units of Measure" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:27 -msgid "" -"In the *Inventory* application go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> UoM`." -" There, hit *Create*. As an example, we will create a Box of 6 units that we" -" will use for the Egg product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:34 -msgid "" -"The category is important for unit conversion, you will be able to convert " -"products from one unit to another only if those units belong to the same " -"category. The box of 6 is 6 times bigger than the reference unit of measure " -"for the category which is “Units” here." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:43 -msgid "Specify Units of Measure on your Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:45 -msgid "" -"In the :menuselection:`Inventory application --> Master Data --> Products`, " -"open the product which you would like to change the purchase/sale unit of " -"measure, and click on *Edit*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:49 -msgid "" -"In the *General Information* tab, you can select the *Unit of Measure* in " -"which the product will be sold, which is also the unit in which internal " -"transfers will take place. You can also select the *Purchase Unit of " -"Measure*, which is the unit in which you purchase the product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:59 -msgid "Transfer from One Unit to Another" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:62 -msgid "Buy in the Pruchase UoM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:64 -msgid "" -"In the *Purchase* application, *Create* a new request for quotation in which" -" you include the product with the different *Units of Measure* and *Confirm*" -" it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:71 -msgid "" -"On the automatically generated purchase orders, the UoM used is the Box of " -"6, meaning the Purchase UoM. You have of course the possibility to manually " -"modify the UoM if necessary. When you enter the *Receipt* which is linked to" -" the purchase order, you can observe that the 10 boxes of 6 units have been " -"converted in 60 units. Indeed, the stock is managed in units." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:82 -msgid "Replenishment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:84 -msgid "" -"When doing a replenishment via the *Replenish* button on the product form, " -"you have the possibility to use a different unit of measure." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:94 -msgid "Sell in bigger UoM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:96 -msgid "" -"You can choose the unit of measure on the sale order document and decide to " -"sell the eggs by the dozen. When doing so, the price is automatically " -"computed from Units UoM to adapt to the selected *UoM*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:103 -msgid "" -"In the delivery order, the *UoM* used in the sale order is converted to the " -"*UoM* used for stock management, in our use case, the Units." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:3 -msgid "When Should you Use Packages, Units of Measure or Special Packaging?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:6 -msgid "Units of Measure" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Units of measure specify the unit used to handle a product. In Odoo, you " -"have the possibility to specify the unit of measure in which you manage your" -" stock and the one which is used when purchasing the product to your " -"supplier." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:16 -msgid "" -"The *conversion* between the different units of measure is done " -"automatically. The only condition is that all the units have to be in the " -"*same category* (Unit, Weight, Volume, Length,...)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:20 -msgid "" -"For example, if I have the following reordering rule for the egg and I run " -"the scheduler, the quantity added in the automatically generated purchase " -"order will be in dozens but what will enter the stock will be units." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:35 -msgid "Packages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:37 -msgid "" -"The package is the physical container in which you put one or several " -"products from a picking. For example, when you deliver a product, you can " -"decide to separate the quantity into two different packages. It then allows " -"you to have a report with the quantity of products for each package." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:43 -msgid "" -"To separate a delivery into different packages you will have to set the done" -" quantity to the desired package quantity then click on \"PUT IN PACK\", do " -"this for each package." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:54 -msgid "Packaging" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:56 -msgid "" -"The packaging is the physical container that protects your product. If you " -"are selling computers, the packaging contains the computer with the notice " -"and the power plug." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:60 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, packagings are used for indicative purposes on sale orders. They " -"can be specified on the product form, in the inventory tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Another useful use of the packaging is for product reception. By scanning " -"the barcode of the packaging, Odoo adds the number of units contained in the" -" packing on the picking." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies.rst:3 -msgid "Inventory Adjustment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:3 -msgid "Choose Between Reordering Rules and Make to Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:5 -msgid "" -"*Reordering rules* and *make to order* do both allow to automatically " -"replenish products when necessary. The difference between those tools is how" -" they are triggered." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:9 -msgid "" -"*Reordering rules* are used to ensure that you always have a minimum amount " -"of a product in stock in order to manufacture your products and/or answer to" -" your customer needs. When the stock level of a product reaches its minimum " -"the system will automatically generate a procurement with the needed " -"quantity to reach the maximum stock level." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:15 -msgid "" -"The *Make to Order* route will trigger a procurement (purchase order or " -"manufacturing order) with the necessary quantity to fulfill a product " -"request (coming from a sale order or a manufacturing order). The system will" -" not check the quantity on hand for the corresponding product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:24 -msgid "Reordering Rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:26 -msgid "" -"The *Reordering Rules* configuration is available through the menu " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Master Data --> Reordering Rules`. There, " -"click on *Create* to set minimum and maximum stock values for a given " -"product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:33 -msgid "" -"When the forecasted stock goes below the *Minimum Quantity* specified in " -"this field, Odoo generates a procurement to bring the forecasted quantity to" -" the *Maximum Quantity*. The *Quantity Multiple* is used to round the " -"procurement quantity up to this multiple. If it is 0, the exact quantity " -"will be used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:42 -msgid "" -"The *Lead time* is the number of days after the order point is triggered to " -"receive the products or to order them to the vendor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:45 -msgid "" -"In case you work with multi-warehouses and/or multi-locations, you will be " -"able to specify different reordering rules for the same product in each " -"location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:50 -msgid "" -"For the reordering rules to be triggered, on the corresponding product, a " -"route should be specified. In case you manufacture your products, make sure " -"to select the route *Manufacture* and create a *Bill of Material* for the " -"product. In case you purchase your products, make sure to select the route " -"*Buy* and add a *Vendor Pricelist*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:62 -msgid "" -"Don't forget to select the product type *storable* in the product form. A " -"consumable can not be stocked and won’t trigger reordering rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:69 -msgid "" -"The *Make To Order* configuration is available on your product form through " -"your :menuselection:`Inventory module --> Master Data --> Products` (or in " -"any other module where products are available)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:73 -msgid "" -"On the product form, in the *Inventory tab*, you can set a route. You can " -"choose *Make To Order* and another route, either *Buy* or *Manufacture*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Again, if the *Buy* route is selected, make sure to set a *Vendor pricelist*" -" in the *Purchase tab*. In case you have set a *Manufacture* route, make " -"sure you have a *BoM* for this product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:3 -msgid "Resupply from another Warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In order to be able to resupply from another warehouse, you need to activate" -" \\*multi-warehouses\\* and \\*multi-step routes\\*. Storage locations will " -"be automatically activated when activating multi-warehouses." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:16 -msgid "" -"You can then access your warehouses via :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Warehouses`. Create the necessary warehouses following " -"this :doc:`documentation <../warehouses/warehouse_creation>`. Enter the " -"warehouse which should be resupplied by another one. You will have the " -"possibility to directly indicate through which warehouse it gets resupplied." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:26 -msgid "" -"By activating this option, a new route will now be available on your " -"products \\*Supply Product from Second warehouse\\*. It can now be selected," -" along with either a \\*reordering rule\\* or a \\*make to order\\*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:34 -msgid "" -"For the demonstration, I set a reordering rule with a minimum of 5 units in " -"stock and a maximum of 10 units in stock, having currently 0 units on hand. " -"I will run the scheduler by going to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Operations --> Run scheduler`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:42 -msgid "" -"The system automatically creates two pickings, one \\*delivery order\\* from" -" my Second Warehouse which contains the necessary products, and a receipt in" -" my main warehouse WH/Stock for the same products. The source document is " -"the \\*reordering rule\\* which triggered the route \\*Supply Product from " -"Second warehouse\\*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting.rst:3 -msgid "Valuation Methods" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:3 -msgid "Integrating additional costs to products (landed costs)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The landed cost feature in Odoo allows to include additional costs " -"(shipment, insurance, customs duties, etc.) into the cost of the product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Landed costs can only be applied to products with a FIFO or AVCO costing " -"method and an automated inventory valuation (which requires the accounting " -"application to be installed)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:17 -msgid "" -"First, you need to go in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " -"Settings` and activate the landed costs feature. You can also determine the " -"default journal in which the landed cost accounting entries will be " -"recorded." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:25 -msgid "Add costs to products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:28 -msgid "Receive the vendor bill" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Let’s imagine I receive a bill from custom duties for a shipment. I’ll tick " -"the box *Landed Costs* on the vendor bill line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:37 -msgid "The landed cost product must be of type service." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:39 -msgid "" -"If this product is always a landed cost, you can also define it on the " -"product and avoid having to tick the box on each vendor bill." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:45 -msgid "" -"At the top of my vendor bill, I’ll see a button *create landed costs*. I " -"click on this button and a landed cost is automatically created. I can now " -"decide on which picking those additional costs should apply." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:52 -msgid "" -"I can now click on *Compute* and go in the tab *Valuation Adjustments* to " -"see the impact on my products costs. The last step is to validate the landed" -" cost." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:56 -msgid "" -"I can access the journal entry that has been created by the landed cost by " -"clicking on the journal entry." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:63 -msgid "" -"You are not forced to start from the vendor bill, you can also go in " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Landed Costs` and directly " -"create the landed cost from there." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:5 -msgid "Inventory valuation configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:7 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Inventory valuation refers to how you value your stock. It’s a very " -"important aspect of a business as the inventory can be the biggest asset of " -"a company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:11 -msgid "Inventory valuation implies two main choices:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:13 -msgid "The cost method you use to value your goods (standard, fifo, avco)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:14 -msgid "" -"The way you record this value into your accounting books (manually or " -"automatically)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:16 -msgid "Those two concepts are explained in the sections below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:19 -msgid "Costing Methods: Standard, FIFO, AVCO" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:21 -msgid "" -"The costing method is defined in the product category. There are three " -"options available. Each of them is explained in detail below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:69 -msgid "Standard Price" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:34 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:79 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:125 -msgid "Operation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:35 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:80 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:126 -msgid "Unit Cost" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:36 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:81 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:127 -msgid "Qty On Hand" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:37 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:82 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:128 -msgid "Delta Value" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:38 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:83 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:129 -msgid "Inventory Value" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:40 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:45 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:50 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:55 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:61 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:90 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:136 -msgid "€10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:41 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:86 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:132 -msgid "0" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:43 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:85 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:88 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:131 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:134 -msgid "€0" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:44 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:89 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:135 -msgid "Receive 8 Products at €10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:46 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:91 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:137 -msgid "8" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:47 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:92 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:138 -msgid "+8*€10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:48 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:93 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:139 -msgid "€80" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:49 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:94 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:140 -msgid "Receive 4 Products at €16" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:51 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:96 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:142 -msgid "12" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:52 -msgid "+4*€10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:53 -msgid "€120" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:54 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:99 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:145 -msgid "Deliver 10 Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:56 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:101 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:147 -msgid "2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 -msgid "-10*€10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:59 -msgid "€20" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:60 -msgid "Receive 2 Products at €9" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:62 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:107 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:153 -msgid "4" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:63 -msgid "+2*€10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:64 -msgid "€40" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:66 -msgid "" -"In **Standard Price**, any product will be valued at the cost that you " -"defined manually on the product form. Usually, this cost is an estimation " -"based on the material and labor needed to obtain the product. This cost must" -" be reviewed periodically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:115 -msgid "Average Price" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:95 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:100 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:141 -msgid "€12" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:97 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:143 -msgid "+4*€16" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:98 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:144 -msgid "€144" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 -msgid "-10*€12" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:104 -msgid "€24" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:105 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:151 -msgid "Receive 2 Products at €6" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:106 -msgid "€9" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:108 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:154 -msgid "+2*€6" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:109 -msgid "€36" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:111 -msgid "" -"In **AVCO (Average Cost)**, each product has the same value and this value " -"is the average purchase cost of the product. With this costing method, the " -"cost of the product is recomputed as each receipt." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:115 -msgid "The average cost does not change when products leave the warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:166 -msgid "FIFO" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:146 -msgid "€16" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 -msgid "-8*€10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 -msgid "-2*€16" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:150 -msgid "€32" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:152 -msgid "€11" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:155 -msgid "€44" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:157 -msgid "" -"In **FIFO (First In First Out)**, the products are valued at their purchase " -"cost. When a product leaves the stock, that’s the “First in, first out” rule" -" that applies." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:161 -msgid "" -"Pay attention, that this is a financial FIFO. The first value “in” is the " -"first value “out”, no matter the storage location, warehouse or serial " -"number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:165 -msgid "" -"FIFO is advised if you manage all your workflows into Odoo (Sales, " -"Purchases, Inventory). It suits any kind of users." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:169 -msgid "Inventory Valuation: Manual or Automated" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:171 -msgid "" -"There are two ways to record your inventory valuation in your accounting " -"books. As the costing method, this is defined in your product category. " -"Those two methods are detailed below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:175 -msgid "" -"It is important to also note that the accounting entries will depend on your" -" accounting mode: it can be continental or anglo-saxon. In continental " -"accounting, the cost of a good is taken into account as soon as the product " -"is received in stock. In anglo-saxon accounting, the cost of a good is only " -"recorded as an expense when this good is invoiced to a final customer. In " -"the tables below, you can easily compare those two accounting modes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:183 -msgid "" -"Usually, based on your country, the correct accounting mode will be chosen " -"by default. If you want to verify your accounting mode, activate the " -":doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` and open " -"your accounting settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:189 -msgid "Manual Inventory Valuation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:191 -msgid "" -"In this case, goods receipts and deliveries won’t have any direct impact on " -"your accounting books. Periodically, you create a manual journal entry " -"representing the value of what you have in stock. To know that value, go in " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Inventory Valuation`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:196 -msgid "" -"This is the default configuration in Odoo and it works out-of-the-box. Check" -" following operations and find out how Odoo is managing the accounting " -"postings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:201 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:360 -msgid "Continental Accounting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:218 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:292 -msgid "Vendor Bill" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:209 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:226 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:260 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:282 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:300 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:339 -msgid "\\" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:209 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:226 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:260 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:282 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:300 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:339 -msgid "Debit" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:209 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:226 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:260 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:282 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:300 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:339 -msgid "Credit" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:211 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:262 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:284 -msgid "Assets: Inventory" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:211 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:284 -msgid "50" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:212 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:285 -msgid "Assets: Deferred Tax Assets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:212 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:285 -msgid "4.68" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:213 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:286 -msgid "Liabilities: Accounts Payable" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:213 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:286 -msgid "54.68" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:218 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:236 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:292 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:311 -msgid "Configuration:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:217 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:290 -msgid "" -"Purchased Goods: defined on the product or on the internal category of " -"related product (Expense Account field)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:218 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:292 -msgid "" -"Deferred Tax Assets: defined on the tax used on the purchase order line" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:219 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:293 -msgid "Accounts Payable: defined on the vendor related to the bill" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:220 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:294 -msgid "Goods Receptions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:221 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:241 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:243 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:295 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:316 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:318 -msgid "No Journal Entry" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:238 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:313 -msgid "Customer Invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:228 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:302 -msgid "Revenues: Sold Goods" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:228 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:302 -msgid "100" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:229 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:303 -msgid "Liabilities: Deferred Tax Liabilities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:229 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:303 -msgid "9" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:230 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:304 -msgid "Assets: Accounts Receivable" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:230 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:304 -msgid "109" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:234 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:308 -msgid "" -"Revenues: defined on the product or on the internal category of related " -"product (Income Account field)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:235 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:310 -msgid "Deferred Tax Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:236 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:311 -msgid "Accounts Receivable: defined on the customer (Receivable Account)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:238 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:313 -msgid "" -"The fiscal position used on the invoice may have a rule that replaces the " -"Income Account or the tax defined on the product by another one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:240 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:315 -msgid "Customer Shipping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:243 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:318 -msgid "Manufacturing Orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:249 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:324 -msgid "" -"At the end of the month/year, your company does a physical inventory or just" -" relies on the inventory in Odoo to value the stock into your books." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:252 -msgid "" -"Create a journal entry to move the stock variation value from your " -"Profit&Loss section to your assets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:262 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:263 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:341 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:342 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:343 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:344 -msgid "X" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:263 -msgid "Expenses: Inventory Variations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:266 -msgid "" -"If the stock value decreased, the **Inventory** account is credited and te " -"**Inventory Variations** debited." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:274 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:387 -msgid "Anglo-Saxon Accounting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:327 -msgid "" -"Then you need to break down the purchase balance into both the inventory and" -" the cost of goods sold using the following formula:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:330 -msgid "" -"Cost of goods sold (COGS) = Starting inventory value + Purchases – Closing " -"inventory value" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:332 -msgid "To update the stock valuation in your books, record such an entry:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:341 -msgid "Assets: Inventory (closing value)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:342 -msgid "Expenses: Cost of Good Sold" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:343 -msgid "Expenses: Purchased Goods" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:344 -msgid "Assets: Inventory (starting value)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:348 -msgid "Automated Inventory Valuation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:350 -msgid "" -"In that case, when a product enters or leaves your stock, an accounting " -"entry will be automatically created. This means your accounting books are " -"always up-to-date. This mode is dedicated to expert accountants and advanced" -" users only. As opposed to periodic valuation, it requires some extra " -"configuration & testing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:356 -msgid "" -"First, you need to define the accounts that will be used for those " -"accounting entries. This is done on the product category." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:372 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:399 -msgid "**Configuration:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:374 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:401 -msgid "Accounts Receivable/Payable: defined on the partner (Accounting tab)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:376 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:403 -msgid "" -"Deferred Tax Assets/Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:378 -msgid "" -"Revenues/Expenses: defined by default on product's internal category; can be" -" also set in product form (Accounting tab) as a replacement value." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:381 -msgid "" -"Inventory Variations: to set as Stock Input/Output Account in product's " -"internal category" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:384 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:419 -msgid "" -"Inventory: to set as Stock Valuation Account in product's internal category" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:406 -msgid "" -"Revenues: defined on the product category as a default, or specifically to a" -" specific product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:409 -msgid "" -"Expenses: this is where you should set the \"Cost of Goods Sold\" account. " -"Defined on the product category as a default value, or specifically on the " -"product form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:413 -msgid "" -"Goods Received Not Purchased: to set as Stock Input Account in product's " -"internal category" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:416 -msgid "" -"Goods Issued Not Invoiced: to set as Stock Output Account in product's " -"internal category" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:421 -msgid "" -"Price Difference: to set in product's internal category or in product form " -"as a specific replacement value" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:3 -msgid "Using the inventory valuation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:9 -msgid "" -"In this documentation, we will explain how the inventory valuation works in " -"Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:13 -msgid "Inventory valuation: the basics" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:16 -msgid "Receive a product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Each time a product enters or leaves your stock, the value of your inventory" -" is impacted. The way it is impacted depends on the configuration of your " -"product (more info here)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Let’s take an example with a product - a table - configured with a *FIFO " -"costing method* and an automated inventory valuation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:25 -msgid "I purchase 10 tables at a cost of $10." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:30 -msgid "" -"When I’ll confirm the receipt of the products, the value of my inventory " -"will be impacted. If I want to know what this impact is, I can click on the " -"valuation stat button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:35 -msgid "" -"The consignment feature allows you to set owners on your stock (discover " -"more about the consignment feature). When you receive products that are " -"owned by another company, they are not taken into account in your inventory " -"valuation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:44 -msgid "You need access rights on the accounting module to see that button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:46 -msgid "" -"In this case, I can see that the 10 tables entered the stock for a total " -"value of $100." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:52 -msgid "" -"I can also easily access the accounting entry that has been generated (in " -"case of automated inventory valuation)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:59 -msgid "Deliver a product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:61 -msgid "" -"In the same logic, when a table will be delivered, the stock valuation will " -"be impacted and you will have access to a similar information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:68 -msgid "The inventory valuation report" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:70 -msgid "" -"The summary of this is accessible via the inventory valuation report " -"(accessible from :menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Inventory " -"Valuation`). It gives you, product per product, the value of your stock. By " -"clicking on the button *Inventory At Date*, you can have the same " -"information for a past date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses.rst:3 -msgid "Warehouses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:3 -msgid "What is the difference between warehouses and locations?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, a **Warehouse** is the actual building/place in which your items " -"are stocked. You can setup multiple warehouses and create moves between " -"warehouses." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:9 -msgid "" -"A **Location**, is a specific space within your warehouse. It can be " -"considered as a sublocation of your warehouse, as a shelf, a floor, an " -"aisle, etc. Therefore, a location is part of one warehouse only and it is " -"not possible to link one location to multiple warehouses. You can configure " -"as much locations as you need under one warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:15 -msgid "There are 3 types of locations:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:17 -msgid "" -"The **Physical Locations** are internal locations that are part of the " -"warehouses for which you are the owner. They can be the loading and " -"unloading area of your warehouse, a shelf or a department, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:21 -msgid "" -"The **Partner Locations** are spaces within a customer and/or vendor's " -"warehouse. They work the same way as Physical Locations with the only " -"difference being that you are not the owner of the warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:25 -msgid "" -"The **Virtual Locations** are places that do not exist, but in which " -"products can be placed when they are not physically in an inventory yet (or " -"anymore). They come in handy when you want to place lost products out of " -"your stock (in the **Inventory loss**), or when you want to take into " -"account products that are on their way to your warehouse (**Procurements**)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:31 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, locations are structured hierarchically. You can structure your " -"locations as a tree, dependent on a parent-child relationship. This gives " -"you more detailed levels of analysis of your stock operations and the " -"organization of your warehouses." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:37 -msgid ":doc:`warehouse_creation`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:38 -msgid ":doc:`location_creation`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:3 -msgid "Create a New Location" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In order to be able to create different locations, you will need to activate" -" *Multi-Locations* in the settings which can be done from the " -":menuselection:`Inventory application --> Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:15 -msgid "" -"In the *Inventory application*, you can now go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations` and hit *Create* in order to " -"create a new location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Type the name of the location in the *Location Name* field, and select the " -"*Parent Location* in the list. The parent location can be a physical, " -"partner or virtual location, and you can add as many sub-locations as needed" -" to a location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:29 -msgid "" -"In case you want the location to be suggested when creating a Return or when" -" Scrapping a product, you should check *Is a Scrap Location?* and *Is a " -"Return Location?*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:33 -msgid "" -"If you have the *Barcode* application installed, you can specify the barcode" -" which will correspond to this location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:37 -msgid "" -"A warehouse also corresponds to a location. As the locations are " -"hierarchical, Odoo will create the parent location of the warehouse, " -"containing all the sublocations in it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:3 -msgid "Create a New Warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In order to create a new warehouse, you should activate the *Multi-" -"Warehouse* settings. Note that the *Multi-Locations* settings will be " -"automatically activated at the same time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:12 -msgid "" -"In order to do so, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration" -" --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:18 -msgid "" -"You can then go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " -"Warehouses` and hit *Create* to add a new warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:24 -msgid "" -"You will be able to enter your warehouse name. You should also choose a " -"short name for your warehouse which is 5-characters long and is used on the " -"different warehouse documents." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:28 -msgid "" -"In the Address field, you can select an existing company or create one on-" -"the-go. Therefore, the address of your warehouse will be the same as the one" -" of the company you selected. You can also leave this field empty and edit " -"it afterward." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:36 -msgid "" -"After the creation of your new warehouse, you can go back to the *Dashboard*" -" and you will see the new operation types automatically created by Odoo due " -"to the creation of a new warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process.rst:3 -msgid "Process Overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:3 -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:25 -msgid "Deliver Products from Stock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:6 -msgid "Create Storable/Consumable Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:8 -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:5 -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The first step to use the inventory application is to create products in " -"your database via the menu :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products`. Click " -"the Create button and enter the name of your product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:15 -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:12 -msgid "" -"In case you set the product as *storable*, you will track the stock for this" -" product and know how many units are in stock and what is the forecasted " -"number of units. If you want to include a product on receipts/deliveries but" -" don’t need to track its stock, you can set it as *consumable*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Once you have existing products, you can decide to create a delivery to " -"deliver products to your customers. The process in order to do so is " -"described in the following print screens." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:37 -msgid "" -"On the delivery order, you can specify to whom the products will be " -"delivered along with the different products and their respective quantities." -" When the delivery is complete you can hit *Validate* and the products will " -"go out of your stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:45 -msgid "" -"In case you have a delivery that is planned but shouldn’t be immediately " -"validated, you can create a *planned delivery* with a scheduled date in the " -"future. You can indicate the initial demand for each product, corresponding " -"to what has been ordered by your customer. Once the document is filled in, " -"you can hit “Mark as to do” in order to consider it in your product " -"forecasts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:51 -msgid "" -"The default setting is the immediate transfer where you do not need to “Mark" -" as to do” and “Check availability” when delivering a product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:54 -msgid "Deliver Products from Stock from a Sale Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:56 -msgid "" -"If you have the *Sales* application installed, delivery can be directly " -"created by *validating a quotation*. You will be able to find the " -"corresponding delivery directly on the *sale order*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:3 -msgid "Set your Initial Stock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Set the product as *storable*, in order to track the stock for this product " -"and be able to include it in an inventory adjustment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:19 -msgid "Inventory Adjustment for Multiple Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Once you have created all your *storable products*, you can create an " -"*inventory adjustment* to determine their current stock level in Odoo. You " -"therefore need to go to :menuselection:`Operations --> Inventory " -"Adjustments` and create a new one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:29 -msgid "" -"You have to enter a title for your *inventory adjustment* and you can then " -"decide if you want to proceed to the *inventory adjustment* of all products " -"or only some of them. For a first *inventory adjustment*, I suggest you to " -"keep the *Products* field empty. You can then *Start Inventory*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:38 -msgid "" -"If you already have some products in stock, Odoo will add the lines with the" -" theoretical quantity currently in stock. You can also add new lines with " -"your other products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:46 -msgid "" -"If your products are tracked by Serial/Lot numbers, you will have an " -"additional column allowing you to specify those for the different units " -"added to the inventory adjustment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Odoo will highlight in red the lines for which there is a difference between" -" the theoretical quantity on hand, which is automatically computed by the " -"system, and the counted quantity you manually entered. Once all the " -"necessary products have been entered, you can hit *Validate Inventory* and " -"the quantities on hand of your different products will be updated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:58 -msgid "Inventory Adjustment for one Product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:60 -msgid "" -"On each storable product, you have access to the *Update Quantity* button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:66 -msgid "" -"When clicking this button, you see the current stock you have for this " -"product. You can edit the existing lines or create new ones to add stock of " -"your product in different locations and/or add new serial/lot numbers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:74 -msgid "" -"Once you come back to your product, you see that the quantity on hand as " -"been updated taking your modification into account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:81 -msgid "" -"If you work with product variants, the quantity on hand will show you the " -"total quantity in stock for the product template, taking the different " -"variants into account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:85 -msgid "" -"By default, the quantity on hand of the product form will show you the " -"number of products that are part of your warehouse view location, meaning " -"which are part of an internal type sub-location of this warehouse. It means " -"that if you have any product in a location that isn’t under the main " -"warehouse location, they won’t appear in the stock on hand stat button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:3 -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:22 -msgid "Receive Products in Stock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Once you have existing products, you can decide to create a receipt to enter" -" products from your supplier in stock. The process in order to do so is " -"described in the following print screens." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:34 -msgid "" -"On the receipt document, you can select the quantity of the different " -"products you receive and the supplier from who you received them. When the " -"receipt is complete, you can hit *Validate* and the products will enter your" -" stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:42 -msgid "" -"In case you have a receipt that is planned but shouldn’t be immediately " -"validated, you can create a *planned receipt* with a scheduled date in the " -"future. You can indicate the initial demand for each product, corresponding " -"to what has been ordered to your supplier. Once the document is filled in, " -"you can hit “Mark as to do” in order to consider it in your product " -"forecasts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:56 -msgid "Receive Products in Stock from Purchase Orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:58 -msgid "" -"If you have the *Purchase* application installed, receipts can be directly " -"created by validating a *request for quotation*. You will be able to find " -"the corresponding receipt directly on the *purchase order*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced Routes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts.rst:3 -msgid "Concepts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:3 -msgid "Organize a cross-dock in a warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Cross-docking is the process of sending products that are received directly " -"to the customers, without making them enter the stock. The trucks are simply" -" unloaded in a *Cross-Dock* area in order to reorganize products and load " -"another truck." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:11 -msgid "" -"For more information on how to organize your warehouse, read our blog: `What" -" is cross-docking and is it for me? <https://www.odoo.com/blog/business-" -"hacks-1/post/what-is-cross-docking-and-is-it-for-me-270>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:16 -msgid "" -"In the *Inventory* app, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and" -" activate the *Multi-Step Routes*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:22 -msgid "Doing so will also enable the *Storage Locations* feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Now, both *Incoming* and *Outgoing* shipments should be configured to work " -"with 2 steps. To adapt the configuration, go to :menuselection:`Inventory " -"--> Configuration --> Warehouses` and edit your warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:31 -msgid "" -"This modification will lead to the creation of a *Cross-Docking* route that " -"can be found in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:38 -msgid "Configure products with Cross-Dock Route" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Create the product that uses the *Cross-Dock Route* and then, in the " -"inventory tab, select the routes *Buy* and *Cross-Dock*. Now, in the " -"purchase tab, specify the vendor to who you buy the product and set a price " -"for it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Once done, create a sale order for the product and confirm it. Odoo will " -"automatically create two transfers which will be linked to the sale order. " -"The first one is the transfer from the *Input Location* to the *Output " -"Location*, corresponding to the move of the product in the *Cross-Dock* " -"area. The second one is the delivery order from the *Output Location* to " -"your *Customer Location. Both are in state *Waiting Another Operation* " -"because we still need to order the product to our supplier." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Now, go to the *Purchase* app. There, you will find the purchase order that " -"has been automatically triggered by the system. Validate it and receive the " -"products in the *Input Location*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:64 -msgid "" -"When the products have been received from the supplier, you can go back to " -"your initial sale order and validate the internal transfer from *Input* to " -"*Output*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:72 -msgid "" -"The delivery order is now ready to be processed and can be validated too." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:3 -msgid "How to do inter-warehouses transfers?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:5 -msgid "" -"If you own different warehouses you might want to transfer goods from one " -"warehouse to the other. This is very easy thanks to the inventory " -"application in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:12 -msgid "" -"First of all you have to select the multi locations option. Go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the **Inventory " -"application**. Then tick the **Manage several locations per warehouse** " -"option. Please don't forget to **apply** your changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:21 -msgid "" -"This option should also be ticked if you wish to manage different locations " -"and routes in your warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:25 -msgid "Creating a new warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:27 -msgid "" -"The next step is to create your new warehouse. In the Inventory application " -"click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> " -"Warehouses`. You are now able to create your warehouse by clicking on " -"**Create**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Fill in a **Warehouse Name** and a **Short Name**. The short name is 5 " -"characters maximum." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Please note that the **Short Name** is very important as it will appear on " -"your transfer orders and other warehouse documents. It might be smart to use" -" an understandable one (e.g.: WH/[first letters of location])." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:44 -msgid "" -"If you go back to your dashboard, new operations will automatically have " -"been generated for your new warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:51 -msgid "Creating a new inventory" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:53 -msgid "" -"If you create a new warehouse you might already have an existing physical " -"inventory in it. In that case you should create an inventory in Odoo, if not" -" you can skip this step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Go into the inventory application, select :menuselection:`Inventory Control " -"--> Inventory Adjustment`. You can then create a new inventory by clicking " -"on **Create**. Fill in the **Inventory Reference**, **Date** and be sure to " -"select the right warehouse and location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Next, click on **Start Inventory**. A new window will open where you will be" -" able to input your existing products. Select add an item and indicate the " -"**Real Quantity** available in the warehouse. The theoretical quantity can " -"not be changed as it represents a computed quantity from purchase and sales " -"orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:74 -msgid "" -"Don't forget to validate your inventory once you have recorder the state of " -"all yours product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:78 -msgid "Create an internal transfer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:80 -msgid "" -"The final step is to create your internal transfer. If you want to tranfer 2" -" units of a product from your first warehouse to another one in Brussels, " -"proceed as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:84 -msgid "" -"From your dashboard, select a internal movement of one of the two " -"warehouses. To do so, click on :menuselection:`More --> Transfer`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:90 -msgid "" -"A new window will open where you will be able to select the source location " -"zone (in this case our \"old warehouse\") and the destination location zone " -"(in this case our \"new\" warehouse located in Brussels)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:94 -msgid "" -"Add the products you want to transfer by clicking on **Add an Item** and " -"don't forget to **Validate** or **Mark as TODO** once you are done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:100 -msgid "" -"If you select **Validate**, Odoo will process all quantities to transfer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:102 -msgid "" -"If you select **Mark as TODO**, Odoo will put the transfer in **Waiting " -"Availability** status. Click on **Reserve** to reserve the amount of " -"products in your source warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:106 -msgid "It is also possible to manually transfer each product:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:108 -msgid "Via your dashboard, select the transfer order in the source location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:113 -msgid "Select the right transfer order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:118 -msgid "" -"3. Click on the little pencil logo in the lower right corner in order to " -"open the operation details window. In this new window you can manually " -"indicate how much products you process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:126 -msgid "" -"If you decide to partially process the transfer order (e.g. a part of the " -"products can't be shipped yet due to an unexpected event), Odoo will " -"automatically ask if you wish to create a **backorder**. Create a backorder " -"if you expect to process the remaining products later, do not create a " -"backorder if you will not supply/receive the remaining products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:3 -msgid "Taking stock from different warehouses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When you plan to deliver a customer, you don’t know in advance if the " -"products will come from Warehouse A or Warehouse B. You may, in some cases, " -"need to take stock from different warehouses. With *Odoo*, you can configure" -" this by using the concept of virtual warehouses. Let us show you how to set" -" those virtual warehouses." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:8 -msgid "Set up virtual warehouses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Let’s say you have two warehouses: Warehouse A and Warehouse B. Create a new" -" warehouse, that will be a virtual one. It will allow you to take the stock " -"from A or B. To do so, go to your inventory app settings and enable the " -"multi-warehouses feature. Then, go to the warehouses menu and click on " -"create." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:16 -msgid "" -"The *Storage Location* feature will be automatically enabled. Good news, " -"because you will need it later in the process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Now, you have to make sure that the main stock locations of warehouse A and " -"warehouse B are children locations of the main stock location of warehouse A" -" + B. Go to the locations menu, and edit the main location of your two " -"warehouses. Then, change their parent location to main location of warehouse" -" A+B." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:24 -msgid "Sell a product from the virtual warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Let’s say you have two products, one stored in warehouse A and one stored in" -" warehouse B. Now, you can create a new quotation for one of each product. " -"Go to other information and choose Warehouse A+B in the shipping " -"information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Once you have done it, you can convert it to a sales order. Then, a delivery" -" order will be automatically generated, with a product reserved in warehouse" -" A and one in warehouse B." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:3 -msgid "Using Routes and Pull/Push Rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In inventory management, the supply chain strategy determines when products " -"should be fabricated, delivered to distribution centers, and made available " -"in the retail channel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:9 -msgid "" -"This kind of strategic process can be configured using *Routes*, featuring " -"*Pull and Push Rules*. Once everything is properly configured, the inventory" -" app can automatically generate transfers following the instructions given " -"by the rules. Yes, Odoo simplifies your life." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:16 -msgid "Inside the warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Let’s imagine a generic warehouse plan, where you can find receiving docks, " -"a quality control area, storage locations, picking and packing areas, and " -"shipping docks. All products go through all these locations, which also " -"trigger all the route's rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:27 -msgid "" -"In this example, vendor trucks unload pallets of ordered goods at receiving " -"docks. Operators then scan the products in the receiving area. Some of these" -" products are sent to a quality control area (those devoted to being used " -"during the manufacturing process, for example), while others are directly " -"stored in their respective locations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Here is an example of a fulfillment route. In the morning, items are picked " -"for all the orders that need to be prepared during the day. These items are " -"picked from storage locations and moved to the picking area, close to where " -"the orders are packed. Then, the orders are packed in their respective boxes" -" and conveyors bring them close to the shipping docks, ready to be delivered" -" to customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:48 -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:45 -msgid "How does it work?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:51 -msgid "Pull Rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:53 -msgid "" -"With *Pull Rules*, a demand for some products triggers procurements, while " -"*Push Rules* are triggered by products arriving in a specific location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:57 -msgid "" -"We can say that *Pull Rules* are used to fulfill a customer order, a sale " -"order. So, Odoo generates a need at the *Customer Location* for each product" -" in the order. Because *Pull Rules* are triggered by a need, Odoo looks for " -"a *Pull Rule* defined on the *Customer Location*. In our case, a delivery " -"order pull rule that transfers products from the *Shipping Area* to the " -"*Customer Location* is found, and a transfer between the two locations is " -"created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Then, Odoo finds another pull rule that tries to fulfill the need for the " -"*Shipping Area*: the *Packing Rule* that transfers products from the " -"*Packing Area* to the *Shipping Area*. And, finally, other rules are " -"triggered until a transfer between the *Stock* and the *Picking Area* is " -"created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:72 -msgid "" -"All theses transfers are pre-generated by Odoo, starting from the end and " -"going backwards. While working, the operator process these transfers in the " -"opposite order: first the picking, then the packing, then the delivery " -"order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:77 -msgid "Push Rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:79 -msgid "" -"On the other hand, *Push Rules* are much easier to understand. Instead of " -"pre-generating documents based on needs, they are live-triggered when " -"products arrive in a specific location. *Push Rules* basically say: \"when a" -" product arrives at a specific location, move it to another location.\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:84 -msgid "" -"A simple example would be: when a product arrives in the *Receipt Area*, " -"move them to the *Storage Location*. As different rules can be applied to " -"different products, you can assign different storage locations for different" -" products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:89 -msgid "" -"Another rule could be: when products arrive at a location, move them to the " -"*Quality Control Area*. Then, once the quality check is done, move them to " -"their *Storage Location*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:94 -msgid "" -"*Push Rules* can be triggered only if no *Pull Rule* pre-generated the " -"upstream transfers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:98 -msgid "" -"Sets of rules like those are called routes. The grouping on the rule defines" -" how products are grouped in the same transfer or not. For example, during " -"the picking operation, all orders are grouped in one transfer, whereas the " -"packing operation respects the grouping per customer order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:105 -msgid "Use Routes and Rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:107 -msgid "" -"Since *Routes* are a collection of *Push and Pull Rules*, Odoo helps you " -"manage advanced routes configuration such as:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:110 -msgid "Manage product manufacturing chains;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:111 -msgid "Manage default locations per product;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:112 -msgid "" -"Define routes within your warehouse according to business needs, such as " -"quality control, after-sales services, or supplier returns;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:114 -msgid "" -"Help rental management by generating automated return moves for rented " -"products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:117 -msgid "" -"To configure a route such as one of those above, open the **Inventory " -"Application** and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. Then, " -"enable the *Multi-Step Routes* feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:126 -msgid "" -"The *Storage Locations* feature is automatically activated with the *Multi-" -"Step Routes*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:129 -msgid "" -"Once this first step is completed, you have the choice between pre-" -"configured routes or custom ones. Both are explained below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:133 -msgid "Pre-configured Routes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:135 -msgid "" -"Odoo’s pre-configured routes are available in the warehouses’ menu. To find " -"it, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses`. " -"There, open your warehouse and edit it to see the pre-configured routes for " -"incoming and outgoing shipments." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:144 -msgid "" -"Some more advanced routes, such as pick-pack-ship, are already configured to" -" make your life easier. Those are based on your choice for shipments. Once " -"you made your choice, head to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " -"--> Routes` to see the routes Odoo generated for you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:153 -msgid "" -"Opening one of those routes allows you to see on what you can apply the " -"route. Here, all the selected product categories in the *YourCompany* " -"warehouse are set up to follow the 3-steps route." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:161 -msgid "" -"Easier for many businesses, this process might not fit yours. Thus, you can " -"configure custom routes in which you can define your own rules, but also the" -" source and destination location of each action. As an example, here are the" -" rules for the pre-configured route." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:171 -msgid "Custom Routes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:173 -msgid "" -"To create a custom route, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " -"--> Routes`, click on create, and choose the places where this route can be " -"selected. Of course, combinations are available." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:182 -msgid "" -"Each place has a different behavior, so it is important to tick only the " -"useful ones and adapt each route accordingly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:185 -msgid "" -"When applying the route on a product category (:menuselection:`Inventory -->" -" Configuration --> Product Categories`), all the rules configured in the " -"route are applied to **every** product of the category. For example, this " -"can be useful if you use the dropshipping process for all the products from " -"the same category." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:195 -msgid "" -"The same behavior applies to the warehouses. If you tick *Warehouses*, all " -"the transfers occurring inside the chosen warehouse, and meeting the " -"conditions of the linked rules, then follow that route." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:203 -msgid "" -"For the *Sales Order Lines*, it is more or less the opposite. You have to " -"choose the route yourself when creating a quotation. This is pretty useful " -"if some products go through different routes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:211 -msgid "" -"If you work with this kind of route, it is important to keep in mind that it" -" must be selected on the sales order, such as below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:218 -msgid "Then, the route can be chosen on each line of the document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:224 -msgid "" -"Finally, there are routes that can be applied to products. Those work more " -"or less like the product categories: once selected, you have to manually set" -" on which product it must be applied." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:232 -msgid "" -"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Master Data --> Products` and " -"open the one on which you want to apply the route. Then go to the *Inventory" -" tab* and select the route you’ve created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:240 -msgid "" -"If, prima facie, the routes’ configuration can appear quite easy, don’t " -"forget that we haven’t set up any rule yet. If not harder to set up, those " -"are vital to have working routings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:245 -msgid "Rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:247 -msgid "" -"The rules are to be defined on the routes. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`, then to the *Rules*" -" section, and click on *Add a line* button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:255 -msgid "" -"The available rules trigger various actions. If Odoo offers *Push* and " -"*Pull* rules, others are also available. Here are some explanations for all " -"of them:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:259 -msgid "" -"**Pull From**: this rule is triggered by a need for the product in a " -"specific stock location. The need can come from a sale order which has been " -"validated or for a manufacturing order which requires a specific component. " -"When the need appears in the source location, Odoo generates a picking to " -"fulfill this need." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:264 -msgid "" -"**Push To**: this rule is triggered by the arrival of some products in the " -"defined source location. In case you move products to the source location, " -"Odoo generates a picking to move those products to the destination location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:268 -msgid "" -"**Push & Pull**: it allows to generate pickings in the two different " -"situations explained above. It means that when products are required at a " -"specific location, a transfer is created from the previous location to " -"fulfill that need. Then, a need is created in the previous location and a " -"rule is triggered to fulfill it. Once the second need fulfilled, the " -"products are pushed to the first location and all the needs are fulfilled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:274 -msgid "" -"**Buy**: when products are needed at the destination location, a request for" -" quotation is created to fulfill the need." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:276 -msgid "" -"**Manufacture**: when products are needed in the source location, a " -"manufacturing order is created to fulfill the need." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:283 -msgid "" -"You must also define the *Operation Type*. This operation allows defining " -"which kind of picking is created from the rule. With our above screenshot, " -"the created picking is, for example, an internal transfer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:288 -msgid "" -"On the other hand, the *Supply Method*, allows defining what happens at the " -"source location:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:291 -msgid "" -"**Take From Stock**: the products are taken from the available stock of the " -"source location;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:293 -msgid "" -"**Trigger Another Rule**: the system tries to find a stock rule to bring the" -" products to the source location. The available stock is ignored." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:296 -msgid "" -"**Take From Stock, if Unavailable, Trigger Another Rule**: the products are " -"taken from the available stock of the source location. If there is no stock " -"available, the system tries to find a rule to bring the products to the " -"source location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:301 -msgid "" -"In the *Scheduling* section, you can determine how Odoo behaves when one of " -"the chain's pickings is rescheduled. In case you decide to **Propagate " -"Rescheduling**, the next move is also to be rescheduled. If you prefer " -"having the choice to reschedule the next move, you can decide to receive an " -"alert in the form of a *next activity*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:309 -msgid "What about a full flow?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:311 -msgid "" -"Do you remember our Pick - Pack - Ship custom route? Let’s use it to try a " -"full flow with an advanced custom route." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:314 -msgid "" -"First, a quick look at our rules and their supply methods: we have three " -"rules, all **Pull From** rules. The supply methods are the following:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:318 -msgid "" -"**Take From Stock**: When products are needed in WH/Packing Zone, *Picks* " -"(internal transfers from WH/Stock to WH/Packing Zone) are created from " -"WH/Stock to fulfill the need." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:321 -msgid "" -"**Trigger Another Rule**: When products are needed in WH/Output, *Packs* " -"(internal transfers from WH/Packing Zone to WH/Output) are created from " -"WH/Packing Zone to fulfill the need." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:324 -msgid "" -"**Trigger Another Rule**: When products are needed in Partner " -"Locations/Customers, Delivery Orders are created from WH/Output to fulfill " -"the need." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:332 -msgid "" -"This means that, when a customer orders products, a delivery order is " -"created to fulfill the order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:340 -msgid "" -"If the source document is the same sale order, the status is not the same. " -"In fact, the status is **Waiting Another Operation** if the previous " -"transfer in the list is not done yet." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:348 -msgid "" -"To prepare the order, conveyors need products packed at the output area, so " -"an internal transfer is requested from the packing zone." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:355 -msgid "" -"Obviously, the packing zone needs products ready to be packed. So, an " -"internal transfer is requested to the stock and employees can gather the " -"required products from the warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:363 -msgid "" -"As explained in this documentation introduction, the last step in the " -"process (here the delivery order) is the first to be triggered, which then " -"triggers other rules until we reach the first step in the process (here, the" -" internal transfer from to stock to the packing area). Now, everything is " -"ready to be processed so the customer can get the ordered items." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:370 -msgid "" -"In our case, the product is delivered to the customer when all the rules " -"have been triggered and the transfers done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies.rst:3 -msgid "Putaway & Removal Strategies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:3 -msgid "What is a Putaway Rule?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A good warehouse implementation takes care that products automatically move " -"to their appropriate destination location. To make that process easier, Odoo" -" uses *Putaway rules*. But what is a putaway rule? Putaway is the process of" -" taking products off the receiving shipments and directly putting them into " -"the most appropriate location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:7 -msgid "" -"If, for example, a warehouse contains volatile substances, it is important " -"to make sure that certain products are not stored close to each other " -"because of a potential chemical reaction. That’s where putaway rules " -"intervene, to avoid storing products wrongly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:12 -msgid "" -"In the *Inventory* app, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " -"and activate the *Multi-Step Routes*. By doing so, the *Storage Locations* " -"will be automatically activated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:19 -msgid "Setting up a Putaway Rule" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:21 -msgid "" -"In some cases, like for a retail shop storing vegetables and fruits, we have" -" to store products in different locations to maintain product quality." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Let’s suppose there are one warehouse location *WH/Stock* and two sub-" -"locations *WH/Stock/Vegatable* and *WH/Stock/Fruits*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:25 -msgid "" -"To manage those locations, we will create putaway rules. To do so, open the " -"*Inventory* app and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Putaway Rules`. " -"Then, click on create and configure your first rule indicating the main " -"location the product will enter before being redirected to the right " -"location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:31 -msgid "" -"The putaway rules can be defined either per product or per product category." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Now, if I purchase apples and carrots to my supplier, they will be grouped " -"in the same receipt but redirected to the right location automatically, " -"thanks to putaway rules. This information is available from *Inventory " -"Report*, under the reporting menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:3 -msgid "What is a Removal Strategy (FIFO, LIFO, and FEFO)?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Usually, *Removal Strategies* are defined in picking operations to select " -"the best products to optimize the distance for the worker, for quality " -"control purposes, or to first move the products with the closest expiration " -"date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:9 -msgid "" -"When a product movement needs to be done, Odoo finds available products that" -" can be assigned to the transfer. The way Odoo assigns these products " -"depends on the *Removal Strategy* defined in the *Product Category* or on " -"the *Location*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:14 -msgid "What happens inside the warehouse?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Imagine a generic warehouse plan, with receiving docks and area, storage " -"locations, picking and packing areas, and shipping docks. All products go " -"through all these locations, but some rules, such as removal strategies, can" -" have an effect on which products are taken for the pickings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Here, vendor trucks unload pallets of goods at the docks. Then, operators " -"scan the products in the receiving area, with the receiving date and, if the" -" product has an expiration date, the expiration date. After that, products " -"are stored in their respective locations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Next, several orders for the same product are made, but you didn’t receive " -"the goods the same day and they don’t have the same expiration date. In that" -" situation, you logically prefer sending those with the closest date first. " -"Depending on the removal strategy you chose, Odoo generates a transfer with " -"the products fitting your settings the best." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:42 -msgid "" -"On the transfer form, you can find the product’s lot/serial number to pick " -"for delivery." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:48 -msgid "First In, First Out (FIFO)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:50 -msgid "" -"When using a **First In, First Out** strategy, a demand for some products " -"triggers a removal rule which requests a transfer for the lot/serial number " -"that has entered your stock the first." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:53 -msgid "" -"To be clearer, let’s imagine that you have three lots of nails in your " -"warehouse. Those three have the following lot numbers: 00001, 00002, 00003, " -"each with 5 nails boxes in it. 00001 entered the stock on the 23rd of May, " -"00002 on the 25th of May, and 00003 on the 1st of June. A customer orders " -"you 6 boxes on the 11th of June. With the *FIFO* strategy selected, a " -"transfer is requested for the five boxes of 00001 and one of the boxes in " -"00002 because 00001 has entered your stock before the others. The box from " -"00002 is taken because it has the oldest enter date after 00001." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:60 -msgid "" -"So, for every order of a product with the *FIFO* strategy selected, Odoo " -"requests a transfer for the good that has been in your stock for the longest" -" period." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:64 -msgid "Last In, First Out (LIFO)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:66 -msgid "" -"The same way as for FIFO, the **Last In, First Out** strategy is based on " -"moving products based on the date they entered the stock. Here, a demand for" -" some products triggers a removal rule that requests a transfer for the " -"lot/serial number that has entered your stock the last." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:70 -msgid "" -"To better understand, let’s imagine three lots of screws in your warehouse. " -"Those three have the following numbers: 10001, 10002, 10003, each with 10 " -"screw boxes in it. 10001 has entered the stock on the 1st of June, 10002 on " -"the 3rd of June, and 10003 on the 6th of June. A customer orders 7 boxes on " -"the 8th of June. With the *LIFO* strategy selected, a transfer is requested " -"for seven boxes of 10003 because that lot is the last one to have entered " -"the stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:76 -msgid "" -"So, basically, for every order of a product with the *LIFO* strategy used, a" -" transfer for the last one to have entered the stock is requested." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:80 -msgid "" -"This strategy is banned in many countries and can lead to only have old or " -"obsolete products in your stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:84 -msgid "First Expire, First Out (FEFO)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:86 -msgid "" -"The **First Expire, First Out** strategy is a bit different from the two " -"others. Here, it is the expiration date that is important and not the date " -"the product entered the stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:89 -msgid "" -"Let’s imagine three lots of 6-eggs boxes (in this specific case, don’t " -"forget to use :doc:`units of measure <../../management/products/uom>`). " -"Those three have the following numbers: 20001, 20002, and 20003, each with 5" -" boxes in it. 20001 has entered the stock on the 1st of July and expires on " -"the 15th of July, 20002 on the 2nd and expires on the 14th of July, and " -"20003 on the 4th and expires on the 21st of July. A customer orders 6 boxes " -"on the 5th of July. With the *FEFO* strategy selected, a transfer is " -"requested for the five boxes of 20002 and one from 20001. The transfer for " -"all the boxes of the lot 20002 is because they have the closest expiration " -"date. The transfer also requests one box from 20001 because it’s the lot " -"that expires the sooner after 20002." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:98 -msgid "" -"Then, you can remember that for every order of a product with the *FEFO* " -"strategy, a transfer is requested for the product that has the nearest " -"expiration date from the order date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:102 -msgid "Use Removal Strategies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:104 -msgid "" -"To identify some units from other ones, you need to track them, either by " -"*lot* or by *serial number*. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration " -"--> Settings`. Then, activate *Storage Location*, *Multi-Steps Routes*, and " -"*Lots & Serial Numbers*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:113 -msgid "" -"To work with the *FEFO* strategy, activate the *Expiration Dates* feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:115 -msgid "" -"Next, you need to define your removal strategy, on *Product Categories* via " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:123 -msgid "FIFO (First In, First Out)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:125 -msgid "" -"As said, a *FIFO* strategy implies that products stocked first move out " -"first. Companies should use that method if they are selling products with " -"short demand cycles, such as clothes, and to ensure they are not stuck with " -"outdated styles in stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:129 -msgid "" -"For this example, we created three lots of white shirts. Those are from the " -"All/Clothes category, where we put *FIFO* as the removal strategy. In our " -"stock location (WH/Stock), we now find the three lots available." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:137 -msgid "" -"The lot 000001 contains 5 shirts, 000002 contains 3 shirts, and 000003 " -"contains 2. As it can be seen above, 000001 has entered the stock first. " -"Let’s create a sale order of six white shirts to check that products from " -"that lot are the first ones to move out." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:141 -msgid "" -"On the delivery order linked to the picking, you can see that the oldest lot" -" numbers have been reserved thanks to the *FIFO* strategy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:149 -msgid "LIFO (Last In, First Out)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:151 -msgid "" -"With a *LIFO* strategy, that’s quite the opposite. In fact, the products " -"that are brought the last move out the first. It is mostly used in case of " -"products without a shelf life." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:154 -msgid "" -"Even if our white shirts are clothes, we can say that they are timeless. So," -" let’s use them to test our *LIFO* strategy. Once again, open the product " -"category via :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product " -"Categories` and change the removal strategy to *LIFO*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:162 -msgid "" -"Now, create a sale order for 4 white shirts and check that the reserved " -"products are from lots 000003 and 000002." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170 -msgid "Don’t forget that the *LIFO* strategy is banned in many countries!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:173 -msgid "FEFO (First Expiry, First Out)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:175 -msgid "" -"With the *FEFO* strategy, the way products are picked is not based on the " -"reception date. In this particular case, they are dispatched according to " -"their expiration date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:179 -msgid "" -"To have more information about Expiration date, please have a look at " -":doc:`the related doc " -"<../../management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:182 -msgid "" -"By activating *Expiration Dates*, it becomes possible to define different " -"dates on the serial/lot numbers to be used in *FEFO*. These dates can be set" -" by going to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Master Data --> Lots/Serial " -"Numbers`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:190 -msgid "" -"Lots are picked based on their removal date, from earliest to latest. Lots " -"without a removal date defined are picked after lots with removal dates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:194 -msgid "" -"Other dates are for informational and reporting purposes only. If not " -"removed from the stock, lots that are past the expiration dates may still be" -" picked for delivery orders!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:197 -msgid "" -"To use the *FEFO* strategy, once again go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Product Categories` and choose *FEFO* as the *Force " -"Removal Strategy*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:204 -msgid "" -"For this particular case, let’s use hand cream. As usual, we have three lots" -" of them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:207 -msgid "**Lot / Serial No**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:207 -msgid "**Product**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:207 -msgid "**Expiration Date**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:209 -msgid "0000001" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:209 -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:211 -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:213 -msgid "Hand Cream" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:209 -msgid "09/30/2019" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:211 -msgid "0000002" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:211 -msgid "11/30/2019" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:213 -msgid "0000003" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:213 -msgid "10/31/2019" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:216 -msgid "" -"When we realize a sale for 25 units of Hand Cream, we can see that the lot " -"numbers which have been automatically reserved by Odoo are the ones with the" -" closest expiration date, meaning 0000001 and 0000003." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping.rst:3 -msgid "Shipping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation.rst:3 -msgid "Shipping Operations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:3 -msgid "How to cancel a shipping request to a shipper?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. " -"Odoo will be linked with the transportation company tracking system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:12 -msgid "" -"It will allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the " -"destination." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:15 -msgid "You can easily cancel the request made to the carrier system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:18 -msgid "How to cancel a shipping request?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:20 -msgid "" -"If the delivery order is not **Validated**, then the request hasn't been " -"made. You can choose to cancel the delivery or to change the carrier." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:24 -msgid "" -"If you have clicked on **Validate**, the request has been made and you " -"should have received the tracking number and the label. You can still cancel" -" the request. Simply click on the **Cancel** button next to the **Carrier " -"Tracking Ref**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:32 -msgid "You will now see that the shipment has been cancelled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:37 -msgid "You can now change the carrier if you wish." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:40 -msgid "How to send a shipping request after cancelling one?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:42 -msgid "" -"After cancelling the shipping request, you can change the carrier you want " -"to use. Confirm it by clicking on the **Send to shipper** button. You will " -"get a new tracking number and a new label." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:50 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:115 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:83 -msgid ":doc:`invoicing`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:51 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:116 -msgid ":doc:`multipack`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:3 -msgid "How to invoice the shipping cost to the customer?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:8 -msgid "There are two ways to invoice the shipping costs:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:10 -msgid "Agree with the customer over a cost and seal it down in the sale order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:13 -msgid "Invoice the real cost of the shipping." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:18 -msgid "" -"To configure the price of your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** " -"app, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery --> Delivery " -"Methods`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:21 -msgid "" -"You can manually set a price for the shipping: It can be fixed or based on " -"rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Or you can use the transportation company computation system. Read the " -"document :doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:28 -msgid "How to invoice the shipping costs to the customer?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:31 -msgid "Invoice the price set on the sale order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:33 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:55 -msgid "" -"On your sale order, choose the carrier that will be used. Click on " -"**Delivery Method** to choose the right one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:39 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:36 -msgid "" -"The price is computed when you **save** the sale order or when you click on " -"**Set price**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:42 -msgid "" -"To invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, click on " -"**Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery method as a " -"product. It may vary from the real price." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:46 -msgid "" -"When you create the invoice, it will take the price set on the sale order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:53 -msgid "Invoice the real shipping costs" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:61 -msgid "" -"The price is computed when you **save** the sale order. Confirm the sale " -"order and proceed to deliver the product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The real shipping cost is computed when the delivery order is validated, you" -" can see the real cost in the chatter of the delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Go back to the sale order, the real cost is now added to the sale order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:76 -msgid "" -"When you create the invoice, it will take the price computed by the carrier." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:83 -msgid "" -"If you split the delivery and make several ones, each delivery order will " -"add a line to the sale order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:87 -msgid ":doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:88 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:84 -msgid ":doc:`labels`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:3 -msgid "How to print shipping labels?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers " -"linked with the transportation company tracking system. It allows you to " -"manage the transport company, the real prices and the destination. And " -"finally, you will be able to print the shipping labels directly from Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:18 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:17 -msgid "Install the shipper company connector module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:20 -msgid "" -"In the **Inventory** module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies " -"you want to integrate :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:27 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:26 -msgid "Then click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:34 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:33 -msgid "Configure the delivery method" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:32 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:36 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:35 -msgid "" -"To configure your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** module, click on" -" :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery Methods`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:35 -msgid "" -"The delivery methods for the chosen shippers have been automatically " -"created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:41 -msgid "" -"In the **Pricing** tab, the name of the provider means that the delivery " -"will be handled and computed by the shipper system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:44 -msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:46 -msgid "" -"The first one is linked to **your account** (develop key, password,...). For" -" more information, please refer to the provider website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:49 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:62 -msgid "" -"The second column varies according to the **provider**. You can choose the " -"packaging type, the service type, the weight unit..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:52 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:65 -msgid "Uncheck **Test Mode** when you are done with the testings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:55 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:77 -msgid "Company configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:57 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:79 -msgid "" -"In order to compute the right price, the provider needs your company " -"information. Be sure your address and phone number are correctly encoded." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:64 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:86 -msgid "" -"To check your information, go to the **Settings** application and click on " -"**General Settings**. Click on the first link **Configure your company " -"data**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:70 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:92 -msgid "" -"The shipper companies need the weight of your product, otherwise the price " -"computation cannot be done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Go the **Sales** module, click on :menuselection:`Sales --> Products`. Open " -"the products you want to ship and set a weight on it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:80 -msgid "" -"The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to do" -" the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:85 -msgid "How to print shipping labels ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:87 -msgid "" -"The delivery order created from the sale order will take the shipping " -"information from it, but you can change the carrier if you want to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:90 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:135 -msgid "" -"If you create a delivery transfer from the inventory module, you can add the" -" third party shipper in the additional info tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:96 -msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number and **the label(s)**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:98 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:151 -msgid "" -"The label to stick on your package is available in the history underneath :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:104 -msgid "Click on it to open the document and print it :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:110 -msgid "" -"If you are doing multi-packages shippings, most of the time, there will be " -"one label per package. Each label will appear in the delivery history." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage multiple packs for the same delivery order?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:8 -msgid "" -"By default, Odoo considers that your delivery is composed of one package. " -"But you can easily ship your deliveries with more than one package. It is " -"fully integrated with the third-party shippers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:15 -msgid "" -"To configure the use of packages, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory " -"--> Configuration --> Settings`. Locate the **Packages** section and tick " -"**Record packages used on packing: pallets, boxes,...**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:23 -msgid "Click on **Apply** when you are done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:29 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:77 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:110 -msgid "Sale order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:34 -msgid "Click on a **Delivery Method** to choose the right one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:40 -msgid "Multi-packages Delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:42 -msgid "" -"The delivery created from the sale order will take the shipping information " -"from it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:48 -msgid "From here, you can split your delivery into multiple packages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Choose the quantity you want to put in the first pack in the **Done** " -"column, then click on the link **Put in Pack**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:56 -msgid "It will automatically create a pack with the requested quantity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:58 -msgid "Do the same steps for the other pieces you want to pack in." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:63 -msgid "Click on **Validate** when you are done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:66 -msgid "Multi-packages with a 3rd party-shipper" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Once the delivery order is validated, you will receive the tracking number. " -"The **carrier Tracking ref** field will automatically be filled. Click on " -"the **Tracking** button to check your delivery on the provider website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:76 -msgid "" -"The **labels** to stick on your packages are available in the history " -"underneath:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup.rst:3 -msgid "Shipping Setup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:3 -msgid "How to setup a delivery method?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, but it is not activated by " -"default. Delivery methods can be used for your sale orders, your deliveries " -"but also on your e-commerce." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Delivery methods allow you to manage the transport company, the price and " -"the destination. You can even integrate Odoo with external shippers to " -"compute the real price and the packagings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:20 -msgid "Install the inventory module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Delivery methods are handled by the **Delivery costs** module. Go to " -"**Apps** and search for the module. You should remove the **Apps** filter in" -" order to see it :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:29 -msgid "" -"If you want to integrate delivery methods in your e-commerce, you'll have to" -" install the **eCommerce Delivery** module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:39 -msgid "First set a name and a transporter company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Then you'll have to set the pricing. It can be fixed or based on rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:46 -msgid "" -"If the price is fixed, tick **Fixed price**. You'll just have to define the " -"price. If you want the delivery to be free above a certain amount, tick the " -"option **Free if Order total is more than** and set a price." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:54 -msgid "" -"If the price varies according to rules, tick **Based on Rules**. Click on " -"**add an item to a pricing rule**. Choose a condition based on either the " -"weight, the volume, the price or the quantity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Finally you can limit the delivery method to a few destinations. The limit " -"can be applied to some countries, states or even zip codes. This feature " -"limits the list of countries on your e-commerce." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:69 -msgid "" -"You can integrate Odoo with external shippers in order to compute the real " -"price and packagings, and handle the printing the shipping labels. See " -":doc:`third_party_shipper`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:74 -msgid "Delivery process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:82 -msgid "" -"You can now choose the **Delivery Method** on your sale order. If you want " -"to invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, click on " -"**Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery method as a " -"product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:88 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:130 -msgid "Delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:90 -msgid "You can add or change the delivery method on the delivery itself." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:95 -msgid "" -"On the delivery, check the **Carrier Information**. The carrier is the " -"chosen delivery method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:99 -msgid ":doc:`third_party_shipper`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:100 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:158 -msgid ":doc:`../operation/invoicing`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:3 -msgid "How to get DHL credentials for integration with Odoo?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:5 -msgid "In order to use the Odoo DHL API, you will need:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:7 -msgid "A DHL.com SiteID" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:9 -msgid "A DHL Password" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:11 -msgid "A DHL Account Number" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Getting SiteID and password for countries other than United States (UK and " -"Rest of the world)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:17 -msgid "" -"You should contact DHL account manager and request integration for XML " -"Express API. The presales should provide you live credentials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:20 -msgid "Getting SiteID and Password for United States" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:22 -msgid "" -"You need to write to xmlrequests@dhl.com along with your full Account " -"details like account number, region, address, etc. to get API Access." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:24 -msgid "" -"In meantime, for testing the solution, you can use the tests credentials as " -"given in the demo data:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:26 -msgid "**SiteID**: CustomerTest" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:28 -msgid "**Password**: alkd89nBV" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:30 -msgid "**DHL Account Number**: 803921577" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:3 -msgid "How to integrate a third party shipper?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. " -"Odoo can be linked with the transportation company tracking system. It will " -"allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the " -"destination." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:19 -msgid "" -"In the inventory module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies " -"you want to integrate :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:38 -msgid "" -"The delivery methods for the chosen shippers have been automatically " -"created. Most of the time, there will be **2** delivery methods for the same" -" provider: one for **international** shipping and the other for **domestic**" -" shipping." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:43 -msgid "" -"You can create other methods with the same provider with other " -"configuration, for example the **Packaging Type**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:46 -msgid "" -"You can change the **Name** of the delivery method. This is the name that " -"will appear on your ecommerce." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:49 -msgid "Flag **Shipping enabled** when you are ready to use it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:54 -msgid "" -"In the pricing tab, the name of the provider chosen under the **Price " -"computation** means that the pricing will be computed by the shipper system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:57 -msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:59 -msgid "" -"The first one is linked to **your account** (developer key, password,...). " -"For more information, please refer to the provider website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Finally you can limit the delivery method to a few destinations. You can " -"limit it to some countries, states or even zip codes. This feature limits " -"the list of countries on your e-commerce. It is useful for the domestic " -"providers. For example, USPS US only delivers from the United States to the " -"United States." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:95 -msgid "" -"Go the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> Products`. Open the products" -" you want to ship and set a weight on it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:102 -msgid "" -"The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to " -"make the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:115 -msgid "" -"You can now choose the carrier on your sale order. Click on **Delivery " -"method** to choose the right one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:118 -msgid "" -"The price is computed when you save the sale order or when you click on " -"**Set price**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:121 -msgid "" -"If you want to invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, " -"click on **Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery " -"method as a product. It may vary from the real price." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:125 -msgid "" -"Otherwise, the real price (computed when the delivery is validated) will " -"automatically be added to the invoice. For more information, please read the" -" document :doc:`../operation/invoicing`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:132 -msgid "" -"The delivery created from the sale order will take the shipping information " -"from it. You can change the carrier if you want to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:141 -msgid "" -"The weight is computed based on the products weights. The shipping cost will" -" be computed once the transfer is validated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:144 -msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number. The **Carrier Tracking" -" ref** field will automatically be filled. Click on the **Tracking** button " -"to check your delivery on the provider website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:159 -msgid ":doc:`../operation/labels`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:3 -msgid "How to get UPS credentials for integration with Odoo?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:5 -msgid "In order to use the Odoo UPS API, you will need:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:7 -msgid "A UPS.com user ID and password" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:9 -msgid "A UPS account number" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:11 -msgid "An Access Key" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:13 -msgid "" -"An Access Key is a 16 character alpha-numeric code that allows access to the" -" UPS Developer Kit API Development and Production servers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:17 -msgid "Create a UPS Account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Note that only customers located in the US can open a UPS account online. If" -" you are located outside the US, you will need to contact UPS Customer " -"Service in order to to open an account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:23 -msgid "" -"You can read additional information about opening a UPS account on the their" -" website, on the page, `How to Open a UPS Account Online " -"<https://www.ups.com/content/us/en/resources/sri/openaccountonline.html?srch_pos=2&srch_phr=open+ups+account>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:27 -msgid "" -"If you don't already have a UPS account, you can create one along with your " -"online profile by following these steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:30 -msgid "" -"1. Access the UPS.com web site at `www.ups.com <http://www.ups.com/>`__, and" -" click the **New User** link at the top of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:34 -msgid "" -"2. Click the **Register for MyUPS** button, and follow the prompts to " -"complete the registration process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:37 -msgid "" -"If you already have a UPS account, you can add it to your online profile as " -"follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Log in to the `UPS.com website <http://www.ups.com/>`_) using your UPS.com " -"User ID and Password." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:41 -msgid "Click the **My UPS** tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:43 -msgid "Click the **Account Summary** link." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:45 -msgid "" -"4. Click the **Add an Existing UPS Account** link in the **UPS Account " -"Details** section of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:48 -msgid "" -"5. In the **Add New Account** screen, enter the **UPS Account Number**, " -"**Account Name**, and **Postal Code** fields. The country defaults to United" -" States.q" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:52 -msgid "Click the **Next** button to continue." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:55 -msgid "Get an Access Key" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:57 -msgid "" -"After you have added your UPS account number to your user profile you can " -"request an Access Key from UPS using the steps below:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Go to the `UPS Developer Kit web page " -"<https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en_US>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:61 -msgid "Log into UPS.com with your user ID and password" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:62 -msgid "Click on the link **Request an access key**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:63 -msgid "Verify your contact information" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:64 -msgid "Click the **Request Access Key** button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:66 -msgid "" -"The **Access Key** will be provided to you on the web page, and an email " -"with the Access Key will be sent to the email address of the primary " -"contact." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7abb71e2d --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po @@ -0,0 +1,7624 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Anja Funk <anja.funk@afimage.de>, 2021 +# Katharina Moritz <kmo@e2f.com>, 2021 +# Tobias Arndt, 2021 +# Bülent Tiknas <btiknas@googlemail.com>, 2021 +# Thorsten Vocks <thorsten.vocks@openbig.org>, 2021 +# philku79 <philip.kuss@gmx.de>, 2021 +# Niki Waibel, 2021 +# Wolfgang Taferner, 2021 +# Ermin Trevisan <trevi@twanda.com>, 2021 +# Chris Egal <sodaswed@web.de>, 2021 +# Patrick Heuel <patrick.heuel@odoo-bs.com>, 2021 +# Martin Trigaux, 2021 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-18 07:12+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-05-18 05:18+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2021\n" +"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: de\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp.rst:3 +msgid "Inventory & Mrp" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:4 +msgid "Inventory" +msgstr "Lager" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode.rst:3 +msgid "Barcodes" +msgstr "Barcodes" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations.rst:3 +msgid "Daily Operations" +msgstr "Tagesgeschäft" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3 +msgid "Process to an Inventory Adjustment with Barcodes" +msgstr "Prozess zu einer Bestandsanpassung mit Strichcodes" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To process an inventory adjustment by using barcodes, you first need to open" +" the *Barcode* app. Then, from the application, click on *Inventory " +"Adjustments*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:13 +msgid "" +"If you want to fully work with barcodes, you can download the sheet " +"*Commands for Inventory*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Once you have clicked on *Inventory Adjustments*, Odoo will automatically " +"create one. Note that, if you work with multi-location, you first need to " +"specify in which location the inventory adjustment takes place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you don’t work with multi-location, you will be able to scan the " +"different products you want to include in the inventory adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:31 +msgid "" +"If you have 5 identical articles, scan it 5 times or use the keyboard to set" +" the quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Besides using the barcode scanner, you can also manually add a product if " +"necessary. To do so, click on *Add Product* and fill the information in " +"manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:44 +msgid "" +"When you have scanned all the items of the location, validate the inventory " +"manually or scan the *Validate* barcode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:6 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Übersicht" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:5 +msgid "" +"There are different situations in which barcode nomenclatures can be useful." +" A well-known use case is the one of a point of sale which sells products in" +" bulk, in which the customers will scale their products themselves and get " +"the printed barcode to stick on the product. This barcode will contain the " +"weight of the product and help compute the price accordingly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:13 +msgid "Create a Barcode Nomenclature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Odoo supports Barcode Nomenclatures, which determine the mapping and " +"interpretation of the encoded information. You can configure your barcode " +"nomenclature being in :doc:`Developer mode " +"</applications/general/developer_mode>`. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Barcode Nomenclature`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:20 +msgid "" +"You can create a barcode nomenclature from there, and then add a line to " +"create your first rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The first step is to specify the **rule name**, for example Weight Barcode " +"with 3 Decimals. You then have to specify the type for barcode nomenclature," +" in our case it will be Weighted Product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:33 +msgid "" +"The Barcode Pattern is a regular expression that defines the structure of " +"the barcode. In this example 21 defines the products on which the rule will " +"be applied, those are the numbers by which the product barcode should start." +" The 5 “dots” are the following numbers of the product barcode and are there" +" simply to identify the product in question. The “N” define a number and the" +" “D” define the decimals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:40 +msgid "" +"The encoding allows to specify the barcode encoding on which the rule should" +" be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:44 +msgid "" +"You can define different rules and order their priority thanks to the " +"sequence. The first rule which matches the scanned barcode will be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:49 +msgid "Configure your Product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:51 +msgid "The barcode of the product should start by “21”;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:52 +msgid "" +"The 5 “dots” are the other numbers of your product barcode, allowing to " +"identify the product;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:53 +msgid "" +"The barcode should contain 0’s where you did defined D’s or N’s. In our case" +" we need to set 5 zeros because we configured “21…..{NNDDD}”;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:54 +msgid "" +"In EAN-13, the last number is a check number, use an EAN13 generator to know" +" which digit it should be in your case." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:59 +msgid "" +"In case you weight 1,5 Kg of pasta, the balance will print you the following" +" barcode 2112345015002. If you scan this barcode in your POS or when " +"receiving products in your barcode application, Odoo will automatically " +"create a new line for the Pasta product for a quantity of 1.5 Kg. For the " +"point of sale, a price depending on the quantity will also be computed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:70 +msgid "Rule Types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:72 +msgid "" +"**Priced Product**: allows you to identify the product and specify its " +"price, used in POS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:73 +msgid "" +"**Discounted Product**: allows you to create one barcode per applied " +"discount. You can then scan your product in the POS and then scan the " +"discount barcode, discount will be applied on the normal price of the " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:74 +msgid "" +"**Weighted Product**: allows you to identify the product and specify its " +"weight, used in both POS (in which the price is computed based on the " +"weight) and in inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:75 +msgid "" +"**Client**: allows you to identify the customer, for example used with " +"loyalty program." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:76 +msgid "**Cashier**: allows you to identify the cashier when entering the POS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:77 +msgid "" +"**Location**: allows you to identify the location on a transfer when multi-" +"location is activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:78 +msgid "" +"**Package**: allows you to identify packages on a transfer when packages are" +" activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:79 +msgid "" +"**Credit Card**: doesn’t need manual modification, exists for data from the " +"Mercury module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:80 +msgid "" +"**Unit Product**: allows you to identify a product for both POS and " +"transfers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:83 +msgid "" +"When the barcode pattern contains .*, it means that it can contain any " +"number of characters, those characters being any number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:3 +msgid "Process to Transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:6 +msgid "Simple Transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To process a transfer from the *Barcode* app, the first step is to go to " +"*Operations*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Then, you have the choice to either enter an existing transfer, by going to " +"the corresponding operation type and manually selecting the one you want to " +"enter, or by scanning the barcode of the transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:24 +msgid "" +"From there, you will be able to scan the products that are part of the " +"existing transfer and/or add new products to this transfer. Once all the " +"products have been scanned, you can validate the transfer to proceed with " +"the stock moves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you have different storage locations in your warehouse, you can add " +"additional steps for the different operation types." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:45 +msgid "Receipts" +msgstr "Anlieferungen" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:39 +msgid "" +"When receiving a product in stock, you need to scan its barcode in order to " +"identify it in the system. Once done, you can either make it enter the main " +"location of the transfer, for example WH/Stock, or scan a location barcode " +"to make it enter a sub-location of the main location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:48 +msgid "" +"If you want the product to enter WH/Stock in our example, you can simply " +"scan the next product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery.rst:3 +msgid "Delivery Orders" +msgstr "Lieferaufträge" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:54 +msgid "" +"When delivering a product, you have to scan the source location if it is " +"different than the one initially set on the transfer. Then, you can start " +"scanning the products that are delivered from this specific location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Once the different products have been scanned, you have the possibility to " +"scan another location, such as WH/Stock, and another page will be added to " +"your delivery order. You can move from one to the other thanks to the " +"*Previous* and *Next* buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Now, you can validate your transfer. To do so, click on *Next* until you " +"reach the last page of the transfer. There, you will be able to validate it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:78 +msgid "Internal Transfers" +msgstr "Interne Transfers" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:80 +msgid "" +"When realizing an internal transfer with multi-location, you first have to " +"scan the source location of the product. Then, you can scan the product in " +"itself, before having to scan the barcode of the destination location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:85 +msgid "" +"If the source and destination of the internal transfers are already correct," +" you don’t need to scan them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:89 +msgid "Transfers with Tracked Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:91 +msgid "" +"If you work with products tracked by lot/serial numbers, you have two ways " +"of working:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:94 +msgid "" +"If you work with serial/lot numbers taking all products into consideration, " +"you can scan the barcode of the lot/serial number and Odoo will increase the" +" quantity of the product, setting its lot/serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:99 +msgid "" +"If you have the same lot/serial number for different products, you can work " +"by scanning the product barcode first, and then the barcode of the " +"lot/serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:3 +msgid "Create a Transfer from Scratch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To create a transfer from the *Barcode* application, you first need to print" +" the operation type barcodes. To do so, you can download the *Stock barcode " +"sheet* from the home page of the app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Once done, you can scan the one for which you want to create a new document." +" Then, an empty document will be created and you will be able to scan your " +"products to populate it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "Einrichtung" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:3 +msgid "Set up your barcode scanner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Getting started with barcode scanning in Odoo is fairly easy. Yet, a good " +"user experience relies on an appropriate hardware setup. This guide will " +"help you through the task of choosing and configuring the barcode scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:11 +msgid "Find the barcode scanner that suits your needs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:13 +msgid "" +"The 3 recommended type of barcode scanners to work with the Odoo " +"**Inventory** and **Barcode Scanning** apps are the **USB scanner**, **the " +"bluetooth scanner** and the **mobile computer scanner**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If you scan products at a computer location, the **USB scanner** is the way " +"to go. Simply plug it in the computer to start scanning. Just make sure when" +" you buy it that the scanner is compatible with your keyboard layout or can " +"be configured to be so." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:25 +msgid "" +"The **bluetooth scanner** can be paired with a smartphone or a tablet and is" +" a good choice if you want to be mobile but don't need a big investment. An " +"approach is to log in Odoo on you smartphone, pair the bluetooth scanner " +"with the smartphone and work in the warehouse with the possibility to check " +"your smartphone from time to time and use the software 'manually'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:32 +msgid "" +"For heavy use, the **mobile computer scanner** is the handiest solution. It " +"consists of a small computer with a built-in barcode scanner. This one can " +"turn out to be a very productive solution, however you need to make sure " +"that is is capable of running Odoo smoothly. The most recent models using " +"Android + Google Chrome or Windows + Internet Explorer Mobile should do the " +"job. However, due to the variety of models and configurations on the market," +" it is essential to test it first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:42 +msgid "Configure your barcode scanner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:45 +msgid "Keyboard layout" +msgstr "Tastaturbelegung" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:50 +msgid "" +"An USB barcode scanner needs to be configured to use the same keyboard " +"layout as your operating system. Otherwise, your scanner won't translate " +"characters correctly (replacing a 'A' with a 'Q' for example). Most scanners" +" are configured by scanning the appropriate barcode in the user manual." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:57 +msgid "Automatic carriage return" +msgstr "Automatischer Zeilenumbruch" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:59 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo has a 50 milliseconds delay between each successive scan " +"(it helps avoid accidental double scanning). If you want to suppress this " +"delay, you can configure your scanner to insert a carriage return at the end" +" of each barcode. This is usually the default configuration and can be " +"explicitly configured by scanning a specific barcode in the user manual ('CR" +" suffix ON', 'Apply Enter for suffix', etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:3 +msgid "Activate the Barcodes in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The barcode scanning features can save you a lot of time usually lost " +"switching between the keyboard, the mouse and the scanner. Properly " +"attributing barcodes to products, pickings locations, etc. allows you to " +"work more efficiently by controlling the software almost exclusively with " +"the barcode scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:9 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Konfiguration" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To use this feature, you first need to activate the *Barcode* functionality " +"via :menuselection:`Inventory --> Settings --> Barcode Scanner`. Once you " +"have ticked the feature, you can hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:22 +msgid "Set Product Barcodes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You can easily assign barcodes to your different products via the " +"*Inventory* app. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"Products Barcodes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Then, you have the possibility to assign barcodes to your products directly " +"at creation on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Be careful to add barcodes directly on the product variants and not on the " +"template product. Otherwise, you won’t be able to differentiate them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:45 +msgid "Set Locations Barcodes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:47 +msgid "" +"If you manage multiple locations, you will find useful to attribute a " +"barcode to each location and stick it on the location. You can configure the" +" locations barcodes in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " +"Locations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:58 +msgid "" +"You can easily print the barcode you allocate to the locations via the " +"*Print* menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:62 +msgid "Barcode Formats" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Most retail products use EAN-13 barcodes. They cannot be made up without " +"proper authorization. You must pay the International Article Numbering " +"Association a fee in exchange for an EAN code sequence." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Still, as Odoo supports any string as a barcode, you can always define your " +"own barcode format for internal use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management.rst:3 +msgid "Warehouse Management" +msgstr "Lager & Logistik" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:3 +msgid "Send Products to Customers Directly from Suppliers (Drop-shipping)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:6 +msgid "What is Drop-Shipping?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Drop-Shipping is a system that allows orders taken from your store to be " +"shipped straight from your supplier to your customer. On a usual delivery " +"system, products are sent from your supplier to your warehouse to be put in " +"stock and then shipped to your customers after ordering." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:13 +msgid "" +"With drop-shipping, no item is stocked. When a customer places an order in " +"your shop, the item is delivered straight from the supplier to the customer." +" Therefore, the product doesn't need to get through your warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:19 +msgid "Points to be Considered while Implementing Drop-Shipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Use drop-shipping only for the products you can't or don't want to keep in " +"stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:22 +msgid "" +"One reason is that you'll always make smaller margins on items that are " +"drop-shipped, so you should keep it only for items that take up a lot of " +"space in your warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:30 +msgid "Drop-shipping is best for niche products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Chances are that products that are in high demand are being offered by large" +" suppliers at a fraction of the price you'll be able to charge, so using a " +"more costly shipping method won't be financially rewarding. But if your " +"product is unique, then it makes sense!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:33 +msgid "To protect your customers from bad experiences." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Test drop-shipping companies for yourself beforehand and list the best ones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:37 +msgid "Make sure time is not against you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Drop-shipping should take a reasonable amount of time and surely not more " +"than it would have taken you to handle it all by yourself. It's also nice to" +" be able to provide your customers with a tracking number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:44 +msgid "Items have to be available from your supplier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:40 +msgid "" +"It's good to know if the product you're selling is available upstream. If " +"you don't have that information, inform your customers that you don't hold " +"the item in stock and that it's subject to availability from a third party." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:47 +msgid "" +"For more information and insights about Drop-Shipping, you can read our " +"blog: `*What is drop-shipping and how to use it* <https://www.odoo.com/blog" +"/business-hacks-1/post/what-is-drop-shipping-and-how-to-use-it-250>`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:52 +msgid "Configure Drop-Shipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Activate the functionality in the *Purchase* application by going to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Then, go to the *Inventory* app, in :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings` to activate the *Multi-Step Routes* feature. It will allow you to " +"make the *Route* field appear on the sale order lines to specify you send a " +"product via drop-shipping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Now, in the *Sales* app, go to :menuselection:`Products --> Products`. " +"Select the product you would like to drop-ship and add a vendor pricelist " +"which contains the right supplier, via the purchase tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:76 +msgid "Send Products from the Suppliers Directly to the Customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Create a *Sales Order* and add the product on which you just set the vendor." +" Add the *Route* field thanks to the widget on the right of the sale order " +"line. Now, you are able to specify that your products’ route is *Drop-" +"Shipping*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Once the sale order is confirmed, Odoo automatically generates a *Request " +"for Quotation* for the supplier who will proceed to the drop-shipping. You " +"can find it in the *Purchase* app, with the sale order as *Source Document*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Once this *Purchase Order* is confirmed, a *Receipt Order* is created and " +"linked to it. The source location is the vendor location and the destination" +" location is the customer location. Then, the product won’t go through your " +"own stock when you validate the dropship document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:105 +msgid "" +"You can also easily access the dropship document directly from your " +"inventory dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:3 +msgid "How to choose the right inventory flow to handle delivery orders?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Depending on factors such as the type of items you sell, the size of your " +"warehouse, the number of orders you register everyday... the way you handle " +"deliveries to your customers can vary a lot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows you to handle shipping from your warehouse in 3 different ways:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:12 +msgid "**One step (shipping)**: Ship directly from stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:14 +msgid "" +"**Two steps (pick + ship)**: Bring goods to output location before shipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:17 +msgid "" +"**Three steps (pick + pack + ship)**: Make packages into a dedicated " +"location, then bring them to the output location for shipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:20 +msgid "" +"For companies having a rather small warehouse and that do not require high " +"stock of items or don't sell perishable items, a one step shipping is the " +"simplest solution, as it does not require a lot of configuration and allows " +"to handle orders very quickly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Using inventory methods such as FIFO, LIFO and FEFO require to have at least" +" two steps to handle a shipment. The picking method will be determined by " +"the removal strategy, and the items removed will then be shipped to the " +"customer. This method is also interesting if you hold larger stocks and " +"especially when the items you stock are big in size." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:31 +msgid "" +"The three steps system becomes useful in more specific situations, the main " +"one being for handling very large stocks. The items are transferred to a " +"packing area, where they will be assembled by area of destination, and then " +"set to outbound trucks for final delivery to the customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:53 +msgid "One step flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:42 +msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`one_step`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:58 +msgid "Two steps flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:60 +msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`two_steps`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:63 +msgid "Three steps flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:65 +msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`three_steps`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:3 +msgid "How can I change the label type?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:8 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can choose among different types of labels for your delivery " +"orders. Follow the steps below and give an appropriate label type to your " +"delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:15 +msgid "" +"In the **Inventory** module, Go to **Configuration** and click on **Delivery" +" methods**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:18 +msgid "Choose a delivery method and then click on **Edit**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:23 +msgid "" +"In the **Pricing** tab, under **Fedex label stock type**, you can choose one" +" of the label types available. The availability will vary depending on the " +"carrier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Once this is done, you can see the result if you go to the Sales module and " +"you create a new sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:33 +msgid "" +"As you confirm the sale and validate the delivery with the carrier for which" +" you have modified the label type, The label will appear in your history." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The default label type is paper letter, and if you choose the label type " +"bottom half for example, here is the difference :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:3 +msgid "Process Delivery Orders in one Step (Shipping)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:5 +msgid "" +"There is no configuration needed to deliver in one step. The default " +"outgoing shipments are configured to be directly delivered from the stock to" +" the customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:9 +msgid "" +"However, if advanced routes have been activated and you set another shipping" +" configuration on your warehouse, you can set it back to the one-step " +"delivery configuration. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " +"--> Warehouses` and edit the warehouse in question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Then, choose *Deliver goods directly* as your *Outgoing Shipments* strategy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:47 +msgid "Create a Sales Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:23 +msgid "" +"In the *Sales* application, create a quotation with some storable products " +"to deliver and confirm it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Notice that we now see 1 delivery associated with this *sales order* in the " +"stat button above the sales order. If you click on the 1 Delivery stat " +"button, you should now see your delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:34 +msgid "Process a Delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:36 +msgid "" +"You can also find the *delivery order* directly from the *Inventory* " +"application. In the dashboard, you can click the *1 TO PROCESS* button under" +" the Delivery Orders Kanban card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Enter the picking that you want to process. You will be able to click on " +"*Validate* to complete the move if you have products in stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Once you *Validate* the delivery order, the products leave your *WH/Stock " +"location* and are moved to the *Customer location*. You can easily see that " +"the delivery took place thanks to the status of the document which is now " +"*Done*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:3 +msgid "Process Delivery Orders in three Steps (Pick + Pack + Ship)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is " +"set up by default to utilize a one-step operation: once all goods are " +"available, they are able to be shipped in a single delivery order. However, " +"that process may not reflect reality and your company could require more " +"steps before shipping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:11 +msgid "" +"With the delivery in 3 steps (Pick + Pack + Ship), the items will be picked " +"to be transferred to a packing area. Then, they will be moved to an output " +"location before being effectively shipped to the customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:19 +msgid "Activate Multi-Step Routes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The first step is to allow using *multi-step routes*. Indeed, routes provide" +" a mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we will " +"chain the picking step to the shipping step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To allow *multi-step routes*, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and activate the option. Note that activating " +"*Multi-Step Routes* will also activate *Storage Locations*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:30 +msgid "Configure Warehouse for Delivery in 3 Steps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Once *Multi-Step Routes* has been activated, you can go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the " +"warehouse which will use delivery in 3 steps. You can then select the option" +" *Pack goods, send goods in output and then deliver (3 steps)* for *Outgoing" +" Shipments*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Activating this option will lead to the creation of two new locations, " +"*Output* and *Packing Zone*. If you want to rename it go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, *Select* the one" +" you want to rename and update its name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:47 +msgid "" +"In the *Sales* application, you can create a quotation with some storable " +"products to deliver. Once you confirm the quotation, three pickings will be " +"created and automatically linked to your sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:54 +msgid "If you click the button, you should now see three different pickings:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:56 +msgid "The first one with a reference PICK to designate the picking process," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:58 +msgid "The second one with the reference PACK that is the packing process," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:60 +msgid "The last one with a reference OUT to designate the shipping process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:66 +msgid "Process the Picking, Packing, and Delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The picking operation is the first one to be processed and has a *Ready* " +"status while the other ones are *Waiting Another Operation*. The Packing " +"operation will become *Ready* as soon as the picking one is marked as done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:71 +msgid "" +"You can enter the picking operation from here, or access it through the " +"inventory dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:77 +msgid "" +"In case you have the product in stock, it has automatically been reserved " +"and you can simply validate the picking document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Once the picking has been validated, the packing order is ready to be " +"processed. Thanks to the fact that the documents are chained, the products " +"which have been previously picked are automatically reserved on the packing " +"order which can be directly validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Once the packing has been validated, the delivery order is ready to be " +"processed. Here again, it is directly ready to be validated in order to " +"transfer the products to the customer location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:3 +msgid "Process Delivery Orders in two Steps (Pick + Ship)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is " +"set up by default to utilize a one-step operation: once all goods are " +"available, they are able to be shipped in a single delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:9 +msgid "" +"However, your company's business process may have one or more steps that " +"happen before shipping. In the two steps process, the products which are " +"part of the delivery order are picked in the warehouse and brought to an " +"output location before being effectively shipped." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:29 +msgid "Warehouse configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Once *Multi-Step Routes* has been activated, you can go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the " +"warehouse which will use delivery in 2 steps. You can then select the option" +" *Send goods in output and then deliver (2 steps)* for Outgoing Shipments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Activating this option will lead to the creation of a new *Output* location." +" If you want to rename it go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " +"--> Locations`, Select Output and update its name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:49 +msgid "" +"In the *Sales* application, you can create a quotation with some storable " +"products to deliver. Once you confirm the quotation, two pickings will be " +"created and automatically linked to your sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:56 +msgid "" +"If you click on the *2 Delivery* button, you should now see two different " +"pickings, one with a reference *PICK* to designate the picking process and " +"another one with a reference *OUT* to designate the shipping process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:65 +msgid "Process the Picking and the Delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:67 +msgid "" +"The picking operation is the first one to be processed and has a *Ready* " +"status while the delivery operation will only become *Ready* once the " +"picking operation has been marked as done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Once the picking has been validated, the delivery order is ready to be " +"processed. Thanks to the fact that the documents are chained, the products " +"which have been previously picked are automatically reserved on the delivery" +" order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming.rst:3 +msgid "Incoming Shipments" +msgstr "Wareneingang" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:3 +msgid "How to choose the right flow to handle receipts?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Depending on factors such as the type of items you receive, the size of your" +" warehouse, the number of receipt you register everyday... the way you " +"handle receipts to your customers can vary a lot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows you to handle receipts from your warehouse in 3 different ways:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:15 +msgid "**One step**: Receive goods directly in stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:17 +msgid "**Two steps**: Unload in input location then go to stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:19 +msgid "" +"**Three steps**: Unload in input location, go through a quality control " +"before being admitted in stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses **routes** to define exactly how you will handle the different " +"receipt steps. The configuration is done at the level of the warehouse. In " +"standard, the reception is a one step process, but changing the " +"configuration can allow to have 2 or even 3 steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:27 +msgid "The principles are the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:29 +msgid "**One step**: You receive the goods directly in your stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:31 +msgid "" +"**Two steps**: You receive the goods in an input area then transfer them " +"from input area to your stock. As long as the goods are not transferred in " +"your stock, they will not be available for further processing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:36 +msgid "" +"**Three steps**: In many companies, it is necessary to assess the received " +"good. The goal is to check that the products correspond to the quality " +"requirements agreed with the suppliers. Adding a quality control step in the" +" goods receipt process can become essential." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:42 +msgid "" +"You receive the goods in an input area, then transfer them into quality area" +" for quality control. When your quality check process finishes then you can " +"move the goods from QC to stock. Of course, you may change the quantity and " +"only transfer to Stock the quantity that is valid and decide that you will " +"return the quantity that is not good." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:55 +msgid "This is the default configuration in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:68 +msgid ":doc:`../delivery/inventory_flow`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:69 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:3 +msgid "Process a Receipt in one step (Receipt)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:5 +msgid "" +"There is no configuration needed to receive in one step. The default " +"incoming shipments are configured to be directly received from the vendors " +"to the stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:9 +msgid "" +"However, if advanced routes have been activated and you set another incoming" +" configuration on your warehouse, you can set it back to the one-step " +"receipt configuration. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Warehouses` and edit the warehouse in question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Set the *Incoming Shipments* option to *Receive goods directly (1 step)*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:50 +msgid "Create a Purchase Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To create a *Request for Quotation*, go to the *Purchase* application and " +"click on *Create*. Then, add some storable products to receive and confirm " +"the *RfQ*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Notice that, now, we see 1 receipt associated with the purchase order you " +"just created. If you click on the button, you will see your receipt order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:35 +msgid "Process a Receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:37 +msgid "" +"You can also fin the receipt directly from the *Inventory* app. When on the " +"dashboard, you can click the *1 TO PROCESS* button under the *Receipts* " +"Kanban card. Then, you will see your receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Now, enter the picking that you want to process. You will be able to click " +"on *Validate* to complete the move directly as products coming from " +"suppliers are considered as being always available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Once you *Validate* the receipt, the products leave the *Supplier Location* " +"to enter your *WH/Stock Location*. You can easily see that the receipt took " +"place thanks to the status of the document, which is now *Done*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:3 +msgid "Process a Receipt in three steps (Input + Quality + Stock)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Quality is essential for most companies. To make sure we maintain quality " +"throughout the supply chain, it only makes sense that we assess the quality " +"of the products received from suppliers. To do so, we will add a quality " +"control step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses routes to define how to handle the different receipt steps. " +"Configuration of those routes is done at the warehouse level. By default, " +"the reception is a one-step process, but it can also be configured to have " +"two-steps or three-steps processes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:13 +msgid "" +"The three-steps flow works as follows: you receive the goods in your " +"receiving area, then transfer them into a quality area for quality control " +"(QC). When the quality check is completed, the goods that match the QC " +"requirements are moved to stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The first step is to allow the use of *Multi-Step Routes*. Routes provide a " +"mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we will chain " +"the picking step to the shipping step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To enable *Multi-Step Routes*, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and activate the option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:31 +msgid "" +"By default, activating *Multi-Step Routes* also activates *Storage " +"Locations*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:35 +msgid "Configure warehouse for receipt in 3-steps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Once *Multi-Step Routes* has been activated, go to :menuselection:`Inventory" +" --> Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the warehouse which should work " +"with the 3-steps reception. Then, select *Receive goods in input, then " +"quality and then stock (3 steps)* for *Incoming Shipments*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Activating this option leads to the creation of two new locations: *Input* " +"and *Quality Control*. To rename them, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Locations` and select the one you want to rename." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:52 +msgid "" +"To start the 3-steps reception process, create a *Request for Quotation* " +"from the *Purchase* app, add some storable products to it and confirm. Then," +" three pickings are created with your *Purchase Order* as the source " +"document:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:56 +msgid "The first one with a reference *IN* to designate the receipt process;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:59 +msgid "" +"The second one with a reference *INT*, which is the move to the quality " +"control zone;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:62 +msgid "The last one with a reference *INT* to designate the move to stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:69 +msgid "Process the receipt, quality control and entry in stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:71 +msgid "" +"As the receipt operation is the first one to be processed, it has a *Ready* " +"status while the others are *Waiting Another Operation*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To access the receipt operation, click on the button from the *Purchase " +"Order* or go back to the *Inventory* app dashboard and click on *Receipts*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:81 +msgid "" +"In the receipt order, products are always considered available because they " +"come from the supplier. Then, the receipt can be validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Once the receipt has been validated, the transfer to quality becomes " +"*Ready*. And, because the documents are chained to each other, products " +"previously received are automatically reserved on the transfer. Then, the " +"transfer can be directly validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Now, the transfer that enters the products to stock is *Ready*. Here, it is " +"again ready to be validated in order to transfer the products to your stock " +"location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:3 +msgid "Process a Receipt in two steps (Input + Stock)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses routes to define exactly how you will handle the different receipt" +" steps. The configuration is done at the *Warehouse* level. By default, the " +"reception is a one-step process, but changing the configuration can allow " +"you to have 2 steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:13 +msgid "" +"The 2 steps flow is like this: you receive the goods in an input area, then " +"transfer them to your stock. As long as the goods are not transferred in " +"your stock, they will not be available for further processing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:21 +msgid "" +"The first step is to allow using *multi-step routes*. Indeed, routes provide" +" a mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we will " +"chain the unload step in the input area to the step entering the products in" +" stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To allow *multi-step routes*, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings` and activate the feature. By default, activating *multi-step " +"routes* will also activate *Storage Locations*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:34 +msgid "Configure warehouse for receipt in 2 steps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Once *multi-step routes* is activated, you can go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the warehouse which " +"will use receipt in 2 steps. Then, you can select the option *Receive goods " +"in input and then stock (2 steps)* for *Incoming Shipments*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Activating this option will lead to the creation of a new *Input* location. " +"If you want to rename it, you can go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Locations --> Select Input` and update its name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:52 +msgid "Create a purchase order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:54 +msgid "" +"In the *Purchase* application, you can create a *Request for Quotation* with" +" some storable products to receive from a supplier. Once the *RfQ* is " +"confirmed, the receipt picking will be created and automatically linked to " +"your purchase order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Now, by clicking on the *1 Receipt* button, you will see the first picking " +"which will allow entering the product in the *input location*. Then, another" +" picking, an internal transfer, has been created in order to move the " +"products to *Stock*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:68 +msgid "Process the receipt and the internal transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:70 +msgid "" +"The receipt is the first one to be processed and has a *Ready* status while " +"the internal transfer will only become *Ready* once the receipt has been " +"marked as *Done*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:74 +msgid "" +"You can enter the receipt operation from the purchase order, or access it " +"through the inventory dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:80 +msgid "" +"By default, a receipt is always considered as ready to be processed. Then, " +"you will be able to directly click on *Validate* to mark it as done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Once the receipt has been validated, the internal transfer is ready to be " +"processed. As documents are chained, the products which have been received " +"are automatically reserved on the internal transfer. Once the transfer is " +"validated, those products enter the stock and you will be able to use them " +"to fulfill customer deliveries or manufacture products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers.rst:3 +msgid "Lots and Serial Numbers" +msgstr "Los- und Seriennummern" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:3 +msgid "What's the difference between lots and serial numbers?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:6 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "Überblick" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, lots and serial numbers have similarities in their functional " +"system but are different in their behavior. They are both managed within the" +" **Inventory**, **Purchases** and **Sales** app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:12 +msgid "" +"**Lots** correspond to a certain number of products you received and store " +"altogether in one single pack." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:15 +msgid "" +"**Serial numbers** are identification numbers given to one product in " +"particular, to allow to track the history of the item from reception to " +"delivery and after-sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:20 +msgid "When to use" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:22 +msgid "" +"**Lots** are interesting for products you receive in great quantity and for " +"which a lot number can help in reportings, quality controls, or any other " +"info. Lots will help identify a number of pieces having for instance a " +"production fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or " +"food." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:28 +msgid "" +"**Serial numbers** are interesting for items that could require after-sales " +"service, such as smartphones, laptops, fridges, and any electronic devices. " +"You could use the manufacturer's serial number or your own, depending on the" +" way you manage these products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:34 +msgid "When not to use" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Storing consumable products such as kitchen roll, toilet paper, pens and " +"paper blocks in lots would make no sense at all, as there are very few " +"chances that you can return them for production fault." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:40 +msgid "" +"On the other hand, giving a serial number to every product is a time-" +"consuming task that will have a purpose only in the case of items that have " +"a warranty and/or after-sales services. Putting a serial number on bread, " +"for instance, makes no sense at all." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:46 +msgid ":doc:`serial_numbers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:47 +msgid ":doc:`lots`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:3 +msgid "Manage expiration dates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In many companies, products have expiration dates and they should be tracked" +" based on those dates. In the food industry, for example, tracking stocks " +"based on expiration dates is mandatory to avoid selling expired products to " +"customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:10 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can track your products based on their expiration dates, even" +" if they are already tracked by lots or serial numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:15 +msgid "Configurations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:18 +msgid "Application configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To use expiration dates tracking, open the *Inventory* application and go to" +" :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Lots & Serial" +" Numbers* and *Expiration Dates* features." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:90 +msgid "Product configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Now, you have the possibility to define different dates in the *inventory " +"tab* of the product form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Product Use Time: it’s the number of days before the goods start " +"deteriorating, without being dangerous yet. It will be computed using the " +"lot/serial number;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Product Life Time: refers to the number of days before the goods may become " +"dangerous and must not be consumed. It will be computed on the lot/serial " +"number;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Product Removal Time: shows the number of days before the goods should be " +"removed from the stock. It will be computed on the lot/serial number;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Product Alert Time: refers to the number of days before an alert should be " +"raised on the lot/serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:44 +msgid "Expiration Date on Lots/Serial Numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:46 +msgid "" +"When receiving a product in stock, the dates will automatically be updated " +"on the corresponding lot/serial number. This update will be based on the " +"reception date of the product and the times set on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:58 +msgid "Expiration Alerts" +msgstr "Ablaufbenachrichtigungen" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:60 +msgid "" +"You can access all your expiration alerts from the *inventory* app. To do " +"so, go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. There, you " +"can use the pre-existing filter that shows all the lots/serial numbers that " +"exceeded their alert date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:3 +msgid "Manage lots of identical products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Lots are useful for products you receive in great quantity and for which a " +"lot number can help in reporting, quality controls, or any other info. Lots " +"will help identify a number of pieces having, for instance, a production " +"fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or food." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Odoo has the capacity to manage lots, ensuring compliance with the " +"traceability requirements imposed by the majority of industries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The double-entry management in Odoo enables you to run very advanced " +"traceability." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:18 +msgid "Setting Up" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:21 +msgid "Application Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:23 +msgid "" +"First, you need to activate the tracking of lot numbers. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and tick *Lots & " +"Serial Numbers*. Then, click on save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:31 +msgid "Product Configuration" +msgstr "Produktkonfiguration" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Now, you have to configure which products you want to track by serial " +"numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products` and open the product of your" +" choice. There, click on *Edit* and select *Tracking by Lots* in the " +"inventory tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:47 +msgid "Manage Lots" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:52 +msgid "" +"In order to receive a product tracked by lots, you have to specify its lot " +"numbers. You have several ways of doing so:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:65 +msgid "Manually assign the different lot numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:57 +msgid "Copy/paste lot numbers from an Excel file" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:59 +msgid "First, you need to open the detailed operations of your picking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:67 +msgid "" +"When opening the detailed operations, you can click on *Add a line*. Then, " +"you will be able to fill the lot number in. Once done, you can click on *Add" +" a line* again to register a new lot number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:75 +msgid "Copy/paste lot number from an Excel file" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Once the spreadsheet containing the lot numbers you received from your " +"supplier and copy the list. Then, you can paste them in the *Lot/Serial " +"Number Name* column for Odoo to automatically create the necessary lines. " +"After that, you will have to manually enter the number of products that are " +"contained in each one of the lots." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:93 +msgid "Operation Types" +msgstr "Vorgangstypen" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Of course, you also have the possibility to define how you will manage lots " +"for each operation type. To do so, open the *Inventory* app and go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Operation Types`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:99 +msgid "" +"For each type (receipts, internal transfers, deliveries, …), you can decide " +"if you allow to create new lot numbers or only use existing ones. By " +"default, the creation of new lots is only allowed at product reception, and " +"using existing lot numbers isn’t allowed in this operation. If you have " +"inter-warehouse transfers and track products by lots, it can be useful to " +"allow using existing lot numbers in receipts too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:111 +msgid "Lots traceability" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:113 +msgid "" +"The lot number given to the products allows you to keep track of where they " +"were received, put in stock, to whom they were sold and where they were " +"shipped to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:117 +msgid "" +"To track an item, open the *Inventory* module and, in :menuselection:`Master" +" Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers`, click on the lot number corresponding to " +"your search." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:124 +msgid "" +"When you open the *Traceability* information, you see in which documents the" +" lot number has been used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Now, if you want to locate the lot number, you can do so by clicking on the " +"*Location* stat button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:3 +msgid "Work with serial numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To track products with serial numbers, you can use the serial number " +"tracking. With them, you can track the current location of the product and, " +"when the products are moved from one location to another, the system will " +"automatically identify the current location of the product, based on its " +"last movement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:11 +msgid "" +"If you want to do it or run very advanced traceability, the Odoo double-" +"entry management is the feature you need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:20 +msgid "" +"First, you need to activate the serial numbers tracking. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the *Inventory* application. " +"Then, enable the feature and hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Now, you have to configure the products you want to track by serial numbers." +" To do so, go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products` and open the " +"product of your choice. Edit it and select *Tracking By Unique Serial " +"Number* in the *Inventory tab*. Then, click on save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:42 +msgid "Manage Serial Numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:47 +msgid "" +"To receive a product that is tracked by serial number, you have to specify " +"its serial number. Of course, you have several ways of doing so:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:50 +msgid "Manual assignation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:73 +msgid "Multi-assignation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:89 +msgid "Copy/pasting from an Excel file" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Whatever could be your favorite way to assign serial numbers, you firstly " +"need to open the detailed operations of your picking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:63 +msgid "Manual assignation of the different serial numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:65 +msgid "" +"When opening the detailed operations, you can click on *Add a line*. Then, " +"you will be able to fill in the serial number field. Once done, you can " +"click again on *Add a line* to register a new serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:75 +msgid "" +"By using the multi-assignation of serial numbers, Odoo will automatically " +"create the necessary lines. To do so, you have to enter the first serial " +"number of your set and the number of products you have to assign a serial " +"number to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:80 +msgid "Once done, click on *Assign Serial Numbers* and Odoo will do the rest." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:91 +msgid "" +"To use copy/pasting, open the spreadsheet containing the serial numbers you " +"received and copy the list. Then, past them in the *Lot/Serial Number Name* " +"column of the wizard. Doing so, Odoo will automatically create the lines you" +" need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:106 +msgid "Operation types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:108 +msgid "" +"You also have the possibility to define how you will manage lots for each " +"operation type. To define it, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Operation Types` in the *Inventory* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:112 +msgid "" +"For each type, you can decide if you allow the creation of new lot numbers " +"or want to use existing ones. By default, the creation of new lots is only " +"allowed at product reception." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:120 +msgid "" +"If you have inter-warehouse transfers and track products by lots, it can be " +"useful to allow using existing lot numbers in receipts too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:124 +msgid "Serial Number traceability" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Using serial numbers allows you to keep track of where the products were " +"received, put in stock, to whom they were sold, and where they were shipped " +"to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Tracking an item is easy: open the *Inventory* app, and go to " +":menuselection:`Master Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers` and click on the serial" +" number corresponding to your search. Then, open the *Traceability* " +"information. There, you will see in which documents the serial number has " +"been used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:140 +msgid "" +"And, if you want to locate a serial number, you can do so by clicking on the" +" *Location* button available on the serial number form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc.rst:3 +msgid "Miscellaneous Operations" +msgstr "Sonstige Operationen" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:3 +msgid "Process Batch Transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Batch picking allows a single picker to handle a batch of orders, reducing " +"the number of times he must visit the same location. In Odoo, it means you " +"can regroup several transfers into the same batch transfer, then process it," +" either via the barcode application or in the form view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:11 +msgid "Create a Batch Transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To activate the batch picking option, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Configuration` and enable *Batch Pickings*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Then, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Batch Transfers` " +"and hit the create button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Now, determine the batch transfer responsible and the type of transfers you " +"want to include in the batch. To add the types of transfers, click on *Add a" +" line*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:34 +msgid "" +"In the example below, a filter was applied to only see the transfers that " +"are in the *Pick* step. After that, the different transfers that needed to " +"be included in the batch transfer were selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To see the products to pick for the different transfers, click on *Select*. " +"If *Multi-locations* has been activated, the document also shows the " +"locations they have been reserved from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:51 +msgid "Create a Batch Transfer from the Transfers List View" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:53 +msgid "" +"From the *Transfers List View*, select transfers that should be included in " +"the Batch. Then, select *Add to batch* from the *Action* list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Next, determine if you want to add the transfers to an existing draft batch " +"transfer or create a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:69 +msgid "Process a Batch Transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:71 +msgid "" +"While gathering the products, you can edit the batch transfer and update the" +" *Quantity done* for each product. Once everything has been picked, select " +"*Validate* so the different transfers contained in the batch are validated " +"too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:80 +msgid "" +"In case all the products cannot be picked, you can create backorders for " +"each individual transfer which couldn’t be completely processed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:93 +msgid "Process a Batch Transfer from the Barcode app" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:95 +msgid "Enter the *Barcode* application, select the *Batch Transfers* menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Then, you can enter the batch transfer on which you want to work. Batch " +"transfers can easily be grouped per responsible if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:108 +msgid "" +"In the batch transfer, products are classified per location. The source " +"document is visible on each line and a color-code helps differentiate them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:116 +msgid "" +"To see the products to pick from another location, click on the *Next* " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Once all the products have been picked, click on *Validate* (on the last " +"page) to mark the batch transfer as done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Stock that you don't own" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Sometimes, suppliers can offer you to store and sell products without having" +" to buy those items. This technique is called *consignee stock*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Consignee stock is a great way for manufacturers and suppliers to launch new" +" products. As resellers may be reluctant to buy a product they are not sure " +"to be able to sell, consignee stock will allow them to offer an item to " +"check its market without having to pay for it in the first place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Of course, Odoo has the ability to manage those consignee stocks through " +"advanced settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To use this feature, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` in the inventory app. Then, enable the *Consignment* feature in " +"the *Traceability* section. Now, hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:28 +msgid "Reception of Consignee Stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:30 +msgid "" +"When in the *Inventory* app, open the receipts and create a new reception. " +"On the right side, you will see that a new line called *Assign Owner* has " +"appeared. There, you can specify the partner which owns the stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:39 +msgid "If you are the owner, you can leave the field blank." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Once the receipt is validated, the products enter your stock but still " +"belong to the owner. They don’t impact your inventory valuation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning.rst:3 +msgid "Planning" +msgstr "Planung" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:3 +msgid "How is the Scheduled Delivery Date Computed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Providing the best possible service to customers is vital for business. It " +"implies planning every move: manufacturing orders, deliveries, receptions, " +"and so on. To do so, you need to configure lead time properly and coordinate" +" scheduled dates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:9 +msgid "" +"By using lead times, Odoo provides end dates, the **Commitment Date**, for " +"each process. On a sales order, for example, this is the date your customer " +"will get the products he ordered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:13 +msgid "" +"From the customers’ side, the commitment date is important because it gives " +"them an estimation of when they will receive their products. The dates take " +"all other lead times, such as manufacturing, delivery, or suppliers, into " +"account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:19 +msgid "How are Lead Times Calculated?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:27 +msgid "" +"As said above, there are several types of lead times. Each is calculated " +"based on various indicators. Before going through the configuration, here is" +" a brief summary of how lead times are calculated and what they are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:32 +msgid "" +"**Customer Lead Time**: the customer lead time is the default duration you " +"set. Therefore, the expected date on the sales orders is today + customer " +"lead time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:36 +msgid "" +"**Sales Security Lead Time**: the purpose is to be ready shipping that many " +"days before the actual commitment taken with the customer. Then, the default" +" scheduled date on the delivery order is **SO delivery date - Security Lead " +"Time**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:41 +msgid "" +"**Purchase Security Lead Time**: additional time to mitigate the risk of a " +"vendor delay. The receipt will be scheduled that many days earlier to cope " +"with unexpected vendor delays. In case of a *Replenish to Order*, the " +"**Delivery order scheduled date - Security lead time** for purchase will be " +"the default *Receipt* scheduled date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:48 +msgid "" +"**Purchase Delivery Lead Time**: this is the expected time between a PO " +"being confirmed and the receipt of the ordered products. The **Receipt " +"scheduled date - Vendor delivery date** is the default *PO Order By* date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:53 +msgid "" +"**Days to Purchase**: number of days the purchasing department takes to " +"validate a PO. If another RFQ to the same vendor is already opened, Odoo " +"adds the line to the RFQ instead of creating a new one. Then, the specific " +"date is set on the line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:58 +msgid "" +"**Manufacturing Lead Time**: this is the expected time it takes to " +"manufacture a product. This lead time is independent of the quantity to " +"produce and does not take the routing time into account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:63 +msgid "" +"**Manufacturing Security Lead Time**: additional time to mitigate the risk " +"of a manufacturing delay. In case of a *Replenish to Order*, the **Delivery " +"Order scheduled date - Manufacturing Lead Time - Manufacturing Security Lead" +" Time** is the default *Manufacturing Order* planned date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:70 +msgid "Sales - Lead Times" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:72 +msgid "" +"In the *Sales* app, there is an option called *Delivery Date*. It allows " +"seeing an additional field on the sales orders, *Expected Date*. This one is" +" automatically computed based on the different lead times previously " +"configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:81 +msgid "" +"If the set up *Delivery Date* is earlier than the the *Expected Date*, a " +"warning message is displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:89 +msgid "" +"But, for all of this properly working, it is still necessary to configure " +"all the lead times that could occur." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:93 +msgid "Customer Lead Time" +msgstr "Auslieferungszeit" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:95 +msgid "" +"The *Customer Lead Time* is the time needed for your product to go from your" +" warehouse to the customer place. It can be configured on any product by " +"going to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`. There, open your " +"product form, go in the inventory tab, and add your *Customer Lead Time*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:105 +msgid "" +"For example, product B is ordered on the 2nd of April but the *Customer Lead" +" Time* is two days. In that case, the expected delivery date is the 4th of " +"April." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:219 +msgid "Security Lead Time" +msgstr "Sicherheitsvorlaufzeit" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:112 +msgid "" +"In sales, *Security Lead Time* corresponds to backup days to ensure you are " +"able to deliver the products in time. The purpose is to be ready shipping " +"earlier in order to arrive on time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:116 +msgid "" +"The number of security days is subtracted from the calculation to compute a " +"scheduled date earlier than the one promised to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:119 +msgid "" +"To set this up, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` and enable the feature *Security Lead Time for Sales*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:126 +msgid "" +"For example, product B is scheduled to be delivered on the 6th of April but " +"the *Security Lead Time* is one day. In that case, the scheduled date for " +"the delivery order is the 5th of April." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:131 +msgid "Deliver several products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:133 +msgid "" +"In many cases, customers order several products at the same time. Those can " +"have different lead times but still need to be delivered, at once or " +"separately. Fortunately, Odoo can help you handle these cases easily." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:137 +msgid "" +"From the *Other Info* tab of your *Sale Order*, you can choose between *When" +" all products are ready* and *As soon as possible*. The first one is to " +"deliver products at once, while the second is to deliver them separately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:142 +msgid "" +"For example, products A and B are ordered at the same time. A has 8 lead " +"days and B has 5. With the first option, the *Expected Date* is calculated " +"based on the product with the most lead days, here A. If the order is " +"confirmed on the 2nd of April, then the *Expected Date* is on the 10th of " +"April." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:148 +msgid "" +"With the second option, the *Expected Date* is calculated based on the " +"product with the least customer lead days. In this example, B is the product" +" with the least lead days. So, the *Expected Date* is on the 7th of April." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:154 +msgid "Purchase - Lead Times" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:157 +msgid "Supplier Lead Time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:159 +msgid "" +"The *Supplier Lead Time* is the time needed for a product you purchased to " +"be delivered. To configure it, open a product from :menuselection:`Purchase " +"--> Products --> Products` and add a vendor under the *Purchase* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:168 +msgid "" +"By clicking on *Add a line*, a new window is displayed. You can specify the " +"*Delivery Lead Time* there. If done so, the delivery day for every purchase " +"of that product is now equal to *Date of the Purchase Order + Delivery Lead " +"Time*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:178 +msgid "" +"It is possible to add different vendors and, thus, different lead times " +"depending on the vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:184 +msgid "" +"The *Security Lead Time* for purchase follows the same logic as the one for " +"*Sales*, except that you are the customer. Then, it is the margin of error " +"for your supplier to deliver your order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:188 +msgid "" +"To set up *Security Lead Time* for purchase, go to :menuselection:`Inventory" +" --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:196 +msgid "" +"Doing so, every time the system generates purchase orders, those are " +"scheduled that many days earlier to cope with unexpected vendor delays." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:200 +msgid "Manufacturing - Lead Times" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:203 +msgid "Manufacturing Lead Time" +msgstr "Durchlaufzeit der Fertigung" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:205 +msgid "" +"The *Manufacturing Lead Time* is the time needed to manufacture the product." +" To specify it, open the *Inventory* tab of your product form and add the " +"number of days the manufacturing takes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:213 +msgid "" +"When working with *Manufacturing Lead Times*, the *Deadline Start* of the " +"*MO* is **Commitment Date - Manufacturing Lead Time**. For example, the MO’s" +" deadline start date for an order having a commitment date on the 10th of " +"July is June 27th." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:221 +msgid "" +"The *Security Lead Time* for manufacturing allows generating manufacturing " +"orders earlier to cope with the risk of manufacturing delays." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:225 +msgid "" +"To enable it, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` and tick *Security Lead Time*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:232 +msgid "" +"For example, a customer orders B with a delivery date scheduled on the 20th " +"of June. The *Manufacturing Lead Time* is 14 days and the *Security Lead " +"Time* is 3 days, so the manufacturing of B needs to start at the latest on " +"the 3rd of June, which is the MO’s planned date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:238 +msgid "Global Example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:240 +msgid "Here is a configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:242 +msgid "1 day of security lead time for Sales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:243 +msgid "2 days of security lead time for Manufacturing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:244 +msgid "3 days of manufacturing lead time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:245 +msgid "1 day of security lead time for Purchase" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:246 +msgid "4 days of supplier lead time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:248 +msgid "" +"Let’s say that a customer orders B on the 1st of September and the delivery " +"date is planned to be within 20 days (September 20th). In such a scenario, " +"here is when all the various steps are triggered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:252 +msgid "**September 1st**: the sales order is created" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:253 +msgid "" +"**September 10th**: the deadline to order components from the supplier " +"because of the manufacturing process (4 days of supplier lead time)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:256 +msgid "" +"**September 13th**: the reception of the product from the supplier (1 day of" +" security lead time for Purchase)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:258 +msgid "" +"**September 14th**: the deadline start date for the manufacturing (19th - 3 " +"days of manufacturing lead time - 2 days of security lead time for " +"Manufacturing)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:261 +msgid "" +"**September 19th**: the expected date on the delivery order form (1 day of " +"security lead time for sales)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products.rst:3 +msgid "Products" +msgstr "Produkte" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:3 +msgid "How to select the right replenishment strategy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Minimum Stock rules and Make to Order have similar consequences but " +"different rules. They should be used depending on your manufacturing and " +"delivery strategies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:10 +msgid "Terminology" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:13 +msgid "Minimum stock rule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Minimum Stock rules are used to ensure that you always have the minimum " +"amount of a product in stock in order to manufacture your products and/or " +"answer to your customer needs. When the stock level of a product reaches its" +" minimum the system will automatically generate a procurement order with the" +" quantity needed to reach the maximum stock level." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:58 +msgid "Make to Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The Make to Order function will trigger a Purchase Order of the amount of " +"the Sales Order related to the product. The system will **not** check the " +"current stock. This means that a draft purchase order will be generated " +"regardless of the quantity on hand of the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:33 +msgid "Minimum stock rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The Minimum Stock Rules configuration is available through your Inventory " +"module. In the Inventory Control menu select \"Reordering Rule\" in the drop" +" down menu. There, click on \"Create\" to set minimum and maximum stock " +"values for a given product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Show tooltips for \"minimum quantity\", \"maximum quantity\" and \"quantity " +"multiple\" fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Then, click on your product to access the related product form and, on the " +"\"Inventory submenu\", do not forget to select a supplier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to select the right product type. A consumable can not be " +"stocked and will thus not be accounted for in the stock valuation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:60 +msgid "" +"The Make to Order configuration is available on your product form through " +"your :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory control --> Products` (or any " +"other module where products are available)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:64 +msgid "On the product form, under Inventory, click on \"Make To Order\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:70 +msgid "Choice between the two options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:72 +msgid "" +"The choice between the two options is thus dependent of your inventory " +"strategy. If you prefer to have a buffer and always have at least a minimum " +"amount, the minimum stock rule should be used. If you want to reorder your " +"stocks only if your sale is confirmed it is better to use the Make to Order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:3 +msgid "Use Different Units of Measure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In some cases, handling products in different units of measure is necessary." +" For example, if you buy products in a country where the metric system is of" +" application and sell in a country where the imperial system is used, you " +"will need to convert the units. Another common use case is buying products " +"in bigger packs to your supplier and selling them in units to your " +"customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:12 +msgid "" +"You can set up Odoo to work with different units of measure for one product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:18 +msgid "" +"In the *Inventory* application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`. In the *Products* section, activate *Units of Measure*, then " +"*Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:25 +msgid "Create New Units of Measure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:27 +msgid "" +"In the *Inventory* application go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> UoM`." +" There, hit *Create*. As an example, we will create a Box of 6 units that we" +" will use for the Egg product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:34 +msgid "" +"The category is important for unit conversion, you will be able to convert " +"products from one unit to another only if those units belong to the same " +"category. The box of 6 is 6 times bigger than the reference unit of measure " +"for the category which is “Units” here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:43 +msgid "Specify Units of Measure on your Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:45 +msgid "" +"In the :menuselection:`Inventory application --> Master Data --> Products`, " +"open the product which you would like to change the purchase/sale unit of " +"measure, and click on *Edit*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:49 +msgid "" +"In the *General Information* tab, you can select the *Unit of Measure* in " +"which the product will be sold, which is also the unit in which internal " +"transfers will take place. You can also select the *Purchase Unit of " +"Measure*, which is the unit in which you purchase the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:59 +msgid "Transfer from One Unit to Another" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:62 +msgid "Buy in the Purchase UoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:64 +msgid "" +"In the *Purchase* application, *Create* a new request for quotation in which" +" you include the product with the different *Units of Measure* and *Confirm*" +" it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:71 +msgid "" +"On the automatically generated purchase orders, the UoM used is the Box of " +"6, meaning the Purchase UoM. You have of course the possibility to manually " +"modify the UoM if necessary. When you enter the *Receipt* which is linked to" +" the purchase order, you can observe that the 10 boxes of 6 units have been " +"converted in 60 units. Indeed, the stock is managed in units." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:82 +msgid "Replenishment" +msgstr "Auffüllung" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:84 +msgid "" +"When doing a replenishment via the *Replenish* button on the product form, " +"you have the possibility to use a different unit of measure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:94 +msgid "Sell in bigger UoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:96 +msgid "" +"You can choose the unit of measure on the sale order document and decide to " +"sell the eggs by the dozen. When doing so, the price is automatically " +"computed from Units UoM to adapt to the selected *UoM*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:103 +msgid "" +"In the delivery order, the *UoM* used in the sale order is converted to the " +"*UoM* used for stock management, in our use case, the Units." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:3 +msgid "When Should you Use Packages, Units of Measure or Special Packaging?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:6 +msgid "Units of Measure" +msgstr "Mengeneinheiten" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Units of measure specify the unit used to handle a product. In Odoo, you " +"have the possibility to specify the unit of measure in which you manage your" +" stock and the one which is used when purchasing the product to your " +"supplier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The *conversion* between the different units of measure is done " +"automatically. The only condition is that all the units have to be in the " +"*same category* (Unit, Weight, Volume, Length,...)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:20 +msgid "" +"For example, if I have the following reordering rule for the egg and I run " +"the scheduler, the quantity added in the automatically generated purchase " +"order will be in dozens but what will enter the stock will be units." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:35 +msgid "Packages" +msgstr "Verpackungen" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:37 +msgid "" +"The package is the physical container in which you put one or several " +"products from a picking. For example, when you deliver a product, you can " +"decide to separate the quantity into two different packages. It then allows " +"you to have a report with the quantity of products for each package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To separate a delivery into different packages you will have to set the done" +" quantity to the desired package quantity then click on \"PUT IN PACK\", do " +"this for each package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:54 +msgid "Packaging" +msgstr "Verpackung" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:56 +msgid "" +"The packaging is the physical container that protects your product. If you " +"are selling computers, the packaging contains the computer with the notice " +"and the power plug." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:60 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, packagings are used for indicative purposes on sale orders. They " +"can be specified on the product form, in the inventory tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Another useful use of the packaging is for product reception. By scanning " +"the barcode of the packaging, Odoo adds the number of units contained in the" +" packing on the picking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies.rst:3 +msgid "Inventory Adjustment" +msgstr "Inventur" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:3 +msgid "Resupply from another Warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In order to be able to resupply from another warehouse, you need to activate" +" \\*multi-step routes\\*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:15 +msgid "" +"You can then access your warehouses via :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Warehouses`. Enter the warehouse which should be " +"resupplied by another one. You will have the possibility to directly " +"indicate through which warehouse it gets resupplied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:24 +msgid "" +"By activating this option, a new route will now be available on your " +"products \\*Supply Product from Second warehouse\\*. It can now be selected," +" along with either a \\*reordering rule\\* or a \\*make to order\\*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:32 +msgid "" +"For the demonstration, I set a reordering rule with a minimum of 5 units in " +"stock and a maximum of 10 units in stock, having currently 0 units on hand. " +"I will run the scheduler by going to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Operations --> Run scheduler`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:40 +msgid "" +"The system automatically creates two pickings, one \\*delivery order\\* from" +" my Second Warehouse which contains the necessary products, and a receipt in" +" my main warehouse WH/Stock for the same products. The source document is " +"the \\*reordering rule\\* which triggered the route \\*Supply Product from " +"Second warehouse\\*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting.rst:3 +msgid "Valuation Methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:3 +msgid "Integrating additional costs to products (landed costs)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The landed cost feature in Odoo allows to include additional costs " +"(shipment, insurance, customs duties, etc.) into the cost of the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Landed costs can only be applied to products with a FIFO or AVCO costing " +"method and an automated inventory valuation (which requires the accounting " +"application to be installed)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:17 +msgid "" +"First, you need to go in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` and activate the landed costs feature. You can also determine the " +"default journal in which the landed cost accounting entries will be " +"recorded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:25 +msgid "Add costs to products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:28 +msgid "Receive the vendor bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Let’s imagine I receive a bill from custom duties for a shipment. I’ll tick " +"the box *Landed Costs* on the vendor bill line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:37 +msgid "The landed cost product must be of type service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If this product is always a landed cost, you can also define it on the " +"product and avoid having to tick the box on each vendor bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:45 +msgid "" +"At the top of my vendor bill, I’ll see a button *create landed costs*. I " +"click on this button and a landed cost is automatically created. I can now " +"decide on which picking those additional costs should apply." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:52 +msgid "" +"I can now click on *Compute* and go in the tab *Valuation Adjustments* to " +"see the impact on my products costs. The last step is to validate the landed" +" cost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:56 +msgid "" +"I can access the journal entry that has been created by the landed cost by " +"clicking on the journal entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:63 +msgid "" +"You are not forced to start from the vendor bill, you can also go in " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Landed Costs` and directly " +"create the landed cost from there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:7 +msgid "Inventory valuation configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Inventory valuation refers to how you value your stock. It’s a very " +"important aspect of a business as the inventory can be the biggest asset of " +"a company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:13 +msgid "Inventory valuation implies two main choices:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:15 +msgid "The cost method you use to value your goods (standard, fifo, avco)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The way you record this value into your accounting books (manually or " +"automatically)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:18 +msgid "Those two concepts are explained in the sections below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:21 +msgid "Costing Methods: Standard, FIFO, AVCO" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:23 +msgid "" +"The costing method is defined in the product category. There are three " +"options available. Each of them is explained in detail below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:71 +msgid "Standard Price" +msgstr "Standardpreis" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:127 +msgid "Operation" +msgstr "Vorgang" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:128 +msgid "Unit Cost" +msgstr "Kosten pro ME" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:129 +msgid "Qty On Hand" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:130 +msgid "Delta Value" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:131 +msgid "Inventory Value" +msgstr "Inventurbestandswert" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:138 +msgid "€10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:134 +msgid "0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:136 +msgid "€0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:137 +msgid "Receive 8 Products at €10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:139 +msgid "8" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:140 +msgid "+8*€10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:141 +msgid "€80" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:142 +msgid "Receive 4 Products at €16" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:144 +msgid "12" +msgstr "12" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:54 +msgid "+4*€10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:55 +msgid "€120" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:147 +msgid "Deliver 10 Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:149 +msgid "2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +msgid "-10*€10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:61 +msgid "€20" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:62 +msgid "Receive 2 Products at €9" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:155 +msgid "4" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:65 +msgid "+2*€10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:66 +msgid "€40" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:68 +msgid "" +"In **Standard Price**, any product will be valued at the cost that you " +"defined manually on the product form. Usually, this cost is an estimation " +"based on the material and labor needed to obtain the product. This cost must" +" be reviewed periodically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:117 +msgid "Average Price" +msgstr "Durchschnittspreis" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:143 +msgid "€12" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:145 +msgid "+4*€16" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:146 +msgid "€144" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +msgid "-10*€12" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:106 +msgid "€24" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:153 +msgid "Receive 2 Products at €6" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:108 +msgid "€9" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:156 +msgid "+2*€6" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:111 +msgid "€36" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:113 +msgid "" +"In **AVCO (Average Cost)**, each product has the same value and this value " +"is the average purchase cost of the product. With this costing method, the " +"cost of the product is recomputed as each receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:117 +msgid "The average cost does not change when products leave the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:168 +msgid "FIFO" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:148 +msgid "€16" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +msgid "-8*€10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +msgid "-2*€16" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:152 +msgid "€32" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:154 +msgid "€11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:157 +msgid "€44" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:159 +msgid "" +"In **FIFO (First In First Out)**, the products are valued at their purchase " +"cost. When a product leaves the stock, that’s the “First in, first out” rule" +" that applies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:163 +msgid "" +"Pay attention, that this is a financial FIFO. The first value “in” is the " +"first value “out”, no matter the storage location, warehouse or serial " +"number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:167 +msgid "" +"FIFO is advised if you manage all your workflows into Odoo (Sales, " +"Purchases, Inventory). It suits any kind of users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:171 +msgid "Inventory Valuation: Manual or Automated" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:173 +msgid "" +"There are two ways to record your inventory valuation in your accounting " +"books. As the costing method, this is defined in your product category. " +"Those two methods are detailed below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:177 +msgid "" +"It is important to also note that the accounting entries will depend on your" +" accounting mode: it can be continental or anglo-saxon. In continental " +"accounting, the cost of a good is taken into account as soon as the product " +"is received in stock. In anglo-saxon accounting, the cost of a good is only " +"recorded as an expense when this good is invoiced to a final customer. In " +"the tables below, you can easily compare those two accounting modes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:185 +msgid "" +"Usually, based on your country, the correct accounting mode will be chosen " +"by default. If you want to verify your accounting mode, activate the " +":doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>` and open your " +"accounting settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:191 +msgid "Manual Inventory Valuation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:193 +msgid "" +"In this case, goods receipts and deliveries won’t have any direct impact on " +"your accounting books. Periodically, you create a manual journal entry " +"representing the value of what you have in stock. To know that value, go in " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Inventory Valuation`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:198 +msgid "" +"This is the default configuration in Odoo and it works out-of-the-box. Check" +" following operations and find out how Odoo is managing the accounting " +"postings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:362 +msgid "Continental Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:294 +msgid "Vendor Bill" +msgstr "Lieferantenrechnung" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:341 +msgid "\\" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:341 +msgid "Debit" +msgstr "Soll" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:341 +msgid "Credit" +msgstr "Haben" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:286 +msgid "Assets: Inventory" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:286 +msgid "50" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:287 +msgid "Assets: Deferred Tax Assets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:287 +msgid "4.68" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:288 +msgid "Liabilities: Accounts Payable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:288 +msgid "54.68" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:294 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:313 +msgid "Configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:292 +msgid "" +"Purchased Goods: defined on the product or on the internal category of " +"related product (Expense Account field)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:294 +msgid "" +"Deferred Tax Assets: defined on the tax used on the purchase order line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:295 +msgid "Accounts Payable: defined on the vendor related to the bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:296 +msgid "Goods Receptions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:297 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:320 +msgid "No Journal Entry" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:315 +msgid "Customer Invoice" +msgstr "Ausgangsrechnung" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:230 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:304 +msgid "Revenues: Sold Goods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:230 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:304 +msgid "100" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:305 +msgid "Liabilities: Deferred Tax Liabilities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:305 +msgid "9" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:306 +msgid "Assets: Accounts Receivable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:306 +msgid "109" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:310 +msgid "" +"Revenues: defined on the product or on the internal category of related " +"product (Income Account field)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:312 +msgid "Deferred Tax Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:313 +msgid "Accounts Receivable: defined on the customer (Receivable Account)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:315 +msgid "" +"The fiscal position used on the invoice may have a rule that replaces the " +"Income Account or the tax defined on the product by another one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:317 +msgid "Customer Shipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:320 +msgid "Manufacturing Orders" +msgstr "Fertigungsaufträge" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:251 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:326 +msgid "" +"At the end of the month/year, your company does a physical inventory or just" +" relies on the inventory in Odoo to value the stock into your books." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:254 +msgid "" +"Create a journal entry to move the stock variation value from your " +"Profit&Loss section to your assets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:343 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:345 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:346 +msgid "X" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:265 +msgid "Expenses: Inventory Variations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:268 +msgid "" +"If the stock value decreased, the **Inventory** account is credited and te " +"**Inventory Variations** debited." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:389 +msgid "Anglo-Saxon Accounting" +msgstr "Angelsächsische Buchführung" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:329 +msgid "" +"Then you need to break down the purchase balance into both the inventory and" +" the cost of goods sold using the following formula:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:332 +msgid "" +"Cost of goods sold (COGS) = Starting inventory value + Purchases – Closing " +"inventory value" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:334 +msgid "To update the stock valuation in your books, record such an entry:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:343 +msgid "Assets: Inventory (closing value)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:344 +msgid "Expenses: Cost of Good Sold" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:345 +msgid "Expenses: Purchased Goods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:346 +msgid "Assets: Inventory (starting value)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:350 +msgid "Automated Inventory Valuation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:352 +msgid "" +"In that case, when a product enters or leaves your stock, an accounting " +"entry will be automatically created. This means your accounting books are " +"always up-to-date. This mode is dedicated to expert accountants and advanced" +" users only. As opposed to periodic valuation, it requires some extra " +"configuration & testing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:358 +msgid "" +"First, you need to define the accounts that will be used for those " +"accounting entries. This is done on the product category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:374 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:401 +msgid "**Configuration:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:376 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:403 +msgid "Accounts Receivable/Payable: defined on the partner (Accounting tab)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:378 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:405 +msgid "" +"Deferred Tax Assets/Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:380 +msgid "" +"Revenues/Expenses: defined by default on product's internal category; can be" +" also set in product form (Accounting tab) as a replacement value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:383 +msgid "" +"Inventory Variations: to set as Stock Input/Output Account in product's " +"internal category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:386 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:421 +msgid "" +"Inventory: to set as Stock Valuation Account in product's internal category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:408 +msgid "" +"Revenues: defined on the product category as a default, or specifically to a" +" specific product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:411 +msgid "" +"Expenses: this is where you should set the \"Cost of Goods Sold\" account. " +"Defined on the product category as a default value, or specifically on the " +"product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:415 +msgid "" +"Goods Received Not Purchased: to set as Stock Input Account in product's " +"internal category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:418 +msgid "" +"Goods Issued Not Invoiced: to set as Stock Output Account in product's " +"internal category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:423 +msgid "" +"Price Difference: to set in product's internal category or in product form " +"as a specific replacement value" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:3 +msgid "Using the inventory valuation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:9 +msgid "" +"In this documentation, we will explain how the inventory valuation works in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:13 +msgid "Inventory valuation: the basics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:16 +msgid "Receive a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Each time a product enters or leaves your stock, the value of your inventory" +" is impacted. The way it is impacted depends on the configuration of your " +"product (more info here)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Let’s take an example with a product - a table - configured with a *FIFO " +"costing method* and an automated inventory valuation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:25 +msgid "I purchase 10 tables at a cost of $10." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:30 +msgid "" +"When I’ll confirm the receipt of the products, the value of my inventory " +"will be impacted. If I want to know what this impact is, I can click on the " +"valuation stat button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The consignment feature allows you to set owners on your stock (discover " +"more about the consignment feature). When you receive products that are " +"owned by another company, they are not taken into account in your inventory " +"valuation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:44 +msgid "You need access rights on the accounting module to see that button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:46 +msgid "" +"In this case, I can see that the 10 tables entered the stock for a total " +"value of $100." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:52 +msgid "" +"I can also easily access the accounting entry that has been generated (in " +"case of automated inventory valuation)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:59 +msgid "Deliver a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:61 +msgid "" +"In the same logic, when a table will be delivered, the stock valuation will " +"be impacted and you will have access to a similar information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:68 +msgid "The inventory valuation report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:70 +msgid "" +"The summary of this is accessible via the inventory valuation report " +"(accessible from :menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Inventory " +"Valuation`). It gives you, product per product, the value of your stock. By " +"clicking on the button *Inventory At Date*, you can have the same " +"information for a past date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses.rst:3 +msgid "Warehouses" +msgstr "Lager" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:3 +msgid "What is the difference between warehouses and locations?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, a **Warehouse** is the actual building/place in which your items " +"are stocked. You can setup multiple warehouses and create moves between " +"warehouses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:9 +msgid "" +"A **Location**, is a specific space within your warehouse. It can be " +"considered as a sublocation of your warehouse, as a shelf, a floor, an " +"aisle, etc. Therefore, a location is part of one warehouse only and it is " +"not possible to link one location to multiple warehouses. You can configure " +"as much locations as you need under one warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:15 +msgid "There are 3 types of locations:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The **Physical Locations** are internal locations that are part of the " +"warehouses for which you are the owner. They can be the loading and " +"unloading area of your warehouse, a shelf or a department, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:21 +msgid "" +"The **Partner Locations** are spaces within a customer and/or vendor's " +"warehouse. They work the same way as Physical Locations with the only " +"difference being that you are not the owner of the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:25 +msgid "" +"The **Virtual Locations** are places that do not exist, but in which " +"products can be placed when they are not physically in an inventory yet (or " +"anymore). They come in handy when you want to place lost products out of " +"your stock (in the **Inventory loss**), or when you want to take into " +"account products that are on their way to your warehouse (**Procurements**)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:31 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, locations are structured hierarchically. You can structure your " +"locations as a tree, dependent on a parent-child relationship. This gives " +"you more detailed levels of analysis of your stock operations and the " +"organization of your warehouses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Routes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts.rst:3 +msgid "Concepts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:3 +msgid "Organize a cross-dock in a warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Cross-docking is the process of sending products that are received directly " +"to the customers, without making them enter the stock. The trucks are simply" +" unloaded in a *Cross-Dock* area in order to reorganize products and load " +"another truck." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:11 +msgid "" +"For more information on how to organize your warehouse, read our blog: `What" +" is cross-docking and is it for me? <https://www.odoo.com/blog/business-" +"hacks-1/post/what-is-cross-docking-and-is-it-for-me-270>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In the *Inventory* app, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and" +" activate the *Multi-Step Routes*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:22 +msgid "Doing so will also enable the *Storage Locations* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Now, both *Incoming* and *Outgoing* shipments should be configured to work " +"with 2 steps. To adapt the configuration, go to :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Configuration --> Warehouses` and edit your warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:31 +msgid "" +"This modification will lead to the creation of a *Cross-Docking* route that " +"can be found in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:38 +msgid "Configure products with Cross-Dock Route" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Create the product that uses the *Cross-Dock Route* and then, in the " +"inventory tab, select the routes *Buy* and *Cross-Dock*. Now, in the " +"purchase tab, specify the vendor to who you buy the product and set a price " +"for it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Once done, create a sale order for the product and confirm it. Odoo will " +"automatically create two transfers which will be linked to the sale order. " +"The first one is the transfer from the *Input Location* to the *Output " +"Location*, corresponding to the move of the product in the *Cross-Dock* " +"area. The second one is the delivery order from the *Output Location* to " +"your *Customer Location. Both are in state *Waiting Another Operation* " +"because we still need to order the product to our supplier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Now, go to the *Purchase* app. There, you will find the purchase order that " +"has been automatically triggered by the system. Validate it and receive the " +"products in the *Input Location*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:64 +msgid "" +"When the products have been received from the supplier, you can go back to " +"your initial sale order and validate the internal transfer from *Input* to " +"*Output*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:72 +msgid "" +"The delivery order is now ready to be processed and can be validated too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:3 +msgid "Inter-warehouse transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When owning several warehouses, you might need to transfer goods from one " +"warehouse to another. Proceeding to such behavior is called *inter-warehouse" +" transfers*. If this action is physically easy to perform, the " +"administrative part can be arduous. Fortunately, Odoo comes with an " +"intuitive flow that helps save time when registering those transfers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:13 +msgid "" +"First of all, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable " +"**Storage Locations**. Then, hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:21 +msgid "" +"If you want to manage several routes within your warehouses, then enable " +"**Multi-Step Routes** and check :doc:`use-routes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:25 +msgid "Creating a new warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:27 +msgid "" +"The next step is to create your new warehouse. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> Warehouses` and " +"click on **Create**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Fill out a **Warehouse Name** and a **Short Name**. The short name is five " +"characters maximum." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:37 +msgid "" +"The **Short Name** appears on your transfer orders and other warehouse " +"documents. We recommend using an understandable one (e.g.: WH/[first letters" +" of location])." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Now, go back to your dashboard. There, new operations related to your " +"warehouse have been automatically generated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:48 +msgid "Creating a new inventory" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If you create a new warehouse, you might already have an existing inventory " +"in it. In that case, you should create an inventory in Odoo. If this is not " +"the case, you can skip this step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Into the inventory application, select :menuselection:`Operations --> " +"Inventory Adjustment`. Then, create a new inventory by clicking on " +"**Create**. Fill in the **Inventory Reference**, **Date** and make sure to " +"select the right warehouse and location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Next, click on **Start Inventory**. You will be able to input your existing " +"products in the new window. Select add an item and indicate the **Real " +"Quantity** available in the warehouse. The theoretical quantity can not be " +"changed as it represents a computed one from purchase and sales orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to validate your inventory once you have recorded the state of " +"all your products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:74 +msgid "Create an internal transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:76 +msgid "" +"The final step is to create your internal transfer. If you want to transfer " +"eight units of a product from your first warehouse to another one, proceed " +"as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:79 +msgid "" +"From your dashboard, select an internal movement of one of the two " +"warehouses. To do so, click on :menuselection:`Manage --> Planned " +"Transfer`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:86 +msgid "" +"On the new window, select the source location zone (in this case, your " +"\"old\" warehouse) and the destination location zone (in this case, your " +"\"new\" warehouse)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Add the products you want to transfer by clicking on **Add an Item**, then " +"click on **Save** and **Mark as TODO** once you are done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:96 +msgid "" +"If you selected **Immediate Transfer**, Odoo processes the transfer " +"automatically after you clicked on **Validate**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:99 +msgid "" +"If you select **Mark as TODO**, Odoo puts the transfer in **Waiting " +"Availability** status. Click on **Reserve** to reserve the number of " +"products in your source warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:102 +msgid "It is also possible to manually transfer each product:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:104 +msgid "Via your dashboard, select the transfer order in the source location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:110 +msgid "Select the right transfer order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Click on the little pencil logo in the lower right corner to open the " +"operation details window. In this new window you can manually indicate how " +"many products you process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:124 +msgid "" +"If you decide to process the transfer order partially (e.g., a part of the " +"products can't be shipped yet due to an unexpected event), Odoo " +"automatically asks if you wish to create a **backorder**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Create a backorder if you expect to process the remaining products later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Do not create a backorder if you will not supply/receive the remaining " +"products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:3 +msgid "Taking stock from different warehouses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you plan to deliver a customer, you don’t know in advance if the " +"products will come from Warehouse A or Warehouse B. You may, in some cases, " +"need to take stock from different warehouses. With *Odoo*, you can configure" +" this by using the concept of virtual warehouses. Let us show you how to set" +" those virtual warehouses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:8 +msgid "Set up virtual warehouses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Let’s say you have two warehouses: Warehouse A and Warehouse B. Create a new" +" warehouse, that will be a virtual one. It will allow you to take the stock " +"from A or B. To do so, go to your inventory app settings and enable the " +"multi-warehouses feature. Then, go to the warehouses menu and click on " +"create." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The *Storage Location* feature will be automatically enabled. Good news, " +"because you will need it later in the process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Now, you have to make sure that the main stock locations of warehouse A and " +"warehouse B are children locations of the main stock location of warehouse A" +" + B. Go to the locations menu, and edit the main location of your two " +"warehouses. Then, change their parent location to main location of warehouse" +" A+B." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:24 +msgid "Sell a product from the virtual warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Let’s say you have two products, one stored in warehouse A and one stored in" +" warehouse B. Now, you can create a new quotation for one of each product. " +"Go to other information and choose Warehouse A+B in the shipping " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Once you have done it, you can convert it to a sales order. Then, a delivery" +" order will be automatically generated, with a product reserved in warehouse" +" A and one in warehouse B." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:3 +msgid "Using Routes and Pull/Push Rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In inventory management, the supply chain strategy determines when products " +"should be fabricated, delivered to distribution centers, and made available " +"in the retail channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:9 +msgid "" +"This kind of strategic process can be configured using *Routes*, featuring " +"*Pull and Push Rules*. Once everything is properly configured, the inventory" +" app can automatically generate transfers following the instructions given " +"by the rules. Yes, Odoo simplifies your life." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:16 +msgid "Inside the warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Let’s imagine a generic warehouse plan, where you can find receiving docks, " +"a quality control area, storage locations, picking and packing areas, and " +"shipping docks. All products go through all these locations, which also " +"trigger all the route's rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:27 +msgid "" +"In this example, vendor trucks unload pallets of ordered goods at receiving " +"docks. Operators then scan the products in the receiving area. Some of these" +" products are sent to a quality control area (those devoted to being used " +"during the manufacturing process, for example), while others are directly " +"stored in their respective locations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Here is an example of a fulfillment route. In the morning, items are picked " +"for all the orders that need to be prepared during the day. These items are " +"picked from storage locations and moved to the picking area, close to where " +"the orders are packed. Then, the orders are packed in their respective boxes" +" and conveyors bring them close to the shipping docks, ready to be delivered" +" to customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:45 +msgid "How does it work?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:51 +msgid "Pull Rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:53 +msgid "" +"With *Pull Rules*, a demand for some products triggers procurements, while " +"*Push Rules* are triggered by products arriving in a specific location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:57 +msgid "" +"We can say that *Pull Rules* are used to fulfill a customer order, a sale " +"order. So, Odoo generates a need at the *Customer Location* for each product" +" in the order. Because *Pull Rules* are triggered by a need, Odoo looks for " +"a *Pull Rule* defined on the *Customer Location*. In our case, a delivery " +"order pull rule that transfers products from the *Shipping Area* to the " +"*Customer Location* is found, and a transfer between the two locations is " +"created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Then, Odoo finds another pull rule that tries to fulfill the need for the " +"*Shipping Area*: the *Packing Rule* that transfers products from the " +"*Packing Area* to the *Shipping Area*. And, finally, other rules are " +"triggered until a transfer between the *Stock* and the *Picking Area* is " +"created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:72 +msgid "" +"All theses transfers are pre-generated by Odoo, starting from the end and " +"going backwards. While working, the operator process these transfers in the " +"opposite order: first the picking, then the packing, then the delivery " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:77 +msgid "Push Rules" +msgstr "Push Regeln" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:79 +msgid "" +"On the other hand, *Push Rules* are much easier to understand. Instead of " +"pre-generating documents based on needs, they are live-triggered when " +"products arrive in a specific location. *Push Rules* basically say: \"when a" +" product arrives at a specific location, move it to another location.\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:84 +msgid "" +"A simple example would be: when a product arrives in the *Receipt Area*, " +"move them to the *Storage Location*. As different rules can be applied to " +"different products, you can assign different storage locations for different" +" products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Another rule could be: when products arrive at a location, move them to the " +"*Quality Control Area*. Then, once the quality check is done, move them to " +"their *Storage Location*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:94 +msgid "" +"*Push Rules* can be triggered only if no *Pull Rule* pre-generated the " +"upstream transfers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:98 +msgid "" +"Sets of rules like those are called routes. The grouping on the rule defines" +" how products are grouped in the same transfer or not. For example, during " +"the picking operation, all orders are grouped in one transfer, whereas the " +"packing operation respects the grouping per customer order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:105 +msgid "Use Routes and Rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Since *Routes* are a collection of *Push and Pull Rules*, Odoo helps you " +"manage advanced routes configuration such as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:110 +msgid "Manage product manufacturing chains;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:111 +msgid "Manage default locations per product;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Define routes within your warehouse according to business needs, such as " +"quality control, after-sales services, or supplier returns;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Help rental management by generating automated return moves for rented " +"products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:117 +msgid "" +"To configure a route such as one of those above, open the **Inventory " +"Application** and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. Then, " +"enable the *Multi-Step Routes* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:126 +msgid "" +"The *Storage Locations* feature is automatically activated with the *Multi-" +"Step Routes*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Once this first step is completed, you have the choice between pre-" +"configured routes or custom ones. Both are explained below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:133 +msgid "Pre-configured Routes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Odoo’s pre-configured routes are available in the warehouses’ menu. To find " +"it, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses`. " +"There, open your warehouse and edit it to see the pre-configured routes for " +"incoming and outgoing shipments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Some more advanced routes, such as pick-pack-ship, are already configured to" +" make your life easier. Those are based on your choice for shipments. Once " +"you made your choice, head to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " +"--> Routes` to see the routes Odoo generated for you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Opening one of those routes allows you to see on what you can apply the " +"route. Here, all the selected product categories in the *YourCompany* " +"warehouse are set up to follow the 3-steps route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:161 +msgid "" +"Easier for many businesses, this process might not fit yours. Thus, you can " +"configure custom routes in which you can define your own rules, but also the" +" source and destination location of each action. As an example, here are the" +" rules for the pre-configured route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:171 +msgid "Custom Routes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:173 +msgid "" +"To create a custom route, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " +"--> Routes`, click on create, and choose the places where this route can be " +"selected. Of course, combinations are available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:182 +msgid "" +"Each place has a different behavior, so it is important to tick only the " +"useful ones and adapt each route accordingly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:185 +msgid "" +"When applying the route on a product category (:menuselection:`Inventory -->" +" Configuration --> Product Categories`), all the rules configured in the " +"route are applied to **every** product of the category. For example, this " +"can be useful if you use the dropshipping process for all the products from " +"the same category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:195 +msgid "" +"The same behavior applies to the warehouses. If you tick *Warehouses*, all " +"the transfers occurring inside the chosen warehouse, and meeting the " +"conditions of the linked rules, then follow that route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:203 +msgid "" +"For the *Sales Order Lines*, it is more or less the opposite. You have to " +"choose the route yourself when creating a quotation. This is pretty useful " +"if some products go through different routes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:211 +msgid "" +"If you work with this kind of route, it is important to keep in mind that it" +" must be selected on the sales order, such as below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:218 +msgid "Then, the route can be chosen on each line of the document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:224 +msgid "" +"Finally, there are routes that can be applied to products. Those work more " +"or less like the product categories: once selected, you have to manually set" +" on which product it must be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:232 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Master Data --> Products` and " +"open the one on which you want to apply the route. Then go to the *Inventory" +" tab* and select the route you’ve created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:240 +msgid "" +"If, prima facie, the routes’ configuration can appear quite easy, don’t " +"forget that we haven’t set up any rule yet. If not harder to set up, those " +"are vital to have working routings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:245 +msgid "Rules" +msgstr "Regeln" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:247 +msgid "" +"The rules are to be defined on the routes. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`, then to the *Rules*" +" section, and click on *Add a line* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:255 +msgid "" +"The available rules trigger various actions. If Odoo offers *Push* and " +"*Pull* rules, others are also available. Here are some explanations for all " +"of them:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:259 +msgid "" +"**Pull From**: this rule is triggered by a need for the product in a " +"specific stock location. The need can come from a sale order which has been " +"validated or for a manufacturing order which requires a specific component. " +"When the need appears in the source location, Odoo generates a picking to " +"fulfill this need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:264 +msgid "" +"**Push To**: this rule is triggered by the arrival of some products in the " +"defined source location. In case you move products to the source location, " +"Odoo generates a picking to move those products to the destination location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:268 +msgid "" +"**Push & Pull**: it allows to generate pickings in the two different " +"situations explained above. It means that when products are required at a " +"specific location, a transfer is created from the previous location to " +"fulfill that need. Then, a need is created in the previous location and a " +"rule is triggered to fulfill it. Once the second need fulfilled, the " +"products are pushed to the first location and all the needs are fulfilled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:274 +msgid "" +"**Buy**: when products are needed at the destination location, a request for" +" quotation is created to fulfill the need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:276 +msgid "" +"**Manufacture**: when products are needed in the source location, a " +"manufacturing order is created to fulfill the need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:283 +msgid "" +"You must also define the *Operation Type*. This operation allows defining " +"which kind of picking is created from the rule. With our above screenshot, " +"the created picking is, for example, an internal transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:288 +msgid "" +"On the other hand, the *Supply Method*, allows defining what happens at the " +"source location:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:291 +msgid "" +"**Take From Stock**: the products are taken from the available stock of the " +"source location;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:293 +msgid "" +"**Trigger Another Rule**: the system tries to find a stock rule to bring the" +" products to the source location. The available stock is ignored." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:296 +msgid "" +"**Take From Stock, if Unavailable, Trigger Another Rule**: the products are " +"taken from the available stock of the source location. If there is no stock " +"available, the system tries to find a rule to bring the products to the " +"source location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:301 +msgid "" +"In the *Scheduling* section, you can determine how Odoo behaves when one of " +"the chain's pickings is rescheduled. In case you decide to **Propagate " +"Rescheduling**, the next move is also to be rescheduled. If you prefer " +"having the choice to reschedule the next move, you can decide to receive an " +"alert in the form of a *next activity*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:309 +msgid "What about a full flow?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:311 +msgid "" +"Do you remember our Pick - Pack - Ship custom route? Let’s use it to try a " +"full flow with an advanced custom route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:314 +msgid "" +"First, a quick look at our rules and their supply methods: we have three " +"rules, all **Pull From** rules. The supply methods are the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:318 +msgid "" +"**Take From Stock**: When products are needed in WH/Packing Zone, *Picks* " +"(internal transfers from WH/Stock to WH/Packing Zone) are created from " +"WH/Stock to fulfill the need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:321 +msgid "" +"**Trigger Another Rule**: When products are needed in WH/Output, *Packs* " +"(internal transfers from WH/Packing Zone to WH/Output) are created from " +"WH/Packing Zone to fulfill the need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:324 +msgid "" +"**Trigger Another Rule**: When products are needed in Partner " +"Locations/Customers, Delivery Orders are created from WH/Output to fulfill " +"the need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:332 +msgid "" +"This means that, when a customer orders products, a delivery order is " +"created to fulfill the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:340 +msgid "" +"If the source document is the same sale order, the status is not the same. " +"In fact, the status is **Waiting Another Operation** if the previous " +"transfer in the list is not done yet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:348 +msgid "" +"To prepare the order, conveyors need products packed at the output area, so " +"an internal transfer is requested from the packing zone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:355 +msgid "" +"Obviously, the packing zone needs products ready to be packed. So, an " +"internal transfer is requested to the stock and employees can gather the " +"required products from the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:363 +msgid "" +"As explained in this documentation introduction, the last step in the " +"process (here the delivery order) is the first to be triggered, which then " +"triggers other rules until we reach the first step in the process (here, the" +" internal transfer from to stock to the packing area). Now, everything is " +"ready to be processed so the customer can get the ordered items." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:370 +msgid "" +"In our case, the product is delivered to the customer when all the rules " +"have been triggered and the transfers done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies.rst:3 +msgid "Putaway & Removal Strategies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:3 +msgid "What is a Putaway Rule?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A good warehouse implementation takes care that products automatically move " +"to their appropriate destination location. To make that process easier, Odoo" +" uses *Putaway rules*. But what is a putaway rule? Putaway is the process of" +" taking products off the receiving shipments and directly putting them into " +"the most appropriate location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:7 +msgid "" +"If, for example, a warehouse contains volatile substances, it is important " +"to make sure that certain products are not stored close to each other " +"because of a potential chemical reaction. That’s where putaway rules " +"intervene, to avoid storing products wrongly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:12 +msgid "" +"In the *Inventory* app, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " +"and activate the *Multi-Step Routes*. By doing so, the *Storage Locations* " +"will be automatically activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:19 +msgid "Setting up a Putaway Rule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:21 +msgid "" +"In some cases, like for a retail shop storing vegetables and fruits, we have" +" to store products in different locations to maintain product quality." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Let’s suppose there are one warehouse location *WH/Stock* and two sub-" +"locations *WH/Stock/Vegatable* and *WH/Stock/Fruits*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To manage those locations, we will create putaway rules. To do so, open the " +"*Inventory* app and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Putaway Rules`. " +"Then, click on create and configure your first rule indicating the main " +"location the product will enter before being redirected to the right " +"location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:31 +msgid "" +"The putaway rules can be defined either per product or per product category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Now, if I purchase apples and carrots to my supplier, they will be grouped " +"in the same receipt but redirected to the right location automatically, " +"thanks to putaway rules. This information is available from *Inventory " +"Report*, under the reporting menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:3 +msgid "What is a Removal Strategy (FIFO, LIFO, and FEFO)?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Usually, *Removal Strategies* are defined in picking operations to select " +"the best products to optimize the distance for the worker, for quality " +"control purposes, or to first move the products with the closest expiration " +"date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:9 +msgid "" +"When a product movement needs to be done, Odoo finds available products that" +" can be assigned to the transfer. The way Odoo assigns these products " +"depends on the *Removal Strategy* defined in the *Product Category* or on " +"the *Location*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:14 +msgid "What happens inside the warehouse?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Imagine a generic warehouse plan, with receiving docks and area, storage " +"locations, picking and packing areas, and shipping docks. All products go " +"through all these locations, but some rules, such as removal strategies, can" +" have an effect on which products are taken for the pickings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Here, vendor trucks unload pallets of goods at the docks. Then, operators " +"scan the products in the receiving area, with the receiving date and, if the" +" product has an expiration date, the expiration date. After that, products " +"are stored in their respective locations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Next, several orders for the same product are made, but you didn’t receive " +"the goods the same day and they don’t have the same expiration date. In that" +" situation, you logically prefer sending those with the closest date first. " +"Depending on the removal strategy you chose, Odoo generates a transfer with " +"the products fitting your settings the best." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:42 +msgid "" +"On the transfer form, you can find the product’s lot/serial number to pick " +"for delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:48 +msgid "First In, First Out (FIFO)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:50 +msgid "" +"When using a **First In, First Out** strategy, a demand for some products " +"triggers a removal rule which requests a transfer for the lot/serial number " +"that has entered your stock the first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:53 +msgid "" +"To be clearer, let’s imagine that you have three lots of nails in your " +"warehouse. Those three have the following lot numbers: 00001, 00002, 00003, " +"each with 5 nails boxes in it. 00001 entered the stock on the 23rd of May, " +"00002 on the 25th of May, and 00003 on the 1st of June. A customer orders " +"you 6 boxes on the 11th of June. With the *FIFO* strategy selected, a " +"transfer is requested for the five boxes of 00001 and one of the boxes in " +"00002 because 00001 has entered your stock before the others. The box from " +"00002 is taken because it has the oldest enter date after 00001." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:60 +msgid "" +"So, for every order of a product with the *FIFO* strategy selected, Odoo " +"requests a transfer for the good that has been in your stock for the longest" +" period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:64 +msgid "Last In, First Out (LIFO)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:66 +msgid "" +"The same way as for FIFO, the **Last In, First Out** strategy is based on " +"moving products based on the date they entered the stock. Here, a demand for" +" some products triggers a removal rule that requests a transfer for the " +"lot/serial number that has entered your stock the last." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To better understand, let’s imagine three lots of screws in your warehouse. " +"Those three have the following numbers: 10001, 10002, 10003, each with 10 " +"screw boxes in it. 10001 has entered the stock on the 1st of June, 10002 on " +"the 3rd of June, and 10003 on the 6th of June. A customer orders 7 boxes on " +"the 8th of June. With the *LIFO* strategy selected, a transfer is requested " +"for seven boxes of 10003 because that lot is the last one to have entered " +"the stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:76 +msgid "" +"So, basically, for every order of a product with the *LIFO* strategy used, a" +" transfer for the last one to have entered the stock is requested." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:80 +msgid "" +"This strategy is banned in many countries and can lead to only have old or " +"obsolete products in your stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:84 +msgid "First Expire, First Out (FEFO)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:86 +msgid "" +"The **First Expire, First Out** strategy is a bit different from the two " +"others. Here, it is the expiration date that is important and not the date " +"the product entered the stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Let’s imagine three lots of 6-eggs boxes (in this specific case, don’t " +"forget to use :doc:`units of measure <../../management/products/uom>`). " +"Those three have the following numbers: 20001, 20002, and 20003, each with 5" +" boxes in it. 20001 has entered the stock on the 1st of July and expires on " +"the 15th of July, 20002 on the 2nd and expires on the 14th of July, and " +"20003 on the 4th and expires on the 21st of July. A customer orders 6 boxes " +"on the 5th of July. With the *FEFO* strategy selected, a transfer is " +"requested for the five boxes of 20002 and one from 20001. The transfer for " +"all the boxes of the lot 20002 is because they have the closest expiration " +"date. The transfer also requests one box from 20001 because it’s the lot " +"that expires the sooner after 20002." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:98 +msgid "" +"Then, you can remember that for every order of a product with the *FEFO* " +"strategy, a transfer is requested for the product that has the nearest " +"expiration date from the order date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:102 +msgid "Use Removal Strategies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To identify some units from other ones, you need to track them, either by " +"*lot* or by *serial number*. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration " +"--> Settings`. Then, activate *Storage Location*, *Multi-Steps Routes*, and " +"*Lots & Serial Numbers*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:113 +msgid "" +"To work with the *FEFO* strategy, activate the *Expiration Dates* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Next, you need to define your removal strategy, on *Product Categories* via " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:123 +msgid "FIFO (First In, First Out)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:125 +msgid "" +"As said, a *FIFO* strategy implies that products stocked first move out " +"first. Companies should use that method if they are selling products with " +"short demand cycles, such as clothes, and to ensure they are not stuck with " +"outdated styles in stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:129 +msgid "" +"For this example, we created three lots of white shirts. Those are from the " +"All/Clothes category, where we put *FIFO* as the removal strategy. In our " +"stock location (WH/Stock), we now find the three lots available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:137 +msgid "" +"The lot 000001 contains 5 shirts, 000002 contains 3 shirts, and 000003 " +"contains 2. As it can be seen above, 000001 has entered the stock first. " +"Let’s create a sale order of six white shirts to check that products from " +"that lot are the first ones to move out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:141 +msgid "" +"On the delivery order linked to the picking, you can see that the oldest lot" +" numbers have been reserved thanks to the *FIFO* strategy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:149 +msgid "LIFO (Last In, First Out)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:151 +msgid "" +"With a *LIFO* strategy, that’s quite the opposite. In fact, the products " +"that are brought the last move out the first. It is mostly used in case of " +"products without a shelf life." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:154 +msgid "" +"Even if our white shirts are clothes, we can say that they are timeless. So," +" let’s use them to test our *LIFO* strategy. Once again, open the product " +"category via :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product " +"Categories` and change the removal strategy to *LIFO*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:162 +msgid "" +"Now, create a sale order for 4 white shirts and check that the reserved " +"products are from lots 000003 and 000002." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170 +msgid "Don’t forget that the *LIFO* strategy is banned in many countries!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:173 +msgid "FEFO (First Expiry, First Out)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:175 +msgid "" +"With the *FEFO* strategy, the way products are picked is not based on the " +"reception date. In this particular case, they are dispatched according to " +"their expiration date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:179 +msgid "" +"To have more information about Expiration date, please have a look at " +":doc:`the related doc " +"<../../management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:182 +msgid "" +"By activating *Expiration Dates*, it becomes possible to define different " +"dates on the serial/lot numbers to be used in *FEFO*. These dates can be set" +" by going to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Master Data --> Lots/Serial " +"Numbers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:190 +msgid "" +"Lots are picked based on their removal date, from earliest to latest. Lots " +"without a removal date defined are picked after lots with removal dates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:194 +msgid "" +"Other dates are for informational and reporting purposes only. If not " +"removed from the stock, lots that are past the expiration dates may still be" +" picked for delivery orders!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:197 +msgid "" +"To use the *FEFO* strategy, once again go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Product Categories` and choose *FEFO* as the *Force " +"Removal Strategy*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:204 +msgid "" +"For this particular case, let’s use hand cream. As usual, we have three lots" +" of them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:207 +msgid "**Lot / Serial No**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:207 +msgid "**Product**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:207 +msgid "**Expiration Date**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:209 +msgid "0000001" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:213 +msgid "Hand Cream" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:209 +msgid "09/30/2019" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:211 +msgid "0000002" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:211 +msgid "11/30/2019" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:213 +msgid "0000003" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:213 +msgid "10/31/2019" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:216 +msgid "" +"When we realize a sale for 25 units of Hand Cream, we can see that the lot " +"numbers which have been automatically reserved by Odoo are the ones with the" +" closest expiration date, meaning 0000001 and 0000003." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping.rst:3 +msgid "Shipping" +msgstr "Versand" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation.rst:3 +msgid "Shipping Operations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:3 +msgid "How to cancel a shipping request to a shipper?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. " +"Odoo will be linked with the transportation company tracking system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:12 +msgid "" +"It will allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the " +"destination." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:15 +msgid "You can easily cancel the request made to the carrier system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:18 +msgid "How to cancel a shipping request?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If the delivery order is not **Validated**, then the request hasn't been " +"made. You can choose to cancel the delivery or to change the carrier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you have clicked on **Validate**, the request has been made and you " +"should have received the tracking number and the label. You can still cancel" +" the request. Simply click on the **Cancel** button next to the **Carrier " +"Tracking Ref**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:32 +msgid "You will now see that the shipment has been cancelled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:37 +msgid "You can now change the carrier if you wish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:40 +msgid "How to send a shipping request after cancelling one?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:42 +msgid "" +"After cancelling the shipping request, you can change the carrier you want " +"to use. Confirm it by clicking on the **Send to shipper** button. You will " +"get a new tracking number and a new label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:83 +msgid ":doc:`invoicing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:116 +msgid ":doc:`multipack`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:3 +msgid "How to invoice the shipping cost to the customer?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:8 +msgid "There are two ways to invoice the shipping costs:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:10 +msgid "Agree with the customer over a cost and seal it down in the sale order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:13 +msgid "Invoice the real cost of the shipping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To configure the price of your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** " +"app, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery --> Delivery " +"Methods`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:21 +msgid "" +"You can manually set a price for the shipping: It can be fixed or based on " +"rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Or you can use the transportation company computation system. Read the " +"document :doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:28 +msgid "How to invoice the shipping costs to the customer?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:31 +msgid "Invoice the price set on the sale order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:55 +msgid "" +"On your sale order, choose the carrier that will be used. Click on " +"**Delivery Method** to choose the right one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The price is computed when you **save** the sale order or when you click on " +"**Set price**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, click on " +"**Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery method as a " +"product. It may vary from the real price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:46 +msgid "" +"When you create the invoice, it will take the price set on the sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:53 +msgid "Invoice the real shipping costs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The price is computed when you **save** the sale order. Confirm the sale " +"order and proceed to deliver the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:64 +msgid "" +"The real shipping cost is computed when the delivery order is validated, you" +" can see the real cost in the chatter of the delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Go back to the sale order, the real cost is now added to the sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:76 +msgid "" +"When you create the invoice, it will take the price computed by the carrier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:83 +msgid "" +"If you split the delivery and make several ones, each delivery order will " +"add a line to the sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:87 +msgid ":doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:84 +msgid ":doc:`labels`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:3 +msgid "How to print shipping labels?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers " +"linked with the transportation company tracking system. It allows you to " +"manage the transport company, the real prices and the destination. And " +"finally, you will be able to print the shipping labels directly from Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:17 +msgid "Install the shipper company connector module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:20 +msgid "" +"In the **Inventory** module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies " +"you want to integrate :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:26 +msgid "Then click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:33 +msgid "Configure the delivery method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To configure your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** module, click on" +" :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery Methods`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The delivery methods for the chosen shippers have been automatically " +"created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:41 +msgid "" +"In the **Pricing** tab, the name of the provider means that the delivery " +"will be handled and computed by the shipper system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:44 +msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The first one is linked to **your account** (develop key, password,...). For" +" more information, please refer to the provider website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:62 +msgid "" +"The second column varies according to the **provider**. You can choose the " +"packaging type, the service type, the weight unit..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:65 +msgid "Uncheck **Test Mode** when you are done with the testings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:77 +msgid "Company configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:79 +msgid "" +"In order to compute the right price, the provider needs your company " +"information. Be sure your address and phone number are correctly encoded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To check your information, go to the **Settings** application and click on " +"**General Settings**. Click on the first link **Configure your company " +"data**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:92 +msgid "" +"The shipper companies need the weight of your product, otherwise the price " +"computation cannot be done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Go the **Sales** module, click on :menuselection:`Sales --> Products`. Open " +"the products you want to ship and set a weight on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:80 +msgid "" +"The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to do" +" the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:85 +msgid "How to print shipping labels ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:87 +msgid "" +"The delivery order created from the sale order will take the shipping " +"information from it, but you can change the carrier if you want to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:135 +msgid "" +"If you create a delivery transfer from the inventory module, you can add the" +" third party shipper in the additional info tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number and **the label(s)**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:151 +msgid "" +"The label to stick on your package is available in the history underneath :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:104 +msgid "Click on it to open the document and print it :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:110 +msgid "" +"If you are doing multi-packages shippings, most of the time, there will be " +"one label per package. Each label will appear in the delivery history." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage multiple packs for the same delivery order?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:8 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo considers that your delivery is composed of one package. " +"But you can easily ship your deliveries with more than one package. It is " +"fully integrated with the third-party shippers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To configure the use of packages, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Configuration --> Settings`. Locate the **Packages** section and tick " +"**Record packages used on packing: pallets, boxes,...**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:23 +msgid "Click on **Apply** when you are done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:107 +msgid "Sale process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:110 +msgid "Sale order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:34 +msgid "Click on a **Delivery Method** to choose the right one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:40 +msgid "Multi-packages Delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:42 +msgid "" +"The delivery created from the sale order will take the shipping information " +"from it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:48 +msgid "From here, you can split your delivery into multiple packages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Choose the quantity you want to put in the first pack in the **Done** " +"column, then click on the link **Put in Pack**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:56 +msgid "It will automatically create a pack with the requested quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:58 +msgid "Do the same steps for the other pieces you want to pack in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:63 +msgid "Click on **Validate** when you are done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:66 +msgid "Multi-packages with a 3rd party-shipper" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Once the delivery order is validated, you will receive the tracking number. " +"The **carrier Tracking ref** field will automatically be filled. Click on " +"the **Tracking** button to check your delivery on the provider website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:76 +msgid "" +"The **labels** to stick on your packages are available in the history " +"underneath:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Shipping Setup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:3 +msgid "How to setup a delivery method?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, but it is not activated by " +"default. Delivery methods can be used for your sale orders, your deliveries " +"but also on your e-commerce." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Delivery methods allow you to manage the transport company, the price and " +"the destination. You can even integrate Odoo with external shippers to " +"compute the real price and the packagings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:20 +msgid "Install the inventory module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Delivery methods are handled by the **Delivery costs** module. Go to " +"**Apps** and search for the module. You should remove the **Apps** filter in" +" order to see it :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to integrate delivery methods in your e-commerce, you'll have to" +" install the **eCommerce Delivery** module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:39 +msgid "First set a name and a transporter company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Then you'll have to set the pricing. It can be fixed or based on rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:46 +msgid "" +"If the price is fixed, tick **Fixed price**. You'll just have to define the " +"price. If you want the delivery to be free above a certain amount, tick the " +"option **Free if Order total is more than** and set a price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:54 +msgid "" +"If the price varies according to rules, tick **Based on Rules**. Click on " +"**add an item to a pricing rule**. Choose a condition based on either the " +"weight, the volume, the price or the quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Finally you can limit the delivery method to a few destinations. The limit " +"can be applied to some countries, states or even zip codes. This feature " +"limits the list of countries on your e-commerce." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:69 +msgid "" +"You can integrate Odoo with external shippers in order to compute the real " +"price and packagings, and handle the printing the shipping labels. See " +":doc:`third_party_shipper`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:74 +msgid "Delivery process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:82 +msgid "" +"You can now choose the **Delivery Method** on your sale order. If you want " +"to invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, click on " +"**Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery method as a " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:130 +msgid "Delivery" +msgstr "Lieferung" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:90 +msgid "You can add or change the delivery method on the delivery itself." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:95 +msgid "" +"On the delivery, check the **Carrier Information**. The carrier is the " +"chosen delivery method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:99 +msgid ":doc:`third_party_shipper`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:158 +msgid ":doc:`../operation/invoicing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:3 +msgid "How to get DHL credentials for integration with Odoo?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:5 +msgid "In order to use the Odoo DHL API, you will need:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:7 +msgid "A DHL.com SiteID" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:9 +msgid "A DHL Password" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:11 +msgid "A DHL Account Number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Getting SiteID and password for countries other than United States (UK and " +"Rest of the world)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:17 +msgid "" +"You should contact DHL account manager and request integration for XML " +"Express API. The presales should provide you live credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:20 +msgid "Getting SiteID and Password for United States" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:22 +msgid "" +"You need to write to xmlrequests@dhl.com along with your full Account " +"details like account number, region, address, etc. to get API Access." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:3 +msgid "How to integrate a third party shipper?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. " +"Odoo can be linked with the transportation company tracking system. It will " +"allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the " +"destination." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:19 +msgid "" +"In the inventory module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies " +"you want to integrate :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:38 +msgid "" +"The delivery methods for the chosen shippers have been automatically " +"created. Most of the time, there will be **2** delivery methods for the same" +" provider: one for **international** shipping and the other for **domestic**" +" shipping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:43 +msgid "" +"You can create other methods with the same provider with other " +"configuration, for example the **Packaging Type**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:46 +msgid "" +"You can change the **Name** of the delivery method. This is the name that " +"will appear on your ecommerce." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:49 +msgid "Flag **Shipping enabled** when you are ready to use it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:54 +msgid "" +"In the pricing tab, the name of the provider chosen under the **Price " +"computation** means that the pricing will be computed by the shipper system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:57 +msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:59 +msgid "" +"The first one is linked to **your account** (developer key, password,...). " +"For more information, please refer to the provider website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Finally you can limit the delivery method to a few destinations. You can " +"limit it to some countries, states or even zip codes. This feature limits " +"the list of countries on your e-commerce. It is useful for the domestic " +"providers. For example, USPS US only delivers from the United States to the " +"United States." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Go the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> Products`. Open the products" +" you want to ship and set a weight on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:102 +msgid "" +"The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to " +"make the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:115 +msgid "" +"You can now choose the carrier on your sale order. Click on **Delivery " +"method** to choose the right one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:118 +msgid "" +"The price is computed when you save the sale order or when you click on " +"**Set price**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:121 +msgid "" +"If you want to invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, " +"click on **Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery " +"method as a product. It may vary from the real price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:125 +msgid "" +"Otherwise, the real price (computed when the delivery is validated) will " +"automatically be added to the invoice. For more information, please read the" +" document :doc:`../operation/invoicing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:132 +msgid "" +"The delivery created from the sale order will take the shipping information " +"from it. You can change the carrier if you want to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:141 +msgid "" +"The weight is computed based on the products weights. The shipping cost will" +" be computed once the transfer is validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number. The **Carrier Tracking" +" ref** field will automatically be filled. Click on the **Tracking** button " +"to check your delivery on the provider website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:159 +msgid ":doc:`../operation/labels`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:3 +msgid "How to get UPS credentials for integration with Odoo?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:5 +msgid "In order to use the Odoo UPS API, you will need:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:7 +msgid "A UPS.com user ID and password" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:9 +msgid "A UPS account number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:11 +msgid "An Access Key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:13 +msgid "" +"An Access Key is a 16 character alpha-numeric code that allows access to the" +" UPS Developer Kit API Development and Production servers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:17 +msgid "Create a UPS Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Note that only customers located in the US can open a UPS account online. If" +" you are located outside the US, you will need to contact UPS Customer " +"Service in order to to open an account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You can read additional information about opening a UPS account on the their" +" website, on the page, `How to Open a UPS Account Online " +"<https://www.ups.com/content/us/en/resources/sri/openaccountonline.html?srch_pos=2&srch_phr=open+ups+account>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:27 +msgid "" +"If you don't already have a UPS account, you can create one along with your " +"online profile by following these steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:30 +msgid "" +"1. Access the UPS.com web site at `www.ups.com <http://www.ups.com/>`__, and" +" click the **New User** link at the top of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:34 +msgid "" +"2. Click the **Register for MyUPS** button, and follow the prompts to " +"complete the registration process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:37 +msgid "" +"If you already have a UPS account, you can add it to your online profile as " +"follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Log in to the `UPS.com website <http://www.ups.com/>`_) using your UPS.com " +"User ID and Password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:41 +msgid "Click the **My UPS** tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:43 +msgid "Click the **Account Summary** link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:45 +msgid "" +"4. Click the **Add an Existing UPS Account** link in the **UPS Account " +"Details** section of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:48 +msgid "" +"5. In the **Add New Account** screen, enter the **UPS Account Number**, " +"**Account Name**, and **Postal Code** fields. The country defaults to United" +" States.q" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:52 +msgid "Click the **Next** button to continue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:55 +msgid "Get an Access Key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:57 +msgid "" +"After you have added your UPS account number to your user profile you can " +"request an Access Key from UPS using the steps below:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Go to the `UPS Developer Kit web page " +"<https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en_US>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:61 +msgid "Log into UPS.com with your user ID and password" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:62 +msgid "Click on the link **Request an access key**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:63 +msgid "Verify your contact information" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:64 +msgid "Click the **Request Access Key** button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:66 +msgid "" +"The **Access Key** will be provided to you on the web page, and an email " +"with the Access Key will be sent to the email address of the primary " +"contact." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:4 +msgid "Manufacturing" +msgstr "Fertigung" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management.rst:4 +msgid "Manufacturing Management" +msgstr "Fertigungs-Management" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:3 +msgid "Using an alternative Work Center" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:5 +msgid "" +"For many manufacturing companies, a common issue is to have to manufacture, " +"at the same time, several products usually produced at the same work center." +" If in practice, employees can manufacture the goods at another work center," +" it is not that simple." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:10 +msgid "" +"You need to keep track of the job: which work center has been used and when," +" so you can schedule maintenance efficiently. With Odoo, you can configure " +"it so you can keep tracking manufacturing orders and your employees have an " +"alternative work center to use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:15 +msgid "" +"This way, your process becomes more efficient, and less non-productive time " +"will be noticed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:20 +msgid "Configure your Work Centers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The first thing to do is to go to the *Manufacturing* app settings. Then, " +"enable the *Work Orders* feature and hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Now, go to the *Work Centers* menu under *Master Data* and create two new " +"work centers. Add the second work centers as an alternative to the first and" +" vice versa." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:39 +msgid "" +"The next step is to create your *routing*. Add your work center and an " +"operation to it before saving." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Then, you can create your *Bill of Materials* and add components and routing" +" to it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:56 +msgid "Create your Work Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Now that everything is configured, you can create your *Work Orders*. Go to " +"the *Manufacturing Orders* menu and hit *Create*. There, add your product " +"and plan it. In the *Work Orders* list, you can find it ready to be " +"assembled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Each new *Work Order*, which will be created before the end of the first " +"one, will be scheduled at the alternative work center you configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Keep in mind that, if you add time after production to your work center, you" +" may have work orders scheduled for your alternative work center even if the" +" usual one is free." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:3 +msgid "Create Bills of Materials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A *Bill of Materials* is a document defining the quantity of each component " +"required to manufacture a finished product. It also includes the routing and" +" individual steps of the manufacturing process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:9 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can link multiple BoMs to each product and use it to describe" +" multiple variants of them. Each BoM will, yet, be associated with one " +"product only." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:13 +msgid "" +"This feature will help optimize your manufacturing process while saving you " +"time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:17 +msgid "Setting up a BoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:19 +msgid "" +"You can use BoMs without routings. You will use this if you choose to manage" +" your manufacturing operations using manufacturing orders only. In other " +"words, you choose to realize your manufacturing process in one step and do " +"not track the steps the product goes through." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Before creating your *BoM*, you have to create the product using the *BoM* " +"and, at least, one of the components. Go to the :menuselection:`Master Data " +"menu --> Products` and create both the finished product and the component." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Once done, go to the *Bills of Materials* menu under *Master Data*. Now, " +"create it. Choose the product from the dropdown menu and add your components" +" and the quantity. In this case, keep the default *BoM* type, which is " +"*Manufacture this Product*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:37 +msgid "Using the same BoM to describe Variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:39 +msgid "" +"As said above, you can use *BoM* for *Product Variants*. It is basically the" +" same as for the standard product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:42 +msgid "" +"If your *BoM* is for one variant only, then specify which one in the " +"*Product Variant* field. If not, specify the variant it is consumed for on " +"each component line. You can add several variants for each component." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:51 +msgid "Adding a routing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:53 +msgid "" +"You can add routing to your *BoM*. You will do this if you need to define a " +"series of operations required by your manufacturing process. To use it, " +"enable the *Work Orders* feature in the *Manufacturing* app settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Each *BoM* can have only one routing while each routing can be used multiple" +" times." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Now that you have created your routing, add it to your *BoM*. You can select" +" when, in the work operations, your components are consumed with the " +"dropdown menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:73 +msgid "Adding By-Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:75 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, a *by-product* is any product produced by a *BoM* in addition to " +"the primary product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:78 +msgid "" +"To add *by-products* to a *BoM*, you will first need to enable them from the" +" *Manufacturing* app settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Once the feature is enabled, you can add your *By-Products* to your *BoMs*. " +"You can add as many *By-Products* as you want. Just keep in mind that you " +"need to register during which operation your by-product is produced." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:3 +msgid "Sell sets of products as kits" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A *kit* is a set of components that are delivered without first being " +"assembled or mixed. *Kits* are described in Odoo using *Bills of Materials*." +" There are two basic ways to configure *kits*, depending on how the stock of" +" the kit product is to be managed. In either case, both the *Inventory* and " +"*Manufacturing* apps must be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:12 +msgid "Manage Stock of Component Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If you want to assemble kits as they are ordered, managing stock of the kit " +"components only, you will use a *Kit BoM* without a manufacturing step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:18 +msgid "" +"A product using a *Kit BoM* will appear as a single line item on a quotation" +" and sales order, but will generate a delivery order with one line item for " +"each of the components of the kit. In the examples below, the first image " +"shows a sales order for the kit *Custom Computer Kit*, while the second " +"image shows the corresponding delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:33 +msgid "" +"From the *Products menu* in either the *Inventory* or *Manufacturing* app, " +"create each component product as you would with any other product, then " +"create the top-level, or kit product. The kit product should have only the " +"*route Manufacture* set, in the *Inventory tab*. Because you cannot track " +"the stock of kit products, the *Product Type* should be set to Consumable. " +"Because a kit product cannot be purchased, then, *Can be Purchased* should " +"be unchecked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:41 +msgid "" +"All other parameters on the kit product may be modified according to your " +"preference. The component products require no particular configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Once the products are configured, create a *bill of materials* for the kit " +"product. Add each component and its quantity. Select the *BoM Type Ship this" +" product as a set of components*. All other options may be left with their " +"default values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:57 +msgid "Manage Stock of Kit Product and Component Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If you want to manage stock of the *top-level kit product*, you will use a " +"standard *BoM* with a manufacturing step instead of a *Kit BoM*. When using " +"a standard BoM to assemble kits, a *manufacturing order* will be created. " +"The *manufacturing order* must be registered as completed before the kit " +"product will appear in your stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:68 +msgid "" +"On the kit product, select the *route Manufacture*. You may also select " +"*Make to Order*, which will create a *manufacturing order* whenever a sales " +"order is confirmed. Select the product type *Storable Product* to enable " +"stock management." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:76 +msgid "" +"When you create the *bill of materials*, select the BoM Type *Manufacture " +"this product*. The assembly of the kit will be described by a *manufacturing" +" order* rather than a packing operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage BoMs for product variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows you to use one bill of materials for multiple variants of the " +"same product. Simply enable variants from :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:12 +msgid "" +"You will then be able to specify which component lines are to be used in the" +" manufacture of each product variant. You may specify multiple variants for " +"each line. If no variant is specified, the line will be used for all " +"variants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:17 +msgid "" +"When defining variant BoMs on a line-item-basis, the **Product Variant** " +"field in the main section of the BoM should be left blank. This field is " +"used when creating a BoM for one variant of a product only." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:3 +msgid "Set routings on kit Bills of materials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:5 +msgid "" +"It often happens that you want to use kit BoM’s within manufactured product " +"BoM’s in order to lighten the list of components for this manufactured " +"product. When doing so, you would like to have the possibility to specify, " +"for each kit component, in which operation they are consumed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:11 +msgid "" +"We will see the three use cases that you can face in these kinds of " +"configurations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:15 +msgid "Finished Product & Kit Component have the same Routing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:107 +msgid "Create BoM for the Finished Product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Create a manufactured BoM for the finished product which includes a kit " +"component. Set a routing on your BoM, for example, *Assemble Furniture*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:117 +msgid "Create a Kit BoM for the Kit Component" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Update the kit component to define its BoM. Make sure that the routing which" +" is set on this BoM is the same one than on the Finished Product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:36 +msgid "" +"You can define the operations in which the kit components are used directly " +"in the BoM of the kit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:127 +msgid "Manufacturing Order" +msgstr "Fertigungsauftrag" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:42 +msgid "" +"In the list of components, the kit is split. Two work orders are created as " +"we have two operations defined in the *Assemble Furniture* routing. The " +"components of the kits are well consumed in the operations defined in the " +"kit BoM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:57 +msgid "Finished Product & Kit Component haven’t the same Routing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:60 +msgid "Kit Consumption set on Finished Product BoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Update the kit component to define its BoM. In this use case, the routing " +"which is set on this Kit BoM is different than the one of the Finished " +"Product. Specify the operations at which the kit components are consumed in " +"this BoM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:129 +msgid "" +"When the manufacturing order is created for the Manufactured product, the " +"kit is split among its components. When the manufacturing order is planned, " +"three work orders are created in our case, one coming from the routing of " +"the manufactured products, the two other ones coming from the routing of the" +" kit BoM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:95 +msgid "The components are all consumed during their respective operations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:104 +msgid "Kit Consumption set on Kit BoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:109 +msgid "" +"Create a manufactured BoM for the finished product which includes a kit " +"component. Set a routing on your BoM, for example, *Assemble Furniture*. " +"Precise the consumption of the components on this BoM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Update the kit component to define its BoM. In this use case, the routing " +"which is set on this Kit BoM is different than the one of the Finished " +"Product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:138 +msgid "" +"All the components of the kits are consumed during the first operation. The " +"last component is consumed during the second operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:3 +msgid "Manage semi-finished products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, you can use subassembly products to simplify a complex *Bill of " +"Materials* or to represent your manufacturing flow more accurately. A " +"*subassembly product* is a manufactured product that is used as a component " +"to make another one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:10 +msgid "" +"A *BoM* that employs *subassemblies* is referred to as a multi-level BoM. " +"Those are accomplished by creating a *top-level BoM* and *subassembly ones*." +" This process requires a route that will ensure that every time a " +"manufacturing order for the top-level product is created, another one will " +"be for subassemblies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:17 +msgid "Configure the Subassembly Product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To configure a *multi-level BoM*, you will need a top-level product but also" +" its subassemblies. The first step is to create a product form for each of " +"the subassemblies. Select the routes *Manufacture* and *Replenish on Order*." +" Now, hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:27 +msgid "" +"In the *Bill of Materials* menu, under *Master Data*, create a new *Bill of " +"Materials*. Choose the product you just created and add its components." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:35 +msgid "Configure the Main BoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Now, you can configure the top-level product and its *BoM*. Include any " +"subassemblies in the list of components." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Now, each time you will plan a manufacturing order for the top-level " +"product, a manufacturing order will be created for the subassembly one. " +"Then, you will have to manufacture the subassembly in order to make it " +"available before manufacturing the finished product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:3 +msgid "Subcontract your Manufacturing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Outsourcing a portion of some or all your company’s manufacturing needs is " +"not easy. To make it work right, you have to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:8 +msgid "Manage the inventory of raw materials at your subcontractor;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Ship new materials to your subcontractors based on your forecasted demand;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Keep track of manufacturing operations done at the subcontractor location;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:13 +msgid "Control incoming goods quality;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:14 +msgid "Control subcontractors bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Here is an example of subcontracting the manufacturing of “C”, which is " +"produced out of raw materials “A” and “B”." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:23 +msgid "" +"With its subcontracting feature, Odoo helps you handle this flow easily." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To use the subcontracting feature, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and tick the box *Subcontracting*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To define if a product must be subcontracted, use a *Bill of Materials " +"(BoM)* of type *Subcontracting*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To create a new *BoM*, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Master Data " +"--> Bill of Materials` and hit create. Then, list the components your " +"subcontractor needs to manufacture the product. For costing purposes, you " +"might want to register all the components, even the ones that are sourced " +"directly from the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Once you have set the *BoM Type* to *Subcontracting*, specify one or several" +" subcontractors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:52 +msgid "Basic Subcontracting Flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To let your subcontractor know how many products you need, create and send " +"them purchase orders (PO). To do so, open the *Purchase* app and create a " +"new one. Be sure to send the PO to a vendor that is defined as a " +"subcontractor on the *BoM*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Once the *PO* is validated (1), a pending receipt is created. When the " +"products are received, validate the receipt (2), with the actual quantity " +"received. Then Odoo automatically created several inventory moves:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Consume the components at the subcontractor’s location, based on the *BoM* " +"(3);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:70 +msgid "Produce finished goods at the subcontractor’s location (4);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Move products from the subcontractor’s location to YourCompany through the " +"validated receipt (5)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Of course, Odoo does all the transactions for you, automatically. Simply " +"control the vendor bill with the usual matching process with the purchase " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:79 +msgid "" +"The *PO* is optional. If you create a receipt manually, with the right " +"subcontractor, Odoo still performs all the moves. Useful if the " +"subcontractor does not bill a fixed price per item, but rather the time and " +"materials used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:85 +msgid "Inventory Valuation" +msgstr "Inventur Bewertung" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:87 +msgid "The cost of the manufactured product “C” is defined as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:89 +msgid "**C = A + B + s**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:91 +msgid "With:" +msgstr "Mit:" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:93 +msgid "**A**: Cost of raw materials coming from YourCompany;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:96 +msgid "**B**: Cost of raw materials sourced directly from the" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:96 +msgid "subcontractor;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:98 +msgid "**s**: Cost of the subcontracted service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Sending raw materials to your subcontractors (**A**) does not impact the " +"inventory valuation, the components still belonging to your company. To " +"manage this, the *Subcontracting Location* is configured as an *Internal " +"Location* so that the components are still valued in the inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:106 +msgid "" +"Then, the vendor price set on the product C form has to be what has to be " +"paid to the subcontractor for his parts and service time: **B + s**. The " +"product cost has to be: **A + B + s**, how much the product is valued in the" +" accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Finally, the subcontractor bill matches the purchase order, with the " +"proposed price coming from the finished products C." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:115 +msgid "" +"If managing the replenishment of raw materials **B** at your subcontractor’s" +" location is not needed, simply include the cost of **B** in the " +"subcontractor’s price **s** and remove the products *B* from the *BoM*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:121 +msgid "Traceability" +msgstr "Lieferverfolgung" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:123 +msgid "" +"In case the products received from the subcontractor contain tracked " +"components, their serial or lot numbers need to be specified during the " +"receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:127 +msgid "" +"On the receipt of the subcontracted product, a *Record Components* button " +"appears when necessary. Click on it to open a dialog and record the " +"serial/lot numbers of the components. If the finished product is also " +"tracked, its serial/lot number can be registered here too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:136 +msgid "" +"For audit purposes, it is possible to check the lot numbers recorded on a " +"receipt by using the icon on the right of the finished products:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:144 +msgid "Automate Replenishment of Subcontractors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:146 +msgid "" +"To manage the resupply of your subcontractor, activate *Multi-locations* in " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Configuration`. Then, the " +"inventory at the subcontractor location can be tracked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:151 +msgid "" +"It is possible to resupply subcontractors by sending products from the " +"company locations, or by sending products from another supplier to the " +"subcontractors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:156 +msgid "Replenishment from the warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:158 +msgid "" +"Resupplying subcontractors manually is the simplest approach. To do so, " +"create delivery orders in which the subcontractor is set as a delivery " +"address and fill the components to deliver." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:162 +msgid "" +"To automate the subcontractors’ replenishment propositions, there are two " +"approaches:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:165 +msgid "Reordering rules;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:166 +msgid "Replenish on order flow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:168 +msgid "" +"For the first one, just define a reordering rule on the subcontracting " +"location, with a minimum and maximum inventory level. When the reordering " +"rule is triggered, a delivery order is created to ship the components to the" +" subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:177 +msgid "" +"The second approach is to use a “pull” flow. Here, the demand in the " +"finished product (real demand or forecasted one through the Master " +"Production Schedule) triggers the replenishment of the subcontractor. To do " +"so, select the route *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* on the wanted " +"components." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:188 +msgid "Replenishment from another supplier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:190 +msgid "" +"When purchasing items to another supplier, it is possible to ask him to " +"deliver the subcontractor directly. To do so, activate the *Drop Shipping* " +"feature in :menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> Configuration`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:195 +msgid "" +"Now, set the *Dropship* option in the *Deliver To* field of the *Other " +"Information* tab. Then, provide the address of the subcontractor for the " +"shipping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:203 +msgid "" +"That way, the supplier can ship items directly and you simply receive and " +"pay the bill. However, it is still required to validate receipts for the " +"subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:212 +msgid "Quality Control" +msgstr "Qualitätskontrolle" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:214 +msgid "" +"Controlling the quality of the products manufactured by subcontractors is " +"possible thanks to the Odoo Quality app. Quality checks can be made on a " +"manufacturing step but, because the manufacturing process is handled by an " +"external party, it can be defined on the product reception." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:224 +msgid "" +"To create a quality check at the receipt, open the *Quality* app and create " +"a new *Control Point* on the reception." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:231 +msgid "" +"By doing so, a quality check is automatically created each time a finished " +"product is received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:3 +msgid "Use the Master Production Schedule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The Master Production Schedule (MPS) is a valuable tool to plan your " +"production based on your demand forecast." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to the :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings` " +"and activate the Master Production Schedule feature before hitting save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:18 +msgid "" +"In the manufacturing settings, you can define the time range of your MPS " +"(month/week/day) and the number of periods you want to display." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Now, go in :menuselection:`Planning --> Master Production Schedule` and " +"click on add a product. You can now define your safety stock target (= the " +"stock you want to have on hand at the end of the period) and the minimum and" +" maximum quantities to replenish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The products are ordered in the MPS based on their sequence. You can " +"rearrange that sequence by going on the list of your products and reorganize" +" them with drag and drop." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:36 +msgid "" +"In the MPS view, you can decide which information you would like to show by " +"clicking on *rows*. Some fields can be added to the view, such as *Actual " +"demand*, which will show which quantity of products has already been ordered" +" for the period, or *Available to Promise*, which allows you to know what " +"can still be sold during the period (what you plan to replenish - what is " +"already sold during the period). You can also decide to hide some " +"information if it isn’t necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:48 +msgid "Estimate your demand and launch replenishment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The next step is to estimate the demand for the period. This estimation " +"should be entered in the row *Demand Forecast*. You can easily, at any time," +" compare the demand forecast with the actual demand (= confirmed sales). The" +" demand forecast for a finished product will impact the indirect demand for " +"its components." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Then, the quantity to replenish for the different periods will be " +"automatically computed. The replenishments you are supposed to launch based " +"on your lead times (vendor lead time or manufacturing lead time) are " +"displayed in green. You can now launch the replenishment by clicking on the " +"replenish button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Depending on the configuration of the product (buy vs. manufacture), " +"requests for quotations or manufacturing orders will be created. You can " +"easily access those by clicking on the *Actual Replenishment* cell." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:75 +msgid "" +"In case you manually edit the *To replenish* quantity, a small cross will " +"appear on the left. In case you want to go back to the automatically " +"computed value given by Odoo, you can click the cross." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:83 +msgid "Cells color signification" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:85 +msgid "" +"The cells, which are part of the *To replenish* line, can take different " +"colors depending on the situation:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:88 +msgid "" +"**Green**: quantity of products which should be replenished to reach the " +"expected safety stock considering the demand forecast and the indirect " +"demand forecast." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:90 +msgid "" +"**Grey**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity " +"still matches current data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:92 +msgid "" +"**Red**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity " +"was too high considering current data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:94 +msgid "" +"**Orange**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity" +" was too low considering current data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:96 +msgid "" +"The *Forecasted stock* line can also contain red cells, which means the " +"stock will be negative during the period in question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:100 +msgid "What if I have underestimated the demand?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:102 +msgid "" +"You can still increase the demand forecast. It will impact the quantity to " +"replenish. The cell will become orange, and you’ll be able to launch a new " +"replenishment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:107 +msgid "What if I have overestimated the demand?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:109 +msgid "" +"You can decrease the demand forecast. The cell will become red to inform you" +" that you’ve ordered more than planned. If you’re still able to do it, you " +"can cancel some RFQ or MO manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:114 +msgid "What if I wrongly added a product to the MPS?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:116 +msgid "" +"You can easily remove a product from the MPS by clicking the small bin on " +"the right of its name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:4 +msgid "Purchase" +msgstr "Einkauf" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced" +msgstr "Fortgeschritten" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:3 +msgid "Analyze the performance of your purchases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:5 +msgid "" +"If your company regularly purchases products, you have several reasons to " +"track and analyze your performance. The insights gathered can help you to " +"better forecast and plan your future orders. For example, you can assess if " +"your business is dependent on particular vendors, and the data can help you " +"negotiate discounts on prices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:11 +msgid "Generate customized reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Go to *Reporting* to access the purchase analysis. Simply by accessing the " +"reporting dashboard, you can get a quick overview of your actual " +"performance. By default, the reporting dashboard displays a line chart " +"presenting the untaxed amount of your purchase orders per day, and below it," +" key metrics and a pivot table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:22 +msgid "" +"While the data initially presented is useful, there are several tools and " +"features you can use to get even more insights on your purchases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:26 +msgid "Use filters to select the data you need" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Odoo offers several default filters you can use and combine by clicking on " +"*Filters*. When you select one or several filters, Odoo looks for all the " +"orders that match at least one of the filters you have chosen and populates " +"the chart, key metrics, and pivot table with the data. The pre-configured " +"filters are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:33 +msgid "All *Requests for Quotation*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:35 +msgid "All *Purchase Orders*, except canceled ones" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:37 +msgid "" +"*Confirmation Date Last Year* includes all orders that were confirmed the " +"previous year, canceled purchase orders included" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:40 +msgid "" +"*Order Date* includes all orders - request for quotations and purchases " +"orders (canceled ones included) - depending on their date of creation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:43 +msgid "" +"*Confirmation Date* includes all confirmed orders, canceled ones included, " +"depending on their date of confirmation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:47 +msgid "" +"When you have to select a period, you can use multiple years, and, with at " +"least one year selected, multiple quarters and the three most recent months." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you use the *Order Date* or *Confirmation Date* filters, the *Comparison*" +" feature appears next to *Filters*. It enables you to compare the period you" +" filtered with the previous one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:59 +msgid "Add custom filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Thanks to the 31 filtering options to choose from, the possibilities of your" +" customizing your dataset are almost limitless. Go to " +":menuselection:`Filters --> Add Custom Filter`, specify the condition the " +"filtering option should meet (e.g. *is equal to*, *contains*, etc.), and " +"click on *Apply*. If you want to select orders matching several conditions " +"simultaneously (*and* operator), repeat the process to add another custom " +"filter. If you want to use the *or* operator, don't click on *Apply*, and " +"click on *Add a condition* instead. Once you have added all the desired " +"filtering options, click on *Apply*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To avoid having to recreate custom filters every time, save them by clicking" +" on :menuselection:`Favorites --> Save current search --> Save`. The " +"customized search filter can then be accessed by clicking on *Favorites* or " +"can even be set as the default filter when you open the reporting dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:80 +msgid "Measure exactly what you need" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Before selecting what you want to measure, you need to decide whether you " +"prefer using the graph view or the pivot view. By default, the dashboard " +"presents both views. However, the measures you select won't be applied to " +"both views. You can access each view separately by clicking on the icons at " +"the top right of the dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:92 +msgid "Visualize your data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:94 +msgid "" +"You can transform the main graph in just a click by selecting one of the " +"three charts: bar, line or pie. Fourteen different measures are available, " +"but you can only use one at a time. However, you can group the measure using" +" one or several of the 19 *Groups*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:102 +msgid "" +"For bar and line charts, the selected measure is your y-axis, and the first " +"group you select is used to create the x-axis. Adding more group adds " +"additional lines (line chart) or transforms your bar chart into a stacked " +"bar chart. For pie charts, the more groups you select, the more slices are " +"displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:108 +msgid "Explore your data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:110 +msgid "" +"The pivot table view enables you to explore your data in great detail. " +"Unlike the graph view, the pivot table enables you to add several measures " +"at the same time. By clicking on *Measures* or on the **+** sign in the " +"*Total* column, you can add as many as you want, each assigned to a new " +"column. By clicking on the **+** sign in the *Total* row, you can add " +"*Groups*. If you click on a group's **+** sign, you can add a sub-group, and" +" so on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:121 +msgid "" +"You can insert your pivot table's data directly in the Spreadsheet app or " +"export it as an Excel file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals.rst:3 +msgid "Manage deals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:3 +msgid "Purchase agreements: blanket orders and calls for tenders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:5 +msgid "" +"There are two main types of purchase agreements preconfigured in Odoo: " +"blanket orders and call for tenders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Blanket orders are long-term agreements between a company and a vendor to " +"deliver products on a recurring basis with predetermined pricing. Your " +"company should consider using them when you frequently purchase the same " +"products from the same vendor in varying quantities and/or at different " +"times. Among their many benefits, you can save time as the ordering process " +"is simplified, and money thanks to more advantageous bulk pricing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Calls for tenders use a special procedure to request offers from multiple " +"vendors at the same time. While public sector organizations are often " +"legally bound to release calls for tenders when they want to purchase goods " +"or services, private organizations can also use them to get the best deal " +"among several vendors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:20 +msgid "Enable purchase agreements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:22 +msgid "" +"From the Purchase app, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and" +" activate *Purchase Agreements*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:30 +msgid "Configure or create new types of purchase agreements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Before you start using purchase agreements, make sure they are configured " +"the way you want by going to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Purchase " +"Agreement Types`. From there, you can edit the way blanket orders and calls " +"for tenders or *Create* a new type of purchase agreement. You can configure " +"the:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:37 +msgid "Agreement Type: the name you want to give to the agreement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Agreement Selection Type: you can either select multiple offers using " +"*Select multiple RFQ (non-exclusive)*, which is the default setting for both" +" blanket orders and calls for tenders, or a single offer using *Select only " +"one RFQ (exclusive)*, which is sometimes needed for calls for tenders where " +"you only want to select a single vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Lines: generally, you would always want to select *Use lines of agreement*, " +"which are the different product lines you can configure when you set up your" +" purchase agreement. However, you can select *Do not create RfQ lines " +"automatically* if you don't want your requests for quotations to be pre-" +"filled in with that information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Quantities: if you use lines of agreements, you can also specify " +"independently if the products' quantities should be used to pre-fill new " +"requests for quotations. The default option for blanket orders is *Set " +"quantities manually*, while for calls for tenders are set to *Use quantities" +" of agreement*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:59 +msgid "Set up a blanket order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Orders --> Purchase Agreements` and click on *Create*." +" Select *Blanket Order* as your *Agreement Type*. Next, select the vendor. " +"The other fields aren't mandatory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Next, add the products you want to order and their price. Note that you can " +"also add a *Quantity* for each product, for example, if you have agreed with" +" your vendor to order a specific minimum quantity each time or in total. If " +"you have configured your blanket order to *Set quantities manually*, this is" +" only used for informational purposes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:73 +msgid "" +"You can also write any *Terms and Conditions* at the bottom of the " +"agreement. Once you are satisfied with your blanket order, click on " +"*Confirm*. Its status then changes from *Draft* to *Ongoing* and it's ready " +"to be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:78 +msgid "Create requests for quotation from the blanket order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:80 +msgid "" +"You can now create new quotations from the blanket order whenever you need " +"it by clicking on *New Quotation*. Odoo automatically fills in requests for " +"quotation with the information initially defined when you set up the blanket" +" order. Depending on the way you configured the *Purchase Agreement Type*, " +"product lines can also be pre-filled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:85 +msgid "" +"From here, you can quickly view all the requests for quotations made under " +"that blanket order by clicking on *RFQs/Orders*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:93 +msgid "" +"You can also create a *Request for Quotation* the usual way and then link it" +" to an existing *Blanket Order*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:97 +msgid "Blanket orders and replenishment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Blanket orders can be used for :doc:`automated replenishment " +"<../../purchase/products/reordering>`, as once a blanket order is confirmed," +" a new vendor line is added to your product. Make sure the related vendor is" +" in the first position if you have several vendors linked to your product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:108 +msgid "Set up a call for tenders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Orders --> Purchase Agreements` and click on *Create*." +" Select *Call for Tenders* as your *Agreement Type*. The other fields aren't" +" mandatory, but you can add the date you want to be delivered and set an " +"agreement deadline. You usually don't want to select a vendor for calls for " +"tenders as you are looking to get quotations from multiple vendors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Next, add the products you want to order and in what quantity. For calls for" +" tenders, you typically don't add a price, as the vendors should give you " +"their best quote." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:118 +msgid "" +"You can also write any *Terms and Conditions* at the bottom of the " +"agreement. Once you are ready, click on *Confirm*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:126 +msgid "Requests quotations from the call for tenders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:128 +msgid "" +"You can now request new quotations from the call for tenders. Click on *New " +"Quotation* and select one of your vendors you want to invite to the call for" +" tenders. Product lines should also be pre-filled in, depending on how you " +"configured the *Purchase Agreement Type*. Click on *Send by email* to send " +"it to the vendor. Go back to the call for tenders and repeat this process " +"for each vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:138 +msgid "" +"Once you have sent a request for quotation to every vendor and receiving " +"their quotes, click on *Validate* to proceed to the bid selection. Next, " +"click on the RFQs/Orders smart button to view all your vendors' quotations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:146 +msgid "" +"Click on each request for quotation to add the price communicated by your " +"vendors manually. When that's done, select the most advantageous offer and " +"click on *Confirm Order*. This automatically closes the call for tenders. " +"You can now proceed with the purchase order as you would for a regular one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:3 +msgid "Control and know when vendor bills should be paid" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can define how your vendor bills are controlled. For each " +"purchase order, you can decide when the related vendor bill should be paid: " +"either before or after you have received your products. You can also check " +"at a glance what is the billing status of each purchase order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:9 +msgid "" +"With the 3-way matching feature, Odoo compares the information appearing on " +"the *Purchase Order*, the *Vendor Bill* and the *Receipt*, and lets you know" +" if you should pay the bill. This way you can avoid paying incorrect or " +"fraudulent vendor bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:14 +msgid "Vendor bills default control policy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:16 +msgid "" +"As a first step, open your Purchase app and go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` to set the default bill control " +"policy for all the products created onwards." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:23 +msgid "" +"By selecting *On ordered quantities*, you can create a vendor bill as soon " +"as you confirm an order. The quantities mentioned in the purchase order are " +"used to generate the draft bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you choose *On received quantities* instead, you can only create one once" +" you have at least received some of the products you have ordered. The " +"quantities you have received are used to generate the draft bill. If you try" +" to create one without having received any product, you get an error " +"message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:36 +msgid "Change a specific product's control policy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:38 +msgid "" +"If you want to modify a specific product's control policy, go to " +":menuselection:`Products --> Products`, open it, click on *Edit* and go to " +"the *Purchase tab*. There you can change a product's default bill control " +"policy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:47 +msgid "View a purchase order's billing status" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Once you confirm an order, you can view its *Billing Status* by going to the" +" *Other Information* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Below you can find a list of the different *Billing Status*, and when they " +"are displayed, depending on the products' bill control policy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:60 +msgid "**Billing status**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:60 +msgid "**Conditions**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:62 +msgid "*On received quantities*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:62 +msgid "*On ordered quantities*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:64 +msgid "*Nothing to Bill*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:64 +msgid "PO confirmed; no products received" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:64 +msgid "*(Not applicable)*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:66 +msgid "*Waiting Bills*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:66 +msgid "All/some products received; bill not created" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:66 +msgid "PO confirmed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:68 +msgid "*Fully Billed*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:68 +msgid "All/some products received; draft bill created" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:68 +msgid "Draft bill created" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:72 +msgid "Determine when to pay with 3-way matching" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:74 +msgid "" +"First, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate *3-way" +" matching*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:81 +msgid "" +"3-way matching is intended to work with the bill control policy set to *On " +"received quantities*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:84 +msgid "Should I pay the vendor bill?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:86 +msgid "" +"With the feature activated, your vendor bills now display the *Should Be " +"Paid* field under the *Other info* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:93 +msgid "" +"As you can't create a bill until you have received your products - and if " +"you haven't received all of them, Odoo only includes the products you have " +"received in the draft bill - the *Should Be Paid* status is set to *Yes* " +"when you create one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:97 +msgid "" +"If you edit a draft bill to increase the billed quantity, change the price, " +"or add other products, the *Should Be Paid* status is set to *Exception*. It" +" means Odoo notices the discrepancy, but that you might have a valid reason " +"to have done so." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Once the payment has been registered and mentions *Paid*, the *Should Be " +"Paid* status is set to *No*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:109 +msgid "" +"The *Should Be Paid* status is set automatically by Odoo. However, you can " +"change the status manually when you are viewing a bill in edit mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:3 +msgid "Don’t run out of stock with reordering rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To make sure you never run out of stock, you can define *Reordering Rules* " +"on products. Thanks to them, Odoo can help you replenish your stock " +"automatically when it reaches set quantities or whenever a sales order is " +"created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:9 +msgid "You need to install the *Inventory app* to use reordering rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:12 +msgid "Configure your storable product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Open or create a product with its *Product Type* set to *Storable Product*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:20 +msgid "" +"As you are purchasing this product from a vendor, go to the product's " +"*Purchase tab* and add a vendor by clicking on *Add a line*. You can add " +"multiple vendors, but make sure to order them correctly, since reordering " +"rules always use the first vendor in a list. You can add a price, but it " +"isn't necessary for the reordering rule to work. In addition, you can add a " +"minimum quantity you must order to benefit from that price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:27 +msgid "" +"If the quantity Odoo has to reorder doesn't match the minimum quantity " +"specified, Odoo selects the next vendor on your list. If you don't have " +"another vendor on your list, the reordering rule won't work. For that " +"purpose, you can add the same vendor multiple times with different prices " +"for different quantities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:37 +msgid "" +"By default, a draft purchase order is created. However, if you have enabled " +"*Purchase Agreements*, you can *Propose a call for tenders* instead as shown" +" in the image above. For more information, see " +":doc:`../manage_deals/agreements`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Next, make sure the correct route is selected under the Inventory tab of " +"your product. If you created your product within the Purchase app, the *Buy*" +" route is selected by default. If you are looking to dropship your product, " +"select *Dropship*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:50 +msgid "Set up your reordering rule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:52 +msgid "Open your product and click on the *Reordering Rules* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Once you are on the product's reordering rules page, click on *Create*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:61 +msgid "" +"You can access and create reordering rules from :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Configuration --> Reordering Rules` and from :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Operations --> Replenishment`. By default, the replenishment view " +"presents a summary of all the products that you might need to purchase to " +"fulfill your sales orders. From there, you can ask Odoo with a single click " +"to order a product once or automate all orders for that product, future " +"orders included." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:68 +msgid "Define quantities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:70 +msgid "" +"You can set a **minimum quantity** your stock should always have. Once set, " +"if your stock goes below the minimum quantity, and if you selected the Buy " +"route, a request for quotation is automatically generated to reach that " +"minimum quantity, plus any additional quantity needed to fill in a sales " +"order for example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:75 +msgid "" +"If you set a **maximum quantity**, every time the product has to be " +"replenished, enough products are reordered to reach the maximum quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:78 +msgid "" +"If you want to order only the exact quantity needed to fill in a sales order" +" for example, set both both the minimum and maximum quantity to **zero**. " +"The quantity mentioned in the sales order is then used by the reordering " +"rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:82 +msgid "" +"You can also add a **quantity multiple** to only order products in batches " +"of a certain quantity. Click on the optional columns drop-down menu, and " +"select *Multiple Quantity* to show the column. Bear in mind that you might " +"go over the maximum quantity you set if your rule includes a quantity " +"multiple, as Odoo orders enough products to reach the maximum quantity and " +"respect the set quantity multiple." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:92 +msgid "" +"If you selected multiple routes for the same product under its Inventory " +"tab, make sure to select your *Preferred Route* on your reordering rule by " +"clicking on the optional columns drop-down menu, adding the *Preferred " +"Route* column, and selecting the right route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:3 +msgid "Purchase in different units of measure than sales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you purchase a product, it may happen that your vendor uses a different" +" unit of measure than you do when you sell it. This can cause confusion " +"between sales and purchase representatives. It is also time-consuming to " +"convert measures manually every time. With Odoo, you can configure your " +"product once and let Odoo handle the conversion." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:10 +msgid "Consider the following examples:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:12 +msgid "" +"You purchase orange juice from an American vendor, and they use **gallons**." +" However, your customers are European and use **liters**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:15 +msgid "" +"You buy curtains from a vendor in the form of **rolls** and you sell pieces " +"of the rolls to your customers using **square meters**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:19 +msgid "Enable units of measure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Open your Sales app and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. " +"Under Product Catalog, enable *Units of Measure*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:29 +msgid "Specify sales and purchase units of measure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:32 +msgid "Standard units of measure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:34 +msgid "" +"A variety of units of measure are available by default in your database. " +"Each belongs to one of the five pre-configured units of measure categories: " +"*Length / Distance*, *Unit*, *Volume*, *Weight* and *Working Time*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:39 +msgid "" +"You can create your new units of measure and units of measure categories " +"(see next section)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To specify different units of measures for sales and purchases, open the " +"Purchase app and go to :menuselection:`Products --> Products`. Create a " +"product or select an existing one. Under the product's *General Information*" +" tab, first select the *Unit of Measure* to be used for sales (as well as " +"for other apps such as inventory). Then, select the *Purchase Unit of " +"Measure* to be used for purchases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Back to the first example, if you purchase orange juice from your vendor in " +"**gallons** and sell it to your customers in **liters**, first select *L* " +"(liters) as the *Unit of Measure*, and *gal (US)* (gallons) as the *Purchase" +" Unit of Measure*, then click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:56 +msgid "Create new units of measure and units of measure categories" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Sometimes you need to create your own units and categories, either because " +"the measure is not pre-configured in Odoo or because the units do not relate" +" with each other (e.g. kilos and centimeters)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:62 +msgid "" +"If you take the second example where you buy curtains from a vendor in the " +"form of **rolls** and you sell pieces of the rolls using **square meters**, " +"you need to create a new *Units of Measure Category* in order to relate both" +" units of measure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:66 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Units of Measure " +"Categories`. Click on *Create* and name the category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:73 +msgid "" +"The next step is to create the two units of measures. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Units of Measure`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:76 +msgid "" +"First, create the unit of measure used as the reference point for converting" +" to other units of measure inside the category by clicking on *Create*. Name" +" the unit and select the units of measure category you just created. For the" +" *Type*, select *Reference Unit of Measure for this category type*. Enter " +"the *Rounding Precision* you would like to use. The quantity computed by " +"Odoo is always a multiple of this value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:82 +msgid "" +"In the example, as you cannot purchase less than 1 roll and won't use " +"fractions of a roll as a unit of measure, you can enter 1." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:89 +msgid "" +"If you use a *Rounding Precision* inferior to 0.01, a warning message might " +"appear stating that it is higher than the *Decimal Accuracy* and that it " +"might cause inconsistencies. If you wish to use a *Rounding Precision* lower" +" than 0.01, first :doc:`activate the Developer Mode " +"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, then go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Database Structure --> Decimal " +"Accuracy`, select *Product Unit of Measure* and edit *Digits* accordingly. " +"For example, if you want to use a rounding precision of 0.00001, set " +"*Digits* to 5." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Next, create a second unit of measure, name it, and select the same units of" +" measure category as your reference unit. As *Type*, select *Smaller* or " +"*Bigger than the reference Unit of Measure*, depending on your situation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:100 +msgid "" +"As the curtain roll equals to 100 square meters, you should select " +"*Smaller*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Next, you need to enter the *Ratio* between your reference unit and the " +"second one. If the second unit is smaller, the *Ratio* should be greater " +"than 1. If the second unit is larger, the ratio should be smaller than 1." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:106 +msgid "For your curtain roll, the ratio should be set to 100." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:112 +msgid "" +"You can now configure your product just as you would using Odoo's standard " +"units of measure." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po deleted file mode 100644 index be32e4051..000000000 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,794 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" -"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: de\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../iot.rst:5 -msgid "Internet of Things (IoT)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config.rst:3 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:3 -msgid "Connect an IoT Box to your database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:5 -msgid "Install the Internet of Things (IoT) App on your Odoo Database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:10 -msgid "Go in the IoT App and click on Connect on the IoT Boxes page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:15 -msgid "Follow the steps to connect your IoT Box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:21 -msgid "Ethernet Connection" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Connect to the IoT Box all the devices that have to be connected with cables" -" (ethernet, usb devices, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:26 -msgid "Power on the IoT Box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Read the Pairing Code from a screen or a receipt printer connected to the " -"IoT Box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:32 -msgid "Input the Pairing Code and click on the Pair button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Recent changes in modern web browsers forced us to modify the connection " -"wizard. If your screen is different from the screenshots, make sure that the" -" ``iot_pairing`` module is installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:40 -msgid "WiFi Connection" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:42 -msgid "Power on the IoT Box" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:44 -msgid "Copy the token" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Connect to the IoT Box WiFi Network (make sure there is no ethernet cable " -"plugged in your computer)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:53 -msgid "" -"You will be redirected to the IoT Box Homepage (if it doesn't work, connect " -"to the IP address of the box). Give a name to your IoT Box (not required) " -"and paste the token, then click on next." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:60 -msgid "" -"If you are on Runbot, do not forget to add the -all or -base in the token " -"(e.g. this token **http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-" -"f3f920.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401** should become " -"**http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-f3f920-all.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401**)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Choose the WiFi network you want to connect with (enter the password if " -"there is one) and click on Submit. Wait a few seconds before being " -"redirected to your database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:72 -msgid "You should now see the IoT Box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:78 -msgid "IoT Box Schema" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:3 -msgid "Flashing your SD Card" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In some case, you may need to reflash your IoT Box’s SD Card to benefit from" -" our latest updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:9 -msgid "Upgrade from the IoT Box homepage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Go to the IoT Box homepage, click on *Update*, next to the version number. " -"If a new version of the IoT Box image is available, you will see a *Upgrade " -"to ___* button a the bottom of the page, the IoT Box will then flash itself " -"to the new version of the IoT Box. All of your configurations will be saved." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:18 -msgid "" -"This process can take more than 30 minutes. Do not turn off or unplug the " -"IoT Box as it would leave it in an inconsistent state." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:25 -msgid "Upgrade with Etcher" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Go to Balena’s website and download `Etcher <https://www.balena.io/>`__. " -"It’s a free and open-source utility used for burning image files. Install " -"and launch it. Download the latest image from `nightly " -"<http://nightly.odoo.com/master/iotbox/>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Then, open *Etcher* and select *Flash from file*, find the image you just " -"downloaded. Insert the IoT Box SD card into your computer and select it. " -"Click on *Flash* and wait for the process to finish." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:3 -msgid "Use the IoT Box for the PoS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:9 -msgid "Prerequisites" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:11 -msgid "Before starting, make sure you have the following:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:13 -msgid "An IoT Box, with its power adapter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:15 -msgid "A computer or tablet with an up-to-date web browser" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:17 -msgid "" -"A running SaaS or Odoo instance with the Point of Sale and IoT apps " -"installed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:20 -msgid "A local network setup with DHCP (this is the default setting)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:22 -msgid "An RJ45 Ethernet Cable (optional, WiFi is built in)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Any of the supported hardware (receipt printer, barcode scanner, cash " -"drawer, payment terminal, scale, customer display, etc.). The list of " -"supported hardware can be found on the `POS Hardware page " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/point-of-sale-hardware>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:30 -msgid "Set Up" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:32 -msgid "" -"To connect hardware to the PoS, the first step is to connect an IoT Box to " -"your database. For this, follow this :doc:`documentation <connect>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:36 -msgid "Then, you have to connect the peripheral devices to your IoT Box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:38 -msgid "" -"**Printer**: Connect a supported receipt printer to a USB port or to the " -"network and power it on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:41 -msgid "" -"**Cash drawer**: The cash drawer should be connected to the printer with an " -"RJ25 cable." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:44 -msgid "" -"**Barcode scanner**: Connect your barcode scanner. In order for your barcode" -" scanner to be compatible it must end barcodes with an Enter character " -"(keycode 28). This is most likely the default configuration of your barcode " -"scanner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:49 -msgid "**Scale**: Connect your scale and power it on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:51 -msgid "" -"**Customer Display**: Connect a monitor to the IoT Box using an HDMI cable. " -"You can also access the Customer Display from any other computer by " -"accessing the IoT Box homepage and clicking on the *POS Display* button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:56 -msgid "" -"**Payment terminal**: The connection process depends on the terminal, please" -" refer to the :doc:`payment terminals documentation " -"<../../point_of_sale/payment>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Once it's done, you can connect the IoT Box to your PoS. For this, go in " -":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> PoS`, tick *IoT Box* and" -" select the devices you want to use in this Point of Sale. Save the changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:68 -msgid "Set up is done, you can launch a new PoS Session." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:3 -msgid "Troubleshooting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:6 -msgid "IoT Box Connection" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:9 -msgid "I can't find the pairing code to connect my IoT Box" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:11 -msgid "" -"The pairing code should be printed on receipt printers connected to the IoT " -"Box and should also be displayed on connected monitors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:14 -msgid "The pairing code doesn't show under the following circumstances:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:16 -msgid "The IoT Box is already connected to an Odoo database;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:18 -msgid "The IoT Box is not connected to the Internet;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:20 -msgid "" -"The code is only valid for 5 minutes after the IoT Box has started. It's " -"automatically removed from connected displays when this delay has expired;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:23 -msgid "" -"The version of the IoT Box image is too old. It should use version 20.06 or " -"more recent. If your IoT Box image is from an earlier version, then you will" -" have to reflash the SD card of your IoT Box to update the image (see " -":doc:`Flashing your SD Card <flash_sdcard>`)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:28 -msgid "" -"If you are not in any of the cases listed above, make sure that the IoT Box " -"has correctly started, by checking that a fixed green LED is showing next to" -" the micro-USB port." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:33 -msgid "I've connected my IoT Box but it's not showing in my database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:35 -msgid "" -"When you connect an IoT Box to a database, the IoT Box might restart, if " -"that is the case, it might take up to one minute before appearing in your " -"database. If after some time the IoT is still not showing, make sure that " -"your database can be reached from the IoT Box and that your server doesn't " -"use a multi-database environment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:42 -msgid "My IoT Box is connected to my database, but cannot be reached" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Make sure that the IoT Box and the device running the browser are located on" -" the same network as the IoT Box cannot be reached from outside the local " -"network." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:49 -msgid "Printer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:52 -msgid "My printer is not detected" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:54 -msgid "" -"If one of your printers doesn't show up in your devices list, go to the IoT " -"Box homepage and make sure that it is listed under *Printers*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:60 -msgid "" -"If your printer is not present on the IoT Box homepage, hit *Printers " -"Server*, go to the *Administration* tab and click on *Add Printer*. If you " -"can't find your printer in the list, it's probably not connected properly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:66 -msgid "My printer outputs random text" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:68 -msgid "" -"For most printers, the correct driver should be automatically detected and " -"selected. However, in some cases, the automatic detection mechanism might " -"not be enough, and if no driver is found the printer might print random " -"characters." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:73 -msgid "" -"The solution is to manually select the corresponding driver. On the IoT Box " -"homepage, click on *Printers Server*, go to the *Printers* tab and select " -"the printer in the list. In the Administration dropdown, click on *Modify " -"Printer*. Follow the steps and select the Make and Model corresponding to " -"your printer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Epson and Star receipt printers and Zebra label printers do not need a " -"driver to work. Make sure that no driver is selected for those printers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:88 -msgid "My Zebra Printer doesn't print anything" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:90 -msgid "" -"Zebra printers are quite sensitive to the format of the ZPL code that is " -"printed. If nothing comes out of the printer or blank labels are printed, " -"try changing the format of the report that is sent to the printer by " -"accessing :menuselection:`Settings ~~> Technical ~~> Views` in developer " -"mode and look for the corresponding template." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:97 -msgid "Barcode Scanner" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:100 -msgid "The characters read by the barcode scanner don't match the barcode" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:102 -msgid "" -"By default, we assume that your barcode scanner is configured in US QWERTY. " -"This is the default configuration of most barcode readers. If your barcode " -"scanner uses a different layout, please go to the form view of your device " -"and select the correct one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:108 -msgid "Nothing happens when a barcode is scanned" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:110 -msgid "" -"Make sure that the correct device is selected in your Point of Sale " -"configuration and that your barcode is configured to send an ENTER character" -" (keycode 28) at the end of every barcode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:115 -msgid "The barcode scanner is detected as a keyboard" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:117 -msgid "" -"Some poorly built barcode scanners do not advertise themselves as barcode " -"scanners but as a USB keyboard instead, and will not be recognized by the " -"IoT Box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:121 -msgid "" -"You can manually change the device type by going to its form view and " -"activating the *Is scanner* option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:128 -msgid "Cashdrawer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:131 -msgid "The cashdrawer does not open" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:133 -msgid "" -"The cashdrawer should be connected to the printer and the *Cashdrawer* " -"checkbox should be ticked in the POS configuration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices.rst:3 -msgid "Devices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:3 -msgid "Connect a Camera" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When using your *IoT Box* in Odoo, you could need to use a camera. As it can" -" be done in a few steps, this device is really easy to configure. Then, you " -"can use it in your manufacturing process and link it to a control point. " -"Doing so will allow you to take pictures when you reach the chosen quality " -"control point." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:12 ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:13 -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:11 -msgid "Connection" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:14 -msgid "" -"To connect the camera to the *IoT Box*, simply connect the two by cable." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:17 -msgid "" -"If your camera is a `*supported one* <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-" -"hardware>`__, there is no need to set up anything as it will be detected as " -"soon as it is connected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:25 -msgid "Link a Camera to a Quality Control Point" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:28 ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:34 -msgid "With the Manufacturing app" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:30 -msgid "" -"In your *Quality app*, you can setup the device on a *Quality Control " -"Point*. Go to the *Control Points* menu, under *Quality Control* and open " -"the control point you want to link with the camera." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Now, you can edit the control point and select the device from the dropdown " -"list. Now, hit save." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Then, your camera can be used with the picked *Control Point*. During the " -"manufacturing process, reaching the *Quality Control Point* you chose before" -" will allow you to take a picture." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:3 -msgid "Connect a Footswitch" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When working, it is always better to have your two hands available. Using " -"Odoo’s *IoT Box* and a footswitch will allow it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In fact, you will be able to go from one screen to another and perform " -"actions by using your foot and the footswitch. Really convenient, it can be " -"configured in a few steps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Connecting the footswitch to the *IoT Box* is easy, you just have to connect" -" the two by cable." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:18 -msgid "" -"If your footswitch is a `supported one <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-" -"hardware>`__, there is no need to set up anything since it will be " -"automatically detected when connected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:26 -msgid "Link a Footswitch to a Workcenter" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:28 -msgid "" -"To link the footswitch to an action, it needs to be configured on a " -"workcenter. Go to the workcenter you want to use the footswitch in and add " -"the device in the *IoT Triggers* tab. Then, you can link it to an action and" -" also add a key to trigger it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Note that the one that is first in the list will be chosen. So, the order " -"matters! In the picture above, using the footswitch will, for example, " -"automatically skip the current part of the process you work on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:41 -msgid "" -"When you are on the work order screen, a status button indicates if you are " -"correctly connected to the footswitch." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:3 -msgid "Connect a Measurement Tool" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:5 -msgid "" -"With Odoo’s *IoT Box*, it is possible to connect measurement tools to your " -"database. Find the list of supported devices here: `Supported devices " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-hardware>`__,." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:10 -msgid "Connect in USB" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To add a device connected by USB, just plug the USB cable in the *IoT Box*, " -"and the device should appear in your Odoo database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:19 -msgid "Connect in Bluetooth" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Activate the Bluetooth on your device (see your device manual for further " -"explanation) and the IoT Box will automatically try to connect to the " -"device." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:25 -msgid "Here is an example of what it should look like:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:31 -msgid "Link a measurement tool to a quality control point" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:36 -msgid "" -"In your *Quality app*, you can setup a device on your *Quality Control " -"Points*. To do so, go to the *Control Points* menu, under *Quality Control* " -"and open the control point to which you want to assign a measurement tool." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Now, you can edit the control point and choose the device from the dropdown " -"list. Then, hit save." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Now, your measurement tool is linked to the chosen *Control Point*. The " -"value, which needs to be changed manually, will be automatically updated " -"while the tool is being used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:3 -msgid "Connect a Printer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When using your *IoT Box* in Odoo, you could need to use a printer. Doing so" -" is easy and convenient as it can be done in a few steps. Then, you can use " -"it to print receipts, orders or even reports in different Odoo apps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:13 -msgid "" -"The IoT Box supports printers connected through USB, network or Bluetooth. " -"`Supported printers <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-hardware>`__ will be " -"detected automatically and will appear in the *Devices* list of your IoT " -"app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:18 -msgid "The printer can take up to two minutes to appear in your devices list." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:24 -msgid "Link the Printer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:27 -msgid "To Work Orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:29 -msgid "" -"You can link *Work Orders* to printers via a *Quality Control Point* to " -"print labels for manufactured products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:32 -msgid "" -"To do so, you need to create a *Quality Control Point* from the *Quality* " -"app. Then, you can select the correct manufacturing operation and the work " -"order operation. In type, choose *Print Label* and hit save." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Now, each time you reach the quality control point for the chosen product, a" -" *Print Label* button will appear." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:47 -msgid "To Reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:49 -msgid "" -"You can also link a type of report to a certain printer. In the *IoT* app, " -"go to the *Devices* menu and select the printer you want to set up." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:56 -msgid "Now, go to the *Printer Reports* tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Hit edit and then, click on *Add a line*. In the window that shows up, check" -" all the types of reports that should be linked to this printer. Click on " -"select and save." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Now, each time you click on *Print* in the control panel, instead of " -"downloading a PDF, it will send it to the selected printer and automatically" -" print it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:73 -msgid "Print Receipts from the PoS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:75 -msgid "" -"You can link a printer to your *Point of Sale* app so you can print receipts" -" directly from your *PoS*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:78 -msgid "" -"Doing so is really easy. Go to your *Point of Sale* app and open your *Point" -" of Sale* settings, under *Configuration*. There, click on *Edit* and check " -"the *IoT Box* feature. Then, choose your *Receipt Printer* from the " -"dropdown." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:86 -msgid "" -"Now, you will be able to print different kinds of tickets from your *POS*: " -"**receipts**, **sale details** and **bills**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:89 -msgid "" -"Receipts are printed once the order is validated. The process is automated " -"when you enable the feature in your *PoS* configuration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Sales details can be printed by clicking on the printer icon on the navbar " -"at the top of the *PoS*. It will print the details of the sales of the " -"current day." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:99 -msgid "" -"As for the bill, it is only available in restaurant mode. In your restaurant" -" settings, activate *Print Bills* and a *Bill* button will appear in the " -"left panel of the *PoS*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:107 -msgid "Print Orders in the kitchen" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:109 -msgid "In restaurant mode, you can send order tickets to the kitchen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:111 -msgid "" -"To do so, go to the *PoS* app and open your *PoS* settings. Then, tick " -"*Order Printer*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:117 -msgid "" -"Now, go to the *Printers* menu. Hit create, select the printer from the " -"dropdown and, in the *Printer Product Categories* field, choose all the " -"categories of products that should be printed on this printer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:124 -msgid "" -"In the *PoS*, when you add or remove a product from one of the selected " -"categories, the button *Order* will be green. If you click on it, the IoT " -"Box will print a receipt on the corresponding printer." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po deleted file mode 100644 index fcf7ce819..000000000 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,269 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" -"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: de\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../livechat/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:3 -msgid "Get Started with Live Chat" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Live Chat has the highest satisfaction rating of any communication tool. It " -"allows fast responses and it is accessible and convenient, as your customers" -" can keep doing what they are doing while interacting with you. Remember: " -"your customers want to talk to you, so let's make it easy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:10 -msgid "Set up" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Once *Live Chat* is installed on your database, if your website was created " -"with Odoo, the application is automatically added to it. All that is left to" -" do is to go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> " -"Live Chat`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Select the channel to be linked to your website or create one on the fly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:27 -msgid "For both scenarios, under:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:30 -msgid "" -"- **Operators**: add agents to respond to the chat requests. Add as many as " -"you like, and keep in mind that operators that do not show any activity in " -"Odoo for more than 30min are considered disconnected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:33 -msgid "" -"- **Options**: set the default text to be shown on the live chat button; an " -"automated welcome message to be seen by visitors when a conversation is " -"initiated, and the text that prompts the user to initiate a chat." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:36 -msgid "" -"- **Channel Rules**: choose an action for a given URL, and/or per country. " -"In the example below, the chat window automatically pops-up 3 seconds after " -"users (from any country) land on the contact us page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:43 -msgid "" -"GeoIP, which refers to the process of finding a computer terminal’s " -"geographical location by its IP address, must be installed on your server. " -"Otherwise, under *Channel Rules*, countries are not taken into account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:48 -msgid "External options" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:51 -msgid "" -"If your website was not created with Odoo, you can find the code to be added" -" to your own, under the *Widget* tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Odoo also offers an URL you can send to users so they can have access to a " -"single live chat page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:59 -msgid "Managing chat requests" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Conversations initiated by visitors pop up as a direct message, and are " -"shown in *Discuss*. Therefore, inquiries can be answered wherever you are in" -" Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Conversations are dispatched based on the current workload of the online " -"operators." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:72 -msgid "Leave or join a channel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:74 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, access your " -"channel under *Live Chat*, and *Join Channel* or *Leave Channel*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:82 -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:48 -msgid ":doc:`ratings`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:83 -#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:45 -msgid ":doc:`responses`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:3 -msgid "Ratings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Giving users the opportunity to rate their interactions can help you " -"improving the experience you offer. That means staying on top of your " -"customers' needs, besides keeping track of your operators’ performances." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:10 -msgid "Customer Rating" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Once the user chooses to close the chat window, he can rate his interaction." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:14 -msgid "" -"If the user is *Not satisfied* or *Highly dissatisfied*, a field allowing " -"for an explanation is shown." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:15 -msgid "A copy of the conversation can also be sent by email." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:22 -msgid "The rating is shown on the chat window itself for the operator." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:28 -msgid "And under :menuselection:`Report --> Customer Ratings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:35 -msgid "Make the rating public" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, access your " -"channel form, click on *Go to Website* and on *Unpublished*, to publish the " -"rating of that channel on your website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:3 -msgid "Commands and Canned Responses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Using canned responses can help you save time and have a previous, well-" -"thought response, to some of your most common questions and comments." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:9 -msgid "Use commands" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Commands are shortcuts that do specific actions within the chat window:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:13 -msgid "**/help**: shows a help message." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:14 -msgid "**/helpdesk**: creates a helpdesk ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:15 -msgid "**/helpdesk_search**: searches for a helpdesk ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:16 -msgid "**/history**: shows the last 15 visited pages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:17 -msgid "**/lead**: creates a new lead." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:18 -msgid "**/leave**: leaves the channel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:0 -msgid "" -"- For *helpdesk tickets*: make sure the application is installed on your " -"database and the option *Live Chat* under :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> " -"Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` is enabled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:0 -msgid "" -"- For *leads*: the *CRM* application must be installed on your database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:26 -msgid "" -"To access the ticket or lead created from the chat, click on the shortcut " -"link." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Helpdesk tickets created from the chat automatically add the conversation as" -" a description of the ticket. The same goes for the creation of a lead." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:37 -msgid "Send canned responses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Canned responses allow you to have a full piece of text being placed when " -"you type a shortcut word. To create them, go to :menuselection:`Live Chat " -"--> Configuration --> Canned Responses`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:41 -msgid "" -"To use them during a conversation, simply type **:** followed by the " -"shortcut word you created." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po deleted file mode 100644 index eb07c4e38..000000000 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1326 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" -"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: de\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../manufacturing.rst:5 -msgid "Manufacturing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management.rst:5 -msgid "Manufacturing Management" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:3 -msgid "Using an alternative Work Center" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:5 -msgid "" -"For many manufacturing companies, a common issue is to have to manufacture, " -"at the same time, several products usually produced at the same work center." -" If in practice, employees can manufacture the goods at another work center," -" it is not that simple." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:10 -msgid "" -"You need to keep track of the job: which work center has been used and when," -" so you can schedule maintenance efficiently. With Odoo, you can configure " -"it so you can keep tracking manufacturing orders and your employees have an " -"alternative work center to use." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:15 -msgid "" -"This way, your process becomes more efficient, and less non-productive time " -"will be noticed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:20 -msgid "Configure your Work Centers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:22 -msgid "" -"The first thing to do is to go to the *Manufacturing* app settings. Then, " -"enable the *Work Orders* feature and hit save." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Now, go to the *Work Centers* menu under *Master Data* and create two new " -"work centers. Add the second work centers as an alternative to the first and" -" vice versa." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:39 -msgid "" -"The next step is to create your *routing*. Add your work center and an " -"operation to it before saving." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Then, you can create your *Bill of Materials* and add components and routing" -" to it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:56 -msgid "Create your Work Orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Now that everything is configured, you can create your *Work Orders*. Go to " -"the *Manufacturing Orders* menu and hit *Create*. There, add your product " -"and plan it. In the *Work Orders* list, you can find it ready to be " -"assembled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Each new *Work Order*, which will be created before the end of the first " -"one, will be scheduled at the alternative work center you configured." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:78 -msgid "" -"Keep in mind that, if you add time after production to your work center, you" -" may have work orders scheduled for your alternative work center even if the" -" usual one is free." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:3 -msgid "Create Bills of Materials" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A *Bill of Materials* is a document defining the quantity of each component " -"required to manufacture a finished product. It also includes the routing and" -" individual steps of the manufacturing process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:9 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can link multiple BoMs to each product and use it to describe" -" multiple variants of them. Each BoM will, yet, be associated with one " -"product only." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:13 -msgid "" -"This feature will help optimize your manufacturing process while saving you " -"time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:17 -msgid "Setting up a BoM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:19 -msgid "" -"You can use BoMs without routings. You will use this if you choose to manage" -" your manufacturing operations using manufacturing orders only. In other " -"words, you choose to realize your manufacturing process in one step and do " -"not track the steps the product goes through." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Before creating your *BoM*, you have to create the product using the *BoM* " -"and, at least, one of the components. Go to the :menuselection:`Master Data " -"menu --> Products` and create both the finished product and the component." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Once done, go to the *Bills of Materials* menu under *Master Data*. Now, " -"create it. Choose the product from the dropdown menu and add your components" -" and the quantity. In this case, keep the default *BoM* type, which is " -"*Manufacture this Product*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:37 -msgid "Using the same BoM to describe Variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:39 -msgid "" -"As said above, you can use *BoM* for *Product Variants*. It is basically the" -" same as for the standard product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:42 -msgid "" -"If your *BoM* is for one variant only, then specify which one in the " -"*Product Variant* field. If not, specify the variant it is consumed for on " -"each component line. You can add several variants for each component." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:51 -msgid "Adding a routing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:53 -msgid "" -"You can add routing to your *BoM*. You will do this if you need to define a " -"series of operations required by your manufacturing process. To use it, " -"enable the *Work Orders* feature in the *Manufacturing* app settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:62 -msgid "" -"Each *BoM* can have only one routing while each routing can be used multiple" -" times." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Now that you have created your routing, add it to your *BoM*. You can select" -" when, in the work operations, your components are consumed with the " -"dropdown menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:73 -msgid "Adding By-Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:75 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, a *by-product* is any product produced by a *BoM* in addition to " -"the primary product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:78 -msgid "" -"To add *by-products* to a *BoM*, you will first need to enable them from the" -" *Manufacturing* app settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:84 -msgid "" -"Once the feature is enabled, you can add your *By-Products* to your *BoMs*. " -"You can add as many *By-Products* as you want. Just keep in mind that you " -"need to register during which operation your by-product is produced." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:3 -msgid "Use flexible components consumption" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Sometimes, you might need more components than usual to manufacture a " -"product. Let’s say that you produce a desk combination of 4 desks and two " -"chairs but your customer asks you one more desk. Alright, you can do that. " -"But you will need to register it!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:10 -msgid "" -"In case this happens, Odoo has the *flexible components consumption* feature" -" available. If you enable it, you will be able to consume as many components" -" as needed and it will make you save time in the registration of your items " -"consumption." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:16 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:31 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:66 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:26 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:9 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Using flexible component consumption is easy and can be done in a few steps." -" All you need is a *BoM* and a *Quality Control Point*. Therefore, you will " -"need to activate the feature *Quality* in the *MRP* app settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:23 -msgid "" -"First, open the *BoM* you want to use for flexible component consumption and" -" edit it. In the *Miscellaneous* tab, choose *Flexible* as the consumption " -"type. Then, save." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Now, in the *Quality* app, open the *Control Point* menu, under *Quality " -"Control* and create a new *Quality Control Point*. Choose your product, your" -" operation and work order operation. Then, choose *Register Consumed " -"Materials* as type." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Next, go back to your *Manufacturing* app and create a *Manufacturing " -"order*. Choose the product for which you have created the flexible *BoM*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Then, confirm it and launch the process step. While processing, you will " -"have the possibility to consume more components than expected in the *BoM*. " -"To do so, click on *Continue Consumption*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:49 -msgid "" -"When the job is over, you will find a summary of your component consumption " -"in the *Finished Steps* tab of your work order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:3 -msgid "Sell sets of products as kits" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A *kit* is a set of components that are delivered without first being " -"assembled or mixed. *Kits* are described in Odoo using *Bills of Materials*." -" There are two basic ways to configure *kits*, depending on how the stock of" -" the kit product is to be managed. In either case, both the *Inventory* and " -"*Manufacturing* apps must be installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:12 -msgid "Manage Stock of Component Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:14 -msgid "" -"If you want to assemble kits as they are ordered, managing stock of the kit " -"components only, you will use a *Kit BoM* without a manufacturing step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:18 -msgid "" -"A product using a *Kit BoM* will appear as a single line item on a quotation" -" and sales order, but will generate a delivery order with one line item for " -"each of the components of the kit. In the examples below, the first image " -"shows a sales order for the kit *Custom Computer Kit*, while the second " -"image shows the corresponding delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:33 -msgid "" -"From the *Products menu* in either the *Inventory* or *Manufacturing* app, " -"create each component product as you would with any other product, then " -"create the top-level, or kit product. The kit product should have only the " -"*route Manufacture* set, in the *Inventory tab*. Because you cannot track " -"the stock of kit products, the *Product Type* should be set to Consumable. " -"Because a kit product cannot be purchased, then, *Can be Purchased* should " -"be unchecked." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:41 -msgid "" -"All other parameters on the kit product may be modified according to your " -"preference. The component products require no particular configuration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Once the products are configured, create a *bill of materials* for the kit " -"product. Add each component and its quantity. Select the *BoM Type Ship this" -" product as a set of components*. All other options may be left with their " -"default values." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:57 -msgid "Manage Stock of Kit Product and Component Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:59 -msgid "" -"If you want to manage stock of the *top-level kit product*, you will use a " -"standard *BoM* with a manufacturing step instead of a *Kit BoM*. When using " -"a standard BoM to assemble kits, a *manufacturing order* will be created. " -"The *manufacturing order* must be registered as completed before the kit " -"product will appear in your stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:68 -msgid "" -"On the kit product, select the *route Manufacture*. You may also select " -"*Make to Order*, which will create a *manufacturing order* whenever a sales " -"order is confirmed. Select the product type *Storable Product* to enable " -"stock management." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:76 -msgid "" -"When you create the *bill of materials*, select the BoM Type *Manufacture " -"this product*. The assembly of the kit will be described by a *manufacturing" -" order* rather than a packing operation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:3 -msgid "Process Manufacturing Orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, you can manage your manufacturing process in two different ways. " -"You can work with one document, or decide to have more information and " -"control over it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:9 -msgid "" -"In the first case, Odoo makes things easier and helps you manage work with " -"one document only: the manufacturing order. No complex steps during the " -"process, you just have to schedule the job and record the production." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:14 -msgid "" -"But, if you need more control, you can use additional documents (steps) to " -"your manufacturing process. This way, *Manufacturing Orders* are divided " -"into one or more steps defined by *Work Orders* and performed in a sequence " -"defined by *routings*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Using Odoo will allow you to precisely schedule the job, analyze your " -"efficiency but also have ease when realizing each step of your manufacturing" -" process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:24 -msgid "Manage Manufacturing Without Routings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:26 -msgid "" -"If your manufacturing process is limited to one place, one person and one " -"step, you will probably use manufacturing orders without routings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:29 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, it is the default behavior. If work this way, there are two basic " -"phases from planning to production:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:32 -msgid "Create a manufacturing order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:34 -msgid "Record the production" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:37 -msgid "Manage Manufacturing with Routings and Work Centers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:39 -msgid "" -"To use *Work Centers* and *Routings*, you will need to enable the *Work " -"Orders* feature. To do so, go to the *Manufacturing* app settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Now, you can add routings to *BoMs* and configure your operations taking " -"place at different *work centers*. The *Work Centers* are the locations at " -"which work orders are performed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:53 -msgid "" -"When manufacturing this way, each *Work Order* is scheduled individually. " -"You will also have access to time and capacity planning, as well as reports " -"on costing and efficiency for each *Work Center*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:60 -msgid "Thus, the workflow is divided into three basic phases:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:62 -msgid "Create the manufacturing order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:67 -msgid "Schedule the associated work orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:72 -msgid "Perform the scheduled work and record production" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:3 -msgid "Plan Work Orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In some cases, companies need to schedule their work orders. Doing so, they " -"can organize the work for the whole day and be sure everything goes well. It" -" helps to avoid scheduling multiple work orders at the same time when you " -"don’t have the capacity to do so." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:10 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, companies can schedule the planned start date for their " -"manufacturing orders. No possible duplication, no potential issues with the " -"planning. And, if you plan two work orders at the same work center, at the " -"same hour, the second one will be scheduled right after the first one, " -"avoiding work superposition." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:17 -msgid "Create the Work Orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:19 -msgid "" -"The first thing you need to do is to open the *Manufacturing* app. Then, Go " -"to the settings and enable the *Work Orders* feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Now, go to the *Manufacturing Orders* menu and hit *Create*. Choose your " -"product and add a *Planned Start Date*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:32 -msgid "" -"The “Deadline Start” field is informative. It shows you until when you can " -"launch the manufacturing order to fulfill the initial demand." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Mark your *Manufacturing Order* as todo and plan it. By going to the " -"*Planning* menu, you can access to the scheduled orders. Here is the one we " -"just created:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:43 -msgid "" -"If you plan two work orders at the same hour, the second one will be " -"scheduled after the first one if the jobs need to be done at the same work " -"center. The start date will, then, be automatically updated considering the " -"first free slot on the work center." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:48 -msgid "" -"If you overrun the planned date and begin the job later, you will have a " -"track of it in the *Time Tracking* tab of your work order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage BoMs for product variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo allows you to use one bill of materials for multiple variants of the " -"same product. Simply enable variants from :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:12 -msgid "" -"You will then be able to specify which component lines are to be used in the" -" manufacture of each product variant. You may specify multiple variants for " -"each line. If no variant is specified, the line will be used for all " -"variants." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:17 -msgid "" -"When defining variant BoMs on a line-item-basis, the **Product Variant** " -"field in the main section of the BoM should be left blank. This field is " -"used when creating a BoM for one variant of a product only." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:3 -msgid "Set routings on kit Bills of materials" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:5 -msgid "" -"It often happens that you want to use kit BoM’s within manufactured product " -"BoM’s in order to lighten the list of components for this manufactured " -"product. When doing so, you would like to have the possibility to specify, " -"for each kit component, in which operation they are consumed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:11 -msgid "" -"We will see the three use cases that you can face in these kinds of " -"configurations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:15 -msgid "Finished Product & Kit Component have the same Routing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:18 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:63 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:107 -msgid "Create BoM for the Finished Product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:20 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Create a manufactured BoM for the finished product which includes a kit " -"component. Set a routing on your BoM, for example, *Assemble Furniture*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:28 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:73 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:117 -msgid "Create a Kit BoM for the Kit Component" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Update the kit component to define its BoM. Make sure that the routing which" -" is set on this BoM is the same one than on the Finished Product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:36 -msgid "" -"You can define the operations in which the kit components are used directly " -"in the BoM of the kit." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:40 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:84 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:127 -msgid "Manufacturing Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:42 -msgid "" -"In the list of components, the kit is split. Two work orders are created as " -"we have two operations defined in the *Assemble Furniture* routing. The " -"components of the kits are well consumed in the operations defined in the " -"kit BoM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:57 -msgid "Finished Product & Kit Component haven’t the same Routing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:60 -msgid "Kit Consumption set on Finished Product BoM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:75 -msgid "" -"Update the kit component to define its BoM. In this use case, the routing " -"which is set on this Kit BoM is different than the one of the Finished " -"Product. Specify the operations at which the kit components are consumed in " -"this BoM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:86 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:129 -msgid "" -"When the manufacturing order is created for the Manufactured product, the " -"kit is split among its components. When the manufacturing order is planned, " -"three work orders are created in our case, one coming from the routing of " -"the manufactured products, the two other ones coming from the routing of the" -" kit BoM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:95 -msgid "The components are all consumed during their respective operations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:104 -msgid "Kit Consumption set on Kit BoM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:109 -msgid "" -"Create a manufactured BoM for the finished product which includes a kit " -"component. Set a routing on your BoM, for example, *Assemble Furniture*. " -"Precise the consumption of the components on this BoM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:119 -msgid "" -"Update the kit component to define its BoM. In this use case, the routing " -"which is set on this Kit BoM is different than the one of the Finished " -"Product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:138 -msgid "" -"All the components of the kits are consumed during the first operation. The " -"last component is consumed during the second operation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:3 -msgid "Manage semi-finished products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, you can use subassembly products to simplify a complex *Bill of " -"Materials* or to represent your manufacturing flow more accurately. A " -"*subassembly product* is a manufactured product that is used as a component " -"to make another one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:10 -msgid "" -"A *BoM* that employs *subassemblies* is referred to as a multi-level BoM. " -"Those are accomplished by creating a *top-level BoM* and *subassembly ones*." -" This process requires a route that will ensure that every time a " -"manufacturing order for the top-level product is created, another one will " -"be for subassemblies." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:17 -msgid "Configure the Subassembly Product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:19 -msgid "" -"To configure a *multi-level BoM*, you will need a top-level product but also" -" its subassemblies. The first step is to create a product form for each of " -"the subassemblies. Select the routes *Manufacture* and *Replenish on Order*." -" Now, hit save." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:27 -msgid "" -"In the *Bill of Materials* menu, under *Master Data*, create a new *Bill of " -"Materials*. Choose the product you just created and add its components." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:35 -msgid "Configure the Main BoM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Now, you can configure the top-level product and its *BoM*. Include any " -"subassemblies in the list of components." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Now, each time you will plan a manufacturing order for the top-level " -"product, a manufacturing order will be created for the subassembly one. " -"Then, you will have to manufacture the subassembly in order to make it " -"available before manufacturing the finished product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:3 -msgid "Subcontract your Manufacturing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Outsourcing a portion of some or all your company’s manufacturing needs is " -"not easy. To make it work right, you have to:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:8 -msgid "Manage the inventory of raw materials at your subcontractor;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Ship new materials to your subcontractors based on your forecasted demand;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Keep track of manufacturing operations done at the subcontractor location;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:13 -msgid "Control incoming goods quality;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:14 -msgid "Control subcontractors bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Here is an example of subcontracting the manufacturing of “C”, which is " -"produced out of raw materials “A” and “B”." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:23 -msgid "" -"With its subcontracting feature, Odoo helps you handle this flow easily." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:28 -msgid "" -"To use the subcontracting feature, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " -"Configuration --> Settings` and tick the box *Subcontracting*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:35 -msgid "" -"To define if a product must be subcontracted, use a *Bill of Materials " -"(BoM)* of type *Subcontracting*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:38 -msgid "" -"To create a new *BoM*, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Master Data " -"--> Bill of Materials` and hit create. Then, list the components your " -"subcontractor needs to manufacture the product. For costing purposes, you " -"might want to register all the components, even the ones that are sourced " -"directly from the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Once you have set the *BoM Type* to *Subcontracting*, specify one or several" -" subcontractors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:52 -msgid "Basic Subcontracting Flow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:54 -msgid "" -"To let your subcontractor know how many products you need, create and send " -"them purchase orders (PO). To do so, open the *Purchase* app and create a " -"new one. Be sure to send the PO to a vendor that is defined as a " -"subcontractor on the *BoM*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Once the *PO* is validated (1), a pending receipt is created. When the " -"products are received, validate the receipt (2), with the actual quantity " -"received. Then Odoo automatically created several inventory moves:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Consume the components at the subcontractor’s location, based on the *BoM* " -"(3);" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:70 -msgid "Produce finished goods at the subcontractor’s location (4);" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Move products from the subcontractor’s location to YourCompany through the " -"validated receipt (5)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:74 -msgid "" -"Of course, Odoo does all the transactions for you, automatically. Simply " -"control the vendor bill with the usual matching process with the purchase " -"order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:79 -msgid "" -"The *PO* is optional. If you create a receipt manually, with the right " -"subcontractor, Odoo still performs all the moves. Useful if the " -"subcontractor does not bill a fixed price per item, but rather the time and " -"materials used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:85 -msgid "Inventory Valuation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:87 -msgid "The cost of the manufactured product “C” is defined as:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:89 -msgid "**C = A + B + s**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:91 -msgid "With:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:93 -msgid "**A**: Cost of raw materials coming from YourCompany;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:96 -msgid "**B**: Cost of raw materials sourced directly from the" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:96 -msgid "subcontractor;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:98 -msgid "**s**: Cost of the subcontracted service." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:100 -msgid "" -"Sending raw materials to your subcontractors (**A**) does not impact the " -"inventory valuation, the components still belonging to your company. To " -"manage this, the *Subcontracting Location* is configured as an *Internal " -"Location* so that the components are still valued in the inventory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:106 -msgid "" -"Then, the vendor price set on the product C form has to be what has to be " -"paid to the subcontractor for his parts and service time: **B + s**. The " -"product cost has to be: **A + B + s**, how much the product is valued in the" -" accounting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:111 -msgid "" -"Finally, the subcontractor bill matches the purchase order, with the " -"proposed price coming from the finished products C." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:115 -msgid "" -"If managing the replenishment of raw materials **B** at your subcontractor’s" -" location is not needed, simply include the cost of **B** in the " -"subcontractor’s price **s** and remove the products *B* from the *BoM*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:121 -msgid "Traceability" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:123 -msgid "" -"In case the products received from the subcontractor contain tracked " -"components, their serial or lot numbers need to be specified during the " -"receipt." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:127 -msgid "" -"On the receipt of the subcontracted product, a *Record Components* button " -"appears when necessary. Click on it to open a dialog and record the " -"serial/lot numbers of the components. If the finished product is also " -"tracked, its serial/lot number can be registered here too." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:136 -msgid "" -"For audit purposes, it is possible to check the lot numbers recorded on a " -"receipt by using the icon on the right of the finished products:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:144 -msgid "Automate Replenishment of Subcontractors" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:146 -msgid "" -"To manage the resupply of your subcontractor, activate *Multi-locations* in " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Configuration`. Then, the " -"inventory at the subcontractor location can be tracked." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:151 -msgid "" -"It is possible to resupply subcontractors by sending products from the " -"company locations, or by sending products from another supplier to the " -"subcontractors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:156 -msgid "Replenishment from the warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:158 -msgid "" -"Resupplying subcontractors manually is the simplest approach. To do so, " -"create delivery orders in which the subcontractor is set as a delivery " -"address and fill the components to deliver." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:162 -msgid "" -"To automate the subcontractors’ replenishment propositions, there are two " -"approaches:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:165 -msgid "Reordering rules;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:166 -msgid "Replenish on order flow." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:168 -msgid "" -"For the first one, just define a reordering rule on the subcontracting " -"location, with a minimum and maximum inventory level. When the reordering " -"rule is triggered, a delivery order is created to ship the components to the" -" subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:177 -msgid "" -"The second approach is to use a “pull” flow. Here, the demand in the " -"finished product (real demand or forecasted one through the Master " -"Production Schedule) triggers the replenishment of the subcontractor. To do " -"so, select the route *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* on the wanted " -"components." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:188 -msgid "Replenishment from another supplier" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:190 -msgid "" -"When purchasing items to another supplier, it is possible to ask him to " -"deliver the subcontractor directly. To do so, activate the *Drop Shipping* " -"feature in :menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> Configuration`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:195 -msgid "" -"Now, set the *Dropship* option in the *Deliver To* field of the *Other " -"Information* tab. Then, provide the address of the subcontractor for the " -"shipping." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:203 -msgid "" -"That way, the supplier can ship items directly and you simply receive and " -"pay the bill. However, it is still required to validate receipts for the " -"subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:212 -msgid "Quality Control" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:214 -msgid "" -"Controlling the quality of the products manufactured by subcontractors is " -"possible thanks to the Odoo Quality app. Quality checks can be made on a " -"manufacturing step but, because the manufacturing process is handled by an " -"external party, it can be defined on the product reception." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:224 -msgid "" -"To create a quality check at the receipt, open the *Quality* app and create " -"a new *Control Point* on the reception." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:231 -msgid "" -"By doing so, a quality check is automatically created each time a finished " -"product is received." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:3 -msgid "Unbuild a product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In Odoo Manufacturing App, you can *Unbuild* products. Two use cases can be " -"managed: (1) you can unbuild products you have built yourself or (2) you can" -" unbuild products you have received." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Let's take the first case, you are manufacturing products yourself. If one " -"of your product presents some defect, you might want to unbuild it instead " -"of scrapping it completely, allowing you to reuse some components of the " -"product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:14 -msgid "" -"In the second case, you are buying products for the sole purpose of " -"unbuilding them and recycling them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:18 -msgid "Unbuild Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:20 -msgid "" -"While in the Manufacturing App, under the *Operations* tab you will find the" -" menu *Unbuild Orders*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:26 -msgid "" -"When creating a new one, you can either select a MO if you are unbuilding " -"something you manufactured or only select a product if you are unbuilding " -"something you received." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:33 -msgid "When you are done, just click unbuild and the process will be over." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:35 -msgid "" -"If you unbuild a product that you manufactured before, you will get the " -"components from the MO back in stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:38 -msgid "" -"If you unbuild a product you bought, you will get the components from the " -"BoM back in stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:3 -msgid "Use the Master Production Schedule" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The Master Production Schedule (MPS) is a valuable tool to plan your " -"production based on your demand forecast." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Go to the :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings` " -"and activate the Master Production Schedule feature before hitting save." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:18 -msgid "" -"In the manufacturing settings, you can define the time range of your MPS " -"(month/week/day) and the number of periods you want to display." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Now, go in :menuselection:`Planning --> Master Production Schedule` and " -"click on add a product. You can now define your safety stock target (= the " -"stock you want to have on hand at the end of the period) and the minimum and" -" maximum quantities to replenish." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:29 -msgid "" -"The products are ordered in the MPS based on their sequence. You can " -"rearrange that sequence by going on the list of your products and reorganize" -" them with drag and drop." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:36 -msgid "" -"In the MPS view, you can decide which information you would like to show by " -"clicking on *rows*. Some fields can be added to the view, such as *Actual " -"demand*, which will show which quantity of products has already been ordered" -" for the period, or *Available to Promise*, which allows you to know what " -"can still be sold during the period (what you plan to replenish - what is " -"already sold during the period). You can also decide to hide some " -"information if it isn’t necessary." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:48 -msgid "Estimate your demand and launch replenishment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:50 -msgid "" -"The next step is to estimate the demand for the period. This estimation " -"should be entered in the row *Demand Forecast*. You can easily, at any time," -" compare the demand forecast with the actual demand (= confirmed sales). The" -" demand forecast for a finished product will impact the indirect demand for " -"its components." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:59 -msgid "" -"Then, the quantity to replenish for the different periods will be " -"automatically computed. The replenishments you are supposed to launch based " -"on your lead times (vendor lead time or manufacturing lead time) are " -"displayed in green. You can now launch the replenishment by clicking on the " -"replenish button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Depending on the configuration of the product (buy vs. manufacture), " -"requests for quotations or manufacturing orders will be created. You can " -"easily access those by clicking on the *Actual Replenishment* cell." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:75 -msgid "" -"In case you manually edit the *To replenish* quantity, a small cross will " -"appear on the left. In case you want to go back to the automatically " -"computed value given by Odoo, you can click the cross." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:83 -msgid "Cells color signification" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:85 -msgid "" -"The cells, which are part of the *To replenish* line, can take different " -"colors depending on the situation:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:88 -msgid "" -"**Green**: quantity of products which should be replenished to reach the " -"expected safety stock considering the demand forecast and the indirect " -"demand forecast." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:90 -msgid "" -"**Grey**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity " -"still matches current data." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:92 -msgid "" -"**Red**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity " -"was too high considering current data." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:94 -msgid "" -"**Orange**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity" -" was too low considering current data." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:96 -msgid "" -"The *Forecasted stock* line can also contain red cells, which means the " -"stock will be negative during the period in question." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:100 -msgid "What if I have underestimated the demand?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:102 -msgid "" -"You can still increase the demand forecast. It will impact the quantity to " -"replenish. The cell will become orange, and you’ll be able to launch a new " -"replenishment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:107 -msgid "What if I have overestimated the demand?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:109 -msgid "" -"You can decrease the demand forecast. The cell will become red to inform you" -" that you’ve ordered more than planned. If you’re still able to do it, you " -"can cancel some RFQ or MO manually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:114 -msgid "What if I wrongly added a product to the MPS?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:116 -msgid "" -"You can easily remove a product from the MPS by clicking the small bin on " -"the right of its name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview.rst:7 -msgid "I want to use Odoo Manufacturing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview.rst:5 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair.rst:5 -msgid "Repair Management" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:5 -msgid "Repair products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:7 -msgid "" -"The Odoo *Repair* app allows you to manage a complete after sales process " -"but also to simply repair products you have manufactured, if they present a " -"defect." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:12 -msgid "Create a Repair Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Once in the app, you can access your existing *Repair Orders* and create a " -"new one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:21 -msgid "Manage a repair" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:23 -msgid "" -"When a customer sends you a product for repair, create a new *Repair Order*." -" Fill it in with all the information you may need such as the product, the " -"customer, if it has to be invoiced after or before the repair, the parts you" -" might need, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Once everything is done, you can then send the repair quotation to your " -"customer. If it is approved, you can confirm the repair. You will then be " -"able to start & end the repair when it is completed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:38 -msgid "You can now invoice the repair." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fdc18ac33 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po @@ -0,0 +1,574 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2021 +# JackTheHunter <Maximilian.N98@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Chris Egal <sodaswed@web.de>, 2021 +# Oliver Roch <oliver.roch@d9t.de>, 2021 +# philku79 <philip.kuss@gmx.de>, 2021 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-18 07:12+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-05-18 05:18+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: philku79 <philip.kuss@gmx.de>, 2021\n" +"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: de\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing.rst:3 +msgid "Marketing" +msgstr "Marketing" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation.rst:3 +msgid "Marketing Automation" +msgstr "Marketing-Automatisierung" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced" +msgstr "Fortgeschritten" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:3 +msgid "Understanding Metrics" +msgstr "Kennzahlen verstehen" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Metrics are values that help you measure progress and can be a powerful way " +"of linking your employees to goals." +msgstr "" +"Kennzahlen sind Werte die Ihnen dabei helfen Fortschritt zu messen. Sie " +"können ein mächtiges Werkzeug sein, um Ihre Mitarbeiter dabei zu " +"unterstützen ihre Ziele zu erreichen." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:9 +msgid "" +"When you create a workflow in Odoo, its visual content already shows metrics" +" in a graph form and in numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:10 +msgid "Let’s consider the example below:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:19 +msgid "" +"The *Target* - business object - is *Lead/Opportunity* and was narrowed down" +" to the ones whose *Tag Name* contain the description “Product”, and have an" +" email address set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:20 +msgid "A total number of 20 records match the criteria." +msgstr "20 Datensätze erfüllen die Bedingungen." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Out of those 20 records, 25 have become participants, in other words, they " +"have matched the criteria." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Every time the system runs, updating numbers and triggering actions, it will" +" look at the *Target* model and check if new records have been added or " +"modified, keeping the flow up-to-date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The filter here is applied to *all* activities. Leads that lose the tag in " +"the meantime will be excluded from later activities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:45 +msgid "" +"*Records* is a real-time number, therefore while the workflow is running, " +"changes in opportunity records can be made - delete, add, adjustment - " +"updating the number of records, but not changing the number of participants," +" as the metric *will not* exclude opportunities that have been set as " +"participants before. It will just add new ones. For this reason, the number " +"of *Records* can be different from the number of *Participants*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 +msgid "" +"You can also have filters applied to activities individually, under " +"*Domain*. A useful feature to specify an individual filter that will only be" +" performed if the records satisfied both filters, the activity and its " +"domain one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Example: for an activity sending an SMS, you could make sure a phone number " +"is set to avoid triggering a SMS that would never be sent and crash." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:64 +msgid "" +"*Success* is the number of times the searching for participants - that match" +" the filter(s) of that activity - was performed successfully in relation to " +"the total number of participants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:65 +msgid "" +"If a participant does not match the conditions, it will be added to " +"*Rejected*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Hovering over the graph, you can see the number of successful and rejected " +"participants, per day, for the last 15 days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Every time a new record is added to the *Target* model, it will be " +"automatically added to the workflow, and, it will start the workflow from " +"the beginning (parent action)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing.rst:3 +msgid "SMS Marketing" +msgstr "SMS Marketing" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing.rst:3 +msgid "Pricing and FAQ" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:3 +msgid "SMS Pricing and FAQ" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:6 +msgid "What do I need to send SMSs?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:7 +msgid "" +"SMS Text Messaging is an In-App Purchase (IAP) service that *requires " +"prepaid credits* to work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:11 +msgid "How many types of SMSs are there?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:12 +msgid "There are 2 types: GSM7 and UNICODE." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:14 +msgid "" +"**GSM7** is the standard format, with a limit of 160 characters per message," +" that includes the following characters:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:23 +msgid "" +"**UNICODE** is the format applied if a special character, that *is not* in " +"the GSM7 list, is used. Limit per SMS: 70 characters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:27 +msgid "" +"For GSM7 SMS the size limit is 160 characters, and for Unicode is 70. *Above" +" these limits, the content is divided into a multi-part message* and the " +"limit of characters is lowered to 153 for GSM7 and to 67 for Unicode. The " +"system will inform you in real-time about the number of SMS your message " +"represents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:34 +msgid "How much does it cost to send an SMS?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The price of an SMS depends on the destination and the length (number of " +"characters) of the message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To see the **price per country, please consult**: `Odoo SMS - FAQ <https" +"://iap-services.odoo.com/iap/sms/pricing#sms_faq_01>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:39 +msgid "" +"The number of SMSs a message represents will be always available to you in " +"your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:49 +msgid "How do I buy credits?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:50 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Buy Credits`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:57 +msgid "Or go to :menuselection:`Settings --> View my Services`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:65 +msgid "" +"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you " +"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:70 +msgid "More common questions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:72 +msgid "**Is there an expiration time for my credits?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:74 +msgid "No, credits do not expire." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:77 +msgid "" +"**Can I send an SMS to a phone number (which is not a mobile phone) because " +"I see the icon in front of the field “phone”?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:80 +msgid "Only if that phone number supports SMS (e.g. SIP phones)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:83 +msgid "**Do I receive an invoice to buy my credits?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:85 +msgid "Yes." +msgstr "Ja." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:88 +msgid "**Can the recipient answer to me?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:90 +msgid "No, it is not possible to reply to the SMS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:93 +msgid "" +"**What happens if I send multiple SMS but I do not have enough credits to " +"send them all?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:95 +msgid "" +"The whole transaction is counted as a single one, so no SMS will be sent " +"until you have enough credits to send them all." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:99 +msgid "**Do I have a history of the sent SMSs?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Yes, the SMS is logged as a note under the chatter of the corresponding " +"record, and a complete history of the SMSs sent is available on " +":doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode/activate>` under " +":menuselection:`Technical --> SMS`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:107 +msgid "**Can I send as many SMSs I want at once?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:109 +msgid "Yes, if you have enough credits." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:112 +msgid "" +"**If I have a number that does not exist in the list of recipients, will I " +"lose credits?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Not if the phone number is in the wrong format (e.g. too many digits). " +"Otherwise, if the SMS is sent to the wrong person or to a fake number, the " +"credit will be lost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:118 +msgid "" +"**What happens if I send my SMS to a paying number (e.g.: a contest to win a" +" ticket for a festival)?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:120 +msgid "" +"The SMS will not be delivered to that kind of number, so you won’t be " +"charged." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:123 +msgid "" +"**Can I identify the numbers that do not exist when I send several SMSs?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:125 +msgid "Only the ones that have an invalid format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:128 +msgid "**How does the GDPR regulation affect this service?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Please find our `Privacy Policy here <https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#sms>`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:132 +msgid "**Can I use my own SMS provider?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:134 +msgid "" +"Yes, but it is not possible out of the box. Our experts can help you " +"customize your database to make it happen. Please, check our success packs " +"`here <https://www.odoo.com/pricing-packs>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey.rst:3 +msgid "Survey" +msgstr "Umfrage" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Übersicht" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:3 +msgid "Get Started with Surveys" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Surveys can be used for a range of purposes that can go from collecting " +"customer feedback, evaluate the success of an event, measure how pleased " +"customers are with your products/services, gauge whether employees are happy" +" and satisfied with their work environment, and even to find out what your " +"market is thinking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:11 +msgid "Get started" +msgstr "Beginnen" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:13 +msgid "" +"When creating your survey, choose a *Title* and *Category*. The *Category* " +"field is used to know in which context the survey is being conducted, as " +"different applications might use it for different purposes such as " +"recruitment, certification, or employee appraisal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:22 +msgid "Tab: Questions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:24 +msgid "Add sections and questions by clicking on the respective links." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:27 +msgid "" +"On the *Sections and Questions* form, once the question type is chosen and " +"the answer added, under the tab *Options*, enable *Mandatory Answer*, and " +"set an *Error message* to be shown when the user tries to submit the survey " +"without answering the respective question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Depending on the *Question Type*, the tab *Options* aggregates extra and " +"different possibilities. Examples:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:31 +msgid "" +"*Single Line Text Box* - can choose a minimum and maximum text length " +"(number of characters - spaces do not count), and its error message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:33 +msgid "" +"*Multiple choice: multiple answers allowed*: choose between radio buttons or" +" a dropdown menu list, and if you would like to have a comment field. If the" +" user select an answer and type a comment, the values are separately " +"recorded. Or, enable the comment field to be displayed as an answer choice, " +"with which a text type field is displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:37 +msgid "" +"*Matrix Type*: choose if you would like to have one or multiple choices per " +"row." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:44 +msgid "Tab: Description" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Write a *Description* to be displayed under the title of the survey's " +"homepage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:53 +msgid "Click on *Edit* to personalize your pages with the website builder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:56 +msgid "Tab: Options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Under the tab *Options*, choose the *Layout* of your questions. If choosing " +"*One page per section* or *One page per question*, an option *Back Button* " +"becomes available, which allows the user to go back pages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:67 +msgid "Test and share the survey" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Once your Survey is ready, *Test* it to avoid *Sharing* it with potential " +"errors. As answers get collected, click on *Answers* to access all the " +"details of the respondent and his answers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:72 +msgid "" +"By default, a filter *Except Test Entries* is applied to keep the list of " +"entries clean with only real participants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Another way to access detailed answers is by going to " +":menuselection:`Participations --> Participations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:80 +msgid "Click on *See results* to be redirected to an analytical page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:34 +msgid ":doc:`scoring`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/scoring.rst:35 +msgid ":doc:`time_random`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/scoring.rst:3 +msgid "Scoring Surveys" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/scoring.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To measure your respondent’s performance, knowledge of a subject, or overall" +" satisfaction, attach points to the answers of specific questions. The " +"points are summed up to give your respondent a final score." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/scoring.rst:9 +msgid "" +"On your survey’s form, click on *Add a question* and, under the tab " +"*Options*, choose between *Scoring with answers at the end* or *Scoring " +"without answers at the end*. Now, on your question’s form, set the right " +"answer and score." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/scoring.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Set the percentage score the user needs to achieve to have successfully " +"taken the survey. If enabling *Certificate*, choose its template. The " +"certification is automatically sent by email to the users who successfully " +"finish it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/scoring.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Enable *Login required* to be able to *Give Badges*. Badges are related to " +"the eLearning section of your website. Besides the logged-in user, visitors " +"of the website that access the page *Courses* can also see the granted " +"badges." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:3 +msgid "Time and Randomize Questions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:6 +msgid "Time Limit" +msgstr "Zeitlimit" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:10 +msgid "" +"On timed surveys, respondents need to complete the survey within a certain " +"period of time. It can be used to ensure that all respondents get the same " +"amount of time to find the answers, or to decrease the chance of having them" +" looking at external resources." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:11 +msgid "Set the *Time limit* under the tab *Options*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:17 +msgid "" +"A timer is shown on the pages so the user can keep track of the remaining " +"time. Surveys not \\ submitted by the *Time limit* do not have their answers" +" saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:21 +msgid "Selection" +msgstr "Auswahl" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:25 +msgid "" +"When you randomize a survey, you allow for the questions to be shuffled in a" +" random order every time someone opens the questionnaire. This can be useful" +" to avoid having respondents looking at each others' answers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To do so, under the tab *Options*, enable *Randomized per section*. Now, " +"under the tab *Questions*, set how many of the questions in that section " +"should be taken into account during the shuffling." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po deleted file mode 100644 index eb707a679..000000000 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,371 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" -"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: de\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../marketing_automation.rst:5 -msgid "Marketing Automation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:3 -msgid "Understanding Metrics" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:4 -msgid "" -"Metrics are values that help you measure progress and can be a powerful way " -"of linking your employees to goals." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:9 -msgid "" -"When you create a workflow in Odoo, its visual content already shows metrics" -" in a graph form and in numbers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:10 -msgid "Let’s consider the example below:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:19 -msgid "" -"The *Target* - business object - is *Lead/Opportunity* and was narrowed down" -" to the ones whose *Tag Name* contain the description “Product”, and have an" -" email address set." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:20 -msgid "A total number of 20 records match the criteria." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Out of those 20 records, 25 have become participants, in other words, they " -"have matched the criteria." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Every time the system runs, updating numbers and triggering actions, it will" -" look at the *Target* model and check if new records have been added or " -"modified, keeping the flow up-to-date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:41 -msgid "" -"The filter here is applied to *all* activities. Leads that lose the tag in " -"the meantime will be excluded from later activities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:45 -msgid "" -"*Records* is a real-time number, therefore while the workflow is running, " -"changes in opportunity records can be made - delete, add, adjustment - " -"updating the number of records, but not changing the number of participants," -" as the metric *will not* exclude opportunities that have been set as " -"participants before. It will just add new ones. For this reason, the number " -"of *Records* can be different from the number of *Participants*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 -msgid "" -"You can also have filters applied to activities individually, under " -"*Domain*. A useful feature to specify an individual filter that will only be" -" performed if the records satisfied both filters, the activity and its " -"domain one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Example: for an activity sending an SMS, you could make sure a phone number " -"is set to avoid triggering a SMS that would never be sent and crash." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:64 -msgid "" -"*Success* is the number of times the searching for participants - that match" -" the filter(s) of that activity - was performed successfully in relation to " -"the total number of participants." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:65 -msgid "" -"If a participant does not match the conditions, it will be added to " -"*Rejected*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Hovering over the graph, you can see the number of successful and rejected " -"participants, per day, for the last 15 days." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:75 -msgid "" -"Every time a new record is added to the *Target* model, it will be " -"automatically added to the workflow, and, it will start the workflow from " -"the beginning (parent action)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:79 -msgid ":doc:`../overview/automate_actions`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:80 -msgid ":doc:`../overview/segment`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:81 -msgid ":doc:`../overview/test`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:3 -msgid "Automate Actions and Create a Workflow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:4 -msgid "" -"Automated workflows are a sign that you are building intelligent, data-" -"driven, multifaceted campaigns to enable the delivery of the right message, " -"to the right prospects, at the right time. It also speeds up processes and " -"creates a seamless experience for employees." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:9 -msgid "Segment and create a campaign" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:10 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Campaigns --> Create`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:12 -msgid "" -"In the example below, the *Marketing Automation* application is fully " -"integrated with *Contacts*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:14 -msgid "" -"But it can also be integrated with other apps like CRM, as long as they are " -"installed in your database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Depending on the criteria, the *target model updates itself* while the " -"campaign is running. That means that every new record that meets the " -"criteria will be added to the workflow." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Example: a campaign starts for leads that have no salesman assigned. If at " -"some point, those leads get to have a salesman assigned to it, the campaign " -"will stop running." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:29 -msgid "Create a parent activity and start to build a workflow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:30 -msgid "Click on *Add new activity*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:37 -msgid "" -"*Trigger* is the field to set for the activity to start to de deployed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Adopt an *Expiry Duration* if you would like to stop actions from being " -"executed after a certain amount of time and in subsequence to the trigger." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Under *Domain* you can narrow down your target, even more, applying filters " -"for this specific activity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:47 -msgid "Add Child Activities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:48 -msgid "" -"A *child activity* is an action that will take place based on a condition." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:50 -msgid "" -"You can either create or add a child activity if on the previous one: the " -"email was opened or not, the email was replied or not, the link was clicked " -"or not, the email bounced back." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:59 -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:53 -msgid ":doc:`segment`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:3 -msgid "Segment the Database with Filters" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:4 -msgid "Filters let you reach a granular level of detail in your records." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:7 -msgid "How to work with filters" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:8 -msgid "" -"When working with filters, you will see that some of the rules have an arrow" -" button next to it, informing you that the parameter has more variables " -"within it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:18 -msgid "" -"More than one parameter line - *node* (+) - can be added under what is " -"called a *branch* (...)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:19 -msgid "To exclude a *node* or a *branch*, click on *Delete node* (x)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Every time a new branch is created, you can choose if you would like the " -"records to match *all* criteria of the upcoming rules, or *any*, meaning one" -" rule or the other." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:32 -msgid "Use cases" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:34 -msgid "" -"**Scenario**: narrow the target down to new opportunities in the pipeline." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:39 -msgid "**Scenario**: narrow the target down to suppliers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:44 -msgid "" -"**Scenario**: narrow the leads down to the ones that contain a certain tag " -"name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:49 -msgid "" -"**Scenario**: narrow the target down to the attendees of a specific event " -"that purchase a specific category of ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:55 -msgid "**Scenario**: narrow the target down to the employees who have kids." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:60 -msgid "" -"**Scenario**: narrow the target down to records with a helpdesk ticket " -"solved." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:66 -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:52 -msgid ":doc:`automate_actions`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:3 -msgid "Launch a Test and Start a Campaign" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:4 -msgid "" -"Before starting a campaign, launching a test allows you to run the workflow " -"on a test contact and view the sequence of events in action, avoiding " -"mistakes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:8 -msgid "Launch a test" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:9 -msgid "Click on *Launch a test*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Once you have selected the test contact, *Run* the parent activity and the " -"subsequent ones as needed. *Run* and *Stop* activities individually. To stop" -" the whole workflow click on *Stop*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Launching a test does not add data to your metrics with the purpose of not " -"introducing wrong inputs to reports." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:27 -msgid "Start and stop a workflow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Click on *Start* to run the workflow, and on *Stop* to interrupt it. The " -"interruption and new start can happen at any moment. The current status will" -" be shown on the status bar." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:38 -msgid "Participants and their specific workflow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:39 -msgid "" -"*Participants* are all the records that have ever been involved in the " -"campaign." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:47 -msgid "" -"If you click on *Participants* and open a record, you will find the specific" -" activities the record went/are/will go through, as well as when the " -"workflow was triggered to him. If you wish to cancel an activity click on " -"*Cancel*." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po deleted file mode 100644 index bf553cdda..000000000 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,38 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" -"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: de\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:5 -msgid "Mobile" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:8 -msgid "Push Notifications" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:10 -msgid "" -"As of Odoo 12.0, 13.0 or above, there is no more complex configuration to " -"enable push notifications in the mobile app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Simply go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Odoo Cloud " -"Notification (OCN)` and make sure that **Push Notifications** is checked." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/planning.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/planning.po deleted file mode 100644 index 8ee768b15..000000000 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/planning.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,152 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" -"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: de\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../planning.rst:5 -msgid "Planning" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:3 -msgid "Create a Schedule and Make Encoding Easier" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Organize regular schedules or forecast projects in a long term basis. Create" -" shifts to manage your tasks, assign employees, and stay organized at a high" -" level." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:9 -msgid "Organize your team by roles" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Roles --> Create`. Optionally, go to" -" the *Employees* application, select the respective employee, and under " -"*Work Information* select the *Default Planning Role*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:20 -msgid "Make shifts recurrent" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:22 -msgid "" -"While creating a shift, select *Repeat* and configure as needed, saving you " -"from the need of re-planning it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Repeated shifts are generated for the next six months. A modification is " -"possible in :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, " -"from *Settings*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:38 -msgid "To duplicate a shift in the Gantt view, press CTRL + drag and drop." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:41 -msgid "Save shifts as templates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:43 -msgid "" -"If creating a shift on the fly and know you might use that template in the " -"future, click on *Save as a Template*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:51 -msgid "" -"To create a template in advance, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Shifts Templates --> Create`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:55 -msgid "Duplicate a planning from the previous week" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:57 -msgid "" -"When in the Gantt view, either under *Schedule by Employee, Role or " -"Project*, instead of re-planning shifts that have been planned before, " -"simply click on *Copy Previous Week*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:65 -msgid "" -"The integration with the *Time off* and *Employee* applications, show you " -"grayed cells to the days when the employee does not work and is on vacation " -"time, for example." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:3 -msgid "Send Planned Shifts and Give Employees Autonomy Over Shifts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:5 -msgid "" -"If you are not on top of your tasks and shifts you might fall behind, losing" -" productivity. Allowing your employees to have a say over shifts helps you " -"to be on top of your workload, and gives them flexibility." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:10 -msgid "Publish and send the planned week by email" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Once you have your shifts planned, click on *Send Schedule*. Select *Include" -" Open shift* if you would like the *Unassigned* shifts to be seen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Choose if you just want to *Publish* or *Publish and Send*. If you *Publish " -"and Send*, employees get an email that redirects them to their planned " -"tasks:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Employees will not be able to see shifts until they have been published." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:29 -msgid "Let employees unassign themselves from shifts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Go to *Configuration* and enable *Allow Unassignment*. From now on, when an " -"employee opens his tasks, he can indicate his unavailability clicking on *I " -"am unavailable*. The shift will be opened again, allowing someone else to " -"take it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:44 -msgid "Employees have portal access; users have access to the database." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po deleted file mode 100644 index 5000b865c..000000000 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1624 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" -"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: de\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../point_of_sale.rst:5 -msgid "Point of Sale" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features.rst:3 -msgid "Pricing Features" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:3 -msgid "Using discount tags with a barcode scanner" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:5 -msgid "" -"If you want to sell your products with a discount, for a product getting " -"close to its expiration date for example, you can use discount tags. They " -"allow you to scan discount barcodes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:10 -msgid "To use discount tags you will need to use a barcode scanner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:13 -msgid "Barcode Nomenclature" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:15 -msgid "To use discounts tags, we need to learn about barcode nomenclature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Let's say you want to have a discount for the product with the following " -"barcode:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:23 -msgid "" -"You can find the *Default Nomenclature* under the settings of your PoS " -"interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Let's say you want 50% discount on a product you have to start your barcode " -"with 22 (for the discount barcode nomenclature) and then 50 (for the %) " -"before adding the product barcode. In our example, the barcode would be:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:41 -msgid "Scan the products & tags" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:43 -msgid "You first have to scan the desired product (in our case, a lemon)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:48 -msgid "" -"And then scan the discount tag. The discount will be applied and you can " -"finish the transaction." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:3 -msgid "Apply Discounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:5 -msgid "" -"By offering discounts, you can entice your customers and drastically " -"increase your revenue. It is vital to offer discounts, whether they are " -"time-limited, seasonal or manually given." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:9 -msgid "" -"To manage discounts, Odoo has powerful features that help set up a pricing " -"strategy tailored to every business." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:13 -msgid "Apply manual discounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:15 -msgid "" -"If you seldom use discounts, applying manual ones might be the easiest " -"solution for your Point of Sale." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:18 -msgid "" -"You can either apply a discount on the whole order or on specific products " -"inside an order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:22 -msgid "Apply a discount on a product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:24 -msgid "From your PoS session interface, use the *Disc* button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Then, you can input a discount over the product that is currently selected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:34 -msgid "Apply a global discount" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:36 -msgid "" -"To apply a discount on the whole order, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales" -" --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and select your PoS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Once on your PoS form, select *Global Discounts*, under the *Pricing* " -"category." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:45 -msgid "Now, you have a new *Discount* button appearing on your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:51 -msgid "Click on it and enter the wanted discount." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:58 -msgid "" -"On this example, there is a global discount of 50% as well as a specific 50%" -" discount on oranges." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:62 -msgid "Apply time-limited discounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:64 -msgid "" -"To activate time-limited discounts, you must activate the *Pricelists* " -"feature. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Configuration " -"--> Point of Sale` and open your PoS. Then, enable the pricelist feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Once activated, you must choose the pricelists you want to make available in" -" the PoS and define a default one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:77 -msgid "Create a pricelist" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:79 -msgid "" -"By default, Odoo has a *Public Pricelist* configured. To create more, go to " -":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Products --> Pricelists`. Then click on " -"create." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:83 -msgid "" -"When creating a pricelist, you can set several criteria to use a specific " -"price: period, min. quantity, etc. You can also decide to apply that " -"pricelist on specific products or on the whole range." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:92 -msgid "Using a pricelist with the PoS interface" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:94 -msgid "" -"On the PoS interface, a new button appears. Use it to select a pricelist." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:101 -msgid "" -"Click on it to instantly update the prices with the selected pricelist. " -"Then, you can finalize the order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:3 -msgid "Manage a loyalty program" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Encourage your customers to continue to shop at your point of sale with a " -"*Loyalty Program*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:9 -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:14 -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:12 -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:15 -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:13 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:14 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:10 -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:9 -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:20 -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:8 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:11 -msgid "" -"To activate the *Loyalty Program* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " -"Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface. " -"Under the Pricing features, select *Loyalty Program*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:19 -msgid "From there you can create and edit your loyalty programs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:24 -msgid "" -"You can decide what type of program you wish to use, if the reward is a " -"discount or a gift, make it specific to some products or cover your whole " -"range. Apply rules so that it is only valid in specific situation and " -"everything in between." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:30 -msgid "Use the loyalty program in your PoS interface" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:32 -msgid "" -"When a customer is set, you will now see the points they will get for the " -"transaction and they will accumulate until they are spent. They are spent " -"using the button *Rewards* when they have enough points according to the " -"rules defined in the loyalty program." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:40 -msgid "" -"You can see the price is instantly updated to reflect the pricelist. You can" -" finalize the order in your usual way." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:44 -msgid "" -"If you select a customer with a default pricelist, it will be applied. You " -"can of course change it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:3 -msgid "Using Pricelists in Point of Sale" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:5 -msgid "" -"You probably know the concept of happy hour: during a certain period of " -"time, the barman gives a discount on some drinks (usually 50% off or a buy " -"one get one free). When the period is over, prices go back to normal. But " -"how does that relate with Odoo?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:10 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, you can set up happy hours. It’s one of the many possible uses of " -"*Pricelists*. Those *Pricelists* allow the creation of multiple prices for " -"the same product: a regular one and a special one for happy hours. Available" -" in the *PoS* app, those are really convenient." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:17 -msgid "Set up Pricelists" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:19 -msgid "" -"To set up a *Pricelist*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " -"Configuration --> Configuration` and enable the *Pricelist* feature. Then, " -"go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and" -" enable *Pricelist* for the *PoS*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Now, you can create *Pricelists* by clicking on the *Pricelists* link. Then," -" set it up by choosing the product category you want to include in your " -"happy hour and the discount." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Go back to your *PoS* settings and add the Happy Hour pricelist to the list." -" You can even choose a default pricelist if needed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:39 -msgid "" -"From now on, on the *PoS* interface, a new button is available, allowing you" -" to choose among the different *pricelists* you added before." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:46 -msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm.rst:3 -msgid "Fiscal Data Modules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:3 -msgid "Setting up the Fiscal Data Module with the Odoo POS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:6 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The Belgian government requires certain businesses to use a government-" -"certified device called a **Fiscal Data Module** (also known as a " -"**blackbox**). This device works together with the POS application and logs " -"certain transactions. On top of that, the used POS application must also be " -"certified by the government and must adhere to strict standards specified by" -" them. `Odoo 9 (Enterprise Edition) is a certified application " -"<http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/systemes-certifies>`_. More " -"information concerning the Fiscal Data Module can be found on `the official " -"website <http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:20 -msgid "Required hardware" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:22 -msgid "" -"A government certified `Fiscal Data Module " -"<http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/systemes-" -"certifies#FDM%20certifiés>`_ per POS, all of them should work, but the " -"Cleancash SC-B is recommended, you will also need:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Serial null modem cable per FDM (`example <http://www.startech.com/Cables" -"/Serial-Parallel-PS-2/DB9-DB25/10-ft-Cross-Wired-Serial-Null-Modem-Cable-" -"DB9-FM~SCNM9FM>`__)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Serial-to-USB adapter per FDM (`example " -"<http://trendnet.com/products/proddetail.asp?prod=265_TU-S9>`__)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:32 -msgid "A registered IoT Box per POS configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:35 -msgid "Setup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:38 -msgid "IoT Box" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:40 -msgid "" -"In order to use a Fiscal Data Module, you will need a registered IoT Box. " -"These IoT Boxes are similar to the regular IoT Boxes we sell, but they are " -"registered with the Belgian government. This is required by law. Attempting " -"to use a Fiscal Data Module on a non-registered IoT Box will not work. You " -"can verify that the Fiscal Data Module is recognized by the IoT Box by going" -" to the *Hardware status page* via the IoT Box homepage." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:52 -msgid "Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:54 -msgid "" -"An Odoo POS app can be given certified POS capabilities by installing the " -"**Belgian Registered Cash Register** app (technical name: " -"``pos_blackbox_be``). Because of government restrictions imposed on us, this" -" installation cannot be undone. After this, you will have to ensure that " -"each POS configuration has a unique registered IoT Box associated with it " -"(:menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and " -"ensure Hardware Proxy / IoT Box and the serial number of your IoT Box is " -"set). The first time you open the Point of Sale and attempt to do a " -"transaction, you will be asked to input the PIN that you received with your " -"VAT signing card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:69 -msgid "Certification & On-premise" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:71 -msgid "" -"The certification granted by the government is restricted to the use on " -"odoo.com SaaS instance. The usage of the module from the source or a " -"modified version will **not** be certified. For on-premise users, we also " -"support the Fiscal Data Module in such installations. The main restriction " -"is that this requires an obfuscated version of the ``pos_blackbox_be`` " -"module we will provide on request for Enterprise customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:79 -msgid "Restrictions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:81 -msgid "" -"As mentioned before, in order to get certified the POS application must " -"adhere to strict government guidelines. Because of this, a certified Odoo " -"POS has some limitations not present in the non-certified Odoo POS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:86 -msgid "Refunding is disabled" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:87 -msgid "Modifying orderline prices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:88 -msgid "Creating/modifying/deleting POS orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:89 -msgid "Selling products without a valid tax" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:90 -msgid "Multiple Odoo POS configurations per IoT Box are not allowed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:91 -msgid "Using the POS without a connection to the IoT Box (and thus FDM)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:92 -msgid "Blacklisted modules: pos_discount, pos_reprint, pos_loyalty" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:3 -msgid "Getting started" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When working with a Point of Sale application, employees want a simple, and " -"user-friendly solution. A solution that works online or offline and with any" -" device." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:9 -msgid "" -"A Point of Sale system is a fully integrated application that allows any " -"transaction, automatically registers product moves in your stock, and gives " -"you real-time statistics and consolidations across all shops." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:17 -msgid "Make products available in the PoS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:19 -msgid "" -"To make products available for sale, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale -->" -" Products --> Products` and open a product. In the *Sales* tab, enable " -"*Available in Point of Sale*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:28 -msgid "You can also define if the product has to be weighted or not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:31 -msgid "Configure your payment methods" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:33 -msgid "" -"To add a payment method, you first need to create it. Go to " -":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment Methods` and " -"click on create. Then, you can name your payment method and set it up." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:43 -msgid "Don’t forget your credentials for methods using a payment terminal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Now, you can select the payment method in your PoS settings. To do so, go to" -" :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and open" -" the PoS in which you want to include the payment method. Then, add the " -"payment method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:55 -msgid "" -"*Configuration* is the menu where you can edit all your point of sale " -"settings. Some more features are available for restaurants." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:59 -msgid "Your first PoS session" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:62 -msgid "Your first order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:64 -msgid "Open a new session from the dashboard by clicking on *New Session*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:70 -msgid "After the loading screen, you arrive on the PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Once an order is completed, you can register the payment. All the available " -"payment methods appear on the left of the screen. Select the payment method " -"and enter the received amount. Then, you can validate the payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:82 -msgid "Return and refund products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:84 -msgid "" -"Having a well-thought-out return policy is key to keep customers satisfied " -"and make the process of accepting returns and refunds easy for you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:87 -msgid "" -"To do that, from the PoS interface, select the product and quantity (with " -"the +/- button) that the customer wants to return. For multiple products, " -"repeat the process individually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:94 -msgid "" -"When on the payment interface, the total is negative. To end the refund, " -"process the payment and validate it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:102 -msgid "Close the PoS session" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:104 -msgid "" -"To close your session at the end of the day, click on the close button on " -"the upper right corner of your screen and confirm. Now, close the session on" -" the dashboard view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:112 -msgid "" -"It’s strongly advised to close your PoS session at the end of each day." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:114 -msgid "" -"Once a session is closed, you can see a summary of all transactions per " -"payment method. Then, click on a line to see all orders that were paid " -"during your PoS session. If everything is correct, validate the session and " -"post the closing entries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:123 -msgid "" -"To connect the PoS hardware with an Odoo IoT Box, please refer to these " -"docs: :doc:`Connect an IoT Box to your database <../../iot/config/connect>` " -"and :doc:`Use the IoT Box for the PoS <../../iot/config/pos>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:129 -msgid "View your statistics" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:131 -msgid "" -"Keeping track of your sales is essential to get meaningful statistics. " -"That’s why Odoo provides analyzes about your sales." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:134 -msgid "" -"To access your statistics, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> " -"Reporting --> Orders`. There, you can see various statistics in graph or " -"pivot form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:142 -msgid "You can also access them through the dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:3 -msgid "Register customers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Registering your customers will give you the ability to grant them various " -"privileges such as discounts, loyalty program, specific communication. It " -"will also be required if they want an invoice and registering them will make" -" any future interaction with them faster." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:11 -msgid "Create a customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:13 -msgid "From your session interface, use the customer button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:18 -msgid "Create a new one by using this button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:23 -msgid "" -"You will be invited to fill out the customer form with their information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Use the save button when you are done. You can then select that customer in " -"any future transactions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment.rst:3 -msgid "Payment Terminals" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:3 -msgid "Connect an Ingenico Payment Terminal to your PoS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Connecting a payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid payment flow to " -"your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Please note that Ingenico is currently only available for customers in the " -"Benelux." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:15 -msgid "Connect an IoT Box" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Connecting an Ingenico Payment Terminal to Odoo is a feature that requires " -"an IoT Box. For more information on how to connect an IoT Box to your " -"database, please refer to the :doc:`IoT documentation " -"<../../iot/config/connect>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:22 -msgid "Configure the Lane/5000 for Ingenico BENELUX" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Click on the F button of the terminal, then go in the :menuselection:`PoS " -"Menu --> Settings` and enter the settings password." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Now, click on connexion change and TCP/IP. Type the IP of your *IoT Box* " -"(you can find it on the form view of your IoT Box). Then, enter 9000 as " -"port. The terminal will restart. Once it is done, go on your *IoT Box* form " -"in Odoo and verify that the terminal has been found." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:36 -msgid "Configure the payment method" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:38 -msgid "" -"First, go in the general settings of the POS app, and activate the Ingenico " -"setting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Go back in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of " -"Sale`, go in the payments section and access your payment methods. Create a " -"new payment method for Ingenico, select the payment terminal option " -"Ingenico, and select your payment terminal device." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:53 -msgid "Pay with a payment terminal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:55 -msgid "" -"In your *PoS interface*, when processing a payment, select a *Payment " -"Method* using a payment terminal. Check that the amount in the tendered " -"column is the one that has to be sent to the payment terminal and click on " -"*Send*. When the payment is successful, the status will change to *Payment " -"Successful*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:64 -msgid "" -"If you want to cancel the payment request, click on cancel. You can still " -"retry to send the payment request." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:67 -msgid "" -"If there is any issue with the payment terminal, you can still force the " -"payment using the *Force Done*. This will allow you to validate the order in" -" Odoo even if the connexion between the terminal and Odoo has issues." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:73 -msgid "" -"This option will only be available if you received an error message telling " -"you the connexion failed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Once your payment is processed, on the payment record, you’ll find the type " -"of card that has been used and the transaction ID." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:3 -msgid "Connect a SIX Payment Terminal to your PoS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Connecting a SIX payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid payment flow " -"to your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Even though Worldline has recently acquired SIX Payment Services and both " -"companies use Yomani payment terminals, the firmware they run is different. " -"Terminals received from Worldline are therefore not compatible with this " -"integration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:18 -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:16 -msgid "Configure the Payment Method" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:20 -msgid "" -"First, make sure that the POS Six module is installed. For this, go to " -"*Apps*, remove the \"Apps\" filter and search for \"POS Six\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Back in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment " -"Methods`, Create a new payment method for SIX, select the payment terminal " -"option \"SIX without IoT Box\", and enter your payment terminal IP address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:34 -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:40 -msgid "Pay with a Payment Terminal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:36 -msgid "" -"In your PoS interface, at the moment of the payment, select a payment method" -" using a payment terminal. Verify that the amount in the tendered column is " -"the one that has to be sent to the payment terminal and click on *Send*. If " -"you want to cancel the payment request, click on cancel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:44 -msgid "" -"When the payment is done, the status will change to *Payment Successful*. " -"You can always reverse the last transaction by clicking on *Reverse*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:51 -msgid "" -"If there is any issue with the payment terminal, you can still force the " -"payment using the *Force Done*. This will allow you to validate the order in" -" Odoo even if the connexion between the terminal and Odoo encounters issues." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:3 -msgid "Connect a Vantiv Payment Terminal to your PoS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Connecting a Vantiv payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid payment " -"flow to your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Please note MercuryPay only operates with US and Canadian banks, making this" -" procedure only suitable for North American businesses." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:18 -msgid "" -"First, go in the general settings of the POS app, and activate the Vantiv " -"setting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Back in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, " -"go in the payments section and access your payment methods. Create a new " -"payment method for Vantiv, select the payment terminal option Vantiv, and " -"create new Vantiv credentials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:32 -msgid "" -"To create new Vantiv credentials, fill in your merchant ID and password, " -"then save. Make sure the credentials you just created are selected, then " -"save the payment method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:42 -msgid "" -"In your PoS interface, at the moment of the payment, select your Vantiv " -"payment method and… that’s all." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:3 -msgid "Restaurant Features" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:3 -msgid "Print the Bill" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Use the *Bill Printing* feature to print the bill before the payment. This " -"is useful if the bill is still subject to evolve and is thus not the " -"definitive ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:10 -msgid "Configure Bill Printing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To activate *Bill Printing*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " -"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Bill Printing* option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:22 -msgid "Split a Bill" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:24 -msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Bill* button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:29 -msgid "When you use it, you can then print the bill." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:3 -msgid "Using fiscal positions in PoS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, *Fiscal Positions* let you apply different taxes based on the " -"customer location. In a *Point of Sale*, such as a restaurant, it can be " -"used to apply different taxes depending if the customer eats in or takes " -"away." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:11 -msgid "Set up fiscal positions for PoS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:13 -msgid "" -"To enable this feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " -"Configuration --> Point of Sale` and check *Fiscal Position per Order*. Now," -" you can choose the fiscal positions you want for your *PoS*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:21 -msgid "You need to create your fiscal positions before using this feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:24 -msgid "Using fiscal positions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Once on your *PoS* interface, click on the *Tax* button. Now, choose the " -"fiscal position you need for the current order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:33 -msgid "Set up a default fiscal position" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:35 -msgid "" -"If you want to use a default fiscal position, meaning that a preexisting " -"value is always automatically assigned, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale " -"--> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and enable *Fiscal Position*. Now, " -"choose one to set as the default one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Now, the *tax* button is replaced by a *on site* button when on the *PoS* " -"interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:3 -msgid "Print orders at the kitchen or bar" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:5 -msgid "" -"To ease the workflow between the front of house and the back of the house, " -"printing the orders taken on the PoS interface right in the kitchen or bar " -"can be a tremendous help." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:10 -msgid "Activate the bar/kitchen printer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To activate the *Order printing* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " -"Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Under the IoT Box / Hardware Proxy category, you will find *Order Printers*." -" Note that you need an IoT Box to connect your Printer to the PoS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:20 -msgid "Add a printer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:22 -msgid "" -"In your configuration menu you will now have a *Order Printers* option where" -" you can add the printer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:29 -msgid "Print a kitchen/bar order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:34 -msgid "Select or create a printer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:37 -msgid "Print the order in the kitchen/bar" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:39 -msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Order* button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:44 -msgid "" -"When you press it, it will print the order on your kitchen/bar printer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:3 -msgid "Manage your tables" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Restaurants have specific needs that shops don’t have. That’s why Odoo gives" -" restaurant owners several unique features to help them manage their " -"business in the best possible way." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Floor and table management, bill splitting, or even the possibility to print" -" orders from the kitchen, everything is there to help your business shine " -"and your employees to work efficiently." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:16 -msgid "" -"To activate the bar/restaurant features, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale" -" --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and open your PoS. Now, select *Is a " -"Bar/Restaurant*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:24 -msgid "" -"New features are shown with a fork and a knife next to it, indicating that " -"they are restaurant-specific." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:32 -msgid "Add a floor" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Once your *Point of Sale* has been configured, select *Table Management* " -"under :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`. " -"Then, click on *Floors* to create and name your floor and tables." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:47 -msgid "Don’t forget to link your floor to your point of sale." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:50 -msgid "Add tables" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:52 -msgid "" -"To add tables, you can also open your PoS interface to see your floor(s)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:59 -msgid "" -"Then, click on *Edit Mode* (pencil icon on the upper right corner) to be " -"allowed to create, move, modify tables, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:67 -msgid "" -"To make your table easier to be found, you can rename them, change their " -"shape, size or even color. It is also possible to add the maximum number of " -"sits the table can have." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:72 -msgid "Register your table(s) orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:74 -msgid "" -"To register an order, click on the respective table. By doing so, you are " -"taken to your main interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:82 -msgid "Transfer customer(s)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:84 -msgid "" -"If your customers want to move to another table after they already ordered, " -"use the transfer button. This way, the order is also moved to the new table." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:88 -msgid "To do so, select the table your customer is currently on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:94 -msgid "" -"Now, click on the transfer button and select the table to which you are " -"transferring your customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:103 -msgid "Register an additional order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:105 -msgid "" -"When registering an order, use the + button to simultaneously proceed to " -"another one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:108 -msgid "" -"Then, you can shift between your orders and process the payment when needed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:116 -msgid "The - button allows you to remove the order you are currently on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:3 -msgid "Offer a bill-splitting option" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Offering an easy bill splitting solution to your customers will leave them " -"with a positive experience. That's why this feature is available out-of-the-" -"box in the Odoo Point of Sale application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To activate the *Bill Splitting* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " -"Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find the Bill Splitting " -"option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:23 -msgid "Split a bill" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:25 -msgid "In your PoS interface, you now have a *Split* button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:30 -msgid "" -"When you use it, you will be able to select what that guest should had and " -"process the payment, repeating the process for each guest." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:3 -msgid "Integrate a tip option into payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:5 -msgid "" -"As it is customary to tip in many countries all over the world, it is " -"important to have the option in your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:9 -msgid "Configure Tipping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:11 -msgid "" -"To activate the *Tips* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " -"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Tips*. Select it and " -"create a *Tip Product* such as *Tips* in this case." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:21 -msgid "Add Tips to the bill" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:23 -msgid "Once on the payment interface, you now have a new *Tip* button" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:28 -msgid "Add the tip your customer wants to leave and process to the payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop.rst:3 -msgid "Shop Features" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:3 -msgid "Using barcodes in PoS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Using a barcode scanner to process point of sale orders improves your " -"efficiency and helps you to save time for you and your customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:11 -msgid "" -"To use a barcode scanner, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " -"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Under the IoT Box / Hardware category, you will find *Barcode Scanner* " -"select it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:21 -msgid "Add barcodes to product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Products` and select a " -"product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Under the general information tab, you can find a barcode field where you " -"can input any barcode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:33 -msgid "Scanning products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:35 -msgid "" -"From your PoS interface, scan any barcode with your barcode scanner. The " -"product will be added, you can scan the same product to add it multiple " -"times or change the quantity manually on the screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:3 -msgid "Set-up Cash Control in Point of Sale" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Cash control allows you to check the amount of the cashbox at the opening " -"and closing. You can thus make sure no error has been made and that no cash " -"is missing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:10 -msgid "Activate Cash Control" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To activate the *Cash Control* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales" -" --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:16 -msgid "Under the payments category, you will find the cash control setting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:21 -msgid "" -"In this example, you can see I want to have 275$ in various denomination at " -"the opening and closing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:24 -msgid "" -"When clicking on **Opening/Closing Values** you will be able to create those" -" values." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:31 -msgid "Start a session" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:33 -msgid "" -"You now have a new button added when you open a session, *Set opening " -"Balance*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:42 -msgid "" -"By default it will use the values you added before, but you can always " -"modify it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:46 -msgid "Close a session" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:48 -msgid "" -"When you want to close your session, you now have a *Set Closing Balance* " -"button as well." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:51 -msgid "" -"You can then see the theoretical balance, the real closing balance (what you" -" have just counted) and the difference between the two." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:57 -msgid "" -"If you use the *Take Money Out* option to take out your transactions for " -"this session, you now have a zero-sum difference and the same closing " -"balance as your opening balance. You cashbox is ready for the next session." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:3 -msgid "Cash Rounding" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:4 -msgid "" -"**Cash rounding** is required when the lowest physical denomination of " -"currency, or the smallest coin, is higher than the minimum unit of account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:8 -msgid "" -"For example, some countries require their companies to round up or down the " -"total amount of an invoice to the nearest five cents, when the payment is " -"made in cash." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Each point of sale in Odoo can be configured to apply cash rounding to the " -"totals of its bills or receipts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:16 -msgid "" -"This feature will soon be added to Odoo. We are currently working to make it" -" available for all supported versions as soon as possible." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings` and " -"enable *Cash Rounding*, then click on *Save*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, " -"open the point of sale you want to configure, and enable the *Cash Rounding*" -" option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:31 -msgid "" -"To define the **Rounding Method**, open the drop-down list and click on " -"*Create and Edit...*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Define here your *Rounding Precision*, *Profit Account*, and *Loss Account*," -" then save both the Rounding Method and your Point of Sale settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:41 -msgid "" -"All total amounts of this point of sale now add a line to apply the rounding" -" according to your settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Odoo Point of Sale only support the *Add a rounding line* rounding " -"strategies and *Half-up* rounding methods." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:3 -msgid "Invoice from the PoS interface" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Some of your customers might request an invoice when buying from your Point " -"of Sale, you can easily manage it directly from the PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:9 -msgid "Activate invoicing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and" -" select your Point of Sale:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Under the *Bills & Receipts* you will see the invoicing option, tick it. " -"Don't forget to choose in which journal the invoices should be created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:25 -msgid "Select a customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:27 -msgid "From your session interface, use the customer button" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:32 -msgid "" -"You can then either select an existing customer and set it as your customer " -"or create a new one by using this button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:38 -msgid "" -"You will be invited to fill out the customer form with its information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:41 -msgid "Invoice your customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:43 -msgid "" -"From the payment screen, you now have an invoice option, use the button to " -"select it and validate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:49 -msgid "You can then print the invoice and move on to your next order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:52 -msgid "Retrieve invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Once out of the PoS interface (:menuselection:`Close --> Confirm` on the top" -" right corner) you will find all your orders in :menuselection:`Point of " -"Sale --> Orders --> Orders` and under the status tab you will see which ones" -" have been invoiced. When clicking on a order you can then access the " -"invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:3 -msgid "Log in with employee" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:5 -msgid "" -"With Odoo *Point of Sale*, you can manage multiple cashiers. This feature " -"allows you to keep track of who is working, when and how much each cashier " -"made for that session." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:9 -msgid "" -"There are three ways to switch cashiers in Odoo: by *selecting the cashier*," -" by *entering a PIN code* or by *scanning a barcode*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:13 -msgid "" -"To manage multiple cashiers, you need several employees (at least two)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:16 -msgid "Set up log in with employees" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:18 -msgid "" -"To enable the feature, go to your *PoS settings* and check log in with " -"employees on your *PoS form*. Then, add the employees that have access to " -"the cash register." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:25 -msgid "Now, you can switch cashier easily." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:28 -msgid "Switch without pin codes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:30 -msgid "" -"The easiest way to switch cashiers is without a code. To do so, click on the" -" cashier name in your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:36 -msgid "Now, you just have to click on your name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:42 -msgid "Switch cashier with pin codes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:44 -msgid "" -"You can set a pin code on each cashier. To set up a pin code, go to the " -"employee form and add a security PIN, in the *HR settings tab*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:50 -msgid "Now, when switching cashier, a PIN password will be asked." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:56 -msgid "Switch cashier with barcodes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:58 -msgid "" -"You can ask your employees to log themselves with their badges. To do so, " -"set up a barcode at the same place you add the PIN code. Print the badge and" -" when they will scan it, the cashier will be switched to that employee." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:67 -msgid "Find who was the cashier" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Once you have closed your *PoS session*, you can have an overview of the " -"amount each cashier sold for. To do so, go to the orders menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:75 -msgid "Now, you can open the order and have a summary of the sold products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:3 -msgid "Reprint Receipts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Use the *Reprint receipt* feature if you have the need to reprint a ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:10 -msgid "" -"To activate *Reprint Receipt*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " -"Configuration --> Point of sale`. and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Reprint Receipt* option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:17 -msgid "" -"In order to allow the option reprint receipt, you need to activate the " -"receipt printer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:23 -msgid "Reprint a receipt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:25 -msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Reprint receipt* button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:30 -msgid "When you use it, you can then reprint your last receipt." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po deleted file mode 100644 index 94cb2baa5..000000000 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,185 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" -"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: de\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:6 ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:9 -msgid "My Odoo Portal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:11 -msgid "" -"In this section of the portal, you will find all the communications between " -"you and Odoo: documents such as quotations, sales orders, invoices and " -"subscriptions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:15 -msgid "" -"To access this section, you have to log with your username and password to " -"`Odoo <https://www.odoo.com/my/home>`_. If you are already logged in, just " -"click on your name on the top-right corner and select \"My Account\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:23 -msgid "Quotations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Here you will find all the quotations sent to you by Odoo. For example, a " -"quotation can be generated for you after adding an application or a user to " -"your database or if your contract has to be renewed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:32 -msgid "" -"The *Valid Until* column shows the date through which the quotation is " -"valid; after that date, the quotation will be \"Expired\". By clicking on " -"the quotation, you will see all the details of the offer, such as the " -"pricing and other useful information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:39 -msgid "" -"If you want to accept the quotation, just click \"Accept & Pay,\" and the " -"quote will get confirmed. If you don't want to accept it, or you need to ask" -" for some modifications, click on \"Ask Changes Reject.\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:44 -msgid "Sales Orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:46 -msgid "" -"All your purchases within Odoo (Upsells, Themes, Applications, etc.) will be" -" registered under this section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:52 -msgid "" -"By clicking on the sale order, you can review the details of the products " -"purchased and process the payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:56 -msgid "Invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:58 -msgid "" -"All the invoices of your subscriptions and/or sales orders will be shown in " -"this section. The tag before the Amount Due will indicate if the invoice has" -" been paid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Just click on the invoice if you wish to see more information, pay the " -"invoice, or download a PDF version of the document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:69 -msgid "Tickets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:71 -msgid "" -"When you submit a ticket through `Odoo Support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`," -" a ticket will be created. Here you can find all the tickets that you have " -"opened, the conversations between you and our Agents, and the statuses and " -"IDs (# Ref) of the tickets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:79 -msgid "Subscriptions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:81 -msgid "" -"You can access your subscriptions with Odoo from this section. The first " -"page shows you the subscriptions that you have and their status." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:87 -msgid "" -"By clicking on the subscription you will access all the details regarding " -"your plan: the number of applications purchased, the billing information, " -"and the payment method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:91 -msgid "" -"To change the payment method, click on \"Change Payment Method\" and enter " -"the new credit card details." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:97 -msgid "" -"If you want to remove the credit cards that are saved, you can do so by " -"clicking on \"Manage your payment methods\" at the bottom of the page. Click" -" \"Delete\" to delete the payment method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:105 -msgid "" -"At the date of the next invoice, if there is no payment information provided" -" or if your credit card has expired, the status of your subscription will " -"change to \"To Renew\". You will then have 7 days to provide a valid method " -"of payment. After this delay, the subscription will be closed, and you will " -"no longer be able to access the database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:111 -msgid "Success Packs" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:112 -msgid "" -"With a Success Pack/Partner Success Pack, you are assigned an expert to " -"provide unique personalized assistance to help you customize your solution " -"and optimize your workflows as part of your initial implementation. These " -"hours never expire, allowing you to utilize them whenever you need support." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:118 -msgid "" -"If you need information about how to manage your database see " -":ref:`db_online`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:121 -msgid "Delete your Odoo.com account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:123 -msgid "" -"In order to delete your Odoo.com account, you have to reach out to our " -"`Support Services <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:126 -msgid "If you want to delete one of your databases, see :ref:`db_online`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:129 -msgid "" -"If you wish instead to formally request the deletion of all the information " -"connected to your email address as per the European Union General Data " -"Protection Regulation (GDPR), please send an email to privacy@odoo.com." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po deleted file mode 100644 index a4b416f84..000000000 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,22 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" -"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: de\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../practical.rst:3 -msgid "Practical Information" -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f7c7148b6 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po @@ -0,0 +1,2573 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2021 +# Rudolf Schnapka <rs@techno-flex.de>, 2021 +# Chris Egal <sodaswed@web.de>, 2021 +# philku79 <philip.kuss@gmx.de>, 2021 +# e2f <projects@e2f.com>, 2021 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-18 07:12+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-05-18 05:18+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: e2f <projects@e2f.com>, 2021\n" +"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: de\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity.rst:3 +msgid "Productivity" +msgstr "Produktivität" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss.rst:4 +msgid "Discuss" +msgstr "Diskussion" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced" +msgstr "Fortgeschritten" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:3 +msgid "How to Use my Mail Server to Send and Receive Emails in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:6 +msgid "If you are a user of Odoo Online or Odoo.sh..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:8 +msgid "" +"You have nothing to do! **Odoo sets up its own mail servers for your " +"database.** Outgoing and incoming emails work out-of-the-box!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Unless you plan to send large batches of mass mailing that could require the" +" use of an external mail server, simply enjoy your new Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:16 +msgid "Scope of this documentation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:18 +msgid "" +"This document is **mainly dedicated to Odoo on-premise users** who don't " +"benefit from an out-of-the-box solution to send and receive emails in Odoo, " +"unlike `Odoo Online <https://www.odoo.com/trial>`__ & `Odoo.sh " +"<https://www.odoo.sh>`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:25 +msgid "" +"If no one in your company is used to manage email servers, we strongly " +"recommend that you opt for those Odoo hosting solutions. Their email system " +"works instantly and is monitored by professionals. Nevertheless you can " +"still use your own email servers if you want to manage your email server's " +"reputation yourself." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:31 +msgid "" +"You will find here below some useful information on how to integrate your " +"own email solution with Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Office 365 email servers don't easily allow to send external emails from " +"hosts like Odoo. Refer to `Microsoft's documentation " +"<https://support.office.com/en-us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-" +"device-or-application-to-send-email-using-" +"Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ to make it work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:39 +msgid "How to manage outbound messages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:40 +msgid "" +"As a system admin, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and " +"check *External Email Servers*. Then, click *Outgoing Mail Servers* to " +"create one and reference the SMTP data of your email server. Once all the " +"information has been filled out, click on *Test Connection*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:45 +msgid "Here is a typical configuration for a G Suite server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:50 +msgid "Then set your email domain name in the General Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:53 +msgid "" +"If you get a ``[AUTHENTICATIONFAILED] Invalid credentials (Failure)`` " +"warning when you *Test Connection* on a Gmail address, activate the *Less " +"secure app access* option. A direct link can be `accessed here " +"<https://myaccount.google.com/lesssecureapps?pli=1>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:57 +msgid "In addition to that, enable the IMAP setting on your Gmail account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:61 +msgid "Can I use an Office 365 server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:62 +msgid "" +"You can use an Office 365 server if you run Odoo on-premise. Office 365 SMTP" +" relays are not compatible with Odoo Online." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Please refer to `Microsoft's documentation <https://support.office.com/en-" +"us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-device-or-application-to-send-" +"email-using-Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ to configure" +" a SMTP relay for your Odoo's IP address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:69 +msgid "How to use a G Suite server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:70 +msgid "" +"You can use an G Suite server for any Odoo hosting type. To do so you need " +"to setup the SMTP relay service. The configuration steps are explained in " +"`Google documentation " +"<https://support.google.com/a/answer/2956491?hl=en>`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:77 +msgid "Be SPF-compliant" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:78 +msgid "" +"In case you use SPF (Sender Policy Framework) to increase the deliverability" +" of your outgoing emails, don't forget to authorize Odoo as a sending host " +"in your domain name settings. Here is the configuration for Odoo Online:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:82 +msgid "" +"If no TXT record is set for SPF, create one with following definition: " +"v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com ~all" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:84 +msgid "" +"In case a SPF TXT record is already set, add \"include:_spf.odoo.com\". e.g." +" for a domain name that sends emails via Odoo Online and via G Suite it " +"could be: v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com include:_spf.google.com ~all" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Find `here <https://www.mail-tester.com/spf/>`__ the exact procedure to " +"create or modify TXT records in your own domain registrar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Your new SPF record can take up to 48 hours to go into effect, but this " +"usually happens more quickly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Adding more than one SPF record for a domain can cause problems with mail " +"delivery and spam classification. Instead, we recommend using only one SPF " +"record by modifying it to authorize Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:99 +msgid "Allow DKIM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:100 +msgid "" +"You should do the same thing if DKIM (Domain Keys Identified Mail) is " +"enabled on your email server. In the case of Odoo Online & Odoo.sh, you " +"should add a DNS \"odoo._domainkey\" CNAME record to " +"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\". For example, for \"foo.com\" they should have " +"a record \"odoo._domainkey.foo.com\" that is a CNAME with the value " +"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:108 +msgid "Restriction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:109 +msgid "" +"Please note that the port 25 is blocked for security reasons. Try using 587," +" 465 or 2525." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:114 +msgid "How to manage inbound messages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:116 +msgid "Odoo relies on generic email aliases to fetch incoming messages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:118 +msgid "" +"**Reply messages** of messages sent from Odoo are routed to their original " +"discussion thread (and to the inbox of all its followers) by the catchall " +"alias (**catchall@**)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:122 +msgid "" +"**Bounced messages** are routed to **bounce@** in order to track them in " +"Odoo. This is especially used in `Odoo Email Marketing " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/email-marketing>`__ to opt-out invalid " +"recipients." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:126 +msgid "" +"**Original messages**: Several business objects have their own alias to " +"create new records in Odoo from incoming emails:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Sales Channel (to create Leads or Opportunities in `Odoo CRM " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/crm>`__)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Support Channel (to create Tickets in `Odoo Helpdesk " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/helpdesk>`__)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:133 +msgid "" +"Projects (to create new Tasks in `Odoo Project <https://www.odoo.com/page" +"/project-management>`__)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Job Positions (to create Applicants in `Odoo Recruitment " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/recruitment>`__)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:137 +msgid "etc." +msgstr "usw." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Depending on your mail server, there might be several methods to fetch " +"emails. The easiest and most recommended method is to manage one email " +"address per Odoo alias in your mail server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Create the corresponding email addresses in your mail server (catchall@, " +"bounce@, sales@, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:145 +msgid "Set your domain name in the General Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:150 +msgid "" +"If you use Odoo on-premise, create an *Incoming Mail Server* in Odoo for " +"each alias. You can do it from the General Settings as well. Fill out the " +"form according to your email provider’s settings. Leave the *Actions to " +"Perform on Incoming Mails* blank. Once all the information has been filled " +"out, click on *TEST & CONFIRM*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:159 +msgid "" +"If you use Odoo Online or Odoo.sh, We do recommend to redirect incoming " +"messages to Odoo's domain name rather than exclusively use your own email " +"server. That way you will receive incoming messages without delay. Indeed, " +"Odoo Online is fetching incoming messages of external servers once per hour " +"only. You should set redirections for all the email addresses to Odoo's " +"domain name in your email server (e.g. *catchall@mydomain.ext* to " +"*catchall@mycompany.odoo.com*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:169 +msgid "All the aliases are customizable in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:167 +msgid "" +"Object aliases can be edited from their respective configuration view. To " +"edit catchall and bounce aliases, you first need to activate the " +":doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:171 +msgid "" +"Then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System " +"Parameters` to customize the aliases (*mail.catchall.alias* & * " +"mail.bounce.alias*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:177 +msgid "" +"By default inbound messages are fetched every 5 minutes in Odoo on-premise. " +"You can change this value in :doc:`Developer mode " +"</applications/general/developer_mode>`. Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions` and look for *Mail: " +"Fetchmail Service*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:186 +msgid "Set up different dedicated servers for transactional and mass mails" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:188 +msgid "" +"Odoo's e-mail server has the capability of sending 200 e-mails per day on " +"Odoo SH Cloud Platform. However, if needed, you can use a separate Mail " +"Transfer Agent (MTA) servers for transactional e-mails and mass mailings. " +"Example: use Odoo's own mail server for transactional e-mails, and Sendgrid," +" Amazon SES, or Mailgun for mass mailings. Another alternative is to use " +"Postmark for transactional e-mails, and Amazon SES or Sendgrid for mass " +"mailings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:196 +msgid "" +"A default outgoing email server is already configured. You should not create" +" an alternative one unless you want to use a specific external outgoing " +"email server for technical reasons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:199 +msgid "" +"To do this, you should first enable the :doc:`Developer mode " +"</applications/general/developer_mode>` and then go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Outgoing` e-mail servers. There " +"you have to create two e-mail MTA server settings. One for transactional " +"e-mails and one for mass mail servers. Be sure to mark the priority of " +"transactional e-mail servers as low as the mass email servers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Now, go to :menuselection:`Email Marketing --> Settings` and enable " +"*Dedicated Server*. With these settings, Odoo uses the server with the lower" +" priority for transactional emails, and the server here selected for mass " +"mails. Note that in this case, you have to set your domain's Sender Policy " +"Framework (SPF) records to include both transactional and mass mail servers." +" If your server resides with xxxx.odoo.com, the available options are " +"Sendinblue and Mailchimp, as your e-mails would be originated from the " +"xxxx.odoo.com domain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:3 +msgid "Email Templates" +msgstr "E-Mail-Vorlagen" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:5 +msgid "" +"We all know writing good emails is vital to get a high response rate, but " +"you do not want to rewrite the same structure every time, do you? That is " +"where email templates come in. Without the need to rewrite the entire email " +"structure every time, you save time to focus on the content. Multiple " +"templates also let you deliver the right message to the right audience, " +"improving their overall experience with the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:12 +msgid "Enable it and understand a few concepts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The :doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>` must be " +"activated. Then, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> " +"Templates`. A view of the existing templates is shown." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:18 +msgid "" +"**It is highly recommended not to change the content in existing templates " +"unless the user has prior knowledge about placeholders.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To add a new one, click on *Create* and choose the type of document this " +"template is used with. In the example below, the template would be sent to " +"job applicants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Under *Email Configuration*, fields such as *From*, *To (Emails)*, *To " +"(Partners)*, require placeholders. If the *From* field is not set, the " +"default value is the author’s email alias, if configured, or email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Under *Advanced Settings*, if an *Outgoing Mail Server* is not set, the one " +"with the highest priority is used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:34 +msgid "" +"The option *Auto Delete* permanently deletes the emails after they are sent," +" saving space in your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:37 +msgid "Writing content including placeholder expressions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Under the tab *Dynamic Placeholder Generator*, look for the *Field* you " +"would like to use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Next, copy the *Placeholder Expression* and paste it in the *Body* of the " +"email, under the *Content* tab, using - essentially - the *Code View*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Deactivate the *Code View* option by simply clicking on it again, and easily" +" design the message. Click on *Preview* to check how the email looks before " +"sending it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Übersicht" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:3 +msgid "Get Started with Discuss" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Discuss allows you to bring all of your company’s communication together " +"through messages, notes, and chat. Share information, projects, files, " +"prioritize tasks, and stay connected with colleagues and partners throughout" +" applications. Forge better relationships, increase productivity and " +"transparency by promoting a convenient way of communicating." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:11 +msgid "Choose your notifications preference" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Access your *Preferences* and choose how you would like your notifications " +"to be handled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:21 +msgid "" +"By default, the field is set as *Handle by Emails* making messages, notes, " +"and notifications where you were mentioned or that you follow, to be sent " +"through email. By choosing *Handle in Odoo*, they are shown in the *Inbox*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:22 +msgid "Messages can then be *Marked as Todo*, *Replied*, or *Marked as Read*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:28 +msgid "" +"The messages tagged as *Mark as Todo* are also shown in *Starred*, while the" +" ones *Marked as Read* are moved to *History*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:36 +msgid "Start Chatting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:38 +msgid "" +"The first time you log in to your account, OdooBot sends you a message " +"asking for permission to receive desktop notifications to chats. If " +"accepted, you receive push notifications to the messages sent to you despite" +" of where you are in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To stop receiving desktop notifications, reset the notifications settings of" +" your browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:50 +msgid "" +"To start a chat, click on *New Message* on the *Messaging Menu*, or go to " +"*Discuss* and send a *Direct Message*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:58 +msgid "" +"You can also create :doc:`public and private channels <team_communication>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:61 +msgid "Mentions in the chat and on the Chatter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To mention a user within a chat or the chatter type *@user-name*; to refer " +"to a channel, type *#channel-name*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:66 +msgid "" +"A notification is sent to the user mentioned either to his *Inbox* or " +"through email, depending on his settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:73 +msgid "" +"When a user is mentioned, the search list (list of names) suggests values " +"first based on the task’s followers, and secondly on *Employees*. If the " +"record being searched does not match with either a follower or employee, the" +" scope of the search becomes all partners." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:78 +msgid "Chat status" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:80 +msgid "" +"It is helpful to see what colleagues are up to and how quickly they can " +"respond to messages by checking their *Status*. The status is shown on the " +"left side of a contact’s names on Discuss’ sidebar and on the *Messaging " +"menu*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:84 +msgid "Green = online" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:85 +msgid "Orange = away" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:86 +msgid "White = offline" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:87 +msgid "Airplane = out of the office" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:65 +msgid ":doc:`team_communication`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:96 +msgid ":doc:`../advanced/email_servers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:3 +msgid "Get Organized by Planning Activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you plan activities you minimize the risk of uncertainties, as you " +"provide clear directions for the course of your next action. In addition to " +"that, you do not leave space for wasteful activities and reduce the chance " +"of having overlapping actions between team members." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:10 +msgid "Where do I see my schedule activities?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Access and manage your activities wherever you are in Odoo by the " +"*Activities* menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:20 +msgid "Plan activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Activities can be planned and managed from the chatter by clicking on " +"*Schedule activity*, or through Kanban views." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:31 +msgid "Set your activity types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:33 +msgid "" +"A number of activities types are available by default in Odoo (call, email, " +"meeting, etc.). However, you can set new ones going to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Activity types`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:42 +msgid "" +"If you need to create an activity type with an available calendar, make sure" +" to create it with an *Action to Perform* set as *Meeting*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:46 +msgid "Recommend next activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Odoo helps you to plan a flow of activities by allowing you to set " +"*Recommended Next Activities*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Once the respective activity is completed, select *Done & Schedule Next* and" +" next steps are suggested to you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:115 +msgid ":doc:`get_started`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:3 +msgid "Efficiently Communicate Using Channels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You can use channels to organize discussions between individual teams, " +"departments, projects, or any other group that requires regular " +"communication. This way, you keep everyone in the loop updated with the " +"latest developments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:10 +msgid "Public and Private channels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:12 +msgid "" +"A *Public* channel can be seen by everyone, while a *Private* one is only " +"visible to users invited to it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:21 +msgid "" +"A public channel is best used when many employees need to access information" +" (such as company announcements), whereas a private channel could be used " +"whenever information should be limited to specific groups (such as a " +"specific department)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:26 +msgid "Configuration options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:28 +msgid "" +"You can configure a channel’s name, description, email alias, and privacy by" +" clicking on the *Channel Settings* icon on the sidebar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:36 +msgid "Privacy and Members" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Changing *Who can follow the group’s activities?* allows you to control " +"which groups can have access to the channel. Note that allowing *Everyone* " +"to follow a private channel lets other users view and join it, as they would" +" a public one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:42 +msgid "" +"If you choose *Invited people only*, go to the *Members* tab to add your " +"members, or, go to Discuss’ main page, select the channel and click on " +"*Invite*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:49 +msgid "" +"For *Selected group of users*, the option *Auto Subscribe Groups* " +"automatically add its members as followers. In other words, while " +"*Authorized Groups* limits which users can access the channel, *Auto " +"Subscribe Groups* automatically adds the user as a member as long as they " +"are part of the group." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:55 +msgid "Use a channel as a mailing list" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Choosing to *Send messages by email* configures the channel to behave as a " +"mailing list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Enabling this option allows you to *Moderate this channel*, meaning that " +"messages will need to be approved before being sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Under the *Moderation* tab choose as many moderators as you need, and if you" +" would like them to receive an *Automatic notification*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Mark *Send guidelines to new subscribers* to automatically send instructions" +" to newcomers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Moderators can: *Accept*, *Reject*, *Discard*, *Always Allow* or *Ban* " +"messages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Members of a mailing channel receive messages through email regardless of " +"their :doc:`notification preference <get_started>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Once a channel is moderated, the menu *Ban List* allows you to add email " +"addresses per moderated channel to auto-ban them from sending messages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:91 +msgid "Quick search bar" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Once at least 20 channels, direct message and live chat conversations (if " +"the module is installed on your database) are pinned in the sidebar, a " +"*Quick search…* bar is displayed. It is a clever way to filter conversations" +" and quickly find the one you need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:103 +msgid "Finding channels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:106 +msgid "" +"Click on *Channels* (on the sidebar), browse through the list of public " +"channels, and join or leave them from a single screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Apply filters criteria and save it for later use. The search function " +"accepts wildcards by using the underscore character *(_)* to represent a " +"single character." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:116 +msgid ":doc:`plan_activities`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot.rst:4 +msgid "Internet of Things (IoT)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config.rst:3 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Konfiguration" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:3 +msgid "Connect an IoT Box to your database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:5 +msgid "Install the Internet of Things (IoT) App on your Odoo Database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:10 +msgid "Go in the IoT App and click on Connect on the IoT Boxes page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:15 +msgid "Follow the steps to connect your IoT Box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:21 +msgid "Ethernet Connection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Connect to the IoT Box all the devices that have to be connected with cables" +" (ethernet, usb devices, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:26 +msgid "Power on the IoT Box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Read the Pairing Code from a screen or a receipt printer connected to the " +"IoT Box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:32 +msgid "Input the Pairing Code and click on the Pair button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Recent changes in modern web browsers forced us to modify the connection " +"wizard. If your screen is different from the screenshots, make sure that the" +" ``iot_pairing`` module is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:40 +msgid "WiFi Connection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:42 +msgid "Power on the IoT Box" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:44 +msgid "Copy the token" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Connect to the IoT Box WiFi Network (make sure there is no ethernet cable " +"plugged in your computer)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:53 +msgid "" +"You will be redirected to the IoT Box Homepage (if it doesn't work, connect " +"to the IP address of the box). Give a name to your IoT Box (not required) " +"and paste the token, then click on next." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:60 +msgid "" +"If you are on Runbot, do not forget to add the -all or -base in the token " +"(e.g. this token **http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-" +"f3f920.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401** should become " +"**http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-f3f920-all.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401**)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Choose the WiFi network you want to connect with (enter the password if " +"there is one) and click on Submit. Wait a few seconds before being " +"redirected to your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:72 +msgid "You should now see the IoT Box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:78 +msgid "IoT Box Schema" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:3 +msgid "Flashing your SD Card" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In some case, you may need to reflash your IoT Box’s SD Card to benefit from" +" our latest updates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:9 +msgid "Upgrade from the IoT Box homepage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to the IoT Box homepage, click on *Update*, next to the version number. " +"If a new version of the IoT Box image is available, you will see a *Upgrade " +"to ___* button a the bottom of the page, the IoT Box will then flash itself " +"to the new version of the IoT Box. All of your configurations will be saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:18 +msgid "" +"This process can take more than 30 minutes. Do not turn off or unplug the " +"IoT Box as it would leave it in an inconsistent state." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:25 +msgid "Upgrade with Etcher" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Go to Balena’s website and download `Etcher <https://www.balena.io/>`__. " +"It’s a free and open-source utility used for burning image files. Install " +"and launch it. Download the latest image from `nightly " +"<http://nightly.odoo.com/master/iotbox/>`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Then, open *Etcher* and select *Flash from file*, find the image you just " +"downloaded. Insert the IoT Box SD card into your computer and select it. " +"Click on *Flash* and wait for the process to finish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:3 +msgid "Use the IoT Box for the PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:9 +msgid "Prerequisites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:11 +msgid "Before starting, make sure you have the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:13 +msgid "An IoT Box, with its power adapter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:15 +msgid "A computer or tablet with an up-to-date web browser" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:17 +msgid "" +"A running SaaS or Odoo instance with the Point of Sale and IoT apps " +"installed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:20 +msgid "A local network setup with DHCP (this is the default setting)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:22 +msgid "An RJ45 Ethernet Cable (optional, WiFi is built in)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Any of the supported hardware (receipt printer, barcode scanner, cash " +"drawer, payment terminal, scale, customer display, etc.). The list of " +"supported hardware can be found on the `POS Hardware page " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/point-of-sale-hardware>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:30 +msgid "Set Up" +msgstr "Einrichten" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To connect hardware to the PoS, the first step is to connect an IoT Box to " +"your database. For this, follow this :doc:`documentation <connect>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:36 +msgid "Then, you have to connect the peripheral devices to your IoT Box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:38 +msgid "" +"**Printer**: Connect a supported receipt printer to a USB port or to the " +"network and power it on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:41 +msgid "" +"**Cash drawer**: The cash drawer should be connected to the printer with an " +"RJ25 cable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:44 +msgid "" +"**Barcode scanner**: Connect your barcode scanner. In order for your barcode" +" scanner to be compatible it must end barcodes with an Enter character " +"(keycode 28). This is most likely the default configuration of your barcode " +"scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:49 +msgid "**Scale**: Connect your scale and power it on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:51 +msgid "" +"**Customer Display**: Connect a monitor to the IoT Box using an HDMI cable. " +"You can also access the Customer Display from any other computer by " +"accessing the IoT Box homepage and clicking on the *POS Display* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:56 +msgid "" +"**Payment terminal**: The connection process depends on the terminal, please" +" refer to the :doc:`payment terminals documentation " +"</applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Once it's done, you can connect the IoT Box to your PoS. For this, go in " +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> PoS`, tick *IoT Box* and" +" select the devices you want to use in this Point of Sale. Save the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:68 +msgid "Set up is done, you can launch a new PoS Session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:3 +msgid "Troubleshooting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:6 +msgid "IoT Box Connection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:9 +msgid "I can't find the pairing code to connect my IoT Box" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:11 +msgid "" +"The pairing code should be printed on receipt printers connected to the IoT " +"Box and should also be displayed on connected monitors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:14 +msgid "The pairing code doesn't show under the following circumstances:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:16 +msgid "The IoT Box is already connected to an Odoo database;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:18 +msgid "The IoT Box is not connected to the Internet;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The code is only valid for 5 minutes after the IoT Box has started. It's " +"automatically removed from connected displays when this delay has expired;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:23 +msgid "" +"The version of the IoT Box image is too old. It should use version 20.06 or " +"more recent. If your IoT Box image is from an earlier version, then you will" +" have to reflash the SD card of your IoT Box to update the image (see " +":doc:`Flashing your SD Card <flash_sdcard>`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:28 +msgid "" +"If you are not in any of the cases listed above, make sure that the IoT Box " +"has correctly started, by checking that a fixed green LED is showing next to" +" the micro-USB port." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:33 +msgid "I've connected my IoT Box but it's not showing in my database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:35 +msgid "" +"When you connect an IoT Box to a database, the IoT Box might restart, if " +"that is the case, it might take up to one minute before appearing in your " +"database. If after some time the IoT is still not showing, make sure that " +"your database can be reached from the IoT Box and that your server doesn't " +"use a multi-database environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:42 +msgid "My IoT Box is connected to my database, but cannot be reached" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Make sure that the IoT Box and the device running the browser are located on" +" the same network as the IoT Box cannot be reached from outside the local " +"network." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:49 +msgid "Printer" +msgstr "Drucker" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:52 +msgid "My printer is not detected" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:54 +msgid "" +"If one of your printers doesn't show up in your devices list, go to the IoT " +"Box homepage and make sure that it is listed under *Printers*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:60 +msgid "" +"If your printer is not present on the IoT Box homepage, hit *Printers " +"Server*, go to the *Administration* tab and click on *Add Printer*. If you " +"can't find your printer in the list, it's probably not connected properly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:66 +msgid "My printer outputs random text" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:68 +msgid "" +"For most printers, the correct driver should be automatically detected and " +"selected. However, in some cases, the automatic detection mechanism might " +"not be enough, and if no driver is found the printer might print random " +"characters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:73 +msgid "" +"The solution is to manually select the corresponding driver. On the IoT Box " +"homepage, click on *Printers Server*, go to the *Printers* tab and select " +"the printer in the list. In the Administration dropdown, click on *Modify " +"Printer*. Follow the steps and select the Make and Model corresponding to " +"your printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Epson and Star receipt printers and Zebra label printers do not need a " +"driver to work. Make sure that no driver is selected for those printers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:88 +msgid "My Zebra Printer doesn't print anything" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Zebra printers are quite sensitive to the format of the ZPL code that is " +"printed. If nothing comes out of the printer or blank labels are printed, " +"try changing the format of the report that is sent to the printer by " +"accessing :menuselection:`Settings ~~> Technical ~~> Views` in developer " +"mode and look for the corresponding template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:97 +msgid "Barcode Scanner" +msgstr "Barcode Lesegerät" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:100 +msgid "The characters read by the barcode scanner don't match the barcode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:102 +msgid "" +"By default, we assume that your barcode scanner is configured in US QWERTY. " +"This is the default configuration of most barcode readers. If your barcode " +"scanner uses a different layout, please go to the form view of your device " +"and select the correct one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:108 +msgid "Nothing happens when a barcode is scanned" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Make sure that the correct device is selected in your Point of Sale " +"configuration and that your barcode is configured to send an ENTER character" +" (keycode 28) at the end of every barcode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:115 +msgid "The barcode scanner is detected as a keyboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Some poorly built barcode scanners do not advertise themselves as barcode " +"scanners but as a USB keyboard instead, and will not be recognized by the " +"IoT Box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:121 +msgid "" +"You can manually change the device type by going to its form view and " +"activating the *Is scanner* option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:128 +msgid "Cashdrawer" +msgstr "Kassenschublade" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:131 +msgid "The cashdrawer does not open" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The cashdrawer should be connected to the printer and the *Cashdrawer* " +"checkbox should be ticked in the POS configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices.rst:3 +msgid "Devices" +msgstr "Geräte" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Camera" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When using your *IoT Box* in Odoo, you could need to use a camera. As it can" +" be done in a few steps, this device is really easy to configure. Then, you " +"can use it in your manufacturing process and link it to a control point. " +"Doing so will allow you to take pictures when you reach the chosen quality " +"control point." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:10 +msgid "Connection" +msgstr "Verbindung" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To connect the camera to the *IoT Box*, simply connect the two by cable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If your camera is a `*supported one* <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-" +"hardware>`__, there is no need to set up anything as it will be detected as " +"soon as it is connected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:25 +msgid "Link a Camera to a Quality Control Point" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:34 +msgid "With the Manufacturing app" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:30 +msgid "" +"In your *Quality app*, you can setup the device on a *Quality Control " +"Point*. Go to the *Control Points* menu, under *Quality Control* and open " +"the control point you want to link with the camera." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Now, you can edit the control point and select the device from the dropdown " +"list. Now, hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Then, your camera can be used with the picked *Control Point*. During the " +"manufacturing process, reaching the *Quality Control Point* you chose before" +" will allow you to take a picture." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Footswitch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When working, it is always better to have your two hands available. Using " +"Odoo’s *IoT Box* and a footswitch will allow it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In fact, you will be able to go from one screen to another and perform " +"actions by using your foot and the footswitch. Really convenient, it can be " +"configured in a few steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Connecting the footswitch to the *IoT Box* is easy, you just have to connect" +" the two by cable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:18 +msgid "" +"If your footswitch is a `supported one <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-" +"hardware>`__, there is no need to set up anything since it will be " +"automatically detected when connected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:26 +msgid "Link a Footswitch to a Workcenter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To link the footswitch to an action, it needs to be configured on a " +"workcenter. Go to the workcenter you want to use the footswitch in and add " +"the device in the *IoT Triggers* tab. Then, you can link it to an action and" +" also add a key to trigger it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Note that the one that is first in the list will be chosen. So, the order " +"matters! In the picture above, using the footswitch will, for example, " +"automatically skip the current part of the process you work on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:41 +msgid "" +"When you are on the work order screen, a status button indicates if you are " +"correctly connected to the footswitch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Measurement Tool" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With Odoo’s *IoT Box*, it is possible to connect measurement tools to your " +"database. Find the list of supported devices here: `Supported devices " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-hardware>`__,." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:10 +msgid "Connect in USB" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To add a device connected by USB, just plug the USB cable in the *IoT Box*, " +"and the device should appear in your Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:19 +msgid "Connect in Bluetooth" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Activate the Bluetooth on your device (see your device manual for further " +"explanation) and the IoT Box will automatically try to connect to the " +"device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:25 +msgid "Here is an example of what it should look like:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:31 +msgid "Link a measurement tool to a quality control point" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:36 +msgid "" +"In your *Quality app*, you can setup a device on your *Quality Control " +"Points*. To do so, go to the *Control Points* menu, under *Quality Control* " +"and open the control point to which you want to assign a measurement tool." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Now, you can edit the control point and choose the device from the dropdown " +"list. Then, hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Now, your measurement tool is linked to the chosen *Control Point*. The " +"value, which needs to be changed manually, will be automatically updated " +"while the tool is being used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Printer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When using your *IoT Box* in Odoo, you could need to use a printer. Doing so" +" is easy and convenient as it can be done in a few steps. Then, you can use " +"it to print receipts, orders or even reports in different Odoo apps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:13 +msgid "" +"The IoT Box supports printers connected through USB, network or Bluetooth. " +"`Supported printers <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-hardware>`__ will be " +"detected automatically and will appear in the *Devices* list of your IoT " +"app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:18 +msgid "The printer can take up to two minutes to appear in your devices list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:24 +msgid "Link the Printer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:27 +msgid "To Work Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:29 +msgid "" +"You can link *Work Orders* to printers via a *Quality Control Point* to " +"print labels for manufactured products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To do so, you need to create a *Quality Control Point* from the *Quality* " +"app. Then, you can select the correct manufacturing operation and the work " +"order operation. In type, choose *Print Label* and hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Now, each time you reach the quality control point for the chosen product, a" +" *Print Label* button will appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:47 +msgid "To Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:49 +msgid "" +"You can also link a type of report to a certain printer. In the *IoT* app, " +"go to the *Devices* menu and select the printer you want to set up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:56 +msgid "Now, go to the *Printer Reports* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Hit edit and then, click on *Add a line*. In the window that shows up, check" +" all the types of reports that should be linked to this printer. Click on " +"select and save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Now, each time you click on *Print* in the control panel, instead of " +"downloading a PDF, it will send it to the selected printer and automatically" +" print it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:73 +msgid "Print Receipts from the PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:75 +msgid "" +"You can link a printer to your *Point of Sale* app so you can print receipts" +" directly from your *PoS*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Doing so is really easy. Go to your *Point of Sale* app and open your *Point" +" of Sale* settings, under *Configuration*. There, click on *Edit* and check " +"the *IoT Box* feature. Then, choose your *Receipt Printer* from the " +"dropdown." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Now, you will be able to print different kinds of tickets from your *POS*: " +"**receipts**, **sale details** and **bills**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Receipts are printed once the order is validated. The process is automated " +"when you enable the feature in your *PoS* configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Sales details can be printed by clicking on the printer icon on the navbar " +"at the top of the *PoS*. It will print the details of the sales of the " +"current day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:99 +msgid "" +"As for the bill, it is only available in restaurant mode. In your restaurant" +" settings, activate *Print Bills* and a *Bill* button will appear in the " +"left panel of the *PoS*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:107 +msgid "Print Orders in the kitchen" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:109 +msgid "In restaurant mode, you can send order tickets to the kitchen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:111 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to the *PoS* app and open your *PoS* settings. Then, tick " +"*Order Printer*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Now, go to the *Printers* menu. Hit create, select the printer from the " +"dropdown and, in the *Printer Product Categories* field, choose all the " +"categories of products that should be printed on this printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:124 +msgid "" +"In the *PoS*, when you add or remove a product from one of the selected " +"categories, the button *Order* will be green. If you click on it, the IoT " +"Box will print a receipt on the corresponding printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Scale" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When using your **IoT Box** in Odoo, you could need to use a scale. Doing so" +" is easy and convenient as it can be done in a few steps. Then, you can use " +"it in your **Point of Sale app** to weigh your products, which is helpful if" +" their price are based on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:12 +msgid "To link the scale to the **IoT Box**, connect them with a cable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:15 +msgid "In some cases, a serial to USB adapter may be needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If your scale is `compatibale with Odoo IoT Box <https://www.odoo.com/page" +"/iot-hardware>`_, there is no need to set up anything because it will be " +"automatically detected as soon as it is connected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You may need to restart the box and download your scales’ drivers from the " +"box in some cases. To do so, go to the *IoT Box Home Page* and click on " +"*drivers list*. Then, click on load drivers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:32 +msgid "Use a Scale in Point of Sale" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To use the scale in your *Point of Sale* app, go to :menuselection:`Point of" +" Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, open the one you want to " +"configure, then click on *Edit* and enable the *IoT Box* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Now, choose the *IoT Box* in the dropdown menu and check the *Electronic " +"Scale* option. Then, you hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:49 +msgid "" +"The scale is now available in all your *PoS* sessions. Then, if a product " +"has a price per weight set, clicking on it on the *PoS* screen opens the " +"scale screen, where the cashier can weigh the product and add the correct " +"price to the cart." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:3 +msgid "Studio" +msgstr "Studio" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts.rst:3 +msgid "Concepts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:3 +msgid "Understanding Automated Actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:6 +msgid "" +"Automated actions are used to trigger actions. They are based on conditions " +"and happen on top of Odoo’s default business logic." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Examples of automated actions include: creating a next activity upon a " +"quote's confirmation; adding a user as a follower of a confirmed invoice if " +"its total is higher than a certain amount; or preventing a lead from " +"changing stage if a field is not filled in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Let's understand how to properly define *when* an automated action runs and " +"*how* to create one:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:18 +msgid "" +"The first step is to choose the :doc:`Model <understanding_general>` on " +"which the action is applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:19 +msgid "" +"The **Trigger** field defines the event that causes the automated action to " +"happen:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:21 +msgid "" +"*On Creation*: when a new record is created. Note that the record is created" +" once saved for the first time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:23 +msgid "" +"*On Update*: when the record is updated. Note that the update happens once " +"the record is saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:24 +msgid "" +"*On Creation & Update*: on the creation and/or on the update of a record " +"once the form is saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:25 +msgid "*On Deletion*: on the removal of a record under the condition set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:26 +msgid "" +"*Based on Form Modification*: when the value of the specified *Trigger* " +"field is changed in the interface (user sees the changes before saving the " +"record). Note that this action can only be used with the *Execute Python " +"Code* action type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:29 +msgid "" +"*Based on Timed Condition*: a delay happens after a specific date/time. Set " +"a *Delay after trigger date* if you need a delay to happen before the " +"*Trigger Date*. Example: to send a reminder 15min before a meeting. If the " +"date/time is not set on the form of the model chosen, the date/time " +"considered is the one of the creation/update of the record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:34 +msgid "For every Trigger option, **conditions** can be applied, such as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:36 +msgid "" +"*Before Update Domain*: if designated, this condition must be satisfied " +"before the record is updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:38 +msgid "" +"*Apply on*: if designated, this condition must be satisfied before executing" +" the action rule (*Action To Do*), and after the update." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The **Active** option is to be turned off when the rule should be hidden and" +" not executed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Under **Action To Do** choose the type of server action that must be " +"executed once records meet the *Trigger* conditions:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:45 +msgid "" +"*Execute Python Code*: a block of code is executed. A *Help* tab with the " +"variables that can be used is available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:47 +msgid "*Create New Record*: a new record with new values is created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:48 +msgid "*Update a Record*: updates the record that triggered the action." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:49 +msgid "" +"*Execute several actions*: defines an action that triggers other server " +"actions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:50 +msgid "" +"*Send Email*: an automatic :doc:`email " +"<../../discuss/advanced/email_template>` is sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:51 +msgid "*Add Followers*: followers are notified of changes in the task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:52 +msgid "" +"*Create Next Activity*: creates an activity such as: *Call*, *Email*, " +"*Reminder*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:53 +msgid "" +"*Send SMS Text Message*: sends an :doc:`SMS " +"</applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:56 +msgid "Example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:58 +msgid "" +"This is the process of which the update of the *Email* field on the " +"Lead/Opportunity *Model*, with a *Trigger Condition* set to *On Update*, " +"goes through:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:65 +msgid "The user creates the record without an email address set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:66 +msgid "The user updates the record defining an email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Once the change is saved, the automation checks if any of the *Watched " +"Fields* are being updated (for the example: field name *email_from* (Email)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:69 +msgid "" +"If true, it checks if the record matches the *Before Update Domain* (for the" +" example: *email is not set*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:71 +msgid "" +"If true, it checks (*after the update*) whether the record matches the " +"*Apply on* domain (for the example: *email is set*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:73 +msgid "If true, the chosen *Action To Do* is performed on the record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:76 +msgid ":doc:`understanding_general`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:77 +msgid ":doc:`../use_cases/automated_actions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:3 +msgid "Understanding General Concepts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Odoo Studio is a toolbox that allows you to add models or adapt " +"functionalities on top of Odoo’s standard behavior without coding knowledge." +" You can also create custom views and modify existing ones without having to" +" get into the XML code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Even for experienced developers, typing out code requires time. By using " +"Odoo Studio, you can quickly get your models up and going and focus on the " +"crucial parts of your application. The result is a user-friendly solution " +"that makes customizations and designing new applications easy with or " +"without programming skills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:15 +msgid "Getting started" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:17 +msgid "" +"One you start using Odoo Studio, you automatically create a new *module* " +"that contains all your modifications. These modifications can be done on " +"existing screens (*views*), by adding new *fields* in existing applications," +" or by creating an entirely new *model*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:22 +msgid "What is a Module?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:25 +msgid "" +"An Odoo **Module** can contain a number of elements, such as: business " +"objects (models), object views, data files, web controllers, and static web " +"data. An application is a collection of modules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:29 +msgid "" +"In object-oriented programming, models usually represent a concept from the " +"real world. Example: Odoo has models for Sales Orders, Users, Countries, " +"etc. If you were to build an application to manage Real Estate sales, a " +"model that represents the Properties for sale would probably be your first " +"step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:38 +msgid "What is a Model (also called Object)?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:40 +msgid "" +"A **Model** determines the logical structure of a database and fundamentally" +" determines in which manner data can be stored, organized, and manipulated. " +"In other words, a model is a table of information that can be bridged with " +"other tables." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:45 +msgid "What are Fields?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:47 +msgid "" +"**Fields** compose models. It is where a record (a piece of data) is " +"registered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Example: on the Real Estate application, fields on the Properties model " +"would include the price, address, a picture, a link to the current owner, " +"etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:50 +msgid "" +"There are 2 main types of fields in Odoo: *basic (or scalar) fields* and " +"*relational fields*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Basic fields represent simple values, like numbers or text. Relational " +"fields represent relations between models. So, if you have a model for " +"*Customers* and another one for *Properties*, you would use a relational " +"field to link each Property to its Customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:56 +msgid "Relational Fields in detail" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:59 +msgid "" +"**Relational Fields** provide the option to link the data of one model with " +"the data of another model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:60 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, relational field types are: *One2many*, *Many2one*, *Many2many*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:66 +msgid "" +"An **One2many** field is a *one-way* direction of selecting *multiple* " +"records from a table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Example: a Sales Order can contain multiple Sales Order Lines, which also " +"contain multiple fields of information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:69 +msgid "" +"A **Many2one** field is a *one-way* direction of selecting *one* record from" +" a table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Example: you can have many product categories, but each product can only " +"belong to one category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:71 +msgid "" +"A **Many2many** field is a *two-way* direction of selecting records from a " +"table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:72 +msgid "Example: multiple tags can be added to a lead’s form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:75 +msgid "An *One2many* field must have a *Many2one* related to it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:78 +msgid "What are Views?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:80 +msgid "" +"**Views** define how records are displayed. They are specified in XML which " +"means that they can be edited independently from the models that they " +"represent. There are various types of views in Odoo, and each of them " +"represents a mode of visualization. Some examples are: *form*, *list*, " +"*kanban*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:85 +msgid "What is a Menu?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:87 +msgid "" +"A **Menu** is a button that executes and action. In Odoo Studio, to create " +"menus (models) and rearrange their hierarchy, click on *Edit Menu*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:95 +msgid "`Studio Basics <https://www.odoo.com/fr_FR/slides/studio-31>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to.rst:3 +msgid "How To" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/export_import.rst:3 +msgid "Export and Import Modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/export_import.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you do customizations in Odoo Studio, a new module is created in your " +"database, making it easy to use Studio for prototyping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/export_import.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To export these customizations, activate Studio on the main dashboard and, " +"under the menu *Customizations*, click on *Export*. The default filename is " +"*customizations.zip*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/export_import.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The module created contains the definition of custom models and fields, as " +"well as the UI elements of any customization in an XML format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/export_import.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To import and install the customizations in another instance, connect to the" +" destination database, activate Studio and, under *Customizations*, click on" +" *Import*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/export_import.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Studio does not know which apps are customized (because the same view can be" +" modified on different apps), therefore, it *does not* add the underlying " +"modules as dependencies of the exported module. In other words, the " +"applications installed on the source database should be installed on the " +"destination database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:3 +msgid "Customizing the Rainbow Man" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The Rainbow Man in Odoo is an animation shown once the user completes " +"certain tasks and clicks on certain buttons. It is a way to make the " +"software fun to use, and rewarding, for employees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:13 +msgid "" +"On most buttons in Odoo, such as *Send by Email*, *Confirm* or *Cancel*, " +"once they are selected in Studio, under their *Properties*, the *Rainbow " +"Man* effect can be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:14 +msgid "By default, the feature is active:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:16 +msgid "when opportunities are marked as won;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:17 +msgid "when users empty their inboxes;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:18 +msgid "when the user finishes a tour;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:19 +msgid "when the user finishes doing reconciliations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:3 +msgid "Customizing Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses HTML and CSS technologies to create reports. HTML is a markup " +"language that uses tags, also called elements. It is the core of any webpage" +" because it provides its basic structure. CSS interacts with HTML elements " +"to add style to the page, establishing how the HTML is shown to the user. " +"Odoo’s reports also use Bootstrap’s grid layout, which is the containers, " +"rows, and columns to align content, and support Odoo's website themes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:11 +msgid "" +"When creating a new report, choose the purpose of it and if you would like " +"the report to include header and footer (company logo, name, address, phone," +" email address, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Under the tab **Add**, you find the fields to be dragged and dropped to the " +"view. *Fields*, *Data tables*, *Subtotal & Total*, and *Address Book* are " +"dynamic elements (meaning that they need a :doc:`one2many or a many2many " +"<../concepts/understanding_general>` related object). *Text*, *Title Block*," +" *Image*, and *Text in Cell* are static elements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Once the element is added to the view, select it to see its **Options**. The" +" first section shows the hierarchy of the selected object and its " +"properties, allowing you to individually edit them. Fields with related " +"objects have their directives shown on *Field Expression*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Under **Visible if**, define the rule(s) to set visibility conditions to " +"fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Example: if choosing to display a product image, you could set a visibility " +"rule to only display the ones that are *set* in the product form, avoiding " +"having a plain icon when they are not set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:40 +msgid "" +"**Visible for** is used to set which :doc:`groups " +"</applications/general/odoo_basics/users>` can have access to specific " +"elements in the report. **Limit visibility to groups**, under *Report*, sets" +" the visibility of the report to specifics groups, meaning that users " +"belonging to other groups do not see the same final document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Under the **Report** tab, name your report, choose the paper format, and if " +"the report should be added to the *Print* menu list on its respective " +"document form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:53 +msgid "" +"If activating the :doc:`Developer mode " +"</applications/general/developer_mode/activate>`, additional fields such as " +"*Class* under *Options*, and *Reload from attachment* under *Report*, become" +" visible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:56 +msgid "" +"*Class*: add custom CSS classes to the selected element (e.g. Bootstrap " +"classes such as *text-danger*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:59 +msgid "" +"*Reload from attachment*: saves the report as an attachment of the document " +"when printed. When the report is reprinted, it re-downloads that attachment " +"instead of re-printing it. This means that if the underlying record (e.g. " +"Invoice) changes when compared to the first impression, the report does not " +"reflect the changes because they were done after the attachment was created." +" This is typically useful for reports linked to documents that should not " +"change, such as Invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Actions in Odoo Studio can be undone until you *Close* the toolbox. Once you" +" have closed Studio, changes can not be undone anymore." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases.rst:3 +msgid "Use Cases" +msgstr "Anwendungsfälle" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Use Cases: Automated Actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 1: when a Belgian lead is created, a 3-stars priority should" +" be automatically applied.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:8 +msgid "Under *Automations*, click on *Create* and set the following rules:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:10 +msgid "*Model*: Lead/Opportunity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:11 +msgid "*Active*: On" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:12 +msgid "*Trigger*: On Creation & Update" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:13 +msgid "*Apply on*: Country > Country Name = Belgium" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:53 +msgid "*Action To Do*: Update the Record" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:15 +msgid "*Data to Write*: Lead/Opportunity > Value > 3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Check :doc:`this doc <filters_status_bar>` in order to have another " +"automated action example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:25 +msgid ":doc:`../concepts/understanding_automated_actions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/views.rst:28 +msgid ":doc:`../concepts/understanding_general`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Use Cases: Filters and Status Bar" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 1: on Sales, set a filter on Belgian customers and define it" +" as the default one (the user should still be able to unset the filter).**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:8 +msgid "" +"On your customer’s page, use *Filters* > *Add Custom Filter* to group " +"customers by country. Now, under *Favorites*, *Save Current Search* enabling" +" *Use by default* and *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:15 +msgid "" +"On *Filter Rules* in Studio mode, select the respective filter and enable " +"*Default Filter*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:21 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 2: add a status bar on the product form to manage its life " +"cycle. Set the values: ‘Prototype’, ‘In use’ and ‘Deprecated’. By default, " +"the Kanban view must be grouped by status.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:26 +msgid "" +"On your product form, *Add a pipeline status bar* and name its values. " +"Status bars are *selection* fields that give you the ability to follow a " +"specific flow. They are useful to show you the progress that has been made." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:28 +msgid "" +"On the *Views* menu, access *Kanban* and, under its *View* options, set the " +"*Default Group by* as *Pipeline status bar*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Now, open your product form and set the right status for that product. As " +"you move products throughout stages (also through the product’s form), " +"stages are shown in the Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To make modifications in the pipeline status bar, for example, remember to " +"go back to *Form View*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:44 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 2.a: when a product goes from ‘In use’ to ‘Deprecate’, set " +"its cost to 0€.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Create an :doc:`automated action " +"<../concepts/understanding_automated_actions>` with the selected values:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:49 +msgid "*Model*: Product Template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:50 +msgid "*Trigger*: On Update" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:51 +msgid "*First Domain*: Pipeline status bar = In use" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:52 +msgid "*Second Domain*: Pipeline status bar = Deprecated" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:54 +msgid "*Data to Write*: Cost (Product Template) > Value > 0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Use Cases: Creating Models and Adding Fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 1: on the leads’ form, if the chosen country is France, show" +" a field 'Pay by check?'**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:8 +msgid "" +"On your leads’ form, add a *Related Field* to *Country > Country Name*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Now, add a *Checkbox* field and define its invisibility options as *Country*" +" (carefully select the one just created) *> is not = > France.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:11 +msgid "You can now hide the related field created (*Country*) if you wish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Another approach is to use the country’s ID. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Contacts --> Configuration --> Countries`, select France " +"(for example), and on the URL check its *ID*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:21 +msgid "" +"The related field invisibility path should now be *Country* (carefully " +"select the one just created) *> is not = > 75*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:22 +msgid "Again, hide the related field with the country’s ID if you prefer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:28 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 2: create a model called 'Properties' and add fields called:" +" company, value, name, address, active, image.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:31 +msgid "" +"From the dashboard, (optionally) start a new module. Then, click on *Edit " +"Menu* and start a *New Menu* (model). Set your menu name and *Confirm*. Now," +" on its form, drag & drop the necessary fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:39 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 2.a: now, you would like to have a model called 'Regions' to" +" which each property must be linked. And, on 'Regions', you would like to " +"see the properties for each region.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Go to *Edit Menu > New Menu* and create your menu, calling it *Regions*. Add" +" the necessary fields on its form by dragging & dropping them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Now, in the form view of *Properties*, add a *Many2one* field with a " +"relation to your model *Region*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:48 +msgid "" +"The *Existing Fields* are the ones that are on the current model but not yet" +" in the view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Now, go to the model *Regions*, select the form view, and add a status " +"button selecting *Regions (Properties)* as your relational field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:62 +msgid "" +"*Status buttons* are computed fields, meaning that they count the numbers of" +" records on the related model, and allow you to access them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:69 +msgid "" +"When searching for relations, click on *Search more* and filter it by " +"*Custom*. This way you avoid creating duplicates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:76 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 2.b: in the model 'Properties', show all the tags as " +"checkboxes instead of tags.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Once the field *Tags* is added to the form, select it and, under its " +"*Properties > Widgets*, choose *Checkboxes*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:85 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 3: on the leads’ form, add a selection field with the " +"values:'Tags' & 'List' & 'Checkboxes'. According to the value of the field, " +"show tags as many2many_tags, many2many_radio, or many2many(_list).**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:89 +msgid "" +"In your form view, add a *Tags* field and relate it to *Partners Tag*. Under" +" *Properties*, define its *Widget* as *Many2many*. Do the same process " +"another 2 times for *Checkboxes* and *Tags*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:96 +msgid "Now, add a *Selection* field and the necessary values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Continue by selecting your *Tags* fields, one by one, to set their " +"*Invisible* options according to their *Widget*. In the example below, the " +"invisibility rule for the *Partner Tags* is set as: *Select Tag type > is " +"not = > Tags.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:105 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 4: on a quotation’s form, add a selection field called " +"'Manager Validation' with the values: ‘Accepted’ and ‘Refused’. Only a sales" +" manager can see it, and the field should be set as mandatory if the untaxed" +" amount is higher than 500€.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:109 +msgid "" +"On your quotation form, add a *Selection* field with the values *Accepted* " +"and *Refused*. Set its *Required* condition as *Untaxed Amount > 500* and " +"the *Limit visibility to groups* as *Sales / Administrator* or managers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:117 +msgid "**Case scenario 5: change the tooltip of a field for all views.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Activate the :doc:`Developer mode " +"</applications/general/developer_mode/activate>` and open Studio." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Select the necessary field and, under *Properties*, click on *More* to write" +" your tooltip message on *Field Help*. The tooltip message is the " +"explanatory message shown when the user hovers the field. The message here " +"written is displayed on all views forms where the field is added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:129 +msgid "" +"The *Field Help* message can only be applied to *new* fields. If you would " +"like to change/apply a tooltip for a specific field, use the *Help Tooltip* " +"option under *Properties*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/views.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Use Cases: Views" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/views.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 1: in Sales, show orders in a Kanban View instead of a List " +"View.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/views.rst:7 +msgid "" +"From the Sales page, access Studio and, under *Views*, set the *Kanban* " +"option as the default one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/views.rst:14 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 2: allow for the list of leads to be edited inline without " +"having to switch to the form view.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/views.rst:19 +msgid "" +"On the *List View*, under *View* > *Editable*, choose between *New record on" +" top* or *New record at the bottom*. This way, besides defining the order in" +" which new records are displayed in the view, you are able to edit them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/views.rst:21 +msgid "" +"If the field is left blank, no editing is possible and records are shown " +"based on your column preferences on the lead's page (front-end)." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/project.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/project.po deleted file mode 100644 index f9d6ac5b0..000000000 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/project.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,140 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" -"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: de\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../project.rst:5 -msgid "Project" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning.rst:3 -msgid "Planning" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:3 -msgid "Forecast Resources Across Projects" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Allocate the needed time for specific tasks under a planned shift. Once that" -" is done, analyse Key Performance Indicators (KPIs), so you can evaluate " -"your employees’ performance and workload, besides the progress of your " -"projects/tasks when comparing the planned and effective hours." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:10 -msgid "Allocate times under shifts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:12 -msgid "" -"When planning a shift, in the *Planning* application, create a project and a" -" task on the fly, or simply select the one you want." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:20 -msgid "" -"*Allocated Time (%)* allows you to define the percentage of time you would " -"like your employee to work on that specific task during his shift. See that " -"information in hours on *Allocated hours*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:22 -msgid "" -"The calculation shows you how many hours out of the total shift time (*End " -"date* - *Start date*) are spent by the employee on that task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:24 -msgid "" -"On :menuselection:`Project --> Planning --> By Project`, immediately see the" -" total number of employees allocated per project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:31 -msgid "Compare forecast hours with the effective ones" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Now, once the employee has timesheeted his hours in the task, go to " -"*Project* and with the *View list*, under *All Tasks*, conveniently see the " -"*Planned Hours* compared to the *Remaining Hours*, and a calculation of the " -"*Progress*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:42 -msgid "Reminder: the option *Timesheets* has to be enabled on your project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks.rst:3 -msgid "Tasks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:3 -msgid "Create Project's Tasks from an Email Alias" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When you already have an email address that customers know from the top of " -"their heads, changing it is the last thing you want to do. Instead, link " -"that address to your project and transform those conversations into " -"structured work. It automatically creates a task in the first stage of a " -"project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:11 -msgid "Set up an incoming email server" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:14 -msgid "" -"On the *Settings* application, enable *External Email Servers* and define " -"the incoming email alias you would like to use." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:15 -msgid "**For more information**: :doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_servers`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:18 -msgid "Configure the email alias in your project" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Now that you have the incoming email server set up, go to " -":menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects --> Edit`. Under the " -"*Emails* tab, define the wanted email alias and choose the policy to receive" -" a message." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:23 -msgid "In addition, you can now directly set it when creating a new project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:30 -msgid "" -"All the recipients of the email (To/Cc/Bcc) are automatically added as " -"followers of the task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:32 -msgid "The email can be seen under the name of your project on the dashboard." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po deleted file mode 100644 index 51e82c932..000000000 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,880 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-11 09:05+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" -"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: de\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../purchase.rst:5 -msgid "Purchase" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:3 -msgid "Analyze the performance of your purchases" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:5 -msgid "" -"If your company regularly purchases products, you have several reasons to " -"track and analyze your performance. The insights gathered can help you to " -"better forecast and plan your future orders. For example, you can assess if " -"your business is dependent on particular vendors, and the data can help you " -"negotiate discounts on prices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:11 -msgid "Generate customized reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Go to *Reporting* to access the purchase analysis. Simply by accessing the " -"reporting dashboard, you can get a quick overview of your actual " -"performance. By default, the reporting dashboard displays a line chart " -"presenting the untaxed amount of your purchase orders per day, and below it," -" key metrics and a pivot table." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:22 -msgid "" -"While the data initially presented is useful, there are several tools and " -"features you can use to get even more insights on your purchases." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:26 -msgid "Use filters to select the data you need" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Odoo offers several default filters you can use and combine by clicking on " -"*Filters*. When you select one or several filters, Odoo looks for all the " -"orders that match at least one of the filters you have chosen and populates " -"the chart, key metrics, and pivot table with the data. The pre-configured " -"filters are:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:33 -msgid "All *Requests for Quotation*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:35 -msgid "All *Purchase Orders*, except canceled ones" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:37 -msgid "" -"*Confirmation Date Last Year* includes all orders that were confirmed the " -"previous year, canceled purchase orders included" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:40 -msgid "" -"*Order Date* includes all orders - request for quotations and purchases " -"orders (canceled ones included) - depending on their date of creation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:43 -msgid "" -"*Confirmation Date* includes all confirmed orders, canceled ones included, " -"depending on their date of confirmation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:47 -msgid "" -"When you have to select a period, you can use multiple years, and, with at " -"least one year selected, multiple quarters and the three most recent months." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:51 -msgid "" -"If you use the *Order Date* or *Confirmation Date* filters, the *Comparison*" -" feature appears next to *Filters*. It enables you to compare the period you" -" filtered with the previous one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:59 -msgid "Add custom filters" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Thanks to the 31 filtering options to choose from, the possibilities of your" -" customizing your dataset are almost limitless. Go to " -":menuselection:`Filters --> Add Custom Filter`, specify the condition the " -"filtering option should meet (e.g. *is equal to*, *contains*, etc.), and " -"click on *Apply*. If you want to select orders matching several conditions " -"simultaneously (*and* operator), repeat the process to add another custom " -"filter. If you want to use the *or* operator, don't click on *Apply*, and " -"click on *Add a condition* instead. Once you have added all the desired " -"filtering options, click on *Apply*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:74 -msgid "" -"To avoid having to recreate custom filters every time, save them by clicking" -" on :menuselection:`Favorites --> Save current search --> Save`. The " -"customized search filter can then be accessed by clicking on *Favorites* or " -"can even be set as the default filter when you open the reporting dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:80 -msgid "Measure exactly what you need" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:82 -msgid "" -"Before selecting what you want to measure, you need to decide whether you " -"prefer using the graph view or the pivot view. By default, the dashboard " -"presents both views. However, the measures you select won't be applied to " -"both views. You can access each view separately by clicking on the icons at " -"the top right of the dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:92 -msgid "Visualize your data" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:94 -msgid "" -"You can transform the main graph in just a click by selecting one of the " -"three charts: bar, line or pie. Fourteen different measures are available, " -"but you can only use one at a time. However, you can group the measure using" -" one or several of the 19 *Groups*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:102 -msgid "" -"For bar and line charts, the selected measure is your y-axis, and the first " -"group you select is used to create the x-axis. Adding more group adds " -"additional lines (line chart) or transforms your bar chart into a stacked " -"bar chart. For pie charts, the more groups you select, the more slices are " -"displayed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:108 -msgid "Explore your data" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:110 -msgid "" -"The pivot table view enables you to explore your data in great detail. " -"Unlike the graph view, the pivot table enables you to add several measures " -"at the same time. By clicking on *Measures* or on the **+** sign in the " -"*Total* column, you can add as many as you want, each assigned to a new " -"column. By clicking on the **+** sign in the *Total* row, you can add " -"*Groups*. If you click on a group's **+** sign, you can add a sub-group, and" -" so on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:121 -msgid "" -"You can insert your pivot table's data directly in the Spreadsheet app or " -"export it as an Excel file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals.rst:3 -msgid "Manage deals" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:3 -msgid "Purchase agreements: blanket orders and calls for tenders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:5 -msgid "" -"There are two main types of purchase agreements preconfigured in Odoo: " -"blanket orders and call for tenders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Blanket orders are long-term agreements between a company and a vendor to " -"deliver products on a recurring basis with predetermined pricing. Your " -"company should consider using them when you frequently purchase the same " -"products from the same vendor in varying quantities and/or at different " -"times. Among their many benefits, you can save time as the ordering process " -"is simplified, and money thanks to more advantageous bulk pricing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Calls for tenders use a special procedure to request offers from multiple " -"vendors at the same time. While public sector organizations are often " -"legally bound to release calls for tenders when they want to purchase goods " -"or services, private organizations can also use them to get the best deal " -"among several vendors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:20 -msgid "Enable purchase agreements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:22 -msgid "" -"From the Purchase app, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and" -" activate *Purchase Agreements*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:30 -msgid "Configure or create new types of purchase agreements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Before you start using purchase agreements, make sure they are configured " -"the way you want by going to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Purchase " -"Agreement Types`. From there, you can edit the way blanket orders and calls " -"for tenders or *Create* a new type of purchase agreement. You can configure " -"the:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:37 -msgid "Agreement Type: the name you want to give to the agreement." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Agreement Selection Type: you can either select multiple offers using " -"*Select multiple RFQ (non-exclusive)*, which is the default setting for both" -" blanket orders and calls for tenders, or a single offer using *Select only " -"one RFQ (exclusive)*, which is sometimes needed for calls for tenders where " -"you only want to select a single vendor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Lines: generally, you would always want to select *Use lines of agreement*, " -"which are the different product lines you can configure when you set up your" -" purchase agreement. However, you can select *Do not create RfQ lines " -"automatically* if you don't want your requests for quotations to be pre-" -"filled in with that information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Quantities: if you use lines of agreements, you can also specify " -"independently if the products' quantities should be used to pre-fill new " -"requests for quotations. The default option for blanket orders is *Set " -"quantities manually*, while for calls for tenders are set to *Use quantities" -" of agreement*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:59 -msgid "Set up a blanket order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Orders --> Purchase Agreements` and click on *Create*." -" Select *Blanket Order* as your *Agreement Type*. Next, select the vendor. " -"The other fields aren't mandatory, but you usually want to define an " -"*Agreement Deadline* after which the blanket order won't be valid anymore." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Next, add the products you want to order and their price. Note that you can " -"also add a *Quantity* for each product, for example, if you have agreed with" -" your vendor to order a specific minimum quantity each time or in total. If " -"you have configured your blanked order to *Set quantities manually*, this is" -" only used for informational purposes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:74 -msgid "" -"You can also write any *Terms and Conditions* at the bottom of the " -"agreement. Once you are satisfied with your blanket order, click on " -"*Confirm*. Its status then changes from *Draft* to *Ongoing* and it's ready " -"to be used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:79 -msgid "Create requests for quotation from the blanket order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:81 -msgid "" -"You can now create new quotations from the blanket order whenever you need " -"it by clicking on *New Quotation*. Odoo automatically fills in requests for " -"quotation with the information initially defined when you set up the blanket" -" order. Depending on the way you configured the *Purchase Agreement Type*, " -"product lines can also be pre-filled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:86 -msgid "" -"From here, you can quickly view all the requests for quotations made under " -"that blanket order by clicking on *RFQs/Orders*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:94 -msgid "" -"You can also create a *Request for Quotation* the usual way and then link it" -" to an existing *Blanket Order*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:98 -msgid "Blanket orders and replenishment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:100 -msgid "" -"Blanket orders can be used for :doc:`automated replenishment " -"<../../purchase/products/reordering>`, as once a blanket order is confirmed," -" a new vendor line is added to your product. Make sure the related vendor is" -" in the first position if you have several vendors linked to your product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:109 -msgid "Set up a call for tenders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:111 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Orders --> Purchase Agreements` and click on *Create*." -" Select *Call for Tenders* as your *Agreement Type*. The other fields aren't" -" mandatory, but you can add the date you want to be delivered and set an " -"agreement deadline. You usually don't want to select a vendor for calls for " -"tenders as you are looking to get quotations from multiple vendors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:116 -msgid "" -"Next, add the products you want to order and in what quantity. For calls for" -" tenders, you typically don't add a price, as the vendors should give you " -"their best quote." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:119 -msgid "" -"You can also write any *Terms and Conditions* at the bottom of the " -"agreement. Once you are ready, click on *Confirm*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:127 -msgid "Requests quotations from the call for tenders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:129 -msgid "" -"You can now request new quotations from the call for tenders. Click on *New " -"Quotation* and select one of your vendors you want to invite to the call for" -" tenders. Product lines should also be pre-filled in, depending on how you " -"configured the *Purchase Agreement Type*. Click on *Send by email* to send " -"it to the vendor. Go back to the call for tenders and repeat this process " -"for each vendor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:139 -msgid "" -"Once you have sent a request for quotation to every vendor and receiving " -"their quotes, click on *Validate* to proceed to the bid selection. Next, " -"click on the RFQs/Orders smart button to view all your vendors' quotations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:147 -msgid "" -"Click on each request for quotation to add the price communicated by your " -"vendors manually. When that's done, select the most advantageous offer and " -"click on *Confirm Order*. This automatically closes the call for tenders. " -"You can now proceed with the purchase order as you would for a regular one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:3 -msgid "Control and know when vendor bills should be paid" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:5 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can define how your vendor bills are controlled. For each " -"purchase order, you can decide when the related vendor bill should be paid: " -"either before or after you have received your products. You can also check " -"at a glance what is the billing status of each purchase order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:9 -msgid "" -"With the 3-way matching feature, Odoo compares the information appearing on " -"the *Purchase Order*, the *Vendor Bill* and the *Receipt*, and lets you know" -" if you should pay the bill. This way you can avoid paying incorrect or " -"fraudulent vendor bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:14 -msgid "Vendor bills default control policy" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:16 -msgid "" -"As a first step, open your Purchase app and go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` to set the default bill control " -"policy for all the products created onwards." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:23 -msgid "" -"By selecting *On ordered quantities*, you can create a vendor bill as soon " -"as you confirm an order. The quantities mentioned in the purchase order are " -"used to generate the draft bill." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:26 -msgid "" -"If you choose *On received quantities* instead, you can only create one once" -" you have at least received some of the products you have ordered. The " -"quantities you have received are used to generate the draft bill. If you try" -" to create one without having received any product, you get an error " -"message." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:36 -msgid "Change a specific product's control policy" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:38 -msgid "" -"If you want to modify a specific product's control policy, go to " -":menuselection:`Products --> Products`, open it, click on *Edit* and go to " -"the *Purchase tab*. There you can change a product's default bill control " -"policy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:47 -msgid "View a purchase order's billing status" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Once you confirm an order, you can view its *Billing Status* by going to the" -" *Other Information* tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Below you can find a list of the different *Billing Status*, and when they " -"are displayed, depending on the products' bill control policy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:60 -msgid "**Billing status**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:60 -msgid "**Conditions**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:62 -msgid "*On received quantities*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:62 -msgid "*On ordered quantities*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:64 -msgid "*Nothing to Bill*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:64 -msgid "PO confirmed; no products received" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:64 -msgid "*(Not applicable)*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:66 -msgid "*Waiting Bills*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:66 -msgid "All/some products received; bill not created" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:66 -msgid "PO confirmed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:68 -msgid "*Fully Billed*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:68 -msgid "All/some products received; draft bill created" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:68 -msgid "Draft bill created" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:72 -msgid "Determine when to pay with 3-way matching" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:74 -msgid "" -"First, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate *3-way" -" matching*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:81 -msgid "" -"3-way matching is intended to work with the bill control policy set to *On " -"received quantities*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:84 -msgid "Should I pay the vendor bill?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:86 -msgid "" -"With the feature activated, your vendor bills now display the *Should Be " -"Paid* field under the *Other info* tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:93 -msgid "" -"As you can't create a bill until you have received your products - and if " -"you haven't received all of them, Odoo only includes the products you have " -"received in the draft bill - the *Should Be Paid* status is set to *Yes* " -"when you create one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:97 -msgid "" -"If you edit a draft bill to increase the billed quantity, change the price, " -"or add other products, the *Should Be Paid* status is set to *Exception*. It" -" means Odoo notices the discrepancy, but that you might have a valid reason " -"to have done so." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:101 -msgid "" -"Once the payment has been registered and mentions *Paid*, the *Should Be " -"Paid* status is set to *No*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:109 -msgid "" -"The *Should Be Paid* status is set automatically by Odoo. However, you can " -"change the status manually when you are viewing a bill in edit mode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products.rst:3 -msgid "Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:3 -msgid "Don’t run out of stock with reordering rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:5 -msgid "" -"To make sure you never run out of stock, you can define *Reordering Rules* " -"on products. Thanks to them, Odoo can help you replenish your stock " -"automatically when it reaches set quantities or whenever a sales order is " -"created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:9 -msgid "You need to install the *Inventory app* to use reordering rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:12 -msgid "Configure your storable product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Open or create a product with its *Product Type* set to *Storable Product*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:20 -msgid "" -"As you are purchasing this product from a vendor, go to the product's " -"*Purchase tab* and add a vendor by clicking on *Add a line*. You can add " -"multiple vendors, but make sure to order them correctly, since reordering " -"rules always use the first vendor in a list. You can add a price, but it " -"isn't necessary for the reordering rule to work. In addition, you can add a " -"minimum quantity you must order to benefit from that price." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:27 -msgid "" -"If the quantity Odoo has to reorder doesn't match the minimum quantity " -"specified, Odoo selects the next vendor on your list. If you don't have " -"another vendor on your list, the reordering rule won't work. For that " -"purpose, you can add the same vendor multiple times with different prices " -"for different quantities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:37 -msgid "" -"By default, a draft purchase order is created. However, if you have enabled " -"*Purchase Agreements*, you can *Propose a call for tenders* instead as shown" -" in the image above. For more information, see " -":doc:`../manage_deals/agreements`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Next, make sure the correct route is selected under the Inventory tab of " -"your product. If you created your product within the Purchase app, the *Buy*" -" route is selected by default. If you are looking to dropship your product, " -"select *Dropship*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:50 -msgid "Set up your reordering rule" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:52 -msgid "Open your product and click on the *Reordering Rules* button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Once you are on the product's reordering rules page, click on *Create*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:61 -msgid "" -"You can access and create reordering rules from :menuselection:`Inventory " -"--> Configuration --> Reordering Rules` and from :menuselection:`Inventory " -"--> Operations --> Replenishment`. By default, the replenishment view " -"presents a summary of all the products that you might need to purchase to " -"fulfill your sales orders. From there, you can ask Odoo with a single click " -"to order a product once or automate all orders for that product, future " -"orders included." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:68 -msgid "Define quantities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:70 -msgid "" -"You can set a **minimum quantity** your stock should always have. Once set, " -"if your stock goes below the minimum quantity, and if you selected the Buy " -"route, a request for quotation is automatically generated to reach that " -"minimum quantity, plus any additional quantity needed to fill in a sales " -"order for example." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:75 -msgid "" -"If you set a **maximum quantity**, every time the product has to be " -"replenished, enough products are reordered to reach the maximum quantity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:78 -msgid "" -"If you want to order only the exact quantity needed to fill in a sales order" -" for example, set both both the minimum and maximum quantity to **zero**. " -"The quantity mentioned in the sales order is then used by the reordering " -"rule." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:82 -msgid "" -"You can also add a **quantity multiple** to only order products in batches " -"of a certain quantity. Click on the optional columns drop-down menu, and " -"select *Multiple Quantity* to show the column. Bear in mind that you might " -"go over the maximum quantity you set if your rule includes a quantity " -"multiple, as Odoo orders enough products to reach the maximum quantity and " -"respect the set quantity multiple." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:92 -msgid "" -"If you selected multiple routes for the same product under its Inventory " -"tab, make sure to select your *Preferred Route* on your reordering rule by " -"clicking on the optional columns drop-down menu, adding the *Preferred " -"Route* column, and selecting the right route." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:3 -msgid "Purchase in different units of measure than sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When you purchase a product, it may happen that your vendor uses a different" -" unit of measure than you do when you sell it. This can cause confusion " -"between sales and purchase representatives. It is also time-consuming to " -"convert measures manually every time. With Odoo, you can configure your " -"product once and let Odoo handle the conversion." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:10 -msgid "Consider the following examples:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:12 -msgid "" -"You purchase orange juice from an American vendor, and they use **gallons**." -" However, your customers are European and use **liters**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:15 -msgid "" -"You buy curtains from a vendor in the form of **rolls** and you sell pieces " -"of the rolls to your customers using **square meters**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:19 -msgid "Enable units of measure" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Open your Sales app and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. " -"Under Product Catalog, enable *Units of Measure*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:29 -msgid "Specify sales and purchase units of measure" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:32 -msgid "Standard units of measure" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:34 -msgid "" -"A variety of units of measure are available by default in your database. " -"Each belongs to one of the five pre-configured units of measure categories: " -"*Length / Distance*, *Unit*, *Volume*, *Weight* and *Working Time*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:39 -msgid "" -"You can create your new units of measure and units of measure categories " -"(see next section)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:41 -msgid "" -"To specify different units of measures for sales and purchases, open the " -"Purchase app and go to :menuselection:`Products --> Products`. Create a " -"product or select an existing one. Under the product's *General Information*" -" tab, first select the *Unit of Measure* to be used for sales (as well as " -"for other apps such as inventory). Then, select the *Purchase Unit of " -"Measure* to be used for purchases." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Back to the first example, if you purchase orange juice from your vendor in " -"**gallons** and sell it to your customers in **liters**, first select *L* " -"(liters) as the *Unit of Measure*, and *gal (US)* (gallons) as the *Purchase" -" Unit of Measure*, then click on *Save*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:56 -msgid "Create new units of measure and units of measure categories" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Sometimes you need to create your own units and categories, either because " -"the measure is not pre-configured in Odoo or because the units do not relate" -" with each other (e.g. kilos and centimeters)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:62 -msgid "" -"If you take the second example where you buy curtains from a vendor in the " -"form of **rolls** and you sell pieces of the rolls using **square meters**, " -"you need to create a new *Units of Measure Category* in order to relate both" -" units of measure." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:66 -msgid "" -"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Units of Measure " -"Categories`. Click on *Create* and name the category." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:73 -msgid "" -"The next step is to create the two units of measures. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Units of Measure`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:76 -msgid "" -"First, create the unit of measure used as the reference point for converting" -" to other units of measure inside the category by clicking on *Create*. Name" -" the unit and select the units of measure category you just created. For the" -" *Type*, select *Reference Unit of Measure for this category type*. Enter " -"the *Rounding Precision* you would like to use. The quantity computed by " -"Odoo is always a multiple of this value." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:82 -msgid "" -"In the example, as you cannot purchase less than 1 roll and won't use " -"fractions of a roll as a unit of measure, you can enter 1." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:89 -msgid "" -"If you use a *Rounding Precision* inferior to 0.01, a warning message might " -"appear stating that it is higher than the *Decimal Accuracy* and that it " -"might cause inconsistencies. If you wish to use a *Rounding Precision* lower" -" than 0.01, first :doc:`activate the Developer Mode " -"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, then go to " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Database Structure --> Decimal " -"Accuracy`, select *Product Unit of Measure* and edit *Digits* accordingly. " -"For example, if you want to use a rounding precision of 0.00001, set " -"*Digits* to 5." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:96 -msgid "" -"Next, create a second unit of measure, name it, and select the same units of" -" measure category as your reference unit. As *Type*, select *Smaller* or " -"*Bigger than the reference Unit of Measure*, depending on your situation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:100 -msgid "" -"As the curtain roll equals to 100 square meters, you should select " -"*Smaller*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:102 -msgid "" -"Next, you need to enter the *Ratio* between your reference unit and the " -"second one. If the second unit is smaller, the *Ratio* should be greater " -"than 1. If the second unit is larger, the ratio should be smaller than 1." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:106 -msgid "For your curtain roll, the ratio should be set to 100." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:112 -msgid "" -"You can now configure your product just as you would using Odoo's standard " -"units of measure." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/quality.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/quality.po deleted file mode 100644 index 004ae9b92..000000000 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/quality.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,461 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" -"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: de\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../quality.rst:5 -msgid "Quality" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert.rst:3 -msgid "Alert" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:3 -msgid "Generate a Quality Alert from a Manufacturing Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Speaking of manufacturing orders, you have two different situations to " -"consider in Odoo. Those two will result in two different processes:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:8 -msgid "You work with a simple manufacturing flow;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:10 -msgid "You work with a complex manufacturing flow that includes routings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:13 -msgid "Simple manufacturing flow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:15 -msgid "" -"If you work with simple manufacturing orders, the *Quality Alerts* will be " -"launched from the manufacturing order itself. When manufacturing a product " -"for which you need to process quality controls, a button *Quality Alert* " -"will appear on the top of your manufacturing order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:23 -msgid "" -"By clicking on the button, you can specify the quality problem that arose " -"during the process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:29 -msgid "" -"If one of the quality checks failed, the button will be highlighted on the " -"document. If not, the button won’t be highlighted." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:36 ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:50 -msgid "Manufacturing Flow with Routings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:38 -msgid "" -"If you work with routings defined on your manufacturing orders, the quality " -"alerts will be launched directly from the work orders on which the quality " -"checks took place." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Then, a button *Quality Alert* will be available from the work order view. " -"When you click on the button, you can specify the quality problem that " -"appeared during the process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:3 -msgid "Generate a Quality Alert from a Transfer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:6 -msgid "Use the Quality Alert" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Every time you perform some *Quality Checks* on a transfer, a *Quality " -"Alert* button appears. You can always use it. The button is automatically " -"highlighted once you have a failed quality check for the transfer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:16 -msgid "" -"If you click on that *Quality Alert* button, you can specify what was the " -"problem with the product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:22 -msgid "" -"The *Quality Alert* that is created from the transfer can be found via the " -"button appearing on the top right corner of the transfer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:28 -msgid "" -"You can also access all your *Quality Alerts* via the menu, accessible under" -" *Control*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks.rst:3 -msgid "Checks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:3 -msgid "Perform Quality Checks on Manufacturing Orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:5 -msgid "" -"There are two different situations to consider and that will differ in Odoo " -"processes:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:8 -msgid "You work with simple manufacturing flows;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:10 -msgid "" -"You work with complex manufacturing flows that are represented by the use of" -" routings in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:13 -msgid "Simple Manufacturing Flow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:16 -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:53 -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:6 -msgid "Create the Quality Control Point" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:18 -msgid "" -"To create a quality control point, open the quality app and go to " -":menuselection:`Control --> Control Points`. There, hit create. Make sure to" -" select *Manufacturing* as operation and choose the type of quality check " -"you want to perform." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:27 -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:69 -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:17 -msgid "Process the Quality Check" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Once your *Quality Control Point* has been created, you can create a " -"manufacturing order for your product. Now, and before marking the " -"manufacturing as done, you can register the *Quality Checks*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Once you have performed your quality checks, you can find them via the " -"*Quality Checks* button available on the manufacturing order form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:46 -msgid "" -"If you want to access all your quality checks, you can do this by opening " -"the quality checks menu, under quality control." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:55 -msgid "" -"If you want to create a *Quality Control Point*, open the *Quality* app and " -"go to :menuselection:`Control --> Control Points`. Then, click on create. " -"Make sure to select *Manufacturing* as operation and select the work order " -"operation on which the quality check should be performed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Choosing the work order operation is necessary if you want the quality " -"checks to be performed in the work orders. After that, you can choose the " -"type of quality check." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Once your *Quality Control Point* has been configured, create a " -"manufacturing order for your product. You have to plan it if you want to " -"generate the necessary work orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:78 -msgid "" -"Now, process the work order and your quality check will appear. In this " -"example, the quality check requests to enter the serial number of the Table " -"Top component." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:3 -msgid "Perform Quality Checks on Transfers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:8 -msgid "" -"To create a *Quality Control Point*, open the *Quality* application. Then, " -"go to :menuselection:`Quality Control --> Control Points --> Create`. Now, " -"you can define the quality control point you want to apply to a specific " -"product. Don’t forget to select a transfer operation type." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Let’s say that we will receive a laptop. First, create a planned receipt for" -" the product. Then, on the receipt, you will see a *Quality Checks* button " -"that appears to proceed to the quality check you configured before." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:27 -msgid "" -"By clicking on it, the instruction set on the quality control point will be " -"displayed and will require the check value." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Once the quality check is done, you can find it linked to the corresponding " -"transfer and access it by clicking on the button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:39 -msgid "" -"But, if the quality check failed, the stat button will appear in red " -"(instead of green) and Odoo will suggest you to create a *Quality Alert* by " -"highlighting the corresponding button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:46 -msgid "" -"The quality checks can also be found in the *Quality* application by opening" -" the *Quality Checks* menu, under *Quality Control*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control.rst:3 -msgid "Control" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:3 -msgid "Define Quality Control Points" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Quality is an important factor when it comes to products or services. " -"Nowadays, quality has become the differentiating factor for all goods and " -"services. It is vital for businesses to deliver products that meet or exceed" -" expectations. It also helps minimize waste." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:10 -msgid "" -"That is why most manufacturers would not think of eliminating the quality " -"control from their manufacturing process. After all, removing quality " -"controls would dramatically increase the number of defective products that " -"the company then has to rework or scrap." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Then, using business applications to ensure data quality is important. With " -"Odoo insuring the rear, any major problem can be avoided before occurring!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:20 -msgid "Quality Control Points" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:22 -msgid "" -"To create a *Quality Control Point*, go to :menuselection:`Quality --> " -"Quality Control --> Control Points`. Once there, define the product on which" -" the quality control point should take place. The operation at which it " -"takes place also is to be defined here." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:27 -msgid "" -"The *Quality Control Points* take place during transfers or during the " -"manufacturing process of the products. If working with routings on *Bill of " -"Materials*, you have to precise at which step of the manufacturing process " -"the quality control point needs to be applied." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:32 -msgid "" -"The *Control Type* defines at which frequency the quality checks should take" -" place:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:35 -msgid "" -"**All operations**: all the operations automatically generate quality checks" -" to perform;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:38 -msgid "" -"**Randomly**: the quality checks only perform on x% of the operation. The " -"percentage needs to be defined on the control point;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:41 -msgid "" -"**Periodically**: the quality checks are performed periodically. The " -"periodicity is based on the defined period (once a day, once a week)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:50 -msgid "Quality Control Point Types" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Now, one thing remains to be configured: the type of quality check. There " -"are several types that can be used: text, take a picture, pass-fail, take a " -"measure, register consumed material, register by-product, and print label." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Some types are available only with the manufacturing application installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:62 -msgid "Text" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:64 -msgid "" -"This control point type allows giving instructions to workers during the " -"transfer or during the manufacturing process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:80 -msgid "Take a Picture" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:82 -msgid "" -"This control point type asks to take a picture of the product applied in a " -"transfer or when manufacturing it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:98 -msgid "" -"This process can be simplified by using a connected :doc:`camera " -"<../../iot/devices/measurement_tool>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:102 -msgid "Pass-Fail" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:104 -msgid "" -"*Pass-Fail* requires to specify if the products pass or fail specific " -"criteria. It can be applied for both transfers or manufacturing orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:111 -msgid "" -"For this kind of type, there is the possibility to define a failure message " -"giving instructions to follow in case of failure." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:127 -msgid "Take a Measure" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:129 -msgid "" -"Taking measures requires to enter the product’s measurements during a " -"transfer or during the manufacturing process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:132 -msgid "" -"To use it, it necessary to specify the norm for your product’s measurements," -" but also a tolerance threshold. Doing so, all the products with good " -"measures can are automatically accepted." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:140 -msgid "" -"As for *Pass-Fail*, this type allows defining a failure message that gives " -"instructions to the worker." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:156 -msgid "" -"This process can be simplified by using connected :doc:`measurement tools " -"<../../iot/devices/camera>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:159 -msgid "Register Consumed Materials" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:161 -msgid "" -"When using *Register Consumed Materials*, it is required to register the " -"component’s serial/lot numbers during the manufacturing process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:165 -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:182 -msgid "This type is only available when working with routings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:176 -msgid "Register By-Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:178 -msgid "" -"With *Register By-Products*, it is required to register the serial/lot " -"number of the by-products that are manufactured." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:193 -msgid "Print Label" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:195 -msgid "" -"*Print Label*, as its name points out, allows printing labels to add to the " -"product during the manufacturing process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:207 -msgid "" -"This process can be simplified by using a connected :doc:`printer " -"<../../iot/devices/printer>`." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/recruitment.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/recruitment.po deleted file mode 100644 index 09256e9ec..000000000 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/recruitment.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,26 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 9.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-11-22 13:16+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2019\n" -"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: de\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../recruitment.rst:5 -msgid "Recruitment" -msgstr "Personalbeschaffung" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index 3aa239212..941fa70a3 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -1,15 +1,26 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # +# Translators: +# Leon Grill <leg@odoo.com>, 2021 +# Florian Pose <fp@igh.de>, 2021 +# philku79 <philip.kuss@gmx.de>, 2021 +# Andreas Stauder <andreas.stauder@brain-tec.ch>, 2021 +# Jan Meyer, 2021 +# Kevin Harrings <kha@odoo.com>, 2021 +# Martin Trigaux, 2021 +# Chris Egal <sodaswed@web.de>, 2021 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-18 07:12+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Chris Egal <sodaswed@web.de>, 2021\n" "Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -17,323 +28,3080 @@ msgstr "" "Language: de\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" -#: ../../sales.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales.rst:4 msgid "Sales" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/advanced.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm.rst:4 +msgid "CRM" +msgstr "Kundenverwaltung" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads.rst:3 +msgid "Acquire leads" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:3 +msgid "Convert leads into opportunities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The system can generate leads instead of opportunities, in order to add a " +"qualification step before converting a *Lead* into an *Opportunity* and " +"assigning to the right sales people." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:9 +msgid "" +"You can activate this mode from the CRM Settings. It applies to all your " +"sales channels by default. But you can make it specific for specific " +"channels from their configuration form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:25 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:16 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` and activate the *Leads* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:22 +msgid "" +"You will now have a new submenu *Leads* under *Leads* where they will " +"aggregate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:29 +msgid "Convert a lead into an opportunity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:31 +msgid "" +"When you click on a *Lead* you will have the option to convert it to an " +"opportunity and decide if it should still be assigned to the same " +"channel/person and if you need to create a new customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:38 +msgid "" +"If you already have an opportunity with that customer Odoo will " +"automatically offer you to merge with that opportunity. In the same manner, " +"Odoo will automatically offer you to link to an existing customer if that " +"customer already exists." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:44 +msgid "Merge opportunities" +msgstr "Chancen zusammenführen" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Odoo will also automatically propose to merge opportunities if they have the" +" same email address. When merging opportunities, Odoo merges the information" +" into the opportunity which was created first, giving priority to the " +"information present on the first opportunity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:51 +msgid "" +"No information is lost: data from the other opportunity is logged in the " +"chatter and the information fields for easy access." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Would you find a duplicate yourself, ...you can also merge opportunities or " +"leads even if the system doesn't propose it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Here’s how, from the list view. Select the opportunities or leads you want " +"to merge and the action button will appear. Then, you can select merge." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:67 +msgid "It is also possible to merge more than 2 opportunities or leads." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:3 +msgid "Generate leads/opportunities from emails" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Automating the lead/opportunity generation will considerably improve your " +"efficiency. By default, any email sent to *sales@database\\_domain.ext* will" +" create an opportunity in the pipeline of the default sales channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:11 +msgid "Configure email aliases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Each sales teams can have its own email alias, to generate " +"leads/opportunities automatically assigned to it. It is useful if you manage" +" several sales teams with specific business processes. You will find the " +"configuration of sales teams under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Sales " +"Teams`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:3 +msgid "Generate leads/opportunities from your website contact page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Automating the lead/opportunity generation will considerably improve your " +"efficiency. Any visitor using the contact form on your website will create a" +" lead/opportunity in the pipeline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:10 +msgid "Use the contact us on your website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:12 +msgid "You should first go to your website app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:14 +msgid "|image0|\\ |image1|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:16 +msgid "" +"With the CRM app installed, you benefit from a ready-to-use contact form on " +"your Odoo website that will generate leads/opportunities automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To change to a specific sales channel, go to :menuselection:`Website --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` under *Communication* you will find the Contact " +"Form info and where to change the *Sales Channel* or *Salesperson*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:50 +msgid "Create a custom contact form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:34 +msgid "" +"You may want to know more from your visitor when they use the contact form " +"to you will need to build a custom contact form on your website. These " +"contact forms can generate multiple types of records in the system (emails, " +"leads/opportunities, project tasks, helpdesk tickets, etc.)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:43 +msgid "" +"You will need to install the free *Form Builder* module, only available in " +"Odoo Enterprise." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:52 +msgid "" +"First, go to the page where you want to put your contact form. In edit mode," +" drag the form builder onto the page, and you will be able to add all the " +"fields you wish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:59 +msgid "" +"By default, any new contact form will send an email. You can switch to " +"lead/opportunity generation in *Change Form Parameters*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:63 +msgid "" +"If the same visitor uses the contact form twice, the second entry will be " +"added to the first lead/opportunity in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:67 +msgid "Generate leads instead of opportunities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:69 +msgid "" +"When using a contact form, you should use a qualification step before " +"assigning the form to the right sales people. To do so, activate *Leads* in " +"CRM settings and refer to :doc:`convert`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:3 +msgid "Lead mining" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:4 +msgid "" +"In any business, getting quality leads is essential to keep the business " +"growing. Lead mining allows you to generate leads from scratch directly from" +" your database. Target your leads based on a set of criteria such as the " +"country, the size of the company, the industry your leads are coming from to" +" make them relevant to your business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:10 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` and activate the **Lead Mining** feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:17 +msgid "Start generating leads" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:18 +msgid "" +"You will now have a new button **Generate Leads** available in your " +"pipeline. You are also able to create lead mining requests from the " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Lead Mining Requests` and trough " +":menuselection:`Leads --> Leads` where you have the **Generate Leads** " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:27 +msgid "" +"From there, click on the **Generate Leads** button, a window where you will " +"be able to pick your criteria will pop up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:34 +msgid "" +"When choosing to target Companied and their contacts you can choose the " +"contacts you are getting based on Role or Seniority. When getting contact " +"information make sure to be aware of the latest EU regulation, get more " +"information about General Data Protection Regulation on `Odoo GDPR " +"<http://odoo.com/gdpr>`__," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:39 +msgid "" +"You can decide to filter the leads you are getting depending on the size " +"(number of employees) of the companies. You can pick the countries your " +"leads are coming from. It is possible to pick multiple countries. You can " +"pick the industries your leads are coming from. It is possible to pick " +"multiple industries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:43 +msgid "" +"You can choose the salesperson and the Salesteam the lead will be assigned " +"to. You can also add tags to track your generated leads." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:47 +msgid "The generated leads will have the name of the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:36 +msgid "Pricing" +msgstr "Preiskalkulation" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:51 +msgid "" +"This is an In-App Purchase feature, each generated lead will cost you one " +"credit. If you choose to get contact information each contact will also cost" +" us one additional credit. Here is the pricing for this `feature " +"<https://iap.odoo.com/iap/in-app-services/167?>`__, To buy credits you can " +"either go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Settings --> Buy " +"Credits`; or go to :menuselection:`Settings --> In-App Purchases --> View my" +" Services`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:65 +msgid "" +"The blue box will automatically tell you how many credits are going to be " +"consumed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:169 +msgid "" +"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you " +"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:71 +msgid "" +":doc:`In-App Purchases (IAP) " +"</applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:3 +msgid "Send quotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you qualify a lead into an opportunity you will most likely need to " +"send them a quotation. You can directly do this in the CRM App with Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:12 +msgid "Create a new quotation" +msgstr "Ein neues Angebot erstellen" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:14 +msgid "" +"By clicking on any opportunity or lead, you will see a *New Quotation* " +"button, it will bring you into a new menu where you can manage your quote." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:21 +msgid "" +"You will find all your quotes to that specific opportunity under the " +"*Quotations* menu on that page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:28 +msgid "Mark them won/lost" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Now you will need to mark your opportunity as won or lost to move the " +"process along." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you mark them as won, they will move to your *Won* column in your Kanban " +"view. If you however mark them as *Lost* they will be archived." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize.rst:3 +msgid "Optimize your Day-to-Day work" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:3 +msgid "How to motivate and reward my salespeople?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Challenging your employees to reach specific targets with goals and rewards " +"is an excellent way to reinforce good habits and improve your salespeople " +"productivity. The Gamification module gives you simple and creative ways to " +"motivate and evaluate your employees with real-time recognition and badges " +"inspired by game mechanics." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Install the *Gamification* module, or the *CRM gamification* one, which adds" +" some useful data (goals and challenges) that can be used on *CRM/Sale*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:21 +msgid "Create a challenge" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Now, create your first challenge by going to :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Gamification Tools --> Challenges`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:27 +msgid "" +"As the gamification tool is a one-time technical setup, you need to activate" +" the technical features in order to access the configuration. To do so, go " +"to *Settings* and *Activate the developer mode*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:35 +msgid "" +"A challenge is a mission that you send to your sales team. It can include " +"one or several goals, set for a specific period of time. Configure your " +"challenge as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:38 +msgid "Assign the salespeople to be challenged;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:39 +msgid "Assign a responsible;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:40 +msgid "Set up the periodicity along with the start and the end date;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:41 +msgid "Select your goals;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:42 +msgid "Set up your rewards (badges)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Badges are granted when a challenge is finished. This is either at the end " +"of a running period (eg: end of the month for a monthly challenge), at the " +"end date of a challenge (if no periodicity is set), or when the challenge is" +" manually closed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:49 +msgid "" +"In the example below, 2 employees are being challenged with a *Monthly Sales" +" Target*. The challenge is based on 2 goals: the total amount invoiced and " +"number of new leads generated. At the end of the month, the winner will be " +"granted with a badge." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:58 +msgid "Set up goals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:60 +msgid "" +"The users can be evaluated using goals and numerical objectives to reach." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:62 +msgid "" +"**Goals** are assigned through *challenges* that evaluate (see image above) " +"and compare members of a team throughout time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:66 +msgid "" +"You can create a new goal on the fly from a *Challenge* by clicking on *Add " +"new item*, under *Goals*. Select the business object according to your " +"company's needs. Examples: number of new leads, time to qualify a lead, " +"total amount invoiced in a specific week, month or any other time frame " +"based on your management preferences, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Goals may include your database setup as well (e.g. set your company data " +"and a timezone, create new users, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:77 +msgid "Set up rewards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:79 +msgid "" +"For non-numerical achievements, **Badges** can be granted to users. From a " +"simple thank you to an exceptional achievement, a badge is an easy way to " +"express gratitude to a user for their good work. To create and grant badges " +"to your employees based on their performance, go to :menuselection:`Settings" +" --> Gamification Tools --> Badges`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:3 +msgid "Outlook Extension" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The **Odoo CRM Extension** is a connector that bridges your Outlook mailbox " +"with your Odoo database. This extension allows you to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:8 +msgid "Create leads from emails sent to your mailbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:9 +msgid "Centralize Prospects' emails into a CRM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:10 +msgid "Search and store insights on your contacts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:17 +msgid "" +"This extension is compatible with the Web version of Outlook as well as the " +"desktop apps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The Outlook Extension uses *Partner Autocomplete IAP credits* to search and " +"store insights on your contacts. See the :ref:`Pricing section " +"<outlook_extension/pricing>` below for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The Outlook Extension requires to be configured both in Odoo and in Outlook." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:34 +msgid "Enable the feature on your database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To enable this feature on your Odoo database, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> " +"Configuration --> Lead Generation`, enable **Outlook CRM Extension**, and " +"click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:42 +msgid "Install the add-in on Outlook" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:44 +msgid "" +"You can install the Outlook Extension as a **Custom Add-in**. To do so, " +"follow these steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:0 +msgid "URL of the **Odoo for Outlook** add-in's manifest file:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:0 +msgid "``https://download.odoo.com/plugins/outlook/manifest.xml``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:50 +msgid "Todo" +msgstr "Zu erledigen" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:50 +msgid "add copy button when the feature is added to the doc" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Connect to your Outlook mailbox, open any email, and click on the *More " +"actions* button, displayed as three little dots." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:59 +msgid "Click on *Get add-ins*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:65 +msgid "" +"In the new window, select the tab named *My add-ins*, click on *+ Add a " +"custom add-in*, and then on *Add from URL...*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Outlook prompts you to **enter the URL of the add-in's manifest file**. To " +"do so, copy the following URL, paste it in the box, and click on *OK*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Outlook warns you that Microsoft hasn’t verified the add-in. Click on " +"*Install* to complete the installation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:84 +msgid "" +"The *Odoo for Outlook* add-in is not listed yet on Outlook's add-ins list. " +"This is why it is currently necessary to install it as a *custom add-in*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:90 +msgid "Add a shortcut to open the extension" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:92 +msgid "" +"By default, you can open the **Odoo for Outlook** extension from the *More " +"actions* menu. This section explains how to move the launcher next to the " +"other default actions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:99 +msgid "" +"In your Outlook mailbox, click on *Settings*, then on *View all Outlook " +"settings*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Mail --> Customize actions --> Message " +"surface`, select *Odoo for Outlook*, and click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:109 +msgid "Connect to your database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Open **Odoo for Outlook** from any email. This opens the extension as a " +"panel on the right side of your screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:113 +msgid "Click on *login* at the bottom of the extension." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:114 +msgid "Insert your database's URL then click on *Login*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:120 +msgid "" +"Log into your database by entering your credentials. Skip this step if you " +"are already logged in with this browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:122 +msgid "" +"A message asks you if you want to let Outlook access your Odoo database. " +"Click on *Allow* to complete the connection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Make sure first to :ref:`enable the feature on your database " +"<outlook_extension/enable-feature>`. Failing to do so would result in an " +"*error 404 message*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:130 +msgid "" +"The extension displays some information, even if you do not connect it to " +"any Odoo database. Note that only a limited amount of contact enrichment " +"requests are available as a trial, as this feature requires prepaid credits." +" See the :ref:`Pricing section <outlook_extension/pricing>` below for more " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:140 +msgid "" +"The extension is **free** and doesn't require any purchase to be installed " +"and used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:142 +msgid "" +"However, this extension provides you with *Lead Enrichment* in the **Company" +" Insights** section. This service is part of a paid service known as **Lead " +"Generation**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:145 +msgid "" +"The extension allows you to test this service for free, whether you connect " +"the extension to a database or not. After a while, the extension asks you to" +" buy credits to keep using this additional service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:155 +msgid "" +"You can buy more *Lead Generation* credits to keep using this service or " +"disregard this message and keep using the extension for free without *Lead " +"Enrichment*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:159 +msgid "In-App Purchase" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:162 +msgid "" +"*Lead Generation* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service, which requires " +"prepaid credits to be used. Each request consumes one credit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To buy credits, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Contacts --> Partner " +"Autocomplete or Odoo IAP --> View My Services` and select a package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:167 +msgid "" +"If you run out of credits, the only information populated when clicking on " +"the suggested company is the website link and logo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Learn about our *Privacy Policy* `here " +"<https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#header_2>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:174 +msgid ":doc:`../../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:175 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Lead Enrichment <https://www.odoo.com/r/p73>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:3 +msgid "Enrich your contacts base with Partner Autocomplete" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Parter Autocomplete helps you to enrich your contacts database with " +"corporate data. Select one of the companies suggested in the dropdown, and " +"quickly get all the information you need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Contacts` and activate the *Partner " +"Autocomplete* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:18 +msgid "Enrich your contacts with corporate data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:22 +msgid "" +"From any module, once you start to create a new contact typing the name of " +"it, the system will suggest a potential match. If you select it, the contact" +" will be populated with corporate data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:23 +msgid "" +"For example, after typing *Odoo*, you will get the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Partner Autocomplete also works if you enter a VAT number instead of a " +"company name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:39 +msgid "" +"*Partner Autocomplete* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service, which requires" +" prepaid credits to be used. Each request will consume one credit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:44 +msgid "" +"If you run out of credits, the only information that will be populated when " +"clicking on the suggested company will be the website link and the logo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:46 +msgid "" +"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and you have the Enterprise version, you " +"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance.rst:3 +msgid "Analyze performance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:3 +msgid "Check your Win/Loss Ratio" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To see how well you are doing with your pipeline, take a look at the " +"Win/Loss ratio." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To access this report, go to your *Pipeline* view under the *Reporting* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:11 +msgid "" +"From there you can filter to which opportunities you wish to see, yours, the" +" ones from your sales channel, your whole company, etc. You can then click " +"on filter and check Won/Lost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:18 +msgid "You can also change the *Measures* to *Total Revenue*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:23 +msgid "You also have the ability to switch to a pie chart view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline.rst:3 +msgid "Organize the pipeline" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:3 +msgid "Manage lost opportunities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:5 +msgid "" +"While working with your opportunities, you might lose some of them. You will" +" want to keep track of the reasons you lost them and also which ways Odoo " +"can help you recover them in the future." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:10 +msgid "Mark a lead as lost" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:12 +msgid "" +"While in your pipeline, select any opportunity you want and you will see a " +"*Mark Lost* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:15 +msgid "" +"You can then select an existing *Lost Reason* or create a new one right " +"there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:22 +msgid "Manage & create lost reasons" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You will find your *Lost Reasons* under :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Lost Reasons`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:26 +msgid "" +"You can select & rename any of them as well as create a new one from there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:30 +msgid "Retrieve lost opportunities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To retrieve lost opportunities and do actions on them (send an email, make a" +" feedback call, etc.), select the *Lost* filter in the search bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:39 +msgid "You will then see all your lost opportunities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:41 +msgid "" +"If you want to refine them further, you can add a filter on the *Lost " +"Reason*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:44 +msgid "For Example, *Too Expensive*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:50 +msgid "Restore lost opportunities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:52 +msgid "" +"From the Kanban view with the filter(s) in place, you can select any " +"opportunity you wish and work on it as usual. You can also restore it by " +"clicking on *Archived*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:59 +msgid "" +"You can also restore items in batch from the Kanban view when they belong to" +" the same stage. Select *Restore Records* in the column options. You can " +"also archive the same way." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:66 +msgid "To select specific opportunities, you should switch to the list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Then you can select as many or all opportunities and select the actions you " +"want to take." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:78 +msgid ":doc:`../performance/win_loss`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:3 +msgid "Manage multiple sales teams" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, you can manage several sales teams, departments or channels with " +"specific sales processes. To do so, we use the concept of *Sales Channel*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:10 +msgid "Create a new sales channel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To create a new *Sales Channel*, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Sales Channels`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:14 +msgid "" +"There you can set an email alias to it. Every message sent to that email " +"address will create a lead/opportunity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:21 +msgid "Add members to your sales channel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You can add members to any channel; that way those members will see the " +"pipeline structure of the sales channel when opening it. Any " +"lead/opportunity assigned to them will link to the sales channel. Therefore," +" you can only be a member of one channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:28 +msgid "This will ease the process review of the team manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you now filter on this specific channel in your pipeline, you will find " +"all of its opportunities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:40 +msgid "Sales channel dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To see the operations and results of any sales channel at a glance, the " +"sales manager also has access to the *Sales Channel Dashboard* under " +"*Reporting*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:46 +msgid "" +"It is shared with the whole ecosystem so every revenue stream is included in" +" it: Sales, eCommerce, PoS, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads.rst:3 +msgid "Assign and track leads" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:3 +msgid "Assign leads based on scoring" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With *Leads Scoring* you can automatically rank your leads based on selected" +" criterias." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:8 +msgid "" +"For example you could score customers from your country higher or the ones " +"that visited specific pages on your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To use scoring, install the free module *Lead Scoring* under your *Apps* " +"page (only available in Odoo Enterprise)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:21 +msgid "Create scoring rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You now have a new tab in your *CRM* app called *Leads Management* where you" +" can manage your scoring rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Here's an example for a Canadian lead, you can modify for whatever criteria " +"you wish to score your leads on. You can add as many criterias as you wish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Every hour every lead without a score will be automatically scanned and " +"assigned their right score according to your scoring rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:40 +msgid "Assign leads" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Once the scores computed, leads can be assigned to specific teams using the " +"same domain mechanism. To do so go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Leads " +"Management --> Team Assignation` and apply a specific domain on each team. " +"This domain can include scores." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Further on, you can assign to a specific vendor in the team with an even " +"more refined domain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:52 +msgid "" +"To do so go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Leads Management --> Leads " +"Assignation`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:58 +msgid "" +"The team & leads assignation will assign the unassigned leads once a day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:62 +msgid "Evaluate & use the unassigned leads" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Once your scoring rules are in place you will most likely still have some " +"unassigned leads. Some of them could still lead to an opportunity so it is " +"useful to do something with them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:68 +msgid "" +"In your leads page you can place a filter to find your unassigned leads." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Why not using :menuselection:`Email Marketing` or :menuselection:`Marketing " +"Automation` apps to send a mass email to them? You can also easily find such" +" unassigned leads from there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:3 +msgid "Track your prospects visits" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Tracking your website pages will give you much more information about the " +"interests of your website visitors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Every tracked page they visit will be recorded on your lead/opportunity if " +"they use the contact form on your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To use this feature, install the free module *Lead Scoring* under your " +"*Apps* page (only available in Odoo Enterprise)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:21 +msgid "Track a webpage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Go to any static page you want to track on your website and under the " +"*Promote* tab you will find *Optimize SEO*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:29 +msgid "There you will see a *Track Page* checkbox to track this page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:35 +msgid "See visited pages in your leads/opportunities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Now each time a lead is created from the contact form it will keep track of " +"the pages visited by that visitor. You have two ways to see those pages, on " +"the top right corner of your lead/opportunity you can see a *Page Views* " +"button but also further down you will see them in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Both will update if the viewers comes back to your website and visits more " +"pages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:52 +msgid "" +"The feature will not repeat multiple viewings of the same pages in the " +"chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:55 +msgid "Your customers will no longer be able to keep any secrets from you!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:4 +msgid "Point of Sale" +msgstr "Point of Sale" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features.rst:3 +msgid "Pricing Features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:3 +msgid "Using discount tags with a barcode scanner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:5 +msgid "" +"If you want to sell your products with a discount, for a product getting " +"close to its expiration date for example, you can use discount tags. They " +"allow you to scan discount barcodes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:10 +msgid "To use discount tags you will need to use a barcode scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:13 +msgid "Barcode Nomenclature" +msgstr "Barcode-Nomenklatur" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:15 +msgid "To use discounts tags, we need to learn about barcode nomenclature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Let's say you want to have a discount for the product with the following " +"barcode:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You can find the *Default Nomenclature* under the settings of your PoS " +"interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Let's say you want 50% discount on a product you have to start your barcode " +"with 22 (for the discount barcode nomenclature) and then 50 (for the %) " +"before adding the product barcode. In our example, the barcode would be:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:41 +msgid "Scan the products & tags" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:43 +msgid "You first have to scan the desired product (in our case, a lemon)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:48 +msgid "" +"And then scan the discount tag. The discount will be applied and you can " +"finish the transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:3 +msgid "Apply Discounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"By offering discounts, you can entice your customers and drastically " +"increase your revenue. It is vital to offer discounts, whether they are " +"time-limited, seasonal or manually given." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:9 +msgid "" +"To manage discounts, Odoo has powerful features that help set up a pricing " +"strategy tailored to every business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:13 +msgid "Apply manual discounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:15 +msgid "" +"If you seldom use discounts, applying manual ones might be the easiest " +"solution for your Point of Sale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:18 +msgid "" +"You can either apply a discount on the whole order or on specific products " +"inside an order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:22 +msgid "Apply a discount on a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:24 +msgid "From your PoS session interface, use the *Disc* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Then, you can input a discount over the product that is currently selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:34 +msgid "Apply a global discount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To apply a discount on the whole order, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales" +" --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and select your PoS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Once on your PoS form, select *Global Discounts*, under the *Pricing* " +"category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:45 +msgid "Now, you have a new *Discount* button appearing on your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:51 +msgid "Click on it and enter the wanted discount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:58 +msgid "" +"On this example, there is a global discount of 50% as well as a specific 50%" +" discount on oranges." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:62 +msgid "Apply time-limited discounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To activate time-limited discounts, you must activate the *Pricelists* " +"feature. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Configuration " +"--> Point of Sale` and open your PoS. Then, enable the pricelist feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Once activated, you must choose the pricelists you want to make available in" +" the PoS and define a default one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:77 +msgid "Create a pricelist" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:79 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo has a *Public Pricelist* configured. To create more, go to " +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Products --> Pricelists`. Then click on " +"create." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:83 +msgid "" +"When creating a pricelist, you can set several criteria to use a specific " +"price: period, min. quantity, etc. You can also decide to apply that " +"pricelist on specific products or on the whole range." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:92 +msgid "Using a pricelist with the PoS interface" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:94 +msgid "" +"On the PoS interface, a new button appears. Use it to select a pricelist." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Click on it to instantly update the prices with the selected pricelist. " +"Then, you can finalize the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:3 +msgid "Manage a loyalty program" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Encourage your customers to continue to shop at your point of sale with a " +"*Loyalty Program*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To activate the *Loyalty Program* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " +"Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface. " +"Under the Pricing features, select *Loyalty Program*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:19 +msgid "From there you can create and edit your loyalty programs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You can decide what type of program you wish to use, if the reward is a " +"discount or a gift, make it specific to some products or cover your whole " +"range. Apply rules so that it is only valid in specific situation and " +"everything in between." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:30 +msgid "Use the loyalty program in your PoS interface" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:32 +msgid "" +"When a customer is set, you will now see the points they will get for the " +"transaction and they will accumulate until they are spent. They are spent " +"using the button *Rewards* when they have enough points according to the " +"rules defined in the loyalty program." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:40 +msgid "" +"You can see the price is instantly updated to reflect the pricelist. You can" +" finalize the order in your usual way." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:44 +msgid "" +"If you select a customer with a default pricelist, it will be applied. You " +"can of course change it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:3 +msgid "Using Pricelists in Point of Sale" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You probably know the concept of happy hour: during a certain period of " +"time, the barman gives a discount on some drinks (usually 50% off or a buy " +"one get one free). When the period is over, prices go back to normal. But " +"how does that relate with Odoo?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:10 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, you can set up happy hours. It’s one of the many possible uses of " +"*Pricelists*. Those *Pricelists* allow the creation of multiple prices for " +"the same product: a regular one and a special one for happy hours. Available" +" in the *PoS* app, those are really convenient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:17 +msgid "Set up Pricelists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To set up a *Pricelist*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Configuration` and enable the *Pricelist* feature. Then, " +"go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and" +" enable *Pricelist* for the *PoS*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Now, you can create *Pricelists* by clicking on the *Pricelists* link. Then," +" set it up by choosing the product category you want to include in your " +"happy hour and the discount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Go back to your *PoS* settings and add the Happy Hour pricelist to the list." +" You can even choose a default pricelist if needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:39 +msgid "" +"From now on, on the *PoS* interface, a new button is available, allowing you" +" to choose among the different *pricelists* you added before." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:46 +msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm.rst:3 +msgid "Fiscal Data Modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Setting up the Fiscal Data Module with the Odoo POS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:170 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The Belgian government requires certain businesses to use a government-" +"certified device called a **Fiscal Data Module** (also known as a " +"**blackbox**). This device works together with the POS application and logs " +"certain transactions. On top of that, the used POS application must also be " +"certified by the government and must adhere to strict standards specified by" +" them. `Odoo 9 (Enterprise Edition) is a certified application " +"<http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/systemes-certifies>`_. More " +"information concerning the Fiscal Data Module can be found on `the official " +"website <http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:20 +msgid "Required hardware" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:22 +msgid "" +"A government certified `Fiscal Data Module " +"<http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/systemes-" +"certifies#FDM%20certifiés>`_ per POS, all of them should work, but the " +"Cleancash SC-B is recommended, you will also need:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Serial null modem cable per FDM (`example <http://www.startech.com/Cables" +"/Serial-Parallel-PS-2/DB9-DB25/10-ft-Cross-Wired-Serial-Null-Modem-Cable-" +"DB9-FM~SCNM9FM>`__)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Serial-to-USB adapter per FDM (`example " +"<http://trendnet.com/products/proddetail.asp?prod=265_TU-S9>`__)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:32 +msgid "A registered IoT Box per POS configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:35 +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "Einrichtung" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:38 +msgid "IoT Box" +msgstr "IoT Box" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In order to use a Fiscal Data Module, you will need a registered IoT Box. " +"These IoT Boxes are similar to the regular IoT Boxes we sell, but they are " +"registered with the Belgian government. This is required by law. Attempting " +"to use a Fiscal Data Module on a non-registered IoT Box will not work. You " +"can verify that the Fiscal Data Module is recognized by the IoT Box by going" +" to the *Hardware status page* via the IoT Box homepage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:52 +msgid "Odoo" +msgstr "Odoo" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:54 +msgid "" +"An Odoo POS app can be given certified POS capabilities by installing the " +"**Belgian Registered Cash Register** app (technical name: " +"``pos_blackbox_be``). Because of government restrictions imposed on us, this" +" installation cannot be undone. After this, you will have to ensure that " +"each POS configuration has a unique registered IoT Box associated with it " +"(:menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and " +"ensure Hardware Proxy / IoT Box and the serial number of your IoT Box is " +"set). The first time you open the Point of Sale and attempt to do a " +"transaction, you will be asked to input the PIN that you received with your " +"VAT signing card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:69 +msgid "Certification & On-premise" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The certification granted by the government is restricted to the use on " +"odoo.com SaaS instance. The usage of the module from the source or a " +"modified version will **not** be certified. For on-premise users, we also " +"support the Fiscal Data Module in such installations. The main restriction " +"is that this requires an obfuscated version of the ``pos_blackbox_be`` " +"module we will provide on request for Enterprise customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:79 +msgid "Restrictions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:81 +msgid "" +"As mentioned before, in order to get certified the POS application must " +"adhere to strict government guidelines. Because of this, a certified Odoo " +"POS has some limitations not present in the non-certified Odoo POS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:86 +msgid "Refunding is disabled" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:87 +msgid "Modifying orderline prices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:88 +msgid "Creating/modifying/deleting POS orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:89 +msgid "Selling products without a valid tax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:90 +msgid "Multiple Odoo POS configurations per IoT Box are not allowed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:91 +msgid "Using the POS without a connection to the IoT Box (and thus FDM)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:92 +msgid "Blacklisted modules: pos_discount, pos_reprint, pos_loyalty" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Übersicht" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:3 +msgid "Getting started" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When working with a Point of Sale application, employees want a simple, and " +"user-friendly solution. A solution that works online or offline and with any" +" device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:9 +msgid "" +"A Point of Sale system is a fully integrated application that allows any " +"transaction, automatically registers product moves in your stock, and gives " +"you real-time statistics and consolidations across all shops." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:17 +msgid "Make products available in the PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To make products available for sale, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale -->" +" Products --> Products` and open a product. In the *Sales* tab, enable " +"*Available in Point of Sale*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:28 +msgid "You can also define if the product has to be weighted or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:31 +msgid "Configure your payment methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:33 +msgid "" +"To add a payment method, you first need to create it. Go to " +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment Methods` and " +"click on create. Then, you can name your payment method and set it up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:43 +msgid "Don’t forget your credentials for methods using a payment terminal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Now, you can select the payment method in your PoS settings. To do so, go to" +" :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and open" +" the PoS in which you want to include the payment method. Then, add the " +"payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:55 +msgid "" +"*Configuration* is the menu where you can edit all your point of sale " +"settings. Some more features are available for restaurants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:59 +msgid "Your first PoS session" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:62 +msgid "Your first order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:64 +msgid "Open a new session from the dashboard by clicking on *New Session*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:70 +msgid "After the loading screen, you arrive on the PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Once an order is completed, you can register the payment. All the available " +"payment methods appear on the left of the screen. Select the payment method " +"and enter the received amount. Then, you can validate the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:82 +msgid "Return and refund products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Having a well-thought-out return policy is key to keep customers satisfied " +"and make the process of accepting returns and refunds easy for you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:87 +msgid "" +"To do that, from the PoS interface, select the product and quantity (with " +"the +/- button) that the customer wants to return. For multiple products, " +"repeat the process individually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:94 +msgid "" +"When on the payment interface, the total is negative. To end the refund, " +"process the payment and validate it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:102 +msgid "Close the PoS session" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To close your session at the end of the day, click on the close button on " +"the upper right corner of your screen and confirm. Now, close the session on" +" the dashboard view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:112 +msgid "" +"It’s strongly advised to close your PoS session at the end of each day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Once a session is closed, you can see a summary of all transactions per " +"payment method. Then, click on a line to see all orders that were paid " +"during your PoS session. If everything is correct, validate the session and " +"post the closing entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:123 +msgid "" +"To connect the PoS hardware with an Odoo IoT Box, please refer to these " +"docs: :doc:`Connect an IoT Box to your database " +"</applications/productivity/iot/config/connect>` and :doc:`Use the IoT Box " +"for the PoS </applications/productivity/iot/config/pos>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:129 +msgid "View your statistics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Keeping track of your sales is essential to get meaningful statistics. " +"That’s why Odoo provides analyzes about your sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:134 +msgid "" +"To access your statistics, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> " +"Reporting --> Orders`. There, you can see various statistics in graph or " +"pivot form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:142 +msgid "You can also access them through the dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:3 +msgid "Register customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Registering your customers will give you the ability to grant them various " +"privileges such as discounts, loyalty program, specific communication. It " +"will also be required if they want an invoice and registering them will make" +" any future interaction with them faster." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:11 +msgid "Create a customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:13 +msgid "From your session interface, use the customer button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:18 +msgid "Create a new one by using this button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You will be invited to fill out the customer form with their information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Use the save button when you are done. You can then select that customer in " +"any future transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment.rst:3 +msgid "Payment Terminals" +msgstr "Zahlungsterminals" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:3 +msgid "Connect an Ingenico Payment Terminal to your PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Connecting a payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid payment flow to " +"your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Please note that Ingenico is currently only available for customers in the " +"Benelux." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:15 +msgid "Connect an IoT Box" +msgstr "Schließen Sie eine IoT-Box an" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Connecting an Ingenico Payment Terminal to Odoo is a feature that requires " +"an IoT Box. For more information on how to connect an IoT Box to your " +"database, please refer to the :doc:`IoT documentation " +"</applications/productivity/iot/config/connect>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:22 +msgid "Configure the Lane/5000 for Ingenico BENELUX" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Click on the F button of the terminal, then go in the :menuselection:`PoS " +"Menu --> Settings` and enter the settings password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Now, click on connexion change and TCP/IP. Type the IP of your *IoT Box* " +"(you can find it on the form view of your IoT Box). Then, enter 9000 as " +"port. The terminal will restart. Once it is done, go on your *IoT Box* form " +"in Odoo and verify that the terminal has been found." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:36 +msgid "Configure the payment method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:38 +msgid "" +"First, go in the general settings of the POS app, and activate the Ingenico " +"setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Go back in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of " +"Sale`, go in the payments section and access your payment methods. Create a " +"new payment method for Ingenico, select the payment terminal option " +"Ingenico, and select your payment terminal device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:53 +msgid "Pay with a payment terminal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:55 +msgid "" +"In your *PoS interface*, when processing a payment, select a *Payment " +"Method* using a payment terminal. Check that the amount in the tendered " +"column is the one that has to be sent to the payment terminal and click on " +"*Send*. When the payment is successful, the status will change to *Payment " +"Successful*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:64 +msgid "" +"If you want to cancel the payment request, click on cancel. You can still " +"retry to send the payment request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:67 +msgid "" +"If there is any issue with the payment terminal, you can still force the " +"payment using the *Force Done*. This will allow you to validate the order in" +" Odoo even if the connexion between the terminal and Odoo has issues." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:73 +msgid "" +"This option will only be available if you received an error message telling " +"you the connexion failed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Once your payment is processed, on the payment record, you’ll find the type " +"of card that has been used and the transaction ID." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a SIX Payment Terminal to your PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Connecting a SIX payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid payment flow " +"to your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Even though Worldline has recently acquired SIX Payment Services and both " +"companies use Yomani payment terminals, the firmware they run is different. " +"Terminals received from Worldline are therefore not compatible with this " +"integration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:16 +msgid "Configure the Payment Method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:20 +msgid "" +"First, make sure that the POS Six module is installed. For this, go to " +"*Apps*, remove the \"Apps\" filter and search for \"POS Six\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Back in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment " +"Methods`, Create a new payment method for SIX, select the payment terminal " +"option \"SIX without IoT Box\", and enter your payment terminal IP address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:40 +msgid "Pay with a Payment Terminal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:36 +msgid "" +"In your PoS interface, at the moment of the payment, select a payment method" +" using a payment terminal. Verify that the amount in the tendered column is " +"the one that has to be sent to the payment terminal and click on *Send*. If " +"you want to cancel the payment request, click on cancel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:44 +msgid "" +"When the payment is done, the status will change to *Payment Successful*. " +"You can always reverse the last transaction by clicking on *Reverse*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If there is any issue with the payment terminal, you can still force the " +"payment using the *Force Done*. This will allow you to validate the order in" +" Odoo even if the connexion between the terminal and Odoo encounters issues." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Vantiv Payment Terminal to your PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Connecting a Vantiv payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid payment " +"flow to your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Please note MercuryPay only operates with US and Canadian banks, making this" +" procedure only suitable for North American businesses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:18 +msgid "" +"First, go in the general settings of the POS app, and activate the Vantiv " +"setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Back in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, " +"go in the payments section and access your payment methods. Create a new " +"payment method for Vantiv, select the payment terminal option Vantiv, and " +"create new Vantiv credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To create new Vantiv credentials, fill in your merchant ID and password, " +"then save. Make sure the credentials you just created are selected, then " +"save the payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:42 +msgid "" +"In your PoS interface, at the moment of the payment, select your Vantiv " +"payment method and… that’s all." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:3 +msgid "Restaurant Features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:3 +msgid "Print the Bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Use the *Bill Printing* feature to print the bill before the payment. This " +"is useful if the bill is still subject to evolve and is thus not the " +"definitive ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:10 +msgid "Configure Bill Printing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To activate *Bill Printing*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Bill Printing* option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:22 +msgid "Split a Bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:24 +msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Bill* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:29 +msgid "When you use it, you can then print the bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:3 +msgid "Using fiscal positions in PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, *Fiscal Positions* let you apply different taxes based on the " +"customer location. In a *Point of Sale*, such as a restaurant, it can be " +"used to apply different taxes depending if the customer eats in or takes " +"away." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:11 +msgid "Set up fiscal positions for PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To enable this feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of Sale` and check *Fiscal Position per Order*. Now," +" you can choose the fiscal positions you want for your *PoS*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:21 +msgid "You need to create your fiscal positions before using this feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:24 +msgid "Using fiscal positions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Once on your *PoS* interface, click on the *Tax* button. Now, choose the " +"fiscal position you need for the current order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:33 +msgid "Set up a default fiscal position" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:35 +msgid "" +"If you want to use a default fiscal position, meaning that a preexisting " +"value is always automatically assigned, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale " +"--> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and enable *Fiscal Position*. Now, " +"choose one to set as the default one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Now, the *tax* button is replaced by a *on site* button when on the *PoS* " +"interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:3 +msgid "Print orders at the kitchen or bar" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To ease the workflow between the front of house and the back of the house, " +"printing the orders taken on the PoS interface right in the kitchen or bar " +"can be a tremendous help." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:10 +msgid "Activate the bar/kitchen printer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To activate the *Order printing* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " +"Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Under the IoT Box / Hardware Proxy category, you will find *Order Printers*." +" Note that you need an IoT Box to connect your Printer to the PoS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:20 +msgid "Add a printer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:22 +msgid "" +"In your configuration menu you will now have a *Order Printers* option where" +" you can add the printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:29 +msgid "Print a kitchen/bar order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:34 +msgid "Select or create a printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:37 +msgid "Print the order in the kitchen/bar" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:39 +msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Order* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:44 +msgid "" +"When you press it, it will print the order on your kitchen/bar printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:3 +msgid "Manage your tables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Restaurants have specific needs that shops don’t have. That’s why Odoo gives" +" restaurant owners several unique features to help them manage their " +"business in the best possible way." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Floor and table management, bill splitting, or even the possibility to print" +" orders from the kitchen, everything is there to help your business shine " +"and your employees to work efficiently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To activate the bar/restaurant features, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale" +" --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and open your PoS. Now, select *Is a " +"Bar/Restaurant*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:24 +msgid "" +"New features are shown with a fork and a knife next to it, indicating that " +"they are restaurant-specific." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:32 +msgid "Add a floor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Once your *Point of Sale* has been configured, select *Table Management* " +"under :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`. " +"Then, click on *Floors* to create and name your floor and tables." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:47 +msgid "Don’t forget to link your floor to your point of sale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:50 +msgid "Add tables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:52 +msgid "" +"To add tables, you can also open your PoS interface to see your floor(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Then, click on *Edit Mode* (pencil icon on the upper right corner) to be " +"allowed to create, move, modify tables, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To make your table easier to be found, you can rename them, change their " +"shape, size or even color. It is also possible to add the maximum number of " +"sits the table can have." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:72 +msgid "Register your table(s) orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To register an order, click on the respective table. By doing so, you are " +"taken to your main interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:82 +msgid "Transfer customer(s)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:84 +msgid "" +"If your customers want to move to another table after they already ordered, " +"use the transfer button. This way, the order is also moved to the new table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:88 +msgid "To do so, select the table your customer is currently on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Now, click on the transfer button and select the table to which you are " +"transferring your customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:103 +msgid "Register an additional order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:105 +msgid "" +"When registering an order, use the + button to simultaneously proceed to " +"another one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Then, you can shift between your orders and process the payment when needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:116 +msgid "The - button allows you to remove the order you are currently on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:3 +msgid "Offer a bill-splitting option" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Offering an easy bill splitting solution to your customers will leave them " +"with a positive experience. That's why this feature is available out-of-the-" +"box in the Odoo Point of Sale application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To activate the *Bill Splitting* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " +"Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find the Bill Splitting " +"option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:23 +msgid "Split a bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:25 +msgid "In your PoS interface, you now have a *Split* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:30 +msgid "" +"When you use it, you will be able to select what that guest should had and " +"process the payment, repeating the process for each guest." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:3 +msgid "Integrate a tip option into payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:5 +msgid "" +"As it is customary to tip in many countries all over the world, it is " +"important to have the option in your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:9 +msgid "Configure Tipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To activate the *Tips* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Tips*. Select it and " +"create a *Tip Product* such as *Tips* in this case." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:21 +msgid "Add Tips to the bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:23 +msgid "Once on the payment interface, you now have a new *Tip* button" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:28 +msgid "Add the tip your customer wants to leave and process to the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop.rst:3 +msgid "Shop Features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:3 +msgid "Using barcodes in PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Using a barcode scanner to process point of sale orders improves your " +"efficiency and helps you to save time for you and your customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To use a barcode scanner, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Under the IoT Box / Hardware category, you will find *Barcode Scanner* " +"select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:21 +msgid "Add barcodes to product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Products` and select a " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Under the general information tab, you can find a barcode field where you " +"can input any barcode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:33 +msgid "Scanning products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:35 +msgid "" +"From your PoS interface, scan any barcode with your barcode scanner. The " +"product will be added, you can scan the same product to add it multiple " +"times or change the quantity manually on the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:3 +msgid "Set-up Cash Control in Point of Sale" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Cash control allows you to check the amount of the cashbox at the opening " +"and closing. You can thus make sure no error has been made and that no cash " +"is missing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:10 +msgid "Activate Cash Control" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To activate the *Cash Control* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales" +" --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:16 +msgid "Under the payments category, you will find the cash control setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:21 +msgid "" +"In this example, you can see I want to have 275$ in various denomination at " +"the opening and closing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:24 +msgid "" +"When clicking on **Opening/Closing Values** you will be able to create those" +" values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:31 +msgid "Start a session" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:33 +msgid "" +"You now have a new button added when you open a session, *Set opening " +"Balance*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:42 +msgid "" +"By default it will use the values you added before, but you can always " +"modify it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:46 +msgid "Close a session" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:48 +msgid "" +"When you want to close your session, you now have a *Set Closing Balance* " +"button as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:51 +msgid "" +"You can then see the theoretical balance, the real closing balance (what you" +" have just counted) and the difference between the two." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:57 +msgid "" +"If you use the *Take Money Out* option to take out your transactions for " +"this session, you now have a zero-sum difference and the same closing " +"balance as your opening balance. You cashbox is ready for the next session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:3 +msgid "Cash Rounding" +msgstr "Bargeld-Runden" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Cash rounding** is required when the lowest physical denomination of " +"currency, or the smallest coin, is higher than the minimum unit of account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:9 +msgid "" +"For example, some countries require their companies to round up or down the " +"total amount of an invoice to the nearest five cents, when the payment is " +"made in cash." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Each point of sale in Odoo can be configured to apply cash rounding to the " +"totals of its bills or receipts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings` and " +"enable *Cash Rounding*, then click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, " +"open the point of sale you want to configure, and enable the *Cash Rounding*" +" option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:29 +msgid "" +"To define the **Rounding Method**, open the drop-down list and click on " +"*Create and Edit...*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Define here your *Rounding Precision*, *Profit Account*, and *Loss Account*," +" then save both the Rounding Method and your Point of Sale settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:39 +msgid "" +"All total amounts of this point of sale now add a line to apply the rounding" +" according to your settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Odoo Point of Sale only support the *Add a rounding line* rounding " +"strategies and *Half-up* rounding methods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:3 +msgid "Invoice from the PoS interface" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Some of your customers might request an invoice when buying from your Point " +"of Sale, you can easily manage it directly from the PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:9 +msgid "Activate invoicing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and" +" select your Point of Sale:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Under the *Bills & Receipts* you will see the invoicing option, tick it. " +"Don't forget to choose in which journal the invoices should be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:25 +msgid "Select a customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:27 +msgid "From your session interface, use the customer button" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:32 +msgid "" +"You can then either select an existing customer and set it as your customer " +"or create a new one by using this button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:38 +msgid "" +"You will be invited to fill out the customer form with its information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:41 +msgid "Invoice your customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:43 +msgid "" +"From the payment screen, you now have an invoice option, use the button to " +"select it and validate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:49 +msgid "You can then print the invoice and move on to your next order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:52 +msgid "Retrieve invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Once out of the PoS interface (:menuselection:`Close --> Confirm` on the top" +" right corner) you will find all your orders in :menuselection:`Point of " +"Sale --> Orders --> Orders` and under the status tab you will see which ones" +" have been invoiced. When clicking on a order you can then access the " +"invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:3 +msgid "Log in with employee" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With Odoo *Point of Sale*, you can manage multiple cashiers. This feature " +"allows you to keep track of who is working, when and how much each cashier " +"made for that session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:9 +msgid "" +"There are three ways to switch cashiers in Odoo: by *selecting the cashier*," +" by *entering a PIN code* or by *scanning a barcode*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To manage multiple cashiers, you need several employees (at least two)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:16 +msgid "Set up log in with employees" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To enable the feature, go to your *PoS settings* and check log in with " +"employees on your *PoS form*. Then, add the employees that have access to " +"the cash register." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:25 +msgid "Now, you can switch cashier easily." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:28 +msgid "Switch without pin codes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The easiest way to switch cashiers is without a code. To do so, click on the" +" cashier name in your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:36 +msgid "Now, you just have to click on your name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:42 +msgid "Switch cashier with pin codes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:44 +msgid "" +"You can set a pin code on each cashier. To set up a pin code, go to the " +"employee form and add a security PIN, in the *HR settings tab*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:50 +msgid "Now, when switching cashier, a PIN password will be asked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:56 +msgid "Switch cashier with barcodes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:58 +msgid "" +"You can ask your employees to log themselves with their badges. To do so, " +"set up a barcode at the same place you add the PIN code. Print the badge and" +" when they will scan it, the cashier will be switched to that employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:67 +msgid "Find who was the cashier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Once you have closed your *PoS session*, you can have an overview of the " +"amount each cashier sold for. To do so, go to the orders menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:75 +msgid "Now, you can open the order and have a summary of the sold products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:3 +msgid "Reprint Receipts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Use the *Reprint receipt* feature if you have the need to reprint a ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To activate *Reprint Receipt*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of sale`. and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Reprint Receipt* option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:17 +msgid "" +"In order to allow the option reprint receipt, you need to activate the " +"receipt printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:23 +msgid "Reprint a receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:25 +msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Reprint receipt* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:30 +msgid "When you use it, you can then reprint your last receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced.rst:3 msgid "Advanced Topics" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:3 msgid "How to give portal access rights to my customers?" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:6 msgid "What is Portal access/Who is a portal user?" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:8 msgid "" "A portal access is given to a user who has the necessity to have access to " "Odoo instance, to view certain documents or information in the system." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:12 msgid "For Example, a long term client who needs to view online quotations." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:14 msgid "" "A portal user has only read/view access. He or she will not be able to edit " "any document in the system." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:18 msgid "How to give portal access to customers?" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:21 msgid "From Contacts Module" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:23 msgid "" "From the main menu, select **Contacts** menu. If the contact is not yet " "created in the system, click on the create button to create new contact. " "Enter details of the contact and click \"save\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:33 msgid "" "Choose a contact, click on the **Action** menu in the top-center of the " "interface and from the drop down." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:36 msgid "Select **Portal Access Management**. A pop up window appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:41 msgid "" "Enter the login **email ID**, check the box under **In Portal** and add the " "content to be included in the email in the text field box below. Click on " "**Apply** when you're done." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:47 msgid "" "An email will be sent to the specified email address, indicating that the " "contact is now a portal user of the respective instance." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector.rst:3 msgid "Amazon Connector" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:3 msgid "Amazon Connector Features" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:5 msgid "" "The **Amazon Connector** synchronizes the orders between Amazon and your " "Odoo database, which reduces considerably the amount of time spent on your " "Amazon Seller Central dashboard, making your daily routine a lot easier." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:10 msgid "Supported Features" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:12 msgid "The connector is able to:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:14 msgid "" "Synchronize (Amazon to Odoo) all confirmed orders (both FBA and FBM) and " "their order items which include:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:17 msgid "the product’s name, description and quantity" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:18 msgid "the shipping costs for the product" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:19 msgid "the gift wrapping charges" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:21 msgid "" "Create on Odoo any missing partner related to an order (contact types " "supported: contact and delivery)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:23 msgid "" "Notify Amazon of a shipping confirmed on Odoo (FBM) in order to get paid." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:25 msgid "Support multiple seller accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:26 msgid "Support multiple marketplaces per seller account." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:29 msgid "Fulfilled By Amazon (FBA)" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:29 msgid "Fulfilled By Merchant (FBM)" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:31 msgid "**Orders**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:31 msgid "Synchronize shipped and canceled orders" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:31 msgid "Synchronize unshipped and canceled orders" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 msgid "**Shipping**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 msgid "Charges" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:35 msgid "Delivery created" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 msgid "**Gift Wrapping**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:43 msgid "Handled by Amazon" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 msgid "Gift wrapping charges" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:38 msgid "Gift message" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 msgid "**Stock Management**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 msgid "One stock move created per sales order item" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 msgid "Handled by the delivery" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:43 msgid "**Confirmation**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:43 msgid "Notify Amazon when confirming delivery" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:48 msgid "" "The connector is designed to synchronize orders' data as detailed above. " "Other actions, such as downloading monthly fees reports, handling disputes, " "or issuing refunds must be managed from Amazon Seller Central, as usual." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:55 msgid "Supported Marketplaces" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:57 msgid "" "The Amazon Connector currently supports 9 marketplaces. If a marketplace is " "not listed below, it may be possible for you to :ref:`add it as an " "unsupported marketplace <amazon/add-unsupported-marketplace>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:62 msgid "**North America region**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:64 msgid "Canada" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:64 msgid "Amazon.ca" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:66 msgid "Mexico" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:66 msgid "Amazon.com.mx" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:68 msgid "US" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:68 msgid "Amazon.com" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:72 msgid "**Europe region**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:74 msgid "Germany" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:74 msgid "Amazon.de" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:76 msgid "Spain" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:76 msgid "Amazon.es" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:78 msgid "France" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:78 msgid "Amazon.fr" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:80 msgid "UK" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:80 msgid "Amazon.co.uk" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:82 msgid "Italy" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:82 msgid "Amazon.it" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:84 msgid "Netherlands" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:84 msgid "Amazon.nl" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:88 -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:98 msgid ":doc:`setup`" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:89 -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:162 msgid ":doc:`manage`" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:3 msgid "Manage Amazon orders in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:6 msgid "Synchronization of orders" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:8 msgid "" "Orders are automatically fetched from Amazon and synchronized in Odoo at " "regular intervals. The synchronization is based on the Amazon status: only " @@ -345,35 +3113,35 @@ msgid "" " are not yet registered." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:15 msgid "" "When an order is canceled in Amazon and was already synchronized in Odoo, " "the corresponding sales order is automatically canceled in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:19 msgid "" "To force the synchronization of an order whose status has not changed since " "the last synchronization, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " -"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, navigate to your Amazon account " -"and modify the date under :menuselection:`Orders Follow-up --> Last Order " +"</applications/general/developer_mode>`, navigate to your Amazon account and" +" modify the date under :menuselection:`Orders Follow-up --> Last Order " "Sync`. Pick a date anterior to the last status change of the order that you " "wish to synchronize and save." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:26 msgid "" "To synchronize immediately the orders of your Amazon account switch to " -":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, head to your " +":doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>`, head to your " "Amazon account and click on **SYNC ORDERS**. The same can be done with " "pickings by clicking on **SYNC PICKINGS**." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:31 msgid "Manage deliveries in FBM" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:33 msgid "" "When a **FBM** (Fulfilled by Merchant) order is synchronized in Odoo, a " "picking is created along with the sales order and the customer. You can " @@ -381,18 +3149,18 @@ msgid "" "products partially by using backorders." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:37 msgid "" "When a picking related to the order is confirmed, a notification is sent to " "Amazon who will, in turn, notify the customer that the order (or a part of " "it) is on its way." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:41 msgid "Follow deliveries in FBA" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:43 msgid "" "When a **FBA** (Fulfilled by Amazon) order is synchronized in Odoo, a stock " "move is recorded for each sales order item so that it is saved in your " @@ -403,14 +3171,14 @@ msgid "" "under the FBA program." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:50 msgid "" "To follow your Amazon (FBA) stock in Odoo, you can make an inventory " "adjustment after replenishing it. You can also trigger an automated " "replenishment from reordering rules on the Amazon location." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:55 msgid "" "The Amazon location is configurable by Amazon account managed in Odoo. All " "accounts of the same company use the same location by default. It is however" @@ -422,24 +3190,24 @@ msgid "" " your account." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:63 msgid "Issue invoices and register payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:65 msgid "" "You can issue invoices for Amazon orders in Odoo. Click **Create Invoice** " "in the sales order to do so. You can also do it in batch from the list view " "of orders. Then, confirm and send the invoices to your customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:70 msgid "" "To display only Amazon-related orders on the list view, you can filter " "orders based on the sales team." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:73 msgid "" "As the customer has paid Amazon as an intermediary, you should register " "invoice payments in a payment journal dedicated to Amazon (e.g. Amazon " @@ -450,11 +3218,11 @@ msgid "" "account by the amount received." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:80 msgid "Follow your Amazon sales in sales reporting" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:82 msgid "" "As a sales team is set on your account under the tab **Order Follow-up**, " "this helps you give quick glances at the figures in just a few clicks in " @@ -462,13 +3230,13 @@ msgid "" " of your company's accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:86 msgid "" "If you wish, you can change the sales team on your account for another to " "perform a separate reporting for the sales of this account." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:90 msgid "" "It is also possible to perform reporting on a per-marketplace basis in a " "similar fashion. First, remove the marketplace you wish to track separately " @@ -478,20 +3246,20 @@ msgid "" "two registrations of your account." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:97 -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:161 msgid ":doc:`features`" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:3 msgid "Configure Amazon Connector in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:6 msgid "Generate an Authorization Token in Seller Central" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:10 msgid "" "The Amazon Connector uses an Authorization Token that allows Odoo to fetch " "data from your Amazon Seller Central account. This token can be obtained " @@ -499,7 +3267,7 @@ msgid "" "your Odoo database configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:14 msgid "" "Connect to your Seller Central account for the marketplace you initially " "signed up (e.g. if you created your account on Amazon Germany, go to `Amazon" @@ -507,53 +3275,53 @@ msgid "" "administrator account." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:19 msgid "" "You might need to use the *main* (or first) administrator account and not " "one added subsequently." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:22 msgid "" "In the main menu, select :menuselection:`Apps & Services --> Manage Your " "Apps`; in the page that displays, click on the ``Authorize new developper`` " "button:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:28 msgid "Fill in the form depending on your Marketplace:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:33 msgid "" "If your seller account is registered in the **North America** region, use " "these values:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:35 -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:40 msgid "Developer's Name: ``Odoo S.A.``" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:36 msgid "Developer ID: ``586127723692``" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:38 msgid "For the **Europe** region, use these values:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:41 msgid "Developer ID: ``579095187166``" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:43 msgid "" "Amazon will then inform you that by submitting the form, you are giving " "access to your Seller Central Information to Odoo S.A." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:47 msgid "" "Odoo S.A. is unable to access your Amazon account's information without the " "Authorization Token which is stored in your Odoo database - we do not store " @@ -561,18 +3329,18 @@ msgid "" "your account's information outside of the Amazon Connector normal flows." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:53 msgid "Register your Amazon account in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:57 msgid "" "To register your seller account in Odoo, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales " "--> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Amazon " "Accounts` and click on **CREATE**." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:60 msgid "" "The **Seller ID** can be found in Seller Central under the link **Your " "Merchant Token** on the **Seller Account Information** page. The " @@ -580,14 +3348,14 @@ msgid "" "<amazon/generate_auth_token>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:64 msgid "" "Upon saving, your credentials are checked. In case of issues, an error will " "be displayed - the information cannot be saved until your credentials are " "recognized by Amazon." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:67 msgid "" "Once the account is registered, the marketplaces available to this account " "are synchronized and listed under the **Marketplaces** tab. If you wish, you" @@ -595,11 +3363,11 @@ msgid "" " their synchronization." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:72 msgid "Match database products in Amazon" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:74 msgid "" "When an Amazon order is synchronized, up to three sales order items are " "created in Odoo for each product sold on Amazon: one for the marketplace " @@ -607,7 +3375,7 @@ msgid "" " charges (if any)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:80 msgid "" "The selection of a database product for a sales order item is done by " "matching its **internal reference** with the **SKU** for marketplace items, " @@ -615,7 +3383,7 @@ msgid "" "for gift wrapping charges." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:84 msgid "" "For marketplace products, pairings are saved as **Amazon Offers** which are " "listed under the **Offers** stat button on the account form. Offers are " @@ -624,7 +3392,7 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`the internal reference is used instead <amazon/matching>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:90 msgid "" "It is possible to force the pairing of a marketplace item with a specific " "product by changing either the product or the SKU of an offer. The offer can" @@ -633,7 +3401,7 @@ msgid "" " under different conditions." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:95 msgid "" "If no database product with a matching internal reference is found for a " "given SKU or gift wrapping code, a default database product **Amazon Sale** " @@ -641,19 +3409,19 @@ msgid "" "the shipping code." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:100 msgid "" "To modify the default products, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " -"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>` and navigate to " +"</applications/general/developer_mode>` and navigate to " ":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> " "Amazon Sync --> Default Products`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:106 msgid "Configure taxes of products" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:108 msgid "" "To allow for tax reporting of Amazon sales with Odoo, the taxes applied to " "the sales order items are those set on the product or determined by the " @@ -662,7 +3430,7 @@ msgid "" " subtotals between Seller Central and Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:114 msgid "" "As Amazon does not necessarily apply the same taxes as those configured in " "Odoo, it may happen that order totals differ by a few cents from that on " @@ -670,11 +3438,11 @@ msgid "" "reconciling the payments in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:121 msgid "Add an unsupported marketplace" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:123 msgid "" "Some Amazon Marketplaces, such as Amazon Brazil, are not officially " "supported by Odoo but might be compatible with your seller account. These " @@ -683,7 +3451,7 @@ msgid "" "natively supported marketplaces." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:129 msgid "" "To find out if a marketplace is eventually compatible, check the `Amazon " "Documentation " @@ -692,19 +3460,19 @@ msgid "" "account." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:133 msgid "" "To add a new marketplace, you must first enable :doc:`Developer mode " -"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." +"</applications/general/developer_mode>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:136 msgid "" "Once that is done, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " "Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Amazon Marketplaces`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:139 msgid "" "From there, you can create a new marketplace record. You will need the " "Marketplace ID and Endpoint for your marketplace as described in the `Amazon" @@ -712,7 +3480,7 @@ msgid "" "<https://docs.developer.amazonservices.com/en_US/dev_guide/DG_Endpoints.html>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:143 msgid "" "Set the name of the record to ``Amazon.<domain>`` to easily retrieve it (for" " instance: ``Amazon.se``). The **Code**, **Domain** and **API Identifier** " @@ -720,7 +3488,7 @@ msgid "" "and *MarketplaceId* values from the Amazon Documentation." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:147 msgid "" "Once the marketplace is saved, you should then update the Amazon Account " "configuration by going to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " @@ -733,38 +3501,38 @@ msgid "" " it is either incompatible or unavailable for your seller account." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:156 msgid "" "As manually added marketplaces are not officially supported by Odoo, there " "is no guarantee that adding one as described above will work, nor can this " "be considered as a bug when contacting Odoo Support." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector.rst:3 msgid "eBay Connector" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:3 msgid "How to list a product?" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:6 msgid "Listing without variation" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:8 msgid "" "In order to list a product, you need to check the **use eBay** field on a " "product form. The eBay tab will be available." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:14 msgid "" "When the **Use Stock Quantity** field is checked, the quantity sets on eBay " "will be the Odoo **Forecast Quantity**." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:17 msgid "" "The **Description Template** allows you to use templates for your listings. " "The default template only use the **eBay Description** field of the product." @@ -772,17 +3540,17 @@ msgid "" "Description**." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:21 msgid "" "To use pictures in your listing, you need to add them as **Attachments** on " "the product template." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:24 msgid "Listing with variations" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:26 msgid "" "When the **use eBay** on a product with variations is checked and with " "**Fixed Price** as **Listing Type**, the eBay form is sligthly different. In" @@ -790,21 +3558,21 @@ msgid "" "well as set the price and the quantity for each variant." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:35 msgid "Listing with item specifics" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:37 msgid "" "In order to add item specifics, you should create a product attribute with " "one value in the **Variants** tab on the product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:44 msgid "Product Identifiers" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:46 msgid "" "Products identifiers such as EAN, UPC, Brand or MPN are required in most of " "the eBay category. The module manages the EAN and UPC identifiers with the " @@ -816,15 +3584,15 @@ msgid "" "listing." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:3 msgid "How to configure eBay in Odoo?" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:6 msgid "Create eBay tokens" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:8 msgid "" "In order to create your tokens, you need to create a developer account on " "the `developer portal <https://go.developer.ebay.com/>`_. Once you are " @@ -832,7 +3600,7 @@ msgid "" "clicking on the adequate buttons." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:16 msgid "" "After the creation of the keys, you can get the user token. To do so, click " "on the **Get a User Token** link in the bottom of the page. Go through the " @@ -840,101 +3608,101 @@ msgid "" "needed to configure the module in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:22 msgid "Set up tokens in Odoo?" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:24 msgid "" "To set up the eBay integration, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " "Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:29 msgid "" "First choose if you want to use the production or the sandbox eBay Site. " "Then fill in the fields **Developer Key**, **Token**, **App Key**, **Cert " "Key**. Apply the changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:33 msgid "" "Once the page is reloaded, you need to synchronize information from eBay. " "Push on **Sync countries and currencies**, then you can fill in all the " "other fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:36 msgid "" "When all the fields are filled in, you can synchronize the categories and " "the policies by clicking on the adequate buttons." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:40 msgid "Using the updated synchronisation method" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:42 msgid "" "If you have a lot of products, the eBay API can sometimes refuse some " "synchronization calls due to a time-based limit on the number of requests " "that eBay enforces." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:45 msgid "" "To fix this issue, a new implementation mechanism has been developped; " "however this updated mechanism is disabled by default to avoid having the 2 " "systems running in parallel in existing installations." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:49 msgid "To switch to the new synchronization mechanism:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:51 msgid "" -"Enable the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." +"Enable the :doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:52 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Scheduled Actions`" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:53 msgid "" "Archive the old synchronization actions (both are named *Ebay: update " "product status*)" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:54 msgid "" "Activate the new synchronization actions (*Ebay: get new orders* which runs " "every 15min by default and *Ebay: synchronise stock (for 'get new orders' " "synchronisation)* which runs once a day per default)" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:55 msgid "" "Ensure that the **Next Execution Date** for both these actions are in the " "near future" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:57 msgid "" "Starting with the next execution date, the new method will be used instead " "of the old one." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing.rst:3 msgid "Invoicing Method" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:3 msgid "Request a down payment" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:5 msgid "" "A down payment is a partial payment made by the buyer when a sales contract " "is concluded. This implies both parties' full commitment (seller and buyer) " @@ -943,17 +3711,17 @@ msgid "" "obliged to provide the goods by accepting it." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:10 msgid "" "Sometimes a down payment is required for expensive orders or projects. That " "way, you can protect yourself and make sure that your customer is reliable." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:14 msgid "First time you request a down payment" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:16 msgid "" "When a sales order is confirmed, you then have the possibility to create an " "invoice. Invoices are automatically created in drafts so that you can review" @@ -961,19 +3729,19 @@ msgid "" "options:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:20 msgid "Regular invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:21 msgid "Down payment (percentage)" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:22 msgid "Down payment (fixed amount)" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:24 msgid "" "In terms of down payment, it can either be a fixed amount or a percentage of" " the total amount. The first time you request a down payment, you can set a " @@ -981,7 +3749,7 @@ msgid "" "account and taxes. These settings will be reused for future down payments." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:34 msgid "" "When you request your first down payment, a new product called **Down " "payment** will be created. This product will be registered as a **service** " @@ -991,11 +3759,11 @@ msgid "" " to create an invoice**." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:41 msgid "Basic sales flow using down payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:43 msgid "" "For this first example, we will use a 50% amount down payment with a product" " using **ordered quantities** as invoicing policy. Make sure to check out " @@ -1005,7 +3773,7 @@ msgid "" "down payment (as you can see below)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:53 msgid "" "There, you can post the invoice and register the payment of your customer. " "But, we all know that in real life this flow does not happen immediately. " @@ -1016,7 +3784,7 @@ msgid "" " and draft invoice)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:63 msgid "" "To complete the flow, when the customer wants to pay the rest of his sales " "order, you must create another invoice. Once again, you will have the choice" @@ -1024,13 +3792,13 @@ msgid "" "paying the rest of the invoice as a regular invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:71 msgid "" "This flow is also possible with a down payment taking into account a fixed " "amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:74 msgid "" "Be careful that if you do a down payment with a product using **delivered " "quantities** as invoicing policy, you won’t be able to deduct all the down " @@ -1042,15 +3810,15 @@ msgid "" "delivered quantity manually on the sales order." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:82 msgid "Modify the income account and customer taxes" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:84 msgid "From the products list, search for the **Down Payment** product." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:90 msgid "" "You can edit it and under the **General Information Tab** you will be able " "to change the customer taxes. Now, to change the income account, you will " @@ -1058,15 +3826,15 @@ msgid "" "**Accounting Tab** on the product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:99 msgid ":doc:`invoicing_policy`" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:3 msgid "Re-invoice expenses to customers" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:5 msgid "" "It often happens that your employees have to spend their personal money " "while working on a project for your client. Let's take the example of an " @@ -1074,96 +3842,96 @@ msgid "" " you would like to be able to invoice that expense to your client." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:12 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:64 msgid "Expenses configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:14 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:66 msgid "" "To track & invoice expenses, you will need the expenses app. Go to " ":menuselection:`Apps --> Expenses` to install it." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:17 msgid "" "You should also activate the analytic accounts feature to link expenses to " "the sales order, to do so, go to :menuselection:`Invoicing --> Configuration" " --> Settings` and activate *Analytic Accounting*." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:22 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:74 msgid "Add expenses to your sales order" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:24 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:76 msgid "" "From the expense app, you or your consultant can create a new one, e.g. the " "hotel for the first week on the site of your customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:27 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:79 msgid "" "You can then enter a relevant description and select an existing product or " "create a new one from right there." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:33 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:85 msgid "Here, we are creating a *Hotel* product:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:38 msgid "" "Under the invoicing tab, select *Delivered quantities* and either *At cost* " "or *Sales price* as well depending if you want to invoice the cost of your " "expense or a previously agreed on sales price." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:45 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:97 msgid "" "To modify or create more products go to :menuselection:`Expenses --> " "Configuration --> Expense products`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:48 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:100 msgid "" "Back on the expense, add the original sale order in the expense to submit." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:54 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:106 msgid "It can then be submitted to the manager, approved and finally posted." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:65 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:117 msgid "It will then be in the sales order and ready to be invoiced." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:3 msgid "Invoice based on delivered or ordered quantities" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:5 msgid "" "Different business policies might require different options for invoicing:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:7 msgid "" "The **Invoice what is ordered** rule is used as **default mode** in Odoo " "Sales, which means that customers will be invoiced once the sales order is " "confirmed." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:10 msgid "" "The **Invoice what is delivered** rule will invoice customers once the " "delivery is done. This rule concerns businesses that sell materials, liquids" @@ -1172,58 +3940,58 @@ msgid "" " delivered." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:15 msgid "" "Being able to have different invoicing options allow you more flexibility. " "Indeed, you need to know exactly how to invoice your customers for different" " situations." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:19 msgid "Activate these features" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:21 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and under " "**Invoicing policy** choose the rule you want to apply." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:30 msgid "" "If you decide to choose the **Invoice what is delivered** rule, you will not" " be able to activate the feature called **Automatic invoice**, which " "automatically generates invoices when the online payment is confirmed." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:35 msgid "Choose an invoicing policy on a product form" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:37 msgid "" "From any product page, under the **Sales tab**, you will find the invoicing " "policy, which can be manually changed." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:46 msgid "Impact on sales flow" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:48 msgid "" "On Odoo Sales, the basic sales flow will be to create a quotation, send it " "to your customer, wait for confirmation, confirm the sales order and create " "an invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:51 msgid "" "**Invoice what is ordered**: No impact on this basic sales flow. Indeed, you" " can invoice as soon as the sale is confirmed." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:54 msgid "" "**Invoice what is delivered**: Small impact on sales flow because you will " "have to manually enter the delivered quantity on the sales order or to " @@ -1233,36 +4001,36 @@ msgid "" "error message as below." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:65 msgid "" "Once the quotation is confirmed and that the status went from **Quotation " "sent** to **Sales order**, you are able to see your delivered and invoiced " "quantities directly from your sales order (it is true for both rules)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:74 msgid "" "Odoo will automatically add the quantities to the invoice (even if it is a " "partial delivery)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:76 msgid "" "Finally, to create an invoice, you will have different possibilities: " "regular invoice or down payment (percentage or fixed amount)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:80 msgid "" "Be sure to check out our documentation about down payment here: " ":doc:`down_payment`, to master this incredible feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:3 msgid "Invoice project milestones" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:5 msgid "" "Milestone invoicing can be used for expensive or large-scale projects, with " "each milestone representing a clear sequence of work that will incrementally" @@ -1272,41 +4040,42 @@ msgid "" "project's progress and pay in several installments." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:13 msgid "Create milestone products" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:15 msgid "" "In Odoo, each milestone of your project is considered as a product. To " "configure products to work this way, go to any product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:18 msgid "" "You have to set the product type as *Service* under general information and " "select *Milestones* in the sales tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:25 msgid "Invoice milestones" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:27 msgid "" "From the sales order, you can manually edit the quantity delivered as you " "complete a milestone." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:33 msgid "You can then invoice that first milestone." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:3 ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:22 msgid "Send a pro-forma invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:5 msgid "" "A pro-forma invoice is an abridged or estimated invoice in advance of a " "delivery of goods. It notes the kind and quantity of goods, their value, and" @@ -1316,228 +4085,228 @@ msgid "" " not being a demand or request for payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:13 -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:10 msgid "Activate the feature" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:15 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the" " *Pro-Forma Invoice* feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:24 msgid "" "From any quotation or sales order, you know have an option to send a pro-" "forma invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:30 msgid "" "When you click on send, Odoo will send an email with the pro-forma invoice " "in attachment." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:3 msgid "Sell subscriptions" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:5 msgid "" "Selling subscription products will give you predictable revenue, making " "planning ahead much easier." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:9 msgid "Make a subscription from a sales order" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:11 msgid "" "From the sales app, create a quotation to the desired customer, and select " "the subscription product your previously created from the Subscriptions App." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:14 msgid "" "When you confirm the sale the subscription will be created automatically. " "You will see a direct link from the sales order to the Subscription in the " "upper right corner." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:3 msgid "Invoice based on time and materials" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:5 msgid "" "Time and Materials is generally used in projects in which it is not possible" " to accurately estimate the size of the project, or when it is expected that" " the project requirements would most likely change." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:9 msgid "" "This is opposed to a fixed-price contract in which the owner agrees to pay " "the contractor a lump sum for the fulfillment of the contract no matter what" " the contractors pay their employees, sub-contractors, and suppliers." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:14 msgid "" "For this documentation I will use the example of a consultant, you will need" " to invoice their time, their various expenses (transport, lodging, ...) and" " purchases." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:19 msgid "Invoice time configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:21 msgid "" "To keep track of progress in the project, you will need the *Project* app. " "Go to :menuselection:`Apps --> Project` to install it." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:24 msgid "" "In *Project* you will use timesheets, to do so go to :menuselection:`Project" " --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Timesheets* feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:32 msgid "Invoice your time spent" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:34 msgid "" "From a product page set as a service, you will find two options under the " "invoicing tab, select both *Timesheets on tasks* and *Create a task in a new" " project*." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:41 msgid "You could also add the task to an existing project." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:43 msgid "" "Once confirming a sales order, you will now see two new buttons, one for the" " project overview and one for the current task." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:49 msgid "" "You will directly be in the task if you click on it, you can also access it " "from the *Project* app." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:52 msgid "" "Under timesheets, you can assign who works on it. You can or they can add " "how many hours they worked on the project so far." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:58 msgid "From the sales order, you can then invoice those hours." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:69 msgid "" "You should also activate the analytic accounts feature to link expenses to " "the sales order, to do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Settings` and activate *Analytic Accounting*." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:90 msgid "" "under the invoicing tab, select *Delivered quantities* and either *At cost* " "or *Sales price* as well depending if you want to invoice the cost of your " "expense or a previously agreed on sales price." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:120 msgid "Invoice purchases" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:122 msgid "" "The last thing you might need to add to the sale order is purchases made for" " it." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:125 msgid "" "You will need the *Purchase Analytics* feature, to activate it, go to " ":menuselection:`Invoicing --> Configuration --> Settings` and select " "*Purchase Analytics*." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:129 msgid "" "While making the purchase order don't forget to add the right analytic " "account." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:135 msgid "" "Once the PO is confirmed and received, you can create the vendor bill, this " "will automatically add it to the SO where you can invoice it." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices.rst:3 msgid "Products & Prices" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices.rst:3 msgid "Manage your pricing" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:3 msgid "How to sell in foreign currencies" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:5 msgid "Pricelists can also be used to manage prices in foreign currencies." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:7 msgid "" "Check *Allow multi currencies* in :menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> " "Settings`. As admin, you need *Adviser* access rights on " "Invoicing/Accounting apps." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:10 msgid "" "Create one pricelist per currency. A new *Currency* field shows up in " "pricelist setup form." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:13 msgid "" "To activate a new currency, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Currencies`, select it in the list and press *Activate* in" " the top-right corner. Now it will show up in currencies drop-down lists." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:17 msgid "Prices in foreign currencies can be defined in two fashions." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:20 msgid "Automatic conversion from public price" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:22 msgid "" "The public price is in your company's main currency (see " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings`) and is set in product detail form." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:28 msgid "" "The conversion rates can be found in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Currencies`. They can be updated from Yahoo or the " @@ -1545,25 +4314,25 @@ msgid "" " :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:40 msgid "Set your own prices" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:42 msgid "" "This is advised if you don't want your pricing to change along with currency" " rates." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:49 msgid ":doc:`pricing`" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:3 msgid "How to adapt your prices to your customers and apply discounts" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo has a powerful pricelist feature to support a pricing strategy tailored" " to your business. A pricelist is a list of prices or price rules that Odoo " @@ -1572,87 +4341,87 @@ msgid "" "quantity and get a price break), etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:9 msgid "" "As pricelists only suggest prices, they can be overridden by vendors " "completing sales orders. Choose your pricing strategy from " ":menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:18 msgid "" "*A single sale price per product :* doesn't let you adapt prices, it use " "default product price ;" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:19 msgid "" "*Different prices per customer segment :* you will set several prices per " "products ;" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:20 msgid "" "*Advanced pricing based on formula :* will let you apply discounts, margins " "and roundings." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:23 msgid "Several prices per product" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:25 msgid "" "To apply several prices per product, select *Different prices per customer " "segment* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`. Then open the *Sales* tab " "in the product detail form. You can settle following strategies." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:30 msgid "Prices per customer segment" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:32 msgid "" "Create pricelists for your customer segments: e.g. registered, premium, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:37 msgid "" "The default pricelist applied to any new customer is *Public Pricelist*. To " "segment your customers, open the customer detail form and change the *Sale " "Pricelist* in the *Sales & Purchases* tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:45 msgid "Temporary prices" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:47 msgid "Apply deals for bank holidays, etc. Enter start and end dates dates." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:53 msgid "" "Make sure you have default prices set in the pricelist outside of the deals " "period. Otherwise you might have issues once the period over." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:57 msgid "Prices per minimum quantity" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:63 msgid "" "The prices order does not matter. The system is smart and applies first " "prices that match the order date and/or the minimal quantities." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:67 msgid "Discounts, margins, roundings" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:69 msgid "" "*Advanced pricing based on formula* allows to set price change rules. " "Changes can be relative to the product list/catalog price, the product cost " @@ -1662,59 +4431,59 @@ msgid "" " or multiple of either (nearest 5 cents, nearest 10 dollars)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:76 msgid "" "Once installed go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Pricelists`" " (or :menuselection:`Website Admin --> Catalog --> Pricelists` if you use " "e-Commerce)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:84 msgid "" "Each pricelist item can be associated to either all products, to a product " "internal category (set of products) or to a specific product. Like in second" " option, you can set dates and minimum quantities." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:91 msgid "" "Once again the system is smart. If a rule is set for a particular item and " "another one for its category, Odoo will take the rule of the item." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:93 msgid "Make sure at least one pricelist item covers all your products." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:95 msgid "There are 3 modes of computation: fix price, discount & formula." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:100 msgid "Here are different price settings made possible thanks to formulas." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:103 msgid "Discounts with roundings" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:105 msgid "e.g. 20% discounts with prices rounded up to 9.99." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:111 msgid "Costs with markups (retail)" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:113 msgid "e.g. sale price = 2*cost (100% markup) with $5 of minimal margin." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:119 msgid "Prices per country" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:120 msgid "" "Pricelists can be set by countries group. Any new customer recorded in Odoo " "gets a default pricelist, i.e. the first one in the list matching the " @@ -1722,183 +4491,183 @@ msgid "" "pricelist without any country group." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:123 msgid "The default pricelist can be replaced when creating a sales order." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:125 msgid "You can change the pricelists sequence by drag & drop in list view." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:128 msgid "Compute and show discount % to customers" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:130 msgid "" "In case of discount, you can show the public price and the computed discount" " % on printed sales orders and in your eCommerce catalog. To do so:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:132 msgid "" "Check *Allow discounts on sales order lines* in :menuselection:`Sales --> " "Configuration --> Settings --> Quotations & Sales --> Discounts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:133 msgid "Apply the option in the pricelist setup form." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:140 msgid ":doc:`currencies`" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:141 -msgid ":doc:`../../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing`" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:141 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing`" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products.rst:3 msgid "Manage your products" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:3 -msgid "How to import products with categories and variants" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:3 +msgid "How to import Products with Categories and Variants" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:5 msgid "" -"Import templates are provided in the import tool of the most common data to " -"import (contacts, products, bank statements, etc.). You can open them with " -"any spreadsheets software (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, " +"Import templates are provided in the **Import Tool** of the most common data" +" to import (contacts, products, bank statements, etc.). You can open them " +"with any spreadsheet software (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, " "etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:11 msgid "How to customize the file" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:13 msgid "" -"Remove columns you don't need. We advise to not remove the *ID* one (see why" -" here below)." +"Remove columns you don't need. However, we advise you to not remove the *ID*" +" column (see why below)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:15 msgid "" "Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:16 msgid "" -"Don't change labels of columns you want to import. Otherwise Odoo won't " -"recognize them anymore and you will have to map them on your own in the " +"Don't change the labels of columns you want to import. Otherwise, Odoo won't" +" recognize them anymore, and you will have to map them on your own in the " "import screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:18 msgid "" -"To add new columns,Feel free to add new columns but the fields need to exist" -" in Odoo. If Odoo fails in matching the column name with a field, you can " -"make it manually when importing by browsing a list of available fields." +"Feel free to add new columns, but the fields need to exist in Odoo. If Odoo " +"fails in matching the column name with a field, you can match it manually " +"when importing by browsing a list of available fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:24 -msgid "Why an “ID” column" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:24 +msgid "Why an “ID” column?" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:26 msgid "" -"The ID is an unique identifier for the line item. Feel free to use the one " -"of your previous software to ease the transition to Odoo." +"The ID is a truly unique identifier for the line item. Feel free to use one" +" of your previous software to ease the transition into Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:29 msgid "" -"Setting an ID is not mandatory when importing but it helps in many cases:" +"Setting an ID is not mandatory when importing, but it helps in many cases:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:31 msgid "" "Update imports: you can import the same file several times without creating " -"duplicates;" +"duplicates." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:32 msgid "Import relation fields (see here below)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:35 msgid "How to import relation fields" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:37 msgid "" -"An Odoo object is always related to many other objects (e.g. a product is " +"An Odoo object is always related to many other objects (e.g., a product is " "linked to product categories, attributes, vendors, etc.). To import those " -"relations you need to import the records of the related object first from " +"relations, you need to import the records of the related object first from " "their own list menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:41 msgid "" -"You can do it using either the name of the related record or its ID. The ID " -"is expected when two records have the same name. In such a case add \" / " -"ID\" at the end of the column title (e.g. for product attributes: Product " +"You can do this using the name of the related record or its ID. The ID is " +"expected when two records have the same name. In such a case, add \" / ID\" " +"at the end of the column title (e.g., for product attributes: Product " "Attributes / Attribute / ID)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:3 msgid "Using product variants" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:5 msgid "" "Product variants are used to manage products having different variations, " "like size, color, etc. It allows managing the product at the template level " "(for all variations) and at the variant level (specific attributes)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:10 msgid "" "As an example, a company selling t-shirts may have the following product:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:13 msgid "B&C T-shirt" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:15 msgid "Sizes: S, M, L, XL, XXL" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:16 msgid "Colors: Blue, Red, White, Black" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:18 msgid "" "In this example, **B&C T-Shirt** is called the product template and **B&C " "T-Shirt, S, Blue** is a variant. Sizes and color are **attributes**." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:22 msgid "" "The above example has a total of 20 different products (5 sizes x 4 colors)." " Each one of these products has its own inventory, sales, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:26 msgid "Impact of variants" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:28 msgid "" "**Barcode**: the code and barcode is associated to a variant, not the " "template. Every variant may have its own barcode / SKU." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:31 msgid "" "**Price**: every product variant has its own public price that is computed " "based on the template price ($20) with an optional extra for every variant " @@ -1906,7 +4675,7 @@ msgid "" "the template or the variant." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:36 msgid "" "**Inventory**: the inventory is managed by product variant. You don't own " "t-shirts, you only own \"T-shirts, S, Red\", or \"T-Shirts, M, Blue\". For " @@ -1915,39 +4684,39 @@ msgid "" "variant)" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:42 msgid "" "**Picture**: the picture is related to the variant, every variation of a " "product may have its own primary picture." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:45 msgid "" "**Other fields**: most of the other fields belongs to the product template. " "If you update them, it updates automatically all the variants. (example: " "Income Account, Taxes)" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:50 msgid "Should you use variants?" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:53 msgid "When should you use variants?" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:55 msgid "Using variants has the following impacts:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:57 msgid "" "**eCommerce**: in your online shop, the customer will only see product " "templates in the catalog page. Once the visitor click on such a product, he " "will have options to choose amongst the variants (colors, sizes, …)" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:62 msgid "" "**Manufacturing**: Using variants allows to define only one bill of material" " for a product template and slight variations for some of the variants. " @@ -1956,7 +4725,7 @@ msgid "" "specific to the dimension S, and other lines specific to the color Red." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:69 msgid "" "**Pricing**: The default price of a product is computed using the price of " "the product template and add the optional extra price on each dimension of " @@ -1965,48 +4734,48 @@ msgid "" "pricelist rules to fix price per variants too." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:77 msgid "When should you avoid using variants?" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:79 msgid "" "Using variants may add a level of complexity on the way you use Odoo. You " "should consider using variants only if you need it to reduce the complexity " "of managing lots of products that are similars." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:83 msgid "" "As an example, importing your initial product catalog is more complex if you" " use variants. You can't just import a list of products, you must import " "product templates and all their related variations." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:87 msgid "" "In addition to that, you should also carefully select the dimensions that " "you manage as separate product templates and those as variants. As an " "example, a company having these products:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:91 msgid "Quality: T-Shirts, Polos, Shirts" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:93 -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:105 -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:110 msgid "Color: Red, Blue" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:95 -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:106 -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:111 msgid "Size: S, M, L, XL" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:97 msgid "" "In such a use case, you could create 1 template with three dimensions of " "variants (Layout, T-Shirts, Polos). But, it's recommended to create two " @@ -2015,25 +4784,19 @@ msgid "" "e-Commerce:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:103 msgid "Product Template: T-shirt" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:108 msgid "Product Template: Polos" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:114 -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:9 -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:16 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:117 msgid "Activate the variant feature" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:119 msgid "" "Before you can use product variants, you must first activate the product " "variants in the settings. To do so, you must go to the Sales app. In the " @@ -2042,22 +4805,22 @@ msgid "" "attributes**, then click on **Apply**." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:129 msgid "Creating products with variants" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:131 msgid "" "Once you have activated the variant option, you can add variants to your " "products. To do so, go to the Sales module, :menuselection:`Sales --> " "Products`. It is also accessible from the Purchase and inventory modules." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:135 msgid "Now, click on the product you wish to add variants to." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:137 msgid "" "In the product page, a new tab called Variants has appeared. The number in " "purple written on top is the number of variants this product currently has. " @@ -2065,98 +4828,94 @@ msgid "" "**Create**." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:142 msgid "" "In **Attributes**, click on the rolldown menu and select the type of " "variance you wish to add. If the variant does not yet exist, you can create " "it on the fly by clicking on Create and edit…" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:149 msgid "" "In the Attributes window, the **Value** field is the description of the " "attribute such as Green, Plastic or 32GB. The **Attribute** field is the " "type of variant such as Color, Material or Memory." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:156 msgid "" "You can add a cost for the variant on the fly by adding it in the " "**Attribute Price Extra** field, or choose to modify it later. Click on " "**Save**." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:160 msgid "" "You can also add a different barcode and internal reference to the variant." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:163 msgid "" "When you have entered all the specifications of the variant, click on " "**Save**." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:167 msgid "Managing Product Variants" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:170 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:172 msgid "" "The examples below are all based on this product template that has two " "variant attributes :" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:175 msgid "T-Shirt B&C" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:177 msgid "Color: Red, Blue, White" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:179 msgid "Size: S, M, L, XL, XXL" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:182 msgid "Managing combination possibilities" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:184 msgid "" "By default, with the above product template, you get 15 different products " "(3 colors, 5 sizes). If the XXL size only exists for red and blue t-shirts, " "you can deactivate the white product variant." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:188 msgid "" "To do this, click on the **Variants** button, select the XXL, White T-shirt." " From the product form, uncheck the **Active** box of the T-shirt White, " "XXL." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:197 msgid "" "That deactivating a product is different than having an inventory of 0." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:200 msgid "Setting a price per variant" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:202 msgid "" "You can add a cost over the main price for some of the variants of a " "product." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:205 msgid "" "Once you have activated the variant option, you can add variants to your " "products. To do so, go to the Sales module, open :menuselection:`Sales --> " @@ -2164,40 +4923,42 @@ msgid "" "**Variant Prices** button to access the list of variant values." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:213 msgid "" "Click on the variant name you wish to add a value to, to make the 3 fields " "editable. In the **Attribute Price Extra** field, add the cost of the " "variant that will be added to the original price." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:220 msgid "When you have entered all the extra values, click on **Save**." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:223 msgid "" "`Accounting Memento: Details of Journal Entries " -"<../../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.html#journal-entries>`_" +"</applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.html" +"#journal-entries>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:225 -msgid ":doc:`../../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill`" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:225 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill`" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/taxes.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/taxes.rst:3 msgid "Set taxes" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations.rst:3 msgid "Send Quotations" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:3 msgid "Use quotations deadline to stimulate your customers" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:5 msgid "" "When sending quotations, it is important to set a deadline to encourage your" " customers to act. Indeed, this will stimulate them because they will be " @@ -2206,21 +4967,21 @@ msgid "" "profitable for you." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:11 msgid "Set a deadline" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:13 msgid "" "With Odoo Sales, it is possible to instantly add an **Expiration Date** from" " the quotation or the sales order." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:22 msgid "Use deadline in your quotation templates" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:24 msgid "" "It is also possible to add a deadline to every quotation template created. " "Whenever a specific quotation template is used in a quote, its associated " @@ -2228,26 +4989,26 @@ msgid "" "documentation about :doc:`quote_template` to excel in their use." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:34 msgid "" "By clicking on the **Customer Preview** button, you will be able to see when" " the offer expires. For your information, the number of days will be the " "same as those mentioned in the quotation template." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:44 -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:50 -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:51 -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:65 -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:115 msgid ":doc:`quote_template`" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:3 msgid "Deliver and invoice to different addresses" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:5 msgid "" "With Odoo Sales, you can configure different addresses for delivery and " "invoicing. For some customers, it will be very practical to define specific " @@ -2255,17 +5016,17 @@ msgid "" "delivery location as the invoicing location." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:12 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the" " **Customer Addresses** feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:21 msgid "Add addresses from a quotation" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:23 msgid "" "When you create a quotation, you must add a customer. This customer can be a" " company or a person with specific billing and shipping addresses already " @@ -2275,7 +5036,7 @@ msgid "" "able to add, delete and modify invoice and delivery addresses." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:35 msgid "" "If you select a customer with defined invoice and delivery addresses, Odoo " "will automatically use them to fill in the fields. Now, if you want to " @@ -2283,11 +5044,11 @@ msgid "" "the sales order." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:40 msgid "Add addresses from a contact form" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:42 msgid "" "Previously, we talked about the contact form that you can fill in directly " "from a quotation or a sales order to add billing and shipping addresses to " @@ -2297,11 +5058,11 @@ msgid "" " quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:54 msgid "Deal with different addresses" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:56 msgid "" "Like for the previous example, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> " "Customers` and create a new customer. There, you can add company information" @@ -2309,7 +5070,7 @@ msgid "" "the **Contacts & Addresses** tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:65 msgid "" "Once done, you can return to your Sales dashboard and create a new " "quotation. Now, if you enter your new customer, you will see that the other " @@ -2317,17 +5078,17 @@ msgid "" "billing and shipping addresses." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:74 msgid "" "With Odoo Sales, it is now very convenient to play with various addresses in" " terms of invoice and delivery features." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:3 msgid "Get paid to confirm an order" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:5 msgid "" "In general, online payments are considered as a fast and secure alternative " "to traditional payment methods. It is generally cheaper, easier and faster " @@ -2337,67 +5098,67 @@ msgid "" "it's very convenient and saves lots of time in a basic sales process." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:12 msgid "Enable online payment" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:14 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the" " **Online Payment** feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:22 msgid "" "There, you will have direct access to the **Payment Acquirers** page. It " "will allow you to select and configure your acquirers of choice. Before " "creating or modifying a payment acquirer, be sure to check out our " "documentation about how to be paid with payment acquirers such as " -":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal`, " -":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize`, and others in the " -":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers` documentation." +":doc:`/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal`, " +":doc:`/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize`, and others in the " +":doc:`/applications/general/payment_acquirers` documentation." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:30 msgid "" "If you are familiar with this documentation: :doc:`quote_template`; you can " "activate or not the **Online Payment** feature for each template you use, " "under their confirmation tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:35 msgid "Register a payment" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:37 msgid "" "After opening quotations from their received email, your customers will have" " different possibilities to make their online payments. For example:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:46 msgid "" "By clicking on the **Customer Preview** button, you will be able to see what" " your customers will have to choose when it comes to payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:51 -msgid ":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers`" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:51 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/payment_acquirers`" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:52 -msgid ":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal`" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:52 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal`" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:53 -msgid ":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize`" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:53 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize`" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:3 msgid "Get a signature to confirm an order" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:5 msgid "" "Online signatures are like electronic \"fingerprints\". By using them on " "Odoo, you will get automatic orders confirmation. You and your customers " @@ -2405,28 +5166,28 @@ msgid "" "process." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:10 msgid "Activate online signature" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:12 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the" " **Online Signature** feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:21 msgid "" "If you are familiar with this documentation: :doc:`quote_template`, you can " "activate or not the **Online Signature** feature for each quotation template" " you use, under their confirmation tab. Example:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:31 msgid "Confirm an order with a signature" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:33 msgid "" "When you send quotations to clients, they can instantly accept and sign it " "online. When they click on **Sign & Pay**, they have the choice to draw " @@ -2435,24 +5196,24 @@ msgid "" "of an automated signature:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:43 msgid "" "Once signed, you will have the possibility to choose your payment methods. " "Then, when the quotation will be paid and confirmed, a delivery order will " "be created automatically by Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:47 msgid "" "Be careful that delivery orders are only generated for storable products and" " if the **Inventory app** is already installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:3 msgid "Add optional products" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:5 msgid "" "The use of optional products is a marketing strategy for cross-selling " "products along with a core product. The aim is to offer useful and related " @@ -2461,24 +5222,24 @@ msgid "" "or not to order such high-quality products and simply buy his car." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:11 msgid "Add optional products to your quotations" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:13 msgid "" "With Odoo Sales, it is possible to add or modify optional products directly " "on quotations (under the **Optional Products** tab, as you can see below)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:22 msgid "" "By clicking on the **Customer Preview** button, you will be able to see what" " your customers will have as possibilities after opening a quotation from " "their received email." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:30 msgid "" "In practice, your customers will be able to add different optional products " "to their order by using associated carts, with a user-friendly layout. More " @@ -2487,85 +5248,86 @@ msgid "" "salesman." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:40 msgid "" "Like this, salespeople will see each movement made by the customer and " "tracking the order will be all the better." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:49 msgid "Add optional products to your quotation templates" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:51 msgid "" "Be sure to check out our documentation about :doc:`quote_template` to " "understand how you can enable, create, design and manage your own quotation " "templates before reading this part." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:54 msgid "" "For quotation templates, you also have an **Optional Products** tab where " "you can add related products or services." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:62 msgid "" "With Odoo Sales, it is now very easy to understand your customer's needs." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:3 msgid "Use quotation templates" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:5 msgid "" "By creating custom quotation templates, you will save a lot of time. Indeed," " with the use of templates, you will be able to send complete quotations at " "a fast pace." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:11 msgid "" "To enable this feature, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " "Settings` and activate **Quotation Templates**." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:19 msgid "" "For even more convenience, it is also recommended to add the **Quotation " "Builder** feature which will help you design your quotation templates very " "easily. This option will automatically install the Odoo Website App." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:47 msgid "Create your first template" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:31 msgid "" "Quotation templates are under :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:33 msgid "" "You can create a new template or edit an existing one. Once named, you will " "be able to select products and quantities as well as the expiration time of " "the quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:42 msgid "" "On each template, you can also specify discounts if the option is activated " "in the **Sales** settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:46 msgid "Design your template" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:48 msgid "" "You will have the possibility to design your template and edit the customer " "interface in order to manage what clients will see before accepting and " @@ -2574,59 +5336,59 @@ msgid "" "**Edit** and you will be brought to the quotation builder." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:58 msgid "" "You can easily edit the content of your template by dragging & dropping " "different building blocks to organize your quotation. For example, you can " "add a content block to describe your products." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:67 msgid "Use a quotation template" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:69 msgid "When creating a quotation, you can choose a specific template." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:77 msgid "" "You can select any template of your choice and suggest it as the default " "template in the **Sales** settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:81 msgid "Confirm the quotation" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:83 msgid "" "Templates facilitate the confirmation process by allowing customers to sign " "electronically or to pay online. You can activate these two options directly" " in the quotation template itself." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:92 msgid "" "Every quotation will now have this setting. Of course you can always change " "it and make it specific for each quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:96 -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:116 msgid ":doc:`get_signature_to_validate`" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:97 -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:117 msgid ":doc:`get_paid_to_validate`" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:3 msgid "Add terms & conditions" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:5 msgid "" "Specifying terms and conditions is essential to set out important " "contractual points such as payment terms, limitation of liability and " @@ -2638,17 +5400,17 @@ msgid "" "manage." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:13 msgid "Default Terms & Conditions" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:18 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and " "activate *Default Terms & Conditions*." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:27 msgid "" "Please note that this feature is activated via the settings of the " "**Invoicing App** and **not** via the settings of the **Sales App**. " @@ -2656,73 +5418,73 @@ msgid "" "done automatically with the installation of the sales application." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:32 msgid "DT&C on your quotations, sales orders, and invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:34 msgid "" "In the settings of the **Invoicing App**, you have the possibility to insert" " your default terms and conditions." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:42 msgid "They appear subsequently on every quotation, sales order, and invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:45 msgid "DT&C on your quotation templates" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:47 msgid "" "According to your business needs, you can specify your terms and conditions " "on your quotation templates. This is interesting if you have different terms" " and conditions within your company." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:56 msgid "" "Be sure to check out our documentation about quotation templates: " ":doc:`quote_template`, to master each step of this amazing feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:60 msgid "General Terms & Conditions" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:63 msgid "GT&C on your website" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:65 msgid "" "Use the **Website App** and create your own general terms and conditions " "page. For example, here is the Odoo terms and conditions page:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:73 msgid "" "You can refer to this page in the footer of all your documents. The layout " "is available in the **General Settings** under the **Business Documents** " "category. For example, this footer appears in every document from Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:83 msgid "GT&C as attachment in your emails" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:85 msgid "" "Attach an external document with your general terms and conditions when you " "are about to send your quotation by email to your customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:94 msgid "GT&C as attachment in your quotation templates" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:96 msgid "" "Create and edit email templates to set a default attachment for all " "quotation emails that you will send in the future. To do so, you have to go " @@ -2734,12 +5496,924 @@ msgid "" "conditions." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:109 msgid "" "To customize your email templates, activate the **developer mode** and go to" " :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Email --> Templates`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:112 msgid "With Odoo Sales it is now very simple to deal with terms & conditions." msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:3 +msgid "Subscriptions" +msgstr "Abonnements" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:3 +msgid "Add subscription products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To properly sell your subscriptions using our amazing **Odoo Subscriptions**" +" application, you must follow these steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:8 +msgid "**Create your own subscription templates**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:9 +msgid "**Create your own subscription products with the right settings**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:11 +msgid "" +"As a result, you will be able to manage your subscriptions like any other " +"product, create your quotations and continue the sales flow to track the " +"number of subscriptions you sell and manage the revenue they generate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Subscription products` to learn how " +"you can configure your own subscription products. You have the possibility " +"to create a new product or edit an existing one. Once named, be careful to " +"select the option *Can be sold* and deselect *Can be purchased*. For the " +"product type, it is recommended to use *Service* for subscription products " +"as they are non-material products that you provide to your customers. " +"Finally, you can adapt your prices and also add an internal reference." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:30 +msgid "" +"In the Sales tab, underneath the Subscriptions section, make sure the " +"*Subscription products* option is activated. In fact, if you create a " +"subscription product from the **Odoo Subscriptions** application, this " +"option is selected by default. However, if you create a product from another" +" application, it is not the case." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:39 +msgid "You can also choose the subscription templates you want to use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Be sure to check out our documentation on how to create, edit and manage " +"your own :doc:`Subscription templates " +"<../../subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates>` before creating " +"your own subscription products. Once created, check out our documentation on" +" how to :doc:`Create a quotation using subscription products " +"<../../subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation>`, to complete the sales " +"flow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:83 +msgid ":doc:`../../subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:85 +msgid ":doc:`../../subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:3 +msgid "Use subscription templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The subscription business model is becoming more popular. Are you wondering " +"why?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:7 +msgid "For **customers**, value lies in **convenience**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Subscriptions simplify the business process. Indeed, subscribers never have " +"to remember to renew their orders every month, which gives them the " +"assurance that they will have everything they need before they actually need" +" it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:12 +msgid "Subscriptions help customers stay on budget." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:14 +msgid "" +"For **businesses**, value lies in the **ability to predict recurring " +"revenue**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Subscriptions reduce customer churn rate and significantly increase customer" +" retention." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Subscriptions provide much higher payment security for your business. They " +"stabilize and maintain recurring revenue streams by guaranteeing monthly " +"revenues and adding value to your business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:27 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Subscriptions** help you save time and money. Subscription templates " +"can help you generate recurring invoices and manage renewals at a fast pace." +" With Odoo you have the possibility to create, edit, and manage your own " +"subscription templates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Configuration --> Subscription " +"templates`. By default, Odoo suggests you two types of subscription (MON - " +"Monthly subscription *vs* YEA - Yearly subscription). You can also create " +"your own ones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:43 +msgid "" +"The **Odoo Subscriptions** application automatically installs **Odoo Sales**" +" and **Odoo Invoicing** as they work integrated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:49 +msgid "" +"You can create a new template or edit an existing one. The first thing you " +"need to do is give your template a name. After that, choose an *Invoicing " +"period* and specify whether you would like to invoice your customers per " +"*Days*, *Weeks*, *Months* or *Years*. On *Duration*, determine if the " +"subscription must go on *Forever* (until it’s manually closed), or for a " +"*Fixed amount* of time. Among the payment options, an additional field " +"called *Invoice email* appears when you choose *Send*, *Send & try to " +"charge* or *Send after successful payment*. This field allows you to add an " +"invoice email template to your subscription templates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:61 +msgid "" +"For each template, you can also choose if you want your customers to be able" +" to close their subscriptions or not. If enabled, you can set an *Automatic " +"closing* limit and specify the *Group of subscription* and *Journal* " +"options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:66 +msgid "" +"On each template, you can add your **Terms and Conditions**. Specifying " +"terms and conditions is essential to set out important contractual points " +"between the customers and the sellers (payment, refund policy, cancellation," +" complaints, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Finally, if you want to know the basic running health status of your " +"subscriptions, you also have access to a specific tab called **Health " +"Check**. There, you can edit and create your own filters to define what is a" +" subscription in good health *vs* bad health. The system automatically " +"summarizes all the records corresponding to these filters and you are able " +"to manage them in one click." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:85 +msgid "" +"After creating your own subscription templates, be sure to check out our " +"documentation on how to create, edit and manage your own :doc:`Subscription " +"products <../../subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products>`, to " +"complete the sales flow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:84 +msgid ":doc:`../../subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up.rst:3 +msgid "Follow-up" +msgstr "Erinnerung" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:3 +msgid "Set up automatic alerts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Now that your subscriptions are up and running, you want to stay up-to-date " +"with your customers. Some automation would be appreciated since you would " +"not want to go through the list of all your subscribers to check how things " +"are going. This is what the *Automatic Alerts* feature is for." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:9 +msgid "" +"For example, when customers subscribe to your magazine, you would probably " +"want to send them an email to welcome them and express your gratitude. Or, " +"if the satisfaction rate of your customers drops below 50%, you would " +"probably want to schedule a call with them to understand the reasons for " +"their dissatisfaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:14 +msgid "" +"With **Odoo Subscriptions**, you can set automatic emails, create a \"Call\"" +" task for one of your salespeople so that he/she can try to understand your " +"customer's dissatisfaction, and finally, why not automatically send " +"satisfaction surveys so customers can evaluate your services? All of that is" +" now possible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:20 +msgid "Create a new automatic alert" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The following example shows how to create a new automatic alert to send " +"satisfaction surveys to your customers, by email, after one month of " +"subscription. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> " +"Configuration --> Alerts`, and create a new alert." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:30 +msgid "" +"On the *Apply on* section, first give the alert a name. Then, you can choose" +" to apply this alert on a subscription template, on a specific customer, or " +"even on a specific product. If you want to add more specifications, you can " +"also specify the value of your MRR, the change rate of your MRR over a " +"certain period of time, the value of the satisfaction rate, and even the " +"stage to which you want to apply this alert." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:37 +msgid "" +"In this example, the alert is applied to a specific product, and the stage " +"goes from *Undefined* to *In Progress*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:40 +msgid "" +"For the *Action* section, specify the *Action* and the *Trigger on*. If the " +"*Trigger on* is set to *Modification*, the action is triggered every time " +"there is a change or anything added to the subscription, and all the " +"conditions on the *Apply on* section are met. Now, if the *Trigger on* is " +"set to *Timed condition*, it means that the action is triggered based on the" +" type of *Trigger date*. After that, you can choose your *Action*. You have " +"the choice between *Create next activity*, *Set a tag on the subscription*, " +"*Set a stage on the subscription*, *Mark as To Renew*, *Send an email to the" +" customer* and *Send an SMS Text Message to the customer*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:50 +msgid "" +"In the example above, the *Trigger on* is set to *Timed condition*, " +"therefore, a *Trigger date* and *Delay after trigger* need to be specified. " +"And because the *Send an email to the customer* action was adopted, an " +"*Email template* can be chosen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:54 +msgid "" +"As a result, this alert will send a rating survey after one month, to the " +"customers who have purchased that specific product. The survey will appear " +"in the chatter of your respective subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:63 +msgid "Modify an existing automatic alert" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:65 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo suggests you an automatic alert called *Take action on less" +" satisfied clients*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:71 +msgid "" +"This alert is applied to the *Rating Satisfaction* of your customers, and " +"the action is triggered on *Timed condition*. If their satisfaction rate is " +"lower than 50%, a salesperson contacts the customer. This action is " +"automatically assigned to the salesperson who manages the subscription, and " +"the due date is 5 days after the triggering of this action. This alert " +"ensures that your clients are happy and that you are taking actions if they " +"are not. It helps to keep your customer retention rates very high." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:79 +msgid "" +"By editing the alert, you can modify the *Apply on*, the *Action* and " +"*Activity* sections, and adapt them to your own needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:86 +msgid ":doc:`../../subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting.rst:3 +msgid "Reporting" +msgstr "Berichtswesen" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:3 +msgid "Generate subscription reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:5 +msgid "" +"As we know, understanding how our business is going, and where it is going, " +"is key to success. And particularly so when we offer subscription services " +"or products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Before getting to the heart of the matter, it is very important to recall " +"certain essential concepts to the proper understanding of the following " +"reports:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:11 +msgid "" +"**Monthly Recurring Revenue (MRR)**: MRR is arguably the most important " +"metric for subscription businesses. It shows the monthly revenue earned with" +" subscription-based products or services. It is a consistent number used to " +"track all recurring revenue over time, in monthly increments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:15 +msgid "" +"**Annual Run-Rate (ARR)**: ARR is the yearly version of MRR, which is based " +"on the current MRR, to estimate the coming year's performance. However, this" +" estimation does not take variations and growth into account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:23 +msgid "" +"**Non-Recurring Revenue (NRR)**: NRR shows the revenue earned for everything" +" else than subscription-based products or services. This includes gains of a" +" rare or unique nature that are unlikely to occur in the ordinary course of " +"businesses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:27 +msgid "" +"**Customer Retention**: Practices to engage existing customers to continue " +"buying products or services from your business. Customer retention can be a " +"challenge, because you must prove you are worthy of your customers' trust." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:31 +msgid "" +"**Churn Rate**: Also known as the Rate of Attrition or Customer Churn, the " +"churn rate can be defined, in this case, as the percentage of subscribers " +"who discontinued their subscriptions within a given time period. We can " +"distinguish two types of Churn:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:35 +msgid "**Logo Churn**: It corresponds to the subscription cancellation rate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:37 +msgid "" +"**Revenue Churn**: It corresponds to the monthly recurring revenue loss " +"rate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:39 +msgid "Let's imagine a 2$ increase in a subscription service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:42 +msgid "" +"We lost 3 customers out of the initial 20, which generates a **Logo Churn** " +"of 15%." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Therefore, the 56$ of MRR difference out of the initial 600$ causes a " +"**Revenue Churn**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:0 +msgid "of 9,33%." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Reminder: even though they seem to evolve in the same direction most of the " +"time, it might not be the case all the time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:53 +msgid "" +"**Customer Lifetime Value (CLV)**: Indicates how much revenue can be " +"expected for a customer during his/her entire contract. This approach " +"emphasizes the importance of customer retention, shifting our focus from a " +"quarterly or yearly approach to a long-term one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Check out the different kinds of reports you can access from the **Odoo " +"Subscriptions** application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:61 +msgid "Subscriptions analysis report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Reporting --> Subscriptions`. From " +"there, you can change the *Measures*. By default, Odoo uses the *Monthly " +"Recurring Revenue*. In addition to that, you can choose *Quantity*, " +"*Recurring Price*, *Yearly Recurring Revenue* and *Count*. For this example," +" *Quantity* is added. This way, you can review both of these measures at the" +" same time. You can even *Group By Start Date* and, more precisely, by " +"*Week*, to get a clear view of your report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:74 +msgid "Retention analysis report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Reporting --> Retention`. The " +"default measure applied is *Count*, but you can change to the appropriate " +"one for you. For the example below, *Monthly Recurring Revenue* was chosen, " +"and the *Month* periodicity remains intact. By using these criteria, you can" +" see the progression of the retention from its start." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:86 +msgid "Revenue KPIs report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Reporting --> Revenue KPIs`. From " +"there, you can check different KPIs: *Monthly Recurring Revenue*, *Net " +"Revenue*, *Non-Recurring Revenue*, *Revenue per Subscription*, *Annual Run-" +"Rate*, *Lifetime Value*, and more. You can also filter this information on " +"subscriptions, companies, and sales teams. This is useful if you are looking" +" for specific information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:98 +msgid "" +"The example below shows the *Monthly Recurring Revenue* detailed report. At " +"the moment, there is no data, which is the typical scenario for a new " +"business. But, as your company grows over the months, these graphs get " +"populated with more and more data. Once again, you can filter these specific" +" KPIs on subscriptions, companies, and sales teams." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:108 +msgid "Salesperson dashboard report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Reporting --> Salesperson " +"Dashboard`. This page gives you a summary of your *Monthly Recurring " +"Revenue*, *Non-Recurring Revenue*, *Subscription modifications*, and *Non-" +"Recurring Invoices* for each of your salespeople. You can choose the period " +"you want to apply and the salesperson you want to analyze." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow.rst:3 +msgid "Sales flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:3 +msgid "Close a subscription" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Losing a customer is always difficult, especially if you put a lot of effort" +" into getting them to sign up for your products/services. However, many " +"companies come up with dubious methods to reduce the probability of this " +"happening." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If you adopt such methods, you are among companies that actively and " +"indirectly spread the phobia of subscriptions, who do not think about how " +"negatively dissatisfied customers could impact their business and, who " +"frustrate the customers in a way or another. However, at some point, it is " +"understandable that you do not want your customers to be involved in your " +"subscription status." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If you do not adopt such methods, you are among companies that continue to " +"evolve in a long-term subscription business model, especially in an era of " +"ultra-fast communications between dissatisfied customers, and who retain " +"their customers by making it easier for them to leave if they want to. By " +"giving them the opportunity to close their own subscriptions, your customers" +" do not feel trapped because they subscribed to your products/services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In summary, the **Odoo Subscriptions** application gives you the " +"**possibility to choose what you want to apply**. Indeed, you can decide " +"whether to give your customers the option to close their subscriptions " +"whenever they want to or to restrict this possibility. It depends on you and" +" we will show you how to do that in our amazing application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Configuration --> Subscription " +"templates`. From there, you can create a new *Subscription template* or " +"modify an existing one. When editing your template, underneath the Invoicing" +" tab, you have the possibility to activate the option *Closable by " +"customer*. Once enabled, this option gives your customers the right to close" +" their own subscriptions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Be sure to check out our documentation on how to :doc:`Use subscription " +"templates <../../subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates>` to " +"fully understand the importance of this feature in a basic flow using the " +"**Odoo Subscriptions** application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:49 +msgid "Close your first subscription" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:52 +msgid "Administrator view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Once confirmed, a quotation becomes a sales order and a new subscription is " +"automatically created. Therefore, this subscription has the status *In " +"progress*. From there, you have the possibility to close the subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:62 +msgid "" +"By using the smart button *Close*, you have to enter a close reason. For " +"example, \"Subscription too expensive\", \"Subscription does not meet my " +"requirements\", \"Subscription reached its end date\", etc. Immediately " +"after confirming your close reason, you can observe that the status of the " +"subscription is now *Closed* and that the close reason is mentioned on the " +"subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:72 +msgid "Customer view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:74 +msgid "" +"As previously explained in the *Administrator view* part, from the " +"subscription form, you also have the possibility to visualize what your " +"customers see when managing their subscriptions thanks to the *Customer " +"preview* button. In this example, the customer has the choice to close " +"his/her subscription whenever he/she wants to, due to the *Close " +"Subscription* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:83 +msgid "" +"By using this button, the customer can specify the reason for cancelling " +"his/her subscription and he/she can even leave a message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:90 +msgid "" +"By confirming the cancellation, the customer is redirected to his/her " +"portal. The administrator is informed of this modification. Indeed, the " +"status of the subscription becomes *Closed* and a note appears in the " +"chatter with the new stage, the end date, the close reason, and the closing " +"text added by the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Before closing a subscription, check out our documentation on how to " +":doc:`Create a quotation using subscription products " +"<../../subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation>` to understand how " +"subscriptions are managed in the **Odoo Subscriptions** application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:3 +msgid "Create a quotation using subscription products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Selling a digital product or service gives instant gratification. However, " +"you have to work hard for a new customer to make a purchase. It costs time " +"and money. By convincing customers to sign up for a subscription, you " +"maximize your income and streamline your cash flow. You can sell any type of" +" product or service through a subscription business model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Here is a scenario using **Odoo Subscriptions** to create a quotation " +"including subscription products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:19 +msgid "Create your first quotation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Before creating your first quotation, be sure to check out our documentation" +" on how to create and manage your own :doc:`Subscription templates " +"<../../subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates>` and on how to " +"add :doc:`Subscription products " +"<../../subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products>` to your " +"templates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:30 +msgid "" +"These steps are **mandatory** to make a basic sales flow using **Odoo " +"Subscriptions**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Go to **Odoo Sales** and create a new quotation. Then, choose a customer and" +" add a product. Be careful to select a product that you previously " +"configured as a *Subscription product*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:39 +msgid "" +"When your quotation is ready, you have the possibility to send it to your " +"customers or to confirm it. It is better to first *Send by email* the " +"quotation to your customers to have their confirmation and, then, *Confirm* " +"it in **Odoo Sales**. By clicking on *Customer preview*, you have an idea of" +" what your customers will see when receiving your quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:48 +msgid "" +"From there, your customers have three choices: *Sign & Pay* the quotation, " +"give you a *Feedback* or *Reject* the quotation. It appears that they are " +"very happy and accept the option *Sign & Pay*. Then, they have to validate " +"the order with a signature and by choosing a payment method. When it is " +"done, you can check out the quotation in **Odoo Sales** and *Confirm* it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:54 +msgid "Manage your subscriptions from your SO" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Once confirmed, the quotation becomes a sales order and a new button " +"appears, *Subscriptions*. Indeed, a subscription is automatically created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:63 +msgid "" +"By clicking on the *Subscriptions* button, you can see that the status of " +"the subscription is *In progress*. From there, you will have three options: " +":doc:`Renew <../../subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals>`, :doc:`Close " +"<../../subscriptions/sales_flow/closing>` or :doc:`Upsell " +"<../../subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling>` your subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:73 +msgid "" +"In the top-right corner, you can see the status of the subscription. When a " +"subscription is new and created from **Odoo Subscriptions**, the status is " +"*Draft*. When a sales order has been validated, the status is *In progress*." +" Finally, when a customer decides to close his subscription, the status " +"becomes *Closed*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:81 +msgid ":doc:`../../subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:82 +msgid ":doc:`../../subscriptions/sales_flow/closing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:83 +msgid ":doc:`../../subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:3 +msgid "Renew a subscription" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The key feature of a subscription business model is the recurring nature of " +"payments. In this model, customers pay a recurring amount in exchange for " +"access to a product or a service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Each subscriber experiences this renewal process monthly, annually, or " +"sometimes more, depending on the duration of the contract. Most subscription" +" companies choose to automate their renewal processes but, in some cases, " +"manual subscription renewals are still the preferred option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:18 +msgid "" +"With **Odoo Subscriptions**, you can have all your subscriptions in one " +"application, suggest an automatic subscription renewal to your customers (as" +" well as a manual one) and, finally, filter all your subscriptions and " +"easily find those to renew (with the help of the tag *To renew*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:23 +msgid "Renew your first subscription" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Before renewing a subscription, be sure to check out our documentation on " +"how to :doc:`Create a quotation " +"<../../subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation>` using subscription " +"products. Indeed, once confirmed, a quotation becomes a sales order and a " +"new subscription is automatically created. Therefore, this subscription has " +"the status *In progress*. From there, you have the possibility to renew the " +"subscription. In the Other Info tab, underneath the To Renew section, you " +"can activate the *To renew* option. When activated, a yellow tag " +"automatically appears in the upper right corner of the subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:38 +msgid "" +"The *To renew* tag is automatically ticked when a payment fails. This " +"indicator also appears on the customer portal. To visualize that, you just " +"have to click on the *Customer preview* button. The tag *To renew* appears " +"on the top right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:46 +msgid "" +"When a subscription needs to be renewed, you have the possibility to use a " +"new button called *Renewal quotation*. By clicking on it, a new quotation is" +" created. From there, start a basic sales flow allowing you to send the " +"quotation by email to your customers or to confirm it. It is better to first" +" *Send by email* the quotation to your customers in order to have their " +"confirmation and, then, *Confirm* it in **Odoo Sales**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:53 +msgid "" +"In the Chatter of this new quotation, it is mentioned that \"This renewal " +"order has been created from the previous subscription\". Once confirmed by " +"your customers, this quotation becomes a sales order and a new sale is " +"mentioned in the upper right corner of the subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:61 +msgid "" +"By clicking on the *Sales* button, you have a summary of your sales orders " +"in a list view. The only difference between your two quotations is the " +"description underneath the *Subscription Management* category. There, you " +"can easily visualize which one is your renewal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:70 +msgid "Visualize your subscriptions to renew" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Finally, if you want to visualize all your subscriptions and easily find " +"those to renew, you can go to your *Subscriptions dashboard* and use the " +"filter *To renew*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:3 +msgid "Upsell a subscription" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Subscriptions are recurrent and go on indefinitely. As time passes by, our " +"customers may want to modify them. We must then be able to adapt the prices " +"or change the products’ quantities to accommodate their needs. Two " +"situations can happen:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:9 +msgid "" +"**Loyal customers:** This kind of customers already trust you as a brand. " +"Therefore, you are confident regarding what you offer since they keep paying" +" for your products and services. Consequently, it is easier to sell them " +"something additional than it would be to a new customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:14 +msgid "" +"**New customers:** For this kind of customers, you have to come with " +"something new, something attractive. What about discounts? Typically, every " +"subscription ends after a certain given time. Making these types of offers " +"for new customers strengthens your relationships with them and also " +"increases their retention." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:27 +msgid "" +"As previously explained, to upsell a subscription to new customers, it is " +"recommended to offer *Discounts*. To activate this option, go to " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and, under the " +"*Pricing* category, you have the possibility to grant discounts on sales " +"order lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:36 +msgid "Upsell your first subscription" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Before upselling a subscription, be sure to check out our documentation on " +"how to :doc:`Create a quotation " +"<../../subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation>` using subscription " +"products. Indeed, once confirmed, a quotation becomes a sales order and a " +"new subscription is automatically created. Therefore, this subscription has " +"the status *In progress*. From there, you have the possibility to upsell " +"your subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:48 +msgid "" +"By using the smart button *Upsell*, you are able to create a new quotation " +"with new subscription products and send it to your customers for approval." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:56 +msgid "" +"When the quotation is confirmed by your customers, the products are added to" +" the initial subscription. Quotation prices are, then, prorated to the " +"remaining time of the current invoicing period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Of course, before sending this new quotation to your customers, you can " +"change the unit price, taxes, and, even the discount you want to offer. The " +"smart button *Customer preview* is useful for mimicking the customer's " +"reaction. In this case, we can confidently say that the customer will *Sign " +"and pay* this new quotation. When it is done, you have to go back in edit " +"mode, confirm the quotation, and click on the smart button *Subscriptions* " +"to visualize all updates. From there, you can see that an additional line " +"has been added to the subscription with the new extra service the customer " +"wanted to purchase." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:72 +msgid "" +"In addition, by clicking on the *Sales* button, you have a summary of your " +"sales orders in a list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:79 +msgid "" +"The only difference between your two sales orders is the description " +"underneath the *Subscription Management* category. There, you can easily " +"visualize which one is your upselling." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/services.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/services.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e214f43ab --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/services.po @@ -0,0 +1,1526 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Wolfgang Taferner, 2021 +# Michael Schütt <michael.schuett.lwl@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Leon Grill <leg@odoo.com>, 2021 +# Martin Trigaux, 2021 +# philku79 <philip.kuss@gmx.de>, 2021 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-18 07:12+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-05-18 05:18+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: philku79 <philip.kuss@gmx.de>, 2021\n" +"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: de\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: ../../content/applications/services.rst:3 ../../content/services.rst:3 +msgid "Services" +msgstr "Dienstleistungen" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm.rst:4 +msgid "Field Service" +msgstr "Außendienst" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/helpdesk.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:4 +msgid "Helpdesk" +msgstr "Kundendienst" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:3 +msgid "Plan onsite interventions from helpdesk tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:4 +msgid "" +"The integration with the Helpdesk app lets your helpdesk team manage " +"intervention requests directly. Planning field service tasks from tickets " +"speeds up your processes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:8 +msgid "Configure the helpdesk team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`. Select" +" a team and enable *Onsite Interventions*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The helpdesk tickets of the team now display the *Plan Intervention* button." +" Click on it to create a new task under your field service project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales.rst:3 +msgid "Sales" +msgstr "Verkauf" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:3 +msgid "Create onsite interventions from sales orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Allowing your sales team to open onsite interventions creates a seamless " +"experience for your customers. They can receive a quotation they first have " +"to approve before the work even starts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:8 +msgid "Configure a product" +msgstr "Ein Produkt konfigurieren" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration --> Products` and " +"create or edit a product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Under the *General Information* tab, select *Service* as *Product Type*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Under the *Sales* tab, select *Timesheets on tasks* as *Service Invoicing " +"Policy*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:15 +msgid "Select *Create a task in an existing project* as *Service Tracking*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:17 +msgid "Select your *Project*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If you use them, select your *Worksheet Template* and then click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:25 +msgid "" +"From the *Sales* app, create a quotation with the product and confirm it. A " +"task is automatically set up under your Field Service project. It is " +"directly accessible from the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced" +msgstr "Fortgeschritten" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:3 +msgid "After Sales Features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:5 +msgid "" +"As your business grows, having the right tool to support your helpdesk team " +"on recording, tracking and managing issues raised easy and efficiently, is " +"key. Odoo’s Helpdesk application allows you to generate credit notes, manage" +" returns, products, repairs, grant coupons, and even plan onsite " +"interventions from a ticket’s page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:11 +msgid "Set up the after sales services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " +"enable the after sales options: *Refunds, Returns, Coupons, Repairs and " +"Onsite Interventions*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:20 +msgid "Generate credit notes from tickets" +msgstr "Gutschriften aus Tickets generieren" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:22 +msgid "" +"You can use a credit note to refund a customer or adjust the amount due. For" +" that, simply go to your ticket page, click on *Refund* and select the " +"corresponding *Invoice*. Clicking on *Reverse* generates a credit note, and " +"you can *Post* it while still being in the *Helpdesk* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:30 +msgid "Allow product returns from tickets" +msgstr "Produktrückgaben von Tickets zulassen" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:32 +msgid "" +"The process of a product return from your customer back to your warehouse is" +" taken into action when, at the ticket page, you choose the option *Return*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:39 +msgid "Grant coupons from tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:41 +msgid "" +"First, be sure to have your *Coupon Program* planned in the *Sales* or " +"*Website* application. Then, in *Helpdesk*, open your ticket, click on " +"*Coupon*, and choose the respective one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:48 +msgid "Repairs from tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Clicking on *Repair* option, on your ticket page, a new repair order form is" +" shown. Fill in the information as needed and choose the next step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:57 +msgid "Plan onsite interventions from tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:59 +msgid "" +"At the ticket's page click on *Plan Intervention*, and set up your onsite " +"intervention exactly the same way as if you were on the *Field Service* " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:67 +msgid "" +"`Coupons <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/coupon-" +"programs-640?fullscreen=1>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:3 +msgid "Allow Customers to Close their Tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Allowing customers to close their tickets gives them autonomy and minimize " +"misunderstandings about when an issue is considered solved, or not. It makes" +" communication and actions more efficient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:9 +msgid "Configure the feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To configure the feature go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Settings --> " +"Helpdesk Teams --> Edit` and enable *Ticket closing*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:18 +msgid "" +"In order to designate to which stage the ticket migrates to once it is " +"closed, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Overview --> Tickets`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:25 +msgid "" +"You can either create a new Kanban stage or work with an existing one. For " +"both scenarios, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Settings --> Edit Stage` " +"and enable *Closing Stage*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:32 +msgid "" +"If a closing stage is not specified, by default, the ticket is moved to the " +"last stage; contrarily, if you have more than one stage set as closing, the " +"ticket is put in the first one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:36 +msgid "The Costumer Portal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Now, once the user logs into his Portal, the option *Close this ticket* is " +"available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:45 +msgid "Get reports on tickets closed by costumers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:47 +msgid "" +"To do an analysis of the tickets that have been closed by costumers go to " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting --> Tickets --> Filters --> Add " +"Custom filter --> Closed by partner --> Applied`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Übersicht" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:3 +msgid "Forum and eLearning" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:6 +msgid "Forum" +msgstr "Forum" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To go above and beyond email, live chat, web forms, and phone lines, offer " +"your customers a support forum. This way, customers might become more " +"attached to your company as they would be investing time to get into details" +" of your business. You also encourage the exchange of experiences and " +"knowledge, supporting the feeling of belonging to a community (your " +"community!)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:11 +msgid "Set up" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Team` and " +"enable *Help Center*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Create, or edit a forum by clicking on the external link. Among the editing " +"options, choose if you would like the *Forum Mode* to be *Questions*: only " +"one answer is allowed per question or *Discussions*: multiple answers are " +"allowed per question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:31 +msgid "" +"From now on, logged in users can start their discussions. To keep track of " +"posts, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Forum --> Posts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Turn tickets into forum posts by simply clicking on *Share on the Forum* on " +"the ticket's page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:45 +msgid "eLearning" +msgstr "eLearning" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:47 +msgid "" +"In addition to a forum, offer online courses. When doing so, you link your " +"customers and users’ needs and questions to useful content, helping to boost" +" efficiency as they can also find their answers there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " +"enable *eLearning*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Once the structure and content of your course are ready, *Publish* it by " +"clicking on *Unpublished*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To keep track of your course statistics, go to *eLearning* and *View " +"Course*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:73 +msgid "Todo" +msgstr "Zu erledigen" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:73 +msgid "" +"DETAILS/INFO SHOULD COME FROM ELEARNING DOCS. THEREFORE, LINK DOCS ONCE " +"AVAILABLE!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:3 +msgid "Getting Started" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Helpdesk teams provide your customers with support to queries or errors they" +" might encounter while using your product/service. Therefore, a successful " +"scheme where you can organize multiple teams with their customized pipeline," +" visibilities settings, and ticket traceability is essential." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:10 +msgid "Set up teams" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To modify or create teams, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration " +"--> Helpdesk Teams`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Setting up multiple teams allows you to group tickets by your channels " +"(example: BE/US), or by your support services' types (example: IT, " +"accounting, admin, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:21 +msgid "Team’s productivity and visibility" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Teams can have individual *Assignment Methods* to ensure that tickets get " +"redirected to the right person:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:26 +msgid "" +"*Manually*: tickets are manually assigned, allowing employees to manage " +"their own workload and target tickets they are experts at;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:28 +msgid "" +"*Random*: tickets are randomly assigned and everyone gets the same amount. " +"This method ensures that all tickets are handled as the assignment happens " +"automatically;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:30 +msgid "" +"*Balanced*: tickets are assigned to the person with the least amount of " +"tickets so that everyone fairly gets the same amount. Thereby, you ensure " +"that all tickets get to be taken care of." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:40 +msgid "" +"For the *Random* and *Balanced* assignment methods, you can set the *Team " +"Members* among whom tickets are assigned. Leave the field empty to include " +"all employees (with the proper access rights)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:43 +msgid "" +"The *Team Visibility* feature allows you to specify who can see and access " +"the team’s tickets. Therefore, ticket’s with sensible information are only " +"seen by the right people. Leave the field empty to include all employees " +"(with the proper access rights)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:46 +msgid "Set up stages and share it among teams" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To set up stages, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> " +"Stages`. Then, create and/or edit stages as you need and set specific teams " +"to use certain stages under *Team*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Stages can be shared between one or multiple teams, allowing you to adapt " +"the pipeline to your individual needs. They also apply a visibility and " +"access rule, as other teams are not able to see or use the stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:64 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/odoo_basics/users`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:3 +msgid "Ratings" +msgstr "Bewertungen" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Allow customers to rate their experience with your helpdesk teams to " +"strengthen your credibility and gain their trust. Reviews can also influence" +" a customer’s decision and open space for feedback that can help you improve" +" the quality of your services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " +"enable *Ratings on tickets*. The feature automatically adds a default email " +"template on the non-folded *closing stage(s)* of that team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To edit the email template and the stage(s) set as the closing ones, go to " +"the Kanban view of your helpdesk team and click on *Settings*, then on *Edit" +" Stage*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Now, once a ticket reaches the stage(s) designated as the *Closing Stage*, " +"an email is sent to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Ratings can be seen on the chatter of each ticket, under the *See Customer " +"Satisfaction* link on the main dashboard, and through *Reporting*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:39 +msgid "Ratings visible on the customer portal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " +"enable *Display Rating on Customer Portal*. Now, by clicking on the helpdesk" +" team’s name on their ticket, customers can see its ratings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:47 +msgid ":doc:`../advanced/close_tickets`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:3 +msgid "Start Receiving Tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Offering a variety of channels from where your customers can contact you " +"grants them flexibility and the right to choose the best one for themselves." +" And, in order to make sure inquiries across all channels get addressed, it " +"is essential to have a solution where all interactions come in one place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:11 +msgid "Channels options to submit tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`, and " +"enable the following features as you want them to be available to your " +"users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:21 +msgid "Email Alias" +msgstr "E-Mail Alias" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Let your customers submit tickets by sending an email to your support email " +"address. The subject line of the email becomes the title of the ticket and " +"the content is shown in the Chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Select *Configure domain name* to be redirected to *Settings* and, from " +"there, enable *External Email Servers* to determine or change your *Alias " +"Domain*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Using your own email server is required to send and receive emails in Odoo " +"Community and Enterprise. Online users benefit from a ready-to-use email " +"server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:39 +msgid "Website Form" +msgstr "Website Formular" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Allow your customers to submit a ticket by filling in a form through your " +"website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Once the feature is activated, get redirected to your website by clicking on" +" *Go to Website*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:49 +msgid "" +"From the website page customize the form as you like. Then, publish it by " +"clicking on *Unpublished*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:56 +msgid "Live Chat" +msgstr "Live-Chat" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Through live interactions with your website visitors, helpdesk tickets can " +"be instantly created and redirected to the right person." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Click on your helpdesk team's name - for the example below: *Customer Care* " +"- and :doc:`set up your channel " +"</applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Now, your operators can create tickets by using the :doc:`command " +"</applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses>` */helpdesk " +"(subject_of_ticket)*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:72 +msgid "Prioritize tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Use the stars to prioritize your tickets. The most urgent ones appear at the" +" top of your list on the Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:77 +msgid "1 star = *Low priority*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:78 +msgid "2 stars = *High priority*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:79 +msgid "3 stars = *Urgent*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:60 +msgid ":doc:`sla`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:89 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:3 +msgid "Reports for a Better Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:5 +msgid "" +"An efficient customer service solution should have a built-in reporting " +"option. Reports allow you to track trends, identify areas for improvement, " +"manage employees’ workloads and, most importantly, meet your customer’s " +"expectations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:10 +msgid "Cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:12 +msgid "Some examples of the reports Odoo Helpdesk can generate include:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:14 +msgid "The number of tickets *grouped by* team and ticket type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:17 +msgid "" +"In this manner, you are able to evaluate which ticket types have been the " +"most frequent ones, plus the workload of your teams." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Apply *Time Ranges* if you would like to make comparisons to a *Previous " +"Period* or a *Previous Year*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:25 +msgid "The number of tickets closed per day, per team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Get an overview of how many requests each team is closing per day in order " +"to measure their performance. Identify productivity levels to understand how" +" many requests they are able to handle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Filter it by *Assignee* to see Key Performance Indicators (KPI) per agent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:37 +msgid "" +"The number of hours tickets are taking to be solved, grouped by team and " +"ticket type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Check if your expectations are met by *measuring* the *Time to close " +"(hours)*. Your customers not only expect fast responses but they also want " +"their issues to be handled quickly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:48 +msgid "Save filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Save the filters you use the most and avoid having to reconstruct them every" +" time they are needed. To do so, set the groups, filters, and measures " +"needed. Then, go to *Favorites*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:59 +msgid ":doc:`receiving_tickets`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:3 +msgid "Service Level Agreements (SLA)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Service Level Agreements (SLA) are commitments you make with your customers " +"to outline how a service is delivered. It bolsters trust between you and " +"your customers as it makes clear what needs to be done, to what standard, " +"and when." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:10 +msgid "Create your policies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:13 +msgid "" +"First, enable the feature on the settings of the team you would like " +"policies to be applied, going to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration " +"--> Helpdesk Teams`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Create your policies through the team’s settings page or go to " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> SLA Policies`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Choose to which **Team** the policy is relevant and the **Minimum Priority**" +" a ticket needs to have for the policy to be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:27 +msgid "" +"**Target** is the stage a ticket needs to reach within the period defined to" +" satisfy the SLA. The period is based on the ticket’s creation date, and a " +"deadline is set on the ticket’s form once it matches an SLA policy rule. If " +"a ticket has more than one policy applied to it, the closest deadline of all" +" SLAs is the one considered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:29 +msgid "" +"When a ticket has satisfied an SLA policy, the SLA tag appears in green and " +"the deadline field is not shown anymore." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:37 +msgid "SLA Analysis" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting --> SLA Status Analysis`. Apply" +" *Filters* and *Group by* to identify tickets that should be prioritized and" +" keep track of upcoming deadlines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice.rst:3 +msgid "Timesheet and Invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:3 +msgid "Invoice Time Spent on Tickets (Prepaid Support Services)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Have the option to work with prepaid support services, meaning that a sales " +"order and a corresponding invoice are issued and, once the service is done, " +"you can deduct the time spent. Odoo allows it to happen because the " +"applications are fully integrated, resulting in faster responses to your " +"customer needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:14 +msgid "Step 1: Set up a helpdesk team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`, create" +" or edit an existing team, and enable *Timesheet on Ticket* and *Time " +"Reinvoicing*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Select or create a project under *Timesheet on Ticket*. The selected/created" +" is the one at which employees timesheet on by default. However, it can be " +"ultimately modified on each ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:28 +msgid "Step 2: Set up a service" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " +"*Units of Measure* to optionally be able to choose *hours* (for example) as " +"the unit of measure of your service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Then, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`, create or edit" +" an existing one, and set its *Product Type* as *Service*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Now, select the invoicing management you would like to have under the " +"*Sales* tab. We recommend the following configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:47 +msgid "" +"This configuration ensures that the customer is invoiced by the number of " +"hours predicted in the sales order, meaning that less or extra hours " +"recorded are not taken into account. It also ensures that every time a sales" +" order is confirmed, a new task is created under the right project, " +"automating the process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:53 +msgid "" +"We recommend setting up a specific project, as it was done for this flow " +"example. The important thing to remember is that the sales order item needs " +"to be set on the corresponding project or task, in order to reinvoice the " +"time spent on a ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:58 +msgid "Prevision an invoice and record time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:61 +msgid "Step 1: Place an order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> Orders` and create one for the " +"helpdesk service product you have previously set up, with the customer who " +"needs the ticket to be opened. Set the number of hours needed to assist the " +"customer and *Confirm* the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:72 +msgid "Step 2: Invoice the customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:74 +msgid "In *Sales*, select the respective sales order to *Create Invoice*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:82 +msgid "Step 3: Link the task to the ticket" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Now, in *Helpdesk*, create or edit the respective ticket and link it to the " +"task created by the confirmation of the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:92 +msgid "Step 4: Record the time spent" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Still on the respective helpdesk ticket, record the hours performed under " +"the *Timesheets* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Note that the hours recorded on the ticket form are shown on the *Delivered*" +" column in the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Hours recorded on the ticket are automatically shown in *Timesheets* and on " +"the dedicated task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:111 +msgid ":doc:`reinvoice_from_project`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:112 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:3 +msgid "Invoice Time Spent on Tickets (Postpaid Support Services)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Directly pull the billable time you have tracked on your helpdesk tickets " +"into sales orders and invoices through a project task. It gives you more " +"control over what you charge your client, and it is more efficient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:10 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Konfiguration" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk team --> Edit`" +" and enable the options *Timesheet on Ticket* and *Time Reinvoicing*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Under *Timesheet on Ticket*, choose the *Project* to which tickets (and " +"timesheets) will be linked by default. Open its *External link* to enable " +"the feature *Bill from tasks*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:22 +msgid "Create a sales order and an invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Now, once you have recorded the time you spent on the helpdesk ticket, under" +" the *Timesheets* tab, access the task clicking on its name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:31 +msgid "*Create Sales Order* and proceed to create the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project.rst:4 +msgid "Project" +msgstr "Projekt" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks.rst:3 +msgid "Tasks" +msgstr "Aufgaben" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:3 +msgid "Create Project's Tasks from an Email Alias" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you already have an email address that customers know from the top of " +"their heads, changing it is the last thing you want to do. Instead, link " +"that address to your project and transform those conversations into " +"structured work. It automatically creates a task in the first stage of a " +"project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:11 +msgid "Set up an incoming email server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:14 +msgid "" +"On the *Settings* application, enable *External Email Servers* and define " +"the incoming email alias you would like to use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:15 +msgid "" +"**For more information**: " +":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:18 +msgid "Configure the email alias in your project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Now that you have the incoming email server set up, go to " +":menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects --> Edit`. Under the " +"*Emails* tab, define the wanted email alias and choose the policy to receive" +" a message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:23 +msgid "In addition, you can now directly set it when creating a new project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:30 +msgid "" +"All the recipients of the email (To/Cc/Bcc) are automatically added as " +"followers of the task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:32 +msgid "The email can be seen under the name of your project on the dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets.rst:4 +msgid "Timesheets" +msgstr "Zeiterfassung" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:3 +msgid "Create Timesheets upon Time Off Validation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically timesheets on project/tasks upon time off requests. This " +"allows for better overall control over the validation of timesheets, as it " +"does not leave place for forgetfulness and questions after hours that have " +"not been timesheeted by the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Activate the :doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>`, " +"go to *Timesheets*, and change the *Project* and *Task* set by default, if " +"you like." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Time Off --> Configuration --> Time Off Types`. Select" +" or create the needed type, and decide if you would like the requests to be " +"validated or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Now, once the employee has requested his time off and the request has been " +"validated (or not, depending on the setting chosen), the time is " +"automatically allocated on *Timesheets*, under the respective project and " +"task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:27 +msgid "" +"On the example below, the user requested *Paid Time off* from July 13th to " +"15th." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Considering that validation is not required, the requested time off is " +"automatically displayed in *Timesheets*. If validation is necessary, the " +"time is automatically allocated after the responsible person for validating " +"does it so." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Click on the magnifying glass, hovering over the concerned cell, to access " +"all the aggregated data on that cell (day), and see details regarding the " +"project/task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support.rst:4 +msgid "Support" +msgstr "Support" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:6 +msgid "Supported versions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo provides support and bug fixing **for the 3 last major versions** of " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Users hosted on **Odoo Online** may use intermediary versions (sometimes " +"called *SaaS versions*) that are supported as well. These versions are not " +"published for Odoo.sh or On-Premise installations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:17 +msgid "What's the support status of my Odoo?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:19 +msgid "This matrix shows the support status of every version." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:21 +msgid "**Major releases are in bold type.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:24 +msgid "Odoo Online" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:24 +msgid "Odoo.sh" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:24 +msgid "On-Premise" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:24 +msgid "Release date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:26 +msgid "**Odoo 14.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:26 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:26 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:26 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:28 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:30 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:30 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:30 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:32 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:34 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:34 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:34 +msgid "|green|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:26 +msgid "October 2020" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:28 +msgid "Odoo 13.saas~4" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:28 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:28 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:32 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:32 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:36 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:36 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:40 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:40 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:42 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:42 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:46 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:46 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:48 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:50 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:50 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:52 +msgid "N/A" +msgstr "Nicht verfügbar" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:28 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:32 +msgid "August 2019" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:30 +msgid "**Odoo 13.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:30 +msgid "October 2019" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:32 +msgid "Odoo 12.saas~3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:34 +msgid "**Odoo 12.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:34 +msgid "October 2018" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:34 +msgid "*End-of-support is planned for October 2021*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:36 +msgid "Odoo 11.saas~3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:36 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:38 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:38 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:40 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:42 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:44 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:44 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:46 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:48 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:50 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:52 +msgid "|orange|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:36 +msgid "April 2018" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:38 +msgid "**Odoo 11.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:38 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:44 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:48 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:52 +msgid "|red|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:38 +msgid "October 2017" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:40 +msgid "Odoo 10.saas~15" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:40 +msgid "March 2017" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:42 +msgid "Odoo 10.saas~14" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:42 +msgid "January 2017" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:44 +msgid "**Odoo 10.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:44 +msgid "October 2016" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:46 +msgid "Odoo 9.saas~11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:46 +msgid "May 2016" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:48 +msgid "**Odoo 9.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:48 +msgid "October 2015" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:50 +msgid "Odoo 8.saas~6" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:50 +msgid "February 2015" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:52 +msgid "**Odoo 8.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:52 +msgid "September 2014" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:58 +msgid "|green| Supported version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:60 +msgid "|red| End-of-support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:62 +msgid "N/A Never released for this platform" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:64 +msgid "" +"|orange| Some of our older customers may still run this version on our Odoo " +"Online servers, we provide help only on blocking issues and advise you to " +"upgrade." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:66 +msgid "🏁 Future version, not released yet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:79 +msgid "I run an older version of Odoo/OpenERP/TinyERP" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:81 +msgid "" +"OpenERP 7.0, 6.1, 6.0 and 5.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:83 +msgid "" +"TinyERP 4.0, 3.0, 2.0 and 1.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:85 +msgid "" +"You should consider `upgrading <https://upgrade.odoo.com/>`_ your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:6 +msgid "What can I expect from the support service?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:10 +msgid "5 days a week" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Your Odoo Online subscription includes **unlimited 24hr support at no extra " +"cost, Monday to Friday**. Our teams are located around the world to ensure " +"you have support, no matter your location. Your support representative could" +" be communicating to you from San Francisco, Belgium, or India!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Our support team can be contacted through our `online support form " +"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:21 +msgid "What kind of support is included?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Providing you with relevant material (guidelines, product documentation, " +"etc...)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Answers to issues that you may encounter in your standard Odoo database (eg." +" “I cannot close my Point of Sale” or “I cannot find my sales KPIs?”)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:27 +msgid "Questions related to your account, subscription, or billing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Bug resolution (blocking issues or unexpected behaviour not due to " +"misconfiguration or customization)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Issues that might occur in a test database after upgrading to a newer " +"version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:32 +msgid "" +"*Odoo Support does not make changes to your production database without your" +" agreement and gives you the material and knowledge to do it yourself!*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:37 +msgid "What kind of support is not included?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Questions that require us to understand your business processes in order to " +"help you implement your database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Training on how to use our software (we will direct you to our many " +"resources)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:42 +msgid "Import of documents into your database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Guidance on which configurations to apply inside of an application or the " +"database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:44 +msgid "" +"How to set up configuration models (Examples include: Inventory Routes, " +"Payment Terms, Warehouses, etc)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:46 +msgid "Any intervention on your own servers/deployments of Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Any intervention on your own third party account (Ingenico, Authorize, UPS, " +"etc)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Questions or issues related to specific developments or customizations done " +"either by Odoo or a third party (this is specific only to your database or " +"involving code)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:52 +msgid "" +"You can get this type of support with a `Success Pack <https://www.odoo.com" +"/pricing-packs>`__. With a pack, one of our consultants will analyze the way" +" your business runs and tell you how you can get the most out of your Odoo " +"Database. We will handle all configurations and coach you on how to use " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:4 +msgid "Where to find help?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:8 +msgid "Odoo Enterprise" +msgstr "Odoo Enterprise" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Users who have a valid Odoo Enterprise subscription may always contact our " +"support teams through our `support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_, no " +"matter the hosting type you chose (Odoo Online, Odoo.sh or on your own " +"server)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:14 +msgid "Please include in your request:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:16 +msgid "your subscription number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:17 +msgid "" +"the URL of your database if your database is hosted by Odoo (Odoo Online or " +"Odoo.sh)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:19 +msgid "Our agents will get back to you as soon as possible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:23 +msgid "Odoo Community" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:25 +msgid "*Odoo Community users don't get access to the support service.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:27 +msgid "Here are some resources that might help you:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:29 +msgid "Our `documentation pages <https://www.odoo.com/page/docs>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Ask your question on the `community forum " +"<https://www.odoo.com/forum/help-1>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:31 +msgid "" +":doc:`Buy Odoo Enterprise </administration/enterprise>` to get the support " +"and bugfix services." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d8702f399 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po @@ -0,0 +1,198 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2021 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-18 07:12+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-05-18 05:18+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2021\n" +"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: de\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings.rst:3 +msgid "Settings" +msgstr "Einstellungen" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:6 +msgid "Users and Features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:8 +msgid "" +"As the administrator of your database, you are responsible for its usage. " +"This includes the Apps you install as well as the number of users currently " +"in use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Odoo is many things (ERP, CMS, CRM application, e-Commerce backend, etc.) " +"but it is *not* a smartphone. You should apply caution when adding/removing " +"features (especially Apps) on your database since this may impact your " +"subscription amount significantly (or switch you from a free account to a " +"paying one on our online platform)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:18 +msgid "" +"This page contains some information as to how you can manage your Odoo " +"instances. Before carrying any of these procedures, we **strongly** advise " +"to test them on a duplicate of your database first. That way, if something " +"goes wrong, your day-to-day business is not impacted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You can find guides on how to duplicate your databases both for :ref:`online" +" <duplicate_online>` and :ref:`on premise <duplicate_premise>` " +"installations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:27 +msgid "" +"If you have questions about the content of this page or if you encounter an " +"issue while carrying out these procedures, please contact us through our " +"`support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:33 +msgid "Deactivating Users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Make sure you have sufficient **administrative rights** if you want to " +"change the status of any of your users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:38 +msgid "" +"In your Odoo instance, click on **Settings**. You will have a section " +"showing you the active users on your database. Click on **Manage Users.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:79 +msgid "|settings|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:42 +msgid "|browse_users|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:45 +msgid "You'll then see the list of your users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The pre-selected filter *Internal Users* shows your paying users (different " +"from the *Portal Users* which are free). If you remove this filter, you'll " +"get all your users (the ones you pay for and the portal ones)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:55 +msgid "" +"In your list of users, click on the user you want to deactivate. As soon as " +"you are on the userform, click on the Action drop down menu, and then click " +"on Archive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:63 +msgid "The user is now deactivated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:65 +msgid "**Never** deactivate the main user (*admin*)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:68 +msgid "Uninstalling Apps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Make sure you first test what you are about to do on a :ref:`duplicate " +"<duplicate_online>` of your database before making any changes (*especially*" +" installing/uninstalling apps)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:74 +msgid "" +"In your Odoo instance click on **Settings**; in this app, you will be able " +"to see how many applications you have installed. Click on **Browse Apps** to" +" access the list of your installed applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:79 +msgid "|browse_apps|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:82 +msgid "" +"In your applications' dashboard, you will see all the icons of your " +"applications. Click on the application you want to uninstall. Then, on the " +"form of the application, click on **Uninstall**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Some applications have dependencies, like Invoicing, eCommerce, etc. " +"Therefore, the system will give you a warning message to advise you of what " +"is about to be removed. If you uninstall your application, all its " +"dependencies will be uninstalled as well (and the data in them will " +"permanently disappear). If you are sure you still want to uninstall it, then" +" click **Confirm**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Last, after having checked the warning message (if any), click **Confirm**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:101 +msgid "You have finished uninstalling your application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:104 +msgid "Good to know" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:106 +msgid "" +"**Uninstalling apps, managing users, etc. is up to you**: no one else can " +"know if your business flow is broken better than you. If we were to " +"uninstall applications for you, we would never be able to tell if relevant " +"data had been removed or if one of your business flow was broken because we " +"*do not know how you work* and therefore cannot validate these kinds of " +"operations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:112 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Apps have dependencies**: this means that you may need to install " +"modules that you do not actively use to access some features of Odoo you " +"might need. For example, the Website Builder app is needed to be able to " +"show your customer their Quotes in a web page. Even though you might not " +"need or use the Website itself, it is needed for the Online Quotes feature " +"to work properly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:119 +msgid "" +"**Always test app installation/removal on a duplicate** (or on a free trial " +"database): that way you can know what other apps may be required, etc. This " +"will avoid surprises when uninstalling or when receiving your invoices." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/sign.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/sign.po deleted file mode 100644 index 69a0850ce..000000000 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/sign.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,147 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-02-04 10:31+0000\n" -"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: de\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../sign.rst:5 -msgid "Sign" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sign/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:3 -msgid "Validity of electronic signatures" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The legal validity of electronic signatures generated by Odoo depends on the" -" legislation of your country. Companies doing business abroad should " -"consider electronic signature laws of other countries as well." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:10 -msgid "In the European Union" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:12 -msgid "" -"The `eIDAS regulation <http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2014/910/oj>`_ " -"establishes the framework for electronic signatures in all `27 member states" -" of the European Union <https://europa.eu/european-union/about-" -"eu/countries_en>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:16 -msgid "It distinguishes three types of electronic signatures:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:18 -msgid "Electronic signatures" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:19 -msgid "Advanced electronic signatures" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:20 -msgid "Qualified electronic signatures" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Odoo generates the first type, regular electronic signatures, and these " -"signatures can produce legal effects in the EU, as the regulation states " -"that “an electronic signature shall not be denied legal effect and " -"admissibility as evidence in legal proceedings solely on the grounds that it" -" is in an electronic form or that it does not meet the requirements for " -"qualified electronic signatures.”" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Note that electronic signatures may not be automatically recognized as " -"valid. You may need to bring supporting evidence of a signature’s validity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:31 -msgid "In the United States of America" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:33 -msgid "" -"The `ESIGN Act (Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act) " -"<https://www.fdic.gov/regulations/compliance/manual/10/X-3.1.pdf>`_, at the " -"interstate and international levels, and the `UETA (Uniform Electronic " -"Transactions Act) <https://www.uniformlaws.org/committees/community-" -"home/librarydocuments?communitykey=2c04b76c-2b7d-4399-977e-" -"d5876ba7e034&tab=librarydocuments>`_, at the state level, provide the legal " -"framework for electronic signatures. Note that `Illinois " -"<https://www.ilga.gov/legislation/ilcs/ilcs5.asp?ActID=89&>`_ and `New York " -"<https://its.ny.gov/electronic-signatures-and-records-act-esra>`_ have not " -"adopted the UETA, but similar acts instead." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Overall, to be recognized as valid, electronic signatures have to meet five " -"criteria:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:44 -msgid "" -"A signer must show a clear intent to sign. For example, using a mouse to " -"draw a signature can show intent. The signer must also have the option to " -"opt-out of electronically signing a document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:47 -msgid "" -"A signer must first express or imply their consent to conduct business " -"electronically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:48 -msgid "" -"The signature must be clearly attributed. In Odoo, metadata, such as the " -"signer’s IP address, is added to the signature, which can be used as " -"supporting evidence." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:50 -msgid "" -"The signature must be associated with the document being signed, for " -"example, by keeping a record detailing how the signature was captured." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Electronically signed documents need to be retained and available for later " -"reference by all parties involved, for example, by providing the signer " -"either a fully-executed copy or the option to download a copy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:57 -msgid "" -"The information provided here does not constitute legal advice; it is " -"provided for general informational purposes only. As laws governing " -"electronic signatures evolve rapidly, we cannot guarantee that the " -"information is up to date. We advise you to should contact a local attorney " -"to obtain legal advice." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po deleted file mode 100644 index ed92c7a90..000000000 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,562 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" -"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: de\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../sms_marketing.rst:5 -msgid "SMS Marketing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:3 -msgid "Contact Lists and Blacklist" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Creating your own list of contacts, or importing it, is useful when you want" -" to create specific groups of people, such as the subscribers of your " -"newsletter. It is also the best way to get started if you are coming from " -"another system and already have built an audience. It makes the SMS " -"distribution easier." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:11 -msgid "Contact lists" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:13 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Contacts lists --> Contacts lists --> Create`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Choose a name for your *Mailing list*, and activate the option *Is Public* " -"if you would like to make the mailing list accessible to your recipients in " -"the unsubscription page (allowing users to update their subscription " -"preferences)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:22 -msgid "History with the Log Notes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:25 -msgid "" -"A record of the mailings sent is kept on the recipient's chatter (whether it" -" is a contact or an opportunity, for example)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:28 -msgid "" -"This is important as you and team members can easily keep track and see a " -"history of the interactions with your contacts or prospects. Example: your " -"sales representative can easily find out which SMS mailing promotions a " -"customer has received or not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:35 -msgid "Blacklist" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:38 -msgid "" -"If you are coming from another software and have a list of clients who have " -"already asked to be blacklisted, you can import those entries to your " -"database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:39 -msgid "" -"For that, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Phone Blacklist --> " -"Import`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:3 -msgid "Integrations and Templates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Using SMS to reach people can be a strategy not just used for advertisement " -"purposes, but also as a reminder of events or issued invoices to your " -"costumers, for example." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:9 -msgid "Campaigns" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:11 -msgid "" -"First, make sure to have the necessary feature activated. Go to the " -":menuselection:`Email Marketing app --> Configuration --> Settings` and " -"enable *Mailing Campaigns*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Now, the menu *Campaigns* is also available on the *SMS Marketing* app, " -"allowing you to manage and have an overview of your SMS mailings under " -"campaigns." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:23 -msgid "" -"This feature is especially useful if you have aggregated campaigns, as you " -"have a global reporting view. In addition to that, you can create stages in " -"your Kanban view to better organize the work being done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:31 -msgid "Sending SMSs through the Contacts app" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Sending SMSs through the contact’s form is available by default in Odoo. It " -"makes your work easier if you need to send an SMS to a specific contact, for" -" example." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:36 -msgid "" -"For that, go to the *Contacts* app, select the contact and click on the " -"*SMS* icon next to the phone number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:41 -msgid "" -"If you would like to send a message to multiple contacts at once, choose the" -" *List View*, select all the contacts needed, and under *Action* select " -"*Send SMS*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:48 -msgid "Set up SMS templates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:50 -msgid "" -"To set up *SMS Templates*, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " -"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, then go to " -":menuselection:`Technical --> SMS Templates`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Use *Dynamic Placeholders* to adapt automatically the content of the SMS to " -"the context." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:63 -msgid "SMS Text Messaging is available throughout Odoo:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:65 -msgid "*CRM*: send SMSs to your leads and opportunities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:66 -msgid "*Subscription*: alert customers about their subscription." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:67 -msgid "*Accounting*: send payment reminders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:68 -msgid "*Marketing Automation*: automate your SMS marketing campaigns." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:69 -msgid "" -"*Inventory*: send an automatic confirmation when a delivery order is done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:70 -msgid "" -"*Sign*: receive a validation code to verify your identity before signing a " -"document online." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:71 -msgid "" -"*SEPA debit payment provider*: send a verification code to your customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:72 -msgid "" -"*Studio*: send an SMS according to your needs by using automated actions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:75 -msgid "" -"For more information about SMS integrations in Odoo and a list of frequently" -" asked questions, go to :doc:`../pricing/pricing_and_faq`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:79 -msgid ":doc:`../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:80 -msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_template`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:3 -msgid "Build, Send and Get Reports from a SMS Mailing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Using SMS Marketing as part of your communication strategies can empower you" -" to expand your markets, considering that in some countries emails are not " -"very used or used at all. It also helps to boost conversion rates, as this " -"strategy has a high open-rate percentage among people who use smartphones." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:11 -msgid "Get started" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:13 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`SMS Marketing --> Create`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Specify a *subject* name to help you remembering what the mailing is about." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Under *Recipients*, choose to whom you would like the SMS to be sent. If you" -" choose *Contact*, all your Odoo contacts (vendor, customers, etc.) receive " -"your SMS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:22 -msgid "" -"From there, you can refine your recipient list with the *add filter* option." -" In the example below, the message would be sent to the contacts living in " -"Belgium." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:27 -msgid "" -"The *Mailing list* option, on the other hand, allows you to choose the " -"specific mailing lists you created to group specific contacts. You are " -"allowed to select multiple ones." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Under the *SMS Content* tab, links can be included and Odoo automatically " -"generates *link trackers* in order to generate data about these links." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Under *Settings* you have the option *Include opt-out link*. If activated, " -"the contact is able to unsubscribe from the mailing list." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:43 -msgid "" -"In the *Link Tracker* menu under *Configuration*, you can see the history of" -" your sent links, access them and look at statistics." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:50 -msgid "Double-check that you have the phone number of your contacts saved." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:53 -msgid "Send a mailing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Once you have your mailing created, you must choose when you would like it " -"to be delivered:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:59 -msgid "" -"*Put in Queue*: the mailing is triggered with the next automatic run. " -"Interesting option if you do not need the message to be sent at a specific " -"time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:61 -msgid "" -"*Send Now*: sends the message immediately. Use this option if the recipient " -"list is not excessive." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:62 -msgid "" -"*Schedule*: allows you to choose a day and time. Best option for mailings " -"that you would like to send during a specific event, to promote an offer " -"while it is active, or to simply plan your content strategy in advance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:65 -msgid "" -"*Test*: allows you to send an SMS to one or multiple numbers for test " -"purposes. Check, for example, if the link provided lands on the right page " -"while making sure they are responsive. If sending it to multiple numbers, " -"you must remember to use a comma between them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:70 -msgid "Visualize reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:72 -msgid "" -"Under the *Reporting* menu apply filters, measures, and adopt different " -"layouts to do analyses of the performance of your SMS mailings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:79 -msgid "" -"You can also check the price to send an SMS for your country by clicking on " -"the *Information* icon." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:86 -msgid "" -"**Buy Credits:** in order to take advantage of the app and its features, " -"make sure you have purchased credits. For more information: " -":doc:`../pricing/pricing_and_faq`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing.rst:3 -msgid "Pricing and FAQ" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:3 -msgid "SMS Pricing and FAQ" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:6 -msgid "What do I need to send SMSs?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:7 -msgid "" -"SMS Text Messaging is an In-App Purchase (IAP) service that *requires " -"prepaid credits* to work." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:11 -msgid "How many types of SMSs are there?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:12 -msgid "There are 2 types: GSM7 and UNICODE." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:14 -msgid "" -"**GSM7** is the standard format, with a limit of 160 characters per message," -" that includes the following characters:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:23 -msgid "" -"**UNICODE** is the format applied if a special character, that *is not* in " -"the GSM7 list, is used. Limit per SMS: 70 characters." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:27 -msgid "" -"For GSM7 SMS the size limit is 160 characters, and for Unicode is 70. *Above" -" these limits, the content is divided into a multi-part message* and the " -"limit of characters is lowered to 153 for GSM7 and to 67 for Unicode. The " -"system will inform you in real-time about the number of SMS your message " -"represents." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:34 -msgid "How much does it cost to send an SMS?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:35 -msgid "" -"The price of an SMS depends on the destination and the length (number of " -"characters) of the message." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:37 -msgid "" -"To see the **price per country, please consult**: `Odoo SMS - FAQ <https" -"://iap-services.odoo.com/iap/sms/pricing#sms_faq_01>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:39 -msgid "" -"The number of SMSs a message represents will be always available to you in " -"your database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:49 -msgid "How do I buy credits?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:50 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Buy Credits`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:57 -msgid "Or go to :menuselection:`Settings --> View my Services`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:65 -msgid "" -"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you " -"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:70 -msgid "More common questions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:72 -msgid "**Is there an expiration time for my credits?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:74 -msgid "No, credits do not expire." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:77 -msgid "" -"**Can I send an SMS to a phone number (which is not a mobile phone) because " -"I see the icon in front of the field “phone”?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:80 -msgid "Only if that phone number supports SMS (e.g. SIP phones)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:83 -msgid "**Do I receive an invoice to buy my credits?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:85 -msgid "Yes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:88 -msgid "**Can the recipient answer to me?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:90 -msgid "No, it is not possible to reply to the SMS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:93 -msgid "" -"**What happens if I send multiple SMS but I do not have enough credits to " -"send them all?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:95 -msgid "" -"The whole transaction is counted as a single one, so no SMS will be sent " -"until you have enough credits to send them all." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:99 -msgid "**Do I have a history of the sent SMSs?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:101 -msgid "" -"Yes, the SMS is logged as a note under the chatter of the corresponding " -"record, and a complete history of the SMSs sent is available on " -":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` under " -":menuselection:`Technical --> SMS`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:107 -msgid "**Can I send as many SMSs I want at once?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:109 -msgid "Yes, if you have enough credits." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:112 -msgid "" -"**If I have a number that does not exist in the list of recipients, will I " -"lose credits?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:114 -msgid "" -"Not if the phone number is in the wrong format (e.g. too many digits). " -"Otherwise, if the SMS is sent to the wrong person or to a fake number, the " -"credit will be lost." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:118 -msgid "" -"**What happens if I send my SMS to a paying number (e.g.: a contest to win a" -" ticket for a festival)?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:120 -msgid "" -"The SMS will not be delivered to that kind of number, so you won’t be " -"charged." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:123 -msgid "" -"**Can I identify the numbers that do not exist when I send several SMSs?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:125 -msgid "Only the ones that have an invalid format." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:128 -msgid "**How does the GDPR regulation affect this service?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:130 -msgid "" -"Please find our `Privacy Policy here <https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#sms>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:132 -msgid "**Can I use my own SMS provider?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:134 -msgid "" -"Yes, but it is not possible out of the box. Our experts can help you " -"customize your database to make it happen. Please, check our success packs " -"`here <https://www.odoo.com/pricing-packs>`_." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po deleted file mode 100644 index beee01164..000000000 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,356 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:42+0000\n" -"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: de\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../social_marketing.rst:5 -msgid "Social Marketing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:3 -msgid "Connecting to my Marketplace with Campaigns" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Whether your goal is to sell a new product, explain the value of your " -"services or advertise your event, a campaign helps you to connect with your " -"marketplace. They normally involve multiple channels, so it is fundamental " -"to have a solution with which you can plan, execute, track, and analyze your" -" content." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:10 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Campaigns --> Create`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:16 -msgid "" -"As you create content, tabs for that specific channel are shown. The " -"overview of the campaign displays global metrics such as:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:19 -msgid "" -"*Revenue*: number of users who, from a link in your content, finished a " -"transaction (paid)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:20 -msgid "" -"*Quotations*: number of users who, from a link in your content, have started" -" but not finished a transaction (did not pay)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:22 -msgid "" -"*Leads*: users who have filled out your contact form, from a link in your " -"content." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:25 -msgid "" -"To be able to *Send New Mailing*, make sure the feature is enabled in the " -"*Email Marketing* application, under :menuselection:`Email Marketing --> " -"Configuration --> Settings`. To be able to *Send SMS*, the *SMS Marketing* " -"application must be installed on your database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:30 -msgid "" -"*Social Marketing* works integrated with other applications such as *Sales*," -" *Invoicing*, *CRM* and *Website*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:34 -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:77 -msgid ":doc:`./push_notifications`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:35 -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:66 -msgid ":doc:`./manage_social`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:3 -msgid "Interact with Customers and Visitors with Live Chat" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:5 -msgid "" -"One of the ways you can build stronger relationships with your customers is " -"by making yourself available through live chat. Live chats can have a big " -"impact not just on your customer service, but also on sales performance, as " -"it gives users a chance of having real-time, fast, and effective " -"interaction." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:11 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Live Chat` " -"select the appropriate channel, and set it up." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Under *Channel Rules*, choose when the chat pop-up appears, and an action " -"for a given URL and/or country. Note that to take the country into account, " -"GeoIP must be installed on your server." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:24 -msgid "The *Live Chat* application must be installed on your database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:27 -msgid "Monitor your visitors" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Under the *Visitors* menu, see the visitors that landed on one of your " -":ref:`social_marketing/website_tracked_pages` online or offline." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:34 -msgid "" -"You can send emails (if an email address has been saved), send SMSs (if a " -"phone number has been saved), send a push notification (if the user has " -"subscribed to it), and even send a live chat request that will be received " -"by the user once they move to a tracked page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Open a record to see details including the visited pages, and the first and " -"last date and time the user was connected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Your online visitors will be authenticated if they are linked to a lead or " -"an existing partner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:44 -msgid "" -"If you do not use the *Website* app, you can add a live chat widget to your " -"own website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:49 -msgid "Website’s tracked pages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:51 -msgid "" -"To define which pages are tracked, on the *Website* application, go to " -":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Pages` and enable the option " -"*Track*, on the respective pages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:60 -msgid ":doc:`../../livechat/overview/get_started`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:3 -msgid "Manage Social Media Pages and Create Content" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Once you are present on social media platforms, it is important to keep them" -" up-to-date. However, that might feel like a full-time job. Having a " -"solution that allows you to create, schedule, keep track, engage with your " -"audience and measure results saves you time and helps you to successfully " -"execute your online strategy, from posts to results." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:12 -msgid "Add accounts and create your feed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Click on *Add Stream* and grant the required permissions to add your " -"accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:21 -msgid "You can link a Facebook page for which you are the admin." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:23 -msgid "" -"You are then redirected to your *Feed* and a column with the publications is" -" automatically added." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:25 -msgid "" -"You can then add new accounts and/or streams, such as Facebook mentions, and" -" customize your Kanban view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Adding social media accounts to your feed will also link KPIs. To get " -"redirected to the statistics page of the social account, click on " -"*Insights*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:39 -msgid "Link a LinkedIn account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Configuration --> Social Media`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:48 -msgid "" -"LinkedIn is in Beta Version, therefore, the feed is not available. Only the " -"creation of content." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:51 -msgid "Publish content" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Click on :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Feed --> New Post`, or go to " -":menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Posts → Create`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:60 -msgid "Choose to upload your post right away or to schedule it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:61 -msgid "Saving your post will apply a draft status to it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:64 -msgid "Overview and plan your posts with a calendar view" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Through the calendar view, besides having an overview of your planned day, " -"week or month, also see your drafted, scheduled and published posts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:68 -msgid "Drag and drop (scheduled posts) to change their scheduled date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Double-click on a date to create a post directly from the *Calendar view*, " -"and click on an existing one to edit it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:78 -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:67 -msgid ":doc:`./campaigns`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:79 -msgid ":doc:`./livechat`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:3 -msgid "Use Web Push Notifications" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Web Push Notifications deliver messages to your user’s device without the " -"need to be on your website, or for them to give personal information. They " -"can be used to inform your users about news, articles and content posted, " -"practical messages like traffic and weather updates, flight information, " -"sales alerts, coupons, and product updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:11 -msgid "Ask users for permission" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:13 -msgid "" -"In the *Website* application go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration" -" --> Settings` and enable *Web Push Notifications*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Choose your message, icon, and delay time (which is the wait time for the " -"permission request to be shown once the user lands on your page)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:28 -msgid "Send notifications" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:31 -msgid "Individually" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:33 -msgid "You can send individual messages through the menu *Visitors*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:40 -msgid "To a group" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Target a bigger segment by selecting multiple visitors in the *View List* " -"(e.g.: all visitors that visited your Homepage)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Visitors records are kept under *Visitors* for a week, before getting " -"archived." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:53 -msgid "By rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Or go to :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Posts --> Create`. Under *Web " -"Notification options*, apply filters to send your message to the records " -"that match the rules you set." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:63 -msgid "The feature only works with Odoo Website application." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/studio.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/studio.po deleted file mode 100644 index ac8fb1b8f..000000000 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/studio.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,934 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:42+0000\n" -"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: de\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../studio.rst:5 -msgid "Studio" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts.rst:3 -msgid "Concepts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:3 -msgid "Understanding Automated Actions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:6 -msgid "" -"Automated actions are used to trigger actions. They are based on conditions " -"and happen on top of Odoo’s default business logic." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Examples of automated actions include: creating a next activity upon a " -"quote's confirmation; adding a user as a follower of a confirmed invoice if " -"its total is higher than a certain amount; or preventing a lead from " -"changing stage if a field is not filled in." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Let's understand how to properly define *when* an automated action runs and " -"*how* to create one:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:18 -msgid "" -"The first step is to choose the :doc:`Model <understanding_general>` on " -"which the action is applied." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:19 -msgid "" -"The **Trigger** field defines the event that causes the automated action to " -"happen:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:21 -msgid "" -"*On Creation*: when a new record is created. Note that the record is created" -" once saved for the first time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:23 -msgid "" -"*On Update*: when the record is updated. Note that the update happens once " -"the record is saved." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:24 -msgid "" -"*On Creation & Update*: on the creation and/or on the update of a record " -"once the form is saved." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:25 -msgid "*On Deletion*: on the removal of a record under the condition set." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:26 -msgid "" -"*Based on Form Modification*: when the value of the specified *Trigger* " -"field is changed in the interface (user sees the changes before saving the " -"record). Note that this action can only be used with the *Execute Python " -"Code* action type." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:29 -msgid "" -"*Based on Timed Condition*: a delay happens after a specific date/time. Set " -"a *Delay after trigger date* if you need a delay to happen before the " -"*Trigger Date*. Example: to send a reminder 15min before a meeting. If the " -"date/time is not set on the form of the model chosen, the date/time " -"considered is the one of the creation/update of the record." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:34 -msgid "For every Trigger option, **conditions** can be applied, such as:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:36 -msgid "" -"*Before Update Domain*: if designated, this condition must be satisfied " -"before the record is updated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:38 -msgid "" -"*Apply on*: if designated, this condition must be satisfied before executing" -" the action rule (*Action To Do*), and after the update." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:41 -msgid "" -"The **Active** option is to be turned off when the rule should be hidden and" -" not executed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Under **Action To Do** choose the type of server action that must be " -"executed once records meet the *Trigger* conditions:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:45 -msgid "" -"*Execute Python Code*: a block of code is executed. A *Help* tab with the " -"variables that can be used is available." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:47 -msgid "*Create New Record*: a new record with new values is created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:48 -msgid "*Update a Record*: updates the record that triggered the action." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:49 -msgid "" -"*Execute several actions*: defines an action that triggers other server " -"actions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:50 -msgid "" -"*Send Email*: an automatic :doc:`email " -"<../../discuss/advanced/email_template>` is sent." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:51 -msgid "*Add Followers*: followers are notified of changes in the task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:52 -msgid "" -"*Create Next Activity*: creates an activity such as: *Call*, *Email*, " -"*Reminder*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:53 -msgid "" -"*Send SMS Text Message*: sends an :doc:`SMS " -"<../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:56 -msgid "Example" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:58 -msgid "" -"This is the process of which the update of the *Email* field on the " -"Lead/Opportunity *Model*, with a *Trigger Condition* set to *On Update*, " -"goes through:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:65 -msgid "The user creates the record without an email address set." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:66 -msgid "The user updates the record defining an email address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Once the change is saved, the automation checks if any of the *Watched " -"Fields* are being updated (for the example: field name *email_from* (Email)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:69 -msgid "" -"If true, it checks if the record matches the *Before Update Domain* (for the" -" example: *email is not set*)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:71 -msgid "" -"If true, it checks (*after the update*) whether the record matches the " -"*Apply on* domain (for the example: *email is set*)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:73 -msgid "If true, the chosen *Action To Do* is performed on the record." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:76 -msgid ":doc:`understanding_general`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:77 -msgid ":doc:`../use_cases/automated_actions`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:3 -msgid "Understanding General Concepts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:7 -msgid "" -"Odoo Studio is a toolbox that allows you to add models or adapt " -"functionalities on top of Odoo’s standard behavior without coding knowledge." -" You can also create custom views and modify existing ones without having to" -" get into the XML code." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Even for experienced developers, typing out code requires time. By using " -"Odoo Studio, you can quickly get your models up and going and focus on the " -"crucial parts of your application. The result is a user-friendly solution " -"that makes customizations and designing new applications easy with or " -"without programming skills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:15 -msgid "Getting started" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:17 -msgid "" -"One you start using Odoo Studio, you automatically create a new *module* " -"that contains all your modifications. These modifications can be done on " -"existing screens (*views*), by adding new *fields* in existing applications," -" or by creating an entirely new *model*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:22 -msgid "What is a Module?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:25 -msgid "" -"An Odoo **Module** can contain a number of elements, such as: business " -"objects (models), object views, data files, web controllers, and static web " -"data. An application is a collection of modules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:29 -msgid "" -"In object-oriented programming, models usually represent a concept from the " -"real world. Example: Odoo has models for Sales Orders, Users, Countries, " -"etc. If you were to build an application to manage Real Estate sales, a " -"model that represents the Properties for sale would probably be your first " -"step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:38 -msgid "What is a Model (also called Object)?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:40 -msgid "" -"A **Model** determines the logical structure of a database and fundamentally" -" determines in which manner data can be stored, organized, and manipulated. " -"In other words, a model is a table of information that can be bridged with " -"other tables." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:45 -msgid "What are Fields?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:47 -msgid "" -"**Fields** compose models. It is where a record (a piece of data) is " -"registered." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Example: on the Real Estate application, fields on the Properties model " -"would include the price, address, a picture, a link to the current owner, " -"etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:50 -msgid "" -"There are 2 main types of fields in Odoo: *basic (or scalar) fields* and " -"*relational fields*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Basic fields represent simple values, like numbers or text. Relational " -"fields represent relations between models. So, if you have a model for " -"*Customers* and another one for *Properties*, you would use a relational " -"field to link each Property to its Customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:56 -msgid "Relational Fields in detail" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:59 -msgid "" -"**Relational Fields** provide the option to link the data of one model with " -"the data of another model." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:60 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, relational field types are: *One2many*, *Many2one*, *Many2many*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:66 -msgid "" -"An **One2many** field is a *one-way* direction of selecting *multiple* " -"records from a table." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Example: a Sales Order can contain multiple Sales Order Lines, which also " -"contain multiple fields of information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:69 -msgid "" -"A **Many2one** field is a *one-way* direction of selecting *one* record from" -" a table." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Example: you can have many product categories, but each product can only " -"belong to one category." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:71 -msgid "" -"A **Many2many** field is a *two-way* direction of selecting records from a " -"table." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:72 -msgid "Example: multiple tags can be added to a lead’s form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:75 -msgid "An *One2many* field must have a *Many2one* related to it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:78 -msgid "What are Views?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:80 -msgid "" -"**Views** define how records are displayed. They are specified in XML which " -"means that they can be edited independently from the models that they " -"represent. There are various types of views in Odoo, and each of them " -"represents a mode of visualization. Some examples are: *form*, *list*, " -"*kanban*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:85 -msgid "What is a Menu?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:87 -msgid "" -"A **Menu** is a button that executes and action. In Odoo Studio, to create " -"menus (models) and rearrange their hierarchy, click on *Edit Menu*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:95 -msgid "`Studio Basics <https://www.odoo.com/fr_FR/slides/studio-31>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to.rst:3 -msgid "How To" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/export_import.rst:3 -msgid "Export and Import Modules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/export_import.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When you do customizations in Odoo Studio, a new module is created in your " -"database, making it easy to use Studio for prototyping." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/export_import.rst:8 -msgid "" -"To export these customizations, activate Studio on the main dashboard and, " -"under the menu *Customizations*, click on *Export*. The default filename is " -"*customizations.zip*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/export_import.rst:16 -msgid "" -"The module created contains the definition of custom models and fields, as " -"well as the UI elements of any customization in an XML format." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/export_import.rst:18 -msgid "" -"To import and install the customizations in another instance, connect to the" -" destination database, activate Studio and, under *Customizations*, click on" -" *Import*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/export_import.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Studio does not know which apps are customized (because the same view can be" -" modified on different apps), therefore, it *does not* add the underlying " -"modules as dependencies of the exported module. In other words, the " -"applications installed on the source database should be installed on the " -"destination database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:3 -msgid "Customizing the Rainbow Man" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The Rainbow Man in Odoo is an animation shown once the user completes " -"certain tasks and clicks on certain buttons. It is a way to make the " -"software fun to use, and rewarding, for employees." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:13 -msgid "" -"On most buttons in Odoo, such as *Send by Email*, *Confirm* or *Cancel*, " -"once they are selected in Studio, under their *Properties*, the *Rainbow " -"Man* effect can be applied." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:14 -msgid "By default, the feature is active:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:16 -msgid "when opportunities are marked as won;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:17 -msgid "when users empty their inboxes;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:18 -msgid "when the user finishes a tour;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:19 -msgid "when the user finishes doing reconciliations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:3 -msgid "Customizing Reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Odoo uses HTML and CSS technologies to create reports. HTML is a markup " -"language that uses tags, also called elements. It is the core of any webpage" -" because it provides its basic structure. CSS interacts with HTML elements " -"to add style to the page, establishing how the HTML is shown to the user. " -"Odoo’s reports also use Bootstrap’s grid layout, which is the containers, " -"rows, and columns to align content, and support Odoo's website themes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:11 -msgid "" -"When creating a new report, choose the purpose of it and if you would like " -"the report to include header and footer (company logo, name, address, phone," -" email address, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Under the tab **Add**, you find the fields to be dragged and dropped to the " -"view. *Fields*, *Data tables*, *Subtotal & Total*, and *Address Book* are " -"dynamic elements (meaning that they need a :doc:`one2many or a many2many " -"<../concepts/understanding_general>` related object). *Text*, *Title Block*," -" *Image*, and *Text in Cell* are static elements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Once the element is added to the view, select it to see its **Options**. The" -" first section shows the hierarchy of the selected object and its " -"properties, allowing you to individually edit them. Fields with related " -"objects have their directives shown on *Field Expression*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Under **Visible if**, define the rule(s) to set visibility conditions to " -"fields." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Example: if choosing to display a product image, you could set a visibility " -"rule to only display the ones that are *set* in the product form, avoiding " -"having a plain icon when they are not set." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:40 -msgid "" -"**Visible for** is used to set which :doc:`groups " -"<../../general/odoo_basics/add_user>` can have access to specific elements " -"in the report. **Limit visibility to groups**, under *Report*, sets the " -"visibility of the report to specifics groups, meaning that users belonging " -"to other groups do not see the same final document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Under the **Report** tab, name your report, choose the paper format, and if " -"the report should be added to the *Print* menu list on its respective " -"document form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:53 -msgid "" -"If activating the :doc:`Developer mode " -"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, additional fields such as *Class* " -"under *Options*, and *Reload from attachment* under *Report*, become " -"visible." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:56 -msgid "" -"*Class*: add custom CSS classes to the selected element (e.g. Bootstrap " -"classes such as *text-danger*)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:59 -msgid "" -"*Reload from attachment*: saves the report as an attachment of the document " -"when printed. When the report is reprinted, it re-downloads that attachment " -"instead of re-printing it. This means that if the underlying record (e.g. " -"Invoice) changes when compared to the first impression, the report does not " -"reflect the changes because they were done after the attachment was created." -" This is typically useful for reports linked to documents that should not " -"change, such as Invoices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Actions in Odoo Studio can be undone until you *Close* the toolbox. Once you" -" have closed Studio, changes can not be undone anymore." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases.rst:3 -msgid "Use Cases" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced Use Cases: Automated Actions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:5 -msgid "" -"**Case scenario 1: when a Belgian lead is created, a 3-stars priority should" -" be automatically applied.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:8 -msgid "Under *Automations*, click on *Create* and set the following rules:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:10 -msgid "*Model*: Lead/Opportunity" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:11 -msgid "*Active*: On" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:12 -msgid "*Trigger*: On Creation & Update" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:13 -msgid "*Apply on*: Country > Country Name = Belgium" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:14 -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:53 -msgid "*Action To Do*: Update the Record" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:15 -msgid "*Data to Write*: Lead/Opportunity > Value > 3" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Check :doc:`this doc <filters_status_bar>` in order to have another " -"automated action example." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:25 -msgid ":doc:`../concepts/understanding_automated_actions`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:26 -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:61 -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:138 -#: ../../studio/use_cases/views.rst:28 -msgid ":doc:`../concepts/understanding_general`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced Use Cases: Filters and Status Bar" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:5 -msgid "" -"**Case scenario 1: on Sales, set a filter on Belgian customers and define it" -" as the default one (the user should still be able to unset the filter).**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:8 -msgid "" -"On your customer’s page, use *Filters* > *Add Custom Filter* to group " -"customers by country. Now, under *Favorites*, *Save Current Search* enabling" -" *Use by default* and *Save*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:15 -msgid "" -"On *Filter Rules* in Studio mode, select the respective filter and enable " -"*Default Filter*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:21 -msgid "" -"**Case scenario 2: add a status bar on the product form to manage its life " -"cycle. Set the values: ‘Prototype’, ‘In use’ and ‘Deprecated’. By default, " -"the Kanban view must be grouped by status.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:26 -msgid "" -"On your product form, *Add a pipeline status bar* and name its values. " -"Status bars are *selection* fields that give you the ability to follow a " -"specific flow. They are useful to show you the progress that has been made." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:28 -msgid "" -"On the *Views* menu, access *Kanban* and, under its *View* options, set the " -"*Default Group by* as *Pipeline status bar*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Now, open your product form and set the right status for that product. As " -"you move products throughout stages (also through the product’s form), " -"stages are shown in the Kanban view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:38 -msgid "" -"To make modifications in the pipeline status bar, for example, remember to " -"go back to *Form View*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:44 -msgid "" -"**Case scenario 2.a: when a product goes from ‘In use’ to ‘Deprecate’, set " -"its cost to 0€.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Create an :doc:`automated action " -"<../concepts/understanding_automated_actions>` with the selected values:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:49 -msgid "*Model*: Product Template" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:50 -msgid "*Trigger*: On Update" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:51 -msgid "*First Domain*: Pipeline status bar = In use" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:52 -msgid "*Second Domain*: Pipeline status bar = Deprecated" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:54 -msgid "*Data to Write*: Cost (Product Template) > Value > 0" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced Use Cases: Creating Models and Adding Fields" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:5 -msgid "" -"**Case scenario 1: on the leads’ form, if the chosen country is France, show" -" a field 'Pay by check?'**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:8 -msgid "" -"On your leads’ form, add a *Related Field* to *Country > Country Name*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Now, add a *Checkbox* field and define its invisibility options as *Country*" -" (carefully select the one just created) *> is not = > France.*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:11 -msgid "You can now hide the related field created (*Country*) if you wish." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Another approach is to use the country’s ID. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Contacts --> Configuration --> Countries`, select France " -"(for example), and on the URL check its *ID*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:21 -msgid "" -"The related field invisibility path should now be *Country* (carefully " -"select the one just created) *> is not = > 75*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:22 -msgid "Again, hide the related field with the country’s ID if you prefer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:28 -msgid "" -"**Case scenario 2: create a model called 'Properties' and add fields called:" -" company, value, name, address, active, image.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:31 -msgid "" -"From the dashboard, (optionally) start a new module. Then, click on *Edit " -"Menu* and start a *New Menu* (model). Set your menu name and *Confirm*. Now," -" on its form, drag & drop the necessary fields." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:39 -msgid "" -"**Case scenario 2.a: now, you would like to have a model called 'Regions' to" -" which each property must be linked. And, on 'Regions', you would like to " -"see the properties for each region.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Go to *Edit Menu > New Menu* and create your menu, calling it *Regions*. Add" -" the necessary fields on its form by dragging & dropping them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Now, in the form view of *Properties*, add a *Many2one* field with a " -"relation to your model *Region*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:48 -msgid "" -"The *Existing Fields* are the ones that are on the current model but not yet" -" in the view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Now, go to the model *Regions*, select the form view, and add a status " -"button selecting *Regions (Properties)* as your relational field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:62 -msgid "" -"*Status buttons* are computed fields, meaning that they count the numbers of" -" records on the related model, and allow you to access them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:69 -msgid "" -"When searching for relations, click on *Search more* and filter it by " -"*Custom*. This way you avoid creating duplicates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:76 -msgid "" -"**Case scenario 2.b: in the model 'Properties', show all the tags as " -"checkboxes instead of tags.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:78 -msgid "" -"Once the field *Tags* is added to the form, select it and, under its " -"*Properties > Widgets*, choose *Checkboxes*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:85 -msgid "" -"**Case scenario 3: on the leads’ form, add a selection field with the " -"values:'Tags' & 'List' & 'Checkboxes'. According to the value of the field, " -"show tags as many2many_tags, many2many_radio, or many2many(_list).**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:89 -msgid "" -"In your form view, add a *Tags* field and relate it to *Partners Tag*. Under" -" *Properties*, define its *Widget* as *Many2many*. Do the same process " -"another 2 times for *Checkboxes* and *Tags*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:96 -msgid "Now, add a *Selection* field and the necessary values." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:99 -msgid "" -"Continue by selecting your *Tags* fields, one by one, to set their " -"*Invisible* options according to their *Widget*. In the example below, the " -"invisibility rule for the *Partner Tags* is set as: *Select Tag type > is " -"not = > Tags.*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:105 -msgid "" -"**Case scenario 4: on a quotation’s form, add a selection field called " -"'Manager Validation' with the values: ‘Accepted’ and ‘Refused’. Only a sales" -" manager can see it, and the field should be set as mandatory if the untaxed" -" amount is higher than 500€.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:109 -msgid "" -"On your quotation form, add a *Selection* field with the values *Accepted* " -"and *Refused*. Set its *Required* condition as *Untaxed Amount > 500* and " -"the *Limit visibility to groups* as *Sales / Administrator* or managers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:117 -msgid "**Case scenario 5: change the tooltip of a field for all views.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:119 -msgid "" -"Activate the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` " -"and open Studio." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:122 -msgid "" -"Select the necessary field and, under *Properties*, click on *More* to write" -" your tooltip message on *Field Help*. The tooltip message is the " -"explanatory message shown when the user hovers the field. The message here " -"written is displayed on all views forms where the field is added." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:129 -msgid "" -"The *Field Help* message can only be applied to *new* fields. If you would " -"like to change/apply a tooltip for a specific field, use the *Help Tooltip* " -"option under *Properties*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/views.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced Use Cases: Views" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/views.rst:5 -msgid "" -"**Case scenario 1: in Sales, show orders in a Kanban View instead of a List " -"View.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/views.rst:7 -msgid "" -"From the Sales page, access Studio and, under *Views*, set the *Kanban* " -"option as the default one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/views.rst:14 -msgid "" -"**Case scenario 2: allow for the list of leads to be edited inline without " -"having to switch to the form view.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/views.rst:19 -msgid "" -"On the *List View*, under *View* > *Editable*, choose between *New record on" -" top* or *New record at the bottom*. This way, besides defining the order in" -" which new records are displayed in the view, you are able to edit them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/views.rst:21 -msgid "" -"If the field is left blank, no editing is possible and records are shown " -"based on your column preferences on the lead's page (front-end)." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/support.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/support.po deleted file mode 100644 index 359a873e5..000000000 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/support.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,457 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:42+0000\n" -"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: de\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../support.rst:5 -msgid "Support" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:7 -msgid "Supported versions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Odoo provides support and bug fixing **for the 3 last major versions** of " -"Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Users hosted on **Odoo Online** may use intermediary versions (sometimes " -"called *SaaS versions*) that are supported as well. These versions are not " -"published for Odoo.sh or On-Premise installations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:18 -msgid "What's the support status of my Odoo?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:20 -msgid "This matrix shows the support status of every version." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:22 -msgid "**Major releases are in bold type.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:25 -msgid "Odoo Online" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:25 -msgid "Odoo.sh" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:25 -msgid "On-Premise" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:25 -msgid "Release date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:27 -msgid "**Odoo 14.0**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:27 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:27 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:27 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:29 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:31 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:31 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:31 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:33 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:35 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:35 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:35 -msgid "|green|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:27 -msgid "October 2020" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:29 -msgid "Odoo 13.saas~4" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:29 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:29 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:33 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:33 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:37 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:37 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:41 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:41 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:43 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:43 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:47 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:47 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:49 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:51 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:51 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:53 -msgid "N/A" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:29 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:33 -msgid "August 2019" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:31 -msgid "**Odoo 13.0**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:31 -msgid "October 2019" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:33 -msgid "Odoo 12.saas~3" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:35 -msgid "**Odoo 12.0**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:35 -msgid "October 2018" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:35 -msgid "*End-of-support is planned for October 2021*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:37 -msgid "Odoo 11.saas~3" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:37 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:39 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:39 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:41 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:43 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:45 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:45 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:47 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:49 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:51 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:53 -msgid "|orange|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:37 -msgid "April 2018" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:39 -msgid "**Odoo 11.0**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:39 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:45 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:49 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:53 -msgid "|red|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:39 -msgid "October 2017" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:41 -msgid "Odoo 10.saas~15" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:41 -msgid "March 2017" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:43 -msgid "Odoo 10.saas~14" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:43 -msgid "January 2017" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:45 -msgid "**Odoo 10.0**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:45 -msgid "October 2016" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:47 -msgid "Odoo 9.saas~11" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:47 -msgid "May 2016" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:49 -msgid "**Odoo 9.0**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:49 -msgid "October 2015" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:51 -msgid "Odoo 8.saas~6" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:51 -msgid "February 2015" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:53 -msgid "**Odoo 8.0**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:53 -msgid "September 2014" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:59 -msgid "|green| Supported version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:61 -msgid "|red| End-of-support" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:63 -msgid "N/A Never released for this platform" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:65 -msgid "" -"|orange| Some of our older customers may still run this version on our Odoo " -"Online servers, we provide help only on blocking issues and advise you to " -"upgrade." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:67 -msgid "🏁 Future version, not released yet" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:80 -msgid "I run an older version of Odoo/OpenERP/TinyERP" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:82 -msgid "" -"OpenERP 7.0, 6.1, 6.0 and 5.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:84 -msgid "" -"TinyERP 4.0, 3.0, 2.0 and 1.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:86 -msgid "" -"You should consider `upgrading <https://upgrade.odoo.com/>`_ your database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:8 -msgid "What can I expect from the support service?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:12 -msgid "5 days a week" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Your Odoo Online subscription includes **unlimited 24hr support at no extra " -"cost, Monday to Friday**. Our teams are located around the world to ensure " -"you have support, no matter your location. Your support representative could" -" be communicating to you from San Francisco, Belgium, or India!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Our support team can be contacted through our `online support form " -"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:23 -msgid "What kind of support is included?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Providing you with relevant material (guidelines, product documentation, " -"etc...)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Answers to issues that you may encounter in your standard Odoo database (eg." -" “I cannot close my Point of Sale” or “I cannot find my sales KPIs?”)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:29 -msgid "Questions related to your account, subscription, or billing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Bug resolution (blocking issues or unexpected behaviour not due to " -"misconfiguration or customization)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Issues that might occur in a test database after upgrading to a newer " -"version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:34 -msgid "" -"*Odoo Support does not make changes to your production database without your" -" agreement and gives you the material and knowledge to do it yourself!*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:39 -msgid "What kind of support is not included?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Questions that require us to understand your business processes in order to " -"help you implement your database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Training on how to use our software (we will direct you to our many " -"resources)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:44 -msgid "Import of documents into your database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Guidance on which configurations to apply inside of an application or the " -"database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:46 -msgid "" -"How to set up configuration models (Examples include: Inventory Routes, " -"Payment Terms, Warehouses, etc)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:48 -msgid "Any intervention on your own servers/deployments of Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Any intervention on your own third party account (Ingenico, Authorize, UPS, " -"etc)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Questions or issues related to specific developments or customizations done " -"either by Odoo or a third party (this is specific only to your database or " -"involving code)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:54 -msgid "" -"You can get this type of support with a `Success Pack <https://www.odoo.com" -"/pricing-packs>`__. With a pack, one of our consultants will analyze the way" -" your business runs and tell you how you can get the most out of your Odoo " -"Database. We will handle all configurations and coach you on how to use " -"Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:6 -msgid "Where to find help?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:10 -msgid "Odoo Enterprise" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Users who have a valid Odoo Enterprise subscription may always contact our " -"support teams through our `support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_, no " -"matter the hosting type you chose (Odoo Online, Odoo.sh or on your own " -"server)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:16 -msgid "Please include in your request:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:18 -msgid "your subscription number" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:19 -msgid "" -"the URL of your database if your database is hosted by Odoo (Odoo Online or " -"Odoo.sh)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:21 -msgid "Our agents will get back to you as soon as possible." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:25 -msgid "Odoo Community" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:27 -msgid "*Odoo Community users don't get access to the support service.*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:29 -msgid "Here are some resources that might help you:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:31 -msgid "Our `documentation pages <https://www.odoo.com/page/docs>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Ask your question on the `community forum " -"<https://www.odoo.com/forum/help-1>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:33 -msgid "" -"`Buy Odoo Enterprise " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/14.0/setup/enterprise.html>`_ to get the" -" support and bugfix services." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/survey.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/survey.po deleted file mode 100644 index 5f9e503ae..000000000 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/survey.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,235 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:42+0000\n" -"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: de\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../survey.rst:5 -msgid "Survey" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:3 -msgid "Get Started with Surveys" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Surveys can be used for a range of purposes that can go from collecting " -"customer feedback, evaluate the success of an event, measure how pleased " -"customers are with your products/services, gauge whether employees are happy" -" and satisfied with their work environment, and even to find out what your " -"market is thinking." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:11 -msgid "Get started" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:13 -msgid "" -"When creating your survey, choose a *Title* and *Category*. The *Category* " -"field is used to know in which context the survey is being conducted, as " -"different applications might use it for different purposes such as " -"recruitment, certification, or employee appraisal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:22 -msgid "Tab: Questions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:24 -msgid "Add sections and questions by clicking on the respective links." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:27 -msgid "" -"On the *Sections and Questions* form, once the question type is chosen and " -"the answer added, under the tab *Options*, enable *Mandatory Answer*, and " -"set an *Error message* to be shown when the user tries to submit the survey " -"without answering the respective question." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Depending on the *Question Type*, the tab *Options* aggregates extra and " -"different possibilities. Examples:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:31 -msgid "" -"*Single Line Text Box* - can choose a minimum and maximum text length " -"(number of characters - spaces do not count), and its error message." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:33 -msgid "" -"*Multiple choice: multiple answers allowed*: choose between radio buttons or" -" a dropdown menu list, and if you would like to have a comment field. If the" -" user select an answer and type a comment, the values are separately " -"recorded. Or, enable the comment field to be displayed as an answer choice, " -"with which a text type field is displayed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:37 -msgid "" -"*Matrix Type*: choose if you would like to have one or multiple choices per " -"row." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:44 -msgid "Tab: Description" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Write a *Description* to be displayed under the title of the survey's " -"homepage." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:53 -msgid "Click on *Edit* to personalize your pages with the website builder." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:56 -msgid "Tab: Options" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Under the tab *Options*, choose the *Layout* of your questions. If choosing " -"*One page per section* or *One page per question*, an option *Back Button* " -"becomes available, which allows the user to go back pages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:67 -msgid "Test and share the survey" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Once your Survey is ready, *Test* it to avoid *Sharing* it with potential " -"errors. As answers get collected, click on *Answers* to access all the " -"details of the respondent and his answers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:72 -msgid "" -"By default, a filter *Except Test Entries* is applied to keep the list of " -"entries clean with only real participants." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:79 -msgid "" -"Another way to access detailed answers is by going to " -":menuselection:`Participations --> Participations`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:80 -msgid "Click on *See results* to be redirected to an analytical page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:87 -#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:34 -msgid ":doc:`scoring`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:88 ../../survey/overview/scoring.rst:35 -msgid ":doc:`time_random`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/scoring.rst:3 -msgid "Scoring Surveys" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/scoring.rst:5 -msgid "" -"To measure your respondent’s performance, knowledge of a subject, or overall" -" satisfaction, attach points to the answers of specific questions. The " -"points are summed up to give your respondent a final score." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/scoring.rst:9 -msgid "" -"On your survey’s form, click on *Add a question* and, under the tab " -"*Options*, choose between *Scoring with answers at the end* or *Scoring " -"without answers at the end*. Now, on your question’s form, set the right " -"answer and score." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/scoring.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Set the percentage score the user needs to achieve to have successfully " -"taken the survey. If enabling *Certificate*, choose its template. The " -"certification is automatically sent by email to the users who successfully " -"finish it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/scoring.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Enable *Login required* to be able to *Give Badges*. Badges are related to " -"the eLearning section of your website. Besides the logged-in user, visitors " -"of the website that access the page *Courses* can also see the granted " -"badges." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:3 -msgid "Time and Randomize Questions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:6 -msgid "Time Limit" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:10 -msgid "" -"On timed surveys, respondents need to complete the survey within a certain " -"period of time. It can be used to ensure that all respondents get the same " -"amount of time to find the answers, or to decrease the chance of having them" -" looking at external resources." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:11 -msgid "Set the *Time limit* under the tab *Options*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:17 -msgid "" -"A timer is shown on the pages so the user can keep track of the remaining " -"time. Surveys not \\ submitted by the *Time limit* do not have their answers" -" saved." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:21 -msgid "Selection" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:25 -msgid "" -"When you randomize a survey, you allow for the questions to be shuffled in a" -" random order every time someone opens the questionnaire. This can be useful" -" to avoid having respondents looking at each others' answers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:27 -msgid "" -"To do so, under the tab *Options*, enable *Randomized per section*. Now, " -"under the tab *Questions*, set how many of the questions in that section " -"should be taken into account during the shuffling." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/timesheets.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/timesheets.po deleted file mode 100644 index b5319d0b2..000000000 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/timesheets.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,81 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 15:13+0000\n" -"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: de\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../timesheets.rst:5 -msgid "Timesheets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../timesheets/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:3 -msgid "Create Timesheets upon Time Off Validation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo automatically timesheets on project/tasks upon time off requests. This " -"allows for better overall control over the validation of timesheets, as it " -"does not leave place for forgetfulness and questions after hours that have " -"not been timesheeted by the employee." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Activate the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, " -"go to *Timesheets*, and change the *Project* and *Task* set by default, if " -"you like." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Time Off --> Configuration --> Time Off Types`. Select" -" or create the needed type, and decide if you would like the requests to be " -"validated or not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Now, once the employee has requested his time off and the request has been " -"validated (or not, depending on the setting chosen), the time is " -"automatically allocated on *Timesheets*, under the respective project and " -"task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:27 -msgid "" -"On the example below, the user requested *Paid Time off* from July 13th to " -"15th." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Considering that validation is not required, the requested time off is " -"automatically displayed in *Timesheets*. If validation is necessary, the " -"time is automatically allocated after the responsible person for validating " -"does it so." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Click on the magnifying glass, hovering over the concerned cell, to access " -"all the aggregated data on that cell (day), and see details regarding the " -"project/task." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/website.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/website.po deleted file mode 100644 index 70baa376a..000000000 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/website.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2099 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 15:13+0000\n" -"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: de\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../website.rst:5 -msgid "Website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize.rst:3 -msgid "Optimize" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:3 -msgid "How to track your website's traffic in Google Analytics" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:5 -msgid "To follow your website's traffic with Google Analytics:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:7 -msgid "" -"`Create a Google Analytics account <https://www.google.com/analytics/>`__ if" -" you don't have any." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Go through the creation form and accept the conditions to get the tracking " -"ID." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:15 -msgid "Copy the tracking ID to insert it in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Go to the *Configuration* menu of your Odoo's Website app. In the settings, " -"turn on Google Analytics and paste the tracking ID. Then save the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:27 -msgid "" -"To make your first steps in Google Analytics, refer to `Google Documentation" -" <https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/1008015?hl=en/>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:32 -msgid ":doc:`google_analytics_dashboard`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:3 -msgid "How to track your website traffic from your Odoo Dashboard" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:5 -msgid "" -"You can follow your traffic statistics straight from your Odoo Website " -"Dashboard thanks to Google Analytics." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:8 -msgid "" -"A preliminary step is creating a Google Analytics account and entering the " -"tracking ID in your Website's settings (see :doc:`google_analytics`)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Go to `Google APIs platform <https://console.developers.google.com>`__ to " -"generate Analytics API credentials. Log in with your Google account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:14 -msgid "Select Analytics API." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Create a new project and give it a name (e.g. Odoo). This project is needed " -"to store your API credentials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:25 -msgid "Enable the API." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:30 -msgid "Create credentials to use in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Select *Web browser (Javascript)* as calling source and *User data* as kind " -"of data." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Then you can create a Client ID. Enter the name of the application (e.g. " -"Odoo) and the allowed pages on which you will be redirected. The *Authorized" -" JavaScript origin* is your Odoo's instance URL. The *Authorized redirect " -"URI* is your Odoo's instance URL followed by " -"'/google_account/authentication'." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:51 -msgid "" -"Go through the Consent Screen step by entering a product name (e.g. Google " -"Analytics in Odoo). Feel free to check the customizations options but this " -"is not mandatory. The Consent Screen will only show up when you enter the " -"Client ID in Odoo for the first time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Finally you are provided with your Client ID. Copy and paste it in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Open your Website Dashboard in Odoo and link your Analytics account to past " -"your Client ID." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:67 -msgid "As a last step, authorize Odoo to access Google API." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:3 -msgid "Track clicks and visitors using Link Trackers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Link Trackers allow you to track your marketing campaigns (emails, banner " -"ads, blog posts, social media posts, affiliate links, etc.). This way, you " -"are able to identify your best traffic sources and make informed decisions " -"about the distribution of your marketing budget." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:10 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate " -"*Link Trackers*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:19 -msgid "Set up traceable URLs" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Go to website --> Promote --> Track this " -"page`. Here, you are able to get a specific tracked URL based on the " -"campaign, medium, and source being used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:28 -msgid "" -"**URL**: url of the page you want to track (e.g. the home page or a " -"product's page)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:29 -msgid "**Campaign**: context of your link (e.g. a special promotion)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:30 -msgid "" -"**Medium**: channel used to share (deliver) your link (e.g. an email or a " -"Facebook ad)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:31 -msgid "" -"**Source**: platform where the traffic originates (e.g. Google or Twitter)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Now, click on *Get tracked link* to generate a URL that you can post or send" -" by the source you have decided on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:37 -msgid "Follow-up on tracked links" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:39 -msgid "" -"To look at statistics of your links, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Go to" -" website --> Promote --> Track this page`. Besides being able to see the " -"*Most Clicked* and *Recently Used* links, you can also see complete " -"statistics by clicking on *Stats*, including the number of clicks, and the " -"country of origin for those clicks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:50 -msgid "You can also access the link tracker on *odoo.com/r* via your browser." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:51 -msgid "" -"Activate the developer mode (:menuselection:`Settings --> Activate the " -"developer mode`) and get access to the *Link Tracker* module and its back-" -"end functionalities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Integrated with :doc:`Google Analytics <google_analytics>`, those trackers " -"allow you to see the number of clicks and visitors to keep you on top of " -"your marketing campaigns." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:55 -msgid "" -"The integration with the :doc:`CRM <../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits>` " -"application allows you to understand where your leads and opportunities are " -"coming from." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:3 -msgid "How to do Search Engine Optimisation (SEO) in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Search Engine Optimization (SEO) is a set of good practices to optimize your" -" website so that you get a better ranking in search engines like Google. In " -"short, a good SEO allows you to get more visitors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Some examples of SEO rules: your web pages should load fast, your page " -"should have one and only one title ``<h1>``, meta tags (alt-tag, title-tag) " -"should be consistent with the content, your website should have a " -"``/sitemap.xml`` file, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:15 -msgid "" -"To guarantee Odoo Website and Odoo eCommerce users have a great SEO, Odoo " -"abstracts all the technical complexities of SEO and handles everything for " -"you, in the best possible way. This will be explained here below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:20 -msgid "" -"But first, let see how you can easily boost your ranking by finetuning the " -"content and the meta tags of your website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:24 -msgid "Meta Tags" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:27 -msgid "Title, Description" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Every web page should define the ``<title>`` and ``<description>`` meta " -"data. These information elements are used by search engines to promote your " -"website. They are automatically generated based on page title & content, but" -" you can finetune them. Make sure they fit the content of the page, " -"otherwise you will be downgraded by search engines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:39 -msgid "Keywords" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:40 -msgid "" -"In order to write quality content and boost your traffic, Odoo provides a " -"``<keyword>`` finder. Those keywords are the searches you want to head " -"towards your website. For each keyword, you see how it is used in the " -"content (H1, H2, page title, page description, page content) and what are " -"the related searches in Google. The more keywords are used the better." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:50 -msgid "" -"If your website is in multiple languages, you can use the Promote tool for " -"every language of a single page and set specific title, description and " -"search tags." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:55 -msgid "Content is King" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:57 -msgid "" -"When it comes to SEO, content is usually king. Odoo provides several modules" -" to help you build your website content:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:60 -msgid "**Odoo Blogs**: write great contents." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:62 -msgid "" -"**Odoo Slides**: publish all your Powerpoint or PDF presentations. Their " -"content is automatically indexed on the web page. Example: `odoo.com/slides" -"/public-channel-1 <https://www.odoo.com/slides/public-channel-1>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:66 -msgid "" -"**Odoo Forum**: let your community create contents for you. Example: " -"`odoo.com/forum/1 <https://odoo.com/forum/1>`_ (accounts for 30% of Odoo.com" -" landing pages)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:70 -msgid "" -"**Odoo Mailing List Archive**: publish mailing list archives on your " -"website. Example: `odoo.com/groups/community-59 " -"<https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59>`_ (1000 pages created per month)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:76 -msgid "" -"The 404 page is a regular page, that you can edit like any other page in " -"Odoo. That way, you can build a great 404 page to redirect to the top " -"content of your website when visitors get lost in invalid URLs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:81 -msgid "Use Social Networks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Social media is built for mass sharing. If lots of people share your content" -" on social media, then it's likely more people will link to it, and links " -"are a huge factor for SEO ranking." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:87 -msgid "Odoo embeds several tools to share content through social media:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:90 -msgid "Social Network" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Odoo allows to link all your social network accounts in your website footer." -" All you have to do is to refer all your accounts in your company settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:99 -msgid "Social Share" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:101 -msgid "" -"Drop the building block *Share* on any page you want your visitors to share." -" By clicking the icon, they are prompted to share the page in their social " -"media wall." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:108 -msgid "" -"Most social media use a picture of the picture to decorate the share post. " -"Odoo uses the website logo by default but you can choose any other image of " -"your page in the Promote tool." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:116 -msgid "Facebook Page" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:118 -msgid "" -"Drop the building block *Facebook Page* to display a widget of your Facebook" -" business page and encourage visitors to follow it. You can display the " -"timeline, the next events and the messages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:123 -msgid "Twitter Scroller" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:125 -msgid "" -"Display the Twitter feeds with customer satifaction on your website. This " -"will increase the number of tweets and shares." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:129 -msgid "Test Your Website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:131 -msgid "" -"You can compare how your website rank, in terms of SEO, against Odoo using " -"WooRank free services: `woorank.com <https://www.woorank.com>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:136 -msgid "URLs Handling" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:138 -msgid "This section sheds some light on how Odoo makes URLs SEO-friendly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:141 -msgid "URLs Structure" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:143 -msgid "A typical Odoo URL will look like this:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:145 -msgid "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/my-great-product-31" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:147 -msgid "With the following components:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:149 -msgid "**https://** = Protocol" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:151 -msgid "**www.mysite.com** = your domain name" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:153 -msgid "" -"**/fr\\_FR** = page language. This part of the URL is removed if the visitor" -" browses the main language of the website Thus, the main version of this " -"page is: https://www.mysite.com/shop/product/my-great-product-31" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:158 -msgid "" -"**/shop/product** = every module defines its own namespace (/shop is for the" -" catalog of the eCommerce module, /shop/product is for a product page)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:162 -msgid "" -"**my-great-product** = by default, this is the slugified title of the " -"product this page refers to. But you can customize it for SEO purposes. A " -"product named \"Pain carré\" will be slugified to \"pain-carre\". Depending " -"on the namespace, this could be different objects (blog post, page title, " -"forum post, forum comment, product category, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:169 -msgid "**-31** = the unique ID of the product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:171 -msgid "" -"Note that any dynamic component of an URL can be reduced to its ID. As an " -"example, the following URLs all do a 301 redirect to the above URL:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:174 -msgid "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (short version)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:176 -msgid "http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (even shorter version)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:178 -msgid "" -"http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/other-product-name-31 (old product " -"name)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:181 -msgid "" -"Some URLs have several dynamic parts, like this one (a blog category and a " -"post):" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:184 -msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/company-news-5/post/the-odoo-story-56" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:186 -msgid "In the above example:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:188 -msgid "*Company News* is the title of the blog" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:190 -msgid "*The Odoo Story* is the title of a specific blog post" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:192 -msgid "" -"When an Odoo page has a pager, the page number is set directly in the URL " -"(does not have a GET argument). This allows every page to be indexed by " -"search engines. Example:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:196 -msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/page/3" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:199 -msgid "Changes in URLs & Titles" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:201 -msgid "" -"When the URL of a page changes (e.g. a more SEO friendly version of your " -"product name), you don't have to worry about updating all links:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:204 -msgid "Odoo will automatically update all its links to the new URL." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:206 -msgid "" -"If external websites still points to the old URL, a 301 redirect will be " -"done to route visitors to the new address of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:209 -msgid "As an example, this URL:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:211 -msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/old-product-name-31" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:213 -msgid "Will automatically redirect to:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:215 -msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/new-and-better-product-name-31" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:217 -msgid "" -"In short, just change the title of a blog post or the name of a product, and" -" the changes will apply automatically everywhere in your website. The old " -"link still functions when used by external websites, via a 301 redirect, " -"maintaining the SEO link juice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:223 -msgid "HTTPS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:225 -msgid "" -"Search engines boost ranking of secure HTTPS/SSL websites. So, by default " -"all Odoo Online instances are fully based on HTTPS. If the visitor accesses " -"your website through a non HTTPS url, it gets a 301 redirect to its HTTPS " -"equivalent." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:231 -msgid "Links: Nofollow Strategy" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:233 -msgid "" -"The more a page is linked from external and quality websites, the better it " -"is for your SEO." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:236 -msgid "Here are Odoo strategies to manage links:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:238 -msgid "" -"Every link you add to your website is \"dofollow\", which means that this " -"link will contribute to the SEO Juice for the linked page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:242 -msgid "" -"Every link posted by a contributor (forum post, blog comment, etc.) that " -"links to your own website is \"dofollow\" too." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:245 -msgid "" -"But every link posted by a contributor that links to an external website is " -"\"nofollow\". In that way, you do not run the risk of people posting links " -"on your website to third-party websites which have a bad reputation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:250 -msgid "" -"Note that, when using the forum, contributors having a lot of Karma can be " -"trusted. In such case, their links will not have any ``rel=\"nofollow\"`` " -"attribute." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:255 -msgid "Multi-Language Support" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:258 -msgid "Multi-Language URLs" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:260 -msgid "" -"If you run a website in multiple languages, the same content will be " -"available in different URLs, depending on the language used:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:263 -msgid "" -"https://www.mywebsite.com/shop/product/my-product-1 (main language, English " -"here)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:265 -msgid "" -"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1 (French " -"version)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:267 -msgid "" -"In this example, fr\\_FR is the language of the page. You can even have " -"several variations of the same language: pt\\_BR (Portuguese from Brazil) , " -"pt\\_PT (Portuguese from Portugal)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:272 -msgid "Language Annotation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:274 -msgid "" -"To let search engines know that the second URL is the French translation of " -"the first URL, Odoo will add an HTML link element in the header. In the HTML" -" <head> section of the main version, Odoo automatically adds a link element " -"pointing to the translated versions of that webpage;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:279 -msgid "" -"<link rel=\"alternate\" hreflang=\"fr\" " -"href=\"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1\"/>" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:282 -msgid "With this approach:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:284 -msgid "" -"Search engines will redirect to the right language according to the visitor " -"language." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:287 -msgid "" -"You do not get penalized by search engines if your page is not translated " -"yet. Indeed, it's not a duplicated content, but a different version of the " -"same content." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:292 -msgid "Language Detection" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:294 -msgid "" -"When a visitor lands for the first time on your website (e.g. " -"yourwebsite.com/shop), they may automatically be redirected to a translated " -"version according to their browser language preference (e.g. " -"yourwebsite.com/fr\\_FR/shop)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:299 -msgid "" -"Next time, it keeps a cookie of the current language to avoid any " -"redirection." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:302 -msgid "" -"To force a visitor to stick to the default language, you can use the code of" -" the default language in your link, example: yourwebsite.com/en\\_US/shop. " -"This will always land visitors to the English version of the page, without " -"using the browser language preferences." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:309 -msgid "Page Speed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:312 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:314 -msgid "" -"The time to load a page is an important criteria for search engines. A " -"faster website not only improves your visitor's experience, but gives you a " -"better page ranking. Some studies have shown that, if you divide the time to" -" load your pages by two (e.g. 2 seconds instead of 4 seconds), the visitor " -"abandonment rate is also divided by two. (25% to 12.5%). One extra second to" -" load a page could `cost $1.6b to Amazon in sales " -"<http://www.fastcompany.com/1825005/how-one-second-could-cost-amazon-16" -"-billion-sales>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:325 -msgid "" -"Fortunately, Odoo does all the magic for you. Below, you will find the " -"tricks Odoo uses to speed up your page loading time. You can compare how " -"your website ranks using these two tools:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:329 -msgid "" -"`Google Page Speed " -"<https://developers.google.com/speed/pagespeed/insights/>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:331 -msgid "`Pingdom Website Speed Test <http://tools.pingdom.com/fpt/>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:334 -msgid "Images" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:336 -msgid "" -"When you upload new images, Odoo automatically compresses them to reduce " -"their sizes (lossless compression for .PNG and .GIF and lossy compression " -"for .JPG)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:340 -msgid "" -"From the upload button, you have the option to keep the original image " -"unmodified if you prefer to optimize the quality of the image rather than " -"performance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:348 -msgid "" -"Odoo compresses images when they are uploaded to your website, not when " -"requested by the visitor. Thus, it's possible that, if you use a third-party" -" theme, it will provide images that are not compressed efficiently. But all " -"images used in Odoo official themes have been compressed by default." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:354 -msgid "" -"When you click on an image, Odoo shows you the Alt and title attributes of " -"the ``<img>`` tag. You can click on it to set your own title and Alt " -"attributes for the image." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:361 -msgid "When you click on this link, the following window will appear:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:366 -msgid "" -"Odoo's pictograms are implemented using a font (`Font Awesome " -"<https://fortawesome.github.io/Font-Awesome/icons/>`__ in most Odoo themes)." -" Thus, you can use as many pictograms as you want in your page, they will " -"not result in extra requests to load the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:375 -msgid "Static Resources: CSS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:377 -msgid "" -"All CSS files are pre-processed, concatenated, minified, compressed and " -"cached (server-side and browser-side). The result:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:380 -msgid "only one CSS file request is needed to load a page" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:382 -msgid "" -"this CSS file is shared and cached amongst pages, so that when the visitor " -"clicks on another page, the browser doesn't have to even load a single CSS " -"resource." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:386 -msgid "this CSS file is optimized to be small" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:388 -msgid "" -"**Pre-processed:** The CSS framework used by Odoo is Bootstrap. Although a " -"theme might use another framework, most of `Odoo themes " -"<https://www.odoo.com/apps/themes>`__ extend and customize Bootstrap " -"directly. Since Odoo supports Less and Sass, you can modify CSS rules " -"instead of overwriting them through extra CSS lines, resulting in a smaller " -"file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:395 -msgid "" -"**Concatenated:** every module or library you might use in Odoo has its own " -"set of CSS, Less or Sass files (eCommerce, blogs, themes, etc.). Having " -"several CSS files is great for the modularity, but not good for the " -"performance because most browsers can only perform 6 requests in parallel " -"resulting in lots of files loaded in series. The latency time to transfer a " -"file is usually much longer than the actual data transfer time, for small " -"files like .JS and .CSS. Thus, the time to load CSS resources depends more " -"on the number of requests to be done than the actual file size." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:405 -msgid "" -"To address this issue, all CSS / Less / Sass files are concatenated into a " -"single .CSS file to send to the browser. So a visitor has **only one .CSS " -"file to load** per page, which is particularly efficient. As the CSS is " -"shared amongst all pages, when the visitor clicks on another page, the " -"browser does not even have to load a new CSS file!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:412 -msgid "**Both files in the <head>**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:412 -msgid "**What the visitor gets (only one file)**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:414 -msgid "/\\* From bootstrap.css \\*/" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:414 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:415 -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:421 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:447 -msgid ".text-muted {" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:415 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:422 -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:448 -msgid "color: #666;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:416 -msgid "color: #777;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:416 -msgid "background: yellow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:417 -msgid "background: yellow;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:417 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:418 -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:423 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:449 -msgid "}" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:420 -msgid "/\\* From my-theme.css \\*/" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:426 -msgid "" -"The CSS sent by Odoo includes all CSS / Less / Sass of all pages / modules. " -"By doing this, additional page views from the same visitor will not have to " -"load CSS files at all. But some modules might include huge CSS/Javascript " -"resources that you do not want to prefetch at the first page because they " -"are too big. In this case, Odoo splits this resource into a second bundle " -"that is loaded only when the page using it is requested. An example of this " -"is the backend that is only loaded when the visitor logs in and accesses the" -" backend (/web)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:436 -msgid "" -"If the CSS file is very big, Odoo will split it into two smaller files to " -"avoid the 4095 selectors limit per sheet of Internet Explorer. But most " -"themes fit below this limit." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:440 -msgid "" -"**Minified:** After being pre-processed and concatenated, the resulting CSS " -"is minified to reduce its size." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:444 -msgid "**Before minification**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:444 -msgid "**After minification**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:446 -msgid "/\\* some comments \\*/" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:446 -msgid ".text-muted {color: #666}" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:452 -msgid "" -"The final result is then compressed, before being delivered to the browser." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:455 -msgid "" -"Then, a cached version is stored server-side (so we do not have to pre-" -"process, concatenate, minify at every request) and browser-side (so the same" -" visitor will load the CSS only once for all pages they visit)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:461 -msgid "Static Resources: Javascript" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:463 -msgid "" -"As with CSS resources, Javascript resources are also concatenated, minified," -" compressed and cached (server-side and browser-side)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:466 -msgid "Odoo creates three Javascript bundles:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:468 -msgid "" -"One for all pages of the website (including code for parallax effects, form " -"validation, etc.)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:471 -msgid "" -"One for common Javascript code shared among frontend and backend (Bootstrap)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:474 -msgid "" -"One for backend specific Javascript code (Odoo Web Client interface for your" -" employees using Odoo)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:477 -msgid "" -"Most visitors of your website will only need the first two bundles, " -"resulting in a maximum of two Javascript files to load to render one page. " -"As these files are shared across all pages, further clicks by the same " -"visitor will not load any other Javascript resource." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:483 -msgid "" -"If you work on :doc:`Developer mode " -"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, the CSS and Javascript are neither" -" concatenated, nor minified. Thus, it's much slower. But it allows you to " -"easily debug with the Chrome debugger as CSS and Javascript resources are " -"not transformed from their original versions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:489 -msgid "CDN" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:491 -msgid "" -"If you activate the CDN feature in Odoo, static resources (Javascript, CSS, " -"images) are loaded from a Content Delivery Network. Using a Content Delivery" -" Network has three advantages:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:495 -msgid "" -"Load resources from a nearby server (most CDN have servers in main countries" -" around the globe)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:498 -msgid "" -"Cache resources efficiently (no computation resources usage on your own " -"server)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:501 -msgid "" -"Split the resource loading on different services allowing to load more " -"resources in parallel (since the Chrome limit of 6 parallel requests is by " -"domain)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:505 -msgid "" -"You can configure your CDN options from the **Website Admin** app, using the" -" Configuration menu. Here is an example of configuration you can use:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:512 -msgid "HTML Pages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:514 -msgid "" -"The HTML pages can be compressed, but this is usually handled by your web " -"server (NGINX or Apache)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:517 -msgid "" -"The Odoo Website builder has been optimized to guarantee clean and short " -"HTML code. Building blocks have been developed to produce clean HTML code, " -"usually using Bootstrap and the HTML editor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:521 -msgid "" -"As an example, if you use the color picker to change the color of a " -"paragraph to the primary color of your website, Odoo will produce the " -"following code:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:525 -msgid "``<p class=\"text-primary\">My Text</p>``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:527 -msgid "" -"Whereas most HTML editors (such as CKEditor) will produce the following " -"code:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:530 -msgid "``<p style=\"color: #AB0201\">My Text</p>``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:533 -msgid "Responsive Design" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:535 -msgid "" -"Websites that are not mobile-friendly are negatively impacted in search " -"engine rankings. All Odoo themes rely on Bootstrap to render efficiently " -"according to the device: desktop, tablet or mobile." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:542 -msgid "" -"As all Odoo modules share the same technology, absolutely all pages in your " -"website are mobile friendly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:546 -msgid "Browser Caching" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:548 -msgid "" -"Javascript, images and CSS resources have an URL that changes dynamically " -"when their content change. As an example, all CSS files are loaded through " -"this URL: `localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets\\_common.0.css " -"<http://localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets_common.0.css>`__. " -"The ``457-0da1d9d`` part of this URL will change if you modify the CSS of " -"your website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:555 -msgid "" -"This allows Odoo to set a very long cache delay (XXX) on these resources: " -"XXX secs, while being updated instantly if you update the resource." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:560 -msgid "Scalability" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:562 -msgid "" -"In addition to being fast, Odoo is also more scalable than traditional CMS " -"and eCommerce (Drupal, Wordpress, Magento, Prestashop). The following link " -"provides an analysis of the major open source CMS and eCommerce compared to " -"Odoo when it comes to high query volumes: " -"`https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/197 <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide" -"/odoo-cms-performance-comparison-and-optimisation-197>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:569 -msgid "Todo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:569 -msgid "fix above link" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:571 -msgid "" -"Here is the slide that summarizes the scalability of Odoo Website & " -"eCommerce." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:577 -msgid "Search Engines Files" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:580 -msgid "Sitemap" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:582 -msgid "" -"The sitemap points out pages to index to search engine robots. Odoo " -"generates a ``/sitemap.xml`` file automatically for you. For performance " -"reasons, this file is cached and updated every 12 hours." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:586 -msgid "" -"By default, all URLs will be in a single ``/sitemap.xml`` file, but if you " -"have a lot of pages, Odoo will automatically create a Sitemap Index file, " -"respecting the `sitemaps.org protocol " -"<http://www.sitemaps.org/protocol.html>`__ grouping sitemap URL's in 45000 " -"chunks per file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:592 -msgid "Every sitemap entry has 4 attributes that are computed automatically:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:594 -msgid "``<loc>`` : the URL of a page" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:596 -msgid "" -"``<lastmod>`` : last modification date of the resource, computed " -"automatically based on related object. For a page related to a product, this" -" could be the last modification date of the product or the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:601 -msgid "" -"``<priority>`` : modules may implement their own priority algorithm based on" -" their content (example: a forum might assign a priority based on the number" -" of votes on a specific post). The priority of a static page is defined by " -"it's priority field, which is normalized (16 is the default)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:608 -msgid "Structured Data Markup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:610 -msgid "" -"Structured Data Markup is used to generate Rich Snippets in search engine " -"results. It is a way for website owners to send structured data to search " -"engine robots; helping them understand your content and create well-" -"presented search results." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:615 -msgid "" -"Google supports a number of rich snippets for content types, including: " -"Reviews, People, Products, Businesses, Events and Organizations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:618 -msgid "" -"Odoo implements micro data as defined in the `schema.org " -"<http://schema.org>`__ specification for events, eCommerce products, forum " -"posts and contact addresses. This allows your product pages to be displayed " -"in Google using extra information like the price and rating of a product:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:628 -msgid "robots.txt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:630 -msgid "" -"When indexing your website, search engines take a first look at the general " -"indexing rules of the a``/robots.txt`` file (allowed robots, sitemap path, " -"etc.). Odoo automatically creates it. Its content is:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:634 -msgid "User-agent: \\* Sitemap: https://www.odoo.com/sitemap.xml" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:637 -msgid "" -"It means that all robots are allowed to index your website and there is no " -"other indexing rule than specified in the sitemap to be found at following " -"address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:641 -msgid "" -"You can customize the file *robots* in :doc:`Developer mode " -"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>` from *Settings --> Technical --> " -"User Interface --> Views* (exclude robots, exclude some pages, redirect to a" -" custom Sitemap). Make the Model Data of the view *Non Updatable* to not " -"reset the file after system upgrades." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish.rst:3 -msgid "Publish" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:3 -msgid "How to use my own domain name" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:5 -msgid "" -"By default, your Odoo Online instance and website have a *.odoo.com* domain " -"name, for both the URL and the emails. But you can change to a custom one " -"(e.g. www.yourcompany.com)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:10 -msgid "What is a good domain name" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Your website address is as important to your branding as the name of your " -"business or organization, so put some thought into changing it for a proper " -"domain. Here are some tips:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:15 -msgid "Simple and obvious" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:16 -msgid "Easy to remember and spell" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:17 -msgid "The shorter the better" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:18 -msgid "Avoid special characters" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:19 -msgid "Aim for a .com and/or your country extension" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Read more: `How to Choose a Domain Name for Maximum SEO " -"<https://www.searchenginejournal.com/choose-a-domain-name-maximum-" -"seo/158951/>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:24 -msgid "How to buy a domain name" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:25 -msgid "Buy your domain name at a popular registrar:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:27 -msgid "`GoDaddy <https://www.godaddy.com>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:28 -msgid "`Namecheap <https://www.namecheap.com>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:29 -msgid "`OVH <https://www.ovh.com>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Steps to buy a domain name are pretty much straight forward. In case of " -"issue, check out those easy tutorials:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:34 -msgid "`GoDaddy <https://roadtoblogging.com/buy-domain-name-from-godaddy>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:35 -msgid "" -"`Namecheap <https://www.loudtips.com/buy-domain-name-hosting-namecheap//>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Feel free to buy an email server to have email addresses using your domain " -"name. However don't buy any extra service to create or host your website. " -"This is Odoo's job!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:45 -msgid "How to apply my domain name to my Odoo instance" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:46 -msgid "" -"First let's authorize the redirection (yourcompany.com -> " -"yourcompany.odoo.com):" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:48 -msgid "Open your Odoo.com account from your homepage." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:53 -msgid "Go to the *Manage Databases* page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Click on *Domains* to the right of the database you would like to redirect." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:63 -msgid "" -"A database domain prompt will appear. Enter your custom domain (e.g. " -"www.yourcompany.com)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:70 -msgid "" -"We can now apply the redirection from your domain name's manager account:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:72 -msgid "Log in to your account and search for the DNS Zones management page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:74 -msgid "" -"Create a CNAME record *www.yourdomain.com* pointing to *mywebsite.odoo.com*." -" If you want to use the naked domain (e.g. yourdomain.com), you need to " -"redirect *yourdomain.com* to *www.yourdomain.com*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:78 -msgid "Here are some specific guidelines to create a CNAME record:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:80 -msgid "`GoDaddy <https://be.godaddy.com/fr/help/add-a-cname-record-19236>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:81 -msgid "" -"`Namecheap " -"<https://www.namecheap.com/support/knowledgebase/article.aspx/9646/10/how-" -"can-i-set-up-a-cname-record-for-my-domain>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:82 -msgid "" -"`OVH " -"<https://www.ovh.co.uk/g1519.exchange_20132016_how_to_add_a_cname_record>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:85 -msgid "How to enable SSL (HTTPS) for my Odoo instance" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:87 -msgid "" -"Until recently, Odoo users needed to use a third-party CDN service provider " -"such as CloudFlare to enable SSL." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:89 -msgid "" -"It is not required anymore: Odoo generates the certificate for you " -"automatically, using integration with `Let's Encrypt Certificate Authority " -"and ACME protocol <https://letsencrypt.org/how-it-works/>`__. In order to " -"get this, simply add your domain name in your customer portal (a separate " -"certificate is generated for each domain name specified)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:93 -msgid "**Please note that the certificate generation may take up to 24h.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:95 -msgid "" -"If you already use CloudFlare or a similar service, you can keep using it or" -" simply change for Odoo. The choice is yours." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:99 -msgid "How to make sure that all my URLs use my custom domain?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:101 -msgid "" -"To set up the root URL of your website and of all the links sent in emails, " -"you can ask an administrator of your database (any user in the *Settings* " -"group) to perform a login from the login screen. It's as simple as that!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:103 -msgid "" -"If you want to do it manually, you can go to :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Technical --> System Parameters` . Find the entry called ``web.base.url`` " -"(you can create it if it does not exist) and enter the full URL of your " -"website, like ``https://www.myodoowebsite.com``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:107 -msgid "" -"The URL must include the protocol (``https://`` or ``http://``) and must not" -" end by a slash (``/``)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:109 -msgid "" -"If you want to block the root URL update when an administrator logs in, you " -"can add a System Parameter called ``web.base.url.freeze`` with its value " -"set to ``True``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:113 -msgid "My website is indexed twice by Google" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:115 -msgid "" -"If you set up a custom domain *mydomain.com* name for *mydatabase.odoo.com*," -" Google indexes your website under both names. This is a limitation of the " -"Odoo cloud platforms/" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:120 -msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_servers`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:3 -msgid "Manage Multi Websites" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo’s Multi-Websites opens up broad possibilities of diversification and " -"customer segmentation for your business. A multiplied audience and boosted " -"revenue are now just a few clicks away!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Each website can work in a fully independent way, with its theme, branding, " -"domain name, header & footer, pages, languages, products, blog posts, forum," -" slides, events, live chat channels, etc. Let’s go for a tour!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:18 -msgid "Setup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:20 -msgid "" -"To create a new website, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration -->" -" Settings`. The button, *Create a new website*, lays in the first section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:28 -msgid "" -"In the upcoming prompt, set a name for your new website and a specific " -"domain name. Leave empty to publish the new website under the default domain" -" of your Odoo database. You can later set some country groups to redirect " -"visitors to it using Geo IP." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Then, select a theme. This new website might have an entirely different " -"purpose or audience than the first one. So feel free to go for a different " -"theme!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Once the theme is selected, you can start to build the homepage of your " -"website. Follow the purple drops; they will help you in the first steps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:48 -msgid "" -"If you run Odoo Online, don’t forget to redirect any new domain name to your" -" Odoo database (``CNAME``) and to authorize it Odoo-side. See " -":doc:`domain_name`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:52 -msgid "Create the menu" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:54 -msgid "" -"The new website has a default menu with all the installed applications. To " -"edit it, click :menuselection:`Pages --> Edit Menu`. Moving forward you only" -" edit the menu of the current website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:59 -msgid "Switch from one website to another" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:62 -msgid "" -"As easy as ABC! There is a website switcher in the right corner of the edit " -"bar. Switching to another website will connect to the domain of this " -"website. If you use another domain for the website, the user is requested to" -" sign in." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:71 -msgid "" -"When switching, you are redirected to the same domain path on the other " -"website (e.g., ``/shop/myproduct``). If this URL is not used, you will be " -"redirected to a 404 page but prompted to create a new page from there." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:76 -msgid "Add features" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:78 -msgid "" -"The website apps you install (e.g., Slides, Blogs) are made available on all" -" your websites. You can, of course, keep them hidden in one website by " -"removing the menu item." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:82 -msgid "" -"Each website comes with a high range of specific options in the settings. " -"First, select the website to configure." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:88 -msgid "" -"Then, take a look at the options flagged with the earth icon. It means they " -"only impact the very website you are working on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:94 -msgid "You can, for instance, set specific :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:96 -msgid "languages," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:98 -msgid "domain names," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:100 -msgid "social media links," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:102 -msgid "customer portal mode (B2C vs. B2B)," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:104 -msgid "dedicated live chat channels," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:106 -msgid "etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:108 -msgid "The other options are global and apply to all your websites." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:111 -msgid "Manage domain names" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:113 -msgid "" -"As said earlier, your websites can either share the same domain name or use " -"a specific one. If you share it and want to adapt the content per region, " -"set country groups in the setting of each website. Visitors will be " -"redirected to the right website using GeoIP." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:122 -msgid "" -"Geo IP is installed by default in Odoo Online. If you run Odoo on-premise, " -"don’t forget to install *GeoIP* library. See :doc:`on-premise_geo-ip-" -"installation`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:127 -msgid ":doc:`domain_name`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:130 -msgid "Customize the visitor experience" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:133 -msgid "" -"The customer experience can be customized very profoundly thanks to the menu" -" \\*Customize\\*. All the visual options available there are specific to " -"each website. Go through the different pages to adapt them to this new " -"audience. Focus on workflows, and automatic pages (eCommerce checkout, " -"blogs, events, etc.) as the number of available options is higher there." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:143 -msgid "Publish specific content per website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:146 -msgid "" -"Like static pages, any content created from the front-end (product, blog " -"post, etc.) is always only published in the current website. You can change " -"that from the edit form view in the backend and leave the *Website* field " -"blank. This will publish it in all the websites." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:154 -msgid "" -"Here are all the objects that you can link to *either one or all the " -"websites*:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:157 -msgid "Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:159 -msgid "Product Categories for eCommerce" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:161 -msgid "Blogs" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:163 -msgid "Slide Channels" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:165 -msgid "Forums" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:167 -msgid "Events" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:169 -msgid "Job Positions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:172 -msgid "" -"When you create the record from the backend and publish it, typically a " -"product or an event, it is made available in all websites." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:176 -msgid "Publish a page in all websites" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:178 -msgid "" -"A new static page is created and only made available in the current website." -" You can duplicate it to other websites from :menuselection:`Website --> " -"Configuration --> Pages`. To do so, leave the *Website* field empty." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:182 -msgid "" -"If you want to duplicate it in just one other website, duplicate the page " -"and set the new website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:188 -msgid "" -"When you edit the page again, the change only affects the current website. A" -" new page is duplicated and tied up to the website. The original page still " -"being linked to all websites." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:193 -msgid "" -"By grouping pages by URL in the page manager, you quickly find the original " -"page behind each edited page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:200 -msgid "Multi-companies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:202 -msgid "" -"Each website can be linked to a specific company of your system, in a multi-" -"companies environment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:208 -msgid "" -"With such a configuration, only company-related data appear on the website " -"(products, jobs, events, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:211 -msgid "" -"Website editors can only view and edit the pages of the records they have " -"access to, typically the ones belonging to their current company (and to " -"their subsidiaries, or child companies in Odoo language). And so is it for " -"visitors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:217 -msgid "" -"If websites are multi-companies, you don’t change company when switching " -"websites. To change the company and see the related content, use the company" -" selector in the menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:223 -msgid "Configure your eCommerce website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:225 -msgid "" -"eCommerce is a crucial feature in the multi-websites environment. We made it" -" so that the entire flow can be customized to fit the very audience of each " -"website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:230 -msgid "Products only available on one website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:232 -msgid "" -"We already saw earlier how to publish a specific record in only one website." -" You will find the \\*Website\\* field in the eCommerce tab of the product " -"edit form. Empty means available in all websites." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:240 -msgid "Products available on *some* websites" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:242 -msgid "" -"To make a product available on some websites, but not all of them, you " -"should duplicate the product for each website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:245 -msgid "" -"If you need a unique reference to manage in your inventory, you should " -"install *Manufacturing\\ and create *Kits* BoMs (bills of materials). Each " -"kit will link each published “virtual” product to the main reference managed" -" in your inventory. That way, any item sold from your website will be " -"converted into the storable item in the delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:252 -msgid "Pricelists" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:254 -msgid "" -"To manage specific prices by websites, you can activate *Multiple Sales " -"Prices per Product* in Website settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:257 -msgid "" -"Then, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Products --> Pricelists` to create " -"additional pricelists. See " -":doc:`../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:260 -msgid "" -"If you need help. Select a website to make a pricelist only available on " -"this website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:266 -msgid "" -"Leaving the field empty means that you make it work in all websites if " -"*Selectable* is selected. Otherwise, it makes it only available for backend " -"operations of Sales and Point of Sale applications." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:271 -msgid "Payment Acquirers and Delivery Methods" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:273 -msgid "" -"By default, published payment acquirers and delivery methods are deployed in" -" all websites. You could already use specific payment acquirers per country " -"using Geo IP by defining countries in their configuration. Now you can also " -"do it per website by filling in the *Website* field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:279 -msgid "Customer accounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:281 -msgid "" -"There is a setting to choose how to manage customer accounts in Website " -"settings. You can either allow customers to use one account through all the " -"websites or compel them to create one account for each website. This last " -"option is convenient if your websites shouldn’t be related to each other in " -"the visitor mind." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:291 -msgid "Technical hints for customization" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:293 -msgid "" -"If you want to publish custom objects on the website, here are a few tips to" -" make it work with multi websites:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:297 -msgid "Sitemap: don’t forget the domain in the route to only publish" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:297 -msgid "available records in each website’s sitemap." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:301 -msgid "Access: you should call the method" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:300 -msgid "" -"*can_access_from_current_website* in the controller to make sure the visitor" -" can see a record in the current website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:305 -msgid "Search: when a list of records is displayed, don’t forget to specify" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:304 -msgid "the domain to only display records available for the current website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:3 -msgid "Geo IP installation (on-premises database)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:6 -msgid "Installation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Please note that the installation depends on your computer operating system " -"and distribution. We will assume here that a Linux operating system is used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:13 -msgid "Install `geoip2 <https://pypi.org/project/geoip2/>`__ Python library" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Download the `GeoLite2 City database " -"<https://dev.maxmind.com/geoip/geoip2/geolite2/>`_. You should end up with a" -" file called ``GeoLite2-City.mmdb``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:19 -msgid "Move the file to the folder ``/usr/share/GeoIP/``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:21 -msgid "Restart the server" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:23 -msgid "" -"If you can't/don't want to locate the geoip database in " -"``/usr/share/GeoIP/``, you can use the ``--geoip-db`` option of the Odoo " -"command line interface. This option takes the absolute path to the GeoIP " -"database file and will use it as the GeoIP database. For example:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:32 -msgid "" -"`CLI documentation " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/14.0/reference/cmdline.html>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:34 -msgid "" -"``GeoIP`` Python library can also be used. However this version is " -"discontinued since January 2019. See `GeoLite Legacy databases are now " -"discontinued <https://support.maxmind.com/geolite-legacy-discontinuation-" -"notice/>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:37 -msgid "How to test GeoIP geolocation in your Odoo website?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Go into your website. Open the web page on which you want to test ``GeoIP``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:39 -msgid "Choose :menuselection:`Customize --> HTML/CSS/JS Editor`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:40 -msgid "Add the following piece of XML in the page :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:46 -msgid "" -"You should end up with a dictionary indicating the location of the ip " -"address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:51 -msgid "" -"If the curly braces are empty ``{}``, it can be for any of the following " -"reason :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:53 -msgid "" -"The browsing IP address is the localhost (``127.0.0.1``) or a local area " -"network one (``192.168.*.*``)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:54 -msgid "" -"If a reversed proxy is used, make sure to configure it correctly. See " -"`--proxy-mode " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/14.0/reference/cmdline.html#cmdoption-" -"odoo-bin-proxy-mode>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:55 -msgid "``geoip2`` is not installed or the GeoIP database file wasn't found" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:56 -msgid "The GeoIP database was unable to resolve the given IP address" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:3 -msgid "How to translate my website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:6 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In addition to creating great modern websites, Odoo gives you the " -"possibility to translate it in different languages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:12 -msgid "Process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Once your website is created, you have the opportunity to translate it in as" -" many different languages as you want." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:17 -msgid "" -"There are two ways to translate your website, you can do it manually or " -"automatically with the Gengo App. If you want to do it automatically, go to " -"the **App** module and Install **Automated translations through Gengo Api** " -"and **Website Gengo Translator**. If you want to do it manually, don't " -"install anything, and follow the next step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Now go to your website. On the bottom right corner of the page, click on " -"**Add a language**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Choose the language in which you want to translate your website and then " -"click on **Load.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:35 -msgid "" -"You will see that Now, next to English there is also French, which means " -"that the page for the translation has been created. You can also see that " -"some of the text has been translated automatically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:42 -msgid "" -"To translate the content of the website, click on **Translate** (here " -"**Traduire** since we want to translate the website in French)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:45 -msgid "" -"There, if you have installed the Gengo Translator, You will see that next to" -" the **Translate** button you also have a button **Translate " -"automatically**. Once you click on that button, you will be asked some " -"information on your account. If you don't have an account yet, follow `this " -"link <https://gengo.com/auth/form/login/>`_ in order to create one. You need" -" to ask for a public key and a private key." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:53 -msgid "" -"The content you wish to translate will then be translated automatically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Now you can see that most of the content is highlighted in yellow or in " -"green. The yellow represents the content that you have to translate by " -"yourself. The green represents the content that has already been translated " -"automatically." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..61821c6cc --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po @@ -0,0 +1,3073 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Jérôme JEK <jek@odoo.com>, 2021 +# Thomas Neu <t.neu@runbox.com>, 2021 +# philku79 <philip.kuss@gmx.de>, 2021 +# e2f <projects@e2f.com>, 2021 +# Ralf Hilgenstock <rh@dialoge.info>, 2021 +# Martin Trigaux, 2021 +# Ermin Trevisan <trevi@twanda.com>, 2021 +# JackTheHunter <Maximilian.N98@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Chris Egal <sodaswed@web.de>, 2021 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-18 07:12+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-05-18 05:18+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Chris Egal <sodaswed@web.de>, 2021\n" +"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: de\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites.rst:3 +msgid "Websites" +msgstr "Websites" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce.rst:4 +msgid "eCommerce" +msgstr "eCommerce" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started.rst:3 +msgid "Get started" +msgstr "Beginnen" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:3 +msgid "How to customize my catalog page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:6 +msgid "Product Catalog" +msgstr "Produktkatalog" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:8 +msgid "" +"All your published items show up in your catalog page (or *Shop* page)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Most options are available in the *Customize* menu: display attributes, " +"website categories, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:20 +msgid "Highlight a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Boost the visibility of your star/promoted products: push them to top, make " +"them bigger, add a ribbon that you can edit (Sale, New, etc.). Open the Shop" +" page, switch to Edit mode and click any item to start customizing the grid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:26 +msgid "" +"See how to do it: " +"https://www.odoo.com/openerp_website/static/src/video/e-commerce/editing.mp4" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:29 +msgid "Quick add to cart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:31 +msgid "" +"If your customers buy a lot of items at once, make their process shorter by " +"enabling purchases from the catalog page. To do so, add product description " +"and add to cart button. Turn on the following options in *Customize* menu: " +"Product Description, Add to Cart, List View (to display product description " +"better)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:3 +msgid "How to build a product page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:5 +msgid "On the website click *New Page* in the top-right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:7 +msgid "Then click *New Product* and follow the blinking tips." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:12 +msgid "Here are the main elements of the Product page:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:17 +msgid "Many elements can be made visible from the *Customize* menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:22 +msgid "See how to configure your products from links here below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:26 +msgid ":doc:`../managing_products/variants`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:27 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/taxes`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:28 +msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/cross_selling`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:29 +msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/reviews`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:30 +msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:31 +msgid ":doc:`../../website/optimize/seo`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products.rst:3 +msgid "Manage my products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:3 +msgid "How to display several images per product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:5 +msgid "" +"By default your product web page displays the main image of your product " +"only. If you like to show your products under several angles, you can turn " +"the image into a carrousel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Check *Several images per product* in :menuselection:`Website Admin --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Open a product detail form and upload images from *Images* tab. Hit *Create*" +" in Edit mode to get the upload wizard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:19 +msgid "Such extra image are common to all the product variants (if any)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage product variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Product variants are used to offer variations of the same product to your " +"customers on the products page. For example, the customer chooses a T-shirt " +"and then selects its size and color. In the example below, the customer " +"chooses a phone, and then selects the memory; color and Wi-Fi band from the " +"available options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:15 +msgid "How to create attributes & variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Turn on *Products can have several attributes, defining variants (Example: " +"size, color,...)* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:20 +msgid "Select a product from the Products list, go to the *Variants* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Add as many attributes as you need from 3 different types: radio buttons, " +"drop-down menu or color buttons. You get several variants as soon as there " +"are 2 values for 1 attribute." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:30 +msgid "How to edit variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:32 +msgid "See all the variants from the product template detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:40 +msgid "You can edit following data:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:42 +msgid "Picture (will update in real time on the website)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:43 +msgid "Barcode," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:44 +msgid "Internal Reference (SKU #)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:45 +msgid "Volume," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:46 +msgid "Weight," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:47 +msgid "Active (available in quotes & website)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Both the Barcode and the Internal Reference are variant-specific. You need " +"to populate them once the variants generated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:54 +msgid "" +"See and edit all the variants from :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> " +"Product Variants` as well. This might be quicker if you manage lots of " +"variants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:58 +msgid "How to set specific prices per variant" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:60 +msgid "" +"You can also set a specific public price per variant by clicking *Variant " +"Prices* in the product detail form (action in top-left corner)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:66 +msgid "" +"The Price Extra is added to the product price whenever the corresponding " +"attribute value is selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Pricelist formulas let you set advanced price computation methods for " +"product variants. See :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:80 +msgid "How to disable/archive variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:82 +msgid "" +"You can disable/archive specific variants so that they are no longer " +"available in quotes & website (not existing in your stock, deprecated, " +"etc.). Simply uncheck *Active* in their detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To retrieve such archived items, hit *Archived* on searching the variants " +"list. You can reactivate them the same way." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue.rst:3 +msgid "Maximize my revenue" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:3 +msgid "How to sell accessories and optional products (cross-selling)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You sell computers. Why not stimulating your customers to buy a top-notch " +"screen or an extra-warranty? That's the goal of cross-selling " +"functionalities:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:8 +msgid "Accessory products on checkout page," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Optional products on a new *Add to Cart* screen (not installed by default)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:12 +msgid "Accessory products when checking out" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Accessories (e.g. for computers: mouse, keyboard) show up when the customer " +"reviews the cart before paying." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:20 +msgid "Select accessories in the *Sales* tab of the product detail page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:26 +msgid "" +"There is an algorithm to figure out the best accessories to display in case " +"several items are added to cart. If any item is the accessory of several " +"products added to cart, it is most likely that it will be atop the list of " +"suggested accessories." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:31 +msgid "Optional products when adding to cart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Optional products are directly related to the item added to cart (e.g. for " +"computers: warranty, OS software, extra components). Whenever the main " +"product is added to cart, such a new screen pops up as an extra step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:40 +msgid "To publish optional products:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Install *eCommerce Optional Products* addon in *Apps* menu. Remove the " +"default filter to search on addons as well, otherwise only main apps show " +"up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:48 +msgid "Select optional items from the *Sales* tab of the product detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The quantity of optional items added to cart is the same than the main item." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:3 +msgid "Adapt prices to website visitors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:5 +msgid "" +"This section sheds light on pricing features found in the eCommerce app:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:7 +msgid "force a price by geo-localization," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:9 +msgid "let the customer choose the currency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:11 +msgid "" +"As a pre-requisite, check out how to managing product pricing: " +":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:15 +msgid "Geo-IP automatically applies the right price" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Assign country groups to your pricelists. That way, visitors who aren't " +"logged in yet will get their own currency when landing on your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:20 +msgid "Once logged in, they get the pricelist matching their country." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:23 +msgid "Currency selector" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In the case that you sell in several currencies, you can let your customers " +"choose their own. Check the *Selectable* box to add the pricelist to the " +"website drop-down menu, which can be found in *Pricelists* under the " +"*Products* menu, located in the Website application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:35 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:36 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:37 +msgid ":doc:`promo_code`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:3 +msgid "How to create & share promotional codes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Want to boost your sales for Xmas? Share promocodes through your marketing " +"campaigns and apply any kind of discounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:18 +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "Einrichtung" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings` and choose *Advanced pricing based" +" on formula* for *Sale Price*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website Admin --> Catalog --> Pricelists` and create a" +" new pricelist with the discount rule (see :doc:`pricing`). Then enter a " +"code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Make the promocode field available on your *Shopping Cart* page (option in " +"*Customize* menu). Add a product to cart to reach it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Once turned on you see a new section on the right side. On clicking *Apply* " +"prices get automatically updated in the cart." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:33 +msgid "" +"The promocode used by the customer is stored in the system so you can " +"analyze the performance of your marketing campaigns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:39 +msgid "Show sales per pricelists..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:43 +msgid ":doc:`pricing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:3 +msgid "How to enable comments & rating" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Publishing and monitoring customer experience will help you gain the trust " +"of new customers and better engage with your community. In 2 clicks, allow " +"your customer to share their feedback!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Activate comments & rating from the *Customize* menu of the product web " +"page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Visitors must log in to share their comments. Make sure they are able to do " +"so (see Portal documentation)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:25 +msgid "Review the posts in real time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Whenever a post is published, the product manager and all the product " +"followers get notified in their Inbox (*Discuss* menu)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:34 +msgid "" +"By default the user who created the product is automatically set as " +"follower." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Click the product name to open the detail form and review the comment (in " +"the product discussion thread)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:43 +msgid "Moderate & unpublish" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:45 +msgid "" +"You can easily moderate by using the chatter, either in the product detail " +"form or on the web page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To unpublish the post, open the product web page and click the *Published* " +"button to turn it red (*Unpublished*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:56 +msgid "..tip::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:55 +msgid "" +"You can access the web page from the detail form by clicking the *Published*" +" smart button (and vice versa)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:3 +msgid "How to sell pricier alternative products (upselling)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In order to maximize your revenue, suggesting pricier alternative products " +"is strongly advised for basic items. That way, your customer will spend more" +" time browsing your catalog." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:12 +msgid "To do so:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Select such *Alternative Products* in the *Sales* tab of the product detail " +"form. 3 alternatives are fine! Don't publish too many otherwise your " +"customers will be confused." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Turn on *Alternative Products* from the *Customize* menu of the product web " +"page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/publish.rst:3 +msgid "Launch my website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience.rst:3 +msgid "Get paid" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:3 +msgid "Manage orders paid with Payment Acquirers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The moment a payment is officially authorized by a Payment Acquirer, Odoo " +"*automatically* confirms the order, which triggers the delivery. And, if you" +" invoice based on ordered quantities, you are requested to invoice the " +"order, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Let’s take a closer look at how to manage orders paid with Payment " +"Acquirers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:12 +msgid "Checking the status of a payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To check the status of a payment, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Orders " +"--> Orders`. Then, simply click on the order you wish to check on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Once you are on the Sales Order page, you will find the payment is confirmed" +" with an automatic note in the *Chatter*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If the user decides to create an invoice, the payment is directly " +"reconciled. This note in the *Chatter* includes a link to the Payment entry," +" which contains various details about the transaction, along with a link to " +"the related Journal Entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Specific messages are provided to your customers for every payment status " +"whenever they are redirected to Odoo after the transaction. To edit these " +"messages, go to the *Messages* tab of the payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:38 +msgid "Automatically generate invoices at order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:40 +msgid "" +"When the order is confirmed, you can also choose to have an invoice " +"automatically issued and paid. This fully-automated feature is designed for " +"businesses that invoice orders right away." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:47 +msgid "To do automatically generate invoices at order:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Invoicing`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Then, under the **Invoicing Policy** option, select *Invoice what is " +"ordered*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:47 +msgid "Then activate *Automatic Invoices* and *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:54 +msgid "Capture payment after the delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:56 +msgid "" +"If the acquirer handling the payment is configured to capture amounts " +"manually, the order is confirmed, but the amount is kept on hold. Once the " +"delivery is processed, you can capture the payment from the related Sales " +"Order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:61 +msgid ":doc:`../../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:62 +msgid "" +":ref:`Payment Acquirers: Place a hold on a card " +"<payment_acquirers/capture_amount>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:3 +msgid "How customers can access their customer account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:5 +msgid "" +"It has never been so easy for your customers to access their customer " +"account. Forget endless signup forms, Odoo makes it as easy as ABC. They are" +" suggested to sign up (name, email, password) when the order is placed, and " +"not before. Indeed, nothing is more annoying than going through a signup " +"process before buying something." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:14 +msgid "Sign up" +msgstr "Registrieren" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The invitation to sign up shows up when the customer wants to visualize the " +"order from order confirmation email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:23 +msgid "Customer account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Once logged in the customer will access the account by clicking *My Account*" +" in the login dropdown menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:31 +msgid "" +"THere they find all their history. The main address (billing) can also be " +"modified." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:37 +msgid "" +"If the customer is set as a contact of a company in your address book, they " +"will see all the documents whose the customer belongs to this company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/taxes.rst:3 +msgid "Collect taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:4 +msgid "Live Chat" +msgstr "Live-Chat" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:6 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Übersicht" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:3 +msgid "Get Started with Live Chat" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Live Chat has the highest satisfaction rating of any communication tool. It " +"allows fast responses and it is accessible and convenient, as your customers" +" can keep doing what they are doing while interacting with you. Remember: " +"your customers want to talk to you, so let's make it easy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:10 +msgid "Set up" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Once *Live Chat* is installed on your database, if your website was created " +"with Odoo, the application is automatically added to it. All that is left to" +" do is to go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> " +"Live Chat`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Select the channel to be linked to your website or create one on the fly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:27 +msgid "For both scenarios, under:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:30 +msgid "" +"- **Operators**: add agents to respond to the chat requests. Add as many as " +"you like, and keep in mind that operators that do not show any activity in " +"Odoo for more than 30min are considered disconnected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:33 +msgid "" +"- **Options**: set the default text to be shown on the live chat button; an " +"automated welcome message to be seen by visitors when a conversation is " +"initiated, and the text that prompts the user to initiate a chat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:36 +msgid "" +"- **Channel Rules**: choose an action for a given URL, and/or per country. " +"In the example below, the chat window automatically pops-up 3 seconds after " +"users (from any country) land on the contact us page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:43 +msgid "" +"GeoIP, which refers to the process of finding a computer terminal’s " +"geographical location by its IP address, must be installed on your server. " +"Otherwise, under *Channel Rules*, countries are not taken into account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:48 +msgid "External options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If your website was not created with Odoo, you can find the code to be added" +" to your own, under the *Widget* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Odoo also offers an URL you can send to users so they can have access to a " +"single live chat page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:59 +msgid "Managing chat requests" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Conversations initiated by visitors pop up as a direct message, and are " +"shown in *Discuss*. Therefore, inquiries can be answered wherever you are in" +" Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Conversations are dispatched based on the current workload of the online " +"operators." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:72 +msgid "Leave or join a channel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, access your " +"channel under *Live Chat*, and *Join Channel* or *Leave Channel*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:48 +msgid ":doc:`ratings`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:45 +msgid ":doc:`responses`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:3 +msgid "Ratings" +msgstr "Bewertungen" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Giving users the opportunity to rate their interactions can help you " +"improving the experience you offer. That means staying on top of your " +"customers' needs, besides keeping track of your operators’ performances." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:10 +msgid "Customer Rating" +msgstr "Kundenbewertung" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Once the user chooses to close the chat window, he can rate his interaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If the user is *Not satisfied* or *Highly dissatisfied*, a field allowing " +"for an explanation is shown." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:15 +msgid "A copy of the conversation can also be sent by email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:22 +msgid "The rating is shown on the chat window itself for the operator." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:28 +msgid "And under :menuselection:`Report --> Customer Ratings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:35 +msgid "Make the rating public" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, access your " +"channel form, click on *Go to Website* and on *Unpublished*, to publish the " +"rating of that channel on your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:3 +msgid "Commands and Canned Responses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Using canned responses can help you save time and have a previous, well-" +"thought response, to some of your most common questions and comments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:9 +msgid "Use commands" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Commands are shortcuts that do specific actions within the chat window:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:13 +msgid "**/help**: shows a help message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:14 +msgid "**/helpdesk**: creates a helpdesk ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:15 +msgid "**/helpdesk_search**: searches for a helpdesk ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:16 +msgid "**/history**: shows the last 15 visited pages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:17 +msgid "**/lead**: creates a new lead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:18 +msgid "**/leave**: leaves the channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:0 +msgid "" +"- For *helpdesk tickets*: make sure the application is installed on your " +"database and the option *Live Chat* under :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> " +"Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` is enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:0 +msgid "" +"- For *leads*: the *CRM* application must be installed on your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To access the ticket or lead created from the chat, click on the shortcut " +"link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Helpdesk tickets created from the chat automatically add the conversation as" +" a description of the ticket. The same goes for the creation of a lead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:37 +msgid "Send canned responses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Canned responses allow you to have a full piece of text being placed when " +"you type a shortcut word. To create them, go to :menuselection:`Live Chat " +"--> Configuration --> Canned Responses`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To use them during a conversation, simply type **:** followed by the " +"shortcut word you created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website.rst:4 +msgid "Website" +msgstr "Website" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize.rst:3 +msgid "Optimize" +msgstr "Optimieren" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:3 +msgid "How to track your website's traffic in Google Analytics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:5 +msgid "To follow your website's traffic with Google Analytics:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:7 +msgid "" +"`Create a Google Analytics account <https://www.google.com/analytics/>`__ if" +" you don't have any." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Go through the creation form and accept the conditions to get the tracking " +"ID." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:15 +msgid "Copy the tracking ID to insert it in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Go to the *Configuration* menu of your Odoo's Website app. In the settings, " +"turn on Google Analytics and paste the tracking ID. Then save the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To make your first steps in Google Analytics, refer to `Google Documentation" +" <https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/1008015?hl=en/>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:32 +msgid ":doc:`google_analytics_dashboard`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:3 +msgid "How to track your website traffic from your Odoo Dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You can follow your traffic statistics straight from your Odoo Website " +"Dashboard thanks to Google Analytics." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:8 +msgid "" +"A preliminary step is creating a Google Analytics account and entering the " +"tracking ID in your Website's settings (see :doc:`google_analytics`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to `Google APIs platform <https://console.developers.google.com>`__ to " +"generate Analytics API credentials. Log in with your Google account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:14 +msgid "Select Analytics API." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Create a new project and give it a name (e.g. Odoo). This project is needed " +"to store your API credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:25 +msgid "Enable the API." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:30 +msgid "Create credentials to use in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Select *Web browser (Javascript)* as calling source and *User data* as kind " +"of data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Then you can create a Client ID. Enter the name of the application (e.g. " +"Odoo) and the allowed pages on which you will be redirected. The *Authorized" +" JavaScript origin* is your Odoo's instance URL. The *Authorized redirect " +"URI* is your Odoo's instance URL followed by " +"'/google_account/authentication'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Go through the Consent Screen step by entering a product name (e.g. Google " +"Analytics in Odoo). Feel free to check the customizations options but this " +"is not mandatory. The Consent Screen will only show up when you enter the " +"Client ID in Odoo for the first time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Finally you are provided with your Client ID. Copy and paste it in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Open your Website Dashboard in Odoo and link your Analytics account to past " +"your Client ID." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:67 +msgid "As a last step, authorize Odoo to access Google API." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:3 +msgid "Track clicks and visitors using Link Trackers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Link Trackers allow you to track your marketing campaigns (emails, banner " +"ads, blog posts, social media posts, affiliate links, etc.). This way, you " +"are able to identify your best traffic sources and make informed decisions " +"about the distribution of your marketing budget." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:10 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Konfiguration" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate " +"*Link Trackers*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:19 +msgid "Set up traceable URLs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Go to website --> Promote --> Track this " +"page`. Here, you are able to get a specific tracked URL based on the " +"campaign, medium, and source being used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:28 +msgid "" +"**URL**: url of the page you want to track (e.g. the home page or a " +"product's page)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:29 +msgid "**Campaign**: context of your link (e.g. a special promotion)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:30 +msgid "" +"**Medium**: channel used to share (deliver) your link (e.g. an email or a " +"Facebook ad)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:31 +msgid "" +"**Source**: platform where the traffic originates (e.g. Google or Twitter)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Now, click on *Get tracked link* to generate a URL that you can post or send" +" by the source you have decided on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:37 +msgid "Follow-up on tracked links" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To look at statistics of your links, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Go to" +" website --> Promote --> Track this page`. Besides being able to see the " +"*Most Clicked* and *Recently Used* links, you can also see complete " +"statistics by clicking on *Stats*, including the number of clicks, and the " +"country of origin for those clicks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:50 +msgid "You can also access the link tracker on *odoo.com/r* via your browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Activate the developer mode (:menuselection:`Settings --> Activate the " +"developer mode`) and get access to the *Link Tracker* module and its back-" +"end functionalities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Integrated with :doc:`Google Analytics <google_analytics>`, those trackers " +"allow you to see the number of clicks and visitors to keep you on top of " +"your marketing campaigns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The integration with the :doc:`CRM " +"</applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits>` application allows " +"you to understand where your leads and opportunities are coming from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:3 +msgid "How to do Search Engine Optimisation (SEO) in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Search Engine Optimization (SEO) is a set of good practices to optimize your" +" website so that you get a better ranking in search engines like Google. In " +"short, a good SEO allows you to get more visitors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Some examples of SEO rules: your web pages should load fast, your page " +"should have one and only one title ``<h1>``, meta tags (alt-tag, title-tag) " +"should be consistent with the content, your website should have a " +"``/sitemap.xml`` file, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To guarantee Odoo Website and Odoo eCommerce users have a great SEO, Odoo " +"abstracts all the technical complexities of SEO and handles everything for " +"you, in the best possible way. This will be explained here below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:20 +msgid "" +"But first, let see how you can easily boost your ranking by finetuning the " +"content and the meta tags of your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:24 +msgid "Meta Tags" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:27 +msgid "Title, Description" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Every web page should define the ``<title>`` and ``<description>`` meta " +"data. These information elements are used by search engines to promote your " +"website. They are automatically generated based on page title & content, but" +" you can finetune them. Make sure they fit the content of the page, " +"otherwise you will be downgraded by search engines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:39 +msgid "Keywords" +msgstr "Schlüsselworter" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In order to write quality content and boost your traffic, Odoo provides a " +"``<keyword>`` finder. Those keywords are the searches you want to head " +"towards your website. For each keyword, you see how it is used in the " +"content (H1, H2, page title, page description, page content) and what are " +"the related searches in Google. The more keywords are used the better." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If your website is in multiple languages, you can use the Promote tool for " +"every language of a single page and set specific title, description and " +"search tags." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:55 +msgid "Content is King" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:57 +msgid "" +"When it comes to SEO, content is usually king. Odoo provides several modules" +" to help you build your website content:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:60 +msgid "**Odoo Blogs**: write great contents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:62 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Slides**: publish all your Powerpoint or PDF presentations. Their " +"content is automatically indexed on the web page. Example: `odoo.com/slides" +"/public-channel-1 <https://www.odoo.com/slides/public-channel-1>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:66 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Forum**: let your community create contents for you. Example: " +"`odoo.com/forum/1 <https://odoo.com/forum/1>`_ (accounts for 30% of Odoo.com" +" landing pages)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:70 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Mailing List Archive**: publish mailing list archives on your " +"website. Example: `odoo.com/groups/community-59 " +"<https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59>`_ (1000 pages created per month)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:76 +msgid "" +"The 404 page is a regular page, that you can edit like any other page in " +"Odoo. That way, you can build a great 404 page to redirect to the top " +"content of your website when visitors get lost in invalid URLs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:81 +msgid "Use Social Networks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Social media is built for mass sharing. If lots of people share your content" +" on social media, then it's likely more people will link to it, and links " +"are a huge factor for SEO ranking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:87 +msgid "Odoo embeds several tools to share content through social media:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:90 +msgid "Social Network" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows to link all your social network accounts in your website footer." +" All you have to do is to refer all your accounts in your company settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:99 +msgid "Social Share" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Drop the building block *Share* on any page you want your visitors to share." +" By clicking the icon, they are prompted to share the page in their social " +"media wall." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Most social media use a picture of the picture to decorate the share post. " +"Odoo uses the website logo by default but you can choose any other image of " +"your page in the Promote tool." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:116 +msgid "Facebook Page" +msgstr "Facebook-Seite" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Drop the building block *Facebook Page* to display a widget of your Facebook" +" business page and encourage visitors to follow it. You can display the " +"timeline, the next events and the messages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:123 +msgid "Twitter Scroller" +msgstr "Twitter Scroller" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:125 +msgid "" +"Display the Twitter feeds with customer satifaction on your website. This " +"will increase the number of tweets and shares." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:129 +msgid "Test Your Website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:131 +msgid "" +"You can compare how your website rank, in terms of SEO, against Odoo using " +"WooRank free services: `woorank.com <https://www.woorank.com>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:136 +msgid "URLs Handling" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:138 +msgid "This section sheds some light on how Odoo makes URLs SEO-friendly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:141 +msgid "URLs Structure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:143 +msgid "A typical Odoo URL will look like this:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:145 +msgid "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/my-great-product-31" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:147 +msgid "With the following components:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:149 +msgid "**https://** = Protocol" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:151 +msgid "**www.mysite.com** = your domain name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:153 +msgid "" +"**/fr\\_FR** = page language. This part of the URL is removed if the visitor" +" browses the main language of the website Thus, the main version of this " +"page is: https://www.mysite.com/shop/product/my-great-product-31" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:158 +msgid "" +"**/shop/product** = every module defines its own namespace (/shop is for the" +" catalog of the eCommerce module, /shop/product is for a product page)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:162 +msgid "" +"**my-great-product** = by default, this is the slugified title of the " +"product this page refers to. But you can customize it for SEO purposes. A " +"product named \"Pain carré\" will be slugified to \"pain-carre\". Depending " +"on the namespace, this could be different objects (blog post, page title, " +"forum post, forum comment, product category, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:169 +msgid "**-31** = the unique ID of the product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:171 +msgid "" +"Note that any dynamic component of an URL can be reduced to its ID. As an " +"example, the following URLs all do a 301 redirect to the above URL:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:174 +msgid "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (short version)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:176 +msgid "http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (even shorter version)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:178 +msgid "" +"http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/other-product-name-31 (old product " +"name)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:181 +msgid "" +"Some URLs have several dynamic parts, like this one (a blog category and a " +"post):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:184 +msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/company-news-5/post/the-odoo-story-56" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:186 +msgid "In the above example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:188 +msgid "*Company News* is the title of the blog" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:190 +msgid "*The Odoo Story* is the title of a specific blog post" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:192 +msgid "" +"When an Odoo page has a pager, the page number is set directly in the URL " +"(does not have a GET argument). This allows every page to be indexed by " +"search engines. Example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:196 +msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/page/3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:199 +msgid "Changes in URLs & Titles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:201 +msgid "" +"When the URL of a page changes (e.g. a more SEO friendly version of your " +"product name), you don't have to worry about updating all links:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:204 +msgid "Odoo will automatically update all its links to the new URL." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:206 +msgid "" +"If external websites still points to the old URL, a 301 redirect will be " +"done to route visitors to the new address of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:209 +msgid "As an example, this URL:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:211 +msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/old-product-name-31" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:213 +msgid "Will automatically redirect to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:215 +msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/new-and-better-product-name-31" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:217 +msgid "" +"In short, just change the title of a blog post or the name of a product, and" +" the changes will apply automatically everywhere in your website. The old " +"link still functions when used by external websites, via a 301 redirect, " +"maintaining the SEO link juice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:223 +msgid "HTTPS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:225 +msgid "" +"Search engines boost ranking of secure HTTPS/SSL websites. So, by default " +"all Odoo Online instances are fully based on HTTPS. If the visitor accesses " +"your website through a non HTTPS url, it gets a 301 redirect to its HTTPS " +"equivalent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:231 +msgid "Links: Nofollow Strategy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:233 +msgid "" +"The more a page is linked from external and quality websites, the better it " +"is for your SEO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:236 +msgid "Here are Odoo strategies to manage links:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:238 +msgid "" +"Every link you add to your website is \"dofollow\", which means that this " +"link will contribute to the SEO Juice for the linked page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:242 +msgid "" +"Every link posted by a contributor (forum post, blog comment, etc.) that " +"links to your own website is \"dofollow\" too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:245 +msgid "" +"But every link posted by a contributor that links to an external website is " +"\"nofollow\". In that way, you do not run the risk of people posting links " +"on your website to third-party websites which have a bad reputation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:250 +msgid "" +"Note that, when using the forum, contributors having a lot of Karma can be " +"trusted. In such case, their links will not have any ``rel=\"nofollow\"`` " +"attribute." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:255 +msgid "Multi-Language Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:258 +msgid "Multi-Language URLs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:260 +msgid "" +"If you run a website in multiple languages, the same content will be " +"available in different URLs, depending on the language used:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:263 +msgid "" +"https://www.mywebsite.com/shop/product/my-product-1 (main language, English " +"here)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:265 +msgid "" +"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1 (French " +"version)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:267 +msgid "" +"In this example, fr\\_FR is the language of the page. You can even have " +"several variations of the same language: pt\\_BR (Portuguese from Brazil) , " +"pt\\_PT (Portuguese from Portugal)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:272 +msgid "Language Annotation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:274 +msgid "" +"To let search engines know that the second URL is the French translation of " +"the first URL, Odoo will add an HTML link element in the header. In the HTML" +" <head> section of the main version, Odoo automatically adds a link element " +"pointing to the translated versions of that webpage;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:279 +msgid "" +"<link rel=\"alternate\" hreflang=\"fr\" " +"href=\"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1\"/>" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:282 +msgid "With this approach:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:284 +msgid "" +"Search engines will redirect to the right language according to the visitor " +"language." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:287 +msgid "" +"You do not get penalized by search engines if your page is not translated " +"yet. Indeed, it's not a duplicated content, but a different version of the " +"same content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:292 +msgid "Language Detection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:294 +msgid "" +"When a visitor lands for the first time on your website (e.g. " +"yourwebsite.com/shop), they may automatically be redirected to a translated " +"version according to their browser language preference (e.g. " +"yourwebsite.com/fr\\_FR/shop)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:299 +msgid "" +"Next time, it keeps a cookie of the current language to avoid any " +"redirection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:302 +msgid "" +"To force a visitor to stick to the default language, you can use the code of" +" the default language in your link, example: yourwebsite.com/en\\_US/shop. " +"This will always land visitors to the English version of the page, without " +"using the browser language preferences." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:309 +msgid "Page Speed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:312 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "Überblick" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:314 +msgid "" +"The time to load a page is an important criteria for search engines. A " +"faster website not only improves your visitor's experience, but gives you a " +"better page ranking. Some studies have shown that, if you divide the time to" +" load your pages by two (e.g. 2 seconds instead of 4 seconds), the visitor " +"abandonment rate is also divided by two. (25% to 12.5%). One extra second to" +" load a page could `cost $1.6b to Amazon in sales " +"<http://www.fastcompany.com/1825005/how-one-second-could-cost-amazon-16" +"-billion-sales>`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:325 +msgid "" +"Fortunately, Odoo does all the magic for you. Below, you will find the " +"tricks Odoo uses to speed up your page loading time. You can compare how " +"your website ranks using these two tools:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:329 +msgid "" +"`Google Page Speed " +"<https://developers.google.com/speed/pagespeed/insights/>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:331 +msgid "`Pingdom Website Speed Test <http://tools.pingdom.com/fpt/>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:334 +msgid "Images" +msgstr "Bilder" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:336 +msgid "" +"When you upload new images, Odoo automatically compresses them to reduce " +"their sizes (lossless compression for .PNG and .GIF and lossy compression " +"for .JPG)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:340 +msgid "" +"From the upload button, you have the option to keep the original image " +"unmodified if you prefer to optimize the quality of the image rather than " +"performance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:348 +msgid "" +"Odoo compresses images when they are uploaded to your website, not when " +"requested by the visitor. Thus, it's possible that, if you use a third-party" +" theme, it will provide images that are not compressed efficiently. But all " +"images used in Odoo official themes have been compressed by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:354 +msgid "" +"When you click on an image, Odoo shows you the Alt and title attributes of " +"the ``<img>`` tag. You can click on it to set your own title and Alt " +"attributes for the image." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:361 +msgid "When you click on this link, the following window will appear:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:366 +msgid "" +"Odoo's pictograms are implemented using a font (`Font Awesome " +"<https://fortawesome.github.io/Font-Awesome/icons/>`__ in most Odoo themes)." +" Thus, you can use as many pictograms as you want in your page, they will " +"not result in extra requests to load the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:375 +msgid "Static Resources: CSS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:377 +msgid "" +"All CSS files are pre-processed, concatenated, minified, compressed and " +"cached (server-side and browser-side). The result:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:380 +msgid "only one CSS file request is needed to load a page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:382 +msgid "" +"this CSS file is shared and cached amongst pages, so that when the visitor " +"clicks on another page, the browser doesn't have to even load a single CSS " +"resource." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:386 +msgid "this CSS file is optimized to be small" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:388 +msgid "" +"**Pre-processed:** The CSS framework used by Odoo is Bootstrap. Although a " +"theme might use another framework, most of `Odoo themes " +"<https://www.odoo.com/apps/themes>`__ extend and customize Bootstrap " +"directly. Since Odoo supports Less and Sass, you can modify CSS rules " +"instead of overwriting them through extra CSS lines, resulting in a smaller " +"file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:395 +msgid "" +"**Concatenated:** every module or library you might use in Odoo has its own " +"set of CSS, Less or Sass files (eCommerce, blogs, themes, etc.). Having " +"several CSS files is great for the modularity, but not good for the " +"performance because most browsers can only perform 6 requests in parallel " +"resulting in lots of files loaded in series. The latency time to transfer a " +"file is usually much longer than the actual data transfer time, for small " +"files like .JS and .CSS. Thus, the time to load CSS resources depends more " +"on the number of requests to be done than the actual file size." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:405 +msgid "" +"To address this issue, all CSS / Less / Sass files are concatenated into a " +"single .CSS file to send to the browser. So a visitor has **only one .CSS " +"file to load** per page, which is particularly efficient. As the CSS is " +"shared amongst all pages, when the visitor clicks on another page, the " +"browser does not even have to load a new CSS file!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:412 +msgid "**Both files in the <head>**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:412 +msgid "**What the visitor gets (only one file)**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:414 +msgid "/\\* From bootstrap.css \\*/" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:414 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:415 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:421 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:447 +msgid ".text-muted {" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:415 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:422 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:448 +msgid "color: #666;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:416 +msgid "color: #777;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:416 +msgid "background: yellow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:417 +msgid "background: yellow;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:417 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:418 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:423 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:449 +msgid "}" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:420 +msgid "/\\* From my-theme.css \\*/" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:426 +msgid "" +"The CSS sent by Odoo includes all CSS / Less / Sass of all pages / modules. " +"By doing this, additional page views from the same visitor will not have to " +"load CSS files at all. But some modules might include huge CSS/Javascript " +"resources that you do not want to prefetch at the first page because they " +"are too big. In this case, Odoo splits this resource into a second bundle " +"that is loaded only when the page using it is requested. An example of this " +"is the backend that is only loaded when the visitor logs in and accesses the" +" backend (/web)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:436 +msgid "" +"If the CSS file is very big, Odoo will split it into two smaller files to " +"avoid the 4095 selectors limit per sheet of Internet Explorer. But most " +"themes fit below this limit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:440 +msgid "" +"**Minified:** After being pre-processed and concatenated, the resulting CSS " +"is minified to reduce its size." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:444 +msgid "**Before minification**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:444 +msgid "**After minification**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:446 +msgid "/\\* some comments \\*/" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:446 +msgid ".text-muted {color: #666}" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:452 +msgid "" +"The final result is then compressed, before being delivered to the browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:455 +msgid "" +"Then, a cached version is stored server-side (so we do not have to pre-" +"process, concatenate, minify at every request) and browser-side (so the same" +" visitor will load the CSS only once for all pages they visit)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:461 +msgid "Static Resources: Javascript" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:463 +msgid "" +"As with CSS resources, Javascript resources are also concatenated, minified," +" compressed and cached (server-side and browser-side)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:466 +msgid "Odoo creates three Javascript bundles:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:468 +msgid "" +"One for all pages of the website (including code for parallax effects, form " +"validation, etc.)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:471 +msgid "" +"One for common Javascript code shared among frontend and backend (Bootstrap)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:474 +msgid "" +"One for backend specific Javascript code (Odoo Web Client interface for your" +" employees using Odoo)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:477 +msgid "" +"Most visitors of your website will only need the first two bundles, " +"resulting in a maximum of two Javascript files to load to render one page. " +"As these files are shared across all pages, further clicks by the same " +"visitor will not load any other Javascript resource." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:483 +msgid "" +"If you work on :doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>`," +" the CSS and Javascript are neither concatenated, nor minified. Thus, it's " +"much slower. But it allows you to easily debug with the Chrome debugger as " +"CSS and Javascript resources are not transformed from their original " +"versions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:489 +msgid "CDN" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:491 +msgid "" +"If you activate the CDN feature in Odoo, static resources (Javascript, CSS, " +"images) are loaded from a Content Delivery Network. Using a Content Delivery" +" Network has three advantages:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:495 +msgid "" +"Load resources from a nearby server (most CDN have servers in main countries" +" around the globe)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:498 +msgid "" +"Cache resources efficiently (no computation resources usage on your own " +"server)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:501 +msgid "" +"Split the resource loading on different services allowing to load more " +"resources in parallel (since the Chrome limit of 6 parallel requests is by " +"domain)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:505 +msgid "" +"You can configure your CDN options from the **Website Admin** app, using the" +" Configuration menu. Here is an example of configuration you can use:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:512 +msgid "HTML Pages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:514 +msgid "" +"The HTML pages can be compressed, but this is usually handled by your web " +"server (NGINX or Apache)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:517 +msgid "" +"The Odoo Website builder has been optimized to guarantee clean and short " +"HTML code. Building blocks have been developed to produce clean HTML code, " +"usually using Bootstrap and the HTML editor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:521 +msgid "" +"As an example, if you use the color picker to change the color of a " +"paragraph to the primary color of your website, Odoo will produce the " +"following code:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:525 +msgid "``<p class=\"text-primary\">My Text</p>``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:527 +msgid "" +"Whereas most HTML editors (such as CKEditor) will produce the following " +"code:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:530 +msgid "``<p style=\"color: #AB0201\">My Text</p>``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:533 +msgid "Responsive Design" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:535 +msgid "" +"Websites that are not mobile-friendly are negatively impacted in search " +"engine rankings. All Odoo themes rely on Bootstrap to render efficiently " +"according to the device: desktop, tablet or mobile." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:542 +msgid "" +"As all Odoo modules share the same technology, absolutely all pages in your " +"website are mobile friendly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:546 +msgid "Browser Caching" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:548 +msgid "" +"Javascript, images and CSS resources have an URL that changes dynamically " +"when their content change. As an example, all CSS files are loaded through " +"this URL: `localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets\\_common.0.css " +"<http://localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets_common.0.css>`__. " +"The ``457-0da1d9d`` part of this URL will change if you modify the CSS of " +"your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:555 +msgid "" +"This allows Odoo to set a very long cache delay (XXX) on these resources: " +"XXX secs, while being updated instantly if you update the resource." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:560 +msgid "Scalability" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:562 +msgid "" +"In addition to being fast, Odoo is also more scalable than traditional CMS " +"and eCommerce (Drupal, Wordpress, Magento, Prestashop). The following link " +"provides an analysis of the major open source CMS and eCommerce compared to " +"Odoo when it comes to high query volumes: " +"`https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/197 <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide" +"/odoo-cms-performance-comparison-and-optimisation-197>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:569 +msgid "Todo" +msgstr "Zu erledigen" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:569 +msgid "fix above link" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:571 +msgid "" +"Here is the slide that summarizes the scalability of Odoo Website & " +"eCommerce." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:577 +msgid "Search Engines Files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:580 +msgid "Sitemap" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:582 +msgid "" +"The sitemap points out pages to index to search engine robots. Odoo " +"generates a ``/sitemap.xml`` file automatically for you. For performance " +"reasons, this file is cached and updated every 12 hours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:586 +msgid "" +"By default, all URLs will be in a single ``/sitemap.xml`` file, but if you " +"have a lot of pages, Odoo will automatically create a Sitemap Index file, " +"respecting the `sitemaps.org protocol " +"<http://www.sitemaps.org/protocol.html>`__ grouping sitemap URL's in 45000 " +"chunks per file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:592 +msgid "Every sitemap entry has 4 attributes that are computed automatically:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:594 +msgid "``<loc>`` : the URL of a page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:596 +msgid "" +"``<lastmod>`` : last modification date of the resource, computed " +"automatically based on related object. For a page related to a product, this" +" could be the last modification date of the product or the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:601 +msgid "" +"``<priority>`` : modules may implement their own priority algorithm based on" +" their content (example: a forum might assign a priority based on the number" +" of votes on a specific post). The priority of a static page is defined by " +"it's priority field, which is normalized (16 is the default)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:608 +msgid "Structured Data Markup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:610 +msgid "" +"Structured Data Markup is used to generate Rich Snippets in search engine " +"results. It is a way for website owners to send structured data to search " +"engine robots; helping them understand your content and create well-" +"presented search results." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:615 +msgid "" +"Google supports a number of rich snippets for content types, including: " +"Reviews, People, Products, Businesses, Events and Organizations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:618 +msgid "" +"Odoo implements micro data as defined in the `schema.org " +"<http://schema.org>`__ specification for events, eCommerce products, forum " +"posts and contact addresses. This allows your product pages to be displayed " +"in Google using extra information like the price and rating of a product:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:628 +msgid "robots.txt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:630 +msgid "" +"When indexing your website, search engines take a first look at the general " +"indexing rules of the a``/robots.txt`` file (allowed robots, sitemap path, " +"etc.). Odoo automatically creates it. Its content is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:634 +msgid "User-agent: \\* Sitemap: https://www.odoo.com/sitemap.xml" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:637 +msgid "" +"It means that all robots are allowed to index your website and there is no " +"other indexing rule than specified in the sitemap to be found at following " +"address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:641 +msgid "" +"You can customize the file *robots* in :doc:`Developer mode " +"</applications/general/developer_mode>` from *Settings --> Technical --> " +"User Interface --> Views* (exclude robots, exclude some pages, redirect to a" +" custom Sitemap). Make the Model Data of the view *Non Updatable* to not " +"reset the file after system upgrades." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish.rst:3 +msgid "Publish" +msgstr "Veröffentlichen" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:3 +msgid "How to use my own domain name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:5 +msgid "" +"By default, your Odoo Online instance and website have a *.odoo.com* domain " +"name, for both the URL and the emails. But you can change to a custom one " +"(e.g. www.yourcompany.com)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:10 +msgid "What is a good domain name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Your website address is as important to your branding as the name of your " +"business or organization, so put some thought into changing it for a proper " +"domain. Here are some tips:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:15 +msgid "Simple and obvious" +msgstr "Einfach und naheliegend" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:16 +msgid "Easy to remember and spell" +msgstr "Einfach zu merken und zu buchstabieren" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:17 +msgid "The shorter the better" +msgstr "Je kürzer, desto besser" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:18 +msgid "Avoid special characters" +msgstr "Möglichst keine Spezialzeichen" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:19 +msgid "Aim for a .com and/or your country extension" +msgstr "" +"Suchen Sie nach einer Domain mit .com und/oder Ihrer Landeserweiterung" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Read more: `How to Choose a Domain Name for Maximum SEO " +"<https://www.searchenginejournal.com/choose-a-domain-name-maximum-" +"seo/158951/>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:24 +msgid "How to buy a domain name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:25 +msgid "Buy your domain name at a popular registrar:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:27 +msgid "`GoDaddy <https://www.godaddy.com>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:28 +msgid "`Namecheap <https://www.namecheap.com>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:29 +msgid "`OVH <https://www.ovh.com>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Steps to buy a domain name are pretty much straight forward. In case of " +"issue, check out those easy tutorials:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:34 +msgid "`GoDaddy <https://roadtoblogging.com/buy-domain-name-from-godaddy>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:35 +msgid "" +"`Namecheap <https://www.loudtips.com/buy-domain-name-hosting-namecheap//>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Feel free to buy an email server to have email addresses using your domain " +"name. However don't buy any extra service to create or host your website. " +"This is Odoo's job!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:45 +msgid "How to apply my domain name to my Odoo instance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:46 +msgid "" +"First let's authorize the redirection (yourcompany.com -> " +"yourcompany.odoo.com):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:48 +msgid "Open your Odoo.com account from your homepage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:53 +msgid "Go to the *Manage Databases* page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Click on *Domains* to the right of the database you would like to redirect." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:63 +msgid "" +"A database domain prompt will appear. Enter your custom domain (e.g. " +"www.yourcompany.com)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:70 +msgid "" +"We can now apply the redirection from your domain name's manager account:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:72 +msgid "Log in to your account and search for the DNS Zones management page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Create a CNAME record *www.yourdomain.com* pointing to *mywebsite.odoo.com*." +" If you want to use the naked domain (e.g. yourdomain.com), you need to " +"redirect *yourdomain.com* to *www.yourdomain.com*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:78 +msgid "Here are some specific guidelines to create a CNAME record:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:80 +msgid "`GoDaddy <https://be.godaddy.com/fr/help/add-a-cname-record-19236>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:81 +msgid "" +"`Namecheap " +"<https://www.namecheap.com/support/knowledgebase/article.aspx/9646/10/how-" +"can-i-set-up-a-cname-record-for-my-domain>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:82 +msgid "" +"`OVH " +"<https://www.ovh.co.uk/g1519.exchange_20132016_how_to_add_a_cname_record>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:85 +msgid "How to enable SSL (HTTPS) for my Odoo instance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Until recently, Odoo users needed to use a third-party CDN service provider " +"such as CloudFlare to enable SSL." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:89 +msgid "" +"It is not required anymore: Odoo generates the certificate for you " +"automatically, using integration with `Let's Encrypt Certificate Authority " +"and ACME protocol <https://letsencrypt.org/how-it-works/>`__. In order to " +"get this, simply add your domain name in your customer portal (a separate " +"certificate is generated for each domain name specified)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:93 +msgid "**Please note that the certificate generation may take up to 24h.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:95 +msgid "" +"If you already use CloudFlare or a similar service, you can keep using it or" +" simply change for Odoo. The choice is yours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:99 +msgid "How to make sure that all my URLs use my custom domain?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:101 +msgid "" +"To set up the root URL of your website and of all the links sent in emails, " +"you can ask an administrator of your database (any user in the *Settings* " +"group) to perform a login from the login screen. It's as simple as that!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:103 +msgid "" +"If you want to do it manually, you can go to :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Technical --> System Parameters` . Find the entry called ``web.base.url`` " +"(you can create it if it does not exist) and enter the full URL of your " +"website, like ``https://www.myodoowebsite.com``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:107 +msgid "" +"The URL must include the protocol (``https://`` or ``http://``) and must not" +" end by a slash (``/``)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:109 +msgid "" +"If you want to block the root URL update when an administrator logs in, you " +"can add a System Parameter called ``web.base.url.freeze`` with its value " +"set to ``True``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:113 +msgid "My website is indexed twice by Google" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:115 +msgid "" +"If you set up a custom domain *mydomain.com* name for *mydatabase.odoo.com*," +" Google indexes your website under both names. This is a limitation of the " +"Odoo cloud platforms/" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:120 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Multi Websites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo’s Multi-Websites opens up broad possibilities of diversification and " +"customer segmentation for your business. A multiplied audience and boosted " +"revenue are now just a few clicks away!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Each website can work in a fully independent way, with its theme, branding, " +"domain name, header & footer, pages, languages, products, blog posts, forum," +" slides, events, live chat channels, etc. Let’s go for a tour!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To create a new website, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration -->" +" Settings`. The button, *Create a new website*, lays in the first section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:28 +msgid "" +"In the upcoming prompt, set a name for your new website and a specific " +"domain name. Leave empty to publish the new website under the default domain" +" of your Odoo database. You can later set some country groups to redirect " +"visitors to it using Geo IP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Then, select a theme. This new website might have an entirely different " +"purpose or audience than the first one. So feel free to go for a different " +"theme!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Once the theme is selected, you can start to build the homepage of your " +"website. Follow the purple drops; they will help you in the first steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:48 +msgid "" +"If you run Odoo Online, don’t forget to redirect any new domain name to your" +" Odoo database (``CNAME``) and to authorize it Odoo-side. See " +":doc:`domain_name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:52 +msgid "Create the menu" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The new website has a default menu with all the installed applications. To " +"edit it, click :menuselection:`Pages --> Edit Menu`. Moving forward you only" +" edit the menu of the current website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:59 +msgid "Switch from one website to another" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:62 +msgid "" +"As easy as ABC! There is a website switcher in the right corner of the edit " +"bar. Switching to another website will connect to the domain of this " +"website. If you use another domain for the website, the user is requested to" +" sign in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:71 +msgid "" +"When switching, you are redirected to the same domain path on the other " +"website (e.g., ``/shop/myproduct``). If this URL is not used, you will be " +"redirected to a 404 page but prompted to create a new page from there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:76 +msgid "Add features" +msgstr "Features hinzufügen" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:78 +msgid "" +"The website apps you install (e.g., Slides, Blogs) are made available on all" +" your websites. You can, of course, keep them hidden in one website by " +"removing the menu item." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Each website comes with a high range of specific options in the settings. " +"First, select the website to configure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Then, take a look at the options flagged with the earth icon. It means they " +"only impact the very website you are working on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:94 +msgid "You can, for instance, set specific :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:96 +msgid "languages," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:98 +msgid "domain names," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:100 +msgid "social media links," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:102 +msgid "customer portal mode (B2C vs. B2B)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:104 +msgid "dedicated live chat channels," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:106 +msgid "etc." +msgstr "usw." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:108 +msgid "The other options are global and apply to all your websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:111 +msgid "Manage domain names" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:113 +msgid "" +"As said earlier, your websites can either share the same domain name or use " +"a specific one. If you share it and want to adapt the content per region, " +"set country groups in the setting of each website. Visitors will be " +"redirected to the right website using GeoIP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Geo IP is installed by default in Odoo Online. If you run Odoo on-premise, " +"don’t forget to install *GeoIP* library. See :doc:`on-premise_geo-ip-" +"installation`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:127 +msgid ":doc:`domain_name`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:130 +msgid "Customize the visitor experience" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The customer experience can be customized very profoundly thanks to the menu" +" \\*Customize\\*. All the visual options available there are specific to " +"each website. Go through the different pages to adapt them to this new " +"audience. Focus on workflows, and automatic pages (eCommerce checkout, " +"blogs, events, etc.) as the number of available options is higher there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:143 +msgid "Publish specific content per website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:146 +msgid "" +"Like static pages, any content created from the front-end (product, blog " +"post, etc.) is always only published in the current website. You can change " +"that from the edit form view in the backend and leave the *Website* field " +"blank. This will publish it in all the websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:154 +msgid "" +"Here are all the objects that you can link to *either one or all the " +"websites*:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:157 +msgid "Products" +msgstr "Produkte" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:159 +msgid "Product Categories for eCommerce" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:161 +msgid "Blogs" +msgstr "Blogs" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:163 +msgid "Slide Channels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:165 +msgid "Forums" +msgstr "Forenverzeichnis" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:167 +msgid "Events" +msgstr "Events" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:169 +msgid "Job Positions" +msgstr "Arbeitsstellen" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:172 +msgid "" +"When you create the record from the backend and publish it, typically a " +"product or an event, it is made available in all websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:176 +msgid "Publish a page in all websites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:178 +msgid "" +"A new static page is created and only made available in the current website." +" You can duplicate it to other websites from :menuselection:`Website --> " +"Configuration --> Pages`. To do so, leave the *Website* field empty." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:182 +msgid "" +"If you want to duplicate it in just one other website, duplicate the page " +"and set the new website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:188 +msgid "" +"When you edit the page again, the change only affects the current website. A" +" new page is duplicated and tied up to the website. The original page still " +"being linked to all websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:193 +msgid "" +"By grouping pages by URL in the page manager, you quickly find the original " +"page behind each edited page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:200 +msgid "Multi-companies" +msgstr "Multi-Unternehmen" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:202 +msgid "" +"Each website can be linked to a specific company of your system, in a multi-" +"companies environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:208 +msgid "" +"With such a configuration, only company-related data appear on the website " +"(products, jobs, events, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:211 +msgid "" +"Website editors can only view and edit the pages of the records they have " +"access to, typically the ones belonging to their current company (and to " +"their subsidiaries, or child companies in Odoo language). And so is it for " +"visitors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:217 +msgid "" +"If websites are multi-companies, you don’t change company when switching " +"websites. To change the company and see the related content, use the company" +" selector in the menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:223 +msgid "Configure your eCommerce website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:225 +msgid "" +"eCommerce is a crucial feature in the multi-websites environment. We made it" +" so that the entire flow can be customized to fit the very audience of each " +"website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:230 +msgid "Products only available on one website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:232 +msgid "" +"We already saw earlier how to publish a specific record in only one website." +" You will find the \\*Website\\* field in the eCommerce tab of the product " +"edit form. Empty means available in all websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:240 +msgid "Products available on *some* websites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:242 +msgid "" +"To make a product available on some websites, but not all of them, you " +"should duplicate the product for each website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:245 +msgid "" +"If you need a unique reference to manage in your inventory, you should " +"install *Manufacturing\\ and create *Kits* BoMs (bills of materials). Each " +"kit will link each published “virtual” product to the main reference managed" +" in your inventory. That way, any item sold from your website will be " +"converted into the storable item in the delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:252 +msgid "Pricelists" +msgstr "Preislisten" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:254 +msgid "" +"To manage specific prices by websites, you can activate *Multiple Sales " +"Prices per Product* in Website settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:257 +msgid "" +"Then, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Products --> Pricelists` to create " +"additional pricelists. See " +":doc:`../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:260 +msgid "" +"If you need help. Select a website to make a pricelist only available on " +"this website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:266 +msgid "" +"Leaving the field empty means that you make it work in all websites if " +"*Selectable* is selected. Otherwise, it makes it only available for backend " +"operations of Sales and Point of Sale applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:271 +msgid "Payment Acquirers and Delivery Methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:273 +msgid "" +"By default, published payment acquirers and delivery methods are deployed in" +" all websites. You could already use specific payment acquirers per country " +"using Geo IP by defining countries in their configuration. Now you can also " +"do it per website by filling in the *Website* field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:279 +msgid "Customer accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:281 +msgid "" +"There is a setting to choose how to manage customer accounts in Website " +"settings. You can either allow customers to use one account through all the " +"websites or compel them to create one account for each website. This last " +"option is convenient if your websites shouldn’t be related to each other in " +"the visitor mind." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:291 +msgid "Technical hints for customization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:293 +msgid "" +"If you want to publish custom objects on the website, here are a few tips to" +" make it work with multi websites:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:297 +msgid "Sitemap: don’t forget the domain in the route to only publish" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:297 +msgid "available records in each website’s sitemap." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:301 +msgid "Access: you should call the method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:300 +msgid "" +"*can_access_from_current_website* in the controller to make sure the visitor" +" can see a record in the current website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:305 +msgid "Search: when a list of records is displayed, don’t forget to specify" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:304 +msgid "the domain to only display records available for the current website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:3 +msgid "Geo IP Installation (On-Premises Database)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:6 +msgid "Installation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Please note that the installation depends on your computer's operating " +"system and distribution. We will assume that a Linux operating system is " +"being used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:15 +msgid "Install `geoip2 <https://pypi.org/project/geoip2/>`__ Python library" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Download the `GeoLite2 City database " +"<https://dev.maxmind.com/geoip/geoip2/geolite2/>`_. You should end up with a" +" file called ``GeoLite2-City.mmdb``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:22 +msgid "Move the file to the folder ``/usr/share/GeoIP/``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:24 +msgid "Restart the server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:27 +msgid "" +"If you can't/don't want to locate the geoip database in " +"``/usr/share/GeoIP/``, you can use the ``--geoip-db`` option of the Odoo " +"command line interface. This option takes the absolute path to the GeoIP " +"database file and uses it as the GeoIP database. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:36 +msgid ":doc:`CLI documentation </developer/reference/cmdline>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:39 +msgid "" +"``GeoIP`` Python library can also be used. However this version is " +"discontinued since January 1. See `GeoLite Legacy databases are now " +"discontinued <https://support.maxmind.com/geolite-legacy-discontinuation-" +"notice/>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:44 +msgid "How To Test GeoIP Geolocation In Your Odoo Website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:45 +msgid "Go to your website. Open the web page that you want to test ``GeoIP``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:46 +msgid "Choose :menuselection:`Customize --> HTML/CSS/JS Editor`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:47 +msgid "Add the following piece of XML in the page :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:53 +msgid "" +"You should end up with a dictionary indicating the location of the IP " +"address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If the curly braces are empty ``{}``, it can be for any of the following " +"reasons :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The browsing IP address is the localhost (``127.0.0.1``) or a local area " +"network one (``192.168.*.*``)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:62 +msgid "" +"If a reversed proxy is used, make sure to configure it correctly. See " +":option:`proxy mode <odoo-bin --proxy-mode>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:63 +msgid "``geoip2`` is not installed or the GeoIP database file wasn't found" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:64 +msgid "The GeoIP database was unable to resolve the given IP address" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:3 +msgid "How to translate my website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In addition to creating great modern websites, Odoo gives you the " +"possibility to translate it in different languages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:12 +msgid "Process" +msgstr "Prozess" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Once your website is created, you have the opportunity to translate it in as" +" many different languages as you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:17 +msgid "" +"There are two ways to translate your website, you can do it manually or " +"automatically with the Gengo App. If you want to do it automatically, go to " +"the **App** module and Install **Automated translations through Gengo Api** " +"and **Website Gengo Translator**. If you want to do it manually, don't " +"install anything, and follow the next step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Now go to your website. On the bottom right corner of the page, click on " +"**Add a language**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Choose the language in which you want to translate your website and then " +"click on **Load.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:35 +msgid "" +"You will see that Now, next to English there is also French, which means " +"that the page for the translation has been created. You can also see that " +"some of the text has been translated automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To translate the content of the website, click on **Translate** (here " +"**Traduire** since we want to translate the website in French)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:45 +msgid "" +"There, if you have installed the Gengo Translator, You will see that next to" +" the **Translate** button you also have a button **Translate " +"automatically**. Once you click on that button, you will be asked some " +"information on your account. If you don't have an account yet, follow `this " +"link <https://gengo.com/auth/form/login/>`_ in order to create one. You need" +" to ask for a public key and a private key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:53 +msgid "" +"The content you wish to translate will then be translated automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Now you can see that most of the content is highlighted in yellow or in " +"green. The yellow represents the content that you have to translate by " +"yourself. The green represents the content that has already been translated " +"automatically." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po index a01084bc8..3315ee8dd 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po @@ -9,9 +9,9 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jose Alejandro Echeverri Valencia <josealejandroeche@gmail.com>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/contributing.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/contributing.po deleted file mode 100644 index 82745e2ed..000000000 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/contributing.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1741 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Paloma Yazmin Reyes Morales <paloma.reyes@jarsa.com.mx>, 2020 -# Jose Alejandro Echeverri Valencia <josealejandroeche@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# Pablo Rojas <rojaspablo88@gmail.com>, 2020 -# AleEscandon <alejandra.escandon@jarsa.com.mx>, 2020 -# Jon Perez <jop@odoo.com>, 2020 -# José Cabrera Lozano <jose.cabrera@edukative.es>, 2021 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: José Cabrera Lozano <jose.cabrera@edukative.es>, 2021\n" -"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: es\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../contributing.rst:5 -msgid "Contributing" -msgstr "Aportando" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation.rst:5 -msgid "Contributing to the documentation" -msgstr "Aportando a la documentación" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:5 -msgid "Content guidelines" -msgstr "Pautas de contenido" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:7 -msgid "" -"To give the community the best documentation possible, we listed here a few " -"guidelines, tips and tricks that will make your content shine at its " -"brightest! While we encourage you to adopt your own writing style, some " -"rules still apply to give the reader more clarity and comprehension." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:12 -msgid "" -"We strongly recommend contributors to carefully read the other documents in " -"this *Contribution* section of the documentation. Good knowledge of the ins " -"and outs of **RST writing** is required to write and submit your " -"contribution. Note that it also affects your writing style itself." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:16 -msgid ":doc:`introduction_guide`" -msgstr ":doc:`introduction_guide`" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:17 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:41 -msgid ":doc:`rst_cheat_sheet`" -msgstr ":doc:`rst_cheat_sheet`" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:18 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:42 -msgid ":doc:`rst_guidelines`" -msgstr ":doc:`rst_guidelines`" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:23 -msgid "Writing style" -msgstr "Estilo de escritura" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:25 -msgid "" -"**Writing for documentation** isn't the same as writing for a blog or " -"another medium. Readers are more likely to skim read until they've found the" -" information they are looking for. Keep in mind that the user documentation " -"is a place to inform and describe, not to convince and promote." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:32 -msgid "Consistency" -msgstr "Consistencia" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:34 -msgid "*Consistency is key to everything.*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Make sure that your writing style remains **consistent**. If you modify an " -"existing text, try to match the existing tone and presentation, or rewrite " -"it to match your own style." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:42 -msgid "Grammatical tenses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:44 -msgid "" -"In English, descriptions and instructions require the use of a **Present " -"Tense**, while a *future tense* is appropriate only when a specific event is" -" to happen ulteriorly. This logic might be different in other languages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "Good example (present):" -msgstr "Buen ejemplo (presente):" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "" -"*Screenshots are automatically resized to fit the content block's width.*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "Bad example (future):" -msgstr "Mal ejemplo (futuro):" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "" -"*When you take a screenshot, remember that it will be automatically resized " -"to fit the content block's width.*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:57 -msgid "Paragraphing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:59 -msgid "" -"A paragraph comprises several sentences that are linked by a shared idea. " -"They usually are two to six lines long." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:62 -msgid "" -"In English, a new idea implies a new paragraph, rather than having a *line " -"break* as it is common to do in some other languages. *Line breaks* are " -"useful for layout purposes but shouldn't be used as a grammatical way of " -"separating ideas." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:67 -msgid "" -":ref:`RST cheat sheet: Break the line but not the paragraph <contributing" -"/line-break>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:72 -msgid "Titles" -msgstr "Títulos" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:74 -msgid "To write a good title :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:76 -msgid "**Be concise.**" -msgstr "**Ser conciso.**" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:77 -msgid "**Avoid sentences**, questions, and titles starting with \"how to.\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:78 -msgid "**Don't use pronouns** in your titles, especially 2nd person (*your*)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:83 -msgid "Document's structure" -msgstr "Estructura del documento" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:85 -msgid "" -"Use different **headings levels** to organize your text by sections and sub-" -"sections. Your headings are also displayed in a dynamic *navigation bar* on " -"the side." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "**H1: Page Title**" -msgstr "**H1: Título de página**" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Your *page title* gives your reader a quick and clear understanding of what " -"your content is about. It is also referenced in the section's *table of " -"contents*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:93 -msgid "" -"The *content* in this section describes the upcoming content from a " -"**business point of view**, and shouldn't put the emphasis on Odoo, as this " -"is documentation and not marketing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:97 -msgid "" -"Start first with a **Lead Paragraph**, which helps the reader make sure that" -" they've found the right page, then explain the **business aspects of this " -"topic** in the following paragraphs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "**H2: Section Title (configuration)**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "" -"This first H2 section is about the configuration of the feature, or the " -"prerequisites to achieve a specific goal. To add a path, make sure you use " -"the ``:menuselection:`` specialized directive (see link below)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "Example:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "" -"To do so, go to ``:menuselection:`App name --> Menu --> Sub-menu```, and " -"enable the XYZ feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "**H2: Section Title (main sections)**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Create as many main sections as you have actions or features to distinguish." -" The title can start with a verb, but try to avoid using \"Create ...\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "**H3: Subsection**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Subsections are perfect for assessing very specific points. The title can be" -" in the form of a question, if appropriate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:118 -msgid "**H2: Next Section**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:122 -msgid ":ref:`RST cheat sheet: headings <contributing/headings>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:123 -msgid "" -":ref:`RST cheat sheet: specialized directives <contributing/specialized-" -"directives>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:128 -msgid "Images" -msgstr "Imagenes" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:130 -msgid "" -"Adding a few images to illustrate your text helps the readers to understand " -"and memorize your content. However, avoid adding too many images: it isn't " -"necessary to illustrate all steps and features, and it may overload your " -"page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:135 -msgid "" -"Don't forget to :ref:`compress your PNG files with pngquant " -"<contributing/pngquant>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:140 -msgid "Screenshots" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:142 -msgid "" -"Screenshots are automatically resized to fit the content block's width. This" -" implies that screenshots can't be too wide, else they would appear very " -"small on-screen. Therefore, we recommend to avoid to take screenshots of a " -"full screen display of the app, unless it is relevant to do so." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:146 -msgid "A few tips to improve your screenshots:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:148 -msgid "**Zoom** in your browser. We recommend a 110% zoom for better results." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:149 -msgid "" -"**Resize** your browser's width, either by *resizing the window* itself or " -"by opening the *browser's developer tools* (press the ``F12`` key) and " -"resizing the width." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:151 -msgid "**Select** the relevant area, rather than keeping the full window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:152 -msgid "" -"If necessary, you can **edit** the screenshot to remove unnecessary fields " -"and to narrow even more Odoo's display." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:160 -msgid "" -"Resizing the window's width is the most important step to do as Odoo's " -"responsive design automatically resizes all fields to match the window's " -"width." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:166 -msgid "ALT tags" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:168 -msgid "" -"An **ALT tag** is a *text alternative* to an image. This text is displayed " -"if the browser fails to render the image. It is also helpful for users who " -"are visually impaired. Finally, it helps search engines, such as Google, to " -"understand what the image is about and index it correctly, which improves " -"the :abbr:`SEO (Search Engine Optimization)` significantly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:173 -msgid "Good ALT tags are:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:175 -msgid "**Short** (one line maximum)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:176 -msgid "**Not a repetition** of a previous sentence or title" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:177 -msgid "A **good description** of the action happening on the image" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:178 -msgid "Easily **understandable** if read aloud" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:181 -msgid ":ref:`RST cheat sheet: image directive <contributing/image>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:5 -msgid "Introduction guide" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:7 -msgid "" -"**First of all, thank you for landing here and helping us improve the user " -"documentation of Odoo!**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:9 -msgid "" -"This introductory guide will help you acquire the tools and knowledge you " -"need to write documentation, whether you plan to make a minor content change" -" or document an application from scratch." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:14 -msgid "" -"This tutorial only concerns the `user documentation " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/index.html>`_ of Odoo. The " -"documentation for `developing in Odoo " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/master/index.html>`_ in maintained " -"alongside the source code of Odoo at `github.com/odoo/odoo " -"<https://github.com/odoo/odoo/tree/master/doc>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:22 -msgid "reStructuredText" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Our documentation is written in **reStructuredText** (RST), a `lightweight " -"markup language " -"<https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lightweight_markup_language>`_ consisting of " -"normal text augmented with markup which allows including headings, images, " -"notes, and so on. This might seem a bit abstract but there is no need to " -"worry. :abbr:`RST (reStructuredText)` is not hard to learn, especially if " -"you intend to make only small changes to the content." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:30 -msgid "" -"If you need to learn about a specific markup, head over to :doc:`our cheat " -"sheet for RST <rst_cheat_sheet>` which contains all the information that you" -" should ever need for the user documentation of Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:35 -msgid "" -"We kindly ask you to observe a set of :doc:`content <content_guidelines>` " -"and :doc:`RST <rst_guidelines>` guidelines as you write documentation. This " -"ensures that you stay consistent with the rest of the documentation and " -"facilitates the approval of your content changes as they are reviewed by a " -"redactor at Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:43 -msgid ":doc:`content_guidelines`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:48 -msgid "Getting started" -msgstr "Primeros pasos" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:50 -msgid "" -"As our documentation is maintained on GitHub, you will need a free GitHub " -"account. Click `here <https://github.com/join>`_ to create one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Now, depending on whether you want to update existing content, or rather " -"work on new content and make file changes, you have two courses of action:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:56 -msgid "" -"**For small changes** in ``.rst`` files only, i.e. addition/edition of " -"paragraphs or typos, **we suggest that you use the GitHub interface**. This " -"is the easiest and fasted way to submit your request for changes for the " -"documentation and is suitable for non-technical people. Read " -":ref:`contributing/github-interface` to learn how to use this method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:60 -msgid "" -"**For more complex cases**, it is necessary to **use Git and work from a " -"local copy of the documentation**. This method seems intimidating but only " -"requires basic knowledge of Git. See :ref:`contributing/canonical-git-" -"workflow` for more information on this method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:67 -msgid "Use the GitHub interface" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Verify that you are browsing the documentation in the version that you " -"intend to change. The version can be selected from the dropdown in the top " -"menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:74 -msgid "" -"Head over to the page that you want to change and click on the **Edit on " -"GitHub** button in the bottom of the left menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:79 -msgid "" -"If you do not have edit rights on the repository (`odoo/documentation-user " -"<https://github.com/odoo/documentation-user>`_), you need to fork it by " -"clicking on the appropriate button. In other terms, you create a copy of the" -" entire repository on your own account. If you do have the edit rights, skip" -" this step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:86 -msgid "" -"Make the appropriate changes while taking care of following the " -":doc:`guidelines <rst_guidelines>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:89 -msgid "" -"Click on the **Preview changes** button to review your contribution in a " -"more human-readable format. Be aware that the preview is not able to handle " -"all markups correctly. Notes and tips, for instance, are not correctly " -"rendered. The version of your content published to the website will be, " -"however." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:94 -msgid "" -"Go to the bottom of the page to create a commit (:dfn:`what packs your " -"changes together and labels them with a commit message`) of your changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:0 -msgid "" -"In first text box, describe your changes. For instance, \"Fix a typo\" and " -"\"Add documentation for invoicing of sales orders\" are two clear commit " -"messages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:0 -msgid "" -"In the second text box, justify *why* you made these changes, if you feel " -"that it is not obvious." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:101 -msgid "" -"Select the option \"Create a new branch for this commit and start a pull " -"request.\" if you have the choice (if you have partial or full edit writes " -"on the repository). If not, skip this step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:104 -msgid "" -"Click on the green button. It is either labelled \"Commit changes\" or " -"\"Propose file change\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:108 -msgid "" -"In the dropdown for the selection of the base branch (i.e., the version of " -"the documentation that your changes concern), make sure to select the same " -"version as in the first step of this guide and click on the **Create pull " -"request** button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:114 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:392 -msgid "" -"Double-check your :abbr:`PR (Pull Request)` and, when ready, click again on " -"the **Create pull request** button to submit your changes for review by a " -"redactor at Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:119 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:397 -msgid "" -"You're done! If your changes are approved straight away they will appear in " -"the documentation the very next day. It may also be the case that the " -"reviewer has a question or a remark, so make sure to check your " -"notifications or your emails, depending on your account settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:126 -msgid "Use the canonical Git workflow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:131 -msgid "Prepare your machine" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:136 -msgid "Install Git" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:138 -msgid "" -"We use `Git <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Git>`_ to manage the files of the" -" user documentation. It is a tool that allows to track the history of " -"changes made to a file and, more importantly, to work on different versions " -"of those files at the same time. It means that you do not need to worry " -"about overwriting someone else’s pending work when you start editing the " -"documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:143 -msgid "" -"You must then configure Git to identify yourself as the author of your " -"future contribution. Enter the same email address as the one you used to " -"register on GitHub." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:146 -msgid "Download and install **Git** on your machine." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:147 -msgid "" -"Verify that `the installation folder of Git is included in your system's " -"PATH variable <win-add-to-path_>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:149 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:174 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:320 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:337 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:368 -msgid "Execute the following commands in a terminal:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:159 -msgid "Fetch the sources" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:161 -msgid "" -"As stated earlier, our documentation (in all its versions) is maintained on " -"GitHub at `github.com/odoo/documentation-user <https://github.com/odoo" -"/documentation-user>`_. A modification is made by the mean of a :abbr:`PR " -"(Pull Request)` (:dfn:`proposal of content changes`) to allow for a review " -"of the changes before updating the sources of the documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:166 -msgid "" -"Prior to submitting a modification, you need to make a copy of the sources " -"and download that copy on your machine." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:169 -msgid "" -"Go to `github.com/odoo/documentation-user <https://github.com/odoo" -"/documentation-user>`_ and click on the **Fork** button in the top right " -"corner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:182 -msgid "" -"If you do not have edit rights on the repository owned by Odoo, replace " -"\"odoo\" with your Github username in the URL of the command above. If you " -"do have edit rights, it is not necessary to fork the repository." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:186 -msgid "" -"In order to ease the collaboration between writers coming from many " -"different systems and teams, execute the following group of commands that " -"correspond to your :abbr:`OS (Operating System)` in a terminal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:190 -msgid "Windows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:198 -msgid "Linux or Mac OS:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:209 -msgid "Python" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:211 -msgid "" -"Because the documentation is written in :abbr:`RST (reStructuredText)`, it " -"needs to be built (:dfn:`converted to HTML`) in order to display nicely. " -"This is done by the documentation generator which takes the original " -":abbr:`RST (reStructuredText)` files as input, transforms the markups in a " -"human-readable format, and outputs HTML files to be read in your web " -"browser." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:216 -msgid "" -"The documentation generator that we use is called `Sphinx <http://www" -".sphinx-doc.org/en/master/>`_. and is written in `Python " -"<https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Python_(programming_language)>`_. You have to" -" install Python in order to use Sphinx. For the record, Sphinx is the " -"program and Python the programming language, but you do not need to know " -"much more about them so don't panic!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:221 -msgid "" -"Python comes with its own package manager: `pip " -"<https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pip_(package_manager)>`_. It allows " -"installing Python dependencies in a single command." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:225 -msgid "" -"Download and install the latest release of **Python 3** on your machine." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:226 -msgid "" -"Make sure to have **pip** installed on your machine (on Windows, you can " -"install pip alongside Python)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:228 -msgid "" -"Execute the following commands in a terminal to verify that both " -"installations finished successfully:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:236 -msgid "" -"Execute the following commands in a terminal to install the Python " -"dependencies of the documentation:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:245 -msgid "" -"Depending on your :abbr:`OS (Operating System)`, you may need to run the " -"commands ``python`` and ``pip`` instead of ``python3`` and ``pip3``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:251 -msgid "Make" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:253 -msgid "" -"`Make <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Make_(software)>`_ is a tool that packs" -" a bunch of command-lines into one to be easier to remember and to type. In " -"our case, it is used to execute complex Sphinx build commands by using a " -"single and simpler one instead." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:257 -msgid "Download and install **Make** on your machine." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:258 -msgid "" -"Verify that `the installation folder of Make is included in your system's " -"PATH variable <win-add-to-path_>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:264 -msgid "pngquant" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:266 -msgid "" -"`pngquant <https://pngquant.org/>`_ is a tool that we use to compress PNG " -"images so that the documentation does not end up weighting several Gigabytes" -" in a few year span." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:269 -msgid "Download and install **pngquant** on your machine." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:270 -msgid "" -"Verify that `the installation folder of pngquant is included in your " -"system's PATH variable <win-add-to-path_>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:276 -msgid "Prepare your version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:278 -msgid "" -"Now that your machine is all set up, it is time to do the same for your " -"version of the documentation files. As it would not be convenient to have " -"several people working on the version 14.0 in parallel (conflicts of content" -" would occur all the time), and in order to be able to create a :abbr:`PR " -"(Pull Request)`, you must `create a new branch " -"<https://www.atlassian.com/git/tutorials/using-branches>`_ starting from the" -" branch 14.0. In other words, you copy the entirety of this version’s files " -"and give it another name. For this example, we will go with " -"``14.0-my_contribution``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:286 -msgid "Execute the following commands in a terminal to..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:288 -msgid "Navigate to the documentation folder:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:294 -msgid "Switch to the version 14.0:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:300 -msgid "Create your own branch which will be a copy of 14.0:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:309 -msgid "Perform your changes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:311 -msgid "" -"You can now perform any change you want to the documentation files. These " -"changes must be compliant with :abbr:`RST (reStructuredText)` syntax (see " -":doc:`rst_cheat_sheet`) and with our :doc:`guidelines <rst_guidelines>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:316 -msgid "" -"If your changes include the addition of a new image, for instance " -":file:`my_image.png`, proceed as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:319 -msgid "Make sure that the image is in ``.png`` format." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:327 -msgid "Delete :file:`my_image.png`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:328 -msgid "Rename :file:`my_image-fs8.png` to :file:`my_image.png`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:333 -msgid "Preview your changes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:335 -msgid "" -"To preview your changes in a generated documentation, proceed as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:346 -msgid "" -"You can omit the :command:`make clean` command when no recent change has " -"been made to the hierarchy of documentation files." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:349 -msgid "Fix any error or warning shown in the logs of the build." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:350 -msgid "" -"Open the file :file:`documentation-user/_build/html/index.html` with your " -"default web browser." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:353 -msgid "" -"These steps have for only purpose to show you the final results of your " -"changes. They have no impact on the documentation source files." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:359 -msgid "Submit your changes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:362 -msgid "" -"We expect you to have basic knowledge of Git, which should be enough to " -"cover the basic flow of a one-time contribution. If you plan on submitting " -"several contributions, work on older versions of the documentation or " -"perform any other advanced action, we recommend you to be confident with " -"Git. Help yourself with `this manual of Git " -"<https://www.atlassian.com/git>`_ and `this interactive tutorial " -"<https://learngitbranching.js.org/>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:376 -msgid "" -"Go to `github.com/odoo/documentation-user/pulls <https://github.com/odoo" -"/documentation-user/pulls>`_ and click on the **New pull request** button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:382 -msgid "" -"If you forked the base repository in the section :ref:`contributing/fetch-" -"sources`, click on the link **compare across forks** If not, skip this step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:387 -msgid "" -"In the dropdown for the selection of the base branch (i.e., the version of " -"the documentation that your changes concern), make sure to select the " -"version that your changes target (here **14.0**)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:5 -msgid "RST cheat sheet" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:10 -msgid "Headings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:13 -msgid "" -"For each formatting line (e.g., ``===``), write as many symbols (``=``) as " -"there are characters in the header." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:17 -msgid "" -"The symbols used for the formatting are, in fact, not important. Only the " -"order in which they are written matters, as it determines the size of the " -"decorated heading. This means that you may encounter different heading " -"formatting and in a different order, in which case you should follow the " -"formatting in place in the document. In any other case, use the formatting " -"shown below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:20 -msgid "Heading size" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:20 -msgid "Formatting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:20 -msgid "Min/Max number of occurrences" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:22 -msgid "H1" -msgstr "H1" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 -msgid "``=======``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 -msgid "``Heading``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:22 -msgid "1/1" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:26 -msgid "H2" -msgstr "H2" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:26 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:29 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:32 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:35 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:38 -msgid "0/∞" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:29 -msgid "H3" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 -msgid "``-------``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:32 -msgid "H4" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 -msgid "``~~~~~~~``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:35 -msgid "H5" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 -msgid "``*******``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:38 -msgid "H6" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 -msgid "``^^^^^^^``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:45 -msgid "Markup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:50 -msgid "Inline markup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:52 -msgid "Use the following markups to emphasize your text to your liking:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:55 -msgid "\\*\\*Text\\*\\*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:55 -msgid "**Text**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:57 -msgid "\\*Text\\*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:57 -msgid "*Text*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:59 -msgid "\\`\\`Text\\`\\`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:59 -msgid "``Text``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:63 -msgid ":ref:`contributing/specialized-directives`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:68 -msgid "Bulleted list" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:84 -msgid "Numbered list" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:99 -msgid "Nested lists" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:111 -msgid "Hyperlinks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:116 -msgid "Hyperlink references" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:118 -msgid "" -"Hyperlink references are links to a URL with a custom label. They follow " -"this syntax: ```label <URL>`_``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:122 -msgid "The URL can be a relative path to a file within the documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:125 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:146 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:192 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:232 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:263 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:288 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:313 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:19 -msgid "Example" -msgstr "Ejemplo" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:127 -msgid "" -"This excerpt of :abbr:`RST (reStructuredText)`: ``For instance, `this is a " -"hyperlink reference <https://odoo.com>`_.`` is rendered as follows in HTML: " -"“For instance, `this is a hyperlink reference <https://odoo.com>`_.”" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:134 -msgid "External hyperlink targets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:136 -msgid "" -"External hyperlink targets allow creating shortcuts for hyperlink " -"references." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:137 -msgid "The definition syntax is as follows: ``.. _target: URL``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:138 -msgid "There are two ways to reference them, depending on the use case:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:140 -msgid "" -"``target_`` creates a hyperlink with the target name as label and the URL as" -" reference. Note that the ``_`` moved after the target!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:142 -msgid "" -"```label <target_>`_`` does exactly what you expect: the label replaces the " -"name of the target, and the target is replaced by the URL." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:149 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:195 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:235 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:266 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:291 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:316 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:352 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:373 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:392 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:413 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:432 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:453 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:490 -msgid "RST" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:159 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:211 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:243 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:274 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:299 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:330 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:361 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:381 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:401 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:421 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:441 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:461 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:499 -msgid "Render" -msgstr "Generar" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:161 -msgid "" -"A `proof-of-concept <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Proof_of_concept>`_ is a " -"simplified version, a prototype of what is expected to agree on the main " -"lines of expected changes. `PoC " -"<https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Proof_of_concept>`_ is a common abbreviation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:168 -msgid "Internal hyperlink targets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:170 -msgid "" -"Internal hyperlink targets follow the same syntax as external hyperlink " -"targets but without any URL. Indeed, they are internal. They allow " -"referencing a specific part of a document by using the target as an anchor. " -"When the user clicks on the reference, the documentation scrolls to the part" -" of the page containing the target." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:176 -msgid "" -"Targets can be referenced from other files than the ones in which they are " -"defined." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:178 -msgid "The definition syntax is: ``.. _target:``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:179 -msgid "" -"There are two ways to reference them, both using the ``ref`` directive:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:181 -msgid "" -"``:ref:`target``` creates a hyperlink to the anchor with the heading defined" -" below as label." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:182 -msgid "" -"``:ref:`label <target>``` creates a hyperlink to the anchor with the given " -"label." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:184 -msgid "" -"See :ref:`contributing/relative-links` to learn how to write proper relative" -" links for internal references." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:188 -msgid "" -"Notice that there is no ``_`` at the end, as it is done with :ref:`hyperlink" -" targets <contributing/hyperlink-references>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:213 -msgid "" -"This can easily be done by creating a new product, see `How to create a " -"product? <https://example.com/product>`_ for additional help." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:216 -msgid "**How to create a product?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:218 -msgid "" -"As explained at the `start of the page <https://example.com/scroll-to-start-" -"of-page>`_, ..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:223 -msgid "Implicit hyperlink targets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:227 -msgid "" -"Implicit hyperlink targets are a special kind of internal hyperlink targets:" -" they are automatically generated by section titles, footnotes, etc. " -"Consequently, they don’t have a definition syntax." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:229 -msgid "" -"They can be referenced the same first way as external hyperlink targets by " -"using the name of the section title as URL." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:245 -msgid "" -"This can easily be done by creating a new user, see `How to create a new " -"user? <https://example.com/how-to-create-a-user>`_ for additional help. ..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:251 -msgid "The ``doc`` directive" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:254 -msgid "" -"The ``doc`` directive allows referencing a documentation page wherever it is" -" in the file tree through a relative file path." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:255 -msgid "As usual, there are two ways to use the directive:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:257 -msgid "" -"``:doc:`path_to_doc_page``` creates a hyperlink reference to the " -"documentation page with the title of the page as label." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:259 -msgid "" -"``:doc:`label <path_to_doc_page>``` creates a hyperlink reference to the " -"documentation page with the given label." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:276 -msgid "" -"Please refer to `this documentation " -"<https://example.com/doc/accounting/invoices.html>`_ and to `Send a pro-" -"forma invoice <https://example.com/doc/sales/proforma.html>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:282 -msgid "The ``download`` directive" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:284 -msgid "" -"The ``download`` directive allows referencing files (that are not " -"necessarily :abbr:`RST (reStructuredText)` documents) within the source tree" -" to be downloaded." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:301 -msgid "" -"Download this `module structure template " -"<https://example.com/doc/odoosh/extras/my_module.zip>`_ to start building " -"your module in no time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:307 -msgid "The ``image`` directive" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:309 -msgid "" -"The ``image`` directive allows inserting images in a document. It comes with" -" a set of optional parameter directives that can individually be omitted if " -"considered redundant." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:344 -msgid "Admonitions (alert blocks)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:349 -msgid "Seealso" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:364 -msgid "" -"`Customer invoices <https://example.com/doc/accounting/invoices.html>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:365 -msgid "" -"`Pro-forma invoices <https://example.com/doc/sales/proforma.html#activate-" -"the-feature>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:370 -msgid "Note" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:384 -msgid "" -"Use this to get the attention of the reader about additional information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:389 -msgid "Tip" -msgstr "Propina" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:404 -msgid "" -"Use this to inform the reader about a useful trick that requires an action." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:410 -msgid "Important" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:424 -msgid "Use this to notify the reader about an important information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:429 -msgid "Warning" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:444 -msgid "" -"Use this to require the reader to proceed with caution with what is " -"described in the warning." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:450 -msgid "Danger" -msgstr "Peligro" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:464 -msgid "Use this to alarm the reader about a serious threat." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:469 -msgid "Formatting tips" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:474 -msgid "Add banners on top of documents" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:480 -msgid "" -"The Odoo theme supports banner images at the top of documents. At the first " -"line of your documents, insert the directive ``:banner: " -"banners/file_name.png``. Replace ``file_name.png`` with the file that you " -"placed in :file:`_static/banners` to server as a banner of your document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:487 -msgid "Break the line but not the paragraph" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:502 -msgid "" -"First super long line that you break in two… here is rendered as a single " -"line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:503 -msgid "Second line that follows a line break." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:508 -msgid "Add comments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:510 -msgid "" -"If you made a particular choice of writing or formatting that a future " -"writer should be able to understand and take into account, consider writing " -"a comment. Comments are blocks of text that do not count as a part of the " -"documentation and that are used to pass a message to writers of the source " -"code. They consist of a line starting with two dots and a space, followed by" -" the comment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:515 -msgid "" -"``.. For instance, this line will not be rendered in the documentation.``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:520 -msgid "Use tables" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:522 -msgid "" -"Make use of `this convenient table generator " -"<https://www.tablesgenerator.com/text_tables>`_ to build your tables. Then, " -"copy-paste the generated formatting into your document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:528 -msgid "Spice up your writing with specialized directives" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:530 -msgid "Use these additional directives to fine-tune your content:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:533 -msgid "**Directive**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:533 -msgid "**Purpose**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:533 -msgid "**Example**" -msgstr "**Ejemplo**" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:535 -msgid "**RST**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:535 -msgid "**HTML**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:537 -msgid "``abbr``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:537 -msgid "Self-defining abbreviations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:537 -msgid "``:abbr:`SO (Sales Order)```" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:537 -msgid ":abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:539 -msgid "``command``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:539 -msgid "Highlight a command" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:539 -msgid "``:command:`python example.py```" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:539 -msgid ":command:`python example.py`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:541 -msgid "``dfn``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:541 -msgid "Define a term" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:541 -msgid "``:dfn:`a definition for a new term```" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:541 -msgid ":dfn:`a definition for a new term`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:543 -msgid "``file``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:543 -msgid "Indicate a file path" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:543 -msgid "``:file:`~/odoo/odoo-bin```" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:543 -msgid ":file:`~/odoo/odoo-bin`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:545 -msgid "``menuselection``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:545 -msgid "Guide a user through a sequence of menus" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:545 -msgid "``:menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings```" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:545 -msgid ":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:551 -msgid "Escape markup symbols (Advanced)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:553 -msgid "" -"Markup symbols escaped with backslashes (``\\``) are rendered normally. For " -"instance, ``this \\*\\*line of text\\*\\* with \\*markup\\* symbols`` is " -"rendered as “this \\*\\*line of text\\*\\* with \\*markup\\* symbols”." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:557 -msgid "" -"When it comes to backticks (`````), which are used in many case such as " -":ref:`hyperlink references <contributing/hyperlink-references>`, using " -"backslashes for escaping is no longer an option because the outer backticks " -"interpret enclosed backslashes and thus prevent them from escaping inner " -"backticks. For instance, ```\\`this formatting\\```` produces an ``[UNKNOWN " -"NODE title_reference]`` error. Instead, `````this formatting````` should be " -"used to produce the following result: ```this formatting```." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:5 -msgid "RST guidelines" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:10 -msgid "Use relative links for internal URLs" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:12 -msgid "" -"If you need to reference an internal documentation page or a file that is " -"not sitting in the same directory as your current page, always make use of " -"*relative file paths* rather than *absolute file paths*. An absolute file " -"path indicates the location of the target from the root of its file tree. A " -"relative file path makes use of smart notations (such as ``../`` git that " -"redirects to the parent folder) to indicate the location of the target " -"*relative* to that of the source document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:21 -msgid "Given the following source file tree:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:33 -msgid "" -"A reference to the rendered :file:`prices.html` and :file:`variants.html` " -"could be made from :file:`import.rst` as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:36 -msgid "Absolute:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:38 -msgid "" -"``https://odoo.com/documentation/user/14.0/sales/products_prices/prices.html``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:39 -msgid "" -"``https://odoo.com/documentation/user/14.0/sales/products_prices/products/variants.html``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:41 -msgid "Relative:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:43 -msgid "``../prices.html``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:44 -msgid "``variants.html``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:46 -msgid "" -"The relative links are clearly superior in terms of readability and " -"stability: the references survive version updates, folder name changes and " -"file tree restructurations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:52 -msgid "Start a new line before the 100th character" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:54 -msgid "" -"In RST, it is possible to break a line without forcing a line break on the " -"rendered HTML. Make use of this feature to write **lines of maximum 100 " -"characters**. A line break in a sentence results in an additional whitespace" -" in HTML. That means that you do not need to leave a trailing whitespace at " -"the end of a line to separate words." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:60 -msgid "" -"You can safely break a line around the separators (``-->``) of " -"``menuselection`` directives and anywhere in a hyperlink reference. For the " -"``doc``, ``ref`` and ``download`` directives, this is only true for the " -"label part of the reference." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:65 -msgid "Example: Line breaks within directive and inline markup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:74 -msgid "Be consistent with indentation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:76 -msgid "Use only spaces (never tabs)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:78 -msgid "" -"Use as many spaces at the beginning of an indented line as needed to align " -"it with the first character of the directive in the line above. This usually" -" implies 3 spaces but you only need 2 for bulleted lists." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:83 -msgid "Example: The first ``:`` is below the ``i`` (3 spaces)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Example: The ``:titlesonly:`` and page references start below the ``t`` (3 " -"spaces)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:103 -msgid "" -"Example: Continuation lines resume below the ``I``’s of “Invoice” (2 spaces)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:113 -msgid "Use the menuselection directive" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:115 -msgid "" -"Although chaining characters ``‣`` and menu names works fine to indicate a " -"user which menus to click, it is best to use the ``menuselection`` directive" -" (see :ref:`contributing/specialized-directives`) for the same result. " -"Indeed, it renders the menus chain consistently with the rest of the " -"documentation and would automatically adapt to the new graphic chart if we " -"were to switch to a new one. This directive is used inline as follows: " -"``:menuselection:`Settings --> Products --> Variants```." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:125 -msgid "Write resilient code" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:127 -msgid "" -"Prefer the use of ``#.`` in numbered lists instead of ``1.``, ``2.``, etc. " -"This removes the risk of breaking the numbering when adding new elements to " -"the list and is easier to maintain." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:129 -msgid "" -"Avoid using implicit hyperlink targets and prefer internal hyperlink targets" -" instead. Referencing the implicit target ``How to print quotations?`` is " -"more prone to break than a reference to the explicit target " -"``_print_quotation`` which never appears in the rendered HTML and is thus " -"even less likely to be modified." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:137 -msgid "Prefix hyperlink targets with application names" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:139 -msgid "" -"As hyperlink targets are visible from the entire documentation when " -"referenced with the ``ref`` directive, it is recommended to prefix the " -"target name with that of the related application. For instance, naming a " -"target ``_amazon/form`` instead of ``_form`` avoids unwanted behaviors and " -"makes the purpose of the target clear." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:147 -msgid "Don’t break hyperlink targets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:149 -msgid "" -"When refactoring (improving without adding new content) section headings or " -"hyperlink targets, take care not to break any hyperlink reference to these " -"targets or update them accordingly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:155 -msgid "Use single-underscore suffixes for hyperlink references" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:160 -msgid "" -"Although using a double-underscore suffix works most of the time for classic" -" hyperlink references, it is not recommended as double-underscores normally " -"indicate an anonymous hyperlink reference. This is a special kind of " -"hyperlink reference that makes use of nameless hyperlink targets consisting " -"only of two underscore." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:162 -msgid "" -"tl;dr: Double-underscore suffixes work until they don’t and are bad " -"practice, use single-underscore suffixes instead." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po deleted file mode 100644 index 8a6812905..000000000 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1229 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Althay Ramallo Fuentes <arf@odoo.com>, 2020 -# Pablo Rojas <rojaspablo88@gmail.com>, 2020 -# AleEscandon <alejandra.escandon@jarsa.com.mx>, 2020 -# Alejandro Kutulas <alk@odoo.com>, 2020 -# Vivian Montana <vmo@odoo.com>, 2020 -# Cris Martin <cristina.marrod@gmail.com>, 2020 -# José Gerardo Páez Serrano <jgerardops@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Fabian <fabiananguiano@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Martin Trigaux, 2021 -# José Cabrera Lozano <jose.cabrera@edukative.es>, 2021 -# Jesús Alan Ramos Rodríguez <alan.ramos@jarsa.com.mx>, 2021 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Jesús Alan Ramos Rodríguez <alan.ramos@jarsa.com.mx>, 2021\n" -"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: es\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../crm.rst:5 -msgid "CRM" -msgstr "CRM" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads.rst:3 -msgid "Acquire leads" -msgstr "Adquiere leads" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:3 -msgid "Convert leads into opportunities" -msgstr "Convierte iniciativas en oportunidades" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The system can generate leads instead of opportunities, in order to add a " -"qualification step before converting a *Lead* into an *Opportunity* and " -"assigning to the right sales people." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:9 -msgid "" -"You can activate this mode from the CRM Settings. It applies to all your " -"sales channels by default. But you can make it specific for specific " -"channels from their configuration form." -msgstr "" -"You can activate this mode from the CRM Settings. It applies to all your " -"sales channels by default. But you can make it specific for specific " -"channels from their configuration form." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:14 -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:41 -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:8 -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:11 -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:27 -#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:9 -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:12 -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:12 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Configuración" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:16 -msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> " -"Settings` and activate the *Leads* feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:22 -msgid "" -"You will now have a new submenu *Leads* under *Leads* where they will " -"aggregate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:29 -msgid "Convert a lead into an opportunity" -msgstr "Convierte un lead en una oportunidad" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:31 -msgid "" -"When you click on a *Lead* you will have the option to convert it to an " -"opportunity and decide if it should still be assigned to the same " -"channel/person and if you need to create a new customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:38 -msgid "" -"If you already have an opportunity with that customer Odoo will " -"automatically offer you to merge with that opportunity. In the same manner, " -"Odoo will automatically offer you to link to an existing customer if that " -"customer already exists." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:44 -msgid "Merge opportunities" -msgstr "Fusionar oportunidades" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Odoo will also automatically propose to merge opportunities if they have the" -" same email address. When merging opportunities, Odoo merges the information" -" into the opportunity which was created first, giving priority to the " -"information present on the first opportunity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:51 -msgid "" -"No information is lost: data from the other opportunity is logged in the " -"chatter and the information fields for easy access." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Would you find a duplicate yourself, ...you can also merge opportunities or " -"leads even if the system doesn't propose it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Here’s how, from the list view. Select the opportunities or leads you want " -"to merge and the action button will appear. Then, you can select merge." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:67 -msgid "It is also possible to merge more than 2 opportunities or leads." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:3 -msgid "Generate leads/opportunities from emails" -msgstr "Genera leads/oportunidades desde emails" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Automating the lead/opportunity generation will considerably improve your " -"efficiency. By default, any email sent to *sales@database\\_domain.ext* will" -" create an opportunity in the pipeline of the default sales channel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:11 -msgid "Configure email aliases" -msgstr "Configurar seudónimos de correo" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Each sales teams can have its own email alias, to generate " -"leads/opportunities automatically assigned to it. It is useful if you manage" -" several sales teams with specific business processes. You will find the " -"configuration of sales teams under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Sales " -"Teams`." -msgstr "" -"Each sales teams can have its own email alias, to generate " -"leads/opportunities automatically assigned to it. It is useful if you manage" -" several sales teams with specific business processes. You will find the " -"configuration of sales teams under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Sales " -"Teams`." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:3 -msgid "Generate leads/opportunities from your website contact page" -msgstr "Genera leads/oportunidades desde la página web de contacto" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Automating the lead/opportunity generation will considerably improve your " -"efficiency. Any visitor using the contact form on your website will create a" -" lead/opportunity in the pipeline." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:10 -msgid "Use the contact us on your website" -msgstr "Usa el contáctanos en tu página web" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:12 -msgid "You should first go to your website app." -msgstr "Primero debes ir a la página web de tu aplicación" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:14 -msgid "|image0|\\ |image1|" -msgstr "|image0|\\ |image1|" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:16 -msgid "" -"With the CRM app installed, you benefit from a ready-to-use contact form on " -"your Odoo website that will generate leads/opportunities automatically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:23 -msgid "" -"To change to a specific sales channel, go to :menuselection:`Website --> " -"Configuration --> Settings` under *Communication* you will find the Contact " -"Form info and where to change the *Sales Channel* or *Salesperson*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:32 -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:50 -msgid "Create a custom contact form" -msgstr "Crea una forma de contacto customizada" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:34 -msgid "" -"You may want to know more from your visitor when they use the contact form " -"to you will need to build a custom contact form on your website. These " -"contact forms can generate multiple types of records in the system (emails, " -"leads/opportunities, project tasks, helpdesk tickets, etc.)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:43 -msgid "" -"You will need to install the free *Form Builder* module, only available in " -"Odoo Enterprise." -msgstr "" -"Necesitarás el módulo gratuito * Form Builder *, solo disponible en Odoo " -"Enterprise." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:52 -msgid "" -"First, go to the page where you want to put your contact form. In edit mode," -" drag the form builder onto the page, and you will be able to add all the " -"fields you wish." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:59 -msgid "" -"By default, any new contact form will send an email. You can switch to " -"lead/opportunity generation in *Change Form Parameters*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:63 -msgid "" -"If the same visitor uses the contact form twice, the second entry will be " -"added to the first lead/opportunity in the chatter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:67 -msgid "Generate leads instead of opportunities" -msgstr "Genera leads en vez de oportunidades" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:69 -msgid "" -"When using a contact form, you should use a qualification step before " -"assigning the form to the right sales people. To do so, activate *Leads* in " -"CRM settings and refer to :doc:`convert`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:3 -msgid "Lead mining" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:4 -msgid "" -"In any business, getting quality leads is essential to keep the business " -"growing. Lead mining allows you to generate leads from scratch directly from" -" your database. Target your leads based on a set of criteria such as the " -"country, the size of the company, the industry your leads are coming from to" -" make them relevant to your business." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:10 -msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> " -"Settings` and activate the **Lead Mining** feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:17 -msgid "Start generating leads" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:18 -msgid "" -"You will now have a new button **Generate Leads** available in your " -"pipeline. You are also able to create lead mining requests from the " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Lead Mining Requests` and trough " -":menuselection:`Leads --> Leads` where you have the **Generate Leads** " -"button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:27 -msgid "" -"From there, click on the **Generate Leads** button, a window where you will " -"be able to pick your criteria will pop up." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:34 -msgid "" -"When choosing to target Companied and their contacts you can choose the " -"contacts you are getting based on Role or Seniority. When getting contact " -"information make sure to be aware of the latest EU regulation, get more " -"information about General Data Protection Regulation on `Odoo GDPR " -"<http://odoo.com/gdpr>`__," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:39 -msgid "" -"You can decide to filter the leads you are getting depending on the size " -"(number of employees) of the companies. You can pick the countries your " -"leads are coming from. It is possible to pick multiple countries. You can " -"pick the industries your leads are coming from. It is possible to pick " -"multiple industries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:43 -msgid "" -"You can choose the salesperson and the Salesteam the lead will be assigned " -"to. You can also add tags to track your generated leads." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:47 -msgid "The generated leads will have the name of the company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:50 -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:138 -#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:36 -msgid "Pricing" -msgstr "Precio" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:51 -msgid "" -"This is an In-App Purchase feature, each generated lead will cost you one " -"credit. If you choose to get contact information each contact will also cost" -" us one additional credit. Here is the pricing for this `feature " -"<https://iap.odoo.com/iap/in-app-services/167?>`__, To buy credits you can " -"either go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Settings --> Buy " -"Credits`; or go to :menuselection:`Settings --> In-App Purchases --> View my" -" Services`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:65 -msgid "" -"The blue box will automatically tell you how many credits are going to be " -"consumed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:68 -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:169 -msgid "" -"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you " -"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:71 -msgid "" -":doc:`In-App Purchases (IAP) " -"<../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:3 -msgid "Send quotations" -msgstr "Envía presupuestos" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When you qualify a lead into an opportunity you will most likely need to " -"send them a quotation. You can directly do this in the CRM App with Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:12 -msgid "Create a new quotation" -msgstr "Crea un nuevo presupuesto" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:14 -msgid "" -"By clicking on any opportunity or lead, you will see a *New Quotation* " -"button, it will bring you into a new menu where you can manage your quote." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:21 -msgid "" -"You will find all your quotes to that specific opportunity under the " -"*Quotations* menu on that page." -msgstr "" -"Encontrarás todos tus presupuestos a esa oportunidad específica bajo el menú" -" *Presupuestos* en esa página." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:28 -msgid "Mark them won/lost" -msgstr "Márcalos como ganados/perdidos" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Now you will need to mark your opportunity as won or lost to move the " -"process along." -msgstr "" -"Ahora necesitarás marcar tu oportunidad como ganada o perdida para avanzar " -"en el proceso" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:33 -msgid "" -"If you mark them as won, they will move to your *Won* column in your Kanban " -"view. If you however mark them as *Lost* they will be archived." -msgstr "" -"Si las marcas como ganadas, se moverán a tu columna *Ganadas* en tu vista " -"Kanban. Si las marcas como *Perdidas* serán archivadas." - -#: ../../crm/optimize.rst:3 -msgid "Optimize your Day-to-Day work" -msgstr "Optimiza tu trabajo diario" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:3 -msgid "How to motivate and reward my salespeople?" -msgstr "¿Cómo motivar y recompensar a mis vendedores?" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Challenging your employees to reach specific targets with goals and rewards " -"is an excellent way to reinforce good habits and improve your salespeople " -"productivity. The Gamification module gives you simple and creative ways to " -"motivate and evaluate your employees with real-time recognition and badges " -"inspired by game mechanics." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Install the *Gamification* module, or the *CRM gamification* one, which adds" -" some useful data (goals and challenges) that can be used on *CRM/Sale*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:21 -msgid "Create a challenge" -msgstr "Crear un reto" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Now, create your first challenge by going to :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Gamification Tools --> Challenges`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:27 -msgid "" -"As the gamification tool is a one-time technical setup, you need to activate" -" the technical features in order to access the configuration. To do so, go " -"to *Settings* and *Activate the developer mode*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:35 -msgid "" -"A challenge is a mission that you send to your sales team. It can include " -"one or several goals, set for a specific period of time. Configure your " -"challenge as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:38 -msgid "Assign the salespeople to be challenged;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:39 -msgid "Assign a responsible;" -msgstr "Asignando un responsable;" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:40 -msgid "Set up the periodicity along with the start and the end date;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:41 -msgid "Select your goals;" -msgstr "Selecione sus objetivos;" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:42 -msgid "Set up your rewards (badges)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Badges are granted when a challenge is finished. This is either at the end " -"of a running period (eg: end of the month for a monthly challenge), at the " -"end date of a challenge (if no periodicity is set), or when the challenge is" -" manually closed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:49 -msgid "" -"In the example below, 2 employees are being challenged with a *Monthly Sales" -" Target*. The challenge is based on 2 goals: the total amount invoiced and " -"number of new leads generated. At the end of the month, the winner will be " -"granted with a badge." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:58 -msgid "Set up goals" -msgstr "Configure los objetivos" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:60 -msgid "" -"The users can be evaluated using goals and numerical objectives to reach." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:62 -msgid "" -"**Goals** are assigned through *challenges* that evaluate (see image above) " -"and compare members of a team throughout time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:66 -msgid "" -"You can create a new goal on the fly from a *Challenge* by clicking on *Add " -"new item*, under *Goals*. Select the business object according to your " -"company's needs. Examples: number of new leads, time to qualify a lead, " -"total amount invoiced in a specific week, month or any other time frame " -"based on your management preferences, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Goals may include your database setup as well (e.g. set your company data " -"and a timezone, create new users, etc.)." -msgstr "" -"Los objetivos pueden incluir la configuración de su base de datos, así (por " -"ejemplo, establecer los datos de la empresa y una zona horaria, crear nuevos" -" usuarios, etc.)." - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:77 -msgid "Set up rewards" -msgstr "Establecer recompensas" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:79 -msgid "" -"For non-numerical achievements, **Badges** can be granted to users. From a " -"simple thank you to an exceptional achievement, a badge is an easy way to " -"express gratitude to a user for their good work. To create and grant badges " -"to your employees based on their performance, go to :menuselection:`Settings" -" --> Gamification Tools --> Badges`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:3 -msgid "Outlook Extension" -msgstr "Extensión de Outlook" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The **Odoo CRM Extension** is a connector that bridges your Outlook mailbox " -"with your Odoo database. This extension allows you to:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:8 -msgid "Create leads from emails sent to your mailbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:9 -msgid "Centralize Prospects' emails into a CRM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:10 -msgid "Search and store insights on your contacts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:17 -msgid "" -"This extension is compatible with the Web version of Outlook as well as the " -"desktop apps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:20 -msgid "" -"The Outlook Extension uses *Partner Autocomplete IAP credits* to search and " -"store insights on your contacts. See the :ref:`Pricing section " -"<outlook_extension/pricing>` below for more information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:29 -msgid "" -"The Outlook Extension requires to be configured both in Odoo and in Outlook." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:34 -msgid "Enable the feature on your database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:36 -msgid "" -"To enable this feature on your Odoo database, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> " -"Configuration --> Lead Generation`, enable **Outlook CRM Extension**, and " -"click on *Save*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:42 -msgid "Install the add-in on Outlook" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:44 -msgid "" -"You can install the Outlook Extension as a **Custom Add-in**. To do so, " -"follow these steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:0 -msgid "URL of the **Odoo for Outlook** add-in's manifest file:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:0 -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:0 -msgid "``https://download.odoo.com/plugins/outlook/manifest.xml``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:50 -msgid "Todo" -msgstr "Por hacer" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:50 -msgid "add copy button when the feature is added to the doc" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Connect to your Outlook mailbox, open any email, and click on the *More " -"actions* button, displayed as three little dots." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:59 -msgid "Click on *Get add-ins*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:65 -msgid "" -"In the new window, select the tab named *My add-ins*, click on *+ Add a " -"custom add-in*, and then on *Add from URL...*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Outlook prompts you to **enter the URL of the add-in's manifest file**. To " -"do so, copy the following URL, paste it in the box, and click on *OK*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:80 -msgid "" -"Outlook warns you that Microsoft hasn’t verified the add-in. Click on " -"*Install* to complete the installation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:84 -msgid "" -"The *Odoo for Outlook* add-in is not listed yet on Outlook's add-ins list. " -"This is why it is currently necessary to install it as a *custom add-in*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:90 -msgid "Add a shortcut to open the extension" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:92 -msgid "" -"By default, you can open the **Odoo for Outlook** extension from the *More " -"actions* menu. This section explains how to move the launcher next to the " -"other default actions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:99 -msgid "" -"In your Outlook mailbox, click on *Settings*, then on *View all Outlook " -"settings*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:100 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Mail --> Customize actions --> Message " -"surface`, select *Odoo for Outlook*, and click on *Save*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:109 -msgid "Connect to your database" -msgstr "Conecte su base de datos" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:111 -msgid "" -"Open **Odoo for Outlook** from any email. This opens the extension as a " -"panel on the right side of your screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:113 -msgid "Click on *login* at the bottom of the extension." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:114 -msgid "Insert your database's URL then click on *Login*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:120 -msgid "" -"Log into your database by entering your credentials. Skip this step if you " -"are already logged in with this browser." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:122 -msgid "" -"A message asks you if you want to let Outlook access your Odoo database. " -"Click on *Allow* to complete the connection." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:126 -msgid "" -"Make sure first to :ref:`enable the feature on your database " -"<outlook_extension/enable-feature>`. Failing to do so would result in an " -"*error 404 message*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:130 -msgid "" -"The extension displays some information, even if you do not connect it to " -"any Odoo database. Note that only a limited amount of contact enrichment " -"requests are available as a trial, as this feature requires prepaid credits." -" See the :ref:`Pricing section <outlook_extension/pricing>` below for more " -"information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:140 -msgid "" -"The extension is **free** and doesn't require any purchase to be installed " -"and used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:142 -msgid "" -"However, this extension provides you with *Lead Enrichment* in the **Company" -" Insights** section. This service is part of a paid service known as **Lead " -"Generation**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:145 -msgid "" -"The extension allows you to test this service for free, whether you connect " -"the extension to a database or not. After a while, the extension asks you to" -" buy credits to keep using this additional service." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:155 -msgid "" -"You can buy more *Lead Generation* credits to keep using this service or " -"disregard this message and keep using the extension for free without *Lead " -"Enrichment*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:159 -msgid "In-App Purchase" -msgstr "Compra dentro de Aplicaciones" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:162 -msgid "" -"*Lead Generation* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service, which requires " -"prepaid credits to be used. Each request consumes one credit." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:164 -#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:41 -msgid "" -"To buy credits, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Contacts --> Partner " -"Autocomplete or Odoo IAP --> View My Services` and select a package." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:167 -msgid "" -"If you run out of credits, the only information populated when clicking on " -"the suggested company is the website link and logo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:171 -#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Learn about our *Privacy Policy* `here " -"<https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#header_2>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:174 -msgid ":doc:`../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase`" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:175 -msgid "`Odoo Learn: Lead Enrichment <https://www.odoo.com/r/p73>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:3 -msgid "Enrich your contacts base with Partner Autocomplete" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Parter Autocomplete helps you to enrich your contacts database with " -"corporate data. Select one of the companies suggested in the dropdown, and " -"quickly get all the information you need." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Contacts` and activate the *Partner " -"Autocomplete* feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:18 -msgid "Enrich your contacts with corporate data" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:22 -msgid "" -"From any module, once you start to create a new contact typing the name of " -"it, the system will suggest a potential match. If you select it, the contact" -" will be populated with corporate data." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:23 -msgid "" -"For example, after typing *Odoo*, you will get the following information:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Partner Autocomplete also works if you enter a VAT number instead of a " -"company name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:39 -msgid "" -"*Partner Autocomplete* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service, which requires" -" prepaid credits to be used. Each request will consume one credit." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:44 -msgid "" -"If you run out of credits, the only information that will be populated when " -"clicking on the suggested company will be the website link and the logo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:46 -msgid "" -"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and you have the Enterprise version, you " -"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance.rst:3 -msgid "Analyze performance" -msgstr "Analizar el rendimiento" - -#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:3 -msgid "Check your Win/Loss Ratio" -msgstr "Revisa tu Ratio Ganancia/Pérdida" - -#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:5 -msgid "" -"To see how well you are doing with your pipeline, take a look at the " -"Win/Loss ratio." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:8 -msgid "" -"To access this report, go to your *Pipeline* view under the *Reporting* tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:11 -msgid "" -"From there you can filter to which opportunities you wish to see, yours, the" -" ones from your sales channel, your whole company, etc. You can then click " -"on filter and check Won/Lost." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:18 -msgid "You can also change the *Measures* to *Total Revenue*." -msgstr "También puedes cambiar las *medidas* a *Ingresos Totales*" - -#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:23 -msgid "You also have the ability to switch to a pie chart view." -msgstr "También tienes la habilidad de cambiar a vista gráfico de pie." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline.rst:3 -msgid "Organize the pipeline" -msgstr "Organice la fuente de información" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:3 -msgid "Manage lost opportunities" -msgstr "Administra oportunidades perdidas" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:5 -msgid "" -"While working with your opportunities, you might lose some of them. You will" -" want to keep track of the reasons you lost them and also which ways Odoo " -"can help you recover them in the future." -msgstr "" -"Al trabajar con tus oportunidades, puedes perder algunas de ellas. Vas a " -"querer controlar las razones por las que lo perdiste y también qué caminos " -"Odoo puede tomar para ayudarte a recuperarlo en el futuro." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:10 -msgid "Mark a lead as lost" -msgstr "Marca un lead como perdido" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:12 -msgid "" -"While in your pipeline, select any opportunity you want and you will see a " -"*Mark Lost* button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:15 -msgid "" -"You can then select an existing *Lost Reason* or create a new one right " -"there." -msgstr "" -"Puedes luego seleccionar una existente *Razon Perdida* o crear una nueva ahí" -" mismo." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:22 -msgid "Manage & create lost reasons" -msgstr "Administra y crea razones perdidas" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:24 -msgid "" -"You will find your *Lost Reasons* under :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Lost Reasons`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:26 -msgid "" -"You can select & rename any of them as well as create a new one from there." -msgstr "" -"Puede seleccionar y cambiar el nombre de cualquiera de ellos, así como crear" -" uno nuevo desde allí." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:30 -msgid "Retrieve lost opportunities" -msgstr "Recuperar las oportunidades perdidas" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:32 -msgid "" -"To retrieve lost opportunities and do actions on them (send an email, make a" -" feedback call, etc.), select the *Lost* filter in the search bar." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:39 -msgid "You will then see all your lost opportunities." -msgstr "Luego verás todas tus oportunidades perdidas." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:41 -msgid "" -"If you want to refine them further, you can add a filter on the *Lost " -"Reason*." -msgstr "" -"Si quieres refinarlas aún más, puedes añadir un filtro en la *Razón " -"Perdida*." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:44 -msgid "For Example, *Too Expensive*." -msgstr "Por ejemplo, * Demasiado costoso*." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:50 -msgid "Restore lost opportunities" -msgstr "Restablecer las oportunidades perdidas" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:52 -msgid "" -"From the Kanban view with the filter(s) in place, you can select any " -"opportunity you wish and work on it as usual. You can also restore it by " -"clicking on *Archived*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:59 -msgid "" -"You can also restore items in batch from the Kanban view when they belong to" -" the same stage. Select *Restore Records* in the column options. You can " -"also archive the same way." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:66 -msgid "To select specific opportunities, you should switch to the list view." -msgstr "" -"Para seleccionar oportunidades específicas, debe cambiar a la vista lista." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Then you can select as many or all opportunities and select the actions you " -"want to take." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:78 -msgid ":doc:`../performance/win_loss`" -msgstr ":doc:`../performance/win_loss`" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:3 -msgid "Manage multiple sales teams" -msgstr "Maneja varios equipos de ventas" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, you can manage several sales teams, departments or channels with " -"specific sales processes. To do so, we use the concept of *Sales Channel*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:10 -msgid "Create a new sales channel" -msgstr "Crear un nuevo canal de ventas" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To create a new *Sales Channel*, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Sales Channels`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:14 -msgid "" -"There you can set an email alias to it. Every message sent to that email " -"address will create a lead/opportunity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:21 -msgid "Add members to your sales channel" -msgstr "Añade miembros a tu canal de ventas" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:23 -msgid "" -"You can add members to any channel; that way those members will see the " -"pipeline structure of the sales channel when opening it. Any " -"lead/opportunity assigned to them will link to the sales channel. Therefore," -" you can only be a member of one channel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:28 -msgid "This will ease the process review of the team manager." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:33 -msgid "" -"If you now filter on this specific channel in your pipeline, you will find " -"all of its opportunities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:40 -msgid "Sales channel dashboard" -msgstr "Tablero Canal de Ventas" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:42 -msgid "" -"To see the operations and results of any sales channel at a glance, the " -"sales manager also has access to the *Sales Channel Dashboard* under " -"*Reporting*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:46 -msgid "" -"It is shared with the whole ecosystem so every revenue stream is included in" -" it: Sales, eCommerce, PoS, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads.rst:3 -msgid "Assign and track leads" -msgstr "Asignar y rastrear iniciativas" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:3 -msgid "Assign leads based on scoring" -msgstr "Asignar oportunidades basadas en puntuación" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:5 -msgid "" -"With *Leads Scoring* you can automatically rank your leads based on selected" -" criterias." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:8 -msgid "" -"For example you could score customers from your country higher or the ones " -"that visited specific pages on your website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:14 -msgid "" -"To use scoring, install the free module *Lead Scoring* under your *Apps* " -"page (only available in Odoo Enterprise)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:21 -msgid "Create scoring rules" -msgstr "Crear reglas de puntaje" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:23 -msgid "" -"You now have a new tab in your *CRM* app called *Leads Management* where you" -" can manage your scoring rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Here's an example for a Canadian lead, you can modify for whatever criteria " -"you wish to score your leads on. You can add as many criterias as you wish." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Every hour every lead without a score will be automatically scanned and " -"assigned their right score according to your scoring rules." -msgstr "" -"Cada hora, cada oportunidad sin puntaje se escaneará automáticamente y se le" -" asignará su puntaje correcto de acuerdo con sus reglas de puntuación." - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:40 -msgid "Assign leads" -msgstr "Asignar iniciativas" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Once the scores computed, leads can be assigned to specific teams using the " -"same domain mechanism. To do so go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Leads " -"Management --> Team Assignation` and apply a specific domain on each team. " -"This domain can include scores." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Further on, you can assign to a specific vendor in the team with an even " -"more refined domain." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:52 -msgid "" -"To do so go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Leads Management --> Leads " -"Assignation`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:58 -msgid "" -"The team & leads assignation will assign the unassigned leads once a day." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:62 -msgid "Evaluate & use the unassigned leads" -msgstr "Evaluar & usar las iniciativas no asignadas" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Once your scoring rules are in place you will most likely still have some " -"unassigned leads. Some of them could still lead to an opportunity so it is " -"useful to do something with them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:68 -msgid "" -"In your leads page you can place a filter to find your unassigned leads." -msgstr "" -"En tu página de iniciativas puedes poner un filtro para encontrar tus " -"clientes potenciales no asignados." - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Why not using :menuselection:`Email Marketing` or :menuselection:`Marketing " -"Automation` apps to send a mass email to them? You can also easily find such" -" unassigned leads from there." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:3 -msgid "Track your prospects visits" -msgstr "Rastrea las visitas de tus prospectos" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Tracking your website pages will give you much more information about the " -"interests of your website visitors." -msgstr "" -"Rastrear las páginas de tu sitio web te dará mucha más información sobre los" -" intereses de los visitantes de tu sitio web." - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Every tracked page they visit will be recorded on your lead/opportunity if " -"they use the contact form on your website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:14 -msgid "" -"To use this feature, install the free module *Lead Scoring* under your " -"*Apps* page (only available in Odoo Enterprise)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:21 -msgid "Track a webpage" -msgstr "Rastrea una página web" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Go to any static page you want to track on your website and under the " -"*Promote* tab you will find *Optimize SEO*" -msgstr "" -"Vaya a cualquier página estática que desee rastrear en su sitio web y en la " -"pestaña * Promocionar * encontrará * Optimizar SEO *" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:29 -msgid "There you will see a *Track Page* checkbox to track this page." -msgstr "" -"Allí verá una casilla de verificación *Rastrear página* para seguir esta " -"página." - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:35 -msgid "See visited pages in your leads/opportunities" -msgstr "Ver páginas visitadas en tus iniciativas/ oportunidades" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Now each time a lead is created from the contact form it will keep track of " -"the pages visited by that visitor. You have two ways to see those pages, on " -"the top right corner of your lead/opportunity you can see a *Page Views* " -"button but also further down you will see them in the chatter." -msgstr "" -"Ahora, cada vez que se crea un cliente potencial desde el formulario de " -"contacto, realizará un seguimiento de las páginas visitadas por ese " -"visitante. Tiene dos formas de ver esas páginas, en la esquina superior " -"derecha de su cliente potencial / oportunidad puede ver un botón * Vistas de" -" página *, pero también más abajo las verá en la conversación." - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Both will update if the viewers comes back to your website and visits more " -"pages." -msgstr "" -"Ambos se actualizarán si los visitantes vuelven a su sitio web y visitan más" -" páginas." - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:52 -msgid "" -"The feature will not repeat multiple viewings of the same pages in the " -"chatter." -msgstr "" -"La función no repetirá múltiples visualizaciones de las mismas páginas en la" -" conversación." - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:55 -msgid "Your customers will no longer be able to keep any secrets from you!" -msgstr "¡Tus clientes ya no podrán ocultarte ningún secreto!" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po deleted file mode 100644 index e4519b54d..000000000 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1620 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Jesús Alan Ramos Rodríguez <alan.ramos@jarsa.com.mx>, 2020 -# Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal <lina8823@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Pablo Rojas <rojaspablo88@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Martin Trigaux, 2021 -# Alejandro Kutulas <alk@odoo.com>, 2021 -# Jesse Garza <jga@odoo.com>, 2021 -# Althay Ramallo Fuentes <arf@odoo.com>, 2021 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Althay Ramallo Fuentes <arf@odoo.com>, 2021\n" -"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: es\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:8 -msgid "Online Database management" -msgstr "Administración base de datos en línea" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:10 -msgid "" -"To manage your databases, access the `database management page " -"<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__ (you will have to sign in). Then " -"click on the `Manage Your Databases " -"<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases/manage>`__ button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Make sure you are connected as the administrator of the database you want to" -" manage - many operations depends on indentifying you remotely to that " -"database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:22 -msgid "Several actions are available:" -msgstr "Hay varias acciones disponibles:" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:28 -msgid ":ref:`Upgrade <upgrade_button>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Upgrade your database to the latest Odoo version to enjoy cutting-edge " -"features" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:32 -msgid ":ref:`Duplicate <duplicate_online>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Make an exact copy of your database, if you want to try out new apps or new " -"flows without compromising your daily operations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:34 -msgid ":ref:`Rename <rename_online_database>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:35 -msgid "Rename your database (and its URL)" -msgstr "Cambie el nombre de su base de datos (y su URL)" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:37 -msgid "**Backup**" -msgstr "**Backup**" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Download an instant backup of your database; note that we back up databases " -"daily according to our Odoo Cloud SLA" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:40 -msgid ":ref:`Domains <custom_domain>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:40 -msgid "Configure custom domains to access your database via another URL" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:42 -msgid ":ref:`Delete <delete_online_database>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:43 -msgid "Delete a database instantly" -msgstr "Eliminar una base de datos instantáneamente" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:46 -msgid "Contact Support" -msgstr "Contactar Soporte" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Access our `support page <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__ with the correct " -"database already selected" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:51 ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:12 -msgid "Upgrade" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Upgrading your database to a newer version of Odoo is a complex operation " -"that require time and caution. It is extremely important that you fully test" -" the process before upgrading your production database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Odoo releases new versions regularly (at least once a year), and upgrading " -"your database to enjoy new Odoo features is part of the Odoo Online " -"experience." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:60 -msgid "" -"The upgrade process can take some time, especially if you use multiple apps " -"or apps that manage sensitive data (e.g. Accounting, Inventory, etc.). In " -"general, the 'smaller' the database, the quickest the upgrade. A single-user" -" database that uses only CRM will be processed faster than a multi-company, " -"multi-user database that uses Accounting, Sales, Purchase and Manufacturing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Unfortunately, it is impossible to give time estimates for every upgrade " -"request, since Odoo.com will test manually every database upgrade at least " -"once and will need to correct/adapt changes made to the standard Odoo Apps " -"(e.g. through Studio or through a Success Pack) on a case-by-case basis. " -"This can make the process slower, since requests are treated in the order " -"they arrive. This is especially true in the months following the release of " -"a new major version, which can lengthen the upgrade delay significantly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:74 -msgid "The upgrade process is quite simple from your point of view:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:76 -msgid "You request a test upgrade" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Once all tests have been validated **by you**, you upgrade your actual " -"database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:79 -msgid "" -"The process to request a test or a production (*actual*) upgrade is the " -"same." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:81 -msgid "" -"First, make sure to be connected to the database you want to upgrade and " -"access the `database management page <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:84 -msgid "" -"You have to have an active session with access to the Settings app in the " -"database you want to upgrade for the button to be visible." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:87 -msgid "" -"On the line of the database you want to upgrade, click on the \"Cog\" menu. " -"If an newer version of Odoo is available, you will see an 'Upgrade' button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:94 -msgid "" -"You have the possibility to choose the target version of the upgrade. By " -"default, we select the highest available version available for your " -"database; if you were already in the process of testing an upgrade, we will " -"automatically select the version you were already testing (even if we " -"released a more recent version during your tests)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:103 -msgid "" -"By clicking on the \"Test upgrade\" button, an upgrade request will be " -"generated. Only one request can be made at time for each database; if a " -"request has already been made, you will see an 'Upgrade Queued' note instead" -" and asking another request will not be possible." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:108 -msgid "" -"A test upgrade will create a copy of your database, upgrade it and make it " -"available to you automatically once successful. If this is the first test " -"you request for this particular database, a manual testing phase will be " -"done by Odoo.com - this could take time (up to several weeks). Subsequent " -"requests will not go through that manual testing step and will usually be " -"made available in a few hours. Once the test database is available, you " -"should receive an e-mail with the URL of the test database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:116 -msgid "" -"**Testing your database is the most important step of the upgrade process!**" -" Even though we test all upgrades manually, we do not know your work " -"processes. A change in standard worfklows of Odoo in new versions might " -"require you to change internal processes, or some of the customizations you " -"made through Odoo Studio might not work properly. *It is up to you to make " -"sure that everything works as it should!* You can report issues with your " -"test database through our `Support page <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:124 -msgid "" -"Make sure to do one last test of your upgrade right before the final upgrade" -" (e.g. the day before) to ensure everything will run smoothly. Downgrading " -"is not possible and post-poning an upgrade is always easier than being " -"prevented to work by an upgrade issue after the fact!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:129 -msgid "" -"Once you are ready and you have validated all your tests, you can click " -"again on the Upgrade button and confirm by clicking on Upgrade (the button " -"with the little rocket!) to switch your production database to the new " -"version. Your database will then be taken offline within the next 10 minutes" -" and will be upgraded automatically; you receive a confirmation e-mail once " -"the process is completed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:140 -msgid "" -"Your database will be taken offline during the upgrade (usually between " -"30min up to several hours for big databases), so make sure to plan your " -"migration during non-business hours." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:146 -msgid "Duplicating a database" -msgstr "Duplicando una base de datos" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:148 -msgid "" -"Database duplication, renaming, custom DNS, etc. is not available for trial " -"databases on our Online platform. Paid Databases and \"One App Free\" " -"database can duplicate without problem." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:153 -msgid "" -"In the line of the database you want to duplicate, you will have a few " -"buttons. To duplicate your database, just click **Duplicate**. You will have" -" to give a name to your duplicate, then click **Duplicate Database**." -msgstr "" -"Si quiere duplicar en la línea de la base de datos, tendrá algunos botones. " -"Para duplicar su base de datos, solo de clic en **Duplicar**. Tendrá que " -"darle un nombre a su duplicado, luego de clic en **Duplicar Base de Datos**." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:160 -msgid "" -"If you do not check the \"For testing purposes\" checkbox when duplicating a" -" database, all external communication will remain active:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:163 -msgid "Emails are sent" -msgstr "Los correos electrónicos fueron enviados" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:165 -msgid "" -"Payments are processed (in the e-commerce or Subscriptions apps, for " -"example)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:168 -msgid "Delivery orders (shipping providers) are sent" -msgstr "Órdenes de envio (proveedores de envio) fueron enviadas" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:170 -msgid "Etc." -msgstr "Etc." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:172 -msgid "" -"Make sure to check the checkbox \"For testing purposes\" if you want these " -"behaviours to be disabled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:175 -msgid "" -"After a few seconds, you will be logged in your duplicated database. Notice " -"that the url uses the name you chose for your duplicated database." -msgstr "" -"Después de unos segundos, podrás iniciar sesión en tu base de datos " -"duplicada. Observe que la dirección URL utiliza el nombre que elijo para su " -"base de datos duplicada." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:180 -msgid "Duplicate databases expire automatically after 15 days." -msgstr "" -"Las bases de datos duplicadas expiran automaticamente después de 15 días." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:188 -msgid "Rename a Database" -msgstr "Renombrar una Base de datos" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:190 -msgid "" -"To rename your database, make sure you are connected to the database you " -"want to rename, access the `database management page " -"<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__ and click **Rename**. You will have " -"to give a new name to your database, then click **Rename Database**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:201 -msgid "Deleting a Database" -msgstr "Borrar una Base de datos" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:203 -msgid "You can only delete databases of which you are the administrator." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:205 -msgid "" -"When you delete your database all the data will be permanently lost. The " -"deletion is instant and for all the Users. We advise you to do an instant " -"backup of your database before deleting it, since the last automated daily " -"backup may be several hours old at that point." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:211 -msgid "" -"From the `database management page <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__, " -"on the line of the database you want to delete, click on the \"Delete\" " -"button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:218 -msgid "" -"Read carefully the warning message that will appear and proceed only if you " -"fully understand the implications of deleting a database:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:224 -msgid "" -"After a few seconds, the database will be deleted and the page will reload " -"automatically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:228 -msgid "" -"If you need to re-use this database name, it will be immediately available." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:230 -msgid "" -"It is not possible to delete a database if it is expired or linked to a " -"Subscription. In these cases contact `Odoo Support " -"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:234 -msgid "" -"If you want to delete your Account, please contact `Odoo Support " -"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:7 -msgid "On-premises Database management" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:10 -msgid "Register a database" -msgstr "Registrar una Base de datos" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To register your database, you just need to enter your Subscription Code in " -"the banner in the App Switcher. Make sure you do not add extra spaces before" -" or after your subscription code. If the registration is successful, it will" -" turn green and will provide you with the Expiration Date of your freshly-" -"registered database. You can check this Epiration Date in the About menu " -"(Odoo 9) or in the Settings Dashboard (Odoo 10)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:20 -msgid "Registration Error Message" -msgstr "Mensaje de Error de Registración" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:22 -msgid "" -"If you are unable to register your database, you will likely encounter this " -"message:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:31 -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:110 -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:138 -msgid "Solutions" -msgstr "Soluciones" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:33 -msgid "Do you have a valid Enterprise subscription?" -msgstr "¿Tiene una suscripción Enterprise válida?" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Check if your subscription details get the tag \"In Progress\" on your `Odoo" -" Account <https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__ or with your Account" -" Manager" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:39 -msgid "Have you already linked a database with your subscription reference?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:41 -msgid "" -"You can link only one database per subscription. (Need a test or a " -"development database? `Find a partner <https://www.odoo.com/partners>`__)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:45 -msgid "" -"You can unlink the old database yourself on your `Odoo Contract " -"<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__ with the button \"Unlink " -"database\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:52 -msgid "" -"A confirmation message will appear; make sure this is the correct database " -"as it will be deactivated shortly:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:59 -msgid "Do you have the updated version of Odoo 9?" -msgstr "¿Tiene la versión de Odoo 9 actualizada?" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:61 -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:171 -msgid "" -"From July 2016 onward, Odoo 9 now automatically change the uuid of a " -"duplicated database; a manual operation is no longer required." -msgstr "" -"A partír de Julio de 2016 en adelante, Odoo 0 cambiara el uuid de una base " -"dedatos duplicada automaticamente; una operación manual ya no es necesaria." - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:64 -msgid "" -"If it's not the case, you may have multiple databases sharing the same UUID." -" Please check on your `Odoo Contract " -"<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__, a short message will appear " -"specifying which database is problematic:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:73 -msgid "" -"In this case, you need to change the UUID on your test databases to solve " -"this issue. You will find more information about this in :ref:`this section " -"<duplicate_premise>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:76 -msgid "" -"For your information, we identify database with UUID. Therefore, each " -"database should have a distinct UUID to ensure that registration and " -"invoicing proceed effortlessly for your and for us." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:80 -msgid "Check your network and firewall settings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:82 -msgid "" -"The Update notification must be able to reach Odoo's subscription validation" -" servers. In other words, make sure that the Odoo server is able to open " -"outgoing connections towards:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:86 -msgid "services.odoo.com on port 443 (or 80)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:87 -msgid "services.openerp.com on port 443 (or 80) for older deployments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:89 -msgid "" -"Once you activated your database, you must keep these ports open, as the " -"Update notification runs once a week." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:95 -msgid "Error message due to too many users" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:97 -msgid "" -"If you have more users in your local database than provisionned in your Odoo" -" Enterprise subscription, you may encounter this message:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:106 -msgid "" -"When the message appears you have 30 days before the expiration. The " -"countdown is updated everyday." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:112 -msgid "" -"**Add more users** on your subscription: follow the link and Validate the " -"upsell quotation and pay for the extra users." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:114 -msgid "" -"**Deactivate users** as explained in this `documentation <documentation.html" -"#deactivating-users>`_ and **Reject** the upsell quotation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:117 -msgid "" -"Once your database has the correct number of users, the expiration message " -"will disappear automatically after a few days, when the next verification " -"occurs. We understand that it can be a bit frightening to see the countdown," -" so you can :ref:`force an Update Notification <force_ping>` to make the " -"message disappear right away." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:124 -msgid "Database expired error message" -msgstr "Mensaje de Error Base de datos expirada" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:126 -msgid "" -"If your database reaches its expiration date before your renew your " -"subscription, you will encounter this message:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:134 -msgid "" -"This **blocking** message appears after a non-blocking message that lasts 30" -" days. If you fail to take action before the end of the countdown, the " -"database is expired." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:142 -msgid "" -"Renew your subscription: follow the link and renew your subscription - note " -"that" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:141 -msgid "" -"if you wish to pay by Wire Transfer, your subscription will effectively be " -"renewed only when the payment arrives, which can take a few days. Credit " -"card payments are processed immediately." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:144 -msgid "Contact our `Support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" -msgstr "Contacta nuestro `Soporte <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:146 -msgid "" -"None of those solutions worked for you? Please contact our `Support " -"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:155 -msgid "Duplicate a database" -msgstr "Duplicar una base de datos" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:157 -msgid "" -"You can duplicate your database by accessing the database manager on your " -"server (<odoo-server>/web/database/manager). In this page, you can easily " -"duplicate your database (among other things)." -msgstr "" -"Puede duplicar su base de datos ingresando a la base de datos del " -"administrador en su servidor (<odoo-server>/web/database/manager). En esta " -"página, puede fácilmente duplicar su base de datos (entre otras cosas)." - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:165 -msgid "" -"When you duplicate a local database, it is **strongly** advised to change " -"the duplicated database's uuid (Unniversally Unique Identifier), since this " -"uuid is how your database identifies itself with our servers. Having two " -"databases with the same uuid could result in invoicing problems or " -"registration problems down the line." -msgstr "" -"Cuando duplique una base de datos local, se recomienda **fuertemente** " -"cambiar los uuid (Unniversally Unique Identifier) de las bases de datos " -"duplicadas, desde que el uuid es como su base de datos se identifica a si " -"misma con otros servidores. Teniendo dos bases de datos con el mismo uuid " -"podría resultar en problemas de facturación o problemas de registro bajo la " -"línea." - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:174 -msgid "" -"The database uuid is currently accessible from the menu " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> System Parameters`, we advise you" -" to use a `uuid generator <https://www.uuidtools.com>`_ or to use the unix " -"command ``uuidgen`` to generate a new uuid. You can then simply replace it " -"like any other record by clicking on it and using the edit button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:17 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Información general" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:22 -msgid "The upgrade process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:24 -msgid "" -"This documentation is for our *On-Premise* (self-hosted) and *Odoo.sh* " -"customers. If you are hosted Online, please check our :ref:`instruction page" -" for our Online (SaaS) customers <upgrade_button>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:30 -msgid "Definition" -msgstr "Definición" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:32 -msgid "" -"An upgrade is switching to a newer version of Odoo (e.g., Odoo 13.0 to Odoo " -"14.0)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:34 -msgid "An upgrade does not cover:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:36 -msgid "" -"changing :ref:`Editions <db-upgrade/faq/editions-change>` (i.e., Community " -"to Enterprise edition)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:37 -msgid "" -"switching :ref:`hosting type <db-upgrade/faq/hosting-types-switch>` (i.e., " -"On-Premise to Online or Odoo.sh)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:39 -msgid "migration from another ERP to Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:41 ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:99 -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:231 -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:361 -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:370 -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:382 -msgid "|assistance-contact|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:46 -msgid "Process workflow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:48 -msgid "The upgrade process in a nutshell:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:50 -msgid "You create a test upgrade request." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:0 -msgid "The request is processed by Odoo:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:0 -msgid "" -"This happens via an automated process that runs the database through an " -"upgrade script and takes between 20 and 120 minutes. Only if an issue(s) " -"arises will we have to intervene manually and adjust the script specifically" -" to your database until the upgrade succeeds." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:55 -msgid "Odoo delivers a test database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:56 -msgid "" -"You test your database for possible discrepancies (see :ref:`db-upgrade" -"/test-guidance`)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:57 -msgid "" -"If there are any discrepancies, you report them to the Upgrade support team " -"via the :ref:`Help portal <db-upgrade/test-assistance>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:59 -msgid "We will fix the issues and send you a new test database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Once you completed the testing and are happy with the result, you decide on " -"a date and time when you stop users from accessing Odoo, freeze all data " -"entries and create an upgrade request for the production upgrade." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:63 -msgid "Odoo delivers the production database through the automated process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:64 -msgid "" -"You restore it in your Production environment a few short hours later and " -"continue working on the newly upgraded database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:70 -msgid "Service Level Agreement" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:73 -msgid "What is covered by the Enterprise Licence?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:75 -msgid "" -"Databases hosted on Odoo’s Cloud platforms (Saas and Odoo.sh) or On-Premise " -"(Self-Hosting) enjoy the following service at all times." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:78 -msgid "The upgrade of:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:80 -msgid "standard applications" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:81 -msgid "Studio customization (as long as the Studio app is still active)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:82 -msgid "" -"customizations done by our consulting and developer services *if* they are " -"covered by a ‘Maintenance of Customisations’ subscription" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:85 -msgid "" -"The Upgrade Service is limited to the technical conversion and adaptation of" -" your database (standard modules and data) to make it compatible with the " -"targeted version." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:89 -msgid "What upgrading does NOT cover" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:91 -msgid "The cleaning of pre-existing data & configuration while upgrading" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Any new developments and/or upgrade of your own :ref:`custom modules <db-" -"upgrade/faq/custom-modules>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:94 -msgid "`Training <https://www.odoo.com/learn>`_ on the new version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:96 -msgid "" -"You can get more information about your Enterprise Licence on our :ref:`Odoo" -" Enterprise Subscription Agreement <upgrade>` page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:104 -msgid "Get started" -msgstr "Empezar" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:106 -msgid "The upgrade process varies depending on where your database is hosted." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:111 -msgid "Online (SaaS)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:113 -msgid "" -"If you are hosted Online, please check our :ref:`instruction page for our " -"Online (SaaS) customers <upgrade_button>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:119 -msgid "Odoo.sh" -msgstr "Odoo.sh" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:121 -msgid "" -"If you are Odoo.sh hosted, check our :doc:`specific instructions to be able " -"to upgrade <../odoo_sh/advanced/upgrade_your_database>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:127 -msgid "On-Premise" -msgstr "On-Premise" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:129 -msgid "There are two possibilities:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:131 -msgid "Via the interface of our `website form <https://upgrade.odoo.com>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:0 -msgid "" -"For technically-advanced users and partners, via the following command line " -"(to be used on the machine where your database is hosted):" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:0 -msgid "" -"``python <(curl -s beta.upgrade.odoo.com/upgrade) test -d <your db name> -t " -"14.0``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:137 -msgid "What does it do?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:139 -msgid "" -"The above command will dump your database to a file, then send it to the " -"upgrade platform for upgrade, displaying you the live logs, then restore the" -" upgraded database back on your server as a duplicate test database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:146 -msgid "Steps" -msgstr "Pasos" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:151 -msgid "The testing phase" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:156 -msgid "Test process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:158 -msgid "" -"Also referred to as the pre-production phase, the test phase allows you to " -"review an upgraded version of your database without affecting your " -"production database in any way." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:161 -msgid "" -"We suggest that you run the test upgrade process at least once, but you can " -"do it as often as you want (one at a time)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:164 -msgid "" -"Once you receive your upgraded test database, you should check that all " -"data, processes and functionality are still correct and working as expected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:167 -msgid "If you do find discrepancies, you'll be able to:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:0 -msgid ":ref:`Report your issues <db-upgrade/test-assistance>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:0 -msgid "and/or" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:171 -msgid "" -"Ask for a new :ref:`test request <db-upgrade/test-db-request>` after the " -"reported issues have been fixed in the upgrade script." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:174 -msgid "When you do not find any discrepancies, you'll be able to:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:176 -msgid "" -"Move on to the upgrade of your :ref:`production database <db-upgrade" -"/production-live>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:181 -msgid "Request a test database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:183 -msgid "" -"When filling the `website form <https://upgrade.odoo.com>`_, select " -"*Testing* purpose." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:192 -msgid "Test guidance" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:194 -msgid "" -"Every business and organization has its own operational needs and will have " -"to test its specific Odoo instance respectively. However, we recommend you " -"look at `the test scenario " -"<https://drive.google.com/open?id=1Lm4JqbsHBirB1wMi14UChoz_YHLjx5ec>`_ we " -"created, a high-level idea of what you should test and look out for." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:199 -msgid "Todo" -msgstr "Por hacer" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:199 -msgid "change link \"test scenario\" once the related doc is published" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:204 -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:263 -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:395 -msgid "Assistance" -msgstr "Asistencia" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:206 -msgid "" -"If you encounter issues or problems in the **test database**, please contact" -" the Odoo Upgrade Support:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:209 -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:268 -msgid "Connect to our `Odoo Support page <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:210 -msgid "" -"Under the *Ticket Description* section, select *An issue related to my " -"upgrade* ticket type." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:217 -msgid "" -"If you choose another *Ticket Description* type, the request will be " -"redirected to another team than the upgrade one and will slow down the " -"processing and response time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:220 -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:276 -msgid "" -"Please provide as much detail as you can. Where applicable, illustrate the " -"current and previous flows with videos and/or screenshots. This will avoid " -"clarifying questions and speed up the resolution process significantly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:229 -msgid "" -"The purpose of the test phase is not to correct existing data or " -"configurations in your database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:236 -msgid "The production launch" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:241 -msgid "Production goes live" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:243 -msgid "" -"The production upgrade request is when you decide to upgrade your current " -"database with all your production data (invoices, VAT returns, inventories, " -"current orders) to a new version of your choice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:246 -msgid "" -"After your :ref:`tests <db-upgrade/steps-test>` are completed to your " -"satisfaction, submit the request to upgrade your production database via our" -" `website form <https://upgrade.odoo.com>`_. Select *Production* purpose." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:255 -msgid "Going into production without first testing may lead to:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:257 -msgid "" -"business interruptions (e.g. no longer having the possibility to validate an" -" action)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:258 -msgid "" -"poor customer experiences (e.g. an eCommerce website that does not work " -"correctly)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:265 -msgid "" -"If you encounter issues or problems in the **production database**, please " -"contact the **Odoo Support**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:269 -msgid "" -"Under the *Ticket Description* section, select the appropriate type related " -"to your issue but **do not select** the option *An issue related to my " -"upgrade*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:273 -msgid "" -"After upgrading to production, the support will be provided by the Support " -"team instead of the Upgrade team." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:285 -msgid "" -"If you choose *An issue related to my upgrade* as ticket type, the request " -"will be redirected to another team than the support one and will slow down " -"the processing and response time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:291 -msgid "FAQ" -msgstr "FAQ" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:296 -msgid "Why upgrade?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:298 -msgid "" -"You benefit from the latest features of the :ref:`new major version <db-" -"upgrade/faq/release-notes>` released by Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:300 -msgid "" -"If you are in an :ref:`unsupported version <db-upgrade/supported-versions>`," -" you get a new version with support." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:306 -msgid "When to upgrade?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:308 -msgid "" -"Whenever you want. You can make your upgrade request as soon as a new " -"version is released on our `website form <https://upgrade.odoo.com>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:314 -msgid "Availability of the new version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:316 -msgid "" -"Please kindly note that as soon as we announce the release of a new major " -"version (usually at the end of year), the Upgrade Service team needs to " -"adapt the upgrade scripts to it, which is why the new version is not " -"immediately available for existing databases." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:323 -msgid "Finalization of the upgrade (:abbr:`ETA (Estimated Time of Arrival)`)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:325 -msgid "" -"Unfortunately, it is impossible to give time estimates for every upgrade " -"request. Odoo offers so many possibilities (e.g. branding, workflows, " -"customization, etc) that it can get tricky to upgrade, and translate to the " -"new structure. If you use multiple apps managing sensitive data (e.g., " -"Accounting, Inventory, etc.), some cases may still require a human " -"intervention, making the process slower." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:331 -msgid "" -"This is especially true during the first months following the release of a " -"new major version, which can significantly lengthen the upgrade delay." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:334 -msgid "" -"In general, the ‘smaller’ the database, the quickest the upgrade. A single-" -"user database that uses only CRM will be processed faster than a multi-" -"company, multi-user database that uses Accounting, Sales, Purchase, and " -"Manufacturing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:338 -msgid "So, in a nutshell, what can impact your upgrade lead time?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:340 -msgid "Source & targeted versions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:341 -msgid "Installed apps" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:342 -msgid "Volume of data" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:343 -msgid "" -"Amount of customization (models, fields, methods, workflows, reports, " -"website, etc.)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:344 -msgid "" -"Installation of new apps or configuration changes after the start of the " -"test phase" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:346 -msgid "" -"Usually, the delays experienced during the first request (waiting time " -"between the time you submitted your first request for a test upgrade) can " -"generally give you an idea of the time to wait for the production request." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:353 -msgid "Upgrade of the custom modules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:355 -msgid "" -"As stated in our :doc:`../legal/terms/enterprise`, section " -":ref:`charges_standard`, this optional service is subject to additional " -"fees." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:358 -msgid "" -"If you have a custom code, you can choose to have it upgraded by our " -"services, by one of our `partners <https://www.odoo.com/partners>`_ or you " -"can do it yourself." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:366 -msgid "Editions change (from Community to Enterprise)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:368 -msgid "" -"An upgrade does not cover a change of `Editions " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/editions>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:375 -msgid "Switching the hosting types (Self-hosted vs Online vs Odoo.sh)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:377 -msgid "" -"An upgrade does not cover a change of `Hosting types " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/hosting-types>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:379 -msgid "" -"Open the following link to get :doc:`more information about how to change " -"your hosting type <hosting_changes>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:387 -msgid "Release Notes by version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:389 -msgid "" -"Open our `Release Note <https://www.odoo.com/page/release-notes>`_ page to " -"get a summary of the new features and improvements made in each version." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:400 -msgid "Contact our Upgrade service support" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:402 -msgid "" -"Should you have any more questions about the upgrade, do not hesitate to " -"send a message to `Odoo Upgrade Team <mailto:upgrade@odoo.com>`_. We will be" -" very pleased to answer it as soon as possible." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:408 -msgid "Supported versions" -msgstr "Versiones con soporte" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:410 -msgid "" -"Please note that Odoo provides support and bug fixing only for the three " -"last major versions of Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:412 -msgid "" -"This is a factor to take into consideration before upgrading. If you are on " -"an older version, we suggest you to prefer the most recent version to " -"benefit from a longer support (before having to upgrade again)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:416 -msgid "" -"You can get more information about our :doc:`supported versions " -"<../support/supported_versions>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:7 -msgid "Users and Features" -msgstr "Usuarios y Funcionalidades" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:9 -msgid "" -"As the administrator of your database, you are responsible for its usage. " -"This includes the Apps you install as well as the number of users currently " -"in use." -msgstr "" -"Como administrador de tu base de datos, tu eres el responsable de su uso. " -"Esto incluye las Aplicaciones que instalas así como el número de usuarios " -"que se utilizan." - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Odoo is many things (ERP, CMS, CRM application, e-Commerce backend, etc.) " -"but it is *not* a smartphone. You should apply caution when adding/removing " -"features (especially Apps) on your database since this may impact your " -"subscription amount significantly (or switch you from a free account to a " -"paying one on our online platform)." -msgstr "" -"Odoo son muchas cosas (ERP, CMS, aplicación CRM, comercio electrónico, etc.)" -" pero *no* un smartphone. Debe tomar precauciones al añadir/eliminar " -"características (especialmente Aplicaciones) en tu base de datos debido a " -"que esto puede impactar en el monto de la suscripción siginficativamente (o " -"cambiarte de una cuenta gratuita a una de paga en plataforma en línea)." - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:19 -msgid "" -"This page contains some information as to how you can manage your Odoo " -"instances. Before carrying any of these procedures, we **strongly** advise " -"to test them on a duplicate of your database first. That way, if something " -"goes wrong, your day-to-day business is not impacted." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:24 -msgid "" -"You can find guides on how to duplicate your databases both for :ref:`online" -" <duplicate_online>` and :ref:`on premise <duplicate_premise>` " -"installations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:28 -msgid "" -"If you have questions about the content of this page or if you encounter an " -"issue while carrying out these procedures, please contact us through our " -"`support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." -msgstr "" -"Si tienes preguntas sobre el contenido de esta página o si encuentras un " -"problema al realizar estos procesos, por favor contactanos por el " -"`formulario de soporte <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:34 -msgid "Deactivating Users" -msgstr "Desactivar Usuarios" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Make sure you have sufficient **administrative rights** if you want to " -"change the status of any of your users." -msgstr "" -"Asegúrese que tiene los suficientes **permisos administrativos** si quieres " -"cambiar el estatus de cualquiera de tus usuarios." - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:39 -msgid "" -"In your Odoo instance, click on **Settings**. You will have a section " -"showing you the active users on your database. Click on **Manage Users.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:43 -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:80 -msgid "|settings|" -msgstr "|ajustes|" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:43 -msgid "|browse_users|" -msgstr "|buscar_usuarios|" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:46 -msgid "You'll then see the list of your users." -msgstr "Luego verá la lista de sus usuarios." - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:51 -msgid "" -"The pre-selected filter *Internal Users* shows your paying users (different " -"from the *Portal Users* which are free). If you remove this filter, you'll " -"get all your users (the ones you pay for and the portal ones)" -msgstr "" -"El filtro pre-seleccionado *Usuarios Internos* muestra sus usuarios " -"pagadores (diferentes del *Portal de Usuarios* los cuales son gratis). Si " -"remueve este filtro, obtendrá todos sus usuarios (de los que paga y los del " -"portal)" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:56 -msgid "" -"In your list of users, click on the user you want to deactivate. As soon as " -"you are on the userform, click on the Action drop down menu, and then click " -"on Archive." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:64 -msgid "The user is now deactivated." -msgstr "El usuario ahora esta desactivado." - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:66 -msgid "**Never** deactivate the main user (*admin*)" -msgstr "**Nunca** desactive al usuario principal (*admin*)" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:69 -msgid "Uninstalling Apps" -msgstr "Desinstalar Aplicaciones" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Make sure you first test what you are about to do on a :ref:`duplicate " -"<duplicate_online>` of your database before making any changes (*especially*" -" installing/uninstalling apps)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:75 -msgid "" -"In your Odoo instance click on **Settings**; in this app, you will be able " -"to see how many applications you have installed. Click on **Browse Apps** to" -" access the list of your installed applications." -msgstr "" -"En su instancia de Odoo de clic en **Ajustes**; en esta aplicación, podrá " -"ver cuántas aplicaciones ha instalado. De clic en **Buscar Aplicaciones** " -"para acceder a la lista de sus aplicaciones instaladas." - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:80 -msgid "|browse_apps|" -msgstr "|buscar_aplicaciones|" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:83 -msgid "" -"In your applications' dashboard, you will see all the icons of your " -"applications. Click on the application you want to uninstall. Then, on the " -"form of the application, click on **Uninstall**." -msgstr "" -"En su tablero de aplicaciones, verá todos los ícones de sus aplicaciones. De" -" clic en la aplicación que quiere desinstalar. Luego, en el formulario de la" -" aplicación, de clic en **Desinstalar**." - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:90 -msgid "" -"Some applications have dependencies, like Invoicing, eCommerce, etc. " -"Therefore, the system will give you a warning message to advise you of what " -"is about to be removed. If you uninstall your application, all its " -"dependencies will be uninstalled as well (and the data in them will " -"permanently disappear). If you are sure you still want to uninstall it, then" -" click **Confirm**." -msgstr "" -"Algunas aplicaciones tienen dependencias, como facturación, comercio " -"electrónico, etc. Por lo tanto, el sistema le dará un mensaje de alerta para" -" advertirle de lo que esta a punto de ser removido. Si desinstala su " -"aplicación, todas sus dependencias también serán desinstaladas (y la " -"información en ellas desaparecerá permanentemente). Si esta seguro que igual" -" quiere desinstalarla, de clic en **Confirmar**." - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:97 -msgid "" -"Last, after having checked the warning message (if any), click **Confirm**." -msgstr "" -"Por último, después de haber revisado el mensaje de alerta (si hay), de clic" -" en **Confirmar**" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:102 -msgid "You have finished uninstalling your application." -msgstr "Ha terminado de desinstalar su aplicación." - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:105 -msgid "Good to know" -msgstr "Bueno saber" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:107 -msgid "" -"**Uninstalling apps, managing users, etc. is up to you**: no one else can " -"know if your business flow is broken better than you. If we were to " -"uninstall applications for you, we would never be able to tell if relevant " -"data had been removed or if one of your business flow was broken because we " -"*do not know how you work* and therefore cannot validate these kinds of " -"operations." -msgstr "" -"**Desinstalar aplicaciones, administrar usuarios, etc. es su decisión**: " -"nadie mejor que Ud. puede saber si el flujo de su negocio esta roto. Si " -"nosotros desinstalaramos aplicaciones por Ud, nunca podríamos decir si " -"información importante ha sido removida o si uno de los flujos de su negocio" -" se rompió porque nosotros *no sabemos como Ud. trabaja* y por lo tanto, no " -"podemos validar estos tipos de operaciones." - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:113 -msgid "" -"**Odoo Apps have dependencies**: this means that you may need to install " -"modules that you do not actively use to access some features of Odoo you " -"might need. For example, the Website Builder app is needed to be able to " -"show your customer their Quotes in a web page. Even though you might not " -"need or use the Website itself, it is needed for the Online Quotes feature " -"to work properly." -msgstr "" -"**Las aplicaciones de Odoo tienen dependencias**: esto significa que puede " -"necesitar instalar módulos que no usa activamente para acceder a algunas " -"funciones de Odoo que podría necesitar. Por ejemplo, se requiere de la " -"aplicación Constructor de Página Web para poder mostrar a su cliente sus " -"Cotizaciones en una página web. Aún así podría no necesitar o usar la Página" -" Web en si misma, si es necesaria para la función de Cotizaciones En Línea " -"para trabajar apropiadamente." - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:120 -msgid "" -"**Always test app installation/removal on a duplicate** (or on a free trial " -"database): that way you can know what other apps may be required, etc. This " -"will avoid surprises when uninstalling or when receiving your invoices." -msgstr "" -"**Siempre pruebe la instalación/eliminación de aplicaciones en un " -"duplicado** (o en una base de datos de prueba gratis): de esta forma puede " -"saber que otras aplicaciones pueden ser requeridas, etc. Esto evitará " -"sorpresas cuando desinstale o cuando reciba sus facturas." - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:7 -msgid "Hosting Changes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:9 -msgid "" -"You may want to move your Odoo database from one hosting solution to " -"another. Depending on the platforms, you have to do it by yourself or " -"contact our support team first." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:13 -msgid "From on-premises to Odoo Online" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:15 -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:49 -msgid "Odoo Online is not compatible with **non-standard apps**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Create a :ref:`duplicate <duplicate_premise>` of your database: in this " -"duplicate, uninstall all the **non-standard apps**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Grab a \"dump with filestore\" of your database by using the Database " -"Manager." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:19 -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:52 -msgid "" -"**If you have time constraints, contact us earlier to schedule the " -"transfer.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:20 -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:53 -msgid "" -"`Create a support ticket <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_ and attach the dump " -"(if the file is too large, use any file transfer service and attach the link" -" to your ticket). Also include your subscription number and the URL you want" -" to use for your database (e.g.: my-company.odoo.com)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:21 -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:54 -msgid "" -"We will make sure your database is compatible and upload it to our cloud. In" -" case of technical issues, we will get in touch with you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:22 -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:55 -msgid "It's done!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:25 -msgid "From on-premises to Odoo.sh" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:27 -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Follow the :ref:`Import your database section of the Odoo.sh documentation " -"<odoo_sh_import_your_database>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:28 -msgid "...and voilà!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:31 -msgid "From Odoo Online to on-premises" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:33 -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Log into `your Odoo Online user portal " -"<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/databases/manage>`_ and look for the version " -"number of your database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:34 -msgid "" -"If your database does not run a :ref:`major version <supported_versions>` of" -" Odoo, you cannot host it on-premises yet, you have to upgrade it first to a" -" new major version. (*e.g.: If your database runs Odoo 12.3 which is not a " -"major version, you have to upgrade it first to Odoo 13.0 or 14.0.*)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:35 -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Download a backup of your database by clicking on the \"Gear\" icon next to " -"your database name then :menuselection:`Download` (if the download fails due" -" to your backup file being too large, contact `our support " -"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`_)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:36 -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:61 -msgid "Restore it from the database manager on your local server." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:39 -msgid "From Odoo Online to Odoo.sh" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:42 -msgid "" -"If your database does not run a :ref:`major version <supported_versions>` of" -" Odoo, you cannot host it on Odoo.sh yet, you have to upgrade it first to a " -"new major version. (*e.g.: If your database runs Odoo 12.3 which is not a " -"major version, you have to upgrade it first to Odoo 13.0 or 14.0.*)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:47 -msgid "From Odoo.sh to Odoo Online" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:51 -msgid "" -"Uninstall all the **non-standard apps**: test it in a staging build first, " -"then do it in your production build." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:58 -msgid "From Odoo.sh to on-premises" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Grab a :ref:`backup of your Odoo.sh production database " -"<odoo_sh_branches_backups>`." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po deleted file mode 100644 index 89ba07be7..000000000 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1030 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Pablo Rojas <rojaspablo88@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Vivian Montana <vmo@odoo.com>, 2020 -# Alonso Muñoz <Alonso.munoz.91@outlook.com>, 2020 -# Althay Ramallo Fuentes <arf@odoo.com>, 2020 -# Jesús Alan Ramos Rodríguez <alan.ramos@jarsa.com.mx>, 2021 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Jesús Alan Ramos Rodríguez <alan.ramos@jarsa.com.mx>, 2021\n" -"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: es\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../discuss.rst:5 -msgid "Discuss" -msgstr "Discusión" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced" -msgstr "Avanzado" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:3 -msgid "How to Use my Mail Server to Send and Receive Emails in Odoo" -msgstr "" -"Cómo usar mi servidor de correo para enviar y recibir correos electrónicos " -"en Odoo" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:6 -msgid "If you are a user of Odoo Online or Odoo.sh..." -msgstr "Si eres usuario de Odoo Online o Odoo.sh..." - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:8 -msgid "" -"You have nothing to do! **Odoo sets up its own mail servers for your " -"database.** Outgoing and incoming emails work out-of-the-box!" -msgstr "" -"No tienes que hacer nada ! **Odoo configura su propio servidor de correo " -"para tu base de datos. ** Los correos salientes y entrantes funcionan recién" -" salido de la caja." - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Unless you plan to send large batches of mass mailing that could require the" -" use of an external mail server, simply enjoy your new Odoo database." -msgstr "" -"A menos que planees mandar grandes cantidades de correos en masa que " -"requieran el uso de un servidor externo de correo , simplemente disfruta de " -"la nueva base de datos Odoo." - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:16 -msgid "Scope of this documentation" -msgstr "El alcance de este documento." - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:18 -msgid "" -"This document is **mainly dedicated to Odoo on-premise users** who don't " -"benefit from an out-of-the-box solution to send and receive emails in Odoo, " -"unlike `Odoo Online <https://www.odoo.com/trial>`__ & `Odoo.sh " -"<https://www.odoo.sh>`__." -msgstr "" -"Este documento, \" esta dedicado principalmente a los usuarios locales de " -"Odoo** que no se benefician de las soluciones \"salidas de la caja\" para " -"mandar y recibir correos , a diferencia de `Odoo Online " -"<https://www.odoo.com/trial>`__ & `Odoo.sh <https://www.odoo.sh>`__." - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:25 -msgid "" -"If no one in your company is used to manage email servers, we strongly " -"recommend that you opt for those Odoo hosting solutions. Their email system " -"works instantly and is monitored by professionals. Nevertheless you can " -"still use your own email servers if you want to manage your email server's " -"reputation yourself." -msgstr "" -"Si nadie en tu compañía esta acostumbrado a administrar servidores de " -"correo, te recomendamos fuertemente optes por las soluciones de alojamiento " -"de Odoo. Su sistema de correo funciona instantáneamente y es monitoreada por" -" profesionales. Sin embargo aun puedes utilizar tu propio servidor de correo" -" si quieres administrar su reputación tu mismo." - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:31 -msgid "" -"You will find here below some useful information on how to integrate your " -"own email solution with Odoo." -msgstr "" -"Abajo encontraras información útil en como integrar tu propia solución de " -"correo con Odoo." - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Office 365 email servers don't easily allow to send external emails from " -"hosts like Odoo. Refer to `Microsoft's documentation " -"<https://support.office.com/en-us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-" -"device-or-application-to-send-email-using-" -"Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ to make it work." -msgstr "" -"Los servidores de correo electrónico de Office 365 no permiten enviar " -"fácilmente correos electrónicos externos desde hosts como Odoo. Consulte la " -"documentación de Microsoft <https://support.office.com/en-us/article/How-to-" -"set-up-a-multifunction-device-or-application-to-send-email-using-" -"Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4> `__ para que funcione." - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:39 -msgid "How to manage outbound messages" -msgstr "Cómo administrar mensajes de correo salientes" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:40 -msgid "" -"As a system admin, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and " -"check *External Email Servers*. Then, click *Outgoing Mail Servers* to " -"create one and reference the SMTP data of your email server. Once all the " -"information has been filled out, click on *Test Connection*." -msgstr "" -"Como administrador de sistema , ve a :menuselection:`Settings --> Ajustes " -"Generales` y marca *Servidor externo de correo*. Después, has clic en " -"*Servidor de correo saliente* para crear uno e ingresa la información SMTP " -"de tu servidor de correo. Una vez que toda la información sea llenada has " -"clic en \"Probar conexión\"." - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:45 -msgid "Here is a typical configuration for a G Suite server." -msgstr "Esta es una configuración típica del servidor G Suite." - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:50 -msgid "Then set your email domain name in the General Settings." -msgstr "Después establece tu nombre de dominio en Ajustes Generales." - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:53 -msgid "" -"If you get a ``[AUTHENTICATIONFAILED] Invalid credentials (Failure)`` " -"warning when you *Test Connection* on a Gmail address, activate the *Less " -"secure app access* option. A direct link can be `accessed here " -"<https://myaccount.google.com/lesssecureapps?pli=1>`_." -msgstr "" -"Si obtienes una advertencia de``[AUTHENTICATIONFAILED] Invalid credentials " -"(Failure)`` *Prueba tu conexión* en una dirección de Gmail, activa la " -"opción *Acceso de aplicación menos segura*. Una liga directa puede ser " -"encontrada aquí -> <https://myaccount.google.com/lesssecureapps?pli=1>`_." - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:57 -msgid "In addition to that, enable the IMAP setting on your Gmail account." -msgstr "Además de eso, habilita los ajustes IMAP en tu cuenta de Gmail." - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:61 -msgid "Can I use an Office 365 server" -msgstr "¿Puedo usar un servidor de Office 365?" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:62 -msgid "" -"You can use an Office 365 server if you run Odoo on-premise. Office 365 SMTP" -" relays are not compatible with Odoo Online." -msgstr "" -"Puedes utilizar un servidor Office 365 si usas Odoo Local. Los repetidores " -"SMTP de Office 365 no son compatibles con Odoo en linea." - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Please refer to `Microsoft's documentation <https://support.office.com/en-" -"us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-device-or-application-to-send-" -"email-using-Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ to configure" -" a SMTP relay for your Odoo's IP address." -msgstr "" -"Favor de acudir a la documentación de Microsoft,<https://support.office.com" -"/en-us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-device-or-application-to-send-" -"email-using-Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__  para " -"configurar un repetidor SMTP para tu dirección IP de Odoo." - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:69 -msgid "How to use a G Suite server" -msgstr "Cómo usar un servidor de G Suite" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:70 -msgid "" -"You can use an G Suite server for any Odoo hosting type. To do so you need " -"to setup the SMTP relay service. The configuration steps are explained in " -"`Google documentation " -"<https://support.google.com/a/answer/2956491?hl=en>`__." -msgstr "" -"Puedes utilizar un servidor G Suite para cualquier tipo de alojamiento de " -"Odoo. Para hacerlo necesitas configurar un servicio de repetidor SMTP. Los " -"pasos para configurarlo estas explicados en la documentación de Google, " -"<https://support.google.com/a/answer/2956491?hl=en>`__." - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:77 -msgid "Be SPF-compliant" -msgstr "Cumplir con SPF" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:78 -msgid "" -"In case you use SPF (Sender Policy Framework) to increase the deliverability" -" of your outgoing emails, don't forget to authorize Odoo as a sending host " -"in your domain name settings. Here is the configuration for Odoo Online:" -msgstr "" -"En caso de que uses SPF (Sender Policy Framework) para incrementar la " -"entrega de tus correos salientes, no olvides autorizar a Odoo como un emisor" -" en la configuración de tu nombre de dominio. Aqui esta la configuracion " -"para Odoo Online:" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:82 -msgid "" -"If no TXT record is set for SPF, create one with following definition: " -"v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com ~all" -msgstr "" -"Si ningún registro TXT es establecido para el SPF , crea uno con la " -"siguiente definición v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com ~all" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:84 -msgid "" -"In case a SPF TXT record is already set, add \"include:_spf.odoo.com\". e.g." -" for a domain name that sends emails via Odoo Online and via G Suite it " -"could be: v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com include:_spf.google.com ~all" -msgstr "" -"En caso de que un registro TXT de SPF ya este en uso, agregar " -"\"include:_spf.odoo.com\". e.g. para un nombre de dominio que envia correos " -"vía Odoo Online y vía G Suite podría ser: v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com " -"include:_spf.google.com ~all" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:88 -msgid "" -"Find `here <https://www.mail-tester.com/spf/>`__ the exact procedure to " -"create or modify TXT records in your own domain registrar." -msgstr "" -"Encuentra aquí <https://www.mail-tester.com/spf/>`__ el procedimiento " -"exacto para crear o modificar un registro TXT en tu propio dominio." - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:91 -msgid "" -"Your new SPF record can take up to 48 hours to go into effect, but this " -"usually happens more quickly." -msgstr "" -"Tu nuevo registro SPF puede tomar hasta 48 horas para entrar en efecto, pero" -" usualmente pasa más rápido. " - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:94 -msgid "" -"Adding more than one SPF record for a domain can cause problems with mail " -"delivery and spam classification. Instead, we recommend using only one SPF " -"record by modifying it to authorize Odoo." -msgstr "" -"Agregar mas de un registro SPF en tu dominio puede causar problemas en la " -"entrega de tus correos o en la clasificación del spam. En lugar de eso " -"recomendamos que se utiliza solo un registro modificandolo para autorizar " -"Odoo." - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:99 -msgid "Allow DKIM" -msgstr "Permitir DKIM" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:100 -msgid "" -"You should do the same thing if DKIM (Domain Keys Identified Mail) is " -"enabled on your email server. In the case of Odoo Online & Odoo.sh, you " -"should add a DNS \"odoo._domainkey\" CNAME record to " -"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\". For example, for \"foo.com\" they should have " -"a record \"odoo._domainkey.foo.com\" that is a CNAME with the value " -"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\"." -msgstr "" -"Debe hacer lo mismo si DKIM (Correo identificado con claves de dominio) está" -" habilitado en su servidor de correo electrónico. En el caso de Odoo Online " -"& Odoo.sh, debe agregar un registro CNAME DNS \"odoo._domainkey\" a " -"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\". Por ejemplo, para \"foo.com\" deben tener un " -"registro \"odoo._domainkey.foo.com\" que sea un CNAME con el valor " -"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\"." - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:108 -msgid "Restriction" -msgstr "Restricción" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:109 -msgid "" -"Please note that the port 25 is blocked for security reasons. Try using 587," -" 465 or 2525." -msgstr "" -"Tenga en cuenta que el puerto 25 está bloqueado por motivos de seguridad. " -"Intente usar 587, 465 o 2525." - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:112 -msgid "How to manage inbound messages" -msgstr "¿Cómo administrar los mensajes de correo entrantes?" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:114 -msgid "Odoo relies on generic email aliases to fetch incoming messages." -msgstr "" -"Odoo se basa en pseudónimos de correo electrónico genéricos para recuperar " -"los mensajes entrantes." - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:116 -msgid "" -"**Reply messages** of messages sent from Odoo are routed to their original " -"discussion thread (and to the inbox of all its followers) by the catchall " -"alias (**catchall@**)." -msgstr "" -"**Los mensajes de respuesta** de los mensajes enviados desde Odoo se enrutan" -" a su hilo de discusión original (y a la bandeja de entrada de todos sus " -"seguidores) mediante el alias de catchall (**catchall @**)." - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:120 -msgid "" -"**Bounced messages** are routed to **bounce@** in order to track them in " -"Odoo. This is especially used in `Odoo Email Marketing " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/email-marketing>`__ to opt-out invalid " -"recipients." -msgstr "" -"**Los mensajes rebotados * se enrutan a **bounce@** para rastrearlos en " -"Odoo. Esto se utiliza especialmente en `Odoo Email Marketing " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/email-marketing>`__ para excluir a los " -"destinatarios no válidos." - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:124 -msgid "" -"**Original messages**: Several business objects have their own alias to " -"create new records in Odoo from incoming emails:" -msgstr "" -"**Mensajes originales**: varios objetos comerciales tienen su propio alias " -"para crear nuevos registros en Odoo a partir de correos electrónicos " -"entrantes:" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:127 -msgid "" -"Sales Channel (to create Leads or Opportunities in `Odoo CRM " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/crm>`__)," -msgstr "" -"Canal de ventas (para crear prospectos u oportunidades en `Odoo CRM " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/crm>`__)," - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:129 -msgid "" -"Support Channel (to create Tickets in `Odoo Helpdesk " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/helpdesk>`__)," -msgstr "" -"Canal de soporte (para crear Tickets en `Odoo Helpdesk " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/helpdesk>`__)," - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:131 -msgid "" -"Projects (to create new Tasks in `Odoo Project <https://www.odoo.com/page" -"/project-management>`__)," -msgstr "" -"Proyectos (para crear nuevas Tareas en `Odoo Project " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/project-management>`__)," - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:133 -msgid "" -"Job Positions (to create Applicants in `Odoo Recruitment " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/recruitment>`__)," -msgstr "" -"Puestos de trabajo (para crear candidatos en `Odoo Reclutamiento " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/recruitment>`__)," - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:135 -msgid "etc." -msgstr "etc." - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:137 -msgid "" -"Depending on your mail server, there might be several methods to fetch " -"emails. The easiest and most recommended method is to manage one email " -"address per Odoo alias in your mail server." -msgstr "" -"Dependiendo de su servidor de correo, puede haber varios métodos para buscar" -" correos electrónicos. El método más fácil y recomendado es administrar una " -"dirección de correo electrónico por alias de Odoo en su servidor de correo." - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:141 -msgid "" -"Create the corresponding email addresses in your mail server (catchall@, " -"bounce@, sales@, etc.)." -msgstr "" -"Cree las direcciones de correo electrónico correspondientes en su servidor " -"de correo (catchall@, bounce@, sales@, etc.)." - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:143 -msgid "Set your domain name in the General Settings." -msgstr "Establezca su nombre de dominio en la Configuración general." - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:148 -msgid "" -"If you use Odoo on-premise, create an *Incoming Mail Server* in Odoo for " -"each alias. You can do it from the General Settings as well. Fill out the " -"form according to your email provider’s settings. Leave the *Actions to " -"Perform on Incoming Mails* blank. Once all the information has been filled " -"out, click on *TEST & CONFIRM*." -msgstr "" -"Si usa Odoo en las instalaciones, cree un *Servidor de correo entrante* en " -"Odoo para cada alias. También puede hacerlo desde la Configuración general. " -"Complete el formulario de acuerdo con la configuración de su proveedor de " -"correo electrónico. Deje *Acciones para realizar en correos entrantes* en " -"blanco. Una vez completada toda la información, haga clic en *PROBAR Y " -"CONFIRMAR*." - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:157 -msgid "" -"If you use Odoo Online or Odoo.sh, We do recommend to redirect incoming " -"messages to Odoo's domain name rather than exclusively use your own email " -"server. That way you will receive incoming messages without delay. Indeed, " -"Odoo Online is fetching incoming messages of external servers once per hour " -"only. You should set redirections for all the email addresses to Odoo's " -"domain name in your email server (e.g. *catchall@mydomain.ext* to " -"*catchall@mycompany.odoo.com*)." -msgstr "" -"Si usa Odoo Online u Odoo.sh, recomendamos redirigir los mensajes entrantes " -"al nombre de dominio de Odoo en lugar de usar exclusivamente su propio " -"servidor de correo electrónico. De esa forma, recibirá los mensajes " -"entrantes sin demora. De hecho, Odoo Online está obteniendo mensajes " -"entrantes de servidores externos solo una vez por hora. Debe establecer " -"redirecciones para todas las direcciones de correo electrónico al nombre de " -"dominio de Odoo en su servidor de correo electrónico (por ejemplo, " -"*catchall@mydomain.ext* a *catchall@mycompany.odoo.com*)." - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:167 -msgid "All the aliases are customizable in Odoo." -msgstr "Todos los alias son personalizables en Odoo." - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:165 -msgid "" -"Object aliases can be edited from their respective configuration view. To " -"edit catchall and bounce aliases, you first need to activate the " -":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." -msgstr "" -"Los alias de objetos se pueden editar desde su respectiva vista de " -"configuración. Para editar los alias de captura y rebote, primero debe " -"activar :doc: `Modo de desarrollador " -"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:169 -msgid "" -"Then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System " -"Parameters` to customize the aliases (*mail.catchall.alias* & * " -"mail.bounce.alias*)." -msgstr "" -"Luego vaya a :menuselection: `Configuración --> Técnico --> Parámetros --> " -"Parámetros del sistema` para personalizar los alias (*mail.catchall.alias * " -"& *mail.bounce.alias*)." - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:175 -msgid "" -"By default inbound messages are fetched every 5 minutes in Odoo on-premise. " -"You can change this value in :doc:`Developer mode " -"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Go to :menuselection:`Settings -->" -" Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions` and look for *Mail: " -"Fetchmail Service*." -msgstr "" -"De forma predeterminada, los mensajes entrantes se obtienen cada 5 minutos " -"en Odoo en las instalaciones. Puede cambiar este valor en: doc: `Modo " -"desarrollador <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Vaya a " -":menuselection:`Configuración --> Técnico --> Automatización --> Acciones " -"programadas` y busque *Mail: Fetchmail Service*." - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:3 -msgid "Email Templates" -msgstr "Plantillas de correo electrónico" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:5 -msgid "" -"We all know writing good emails is vital to get a high response rate, but " -"you do not want to rewrite the same structure every time, do you? That is " -"where email templates come in. Without the need to rewrite the entire email " -"structure every time, you save time to focus on the content. Multiple " -"templates also let you deliver the right message to the right audience, " -"improving their overall experience with the company." -msgstr "" -"Todos sabemos que escribir buenos correos electrónicos es vital para obtener" -" una alta tasa de respuesta, pero no querrás reescribir la misma estructura " -"cada vez, ¿verdad? Ahí es donde entran en juego las plantillas de correo " -"electrónico. Sin la necesidad de reescribir toda la estructura del correo " -"electrónico cada vez, ahorra tiempo para concentrarse en el contenido. " -"Varias plantillas también le permiten entregar el mensaje correcto a la " -"audiencia adecuada, mejorando su experiencia general con la empresa." - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:12 -msgid "Enable it and understand a few concepts" -msgstr "Habilítelo y comprenda algunos conceptos" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:14 -msgid "" -"The :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` must be " -"activated. Then, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> " -"Templates`. A view of the existing templates is shown." -msgstr "" -"El :doc:`Modo desarrollador <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` debe " -"estar activado. Luego, vaya a :menuselection:`Configuración --> Técnico --> " -"Plantillas`. Se muestra una vista de las plantillas existentes." - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:18 -msgid "" -"**It is highly recommended not to change the content in existing templates " -"unless the user has prior knowledge about placeholders.**" -msgstr "" -"**Se recomienda encarecidamente no cambiar el contenido de las plantillas " -"existentes a menos que el usuario tenga conocimientos previos sobre los " -"marcadores de posición.**" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:21 -msgid "" -"To add a new one, click on *Create* and choose the type of document this " -"template is used with. In the example below, the template would be sent to " -"job applicants." -msgstr "" -"Para agregar uno nuevo, haga clic en *Crear* y elija el tipo de documento " -"con el que se usa esta plantilla. En el siguiente ejemplo, la plantilla se " -"enviaría a los solicitantes de empleo." - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Under *Email Configuration*, fields such as *From*, *To (Emails)*, *To " -"(Partners)*, require placeholders. If the *From* field is not set, the " -"default value is the author’s email alias, if configured, or email address." -msgstr "" -"En *Configuración de correo electrónico*, campos como *De*, *Para (correos " -"electrónicos)*, *Para (socios)*, requieren marcadores de posición. Si el " -"campo *De* no está configurado, el valor predeterminado es el alias de " -"correo electrónico del autor, si está configurado, o la dirección de correo " -"electrónico." - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Under *Advanced Settings*, if an *Outgoing Mail Server* is not set, the one " -"with the highest priority is used." -msgstr "" -"En *Configuración avanzada*, si no se configura un *Servidor de correo " -"saliente*, se usa el que tiene la prioridad más alta." - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:34 -msgid "" -"The option *Auto Delete* permanently deletes the emails after they are sent," -" saving space in your database." -msgstr "" -"La opción *Auto Eliminar* elimina permanentemente los correos electrónicos " -"después de que se envían, lo que ahorra espacio en su base de datos." - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:37 -msgid "Writing content including placeholder expressions" -msgstr "Escribir contenido que incluya expresiones de marcador de posición" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Under the tab *Dynamic Placeholder Generator*, look for the *Field* you " -"would like to use." -msgstr "" -"En la pestaña *Generador de marcador de posición dinámico*, busque el " -"*Campo* que le gustaría usar." - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Next, copy the *Placeholder Expression* and paste it in the *Body* of the " -"email, under the *Content* tab, using - essentially - the *Code View*." -msgstr "" -"A continuación, copie la *Expresión de marcador de posición* y péguela en el" -" *Cuerpo* del correo electrónico, debajo de la pestaña *Contenido*, " -"utilizando, esencialmente, la *Vista de código*." - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Deactivate the *Code View* option by simply clicking on it again, and easily" -" design the message. Click on *Preview* to check how the email looks before " -"sending it." -msgstr "" -"Desactive la opción *Vista de código* simplemente haciendo clic en ella " -"nuevamente y diseñe fácilmente el mensaje. Haga clic en *Vista previa* para " -"comprobar cómo se ve el correo electrónico antes de enviarlo." - -#: ../../discuss/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Información general" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:3 -msgid "Get Started with Discuss" -msgstr "Empiece a discutir" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Discuss allows you to bring all of your company’s communication together " -"through messages, notes, and chat. Share information, projects, files, " -"prioritize tasks, and stay connected with colleagues and partners throughout" -" applications. Forge better relationships, increase productivity and " -"transparency by promoting a convenient way of communicating." -msgstr "" -"Discusiones te permite unir todas las comunicaciones de tu empresa a través " -"de mensajes, notas y chat. Comparta información, proyectos, archivos, " -"priorice tareas y permanezca conectado con colegas y socios en todas las " -"aplicaciones. Establezca mejores relaciones, aumente la productividad y la " -"transparencia al promover una forma conveniente de comunicarse." - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:11 -msgid "Choose your notifications preference" -msgstr "Elija su preferencia de notificaciones" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Access your *Preferences* and choose how you would like your notifications " -"to be handled." -msgstr "" -"Acceda a sus *Preferencias* y elija cómo desea que se manejen sus " -"notificaciones." - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:21 -msgid "" -"By default, the field is set as *Handle by Emails* making messages, notes, " -"and notifications where you were mentioned or that you follow, to be sent " -"through email. By choosing *Handle in Odoo*, they are shown in the *Inbox*." -msgstr "" -"De forma predeterminada, el campo está configurado como *Manejar por correos" -" electrónicos* y hace que los mensajes, notas y notificaciones donde se le " -"mencione o que siga, se envíen por correo electrónico. Al elegir *Manejar en" -" Odoo*, se muestran en la *Bandeja de entrada*." - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:22 -msgid "Messages can then be *Marked as Todo*, *Replied*, or *Marked as Read*." -msgstr "" -"Los mensajes se pueden *Marcar como Por Hacer *, *Respondido* o *Marcado " -"como Leído*." - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:28 -msgid "" -"The messages tagged as *Mark as Todo* are also shown in *Starred*, while the" -" ones *Marked as Read* are moved to *History*." -msgstr "" -"Los mensajes etiquetados como *Marcar como Por Hacer* también se muestran en" -" *Destacados*, mientras que los *Marcados como Leídos* se mueven a " -"*Historial*." - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:36 -msgid "Start Chatting" -msgstr "Empezar a chatear" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:38 -msgid "" -"The first time you log in to your account, OdooBot sends you a message " -"asking for permission to receive desktop notifications to chats. If " -"accepted, you receive push notifications to the messages sent to you despite" -" of where you are in Odoo." -msgstr "" -"La primera vez que inicia sesión en su cuenta, OdooBot le envía un mensaje " -"solicitando permiso para recibir notificaciones de escritorio en los chats. " -"Si se acepta, recibirá notificaciones automáticas de los mensajes que se le " -"envíen independientemente de dónde se encuentre en Odoo." - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:48 -msgid "" -"To stop receiving desktop notifications, reset the notifications settings of" -" your browser." -msgstr "" -"Para dejar de recibir notificaciones de escritorio, restablezca la " -"configuración de notificaciones de su navegador." - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:50 -msgid "" -"To start a chat, click on *New Message* on the *Messaging Menu*, or go to " -"*Discuss* and send a *Direct Message*." -msgstr "" -"Para iniciar un chat, haga clic en *Nuevo mensaje* en el *Menú de " -"mensajería*, o vaya a *Discusión* y envíe un *Mensaje directo*." - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:58 -msgid "" -"You can also create :doc:`public and private channels <team_communication>`." -msgstr "" -"También puede crear :doc:`canales públicos y privados <team_communication>`." - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:61 -msgid "Mentions in the chat and on the Chatter" -msgstr "Menciones en el chat y en Chatter" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:64 -msgid "" -"To mention a user within a chat or the chatter type *@user-name*; to refer " -"to a channel, type *#channel-name*." -msgstr "" -"Para mencionar a un usuario dentro de un chat o el tipo de charla *@nombre-" -"usuario *; para referirse a un canal, escriba *#nombre-canal *." - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:66 -msgid "" -"A notification is sent to the user mentioned either to his *Inbox* or " -"through email, depending on his settings." -msgstr "" -"Se envía una notificación al usuario mencionado a su *Bandeja de entrada* o " -"por correo electrónico, dependiendo de su configuración." - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:73 -msgid "" -"When a user is mentioned, the search list (list of names) suggests values " -"first based on the task’s followers, and secondly on *Employees*. If the " -"record being searched does not match with either a follower or employee, the" -" scope of the search becomes all partners." -msgstr "" -"Cuando se menciona a un usuario, la lista de búsqueda (lista de nombres) " -"sugiere valores en primer lugar en función de los seguidores de la tarea y, " -"en segundo lugar, en *Empleados*. Si el registro que se busca no coincide " -"con un seguidor o un empleado, el alcance de la búsqueda se convierte en " -"todos los socios." - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:78 -msgid "Chat status" -msgstr "Estado del chat" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:80 -msgid "" -"It is helpful to see what colleagues are up to and how quickly they can " -"respond to messages by checking their *Status*. The status is shown on the " -"left side of a contact’s names on Discuss’ sidebar and on the *Messaging " -"menu*." -msgstr "" -"Es útil ver qué están haciendo los colegas y qué tan rápido pueden responder" -" a los mensajes al verificar su *Estado*. El estado se muestra en el lado " -"izquierdo de los nombres de un contacto en la barra lateral de Discusiones y" -" en el *menú de Mensajería*." - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:84 -msgid "Green = online" -msgstr "Verde = en línea" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:85 -msgid "Orange = away" -msgstr "Naranja = lejos" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:86 -msgid "White = offline" -msgstr "Blanco = sin conexión" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:87 -msgid "Airplane = out of the office" -msgstr "Avión = fuera de la oficina" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:95 -#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:65 -msgid ":doc:`team_communication`" -msgstr ":doc:`team_communication`" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:96 -msgid ":doc:`../advanced/email_servers`" -msgstr ":doc:`../advanced/email_servers`" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:3 -msgid "Get Organized by Planning Activities" -msgstr "Organícese por actividades de planificación" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When you plan activities you minimize the risk of uncertainties, as you " -"provide clear directions for the course of your next action. In addition to " -"that, you do not leave space for wasteful activities and reduce the chance " -"of having overlapping actions between team members." -msgstr "" -"Cuando planifica actividades, minimiza el riesgo de incertidumbres, ya que " -"proporciona instrucciones claras para el curso de su próxima acción. Además " -"de eso, no deja espacio para actividades inútiles y reduce la posibilidad de" -" que haya acciones superpuestas entre los miembros del equipo." - -#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:10 -msgid "Where do I see my schedule activities?" -msgstr "¿Dónde veo mis actividades programadas?" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Access and manage your activities wherever you are in Odoo by the " -"*Activities* menu." -msgstr "" -"Acceda y administre sus actividades en cualquier lugar de Odoo mediante el " -"menú *Actividades*." - -#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:20 -msgid "Plan activities" -msgstr "Planear actividades" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Activities can be planned and managed from the chatter by clicking on " -"*Schedule activity*, or through Kanban views." -msgstr "" -"Las actividades se pueden planificar y administrar desde la charla haciendo " -"clic en *Programar actividad*, o mediante las vistas Kanban." - -#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:31 -msgid "Set your activity types" -msgstr "Establece tus tipos de actividad" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:33 -msgid "" -"A number of activities types are available by default in Odoo (call, email, " -"meeting, etc.). However, you can set new ones going to " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Activity types`." -msgstr "" -"Hay varios tipos de actividades disponibles de forma predeterminada en Odoo " -"(llamada, correo electrónico, reunión, etc.). Sin embargo, puede establecer " -"nuevos en :menuselection:`Configuración --> Tipos de actividad`." - -#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:42 -msgid "" -"If you need to create an activity type with an available calendar, make sure" -" to create it with an *Action to Perform* set as *Meeting*." -msgstr "" -"Si necesita crear un tipo de actividad con un calendario disponible, " -"asegúrese de crearlo con una *Acción para realizar* establecida como " -"*Reunión*." - -#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:46 -msgid "Recommend next activities" -msgstr "Recomendar próximas actividades" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Odoo helps you to plan a flow of activities by allowing you to set " -"*Recommended Next Activities*." -msgstr "" -"Odoo le ayuda a planificar un flujo de actividades permitiéndole establecer " -"*Próximas actividades recomendadas*." - -#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Once the respective activity is completed, select *Done & Schedule Next* and" -" next steps are suggested to you." -msgstr "" -"Una vez que se complete la actividad respectiva, seleccione *Hecho y " -"Programar Siguiente* y se le sugieren los siguientes pasos." - -#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:64 -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:115 -msgid ":doc:`get_started`" -msgstr ":doc:`get_started`" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:3 -msgid "Efficiently Communicate Using Channels" -msgstr "Comuníquese de manera eficiente mediante canales" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:5 -msgid "" -"You can use channels to organize discussions between individual teams, " -"departments, projects, or any other group that requires regular " -"communication. This way, you keep everyone in the loop updated with the " -"latest developments." -msgstr "" -"Puede utilizar canales para organizar discusiones entre equipos " -"individuales, departamentos, proyectos o cualquier otro grupo que requiera " -"una comunicación regular. De esta manera, mantendrá a todos informados al " -"día con los últimos desarrollos." - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:10 -msgid "Public and Private channels" -msgstr "Canales públicos y privados" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:12 -msgid "" -"A *Public* channel can be seen by everyone, while a *Private* one is only " -"visible to users invited to it." -msgstr "" -"Todo el mundo puede ver un canal *Público*, mientras que uno *Privado* solo " -"es visible para los usuarios invitados." - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:21 -msgid "" -"A public channel is best used when many employees need to access information" -" (such as company announcements), whereas a private channel could be used " -"whenever information should be limited to specific groups (such as a " -"specific department)." -msgstr "" -"Un canal público se utiliza mejor cuando muchos empleados necesitan acceder " -"a información (como anuncios de la empresa), mientras que un canal privado " -"se puede utilizar siempre que la información deba limitarse a grupos " -"específicos (como un departamento específico)." - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:26 -msgid "Configuration options" -msgstr "Opciones de configuración" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:28 -msgid "" -"You can configure a channel’s name, description, email alias, and privacy by" -" clicking on the *Channel Settings* icon on the sidebar." -msgstr "" -"Puedes configurar el nombre, la descripción, el alias de correo electrónico " -"y la privacidad de un canal haciendo clic en el ícono *Configuración del " -"canal * en la barra lateral." - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:36 -msgid "Privacy and Members" -msgstr "Privacidad y miembros" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Changing *Who can follow the group’s activities?* allows you to control " -"which groups can have access to the channel. Note that allowing *Everyone* " -"to follow a private channel lets other users view and join it, as they would" -" a public one." -msgstr "" -"Cambiar *¿Quién puede seguir las actividades del grupo?* Le permite " -"controlar qué grupos pueden tener acceso al canal. Tenga en cuenta que " -"permitir que *Todos* sigan un canal privado permite que otros usuarios lo " -"vean y se unan, como lo harían con uno público." - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:42 -msgid "" -"If you choose *Invited people only*, go to the *Members* tab to add your " -"members, or, go to Discuss’ main page, select the channel and click on " -"*Invite*." -msgstr "" -"Si elige *Solo personas invitadas*, vaya a la pestaña *Miembros* para " -"agregar sus miembros, o vaya a la página principal de Discusión, seleccione " -"el canal y haga clic en *Invitar*." - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:49 -msgid "" -"For *Selected group of users*, the option *Auto Subscribe Groups* " -"automatically add its members as followers. In other words, while " -"*Authorized Groups* limits which users can access the channel, *Auto " -"Subscribe Groups* automatically adds the user as a member as long as they " -"are part of the group." -msgstr "" -"Para *Grupo seleccionado de usuarios*, la opción *Grupos de suscripción " -"automática* agrega automáticamente a sus miembros como seguidores. En otras " -"palabras, mientras que *Grupos autorizados* limita qué usuarios pueden " -"acceder al canal, *Grupos de suscripción automática* agrega automáticamente " -"al usuario como miembro siempre que sea parte del grupo." - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:55 -msgid "Use a channel as a mailing list" -msgstr "Use un canal como lista de correo" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Choosing to *Send messages by email* configures the channel to behave as a " -"mailing list." -msgstr "" -"La elección de *Enviar mensajes por correo electrónico* configura el canal " -"para que se comporte como una lista de correo." - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:59 -msgid "" -"Enabling this option allows you to *Moderate this channel*, meaning that " -"messages will need to be approved before being sent." -msgstr "" -"Habilitar esta opción le permite *Moderar este canal*, lo que significa que " -"los mensajes deberán ser aprobados antes de enviarse." - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Under the *Moderation* tab choose as many moderators as you need, and if you" -" would like them to receive an *Automatic notification*." -msgstr "" -"En la pestaña *Moderación*, elija tantos moderadores como necesite, y si " -"desea que reciban una *Notificación automática*." - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Mark *Send guidelines to new subscribers* to automatically send instructions" -" to newcomers." -msgstr "" -"Marque *Enviar pautas a nuevos suscriptores* para enviar instrucciones " -"automáticamente a los recién llegados." - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Moderators can: *Accept*, *Reject*, *Discard*, *Always Allow* or *Ban* " -"messages." -msgstr "" -"Los moderadores pueden: *Aceptar*, *Rechazar*, *Descartar*, *Permitir " -"siempre* o *Prohibir* mensajes." - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:80 -msgid "" -"Members of a mailing channel receive messages through email regardless of " -"their :doc:`notification preference <get_started>`." -msgstr "" -"Los miembros de un canal de correo reciben mensajes por correo electrónico " -"independientemente de su :doc:`preferencia de notificación <get_started>`." - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Once a channel is moderated, the menu *Ban List* allows you to add email " -"addresses per moderated channel to auto-ban them from sending messages." -msgstr "" -"Una vez que se modera un canal, el menú *Lista de prohibición* le permite " -"agregar direcciones de correo electrónico por canal moderado para prohibir " -"automáticamente el envío de mensajes." - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:91 -msgid "Quick search bar" -msgstr "Barra de búsqueda rápida" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:93 -msgid "" -"Once at least 20 channels, direct message and live chat conversations (if " -"the module is installed on your database) are pinned in the sidebar, a " -"*Quick search…* bar is displayed. It is a clever way to filter conversations" -" and quickly find the one you need." -msgstr "" -"Una vez que se anclan al menos 20 canales, mensajes directos y " -"conversaciones de chat en vivo (si el módulo está instalado en su base de " -"datos) en la barra lateral, se muestra una barra de *Búsqueda rápida ...*. " -"Es una forma inteligente de filtrar conversaciones y encontrar rápidamente " -"la que necesita." - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:103 -msgid "Finding channels" -msgstr "Encontrar canales" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:106 -msgid "" -"Click on *Channels* (on the sidebar), browse through the list of public " -"channels, and join or leave them from a single screen." -msgstr "" -"Haga clic en *Canales* (en la barra lateral), explore la lista de canales " -"públicos y únase a ellos o déjelos desde una sola pantalla." - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:108 -msgid "" -"Apply filters criteria and save it for later use. The search function " -"accepts wildcards by using the underscore character *(_)* to represent a " -"single character." -msgstr "" -"Aplique criterios de filtros y guárdelos para su uso posterior. La función " -"de búsqueda acepta comodines utilizando el carácter de subrayado *(_)* para " -"representar un solo carácter." - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:116 -msgid ":doc:`plan_activities`" -msgstr ":doc:`plan_activities`" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po deleted file mode 100644 index eebb35ebc..000000000 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1032 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Althay Ramallo Fuentes <arf@odoo.com>, 2020 -# Nicole Kist <nki@odoo.com>, 2020 -# Raquel Iciarte <ric@odoo.com>, 2020 -# Kelly Quintero <kiutba@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Jon Perez <jop@odoo.com>, 2020 -# Fabian <fabiananguiano@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Jesús Alan Ramos Rodríguez <alan.ramos@jarsa.com.mx>, 2021 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Jesús Alan Ramos Rodríguez <alan.ramos@jarsa.com.mx>, 2021\n" -"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: es\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../ecommerce.rst:5 -msgid "eCommerce" -msgstr "Comercial Electrónico" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started.rst:3 -msgid "Get started" -msgstr "Empezar" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:3 -msgid "How to customize my catalog page" -msgstr "Cómo customizar mi página de catálogo" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:6 -msgid "Product Catalog" -msgstr "Catálogo de productos" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:8 -msgid "" -"All your published items show up in your catalog page (or *Shop* page)." -msgstr "" -"Todos tus artículos publicados aparecerán en tu página de catálogo (o página" -" de compra)" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Most options are available in the *Customize* menu: display attributes, " -"website categories, etc." -msgstr "" -"La mayoría de las opciones están disponibles en el menú de *Personalizar*: " -"atributos de la pantalla, categorías de la página, etc." - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:20 -msgid "Highlight a product" -msgstr "Destacar un producto" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Boost the visibility of your star/promoted products: push them to top, make " -"them bigger, add a ribbon that you can edit (Sale, New, etc.). Open the Shop" -" page, switch to Edit mode and click any item to start customizing the grid." -msgstr "" -"Aumenta la visibilidad de tus productos estrella/promocionados: impúlsalos " -"hacia arriba, hazlos más grandes, añade una etiqueta que pueda editar " -"(venta, nuevo, etc.). Abre la página Tienda, cambia al modo Edición y haz " -"clic en cualquier elemento para comenzar a personalizar la cuadrícula." - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:26 -msgid "" -"See how to do it: " -"https://www.odoo.com/openerp_website/static/src/video/e-commerce/editing.mp4" -msgstr "" -"Vé cómo hacerlo: " -"https://www.odoo.com/openerp_website/static/src/video/e-commerce/editing.mp4" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:29 -msgid "Quick add to cart" -msgstr "Añadir al carrito" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:31 -msgid "" -"If your customers buy a lot of items at once, make their process shorter by " -"enabling purchases from the catalog page. To do so, add product description " -"and add to cart button. Turn on the following options in *Customize* menu: " -"Product Description, Add to Cart, List View (to display product description " -"better)." -msgstr "" -"Si tus clientes compran una gran cantidad de artículos a la vez, reduce el " -"tiempo de procesamiento de sus órdenes, permitiendo compras en la página del" -" catálogo. Para ello, agrega la descripción del producto y el botón de " -"agregar al carro. Activa las siguientes opciones en el menú *Personalizar*: " -"Descripción del producto, Añadir al carro, Vista de lista (para mostrar la " -"descripción del producto mejor)." - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:3 -msgid "How to build a product page" -msgstr "Cómo crear una página de un producto" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:5 -msgid "On the website click *New Page* in the top-right corner." -msgstr "" -"En la página web haz clic en *Nueva Página* en la esquina superior derecha." - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:7 -msgid "Then click *New Product* and follow the blinking tips." -msgstr "" -"Después haz clic en *Nuevo Producto* y sigue las sugerencias intermitentes." - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:12 -msgid "Here are the main elements of the Product page:" -msgstr "Aquí están los elementos principales de la página del producto:" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:17 -msgid "Many elements can be made visible from the *Customize* menu." -msgstr "" -"Muchos elementos se pueden hacer visibles desde el menú *Personalizar*." - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:22 -msgid "See how to configure your products from links here below." -msgstr "" -"Ve cómo configurar tus productos desde los vínculos presentados abajo." - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:26 -msgid ":doc:`../managing_products/variants`" -msgstr ":doc:`../managing_products/variants`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:27 -msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/taxes`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/taxes`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:28 -msgid ":doc:`../managing_products/stock`" -msgstr ":doc:`../managing_products/stock`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:29 -msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/cross_selling`" -msgstr ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/cross_selling`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:30 -msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/reviews`" -msgstr ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/reviews`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:31 -msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`" -msgstr ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:32 -msgid ":doc:`../../website/optimize/seo`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../website/optimize/seo`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products.rst:3 -msgid "Manage my products" -msgstr "Administrar mis productos" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:3 -msgid "How to display several images per product" -msgstr "Cómo mostrar varias imágenes por producto" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:5 -msgid "" -"By default your product web page displays the main image of your product " -"only. If you like to show your products under several angles, you can turn " -"the image into a carrousel." -msgstr "" -"De forma predeterminada, la página web de su producto sólo muestra la imagen" -" principal de tu producto. Si quieres mostrar tus productos bajo varios " -"ángulos, puedes convertir la imagen en un carrusel." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Check *Several images per product* in :menuselection:`Website Admin --> " -"Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" -"Consulta *Varias imágenes por producto* en: selección de menú: " -"`Administrador Sitio Web -> Configuración -> Herramientas´." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Open a product detail form and upload images from *Images* tab. Hit *Create*" -" in Edit mode to get the upload wizard." -msgstr "" -"Abre un formulario de detalle del producto y carga imágenes desde la pestaña" -" *Imágenes*. Pulsa *Crear* en el modo de edición para obtener el asistente " -"de carga." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:19 -msgid "Such extra image are common to all the product variants (if any)." -msgstr "" -"Dicha imágen adicional es común para todas las variantes del producto (si " -"las hay)." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:3 -msgid "How to show product availability" -msgstr "Cómo mostrar la disponibilidad de un producto" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The availability of your products can be shown on the website to reassure " -"your customers." -msgstr "" -"La disponibilidad de tus productos se puede ver en la página web para " -"tranquilizar a tus clientes." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:10 -msgid "" -"To display this, open the *Sales* tab in the product detail form and select " -"an option in *Availability*." -msgstr "" -"Para visualizar esto, abre la pestaña *Ventas* en el formulario de detalle " -"del producto y selecciona una opción en *Disponibilidad*." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:16 -msgid "" -"A custom warning message can be anything related to a stock out, delivery " -"delay, etc." -msgstr "" -"Un mensaje de advertencia personalizado puede ser cualquier cosa relacionada" -" con una salida de stock, retraso en la entrega, etc." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:22 -msgid "This tool does not require the Inventory app to be installed." -msgstr "" -"Esta herramienta no requiere la instalación de la aplicación de Inventario." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:25 -msgid "" -"If one item is no longer sellable, unpublish it from your website. If it " -"comes to one particular product variant, deactivate the variant in the " -"backend (see :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`)." -msgstr "" -"Si un artículo ya no está disponible para la venta, despublícalo de tu sitio" -" web. Si se trata de una variante de producto particular, desactiva la " -"variante en el backend (see :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`)." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage product variants" -msgstr "Cómo gestionar variantes de productos" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Product variants are used to offer variations of the same product to your " -"customers on the products page. For example, the customer chooses a T-shirt " -"and then selects its size and color. In the example below, the customer " -"chooses a phone, and then selects the memory; color and Wi-Fi band from the " -"available options." -msgstr "" -"Las variantes de productos son usadas para ofrecer a sus clientes " -"variaciones del mismo producto en la página de productos, por ejemplo si el " -"cliente elige una camiseta y luego selecciona la talla y el color. En el " -"ejemplo mostrado a continuación, de las opciones disponibles, el cliente " -"elige un teléfono y luego selecciona la memoria, el color y el ancho de " -"banda Wi-Fi." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:15 -msgid "How to create attributes & variants" -msgstr "Cómo crear atributos y variantes" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Turn on *Products can have several attributes, defining variants (Example: " -"size, color,...)* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`." -msgstr "" -"Activar *Los productos pueden tener varios atributos, definiendo variantes " -"(Ejemplo: tamaño, color,...)* en: menuselection:`Ventas--> Ajustes`." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:20 -msgid "Select a product from the Products list, go to the *Variants* tab." -msgstr "" -"Selecciona un producto de la lista de productos, ve a la pestaña " -"*Variantes*." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Add as many attributes as you need from 3 different types: radio buttons, " -"drop-down menu or color buttons. You get several variants as soon as there " -"are 2 values for 1 attribute." -msgstr "" -"Agregue tantos atributos como necesite de 3 tipos diferentes: botones de " -"opción, menús desplegables o botones de color. Obtendrá distintas variantes " -"tan pronto como tenga 2 valores por 1 atributo." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:30 -msgid "How to edit variants" -msgstr "Cómo editar variantes" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:32 -msgid "See all the variants from the product template detail form." -msgstr "" -"Ve todas las variantes del formulario de detalle de la plantilla del " -"producto." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:40 -msgid "You can edit following data:" -msgstr "Puedes editar los siguientes datos:" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:42 -msgid "Picture (will update in real time on the website)," -msgstr "Imagen (se actualizará en tiempo real en el sitio web)," - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:43 -msgid "Barcode," -msgstr "Código de barra," - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:44 -msgid "Internal Reference (SKU #)," -msgstr "Referencia interna (SKU #)," - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:45 -msgid "Volume," -msgstr "Volumen," - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:46 -msgid "Weight," -msgstr "Peso," - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:47 -msgid "Active (available in quotes & website)." -msgstr "Activo (disponible en citas y sitio web)." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Both the Barcode and the Internal Reference are variant-specific. You need " -"to populate them once the variants generated." -msgstr "" -"Tanto el código de barras como la referencia interna son específicos de cada" -" variante. Es necesario rellenarlos una vez generadas las variantes." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:54 -msgid "" -"See and edit all the variants from :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> " -"Product Variants` as well. This might be quicker if you manage lots of " -"variants." -msgstr "" -"También mire y edite todas las variantes de :menuselection;'Sales --> Sales " -"-->Product Variants'. Puede ser mas rápido si usted maneja muchas variantes." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:58 -msgid "How to set specific prices per variant" -msgstr "Cómo fijar precios específicos por variante" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:60 -msgid "" -"You can also set a specific public price per variant by clicking *Variant " -"Prices* in the product detail form (action in top-left corner)." -msgstr "" -"También puede configurar un precio publico específico por variante, al hacer" -" clic en \"Precios de las Variantes\" en el formulario de detalle del " -"producto (acción en la parte superior-izquierda)" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:66 -msgid "" -"The Price Extra is added to the product price whenever the corresponding " -"attribute value is selected." -msgstr "" -"El \"Precio Extra\" es agregado al precio del producto cuando el valor del " -"atributo correspondiente es seleccionado." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Pricelist formulas let you set advanced price computation methods for " -"product variants. See :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`." -msgstr "" -"Las fórmulas en las listas de precios le permiten configurar métodos de " -"cálculos de precios avanzados para las variantes de los productos. Ver " -":doc:'../maximzing_revenue/pricing’." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:80 -msgid "How to disable/archive variants" -msgstr "Cómo desactivar/archivar variantes" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:82 -msgid "" -"You can disable/archive specific variants so that they are no longer " -"available in quotes & website (not existing in your stock, deprecated, " -"etc.). Simply uncheck *Active* in their detail form." -msgstr "" -"Se pueden deshabilitar variantes específicas para que no estén disponibles " -"en cotizaciones u otras secciones del sitio web (variantes no en existencia," -" obsoletos, etc.). Simplemente desmarque la casilla 'Activar' en el " -"formulario de detalle." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:88 -msgid "" -"To retrieve such archived items, hit *Archived* on searching the variants " -"list. You can reactivate them the same way." -msgstr "" -"Para recuperar ítems archivados, presione/haga clic en \"Archivado\" al " -"buscar en la lista de variantes. Las puede reactivar de la misma manera." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue.rst:3 -msgid "Maximize my revenue" -msgstr "Maximizar mis ganancias" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:3 -msgid "How to sell accessories and optional products (cross-selling)" -msgstr "Cómo vender accesorios y productos opcionales (venta cruzada)" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:5 -msgid "" -"You sell computers. Why not stimulating your customers to buy a top-notch " -"screen or an extra-warranty? That's the goal of cross-selling " -"functionalities:" -msgstr "" -"Usted vende computadoras, por qué no estimular a sus clientes para que " -"compren una pantalla de primera categoría o adquieran extra garantía? Ese es" -" el objetivo de las funcionalidades de venta cruzada:" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:8 -msgid "Accessory products on checkout page," -msgstr "Productos accesorios en la página de pago," - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Optional products on a new *Add to Cart* screen (not installed by default)." -msgstr "" -"Productos opcionales en una nueva ventana *Añadir a la compra* (no instalado" -" por defecto)" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:12 -msgid "Accessory products when checking out" -msgstr "Productos accesorios al pagar" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Accessories (e.g. for computers: mouse, keyboard) show up when the customer " -"reviews the cart before paying." -msgstr "" -"Los accesorios (por ejemplo para computadoras: el ratón, el teclado) " -"aparecen cuando el cliente revisa la cesta de compra antes de hacer el pago." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:20 -msgid "Select accessories in the *Sales* tab of the product detail page." -msgstr "" -"Selecciona accesorios en la pestaña *Ventas* de la página de detalles del " -"producto." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:26 -msgid "" -"There is an algorithm to figure out the best accessories to display in case " -"several items are added to cart. If any item is the accessory of several " -"products added to cart, it is most likely that it will be atop the list of " -"suggested accessories." -msgstr "" -"Existe un algoritmo para resolver cual es el mejor accesorio a mostrar, en " -"caso de que varios ítems sean agregados a la cesta de compra. Si algún ítem " -"es el accesorio de varios productos agregados a la cesta de compra, es muy " -"probable que se ubique en el top de la lista de accesorios sugeridos." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:31 -msgid "Optional products when adding to cart" -msgstr "Productos opcionales al agregar a la cesta de compra" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Optional products are directly related to the item added to cart (e.g. for " -"computers: warranty, OS software, extra components). Whenever the main " -"product is added to cart, such a new screen pops up as an extra step." -msgstr "" -"Los productos opcionales están directamente relacionados al ítem agregado a " -"la cesta de compra (por ejemplo, para computadoras: la garantía, el sistema " -"operativo, componentes extra). Cada vez que un producto primario es agregado" -" a la cesta de compra, una nueva ventana aparece como paso adicional." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:40 -msgid "To publish optional products:" -msgstr "Para publicar productos opcionales:" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Install *eCommerce Optional Products* addon in *Apps* menu. Remove the " -"default filter to search on addons as well, otherwise only main apps show " -"up." -msgstr "" -"Instale el componente \"Productos Opcionales eCommerce\" en el menú " -"\"Apps\". También remueva el filtro por defecto para buscar componentes, de " -"lo contrario solo las aplicaciones principales aparecerán." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:48 -msgid "Select optional items from the *Sales* tab of the product detail form." -msgstr "" -"Seleccione ítems opcionales en la etiqueta \"ventas\" en el formulario de " -"detalle del producto." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:54 -msgid "" -"The quantity of optional items added to cart is the same than the main item." -msgstr "" -"La cantidad de ítems opcionales agregados a la cesta de compra es la misma " -"que la del ítem principal." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:3 -msgid "How to adapt the prices to my website visitors" -msgstr "Como ajustar los precios para los visitantes de mi sitio web" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:5 -msgid "This section sheds some light on pricing features of eCommerce app:" -msgstr "" -"Esta sección da una idea sobre el precio de las funciones de la aplicación " -"eCommerce:" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:7 -msgid "force a price by geo-localization," -msgstr "forzar un precio por geo-localización," - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:9 -msgid "let the customer choose the currency." -msgstr "dejar que el cliente elija la moneda." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:11 -msgid "" -"As a pre-requisite, check out how to managing produt pricing: " -":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`)." -msgstr "" -"Como pre-requisito, revise como administrar precio de productos:\n" -":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`)." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:15 -msgid "Geo-IP to automatically apply the right price" -msgstr "Geo-IP para actualizar automáticamente el precio correcto" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Assign country groups to your pricelists. That way, your visitors not yet " -"logged in will get their own currency when landing on your website." -msgstr "" -"Asigne grupos de países a sus listas de precios. De esta forma, los " -"visitantes que aun no hayan iniciado sesión verán su propia moneda de divisa" -" cuando visiten su sitio web." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:20 -msgid "Once logged in, they get the pricelist matching their country." -msgstr "" -"Una vez haya iniciado sesión, ellos obtendrán la lista de precios " -"equivalente a la de su país." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:23 -msgid "Currency selector" -msgstr "Selector de moneda" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:25 -msgid "" -"In case you sell in several currencies, you can let your customers choose " -"their own currency. Check *Selectable* to add the pricelist to the website " -"drop-down menu." -msgstr "" -"Si vende en distintas monedas, puede permitirle a sus clientes seleccionar " -"su propia moneda. Marque \"Seleccionable\" para agregar la lista de precios " -"al menú desplegable del sitio web." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:34 -msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:35 -msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:36 -msgid ":doc:`promo_code`" -msgstr ":doc:`promo_code`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:3 -msgid "How to create & share promotional codes" -msgstr "Cómo crear y compartir códigos promocionales" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Want to boost your sales for Xmas? Share promocodes through your marketing " -"campaigns and apply any kind of discounts." -msgstr "" -"Quiere aumentar sus ventas para Navidad? Comparta códigos promocionales a " -"través de sus campañas de mercadeo y aplique cualquier tipo de descuentos." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:9 -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:13 -msgid "Setup" -msgstr "Configurar" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings` and choose *Advanced pricing based" -" on formula* for *Sale Price*." -msgstr "" -"Ir a :menuselection:’Ventas --> Configuración’ y seleccionar \"Opciones " -"avanzadas de precios basado en formula\" para \"Precio de venta”." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Website Admin --> Catalog --> Pricelists` and create a" -" new pricelist with the discount rule (see :doc:`pricing`). Then enter a " -"code." -msgstr "" -"Ir a :menuselection:`Administrador de Sitio Web --> Catálogo --> Lista de " -"Precios` y crear una nueva lista de precios con la regla de descuento (ver " -":doc:'pricing'). Luego ingrese un código." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Make the promocode field available on your *Shopping Cart* page (option in " -"*Customize* menu). Add a product to cart to reach it." -msgstr "" -"Active el campo de texto Promocode en la cesta de compra (La opcion se " -"encuentra en el menu \"Personalizar\"). Agregue un producto a la cesta de " -"compra para visualizarlo." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Once turned on you see a new section on the right side. On clicking *Apply* " -"prices get automatically updated in the cart." -msgstr "" -"Una vez activado verá una nueva sección en el lado derecho. Al seleccionar " -"*Aplicar* los precios serán actualizados automáticamente en la cartilla." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:33 -msgid "" -"The promocode used by the customer is stored in the system so you can " -"analyze the performance of your marketing campaigns." -msgstr "" -"El código promocional utilizado por el cliente se almacena en el sistema " -"para que puedas analizar el rendimiento de tus campañas de marketing." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:39 -msgid "Show sales per pricelists..." -msgstr "Muestra las ventas por lista de precios…" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:43 -msgid ":doc:`pricing`" -msgstr ":doc:`pricing`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:3 -msgid "How to enable comments & rating" -msgstr "Cómo habilitar comentarios y calificación" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Publishing and monitoring customer experience will help you gain the trust " -"of new customers and better engage with your community. In 2 clicks, allow " -"your customer to share their feedback!" -msgstr "" -"Publicar y monitorear la experiencia del cliente lo ayudará a ganar la " -"confianza de nuevos clientes y a ser involucrados mejor con su comunidad. " -"¡En 2 clics, permites que su cliente comparta sus comentarios!" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Activate comments & rating from the *Customize* menu of the product web " -"page." -msgstr "" -"Active los comentarios y la calificación desde el menú *Personalizar* de la" -" página web del producto." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Visitors must log in to share their comments. Make sure they are able to do " -"so (see Portal documentation)." -msgstr "" -"Los visitantes deben iniciar sesión para compartir sus comentarios. " -"Asegúrese de que puedan hacerlo (consulte la documentación del Portal)." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:25 -msgid "Review the posts in real time" -msgstr "Revisa las publicaciones en tiempo real" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Whenever a post is published, the product manager and all the product " -"followers get notified in their Inbox (*Discuss* menu)." -msgstr "" -"Cada vez que se publica una publicación, el gerente de producto y todos los " -"seguidores del producto reciben una notificación en su bandeja de entrada " -"(menú *Discusión*)." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:34 -msgid "" -"By default the user who created the product is automatically set as " -"follower." -msgstr "" -"De forma predeterminada, el usuario que creó el producto se establece " -"automáticamente como seguidor." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Click the product name to open the detail form and review the comment (in " -"the product discussion thread)." -msgstr "" -"Haga clic en el nombre del producto para abrir el formulario de detalles y " -"revisar el comentario (en el hilo de discusión del producto)." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:43 -msgid "Moderate & unpublish" -msgstr "Moderar y anular la publicación" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:45 -msgid "" -"You can easily moderate by using the chatter, either in the product detail " -"form or on the web page." -msgstr "" -"Puede moderar fácilmente utilizando la charla, ya sea en el formulario de " -"detalles del producto o en la página web." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:48 -msgid "" -"To unpublish the post, open the product web page and click the *Published* " -"button to turn it red (*Unpublished*)." -msgstr "" -"Para anular la publicación de la publicación, abra la página web del " -"producto y haga clic en el botón *Publicado* para que se vuelva rojo (*No " -"publicado*)." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:56 -msgid "..tip::" -msgstr "..tip::" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:55 -msgid "" -"You can access the web page from the detail form by clicking the *Published*" -" smart button (and vice versa)." -msgstr "" -"Puede acceder a la página web desde el formulario de detalles haciendo clic " -"en el botón inteligente *Publicado* (y viceversa)." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:3 -msgid "How to sell pricier alternative products (upselling)" -msgstr "Cómo vender productos alternativos más caros (venta adicional)" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In order to maximize your revenue, suggesting pricier alternative products " -"is strongly advised for basic items. That way, your customer will spend more" -" time browsing your catalog." -msgstr "" -"Para maximizar sus ingresos, sugerir productos alternativos más costosos es " -"altamente recomendable para artículos básicos. De esa manera, su cliente " -"pasará más tiempo navegando por su catálogo." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:12 -msgid "To do so:" -msgstr "Para hacerlo:" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Select such *Alternative Products* in the *Sales* tab of the product detail " -"form. 3 alternatives are fine! Don't publish too many otherwise your " -"customers will be confused." -msgstr "" -"Seleccione tales *Productos alternativos* en la pestaña *Ventas* del " -"formulario de detalles del producto. ¡3 alternativas están bien! No publique" -" demasiados, de lo contrario sus clientes se confundirán." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Turn on *Alternative Products* from the *Customize* menu of the product web " -"page." -msgstr "" -"Active *Productos alternativos* desde el menú *Personalizar* de la página " -"web del producto." - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Información general" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:3 -msgid "Introduction to Odoo eCommerce" -msgstr "Introducción al comercio electrónico con Odoo" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:10 -msgid "" -"The documentation will help you go live with your eCommerce website in no " -"time. The topics follow the buying process:" -msgstr "" -"La documentación le ayudará a poner en marcha su sitio web de comercio " -"electrónico en poco tiempo. Los temas siguen el proceso de compra:" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:13 -msgid "Product Page" -msgstr "Página del producto" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:14 -msgid "Shop Page" -msgstr "Página de la tienda" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:15 -msgid "Pricing" -msgstr "Precio" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:16 -msgid "Taxes" -msgstr "Impuestos" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:17 -msgid "Checkout process" -msgstr "Proceso de pago" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:18 -msgid "Upselling & cross-selling" -msgstr "Venta ascendente y venta cruzada" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:19 -msgid "Payment" -msgstr "Pagos" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:20 -msgid "Shipping & Tracking" -msgstr "Envío y seguimiento" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:24 -msgid ":doc:`../../website/publish/domain_name`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../website/publish/domain_name`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/publish.rst:3 -msgid "Launch my website" -msgstr "Lanzar mi sitio web" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience.rst:3 -msgid "Get paid" -msgstr "Recibir pagos" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage orders paid with payment acquirers" -msgstr "Cómo administrar pedidos pagados con adquirentes de pagos" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo confirms orders automatically as soon as the payment is authorized by a" -" payment acquirer. This triggers the delivery. If you invoice based on " -"ordered quantities, you are also requested to invoice the order." -msgstr "" -"Odoo confirma los pedidos automáticamente tan pronto como un adquirente de " -"pagos autoriza el pago. Esto desencadena la entrega. Si factura en función " -"de las cantidades solicitadas, también se le solicita que facture el pedido." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:12 -msgid "What are the payment status" -msgstr "¿Cuál es el estado del pago?" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:13 -msgid "" -"At anytime, the salesman can check the transaction status from the order." -msgstr "" -"En cualquier momento, el vendedor puede verificar el estado de la " -"transacción de la orden." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:18 -msgid "*Draft*: transaction under processing." -msgstr "*Borrador*: la transacción se está procesando." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:20 -msgid "" -"*Pending*: the payment acquirer keeps the transaction on hold and you need " -"to authorize it from the acquirer interface." -msgstr "" -"*Pendiente*: el adquirente de pagos mantiene la transacción en espera y " -"usted debe autorizarla desde la interfaz del adquirente." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:23 -msgid "" -"*Authorized*: the payment has been authorized but not yet captured. In Odoo," -" the order is already confirmed. Once the delivery done, you can capture the" -" amount from the acquirer interface (or from Odoo if you use Authorize.net)." -msgstr "" -"*Autorizado*: el pago ha sido autorizado pero aún no capturado. En Odoo, el " -"pedido ya está confirmado. Una vez realizada la entrega, puede capturar la " -"cantidad desde la interfaz del adquirente (o desde Odoo si usa " -"Authorize.net)." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:28 -msgid "" -"*Done*: the payment is authorized and captured. The order has been " -"confirmed." -msgstr "" -"*Hecho*: el pago fue autorizado y recibido. La orden ha sido confirmada." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:30 -msgid "" -"*Error*: an error has occured during the transaction. The customer needs to " -"retry the payment. The order is still in draft." -msgstr "" -"*Error*: un error se ha producido durante la transacción. El cliente " -"necesita volver a intentar el pago. La orden está aún en borrador." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:34 -msgid "" -"*Cancelled*: when the customer cancels the payment in the payment acquirer " -"form. They are taken back to Odoo in order to modify the order." -msgstr "" -"*Cancelado*: cuando el cliente cancela el pago en el formulario de " -"adquirente de pago. Es devuelto a Odoo para modificar la orden." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Specific messages are provided to your customers for every payment status, " -"when they are redirected to Odoo after the transaction. To edit such " -"messages, go to the *Messages* tab of the payment method." -msgstr "" -"Se proporcionan mensajes específicos a sus clientes para cada estado de " -"pago, cuando se les redirige a Odoo después de la transacción. Para editar " -"dichos mensajes, vaya a la pestaña *Mensajes* del método de pago." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:44 -msgid "Auto-validate invoices at order" -msgstr "Validar automáticamente las facturas en el pedido" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:46 -msgid "" -"When the order is confirmed you can also have an invoice automatically " -"issued and paid. This fully-automated made for businesses that invoice " -"orders straight on." -msgstr "" -"Cuando se confirma el pedido, también puede hacer que se emita y pague una " -"factura automáticamente. Esto totalmente automatizado hecho para empresas " -"que facturan pedidos directamente." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:54 -msgid "" -"If you choose this mode you are requested to select a payment journal in " -"order to record payments in your books. This payment is automatically " -"reconcilied with the invoice, marking it as paid. Select your **bank " -"account** if you get paid immediately on your bank account. If you don't you" -" can create a specific journal for the payment acquirer (type = Bank). That " -"way, you can track online payments in an intermediary account of your books " -"until you get paid into your bank account (see " -":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers`)." -msgstr "" -"Si elige este modo, se le solicita que seleccione un diario de pagos para " -"registrar los pagos en sus libros. Este pago se concilia automáticamente con" -" la factura, marcándolo como pagado. Seleccione su **cuenta bancaria** si le" -" pagan inmediatamente en su cuenta bancaria. Si no lo hace, puede crear un " -"diario específico para el adquirente de pagos (tipo = Banco). De esa manera," -" puede realizar un seguimiento de los pagos en línea en una cuenta " -"intermedia de sus libros hasta que reciba el pago en su cuenta bancaria " -"(consulte :doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers`)." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:63 -msgid "Capture the payment after the delivery" -msgstr "Recibe el pago después de la entrega" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:64 -msgid "" -"With this mode, the order is confirmed but the amount is kept on hold. Once " -"the delivery processed, you can capture the payment from Odoo. This mode is " -"only available with Authorize.net." -msgstr "" -"Con este modo, el pedido se confirma pero el monto se mantiene en espera. " -"Una vez procesada la entrega, puede capturar el pago de Odoo. Este modo solo" -" está disponible con Authorize.net." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:71 -msgid "" -"To capture the payment, open the transaction from the order. Then click " -"*Capture Transaction*." -msgstr "" -"Para capturar el pago, abra la transacción del pedido. Luego haga clic en " -"*Capturar transacción*." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:77 -msgid "" -"With other payment acquirers, you can manage the capture in their own " -"interfaces, not from Odoo." -msgstr "" -"Con otros adquirentes de pagos, puede administrar la captura en sus propias " -"interfaces, no desde Odoo." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:3 -msgid "How customers can access their customer account" -msgstr "¿Cómo los clientes pueden acceder a su cuenta?" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:5 -msgid "" -"It has never been so easy for your customers to access their customer " -"account. Forget endless signup forms, Odoo makes it as easy as ABC. They are" -" suggested to sign up (name, email, password) when the order is placed, and " -"not before. Indeed, nothing is more annoying than going through a signup " -"process before buying something." -msgstr "" -"Nunca ha sido tan fácil para sus clientes acceder a su cuenta de cliente. " -"Olvídese de los infinitos formularios de registro, Odoo lo hace tan fácil " -"como ABC. Se sugiere que se registren (nombre, correo electrónico, " -"contraseña) cuando se realiza el pedido y no antes. De hecho, nada es más " -"molesto que pasar por un proceso de registro antes de comprar algo." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:14 -msgid "Sign up" -msgstr "Registrarse" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:16 -msgid "" -"The invitation to sign up shows up when the customer wants to visualize the " -"order from order confirmation email." -msgstr "" -"La invitación a registrarse aparece cuando el cliente quiere visualizar el " -"pedido desde el correo electrónico de confirmación del pedido." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:23 -msgid "Customer account" -msgstr "Cuenta del cliente" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Once logged in the customer will access the account by clicking *My Account*" -" in the login dropdown menu." -msgstr "" -"Una vez que haya iniciado sesión, el cliente accederá a la cuenta haciendo " -"clic en *Mi cuenta* en el menú desplegable de inicio de sesión." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:31 -msgid "" -"THere they find all their history. The main address (billing) can also be " -"modified." -msgstr "" -"Allí encuentran toda su historia. La dirección principal (facturación) " -"también se puede modificar." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:37 -msgid "" -"If the customer is set as a contact of a company in your address book, they " -"will see all the documents whose the customer belongs to this company." -msgstr "" -"Si el cliente está configurado como contacto de una empresa en su libreta de" -" direcciones, verá todos los documentos cuyo cliente pertenece a esta " -"empresa." - -#: ../../ecommerce/taxes.rst:3 -msgid "Collect taxes" -msgstr "Impuestos recaudados" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po deleted file mode 100644 index d416c1a34..000000000 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,289 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Althay Ramallo Fuentes <arf@odoo.com>, 2020 -# Jesús Alan Ramos Rodríguez <alan.ramos@jarsa.com.mx>, 2021 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Jesús Alan Ramos Rodríguez <alan.ramos@jarsa.com.mx>, 2021\n" -"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: es\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../email_marketing.rst:5 -msgid "Email Marketing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Información general" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:3 -msgid "Work with Mailing Lists" -msgstr "Trabaja con listas de correo" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Mailing lists can be a goldmine for your company’s marketing department as " -"they can provide leads for sales, focus groups for testing new products, and" -" consumers to provide feedback on satisfaction, for example." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:10 -msgid "Create mailing lists" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Mailing lists --> Mailing lists --> Create`. Enable " -"the option *Is Public* to make the list visible for users when " -"unsubscribing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Once your mailing list is created, you can manually add contacts clicking on" -" *Create*. *Import* a list of contacts if you have it from a previous tool." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:23 -msgid "Linking a mailing list to my website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Create a mailing list called Newsletter, as you use this strategy to " -"advertise and communicate new ideas to subscribers interested in listening." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Go to your *Website*, add a *Newsletter* block and choose the respective " -"mailing list." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:34 -msgid "Contacts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Under :menuselection:`Mailing Lists --> Mailing List Contacts` see a list of" -" all contacts under all your mailing lists, and the ones you individually " -"created here." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Open a contact form to see or add different mailing lists to which the " -"contact is or will be part of." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:51 -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:46 -msgid ":doc:`send_emails`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:3 -msgid "Manage Unsubscriptions and Blacklist" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:5 -msgid "" -"It is best practice, and legally required, to allow recipients to " -"unsubscribe from mailing lists as you do not want your audience to think " -"that your company is using any tactics that are dishonest or spammy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:10 -msgid "Enable the Blacklist feature" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable the option " -"*Blacklist Option when Unsubscribing*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Now, once the user clicks on the *Unsubscribe* link on your email, he is " -"redirected to the following page:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:28 -msgid "" -"After clicking on the unsubscribe button when using the test feature, you " -"are sent to an error page (*error 403 - Access Denied*). If you want to be " -"sure the link is working properly, create your mass mail and send it only to" -" a personal email." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:32 -msgid "" -"In addition to having the option of unsubscribing from specific mailing " -"lists, the user can also blacklist himself, meaning that he will not receive" -" *any* more emails from you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:36 -msgid "" -"The mailing list has to be configured as *Public* in order to be visible for" -" users." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Blacklist`, blacklisted email " -"addresses are shown." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:39 -msgid "" -"When opening the record, as a *Log note*, a description-history is kept." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:47 -msgid ":doc:`mailing_lists`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:3 -msgid "Send Emails Marketing and Manage Campaigns" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Emails allow you to effectively, and at a low cost, reach a large number of " -"consumers while being able to customize your message in a way that resonates" -" with them. It is measurable, and a call-to-action oriented channel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:10 -msgid "Choose the right target and create the message" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:12 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Mailings --> Create`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Choosing *Contacts* as *Recipients* (for example), allows you to add " -"specifications to match just certain contacts, filtering your target." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:21 -msgid "" -"With a trial databases, you have a limit of 50 emails per day; on Odoo SH " -"Cloud Platform the limit is 200. There is a possibility to increase these " -"numbers by contacting Odoo Support. To contact Support, `click here " -"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Under *Mail Body*, choose a layout and make the modifications needed by " -"dragging, dropping and double-clicking on content. Note that it is possible " -"to start from scratch selecting the *blank* template option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Under *Settings*, you can assign someone else as the responsible sender if " -"you do not want it to be you. To do so, change the email address used as the" -" sender (*Send From*)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:37 -msgid "" -"With the *Reply To* radio button, you can also choose to gather answers " -"either on the respective recipients’ records or on a specific email address." -" Note that this option is not available if you target mailing contacts or " -"contacts as recipients." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:45 -msgid "Test, send or schedule a mailing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:53 -msgid "" -"*Save*: the work is allocated in the *draft* column in the Kanban view. " -"Modifications can be made while being in this stage. The option *Discard* " -"deletes the email." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Click on *Test* and send your message to one, or even multiple, test " -"contacts to avoid errors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:56 -msgid "" -"*Send* triggers the email with the next run and put the work on the *queue* " -"column in the Kanban view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:58 -msgid "" -"*Schedule* allows you to choose a date and time, and puts the email in the " -"*queue* column in the Kanban view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:61 -msgid "" -"The daily limit is applied for **all emails** sent, in other words, " -"throughout all applications. Therefore, if at the end of the day you have " -"remaining ones to be sent, note that they *will not* be sent automatically " -"the next day. You need to force that by opening the email and clicking on " -"*Retry*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:67 -msgid "Manage campaigns" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable *Mailing " -"Campaigns*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:71 -msgid "" -"The campaign option is effective as it allows you to organize your marketing" -" efforts and have a centralized view of its metrics." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:72 -msgid "Go to *Campaign* and click on *Create* to start one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:80 -msgid "" -"If you use the SMS and Social Marketing applications, as well as the Push " -"Notification feature, you see the option to create content for those " -"channels. You also see the *Campaign* menu within those applications. All of" -" this is possible because the applications work integrated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:85 -msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_servers`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:86 -msgid ":doc:`../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns`" -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/events.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/events.po deleted file mode 100644 index e79d58ab6..000000000 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/events.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,435 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Althay Ramallo Fuentes <arf@odoo.com>, 2020 -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# Jesús Alan Ramos Rodríguez <alan.ramos@jarsa.com.mx>, 2021 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Jesús Alan Ramos Rodríguez <alan.ramos@jarsa.com.mx>, 2021\n" -"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: es\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../events.rst:5 -msgid "Events" -msgstr "Eventos" - -#: ../../events/integrations.rst:3 -msgid "Integrations" -msgstr "Integraciones" - -#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:3 -msgid "Communicating about my Event using SMS Text Messages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Using SMS as a communication strategy for your event establishes interaction" -" between organizers, attendees, speakers and further targets. It allows your" -" message to be heard whether the goal is to send out reminders, teasers or " -"to advertise." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:10 -#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:9 ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:9 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Configuración" - -#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Under *Communication* SMS is a standard feature. That means nothing needs to" -" be enabled or installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:16 -msgid "" -"On the other hand, to contact the speakers of your event, you need the *SMS " -"Marketing* application installed, and to enable *Schedule & Tracks* under " -":menuselection:`Events --> Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:23 -msgid "" -"The *Schedule & Tracks* feature allows you to manage the agenda and speakers" -" of your event. For more details watch: `Creating an agenda for your event " -"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/create-an-agenda-for-your-" -"event-717?fullscreen=1>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:28 -msgid "Send SMSs to attendees" -msgstr "Enviar SMS a asistentes" - -#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Under *Communication*, the message’s target is the attendees of your event." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:32 -msgid "" -"You can choose to confirm each registration with the *Registration* " -"template, and to send a reminder shortly before the event takes place with " -"the *Reminder* template." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:38 -msgid "To make changes in an existing template, click on the external link." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:45 -msgid "Send SMSs to speakers and further targets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:47 -msgid "" -"The benefit of the integration with the *SMS Marketing* application is that " -"you can choose the target you would like your message to be delivered to. To" -" get started, click on *Contact Track Speakers*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:56 -msgid "" -"If *Event Track* is not your target (*Recipient*), choose the right one. " -"*Filters* are eligible here." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:58 -msgid "" -"In the example below, the SMS would be sent to the speakers who are in the " -"stage *Proposal* on *Event Track*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Credits are required to be able to send SMSs. For more information about " -"Pricing :doc:`click here <../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq>`, " -"and, about IAP Services :doc:`here " -"<../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Información general" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:3 -msgid "Create your First Event" -msgstr "Crea tu primer evento" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:5 -msgid "Some of the reasons why hosting events is essential are:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:7 -msgid "To create an engaging experience with your audience;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:8 -msgid "To generate word of mouth about your company;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:9 -msgid "To allow networking;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:10 -msgid "" -"To provide an opportunity for sales representatives to walk their prospects " -"through the product and even their pipeline." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:14 -msgid "Get started" -msgstr "Empezar" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Under the menu *Events*, have a view of all existing events and some key " -"information, such as the number of expected and confirmed attendees." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:23 -msgid "" -"To start a new one, click on *Create* and fill in the form with all the " -"needed information. Enable *Website Menu* to have the menus *Introduction*, " -"*Location*, and *Register* being shown on your event’s website page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:31 -msgid "" -"To personalize these pages, click on *Edit* to open the `website builder " -"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/website-basics-643?fullscreen=1>`_, and " -"edit content by dragging and dropping blocks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:40 -msgid "Tab: Tickets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Events --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " -":doc:`Tickets and Online Ticketing <tickets>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Now, under the *Tickets* Tab, add lines to include the different ticket " -"types you offer. Include the price, the start and end dates for " -"registrations, and even the maximum number of tickets that can be sold." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:48 -msgid "" -"The *Reserved Seats* and *Unconfirmed Seat Reservations* are counted as " -"attendees are marked as :doc:`confirmed <track_attendees>` or not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:55 -msgid "Tab: Communication" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Choose the email and/or SMS message template, as well as the frequency with " -"which you would like to communicate with your attendees under the tab " -"*Communication*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Create a template on the fly or choose an existing one. Define the " -"*Interval* (2, 7, 15..) for the *Unit* (days, hours, weeks, etc.), and the " -"*Trigger* action (after registration, after the event, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:68 -msgid "Tab: Questions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable *Questions*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:72 -msgid "" -"Now, under the tab *Questions*, edit your questions and answers, choosing if" -" you would like your questionnaire to be asked per order or per " -"registration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:75 -msgid "" -"Example of a registration for 3 attendees: if enabling the option *Ask each " -"attendee*, the questionnaire is shown 3 times, meaning that answers can vary" -" for each attendee; if *Ask each attendee* is not enabled, the questionnaire" -" is shown once, resulting in a global answer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:81 -msgid "" -"Once your event is *Confirmed*, you can manage attendees badges, and mark " -"the event as *Finished*. Events marked as *Finished* can be *Set to draft*, " -"putting the event back to an *Unconfirmed* stage from which it can be edited" -" and used again." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:90 -msgid "Publish your event" -msgstr "Publicar su evento" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:92 -msgid "*Go to Website* and turn *Published* on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:99 -msgid ":doc:`track_attendees`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:100 -#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:45 -msgid ":doc:`tickets`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:101 -#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:46 -msgid ":doc:`track_talks`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:3 -msgid "Selling Tickets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:5 -msgid "" -"If you automate processes, you save time. If you give attendees multiple " -"payment options to choose from, you allow flexibility and open margins for " -"more registrations to happen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate *Tickets* and" -" *Online Ticketing*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:13 -msgid "" -"*Tickets* allow tickets to be sold " -":ref:`events/create_event/through_sales_orders`. *Online Ticketing* allows " -"the sale of tickets to happen " -":ref:`events/create_event/through_the_website`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:22 -msgid "Through Sales Orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:24 -msgid "" -"On the *Sales* application, choose the event product you created and add it " -"as a product line. A window pops-up, allowing you to choose the event for " -"which you want to create the sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Remember to create a product form for the event registration, under " -"*Product*, in the *Sales* application, and to add that same product under " -"your event’s form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:43 -msgid "Through the Website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:45 -msgid "" -"On the website, once tickets are added to the cart, the user can continue " -"the transaction choosing among the payment methods you chose to have " -"available." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:53 -msgid ":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:3 -msgid "Track your Attendees" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Attendees are at the heart of your event. Keeping track of their number and " -"managing their registration and attendance is necessary for planning and " -"analyzing reasons." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:9 -msgid "Attendees list and attendance" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Once attendees have registered or bought their tickets, they are added to " -"the *Attendees* list." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Tickets sold through sales orders validate attendees as soon as the " -"quotation is confirmed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:18 -msgid "" -"The check mark button is used to confirm the registration. Once a " -"registration is confirmed, attendance can be marked." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:26 -msgid "Bagdes and cancellations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:28 -msgid "" -"On the attendees form, choose to send badges manually by clicking on *Send " -"By Email*. *Cancel Registration* to have that attendee being moved to the " -"*Cancelled* stage." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:36 -msgid "" -"To see a list of your canceled attendees, under *Filters*, add a *Custom " -"Filter* choosing *Status > is > Cancelled*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:44 -#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:49 -msgid ":doc:`../integrations/integration_sms`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:3 -msgid "Track and Manage Talks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Allow partners to submit talk proposals so they can share their knowledge " -"and expertise. Good speakers and talks are what make your event great." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Events --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " -"*Schedule & Tracks*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Now, in your event's form, once *Website menu* is enabled, the options " -"*Tracks on Website* and *Track Proposals on Website* become available. " -"Enabling them adds the menus *Talks*, *Talk Proposals*, and *Agenda* to your" -" website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Besides having the ability to suggest their own talks, the website now " -"allows users to see a list of the whole agenda and scheduled talks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:28 -msgid "" -"To handle tracks internally and not have the menus *Talks*, *Talk " -"Proposals*, and *Agenda* online, use the menu *Tracks* individually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:32 -msgid "Publishing speaker proposals" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Once partners have filled in the appropriate form and submitted their " -"proposals, a new *Proposal* is instantly created under the menu *Track*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:41 -msgid "" -"If the proposal is accepted and can go online, simply open its form and " -"click on *Go to Website*. From the website page, turn *Published* on." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po deleted file mode 100644 index 20ed7ae21..000000000 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,439 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Althay Ramallo Fuentes <arf@odoo.com>, 2020 -# Luis M. Ontalba <luis.martinez@tecnativa.com>, 2020 -# Jesús Alan Ramos Rodríguez <alan.ramos@jarsa.com.mx>, 2021 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Jesús Alan Ramos Rodríguez <alan.ramos@jarsa.com.mx>, 2021\n" -"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: es\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:5 -msgid "Expenses" -msgstr "Gastos" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:8 -msgid "How to set expense types" -msgstr "Como configurar tipos de gasto" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:9 -msgid "" -"The first step to track expenses is to configure the expense types (managed " -"as products in Odoo) that your company allows, from the *Configuration* " -"menu. When a specific expense is reimbursed at a fixed price, set a cost on " -"the product. Otherwise keep the cost at 0.0 and employees will report the " -"real cost per expense." -msgstr "" -"El primer paso para realizar un seguimiento de los gastos es configurar los " -"tipos de gastos (gestionados como productos en Odoo) que su empresa permite," -" desde el menú *Configuración*. Cuando se reembolsa un gasto específico a un" -" precio fijo, establezca un costo para el producto. De lo contrario, " -"mantenga el costo en 0.0 y los empleados informarán el costo real por gasto." - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:17 -msgid "Here are some examples to configure:" -msgstr "Estos son algunos de los ejemplos para configurar:" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:19 -msgid "Restaurant:" -msgstr "Restaurante:" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:21 ../../expense/expense.rst:27 -msgid "Cost: 0.00 (the cost of the ticket will be recorded on every expense)" -msgstr "Costo: 0.00 (el costo del boleto se registrará en cada gasto)" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:22 -msgid "Travel with Personal Car:" -msgstr "Viajar con coche personal:" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:24 -msgid "Cost: 0.30 (the price per mile reimbursed by the company is fixed)" -msgstr "Costo: 0.30 (el precio por milla reembolsado por la empresa es fijo)" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:25 -msgid "Hotel:" -msgstr "Hotel:" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:29 -msgid "Others:" -msgstr "Otros:" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:31 -msgid "Cost: 0.0" -msgstr "Coste: 0.0" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Don't forget to set an expense tax on each expense type (and an account if " -"you use Odoo Accounting). It's usually a good practice to use a tax that is " -"configured with :ref:`Tax Included in Price <taxes/included-in-price>`. That" -" way, employees report expenses with prices including taxes, which is " -"usually the expected behaviour." -msgstr "" -"No olvide establecer un impuesto sobre los gastos para cada tipo de gasto (y" -" una cuenta si usa la contabilidad de Odoo). Por lo general, es una buena " -"práctica utilizar un impuesto que esté configurado con :ref:`Impuesto " -"incluido en el precio <taxes/included-in-price>`. De esa forma, los " -"empleados informan los gastos con precios que incluyen impuestos, que suele " -"ser el comportamiento esperado." - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:41 -msgid "" -"The *Sales* app allows you to specify unit of measures for your expense " -"types (units, miles, nights, etc.). Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Configuration --> Settings` and check *Some products may be sold/purchased " -"in different units of measure (advanced)*." -msgstr "" -"La aplicación *Ventas* le permite especificar unidades de medida para sus " -"tipos de gastos (unidades, millas, noches, etc.). Vaya a " -":menuselection:`Ventas --> Configuración --> Configuración` y marque " -"*Algunos productos pueden venderse / comprarse en diferentes unidades de " -"medida (avanzado) *." - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:48 -msgid "How to record expenses" -msgstr "Cómo registrar gastos" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:51 -msgid "Manually" -msgstr "Manualmente" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:53 -msgid "" -"As an employee (Employee in user access rights), you can record expenses " -"from :menuselection:`My Expenses --> Expenses to Submit`." -msgstr "" -"Como empleado (Empleado con derechos de acceso de usuario), puede registrar " -"los gastos de :menuselection:`Mis gastos --> Gastos a enviar`." - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:59 -msgid "" -"Select the related product and enter either the total amount you paid (with " -"Quantity = 1) or the unit price if Quantity is countable (e.g. number of " -"hotel nights)." -msgstr "" -"Seleccione el producto relacionado e ingrese el monto total que pagó (con " -"Cantidad = 1) o el precio unitario si la Cantidad es contable (por ejemplo, " -"número de noches de hotel)." - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:62 -msgid "Enter the expense date." -msgstr "Introduce la fecha del gasto." - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Choose if you paid the bill on your own (and expect to be reimbursed) or if " -"the company paid directly (e.g. if you used a company's credit card)." -msgstr "" -"Elija si pagó la factura por su cuenta (y espera que se le reembolse) o si " -"la empresa pagó directamente (por ejemplo, si utilizó la tarjeta de crédito " -"de una empresa)." - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Set the bill reference, add some notes if requested and attach a photo/scan " -"of the receipt from the discussion thread. That will help the manager and " -"the accountant validate it." -msgstr "" -"Establezca la referencia de la factura, agregue algunas notas si se solicita" -" y adjunte una foto / escaneo del recibo del hilo de discusión. Eso ayudará " -"al gerente y al contador a validarlo." - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:73 -msgid "In one click from emails" -msgstr "Correos en un solo clic" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:74 -msgid "" -"Let your employees record their expenses from a simple email. Make a " -"snapshot of the receipt and send it by email, or simply forward a bill!" -msgstr "" -"Deje que sus empleados registren sus gastos desde un simple correo " -"electrónico. Haga una instantánea del recibo y envíelo por correo " -"electrónico, o simplemente ¡envíe una factura!" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:77 -msgid "" -"The only thing to do is setting up an email alias in " -":menuselection:`Expenses --> Configuration --> Settings` (e.g. *expenses* " -"@mycompany.odoo.com). For security purposes, only authenticated employee " -"emails (cfr. *Work Email* in employee detail form) are accepted." -msgstr "" -"Lo único que debe hacer es configurar un alias de correo electrónico en " -":menuselection: `Gastos --> Configuración --> Configuración` (por ejemplo, " -"*gastos* @mycompany.odoo.com). Por motivos de seguridad, solo se aceptan " -"correos electrónicos de empleados autenticados (cfr. * Correo electrónico " -"laboral * en el formulario de detalles del empleado)." - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:83 -msgid "" -"The expense product is set automatically if the mail subject contains the " -"product's internal reference in first position. Type the expense amount in " -"the mail subject to set it on the expense too (e.g. Ref001 Food 100€)." -msgstr "" -"El producto de gastos se establece automáticamente si el asunto del correo " -"contiene la referencia interna del producto en la primera posición. Escriba " -"el monto del gasto en el asunto del correo para establecerlo también en el " -"gasto (por ejemplo, Ref001 Comida 100 €)." - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:88 -msgid "How to submit expenses to managers" -msgstr "Cómo enviar gastos a los responsables" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:90 -msgid "" -"When you are ready to submit your expenses to your manager (e.g. at the end " -"of a business trip, or once a month), go to the menu :menuselection:`My " -"Expenses --> Expenses to Submit`. Select all expenses from the list view and" -" click on :menuselection:`Action --> Submit to Manager`. Save the newly " -"created expense report (i.e. set of expenses), and wait for your manager to " -"approve it." -msgstr "" -"Cuando esté listo para enviar sus gastos a su gerente (por ejemplo, al final" -" de un viaje de negocios o una vez al mes), vaya al menú :menuselection:`Mis" -" Gastos —> Gastos a Enviar`. Seleccione todos los gastos de la vista de " -"lista y haga clic en :menuselection: `Acción -> Enviar al Responsable`. " -"Guarde el informe de gastos recién creado (es decir, el conjunto de gastos) " -"y espere a que su gerente lo apruebe." - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:100 -msgid "" -"You can also submit expenses one by one from the *Submit to Manager* button " -"on the form view of an expense." -msgstr "" -"También puede enviar los gastos uno por uno desde el botón *Enviar al " -"Responsable* en la vista de formulario de un gasto." - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:103 -msgid "" -"All your submitted expense reports can be found in :menuselection:`Expenses " -"--> My Expenses --> Expense Reports`." -msgstr "" -"Todos los informes de gastos enviados se pueden encontrar en " -":menuselection:`Gastos --> Mis gastos --> Informes de gastos`." - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:108 -msgid "How to approve expenses" -msgstr "Cómo aprobar gastos" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:110 -msgid "" -"HR and team managers get an overview of all expense reports to validate from" -" the top menu :menuselection:`To Approve --> Expense Reports to Approve`. " -"Such users must have at least *Officers* access rights for *Expenses*." -msgstr "" -"Los gerentes de recursos humanos y de equipo obtienen una descripción " -"general de todos los informes de gastos para validar desde el menú superior " -":menuselection: `Para aprobar -> Informes de gastos para aprobar`. Dichos " -"usuarios deben tener al menos derechos de acceso de *Oficiales* para " -"*Gastos*." - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:117 -msgid "" -"They can review expense reports, approve or reject them, as well as " -"providing feedback thanks to the integrated communication tool." -msgstr "" -"Pueden revisar informes de gastos, aprobarlos o rechazarlos, así como dar " -"retroalimentación gracias a la herramienta de comunicación integrada." - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:123 -msgid "" -"As a team manager you can easily find the expense reports of your team " -"members. You need to be set as manager in the detail form of those " -"employees." -msgstr "" -"Como gerente de equipo, puede encontrar fácilmente los informes de gastos de" -" los miembros de su equipo. Debe establecerse como gerente en la forma " -"detallada de esos empleados." - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:131 -msgid "How to post expenses in accounting" -msgstr "Cómo contabilizar gastos en contabilidad" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:133 -msgid "" -"Once expense reports approved by managers, the accounting department goes to" -" :menuselection:`Expenses --> Accountant --> Expense Reports To Post` to " -"check accounts, products and taxes. They can click *Post Journal Entries* to" -" post related journal entries into your books. To do so, the user must have " -"following access rights:" -msgstr "" -"Una vez que los gerentes aprueban los informes de gastos, el departamento de" -" contabilidad va a :menuselection: `Gastos --> Contador --> Informes de " -"gastos a contabilizar` para consultar cuentas, productos e impuestos. Pueden" -" hacer clic en *Publicar entradas de diario* para publicar entradas de " -"diario relacionadas en sus libros. Para hacerlo, el usuario debe tener los " -"siguientes derechos de acceso:" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:139 -msgid "Accounting: Accountant or Adviser" -msgstr "Contabilidad: Contable o asesor" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:140 -msgid "Expenses: Manager" -msgstr "Gastos: Responsable" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:143 -msgid "" -"To post an expense, a *Home Address* must be set on the employee. If you get" -" a related blocking message when posting, click the employee, go to " -"*Personal Information* tab and select/create the contact of your employee in" -" the address book. A contact has been automatically created if this person " -"is using Odoo." -msgstr "" -"Para contabilizar un gasto, se debe establecer una *Dirección particular* en" -" el empleado. Si recibe un mensaje de bloqueo relacionado al publicar, haga " -"clic en el empleado, vaya a la pestaña *Información personal* y seleccione /" -" cree el contacto de su empleado en la libreta de direcciones. Se ha creado " -"un contacto automáticamente si esta persona está usando Odoo." - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:150 -msgid "How to reimburse employees" -msgstr "Cómo reembolsar a los empleados" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:152 -msgid "" -"You can now see all the expense reports to reimburse in " -":menuselection:`Expenses --> Accountant --> Expense Reports To Pay`. To " -"record the payment or pay by check, click *Register a Payment*." -msgstr "" -"Ahora puede ver todos los informes de gastos para reembolsar en " -":menuselection:`Gastos --> Contador --> Informes de gastos a pagar`. Para " -"registrar el pago o pagar con cheque, haga clic en *Registrar un pago*." - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:156 -msgid "See how you can easily manage the payment process in Odoo:" -msgstr "Vea cómo puede administrar fácilmente el proceso de pago en Odoo:" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:158 -msgid ":doc:`../accounting/payables/pay/check`" -msgstr ":doc:`../accounting/payables/pay/check`" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:159 -msgid ":doc:`../accounting/payables/pay/sepa`" -msgstr ":doc:`../accounting/payables/pay/sepa`" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:163 -msgid "How to re-invoice expenses to your customers" -msgstr "¿Cómo volver a facturar gastos a sus clientes?" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:165 -msgid "" -"If you track expenses on customer projects, you can charge them back to your" -" customers automatically." -msgstr "" -"Si realiza un seguimiento de los gastos de los proyectos de los clientes, " -"puede cargarlos automáticamente a sus clientes." - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:169 -msgid "Setup" -msgstr "Configurar" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:171 -msgid "Enable **Customer Billing** in the Expenses settings" -msgstr "Habilite **Facturación al cliente** en la configuración de Gastos" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:173 -msgid "" -"Go to the product configuration menu and set the invoicing method on all " -"your Expense types:" -msgstr "" -"Vaya al menú de configuración del producto y configure el método de " -"facturación en todos sus tipos de gastos:" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:176 -msgid "" -"Ordered quantities : it will invoice expenses based on the ordered quantity" -msgstr "" -"Cantidades solicitadas: facturará los gastos en función de la cantidad " -"solicitada" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:179 -msgid "" -"Delivered quantities :it will invoice expenses based on the expenses " -"quantity" -msgstr "" -"Cantidades entregadas: facturará los gastos en función de la cantidad de " -"gastos" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:182 -msgid "At cost: will invoice expenses at their real cost." -msgstr "A costo: facturará los gastos a su costo real." - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:184 -msgid "" -"At sales price: will invoice based on a fixed sales price set on the sale " -"order." -msgstr "" -"A precio de venta: se facturará en base a un precio de venta fijo " -"establecido en la orden de venta." - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:191 -msgid "Create an order" -msgstr "Crear un pedido" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:193 -msgid "" -"As a salesman, create and confirm a Sales Order for the services delivered " -"to your customer. If you don't put any expense in the order, it will be " -"added automatically once posted by the accountant." -msgstr "" -"Como vendedor, cree y confirme una orden de venta para los servicios " -"prestados a su cliente. Si no incluye ningún gasto en el pedido, se agregará" -" automáticamente una vez que el contador lo publique." - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:198 -msgid "Link the expense to the Sale Order." -msgstr "Vincula el gasto a la orden de venta." - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:204 -msgid "Submit, validate and post expenses" -msgstr "Presentar, validar y contabilizar gastos" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:206 -msgid "" -"As a manager, make sure the analytic account is set on every expense line on" -" approving expenses reports. Click the line to add one if missing. Employees" -" are already able to set one when submitting." -msgstr "" -"Como gerente, asegúrese de que la cuenta analítica esté configurada en cada " -"línea de gastos al aprobar los informes de gastos. Haga clic en la línea " -"para agregar una si falta. Los empleados ya pueden configurar uno al enviar." - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:213 -msgid "As an accountant, post journal entries." -msgstr "Como contador, publique entradas de diario." - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:216 -msgid "Invoice expenses" -msgstr "Gastos de factura" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:218 -msgid "" -"Now you can invoice the order. It shows up in :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Invoicing --> Sales` to Invoice. The expenses have been added automatically " -"in the order lines. Such items show up in blue (i.e. to invoice)." -msgstr "" -"Ahora puedes facturar el pedido. Aparece en :menuselection:`Ventas --> " -"Facturación --> Ventas a Facturar`. Los gastos se han agregado " -"automáticamente en las líneas de pedido. Dichos artículos se muestran en " -"azul (es decir, para facturar)." - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:226 -msgid "e (i.e. to invoice)." -msgstr "e (es decir, para facturar)." diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/expenses.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/expenses.po deleted file mode 100644 index ab7491003..000000000 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/expenses.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,23 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 9.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-11-22 13:16+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2017\n" -"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: es\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../expenses.rst:5 -msgid "Expenses" -msgstr "Gastos" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po similarity index 64% rename from locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po rename to locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po index 47530be0c..e146fc391 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po @@ -1,82 +1,70 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: -# Esteban Echeverry <tebanep@nubark.com>, 2020 -# David Sanchez <david.sanchez@jarsa.com.mx>, 2020 -# Jorge Obiols <jorge.obiols@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Luis Marin <marin.guadarrama@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Mariana Santos Romo <msn@odoo.com>, 2020 -# miguelchuga <miguelchuga@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Fabian <fabiananguiano@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Hbto [ Vauxoo ] <hbto@vauxoo.com>, 2020 -# John Guardado <jgu@odoo.com>, 2020 -# Christian García <shopificame@gmail.com>, 2020 -# José Vicente <txusev@gmail.com>, 2020 -# oihane <oihanecruce@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Christopher Ormaza <chris.ormaza@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Angel Moya - PESOL <angel.moya@pesol.es>, 2020 -# Rick Hunter <rick.hunter.ec@gmail.com>, 2020 -# eduardo mendoza <emendozajz@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Sergio Flores <vitavitae1@gmail.com>, 2020 -# ced903afe967c2a46d1036224972db9d, 2020 -# Alejandro Kutulas <alk@odoo.com>, 2020 -# Vivian Montana <vmo@odoo.com>, 2020 -# e2f <projects@e2f.com>, 2020 -# Gustavo Valverde, 2020 -# Sébastien BÜHL <buhlsebastien@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Daniel Blanco <daniel@blancomartin.com.ar>, 2020 -# Carlos Lopez <celm1990@hotmail.com>, 2020 -# Nefi Lopez Garcia <nlopezg87@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Daniel Altamirano <ciarmail@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Luciano Nahuel Vitale <lucianonahuelvitale@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Althay Ramallo Fuentes <arf@odoo.com>, 2020 -# Pedro M. Baeza <pedro.baeza@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Haider Ilich López Areiza <hlopez@itsoluciones.com.co>, 2020 -# Leonardo J. Caballero G. <leonardocaballero@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Susanna Pujol, 2020 -# Osiris Román <osiris.roman@yachaytech.edu.ec>, 2020 -# Paulina Rodriguez <pauli.rodriguez.c@gmail.com>, 2020 -# David Arnold <blaggacao@users.noreply.github.com>, 2020 -# Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal <lina8823@gmail.com>, 2020 -# AleEscandon <alejandra.escandon@jarsa.com.mx>, 2020 -# Raquel Iciarte <ric@odoo.com>, 2020 -# Jesse Garza <jga@odoo.com>, 2020 -# Bernardo León <bernardoyla@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Alejandro Santana <alejandrosantana@anubia.es>, 2021 -# gabriumaa <gabriel.umana@delfixcr.com>, 2021 -# Antonio Trueba, 2021 -# RGB Consulting <odoo@rgbconsulting.com>, 2021 -# Nicolás Broggi <rnbroggi@gmail.com>, 2021 -# Luis M. Ontalba <luis.martinez@tecnativa.com>, 2021 -# Pablo Rojas <rojaspablo88@gmail.com>, 2021 -# Jon Perez <jop@odoo.com>, 2021 -# Cécile Collart <cco@odoo.com>, 2021 -# Valentino Gaffuri Bedetta <vbe@odoo.com>, 2021 -# Wilson Pujols <wpujols@capw.com.do>, 2021 -# Cristóbal Martí Oliver <info@moblesmarti.com>, 2021 -# 966ff43e6966712895a590e7320ca288, 2021 # Oscar Tejada <oscar.tejada@epvsaisa.com>, 2021 +# Cristóbal Martí Oliver <info@moblesmarti.com>, 2021 +# Rick Hunter <rick.hunter.ec@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Bernardo León <bernardoyla@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Juan José Scarafía <scarafia.juanjose@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Susanna Pujol, 2021 +# Alejandro Kutulas <alk@odoo.com>, 2021 +# Vivian Montana <vmo@odoo.com>, 2021 +# e2f <projects@e2f.com>, 2021 +# Daniel Altamirano <ciarmail@gmail.com>, 2021 +# gabriumaa <gabriel.umana@delfixcr.com>, 2021 +# Cécile Collart <cco@odoo.com>, 2021 +# Esteban Echeverry <tebanep@nubark.com>, 2021 +# RGB Consulting <odoo@rgbconsulting.com>, 2021 +# José Vicente <txusev@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Jorge Obiols <jorge.obiols@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Luis M. Ontalba <luis.martinez@tecnativa.com>, 2021 +# David Sanchez <david.sanchez@jarsa.com.mx>, 2021 +# eduardo mendoza <emendozajz@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Luis Marin <marin.guadarrama@gmail.com>, 2021 +# miguelchuga <miguelchuga@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Fabian <fabiananguiano@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Wilson Pujols <wpujols@capw.com.do>, 2021 +# Pedro M. Baeza <pedro.baeza@gmail.com>, 2021 +# David Arnold <blaggacao@users.noreply.github.com>, 2021 +# Antonio Trueba, 2021 +# 966ff43e6966712895a590e7320ca288, 2021 +# Althay Ramallo Fuentes <arf@odoo.com>, 2021 +# Jorge Luis Alfonso <jlalfonso21@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Alejandro Santana <alejandrosantana@anubia.es>, 2021 +# Pablo Rojas <rojaspablo88@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Nefi Lopez Garcia <nlopezg87@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Osiris Román <osiris.roman@yachaytech.edu.ec>, 2021 +# Paulina Rodriguez <pauli.rodriguez.c@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Valentino Gaffuri Bedetta <vbe@odoo.com>, 2021 +# Leonardo J. Caballero G. <leonardocaballero@gmail.com>, 2021 # Martin Trigaux, 2021 -# Cinthya Yepez <cinthyepez@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Jesús Alan Ramos Rodríguez <alan.ramos@jarsa.com.mx>, 2021 +# Daniel Blanco <daniel@blancomartin.com.ar>, 2021 +# Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal <lina8823@gmail.com>, 2021 +# AleEscandon <alejandra.escandon@jarsa.com.mx>, 2021 +# Raquel Iciarte <ric@odoo.com>, 2021 +# Nicolás Broggi <rnbroggi@gmail.com>, 2021 +# renodoo <ren@odoo.com>, 2021 +# Jon Perez <jop@odoo.com>, 2021 +# Jesse Garza <jga@odoo.com>, 2021 +# Valentino <vgaffuri2018@student.hult.edu>, 2021 +# jabelchi, 2021 # Cinthya Yepez <cye@odoo.com>, 2021 +# Cinthya Yepez <cinthyepez@gmail.com>, 2021 # Gabriela Enriquez Manzano <gmz@odoo.com>, 2021 # José Cabrera Lozano <jose.cabrera@edukative.es>, 2021 -# Jesús Alan Ramos Rodríguez <alan.ramos@jarsa.com.mx>, 2021 -# Valentino <vgaffuri2018@student.hult.edu>, 2021 -# renodoo <ren@odoo.com>, 2021 -# jabelchi, 2021 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-03-02 11:19+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: jabelchi, 2021\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-18 07:12+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-05-18 05:17+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: José Cabrera Lozano <jose.cabrera@edukative.es>, 2021\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -84,24 +72,28 @@ msgstr "" "Language: es\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" -#: ../../accounting.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance.rst:3 +msgid "Finance" +msgstr "Financiar" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:4 msgid "Invoicing and Accounting" msgstr "Facturación y Contabilidad" -#: ../../accounting/bank.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:3 msgid "Bank & Cash" msgstr "Caja y banco" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds.rst:3 msgid "Bank Feeds" msgstr "Fuentes bancarias" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:145 msgid "Bank Statements" msgstr "Extractos bancarios" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:5 msgid "" "Importing your bank statements in Odoo Accounting allows you to keep track " "of the financial movements that occur on your bank accounts and reconcile " @@ -112,7 +104,7 @@ msgstr "" "cuentas bancarias y conciliarlos con las transacciones registradas en su " "contabilidad." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:9 msgid "" "We recommend you use bank synchronization for more efficiency. Please read " "the related documentation: :doc:`bank_synchronization`." @@ -120,7 +112,7 @@ msgstr "" "Le recomendamos que utilice la sincronización bancaria para una mayor " "eficiencia. Lea la documentación relacionada :: doc: `bank_synchronization`." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:12 msgid "" "However, if you don't want to use bank synchronization or if your bank is " "not a supported institution, you still have other options:" @@ -128,61 +120,61 @@ msgstr "" "Sin embargo, si no desea utilizar la sincronización bancaria o si su banco " "no es una institución admitida, aún tiene otras opciones:" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:15 msgid "Import the bank statement files delivered by your bank" msgstr "Importe los archivos de extracto bancario entregados por su banco" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:16 msgid "Register the bank statements manually" msgstr "Registrar los extractos bancarios manualmente" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:19 msgid "Import bank statements files" msgstr "Importar archivos de extractos bancarios" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:21 msgid "Odoo supports multiple file formats to import bank statements:" msgstr "" "Odoo soporta múltiples formatos de archivo para importar extractos " "bancarios:" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:23 msgid "SEPA recommended Cash Management format (CAMT.053)" msgstr "Formato de gestión de efectivo recomendado por SEPA (CAMT.053)" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:24 msgid "Comma-separated values (.CSV)" msgstr "Valores separados por comas (.CSV)" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:25 msgid "Open Financial Exchange (.OFX)" msgstr "Intercambio financiero abierto (.OFX)" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:26 msgid "Quicken Interchange Format (.QIF)" msgstr "Formato de intercambio Quicken (.QIF)" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:27 msgid "Belgium: Coded Statement of Account (.CODA)" msgstr "Bélgica: Estado de cuenta codificado (.CODA)" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:29 msgid "" "To import them, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Overview --> Bank`, " "click on *Import Statements*, or on the three dots, and then on *Import " "Statement*." msgstr "" -"Para importarlos, vaya a :menuselection: `Contabilidad -> Resumen -> Banco`," -" haga clic en *Importar declaraciones*, o en los tres puntos, y luego en " -"*Importar declaración*." +"Para importarlos, vaya a :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Resumen --> " +"Banco`, haga clic en *Importar declaraciones*, o en los tres puntos, y luego" +" en *Importar declaración*." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:36 msgid "Next, select the file you want to import and click on *Import*." msgstr "" "A continuación, seleccione el archivo que desea importar y haga clic en " "*Importar*." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:38 msgid "" "Odoo opens an **import widget** to help you set the **Formatting Options** " "and **map** the different columns you want to import." @@ -191,7 +183,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Opciones de formato** y **asignar** las diferentes columnas que desea " "importar." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:46 msgid "" "Quicken Interchange Format (.QIF) is an older file format that is no longer " "supported since 2005. If possible, prefer OFX files over QIF." @@ -200,33 +192,33 @@ msgstr "" "antiguo que ya no se admite desde 2005. Si es posible, prefiera archivos OFX" " sobre QIF." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:50 msgid "Register bank statements manually" msgstr "Registrar extractos bancarios manualmente" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:52 msgid "If needed, you can also record your bank statements manually." msgstr "" "Si es necesario, también puede registrar sus extractos bancarios " "manualmente." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:54 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Overview --> Bank`, click on " "*Create Statements*, or on the three dots, and then on *New Statement*." msgstr "" -"Para importarlos, vaya a :menuselection: `Contabilidad -> Resumen -> Banco`," -" haga clic en *Importar declaraciones*, o en los tres puntos, y luego en " -"*Importar declaración*." +"Para importarlos, vaya a :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Resumen --> " +"Banco`, haga clic en *Importar declaraciones*, o en los tres puntos, y luego" +" en *Importar declaración*." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:57 msgid "" "Add a new line for each transaction written on the original bank statement." msgstr "" "Añadir una nueva línea por cada transacción escrita en el extracto bancario " "original." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:59 msgid "" "To ease the reconciliation process, make sure to fill out the *Partner* " "field. You can also write the payments’ references in the *Label* field." @@ -235,7 +227,7 @@ msgstr "" " *Contacto*. Usted puede también escribir las referencias de pagamentos en " "el campo *Etiqueta*" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:67 msgid "" "The *Ending Balance* and the *Computed Balance* should have the same amount." " If it is not the case, make sure that there is no mistake in the " @@ -245,31 +237,31 @@ msgstr "" "Si no es el caso, asegúrese de que no haya errores en los montos de las " "transacciones." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:122 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:109 msgid ":doc:`bank_synchronization`" msgstr ":doc:`bank_synchronization`" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:10 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:16 msgid "Todo" -msgstr "Por hacer" +msgstr "Todo" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:72 msgid "add doc link to new documentation about reconciliation" msgstr "" "agregar un enlace de documento a una nueva documentación sobre la " "reconciliación" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:3 msgid "Bank Synchronization: Automatic Import" msgstr "Sincronización bancaria: importación automática" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo can synchronize directly with your bank institution to get all bank " "statements imported automatically into your database." @@ -278,7 +270,7 @@ msgstr "" "todos los extractos bancarios se importen automáticamente a su base de " "datos." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:8 msgid "" "To check if your bank is compatible with Odoo, go to `Odoo Accounting " "Features <https://www.odoo.com/page/accounting-features>`_, and click on " @@ -288,79 +280,79 @@ msgstr "" "contabilidad de Odoo <https://www.odoo.com/page/accounting-features>`_, y " "haga clic en *Ver lista de instituciones admitidas*." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:15 msgid "More than 20,000 institutions around the world are supported." msgstr "Se apoyan más de 20.000 instituciones en todo el mundo." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:17 msgid "To connect to the banks, Odoo uses multiple web-services:" msgstr "" "Para conectarse a los bancos, Odoo utiliza múltiples servicios de web:" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:19 msgid "**Plaid**: United States of America and Canada" msgstr "**Plaid**: Estados Unidos de América y Canadá" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:20 msgid "**Yodlee**: Worldwide" msgstr "**Yodlee**: En todo el mundo" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:21 msgid "**Salt Edge**: Europe (:doc:`more information <saltedge>`)" msgstr "**Salt Edge**: Europa (:doc: `más información <saltedge>`)" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:22 msgid "**Ponto**: Europe (:doc:`more information <ponto>`)" msgstr "**Ponto**: Europa (:doc: `más información <ponto>`)" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:25 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:24 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:19 -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:14 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:69 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:16 -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:22 -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:9 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:31 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:28 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:284 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:321 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:34 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:92 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:25 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:14 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:60 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:19 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:27 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:23 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:12 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:29 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:13 -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:21 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:18 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:16 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:16 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:15 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:22 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:11 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:30 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:31 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:13 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:20 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:37 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:15 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:20 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:39 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:331 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/vat_validation.rst:13 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Configuración" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:28 msgid "On-Premise users" msgstr "Usuarios locales" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:30 msgid "" "To be able to use this service, you need to have a valid Odoo Enterprise " "subscription. So make sure that your database is registered with your Odoo " @@ -375,15 +367,15 @@ msgstr "" "verifique que no tenga un firewall o un proxy que bloquee la siguiente " "dirección:" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:36 msgid "https://production.odoofin.com/" msgstr "https://production.odoofin.com/" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:39 msgid "First Synchronization" msgstr "Primera sincronización" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:41 msgid "" "You can start synchronization either by going to :menuselection:`Accounting " "--> Configuration --> Add a Bank Account` or via the configuration bar on " @@ -393,7 +385,7 @@ msgstr "" "Configuración --> Agregar una cuenta bancaria` o mediante la barra de " "configuración en el panel de contabilidad." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:44 msgid "" "Now you can search for your bank institution. Select it and follow the steps" " to synchronize with it." @@ -401,7 +393,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ahora puede buscar su institución bancaria. Selecciónelo y siga los pasos " "para sincronizarlo." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:47 msgid "" "If you have any issues during your first synchronization, please verify that" " your web browser doesn't block pop-ups and that your adblocker is disabled." @@ -410,7 +402,7 @@ msgstr "" "navegador web no bloquee las ventanas emergentes y que su bloqueador de " "anuncios esté desactivado." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:50 msgid "" "During your first synchronization, you will be asked for a phone number to " "secure your account. The reason we ask for such information is that we don't" @@ -429,7 +421,7 @@ msgstr "" "para conectarse con su institución bancaria. Esta información no se almacena" " en los servidores de Odoo." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:57 msgid "" "By default, transactions fetched from an online source are grouped inside " "the same statement, and one bank statement is created per month. You can " @@ -440,7 +432,7 @@ msgstr "" " Puede cambiar la periodicidad de creación de extractos bancarios en la " "configuración de su diario." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:61 msgid "" "You can find all your synchronizations by going to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Online Synchronization`." @@ -448,11 +440,11 @@ msgstr "" "Puede encontrar todas sus sincronizaciones yendo a :menuselection: " "`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> Sincronización en línea`." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:65 msgid "Synchronize manually" msgstr "Sincronizar manualmente" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:67 msgid "" "After your first synchronization, the created journals are synchronized by " "default every 12 hours. If you wish, you can synchronize manually by " @@ -462,7 +454,7 @@ msgstr "" "forma predeterminada cada 12 horas. Si lo desea, puede sincronizar " "manualmente haciendo clic en el botón *Sincronizar ahora* en el tablero." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:75 msgid "" "Or you can go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Online " "Synchronization`, select your institution and then click on the *Fetch " @@ -472,7 +464,7 @@ msgstr "" "Sincronización en línea`, seleccione su institución y luego haga clic en el " "botón *Obtener transacciones*." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:83 msgid "" "Some institutions do not allow transactions to be fetched automatically. For" " such institutions, during the automatic synchronization of the account, you" @@ -488,15 +480,15 @@ msgstr "" "de sus sincronizaciones en línea. En este caso, asegúrese de realizar " "sincronizaciones manuales." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:89 msgid "Issues" msgstr "Incidencias" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:92 msgid "Synchronization in error" msgstr "Sincronización errónea" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:94 msgid "" "To report a connection error to the `Odoo support " "<https://www.odoo.com/help>`_, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " @@ -508,11 +500,11 @@ msgstr "" "Configuración --> Sincronización en línea`, seleccione la conexión que " "falló, y copie la descripción del error y la referencia." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:99 msgid "Synchronization disconnected" msgstr "Sincronización desconectada" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:101 msgid "" "If your connection with the proxy is disconnected, you can reconnect with " "the proxy using the *Reconnect* button." @@ -520,7 +512,7 @@ msgstr "" "Si se desconecta su conexión con el proxy, puede volver a conectarse con el " "proxy utilizando el botón *Reconectar*." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:105 msgid "" "This disconnection can be caused by the Odoo support. In this case, please " "contact the `support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_ directly with your client" @@ -531,13 +523,13 @@ msgstr "" "identificación de cliente o la referencia del error que aparece en la " "charla." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:112 msgid "Migration process for users having installed Odoo before December 2020" msgstr "" "Proceso de migración para usuarios que hayan instalado Odoo antes de " "diciembre de 2020" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:114 msgid "" "If you are on-premise, please first make sure that your source is up-to-date" " with the latest version of Odoo." @@ -545,7 +537,7 @@ msgstr "" "Si está en las instalaciones, primero asegúrese de que su fuente esté " "actualizada con la última versión de Odoo." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:117 msgid "" "Users who have created a database before December 2020 need to install the " "new module manually to use the new functionalities." @@ -554,7 +546,7 @@ msgstr "" "deben instalar el nuevo módulo manualmente para utilizar las nuevas " "funcionalidades." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:120 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Apps --> Update Apps List`, remove the " "default filter in the search bar and type: " @@ -566,7 +558,7 @@ msgstr "" "escriba: **account_online_synchronization**. Luego puede hacer clic en el " "botón * Instalar * para instalar el nuevo módulo." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:128 msgid "" "Finally, make sure all your users refresh their Odoo page by pressing " "CTRL+F5." @@ -574,7 +566,7 @@ msgstr "" "Finalmente, asegúrese de que todos sus usuarios actualicen su página de Odoo" " presionando CTRL+F5." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:132 msgid "" "All previous synchronizations are disconnected during the installation and " "won't work anymore. You can find them directly in the synchronization menu " @@ -588,7 +580,7 @@ msgstr "" "Sincronización en línea`). No es posible resincronizar estas conexiones; " "tienes que hacer otros nuevos." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:136 msgid "" "Please do not uninstall *account_online_sync* which is the previous module " "for online synchronization. The new one overrides it." @@ -596,7 +588,7 @@ msgstr "" "No desinstale * account_online_sync *, que es el módulo anterior para la " "sincronización en línea. El nuevo lo anula." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:138 msgid "" "By default *account_online_synchronization* is installed automatically with " "Accounting." @@ -604,17 +596,17 @@ msgstr "" "De forma predeterminada, *account_online_synchronization* se instala " "automáticamente con Contabilidad." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:141 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:95 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:78 msgid "FAQ" msgstr "FAQ" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:144 msgid "The synchronization is not working in real-time. Is that normal?" msgstr "La sincronización no funciona en tiempo real. ¿Eso es normal?" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:146 msgid "" "The process is not intended to work in real-time as third party providers " "synchronize your accounts at different intervals. To force the " @@ -635,7 +627,7 @@ msgstr "" "que al hacer clic en *Sincronizar ahora* no obtenga sus últimas " "transacciones si ya realizó dicha acción al principio del día." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:153 msgid "" "A transaction can be visible on your bank account, but not be fetched if it " "has the status *Pending*. Only transactions with the *Posted* status will be" @@ -647,13 +639,13 @@ msgstr "" "transacciones con el estado *Publicado*. Si aún no está *Publicado*, tendrá " "que esperar hasta que cambie el estado." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:158 msgid "Is the Online Bank Synchronization feature included in my contract?" msgstr "" "¿La función de sincronización bancaria en línea está incluida en mi " "contrato?" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:160 msgid "" "**Community Version**: No, this feature is not included in the Community " "Version." @@ -661,13 +653,13 @@ msgstr "" "**Versión comunitaria**: No, esta función no está incluida en la Versión " "comunitaria." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:161 msgid "" "**Online Version**: Yes, even if you benefit from the One App Free contract." msgstr "" "**Versión en línea**: Sí, incluso si se beneficia del contrato One App Free." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:162 msgid "" "**Enterprise Version**: Yes, if you have a valid enterprise contract linked " "to your database." @@ -675,11 +667,11 @@ msgstr "" "** Versión Enterprise**: Sí, si tiene un contrato empresarial válido " "vinculado a su base de datos." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:165 msgid "Some banks have a status \"Beta.\" What does this mean?" msgstr "Algunos bancos tienen un estado \"Beta\". ¿Qué significa esto?" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:167 msgid "" "This means that banking institutions are not yet fully supported by our " "Third Party Provider. Bugs or other problems may arise. Odoo does not " @@ -695,13 +687,13 @@ msgstr "" "con estos bancos contribuye al proceso de desarrollo, ya que el Proveedor " "tendrá datos reales y comentarios de la conexión." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:173 msgid "Why do my transactions only synchronize when I refresh manually?" msgstr "" "¿Por qué mis transacciones solo se sincronizan cuando las actualizo " "manualmente?" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:175 msgid "" "Some banks have additional security measures and require extra steps, such " "as an SMS/email authentication code or another type of MFA. Because of this," @@ -713,11 +705,11 @@ msgstr "" "otro tipo de MFA. Debido a esto, el integrador no puede extraer " "transacciones hasta que se proporcione el código de seguridad." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:180 msgid "Not all of my past transactions are in Odoo, why?" msgstr "No todas mis transacciones pasadas están en Odoo, ¿por qué?" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:182 msgid "" "For some institutions, transactions can only be fetched up to 3 months in " "the past." @@ -725,11 +717,11 @@ msgstr "" "Para algunas instituciones, las transacciones solo se pueden recuperar hasta" " hace 3 meses." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:185 msgid "Why don't I see any transactions?" msgstr "¿Por qué no veo ninguna transacción?" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:187 msgid "" "During your first synchronization, you selected the bank accounts you " "decided to synchronize with Odoo. If you didn't synchronize any of your " @@ -742,11 +734,11 @@ msgstr "" " ir a :menuselection: `Contabilidad --> Configuración --> Sincronización en " "línea` para hacer clic en el botón *Obtener cuentas* en la conexión." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:191 msgid "There may also be no new transactions." msgstr "Es posible que tampoco haya nuevas transacciones." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:193 msgid "" "If your bank account is properly linked to a journal and posted transactions" " are not visible in your database, please `submit a support ticket " @@ -756,11 +748,11 @@ msgstr "" "transacciones registradas no son visibles en su base de datos, por favor, " "`envíe un ticket de soporte <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:197 msgid "How can I update my bank credentials?" msgstr "¿Cómo puedo actualizar mis credenciales bancarias?" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:199 msgid "" "You can update your credentials by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Online Synchronization`, open the connection you want to " @@ -771,27 +763,27 @@ msgstr "" " actualizar sus credenciales y haga clic en el botón *Actualizar " "credenciales*." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:204 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:124 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:111 msgid ":doc:`bank_statements`" msgstr ":doc:`bank_statements`" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:205 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:110 msgid ":doc:`ponto`" msgstr ":doc:`ponto`" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:206 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:123 msgid ":doc:`saltedge`" msgstr ":doc:`saltedge`" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:3 msgid "Ponto as bank synchronization provider" msgstr "Ponto como proveedor de sincronización bancaria" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:5 msgid "" "**Ponto** is a service that allows companies and professionals to aggregate " "their accounts in one place and directly see all their transactions within " @@ -804,7 +796,7 @@ msgstr "" "continuamente la cantidad de instituciones bancarias que se pueden " "sincronizar con Odoo." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:13 msgid "" "**Odoo** can synchronize directly with your bank to get all bank statements " "imported automatically into your database." @@ -812,7 +804,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Odoo** puede sincronizar directamente con su banco para obtener todos los " "extractos bancarios importados automáticamente a su base de datos." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:16 msgid "" "Ponto is a paid third-party provider that can handle the synchronization " "between your bank accounts and Odoo. `Its pricing is 4€/month per " @@ -822,7 +814,7 @@ msgstr "" "entre sus cuentas bancarias y Odoo. `Su precio es de 4 € / mes por " "cuenta/integración <https://myponto.com/en#pricing>`_." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:20 msgid "" "You can find more information about bank synchronization :doc:`on this page " "<bank_synchronization>`." @@ -830,35 +822,35 @@ msgstr "" "Puede encontrar más información sobre la sincronización bancaria :doc:`en " "esta página <bank_synchronization>`." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:27 msgid "Link your bank accounts with Ponto" msgstr "Vincule sus cuentas bancarias con Ponto" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:29 msgid "Go to `Ponto's website (https://myponto.com) <https://myponto.com>`_." msgstr "" "Vaya al `sitio web de Ponto (https://myponto.com) <https://myponto.com>`_." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:30 msgid "Create an account if you don't have one yet." msgstr "Cree una cuenta si aún no tiene una." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:31 msgid "Once you are logged in, create an *organization*." msgstr "Una vez que haya iniciado sesión, cree una *organización*." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounts --> Live`, and click on *Add account*." msgstr "" "Vaya a :menuselection: `Cuentas --> En vivo`, y haga clic en *Agregar " "cuenta*." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 msgid "You might have to add your **Billing Information** first." msgstr "" "Es posible que primero deba agregar su **Información de facturación**." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:39 msgid "" "Select your country, your bank institutions, give your consent to Ponto, and" " follow the steps on-screen to link your bank account with your Ponto " @@ -868,7 +860,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ponto y siga los pasos en pantalla para vincular su cuenta bancaria con su " "cuenta Ponto." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:46 msgid "" "Make sure to add all bank accounts you want to synchronize with your Odoo " "database before moving on to the next steps." @@ -876,18 +868,18 @@ msgstr "" "Asegúrese de agregar todas las cuentas bancarias que desea sincronizar con " "su base de datos de Odoo antes de continuar con los siguientes pasos." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:50 msgid "Link your Ponto account with your Odoo database" msgstr "Vincule su cuenta Ponto con su base de datos Odoo" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:52 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Add a Bank Account`." msgstr "" "Vaya a :menuselection: `Contabilidad --> Configuración --> Agregar una " "cuenta bancaria`." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:53 msgid "" "Search your institution, make sure to select the right institution. By " "selecting the institution, you can verify that the third party provider is " @@ -897,11 +889,11 @@ msgstr "" "seleccionar la institución, puede verificar que el proveedor externo es " "Ponto." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:55 msgid "Click on *Connect* and follow the steps." msgstr "Haga clic en *Conectar* y siga los pasos." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:56 msgid "" "At some point, you will have to authorize the accounts you want to access in" " Odoo. Please select **all the accounts** you want to synchronize. Even the " @@ -911,11 +903,11 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo. Seleccione **todas las cuentas** que desee sincronizar. Incluso los " "provenientes de otras instituciones bancarias." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:64 msgid "Finish the flow." msgstr "Termina el flujo." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:67 msgid "" "You have to authorize all the accounts you want to access in Odoo but, Odoo " "will filter the accounts based on the institution you selected at the second" @@ -924,11 +916,11 @@ msgstr "" "Debe autorizar todas las cuentas a las que desea acceder en Odoo, pero Odoo " "filtrará las cuentas según la institución que seleccionó en el segundo paso." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:71 msgid "Update your synchronization credentials" msgstr "Actualice sus credenciales de sincronización" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:73 msgid "" "You might have to update your Ponto credentials or modify the " "synchronization settings." @@ -936,8 +928,8 @@ msgstr "" "Es posible que deba actualizar sus credenciales de Ponto o modificar la " "configuración de sincronización." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:75 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:87 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Online " "Synchronization` and select the institution you want to fetch the other " @@ -948,7 +940,7 @@ msgstr "" "otras cuentas. Haga clic en el botón *Obtener cuentas* para iniciar el " "flujo." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:79 msgid "" "During the update, select **all the accounts** you want to synchronize, even" " the ones coming from other banking institutions." @@ -956,17 +948,17 @@ msgstr "" "Durante la actualización, seleccione **todas las cuentas** que desea " "sincronizar, incluso las que provienen de otras instituciones bancarias." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:83 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:66 msgid "Fetch new accounts" msgstr "Obtener cuentas nuevas" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:85 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:68 msgid "You might want to add new online accounts to your connection." msgstr "Es posible que desee agregar nuevas cuentas en línea a su conexión." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:91 msgid "" "Don't forget to keep authorization for existing accounts (for all " "institutions that you have synchronized with Ponto)." @@ -974,11 +966,11 @@ msgstr "" "No olvide conservar la autorización para las cuentas existentes (para todas " "las instituciones que haya sincronizado con Ponto)." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:98 msgid "After my synchronization, no account appears" msgstr "Después de mi sincronización, no aparece ninguna cuenta." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:100 msgid "" "You selected an institution from the list and did not authorize any accounts" " from this institution." @@ -986,11 +978,11 @@ msgstr "" "Seleccionó una institución de la lista y no autorizó ninguna cuenta de esta " "institución." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:103 msgid "I have an error about that my authorization has expired" msgstr "Tengo un error acerca de que mi autorización ha caducado." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:105 msgid "" "Every **3 months** (90 days) you must re-authorize the connection between " "your bank account and Ponto. This must be done from the `Ponto website " @@ -1002,11 +994,11 @@ msgstr "" "<https://myponto.com>`_. Si no lo hace, la sincronización se detendrá para " "estas cuentas." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:110 msgid "I have some errors with my beta institution" msgstr "Tengo algunos errores con mi institución beta" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:112 msgid "" "Ponto provides institutions in *beta*, these institutions are not directly " "supported by Odoo and we advise you to contact Ponto directly." @@ -1015,7 +1007,7 @@ msgstr "" "con el apoyo directo de Odoo y le recomendamos que se ponga en contacto " "directamente con Ponto." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:116 msgid "" "Using an institution in beta is beneficial for Ponto, it allows them to have" " real feedback on the connection with the institution." @@ -1023,11 +1015,11 @@ msgstr "" "El uso de una institución en versión beta es beneficioso para Ponto, les " "permite tener comentarios reales sobre la conexión con la institución." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:3 msgid "Salt Edge as bank synchronization provider" msgstr "Salt Edge como proveedor de sincronización bancaria" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:5 msgid "" "**Salt Edge** is a third-party provider that aggregates banking information " "from your bank accounts. It supports ~5000 institutions in more than 50 " @@ -1037,7 +1029,7 @@ msgstr "" " cuentas bancarias. Es compatible con ~ 5000 instituciones en más de 50 " "países." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:13 msgid "" "Odoo can synchronize directly with your bank to get all bank statements " "imported automatically into your database." @@ -1045,15 +1037,15 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo puede sincronizar directamente con su banco para obtener todos los " "extractos bancarios importados automáticamente a su base de datos." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:16 msgid "Salt Edge is a free third-party provider." msgstr "Salt Edge es un proveedor externo gratuito." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:22 msgid "Link your bank accounts with Odoo" msgstr "Vincula tus cuentas bancarias con Odoo" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:24 msgid "" "Start synchronization by clicking on :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Add a Bank Account`." @@ -1061,7 +1053,7 @@ msgstr "" "Inicie la sincronización haciendo clic en :menuselection: `Contabilidad --> " "Configuración --> Agregar una cuenta bancaria`." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:26 msgid "" "Select the institution you want to synchronize. You can see if Salt Edge is " "the third party provider of the institution by selecting it." @@ -1069,7 +1061,7 @@ msgstr "" "Seleccione la institución que desea sincronizar. Puede ver si Salt Edge es " "el proveedor externo de la institución seleccionándolo." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:28 msgid "" "After giving your phone number, you are asked for an email address. This " "email address is used to create your Salt Edge account. Please make sure you" @@ -1082,7 +1074,7 @@ msgstr "" "electrónico válida; de lo contrario, no podrá acceder a su cuenta de Salt " "Edge." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:37 msgid "" "After entering your email address, you are redirected to Salt Edge to " "continue the synchronization process." @@ -1090,21 +1082,21 @@ msgstr "" "Después de ingresar su dirección de correo electrónico, se le redirige a " "Salt Edge para continuar con el proceso de sincronización." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:44 msgid "Make sure you give your consent by checking the consent checkbox." msgstr "" "Asegúrese de dar su consentimiento marcando la casilla de verificación de " "consentimiento." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:50 msgid "Complete the synchronization by following the steps." msgstr "Complete la sincronización siguiendo los pasos." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:54 msgid "Update your credentials" msgstr "Actualice sus credenciales" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:56 msgid "" "You might have to update your Salt Edge credentials or modify the " "synchronization settings." @@ -1112,7 +1104,7 @@ msgstr "" "Es posible que deba actualizar sus credenciales de Salt Edge o modificar la " "configuración de sincronización." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:58 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Online " "Synchronization` and select the institution you want to update credentials. " @@ -1124,8 +1116,8 @@ msgstr "" "las credenciales. Haga clic en el botón * Actualizar credenciales * para " "iniciar el flujo y siga los pasos." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:62 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:74 msgid "" "Don't forget to check the consent checkbox. Otherwise, Odoo may not be able " "to access your information." @@ -1133,7 +1125,7 @@ msgstr "" "No olvide marcar la casilla de verificación de consentimiento. De lo " "contrario, es posible que Odoo no pueda acceder a su información." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:70 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Online " "Synchronization` and select the institution to fetch the new accounts. Click" @@ -1144,12 +1136,12 @@ msgstr "" "cuentas. Haga clic en el botón * Obtener cuentas * para iniciar el flujo y " "siga los pasos." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:81 msgid "I have an error when I try to delete my synchronization within Odoo" msgstr "" "Tengo un error cuando intento eliminar mi sincronización dentro de Odoo" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:83 msgid "" "Odoo can't permanently delete the connection you have created with the " "banking institution. However, it can revoke the consent you gave so that " @@ -1171,11 +1163,11 @@ msgstr "" "sincronización. Una vez hecho esto, puede volver a Odoo para eliminar el " "registro." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:92 msgid "I have an error saying that I have already synchronized this account" msgstr "Tengo un error que dice que ya he sincronizado esta cuenta." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:94 msgid "" "You have probably already synchronized your bank account with Salt Edge, " "please check on your `dashboard <https://www.saltedge.com/dashboard>`_ that " @@ -1185,7 +1177,7 @@ msgstr "" "verifique en su `tablero <https://www.saltedge.com/dashboard>`_ que aún no " "tiene una conexión con las mismas credenciales." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:98 msgid "" "In case you already have a synchronization with the same credentials present" " on your Salt Edge dashboard and this synchronization has not been created " @@ -1195,7 +1187,7 @@ msgstr "" "presentes en su panel de Salt Edge y esta sincronización no se haya creado " "con Odoo, elimínela y créela desde su base de datos de Odoo." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:102 msgid "" "In case you already have a connection with the same credentials present on " "your Salt Edge dashboard and this synchronization was created with Odoo, you" @@ -1209,15 +1201,16 @@ msgstr "" "Configuración --> Sincronización en línea \". Asegúrese de realizar una " "*Actualización de credenciales* para reactivar la conexión." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc.rst:3 ../../accounting/payables/misc.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc.rst:3 msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "Varios" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:3 msgid "Do a bank wire transfer from one bank to another" msgstr "Hacer una transferencia de un banco a otro" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:5 msgid "" "A company might have several bank accounts or cash registers. Within odoo it" " is possible to handle internal transfers of money with only a couple of " @@ -1226,7 +1219,7 @@ msgstr "" "Una compañia puede tener varias cuentas bancarias o cajas registradoras. En " "Odoo es posible manejar transferencias internas con tan solo unos clicks." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:9 msgid "" "We will take the following example to illustrate. My company has two bank " "accounts and I want to transfer 50.000 euros from one of our bank accounts " @@ -1236,11 +1229,11 @@ msgstr "" "cuentas bancarias y quiero transferir 50.000 euros de una de nuestras " "cuentas a la otra." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:17 msgid "Check your Chart of Accounts and default transfer account" msgstr "Revise su plan contable y su cuenta de transferencia por defecto" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:19 msgid "" "To handle internal transfers you need a transfer account in your charts of " "account. Odoo will generate an account automatically based on the country of" @@ -1254,7 +1247,7 @@ msgstr "" "cuenta de transferencia por defecto, ir a la configuración del módulo " "contable, seleccionar :menuselection:`Configuración --> Ajustes`." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:25 msgid "" "Your chart of accounts will be pre-installed depending on the country " "specified during your registration, it cannot be changed." @@ -1262,7 +1255,7 @@ msgstr "" "Su plan de cuentas será pre-instalado dependiendo del país especificado " "durante su registro, no puede ser cambiado. " -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:31 msgid "" "The default transfer account will automatically be generated as well " "depending on your country's legislation. If necessary it can be modified " @@ -1272,11 +1265,11 @@ msgstr "" "automaticamente dependiendo de la legislación de su país. Si necesario, se " "puede modificar en la misma página." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:39 msgid "Create a second bank account / Journal" msgstr "Crear una segunda cuenta de banco / Diario" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:41 msgid "" "Before we can register an internal transfer we need to add a new bank to our" " accounting dashboard. To do so enter the accounting module, click on " @@ -1291,15 +1284,15 @@ msgstr "" " de Cuenta**. Tambien puede crear y editar su banco para especificar los " "detalles correspondientes." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:50 msgid "By saving the changes you now have 2 bank accounts." msgstr "Al guardar los cambios, ahora tiene 2 cuentas bancarias." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:56 msgid "Register an internal transfer from one bank to another." msgstr "Registrar una transferencia interna de un banco a otro." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:58 msgid "" "We will now transfer 50.000 euros from our **Bank** to our **Bank BE57 0633 " "9533 1498** account." @@ -1307,11 +1300,11 @@ msgstr "" "Transferiremos ahora 50.000 Euros desde nuestro **Banco** a nuestra cuenta " "**Banco BE57 0633 9533 1498**." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:62 msgid "Log an internal transfer" msgstr "Iniciar una transferencia interna" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:64 msgid "" "The first step is to register the internal payment. To do so go into your " "accounting dashboard, click on the **more** button of one of your banks and " @@ -1321,7 +1314,7 @@ msgstr "" "contabilidad, hacer clic en el botón **más** de uno de los bancos y " "seleccionar :menuselection:`Nuevo --> Transferencia interna`." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:71 msgid "" "Create a new payment. The payment type will automatically be set to internal" " transfer. Select the **Bank** you want to transfer to, specify the " @@ -1331,17 +1324,17 @@ msgstr "" "\"transferenica interna\". Seleccione al **Banco** al que quiere tranferir, " "especifique el **Monto** y opcionalmente agregue una **Nota**." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:76 msgid "" "The memo is important if you wish to automatically reconcile (see `Import " "bank statements and reconcile`_)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:82 msgid "Save and confirm the changes to register the payment." msgstr "Guarde y confirme los cambios para registrar el pago." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:84 msgid "" "In terms of accounting the money is now booked in the transfer account. " "We'll need to import bank statements to book the money in the final " @@ -1351,11 +1344,11 @@ msgstr "" "de transferenica. Necesitarémos importar los extractos bancarios para llevar" " este monto a su cuenta final." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:89 msgid "Import bank statements and reconcile" msgstr "Importación de extractos de cuenta y conciliaciones" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:91 msgid "" "Note that the bank balance computed by Odoo is different that the last " "statement of your bank." @@ -1363,7 +1356,7 @@ msgstr "" "Observe que el saldo del banco calculado por Odoo ahora es diferente del " "saldo del ultimo extracto bancario de su banco." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:97 msgid "" "That is because we did not import the bank statement confirming the " "receiving and sending of the money. It's thus necessary to import your bank " @@ -1372,7 +1365,7 @@ msgid "" "the corresponding bank to import them." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:106 msgid "" "Fill in your **Transactions line**. Once done, Odoo will display a " "**Computed Balance**. that computed balance is the theorical end balance of " @@ -1385,18 +1378,18 @@ msgstr "" " su cuenta bancaria. Si corresponde al extracto bancario, significa que no " "hay errores. Llene el **Balance Final** y haga click en **Conciliar**." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:114 msgid "The following window will open:" msgstr "La siguiente ventana se abrirá:" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:119 msgid "" "You need to choose counterparts for the payment. Select the correct bank " "statement line corresponding to the payment and click on the **reconcile** " "button. Close the statement to finish the transaction" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:126 msgid "" "The same steps will need to be repeated once you receive your second bank " "statement. Note that if you specify the same amount and the same memo in " @@ -1404,18 +1397,18 @@ msgid "" "happen automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:177 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:80 -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:153 msgid "Bank Reconciliation" msgstr "Conciliación Bancaria" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:3 msgid "Reconciliation Models" msgstr "Modelos de conciliación" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:5 msgid "" "Once the bank statements are correctly imported, it is essential to " "*reconcile* the records properly and ensure all *Journal Entries* are " @@ -1424,45 +1417,45 @@ msgid "" "with recurrent entries such as bank fees." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:10 msgid "" "Add a link to the Reconciliation process in the paragraph above, once the " "doc will have been updated." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:14 msgid "" "Reconciliation Models are also useful to handle *Cash Discounts*. Please " "refer to :doc:`this documentation " "<../../receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts>` for more information." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:21 msgid "Types of Reconciliation Models" msgstr "Tipos de modelos de conciliación" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:23 msgid "There are three types of Reconciliation Models:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:25 msgid ":ref:`Write-off Button <reconciliation_models_button>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:26 msgid "" ":ref:`Suggestion of counterpart values <reconciliation_models_suggestion>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:27 msgid ":ref:`Match existing invoices/bills <reconciliation_models_match>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:32 msgid "Manually create a write-off on clicked button" msgstr "Crear un descuadre manualmente haciendo clic en el botón. " -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:34 msgid "" "When you are reconciling an entry with an *Open Balance*, you can use the " "buttons available under the *Manual Operations* tab to pre-fill all the " @@ -1470,22 +1463,22 @@ msgid "" " different Reconciliation Model." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:45 msgid "Suggest counterpart values" msgstr "Sugerir valores de contrapartida. " -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:47 msgid "" "This type of Reconciliation Model suggests immediately counterpart values " "that only need to be validated. This automation is based on a set of rules " "defined in the reconciliation model." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:57 msgid "Match existing invoices/bills" msgstr "Coincidir con facturas existentes" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:59 msgid "" "This type of Reconciliation Model automatically selects the right Customer " "Invoice or Vendor Bill that matches the payment. All that is left to do is " @@ -1493,7 +1486,7 @@ msgid "" " the reconciliation model." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:71 msgid "" "To manage or create new **Reconciliation Models**, go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reconciliation --> Reconciliation Models`. " @@ -1502,31 +1495,31 @@ msgid "" " on *Reconciliation Models*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:81 msgid "" "The first entry, named *Invoices Matching Rule*, is the one responsible for " "the current matching of invoices and bills. Therefore, it is advised to " "leave it at the top of the list and not to delete it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:85 msgid "" "Open the model you want to modify, or click on *Create* to create a new one," " then fill out the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:88 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:50 msgid "Type" msgstr "Tipo" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:90 msgid "" "See :ref:`above <reconciliation_models_types>` for an explanation about the " "different types of Reconciliation Models." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:94 msgid "" "If the *Documents* application is installed on your database, an additional " "**Activity type** field appears when *To check* is ticked. Selecting the " @@ -1534,17 +1527,17 @@ msgid "" "*Request Document* window pops up to request a document from a user." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:100 msgid "Conditions on Bank Statement Line" msgstr "Condiciones en líneas de extracto bancario" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:102 msgid "" "Define here all the conditions that are required for a Reconciliation Model " "to be applied." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:105 msgid "" "If a record matches with several Reconciliation Models, the first one in the" " *sequence* of models will be applied. The sequence is simply the order of " @@ -1552,52 +1545,54 @@ msgid "" "dropping the handle next to the name." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:114 msgid "Counterpart Values" msgstr "Valores de la Contrapartida" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:116 msgid "" "This section comprises the values that are applied by the Reconciliation " "Model." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:118 msgid "" "If the value to reconcile needs to be written-off in two separate accounts, " "click on *Add a second line*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:127 msgid ":doc:`use_cases`" msgstr ":doc:`use_cases`" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:128 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:108 msgid ":doc:`../feeds/bank_synchronization`" msgstr ":doc:`../feeds/bank_synchronization`" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:129 msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts`" msgstr ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts`" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:3 msgid "Bank reconciliation process - use cases" msgstr "Proceso de conciliación bancaria - casos de uso" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/overview.rst:3 ../../accounting/reporting/overview.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview" msgstr "Información general" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:8 msgid "" "Matching your bank statements with your accounting records can be a tedious " "task. You need to find the corresponding invoices, compare the amounts and " @@ -1612,19 +1607,19 @@ msgstr "" " fácilmente las facturas y cualquier otro documento de pago con los apuntes " "del banco. " -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:10 msgid "Two options of the reconciliation process exist in Odoo." msgstr "En Odoo existen dos opciones para el proceso de conciliación." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:12 msgid "We can directly specify the payment on the invoice" msgstr "Podemos especificar directamente el pago en la factura" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:13 msgid "We can reconcile open invoices with bank statements" msgstr "Podemos conciliar facturas abiertas con estados de cuenta bancarios" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:18 msgid "" "No special configuration is necessary to record invoices. All we need to do " "is to install the accounting app." @@ -1632,15 +1627,15 @@ msgstr "" "No se necesita ninguna configuración especial para registrar facturas. Todo " "lo que se necesita es instalar la aplicación de contabilidad. " -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:25 msgid "Use cases" msgstr "Casos de uso" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:28 msgid "Case 1: Payments registration" msgstr "Caso 1: Registración de pagos" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:30 msgid "" "We received the proof of payment of our invoice in the amount of 2100 euros " "issued to Smith & Co." @@ -1648,7 +1643,7 @@ msgstr "" "Recibimos el comprobante de pago para nuestra factura de 2100 euros emitida " "a Smith & Co. " -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:33 msgid "" "We start at our issued Invoice of 2100 euros for Smith & Co. Because the " "sold product is a service we demand an immediate payment. Our accountant " @@ -1662,7 +1657,7 @@ msgstr "" "marcar esta factura como pagada inmediatamente para indicar que podemos " "empezar a prestar servicios a nuestro cliente. " -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:39 msgid "" "Our customer send us a payment confirmation. We can thus register a payment " "and mark the invoice as paid." @@ -1670,7 +1665,7 @@ msgstr "" "Nuestro cliente nos envía una confirmación de pago. Así podemos registrar un" " pago y marcar la factura como pagada." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:45 msgid "" "By clicking on **register payment,** we are telling Odoo that our customer " "has paid the Invoice. We thus have to specify the amount and the payment " @@ -1680,7 +1675,7 @@ msgstr "" "ha pagado la factura. Por tanto, debemos especificar el importe y el método " "de pago." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:52 msgid "" "Now we can always find the payment details in the Invoice by clicking on the" " :menuselection:`Info --> Open Payment`." @@ -1688,7 +1683,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ahora siempre podremos encontrar los detalles de pago en la factura haciendo" " click en :menuselection:`Info --> Información de pago`." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:58 msgid "" "The invoice has been paid and **the reconciliation has been done " "automatically.**" @@ -1696,11 +1691,11 @@ msgstr "" "La factura ha sido pagada y **la reconciliación se ha hecho " "automáticamente.**" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:62 msgid "Case 2: Bank statements reconciliations" msgstr "Caso 2: Reconciliaciones de extractos bancarios" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:64 msgid "" "We start at our issued Invoice of 3000 euros for Smith & Co. Let's also " "assume that other Invoices are open for different customers." @@ -1708,7 +1703,7 @@ msgstr "" "Empezamos con nuestra factura emitida de 3000 euros para Smith & Co. " "Asumamos también que otras facturas están abiertas para clientes diferentes." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:70 msgid "" "We receive our bank statement and find that not only the invoice issued to " "Smith & Co has been paid, but the one to Buzz of 92 euros as well." @@ -1716,7 +1711,7 @@ msgstr "" "Recibimos nuestro extracto bancario y vemos que no sólo se ha pagado la " "factura expedida a Smith & Co, sino también una a Buzz de 92€." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:73 msgid "" "**Import** or **Create** the bank statements. Please refer to the documents " "from the Bank Feeds section." @@ -1724,11 +1719,11 @@ msgstr "" "**Importar** o **Crear** los extractos bancarios. Por favor refiérase a los " "documentos desde la sección Fuentes Bancarias." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:79 msgid "On the dashboard, click on **Reconcile # Items**" msgstr "En el tablero, haga clic en **Reconciliación # Elementos**" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:84 msgid "" "If everything was right (correct partner name, right amount) odoo will do " "the reconciliations **automatically**." @@ -1736,13 +1731,13 @@ msgstr "" "Si todo salió bien (nombre de asociado correcto, monto correcto) Odoo hará " "las reconciliaciones **automáticamente**." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:90 msgid "If some issues are found, you will need to take **manual actions**." msgstr "" "Si se encuentran algunos problemas, tendrá que realizar **acciones " "manuales**" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:92 msgid "" "For example, if the partner is missing from your bank statement, just fill " "it in :" @@ -1750,7 +1745,7 @@ msgstr "" "Por ejemplo, si esta faltando el asociado en su extracto bancario, solo " "llénelo en:" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:98 msgid "" "If the payment is done with a down payment, just check if it is all right " "and validate all related payments :" @@ -1758,20 +1753,21 @@ msgstr "" "Si el pago fue hecho con un pago anticipado, solo revise si esta correcto y " "valide todos los pagos relacionados : " -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:105 msgid "Hit CTRL-Enter to reconcile all the balanced items in the sheet." msgstr "" "Pulse CTRL-Enter para reconciliar todos los asientos balanceados en la hoja." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:168 msgid "Setup" msgstr "Configurar" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:3 msgid "Bank Accounts" msgstr "Cuentas bancarias" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:5 msgid "" "You can manage as many **Bank Accounts** as needed on your database. " "Configuring them well allows you to make sure that all your banking data is " @@ -1781,7 +1777,7 @@ msgstr "" "Configurarlas bien permite asegurarse de que toda la información bancaria " "está al dia y lista para ser conciliada con los *Apuntes contables*." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:9 msgid "" "In Odoo Accounting, each Bank Account is configured to have a dedicated " "*Journal* which is configured to post all entries in a dedicated *Account*." @@ -1790,7 +1786,7 @@ msgstr "" "*Diario* dedicado, que se configura para registrar todos los apuntes en una " "*Cuenta* dedicada. " -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:12 msgid "" "Whenever you add a Bank Account, a dedicated journal and a dedicated account" " are automatically created and configured." @@ -1798,7 +1794,7 @@ msgstr "" "Siempre que se añade una Cuenta Bancaria, se crean y configuran " "automáticamente un diario y una cuenta dedicada. " -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:15 msgid "" "Every **Bank Journal** is displayed by default on the **Accounting " "Overview** in the form of a convenient card. It includes action buttons that" @@ -1808,22 +1804,22 @@ msgstr "" "en forma de una práctiva tarjeta. Ésta incluye botones de acción que se " "muestran cuando es apropiado. " -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:25 msgid "Add a new Bank Account" msgstr "Añadir una nueva cuenta bancaria" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:27 msgid "" "You can either connect your bank account to your Odoo database, or configure" " your bank account manually and :doc:`upload the bank statements manually " "<../feeds/bank_statements>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:31 msgid "Bank Synchronization" msgstr "Sincronización bancaria" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:33 msgid "" "Connect your bank account to your database and have your bank statements " "synced automatically." @@ -1831,63 +1827,63 @@ msgstr "" "Conectar su cuenta bancaria a su base de datos y tener sus apuntes bancarios" " sincronizados automáticamente." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:35 msgid "" "To synchronize a new bank account, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration`, click on *Add a Bank Account*, then find your bank in the " "list, click on *Connect*, and follow the instructions on-screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:40 msgid "" ":doc:`Click here <../../bank/feeds/bank_synchronization>` for more " "information about this bank synchronization." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:48 msgid "Manual configuration" msgstr "Configuración manual" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:50 msgid "" "If your Bank Institution can’t be synchronized automatically, or if you " "prefer not to sync it with your database, you may also configure your bank " "account manually." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:53 msgid "" "To add a new bank account manually, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration`, click on *Add a Bank Account*, then on *Create it*, and fill" " out the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:65 msgid "**Name**: the bank account's name, as displayed on Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:57 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:66 msgid "**Account Number**: your bank account number (IBAN in Europe)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:67 msgid "" "**Bank**: click on *Create and Edit* to configure the bank's details. Add " "the bank institution's name and its Identifier Code (BIC or SWIFT)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:60 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:69 msgid "" "**Code**: this code is your Journal's *Short Code*, as displayed on Odoo. By" " default, Odoo creates a new Journal with this Short Code." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:62 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:71 msgid "" "**Journal**: This field is displayed if you have an existing Bank Journal " "that is not linked yet to a bank account. If so, then select the *Journal* " @@ -1895,24 +1891,24 @@ msgid "" "account or create a new one by clicking on *Create and Edit*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:67 msgid "" "Odoo detects the bank account type (e.g., IBAN) and enables some features " "accordingly." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:75 msgid "Advanced configuration" msgstr "Configuración avanzada" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:77 msgid "" "To edit an existing bank account, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Bank Accounts`, and open the bank account you want to " "modify." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:80 msgid "" "If you need to edit the bank account details, go to the *Bank Account* field" " and click on the *External Link* button next to the list arrow. There, you " @@ -1921,32 +1917,32 @@ msgid "" "the *Bank* field. These details are used to register some payments." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:85 msgid "" "You can configure which types of payments are enabled in the **Payment " "Method Types** section and how the bank statements are recorded and posted " "in the **Bank Statements** section." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:93 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:192 msgid ":doc:`../../bank/feeds/bank_synchronization`" msgstr ":doc:`../../bank/feeds/bank_synchronization`" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:94 msgid ":doc:`../feeds/bank_statements`" msgstr ":doc:`../feeds/bank_statements`" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:95 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:194 -msgid "`Odoo Learn: Accounting Basics <https://www.odoo.com/r/lsZ>`_" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:194 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Accounting Basics <https://www.odoo.com/r/lsZ>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:3 msgid "Manage a bank in a foreign currency" msgstr "Gestionar un banco en divisa extranjera" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:5 msgid "" "In Odoo, every transaction is recorded in the default currency of the " "company. Reports are all based on the currency of the company. But for " @@ -1959,7 +1955,7 @@ msgstr "" " para transacciones que ocurren en otra moneda, Odoo guarda ambos, el valor " "en la moneda de la compañía y el valor en la moneda de la transacción. " -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:11 msgid "" "When you have a bank account in a foreign currencies, for every transaction," " Odoo stores two values:" @@ -1967,15 +1963,15 @@ msgstr "" "Cuando tiene un extracto bancario en moneda extranjera, para cada " "transacción, Odoo guarda dos valores:" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:14 msgid "The debit/credit in the currency of the company" msgstr "El débito/crédito en la moneda de la compañía" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:16 msgid "The debit/credit in the currency of the bank account" msgstr "El débito/crédito en la moneda de la cuenta bancaria" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:18 msgid "" "Currency rates are updated automatically using yahoo.com, or the European " "Central bank web-services." @@ -1983,11 +1979,11 @@ msgstr "" "Los tipos de moneda son actualizados automáticamente usando yahoo.com, o los" " servicios web del Banco Central Europeo." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:25 msgid "Activate the multi-currency feature" msgstr "Activar la función multi-moneda" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:27 msgid "" "In order to allow your company to work with multiple currencies, you should " "activate the multi-currency mode. In the accounting application, go into " @@ -2002,11 +1998,11 @@ msgstr "" "marcada. Proporcione una cuenta **Ganancia o Pérdida en Cambio de Moneda**, " "luego de clic en **Aplicar**." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:34 msgid "Configure currencies" msgstr "Configurar monedas" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:36 msgid "" "Once the Odoo is configured to support multiple currencies, you should " "activate the currencies you plan to work with. To do that, go to the menu " @@ -2015,7 +2011,7 @@ msgid "" " activate a currency, check its \"Active\" field)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:42 msgid "" "After having activated the currencies, you can configure the parameters to " "automate the currency rate update. These options are also in the settings of" @@ -2025,17 +2021,17 @@ msgstr "" "automatizar la actualización del tipo de moneda. Éstas opciones también " "estan en los ajustes de la aplicación Contabilidad, al final de la página:" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:49 msgid "Click on the **Update Now** link to update the currency rates now." msgstr "" "De clic en el link **Actualizar Ahora** para actualizar ahora los tipos de " "moneda." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:52 msgid "Create a new bank account" msgstr "Crear una nueva cuenta bancaria" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:54 msgid "" "In the accounting application, we first go to :menuselection:`Configuration " "--> Accounting / Bank account`, and we create a new one." @@ -2043,22 +2039,22 @@ msgstr "" "En la aplicación contabilidad, primero vamos a :menuselection:`Configuración" " --> Contabilidad / Cuenta bancaria`, y creamos una nueva." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:60 msgid "" "Once you save this bank account, Odoo will create all the documents for you:" msgstr "" "Una vez guarde esta cuenta bancaria, Odoo creará todos los documentos por " "Ud.:" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:63 msgid "An account in the trial balance" msgstr "Una cuenta en el balance de prueba" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:65 msgid "A journal in your dashboard" msgstr "Un diario en su tablero" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:67 msgid "" "Information about the bank account in the footer of your invoices if checked" " the box **Show in Invoices Footer**" @@ -2066,11 +2062,11 @@ msgstr "" "Información acerca de la cuenta bancaria en el pie de página de sus facturas" " si verifica la casilla **Mostrar en Pie de Página de Facturas**" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:71 msgid "Example: A vendor bill in a foreign currency" msgstr "Ejemplo: Una factura de proveedor en una moneda extranjera" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:73 msgid "" "Based on the above example, let's assume we receive the following bill from " "a supplier in China." @@ -2078,7 +2074,7 @@ msgstr "" "Basado en el ejemplo anterior, asumamos que recibimos el siguiente recibo de" " un proveedor en China." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:76 msgid "" "In the :menuselection:`Purchase --> Vendor Bills` , this is what you could " "see:" @@ -2086,7 +2082,7 @@ msgstr "" "En el :menuselection:`Compra --> Factura de Proveedor` esto es lo que podrá " "ver: " -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:81 msgid "" "Once you are ready to pay this bill, click on register payment on the bill " "to record a payment." @@ -2094,7 +2090,7 @@ msgstr "" "Una vez este listo para pagar esta factura, de clic en registrar pago en la " "factura para registrar un pago." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:87 msgid "" "That's all you have to do. Odoo will automatically post the foreign exchange" " gain or loss at the reconciliation of the payment with the invoice, " @@ -2106,7 +2102,7 @@ msgstr "" "factura, dependiendo del aumento o reducción del tipo de moneda entre la " "fecha de la factura y el pago." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:92 msgid "" "Note that you can pay a foreign bill with another currency. In such a case, " "Odoo will automatically convert between the two currencies." @@ -2114,11 +2110,11 @@ msgstr "" "Note que puede pagar una factura de proveedor con otra moneda. En tal caso, " "Odoo automáticamente convertirá las dos monedas." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:96 msgid "Customers Statements" msgstr "Extractos de Clientes" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:98 msgid "" "Customers and vendor statements are managed in the currency of the invoice. " "So, the amount due by your customer (to your vendor) is always expressed in " @@ -2128,7 +2124,7 @@ msgstr "" "factura. Entonces, el monto pendiente por su cliente (a su proveedor) esta " "siempre expresado en la moneda de la factura." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:102 msgid "" "If you have several invoices with different currencies for the same " "customer, Odoo will split the customer statement by currency, as shown in " @@ -2138,7 +2134,7 @@ msgstr "" "separará el extracto del cliente por moneda, como se muestra en el reporte " "abajo." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:109 msgid "" "In the above report, the account receivable associated to Camptocamp is not " "managed in a secondary currency, which means that it keeps every transaction" @@ -2147,7 +2143,7 @@ msgid "" "be converted to this currency." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:115 msgid "" "In such a case, the customer statement always has only one currency. In " "general, this is not what the customer expect as he prefers to see the " @@ -2157,11 +2153,11 @@ msgstr "" "general, esto no es lo que el cliente espera en tanto que prefiere ver los " "montos en la moneda de las facturas que recibió;" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:3 msgid "Manage a cash register" msgstr "Gestionar una caja registradora" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:5 msgid "" "The cash register is a journal to register receivings and payments " "transactions. It calculates the total money in and out, computing the total " @@ -2171,7 +2167,7 @@ msgstr "" " pago. Calcula el total de entradas y salidas de efectivo, computando el " "saldo total." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:14 msgid "" "Configure the Cash journal in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " "--> Journals`." @@ -2179,7 +2175,7 @@ msgstr "" "Configurar el diario Efectivo en :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> " "Configuración --> Diarios`." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:17 msgid "" "In the tab Journal Entries, the Default Debit and Credit Account can be " "configured as well as the currency of the journal" @@ -2187,17 +2183,17 @@ msgstr "" "En la pestaña Asientos de Diarios, la cuenta Débito y Crédito preestablecida" " puede ser configurada también como la moneda del diario" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:21 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:256 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:34 msgid "Usage" msgstr "Uso" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:24 msgid "How to register cash payments?" msgstr "¿Cómo registrar pagos en efectivo?" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:26 msgid "" "To register a cash payment specific to another customer, you should follow " "these steps:" @@ -2205,7 +2201,7 @@ msgstr "" "Para registrar una caja registradora especifica a otro cliente, deberá " "seguir los siguientes pasos:" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:29 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Dashboard --> Cash --> Register " "Transactions`" @@ -2213,11 +2209,11 @@ msgstr "" "Vaya a :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Tablero --> Efectivo --> Registro de" " Transacciones`" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:32 msgid "Fill in the start and ending balance" msgstr "Llene en el balance de inicio y cierre" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:34 msgid "" "Register the transactions, specifying the customers linked to the " "transaction" @@ -2225,11 +2221,11 @@ msgstr "" "Registre las transacciones, especificando los clientes vinculados a la " "transacción" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:37 msgid "Put money in" msgstr "Poner dinero" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:39 msgid "" "Put money in is used to placed your cash manually before starting your " "transactions. From the Register Transactions window, go to " @@ -2239,11 +2235,11 @@ msgstr "" "iniciar sus transacciones. Desde la ventada Registro de Transacciones, vaya " "a :menuselection:`Más --> Ingresar dinero`" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:47 msgid "Take money out" msgstr "Sacar dinero" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:49 msgid "" "Take money out is used to collect/get yor your cash manually after ending " "all your transactions. From the Register Transaction windows, go to " @@ -2253,36 +2249,36 @@ msgstr "" "de finalizadas todas sus transacciones. Desde la ventada Registro de " "Transacciones, vaya a :menuselection:`Más --> Retirar dinero`" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:56 msgid "" "The transactions will be added to the current cash payment registration." msgstr "" "Las transacciones serán agregadas al registro actual de pago en efectivo." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations.rst:3 msgid "Fiscal Localizations" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations.rst:3 msgid "Localizations" msgstr "Localizaciones" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:17 msgid "Argentina" msgstr "Argentina" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:6 msgid "Webinars" msgstr "Webinars" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:8 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:8 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:8 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:8 msgid "" "Below you can find videos with a general description of the localization, " "and how to configure it." @@ -2290,20 +2286,24 @@ msgstr "" "A continuación, puede encontrar videos con una descripción general de la " "localización y cómo configurarla." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:10 msgid "`VIDEO WEBINAR OF A COMPLETE DEMO <https://youtu.be/c41-8cVaYAI>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:13 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:13 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:13 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:13 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:11 +msgid "`ECOMMERCE <https://youtu.be/5gUi2WWfRuI>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:63 msgid "Introduction" msgstr "Introducción" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:16 msgid "" "The Argentinean localization has been improved and extended in Odoo v13, in " "this version the next modules are available:" @@ -2311,7 +2311,7 @@ msgstr "" "La localización argentina se ha mejorado y ampliado en Odoo v13, en esta " "versión están disponibles los siguientes módulos:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:19 msgid "" "**l10n_ar**: This module add accounting features for the Argentinian " "localization, which represent the minimal configuration needed for a company" @@ -2323,7 +2323,7 @@ msgstr "" "necesarias para que una empresa opere en Argentina y bajo las regulaciones y" " pautas de la AFIP (Administración Federal de Ingresos Públicos)." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:23 msgid "" "**l10n_ar_reports**: Add VAT Book report which is a legal requirement in " "Argentine and that holds the VAT detail info of sales or purchases recorded " @@ -2336,7 +2336,7 @@ msgstr "" "incluye también el informe resumido del IVA que se utiliza para analizar la " "factura." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:27 msgid "" "**l10n_ar_edi**: This module includes all technical and functional " "requirements to generate Electronic Invoice via web service, based on the " @@ -2346,11 +2346,11 @@ msgstr "" "funcionales para poder realizarintercambio de información basado en el Web " "Service de Factura Electrónica (WSFE), bajo las regulaciones de la AFIP." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:35 msgid "Install the Argentinean localization modules" msgstr "Instalar los módulos de localización Argentina" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:37 msgid "" "For this, go to *Apps* and search for Argentina. Then click *Install* for " "the first two modules." @@ -2358,12 +2358,12 @@ msgstr "" "Para esto, vaya a *Aplicaciones* y busque \"Argentina\". Luego haga clic en " "*Instalar* para los dos primeros módulos." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:42 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:43 msgid "Configure your company" msgstr "Configure su empresa" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:45 msgid "" "Once that the modules are installed, the first step is to set up your " "company data. Additional to the basic information, a key field to fill in " @@ -2375,12 +2375,12 @@ msgstr "" "completar es el Tipo de responsabilidad AFIP, que representa la obligación " "fiscal y la estructura de la empresa:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:53 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:64 msgid "Chart of Account" msgstr "Plan de cuentas" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:56 msgid "" "In Accounting settings there are three available packages of Chart of " "accounts, which are related to the AFIP responsibility type of the Company, " @@ -2392,32 +2392,32 @@ msgstr "" " compañía, considerando así que si las compañías base no requieren tantas " "cuentas como las compañías con requisitos fiscales más complejos:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:60 msgid "Monotributista (149 accounts)." msgstr "Monotributista (149 cuentas)." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:61 msgid "IVA Exempto (159 accounts)." msgstr "Exento de IVA (159 cuentas)." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:62 msgid "Responsables Inscriptos (166 Accounts)." msgstr "Responsables Inscriptos (166 cuentas)." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:67 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:234 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:240 msgid "Configure Master data" msgstr "Configurar datos maestros" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:71 msgid "Electronic Invoice Credentials" msgstr "Credenciales de Facturación Electrónica" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:74 msgid "Environment" msgstr "Entorno" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:76 msgid "" "The AFIP infrastructure is replicated in two separate environments, Testing " "and Production." @@ -2425,7 +2425,7 @@ msgstr "" "La infraestructura de AFIP se replica en dos entornos separados: Testing y " "Producción." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:78 msgid "" "Testing is provided so that the Companies can test their developments until " "they are ready to move into the Production environment. As these two " @@ -2437,7 +2437,7 @@ msgstr "" "entornos están completamente asilados uno del otro, los certificados " "digitales de una instancia no son válidos en la otra." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:82 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Argentinian Localization` " "to select the environment:" @@ -2445,11 +2445,11 @@ msgstr "" "Vaya a :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Argentinian Localization`" " para seleccionar el entorno:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:89 msgid "AFIP Certificates" msgstr "Certificados de AFIP" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:90 msgid "" "The electronic invoice and other afip services work with WebServices (WS) " "provided by the AFIP." @@ -2457,7 +2457,7 @@ msgstr "" "La facturación electrónica y otros servicios AFIP funcionan con Web Services" " (WS) proporcionados por AFIP." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:92 msgid "" "In order to enable communication with the AFIP, the first step is to request" " a Digital Certificate if you don’t have one already." @@ -2465,7 +2465,7 @@ msgstr "" "Para habilitar comunicación con AFIP, el primer paso es solicitar un " "certificado digital si no se tiene uno ya." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:95 msgid "" "Generate certificate Sign Request (Odoo). When this option is selected a " "file with extension ``.csr`` (certificate signing request) is generated to " @@ -2476,7 +2476,7 @@ msgstr "" "firma de certificado, por sus siglas en inglés) para utilizar el portal AFIP" " para solicitar el certificado." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:101 msgid "" "Generate Certificate (AFIP). Access the AFIP portal and follow the " "instructions described in the next document in order to get a certificate. " @@ -2488,7 +2488,7 @@ msgstr "" "certificado. `Obtener certificado de AFIP " "<http://www.afip.gob.ar/ws/WSAA/wsaa_obtener_certificado_produccion.pdf>`_." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:105 msgid "" "Upload Certificate and Private Key (Odoo). Once the certificate has been " "generated, it needs to be uploaded in Odoo, using the pencil next in the " @@ -2499,7 +2499,7 @@ msgstr "" "encuentra a continuación en el campo \"Certificado\" y seleccionando el " "archivo correspondiente." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:112 msgid "" "In case you need to configure the Homologation Certificate, please refer to " "the AFIP official documentation: `Homologation Certificate " @@ -2509,20 +2509,20 @@ msgstr "" "la documentación oficial de AFIP: `Certificado de Homologación " "<http://www.afip.gob.ar/ws/documentacion/certificados.asp>`_." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:116 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:154 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:322 msgid "Partner" msgstr "Cliente/Proveedor" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:157 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:325 msgid "Identification Type and VAT" msgstr "Tipo de identificación e IVA" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:122 msgid "" "As part of the Argentinean localization, the document types defined by the " "AFIP are now available on the Partner form, this information is essential " @@ -2534,7 +2534,7 @@ msgstr "" "información es esencial para la mayoría de las transacciones. Hay seis tipos" " de identificación disponibles por defecto:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:130 msgid "" "The complete list of Identification types defined by the AFIP is included in" " Odoo but only the common ones are active." @@ -2542,11 +2542,11 @@ msgstr "" "La lista completa de los tipos de identificación definidos por la AFIP se " "incluye en Odoo, pero sólo los comunes están activos." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:134 msgid "AFIP Responsibility Type" msgstr "Tipo de responsabilidad AFIP" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:136 msgid "" "In Argentina the document type associated with customers and vendors " "transactions is defined based on the AFIP Responsibility type, this field " @@ -2556,18 +2556,18 @@ msgstr "" "clientes y proveedores se define en función del tipo de responsabilidad ante" " AFIP; este campo debe definirse en el formulario de Partner:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:142 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:192 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:122 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:69 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:237 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:3 msgid "Taxes" msgstr "Impuestos" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:145 msgid "" "As part of the localization module, the taxes are created automatically " "with their related financial account and configuration." @@ -2575,38 +2575,38 @@ msgstr "" "Como parte del módulo de localización, los impuestos se crean " "automáticamente con su cuenta financiera y configuración relacionadas" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:151 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:208 msgid "Taxes Types" msgstr "Tipos de impuestos" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:154 msgid "Argentina has several tax types, the most common ones are:" msgstr "Argentina tiene varios tipos de impuestos, los más comunes son:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:156 msgid "VAT. Is the regular VAT and it can have several percentages." msgstr "**IVA**. Es el IVA normal y puede tener varios porcentajes." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:157 msgid "Perception. Advance payment of a tax that is applied on Invoices." msgstr "" "**Percepción**. Pago anticipado de un impuesto que se aplica a las facturas." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:158 msgid "Retention. Advance payment of a tax that is applied on payments" msgstr "" "**Retención**. Pago anticipado de un impuesto que se aplica a los pagos." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:159 msgid "Otros." msgstr "Otros." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:162 msgid "Special Taxes" msgstr "Impuestos especiales" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:164 msgid "" "Some argentine taxes are not commonly used for all companies, these type of" " taxes are included as inactive by default, it's important that before " @@ -2618,13 +2618,13 @@ msgstr "" " que antes de crear un nuevo impuesto confirme que no esté incluido ya en " "los impuestos inactivos:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:171 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:218 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:268 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:274 msgid "Document Types" msgstr "Tipos de documentos" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:174 msgid "" "In some Latin America countries, including Argentina, some accounting " "transactions like invoices and vendor bills are classified by document " @@ -2636,7 +2636,7 @@ msgstr "" "clasifican por tipos de documentos definidos por las autoridades fiscales " "del gobierno (en el caso de Argentina, la AFIP)." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:178 msgid "" "The document type is an essential information that needs to be displayed in " "the printed reports and that needs to be easily identified, within the set " @@ -2646,7 +2646,7 @@ msgstr "" "impresos y que debe identificarse fácilmente, dentro del conjunto de " "facturas y de movimientos de cuenta." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:181 msgid "" "Each document type can have a unique sequence per journal where it is " "assigned. As part of the localization, the Document Type include the country" @@ -2658,8 +2658,8 @@ msgstr "" "país en el que se aplica el documento y los datos se crean automáticamente " "cuando se instala el módulo de localización." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:184 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:237 msgid "" "The information required for the document types is included by default so " "the user doesn't need to fill anything on this view:" @@ -2668,8 +2668,8 @@ msgstr "" "predeterminada, por lo que el usuario no necesita completar nada en esta " "vista:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:191 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:245 msgid "" "There are several document types that are inactive by default but can be " "activated if needed." @@ -2677,11 +2677,11 @@ msgstr "" "Hay varios tipos de documentos que están inactivos de manera predeterminada," " pero se pueden activar si es necesario." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:195 msgid "Letters" msgstr "Letras" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:196 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:197 msgid "" "For Argentina, the document types include a letter that helps that indicates" " the transaction/operation, example:" @@ -2689,7 +2689,7 @@ msgstr "" "Para Argentina, los tipos de documentos incluyen una letra que indica la " "transacción u operación. Por ejemplo:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:200 msgid "" "When an invoice is related to a B2B transaction, a document type \"A\" must " "be used." @@ -2697,7 +2697,7 @@ msgstr "" "Cuando una factura está relacionada con una transacción B2B (empresa a " "empresa), se debe utilizar un tipo de documento \"A\"." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:201 msgid "" "When an invoice is related to a B2C transaction, a document type \"B\" must " "be used." @@ -2705,7 +2705,7 @@ msgstr "" "Cuando una factura está relacionada con una transacción B2C (empresa a " "consumidor final), se debe utilizar un tipo de documento \"B\"." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:202 msgid "" "When an invoice is related to exportation transaction, a document type \"E\"" " must be used." @@ -2713,7 +2713,7 @@ msgstr "" "Cuando una factura está relacionada con una transacción de exportación, se " "debe utilizar un tipo de documento \"E\"." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:204 msgid "" "The documents included in the localization have the proper letter " "associated, the user doesn't need to configure anything additional." @@ -2721,17 +2721,17 @@ msgstr "" "Los documentos incluidos en la localización tienen la letra apropiada " "asociada, el usuario no necesita configurar nada adicional." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:210 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:249 msgid "Use on Invoices" msgstr "Usar en facturas" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:212 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:251 msgid "The document type on each transaction will be determined by:" msgstr "El tipo de documento en cada transacción estará determinado por:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:215 msgid "" "The Journal related to the Invoice, identifying if the journal use " "documents." @@ -2739,7 +2739,7 @@ msgstr "" "El diario relacionado con la Factura, identificando si el diario usa " "documentos." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:216 msgid "" "Condition applied based on the type of Issues and Receiver (ex. Type of " "fiscal regimen of the buyer and type of fiscal regimen of the vendor)" @@ -2747,14 +2747,14 @@ msgstr "" "Condición aplicada según el tipo de Emisor y Receptor (por ejemplo, tipo de " "régimen fiscal del comprador y tipo de régimen fiscal del vendedor)." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:219 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:253 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:140 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:296 msgid "Journals" msgstr "Diarios contables" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:222 msgid "" "In the Argentinean localization the Journal can have a different approach " "depending on its usage and internal type, to configure you journals go to " @@ -2764,7 +2764,7 @@ msgstr "" "dependiendo de su uso y tipo interno, para configurar sus diarios vaya a " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:226 msgid "" "For Sales and Purchase Journals it’s possible to enable the option *Use " "Documents*, this indicates the Journal enables a list of document types that" @@ -2777,7 +2777,7 @@ msgstr "" "facturas de proveedores. Para obtener más detalles sobre las facturas, " "consulte la sección 2.3 Tipos de documentos." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:230 msgid "" "If the Sales/Purchase journal are used without the option *Use Documents* it" " because they won’t be used to generate fiscal invoices, but mostly for " @@ -2787,11 +2787,11 @@ msgstr "" "porque no se usarán para generar facturas fiscales, sino principalmente para" " movimientos de cuenta relacionados con el proceso de control interno." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:234 msgid "AFIP Information (also known as AFIP Point of Sale)" msgstr "Información de AFIP (mejor conocida como Punto de venta de AFIP)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:239 msgid "" "**AFIP POS System**: This field is only visible for the Sales journals and " "defined the type of AFIP POS that will be used to manage the transactions " @@ -2801,19 +2801,19 @@ msgstr "" "y define el tipo de AFIP POS que se utilizará para administrar las " "transacciones para las que se crea el diario. El AFIP POS define también:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:243 msgid "The sequences of document types related to the Web service." msgstr "Las secuencias de tipos de documentos relacionados con el WS." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:244 msgid "The structure and data of the electronic invoice file." msgstr "La estructura y los datos del archivo de factura electrónica." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:247 msgid "Web Services" msgstr "Web Services" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:248 msgid "" "``wsfev1: Electronic Invoice.`` This is the most common service, is used to " "generated invoices for document types A, B, C, M with no detail per item." @@ -2821,7 +2821,7 @@ msgstr "" "``wsfev1: Facturación electrónica.`` Este es el servicio más común, se " "utiliza para generar facturas tipo A, B, C, M sin detalles por artículo." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:250 msgid "" "``wsbfev1: Electronic Fiscal Bond.`` For those who invoice capital goods " "and wish to access the benefit of the Electronic Tax Bonds granted by the " @@ -2836,7 +2836,7 @@ msgstr "" "<https://www.argentina.gob.ar/acceder-un-bono-por-fabricar-bienes-de-" "capital>`_." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:253 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:254 msgid "" "``wsfexv1: Electronic Exportation Invoice.`` Used to generate invoices for " "international customers and transactions that involve exportation process, " @@ -2846,7 +2846,7 @@ msgstr "" "facturas para clientes internacionales y transacciones que involucren el " "proceso de exportación. El tipo de documento relacionado es \"E\"." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:260 msgid "" "**AFIP POS Number**: This is the number configured in the AFIP to identify " "the operations related to this AFIP POS." @@ -2854,7 +2854,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Número de POS de AFIP**: Este es el número configurado en AFIP para " "identificar las operaciones relacionadas con este POS de AFIP." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:263 msgid "" "**AFIP POS Address**: This field is related to commercial address registered" " for the POS, which is usually the same address than the Company. For " @@ -2868,7 +2868,7 @@ msgstr "" "entonces AFIP requerirá que tenga un POS AFIP por ubicación: esta ubicación " "se imprimirá en el informe de la factura." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:268 msgid "" "**Unified Book**: When AFIP POS System is Preimpresa the document types " "(applicable to the journal) with the same letter will share the same " @@ -2878,31 +2878,31 @@ msgstr "" "documentos (aplicables al diario) con la misma letra compartirán la misma " "secuencia. Por ejemplo:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:270 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:271 msgid "Invoice: FA-A 0001-00000002." msgstr "Factura: FA-A 0001-00000002." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:271 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:272 msgid "Credit Note: NC-A 0001-00000003." msgstr "Nota de crédito: NC-A 0001-00000003." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:273 msgid "Debit Note: ND-A 0001-00000004." msgstr "Nota de débito: ND-A 0001-00000004." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:276 msgid "Sequences" msgstr "Secuencias" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:277 msgid "" "In case that you want to synchronize the next number in the sequence in Odoo" " based on the next number in the AFIP POS, the next button that is visible " -"under :doc:`developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` can " -"be used:" +"under :doc:`developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>` can be " +"used:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:285 msgid "" "When creating the Purchase journals, it's possible to define if they can be " "related to document types or not. In case that the option to use documents " @@ -2914,18 +2914,18 @@ msgstr "" "necesidad de asociar manualmente las secuencias de tipo de documentos puesto" " que el número de documento lo da el proveedor." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:290 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:170 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:348 msgid "Usage and testing" msgstr "Uso y prueba" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:293 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:294 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:173 msgid "Invoice" -msgstr "Facturas de clientes" +msgstr "Factura" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:295 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:296 msgid "" "After the partners and journals are created and configured, when the " "invoices are created the will have the next behaviour:" @@ -2933,11 +2933,11 @@ msgstr "" "Después de que los contactos (clientes) y los diarios contables se crean y " "configuran, al ser creadas las facturas tendrán el siguiente comportamiento:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:299 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:300 msgid "Document type assignation" msgstr "Asignación de tipo de documento" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:302 msgid "" "Once the partner is selected the document type will filled automatically, " "based on the AFIP document type:" @@ -2945,19 +2945,19 @@ msgstr "" "Una vez que se selecciona el cliente, el tipo de documento se llenará " "automáticamente, basado en el tipo de documento AFIP:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:305 msgid "**Invoice for a customer IVA Responsable Inscripto, prefix A**." msgstr "**Factura para un cliente IVA Responsable inscripto, prefijo A**." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:310 msgid "**Invoice for an end customer, prefix B**." msgstr "**Factura para un cliente final, prefijo B**." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:315 msgid "**Exportation Invoice, prefix E**." msgstr "**Facturación para Exportación, prefijo E**." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:320 msgid "" "As it is shown in the invoices, all of them use the same journal but the " "prefix and sequence is given by the document type." @@ -2965,7 +2965,7 @@ msgstr "" "Como se muestra en las facturas, todas ellas usan el mismo diario contable, " "pero el prefijo y la secuencia están dados por el tipo de documento.." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:322 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:323 msgid "" "The most common document type will be defined automatically for the " "different combinations of AFIP responsibility type but it can be updated " @@ -2975,11 +2975,11 @@ msgstr "" "diferentes combinaciones de tipo de responsabilidad ante AFIP, pero el " "usuario puede actualizarlo manualmente." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:327 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:328 msgid "Electronic Invoice elements" msgstr "Elementos de facturas electrónicas" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:328 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:329 msgid "" "When using electronic invoice, if all the information is correct the Invoice" " is posted in the standard way, in case that something needs to be addressed" @@ -2994,7 +2994,7 @@ msgstr "" "factura permanecerá en estado \"Borrador\" hasta que se corrija la " "información necesaria." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:333 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:334 msgid "" "Once the invoice is posted, the information related to the AFIP validation " "and status is displayed in the AFIP Tab, including:" @@ -3003,11 +3003,11 @@ msgstr "" "y su validación ante la AFIP se muestra en la pestaña \"AFIP\". Esto " "incluye:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:336 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:337 msgid "AFIP Autorisation: CAE number." msgstr "Autorización AFIP: Número CAE." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:338 msgid "" "Expiration date: Deadline to deliver the invoice to the customers. Normally " "10 days after the CAE is generated." @@ -3015,23 +3015,23 @@ msgstr "" "Fecha de vencimiento: Fecha límite para hacer llegar la factura al cliente. " "Suele ser 10 días después de la generación del CAE." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:339 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:340 msgid "Result:" msgstr "Resultado:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:341 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:342 msgid "Aceptado en AFIP." msgstr "Aceptado en AFIP." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:343 msgid "Aceptado con Observaciones." msgstr "Aceptado con Observaciones." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:349 msgid "Invoice Taxes" msgstr "Impuestos en facturas" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:351 msgid "" "Based on the AFIP Responsibility type, the VAT tax can have a different " "behavior on the pdf report:" @@ -3039,7 +3039,7 @@ msgstr "" "Según el tipo de responsabilidad ante AFIP, el IVA puede tener un " "comportamiento diferente en el informe PDF:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:353 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:354 msgid "" "**A. Tax excluded:** In this case the taxed amount needs to be clearly " "identified in the report. This condition applies when the customer has the " @@ -3049,11 +3049,11 @@ msgstr "" "identificarse claramente en el informe. Esta condición se aplica cuando el " "cliente tiene el siguiente tipo de responsabilidad ante AFIP:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:356 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:357 msgid "Responsable Inscripto." msgstr "Responsable Inscripto." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:361 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:362 msgid "" "**B. Tax amount included:** This means that the taxed amount is included as " "part of the product price, subtotal and totals. This condition applies when " @@ -3064,31 +3064,31 @@ msgstr "" "condición se aplica cuando el cliente tiene los siguientes tipos de " "responsabilidad ante AFIP:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:365 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:366 msgid "IVA Sujeto Exento." msgstr "IVA Sujeto Exento." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:366 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:367 msgid "Consumidor Final." msgstr "Consumidor Final." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:367 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:368 msgid "Responsable Monotributo." msgstr "Responsable Monotributo." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:368 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:369 msgid "IVA liberado." msgstr "IVA liberado." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:375 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:376 msgid "Special Use Cases" msgstr "Casos de uso especiales" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:378 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:379 msgid "Invoices for Services" msgstr "Facturas de servicios" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:379 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:380 msgid "" "For electronic invoices that include Services, the AFIP requires to report " "the service starting and ending date, this information can be filled in the" @@ -3098,7 +3098,7 @@ msgstr "" " la fecha de inicio y conclusión del servicio. Esta información puede " "ingresarse en la pestaña \"Otra información\"." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:385 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:386 msgid "" "If the dates are not selected manually before the invoice is validated, the" " values will be filled automatically considering the beginning and day of " @@ -3107,11 +3107,11 @@ msgstr "" "Si las fechas no se ingresan manualmente antes de validar la factura, se " "agregarán automáticamente los días primero y último del mes en curso." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:393 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:394 msgid "Exportation Invoices" msgstr "Facturas de exportación" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:394 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:395 msgid "" "The invoices related to Exportation transactions required a Journal that " "used the AFIP POS System “Expo Voucher - Web Service” so the proper document" @@ -3121,7 +3121,7 @@ msgstr "" " que usa el Sistema AFIP POS \"Expo Voucher - Web Service\" para que se le " "asocie el tipo de documento apropiado:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:400 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:401 msgid "" "When the customer selected in the Invoice has set the AFIP responsibility " "type as “Cliente / Proveedor del Exterior” or “IVA Liberado – Ley Nº " @@ -3131,27 +3131,27 @@ msgstr "" "responsabilidad ante AFIP como “Cliente / Proveedor del Exterior” o “IVA " "Liberado – Ley Nº 19.640”, Odoo automáticamente asignará:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:403 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:404 msgid "Journal related to the exportation Web Service." msgstr "Diario relacionado al Web Service de Exportación." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:404 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:405 msgid "Exportation document type ." msgstr "Tipo de documento de exportación." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:405 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:406 msgid "Fiscal position: Compras/Ventas al exterior." msgstr "Posición fiscal: Compras/Ventas al exterior." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:406 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:407 msgid "Concepto AFIP: Products / Definitive export of goods." msgstr "Concepto AFIP: Productos / Exportación definitiva de bienes." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:407 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:408 msgid "Exempt Taxes." msgstr "Exención de impuestos" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:413 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:414 msgid "" "The Exportation Documents required the Incoterm in :menuselection:`Other " "Info --> Accounting`:" @@ -3159,11 +3159,11 @@ msgstr "" "Los documentos de exportación requieren el Incoterm en :menuselection:`Other" " Info --> Accounting`:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:420 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:421 msgid "Fiscal Bond" msgstr "Bono fiscal" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:421 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:422 msgid "" "The Electronic Fiscal bond is used for those who invoice capital goods and " "wish to access the benefit of the Electronic Tax Bonds granted by the " @@ -3173,8 +3173,8 @@ msgstr "" "capital y desean acceder al beneficio del bono de impuestos electrónicos " "otorgado por el Ministerio de Economía." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:424 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:449 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:425 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:450 msgid "" "For these transactions it’s important to have into consideration the next " "requirements:" @@ -3182,56 +3182,56 @@ msgstr "" "Para estas transacciones es importante tener en consideración los siguientes" " requisitos:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:426 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:427 msgid "Currency (according to parameter table) and invoice quotation." msgstr "Moneda (según la tabla de parámetros) y presupuesto de factura." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:427 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:428 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:150 msgid "Taxes." msgstr "Impuestos." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:428 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:429 msgid "Zone." msgstr "Zona." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:429 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:430 msgid "Detail each item." msgstr "Detalle cada artículo." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:431 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:432 msgid "Code according to the Common Nomenclator of Mercosur (NCM)." msgstr "Código según la Nomenclatura Común del MERCOSUR (NCM)." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:432 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:433 msgid "Complete description." msgstr "Descripción completa." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:433 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:434 msgid "Unit Net Price." msgstr "Precio neto por unidad." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:434 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:435 msgid "Quantity." msgstr "Cantidad." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:435 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:436 msgid "Unit of measurement." msgstr "Unidad de medida." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:436 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:437 msgid "Bonus." msgstr "Bono" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:437 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:438 msgid "VAT rate." msgstr "Tasa de IVA." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:441 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:442 msgid "Electronic Credit Invoice MiPyme (FCE)" msgstr "Factura de crédito electrónica MiPyME (FCE)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:443 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:444 msgid "" "**Invoices:** There are several document types classified as Mipyme also " "known as Electronic Credit Invoice (FCE in spanish), which is used to " @@ -3247,19 +3247,19 @@ msgstr "" "su productividad mediante el cobro anticipado de cuentas por pagar y cobrar " "a sus clientes y/o proveedores." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:451 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:452 msgid "Specific document types (201, 202, 206, etc)." msgstr "Tipos de documento específico (201, 202, 206, etc)." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:452 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:453 msgid "The emisor should be eligible by the AFIP to MiPyme transactions." msgstr "El emisor debe ser aceptado por AFIP para transacciones MiPyMEs." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:453 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:454 msgid "The amount should be bigger than 100,000 ARS." msgstr "La cantidad debe ser mayor a 100,000 ARS." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:454 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:455 msgid "" "A bank account type CBU must be related to the emisor, otherwise the invoice" " can’t be validated, having these errors messages for example:" @@ -3268,7 +3268,7 @@ msgstr "" "la factura no puede ser validada, resultando en un error como los " "siguientes:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:460 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:461 msgid "" "**Credit& Debit Notes:** When creating a Credit/Debit note related to a FCE " "document, it is important take the next points into consideration:" @@ -3276,7 +3276,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Notas de crédito o débito:** Al crear una nota de crédito o débito " "relacionada a una FCE, es importante considerar los siguientes puntos:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:463 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:464 msgid "" "Use the Credit and Debit Note buttons, so the correct reference of the " "originator document passed to the note." @@ -3284,7 +3284,7 @@ msgstr "" "Use los botones de Nota de crédito y débito, para transferir la referencia " "correcta del documento de origen a la nota." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:470 msgid "" "The document letter should be the same than the originator document (either " "A or B)." @@ -3292,7 +3292,7 @@ msgstr "" "La letra del documento debe ser la misma que la del documento origen (ya sea" " A o B)." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:470 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:471 msgid "" "The same currency as the source document must be used. When using a " "secondary currency there is an exchange difference if the currency rate is " @@ -3305,11 +3305,11 @@ msgstr "" "nota de crédito o débito para incrementar o reducir la cantidad a pagar en " "ARS." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:475 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:476 msgid "In the workflow we can have two scenarios:" msgstr "El flujo puede resultar en uno de dos escenarios:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:477 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:478 msgid "" "The FCE is rejected so the Credit Note should have the field “FCE, is " "Cancellation?” as True." @@ -3317,7 +3317,7 @@ msgstr "" "La FCE es rechazada por lo que la nota de crédito debe tener el campo \"FCE:" " Es Cancelación?\" activado." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:478 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:479 msgid "" "The Credit Note, is created with the negative amount to annulate the FCE " "document, in this case the field “FCE, is Cancellation?” must be empty " @@ -3326,11 +3326,11 @@ msgstr "" "La nota de crédito fue creada con un valor negativo para anular la FCE. En " "este caso el campo \"FCE: Es Cancelación?\" debe estar vacío (falso)." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:485 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:486 msgid "Invoice printed report" msgstr "Factura impresa" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:486 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:487 msgid "" "The PDF report related to electronic invoices that have been validated by " "the AFIP includes a barcode at the bottom of the format which represent the " @@ -3341,11 +3341,11 @@ msgstr "" "Autorización Electrónico). La Fecha de vencimiento se muestra también por " "ser requisito legal." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:495 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:496 msgid "Troubleshooting and Auditing" msgstr "Resolución de problemas y Auditorías" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:496 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:497 msgid "" "For auditing and troubleshooting purposes you can get the detailed " "information of an invoice number that has been previously sent to the AFIP," @@ -3354,7 +3354,7 @@ msgstr "" "información detallada de un número de factura que ha sido enviado antes a la" " AFIP." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:506 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:507 msgid "" "You can also get the last number used in AFIP for a specific Document Type " "and POS Number as support for any possible issues on the sequence " @@ -3364,14 +3364,14 @@ msgstr "" "documento específico y el Número POS para solicitar soporte para cualquier " "problema con la sincronización de secuencias entre Odoo y la AFIP." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:514 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:621 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:515 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:645 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills.rst:3 msgid "Vendor Bills" msgstr "Facturas de proveedores" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:516 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:517 msgid "" "Based on the purchase journal selected for the vendor bill, the document " "type is now a required field. This value is auto populated based on the AFIP" @@ -3383,7 +3383,7 @@ msgstr "" "el tipo de Responsabilidad ante AFIP del Emisor y el Cliente, pero el valor " "se puede cambiar si es necesario." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:523 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:524 msgid "" "The document number needs to be registered manually and the format is " "validated automatically, in case that the format is invalid a user error " @@ -3393,7 +3393,7 @@ msgstr "" "automáticamente. En caso de que el formato no sea válido, se mostrará un " "error de usuario que indica el formato correcto que se espera." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:530 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:531 msgid "" "The vendor bill number is structured in the same way that the invoices with " "the difference that the document sequence is input by the user: “Document " @@ -3404,11 +3404,11 @@ msgstr "" "es ingresado por otro usuario: \"Prefijo del documento - Letra - Número de " "documento\"." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:535 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:536 msgid "Validate Vendor Bill number in AFIP" msgstr "Validar el número de factura de proveedor en la AFIP" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:536 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:537 msgid "" "As most companies have internal controls to verify that the vendor bill is " "related to an AFIP valid document, an automatic validation can be set in " @@ -3421,14 +3421,14 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Argentinian Localization --> " "Validate document in the AFIP`, tomando en cuenta los siguientes niveles:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:540 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:541 msgid "" "**Not available:** The verification is not done (this is the default value)." msgstr "" "**No Disponible:** No se realiza la verificación. (Este es el valor por " "defecto)." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:541 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:542 msgid "" "**Available:** The verification is done, in case the number is not valid " "it only raises a warning but it allows you to post the vendor bill." @@ -3437,7 +3437,7 @@ msgstr "" "válido solo muestra una advertencia pero permite registrar la factura de " "proveedor." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:543 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:544 msgid "" "**Required:** The verification is done and it doesn't allow the user to " "post the vendor bill if the document number is not valid." @@ -3445,11 +3445,11 @@ msgstr "" "**Requerido:** Se realiza la verificación y no permite al usuario registrar " "la factura de proveedor si el número de documento no es válido." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:550 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:551 msgid "How to use it in Odoo" msgstr "Cómo usarlo en Odoo" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:551 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:552 msgid "" "This tool incorporates in the vendor bill a new \"Verify on AFIP\" button " "located next to the AFIP Authorization code." @@ -3457,7 +3457,7 @@ msgstr "" "Esta herramienta agrega a la factura de proveedor un nuevo botón \"Verificar" " en AFIP\" ubicado al lado del código de autorización AFIP." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:557 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:558 msgid "" "In case it’s not a valid AFIP authorization the value “Rejected” will be " "displayed and the details of the validation will be added to the chatter." @@ -3466,16 +3466,16 @@ msgstr "" "\"Rechazado\" y los detalles de la validación serán agregaodos en el " "\"chatter\"." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:565 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:471 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:566 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:477 msgid "Special Use cases" msgstr "Casos de uso especiales" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:567 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:568 msgid "Untaxed Concepts" msgstr "Conceptos no gravados" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:568 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:569 msgid "" "There are some transactions that include items that are not part of the VAT " "base amount, this is commonly used in fuel and gasoline invoices." @@ -3483,7 +3483,7 @@ msgstr "" "Hay algunas transacciones que incluyen artículos que no forman parte del " "monto gravable; esto es común en facturas de combustibles" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:571 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:572 msgid "" "The vendor bill will be registered using 1 item for each product that is " "part of the VAT base amount and an additional item to register the amount of" @@ -3493,11 +3493,11 @@ msgstr "" " que forme parte de la base imponible para el IVA y un artículo adicional " "para registrar el concepto exento:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:578 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:579 msgid "Perception Taxes" msgstr "Impuestos de percepción" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:579 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:580 msgid "" "The vendor bill will be registered using 1 item for each product that is " "part of the VAT base amount, the perception tax can be added in any of the " @@ -3510,7 +3510,7 @@ msgstr "" "en un grupo de impuestos para el IVA y uno para la percepción. El valor por " "defecto de percepción es siempre 1.00." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:587 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:588 msgid "" "You should use the pencil that is the next to the Perception amount to edit " "it and set the correct amount." @@ -3518,57 +3518,57 @@ msgstr "" "Debe usar el lápiz al lado de la cantidad de percepción para editarla e " "ingresar la cantidad correcta." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:593 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:594 msgid "After this is done the invoice can be validated." msgstr "Después de hacer esto la factura puede ser validada." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:597 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:598 msgid "Reports" msgstr "Informes" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:599 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:600 msgid "As part of the localization the next Financial reports were added:" msgstr "" "Como parte de la localización, se agregaron los siguientes informes " "financieros:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:605 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:606 msgid "VAT Reports" msgstr "Informes de IVA" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:608 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:609 msgid "Libro de IVA Ventas" msgstr "Libro de IVA Ventas" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:614 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:615 msgid "Libro de IVA Compras" msgstr "Libro de IVA Compras" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:620 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:621 msgid "Resumen de IVA" msgstr "Resumen de IVA" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:626 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:627 msgid "IIBB - Reports" msgstr "IIBB - Informes" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:629 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:630 msgid "IIBB - Ventas por Jurisdicción" msgstr "IIBB - Ventas por Jurisdicción" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:635 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:636 msgid "IIBB - Compras por Jurisdicción" msgstr "IIBB - Compras por Jurisdicción" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:3 msgid "Australia" msgstr "Australia" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:8 msgid "KeyPay Australian Payroll" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:10 msgid "" "The KeyPay Module synchronizes payslip accounting entries (e.g., expenses, " "social charges, liabilities, taxes) from KeyPay to Odoo automatically. " @@ -3576,75 +3576,75 @@ msgid "" "entries in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:15 msgid "Configuration Steps" msgstr "Pasos de configuración" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:17 msgid "Create a company located in Australia." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:18 msgid "" "Check that the Australian localization module (Australia - Accounting) is " "installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:19 msgid "Configure the *KeyPay API*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:25 msgid "" "More fields become visible after clicking on *Enable KeyPay Integration*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:31 msgid "" "You can find the API Key in the *My Account* section of the KeyPay platform." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:37 msgid "" "The **Payroll URL** is pre-filled with " "``https://keypay.yourpayroll.com.au``. *Please do not change it.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:39 msgid "You can find the **Business ID** in the KeyPay URL. (i.e., ``189241``)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:45 msgid "You can choose any Odoo journal to post the payslip entries." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:48 msgid "How does the API work?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:50 msgid "" "The API syncs the journal entries from KeyPay to Odoo and leaves them in " "draft mode. The reference includes the KeyPay payslip entry ID in brackets " "for the user to easily retrieve the same record in KeyPay and Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:59 msgid "The API sync is triggered by scheduled actions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:65 msgid "" "KeyPay payslip entries also work based on double-entry bookkeeping. Debit " "must equal credit (like in Odoo)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:68 msgid "" "The accounts used by KeyPay are defined in the section **Payroll settings**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:74 msgid "" "For the API to work, you need to create the same accounts as the default " "accounts of your KeyPay business (**same name and same code**) in Odoo. You " @@ -3652,15 +3652,21 @@ msgid "" "financial reports." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:3 msgid "Chile" msgstr "Chile" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:10 -msgid "`VIDEO WEBINAR OF A COMPLETE DEMO <https://youtu.be/BHnByZiyYcM>`_." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:10 +msgid "" +"`VIDEO WEBINAR OF CHILEAN LOCALIZATION: INTRO AND DEMO " +"<https://youtu.be/BHnByZiyYcM>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:11 +msgid "`VIDEO WEBINAR OF DELIVERY GUIDE <https://youtu.be/X7i4PftnEdU>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:16 msgid "" "The Chilean localization has been improved and extended in Odoo v13. In this" " version, the next modules are available:" @@ -3668,7 +3674,7 @@ msgstr "" "La localización chilena se ha mejorado y ampliado en Odoo v13. En esta " "versión, están disponibles los siguientes módulos:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:19 msgid "" "**l10n_cl:** Adds accounting features for the Chilean localization, which " "represent the minimal configuration required for a company to operate in " @@ -3680,7 +3686,7 @@ msgstr "" "empresa opere en Chile y bajo las regulaciones y lineamientos del SII " "(Servicio de Impuestos Internos)." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:23 msgid "" "**l10n_cl_edi:** Includes all technical and functional requirements to " "generate and receive Electronic Invoice via web service, based on the SII " @@ -3690,7 +3696,7 @@ msgstr "" "generar y recibir Factura Electrónica vía web service, en base a la " "normativa del SII." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:26 msgid "" "**l10n_cl_reports:** Adds the reports Propuesta F29 y Balance Tributario (8" " columnas)." @@ -3698,11 +3704,11 @@ msgstr "" "l10n_cl_reports: Agrega los informes Propuesta F29 y Balance Tributario (8 " "columnas)." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:32 msgid "Install the Chilean localization modules" msgstr "Instalar los módulos de localización chilena" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:34 msgid "" "For this, go to *Apps* and search for Chile. Then click *Install* in the " "module **Chile E-invoicing**. This module has a dependency with **Chile - " @@ -3714,7 +3720,7 @@ msgstr "" " con **Chile - Contabilidad**. En caso de que este último no esté instalado," " Odoo lo instala automáticamente con el módulo E-invoicing." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:43 msgid "" "When you install a database from scratch selecting Chile as country, Odoo " "will automatically install the base module: Chile - Accounting." @@ -3722,11 +3728,11 @@ msgstr "" "Cuando instales una base de datos desde cero seleccionando Chile como país, " "Odoo instalará automáticamente el módulo base: Chile – Contabilidad." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:48 msgid "Company Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configuración de la empresa" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:50 msgid "" "Once the modules are installed, the first step is to set up your company " "data. Additional to the basic information, you need to add all the data and " @@ -3739,11 +3745,24 @@ msgstr "" " de configurarla es en :menuselection:`Contabilidad -->Ajustes " "-->Localización Chile`." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:56 +msgid "" +"All the following configuration and functionality is only available in Odoo " +"if your company already passed the `Certification process " +"<https://www.sii.cl/factura_electronica/ " +"factura_mercado/proceso_certificacion.htm>`_ in the SII - Sistema de " +"Facturación de Mercado, this certification enables you to generate " +"electronic invoices from your ERP and send them automatically to the SII. If" +" your company has not passed this certification yet, make sure you " +"communicate this to your Account Manager as a special process outside Odoo " +"is required in order to complete this certification." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:66 msgid "Fiscal Information" msgstr "Información fiscal" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:68 msgid "" "Fill in the fiscal information for your company according to the SII " "register, follow the instructions on each section." @@ -3751,12 +3770,12 @@ msgstr "" "Complete la información fiscal de su empresa según el registro del SII, siga" " las instrucciones de cada sección." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:65 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:186 msgid "Electronic Invoice Data" msgstr "Datos de factura electrónica" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:78 msgid "" "This is part of the main information required to generate electronic " "Invoice, select your environment and the legal information, as well as the " @@ -3768,11 +3787,11 @@ msgstr "" "dirección de correo electrónico para recibir facturas de sus proveedores y " "el alias que utiliza para enviar facturas a sus clientes." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:87 msgid "Configure DTE Incoming email server" msgstr "Configurar servidor de correo electrónico entrante DTE" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:89 msgid "" "In order to receive you the claim and acceptance emails from your customers," " it is crucial to define the DTE incoming email server, considering this " @@ -3782,7 +3801,7 @@ msgstr "" "clientes, es crucial definir el servidor de correo electrónico entrante " "Electronic Tax Document (DTE), considerando esta configuración:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:97 msgid "" "For your Go-live make sure you archive/remove from your inbox all the emails" " related to vendor bills that are not required to be processed in Odoo." @@ -3791,12 +3810,12 @@ msgstr "" "entrada todos los correos electrónicos relacionados con las facturas de los " "proveedores que no deben procesarse en Odoo." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:90 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:215 msgid "Certificate" msgstr "Certificado" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:103 msgid "" "In order to generate the electronic invoice signature, a digital certificate" " with the extension ``.pfx`` is required, proceed to this section and load " @@ -3806,7 +3825,7 @@ msgstr "" "digital con la extensión ``.pfx``, proceda a esta sección y cargue su " "archivo y contraseña." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:114 msgid "" "A certificate can be shared between several users. If this is the case leave" " the user field empty, so all your billing users can use the same one. On " @@ -3819,12 +3838,20 @@ msgstr "" "para un usuario en particular, simplemente defina los usuarios en el " "certificado." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:108 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:672 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:119 +msgid "" +"In some cases, depending on the certificate format, it is possible that the " +"field Subject Serial Number is not loaded automatically. If this is the " +"case, you can manually edit this field by filling it with the Certificate’s " +"legal representative RUT." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:696 msgid "Financial Reports" msgstr "Informes financieros" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:126 msgid "" "The report Propuesta F29 requires two values that need to be defined as part" " of the company configuration:" @@ -3832,41 +3859,25 @@ msgstr "" "El informe Propuesta F29 requiere dos valores que deben definirse como parte" " de la configuración de la empresa:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:118 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:220 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:226 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies.rst:3 msgid "Multicurrency" -msgstr "Multimoneda" +msgstr "Múltiple moneda" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:136 msgid "" -"The official currency rate in Chile is provided by the SBIF, you can find " -"the SBIF synchronization service in the currency rate configuration and you " -"can set a predefined interval for the rate updates." +"The official currency rate in Chile is provided by the Chilean service " +"`mindicador.cl <https://mindicador.cl>`_. You can find this service in the " +"currency rate configuration, and you can set a predefined interval for the " +"rate updates." msgstr "" -"El tipo de cambio oficial en Chile lo proporciona la Superintendencia de " -"Bancos e Instituciones Financieras (SBIF), puede encontrar el servicio de " -"sincronización de la SBIF en la configuración del tipo de cambio y puede " -"establecer un intervalo predefinido para las actualizaciones del tipo de " -"cambio." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:129 -msgid "" -"In order to configure your token, you need to enable developer mode and " -"access to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> System parameters` and " -"search the parameter ``sbif_api_key`` and in the field Value introduce your " -"token provided by the SBIF:" -msgstr "" -"Para configurar su token, debe habilitar el modo desarrollador y acceder a " -":menuselection:`Ajustes --> Técnico --> Parámetros del sistema` y buscar el" -" parámetro ``sbif_api_key`` y en el campo ``Value`` ingrese su token " -"provisto por la SBIF:" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:145 msgid "Chart of accounts" msgstr "Plan contable" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:147 msgid "" "The chart of accounts is installed by default as part of the set of data " "included in the localization module. The accounts are mapped automatically " @@ -3876,28 +3887,28 @@ msgstr "" "conjunto de datos incluidos en el módulo de localización. Las cuentas se " "mapean automáticamente en:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:144 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:70 msgid "Default Account Payable." msgstr "Cuenta por pagar predeterminada." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:152 msgid "Default Account Receivable." msgstr "Cuenta por cobrar predeterminada." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:153 msgid "Transfer Accounts." msgstr "Cuentas de transferencia." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:154 msgid "Conversion Rate." msgstr "Tasa de conversión." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:158 msgid "Master Data" msgstr "Datos principales" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:166 msgid "" "As part of the Chilean localization, the identification types defined by the" " SII are now available on the Partner form. This information is essential " @@ -3907,11 +3918,11 @@ msgstr "" " por el SII ahora están disponibles en el formulario de Clientes (RUT, RUN y" " DNI). Esta información es esencial para la mayoría de transacciones." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:174 msgid "TaxpayerType" msgstr "Tipo de contribuyente" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:176 msgid "" "In Chile, the document type associated with customers and vendors " "transactions is defined based on the Taxpayer Type. This field should be " @@ -3924,7 +3935,7 @@ msgstr "" " cuando se crea un cliente es importante asegurarse de que este valor esté " "establecido:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:188 msgid "" "As part of the information that is sent in the electronic Invoice, you need " "to define the email that is going to appear as the sender of the electronic " @@ -3934,7 +3945,7 @@ msgstr "" "definir el correo electrónico que aparecerá como remitente de la factura " "electrónica a su cliente y la descripción de la Industria." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:200 msgid "" "As part of the localization module, the taxes are created automatically with" " their related financial account and configuration." @@ -3942,15 +3953,15 @@ msgstr "" "Como parte del módulo de localización, los impuestos se crean " "automáticamente con su configuración y cuenta financiera relacionada." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:210 msgid "Chile has several tax types, the most common ones are:" msgstr "Chile tiene varios tipos de impuestos, los más comunes son:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:212 msgid "VAT. Is the regular VAT and it can have several rates." msgstr "IVA. Es el IVA regular y puede tener varias tasas." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:213 msgid "" "ILA (Impuesto a la Ley de Alcholes). Taxes for alcoholic drinks. It has a " "different rate." @@ -3958,12 +3969,12 @@ msgstr "" "ILA (Impuesto a la Ley de Alcoholes). Impuestos por bebidas alcohólicas. " "Tiene una tasa diferente." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:211 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:265 msgid "Fiscal Positions" msgstr "Posiciones fiscales" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:219 msgid "" "Based on the purchase transactions, the VAT can have different affections. " "This will be done in Odoo using the default purchase fiscal positions." @@ -3972,7 +3983,7 @@ msgstr "" "afectaciones. Esto se hará en Odoo utilizando las posiciones fiscales de " "compra predeterminadas." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:226 msgid "" "In some Latin American countries, including Chile, some accounting " "transactions like invoices and vendor bills are classified by document types" @@ -3983,7 +3994,7 @@ msgstr "" " documentos definidos por las autoridades fiscales del gobierno (en el caso " "de Chile: SII)." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:230 msgid "" "The document type is essential information that needs to be displayed in the" " printed reports and that needs to be easily identified within the set of " @@ -3993,7 +4004,7 @@ msgstr "" "informes impresos y que debe identificarse fácilmente dentro del conjunto de" " facturas y movimientos de cuenta." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:233 msgid "" "Each document type can have a unique sequence per company. As part of the " "localization, the Document Type includes the country on which the document " @@ -4001,7 +4012,7 @@ msgid "" "module is installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:253 msgid "" "The Journal related to the Invoice, identifying if the journal uses " "documents." @@ -4009,7 +4020,7 @@ msgstr "" "El diario relacionado con la factura, identificando si el diario utiliza " "documentos." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:254 msgid "" "Condition applied based on the type of Issues and Receiver (ex. Type of " "fiscal regimen of the buyer and type of fiscal regimen of the vendor)." @@ -4017,17 +4028,17 @@ msgstr "" "Condición aplicada según el tipo de Emisiones y Receptor (ej. Tipo de " "régimen fiscal del comprador y tipo de régimen fiscal del proveedor)." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:259 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:16 msgid "Sales" msgstr "Ventas" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:261 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:267 msgid "" "Sales Journals in Odoo usually represent a business unit or location, " "example:" @@ -4035,41 +4046,41 @@ msgstr "" "Los diarios de ventas en Odoo generalmente representan una unidad de negocio" " o una ubicación, por ejemplo:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:269 msgid "Ventas Santiago." msgstr "Ventas Santiago." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:270 msgid "Ventas Valparaiso." msgstr "Ventas Valparaiso." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:272 msgid "For the retail stores is common to have one journal per POS:" msgstr "" "Para las tiendas minoristas es común tener un diario por punto de venta " "(POS):" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:268 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:274 msgid "Cashier 1." msgstr "Cajero 1." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:269 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:275 msgid "Cashier 2." msgstr "Cajero 2." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:273 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 msgid "Purchases" msgstr "Compras" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:281 msgid "" "The transactions purchase can be managed with a single journal, but " "sometimes companies use more than one in order to handle some accounting " @@ -4081,20 +4092,20 @@ msgstr "" "contables que no están relacionadas con facturas de proveedores pero que " "pueden registrarse fácilmente usando este modelo, por ejemplo:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:285 msgid "Tax Payments to government." msgstr "Pagos de impuesto a gobierno." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:286 msgid "Employees payments." msgstr "Pagos de empleados." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:292 msgid "When creating sales journals the next information must be filled in:" msgstr "" "Al crear diarios de ventas, se debe completar la siguiente información:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:294 msgid "" "**Point of sale type**: If the Sales journal will be used for electronic " "documents, the option Online must be selected. Otherwise, if the journal is " @@ -4107,7 +4118,7 @@ msgstr "" "anterior o si está utilizando el portal del SII “Facturación MiPyme“ puede " "utilizar la opción Manual." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:298 msgid "" "**Use Documents**: This field is used to define if the journal will use " "Document Types. It is only applicable to Purchase and Sales journals that " @@ -4120,27 +4131,25 @@ msgstr "" "disponibles en Chile. De forma predeterminada, todos los diarios de ventas " "creados utilizarán documentos." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:308 msgid "" -"For the Chilean localization it’s important to define the default Debt and " -"Credit accounts as they are required for one of the debit notes use cases." +"For the Chilean localization, it is important to define the default Debit " +"and Credit accounts as they are required for one of the debit notes use " +"cases." msgstr "" -"Para la localización de Chile es importante definir las cuentas de deuda y " -"crédito predeterminadas, ya que se requieren para uno de los casos de uso de" -" notas de débito." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:312 msgid "CAF" msgstr "CAF" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:308 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:314 msgid "" "A CAF (Folio Authorization Code) is required, for each document type that is" " issued to your customers, the CAF is a file the SII provides to the Emisor " "with the folio/sequence authorized for the electronic invoice documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:318 msgid "" "Your company can make several requests for folios and obtain several CAFs, " "each one associated with different ranges of folios. The CAFs are shared " @@ -4148,7 +4157,7 @@ msgid "" "document type and it will be applied on all journals." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:322 msgid "" "Please refer to the SII documentation to check the detail on how to acquire " "the CAF: `SII Timbraje <https://palena.sii.cl/dte/mn_timbraje.html>`_." @@ -4157,32 +4166,39 @@ msgstr "" "cómo adquirir el CAF: `SII Timbraje " "<https://palena.sii.cl/dte/mn_timbraje.html>`_." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:326 +msgid "" +"The CAFs required by the SII are different from Production to Test " +"(Certification mode). Make sure you have the correct CAF set depending on " +"your environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:333 msgid "" "Once you have the CAF files you need to associate them with a document type " "in Odoo, in order to add a CAF, just follow these steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:336 msgid "Access to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> CAF`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:327 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:337 msgid "Upload the file." msgstr "Haga clic en “Suba su archivo”." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:328 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:338 msgid "Save the CAF." msgstr "Haga clic en “Guardar y Cerrar” en la pestaña “CAF”." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:344 msgid "" "Once loaded, the status changes to *In Use*. At this moment, when a " "transaction is used for this document type, the invoice number takes the " "first folio in the sequence." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:338 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:348 msgid "" "In case you have used some folios in your previous system, make sure you set" " the next valid folio when the first transation is created." @@ -4191,15 +4207,15 @@ msgstr "" "asegúrese de configurar la siguiente publicación válida cuando se crea la " "primera transacción." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:354 msgid "Usage and Testing" msgstr "Uso y pruebas" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:347 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:357 msgid "Electronic Invoice Workflow" msgstr "Flujo de trabajo de la factura electrónica" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:349 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:359 msgid "" "In the Chilean localization the electronic Invoice workflow covers the " "Emission of Customer Invoices and the reception of Vendor Bills, in the next" @@ -4211,11 +4227,11 @@ msgstr "" "Proveedor, en el siguiente diagrama explicamos cómo se transmite la " "información al SII y entre los clientes y proveedores." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:359 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:369 msgid "Customer invoice Emission" msgstr "Emisión de factura del cliente" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:361 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:371 msgid "" "After the partners and journals are created and configured, the invoices are" " created in the standard way, for Chile one of the differentiators is the " @@ -4226,15 +4242,15 @@ msgstr "" "tipo de documento que se selecciona automáticamente en función del " "Contribuyente." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:365 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:375 msgid "You can manually change the document type if needed." msgstr "Puede cambiar manualmente el tipo de documento si es necesario." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:373 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:383 msgid "Validation and DTE Status" msgstr "Validación y estado del DTE" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:375 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:385 msgid "" "When all the invoice information is filled, either manually or automatically" " when it’s created from a sales order, proceed to validate the invoice. " @@ -4244,7 +4260,7 @@ msgstr "" " o automática cuando se crea a partir de una orden de venta, proceda a " "validar la factura. Después de que se registre la factura:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:378 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:388 msgid "" "The DTE File (Electronic Tax Document) is created automatically and added in" " the chatter." @@ -4252,11 +4268,11 @@ msgstr "" "El archivo Electronic Tax Document (DTE) se crea automáticamente y se agrega" " en el chat." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:379 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:389 msgid "The DTE SII status is set as: Pending to be sent." msgstr "El estado del DTE de SII se establece como: Pendiente de envío." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:385 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:395 msgid "" "The DTE Status is updated automatically by Odoo with a scheduled action that" " runs every day at night, if you need to get the response from the SII " @@ -4268,7 +4284,7 @@ msgstr "" " del SII de inmediato, también puede hacerlo manualmente. El flujo de " "trabajo del estado del DTE es el siguiente:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:394 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:404 msgid "" "In the first step the DTE is sent to the SII, you can manually send it using" " the button: Enviar Ahora, a SII Tack number is generated and assigned to " @@ -4281,7 +4297,7 @@ msgstr "" " devuelve correo electrónico. El estado del DTE se actualiza a Consultar " "Estado Doc." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:399 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:409 msgid "" "Once the SII response is received Odoo updates the DTE Status, in case you " "want to do it manually just click on the button: Verify on SII. The result " @@ -4292,7 +4308,7 @@ msgstr "" "botón: Verificar en SII. El resultado puede ser Aceptado, Aceptado con " "reparos o Rechazado." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:408 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:418 msgid "" "There are several internal status in the SII before you get Acceptance or " "Rejection, in case you click continuously the Button Verify in SII, you " @@ -4302,11 +4318,11 @@ msgstr "" "Rechazo, en caso de que haga clic continuamente en el Botón Verificar en el " "SII, recibirá en el chat el detalle de esos estados intermedios:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:416 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:426 msgid "The final response from the SII, can take on of these values:" msgstr "La respuesta final del SII, puede asumir estos valores:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:419 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:429 msgid "" "**Accepted:** Indicates the invoice information is correct, our document is " "now fiscally valid and it’s automatically sent to the customer." @@ -4314,7 +4330,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Aceptado:** Indica que la información de la factura es correcta, nuestro " "documento ahora es fiscalmente válido y se envía automáticamente al cliente." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:422 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:432 msgid "" "**Accepted with objections:** Indicates the invoice information is correct " "but a minor issue was identified, nevertheless our document is now fiscally " @@ -4324,7 +4340,7 @@ msgstr "" "correcta pero se identificó un problema menor, sin embargo, nuestro " "documento ahora es fiscalmente válido y se envía automáticamente al cliente." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:440 msgid "" "**Rejected:** Indicates the information in the invoice is incorrect and " "needs to be corrected, the detail of the issue is received in the emails you" @@ -4337,29 +4353,29 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo, los detalles también se recuperan en el chat una vez que el se procesa" " el servidor de correo electrónico." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:435 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:445 msgid "If the invoice is Rejected please follow this steps:" msgstr "Si la factura es rechazada, siga estos pasos:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:437 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:447 msgid "Change the document to draft." msgstr "Cambie el documento a borrador." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:438 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:448 msgid "" "Make the required corrections based on the message received from the SII." msgstr "" "Realice las correcciones necesarias en función del mensaje recibido del SII." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:439 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:449 msgid "Post the invoice again." msgstr "Registre la factura nuevamente." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:447 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:457 msgid "Crossed references" msgstr "Referencias cruzadas" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:449 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:459 msgid "" "When the Invoice is created as a result of another fiscal document, the " "information related to the originator document must be registered in the Tab" @@ -4374,12 +4390,12 @@ msgstr "" "puede usar en facturas de cliente como bien. En el caso de las notas de " "crédito y débito, Odoo las configura automáticamente:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:459 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:444 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:450 msgid "Invoice PDF Report" msgstr "Informes de facturas en PDF" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:461 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:471 msgid "" "After the invoice is Accepted and valdiated by the SII and the PDF is " "printed it includes the fiscal elements that indicates out document is " @@ -4389,24 +4405,24 @@ msgstr "" "PDF incluye los elementos fiscales que indican que nuestro documento es " "fiscalmente válido:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:470 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:480 msgid "Commercial Validation" msgstr "Validación comercial" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:472 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:482 msgid "Once the invoice has been sent to the customer:" msgstr "Una vez la factura ha sido enviada al cliente:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:474 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:484 msgid "DTE partner status changes to “Sent”." msgstr "El estado del DTE del cliente cambia a “Enviado”." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:475 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:485 msgid "The customer must send a reception confirmation email." msgstr "" "El cliente debe enviar un correo electrónico de confirmación de recepción." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:476 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:486 msgid "" "Subsequently, if all the commercial terms and invoice data are correct, they" " will send the Acceptance confirmation, otherwise they send a Claim." @@ -4415,15 +4431,15 @@ msgstr "" "son correctos, enviarán la confirmación de “Aceptación”, en caso contrario " "enviarán un “Reclamo”." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:478 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:488 msgid "The field DTE acceptation status is updated automatically." msgstr "El campo Estado de aceptación de DTE se actualiza automáticamente." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:486 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:496 msgid "Processed for Claimed invoices" msgstr "Procesado para facturas reclamadas" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:488 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:498 msgid "" "Once the invoice has been Accepted by the SII **it can not be cancelled in " "Odoo**. In case you get a Claim for your customer the correct way to " @@ -4435,12 +4451,12 @@ msgstr "" " de proceder es con una Nota de Crédito para cancelar o corregir la factura." " Consulte la sección Notas de crédito para obtener más detalles." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:497 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:420 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:507 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:426 msgid "Common Errors" msgstr "Errores comunes" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:499 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:509 msgid "" "There are multiple reasons behind a rejection from the SII, but these are " "some of the common errors you might have and which is the related solution." @@ -4448,11 +4464,11 @@ msgstr "" "Hay razones múltiples detrás de un rechazo del SII, pero estos son algunos " "de los errores comunes podrías tener y cuál es la solución relacionada." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:502 -msgid "Error: RECHAZO- DTE Sin Comuna Origen." -msgstr "Error: RECHAZO- DTE Sin Comuna Origen." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:512 +msgid "Error: ``RECHAZO- DTE Sin Comuna Origen.``" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:504 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:514 msgid "" "*Hint:* Make sure the Company Address is properly filled including the State" " and City." @@ -4460,12 +4476,12 @@ msgstr "" "*Solución:* Asegúrese de que la dirección de la empresa esté debidamente " "completada, incluidos el estado y la ciudad." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:506 -msgid "Error en Monto : - IVA debe declararse." -msgstr "Error en Monto : - IVA debe declararse." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:516 +msgid "Error en Monto: ``- IVA debe declararse.``" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:508 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:512 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:518 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:522 msgid "" "*Hint:* The invoice lines should include one VAT tax, make sure you add one " "on each invoice line." @@ -4473,30 +4489,54 @@ msgstr "" "*Solución:* Las líneas de la factura deben incluir un impuesto de IVA, " "asegúrese de agregar uno en cada línea de la factura." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:510 -msgid "Error: Rut No Autorizado a Firmar." -msgstr "Error: Rut No Autorizado a Firmar." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:514 -msgid "" -"Error: Fecha/Número Resolucion Invalido RECHAZO- CAF Vencido : (Firma_DTE" -"[AAAA-MM-DD] - CAF[AAAA-MM-DD]) > 6 meses." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:520 +msgid "Error: ``Rut No Autorizado a Firmar.``" msgstr "" -"Error: Fecha/Número Resolucion Invalido RECHAZO- CAF Vencido : (Firma_DTE" -"[AAAA-MM-DD] - CAF[AAAA-MM-DD]) > 6 meses." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:517 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:524 +msgid "" +"Error: ``Fecha/Número Resolucion Invalido RECHAZO- CAF Vencido : (Firma_DTE" +"[AAAA-MM-DD] - CAF[AAAA-MM-DD]) > 6 meses.``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:527 msgid "" "*Hint:* Try to add a new CAF related to this document as the one you’re " "using is expired." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:522 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:550 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:529 +msgid "" +"Error: ``Element '{http://www.sii.cl/SiiDte%7DRutReceptor': This element is " +"not expected. Expected is ( {http://www.sii.cl/SiiDte%7DRutEnvia ).``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:532 +msgid "" +"*Hint:* Make sure the field Document Type and VAT are set either in the " +"Customer and in the main company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:535 +msgid "GLOSA: ``Usuario sin permiso de envio.``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:537 +msgid "" +"*Hint:* This error indicates that most likely, your company has not passed " +"the `Certification process " +"<https://www.sii.cl/factura_electronica/factura_mercado/proceso_certificacion.htm>`_" +" in the SII - Sistema de Facturación de Mercado. If this is the case, please" +" contact your Account Manager or Customer Support as this certification is " +"not part of the the Odoo services, but we can give you some alternatives." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:546 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:556 msgid "Credit Notes" msgstr "Facturas rectificativas" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:524 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:548 msgid "" "When a cancellation or correction is needed over a validated invoice, a " "credit note must be generated. It is important to consider that a CAF file " @@ -4504,22 +4544,22 @@ msgid "" "SII." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:533 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:557 msgid "" "Refer to the CAF section where we described the process to load the CAF on " "each document type." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:537 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:589 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:561 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:613 msgid "Use Cases" msgstr "Casos de uso" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:540 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:564 msgid "Cancel Referenced document" msgstr "Cancelar documento de referencia" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:542 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:566 msgid "" "In case you need to cancel or invalid an Invoice, use the button Add Credit" " note and select Full Refund, in this case the SII reference Code is " @@ -4530,11 +4570,11 @@ msgstr "" " de referencia SII se configura automáticamente como: Anula Documento de " "referencia." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:550 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:574 msgid "Corrects Referenced Document Text" msgstr "Corrige el texto del documento de referencia" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:552 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:576 msgid "" "If a correction in the invoice information is required, for example the " "Street Name, use the button Add Credit note,select Partial Refund and select" @@ -4547,7 +4587,7 @@ msgstr "" " caso, el Código de referencia del SII se establece automáticamente en: " "Corrige el monto del Documento de Referencia." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:560 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:584 msgid "" "Odoo creates a Credit Note with the corrected text in an invoice and price " "0." @@ -4555,7 +4595,7 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo crea una nota de crédito con el texto corregido en una factura y el " "precio 0." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:567 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:591 msgid "" "It’s important to define the default credit account in the Sales journal as " "it is taken for this use case in specific." @@ -4563,11 +4603,11 @@ msgstr "" "Es importante de definir la cuenta de crédito por defecto en la revista de " "Ventas cuando está tomado para este caso de uso en concreto." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:571 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:595 msgid "Corrects Referenced Document Amount" msgstr "Corrige el monto del documento de referencia" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:573 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:597 msgid "" "When a correction on the amounts is required, use the button Add Credit note" " and select Partial Refund. In this case the SII reference Code is " @@ -4578,12 +4618,12 @@ msgstr "" "referencia del SII se establece automáticamente en: Corrige el monto del " "Documento de Referencia." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:582 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:578 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:606 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:584 msgid "Debit Notes" msgstr "Notas débito" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:584 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:608 msgid "" "As part of the Chilean localization, besides creating credit notes from an " "existing document you can also create debit Notes. For this just use the " @@ -4595,11 +4635,11 @@ msgstr "" "ello, utilice el botón “Agregar nota de débito”. Los dos casos de uso " "principales para notas de débito se detallan a continuación." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:592 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:616 msgid "Add debt on Invoices" msgstr "Agregar deuda en facturas" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:594 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:618 msgid "" "The most common use case for debit notes is to increase the value of an " "existing invoice, you need to select option 3 in the field Reference code " @@ -4609,7 +4649,7 @@ msgstr "" "una factura existente, debe seleccionar la opción 3 en el campo Código de " "referencia SII:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:602 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:626 msgid "" "In this case Odoo automatically includes the source invoice in the cross " "reference section:" @@ -4617,11 +4657,11 @@ msgstr "" "En este caso, Odoo incluye automáticamente la factura de origen en la " "sección de referencia cruzada:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:609 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:633 msgid "Cancel Credit Notes" msgstr "Cancelar Notas de Crédito" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:611 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:635 msgid "" "In Chile the debits notes are used to cancel a validated Credit Note, in " "this case just select the button Add debit note and select the first option " @@ -4632,7 +4672,7 @@ msgstr "" "débito y seleccione la primera opción en el asistente: *1: Anula Documentos " "de referencia.*" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:623 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:647 msgid "" "As part of the Chilean localization, you can configure your Incoming email " "server as the same you have register in the SII in order to:" @@ -4640,7 +4680,7 @@ msgstr "" "Como parte de la localización chilena, puedes configurar su Servidor de " "correo entrante como el mismo que tiene registrado en el SII para:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:626 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:650 msgid "" "Automatically receive the vendor bills DTE and create the vendor bill based " "on this information." @@ -4648,19 +4688,19 @@ msgstr "" "Reciba automáticamente las facturas del proveedor DTE y cree la factura del " "proveedor basándose en esta información." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:627 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:651 msgid "Automatically Send the reception acknowledgement to your vendor." msgstr "Envíe automáticamente el acuse de recibo a su proveedor." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:628 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:652 msgid "Accept or Claim the document and send this status to your vendor." msgstr "Acepte o Reclame el documento y envíe este estado a su proveedor." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:632 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:656 msgid "Reception" msgstr "Recepción" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:634 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:658 msgid "" "As soon as the vendor email with the attached DTE is received: 1. The vendor" " Bill mapping all the information included in the xml. 2. An email is sent " @@ -4673,11 +4713,11 @@ msgstr "" "de recibo. 3. El estado de aceptación del DTE se establece como: Acuse de " "recibido enviado." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:644 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:668 msgid "Acceptation" msgstr "Aceptación" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:646 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:670 msgid "" "If all the commercial information is correct on your vendor bill, you can " "accept the document using the button: Aceptar Documento, once this is done " @@ -4689,11 +4729,11 @@ msgstr "" "hecho esto el Estado de Aceptación DTE cambia a: Aceptado y se envía un " "correo electrónico de aceptación al proveedor." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:656 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:680 msgid "Claim" msgstr "Reclamación" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:658 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:682 msgid "" "In case there is a commercial issue or the information is not correct on " "your vendor bill, you can Claim the document before validating it, using " @@ -4706,7 +4746,7 @@ msgstr "" "cambia a: Reclamo y un correo electrónico de aceptación se envía al " "proveedor." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:666 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:690 msgid "" "If you claim a vendor bill, the status changes from draft to cancel " "automatically. Considering this as best practice, all the Claim documents " @@ -4717,11 +4757,11 @@ msgstr "" "documentos de Reclamación deben cancelarse ya que no serán válidos para sus " "registros contables." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:675 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:699 msgid "Balance Tributario de 8 Columnas" msgstr "Balance Tributario de 8 Columnas" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:677 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:701 msgid "" "This report presents the accounts in detail (with their respective " "balances), classifying them according to their origin and determining the " @@ -4734,8 +4774,8 @@ msgstr "" "manera que se tenga un conocimiento real y completo del estado de una " "compañía." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:681 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:697 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:705 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:721 msgid "" "You can find this report in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " "Reports`" @@ -4743,11 +4783,11 @@ msgstr "" "Puedes encontrar este informe en :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> " "Contabilidad --> Reportes`" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:688 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:712 msgid "Propuesta F29" msgstr "Propuesta F29" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:690 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:714 msgid "" "The form F29 is a new system that the SII enabled to taxpayers, and that " "replaces the Purchase and Sales Books. This report is integrated by Purchase" @@ -4760,7 +4800,7 @@ msgstr "" " Su finalidad es apoyar las transacciones relacionadas con el IVA, mejorando" " su control y declaración." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:694 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:718 msgid "" "This record is supplied by the electronic tax documents (DTE’s) that have " "been received by the SII." @@ -4768,16 +4808,16 @@ msgstr "" "Este registro es proporcionado por los Documentos Tributarios Electrónicos " "(DTE's) que han sido recibidos por el SII." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:37 msgid "Colombia" msgstr "Colombia" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:10 msgid "`VIDEO WEBINAR OF A COMPLETE DEMO <https://youtu.be/BOzucXRUZDE>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:15 msgid "" "Electronic invoicing for Colombia is available from Odoo 12 and requires the" " next modules:" @@ -4785,14 +4825,14 @@ msgstr "" "La facturación electrónica para Colombia está disponible en Odoo 12 y " "requiere los siguientes módulos:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:18 msgid "" "**l10n_co**: All the basic data to manage the accounting module, contains " "the default setup for: chart of accounts, taxes, retentions, identification " "document types" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:21 msgid "" "**l10n_co_edi**: This module includes all the extra fields that are required" " for the Integration with Carvajal T&S and generate the electronic invoice, " @@ -4802,15 +4842,15 @@ msgstr "" " para la inntegración con Carvajal T&S y generar la facturación electrónica," " basada en los requerimientos legales de DIAN." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:27 msgid "Workflow" msgstr "Flujo" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:37 msgid "Install the Colombian localization modules" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:39 msgid "" "For this, go in Apps and search for Colombia. Then click Install for the " "first two modules." @@ -4818,11 +4858,11 @@ msgstr "" "Para hacerlo, vaya a Aplicaciones y busque “Colombia”. Haga click en " "“Instalar” para los primeros dos módulos." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:47 msgid "Configure credentials for Carvajal T&S web service" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:49 msgid "" "Once that the modules are installed, in order to be able to connect with " "Carvajal T&S Web Service, it's necessary to configure the user and " @@ -4832,8 +4872,8 @@ msgstr "" "con el webservice Carvajal T&S, es necesario configurar las credenciales de " "usuario. Esta información será provista por Carvajal T&S." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:53 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:75 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and look " "for the *Colombian Electronic Invoice* section." @@ -4841,7 +4881,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ir a :menuselection:`Contabilidad —> Configuración —> Ajustes` y busque la " "sección *Facturación Electrónica para Colombia*." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:59 msgid "" "Using the Testing mode it is possible to connect with a Carvajal T&S testing" " environment. This allows users to test the complete workflow and " @@ -4853,7 +4893,7 @@ msgstr "" "integración conn el portal financiero CEN, el cual está accesible aquí: " "https://cenfinancierolab.cen.biz" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:64 msgid "" "Once that Odoo and Carvajal T&S is fully configured and ready for production" " the testing environment can be disabled." @@ -4861,11 +4901,11 @@ msgstr "" "Una vez que Odoo y Carvajal T&S estén completamente configurados y listos " "para producción, el entorno de test puede ser deshabilitado." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:69 msgid "Configure your report data" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:71 msgid "" "As part of the configurable information that is sent in the XML, you can " "define the data for the fiscal section and the bank information in the PDF." @@ -4874,15 +4914,15 @@ msgstr "" "puede definir los datos para la sección fiscal y la información bancaria en " "el PDF." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:83 msgid "Configure data required in the XML" msgstr "Configurar los datos requeridos en el XML" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:89 msgid "Identification" msgstr "Identificación" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:91 msgid "" "As part of the Colombian Localization, the document types defined by the " "DIAN are now available on the Partner form. Colombian partners have to have " @@ -4893,7 +4933,7 @@ msgstr "" "clientes colombianos deben tener su número de identificación y tipo de " "documento configurados." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:98 msgid "" "When the document type is RUT the identification number needs to be " "configured in Odoo including the verification digit, Odoo will split this " @@ -4903,11 +4943,11 @@ msgstr "" " configurado en Odoo incluyendo el dígito verificador, Odoo dividirá este " "número cuando los datos sean enviados al proveedor." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:105 msgid "Fiscal structure (RUT)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:107 msgid "" "The partner's responsibility codes (section 53 in the RUT document) are " "included as part of the electronic invoice module given that is part of the " @@ -4917,7 +4957,7 @@ msgstr "" "sonn incluídas como parte del módulo de facturación electrónica, debido a " "que es parte de la información requerida por el DIAN." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:111 msgid "" "These fields can be found in :menuselection:`Partner --> Sales & Purchase " "Tab --> Fiscal Information`" @@ -4925,7 +4965,7 @@ msgstr "" "Estos campos se pueden encontrar en :seleccion de menu: `Socio-->Lengüeta de" " Ventas & Compras --->Información Fiscal" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:117 msgid "" "Additionally two booleans fields were added in order to specify the fiscal " "regimen of the partner." @@ -4933,47 +4973,47 @@ msgstr "" "Adicionalmente se agregaron dos campos booleanos para especificar el régimen" " fiscal del socio." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:124 msgid "" "If your sales transactions include products with taxes, it's important to " "consider that an extra field *Value Type* needs to be configured per tax. " "This option is located in the Advanced Options tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:131 msgid "" "Retention tax types (ICA, IVA, Fuente) are also included in the options to " "configure your taxes. This configuration is used in order to correctly " "display taxes in the invoice PDF." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:142 msgid "" "Once the DIAN has assigned the official sequence and prefix for the " "electronic invoice resolution, the Sales journals related to your invoice " "documents need to be updated in Odoo. The sequence can be accessed using " -"the :doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`: " +"the :doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>`: " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Configuration Setting --> " "Journals`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:151 msgid "" "Once that the sequence is opened, the Prefix and Next Number fields should " "be configured and synchronized with the CEN Financiero." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:159 msgid "Users" msgstr "Usuarios" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:161 msgid "" "The default template that is used by Odoo on the invoice PDF includes the " "job position of the salesperson, so these fields should be configured:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:175 msgid "" "When all your master data and credentials has been configured, it's possible" " to start testing the electronic invoice workflow." @@ -4981,12 +5021,12 @@ msgstr "" "Una vez configurados todos sus datos maestros y credenciales, es posible " "comenzar a probar el flujo de trabajo de la factura electrónica." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:180 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:30 msgid "Invoice creation" msgstr "Creación de Facturas" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:182 msgid "" "The functional workflow that takes place before an invoice validation " "doesn't change. The main changes that are introduced with the electronic " @@ -4996,11 +5036,11 @@ msgstr "" "factura no cambia. Los principales cambios que se introducen con la factura " "electrónica son los siguientes campos:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:189 msgid "There are three types of documents:" msgstr "Hay tres tipos de documentos: " -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:191 msgid "" "**Factura Electronica**: This is the regular type of document and its " "applicable for Invoices, Credit Notes and Debit Notes." @@ -5008,7 +5048,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Factura Electronica**: Este es el tipo de documento regular y es aplicable" " para Facturas, Notas de crédito y Notas de débito." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:193 msgid "" "**Factura de Importación**: This should be selected for importation " "transactions." @@ -5016,7 +5056,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Factura de Importación**: Esto debe ser seleccionado para las " "transacciones de importación." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:195 msgid "" "**Factura de contingencia**: This is an exceptional type that is used as a " "manual backup in case that the company is not able to use the ERP and it's " @@ -5028,12 +5068,12 @@ msgstr "" "es necesario generar la factura manualmente, cuando esta factura se agrega " "al ERP, este tipo de factura debe ser seleccionado." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:203 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:380 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:386 msgid "Invoice validation" msgstr "Validación de Factura" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:205 msgid "" "After the invoice is validated an XML file is created and sent automatically" " to Carvajal, this file is displayed in the chatter." @@ -5041,7 +5081,7 @@ msgstr "" "Después de validar la factura, se crea un archivo XML y se envía " "automáticamente a Carvajal, este archivo se muestra en el chatter." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:211 msgid "" "An extra field is now displayed in \"Other Info\" tab with the name of the " "XML file. Additionally there is a second extra field that is displayed with " @@ -5052,11 +5092,11 @@ msgstr "" "muestra con el estado de Factura electrónica, con el valor inicial \"En " "progreso\":" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:221 msgid "Reception of legal XML and PDF" msgstr "Recepción de XML y PDF legales" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:223 msgid "" "The electronic invoice vendor receives the XML file and proceeds to validate" " the structure and the information in it, if everything is correct the " @@ -5073,11 +5113,11 @@ msgstr "" "único (CUFE), una factura en PDF que incluye un código QR y también se " "genera el CUFE." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:231 msgid "After this:" msgstr "Después de esto: " -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:233 msgid "" "A ZIP containing the legal XML and the PDF is downloaded and displayed in " "the invoice chatter:" @@ -5085,15 +5125,15 @@ msgstr "" "Un ZIP que contiene el XML legal y el PDF se descarga y se muestra en el " "chatter de la factura:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:240 msgid "The Electronic Invoice status changes to \"Accepted\"" msgstr "El estado de la factura electrónica cambia a \"Aceptado\"" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:244 msgid "Common errors" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:246 msgid "" "During the XML validation the most common errors are usually related to " "missing master data. In such cases, error messages are shown in the chatter " @@ -5104,7 +5144,7 @@ msgstr "" "error se muestran en el chatter después de actualizar el estado de la " "factura electrónica." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:253 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:253 msgid "" "After the master data is corrected, it's possible to reprocess the XML with " "the new data and send the updated version, using the following button:" @@ -5112,11 +5152,11 @@ msgstr "" "Después de corregir los datos maestros, es posible reprocesar el XML con los" " nuevos datos y enviar la versión actualizada, usando el siguiente botón:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:265 msgid "Additional use cases" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:267 msgid "" "The process for credit and debit notes is exactly the same as the invoice, " "the functional workflow remains the same as well." @@ -5124,15 +5164,15 @@ msgstr "" "El proceso para las notas de crédito y débito es exactamente el mismo que la" " factura, el flujo de trabajo funcional también sigue siendo el mismo." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:3 msgid "Colombia (ES)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:6 msgid "Introducción" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:8 msgid "" "La Facturación Electrónica para Colombia está disponible en Odoo 12 y " "requiere los siguientes Módulos:" @@ -5140,73 +5180,73 @@ msgstr "" "La Facturación Electrónica para Colombia está disponible en Odoo 12 y " "requiere los siguientes Módulos:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:11 msgid "" "**l10n_co**: Contiene los datos básicos para manejar el módulo de " "contabilidad, incluyendo la configuración por defecto de los siguientes " "puntos:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:15 msgid "Plan Contable" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:16 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:124 msgid "Impuestos" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:17 msgid "Retenciones" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:18 msgid "Tipos de Documentos de Identificación" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:20 msgid "" "**l10n_co_edi**: Este módulo incluye todos los campos adicionales que son " "requeridos para la Integración entre Carvajal T&S y la generación de la " "Factura Electrónica, basado en los requisitos legales de la DIAN." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:26 msgid "Flujo General" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:33 msgid "Configuración" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:36 msgid "Instalación de los módulos de Localización Colombiana" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:38 msgid "" "Para esto ve a las aplicaciones y busca “Colombia”, luego da click en " "Instalar a los primeros dos módulos:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:46 msgid "Configuración de las credenciales del Servicio Web de Carvajal T&S" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:50 msgid "" "Una vez que los módulos están instalados, para poderte conectar con el " "Servicio Web de Carvajal T&S, es necesario configurar el Usuario y las " "Credenciales. Esta información será provista por Carvajal T&S." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:52 msgid "" "Ve a :menuselection:`Facturación --> Configuración --> Configuración` y " "busca la sección **Facturación Electrónica Colombiana**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:57 msgid "" "La funcionalidad de pruebas le permite conectarse e interactuar con el " "ambiente piloto de Carvajal T&S, esto permite a los usuarios probar el flujo" @@ -5215,7 +5255,7 @@ msgid "" "<https://cenfinancierolab.cen.biz>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:62 msgid "" "Una vez que el ambiente de producción está listo en Odoo y en Carvajal T&S " "el ambiente de pruebas debe ser deshabilitado para poder enviar la " @@ -5223,11 +5263,11 @@ msgid "" " la siguiente URL: `Cenfinanciero <https://cenfinancierolab.cen.biz>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:69 msgid "Configuración de Información para PDF" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:73 msgid "" "Como parte de la información configurable que es enviada en el XML, puedes " "definir los datos de la sección fiscal del PDF, así como de la información " @@ -5237,25 +5277,25 @@ msgstr "" "definir los datos de la sección fiscal del PDF, así como de la información " "Bancaria." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:75 msgid "" "Ve a :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> Ajustes` y busca la " "sección **Facturación Electrónica Colombiana**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:82 msgid "Configuración de los Datos Principales Requeridos en el XML" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:85 msgid "Contacto (Tercero)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:88 msgid "Identificación" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:90 msgid "" "Como parte de la Localización Colombiana, los tipos de documentos definidos " "por la DIAN ahora están disponibles en el formulario de Contactos, por lo " @@ -5263,31 +5303,31 @@ msgid "" "de documento correspondiente." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:98 msgid "" "Nota: Cuando el tipo de documento es RUT la identificación necesita ser " "ingresada en Odoo incluyendo el Dígito de Verificación. Odoo separará este " "número cuando la información sea enviada a los proveedores terceros." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:105 msgid "Estructura Fiscal (RUT)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:107 msgid "" "Los Códigos de tipo de Obligación aplicables a los terceros (sección 53 en " "el documento de RUT), son incluidos como parte del módulo de Facturación " "Electrónica, dado que es información requerida por la DIAN." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:111 msgid "" "Estos campos se encuentran en :menuselection:`Contactos --> Pestaña de " "Ventas y Compras --> Información Fiscal`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:117 msgid "" "Adicionalmente dos últimos campos fueron agregados para especificar el " "régimen fiscal del contacto. Cabe aclarar que para envío de Factura " @@ -5296,7 +5336,7 @@ msgid "" "opciones." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:126 msgid "" "Si tus transacciones de ventas incluyen productos con impuestos, es " "importante considerar que un campo adicional llamado *Tipo de Valor* " @@ -5304,7 +5344,7 @@ msgid "" "--> Configuración --> Impuestos: --> Opciones Avanzadas --> Tipo de Valor`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:134 msgid "" "Los impuestos para Retenciones (ICA, IVA y Fuente) también están incluidos " "en las opciones para configurar tus impuestos, esta configuración es " @@ -5312,25 +5352,25 @@ msgid "" "gráfica de la Factura. (PDF)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:144 msgid "Diarios" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:146 msgid "" "Una vez que la DIAN ha asignado la secuencia y prefijo oficiales para la " "resolución de la Facturación Electrónica, los Diarios de Ventas relacionados" " con tus documentos de facturación necesitan ser actualizados en Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:151 msgid "" "La secuencia es configurada usando el modo de desarrollador en la siguiente " "ruta: :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> Diarios --> Liga de" " Secuencia`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:158 msgid "" "Una vez que la secuencia es abierta, los campos de Prefijo y Siguiente " "Número deben ser configurados y sincronizados con el CEN Financiero." @@ -5338,36 +5378,36 @@ msgstr "" "Una vez que la secuencia es abierta, los campos de Prefijo y Siguiente " "Número deben ser configurados y sincronizados con el CEN Financiero." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:166 msgid "Usuarios" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:168 msgid "" "La plantilla por defecto que es usada por Odoo en la representación gráfica " "incluye el nombre del Vendedor, así que estos campos deben ser considerados:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:177 msgid "Uso y Pruebas" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:180 msgid "Facturas" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:182 msgid "" "Una vez que toda la información principal y las credenciales han sido " "configuradas, es posible empezar a probar el flujo de la Facturación " "Electrónica siguiendo las instrucciones que se detallan a continuación:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:188 msgid "Invoice Creation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:190 msgid "" "El flujo de trabajo funcional que lleva lugar antes de la validación de una " "factura continua siendo igual con Facturación Electrónica, " @@ -5375,29 +5415,29 @@ msgid "" "manualmente." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:195 msgid "" "Los cambios principales que son introducidos con la Facturación Electrónica " "son los siguientes:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:198 msgid "Hay tres tipos de documentos" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:200 msgid "" "**Factura electrónica**. Este es el documento normal y aplica para Facturas," " Notas de Crédito y Notas de Débito." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:203 msgid "" "**Factura de Importación**. Debe ser seleccionada para transacciones de " "importación." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:206 msgid "" "**Factura de Contingencia**. Esta es un caso excepcional y es utilizada como" " un respaldo manual en caso que la compañía no pueda usar el ERP y hay " @@ -5405,11 +5445,11 @@ msgid "" "ERP, se debe seleccionar este tipo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:216 msgid "Invoice Validation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:218 msgid "" "Después que la factura fue validada, un archivo XML es creado y enviado " "automáticamente al proveedor de la factura electrónica. Este archivo es " @@ -5419,7 +5459,7 @@ msgstr "" "automáticamente al proveedor de la factura electrónica. Este archivo está " "desplegado en el historial." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:225 msgid "" "Un campo adicional es ahora desplegado en la pestaña de “Otra Información” " "con el nombre del archivo XML. Adicionalmente hay un segundo campo adicional" @@ -5427,11 +5467,11 @@ msgid "" "inicial **En Proceso**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:235 msgid "Recepción del XML y PDF Legal" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:242 msgid "" "El proveedor de la Factura Electrónica recibe el archivo XML y procede a " "validar la información y la estructura contenida. Si todo es correcto, el " @@ -5441,34 +5481,34 @@ msgid "" "CUFE." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:246 msgid "" "Odoo envía una petición de actualización automáticamente para verificar que " "el XML fue creado. Si este es el caso, las siguientes acciones son hechas " "automáticamente:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:248 msgid "" "El XML Legal y el PDF son incluidos en un archivo ZIP y desplegados en el " "historial de la Factura." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:253 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:253 msgid "El estatus de la Factura Electrónica es cambiado a “Aceptado”." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:258 msgid "" "En caso que el PDF y el XML sean requeridos inmediatamente, es posible " "mandar manualmente la petición del estatus usando el siguiente botón:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:267 msgid "Errores Frecuentes" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:269 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:269 msgid "" "Durante la validación del XML los errores más comunes usualmente están " "relacionados con información principal faltante. En estos casos, los " @@ -5480,7 +5520,7 @@ msgstr "" "detalles del error son recuperados en la petición de actualización y " "desplegados en el historial." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:277 msgid "" "Si la información principal es corregida, es posible re procesar el XML con " "la nueva información y mandar la versión actualizada usando el siguiente " @@ -5489,116 +5529,116 @@ msgstr "" "Si la información principal es corregida, es posible procesar el XML con la " "nueva información y mandar la versión actualizada usando el siguiente botón:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:289 msgid "Casos de Uso adicionales" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:291 msgid "" "El proceso para las Notas de Crédito y Débito (Proveedores) es exactamente " "el mismo que en las Facturas. Su flujo de trabajo funcional se mantiene " "igual." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:296 msgid "Consideraciones del Anexo 1.7" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:299 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:299 msgid "Contexto" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:302 msgid "Contexto Normativo" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:304 msgid "Soporte Normativo:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:305 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:305 msgid "" "Resolución DIAN Número 000042 ( 5 de Mayo de 2020) Por la cual se " "desarrollan:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:307 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:307 msgid "Los sistemas de facturación," msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:308 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:308 msgid "Los proveedores tecnológicos," msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:309 msgid "El registro de la factura electrónica de venta como título valor," msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:310 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:310 msgid "Se expide el anexo técnico de factura electrónica de venta y" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:311 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:311 msgid "Se dictan otras disposiciones en materia de sistemas de facturación." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:314 msgid "Anexo 1.7: Principales Cambios" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:316 msgid "Cambios en la definición de Consumidor Final." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:317 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:317 msgid "Informar bienes cubiertos para los 3 dias sin IVA." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:318 msgid "Actualización de descripción de Impuestos." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:319 msgid "Se agrega concepto para IVA Excluido." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:320 msgid "Informar la fecha efectiva de entrega de los bienes." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:321 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:321 msgid "Adecuaciones en la representación Gráfica (PDF)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:324 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:324 msgid "Calendario" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:326 msgid "" "Se tiene varias fechas límites para la salida a producción bajo las " "condiciones del Anexo 1.7 las cuales dependen de los siguientes factores:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:329 msgid "" "Calendario de implementación de acuerdo con la actividad económica principal" " en el RUT:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:334 msgid "Calendario de implementación, para otros sujetos obligados:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:339 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:339 msgid "Calendario de implementación permanente:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:345 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:345 msgid "Requerimientos en Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:347 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:347 msgid "" "Con la finalidad de facilitar el proceso de preparación de las bases de Odoo" " estándar V12 y v13, únicamente será necesario que los administradores " @@ -5606,67 +5646,67 @@ msgid "" "nuevos procesos." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:352 msgid "Actualización de listado de Apps" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:354 msgid "" "Utilizando el modo desarrollador, acceder al módulo de Aplicaciones y " "seleccionar el menú *Actualizar Lista*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:361 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:361 msgid "Actualización de Módulos" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:363 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:363 msgid "" "Una vez actualizado Buscar *Colombia*, los siguientes módulos serán " "desplegados, se requieren actualizar dos módulos." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:366 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:366 msgid "Colombia - Contabilidad - l10n_co" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:367 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:367 msgid "" "Electronic invoicing for Colombia with Carvajal UBL 2.1 - " "l10n_co_edi_ubl_2_1" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:372 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:372 msgid "" "En cada módulo o ícono hay que desplegar el menú opciones utilizando los 3 " "puntos de la esquina superior derecha y seleccionamos *Actualizar*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:375 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:375 msgid "Primero lo hacemos con en el módulo l10n_co:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:380 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:380 msgid "Posteriormente lo hacemos con el módulo l10n_co_edi_ubl_2_1:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:386 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:386 msgid "Creación de Datos Maestros" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:388 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:388 msgid "" "Las bases de datos existentes a Junio 2020 tanto en V12 como V13, deberán " "crear algunos datos maestros necesarios para operar correctamente con los " "cambios del Anexo 1.7." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:392 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:491 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:392 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:491 msgid "Consumidor Final" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:394 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:394 msgid "" "La figura del consumidor final será utilizada para aquellas ventas sobre las" " cuales no es posible identificar toda la información fiscal y demográfica " @@ -5674,47 +5714,47 @@ msgid "" "genérico." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:398 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:398 msgid "" "Es importante coordinar y definir los casos de uso en los que dependiendo de" " su empresa se tendrá permitido utilizar este registro genérico." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:401 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:401 msgid "" "Dentro de Odoo se tendrá que crear un contacto con las siguientes " "características, es importante que se defina de esta manera debido a que son" " los parámetros definidos por la DIAN." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:404 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:404 msgid "**Tipo de contacto:** Individuo" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:405 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:405 msgid "**Nombre:** Consumidor Final" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:406 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:406 msgid "**Tipo de documento:** Cedula de Ciudadania" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:407 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:407 msgid "**Numero de Identificacion:** 222222222222" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:412 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:412 msgid "" "Dentro de la pestaña Ventas y Compras, en la sección Información Fiscal, del" " campo Obligaciones y Responsabilidades colocaremos el valor: **R-99-PN**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:419 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:506 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:419 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:506 msgid "IVA Excluido - Bienes Cubiertos" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:421 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:421 msgid "" "Para reportar las transacciones realizadas mediante Bienes Cubiertos para " "los tres días sin IVA, será necesario crear un nuevo Impuesto al cual se le " @@ -5726,19 +5766,19 @@ msgstr "" "debe asociar un grupo de impuestos específicos que será utilizado por Odoo " "para agregar la sección requerida en el XML de factura electrónica." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:426 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:426 msgid "" "Para el crear el impuesto accederemos a Contabilidad dentro del menú " ":menuselection:`Configuración --> Impuestos`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:432 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:432 msgid "" "Procedemos a crear un nuevo Impuesto con importe 0% considerando los " "siguientes parámetros:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:437 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:437 msgid "" "El nombre del Impuesto puede ser definido a preferencia del usuario, sin " "embargo el campo clave es **Grupo de Impuestos** dentro de Opciones " @@ -5746,86 +5786,86 @@ msgid "" "Valor**: *IVA*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:445 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:445 msgid "Actualización de descripción de Departamentos" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:447 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:447 msgid "" "Es necesario actualizar la descripción de algunos departamentos, para lo " "cual accederemos a módulo de Contactos y dentro del menú de " ":menuselection:`Configuración --> Provincias`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:453 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:453 msgid "" "Posteriormente, podemos agregar por País para identificar claramente las " "provincias (Departamentos) de Colombia:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:459 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:459 msgid "" "Una vez agrupados buscar los siguientes departamentos para actualizarlos con" " el valor indicado en la columna **Nombre actualizado**:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:463 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:463 msgid "Nombre de provincia" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:463 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:463 msgid "Código de Provincia" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:463 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:463 msgid "Nombre actualizado" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:465 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:465 msgid "D.C." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:465 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:465 msgid "DC" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:465 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:465 msgid "Bogotá" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:467 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:467 msgid "Quindio" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:467 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:467 msgid "QUI" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:467 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:467 msgid "Quindío" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:469 msgid "Archipiélago de San Andrés, Providencia y Santa Catalina" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:469 msgid "SAP" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:469 msgid "San Andrés y Providencia" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:473 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:473 msgid "Ejemplo:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:479 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:479 msgid "Verificación de Código postal" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:481 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:481 msgid "" "Dentro del Anexo 1.7 se comienza a validar que el código postal de las " "direcciones para contactos colombianos corresponda a las tablas oficiales " @@ -5835,18 +5875,18 @@ msgid "" "<http://visor.codigopostal.gov.co/472/visor/Codigos_Postales_Nacionales.csv>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:488 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:488 msgid "Consideraciones Operativas" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:493 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:493 msgid "" "Una vez que resgistro de Consumidor final ha sido creado este deberá ser " "utilizado a demanda, generalmente será utilizado en las transacciones de " "facturación del punto de punto de venta." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:496 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:496 msgid "" "El proceso de validación de la Factura será realizado de forma convencional " "en Odoo y la factura será generada de la misma manera. Al detectar que el " @@ -5860,13 +5900,13 @@ msgstr "" "envía a Carvajal será generado con las consideraciones y secciones " "correspondientes." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:500 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:500 msgid "" "Contablemente todos los registros de Consumidor final quedarán asociados al " "identificador generico:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:508 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:508 msgid "" "El 21 mayo del 2020 fue publicado el El Decreto 682 el cual establece " "Excepción especial en el Impuesto sobre las ventas. El principal objetivo de" @@ -5874,33 +5914,33 @@ msgid "" "generadas a causa del COVID." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:513 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:513 msgid "Fechas" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:515 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:515 msgid "" "Días de excención del impuesto sobre las ventas – IVA para bienes cubiertos " "(3 días SIN IVA)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:517 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:517 msgid "**Primer día**: 19 de junio de 2020" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:518 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:518 msgid "**Segundo día**: 3 de Julio de 2020" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:519 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:519 msgid "**Tercer día**: 19 de Julio de 2020" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:522 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:522 msgid "Condiciones" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:524 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:524 msgid "" "Debido a que estas transacciones serán generadas de forma excepcional y que " "se tiene una combinación de varios factores y condiciones, los productores " @@ -5909,7 +5949,7 @@ msgid "" "corresponda." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:529 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:529 msgid "" "A continuación se mencionan algunas de las principales condiciones, sin " "embargo, cabe mencionar que las empresas deben de verificar todos los " @@ -5917,103 +5957,103 @@ msgid "" "<https://dapre.presidencia.gov.co/normativa/normativa/DECRETO%20682%20DEL%2021%20DE%20MAYO%20DE%202020.pdf>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:533 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:533 msgid "Tipo de productos y precio Máximo:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:536 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:536 msgid "Tipo de Productos" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:536 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:536 msgid "Precio Máximo" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:538 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:538 msgid "Electrodomesticos" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:538 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:538 msgid "40 UVT: $1,4 millones." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:540 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:540 msgid "Vestuario y complementos" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 msgid "3 UVT: $106.000" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 msgid "En el caso de los complementos es:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:544 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:544 msgid "10 UVT- $356.000" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:544 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:544 msgid "Elementos deportivos" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:546 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:546 msgid "Juguetes y Utiles Escolares" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:546 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:548 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:546 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:548 msgid "5 UVT - $178.035" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:548 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:548 msgid "Utiles Escolares" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:550 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:550 msgid "Bienes o servicios para el sector agropecuario" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:550 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:550 msgid "80 UVT - $2.848.560" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:554 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:554 msgid "Métodos de Pago:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:556 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:556 msgid "" "El pago debe realizarse por medios electrónico por ejemplo tarjetas de " "crédito/débito o bien mecanismos de pago online." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:558 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:558 msgid "Limite de unidades:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:560 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:560 msgid "" "Cada cliente puede adquirir únicamente 3 unidades como máximo de cada " "producto." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:563 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:563 msgid "Medidas en Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:565 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:565 msgid "**Preparación de datos**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:567 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:567 msgid "" "Crear el Impuesto para Bienes cubiertos de acuerdo a lo indicado en este " "punto: Datos maestros." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:568 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:568 msgid "" "Identificar los productos y transacciones a los cuales les aplicará la " "Exclusión de IVA de acuerdo a las condiciones establecidas en el decreto " @@ -6021,109 +6061,109 @@ msgid "" "actualizar el impuesto de forma temporal en Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:571 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:571 msgid "" "Exportar un listado con los productos que serán afectados incluyendo el " "campo IVA Venta el cual será sustituido temporalmente por el IVA de Bienes " "Cubiertos." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:573 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:573 msgid "" "Al finalizar las operaciones del día anterior a las fechas establecidas de " "día sin IVA, se debe hacer la actualización temporal a IVA de Bienes " "Cubiertos." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:579 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:579 msgid "**Durante el día SIN IVA**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:581 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:581 msgid "" "Por defecto los productos previamente considerados con IVA de Bienes " "cubiertos serán generados con este parámetro tanto en Órdenes de venta como " "facturas creadas durante ese mismo día." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:587 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:587 msgid "" "Las órdenes de venta generadas con este impuesto deberán ser facturas el " "mismo día." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:588 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:588 msgid "" "En caso de que alguna de las condiciones no sea cumplida (ejemplo el pago es" " realizado en efectivo) el impuesto deberá ser actualizado manualmente al " "momento de facturar." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:591 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:591 msgid "**Posterior al día SIN IVA**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:593 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:593 msgid "" "Los productos que fueron actualizados deberá ser reconfigurados a su IVA " "original." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:594 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:594 msgid "" "En caso de que se detecte alguna Orden de venta facturar en la cual se " "incluya IVA de Bienes Cubiertos, se deberá realizar actualización manual " "correspondiente al IVA convencional." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:3 msgid "France" msgstr "Francia" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:6 msgid "FEC" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:8 msgid "" "If you have installed the French Accounting, you will be able to download " "the FEC. For this, go in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> France" " --> FEC`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:12 msgid "" "If you do not see the submenu **FEC**, go in **Apps** and search for the " "module called **France-FEC** and verify if it is well installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:16 msgid "French Accounting Reports" msgstr "Informes contables franceses" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:18 msgid "" "If you have installed the French Accounting, you will have access to some " "accounting reports specific to France:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:20 msgid "Bilan comptable" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:21 msgid "Compte de résultats" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:22 msgid "Plan de Taxes France" msgstr "Plan de Impuestos de Francia" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:25 msgid "Get the VAT anti-fraud certification with Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:27 msgid "" "As of January 1st 2018, a new anti-fraud legislation comes into effect in " "France and DOM-TOM. This new legislation stipulates certain criteria " @@ -6132,76 +6172,75 @@ msgid "" "through a module and a certificate of conformity to download." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:34 msgid "Is my company required to use an anti-fraud software?" msgstr "¿Requiero que mi compañía use software anti fraude?" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:36 msgid "" "Your company is required to use an anti-fraud cash register software like " "Odoo (CGI art. 286, I. 3° bis) if:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:39 msgid "You are taxable (not VAT exempt) in France or any DOM-TOM," msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:40 msgid "Some of your customers are private individuals (B2C)." msgstr "Algunos de sus clientes son particulares privados (B2C)." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:42 msgid "" "This rule applies to any company size. Auto-entrepreneurs are exempted from " "VAT and therefore are not affected." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:46 msgid "Get certified with Odoo" msgstr "Obtiene certificación con Odoo" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:48 msgid "Getting compliant with Odoo is very easy." msgstr "Ser compatible con Odoo es muy fácil." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:50 msgid "" "Your company is requested by the tax administration to deliver a certificate" " of conformity testifying that your software complies with the anti-fraud " "legislation. This certificate is granted by Odoo SA to Odoo Enterprise users" " `here <https://www.odoo.com/my/contract/french-certification/>`_. If you " -"use Odoo Community, you should `upgrade to Odoo Enterprise " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/14.0/setup/enterprise.html>`_ or contact" -" your Odoo service provider." +"use Odoo Community, you should :doc:`upgrade to Odoo Enterprise " +"</administration/enterprise>` or contact your Odoo service provider." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:58 msgid "In case of non-conformity, your company risks a fine of €7,500." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:60 msgid "To get the certification just follow the following steps:" msgstr "Para obtener la certificación solo sigue los siguientes pasos:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:62 msgid "" "Install the anti-fraud module fitting your Odoo environment from the *Apps* " "menu:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:65 msgid "" "if you use Odoo Point of Sale: *l10n_fr_pos_cert*: France - VAT Anti-Fraud " "Certification for Point of Sale (CGI 286 I-3 bis)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:66 msgid "" "in any other case: *l10n_fr_certification*: France - VAT Anti-Fraud " "Certification (CGI 286 I-3 bis)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:68 msgid "" "Make sure a country is set on your company, otherwise your entries won’t be " "encrypted for the inalterability check. To edit your company’s data, go to " @@ -6209,21 +6248,21 @@ msgid "" "country from the list; Do not create a new country." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:72 msgid "" "Download the mandatory certificate of conformity delivered by Odoo SA `here " "<https://www.odoo.com/my/contract/french-certification/>`__." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:75 msgid "" "To install the module in any system created before December 18th 2017, you " "should update the modules list. To do so, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " -"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Then go to the *Apps* menu and " +"</applications/general/developer_mode>`. Then go to the *Apps* menu and " "press *Update Modules List* in the top-menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:79 msgid "" "In case you run Odoo on-premise, you need to update your installation and " "restart your server beforehand." @@ -6231,7 +6270,7 @@ msgstr "" "En caso de que use Odoo on-premise, debe actualizar su instalación y " "reiniciar su servidor de antemano." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:81 msgid "" "If you have installed the initial version of the anti-fraud module (prior to" " December 18th 2017), you need to update it. The module's name was *France -" @@ -6241,15 +6280,15 @@ msgid "" " installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:90 msgid "Anti-fraud features" msgstr "Características antifraude" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:92 msgid "The anti-fraud module introduces the following features:" msgstr "El módulo antifraude introduce las siguientes características:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:94 msgid "" "**Inalterability**: deactivation of all the ways to cancel or modify key " "data of POS orders, invoices and journal entries;" @@ -6257,13 +6296,13 @@ msgstr "" "** Inalterabilidad **: desactivación de todas las formas de cancelar o " "modificar datos clave de pedidos POS, facturas y entradas de diario;" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:96 msgid "**Security**: chaining algorithm to verify the inalterability;" msgstr "" "** Seguridad **: algoritmo de encadenamiento para verificar la " "inalterabilidad;" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:97 msgid "" "**Storage**: automatic sales closings with computation of both period and " "cumulative totals (daily, monthly, annually)." @@ -6271,11 +6310,11 @@ msgstr "" "** Almacenamiento **: cierres de ventas automáticos con computación del " "período y totales acumulados (diario, mensual, anual)." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:101 msgid "Inalterability" msgstr "Inalterabilidad" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:103 msgid "" "All the possible ways to cancel and modify key data of paid POS orders, " "confirmed invoices and journal entries are deactivated, if the company is " @@ -6285,7 +6324,7 @@ msgstr "" "pedidos de POS pagados, las facturas confirmadas y los asientos de diario se" " desactivan, si la empresa está ubicada en Francia o en cualquier DOM-TOM." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:107 msgid "" "If you run a multi-companies environment, only the documents of such " "companies are impacted." @@ -6293,18 +6332,18 @@ msgstr "" "Si ejecuta un entorno de múltiples empresas, solo se verán afectados los " "documentos de dichas empresas." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:111 msgid "Security" msgstr "Seguridad" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:113 msgid "" "To ensure the inalterability, every order or journal entry is encrypted upon" " validation. This number (or hash) is calculated from the key data of the " "document as well as from the hash of the precedent documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:118 msgid "" "The module introduces an interface to test the data inalterability. If any " "information is modified on a document after its validation, the test will " @@ -6313,7 +6352,7 @@ msgid "" "document recorded in the system." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:124 msgid "" "Users with *Manager* access rights can launch the inalterability check. For " "POS orders, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Reporting --> French " @@ -6321,11 +6360,11 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Reporting --> French Statements`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:131 msgid "Storage" msgstr "Almacenamiento" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:133 msgid "" "The system also processes automatic sales closings on a daily, monthly and " "annual basis. Such closings distinctly compute the sales total of the period" @@ -6333,24 +6372,24 @@ msgid "" "recorded in the system." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:139 msgid "" "Closings can be found in the *French Statements* menu of Point of Sale, " "Invoicing and Accounting apps." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:143 msgid "" "Closings compute the totals for journal entries of sales journals (Journal " "Type = Sales)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:145 msgid "" "For multi-companies environments, such closings are performed by company." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:147 msgid "" "POS orders are posted as journal entries at the closing of the POS session. " "Closing a POS session can be done anytime. To prompt users to do it on a " @@ -6358,7 +6397,7 @@ msgid "" " hours ago. Such a session must be closed before selling again." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:153 msgid "" "A period’s total is computed from all the journal entries posted after the " "previous closing of the same type, regardless of their posting date. If you " @@ -6366,42 +6405,42 @@ msgid "" "counted in the very next closing." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:158 msgid "" "For test & audit purposes such closings can be manually generated in the " -":doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Then go to" -" :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled " +":doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>`. Then go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled " "Actions`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:164 msgid "Responsibilities" msgstr "Responsabilidades" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:166 msgid "" "Do not uninstall the module! If you do so, the hashes will be reset and none" " of your past data will be longer guaranteed as being inalterable." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:169 msgid "" "Users remain responsible for their Odoo instance and must use it with due " "diligence. It is not permitted to modify the source code which guarantees " "the inalterability of data." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:173 msgid "" "Odoo absolves itself of all and any responsibility in case of changes in the" " module’s functions caused by 3rd party applications not certified by Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:178 msgid "More Information" msgstr "Más información" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:180 msgid "" "You will find more information about this legislation in the official " "documents:" @@ -6409,35 +6448,35 @@ msgstr "" "Encontrará más información sobre esta legislación en los documentos " "oficiales:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:182 msgid "" "`Frequently Asked Questions " "<https://www.economie.gouv.fr/files/files/directions_services/dgfip/controle_fiscal/actualites_reponses/logiciels_de_caisse.pdf>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:183 msgid "" "`Official Statement " "<http://bofip.impots.gouv.fr/bofip/10691-PGP.html?identifiant=BOI-TVA-" "DECLA-30-10-30-20160803>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:184 msgid "" "`Item 88 of Finance Law 2016 " "<https://www.legifrance.gouv.fr/affichTexteArticle.do?idArticle=JORFARTI000031732968&categorieLien=id&cidTexte=JORFTEXT000031732865>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:56 msgid "Germany" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Alemania" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:6 msgid "German Chart of Accounts" msgstr "Plan de Cuentas Alemán" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:8 msgid "" "The chart of accounts SKR03 and SKR04 are both supported in Odoo. You can " "choose the one you want by going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " @@ -6448,8 +6487,8 @@ msgstr "" "desee en: menuselection: `Contabilidad-> Configuración` y luego elija el " "paquete que desea en la sección de localización fiscal." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:12 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:17 msgid "" "Be careful, you can only change the accounting package as long as you have " "not created any accounting entry." @@ -6457,51 +6496,51 @@ msgstr "" "Tenga cuidado, solo puede cambiar el paquete contable siempre y cuando no " "haya creado ninguna entrada contable." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:16 msgid "" "When you create a new SaaS database, the SKR03 is installed by default." msgstr "" "Cuando crea una nueva base de datos SaaS, el SKR03 se instala de forma " "predeterminada." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:19 msgid "German Accounting Reports" msgstr "Informes contables alemanes" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:21 msgid "" "Here is the list of German-specific reports available on Odoo Enterprise:" msgstr "" "Aquí está la lista de informes específicos de alemán disponibles en Odoo " "Enterprise:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:23 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:27 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:30 msgid "Balance Sheet" msgstr "Balance de Situación" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:24 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:19 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:17 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:89 msgid "Profit & Loss" msgstr "Ganancias y Pérdidas" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:25 msgid "Tax Report (Umsatzsteuervoranmeldung)" msgstr "Informe de Impuestos (Umsatzsteuervoranmeldung)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:26 msgid "Partner VAT Intra" msgstr "Empresa de IVA Intra" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:29 msgid "Export from Odoo to Datev" msgstr "Exportación de Odoo a Datev" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:31 msgid "" "It is possible to export your accounting entries from Odoo to Datev. To be " "able to use this feature, the german accounting localization needs to be " @@ -6515,11 +6554,11 @@ msgstr "" "menuselection: `Contabilidad-> Informes-> Contabilidad General` luego haga " "clic en el botón ** Exportar Datev (csv) **." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:39 msgid "German Tax Accounting Standards: Odoo's guide to GoBD Compliance" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:41 msgid "" "**GoBD** stands for `Grundsätze zur ordnungsmäßigen Führung und Aufbewahrung" " von Büchern, Aufzeichnungen und Unterlagen in elektronischer Form sowie zum" @@ -6531,7 +6570,7 @@ msgid "" "and balance sheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:48 msgid "" "These principles have been written and published by the Federal Ministry of " "Finance (BMF) in November 2014. Since January 2015, **they have become the " @@ -6541,16 +6580,16 @@ msgid "" "solutions (cloud hosting, paperless companies, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:55 msgid "Odoo gives you **the means to be compliant with GoBD**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:58 msgid "" "What do you need to know about GoBD when relying on accounting software?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:61 msgid "" "If you can, the best way to understand GoBD is to Read the `Official GoBD " "text " @@ -6559,7 +6598,7 @@ msgid "" "what to expect:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:65 msgid "" "The **GoBD is binding for companies that have to present accounts, which " "includes SMEs, freelancers, and entrepreneurs, to the financial " @@ -6568,7 +6607,7 @@ msgid "" "mentioned financial and related data)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:70 msgid "" "Apart from software requirements, the user is required to ensure Internal " "control systems (*in accordance with sec. 146 of the Fiscal Code*):" @@ -6577,33 +6616,33 @@ msgstr "" " pflichtet, das Interne Kontrollsystem (Teil der Verfahhrrensdokumentation) " "sicherzustellen: " -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:73 msgid "Access rights control;" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:74 msgid "Segregation of Duties, Functional separating;" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:75 msgid "Entry controls (error notifications, plausibility checks);" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:76 msgid "Reconciliation checks at data entry;" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:77 msgid "Processing controls;" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:78 msgid "" "Measures to prevent intentional or unintentional manipulation of software, " "data, or documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:80 msgid "" "The user must distribute tasks within its organization to the relevant " "positions (*control*) and verify that the tasks are properly and completely " @@ -6613,11 +6652,11 @@ msgid "" "(*prevention*)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:86 msgid "What about data security?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:88 msgid "" "**The taxpayer must secure the system against any data loss due to " "deletion, removal, or theft of any data**. If the entries are not " @@ -6625,43 +6664,43 @@ msgid "" "with the GoBD guidelines." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:92 msgid "" "Once bookings have been finally posted, they can no longer be changed or " "deleted via the application." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:95 msgid "" "If Odoo is used in the cloud, regular backups are part of the SaaS service. " "In addition, regular backups can be downloaded and backed up on external " "systems." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:99 msgid "" "`Odoo Cloud Hosting - Service Level Agreement <https://www.odooo.com/cloud-" "sla>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:101 msgid "" "If the server is operated locally, it is the responsibility of the user to " "create the necessary backup infrastructure." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:105 msgid "" "In some cases, data has to be kept for ten years or more, so always have " "backups saved. It is even more important if you decide to change software " "provider." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:109 msgid "Responsibility of the software editor" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:111 msgid "" "Considering GoBD only applies between the taxpayer and the financial " "authority, **the software editor can by no means be held responsible for the" @@ -6670,11 +6709,11 @@ msgid "" "respect the software related guidelines described in the GoBD." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:117 msgid "How can Odoo help you achieve Compliance?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:119 msgid "" "The key words, when it comes to GoBD, are: **traceable, verifiable, true, " "clear, and continuous**. In short, you need to have audit-proof archiving in" @@ -6682,11 +6721,11 @@ msgid "" "objectives:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 msgid "**Traceability and verifiability**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 msgid "" "Each record in Odoo is stamped with the creator of the document, the " "creation date, the modification date, and who modified it. In addition, " @@ -6694,11 +6733,11 @@ msgid "" "whom in the chatter of the relevant object." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 msgid "**Completeness**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 msgid "" "All financial data must be recorded in the system, and there can be no gaps." " Odoo ensures that there is no gap in the numbering of the financial " @@ -6708,11 +6747,11 @@ msgid "" "vendor bills and miscellaneous operations completely." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 msgid "**Accuracy**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 msgid "" "Odoo ensures with the correct configuration that the correct accounts are " "used. In addition, the control mechanisms between purchase orders and sales " @@ -6722,11 +6761,11 @@ msgid "" "task*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 msgid "**Timely booking and record-keeping**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 msgid "" "As most financial data in Odoo is generated by the transactional objects " "(for example, the invoice is booked at confirmation), Odoo ensures out-of-" @@ -6735,11 +6774,11 @@ msgid "" "miscellaneous operations." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 msgid "**Order**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 msgid "" "Financial data stored in Odoo is per definition ordered and can be reordered" " according to most fields present in the model. A specific ordering is not " @@ -6748,22 +6787,22 @@ msgid "" "out-of-the-box." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 msgid "**Inalterability**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 msgid "" "With the German Odoo localization, Odoo is in standard configured in such a " "way that the inalterability clause can be adhered to without any further " "customization." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:154 msgid "Do you need a GoBD-Export?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:156 msgid "" "In the case of fiscal control, the fiscal authority can request three levels" " of access to the accounting system (Z1, Z2, Z3). These levels vary from " @@ -6771,7 +6810,7 @@ msgid "" "storage device." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:160 msgid "" "In case of a handover of the financial data on a storage device, the format " "is **not** enforced by the GoBD. It can be, for example, in XLS, CSV, XML, " @@ -6788,11 +6827,11 @@ msgstr "" "específico basado en XML (ver \"Ergänzende Informationen zur " "Datenntträgerüberlassung\" §3) pero no es vinculante." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:167 msgid "What is the role and meaning of the compliance certification?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:169 msgid "" "The GoBD clearly states that due to the nature of a state of the art " "accounting software, their configuration possibilities, changing nature, and" @@ -6803,7 +6842,7 @@ msgid "" "other legal value (A. 12, § 181)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:175 msgid "" "A GoBD certificate states nothing more than that if you use the software " "according to its guidelines, the software will not refrain you from " @@ -6813,13 +6852,13 @@ msgid "" "not, however, offer our customer any legal certainty." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:182 msgid "" "The BMF actually states the following in the `Official GoBD text " "<https://www.bundesfinanzministerium.de/Content/DE/Downloads/BMF_Schreiben/Weitere_Steuerthemen/Abgabenordnung/2019-11-28-GoBD.pdf>`_:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:185 msgid "" "180. Positive attestations on the correctness of the bookkeeping - and thus " "on the correctness of IT-based bookkeeping systems - are not issued either " @@ -6827,14 +6866,14 @@ msgid "" "information." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:188 msgid "" "181. \"Certificates\" or \"attestations\" from third parties can serve as a " "decision criterion for the company when selecting a software product, but " "develop from the in margin no. 179 is not binding on the tax authorities." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:193 msgid "" "The previous content was `automatically translated from German with Google " "Translate " @@ -6843,25 +6882,25 @@ msgid "" "gest%C3%BCtzter%20Buchf%C3%BChrungssysteme%20-%20werden%20weder%20im%20Rahmen%20einer%20steuerlichen%20Au%C3%9Fenpr%C3%BCfung%20noch%20im%20Rahmen%20einer%20verbindlichen%20Auskunft%20erteilt.%0A%0A181.%0A%E2%80%9EZertifikate%E2%80%9C%20oder%20%E2%80%9ETestate%E2%80%9C%20Dritter%20k%C3%B6nnen%20bei%20der%20Auswahl%20eines%20Softwareproduktes%20dem%20Unternehmen%20als%20Entscheidungskriterium%20dienen%2C%20entfalten%20jedoch%20aus%20den%20in%20Rz.%20179%20genannten%20Gr%C3%BCnden%20gegen%C3%BCber%20der%20Finanzbeh%C3%B6rde%20keine%20Bindungswirkung.%20&op=translate>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:198 msgid "What happens if you are not compliant?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:200 msgid "" "In the event of an infringement, you can expect a fine but also a court " "order demanding the implementation of specific measures." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:3 msgid "Indonesia" msgstr "Indonesia" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:8 msgid "E-Faktur Module" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:10 msgid "" "The **E-Faktur Module** is installed by default with the Indonesian " "localization module. It allows one to generate a CSV file for one tax " @@ -6869,26 +6908,26 @@ msgid "" "e-Faktur** application." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:17 msgid "NPWP/NIK settings" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:0 msgid "**Your Company**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:0 msgid "" "This information is used in the FAPR line in the effect file format. You " "need to set a VAT number on the related partner of your Odoo company. If you" " don't, it won't be possible to create an e-Faktur from an invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:0 msgid "**Your Clients**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:0 msgid "" "You need to set the checkbox *ID PKP* to generate e-fakturs for a customer. " "You can use the VAT field on the customer's contact to set the NPWP needed " @@ -6896,11 +6935,11 @@ msgid "" "enter the NIK in the same VAT field." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:39 msgid "Generate Tax Invoice Serial Number" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:41 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> e-Faktur`. In order to be" " able to export customer invoices as e-Faktur for the Indonesian government," @@ -6910,7 +6949,7 @@ msgid "" "the invoices list and click on *Action*, then on *Download e-Faktur*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:46 msgid "" "After receiving new serial numbers from the Indonesian Revenue Department, " "you can create a set of tax invoice serial numbers group through this list " @@ -6919,30 +6958,30 @@ msgid "" "requested by the Indonesia Tax Revenue Department." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:50 msgid "" "There is a counter to inform you how many unused numbers are left in that " "group." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:58 msgid "Generate e-faktur csv for a single invoice or a batch invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:60 msgid "" "Create an invoice from :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> " "Invoices`. If the invoice customer's country is Indonesia and the customer " "is set as *ID PKP*, Odoo will allow you to create an e-Faktur." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:63 msgid "" "Set a Kode Transaksi for the e-Faktur. There are constraints related to the " "Kode transaksi and the type of VAT applied to invoice lines." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:69 msgid "" "Odoo will automatically pick the next available serial number from the " "e-Faktur number table (see the :ref:`section above " @@ -6952,24 +6991,24 @@ msgid "" "*Electronic Tax*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:77 msgid "" "Once the invoice is posted, you can generate and download the e-Faktur from " "the *Action* menu item *Download e-faktur*. The checkbox *CSV created* will " "be set." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:83 msgid "" "You can select multiple invoices in list view and generate a batch e-Faktur " ".csv." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:88 msgid "Kode Transaksi FP (Transaction Code)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:90 msgid "" "The following codes are available when generating an e-Faktur. - 01 Kepada " "Pihak yang Bukan Pemungut PPN (Customer Biasa) - 02 Kepada Pemungut " @@ -6980,26 +7019,26 @@ msgid "" "Penyerahan Aktiva (Pasal 16D UU PPN)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:103 msgid "" "Correct an invoice that has been posted and downloaded: Replace Invoice " "feature" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:105 msgid "" "Cancel the original wrong invoice in Odoo. For instance, we will change the " "Kode Transakski from 01 to 03 for the INV/2020/0001." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:107 msgid "" "Create a new invoice and set the canceled invoice in the *Replace Invoice* " "field. In this field, we can only select invoices in *Cancel* state from the" " same customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:109 msgid "" "As you validate, Odoo will automatically use the same e-Faktur serial number" " as the canceled and replaced invoice replacing the third digit of the " @@ -7007,31 +7046,31 @@ msgid "" "invoice in the e-Faktur app)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:120 msgid "" "Correct an invoice that has been posted but not downloaded yet: Reset " "e-Faktur" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:122 msgid "Reset the invoice to draft and cancel it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:123 msgid "Click on the button *Reset e-Faktur* on the invoice form view." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:124 msgid "" "The serial number will be unassigned, and we will be able to reset the " "invoice to draft, edit it and re-assign a new serial number." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:3 msgid "Italy (IT)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:5 msgid "" "Questa guida spiegherà come utilizzare la fattura elettronica in Odoo e come" " configurare correttamente i dati aziendali, i contatti e la contabilità. " @@ -7040,11 +7079,11 @@ msgid "" "l’interscambio di informazioni." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:13 msgid "Configurare le informazioni sulla tua Azienda" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:15 msgid "" "Il passo successivo è la configurazione delle informazioni necessarie al " "funzionamento della fatturazione elettronica. Si può accedere alla schermata" @@ -7053,29 +7092,30 @@ msgid "" " configurare la fatturazione elettronica." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:21 msgid "" "I dati necessari al funzionamento dello strumento di fatturazione " "elettronica sono i seguenti:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:24 msgid "" "Server PEC. Le informazioni sul server utilizzato dal tuo indirizzo di posta" " elettronica certificata sono fornite dal tuo fornitore o dal Ministero. Lo " "stesso server deve essere configurato come server che gestisce tutta la " "corrispondenza mail in Odoo, per saperne di più si puo’ consultare la " -"relativa :doc:`guida <../../../discuss/advanced/email_servers>`." +"relativa :doc:`guida " +"</applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:30 msgid "" "Indirizzo PEC dell’ Azienda, tale indirizzo deve essere lo stesso registrato" " presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate per l’utilizzo dei servizi di fatturazione " "elettronica." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:34 msgid "" "Indirizzo PEC dell’Agenzia delle Entrate. La mail sarà fornito al momento " "della registrazione della tua PEC presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate, ricorda " @@ -7083,34 +7123,34 @@ msgid "" "previa comunicazione." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:39 msgid "" "Partita IVA e Codice Fiscale. Per far si che la Fatturazione Elettronica " "funzioni correttamente, questi cambi devono essere compilati correttamente." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:43 msgid "" "Regime Fiscale. Il regime fiscale a cui è sottoposta l’Azienda deve essere " "selezionato scegliendo dalla lista precompilata fornita da Odoo. Chiedi al " "commercialista qual’è il corretto regime fiscale!" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:47 msgid "Numero di Iscrizione nel registro delle Imprese." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:54 msgid "Configurare le impostazioni per la Fatturazione Elettronica" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:56 msgid "" "Numero di iscrizione nel registro Imprese tenuto presso la Camera di " "Commercio." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:59 msgid "" "Rappresentate Fiscale. Questa opzione è dedicata ad aziende con sede al di " "fuori del territorio nazionale ma conducenti attività commerciali in Italia " @@ -7118,18 +7158,18 @@ msgid "" "l’Azienda si avvale di un Rappresentate Fiscale in Italia." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:70 msgid "Configurare il profilo dei clienti" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:72 msgid "" "Per un corretto utilizzo dell’applicazione, il profilo di clienti e " "fornitori, nell’applicazione contatti, deve essere configurato con le " "necessarie informazioni legali." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:76 msgid "" "Selezionando il nome del cliente e accedendo quindi ai suoi dati, si trovano" " i seguenti campi che devono essere compilati: Indirizzo PEC, Codice Fiscale" @@ -7137,11 +7177,11 @@ msgid "" "necessari per la comunicazione tramite fattura elettronica*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:87 msgid "Il processo di fatturazione" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:89 msgid "" "Si può procedere ad emettere una fattura seguendo le indicazioni " "dell’applicazione. Il momento che determina il formale invio della fattura è" @@ -7150,57 +7190,57 @@ msgid "" "tramite pop-up sulla parte iniziale della schermata della fattura." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:102 msgid "I messaggi che possono apparire sono i seguenti:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:104 msgid "Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:106 msgid "Invio fallito. Puoi modificare la fattura ed inviarla di nuovo" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:108 msgid "" "La fattura è stata correttamente inviata ed accettata dal destinatario." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:111 msgid "" "I vari stadi di spedizione e recezione della fattura sono visibili anche " "dall’elenco delle Fatture nella forma di icone, accanto alla colonna “Stato”" " dall’applicazione contabilità." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:115 msgid "*Icona Rossa*: Invio fallito" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:117 msgid "*Icona Gialla*: Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:119 msgid "*Icona Verde*: Fattura inviata e accettata dal destinatario" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:121 msgid "" "Per inviare la fattura tramite PEC e generare il file XML, basterà cliccare " "su invia. Il documento verrà poi mostrato tra gli allegati." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:3 msgid "Mexico" msgstr "México" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:10 msgid "`VIDEO WEBINAR OF A COMPLETE DEMO <https://youtu.be/JSqQo5eRqlI>`_." msgstr "`VIDEO WEBINAR DE UNA DEMO COMPLETA <https://youtu.be/JSqQo5eRqlI>`_." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:15 msgid "" "Odoo Enterprise users in Mexico have free access to a set of modules that " "allow them to issue electronic invoices according to the specifications of " @@ -7218,7 +7258,7 @@ msgstr "" "agregan informes contables relevantes (por ejemplo, el DIOT), y habilitan el" " comercio exterior, con soporte para las operaciones aduaneras asociadas." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:21 msgid "" "With the Mexican location in Odoo you will not only be able to comply with " "the legal requirements to invoice in Mexico, but also use it as your " @@ -7231,11 +7271,11 @@ msgstr "" "convierte a Odoo en la solución perfecta para administrar su negocio en " "México." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:26 msgid "Pre requirements" msgstr "Pre requisitos" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:28 msgid "" "Before installing the modules and making the necessary configurations to " "have the Mexican localization in Odoo, it is necessary to meet the following" @@ -7245,11 +7285,11 @@ msgstr "" " tener la localización mexicana en Odoo, es necesario cumplir con los " "siguientes requisitos:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:31 msgid "Be registered with the SAT and have an RFC." msgstr "Estar registrado en el SAT y tener un RFC." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:32 msgid "" "Have a `Certificate of Digital Seal " "<https://www.gob.mx/sat/acciones-y-programas/certificado-de-sello-digital>`_" @@ -7259,7 +7299,7 @@ msgstr "" "<https://www.gob.mx/sat/acciones-y-programas/certificado-de-sello-digital>`_" " (CSD)." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:34 msgid "" "Choose a PAC and purchase stamps. Currently the Mexican location in Odoo " "works with two PACs: `Solución Factible <https://solucionfactible.com/>`_, " @@ -7271,24 +7311,18 @@ msgstr "" "`Quadrum (antes Finkok) <https://cfdiquadrum.com.mx/index.html>`_ y `SW " "Sapien - Smarter Web <https://sw.com.mx/>`_." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:37 msgid "" "Have knowledge and experience with billing, sales and accounting in Odoo. " "This documentation contains only the information necessary to enable the use" -" of Odoo in a company based in Mexico. For information on how to use these " -"applications, see the page :doc:`../../../index`." +" of Odoo in a company based in Mexico." msgstr "" -"Tener conocimiento y experiencia en facturación, ventas y contabilidad en " -"Odoo. Esta documentación contiene solo la información necesaria para " -"permitir el uso de Odoo en una empresa con sede en México. Para obtener " -"información sobre cómo utilizar estas aplicaciones, consulte la página " -":doc:`../../../index`." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:41 msgid "Modules" msgstr "Módulos" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:43 msgid "" "To install the Mexican localization module, go to :menuselection:`Apps`, " "then remove the default filter \"Apps\" and search for ``l10n_mx``." @@ -7297,7 +7331,7 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Apps`, luego elimine el filtro predeterminado \"Apps\" y " "busque ``l10n_mx``." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:51 msgid "" "If you created the database from `www.odoo.com <https://www.odoo.com>`_ and " "chose \"Mexico\" as the country when creating your account, some of the " @@ -7311,7 +7345,7 @@ msgstr "" "observamos que algunos módulos tienen un botón que dice \"Instalar\", " "mientras que otros tendrán una etiqueta que dice \"Instalado\"." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:56 msgid "" "The following modules are necessary for all databases that require Mexican " "localization:" @@ -7319,11 +7353,11 @@ msgstr "" "Los siguientes módulos son necesarios para todas las bases de datos que " "requieren localización mexicana:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "**Mexico - Accounting (l10n_mx)**" msgstr "**México - Contabilidad (l10n_mx)**" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "" "All the basic data to manage accounting, taxes and the chart of accounts. " "The installed chart of accounts is based on `the SAT account grouping code " @@ -7334,11 +7368,11 @@ msgstr "" "agrupación de cuentas SAT " "<https://www.gob.mx/cms/uploads/attachment/file/151586/codigo_agrupador.pdf>`_." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "**EDI for Mexico (l10n_mx_edi)**" msgstr "**EDI para México (l10n_mx_edi)**" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "" "Necessary for electronic transactions, CFDI 3.3, payment complement, and " "addenda on invoices." @@ -7346,11 +7380,11 @@ msgstr "" "Necesario para transacciones electrónicas, CFDI 3.3, complemento de pago y " "addendas en facturas." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "**Odoo Mexican localization reports (l10n_mx_reports)**" msgstr "**Informes de localización mexicana de Odoo (l10n_mx_reports)**" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "" "All mandatory reports for electronic accounting. (Requires the accounting " "application)." @@ -7358,7 +7392,7 @@ msgstr "" "Todos los informes obligatorios para la contabilidad electrónica. (Requiere " "la aplicación de contabilidad)." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:67 msgid "" "The following modules are optional, and should be installed only if they " "meet a specific organization requirement. Installing these modules is not " @@ -7370,14 +7404,14 @@ msgstr "" " módulos a menos que esté seguro de que son necesarios, ya que agregan " "campos que pueden complicar innecesariamente el llenado del formulario." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "" "**EDI External Trade Complement for Mexico (l10n_mx_edi_external_trade)**" msgstr "" "**Complemento de Comercio Exterior de EDI para México " "(l10n_mx_edi_external_trade)**" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "" "For clients that export, add the foreign trade complement to the CFDI, and " "the logic for filling it." @@ -7385,7 +7419,7 @@ msgstr "" "Para los clientes que exportan, sume el complemento de comercio exterior al " "CFDI, y la lógica para llenarlo." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "" "**Odoo Mexico Localization for Invoice with customs Number " "(l10n_mx_edi_customs)**" @@ -7393,7 +7427,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Odoo Localización Mexicana para Factura con número de Aduana " "(l10n_mx_edi_customs)**" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "" "For importing customers, this module allows adding to the CFDI the request " "number with which the merchandise to be resold entered. When it is imported " @@ -7407,13 +7441,13 @@ msgstr "" " necesario especificar cuál fue el documento de importación; Esto se conoce " "como \"pedimento\" y se procesa en la aduana." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "**Odoo Mexico Localization for Stock / Landing (l10n_mx_edi_landing)**" msgstr "" "**Odoo Localización Mexicana para Inventario / Costes en Destino " "(l10n_mx_edi_landing)**" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "" "Related to the import module (*l10n_mx_edi_customs*), this module allows " "managing the requests as part of the shipping costs." @@ -7421,11 +7455,11 @@ msgstr "" "Relacionado con el módulo de importación (*l10n_mx_edi_customs*), este " "módulo permite gestionar las solicitudes como parte de los gastos de envío." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "**Bank account payment to Mexico (l10n_mx_edi_payment_bank)**" msgstr "**Pago de cuenta bancaria a México (l10n_mx_edi_payment_bank)**" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "" "Add optional attributes to the payment plugin, allowing the user to select " "the bank account that was used to pay the bills." @@ -7434,12 +7468,12 @@ msgstr "" "usuario seleccionar la cuenta bancaria que se utilizó para pagar las " "facturas." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "**Odoo Mexico Localization for Sale Coupon (l10n_mx_edi_sale_coupon)**" msgstr "" "**Odoo Localización Mexicana para Cupón de Venta (l10n_mx_edi_sale_coupon)**" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "" "Complements the Odoo coupon module (*sale_coupon*) to avoid errors in the " "generation of CFDIs." @@ -7447,7 +7481,7 @@ msgstr "" "Complementa el módulo de cupones de Odoo (*sale_coupon*) para evitar errores" " en la generación de CFDIs." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "" "**Tax Cash Basis Entries at Payment Date (l10n_mx_tax_cash_basis)** Create " "journal entries for" @@ -7455,15 +7489,15 @@ msgstr "" "Relacionado con el módulo de importación (*l10n_mx_edi_customs*), este " "módulo permite gestionar las solicitudes como parte de los gastos de envío." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "taxes on the payment date (instead of the issue date)." msgstr "impuestos en la fecha de pago (en lugar de la fecha de emisión)." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:94 msgid "Enable electronic invoicing" msgstr "Habilitar la facturación electrónica" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:96 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Accounting --> Customer Invoices`, and " "make sure that the option **Mexican Electronic Invoicing** is enabled. With " @@ -7477,11 +7511,11 @@ msgstr "" "generar el complemento de pago firmado, todo integrado automáticamente en el" " flujo de facturación normal en Odoo." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:108 msgid "Enter legal information" msgstr "Ingrese información legal" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:110 msgid "" "After verifying the general configuration, you must verify that the company " "is configured with the correct data. To do so, go to " @@ -7493,7 +7527,7 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Configuración --> Configuración general --> Empresas`, y " "haga clic en *Actualizar información* debajo del nombre de su empresa." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:118 msgid "" "In the resulting form, put your full address (including zip code), RFC (VAT " "number), and the rest of the data." @@ -7501,7 +7535,7 @@ msgstr "" "En el formulario resultante, ingrese su dirección completa (incluido el " "código postal), RFC (número de IVA) y el resto de los datos." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:122 msgid "" "Make sure that in the address, for the Country field, \"Mexico\" is chosen " "from the list of countries that Odoo shows, because if it is entered " @@ -7513,7 +7547,7 @@ msgstr "" "existe el riesgo de crear un \"nuevo país\" en el sistema, que dar lugar a " "errores más adelante cuando se generan los CFDI." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:131 msgid "" "If you want to test the Mexican localization, you can configure the company " "with a real address within Mexico (including all fields) and add " @@ -7523,11 +7557,11 @@ msgstr "" "una dirección real dentro de México (incluidos todos los campos) y agregar " "``EKU9003173C9`` como RFC." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:135 msgid "Set the fiscal regime of the company" msgstr "Fijar el régimen fiscal de la empresa" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:137 msgid "" "The following is to indicate what is the fiscal regime of the company that " "we are configuring, which is done through a pre-existing field in Odoo " @@ -7537,7 +7571,7 @@ msgstr "" " configurando, el cual se realiza a través de un campo preexistente en Odoo " "denominado \"Régimen Fiscal\"." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:140 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Accounting --> Electronic Invoicing (MX) " "--> Fiscal Regime`, and select the option that applies to your company from " @@ -7547,7 +7581,7 @@ msgstr "" "Electrónica (MX) --> Régimen Fiscal`, y seleccione la opción que corresponda" " a su empresa de la lista desplegable." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:148 msgid "" "For the test environment: Select the option **General Law on Legal Persons**" " from the drop-down menu." @@ -7555,11 +7589,11 @@ msgstr "" "Para el entorno de prueba: Seleccione la opción ** Ley General de Personas " "Jurídicas ** del menú desplegable." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:152 msgid "Contacts Configuration" msgstr "Configuración de contactos" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:154 msgid "" "When creating a contact to be invoiced in Odoo, the following information " "must be configured for invoice validation: **complete address** (including " @@ -7570,11 +7604,11 @@ msgstr "" "(incluyendo código postal, ciudad, estado, país, etc.) y el número de " "**IVA**." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:163 msgid "Taxes Configuration" msgstr "Configuración de impuestos" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:165 msgid "" "A necessary configuration for electronic invoicing to work correctly in Odoo" " is to add the factor type associated with sales taxes." @@ -7583,7 +7617,7 @@ msgstr "" "correctamente en Odoo es agregar el tipo de factor asociado a los impuestos " "sobre las ventas." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:168 msgid "" "To make this configuration you first have to go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes`." @@ -7591,7 +7625,7 @@ msgstr "" "Para realizar esta configuración primero hay que ir a " ":menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> Ajuste --> Impuestos`." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:171 msgid "" "Within the list of taxes that are pre-loaded, select the option *Sales* on " "the filter, this is to see only taxes associated with sales, which are those" @@ -7606,7 +7640,7 @@ msgstr "" " la pestaña **Opciones avanzadas** y dentro del campo **Tipo de factor** " "elija la opción *Tasa*." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:180 msgid "" "Do the same for all the sales taxes that the company needs, either those " "that come by default in Odoo, or those that you add that are necessary for " @@ -7616,7 +7650,7 @@ msgstr "" "ya sean los que vienen por defecto en Odoo, o los que tu añadas que sean " "necesarios para la factura de tu empresa." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:184 msgid "" "For the 0% VAT tax, select the option *Exento* instead of *Tasa* within the " "**Factor Type** field." @@ -7624,7 +7658,7 @@ msgstr "" "Para el 0% de IVA, seleccione la opción *Exento* en lugar de *Tasa* dentro " "del campo **Tipo de factor**." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:187 msgid "" "When registering a payment, Odoo will carry out the movement of taxes from " "the **Cash Basis Transition Account** to the account set in the " @@ -7639,11 +7673,11 @@ msgstr "" "**no elimine esta cuenta**) en el Asiento de Diario al reclasificar " "impuestos." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:197 msgid "Products Configuration" msgstr "Configuración de productos" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:199 msgid "" "All products to be sold need to have the SAT code associated with their " "classification so that the invoices do not give an error when validating." @@ -7651,7 +7685,7 @@ msgstr "" "Todos los productos a vender necesitan tener asociado el código SAT a su " "clasificación para que las facturas no den error al validar." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:202 msgid "" "To configure products, go to the **General Information** tab and in the " "**UNSPSC Product Category** field select the category that represents that " @@ -7662,11 +7696,11 @@ msgstr "" "representa ese producto. El proceso se puede realizar manualmente o mediante" " una importación masiva." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:211 msgid "PAC Configuration to sign invoices" msgstr "Configuración de PAC para firmar facturas" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:213 msgid "" "Another important step to configure electronic invoicing in Odoo is to enter" " the PAC which you are working with and the credentials. That way, " @@ -7676,7 +7710,7 @@ msgstr "" "ingresar el PAC con el que estás trabajando y las credenciales. De esa forma" " se habilitará la facturación electrónica." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:217 msgid "" "Remember that you must register directly with the PAC of your choice before " "you start creating invoices from Odoo. We have the following PACs available:" @@ -7690,7 +7724,7 @@ msgstr "" " <https://solucionfactible.com/>`_ y `SW Sapien - Smarter Web " "<https://sw.com.mx/>`_." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:222 msgid "" "You must process your **Private Key (CSD)** with the SAT institution before " "following these steps. If you do not have this information, try with the " @@ -7702,7 +7736,7 @@ msgstr "" "Credenciales de prueba y vuelva a este proceso cuando tenga las Credenciales" " SAT para que su entorno de producción funcione con transacciones reales." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:227 msgid "" "To add the credentials, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Accounting --> " "Electronic Invoicing (MX)`. Under the **PAC MX** section, enter the name of " @@ -7713,7 +7747,7 @@ msgstr "" "ingrese el nombre de su PAC con sus credenciales (nombre de usuario y " "contraseña de PAC)." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:236 msgid "" "If you check the checkbox **Test Environment**, it is not necessary to enter" " a PAC username and/or password, but you must select a PAC from the drop-" @@ -7723,7 +7757,7 @@ msgstr "" "ingresar un nombre de usuario y / o contraseña de PAC, pero debe seleccionar" " un PAC de la lista desplegable." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:239 msgid "" "Finally, upload the digital certificates of the company within the section " "**MX Certificates**. Click on *Add a line*, a window will open, click on " @@ -7736,7 +7770,7 @@ msgstr "" "digital, su clave y su contraseña. Para finalizar, haga clic en *Guardar y " "cerrar*." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:248 msgid "" "If you still do not have one of the contracted PACs and you want to test " "electronic invoicing you can use the following SAT test certificates:" @@ -7744,21 +7778,19 @@ msgstr "" "Si aún no tienes uno de los PAC contratados y quieres probar la facturación " "electrónica puedes utilizar los siguientes certificados de prueba SAT:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:252 -msgid ":download:`Certificate <../../../_static/files/certificate.cer>`" -msgstr ":descargar:`Certificado <../../../_ static/files/certificate.cer>`" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:253 -msgid ":download:`Certificate Key <../../../_static/files/certificate.key>`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:251 +msgid ":download:`Certificate <files/certificate.cer>`" msgstr "" -":descargar:`Clave de certificado <../../../_ static / files / " -"certificate.key>`" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:254 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:252 +msgid ":download:`Certificate Key <files/certificate.key>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:253 msgid "**Password:** ``12345678a``" msgstr "**Contraseña:** ``12345678a``" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:255 msgid "" "You must also configure the company with a real address within Mexico " "(including all fields) and add ``EKU9003173C9`` as the **VAT** number." @@ -7767,15 +7799,15 @@ msgstr "" "(incluyendo todos los campos) y agregar ``EKU9003173C9`` como número de " "**IVA**." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:260 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:259 msgid "Workflows" msgstr "Flujos" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:262 msgid "Electronic invoicing" msgstr "Facturación Electrónica" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:264 msgid "" "The invoicing process in Odoo is based on `Annex 20 " "<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/tramitesyservicios/Paginas/anexo_20_version3-3.htm>`_" @@ -7785,7 +7817,7 @@ msgstr "" "<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/tramitesyservicios/Paginas/anexo_20_version3-3.htm>`_" " versión 3.3 de facturación electrónica del SAT." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:269 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:268 msgid "" "To start invoicing from Odoo, an invoice must be created using the standard " "invoicing flow, that is, either from a sales order or from the invoice menu " @@ -7795,7 +7827,7 @@ msgstr "" " flujo de facturación estándar, es decir, desde una orden de venta o desde " "el menú de facturas en la aplicación Contabilidad." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:271 msgid "" "The invoice will be stamped after clicking on *Validate*, before that the " "status is still in draft mode and changes can be made to it. After " @@ -7807,7 +7839,7 @@ msgstr "" "de validar la factura, puede verificar que se haya sellado correctamente, ya" " que se vería así:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:279 msgid "" "The details of the invoice will be reflected in the Chatter, which is what " "you see on the right of the invoice in the attached image. There you can " @@ -7818,7 +7850,7 @@ msgstr "" "derecha de la factura en la imagen adjunta. Allí podrás encontrar tu XML " "enviado al SAT y el estado del sello, es decir, si fue validado o no." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:283 msgid "" "To send the stamped invoice to your client, you can send the XML together " "with the PDF file directly from Odoo, by clicking the *Send and Print* " @@ -7831,7 +7863,7 @@ msgstr "" "computadora haciendo clic en el botón *Imprimir* y seleccionando la opción " "deseada." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:288 msgid "" "Depending on the size of the screen, the Chatter can be seen next to or " "below the document." @@ -7839,15 +7871,15 @@ msgstr "" "Dependiendo del tamaño de la pantalla, Chatter se puede ver al lado o debajo" " del documento." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:291 msgid "Invoicing Special Cases" msgstr "Facturación de Casos Especiales" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:295 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:294 msgid "Foreign Trade Invoice" msgstr "Factura de comercio exterior" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:297 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:296 msgid "" "The foreign trade invoicing process in Odoo is based on the corresponding " "`SAT regulation " @@ -7859,11 +7891,11 @@ msgstr "" "<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/tramitesyservicios/Paginas/complemento_comercio_exterior.htm>`_." " La versión de facturación electrónica del SAT es la 3.3." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:301 msgid "What do we mean when we talk about foreign trade?" msgstr "¿A qué nos referimos cuando hablamos de comercio exterior?" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:303 msgid "" "Since January 2018, the SAT requires a Foreign Trade Supplement in export " "transactions." @@ -7871,11 +7903,11 @@ msgstr "" "Desde enero de 2018, el SAT exige un Suplemento de Comercio Exterior en las " "transacciones de exportación." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:307 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:306 msgid "What is the Foreign Trade complement?" msgstr "¿Qué es el complemento de Comercio Exterior?" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:308 msgid "" "It is an Annex to the electronic invoice that allows the identification of " "exporters and importers, in addition to expanding the description of the " @@ -7885,15 +7917,15 @@ msgstr "" "exportadores e importadores, además de ampliar la descripción de la " "mercadería vendida." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:313 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:312 msgid "What information can be incorporated in this new complement?" msgstr "¿Qué información se puede incorporar en este nuevo complemento?" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:314 msgid "Information on the operation type it covers." msgstr "Información sobre el tipo de operación que cubre." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:315 msgid "" "Tax identification data of the issuer, receiver or recipient of the " "merchandise." @@ -7901,23 +7933,23 @@ msgstr "" "Datos de identificación fiscal del emisor, receptor o destinatario de la " "mercancía." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:317 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:316 msgid "Description of the goods to be exported." msgstr "Descripción de la mercancía a exportar." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:319 msgid "Who is obliged to generate it?" msgstr "¿Quién está obligado a generarlo?" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:322 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:321 msgid "Taxpayers who carry out export operations of A1 type." msgstr "Contribuyentes que realicen operaciones de exportación de tipo A1." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:325 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:324 msgid "To which exports does the A1 type apply?" msgstr "¿A qué exportaciones se aplica el tipo A1?" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:327 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:326 msgid "" "Entry of goods of foreign origin to remain in national territory for an " "unlimited time." @@ -7925,13 +7957,13 @@ msgstr "" "Ingreso de mercancías de origen extranjero para permanecer en territorio " "nacional por tiempo ilimitado." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:328 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:327 msgid "Exit of goods from the country to stay abroad for an unlimited time." msgstr "" "Salida de mercancías del país para permanecer en el exterior por tiempo " "ilimitado." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:328 msgid "" "Definitive importation of vehicles by diplomatic and consular missions and " "offices of international organizations and their foreign personnel, in " @@ -7941,11 +7973,11 @@ msgstr "" " oficinas de organismos internacionales y su personal extranjero, de acuerdo" " con la importación de vehículos en franquicia diplomática." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:333 msgid "Is Foreign Trade the same as Pedimentos?" msgstr "¿Es el comercio exterior lo mismo que los pedimentos?" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:336 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:335 msgid "" "Not necessarily, the Pedimentos are directly related to the process of " "Importing goods, while the Foreign Trade Complement is related to the " @@ -7955,11 +7987,11 @@ msgstr "" "proceso de Importación de mercancías, mientras que el Complemento de " "Comercio Exterior está relacionado con el proceso de Exportación." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:339 msgid "Required Modules" msgstr "Módulos requeridos" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:341 msgid "" "In order to generate foreign trade invoices, the following modules must be " "installed." @@ -7967,19 +7999,19 @@ msgstr "" "Para generar facturas de comercio exterior se deben instalar los siguientes " "módulos." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:343 msgid "EDI for Mexico (l10n_mx_edi)" msgstr "EDI para Mexico (l10n_mx_edi)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:349 msgid "EDI for Mexico (l10n_mx_edi_extended)" msgstr "EDI para Mexico (l10n_mx_edi_extended)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:357 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:356 msgid "Company" msgstr "Compañía" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:359 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:358 msgid "" "Configure the company with a valid postal code, and if you have a colony " "code, this should match with the corresponding Zip Code. At the same time, " @@ -7990,11 +8022,11 @@ msgstr "" "tiempo, recuerde colocar el Número de Identificación Fiscal (Número de IVA -" " RFC)." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:368 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:367 msgid "Receiving Client" msgstr "Cliente receptor" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:370 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:369 msgid "" "Generally it will be a foreign client, in which you must verify that you " "have at least the following fields completed with the corresponding " @@ -8004,12 +8036,12 @@ msgstr "" "tienes al menos los siguientes campos completados con la información " "correspondiente." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:378 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:377 msgid "The customer's delivery address must also contain the zip code." msgstr "" "La dirección de entrega del cliente también debe contener el código postal." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:379 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:378 msgid "" "The format of the foreign VAT (Tax Identification Number) will be validated " "as appropriate in each Country (Example: Colombia ``123456789-1``)" @@ -8017,7 +8049,7 @@ msgstr "" "El formato del IVA extranjero (Número de Identificación Fiscal) se validará " "según corresponda en cada País (Ejemplo: Colombia `` 123456789-1``)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:381 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:380 msgid "" "In the XML, the VAT is automatically replaced by the Generic VAT for abroad " "transactions: ``XEXX010101000``" @@ -8025,11 +8057,11 @@ msgstr "" "En el XML, el RFC se reemplaza automáticamente por el RFC genérico para " "transacciones en el extranjero: ``XEXX010101000``" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:385 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:384 msgid "Products" msgstr "Productos" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:387 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:386 msgid "" "At the product level there must also configure some parameters in the " "following fields." @@ -8037,7 +8069,7 @@ msgstr "" "A nivel de producto también se deben configurar algunos parámetros en los " "siguientes campos." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:398 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:397 msgid "" "You must select the **UMT Aduana** (Unit of Measure) in *KG* since it is " "only accepted by the SAT" @@ -8045,16 +8077,16 @@ msgstr "" "Debes seleccionar la **UMT Aduana** (Unidad de medida) en *KG* ya que solo " "es aceptada por el SAT" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:399 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:398 msgid "The weight refers to **the unit weight** of the product" msgstr "El peso se refiere a **el peso unitario** del producto" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:400 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:399 msgid "The tariff item must be from the code UoM of Kilograms (**UoM = 01**)" msgstr "" "La partida arancelaria debe ser del código UM de Kilogramos (**UM = 01**)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:402 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:401 msgid "" "Although the product is sold in pieces or in units, the value that must be " "registered with customs in the tariff item must be reported in Kilograms." @@ -8063,11 +8095,11 @@ msgstr "" "registrar en la aduana en la partida arancelaria se debe reportar en " "Kilogramos." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:406 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:405 msgid "Invoicing Flow" msgstr "Flujo de facturación" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:408 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:407 msgid "" "When creating the foreign sales invoice, you must select the **Incoterm** " "corresponding and the **Need external trade?** checkbox must be checked. " @@ -8081,11 +8113,11 @@ msgstr "" "**PDF** y el complemento **XML** de la factura contarán con la información " "necesaria para cumplir con la normativa SAT." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:414 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:413 msgid "What is the certificate of origin and when is it used?" msgstr "¿Qué es el certificado de origen y cuándo se utiliza?" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:416 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:415 msgid "" "The **Certificate Source** (or proof of origin) is the document that allows " "an importer or exporter to prove the country or region from which a good is " @@ -8097,11 +8129,11 @@ msgstr "" "considera que una mercancía es originaria y sirve para recibir preferencias " "arancelarias generalmente acordadas en acuerdos comerciales." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:429 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:428 msgid "Assign Pedimentos" msgstr "Asignar pedimentos" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:431 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:430 msgid "" "If your company imports products and you need to add the **Pedimentos** " "number in your invoices, you can also configure Odoo to record the process." @@ -8109,7 +8141,7 @@ msgstr "" "Si su empresa importa productos y necesita agregar el número **Pedimentos** " "en sus facturas, también puede configurar Odoo para registrar el proceso." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:434 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:433 msgid "" "First, go to :menuselection:`Apps`, remove the \"Apps\" filter and search " "for ``Mexico``, ``mx`` or ``l10n_mx``. Then, install **Odoo Mexico " @@ -8119,7 +8151,7 @@ msgstr "" "``Mexico``, ``mx`` o ``l10n_mx``. Luego, instale **Odoo Mexico Localization " "for Stock / Landing module (l10n_mx_edi_landing)**." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:443 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:442 msgid "" "The l10n_mx_edi_landing module depends on the **Inventory** and **Sales** " "apps, since the products must be entered into inventory to be able to add " @@ -8130,7 +8162,7 @@ msgstr "" "poder agregar su número de Pedimentos al recibo de productos " "correspondiente." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:447 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:446 msgid "" "Then, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Settings --> Settings`. Within the" " options, activate **Landed Costs**. This option will allow adding the " @@ -8141,7 +8173,7 @@ msgstr "" "opción permitirá agregar el número de Pedimentos a las recepciones de " "producto correspondientes." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:456 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:455 msgid "" "In order to use landed costs, the accounting configuration of the inventory " "valuation of the products must be configured as *Automated* and its costing " @@ -8152,7 +8184,7 @@ msgstr "" "*Automatizado* y su método de cálculo de costos *Promedio* o *FIFO* (primera" " entrada, primera salida)." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:460 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:459 msgid "" "To associate the Pedimentos number indicated with an import (merchandise " "reception) a new **Landed Cost** must be created. They can be accessed " @@ -8165,7 +8197,7 @@ msgstr "" "Costos de destino`. Allí encontrarás la opción de adjuntar el número de " "Pedimentos." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:468 msgid "" "You can only add the Pedimentos number once, so be careful when associating " "the correct number with the transfer(s)." @@ -8173,17 +8205,16 @@ msgstr "" "Solo puede agregar el número de Pedimentos una vez, así que tenga cuidado al" " asociar el número correcto con la transferencia (s)." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:473 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:472 msgid "" -":doc:`../../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs`." +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs`." msgstr "" -":doc:`../../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs`." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:476 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:475 msgid "Payment Terms" msgstr "Plazos de pago" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:478 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:477 msgid "" "The **Payment Terms** are already configured in Odoo when installing the " "Mexican localization, this means that if you go to " @@ -8195,7 +8226,7 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> Condiciones de pago`, " "encontrarás la lista predeterminada en Odoo." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:486 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:485 msgid "" "In Mexico you can have 2 types of payments: PPD or PUE. These are given by " "the **Payment Term** chosen (or if there is no chosen payment term it will " @@ -8205,11 +8236,11 @@ msgstr "" "**Plazo de pago** elegido (o si no hay un plazo de pago elegido, se basará " "en la fecha de vencimiento de la factura)." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:490 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:489 msgid "PPD Payments" msgstr "Pagos PPD" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:492 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:491 msgid "" "To configure PPD payments (payment in installments or deferred) it is only " "necessary to choose a date expiration date for your invoice and Odoo will " @@ -8223,11 +8254,11 @@ msgstr "" "plazo de pago - con el plazo de pago también puede estipular si será PPD o " "PUE)." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:498 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:497 msgid "PUE" msgstr "PUE" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:500 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:499 msgid "" "To configure PUE payments (payment in a single payment) you must select an " "invoice due date within the same month or choose a payment term that does " @@ -8239,11 +8270,11 @@ msgstr "" " pago que no implique cambiar el mes de vencimiento (pago inmediato, 15 " "días, 21 días, todo dentro del actual mes)." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:505 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:504 msgid "Payments" msgstr "Pagos" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:507 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:506 msgid "" "`According to the SAT documentation <https://www.sat.gob.mx/consultas/92764" "/comprobante-de-recepcion-de-pagos>`_, there may be 2 types of payments: " @@ -8259,7 +8290,7 @@ msgstr "" "PPD radica en el plazo de pago de la factura - como se indica en el punto " "anterior en las **Condiciones de Pago**." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:513 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:512 msgid "" "If the payment is a PPD type, Odoo will generate the corresponding payment " "complement automatically when you *Confirm* it. If the payment is PUE, the " @@ -8273,7 +8304,7 @@ msgstr "" " llamado **Política de pago** y toma como parámetros la fecha de la factura " "y la fecha de vencimiento." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:522 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:521 msgid "" "When configuring the contacts that will be used when making payments, you " "must configure the banks in the **Accounting** tab, place both the Bank, " @@ -8283,11 +8314,11 @@ msgstr "" "configurar los bancos en la pestaña **Contabilidad**, colocar tanto el " "Banco, Número de Cuenta y CLABE." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:530 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:529 msgid "Register PPD Payments" msgstr "Registrar pagos PPD" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:532 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:531 msgid "" "If at the time of registering a payment it is of type PPD then a Payment " "Complement (XML) will be generated with its details." @@ -8295,8 +8326,8 @@ msgstr "" "Si al momento de registrar un pago es de tipo PPD entonces se generará un " "Complemento de Pago (XML) con sus detalles." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:535 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:572 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:534 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:571 msgid "" "The payment can be registered from the invoice and once it is confirmed, the" " invoice will be paid and with its payment associated." @@ -8304,7 +8335,7 @@ msgstr "" "El pago se puede registrar desde la factura y una vez confirmado, se abonará" " la factura y con su pago asociado." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:547 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:546 msgid "" "The journal will be the payment method where you receive or send the payment" " from. You must also associate a **Payment Way** and a Recipient Bank " @@ -8315,7 +8346,7 @@ msgstr "" " debe asociar una **Forma de Pago** y una Cuenta Bancaria Destinatario (esta" " última debe crearse dentro del contacto asociado a la factura)." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:551 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:550 msgid "" "Once the payment is made, it will be associated with the corresponding " "invoice and its status will be *In Payment* since the payment will be " @@ -8325,11 +8356,11 @@ msgstr "" "estado será *En Pago* ya que el pago será efectivamente validado cuando se " "concilie bancario." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:555 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:554 msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases`." msgstr ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases`." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:562 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:561 msgid "" "The **Recipient Bank Account** is the one attached to the **Accounting** tab" " in the contact associated with the invoice, it must be valid so that the " @@ -8339,11 +8370,11 @@ msgstr "" "**Contabilidad** en el contacto asociado a la factura, debe ser válida para " "que se pueda crear el complemento de pago sellado." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:567 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:566 msgid "Register PUE Payments" msgstr "Registrar pagos PUE" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:569 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:568 msgid "" "If at the time of registering a payment it is of the PUE type then in this " "case a Payment Complement (XML) will not be generated since it is not " @@ -8352,18 +8383,18 @@ msgstr "" "Si al momento de registrar un pago es del tipo PUE entonces en este caso no " "se generará un Complemento de Pago (XML) ya que no es necesario." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:588 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:587 msgid "" "In this case it is not created as a payment supplement by the nature of it." msgstr "" "En este caso, no se crea como complemento de pago por la naturaleza del " "mismo." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:591 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:590 msgid "Down Payments" msgstr "Pagos anticipados" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:593 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:592 msgid "" "This is a special case in which we must receive an advance payment from a " "client to later be applied to an invoice." @@ -8371,7 +8402,7 @@ msgstr "" "Este es un caso especial en el que debemos recibir un anticipo de un cliente" " para luego ser aplicado a una factura." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:597 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:596 msgid "" "`The official documentation for registration of down payments in Mexico " "<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/tramitesyservicios/Paginas/documentos/Caso_uso_Anticipo.pdf>`_." @@ -8379,17 +8410,17 @@ msgstr "" "`La documentación oficial para el registro de anticipos en México " "<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/tramitesyservicios/Paginas/documentos/Caso_uso_Anticipo.pdf>`_." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:601 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:600 msgid "Process to create advance in Mexico" msgstr "Proceso para crear avance en México" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:603 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:602 msgid "" "Issuance of electronic invoicing with the amount of the advance payment " "received." msgstr "Emisión de factura electrónica con el importe del anticipo recibido." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:604 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:603 msgid "" "Issuance of the electronic invoice for the total value of the operation " "(full invoice). (CFDI Origin: 07 | Advance invoice, point 1)" @@ -8397,7 +8428,7 @@ msgstr "" "Emisión de la factura electrónica por el valor total de la operación " "(factura completa). (Origen CFDI: 07 | Factura anticipada, punto 1)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:606 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:605 msgid "" "Issuance of the electronic invoice with the *Egreso* type. (CFDI Origin: 07 " "| Invoice_total, point 2)" @@ -8405,15 +8436,15 @@ msgstr "" "Emisión de la factura electrónica con el tipo *Egreso*. (Origen CFDI: 07 | " "Invoice_total, punto 2)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:610 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:609 msgid "Steps to follow in Odoo" msgstr "Pasos a seguir en Odoo" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:612 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:611 msgid "Preparation: Create the product" msgstr "Preparación: Crea el producto" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:613 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:612 msgid "" "Down Payment issuance of the electronic invoice for the amount of the " "advance payment received" @@ -8421,20 +8452,20 @@ msgstr "" "Emisión del anticipo de la factura electrónica por el importe del anticipo " "recibido" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:614 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:613 msgid "" "Issuance of the electronic invoice for the total value of the operation" msgstr "Emisión de la factura electrónica por el valor total de la operación" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:615 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:614 msgid "Add a credit note from the down payment invoice" msgstr "Agregar una nota de crédito de la factura de anticipo" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:618 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:617 msgid "Preparation: Create the Product" msgstr "Preparación: crear el producto" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:620 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:619 msgid "" "The Down Payment product must be type *Service* and must use the **NSPSC " "Product Category**: *84111506 Servicios de facturación*." @@ -8442,7 +8473,7 @@ msgstr "" "El producto de Anticipo debe ser del tipo *Servicio* y debe utilizar la " "**Categoría de Producto NSPSC**: *84111506 Servicios de facturación*." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:627 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:626 msgid "" "Add the down payment product as default to be used from the Odoo " "configurations." @@ -8450,12 +8481,12 @@ msgstr "" "Agregue el producto de pago inicial como predeterminado para usar desde las " "configuraciones de Odoo." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:634 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:633 msgid "" "Issuance of the electronic invoice for the value of the advance received" msgstr "Emisión de la factura electrónica por el valor del anticipo recibido" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:636 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:635 msgid "" "Create the Advance Payment Invoice: From the sales order, create an advance " "payment invoice for the percentage of the purchase to be paid in advance (or" @@ -8465,20 +8496,20 @@ msgstr "" " de anticipo para el porcentaje de la compra que se pagará por adelantado (o" " por una cantidad fija)." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:643 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:642 msgid "Validate invoice with the down payment product." msgstr "Validar factura con el producto de anticipo." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:653 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:652 msgid "Register Payment to the advance payment invoice." msgstr "Registrar Pago a la factura de anticipo." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:664 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:663 msgid "" "Issuance of the electronic invoice for the total value of the operation." msgstr "Emisión de la factura electrónica por el valor total de la operación." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:666 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:665 msgid "" "From the sales order, create an invoice for the total, that is, for all the " "order lines without discounting the advance." @@ -8486,11 +8517,11 @@ msgstr "" "A partir del pedido de cliente, cree una factura para el total, es decir, " "para todas las líneas de pedido sin descontar el anticipo." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:674 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:673 msgid "Remove the check mark from the **Deduct down payments** field." msgstr "Quite la marca de verificación del campo **Deducir pagos iniciales**." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:676 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:675 msgid "" "Add the original CFDI of the advance payment invoice by adding ``07 |`` at " "the beginning + Folio Fiscal of the advance payment Invoice created in the " @@ -8499,11 +8530,11 @@ msgstr "" "Agregue el CFDI original de la factura de anticipo agregando ``07 |`` al " "inicio + Folio Fiscal de la factura de anticipo creada en el paso anterior." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:679 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:678 msgid "Copy the Folio Fiscal of the following invoice following this example:" msgstr "Copie el Fólio Fiscal de la siguiente factura siguiendo este ejemplo:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:685 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:684 msgid "" "And paste it in the draft invoice created from the Sales Order without " "deducting the advances:" @@ -8511,7 +8542,7 @@ msgstr "" "Y péguelo en el borrador de factura creado a partir de la Orden de Venta sin" " descontar los anticipos:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:691 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:690 msgid "" "Validate and copy the Folio Fiscal for later (in the example the Folio " "Fiscal copy is: 50E4FF06-4341-4006-A7C3-A7F653CBEFAE )" @@ -8519,11 +8550,11 @@ msgstr "" "Valide y copie el Folio Fiscal para más adelante (en el ejemplo, la copia " "del Folio Fiscal es: 50E4FF06-4341-4006-A7C3-A7F653CBEFAE)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:695 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:694 msgid "Add credit note from invoice" msgstr "Agregar nota de crédito de la factura" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:697 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:696 msgid "" "Create a **Credit Note** from the down payment invoice (the corrective " "invoice must be edited prior to confirming it, see explanation below the 2 " @@ -8533,7 +8564,7 @@ msgstr "" "correctiva debe editarse antes de confirmarla, vea la explicación debajo de " "las 2 imágenes siguientes)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:708 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:707 msgid "" "Before you *Confirm* the Credit Note, edit the Origin CFDI with ``07 | XXX``" " instead of the prefix ``01 | XXX``" @@ -8541,11 +8572,11 @@ msgstr "" "Antes de *Confirmar* la Nota de Crédito, edite el CFDI de Origen con ``07 |" " XXX`` en lugar del prefijo ``01 | XXX``" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:719 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:718 msgid "Now the invoice can be confirmed." msgstr "Ahora se puede confirmar la factura." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:725 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:724 msgid "" "Now the Credit Note (Advance Payment) must be applied to the total invoice, " "this is added at the bottom below the amount owed." @@ -8553,14 +8584,14 @@ msgstr "" "Ahora la Nota de Crédito (Pago Anticipado) debe aplicarse al total de la " "factura, esto se agrega en la parte inferior debajo del monto adeudado." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:736 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:735 msgid "" "Register a payment for the difference of the down payment and the total of " "the sale." msgstr "" "Registre un pago por la diferencia del anticipo y el total de la venta." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:742 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:741 msgid "" "If you go to the XML of the invoice, you should see in CFDI related the type" " of relationship 07 and the Folio Fiscal of the advance payment invoice." @@ -8568,11 +8599,11 @@ msgstr "" "Si va al XML de la factura, debería ver en CFDI relacionado el tipo de " "relación 07 y el Folio Fiscal de la factura de anticipo." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:750 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:749 msgid "Discounts based on payment days" msgstr "Descuentos basados en días de pago" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:752 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:751 msgid "" "Cash discounts are incentives that you can offer to motivate customers to " "pay within a specified time period. For example, you offer a 2% discount if " @@ -8586,22 +8617,22 @@ msgstr "" "primeros 5 días de la factura, cuando vence en 30 días. Este enfoque puede " "mejorar en gran medida el período de pago promedio de sus clientes." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:757 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:762 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:756 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:761 msgid "Create and assign the corresponding Payment Term" msgstr "Cree y asigne el Plazo de pago correspondiente" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:758 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:781 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:757 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:780 msgid "Register the Payment within the days of the discount" msgstr "Registre el pago dentro de los días del descuento" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:759 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:807 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:758 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:806 msgid "Create a credit note" msgstr "Crear una factura rectificativa" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:764 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:763 msgid "" "To configure the discount for advance payment, go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Terms` and click on" @@ -8618,7 +8649,7 @@ msgstr "" "días). También puede cambiar el tipo de saldo adeudado si es necesario (en " "este ejemplo, 30 días)." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:774 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:773 msgid "" "Then when creating our Sales Order or Sales Invoice, assign the Payment Term" " created previously." @@ -8626,7 +8657,7 @@ msgstr "" "Luego, al crear nuestra Orden de Venta o Factura de Venta, asigne el Plazo " "de Pago creado previamente." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:783 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:782 msgid "" "Register the payment within the days in which the application of the " "discount was specified, in our case it is within 5 days after the creation " @@ -8636,7 +8667,7 @@ msgstr "" "del descuento, en nuestro caso es dentro de los 5 días posteriores a la " "creación de la Factura de Venta." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:790 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:789 msgid "" "Then go to the bottom of the invoice where the totals are located and there " "you will see 2 payments created, reset to draft and cancel the payment that " @@ -8646,7 +8677,7 @@ msgstr "" " y allí verá 2 pagos creados, restablecer a giro y cancelar el pago que no " "corresponde, el relacionado con el descuento." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:809 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:808 msgid "" "Finally to close the cycle we must close the invoice, but as in this case we" " apply a discount, to close it correctly we must create a credit note " @@ -8658,23 +8689,23 @@ msgstr "" "nota de crédito especificando que la diferencia se le dio al cliente en una " "**Nota de Crédito**." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:821 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:820 msgid "Adjust the amount to the remaining balance in the original invoice." msgstr "Ajuste la cantidad al saldo restante en la factura original." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:827 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:826 msgid "Add the Credit Note to the original invoice so that it is settled." msgstr "Agregue la nota de crédito a la factura original para que se liquide." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:834 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:833 msgid "Cancellation of invoices" msgstr "Cancelación de facturas" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:837 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:836 msgid "Before 72 Hours" msgstr "Antes de las 72 horas" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:839 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:838 msgid "" "If it is necessary to cancel an invoice validated and sent to the SAT in " "less than 72 hours follow the steps below." @@ -8682,27 +8713,27 @@ msgstr "" "Si es necesario cancelar una factura validada y enviada al SAT en menos de " "72 horas siga los pasos a continuación." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:842 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:841 msgid "Request Cancellation" msgstr "Solicitar una cancelación" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:848 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:847 msgid "The status of the **Electronic invoicing** changes to *Cancelled*" msgstr "El estado de la **Facturación electrónica** cambia a *Cancelado*" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:849 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:848 msgid "Click on *RESET TO DRAFT*" msgstr "Haga clic en *RESTABLECER PARA BORRAR*" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:855 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:854 msgid "Click on *CANCEL ENTRY*" msgstr "Haga clic en *CANCELAR ENTRADA*" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:862 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:861 msgid "After 72 Hours" msgstr "Después de 72 horas" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:864 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:863 msgid "" "If It is necessary to cancel an invoice validated and sent to the SAT more " "than 72 hours, the client must be asked to accept the cancellation, for this" @@ -8712,7 +8743,7 @@ msgstr "" "horas, se debe solicitar al cliente que acepte la cancelación, para ello se " "deben seguir los siguientes pasos." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:867 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:866 msgid "" "Click on *Request EDI Cancellation* to inform the SAT that you want to " "cancel the invoice, in this case the client has to enter the SAT webpage and" @@ -8724,7 +8755,7 @@ msgstr "" "del SAT y aprobarla. (El estado del campo **Facturación electrónica** en " "Odoo cambia a *Para cancelar*)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:870 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:869 msgid "" "When the client (Receiver / Customer) approves the Cancellation in their SAT" " portal it is now possible to Change the invoice to Draft and then click on " @@ -8735,7 +8766,7 @@ msgstr "" "del SAT y aprobarla. (El estado del campo **Facturación electrónica** en " "Odoo cambia a *Para cancelar*)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:872 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:871 msgid "" "Odoo synchronizes with the SAT to update the status of the **Electronic " "invoicing** with a scheduled action, Invoices canceled in the SAT will be " @@ -8745,7 +8776,7 @@ msgstr "" "electrónica** con una acción programada, las facturas canceladas en el SAT " "serán canceladas en Odoo." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:879 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:878 msgid "" "After clicking on **Request EDI cancellation**, the status of the " "**Electronic invoicing** field will be *To Cancel* but the status of the SAT" @@ -8757,7 +8788,7 @@ msgstr "" " el mismo que *Válido*, permanecerá activo hasta el final El cliente / " "Destinatario aprueba la cancelación en el SAT." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:887 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:886 msgid "" "Once canceled in the SAT, Odoo will synchronize the status of the SAT " "through scheduled actions that are executed every day to synchronize the " @@ -8769,7 +8800,7 @@ msgstr "" "estados del SAT, Facturación Electrónica y Odoo (esta acción programada se " "puede ejecutar manualmente ingresando con modo desarrollador)." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:891 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:890 msgid "" "If the invoice is canceled in the SAT, in Odoo it is also canceled, which " "allows you to switch the invoice to draft and finally cancel the invoice " @@ -8779,11 +8810,11 @@ msgstr "" "permite cambiar la factura a borrador y finalmente cancelar la factura " "(*cancelar entrada*)." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:899 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:898 msgid "Cancel Paid Invoices" msgstr "Cancelar facturas pagadas" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:901 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:900 msgid "" "If the invoice has already been paid, a credit note must be created from the" " invoice so that the originating CFDI is recognized and later cancel the " @@ -8793,15 +8824,15 @@ msgstr "" "de la factura para que se reconozca el CFDI de origen y luego se cancele la " "factura original." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:913 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:912 msgid "Cancel Invoices from the previous period" msgstr "Cancelar facturas del período anterior" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:916 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:915 msgid "Problem" msgstr "Problema" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:918 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:917 msgid "" "If the invoice is from the previous month and the period is closed, the " "income has already been declared in Financial Reports and to the government." @@ -8815,7 +8846,7 @@ msgstr "" "ya reportados no hubieran existido, esto representa un problema fiscal " "porque los ingresos ya fueron declarados en el mes anterior." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:923 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:922 msgid "" "The problem resides when the fiscal period has been closed, in the current " "period you have to make the reverse entry and save the cancellation " @@ -8825,15 +8856,15 @@ msgstr "" "actual debe realizar la entrada inversa y guardar la información de " "cancelación." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:926 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:925 msgid "Invoice to be canceled" msgstr "Factura a cancelar" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:932 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:931 msgid "This is how the Balance Sheet looks like:" msgstr "Así es como se ve el Balance General:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:938 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:937 msgid "" "If the invoice is canceled, the journal entry and the Balance Sheet looks " "like this after canceling:" @@ -8841,44 +8872,44 @@ msgstr "" "Si se cancela la factura, el asiento de diario y el balance general se ven " "así después de cancelar:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:945 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:944 msgid "Solution" msgstr "Solución" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:947 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:946 msgid "" "Close the fiscal period every month (Best Practice Mexican Localization)" msgstr "" "Cierre el período fiscal todos los meses (Mejores prácticas de localización " "en México)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:948 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:947 msgid "Cancel invoice in SAT" msgstr "Cancelar factura en SAT" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:949 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:948 msgid "Create a Manual Reversion entry (Journal Entry)" msgstr "Crear una entrada de reversión manual (Entrada de Diario)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:950 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:949 msgid "Reconcile the open invoice with the reversal entry (Journal Entry)" msgstr "" "Conciliar la factura abierta con el asiento de anulación (Asiento de Diario)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:951 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:950 msgid "Change Electronic invoicing status to Cancelled with server action" msgstr "" "Cambiar el estado de facturación electrónica a Cancelado con acción del " "servidor" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:954 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:953 msgid "" "Close accounting period each month (Best Practice Mexican Localization)" msgstr "" "Cierre del período contable cada mes (Mejores prácticas de Localización " "Mexicana)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:956 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:955 msgid "" "If the accounting period is closed due to the blocking dates, Odoo will not " "allow to modify or add accounting entries of a date corresponding to that " @@ -8888,11 +8919,11 @@ msgstr "" "permitirá modificar o agregar asientos contables de una fecha " "correspondiente a ese período contable." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:964 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:963 msgid "Cancel invoice in the SAT" msgstr "Cancelar factura en el SAT" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:966 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:965 msgid "" "If the accounting period is closed, and the invoice was canceled in the SAT," " the status in Odoo will be published while the **Electronic invoicing** " @@ -8902,11 +8933,11 @@ msgstr "" " publicará el estado en Odoo mientras que el estado de **Facturación " "electrónica** será *Enviado* y el estado del SAT es *Cancelado*." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:975 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:974 msgid "Create Manual Reversal Journal Entry" msgstr "Crear Asiento de Diario de Reversión Manual" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:977 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:976 msgid "" "The solution is to create the reversal journal entry manually dated in the " "current fiscal period and reconcile the open invoice with the reversion " @@ -8916,7 +8947,7 @@ msgstr "" "en el período fiscal actual y conciliar la factura abierta con la reversión " "creada manualmente." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:980 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:979 msgid "" "It must be clearly indicated in the reference that it is a cancellation (you" " can use a cancellation account for invoices from previous periods such as " @@ -8926,11 +8957,11 @@ msgstr "" "(puede utilizar una cuenta de cancelación para facturas de períodos " "anteriores como **Otros Ingresos**)." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:988 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:987 msgid "Reconcile the open invoice with the reversal entry" msgstr "Conciliar la factura abierta con la entrada de anulación" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:998 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:997 msgid "" "In the Balance Sheet and Trial balance they are now with the correct " "balances." @@ -8938,13 +8969,13 @@ msgstr "" "En el Balance General y Balance de prueba ahora están con los saldos " "correctos." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1013 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1012 msgid "Change status of Electronic invoicing to Cancelled with server action" msgstr "" "Cambiar el estado de la facturación electrónica a Cancelado con acción del " "servidor" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1015 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1014 msgid "" "A server action can be created that modifies the status of the invoice to " "*Cancelled* once it is reconciled with the reversal entry (You should check " @@ -8956,28 +8987,28 @@ msgstr "" "verificar esto con el soporte o con su Consultor Funcional Asignado antes de" " realizar esta acción)." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1028 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1027 msgid "Electronic Accounting" msgstr "Contabilidad Electrónica" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1030 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1029 msgid "Accounting for Mexico in Odoo is composed of 3 reports:" msgstr "La Contabilidad de México en Odoo se compone de 3 informes:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1032 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1046 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1031 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1045 msgid "Electronic Chart of Accounts (Called and displayed as COA)." msgstr "Plan de cuentas electrónico (llamado y mostrado como COA)." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1033 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1032 msgid "Electronic Trial Balance." msgstr "Balanza de Comprobación Electrónica." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1034 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1033 msgid "DIOT report." msgstr "Reporte DIOT" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1036 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1035 msgid "" "1. and 2. are considered electronic accounting, and DIOT is a report only " "available in the context of accounting." @@ -8985,7 +9016,7 @@ msgstr "" "1. y 2. se consideran contabilidad electrónica, y DIOT es un informe solo " "disponible en el contexto de la contabilidad." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1039 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1038 msgid "" "You can find all of those reports in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Reporting --> Mexico`" @@ -8993,7 +9024,7 @@ msgstr "" "Puede encontrar todos esos informes en :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> " "Informes --> México`" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1048 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1047 msgid "" "Electronic invoicing has never been so easy, just go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting -> Reports -> Mexico -> COA` and click the button" @@ -9003,11 +9034,11 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Reportes --> México --> COA` y haga clic en" " el botón **Exportar para SAT (XML)**." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1056 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1055 msgid "How to add new accounts ?" msgstr "¿Cómo agregar cuentas nuevas?" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1058 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1057 msgid "" "If you add an account with the NNN.YY.ZZ encoding convention where NNN.YY is" " a SAT encoding group, your account will be set up automatically." @@ -9016,7 +9047,7 @@ msgstr "" "NNN.YY es un grupo de codificación SAT, su cuenta se configurará " "automáticamente." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1061 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1060 msgid "" "Example to add an Account for a new Bank account go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Chart of Account` and then " @@ -9032,11 +9063,11 @@ msgstr "" "etiqueta configurada automáticamente, las etiquetas configuradas son las " "elegidas para ser utilizadas en el COA en XML." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1072 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1071 msgid "What is the meaning of the tags?" msgstr "¿Cuál es el significado de las etiquetas?" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1074 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1073 msgid "" "To know all the possible labels, you can read `Annex 24 " "<http://www.sat.gob.mx/fichas_tematicas/buzon_tributario/Documents/Anexo24_05012015.pdf>`_" @@ -9048,7 +9079,7 @@ msgstr "" " en el sitio web del SAT en la sección denominada **Código agrupador de " "cuentas del SAT**." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1079 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1078 msgid "" "When you install the l10n_mx module and your chart of accounts depends on it" " (this happens automatically when you install the configuration of Mexico as" @@ -9060,11 +9091,11 @@ msgstr "" "en tu base de datos), tendrás las etiquetas más comunes por defecto. Si no " "se crea la etiqueta que necesitas, puedes crearla tú mismo." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1085 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1084 msgid "Trial Balance" -msgstr "Balance de Comprobación" +msgstr "Balance de Sumas y Saldos" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1087 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1086 msgid "" "Exactly like the COA but with the credit and debit of the initial balance, " "once you have correctly configured your COA, you can go to " @@ -9078,7 +9109,7 @@ msgstr "" "se puede exportar a XML usando el en la parte superior **Exportar para SAT " "(XML)** con la selección previa del período que desea exportar." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1096 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1095 msgid "" "All normal analysis and listed functions are available here as well as any " "normal Odoo Report." @@ -9086,15 +9117,15 @@ msgstr "" "Todos los análisis normales y las funciones enumeradas están disponibles " "aquí, así como cualquier Informe Odoo normal." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1099 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1098 msgid "DIOT Report (Requires Accounting App)" msgstr "Informe DIOT (Requiere Contabilidad App)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1101 msgid "What is DIOT and the importance of presenting it SAT" msgstr "¿Qué es la DIOT y la importancia de su presentación SAT?" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1103 msgid "" "When it comes to procedures with the SAT Administration Service, we know " "that we should not neglect what we present." @@ -9102,7 +9133,7 @@ msgstr "" "Cuando se trata de trámites con el Servicio de Administración del SAT, " "sabemos que no debemos descuidar lo que presentamos." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1106 msgid "" "The DIOT is the Informative Declaration of Operations with Third Parties " "(DIOT), which is an additional obligation with VAT, where we must give the " @@ -9114,7 +9145,7 @@ msgstr "" "nuestras operaciones a terceros, o lo que se considere lo mismo, con " "nuestros proveedores." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1110 msgid "" "This applies to both individuals and Personas Morales, so if we have VAT to " "present to the SAT and also deal with suppliers it is necessary to send the " @@ -9124,11 +9155,11 @@ msgstr "" "tenemos IVA para presentar al SAT y también tratamos con proveedores es " "necesario enviar el DIOT." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1114 msgid "When to file the DIOT and in what format ?" msgstr "¿Cuándo presentar la DIOT y en qué formato?" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1116 msgid "" "It is easy to present the DIOT, since, like all formats, you can obtain it " "on the SAT page, it is the electronic form A-29 that you can find on the SAT" @@ -9138,7 +9169,7 @@ msgstr "" "obtener en la página del SAT, es el formulario electrónico A-29 que puedes " "encontrar en el sitio web del SAT." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1119 msgid "" "Every month if you have operations with third parties, it is necessary to " "present the DIOT, as we do with VAT, so if in January we have deals with " @@ -9150,11 +9181,11 @@ msgstr "" "proveedores, para febrero debemos presentar la información relevante a " "dichos datos." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1124 msgid "Where is DIOT presented?" msgstr "¿Dónde se presenta la DIOT?" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1126 msgid "" "You can present DIOT in different ways, it is up to you which one you will " "choose and which one will be more comfortable for you since you will present" @@ -9164,7 +9195,7 @@ msgstr "" "cuál te resultará más cómoda ya que la presentarás todos los meses o cada " "vez que tengas tratos con proveedores." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1130 msgid "" "The A-29 form is electronic so you can present it on the SAT page, but this " "after having made up to 500 registrations." @@ -9172,7 +9203,7 @@ msgstr "" "El formulario A-29 es electrónico por lo que puedes presentarlo en la página" " del SAT, pero esto después de haber realizado hasta 500 registros." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1133 msgid "" "Once these 500 records have been entered in the SAT, you must submit them to" " the Local Taxpayer Services Administration (ALSC) with correspondence to " @@ -9188,11 +9219,11 @@ msgstr "" "te devolverán, así que no dudes que aún tendrás estos discos y por supuesto," " tu CD o USB." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1140 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1139 msgid "One more thing to know: batch loading?" msgstr "Una cosa más que debe saber: ¿carga por lotes?" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1141 msgid "" "When reviewing the official SAT documents in DIOT, you will find the Batch " "load, and of course the first thing we think is what is that ?, and " @@ -9202,7 +9233,7 @@ msgstr "" "load, y por supuesto lo primero que pensamos es ¿qué es eso?, y según el " "sitio del SAT es:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1144 msgid "" "The \"batch load\" is the conversion of databases from records of " "transactions with suppliers made by taxpayers in text files (.txt). These " @@ -9219,7 +9250,7 @@ msgstr "" "consecuencia, optimizando el tiempo invertido en su integración para la " "presentación en tiempo y forma al SAT." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1151 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1150 msgid "" "You can use it to present the DIOT, since it is allowed, which will " "facilitate this operation, so that it does not exist to avoid being in line " @@ -9231,7 +9262,7 @@ msgstr "" " el SAT en lo que respecta a la Declaración Informativa de Operaciones con " "Terceros." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1155 msgid "" "`official information " "<http://www.sat.gob.mx/fichas_tematicas/declaraciones_informativas/Paginas/declaracion_informativa_terceros.aspx>`_" @@ -9239,11 +9270,11 @@ msgstr "" "`información oficial " "<http://www.sat.gob.mx/fichas_tematicas/declaraciones_informativas/Paginas/declaracion_informativa_terceros.aspx>`_" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1159 msgid "How to generate this report in Odoo?" msgstr "¿Cómo generar este informe en Odoo?" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1162 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1161 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports --> Mexico --> Transactions " "with third partied (DIOT)`." @@ -9251,7 +9282,7 @@ msgstr "" "Vaya a :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Informes --> México --> " "Transacciones con terceros (DIOR)`." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1168 msgid "" "A report view is displayed, select the last month to report the immediately " "preceding month or leave the current month if it suits you." @@ -9259,11 +9290,11 @@ msgstr "" "Se muestra una vista de informe, seleccione el último mes para informar el " "mes inmediatamente anterior o deje el mes actual si le conviene." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1176 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1175 msgid "Click on *Export (XLSX)* or *Print (TXT)*" msgstr "Haga clic en *Exportar (XLSX)* o *Imprimir (TXT)*" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1181 msgid "" "Save the downloaded file in a safe place, go to the SAT website and follow " "the necessary steps to declare it." @@ -9271,13 +9302,13 @@ msgstr "" "Guarde el archivo descargado en un lugar seguro, acceda al sitio web del SAT" " y siga los pasos necesarios para declararlo." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1186 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1185 msgid "Important considerations about your supplier and invoice data for DIOT" msgstr "" "Consideraciones importantes sobre su proveedor y datos de facturación para " "DIOT" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1188 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1187 msgid "" "All suppliers must have the fields configured in the accounting tab called " "\"DIOT Information\", the L10N MX Nationality field is completed by simply " @@ -9291,7 +9322,7 @@ msgstr "" "dirección, no necesita hacer nada más allí, sino el tipo de operación l10n " "MX debe estar configurado en todos sus proveedores." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1197 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1196 msgid "" "There are 3 VAT options for this report, 16%, 0% and exempt, one invoice " "line in Odoo is considered exempt if there is no tax on it, the other 2 " @@ -9301,7 +9332,7 @@ msgstr "" "factura en Odoo se considera exenta si no hay impuesto sobre ella, los otros" " 2 impuestos ya están configurados correctamente." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1199 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1198 msgid "" "Remember that to pay an invoice that represents a prepayment, you must first" " request the invoice and then pay it and properly reconcile the payment " @@ -9311,7 +9342,7 @@ msgstr "" " solicitar la factura y luego pagarla y conciliar adecuadamente el pago " "siguiendo el procedimiento estándar de Odoo." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1201 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1200 msgid "" "You do not need to fill in all your partner data to try to generate the " "supplier invoice, you can correct this information when you generate the " @@ -9321,7 +9352,7 @@ msgstr "" "factura del proveedor, puede corregir esta información cuando genere el " "informe." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1203 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1202 msgid "" "Remember that this report only shows vendor invoices that were actually " "paid." @@ -9329,7 +9360,7 @@ msgstr "" "Recuerde que este informe solo muestra las facturas de proveedores que " "realmente se pagaron." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1205 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1204 msgid "" "If some of these considerations are not taken into account, a message like " "this will appear when you generate the DIOT in TXT with all the partners you" @@ -9346,11 +9377,11 @@ msgstr "" "proceso auditivo para ver que todos sus socios están configurados " "correctamente." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1216 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1215 msgid "Closing Fiscal Period in Odoo" msgstr "Cierre del período fiscal en Odoo" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1217 msgid "" "Before proceeding to the close of the fiscal year, there are some steps that" " you should normally take to ensure that your accounting is correct, updated" @@ -9360,7 +9391,7 @@ msgstr "" "normalmente debe tomar para asegurarse de que su contabilidad sea correcta, " "actualizada y precisa:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1221 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1220 msgid "" "Make sure that you have fully reconciled your bank account (s) through the " "end of the year and confirm that the closing book balances match the " @@ -9370,44 +9401,44 @@ msgstr "" "final del año y confirme que los saldos del libro de cierre coincidan con " "los saldos en sus extractos bancarios." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1223 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1222 msgid "Verify that all customer invoices have been entered and approved." msgstr "" "Verifique que se hayan ingresado y aprobado todas las facturas de los " "clientes." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1224 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1223 msgid "Confirm that you have entered and approved all vendor bills." msgstr "" "Confirme que ha ingresado y aprobado todas las facturas de proveedores." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1225 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1224 msgid "Validate all expenses, ensuring their accuracy." msgstr "Validar todos los gastos, asegurando su exactitud." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1226 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1225 msgid "" "Check that all payments received have been entered and recorded exactly." msgstr "" "Verifique que todos los pagos recibidos se hayan ingresado y registrado " "exactamente." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1229 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:23 msgid "Year-end checklist" msgstr "Lista de chequeo de fin de año" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1231 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1230 msgid "Run a **Tax Report**, and verify that your tax information is correct." msgstr "" "Ejecute un **Informe fiscal** y verifique que su información fiscal sea " "correcta." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1231 msgid "Reconcile all accounts on your **Balance Sheet**" msgstr "Concilie todas las cuentas en su **Balance general**" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1234 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1233 msgid "" "Compare your bank balances in Odoo against the current bank balances on your" " statements. Use the report **Bank Reconciliation** to help you with this." @@ -9416,7 +9447,7 @@ msgstr "" "sus extractos. Utilice el informe **Conciliación bancaria** para ayudarlo " "con esto." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1236 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1235 msgid "" "Reconcile all cash and bank account transactions by running your **Old " "Accounts Receivable** and **Old Accounts Payable** reports" @@ -9425,7 +9456,7 @@ msgstr "" "sus informes **Cuentas por cobrar antiguas** y **Cuentas por pagar " "antiguas**" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1238 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1237 msgid "" "Audit your accounts, making sure you fully understand the transactions that " "affect them and the nature of the transactions, making sure to include loans" @@ -9435,7 +9466,7 @@ msgstr "" "transacciones que las afectan y la naturaleza de las transacciones, " "asegurándose de incluir préstamos y activos fijos." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1241 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1240 msgid "" "Run the optional function **Payments Matching**, under the *More* drop-down " "on the Journal options from the Accounting dashboard, validating any Vendor " @@ -9450,7 +9481,7 @@ msgstr "" "si se concilian todos los pagos y facturas pendientes, y puede llevar a " "encontrar errores o errores en el sistema." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1245 msgid "" "Your accountant will probably like to check your items in the balance sheet " "and do some Journal Entries for:" @@ -9458,7 +9489,7 @@ msgstr "" "A su contador probablemente le gustará verificar sus elementos en el balance" " general y realizar algunas entradas en el diario para:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1249 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1248 msgid "" "Manual year-end adjustments, using the **Journal Audit** report (For " "example, the **Current Earnings for the Year** and **Retained Earnings " @@ -9468,25 +9499,25 @@ msgstr "" "diario** (por ejemplo, los informes **Ingresos actuales del año** y " "**Ingresos retenidos**)." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1251 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1250 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:54 msgid "**Work in Progress**." msgstr "**Trabajo en Progreso**." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1252 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1251 msgid "**Depreciation Journals**." msgstr "**Diarios de depreciación**." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1253 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1252 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:58 msgid "**Loans**." msgstr "**Préstamos**." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1254 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1253 msgid "**Tax Adjustments**." msgstr "**Ajustes de impuestos**." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1256 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1255 msgid "" "If your accountant is on the year-end audit, they will want to have copies " "of the balance sheet items (such as loans, bank accounts, prepayments, sales" @@ -9497,7 +9528,7 @@ msgstr "" "anticipados, informes de impuestos sobre las ventas, etc ...) para " "compararlos con tus saldos en Odoo." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1260 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1259 msgid "" "During this process, it is a good practice setting the **Closing Date for " "Non-Advisers** to the last day of the preceding financial year, which is set" @@ -9511,11 +9542,11 @@ msgstr "" " confiar en que nadie más está cambiando las transacciones del año anterior " "mientras audita los libros." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1270 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1269 msgid "Accounting Closing Process" msgstr "Proceso de cierre contable" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1272 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1271 msgid "" "In Odoo there is no need to make a specific year-end entry to close the " "reporting income accounts . The result of the exercise is automatically " @@ -9527,7 +9558,7 @@ msgstr "" "calcula automáticamente en el tipo de cuenta (Ganancias del año actual) y se" " acumulará la diferencia entre Ingresos - Gastos para calcularlo." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1276 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1275 msgid "" "The reports are created in real-time, which means that the **Income Report**" " corresponds directly to the closing date of the year that you specify in " @@ -9541,7 +9572,7 @@ msgstr "" " Ingresos**, la fecha de inicio corresponderá a la fecha de inicio del **Año" " Fiscal** y los saldos de las cuentas serán todos 0." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1281 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1280 msgid "" "As of December 31, the Balance Sheet shows the earnings of the Current Year " "that do not have been recognized (Account type Total Current Year " @@ -9551,7 +9582,7 @@ msgstr "" "que no se han reconocido (tipo de cuenta Total de ganancias no asignadas del" " año actual en México la Cuenta 305.01.01 [tipo 'ganancias del año actual'])" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1289 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1288 msgid "" "The accountant should create a Journal Entry to recognize the result of the " "year in Accumulated Earnings from previous years on the account \"previous " @@ -9561,11 +9592,11 @@ msgstr "" "año en las Ganancias Acumuladas de años anteriores en la cuenta \"resultados" " de años anteriores\" (304.01.01 en México), que es una cuenta de capital." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1293 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1292 msgid "The simplified accounting entry would look like this:" msgstr "La entrada contable simplificada se vería así:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1299 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1298 msgid "" "Once the accountant has created the journal entry to locate the **Current " "Earnings for the Year**, they must set the **Closing Date** to the last day " @@ -9579,15 +9610,15 @@ msgstr "" "ganancia actual del año en el **Balance General** está reportando " "correctamente un saldo 0." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1309 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1308 msgid "Extra Recommended features" msgstr "Funciones adicionales recomendadas" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1312 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1311 msgid "Contacts App (Free)" msgstr "Aplicación de contactos (gratuita)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1314 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1313 msgid "" "If you want to properly manage your customers, suppliers and addresses, this" " module, even if it is not a technical need, it is highly recommended to " @@ -9597,11 +9628,11 @@ msgstr "" "direcciones, este módulo, aunque no sea una necesidad técnica, es muy " "recomendable que lo instale." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1318 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1317 msgid "Multi-currency (Requires Accounting application)" msgstr "Multi-moneda (requiere aplicación de contabilidad)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1320 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1319 msgid "" "In Mexico, almost all companies send and receive payments in different " "currencies. If you want to do this you can enable the use of multi-currency." @@ -9616,11 +9647,11 @@ msgstr "" "del SAT sin tener que crear manualmente esta información todos los días en " "Odoo." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1325 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1324 msgid "Go to settings and enable the multi-currency feature." msgstr "Vaya a la configuración y habilite la función multimoneda." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1332 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1331 msgid "" "Enabling Explicit errors on the CFDI using the XSD local validator (CFDI " "3.3)" @@ -9628,35 +9659,30 @@ msgstr "" "Habilitación de errores explícitos en el CFDI utilizando el validador local " "XSD (CFDI 3.3)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1334 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1333 msgid "" "Frequently you want receive explicit errors from the fields incorrectly set " "on the xml, those errors are better informed to the user if the check is " "enable, to enable the Check with xsd feature follow the next steps (with the" -" :doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` enabled)." +" :doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>` enabled)." msgstr "" -"Con frecuencia, desea recibir errores explícitos de los campos configurados " -"incorrectamente en el xml, esos errores están mejor informados al usuario si" -" la verificación está habilitada, para habilitar la función Verificar con " -"xsd siga los siguientes pasos (con :doc:`Developer mode " -"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` habilitado)." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1339 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1338 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Actions --> Server Actions`" msgstr "" "Vaya a :menuselection:`Configuración --> Técnico --> Acciones --> Acciones " "del servidor`" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1340 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1339 msgid "Look for the Action called \"Download XSD files to CFDI\"" msgstr "Busque la acción llamada \"Descargar archivos XSD a CFDI\"" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1341 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1340 msgid "Click on button \"Create Contextual Action\"" msgstr "Haga clic en el botón \"Crear acción contextual\"" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1342 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1341 msgid "" "Go to the company form :menuselection:`Settings --> Users&Companies --> " "Companies`" @@ -9664,15 +9690,15 @@ msgstr "" "Vaya al formulario de la empresa :menuselection:`Configuración --> Usuarios " "y empresas --> Empresas`" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1343 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1342 msgid "Open any company you have." msgstr "Abre cualquier empresa que tengas." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1344 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1343 msgid "Click on \"Action\" and then on \"Download XSD file to CFDI\"." msgstr "Haga clic en \"Acción\" y luego en \"Descargar archivo XSD a CFDI\"." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1350 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1349 msgid "" "Now you can make an invoice with any error (for example a product without " "code which is pretty common) and an explicit error will be shown instead a " @@ -9682,15 +9708,15 @@ msgstr "" "sin código que es bastante común) y se mostrará un error explícito en su " "lugar, uno genérico sin explicación." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1355 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1354 msgid "If you see an error like this:" msgstr "Si ves un error como este:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "``The cfdi generated is not valid``" msgstr "``El cfdi generado no es válido``" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "" "``attribute decl. 'TipoRelacion', attribute 'type': The QName value " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_TipoRelacion' does " @@ -9700,7 +9726,7 @@ msgstr "" "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_TipoRelacion' no se " "resuelve en una (n) definición de tipo simple., Línea 36``" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1362 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1361 msgid "" "This can be caused by a database backup restored in anothe server, or when " "the XSD files are not correctly downloaded. Follow the same steps as above " @@ -9710,23 +9736,23 @@ msgstr "" " datos en otro servidor o cuando los archivos XSD no se descargan " "correctamente. Siga los mismos pasos que el anterior pero:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1366 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1365 msgid "Go to the company in which the error occurs." msgstr "Ve a la empresa en donde ocurre el error. " -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1367 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1366 msgid "Click on *Action* and then on *Download XSD file to CFDI*." msgstr "Haga clic en *Acción* y luego en *Descargar archivo XSD a CFDI*." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1370 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1369 msgid "Common problems and errors" msgstr "Problemas y errores comunes" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1372 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1371 msgid "**Error messages** (Only applicable on CFDI 3.3):" msgstr "**Mensajes de error** (Solo aplicable en CFDI 3.3):" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1374 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1373 msgid "" "``9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_MINLENGTH_VALID: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " @@ -9738,7 +9764,7 @@ msgstr "" " 'minLength'] El valor '' tiene una longitud de '0'; esto no alcanza la " "longitud mínima permitida de '1'.``" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1379 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1378 msgid "" "``9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_PATTERN_VALID: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " @@ -9750,7 +9776,7 @@ msgstr "" "[facet 'pattern'] The value '' is not accepted by the pattern " "'[^|]{1,100}'.``" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1383 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1382 msgid "" "**Solution**: You forgot to set the proper \"Reference\" field in the " "product, please go to the product form and set your internal reference " @@ -9760,15 +9786,15 @@ msgstr "" "producto, vaya al formulario del producto y configure su referencia interna " "correctamente." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1387 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1428 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1459 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1480 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1488 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1386 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1427 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1458 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1479 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1487 msgid "**Error messages**:" msgstr "**Error de mensajes**:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1389 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1388 msgid "" "``6:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}RegimenFiscal': The attribute 'Regimen' is " @@ -9778,7 +9804,7 @@ msgstr "" "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}RegimenFiscal': El atributo 'Régimen' es " "obligatorio pero falta.``" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1392 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1391 msgid "" "``5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'RegimenFiscal' is " @@ -9788,7 +9814,7 @@ msgstr "" "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': El atributo 'RegimenFiscal' es " "obligatorio pero falta.``" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1395 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1394 msgid "" "**Solution**: You forgot to set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the " "partner of the company. Go to customers, remove the customer filter and look" @@ -9804,7 +9830,7 @@ msgstr "" "valores posibles del SAT, otra opción puede ser que olvidó seguir el " "consideraciones sobre posiciones fiscales." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1402 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1401 msgid "" "You need to go to Fiscal Position settings and set the proper code (it is " "the first 3 numbers of the name), for example, for the test, you need to set" @@ -9814,7 +9840,7 @@ msgstr "" "adecuado (son los primeros 3 números del nombre), por ejemplo, para la " "prueba, debe configurar 601, se verá como la imagen." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1410 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1409 msgid "" "For testing purposes this value must be set to ``601 - General de Ley " "Personas Morales`` which is the one required for the VAT demo." @@ -9822,12 +9848,12 @@ msgstr "" "Para propósitos de prueba, este valor debe establecerse en ``601 - General " "de Ley Personas Morales``, que es el requerido para la demostración de IVA." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1413 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1445 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1412 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1444 msgid "**Error message**:" msgstr "**Mensaje de error**:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1415 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1414 msgid "" "``2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'FormaPago': [facet " @@ -9841,11 +9867,11 @@ msgstr "" "'03', '04', '05', '06', '08', '12', '13', '14', '15' , '17', '23', '24', " "'25', '26', '27', '28', '29', '30', '99'}``" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1421 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1420 msgid "**Solution**: The payment method is required on your invoice." msgstr "**Solución**: El método de pago es obligatorio en su factura." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1430 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1429 msgid "" "``2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': " @@ -9855,8 +9881,8 @@ msgstr "" "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', atributo 'LugarExpedicion': " "[faceta 'enumeration'] El valor ''es no es un elemento del conjunto {'00``" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1433 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1447 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1432 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1446 msgid "" "``2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': '' " @@ -9868,7 +9894,7 @@ msgstr "" "no es un valor válido de tipo atómico " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal'.``" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1436 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1435 msgid "" "``5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'Rfc' is required but " @@ -9878,7 +9904,7 @@ msgstr "" "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': El atributo 'RFC' es obligatorio pero" " falta.``" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1439 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1438 msgid "" "**Solution**: You must configure your company address correctly, this is a " "mandatory group of fields, you can go to your company configuration in " @@ -9892,7 +9918,7 @@ msgstr "" "Empresas` y completar completar todo los campos obligatorios para su " "dirección siguiendo los pasos de esta sección: :ref:`mx-legal-info`." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1452 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1451 msgid "" "**Solution**: The postal code of your company address is not valid for " "Mexico, please correct it." @@ -9900,7 +9926,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Solución**: El código postal de la dirección de su empresa no es válido " "para México, por favor corríjalo." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1461 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1460 msgid "" "``18:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " @@ -9910,7 +9936,7 @@ msgstr "" "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': El atributo 'TipoFactor' es " "obligatorio pero falta.``" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1464 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1463 msgid "" "``34:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " @@ -9920,7 +9946,7 @@ msgstr "" "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': El atributo 'TipoFactor' es " "obligatorio pero falta.\", '')``" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1468 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1467 msgid "" "**Solution**: Set the Mexican name for the 0% and 16% tax in your system and" " use it on the invoice. Your tax, which represents 16% VAT and 0%, must have" @@ -9931,11 +9957,11 @@ msgstr "" " de IVA y el 0%, debe tener el campo **Tipo de factor** establecido en " "*Tasa*." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "``CCE159``" msgstr "`` CCE159``" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "" "``The XXXX attribute must be registered if the key of cce11: " "ComercioExterior: TipoOperacion registered is '1' or '2'.``" @@ -9943,15 +9969,15 @@ msgstr "" "``Se debe registrar el atributo XXXX si la clave de cce11: ComercioExterior:" " TipoOperacion registrada es '1' o '2'.``" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1486 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1485 msgid "**Solution**: It is necessary to specify the Incoterm." msgstr "**Solución**: Es necesario especificar el Incoterm." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "``CCE209``" msgstr "``CCE209``" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "" "``The attribute cce11: Foreign Trade: Goods: Goods: Customs Unit must have " "the value specified in the catalog catCFDI: c_FraccionArancelaria column " @@ -9962,7 +9988,7 @@ msgstr "" "c_FraccionArancelaria columna 'UMT' cuando el atributo cce11: Comercio " "Exterior: Mercancías: Yo``" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1495 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1494 msgid "" "**Solution**: The Tariff Fraction must have the code of the unit of measure " "01, corresponding to Kilograms." @@ -9970,11 +9996,11 @@ msgstr "" "**Solución**: La Fracción Tarifaria debe tener el código de la unidad de " "medida 01, correspondiente a Kilogramos." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1499 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1498 msgid "Glossary" msgstr "Glosario" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1501 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1500 msgid "" ":abbr:`CFDI (Comprobante Fiscal Digital por Internet)`: Online Digital Tax " "Receipt" @@ -9982,12 +10008,12 @@ msgstr "" ":abbr:`CFDI (Comprobante Fiscal Digital por Internet)`: Recibo de Impuestos " "Digital Online" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1502 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1501 msgid ":abbr:`CSD (Certificado de Sello Digital)`: Digital Seal Certificate" msgstr "" ":abbr:`CSD (Certificado de Sello Digital)`: Certificado de Sello Digital" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1503 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1502 msgid "" ":abbr:`PAC (Proveedores Autorizados de Certificación)`: Authorized " "Certification Provider" @@ -9995,11 +10021,11 @@ msgstr "" ":abbr:`PAC (Proveedores Autorizados de Certificación)`: Proveedor de " "certificación autorizado" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1504 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1503 msgid "Stamp: Digital signature of the electronic invoice" msgstr "Sello: Firma digital de la factura electrónica" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1505 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1504 msgid "" "Addenda: Complement of information that can be attached to an Internet " "Digital Tax Receipt (CFDI) normally required by certain companies in Mexico " @@ -10009,7 +10035,7 @@ msgstr "" "Impuesto Digital de Internet (CFDI) normalmente requerido por ciertas " "empresas en México como Walmart, Tiendas Sorianas, etc." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1507 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1506 msgid "" ":abbr:`UUID (Universally Unique Identifier)`: It is the acronym in English " "of the Universally Unique Identifier. The UUID is the equivalent of Folio " @@ -10021,7 +10047,7 @@ msgstr "" " compuesto por 32 dígitos hexadecimales, que se muestran en 5 grupos " "separados por guiones." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1510 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1509 msgid "" "LCO: List of Obliged Taxpayers (LCO) is a list issued by the SAT that " "accounts for all the taxpayers whom it authorizes the issuance of invoices " @@ -10033,16 +10059,16 @@ msgstr "" "facturas y recibos de nómina. Esto significa que, para poder facturar " "electrónicamente a sus clientes, debe estar en esta base de datos." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:2 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:2 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:100 msgid "Netherlands" msgstr "Holanda" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:5 msgid "XAF Export" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:7 msgid "" "With the Dutch accounting localization installed, you will be able to export" " all your accounting entries in XAF format. For this, you have to go in " @@ -10051,30 +10077,30 @@ msgid "" "then you click on the button **EXPORT (XAF)**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:14 msgid "Dutch Accounting Reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:16 msgid "" "If you install the Dutch accounting localization, you will have access to " "some reports that are specific to the Netherlands such as :" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:21 msgid "Tax Report (Aangifte omzetbelasting)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:23 msgid "Intrastat Report (ICP)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:109 msgid "Peru" msgstr "Perú" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:8 msgid "" "The Peruvian localization has been improved and extended, in this version " "the next modules are available:" @@ -10082,7 +10108,7 @@ msgstr "" "Se ha mejorado y ampliado la localización peruana, en esta versión están " "disponibles los siguientes módulos:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:11 msgid "" "**l10n_pe**: Adds accounting features for the Peruvian localization, which " "represent the minimal configuration required for a company to operate in " @@ -10095,7 +10121,7 @@ msgstr "" "principales elementos incluidos en este módulo son: Plan de cuentas, " "impuestos y tipos de documentos." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:16 msgid "" "**l10n_pe_edi**: includes all technical and functional requirements to " "generate and validate Electronic Invoice, based on the SUNAT specification " @@ -10115,11 +10141,11 @@ msgstr "" " este módulo se basan en las resoluciones publicadas en la `Legislación " "SUNAT <https://www.sunat.gob.pe/legislacion/general/index.html/>`_." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:28 msgid "Install the Peruvian localization modules" msgstr "Instale los módulos de localización Peruana" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:30 msgid "" "Go to *Apps* and search for Peru, then click Install in the module Peru EDI." " This module has a dependency with *Peru - Accounting*. In case this last " @@ -10130,7 +10156,7 @@ msgstr "" "Contabilidad*. En caso de que este último no esté instalado, Odoo lo instala" " automáticamente dentro de EDI." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:39 msgid "" "When you install a database from scratch selecting Peru as country, Odoo " "automatically installs the base module: Peru - Accounting." @@ -10138,7 +10164,7 @@ msgstr "" "Cuando instala una base de datos desde cero seleccionando Perú como país, " "Odoo instala automáticamente el módulo base: Perú - Contabilidad." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:45 msgid "" "In addition to the basic information in the Company, we need to set Peru as " "the Country, this is essential for the Electronic Invoice to work properly. " @@ -10152,7 +10178,7 @@ msgstr "" " de establecimiento asignado por la SUNAT cuando las empresas registran su " "RUC (Registro Único de Contribuyente):" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:56 msgid "" "In case the Address type code is unknown, you can set it as the default " "value: 0000. Be aware that if an incorrect value is entered, the Electronic " @@ -10163,11 +10189,11 @@ msgstr "" "ingresa un valor incorrecto, la validación de la factura electrónica puede " "tener errores." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:60 msgid "The NIF should be set following the RUC format." msgstr "El NIF debe configurarse siguiendo el formato del RUC." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:66 msgid "" "The chart of accounts is installed by default as part of the set of data " "included in the localization module, the accounts are mapped automatically " @@ -10177,11 +10203,11 @@ msgstr "" "incluido en el módulo de localización, las cuentas se mapean automáticamente" " en:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:71 msgid "Default Account Receivable" msgstr "Cuentas por Cobrar por defecto" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:73 msgid "" "The chart of accounts for Peru is based on the most updated version of the " ":abbr:`PCGE (Plan Contable General Empresarial)`, which is grouped in " @@ -10191,11 +10217,11 @@ msgstr "" ":abbr:`PCGE (Plan Contable General Empresarial)`, el cual se agrupa en " "varias categorías y es compatible con la contabilidad NIIF." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:78 msgid "Accouting Seetings" msgstr "Ajustes de Contabilidad" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:80 msgid "" "Once the modules are installed and the basic information of your company is " "set, you need to configure the elements required for Electronic Invoice. For" @@ -10207,16 +10233,16 @@ msgstr "" "Electrónica. Para ello, vaya a :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> " "Peruvian Localization`." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:85 msgid "Basic Concepts" msgstr "Conceptos básicos" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:87 msgid "Here are some terms that are essential on the Peruvian localization:" msgstr "" "Aquí hay algunos términos que son esenciales en la localización peruana:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:89 msgid "" "**EDI**: Electronic Data Interchange, which in this refers to the Electronic" " Invoice." @@ -10224,7 +10250,7 @@ msgstr "" "**EDI**: Intercambio Electrónico de Datos, que bajo este contexto se refiere" " a la Factura Electrónica." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:90 msgid "" "**SUNAT**: is the organization that enforces customs and taxation in Peru." msgstr "" @@ -10232,7 +10258,7 @@ msgstr "" "Tributaria, tiene como finalidad primordial administrar los tributos del " "gobierno nacional y los conceptos tributarios." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:91 msgid "" "**OSE**: Electronic Service Operator, `OSE SUNAT's definition " "<https://cpe.sunat.gob.pe/aliados/ose#:~:text=El%20Operador%20de%20Servicios%20Electr%C3%B3nicos%20(OSE)%20es%20qui%C3%A9n%20se%20encarga,otro%20documento%20que%20se%20emita>`_." @@ -10240,26 +10266,24 @@ msgstr "" "**OSE**: Operador de Servicios Electrónicos, `Definición SUNAT " "<https://cpe.sunat.gob.pe/aliados/ose#:~:text=El%20Operador%20de%20Servicios%20Electr%C3%B3nicos%20(OSE)%20es%20qui%C3%A9n%20se%20encarga,otro%20documento%20que%20se%20emita>`_." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:93 msgid "**CDR**: Receipt certificate (Constancia de Recepción)." msgstr "" "**CDR**: Es la constancia de recepción de la factura electrónica remitida a " "la Sunat. En otras palabras, este archivo XML garantiza que la factura " "electrónica ha sido recepcionada por la Sunat." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:94 msgid "" -"**SOL Credentials**: User and password provided by the SUNAT and grants " -"access to Online Operations systems." +"**SOL Credentials**: Sunat Operaciones en Línea. User and password are " +"provided by the SUNAT and grant access to Online Operations systems." msgstr "" -"**Credenciales SOL**: Usuario y contraseña proporcionados por la SUNAT y " -"otorga acceso a los sistemas de Operaciones Online." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:99 msgid "Signature Provider" msgstr "Proveedor de firma digital" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:101 msgid "" "As part of the requirements for Electronic Invoice in Peru, your company " "needs to select a Signature Provider that will take care of the document " @@ -10271,22 +10295,22 @@ msgstr "" "proceso de firma de documentos y gestionará la respuesta de validación de la" " SUNAT. Odoo ofrece tres opciones:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:112 msgid "IAP (Odoo In-App Purchase)" msgstr "IAP (Odoo In-App Purchase)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:106 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:170 msgid "Digiflow" msgstr "Digiflow" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:186 msgid "SUNAT" msgstr "SUNAT" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:109 msgid "" "Please refer to the sections below to check the details and considerations " "for each option." @@ -10294,7 +10318,7 @@ msgstr "" "Consulte las secciones siguientes para verificar los detalles y las " "consideraciones de cada opción." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:114 msgid "" "This is the default and the suggested option, considering the digital " "ceritificate is included as part of the service." @@ -10302,11 +10326,11 @@ msgstr "" "Esta es la opción predeterminada y sugerida, considerando que el certificado" " digital se incluye como parte del servicio." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:122 msgid "What is the IAP?" msgstr "¿Qué es el IAP?" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:124 msgid "" "This is a signature service offered directly by Odoo, the service takes care" " of the next process:" @@ -10314,7 +10338,7 @@ msgstr "" "Este es un servicio de firma electrónica ofrecido directamente por Odoo, el " "servicio se encarga del siguiente proceso:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:126 msgid "" "Provides the Electronic invoice Certificate, so you do not need to acquire " "one by yourself." @@ -10322,19 +10346,19 @@ msgstr "" "Proporciona el Certificado de factura electrónica, por lo que no necesita " "adquirir uno por su cuenta." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:127 msgid "Send the document to the OSE, in this case, Digiflow." msgstr "Envía el documento a la OSE, en este caso, a Digiflow." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:128 msgid "Receive the OSE validation and CDR." msgstr "Recibe la validación de la OSE y el CDR." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:131 msgid "How does it work?" msgstr "¿Como funciona?" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:133 msgid "" "The service requires Credits in order to process your electronic documents. " "Odoo provides 1000 credits for free in new databases. After these credits " @@ -10344,52 +10368,52 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo proporciona 1000 créditos gratis en nuevas bases de datos. Una vez " "consumidos estos créditos, debe comprar un paquete de créditos." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:138 msgid "Credits" msgstr "Créditos" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:138 msgid "EUR" msgstr "EUR" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:140 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:113 msgid "1000" msgstr "1000" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:140 msgid "22" msgstr "22" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:142 msgid "5000" msgstr "5000" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:142 msgid "110" msgstr "110" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:144 msgid "10,000" msgstr "10,000" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:144 msgid "220" msgstr "220" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:146 msgid "20,000" msgstr "20,000" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:146 msgid "440" msgstr "440" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:149 msgid "The credits are consumed per each document that is sent to the OSE." msgstr "Los créditos se consumen por cada documento que se envía a la OSE." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:152 msgid "" "If you have a validation error and the document needs to be sent one more " "time, one additional credit will be charged. Therefore, it is paramount that" @@ -10400,11 +10424,11 @@ msgstr "" " cargará un crédito adicional. Por lo tanto, es fundamental que verifique " "que toda la información sea correcta antes de enviar su documento a la OSE." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:157 msgid "What do you need to do?" msgstr "¿Qué es lo que tiene que hacer?" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:159 msgid "" "In Odoo, once your enterprise contract is activated and you start working in" " Production, you need to buy credits once the first 1000 are consumed." @@ -10413,7 +10437,7 @@ msgstr "" " en Producción, debe comprar créditos una vez que se consuman los primeros " "1000." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:161 msgid "" "As Digiflow is the OSE used in the IAP, you need to affiliate it as the " "official OSE for your company on the SUNAT website. This is a simple " @@ -10425,7 +10449,14 @@ msgstr "" "obtener más información, consulte la `Guía de afiliación de OSE " "<https://drive.google.com/file/d/1BkrMTZIiJyi5XI0lGMi3rbMzHddOL1pa/view?usp=sharing>`_." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:165 +msgid "" +"Register Digiflow as the authorized PSE, please check `PSE Affiliation guide" +" " +"<https://drive.google.com/file/d/1QZoqWvtQERpS0pqp6LcKmw7EBlm9EroU/view?usp=sharing>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:172 msgid "" "This option can be used as an alternative, instead of using the IAP services" " you can send your document validation directly to Digiflow. In this case " @@ -10435,8 +10466,8 @@ msgstr "" "servicios IAP, puede enviar la validación de su documento directamente a " "Digiflow. En este caso, debe considerar:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:172 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:192 msgid "" "Buy your own digital Certificate: For more detail regarding the official " "vendor list, and the process to acquire it, please refer to `SUNAT Digital " @@ -10448,7 +10479,7 @@ msgstr "" "`Certificados digitales de la SUNAT " "<https://cpe.sunat.gob.pe/informacion_general/certificados_digitales/>`_." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:178 msgid "" "Sign a service agreement directly with `Digiflow " "<https://www.digiflow.pe/>`_." @@ -10456,11 +10487,11 @@ msgstr "" "Firmar un contrato de servicio directamente con `Digiflow " "<https://www.digiflow.pe/>`_." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:179 msgid "Provide your SOL credentials." msgstr "Proporcione sus credenciales SOL." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:188 msgid "" "In case your company wants to sign directly with the SUNAT, it is possible " "to select this option in your configuration. In this case you need to " @@ -10471,15 +10502,21 @@ msgstr "" "necesario considerar: - Obtener la aceptación del proceso de Certificación " "SUNAT." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:196 msgid "Provide you SOL credentials." msgstr "Proporcione sus credenciales SOL." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:199 +msgid "" +"When using direct connection with the SUNAT, the SOL User must be set with " +"the Company RUT + User Id. Example: ``20121888549JOHNSMITH``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:203 msgid "Testing environment" msgstr "Ambiente de Pruebas" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:205 msgid "" "Odoo provides a testing environment that can be activated before your " "company goes into production." @@ -10487,7 +10524,7 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo proporciona un entorno de prueba que se puede activar antes de que su " "empresa entre en producción." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:207 msgid "" "When using the testing environment and the IAP signature, you don’t need to " "buy testing credits for your transactions as all of them are validated by " @@ -10497,7 +10534,7 @@ msgstr "" "créditos de prueba para sus transacciones, ya que todos ellos están " "validados de forma predeterminada." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:211 msgid "" "By default the databases are set to work on production, make sure to enable " "the testing mode if needed." @@ -10505,7 +10542,7 @@ msgstr "" "De forma predeterminada, las bases de datos están configuradas para trabajar" " en producción, asegúrese de habilitar el modo de prueba si es necesario." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:217 msgid "" "In case you don’t use Odoo IAP, in order to generate the electronic invoice " "signature, a digital certificate with the extension ``.pfx`` is required. " @@ -10515,7 +10552,7 @@ msgstr "" "electrónica, se requiere un certificado digital con la extensión ``.pfx`` . " "Acceda a esta sección y cargue su archivo y contraseña." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:228 msgid "" "The official currency exchange rate in Peru is provided by the Bank of Peru." " Odoo can connect directly to its services and get the currency rate either " @@ -10525,7 +10562,7 @@ msgstr "" "Central de Reserva del Peru. Odoo puede conectarse directamente a sus " "servicios y obtener el tipo de cambio de forma automática o manual." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:235 msgid "" "Please refer to the next section in our documentation for more information " "about :doc:`multicurrency <../../others/multicurrencies/how_it_works>`." @@ -10534,7 +10571,7 @@ msgstr "" "información sobre :doc:`multicurrency " "<../../others/multicurrencies/how_it_works>`." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:245 msgid "" "As part of the localization module the taxes are created automatically with " "their related financial account and electronic invoice configuration." @@ -10543,11 +10580,11 @@ msgstr "" "automáticamente con su cuenta financiera relacionada y la configuración de " "factura electrónica." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:253 msgid "EDI Configuration" msgstr "Configuración EDI" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:255 msgid "" "As part of the taxes configuration, there are three new fields required for " "electronic invoice, the taxes created by default have this data included, " @@ -10558,7 +10595,7 @@ msgstr "" "tienen estos datos incluidos, pero en caso de que cree nuevos impuestos " "asegúrese de completar los campos:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:261 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:267 msgid "" "There are two main fiscal positions included by default when you install the" " Peruvian localization." @@ -10566,7 +10603,7 @@ msgstr "" "Hay dos posiciones fiscales principales incluidas de forma predeterminada " "cuando instala la localización peruana." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:269 msgid "" "**Extranjero - Exportación**: Set this fiscal position on customers for " "Exportation transactions." @@ -10574,12 +10611,12 @@ msgstr "" "**Extranjero - Exportación**: Establece esta posición fiscal en clientes " "para transacciones de Exportación." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:271 msgid "**Local Peru**: Set this fiscal position on local customers." msgstr "" "**Perú local**: establezca esta posición fiscal en los clientes locales." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:270 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:276 msgid "" "In some Latin American countries, including Peru, some accounting " "transactions like invoices and vendor bills are classified by document " @@ -10591,7 +10628,7 @@ msgstr "" "documentos, definidos por las autoridades fiscales del gobierno, en este " "caso por la SUNAT." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:280 msgid "" "Each document type can have a unique sequence per journal where it is " "assigned. As part of the localization, the Document Type includes the " @@ -10603,7 +10640,7 @@ msgstr "" "en el que se aplica el documento; los datos se crean automáticamente cuando " "se instala el módulo de localización." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:278 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:284 msgid "" "The information required for the document types is included by default so " "the user does not need to fill anything on this view:" @@ -10612,7 +10649,7 @@ msgstr "" "predeterminada, por lo que el usuario no necesita completar nada en esta " "vista:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:292 msgid "" "Currently the documents supported on customer invoices are: Invoice, Boleta," " Debit Note and Credit Note." @@ -10620,7 +10657,7 @@ msgstr "" "Actualmente los documentos soportados en las facturas de los clientes son: " "Factura, Boleta, Nota de Débito y Nota de Crédito." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:298 msgid "" "When creating Sales Journals, the following information must be filled, in " "addition to the standard fields on the Journals:" @@ -10628,11 +10665,11 @@ msgstr "" "Al crear los diarios de ventas, se debe completar la siguiente información, " "además de los campos estándar:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:302 msgid "Use Documents" msgstr "Usa documentos" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:304 msgid "" "This field is used to define if the journal uses Document Types. It is only " "applicable to Purchase and Sales journals, which are the ones that can be " @@ -10645,11 +10682,11 @@ msgstr "" "Perú. De forma predeterminada, todos los diarios de ventas creados utilizan " "documentos." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:303 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:309 msgid "Electronic Data Interchange" msgstr "Intercambio de Datos Electrónico ( EDI )" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:305 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:311 msgid "" "This section indicates which EDI workflow is used in the invoice, for Peru " "we must select “Peru UBL 2.1”." @@ -10657,7 +10694,7 @@ msgstr "" "En esta sección se indica qué flujo de trabajo de EDI se utiliza en la " "factura, para Perú debemos seleccionar “Perú UBL 2.1”." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:313 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:319 msgid "" "By default, the value Factur-X (FR) is always displayed, make sure you can " "uncheck it manually." @@ -10665,7 +10702,7 @@ msgstr "" "Por defecto, el valor Factur-X (FR) siempre se muestra, asegúrese de " "desmarcarlo manualmente." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:321 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:327 msgid "" "As part of the Peruvian localization, the identification types defined by " "the SUNAT are now available on the Partner form, this information is " @@ -10678,11 +10715,11 @@ msgstr "" "empresa remitente y en el cliente, asegúrese de completar esta información " "en sus registros." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:331 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:337 msgid "Product" msgstr "Producto" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:333 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:339 msgid "" "Additional to the basic information in your products, for the Peruvian " "localization, the UNSPC Code on the product is a required value to be " @@ -10692,15 +10729,15 @@ msgstr "" "peruana, el Código UNSPSC en el producto es un valor requerido para ser " "configurado." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:345 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:351 msgid "Customer invoice" msgstr "Factura de cliente" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:354 msgid "EDI Elements" msgstr "Elementos EDI" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:356 msgid "" "Once you have configured your master data, the invoices can be created from " "your sales order or manually. Additional to the basic invoice information " @@ -10715,7 +10752,7 @@ msgstr "" "<../../cobivables/customer_invoices/overview>`, hay un par de campos " "obligatorios como parte del EDI de Perú:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:355 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:361 msgid "" "**Document type**: The default value is “Factura Electronica” but you can " "manually change the document type if needed and select Boleta for example." @@ -10724,7 +10761,7 @@ msgstr "" "pero puede cambiar manualmente el tipo de documento si es necesario y " "seleccionar Boleta, por ejemplo." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:362 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:368 msgid "" "**Operation type**: This value is required for Electronic Invoice and " "indicates the transaction type, the default value is “Internal Sale” but " @@ -10736,7 +10773,7 @@ msgstr "" "Interna\" pero se puede seleccionar otro valor manualmente cuando sea " "necesario, por ejemplo Exportación de Mercancías." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:370 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:376 msgid "" "**EDI Affectation Reason**: In the invoice lines, additional to the Tax " "there is a field “EDI Affectation Reason” that determines the tax scope " @@ -10751,7 +10788,7 @@ msgstr "" "predeterminado, si es necesario, puede seleccionar manualmente otro al crear" " la factura." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:382 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:388 msgid "" "Once you check all the information in your invoice is correct, you can " "proceed to validate it. This action registers the account move and triggers " @@ -10763,7 +10800,7 @@ msgstr "" "y activa el flujo de Factura Electrónica para enviarla a la OSE y la SUNAT. " "El siguiente mensaje se muestra en la parte superior de la factura:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:390 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:396 msgid "" "Asynchronous means that the document is not sent automatically after the " "invoice has been posted." @@ -10771,12 +10808,12 @@ msgstr "" "Asincrónico significa que el documento no se envía automáticamente después " "de que se haya contabilizado la factura." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:393 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:487 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:399 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:493 msgid "Electronic Invoice Status" msgstr "Estado de Factura Electrónica" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:395 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:401 msgid "" "**To be Sent**: To be sent: Indicates the document is ready to be sent to " "the OSE, this can be done either automatically by Odoo with a *cron* that " @@ -10788,7 +10825,7 @@ msgstr "" "un *cron* que se ejecuta cada hora, o el usuario puede enviarlo " "inmediatamente por haciendo clic en el botón \"Enviado ahora\"." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:403 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:409 msgid "" "**Sent**: Indicates the document was sent to the OSE and was successfully " "validated. As part of the validation a ZIP file is downloaded and a message " @@ -10799,7 +10836,7 @@ msgstr "" "registra un mensaje en el chatter que indica la validación gubernamental es " "correcta." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:411 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:417 msgid "" "In case there is a validation error the Electronic Invoice status remains in" " “To be sent” so the corrections can be made and the invoice can be sent " @@ -10809,7 +10846,7 @@ msgstr "" "Electrónica permanece en “A enviar” para que se puedan realizar las " "correcciones y la factura se pueda enviar nuevamente." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:415 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:421 msgid "" "One credit is consumed each time that you send a document for validation, in" " this sense if an error is detected on an invoice and you send it one more " @@ -10819,7 +10856,7 @@ msgstr "" " este sentido si se detecta un error en una factura y la envía una vez más, " "se consumen dos créditos en total." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:422 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:428 msgid "" "There are multiple reasons behind a rejection from the OSE or the SUNAT, " "when this happens Odoo sends a message at the top of the invoice indicating " @@ -10830,11 +10867,11 @@ msgstr "" " indicando los detalles del error y, en los casos más comunes, una ayuda " "funcional para solucionar el problema." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:426 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:432 msgid "If a validation error is received, you have two options:" msgstr "Si se recibe un error de validación, tiene dos opciones:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:428 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:434 msgid "" "In case the error is related to master data on the partner, customer or " "taxes, you can simply apply the change on the record (example customer " @@ -10845,7 +10882,7 @@ msgstr "" "(ejemplo tipo de identificación de cliente) y una vez hecho esto, haga clic " "en el botón Reintentar." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:431 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:437 msgid "" "If the error is related to some data recorded on the invoice directly " "(Operation type, missing data on the invoice lines), the correct solution is" @@ -10858,7 +10895,7 @@ msgstr "" "cambios y luego enviar la factura nuevamente a la SUNAT para otra " "validación." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:440 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:446 msgid "" "For more detail please refert to `Common errors in SUNAT " "<https://www.nubefact.com/codigos-error-sunat/>`_." @@ -10866,7 +10903,7 @@ msgstr "" "Para obtener más detalles, consulte `Errores comunes en SUNAT " "<https://www.nubefact.com/codigos-error-sunat/>`_." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:446 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:452 msgid "" "After the invoice is accepted and validated by the SUNAT, the invoice PDF " "report can be printed. The report includes a QR code, indicating the invoice" @@ -10876,11 +10913,11 @@ msgstr "" "imprimir el informe en PDF de la factura. El informe incluye un código QR, " "que indica que la factura es un documento fiscal válido." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:454 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:460 msgid "IAP Credits" msgstr "Créditos IAP" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:456 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:462 msgid "" "Odoo’s Electronic IAP offers 1000 credits for free, after these credits are " "consumed in your production database, your company must buy new credits in " @@ -10890,7 +10927,7 @@ msgstr "" "que estos créditos se consumen en su base de datos de producción, su empresa" " debe comprar nuevos créditos para procesar sus transacciones." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:459 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:465 msgid "" "Once you run out of credits a red label is displayed at the top of the " "invoice indicating that additional credits are required, you can easily buy " @@ -10900,7 +10937,7 @@ msgstr "" " superior de la factura que indica que se requieren créditos adicionales, " "puede comprarlos fácilmente accediendo al enlace provisto en el mensaje." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:467 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:473 msgid "" "In the IAP service includes packages with different pricing based on the " "number of credits. The price list in the IAP is always displayed in EUR." @@ -10909,12 +10946,12 @@ msgstr "" " la cantidad de créditos. La lista de precios en el IAP siempre se muestra " "en EUR." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:474 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:510 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:480 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:516 msgid "Cancelation process" msgstr "Proceso de Cancelación" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:476 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:482 msgid "" "Some scenarios require an invoice cancellation, for example, when an invoice" " was created by mistake. If the invoice was already sent and validated by " @@ -10926,11 +10963,11 @@ msgstr "" "validada por la SUNAT, la forma correcta de proceder es haciendo clic en el " "botón Solicitar Cancelación:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:484 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:490 msgid "In order to cancel an invoice, please provide a cancellation Reason." msgstr "Para cancelar una factura, proporcione un motivo de cancelación." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:489 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:495 msgid "" "**To Cancel**: Indicates the cancellation request is ready to be sent to " "the OSE, this can be done either automatically by Odoo with a *cron* that " @@ -10945,7 +10982,7 @@ msgstr "" "un ticket de cancelación, como resultado, el siguiente mensaje y el archivo " "CDR se registran en la chatter:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:498 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:504 msgid "" "**Cancelled**: Indicates the cancellation request was sent to the OSE and " "was successfully validated. As part of the validation a ZIP file is " @@ -10957,11 +10994,11 @@ msgstr "" "se registra un mensaje en el chatter que indica la validación gubernamental " "correcta." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:507 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:513 msgid "One credit is consumed on each cancellation request." msgstr "Se consume un crédito en cada solicitud de cancelación." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:512 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:518 msgid "" "When creating exportation invoices, take into account the next " "considerations:" @@ -10969,44 +11006,44 @@ msgstr "" "Al crear facturas de exportación, tenga en cuenta las siguientes " "consideraciones:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:514 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:520 msgid "The Identification type on your customer must be Foreign ID." msgstr "" "El tipo de identificación de su cliente debe ser una identificación " "extranjera." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:515 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:521 msgid "Operation type in your invoice must be an Exportation one." msgstr "El tipo de operación en su factura debe ser de Exportación." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:516 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:522 msgid "The taxes included in the invoice lines should be EXP taxes." msgstr "" "Los impuestos incluidos en las líneas de la factura deben ser impuestos EXP." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:523 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:529 msgid "Advance Payments" msgstr "Pagos anticipados" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:525 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:531 msgid "Create the advance payment Invoice and apply its related payment." msgstr "Cree la Factura de anticipo y aplique su pago relacionado." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:526 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:532 msgid "Create the final invoice without considering the advance payment." msgstr "Crea la factura final sin considerar el anticipo." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:527 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:533 msgid "" "Create a credit note for the Final invoice with the advance payment amount." msgstr "" "Cree una nota de crédito para la factura final con el monto del anticipo." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:528 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:534 msgid "Reconcile the Credit note with the final invoice." msgstr "Concilie la nota de crédito con la factura final." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:529 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:535 msgid "" "The remaining balance on the final invoice should be paid with a regular " "payment transaction." @@ -11014,11 +11051,11 @@ msgstr "" "El saldo restante de la factura final debe pagarse con una transacción de " "pago regular." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:533 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:539 msgid "Detraction Invoices" msgstr "Facturas de detracción" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:535 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:541 msgid "" "When creating invoices that is subject to Detractions, take into account the" " next considerations:" @@ -11026,18 +11063,18 @@ msgstr "" "Al crear facturas sujetas a detracciones, tenga en cuenta las siguientes " "consideraciones:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:537 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:543 msgid "" "All the products included in the invoice must have these fields configured:" msgstr "" "Todos los productos incluidos en la factura deben tener configurados estos " "campos:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:543 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:549 msgid "Operation type in your invoice must be ``1001``" msgstr "El tipo de operación en su factura debe ser ``1001``" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:552 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:558 msgid "" "When a correction or refund is needed over a validated invoice, a credit " "note must be generated, for this just click on the button “Add Credit Note”," @@ -11050,7 +11087,7 @@ msgstr "" "necesita probar un motivo de crédito seleccionando una de las opciones en la" " lista." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:561 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:567 msgid "" "When creating your first credit Note, select the Credit Method: Partial " "Refund, this allows you to define the credit note sequence." @@ -11059,13 +11096,13 @@ msgstr "" "Reembolso parcial, esto le permite definir la secuencia de la nota de " "crédito." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:564 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:570 msgid "By default the Credit Note is set in the document type:" msgstr "" "De forma predeterminada, la nota de crédito se establece en el tipo de " "documento:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:570 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:576 msgid "" "To finish the workflow please follow the instructions on :doc:`our page " "about Credit Notes <../../receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes>`." @@ -11074,14 +11111,14 @@ msgstr "" "página sobre notas de crédito " "<../../receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes>`." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:574 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:580 msgid "" "The EDI workflow for the Credit notes works in the same way as the invoices." msgstr "" "El flujo de trabajo EDI para las notas de crédito funciona de la misma " "manera que las facturas." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:580 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:586 msgid "" "As part of the Peruvian localization, besides creating credit notes from an " "existing document you can also create debit Notes. For this just use the " @@ -11091,39 +11128,39 @@ msgstr "" "partir de un documento existente, también puede crear notas de débito. Para " "ello, utilice el botón \"Agregar nota de débito\"." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:583 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:589 msgid "By default the Debit Note is set in the document type." msgstr "" "De forma predeterminada, la nota de débito se establece en el tipo de " "documento." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:3 msgid "Spain" msgstr "España" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:6 msgid "Spanish Chart of Accounts" msgstr "Plan de cuenta Español" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:8 msgid "" "In Odoo, there are several Spanish Chart of Accounts that are available by " "default:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:10 msgid "PGCE PYMEs 2008" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:11 msgid "PGCE Completo 2008" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:12 msgid "PGCE Entitades" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:14 msgid "" "You can choose the one you want by going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration` then choose the package you want in the **Fiscal " @@ -11133,61 +11170,61 @@ msgstr "" "Configuración` y luego elija el paquete que desee en la sección ** " "Localización fiscal **." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:20 msgid "" "When you create a new SaaS database, the PGCE PYMEs 2008 is installed by " "default." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:23 msgid "Spanish Accounting Reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:25 msgid "" "If the Spanish Accounting Localization is installed, you will have access to" " accounting reports specific to Spain:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:28 msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 111)" msgstr "Reporte de Impuestos (Modelo 111)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:29 msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 115)" msgstr "Reporte de Impuestos (Modelo 115)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:30 msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 303)" msgstr "Reporte de Impuestos (Modelo 303)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:3 msgid "Switzerland" msgstr "Suiza" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:6 msgid "ISR (In-payment Slip with Reference number)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:8 msgid "" "The ISRs are payment slips used in Switzerland. You can print them directly " "from Odoo. On the customer invoices, there is a new button called *Print " "ISR*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:16 msgid "" "The button *Print ISR* only appears there is well a bank account defined on " "the invoice. You can use CH6309000000250097798 as bank account number and " "010391391 as CHF ISR reference." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:23 msgid "Then you open a pdf with the ISR." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:28 msgid "" "There exists two layouts for ISR: one with, and one without the bank " "coordinates. To choose which one to use, there is an option to print the " @@ -11196,17 +11233,17 @@ msgid "" "Invoices` and enable **Print bank on ISR**:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:38 msgid "ISR reference on invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:40 msgid "" "To ease the reconciliation process, you can add your ISR reference as " "**Payment Reference** on your invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:43 msgid "" "To do so, you need to configure the Journal you usually use to issue " "invoices. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, " @@ -11216,11 +11253,11 @@ msgid "" " *Save*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:53 msgid "Currency Rate Live Update" msgstr "Actualización en vivo de la tasa de cambio" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:55 msgid "" "You can update automatically your currencies rates based on the Federal Tax " "Administration from Switzerland. For this, go in :menuselection:`Accounting " @@ -11228,28 +11265,28 @@ msgid "" "you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:64 msgid "Updated VAT for January 2018" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:66 msgid "" "Starting from the 1st January 2018, new reduced VAT rates will be applied in" " Switzerland. The normal 8.0% rate will switch to 7.7% and the specific rate" " for the hotel sector will switch from 3.8% to 3.7%." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:71 msgid "How to update your taxes in Odoo Enterprise (SaaS or On Premise)?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:73 msgid "" "If you have the V11.1 version, all the work is already been done, you don't " "have to do anything." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:76 msgid "" "If you have started on an earlier version, you first have to update the " "module \"Switzerland - Accounting Reports\". For this, you go in " @@ -11258,13 +11295,13 @@ msgid "" "\"upgrade\"`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:83 msgid "" "Once it has been done, you can work on creating new taxes for the updated " "rates." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:87 msgid "" "**Do not suppress or modify the existing taxes** (8.0% and 3.8%). You want " "to keep them since you may have to use both rates for a short period of " @@ -11272,235 +11309,235 @@ msgid "" "transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:92 msgid "The creation of such taxes should be done in the following manner:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:94 msgid "" "**Purchase taxes**: copy the origin tax, change its name, label on invoice, " "rate and tax group (effective from v10 only)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 msgid "" "**Sale taxes**: copy the origin tax, change its name, label on invoice, rate" " and tax group (effective from v10 only). Since the vat report now shows the" " details for old and new rates, you should also set the tags accordingly to" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:102 msgid "" "For 7.7% taxes: Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 base, Switzerland VAT Form: " "grid 302 tax" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 msgid "" "For 3.7% taxes: Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 base, Switzerland VAT Form: " "grid 342 tax" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:108 msgid "" "You'll find below, as examples, the correct configuration for all taxes " "included in Odoo by default" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 msgid "**Tax Name**" msgstr "** Nombre del impuesto**" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 msgid "**Rate**" msgstr "**Tarifa**" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 msgid "**Label on Invoice**" msgstr "** Etiqueta en factura**" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 msgid "**Tax Group (effective from V10)**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 msgid "**Tax Scope**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 msgid "**Tag**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 msgid "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (TN)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 msgid "7.7%" msgstr "7.7%" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 msgid "7.7% achat" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 msgid "TVA 7.7%" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 msgid "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 400" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 msgid "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TN)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 msgid "7.7% achat Incl." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 msgid "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TN)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 msgid "7.7% invest." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 msgid "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 405" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 msgid "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TN)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 msgid "7.7% invest. Incl." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 msgid "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (TS)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 msgid "3.7%" msgstr "3.7%" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 msgid "3.7% achat" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 msgid "TVA 3.7%" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 msgid "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TS)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 msgid "3.7% achat Incl." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 msgid "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TS)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 msgid "3.7% invest" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 msgid "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TS)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 msgid "3.7% invest Incl." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 msgid "TVA due a 7.7% (TN)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 msgid "" "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 base, Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 tax" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 msgid "TVA due à 7.7% (Incl. TN)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 msgid "7.7% Incl." msgstr "7.7% Incl." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 msgid "TVA due à 3.7% (TS)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 msgid "" "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 base, Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 tax" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 msgid "TVA due a 3.7% (Incl. TS)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 msgid "3.7% Incl." msgstr "3.7% Incl." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:139 msgid "" "If you have questions or remarks, please contact our support using " "odoo.com/help." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:143 msgid "" "Don't forget to update your fiscal positions. If you have a version 11.1 (or" " higher), there is nothing to do. Otherwise, you will also have to update " "your fiscal positions accordingly." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:3 msgid "Fiscal Localization Packages" msgstr "Paquetes de Localización Fiscal" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:5 msgid "" "**Fiscal Localization Packages** are country-specific modules that install " "pre-configured taxes, fiscal positions, chart of accounts, and legal " @@ -11515,14 +11552,14 @@ msgstr "" "específicos, también se agregan a su aplicación Contabilidad, siguiendo sus " "requisitos de administración fiscal." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:11 msgid "" "Odoo continuously adds new localizations and improves the existing packages." msgstr "" "Odoo agrega continuamente nuevas localizaciones y mejora los paquetes " "existentes." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:16 msgid "" "Odoo automatically installs the appropriate package for your company, " "according to the country selected at the creation of the database." @@ -11530,7 +11567,7 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo instala automáticamente el paquete apropiado para su empresa, según el " "país seleccionado en la creación de la base de datos." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:20 msgid "" "As long as you haven't posted any entry, you can still add and select " "another package." @@ -11538,7 +11575,7 @@ msgstr "" "Siempre que no haya publicado ninguna entrada, aún puede agregar y " "seleccionar otro paquete." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:22 msgid "" "To install a new package, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration" " --> Fiscal Localization`, click on **Install More Packages**, and install " @@ -11548,17 +11585,17 @@ msgstr "" "Configuración --> Localización fiscal`, haga clic en **Instalar más paquetes" " **, e instale el módulo de su país." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:29 msgid "Once done, select your country's package, and click on *Save*." msgstr "" "Una vez hecho esto, seleccione el paquete de su país y haga clic en " "*Guardar*." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:36 msgid "Use" msgstr "Usar" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:38 msgid "" "These packages require you to fine-tune your chart of accounts according to " "your needs, activate the taxes you use, and configure your country-specific " @@ -11568,37 +11605,37 @@ msgstr "" "necesidades, active los impuestos que utiliza y configure sus declaraciones " "y certificaciones específicas de su país." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:41 msgid "Please refer to the documentation listed below for more information." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:44 msgid ":doc:`localizations_list`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:45 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:254 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:195 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:194 msgid ":doc:`../../overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts`" msgstr ":doc:`../../overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts`" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:46 -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:123 -msgid ":doc:`../../fiscality/taxes/taxes`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../fiscality/taxes/taxes`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:123 +msgid ":doc:`../../taxation/taxes/taxes`" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:48 msgid "" "update list of linked docs, and link with the future one about country-" "specific statements." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:3 msgid "List of supported countries" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo Accounting can be used in many countries out of the box by installing " "the appropriate module. Here is a list of all :doc:`Fiscal Localization " @@ -11608,2121 +11645,392 @@ msgstr "" "apropiado. Aquí hay una lista de todos :doc:`Paquetes de localización fiscal" " 1` que están disponibles en Odoo." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:14 msgid "Fiscal Localization Packages available" msgstr "Paquetes de Localización Fiscales disponibles" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:16 msgid "Algeria - Accounting" msgstr "Argelia - Contabilidad" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:19 msgid "Argentinian Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:20 msgid "Argentinian Accounting Reports" -msgstr "Informes contables argentinos" +msgstr "Argentina - Informes Contables" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:21 msgid "Argentinian Electronic Invoicing" -msgstr "Facturación Electrónica Argentina" +msgstr "Argentina - Facturación Electrónica" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:23 msgid "Australian - Accounting" msgstr "Australia - Contabilidad" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:24 msgid "Austria - Accounting" msgstr "Austria - Contabilidad" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:25 msgid "Belgium - Accounting" msgstr "Bélgica - Contabilidad" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:26 msgid "Bolivia - Accounting" msgstr "Bolivia - Contabilidad" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:27 msgid "Brazilian - Accounting" msgstr "Brasil - Contabilidad" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:28 msgid "Canada - Accounting" msgstr "Canadá - Contabilidad" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:29 msgid "Chile - Accounting" msgstr "Chile - Contabilidad" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:30 msgid "China" msgstr "China" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:32 msgid "China - Accounting" msgstr "Contabilidad - China" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:33 msgid "China - City Data" msgstr "China - Datos de la ciudad" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:34 msgid "China - Small Business CoA" msgstr "Catálogo contable para pequeñas empresas - China" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:35 msgid "China - Standard CoA" msgstr "China - Plan de cuentas estándar" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:39 msgid "Colombian - Accounting" msgstr "Colombia - Contabilidad" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:40 msgid "Colombian - Point of Sale" -msgstr "Punto de Venta - Colombia" +msgstr "Colombia - Punto de Venta" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:42 msgid "Costa Rica - Accounting" msgstr "Costa Rica - Contabilidad" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:43 msgid "Croatia - Accounting (RRIF 2012)" msgstr "Croacia - Contabilidad (RRIF 2012)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:44 msgid "Denmark" msgstr "Dinamarca" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:46 msgid "Denmark - Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:47 msgid "Denmark - Accounting Reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:49 msgid "Dominican Republic - Accounting" msgstr "República Dominicana - Contabilidad" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:50 msgid "Ecuador - Accounting" msgstr "Ecuador - Contabilidad" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:51 msgid "Ethiopia - Accounting" msgstr "Etiopía - Contabilidad" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:52 msgid "EU Mini One Stop Shop (MOSS)" msgstr "EU Mini One Stop Shop (MOSS)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:53 msgid "Finnish Localization" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:54 msgid "France - Accounting" msgstr "Francia - Contabilidad" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:55 msgid "Generic - Accounting" msgstr "Genérico - Contabilidad" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:58 msgid "Germany - Accounting" msgstr "Alemania - Contabilidad" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:59 msgid "Germany SKR03 - Accounting" msgstr "Alemania SKR03 - Contabilidad" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:60 msgid "Germany SKR04 - Accounting" msgstr "Alemania SKR04 - Contabilidad" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:62 msgid "Greece - Accounting" msgstr "Grecia - Contabilidad" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:63 msgid "Guatemala - Accounting" msgstr "Guatemala - Contabilidad" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:64 msgid "Honduras - Accounting" msgstr "Honduras - Contabilidad" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:65 msgid "Hong Kong - Accounting" msgstr "Hong Kong - Contabilidad" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:66 msgid "Hungarian - Accounting" msgstr "Hungria - Contabilidad" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:67 msgid "India" msgstr "India" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:69 msgid "Indian - Accounting" msgstr "India - Contabilidad" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:70 msgid "Indian - Point of Sale" msgstr "India - Punto de venta" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:72 msgid "Indonesian - Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:73 msgid "Ireland - Accounting" msgstr "Irlanda - Contabilidad" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:74 msgid "Israel - Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:75 msgid "Italy" msgstr "Italia" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:77 msgid "Italy - Accounting" msgstr "Italia - Contabilidad" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:78 msgid "Italy - E-invoicing" msgstr "Italia - Facturación Electrónica" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:80 msgid "Japan - Accounting" msgstr "Japón - Contabilidad" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:81 msgid "LATAM" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:83 msgid "LATAM Localization Base" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:84 msgid "LATAM Document" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:86 msgid "Lithuania" msgstr "Lituania" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:88 msgid "Lithuania - Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:89 msgid "LT - Accounting Reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:91 msgid "Luxembourg - Accounting" msgstr "Luxemburgo - Contabilidad" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:92 msgid "Maroc - Accounting" msgstr "Marruecos - Contabilidad" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:93 msgid "Mexico - Accounting" msgstr "México - Contabilidad" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:94 msgid "Mongolia" msgstr "Mongolia" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:96 msgid "Mongolia - Accounting" msgstr "Mongolia - Contabilidad" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:97 msgid "Mongolia - Accounting Reports" msgstr "Mongolia - Informes Contables" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:99 msgid "Multi Language Chart of Accounts" msgstr "Plan contable plurilingüe" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:102 msgid "Netherlands - Accounting" msgstr "Holanda - Contabilidad" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:103 msgid "Netherlands - Intrastat Declaration" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:105 msgid "New Zealand - Accounting" msgstr "Nueva Zelanda - Contabilidad" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:106 msgid "Norway - Accounting" msgstr "Noruega - Contabilidad" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:107 msgid "OHADA - Accounting" msgstr "OHADA - Contabilidad" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:108 msgid "Panama - Accounting" msgstr "Panama - Contabilidad" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:111 msgid "Peruvian Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:112 msgid "Peruvian Accounting Reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:113 msgid "Peruvian Electronic Invoicing" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:115 msgid "Poland - Accounting" msgstr "Polonia - Contabilidad" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:116 msgid "Portugal - Accounting" msgstr "Portugal - Contabilidad" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:117 msgid "Romania - Accounting" msgstr "Rumania - Contabilidad" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:118 msgid "Saudi Arabia - Accounting" msgstr "Arabia Saudita - Contabilidad" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:119 msgid "Singapore - Accounting" msgstr "Singapur - Contabilidad" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:120 msgid "Slovenian - Accounting" msgstr "Eslovenia - Contabilidad" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:121 msgid "South Africa - Accounting" msgstr "Sudáfrica - Contabilidad" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:122 msgid "Spain - Accounting (PGCE 2008)" msgstr "España - Contabilidad (PGCE 2008)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:123 msgid "Sweden" msgstr "Suecia" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:125 msgid "Sweden - Structured Communication OCR" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:126 msgid "Swedish - Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:128 msgid "Switzerland - Accounting" msgstr "Suiza - Contabilidad" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:129 msgid "Thailand - Accounting" msgstr "Tailandia - Contabilidad" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:130 msgid "Turkey - Accounting" msgstr "Turquía - Contabilidad" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:131 msgid "U.A.E. - Accounting" msgstr "Emiratos Árabes Unidos - Contabilidad" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:132 msgid "UK - Accounting" msgstr "Reino Unido - Contabilidad" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:133 msgid "Ukraine - Accounting" msgstr "Ucrania - Contabilidad" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:134 msgid "United States - Accounting" msgstr "Estados Unidos - Contabilidad" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:135 msgid "Uruguay - Chart of Accounts" msgstr "Uruguay - Plan de cuentas" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:136 msgid "Venezuela - Accounting" msgstr "Venezuela - Contabilidad" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:137 msgid "Vietnam - Accounting" msgstr "Vietnam - Contabilidad" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:140 msgid ":doc:`fiscal_localization_packages`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality.rst:3 -msgid "Fiscality" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year.rst:3 -msgid "Fiscal Year" -msgstr "Año Fiscal" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:3 -msgid "Do a year end in Odoo (close a fiscal year)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Before going ahead with closing a fiscal year, there are a few steps one " -"should typically take to ensure that your accounting is correct, up to date," -" and accurate:" -msgstr "" -"Antes de continuar con el cierre del año fiscal, hay algunos pasos que " -"normalmente se deberá realizar para asegurar que su contabilidad esta " -"correcta, actualizada y exacta:" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Make sure you have fully reconciled your **bank account(s)** up to year end " -"and confirm that your ending book balances agree with your bank statement " -"balances." -msgstr "" -"Asegúrese que ha conciliado completamente sus **cuenta(s) bancaria(s)** " -"hasta el final del año y confirme que los saldos del libro de cierre " -"concuerden con los saldos de sus extractos bancarios." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:13 -msgid "Verify that all **customer invoices** have been entered and approved." -msgstr "" -"Verifique que todas las **facturas de cliente** han sido ingresadas y " -"aprobadas." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:15 -msgid "Confirm that you have entered and agreed all **vendor bills**." -msgstr "" -"Confirme que ha ingresado y aprobado todas las **facturas de proveedor**." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:17 -msgid "Validate all **expenses**, ensuring their accuracy." -msgstr "Valide todos los **gastos**, asegúrando su exactitud." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Corroborate that all **received payments** have been entered and recorded " -"accurately." -msgstr "" -"Corrobore que todos los **pagos recibidos** han sido ingresados y " -"registrados exactamente." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:25 -msgid "Run a **Tax report**, and verify that your tax information is correct." -msgstr "" -"Ejecute un **Reporte de Impuestos**, y verifique que su información de " -"impuestos es correcta." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:27 -msgid "Reconcile all accounts on your **Balance Sheet**:" -msgstr "Concilie todas las cuentas en su **Hoja de Balance**" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Agree your bank balances in Odoo against your actual bank balances on your " -"statements. Utilize the **Bank Reconciliation** report to assist with this." -msgstr "" -"Compare sus saldos bancarios en Odoo contra los saldos bancarios actuales en" -" sus extractos. Utilice el reporte **Conciliación Bancaria** para apoyarse " -"con esto." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Reconcile all transactions in your cash and bank accounts by running your " -"**Aged Receivables** and **Aged Payables** reports." -msgstr "" -"Concilie todas las transacciones en efectivo y cuentas bancarias ejecutando " -"sus reportes **Viejas Cuentas por Cobrar** y **Viejas Cuentas por Pagar**" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Audit your accounts, being sure to fully understand the transactions " -"affecting them and the nature of the transactions, making sure to include " -"loans and fixed assets." -msgstr "" -"Audite sus cuentas, asegurándose de entender completamente las transacciones" -" que las afectan y la naturaleza de las transacciones, asegurándose de " -"incluir préstamos y activos fijos." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Run the optional **Payments Matching** feature, under the **More** dropdown " -"on the dashboard, validating any open **Vendor Bills** and **Customer " -"Invoices** with their payments. This step is optional, however it may assist" -" the year-end process if all outstanding payments and invoices are " -"reconciled, and could lead finding errors or mistakes in the system." -msgstr "" -"Ejecute la función opcional **Pagos Equivalentes**, bajo el **Más** " -"desplegable en el tablero, validando cualquier entrada **Facturas de " -"Proveedor** y **Facturas de Cliente** con sus pagos. Este paso es opcional, " -"no obstante puede asistir el proceso de cierre de año si todos los pagos " -"pendientes y facturas son conciliados, y puede conducir en encontrar errores" -" o equivocaciones en el sistema. " - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Your accountant/bookkeeper will likely verify your balance sheet items and " -"book entries for:" -msgstr "" -"A su contador/contable probablemente le gustará verificar sus items en la " -"hoja de balance y el libro de entradas para:" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Year-end manual adjustments, using the **Adviser Journal Entries** menu (For" -" example, the **Current Year Earnings** and **Retained Earnings** reports)." -msgstr "" -"Ajustes manuales de fin de año, usando el menú **Diario de Entradas Asesor**" -" (Por ejemplo, los reportes **Ganancias Corrientes del Año** y **Ganancias " -"Retenidas**)." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:56 -msgid "**Depreciation Journal Entries**." -msgstr "**Diario de Asientos de Depreciación**." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:60 -msgid "**Tax adjustments**." -msgstr "**Ajustes de Impuestos**." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:62 -msgid "" -"If your accountant/bookkeeper is going through end of the year auditing, " -"they may want to have paper copies of all balance sheet items (such as " -"loans, bank accounts, prepayments, sales tax statements, etc...) to agree " -"these against your Odoo balances." -msgstr "" -"Si su contador/contable esta en la auditoría de fin de año, ellos querrán " -"tener copias de los ítems de la hoja de balance (como los préstamos, cuentas" -" bancarias, pagos por anticipado, reportes de impuesto de ventas, etc...) " -"para comporarlos contra sus saldos en Odoo." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:67 -msgid "" -"During this process, it is good practice to set the **Lock date for Non-" -"Advisers** to the last day of the preceding financial year, which is set " -"under the accounting configuration. This way, the accountant can be " -"confident that nobody is changing the previous year transactions while " -"auditing the books." -msgstr "" -"Durante este proceso, es bueno practicar configurar la **Fecha de Cierre " -"para No-Consejeros** al último día del precedente año financiero, el cual es" -" configurado bajo la configuración de contabilidad. De esta forma, el " -"contador puede confiar que nadie mas esta cambiando las transacciones " -"previas del año mientras esta auditando los libros." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:77 -msgid "Closing the fiscal year" -msgstr "Cerrando el ejercicio fiscal" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:79 -msgid "" -"In Odoo there is no need to do a specific year end closing entry in order to" -" close out income statement accounts. The reports are created in real-time, " -"meaning that the **Income statement** corresponds directly with the year-end" -" date you specify in Odoo. Therefore, any time you generate the **Income " -"Statement**, the beginning date will correspond with the beginning of the " -"**Fiscal Year** and the account balances will all be 0." -msgstr "" -"En Odoo no hay necesidad de hacer un asiento de cierre de año específico " -"para cerrar las cuentas de ingreso del reporte. Los reportes son creados en " -"tiempo-real, lo que quiere decir que el **Reporte de Ingresos** corresponde " -"directalmente con la fecha de cierre de año que especifique en Odoo. Además," -" en cualquier momento que genere el **Reporte de Ingresos**, la fecha de " -"inicio corresponderá con la fecha de inicio del **Año Fiscal** y los saldos " -"de las cuenta serán todos 0." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:86 -msgid "" -"Once the accountant/bookkeeper has created the journal entry to allocate the" -" **Current Year Earnings**, you should set the **Lock Date** to the last day" -" of the fiscal year. Making sure that before doing so, you confirm whether " -"or not the current year earnings in the **Balance Sheet** is correctly " -"reporting a 0 balance." -msgstr "" -"Una vez el contador/contable ha creado el diario de asiento para localizar " -"las **Ganancias Corrientes del Año**, deberá configurar la **Fecha de " -"Cierre** al último día del año fiscal. Asegurándose que antes de hacer esto," -" que la si o no ganancia corriente del año en la **Hoja de Balance** esta " -"correctamente reportando un saldo 0." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:93 -msgid ":doc:`fiscal_year`" -msgstr ":doc:`fiscal_year`" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:3 -msgid "Manage Fiscal Years" -msgstr "Administrar Años Fiscales" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In most cases, the fiscal years last 12 months. If it is your case, you just" -" have to define what is the last day of your fiscal year in the accounting " -"settings. By default, it is set on the 31st December." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:12 -msgid "" -"However, there might be some exceptions. For example, if it is the first " -"fiscal year of your business, it could last more or less than 12 months. In " -"this case, some additional configuration is required." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Go in :menuselection:`accounting --> configuration --> settings` and " -"activate the fiscal years." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:22 -msgid "" -"You can then configure your fiscal years in :menuselection:`accounting --> " -"configuration --> fiscal years`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:29 -msgid "" -"You only have to create fiscal years if they last more or less than 12 " -"months." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:34 -msgid ":doc:`close_fiscal_year`" -msgstr ":doc:`close_fiscal_year`" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:3 -msgid "Manage prices for B2B (tax excluded) and B2C (tax included)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When working with consumers, prices are usually expressed with taxes " -"included in the price (e.g., in most eCommerce). But, when you work in a B2B" -" environment, companies usually negotiate prices with taxes excluded." -msgstr "" -"Cuando se trabaja con los consumidores, los precios se expresan por lo " -"general con los impuestos incluidos en el precio (por ejemplo, en la mayor " -"parte de comercio electrónico). Sin embargo, cuando se trabaja en un entorno" -" B2B, las empresas suelen negociar precios con impuestos excluidos." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Odoo manages both use cases easily, as long as you register your prices on " -"the product with taxes excluded or included, but not both together. If you " -"manage all your prices with tax included (or excluded) only, you can still " -"easily do sales order with a price having taxes excluded (or included): " -"that's easy." -msgstr "" -"Odoo maneja ambos casos de uso fácil, siempre y cuando se registre sus " -"precios en el producto con impuestos excluidos o incluidos, pero no ambas " -"cosas. Si gestiona todos sus precios con impuestos incluidos (o excluidos) " -"solamente, todavía se puede hacer fácilmente la orden de venta con un precio" -" que tiene sin impuestos (o incluidas): eso es fácil." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:15 -msgid "" -"This documentation is only for the specific use case where you need to have " -"two references for the price (tax included or excluded), for the same " -"product. The reason of the complexity is that there is not a symmetrical " -"relationship with prices included and prices excluded, as shown in this use " -"case, in belgium with a tax of 21%:" -msgstr "" -"Esta documentación es solo para el caso especifico donde se necesita tener " -"dos referencias para el precio (impuestos incluidos o excluidos), para el " -"mismo producto. La razón de la complejidad es que no hay una relación " -"simétrica con precios incluidos y precios excluidos, como se muestra en este" -" caso de uso, en Bélgica con un impuesto del 21%:" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:21 -msgid "Your eCommerce has a product at **10€ (taxes included)**" -msgstr "Su tienda en linea lista un producto a **10€ (impuestos incluidos)**" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:23 -msgid "This would do **8.26€ (taxes excluded)** and a **tax of 1.74€**" -msgstr "" -"Esto resulta siendo **8.26€ (impuestos exluidos)** y **un impuesto de " -"1.74€**" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:25 -msgid "" -"But for the same use case, if you register the price without taxes on the " -"product form (8.26€), you get a price with tax included at 9.99€, because:" -msgstr "" -"Pero en el mismo caso, si habia registrado el precio sin impuestos en el " -"formulario del producto (8.26€), obtendrá un precio con impuestos incluidos " -"de 9.99€ porque:" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:29 -msgid "**8.26€ \\* 1.21 = 9.99€**" -msgstr "**8.26€ \\* 1.21 = 9.99€**" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:31 -msgid "" -"So, depending on how you register your prices on the product form, you will " -"have different results for the price including taxes and the price excluding" -" taxes:" -msgstr "" -"Por ende, dependiendo de como se ha registrado el precio en el formulario " -"del producto, obtendrá resultados diferentes para el precio impuestos " -"incluidos y el precio impuestos excluidos:" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:35 -msgid "Taxes Excluded: **8.26€ & 10.00€**" -msgstr "Impuestos excluidos: **8.26€ & 10.00€**" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:37 -msgid "Taxes Included: **8.26€ & 9.99€**" -msgstr "Impuestos incluidos: **8.26€ & 9.99€**" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:40 -msgid "" -"If you buy 100 pieces at 10€ taxes included, it gets even more tricky. You " -"will get: **1000€ (taxes included) = 826.45€ (price) + 173.55€ (taxes)** " -"Which is very different from a price per piece at 8.26€ tax excluded." -msgstr "" -"Si compra 100 unidades a 10€ impuestos incluidos, se complicará aun más. " -"Obtendrá: **1000€ (impuestos incluidos) = 826.45€ (precio) + 173.55€ " -"(impuestos)**, que es bien diferente de un precio por unidad de 8.26€ " -"impuestos excluidos." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:45 -msgid "" -"This documentation explains how to handle the very specific use case where " -"you need to handle the two prices (tax excluded and included) on the product" -" form within the same company." -msgstr "" -"Este documento explica como manejar este caso especificao donde necesita " -"manejar dos precios (impuestos incluidos y impuestos excluidos) en el " -"formulario del producto dentro de la misma compañia." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:50 -msgid "" -"In terms of finance, you have no more revenues selling your product at 10€ " -"instead of 9.99€ (for a 21% tax), because your revenue will be exactly the " -"same at 9.99€, only the tax is 0.01€ higher. So, if you run an eCommerce in " -"Belgium, make your customer a favor and set your price at 9.99€ instead of " -"10€. Please note that this does not apply to 20€ or 30€, or other tax rates," -" or a quantity >1. You will also make you a favor since you can manage " -"everything tax excluded, which is less error prone and easier for your " -"salespeople." -msgstr "" -"In terminos de matematica financiera, no obtendra mas ingresos de vender un " -"producto a 10€ en vez de 9.99€ (teniendo un impuesto de 21%), por que su " -"ingreso sera exactamente el mismo de 9.99€, solo el impuesto sera 0.01€ mas " -"alto. Por ende, si tiene una tienda en linea en Bélgica, favorezca a sus " -"cliente poniendo un precio de 9.99€ en vez de 10€. Por favor tome nota de " -"que esto no aplica para 20€ o 30€, o otros impuestos de otro monton, o para " -"cantidades >1. Tambien hara un favor a si mismo porque podrá manejar todo " -"impuestos excluidos, que es menos propenso a errores y mas facil para su " -"fuerza de venta." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:65 -msgid "" -"The best way to avoid this complexity is to choose only one way of managing " -"your prices and stick to it: price without taxes or price with taxes " -"included. Define which one is the default stored on the product form (on the" -" default tax related to the product), and let Odoo compute the other one " -"automatically, based on the pricelist and fiscal position. Negotiate your " -"contracts with customers accordingly. This perfectly works out-of-the-box " -"and you have no specific configuration to do." -msgstr "" -"La mejor forma para evitar esa complejidad es de eligir un sistema de " -"manejar los precios y mantenerlo: precios impuestos incluidos o precios " -"impuestos excluidos. Define cual es el defecto guardado en el formulario del" -" producto (en el impuesto por defecto relacionado con el producto), y deja " -"Odoo calcular el otro precio automaticamente, basado en listas de precio y " -"posiciones tributarias. Negocie sus contratos con sus clientes de acuerdo a " -"esta determinación. Esto funciona perfectamente \"out-of-the-box\" y no " -"necesitara configurar ajustes especiales algunos." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:73 -msgid "" -"If you can not do that and if you really negotiate some prices with tax " -"excluded and, for other customers, others prices with tax included, you " -"must:" -msgstr "" -"Si no puede hacer esto y si realmente negocia precios con impuestos " -"excluidos y con otros clientes precios con impuestos incluidos, necesitará:" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:77 -msgid "" -"always store the default price TAX EXCLUDED on the product form, and apply a" -" tax (price included on the product form)" -msgstr "" -"siempre guardar el precio por defecto IMPUESTOS EXCLUIDO en el formulario " -"del producto y aplicar un impuesto (precio incluido) en el formulario del " -"producto." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:80 -msgid "create a pricelist with prices in TAX INCLUDED, for specific customers" -msgstr "" -"crear una lista de precios con precios impuestos incluidos para clientes " -"especificos" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:83 -msgid "" -"create a fiscal position that switches the tax excluded to a tax included" -msgstr "" -"crear una posicion tributaria que cambie los impuestos excluidos por los " -"impuestos incluidos" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:86 -msgid "" -"assign both the pricelist and the fiscal position to customers who want to " -"benefit to this pricelist and fiscal position" -msgstr "" -"asignar ambos, la lista de precios y la posicion tributaria, a los clientes " -"que corresponden a la configuracion de precios impuestos incluidos" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:89 -msgid "For the purpose of this documentation, we will use the above use case:" -msgstr "Para efectos de esta documentación, utilizaremos el caso anterior:" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:91 -msgid "your product default sale price is 8.26€ tax excluded" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:93 -msgid "" -"but we want to sell it at 10€, tax included, in our shops or eCommerce " -"website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:97 -msgid "Setting your products" -msgstr "Configurar sus productos" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:99 -msgid "" -"Your company must be configured with tax excluded by default. This is " -"usually the default configuration, but you can check your **Default Sale " -"Tax** from the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` of the " -"Accounting application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:107 -msgid "" -"Once done, you can create a **B2C** pricelist. You can activate the " -"pricelist feature per customer from the menu: :menuselection:`Configuration " -"--> Settings` of the Sale application. Choose the option **different prices " -"per customer segment**." -msgstr "" -"Una vez terminado, puede crear una lista de precios **B2C**. Puede activar " -"la característica lista de precios por cliente desde el menú: " -":menuselection:`Configuración --> Ajustes` del módulo Ventas. Elija la " -"opción **precios diferentes por segmento de cliente**" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:112 -msgid "" -"Once done, create a B2C pricelist from the menu " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Pricelists`. It's also good to rename the " -"default pricelist into B2B to avoid confusion." -msgstr "" -"Una vez terminado, cree una lista de precios B2C desde el menú: " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Pricelists`. También es bueno renombrar la" -" lista de precios por defecto en B2B para evitar confusión. " - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:116 -msgid "" -"Then, create a product at 8.26€, with a tax of 21% (defined as tax not " -"included in price) and set a price on this product for B2C customers at 10€," -" from the :menuselection:`Sales --> Products` menu of the Sales application:" -msgstr "" -"Luego, cree un producto en 8.26€, con un impuesto del 21% (definido como " -"impuesto no incluido en el precio) y fije un precio en este producto para " -"clientes B2C en 10€, desde el: :menuselection:`Ventas --> Productos` menú de" -" la aplicación Ventas. " - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:125 -msgid "Setting the B2C fiscal position" -msgstr "Configurando la posición fiscal B2C" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:127 -msgid "" -"From the accounting application, create a B2C fiscal position from this " -"menu: :menuselection:`Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`. This fiscal " -"position should map the VAT 21% (tax excluded of price) with a VAT 21% (tax " -"included in price)" -msgstr "" -"Desde la aplicación contabilidad, cree una posición fiscal B2C desde este " -"menú: :menuselection:`Configuración --> Posiciones Fiscales`. Esta posición " -"fiscal debe corresponder al IVA 21% (impuesto excluido de precio) con un IVA" -" 21% (impuesto incluido en precio)" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:136 -msgid "Test by creating a quotation" -msgstr "Ensaye creando una cotización" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:138 -msgid "" -"Create a quotation from the Sale application, using the " -":menuselection:`Sales --> Quotations` menu. You should have the following " -"result: 8.26€ + 1.73€ = 9.99€." -msgstr "" -"Cree una cotización desde la aplicación Ventas, usando el menú: " -":menuselection:`Ventas --> Cotizaciones`. Debe tener el siguiente resultado:" -" 8.26€ + 1.73€ = 9.99€." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:145 -msgid "" -"Then, create a quotation but **change the pricelist to B2C and the fiscal " -"position to B2C** on the quotation, before adding your product. You should " -"have the expected result, which is a total price of 10€ for the customer: " -"8.26€ + 1.74€ = 10.00€." -msgstr "" -"Luego, cree una cotización pero **cambie la lista de precios a B2C y la " -"posición fiscal a B2C** en la cotización, antes de agregar su producto. Debe" -" tener el resultado esperado, el cual es un precio total de 10€ para el " -"cliente: 8.26€ + 1.74€ = 10.00€." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:153 -msgid "This is the expected behavior for a customer of your shop." -msgstr "Este es el comportamiento esperado para un cliente de su tienda. " - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:156 -msgid "Avoid changing every sale order" -msgstr "Evite cambiar cada orden de ventas" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:158 -msgid "" -"If you negotiate a contract with a customer, whether you negotiate tax " -"included or tax excluded, you can set the pricelist and the fiscal position " -"on the customer form so that it will be applied automatically at every sale " -"of this customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:163 -msgid "" -"The pricelist is in the **Sales & Purchases** tab of the customer form, and " -"the fiscal position is in the accounting tab." -msgstr "" -"La lista de precios esta en la pestaña **Ventas y Compras** del formato del " -"cliente, y la posición fiscal esta en la pestaña de contabilidad." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:166 -msgid "" -"Note that this is error prone: if you set a fiscal position with tax " -"included in prices but use a pricelist that is not included, you might have " -"wrong prices calculated for you. That's why we usually recommend companies " -"to only work with one price reference." -msgstr "" -"Note que esta propenso a error: si configura una posición fiscal con " -"impuesto incluido en precios pero usa una lista de precios que no esta " -"incluida, podría incurrir en mala calculación de precios. Es por esto que " -"recomendamos compañías que solamente trabajan con una referencia de precios." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:3 -msgid "Manage cash basis taxes" -msgstr "Gestionar impuestos basados en flujo de caja" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The cash basis taxes are due when the payment has been done and not at the " -"validation of the invoice (as it is the case with standard taxes). Reporting" -" your income and expenses to the administration based on the cash basis " -"method is legal in some countries and under some conditions." -msgstr "" -"Los impuestos de transacciones en efectivo son debidos cuando el pago se ha " -"hecho y no en la validación de la factura (como es el caso con los impuestos" -" estándar). Informar sus ingresos y gastos a la administración basándose en " -"el método de base de efectivo es legal en algunos países y bajo ciertas " -"condiciones." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Example : You sell a product in the 1st quarter of your fiscal year and " -"receive the payment the 2nd quarter of your fiscal year. Based on the cash " -"basis method, the tax you have to pay to the administration is due for the " -"2nd quarter." -msgstr "" -"Ejemplo: Vendes un producto en el 1er trimestre de tu año fiscal y recibes " -"el pago en el 2do trimestre de tu año fiscal. Sobre la base del método de " -"base de efectivo, el impuesto que tienes que pagar a la administración se " -"debe para el 2do trimestre." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:16 -msgid "How to configure cash basis taxes ?" -msgstr "¿Cómo configurar impuestos de transacciones en efectivo?" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:18 -msgid "" -"You first have to activate the setting in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Settings --> Allow Tax Cash Basis`. You will be asked to " -"define the Tax Cash Basis Journal." -msgstr "" -"Primero tienes que activar el ajuste en: selección del menú: `Contabilidad " -"-> Configuración -> Ajustes -> Permitir Impuestos de Transacciones en " -"Efectivo '. Se te pedirá que definas el Diario de Impuestos de Transacciones" -" en Efectivo." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Once this is done, you can configure your taxes in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. At first set the " -"proper transitional accounts to post taxes until you register the payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:35 -msgid "" -"In the *Advanced Options* tab you will turn *Tax Due* to *Based on Payment*." -" You will then have to define the *Tax Received* account in which to post " -"the tax amount when the payment is received and the *Base Tax Received " -"Account* to post the base tax amount for an accurate tax report." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:45 -msgid "What is the impact of cash basis taxes in my accounting ?" -msgstr "" -"¿Cuál es el impacto de usa impuesto para transacciones en efectivo en mi " -"contabilidad?" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Let’s take an example. You make a sale of $100 with a 15% cash basis tax. " -"When you validate the customer invoice, the following entry is created in " -"your accounting:" -msgstr "" -"Tomemos un ejemplo. Tú haces una venta de $100 con un 15% impuesto sobre la " -"base de transacciones en efectivo. Al validar la factura del cliente, se " -"crea la siguiente entrada en tú contabilidad:" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:52 -msgid "Customer Invoices Journal" -msgstr "Diario de facturas del cliente" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 -msgid "**Debit**" -msgstr "**Débito**" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 -msgid "**Credit**" -msgstr "**Crédito**" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:72 -msgid "Receivables $115" -msgstr "Cuentas por cobrar $115" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:82 -msgid "Temporary Tax Account $15" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:60 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:88 -msgid "Income Account $100" -msgstr "Cuenta de ingresos $100" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:63 -msgid "A few days later, you receive the payment:" -msgstr "Unos días después, recibirás el pago:" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:66 -msgid "Bank Journal" -msgstr "Diario del banco" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:70 -msgid "Bank $115" -msgstr "Banco $115" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:75 -msgid "" -"When you reconcile the invoice and the payment, this entry is generated:" -msgstr "Al reconciliar la factura y el pago, se genera esta entrada:" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:78 -msgid "Tax Cash Basis Journal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:84 -msgid "Tax Received Account $15" -msgstr "Cuenta de impuestos recibidos $15" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:92 -msgid "" -"The last two journal items are neutral but they are needed to insure correct" -" tax reports in Odoo with accurate base tax amounts. We advise to use a " -"default revenue account. The balance of this account will then always be at " -"zero." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:121 -msgid "Default Taxes" -msgstr "Impuestos por defecto" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:5 -msgid "" -"**Default Taxes** define which :doc:`taxes <taxes>` are automatically " -"selected when there is no other indication about which tax to use. For " -"example, Odoo prefills the **Taxes** field with the Default Taxes when you " -"create a new product or add a new line on an invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:14 -msgid "" -":doc:`Fiscal Positions <fiscal_positions>` take the Default Tax into " -"account. Therefore, if a Fiscal Position is applied to an invoice, Odoo " -"applies the related tax instead of the Default Taxes, as mapped in the " -"Fiscal Position." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:21 -msgid "" -"**Default Taxes** are automatically set up according to the country selected" -" at the creation of your database, or when you set up a :doc:`Fiscal " -"Localization Package " -"<../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>` for your" -" company." -msgstr "" -"**Los impuestos predeterminados** se configuran automáticamente según el " -"país seleccionado en la creación de su base de datos, o cuando configura un " -":doc:`Paquete de localización fiscal <../../localizaciones_fiscales / visión" -" general / paquetes_de_localización_fiscal>` tu compañía." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:25 -msgid "" -"To change your **Default Taxes**, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes --> Default Taxes`, select the " -"appropriate taxes for your default **Sales Tax** and **Purchase Tax**, and " -"click on *Save*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Databases with multiple companies: the Default Taxes values are company-" -"specific." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:38 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:70 -msgid ":doc:`taxes`" -msgstr ":doc:`taxes`" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:39 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:93 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:279 -msgid ":doc:`fiscal_positions`" -msgstr ":doc:`fiscal_positions`" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:40 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:174 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:193 -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:125 -msgid "" -":doc:`../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages`" -msgstr "" -":doc:`../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages`" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:3 -msgid "Fiscal Positions (tax and account mapping)" -msgstr "Posiciones fiscales (mapeo de impuestos y cuentas)" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Default taxes and accounts are set on products and customers to create new " -"transactions on the fly. However, you might have to use different taxes and " -"record the transactions on different accounts, according to your customers' " -"and providers' localizations and business types." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:9 -msgid "" -"**Fiscal Positions** allow you to create *sets of rules* to automatically " -"adapt the taxes and the accounts used for a transaction." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:16 -msgid "They can be applied in various ways:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:18 -msgid "" -":ref:`automatically applied, based on some rules " -"<fiscal_positions/automatic>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:19 -msgid ":ref:`manually applied on a transaction <fiscal_positions/partner>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:20 -msgid "" -":ref:`assigned to a partner, on its contact form " -"<fiscal_positions/transaction>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:23 -msgid "" -"A few Fiscal Positions are already preconfigured on your database, as part " -"of your :doc:`Fiscal Localization Package " -"<../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>`." -msgstr "" -"Algunas posiciones fiscales ya están preconfiguradas en su base de datos, " -"como parte de su :doc:`Paquete de localización fiscal <../../ " -"fiscal_localizations / overview / fiscal_localization_packages>`." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:30 -msgid "Tax and Account Mapping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:32 -msgid "" -"To edit or create a Fiscal Position, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`, and open the entry you want to modify " -"or click on *Create*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:35 -msgid "" -"The mapping of taxes and accounts is based on the default taxes and accounts" -" defined in the products' forms." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:38 -msgid "" -"To map to another tax or account, fill out the right column (**Tax to " -"Apply**/**Account to Use Instead**)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:40 -msgid "" -"To remove a tax, rather than replacing it with another, leave the field " -"**Tax to Apply** empty." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:41 -msgid "" -"To replace a tax with multiple other taxes, add multiple lines with the same" -" **Tax on Product**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:44 -msgid "" -"The mapping only works with *active* taxes. Therefore, make sure they are " -"active by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:50 -msgid "Automatic application" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:52 -msgid "" -"You can configure your Fiscal Positions to be applied automatically, " -"following a set of conditions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:54 -msgid "" -"To do so, open the Fiscal Position you want to modify and click on **Detect " -"Automatically**. You can configure a few conditions:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:57 -msgid "" -"**VAT Required**: The VAT number *must* be indicated in the customer's " -"contact form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:58 -msgid "" -"**Country Group** / **Country**: The Fiscal Position is applied to these " -"countries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Taxes on **eCommerce orders** are automatically updated once the visitor has" -" logged in or filled out their billing details." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:69 -msgid "" -"The Fiscal Positions' **sequence** - the order in which they are arranged - " -"defines which Fiscal Position to apply if the conditions are met in multiple" -" Fiscal Positions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:72 -msgid "" -"For example, if the first Fiscal Position targets *country A*, and the " -"second Fiscal Position targets a *Country Group* that also comprises " -"*country A*, only the first Fiscal Position will be applied to customers " -"from *country A*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:79 -msgid "Application" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:84 -msgid "Assign a Fiscal Position to a partner" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:86 -msgid "" -"You can manually define which Fiscal Position must be used by default for a " -"specific partner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:88 -msgid "" -"To do so, open the partner's contact form, go to the **Sales & Purchase** " -"tab, edit the **Fiscal Position** field, and click on *Save*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:98 -msgid "Choose Fiscal Positions manually on Sales Orders, Invoices, and Bills" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:100 -msgid "" -"To manually select which Fiscal Position to use for a new Sales Order, " -"Invoice, or Bill, go to the **Other Info** tab and select the right **Fiscal" -" Position** *before* adding product lines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:110 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:281 -msgid ":doc:`taxcloud`" -msgstr ":doc:`taxcloud`" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:280 -msgid ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" -msgstr ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:3 -msgid "Manage withholding taxes" -msgstr "Gestionar impostos retinguts" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A withholding tax, also called a retention tax, is a government requirement " -"for the payer of a customer invoice to withhold or deduct tax from the " -"payment, and pay that tax to the government. In most jurisdictions, " -"withholding tax applies to employment income." -msgstr "" -"Un impuesto retenido, también llamado una retención de impuestos, es un " -"requerimiento gubernamental donde el pagador de una factura cliente retiene " -"o deduce impuesto sobre el pago, y paga ese impuesto al gobierno. En la " -"mayoría de las jurisdicciones, el impuesto retenido aplica a ingresos " -"salariales." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:10 -msgid "" -"With normal taxes, the tax is added to the subtotal to give you the total to" -" pay. As opposed to normal taxes, withholding taxes are deducted from the " -"amount to pay, as the tax will be paid by the customer." -msgstr "" -"Con impuestos normales, el impuesto es agregado al subtotal para obtener el " -"total a pagar. Como es opuesto a los impuestos normales, los impuestos " -"retenidos son deducidos del monto a pagar, ya que el impuesto será cancelado" -" por el cliente." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:14 -msgid "As, an example, in Colombia you may have the following invoice:" -msgstr "Como ejemplo, en Colombia puede tener la siguiente factura:" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:19 -msgid "" -"In this example, the **company** who sent the invoice owes $20 of taxes to " -"the **government** and the **customer** owes $10 of taxes to the " -"**government**." -msgstr "" -"En este ejemplo, la **compañía quien envió la factura debe $20 de impuestos " -"al **gobierno** y el **cliente** debe $10 de impuestos al **gobierno**." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:25 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, a withholding tax is defined by creating a negative tax. For a " -"retention of 10%, you would configure the following tax (accessible through " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Taxes`):" -msgstr "" -"En Odoo, un impuesto retenido es definido creando un impuesto negativo. Para" -" una retención del 10%, configuraría el siguiente impuesto (accesible a " -"través de :menuselection:`Configuración --> Impuestos`):" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:32 -msgid "" -"In order to make it appear as a retention on the invoice, you should set a " -"specific tax group **Retention** on your tax, in the **Advanced Options** " -"tab." -msgstr "" -"Para hacerlo aparecer como retención en la factura, debe configurar un grupo" -" de impuestos específico **Retención** en sus impuestos, en la pestaña " -"**Opciones Avanzadas**." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Once the tax is defined, you can use it in your products, sales order or " -"invoices." -msgstr "" -"Una vez el impuesto es definido, puede usarlo en sus productos, órdenes de " -"venta o facturas." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:43 -msgid "" -"If the retention is a percentage of a regular tax, create a Tax with a **Tax" -" Computation** as a **Tax Group** and set the two taxes in this group " -"(normal tax and retention)." -msgstr "" -"Si la retención es un porcentaje de un impuesto regular, cree un Impuesto " -"con **Calculación de Impuesto** como un **Grupo de Impuestos** y configure " -"los dos impuestos en este grupo (el impuesto normal y la retención)." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:48 -msgid "Applying retention taxes on invoices" -msgstr "Aplicando retención de impuestos en facturas" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Once your tax is created, you can use it on customer forms, sales order or " -"customer invoices. You can apply several taxes on a single customer invoice " -"line." -msgstr "" -"Una vez su impuesto esta creado, puede usarlo en los formularios del " -"cliente, órdenes de venta o facturas de clientes. Puede aplicar varios " -"impuestos en una sola línea de factura de cliente." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:58 -msgid "" -"When you see the customer invoice on the screen, you get only a **Taxes " -"line** summarizing all the taxes (normal taxes & retentions). But when you " -"print or send the invoice, Odoo does the correct grouping amongst all the " -"taxes." -msgstr "" -"Cuando vea la factura de cliente en la pantalla, obtendrá una **Línea de " -"Impuestos** resumiendo todos los impuestos (impuestos normales y " -"retenciones). Pero cuando imprima o envíe la factura, Odoo hace la " -"agrupación correcta entre todos los impuestos." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:63 -msgid "The printed invoice will show the different amounts in each tax group." -msgstr "" -"La factura impresa mostrará los diferentes montos en cada grupo de " -"impuestos." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:3 -msgid "Get correct tax rates in the United States using TaxCloud" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The **TaxCloud** integration allows you to correctly calculate the sales tax" -" for every address in the United States and keeps track of which products " -"are exempt from sales tax and in which states each exemption applies. " -"TaxCloud calculates sales tax in real-time for every state, city, and " -"special jurisdiction in the United States." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:15 -msgid "In TaxCloud" -msgstr "En TaxCloud" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Create a free account on `TaxCloud <https://taxcloud.com/#register>`__ " -"website." -msgstr "" -"Crea una cuenta gratuita en el sitio de `TaxCloud " -"<https://taxcloud.com/#register>`__ " - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Register your Odoo website on TaxCloud to get an *API ID* and an *API Key*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:23 -msgid "" -"In Settings on TaxCloud, click *Locations* to enter the location of your " -"Office(s) & Warehouse(s)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:24 -msgid "" -"In Settings on TaxCloud, click *Manage Tax States* to verify the states " -"where you collect sales tax." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:27 -msgid "In Odoo" -msgstr "En Odoo" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Invoicing / Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`" -" and check *TaxCloud - Compute tax rates based on U.S. ZIP codes* (note: " -"actually uses complete street address)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:30 -msgid "Enter your TaxCloud credentials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:31 -msgid "Click SAVE to store your credentials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Click the Refresh Icon next to *Default Category* to import the TIC product " -"categories from TaxCloud (Taxability Information Codes). Some categories may" -" imply specific rates or attract product/service type exemptions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Select your default *TIC Code*. This will apply to any new product created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Set a specific TaxCloud TIC Category on the *General Information* tab of the" -" Product, or on the Product Category." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Make sure your company address is complete (including the state and the zip " -"code). Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies` " -"to open and edit your Company record." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:47 -msgid "How it works" -msgstr "¿Cómo funciona?" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Salestax is calculated in Odoo based on fiscal positions (see " -":doc:`fiscal_positions`). A Fiscal Position for the United States is created" -" when installing *TaxCloud*. Everything works out-of-the-box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:54 -msgid "" -"You can configure Odoo to automtically detect which Customers should use " -"this fiscal position. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " -"--> Fiscal Positions` to open and edit the record." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Now, this fiscal position is automatically set on any sales order, web " -"order, or invoice when the customer country is *United States*. This " -"triggers the automated tax computation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Add your product(s). You have two options to get Sales Tax on the Order. " -"You can confirm it, or you can save it and from the *Action* Menu choose " -"**Update Taxes with TaxCloud**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:73 -msgid "Coupons & Promotions" -msgstr "Cupones & Promociones" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:75 -msgid "" -"If you use the Coupon or Promotion Programs, the integration with Taxcloud " -"might seem a bit odd." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:77 -msgid "" -"The problem lies with the fact that Taxcloud does not accept lines with " -"negative amounts as part of the tax computation. This means that the amount " -"of the lines added by the promotion program must be deduced from the total " -"of the lines it impacts. This means, amongst other complications, that " -"orders that use coupons or promotions with a Taxcloud fiscal position " -"**must** be invoiced completely - you cannot create invoices for partial " -"deliveries, etc." -msgstr "" -"El problema radica en el hecho de que Taxcloud no acepta líneas con montos " -"negativos como parte del cálculo de impuestos. Esto significa que el monto " -"de las líneas agregadas por el programa de promoción debe deducirse del " -"total de las líneas que impacta. Esto significa, entre otras complicaciones," -" que los pedidos que utilizan cupones o promociones con una posición fiscal " -"en Taxcloud **deben** facturarse por completo, no se pueden crear facturas " -"para entregas parciales, etc." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Another specific oddity is possible in the UI: imagine that you sell a " -"product from the Taxcloud category *[20110] Computers* and that you have a " -"promotion program in place that provides a 50% discount on this product. If " -"the tax rate for this particular product is 7%, the tax rate that will be " -"computed from the Taxcloud integration will display 3.5%. This happens " -"because the discount is included in the price that is sent to Taxcloud, but " -"in Odoo this discount is in another line entirely. At the end of the day, " -"your tax computation will be correct (since a 3.5% tax on the full price is " -"the equivalent of a 7% tax on half the price), but this might be surprising " -"from a user point of view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:5 -msgid "" -"There are numerous types of **taxes**, and their application varies greatly," -" depending mostly on your company's localization. To make sure they are " -"recorded with accuracy, Odoo's tax engine supports all kinds of uses and " -"computations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:12 -msgid "Activate Sales Taxes from the List view" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:14 -msgid "" -"As part of your :doc:`Fiscal Localization Package " -"<../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>`, most of" -" your country's sales taxes are already preconfigured on your database. " -"However, only a few of them are activated by default, so that you can " -"activate only the ones relevant for your business." -msgstr "" -"Como parte de su :doc:`Paquete de localización fiscal <../../ " -"fiscal_localizations / overview / fiscal_localization_packages>`, la mayoría" -" de los impuestos sobre las ventas de su país ya están preconfigurados en su" -" base de datos. Sin embargo, solo algunos de ellos están activados de forma " -"predeterminada, por lo que puede activar solo los relevantes para su " -"negocio." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:19 -msgid "" -"To activate Sale Taxes, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " -"--> Taxes` and use the *Activate* toggle button to activate or deactivate a " -"tax." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:31 -msgid "" -"To edit or create a **Tax**, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Taxes` and open a tax or click on *Create*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Taxes have three different labels, each one having a specific use. Refer to " -"the following table to see where they are displayed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:45 -msgid ":ref:`Tax Name <taxes/name>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:45 -msgid ":ref:`Label on Invoice <taxes/label-invoices>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:45 -msgid ":ref:`Tax Group <taxes/tax-group>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:48 -msgid "Back end" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:48 -msgid "*Taxes* column on exported invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:48 -msgid "Above the *Total* line on exported invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:53 -msgid "Basic Options" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:58 -msgid "Tax Name" -msgstr "Nombre del impuesto" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:60 -msgid "" -"The **Tax Name** as you want to display it for backend users. This is the " -":ref:`label <taxes/labels>` you see while editing Sales Orders, Invoices, " -"Products, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:66 -msgid "Tax Computation" -msgstr "Cálculo de impuestos" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:68 -msgid "**Group of Taxes**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:70 -msgid "" -"The tax is a combination of multiple sub-taxes. You can add as many taxes " -"you want, in the order you want them to be applied." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:74 -msgid "" -"Make sure that the tax sequence is correct, as the order in which they are " -"may impact the taxes' amounts computation, especially if one of the taxes " -":ref:`affects the base of the subsequent ones <taxes/base-subsequent>`." -msgstr "" -"Asegúrese de que la secuencia de impuestos sea correcta, ya que el orden en " -"que se encuentran puede afectar el cálculo de los montos de los impuestos, " -"especialmente si uno de los impuestos: ref: `afecta la base de los " -"siguientes <impuestos/base-subsiguiente>`." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:78 -msgid "**Fixed**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:80 -msgid "" -"The tax has a fixed amount in the default currency. The amount remains the " -"same, regardless of the Sales Price." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:83 -msgid "" -"For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *$10 " -"fixed* tax. We then have:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:231 -msgid "Product's Sales Price" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:231 -msgid "Price without tax" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:231 -msgid "Tax" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:231 -msgid "Total" -msgstr "Total" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:89 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:89 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:104 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:104 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:118 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:118 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:234 -msgid "1,000" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:89 -msgid "10" -msgstr "10" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:89 -msgid "1,010.00" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:92 -msgid "**Percentage of Price**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:94 -msgid "" -"The *Sales Price* is the taxable basis: the tax's amount is computed by " -"multiplying the Sales Price by the tax's percentage." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:97 -msgid "" -"For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *10% of " -"Price* tax. We then have:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:104 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 -msgid "100" -msgstr "100" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:104 -msgid "1,100.00" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:107 -msgid "**Percentage of Price Tax Included**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:109 -msgid "" -"The *Total* is the taxable basis: the tax's amount is a percentage of the " -"Total." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:111 -msgid "" -"For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *10% of " -"Price Tax Included* tax. We then have:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:118 -msgid "111.11" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:118 -msgid "1,111.11" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:124 -msgid "Active" -msgstr "Activo" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:126 -msgid "Only **Active** taxes can be added to new documents." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:129 -msgid "" -"It is not possible to delete taxes that have already been used. Instead, you" -" can deactivate them to prevent future use." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:133 -msgid "" -"This field can be modified from the *List View*. See :ref:`above " -"<taxes/list_activation>` for more information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:139 -msgid "Tax Scope" -msgstr "Ámbito del impuesto" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:141 -msgid "" -"The **Tax Scope** determines the tax's application, which also restricts " -"where it is displayed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:143 -msgid "**Sales**: Customer Invoices, Product's Customer Taxes, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:144 -msgid "**Purchase**: Vendor Bills, Product's Vendor Taxes, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:145 -msgid "**None**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:148 -msgid "" -"You can use **None** for taxes that you want to include in a :ref:`Group of " -"Taxes <taxes/computation>` but that you don't want to list along with other " -"Sales or Purchase taxes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:154 -msgid "Definition tab" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:156 -msgid "" -"Allocate with precision the amount of the taxable basis or percentages of " -"the computed tax to multiple accounts and Tax Grids." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:163 -msgid "**Based On**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:165 -msgid "Base: the price on the invoice line" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:166 -msgid "% of tax: a percentage of the computed tax." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:168 -msgid "**Account**: if defined, an additional Journal Item is recorded." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:169 -msgid "" -"**Tax Grids**: used to generate :doc:`Tax Reports " -"<../../reporting/declarations/tax_returns>` automatically, according to your" -" country's regulations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:175 -msgid "Advanced Options tab" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:180 -msgid "Label on Invoices" -msgstr "Etiqueta en facturas" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:182 -msgid "" -"The label of the tax, as displayed on each invoice line in the **Taxes** " -"column. This is the :ref:`label <taxes/labels>` visible to *front end* " -"users, on exported invoices, on their Customer Portals, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:193 -msgid "Tax Group" -msgstr "Grupo de impuestos" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:195 -msgid "" -"Select to which **Tax Group** the tax belongs. The Tax Group name is the " -":ref:`label <taxes/labels>` displayed above the *Total* line on exported " -"invoices, and the Customer Portals." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:198 -msgid "" -"Tax groups include different iterations of the same tax. This can be useful " -"when you must record differently the same tax according to :doc:`Fiscal " -"Positions <fiscal_positions>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:205 -msgid "" -"In the example above, we see a 0% tax for Intra-Community customers in " -"Europe. It records amounts on specific accounts and with specific tax grids." -" Still, to the customer, it is a 0% tax. That's why the :ref:`Label on the " -"Invoice <taxes/label-invoices>` indicates *0% EU*, and the Tax Group name, " -"above the *Total* line, indicates *0%*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:213 -msgid "Include in Analytic Cost" -msgstr "Incluir en la Analítica de costes" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:215 -msgid "" -"With this option activated, the tax's amount is assigned to the same " -"**Analytic Account** as the invoice line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:221 -msgid "Included in Price" -msgstr "Incluir en el precio" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:223 -msgid "" -"With this option activated, the total (including the tax) equals the **Sales" -" Price**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:225 -msgid ":dfn:`Total = Sales Price = Computed Tax-Excluded price + Tax`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:227 -msgid "" -"For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *10% of " -"Price* tax, which is *included in the price*. We then have:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:234 -msgid "900.10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:234 -msgid "90.9" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:234 -msgid "1,000.00" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:238 -msgid "" -"If you need to define prices accurately, both tax-included and tax-excluded," -" please refer to the following documentation: :doc:`B2B_B2C`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:242 -msgid "" -"**Invoices**: By default, the Line Subtotals displayed on your invoices are " -"*Tax-Excluded*. To display *Tax-Included* Line Subtotals, go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Customer " -"Invoices`, and select *Tax-Included* in the **Line Subtotals Tax Display** " -"field, then click on *Save*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:246 -msgid "" -"**eCommerce**: By default, the prices displayed on your eCommerce website " -"are *Tax-Excluded*. To display *Tax-Included* prices, go to " -":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Pricing`, and " -"select *Tax-Included* in the **Product Prices** field, then click on *Save*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:253 -msgid "Affect Base of Subsequent Taxes" -msgstr "Base imponible de subsiguientes impuestos" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:255 -msgid "" -"With this option, the total tax-included becomes the taxable basis for the " -"other taxes applied to the same product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:258 -msgid "" -"You can configure a new :ref:`Group of Taxes <taxes/computation>` to include" -" this tax, or add it directly to a product line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:266 -msgid "" -"The order in which you add the taxes on a product line has no effect on how " -"amounts are computed. If you add taxes directly on a product line, only the " -"tax sequence determines the order in which they are applied." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:270 -msgid "" -"To reorder the sequence, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " -"--> Taxes`, and drag and drop the lines with the handles next to the tax " -"names." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:282 -msgid ":doc:`../../reporting/declarations/tax_returns`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../reporting/declarations/tax_returns`" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:3 -msgid "VIES VAT numbers validation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:5 -msgid "" -"**VAT Information Exchange System** - abbreviated **VIES** - is a tool " -"provided by the European Commission that allows you to check the validity of" -" VAT numbers of companies registered in the European Union." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Odoo provides a feature to **Verify VAT Numbers** when you save a contact. " -"This helps you make sure that your contacts provided you with a valid VAT " -"number without leaving Odoo interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:15 -msgid "" -"To enable this feature, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " -"--> Settings --> Taxes`, enable the **Verify VAT Numbers** feature, and " -"click on *Save*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:23 -msgid "VAT Number validation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Whenever you create or modify a contact, make sure to fill out the " -"**Country** and **VAT** fields." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:31 -msgid "" -"When you click on *Save*, Odoo runs a VIES VAT number check, and displays an" -" error message if the VAT number is invalid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:39 -msgid "" -"This tool checks the VAT number's validity but does not check the other " -"fields' validity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:43 -msgid "" -"`European Commission: VIES search engine " -"<https://ec.europa.eu/taxation_customs/vies/vatRequest.html>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:109 msgid "Others" msgstr "Otros" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser.rst:3 msgid "Adviser" msgstr "Asesor" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:3 msgid "Manage a financial budget" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:8 msgid "" "Managing budgets is an essential part of running a business. Budgets help " "people become more intentional with the way money is spent and direct people" @@ -13732,7 +12040,7 @@ msgid "" "Analytic Accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:15 msgid "" "We will use the following example to illustrate. We just started a project " "with Smith&Co and we would like to budget the incomes and expenses of that " @@ -13743,7 +12051,7 @@ msgstr "" " con Smith&Co y nos gustaría presupuestar los ingresos y gastos de ese " "proyecto. Planeamos tener una renta de 1000 y no queremos gastar mas de 700." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:23 msgid "" "First we need to install the relevant apps to use budgeting. The main module" " is the accounting app. Go in the app module and install the **Accounting " @@ -13753,7 +12061,7 @@ msgstr "" "presupuestos. El módulo principal es la aplicación contabilidad. Vaya al " "módulo de la aplicación e instale la aplicación **Contabilidad y Finanzas**." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:30 msgid "" "Further configuration is as well necessary. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting" " module --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable the **Budget management**" @@ -13763,31 +12071,31 @@ msgstr "" "de contabilidad --> Configuración --> Ajustes` y habilite la función " "**administracion de presupuesto**" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:38 msgid "Budgetary Positions" msgstr "Posiciones presupuestarias" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:40 msgid "" "Budgetary positions are lists of accounts for which you want to keep budgets" " (typically expense or income accounts). They need to be defined so Odoo can" " know it which accounts he needs to go get the budget information." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:45 msgid "" "The budgetary positions act as a type of restriction on what can be recorded" " in the 'practical amount' column in a budget." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:48 msgid "" "Each budgetary position can have any number of accounts from the general " "ledger (the main chart of accounts) assigned to it, though it must have at " "least one." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:51 msgid "" "If you record a transaction that has an analytic account assigned to it that" " *is* included in a budget line but one of the general ledger accounts *is " @@ -13795,13 +12103,13 @@ msgid "" "not appear within the 'practical amount' column of that budget line." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:56 msgid "" "Some budgetary positions might be already installed with your chart of " "accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:59 msgid "" "To define the positions enter the :menuselection:`Accounting module --> " "Configuration --> Budgetary Positions`." @@ -13809,7 +12117,7 @@ msgstr "" "Para definir las posiciones entre al :menuselection:`módulo de Contabilidad " "--> Configuración --> Posiciones Presupuestales`." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:62 msgid "" "For our example we need to define what accounts relates to our project's " "expenses. Create a position and add items to select the accounts." @@ -13818,7 +12126,7 @@ msgstr "" "gastos de nuestro proyecto. Crear una posición y agregar ítems para " "seleccionar las cuentas." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:68 msgid "" "In this case we select the three relevant accounts used wherein we will book" " our expenses." @@ -13826,15 +12134,15 @@ msgstr "" "En este caso seleccionamos las tres cuentas relevantes usadas en donde " "registraremos nuestros gastos." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:74 msgid "Click on *Select*." msgstr "Haga clicn en *Seleccionar*." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:79 msgid "Save the changes to confirm your Budgetary position." msgstr "Guarde los cambios para confirmar su posición presupuestal." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:81 msgid "" "Repeat this steps to create a revenue budgetary position. Only in this case " "select the relevant income accounts." @@ -13842,11 +12150,11 @@ msgstr "" "Repita estos pasos para crear una posición de renta presupuestal. Solo en " "este caso seleccione las cuentas de ingreso relevantes." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:85 msgid "Analytical account" msgstr "Contabilidad Analítica" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:87 msgid "" "Odoo needs to know which costs or expenses are relevant to a specified " "budget. To do so we need to link our invoices and expenses to a defined " @@ -13856,11 +12164,11 @@ msgid "" " partner." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:98 msgid "Set a budget" msgstr "Configurar un presupuesto" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:100 msgid "" "Let's now set our targets for our budget. We specified that we expect to " "gain 1000 with this project and we would like not to spend more than 700." @@ -13869,7 +12177,7 @@ msgstr "" " que esperamos ganar 1000 con este proyecto y que nos gustaría no gastar mas" " de 700." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:104 msgid "" "To set those targets, enter the accounting app, select " ":menuselection:`Advisers --> Budgets` and create a new Budget." @@ -13878,7 +12186,7 @@ msgstr "" "seleccione :menuselection:`Consejeros --> Presupuestos` y cree un nuevo " "Presupuesto." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:107 msgid "" "We have to give a name to the budget. In this case we'll call it \"Smith " "Project\". Select the period wherein the budget will be applicable. Next add" @@ -13889,7 +12197,7 @@ msgstr "" "Seguidamente agregue un ítem para especificar sus objetivos en la Línea de " "Presupuesto." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:114 msgid "" "Select the Budgetary Position related to the Budget Line. In other words, " "select the position that points to the accounts you want to budget. In this " @@ -13906,7 +12214,7 @@ msgstr "" "**monto negativo**. Finalmente, seleccione la cuenta analítica " "correspondiente. " -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:124 msgid "" "Click on **Save & new** to input the revenue budget. The Budgetary Position " "is Revenue and the Planned Amount is 1000. Save and close" @@ -13915,15 +12223,15 @@ msgstr "" "posición Presupuestal es Ingreso y el Monto Planeado es 1000. Guarde y " "cierre" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:127 msgid "You'll need to **Confirm** and **Approve** the budget." msgstr "Necesitará **Confirmar** y **Aprobar** el presupuesto." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:130 msgid "Check your budget" msgstr "Revisar su presupuesto" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:132 msgid "" "You can check your budget at any time. To see the evolution, let's book some" " Invoices and Vendors Bills." @@ -13931,23 +12239,23 @@ msgstr "" "Puede revisar su presupuesto en cualquier momento. Para ver la evolución, " "registremos algunas Facturas y Facturas de Proveedor." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:136 msgid "" "If you use analytical accounts remember that you need to specify the account" " in the invoice and/or purchase line." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:140 msgid "" "For more information about booking invoices and purchase orders see " ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/overview`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:143 msgid "Go back in the budget list and find the Smith Project." msgstr "Regrese en la lista de presupuesto y encuentre el Proyecto Smith." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:145 msgid "" "Via the analytical account, Odoo can account the invoice lines and purchase " "lines booked in the accounts and will display them in the **Practical " @@ -13957,7 +12265,7 @@ msgstr "" "factura y las líneas de compra reservadas en las cuentas y las mostrará en " "la columna **Monto Práctico**." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:153 msgid "" "The theoretical amount represents the amount of money you theoretically " "could have spend / should have received in function of the date. When your " @@ -13966,15 +12274,15 @@ msgid "" " that could have been realised." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic.rst:3 msgid "Analytic" msgstr "Analítico" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:3 msgid "Track costs of purchases, expenses, subcontracting" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:8 msgid "" "Thanks to analytical accounting we can track costs of purchases, expenses " "and subcontracting in the accounting module." @@ -13982,7 +12290,7 @@ msgstr "" "Gracias a la contabilidad analítica podemos rastrear costos de compras, " "gastos y subcontratación en el módulo de contabilidad." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:11 msgid "" "We'll take the following example. We sold a consulting package for a " "customer. The package is all inclusive meaning no extra cost can be added. " @@ -13996,7 +12304,7 @@ msgstr "" " esta transacción ya que debemos pagar costos por compras, gastos, y " "subcontratación relacionados al proyecto." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:20 msgid "" "The following modules needs to be installed to track cost. Enter the app " "module and install the following apps:" @@ -14004,7 +12312,7 @@ msgstr "" "Los siguientes módulos necesitan ser instalados para rastrear costos. " "Ingrese al módulo aplicaciones e instale las siguientes aplicaciones:" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:28 msgid "" "Please note that the applications provided by these apps only allows us to " "**track** the costs. We won't be able to automatically re invoice those " @@ -14016,11 +12324,11 @@ msgstr "" "re-facturar estos costos a nuestros clientes. Para rastrear y **re-facturar " "costos** se debe también instalar la aplicación Administración de Ventas." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:37 msgid "Enable Analytical accounting" msgstr "Habilitar Contabilidad Analítica" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:39 msgid "" "Next step is to activate the analytical accounting. In the accounting app, " "select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and thick the Analytic " @@ -14030,7 +12338,7 @@ msgstr "" "contabilidad, seleccione :menuselection:`Configuración --> Ajustes` y de " "clic en la casilla Contabilidad analítica. " -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:46 msgid "" "Moreover, scroll down and tick the **Analytic accounting for purchases** " "box." @@ -14038,15 +12346,15 @@ msgstr "" "Así mismo, desplácese hacia abajo y seleccione la casilla **Contabilidad " "analítica para compras**." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:52 msgid "Don't forget to save your changes." msgstr "No olvide guardar sus cambios." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:55 msgid "Create an Analytical account." msgstr "Cree una Cuenta Analítica." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:57 msgid "" "First of all you should create an Analytical account on which you can point " "all your expenses. Enter the accounting app, select " @@ -14059,17 +12367,17 @@ msgstr "" "este caso la llamaremos \"paquete de consulta\" para nuestro cliente " "Smith&Co." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:65 msgid "We will point all our costs to this account to keep track of them." msgstr "" "Dirigiremos todos nuestros costos a esta cuenta para mantener rastro de los " "mismos." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:68 msgid "Record an expense" msgstr "Registrar un gasto" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:70 msgid "" "We start by booking an expense. Our IT technician had to take a train to go " "see our customer. He paid for his ticket himself." @@ -14077,11 +12385,11 @@ msgstr "" "Empezaremos registrando un gasto. Nuestro técnico IT tuvo que tomar un tren " "para ir a ver a nuestro cliente. Él mismo pago por su tiquete." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:75 msgid "Create an expense product" msgstr "Cree un producto de gasto" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:77 msgid "" "We first need to create an expense product. Enter the **Expense** module, " "Click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Expense Products`. Create a new " @@ -14093,11 +12401,11 @@ msgstr "" "nuevo producto llamado Tiquete de tren y configure el precio costo a 15.50 " "euros. Asegúrese que la casilla **Puede ser gastado** esta marcada." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:86 msgid "Book the expense" msgstr "Registre el gasto" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:88 msgid "" "Enter the Expense module, click on :menuselection:`My expenses --> Create`. " "Select the Train ticket product and link it to the analytical account " @@ -14107,7 +12415,7 @@ msgstr "" "Crear`. Seleccione el producto Tiquete de tren y vinculelo a la cuenta " "analítica discutida antes." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:95 msgid "" "Submit to manager and wait for the manager to approve and post the journal " "entries." @@ -14115,15 +12423,15 @@ msgstr "" "Preséntelo al administrador y espere a que el administrador apruebe y " "publique los asientos en el diario." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:99 msgid "Create a Purchase Order linked to the analytical account" msgstr "Cree una Orden de Compra vinculada a la cuenta analítica" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:102 msgid "Purchase Product" msgstr "Producto de Compra" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:104 msgid "" "We also need to buy a software for our customers. In the purchase app create" " a purchase order for the software product. Within the line we can link the " @@ -14131,7 +12439,7 @@ msgid "" "select the correct analytical account. Confirm the sale." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:113 msgid "" "Accept the delivery and enter the invoice. Once the invoice is entered the " "cost price (**Vendor Price** field) will be booked in the analytical " @@ -14141,11 +12449,11 @@ msgstr "" "precio de costo (campo **Precio del Proveedor**) será registrado en la " "cuenta analítica." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:117 msgid "Subcontracting" msgstr "Subcontratación" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:119 msgid "" "The purchase module can be used in the same way as seen previously to handle" " subcontracting. if we purchase a service from another company we can re " @@ -14158,17 +12466,17 @@ msgstr "" " analítica correcta. Simplemente necesitamos crear el producto correcto del " "proveedor." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:126 msgid "You can also track cost with timesheets, see: :doc:`timesheets`" msgstr "" "Puede también rastrear costos con hojas de trabajo, vea :doc:`hojas de " "trabajo`" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:129 msgid "Track costs in accounting" msgstr "Rastree costos en la contabilidad" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:131 msgid "" "Now that everything is booked and points to the analytical account. Simply " "open it to check the costs related to that account." @@ -14176,7 +12484,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ahora que todo esta registrado y apunta a la cuenta analítica. Simplemente " "ábralo para revisar los costos relacionados a esa cuenta." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:134 msgid "" "Enter the accounting module, click on :menuselection:`Advisers --> Analytic " "Accounts --> Open Charts`." @@ -14184,7 +12492,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ingrese al módulo contabilidad, de clic en :menuselection:`Consejeros --> " "Cuentas Analíticas --> Abrir Asientos`." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:137 msgid "" "Select \"consulting pack - Smith\" and click on the cost and revenue button " "to have an overview of all cost linked to the account." @@ -14192,7 +12500,7 @@ msgstr "" "Seleccione \"paquete de consulta - Smith\" y de clic en el botón costo e " "ingreso para tener un resumen de todos los costos vinculados a la cuenta." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:144 msgid "" "If you would like to have the revenue as well you should invoice the " "Consulting Pack in the Invoice menu and link the invoice line to this same " @@ -14202,11 +12510,11 @@ msgstr "" " en el menú de la factura y vincular la línea de la factura a esta misma " "cuenta analítica." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:3 msgid "Track costs of human resources with timesheets" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:5 msgid "" "Human resource of course has a cost. It is interesting to see how much a " "particular contract costs the company in term of human power in relation to " @@ -14216,7 +12524,7 @@ msgstr "" "cuesta a la compañía un contrato particular en términos de poder humano en " "relación con los montos facturados." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:9 msgid "" "We will take the following example: Our two employees **Harry Potter** and " "**Cedric Digory** both work on a **Consultancy pack** for our customer " @@ -14231,7 +12539,7 @@ msgstr "" "dentro de la aplicación contabilidad, y compararlos con el ingreso del " "servicio de consultoría." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:18 msgid "" "First, install the three applications necessary to use this functionality, " "namely **Accounting**, **Sales** and **Timesheet**. Enter the apps module " @@ -14241,7 +12549,7 @@ msgstr "" "funcionalidad, a saber **Contabilidad**, **Ventas** y **Hojas de Trabajo**. " "Ingrese al módulo el nombre de las aplicaciones e instálelas." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:31 msgid "" "Next you will need to enable analytical accounting. To do so enter the " "**Accounting app**. Select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and " @@ -14252,15 +12560,15 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Configuración --> Ajustes` y marque la opción **Contabilidad" " analítica** (vea imagen abajo)" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:38 msgid "Apply your changes." msgstr "Aplique sus cambios." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:41 msgid "Create an employee" msgstr "Cree un empleado" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:43 msgid "" "In order to check the revenue of an employee you need to have one. To create" " an employee enter the **Employee** app. Select **Employees** and create a " @@ -14270,7 +12578,7 @@ msgstr "" "empleado ingrese a la aplicación **Empleado**. Seleccione **Empleados** y " "cree un nuevo empleado, llene el nombre y la información básica." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:47 msgid "" "On the employee sheet enter the **HR settings** tab. Here you are able to " "specify the **Timesheet Cost** of your employee. In this case Harry has a " @@ -14281,7 +12589,7 @@ msgstr "" " Harry tiene un costo de 18 euros / hora. De esta manera llenaremos con 18 " "este campo." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:55 msgid "" "If you want the employee to be able to enter timesheets he needs to be " "related to a User." @@ -14289,7 +12597,7 @@ msgstr "" "Si quiere que el empleado ingrese a la hoja de trabajo él/ella debe ser " "relacionado como Usuario." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:58 msgid "" "Repeat the operation to create the Cedric Digory employee. Don't forget to " "specify its related user and **Timesheet Costs**." @@ -14297,11 +12605,11 @@ msgstr "" "Repita la operación para crear el empleado Cedric Digory. No olvide " "especificar su usuario relacionado y **Costos de Hoja de Trabajo**." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:62 msgid "Issue a Sales Order" msgstr "Emita una Orden de Ventas" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:64 msgid "" "We created two employees called Harry Potter and Cedric Diggory in the " "**Employee** app. Both of them will work on a consultancy contract for our " @@ -14312,7 +12620,7 @@ msgstr "" " nuestro cliente Smith&Co donde registrarán sus horas en una hoja de " "trabajo." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:68 msgid "" "We thus need to create a **sales order** with a **service** product invoiced" " **based on time and material** and tracked by timesheets with **hours** as " @@ -14322,13 +12630,14 @@ msgstr "" "**servicio** facturado **basado en tiempo y material** y rastreado por hojas" " de trabajo con **horas** como unidad de medida." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:75 msgid "" "For more information on how to create a sales order based on time and " -"material please see :doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/time_materials`." +"material please see " +":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:78 msgid "" "We save a Sales Order with the service product **External Consulting**. An " "analytical account will automatically be generated once the **Sales Order** " @@ -14342,11 +12651,11 @@ msgstr "" "cuenta (en este caso **SO002-Smith&Co**) para poder facturar sus horas (vea " "imagen abajo)." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:88 msgid "Fill in timesheet" msgstr "Llene la hoja de trabajo" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:90 msgid "" "As an employee linked to a user, Harry can enter the **Timesheet** app and " "specify his timesheets for the contract. Logged on Harry's account we enter " @@ -14359,11 +12668,11 @@ msgstr "" " trabajo** e ingresamos una línea detallada señalando a la **Cuenta " "Analítica** discutida antes." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:95 msgid "Harry worked three hours on a SWOT analysis for Smith&Co." msgstr "Harry trabajó tres horas en un análisis FODA para Smith&Co." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:100 msgid "" "In the meantime, Cedric discussed businesses needs with the customer for 1 " "hour and specified it as well in his personal timesheet, pointing as well on" @@ -14373,7 +12682,7 @@ msgstr "" "1 hora y lo especificó también en su hoja de trabajo personal, señalándolo " "también en la **Cuenta Analítica**." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:104 msgid "" "In the **Sales Order** we notice that the delivered amounts of hours is " "automatically computed (see picture below)." @@ -14381,11 +12690,11 @@ msgstr "" "En la **Orden de Ventas** notamos que el monto de horas entregadas es " "automáticamente calculado (vea imagen abajo)." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:111 msgid "Analytic accounting" msgstr "Contabilidad analítica" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:113 msgid "" "Thanks to analytic accounts we are able to have an overview of HR cost and " "revenues. All the revenues and cost of this transactions have been " @@ -14395,15 +12704,15 @@ msgstr "" "ingresos. Todos los ingresos y costos de estas transacciones se han " "registrado en la cuenta **SO002-Smith&Co**." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:117 msgid "We can use two methods to analyze this situation." msgstr "Podemos usar dos métodos para analizar esta situación." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:120 msgid "Without filters" msgstr "Sin filtros" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:122 msgid "" "If we pointed all our costs and revenues of the project on the correct " "analytical account we can easily retrieve the cost and revenues related to " @@ -14416,7 +12725,7 @@ msgstr "" "*Contabilidad*, seleccione :menuselection:`Consejero --> Cuentas Analíticas " "--> Abrir Asientos`." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:127 msgid "" "Note : you can specify a period for **Analysis**. If you want to open the " "current situation you should keep the fields empty. We can already note the " @@ -14426,7 +12735,7 @@ msgstr "" "situación actual debe mantener los campos vacíos. Ya podemos notar el saldo " "débito y crédito de la cuenta." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:134 msgid "" "If we click on the account a special button is provided to have the details " "of cost and revenues (see picture below)." @@ -14434,7 +12743,7 @@ msgstr "" "Si damos clic en la cuenta tenemos un botón especial para obtener los " "detalles de costo e ingresos (vea imagen abajo)." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:140 msgid "" "Click the button **Cost/Revenue** to have an overview of cost and revenues " "with the corresponding description." @@ -14442,17 +12751,17 @@ msgstr "" "De clic en el botón **Costo/Ingreso** para tener un resumen del costo e " "ingresos con la descripción correspondiente." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:144 msgid "With filters" msgstr "Con filtros" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:146 msgid "We can thus filter this information from the **Analytic Entries**." msgstr "" "De esta manera podemos filtrar esta información desde las **Entradas " "Analíticas**." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:148 msgid "" "Enter the **Accounting** app, and click on :menuselection:`Adviser --> " "Analytic Entries`. In this menu we have several options to analyse the human" @@ -14462,7 +12771,7 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Consejero --> Entradas Analíticas`. En este menú tendrá " "varias opciones para analizar el costo de recurso humano." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:151 msgid "" "We filter on the **Analytic account** so we can see the cost and revenues of" " the project. Add a custom **Filter** where the **Analytic Account** " @@ -14472,7 +12781,7 @@ msgstr "" "proyecto. Agreguemos un **Filtro** personalizado donde la **Cuenta " "Analítica** contenga el número de la **Orden de Ventas**." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:158 msgid "" "In the results we see timesheets activities and invoiced lines with the " "corresponding costs and revenues." @@ -14480,7 +12789,7 @@ msgstr "" "En los resultados vemos las actividades de las hojas de trabajo y líneas " "facturadas correspondientes a costos e ingresos." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:164 msgid "" "We can group the different analytical accounts together and check their " "respective revenues. Simply group by **Analytic account** and select the " @@ -14490,27 +12799,27 @@ msgstr "" "respectivos ingresos. Simplemente agrupar por **Cuenta Analítica** y " "seleccionar la **Vista Gráfica** para tener un resumen claro." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:3 msgid "Analytic account use cases" msgstr "Casos de uso de cuentas analíticas" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:5 msgid "The analytic accounting can be used for several purposes:" msgstr "La contabilidad analítica puede ser usada para muchos propósitos:" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:7 msgid "analyse costs of a company" msgstr "analice costos de una compañía" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:9 msgid "reinvoice time to a customer" msgstr "re-factura tiempo a un cliente" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:11 msgid "analyse performance of a service or a project" msgstr "analice comportamiento de un servicio o un proyecto" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:13 msgid "" "To manage analytic accounting, you have to activate it in " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`:" @@ -14518,7 +12827,7 @@ msgstr "" "Para manejar contabilidad analítica, debe activarla en " ":menuselection:`Configuración --> Ajustes`:" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:19 msgid "" "To illustrate analytic accounts clearly, you will follow three use cases, " "each in one of three different types of company:" @@ -14526,23 +12835,23 @@ msgstr "" "Para ilustrar cuentas analíticas claramente, seguirá tres casos de uso, cada" " uno de tres diferentes tipos de compañía:" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:22 msgid "Industrial company: Costs Analyse" msgstr "Compañía industrial: Analice Costos" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:24 msgid "Law Firm: reinvoice spent hours" msgstr "Firma de Abogados: re-facture horas gastadas" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:26 msgid "IT/Services Company: performance analysis" msgstr "Compañía de Servicios/IT: análisis de resultados" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:29 msgid "Case 1: Industrial company: Costs Analyse" msgstr "Caso 1: Compañía industrial: Analice costos" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:31 msgid "" "In industry, you will often find analytic charts of accounts structured into" " departments and products the company itself is built on." @@ -14550,7 +12859,7 @@ msgstr "" "En industria, usualmente encontrará planes de cuentas estructurados en " "departamentos y productos en los que la compañía misma fue creada." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:34 msgid "" "The objective is to examine the costs, sales and margins by " "department/resources and by product. The first level of the structure " @@ -14562,40 +12871,40 @@ msgstr "" "abarca los diferentes departamentos, y los niveles más bajos representan los" " rangos de producto que la compañía hace y vende." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:39 msgid "" "**Analytic Chart of Accounts for an Industrial Manufacturing Company**:" msgstr "" "**Plan Analítico de Cuentas para una Compañía de la Industria " "Manufacturera**:" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:41 msgid "Marketing Department" msgstr "Departamento de marketing" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:43 msgid "Commercial Department" msgstr "Departamento Comercial" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:45 msgid "Administration Department" msgstr "Departamento de Administración" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:47 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:80 msgid "Production Range 1" msgstr "Rango de Producción 1" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:49 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:82 msgid "Production Range 2" msgstr "Rango de Producción 2" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:51 msgid "" "In daily use, it is useful to mark the analytic account on each purchase " "invoice. When the invoice is approved, it will automatically generate the " @@ -14609,7 +12918,7 @@ msgstr "" "asiento en las cuentas generales, hay por lo menos un asiento analítico que " "localiza costos al departamento que incurrió en ellos." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:58 msgid "" "Here is a possible breakdown of some general accounting entries for the " "example above, allocated to various analytic accounts:" @@ -14617,128 +12926,148 @@ msgstr "" "Aquí hay un posible desglose de algunos asientos de contabilidad general " "para el ejemplo anterior, asignados a varias cuentas analíticas:" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:62 msgid "**General accounts**" msgstr "**Contabilidad General**" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:62 msgid "**Analytic accounts**" msgstr "**Contabilidad Analítica**" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 msgid "**Title**" msgstr "**Derecho**" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 msgid "**Account**" msgstr "**Cuenta**" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 +msgid "**Debit**" +msgstr "**Débito**" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 +msgid "**Credit**" +msgstr "**Crédito**" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 msgid "**Value**" msgstr "**Valor**" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 msgid "Purchase of Raw Material" msgstr "Compra de Materias Primas" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 msgid "2122" msgstr "2122" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 msgid "1500" msgstr "1500" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 msgid "-1 500" msgstr "-1 500" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 msgid "Subcontractors" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Subcontratistas" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 msgid "450" msgstr "450" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 msgid "-450" msgstr "-450" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 msgid "Credit Note for defective materials" msgstr "Nota de crédito por materiales defectuosos" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 msgid "200" msgstr "200" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 msgid "Transport charges" msgstr "Los gastos de transporte" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 msgid "Staff costs" msgstr "Gastos del personal" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 msgid "2121" msgstr "2121" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 msgid "10000" msgstr "10000" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 msgid "Marketing" msgstr "Marketing" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:80 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:82 msgid "-2 000" msgstr "-2 000" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:76 msgid "Commercial" msgstr "Comercial" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:76 msgid "-3 000" msgstr "-3 000" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:78 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 msgid "Administrative" msgstr "Administrativo" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:78 msgid "-1 000" msgstr "-1 000" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 msgid "PR" msgstr "PR" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 msgid "-400" msgstr "-400" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:87 msgid "" "The analytic representation by department enables you to investigate the " "costs allocated to each department in the company. The analytic chart of " @@ -14750,7 +13079,7 @@ msgstr "" "analítico muestra la distribución de los costos de la compañía usando el " "ejemplo anterior:" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:94 msgid "" "In this example of a hierarchical structure in Odoo, you can analyse not " "only the costs of each product range, but also the costs of the whole " @@ -14763,7 +13092,7 @@ msgstr "" "analíticas, le permite obtener un desglose de costos dentro de un " "departamento dado." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:103 msgid "" "The examples above are based on a breakdown of the costs of the company. " "Analytic allocations can be just as effective for sales. That gives you the " @@ -14773,7 +13102,7 @@ msgstr "" "compañía. Asignaciones analíticas pueden ser tan efectivas para ventas. Eso " "le da rentabilidad (ventas - costos) de diferentes departamentos." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:107 msgid "" "This analytic representation by department is generally used by trading " "companies and industries." @@ -14781,7 +13110,7 @@ msgstr "" "Esta representación analítica por departamento es usada generalmente por " "compañías comercializadoras e industrias." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:110 msgid "" "A variantion of this, is not to break it down by sales and marketing " "departments, but to assign each cost to its corresponding product range. " @@ -14791,21 +13120,21 @@ msgstr "" "mercadeo, es asignar cada costo a su correspondiente rango de producto. Esto" " le dará un análisis de la rentabilidad de cada rango de producto." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:115 msgid "" "Choosing one over the other depends on how you look at your marketing " "effort. Is it a global cost allocated in some general way, or is each " "product range responsible for its own marketing costs?" msgstr "" -"Eligiendo uno sobre el otro depende depende en cómo examine su labor de " -"mercadeo. Es un costo global asignado en forma general, o es cada rango de " -"producto responsable por sus propios costos de mercadeo?" +"Eligiendo uno sobre el otro depende en cómo examine su labor de mercadeo. Es" +" un costo global asignado en forma general, o es cada rango de producto " +"responsable por sus propios costos de mercadeo?" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:120 msgid "Case 2: Law Firm: costs of human resources?" msgstr "Caso 2: Firma de Abogados: costos de recursos humanos?" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:122 msgid "" "Law firms generally adopt management by case, where each case represents a " "current client file. All of the expenses and products are then attached to a" @@ -14815,7 +13144,7 @@ msgstr "" "donde cada caso representa un archivo de cliente actual. Todos los gastos y " "productos son luego agregados a un archivo/cuenta analítica dada." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:126 msgid "" "A principal preoccupation of law firms is the invoicing of hours worked, and" " the profitability by case and by employee." @@ -14823,7 +13152,7 @@ msgstr "" "Una preocupación principal de las firmas de abogados es la facturación de " "horas trabajadas, y la rentabilidad por caso y por empleado." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:129 msgid "" "Mechanisms used for encoding the hours worked will be covered in detail in " "timesheet documentation. Like most system processes, hours worked are " @@ -14837,7 +13166,7 @@ msgstr "" "contabilidad analítica. En el formato empleado, especifique el costo del " "empleado. El cargopor hora es una función del costo del empleado." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:135 msgid "" "So a law firm will opt for an analytic representation which reflects the " "management of the time that employees work on the different customer cases." @@ -14846,7 +13175,7 @@ msgstr "" "cual refleje la administración del tiempo que el empleado trabaja en los " "diferentes casos de clientes." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:139 msgid "" "Billing for the different cases is a bit unusual. The cases do not match any" " entry in the general account nor do they come from purchase or sales " @@ -14860,7 +13189,7 @@ msgstr "" "analíticas y no tienen contrapartes exactas en las cuentas generales. Eston " "son calculados en la base de costo por hora por empleado. " -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:145 msgid "" "At the end of the month when you pay salaries and benefits, you integrate " "them into the general accounts but not in the analytic accounts, because " @@ -14876,7 +13205,7 @@ msgstr "" "permite comparar los totales, entonces podrá reajustar sus estimados de " "costo por hora por empleado dependiendo del tiempo actualmente trabajado." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:153 msgid "" "The following table shows an example of different analytic entries that you " "can find for your analytic account:" @@ -14884,107 +13213,107 @@ msgstr "" "La siguiente tabla muestra un ejemplo de diferentes asientos analíticos que " "puede encontrar para su cuenta analítica:" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 msgid "**Amount**" msgstr "**Cantidad**" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 msgid "**General Account**" msgstr "**Contabilidad General**" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 msgid "Study the file (1 h)" msgstr "Estudiar el archivo (1 h)" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 msgid "Case 1.1" msgstr "Caso 1.1" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 msgid "-15" msgstr "-15" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 msgid "Search for information (3 h)" msgstr "Buscar la información (3 h)" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 msgid "-45" msgstr "-45" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 msgid "Consultation (4 h)" msgstr "Consulta (4 h)" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 msgid "Case 2.1" msgstr "Caso 2.1" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 msgid "-60" msgstr "-60" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 msgid "Service charges" msgstr "Cargo de servicios" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 msgid "280" msgstr "280" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 msgid "705 – Billing services" msgstr "705 - Servicios de facturación" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 msgid "Stationery purchase" msgstr "Compra de Papelería" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 msgid "-42" msgstr "-42" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 msgid "601 – Furniture purchase" msgstr "601 - Compra de muebles" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 msgid "42" msgstr "42" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 msgid "Fuel Cost -Client trip" msgstr "Costo de combustible - Viaje de cliente" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 msgid "-35" msgstr "-35" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 msgid "613 – Transports" msgstr "613 - Transportes" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 msgid "35" msgstr "35" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 msgid "Staff salaries" msgstr "Salarios de empleados" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 msgid "6201 – Salaries" msgstr "6201 - Salarios" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 msgid "3 000" msgstr "3 000" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:174 msgid "" "Such a structure allows you to make a detailed study of the profitability of" " various transactions." @@ -14992,15 +13321,15 @@ msgstr "" "Tal estructura le permite hacer un estudio detallado de la rentabilidad de " "varias transacciones." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:177 msgid "" "For more details about profitablity, please read the following document: " ":doc:`timesheets`" msgstr "" "Para más detalles acerde de rentabilidad, por favor lea el siguiente " -"documento: :doc:`hojas de trabajo`" +"documento: :doc:`timesheets`" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:180 msgid "" "But analytical accounting is not limited to a simple analysis of the " "profitability of different customer. The same data can be used for automatic" @@ -15014,30 +13343,30 @@ msgstr "" "Para facturar clientes, solo vincule la cuenta analítica a una orden de " "ventas y venda productos que manejen hojas de trabajo o gastos." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:187 msgid "Case 3: IT Services Company: perfomance analysis" msgstr "Caso 3: Compañía de Servicios IT: análisis de rendimiento" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:189 msgid "Most IT service companies face the following problems:" msgstr "" "La mayoría de compañías que prestan servicios IT enfrentan los siguientes " "problemas:" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:191 msgid "project planning," msgstr "planificación de proyectos," -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:193 msgid "invoicing, profitability and financial follow-up of projects," msgstr "" "facturación, la rentabilidad y el seguimiento financiero de los proyectos," -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:195 msgid "managing support contracts." msgstr "la gestión de los contratos de soporte." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:197 msgid "" "To deal with these problems, you would use an analytic chart of accounts " "structured by project and by sale order." @@ -15045,7 +13374,7 @@ msgstr "" "Para lidiar con estos problemas, use un plan de cuentas analítico " "estructurado por proyecto y por orden de venta." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:200 msgid "" "The management of services, expenditures and sales is similar to that " "presented above for lawyers. Invoicing and the study of profitability are " @@ -15055,7 +13384,7 @@ msgstr "" "antes para abogados. La facturación y el estudio de rentabilidad también son" " similares." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:204 msgid "" "But now look at support contracts. These contracts are usually limited to a " "prepaid number of hours. Each service posted in the analytic accounts shows " @@ -15069,7 +13398,7 @@ msgstr "" "contratos de soporte, cree un producto configurado a una factura en orden y " "vincule la orden de venta a una cuenta analítica" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:210 msgid "" "In Odoo, each analytic line lists the number of units sold or used, as well " "as what you would usually find there – the amount in currency units (USD or " @@ -15083,11 +13412,11 @@ msgstr "" "cantidades vendidas y usadas de cada orden de ventas para determinar si " "quedan horas pendientes del contrato de soporte." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:217 msgid "Conclusion" msgstr "Conclusión" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:219 msgid "" "Analytic accounting helps you to analyse costs and revenues whatever the use" " case. You can sell or purchase services, track time or analyse the " @@ -15097,7 +13426,7 @@ msgstr "" "que sea el caso. Puede vender o comprar servicios, rastrear tiempo o " "analizar el rendimiento de la producción." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:223 msgid "" "Analytic accounting is flexible and easy to use through all Odoo " "applications (sales, purchase, timesheet, production, invoice, …)." @@ -15106,16 +13435,16 @@ msgstr "" "aplicaciones de Odoo (ventas, compras, hojas de trabajo, producción, " "facturas,...)." -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory.rst:3 msgid "Inventory" msgstr "Inventario" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:3 msgid "Impact on the average price valuation when returning goods" msgstr "" "Impacto en la valuación del precio promedio cuando se devuelven productos" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:5 msgid "" "As stated in the `*inventory valuation page* " "<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/functional/valuation.html>`__, one of " @@ -15127,7 +13456,7 @@ msgstr "" "los posiblmes métodos de costeo que puede usar en la valuación perpetua de " "inventario, es el costo promedio." -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:10 msgid "" "This document answers to one recurrent question for companies using that " "method to make their stock valuation: how does a shipping returned to its " @@ -15143,11 +13472,11 @@ msgstr "" "perpetua (opuesto al periódico) y en el método de costeo del precio promedio" " (opuesto al estándar de FIFO)." -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:18 msgid "Definition of average cost" msgstr "Definición de costo promedio" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:20 msgid "" "The average cost method calculates the cost of ending inventory and cost of " "goods sold on the basis of weighted average cost per unit of inventory." @@ -15156,7 +13485,7 @@ msgstr "" " de productos vendidas con base en el costo promedio ponderado del " "inventario." -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:24 msgid "" "The weighted average cost per unit is calculated using the following " "formula:" @@ -15164,7 +13493,7 @@ msgstr "" "El costo promedio ponderado por unidad es calculado usando la siguiente " "fórmula:" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:27 msgid "" "When new products arrive in a warehouse, the new average cost is recomputed " "as:" @@ -15172,17 +13501,17 @@ msgstr "" "Cuando nuevos productos llegan a una bodega, el nuevo costo promedio es " "recalculado como:" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:33 msgid "" "When products leave the warehouse: the average cost **does not** change" msgstr "" "Cuando los productos salen de la bodega: el costo promedio **no** cambia" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:36 msgid "Defining the purchase price" msgstr "Definiendo el precio de compra" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:38 msgid "" "The purchase price is estimated at the reception of the products (you might " "not have received the vendor bill yet) and reevaluated at the reception of " @@ -15195,161 +13524,161 @@ msgstr "" "por los productos, pero también puede incluir costos adicionales, como " "costos de entrega." -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:45 msgid "Average cost example" msgstr "Costo promedio ejemplo" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 msgid "Operation" msgstr "Operación" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 msgid "Delta Value" msgstr "Valor Delta" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 msgid "Inventory Value" msgstr "Valor del inventario" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 msgid "Qty On Hand" msgstr "Cantidad Disponible" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 msgid "Avg Cost" msgstr "Costo Promedio" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 msgid "$0" msgstr "$0" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 msgid "0" msgstr "0" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 msgid "Receive 8 Products at $10" msgstr "Recibidos 8 productos a $10" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 msgid "+8\\*$10" msgstr "+8\\*$10" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 msgid "$80" msgstr "$80" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 msgid "8" msgstr "8" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 msgid "$10" msgstr "$10" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 msgid "Receive 4 Products at $16" msgstr "Recividos 4 productos a $16" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 msgid "+4\\*$16" msgstr "+4\\*$16" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 msgid "$144" msgstr "$144" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 msgid "12" msgstr "12" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 msgid "$12" msgstr "$12" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 msgid "Deliver 10 Products" msgstr "Entregar 10 Productos" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 msgid "-10\\*$12" msgstr "-10\\*$12" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 msgid "$24" msgstr "$24" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 msgid "2" msgstr "2" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:60 msgid "" "At the beginning, the Avg Cost is set to 0 set as there is no product in the" " inventory. When the first reception is made, the average cost becomes " @@ -15359,7 +13688,7 @@ msgstr "" " alguno en el inventario. Cuando se realice la primera recepción, el costo " "promedio se convierte, lógicamente, en el precio de compra." -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:64 msgid "" "At the second reception, the average cost is updated because the total " "inventory value is now ``$80 + 4*$16 = $144``. As we have 12 units on hand, " @@ -15369,7 +13698,7 @@ msgstr "" "del inventario total ahora es ``$80 + 4*$16 = $144``. Como tenemos 12 " "unidades a la mano, el precio promedio por unidad es ``$144 / 12 = $12``." -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:68 msgid "" "By definition, the delivery of 10 products does not change the average cost." " Indeed, the inventory value is now $24 as we have only 2 units remaining of" @@ -15379,11 +13708,11 @@ msgstr "" "hecho, el valor del inventario ahora es $24 ya que solo mantenemos 2 unidad " "de cada uno ``$24 / 2 = $12``." -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:73 msgid "Purchase return use case" msgstr "Caso de uso de compras devueltas" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:75 msgid "" "In case of a product returned to its supplier after reception, the inventory" " value is reduced using the average cost formulae (not at the initial price " @@ -15393,37 +13722,37 @@ msgstr "" " el valor del inventario es reducido usando la fórmula de costo promedio (no" " al precio inicial de estos productos!)." -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:79 msgid "Which means that the above table will be updated as follow:" msgstr "Lo que significa que la tabla anterior se actualizará así:" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 msgid "Return of 1 Product initially bought at $10" msgstr "Devolución del Producto 1 inicialmente comprado en $10" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 msgid "-1\\*$12" msgstr "-1\\*$12" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 msgid "1" msgstr "1" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:90 msgid "Explanation: counter example" msgstr "Explicación: ejemplo mostrador" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:92 msgid "" "Remember the definition of **Average Cost**, saying that we do not update " "the average cost of a product leaving the inventory. If you break this rule," @@ -15433,7 +13762,7 @@ msgstr "" "el costo promedio de un producto saliendo del inventario. Si rompe esta " "regla, podría dejar inconsistencias en su inventario." -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:96 msgid "" "As an example, here is the scenario when you deliver one piece to the " "customer and return the other one to your supplier (at the cost you " @@ -15443,26 +13772,26 @@ msgstr "" "devuelve la otra a su proveedor (al costo que la compró). Aquí esta la " "explicación:" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 msgid "Customer Shipping 1 product" msgstr "Entrega a Cliente producto 1" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 msgid "-1\\*$10" msgstr "-1\\*$10" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 msgid "**$2**" msgstr "**$2**" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 msgid "**0**" msgstr "**0**" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:110 msgid "" "As you can see in this example, this is not correct: an inventory valuation " "of $2 for 0 pieces in the warehouse." @@ -15470,7 +13799,7 @@ msgstr "" "Como puede ver en este ejemplo, esto no es correcto: una valuación de " "inventario de $2 para 0 piezas en la bodega." -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:113 msgid "" "The correct scenario should be to return the goods at the current average " "cost:" @@ -15478,11 +13807,11 @@ msgstr "" "El escenario correcto debería ser la devolución de los productos al costo " "promedio actual:" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 msgid "**$0**" msgstr "**$0**" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:126 msgid "" "On the other hand, using the average cost to value the return ensure a " "correct inventory value at all times." @@ -15490,11 +13819,11 @@ msgstr "" "Por otro lado, usando el costo promedio para valuar la devolución asegura " "una correcta valuación de inventario en todo momento." -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:130 msgid "Further thoughts on anglo saxon mode" msgstr "Pensamientos más allá en modo anglosajón" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:132 msgid "" "For people in using the **anglo saxon accounting** principles, there is " "another concept to take into account: the stock input account of the " @@ -15509,7 +13838,7 @@ msgstr "" " de inventario aumentará en la recepción de envíos entrando y se reducirá " "cuando reciba las correspondientes facturas de proveedor." -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:139 msgid "" "Back to our example, we see that when the return is valued at the average " "price, the amount booked in the stock input account is the original purchase" @@ -15519,47 +13848,47 @@ msgstr "" "el precio promedio, el monto registrado en la cuenta de entrada de " "inventario es el precio original de compra:" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 msgid "stock input" msgstr "Entrada de inventario" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 msgid "price diff" msgstr "diferencia de precio" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 msgid "($80)" msgstr "($80)" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 msgid "Receive vendor bill $80" msgstr "Factura de proveedor recibida $80" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 msgid "($64)" msgstr "($64)" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 msgid "Receive vendor bill $64" msgstr "Factura de proveedor recibida $64" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 msgid "**$10**" msgstr "**$10**" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 msgid "**$12**" msgstr "**$12**" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 msgid "Receive vendor refund $10" msgstr "Devolución de proveedor recibida $10" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 msgid "$2" msgstr "$2" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:163 msgid "" "This is because the vendor refund will be made using the original purchase " "price, so to zero out the effect of the return in the stock input in last " @@ -15574,11 +13903,11 @@ msgstr "" "producto es usada para registrar la diferencia entre el costo promedio y el " "precio original de compra." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:3 msgid "Record exchange rates at payments" msgstr "Registrar diferencias en cambio en pagos" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:8 msgid "" "Any company doing international trade faces the case where the payments are " "in a different currency." @@ -15586,7 +13915,7 @@ msgstr "" "Algunas compañías que realizan comercio internacional enfrentan el caso " "donde los pagos son en una moneda diferente." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:11 msgid "" "After receiving their payments, you have the option to convert the amount " "into your company currency. Multi currency payment implies rates " @@ -15596,11 +13925,11 @@ msgstr "" "moneda de su compañía. El pago multi-moneda implica fluctuaciones de tasas. " "Las diferencias de tasa son registradas automáticamente por Odoo." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:19 msgid "Enable multi-currencies" msgstr "Habilitar multi-monedas" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:21 msgid "" "In the accounting module, Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " "and flag **Allow multi currencies**, then click on **apply**." @@ -15608,7 +13937,7 @@ msgstr "" "En el módulo contabilidad, vaya a :menuselection:`Configuración --> Ajustes`" " y marque **Permitir multi-monedas**, luego de clic en **aplicar**." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:27 msgid "" "Configure the currency rates in :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Currencies`. Write down the rate and make sure the currency is active." @@ -15616,7 +13945,7 @@ msgstr "" "Configure las tasas monetarias en: :menuselection:`Configuración --> " "Monedas`. Escriba la tasa y asegúrese que la moneda esta activa. " -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:33 msgid "" "In this document, the base currency is **Euro** and we will record payments " "in **Dollars**." @@ -15624,21 +13953,21 @@ msgstr "" "En este documento, la base monetaria es **Euro** y registrará pagos en " "**Dólares**." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:40 msgid "" "You can automatically fetch the currency rates from the **European Central " "Bank** or from **Yahoo**. Please read the document : :doc:`how_it_works`." msgstr "" "Puede automáticamente traer las tasas monetarias desde el **Banco Central " "Europeo** o desde **Yahoo**. Por favor lea el documento : " -":doc:`como_funciona`." +":doc:`how_it_works`." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:45 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:31 msgid "Configure your journal" msgstr "Configure su diario" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:47 msgid "" "In order to register payments in other currencies, you have to **remove the " "currency constraint** on the journal. Go to the accounting application, " @@ -15648,7 +13977,7 @@ msgstr "" "monetaria** en el diario. Vaya a la aplicación contabilidad, de clic en " "**Más** en el diario y **Ajustes**." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:54 msgid "" "Check if the **Currency** field is empty or in the foreign currency in which" " you will register the payments. If a currency is filled in, it means that " @@ -15658,11 +13987,11 @@ msgstr "" "cual registrará sus pagos. Si una moneda es completada, significa que puede " "registrar pagos solamente en esta moneda." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:62 msgid "Record a payment in a different currency" msgstr "Registrar un pago en una moneda diferente" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:64 msgid "" "In the **Accounting** application, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " "Payments`. Register the payment and indicate that it was done in the foreign" @@ -15672,13 +14001,13 @@ msgstr "" " Registre el pago e indique que fue hecho en moneda extranjera. Luego de " "clic en **confirmar**." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:83 msgid "The journal entry has been posted but not allocated." msgstr "La entrada en el diario ha sido registrada pero no localizada." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:73 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:85 msgid "" "Go back to your invoice (:menuselection:`Sales --> Customer Invoices`) and " "click on **Add** to allocate the payment." @@ -15686,11 +14015,11 @@ msgstr "" "Regrese a su factura (:menuselection:`Ventas --> Facturas de Clientes`) y de" " clic en **Agregar** para localizar el pago. " -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:80 msgid "Record a bank statement in a different currency" msgstr "Registre un extracto bancario en una moneda diferente" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:82 msgid "" "Create or import the bank statement of your payment. The **Amount** is in " "the company currency. There are two complementary fields, the **Amount " @@ -15702,7 +14031,7 @@ msgstr "" "moneda**, el cual es el momento que fue actualmente pagado y la **Moneda** " "en el cual fue pagado." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:89 msgid "" "When reconciling it, Odoo will directly match the payment with the right " "**Invoice**. You will get the invoice price in the invoice currency and the " @@ -15712,11 +14041,11 @@ msgstr "" "**Factura** correcta.Obtendrá el precio de la factura en la moneda de la " "factura y el monto en la moneda de la compañía." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:97 msgid "Check the exchange rate differences" msgstr "Revise las diferencias en tasa de cambio" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:99 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` and look for the " "**Exchange difference** journal entries. All the exchange rates differences " @@ -15726,17 +14055,17 @@ msgstr "" "entradas del diario para **Diferencia en Cambio**. Todas las diferencias de " "tipo de cambio son registradas allí." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:106 msgid "" "The Exchange difference journal can be changed in your accounting settings." msgstr "" "El diario de Diferencia en cambio puede ser cambio en sus ajustes de " "contabilidad." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/full_reconcile_warning.rst:2 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/full_reconcile_warning.rst:2 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/full_reconcile_warning.rst:2 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/full_reconcile_warning.rst:2 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/full_reconcile_warning.rst:2 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/full_reconcile_warning.rst:2 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/full_reconcile_warning.rst:2 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/full_reconcile_warning.rst:2 msgid "" "In order for an exchange difference entry to be created automatically, the " "corresponding invoices and payments need to be fully reconciled. This means " @@ -15746,23 +14075,23 @@ msgid "" "them until that final amount is paid." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:147 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:68 msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models`" msgstr ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models`" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:112 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:100 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:136 msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases`" msgstr ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases`" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:3 msgid "Odoo's multi-currency system" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:8 msgid "" "Choosing to use the multi-currency option in Odoo will allow you to send " "sales invoices, quotes and purchase orders or receive bills and payments in " @@ -15776,11 +14105,11 @@ msgstr "" "cuentas bancarias en otras monedas y ejecturar reportes de sus actividades " "en moneda extranjera." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:18 msgid "Turn on multi-currency" msgstr "Active la multi-moneda" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:20 msgid "" "In the accounting module, Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " "and flag **Allow multi currencies**, then click on **Apply**." @@ -15788,13 +14117,13 @@ msgstr "" "En el módulo contabilidad, vaya a :menuselection:`Configuración --> Ajustes`" " y marque **Permitir multi monedas**, luego de clic en **Aplicar**." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:27 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:159 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:109 msgid "Exchange Rate Journal" msgstr "Diario de Tipo de Cambio" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:29 msgid "" "The **Rate Difference Journal** records the differences between the payment " "registration and the expected amount. For example, if a payment is paid 1 " @@ -15807,15 +14136,15 @@ msgstr "" "cambiado. La fluctuación implica algunas pérdidas o ingresos que son " "registrados por Odoo." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:35 msgid "You can change it in the settings:" msgstr "Puede cambiarlo en los ajustes:" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:41 msgid "View or edit rate being used" msgstr "Vea o edite la tasa que ha sido usada" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:43 msgid "" "You can manually configure the currency rates in " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Currencies`. Open the currencies you want " @@ -15825,11 +14154,11 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Configuración --> Monedas`. Abra las monedas que quiere usar" " en Odoo y editelas. Asegúrese que la moneda esta activa. " -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:50 msgid "Click on **View Rates** to edit it and to see the history :" msgstr "De clic en **Ver Tasas** para editarlas y ver la historia :" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:55 msgid "" "Click on **Create** to add the rate. Fill in the date and the rate. Click on" " **Save** when you are done." @@ -15837,11 +14166,11 @@ msgstr "" "De clic en **Crear** para agregar la tasa. Llene la fecha y la tasa. De clic" " en **Guardar** cuando este listo." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:62 msgid "Live Currency Rate" msgstr "Tipo de cambio en vivo" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:64 msgid "" "By default, the currencies need to be updated manually. But you can " "synchronize it with `Yahoo <https://finance.yahoo.com/currency-" @@ -15855,7 +14184,7 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Configuración --> Ajustes`, vaya a la sección **Tasa " "Monetaria Viva**." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:69 msgid "" "Choose the interval : Manually, Daily, Weekly or Monthly. You can always " "force the update by clicking on **Update Now**. Select the provider, and you" @@ -15865,15 +14194,15 @@ msgstr "" "Siempre puede forzar la actualización dando clic en **Actualizar Ahora**. " "Seleccione el proveedor, y esta configurado!" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:77 msgid "Only the **active** currencies are updated" msgstr "Solo las monedas **activas** son actualizadas" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:80 msgid "Configure your charts of account" msgstr "Configue sus planes de cuentas" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:82 msgid "" "In the accounting application, go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Charts of " "Accounts`. On each account, you can set a currency. It will force all moves " @@ -15883,7 +14212,7 @@ msgstr "" "de Cuentas`. En cada cuenta, puede configurar una moneda. Esto forzará a " "todos los movimientos para esta cuenta a tener la cuenta de moneda." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:86 msgid "" "If you leave it empty, it means that it can handle all currencies that are " "Active." @@ -15891,11 +14220,11 @@ msgstr "" "Si lo deja vacío, significa que puede manejar todas las monedas que están " "Activas." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:93 msgid "Configure your journals" msgstr "Configure sus diarios" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:95 msgid "" "In order to register payments in other currencies, you have to remove the " "currency constraint on the journal. Go to the accounting application, Click " @@ -15905,8 +14234,8 @@ msgstr "" "moneda en el diario. Vaya a la aplicación contabilidad, De clic en **Más** " "en el diario y **Ajustes**." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:102 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:40 msgid "" "Check if the currency field is empty or in the foreign currency in which you" " will register the payments. If a currency is filled in, it means that you " @@ -15916,12 +14245,12 @@ msgstr "" "registrará los pagos. Si se llena con una moneda, significa que puede " "registrar pagos solo en esta moneda." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:110 msgid "How is Odoo's multi-currency working?" msgstr "Cómo funciona la multi-moneda de Odoo?" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:112 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:50 msgid "" "Now that you are working in a multi-currency environment, all accountable " "items will be linked to a currency, domestic or foreign." @@ -15929,12 +14258,12 @@ msgstr "" "Ahora que esta trabajando en un ambiente multi-moneda, todos los ítems " "contables serán vinculados a esta moneda, locales o extranjeros." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:116 msgid "Sales Orders and Invoices" msgstr "Órdenes de Venta y Facturas" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:118 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:56 msgid "" "You are now able to set a different currency than the company one on your " "sale orders and on your invoices. The currency is set for the whole " @@ -15944,12 +14273,12 @@ msgstr "" "órdenes de venta y facturas. La moneda es configurada para todo el " "documento." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:126 msgid "Purchases orders and Vendor Bills" msgstr "Órdenes de Compra y Facturas de Proveedor" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:128 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:66 msgid "" "You are now able to set a different currency than the company one on your " "purchase orders and on your vendor bills. The currency is set for the whole " @@ -15959,18 +14288,18 @@ msgstr "" " de compra y facturas de proveedor. Esta moneda es configurada para todo el " "documento." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:136 msgid "Payment Registrations" msgstr "Registros de Pagos" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:138 msgid "" "In the accounting application, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. " "Register the payment and set the currency." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:147 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:94 msgid "" "When creating or importing bank statements, the amount is in the company " "currency. But there are now two complementary fields, the amount that was " @@ -15980,7 +14309,7 @@ msgstr "" " moneda de la compañía. Pero ahora hay dos campos complementarios, el monton" " que de hecho fue cancelado y la moneda en la que fue pagado." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:154 msgid "" "When reconciling it, Odoo will directly match the payment with the right " "Invoice. You will get the invoice price in the invoice currency and the " @@ -15990,7 +14319,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Factura** correcta. Obtendrá el precio de la factura en la moneda de la " "factura y el monto en la moneda de la compañía." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:161 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` and look for the Exchange" " difference journal entries. All the exchange rates differences are recorded" @@ -16000,20 +14329,20 @@ msgstr "" "entradas del diario para **Diferencia en Cambio**. Todas las diferencias de " "tipo de cambio son registradas allí." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:170 msgid ":doc:`invoices_payments`" -msgstr ":doc:`facturas_pagos`" +msgstr ":doc:`invoices_payments`" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:171 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:121 msgid ":doc:`exchange`" msgstr ":doc:`exchange`" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:3 msgid "Manage invoices and payment in multiple currencies" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo provides multi-currency support with automatic currency gross or loss " "entry adjustment. There are a few things Odoo has been to ease the user's " @@ -16023,7 +14352,7 @@ msgstr "" "o pérdidas. Hay algunas cosas en las que Odoo ha estado para facilitar la " "vida del usuario." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:12 msgid "" "All the account transactions will be done using the company currency. " "However you can see two extra fields with the journal entry where secondary " @@ -16035,7 +14364,7 @@ msgstr "" "del diario donde se verá una segunda moneda y su monto. Puede crear diarios " "multi-moneda o forzar una moneda específica." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:17 msgid "" "When creating an invoice, the currency can be changed very easily; however " "Odoo takes the company currency as a default assignment. It will convert all" @@ -16045,19 +14374,19 @@ msgstr "" "obstante, Odoo toma la moneda designada por la compañía por defecto. " "Convertirá todos los montos automáticamente usando esa moneda." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:25 msgid "Enable Multi-Currency" msgstr "Habilitar Multi-Moneda" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:27 msgid "" "For information about enabling Multi-Currency, please read the document: " ":doc:`how_it_works`" msgstr "" "Para más información acerca de la habilitación Multi-Moneda, por favor lea " -"el documento: :doc:`cómo_funciona`" +"el documento: :doc:`how_it_works`" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:33 msgid "" "In order to register payments in other currencies, you have to remove the " "currency constraint on the journal. Go to the accounting application, on the" @@ -16067,19 +14396,19 @@ msgstr "" "moneda en el diario. Vaya a la aplicación contabilidad, De clic en " ":menuselection:`Más --> Ajustes`." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:48 msgid "Multi-currency invoices & Vendor Bills" msgstr "Facturas Multi-moneda y Facturas de Proveedor" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:54 msgid "Invoices" msgstr "Facturas" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:74 msgid "Multi-currency Payments" msgstr "Pagos Multi-moneda" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:76 msgid "" "In the accounting application, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. " "Register the payment and indicate that it was done in the foreign currency. " @@ -16089,11 +14418,11 @@ msgstr "" "Registre el pago e indique que fue hecho en moneda extranjera. Luego de clic" " en **confirmar**." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:92 msgid "Multi- Currency Bank Statements" msgstr "Extractos Bancarios Multi-Moneda" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:101 msgid "" "When reconciling it, Odoo will directly match the payment with the right " "invoice. You will get the invoice price in the invoice currency and the " @@ -16103,7 +14432,7 @@ msgstr "" " correcta. Obtendrá el precio de la factura en la moneda de la factura y el " "monto en la moneda de la compañía." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:111 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` and look for the " "**Exchange Difference** journal entries. All the exchange rates differences " @@ -16113,75 +14442,75 @@ msgstr "" "entradas del diario para **Diferencia en Cambio**. Todas las diferencias de " "tipo de cambio son registradas allí." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:120 msgid ":doc:`how_it_works`" msgstr ":doc:`how_it_works`" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started.rst:3 msgid "Getting Started" msgstr "Primeros pasos" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:100 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:69 msgid "Chart of Accounts" msgstr "Plan contable" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:5 msgid "" "The **Chart of Accounts (COA)** is the list of all the accounts used to " "record financial transactions in the general ledger of an organization." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:8 msgid "" "The accounts are usually listed in the order of appearance in the financial " "reports. Most of the time, they are listed as follows :" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:11 msgid "Balance Sheet accounts" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:13 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 msgid "Assets" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Activos" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:14 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:77 msgid "Liabilities" msgstr "Pasivos" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:15 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:85 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:85 msgid "Equity" msgstr "Valor neto" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:19 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:89 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:89 msgid "Income" msgstr "Ingreso" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:20 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:93 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:93 msgid "Expense" msgstr "Gasto" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:22 msgid "" "When browsing your Chart of Accounts, you can filter the accounts by number," " in the left column, and also group them by Account Type." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:30 msgid "Configuration of an Account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:32 msgid "" "The country you select at the creation of your database (or additional " "company on your database) determines which **Fiscal Localization Package** " @@ -16195,138 +14524,138 @@ msgstr "" "estándar ya configurado de acuerdo con la normativa del país. Puede " "utilizarlo directamente o configurarlo según las necesidades de su empresa." -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:38 msgid "" "It is not possible to modify the **Fiscal Localization** of a company once a" " Journal Entry has been posted." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:41 msgid "" "To create a new account, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " "--> Chart of Accounts`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:45 msgid "Code and Name" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:47 msgid "" "Each account is identified by its **Code** and **Name**, which also " "indicates the account's purpose." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:52 msgid "" "Configuring correctly the **Account Type** is critical as it serves multiple" " purposes:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:54 msgid "Information on the account's purpose and behavior" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:55 msgid "Generate country-specific legal and financial reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:56 msgid "Set the rules to close a fiscal year" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:57 msgid "Generate opening entries" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:59 msgid "" "To configure an account type, open the **Type** field's drop-down selector " "and select the right type among the following list:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 msgid "Report" msgstr "Informe" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 msgid "Category" msgstr "Categoría" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 msgid "Account Types" msgstr "Tipos de cuentas" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 msgid "Receivable" -msgstr "Por cobrar" +msgstr "Cuenta por cobrar" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:67 msgid "Bank and Cash" msgstr "Banco y caja" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:69 msgid "Current Assets" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Activos Circulantes" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:71 msgid "Non-current Assets" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Activos no-circulantes" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:73 msgid "Prepayments" msgstr "Pre-pagos" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:75 msgid "Fixed Assets" msgstr "Activos fijos" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:77 msgid "Payable" msgstr "A pagar" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:79 msgid "Credit Card" msgstr "Tarjetas de Crédito" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:81 msgid "Current Liabilities" msgstr "Pasivo circulantes" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:83 msgid "Non-current Liabilities" msgstr "Pasivos no-circulantes" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:87 msgid "Current Year Earnings" msgstr "Ganancias año actual" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:91 msgid "Other Income" msgstr "Otro Ingreso" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:95 msgid "Depreciation" msgstr "Amortización" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:97 msgid "Cost of Revenue" msgstr "Coste directo de la ventas" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 msgid "Other" msgstr "Otro" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 msgid "Off-Balance Sheet" msgstr "Hoja de Desbalance" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:103 msgid "Assets, Deferred Expenses, and Deferred Revenues Automation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:105 msgid "" "Some Account Types display a new field **to automate** the creation of " ":ref:`Assets <assets-automation>` entries, :ref:`Deferred Expenses " @@ -16334,64 +14663,69 @@ msgid "" "<deferred-revenues-automation>` entries." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:109 msgid "You have three choices for the **Automation** field:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:238 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:177 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:177 msgid "**No:** this is the default value. Nothing happens." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:112 msgid "" "**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " "draft entry is created, but not validated. You must first fill out the " "corresponding form." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:114 msgid "" "**Create and validate:** you must also select a Model. Whenever a " "transaction is posted on the account, an entry is created and immediately " "validated." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:118 msgid "Please refer to the related documentation for more information." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:3 +msgid "Default Taxes" +msgstr "Impuestos por defecto" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:123 msgid "" "Select a **default tax** that will be applied when this account is chosen " "for a product sale or purchase." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:127 msgid "Tags" -msgstr "Categorías" +msgstr "Etiquetas" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:129 msgid "" "Some accounting reports require **tags** to be set on the relevant accounts." " By default, you can choose among the tags that are used by the *Cash Flow " "Statement*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:133 msgid "Account Groups" msgstr "Grupos de cuentas" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:135 msgid "" "**Account Groups** are useful to list multiple accounts as *sub-accounts* of" " a bigger account and thus consolidate reports such as the **Trial " "Balance**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:138 msgid "" "To create a new Account Group, open the account you want to configure as " "sub-account, click on the *Group* drop-down selector, select *Create and " @@ -16399,65 +14733,74 @@ msgid "" "the right Account Group." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:142 msgid "" "To display your **Trial Balance** report with your Account Groups, go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Trial Balance`, then open the " "*Options* menu and select **Hierarchy and Subtotals**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:151 msgid "Allow Reconciliation" msgstr "Permitir conciliación" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:153 msgid "" "Some accounts, such as accounts made to record the transactions of a payment" " method, can be used for the reconciliation of journal entries." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:156 msgid "" "For example, an invoice paid with a credit card can be *marked as paid* if " "reconciled with the payment. Therefore, the account used to record credit " "card payments needs to be configured as *allowing reconciliation*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:160 msgid "To do so, check the **Allow Reconciliation** box and save." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:163 msgid "Deprecated" msgstr "Descatalogado" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:165 msgid "" "It is not possible to delete an account once a transaction has been recorded" " on it. You can make them unusable by using the **Deprecated** feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:168 msgid "To do so, check the **Deprecated** box and save." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:171 msgid ":doc:`../../payables/supplier_bills/assets`" msgstr ":doc:`../../payables/supplier_bills/assets`" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:172 msgid ":doc:`../../payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses`" msgstr ":doc:`../../payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses`" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:173 msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues`" msgstr ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues`" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:40 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages`" +msgstr "" +":doc:`../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:3 msgid "Initial setup of Odoo Accounting and Odoo Invoicing" msgstr "Configuración inicial de Contabilidad Odoo y Facturación Odoo" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:5 msgid "" "When you first open your Odoo Accounting app, the *Accounting Overview* page" " welcomes you with a step-by-step onboarding banner, a wizard that helps you" @@ -16465,13 +14808,13 @@ msgid "" "it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:9 msgid "" "The settings visible in the onboarding banner can still be modified later by" " going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:13 msgid "" "Odoo Accounting automatically installs the appropriate **Fiscal Localization" " Package** for your company, according to the country selected at the " @@ -16487,37 +14830,37 @@ msgstr "" "<../../ fiscal_localizations / overview / fiscal_localization_packages>` " "para obtener más información sobre los paquetes de localización fiscal." -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:20 msgid "Accounting onboarding banner" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:22 msgid "" "The step-by-step Accounting onboarding banner is composed of four steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:28 msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-company`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:29 msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-bank`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:30 msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-periods`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:31 msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-chart`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:36 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:140 msgid "Company Data" msgstr "Información de compañía" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:38 msgid "" "This menu allows you to add your company’s details such as the name, " "address, logo, website, phone number, email address, and Tax ID, or VAT " @@ -16525,97 +14868,97 @@ msgid "" "invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:47 msgid "" "You can also change these settings by going to :menuselection:`Settings --> " "General Settings --> Settings --> Companies` and clicking on **Update " "Info**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:53 msgid "Bank Account" msgstr "Cuentas bancaria" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:55 msgid "" "Connect your bank account to your database and have your bank statements " "synced automatically. To do so, find your bank in the list, click on " "*Connect*, and follow the instructions on-screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:59 msgid "" ":doc:`Click here <../../bank/feeds/bank_synchronization>` for more " "information about this feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:61 msgid "" "If your Bank Institution can’t be synchronized automatically, or if you " "prefer not to sync it with your database, you may also configure your bank " "account manually by clicking on *Create it*, and filling out the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:76 msgid "" "You can add as many bank accounts as needed with this tool by going to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration`, and clicking on *Add a Bank " "Account*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:78 msgid "" ":doc:`Click here <../../bank/setup/bank_accounts>` for more information " "about Bank Accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:84 msgid "Accounting Periods" -msgstr "periodos contables" +msgstr "Períodos contables" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:86 msgid "" "Define here your **Fiscal Years**’ opening and closing dates, which are used" " to generate reports automatically, and your **Tax Return Periodicity**, " "along with a reminder to never miss a tax return deadline." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:90 msgid "" "By default, the opening date is set on the 1st of January and the closing " "date on the 31st of December, as this is the most common use." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:94 msgid "" "You can also change these settings by going to :menuselection:`Accounting " "--> Configuration --> Settings --> Fiscal Periods` and updating the values." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:102 msgid "" "With this menu, you can add accounts to your **Chart of Accounts** and " "indicate their initial opening balances." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:105 msgid "" "Basic settings are displayed on this page to help you review your Chart of " "Accounts. To access all the settings of an account, click on the *double " "arrow button* at the end of the line." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:113 msgid "" ":doc:`Click here <chart_of_accounts>` for more information on how to " "configure your Chart of Accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:117 msgid "Invoicing onboarding banner" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:119 msgid "" "There is another step-by-step onboarding banner that helps you take " "advantage of your Odoo Invoicing and Accounting apps. The *Invoicing " @@ -16623,50 +14966,50 @@ msgid "" " rather than the Accounting app." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:123 msgid "" "If you have Odoo Accounting installed on your database, you can reach it by " "going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Invoices`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:126 msgid "The Invoicing onboarding banner is composed of four main steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:132 msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-company`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:133 msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-layout`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:134 msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-payment`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:135 msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-sample`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:142 msgid "" "This form is the same as :ref:`the one presented in the Accounting " "onboarding banner <accounting-setup-company>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:148 msgid "Invoice Layout" msgstr "Diseño de Factura" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:150 msgid "" "With this tool, you can design the appearance of your documents by selecting" " which layout tamplate, paper format, colors, font, and logo you want to " "use." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:153 msgid "" "You can also add your *Company Tagline* and the content of the documents’ " "*footer*. Note that Odoo automatically adds the company's phone number, " @@ -16675,66 +15018,66 @@ msgid "" "setup-company>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:163 msgid "" "Add your **bank account number** and a link to your **General Terms & " "Condition** in the footer. This way, your contacts can find the full content" " of your GT&C online without having to print them on the invoices you issue." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:168 msgid "" "These settings can also be modified by going to :menuselection:`Settings -->" " General Settings`, under the *Business Documents* section." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:174 msgid "Payment Method" msgstr "Método de pago" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:176 msgid "" "This menu helps you configure the payment methods with which your customers " "can pay you." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:179 msgid "" "Configuring a *Payment Acquirer* with this tool also activates the *Invoice " "Online Payment* option automatically. With this, users can directly pay " "online, from their Customer Portal." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:185 msgid "Sample Invoice" msgstr "Factura ejemplo" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:187 msgid "" "Send yourself a sample invoice by email to make sure everything is correctly" " configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:190 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:135 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:146 msgid ":doc:`../../bank/setup/bank_accounts`" msgstr ":doc:`../../bank/setup/bank_accounts`" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:191 msgid ":doc:`chart_of_accounts`" msgstr ":doc:`chart_of_accounts`" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts.rst:3 msgid "Main Concepts" msgstr "Conceptos Principales" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:3 msgid "The Accounting behind Odoo" msgstr "La Contabilidad detrás de Odoo" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:5 msgid "" "This page summarises the way Odoo deals with typical accounts and " "transactions." @@ -16742,11 +15085,11 @@ msgstr "" "Esta página resume las posiciones que ofrece Odoo de cuentas y transacciones" " típicas." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:9 msgid "Double-entry bookkeeping" msgstr "Contabilidad de doble entrada" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:11 msgid "" "Odoo automatically creates all the behind-the-scenes journal entries for " "each of your accounting transactions: customer invoices, point of sale " @@ -16756,7 +15099,7 @@ msgstr "" " para cada una de sus operaciones contables: facturas de clientes, orden del" " punto de venta, los gastos, movimientos del inventario, etc." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:15 msgid "" "Odoo uses the rules of double-entry bookkeeping system: all journal entries " "are automatically balanced (sum of debits = sum of credits)." @@ -16764,28 +15107,28 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo utiliza las reglas de la doble entrada: todas las entradas de diario se" " equilibran automáticamente (suma de los débitos = suma de créditos)." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:19 msgid "" "`Understand Odoo's accounting transactions per document " "<https://odoo.com/documentation/functional/accounting.html>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:23 msgid "Accrual and Cash Basis Methods" msgstr "Métodos básicos de efectivo y formas de devengar el efectivo" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:25 msgid "" "Odoo supports both accrual and cash basis reporting. This allows you to " "report income / expense at the time transactions occur (i.e., accrual " "basis), or when payment is made or received (i.e., cash basis)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:30 msgid "Multi-companies" msgstr "Multi-empresas" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:32 msgid "" "Odoo allows one to manage several companies within the same database. Each " "company has its own chart of accounts and rules. You can get consolidation " @@ -16795,18 +15138,18 @@ msgstr "" "de datos. Cada compañía tiene su propio plan de cuentas y reglas. Puede " "obtener informes de consolidación siguiendo sus reglas de consolidación." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:36 msgid "" "Users can access several companies but always work in one company at a time." msgstr "" "Los usuarios pueden acceder a varias empresas pero siempre trabajar en una " "empresa al momento." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:40 msgid "Multi-currencies" msgstr "Multi-monedas" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:42 msgid "" "Every transaction is recorded in the default currency of the company. For " "transactions occurring in another currency, Odoo stores both the value in " @@ -16820,18 +15163,18 @@ msgstr "" "los cambios necesarios. Odoo puede generar divisas de ganancias y pérdidas " "después de la reconciliación en los diarios de artículos." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:48 msgid "" "Currency rates are updated once a day using a yahoo.com online web-service." msgstr "" "Los tipos de cambio se actualizan una vez al día usando un servicio web en " "línea de yahoo.com." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:52 msgid "International Standards" msgstr "Estándares Internacionales" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:54 msgid "" "Odoo accounting supports more than 50 countries. The Odoo core accounting " "implements accounting standards that are common to all countries. Specific " @@ -16844,32 +15187,32 @@ msgstr "" "especificidades del país, como el plan de cuentas, los impuestos o las " "interfaces bancarias." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:60 msgid "In particular, Odoo's core accounting engine supports:" msgstr "En particular, el motor del soporte de contabilidad central de Odoo:" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:62 msgid "" "Anglo-Saxon Accounting (U.S., U.K.,, and other English-speaking countries " "including Ireland, Canada, Australia, and New Zealand) where costs of good " "sold are reported when products are sold/delivered." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:66 msgid "European accounting where expenses are accounted at the supplier bill." msgstr "" "Contabilidad Europea donde los gastos se contabilizan en la cuenta del " "proveedor." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:69 msgid "Odoo has modules to comply with IFRS rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:72 msgid "Accounts Receivable & Payable" msgstr "Cuentas por cobrar y por pagar" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:74 msgid "" "By default, Odoo uses a single account for all account receivable entries " "and one for all accounts payable entries. You can create separate accounts " @@ -16880,7 +15223,7 @@ msgstr "" "Puede crear cuentas separadas por clientes y/o por proveedores, pero no es " "necesario." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:79 msgid "" "As transactions are associated to customers or suppliers, you get reports to" " perform analysis per customer/supplier such as the customer statement, " @@ -16891,11 +15234,11 @@ msgstr "" "como la declaración del cliente, los ingresos por clientes, cuentas por " "pagar por cobrar, edad, ..." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:84 msgid "Wide range of financial reports" msgstr "Amplia gama de reportes financieros" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:86 msgid "" "In Odoo, you can generate financial reports in real time. Odoo's reports " "range from basic accounting reports to advanced management reports. Odoo's " @@ -16905,32 +15248,32 @@ msgstr "" "de Odoo van desde reportes básicos de contabilidad hasta los reportes de " "gestión avanzada. Los reportes de Odoo incluyen:" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:90 msgid "Performance reports (such as Profit and Loss, Budget Variance)" msgstr "" "Reportes de rendimiento (tales como las pérdidas o ganancias, variantes del " "presupuestos)" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:91 msgid "" "Position reports (such as Balance Sheet, Aged Payables, Aged Receivables)" msgstr "" "Reportes de posición (como balance general, cuentas por pagar pasadas, " "cuentas por cobrar pasadas)" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:93 msgid "Cash reports (such as Bank Summary)" msgstr "Reportes de efectivo (tales como el resumen de los bancos)" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:94 msgid "Detail reports (such as Trial Balance and General Ledger)" msgstr "Reportes a detalle (tales como el balance y la contabilidad general)" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:95 msgid "Management reports (such as Budgets, Executive Summary)" msgstr "Gestión de reportes (como presupuestos y resumen ejecutivo)" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:97 msgid "" "Odoo's report engine allows you to customize your own report based on your " "own formulae." @@ -16938,11 +15281,11 @@ msgstr "" "La configuración de informes en Odoo le permite personalizar su propio " "informe sobre la base de sus propias fórmulas." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:101 msgid "Import bank feeds automatically" msgstr "Importar automáticamente los canales de bancos" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:103 msgid "" "Bank reconciliation is a process that matches your bank statement lines, as " "supplied by the bank, to your accounting transactions in the general ledger." @@ -16959,7 +15302,7 @@ msgstr "" "vista diaria de su flujo de efectivo sin tener que acceder a su banca en " "línea o esperar sus estados de cuenta bancarios impresos." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:111 msgid "" "Odoo speeds up bank reconciliation by matching most of your imported bank " "statement lines to your accounting transactions. Odoo also remembers how " @@ -16971,11 +15314,11 @@ msgstr "" " también recuerda cómo se han tratado otras líneas de extractos de cuenta y " "proporciona sugerencia de transacciones del libro mayor." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:117 msgid "Calculate the tax you owe your tax authority" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:119 msgid "" "Odoo totals all your accounting transactions for your tax period and uses " "these totals to calculate your tax obligation. You can then check your sales" @@ -16986,11 +15329,11 @@ msgstr "" "continuación, puede comprobar el impuesto sobre las ventas mediante la " "ejecución del Reporte de Impuestos de Odoo." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:124 msgid "Inventory Valuation" msgstr "Valoración del inventario" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:126 msgid "" "Odoo support both periodic (manual) and perpetual (automated) inventory " "valuations. The available methods are standard price, average price, LIFO " @@ -17000,7 +15343,7 @@ msgstr "" "(automatizadas). Los métodos disponibles son el precio estándar, precio " "medio, LIFO (para los países que le permiten) y FIFO." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:131 msgid "" "`View impact of the valuation method on your transactions " "<https://odoo.com/documentation/functional/valuation.html>`_" @@ -17008,11 +15351,11 @@ msgstr "" "`Ver el impacto del método de valoración en sus transacciones " "<https://odoo.com/documentation/functional/valuation.html>` _" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:135 msgid "Easy retained earnings" msgstr "Utilidades retenidas fácilmente" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:137 msgid "" "Retained earnings are the portion of income retained by your business. Odoo " "automatically calculates your current year earnings in real time so no year-" @@ -17020,11 +15363,11 @@ msgid "" "profit and loss balance to your balance sheet report automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:7 msgid "Accounting Memento For Entrepreneurs (US GAAP)" msgstr "Recordatorio rápido de Contabilidad para Emprendedores (US GAAP)" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:13 msgid "" "The **Profit and Loss** (P&L) report shows the performance of the company " "over a specific period (usually the current year)." @@ -17032,7 +15375,7 @@ msgstr "" "El informe de **Pérdidas y Ganancias** (P&G) muestra el rendimiento de la " "empresa durante un período determinado (generalmente el año en curso)." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:18 msgid "" "The **Gross Profit** equals the revenues from sales minus the cost of goods " "sold." @@ -17040,7 +15383,7 @@ msgstr "" "La **Ganancia Bruta** es igual a los ingresos provenientes de las ventas " "menos el costo de los bienes vendidos." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:23 msgid "" "**Operating Expenses** (OPEX) include administration, sales and R&D salaries" " as well as rent and utilities, miscellaneous costs, insurances, … anything " @@ -17050,7 +15393,7 @@ msgstr "" " como la renta y los servicios públicos, gastos diversos, seguros... nada " "más lo que está en los costos de los productos vendidos" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:29 msgid "" "The **Balance Sheet** is a snapshot of the company's finances at a specific " "date (as opposed to the Profit and Loss which is an analysis over a period)" @@ -17059,7 +15402,7 @@ msgstr "" "empresa en una fecha determinada (a diferencia de la de pérdidas y " "ganancias, que es un análisis en un período)" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:34 msgid "" "**Assets** represent the company's wealth, things it owns. Fixed assets " "includes building and offices, current assets include bank accounts and " @@ -17070,7 +15413,7 @@ msgstr "" "corrientes incluyen cuentas bancarias y dinero en efectivo. Un cliente que " "debe dinero es un activo. Un empleado no es un activo." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:40 msgid "" "**Liabilities** are obligations from past events that the company will have " "to pay in the future (utility bills, debts, unpaid suppliers)." @@ -17079,7 +15422,7 @@ msgstr "" "empresa tendrá que pagar en el futuro (facturas de servicios públicos, " "deudas, proveedores pendientes de pago)." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:45 msgid "" "**Equity** is the amount of the funds contributed by the owners (founders or" " shareholders) plus previously retained earnings (or losses)." @@ -17088,13 +15431,13 @@ msgstr "" "(fundadores o accionistas), además de las ganancias retenidas previamente (o" " las pérdidas)." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:50 msgid "Each year, net profits (or losses) are reported to retained earnings." msgstr "" "Cada año, las utilidades netas (o pérdidas) se reportan en los resultados " "acumulados." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:56 msgid "" "What is owned (an asset) has been financed through debts to reimburse " "(liabilities) or equity (profits, capital)." @@ -17102,7 +15445,7 @@ msgstr "" "Lo que es de la propiedad (un activo) se ha financiado a través del " "reembolso de deudas (pasivos) o del capital (ganancias, capital)." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:59 msgid "" "A difference is made between buying an assets (e.g. a building) and expenses" " (e.g. fuel). Assets have an intrinsic value over time, versus expenses " @@ -17113,11 +15456,11 @@ msgstr "" " intrínseco en el tiempo, en comparación con los gastos que tienen otro " "valor, ya que se consumen para que la empresa \"trabaje\"." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:66 msgid "Assets = Liabilities + Equity" msgstr "Activos = Pasivos + Equidad" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:71 msgid "" "The **chart of accounts** lists all the accounts, whether they are balance " "sheet accounts or P&L accounts. Every financial transaction (e.g. a payment," @@ -17129,17 +15472,17 @@ msgstr "" "financiera (por ejemplo, un pago, una factura) modifican las cuentas por " "valor de pasar de una cuenta (crédito) a otro cuenta (débito)." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:78 msgid "Balance = Debit - Credit" msgstr "Balance = Débito - Crédito" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:84 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:83 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:90 msgid "Journal Entries" msgstr "Asientos contables" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:88 msgid "" "Every financial document of the company (e.g. an invoice, a bank statement, " "a pay slip, a capital increase contract) is recorded as a journal entry, " @@ -17149,7 +15492,7 @@ msgstr "" " de cuenta bancario, un recibo de pago, un contrato de ampliación de " "capital) se registra como una entrada de diario, impactando varias cuentas." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:92 msgid "" "For a journal entry to be *balanced*, the sum of all its debits must be " "equal to the sum of all its credits." @@ -17157,51 +15500,51 @@ msgstr "" "Por cada entrada de diario debe ser *balanceada*, la suma de todos sus " "débitos debe ser igual a la suma de todos sus créditos." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:97 msgid "examples of accounting entries for various transactions. Example:" msgstr "" "ejemplos de algunas entradas contables de diferentes entradas. Por ejemplo:" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:99 msgid "Example 1: Customer Invoice:" msgstr "Ejemplo 1: Factura del cliente:" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:99 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:119 msgid "Explanation:" msgstr "Explicación:" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:103 msgid "You generate a revenue of $1,000" msgstr "Usted genera un ingreso de $1,000" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:104 msgid "You have a tax to pay of $90" msgstr "Usted tiene un impuesto a pagar de $90" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:105 msgid "The customer owes $1,090" msgstr "El cliente debe $1,090" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:124 msgid "Configuration:" msgstr "Configuración:" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:109 msgid "Income: defined on the product, or the product category" msgstr "Ingresos: definido en el producto, o en la categoría del producto" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:108 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:127 msgid "Account Receivable: defined on the customer" msgstr "Cuenta por Cobrar: definido en el cliente" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:111 msgid "Tax: defined on the tax set on the invoice line" msgstr "Impuestos: definir en el conjunto de impuestos la línea de factura" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:113 msgid "" "The fiscal position used on the invoice may have a rule that replaces the " "Income Account or the tax defined on the product by another one." @@ -17210,30 +15553,30 @@ msgstr "" "sustituye a la Cuenta de ingresos o el impuesto definido en el producto por " "otro." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:117 msgid "Example 2: Customer Payment:" msgstr "Ejemplo 2: Pago del Cliente:" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:121 msgid "Your customer owes $1,090 less" msgstr "Su cliente le debe $1,090 menos" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:122 msgid "Your receive $1,090 on your bank account" msgstr "Su recibo $1,090 en su cuenta bancaria" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:126 msgid "Bank Account: defined on the related bank journal" msgstr "Cuenta Bancaria: definida en el diario bancario relacionado" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:130 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 msgid "Reconciliation" msgstr "Conciliación" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:134 msgid "" "Reconciliation is the process of linking journal items of a specific " "account, matching credits and debits." @@ -17241,7 +15584,7 @@ msgstr "" "La reconciliación es el proceso de vinculación de diarios de artículos en " "una cuenta específica, créditos y débitos a juego." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:137 msgid "" "Its primary purpose is to link payments to their related invoices in order " "to mark invoices that are paid and clear the customer statement. This is " @@ -17252,7 +15595,7 @@ msgstr "" "cliente. Esto se hace mediante una reconciliación en las *Cuentas por " "Cobrar*." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:141 msgid "" "An invoice is marked as paid when its Accounts Receivable journal items are " "reconciled with the related payment journal items." @@ -17261,15 +15604,15 @@ msgstr "" "por cobrar son reconciliados con los artículos de diarios de pago " "relacionadas." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:144 msgid "Reconciliation is performed automatically by the system when:" msgstr "La reconciliación se realiza automáticamente por el sistema cuando:" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:146 msgid "the payment is registered directly on the invoice" msgstr "el pago se ha registrado directamente en la factura" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:147 msgid "" "the links between the payments and the invoices are detected at the bank " "matching process" @@ -17277,85 +15620,97 @@ msgstr "" "los vínculos entre los pagos y las facturas se detectan en el proceso del " "banco correspondiente" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:0 msgid "Customer Statement Example" msgstr "Ejemplo de una Declaración de Cliente" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:156 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 msgid "Accounts Receivable" msgstr "Cuentas por Cobrar" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:156 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:96 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 msgid "Debit" msgstr "Debe" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:156 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:96 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 msgid "Credit" msgstr "Haber" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:160 msgid "Invoice 1" msgstr "Factura 1" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:104 +msgid "100" +msgstr "100" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:162 msgid "Payment 1.1" msgstr "Pago 1.1" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:162 msgid "70" msgstr "70" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:164 msgid "Invoice 2" msgstr "Factura 2" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:162 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:168 msgid "65" msgstr "65" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:166 msgid "Payment 1.2" msgstr "Pago 1.2" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:166 msgid "30" msgstr "30" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:168 msgid "Payment 2" msgstr "Pago 2" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:170 msgid "Invoice 3" msgstr "Factura 3" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:168 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:174 msgid "50" msgstr "50" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:174 msgid "Total To Pay" msgstr "Total por Pagar" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:181 msgid "" "Bank reconciliation is the matching of bank statement lines (provided by " "your bank) with transactions recorded internally (payments to suppliers or " @@ -17366,11 +15721,11 @@ msgstr "" " (pagos a proveedores o desde los clientes). Para cada línea en un estado de" " cuenta bancaria, que puede ser:" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:186 msgid "matched with a previously recorded payment:" msgstr "correspondido con un registro de pago anterior:" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:186 msgid "" "a payment is registered when a check is received from a customer, then " "matched when checking the bank statement" @@ -17378,11 +15733,11 @@ msgstr "" "un pago es registrado cuando se recibe un cheque de un cliente, luego " "correspondido cuando se esta revisando el extracto bancario" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:190 msgid "recorded as a new payment:" msgstr "registrado como un nuevo pago:" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:189 msgid "" "the payment's journal entry is created and :ref:`reconciled " "<accounting/reconciliation>` with the related invoice when processing the " @@ -17392,15 +15747,15 @@ msgstr "" "<contabilidad/conciliación>` con la correspondiente factura cuando se esta " "procesando el extracto bancario" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:193 msgid "recorded as another transaction:" msgstr "registrado como otra transacción:" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:193 msgid "bank transfer, direct charge, etc." msgstr "transferencia bancaria, cargo directo, etc." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:195 msgid "" "Odoo should automatically reconcile most transactions, only a few of them " "should need manual review. When the bank reconciliation process is finished," @@ -17412,25 +15767,25 @@ msgstr "" "conciliación bancaria es finalizado, el balance en la cuenta bancaria en " "Odoo debe corresponder al balance del extracto bancario." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:203 msgid "Checks Handling" msgstr "Revise la Manipulación" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:205 msgid "There are two approaches to manage checks and internal wire transfer:" msgstr "" "Hay dos enfoques para administrar cheques y trasferencias electrónicas " "internas:" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:207 msgid "Two journal entries and a reconciliation" msgstr "Dos asientos del diario y una conciliación" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:208 msgid "One journal entry and a bank reconciliation" msgstr "Un asiento del diario y una conciliación bancaria" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:212 msgid "" "The first journal entry is created by registering the payment on the " "invoice. The second one is created when registering the bank statement." @@ -17438,49 +15793,49 @@ msgstr "" "El primer asiento del diario es creado registrando el pago en la factura. El" " segundo es creado cuando se registra el extracto bancario." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:96 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 msgid "Account" msgstr "Cuenta" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:98 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:100 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 msgid "Account Receivable" msgstr "Cuenta a cobrar" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 msgid "Invoice ABC" msgstr "Factura ABC" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 msgid "Undeposited funds" msgstr "Fondos no depositados" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 msgid "Check 0123" msgstr "Cheque 0123" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:85 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:135 msgid "Bank" msgstr "Banco" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:237 msgid "" "A journal entry is created by registering the payment on the invoice. When " "reconciling the bank statement, the statement line is linked to the existing" @@ -17490,23 +15845,23 @@ msgstr "" "Cuando concilie el extracto bancario, la línea del extracto es vinculada al " "asiento del diario existente. " -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 msgid "Bank Statement" msgstr "Extracto bancario" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:248 msgid "Statement XYZ" msgstr "Extracto XYZ" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview.rst:3 msgid "Process overview" msgstr "Perspectiva general del proceso" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:3 msgid "From Customer Invoice to Payments Collection" msgstr "De la facturación a clientes a la recepción de cobros" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo supports multiple invoicing and payment workflows, so you can choose " "and use the ones that match your business needs. Whether you want to accept " @@ -17520,11 +15875,11 @@ msgstr "" " facturas y tomar descuentos por pagos anticipados, puede hacerlo eficiente " "y exactamente." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:12 msgid "From Draft Invoice to Profit and Loss" msgstr "Desde el Borrador Factura hasta Ganancias y Pérdidas" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:14 msgid "" "If we pick up at the end of a typical 'order to cash' scenario, after the " "goods have been shipped, you will: issue an invoice; receive payment; " @@ -17540,7 +15895,7 @@ msgstr "" "finalmente presentará sus Ingresos en el Estado de Pérdidas y Ganancias y " "mostrará la disminución en Activos en la Hoja de Balance." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:21 msgid "" "Invoicing in most countries occurs when a contractual obligation is met. If " "you ship a box to a customer, you have met the terms of the contract and can" @@ -17557,7 +15912,7 @@ msgstr "" " se mueve a o desde un camión. En este punto, Odoo soporta la creación de lo" " que es llamado Factura Borrador por el personal de Bodega." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:32 msgid "" "Draft invoices can be manually generated from other documents such as Sales " "Orders, Purchase Orders,etc. Although you can create a draft invoice " @@ -17567,7 +15922,7 @@ msgstr "" " como Órdenes de Venta, Órdenes de Compra, etc. Aunque puede crear una " "factura borrador directamente si quiere." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:36 msgid "" "An invoice must be provided to the customer with the necessary information " "in order for them to pay for the goods and services ordered and delivered. " @@ -17579,11 +15934,11 @@ msgstr "" "También debe incluir otra información necesaria para pagar la factura a " "tiempo y de manera precisa." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:42 msgid "Draft invoices" msgstr "Facturas borrador" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:44 msgid "" "The system generates invoice which are initially set to the Draft state. " "While these invoices" @@ -17591,7 +15946,7 @@ msgstr "" "El sistema genera facturas las cuales inicialmente se configuraron en estado" " Borrador. Mientras que estas facturas " -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:47 msgid "" "remain unvalidated, they have no accounting impact within the system. There " "is nothing to stop users from creating their own draft invoices." @@ -17599,59 +15954,59 @@ msgstr "" "permanezcan inválidas, no tienen impacto contable dentro del sistema. No hay" " nada que impida a los usuarios de crear sus propias facturas borrador." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:50 msgid "Let's create a customer invoice with following information:" msgstr "Creemos una factura de cliente con la siguiente información:" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:52 msgid "Customer: Agrolait" msgstr "Cliente: Agrolait" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:53 msgid "Product: iMac" msgstr "Producto: iMac" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:54 msgid "Quantity: 1" msgstr "Cantidad: 1" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:55 msgid "Unit Price: 100" msgstr "Precio Unitario: 100" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:56 msgid "Taxes: Tax 15%" msgstr "Impuestos: Impuesto 15%" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:64 msgid "The document is composed of three parts:" msgstr "El documento esta compuesto de tres partes:" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:66 msgid "the top of the invoice, with customer information," msgstr "la parte superior de la factura, con la información del cliente," -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:67 msgid "the main body of the invoice, with detailed invoice lines," msgstr "el cuerpo principal de la factura, con líneas de factura detalladas," -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:68 msgid "the bottom of the page, with detail about the taxes, and the totals." msgstr "" "el final de la página, con detalle acerca de los impuestos, y los totales." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:71 msgid "Open or Pro-forma invoices" msgstr "Facturas Pro-forma o Abiertas" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:73 msgid "" "An invoice will usually include the quantity and the price of goods and/or " "services, the date, any parties involved, the unique invoice number, and any" " tax information." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:77 msgid "" "\"Validate\" the invoice when you are ready to approve it. The invoice then " "moves from the Draft state to the Open state." @@ -17659,7 +16014,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"Valide\" la factura cuando este listo para aprobarla. Luego, la factura se" " mueve desde el estado Borrador al estado Abierto." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:80 msgid "" "When you have validated an invoice, Odoo gives it a unique number from a " "defined, and modifiable, sequence." @@ -17667,7 +16022,7 @@ msgstr "" "Cuando ha validado una factura, Odoo le da un número único desde una " "secuencia definida y modificable." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:86 msgid "" "Accounting entries corresponding to this invoice are automatically generated" " when you validate the invoice. You can see the details by clicking on the " @@ -17678,11 +16033,11 @@ msgstr "" "en la entrada en el campo Diario de Entrada en la pestaña \"Otra " "Información\"." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:95 msgid "Send the invoice to customer" msgstr "Enviar la factura al cliente" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:97 msgid "" "After validating the customer invoice, you can directly send it to the " "customer via the 'Send by email' functionality." @@ -17690,49 +16045,49 @@ msgstr "" "Después de validar la factura de cliente, puede enviarla directamente al " "cliente a través de la funcionalidad 'Enviar por email'." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:103 msgid "" "A typical journal entry generated from a validated invoice will look like as" " follows:" msgstr "" "Una entrada de diario típica desde una factura validada se verá como sigue:" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 msgid "**Partner**" msgstr "**Asociado**" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 msgid "**Due date**" msgstr "**Fecha de vencimiento**" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 msgid "Agrolait" msgstr "Agrolait" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 msgid "01/07/2015" msgstr "01/07/2015" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 msgid "115" msgstr "115" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 msgid "15" msgstr "15" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:117 msgid "Payment" msgstr "Pagos" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:119 msgid "" "In Odoo, an invoice is considered to be paid when the associated accounting " "entry has been reconciled with the payment entries. If there has not been a " @@ -17744,17 +16099,17 @@ msgstr "" "habido una conciliación, la factura permanecerá en el estado Abierto hasta " "que haya ingresado el pago." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:124 msgid "" "A typical journal entry generated from a payment will look like as follows:" msgstr "" "Una entrada de diario típica desde una factura validada se verá como sigue:" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:136 msgid "Receive a partial payment through the bank statement" msgstr "Recibir un pago parcial a través del extracto bancario" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:138 msgid "" "You can manually enter your bank statements in Odoo, or you can import them " "in from a csv file or from several other predefined formats according to " @@ -17764,7 +16119,7 @@ msgstr "" "importarlos desde un archivo csv o desde otros varios formatos predefinidos " "de acuerdo a la localización de su contabilidad." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:142 msgid "" "Create a bank statement from the accounting dashboard with the related " "journal and enter an amount of $100 ." @@ -17772,15 +16127,15 @@ msgstr "" "Cree un extracto bancario desde el tablero contable con el diario " "relacionado e ingrese un monto de $100 ." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:149 msgid "Reconcile" msgstr "Conciliar" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:151 msgid "Now let's reconcile!" msgstr "Ahora concilie!" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:156 msgid "" "You can now go through every transaction and reconcile them or you can mass " "reconcile with instructions at the bottom." @@ -17788,7 +16143,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ahora puede ir a través de cada transacción y conciliarlas o conciliar en " "masa con las instrucciones al final." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:158 msgid "" "After reconciling the items in the sheet, the related invoice will now " "display \"You have outstanding payments for this customer. You can reconcile" @@ -17798,18 +16153,18 @@ msgstr "" "muestra \"Tiene pagos pendientes para este cliente. Puede conciliarlos para " "pagar esta factura.\"" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:168 msgid "" "Apply the payment. Below, you can see that the payment has been added to the" " invoice." msgstr "" "Aplicar el pago. Abajo, puede ver que el pago ha sido agregado a la factura." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:175 msgid "Payment Followup" msgstr "Seguimiento de Pagos" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:177 msgid "" "There's a growing trend of customers paying bills later and later. " "Therefore, collectors must make every effort to collect money and collect it" @@ -17819,7 +16174,7 @@ msgstr "" "tarde. Además, los recaudadores deben realizar todo tipo de esfuerzos para " "captar el dinero y captarlo más rápido." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:181 msgid "" "Odoo will help you define your follow-up strategy. To remind customers to " "pay their outstanding invoices, you can define different actions depending " @@ -17836,7 +16191,7 @@ msgstr "" " Si hay otras facturas pendientes del mismo cliente, se ejecutarán las " "acciones de la factura más vencida." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:189 msgid "" "By going to the customer record and diving into the \"Overdue Payments\" you" " will see the follow-up message and all overdue invoices." @@ -17844,11 +16199,11 @@ msgstr "" "Pasando por los registros del cliente y profundizando en los \"Pagos " "Pendientes\" verá el mensaje de seguimiento y todas las facturas pendientes." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:199 msgid "Customer aging report:" msgstr "Reporte de Antigüedad de Cliente:" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:201 msgid "" "The customer aging report will be an additional key tool for the collector " "to understand the customer credit issues, and to prioritize their work." @@ -17857,7 +16212,7 @@ msgstr "" "para que el recaudador entienda los problemas de crédito del cliente, y " "prioretice su trabajo." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:205 msgid "" "Use the aging report to determine which customers are overdue and begin your" " collection efforts." @@ -17865,11 +16220,11 @@ msgstr "" "Use el reporte de antigüedad para determinar cuales clientes están " "pendientes e inicie con sus esfuerzos de captación." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:212 msgid "Profit and loss" msgstr "Ganancias y pérdidas" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:214 msgid "" "The Profit and Loss statement displays your revenue and expense details. " "Ultimately, this gives you a clear image of your Net Profit and Loss. It is " @@ -17881,17 +16236,17 @@ msgstr "" "Pérdidas Netas. Algunas veces es referido como \"Estado de Ingresos\" o " "\"Estado de Ingresos y Gastos.\"" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:223 msgid "Balance sheet" msgstr "Hoja de Balance" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:225 msgid "" "The balance sheet summarizes your company's liabilities, assets and equity " "at a specific moment in time." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:234 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:234 msgid "" "For example, if you manage your inventory using the perpetual accounting " "method, you should expect a decrease in account \"Current Assets\" once the " @@ -17901,12 +16256,12 @@ msgstr "" "perpetua, debe esperar una disminución en la cuenta \"Activos Corrientes\" " "una vez el material ha sido entregado al cliente." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:15 msgid "From Vendor Bill to Payment" msgstr "Desde Facturas de Proveedor a Pagos" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:5 msgid "" "Once vendor bills are registered in Odoo, you can easily pay vendors for the" " correct amount and at the right time (not too late, not too early; " @@ -17918,7 +16273,7 @@ msgstr "" " muy tarde, no muy temprano; dependiendo de las políticas de su proveedor). " "Odoo también ofrece reportes para rastrear sus balances antigüos por pagar." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:10 msgid "" "If you want to control vendor bills received from your vendors, you can use " "the Odoo Purchase application that allows you to control and pre-complete " @@ -17928,11 +16283,11 @@ msgstr "" "puede usar la aplicación Compras de Odoo que le permiten controlarlas y pre-" "completarlas automáticamente basado en las órdenes de compra pasadas." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:18 msgid "Record a new vendor bill" msgstr "Registrar una nueva factura de proveedor" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:20 msgid "" "When a vendor bill is received, you can record it from " ":menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendor Bills` in the Accounting application. " @@ -17944,7 +16299,7 @@ msgstr "" "Contabilidad. Como acceso directo, puede usar la función **Nueva Factura** " "en el tablero de contabilidad." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:27 msgid "" "To register a new vendor bill, start by selecting a vendor and inputting " "their invoice as the **Vendor Reference**, then add and confirm the product " @@ -17955,7 +16310,7 @@ msgstr "" "agregue y confirme las líneas del producto, asegurándose de tener las " "cantidas de producto, impuestos y precios correctos." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:35 msgid "" "Save the invoice to update the pre tax and tax amounts at the bottom of the " "screen. You will most likely need to configure the prices of your products " @@ -17965,7 +16320,7 @@ msgstr "" "final de la pantalla. En su mayoría requerirá configurar los precios de sus " "productos sin impuestos ya que Odoo calculará el impuesto por Ud." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:40 msgid "" "On the bottom left corner, Odoo shows a summary table of all taxes on the " "vendor bill. In several countries, different methods are accepted to round " @@ -17984,11 +16339,11 @@ msgstr "" "proveedor tiene un monto de impuestos diferente en su factura, puede cambiar" " el monton en la tabla de la izquieda al final para ajustar y corresponder." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:48 msgid "Validate The Vendor Bill" msgstr "Validar la Factura del Proveedor" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:50 msgid "" "Once the vendor bill is validated, a journal entry will be generated based " "on the configuration on the invoice. This journal entry may differ depending" @@ -17998,7 +16353,7 @@ msgstr "" "diario basada en la configuración de la factura. Esta entrada de diario " "puede diferir dependiendo del paquete contable que elija usar." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:54 msgid "" "For most European countries, the journal entry will use the following " "accounts:" @@ -18006,21 +16361,21 @@ msgstr "" "Para la mayoría de países Europeos, la entrada del diario usará las " "siguientes cuentas:" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:57 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:66 msgid "**Accounts Payable:** defined on the vendor form" msgstr "**Cuentas por Pagar:** definidas en el formulario del proveedor" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:59 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:68 msgid "**Taxes:** defined on the products and per line" msgstr "**Impuestos:** definidos en los productos y por línea" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:61 msgid "**Expenses:** defined on the line item product used" msgstr "**Gastos:** definidos en la línea del ítem del producto usado" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:63 msgid "" "For Anglo-Saxon (US) accounting, the journal entry will use the following " "accounts:" @@ -18028,11 +16383,11 @@ msgstr "" "Para la contabilidad Anglosajona (USA), la entrada del diario usará las " "siguientes cuentas:" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:70 msgid "**Goods Received:** defined on the product form" msgstr "**Bienes Recibidos:** definidos en el formulario del producto" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:72 msgid "" "You can check your Profit & Loss or the Balance Sheet reports after having " "validated a couple of vendor bills to see the impact on your general ledger." @@ -18041,11 +16396,11 @@ msgstr "" " de haber validado algunas facturas de proveedor para ver el impacto en su " "Libro Mayor." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:77 msgid "Pay a bill" msgstr "Pagar una factura" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:79 msgid "" "To create a payment for an open vendor bill directly, you can click on " "**Register a Payment** at the top of the form." @@ -18053,7 +16408,7 @@ msgstr "" "Para crear un pago directamente de una factura de proveedor abierta, puede " "dar clic en **Registrar un Pago** en la parte superior del formulario." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:82 msgid "" "From there, you select the payment method (i.e. Checking account, credit " "card, check, etc…) and the amount you wish to pay. By default, Odoo will " @@ -18069,7 +16424,7 @@ msgstr "" "proveedor como referencia (Odoo automáticamente llenará este campo desde la " "factura del proveedor si se ha configurado correctamente)." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:94 msgid "" "You can also register a payment to a vendor directly without applying it to " "a vendor bill. To do that, :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. Then, " @@ -18081,11 +16436,11 @@ msgstr "" "Luego, desde la factura del proveedor podrá conciliar este pago " "directamente." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:99 msgid "Printing vendor Checks" msgstr "Imprimiendo Cheques del Proveedor" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:101 msgid "" "If you choose to pay your vendor bills by check, Odoo offers a method to do " "so directly from your vendor payments within Odoo. Whether you do so on a " @@ -18097,7 +16452,7 @@ msgstr "" "hace en una base diaria o prefiere hacerlo al final de la semana, puede " "imprimir en cheques en lotes." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:106 msgid "" "If you have checks to print, Odoo's accounting dashboard acts as a to do " "list and reminds you of how many checks you have left to be printed." @@ -18105,7 +16460,7 @@ msgstr "" "Si tiene cheques a imprimir, el tablero contable de Odoo actúa como una " "lista de tareas y le recuerda cuántos cheques tiene pendientes por imprimir." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:112 msgid "" "By selecting the amount of checks to be printed, you can dive right into a " "list of all payments that are ready to be processed." @@ -18113,7 +16468,7 @@ msgstr "" "Seleccionando el monto de cheques a imprimir, puede profundizar en una lista" " de todos los pagos que están listos a ser procesados." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:115 msgid "" "Select all the checks you wish to print (use the first checkbox to select " "them all) and set the action to **Print Checks**. Odoo will ask you to set " @@ -18125,16 +16480,16 @@ msgstr "" "pedirá configurar el siguiente número de cheque en la secuencia y luego " "imprimirá todos los cheques de una vez." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:124 -#: ../../accounting/reporting.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:3 msgid "Reporting" msgstr "Informes" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:127 msgid "Aged payable balance" msgstr "Balance de Antiguas Cuentas por Pagar" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:129 msgid "" "In order to get a list of open vendor bills and their related due dates, you" " can use the **Aged Payable** report, under the reporting menu, (in " @@ -18147,7 +16502,7 @@ msgstr "" "Negocios --> Antiguas Cuentas por Pagar`) para obtener una visual de todas " "sus facturas pendientes." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:137 msgid "" "From here, you can click directly on a vendors name to open up the details " "of all outstanding bills and the amounts due, or you can annotate any line " @@ -18161,19 +16516,19 @@ msgstr "" "momento mientras esta mirando el reporte, puede imprimir directamente a " "Excel o PDF y obtener exactamente lo que ve en la pantalla." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:144 msgid ":doc:`customer_invoice`" -msgstr ":doc:`cliente_factura`" +msgstr ":doc:`customer_invoice`" -#: ../../accounting/payables.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables.rst:3 msgid "Account Payables" msgstr "Cuentas por Pagar" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:3 msgid "Forecast future bills to pay" msgstr "Previsión de facturas a pagar" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:5 msgid "" "When you get hundreds of vendor bills per month with each of them having " "different payment terms, it could be complex to follow what you have to pay " @@ -18186,7 +16541,7 @@ msgstr "" "disponibilidad de efectivo y pagando muy tarde puede incurrir en cargos " "extra." -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:10 msgid "" "Fortunately, Odoo provides you the right tools to manage payment orders to " "vendors efficiently." @@ -18194,11 +16549,11 @@ msgstr "" "Afortunadamente, Odoo le provee las herramientas adecuadas para administrar " "eficientemente órdenes de pago a proveedores." -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:14 msgid "Configuration: payment terms" msgstr "Configuración: términos de pago" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:16 msgid "" "In order to track the vendor conditions, we use payment terms in Odoo. " "Payment terms allow to keep track of the conditions to compute the due date " @@ -18209,15 +16564,15 @@ msgstr "" "calcular la fecha de vencimiento en una factura. Como ejemplo, un término de" " pago puede ser:" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:20 msgid "50% within 30 days" msgstr "50% dentro de 30 días" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:22 msgid "50% within 45 days" msgstr "50% dentro de 45 días" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:24 msgid "" "To create your most common payment terms, use the menu: " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Management --> Payment Terms` in the " @@ -18229,7 +16584,7 @@ msgstr "" " aplicación Contabilidad. El siguiente ejemplo muestra un término de pago de" " 30% directamente y el balance después de 30 días." -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:32 msgid "" "Once payment terms are defined, you can assign them to your vendor by " "default. Set the Vendor Payment Term field on the Accounting tab of a vendor" @@ -18242,7 +16597,7 @@ msgstr "" "compre a este proveedor, Odoo le propondrá automáticamente el término de " "pago correcto." -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:42 msgid "" "If you do not set a specific payment term on a vendor, you will still be " "able to set a specific payment term on the vendor bill." @@ -18250,12 +16605,12 @@ msgstr "" "Si no configura un término específico de pago en un proveedor, igual puede " "configurar un término específico de pago en la factura del proveedor." -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:46 msgid "Forecast bills to pay with the Aged Payables report" msgstr "" "Facturas de previsión a pagar con el reporte de Antiguas Cuentas por Pagar" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:48 msgid "" "In order to track amounts to be paid to the vendors, use the Aged Payable " "report. You can get it from the Reports menu of the Accounting application. " @@ -18269,17 +16624,17 @@ msgstr "" " por proveedor, comparado con su fecha de vencimiento (la fecha de " "vencimiento calculada en cada factura usando el término de pago)." -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:57 msgid "" "This reports tells you how much you will have to pay within the next months." msgstr "" "Este reporte le dice cuanto tendrá que pagar dentro de los siguientes meses." -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:61 msgid "Select bills to pay" msgstr "Seleccionar facturas a pagar" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:63 msgid "" "Using the menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendor Bills`, you can get a " "list of vendor bills. Using the advanced filters, you can list all the bills" @@ -18291,7 +16646,7 @@ msgstr "" "puede listar todas las facturas que debe pagar o las facturas que están " "vencidas (que están atrasadas en el pago)." -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:70 msgid "" "From this screen, you can also switch to the pivot table or the graph view " "to get statistics on the amount due over the next month, using the group by " @@ -18301,15 +16656,15 @@ msgstr "" "gráfica para obtener estadísticas de los montos que se deben para el mes " "siguiente, usando la función agrupar por \"Fecha de Vencimiento\"." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay.rst:3 msgid "Vendor Payments" msgstr "Pagos de Proveedor" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:3 msgid "Pay by Checks" msgstr "Pagar por Cheques" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:5 msgid "" "Once you decide to pay a supplier bill, you can select to pay by check. " "Then, at the end of the day, the manager can print all checks by batch. " @@ -18322,12 +16677,12 @@ msgstr "" "corresponderá los cheques que envío a los proveedores con los extractos " "bancarios reales." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:14 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:33 msgid "Install the required module" msgstr "Instalar el módulo requerido" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:16 msgid "" "To record supplier payments by checks, you must install the **Check " "Writing** module. This module handle the process of recording checks in " @@ -18341,7 +16696,7 @@ msgstr "" "acuerdo al país. Como ejemplo, el módulo **Impresión de Cheques USA** es " "requerido para imprimir cheques en USA." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:23 msgid "" "According to your country and the chart of account you use, those modules " "may be installed by default. (example: United States users have nothing to " @@ -18351,11 +16706,11 @@ msgstr "" "instalados por defecto. (ejemplo: Usuarios en USA no tienen nada que " "instalar, esta configurado por defecto)." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:28 msgid "Activate checks payment methods" msgstr "Activar métodos de pago en cheque" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:30 msgid "" "In order to allow payments by checks, you must activate the payment method " "on related bank journals. From the accounting dashboard (the screen you get " @@ -18369,35 +16724,35 @@ msgstr "" "cuenta bancaria en la opción :menuselection:`Más --> Ajustes`. En el campo " "**Método de Pago**, configure **Cheque**. " -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:40 msgid "Compatible check stationery for printing checks" msgstr "Papelería de cheques compatible para imprimir cheques" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:43 msgid "United States" msgstr "Estados Unidos" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:45 msgid "For the United States, Odoo supports by default the check formats of:" msgstr "" "Para los Estados Unidos, Odoo soporta por defecto los formatos de cheque de:" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:47 msgid "**Quickbooks & Quicken**: check on top, stubs in the middle and bottom" msgstr "" "**Quickbooks & Quicken**: cheque en la parte superior, talonario en el medio" " y al final" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:48 msgid "**Peachtree**: check in the middle, stubs on top and bottom" msgstr "" "**Peachtree**: cheque en el medio, talonario en la parte superior y al final" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:49 msgid "**ADP**: check in the bottom, and stubs on the top." msgstr "**ADP**: cheque en la parte superior, y talonario en el final." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:51 msgid "" "It is also possible to customize your own check format through " "customizations." @@ -18405,32 +16760,32 @@ msgstr "" "También es posible personalizar sus propios cheques a través de " "personalizaciones." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:54 msgid "Pay a supplier bill with a check" msgstr "Pagar una factura de proveedor con un cheque" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:56 msgid "Paying a supplier with a check is done in three steps:" msgstr "" "Pagar una factura de proveedor con un cheque es resuelto en tres pasos:" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:58 msgid "registering a payment you'd like to do on the bill" msgstr "registrando un pago le gustaría hacerlo en la factura" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:59 msgid "printing checks in batch for all registered payments" msgstr "Imprimir cheques en lote para todos los pagos registrados" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:60 msgid "reconcile bank statements" msgstr "Conciliar extractos bancarios" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:63 msgid "Register a payment by check" msgstr "Registrar un pago con cheque" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:65 msgid "" "To register a payment on a bill, open any supplier bill from the menu " ":menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendor Bills`. Once the supplier bill is " @@ -18438,11 +16793,11 @@ msgid "" "**Check** and validate the payment dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:74 msgid "Print checks" msgstr "Imprimir cheques" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:76 msgid "" "From the accounting dashboard, on your bank account, you should see a link " "\"X checks to print\". Click on this link and you will get the list of all " @@ -18454,7 +16809,7 @@ msgstr "" "los cheques que no se han impreso aún. Desde esta pantalla, puede imprimir " "todos los cheques en lote o revisarlos uno por uno." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:81 msgid "" "If you want to review every payment one by one before printing the check, " "open on the payment and click on **Print Check** if you accept it. A dialog " @@ -18466,7 +16821,7 @@ msgstr "" " preguntará el número del cheque. Automáticamente le propone el siguiente " "número, pero puede cambiarlo si no coincide con su siguiente número." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:87 msgid "" "To print all checks in batch, select all payments from the list view and " "Print Check from the top \"print\" menu." @@ -18475,11 +16830,11 @@ msgstr "" " vista de lista e imprima el cheque desde el menú \"imprimir\" en la parte " "superior." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:94 msgid "Reconcile bank statements" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:96 msgid "" "Once you process your bank statement, when the check is credited from your " "bank account, Odoo will propose you automatically to match it with the " @@ -18489,18 +16844,18 @@ msgstr "" "desde su cuenta bancaria, Odoo le propondrá automáticamente corresponderlo " "con el pago. Esto marcará el pago como **Conciliado**." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:101 msgid "" "To review checks that have not been credited, open the list of payments and " "filter on the Sent state. Review those payments that have a date more than 2" " weeks ago." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:106 msgid "Pay anything with a check" msgstr "Pagar cualquier cosa con un cheque" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:108 msgid "" "You can register a payment that is not related to a supplier bill. To do so," " use the top menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. Register your " @@ -18510,7 +16865,7 @@ msgstr "" "proveedor. Para hacerlo, use el menú superior: :menuselection:`Compras --> " "Pagos`. Registre su pago y seleccione el método de pago con cheque." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:112 msgid "" "If you pay a specific supplier bill, put the reference of the bill in the " "**Memo** field." @@ -18518,7 +16873,7 @@ msgstr "" "Si paga una factura de proveedor específica, ponga la referencia de la " "factura en el campo **Memo**." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:118 msgid "" "Once your payment by check is registered, don't forget to **Confirm** it. " "Once confirmed, you can use **Print Check** directly or follow the preceding" @@ -18528,19 +16883,19 @@ msgstr "" "vez confirmado, puede usar **Imprimir Cheque** directamente o seguir el " "flujo anterior para imprimir cheques en lote:" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:122 msgid "`Print checks`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:123 msgid "`Reconcile bank statements`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:3 msgid "Pay several bills at once" msgstr "Pagar diversas facturas al mismo tiempo" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo provides a simple and effective way to handle several bills at once, " "with various quick or complex options. With one single process, anyone is " @@ -18550,15 +16905,15 @@ msgstr "" " la vez, con opciones rápidas o complejas. Con un solo proceso, cualquiera " "puede tramitar facturas y pagos en solo unos pocos clics." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:10 msgid "Pay multiple bills with one payment" msgstr "Pagar múltiples facturas con un pago" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:13 msgid "Record several payments" msgstr "Registrar varios pagos" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:15 msgid "" "In the following example, we will generate some bills. You can control the " "whole process from your accounting dashboard (first screen you get when you " @@ -18568,7 +16923,7 @@ msgstr "" "todo el proceso desde su tablero de contabilidad (es la primera pantalla que" " tiene cuando abre la aplicación de contabilidad)." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:22 msgid "" "To create a bill, open the Dashboard menu and click on **Vendor Bills**. In " "the Vendor Bills window, click on **Create**." @@ -18576,7 +16931,7 @@ msgstr "" "Para crear una factura, abra el menú del Tablero y de clic en **Facturas de " "Proveedor**. En la ventana de Facturas de Proveedor, de clic en **Crear**." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:28 msgid "" "Choose the vendor from which you wish to purchase the product, and click on " "Add an item to add one (or more) product(s). Click on **Save** and then " @@ -18586,11 +16941,11 @@ msgstr "" " un ítem para agreguar un(o) (o más) producto(s). De clic en **Guardar** y " "luego en **Validar**." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:33 msgid "Pay supplier bills, one after the other" msgstr "Pagar facturas de proveedor, una después de la otra" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:38 msgid "" "We will now record a payment for one bill only. Open the bill, then click on" " **Register Payment**. Insert the Payment Method, Date and Amount, and click" @@ -18600,7 +16955,7 @@ msgstr "" "luego de clic en **Registrar Pago**. Ingrese el Método de Pago, Fecha y " "Monto, y de clic en **Validar**." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:45 msgid "" "Once you have validated the payment, the system will automatically reconcile" " the payment with the bill, and set the bill as **Paid**. The system will " @@ -18612,11 +16967,11 @@ msgstr "" "generará un movimiento desde la cuenta del pago y lo conciliará con la " "transacción del gasto." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:51 msgid "Pay several bills altogether" msgstr "Pagar varias facturas de proveedor en conjunto" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:53 msgid "" "In order to illustrate the process thoroughly, create at least 2 more bills " "following the above standing guide. **Make sure all bills come from the same" @@ -18626,7 +16981,7 @@ msgstr "" "siguiente la guía estándar anterior. **Asegúrese que todas las facturas " "pertenecen al mismo proveedor.**" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:60 msgid "" "In the Vendors Bills, select the new bills you have just created by checking" " the box next to each of them. In the Action menu located in the middle of " @@ -18636,7 +16991,7 @@ msgstr "" "crear marcando la casilla al la lado de cada una de ellas. En el menú de " "Acción localizado en el medio de la página, de clic en **Registrar Pago**." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:67 msgid "" "Insert the details of the payment. The system calculated the total amount " "for both bills, but you can modify it freely. Click on **Validate**." @@ -18644,11 +16999,11 @@ msgstr "" "Ingrese los datos del pago. El sistema calculó el monto total de ambas " "facturas, puede libremente modificarlo. De clic en **Validar**." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:71 msgid "Record the payment, reconcile afterwards" msgstr "Registre el pago, luego concilie" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:73 msgid "" "You can also reconcile a payment with bills after the payment has been " "recorded." @@ -18656,11 +17011,11 @@ msgstr "" "Puede también conciliar un pago con facturas después que el pago ha sigo " "registrado." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:76 msgid "First, we need to create a payment" msgstr "Primero, necesitamos crear un pago" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:78 msgid "" "This will handle from :menuselection:`Dashboard --> Bank journal --> More " "Option --> Send Money`" @@ -18668,7 +17023,7 @@ msgstr "" "Esto se manejará desde el menú :menuselection:`Tablero --> Diario Bancario " "--> Más Opciones --> Enviar Dinero`" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:84 msgid "" "Creating payment order with check payment method. Selecting related Vendor " "and amount which remain to pay. After filling all details, we will confirm " @@ -18679,7 +17034,7 @@ msgstr "" "detalles, confirmaremos la órden de pago la cual generará la transacción de " "pago con el sistema. " -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:92 msgid "" "As you can see, bill payment status show what is posted and what is " "remaining to reconcile." @@ -18687,7 +17042,7 @@ msgstr "" "Como puede ver, el estado de pago de la factura muestra lo que esta " "registrado y lo que esta pendiente por conciliar." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:95 msgid "" "After receiving bank statement from the bank with payment detail, you can " "reconcile the transaction from the Dashboard. It will automatically map the " @@ -18697,17 +17052,17 @@ msgstr "" " puede conciliar la transacción desde el Tablero. Éste automáticamente " "corresponderá el monto de la transacción." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:103 msgid "Partial payments of several supplier bills" msgstr "Pagos parciales de varias facturas de proveedor" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:106 msgid "How to pay several supplier bills having cash discounts at once?" msgstr "" "¿Cómo pagar varias facturas de proveedor a la vez teniendo descuentos por " "pronto pago?" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:108 msgid "" "You already learned how to pay bills in various way but what about partial " "payment? We are taking another example where we will do partial payment for " @@ -18717,7 +17072,7 @@ msgstr "" "de los pagos parciales? Tomaremos otro ejemplo donde haremos pagos parciales" " para varias facturas." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:112 msgid "" "We are creating multiple bills and partially pay them through bank " "statements." @@ -18725,7 +17080,7 @@ msgstr "" "Creamos varias facturas y las pagamos parcialmente a través de los extractos" " bancarios." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:115 msgid "" "We are adding payment terms which allow some cash discount where vendor " "offer us early payment discount." @@ -18733,7 +17088,7 @@ msgstr "" "Agregamos términos de pago que permiten algunos descuentos por pronto pago " "donde el proveedor nos ofrece descuento en pago anticipado." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:121 msgid "" "We are creating the following bills with the assignment of the above payment" " term." @@ -18741,11 +17096,11 @@ msgstr "" "Creamos las siguientes facturas con la asignación de los términos de pago " "anteriores." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:127 msgid "We have created the following bills:" msgstr "Hemos creado las siguientes facturas:" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:132 msgid "" "We will pay the invoices by creating bank statement where we will adjust the" " cash discount our vendor provided under payment terms." @@ -18754,7 +17109,7 @@ msgstr "" "descuento por pronto pago que nuestro proveedor otorgó bajo los términos de " "pago." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:138 msgid "" "Before reconciling this bank statement, we need to create one statement " "model for cash discount." @@ -18762,17 +17117,17 @@ msgstr "" "Antes de conciliar este extracto bancario, necesitamos crear un modelo de " "extracto para descuentos por pronto pago." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:144 msgid "Now we are going back to bank statement and opening reconcile view." msgstr "" "Ahora regresamos al extracto bancario y abrimos la vista de conciliación." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:69 msgid "Pay with SEPA" msgstr "Pagar con SEPA" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:5 msgid "" "SEPA, the Single Euro Payments Area, is a payment-integration initiative of " "the European union for simplification of bank transfers denominated in EURO." @@ -18784,7 +17139,7 @@ msgstr "" "Euros. El SEPA le permite enviar órdenes de pago a su banco para automatizar" " las transferencias bancarias electrónicas." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:10 msgid "" "SEPA is supported by the banks of the 28 EU member states as well as " "Iceland, Norway, Switzerland, Andorra, Monaco and San Marino." @@ -18792,14 +17147,14 @@ msgstr "" "El SEPA es apoyado por los bancos de los 28 estados miembros europeos así " "como también por Islandia, Noruega, Suiza, Andorra, Mónaco y San Marino." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:13 msgid "" "With Odoo, once you decide to pay a vendor, you can select to pay the bill " "with SEPA. Then, at the end of the day, the manager can generate the SEPA " "file containing all bank wire transfers and send it to the bank." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:18 msgid "" "By default,the file follows the SEPA Credit Transfer **'pain.001.001.03'** " "specifications. This is a well-defined standard that makes consensus among " @@ -18808,7 +17163,7 @@ msgid "" "**'pain.001.003.03'** for Germany." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:24 msgid "" "Once the payments are processed by your bank, you can directly import the " "account statement inside Odoo. The bank reconciliation process will " @@ -18820,7 +17175,7 @@ msgstr "" " corresponderá sin ningún problema las órdenes SEPA que envió a su banco con" " los extractos bancarios reales." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:35 msgid "" "To pay suppliers with SEPA, you must install the **SEPA Credit Transfer** " "module. This module handle the process of generating SEPA files based on " @@ -18830,7 +17185,7 @@ msgstr "" "Transferencia SEPA**. Este módulo administra el proceso de generar archivos " "SEPA basado en pagos en Odoo." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:40 msgid "" "According to your country and the chart of account you use, this module may " "be installed by default." @@ -18838,11 +17193,11 @@ msgstr "" "De acuerdo a su país y el plan de cuentas que use, este módulo pueden ser " "instalado por defecto. " -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:44 msgid "Activate SEPA payment methods on banks" msgstr "Activar métodos de pago SEPA en bancos" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:46 msgid "" "In order to allow payments by SEPA, you must activate the payment method on " "related bank journals. From the accounting dashboard (the screen you get " @@ -18854,7 +17209,7 @@ msgstr "" "obtiene cuando ingresa a la aplicación de contabilidad), de clic en \"Más\" " "en su cuenta bancaria y elija la opción \"Ajustes\"." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:51 msgid "" "To activate SEPA, click the **Advanced Settings** tab and, in the **Payment " "Methods** part of the **Miscellaneous** section, check the box **Sepa Credit" @@ -18864,7 +17219,7 @@ msgstr "" "parte de **Métodos de Pago** de la sección **Misceláneos**, marque la " "casilla **Transferencia por Crédito SEPA**." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:55 msgid "" "Make sure to specify the IBAN account number (domestic account number won't " "work with SEPA) and the BIC (bank identifier code) on your bank journal." @@ -18873,7 +17228,7 @@ msgstr "" "doméstico no funcionará con SEPA) y el BIC (código de identificación del " "banco) en su diario bancario." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:60 msgid "" "By default, the payments you send using SEPA will use your company name as " "initiating party name. This is what appears on the recipient's bank " @@ -18886,22 +17241,22 @@ msgstr "" "ajustes de su compañía, en la pestaña **Configuración**, bajo la sección del" " **SEPA**." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:72 msgid "Register your payments" msgstr "Registre sus pagos" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:74 msgid "" "You can register a payment that is not related to a supplier bill. To do so," " use the top menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. Register your " "payment and select a payment method by Sepa Credit Transfer." msgstr "" "Puede registrar un pago que no esta relacionado con una factura de " -"proveedor. Para hacerlo, use el menú en la parte superior " +"proveedor. Para hacerlo, use el menú en la parte superior del menú " ":menuselection:`Compras --> Pagos`. Registre su pago y seleccione el método " "de pago de Crédito de Transferencia SEPA. " -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:78 msgid "" "If it's the first time you pay this vendor, you will have to fill in the " "Recipient Bank Account field with, at least, the bank name, IBAN and BIC " @@ -18912,7 +17267,7 @@ msgstr "" "y BIC (Código de Identificación del Banco). Odoo automáticamente verificará " "el formato IBAN." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:82 msgid "" "For future payments to this vendor, Odoo will propose you automatically the " "bank accounts but you will be able to select another one or create a new " @@ -18921,7 +17276,7 @@ msgstr "" "Para futuros pagos a este proveedor, Odoo automáticamente le propondrá las " "cuentas bancarias pero Ud. podrá seleccionar otra o crear una nueva." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:86 msgid "" "If you pay a specific supplier bill, put the reference of the bill in the " "**memo** field." @@ -18929,7 +17284,7 @@ msgstr "" "Si paga una factura de proveedor específica, ponga la referencia de la " "factura en el campo **nota**." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:92 msgid "" "Once your payment is registered, don't forget to Confirm it. You can also " "pay vendor bills from the bill directly using the Register Payment button on" @@ -18942,11 +17297,11 @@ msgstr "" "el pago está directamente vinculado a la factura y será automáticamente " "conciliado a éste." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:98 msgid "Generate SEPA files" msgstr "Generar archivos SEPA" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:100 msgid "" "From your accounting dashboard, you should see if there are SEPA files to " "generate for every bank account." @@ -18954,7 +17309,7 @@ msgstr "" "Desde su tablero de contabilidad, debe ver si hay archivos SEPA que generar " "de cada una de las cuentas bancarias." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:106 msgid "" "Click on the link to check all the payments that are ready to transfer via " "SEPA. Then, select all the payments you want to send (or check the top box " @@ -18964,17 +17319,17 @@ msgstr "" "De clic en el link para revisar que todos los pagos están listos para ser " "transferidos via SEPA. Luego, seleccione todos los pagos que quiere enviar " "(o marque la casilla superior para seleccionar todos los pagos a la vez) y " -"de clic en :menuselection:`Más--> Descargar pagos SEPA`." +"de clic en :menuselection:`Más --> Descargar pagos SEPA`." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:115 msgid "Troubleshooting" msgstr "Solución de problemas" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:118 msgid "The bank refuses my SEPA file" msgstr "El banco rechaza mi archivo SEPA" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:120 msgid "" "Ask your bank if they support the **SEPA Credit Transfer specification** " "(the SEPA pain version depends on the country set on your company). If they " @@ -18982,13 +17337,13 @@ msgid "" "message to your Odoo partner." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:126 msgid "There is no Bank Identifier Code recorded for bank account ..." msgstr "" "No hay un Código de Identificación del Banco registrado para cuentas " "bancarias..." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:128 msgid "" "In order to send a SEPA payment, the recipient must be identified by a valid" " IBAN and BIC. If this message appear, you probably encoded an IBAN account " @@ -18999,16 +17354,16 @@ msgstr "" "IBAN para el asociado al que le esta pagando pero olvido llenar el espacio " "BIC." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:134 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:125 msgid ":doc:`check`" -msgstr ":doc:`revisar`" +msgstr ":doc:`check`" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:3 msgid "Non-current Assets and Fixed Assets" msgstr "Activos no corrientes y activos fijos" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:5 msgid "" "**Non-current Assets**, also known as **long-term assets**, are investments " "that are expected to be realized after one year. They are capitalized rather" @@ -19016,7 +17371,7 @@ msgid "" " their nature, they may undergo **depreciation**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:9 msgid "" "**Fixed Assets** are a type of Non-current Assets and include the properties" " bought for their productive aspects, such as buildings, vehicles, " @@ -19026,7 +17381,7 @@ msgstr "" "propiedades adquiridas por sus aspectos productivos, tales como edificios, " "vehículos, equipamiento, terrenos y software." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:12 msgid "" "For example, let's say we buy a car for $ 27,000. We plan to amortize it " "over five years, and we will sell it for $ 7,000 afterward. Using the " @@ -19036,144 +17391,144 @@ msgid "" " us with $ 7,000 of **Not Depreciable Value**, or Salvage value." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:18 msgid "" "Odoo Accounting handles depreciation by creating all depreciation entries " "automatically in *draft mode*. They are then posted periodically." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:21 msgid "Odoo supports the following **Depreciation Methods**:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:23 -msgid "Linear" -msgstr "Lineal" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:23 +msgid "Straight Line" +msgstr "Línea recta" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:24 -msgid "Degressive" -msgstr "Regresivo" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:24 +msgid "Declining" +msgstr "Declinando" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:25 -msgid "Accelerated Degressive" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:25 +msgid "Declining Then Straight Line" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:28 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:25 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:24 msgid "" "The server checks once a day if an entry must be posted. It might then take " "up to 24 hours before you see a change from *draft* to *posted*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:32 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:29 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:28 -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:19 msgid "Prerequisites" msgstr "Pre-requisitos" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:34 msgid "" "Such transactions must be posted on an **Assets Account** rather than on the" " default expense account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:38 msgid "Configure an Assets Account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:40 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:37 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:36 msgid "" "To configure your account in the **Chart of Accounts**, go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Chart of Accounts`, click " "on *Create*, and fill out the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:48 msgid "" "This account's type must be either *Fixed Assets* or *Non-current Assets*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:51 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:48 msgid "Post an expense to the right account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:51 msgid "Select the account on a draft bill" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:56 msgid "" "On a draft bill, select the right account for all the assets you are buying." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:65 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:61 msgid "Choose a different Expense Account for specific products" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:67 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:63 msgid "" "Start editing the product, go to the *Accounting* tab, select the right " "**Expense Account**, and save." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:75 msgid "" "It is possible to :ref:`automate the creation of assets entries <assets-" "automation>` for these products." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:75 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:74 msgid "Change the account of a posted journal item" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:83 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:77 msgid "" "To do so, open your Purchases Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting" " --> Accounting --> Purchases`, select the journal item you want to modify, " "click on the account, and select the right one." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:92 msgid "Assets entries" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:97 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:89 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:88 msgid "Create a new entry" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:99 msgid "" "An **Asset entry** automatically generates all journal entries in *draft " "mode*. They are then posted one by one at the right time." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:102 msgid "" "To create a new entry, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " "Assets`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:105 msgid "" "Click on **select related purchases** to link an existing journal item to " "this new entry. Some fields are then automatically filled out, and the " "journal item is now listed under the **Related Purchase** tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:113 msgid "" "Once done, you can click on *Compute Depreciation* (next to the *Confirm* " "button) to generate all the values of the **Depreciation Board**. This board" @@ -19181,19 +17536,19 @@ msgid "" " at which date." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:122 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:114 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:113 msgid "What does \"Prorata Temporis\" mean?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:124 msgid "" "The **Prorata Temporis** feature is useful to depreciate your assets the " "most accurately possible." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:126 msgid "" "With this feature, the first entry on the Depreciation Board is computed " "based on the time left between the *Prorata Date* and the *First " @@ -19201,50 +17556,53 @@ msgid "" "depreciations." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:130 msgid "" "For example, the Depreciation Board above has its first depreciation with an" " amount of $ 241.10 rather than $ 4,000.00. Consequently, the last entry is " "also lower and has an amount of $ 3758.90." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:134 msgid "What are the different Depreciation Methods" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:136 msgid "" -"The **Linear Depreciation Method** divides the initial Depreciable Value by " -"the number of depreciations planned. All depreciation entries have the same " -"amount." +"The **Straight Line Depreciation Method** divides the initial Depreciable " +"Value by the number of depreciations planned. All depreciation entries have " +"the same amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:139 msgid "" -"The **Degressive Depreciation Method** multiplies the Depreciable Value by " -"the **Degressive Factor** for each entry. Each depreciation entry has a " -"lower amount than the previous entry." +"The **Declining Depreciation Method** multiplies the Depreciable Value by " +"the **Declining Factor** for each entry. Each depreciation entry has a lower" +" amount than the previous entry. The last depreciation entry doesn't use the" +" declining factor but instead has an amount corresponding to the balance of " +"the depreciable value so that it reaches $0 by the end of the specified " +"duration." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:144 msgid "" -"The **Accelerated Degressive Depreciation Method** uses the Degressive " -"Method, but with a minimum Depreciation equal to the Linear Method. This " -"method ensures a fast depreciation at the beginning, followed by a constant " -"one afterward." +"The **Declining Then Straight Line Depreciation Method** uses the Declining " +"Method, but with a minimum Depreciation equal to the Straight Line Method. " +"This method ensures a fast depreciation at the beginning, followed by a " +"constant one afterward." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:149 msgid "Assets from the Purchases Journal" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:151 msgid "" "You can create an asset entry from a specific journal item in your " "**Purchases Journal**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:153 msgid "" "To do so, open your Purchases Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting" " --> Accounting --> Purchases`, and select the journal item you want to " @@ -19252,36 +17610,36 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`journal-assets-account`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:157 msgid "" "Then, click on *Action*, select **Create Asset**, and fill out the form the " "same way you would do to :ref:`create a new entry <create-assets-entry>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:165 msgid "Modification of an Asset" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:167 msgid "" "You can modify the values of an asset to increase or decrease its value." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:169 msgid "" "To do so, open the asset you want to modify, and click on *Modify " "Depreciation*. Then, fill out the form with the new depreciation values and " "click on *Modify*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:172 msgid "" "A **decrease in value** posts a new Journal Entry for the **Value Decrease**" " and modifies all the future *unposted* Journal Entries listed in the " "Depreciation Board." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:175 msgid "" "An **increase in value** requires you to fill out additional fields related " "to the account movements and creates a new Asset entry with the **Value " @@ -19289,23 +17647,23 @@ msgid "" "Button." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:184 msgid "Disposal of Fixed Assets" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:186 msgid "" "To **sell** an asset or **dispose** of it implies that it must be removed " "from the Balance Sheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:188 msgid "" "To do so, open the asset you want to dispose of, click on *Sell or Dispose*," " and fill out the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:194 msgid "" "Odoo Accounting then generates all the journal entries necessary to dispose " "of the asset, including the gain or loss on sale, which is based on the " @@ -19313,96 +17671,96 @@ msgid "" "amount it is sold for." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:199 msgid "" "To record the sale of an asset, you must first post the related Customer " "Invoice so you can link the sale of the asset with it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:203 msgid "Assets Models" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:205 msgid "" "You can create **Assets Models** to create your Asset entries faster. It is " "particularly useful if you recurrently buy the same kind of assets." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:208 msgid "" "To create a model, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " "Assets Models`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form the same way you " "would do to create a new entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:212 msgid "" "You can also convert a *confirmed Asset entry* into a model by opening it " "from :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Assets` and then, by " "clicking on the button *Save Model*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:217 msgid "Apply an Asset Model to a new entry" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:219 msgid "" "When you create a new Asset entry, fill out the **Fixed Asset Account** " "with the right asset account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:220 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:160 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:160 msgid "" "New buttons with all the models linked to that account appear at the top of " "the form. Clicking on a model button fills out the form according to that " "model." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:230 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:232 msgid "Automate the Assets" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:234 msgid "" "When you create or edit an account of which the type is either *Non-current " "Assets* or *Fixed Assets*, you can configure it to create assets for the " "expenses that are credited on it automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:238 msgid "You have three choices for the **Automate Assets** field:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:241 msgid "" "**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " "draft *Assets entry* is created, but not validated. You must first fill out " "the form in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Assets`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:244 msgid "" "**Create and validate:** you must also select an Asset Model (see: `Assets " "Models`_). Whenever a transaction is posted on the account, an *Assets " "entry* is created and immediately validated." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:250 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:252 msgid "" "You can, for example, select this account as the default **Expense Account**" " of a product to fully automate its purchase. (see: :ref:`product-assets-" "account`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:3 msgid "Deferred Expenses and Prepayments" msgstr "Gastos diferidos y pagos anticipados" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:5 msgid "" "**Deferred expenses** and **prepayments** (also known as **prepaid " "expense**), are both costs that have already occurred for unconsumed " @@ -19411,7 +17769,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Gastos diferidos** y **pagos anticipados**, son costes que ya han sido " "pagados por productos no consumidos o servicios por recibir." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:8 msgid "" "Such costs are **assets** for the company that pays them since it already " "paid for products and services still to receive or that are yet to be used. " @@ -19420,14 +17778,14 @@ msgid "" "the future." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:13 msgid "" "These future expenses must be deferred on the company's balance sheet until " "the moment in time they can be **recognized**, at once or over a defined " "period, on the Profit and Loss statement." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:16 msgid "" "For example, let's say we pay $ 1200 at once for one year of insurance. We " "already pay the cost now but haven't used the service yet. Therefore, we " @@ -19436,7 +17794,7 @@ msgid "" "recognized as an expense." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:21 msgid "" "Odoo Accounting handles deferred expenses and prepayments by spreading them " "in multiple entries that are automatically created in *draft mode* and then " @@ -19446,57 +17804,57 @@ msgstr "" "districuyéndolos en múltiples apuntes que se crean automáticamente en " "*borrador* y se registran periódicamente. " -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:31 msgid "" "Such transactions must be posted on a **Deferred Expense Account** rather " "than on the default expense account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:35 msgid "Configure a Deferred Expense Account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:45 msgid "This account's type must be either *Current Assets* or *Prepayments*" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:53 msgid "" "On a draft bill, select the right account for all the products of which the " "expenses must be deferred." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:71 msgid "" "It is possible to automate the creation of expense entries for these " "products (see: `Automate the Deferred Expenses`_)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:86 msgid "Deferred Expenses entries" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:91 msgid "" "A **Deferred Expense entry** automatically generates all journal entries in " "*draft mode*. They are then posted one by one at the right time until the " "full amount of the expense is recognized." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:94 msgid "" "To create a new entry, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " "Deferred Expense`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:97 msgid "" "Click on **select related purchases** to link an existing journal item to " "this new entry. Some fields are then automatically filled out, and the " "journal item is now listed under the **Related Expenses** tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:105 msgid "" "Once done, you can click on *Compute Deferral* (next to the *Confirm* " "button) to generate all the values of the **Expense Board**. This board " @@ -19504,37 +17862,37 @@ msgid "" " at which date." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:116 msgid "" "The **Prorata Temporis** feature is useful to recognize your expense the " "most accurately possible." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:118 msgid "" "With this feature, the first entry on the Expense Board is computed based on" " the time left between the *Prorata Date* and the *First Recognition Date* " "rather than the default amount of time between recognitions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:122 msgid "" "For example, the Expense Board above has its first expense with an amount of" " $ 70.97 rather than $ 100.00. Consequently, the last entry is also lower " "and has an amount of $ 29.03." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:126 msgid "Deferred Entry from the Purchases Journal" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:128 msgid "" "You can create a deferred entry from a specific journal item in your " "**Purchases Journal**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:130 msgid "" "To do so, open your Purchases Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting" " --> Accounting --> Purchases`, and select the journal item you want to " @@ -19542,63 +17900,63 @@ msgid "" "account of a posted journal item`_)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:134 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:134 msgid "" "Then, click on *Action*, select **Create Deferred Entry**, and fill out the " "form the same way you would do to `create a new entry`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:142 msgid "Deferred Expense Models" msgstr "Modelos de gastos diferidos" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:144 msgid "" "You can create **Deferred Expense Models** to create your Deferred Expense " "entries faster." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:146 msgid "" "To create a model, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " "Deferred Expense Models`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form the same " "way you would do to create a new entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:150 msgid "" "You can also convert a *confirmed Deferred Expense entry* into a model by " "opening it from :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Deferred " "Expenses` and then, by clicking on the button *Save Model*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:155 msgid "Apply a Deferred Expense Model to a new entry" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:157 msgid "" "When you create a new Deferred Expense entry, fill out the **Deferred " "Expense Account** with the right recognition account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:170 msgid "Automate the Deferred Expenses" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:172 msgid "" "When you create or edit an account of which the type is either *Current " "Assets* or *Prepayments*, you can configure it to defer the expenses that " "are credited on it automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:175 msgid "You have three choices for the **Automate Deferred Expense** field:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:178 msgid "" "**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " "draft *Deferred Expenses entry* is created, but not validated. You must " @@ -19606,25 +17964,25 @@ msgid "" "Deferred Expenses`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:181 msgid "" "**Create and validate:** you must also select a Deferred Expense Model (see:" " `Deferred Expense Models`_). Whenever a transaction is posted on the " "account, a *Deferred Expenses entry* is created and immediately validated." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:190 msgid "" "You can, for example, select this account as the default **Expense Account**" " of a product to fully automate its purchase. (see: `Choose a different " "Expense Account for specific products`_)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:3 msgid "Manage vendor Bills" msgstr "Gestionar facturas de proveedores" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:5 msgid "" "The **Purchase** application allows you to manage your purchase orders, " "incoming products, and vendor bills all seamlessly in one place." @@ -19633,7 +17991,7 @@ msgstr "" "los productos entrantes y las facturas de los proveedores, todo a la " "perfección en un mismo lugar. " -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:8 msgid "" "If you want to set up a vendor bill control process, the first thing you " "need to do is to have purchase data in Odoo. Knowing what has been purchased" @@ -19645,11 +18003,11 @@ msgstr "" "se ha comprado y recibido es el primer paso hacia la comprensión de sus " "procesos de gestión de compras." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:13 msgid "Here is the standard work flow in Odoo:" msgstr "Aquí está un flujo de trabajo estándar de Odoo:" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:15 msgid "" "You begin with a **Request for Quotation (RFQ)** to send out to your " "vendor(s)." @@ -19657,7 +18015,7 @@ msgstr "" "Usted empezará con las **Solicitudes de Presupuesto (RfQ)** que se enviarán " "a sus proveedor(es)." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:18 msgid "" "Once the vendor has accepted the RFQ, confirm the RFQ into a **Purchase " "Order (PO)**." @@ -19665,7 +18023,7 @@ msgstr "" "Una vez que el proveedor haya aceptado la RfQ, es necesario confirmar la " "entrada de RfQ en las **Órdenes de Compra (PO)**." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:21 msgid "" "Confirming the PO generates an **Incoming Shipment** if you purchased any " "stockable products." @@ -19673,7 +18031,7 @@ msgstr "" "Confirmando la PO se generará un **Envío entrante**, en caso de adquirir " "cualquiera de los productos almacenables." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:24 msgid "" "Upon receiving a **Vendor Bill** from your Vendor, validate the bill with " "products received in the previous step to ensure accuracy." @@ -19682,7 +18040,7 @@ msgstr "" "cuenta con productos recibidos en el paso anterior para asegurar la " "precisión." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:27 msgid "" "This process may be done by three different people within the company, or " "only one." @@ -19690,35 +18048,35 @@ msgstr "" "Este proceso puede estar hecho por tres diferentes personas de la compañía o" " por una sola. " -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:34 msgid "Installing the Purchase and Inventory applications" msgstr "Instalación de Solicitudes de Compra e Inventarios" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:36 msgid "" "From the **Apps** application, search for the **Purchase** module and " "install it. Due to certain dependencies, installing Purchase will " "automatically install the **Inventory** and **Accounting** applications." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:41 msgid "Creating products" msgstr "Creando productos" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:43 msgid "" "Creating products in Odoo is essential for quick and efficient purchasing " "within Odoo. Simply navigate to the Products submenu under Purchase and " "click create." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:50 msgid "" "When creating the product, pay attention to the **Product Type** field, " "since it is important:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:53 msgid "" "Products that are set as **Stockable or Consumable** will allow you to keep " "track of their inventory levels. These options imply stock management and " @@ -19729,7 +18087,7 @@ msgstr "" " implican la gestión de almacenes y permitirán la recepción de este tipo de " "productos." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:58 msgid "" "Conversely, products that are set as a **Service or Digital Product** will " "not imply stock management, simply due to the fact that there is no " @@ -19741,7 +18099,7 @@ msgstr "" "hecho de que no existe un inventario que administrar. No podrá recibir " "productos en cualquiera de estas designaciones." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:64 msgid "" "It is recommended that you create a **Miscellaneous** product for all " "purchases that occur infrequently and do not require inventory valuation or " @@ -19749,15 +18107,15 @@ msgid "" "product type to **Service**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:69 msgid "Managing your Vendor Bills" msgstr "Gestionando las cuentas de sus vendedores" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:72 msgid "Purchasing products or services" msgstr "Comprando productos o servicios" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:74 msgid "" "From the purchase application, you can create a purchase order with as many " "products as you need. If the vendor sends you a confirmation or quotation " @@ -19774,7 +18132,7 @@ msgstr "" "después (como la factura de proveedor probablemente incluirá la Referencia " "del Proveedor)" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:84 msgid "" "Validate the purchase order and receive the products from the Inventory " "application." @@ -19782,11 +18140,11 @@ msgstr "" "Valide la órden de compra y reciba los productos desde la aplicación " "Inventario." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:88 msgid "Receiving Products" msgstr "Recibiendo productos" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:90 msgid "" "If you purchased any stockable products that you manage the inventory of, " "you will need to receive the products from the Inventory application after " @@ -19795,13 +18153,13 @@ msgid "" "is outlined in red below:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:99 msgid "" "Navigating this route will take you to a list of all orders waiting to be " "received." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:105 msgid "" "If you have a lot of awaiting orders, apply a filter using the search bar in" " the upper right. With this search bar, you may filter based on the vendor " @@ -19811,22 +18169,22 @@ msgid "" "following screen where you then will receive the products." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:116 msgid "Purchasing service products does not trigger a delivery order." msgstr "Comprar productos de servicio no desencadena una órden de entrega." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:119 msgid "Managing Vendor Bills" msgstr "Gestionando las cuentas de sus vendedores" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:121 msgid "" "When you receive a vendor bill for a previous purchase, be sure to record it" " in the Purchases application under the **Control Menu**. You need to create" " a new vendor bill even if you already registered a purchase order." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:129 msgid "" "The first thing you will need to do upon creating a vendor bill is to select" " the appropriate vendor, since doing so will also pull up any associated " @@ -19839,20 +18197,20 @@ msgid "" "reference number or your internal purchase order number." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:143 msgid "" "While the invoice is in a draft state, you can make any modifications you " "need (i.e. remove or add product lines, modify quantities, and change " "prices)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:148 msgid "Your vendor may send you several bills for the same Purchase Order if:" msgstr "" "Su proveedor puede enviarle varias facturas para la misma Órden de Compra " "sí:" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:150 msgid "" "Your vendor is in back-order and is sending you invoices as they ship the " "products." @@ -19860,11 +18218,11 @@ msgstr "" "Su proveedor está en la parte trasera de la orden y usted está el envío de " "facturas, ya que se envían los productos." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:151 msgid "Your vendor is sending you a partial bill or asking for a deposit." msgstr "Su proveedor le envía una factura parcial o pregunta por un depósito." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:153 msgid "" "Every time you record a new vendor bill, Odoo will automatically populate " "the product quantities based on what has been received from the vendor. If " @@ -19881,23 +18239,23 @@ msgstr "" "cualquier momento, antes que valide la Factura de Proveedor, puede anular " "esta cantidad cero." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:162 msgid "Vendor Bill Matching" msgstr "Facturas de Proveedor Acompañadas" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:165 msgid "What to do if your vendor bill does not match what you received" msgstr "" "¿Qué hacer si su factura de proveedor no coincide con lo que ha recibido?" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:167 msgid "" "If the bill you receive from the vendor has quantities that do not match the" " quantities automatically populated by Odoo, this could be due to several " "reasons:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:171 msgid "" "The vendor is incorrectly charging you for products and/or services that you" " have not ordered." @@ -19905,7 +18263,7 @@ msgstr "" "El proveedor le está cobrando de forma incorrecta los productos y/o " "servicios que usted no haya solicitado." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:174 msgid "" "The vendor is billing you for products that you might not have received yet," " as the invoicing control may be based on ordered or received quantities." @@ -19914,11 +18272,11 @@ msgstr "" "haya recibido todavía, como el control de la facturación puede basarse en " "cantidades solicitadas o recibidas." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:178 msgid "The vendor did not bill you for previously purchased products." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:180 msgid "" "In these instances it is recommended that you verify that the bill, and any " "associated purchase order to the vendor, are accurate and that you " @@ -19928,7 +18286,7 @@ msgstr "" " de compra asociada al proveedor, sea precisa y que entienda lo que usted ha" " pedido y lo que haya recibido." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:184 msgid "" "If you are unable to find a purchase order related to a vendor bill, this " "could be due to one of a few reasons:" @@ -19936,28 +18294,28 @@ msgstr "" "Si no puede encontrar una orden de compra relacionada con la factura de " "proveedor, esto podría deberse a una de varias razones:" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:187 msgid "" "The vendor has already invoiced you for this purchase order; therefore it is" " not going to appear anywhere in the selection." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:190 msgid "" "Someone in the company forgot to record a purchase order for this vendor." msgstr "" "Alguien en la empresa se olvidó de registrar una orden de compra para este " "proveedor." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:193 msgid "The vendor is charging you for something you did not order." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:198 msgid "How product quantities are managed" msgstr "¿Cómo se manejan las cantidades de productos?" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:200 msgid "" "By default, services are managed based on ordered quantities, while " "stockables and consumables are managed based on received quantities." @@ -19966,7 +18324,7 @@ msgstr "" "mientras los almacenables y consumibles se gestionan sobre la base de las " "cantidades recibidas." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:203 msgid "" "If you need to manage products based on ordered quantities over received " "quantities, you will need to belong to the group **Purchase Manager**. Ask " @@ -19983,7 +18341,7 @@ msgstr "" "modificar, y deberá ver que un nuevo campo aparece, marcado como **Controlar" " Facturas de Proveedor**." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:213 msgid "" "You can then change the default management method for the selected product " "to be based on either:" @@ -19991,19 +18349,19 @@ msgstr "" "A continuación, puede cambiar el método de gestión predeterminada para el " "producto seleccionado a basarse en cualquiera:" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:216 msgid "Ordered quantities" msgstr "Cantidades pedidas" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:218 msgid "or Received quantities" msgstr "o Cantidades recibidas" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:221 msgid "Batch Billing" msgstr "Facturación por lotes" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:223 msgid "" "When creating a vendor bill and selecting the appropriate purchase order, " "you may continue to select additional purchase orders. Odoo will add the " @@ -20017,34 +18375,34 @@ msgstr "" " no ha eliminado las líneas de pedido anteriores de la primera orden de " "compra, la factura se vinculará a todas las órdenes de compra apropiadas." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:3 msgid "Digitize Vendor Bills with Optical Character Recognition (OCR)" msgstr "" "Digitalize facturas de proveedor con Reconocimiento Óptico de Caracteres " "(OCR) " -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:5 msgid "" "Encoding bills manually can be a time-consuming task. Having a solution that" " allows you to digitize them and automatically import the data to your " "database reduces errors and saves you time." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:9 msgid "Set up the feature" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:11 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Bill Digitalization`, and " "choose whether the bills should be processed automatically or manually." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:19 msgid "Start digitizing your bills" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:21 msgid "" "Scan your bills and then go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> " "Bills` and upload your document. Based on your configuration, it either " @@ -20052,69 +18410,69 @@ msgid "" "Digitalization* to do it manually." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:26 msgid "" "You can also create a vendor bill through the *Documents* app or by using an" " email alias on your journals." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:29 msgid "" "Once the data is extracted from the PDF, you can correct it if necessary by " "clicking on the respective tag (available in *Edit* mode), and selecting the" " right information instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:38 msgid "" "The more bills you scan, the better the system gets at identifying the " "correct data." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:41 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:34 msgid "Pricing" msgstr "Precio" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:44 msgid "" "The *Bill Digitalization* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service which " "requires prepaid credits to work. Digitalizing one document consumes one " "credit." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:47 msgid "" "To buy credits, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " "Settings --> Bill Digitalization` and click on *Buy credits*, or go to " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Odoo IAP` and click on *View My Services*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:50 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:43 msgid "" "If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you " "benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:52 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:45 msgid "" "Click `here <https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#header_4>`_ to know about our " "*Privacy Policy*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:3 msgid "Purchase Receipts" msgstr "Recibos de compra" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:5 msgid "" "**Purchase Receipts** are not invoices but rather confirmations of received " "payments, such as a ticket or a receipt." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:8 msgid "" "This feature is meant to be used when you pay directly with your company's " "money for an expense. **Vendor Bills**, on the other hand, are recorded when" @@ -20122,68 +18480,68 @@ msgid "" " account before a later payment reconciliation." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:13 msgid "" "Expenses paid by employees can be managed with **Odoo Expenses**, an app " "dedicated to the approval of such expenses and the payments management. " -"Click :doc:`here <../../../expense/expense>` for more information on how to " -"use Odoo Expenses." +"Click :doc:`here </applications/finance/expense/expense>` for more " +"information on how to use Odoo Expenses." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:18 msgid "Register a receipt" msgstr "Registrar un recibo" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:20 msgid "" "To record a new receipt, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> " "Receipts`, click on *Create*, fill out the form, and click on *Post*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:27 msgid "" "You can register the payment by clicking on *Register Payment*, then filling" " out the payment's details, and clicking on *Validate*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:31 msgid "Edit the Journal Entry before posting it" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:33 msgid "" "Once you have filled out the *Invoice Lines* tab, you can modify the " "**Journal Entry** before you post it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:36 msgid "" "To do so, click on the **Journal Items** tab, change the accounts and values" " according to your needs, and click on *Post*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:44 msgid ":doc:`manage`" msgstr ":doc:`manage`" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:45 -msgid ":doc:`../../../expense/expense`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../../expense/expense`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:45 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/expense/expense`" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables.rst:3 msgid "Account Receivables" msgstr "Cuentas por Cobrar" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:99 msgid "Customer Invoices" msgstr "Facturas de cliente" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:3 msgid "Offer cash discounts" msgstr "Ofrece descuentos en efectivo" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:5 msgid "" "Cash discounts are incentives you can offer to customers to motivate them to" " pay within a specific time frame. For instance, you offer a 2% discount if " @@ -20197,11 +18555,11 @@ msgstr "" "primeros 5 días de la factura, cuando vence en 30 días. Este enfoque puede " "mejorar enormemente su período de recolección promedio." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:12 msgid "Set up a cash discount" msgstr "Configura un descuento en efectivo" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:14 msgid "" "To set up a cash discount, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Management --> Payment Terms` and click on *Create*. Add a" @@ -20210,11 +18568,11 @@ msgid "" "valid. You can also change the default balance term if needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:25 msgid "Start offering the cash discount" msgstr "Comienza a ofrecer el descuento en efectivo" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:27 msgid "" "Now, you can create a customer invoice and select the cash discount payment " "term you added. Once the invoice is validated, Odoo will automatically split" @@ -20223,11 +18581,11 @@ msgid "" "calculated, your payment controls will be simplified." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:37 msgid "Grant the cash discount" msgstr "Ofrece el descuento en efectivo" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:39 msgid "" "The customer fulfilled the payment terms and therefore benefits from the " "cash discount. When you process the bank statement, match the payment with " @@ -20235,7 +18593,7 @@ msgid "" "click on *Create Write-off* to reconcile it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:48 msgid "" "You can also create a dedicated reconciliation model to make the process " "easier. In this case, you should add a tax to the model based on the taxes " @@ -20251,75 +18609,75 @@ msgstr "" "your localisation, you might already have a Cash Discount model available by" " default." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:56 msgid "Register the full payment" msgstr "Registra el pago completo" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:58 msgid "" "In this case, the customer has not fulfilled the payment term and cannot " "benefit from the cash discount. When you process the bank statement, match " "the payment with the two related journal entries." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:67 msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms`" msgstr ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms`" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:3 msgid "Cash Rounding" msgstr "Redondeo de efectivo" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:4 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:5 msgid "" "**Cash rounding** is required when the lowest physical denomination of " "currency, or the smallest coin, is higher than the minimum unit of account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:9 msgid "" "For example, some countries require their companies to round up or down the " "total amount of an invoice to the nearest five cents, when the payment is " "made in cash." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:16 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " "*Cash Rounding*, then click on *Save*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:22 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Cash Roundings`, and " "click on *Create*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:25 msgid "" "Define here your *Rounding Precision*, *Rounding Strategy*, and *Rounding " "Method*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:28 msgid "Odoo supports two **rounding strategies**:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:30 msgid "" "**Add a rounding line**: a *rounding* line is added on the invoice. You have" " to define which account records the cash roundings." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:33 msgid "**Modify tax amount**: the rounding is applied in the taxes section." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:36 msgid "Apply roundings" msgstr "Aplicar redondeos" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:38 msgid "" "When editing a draft invoice, open the *Other Info* tab, go to the " "*Accounting Information* section, and select the appropriate *Cash Rounding " @@ -20329,11 +18687,11 @@ msgstr "" " ir a la sección \"Información contable\" y seleccionar el \"Método de " "redondeo\" apropiado. " -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:3 msgid "Credit Notes and Refunds" msgstr "Notas de abono y reembolsos" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:4 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:4 msgid "" "A **credit note**, or **credit memo**, is a document issued to a customer " "that notifies them that they have been credited a certain amount." @@ -20341,34 +18699,34 @@ msgstr "" "Una **nota de abono** es un documento emitido a un cliente que notifica que " "se le ha abonado un cierto importe. " -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:11 msgid "There are several reasons that can lead to a credit note, such as:" msgstr "Hay diversas causas que pueden motivar una nota de abono, como: " -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:9 msgid "a mistake in the invoice" msgstr "un error en la factura" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:10 msgid "a return of the goods, or a rejection of the services" msgstr "una devolución de los bienes o un rechazo de los servicios" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:11 msgid "the goods delivered are damaged" msgstr "los bienes entregados son defectuosos" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:14 msgid "" "Issuing a credit note is the only legal way to cancel, refund or modify a " "validated invoice. Don’t forget to *register the payment* afterward if you " "need to send money back to your customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:20 msgid "Issue a Credit Note" msgstr "Emitir una nota de abono" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:21 msgid "" "You can create a credit note from scratch by going to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Credit Notes`, and by clicking " @@ -20376,94 +18734,94 @@ msgid "" "Invoice’s form." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:26 msgid "" "However, most of the time, credit notes are generated directly from the " "invoices they are related to." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:29 msgid "To do so, open the *Customer Invoice*, and click on *Add Credit Note*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:37 msgid "You can choose between three options:" msgstr "Puede escoger entre tres opciones:" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:35 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:44 msgid "Partial Refund" msgstr "Reembolso parcial" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:36 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:55 msgid "Full Refund" msgstr "Reembolso completo" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:37 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:66 msgid "Full refund and new draft invoice" msgstr "Reembolso completo y nuevo borrador de factura" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:40 msgid "" "Credit Notes’ numbers start with “R” and are followed by the number of the " "document they are related to (e.g., RINV/2019/0004)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:45 msgid "" "Odoo creates a draft credit note already prefilled with all the necessary " "information from the original invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:48 msgid "" "This is the option to choose to do a partial refund, or if you want to " "modify any detail on the credit note." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:52 msgid "" "This is the only option available for invoices that are already marked as " "*Paid*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:56 msgid "" "Odoo creates a credit note, automatically validates it, and reconciles the " "original invoice with it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:62 msgid "" "This is the option to choose to do a full refund or cancel a validated " "invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:67 msgid "" "Odoo creates a credit note, automatically validates it, reconciles the " "original invoice with it, and open a new draft invoice prefilled with the " "same details from the original invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:71 msgid "" "This is the option to choose to modify the content of a validated invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:74 msgid "Record a Vendor Refund" msgstr "Registrar un reembolso de proveedor" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:75 msgid "" "**Vendor Refunds** are recorded the same way you would do with invoices’ " "credit notes:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:77 msgid "" "You can either create a credit note from scratch by going to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> Refund`, and by clicking on " @@ -20471,27 +18829,27 @@ msgid "" "Credit Note*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:84 msgid "" "Issuing a credit note from an invoice creates a **reverse entry** that " "zeroes out the journal items generated by the original invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:87 msgid "Here is an example of an invoice’s journal entry:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:92 msgid "" "And here is the credit note’s journal entry generated to reverse the " "original invoice above:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:3 msgid "Deferred Revenues" msgstr "Ingresos diferidos" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:5 msgid "" "**Deferred revenues**, or **unearned revenue**, are payments made in advance" " by customers for products yet to deliver or services yet to render." @@ -20499,7 +18857,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Ingresos diferidos** son los pagos anticipados que realizan los clientes " "por productos que no se han entregado o servicios que no se han prestado. " -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:8 msgid "" "Such payments are a **liability** for the company that receives them since " "it still owes its customers these products or services. The company cannot " @@ -20511,7 +18869,7 @@ msgstr "" "declararlos en **Pérdidas y ganancias**, o **Informe de ingresos** hasta que" " los pagos sean efectivamente devengados en el futuro. " -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:12 msgid "" "These future revenues must be deferred on the company's balance sheet until " "the moment in time they can be **recognized**, at once or over a defined " @@ -20521,7 +18879,7 @@ msgstr "" " el momento en que puedan ser **reconocidos**. de una vez o durante un " "periodo definido, en el informe de Pérdidas y Ganancias. " -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:15 msgid "" "For example, let's say we sell a five-year extended warranty for $ 350. We " "already receive the money now but haven't earned it yet. Therefore, we post " @@ -20535,91 +18893,91 @@ msgstr "" "decidimos reconocerlo con periodicidad anual. Cada año, por los próximos 5, " "se reconoceran 70$ de ingreso. " -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:20 msgid "" "Odoo Accounting handles deferred revenues by spreading them in multiple " "entries that are automatically created in *draft mode* and then posted " "periodically." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:30 msgid "" "Such transactions must be posted on a **Deferred Revenue Account** rather " "than on the default income account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:34 msgid "Configure a Deferred Revenue Account" msgstr "Configurar una cuenta de ingresos diferidos" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:44 msgid "" "This account's type must be either *Current Liabilities* or *Non-current " "Liabilities*" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:47 msgid "Post an income to the right account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:50 msgid "Select the account on a draft invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:52 msgid "" "On a draft invoice, select the right account for all the products of which " "the incomes must be deferred." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:60 msgid "Choose a different Income Account for specific products" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:62 msgid "" "Start editing the product, go to the *Accounting* tab, select the right " "**Income Account**, and save." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:70 msgid "" "It is possible to automate the creation of revenue entries for these " "products (see: `Automate the Deferred Revenues`_)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:76 msgid "" "To do so, open your Sales Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting -->" " Accounting --> Sales`, select the journal item you want to modify, click on" " the account, and select the right one." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:85 msgid "Deferred Revenues entries" msgstr "Apuntes de ingresos diferidos" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:90 msgid "" "A **Deferred Revenues entry** automatically generates all journal entries in" " *draft mode*. They are then posted one by one at the right time until the " "full amount of the income is recognized." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:93 msgid "" "To create a new entry, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " "Deferred Revenues`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:96 msgid "" "Click on **select related purchases** to link an existing journal item to " "this new entry. Some fields are then automatically filled out, and the " "journal item is now listed under the **Related Sales** tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:104 msgid "" "Once done, you can click on *Compute Revenue* (next to the *Confirm* button)" " to generate all the values of the **Revenue Board**. This board shows you " @@ -20627,37 +18985,37 @@ msgid "" "date." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:115 msgid "" "The **Prorata Temporis** feature is useful to recognize your revenue the " "most accurately possible." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:117 msgid "" "With this feature, the first entry on the Revenue Board is computed based on" " the time left between the *Prorata Date* and the *First Recognition Date* " "rather than the default amount of time between recognitions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:121 msgid "" "For example, the Revenue Board above has its first revenue with an amount of" " $ 4.22 rather than $ 70.00. Consequently, the last entry is also lower and " "has an amount of $ 65.78." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:125 msgid "Deferred Entry from the Sales Journal" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:127 msgid "" "You can create a deferred entry from a specific journal item in your **Sales" " Journal**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:129 msgid "" "To do so, open your Sales Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting -->" " Accounting --> Sales`, and select the journal item you want to defer. Make " @@ -20665,11 +19023,11 @@ msgid "" "posted journal item`_)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:142 msgid "Deferred Revenue Models" msgstr "Modelos de ingresos diferidos" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:144 msgid "" "You can create **Deferred Revenue Models** to create your Deferred Revenue " "entries faster." @@ -20677,46 +19035,46 @@ msgstr "" "Se pueden crear **modelos de ingreso diferido** para introducir más " "rápidamente los apuntes de ingresos diferidos. " -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:146 msgid "" "To create a model, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " "Deferred Revenue Models`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form the same " "way you would do to create a new entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:150 msgid "" "You can also convert a *confirmed Deferred Revenue entry* into a model by " "opening it from :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Deferred " "Revenues` and then, by clicking on the button *Save Model*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:155 msgid "Apply a Deferred Revenue Model to a new entry" msgstr "Aplicar un modelo de ingresos diferidos a un nuevo apunte" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:157 msgid "" "When you create a new Deferred Revenue entry, fill out the **Deferred " "Revenue Account** with the right recognition account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:170 msgid "Automate the Deferred Revenues" msgstr "Automatizar los ingresos diferidos" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:172 msgid "" "When you create or edit an account of which the type is either *Current " "Liabilities* or *Non-current Liabilities*, you can configure it to defer the" " revenues that are credited on it automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:175 msgid "You have three choices for the **Automate Deferred Revenue** field:" msgstr "Hay tres opciones para el campo **Automatizar ingresos diferidos**:" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:178 msgid "" "**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " "draft *Deferred Revenues entry* is created, but not validated. You must " @@ -20724,21 +19082,21 @@ msgid "" "Deferred Revenues`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:181 msgid "" "**Create and validate:** you must also select a Deferred Revenue Model (see:" " `Deferred Revenue Models`_). Whenever a transaction is posted on the " "account, a *Deferred Revenues entry* is created and immediately validated." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:190 msgid "" "You can, for example, select this account as the default **Income Account** " "of a product to fully automate its sale. (see: `Choose a different Income " "Account for specific products`_)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:195 msgid "" "`Odoo Academy: Deferred Revenues (Recognition) " "<https://www.odoo.com/r/EWO>`_" @@ -20746,11 +19104,11 @@ msgstr "" "`Odoo Academy: Deferred Revenues (Recognition) " "<https://www.odoo.com/r/EWO>`_" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:3 msgid "Add EPC QR Codes to invoices" msgstr "Añadir códigos EPC QR a las facturas" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:4 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:4 msgid "" "European Payments Council Quick Response Code, or **EPC QR Code**, are two-" "dimensional barcodes that customers can scan with their **mobile banking " @@ -20758,7 +19116,7 @@ msgid "" "invoices instantly." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:10 msgid "" "In addition to bringing ease of use and speed, it greatly reduces typing " "errors that would potentially make for payment issues." @@ -20766,7 +19124,7 @@ msgstr "" "Además de ofrecer facilidad de uso y rapidez, reduce enormemente los errores" " tipográficos que pueden prodicirse en emisiones de pagos. " -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:15 msgid "" "This feature is only available in several European countries such as " "Austria, Belgium, Finland, Germany, and The Netherlands." @@ -20774,7 +19132,7 @@ msgstr "" "Esta característica sólo está disponible en algunos países europeos como " "Austria, Bélgica, Finlandia, Alemania y Países Bajos. " -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:21 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and " "activate the **SEPA QR Code** feature." @@ -20782,28 +19140,28 @@ msgstr "" "Vaya a :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> Ajustes` y active " "la característica **código QR SEPA**." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:28 msgid "Configure your Bank Account’s journal" msgstr "Configure su diario de bancos" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:29 msgid "" "Make sure that your *Bank Account* is correctly configured on Odoo with your" " IBAN and BIC." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:32 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, " "open your *bank journal*, then fill out the *Bank Account* and *Bank* under " "the *Bank Account* tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:40 msgid "Issue Invoices with EPC QR Codes" msgstr "Emitir facturas con códigos EPC QR" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:41 msgid "" "EPC QR Codes are added automatically to your invoices, as long as you issue " "them to customers that are located in a country where this feature is " @@ -20812,7 +19170,7 @@ msgstr "" "Se añaden automáticamente códigos EPC QR a las facturas, siempre que se " "emitan a clientes de un país donde esta característica esté disponible. " -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:45 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Invoices`, and create a " "new invoice." @@ -20820,7 +19178,7 @@ msgstr "" "Vaya a :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Clientes --> Facturas`, y cree una " "nueva factura." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:48 msgid "" "Before posting it, open the *Other Info* tab. Odoo automatically fills out " "the *Bank Account* field with your IBAN." @@ -20828,7 +19186,7 @@ msgstr "" "Antes de registrarla, abra la pestaña *Más información*. Odoo rellena " "automáticamente la *Cuenta bancaria* con su IBAN." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:51 msgid "" "Make sure that the account indicated is the one you want to use to receive " "your customer’s payment as Odoo uses this field to generate the EPC QR Code." @@ -20836,7 +19194,7 @@ msgstr "" "Asegúrese de que la cuenta indicada es donde quiere recibir el pago del " "cliente, ya que Odoo usa este campo para generar el código EPC QR." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:59 msgid "" "If you want to issue an invoice without an EPC QR Code, remove the IBAN " "indicated in the *Bank Account* field, under the *Other Info* tab of the " @@ -20846,7 +19204,7 @@ msgstr "" "campo de *cuenta bancaria\", en la pestaña \"otra información de la factura." " " -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:65 msgid "" "`Odoo Academy: QR Code on Invoices for European Customers " "<https://www.odoo.com/r/VuU>`_" @@ -20854,11 +19212,11 @@ msgstr "" "`Odoo Academy: QR Code on Invoices for European Customers " "<https://www.odoo.com/r/VuU>`_" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview of the invoicing process" msgstr "Descripción general del proceso de facturación" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:5 msgid "" "Depending on your business and the application you use, there are different " "ways to automate the customer invoice creation in Odoo. Usually, draft " @@ -20875,7 +19233,7 @@ msgstr "" "facturas y enviar las facturas al montón (por correo ordinario o correo " "electrónico)." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:12 msgid "" "Depending on your business, you may opt for one of the following way to " "create draft invoices:" @@ -20883,11 +19241,11 @@ msgstr "" "Dependiendo del trabajo, usted puede optar por una de las siguientes maneras" " de crear proyectos de facturas:" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:19 msgid "Sales Order ‣ Invoice" msgstr "Órdenes de Venta ‣ Factura" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:21 msgid "" "In most companies, salespeople create quotations that become sales order " "once they are validated. Then, draft invoices are created based on the sales" @@ -20898,7 +19256,7 @@ msgstr "" "facturas se crean en base a la orden de venta. Usted tiene diferentes " "opciones como:" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:25 msgid "" "Invoice manually: use a button on the sale order to trigger the draft " "invoice" @@ -20906,7 +19264,7 @@ msgstr "" "Facturar manualmente: usar un botón en la órden de ventas para accionar la " "factura borrador" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:28 msgid "" "Invoice before delivery: invoice the full order before triggering the " "delivery order" @@ -20914,11 +19272,11 @@ msgstr "" "Facturar antes de entregar: facture la órden completa antes de generar la " "órden de entrega" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:31 msgid "Invoice based on delivery order: see next section" msgstr "Facturar basado en órden de entrega: vea la siguiente sección" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:33 msgid "" "Invoice before delivery is usually used by the eCommerce application when " "the customer pays at the order and we deliver afterwards. (pre-paid)" @@ -20927,7 +19285,7 @@ msgstr "" "comercio electrónico cuando el cliente paga en la orden y se entrega " "después. (Pagado por adelantado)" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:37 msgid "" "For most other use cases, it's recommended to invoice manually. It allows " "the salesperson to trigger the invoice on demand with options: invoice the " @@ -20939,19 +19297,19 @@ msgstr "" "órden completa, facturar un porcentaje (avanzado), facturar algunas líneas, " "facturar un anticipo fijo." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:42 msgid "This process is good for both services and physical products." msgstr "Este proceso es bueno para ambos servicios y productos físicos." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:45 -msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/proforma`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/proforma`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:45 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma`" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:48 msgid "Sales Order ‣ Delivery Order ‣ Invoice" msgstr "Órdenes de Venta ‣ Órden de Entrega ‣ Factura" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:50 msgid "" "Retailers and eCommerce usually invoice based on delivery orders, instead of" " sales order. This approach is suitable for businesses where the quantities " @@ -20963,7 +19321,7 @@ msgstr "" "para las empresas donde las cantidades que se entregan mayores difieren de " "las cantidades pedidas: alimentos (factura basada en Kg reales)." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:55 msgid "" "This way, if you deliver a partial order, you only invoice for what you " "really delivered. If you do back orders (deliver partially and the rest " @@ -20974,15 +19332,15 @@ msgstr "" "parcialmente y el resto más adelante), el cliente recibirá dos facturas, una" " por cada orden de entrega." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:61 -msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:61 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy`" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:64 msgid "eCommerce Order ‣ Invoice" msgstr "Órden de Comercio Electrónico ‣ Factura" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:66 msgid "" "An eCommerce order will also trigger the creation of the order when it is " "fully paid. If you allow paying orders by check or wire transfer, Odoo only " @@ -20994,15 +19352,15 @@ msgstr "" " por cheque o transferencia bancaria, Odoo sólo creará un pedido y la " "factura se activará una vez que se recibe el pago." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:72 msgid "Contracts" msgstr "Contratos" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:75 msgid "Regular Contracts ‣ Invoices" msgstr "Contratos Regulares ‣ Facturas" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:77 msgid "" "If you use contracts, you can trigger invoice based on time and material " "spent, expenses or fixed lines of services/products. Every month, the " @@ -21012,32 +19370,32 @@ msgstr "" "gastados, gastos o líneas fijas de productos/servicios. Cada mes, el " "vendedor generará la factura basado en actividades del contrato." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:81 msgid "Activities can be:" msgstr "Las actividades puede ser:" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:83 msgid "" "fixed products/services, coming from a sale order linked to this contract" msgstr "" "productos/servicios fijos, traídos de una órden de venta vinculada a este " "contrato" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:84 msgid "materials purchased (that you will re-invoice)" msgstr "materiales comprados (que se re-facturarán)" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:85 msgid "time and material based on timesheets or purchases (subcontracting)" msgstr "" "tiempo y material basado en hojas de trabajo o compras (subcontratación)" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:86 msgid "" "expenses like travel and accommodation that you re-invoice to the customer" msgstr "gastos como viaje y acomodación que re-factura al cliente" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:88 msgid "" "You can invoice at the end of the contract or trigger intermediate invoices." " This approach is used by services companies that invoice mostly based on " @@ -21049,23 +19407,23 @@ msgstr "" "tiempo y material. Para compañías de servicio que facturan en precio fijo, " "usan una órden de venta regular." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:94 -msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/time_materials`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/time_materials`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:94 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials`" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:95 -msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/expense`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/expense`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:95 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense`" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:96 -msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/milestone`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/milestone`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:96 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone`" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:99 msgid "Recurring Contracts ‣ Invoices" msgstr "Contratos Recurrentes ‣ Facturas" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:101 msgid "" "For subscriptions, an invoice is triggered periodically, automatically. The " "frequency of the invoicing and the services/products invoiced are defined on" @@ -21075,15 +19433,15 @@ msgstr "" "automática. La frecuencia de la facturación y de los servicios/productos " "facturados están definidos en el contrato." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:106 -msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:106 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/subscriptions`" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:112 msgid "Creating an invoice manually" msgstr "Crear una factura de manera manual" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:114 msgid "" "Users can also create invoices manually without using contracts or a sales " "order. It's a recommended approach if you do not need to manage the sales " @@ -21094,7 +19452,7 @@ msgstr "" "necesita para administrar el proceso de venta (citas), o la entrega de los " "productos o servicios." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:119 msgid "" "Even if you generate the invoice from a sales order, you may need to create " "invoices manually in exceptional use cases:" @@ -21102,77 +19460,77 @@ msgstr "" "Aunque generar la factura de un pedido de cliente, es posible que deba crear" " facturas manualmente en los casos de uso excepcionales:" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:122 msgid "if you need to create a refund" msgstr "si usted necesita crear un reembolso" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:124 msgid "If you need to give a discount" msgstr "Si usted necesita hacer un descuento" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:126 msgid "if you need to change an invoice created from a sales order" msgstr "" "si usted necesita generar un cambio en la factura hay que crearlo desde las " "órdenes de ventas" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:128 msgid "if you need to invoice something not related to your core business" msgstr "si necesita facturar algo no relacionado con su negocio principal" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:131 msgid "Specific modules" msgstr "Módulos específicos" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:133 msgid "Some specific modules are also able to generate draft invoices:" msgstr "" "Algunos módulos específicos también son capaces de generar proyectos de " "facturas:" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:135 msgid "**membership**: invoice your members every year" msgstr "**membresía**: facture a sus afiliados cada año" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:137 msgid "**repairs**: invoice your after-sale services" msgstr "reparaciones: facturar después de la venta de servicios" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:3 msgid "Payment Terms and Installment Plans" msgstr "Plazos de pago y planes de cuotas" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:5 msgid "" -"**Payment Terms** regroup all the conditions under which a sale is completed" -" and paid. They can be applied to sales orders, customer invoices, and " -"supplier bills, mostly to ensure that they will be correctly paid, and on " -"time. These conditions cover:" +"**Payment Terms** specify all the conditions under which a sale is paid, " +"mostly to ensure customers pay their invoices correctly and on time." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Payment Terms can be applied to sales orders, customer invoices, supplier " +"bills, and contacts. These conditions cover:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:11 msgid "The due date" msgstr "La fecha de vencimiento" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:12 msgid "Some discounts" msgstr "Algunos descuentos" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:13 msgid "Any other condition on the payment" msgstr "Cualquier otra condición de pago" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:15 msgid "" -"Defining Payment Terms automates the computation of payments due dates, both" -" for invoices and bills. This is particularly helpful in managing " -"installment plans." +"Defining Payment Terms automatically calculates the payments' due dates. " +"This is particularly helpful for managing installment plans." msgstr "" -"Definiendo plazos de pago se automatiza el cálculo de fechas de vencimiento," -" tanto para facturas emitidas como recibidas. Es particularmente útil para " -"gestionar planes de cuotas. " -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:18 msgid "" "An **installment plan** allows the customers to pay an invoice in parts, " "with the amounts and payment dates defined beforehand by the seller." @@ -21180,159 +19538,202 @@ msgstr "" "Un **plan de cuotas** permite a los clientes pagar una factura en partes con" " los importes y fechas definidas previamente por el proveedor. " -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:21 msgid "**Examples of Payment Terms:**" msgstr "**Ejemplos de plazos de pago:**" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "**Immediate Payment**" msgstr "**Pago inmediato**" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "The full payment is due on the day of the invoice's issuance." msgstr "El pago completo vence a la fecha de expedición de la factura. " -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "**15 Days** (or **Net 15**)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "The full payment is due 15 days after the invoice date." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "**21 MFI**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "" "The full payment is due by the 21st of the month following the invoice date." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "**2% 10, Net 30 EOM**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "" "2% :doc:`cash discount <cash_discounts>` if the payment is received within " "ten days. Otherwise, the full payment is due at the end of the month " "following the invoice date." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:34 msgid "" -"Payment terms are not to be confused with payment in several parts. If, for " -"a specific order, you invoice the customer in two parts, that is nor a " -"payment term nor an installment plan, but an invoicing policy." +"Payment terms are not to be confused with down payment invoices. If, for a " +"specific order, you issue several invoices to your customer, that is neither" +" a payment term nor an installment plan, but an invoicing policy." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:39 +msgid "" +"This document is about the *Payment Terms* feature, not *Terms & " +"Conditions*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:44 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Terms` and " "click on *Create*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:46 msgid "" -"The **Description on the Invoice** is the displayed text on a sale order, " -"invoice, or bill." +"The **Description on the Invoice** is the text displayed on the document " +"(sale order, invoice, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:49 msgid "" -"In the **Terms** section, you can add a set of rules, that we call *terms*, " -"to define what needs to be paid, and by which due date." +"In the **Terms** section, you can add a set of rules, called *terms*, to " +"define what needs to be paid and by which due date." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:52 msgid "" "To add a term, click on *Add a line*, and define its *Type*, *Value*, and " "*Due Date Computation*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:55 msgid "Terms are computed in the order they are set up." msgstr "Los plazos de calculan en el orden en que se han configurado." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:56 msgid "The **balance** should always be used for the last line." msgstr "Siempre se debe usar **saldo** para la última línea." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 msgid "" -"In the following example, 30% of the invoice is due on the day of issuance " -"of the invoice, and the balance is due at the end of the following month." +"In the following example, 30% is due on the day of issuance, and the balance" +" is due at the end of the following month." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:67 msgid "Using Payment Terms" msgstr "Usar Términos de Pago" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:62 -msgid "Payment Terms can be defined with the **Payment Terms** field on:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 -msgid "**Contacts**" -msgstr "**Contactos**" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:69 msgid "" -"To set specific payment terms automatically on new sales orders, invoices, " -"and bills of a contact. This can be modified in the contact’s *Form View*, " -"under the *Sales & Purchase* tab." +"Payment Terms can be defined in the **Due Date** field, with the **Terms** " +"drop-down list, on:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "**Quotations**" msgstr "**Presupuestos**" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "" "To set specific payment terms automatically on all invoices generated from a" " quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "**Customer Invoices**" msgstr "**Facturas de cliente**" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "To set specific payment terms on an invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "**Vendor Bills**" msgstr "**Facturas de proveedor**" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "" "To set specific payment terms on a bill. This is mostly useful when you need" " to manage vendor terms with several installments. Otherwise, setting the " "*Due Date* is enough." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:80 +msgid "" +"You can also define a **Due Date** manually. If Payment Terms are already " +"defined, empty the field so you can select a date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:83 +msgid "Payment Terms can be defined with the **Payment Terms** field on:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**Contacts**" +msgstr "**Contactos**" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "" +"To set specific payment terms automatically on new sales orders, invoices, " +"and bills of a contact. This can be modified in the contact’s *Form View*, " +"under the *Sales & Purchase* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:92 msgid "" "Invoices with specific Payment Terms generate different *Journal Entries*, " -"with one *Journal Item* for each different *Due Date* computed." +"with one *Journal Item* for every computed *Due Date*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:95 msgid "" "This makes for easier *Follow-ups* and *Reconciliation* since Odoo takes " -"each due date into account, rather than just the balance due date." +"each due date into account, rather than just the balance due date. It also " +"helps to get an accurate *Aged Receivable report*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:103 msgid "" -"In the following example, an invoice of $1000 has been issued with the " -"following payment terms: 30% of the invoice is due on the day of issuance of" -" the invoice, and the balance is due at the end of the following month." +"In this example, an invoice of $1000 has been issued with the following " +"payment terms: *30% is due on the day of issuance, and the balance is due at" +" the end of the following month.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:107 +msgid "Due date" +msgstr "Fecha vencimiento" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:109 +msgid "February 21" +msgstr "21 Febrero" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:109 +msgid "300" +msgstr "300" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:111 +msgid "March 31" +msgstr "31 Marzo" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:111 +msgid "700" +msgstr "700" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:113 +msgid "Product Sales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:116 msgid "" "The $1000 debited on the Account Receivable is split into two distinct " "*Journal Items*. Both of them have their own **Due Date**." @@ -21340,118 +19741,88 @@ msgstr "" "Los 1000$ cargados en Cuentas a Cobrar se dividen en 2 *apuntes contables* " "diferentes. Ambos tienen su propia **fecha de vencimiento**. " -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:96 -msgid "Due date" -msgstr "Fecha vencimiento" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:98 -msgid "February 21" -msgstr "21 Febrero" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:98 -msgid "300" -msgstr "300" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:100 -msgid "March 31" -msgstr "31 Marzo" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:100 -msgid "700" -msgstr "700" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:102 -msgid "Product Sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:105 -msgid "" -"This allows for easier reconciliation and to accurately follow up late " -"payments." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:120 msgid ":doc:`cash_discounts`" -msgstr ":doc:`descuentos_por_pronto_pago`" +msgstr ":doc:`cash_discounts`" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:121 msgid "" -"`Odoo Learn: Terms and Conditions (T&C) and Payment Terms " +"`Odoo Tutorials: Terms and Conditions (T&C) and Payment Terms " "<https://www.odoo.com/r/fpv>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:3 msgid "Send your Invoices by Post (Snailmail)" msgstr "Enviar facturas por correo postal (Snailmail)" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:5 msgid "" "Direct mail is a great way to capture individuals’ attention at a time where" " inboxes are always full. Odoo allows you to send invoices and follow-up " "reports by post, worldwide, directly from your database." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:10 msgid "Set up Snailmail" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:12 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Snailmail` and activate " "the feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:14 msgid "" "If you would like this option to be a default feature, enable *Send by Post*" " under *Default Sending Options*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:21 msgid "Send your invoices by post" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:23 msgid "" "Open your Invoice, click on the *Send & Print* button and select *Send by " "Post*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:30 msgid "" "Make sure to have your customer’s address set correctly, and that it " "includes a country, before sending the letter." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:37 msgid "" "*Snailmail* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service which requires prepaid " "stamps (=credits) to work. Sending one document consumes one stamp." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:40 msgid "" "To buy stamps, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " "Settings --> Snailmail` and click on *Buy credits*, or go to " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Odoo IAP` and click on *View my Services*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments.rst:3 msgid "Customer Payments" msgstr "Pagos de cliente" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:3 msgid "Batch Payments: Batch Deposits (checks, cash etc.)" msgstr "Remesas de pagos: remesas de ingresos (cheques, efectivo, etc)" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:5 msgid "" "A **Batch Deposit** groups multiple payments in a single batch. This allows " "you to deposit several payments into your bank account with a single " "transaction. This is particularly useful to deposit cash and checks." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:9 msgid "" "This feature allows you to list several customer payments and print a " "**deposit slip**. This ticket contains the details of the transactions and a" @@ -21460,24 +19831,24 @@ msgid "" "transactions listed in the batch deposit." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:17 msgid "" "To activate the feature, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " "--> Settings --> Customer Payments`, activate **Batch Payments**, and click " "on *Save*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:21 msgid "Payment Method Types" msgstr "Tipos de métodos de pago" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:23 msgid "" "To record new payments as part of a Batch Deposit, you have to configure " "first the Journal on which you record them." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:26 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, " "open the Journal you want to edit, click on *Edit*, and open the *Advanced " @@ -21485,21 +19856,21 @@ msgid "" "Deposit**, and click on *Save*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:35 msgid "" "Your main bank accounts are automatically configured to process batch " "payments when you activate the feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:39 msgid "Deposit multiple payments in batch" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:42 msgid "Record payments to deposit in batch" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:44 msgid "" ":doc:`Register the payments <recording>` on the bank account on which you " "plan to deposit them by opening the *Customer Invoice* for which you " @@ -21508,40 +19879,40 @@ msgid "" "as Payment Method." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:53 msgid "Do this step for all checks or payments you want to process in batch." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:56 msgid "Make sure to write the payment reference in the **Memo** field." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:59 msgid "Add payments to a Batch Deposit" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:61 msgid "" "To add the payments to a Batch Deposit, go to :menuselection:`Accounting -->" " Customers --> Batch Payments`, and click on *Create*. Next, select the Bank" " and Payment Method, then click on *Add a line*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:69 msgid "" "Select all payments to include in the current Batch Deposit and click on " "*Select*. You can also record a new payment and add it to the list by " "clicking on *Create*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:76 msgid "" "Once done, click on *Validate* to finalize your Batch Deposit. You can then " "click on *Print* to download a PDF file to include with the deposit slip " "that the bank usually requires to fill out." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:82 msgid "" "Once the bank statements are on your database, you can reconcile the bank " "statement line with the *Batch Payment* reference. To do so, start your " @@ -21552,31 +19923,31 @@ msgid "" "related payments are automatically added." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:89 msgid "" "The *Batch Payments* tab won't appear if a Partner is selected for this bank" " statement line." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:95 msgid "" "If a check, or a payment, couldn't be processed by the bank and is missing, " "remove the related payment before validating the bank reconciliation." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:99 msgid ":doc:`recording`" msgstr ":doc:`recording`" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:100 msgid ":doc:`batch_sdd`" msgstr ":doc:`batch_sdd`" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:3 msgid "Batch Payments: SEPA Direct Debit (SDD)" msgstr "Remesas de cobros: Cargo directo SEPA (SDD)" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:5 msgid "" "SEPA, the Single Euro Payments Area, is a payment-integration initiative of " "the European Union for simplification of bank transfers denominated in EURO." @@ -21585,7 +19956,7 @@ msgid "" "particularly useful for recurring payments based on a subscription." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:10 msgid "" "You can record customer mandates in Odoo, and generate XML files containing " "pending payments made with an SDD mandate." @@ -21593,13 +19964,13 @@ msgstr "" "Puede registrar los mandatos de los clientes en Odoo y generar archivos XML " "que contengan pagos pendientes realizados con un mandato SDD." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:0 msgid "" "SDD is supported by all SEPA countries, which includes the 27 member states " "of the European Union as well as additional countries." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:0 msgid "" "`List of all SEPA countries <https://www.europeanpaymentscouncil.eu" "/document-library/other/epc-list-sepa-scheme-countries>`_." @@ -21607,7 +19978,7 @@ msgstr "" "`Lista de todos los paises SEPA <https://www.europeanpaymentscouncil.eu" "/document-library/other/epc-list-sepa-scheme-countries>`_." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:22 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`, activate " "**SEPA Direct Debit (SDD)** and click on *Save*. Enter your company's " @@ -21615,45 +19986,45 @@ msgid "" "or the authority responsible for delivering them." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:31 msgid "SEPA Direct Debit Mandates" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:34 msgid "Create a mandate" msgstr "Crear un mandato" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:36 msgid "" "The SEPA Direct Debit Mandate is the document that your customers sign to " "authorize you to collect money directly from their bank accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:39 msgid "" "To create a new mandate, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> " "Direct Debit Mandates`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:46 msgid "" "Export the PDF file by clicking on *Print*. It is then up to your customer " "to sign this document. Once done, upload the signed file in the **Original " "Document** field, and click on *Validate* to start running the mandate." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:51 msgid "" "Make sure that the **IBAN bank accounts details** are correctly recorded on " "the debtor’s contact form, under the *Accounting* tab, and in your own " ":doc:`Bank Account <../../bank/setup/bank_accounts>` settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:56 msgid "SEPA Direct Debit as a Payment Method" msgstr "Cargo directo SEPA como método de pago" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:58 msgid "" "SEPA Direct Debit can be used as a payment method both on your **eCommerce**" " or on the **Customer Portal** by activating SDD as a **Payment Acquirer**. " @@ -21661,48 +20032,48 @@ msgid "" "themselves." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:62 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment " "Acquirers`, click on *SEPA Direct Debit*, and set it up according to your " "needs." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:66 msgid "" "Make sure to change the **State** field to *Enabled*, and to check **Online " "Signature**, as this is necessary to let your customers sign their mandates." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:69 msgid "" "Customers using SDD as payment method get prompted to add their IBAN, email " "address, and to sign their SEPA Direct Debit mandate." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:73 msgid "Add link to future **Payment Acquirer** documentation." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:76 msgid "Close or revoke a mandate" msgstr "Cerrar o revocar un mandato." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:78 msgid "" "Direct Debit mandates are closed automatically after their *End Date*. If " "this field is left blank, the mandate keeps being *Active* until it is " "*Closed* or *Revoked*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:85 msgid "" "Clicking on **Close** updates the mandate’s end day to the current day. This" " means that invoices issued after the present day will not be processed with" " an SDD payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:88 msgid "" "Clicking on **Revoke** disables the mandate immediately. No SDD payment can " "be registered anymore, regardless of the invoice’s date. However, payments " @@ -21714,32 +20085,32 @@ msgstr "" "factura. Sin embargo, los pagos que ya se han registrado todavía se incluyen" " en el siguiente archivo SDD XML." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:93 msgid "" "Once a mandate has been *closed* or *revoked*, it cannot be reactivated." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:96 msgid "Get paid with SDD Batch Payments" msgstr "Cobrar con remesas SEPA" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:101 msgid "" "You can register SDD payments for invoices issued to customers who have an " "active SDD mandate." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:103 msgid "" "To do so, open the invoice, click on *Register Payment*, and choose *SEPA " "Direct Debit* as payment method." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:107 msgid "Generate SEPA Direct Debit XML files to submit payments" msgstr "Genere archivos XML SEPA Direct Debit para enviar pagos" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:109 msgid "" "**XML files** with all SDD payment instructions can be uploaded to your " "online banking interface to process all payments at once." @@ -21748,14 +20119,14 @@ msgstr "" "cargar en su interfaz de banca en línea para procesar todos los pagos a la " "vez." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:113 msgid "" "The files generated by Odoo follow the SEPA Direct Debit **PAIN.008.001.02**" " specifications, as required by the SEPA customer-to-bank Implementation " "Guidelines, which ensures compatibility with the banks." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:117 msgid "" "To generate your XML file for the pending SDD payments, go to the related " "*bank journal* on your *Accounting dashboard*, then click on *Direct Debit " @@ -21765,7 +20136,7 @@ msgstr "" "bancario * relacionado en su * panel de contabilidad *, luego haga clic en *" " Pagos por débito directo para cobrar *." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:124 msgid "" "Select all the payments you want to include in your SDD XML file, then click" " on *Action* and select *Create Batch Payment*." @@ -21773,7 +20144,7 @@ msgstr "" "Seleccione todos los pagos que desea incluir en su archivo SDD XML, luego " "haga clic en * Acción * y seleccione * Crear pago por lotes *." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:131 msgid "" "Odoo then takes you to your *Batch Payment*’s form. Click on *Validate* and " "download the SDD XML file." @@ -21781,13 +20152,13 @@ msgstr "" "Luego, Odoo lo lleva al formulario de * Pago por lotes *. Haga clic en * " "Validar * y descargue el archivo XML SDD." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:138 msgid "" "Finally, upload this file to your online banking interface to process the " "payments." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:141 msgid "" "You can retrieve all the generated SDD XML files by going to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Customers --> Batch " @@ -21796,27 +20167,27 @@ msgstr "" "Puede recuperar todos los archivos XML SDD generados yendo a: menuselection:" " `Contabilidad -> Configuración -> Clientes -> Pagos por lotes`." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:145 msgid ":doc:`batch`" msgstr ":doc:`batch`" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:147 msgid "" "`Odoo Academy: SEPA Direct Debit Mandates (SDD) " "<https://www.odoo.com/r/Zxs>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:148 msgid "" "`List of all SEPA countries <https://www.europeanpaymentscouncil.eu" "/document-library/other/epc-list-sepa-scheme-countries>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:3 msgid "Register customer payments by checks" msgstr "Registrar cobros de clientes con cheques" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:5 msgid "" "There are two ways to handle payments received by checks. Odoo support both " "approaches so that you can use the one that better fits your habits." @@ -21824,7 +20195,7 @@ msgstr "" "Hay dos formas de manejar los pagos recibidos en cheque. Odoo soporta ambos " "enfoques para que pueda usar la que más se adapte a sus hábitos." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:9 msgid "" "**Undeposited Funds:** once you receive the check, you record a payment by " "check on the invoice. (using a Check journal and posted on the Undeposited " @@ -21836,7 +20207,7 @@ msgstr "" "cuenta Fondos Sin Depositar). Luego, una vez el cheque entra a su cuenta " "bancaria, mueva el dinero desde Fondos Sin Depositar a su cuenta bancaria." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:16 msgid "" "**One journal entry only:** once your receive the check, you record a " "payment on your bank, paid by check, without going through the **Undeposited" @@ -21850,7 +20221,7 @@ msgstr "" "correspondencia con su banco y el pago en cheque, sin crear una entrada de " "diario dedicada." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:23 msgid "" "We recommend the first approach as it is more accurate (your bank account " "balance is accurate, taking into accounts checks that have not been cashed " @@ -21860,7 +20231,7 @@ msgstr "" "cuenta bancaria es preciso, si se toman en cuenta los cheques que no se han " "canjeado aún). Ambos enfoques requieren del mismo esfuerzo. " -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:27 msgid "" "Even if the first method is cleaner, Odoo support the second approach " "because some accountants are used to it (quickbooks and peachtree users)." @@ -21869,7 +20240,7 @@ msgstr "" "porque algunos contadores están acostumbrados a usarlo (usuarios de " "quickbooks y peachtree). " -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:32 msgid "" "You may have a look at the *Deposit Ticket feature* if you deposit several " "checks to your bank accounts in batch." @@ -21877,33 +20248,33 @@ msgstr "" "Puede echar un vistazo a la *Función Depósito de Billete* si deposita varios" " cheques en lote en su cuenta bancaria. " -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:36 msgid "Option 1: Undeposited Funds" msgstr "Opción 1: Fondos no depositados" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:41 msgid "Create a journal **Checks**" msgstr "Crear un Diario **Cheques**" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:43 msgid "Set **Undeposited Checks** as a defaut credit/debit account" msgstr "" "Configurar **Cheques sin Depositar** como una cuenta crédito/débito por " "defecto" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:45 msgid "" "Set the bank account related to this journal as **Allow Reconciliation**" msgstr "" "Configurar la cuenta bancaria relacionada a este diario como **Permitir " "Conciliación**" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:109 msgid "From check payments to bank statements" msgstr "Desde pago de cheques hasta estados de cuenta bancario" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:50 msgid "" "The first way to handle checks is to create a check journal. Thus, checks " "become a payment method in itself and you will record two transactions." @@ -21912,8 +20283,8 @@ msgstr "" "cheques se convierten en un método de pago en sí mismo y registrará dos " "transacciones." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:111 msgid "" "Once you receive a customer check, go to the related invoice and click on " "**Register Payment**. Fill in the information about the payment:" @@ -21921,7 +20292,7 @@ msgstr "" "Una vez reciba el cheque de un cliente, vaya a la factura relacionada y de " "clic en **Registrar Pago**. Llene la información acerca del pago:" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:57 msgid "" "Payment method: Check Journal (that you configured with the debit and credit" " default accounts as **Undeposited Funds**)" @@ -21929,40 +20300,40 @@ msgstr "" "Método de pago: Diario de Cheques (que configuró con las cuentas débito y " "crédito por defecto como **Fondos sin Depositar**)" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:60 msgid "Memo: write the Check number" msgstr "Memo: escriba el número de cheque" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:65 msgid "This operation will produce the following journal entry:" msgstr "Esta operación producirá la siguiente entrada de diario:" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 msgid "Statement Match" msgstr "Correspondencia de Extractos" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:85 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:135 msgid "100.00" msgstr "100.00" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 msgid "Undeposited Funds" msgstr "Fondos no depositados" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:75 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:121 msgid "The invoice is marked as paid as soon as you record the check." msgstr "La factura es marcada como pagada tan pronto como registre el cheque." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:77 msgid "" "Then, once you get the bank statements, you will match this statement with " "the check that is in Undeposited Funds." @@ -21970,12 +20341,12 @@ msgstr "" "Luego, una vez obtiene los extractos bancarios, corresponderá este extracto " "con el cheque que estan en Fondos sin Depositar." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 msgid "X" msgstr "X" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:89 msgid "" "If you use this approach to manage received checks, you get the list of " "checks that have not been cashed in the **Undeposit Funds** account " @@ -21985,7 +20356,7 @@ msgstr "" "cheques que no han sido canjeados en la cuenta **Fondos sin Depositar** " "(accesible, por ejemplo, desde el libro mayor general)." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:94 msgid "" "Both methods will produce the same data in your accounting at the end of the" " process. But, if you have checks that have not been cashed, this one is " @@ -21997,11 +20368,11 @@ msgstr "" "limpio porque estos cheques no han sido registrdos en su cuenta bancaria " "aún." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:100 msgid "Option 2: One journal entry only" msgstr "Opción 2: Una sola entrada de diario" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:105 msgid "" "These is nothing to configure if you plan to manage your checks using this " "method." @@ -22009,15 +20380,15 @@ msgstr "" "No hay nada que configurar si planea administrar sus cheques usando este " "método." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:114 msgid "**Payment method:** the bank that will be used for the deposit" msgstr "**Método de pago:** el banco que será usado para el depósito" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:116 msgid "Memo: write the check number" msgstr "Memo: escriba el número de cheque" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:123 msgid "" "Once you will receive the bank statements, you will do the matching with the" " statement and this actual payment. (technically: point this payment and " @@ -22027,13 +20398,13 @@ msgstr "" "extracto y este pago. (técnicamente: apunte este pago y relacionelo con la " "línea del extracto)" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:127 msgid "" "With this approach, you will get the following journal entry in your books:" msgstr "" "Con este enfoque, obtendrá el siguiente asiento de entrada en sus libros:" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:139 msgid "" "You may also record the payment directly without going on the customer " "invoice, using the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. This method may" @@ -22045,7 +20416,7 @@ msgstr "" " ser más conveniente si tiene varios cheques en un lote, pero tendrá que " "conciliar las entradas luego (corresponder pagos con facturas)" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:145 msgid "" "If you use this approach to manage received checks, you can use the report " "**Bank Reconciliation Report** to verify which checks have been received or " @@ -22058,11 +20429,11 @@ msgstr "" "la opción **Más** en el tablero de Contabilidad en la cuenta bancaria " "relacionada)." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:3 msgid "Follow-up on invoices and get paid faster" msgstr "Hacer seguimiento de facturas y cobrar más rápidamente" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:5 msgid "" "It is essential for your business to collect payments when they are overdue." " Odoo will help you identify payments that are late and will allow you to " @@ -22072,18 +20443,18 @@ msgstr "" "ayudará a identificar los pagos atrasados y le permitirá enviar los " "recordatorios correspondientes." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:10 msgid "Manage your follow-ups" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:13 msgid "" "We recommend that you reconcile your bank statements before launching your " "follow-up process. It will avoid you the trouble of sending a statement to a" " customer that has already paid you." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:17 msgid "" "The overdue invoices you need to follow-up on are available by default in " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Sales --> Follow-up Reports`. There, you can " @@ -22097,7 +20468,7 @@ msgstr "" "puede hacer clic en el botón * Listo * para ver el siguiente seguimiento que" " necesita su atención." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:23 msgid "" "Otherwise, if now is not the time for a reminder, click on *Remind me " "later*. You will get the next report according to the *Next Reminder Date* " @@ -22107,7 +20478,7 @@ msgstr "" "en * Recordármelo más tarde *. Obtendrá el siguiente informe de acuerdo con " "la * Fecha del siguiente recordatorio * establecida en el estado de cuenta." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:28 msgid "" "To avoid sending too many reminders in a short period of time, change the " "number of days calculated between each report by going to " @@ -22119,7 +20490,7 @@ msgstr "" "menuselection: `Contabilidad -> Configuración -> Configuración -> " "Seguimiento de pagos`." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:33 msgid "" "You can also set a trust level for your customers by marking them as bad, " "normal or good debtors on the follow-up reports." @@ -22127,11 +20498,11 @@ msgstr "" "También puede establecer un nivel de confianza para sus clientes marcándolos" " como deudores malos, normales o buenos en los informes de seguimiento." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:40 msgid "Send reminders in batch" msgstr "Enviar recordatorios por lotes" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:42 msgid "" "To get your follow-up process easier, you can send reminder emails in batch " "from your follow-up reports page. Select all the reports you would like to " @@ -22145,11 +20516,11 @@ msgstr "" "luego en *Procesar seguimientos*. También se generará automáticamente un " "documento pdf que contenga todas las cartas de seguimiento para que imprima." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:52 msgid "Plan a follow-up process" msgstr "Planifique un proceso de seguimiento" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:54 msgid "" "To plan a follow-up process, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Follow-up Levels* feature " @@ -22162,7 +20533,7 @@ msgstr "" "clic en el nuevo botón * Niveles de seguimiento * que ha aparecido en su " "página de configuración." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:59 msgid "" "A follow-up plan with several actions is available by default in Odoo, but " "you can customize it any way you want. Depending on a specific number of " @@ -22177,7 +20548,7 @@ msgstr "" "editar la plantilla utilizada para la declaración de acuerdo con la etapa " "del proceso." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:69 msgid "" "If you would like to get a reminder before the actual due date, set a " "negative number of due days." @@ -22185,11 +20556,11 @@ msgstr "" "Si desea recibir un recordatorio antes de la fecha de vencimiento real, " "establezca un número negativo de días de vencimiento." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:3 msgid "Invoice Online Payment" msgstr "Pago en línea de la factura" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:5 msgid "" "To make it more convenient for your customers to pay the invoices you issue," " you can activate the **Invoice Online Payment** feature, which adds a *Pay " @@ -22203,7 +20574,7 @@ msgstr "" "clientes ver sus facturas en línea y pagar directamente con su método de " "pago favorito, lo que facilita mucho el proceso de pago." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:17 msgid "" "Make sure your :ref:`Payment Acquirers are correctly configured " "<payment_acquirers/configuration>`." @@ -22211,17 +20582,15 @@ msgstr "" "Asegúrese de que su: ref: `Payment Acquirers estén configurados " "correctamente <payment_acquirers / configuration>`." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:20 msgid "" "By default, \":doc:`Wire Transfer " -"<../../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer>`\" is the only Payment " -"Acquirer activated, but you still have to fill out the payment details." +"</applications/general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer>`\" is the only " +"Payment Acquirer activated, but you still have to fill out the payment " +"details." msgstr "" -"De forma predeterminada, \": doc:` Transferencia bancaria <../../../ general" -" / payment_acquirers / wire_transfer> `\" es el único Adquiriente de pago " -"activado, pero aún debe completar los detalles del pago." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:23 msgid "" "To activate the Invoice Online Payment, go to :menuselection:`Accounting -->" " Configuration --> Settings --> Customer Payments`, enable **Invoice Online " @@ -22231,32 +20600,32 @@ msgstr "" "`Contabilidad -> Configuración -> Configuración -> Pagos de clientes`, " "habilite ** Pago en línea de facturas ** y haga clic en * Guardar *." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:27 msgid "Customer Portal" msgstr "Portal del cliente" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:29 msgid "" "After issuing the invoice, click on *Send & Print* and send the invoice by " "email to the customer. They will receive an email with a link that redirects" " them to the invoice on their **Customer Portal**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:37 msgid "" "They can choose which Payment Acquirer to use by clicking on *Pay Now*." msgstr "" "Pueden elegir qué Adquiriente de pago usar haciendo clic en * Pagar ahora *." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:45 -msgid ":doc:`../../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:45 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers`" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:3 msgid "Different ways to record a payment" msgstr "Diferentes formas de registrar un pago" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:5 msgid "" "In Odoo, a payment can either be linked directly to an invoice or be a stand" " alone record for use on a later date:" @@ -22264,7 +20633,7 @@ msgstr "" "En Odoo, un pago puede ser vinculado directamente a una factura o ser solo " "un registro para ser usado en una fecha posterior:" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:8 msgid "" "If a payment is linked to an invoice, it reduces the amount due of the " "invoice. You can have multiple payments linked to the same invoice." @@ -22272,7 +20641,7 @@ msgstr "" "Si un pago es vinculado a una factura, este reduce el monto adeudado de la " "factura. Puede tener múltiples pagos vinculados a la misma factura. " -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:12 msgid "" "If a payment is not linked to an invoice, the customer has an outstanding " "credit with your company, or your company as an outstanding balance with a " @@ -22284,11 +20653,11 @@ msgstr "" "proveedor. Puede usar este débito/crédito pendiente para pagar futuras " "facturas o recibos." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:18 msgid "Paying an invoice" msgstr "Pagar una factura" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:20 msgid "" "If you register a payment on a customer invoice or a vendor bill, the " "payment is automatically reconciled with the invoice reducing the amount " @@ -22298,7 +20667,7 @@ msgstr "" " pago es conciliado automáticamente con la factura reduciendo el monto " "adeudado." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:27 msgid "" "The green icon near the payment line will display more information about the" " payment. From there you can choose to open the journal entry or reconcile " @@ -22308,7 +20677,7 @@ msgstr "" "pago. Desde allí puede elegir abrir el diario de entrada o conciliar el " "pago." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:32 msgid "" "If you unreconcile a payment, it is still registered in your books but not " "linked to the specific invoice any longer. If you unreconcile a payment in a" @@ -22321,15 +20690,15 @@ msgstr "" "Ganancia/Pérdida por Diferencia en Cambio publicada en la conciliación de " "ese entonces." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:38 msgid "Payments not tied to an invoice" msgstr "Pagados no sujetados a una factura" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:41 msgid "Registering a payment" msgstr "Registrar un pago" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:43 msgid "" "In the Accounting application, you can create a new payment from the Sales " "menu (register a customer payment) or the Purchases menu (pay a vendor). If " @@ -22341,7 +20710,7 @@ msgstr "" "un proveedor). Si usa estos menús, el pago no es vinculado a una factura, " "pero puede fácilmente ser conciliado en una factura posterior." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:51 msgid "" "When registering a new payment, you must select a customer or vendor, the " "payment method, and the amount of the payment. The currency of the " @@ -22355,7 +20724,7 @@ msgstr "" "venta, órden de compra o factura), configure la referencia de este documento" " en el campo nota." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:57 msgid "" "Once confirmed, a journal entry will be posted reflecting the transaction " "just made in the accounting application." @@ -22363,11 +20732,11 @@ msgstr "" "Una vez confirmado, una entrada de diario será publicada reflejando la " "transacción que se acabo de realizar en la aplicación de contabilidad." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:61 msgid "Reconciling invoice payments" msgstr "Conciliar pagos de facturas" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:63 msgid "" "The easiest way of reconciling a payment with an invoice is to do so on the " "invoice directly." @@ -22375,7 +20744,7 @@ msgstr "" "La manera más fácil de conciliar un pago con una factura es hacerlo " "directamente en la factura." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:66 msgid "" "When validating a new invoice, Odoo will warn you that an outstanding " "payment for this customer or vendor is available. In this case, you can " @@ -22387,11 +20756,11 @@ msgstr "" "este pago a la factura cerca de los totales en la parte superior, bajo " "\"Pagos Pendientes\"." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:75 msgid "Reconciling all your outstanding payments and invoices" msgstr "Concilar todos sus pagos pendientes y facturas" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:77 msgid "" "If you want to reconcile all outstanding payments and invoices at once " "(instead of doing so one by one), you can use the batch reconciliation " @@ -22401,7 +20770,7 @@ msgstr "" " de hacerlo uno por uno), puede usar la función conciliacion en lote dentro " "de Odoo." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:81 msgid "" "The batch reconciliation feature is available from the dashboard on the " "Customer Invoices card and the Vendor Bills card for reconciling Accounts " @@ -22411,7 +20780,7 @@ msgstr "" "tarjeta Facturas de Cliente y Facturas de Proveedor para conciliación de " "Cuentas por Cobrar y por Pagar, respectivamente." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:88 msgid "" "The payments matching tool will open all unreconciled customers or vendors " "and will give you the opportunity to process them all one by one, doing the " @@ -22421,7 +20790,7 @@ msgstr "" "proveedores no conciliados y le dará la oportunidad de procesarlos uno por " "uno, haciendo la correspondiencia de todos sus pagos y facturas a la vez." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:95 msgid "" "During the reconciliation, if the sum of the debits and credits do not " "match, it means there is still a remaining balance that either needs to be " @@ -22431,11 +20800,11 @@ msgstr "" "corresponde, significa que todavía queda un saldo que debe ser conciliado en" " una fecha posterior, o que necesita ser anulado directamente. " -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:100 msgid "Transferring money from one bank account to another" msgstr "Transferir dinero desde una cuenta bancaria a otra." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:102 msgid "" "Just like making a customer or vendor payment, you transfer cash internally " "between your bank accounts from the dashboard or from the menus up top." @@ -22444,14 +20813,14 @@ msgstr "" "internamente entre sus cuentas bancarias desde el tablero o desde los menús " "en la parte superior." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:109 msgid "" "This will take you to the same screen you have for receiving and making " "payments." msgstr "" "Esto le llevará a la misma pantalla que tiene para recibir y hacer pagos." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:116 msgid "" "When making an internal transfer from one bank account to another, select " "the bank you want to apply the transfer from in the dashboard, and in the " @@ -22465,23 +20834,23 @@ msgstr "" "a cuenta. No haga este proceso de nuevo en la otra cuenta bancaria o " "terminará con dos entradas de diario para la misma transacción." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:124 msgid ":doc:`online_payment`" msgstr ":doc:`online_payment`" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:126 msgid ":doc:`followup`" msgstr ":doc:`followup`" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations.rst:3 msgid "Declarations" msgstr "Declaraciones" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:3 msgid "Tax Return (VAT Declaration)" msgstr "Declaración de impuestos (declaración de impuestos)" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:5 msgid "" "Companies that are registered for **VAT (Value Added Tax)** must file a " "**Tax return** on a monthly or quarterly basis, depending on their turnover " @@ -22502,7 +20871,7 @@ msgstr "" "proveedores. Con base en estos valores, la empresa puede calcular el monto " "de impuestos que debe pagar o reembolsar." -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:13 msgid "" "You can find information about VAT and its mechanism on `this page from the " "European Commission <https://ec.europa.eu/taxation_customs/business/vat" @@ -22512,15 +20881,15 @@ msgstr "" "la Comisión Europea <https://ec.europa.eu/taxation_customs/business/vat" "/what-is-vat_en>` _." -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:16 msgid "add doc about intracom listing" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:22 msgid "Tax Return Periodicity" msgstr "Periodicidad de la declaración de impuestos" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:24 msgid "" "The configuration of the **Tax Return Periodicity** allows Odoo Accounting " "to compute your Tax Return correctly and also to send you a reminder to " @@ -22531,7 +20900,7 @@ msgstr "" " y también enviarle un recordatorio para que nunca se pierda una fecha " "límite para la declaración de impuestos." -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:27 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings " "--> Fiscal Periods`, and go to the **Tax Return Periodicity** section." @@ -22540,7 +20909,7 @@ msgstr "" "Configuración -> Períodos fiscales`, y vaya a la sección ** Periodicidad de " "la declaración de impuestos **." -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:30 msgid "" "**Periodicity**: define here whether you file your tax return each month or " "every three months." @@ -22548,20 +20917,20 @@ msgstr "" "** Periodicidad **: defina aquí si presenta su declaración de impuestos cada" " mes o cada tres meses." -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:31 msgid "" "**Reminder**: define when Odoo should remind you to file your tax return." msgstr "" "** Recordatorio **: defina cuándo debe recordarle Odoo que presente su " "declaración de impuestos." -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:32 msgid "**Journal**: select the journal in which to record the tax return." msgstr "" "** Diario **: seleccione el diario en el que se registra la declaración de " "impuestos." -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:39 msgid "" "This is usually configured during the :doc:`app's initial set up " "<../../overview/getting_started/setup>`." @@ -22569,11 +20938,11 @@ msgstr "" "Esto generalmente se configura durante la configuración inicial de la " "aplicación: doc: `<../../ Overview / Getting_started / setup>`." -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:43 msgid "Tax Grids" msgstr "Cuadrículas de impuestos" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:45 msgid "" "Odoo generates Tax Reports based on the **Tax Grids** settings that are " "configured on your taxes. Therefore, it is crucial to make sure that all the" @@ -22586,7 +20955,7 @@ msgstr "" "utilicen los impuestos correctos. Puede ver en cada artículo del diario qué " "cuadrícula de impuestos se utiliza para esa transacción." -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:53 msgid "" "To configure your taxes' Tax Grids, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Taxes`, and open the tax you want to modify. There, you " @@ -22599,7 +20968,7 @@ msgstr "" "impuestos, junto con las cuadrículas de impuestos que se utilizan para " "registrar facturas o notas de crédito." -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:62 msgid "" "Taxes and reports are usually already pre-configured: a *Fiscal Localization" " Package* is installed according to the country you select at the creation " @@ -22613,15 +20982,15 @@ msgstr "" "fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>` para obtener " "más información sobre los paquetes de localización fiscal." -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:70 msgid "Close a tax period" msgstr "Cerrar un período de impuestos" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:73 msgid "Tax Lock Date" msgstr "Fecha de bloqueo de impuestos" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:75 msgid "" "Any new transaction which accounting date is prior to the **Tax Lock Date** " "has its tax values moved to the next open tax period. This is useful to make" @@ -22632,7 +21001,7 @@ msgstr "" "siguiente período impositivo abierto. Esto es útil para asegurarse de que no" " se puedan realizar cambios en un informe una vez cerrado su período." -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:79 msgid "" "Therefore, we recommend locking your tax date before working on your " "*Closing Journal Entry*. This way, other users can't modify or add " @@ -22645,7 +21014,7 @@ msgstr "" "asiento del diario de cierre, lo que le ayuda a evitar algunos errores de " "declaración de impuestos." -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:83 msgid "" "To check the current **Tax Lock Date**, or to edit it, go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Lock Dates`." @@ -22654,12 +21023,12 @@ msgstr "" "editarla, vaya a: menuselection: `Contabilidad -> Contabilidad -> Fechas de " "bloqueo`." -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:144 msgid "Tax Report" msgstr "Reporte Impuestos" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:93 msgid "" "Once all the transactions involving taxes have been posted for the period " "you want to report, open your **Tax Report**." @@ -22667,7 +21036,7 @@ msgstr "" "Una vez que se hayan registrado todas las transacciones relacionadas con " "impuestos para el período que desea informar, abra su ** Informe fiscal **." -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:96 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Tax Report`. " "You can also click on *TAX Report* from your *Accounting Overview*." @@ -22676,14 +21045,14 @@ msgstr "" "fiscal`. También puede hacer clic en * Informe de impuestos * de su * " "Resumen de contabilidad *." -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:99 msgid "" "Make sure to select the right period you want to declare by using the date " "filter. You can see an overview of your tax report. Then, click on the " "button *Closing Journal Entry*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:106 msgid "" "After having reviewed the generated Journal Entry, click on *Post*. In " "addition to posting the entry, Odoo automatically creates a PDF file with " @@ -22692,7 +21061,7 @@ msgid "" "along with the amount you have to pay or be refunded." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:116 msgid "" "If you forgot to :ref:`lock your tax date <tax_return_lock>` before clicking" " on *Closing Journal Entry*, then Odoo automatically locks your fiscal " @@ -22702,15 +21071,15 @@ msgid "" " as described above." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:124 msgid ":doc:`../../overview/getting_started/setup`" msgstr ":doc:`../../overview/getting_started/setup`" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:3 msgid "Create a customized reports with your own formulas" msgstr "Crear un informe personalizado con sus propias fórmulas. " -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo 13 comes with a powerful and easy-to-use reporting framework. Creating " "new reports (such as a tax report or a balance sheet or income statement " @@ -22718,22 +21087,22 @@ msgid "" "ever." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:14 msgid "Activate the developer mode" msgstr "Activar modo desarrollador" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:16 msgid "" "In order to have access to the financial report creation interface, the " -":doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` needs to be" -" activated." +":doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>` needs to be " +"activated." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:20 msgid "Create your financial report" msgstr "Crear sus reportes financieros" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:22 msgid "" "First, you need to create your financial report. To do that, go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Financial Reports`" @@ -22741,7 +21110,7 @@ msgstr "" "Primero, debe crear su reporte financiero. Para hacerlo, vaya a " ":menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> Reportes Financieros`" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:28 msgid "" "Once the name is entered, there are two other parameters that need to be " "configured:" @@ -22749,38 +21118,38 @@ msgstr "" "Una vez se introduce el nombre, hay otros dos parámetros que hay que " "configurar: " -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:31 msgid "**Show Credit and Debit Columns**" msgstr "**Mostrar Columnas Crédito y Débito**" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:33 msgid "**Analysis Period** :" msgstr "**Período de Análisis**:" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:35 msgid "Based on date ranges (e.g. Profit and Loss)" msgstr "Basado en rango de fechas (p.e. Pérdidas y Ganancias)" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:37 msgid "Based on a single date (e.g. Balance Sheet)" msgstr "Basado en una sóla fecha (p.e. Balance)" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:39 msgid "" "Based on date ranges with 'older' and 'total' columns and last 3 months " "(e.g. Aged Partner Balances)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:42 msgid "Bases on date ranges and cash basis method (e.g. Cash Flow Statement)" msgstr "" "Basado en rangos de fecha y flujo de caja (p.e. Estado de Flujo de Caja) " -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:46 msgid "Add lines in your custom reports" msgstr "Agregue líneas en sus reportes personalizados" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:48 msgid "" "After you've created the report, you need to fill it with lines. They all " "need a **name**, a **code** (that is used to refer to the line), a " @@ -22791,7 +21160,7 @@ msgstr "" "línea), un **número de secuencia** y un **nivel** (Usado para el " "procesamiento de la línea)." -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:55 msgid "" "In the **formulas** field you can add one or more formulas to assign a value" " to the balance column (and debit and credit column if applicable – " @@ -22801,11 +21170,11 @@ msgstr "" "valores a la columna balance (y a las columnas débito y crédito si aplica - " "separado por ;)" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:59 msgid "You have several objects available in the formula :" msgstr "Tiene varios objetos disponibles en la fórmula:" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:61 msgid "" "``Ndays`` : The number of days in the selected period (for reports with a " "date range)." @@ -22813,7 +21182,7 @@ msgstr "" "``Ndías`` : El número de días en el período seleccionado (para reportes con " "un rango de fechas)." -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:64 msgid "" "Another report, referenced by its code. Use ``.balance`` to get its balance " "value (also available are ``.credit``, ``.debit`` and ``.amount_residual``)" @@ -22822,7 +21191,7 @@ msgstr "" "valor balance (también están disponibles ``.crédito``, ``.débito`` y " "``.monto_residual``)" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:68 msgid "" "A line can also be based on the sum of account move lines on a selected " "domain. In which case you need to fill the domain field with an Odoo domain " @@ -22838,15 +21207,15 @@ msgstr "" "de los movimientos de línea en el dominio. También puede agrupar por campo " "el grupo de movimientos de líneas por una de sus columnas." -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:75 msgid "Other useful fields :" msgstr "Otros campos útiles:" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:77 msgid "**Type** : Type of the result of the formula." msgstr "**Tipo** : Tipo de resultado de la fórmula." -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:79 msgid "" "**Is growth good when positive** : Used when computing the comparison " "column. Check if growth is good (displayed in green) or not." @@ -22855,7 +21224,7 @@ msgstr "" "calculando la comparación de columnas. Revise si el crecimiento es bueno " "(mostrado en verde) o no." -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:82 msgid "" "**Special date changer** : If a specific line in a report should not use the" " same dates as the rest of the report." @@ -22863,7 +21232,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Cambiador especial de fecha** : SI una línea específica en un reporte no " "debe usar las mismas fechas del resto del reporte." -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:85 msgid "" "**Show domain** : How the domain of a line is displayed. Can be foldable " "(``default``, hidden at the start but can be unfolded), ``always`` (always " @@ -22873,15 +21242,15 @@ msgstr "" "plegable (``por defecto``, escondido en el principio pero puede ser " "plegable), ``siempre`` (siempre se muestra) o ``nunca`` (nunca se muestra)." -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:90 msgid ":doc:`main_reports`" -msgstr ":doc:`reportes_principales`" +msgstr ":doc:`main_reports`" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:3 msgid "Main reports available" msgstr "Principales informes disponibles" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:5 msgid "" "Besides the reports created specifically in each localisation module, a few " "very useful **generic** and **dynamic reports** are available for all " @@ -22891,47 +21260,47 @@ msgstr "" "localización, unos pocos muy utilizados, **genéricos** y **reportes " "dinámicos** están disponibles para todos los países :" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:9 msgid "**Balance Sheet**" msgstr "**Hoja de Balance**" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:10 msgid "**Profit and Loss**" msgstr "**Ganancia y pérdida**" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:11 msgid "**Chart of Account**" msgstr "**Plan de Cuentas**" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:12 msgid "**Executive Summary**" msgstr "**Resumen Ejecutivo**" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:13 msgid "**General Ledger**" msgstr "**Libro Mayor General**" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:14 msgid "**Aged Payable**" msgstr "**Antiguas Cuentas por Pagar**" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:15 msgid "**Aged Receivable**" msgstr "**Antiguas Cuentas por Cobrar**" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:16 msgid "**Cash Flow Statement**" msgstr "**Estado de Flujo de Efectivo**" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:17 msgid "**Tax Report**" msgstr "**Reporte de Impuestos**" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:18 msgid "**Bank Reconciliation**" msgstr "**Conciliación Bancaria**" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:20 msgid "" "You can annotate every reports to print them and report to your adviser. " "Export to xls to manage extra analysis. Drill down in the reports to see " @@ -22941,7 +21310,7 @@ msgstr "" "Exportar a xls para extra análisis. Profundice en los reportes para ver más " "detalles (pagos, facturas, ítems del diario, etc.)." -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:24 msgid "" "You can also compare values with another period. Choose how many periods you" " want to compare the chosen time period with. You can choose up to 12 " @@ -22953,7 +21322,7 @@ msgstr "" "anteriores desde la fecha del reporte si no quiere usar la opción por " "defecto **Período 1 Anterior**." -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:32 msgid "" "The **Balance Sheet** shows a snapshot of the assets, liabilities and equity" " of your organisation as at a particular date." @@ -22961,11 +21330,11 @@ msgstr "" "La **Hoja de Balance** muestra un resumen de los activos, pasivos y " "patrimonio de su organización en una fecha particular." -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:39 msgid "Profit and Loss" msgstr "Ganancias y Pérdidas" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:41 msgid "" "The **Profit and Loss** report (or **Income Statement**) shows your " "organisation's net income, by deducting expenses from revenue for the report" @@ -22975,19 +21344,19 @@ msgstr "" "ingreso neto de su organización, por deducción de gastos de los ingresoso " "para el período reportado." -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:49 msgid "Chart of account" msgstr "Plan de cuentas" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:51 msgid "A listing of all your accounts grouped by class." msgstr "Un listado de todas sus cuentas agrupadas por clase." -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:57 msgid "Executive Summary" msgstr "Resumen ejecutivo" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:59 msgid "" "The **Executive Summary** allows for a quick look at all the important " "figures you need to run your company." @@ -22995,7 +21364,7 @@ msgstr "" "El **Resumen Ejecutivo** permite una mirada rápida de todas las cifras en " "las que necesita ejecutar su compañía." -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:62 msgid "" "In very basic terms, this is what each of the items in this section is " "reporting :" @@ -23003,15 +21372,15 @@ msgstr "" "En términos muy básicos, esto es lo que cada uno de los ítems en esta " "selección esta reportando :" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:77 msgid "**Performance:**" msgstr "**Rendimiento:**" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:68 msgid "**Gross profit margin:**" msgstr "**Márgen de utilidad bruta:**" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:67 msgid "" "The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " "costs needed to make those sales (things like labour, materials, etc)." @@ -23020,11 +21389,11 @@ msgstr "" "cualquier costo directo requerido para hacer esas ventas (cosas como labor, " "materiales, etc)." -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:74 msgid "**Net profit margin:**" msgstr "**Márgen de utilidad neta:**" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:71 msgid "" "The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " "costs needed to make those sales, as well as any fixed overheads your " @@ -23036,11 +21405,11 @@ msgstr "" " gasto general fijo que su compañía tiene (cosas como renta, electricidad, " "impuestos que debe pagar como resultado de esas ventas)." -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:77 msgid "**Return on investment (p.a.):**" msgstr "**Rentabilidad de la inversión:**" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:77 msgid "" "The ratio of net profit made, to the amount of assets the company used to " "make those profits." @@ -23048,15 +21417,15 @@ msgstr "" "El radio de ganancia neta hecha, al monto de activos que la compañía usó " "para producir esas ganancias." -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:97 msgid "**Position:**" msgstr "**Posición:**" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:81 msgid "**Average debtor days:**" msgstr "**Días promedio del deudor:**" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:81 msgid "" "The average number of days it takes your customers to pay you (fully), " "across all your customer invoices." @@ -23064,11 +21433,11 @@ msgstr "" "El promedio de días que le toma a sus clientes pagarle (totalmente), a " "través de todas las facturas de sus clientes." -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:84 msgid "**Average creditor days:**" msgstr "**Días promedio del acreedor:**" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:84 msgid "" "The average number of days it takes you to pay your suppliers (fully) across" " all your bills." @@ -23076,11 +21445,11 @@ msgstr "" "El promedio de días que le toma pagarle a sus proveedores (totalmente), a " "través de todas las facturas de sus proveedores." -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:89 msgid "**Short term cash forecast:**" msgstr "**Previsión corto plazo de liquidez:**" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:87 msgid "" "How much cash is expected in or out of your organisation in the next month " "i.e. balance of your **Sales account** for the month less the balance of " @@ -23090,11 +21459,11 @@ msgstr "" "mes ej. balance de sus **Cuentas de ventas** del mes menos el balance de sus" " **Cuentas de compras** del mes." -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:97 msgid "**Current assets to liabilities:**" msgstr "**Activos corrientes a pasivos:**" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:92 msgid "" "Also referred to as **current ratio**, this is the ratio of current assets " "(assets that could be turned into cash within a year) to the current " @@ -23107,11 +21476,11 @@ msgstr "" "Esto es típicamente usado como una medida de la habilidad de la compañía " "para mantener su crédito." -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:103 msgid "General Ledger" msgstr "Libro mayor" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:105 msgid "" "The **General Ledger Report** shows all transactions from all accounts for a" " chosen date range. The initial summary report shows the totals for each " @@ -23125,11 +21494,11 @@ msgstr "" "transacción o cualquier excepción. Este reporte es práctivo para revisar " "cada transacción ocurrida durante un cierto período de tiempo." -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:115 msgid "Aged Payable" msgstr "Vencida por Pagar" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:117 msgid "" "Run the **Aged Payable Details** report to display information on individual" " bills, credit notes and overpayments owed by you, and how long these have " @@ -23139,11 +21508,11 @@ msgstr "" "información de facturas individuales, notas crédito y sobrepagos que deba, y" " por cuánto tiempo estos han estado sin pagar." -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:125 msgid "Aged Receivable" msgstr "Vencida por Cobrar" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:127 msgid "" "The **Aged Receivables** report shows the sales invoices that were awaiting " "payment during a selected month and several months prior." @@ -23152,11 +21521,11 @@ msgstr "" " aún están esperando pagando durante un mes seleccionado y varios meses " "anteriores." -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:134 msgid "Cash Flow Statement" msgstr "Estado de Flujos de Efectivo" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:136 msgid "" "The **Cash Flow Statement** shows how changes in balance sheet accounts and " "income affect cash and cash equivalents, and breaks the analysis down to " @@ -23167,10 +21536,2277 @@ msgstr "" "efectivo, y descompone el análisis a actividades operativas, de inversión y " "financieras." -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:146 msgid "" "This report allows you to see the **net** and **tax amounts** for all the " "taxes grouped by type (sale/purchase)." msgstr "" "Este reporte le permite ver el **neto** y los **montos de impuestos** para " "todos los impuestos agrupados por tipo (venta/compra)." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation.rst:3 +msgid "Taxation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year.rst:3 +msgid "Fiscal Year" +msgstr "Año Fiscal" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:3 +msgid "Do a year end in Odoo (close a fiscal year)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Before going ahead with closing a fiscal year, there are a few steps one " +"should typically take to ensure that your accounting is correct, up to date," +" and accurate:" +msgstr "" +"Antes de continuar con el cierre del año fiscal, hay algunos pasos que " +"normalmente se deberá realizar para asegurar que su contabilidad esta " +"correcta, actualizada y exacta:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Make sure you have fully reconciled your **bank account(s)** up to year end " +"and confirm that your ending book balances agree with your bank statement " +"balances." +msgstr "" +"Asegúrese que ha conciliado completamente sus **cuenta(s) bancaria(s)** " +"hasta el final del año y confirme que los saldos del libro de cierre " +"concuerden con los saldos de sus extractos bancarios." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:13 +msgid "Verify that all **customer invoices** have been entered and approved." +msgstr "" +"Verifique que todas las **facturas de cliente** han sido ingresadas y " +"aprobadas." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:15 +msgid "Confirm that you have entered and agreed all **vendor bills**." +msgstr "" +"Confirme que ha ingresado y aprobado todas las **facturas de proveedor**." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:17 +msgid "Validate all **expenses**, ensuring their accuracy." +msgstr "Valide todos los **gastos**, asegúrando su exactitud." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Corroborate that all **received payments** have been entered and recorded " +"accurately." +msgstr "" +"Corrobore que todos los **pagos recibidos** han sido ingresados y " +"registrados exactamente." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:25 +msgid "Run a **Tax report**, and verify that your tax information is correct." +msgstr "" +"Ejecute un **Reporte de Impuestos**, y verifique que su información de " +"impuestos es correcta." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:27 +msgid "Reconcile all accounts on your **Balance Sheet**:" +msgstr "Concilie todas las cuentas en su **Hoja de Balance**" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Agree your bank balances in Odoo against your actual bank balances on your " +"statements. Utilize the **Bank Reconciliation** report to assist with this." +msgstr "" +"Compare sus saldos bancarios en Odoo contra los saldos bancarios actuales en" +" sus extractos. Utilice el reporte **Conciliación Bancaria** para apoyarse " +"con esto." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Reconcile all transactions in your cash and bank accounts by running your " +"**Aged Receivables** and **Aged Payables** reports." +msgstr "" +"Concilie todas las transacciones en efectivo y cuentas bancarias ejecutando " +"sus reportes **Viejas Cuentas por Cobrar** y **Viejas Cuentas por Pagar**" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Audit your accounts, being sure to fully understand the transactions " +"affecting them and the nature of the transactions, making sure to include " +"loans and fixed assets." +msgstr "" +"Audite sus cuentas, asegurándose de entender completamente las transacciones" +" que las afectan y la naturaleza de las transacciones, asegurándose de " +"incluir préstamos y activos fijos." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Run the optional **Payments Matching** feature, under the **More** dropdown " +"on the dashboard, validating any open **Vendor Bills** and **Customer " +"Invoices** with their payments. This step is optional, however it may assist" +" the year-end process if all outstanding payments and invoices are " +"reconciled, and could lead finding errors or mistakes in the system." +msgstr "" +"Ejecute la función opcional **Pagos Equivalentes**, bajo el **Más** " +"desplegable en el tablero, validando cualquier entrada **Facturas de " +"Proveedor** y **Facturas de Cliente** con sus pagos. Este paso es opcional, " +"no obstante puede asistir el proceso de cierre de año si todos los pagos " +"pendientes y facturas son conciliados, y puede conducir en encontrar errores" +" o equivocaciones en el sistema. " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Your accountant/bookkeeper will likely verify your balance sheet items and " +"book entries for:" +msgstr "" +"A su contador/contable probablemente le gustará verificar sus items en la " +"hoja de balance y el libro de entradas para:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Year-end manual adjustments, using the **Adviser Journal Entries** menu (For" +" example, the **Current Year Earnings** and **Retained Earnings** reports)." +msgstr "" +"Ajustes manuales de fin de año, usando el menú **Diario de Entradas Asesor**" +" (Por ejemplo, los reportes **Ganancias Corrientes del Año** y **Ganancias " +"Retenidas**)." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:56 +msgid "**Depreciation Journal Entries**." +msgstr "**Diario de Asientos de Depreciación**." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:60 +msgid "**Tax adjustments**." +msgstr "**Ajustes de Impuestos**." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:62 +msgid "" +"If your accountant/bookkeeper is going through end of the year auditing, " +"they may want to have paper copies of all balance sheet items (such as " +"loans, bank accounts, prepayments, sales tax statements, etc...) to agree " +"these against your Odoo balances." +msgstr "" +"Si su contador/contable esta en la auditoría de fin de año, ellos querrán " +"tener copias de los ítems de la hoja de balance (como los préstamos, cuentas" +" bancarias, pagos por anticipado, reportes de impuesto de ventas, etc...) " +"para comporarlos contra sus saldos en Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:67 +msgid "" +"During this process, it is good practice to set the **Lock date for Non-" +"Advisers** to the last day of the preceding financial year, which is set " +"under the accounting configuration. This way, the accountant can be " +"confident that nobody is changing the previous year transactions while " +"auditing the books." +msgstr "" +"Durante este proceso, es bueno practicar configurar la **Fecha de Cierre " +"para No-Consejeros** al último día del precedente año financiero, el cual es" +" configurado bajo la configuración de contabilidad. De esta forma, el " +"contador puede confiar que nadie mas esta cambiando las transacciones " +"previas del año mientras esta auditando los libros." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:77 +msgid "Closing the fiscal year" +msgstr "Cerrando el ejercicio fiscal" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:79 +msgid "" +"In Odoo there is no need to do a specific year end closing entry in order to" +" close out income statement accounts. The reports are created in real-time, " +"meaning that the **Income statement** corresponds directly with the year-end" +" date you specify in Odoo. Therefore, any time you generate the **Income " +"Statement**, the beginning date will correspond with the beginning of the " +"**Fiscal Year** and the account balances will all be 0." +msgstr "" +"En Odoo no hay necesidad de hacer un asiento de cierre de año específico " +"para cerrar las cuentas de ingreso del reporte. Los reportes son creados en " +"tiempo-real, lo que quiere decir que el **Reporte de Ingresos** corresponde " +"directalmente con la fecha de cierre de año que especifique en Odoo. Además," +" en cualquier momento que genere el **Reporte de Ingresos**, la fecha de " +"inicio corresponderá con la fecha de inicio del **Año Fiscal** y los saldos " +"de las cuenta serán todos 0." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Once the accountant/bookkeeper has created the journal entry to allocate the" +" **Current Year Earnings**, you should set the **Lock Date** to the last day" +" of the fiscal year. Making sure that before doing so, you confirm whether " +"or not the current year earnings in the **Balance Sheet** is correctly " +"reporting a 0 balance." +msgstr "" +"Una vez el contador/contable ha creado el diario de asiento para localizar " +"las **Ganancias Corrientes del Año**, deberá configurar la **Fecha de " +"Cierre** al último día del año fiscal. Asegurándose que antes de hacer esto," +" que la si o no ganancia corriente del año en la **Hoja de Balance** esta " +"correctamente reportando un saldo 0." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:93 +msgid ":doc:`fiscal_year`" +msgstr ":doc:`fiscal_year`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Fiscal Years" +msgstr "Administrar Años Fiscales" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In most cases, the fiscal years last 12 months. If it is your case, you just" +" have to define what is the last day of your fiscal year in the accounting " +"settings. By default, it is set on the 31st December." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:12 +msgid "" +"However, there might be some exceptions. For example, if it is the first " +"fiscal year of your business, it could last more or less than 12 months. In " +"this case, some additional configuration is required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Go in :menuselection:`accounting --> configuration --> settings` and " +"activate the fiscal years." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:22 +msgid "" +"You can then configure your fiscal years in :menuselection:`accounting --> " +"configuration --> fiscal years`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:29 +msgid "" +"You only have to create fiscal years if they last more or less than 12 " +"months." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:34 +msgid ":doc:`close_fiscal_year`" +msgstr ":doc:`close_fiscal_year`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:3 +msgid "Manage prices for B2B (tax excluded) and B2C (tax included)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When working with consumers, prices are usually expressed with taxes " +"included in the price (e.g., in most eCommerce). But, when you work in a B2B" +" environment, companies usually negotiate prices with taxes excluded." +msgstr "" +"Cuando se trabaja con los consumidores, los precios se expresan por lo " +"general con los impuestos incluidos en el precio (por ejemplo, en la mayor " +"parte de comercio electrónico). Sin embargo, cuando se trabaja en un entorno" +" B2B, las empresas suelen negociar precios con impuestos excluidos." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo manages both use cases easily, as long as you register your prices on " +"the product with taxes excluded or included, but not both together. If you " +"manage all your prices with tax included (or excluded) only, you can still " +"easily do sales order with a price having taxes excluded (or included): " +"that's easy." +msgstr "" +"Odoo maneja ambos casos de uso fácil, siempre y cuando se registre sus " +"precios en el producto con impuestos excluidos o incluidos, pero no ambas " +"cosas. Si gestiona todos sus precios con impuestos incluidos (o excluidos) " +"solamente, todavía se puede hacer fácilmente la orden de venta con un precio" +" que tiene sin impuestos (o incluidas): eso es fácil." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:15 +msgid "" +"This documentation is only for the specific use case where you need to have " +"two references for the price (tax included or excluded), for the same " +"product. The reason of the complexity is that there is not a symmetrical " +"relationship with prices included and prices excluded, as shown in this use " +"case, in belgium with a tax of 21%:" +msgstr "" +"Esta documentación es solo para el caso especifico donde se necesita tener " +"dos referencias para el precio (impuestos incluidos o excluidos), para el " +"mismo producto. La razón de la complejidad es que no hay una relación " +"simétrica con precios incluidos y precios excluidos, como se muestra en este" +" caso de uso, en Bélgica con un impuesto del 21%:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:21 +msgid "Your eCommerce has a product at **10€ (taxes included)**" +msgstr "Su tienda en linea lista un producto a **10€ (impuestos incluidos)**" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:23 +msgid "This would do **8.26€ (taxes excluded)** and a **tax of 1.74€**" +msgstr "" +"Esto resulta siendo **8.26€ (impuestos exluidos)** y **un impuesto de " +"1.74€**" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:25 +msgid "" +"But for the same use case, if you register the price without taxes on the " +"product form (8.26€), you get a price with tax included at 9.99€, because:" +msgstr "" +"Pero en el mismo caso, si habia registrado el precio sin impuestos en el " +"formulario del producto (8.26€), obtendrá un precio con impuestos incluidos " +"de 9.99€ porque:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:29 +msgid "**8.26€ \\* 1.21 = 9.99€**" +msgstr "**8.26€ \\* 1.21 = 9.99€**" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:31 +msgid "" +"So, depending on how you register your prices on the product form, you will " +"have different results for the price including taxes and the price excluding" +" taxes:" +msgstr "" +"Por ende, dependiendo de como se ha registrado el precio en el formulario " +"del producto, obtendrá resultados diferentes para el precio impuestos " +"incluidos y el precio impuestos excluidos:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:35 +msgid "Taxes Excluded: **8.26€ & 10.00€**" +msgstr "Impuestos excluidos: **8.26€ & 10.00€**" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:37 +msgid "Taxes Included: **8.26€ & 9.99€**" +msgstr "Impuestos incluidos: **8.26€ & 9.99€**" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:40 +msgid "" +"If you buy 100 pieces at 10€ taxes included, it gets even more tricky. You " +"will get: **1000€ (taxes included) = 826.45€ (price) + 173.55€ (taxes)** " +"Which is very different from a price per piece at 8.26€ tax excluded." +msgstr "" +"Si compra 100 unidades a 10€ impuestos incluidos, se complicará aun más. " +"Obtendrá: **1000€ (impuestos incluidos) = 826.45€ (precio) + 173.55€ " +"(impuestos)**, que es bien diferente de un precio por unidad de 8.26€ " +"impuestos excluidos." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:45 +msgid "" +"This documentation explains how to handle the very specific use case where " +"you need to handle the two prices (tax excluded and included) on the product" +" form within the same company." +msgstr "" +"Este documento explica como manejar este caso especificao donde necesita " +"manejar dos precios (impuestos incluidos y impuestos excluidos) en el " +"formulario del producto dentro de la misma compañia." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:50 +msgid "" +"In terms of finance, you have no more revenues selling your product at 10€ " +"instead of 9.99€ (for a 21% tax), because your revenue will be exactly the " +"same at 9.99€, only the tax is 0.01€ higher. So, if you run an eCommerce in " +"Belgium, make your customer a favor and set your price at 9.99€ instead of " +"10€. Please note that this does not apply to 20€ or 30€, or other tax rates," +" or a quantity >1. You will also make you a favor since you can manage " +"everything tax excluded, which is less error prone and easier for your " +"salespeople." +msgstr "" +"In terminos de matematica financiera, no obtendra mas ingresos de vender un " +"producto a 10€ en vez de 9.99€ (teniendo un impuesto de 21%), por que su " +"ingreso sera exactamente el mismo de 9.99€, solo el impuesto sera 0.01€ mas " +"alto. Por ende, si tiene una tienda en linea en Bélgica, favorezca a sus " +"cliente poniendo un precio de 9.99€ en vez de 10€. Por favor tome nota de " +"que esto no aplica para 20€ o 30€, o otros impuestos de otro monton, o para " +"cantidades >1. Tambien hara un favor a si mismo porque podrá manejar todo " +"impuestos excluidos, que es menos propenso a errores y mas facil para su " +"fuerza de venta." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:65 +msgid "" +"The best way to avoid this complexity is to choose only one way of managing " +"your prices and stick to it: price without taxes or price with taxes " +"included. Define which one is the default stored on the product form (on the" +" default tax related to the product), and let Odoo compute the other one " +"automatically, based on the pricelist and fiscal position. Negotiate your " +"contracts with customers accordingly. This perfectly works out-of-the-box " +"and you have no specific configuration to do." +msgstr "" +"La mejor forma para evitar esa complejidad es de eligir un sistema de " +"manejar los precios y mantenerlo: precios impuestos incluidos o precios " +"impuestos excluidos. Define cual es el defecto guardado en el formulario del" +" producto (en el impuesto por defecto relacionado con el producto), y deja " +"Odoo calcular el otro precio automaticamente, basado en listas de precio y " +"posiciones tributarias. Negocie sus contratos con sus clientes de acuerdo a " +"esta determinación. Esto funciona perfectamente \"out-of-the-box\" y no " +"necesitara configurar ajustes especiales algunos." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:73 +msgid "" +"If you can not do that and if you really negotiate some prices with tax " +"excluded and, for other customers, others prices with tax included, you " +"must:" +msgstr "" +"Si no puede hacer esto y si realmente negocia precios con impuestos " +"excluidos y con otros clientes precios con impuestos incluidos, necesitará:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:77 +msgid "" +"always store the default price TAX EXCLUDED on the product form, and apply a" +" tax (price included on the product form)" +msgstr "" +"siempre guardar el precio por defecto IMPUESTOS EXCLUIDO en el formulario " +"del producto y aplicar un impuesto (precio incluido) en el formulario del " +"producto." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:80 +msgid "create a pricelist with prices in TAX INCLUDED, for specific customers" +msgstr "" +"crear una lista de precios con precios impuestos incluidos para clientes " +"especificos" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:83 +msgid "" +"create a fiscal position that switches the tax excluded to a tax included" +msgstr "" +"crear una posicion tributaria que cambie los impuestos excluidos por los " +"impuestos incluidos" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:86 +msgid "" +"assign both the pricelist and the fiscal position to customers who want to " +"benefit to this pricelist and fiscal position" +msgstr "" +"asignar ambos, la lista de precios y la posicion tributaria, a los clientes " +"que corresponden a la configuracion de precios impuestos incluidos" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:89 +msgid "For the purpose of this documentation, we will use the above use case:" +msgstr "Para efectos de esta documentación, utilizaremos el caso anterior:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:91 +msgid "your product default sale price is 8.26€ tax excluded" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:93 +msgid "" +"but we want to sell it at 10€, tax included, in our shops or eCommerce " +"website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:97 +msgid "Setting your products" +msgstr "Configurar sus productos" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Your company must be configured with tax excluded by default. This is " +"usually the default configuration, but you can check your **Default Sale " +"Tax** from the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` of the " +"Accounting application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Once done, you can create a **B2C** pricelist. You can activate the " +"pricelist feature per customer from the menu: :menuselection:`Configuration " +"--> Settings` of the Sale application. Choose the option **different prices " +"per customer segment**." +msgstr "" +"Una vez terminado, puede crear una lista de precios **B2C**. Puede activar " +"la característica lista de precios por cliente desde el menú: " +":menuselection:`Configuración --> Ajustes` del módulo Ventas. Elija la " +"opción **precios diferentes por segmento de cliente**" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Once done, create a B2C pricelist from the menu " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Pricelists`. It's also good to rename the " +"default pricelist into B2B to avoid confusion." +msgstr "" +"Una vez terminado, cree una lista de precios B2C desde el menú " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Pricelists`. También es bueno renombrar la" +" lista de precios por defecto en B2B para evitar confusión. " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Then, create a product at 8.26€, with a tax of 21% (defined as tax not " +"included in price) and set a price on this product for B2C customers at 10€," +" from the :menuselection:`Sales --> Products` menu of the Sales application:" +msgstr "" +"Luego, cree un producto en 8.26€, con un impuesto del 21% (definido como " +"impuesto no incluido en el precio) y fije un precio en este producto para " +"clientes B2C en 10€, desde el: :menuselection:`Ventas --> Productos` menú de" +" la aplicación Ventas. " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:125 +msgid "Setting the B2C fiscal position" +msgstr "Configurando la posición fiscal B2C" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:127 +msgid "" +"From the accounting application, create a B2C fiscal position from this " +"menu: :menuselection:`Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`. This fiscal " +"position should map the VAT 21% (tax excluded of price) with a VAT 21% (tax " +"included in price)" +msgstr "" +"Desde la aplicación contabilidad, cree una posición fiscal B2C desde este " +"menú: :menuselection:`Configuración --> Posiciones Fiscales`. Esta posición " +"fiscal debe corresponder al IVA 21% (impuesto excluido de precio) con un IVA" +" 21% (impuesto incluido en precio)" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:136 +msgid "Test by creating a quotation" +msgstr "Ensaye creando una cotización" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:138 +msgid "" +"Create a quotation from the Sale application, using the " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Quotations` menu. You should have the following " +"result: 8.26€ + 1.73€ = 9.99€." +msgstr "" +"Cree una cotización desde la aplicación Ventas, usando el menú: " +":menuselection:`Ventas --> Cotizaciones`. Debe tener el siguiente resultado:" +" 8.26€ + 1.73€ = 9.99€." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:145 +msgid "" +"Then, create a quotation but **change the pricelist to B2C and the fiscal " +"position to B2C** on the quotation, before adding your product. You should " +"have the expected result, which is a total price of 10€ for the customer: " +"8.26€ + 1.74€ = 10.00€." +msgstr "" +"Luego, cree una cotización pero **cambie la lista de precios a B2C y la " +"posición fiscal a B2C** en la cotización, antes de agregar su producto. Debe" +" tener el resultado esperado, el cual es un precio total de 10€ para el " +"cliente: 8.26€ + 1.74€ = 10.00€." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:153 +msgid "This is the expected behavior for a customer of your shop." +msgstr "Este es el comportamiento esperado para un cliente de su tienda. " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:156 +msgid "Avoid changing every sale order" +msgstr "Evite cambiar cada orden de ventas" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:158 +msgid "" +"If you negotiate a contract with a customer, whether you negotiate tax " +"included or tax excluded, you can set the pricelist and the fiscal position " +"on the customer form so that it will be applied automatically at every sale " +"of this customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:163 +msgid "" +"The pricelist is in the **Sales & Purchases** tab of the customer form, and " +"the fiscal position is in the accounting tab." +msgstr "" +"La lista de precios esta en la pestaña **Ventas y Compras** del formato del " +"cliente, y la posición fiscal esta en la pestaña de contabilidad." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:166 +msgid "" +"Note that this is error prone: if you set a fiscal position with tax " +"included in prices but use a pricelist that is not included, you might have " +"wrong prices calculated for you. That's why we usually recommend companies " +"to only work with one price reference." +msgstr "" +"Note que esta propenso a error: si configura una posición fiscal con " +"impuesto incluido en precios pero usa una lista de precios que no esta " +"incluida, podría incurrir en mala calculación de precios. Es por esto que " +"recomendamos compañías que solamente trabajan con una referencia de precios." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:3 +msgid "Manage cash basis taxes" +msgstr "Gestionar impuestos basados en flujo de caja" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The cash basis taxes are due when the payment has been done and not at the " +"validation of the invoice (as it is the case with standard taxes). Reporting" +" your income and expenses to the administration based on the cash basis " +"method is legal in some countries and under some conditions." +msgstr "" +"Los impuestos de transacciones en efectivo son debidos cuando el pago se ha " +"hecho y no en la validación de la factura (como es el caso con los impuestos" +" estándar). Informar sus ingresos y gastos a la administración basándose en " +"el método de base de efectivo es legal en algunos países y bajo ciertas " +"condiciones." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Example : You sell a product in the 1st quarter of your fiscal year and " +"receive the payment the 2nd quarter of your fiscal year. Based on the cash " +"basis method, the tax you have to pay to the administration is due for the " +"2nd quarter." +msgstr "" +"Ejemplo: Vendes un producto en el 1er trimestre de tu año fiscal y recibes " +"el pago en el 2do trimestre de tu año fiscal. Sobre la base del método de " +"base de efectivo, el impuesto que tienes que pagar a la administración se " +"debe para el 2do trimestre." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:16 +msgid "How to configure cash basis taxes ?" +msgstr "¿Cómo configurar impuestos de transacciones en efectivo?" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:18 +msgid "" +"You first have to activate the setting in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Settings --> Allow Tax Cash Basis`. You will be asked to " +"define the Tax Cash Basis Journal." +msgstr "" +"Primero tienes que activar el ajuste en :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> " +"Configuración --> Ajustes --> Permitir Impuestos de Transacciones en " +"Efectivo`. Se te pedirá que definas el Diario de Impuestos de Transacciones " +"en Efectivo." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Once this is done, you can configure your taxes in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. At first set the " +"proper transitional accounts to post taxes until you register the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:35 +msgid "" +"In the *Advanced Options* tab you will turn *Tax Due* to *Based on Payment*." +" You will then have to define the *Tax Received* account in which to post " +"the tax amount when the payment is received and the *Base Tax Received " +"Account* to post the base tax amount for an accurate tax report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:45 +msgid "What is the impact of cash basis taxes in my accounting ?" +msgstr "" +"¿Cuál es el impacto de usa impuesto para transacciones en efectivo en mi " +"contabilidad?" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Let’s take an example. You make a sale of $100 with a 15% cash basis tax. " +"When you validate the customer invoice, the following entry is created in " +"your accounting:" +msgstr "" +"Tomemos un ejemplo. Tú haces una venta de $100 con un 15% impuesto sobre la " +"base de transacciones en efectivo. Al validar la factura del cliente, se " +"crea la siguiente entrada en tú contabilidad:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:52 +msgid "Customer Invoices Journal" +msgstr "Diario de facturas del cliente" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:72 +msgid "Receivables $115" +msgstr "Cuentas por cobrar $115" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:82 +msgid "Temporary Tax Account $15" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:88 +msgid "Income Account $100" +msgstr "Cuenta de ingresos $100" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:63 +msgid "A few days later, you receive the payment:" +msgstr "Unos días después, recibirás el pago:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:66 +msgid "Bank Journal" +msgstr "Diario del banco" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:70 +msgid "Bank $115" +msgstr "Banco $115" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:75 +msgid "" +"When you reconcile the invoice and the payment, this entry is generated:" +msgstr "Al reconciliar la factura y el pago, se genera esta entrada:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:78 +msgid "Tax Cash Basis Journal" +msgstr "Impuestos Diario de base de efectivo" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:84 +msgid "Tax Received Account $15" +msgstr "Cuenta de impuestos recibidos $15" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:92 +msgid "" +"The last two journal items are neutral but they are needed to insure correct" +" tax reports in Odoo with accurate base tax amounts. We advise to use a " +"default revenue account. The balance of this account will then always be at " +"zero." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Default Taxes** define which :doc:`taxes <taxes>` are automatically " +"selected when there is no other indication about which tax to use. For " +"example, Odoo prefills the **Taxes** field with the Default Taxes when you " +"create a new product or add a new line on an invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:14 +msgid "" +":doc:`Fiscal Positions <fiscal_positions>` take the Default Tax into " +"account. Therefore, if a Fiscal Position is applied to an invoice, Odoo " +"applies the related tax instead of the Default Taxes, as mapped in the " +"Fiscal Position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:21 +msgid "" +"**Default Taxes** are automatically set up according to the country selected" +" at the creation of your database, or when you set up a :doc:`Fiscal " +"Localization Package " +"<../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>` for your" +" company." +msgstr "" +"**Los impuestos predeterminados** se configuran automáticamente según el " +"país seleccionado en la creación de su base de datos, o cuando configura un " +":doc:`Paquete de localización fiscal <../../localizaciones_fiscales / visión" +" general / paquetes_de_localización_fiscal>` tu compañía." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To change your **Default Taxes**, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes --> Default Taxes`, select the " +"appropriate taxes for your default **Sales Tax** and **Purchase Tax**, and " +"click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Databases with multiple companies: the Default Taxes values are company-" +"specific." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:70 +msgid ":doc:`taxes`" +msgstr ":doc:`taxes`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:279 +msgid ":doc:`fiscal_positions`" +msgstr ":doc:`fiscal_positions`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:3 +msgid "Fiscal Positions (tax and account mapping)" +msgstr "Posiciones fiscales (mapeo de impuestos y cuentas)" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Default taxes and accounts are set on products and customers to create new " +"transactions on the fly. However, you might have to use different taxes and " +"record the transactions on different accounts, according to your customers' " +"and providers' localizations and business types." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:9 +msgid "" +"**Fiscal Positions** allow you to create *sets of rules* to automatically " +"adapt the taxes and the accounts used for a transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:16 +msgid "They can be applied in various ways:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:18 +msgid "" +":ref:`automatically applied, based on some rules " +"<fiscal_positions/automatic>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:19 +msgid ":ref:`manually applied on a transaction <fiscal_positions/partner>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:20 +msgid "" +":ref:`assigned to a partner, on its contact form " +"<fiscal_positions/transaction>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:23 +msgid "" +"A few Fiscal Positions are already preconfigured on your database, as part " +"of your :doc:`Fiscal Localization Package " +"<../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>`." +msgstr "" +"Algunas posiciones fiscales ya están preconfiguradas en su base de datos, " +"como parte de su :doc:`Paquete de localización fiscal <../../ " +"fiscal_localizations / overview / fiscal_localization_packages>`." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:30 +msgid "Tax and Account Mapping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To edit or create a Fiscal Position, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`, and open the entry you want to modify " +"or click on *Create*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The mapping of taxes and accounts is based on the default taxes and accounts" +" defined in the products' forms." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To map to another tax or account, fill out the right column (**Tax to " +"Apply**/**Account to Use Instead**)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To remove a tax, rather than replacing it with another, leave the field " +"**Tax to Apply** empty." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To replace a tax with multiple other taxes, add multiple lines with the same" +" **Tax on Product**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:44 +msgid "" +"The mapping only works with *active* taxes. Therefore, make sure they are " +"active by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:50 +msgid "Automatic application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:52 +msgid "" +"You can configure your Fiscal Positions to be applied automatically, " +"following a set of conditions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To do so, open the Fiscal Position you want to modify and click on **Detect " +"Automatically**. You can configure a few conditions:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:57 +msgid "" +"**VAT Required**: The VAT number *must* be indicated in the customer's " +"contact form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:58 +msgid "" +"**Country Group** / **Country**: The Fiscal Position is applied to these " +"countries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Taxes on **eCommerce orders** are automatically updated once the visitor has" +" logged in or filled out their billing details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:69 +msgid "" +"The Fiscal Positions' **sequence** - the order in which they are arranged - " +"defines which Fiscal Position to apply if the conditions are met in multiple" +" Fiscal Positions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:72 +msgid "" +"For example, if the first Fiscal Position targets *country A*, and the " +"second Fiscal Position targets a *Country Group* that also comprises " +"*country A*, only the first Fiscal Position will be applied to customers " +"from *country A*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:79 +msgid "Application" +msgstr "Aplicación" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:84 +msgid "Assign a Fiscal Position to a partner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:86 +msgid "" +"You can manually define which Fiscal Position must be used by default for a " +"specific partner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To do so, open the partner's contact form, go to the **Sales & Purchase** " +"tab, edit the **Fiscal Position** field, and click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:98 +msgid "Choose Fiscal Positions manually on Sales Orders, Invoices, and Bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To manually select which Fiscal Position to use for a new Sales Order, " +"Invoice, or Bill, go to the **Other Info** tab and select the right **Fiscal" +" Position** *before* adding product lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:281 +msgid ":doc:`taxcloud`" +msgstr ":doc:`taxcloud`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:280 +msgid ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" +msgstr ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:3 +msgid "Manage withholding taxes" +msgstr "Gestionar impostos retinguts" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A withholding tax, also called a retention tax, is a government requirement " +"for the payer of a customer invoice to withhold or deduct tax from the " +"payment, and pay that tax to the government. In most jurisdictions, " +"withholding tax applies to employment income." +msgstr "" +"Un impuesto retenido, también llamado una retención de impuestos, es un " +"requerimiento gubernamental donde el pagador de una factura cliente retiene " +"o deduce impuesto sobre el pago, y paga ese impuesto al gobierno. En la " +"mayoría de las jurisdicciones, el impuesto retenido aplica a ingresos " +"salariales." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:10 +msgid "" +"With normal taxes, the tax is added to the subtotal to give you the total to" +" pay. As opposed to normal taxes, withholding taxes are deducted from the " +"amount to pay, as the tax will be paid by the customer." +msgstr "" +"Con impuestos normales, el impuesto es agregado al subtotal para obtener el " +"total a pagar. Como es opuesto a los impuestos normales, los impuestos " +"retenidos son deducidos del monto a pagar, ya que el impuesto será cancelado" +" por el cliente." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:14 +msgid "As, an example, in Colombia you may have the following invoice:" +msgstr "Como ejemplo, en Colombia puede tener la siguiente factura:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:19 +msgid "" +"In this example, the **company** who sent the invoice owes $20 of taxes to " +"the **government** and the **customer** owes $10 of taxes to the " +"**government**." +msgstr "" +"En este ejemplo, la **compañía quien envió la factura debe $20 de impuestos " +"al **gobierno** y el **cliente** debe $10 de impuestos al **gobierno**." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, a withholding tax is defined by creating a negative tax. For a " +"retention of 10%, you would configure the following tax (accessible through " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Taxes`):" +msgstr "" +"En Odoo, un impuesto retenido es definido creando un impuesto negativo. Para" +" una retención del 10%, configuraría el siguiente impuesto (accesible a " +"través de :menuselection:`Configuración --> Impuestos`):" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:32 +msgid "" +"In order to make it appear as a retention on the invoice, you should set a " +"specific tax group **Retention** on your tax, in the **Advanced Options** " +"tab." +msgstr "" +"Para hacerlo aparecer como retención en la factura, debe configurar un grupo" +" de impuestos específico **Retención** en sus impuestos, en la pestaña " +"**Opciones Avanzadas**." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Once the tax is defined, you can use it in your products, sales order or " +"invoices." +msgstr "" +"Una vez el impuesto es definido, puede usarlo en sus productos, órdenes de " +"venta o facturas." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If the retention is a percentage of a regular tax, create a Tax with a **Tax" +" Computation** as a **Tax Group** and set the two taxes in this group " +"(normal tax and retention)." +msgstr "" +"Si la retención es un porcentaje de un impuesto regular, cree un Impuesto " +"con **Calculación de Impuesto** como un **Grupo de Impuestos** y configure " +"los dos impuestos en este grupo (el impuesto normal y la retención)." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:48 +msgid "Applying retention taxes on invoices" +msgstr "Aplicando retención de impuestos en facturas" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Once your tax is created, you can use it on customer forms, sales order or " +"customer invoices. You can apply several taxes on a single customer invoice " +"line." +msgstr "" +"Una vez su impuesto esta creado, puede usarlo en los formularios del " +"cliente, órdenes de venta o facturas de clientes. Puede aplicar varios " +"impuestos en una sola línea de factura de cliente." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:58 +msgid "" +"When you see the customer invoice on the screen, you get only a **Taxes " +"line** summarizing all the taxes (normal taxes & retentions). But when you " +"print or send the invoice, Odoo does the correct grouping amongst all the " +"taxes." +msgstr "" +"Cuando vea la factura de cliente en la pantalla, obtendrá una **Línea de " +"Impuestos** resumiendo todos los impuestos (impuestos normales y " +"retenciones). Pero cuando imprima o envíe la factura, Odoo hace la " +"agrupación correcta entre todos los impuestos." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:63 +msgid "The printed invoice will show the different amounts in each tax group." +msgstr "" +"La factura impresa mostrará los diferentes montos en cada grupo de " +"impuestos." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:3 +msgid "Get correct tax rates in the United States using TaxCloud" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The **TaxCloud** integration allows you to correctly calculate the sales tax" +" for every address in the United States and keeps track of which products " +"are exempt from sales tax and in which states each exemption applies. " +"TaxCloud calculates sales tax in real-time for every state, city, and " +"special jurisdiction in the United States." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:15 +msgid "In TaxCloud" +msgstr "En TaxCloud" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Create a free account on `TaxCloud <https://taxcloud.com/#register>`__ " +"website." +msgstr "" +"Crea una cuenta gratuita en el sitio de `TaxCloud " +"<https://taxcloud.com/#register>`__ " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Register your Odoo website on TaxCloud to get an *API ID* and an *API Key*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:23 +msgid "" +"In Settings on TaxCloud, click *Locations* to enter the location of your " +"Office(s) & Warehouse(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:24 +msgid "" +"In Settings on TaxCloud, click *Manage Tax States* to verify the states " +"where you collect sales tax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:27 +msgid "In Odoo" +msgstr "En Odoo" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Invoicing / Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`" +" and check *TaxCloud - Compute tax rates based on U.S. ZIP codes* (note: " +"actually uses complete street address)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:30 +msgid "Enter your TaxCloud credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:31 +msgid "Click SAVE to store your credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Click the Refresh Icon next to *Default Category* to import the TIC product " +"categories from TaxCloud (Taxability Information Codes). Some categories may" +" imply specific rates or attract product/service type exemptions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Select your default *TIC Code*. This will apply to any new product created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Set a specific TaxCloud TIC Category on the *General Information* tab of the" +" Product, or on the Product Category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Make sure your company address is complete (including the state and the zip " +"code). Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies` " +"to open and edit your Company record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:47 +msgid "How it works" +msgstr "¿Cómo funciona?" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Salestax is calculated in Odoo based on fiscal positions (see " +":doc:`fiscal_positions`). A Fiscal Position for the United States is created" +" when installing *TaxCloud*. Everything works out-of-the-box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:54 +msgid "" +"You can configure Odoo to automtically detect which Customers should use " +"this fiscal position. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Fiscal Positions` to open and edit the record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Now, this fiscal position is automatically set on any sales order, web " +"order, or invoice when the customer country is *United States*. This " +"triggers the automated tax computation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Add your product(s). You have two options to get Sales Tax on the Order. " +"You can confirm it, or you can save it and from the *Action* Menu choose " +"**Update Taxes with TaxCloud**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:73 +msgid "Coupons & Promotions" +msgstr "Cupones & Promociones" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:75 +msgid "" +"If you use the Coupon or Promotion Programs, the integration with Taxcloud " +"might seem a bit odd." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:77 +msgid "" +"The problem lies with the fact that Taxcloud does not accept lines with " +"negative amounts as part of the tax computation. This means that the amount " +"of the lines added by the promotion program must be deduced from the total " +"of the lines it impacts. This means, amongst other complications, that " +"orders that use coupons or promotions with a Taxcloud fiscal position " +"**must** be invoiced completely - you cannot create invoices for partial " +"deliveries, etc." +msgstr "" +"El problema radica en el hecho de que Taxcloud no acepta líneas con montos " +"negativos como parte del cálculo de impuestos. Esto significa que el monto " +"de las líneas agregadas por el programa de promoción debe deducirse del " +"total de las líneas que impacta. Esto significa, entre otras complicaciones," +" que los pedidos que utilizan cupones o promociones con una posición fiscal " +"en Taxcloud **deben** facturarse por completo, no se pueden crear facturas " +"para entregas parciales, etc." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Another specific oddity is possible in the UI: imagine that you sell a " +"product from the Taxcloud category *[20110] Computers* and that you have a " +"promotion program in place that provides a 50% discount on this product. If " +"the tax rate for this particular product is 7%, the tax rate that will be " +"computed from the Taxcloud integration will display 3.5%. This happens " +"because the discount is included in the price that is sent to Taxcloud, but " +"in Odoo this discount is in another line entirely. At the end of the day, " +"your tax computation will be correct (since a 3.5% tax on the full price is " +"the equivalent of a 7% tax on half the price), but this might be surprising " +"from a user point of view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:5 +msgid "" +"There are numerous types of **taxes**, and their application varies greatly," +" depending mostly on your company's localization. To make sure they are " +"recorded with accuracy, Odoo's tax engine supports all kinds of uses and " +"computations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:12 +msgid "Activate Sales Taxes from the List view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:14 +msgid "" +"As part of your :doc:`Fiscal Localization Package " +"<../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>`, most of" +" your country's sales taxes are already preconfigured on your database. " +"However, only a few of them are activated by default, so that you can " +"activate only the ones relevant for your business." +msgstr "" +"Como parte de su :doc:`Paquete de localización fiscal <../../ " +"fiscal_localizations / overview / fiscal_localization_packages>`, la mayoría" +" de los impuestos sobre las ventas de su país ya están preconfigurados en su" +" base de datos. Sin embargo, solo algunos de ellos están activados de forma " +"predeterminada, por lo que puede activar solo los relevantes para su " +"negocio." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To activate Sale Taxes, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Taxes` and use the *Activate* toggle button to activate or deactivate a " +"tax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To edit or create a **Tax**, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Taxes` and open a tax or click on *Create*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Taxes have three different labels, each one having a specific use. Refer to " +"the following table to see where they are displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:45 +msgid ":ref:`Tax Name <taxes/name>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:45 +msgid ":ref:`Label on Invoice <taxes/label-invoices>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:45 +msgid ":ref:`Tax Group <taxes/tax-group>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:48 +msgid "Back end" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:48 +msgid "*Taxes* column on exported invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:48 +msgid "Above the *Total* line on exported invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:53 +msgid "Basic Options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:58 +msgid "Tax Name" +msgstr "Nombre del impuesto" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:60 +msgid "" +"The **Tax Name** as you want to display it for backend users. This is the " +":ref:`label <taxes/labels>` you see while editing Sales Orders, Invoices, " +"Products, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:66 +msgid "Tax Computation" +msgstr "Cálculo de impuestos" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:68 +msgid "**Group of Taxes**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:70 +msgid "" +"The tax is a combination of multiple sub-taxes. You can add as many taxes " +"you want, in the order you want them to be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Make sure that the tax sequence is correct, as the order in which they are " +"may impact the taxes' amounts computation, especially if one of the taxes " +":ref:`affects the base of the subsequent ones <taxes/base-subsequent>`." +msgstr "" +"Asegúrese de que la secuencia de impuestos sea correcta, ya que el orden en " +"que se encuentran puede afectar el cálculo de los montos de los impuestos, " +"especialmente si uno de los impuestos: ref: `afecta la base de los " +"siguientes <impuestos/base-subsiguiente>`." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:78 +msgid "**Fixed**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:80 +msgid "" +"The tax has a fixed amount in the default currency. The amount remains the " +"same, regardless of the Sales Price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:83 +msgid "" +"For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *$10 " +"fixed* tax. We then have:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:231 +msgid "Product's Sales Price" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:231 +msgid "Price without tax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:231 +msgid "Tax" +msgstr "Impuesto" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:231 +msgid "Total" +msgstr "Total" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:234 +msgid "1,000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:89 +msgid "10" +msgstr "10" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:89 +msgid "1,010.00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:92 +msgid "**Percentage of Price**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:94 +msgid "" +"The *Sales Price* is the taxable basis: the tax's amount is computed by " +"multiplying the Sales Price by the tax's percentage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:97 +msgid "" +"For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *10% of " +"Price* tax. We then have:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:104 +msgid "1,100.00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:107 +msgid "**Percentage of Price Tax Included**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:109 +msgid "" +"The *Total* is the taxable basis: the tax's amount is a percentage of the " +"Total." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:111 +msgid "" +"For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *10% of " +"Price Tax Included* tax. We then have:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:118 +msgid "111.11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:118 +msgid "1,111.11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:124 +msgid "Active" +msgstr "Activo" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:126 +msgid "Only **Active** taxes can be added to new documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:129 +msgid "" +"It is not possible to delete taxes that have already been used. Instead, you" +" can deactivate them to prevent future use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:133 +msgid "" +"This field can be modified from the *List View*. See :ref:`above " +"<taxes/list_activation>` for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:139 +msgid "Tax Scope" +msgstr "Ámbito del impuesto" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:141 +msgid "" +"The **Tax Scope** determines the tax's application, which also restricts " +"where it is displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:143 +msgid "**Sales**: Customer Invoices, Product's Customer Taxes, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:144 +msgid "**Purchase**: Vendor Bills, Product's Vendor Taxes, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:145 +msgid "**None**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:148 +msgid "" +"You can use **None** for taxes that you want to include in a :ref:`Group of " +"Taxes <taxes/computation>` but that you don't want to list along with other " +"Sales or Purchase taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:154 +msgid "Definition tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:156 +msgid "" +"Allocate with precision the amount of the taxable basis or percentages of " +"the computed tax to multiple accounts and Tax Grids." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:163 +msgid "**Based On**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:165 +msgid "Base: the price on the invoice line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:166 +msgid "% of tax: a percentage of the computed tax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:168 +msgid "**Account**: if defined, an additional Journal Item is recorded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:169 +msgid "" +"**Tax Grids**: used to generate :doc:`Tax Reports " +"<../../reporting/declarations/tax_returns>` automatically, according to your" +" country's regulations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:175 +msgid "Advanced Options tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:180 +msgid "Label on Invoices" +msgstr "Etiqueta en facturas" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:182 +msgid "" +"The label of the tax, as displayed on each invoice line in the **Taxes** " +"column. This is the :ref:`label <taxes/labels>` visible to *front end* " +"users, on exported invoices, on their Customer Portals, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:193 +msgid "Tax Group" +msgstr "Grupo de impuestos" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:195 +msgid "" +"Select to which **Tax Group** the tax belongs. The Tax Group name is the " +":ref:`label <taxes/labels>` displayed above the *Total* line on exported " +"invoices, and the Customer Portals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:198 +msgid "" +"Tax groups include different iterations of the same tax. This can be useful " +"when you must record differently the same tax according to :doc:`Fiscal " +"Positions <fiscal_positions>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:205 +msgid "" +"In the example above, we see a 0% tax for Intra-Community customers in " +"Europe. It records amounts on specific accounts and with specific tax grids." +" Still, to the customer, it is a 0% tax. That's why the :ref:`Label on the " +"Invoice <taxes/label-invoices>` indicates *0% EU*, and the Tax Group name, " +"above the *Total* line, indicates *0%*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:213 +msgid "Include in Analytic Cost" +msgstr "Incluir en la Analítica de costes" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:215 +msgid "" +"With this option activated, the tax's amount is assigned to the same " +"**Analytic Account** as the invoice line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:221 +msgid "Included in Price" +msgstr "Incluir en el precio" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:223 +msgid "" +"With this option activated, the total (including the tax) equals the **Sales" +" Price**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:225 +msgid ":dfn:`Total = Sales Price = Computed Tax-Excluded price + Tax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:227 +msgid "" +"For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *10% of " +"Price* tax, which is *included in the price*. We then have:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:234 +msgid "900.10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:234 +msgid "90.9" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:234 +msgid "1,000.00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:238 +msgid "" +"If you need to define prices accurately, both tax-included and tax-excluded," +" please refer to the following documentation: :doc:`B2B_B2C`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:242 +msgid "" +"**Invoices**: By default, the Line Subtotals displayed on your invoices are " +"*Tax-Excluded*. To display *Tax-Included* Line Subtotals, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Customer " +"Invoices`, and select *Tax-Included* in the **Line Subtotals Tax Display** " +"field, then click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:246 +msgid "" +"**eCommerce**: By default, the prices displayed on your eCommerce website " +"are *Tax-Excluded*. To display *Tax-Included* prices, go to " +":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Pricing`, and " +"select *Tax-Included* in the **Product Prices** field, then click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:253 +msgid "Affect Base of Subsequent Taxes" +msgstr "Base imponible de subsiguientes impuestos" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:255 +msgid "" +"With this option, the total tax-included becomes the taxable basis for the " +"other taxes applied to the same product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:258 +msgid "" +"You can configure a new :ref:`Group of Taxes <taxes/computation>` to include" +" this tax, or add it directly to a product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:266 +msgid "" +"The order in which you add the taxes on a product line has no effect on how " +"amounts are computed. If you add taxes directly on a product line, only the " +"tax sequence determines the order in which they are applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:270 +msgid "" +"To reorder the sequence, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Taxes`, and drag and drop the lines with the handles next to the tax " +"names." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:282 +msgid ":doc:`../../reporting/declarations/tax_returns`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../reporting/declarations/tax_returns`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/vat_validation.rst:3 +msgid "VIES VAT numbers validation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/vat_validation.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**VAT Information Exchange System** - abbreviated **VIES** - is a tool " +"provided by the European Commission that allows you to check the validity of" +" VAT numbers of companies registered in the European Union." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/vat_validation.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo provides a feature to **Verify VAT Numbers** when you save a contact. " +"This helps you make sure that your contacts provided you with a valid VAT " +"number without leaving Odoo interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/vat_validation.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To enable this feature, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Settings --> Taxes`, enable the **Verify VAT Numbers** feature, and " +"click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/vat_validation.rst:23 +msgid "VAT Number validation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/vat_validation.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Whenever you create or modify a contact, make sure to fill out the " +"**Country** and **VAT** fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/vat_validation.rst:31 +msgid "" +"When you click on *Save*, Odoo runs a VIES VAT number check, and displays an" +" error message if the VAT number is invalid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/vat_validation.rst:39 +msgid "" +"This tool checks the VAT number's validity but does not check the other " +"fields' validity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/vat_validation.rst:43 +msgid "" +"`European Commission: VIES search engine " +"<https://ec.europa.eu/taxation_customs/vies/vatRequest.html>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:4 +msgid "Expenses" +msgstr "Gastos" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:7 +msgid "How to set expense types" +msgstr "Como configurar tipos de gasto" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The first step to track expenses is to configure the expense types (managed " +"as products in Odoo) that your company allows, from the *Configuration* " +"menu. When a specific expense is reimbursed at a fixed price, set a cost on " +"the product. Otherwise keep the cost at 0.0 and employees will report the " +"real cost per expense." +msgstr "" +"El primer paso para realizar un seguimiento de los gastos es configurar los " +"tipos de gastos (gestionados como productos en Odoo) que su empresa permite," +" desde el menú *Configuración*. Cuando se reembolsa un gasto específico a un" +" precio fijo, establezca un costo para el producto. De lo contrario, " +"mantenga el costo en 0.0 y los empleados informarán el costo real por gasto." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:16 +msgid "Here are some examples to configure:" +msgstr "Estos son algunos de los ejemplos para configurar:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:18 +msgid "Restaurant:" +msgstr "Restaurante:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:26 +msgid "Cost: 0.00 (the cost of the ticket will be recorded on every expense)" +msgstr "Costo: 0.00 (el costo del boleto se registrará en cada gasto)" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:21 +msgid "Travel with Personal Car:" +msgstr "Viajar con coche personal:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:23 +msgid "Cost: 0.30 (the price per mile reimbursed by the company is fixed)" +msgstr "Costo: 0.30 (el precio por milla reembolsado por la empresa es fijo)" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:24 +msgid "Hotel:" +msgstr "Hotel:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:28 +msgid "Others:" +msgstr "Otros:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:30 +msgid "Cost: 0.0" +msgstr "Coste: 0.0" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to set an expense tax on each expense type (and an account if " +"you use Odoo Accounting). It's usually a good practice to use a tax that is " +"configured with :ref:`Tax Included in Price <taxes/included-in-price>`. That" +" way, employees report expenses with prices including taxes, which is " +"usually the expected behaviour." +msgstr "" +"No olvide establecer un impuesto sobre los gastos para cada tipo de gasto (y" +" una cuenta si usa la contabilidad de Odoo). Por lo general, es una buena " +"práctica utilizar un impuesto que esté configurado con :ref:`Impuesto " +"incluido en el precio <taxes/included-in-price>`. De esa forma, los " +"empleados informan los gastos con precios que incluyen impuestos, que suele " +"ser el comportamiento esperado." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:40 +msgid "" +"The *Sales* app allows you to specify unit of measures for your expense " +"types (units, miles, nights, etc.). Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and check *Some products may be sold/purchased " +"in different units of measure (advanced)*." +msgstr "" +"La aplicación *Ventas* le permite especificar unidades de medida para sus " +"tipos de gastos (unidades, millas, noches, etc.). Vaya a " +":menuselection:`Ventas --> Configuración --> Configuración` y marque " +"*Algunos productos pueden venderse / comprarse en diferentes unidades de " +"medida (avanzado) *." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:47 +msgid "How to record expenses" +msgstr "Cómo registrar gastos" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:50 +msgid "Manually" +msgstr "Manualmente" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:52 +msgid "" +"As an employee (Employee in user access rights), you can record expenses " +"from :menuselection:`My Expenses --> Expenses to Submit`." +msgstr "" +"Como empleado (Empleado con derechos de acceso de usuario), puede registrar " +"los gastos de :menuselection:`Mis gastos --> Gastos a enviar`." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Select the related product and enter either the total amount you paid (with " +"Quantity = 1) or the unit price if Quantity is countable (e.g. number of " +"hotel nights)." +msgstr "" +"Seleccione el producto relacionado e ingrese el monto total que pagó (con " +"Cantidad = 1) o el precio unitario si la Cantidad es contable (por ejemplo, " +"número de noches de hotel)." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:61 +msgid "Enter the expense date." +msgstr "Introduce la fecha del gasto." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Choose if you paid the bill on your own (and expect to be reimbursed) or if " +"the company paid directly (e.g. if you used a company's credit card)." +msgstr "" +"Elija si pagó la factura por su cuenta (y espera que se le reembolse) o si " +"la empresa pagó directamente (por ejemplo, si utilizó la tarjeta de crédito " +"de una empresa)." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Set the bill reference, add some notes if requested and attach a photo/scan " +"of the receipt from the discussion thread. That will help the manager and " +"the accountant validate it." +msgstr "" +"Establezca la referencia de la factura, agregue algunas notas si se solicita" +" y adjunte una foto / escaneo del recibo del hilo de discusión. Eso ayudará " +"al gerente y al contador a validarlo." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:72 +msgid "In one click from emails" +msgstr "Correos en un solo clic" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Let your employees record their expenses from a simple email. Make a " +"snapshot of the receipt and send it by email, or simply forward a bill!" +msgstr "" +"Deje que sus empleados registren sus gastos desde un simple correo " +"electrónico. Haga una instantánea del recibo y envíelo por correo " +"electrónico, o simplemente ¡envíe una factura!" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:76 +msgid "" +"The only thing to do is setting up an email alias in " +":menuselection:`Expenses --> Configuration --> Settings` (e.g. *expenses* " +"@mycompany.odoo.com). For security purposes, only authenticated employee " +"emails (cfr. *Work Email* in employee detail form) are accepted." +msgstr "" +"Lo único que debe hacer es configurar un alias de correo electrónico en " +":menuselection: `Gastos --> Configuración --> Configuración` (por ejemplo, " +"*gastos* @mycompany.odoo.com). Por motivos de seguridad, solo se aceptan " +"correos electrónicos de empleados autenticados (cfr. * Correo electrónico " +"laboral * en el formulario de detalles del empleado)." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:82 +msgid "" +"The expense product is set automatically if the mail subject contains the " +"product's internal reference in first position. Type the expense amount in " +"the mail subject to set it on the expense too (e.g. Ref001 Food 100€)." +msgstr "" +"El producto de gastos se establece automáticamente si el asunto del correo " +"contiene la referencia interna del producto en la primera posición. Escriba " +"el monto del gasto en el asunto del correo para establecerlo también en el " +"gasto (por ejemplo, Ref001 Comida 100 €)." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:87 +msgid "How to submit expenses to managers" +msgstr "Cómo enviar gastos a los responsables" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:89 +msgid "" +"When you are ready to submit your expenses to your manager (e.g. at the end " +"of a business trip, or once a month), go to the menu :menuselection:`My " +"Expenses --> Expenses to Submit`. Select all expenses from the list view and" +" click on :menuselection:`Action --> Submit to Manager`. Save the newly " +"created expense report (i.e. set of expenses), and wait for your manager to " +"approve it." +msgstr "" +"Cuando esté listo para enviar sus gastos a su gerente (por ejemplo, al final" +" de un viaje de negocios o una vez al mes), vaya al menú :menuselection:`Mis" +" Gastos —> Gastos a Enviar`. Seleccione todos los gastos de la vista de " +"lista y haga clic en :menuselection: `Acción -> Enviar al Responsable`. " +"Guarde el informe de gastos recién creado (es decir, el conjunto de gastos) " +"y espere a que su gerente lo apruebe." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:99 +msgid "" +"You can also submit expenses one by one from the *Submit to Manager* button " +"on the form view of an expense." +msgstr "" +"También puede enviar los gastos uno por uno desde el botón *Enviar al " +"Responsable* en la vista de formulario de un gasto." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:102 +msgid "" +"All your submitted expense reports can be found in :menuselection:`Expenses " +"--> My Expenses --> Expense Reports`." +msgstr "" +"Todos los informes de gastos enviados se pueden encontrar en " +":menuselection:`Gastos --> Mis gastos --> Informes de gastos`." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:107 +msgid "How to approve expenses" +msgstr "Cómo aprobar gastos" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:109 +msgid "" +"HR and team managers get an overview of all expense reports to validate from" +" the top menu :menuselection:`To Approve --> Expense Reports to Approve`. " +"Such users must have at least *Officers* access rights for *Expenses*." +msgstr "" +"Los gerentes de recursos humanos y de equipo obtienen una descripción " +"general de todos los informes de gastos para validar desde el menú superior " +":menuselection: `Para aprobar -> Informes de gastos para aprobar`. Dichos " +"usuarios deben tener al menos derechos de acceso de *Oficiales* para " +"*Gastos*." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:116 +msgid "" +"They can review expense reports, approve or reject them, as well as " +"providing feedback thanks to the integrated communication tool." +msgstr "" +"Pueden revisar informes de gastos, aprobarlos o rechazarlos, así como dar " +"retroalimentación gracias a la herramienta de comunicación integrada." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:122 +msgid "" +"As a team manager you can easily find the expense reports of your team " +"members. You need to be set as manager in the detail form of those " +"employees." +msgstr "" +"Como gerente de equipo, puede encontrar fácilmente los informes de gastos de" +" los miembros de su equipo. Debe establecerse como gerente en la forma " +"detallada de esos empleados." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:130 +msgid "How to post expenses in accounting" +msgstr "Cómo contabilizar gastos en contabilidad" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:132 +msgid "" +"Once expense reports approved by managers, the accounting department goes to" +" :menuselection:`Expenses --> Accountant --> Expense Reports To Post` to " +"check accounts, products and taxes. They can click *Post Journal Entries* to" +" post related journal entries into your books. To do so, the user must have " +"following access rights:" +msgstr "" +"Una vez que los gerentes aprueban los informes de gastos, el departamento de" +" contabilidad va a :menuselection: `Gastos --> Contador --> Informes de " +"gastos a contabilizar` para consultar cuentas, productos e impuestos. Pueden" +" hacer clic en *Publicar entradas de diario* para publicar entradas de " +"diario relacionadas en sus libros. Para hacerlo, el usuario debe tener los " +"siguientes derechos de acceso:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:138 +msgid "Accounting: Accountant or Adviser" +msgstr "Contabilidad: Contable o asesor" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:139 +msgid "Expenses: Manager" +msgstr "Gastos: Responsable" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:142 +msgid "" +"To post an expense, a *Home Address* must be set on the employee. If you get" +" a related blocking message when posting, click the employee, go to " +"*Personal Information* tab and select/create the contact of your employee in" +" the address book. A contact has been automatically created if this person " +"is using Odoo." +msgstr "" +"Para contabilizar un gasto, se debe establecer una *Dirección particular* en" +" el empleado. Si recibe un mensaje de bloqueo relacionado al publicar, haga " +"clic en el empleado, vaya a la pestaña *Información personal* y seleccione /" +" cree el contacto de su empleado en la libreta de direcciones. Se ha creado " +"un contacto automáticamente si esta persona está usando Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:149 +msgid "How to reimburse employees" +msgstr "Cómo reembolsar a los empleados" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:151 +msgid "" +"You can now see all the expense reports to reimburse in " +":menuselection:`Expenses --> Accountant --> Expense Reports To Pay`. To " +"record the payment or pay by check, click *Register a Payment*." +msgstr "" +"Ahora puede ver todos los informes de gastos para reembolsar en " +":menuselection:`Gastos --> Contador --> Informes de gastos a pagar`. Para " +"registrar el pago o pagar con cheque, haga clic en *Registrar un pago*." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:155 +msgid "See how you can easily manage the payment process in Odoo:" +msgstr "Vea cómo puede administrar fácilmente el proceso de pago en Odoo:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:157 +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/payables/pay/check`" +msgstr ":doc:`../accounting/payables/pay/check`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:158 +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/payables/pay/sepa`" +msgstr ":doc:`../accounting/payables/pay/sepa`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:162 +msgid "How to re-invoice expenses to your customers" +msgstr "¿Cómo volver a facturar gastos a sus clientes?" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:164 +msgid "" +"If you track expenses on customer projects, you can charge them back to your" +" customers automatically." +msgstr "" +"Si realiza un seguimiento de los gastos de los proyectos de los clientes, " +"puede cargarlos automáticamente a sus clientes." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:170 +msgid "Enable **Customer Billing** in the Expenses settings" +msgstr "Habilite **Facturación al cliente** en la configuración de Gastos" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:172 +msgid "" +"Go to the product configuration menu and set the invoicing method on all " +"your Expense types:" +msgstr "" +"Vaya al menú de configuración del producto y configure el método de " +"facturación en todos sus tipos de gastos:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:175 +msgid "" +"Ordered quantities : it will invoice expenses based on the ordered quantity" +msgstr "" +"Cantidades solicitadas: facturará los gastos en función de la cantidad " +"solicitada" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:178 +msgid "" +"Delivered quantities :it will invoice expenses based on the expenses " +"quantity" +msgstr "" +"Cantidades entregadas: facturará los gastos en función de la cantidad de " +"gastos" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:181 +msgid "At cost: will invoice expenses at their real cost." +msgstr "A costo: facturará los gastos a su costo real." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:183 +msgid "" +"At sales price: will invoice based on a fixed sales price set on the sale " +"order." +msgstr "" +"A precio de venta: se facturará en base a un precio de venta fijo " +"establecido en la orden de venta." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:190 +msgid "Create an order" +msgstr "Crear un pedido" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:192 +msgid "" +"As a salesman, create and confirm a Sales Order for the services delivered " +"to your customer. If you don't put any expense in the order, it will be " +"added automatically once posted by the accountant." +msgstr "" +"Como vendedor, cree y confirme una orden de venta para los servicios " +"prestados a su cliente. Si no incluye ningún gasto en el pedido, se agregará" +" automáticamente una vez que el contador lo publique." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:197 +msgid "Link the expense to the Sale Order." +msgstr "Vincula el gasto a la orden de venta." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:203 +msgid "Submit, validate and post expenses" +msgstr "Presentar, validar y contabilizar gastos" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:205 +msgid "" +"As a manager, make sure the analytic account is set on every expense line on" +" approving expenses reports. Click the line to add one if missing. Employees" +" are already able to set one when submitting." +msgstr "" +"Como gerente, asegúrese de que la cuenta analítica esté configurada en cada " +"línea de gastos al aprobar los informes de gastos. Haga clic en la línea " +"para agregar una si falta. Los empleados ya pueden configurar uno al enviar." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:212 +msgid "As an accountant, post journal entries." +msgstr "Como contador, publique entradas de diario." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:215 +msgid "Invoice expenses" +msgstr "Gastos de factura" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:217 +msgid "" +"Now you can invoice the order. It shows up in :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Invoicing --> Sales` to Invoice. The expenses have been added automatically " +"in the order lines. Such items show up in blue (i.e. to invoice)." +msgstr "" +"Ahora puedes facturar el pedido. Aparece en :menuselection:`Ventas --> " +"Facturación --> Ventas a Facturar`. Los gastos se han agregado " +"automáticamente en las líneas de pedido. Dichos artículos se muestran en " +"azul (es decir, para facturar)." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:225 +msgid "e (i.e. to invoice)." +msgstr "e (es decir, para facturar)." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:3 +msgid "Sign" +msgstr "Firmar" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:3 +msgid "Validity of electronic signatures" +msgstr "Validez de firmas electrónicas" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The legal validity of electronic signatures generated by Odoo depends on the" +" legislation of your country. Companies doing business abroad should " +"consider electronic signature laws of other countries as well." +msgstr "" +"La validez legal de las firmas electrónicas generadas por Odoo depende de la" +" legislación de su país. Las empresas que hacen negocios en el extranjero " +"también deben considerar las leyes de firma electrónica de otros países." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:10 +msgid "In the European Union" +msgstr "En la Unión Europea" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The `eIDAS regulation <http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2014/910/oj>`_ " +"establishes the framework for electronic signatures in all `27 member states" +" of the European Union <https://europa.eu/european-union/about-" +"eu/countries_en>`_." +msgstr "" +"El `reglamento eIDAS <https://eur-" +"lex.europa.eu/eli/reg/2014/910/oj?locale=es>` _ establece el marco para las " +"firmas electrónicas en los `27 estados miembros de la Unión Europea " +"<https://europa.eu/european-union/about-eu/countries_es> `_." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:16 +msgid "It distinguishes three types of electronic signatures:" +msgstr "Distingue tres tipos de firmas electrónicas:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:18 +msgid "Electronic signatures" +msgstr "Firmas Electrónicas" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:19 +msgid "Advanced electronic signatures" +msgstr "Firmas Electrónicas Avanzadas" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:20 +msgid "Qualified electronic signatures" +msgstr "Firmas electrónicas calificadas" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Odoo generates the first type, regular electronic signatures, and these " +"signatures can produce legal effects in the EU, as the regulation states " +"that “an electronic signature shall not be denied legal effect and " +"admissibility as evidence in legal proceedings solely on the grounds that it" +" is in an electronic form or that it does not meet the requirements for " +"qualified electronic signatures.”" +msgstr "" +"Odoo genera el primer tipo de firmas electrónicas regulares, y éstas pueden " +"producir efectos legales en la UE, ya que el reglamento establece que “a una" +" firma electrónica no se le negará el efecto legal y la admisibilidad como " +"prueba en procedimientos judiciales únicamente por ser en formato " +"electrónico o que no cumpla con los requisitos para firmas electrónicas " +"calificadas “." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Note that electronic signatures may not be automatically recognized as " +"valid. You may need to bring supporting evidence of a signature’s validity." +msgstr "" +"Tenga en cuenta que es posible que las firmas electrónicas no se reconozcan " +"automáticamente como válidas. Es posible que deba traer evidencia de " +"respaldo de la validez de una firma." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:31 +msgid "In the United States of America" +msgstr "En los Estados Unidos de América" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:33 +msgid "" +"The `ESIGN Act (Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act) " +"<https://www.fdic.gov/regulations/compliance/manual/10/X-3.1.pdf>`_, at the " +"interstate and international levels, and the `UETA (Uniform Electronic " +"Transactions Act) <https://www.uniformlaws.org/committees/community-" +"home/librarydocuments?communitykey=2c04b76c-2b7d-4399-977e-" +"d5876ba7e034&tab=librarydocuments>`_, at the state level, provide the legal " +"framework for electronic signatures. Note that `Illinois " +"<https://www.ilga.gov/legislation/ilcs/ilcs5.asp?ActID=89&>`_ and `New York " +"<https://its.ny.gov/electronic-signatures-and-records-act-esra>`_ have not " +"adopted the UETA, but similar acts instead." +msgstr "" +"La `Ley ESIGN (Ley de firmas electrónicas en el comercio mundial y nacional)" +" <https://www.fdic.gov/regulations/compliance/manual/10/X-3.1.pdf>` _, a " +"nivel interestatal e internacional, y la `UETA (Ley Uniforme de " +"Transacciones Electrónicas) <https://www.uniformlaws.org/committees" +"/community-home/librarydocuments?communitykey=2c04b76c-2b7d-4399-977e-" +"d5876ba7e034&tab=librarydocuments>` _, a nivel estatal, proporcionan el " +"marco legal para las firmas electrónicas. Tenga en cuenta que `Illinois " +"<https://www.ilga.gov/legislation/ilcs/ilcs5.asp?ActID=89&>` _ y `Nueva York" +" <https://its.ny.gov/electronic-signatures-and- records-act-esra> `_ no han " +"adoptado la UETA, sino leyes similares." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Overall, to be recognized as valid, electronic signatures have to meet five " +"criteria:" +msgstr "" +"En general, para ser reconocidas como válidas, las firmas electrónicas deben" +" cumplir cinco criterios:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:44 +msgid "" +"A signer must show a clear intent to sign. For example, using a mouse to " +"draw a signature can show intent. The signer must also have the option to " +"opt-out of electronically signing a document." +msgstr "" +"Un firmante debe mostrar una clara intención de firmar. Por ejemplo, usar un" +" mouse para dibujar una firma puede mostrar intención. El firmante también " +"debe tener la opción de optar por no firmar electrónicamente un documento." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:47 +msgid "" +"A signer must first express or imply their consent to conduct business " +"electronically." +msgstr "" +"Un firmante debe primero expresar o dar a entender su consentimiento para " +"realizar negocios electrónicamente." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:48 +msgid "" +"The signature must be clearly attributed. In Odoo, metadata, such as the " +"signer’s IP address, is added to the signature, which can be used as " +"supporting evidence." +msgstr "" +"La firma debe estar claramente atribuida. En Odoo, los metadatos, como la " +"dirección IP del firmante, se agregan a la firma, que pueden usarse como " +"evidencia de respaldo." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The signature must be associated with the document being signed, for " +"example, by keeping a record detailing how the signature was captured." +msgstr "" +"La firma debe estar asociada con el documento que se está firmando, por " +"ejemplo, manteniendo un registro que detalle cómo se capturó la firma." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Electronically signed documents need to be retained and available for later " +"reference by all parties involved, for example, by providing the signer " +"either a fully-executed copy or the option to download a copy." +msgstr "" +"Los documentos firmados electrónicamente deben conservarse y estar " +"disponibles para referencia posterior por todas las partes involucradas, por" +" ejemplo, proporcionando al firmante una copia completamente ejecutada o la " +"opción de descargar una copia." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:57 +msgid "" +"The information provided here does not constitute legal advice; it is " +"provided for general informational purposes only. As laws governing " +"electronic signatures evolve rapidly, we cannot guarantee that the " +"information is up to date. We advise you to should contact a local attorney " +"to obtain legal advice." +msgstr "" +"La información proporcionada aquí no constituye asesoramiento legal; se " +"proporciona únicamente con fines informativos generales. Dado que las leyes " +"que rigen las firmas electrónicas evolucionan rápidamente, no podemos " +"garantizar que la información esté actualizada. Le recomendamos que se ponga" +" en contacto con un abogado local para obtener asesoramiento legal." diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po deleted file mode 100644 index 7826d55e8..000000000 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,120 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2021 -# José Cabrera Lozano <jose.cabrera@edukative.es>, 2021 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: José Cabrera Lozano <jose.cabrera@edukative.es>, 2021\n" -"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: es\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../fsm.rst:5 -msgid "Field Service" -msgstr "Servicio de Campo" - -#: ../../fsm/helpdesk.rst:3 -msgid "Helpdesk" -msgstr "Mesa de Ayuda" - -#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:3 -msgid "Plan onsite interventions from helpdesk tickets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:4 -msgid "" -"The integration with the Helpdesk app lets your helpdesk team manage " -"intervention requests directly. Planning field service tasks from tickets " -"speeds up your processes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:8 -msgid "Configure the helpdesk team" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`. Select" -" a team and enable *Onsite Interventions*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:16 -msgid "" -"The helpdesk tickets of the team now display the *Plan Intervention* button." -" Click on it to create a new task under your field service project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/sales.rst:3 -msgid "Sales" -msgstr "Ventas" - -#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:3 -msgid "Create onsite interventions from sales orders" -msgstr "" -"Cree intervenciones en la ubicación del cliente a partir de pedidos de " -"ventas" - -#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:4 -msgid "" -"Allowing your sales team to open onsite interventions creates a seamless " -"experience for your customers. They can receive a quotation they first have " -"to approve before the work even starts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:8 -msgid "Configure a product" -msgstr "Configurar un producto" - -#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration --> Products` and " -"create or edit a product." -msgstr "" -"Vaya a: menuselection: `Servicio de Campo -> Configuración -> Productos` y " -"cree o edite un producto." - -#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Under the *General Information* tab, select *Service* as *Product Type*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Under the *Sales* tab, select *Timesheets on tasks* as *Service Invoicing " -"Policy*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:15 -msgid "Select *Create a task in an existing project* as *Service Tracking*." -msgstr "" -"Seleccione * Crear una tarea en un proyecto existente * como * Seguimiento " -"de servicios *." - -#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:17 -msgid "Select your *Project*." -msgstr "Seleccione su *Proyecto*." - -#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:19 -msgid "" -"If you use them, select your *Worksheet Template* and then click on *Save*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:25 -msgid "" -"From the *Sales* app, create a quotation with the product and confirm it. A " -"task is automatically set up under your Field Service project. It is " -"directly accessible from the sales order." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/general.po index c33ffbe8d..d93851416 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # @@ -11,7 +11,6 @@ # Diego de cos <diegodecos@hotmail.com>, 2020 # Jimmy Ramos <jimmybanegas93@gmail.com>, 2020 # Jon Perez <jop@odoo.com>, 2020 -# Martin Trigaux, 2021 # David Arnold <blaggacao@users.noreply.github.com>, 2021 # Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal <lina8823@gmail.com>, 2021 # Fairuoz Hussein Naranjo <l92hunaf@gmail.com>, 2021 @@ -23,15 +22,17 @@ # Cris Martin <cristina.marrod@gmail.com>, 2021 # José Cabrera Lozano <jose.cabrera@edukative.es>, 2021 # Jesús Alan Ramos Rodríguez <alan.ramos@jarsa.com.mx>, 2021 +# Martin Trigaux, 2021 +# Victoria Quesada <victoria.quesada@nybblegroup.com>, 2021 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-18 07:12+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Jesús Alan Ramos Rodríguez <alan.ramos@jarsa.com.mx>, 2021\n" +"Last-Translator: Victoria Quesada <victoria.quesada@nybblegroup.com>, 2021\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -39,55 +40,55 @@ msgstr "" "Language: es\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" -#: ../../general.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:3 msgid "General" msgstr "General" -#: ../../general/auth.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth.rst:3 msgid "Authentication" msgstr "Autenticación" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:3 msgid "Two-factor Authentication" msgstr "Autenticación en dos pasos" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:5 msgid "" "Two-factor authentication (\"2FA\") is a good way to improve the security of" " an account, to make it less likely that an other person will manage to log " "in instead of you." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:9 msgid "" "Practically, it means storing a secret inside an *authenticator* (usually " "your cell phone) and exchanging a code from the authenticator when you try " "to log in." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:13 msgid "" "This means an attacker needs *both* to have guessed (or found) your password" " and to access (or steal) your authenticator, a more difficult proposition " "than either one or the other." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:18 msgid "Requirements" msgstr "Requerimientos" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:20 msgid "" "These lists are just examples, they are not endorsements of any specific " "software." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:23 msgid "" "If you don't already have one, you will need to choose an authenticator." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:26 msgid "" "Phone-based authenticators are the easiest and most common so we will assume" " you'll pick and install one on your phone, examples include `Authy " @@ -101,111 +102,111 @@ msgid "" " <https://bitwarden.com/help/article/authenticator-keys/>`_, ..." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:39 msgid "" "For the sake of demonstration we will be using Google Authenticator (not " "because it is any good but because it is quite common)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:43 msgid "Setting up two-factor authentication" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:45 msgid "" "Once you have your authenticator of choice, go to the Odoo instance you want" " to setup :abbr:`2FA (two-factor authentication)`, then open " ":guilabel:`Preferences` (or :guilabel:`My Profile`):" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:52 msgid "" "Open the :guilabel:`Account Security` tab, then click the :guilabel:`Enable " "two-factor authentication` button:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:58 msgid "" "Because this is a security-sensitive action, you will need to input your " "password:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:64 msgid "After which you will see this screen with a barcode:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:69 msgid "" "In most applications, you can simply *scan the barcode* via the " "authenticator of your choice, the authenticator will then take care of all " "the setup:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:78 msgid "" "If you can not scan the screen (e.g. because you are doing this set-up on " "the same phone as the authenticator application), you can click the provided" " link, or copy the secret to manually set-up your authenticator:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:89 msgid "" "Once this is done, the authenticator should display a *verification code* " "with some useful identifying information (e.g. the domain and login for " "which the code is):" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:96 msgid "" "You can now input the code into the :guilabel:`Verification Code` field, " "then click the :guilabel:`Enable two-factor authentication` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:100 msgid "" "Congratulation, your account is now protected by two-factor authentication!" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:107 msgid "Logging in" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:109 msgid "You should now :guilabel:`Log out` to follow along." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:111 msgid "" "On the login page, input the username and password of the account for which " "you set up :abbr:`2FA (two-factor authentication)`, rather than immediately " "enter Odoo you will now get a second log-in screen:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:118 msgid "" "Get your authenticator, input the code it provides for the domain and " "account, validate, and you're now in." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:121 msgid "" "And that's it. From now on, unless you disable :abbr:`2FA (two-factor " "authentication)` you will have a two-step log-in process rather than the old" " one-step process." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:125 msgid "" "Don't lose your authenticator, if you do, you will need an *Odoo " "Administrator* to disable :abbr:`2FA (two-factor authentication)` on the " "account." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/azure.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:3 msgid "OAuth" msgstr "OAuth" -#: ../../general/auth/azure.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:5 msgid "" "Due to specific requirements in Azure's OAuth implementation, Microsoft " "Azure OAuth identification is NOT compatible with Odoo at the moment." @@ -214,11 +215,11 @@ msgstr "" "identificación de OAuth de Microsoft Azure NO es compatible con Odoo en este" " momento." -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:3 msgid "How to allow users to sign in with their Google account" msgstr "Cómo permitir a usuarios acceder con su cuenta de Google" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:5 msgid "" "Connect to your Google account and go to the `Google API Dashboard " "<https://console.developers.google.com/>`_." @@ -226,17 +227,17 @@ msgstr "" "Conéctese a su cuenta de Google y vaya al `Panel de API de Google " "<https://console.developers.google.com/>` _." -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:8 msgid "" "Click on **Create Project** and enter the project name and other details." msgstr "" "Selecciona **Crear Proyecto** e introduce el nombre y detalles del proyecto." -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:16 msgid "Click on **Use Google APIs**" msgstr "Selecciona **Usar APIs de Google**" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:21 msgid "" "On the left side menu, select the sub menu **Credentials** (from **API " "Manager**) then select **OAuth consent screen**." @@ -245,7 +246,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Administrador de API**) y luego seleccione **Pantalla de consentimiento de" " OAuth**." -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:26 msgid "" "Fill in your address, email and the product name (for example odoo) and then" " save." @@ -253,7 +254,7 @@ msgstr "" "Completa tu dirección de, correo electrónico y nombre del producto (p.e. " "Odoo) y selecciona guardar." -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:31 msgid "" "Then click on **Add Credentials** and select the second option (OAuth 2.0 " "Client ID)." @@ -261,7 +262,7 @@ msgstr "" "Luego haga clic en **Agregar credenciales** y seleccione la segunda opción " "(ID de cliente OAuth 2.0)." -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:39 msgid "" "Check that the application type is set on **Web Application**. Now configure" " the allowed pages on which you will be redirected." @@ -269,7 +270,7 @@ msgstr "" "Compruebe que el tipo de aplicación esté configurado en **Aplicación web**. " "Ahora configure las páginas permitidas a las que será redirigido." -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:41 msgid "" "To achieve this, complete the field **Authorized redirect URIs**. Copy paste" " the following link in the box: http://mydomain.odoo.com/auth_oauth/signin. " @@ -279,7 +280,7 @@ msgstr "" "y pega el siguiente link en la caja: " "http://mydomain.odoo.com/auth_oauth/signin. Después selecciona **Crear**" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:49 msgid "" "Once done, you receive two information (your Client ID and Client Secret). " "You have to insert your Client ID in the **General Settings**." @@ -287,11 +288,11 @@ msgstr "" "Una vez hecho esto, recibirá dos datos (su ID de cliente y su secreto de " "cliente). Debe insertar su ID de cliente en **Configuración general**." -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:3 msgid "How to use Google Spreadsheet in Addition to my Data?" msgstr "¿Cómo utilizar la hoja de cálculo de Google además de mis datos?" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:5 msgid "" "Create custom dashboards in Google Spreadsheet that retrieves data directly " "from Odoo using spreadsheet formula. You can use it to create sales " @@ -304,13 +305,14 @@ msgstr "" "pronósticos de proyectos, etc. Las fórmulas están escritas en Python pero no" " se requieren habilidades de programación." -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:10 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:84 -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:16 ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:13 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Configuración" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:12 msgid "" "From the *General Settings*, active *Google Drive* and *Google Spreadsheet*." " The options *Authorization Code* and *Get Authorization Code* are now " @@ -320,7 +322,7 @@ msgstr "" "Spreadsheet*. Las opciones *Código de autorización* y *Obtener código de " "autorización* ya están disponibles." -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:19 msgid "" "Now, link your Google account with Odoo going to :menuselection:`Get " "Authorization Code --> select your Google account --> enter your password " @@ -331,11 +333,11 @@ msgstr "" "contraseña -> copie el código -> péguelo en el campo Código de " "autorización`." -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:24 msgid "Create a new Spreadsheet" msgstr "Crea una nueva hoja de cálculo" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:26 msgid "" "From the *CRM* app, for example, go to *Favorites* and click on *Add to " "Google Spreadsheet*." @@ -343,12 +345,12 @@ msgstr "" "Desde la aplicación *CRM*, por ejemplo, vaya a *Favoritos* y haga clic en " "*Agregar a la hoja de cálculo de Google*." -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:32 msgid "A new spreadsheet will be automatically created in your Google Drive." msgstr "" "Se creará automáticamente una nueva hoja de cálculo en su Google Drive." -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:35 msgid "" "When you opening this new file, a second sheet is created automatically by " "Odoo with a tutorial/documentation on *How to use Google Spreadsheet*." @@ -356,15 +358,15 @@ msgstr "" "Al abrir este nuevo archivo, Odoo crea automáticamente una segunda hoja con " "un tutorial/documentación sobre *Cómo usar Google Spreadsheet*." -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:39 msgid "Link a Spreadsheet with Odoo" msgstr "Vincular una hoja de cálculo con Odoo" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:41 msgid "From this new file, configure your database." msgstr "Desde este nuevo archivo, configure su base de datos." -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:42 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Odoo --> Server Settings --> Database Name --> " "Username --> Password`." @@ -372,11 +374,11 @@ msgstr "" "Vaya a :menuselection:ʻOdoo -> Configuración del servidor -> Nombre de la " "base de datos -> Nombre de usuario -> Contraseña`." -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:49 msgid "Applications" msgstr "Aplicaciones" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:51 msgid "" "You have 2 different formulas of using Google Spreadsheet in Odoo: retrieve " "data and retrieve grouped sums." @@ -384,7 +386,7 @@ msgstr "" "Tiene 2 fórmulas diferentes para usar la hoja de cálculo de Google en Odoo: " "recuperar datos y recuperar sumas agrupadas." -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:55 msgid "" "Google Drive limits the execution time of scripts; if the data you requested" " takes too long to be delivered, you might get an error. There is no " @@ -398,11 +400,11 @@ msgstr "" "depende de varios factores, aunque la lectura de datos de varios miles de " "registros suele estar bien." -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:62 msgid "Retrieve Data" msgstr "Recuperar datos" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:66 msgid "" "The theoretical formula is :command:`= oe_browse " "(table;columns;filters;orderby:limit)`. Used it if you want to display the " @@ -412,15 +414,15 @@ msgstr "" "orden por: límite)`. Utilícelo si desea mostrar la información sin agruparla" " (por ejemplo, cada pedido de venta en la base de datos)." -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:67 msgid "Find some the arguments in the table below." msgstr "Encuentre algunos de los argumentos en la siguiente tabla." -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:74 msgid "Retrieve Grouped Sums" msgstr "Recuperar sumas agrupadas" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:77 msgid "" "The theoretical formula is :command:`= oe_read_group " "(table;columns;group_by;filters;orderby:limit)`. Use it when you want to " @@ -430,15 +432,15 @@ msgstr "" "grupo_por; filtros; orden por: límite)`. Úselo cuando desee mostrar una suma" " de datos (por ejemplo: total facturado)." -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:78 msgid "Find some arguments in the table below." msgstr "Encuentre algunos argumentos en la tabla siguiente." -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:85 msgid "Other uses" msgstr "Otros usos" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:87 msgid "" "Mix Odoo data with spreadsheet data, add traditional formulas, and create " "Dynamic Tabled and Graphs." @@ -446,23 +448,23 @@ msgstr "" "Mezcle datos de Odoo con datos de hojas de cálculo, agregue fórmulas " "tradicionales y cree gráficos y tablas dinámicas." -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:3 msgid "How to allow users to sign in with LDAP" msgstr "Cómo permitir que los usuarios inicien sesión con LDAP" -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:5 msgid "Install the LDAP module in General Settings." msgstr "Instale el módulo LDAP en Configuración general." -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:7 msgid "Click on **Create** in Setup your LDAP Server." msgstr "Haga clic en **Crear** en Configurar su servidor LDAP." -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:15 msgid "Choose the company about to use the LDAP." msgstr "Elija la empresa que está a punto de utilizar LDAP." -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:20 msgid "" "In **Server Information**, enter the IP address of your server and the port " "it listens to." @@ -470,11 +472,11 @@ msgstr "" "En **Información del servidor**, ingrese la dirección IP de su servidor y el" " puerto que escucha." -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:22 msgid "Tick **User TLS** if your server is compatible." msgstr "Marque **Usuario TLS** si su servidor es compatible." -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:27 msgid "" "In **Login Information**, enter ID and password of the account used to query" " the server. If left empty, the server will be queried anonymously." @@ -483,7 +485,7 @@ msgstr "" "cuenta utilizada para consultar el servidor. Si se deja vacío, el servidor " "se consultará de forma anónima." -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:32 msgid "" "In **Process Parameter**, enter the domain name of your LDAP server in LDAP " "nomenclature (e.g. ``dc=example,dc=com``)." @@ -491,11 +493,11 @@ msgstr "" "En **Procesar Parámetro**, ingrese el nombre de dominio de su servidor LDAP " "en la nomenclatura LDAP (por ejemplo, ``dc=example,dc=com``)." -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:34 msgid "In **LDAP filter**, enter ``uid=%s``" msgstr "En **filtro LDAP**, ingrese ``uid=%s``" -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:39 msgid "" "In **User Information**, tick *Create User* if you want Odoo to create a " "User profile the first time someone log in with LDAP." @@ -503,7 +505,7 @@ msgstr "" "En **Información de usuario**, marque *Crear usuario* si desea que Odoo cree" " un perfil de usuario la primera vez que alguien inicie sesión con LDAP." -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:41 msgid "" "In **Template User**, indicate a template for the new profiles created. If " "left blanked, the admin profile will be used as template." @@ -512,15 +514,15 @@ msgstr "" "creados. Si se deja en blanco, el perfil de administrador se utilizará como " "plantilla." -#: ../../general/base_import.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import.rst:3 msgid "Data Import" msgstr "Importación de Datos" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:3 msgid "How to adapt an import template" msgstr "Cómo adaptar una plantilla de importación" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:5 msgid "" "Import templates are provided in the import tool of the most common data to " "import (contacts, products, bank statements, etc.). You can open them with " @@ -532,11 +534,11 @@ msgstr "" "extractos bancarios, etc.). Puede abrirlos con cualquier software de hojas " "de cálculo (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, etc.)." -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:11 msgid "How to customize the file" msgstr "Cómo customizar el archivo" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:13 msgid "" "Remove columns you don't need. We advise to not remove the *ID* one (see why" " here below)." @@ -544,15 +546,15 @@ msgstr "" "Elimina las columnas que no necesitas. Recomendamos no eliminar el *ID* uno " "(vea por qué aquí abajo)." -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:15 -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:27 msgid "" "Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing." msgstr "" "Establezca una identificación única para cada registro arrastrando hacia " "abajo la secuencia de identificación." -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:20 msgid "" "When you add a new column, Odoo might not be able to map it automatically if" " its label doesn't fit any field of the system. If so, find the " @@ -562,7 +564,7 @@ msgstr "" "automáticamente si la etiqueta no corresponde a ningún campo en el sistema. " "Si es así, encuentra el campo correspondiente usando la búsqueda." -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:27 msgid "" "Then, use the label you found in your import template in order to make it " "work straight away the very next time you try to import." @@ -571,11 +573,11 @@ msgstr "" "importación para poder hacer que funcione directamente la próxima vez que " "intentes importar." -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:31 msgid "Why an “ID” column" msgstr "Por qué una columna \"ID\"" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:33 msgid "" "The **ID** (External ID) is an unique identifier for the line item. Feel " "free to use the one of your previous software to ease the transition to " @@ -585,14 +587,14 @@ msgstr "" " usar el correspondiente a tu software anterior para facilitar la transición" " a Odoo." -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:36 msgid "" "Setting an ID is not mandatory when importing but it helps in many cases:" msgstr "" "Estableciendo un ID no es obligatorio cuando estás importando pero ayuda en " "muchos casos:" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:38 msgid "" "Update imports: you can import the same file several times without creating " "duplicates;" @@ -600,15 +602,15 @@ msgstr "" "Actualiza importaciones: puedes importar el mismo archivo varias veces sin " "crear duplicados;" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:39 msgid "Import relation fields (see here below)." msgstr "Importa campos de relación (ver a continuación)." -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:42 msgid "How to import relation fields" msgstr "Cómo importar campos de relación" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:44 msgid "" "An Odoo object is always related to many other objects (e.g. a product is " "linked to product categories, attributes, vendors, etc.). To import those " @@ -620,7 +622,7 @@ msgstr "" "proveedores, etc.). Para importar esas relaciones, primero debe importar los" " registros del objeto relacionado desde su propio menú de lista." -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:48 msgid "" "You can do it using either the name of the related record or its ID. The ID " "is expected when two records have the same name. In such a case add \" / " @@ -632,15 +634,15 @@ msgstr "" "\"/ID\" al final del título de la columna (p.e. para atributos de producto: " "Atributos de Producto/Atributo/ID)." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:3 msgid "Import data" msgstr "Importar datos" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:6 msgid "How to start" msgstr "Cómo empezar" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:8 msgid "" "You can import data on any Odoo's business object using either Excel (.xlsx)" " or CSV (.csv) formats: contacts, products, bank statements, journal entries" @@ -650,7 +652,7 @@ msgstr "" "formatos de Excel (.xlsx) o CSV (.csv): contactos, productos, resguardos " "bancarios e incluso pedidos!" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:12 msgid "" "Open the view of the object you want to populate and click on " ":menuselection:`Favorites --> Import records`." @@ -658,7 +660,7 @@ msgstr "" "Abra la vista del objeto que desea completar y haga clic en " ":menuselection:`Favoritos --> Importar registros`." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:18 msgid "" "There you are provided with templates you can easily populate with your own " "data. Such templates can be imported in one click; The data mapping is " @@ -668,23 +670,23 @@ msgstr "" "información. Dichas plantillas se pueden importar en un solo clic; el mapeo " "de información ya está hecho." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:23 msgid "How to adapt the template" msgstr "Cómo adaptar la plantilla" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:25 msgid "Add, remove and sort columns to fit at best your data structure." msgstr "" "Añade, elimina y organiza columnas para adaptarse a la estructura de tu " "información." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:26 msgid "We advise to not remove the **ID** one (see why in the next section)." msgstr "" "Recomendamos no eliminar el **ID** (consulte el motivo en la siguiente " "sección)." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:32 msgid "" "When you add a new column, Odoo might not be able to map it automatically if" " its label doesn't fit any field in Odoo. Don't worry! You can map new " @@ -696,7 +698,7 @@ msgstr "" "Si es así, puedes mapear las nuevas columnas manualmente cuando testees la " "importación. Encuentra el campo correspondiente usando la búsqueda." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:40 msgid "" "Then, use this field's label in your file in order to make it work straight " "on the very next time." @@ -704,11 +706,11 @@ msgstr "" "A continuación, usa la etiqueta de este campo en tu archivo para hacerlo " "funcionar bien la siguiente vez." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:45 msgid "How to import from another application" msgstr "Cómo importar desde otra aplicación" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:47 msgid "" "In order to re-create relationships between different records, you should " "use the unique identifier from the original application and map it to the " @@ -724,7 +726,7 @@ msgstr "" "original. Puedes también encontrar este registro usando su nombre pero te " "vas a encontrar con al menos 2 registros con el mismo nombre." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:55 msgid "" "The **ID** will also be used to update the original import if you need to " "re-import modified data later, it's thus good practice to specify it " @@ -734,11 +736,11 @@ msgstr "" "re-importar los datos después, aunque es buena práctica especificarlo cuando" " sea posible." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:61 msgid "I cannot find the field I want to map my column to" msgstr "No puedo encontrar el campo al que quiero asignar mi columna" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:63 msgid "" "Odoo tries to find with some heuristic, based on the first ten lines of the " "files, the type of field for each column inside your file. For example if " @@ -756,7 +758,7 @@ msgstr "" "también posible que no salga bien o que quieras mapear tu columna con un " "campo que no es propuesto por defecto." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:72 msgid "" "If that happens, you just have to check the ** Show fields of relation " "fields (advanced)** option, you will then be able to choose from the " @@ -766,11 +768,11 @@ msgstr "" "campos de relación (avanzado)**, despúes podrás elegir de la lista completa " "de cada columna." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:80 msgid "Where can I change the date import format?" msgstr "¿Dónde puedo cambiar el formato de importación de la fecha?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:82 msgid "" "Odoo can automatically detect if a column is a date, and it will try to " "guess the date format from a set of most commonly used date formats. While " @@ -787,7 +789,7 @@ msgstr "" " un formato de fecha es el día y qué parte es el mes en una fecha como " "'01-03-2016 '." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:88 msgid "" "To view which date format Odoo has found from your file you can check the " "**Date Format** that is shown when clicking on **Options** under the file " @@ -799,7 +801,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Opciones** debajo del selector de archivos. Si este formato es incorrecto " "puedes cambiarlo a tu gusto usando la *ISO 8601* para definir el formato." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:93 msgid "" "If you are importing an excel (.xls, .xlsx) file, you can use date cells to " "store dates as the display of dates in excel is different from the way it is" @@ -812,11 +814,11 @@ msgstr "" " el formato de fecha sea correcto en Odoo, sea cual sea su formato de fecha " "local." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:98 msgid "Can I import numbers with currency sign (e.g.: $32.00)?" msgstr "¿Puedo importar números con el signo de moneda (por ejemplo: $32.00)?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:100 msgid "" "Yes, we fully support numbers with parenthesis to represent negative sign as" " well as numbers with currency sign attached to them. Odoo also " @@ -831,59 +833,59 @@ msgstr "" "(puede cambiarlos en **opciones**). Si usa un símbolo de moneda que Odoo no " "conoce, es posible que no se reconozca como un número y se bloqueará." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:105 msgid "" "Examples of supported numbers (using thirty-two thousands as an example):" msgstr "" "Ejemplos de números admitidos (usando treinta y dos mil como ejemplo):" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:107 msgid "32.000,00" msgstr "32.000,00" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:108 msgid "32000,00" msgstr "32000,00" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:109 msgid "32,000.00" msgstr "32,000.00" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:110 msgid "-32000.00" msgstr "-32000.00" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:111 msgid "(32000.00)" msgstr "(32000.00)" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:112 msgid "$ 32.000,00" msgstr "$ 32.000,00" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:113 msgid "(32000.00 €)" msgstr "(32000.00 €)" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:115 msgid "Example that will not work:" msgstr "Ejemplo que no servirá:" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:117 msgid "ABC 32.000,00" msgstr "ABC 32.000,00" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:118 msgid "$ (32.000,00)" msgstr "$ (32.000,00)" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:121 msgid "What can I do when the Import preview table isn't displayed correctly?" msgstr "" "¿Qué puedo hacer si la tabla de vista previa de importación no se muestra " "correctamente?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:123 msgid "" "By default the Import preview is set on commas as field separators and " "quotation marks as text delimiters. If your csv file does not have these " @@ -896,7 +898,7 @@ msgstr "" "formato de archivo (que se muestran debajo de la barra Examinar archivo CSV " "después de seleccionar su archivo)." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:127 msgid "" "Note that if your CSV file has a tabulation as separator, Odoo will not " "detect the separations. You will need to change the file format options in " @@ -906,7 +908,7 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo no detectará las separaciones. Deberá cambiar las opciones de formato " "de archivo en su aplicación de hoja de cálculo. Vea la siguiente pregunta." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:132 msgid "" "How can I change the CSV file format options when saving in my spreadsheet " "application?" @@ -914,7 +916,7 @@ msgstr "" "¿Cómo puedo cambiar las opciones de formato de archivo CSV al guardar en mi " "aplicación de hoja de cálculo?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:134 msgid "" "If you edit and save CSV files in spreadsheet applications, your computer's " "regional settings will be applied for the separator and delimiter. We " @@ -929,7 +931,7 @@ msgstr "" "diálogo 'Guardar como' --> Marque la casilla 'Editar configuración de " "filtro' --> Guardar`)." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:139 msgid "" "Microsoft Excel will allow you to modify only the encoding when saving (in " ":menuselection:`'Save As' dialog box --> click 'Tools' dropdown list --> " @@ -939,11 +941,11 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Cuadro de diálogo 'Guardar como' --> haga clic en la lista " "desplegable 'Herramientas' --> Pestaña Codificación`)." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:143 msgid "What's the difference between Database ID and External ID?" msgstr "¿Cuál es la diferencia entre id. de la BD e ID Externo?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:145 msgid "" "Some fields define a relationship with another object. For example, the " "country of a contact is a link to a record of the 'Country' object. When you" @@ -959,7 +961,7 @@ msgstr "" "proporciona tres mecanismos. Debe utilizar uno y solo un mecanismo por campo" " que desee importar." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:150 msgid "" "For example, to reference the country of a contact, Odoo proposes you 3 " "different fields to import:" @@ -967,11 +969,11 @@ msgstr "" "Por ejemplo, para referenciar el país de un contacto, Odoo propone 3 modos " "diferentes de importación:" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:152 msgid "Country: the name or code of the country" msgstr "País: el nombre o código del país" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:153 msgid "" "Country/Database ID: the unique Odoo ID for a record, defined by the ID " "postgresql column" @@ -979,7 +981,7 @@ msgstr "" "País / ID de base de datos: el ID de Odoo único para un registro, definido " "por la columna ID postgresql" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:154 msgid "" "Country/External ID: the ID of this record referenced in another application" " (or the .XML file that imported it)" @@ -987,24 +989,24 @@ msgstr "" "País / ID externo: el ID de este registro al que se hace referencia en otra " "aplicación (o el archivo .XML que lo importó)" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:157 msgid "For the country Belgium, you can use one of these 3 ways to import:" msgstr "" "Para el país Bélgica, puede usar uno de estos3 métodos de importación:" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:159 msgid "Country: Belgium" msgstr "País: Bélgica" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:160 msgid "Country/Database ID: 21" msgstr "País/ID de base de datos: 21" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:161 msgid "Country/External ID: base.be" msgstr "País/Id. externo: base.be" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:163 msgid "" "According to your need, you should use one of these 3 ways to reference " "records in relations. Here is when you should use one or the other, " @@ -1014,7 +1016,7 @@ msgstr "" "registros en relaciones. Aquí es cuando debes usar uno u otro, según tu " "necesidad:" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:166 msgid "" "Use Country: This is the easiest way when your data come from CSV files that" " have been created manually." @@ -1022,7 +1024,7 @@ msgstr "" "Usar País: Ésta es lo forma más sencilla cuando los datos provienen de " "archivos CSV que se han creado manualmente." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:168 msgid "" "Use Country/Database ID: You should rarely use this notation. It's mostly " "used by developers as it's main advantage is to never have conflicts (you " @@ -1034,7 +1036,7 @@ msgstr "" "tener nunca conflictos (puede que tenga varios registros con el mismo " "nombre, pero sólo tendrán un único id. de base de datos)" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:171 msgid "" "Use Country/External ID: Use External ID when you import data from a third " "party application." @@ -1042,7 +1044,7 @@ msgstr "" "Usar País/Id. externo: Use id. externo cuando importa datos de una " "aplicación externa." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:173 msgid "" "When you use External IDs, you can import CSV files with the \"External ID\"" " column to define the External ID of each record you import. Then, you will " @@ -1056,27 +1058,23 @@ msgstr "" "tipo \"Id. de campo/externo\". Los siguientes dos archivos son un ejemplo " "para los productos y sus categorías." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:178 msgid "" ":download:`CSV file for categories " -"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_product_categories.csv>`." +"<files/External_id_3rd_party_application_product_categories.csv>`." msgstr "" -":download:`Archivo CSV para las categorías <../../_ " -"static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_product_categories.csv>`." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:181 msgid "" ":download:`CSV file for Products " -"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_products.csv>`." +"<files/External_id_3rd_party_application_products.csv>`." msgstr "" -":download:`Archivo CSV para Productos " -"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_products.csv>`." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:185 msgid "What can I do if I have multiple matches for a field?" msgstr "¿Qué puedo hacer si tengo múltiples coincidencias para un campo?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:187 msgid "" "If for example you have two product categories with the child name " "\"Sellable\" (ie. \"Misc. Products/Sellable\" & \"Other " @@ -1095,7 +1093,7 @@ msgstr "" "varios / Se puede vender\"). Le recomendamos que modifique uno de los " "valores duplicados o la jerarquía de su categoría de producto." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:193 msgid "" "However if you do not wish to change your configuration of product " "categories, we recommend you use make use of the external ID for this field " @@ -1105,7 +1103,7 @@ msgstr "" "productos, le recomendamos que utilice el ID externo para este campo " "'Categoría'." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:197 msgid "" "How can I import a many2many relationship field (e.g. a customer that has " "multiple tags)?" @@ -1113,7 +1111,7 @@ msgstr "" "¿Cómo puedo importar un campo de relación many2many (por ejemplo, un cliente" " que tiene varias etiquetas)?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:199 msgid "" "The tags should be separated by a comma without any spacing. For example, if" " you want your customer to be linked to both tags 'Manufacturer' and " @@ -1125,13 +1123,13 @@ msgstr "" "'Minorista', codificará \"Fabricante, Minorista\" en la misma columna de su " "archivo CSV." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:203 msgid "" ":download:`CSV file for Manufacturer, Retailer " -"<../../_static/example_files/m2m_customers_tags.csv>`" +"<files/m2m_customers_tags.csv>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:207 msgid "" "How can I import a one2many relationship (e.g. several Order Lines of a " "Sales Order)?" @@ -1139,7 +1137,7 @@ msgstr "" "¿Cómo puedo importar una relación uno a muchos (one2many - por ejemplo: las " "líneas de pedido del pedido de venta)?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:209 msgid "" "If you want to import sales order having several order lines; for each order" " line, you need to reserve a specific row in the CSV file. The first order " @@ -1158,15 +1156,13 @@ msgstr "" "``purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.CSV`` de algunas " "cotizaciones que puede importar, basado en datos de demostración." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:216 msgid "" ":download:`File for some Quotations " -"<../../_static/example_files/purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.csv>`." +"<files/purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.csv>`." msgstr "" -":download:`Archivo para algunas " -"cotizaciones<../../_static/example_files/purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.csv>`." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:218 msgid "" "The following CSV file shows how to import purchase orders with their " "respective purchase order lines:" @@ -1174,15 +1170,13 @@ msgstr "" "El siguiente archivo CSV muestra como importar pedidos de compra con sus " "respectivas líneas de pedido de compra:" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:221 msgid "" ":download:`Purchase orders with their respective purchase order lines " -"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_purchase_order_lines.csv>`." +"<files/o2m_purchase_order_lines.csv>`." msgstr "" -":download:`Órdenes de compra con sus respectivas líneas de orden de compra " -"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_purchase_order_lines.csv>`." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:223 msgid "" "The following CSV file shows how to import customers and their respective " "contacts:" @@ -1190,19 +1184,17 @@ msgstr "" "El siguiente archivo CSV muestra cómo importar clientes y sus respectivos " "contactos:" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:225 msgid "" ":download:`Customers and their respective contacts " -"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_customers_contacts.csv>`." +"<files/o2m_customers_contacts.csv>`." msgstr "" -":download:`Clientes y sus respectivos contactos " -"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_customers_contacts.csv>`." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:228 msgid "Can I import several times the same record?" msgstr "¿Se puede importar varias veces el mismo registro?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:230 msgid "" "If you import a file that contains one of the column \"External ID\" or " "\"Database ID\", records that have already been imported will be modified " @@ -1218,7 +1210,7 @@ msgstr "" "importaciones. Odoo se encargará de crear o modificar cada registro según " "sea nuevo o no." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:235 msgid "" "This feature allows you to use the Import/Export tool of Odoo to modify a " "batch of records in your favorite spreadsheet application." @@ -1227,11 +1219,11 @@ msgstr "" " de Odoo para modificar un lote de registros en su aplicación de hoja de " "cálculo favorita." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:239 msgid "What happens if I do not provide a value for a specific field?" msgstr "¿Qué sucede si no proporciono un valor para un campo específico?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:241 msgid "" "If you do not set all fields in your CSV file, Odoo will assign the default " "value for every non defined fields. But if you set fields with empty values " @@ -1243,12 +1235,12 @@ msgstr "" "establece campos con valores vacíos en su archivo CSV, Odoo establecerá el " "valor VACÍO en el campo, en lugar de asignar el valor por defecto." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:246 msgid "How to export/import different tables from an SQL application to Odoo?" msgstr "" "¿Cómo exportar / importar diferentes tablas desde una aplicación SQL a Odoo?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:251 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:248 msgid "" "If you need to import data from different tables, you will have to recreate " "relations between records belonging to different tables. (e.g. if you import" @@ -1260,7 +1252,7 @@ msgstr "" " si importa empresas y personas, tendrá que volver a crear el vínculo entre " "cada persona y la empresa para la que trabaja)." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:252 msgid "" "To manage relations between tables, you can use the \"External ID\" " "facilities of Odoo. The \"External ID\" of a record is the unique identifier" @@ -1276,22 +1268,16 @@ msgstr "" "práctica anteponer este \"ID externo\" al nombre de la aplicación o tabla. " "(como 'empresa_1', 'persona_1' en lugar de '1')" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:261 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:258 msgid "" "As an example, suppose you have a SQL database with two tables you want to " "import: companies and persons. Each person belong to one company, so you " "will have to recreate the link between a person and the company he work for." " (If you want to test this example, here is a :download:`dump of such a " -"PostgreSQL database <../../_static/example_files/database_import_test.sql>`)" +"PostgreSQL database <files/database_import_test.sql>`)" msgstr "" -"Como ejemplo, suponga que tiene una base de datos SQL con dos tablas que " -"desea importar: empresas y personas. Cada persona pertenece a una empresa, " -"por lo que tendrás que recrear el vínculo entre una persona y la empresa " -"para la que trabaja. (Si desea probar este ejemplo, aquí hay un: download: " -"`volcado de dicha base de datos PostgreSQL " -"<../../_static/example_files/database_import_test.sql>`)" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:263 msgid "" "We will first export all companies and their \"External ID\". In PSQL, write" " the following command:" @@ -1299,11 +1285,11 @@ msgstr "" "Se exportará primero todas las compañías y sus id. externos. En PSQL, " "escriba el siguiente comando:" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:269 msgid "This SQL command will create the following CSV file:" msgstr "Este comando SQL creará el siguiente archivo CSV:" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:278 msgid "" "To create the CSV file for persons, linked to companies, we will use the " "following SQL command in PSQL:" @@ -1311,11 +1297,11 @@ msgstr "" "Para crear un archivo CSV para personas, enlazadas a compañías, usaremos el " "siguiente comando SQL en PSQL:" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:284 msgid "It will produce the following CSV file:" msgstr "Producirá el siguiente archivo CSV:" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:297 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:294 msgid "" "As you can see in this file, Fabien and Laurence are working for the Bigees " "company (company_1) and Eric is working for the Organi company. The relation" @@ -1331,7 +1317,7 @@ msgstr "" "para evitar un conflicto de ID entre personas y empresas (person_1 y " "company_1 que compartían el mismo ID 1 en la base de datos original)." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:303 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:300 msgid "" "The two files produced are ready to be imported in Odoo without any " "modifications. After having imported these two CSV files, you will have 4 " @@ -1344,15 +1330,15 @@ msgstr "" "enlazados a la primer compañía). Debe importar primero las compañías y luego" " los contactos." -#: ../../general/calendars.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars.rst:3 msgid "Calendars" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:3 msgid "Synchronize Google Calendar with Odoo" msgstr "Sincroniza tu calendario Google con Odoo" -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo is perfectly integrated with Google Calendar so that you can see & " "manage your meetings from both platforms (updates go through both " @@ -1362,11 +1348,11 @@ msgstr "" " ver y administrar tus reuniones con ambas plataformas (las actualizaciones " "van a ambas direcciones)." -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:10 msgid "Setup in Google" msgstr "Configuración en Google" -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:11 msgid "" "Go to `Google APIs platform <https://console.developers.google.com>`__ to " "generate Google Calendar API credentials. Log in with your Google account." @@ -1375,19 +1361,19 @@ msgstr "" "<https://console.developers.google.com>`__ para generar las credenciales " "para la API de Google Calendar. Accede con tu cuenta de Google." -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:14 msgid "Go to the API & Services page." msgstr "Ve a la página API & Servicios." -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:19 msgid "Search for *Google Calendar API* and select it." msgstr "Busca por *Calendario API Google* y selecciónalo." -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:27 msgid "Enable the API." msgstr "Activa el API" -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:32 msgid "" "Select or create an API project to store the credentials if not yet done " "before. Give it an explicit name (e.g. Odoo Sync)." @@ -1395,11 +1381,11 @@ msgstr "" "Selecciona o crea un proyecto API para almacenar las credenciales si es que " "no lo hizo previamente. Nómbralo con un título específico (Ej. Odoo Sync)." -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:35 msgid "Create credentials." msgstr "Crea Credenciales" -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:40 msgid "" "Select *Web browser (Javascript)* as calling source and *User data* as kind " "of data." @@ -1407,7 +1393,7 @@ msgstr "" "Selecciona *Web browser (Javascript)* como fuente de llamada y *User data* " "como tipo de data." -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:46 msgid "" "Then you can create a Client ID. Enter the name of the application (e.g. " "Odoo Calendar) and the allowed pages on which you will be redirected. The " @@ -1416,7 +1402,7 @@ msgid "" "'/google_account/authentication'." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:55 msgid "" "Go through the Consent Screen step by entering a product name (e.g. Odoo " "Calendar). Feel free to check the customizations options but this is not " @@ -1424,29 +1410,29 @@ msgid "" " in Odoo for the first time." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:60 msgid "" "Finally you are provided with your **Client ID**. Go to *Credentials* to get" " the **Client Secret** as well. Both of them are required in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:67 msgid "Setup in Odoo" msgstr "Configuración en Odoo" -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:69 msgid "" "Install the **Google Calendar** App from the *Apps* menu or by checking the " "option in :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:75 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and enter your **Client" " ID** and **Client Secret** in Google Calendar option." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:81 msgid "" "The setup is now ready. Open your Odoo Calendar and sync with Google. The " "first time you do it you are redirected to Google to authorize the " @@ -1454,25 +1440,25 @@ msgid "" " whenever you want to synchronize your calendar." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:89 msgid "As of now you no longer have excuses to miss a meeting!" msgstr "¡A partir de ahora ya no tienes excusas para perderte una reunión!" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:3 msgid "Synchronization with Outlook's Calendar" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:5 msgid "" "Synchronizing your **main** Outlook Calendar with Odoo is useful to keep " "track of your tasks and appointments, and across all related applications." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:9 msgid "Register your application with the Microsoft identity platform" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:13 msgid "" "In order to be able to sync your Outlook Calendar with Odoo's Calendar, a " "Microsoft Azure account is needed. The creation of an account is free for " @@ -1480,7 +1466,7 @@ msgid "" "here <https://azure.microsoft.com/en-us/free/?WT.mc_id=A261C142F>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:15 msgid "" "Following, `Set up an Azure AD Tenant <https://docs.microsoft.com/en-" "us/azure/active-directory/develop/quickstart-create-new-tenant>`_, also " @@ -1488,69 +1474,69 @@ msgid "" "and register apps." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:17 msgid "" "Ultimately, `Register an Application <https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure" "/active-directory/develop/quickstart-register-app>`_, choosing the " "appropriate supported account type." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:20 msgid "When configuring your platform settings, choose *Web*." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:0 msgid "" "For the **Redirect URI restrictions**, copy your Odoo database URI followed " "by ``/microsoft_account/authentication``. Example:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:0 msgid "" "For more information on the restrictions and limitations of URIs, `check " "this page <https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/active-directory/develop" "/reply-url>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:37 msgid "" "Regarding credentials, you *must* **Add a client secret**, called *Client " "Secret* in Odoo, which allows Odoo to authenticate itself, requiring no " "interaction from your side. *Certificates* are optional." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:42 msgid "Configuration in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:44 msgid "Go to general *Settings* and activate the *Outlook Calendar* feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:50 msgid "" "From your Azure portal, under *Overview*, copy your *Application (client) " "ID*, and paste it to *Client ID* in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:57 msgid "" "Going back to your Azure portal, now under *Certificates & secrets*, copy " "your *Client Secret Value* and paste it to *Client Secret* in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:67 msgid "Sync with Outlook" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:0 msgid "" "Odoo Calendar sends a confirmation email at the creation of an event to its " "attendees. But, on the **first** sync, Outlook will also send confirmation " "emails of all scheduled events (including past ones)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:0 msgid "" "To avoid this situation, we recommend *archiving all past events, and " "removing yourself from future ones in Odoo Calendar before the first sync*. " @@ -1559,20 +1545,20 @@ msgid "" "sync, events will only send one confirmation email." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:82 msgid "" "Go to the *Calendar* application and *Sync with Outlook*. You are asked to " "log in to your account, if you are not already, and grant the required " "permissions." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:89 msgid "" "The synchronization is a two-way process, meaning that events are reconciled" " in both accounts (Outlook and Odoo)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:97 msgid "" "All users that want to use the synchronization simply need to :ref:`sync " "their calendar with Outlook <outlook_calendar/sync_with_outlook>`. The " @@ -1582,39 +1568,39 @@ msgid "" "external users." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:103 -msgid ":doc:`../../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension`" +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:103 +msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:104 msgid ":doc:`../google/google_calendar_credentials`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/developer_mode.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:3 msgid "Developer Mode" msgstr "Modo desarrollador" -#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:3 msgid "Activate the Developer (Debug) Mode" msgstr "Activar el modo de desarrollador (depuración)" -#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:5 msgid "" "The Developer or Debug Mode gives you access to extra and advanced tools." msgstr "" "El modo de desarrollador o de depuración le da acceso a herramientas " "adicionales y avanzadas." -#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:8 msgid "Through the Settings application" msgstr "A través de la aplicación Configuración" -#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:10 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Activate the developer mode`." msgstr "" "Vaya a :menuselection:`Configuración -> Activar el modo desarrollador`." -#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:17 msgid "" "*Activate the developer mode (with assets)* is used by developers; *Activate" " the developer mode (with tests assets)* is used by developers and testers." @@ -1623,7 +1609,7 @@ msgstr "" "desarrolladores; *Activar el modo de desarrollador (con activos de prueba)* " "es utilizado por desarrolladores y probadores." -#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:20 msgid "" "Once activated, the *Deactivate the developer mode* option becomes " "available." @@ -1631,11 +1617,11 @@ msgstr "" "Una vez activada, la opción *Desactivar el modo desarrollador* está " "disponible." -#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:23 msgid "Through a browser extension" msgstr "A través de una extensión de navegador" -#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:26 msgid "" "Go to the settings and extensions of your web browser, and search for *Odoo " "Debug*. Once the extension is installed, a new icon will be shown on your " @@ -1645,7 +1631,7 @@ msgstr "" "Debug*. Una vez instalada la extensión, se mostrará un nuevo icono en su " "barra de herramientas." -#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:28 msgid "" "For the *Odoo Debug* extension, a single click enables a normal version of " "the mode, while a double click enables it with assets. To deactivate it, use" @@ -1655,24 +1641,24 @@ msgstr "" " modo, mientras que un doble clic lo habilita con activos. Para " "desactivarlo, use un solo clic." -#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:35 msgid "Through the URL" msgstr "A través de la URL" -#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:37 msgid "In the URL add ``?debug=1`` or ``?debug=true`` after *web*." msgstr "En la URL, agregue ``?debug=1`` o ``?debug=true`` después de *web*." -#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:44 msgid "Developers: type ``?debug=assets`` and activate the mode with assets." msgstr "" "Desarrolladores: escriba ``?debug=assets`` y active el modo con assets." -#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:47 msgid "Locate the mode tools" msgstr "Localizar las herramientas de modo" -#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:49 msgid "" "The Developer mode tools can be accessed from the *Open Developer Tools* " "button, located on the header of your pages." @@ -1681,15 +1667,15 @@ msgstr "" " *Abrir herramientas de desarrollador*, ubicado en el encabezado de sus " "páginas." -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:3 msgid "In-App Purchase" msgstr "Compra dentro de Aplicaciones" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:3 msgid "General guide about In-App Purchase (IAP) Services" msgstr "Guía general sobre los servicios de compras integradas (IAP)" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:5 msgid "" "In-App Purchases (IAP) gives access to additional services through Odoo. For" " instance, it allows me to send SMS Text Messages or to send Invoices by " @@ -1699,11 +1685,11 @@ msgstr "" " a través de Odoo. Por ejemplo, me permite enviar mensajes de texto SMS o " "enviar facturas por correo directamente desde mi base de datos." -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:9 msgid "Buying Credits" msgstr "Compra de créditos" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:11 msgid "" "Each IAP Service relies on prepaid credits to work and has its own pricing. " "To consult my current balance or to recharge my account, go to " @@ -1713,7 +1699,7 @@ msgstr "" " propio precio. Para consultar mi saldo actual o recargar mi cuenta, vaya a " ":menuselection:`Configuración --> Odoo IAP --> Ver mis servicios`." -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:19 msgid "" "If I am on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, I benefit " "from free credits to test our IAP features." @@ -1721,30 +1707,24 @@ msgstr "" "Si estoy en Odoo Online (SAAS) y tengo la versión Enterprise, me beneficio " "de créditos gratuitos para probar nuestras funciones de IAP." -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:23 msgid "IAP accounts" msgstr "Cuentas IAP" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:25 msgid "" "Credits to use IAP services are stored on IAP accounts, which are specific " "to each service and database. By default, IAP accounts are common to all " "companies, but can be restricted to specific ones. Activate the " -":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, then go to " +":doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>`, then go to " ":menuselection:`Technical Settings --> IAP Account`." msgstr "" -"Los créditos para utilizar los servicios IAP se almacenan en cuentas IAP, " -"que son específicas de cada servicio y base de datos. De forma " -"predeterminada, las cuentas IAP son comunes a todas las empresas, pero " -"pueden restringirse a determinadas. Activa :doc:`Modo desarrollador <../../ " -"general/developer_mode/enable>`, luego vaya a :menuselection:`Configuración " -"técnica --> Cuenta IAP`." -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:34 msgid "IAP Portal" msgstr "Portal IAP" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:36 msgid "" "The IAP Portal is a platform regrouping my IAP Services. It is accessible " "from :menuselection:`Settings app --> Odoo IAP --> View my Services`. From " @@ -1757,11 +1737,11 @@ msgstr "" "créditos, revisar mi consumo y establecer un recordatorio para cuando los " "créditos estén bajos." -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:44 msgid "Get notified when credits are low" msgstr "Reciba notificaciones cuando los créditos estén bajos" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:46 msgid "" "To be notified when it’s time to recharge my credits, I’ll go to my IAP " "Portal through :menuselection:`Settings app --> Odoo IAP --> View my " @@ -1778,11 +1758,11 @@ msgstr "" " vez que se alcance el límite, se enviará un recordatorio automático por " "correo electrónico." -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:56 msgid "IAP services available" msgstr "Servicios IAP disponibles" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:58 msgid "" "Different services are available depending on the hosting type of your " "Database:" @@ -1790,7 +1770,7 @@ msgstr "" "Hay diferentes servicios disponibles según el tipo de alojamiento de su base" " de datos:" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:60 msgid "" "*Odoo Online (SAAS)*: only the IAP services provided by Odoo can be used " "(i.e. the SMS, Snailmail, Reveal and Partner Autocomplete features);" @@ -1799,7 +1779,7 @@ msgstr "" "proporcionados por Odoo (es decir, las funciones SMS, Snailmail, Reveal y " "Partner Autocomplete);" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:62 msgid "" "*Odoo.sh and Odoo Enterprise (on-premise)*: both the services provided by " "Odoo and by third-party apps can be used." @@ -1807,26 +1787,51 @@ msgstr "" "*Odoo.sh y Odoo Enterprise (en las instalaciones)*: se pueden utilizar tanto" " los servicios proporcionados por Odoo como por aplicaciones de terceros." -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:66 msgid "Offering my own services" msgstr "Ofreciendo mis propios servicios" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:68 msgid "" "I am more than welcome to offer my own IAP services through Odoo Apps! It is" " the perfect opportunity to get recurring revenue for an ongoing service use" " rather than — and possibly instead of — a sole initial purchase. Please, " -"find more information at: `In-App Purchase " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/14.0/webservices/iap.html>`_" +"find more information at: :doc:`In-App Purchase " +"</developer/webservices/iap>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies.rst:3 -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:2 -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/general/mobile.rst:4 +msgid "Mobile" +msgstr "Móvil" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/mobile.rst:7 +msgid "Push Notifications" +msgstr "Notificaciones automáticas" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/mobile.rst:9 +msgid "" +"As of Odoo 12.0, 13.0 or above, there is no more complex configuration to " +"enable push notifications in the mobile app." +msgstr "" +"Para Odoo 12.0, 13.0 o superior, no hay configuración más compleja que " +"configurar las notificaciones automáticas en la app móvil. " + +#: ../../content/applications/general/mobile.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Simply go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Odoo Cloud " +"Notification (OCN)` and make sure that **Push Notifications** is checked." +msgstr "" +"Simplemente tiene que ir a :menuselection`Settings--> General Settings -- > " +"Odoo Notificaciones en la nube (OCN)` y asegúrese que esté tildada la opción" +" de notificaciones automáticas." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:2 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:189 msgid "Multi Companies" msgstr "Multicompañía" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:4 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:4 msgid "" "A centralized management environment allows you to select multiple companies" " simultaneously and set their specific warehouses, customers, equipment, and" @@ -1840,11 +1845,11 @@ msgstr "" "sin cambiar de interfaz, lo que facilita las tareas diarias y el proceso de " "gestión general." -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:10 msgid "Manage companies and records" msgstr "Gestionar empresas y registros" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:12 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Manage Companies` and fill in the form " "with your company’s information. If a *Parent Company* is selected, records " @@ -1856,20 +1861,15 @@ msgstr "" "matriz*, los registros se comparten entre las dos empresas (siempre que " "ambos entornos estén activos)." -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:21 msgid "" -"Activate the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` " -"to choose a *Favicon* for each of your companies, and easily identify them " -"by the browser tabs. Set your favicons’ files size to 16x16 or 32x32 pixels." -" JPG, PNG, GIF, and ICO are extensions accepted." +"Activate the :doc:`Developer mode <../developer_mode/activate>` to choose a " +"*Favicon* for each of your companies, and easily identify them by the " +"browser tabs. Set your favicons’ files size to 16x16 or 32x32 pixels. JPG, " +"PNG, GIF, and ICO are extensions accepted." msgstr "" -"Active: doc:`Modo desarrollador <../../ general/developer_mode/enable>` para" -" elegir un *Favicon* para cada una de sus empresas, e identificarlas " -"fácilmente por las pestañas del navegador. Establezca el tamaño de los " -"archivos de sus favicons en 16 x 16 o 32 x 32 píxeles. Se aceptan " -"extensiones JPG, PNG, GIF e ICO." -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:30 msgid "" "Switch between or select multiple companies by enabling their selection " "boxes to activate them. The grayed company is the one which environment is " @@ -1883,7 +1883,7 @@ msgstr "" "siguiente ejemplo, el usuario tiene acceso a tres empresas, dos están " "activadas y el entorno en uso es *JS Store US*." -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:39 msgid "" "Data such as Products, Contacts, and Equipment can be shared or set to be " "shown for a specific company only. To do so, on their forms, choose between:" @@ -1892,31 +1892,27 @@ msgstr "" "configurar para que se muestren solo para una empresa específica. Para ello," " en sus formularios, elija entre:" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:42 msgid "*A blank field*: the record is shared within all companies." msgstr "*Un campo en blanco*: el registro se comparte con todas las empresas." -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:43 msgid "" "*Adding a company*: the record is visible to users logged in to that " -"specific company and its child companies." +"specific company." msgstr "" -"*Agregar una empresa*: el registro es visible para los usuarios conectados a" -" esa empresa específica y sus empresas secundarias." -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:50 msgid "Employees' access" msgstr "Acceso de empleados" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:52 msgid "" "Once companies are created, manage your employees' :doc:`Access Rights " -"<../odoo_basics/add_user>` for *Multi Companies*." +"<../odoo_basics/users>` for *Multi Companies*." msgstr "" -"Una vez creadas las empresas, gestione a sus empleados' :doc:ʻAccess Rights " -"<../odoo_basics/add_user>` para *Multi Companies*." -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:61 msgid "" "If a user has multiple companies *activated* on his database, and he is " "**editing** a record, the editing happens on the record's related company." @@ -1925,7 +1921,7 @@ msgstr "" "**editando** un registro, la edición se realiza en la empresa relacionada " "del registro." -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:64 msgid "" "Example: if editing a sale order issued under JS Store US while working on " "the JS Store Belgium environment, the changes are applied under JS Store US " @@ -1935,21 +1931,21 @@ msgstr "" "trabaja en el entorno de JS Store Belgium, los cambios se aplican en JS " "Store US (la empresa desde la que se emitió la orden de venta)." -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:65 msgid "When **creating** a record, the company taken into account is:" msgstr "Al **crear** un registro, la empresa que se tiene en cuenta es:" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:67 msgid "The current company (the one active) or," msgstr "La empresa actual (la activa) o," -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:68 msgid "No company is set (on products and contacts’ forms for example) or," msgstr "" "No se establece ninguna empresa (en formularios de productos y contactos, " "por ejemplo) o," -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:69 msgid "" "The company set is the one linked to the document (the same as if a record " "is being edited)." @@ -1957,11 +1953,11 @@ msgstr "" "El conjunto de empresa es el vinculado al documento (lo mismo que si se está" " editando un registro)." -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:72 msgid "Documents’ format" msgstr "Formato de los documentos" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:74 msgid "" "To set documents' formats according to each company, *activate* and *select*" " the respective one and, under *Settings*, click on *Configure Document " @@ -1971,59 +1967,48 @@ msgstr "" "y *seleccione* el respectivo y, en *Configuración*, haga clic en *Configurar" " diseño de documento*." -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:82 msgid "Inter-Company Transactions" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:84 msgid "" "First, make sure each one of your companies is properly set in relation to:" msgstr "" "Primero, asegúrese de que cada una de sus empresas esté debidamente " "configurada en relación con:" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:86 msgid "" ":doc:`Chart of Accounts " -"<../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts>`" +"<../../finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts>`" msgstr "" -": doc:`Plan de cuentas " -"<../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts>`" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:88 -msgid ":doc:`Taxes <../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes>`" -msgstr ":doc:`Impuestos <../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes>`" +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:87 +msgid ":doc:`Taxes <../../finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes>`" +msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:88 msgid "" -":doc:`Fiscal Positions <../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions>`" +":doc:`Fiscal Positions " +"<../../finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions>`" msgstr "" -":doc:`Posiciones Fiscales " -"<../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions>`" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:90 -msgid ":doc:`Journals <../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts>`" -msgstr ":doc:`Diarios <../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts>`" +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:89 +msgid ":doc:`Journals <../../finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts>`" +msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:90 msgid "" ":doc:`Fiscal Localizations " -"<../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>`" +"<../../finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>`" msgstr "" -":doc:`Localizaciones Fiscales " -"<../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>`" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:92 -msgid ":doc:`Pricelists <../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing>`" -msgstr ":doc:`Listas de precios <../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing>`" - -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:93 -msgid "" -":doc:`Warehouses <../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation>`" +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:91 +msgid ":doc:`Pricelists <../../sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing>`" msgstr "" -":doc:`Almacenes <../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation>`" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:93 msgid "" "Now, activate the *Inter-Company Transactions* option under *Settings*. With" " the respective company *activated* and *selected*, choose if you would like" @@ -2035,7 +2020,7 @@ msgstr "" "las operaciones entre empresas se sincronicen a nivel de factura/ facturas o" " a nivel de órdenes de compra / venta." -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:101 msgid "" "**Synchronize invoice/bills**: generates a bill/invoice when a company " "confirms a bill/invoice for the selected company." @@ -2043,7 +2028,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Sincronizar factura**: genera una factura cuando una empresa confirma una " "factura para la empresa seleccionada." -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:104 msgid "" "*Example:* an invoice posted on JS Store Belgium, for JS Store US, " "automatically creates a vendor bill on the JS Store US, from the JS Store " @@ -2053,7 +2038,7 @@ msgstr "" " automáticamente una factura de proveedor en JS Store US, desde JS Store " "Belgium." -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:111 msgid "" "**Synchronize sales/purchase order**: generates a drafted purchase/sales " "order using the selected company warehouse when a sales/purchase order is " @@ -2066,7 +2051,7 @@ msgstr "" " de una orden de compra / venta redactada prefiere que se valide, habilite " "*Validación automática*." -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:115 msgid "" "*Example:* when a sale order for JS Store US is confirmed on JS Store " "Belgium, a purchase order on JS Store Belgium is automatically created (and " @@ -2077,239 +2062,36 @@ msgstr "" "Belgium (y se confirma si la función *Validación automática* estaba " "habilitada)." -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:126 -msgid "Products have to be configured as *Can be sold*." -msgstr "Los productos deben configurarse como *Se pueden vender*." +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:124 +msgid "" +"Products have to be configured as *Can be sold* and must be shared between " +"the companies." +msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:127 msgid "" "Remember to test all workflows as an user other than the administrator." msgstr "" "Recuerde probar todos los flujos de trabajo como un usuario que no sea el " "administrador." -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:132 -msgid "" -"`Multi-company Guidelines " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/14.0/howtos/company.html>`_" +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:130 +msgid ":doc:`Multi-company Guidelines </developer/howtos/company>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:133 -msgid ":doc:`../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works`" +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:131 +msgid ":doc:`../../finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works`" +msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics.rst:3 msgid "Basics" msgstr "Básico" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:3 -msgid "Add Users and Manage Access Rights" -msgstr "Agregar usuarios y administrar derechos de acceso" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo defines a *user* as someone who has access to a database to perform " -"daily tasks. You can add as many users as you need and, in order to restrict" -" the type of information each user can access, rules can be applied. Users " -"and access rights can be added and changed at any point." -msgstr "" -"Odoo define un *usuario* como alguien que tiene acceso a una base de datos " -"para realizar tareas diarias. Puede agregar tantos usuarios como necesite y," -" para restringir el tipo de información a la que cada usuario puede acceder," -" se pueden aplicar reglas. Los usuarios y los derechos de acceso se pueden " -"agregar y cambiar en cualquier momento." - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:12 -msgid "Add individual users" -msgstr "Agregar usuarios individuales" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Manage Users` and click on *Create*." -msgstr "" -"Vaya a :menuselection:`Configuración --> Administrar usuarios` y haga clic " -"en *Crear*." - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Fill in the form with the needed information. Under the tab :ref:`Access " -"Rights <general/odoo_basics/add_user/access_rights>` choose the group within" -" each application the user can have access to." -msgstr "" -"Complete el formulario con la información necesaria. Debajo de la pestaña " -":ref:ʻPermisos de Acceso<general/odoo_basics/add_user/access_rights>` elija " -"el grupo dentro de cada aplicación al que el usuario puede tener acceso." - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:24 -msgid "" -"The list of applications shown is based on the applications installed on the" -" database." -msgstr "" -"La lista de aplicaciones que se muestra se basa en las aplicaciones " -"instaladas en la base de datos." - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:30 -msgid "" -"When you are done editing the page and have *Saved* it, an invitation email " -"is automatically sent to the user. The user must click on it to accept the " -"invitation and create a login." -msgstr "" -"Cuando haya terminado de editar la página y la haya *Guardado*, se envía " -"automáticamente un correo electrónico de invitación al usuario. El usuario " -"debe hacer clic en él para aceptar la invitación y crear un inicio de " -"sesión." - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Remember that subscription prices follow the number of users. Refer to our " -"`pricing page <https://www.odoo.com/pricing>`_ for more information." -msgstr "" -"Recuerde que los precios de suscripción siguen el número de usuarios. " -"Consulte nuestra `página de precios <https://www.odoo.com/pricing>`_ para " -"obtener más información." - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:42 -msgid "" -"With the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` " -"activated, *User Types* can be selected." -msgstr "" -"Con: doc:`Modo desarrollador <../../general/developer_mode/enable>` " -"activado, se pueden seleccionar *Tipos de usuario*." - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:50 -msgid "" -"The *Portal* and *Public* options do not allow you to choose access rights. " -"Members have specific ones (such as record rules and restricted menus) and " -"usually do not belong to the usual Odoo groups." -msgstr "" -"Las opciones *Portal* y *Público* no le permiten elegir derechos de acceso. " -"Los miembros tienen reglas específicas (como reglas de registro y menús " -"restringidos) y generalmente no pertenecen a los grupos habituales de Odoo." - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:57 -msgid "Access Rights in detail" -msgstr "Derechos de acceso en detalle" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:59 -msgid "" -"Activate the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, " -"then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Groups`." -msgstr "" -"Active :doc:`Modo desarrollador <../../general/developer_mode/enable>`, " -"luego vaya a :menuselection:`Configuración --> Usuarios y empresas --> " -"Grupos`." - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:63 -msgid "Groups" -msgstr "Grupos" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:68 -msgid "" -"When choosing the groups the user can have access under :ref:`Access Rights " -"<general/odoo_basics/add_individual_user>`, details of the rules and " -"inheritances of that group are not shown, so this is when the menu *Groups* " -"comes along. *Groups* are created to define rules to models within an " -"application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Under *Users*, have a list of the current ones. The ones with administrative" -" rights are shown in black." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:76 -msgid "" -"*Inherited* means that users added to this application group are " -"automatically added to the following ones. In the example below, users who " -"have access to the group *Administrator* of *Sales* also have access to " -"*Website/Restricted Editor* and *Sales/User: All Documents*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:86 -msgid "" -"Remember to always test the settings being changed in order to ensure that " -"they are being applied to the needed and right users." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:89 -msgid "" -"The *Menus* tab is where you define which menus (models) the user can have " -"access to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:96 -msgid "" -"*Access Rights* rules are the first level of rights. The field is composed " -"of the object name, which is the technical name given to a model. For each " -"model, enable the following options as appropriate:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:99 -msgid "*Read*: the values of that object can be only seen by the user." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:100 -msgid "*Write*: the values of that object can be edited by the user." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:101 -msgid "*Create*: values for that object can be created by the user." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:102 -msgid "*Delete*: the values of that object can be deleted by the user." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:109 -msgid "" -"As a second layer of editing and visibility rules, *Record Rules* can be " -"formed. They overwrite, or refine, the *Access Rights*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:112 -msgid "" -"A record rule is written using a *Domain*. Domains are conditions used to " -"filter or searching data. Therefore, a domain expression is a list of " -"conditions. For each rule, choose among the following options: *Read*, " -"*Write*, *Create* and *Delete* values." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:119 -msgid "" -"Making changes in access rights can have a big impact on the database. For " -"this reason, we recommend you to contact your Odoo Business Analyst or our " -"Support Team, unless you have knowledge about Domains in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:126 -msgid "" -"The *Multi Companies* field allows you to set to which of the multiple " -"companies database you hold the user can have access." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:130 -msgid "" -"Note that if not handled correctly, it may be the source of a lot of " -"inconsistent multi-company behaviors. Therefore, a good knowledge of Odoo is" -" required. For technical explanations refer to `this " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/14.0/howtos/company.html>`_ " -"documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:140 -msgid ":doc:`../multi_companies/manage_multi_companies`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:141 -msgid ":doc:`../../db_management/documentation`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../db_management/documentation`" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:3 msgid "Manage Odoo in your own language" msgstr "Gestione Odoo en su propio lenguaje" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo provides you with the option to manage Odoo in different languages, and" " each user can use Odoo in his own language ." @@ -2317,18 +2099,18 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo le provee la opción de gestrionar Odoo en diferentes lenguajes, y cada " "usuario puede usar Odoo en su propio lenguaje." -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:9 msgid "Load your desired language" msgstr "Cargue su lenguaje deseado" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:11 msgid "" "The first thing to do is to load your desired language on your Odoo " "instance." msgstr "" "Lo primero por hacer es cargar su lenguaje deseado en la instancia Odoo." -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:14 msgid "" "From the general dashboard click on the **Settings** app; on the top left of" " the page select :menuselection:`Translations --> Load a Translation`, " @@ -2339,7 +2121,7 @@ msgstr "" "Cargar una Traducción`, seleccionar un lenguaje a instalar y clic en " "**CARGAR.**" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:23 msgid "" "If you check the \"Websites to translate\" checkbox you will have the option" " to change the navigation language on your website." @@ -2347,11 +2129,11 @@ msgstr "" "Si selecciona los \"Sitios web a traducir\" tendrá la opción de cambiar el " "lenguaje de navenagción en su sitio web." -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:27 msgid "Change your language" msgstr "Modificar su lenguaje" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:29 msgid "" "You can change the language to the installed language by going to the drop-" "down menu at the top right side of the screen, choose **Preferences**." @@ -2359,7 +2141,7 @@ msgstr "" "Puedes cambiar el lenguaje instalado yendo al menú desplegable en la esquina" " superior derecha de tu pantalla, elige **Preferencias**." -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:36 msgid "" "Then change the Language setting to your installed language and click " "**SAVE.**" @@ -2367,15 +2149,15 @@ msgstr "" "Después change la configuración Lenguaje a tu lenguaje instalado y haz clic " "en **GUARDAR.**" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:42 msgid "Open a new menu to view the changes." msgstr "Abre un nuuevo menú para ver los cambios." -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:45 msgid "Change another user's language" msgstr "Cambiar el lenguaje de otro usuario" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:47 msgid "" "Odoo also gives you the possibility for each user to choose his preferred " "language." @@ -2383,7 +2165,7 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo también le da la posibilidad de que cada usuario elija su lenguaje de " "preferencial." -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:50 msgid "" "To change the language for a different user, choose :menuselection:`Users " "--> Users` from the Settings app. Here you have a list of all users and you " @@ -2399,15 +2181,15 @@ msgstr "" "ezquina superior izquierda. Bajo Preferencias puedes cambair el Lenguaje a " "cualquier lenguaje instalado previamenre y hacer clic en **SAVE.**" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:61 -msgid ":doc:`../../website/publish/translate`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../website/publish/translate`" +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:61 +msgid ":doc:`../../websites/website/publish/translate`" +msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:3 msgid "Export Data From Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:5 msgid "" "When working with a database, it sometimes is necessary to export your data " "in a distinct file. Doing so can help to do reporting over your activities " @@ -2415,21 +2197,21 @@ msgid "" "application)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:9 msgid "" "With Odoo, you can export the values from any field in any record. To do so," " activate the list view on the items that need to be exported, click on " "*Action*, and, then, on *Export*." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:17 msgid "" "Pretty simple, this action still comes with some specificities. In fact, " "when clicking on *Export*, a pop-up window appears with several options for " "the data to export:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:25 msgid "" "With the *I want to update data* option ticked, the system only shows the " "fields which can be imported. This is very helpful in case you want to " @@ -2438,14 +2220,14 @@ msgid "" "not just the ones which can be imported." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:31 msgid "" "When exporting, you can choose between two formats: .csv and .xls. With " ".csv, items are separated with a comma, while .xls holds information about " "all the worksheets in a file, including both content and formatting." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:34 msgid "" "Those are the items you may want to export. Use the arrows to display more " "sub-field options. Of course, you can use the search bar to find specific " @@ -2453,22 +2235,22 @@ msgid "" "the fields by clicking on all the arrows!" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:39 msgid "The + button is there to add fields to the “to export” list." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:40 msgid "" "The “handles” next to the selected fields allow you to move the fields up " "and down to change the order in which they must be displayed in the exported" " file." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:43 msgid "The trashcan is there if you need to remove fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:44 msgid "" "For recurring reports, it might be interesting to save export presets. " "Select all the needed ones and click on the template bar. There, click on " @@ -2476,65 +2258,333 @@ msgid "" "the same list, simply select the related template." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:51 msgid "" "It’s good to keep the field’s external identifier in mind. For example, " "*Related Company* is equal to *parent_id*. Doing so helps export only what " "you would like to import next." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers.rst:3 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:3 +msgid "Users and Access Rights" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo defines a *user* as someone who has access to a database to perform " +"daily tasks. You can add as many users as you need and, in order to restrict" +" the type of information each user can access, rules can be applied. Users " +"and access rights can be added and changed at any point." +msgstr "" +"Odoo define un *usuario* como alguien que tiene acceso a una base de datos " +"para realizar tareas diarias. Puede agregar tantos usuarios como necesite y," +" para restringir el tipo de información a la que cada usuario puede acceder," +" se pueden aplicar reglas. Los usuarios y los derechos de acceso se pueden " +"agregar y cambiar en cualquier momento." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:12 +msgid "Add individual users" +msgstr "Agregar usuarios individuales" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Manage Users` and click on *Create*." +msgstr "" +"Vaya a :menuselection:`Configuración --> Administrar usuarios` y haga clic " +"en *Crear*." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Fill in the form with the needed information. Under the tab :ref:`Access " +"Rights <general/odoo_basics/users/access_rights>` choose the group within " +"each application the user can have access to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The list of applications shown is based on the applications installed on the" +" database." +msgstr "" +"La lista de aplicaciones que se muestra se basa en las aplicaciones " +"instaladas en la base de datos." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:30 +msgid "" +"When you are done editing the page and have *Saved* it, an invitation email " +"is automatically sent to the user. The user must click on it to accept the " +"invitation and create a login." +msgstr "" +"Cuando haya terminado de editar la página y la haya *Guardado*, se envía " +"automáticamente un correo electrónico de invitación al usuario. El usuario " +"debe hacer clic en él para aceptar la invitación y crear un inicio de " +"sesión." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Remember that subscription prices follow the number of users. Refer to our " +"`pricing page <https://www.odoo.com/pricing>`_ for more information." +msgstr "" +"Recuerde que los precios de suscripción siguen el número de usuarios. " +"Consulte nuestra `página de precios <https://www.odoo.com/pricing>`_ para " +"obtener más información." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:42 +msgid "" +"With the :doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>` " +"activated, *User Types* can be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The *Portal* and *Public* options do not allow you to choose access rights. " +"Members have specific ones (such as record rules and restricted menus) and " +"usually do not belong to the usual Odoo groups." +msgstr "" +"Las opciones *Portal* y *Público* no le permiten elegir derechos de acceso. " +"Los miembros tienen reglas específicas (como reglas de registro y menús " +"restringidos) y generalmente no pertenecen a los grupos habituales de Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:57 +msgid "Passwords management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:62 +msgid "Reset passwords" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:67 +msgid "Enable password resets from login page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:69 +msgid "It is possible to enable password resets directly from the login page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:71 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Permissions`, activate " +"**Password Reset** and *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:80 +msgid "Send reset instructions to users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Users`, select the " +"user out of the list and click on *Send Password Reset Instructions* on its " +"user form. An email is automatically sent to them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:87 +msgid "" +"The *Send Password Reset Instructions* button only appears if the Odoo " +"invitation email has already been confirmed by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:90 +msgid "" +"This email contains all the instructions needed to reset the password, along" +" with a link redirecting the user to an Odoo login page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:100 +msgid "Change users’ passwords" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Users` and select " +"a user to access its form. Click on the *Action* button and select *Change " +"Password*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:109 +msgid "Enter a new password and confirm by clicking on *Change Password*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:112 +msgid "" +"This operation only modifies the password of the users locally and does not " +"affect their odoo.com account. If you want to change the odoo.com password, " +"you can :ref:`send the password reset instructions <users/reset-password-" +"email>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Click on *Change Password* one more time. You are then redirected to an Odoo" +" login page where you can reaccess your database using your new password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:122 +msgid "Access Rights in detail" +msgstr "Derechos de acceso en detalle" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:124 +msgid "" +"Activate the :doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>`, " +"then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Groups`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:128 +msgid "Groups" +msgstr "Grupos" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:133 +msgid "" +"When choosing the groups the user can have access under :ref:`Access Rights " +"<general/odoo_basics/add_individual_user>`, details of the rules and " +"inheritances of that group are not shown, so this is when the menu *Groups* " +"comes along. *Groups* are created to define rules to models within an " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Under *Users*, have a list of the current ones. The ones with administrative" +" rights are shown in black." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:141 +msgid "" +"*Inherited* means that users added to this application group are " +"automatically added to the following ones. In the example below, users who " +"have access to the group *Administrator* of *Sales* also have access to " +"*Website/Restricted Editor* and *Sales/User: All Documents*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Remember to always test the settings being changed in order to ensure that " +"they are being applied to the needed and right users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:154 +msgid "" +"The *Menus* tab is where you define which menus (models) the user can have " +"access to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:161 +msgid "" +"*Access Rights* rules are the first level of rights. The field is composed " +"of the object name, which is the technical name given to a model. For each " +"model, enable the following options as appropriate:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:164 +msgid "*Read*: the values of that object can be only seen by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:165 +msgid "*Write*: the values of that object can be edited by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:166 +msgid "*Create*: values for that object can be created by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:167 +msgid "*Delete*: the values of that object can be deleted by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:174 +msgid "" +"As a second layer of editing and visibility rules, *Record Rules* can be " +"formed. They overwrite, or refine, the *Access Rights*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:177 +msgid "" +"A record rule is written using a *Domain*. Domains are conditions used to " +"filter or searching data. Therefore, a domain expression is a list of " +"conditions. For each rule, choose among the following options: *Read*, " +"*Write*, *Create* and *Delete* values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:184 +msgid "" +"Making changes in access rights can have a big impact on the database. For " +"this reason, we recommend you to contact your Odoo Business Analyst or our " +"Support Team, unless you have knowledge about Domains in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:191 +msgid "" +"The *Multi Companies* field allows you to set to which of the multiple " +"companies database you hold the user can have access." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:195 +msgid "" +"Note that if not handled correctly, it may be the source of a lot of " +"inconsistent multi-company behaviors. Therefore, a good knowledge of Odoo is" +" required. For technical explanations refer to :doc:`this " +"</developer/howtos/company>` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:205 +msgid ":doc:`../multi_companies/manage_multi_companies`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:206 +msgid ":doc:`../../settings/users_and_features`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:27 msgid "Payment Acquirers" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:3 msgid "Authorize.Net" msgstr "Authorize.Net" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:5 msgid "" "`Authorize.Net <https://www.authorize.net>`__ is a United States-based " "online payment solution provider, allowing businesses to accept **credit " "cards**." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:12 msgid "" "This Payment Acquirer offers additional options that are not available for " "other :doc:`Payment Acquirers <payment_acquirers>`, such as the ability to " "process your customer's payment after delivery." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:17 msgid "Authorize.Net account" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:19 msgid "" "If not done yet, choose a plan and `Sign Up for an Authorize.Net account " "<https://www.authorize.net/sign-up.html>`__." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:22 msgid "" "Odoo needs your **API Credentials & Keys** to connect with your " "Authorize.Net account, which comprise:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:25 msgid "API Login ID" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:26 msgid "Transaction Key" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:27 msgid "Signature Key" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:29 msgid "" "To retrieve them, log into your Authorize.Net account, go to " ":menuselection:`Account --> Security Settings --> General Security Settings " @@ -2542,19 +2592,19 @@ msgid "" "**Signature Key**." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:39 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:114 msgid "" "`Authorize.Net: Getting Started Guide " "<https://support.authorize.net/s/article/Authorize-Net-Getting-Started-" "Guide>`__" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:43 msgid "Payment Acquirer Configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:45 msgid "" "To configure Authorize.Net as Payment Acquirer in Odoo, go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Acquirers`, open " @@ -2562,43 +2612,43 @@ msgid "" "click on *Save* once you've set everything up." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:50 msgid "" "Please refer to the :doc:`Payment Acquirers documentation " "<payment_acquirers>` to read how to configure this payment acquirer." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:54 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:133 msgid "Credentials" msgstr "Credenciales" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:56 msgid "" "Copy your credentials from your Authorize.Net account (API Login Id, API " "Transaction Key, and API Signature Key), paste them in the related fields " "under the **Credentials** tab, then click on **Generate Client Key**." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:61 msgid "" "The **API Client Key** is necessary only if you select *Payment from Odoo* " "option as :ref:`Payment Flow <payment_acquirers/payment_flow>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:65 msgid "" "If you are trying Authorize.Net as a test, with a *sandbox account*, change " "the **State** to *Test Mode*. We recommend doing this on a test Odoo " "database, rather than on your main database." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:69 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:151 msgid "Payment Flow" msgstr "Flujo de pago" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:71 msgid "" "The **Payment Flow** lets you decide if to redirect the user to the payment " "acquirer's portal to authenticate the payment, or if to stay on the current " @@ -2606,69 +2656,69 @@ msgid "" "**Configuration** tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:75 msgid "" "If you select *Redirection to the acquirer website*, make sure you add a " "**Default Receipt URL** and a **Default Relay Response URL** to your " "Authorize.net account." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:78 msgid "" "To do so, log into your Authorize.Net account, go to :menuselection:`Account" " --> Transaction Format Settings --> Transaction Response Settings --> " "Response/Receipt URLs`, and set the default links:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 msgid "Default Receipt URL:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 msgid "*https://[yourcompany.odoo.com]*/**payment/authorize/return**" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 msgid "Default Relay Response URL:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 msgid "*https://[yourcompany.odoo.com]*/**shop/confirmation**" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 msgid "Failing to complete this step results in the following error:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 msgid "*The referrer, relay response or receipt link URL is invalid.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:91 msgid "Capture the payment after the delivery" msgstr "Recibe el pago después de la entrega" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:93 msgid "" "The **Capture Amount Manually** field is under the **Configuration** tab. If" " enabled, the funds are reserved for 30 days on the customer's card, but not" " charged yet." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:100 msgid "" "To capture the payment, go to the related Sales Order and click on *Capture " "Transaction*. If the order is canceled, you can click on *Void Transaction* " "to unlock the funds from the customer's card." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:108 msgid "" "After **30 days**, the transaction is **voided automatically** by " "Authorize.net." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:111 msgid "" "With other payment acquirers, you can manage the capture in their own " "interfaces, not from Odoo." @@ -2676,21 +2726,21 @@ msgstr "" "Con otros adquirentes de pagos, puede administrar la captura en sus propias " "interfaces, no desde Odoo." -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:116 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:206 msgid ":doc:`payment_acquirers`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:117 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:207 -msgid ":doc:`../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer`" +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:207 +msgid ":doc:`../../websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:3 msgid "Payment Acquirers (Credit Cards, Online Payment)" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo embeds several **payment methods** that allow your customers to pay on " "their *Customer Portals* or your *eCommerce website*. They can pay Sales " @@ -2699,14 +2749,14 @@ msgid "" "accept **Credit Cards**." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:10 msgid "" "Having several payment methods increases the chances of getting paid in " "time, or even immediately, as you make it more convenient for your customers" " to pay with the payment method they prefer and trust." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:19 msgid "" "Odoo does not keep Credit Card numbers or credentials on its servers, nor is" " it stored on Odoo databases hosted elsewhere. Instead, Odoo apps use a " @@ -2715,7 +2765,7 @@ msgid "" "credentials for the payment acquirer." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:29 msgid "" "From an accounting perspective, we can distinguish two types of payment " "acquirers: the payments that go directly on the bank account and follow the " @@ -2723,131 +2773,131 @@ msgid "" "party services and require you to follow another accounting workflow." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:36 msgid "Bank Payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 msgid ":doc:`Wire Transfer <wire_transfer>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 msgid "" "When selected, Odoo displays your payment information with a payment " "reference. You have to approve the payment manually once you have received " "it on your bank account." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 msgid "SEPA Direct Debit" msgstr "Adeudo directo SEPA" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 msgid "" "Your customers can sign a SEPA Direct Debit mandate online and get their " "bank account charged directly. :doc:`Click here " -"<../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd>` for more " -"information about this payment method." +"<../../finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd>` for more" +" information about this payment method." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:49 msgid "Online Payment Providers" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 msgid "Redirection to the acquirer website" msgstr "Redirección al sitio web del medio de pago" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 msgid "Payment from Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 msgid "Save Cards" msgstr "Guardar las tarjetas" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 msgid "Capture Amount Manually" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:55 msgid "Adyen" msgstr "Adyen" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:55 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:57 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:61 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:65 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:67 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:69 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 msgid "✔" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:57 msgid "Alipay" msgstr "Alipay" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 msgid ":doc:`Authorize.Net <authorize>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:61 msgid "Buckaroo" msgstr "Buckaroo" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 msgid "Ingenico" msgstr "Ingenico" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:65 msgid ":doc:`PayPal <paypal>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:67 msgid "PayUMoney" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:69 msgid "SIPS" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:3 msgid "Stripe" msgstr "Stripe" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:75 msgid "" "Some of these Online Payment Providers can also be added as :doc:`Bank " -"Accounts <../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts>`, but this is **not** " -"the same process as adding them as Payment Acquirers. Payment Acquirers " -"allow customers to pay online, and Bank Accounts are added and configured on" -" your Accounting app to do a bank reconciliation, which is an accounting " -"control process." +"Accounts <../../finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts>`, but this is " +"**not** the same process as adding them as Payment Acquirers. Payment " +"Acquirers allow customers to pay online, and Bank Accounts are added and " +"configured on your Accounting app to do a bank reconciliation, which is an " +"accounting control process." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:86 msgid "" "Some of the features described in this section are available only with some " "Payment Acquirers. Refer to :ref:`the table above " "<payment_acquirers/online_providers>` for more details." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:92 msgid "Add a new Payment Acquirer" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:94 msgid "" "To add a new Payment acquirer and make it available to your customers, go to" " :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Acquirers`, look " @@ -2856,7 +2906,7 @@ msgid "" "*Enabled*." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:104 msgid "" "We recommend using the *Test Mode* on a duplicated database or a test " "database. The Test Mode is meant to be used with your test/sandbox " @@ -2866,11 +2916,11 @@ msgid "" "your main database." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:112 msgid "Credentials tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:114 msgid "" "If not done yet, go to the **Online Payment Provider**'s website, create an " "account, and make sure to have the credentials required for third-party use." @@ -2878,28 +2928,28 @@ msgid "" "and get the confirmation of the *payment authentication*." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:118 msgid "" "The form in this section is specific to the Payment Acquirer you are " "configuring. Please refer to the related documentation for more information." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:124 msgid "Configuration tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:126 msgid "" "You can change the Payment Acquirer front-end appearance by modifying its " "name under the **Displayed as** field and which credit card icons to display" " under the **Supported Payment Icons** field." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:132 msgid "Save and reuse Credit Cards" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:134 msgid "" "With the **Save Cards** feature, Odoo can store **Payment Tokens** in your " "database, which can be used for subsequent payments, without having to " @@ -2907,11 +2957,11 @@ msgid "" "recurring payments." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:141 msgid "Place a hold on a card" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:143 msgid "" "If the **Capture Amount Manually** field is enabled, the funds are reserved " "for a few days on the customer's card, but not charged yet. You must then go" @@ -2920,40 +2970,40 @@ msgid "" "the customer's card." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:153 msgid "" "Choose in the **Payment Flow** field if to redirect the user to the payment " "acquirer's portal to authenticate the payment, or if to stay on the current " "page and authenticate the payment from Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:157 msgid "" "Some features are available only if you select *Redirection to the acquirer " "website*." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:162 msgid "Countries" msgstr "Países" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:164 msgid "" "Restrict the use of the Payment Acquirer to a selection of countries. Leave " "this field blank to make the Payment Acquirer available to all countries." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:170 msgid "Payment Journal" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:172 msgid "" "The **Payment Journal** selected for your Payment Acquirer must be a *Bank* " "journal." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:175 msgid "" "In many cases, Odoo automatically creates a new **Journal** and a new " "**Account** when you activate a new Payment Acquirer. Both of them are " @@ -2962,21 +3012,21 @@ msgid "" " them if necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:183 msgid "Messages tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:185 msgid "" "Change here the messages displayed by Odoo after a payment's confirmation or" " failure." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:190 msgid "Accounting perspective" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:192 msgid "" "The **Bank Payments** that go directly to one of your bank accounts follow " "their usual reconciliation workflows. However, payments recorded with " @@ -2985,7 +3035,7 @@ msgid "" "advice." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:197 msgid "" "Odoo default method is to record the payments on a *Current Assets Account*," " on a dedicated *Bank Journal*, once the *Payment Authentication* is " @@ -2993,76 +3043,77 @@ msgid "" " to your *Bank Account*." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:201 msgid "Here are the requirements for this to work:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:203 msgid "Bank Journal" msgstr "Diario del banco" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:205 msgid "The Journal's **type** must be *Bank Journal*." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:206 msgid "" "Select the right **Default Debit Account** and **Default Credit Account**." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 msgid "" "Under the *Advanced Settings* tab, make sure that **Posting** is set as " "*Post At Payment Validation*." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 msgid "" "This implies that the Journal Entry is recorded directly when your Odoo " "database receives the confirmation of the *Payment Authentication* from the " "Online Payment Provider." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:212 msgid "Current Asset Account" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:214 msgid "The Account's **type** is *Current Assets*" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:215 msgid "The Account must **Allow Reconciliation**" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:218 msgid "" "In many cases, Odoo automatically creates a new **Journal** and a new " "**Current Asset Account** when you activate a new Payment Acquirer. You can " "modify them if necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:223 -msgid ":doc:`../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording`" +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:223 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:224 msgid ":doc:`wire_transfer`" msgstr ":doc:`wire_transfer`" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:225 msgid ":doc:`authorize`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:226 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:226 msgid ":doc:`paypal`" msgstr ":doc:`paypal`" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:3 msgid "Configure your Paypal account" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:5 msgid "" "Paypal is available and popular worldwide. It doesn’t charge any " "subscription fee and creating an account is very easy. That’s why we " @@ -3070,11 +3121,11 @@ msgid "" "where the customer is routed to Paypal website to register the payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:12 msgid "Paypal account" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:14 msgid "" "A business account is needed to get paid with Paypal. Create a `Paypal " "Business Account <https://www.paypal.com/us/merchantsignup/ " @@ -3084,27 +3135,27 @@ msgid "" "configuration steps." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:23 msgid "Settings in Paypal" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:26 msgid "" "First, let’s see how to set up your Paypal account in order to build a " "seamless customer experience with Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:28 msgid "" "Log in and open the settings. Go to :menuselection:`Products & Services --> " "Website payments` and click **Update** on **Website preferences**." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:34 msgid "Auto Return" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:36 msgid "" "*Auto Return* automatically redirects your customers to Odoo once the " "payment is processed. Check *Auto Return* and enter your domain name with " @@ -3112,18 +3163,18 @@ msgid "" "``https://yourcompany.odoo.com/shop/confirmation``)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:41 msgid "" "This URL is requested in Paypal but not used in practice as Odoo transmits " "it at each transaction. Don’t worry if you manage several sales channels or " "Odoo databases." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:49 msgid "Payment Data Transfer (PDT)" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:51 msgid "" "*Payment Data Transfer* delivers the payment confirmation to Odoo as soon as" " it is processed. Without it, Odoo cannot end the sales flow. This setting " @@ -3131,22 +3182,22 @@ msgid "" "You will be later requested to enter it in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:59 msgid "Paypal Account Optional" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:61 msgid "" "We advise you to not prompt customers to log in with a Paypal account when " "they get to pay. Let them pay with debit/credit cards as well, or you might " "lose some deals. Make sure this setting is turned on." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:68 msgid "Instant Payment Notification (IPN)" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:70 msgid "" "PDT sends order confirmations once and only once. As a result, your site " "must be running when it happens; otherwise, it will never receive the " @@ -3156,51 +3207,51 @@ msgid "" "receipt." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:77 msgid "" "To activate IPN, get back to *Website payments* menu and click *Update* in " "*Instant Payment Notification*." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:79 msgid "" "The *Notification URL* to set is your domain name + “payment/paypal/ipn” " "(e.g. ``https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/paypal/ipn``)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:85 msgid "Payment Messages Format" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:87 msgid "" "If you use accented characters (or anything else than basic Latin " "characters) for your customer names, addresses... you MUST configure the " "encoding format of the payment request sent by Odoo to Paypal." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:93 msgid "" "If you don't configure this setting, some transactions fail without notice." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:95 msgid "To do so, open:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:97 msgid "" "`this page for a test account <https://sandbox.paypal.com/cgi-" "bin/customerprofileweb?cmd=_profile-language-encoding>`__" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:99 msgid "" "`this page for a production account <https://www.paypal.com/cgi-" "bin/customerprofileweb?cmd=_profile-language-encoding>`__" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:101 msgid "" "Then, click *More Options* and set the two default encoding formats as " "**UTF-8**." @@ -3208,17 +3259,17 @@ msgstr "" "A continuación, haz clic en *Más opciones* y establece los dos formatos de " "codificación predeterminados como **UTF-8**." -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:109 msgid "Your Paypal account is ready!" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:112 msgid "" "If you want your customers to pay without creating a Paypal account, *Paypal" " Account Optional* needs to be turned on." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:118 msgid "" "For Encrypted Website Payments & EWP_SETTINGS error, please check the " "`Paypal documentation <https://developer.paypal.com/docs/ classic/paypal-" @@ -3226,82 +3277,82 @@ msgid "" "website-payments-ewp>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:124 msgid "Settings in Odoo" msgstr "Configuraciones en Odoo" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:127 msgid "Activation" msgstr "Activación" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:129 msgid "" "Activate *Paypal* from the config bar of Sales, Invoicing and eCommerce " "apps, or from the configuration menu of *Payment Acquirers*." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:135 msgid "Odoo requires three Paypal credentials:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:137 msgid "*Email ID* is your login email address in Paypal." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:138 msgid "" "*Merchant ID* can be found in the settings of your Paypal account, in " ":menuselection:`Account Settings --> Business information`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:140 msgid "" "*Paypal PDT Token* is given in *Website payments* configuration as explained" " here above." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:146 msgid "Transaction fees" msgstr "Comisiones por transacción" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:148 msgid "" "You can charge extra fees to your customers for paying with Paypal; This to " "cover the transaction fees Paypal charges you. Once redirected to Paypal, " "your customer sees an extra applied to the order amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:151 msgid "" "To activate this, go to the Configuration tab of Paypal configuration in " "Odoo and check *Add Extra Fees*." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:157 msgid "" "You can refer to `Paypal Fees <https://www.paypal.com/webapps/mpp/paypal-" "fees>`__ to set up fees." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:161 msgid "" "`Traders in the EU <https://europa.eu/youreurope/citizens/consumers/shopping" "/pricing-payments/ index_en.htm>`_ are not allowed to charge extra fees for " "paying with credit cards." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:165 msgid "Go live!" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:167 msgid "" "Your configuration is ready to roll. Make sure *Production* mode is on. Then" " publish the payment method by clicking the *Published* button right next to" " it." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:176 msgid "" "Paypal is now available in your payment form available in eCommerce, Sales " "and Invoicing apps. Customers are redirected to Paypal website when hitting " @@ -3309,40 +3360,40 @@ msgid "" "processed." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:185 msgid "Test environment" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:187 msgid "" "You can test the entire payment flow in Odoo thanks to Paypal Sandbox " "accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:189 msgid "" "Log in to `Paypal Developer Site <https://developer.paypal.com/>`__ with " "your Paypal credentials." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:191 msgid "This will create two sandbox accounts:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:193 msgid "" "A business account (to use as merchant, e.g. " "`pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com " "<mailto:pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com>`__)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:195 msgid "" "A default personal account (to use as shopper, e.g. " "`pp.merch01-buyer@example.com <mailto:pp.merch01-buyer@example.com>`__)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:197 msgid "" "Log in to Paypal Sandbox with the merchant account and follow the same " "configuration instructions. Enter your sandbox credentials in Odoo and make " @@ -3351,55 +3402,55 @@ msgid "" "generate invoices when a fictitious transaction is completed." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:203 msgid "Run a test transaction from Odoo using the sandbox personal account." msgstr "" "Ejecuta una transacción de prueba desde Odoo con la cuenta personal de " "sandbox." -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:5 msgid "" "`Stripe <https://stripe.com/>`_ is a United States-based online payment " "solution provider, allowing businesses to accept **credit cards** and other " "payment methods." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:9 msgid "Enable Local Payment Methods" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:11 msgid "" "Local payment methods are payment methods that are only available for " "certain merchants and customers countries and currencies." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:14 msgid "" "The Stripe connector in Odoo supports the following local payment methods:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:16 msgid "Bancontact" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:17 msgid "EPS" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:18 msgid "Giropay" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:19 msgid "iDeal:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:20 msgid "Przelewy24 (P24)" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:22 msgid "" "To enable specific Local Payment Methods with Stripe, list them as supported" " payment icons. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Payment Acquirers --> Stripe" @@ -3408,17 +3459,17 @@ msgid "" "don't have anything to do." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:31 msgid "" "If a payment method icon doesn't exist at all in the database, the " "corresponding local payment method is always offered to customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:3 msgid "How to get paid with wire transfers" msgstr "Cómo recibir pago a través de transferencias electrónicas" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:5 msgid "" "**Wire Transfer** is the default payment method available. The aim is " "providing your customers with your bank details so they can pay on their " @@ -3426,66 +3477,66 @@ msgid "" "Opt for payment acquirers as soon as you can!" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:13 msgid "How to provide customers with payment instructions" msgstr "Cómo proporcionar a los clientes instrucciones de pago" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:14 msgid "" "Put your payment instructions in the **Thanks Message** of your payment " "method." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:19 msgid "They will appear to the customers when they place an order." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:26 msgid "How to manage an order once you get paid" msgstr "Cómo administrar una orden una vez que te han pagado" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:28 msgid "" "Whenever a customer pays by wire transfer, the order stays in an " "intermediary stage **Quotation Sent** (i.e. unpaid order). When you get " "paid, you confirm the order manually to launch the delivery." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:35 msgid "How to create other manual payment methods" msgstr "Cómo crear otros métodos de pago manuales" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:37 msgid "" "If you manage a B2B business, you can create other manually-processed " "payment methods like paying by check. To do so, just rename *Wire Transfer* " "or duplicate it." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash.rst:3 msgid "Unsplash" msgstr "Unsplash" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:3 msgid "How to generate an Unsplash access key" msgstr "Cómo generar una llave de acceso de Unsplash" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:6 msgid "" "**As an SaaS user**, you are ready to use Unsplash. You won't need to follow" " this guide to set up Unsplash informations, since you will use our own Odoo" " Unsplash key in a transparent way." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:9 msgid "Generate an Unsplash access key for **non-Saas** users" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:11 msgid "Create an account on `Unsplash.com <https://unsplash.com/join>`_." msgstr "Crear una cuenta en `Unsplash.com <https://unsplash.com/join>`_." -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:13 msgid "" "Go to your `applications dashboard " "<https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications>`_ and click on **New " @@ -3495,11 +3546,11 @@ msgstr "" "<https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications>`_ y haga clic en **New " "Application**." -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:18 msgid "Accept the conditions and click on **Accept terms**." msgstr "Acepte las condiciones y haga clic en **Aceptar términos**." -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:23 msgid "" "You will be prompted to insert an **Application name** and a " "**Description**. Please prefix your application name by \"**Odoo:** \" so " @@ -3507,7 +3558,7 @@ msgid "" "**Create application**." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:28 msgid "" "You should be redirected to your application details page. Scroll down a bit" " to find your **access key**." @@ -3515,28 +3566,28 @@ msgstr "" "Debería redirigirle a su página de detalles de aplicación. Desplácese un " "poco hacia abajo para encontrar su **llave de acceso**." -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:34 msgid "" "**As a non-SaaS user**, you won't be able to register for a production " "Unsplash key and will be limited to your test key that has a restriction of " "50 Unsplash requests per hour." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:37 msgid ":doc:`unsplash_application_id`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:3 msgid "How to generate an Unsplash application ID" msgstr "Cómo generar un ID de aplicación de Unsplash" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:6 msgid "" "You should first create and set up your Unsplash application with this " "tutorial: :doc:`unsplash_access_key`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:8 msgid "" "Go to your `applications dashboard " "<https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications>`_ and click on your newly created " @@ -3546,88 +3597,88 @@ msgstr "" "<https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications>`_ y haga clic en su aplicación " "Unsplash recién creada bajo **Your applications**." -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:13 msgid "" "You will be redirected to your application details page. The **application " "ID** will be visible in your browser's URL. The URL should be something like" " ``https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications/<application_id>``" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:19 msgid "" "**As a non-SaaS user**, you won't be able to register for a production " "Unsplash key and will be limited to your test key that has a 50 Unsplash " "requests per hour restriction." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip.rst:3 msgid "VoIP (Voice over Internet Protocol)" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:3 msgid "Configure your VoIP Asterisk server for Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:6 msgid "Installing Asterisk server" msgstr "Instalar el servidor Asterisk" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:9 msgid "Dependencies" msgstr "Dependencias" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:11 msgid "" "Before installing Asterisk you need to install the following dependencies:" msgstr "" "Antes de instalar Asterisk es necesario instalar las siguientes " "dependencias:" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:13 msgid "wget" msgstr "wget" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:14 msgid "gcc" msgstr "gcc" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:15 msgid "g++" msgstr "g++" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:16 msgid "ncurses-devel" msgstr "ncurses-devel" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:17 msgid "libxml2-devel" msgstr "libxml2-devel" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:18 msgid "sqlite-devel" msgstr "sqlite-devel" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:19 msgid "libsrtp-devel" msgstr "libsrtp-devel" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:20 msgid "libuuid-devel" msgstr "libuuid-devel" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:21 msgid "openssl-devel" msgstr "openssl-devel" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:22 msgid "pkg-config" msgstr "pkg-config" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:24 msgid "In order to install libsrtp, follow the instructions below:" msgstr "Para instalar libsrtp, siga las siguientes instrucciones:" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:35 msgid "" "You also need to install PJSIP, you can download the source `here " "<http://www.pjsip.org/download.htm>`_. Once the source directory is " @@ -3637,35 +3688,35 @@ msgstr "" "<http://www.pjsip.org/download.htm>`_. Una vez el directorio recurso es " "extraído:" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:37 msgid "**Change to the pjproject source directory:**" msgstr "**Cambia a directorio proyecto pj recurso:**" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:43 msgid "**run:**" msgstr "**ejecutar:**" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:49 msgid "**Build and install pjproject:**" msgstr "** Construye y instale proyectopj:**" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:57 msgid "**Update shared library links:**" msgstr "**Actualizar enlaces compartidas de biblioteca**." -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:63 msgid "**Verify that pjproject is installed:**" msgstr "verifique que el proyecto pj está instalado." -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:69 msgid "**The result should be:**" msgstr "** Wl resultado debe ser**." -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:86 msgid "Asterisk" msgstr "Asterisco" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:88 msgid "" "In order to install Asterisk 13.7.0, you can download the source directly " "`there <http://downloads.asterisk.org/pub/telephony/asterisk/old-" @@ -3675,23 +3726,23 @@ msgstr "" "<http://downloads.asterisk.org/pub/telephony/asterisk/old-" "releases/asterisk-13.7.0.tar.gz>`_." -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:90 msgid "Extract Asterisk:" msgstr "extracto del Asterisco:" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:96 msgid "Enter the Asterisk directory:" msgstr "introduzca el directorio Asterisco." -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:102 msgid "Run the Asterisk configure script:" msgstr "Ejecutar el script configuración Asterisco." -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:108 msgid "Run the Asterisk menuselect tool:" msgstr "Ejecute la herramienta asterisco menú selección " -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:114 msgid "" "In the menuselect, go to the resources option and ensure that res_srtp is " "enabled. If there are 3 x’s next to res_srtp, there is a problem with the " @@ -3703,11 +3754,11 @@ msgstr "" "biblioteca srtp y debes reinstalarlo. Guardar la configuración (presionar " "x). Debe también ver las estrellas delante de las lineas res-pjsip." -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:116 msgid "Compile and install Asterisk:" msgstr "Compilar e instalar Asterisk." -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:122 msgid "" "If you need the sample configs you can run 'make samples' to install the " "sample configs. If you need to install the Asterisk startup script you can " @@ -3717,19 +3768,19 @@ msgstr "" "para instalar la configuración de ejemplos. Si necesita instalar el script " "de inicio del asterisco puede ejecutar 'make config'." -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:125 msgid "DTLS Certificates" msgstr "Certificados DTLS" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:127 msgid "After you need to setup the DTLS certificates." msgstr "Después necesita ajustar los certificados DTLS." -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:133 msgid "Enter the Asterisk scripts directory:" msgstr "Introduzca el directorio de scripts del asterisco:" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:139 msgid "" "Create the DTLS certificates (replace pbx.mycompany.com with your ip address" " or dns name, replace My Super Company with your company name):" @@ -3737,11 +3788,11 @@ msgstr "" "Crear los certtificados DTLS ( reemplazar pbx.mycompany.com con su dirección" " ip o nombre dns, reemplaza MY Super Company con su nombre de compañia):" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:146 msgid "Configure Asterisk server" msgstr "Configurar el servidor Asterisco" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:148 msgid "" "For WebRTC, a lot of the settings that are needed MUST be in the peer " "settings. The global settings do not flow down into the peer settings very " @@ -3756,7 +3807,7 @@ msgstr "" "ubicados en /etc/asterisk/. Se recomienda empezar por editar http.conf y " "asegurarse que las siguientes lineas estan descommentadas:" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:158 msgid "" "Next, edit sip.conf. The WebRTC peer requires encryption, avpf, and " "icesupport to be enabled. In most cases, directmedia should be disabled. " @@ -3771,7 +3822,7 @@ msgstr "" "Todas estas lineas de configuración debenerian estar bajo el mismo peer; " "configurarlos globalmente probablemente no funciona:" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:186 msgid "" "In the sip.conf and rtp.conf files you also need to add or uncomment the " "lines:" @@ -3779,64 +3830,65 @@ msgstr "" "En los archivos sip.conf y rtp.conf, es necesario tambien agregar o " "descomentar las lineas:" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:193 msgid "Lastly, set up extensions.conf:" msgstr "por último ajustar extensiones.conf: " -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:202 msgid "Configure Odoo VOIP" msgstr "Configure Odoo VOIP." -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:204 msgid "In Odoo, the configuration should be done in the user's preferences." msgstr "" "En Odoo, la configuración debe ser hecha en las preferencias del usuario." -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:210 msgid "" "The SIP Login/Browser's Extension is the number you configured previously in" " the sip.conf file (in our example: 1060)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:212 msgid "The SIP Password is the secret you chose in the sip.conf file." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:214 msgid "" "The extension of your office's phone is not a required field but it is used " "if you want to transfer your call from Odoo to an external phone also " "configured in the sip.conf file." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:217 msgid "" "The configuration should also be done in the General Settings under the " "\"Integrations\" section." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:222 msgid "" "The PBX Server IP should be the same as the IP you define in the http.conf " "file." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:224 msgid "" "The WebSocket should be: ws://localhost:XXXX/ws where \"localhost\" needs to" " be the same as the IP defined previously and \"XXXX\" needs to be the port " "defined in the http.conf file." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:3 msgid "Use VoIP services in Odoo with Axivox" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:6 ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:6 msgid "Introduction" msgstr "Introducción" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo VoIP can be set up to work together with `Axivox " "<https://www.axivox.com/>`_. In that case, an :doc:`Asterisk server " @@ -3844,85 +3896,85 @@ msgid "" "Axivox." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:12 msgid "" "To use this service, `contact Axivox <https://www.axivox.com/contact/>`_ to " "open an account. Before doing so, verify that Axivox covers your area and " "the areas you wish to call." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:18 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Apps` and install the **VoIP Module**." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:24 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Integrations`, and " "fill out the **Asterisk (VoIP)** field:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:27 msgid "" "**PBX Server IP**: set the domain created by Axivox for your account (e.g., " "*yourcompany.axivox.com*)" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:29 msgid "**WebSocket**: type in ``wss://pabx.axivox.com:3443``" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:30 msgid "**VoIP Environment**: set as *Production*" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:36 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Users`, then open " "the user's form you want to configure. Under the **Preferences** tab, fill " "out the section **PBX Configuration**:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:39 msgid "**SIP Login / Browser's Extension**: the Axivox *username*" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:40 msgid "**SIP Password**: the Axivox *SIP Password*" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:43 msgid "" "You can find all this information by logging in at " "https://manage.axivox.com/, selecting the user you want to configure, and " "referring to the fields as pictured below." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:51 msgid "Phone Calls" msgstr "Llamadas telefónicas" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:53 msgid "" "You can make phone calls by clicking on the phone icon in the navigation " "bar." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:55 msgid "" "You can also receive phone calls. Odoo rings and displays a notification." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:58 msgid "Your number is the one provided by Axivox." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:65 msgid "" "If you see a *Missing Parameter* message in the **Odoo softphone**, refresh " "your Odoo window and try again." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:73 msgid "" "If you see an *Incorrect Number* message in the Odoo softphone, make sure to" " use the international format, leading with the plus (+) sign followed by " @@ -3930,18 +3982,18 @@ msgid "" "international prefix for the United States)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:3 msgid "Use VoIP services in Odoo with OnSIP" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo VoIP can be set up to work together with OnSIP (www.onsip.com). In that" " case, the installation and setup of an Asterisk server is not necessary as " "the whole infrastructure is hosted and managed by OnSIP." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:10 msgid "" "You will need to open an account with OnSIP to use this service. Before " "doing so, make sure that your area and the areas you wish to call are " @@ -3949,74 +4001,74 @@ msgid "" "configuration procedure below." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:15 msgid "Go to Apps and install the module **VoIP OnSIP**." msgstr "Ir a Aplicaciones e instalar el módulo **VoIP OnSIP**." -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:20 msgid "" "Go to Settings/General Settings. In the section Integrations/Asterisk " "(VoIP), fill in the 3 fields:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:22 msgid "" "**OnSIP Domain** is the domain you chose when creating an account on " "www.onsip.com. If you don't know it, log in to https://admin.onsip.com/ and " "you will see it in the top right corner of the screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:23 msgid "**WebSocket** should contain wss://edge.sip.onsip.com" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:24 msgid "**Mode** should be Production" msgstr "**Modo** debe ser Producción" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:29 msgid "" "Go to **Settings/Users**. In the form view of each VoIP user, in the " "Preferences tab, fill in the section **PBX Configuration**:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:31 msgid "**SIP Login / Browser's Extension**: the OnSIP 'Username'" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:32 msgid "**OnSIP authorization User**: the OnSIP 'Auth Username'" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:33 msgid "**SIP Password**: the OnSIP 'SIP Password'" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:34 msgid "**Handset Extension**: the OnSIP 'Extension'" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:36 msgid "" "You can find all this information by logging in at " "https://admin.onsip.com/users, then select the user you want to configure " "and refer to the fields as pictured below." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:41 msgid "" "You can now make phone calls by clicking the phone icon in the top right " "corner of Odoo (make sure you are logged in as a user properly configured in" " Odoo and in OnSIP)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:45 msgid "" "If you see a *Missing Parameters* message in the Odoo softphone, make sure " "to refresh your Odoo window and try again." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:52 msgid "" "If you see an *Incorrect Number* message in the Odoo softphone, make sure to" " use the international format, leading with the plus (+) sign followed by " @@ -4024,17 +4076,17 @@ msgid "" "international prefix for the United States)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:57 msgid "" "You can now also receive phone calls. Your number is the one provided by " "OnSIP. Odoo will ring and display a notification." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:63 msgid "OnSIP on Your Cell Phone" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:65 msgid "" "In order to make and receive phone calls when you are not in front of your " "computer, you can use a softphone app on your cell phone in parallel of Odoo" @@ -4042,7 +4094,7 @@ msgid "" "incoming calls, or simply for convenience. Any SIP softphone will work." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:67 msgid "" "On Android and iOS, OnSIP has been successfully tested with `Grandstream " "Wave <https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.grandstream.wave>`_." @@ -4050,27 +4102,27 @@ msgid "" "then have to configure it as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:69 msgid "**Account name**: OnSIP" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:70 msgid "**SIP Server**: the OnSIP 'Domain'" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:71 msgid "**SIP User ID**: the OnSIP 'Username'" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:72 msgid "**SIP Authentication ID**: the OnSIP 'Auth Username'" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:73 msgid "**Password**: the OnSIP 'SIP Password'" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:75 msgid "" "Aside from initiating calls from Grandstream Wave on your phone, you can " "also initiate calls by clicking phone numbers in your browser on your PC. " @@ -4081,7 +4133,7 @@ msgid "" "assistant/pceelmncccldedfkcgjkpemakjbapnpg?hl=en>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:79 msgid "" "The downside of using a softphone on your cell phone is that your calls will" " not be logged in Odoo as the softphone acts as an independent separate app." diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po deleted file mode 100644 index 11fa6432e..000000000 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,379 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: es\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:5 -msgid "Basics of the QuickStart Methodology" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:7 -msgid "" -"This document summarizes Odoo Online's services, our Success Pack " -"implementation methodology, and best practices to get started with our " -"product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:12 -msgid "The SPoC (*Single Point of Contact*) and the Consultant" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Within the context of your project, it is highly recommended to designate " -"and maintain on both sides (your side and ours) **one and only single person" -" of contact** who will take charge and assume responsibilities regarding the" -" project. He also has to have **the authority** in terms of decision making." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:20 -msgid "" -"**The Odoo Consultant ensures the project implementation from A to Z**: From" -" the beginning to the end of the project, he ensures the overall consistency" -" of the implementation in Odoo and shares his expertise in terms of good " -"practices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:25 -msgid "" -"**One and only decision maker on the client side (SPoC)**: He is responsible" -" for the business knowledge transmission (coordinate key users intervention " -"if necessary) and the consistency of the implementation from a business " -"point of view (decision making, change management, etc.)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:31 -msgid "" -"**Meetings optimization**: The Odoo consultant is not involved in the " -"process of decision making from a business point of view nor to precise " -"processes and company's internal procedures (unless a specific request or an" -" exception). Project meetings, who will take place once or twice a week, are" -" meant to align on the business needs (SPoC) and to define the way those " -"needs will be implemented in Odoo (Consultant)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:39 -msgid "" -"**Train the Trainer approach**: The Odoo consultant provides functional " -"training to the SPoC so that he can pass on this knowledge to his " -"collaborators. In order for this approach to be successful, it is necessary " -"that the SPoC is also involved in its own rise in skills through self-" -"learning via the :doc:`Odoo documentation <../index>`, `The elearning " -"platform <https://odoo.com/learn>`_ and the testing of functionalities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:49 -msgid "Project Scope" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:51 -msgid "" -"To make sure all the stakeholders involved are always aligned, it is " -"necessary to define and to make the project scope evolve as long as the " -"project implementation is pursuing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:55 -msgid "" -"**A clear definition of the initial project scope**: A clear definition of " -"the initial needs is crucial to ensure the project is running smoothly. " -"Indeed, when all the stakeholders share the same vision, the evolution of " -"the needs and the resulting decision-making process are more simple and more" -" clear." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:61 -msgid "" -"**Phasing the project**: Favoring an implementation in several coherent " -"phases allowing regular production releases and an evolving takeover of Odoo" -" by the end users have demonstrated its effectiveness over time. This " -"approach also helps to identify gaps and apply corrective actions early in " -"the implementation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:68 -msgid "" -"**Adopting standard features as a priority**: Odoo offers a great " -"environment to implement slight improvements (customizations) or more " -"important ones (developments). Nevertheless, adoption of the standard " -"solution will be preferred as often as possible in order to optimize project" -" delivery times and provide the user with a long-term stability and fluid " -"scalability of his new tool. Ideally, if an improvement of the software " -"should still be realized, its implementation will be carried out after an " -"experiment of the standard in production." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:82 -msgid "Managing expectations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:84 -msgid "" -"The gap between the reality of an implementation and the expectations of " -"future users is a crucial factor. Three important aspects must be taken into" -" account from the beginning of the project:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:88 -msgid "" -"**Align with the project approach**: Both a clear division of roles and " -"responsibilities and a clear description of the operating modes (validation," -" problem-solving, etc.) are crucial to the success of an Odoo " -"implementation. It is therefore strongly advised to take the necessary time " -"at the beginning of the project to align with these topics and regularly " -"check that this is still the case." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:96 -msgid "" -"**Focus on the project success, not on the ideal solution**: The main goal " -"of the SPoC and the Consultant is to carry out the project entrusted to them" -" in order to provide the most effective solution to meet the needs " -"expressed. This goal can sometimes conflict with the end user's vision of an" -" ideal solution. In that case, the SPoC and the consultant will apply the " -"80-20 rule: focus on 80% of the expressed needs and take out the remaining " -"20% of the most disadvantageous objectives in terms of cost/benefit ratio " -"(those proportions can of course change over time). Therefore, it will be " -"considered acceptable to integrate a more time-consuming manipulation if a " -"global relief is noted. Changes in business processes may also be proposed " -"to pursue this same objective." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:110 -msgid "" -"**Specifications are always EXPLICIT**: Gaps between what is expected and " -"what is delivered are often a source of conflict in a project. In order to " -"avoid being in this delicate situation, we recommend using several types of " -"tools\\* :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:115 -msgid "" -"**The GAP Analysis**: The comparison of the request with the standard " -"features proposed by Odoo will make it possible to identify the gap to be " -"filled by developments/customizations or changes in business processes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:120 -msgid "" -"**The User Story**: This technique clearly separates the responsibilities " -"between the SPoC, responsible for explaining the WHAT, the WHY and the WHO, " -"and the Consultant who will provide a response to the HOW." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:128 -msgid "" -"`The Proof of Concept <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Proof_of_concept>`__ A " -"simplified version, a prototype of what is expected to agree on the main " -"lines of expected changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:132 -msgid "" -"**The Mockup**: In the same idea as the Proof of Concept, it will align with" -" the changes related to the interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:135 -msgid "" -"To these tools will be added complete transparency on the possibilities and " -"limitations of the software and/or its environment so that all project " -"stakeholders have a clear idea of what can be expected/achieved in the " -"project. We will, therefore, avoid basing our work on hypotheses without " -"verifying its veracity beforehand." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:141 -msgid "" -"*This list can, of course, be completed by other tools that would more " -"adequately meet the realities and needs of your project*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:145 -msgid "Communication Strategy" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:147 -msgid "" -"The purpose of the QuickStart methodology is to ensure quick ownership of " -"the tool for end users. Effective communication is therefore crucial to the " -"success of this approach. Its optimization will, therefore, lead us to " -"follow those principles:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:152 -msgid "" -"**Sharing the project management documentation**: The best way to ensure " -"that all stakeholders in a project have the same level of knowledge is to " -"provide direct access to the project's tracking document (Project " -"Organizer). This document will contain at least a list of tasks to be " -"performed as part of the implementation for which the priority level and the" -" manager are clearly defined." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:160 -msgid "" -"The Project Organizer is a shared project tracking tool that allows both " -"detailed tracking of ongoing tasks and the overall progress of the project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:164 -msgid "" -"**Report essential information**: In order to minimize the documentation " -"time to the essentials, we will follow the following good practices:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:168 -msgid "Meeting minutes will be limited to decisions and validations;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:170 -msgid "" -"Project statuses will only be established when an important milestone is " -"reached;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:173 -msgid "" -"Training sessions on the standard or customized solution will be organized." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:177 -msgid "Customizations and Development" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:179 -msgid "" -"Odoo is a software known for its flexibility and its important evolution " -"capacity. However, a significant amount of development contradicts a fast " -"and sustainable implementation. This is the reason why it is recommended to:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:184 -msgid "" -"**Develop only for a good reason**: The decision to develop must always be " -"taken when the cost-benefit ratio is positive (saving time on a daily basis," -" etc.). For example, it will be preferable to realize a significant " -"development in order to reduce the time of a daily operation, rather than an" -" operation to be performed only once a quarter. It is generally accepted " -"that the closer the solution is to the standard, the lighter and more fluid " -"the migration process, and the lower the maintenance costs for both parties." -" In addition, experience has shown us that 60% of initial development " -"requests are dropped after a few weeks of using standard Odoo (see " -"\"Adopting the standard as a priority\")." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:196 -msgid "" -"**Replace, without replicate**: There is a good reason for the decision to " -"change the management software has been made. In this context, the moment of" -" implementation is THE right moment to accept and even be a change initiator" -" both in terms of how the software will be used and at the level of the " -"business processes of the company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:204 -msgid "Testing and Validation principles" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:206 -msgid "" -"Whether developments are made or not in the implementation, it is crucial to" -" test and validate the correspondence of the solution with the operational " -"needs of the company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:210 -msgid "" -"**Role distribution**: In this context, the Consultant will be responsible " -"for delivering a solution corresponding to the defined specifications; the " -"SPoC will have to test and validate that the solution delivered meets the " -"requirements of the operational reality." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:216 -msgid "" -"**Change management**: When a change needs to be made to the solution, the " -"noted gap is caused by:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:220 -msgid "" -"A difference between the specification and the delivered solution - This is " -"a correction for which the Consultant is responsible" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:223 -msgid "**or**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:225 -msgid "" -"A difference between the specification and the imperatives of operational " -"reality - This is a change that is the responsibility of SPoC." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:229 -msgid "Data Imports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:231 -msgid "" -"Importing the history of transactional data is an important issue and must " -"be answered appropriately to allow the project running smoothly. Indeed, " -"this task can be time-consuming and, if its priority is not well defined, " -"prevent production from happening in time. To do this as soon as possible, " -"it will be decided :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:237 -msgid "" -"**Not to import anything**: It often happens that after reflection, " -"importing data history is not considered necessary, these data being, " -"moreover, kept outside Odoo and consolidated for later reporting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:242 -msgid "" -"**To import a limited amount of data before going into production**: When " -"the data history relates to information being processed (purchase orders, " -"invoices, open projects, for example), the need to have this information " -"available from the first day of use in production is real. In this case, the" -" import will be made before the production launch." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:249 -msgid "" -"**To import after production launch**: When the data history needs to be " -"integrated with Odoo mainly for reporting purposes, it is clear that these " -"can be integrated into the software retrospectively. In this case, the " -"production launch of the solution will precede the required imports." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:256 -msgid "Support" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:258 -msgid "" -"When your project is put in production, our support teams take care of your " -"questions or technical issues." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:261 -msgid "See :ref:`support-expectations`." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po deleted file mode 100644 index c85e3c48d..000000000 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,880 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Juan José Scarafía <scarafia.juanjose@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal <lina8823@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Sergio Flores <vitavitae1@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Antonio Trueba, 2020 -# Mariana Santos Romo <msn@odoo.com>, 2020 -# Fabian <fabiananguiano@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Martin Trigaux, 2021 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2021\n" -"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: es\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../helpdesk.rst:5 -msgid "Helpdesk" -msgstr "Mesa de Ayuda" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced" -msgstr "Avanzado" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:3 -msgid "After Sales Features" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:5 -msgid "" -"As your business grows, having the right tool to support your helpdesk team " -"on recording, tracking and managing issues raised easy and efficiently, is " -"key. Odoo’s Helpdesk application allows you to generate credit notes, manage" -" returns, products, repairs, grant coupons, and even plan onsite " -"interventions from a ticket’s page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:11 -msgid "Set up the after sales services" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " -"enable the after sales options: *Refunds, Returns, Coupons, Repairs and " -"Onsite Interventions*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:20 -msgid "Generate credit notes from tickets" -msgstr "Generar notas de crédito desde los tickets" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:22 -msgid "" -"You can use a credit note to refund a customer or adjust the amount due. For" -" that, simply go to your ticket page, click on *Refund* and select the " -"corresponding *Invoice*. Clicking on *Reverse* generates a credit note, and " -"you can *Post* it while still being in the *Helpdesk* app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:30 -msgid "Allow product returns from tickets" -msgstr "Permitir la devolución de productos de las entradas" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:32 -msgid "" -"The process of a product return from your customer back to your warehouse is" -" taken into action when, at the ticket page, you choose the option *Return*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:39 -msgid "Grant coupons from tickets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:41 -msgid "" -"First, be sure to have your *Coupon Program* planned in the *Sales* or " -"*Website* application. Then, in *Helpdesk*, open your ticket, click on " -"*Coupon*, and choose the respective one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:48 -msgid "Repairs from tickets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Clicking on *Repair* option, on your ticket page, a new repair order form is" -" shown. Fill in the information as needed and choose the next step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:57 -msgid "Plan onsite interventions from tickets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:59 -msgid "" -"At the ticket's page click on *Plan Intervention*, and set up your onsite " -"intervention exactly the same way as if you were on the *Field Service* " -"application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:67 -msgid "" -"`Coupons <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/coupon-" -"programs-640?fullscreen=1>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:68 -msgid ":doc:`../../manufacturing/repair/repair`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:3 -msgid "Allow Customers to Close their Tickets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Allowing customers to close their tickets gives them autonomy and minimize " -"misunderstandings about when an issue is considered solved, or not. It makes" -" communication and actions more efficient." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:9 -msgid "Configure the feature" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:11 -msgid "" -"To configure the feature go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Settings --> " -"Helpdesk Teams --> Edit` and enable *Ticket closing*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:18 -msgid "" -"In order to designate to which stage the ticket migrates to once it is " -"closed, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Overview --> Tickets`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:25 -msgid "" -"You can either create a new Kanban stage or work with an existing one. For " -"both scenarios, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Settings --> Edit Stage` " -"and enable *Closing Stage*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:32 -msgid "" -"If a closing stage is not specified, by default, the ticket is moved to the " -"last stage; contrarily, if you have more than one stage set as closing, the " -"ticket is put in the first one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:36 -msgid "The Costumer Portal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Now, once the user logs into his Portal, the option *Close this ticket* is " -"available." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:45 -msgid "Get reports on tickets closed by costumers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:47 -msgid "" -"To do an analysis of the tickets that have been closed by costumers go to " -":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting --> Tickets --> Filters --> Add " -"Custom filter --> Closed by partner --> Applied`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Información general" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:3 -msgid "Forum and eLearning" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:6 -msgid "Forum" -msgstr "Foro" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:8 -msgid "" -"To go above and beyond email, live chat, web forms, and phone lines, offer " -"your customers a support forum. This way, customers might become more " -"attached to your company as they would be investing time to get into details" -" of your business. You also encourage the exchange of experiences and " -"knowledge, supporting the feeling of belonging to a community (your " -"community!)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:14 -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:52 -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:10 -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:11 -msgid "Set up" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Team` and " -"enable *Help Center*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Create, or edit a forum by clicking on the external link. Among the editing " -"options, choose if you would like the *Forum Mode* to be *Questions*: only " -"one answer is allowed per question or *Discussions*: multiple answers are " -"allowed per question." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:31 -msgid "" -"From now on, logged in users can start their discussions. To keep track of " -"posts, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Forum --> Posts`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Turn tickets into forum posts by simply clicking on *Share on the Forum* on " -"the ticket's page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:45 -msgid "eLearning" -msgstr "eLearning" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:47 -msgid "" -"In addition to a forum, offer online courses. When doing so, you link your " -"customers and users’ needs and questions to useful content, helping to boost" -" efficiency as they can also find their answers there." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " -"enable *eLearning*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Once the structure and content of your course are ready, *Publish* it by " -"clicking on *Unpublished*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:67 -msgid "" -"To keep track of your course statistics, go to *eLearning* and *View " -"Course*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:73 -msgid "Todo" -msgstr "Por hacer" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:73 -msgid "" -"DETAILS/INFO SHOULD COME FROM ELEARNING DOCS. THEREFORE, LINK DOCS ONCE " -"AVAILABLE!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:3 -msgid "Getting Started" -msgstr "Primeros pasos" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Helpdesk teams provide your customers with support to queries or errors they" -" might encounter while using your product/service. Therefore, a successful " -"scheme where you can organize multiple teams with their customized pipeline," -" visibilities settings, and ticket traceability is essential." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:10 -msgid "Set up teams" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To modify or create teams, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration " -"--> Helpdesk Teams`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Setting up multiple teams allows you to group tickets by your channels " -"(example: BE/US), or by your support services' types (example: IT, " -"accounting, admin, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:21 -msgid "Team’s productivity and visibility" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Teams can have individual *Assignment Methods* to ensure that tickets get " -"redirected to the right person:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:26 -msgid "" -"*Manually*: tickets are manually assigned, allowing employees to manage " -"their own workload and target tickets they are experts at;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:28 -msgid "" -"*Random*: tickets are randomly assigned and everyone gets the same amount. " -"This method ensures that all tickets are handled as the assignment happens " -"automatically;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:30 -msgid "" -"*Balanced*: tickets are assigned to the person with the least amount of " -"tickets so that everyone fairly gets the same amount. Thereby, you ensure " -"that all tickets get to be taken care of." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:40 -msgid "" -"For the *Random* and *Balanced* assignment methods, you can set the *Team " -"Members* among whom tickets are assigned. Leave the field empty to include " -"all employees (with the proper access rights)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:43 -msgid "" -"The *Team Visibility* feature allows you to specify who can see and access " -"the team’s tickets. Therefore, ticket’s with sensible information are only " -"seen by the right people. Leave the field empty to include all employees " -"(with the proper access rights)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:46 -msgid "Set up stages and share it among teams" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:48 -msgid "" -"To set up stages, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> " -"Stages`. Then, create and/or edit stages as you need and set specific teams " -"to use certain stages under *Team*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Stages can be shared between one or multiple teams, allowing you to adapt " -"the pipeline to your individual needs. They also apply a visibility and " -"access rule, as other teams are not able to see or use the stage." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:64 -msgid ":doc:`../../general/odoo_basics/add_user`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:3 -msgid "Ratings" -msgstr "Valoraciones" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Allow customers to rate their experience with your helpdesk teams to " -"strengthen your credibility and gain their trust. Reviews can also influence" -" a customer’s decision and open space for feedback that can help you improve" -" the quality of your services." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " -"enable *Ratings on tickets*. The feature automatically adds a default email " -"template on the non-folded *closing stage(s)* of that team." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:21 -msgid "" -"To edit the email template and the stage(s) set as the closing ones, go to " -"the Kanban view of your helpdesk team and click on *Settings*, then on *Edit" -" Stage*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Now, once a ticket reaches the stage(s) designated as the *Closing Stage*, " -"an email is sent to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Ratings can be seen on the chatter of each ticket, under the *See Customer " -"Satisfaction* link on the main dashboard, and through *Reporting*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:39 -msgid "Ratings visible on the customer portal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " -"enable *Display Rating on Customer Portal*. Now, by clicking on the helpdesk" -" team’s name on their ticket, customers can see its ratings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:51 -msgid ":doc:`../../portal/my_odoo_portal`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:52 -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:88 -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:47 -msgid ":doc:`../advanced/close_tickets`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:3 -msgid "Start Receiving Tickets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Offering a variety of channels from where your customers can contact you " -"grants them flexibility and the right to choose the best one for themselves." -" And, in order to make sure inquiries across all channels get addressed, it " -"is essential to have a solution where all interactions come in one place." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:11 -msgid "Channels options to submit tickets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`, and " -"enable the following features as you want them to be available to your " -"users." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:21 -msgid "Email Alias" -msgstr "Pseudónimo de correo" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Let your customers submit tickets by sending an email to your support email " -"address. The subject line of the email becomes the title of the ticket and " -"the content is shown in the Chatter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Select *Configure domain name* to be redirected to *Settings* and, from " -"there, enable *External Email Servers* to determine or change your *Alias " -"Domain*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Using your own email server is required to send and receive emails in Odoo " -"Community and Enterprise. Online users benefit from a ready-to-use email " -"server." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:39 -msgid "Website Form" -msgstr "Formulario de sitio web" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Allow your customers to submit a ticket by filling in a form through your " -"website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Once the feature is activated, get redirected to your website by clicking on" -" *Go to Website*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:49 -msgid "" -"From the website page customize the form as you like. Then, publish it by " -"clicking on *Unpublished*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:56 -msgid "Live Chat" -msgstr "Charla en vivo" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:59 -msgid "" -"Through live interactions with your website visitors, helpdesk tickets can " -"be instantly created and redirected to the right person." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Click on your helpdesk team's name - for the example below: *Customer Care* " -"- and :doc:`set up your channel <../../livechat/overview/get_started>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Now, your operators can create tickets by using the :doc:`command " -"<../../livechat/overview/responses>` */helpdesk (subject_of_ticket)*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:72 -msgid "Prioritize tickets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:74 -msgid "" -"Use the stars to prioritize your tickets. The most urgent ones appear at the" -" top of your list on the Kanban view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:77 -msgid "1 star = *Low priority*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:78 -msgid "2 stars = *High priority*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:79 -msgid "3 stars = *Urgent*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:87 -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:60 -msgid ":doc:`sla`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:89 -msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_servers`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:3 -msgid "Reports for a Better Support" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:5 -msgid "" -"An efficient customer service solution should have a built-in reporting " -"option. Reports allow you to track trends, identify areas for improvement, " -"manage employees’ workloads and, most importantly, meet your customer’s " -"expectations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:10 -msgid "Cases" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:12 -msgid "Some examples of the reports Odoo Helpdesk can generate include:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:14 -msgid "The number of tickets *grouped by* team and ticket type." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:17 -msgid "" -"In this manner, you are able to evaluate which ticket types have been the " -"most frequent ones, plus the workload of your teams." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Apply *Time Ranges* if you would like to make comparisons to a *Previous " -"Period* or a *Previous Year*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:25 -msgid "The number of tickets closed per day, per team." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Get an overview of how many requests each team is closing per day in order " -"to measure their performance. Identify productivity levels to understand how" -" many requests they are able to handle." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Filter it by *Assignee* to see Key Performance Indicators (KPI) per agent." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:37 -msgid "" -"The number of hours tickets are taking to be solved, grouped by team and " -"ticket type." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Check if your expectations are met by *measuring* the *Time to close " -"(hours)*. Your customers not only expect fast responses but they also want " -"their issues to be handled quickly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:48 -msgid "Save filters" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Save the filters you use the most and avoid having to reconstruct them every" -" time they are needed. To do so, set the groups, filters, and measures " -"needed. Then, go to *Favorites*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:59 -msgid ":doc:`receiving_tickets`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:3 -msgid "Service Level Agreements (SLA)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Service Level Agreements (SLA) are commitments you make with your customers " -"to outline how a service is delivered. It bolsters trust between you and " -"your customers as it makes clear what needs to be done, to what standard, " -"and when." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:10 -msgid "Create your policies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:13 -msgid "" -"First, enable the feature on the settings of the team you would like " -"policies to be applied, going to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration " -"--> Helpdesk Teams`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Create your policies through the team’s settings page or go to " -":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> SLA Policies`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Choose to which **Team** the policy is relevant and the **Minimum Priority**" -" a ticket needs to have for the policy to be applied." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:27 -msgid "" -"**Target** is the stage a ticket needs to reach within the period defined to" -" satisfy the SLA. The period is based on the ticket’s creation date, and a " -"deadline is set on the ticket’s form once it matches an SLA policy rule. If " -"a ticket has more than one policy applied to it, the closest deadline of all" -" SLAs is the one considered." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:29 -msgid "" -"When a ticket has satisfied an SLA policy, the SLA tag appears in green and " -"the deadline field is not shown anymore." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:37 -msgid "SLA Analysis" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting --> SLA Status Analysis`. Apply" -" *Filters* and *Group by* to identify tickets that should be prioritized and" -" keep track of upcoming deadlines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice.rst:3 -msgid "Timesheet and Invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:3 -msgid "Invoice Time Spent on Tickets (Prepaid Support Services)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Have the option to work with prepaid support services, meaning that a sales " -"order and a corresponding invoice are issued and, once the service is done, " -"you can deduct the time spent. Odoo allows it to happen because the " -"applications are fully integrated, resulting in faster responses to your " -"customer needs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:14 -msgid "Step 1: Set up a helpdesk team" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`, create" -" or edit an existing team, and enable *Timesheet on Ticket* and *Time " -"Reinvoicing*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Select or create a project under *Timesheet on Ticket*. The selected/created" -" is the one at which employees timesheet on by default. However, it can be " -"ultimately modified on each ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:28 -msgid "Step 2: Set up a service" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " -"*Units of Measure* to optionally be able to choose *hours* (for example) as " -"the unit of measure of your service." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Then, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`, create or edit" -" an existing one, and set its *Product Type* as *Service*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Now, select the invoicing management you would like to have under the " -"*Sales* tab. We recommend the following configuration:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:47 -msgid "" -"This configuration ensures that the customer is invoiced by the number of " -"hours predicted in the sales order, meaning that less or extra hours " -"recorded are not taken into account. It also ensures that every time a sales" -" order is confirmed, a new task is created under the right project, " -"automating the process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:53 -msgid "" -"We recommend setting up a specific project, as it was done for this flow " -"example. The important thing to remember is that the sales order item needs " -"to be set on the corresponding project or task, in order to reinvoice the " -"time spent on a ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:58 -msgid "Prevision an invoice and record time" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:61 -msgid "Step 1: Place an order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> Orders` and create one for the " -"helpdesk service product you have previously set up, with the customer who " -"needs the ticket to be opened. Set the number of hours needed to assist the " -"customer and *Confirm* the order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:72 -msgid "Step 2: Invoice the customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:74 -msgid "In *Sales*, select the respective sales order to *Create Invoice*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:82 -msgid "Step 3: Link the task to the ticket" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:84 -msgid "" -"Now, in *Helpdesk*, create or edit the respective ticket and link it to the " -"task created by the confirmation of the sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:92 -msgid "Step 4: Record the time spent" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:94 -msgid "" -"Still on the respective helpdesk ticket, record the hours performed under " -"the *Timesheets* tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:100 -msgid "" -"Note that the hours recorded on the ticket form are shown on the *Delivered*" -" column in the sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:108 -msgid "" -"Hours recorded on the ticket are automatically shown in *Timesheets* and on " -"the dedicated task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:111 -msgid ":doc:`reinvoice_from_project`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:112 -msgid ":doc:`../../inventory/management/products/uom`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:3 -msgid "Invoice Time Spent on Tickets (Postpaid Support Services)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Directly pull the billable time you have tracked on your helpdesk tickets " -"into sales orders and invoices through a project task. It gives you more " -"control over what you charge your client, and it is more efficient." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:10 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Configuración" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk team --> Edit`" -" and enable the options *Timesheet on Ticket* and *Time Reinvoicing*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Under *Timesheet on Ticket*, choose the *Project* to which tickets (and " -"timesheets) will be linked by default. Open its *External link* to enable " -"the feature *Bill from tasks*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:22 -msgid "Create a sales order and an invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Now, once you have recorded the time you spent on the helpdesk ticket, under" -" the *Timesheets* tab, access the task clicking on its name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:31 -msgid "*Create Sales Order* and proceed to create the invoice." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/index.po index ec6f0654b..f20b36ad1 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/index.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/index.po @@ -1,20 +1,15 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # -# Translators: -# Pedro M. Baeza <pedro.baeza@gmail.com>, 2020 -# José Cabrera Lozano <jose.cabrera@edukative.es>, 2021 -# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-18 07:12+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: José Cabrera Lozano <jose.cabrera@edukative.es>, 2021\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -22,10 +17,6 @@ msgstr "" "Language: es\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" -#: ../../index.rst:7 ../../index.rst:7 -msgid "Index" -msgstr "Índice" - -#: ../../index.rst:3 -msgid "Odoo User Documentation" -msgstr "Documentación de usuario de Odoo" +#: ../../content/index.rst:3 +msgid "Odoo Documentation" +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po similarity index 50% rename from locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po rename to locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po index 4331c6c69..cd4d0372e 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po @@ -1,36 +1,37 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: -# Mariana Santos Romo <msn@odoo.com>, 2020 -# Luis M. Ontalba <luis.martinez@tecnativa.com>, 2020 -# Pedro M. Baeza <pedro.baeza@gmail.com>, 2020 -# David Sanchez <david.sanchez@jarsa.com.mx>, 2020 -# AleEscandon <alejandra.escandon@jarsa.com.mx>, 2020 -# Julián Andrés Osorio López <mcjulian1107@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Jon Perez <jop@odoo.com>, 2020 -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# Jesús Alan Ramos Rodríguez <alan.ramos@jarsa.com.mx>, 2020 -# Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal <lina8823@gmail.com>, 2020 -# miguelchuga <miguelchuga@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Pablo Rojas <rojaspablo88@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Paloma Yazmin Reyes Morales <paloma.reyes@jarsa.com.mx>, 2020 -# Antonio Trueba, 2020 -# Katerina Katapodi <katerinakatapodi@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Miguel Orueta <mo@landoo.es>, 2020 -# Susanna Pujol, 2020 +# Luis M. Ontalba <luis.martinez@tecnativa.com>, 2021 +# Susanna Pujol, 2021 +# Antonio Trueba, 2021 +# Julián Andrés Osorio López <mcjulian1107@gmail.com>, 2021 # renodoo <ren@odoo.com>, 2021 +# Pedro M. Baeza <pedro.baeza@gmail.com>, 2021 +# David Sanchez <david.sanchez@jarsa.com.mx>, 2021 +# AleEscandon <alejandra.escandon@jarsa.com.mx>, 2021 +# Paloma Yazmin Reyes Morales <paloma.reyes@jarsa.com.mx>, 2021 +# Katerina Katapodi <katerinakatapodi@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Miguel Orueta <mo@landoo.es>, 2021 +# Jon Perez <jop@odoo.com>, 2021 +# Fernando La Chica <fernandolachica@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Martin Trigaux, 2021 +# Jesús Alan Ramos Rodríguez <alan.ramos@jarsa.com.mx>, 2021 +# Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal <lina8823@gmail.com>, 2021 +# miguelchuga <miguelchuga@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Pablo Rojas <rojaspablo88@gmail.com>, 2021 +# José Cabrera Lozano <jose.cabrera@edukative.es>, 2021 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: renodoo <ren@odoo.com>, 2021\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-18 07:12+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-05-18 05:18+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: José Cabrera Lozano <jose.cabrera@edukative.es>, 2021\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -38,23 +39,27 @@ msgstr "" "Language: es\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" -#: ../../inventory.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp.rst:3 +msgid "Inventory & Mrp" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:4 msgid "Inventory" msgstr "Inventario" -#: ../../inventory/barcode.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode.rst:3 msgid "Barcodes" msgstr "Códigos de barras" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations.rst:3 msgid "Daily Operations" msgstr "Operaciones diarias" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3 msgid "Process to an Inventory Adjustment with Barcodes" msgstr "Proceso para un Ajuste de Inventarios con Código de Barras" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:5 msgid "" "To process an inventory adjustment by using barcodes, you first need to open" " the *Barcode* app. Then, from the application, click on *Inventory " @@ -64,7 +69,7 @@ msgstr "" "necesitas abrir la aplicación \"Código de Barras\". Después, desde la " "aplicación, dar click en \"Ajuste de Inventarios\"" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:13 msgid "" "If you want to fully work with barcodes, you can download the sheet " "*Commands for Inventory*." @@ -72,7 +77,7 @@ msgstr "" "Si desea trabajar completamente con códigos de barras, puede descargar la " "hoja * Comandos para inventario *." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:16 msgid "" "Once you have clicked on *Inventory Adjustments*, Odoo will automatically " "create one. Note that, if you work with multi-location, you first need to " @@ -83,7 +88,7 @@ msgstr "" "primero debe especificar en qué ubicación se realiza el ajuste de " "inventario." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:24 msgid "" "If you don’t work with multi-location, you will be able to scan the " "different products you want to include in the inventory adjustment." @@ -91,7 +96,7 @@ msgstr "" "Si no trabaja con ubicaciones múltiples, podrá escanear los diferentes " "productos que desea incluir en el ajuste de inventario." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:31 msgid "" "If you have 5 identical articles, scan it 5 times or use the keyboard to set" " the quantity." @@ -99,7 +104,7 @@ msgstr "" "Si tiene 5 artículos idénticos, escanee 5 veces o use el teclado para " "establecer la cantidad." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:34 msgid "" "Besides using the barcode scanner, you can also manually add a product if " "necessary. To do so, click on *Add Product* and fill the information in " @@ -109,7 +114,7 @@ msgstr "" "manualmente un producto si es necesario. Para hacerlo, haga clic en * " "Agregar producto * y complete la información manualmente." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:44 msgid "" "When you have scanned all the items of the location, validate the inventory " "manually or scan the *Validate* barcode." @@ -117,22 +122,19 @@ msgstr "" "Cuando haya escaneado todos los artículos de la ubicación, valide el " "inventario manualmente o escanee el código de barras * Validar *." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:3 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/overview.rst:3 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:6 msgid "Overview" msgstr "Información general" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:5 msgid "" "There are different situations in which barcode nomenclatures can be useful." " A well-known use case is the one of a point of sale which sells products in" @@ -147,26 +149,20 @@ msgstr "" "en el producto. Este código de barras contendrá el peso del producto y " "ayudará a calcular el precio en consecuencia." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:13 msgid "Create a Barcode Nomenclature" msgstr "Crear una nomenclatura de código de barras" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:15 msgid "" "Odoo supports Barcode Nomenclatures, which determine the mapping and " "interpretation of the encoded information. You can configure your barcode " "nomenclature being in :doc:`Developer mode " -"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. To do so, go to " +"</applications/general/developer_mode>`. To do so, go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Barcode Nomenclature`." msgstr "" -"Odoo admite Nomenclaturas de código de barras, que determinan el mapeo y la " -"interpretación de la información codificada. Puede configurar su " -"nomenclatura de código de barras en :doc:`Modo Desarrollador " -"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Para hacerlo, ve a " -":menuselection:`Inventario --> Configuración --> Nomenclatura de códigos de " -"barras`." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:20 msgid "" "You can create a barcode nomenclature from there, and then add a line to " "create your first rule." @@ -174,7 +170,7 @@ msgstr "" "Puede crear una nomenclatura de código de barras desde allí y luego agregar " "una línea para crear su primera regla." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:26 msgid "" "The first step is to specify the **rule name**, for example Weight Barcode " "with 3 Decimals. You then have to specify the type for barcode nomenclature," @@ -184,7 +180,7 @@ msgstr "" "Código de barras de Peso con 3 decimales. Luego debe especificar el tipo de " "nomenclatura de código de barras, en nuestro caso será Peso del Producto." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:33 msgid "" "The Barcode Pattern is a regular expression that defines the structure of " "the barcode. In this example 21 defines the products on which the rule will " @@ -201,7 +197,7 @@ msgstr "" "identificar el producto en cuestión. La “N” define un número y la “D” define" " los decimales." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:40 msgid "" "The encoding allows to specify the barcode encoding on which the rule should" " be applied." @@ -209,7 +205,7 @@ msgstr "" "La codificación permite especificar la codificación del código de barras en " "la que se debe aplicar la regla." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:44 msgid "" "You can define different rules and order their priority thanks to the " "sequence. The first rule which matches the scanned barcode will be applied." @@ -218,15 +214,15 @@ msgstr "" "secuencia. Se aplicará la primera regla que coincida con el código de barras" " escaneado." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:49 msgid "Configure your Product" msgstr "Configure su producto" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:51 msgid "The barcode of the product should start by “21”;" msgstr "El código de barras del producto debe comenzar por “21”;" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:52 msgid "" "The 5 “dots” are the other numbers of your product barcode, allowing to " "identify the product;" @@ -234,7 +230,7 @@ msgstr "" "Los 5 “puntos” son los otros números del código de barras de su producto, lo" " que permite identificar el producto;" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:53 msgid "" "The barcode should contain 0’s where you did defined D’s or N’s. In our case" " we need to set 5 zeros because we configured “21…..{NNDDD}”;" @@ -242,7 +238,7 @@ msgstr "" "El código de barras debe contener 0 donde definió D o N. En nuestro caso, " "necesitamos establecer 5 ceros porque configuramos “21…..{NNDDD}”;" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:54 msgid "" "In EAN-13, the last number is a check number, use an EAN13 generator to know" " which digit it should be in your case." @@ -250,7 +246,7 @@ msgstr "" "En EAN-13, el último número es un número verificador, use un generador EAN13" " para saber qué dígito debería ser en su caso." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:59 msgid "" "In case you weight 1,5 Kg of pasta, the balance will print you the following" " barcode 2112345015002. If you scan this barcode in your POS or when " @@ -265,11 +261,11 @@ msgstr "" "cantidad de 1.5 Kg. Para el punto de venta, también se calculará un precio " "que depende de la cantidad." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:70 msgid "Rule Types" msgstr "Tipos de reglas" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:72 msgid "" "**Priced Product**: allows you to identify the product and specify its " "price, used in POS." @@ -277,7 +273,7 @@ msgstr "" "** Producto con precio **: le permite identificar el producto y especificar " "su precio, utilizado en POS." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:73 msgid "" "**Discounted Product**: allows you to create one barcode per applied " "discount. You can then scan your product in the POS and then scan the " @@ -289,7 +285,7 @@ msgstr "" "luego escanear el código de barras de descuento, el descuento se aplicará al" " precio normal del producto." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:74 msgid "" "**Weighted Product**: allows you to identify the product and specify its " "weight, used in both POS (in which the price is computed based on the " @@ -299,7 +295,7 @@ msgstr "" " peso, utilizado tanto en el punto de venta (en el que el precio se calcula " "en función del peso) como en el inventario." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:75 msgid "" "**Client**: allows you to identify the customer, for example used with " "loyalty program." @@ -307,11 +303,11 @@ msgstr "" "**Cliente**: le permite identificar al cliente, por ejemplo, utilizado con " "el programa de fidelización." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:76 msgid "**Cashier**: allows you to identify the cashier when entering the POS." msgstr "**Cajero**: le permite identificar al cajero al ingresar al TPV." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:77 msgid "" "**Location**: allows you to identify the location on a transfer when multi-" "location is activated." @@ -319,7 +315,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Ubicación**: le permite identificar la ubicación en una transferencia " "cuando se activa la ubicación múltiple." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:78 msgid "" "**Package**: allows you to identify packages on a transfer when packages are" " activated." @@ -327,14 +323,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Paquete**: le permite identificar paquetes en una transferencia cuando los" " paquetes están activados." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:79 -msgid "" -"**Lot**: allows you to identify the lot number of a product on a transfer." -msgstr "" -"**Lote**: le permite identificar el número de lote de un producto en una " -"transferencia." - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:79 msgid "" "**Credit Card**: doesn’t need manual modification, exists for data from the " "Mercury module." @@ -342,7 +331,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Tarjeta de crédito**: no necesita modificación manual, existe para los " "datos del módulo Mercury." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:80 msgid "" "**Unit Product**: allows you to identify a product for both POS and " "transfers." @@ -350,7 +339,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Producto unitario**: le permite identificar un producto tanto para POS " "como para transferencias." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:83 msgid "" "When the barcode pattern contains .*, it means that it can contain any " "number of characters, those characters being any number." @@ -359,15 +348,15 @@ msgstr "" "contener cualquier número de caracteres, siendo esos caracteres cualquier " "número." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:3 msgid "Process to Transfers" msgstr "Proceso para transferencias" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:6 msgid "Simple Transfers" msgstr "Transferencias simples" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:8 msgid "" "To process a transfer from the *Barcode* app, the first step is to go to " "*Operations*." @@ -375,7 +364,7 @@ msgstr "" "Para procesar una transferencia desde la aplicación *Código de barras*, el " "primer paso es ir a *Operaciones*." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:14 msgid "" "Then, you have the choice to either enter an existing transfer, by going to " "the corresponding operation type and manually selecting the one you want to " @@ -385,7 +374,7 @@ msgstr "" "tipo de operación correspondiente y seleccionando manualmente la que desea " "ingresar, o escaneando el código de barras de la transferencia." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:24 msgid "" "From there, you will be able to scan the products that are part of the " "existing transfer and/or add new products to this transfer. Once all the " @@ -397,7 +386,7 @@ msgstr "" " Una vez que se han escaneado todos los productos, puede validar la " "transferencia para continuar con los movimientos de stock." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:33 msgid "" "If you have different storage locations in your warehouse, you can add " "additional steps for the different operation types." @@ -405,13 +394,13 @@ msgstr "" "Si tiene diferentes ubicaciones de almacenamiento en su almacén, puede " "agregar pasos adicionales para los diferentes tipos de operación." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:37 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:50 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:45 msgid "Receipts" -msgstr "Recepciones" +msgstr "Recibos" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:39 msgid "" "When receiving a product in stock, you need to scan its barcode in order to " "identify it in the system. Once done, you can either make it enter the main " @@ -424,7 +413,7 @@ msgstr "" "un código de barras de ubicación para que ingrese una sububicación de la " "ubicación principal." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:48 msgid "" "If you want the product to enter WH/Stock in our example, you can simply " "scan the next product." @@ -432,12 +421,12 @@ msgstr "" "Si desea que el producto ingrese WH/Stock en nuestro ejemplo, simplemente " "puede escanear el siguiente producto." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:52 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery.rst:3 msgid "Delivery Orders" msgstr "Órdenes de entrega" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:54 msgid "" "When delivering a product, you have to scan the source location if it is " "different than the one initially set on the transfer. Then, you can start " @@ -448,7 +437,7 @@ msgstr "" "comenzar a escanear los productos que se entregan desde esta ubicación " "específica." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:62 msgid "" "Once the different products have been scanned, you have the possibility to " "scan another location, such as WH/Stock, and another page will be added to " @@ -460,7 +449,7 @@ msgstr "" "pedido de entrega. Puede moverse de uno a otro gracias a los botones " "*Anterior* y *Siguiente*." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:70 msgid "" "Now, you can validate your transfer. To do so, click on *Next* until you " "reach the last page of the transfer. There, you will be able to validate it." @@ -469,11 +458,11 @@ msgstr "" "*Siguiente* hasta llegar a la última página de la transferencia. Allí podrás" " validarlo." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:78 msgid "Internal Transfers" msgstr "Transferencias internas" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:80 msgid "" "When realizing an internal transfer with multi-location, you first have to " "scan the source location of the product. Then, you can scan the product in " @@ -484,7 +473,7 @@ msgstr "" "producto en sí mismo, antes de tener que escanear el código de barras de la " "ubicación de destino." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:85 msgid "" "If the source and destination of the internal transfers are already correct," " you don’t need to scan them." @@ -492,11 +481,11 @@ msgstr "" "Si el origen y el destino de las transferencias internas ya son correctos, " "no necesita escanearlos." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:89 msgid "Transfers with Tracked Products" msgstr "Transferencias con productos rastreados" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:91 msgid "" "If you work with products tracked by lot/serial numbers, you have two ways " "of working:" @@ -504,7 +493,7 @@ msgstr "" "Si trabaja con productos rastreados por lotes/números de serie, tiene dos " "formas de trabajar:" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:94 msgid "" "If you work with serial/lot numbers taking all products into consideration, " "you can scan the barcode of the lot/serial number and Odoo will increase the" @@ -514,7 +503,7 @@ msgstr "" " puede escanear el código de barras del lote/número de serie y Odoo " "aumentará la cantidad del producto, configurando su número de lote/serie." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:99 msgid "" "If you have the same lot/serial number for different products, you can work " "by scanning the product barcode first, and then the barcode of the " @@ -524,11 +513,11 @@ msgstr "" "trabajar escaneando primero el código de barras del producto y luego el " "código de barras del lote/número de serie." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:3 msgid "Create a Transfer from Scratch" msgstr "Crear una transferencia desde cero" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:5 msgid "" "To create a transfer from the *Barcode* application, you first need to print" " the operation type barcodes. To do so, you can download the *Stock barcode " @@ -539,7 +528,7 @@ msgstr "" "puede descargar la *Hoja de códigos de barras de inventario* desde la página" " de inicio de la aplicación." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:12 msgid "" "Once done, you can scan the one for which you want to create a new document." " Then, an empty document will be created and you will be able to scan your " @@ -549,15 +538,15 @@ msgstr "" "nuevo documento. Luego, se creará un documento vacío y podrá escanear sus " "productos para completarlo." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup.rst:3 msgid "Setup" msgstr "Configurar" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:3 msgid "Set up your barcode scanner" msgstr "Configurar su escáner de código de barras" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:5 msgid "" "Getting started with barcode scanning in Odoo is fairly easy. Yet, a good " "user experience relies on an appropriate hardware setup. This guide will " @@ -568,12 +557,12 @@ msgstr "" "las herramientas. Esta guía le ayudara a través de tareas de elección y " "configuración del escáner de código de barras. " -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:11 msgid "Find the barcode scanner that suits your needs" msgstr "" "Encuentre el escáner de código de barras que se adapte a sus necesidades" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:13 msgid "" "The 3 recommended type of barcode scanners to work with the Odoo " "**Inventory** and **Barcode Scanning** apps are the **USB scanner**, **the " @@ -584,7 +573,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Escáner USB**, **El escáner por bluetooth** y el **Escáner móvil por " "computadora**. " -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:20 msgid "" "If you scan products at a computer location, the **USB scanner** is the way " "to go. Simply plug it in the computer to start scanning. Just make sure when" @@ -597,7 +586,7 @@ msgstr "" "escáner es compatible con su distribución del teclado o puede ser " "configurado para que lo este." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:25 msgid "" "The **bluetooth scanner** can be paired with a smartphone or a tablet and is" " a good choice if you want to be mobile but don't need a big investment. An " @@ -612,7 +601,7 @@ msgstr "" "almacén con la posibilidad de revisar su teléfono inteligente de vez en " "cuando y usar el software 'manualmente'." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:32 msgid "" "For heavy use, the **mobile computer scanner** is the handiest solution. It " "consists of a small computer with a built-in barcode scanner. This one can " @@ -631,15 +620,15 @@ msgstr "" " variedad de modelos y configuraciones en el mercado, es esencial probarlo " "primero." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:42 msgid "Configure your barcode scanner" msgstr "Configurar su escáner de código de barras" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:45 msgid "Keyboard layout" msgstr "Diseño del teclado" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:50 msgid "" "An USB barcode scanner needs to be configured to use the same keyboard " "layout as your operating system. Otherwise, your scanner won't translate " @@ -652,11 +641,11 @@ msgstr "" "ejemplo). La mayoría de los escáneres están configurados para escanear el " "código de barras apropiado en el manual del usuario." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:57 msgid "Automatic carriage return" msgstr "Retorno de carro automático" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:59 msgid "" "By default, Odoo has a 50 milliseconds delay between each successive scan " "(it helps avoid accidental double scanning). If you want to suppress this " @@ -673,11 +662,11 @@ msgstr "" "un código de barras específico en el manual del usuario ('CR suffix ON', " "'Apply Enter for suffix', etc.)." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:3 msgid "Activate the Barcodes in Odoo" msgstr "Activa los códigos de barras en Odoo" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:5 msgid "" "The barcode scanning features can save you a lot of time usually lost " "switching between the keyboard, the mouse and the scanner. Properly " @@ -691,36 +680,32 @@ msgstr "" "recolección, etc. le permite trabajar de manera más eficiente controlando el" " software casi exclusivamente con el escáner de códigos de barras." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:12 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:12 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:37 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:9 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:50 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:18 -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:19 -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:16 -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:21 -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:15 -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:14 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:10 -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:10 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:16 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:15 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:17 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:9 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Configuración" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:14 msgid "" "To use this feature, you first need to activate the *Barcode* functionality " "via :menuselection:`Inventory --> Settings --> Barcode Scanner`. Once you " @@ -730,11 +715,11 @@ msgstr "" "barras* a través de :menuselection: `Inventario -> Configuración -> Código " "de Barras`. Una vez que haya marcado la función, puede presionar guardar." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:22 msgid "Set Product Barcodes" msgstr "Establecer códigos de barras de productos" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:24 msgid "" "You can easily assign barcodes to your different products via the " "*Inventory* app. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " @@ -745,7 +730,7 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Configuración --> Configurar códigos de barras de " "productos`." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:30 msgid "" "Then, you have the possibility to assign barcodes to your products directly " "at creation on the product form." @@ -753,7 +738,7 @@ msgstr "" "Luego, tiene la posibilidad de asignar códigos de barras a sus productos " "directamente en la creación en el formulario del producto." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:40 msgid "" "Be careful to add barcodes directly on the product variants and not on the " "template product. Otherwise, you won’t be able to differentiate them." @@ -762,11 +747,11 @@ msgstr "" " producto y no en la plantilla del producto. De lo contrario, no podrá " "diferenciarlos." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:45 msgid "Set Locations Barcodes" msgstr "Establecer códigos de barras de ubicaciones" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:47 msgid "" "If you manage multiple locations, you will find useful to attribute a " "barcode to each location and stick it on the location. You can configure the" @@ -778,7 +763,7 @@ msgstr "" "códigos de barras de ubicaciones en :menuselection:`Inventario --> " "Configuración --> Ubicaciones`." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:58 msgid "" "You can easily print the barcode you allocate to the locations via the " "*Print* menu." @@ -786,11 +771,11 @@ msgstr "" "Puede imprimir fácilmente el código de barras que asigna a las ubicaciones a" " través del menú *Imprimir*." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:62 msgid "Barcode Formats" msgstr "Formatos de código de barras" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:64 msgid "" "Most retail products use EAN-13 barcodes. They cannot be made up without " "proper authorization. You must pay the International Article Numbering " @@ -801,7 +786,7 @@ msgstr "" "International International Numbering Association a cambio de una secuencia " "de código EAN." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:68 msgid "" "Still, as Odoo supports any string as a barcode, you can always define your " "own barcode format for internal use." @@ -809,139 +794,20 @@ msgstr "" "Aún así, como Odoo admite cualquier cadena como código de barras, siempre " "puede definir su propio formato de código de barras para uso interno." -#: ../../inventory/management.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management.rst:3 msgid "Warehouse Management" msgstr "Gestión de almacenes" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:3 -msgid "How do I cancel a delivery order?" -msgstr "¿Cómo cancelo una órden de entrega?" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo gives you the possibility to cancel a delivery method whether it has " -"been validated to fast, it needs to be modified or for any other reason." -msgstr "" -"Odoo le da la posibilidad de cancelar un método de entrega ya sea porque ha " -"sido validado muy rápido, porque necesita ser modificado o por cualquier " -"otra razón." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Some carriers are more flexible than others, so make sure to cancel your " -"delivery order as fast as possible if it needs to be done so you don't have " -"any bad surprise." -msgstr "" -"Algunos transportistas son más flexibles que otros, por lo tanto, asegúrese " -"de cancelar su órden de entrega lo más rápido posible, si es necesario, para" -" no tener ninguna mala sorpresa." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:17 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:26 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:107 -msgid "Sale process" -msgstr "Proceso de Venta" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Go to the **Sales** module, click on **Sales** and then on **Sales Order**. " -"Then click on the sale order you want to cancel." -msgstr "" -"Vaya al módulo de **Ventas**, de clic en **Ventas** y luego en **Órden de " -"Ventas**. Luego del clic en la órden de ventas que quiere cancelar." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Click on the **Delivery** button, in the upper right corner of the sale " -"order." -msgstr "" -"De clic en el botón **Entregar**, en la esquina superior derecha de la órden" -" de venta." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Now, click on the **Additional info** tab and you will see that next to the " -"**Carrier Tracking Reference**, there is a **Cancel** button. Click on it to" -" cancel the delivery." -msgstr "" -"Ahora, de clic en la pestaña **Info Adicional** y verá que en seguida de " -"**Referencia de Rastreo del Transportista**, hay un botón de **Cancelar**. " -"De clic en el para cancelar la entrega." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:38 -msgid "" -"To make sure that your delivery is cancelled, check in the history, you will" -" receive the confirmation of the cancellation." -msgstr "" -"Para asegurarse que su entrega ha sido cancelada, revise la historia, " -"recibirá la confirmación de la cancelación." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:3 -msgid "How can I limit a delivery method to a certain number of countries?" -msgstr "" -"¿Cómo puedo limitar un método de entrega a un cierto número de países?" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:8 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can have different types of delivery methods, and you can " -"limit them to a certain number of countries." -msgstr "" -"Con Odoo, puede tener diferentes tipos de métodos de entrega, y puede " -"limitarlos a un cierto número de países." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Go to the **Inventory** module, click on **Configuration** and then on " -"**Delivery Methods**." -msgstr "" -"Vaya al módulo de **Inventario**, de clic en **Configuración** y luego en " -"**Métodos de Entrega**." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Select the delivery method that you want to change, or create a new one." -msgstr "Seleccione el método de entrega que quiere cambiar, o cree uno nuevo." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:25 -msgid "" -"In the **Destination** tab, choose the countries to which you want to apply " -"this delivery method." -msgstr "" -"En la pestaña **Destino**, elija los países a los cuales quiere aplicar este" -" método de entrega." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:28 -msgid "Now, that this is done, Let's see the result." -msgstr "Ahora, que eso esta hecho. Veamos el resultado." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:30 -msgid "" -"If you go to the website, and you try to buy something, once you've entered " -"your details and you proceed to the payment, the website will propose you " -"only the delivery methods that apply to your shipping address." -msgstr "" -"Si va al sitio web, y trata de comprar algo, una vez que ha ingresado sus " -"detalles y procede al pago, el sitio web le propondrá solamente los métodos " -"de entrega que aplican a su dirección de entrega." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:39 -msgid "" -"This process doesn't work in backend. We assume that when you create a Sale " -"Order, you know which delivery method you can use since you created them." -msgstr "" -"Este proceso no funciona en backend. Asumimos que cuando Ud. crea una Órden " -"de Ventas, sabe que método de entega puede usar desde que Ud. los creó." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:3 msgid "Send Products to Customers Directly from Suppliers (Drop-shipping)" msgstr "" "Enviar productos a clientes directamente desde proveedores (Drop-shipping)" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:6 msgid "What is Drop-Shipping?" msgstr "¿Qué es Drop-Shipping?" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:8 msgid "" "Drop-Shipping is a system that allows orders taken from your store to be " "shipped straight from your supplier to your customer. On a usual delivery " @@ -954,7 +820,7 @@ msgstr "" "para su almacenamiento y luego se envían a sus clientes después de realizar " "el pedido." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:13 msgid "" "With drop-shipping, no item is stocked. When a customer places an order in " "your shop, the item is delivered straight from the supplier to the customer." @@ -965,11 +831,11 @@ msgstr "" "proveedor al cliente. Por lo tanto, el producto no necesita pasar por su " "almacén." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:19 msgid "Points to be Considered while Implementing Drop-Shipping" msgstr "Puntos a tener en cuenta al implementar el Drop-Shipping" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:24 msgid "" "Use drop-shipping only for the products you can't or don't want to keep in " "stock." @@ -977,7 +843,7 @@ msgstr "" "Use el drop-shipping solo para los productos que no puede o no quiere tener " "en stock." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:22 msgid "" "One reason is that you'll always make smaller margins on items that are " "drop-shipped, so you should keep it only for items that take up a lot of " @@ -987,11 +853,11 @@ msgstr "" "se envían directamente, por lo que debe mantenerlo solo para los artículos " "que ocupan mucho espacio en su almacén." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:30 msgid "Drop-shipping is best for niche products." msgstr "El Drop-shipping es mejor para productos de nicho." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:27 msgid "" "Chances are that products that are in high demand are being offered by large" " suppliers at a fraction of the price you'll be able to charge, so using a " @@ -1003,21 +869,21 @@ msgstr "" "usar un método de envío más costoso no será financieramente gratificante. " "Pero si su producto es único, ¡entonces tiene sentido!" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:33 msgid "To protect your customers from bad experiences." msgstr "Para proteger a sus clientes de malas experiencias." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:33 msgid "" "Test drop-shipping companies for yourself beforehand and list the best ones." msgstr "" "Pruebe de antemano las empresas de drop-shipping y enumere las mejores." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:37 msgid "Make sure time is not against you." msgstr "Asegúrese de que el tiempo no esté en su contra." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:36 msgid "" "Drop-shipping should take a reasonable amount of time and surely not more " "than it would have taken you to handle it all by yourself. It's also nice to" @@ -1028,11 +894,11 @@ msgstr "" " También es bueno poder proporcionar a sus clientes un número de " "seguimiento." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:44 msgid "Items have to be available from your supplier." msgstr "Los artículos deben estar disponibles en su proveedor." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:40 msgid "" "It's good to know if the product you're selling is available upstream. If " "you don't have that information, inform your customers that you don't hold " @@ -1042,7 +908,7 @@ msgstr "" "ascendente. Si no tiene esa información, informe a sus clientes que no tiene" " el artículo en stock y que está sujeto a la disponibilidad de un tercero." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:47 msgid "" "For more information and insights about Drop-Shipping, you can read our " "blog: `*What is drop-shipping and how to use it* <https://www.odoo.com/blog" @@ -1053,11 +919,11 @@ msgstr "" "usarlo*<https://www.odoo.com/blog/business-hacks-1/post/what-is-drop-" "shipping-and-how-to-use-it-250>`__." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:52 msgid "Configure Drop-Shipping" msgstr "Configurar Drop-Shipping" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:54 msgid "" "Activate the functionality in the *Purchase* application by going to " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`." @@ -1065,7 +931,7 @@ msgstr "" "Active la funcionalidad en la aplicación *Compra* yendo a " ":menuselection:`Configuración -> Configuración`." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:60 msgid "" "Then, go to the *Inventory* app, in :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Settings` to activate the *Multi-Step Routes* feature. It will allow you to " @@ -1077,7 +943,7 @@ msgstr "" " hacer que el campo *Ruta* aparezca en las líneas de orden de venta para " "especificar que envíe un producto mediante envío directo." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:68 msgid "" "Now, in the *Sales* app, go to :menuselection:`Products --> Products`. " "Select the product you would like to drop-ship and add a vendor pricelist " @@ -1088,11 +954,11 @@ msgstr "" "precios de proveedor que contenga al proveedor correcto, a través de la " "pestaña de compra." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:76 msgid "Send Products from the Suppliers Directly to the Customers" msgstr "Enviar productos de los proveedores directamente a los clientes" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:78 msgid "" "Create a *Sales Order* and add the product on which you just set the vendor." " Add the *Route* field thanks to the widget on the right of the sale order " @@ -1104,7 +970,7 @@ msgstr "" "derecha de la línea de orden de venta. Ahora, puede especificar que la ruta " "de sus productos sea *Drop-Shipping*." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:89 msgid "" "Once the sale order is confirmed, Odoo automatically generates a *Request " "for Quotation* for the supplier who will proceed to the drop-shipping. You " @@ -1115,7 +981,7 @@ msgstr "" "Puede encontrarlo en la aplicación *Compra*, con el pedido de venta como " "*Documento fuente*." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:97 msgid "" "Once this *Purchase Order* is confirmed, a *Receipt Order* is created and " "linked to it. The source location is the vendor location and the destination" @@ -1128,7 +994,7 @@ msgstr "" "producto no pasará por su propio stock cuando valide el documento de " "dropship." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:105 msgid "" "You can also easily access the dropship document directly from your " "inventory dashboard." @@ -1136,12 +1002,12 @@ msgstr "" "También puede acceder fácilmente al documento de dropship directamente desde" " su panel de inventario." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:3 msgid "How to choose the right inventory flow to handle delivery orders?" msgstr "" "¿Cómo elegir el flujo de inventario justo para manejar las ordenes de envió?" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:5 msgid "" "Depending on factors such as the type of items you sell, the size of your " "warehouse, the number of orders you register everyday... the way you handle " @@ -1151,24 +1017,24 @@ msgstr "" "bodega, el número de órdenes que registra cada día... la manera como maneje " "las entregas a sus clientes puede variar mucho." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:9 msgid "" "Odoo allows you to handle shipping from your warehouse in 3 different ways:" msgstr "" "Odoo le permite manejar los envíos desde su bodega en 3 formas diferentes:" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:12 msgid "**One step (shipping)**: Ship directly from stock" msgstr "**Un paso (envío)**: Enviar directamente desde existencias" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:14 msgid "" "**Two steps (pick + ship)**: Bring goods to output location before shipping" msgstr "" "**Dos pasos (elejir + enviar)**: Traer bienes a la ubicación de salida antes" " del envío" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:17 msgid "" "**Three steps (pick + pack + ship)**: Make packages into a dedicated " "location, then bring them to the output location for shipping" @@ -1176,7 +1042,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Tres pasos (elejir + empacar + enviar)**: Hacer empaques dentro de una " "ubicación destinada para, traerlos a la ubicación de salida para envío" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:20 msgid "" "For companies having a rather small warehouse and that do not require high " "stock of items or don't sell perishable items, a one step shipping is the " @@ -1188,7 +1054,7 @@ msgstr "" "es la solución más simple, ya que no requiere mucha configuración y permite " "manejar los pedidos muy rápidamente." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:25 msgid "" "Using inventory methods such as FIFO, LIFO and FEFO require to have at least" " two steps to handle a shipment. The picking method will be determined by " @@ -1203,7 +1069,7 @@ msgstr "" "existencias y especialmente cuando los ítems que almacena son de tamaño " "grande." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:31 msgid "" "The three steps system becomes useful in more specific situations, the main " "one being for handling very large stocks. The items are transferred to a " @@ -1216,40 +1082,40 @@ msgstr "" "destino, y luego ajustados a camiones de salida para la entrega final a " "clientes." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:40 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:53 msgid "One step flow" msgstr "Flujo de un paso" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:42 msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`one_step`" msgstr "Por favor lea la documentación en :doc:`un_paso`" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:45 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:58 msgid "Two steps flow" msgstr "Flujo de dos pasos" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:47 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:60 msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`two_steps`" msgstr "Por favor lea la documentación en :doc:`dos_pasos`" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:50 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:63 msgid "Three steps flow" msgstr "Flujo de tres pasos" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:52 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:65 msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`three_steps`" msgstr "Por favor lea la documentación en :doc:`tres_pasos`" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:3 msgid "How can I change the label type?" msgstr "¿Cómo puedo cambiar el tipo de etiqueta?" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:8 msgid "" "With Odoo, you can choose among different types of labels for your delivery " "orders. Follow the steps below and give an appropriate label type to your " @@ -1259,7 +1125,7 @@ msgstr "" "de entrega. Siga los siguientes pasos y dele una etiquieta apropiada a su " "entrega." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:15 msgid "" "In the **Inventory** module, Go to **Configuration** and click on **Delivery" " methods**." @@ -1267,11 +1133,11 @@ msgstr "" "En el módulo de **Inventario**, vaya a **Configuración** y de clic en " "**Métodos de Entrega**." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:18 msgid "Choose a delivery method and then click on **Edit**." msgstr "Elija un método de entrega y de clic en **Editar**." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:23 msgid "" "In the **Pricing** tab, under **Fedex label stock type**, you can choose one" " of the label types available. The availability will vary depending on the " @@ -1281,7 +1147,7 @@ msgstr "" "Fedex**, puede elegir uno de los tipos disponibles. La disponibilidad " "variará dependiendo del transportador." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:30 msgid "" "Once this is done, you can see the result if you go to the Sales module and " "you create a new sale order." @@ -1289,7 +1155,7 @@ msgstr "" "Una vez esto esta hecho, puede ver el resultado si va al módulo de Ventas y " "crea una nueva órden de venta." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:33 msgid "" "As you confirm the sale and validate the delivery with the carrier for which" " you have modified the label type, The label will appear in your history." @@ -1298,7 +1164,7 @@ msgstr "" "cual ha modificado el tipo de etiqueta, La Etiqueta aparecerá en su " "historia." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:46 msgid "" "The default label type is paper letter, and if you choose the label type " "bottom half for example, here is the difference :" @@ -1306,18 +1172,18 @@ msgstr "" "El tipo de etiqueta por defecto es carta de papel, y si elije el tipo de " "etiqueta mitad inferior por ejemplo, aquí esta la diferencia :" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:3 msgid "Process Delivery Orders in one Step (Shipping)" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:5 msgid "" "There is no configuration needed to deliver in one step. The default " "outgoing shipments are configured to be directly delivered from the stock to" " the customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:9 msgid "" "However, if advanced routes have been activated and you set another shipping" " configuration on your warehouse, you can set it back to the one-step " @@ -1325,48 +1191,48 @@ msgid "" "--> Warehouses` and edit the warehouse in question." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:14 msgid "" "Then, choose *Deliver goods directly* as your *Outgoing Shipments* strategy." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:21 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:45 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:47 msgid "Create a Sales Order" msgstr "Crear Órdenes de Venta" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:23 msgid "" "In the *Sales* application, create a quotation with some storable products " "to deliver and confirm it." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:26 msgid "" "Notice that we now see 1 delivery associated with this *sales order* in the " "stat button above the sales order. If you click on the 1 Delivery stat " "button, you should now see your delivery order." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:34 msgid "Process a Delivery" msgstr "Procesar una Entrega" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:36 msgid "" "You can also find the *delivery order* directly from the *Inventory* " "application. In the dashboard, you can click the *1 TO PROCESS* button under" " the Delivery Orders Kanban card." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:43 msgid "" "Enter the picking that you want to process. You will be able to click on " "*Validate* to complete the move if you have products in stock." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:49 msgid "" "Once you *Validate* the delivery order, the products leave your *WH/Stock " "location* and are moved to the *Customer location*. You can easily see that " @@ -1374,86 +1240,11 @@ msgid "" "*Done*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:3 -msgid "Deliver Products in Packages" -msgstr "Entregar productos en paquetes" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, you have the possibility to deliver your products in different " -"packages, depending on the volume and or weight of your products." -msgstr "" -"En Odoo, tiene la posibilidad de entregar sus productos en diferentes " -"paquetes, dependiendo del volumen y/o peso de sus productos." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:11 -msgid "" -"First, you need to activate the *Delivery Packages* feature in the " -":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" -"Primero, debe activar la función *Paquetes de entrega* en " -":menuselection:`Inventario -> Configuración -> Configuración`." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:18 -msgid "Proceed to a Delivery" -msgstr "Proceder a una entrega" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Now, you can create a planned delivery with some products in it. You will " -"have the possibility to create new packages and assign them to the stock " -"move lines." -msgstr "" -"Ahora, puede crear una entrega planificada con algunos productos. Tendrá la " -"posibilidad de crear nuevos paquetes y asignarlos a las líneas de movimiento" -" de stock." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Then, you can define the package type from this window. Once the delivery " -"order is validated, you can retrieve which products have been included in " -"the package." -msgstr "" -"Luego, puede definir el tipo de paquete desde esta ventana. Una vez que se " -"valida el pedido de entrega, puede recuperar qué productos se han incluido " -"en el paquete." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:34 -msgid "" -"A button will appear at the delivery stage, allowing you to find all the " -"packages which were part of the delivery order." -msgstr "" -"Aparecerá un botón en la etapa de entrega, que le permite encontrar todos " -"los paquetes que formaban parte del pedido de entrega." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:44 -msgid "Use the Put in Pack button" -msgstr "Use el botón Poner en paquete" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Another way to put products in packs is to use the *Put in Pack* button. It " -"will automatically assign a pack to the number of products which is set as " -"*Done* and duplicate the stock move line if necessary." -msgstr "" -"Otra forma de poner productos en paquetes es usar el botón *Poner en " -"paquete*. Asignará automáticamente un paquete al número de productos que se " -"establece como *Hecho* y duplicará la línea de movimiento de stock si es " -"necesario." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Then, you will be able to update the different packages created this way, " -"directly via the *Packages* button." -msgstr "" -"Luego, podrá actualizar los diferentes paquetes creados de esta manera, " -"directamente a través del botón *Paquetes*." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:3 msgid "Process Delivery Orders in three Steps (Pick + Pack + Ship)" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:5 msgid "" "When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is " "set up by default to utilize a one-step operation: once all goods are " @@ -1462,41 +1253,41 @@ msgid "" "steps before shipping." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:11 msgid "" "With the delivery in 3 steps (Pick + Pack + Ship), the items will be picked " "to be transferred to a packing area. Then, they will be moved to an output " "location before being effectively shipped to the customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:16 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:15 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:18 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:19 msgid "Activate Multi-Step Routes" msgstr "Activar rutas de varios pasos" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:18 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:17 msgid "" "The first step is to allow using *multi-step routes*. Indeed, routes provide" " a mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we will " "chain the picking step to the shipping step." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:22 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:21 msgid "" "To allow *multi-step routes*, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " "Configuration --> Settings` and activate the option. Note that activating " "*Multi-Step Routes* will also activate *Storage Locations*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:30 msgid "Configure Warehouse for Delivery in 3 Steps" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:32 msgid "" "Once *Multi-Step Routes* has been activated, you can go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the " @@ -1505,7 +1296,7 @@ msgid "" " Shipments*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:40 msgid "" "Activating this option will lead to the creation of two new locations, " "*Output* and *Packing Zone*. If you want to rename it go to " @@ -1513,55 +1304,55 @@ msgid "" " you want to rename and update its name." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:47 msgid "" "In the *Sales* application, you can create a quotation with some storable " "products to deliver. Once you confirm the quotation, three pickings will be " "created and automatically linked to your sale order." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:54 msgid "If you click the button, you should now see three different pickings:" msgstr "Si da clic en el botón, ahora deberá tres diferentes selecciones:" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:56 msgid "The first one with a reference PICK to designate the picking process," msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:58 msgid "The second one with the reference PACK that is the packing process," msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:60 msgid "The last one with a reference OUT to designate the shipping process." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:66 msgid "Process the Picking, Packing, and Delivery" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:68 msgid "" "The picking operation is the first one to be processed and has a *Ready* " "status while the other ones are *Waiting Another Operation*. The Packing " "operation will become *Ready* as soon as the picking one is marked as done." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:73 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:71 msgid "" "You can enter the picking operation from here, or access it through the " "inventory dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:79 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:77 msgid "" "In case you have the product in stock, it has automatically been reserved " "and you can simply validate the picking document." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:85 msgid "" "Once the picking has been validated, the packing order is ready to be " "processed. Thanks to the fact that the documents are chained, the products " @@ -1569,18 +1360,18 @@ msgid "" "order which can be directly validated." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:96 msgid "" "Once the packing has been validated, the delivery order is ready to be " "processed. Here again, it is directly ready to be validated in order to " "transfer the products to the customer location." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:3 msgid "Process Delivery Orders in two Steps (Pick + Ship)" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:5 msgid "" "When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is " "set up by default to utilize a one-step operation: once all goods are " @@ -1591,7 +1382,7 @@ msgstr "" "todos los bienes están disponibles, estos están disponibles para ser " "enviados en una sola órden de entrega." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:9 msgid "" "However, your company's business process may have one or more steps that " "happen before shipping. In the two steps process, the products which are " @@ -1599,11 +1390,11 @@ msgid "" "output location before being effectively shipped." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:29 msgid "Warehouse configuration" msgstr "Configuración del almacén" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:31 msgid "" "Once *Multi-Step Routes* has been activated, you can go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the " @@ -1611,39 +1402,39 @@ msgid "" " *Send goods in output and then deliver (2 steps)* for Outgoing Shipments." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:39 msgid "" "Activating this option will lead to the creation of a new *Output* location." " If you want to rename it go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " "--> Locations`, Select Output and update its name." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:49 msgid "" "In the *Sales* application, you can create a quotation with some storable " "products to deliver. Once you confirm the quotation, two pickings will be " "created and automatically linked to your sale order." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:56 msgid "" "If you click on the *2 Delivery* button, you should now see two different " "pickings, one with a reference *PICK* to designate the picking process and " "another one with a reference *OUT* to designate the shipping process." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:65 msgid "Process the Picking and the Delivery" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:67 msgid "" "The picking operation is the first one to be processed and has a *Ready* " "status while the delivery operation will only become *Ready* once the " "picking operation has been marked as done." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:83 msgid "" "Once the picking has been validated, the delivery order is ready to be " "processed. Thanks to the fact that the documents are chained, the products " @@ -1651,16 +1442,16 @@ msgid "" " order." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming.rst:3 msgid "Incoming Shipments" msgstr "Envíos a recibir" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:3 msgid "How to choose the right flow to handle receipts?" msgstr "" "¿Cómo elegir el flujo de inventario apropiado para manejar las recibos?" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:8 msgid "" "Depending on factors such as the type of items you receive, the size of your" " warehouse, the number of receipt you register everyday... the way you " @@ -1670,22 +1461,22 @@ msgstr "" "bodega, el número de órdenes que registra cada día... la manera como maneje " "las entregas a sus clientes puede variar mucho." -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:12 msgid "" "Odoo allows you to handle receipts from your warehouse in 3 different ways:" msgstr "" "Odoo te permite el manejo de recepciones desde tu almacén en 3 diferentes " "formas:" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:15 msgid "**One step**: Receive goods directly in stock." msgstr "**Paso uno**: Recepción de bienes directamente en almacén." -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:17 msgid "**Two steps**: Unload in input location then go to stock." msgstr "**Paso dos**: Descargar en el lugar de entrada, después ir a almacén." -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:19 msgid "" "**Three steps**: Unload in input location, go through a quality control " "before being admitted in stock." @@ -1693,7 +1484,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Paso tres**: Descargar en el lugar de entrada, ir a través del control de " "calidad antes de ser admitido en almacén." -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:22 msgid "" "Odoo uses **routes** to define exactly how you will handle the different " "receipt steps. The configuration is done at the level of the warehouse. In " @@ -1705,15 +1496,15 @@ msgstr "" "Por estándar, la recepción es un proceso de un paso, pero cambiar la " "configuración permite tener 2 o incluso 3 pasos." -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:27 msgid "The principles are the following:" msgstr "Los principios son los siguientes: " -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:29 msgid "**One step**: You receive the goods directly in your stock." msgstr "**Paso uno**: Recibes los bienes directamente en tu almacén." -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:31 msgid "" "**Two steps**: You receive the goods in an input area then transfer them " "from input area to your stock. As long as the goods are not transferred in " @@ -1724,7 +1515,7 @@ msgstr "" "sean transferidos en tu almacén, ellos no estarán disponibles para mas " "procedimiento." -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:36 msgid "" "**Three steps**: In many companies, it is necessary to assess the received " "good. The goal is to check that the products correspond to the quality " @@ -1737,7 +1528,7 @@ msgstr "" "control de calidad en el proceso de recibir producto puede llegar a ser " "esencial. " -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:42 msgid "" "You receive the goods in an input area, then transfer them into quality area" " for quality control. When your quality check process finishes then you can " @@ -1752,23 +1543,23 @@ msgstr "" "que es válida y decidir que enviará de regreso la cantidad que no esta en " "buen estado." -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:55 msgid "This is the default configuration in Odoo." msgstr "Esta es la configuración por defecto de Odoo." -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:68 msgid ":doc:`../delivery/inventory_flow`" msgstr ":doc:`../delivery/inventory_flow`" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:69 -msgid ":doc:`../../../purchase/advanced/analyze`" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:69 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze`" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:3 msgid "Process a Receipt in one step (Receipt)" msgstr "Procesar un recibo en un solo paso (recibo)" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:5 msgid "" "There is no configuration needed to receive in one step. The default " "incoming shipments are configured to be directly received from the vendors " @@ -1778,7 +1569,7 @@ msgstr "" "entrantes predeterminados están configurados para ser recibidos directamente" " de los proveedores al stock." -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:9 msgid "" "However, if advanced routes have been activated and you set another incoming" " configuration on your warehouse, you can set it back to the one-step " @@ -1790,19 +1581,19 @@ msgstr "" "configuración de recibo de un paso. Para hacerlo, vaya a " ":menuselection:`Configuración --> Almacenes` y edite el almacén en cuestión." -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:14 msgid "" "Set the *Incoming Shipments* option to *Receive goods directly (1 step)*." msgstr "" "Establezca la opción *Envíos entrantes* en *Recibir mercancías directamente " "(1 paso)*." -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:21 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:50 msgid "Create a Purchase Order" -msgstr "Crear una Orden de Compra" +msgstr "Crear un pedido de compra" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:23 msgid "" "To create a *Request for Quotation*, go to the *Purchase* application and " "click on *Create*. Then, add some storable products to receive and confirm " @@ -1812,7 +1603,7 @@ msgstr "" "haga clic en *Crear*. Luego, agregue algunos productos almacenables para " "recibir y confirme el *SdP*." -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:27 msgid "" "Notice that, now, we see 1 receipt associated with the purchase order you " "just created. If you click on the button, you will see your receipt order." @@ -1820,11 +1611,11 @@ msgstr "" "Tenga en cuenta que, ahora, vemos 1 recibo asociado con la orden de compra " "que acaba de crear. Si hace clic en el botón, verá su pedido de recibo." -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:35 msgid "Process a Receipt" msgstr "Procesar un recibo" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:37 msgid "" "You can also fin the receipt directly from the *Inventory* app. When on the " "dashboard, you can click the *1 TO PROCESS* button under the *Receipts* " @@ -1834,7 +1625,7 @@ msgstr "" "*Inventario*. Cuando esté en el tablero, puede hacer clic en el botón *1 " "PARA PROCESAR* debajo de la tarjeta Kanban *Recibos*. Luego, verá su recibo." -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:44 msgid "" "Now, enter the picking that you want to process. You will be able to click " "on *Validate* to complete the move directly as products coming from " @@ -1844,7 +1635,7 @@ msgstr "" "*Validar* para completar el movimiento directamente, ya que los productos " "procedentes de proveedores se consideran siempre disponibles." -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:51 msgid "" "Once you *Validate* the receipt, the products leave the *Supplier Location* " "to enter your *WH/Stock Location*. You can easily see that the receipt took " @@ -1855,11 +1646,11 @@ msgstr "" "fácilmente que el recibo se realizó gracias al estado del documento, que " "ahora está *Hecho*." -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:3 msgid "Process a Receipt in three steps (Input + Quality + Stock)" msgstr "Procesar un recibo en tres pasos (Entrada + Calidad + Stock)" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:5 msgid "" "Quality is essential for most companies. To make sure we maintain quality " "throughout the supply chain, it only makes sense that we assess the quality " @@ -1867,7 +1658,7 @@ msgid "" "control step." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:9 msgid "" "Odoo uses routes to define how to handle the different receipt steps. " "Configuration of those routes is done at the warehouse level. By default, " @@ -1875,7 +1666,7 @@ msgid "" "two-steps or three-steps processes." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:13 msgid "" "The three-steps flow works as follows: you receive the goods in your " "receiving area, then transfer them into a quality area for quality control " @@ -1883,30 +1674,30 @@ msgid "" "requirements are moved to stock" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:20 msgid "" "The first step is to allow the use of *Multi-Step Routes*. Routes provide a " "mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we will chain " "the picking step to the shipping step." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:23 msgid "" "To enable *Multi-Step Routes*, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " "Configuration --> Settings` and activate the option." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:31 msgid "" "By default, activating *Multi-Step Routes* also activates *Storage " "Locations*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:35 msgid "Configure warehouse for receipt in 3-steps" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:37 msgid "" "Once *Multi-Step Routes* has been activated, go to :menuselection:`Inventory" " --> Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the warehouse which should work " @@ -1914,14 +1705,14 @@ msgid "" "quality and then stock (3 steps)* for *Incoming Shipments*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:45 msgid "" "Activating this option leads to the creation of two new locations: *Input* " "and *Quality Control*. To rename them, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " "Configuration --> Locations` and select the one you want to rename." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:52 msgid "" "To start the 3-steps reception process, create a *Request for Quotation* " "from the *Purchase* app, add some storable products to it and confirm. Then," @@ -1929,43 +1720,43 @@ msgid "" "document:" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:56 msgid "The first one with a reference *IN* to designate the receipt process;" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:59 msgid "" "The second one with a reference *INT*, which is the move to the quality " "control zone;" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:62 msgid "The last one with a reference *INT* to designate the move to stock." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:69 msgid "Process the receipt, quality control and entry in stock" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:71 msgid "" "As the receipt operation is the first one to be processed, it has a *Ready* " "status while the others are *Waiting Another Operation*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:74 msgid "" "To access the receipt operation, click on the button from the *Purchase " "Order* or go back to the *Inventory* app dashboard and click on *Receipts*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:81 msgid "" "In the receipt order, products are always considered available because they " "come from the supplier. Then, the receipt can be validated." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:88 msgid "" "Once the receipt has been validated, the transfer to quality becomes " "*Ready*. And, because the documents are chained to each other, products " @@ -1973,18 +1764,18 @@ msgid "" "transfer can be directly validated." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:100 msgid "" "Now, the transfer that enters the products to stock is *Ready*. Here, it is " "again ready to be validated in order to transfer the products to your stock " "location." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:3 msgid "Process a Receipt in two steps (Input + Stock)" msgstr "Procesar un recibo en dos pasos (Entrada + Stock)" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo uses routes to define exactly how you will handle the different receipt" " steps. The configuration is done at the *Warehouse* level. By default, the " @@ -1996,7 +1787,7 @@ msgstr "" "manera predeterminada, la recepción es un proceso de un solo paso, pero " "cambiar la configuración puede permitirle tener 2 pasos." -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:13 msgid "" "The 2 steps flow is like this: you receive the goods in an input area, then " "transfer them to your stock. As long as the goods are not transferred in " @@ -2007,7 +1798,7 @@ msgstr "" "transfieran a su stock, no estarán disponibles para su posterior " "procesamiento." -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:21 msgid "" "The first step is to allow using *multi-step routes*. Indeed, routes provide" " a mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we will " @@ -2019,7 +1810,7 @@ msgstr "" "En este caso, encadenaremos el paso de descarga en el área de entrada al " "paso que ingresa los productos en stock." -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:26 msgid "" "To allow *multi-step routes*, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Settings` and activate the feature. By default, activating *multi-step " @@ -2030,11 +1821,11 @@ msgstr "" "activación de *rutas de varios pasos* también activará *Ubicaciones de " "almacenamiento*." -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:34 msgid "Configure warehouse for receipt in 2 steps" msgstr "Configure el almacén para el recibo en 2 pasos" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:36 msgid "" "Once *multi-step routes* is activated, you can go to " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the warehouse which " @@ -2046,7 +1837,7 @@ msgstr "" "utilizará el recibo en 2 pasos. Luego, puede seleccionar la opción *Recibir " "mercancías en entrada y luego stock (2 pasos)* para *Envíos entrantes*." -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:44 msgid "" "Activating this option will lead to the creation of a new *Input* location. " "If you want to rename it, you can go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " @@ -2057,11 +1848,11 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Configuración -> Ubicaciones -> Seleccionar entrada` y " "actualizar su nombre." -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:52 msgid "Create a purchase order" -msgstr "Crea una orden de compra" +msgstr "Crea una pedido de compra" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:54 msgid "" "In the *Purchase* application, you can create a *Request for Quotation* with" " some storable products to receive from a supplier. Once the *RfQ* is " @@ -2073,7 +1864,7 @@ msgstr "" "confirma el *SdP*, se creará la selección del recibo y se vinculará " "automáticamente a su pedido de compra." -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:62 msgid "" "Now, by clicking on the *1 Receipt* button, you will see the first picking " "which will allow entering the product in the *input location*. Then, another" @@ -2085,11 +1876,11 @@ msgstr "" "otra selección, una transferencia interna, para mover los productos a " "*Stock*." -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:68 msgid "Process the receipt and the internal transfer" msgstr "Procesar el recibo y la transferencia interna" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:70 msgid "" "The receipt is the first one to be processed and has a *Ready* status while " "the internal transfer will only become *Ready* once the receipt has been " @@ -2099,7 +1890,7 @@ msgstr "" "que la transferencia interna solo se convertirá en *Hecho* una vez que el " "recibo se haya marcado como *Hecho*." -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:74 msgid "" "You can enter the receipt operation from the purchase order, or access it " "through the inventory dashboard." @@ -2107,7 +1898,7 @@ msgstr "" "Puede ingresar la operación de recibo desde la orden de compra o acceder a " "ella a través del tablero de inventario." -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:80 msgid "" "By default, a receipt is always considered as ready to be processed. Then, " "you will be able to directly click on *Validate* to mark it as done." @@ -2115,7 +1906,7 @@ msgstr "" "Por defecto, un recibo siempre se considera listo para ser procesado. Luego," " podrá hacer clic directamente en *Validar* para marcarlo como hecho." -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:87 msgid "" "Once the receipt has been validated, the internal transfer is ready to be " "processed. As documents are chained, the products which have been received " @@ -2130,19 +1921,19 @@ msgstr "" "podrá usarlos para cumplir con las entregas de los clientes o fabricar " "productos." -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers.rst:3 msgid "Lots and Serial Numbers" msgstr "Numeros de Lote/Serie" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:3 msgid "What's the difference between lots and serial numbers?" msgstr "¿Cuál es la diferencia entre lotes y números de serie?" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:6 msgid "Introduction" msgstr "Introducción" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:8 msgid "" "In Odoo, lots and serial numbers have similarities in their functional " "system but are different in their behavior. They are both managed within the" @@ -2152,7 +1943,7 @@ msgstr "" "funcional pero son diferentes en su comportamiento. Ambos son administrados " "dentro del **Inventario**, **Compras** y la aplicación de **Ventas**." -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:12 msgid "" "**Lots** correspond to a certain number of products you received and store " "altogether in one single pack." @@ -2160,7 +1951,7 @@ msgstr "" "Los **Lotes** corresponden a un cierto número de productos que recibió y " "almacenó juntos en un solo paquete." -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:15 msgid "" "**Serial numbers** are identification numbers given to one product in " "particular, to allow to track the history of the item from reception to " @@ -2170,11 +1961,11 @@ msgstr "" "en particular, para permitir el seguimiento histórico de un ítem desde la " "recepción hasta la entrega y posterior a la entrega." -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:20 msgid "When to use" msgstr "Cuando usarlo" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:22 msgid "" "**Lots** are interesting for products you receive in great quantity and for " "which a lot number can help in reportings, quality controls, or any other " @@ -2188,7 +1979,7 @@ msgstr "" "identificar un número de piezas teniendo por ejemplo un fallo de producción." " También puede ser útil para un lote de producción de ropa o alimentos." -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:28 msgid "" "**Serial numbers** are interesting for items that could require after-sales " "service, such as smartphones, laptops, fridges, and any electronic devices. " @@ -2200,11 +1991,11 @@ msgstr "" "dispositivo electrónico. Puede utilizar el número de serial del fabricante o" " el propio, dependiendo de la forma como administra estos productos." -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:34 msgid "When not to use" msgstr "Cuando no usarlo" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:36 msgid "" "Storing consumable products such as kitchen roll, toilet paper, pens and " "paper blocks in lots would make no sense at all, as there are very few " @@ -2214,7 +2005,7 @@ msgstr "" "lápices y bloques de papel en lotes no tendría ningún sentido, ya que hay " "pocas oportunidades que pueda regresarlos por fallos de producción." -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:40 msgid "" "On the other hand, giving a serial number to every product is a time-" "consuming task that will have a purpose only in the case of items that have " @@ -2226,19 +2017,19 @@ msgstr "" "tienen una garantía y/o servicio de post-venta. Ponerle un número de serial " "al pan, por ejemplo, no tiene ningún sentido." -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:46 msgid ":doc:`serial_numbers`" msgstr ":doc:`serial_numbers`" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:47 msgid ":doc:`lots`" msgstr ":doc:`lots`" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:3 msgid "Manage expiration dates" msgstr "Administrar fechas de vencimiento" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:5 msgid "" "In many companies, products have expiration dates and they should be tracked" " based on those dates. In the food industry, for example, tracking stocks " @@ -2251,7 +2042,7 @@ msgstr "" "vencimiento es obligatorio para evitar la venta de productos vencidos a los " "clientes." -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:10 msgid "" "With Odoo, you can track your products based on their expiration dates, even" " if they are already tracked by lots or serial numbers." @@ -2259,17 +2050,17 @@ msgstr "" "Con Odoo, puede rastrear sus productos en función de sus fechas de " "vencimiento, incluso si ya están rastreados por lotes o números de serie." -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:14 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:15 msgid "Configurations" msgstr "Configuraciones" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:17 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:18 msgid "Application configuration" msgstr "Aplicación de configuración" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:19 msgid "" "To use expiration dates tracking, open the *Inventory* application and go to" " :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Lots & Serial" @@ -2279,14 +2070,14 @@ msgstr "" "*Inventario* y vaya a :menuselection:`Configuración --> Configuración` y " "active las funciones *Lotes y números de serie* y *Fechas de vencimiento*." -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:27 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:28 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:68 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:90 msgid "Product configuration" msgstr "Configuración del producto" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:29 msgid "" "Now, you have the possibility to define different dates in the *inventory " "tab* of the product form:" @@ -2294,7 +2085,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ahora, tiene la posibilidad de definir diferentes fechas en la *pestaña de " "inventario* del formulario del producto:" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:32 msgid "" "Product Use Time: it’s the number of days before the goods start " "deteriorating, without being dangerous yet. It will be computed using the " @@ -2304,7 +2095,7 @@ msgstr "" "comiencen a deteriorarse, sin ser peligrosos todavía. Se calculará " "utilizando el número de lote/serie;" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:34 msgid "" "Product Life Time: refers to the number of days before the goods may become " "dangerous and must not be consumed. It will be computed on the lot/serial " @@ -2314,7 +2105,7 @@ msgstr "" "productos puedan volverse peligrosos y no deben ser consumidos. Se calculará" " en el lote/número de serie;" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:36 msgid "" "Product Removal Time: shows the number of days before the goods should be " "removed from the stock. It will be computed on the lot/serial number;" @@ -2322,7 +2113,7 @@ msgstr "" "Tiempo de eliminación del producto: muestra el número de días antes de que " "los productos se retiren del stock. Se calculará en el lote/número de serie;" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:38 msgid "" "Product Alert Time: refers to the number of days before an alert should be " "raised on the lot/serial number." @@ -2330,11 +2121,11 @@ msgstr "" "Tiempo de alerta del producto: se refiere al número de días antes de que se " "genere una alerta en el lote/número de serie." -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:44 msgid "Expiration Date on Lots/Serial Numbers" msgstr "Fecha de vencimiento en lotes/números de serie" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:46 msgid "" "When receiving a product in stock, the dates will automatically be updated " "on the corresponding lot/serial number. This update will be based on the " @@ -2345,11 +2136,11 @@ msgstr "" "la fecha de recepción del producto y los horarios establecidos en el " "formulario del producto." -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:58 msgid "Expiration Alerts" msgstr "Alertas de Vencimiento" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:60 msgid "" "You can access all your expiration alerts from the *inventory* app. To do " "so, go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. There, you " @@ -2361,11 +2152,11 @@ msgstr "" "/ Números de serie`. Allí, puede usar el filtro preexistente que muestra " "todos los lotes/números de serie que excedieron su fecha de alerta." -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:3 msgid "Manage lots of identical products" msgstr "Administra muchos productos idénticos" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:5 msgid "" "Lots are useful for products you receive in great quantity and for which a " "lot number can help in reporting, quality controls, or any other info. Lots " @@ -2373,13 +2164,13 @@ msgid "" "fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or food." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:11 msgid "" "Odoo has the capacity to manage lots, ensuring compliance with the " "traceability requirements imposed by the majority of industries." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:14 msgid "" "The double-entry management in Odoo enables you to run very advanced " "traceability." @@ -2387,73 +2178,73 @@ msgstr "" "La administración de doble-entrada de Odoo le permite ejecutar trazabilidad " "muy avanzada." -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:18 msgid "Setting Up" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:21 msgid "Application Configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:23 msgid "" "First, you need to activate the tracking of lot numbers. To do so, go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and tick *Lots & " "Serial Numbers*. Then, click on save." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:31 msgid "Product Configuration" msgstr "Configuración de producto" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:33 msgid "" "Now, you have to configure which products you want to track by serial " "numbers." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:36 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products` and open the product of your" " choice. There, click on *Edit* and select *Tracking by Lots* in the " "inventory tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:47 msgid "Manage Lots" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:52 msgid "" "In order to receive a product tracked by lots, you have to specify its lot " "numbers. You have several ways of doing so:" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:55 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:65 msgid "Manually assign the different lot numbers" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:57 msgid "Copy/paste lot numbers from an Excel file" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:59 msgid "First, you need to open the detailed operations of your picking." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:67 msgid "" "When opening the detailed operations, you can click on *Add a line*. Then, " "you will be able to fill the lot number in. Once done, you can click on *Add" " a line* again to register a new lot number." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:75 msgid "Copy/paste lot number from an Excel file" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:77 msgid "" "Once the spreadsheet containing the lot numbers you received from your " "supplier and copy the list. Then, you can paste them in the *Lot/Serial " @@ -2462,18 +2253,18 @@ msgid "" "contained in each one of the lots." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:93 msgid "Operation Types" msgstr "Tipos de operación" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:95 msgid "" "Of course, you also have the possibility to define how you will manage lots " "for each operation type. To do so, open the *Inventory* app and go to " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Operation Types`." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:99 msgid "" "For each type (receipts, internal transfers, deliveries, …), you can decide " "if you allow to create new lot numbers or only use existing ones. By " @@ -2483,41 +2274,41 @@ msgid "" "allow using existing lot numbers in receipts too." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:111 msgid "Lots traceability" msgstr "Trazabilidad de lotes" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:113 msgid "" "The lot number given to the products allows you to keep track of where they " "were received, put in stock, to whom they were sold and where they were " "shipped to." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:117 msgid "" "To track an item, open the *Inventory* module and, in :menuselection:`Master" " Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers`, click on the lot number corresponding to " "your search." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:124 msgid "" "When you open the *Traceability* information, you see in which documents the" " lot number has been used." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:130 msgid "" "Now, if you want to locate the lot number, you can do so by clicking on the " "*Location* stat button." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:3 msgid "Work with serial numbers" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:5 msgid "" "To track products with serial numbers, you can use the serial number " "tracking. With them, you can track the current location of the product and, " @@ -2526,20 +2317,20 @@ msgid "" "last movement." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:11 msgid "" "If you want to do it or run very advanced traceability, the Odoo double-" "entry management is the feature you need." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:20 msgid "" "First, you need to activate the serial numbers tracking. To do so, go to " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the *Inventory* application. " "Then, enable the feature and hit save." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:30 msgid "" "Now, you have to configure the products you want to track by serial numbers." " To do so, go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products` and open the " @@ -2547,48 +2338,48 @@ msgid "" "Number* in the *Inventory tab*. Then, click on save." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:42 msgid "Manage Serial Numbers" msgstr "Administrar Números de Serie" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:47 msgid "" "To receive a product that is tracked by serial number, you have to specify " "its serial number. Of course, you have several ways of doing so:" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:50 msgid "Manual assignation" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:52 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:73 msgid "Multi-assignation" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:54 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:89 msgid "Copy/pasting from an Excel file" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:56 msgid "" "Whatever could be your favorite way to assign serial numbers, you firstly " "need to open the detailed operations of your picking." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:63 msgid "Manual assignation of the different serial numbers" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:65 msgid "" "When opening the detailed operations, you can click on *Add a line*. Then, " "you will be able to fill in the serial number field. Once done, you can " "click again on *Add a line* to register a new serial number." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:75 msgid "" "By using the multi-assignation of serial numbers, Odoo will automatically " "create the necessary lines. To do so, you have to enter the first serial " @@ -2596,11 +2387,11 @@ msgid "" "number to." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:80 msgid "Once done, click on *Assign Serial Numbers* and Odoo will do the rest." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:91 msgid "" "To use copy/pasting, open the spreadsheet containing the serial numbers you " "received and copy the list. Then, past them in the *Lot/Serial Number Name* " @@ -2608,42 +2399,42 @@ msgid "" " need." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:106 msgid "Operation types" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:108 msgid "" "You also have the possibility to define how you will manage lots for each " "operation type. To define it, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Operation Types` in the *Inventory* app." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:112 msgid "" "For each type, you can decide if you allow the creation of new lot numbers " "or want to use existing ones. By default, the creation of new lots is only " "allowed at product reception." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:120 msgid "" "If you have inter-warehouse transfers and track products by lots, it can be " "useful to allow using existing lot numbers in receipts too." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:124 msgid "Serial Number traceability" msgstr "Trazabilidad de número de serie" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:126 msgid "" "Using serial numbers allows you to keep track of where the products were " "received, put in stock, to whom they were sold, and where they were shipped " "to." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:130 msgid "" "Tracking an item is easy: open the *Inventory* app, and go to " ":menuselection:`Master Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers` and click on the serial" @@ -2652,21 +2443,21 @@ msgid "" "been used." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:140 msgid "" "And, if you want to locate a serial number, you can do so by clicking on the" " *Location* button available on the serial number form." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc.rst:3 msgid "Miscellaneous Operations" msgstr "Operaciones varias" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:3 msgid "Process Batch Transfers" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:5 msgid "" "Batch picking allows a single picker to handle a batch of orders, reducing " "the number of times he must visit the same location. In Odoo, it means you " @@ -2674,70 +2465,64 @@ msgid "" " either via the barcode application or in the form view." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:11 msgid "Create a Batch Transfer" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:13 msgid "" "To activate the batch picking option, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " "Configuration --> Configuration` and enable *Batch Pickings*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:20 msgid "" "Then, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Batch Transfers` " "and hit the create button." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:27 msgid "" "Now, determine the batch transfer responsible and the type of transfers you " "want to include in the batch. To add the types of transfers, click on *Add a" " line*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:34 msgid "" "In the example below, a filter was applied to only see the transfers that " "are in the *Pick* step. After that, the different transfers that needed to " "be included in the batch transfer were selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:42 msgid "" "To see the products to pick for the different transfers, click on *Select*. " "If *Multi-locations* has been activated, the document also shows the " "locations they have been reserved from." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:51 -msgid "" -"For more info about *Multi-Locations*, please refer to this doc: " -":doc:`../warehouses/location_creation`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:51 msgid "Create a Batch Transfer from the Transfers List View" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:53 msgid "" "From the *Transfers List View*, select transfers that should be included in " "the Batch. Then, select *Add to batch* from the *Action* list." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:61 msgid "" "Next, determine if you want to add the transfers to an existing draft batch " "transfer or create a new one." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:69 msgid "Process a Batch Transfer" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:71 msgid "" "While gathering the products, you can edit the batch transfer and update the" " *Quantity done* for each product. Once everything has been picked, select " @@ -2745,95 +2530,55 @@ msgid "" "too." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:80 msgid "" "In case all the products cannot be picked, you can create backorders for " "each individual transfer which couldn’t be completely processed." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:93 msgid "Process a Batch Transfer from the Barcode app" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:95 msgid "Enter the *Barcode* application, select the *Batch Transfers* menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:101 msgid "" "Then, you can enter the batch transfer on which you want to work. Batch " "transfers can easily be grouped per responsible if necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:108 msgid "" "In the batch transfer, products are classified per location. The source " "document is visible on each line and a color-code helps differentiate them." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:116 msgid "" "To see the products to pick from another location, click on the *Next* " "button." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:123 msgid "" "Once all the products have been picked, click on *Validate* (on the last " "page) to mark the batch transfer as done." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:3 -msgid "Send Automated Emails at Delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:8 -msgid "" -"First, go to the *Inventory* app, then to *Settings* and activate the *Email" -" Confirmation* feature. If you work in multi-company, this configuration is " -"company-specific." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:15 -msgid "" -"When you enable this feature, Odoo automatically creates an email template. " -"Of course, you can modify it if necessary by clicking on the small arrow " -"next to its name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:23 -msgid "Send email at delivery validation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:25 -msgid "" -"On the inventory dashboard, click on *Create* and fill the form for a " -"specific partner. Once you have added some products in it, *Validate* it and" -" do the same for the delivery." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Doing so, an automated email will be sent and will appear in the chatter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:38 -msgid "" -"If you work with a shipping method, and then have a tracking link, it will " -"be included in the standard email template." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:3 msgid "Manage Stock that you don't own" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:5 msgid "" "Sometimes, suppliers can offer you to store and sell products without having" " to buy those items. This technique is called *consignee stock*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:8 msgid "" "Consignee stock is a great way for manufacturers and suppliers to launch new" " products. As resellers may be reluctant to buy a product they are not sure " @@ -2841,230 +2586,49 @@ msgid "" "check its market without having to pay for it in the first place." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:14 msgid "" "Of course, Odoo has the ability to manage those consignee stocks through " "advanced settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:20 msgid "" "To use this feature, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " "Settings` in the inventory app. Then, enable the *Consignment* feature in " "the *Traceability* section. Now, hit save." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:28 msgid "Reception of Consignee Stock" msgstr "Recepción de Inventario en Consignación" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:30 msgid "" "When in the *Inventory* app, open the receipts and create a new reception. " "On the right side, you will see that a new line called *Assign Owner* has " "appeared. There, you can specify the partner which owns the stock." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:39 msgid "If you are the owner, you can leave the field blank." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:41 msgid "" "Once the receipt is validated, the products enter your stock but still " "belong to the owner. They don’t impact your inventory valuation." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:3 -msgid "Scrap Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In your warehouse, you sometimes find products that are damaged or that are " -"unusable due to expiry or for some other reasons. You often notice this " -"during picking or physical inventory. Since those products cannot be sold or" -" stored, you have to scrap them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:10 -msgid "" -"When goods are scrapped, they are not reflected in the system as a part of " -"the inventory. The scrapped material will be physically moved to the scrap " -"area and not taken into account into inventory valuation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Scrap means waste that either has no economic value or only the value of its" -" basic material content, recoverable through recycling." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:21 -msgid "" -"When you install the *Inventory* app, Odoo automatically creates a scrap " -"location. It’s named *Virtual Location/Scap*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Of course, you can create new scrap areas if needed. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the " -"*Storage Locations* feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Now, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations` and create your " -"scrap location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:34 -msgid "" -"You have to check *Is a Scrap Location?* on the location form. In fact, " -"scrap locations cannot be used as normal storage locations and then, a " -"virtual location will be created for scrapped products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:39 -msgid "Different ways to scrap products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:41 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, you have several ways to scrap products: from receipts, from a " -"delivery order, and from an internal transfer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:45 -msgid "Scrap from receipt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Scrapping products from receipts is easy. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory " -"--> Dashboard --> Receipts` or click on *1 TO PROCESS* under the receipts " -"location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Now, open the receipt and validate the picking. Once the products entered " -"your stock, the Scrap button appears on the top left corner of your screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:57 -msgid "" -"You can scrap products that were part of the receipt from there. If you do " -"so, it will move them from available stock to the virtual scrap location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:68 -msgid "Scrap from delivery order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:70 -msgid "" -"To scrap products from a delivery order, go to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" -" Dashboard --> Delivery orders` or click on *1 TO PROCESS*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Once done, open the delivery order. You can see the scrap button in the " -"upper left of the document. If you scrap the product from there, it will be " -"moved from your available stock to the virtual scrap location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:80 -msgid "" -"You can find all the scrap orders made from the picking by clicking on the " -"button on the top right corner of the document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:93 -msgid "Scrap from an internal transfer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:95 -msgid "" -"To do this, the flow is almost the same. In fact, you just have to go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Dashboard --> Internal Transfers`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:101 -msgid "" -"There, open the internal transfer that interests you. Now, click on the " -"scrap button that is on the top left of the document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:104 -msgid "" -"When scrapping before validating the internal transfer, the product is, by " -"default, moved from the source location to the virtual scrap location. But, " -"if you scrap after validating the internal transfer, it will be moved from " -"the destination location, as opposed to the source location, to the virtual " -"scrap location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:110 -msgid "" -"Of course, you can manually update the source location of the scrap order if" -" necessary." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:3 -msgid "Send Automated SMS at Delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:8 -msgid "" -"To send automated SMS, you need to activate the *SMS Confirmation* feature. " -"To do so, go to the *Inventory* app *Settings* and enable the feature. In " -"multi-company, this feature is company-specific." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Of course, an SMS template already exists by default in Odoo. You can modify" -" it by clicking on the arrow on the right." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:22 -msgid "Send SMS at delivery validation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:24 -msgid "" -"To use this feature, try to *Create* a delivery order for a specific partner" -" and add some products to it. Then, *Validate* the delivery." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:30 -msgid "Now, the automated SMS that has been sent appears in the chatter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:36 -msgid "" -"The partner which is set on the transfer needs to have a phone number " -"specified in its contact form for the SMS to be sent." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:39 -msgid "" -"If you work with a shipping method, and then have a tracking link, it will " -"be included in the SMS template." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning.rst:3 msgid "Planning" msgstr "Planificación" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:3 msgid "How is the Scheduled Delivery Date Computed" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:5 msgid "" "Providing the best possible service to customers is vital for business. It " "implies planning every move: manufacturing orders, deliveries, receptions, " @@ -3072,14 +2636,14 @@ msgid "" " scheduled dates." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:9 msgid "" "By using lead times, Odoo provides end dates, the **Commitment Date**, for " "each process. On a sales order, for example, this is the date your customer " "will get the products he ordered." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:13 msgid "" "From the customers’ side, the commitment date is important because it gives " "them an estimation of when they will receive their products. The dates take " @@ -3087,25 +2651,25 @@ msgid "" "account." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:19 msgid "How are Lead Times Calculated?" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:27 msgid "" "As said above, there are several types of lead times. Each is calculated " "based on various indicators. Before going through the configuration, here is" " a brief summary of how lead times are calculated and what they are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:32 msgid "" "**Customer Lead Time**: the customer lead time is the default duration you " "set. Therefore, the expected date on the sales orders is today + customer " "lead time." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:36 msgid "" "**Sales Security Lead Time**: the purpose is to be ready shipping that many " "days before the actual commitment taken with the customer. Then, the default" @@ -3113,7 +2677,7 @@ msgid "" "Time**." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:41 msgid "" "**Purchase Security Lead Time**: additional time to mitigate the risk of a " "vendor delay. The receipt will be scheduled that many days earlier to cope " @@ -3122,14 +2686,14 @@ msgid "" "the default *Receipt* scheduled date." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:48 msgid "" "**Purchase Delivery Lead Time**: this is the expected time between a PO " "being confirmed and the receipt of the ordered products. The **Receipt " "scheduled date - Vendor delivery date** is the default *PO Order By* date." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:53 msgid "" "**Days to Purchase**: number of days the purchasing department takes to " "validate a PO. If another RFQ to the same vendor is already opened, Odoo " @@ -3137,14 +2701,14 @@ msgid "" "date is set on the line." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:58 msgid "" "**Manufacturing Lead Time**: this is the expected time it takes to " "manufacture a product. This lead time is independent of the quantity to " "produce and does not take the routing time into account." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:63 msgid "" "**Manufacturing Security Lead Time**: additional time to mitigate the risk " "of a manufacturing delay. In case of a *Replenish to Order*, the **Delivery " @@ -3152,11 +2716,11 @@ msgid "" " Time** is the default *Manufacturing Order* planned date." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:70 msgid "Sales - Lead Times" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:72 msgid "" "In the *Sales* app, there is an option called *Delivery Date*. It allows " "seeing an additional field on the sales orders, *Expected Date*. This one is" @@ -3164,23 +2728,23 @@ msgid "" "configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:81 msgid "" "If the set up *Delivery Date* is earlier than the the *Expected Date*, a " "warning message is displayed." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:89 msgid "" "But, for all of this properly working, it is still necessary to configure " "all the lead times that could occur." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:93 msgid "Customer Lead Time" msgstr "Plazo de entrega del cliente" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:95 msgid "" "The *Customer Lead Time* is the time needed for your product to go from your" " warehouse to the customer place. It can be configured on any product by " @@ -3188,64 +2752,64 @@ msgid "" "product form, go in the inventory tab, and add your *Customer Lead Time*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:105 msgid "" "For example, product B is ordered on the 2nd of April but the *Customer Lead" " Time* is two days. In that case, the expected delivery date is the 4th of " "April." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:110 -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:182 -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:219 msgid "Security Lead Time" msgstr "Plazo de seguridad" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:112 msgid "" "In sales, *Security Lead Time* corresponds to backup days to ensure you are " "able to deliver the products in time. The purpose is to be ready shipping " "earlier in order to arrive on time." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:116 msgid "" "The number of security days is subtracted from the calculation to compute a " "scheduled date earlier than the one promised to the customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:119 msgid "" "To set this up, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " "Settings` and enable the feature *Security Lead Time for Sales*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:126 msgid "" "For example, product B is scheduled to be delivered on the 6th of April but " "the *Security Lead Time* is one day. In that case, the scheduled date for " "the delivery order is the 5th of April." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:131 msgid "Deliver several products" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:133 msgid "" "In many cases, customers order several products at the same time. Those can " "have different lead times but still need to be delivered, at once or " "separately. Fortunately, Odoo can help you handle these cases easily." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:137 msgid "" "From the *Other Info* tab of your *Sale Order*, you can choose between *When" " all products are ready* and *As soon as possible*. The first one is to " "deliver products at once, while the second is to deliver them separately." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:142 msgid "" "For example, products A and B are ordered at the same time. A has 8 lead " "days and B has 5. With the first option, the *Expected Date* is calculated " @@ -3254,29 +2818,29 @@ msgid "" "April." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:148 msgid "" "With the second option, the *Expected Date* is calculated based on the " "product with the least customer lead days. In this example, B is the product" " with the least lead days. So, the *Expected Date* is on the 7th of April." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:154 msgid "Purchase - Lead Times" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:157 msgid "Supplier Lead Time" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:159 msgid "" "The *Supplier Lead Time* is the time needed for a product you purchased to " "be delivered. To configure it, open a product from :menuselection:`Purchase " "--> Products --> Products` and add a vendor under the *Purchase* tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:168 msgid "" "By clicking on *Add a line*, a new window is displayed. You can specify the " "*Delivery Lead Time* there. If done so, the delivery day for every purchase " @@ -3284,47 +2848,47 @@ msgid "" "Time*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:178 msgid "" "It is possible to add different vendors and, thus, different lead times " "depending on the vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:184 msgid "" "The *Security Lead Time* for purchase follows the same logic as the one for " "*Sales*, except that you are the customer. Then, it is the margin of error " "for your supplier to deliver your order." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:188 msgid "" "To set up *Security Lead Time* for purchase, go to :menuselection:`Inventory" " --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable the feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:196 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:196 msgid "" "Doing so, every time the system generates purchase orders, those are " "scheduled that many days earlier to cope with unexpected vendor delays." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:200 msgid "Manufacturing - Lead Times" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:203 msgid "Manufacturing Lead Time" msgstr "Plazo de entrega de fabricación" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:205 msgid "" "The *Manufacturing Lead Time* is the time needed to manufacture the product." " To specify it, open the *Inventory* tab of your product form and add the " "number of days the manufacturing takes." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:213 msgid "" "When working with *Manufacturing Lead Times*, the *Deadline Start* of the " "*MO* is **Commitment Date - Manufacturing Lead Time**. For example, the MO’s" @@ -3332,19 +2896,19 @@ msgid "" "July is June 27th." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:221 msgid "" "The *Security Lead Time* for manufacturing allows generating manufacturing " "orders earlier to cope with the risk of manufacturing delays." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:225 msgid "" "To enable it, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> " "Settings` and tick *Security Lead Time*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:232 msgid "" "For example, a customer orders B with a delivery date scheduled on the 20th " "of June. The *Manufacturing Lead Time* is 14 days and the *Security Lead " @@ -3352,152 +2916,80 @@ msgid "" "the 3rd of June, which is the MO’s planned date." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:238 msgid "Global Example" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:240 msgid "Here is a configuration:" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:242 msgid "1 day of security lead time for Sales" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:243 msgid "2 days of security lead time for Manufacturing" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:244 msgid "3 days of manufacturing lead time" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:245 msgid "1 day of security lead time for Purchase" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:246 msgid "4 days of supplier lead time" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:248 msgid "" "Let’s say that a customer orders B on the 1st of September and the delivery " "date is planned to be within 20 days (September 20th). In such a scenario, " "here is when all the various steps are triggered." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:252 msgid "**September 1st**: the sales order is created" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:253 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:253 msgid "" "**September 10th**: the deadline to order components from the supplier " "because of the manufacturing process (4 days of supplier lead time)" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:256 msgid "" "**September 13th**: the reception of the product from the supplier (1 day of" " security lead time for Purchase)" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:258 msgid "" "**September 14th**: the deadline start date for the manufacturing (19th - 3 " "days of manufacturing lead time - 2 days of security lead time for " "Manufacturing)" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:261 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:261 msgid "" "**September 19th**: the expected date on the delivery order form (1 day of " "security lead time for sales)" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:3 -msgid "Configure and Run Schedulers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:6 -msgid "What is a scheduler?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The scheduler is the calculation engine that plans and prioritizes " -"production and purchasing. It does it automatically, according to the rules " -"defined on products. By default, the scheduler is set to run once a day." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:14 -msgid "Calculating Requirements / Scheduling" -msgstr "Calcular Requerimientos / Programación" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Scheduling only validates procurements that are confirmed but not yet " -"started. These procurement reservations will start production, tasks or " -"purchases themselves, depending on the configuration of the requested " -"product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:21 -msgid "" -"As a human would do, the scheduler takes the priority of operations into " -"account when starting reservations and procurements. Urgent requests will be" -" started first." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:26 -msgid "" -"In case there are not enough products in stock to satisfy all the requests, " -"you can be sure that the most urgent ones will be produced first." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:31 -msgid "Configure and run the scheduler" -msgstr "Configurar y ejecutar el programador" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:34 -msgid "Run the scheduler manually" -msgstr "Ejecutar el programador manualmente" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:36 -msgid "" -"To start the scheduler manually, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Operations --> Run Schedulers`. The scheduler uses all the relevant " -"parameters defined for products, suppliers and the company to prioritize the" -" different production orders, deliveries and supplier purchases." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:45 -msgid "Configure and run the scheduler (for advanced users)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:47 -msgid "" -"To use this feature, you have to enable the :doc:`Developer mode " -"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` mode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Then, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> " -"Scheduled Actions` and modify the *Run MRP Scheduler Configuration*. There, " -"you can set the starting time of the scheduler." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products.rst:3 msgid "Products" msgstr "Productos" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:3 msgid "How to select the right replenishment strategy" msgstr "Como escoger la estrategia de reposición adecuada" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:5 msgid "" "Minimum Stock rules and Make to Order have similar consequences but " "different rules. They should be used depending on your manufacturing and " @@ -3507,15 +2999,15 @@ msgstr "" "consecuencias similares pero reglas diferentes. Deberían ser usados según " "sus estrategias de producción y entrega." -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:10 msgid "Terminology" msgstr "Terminología" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:13 msgid "Minimum stock rule" msgstr "Regla de stock mínimo" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:15 msgid "" "Minimum Stock rules are used to ensure that you always have the minimum " "amount of a product in stock in order to manufacture your products and/or " @@ -3524,13 +3016,12 @@ msgid "" " quantity needed to reach the maximum stock level." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:22 -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:58 -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:58 msgid "Make to Order" msgstr "Orden bajo pedido" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:24 msgid "" "The Make to Order function will trigger a Purchase Order of the amount of " "the Sales Order related to the product. The system will **not** check the " @@ -3538,11 +3029,11 @@ msgid "" "regardless of the quantity on hand of the product." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:33 msgid "Minimum stock rules" msgstr "Reglas de stock mínimo" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:35 msgid "" "The Minimum Stock Rules configuration is available through your Inventory " "module. In the Inventory Control menu select \"Reordering Rule\" in the drop" @@ -3550,40 +3041,40 @@ msgid "" "values for a given product." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:44 msgid "" "Show tooltips for \"minimum quantity\", \"maximum quantity\" and \"quantity " "multiple\" fields" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:47 msgid "" "Then, click on your product to access the related product form and, on the " "\"Inventory submenu\", do not forget to select a supplier." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:54 msgid "" "Don't forget to select the right product type. A consumable can not be " "stocked and will thus not be accounted for in the stock valuation." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:60 msgid "" "The Make to Order configuration is available on your product form through " "your :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory control --> Products` (or any " "other module where products are available)." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:64 msgid "On the product form, under Inventory, click on \"Make To Order\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:70 msgid "Choice between the two options" msgstr "Elegir entre las dos opciones " -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:72 msgid "" "The choice between the two options is thus dependent of your inventory " "strategy. If you prefer to have a buffer and always have at least a minimum " @@ -3596,11 +3087,11 @@ msgstr "" "sus existencias únicamente tras confirmar una venta, es mejor usar reglas " "bajo pedido." -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:3 msgid "Use Different Units of Measure" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:5 msgid "" "In some cases, handling products in different units of measure is necessary." " For example, if you buy products in a country where the metric system is of" @@ -3610,32 +3101,32 @@ msgid "" "customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:12 msgid "" "You can set up Odoo to work with different units of measure for one product." msgstr "" "Puede configurar a Odoo para trabajar con diferentes unidades de medida para" " un producto." -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:18 msgid "" "In the *Inventory* application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Settings`. In the *Products* section, activate *Units of Measure*, then " "*Save*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:25 msgid "Create New Units of Measure" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:27 msgid "" "In the *Inventory* application go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> UoM`." " There, hit *Create*. As an example, we will create a Box of 6 units that we" " will use for the Egg product." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:34 msgid "" "The category is important for unit conversion, you will be able to convert " "products from one unit to another only if those units belong to the same " @@ -3643,18 +3134,18 @@ msgid "" "for the category which is “Units” here." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:43 msgid "Specify Units of Measure on your Products" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:45 msgid "" "In the :menuselection:`Inventory application --> Master Data --> Products`, " "open the product which you would like to change the purchase/sale unit of " "measure, and click on *Edit*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:49 msgid "" "In the *General Information* tab, you can select the *Unit of Measure* in " "which the product will be sold, which is also the unit in which internal " @@ -3662,22 +3153,22 @@ msgid "" "Measure*, which is the unit in which you purchase the product." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:59 msgid "Transfer from One Unit to Another" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:62 -msgid "Buy in the Pruchase UoM" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:62 +msgid "Buy in the Purchase UoM" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:64 msgid "" "In the *Purchase* application, *Create* a new request for quotation in which" " you include the product with the different *Units of Measure* and *Confirm*" " it." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:71 msgid "" "On the automatically generated purchase orders, the UoM used is the Box of " "6, meaning the Purchase UoM. You have of course the possibility to manually " @@ -3686,42 +3177,42 @@ msgid "" "converted in 60 units. Indeed, the stock is managed in units." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:82 msgid "Replenishment" msgstr "Reposición" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:84 msgid "" "When doing a replenishment via the *Replenish* button on the product form, " "you have the possibility to use a different unit of measure." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:94 msgid "Sell in bigger UoM" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:96 msgid "" "You can choose the unit of measure on the sale order document and decide to " "sell the eggs by the dozen. When doing so, the price is automatically " "computed from Units UoM to adapt to the selected *UoM*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:103 msgid "" "In the delivery order, the *UoM* used in the sale order is converted to the " "*UoM* used for stock management, in our use case, the Units." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:3 msgid "When Should you Use Packages, Units of Measure or Special Packaging?" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:6 msgid "Units of Measure" msgstr "Unidades de medida" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:8 msgid "" "Units of measure specify the unit used to handle a product. In Odoo, you " "have the possibility to specify the unit of measure in which you manage your" @@ -3729,25 +3220,25 @@ msgid "" "supplier." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:16 msgid "" "The *conversion* between the different units of measure is done " "automatically. The only condition is that all the units have to be in the " "*same category* (Unit, Weight, Volume, Length,...)" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:20 msgid "" "For example, if I have the following reordering rule for the egg and I run " "the scheduler, the quantity added in the automatically generated purchase " "order will be in dozens but what will enter the stock will be units." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:35 msgid "Packages" msgstr "Paquetes" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:37 msgid "" "The package is the physical container in which you put one or several " "products from a picking. For example, when you deliver a product, you can " @@ -3755,166 +3246,67 @@ msgid "" "you to have a report with the quantity of products for each package." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:43 msgid "" "To separate a delivery into different packages you will have to set the done" " quantity to the desired package quantity then click on \"PUT IN PACK\", do " "this for each package." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:54 msgid "Packaging" msgstr "Empaquetado" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:56 msgid "" "The packaging is the physical container that protects your product. If you " "are selling computers, the packaging contains the computer with the notice " "and the power plug." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:60 msgid "" "In Odoo, packagings are used for indicative purposes on sale orders. They " "can be specified on the product form, in the inventory tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:70 msgid "" "Another useful use of the packaging is for product reception. By scanning " "the barcode of the packaging, Odoo adds the number of units contained in the" " packing on the picking." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies.rst:3 msgid "Inventory Adjustment" msgstr "Ajuste de Inventario" -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:3 -msgid "Choose Between Reordering Rules and Make to Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:5 -msgid "" -"*Reordering rules* and *make to order* do both allow to automatically " -"replenish products when necessary. The difference between those tools is how" -" they are triggered." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:9 -msgid "" -"*Reordering rules* are used to ensure that you always have a minimum amount " -"of a product in stock in order to manufacture your products and/or answer to" -" your customer needs. When the stock level of a product reaches its minimum " -"the system will automatically generate a procurement with the needed " -"quantity to reach the maximum stock level." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:15 -msgid "" -"The *Make to Order* route will trigger a procurement (purchase order or " -"manufacturing order) with the necessary quantity to fulfill a product " -"request (coming from a sale order or a manufacturing order). The system will" -" not check the quantity on hand for the corresponding product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:24 -msgid "Reordering Rules" -msgstr "Reglas de abastecimiento" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:26 -msgid "" -"The *Reordering Rules* configuration is available through the menu " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Master Data --> Reordering Rules`. There, " -"click on *Create* to set minimum and maximum stock values for a given " -"product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:33 -msgid "" -"When the forecasted stock goes below the *Minimum Quantity* specified in " -"this field, Odoo generates a procurement to bring the forecasted quantity to" -" the *Maximum Quantity*. The *Quantity Multiple* is used to round the " -"procurement quantity up to this multiple. If it is 0, the exact quantity " -"will be used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:42 -msgid "" -"The *Lead time* is the number of days after the order point is triggered to " -"receive the products or to order them to the vendor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:45 -msgid "" -"In case you work with multi-warehouses and/or multi-locations, you will be " -"able to specify different reordering rules for the same product in each " -"location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:50 -msgid "" -"For the reordering rules to be triggered, on the corresponding product, a " -"route should be specified. In case you manufacture your products, make sure " -"to select the route *Manufacture* and create a *Bill of Material* for the " -"product. In case you purchase your products, make sure to select the route " -"*Buy* and add a *Vendor Pricelist*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:62 -msgid "" -"Don't forget to select the product type *storable* in the product form. A " -"consumable can not be stocked and won’t trigger reordering rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:69 -msgid "" -"The *Make To Order* configuration is available on your product form through " -"your :menuselection:`Inventory module --> Master Data --> Products` (or in " -"any other module where products are available)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:73 -msgid "" -"On the product form, in the *Inventory tab*, you can set a route. You can " -"choose *Make To Order* and another route, either *Buy* or *Manufacture*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Again, if the *Buy* route is selected, make sure to set a *Vendor pricelist*" -" in the *Purchase tab*. In case you have set a *Manufacture* route, make " -"sure you have a *BoM* for this product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:3 msgid "Resupply from another Warehouse" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:8 msgid "" "In order to be able to resupply from another warehouse, you need to activate" -" \\*multi-warehouses\\* and \\*multi-step routes\\*. Storage locations will " -"be automatically activated when activating multi-warehouses." +" \\*multi-step routes\\*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:15 msgid "" "You can then access your warehouses via :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Warehouses`. Create the necessary warehouses following " -"this :doc:`documentation <../warehouses/warehouse_creation>`. Enter the " -"warehouse which should be resupplied by another one. You will have the " -"possibility to directly indicate through which warehouse it gets resupplied." +"Configuration --> Warehouses`. Enter the warehouse which should be " +"resupplied by another one. You will have the possibility to directly " +"indicate through which warehouse it gets resupplied." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:24 msgid "" "By activating this option, a new route will now be available on your " "products \\*Supply Product from Second warehouse\\*. It can now be selected," " along with either a \\*reordering rule\\* or a \\*make to order\\*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:32 msgid "" "For the demonstration, I set a reordering rule with a minimum of 5 units in " "stock and a maximum of 10 units in stock, having currently 0 units on hand. " @@ -3922,7 +3314,7 @@ msgid "" "Operations --> Run scheduler`." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:40 msgid "" "The system automatically creates two pickings, one \\*delivery order\\* from" " my Second Warehouse which contains the necessary products, and a receipt in" @@ -3931,28 +3323,28 @@ msgid "" "Second warehouse\\*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting.rst:3 msgid "Valuation Methods" msgstr "Métodos de Valoración" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:3 msgid "Integrating additional costs to products (landed costs)" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:5 msgid "" "The landed cost feature in Odoo allows to include additional costs " "(shipment, insurance, customs duties, etc.) into the cost of the product." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:10 msgid "" "Landed costs can only be applied to products with a FIFO or AVCO costing " "method and an automated inventory valuation (which requires the accounting " "application to be installed)." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:17 msgid "" "First, you need to go in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " "Settings` and activate the landed costs feature. You can also determine the " @@ -3960,238 +3352,238 @@ msgid "" "recorded." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:25 msgid "Add costs to products" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:28 msgid "Receive the vendor bill" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:30 msgid "" "Let’s imagine I receive a bill from custom duties for a shipment. I’ll tick " "the box *Landed Costs* on the vendor bill line." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:37 msgid "The landed cost product must be of type service." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:39 msgid "" "If this product is always a landed cost, you can also define it on the " "product and avoid having to tick the box on each vendor bill." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:45 msgid "" "At the top of my vendor bill, I’ll see a button *create landed costs*. I " "click on this button and a landed cost is automatically created. I can now " "decide on which picking those additional costs should apply." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:52 msgid "" "I can now click on *Compute* and go in the tab *Valuation Adjustments* to " "see the impact on my products costs. The last step is to validate the landed" " cost." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:56 msgid "" "I can access the journal entry that has been created by the landed cost by " "clicking on the journal entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:63 msgid "" "You are not forced to start from the vendor bill, you can also go in " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Landed Costs` and directly " "create the landed cost from there." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:7 msgid "Inventory valuation configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:7 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:5 msgid "" "Inventory valuation refers to how you value your stock. It’s a very " "important aspect of a business as the inventory can be the biggest asset of " "a company." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:13 msgid "Inventory valuation implies two main choices:" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:15 msgid "The cost method you use to value your goods (standard, fifo, avco)" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:16 msgid "" "The way you record this value into your accounting books (manually or " "automatically)" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:18 msgid "Those two concepts are explained in the sections below." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:21 msgid "Costing Methods: Standard, FIFO, AVCO" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:23 msgid "" "The costing method is defined in the product category. There are three " "options available. Each of them is explained in detail below." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:71 msgid "Standard Price" msgstr "Precio estándar" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:34 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:79 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:127 msgid "Operation" msgstr "Operación" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:35 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:80 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:128 msgid "Unit Cost" msgstr "Coste unitario" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:36 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:81 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:129 msgid "Qty On Hand" msgstr "Cantidad Disponible" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:37 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:82 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:130 msgid "Delta Value" msgstr "Valor Delta" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:38 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:83 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:131 msgid "Inventory Value" msgstr "Valor del inventario" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:40 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:45 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:50 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:55 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:61 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:90 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:138 msgid "€10" msgstr "€10" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:41 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:86 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:134 msgid "0" msgstr "0" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:43 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:85 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:88 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:131 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:136 msgid "€0" msgstr "€0" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:44 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:89 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:137 msgid "Receive 8 Products at €10" msgstr "Recibe 8 productos a €10" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:46 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:91 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:139 msgid "8" msgstr "8" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:47 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:92 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:140 msgid "+8*€10" msgstr "+8*€10" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:48 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:93 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:141 msgid "€80" msgstr "€80" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:49 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:94 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:142 msgid "Receive 4 Products at €16" msgstr "Recibe 4 Productos a €16" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:51 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:96 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:144 msgid "12" msgstr "12" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:54 msgid "+4*€10" msgstr "+4*€10" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:55 msgid "€120" msgstr "€120" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:54 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:99 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:147 msgid "Deliver 10 Products" msgstr "Entregar 10 Productos" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:56 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:101 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:149 msgid "2" msgstr "2" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 msgid "-10*€10" msgstr "-10*€10" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:61 msgid "€20" msgstr "€20" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:62 msgid "Receive 2 Products at €9" msgstr "Recibe 2 productos a €9" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:62 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:107 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:155 msgid "4" msgstr "4" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:65 msgid "+2*€10" msgstr "+2*€10" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:66 msgid "€40" msgstr "€40" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:68 msgid "" "In **Standard Price**, any product will be valued at the cost that you " "defined manually on the product form. Usually, this cost is an estimation " @@ -4199,123 +3591,123 @@ msgid "" " be reviewed periodically." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:117 msgid "Average Price" msgstr "Precio medio" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:95 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:100 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:143 msgid "€12" msgstr "€12" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:97 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:145 msgid "+4*€16" msgstr "+4*€16" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:98 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:146 msgid "€144" msgstr "€144" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 msgid "-10*€12" msgstr "-10*€12" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:106 msgid "€24" msgstr "€24" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:105 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:153 msgid "Receive 2 Products at €6" msgstr "Recibe 2 productos a €6" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:108 msgid "€9" msgstr "€9" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:108 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:156 msgid "+2*€6" msgstr "+2*€6" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:111 msgid "€36" msgstr "€36" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:113 msgid "" "In **AVCO (Average Cost)**, each product has the same value and this value " "is the average purchase cost of the product. With this costing method, the " "cost of the product is recomputed as each receipt." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:117 msgid "The average cost does not change when products leave the warehouse." msgstr "El costo promedio no cambia cuando los productos salen de la bodega." -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:168 msgid "FIFO" msgstr "FIFO" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:148 msgid "€16" msgstr "€16" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 msgid "-8*€10" msgstr "-8*€10" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 msgid "-2*€16" msgstr "-2*€16" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:152 msgid "€32" msgstr "€32" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:154 msgid "€11" msgstr "€11" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:157 msgid "€44" msgstr "€44" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:159 msgid "" "In **FIFO (First In First Out)**, the products are valued at their purchase " "cost. When a product leaves the stock, that’s the “First in, first out” rule" " that applies." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:163 msgid "" "Pay attention, that this is a financial FIFO. The first value “in” is the " "first value “out”, no matter the storage location, warehouse or serial " "number." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:167 msgid "" "FIFO is advised if you manage all your workflows into Odoo (Sales, " "Purchases, Inventory). It suits any kind of users." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:171 msgid "Inventory Valuation: Manual or Automated" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:173 msgid "" "There are two ways to record your inventory valuation in your accounting " "books. As the costing method, this is defined in your product category. " "Those two methods are detailed below." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:177 msgid "" "It is important to also note that the accounting entries will depend on your" " accounting mode: it can be continental or anglo-saxon. In continental " @@ -4325,19 +3717,19 @@ msgid "" "the tables below, you can easily compare those two accounting modes." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:185 msgid "" "Usually, based on your country, the correct accounting mode will be chosen " "by default. If you want to verify your accounting mode, activate the " -":doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` and open " -"your accounting settings." +":doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>` and open your " +"accounting settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:191 msgid "Manual Inventory Valuation" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:193 msgid "" "In this case, goods receipts and deliveries won’t have any direct impact on " "your accounting books. Periodically, you create a manual journal entry " @@ -4345,7 +3737,7 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Inventory Valuation`." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:196 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:198 msgid "" "This is the default configuration in Odoo and it works out-of-the-box. Check" " following operations and find out how Odoo is managing the accounting " @@ -4355,83 +3747,83 @@ msgstr "" "momento. Revise las siguientes operaciones y encuentre como Odoo administra " "los registros contables." -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:201 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:360 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:362 msgid "Continental Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:218 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:294 msgid "Vendor Bill" msgstr "Factura de proveedor" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:209 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:226 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:260 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:282 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:300 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:339 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:341 msgid "\\" msgstr "\\" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:209 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:226 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:260 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:282 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:300 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:339 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:341 msgid "Debit" msgstr "Debe" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:209 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:226 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:260 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:282 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:300 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:339 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:341 msgid "Credit" msgstr "Haber" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:211 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:262 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:286 msgid "Assets: Inventory" msgstr "Activos: Inventario" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:211 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:286 msgid "50" msgstr "50" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:212 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:287 msgid "Assets: Deferred Tax Assets" msgstr "Activos: Impuesto Diferido de Activos" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:212 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:287 msgid "4.68" msgstr "4.68" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:213 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:288 msgid "Liabilities: Accounts Payable" msgstr "Pasivo: Cuentas por Pagar" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:213 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:288 msgid "54.68" msgstr "54.68" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:218 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:236 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:292 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:311 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:294 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:313 msgid "Configuration:" msgstr "Configuración:" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:217 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:292 msgid "" "Purchased Goods: defined on the product or on the internal category of " "related product (Expense Account field)" @@ -4439,71 +3831,71 @@ msgstr "" "Mercancías Adquiridas: definido en el producto o en la categoría interna " "relacionada al producto (Campo de Cuenta de Gastos)" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:218 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:294 msgid "" "Deferred Tax Assets: defined on the tax used on the purchase order line" msgstr "" "Impuesto Diferido de Activos: definido en el impuesto usado en la línea de " "la órden de compra" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:219 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:293 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:295 msgid "Accounts Payable: defined on the vendor related to the bill" msgstr "" "Cuentas por Pagar: definido en el proveedor relacionado con la factura" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:220 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:294 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:296 msgid "Goods Receptions" msgstr "Recibos de Mercancías" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:221 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:241 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:243 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:295 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:316 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:297 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:320 msgid "No Journal Entry" msgstr "No Entrada de diario" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:238 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:313 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:315 msgid "Customer Invoice" msgstr "Factura de cliente" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:228 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:230 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:304 msgid "Revenues: Sold Goods" msgstr "Ingresos: Mercancías Vendidas" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:228 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:230 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:304 msgid "100" msgstr "100" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:229 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:303 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:305 msgid "Liabilities: Deferred Tax Liabilities" msgstr "Pasivos: Impuestos Diferidos de Pasivos" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:229 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:303 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:305 msgid "9" msgstr "9" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:230 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:306 msgid "Assets: Accounts Receivable" msgstr "Activos: Cuenta por Cobrar" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:230 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:306 msgid "109" msgstr "109" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:234 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:308 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:310 msgid "" "Revenues: defined on the product or on the internal category of related " "product (Income Account field)" @@ -4511,21 +3903,21 @@ msgstr "" "Ingresos: definido en el producto en la categoría interna del producto " "relacionado (campo de Cuenta de Ingresos)" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:235 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:310 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:312 msgid "Deferred Tax Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line" msgstr "" "Impuesto Diferido de Pasivos: definido en el impuesto usado en la línea de " "la factura" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:236 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:311 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:313 msgid "Accounts Receivable: defined on the customer (Receivable Account)" msgstr "" "Cuentas por Cobrar: definido en el cliente (Cuenta de Cuentas por Cobrar)" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:238 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:313 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:315 msgid "" "The fiscal position used on the invoice may have a rule that replaces the " "Income Account or the tax defined on the product by another one." @@ -4534,18 +3926,18 @@ msgstr "" "sustituye a la Cuenta de ingresos o el impuesto definido en el producto por " "otro." -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:240 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:317 msgid "Customer Shipping" msgstr "Entrega a Cliente " -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:243 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:320 msgid "Manufacturing Orders" msgstr "Órdenes de producción" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:249 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:324 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:251 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:326 msgid "" "At the end of the month/year, your company does a physical inventory or just" " relies on the inventory in Odoo to value the stock into your books." @@ -4553,7 +3945,7 @@ msgstr "" "Al final del mes/año, su compañía realiza un inventario físico o solo confía" " en el inventario en Odoo para valorizar el inventario dentro de los libros." -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:254 msgid "" "Create a journal entry to move the stock variation value from your " "Profit&Loss section to your assets." @@ -4561,20 +3953,20 @@ msgstr "" "Crear una entrada del diario para trasladar el valor de la variación de " "inventario desde su sección de Ganancias&Pérdidas a sus activos." -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:262 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:263 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:341 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:342 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:343 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:343 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:345 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:346 msgid "X" msgstr "X" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:265 msgid "Expenses: Inventory Variations" msgstr "Gastos: Variaciones del Inventario" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:268 msgid "" "If the stock value decreased, the **Inventory** account is credited and te " "**Inventory Variations** debited." @@ -4582,12 +3974,12 @@ msgstr "" "Si el valor del inventario desciende, la cuenta **Inventario** es acreditada" " y las **Variaciones de Inventario** debitada." -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:274 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:387 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:389 msgid "Anglo-Saxon Accounting" msgstr "Contabilidad anglo-sajona" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:327 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:329 msgid "" "Then you need to break down the purchase balance into both the inventory and" " the cost of goods sold using the following formula:" @@ -4595,7 +3987,7 @@ msgstr "" "Luego debe desglosar el balance de compra entre ambos, el inventario y el " "costo de mercancías vendidas usando la siguiente fórmula:" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:330 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:332 msgid "" "Cost of goods sold (COGS) = Starting inventory value + Purchases – Closing " "inventory value" @@ -4603,33 +3995,33 @@ msgstr "" "Costo de mercancías vendidas (COGS) = Valor del inventario inicial - Valor " "del Inventario final" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:334 msgid "To update the stock valuation in your books, record such an entry:" msgstr "" "Para actualizar la valoración del inventario en sus libros, registre tal " "entrada:" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:341 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:343 msgid "Assets: Inventory (closing value)" msgstr "Activos: Inventario (valoración de cierre)" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:344 msgid "Expenses: Cost of Good Sold" msgstr "Gastos: Costo de Mercancías Vendidas" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:343 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:345 msgid "Expenses: Purchased Goods" msgstr "Gastos: Mercancías Compradas" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:346 msgid "Assets: Inventory (starting value)" msgstr "Activos: Inventario (valoración de inicio)" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:350 msgid "Automated Inventory Valuation" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:352 msgid "" "In that case, when a product enters or leaves your stock, an accounting " "entry will be automatically created. This means your accounting books are " @@ -4638,32 +4030,32 @@ msgid "" "configuration & testing." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:356 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:358 msgid "" "First, you need to define the accounts that will be used for those " "accounting entries. This is done on the product category." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:372 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:399 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:374 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:401 msgid "**Configuration:**" msgstr "**Configuración:**" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:374 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:401 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:376 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:403 msgid "Accounts Receivable/Payable: defined on the partner (Accounting tab)" msgstr "" "Cuentas por Cobrar/Pagar: definido en el proveedor (pestaña de Contabilidad)" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:376 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:403 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:378 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:405 msgid "" "Deferred Tax Assets/Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line" msgstr "" "Impuesto Diferido de Activos/Pasivos: definido en el impuesto usado en la " "línea de la factura" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:378 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:380 msgid "" "Revenues/Expenses: defined by default on product's internal category; can be" " also set in product form (Accounting tab) as a replacement value." @@ -4672,7 +4064,7 @@ msgstr "" "productos; también pueden ser configurados en el formulario del producto " "(Pestaña de Contabilidad) como un valor específico de reemplazo." -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:381 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:383 msgid "" "Inventory Variations: to set as Stock Input/Output Account in product's " "internal category" @@ -4680,15 +4072,15 @@ msgstr "" "Variaciones de Inventario: para configurar la Cuenta de Entrada/Salida de " "Inventario en la categoría interna del producto" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:384 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:419 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:386 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:421 msgid "" "Inventory: to set as Stock Valuation Account in product's internal category" msgstr "" "Inventario: para configurar la Cuenta de Valoración de Inventario en la " "categoría interna del producto" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:406 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:408 msgid "" "Revenues: defined on the product category as a default, or specifically to a" " specific product." @@ -4696,7 +4088,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ingresos: definidos en la categoría del producto como un valor " "predeterminado, o específicamente a un producto específico." -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:409 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:411 msgid "" "Expenses: this is where you should set the \"Cost of Goods Sold\" account. " "Defined on the product category as a default value, or specifically on the " @@ -4706,7 +4098,7 @@ msgstr "" "vendidos\". Definido en la categoría del producto como un valor " "predeterminado, o específicamente en el formulario del producto." -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:413 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:415 msgid "" "Goods Received Not Purchased: to set as Stock Input Account in product's " "internal category" @@ -4714,7 +4106,7 @@ msgstr "" "Mercancía Recibida No Comprada: para configurar la Cuenta de Entrada de " "Inventario en la categoría interna del producto" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:416 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:418 msgid "" "Goods Issued Not Invoiced: to set as Stock Output Account in product's " "internal category" @@ -4722,7 +4114,7 @@ msgstr "" "Mercancías Expedidas No Facturadas: para configurar la Cuenta de Salida de " "Inventario en la categoría interna del producto" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:421 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:423 msgid "" "Price Difference: to set in product's internal category or in product form " "as a specific replacement value" @@ -4730,49 +4122,49 @@ msgstr "" "Diferencia de Precio: para configurar la categoría interna del producto o en" " el formulario del producto como un valor específico de reemplazo" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:3 msgid "Using the inventory valuation" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:9 msgid "" "In this documentation, we will explain how the inventory valuation works in " "Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:13 msgid "Inventory valuation: the basics" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:16 msgid "Receive a product" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:18 msgid "" "Each time a product enters or leaves your stock, the value of your inventory" " is impacted. The way it is impacted depends on the configuration of your " "product (more info here)." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:22 msgid "" "Let’s take an example with a product - a table - configured with a *FIFO " "costing method* and an automated inventory valuation." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:25 msgid "I purchase 10 tables at a cost of $10." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:30 msgid "" "When I’ll confirm the receipt of the products, the value of my inventory " "will be impacted. If I want to know what this impact is, I can click on the " "valuation stat button." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:35 msgid "" "The consignment feature allows you to set owners on your stock (discover " "more about the consignment feature). When you receive products that are " @@ -4780,37 +4172,37 @@ msgid "" "valuation." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:44 msgid "You need access rights on the accounting module to see that button." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:46 msgid "" "In this case, I can see that the 10 tables entered the stock for a total " "value of $100." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:52 msgid "" "I can also easily access the accounting entry that has been generated (in " "case of automated inventory valuation)." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:59 msgid "Deliver a product" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:61 msgid "" "In the same logic, when a table will be delivered, the stock valuation will " "be impacted and you will have access to a similar information." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:68 msgid "The inventory valuation report" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:70 msgid "" "The summary of this is accessible via the inventory valuation report " "(accessible from :menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Inventory " @@ -4819,15 +4211,15 @@ msgid "" "information for a past date." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses.rst:3 msgid "Warehouses" msgstr "Almacenes" -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:3 msgid "What is the difference between warehouses and locations?" msgstr "¿Cuál es la diferencia entre depósitos y ubicaciones?" -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:5 msgid "" "In Odoo, a **Warehouse** is the actual building/place in which your items " "are stocked. You can setup multiple warehouses and create moves between " @@ -4837,7 +4229,7 @@ msgstr "" "almacenados. Puede configurar múltiples bodegas y crear movimientos entre " "bodegas." -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:9 msgid "" "A **Location**, is a specific space within your warehouse. It can be " "considered as a sublocation of your warehouse, as a shelf, a floor, an " @@ -4851,11 +4243,11 @@ msgstr "" " posible vincular una ubicación a múltiples bodegas. Puede configurar tantas" " ubicaciones como necesite bajo una bodega." -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:15 msgid "There are 3 types of locations:" msgstr "Hay 3 tipos de ubicaciones:" -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:17 msgid "" "The **Physical Locations** are internal locations that are part of the " "warehouses for which you are the owner. They can be the loading and " @@ -4865,7 +4257,7 @@ msgstr "" " las cuales Ud. es el propietario. Estas pueden ser el área de cargue y " "descargue de sy bodega, una estantería o un departamento, etc." -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:21 msgid "" "The **Partner Locations** are spaces within a customer and/or vendor's " "warehouse. They work the same way as Physical Locations with the only " @@ -4875,7 +4267,7 @@ msgstr "" "proveedor o cliente. Estos funcionan de la misma manera que las ubicaciones " "Físicas con la única diferencia que Ud. no es el propietario de la bodega." -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:25 msgid "" "The **Virtual Locations** are places that do not exist, but in which " "products can be placed when they are not physically in an inventory yet (or " @@ -4889,7 +4281,7 @@ msgstr "" "fuera de existencias (en la **Pérdida de Inventario**), o cuando quiere " "tener en cuenta productos que van camino a su bodega (**Adquisiciones**)." -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:31 msgid "" "In Odoo, locations are structured hierarchically. You can structure your " "locations as a tree, dependent on a parent-child relationship. This gives " @@ -4901,326 +4293,19 @@ msgstr "" "padre-hijo. Esto le da niveles más detallados de análisi de sus operaciones " "de inventario y la organización de sus bodegas." -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:37 -msgid ":doc:`warehouse_creation`" -msgstr ":doc:`warehouse_creation`" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:38 -msgid ":doc:`location_creation`" -msgstr ":doc:`location_creation`" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:3 -msgid "Create a New Location" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In order to be able to create different locations, you will need to activate" -" *Multi-Locations* in the settings which can be done from the " -":menuselection:`Inventory application --> Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:15 -msgid "" -"In the *Inventory application*, you can now go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations` and hit *Create* in order to " -"create a new location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Type the name of the location in the *Location Name* field, and select the " -"*Parent Location* in the list. The parent location can be a physical, " -"partner or virtual location, and you can add as many sub-locations as needed" -" to a location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:29 -msgid "" -"In case you want the location to be suggested when creating a Return or when" -" Scrapping a product, you should check *Is a Scrap Location?* and *Is a " -"Return Location?*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:33 -msgid "" -"If you have the *Barcode* application installed, you can specify the barcode" -" which will correspond to this location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:37 -msgid "" -"A warehouse also corresponds to a location. As the locations are " -"hierarchical, Odoo will create the parent location of the warehouse, " -"containing all the sublocations in it." -msgstr "" -"Una bodega también corresponde a una ubicación. Como las ubicaciones son " -"jerárquicas, Odoo creará la ubicación matriz de la bodega, conteniendo todas" -" las sub-ubicaciones en ella. " - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:3 -msgid "Create a New Warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In order to create a new warehouse, you should activate the *Multi-" -"Warehouse* settings. Note that the *Multi-Locations* settings will be " -"automatically activated at the same time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:12 -msgid "" -"In order to do so, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration" -" --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:18 -msgid "" -"You can then go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " -"Warehouses` and hit *Create* to add a new warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:24 -msgid "" -"You will be able to enter your warehouse name. You should also choose a " -"short name for your warehouse which is 5-characters long and is used on the " -"different warehouse documents." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:28 -msgid "" -"In the Address field, you can select an existing company or create one on-" -"the-go. Therefore, the address of your warehouse will be the same as the one" -" of the company you selected. You can also leave this field empty and edit " -"it afterward." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:36 -msgid "" -"After the creation of your new warehouse, you can go back to the *Dashboard*" -" and you will see the new operation types automatically created by Odoo due " -"to the creation of a new warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process.rst:3 -msgid "Process Overview" -msgstr "Información general del Proceso" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:3 -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:25 -msgid "Deliver Products from Stock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:6 -msgid "Create Storable/Consumable Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:8 -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:5 -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The first step to use the inventory application is to create products in " -"your database via the menu :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products`. Click " -"the Create button and enter the name of your product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:15 -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:12 -msgid "" -"In case you set the product as *storable*, you will track the stock for this" -" product and know how many units are in stock and what is the forecasted " -"number of units. If you want to include a product on receipts/deliveries but" -" don’t need to track its stock, you can set it as *consumable*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Once you have existing products, you can decide to create a delivery to " -"deliver products to your customers. The process in order to do so is " -"described in the following print screens." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:37 -msgid "" -"On the delivery order, you can specify to whom the products will be " -"delivered along with the different products and their respective quantities." -" When the delivery is complete you can hit *Validate* and the products will " -"go out of your stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:45 -msgid "" -"In case you have a delivery that is planned but shouldn’t be immediately " -"validated, you can create a *planned delivery* with a scheduled date in the " -"future. You can indicate the initial demand for each product, corresponding " -"to what has been ordered by your customer. Once the document is filled in, " -"you can hit “Mark as to do” in order to consider it in your product " -"forecasts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:51 -msgid "" -"The default setting is the immediate transfer where you do not need to “Mark" -" as to do” and “Check availability” when delivering a product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:54 -msgid "Deliver Products from Stock from a Sale Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:56 -msgid "" -"If you have the *Sales* application installed, delivery can be directly " -"created by *validating a quotation*. You will be able to find the " -"corresponding delivery directly on the *sale order*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:3 -msgid "Set your Initial Stock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Set the product as *storable*, in order to track the stock for this product " -"and be able to include it in an inventory adjustment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:19 -msgid "Inventory Adjustment for Multiple Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Once you have created all your *storable products*, you can create an " -"*inventory adjustment* to determine their current stock level in Odoo. You " -"therefore need to go to :menuselection:`Operations --> Inventory " -"Adjustments` and create a new one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:29 -msgid "" -"You have to enter a title for your *inventory adjustment* and you can then " -"decide if you want to proceed to the *inventory adjustment* of all products " -"or only some of them. For a first *inventory adjustment*, I suggest you to " -"keep the *Products* field empty. You can then *Start Inventory*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:38 -msgid "" -"If you already have some products in stock, Odoo will add the lines with the" -" theoretical quantity currently in stock. You can also add new lines with " -"your other products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:46 -msgid "" -"If your products are tracked by Serial/Lot numbers, you will have an " -"additional column allowing you to specify those for the different units " -"added to the inventory adjustment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Odoo will highlight in red the lines for which there is a difference between" -" the theoretical quantity on hand, which is automatically computed by the " -"system, and the counted quantity you manually entered. Once all the " -"necessary products have been entered, you can hit *Validate Inventory* and " -"the quantities on hand of your different products will be updated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:58 -msgid "Inventory Adjustment for one Product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:60 -msgid "" -"On each storable product, you have access to the *Update Quantity* button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:66 -msgid "" -"When clicking this button, you see the current stock you have for this " -"product. You can edit the existing lines or create new ones to add stock of " -"your product in different locations and/or add new serial/lot numbers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:74 -msgid "" -"Once you come back to your product, you see that the quantity on hand as " -"been updated taking your modification into account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:81 -msgid "" -"If you work with product variants, the quantity on hand will show you the " -"total quantity in stock for the product template, taking the different " -"variants into account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:85 -msgid "" -"By default, the quantity on hand of the product form will show you the " -"number of products that are part of your warehouse view location, meaning " -"which are part of an internal type sub-location of this warehouse. It means " -"that if you have any product in a location that isn’t under the main " -"warehouse location, they won’t appear in the stock on hand stat button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:3 -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:22 -msgid "Receive Products in Stock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Once you have existing products, you can decide to create a receipt to enter" -" products from your supplier in stock. The process in order to do so is " -"described in the following print screens." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:34 -msgid "" -"On the receipt document, you can select the quantity of the different " -"products you receive and the supplier from who you received them. When the " -"receipt is complete, you can hit *Validate* and the products will enter your" -" stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:42 -msgid "" -"In case you have a receipt that is planned but shouldn’t be immediately " -"validated, you can create a *planned receipt* with a scheduled date in the " -"future. You can indicate the initial demand for each product, corresponding " -"to what has been ordered to your supplier. Once the document is filled in, " -"you can hit “Mark as to do” in order to consider it in your product " -"forecasts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:56 -msgid "Receive Products in Stock from Purchase Orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:58 -msgid "" -"If you have the *Purchase* application installed, receipts can be directly " -"created by validating a *request for quotation*. You will be able to find " -"the corresponding receipt directly on the *purchase order*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes.rst:3 msgid "Advanced Routes" msgstr "Rutas Avanzadas" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts.rst:3 msgid "Concepts" msgstr "Conceptos" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:3 msgid "Organize a cross-dock in a warehouse" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:5 msgid "" "Cross-docking is the process of sending products that are received directly " "to the customers, without making them enter the stock. The trucks are simply" @@ -5228,41 +4313,41 @@ msgid "" "another truck." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:11 msgid "" "For more information on how to organize your warehouse, read our blog: `What" " is cross-docking and is it for me? <https://www.odoo.com/blog/business-" "hacks-1/post/what-is-cross-docking-and-is-it-for-me-270>`__" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:16 msgid "" "In the *Inventory* app, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and" " activate the *Multi-Step Routes*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:22 msgid "Doing so will also enable the *Storage Locations* feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:24 msgid "" "Now, both *Incoming* and *Outgoing* shipments should be configured to work " "with 2 steps. To adapt the configuration, go to :menuselection:`Inventory " "--> Configuration --> Warehouses` and edit your warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:31 msgid "" "This modification will lead to the creation of a *Cross-Docking* route that " "can be found in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:38 msgid "Configure products with Cross-Dock Route" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:40 msgid "" "Create the product that uses the *Cross-Dock Route* and then, in the " "inventory tab, select the routes *Buy* and *Cross-Dock*. Now, in the " @@ -5270,7 +4355,7 @@ msgid "" "for it." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:48 msgid "" "Once done, create a sale order for the product and confirm it. Odoo will " "automatically create two transfers which will be linked to the sale order. " @@ -5281,245 +4366,201 @@ msgid "" "because we still need to order the product to our supplier." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:56 msgid "" "Now, go to the *Purchase* app. There, you will find the purchase order that " "has been automatically triggered by the system. Validate it and receive the " "products in the *Input Location*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:64 msgid "" "When the products have been received from the supplier, you can go back to " "your initial sale order and validate the internal transfer from *Input* to " "*Output*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:72 msgid "" "The delivery order is now ready to be processed and can be validated too." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:3 -msgid "How to do inter-warehouses transfers?" -msgstr "¿Cómo realizar transferencias inter-bodegas?" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:5 -msgid "" -"If you own different warehouses you might want to transfer goods from one " -"warehouse to the other. This is very easy thanks to the inventory " -"application in Odoo." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:3 +msgid "Inter-warehouse transfers" msgstr "" -"Si es propietario de diferentes bodegas podría requerir la transferencia de " -"mercancía desde una bodega a la otra. Esto es muy fácil gracias a la " -"aplicación de inventario en Odoo." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:5 msgid "" -"First of all you have to select the multi locations option. Go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the **Inventory " -"application**. Then tick the **Manage several locations per warehouse** " -"option. Please don't forget to **apply** your changes." +"When owning several warehouses, you might need to transfer goods from one " +"warehouse to another. Proceeding to such behavior is called *inter-warehouse" +" transfers*. If this action is physically easy to perform, the " +"administrative part can be arduous. Fortunately, Odoo comes with an " +"intuitive flow that helps save time when registering those transfers." msgstr "" -"Primero que todo debe seleccionar la opción multi ubicaciones. Vaya a " -":menuselection:`Configuración --> Ajustes` en la **aplicación Inventario**. " -"Luego marque la opción **Administrar varias ubicaciones por bodega**. Por " -"favor no olvide **aplicar** sus cambios." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:13 msgid "" -"This option should also be ticked if you wish to manage different locations " -"and routes in your warehouse." +"First of all, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable " +"**Storage Locations**. Then, hit save." msgstr "" -"Esta opción también debe marcarse si desea administrar diferentes " -"ubicaciones y rutas en su bodega." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:21 +msgid "" +"If you want to manage several routes within your warehouses, then enable " +"**Multi-Step Routes** and check :doc:`use-routes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:25 msgid "Creating a new warehouse" msgstr "Crear una nueva bodega" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:27 msgid "" -"The next step is to create your new warehouse. In the Inventory application " -"click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> " -"Warehouses`. You are now able to create your warehouse by clicking on " -"**Create**." +"The next step is to create your new warehouse. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> Warehouses` and " +"click on **Create**." msgstr "" -"El siguiente paso es crear su nueva bodega. En la aplicación de Inventario " -"de clic en :menuselection:`Configuración --> Administración de Bodegas --> " -"Bodegas`. Ahora puede crear su bodega dando clic en **Crear**. " -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:30 msgid "" -"Fill in a **Warehouse Name** and a **Short Name**. The short name is 5 " +"Fill out a **Warehouse Name** and a **Short Name**. The short name is five " "characters maximum." msgstr "" -"Llene un **Nombre de Bodega** y un **Nombre Corto**. El nombre corto es de 5" -" caracteres máximo." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:37 msgid "" -"Please note that the **Short Name** is very important as it will appear on " -"your transfer orders and other warehouse documents. It might be smart to use" -" an understandable one (e.g.: WH/[first letters of location])." +"The **Short Name** appears on your transfer orders and other warehouse " +"documents. We recommend using an understandable one (e.g.: WH/[first letters" +" of location])." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:40 msgid "" -"If you go back to your dashboard, new operations will automatically have " -"been generated for your new warehouse." +"Now, go back to your dashboard. There, new operations related to your " +"warehouse have been automatically generated." msgstr "" -"Si regresa al tablero, nuevas operaciones se han generado automáticamente " -"para su nueva bodega." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:48 msgid "Creating a new inventory" msgstr "Crear un nuevo inventario" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:50 msgid "" -"If you create a new warehouse you might already have an existing physical " -"inventory in it. In that case you should create an inventory in Odoo, if not" -" you can skip this step." +"If you create a new warehouse, you might already have an existing inventory " +"in it. In that case, you should create an inventory in Odoo. If this is not " +"the case, you can skip this step." msgstr "" -"Si crea una nueva bodega, puede ser que Ud. ya dispone de un inventario " -"físico en ella. En ese caso debe crear un inventario en Odoo, si no puede " -"saltarse este paso." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:53 msgid "" -"Go into the inventory application, select :menuselection:`Inventory Control " -"--> Inventory Adjustment`. You can then create a new inventory by clicking " -"on **Create**. Fill in the **Inventory Reference**, **Date** and be sure to " +"Into the inventory application, select :menuselection:`Operations --> " +"Inventory Adjustment`. Then, create a new inventory by clicking on " +"**Create**. Fill in the **Inventory Reference**, **Date** and make sure to " "select the right warehouse and location." msgstr "" -"Vaya a la aplicación de inventario, seleccione :menuselection:`Control de " -"Inventario --> Ajuste de Inventario`. Luego puede crear un nuevo inventario " -"dando clic en **Crear**. Llene la **Referencia de Inventario**, **Fecha** y " -"asegúrese de seleccionar la bodega y ubicación correctas." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:61 msgid "" -"Next, click on **Start Inventory**. A new window will open where you will be" -" able to input your existing products. Select add an item and indicate the " -"**Real Quantity** available in the warehouse. The theoretical quantity can " -"not be changed as it represents a computed quantity from purchase and sales " -"orders." +"Next, click on **Start Inventory**. You will be able to input your existing " +"products in the new window. Select add an item and indicate the **Real " +"Quantity** available in the warehouse. The theoretical quantity can not be " +"changed as it represents a computed one from purchase and sales orders." msgstr "" -"Luego, de clic en **Empezar Inventario**. Una nueva venta se abrirá donde " -"podrá ingresar sus productos existentes. Seleccione un ítem e indique la " -"**Cantidad Real** disponible en la bodega. La cantidad teórica no se puede " -"cambiar ya que representa una cantidad calculada desde compras y órdenes de " -"venta." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:71 msgid "" -"Don't forget to validate your inventory once you have recorder the state of " -"all yours product." +"Don't forget to validate your inventory once you have recorded the state of " +"all your products." msgstr "" -"No olvide validar su inventario una vez haya registrado el estado de todos " -"sus productos." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:74 msgid "Create an internal transfer" msgstr "Crear una transferencia interna" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:76 msgid "" -"The final step is to create your internal transfer. If you want to tranfer 2" -" units of a product from your first warehouse to another one in Brussels, " -"proceed as follows:" +"The final step is to create your internal transfer. If you want to transfer " +"eight units of a product from your first warehouse to another one, proceed " +"as follows:" msgstr "" -"El paso final es crear su transferencia interna. Si quiere transferir 2 " -"unidades de un producto desde su primera bodega a otra en Bruselas, proceda " -"como sigue:" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:79 msgid "" -"From your dashboard, select a internal movement of one of the two " -"warehouses. To do so, click on :menuselection:`More --> Transfer`." +"From your dashboard, select an internal movement of one of the two " +"warehouses. To do so, click on :menuselection:`Manage --> Planned " +"Transfer`." msgstr "" -"Desde su tablero, seleccione un movimiento interno de una de las dos " -"bodegas. Para hacerlo, de clic en :menuselection:`Más --> Transferir`." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:86 msgid "" -"A new window will open where you will be able to select the source location " -"zone (in this case our \"old warehouse\") and the destination location zone " -"(in this case our \"new\" warehouse located in Brussels)." +"On the new window, select the source location zone (in this case, your " +"\"old\" warehouse) and the destination location zone (in this case, your " +"\"new\" warehouse)." msgstr "" -"Una nueva ventana se abrirá donde podrá seleccionar la zona de ubicación de " -"origen (en este caso nuestra \"bodega anterior\") y la zona de ubicación de " -"destino (en este caso nuestra \"nueva\" bodega ubicada en Bruselas)." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:89 msgid "" -"Add the products you want to transfer by clicking on **Add an Item** and " -"don't forget to **Validate** or **Mark as TODO** once you are done." +"Add the products you want to transfer by clicking on **Add an Item**, then " +"click on **Save** and **Mark as TODO** once you are done." msgstr "" -"Agregue los productos que quiere transferir dando clic en **Agregar un " -"Ítem** y no olvide **Validar** o **Marcar como POR HACER** una vez haya " -"terminado." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:96 msgid "" -"If you select **Validate**, Odoo will process all quantities to transfer." +"If you selected **Immediate Transfer**, Odoo processes the transfer " +"automatically after you clicked on **Validate**." msgstr "" -"Si selecciona **Validar**, Odoo procesará todas las cantidades a transferir." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:99 msgid "" -"If you select **Mark as TODO**, Odoo will put the transfer in **Waiting " -"Availability** status. Click on **Reserve** to reserve the amount of " +"If you select **Mark as TODO**, Odoo puts the transfer in **Waiting " +"Availability** status. Click on **Reserve** to reserve the number of " "products in your source warehouse." msgstr "" -"Si selecciona **Marcar como POR HACER**, Odoo pondrá la transferencia en " -"estado de **Esperando Disponilidad**. De clic en **Reservar** para reservar " -"el monto de productos en su bodega de origen." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:102 msgid "It is also possible to manually transfer each product:" msgstr "También es posible manualmente transferir cada producto:" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:104 msgid "Via your dashboard, select the transfer order in the source location." msgstr "" "A través de su tablero, seleccione la órden de transferencia en su ubicación" " de orígen." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:113 -msgid "Select the right transfer order" -msgstr "Seleccione la órden de transferencia correcta" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:118 -msgid "" -"3. Click on the little pencil logo in the lower right corner in order to " -"open the operation details window. In this new window you can manually " -"indicate how much products you process" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:110 +msgid "Select the right transfer order." msgstr "" -"3. De clic en el pequeño logo de lápiz en la esquina inferior derecha para " -"abrir la ventana de detalle de operaciones. En esta nueva ventana puede " -"manualmente indicar cuantos productos procesa" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:116 msgid "" -"If you decide to partially process the transfer order (e.g. a part of the " -"products can't be shipped yet due to an unexpected event), Odoo will " -"automatically ask if you wish to create a **backorder**. Create a backorder " -"if you expect to process the remaining products later, do not create a " -"backorder if you will not supply/receive the remaining products." +"Click on the little pencil logo in the lower right corner to open the " +"operation details window. In this new window you can manually indicate how " +"many products you process." msgstr "" -"Si decide procesar la órden de transferencia parcialmente (ej. parte de los " -"productos no pueden ser enviados aún debido a un evento inesperado), Odoo " -"automáticamente le preguntará si desea crear un **órden pendiente*. Cree una" -" órden pendiente si espera procesar los productos pendientes luego, no cree " -"una órden pendiente si no suministrará/recibirá los productos pendientes." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:124 +msgid "" +"If you decide to process the transfer order partially (e.g., a part of the " +"products can't be shipped yet due to an unexpected event), Odoo " +"automatically asks if you wish to create a **backorder**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Create a backorder if you expect to process the remaining products later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Do not create a backorder if you will not supply/receive the remaining " +"products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:3 msgid "Taking stock from different warehouses" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:5 msgid "" "When you plan to deliver a customer, you don’t know in advance if the " "products will come from Warehouse A or Warehouse B. You may, in some cases, " @@ -5528,11 +4569,11 @@ msgid "" " those virtual warehouses." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:8 msgid "Set up virtual warehouses" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:10 msgid "" "Let’s say you have two warehouses: Warehouse A and Warehouse B. Create a new" " warehouse, that will be a virtual one. It will allow you to take the stock " @@ -5541,13 +4582,13 @@ msgid "" "create." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:16 msgid "" "The *Storage Location* feature will be automatically enabled. Good news, " "because you will need it later in the process." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:18 msgid "" "Now, you have to make sure that the main stock locations of warehouse A and " "warehouse B are children locations of the main stock location of warehouse A" @@ -5556,11 +4597,11 @@ msgid "" " A+B." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:24 msgid "Sell a product from the virtual warehouse" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:26 msgid "" "Let’s say you have two products, one stored in warehouse A and one stored in" " warehouse B. Now, you can create a new quotation for one of each product. " @@ -5568,25 +4609,25 @@ msgid "" "information." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:31 msgid "" "Once you have done it, you can convert it to a sales order. Then, a delivery" " order will be automatically generated, with a product reserved in warehouse" " A and one in warehouse B." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:3 msgid "Using Routes and Pull/Push Rules" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:5 msgid "" "In inventory management, the supply chain strategy determines when products " "should be fabricated, delivered to distribution centers, and made available " "in the retail channel." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:9 msgid "" "This kind of strategic process can be configured using *Routes*, featuring " "*Pull and Push Rules*. Once everything is properly configured, the inventory" @@ -5594,11 +4635,11 @@ msgid "" "by the rules. Yes, Odoo simplifies your life." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:16 msgid "Inside the warehouse" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:18 msgid "" "Let’s imagine a generic warehouse plan, where you can find receiving docks, " "a quality control area, storage locations, picking and packing areas, and " @@ -5606,7 +4647,7 @@ msgid "" "trigger all the route's rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:27 msgid "" "In this example, vendor trucks unload pallets of ordered goods at receiving " "docks. Operators then scan the products in the receiving area. Some of these" @@ -5615,7 +4656,7 @@ msgid "" "stored in their respective locations." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:36 msgid "" "Here is an example of a fulfillment route. In the morning, items are picked " "for all the orders that need to be prepared during the day. These items are " @@ -5625,22 +4666,22 @@ msgid "" " to customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:48 -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:45 msgid "How does it work?" msgstr "¿Como funciona?" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:51 msgid "Pull Rules" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:53 msgid "" "With *Pull Rules*, a demand for some products triggers procurements, while " "*Push Rules* are triggered by products arriving in a specific location." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:57 msgid "" "We can say that *Pull Rules* are used to fulfill a customer order, a sale " "order. So, Odoo generates a need at the *Customer Location* for each product" @@ -5651,7 +4692,7 @@ msgid "" "created." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:65 msgid "" "Then, Odoo finds another pull rule that tries to fulfill the need for the " "*Shipping Area*: the *Packing Rule* that transfers products from the " @@ -5660,7 +4701,7 @@ msgid "" "created." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:72 msgid "" "All theses transfers are pre-generated by Odoo, starting from the end and " "going backwards. While working, the operator process these transfers in the " @@ -5668,11 +4709,11 @@ msgid "" "order." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:77 msgid "Push Rules" msgstr "Reglas push" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:79 msgid "" "On the other hand, *Push Rules* are much easier to understand. Instead of " "pre-generating documents based on needs, they are live-triggered when " @@ -5680,7 +4721,7 @@ msgid "" " product arrives at a specific location, move it to another location.\"" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:84 msgid "" "A simple example would be: when a product arrives in the *Receipt Area*, " "move them to the *Storage Location*. As different rules can be applied to " @@ -5688,20 +4729,20 @@ msgid "" " products." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:89 msgid "" "Another rule could be: when products arrive at a location, move them to the " "*Quality Control Area*. Then, once the quality check is done, move them to " "their *Storage Location*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:94 msgid "" "*Push Rules* can be triggered only if no *Pull Rule* pre-generated the " "upstream transfers." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:98 msgid "" "Sets of rules like those are called routes. The grouping on the rule defines" " how products are grouped in the same transfer or not. For example, during " @@ -5709,60 +4750,60 @@ msgid "" "packing operation respects the grouping per customer order." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:105 msgid "Use Routes and Rules" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:107 msgid "" "Since *Routes* are a collection of *Push and Pull Rules*, Odoo helps you " "manage advanced routes configuration such as:" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:110 msgid "Manage product manufacturing chains;" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:111 msgid "Manage default locations per product;" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:112 msgid "" "Define routes within your warehouse according to business needs, such as " "quality control, after-sales services, or supplier returns;" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:114 msgid "" "Help rental management by generating automated return moves for rented " "products." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:117 msgid "" "To configure a route such as one of those above, open the **Inventory " "Application** and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. Then, " "enable the *Multi-Step Routes* feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:126 msgid "" "The *Storage Locations* feature is automatically activated with the *Multi-" "Step Routes*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:129 msgid "" "Once this first step is completed, you have the choice between pre-" "configured routes or custom ones. Both are explained below." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:133 msgid "Pre-configured Routes" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:135 msgid "" "Odoo’s pre-configured routes are available in the warehouses’ menu. To find " "it, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses`. " @@ -5770,7 +4811,7 @@ msgid "" "incoming and outgoing shipments." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:144 msgid "" "Some more advanced routes, such as pick-pack-ship, are already configured to" " make your life easier. Those are based on your choice for shipments. Once " @@ -5778,14 +4819,14 @@ msgid "" "--> Routes` to see the routes Odoo generated for you." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:153 msgid "" "Opening one of those routes allows you to see on what you can apply the " "route. Here, all the selected product categories in the *YourCompany* " "warehouse are set up to follow the 3-steps route." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:161 msgid "" "Easier for many businesses, this process might not fit yours. Thus, you can " "configure custom routes in which you can define your own rules, but also the" @@ -5793,24 +4834,24 @@ msgid "" " rules for the pre-configured route." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:171 msgid "Custom Routes" msgstr "Rutas personalizadas" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:173 msgid "" "To create a custom route, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " "--> Routes`, click on create, and choose the places where this route can be " "selected. Of course, combinations are available." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:182 msgid "" "Each place has a different behavior, so it is important to tick only the " "useful ones and adapt each route accordingly." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:185 msgid "" "When applying the route on a product category (:menuselection:`Inventory -->" " Configuration --> Product Categories`), all the rules configured in the " @@ -5819,70 +4860,70 @@ msgid "" "the same category." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:195 msgid "" "The same behavior applies to the warehouses. If you tick *Warehouses*, all " "the transfers occurring inside the chosen warehouse, and meeting the " "conditions of the linked rules, then follow that route." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:203 msgid "" "For the *Sales Order Lines*, it is more or less the opposite. You have to " "choose the route yourself when creating a quotation. This is pretty useful " "if some products go through different routes." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:211 msgid "" "If you work with this kind of route, it is important to keep in mind that it" " must be selected on the sales order, such as below." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:218 msgid "Then, the route can be chosen on each line of the document." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:224 msgid "" "Finally, there are routes that can be applied to products. Those work more " "or less like the product categories: once selected, you have to manually set" " on which product it must be applied." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:232 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Master Data --> Products` and " "open the one on which you want to apply the route. Then go to the *Inventory" " tab* and select the route you’ve created." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:240 msgid "" "If, prima facie, the routes’ configuration can appear quite easy, don’t " "forget that we haven’t set up any rule yet. If not harder to set up, those " "are vital to have working routings." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:245 msgid "Rules" msgstr "Reglas" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:247 msgid "" "The rules are to be defined on the routes. To do so, go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`, then to the *Rules*" " section, and click on *Add a line* button." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:255 msgid "" "The available rules trigger various actions. If Odoo offers *Push* and " "*Pull* rules, others are also available. Here are some explanations for all " "of them:" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:259 msgid "" "**Pull From**: this rule is triggered by a need for the product in a " "specific stock location. The need can come from a sale order which has been " @@ -5891,14 +4932,14 @@ msgid "" "fulfill this need." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:264 msgid "" "**Push To**: this rule is triggered by the arrival of some products in the " "defined source location. In case you move products to the source location, " "Odoo generates a picking to move those products to the destination location." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:268 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:268 msgid "" "**Push & Pull**: it allows to generate pickings in the two different " "situations explained above. It means that when products are required at a " @@ -5908,44 +4949,44 @@ msgid "" "products are pushed to the first location and all the needs are fulfilled." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:274 msgid "" "**Buy**: when products are needed at the destination location, a request for" " quotation is created to fulfill the need." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:276 msgid "" "**Manufacture**: when products are needed in the source location, a " "manufacturing order is created to fulfill the need." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:283 msgid "" "You must also define the *Operation Type*. This operation allows defining " "which kind of picking is created from the rule. With our above screenshot, " "the created picking is, for example, an internal transfer." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:288 msgid "" "On the other hand, the *Supply Method*, allows defining what happens at the " "source location:" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:291 msgid "" "**Take From Stock**: the products are taken from the available stock of the " "source location;" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:293 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:293 msgid "" "**Trigger Another Rule**: the system tries to find a stock rule to bring the" " products to the source location. The available stock is ignored." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:296 msgid "" "**Take From Stock, if Unavailable, Trigger Another Rule**: the products are " "taken from the available stock of the source location. If there is no stock " @@ -5953,7 +4994,7 @@ msgid "" "source location." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:301 msgid "" "In the *Scheduling* section, you can determine how Odoo behaves when one of " "the chain's pickings is rescheduled. In case you decide to **Propagate " @@ -5962,70 +5003,70 @@ msgid "" "alert in the form of a *next activity*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:309 msgid "What about a full flow?" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:311 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:311 msgid "" "Do you remember our Pick - Pack - Ship custom route? Let’s use it to try a " "full flow with an advanced custom route." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:314 msgid "" "First, a quick look at our rules and their supply methods: we have three " "rules, all **Pull From** rules. The supply methods are the following:" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:318 msgid "" "**Take From Stock**: When products are needed in WH/Packing Zone, *Picks* " "(internal transfers from WH/Stock to WH/Packing Zone) are created from " "WH/Stock to fulfill the need." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:321 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:321 msgid "" "**Trigger Another Rule**: When products are needed in WH/Output, *Packs* " "(internal transfers from WH/Packing Zone to WH/Output) are created from " "WH/Packing Zone to fulfill the need." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:324 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:324 msgid "" "**Trigger Another Rule**: When products are needed in Partner " "Locations/Customers, Delivery Orders are created from WH/Output to fulfill " "the need." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:332 msgid "" "This means that, when a customer orders products, a delivery order is " "created to fulfill the order." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:340 msgid "" "If the source document is the same sale order, the status is not the same. " "In fact, the status is **Waiting Another Operation** if the previous " "transfer in the list is not done yet." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:348 msgid "" "To prepare the order, conveyors need products packed at the output area, so " "an internal transfer is requested from the packing zone." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:355 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:355 msgid "" "Obviously, the packing zone needs products ready to be packed. So, an " "internal transfer is requested to the stock and employees can gather the " "required products from the warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:363 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:363 msgid "" "As explained in this documentation introduction, the last step in the " "process (here the delivery order) is the first to be triggered, which then " @@ -6034,21 +5075,21 @@ msgid "" "ready to be processed so the customer can get the ordered items." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:370 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:370 msgid "" "In our case, the product is delivered to the customer when all the rules " "have been triggered and the transfers done." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies.rst:3 msgid "Putaway & Removal Strategies" msgstr "Estrategias de Remoción y Traslado" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:3 msgid "What is a Putaway Rule?" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:5 msgid "" "A good warehouse implementation takes care that products automatically move " "to their appropriate destination location. To make that process easier, Odoo" @@ -6057,7 +5098,7 @@ msgid "" "the most appropriate location." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:7 msgid "" "If, for example, a warehouse contains volatile substances, it is important " "to make sure that certain products are not stored close to each other " @@ -6065,30 +5106,30 @@ msgid "" "intervene, to avoid storing products wrongly." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:12 msgid "" "In the *Inventory* app, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " "and activate the *Multi-Step Routes*. By doing so, the *Storage Locations* " "will be automatically activated." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:19 msgid "Setting up a Putaway Rule" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:21 msgid "" "In some cases, like for a retail shop storing vegetables and fruits, we have" " to store products in different locations to maintain product quality." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:23 msgid "" "Let’s suppose there are one warehouse location *WH/Stock* and two sub-" "locations *WH/Stock/Vegatable* and *WH/Stock/Fruits*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:25 msgid "" "To manage those locations, we will create putaway rules. To do so, open the " "*Inventory* app and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Putaway Rules`. " @@ -6097,12 +5138,12 @@ msgid "" "location." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:31 msgid "" "The putaway rules can be defined either per product or per product category." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:36 msgid "" "Now, if I purchase apples and carrots to my supplier, they will be grouped " "in the same receipt but redirected to the right location automatically, " @@ -6110,11 +5151,11 @@ msgid "" "Report*, under the reporting menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:3 msgid "What is a Removal Strategy (FIFO, LIFO, and FEFO)?" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:5 msgid "" "Usually, *Removal Strategies* are defined in picking operations to select " "the best products to optimize the distance for the worker, for quality " @@ -6122,7 +5163,7 @@ msgid "" "date." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:9 msgid "" "When a product movement needs to be done, Odoo finds available products that" " can be assigned to the transfer. The way Odoo assigns these products " @@ -6130,11 +5171,11 @@ msgid "" "the *Location*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:14 msgid "What happens inside the warehouse?" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:16 msgid "" "Imagine a generic warehouse plan, with receiving docks and area, storage " "locations, picking and packing areas, and shipping docks. All products go " @@ -6142,7 +5183,7 @@ msgid "" " have an effect on which products are taken for the pickings." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:24 msgid "" "Here, vendor trucks unload pallets of goods at the docks. Then, operators " "scan the products in the receiving area, with the receiving date and, if the" @@ -6150,7 +5191,7 @@ msgid "" "are stored in their respective locations." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:32 msgid "" "Next, several orders for the same product are made, but you didn’t receive " "the goods the same day and they don’t have the same expiration date. In that" @@ -6159,24 +5200,24 @@ msgid "" "the products fitting your settings the best." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:42 msgid "" "On the transfer form, you can find the product’s lot/serial number to pick " "for delivery." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:48 msgid "First In, First Out (FIFO)" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:50 msgid "" "When using a **First In, First Out** strategy, a demand for some products " "triggers a removal rule which requests a transfer for the lot/serial number " "that has entered your stock the first." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:53 msgid "" "To be clearer, let’s imagine that you have three lots of nails in your " "warehouse. Those three have the following lot numbers: 00001, 00002, 00003, " @@ -6188,18 +5229,18 @@ msgid "" "00002 is taken because it has the oldest enter date after 00001." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:60 msgid "" "So, for every order of a product with the *FIFO* strategy selected, Odoo " "requests a transfer for the good that has been in your stock for the longest" " period." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:64 msgid "Last In, First Out (LIFO)" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:66 msgid "" "The same way as for FIFO, the **Last In, First Out** strategy is based on " "moving products based on the date they entered the stock. Here, a demand for" @@ -6207,7 +5248,7 @@ msgid "" "lot/serial number that has entered your stock the last." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:70 msgid "" "To better understand, let’s imagine three lots of screws in your warehouse. " "Those three have the following numbers: 10001, 10002, 10003, each with 10 " @@ -6218,30 +5259,30 @@ msgid "" "the stock." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:76 msgid "" "So, basically, for every order of a product with the *LIFO* strategy used, a" " transfer for the last one to have entered the stock is requested." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:80 msgid "" "This strategy is banned in many countries and can lead to only have old or " "obsolete products in your stock." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:84 msgid "First Expire, First Out (FEFO)" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:86 msgid "" "The **First Expire, First Out** strategy is a bit different from the two " "others. Here, it is the expiration date that is important and not the date " "the product entered the stock." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:89 msgid "" "Let’s imagine three lots of 6-eggs boxes (in this specific case, don’t " "forget to use :doc:`units of measure <../../management/products/uom>`). " @@ -6256,18 +5297,18 @@ msgid "" "that expires the sooner after 20002." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:98 msgid "" "Then, you can remember that for every order of a product with the *FEFO* " "strategy, a transfer is requested for the product that has the nearest " "expiration date from the order date." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:102 msgid "Use Removal Strategies" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:104 msgid "" "To identify some units from other ones, you need to track them, either by " "*lot* or by *serial number*. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration " @@ -6275,22 +5316,22 @@ msgid "" "*Lots & Serial Numbers*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:113 msgid "" "To work with the *FEFO* strategy, activate the *Expiration Dates* feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:115 msgid "" "Next, you need to define your removal strategy, on *Product Categories* via " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories`." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:123 msgid "FIFO (First In, First Out)" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:125 msgid "" "As said, a *FIFO* strategy implies that products stocked first move out " "first. Companies should use that method if they are selling products with " @@ -6298,14 +5339,14 @@ msgid "" "outdated styles in stock." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:129 msgid "" "For this example, we created three lots of white shirts. Those are from the " "All/Clothes category, where we put *FIFO* as the removal strategy. In our " "stock location (WH/Stock), we now find the three lots available." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:137 msgid "" "The lot 000001 contains 5 shirts, 000002 contains 3 shirts, and 000003 " "contains 2. As it can be seen above, 000001 has entered the stock first. " @@ -6313,24 +5354,24 @@ msgid "" "that lot are the first ones to move out." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:141 msgid "" "On the delivery order linked to the picking, you can see that the oldest lot" " numbers have been reserved thanks to the *FIFO* strategy." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:149 msgid "LIFO (Last In, First Out)" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:151 msgid "" "With a *LIFO* strategy, that’s quite the opposite. In fact, the products " "that are brought the last move out the first. It is mostly used in case of " "products without a shelf life." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:154 msgid "" "Even if our white shirts are clothes, we can say that they are timeless. So," " let’s use them to test our *LIFO* strategy. Once again, open the product " @@ -6338,35 +5379,35 @@ msgid "" "Categories` and change the removal strategy to *LIFO*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:162 msgid "" "Now, create a sale order for 4 white shirts and check that the reserved " "products are from lots 000003 and 000002." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170 msgid "Don’t forget that the *LIFO* strategy is banned in many countries!" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:173 msgid "FEFO (First Expiry, First Out)" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:175 msgid "" "With the *FEFO* strategy, the way products are picked is not based on the " "reception date. In this particular case, they are dispatched according to " "their expiration date." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:179 msgid "" "To have more information about Expiration date, please have a look at " ":doc:`the related doc " "<../../management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:182 msgid "" "By activating *Expiration Dates*, it becomes possible to define different " "dates on the serial/lot numbers to be used in *FEFO*. These dates can be set" @@ -6374,94 +5415,94 @@ msgid "" "Numbers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:190 msgid "" "Lots are picked based on their removal date, from earliest to latest. Lots " "without a removal date defined are picked after lots with removal dates." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:194 msgid "" "Other dates are for informational and reporting purposes only. If not " "removed from the stock, lots that are past the expiration dates may still be" " picked for delivery orders!" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:197 msgid "" "To use the *FEFO* strategy, once again go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " "Configuration --> Product Categories` and choose *FEFO* as the *Force " "Removal Strategy*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:204 msgid "" "For this particular case, let’s use hand cream. As usual, we have three lots" " of them." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:207 msgid "**Lot / Serial No**" msgstr "**Lote / Serie No**" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:207 msgid "**Product**" msgstr "**Producto**" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:207 msgid "**Expiration Date**" msgstr "**Fecha de Expiración**" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:209 msgid "0000001" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:209 -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:211 -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:213 msgid "Hand Cream" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:209 msgid "09/30/2019" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:211 msgid "0000002" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:211 msgid "11/30/2019" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:213 msgid "0000003" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:213 msgid "10/31/2019" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:216 msgid "" "When we realize a sale for 25 units of Hand Cream, we can see that the lot " "numbers which have been automatically reserved by Odoo are the ones with the" " closest expiration date, meaning 0000001 and 0000003." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/shipping.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping.rst:3 msgid "Shipping" msgstr "Envío" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation.rst:3 msgid "Shipping Operations" msgstr "Operaciones de Envío" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:3 msgid "How to cancel a shipping request to a shipper?" msgstr "¿Cómo cancelar un requerimiento de envío a un transportista?" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. " "Odoo will be linked with the transportation company tracking system." @@ -6470,7 +5511,7 @@ msgstr "" "transportistas. Odoo será vinculado con el sistema de rastreo de la compañía" " de transporte." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:12 msgid "" "It will allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the " "destination." @@ -6478,17 +5519,17 @@ msgstr "" "Esto le permitirá administrar la compañía de transporte, los precios reales " "y el destino." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:15 msgid "You can easily cancel the request made to the carrier system." msgstr "" "También puede fácilmente cancelar la requisición hecha al sistema de " "transporte." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:18 msgid "How to cancel a shipping request?" msgstr "¿Cómo cancelar un requerimiento de envío?" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:20 msgid "" "If the delivery order is not **Validated**, then the request hasn't been " "made. You can choose to cancel the delivery or to change the carrier." @@ -6496,7 +5537,7 @@ msgstr "" "Si la órden de entrega no es **Validada**, luego la requisición no se ha " "hecho. Puede elegir cancelar la entrega o cambiar el transportador." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:24 msgid "" "If you have clicked on **Validate**, the request has been made and you " "should have received the tracking number and the label. You can still cancel" @@ -6508,19 +5549,19 @@ msgstr "" "Simplemente de clic en el botón **Cancelar** al lado de la **Ref de " "Seguimiento del Transportador**." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:32 msgid "You will now see that the shipment has been cancelled." msgstr "Ahora verá que el envío ha sido cancelado." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:37 msgid "You can now change the carrier if you wish." msgstr "Ahora puede cambiar el transportador si lo desea." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:40 msgid "How to send a shipping request after cancelling one?" msgstr "¿Cómo enviar un requerimiento de envío después de cancelar uno?" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:42 msgid "" "After cancelling the shipping request, you can change the carrier you want " "to use. Confirm it by clicking on the **Send to shipper** button. You will " @@ -6530,34 +5571,34 @@ msgstr "" "que desea usar. Confírmelo haciendo clic en el botón **Enviar al " "transportador**. Obtendrá un número de seguimiento y una nueva etiqueta." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:50 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:115 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:83 msgid ":doc:`invoicing`" msgstr ":doc:`invoicing`" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:51 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:116 msgid ":doc:`multipack`" msgstr ":doc:`multipack`" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:3 msgid "How to invoice the shipping cost to the customer?" msgstr "¿Cómo facturar el costo de envío al cliente?" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:8 msgid "There are two ways to invoice the shipping costs:" msgstr "Hay dos formas de facturar los costos de envío:" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:10 msgid "Agree with the customer over a cost and seal it down in the sale order" msgstr "Acuerde con el cliente más de un costo y sellelo en la órden de venta" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:13 msgid "Invoice the real cost of the shipping." msgstr "Facturar el costo real del envío." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:18 msgid "" "To configure the price of your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** " "app, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery --> Delivery " @@ -6567,7 +5608,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Inventario**, de clic en :menuselection:`Configuración --> Entrega --> " "Métodos de Entrega." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:21 msgid "" "You can manually set a price for the shipping: It can be fixed or based on " "rules." @@ -6575,7 +5616,7 @@ msgstr "" "Puede manualmente configurar un precio para el envío: Puede ser fijo o " "basado en reglas." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:24 msgid "" "Or you can use the transportation company computation system. Read the " "document :doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`" @@ -6583,16 +5624,16 @@ msgstr "" "O puede usar el sistema de cálculo de la compañía de transporte. Lea el " "documento :doc:`../configurar/tercero_transportista`" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:28 msgid "How to invoice the shipping costs to the customer?" msgstr "¿Cómo facturar los costos de envío al cliente?" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:31 msgid "Invoice the price set on the sale order" msgstr "Facturar el precio configurado en la órden de venta" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:33 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:55 msgid "" "On your sale order, choose the carrier that will be used. Click on " "**Delivery Method** to choose the right one." @@ -6600,8 +5641,8 @@ msgstr "" "En su órden de venta, elija el transportador que será utilizado. De clic en " "**Método de Entrega** para elegir el correcto." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:39 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:36 msgid "" "The price is computed when you **save** the sale order or when you click on " "**Set price**." @@ -6609,7 +5650,7 @@ msgstr "" "El precio es calculado cuando **guarda** la órden de venta o cuando da clic " "en **Precio configurado**." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:42 msgid "" "To invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, click on " "**Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery method as a " @@ -6619,7 +5660,7 @@ msgstr "" "en **Precio configurado**, esto agregará una línea con el nombre del método " "de entrega como un producto. Puede variar del precio real." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:46 msgid "" "When you create the invoice, it will take the price set on the sale order." msgstr "" @@ -6629,11 +5670,11 @@ msgstr "" "Gastos sobre cuales no ya facturas de nuevo a clientes\n" "El precio es introducido en el ordinador cuando hace clic en 'save' el orden de venta. Confirmar el orden de venta y entregar el producto. " -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:53 msgid "Invoice the real shipping costs" msgstr "Facturar los costos reales de envío" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:61 msgid "" "The price is computed when you **save** the sale order. Confirm the sale " "order and proceed to deliver the product." @@ -6641,26 +5682,26 @@ msgstr "" "El precio es calculado cuando **guarda** la órden de venta. Confirme la " "órden de venta y proceda a entregar el producto." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:64 msgid "" "The real shipping cost is computed when the delivery order is validated, you" " can see the real cost in the chatter of the delivery order." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:70 msgid "" "Go back to the sale order, the real cost is now added to the sale order." msgstr "" "Regrese a la órden de venta, el costo real ahora esta agregado en la órden " "de venta." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:76 msgid "" "When you create the invoice, it will take the price computed by the carrier." msgstr "" "Cuando cree la factura, tomará el precio calcuado por el transportador." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:83 msgid "" "If you split the delivery and make several ones, each delivery order will " "add a line to the sale order." @@ -6668,20 +5709,20 @@ msgstr "" "Si divide la entrega y realiza varias, cada órden de entrega agregará una " "línea a la órden de venta." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:87 msgid ":doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`" msgstr ":doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:88 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:84 msgid ":doc:`labels`" msgstr ":doc:`labels`" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:3 msgid "How to print shipping labels?" msgstr "¿Cómo imprimir etiquetas de envío?" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers " "linked with the transportation company tracking system. It allows you to " @@ -6694,12 +5735,12 @@ msgstr "" "precios reales y el destino. Y finalmente, podrá imprimir las etiquetas de " "despacho directamente desde Odoo." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:18 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:17 msgid "Install the shipper company connector module" msgstr "Instalar el módulo de conector de empresa transportista" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:20 msgid "" "In the **Inventory** module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies " @@ -6709,20 +5750,20 @@ msgstr "" "Ajustes`. Bajo **Conectores de Envío**, marque las compañías de transporte " "que desea integrar :" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:27 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:26 msgid "Then click on **Apply**." msgstr "Luego de clic en **Aplicar**." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:34 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:33 msgid "Configure the delivery method" msgstr "Configurar el método de entrega" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:32 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:36 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:35 msgid "" "To configure your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** module, click on" " :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery Methods`." @@ -6730,7 +5771,7 @@ msgstr "" "Para configurar sus métodos de entrega, vaya a la aplicación **Inventario**," " de clic en :menuselection:`Configuración --> Métodos de Entrega`." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:35 msgid "" "The delivery methods for the chosen shippers have been automatically " "created." @@ -6738,7 +5779,7 @@ msgstr "" "Los métodos de entrega para los transportadores elegidos han sido creados " "automáticamente." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:41 msgid "" "In the **Pricing** tab, the name of the provider means that the delivery " "will be handled and computed by the shipper system." @@ -6746,11 +5787,11 @@ msgstr "" "En la pestaña de **Precios**, el nombre del proveedor significa que la " "entrega será manejada y calculada por el sistema del transportador." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:44 msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns :" msgstr "La configuración del transportador esta dividida en dos columnas :" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:46 msgid "" "The first one is linked to **your account** (develop key, password,...). For" " more information, please refer to the provider website." @@ -6759,8 +5800,8 @@ msgstr "" "contraseña,...). Para más información, por favor refiérase a la página web " "del proveedor." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:49 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:62 msgid "" "The second column varies according to the **provider**. You can choose the " "packaging type, the service type, the weight unit..." @@ -6768,13 +5809,13 @@ msgstr "" "La segunda columna varia de acuerdo al **proveedor**. Puede elegir el tipo " "de empaque, el tipo de servicio, el peso de la unidad..." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:52 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:65 msgid "Uncheck **Test Mode** when you are done with the testings." msgstr "Destilde **Modo Testeo** cuando finalice con las pruebas." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:55 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:77 msgid "Company configuration" msgstr "" "Configuración de Compañía\n" @@ -6782,8 +5823,8 @@ msgstr "" "Para introducir el precio correcto el proveedor necesita su informacion de empresa. Sea seguro que la direcion y el numeor del telefono son correctos.\n" "Usando el menu ''multiselection, Compras...>Cuentas del vendedor puede listar las debidas del vendedor. Usando los filtros avanzados, puede listar todas debidas que debe pagar o las debidas que han retrasaodo (ha retrasado el pago)" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:57 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:79 msgid "" "In order to compute the right price, the provider needs your company " "information. Be sure your address and phone number are correctly encoded." @@ -6792,8 +5833,8 @@ msgstr "" " compañía. Asegúrese que su dirección y teléfono están codificados " "correctamente." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:64 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:86 msgid "" "To check your information, go to the **Settings** application and click on " "**General Settings**. Click on the first link **Configure your company " @@ -6803,8 +5844,8 @@ msgstr "" " **Ajustes Generales**. Haga clic en el primer vinculo **Configurar la " "información de su compañía**." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:70 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:92 msgid "" "The shipper companies need the weight of your product, otherwise the price " "computation cannot be done." @@ -6812,7 +5853,7 @@ msgstr "" "La compañía de transporte necesita el peso de su producto, de otra forma no " "se puede realizar la calculación de precio. " -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:73 msgid "" "Go the **Sales** module, click on :menuselection:`Sales --> Products`. Open " "the products you want to ship and set a weight on it." @@ -6820,7 +5861,7 @@ msgstr "" "Vaya al módulo de **Ventas**, de clic en :menuselection:`Ventas --> " "Productos`. Abra los productos que desea enviar y configure un peso." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:80 msgid "" "The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to do" " the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system." @@ -6828,11 +5869,11 @@ msgstr "" "El peso en el formulario del producto es expresado en kilogramos. No olvide " "hacer la conversión si esta acostumbrado al sistema de medida imperial." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:85 msgid "How to print shipping labels ?" msgstr "¿Cómo imprimir etiquetas de envío?" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:87 msgid "" "The delivery order created from the sale order will take the shipping " "information from it, but you can change the carrier if you want to." @@ -6840,8 +5881,8 @@ msgstr "" "La órden de entrega creada desde la órden de venta tomará la información de " "envío desde allí, pero puede cambiar el transportador si lo desea." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:90 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:135 msgid "" "If you create a delivery transfer from the inventory module, you can add the" " third party shipper in the additional info tab." @@ -6849,26 +5890,26 @@ msgstr "" "Si crea una transferencia de entrega desde el módulo de inventario, puede " "agregar el tercero transportista en la pestaña de info adicional." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:96 msgid "" "Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number and **the label(s)**." msgstr "" "De clic en **Validar** para recibir el número de rastreo y la(s) " "**etiqueta(s)**." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:98 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:151 msgid "" "The label to stick on your package is available in the history underneath :" msgstr "" "La etiqueta a adherir en su paquete esta disponible en la historia inferior " ":" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:104 msgid "Click on it to open the document and print it :" msgstr "Clic allí para abrir el documento e imprimirlo:" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:110 msgid "" "If you are doing multi-packages shippings, most of the time, there will be " "one label per package. Each label will appear in the delivery history." @@ -6876,11 +5917,11 @@ msgstr "" "Si la mayoría del tiempo, esta llevando a cabo envíos multi-empaque, habrá " "una etiqueta por paquete. Cada etiqueta aparecerá en la historia de entrega." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:3 msgid "How to manage multiple packs for the same delivery order?" msgstr "¿Cómo gestionar múltiples paquetes para la misma orden de entrega?" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:8 msgid "" "By default, Odoo considers that your delivery is composed of one package. " "But you can easily ship your deliveries with more than one package. It is " @@ -6890,7 +5931,7 @@ msgstr "" "Pero Ud. puede fácilmente enviar sus entregas con mas de un paquete. Esta " "totalmente integrado con los terceros transportistas." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:15 msgid "" "To configure the use of packages, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory " "--> Configuration --> Settings`. Locate the **Packages** section and tick " @@ -6900,25 +5941,30 @@ msgstr "" "--> Configuración --> Ajustes`. Localice la sección **Paquetes** y marque " "**Registrar paquetes usados en empaque: pallets, cajas,...**" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:23 msgid "Click on **Apply** when you are done." msgstr "De clic en **Aplicar** cuando finalice." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:29 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:77 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:107 +msgid "Sale process" +msgstr "Proceso de Venta" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:110 msgid "Sale order" msgstr "Orden de venta" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:34 msgid "Click on a **Delivery Method** to choose the right one." msgstr "Haga clic en un **Método de Entrega** para elegir el correcto." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:40 msgid "Multi-packages Delivery" msgstr "Entrega de Multi-paquetes" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:42 msgid "" "The delivery created from the sale order will take the shipping information " "from it." @@ -6926,11 +5972,11 @@ msgstr "" "La órden de entrega creada desde la órden de venta tomará la información de " "envío desde allí." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:48 msgid "From here, you can split your delivery into multiple packages." msgstr "Desde aquí, puede dividir su entrega en múltiples paquetes." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:50 msgid "" "Choose the quantity you want to put in the first pack in the **Done** " "column, then click on the link **Put in Pack**." @@ -6938,23 +5984,23 @@ msgstr "" "Elija la cantidad que desea poner en el primer paquete en la columna " "**Realizado**, luego de clic en el vinculo **Ponerlo en Paquete**." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:56 msgid "It will automatically create a pack with the requested quantity." msgstr "Automáticamente creará un paquete con la cantidad requerida." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:58 msgid "Do the same steps for the other pieces you want to pack in." msgstr "Realice los mismos pasos para las otras piezas que desea empacar." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:63 msgid "Click on **Validate** when you are done." msgstr "De clic en **Validar** una vez que este listo." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:66 msgid "Multi-packages with a 3rd party-shipper" msgstr "Múlti-paquetes con un 3ra parte-transportista" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:68 msgid "" "Once the delivery order is validated, you will receive the tracking number. " "The **carrier Tracking ref** field will automatically be filled. Click on " @@ -6965,7 +6011,7 @@ msgstr "" "Haga clic en el botón **Rastreo** para verificar su entrega en la página web" " del proveedor." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:76 msgid "" "The **labels** to stick on your packages are available in the history " "underneath:" @@ -6973,15 +6019,15 @@ msgstr "" "Las **etiquetas** a adherir en sus paquetes están disponibles en la historia" " inferior :" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup.rst:3 msgid "Shipping Setup" msgstr "Configuración de envío" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:3 msgid "How to setup a delivery method?" msgstr "¿Cómo configurar un método de entrega?" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo can handle various delivery methods, but it is not activated by " "default. Delivery methods can be used for your sale orders, your deliveries " @@ -6991,7 +6037,7 @@ msgstr "" "defecto. Los métodos de entrega pueden ser usados para sus órdenes de venta," " sus entregas pero también en su comercio electrónico." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:12 msgid "" "Delivery methods allow you to manage the transport company, the price and " "the destination. You can even integrate Odoo with external shippers to " @@ -7001,11 +6047,11 @@ msgstr "" " precio y el destino. Incluso puede integrar Odoo con los transportadores " "externos para calcular el precio real y los empaques." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:20 msgid "Install the inventory module" msgstr "Instalar el módulo de Inventario" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:22 msgid "" "Delivery methods are handled by the **Delivery costs** module. Go to " "**Apps** and search for the module. You should remove the **Apps** filter in" @@ -7015,8 +6061,8 @@ msgstr "" "Vaya a **Aplicaciones** y busque el módulo. Debe remover el filtro " "**Aplicaciones** para verlo :" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:29 msgid "" "If you want to integrate delivery methods in your e-commerce, you'll have to" " install the **eCommerce Delivery** module." @@ -7024,17 +6070,17 @@ msgstr "" "Si desea integrar los métodos de entrega en su comercio electrónico, tendrá " "que instalar el módulo de **Entrega Comercio Electrónico**." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:39 msgid "First set a name and a transporter company." msgstr "Primero configure un nombre y una compañía de transporte." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:44 msgid "" "Then you'll have to set the pricing. It can be fixed or based on rules." msgstr "" "Luego tendrá que configurar el precio. Puede ser fijo o basado en reglas." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:46 msgid "" "If the price is fixed, tick **Fixed price**. You'll just have to define the " "price. If you want the delivery to be free above a certain amount, tick the " @@ -7044,7 +6090,7 @@ msgstr "" "Si desea que la entrega sea gratuita por encima de cierto monto, marque la " "opción **Gratis si la Órden total es más de** y configure un precio." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:54 msgid "" "If the price varies according to rules, tick **Based on Rules**. Click on " "**add an item to a pricing rule**. Choose a condition based on either the " @@ -7054,7 +6100,7 @@ msgstr "" "clic en **agregar un ítem en una regla de precio**. Elija una condición " "basada ya sea en el peso, el volumen, el precio o la cantidad." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:61 msgid "" "Finally you can limit the delivery method to a few destinations. The limit " "can be applied to some countries, states or even zip codes. This feature " @@ -7064,7 +6110,7 @@ msgstr "" "límite puede ser aplicado a algunos países, estados o incluso códigos zip. " "Esta función limita la lista de países en su comercio electrónico." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:69 msgid "" "You can integrate Odoo with external shippers in order to compute the real " "price and packagings, and handle the printing the shipping labels. See " @@ -7074,11 +6120,11 @@ msgstr "" " y empaques, y manejar la impresión de las etiquetas de despacho. Vea " ":doc:`tercera_parte_transportador`" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:74 msgid "Delivery process" msgstr "Proceso de entrega" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:82 msgid "" "You can now choose the **Delivery Method** on your sale order. If you want " "to invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, click on " @@ -7090,16 +6136,16 @@ msgstr "" "**Precio configurado**, esto agregará una línea con el nombre del método de " "entrega como un producto. " -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:88 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:130 msgid "Delivery" msgstr "Entrega" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:90 msgid "You can add or change the delivery method on the delivery itself." msgstr "Puede agregar o cambiar el método de entrega en la entrega misma." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:95 msgid "" "On the delivery, check the **Carrier Information**. The carrier is the " "chosen delivery method." @@ -7107,80 +6153,62 @@ msgstr "" "En la entrega, revise la **Información del Transportador**. El transportador" " es el método de entrega elegido." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:99 msgid ":doc:`third_party_shipper`" msgstr ":doc:`third_party_shipper`" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:100 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:158 msgid ":doc:`../operation/invoicing`" msgstr ":doc:`../operation/invoicing`" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:3 msgid "How to get DHL credentials for integration with Odoo?" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:5 msgid "In order to use the Odoo DHL API, you will need:" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:7 msgid "A DHL.com SiteID" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:9 msgid "A DHL Password" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:11 msgid "A DHL Account Number" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:15 msgid "" "Getting SiteID and password for countries other than United States (UK and " "Rest of the world)" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:17 msgid "" "You should contact DHL account manager and request integration for XML " "Express API. The presales should provide you live credentials." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:20 msgid "Getting SiteID and Password for United States" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:22 msgid "" "You need to write to xmlrequests@dhl.com along with your full Account " "details like account number, region, address, etc. to get API Access." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:24 -msgid "" -"In meantime, for testing the solution, you can use the tests credentials as " -"given in the demo data:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:26 -msgid "**SiteID**: CustomerTest" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:28 -msgid "**Password**: alkd89nBV" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:30 -msgid "**DHL Account Number**: 803921577" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:3 msgid "How to integrate a third party shipper?" msgstr "¿Cómo intregar un tercero transportista?" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. " "Odoo can be linked with the transportation company tracking system. It will " @@ -7192,7 +6220,7 @@ msgstr "" "compañía de transporte. Esto le permitirá administrar la compañía de " "transporte, los precios reales y el destino. " -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:19 msgid "" "In the inventory module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies " @@ -7202,7 +6230,7 @@ msgstr "" " Bajo **Conectores de Envío**, marque las compañías de transporte que desea " "integrar :" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:38 msgid "" "The delivery methods for the chosen shippers have been automatically " "created. Most of the time, there will be **2** delivery methods for the same" @@ -7214,7 +6242,7 @@ msgstr "" "para el mismo proveedor: uno para despachos **internacionales** y el otro " "para envíos **domésticos**." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:43 msgid "" "You can create other methods with the same provider with other " "configuration, for example the **Packaging Type**." @@ -7222,7 +6250,7 @@ msgstr "" "Puede crear otros métodos con el mismo proveedor con otra configuración, por" " ejemplo el **Tipo de Empaque**." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:46 msgid "" "You can change the **Name** of the delivery method. This is the name that " "will appear on your ecommerce." @@ -7230,11 +6258,11 @@ msgstr "" "Puede elegir el **Nombre** del método de entrega. Este es el nombre que " "aparecerá en su comercio electrónico." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:49 msgid "Flag **Shipping enabled** when you are ready to use it." msgstr "Marque **Envío permitido** cuando este listo para usarlo." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:54 msgid "" "In the pricing tab, the name of the provider chosen under the **Price " "computation** means that the pricing will be computed by the shipper system." @@ -7243,11 +6271,11 @@ msgstr "" "precios** significa que el precio será calculado por el sistema del " "transportador." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:57 msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns:" msgstr "La configuración del transportador esta dividida en dos columnas :" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:59 msgid "" "The first one is linked to **your account** (developer key, password,...). " "For more information, please refer to the provider website." @@ -7256,7 +6284,7 @@ msgstr "" "contraseña,...). Para más información, por favor refiérase a la página web " "del proveedor." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:67 msgid "" "Finally you can limit the delivery method to a few destinations. You can " "limit it to some countries, states or even zip codes. This feature limits " @@ -7270,7 +6298,7 @@ msgstr "" "proveedores domésticos. Por ejemplo, USPS US solo entrega desde los Estados " "Unidos a los Estados Unidos." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:95 msgid "" "Go the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> Products`. Open the products" " you want to ship and set a weight on it." @@ -7278,7 +6306,7 @@ msgstr "" "Vaya al menú :menuselection:`Ventas --> Ventas --> Productos`. Abra los " "productos que desea enviar y configure un peso." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:102 msgid "" "The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to " "make the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system." @@ -7286,7 +6314,7 @@ msgstr "" "El peso en el formulario del producto es expresado en kilogramos. No olvide " "hacer la conversión si esta acostumbrado al sistema de medida imperial." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:115 msgid "" "You can now choose the carrier on your sale order. Click on **Delivery " "method** to choose the right one." @@ -7294,7 +6322,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ahora puede elegir el transportador en su órden de venta. De clic en " "**Método de entrega** para elegir el correcto." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:118 msgid "" "The price is computed when you save the sale order or when you click on " "**Set price**." @@ -7302,7 +6330,7 @@ msgstr "" "El precio es calculado cuando guarda la órden de venta o cuando da clic en " "**Precio configurado**." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:121 msgid "" "If you want to invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, " "click on **Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery " @@ -7312,7 +6340,7 @@ msgstr "" "clic en **Precio configurado**, esto agregará una línea con el nombre del " "método de entrega como un producto. Puede variar del precio real." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:125 msgid "" "Otherwise, the real price (computed when the delivery is validated) will " "automatically be added to the invoice. For more information, please read the" @@ -7322,7 +6350,7 @@ msgstr "" "será agregado automáticamente a la factura. Para más información, por favor " "lea el documento :doc:`../operación/facturación`" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:132 msgid "" "The delivery created from the sale order will take the shipping information " "from it. You can change the carrier if you want to." @@ -7330,7 +6358,7 @@ msgstr "" "La entrega creada desde la órden de venta tomará la información de envío " "desde allí, pero puede cambiar el transportador si lo desea." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:141 msgid "" "The weight is computed based on the products weights. The shipping cost will" " be computed once the transfer is validated." @@ -7338,7 +6366,7 @@ msgstr "" "El peso es calculado basado en los pesos de los productos. El costo de envío" " será calculado una vez la transferencia es validada." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:144 msgid "" "Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number. The **Carrier Tracking" " ref** field will automatically be filled. Click on the **Tracking** button " @@ -7348,31 +6376,31 @@ msgstr "" " Rastreo del transportador** será llenado automáticamente. Haga clic en el " "botón **Rastreo** para verificar su entrega en la página web del proveedor." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:159 msgid ":doc:`../operation/labels`" msgstr ":doc:`../operation/labels`" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:3 msgid "How to get UPS credentials for integration with Odoo?" msgstr "¿Cómo obtener credenciales UPS para integración con Odoo?" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:5 msgid "In order to use the Odoo UPS API, you will need:" msgstr "Para usar el API Odoo UPS, necesitará:" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:7 msgid "A UPS.com user ID and password" msgstr "Un usuario ID y contraseña UPS.com" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:9 msgid "A UPS account number" msgstr "Un número de cuenta UPS" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:11 msgid "An Access Key" msgstr "Una Llave de Acceso" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:13 msgid "" "An Access Key is a 16 character alpha-numeric code that allows access to the" " UPS Developer Kit API Development and Production servers." @@ -7381,11 +6409,11 @@ msgstr "" "el acceso al Kit Desarrollador UPS en los servidores de Desarrollo y " "Producción API." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:17 msgid "Create a UPS Account" msgstr "Crear una Cuenta UPS" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:19 msgid "" "Note that only customers located in the US can open a UPS account online. If" " you are located outside the US, you will need to contact UPS Customer " @@ -7395,7 +6423,7 @@ msgstr "" " línea. Si Ud. esta localizado fuera de USA, deberá contactar a Servicio al " "Cliente de UPS para abrir una cuenta." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:23 msgid "" "You can read additional information about opening a UPS account on the their" " website, on the page, `How to Open a UPS Account Online " @@ -7405,7 +6433,7 @@ msgstr "" "página web, en la página, `Cómo Abrir una Cuenta UPS En Línea " "<https://www.ups.com/content/us/en/resources/sri/openaccountonline.html?srch_pos=2&srch_phr=open+ups+account>`_" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:27 msgid "" "If you don't already have a UPS account, you can create one along with your " "online profile by following these steps:" @@ -7413,7 +6441,7 @@ msgstr "" "Si aún no tiene una cuenta UPS, puede crear una junto con su perfil en línea" " siguiendo los siguientes pasos:" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:30 msgid "" "1. Access the UPS.com web site at `www.ups.com <http://www.ups.com/>`__, and" " click the **New User** link at the top of the page." @@ -7421,7 +6449,7 @@ msgstr "" "1. Acceda al sitio web UPS.com en `www.ups.com <http://www.ups.com/>`__, y " "haga clic en el vinculo **Usuario Nuevo** en la parte superior de la página." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:34 msgid "" "2. Click the **Register for MyUPS** button, and follow the prompts to " "complete the registration process." @@ -7429,28 +6457,28 @@ msgstr "" "2. Haga clic en el botón **Registro para MyUPS**, y siga las instrucciones " "para el completar el proceso de registro." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:37 msgid "" "If you already have a UPS account, you can add it to your online profile as " "follows:" msgstr "" "Si ya tiene una cuenta UPS, puede agregarla a su perfil en línea como sigue:" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:39 msgid "" "Log in to the `UPS.com website <http://www.ups.com/>`_) using your UPS.com " "User ID and Password." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:41 msgid "Click the **My UPS** tab." msgstr "De clic en la pestaña **My UPS**." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:43 msgid "Click the **Account Summary** link." msgstr "De clic en el vinculo **Resumen de Cuenta**." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:45 msgid "" "4. Click the **Add an Existing UPS Account** link in the **UPS Account " "Details** section of the page." @@ -7458,7 +6486,7 @@ msgstr "" "4. De clic en el vinculo **Agregar una Cuenta UPS Existente** en la sección " "**Detalles de Cuenta UPS** de la página." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:48 msgid "" "5. In the **Add New Account** screen, enter the **UPS Account Number**, " "**Account Name**, and **Postal Code** fields. The country defaults to United" @@ -7468,15 +6496,15 @@ msgstr "" "**Número de Cuenta UPS**, **Nombre de Cuenta**, **Código Postal**. El país " "por defecto es Estados Unidos." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:52 msgid "Click the **Next** button to continue." msgstr "De clic en el botón **Siguiente** para continuar." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:55 msgid "Get an Access Key" msgstr "Obtener una Llave de Acceso" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:57 msgid "" "After you have added your UPS account number to your user profile you can " "request an Access Key from UPS using the steps below:" @@ -7484,29 +6512,29 @@ msgstr "" "Después que ha agregado su número de cuenta UPS a su perfil de usuario, " "puede solicitar una Llave de Acceso desde UPS usanso los siguientes pasos:" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:60 msgid "" "Go to the `UPS Developer Kit web page " "<https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en_US>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:61 msgid "Log into UPS.com with your user ID and password" msgstr "Ingrese a UPS.com con su usuario ID y contraseña" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:62 msgid "Click on the link **Request an access key**." msgstr "Haga clic en el vinculo **Solicitar una llave de acceso**." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:63 msgid "Verify your contact information" msgstr "Verifique su información de contacto" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:64 msgid "Click the **Request Access Key** button." msgstr "De clic en el botón **Solicitar Llave de Acceso**." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:66 msgid "" "The **Access Key** will be provided to you on the web page, and an email " "with the Access Key will be sent to the email address of the primary " @@ -7515,3 +6543,1824 @@ msgstr "" "La **Llave de Acceso** le será otorgada en la página web, y un correo " "electrónico con la Llave de Acceso será enviado al correo electrónico del " "contacto principal." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:4 +msgid "Manufacturing" +msgstr "Fabricación" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management.rst:4 +msgid "Manufacturing Management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:3 +msgid "Using an alternative Work Center" +msgstr "Utilizando un Centro de Trabajo alternativo" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:5 +msgid "" +"For many manufacturing companies, a common issue is to have to manufacture, " +"at the same time, several products usually produced at the same work center." +" If in practice, employees can manufacture the goods at another work center," +" it is not that simple." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:10 +msgid "" +"You need to keep track of the job: which work center has been used and when," +" so you can schedule maintenance efficiently. With Odoo, you can configure " +"it so you can keep tracking manufacturing orders and your employees have an " +"alternative work center to use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:15 +msgid "" +"This way, your process becomes more efficient, and less non-productive time " +"will be noticed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:20 +msgid "Configure your Work Centers" +msgstr "Configure sus Centros de Trabajo" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The first thing to do is to go to the *Manufacturing* app settings. Then, " +"enable the *Work Orders* feature and hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Now, go to the *Work Centers* menu under *Master Data* and create two new " +"work centers. Add the second work centers as an alternative to the first and" +" vice versa." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:39 +msgid "" +"The next step is to create your *routing*. Add your work center and an " +"operation to it before saving." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Then, you can create your *Bill of Materials* and add components and routing" +" to it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:56 +msgid "Create your Work Orders" +msgstr "Cree sus Centros de Trabajo" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Now that everything is configured, you can create your *Work Orders*. Go to " +"the *Manufacturing Orders* menu and hit *Create*. There, add your product " +"and plan it. In the *Work Orders* list, you can find it ready to be " +"assembled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Each new *Work Order*, which will be created before the end of the first " +"one, will be scheduled at the alternative work center you configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Keep in mind that, if you add time after production to your work center, you" +" may have work orders scheduled for your alternative work center even if the" +" usual one is free." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:3 +msgid "Create Bills of Materials" +msgstr "Crear Listas de Materiales" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A *Bill of Materials* is a document defining the quantity of each component " +"required to manufacture a finished product. It also includes the routing and" +" individual steps of the manufacturing process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:9 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can link multiple BoMs to each product and use it to describe" +" multiple variants of them. Each BoM will, yet, be associated with one " +"product only." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:13 +msgid "" +"This feature will help optimize your manufacturing process while saving you " +"time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:17 +msgid "Setting up a BoM" +msgstr "Configurando una Lista de Materiales" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:19 +msgid "" +"You can use BoMs without routings. You will use this if you choose to manage" +" your manufacturing operations using manufacturing orders only. In other " +"words, you choose to realize your manufacturing process in one step and do " +"not track the steps the product goes through." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Before creating your *BoM*, you have to create the product using the *BoM* " +"and, at least, one of the components. Go to the :menuselection:`Master Data " +"menu --> Products` and create both the finished product and the component." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Once done, go to the *Bills of Materials* menu under *Master Data*. Now, " +"create it. Choose the product from the dropdown menu and add your components" +" and the quantity. In this case, keep the default *BoM* type, which is " +"*Manufacture this Product*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:37 +msgid "Using the same BoM to describe Variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:39 +msgid "" +"As said above, you can use *BoM* for *Product Variants*. It is basically the" +" same as for the standard product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:42 +msgid "" +"If your *BoM* is for one variant only, then specify which one in the " +"*Product Variant* field. If not, specify the variant it is consumed for on " +"each component line. You can add several variants for each component." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:51 +msgid "Adding a routing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:53 +msgid "" +"You can add routing to your *BoM*. You will do this if you need to define a " +"series of operations required by your manufacturing process. To use it, " +"enable the *Work Orders* feature in the *Manufacturing* app settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Each *BoM* can have only one routing while each routing can be used multiple" +" times." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Now that you have created your routing, add it to your *BoM*. You can select" +" when, in the work operations, your components are consumed with the " +"dropdown menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:73 +msgid "Adding By-Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:75 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, a *by-product* is any product produced by a *BoM* in addition to " +"the primary product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:78 +msgid "" +"To add *by-products* to a *BoM*, you will first need to enable them from the" +" *Manufacturing* app settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Once the feature is enabled, you can add your *By-Products* to your *BoMs*. " +"You can add as many *By-Products* as you want. Just keep in mind that you " +"need to register during which operation your by-product is produced." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:3 +msgid "Sell sets of products as kits" +msgstr "Vender conjuntos de productos como kits" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A *kit* is a set of components that are delivered without first being " +"assembled or mixed. *Kits* are described in Odoo using *Bills of Materials*." +" There are two basic ways to configure *kits*, depending on how the stock of" +" the kit product is to be managed. In either case, both the *Inventory* and " +"*Manufacturing* apps must be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:12 +msgid "Manage Stock of Component Products" +msgstr "Gestión del Stock de los Componentes" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If you want to assemble kits as they are ordered, managing stock of the kit " +"components only, you will use a *Kit BoM* without a manufacturing step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:18 +msgid "" +"A product using a *Kit BoM* will appear as a single line item on a quotation" +" and sales order, but will generate a delivery order with one line item for " +"each of the components of the kit. In the examples below, the first image " +"shows a sales order for the kit *Custom Computer Kit*, while the second " +"image shows the corresponding delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:33 +msgid "" +"From the *Products menu* in either the *Inventory* or *Manufacturing* app, " +"create each component product as you would with any other product, then " +"create the top-level, or kit product. The kit product should have only the " +"*route Manufacture* set, in the *Inventory tab*. Because you cannot track " +"the stock of kit products, the *Product Type* should be set to Consumable. " +"Because a kit product cannot be purchased, then, *Can be Purchased* should " +"be unchecked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:41 +msgid "" +"All other parameters on the kit product may be modified according to your " +"preference. The component products require no particular configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Once the products are configured, create a *bill of materials* for the kit " +"product. Add each component and its quantity. Select the *BoM Type Ship this" +" product as a set of components*. All other options may be left with their " +"default values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:57 +msgid "Manage Stock of Kit Product and Component Products" +msgstr "Gestión del Stock de los productos Kit y sus componentes" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If you want to manage stock of the *top-level kit product*, you will use a " +"standard *BoM* with a manufacturing step instead of a *Kit BoM*. When using " +"a standard BoM to assemble kits, a *manufacturing order* will be created. " +"The *manufacturing order* must be registered as completed before the kit " +"product will appear in your stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:68 +msgid "" +"On the kit product, select the *route Manufacture*. You may also select " +"*Make to Order*, which will create a *manufacturing order* whenever a sales " +"order is confirmed. Select the product type *Storable Product* to enable " +"stock management." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:76 +msgid "" +"When you create the *bill of materials*, select the BoM Type *Manufacture " +"this product*. The assembly of the kit will be described by a *manufacturing" +" order* rather than a packing operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage BoMs for product variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows you to use one bill of materials for multiple variants of the " +"same product. Simply enable variants from :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:12 +msgid "" +"You will then be able to specify which component lines are to be used in the" +" manufacture of each product variant. You may specify multiple variants for " +"each line. If no variant is specified, the line will be used for all " +"variants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:17 +msgid "" +"When defining variant BoMs on a line-item-basis, the **Product Variant** " +"field in the main section of the BoM should be left blank. This field is " +"used when creating a BoM for one variant of a product only." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:3 +msgid "Set routings on kit Bills of materials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:5 +msgid "" +"It often happens that you want to use kit BoM’s within manufactured product " +"BoM’s in order to lighten the list of components for this manufactured " +"product. When doing so, you would like to have the possibility to specify, " +"for each kit component, in which operation they are consumed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:11 +msgid "" +"We will see the three use cases that you can face in these kinds of " +"configurations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:15 +msgid "Finished Product & Kit Component have the same Routing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:107 +msgid "Create BoM for the Finished Product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Create a manufactured BoM for the finished product which includes a kit " +"component. Set a routing on your BoM, for example, *Assemble Furniture*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:117 +msgid "Create a Kit BoM for the Kit Component" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Update the kit component to define its BoM. Make sure that the routing which" +" is set on this BoM is the same one than on the Finished Product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:36 +msgid "" +"You can define the operations in which the kit components are used directly " +"in the BoM of the kit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:127 +msgid "Manufacturing Order" +msgstr "Orden de fabricación" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:42 +msgid "" +"In the list of components, the kit is split. Two work orders are created as " +"we have two operations defined in the *Assemble Furniture* routing. The " +"components of the kits are well consumed in the operations defined in the " +"kit BoM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:57 +msgid "Finished Product & Kit Component haven’t the same Routing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:60 +msgid "Kit Consumption set on Finished Product BoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Update the kit component to define its BoM. In this use case, the routing " +"which is set on this Kit BoM is different than the one of the Finished " +"Product. Specify the operations at which the kit components are consumed in " +"this BoM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:129 +msgid "" +"When the manufacturing order is created for the Manufactured product, the " +"kit is split among its components. When the manufacturing order is planned, " +"three work orders are created in our case, one coming from the routing of " +"the manufactured products, the two other ones coming from the routing of the" +" kit BoM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:95 +msgid "The components are all consumed during their respective operations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:104 +msgid "Kit Consumption set on Kit BoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:109 +msgid "" +"Create a manufactured BoM for the finished product which includes a kit " +"component. Set a routing on your BoM, for example, *Assemble Furniture*. " +"Precise the consumption of the components on this BoM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Update the kit component to define its BoM. In this use case, the routing " +"which is set on this Kit BoM is different than the one of the Finished " +"Product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:138 +msgid "" +"All the components of the kits are consumed during the first operation. The " +"last component is consumed during the second operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:3 +msgid "Manage semi-finished products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, you can use subassembly products to simplify a complex *Bill of " +"Materials* or to represent your manufacturing flow more accurately. A " +"*subassembly product* is a manufactured product that is used as a component " +"to make another one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:10 +msgid "" +"A *BoM* that employs *subassemblies* is referred to as a multi-level BoM. " +"Those are accomplished by creating a *top-level BoM* and *subassembly ones*." +" This process requires a route that will ensure that every time a " +"manufacturing order for the top-level product is created, another one will " +"be for subassemblies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:17 +msgid "Configure the Subassembly Product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To configure a *multi-level BoM*, you will need a top-level product but also" +" its subassemblies. The first step is to create a product form for each of " +"the subassemblies. Select the routes *Manufacture* and *Replenish on Order*." +" Now, hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:27 +msgid "" +"In the *Bill of Materials* menu, under *Master Data*, create a new *Bill of " +"Materials*. Choose the product you just created and add its components." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:35 +msgid "Configure the Main BoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Now, you can configure the top-level product and its *BoM*. Include any " +"subassemblies in the list of components." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Now, each time you will plan a manufacturing order for the top-level " +"product, a manufacturing order will be created for the subassembly one. " +"Then, you will have to manufacture the subassembly in order to make it " +"available before manufacturing the finished product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:3 +msgid "Subcontract your Manufacturing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Outsourcing a portion of some or all your company’s manufacturing needs is " +"not easy. To make it work right, you have to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:8 +msgid "Manage the inventory of raw materials at your subcontractor;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Ship new materials to your subcontractors based on your forecasted demand;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Keep track of manufacturing operations done at the subcontractor location;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:13 +msgid "Control incoming goods quality;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:14 +msgid "Control subcontractors bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Here is an example of subcontracting the manufacturing of “C”, which is " +"produced out of raw materials “A” and “B”." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:23 +msgid "" +"With its subcontracting feature, Odoo helps you handle this flow easily." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To use the subcontracting feature, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and tick the box *Subcontracting*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To define if a product must be subcontracted, use a *Bill of Materials " +"(BoM)* of type *Subcontracting*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To create a new *BoM*, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Master Data " +"--> Bill of Materials` and hit create. Then, list the components your " +"subcontractor needs to manufacture the product. For costing purposes, you " +"might want to register all the components, even the ones that are sourced " +"directly from the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Once you have set the *BoM Type* to *Subcontracting*, specify one or several" +" subcontractors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:52 +msgid "Basic Subcontracting Flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To let your subcontractor know how many products you need, create and send " +"them purchase orders (PO). To do so, open the *Purchase* app and create a " +"new one. Be sure to send the PO to a vendor that is defined as a " +"subcontractor on the *BoM*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Once the *PO* is validated (1), a pending receipt is created. When the " +"products are received, validate the receipt (2), with the actual quantity " +"received. Then Odoo automatically created several inventory moves:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Consume the components at the subcontractor’s location, based on the *BoM* " +"(3);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:70 +msgid "Produce finished goods at the subcontractor’s location (4);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Move products from the subcontractor’s location to YourCompany through the " +"validated receipt (5)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Of course, Odoo does all the transactions for you, automatically. Simply " +"control the vendor bill with the usual matching process with the purchase " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:79 +msgid "" +"The *PO* is optional. If you create a receipt manually, with the right " +"subcontractor, Odoo still performs all the moves. Useful if the " +"subcontractor does not bill a fixed price per item, but rather the time and " +"materials used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:85 +msgid "Inventory Valuation" +msgstr "Valoración del inventario" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:87 +msgid "The cost of the manufactured product “C” is defined as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:89 +msgid "**C = A + B + s**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:91 +msgid "With:" +msgstr "Con:" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:93 +msgid "**A**: Cost of raw materials coming from YourCompany;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:96 +msgid "**B**: Cost of raw materials sourced directly from the" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:96 +msgid "subcontractor;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:98 +msgid "**s**: Cost of the subcontracted service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Sending raw materials to your subcontractors (**A**) does not impact the " +"inventory valuation, the components still belonging to your company. To " +"manage this, the *Subcontracting Location* is configured as an *Internal " +"Location* so that the components are still valued in the inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:106 +msgid "" +"Then, the vendor price set on the product C form has to be what has to be " +"paid to the subcontractor for his parts and service time: **B + s**. The " +"product cost has to be: **A + B + s**, how much the product is valued in the" +" accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Finally, the subcontractor bill matches the purchase order, with the " +"proposed price coming from the finished products C." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:115 +msgid "" +"If managing the replenishment of raw materials **B** at your subcontractor’s" +" location is not needed, simply include the cost of **B** in the " +"subcontractor’s price **s** and remove the products *B* from the *BoM*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:121 +msgid "Traceability" +msgstr "Trazabilidad" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:123 +msgid "" +"In case the products received from the subcontractor contain tracked " +"components, their serial or lot numbers need to be specified during the " +"receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:127 +msgid "" +"On the receipt of the subcontracted product, a *Record Components* button " +"appears when necessary. Click on it to open a dialog and record the " +"serial/lot numbers of the components. If the finished product is also " +"tracked, its serial/lot number can be registered here too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:136 +msgid "" +"For audit purposes, it is possible to check the lot numbers recorded on a " +"receipt by using the icon on the right of the finished products:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:144 +msgid "Automate Replenishment of Subcontractors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:146 +msgid "" +"To manage the resupply of your subcontractor, activate *Multi-locations* in " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Configuration`. Then, the " +"inventory at the subcontractor location can be tracked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:151 +msgid "" +"It is possible to resupply subcontractors by sending products from the " +"company locations, or by sending products from another supplier to the " +"subcontractors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:156 +msgid "Replenishment from the warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:158 +msgid "" +"Resupplying subcontractors manually is the simplest approach. To do so, " +"create delivery orders in which the subcontractor is set as a delivery " +"address and fill the components to deliver." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:162 +msgid "" +"To automate the subcontractors’ replenishment propositions, there are two " +"approaches:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:165 +msgid "Reordering rules;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:166 +msgid "Replenish on order flow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:168 +msgid "" +"For the first one, just define a reordering rule on the subcontracting " +"location, with a minimum and maximum inventory level. When the reordering " +"rule is triggered, a delivery order is created to ship the components to the" +" subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:177 +msgid "" +"The second approach is to use a “pull” flow. Here, the demand in the " +"finished product (real demand or forecasted one through the Master " +"Production Schedule) triggers the replenishment of the subcontractor. To do " +"so, select the route *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* on the wanted " +"components." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:188 +msgid "Replenishment from another supplier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:190 +msgid "" +"When purchasing items to another supplier, it is possible to ask him to " +"deliver the subcontractor directly. To do so, activate the *Drop Shipping* " +"feature in :menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> Configuration`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:195 +msgid "" +"Now, set the *Dropship* option in the *Deliver To* field of the *Other " +"Information* tab. Then, provide the address of the subcontractor for the " +"shipping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:203 +msgid "" +"That way, the supplier can ship items directly and you simply receive and " +"pay the bill. However, it is still required to validate receipts for the " +"subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:212 +msgid "Quality Control" +msgstr "Control calidad" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:214 +msgid "" +"Controlling the quality of the products manufactured by subcontractors is " +"possible thanks to the Odoo Quality app. Quality checks can be made on a " +"manufacturing step but, because the manufacturing process is handled by an " +"external party, it can be defined on the product reception." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:224 +msgid "" +"To create a quality check at the receipt, open the *Quality* app and create " +"a new *Control Point* on the reception." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:231 +msgid "" +"By doing so, a quality check is automatically created each time a finished " +"product is received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:3 +msgid "Use the Master Production Schedule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The Master Production Schedule (MPS) is a valuable tool to plan your " +"production based on your demand forecast." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to the :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings` " +"and activate the Master Production Schedule feature before hitting save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:18 +msgid "" +"In the manufacturing settings, you can define the time range of your MPS " +"(month/week/day) and the number of periods you want to display." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Now, go in :menuselection:`Planning --> Master Production Schedule` and " +"click on add a product. You can now define your safety stock target (= the " +"stock you want to have on hand at the end of the period) and the minimum and" +" maximum quantities to replenish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The products are ordered in the MPS based on their sequence. You can " +"rearrange that sequence by going on the list of your products and reorganize" +" them with drag and drop." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:36 +msgid "" +"In the MPS view, you can decide which information you would like to show by " +"clicking on *rows*. Some fields can be added to the view, such as *Actual " +"demand*, which will show which quantity of products has already been ordered" +" for the period, or *Available to Promise*, which allows you to know what " +"can still be sold during the period (what you plan to replenish - what is " +"already sold during the period). You can also decide to hide some " +"information if it isn’t necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:48 +msgid "Estimate your demand and launch replenishment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The next step is to estimate the demand for the period. This estimation " +"should be entered in the row *Demand Forecast*. You can easily, at any time," +" compare the demand forecast with the actual demand (= confirmed sales). The" +" demand forecast for a finished product will impact the indirect demand for " +"its components." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Then, the quantity to replenish for the different periods will be " +"automatically computed. The replenishments you are supposed to launch based " +"on your lead times (vendor lead time or manufacturing lead time) are " +"displayed in green. You can now launch the replenishment by clicking on the " +"replenish button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Depending on the configuration of the product (buy vs. manufacture), " +"requests for quotations or manufacturing orders will be created. You can " +"easily access those by clicking on the *Actual Replenishment* cell." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:75 +msgid "" +"In case you manually edit the *To replenish* quantity, a small cross will " +"appear on the left. In case you want to go back to the automatically " +"computed value given by Odoo, you can click the cross." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:83 +msgid "Cells color signification" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:85 +msgid "" +"The cells, which are part of the *To replenish* line, can take different " +"colors depending on the situation:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:88 +msgid "" +"**Green**: quantity of products which should be replenished to reach the " +"expected safety stock considering the demand forecast and the indirect " +"demand forecast." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:90 +msgid "" +"**Grey**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity " +"still matches current data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:92 +msgid "" +"**Red**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity " +"was too high considering current data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:94 +msgid "" +"**Orange**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity" +" was too low considering current data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:96 +msgid "" +"The *Forecasted stock* line can also contain red cells, which means the " +"stock will be negative during the period in question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:100 +msgid "What if I have underestimated the demand?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:102 +msgid "" +"You can still increase the demand forecast. It will impact the quantity to " +"replenish. The cell will become orange, and you’ll be able to launch a new " +"replenishment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:107 +msgid "What if I have overestimated the demand?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:109 +msgid "" +"You can decrease the demand forecast. The cell will become red to inform you" +" that you’ve ordered more than planned. If you’re still able to do it, you " +"can cancel some RFQ or MO manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:114 +msgid "What if I wrongly added a product to the MPS?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:116 +msgid "" +"You can easily remove a product from the MPS by clicking the small bin on " +"the right of its name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:4 +msgid "Purchase" +msgstr "Compra" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced" +msgstr "Avanzado" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:3 +msgid "Analyze the performance of your purchases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:5 +msgid "" +"If your company regularly purchases products, you have several reasons to " +"track and analyze your performance. The insights gathered can help you to " +"better forecast and plan your future orders. For example, you can assess if " +"your business is dependent on particular vendors, and the data can help you " +"negotiate discounts on prices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:11 +msgid "Generate customized reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Go to *Reporting* to access the purchase analysis. Simply by accessing the " +"reporting dashboard, you can get a quick overview of your actual " +"performance. By default, the reporting dashboard displays a line chart " +"presenting the untaxed amount of your purchase orders per day, and below it," +" key metrics and a pivot table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:22 +msgid "" +"While the data initially presented is useful, there are several tools and " +"features you can use to get even more insights on your purchases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:26 +msgid "Use filters to select the data you need" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Odoo offers several default filters you can use and combine by clicking on " +"*Filters*. When you select one or several filters, Odoo looks for all the " +"orders that match at least one of the filters you have chosen and populates " +"the chart, key metrics, and pivot table with the data. The pre-configured " +"filters are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:33 +msgid "All *Requests for Quotation*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:35 +msgid "All *Purchase Orders*, except canceled ones" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:37 +msgid "" +"*Confirmation Date Last Year* includes all orders that were confirmed the " +"previous year, canceled purchase orders included" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:40 +msgid "" +"*Order Date* includes all orders - request for quotations and purchases " +"orders (canceled ones included) - depending on their date of creation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:43 +msgid "" +"*Confirmation Date* includes all confirmed orders, canceled ones included, " +"depending on their date of confirmation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:47 +msgid "" +"When you have to select a period, you can use multiple years, and, with at " +"least one year selected, multiple quarters and the three most recent months." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you use the *Order Date* or *Confirmation Date* filters, the *Comparison*" +" feature appears next to *Filters*. It enables you to compare the period you" +" filtered with the previous one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:59 +msgid "Add custom filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Thanks to the 31 filtering options to choose from, the possibilities of your" +" customizing your dataset are almost limitless. Go to " +":menuselection:`Filters --> Add Custom Filter`, specify the condition the " +"filtering option should meet (e.g. *is equal to*, *contains*, etc.), and " +"click on *Apply*. If you want to select orders matching several conditions " +"simultaneously (*and* operator), repeat the process to add another custom " +"filter. If you want to use the *or* operator, don't click on *Apply*, and " +"click on *Add a condition* instead. Once you have added all the desired " +"filtering options, click on *Apply*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To avoid having to recreate custom filters every time, save them by clicking" +" on :menuselection:`Favorites --> Save current search --> Save`. The " +"customized search filter can then be accessed by clicking on *Favorites* or " +"can even be set as the default filter when you open the reporting dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:80 +msgid "Measure exactly what you need" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Before selecting what you want to measure, you need to decide whether you " +"prefer using the graph view or the pivot view. By default, the dashboard " +"presents both views. However, the measures you select won't be applied to " +"both views. You can access each view separately by clicking on the icons at " +"the top right of the dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:92 +msgid "Visualize your data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:94 +msgid "" +"You can transform the main graph in just a click by selecting one of the " +"three charts: bar, line or pie. Fourteen different measures are available, " +"but you can only use one at a time. However, you can group the measure using" +" one or several of the 19 *Groups*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:102 +msgid "" +"For bar and line charts, the selected measure is your y-axis, and the first " +"group you select is used to create the x-axis. Adding more group adds " +"additional lines (line chart) or transforms your bar chart into a stacked " +"bar chart. For pie charts, the more groups you select, the more slices are " +"displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:108 +msgid "Explore your data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:110 +msgid "" +"The pivot table view enables you to explore your data in great detail. " +"Unlike the graph view, the pivot table enables you to add several measures " +"at the same time. By clicking on *Measures* or on the **+** sign in the " +"*Total* column, you can add as many as you want, each assigned to a new " +"column. By clicking on the **+** sign in the *Total* row, you can add " +"*Groups*. If you click on a group's **+** sign, you can add a sub-group, and" +" so on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:121 +msgid "" +"You can insert your pivot table's data directly in the Spreadsheet app or " +"export it as an Excel file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals.rst:3 +msgid "Manage deals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:3 +msgid "Purchase agreements: blanket orders and calls for tenders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:5 +msgid "" +"There are two main types of purchase agreements preconfigured in Odoo: " +"blanket orders and call for tenders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Blanket orders are long-term agreements between a company and a vendor to " +"deliver products on a recurring basis with predetermined pricing. Your " +"company should consider using them when you frequently purchase the same " +"products from the same vendor in varying quantities and/or at different " +"times. Among their many benefits, you can save time as the ordering process " +"is simplified, and money thanks to more advantageous bulk pricing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Calls for tenders use a special procedure to request offers from multiple " +"vendors at the same time. While public sector organizations are often " +"legally bound to release calls for tenders when they want to purchase goods " +"or services, private organizations can also use them to get the best deal " +"among several vendors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:20 +msgid "Enable purchase agreements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:22 +msgid "" +"From the Purchase app, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and" +" activate *Purchase Agreements*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:30 +msgid "Configure or create new types of purchase agreements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Before you start using purchase agreements, make sure they are configured " +"the way you want by going to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Purchase " +"Agreement Types`. From there, you can edit the way blanket orders and calls " +"for tenders or *Create* a new type of purchase agreement. You can configure " +"the:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:37 +msgid "Agreement Type: the name you want to give to the agreement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Agreement Selection Type: you can either select multiple offers using " +"*Select multiple RFQ (non-exclusive)*, which is the default setting for both" +" blanket orders and calls for tenders, or a single offer using *Select only " +"one RFQ (exclusive)*, which is sometimes needed for calls for tenders where " +"you only want to select a single vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Lines: generally, you would always want to select *Use lines of agreement*, " +"which are the different product lines you can configure when you set up your" +" purchase agreement. However, you can select *Do not create RfQ lines " +"automatically* if you don't want your requests for quotations to be pre-" +"filled in with that information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Quantities: if you use lines of agreements, you can also specify " +"independently if the products' quantities should be used to pre-fill new " +"requests for quotations. The default option for blanket orders is *Set " +"quantities manually*, while for calls for tenders are set to *Use quantities" +" of agreement*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:59 +msgid "Set up a blanket order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Orders --> Purchase Agreements` and click on *Create*." +" Select *Blanket Order* as your *Agreement Type*. Next, select the vendor. " +"The other fields aren't mandatory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Next, add the products you want to order and their price. Note that you can " +"also add a *Quantity* for each product, for example, if you have agreed with" +" your vendor to order a specific minimum quantity each time or in total. If " +"you have configured your blanket order to *Set quantities manually*, this is" +" only used for informational purposes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:73 +msgid "" +"You can also write any *Terms and Conditions* at the bottom of the " +"agreement. Once you are satisfied with your blanket order, click on " +"*Confirm*. Its status then changes from *Draft* to *Ongoing* and it's ready " +"to be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:78 +msgid "Create requests for quotation from the blanket order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:80 +msgid "" +"You can now create new quotations from the blanket order whenever you need " +"it by clicking on *New Quotation*. Odoo automatically fills in requests for " +"quotation with the information initially defined when you set up the blanket" +" order. Depending on the way you configured the *Purchase Agreement Type*, " +"product lines can also be pre-filled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:85 +msgid "" +"From here, you can quickly view all the requests for quotations made under " +"that blanket order by clicking on *RFQs/Orders*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:93 +msgid "" +"You can also create a *Request for Quotation* the usual way and then link it" +" to an existing *Blanket Order*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:97 +msgid "Blanket orders and replenishment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Blanket orders can be used for :doc:`automated replenishment " +"<../../purchase/products/reordering>`, as once a blanket order is confirmed," +" a new vendor line is added to your product. Make sure the related vendor is" +" in the first position if you have several vendors linked to your product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:108 +msgid "Set up a call for tenders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Orders --> Purchase Agreements` and click on *Create*." +" Select *Call for Tenders* as your *Agreement Type*. The other fields aren't" +" mandatory, but you can add the date you want to be delivered and set an " +"agreement deadline. You usually don't want to select a vendor for calls for " +"tenders as you are looking to get quotations from multiple vendors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Next, add the products you want to order and in what quantity. For calls for" +" tenders, you typically don't add a price, as the vendors should give you " +"their best quote." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:118 +msgid "" +"You can also write any *Terms and Conditions* at the bottom of the " +"agreement. Once you are ready, click on *Confirm*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:126 +msgid "Requests quotations from the call for tenders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:128 +msgid "" +"You can now request new quotations from the call for tenders. Click on *New " +"Quotation* and select one of your vendors you want to invite to the call for" +" tenders. Product lines should also be pre-filled in, depending on how you " +"configured the *Purchase Agreement Type*. Click on *Send by email* to send " +"it to the vendor. Go back to the call for tenders and repeat this process " +"for each vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:138 +msgid "" +"Once you have sent a request for quotation to every vendor and receiving " +"their quotes, click on *Validate* to proceed to the bid selection. Next, " +"click on the RFQs/Orders smart button to view all your vendors' quotations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:146 +msgid "" +"Click on each request for quotation to add the price communicated by your " +"vendors manually. When that's done, select the most advantageous offer and " +"click on *Confirm Order*. This automatically closes the call for tenders. " +"You can now proceed with the purchase order as you would for a regular one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:3 +msgid "Control and know when vendor bills should be paid" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can define how your vendor bills are controlled. For each " +"purchase order, you can decide when the related vendor bill should be paid: " +"either before or after you have received your products. You can also check " +"at a glance what is the billing status of each purchase order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:9 +msgid "" +"With the 3-way matching feature, Odoo compares the information appearing on " +"the *Purchase Order*, the *Vendor Bill* and the *Receipt*, and lets you know" +" if you should pay the bill. This way you can avoid paying incorrect or " +"fraudulent vendor bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:14 +msgid "Vendor bills default control policy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:16 +msgid "" +"As a first step, open your Purchase app and go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` to set the default bill control " +"policy for all the products created onwards." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:23 +msgid "" +"By selecting *On ordered quantities*, you can create a vendor bill as soon " +"as you confirm an order. The quantities mentioned in the purchase order are " +"used to generate the draft bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you choose *On received quantities* instead, you can only create one once" +" you have at least received some of the products you have ordered. The " +"quantities you have received are used to generate the draft bill. If you try" +" to create one without having received any product, you get an error " +"message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:36 +msgid "Change a specific product's control policy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:38 +msgid "" +"If you want to modify a specific product's control policy, go to " +":menuselection:`Products --> Products`, open it, click on *Edit* and go to " +"the *Purchase tab*. There you can change a product's default bill control " +"policy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:47 +msgid "View a purchase order's billing status" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Once you confirm an order, you can view its *Billing Status* by going to the" +" *Other Information* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Below you can find a list of the different *Billing Status*, and when they " +"are displayed, depending on the products' bill control policy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:60 +msgid "**Billing status**" +msgstr "**Estado de facturación**" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:60 +msgid "**Conditions**" +msgstr "**Condiciones**" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:62 +msgid "*On received quantities*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:62 +msgid "*On ordered quantities*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:64 +msgid "*Nothing to Bill*" +msgstr "*Nada para facturar*" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:64 +msgid "PO confirmed; no products received" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:64 +msgid "*(Not applicable)*" +msgstr "*(No aplicable)*" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:66 +msgid "*Waiting Bills*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:66 +msgid "All/some products received; bill not created" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:66 +msgid "PO confirmed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:68 +msgid "*Fully Billed*" +msgstr "*Completamente facturado*" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:68 +msgid "All/some products received; draft bill created" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:68 +msgid "Draft bill created" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:72 +msgid "Determine when to pay with 3-way matching" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:74 +msgid "" +"First, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate *3-way" +" matching*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:81 +msgid "" +"3-way matching is intended to work with the bill control policy set to *On " +"received quantities*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:84 +msgid "Should I pay the vendor bill?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:86 +msgid "" +"With the feature activated, your vendor bills now display the *Should Be " +"Paid* field under the *Other info* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:93 +msgid "" +"As you can't create a bill until you have received your products - and if " +"you haven't received all of them, Odoo only includes the products you have " +"received in the draft bill - the *Should Be Paid* status is set to *Yes* " +"when you create one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:97 +msgid "" +"If you edit a draft bill to increase the billed quantity, change the price, " +"or add other products, the *Should Be Paid* status is set to *Exception*. It" +" means Odoo notices the discrepancy, but that you might have a valid reason " +"to have done so." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Once the payment has been registered and mentions *Paid*, the *Should Be " +"Paid* status is set to *No*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:109 +msgid "" +"The *Should Be Paid* status is set automatically by Odoo. However, you can " +"change the status manually when you are viewing a bill in edit mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:3 +msgid "Don’t run out of stock with reordering rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To make sure you never run out of stock, you can define *Reordering Rules* " +"on products. Thanks to them, Odoo can help you replenish your stock " +"automatically when it reaches set quantities or whenever a sales order is " +"created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:9 +msgid "You need to install the *Inventory app* to use reordering rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:12 +msgid "Configure your storable product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Open or create a product with its *Product Type* set to *Storable Product*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:20 +msgid "" +"As you are purchasing this product from a vendor, go to the product's " +"*Purchase tab* and add a vendor by clicking on *Add a line*. You can add " +"multiple vendors, but make sure to order them correctly, since reordering " +"rules always use the first vendor in a list. You can add a price, but it " +"isn't necessary for the reordering rule to work. In addition, you can add a " +"minimum quantity you must order to benefit from that price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:27 +msgid "" +"If the quantity Odoo has to reorder doesn't match the minimum quantity " +"specified, Odoo selects the next vendor on your list. If you don't have " +"another vendor on your list, the reordering rule won't work. For that " +"purpose, you can add the same vendor multiple times with different prices " +"for different quantities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:37 +msgid "" +"By default, a draft purchase order is created. However, if you have enabled " +"*Purchase Agreements*, you can *Propose a call for tenders* instead as shown" +" in the image above. For more information, see " +":doc:`../manage_deals/agreements`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Next, make sure the correct route is selected under the Inventory tab of " +"your product. If you created your product within the Purchase app, the *Buy*" +" route is selected by default. If you are looking to dropship your product, " +"select *Dropship*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:50 +msgid "Set up your reordering rule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:52 +msgid "Open your product and click on the *Reordering Rules* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Once you are on the product's reordering rules page, click on *Create*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:61 +msgid "" +"You can access and create reordering rules from :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Configuration --> Reordering Rules` and from :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Operations --> Replenishment`. By default, the replenishment view " +"presents a summary of all the products that you might need to purchase to " +"fulfill your sales orders. From there, you can ask Odoo with a single click " +"to order a product once or automate all orders for that product, future " +"orders included." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:68 +msgid "Define quantities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:70 +msgid "" +"You can set a **minimum quantity** your stock should always have. Once set, " +"if your stock goes below the minimum quantity, and if you selected the Buy " +"route, a request for quotation is automatically generated to reach that " +"minimum quantity, plus any additional quantity needed to fill in a sales " +"order for example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:75 +msgid "" +"If you set a **maximum quantity**, every time the product has to be " +"replenished, enough products are reordered to reach the maximum quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:78 +msgid "" +"If you want to order only the exact quantity needed to fill in a sales order" +" for example, set both both the minimum and maximum quantity to **zero**. " +"The quantity mentioned in the sales order is then used by the reordering " +"rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:82 +msgid "" +"You can also add a **quantity multiple** to only order products in batches " +"of a certain quantity. Click on the optional columns drop-down menu, and " +"select *Multiple Quantity* to show the column. Bear in mind that you might " +"go over the maximum quantity you set if your rule includes a quantity " +"multiple, as Odoo orders enough products to reach the maximum quantity and " +"respect the set quantity multiple." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:92 +msgid "" +"If you selected multiple routes for the same product under its Inventory " +"tab, make sure to select your *Preferred Route* on your reordering rule by " +"clicking on the optional columns drop-down menu, adding the *Preferred " +"Route* column, and selecting the right route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:3 +msgid "Purchase in different units of measure than sales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you purchase a product, it may happen that your vendor uses a different" +" unit of measure than you do when you sell it. This can cause confusion " +"between sales and purchase representatives. It is also time-consuming to " +"convert measures manually every time. With Odoo, you can configure your " +"product once and let Odoo handle the conversion." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:10 +msgid "Consider the following examples:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:12 +msgid "" +"You purchase orange juice from an American vendor, and they use **gallons**." +" However, your customers are European and use **liters**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:15 +msgid "" +"You buy curtains from a vendor in the form of **rolls** and you sell pieces " +"of the rolls to your customers using **square meters**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:19 +msgid "Enable units of measure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Open your Sales app and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. " +"Under Product Catalog, enable *Units of Measure*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:29 +msgid "Specify sales and purchase units of measure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:32 +msgid "Standard units of measure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:34 +msgid "" +"A variety of units of measure are available by default in your database. " +"Each belongs to one of the five pre-configured units of measure categories: " +"*Length / Distance*, *Unit*, *Volume*, *Weight* and *Working Time*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:39 +msgid "" +"You can create your new units of measure and units of measure categories " +"(see next section)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To specify different units of measures for sales and purchases, open the " +"Purchase app and go to :menuselection:`Products --> Products`. Create a " +"product or select an existing one. Under the product's *General Information*" +" tab, first select the *Unit of Measure* to be used for sales (as well as " +"for other apps such as inventory). Then, select the *Purchase Unit of " +"Measure* to be used for purchases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Back to the first example, if you purchase orange juice from your vendor in " +"**gallons** and sell it to your customers in **liters**, first select *L* " +"(liters) as the *Unit of Measure*, and *gal (US)* (gallons) as the *Purchase" +" Unit of Measure*, then click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:56 +msgid "Create new units of measure and units of measure categories" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Sometimes you need to create your own units and categories, either because " +"the measure is not pre-configured in Odoo or because the units do not relate" +" with each other (e.g. kilos and centimeters)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:62 +msgid "" +"If you take the second example where you buy curtains from a vendor in the " +"form of **rolls** and you sell pieces of the rolls using **square meters**, " +"you need to create a new *Units of Measure Category* in order to relate both" +" units of measure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:66 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Units of Measure " +"Categories`. Click on *Create* and name the category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:73 +msgid "" +"The next step is to create the two units of measures. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Units of Measure`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:76 +msgid "" +"First, create the unit of measure used as the reference point for converting" +" to other units of measure inside the category by clicking on *Create*. Name" +" the unit and select the units of measure category you just created. For the" +" *Type*, select *Reference Unit of Measure for this category type*. Enter " +"the *Rounding Precision* you would like to use. The quantity computed by " +"Odoo is always a multiple of this value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:82 +msgid "" +"In the example, as you cannot purchase less than 1 roll and won't use " +"fractions of a roll as a unit of measure, you can enter 1." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:89 +msgid "" +"If you use a *Rounding Precision* inferior to 0.01, a warning message might " +"appear stating that it is higher than the *Decimal Accuracy* and that it " +"might cause inconsistencies. If you wish to use a *Rounding Precision* lower" +" than 0.01, first :doc:`activate the Developer Mode " +"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, then go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Database Structure --> Decimal " +"Accuracy`, select *Product Unit of Measure* and edit *Digits* accordingly. " +"For example, if you want to use a rounding precision of 0.00001, set " +"*Digits* to 5." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Next, create a second unit of measure, name it, and select the same units of" +" measure category as your reference unit. As *Type*, select *Smaller* or " +"*Bigger than the reference Unit of Measure*, depending on your situation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:100 +msgid "" +"As the curtain roll equals to 100 square meters, you should select " +"*Smaller*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Next, you need to enter the *Ratio* between your reference unit and the " +"second one. If the second unit is smaller, the *Ratio* should be greater " +"than 1. If the second unit is larger, the ratio should be smaller than 1." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:106 +msgid "For your curtain roll, the ratio should be set to 100." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:112 +msgid "" +"You can now configure your product just as you would using Odoo's standard " +"units of measure." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po deleted file mode 100644 index d90638718..000000000 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,804 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Luis M. Ontalba <luis.martinez@tecnativa.com>, 2020 -# AleEscandon <alejandra.escandon@jarsa.com.mx>, 2020 -# Vivian Montana <vmo@odoo.com>, 2020 -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# Pablo Rojas <rojaspablo88@gmail.com>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-11-02 12:05+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Pablo Rojas <rojaspablo88@gmail.com>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: es\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../iot.rst:5 -msgid "Internet of Things (IoT)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config.rst:3 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Configuración" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:3 -msgid "Connect an IoT Box to your database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:5 -msgid "Install the Internet of Things (IoT) App on your Odoo Database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:10 -msgid "Go in the IoT App and click on Connect on the IoT Boxes page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:15 -msgid "Follow the steps to connect your IoT Box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:21 -msgid "Ethernet Connection" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Connect to the IoT Box all the devices that have to be connected with cables" -" (ethernet, usb devices, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:26 -msgid "Power on the IoT Box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Read the Pairing Code from a screen or a receipt printer connected to the " -"IoT Box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:32 -msgid "Input the Pairing Code and click on the Pair button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Recent changes in modern web browsers forced us to modify the connection " -"wizard. If your screen is different from the screenshots, make sure that the" -" ``iot_pairing`` module is installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:40 -msgid "WiFi Connection" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:42 -msgid "Power on the IoT Box" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:44 -msgid "Copy the token" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Connect to the IoT Box WiFi Network (make sure there is no ethernet cable " -"plugged in your computer)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:53 -msgid "" -"You will be redirected to the IoT Box Homepage (if it doesn't work, connect " -"to the IP address of the box). Give a name to your IoT Box (not required) " -"and paste the token, then click on next." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:60 -msgid "" -"If you are on Runbot, do not forget to add the -all or -base in the token " -"(e.g. this token **http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-" -"f3f920.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401** should become " -"**http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-f3f920-all.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401**)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Choose the WiFi network you want to connect with (enter the password if " -"there is one) and click on Submit. Wait a few seconds before being " -"redirected to your database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:72 -msgid "You should now see the IoT Box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:78 -msgid "IoT Box Schema" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:3 -msgid "Flashing your SD Card" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In some case, you may need to reflash your IoT Box’s SD Card to benefit from" -" our latest updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:9 -msgid "Upgrade from the IoT Box homepage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Go to the IoT Box homepage, click on *Update*, next to the version number. " -"If a new version of the IoT Box image is available, you will see a *Upgrade " -"to ___* button a the bottom of the page, the IoT Box will then flash itself " -"to the new version of the IoT Box. All of your configurations will be saved." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:18 -msgid "" -"This process can take more than 30 minutes. Do not turn off or unplug the " -"IoT Box as it would leave it in an inconsistent state." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:25 -msgid "Upgrade with Etcher" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Go to Balena’s website and download `Etcher <https://www.balena.io/>`__. " -"It’s a free and open-source utility used for burning image files. Install " -"and launch it. Download the latest image from `nightly " -"<http://nightly.odoo.com/master/iotbox/>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Then, open *Etcher* and select *Flash from file*, find the image you just " -"downloaded. Insert the IoT Box SD card into your computer and select it. " -"Click on *Flash* and wait for the process to finish." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:3 -msgid "Use the IoT Box for the PoS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:9 -msgid "Prerequisites" -msgstr "Pre-requisitos" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:11 -msgid "Before starting, make sure you have the following:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:13 -msgid "An IoT Box, with its power adapter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:15 -msgid "A computer or tablet with an up-to-date web browser" -msgstr "Una computadora o tableta con un navegador web actualizado a la fecha" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:17 -msgid "" -"A running SaaS or Odoo instance with the Point of Sale and IoT apps " -"installed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:20 -msgid "A local network setup with DHCP (this is the default setting)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:22 -msgid "An RJ45 Ethernet Cable (optional, WiFi is built in)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Any of the supported hardware (receipt printer, barcode scanner, cash " -"drawer, payment terminal, scale, customer display, etc.). The list of " -"supported hardware can be found on the `POS Hardware page " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/point-of-sale-hardware>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:30 -msgid "Set Up" -msgstr "Configurar" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:32 -msgid "" -"To connect hardware to the PoS, the first step is to connect an IoT Box to " -"your database. For this, follow this :doc:`documentation <connect>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:36 -msgid "Then, you have to connect the peripheral devices to your IoT Box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:38 -msgid "" -"**Printer**: Connect a supported receipt printer to a USB port or to the " -"network and power it on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:41 -msgid "" -"**Cash drawer**: The cash drawer should be connected to the printer with an " -"RJ25 cable." -msgstr "" -"**Cajón de dinero**: El cajón de dinero debe conectarse a la impresora con " -"un cable RJ25." - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:44 -msgid "" -"**Barcode scanner**: Connect your barcode scanner. In order for your barcode" -" scanner to be compatible it must end barcodes with an Enter character " -"(keycode 28). This is most likely the default configuration of your barcode " -"scanner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:49 -msgid "**Scale**: Connect your scale and power it on." -msgstr "**Escala**: Conecte su escala y enciéndala. " - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:51 -msgid "" -"**Customer Display**: Connect a monitor to the IoT Box using an HDMI cable. " -"You can also access the Customer Display from any other computer by " -"accessing the IoT Box homepage and clicking on the *POS Display* button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:56 -msgid "" -"**Payment terminal**: The connection process depends on the terminal, please" -" refer to the :doc:`payment terminals documentation " -"<../../point_of_sale/payment>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Once it's done, you can connect the IoT Box to your PoS. For this, go in " -":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> PoS`, tick *IoT Box* and" -" select the devices you want to use in this Point of Sale. Save the changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:68 -msgid "Set up is done, you can launch a new PoS Session." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:3 -msgid "Troubleshooting" -msgstr "Solución de problemas" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:6 -msgid "IoT Box Connection" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:9 -msgid "I can't find the pairing code to connect my IoT Box" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:11 -msgid "" -"The pairing code should be printed on receipt printers connected to the IoT " -"Box and should also be displayed on connected monitors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:14 -msgid "The pairing code doesn't show under the following circumstances:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:16 -msgid "The IoT Box is already connected to an Odoo database;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:18 -msgid "The IoT Box is not connected to the Internet;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:20 -msgid "" -"The code is only valid for 5 minutes after the IoT Box has started. It's " -"automatically removed from connected displays when this delay has expired;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:23 -msgid "" -"The version of the IoT Box image is too old. It should use version 20.06 or " -"more recent. If your IoT Box image is from an earlier version, then you will" -" have to reflash the SD card of your IoT Box to update the image (see " -":doc:`Flashing your SD Card <flash_sdcard>`)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:28 -msgid "" -"If you are not in any of the cases listed above, make sure that the IoT Box " -"has correctly started, by checking that a fixed green LED is showing next to" -" the micro-USB port." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:33 -msgid "I've connected my IoT Box but it's not showing in my database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:35 -msgid "" -"When you connect an IoT Box to a database, the IoT Box might restart, if " -"that is the case, it might take up to one minute before appearing in your " -"database. If after some time the IoT is still not showing, make sure that " -"your database can be reached from the IoT Box and that your server doesn't " -"use a multi-database environment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:42 -msgid "My IoT Box is connected to my database, but cannot be reached" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Make sure that the IoT Box and the device running the browser are located on" -" the same network as the IoT Box cannot be reached from outside the local " -"network." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:49 -msgid "Printer" -msgstr "Impresora" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:52 -msgid "My printer is not detected" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:54 -msgid "" -"If one of your printers doesn't show up in your devices list, go to the IoT " -"Box homepage and make sure that it is listed under *Printers*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:60 -msgid "" -"If your printer is not present on the IoT Box homepage, hit *Printers " -"Server*, go to the *Administration* tab and click on *Add Printer*. If you " -"can't find your printer in the list, it's probably not connected properly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:66 -msgid "My printer outputs random text" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:68 -msgid "" -"For most printers, the correct driver should be automatically detected and " -"selected. However, in some cases, the automatic detection mechanism might " -"not be enough, and if no driver is found the printer might print random " -"characters." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:73 -msgid "" -"The solution is to manually select the corresponding driver. On the IoT Box " -"homepage, click on *Printers Server*, go to the *Printers* tab and select " -"the printer in the list. In the Administration dropdown, click on *Modify " -"Printer*. Follow the steps and select the Make and Model corresponding to " -"your printer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Epson and Star receipt printers and Zebra label printers do not need a " -"driver to work. Make sure that no driver is selected for those printers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:88 -msgid "My Zebra Printer doesn't print anything" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:90 -msgid "" -"Zebra printers are quite sensitive to the format of the ZPL code that is " -"printed. If nothing comes out of the printer or blank labels are printed, " -"try changing the format of the report that is sent to the printer by " -"accessing :menuselection:`Settings ~~> Technical ~~> Views` in developer " -"mode and look for the corresponding template." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:97 -msgid "Barcode Scanner" -msgstr "Lector de códigos de barras" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:100 -msgid "The characters read by the barcode scanner don't match the barcode" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:102 -msgid "" -"By default, we assume that your barcode scanner is configured in US QWERTY. " -"This is the default configuration of most barcode readers. If your barcode " -"scanner uses a different layout, please go to the form view of your device " -"and select the correct one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:108 -msgid "Nothing happens when a barcode is scanned" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:110 -msgid "" -"Make sure that the correct device is selected in your Point of Sale " -"configuration and that your barcode is configured to send an ENTER character" -" (keycode 28) at the end of every barcode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:115 -msgid "The barcode scanner is detected as a keyboard" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:117 -msgid "" -"Some poorly built barcode scanners do not advertise themselves as barcode " -"scanners but as a USB keyboard instead, and will not be recognized by the " -"IoT Box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:121 -msgid "" -"You can manually change the device type by going to its form view and " -"activating the *Is scanner* option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:128 -msgid "Cashdrawer" -msgstr "Cajón de monedas" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:131 -msgid "The cashdrawer does not open" -msgstr "El cajón de dinero no abre" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:133 -msgid "" -"The cashdrawer should be connected to the printer and the *Cashdrawer* " -"checkbox should be ticked in the POS configuration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices.rst:3 -msgid "Devices" -msgstr "Dispositivos" - -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:3 -msgid "Connect a Camera" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When using your *IoT Box* in Odoo, you could need to use a camera. As it can" -" be done in a few steps, this device is really easy to configure. Then, you " -"can use it in your manufacturing process and link it to a control point. " -"Doing so will allow you to take pictures when you reach the chosen quality " -"control point." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:12 ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:13 -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:11 -msgid "Connection" -msgstr "Conexión" - -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:14 -msgid "" -"To connect the camera to the *IoT Box*, simply connect the two by cable." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:17 -msgid "" -"If your camera is a `*supported one* <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-" -"hardware>`__, there is no need to set up anything as it will be detected as " -"soon as it is connected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:25 -msgid "Link a Camera to a Quality Control Point" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:28 ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:34 -msgid "With the Manufacturing app" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:30 -msgid "" -"In your *Quality app*, you can setup the device on a *Quality Control " -"Point*. Go to the *Control Points* menu, under *Quality Control* and open " -"the control point you want to link with the camera." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Now, you can edit the control point and select the device from the dropdown " -"list. Now, hit save." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Then, your camera can be used with the picked *Control Point*. During the " -"manufacturing process, reaching the *Quality Control Point* you chose before" -" will allow you to take a picture." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:3 -msgid "Connect a Footswitch" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When working, it is always better to have your two hands available. Using " -"Odoo’s *IoT Box* and a footswitch will allow it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In fact, you will be able to go from one screen to another and perform " -"actions by using your foot and the footswitch. Really convenient, it can be " -"configured in a few steps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Connecting the footswitch to the *IoT Box* is easy, you just have to connect" -" the two by cable." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:18 -msgid "" -"If your footswitch is a `supported one <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-" -"hardware>`__, there is no need to set up anything since it will be " -"automatically detected when connected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:26 -msgid "Link a Footswitch to a Workcenter" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:28 -msgid "" -"To link the footswitch to an action, it needs to be configured on a " -"workcenter. Go to the workcenter you want to use the footswitch in and add " -"the device in the *IoT Triggers* tab. Then, you can link it to an action and" -" also add a key to trigger it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Note that the one that is first in the list will be chosen. So, the order " -"matters! In the picture above, using the footswitch will, for example, " -"automatically skip the current part of the process you work on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:41 -msgid "" -"When you are on the work order screen, a status button indicates if you are " -"correctly connected to the footswitch." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:3 -msgid "Connect a Measurement Tool" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:5 -msgid "" -"With Odoo’s *IoT Box*, it is possible to connect measurement tools to your " -"database. Find the list of supported devices here: `Supported devices " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-hardware>`__,." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:10 -msgid "Connect in USB" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To add a device connected by USB, just plug the USB cable in the *IoT Box*, " -"and the device should appear in your Odoo database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:19 -msgid "Connect in Bluetooth" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Activate the Bluetooth on your device (see your device manual for further " -"explanation) and the IoT Box will automatically try to connect to the " -"device." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:25 -msgid "Here is an example of what it should look like:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:31 -msgid "Link a measurement tool to a quality control point" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:36 -msgid "" -"In your *Quality app*, you can setup a device on your *Quality Control " -"Points*. To do so, go to the *Control Points* menu, under *Quality Control* " -"and open the control point to which you want to assign a measurement tool." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Now, you can edit the control point and choose the device from the dropdown " -"list. Then, hit save." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Now, your measurement tool is linked to the chosen *Control Point*. The " -"value, which needs to be changed manually, will be automatically updated " -"while the tool is being used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:3 -msgid "Connect a Printer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When using your *IoT Box* in Odoo, you could need to use a printer. Doing so" -" is easy and convenient as it can be done in a few steps. Then, you can use " -"it to print receipts, orders or even reports in different Odoo apps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:13 -msgid "" -"The IoT Box supports printers connected through USB, network or Bluetooth. " -"`Supported printers <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-hardware>`__ will be " -"detected automatically and will appear in the *Devices* list of your IoT " -"app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:18 -msgid "The printer can take up to two minutes to appear in your devices list." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:24 -msgid "Link the Printer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:27 -msgid "To Work Orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:29 -msgid "" -"You can link *Work Orders* to printers via a *Quality Control Point* to " -"print labels for manufactured products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:32 -msgid "" -"To do so, you need to create a *Quality Control Point* from the *Quality* " -"app. Then, you can select the correct manufacturing operation and the work " -"order operation. In type, choose *Print Label* and hit save." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Now, each time you reach the quality control point for the chosen product, a" -" *Print Label* button will appear." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:47 -msgid "To Reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:49 -msgid "" -"You can also link a type of report to a certain printer. In the *IoT* app, " -"go to the *Devices* menu and select the printer you want to set up." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:56 -msgid "Now, go to the *Printer Reports* tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Hit edit and then, click on *Add a line*. In the window that shows up, check" -" all the types of reports that should be linked to this printer. Click on " -"select and save." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Now, each time you click on *Print* in the control panel, instead of " -"downloading a PDF, it will send it to the selected printer and automatically" -" print it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:73 -msgid "Print Receipts from the PoS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:75 -msgid "" -"You can link a printer to your *Point of Sale* app so you can print receipts" -" directly from your *PoS*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:78 -msgid "" -"Doing so is really easy. Go to your *Point of Sale* app and open your *Point" -" of Sale* settings, under *Configuration*. There, click on *Edit* and check " -"the *IoT Box* feature. Then, choose your *Receipt Printer* from the " -"dropdown." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:86 -msgid "" -"Now, you will be able to print different kinds of tickets from your *POS*: " -"**receipts**, **sale details** and **bills**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:89 -msgid "" -"Receipts are printed once the order is validated. The process is automated " -"when you enable the feature in your *PoS* configuration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Sales details can be printed by clicking on the printer icon on the navbar " -"at the top of the *PoS*. It will print the details of the sales of the " -"current day." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:99 -msgid "" -"As for the bill, it is only available in restaurant mode. In your restaurant" -" settings, activate *Print Bills* and a *Bill* button will appear in the " -"left panel of the *PoS*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:107 -msgid "Print Orders in the kitchen" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:109 -msgid "In restaurant mode, you can send order tickets to the kitchen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:111 -msgid "" -"To do so, go to the *PoS* app and open your *PoS* settings. Then, tick " -"*Order Printer*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:117 -msgid "" -"Now, go to the *Printers* menu. Hit create, select the printer from the " -"dropdown and, in the *Printer Product Categories* field, choose all the " -"categories of products that should be printed on this printer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:124 -msgid "" -"In the *PoS*, when you add or remove a product from one of the selected " -"categories, the button *Order* will be green. If you click on it, the IoT " -"Box will print a receipt on the corresponding printer." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po deleted file mode 100644 index 5f0928cf0..000000000 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,275 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal <lina8823@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Nicolás Broggi <rnbroggi@gmail.com>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Nicolás Broggi <rnbroggi@gmail.com>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: es\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../livechat/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Información general" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:3 -msgid "Get Started with Live Chat" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Live Chat has the highest satisfaction rating of any communication tool. It " -"allows fast responses and it is accessible and convenient, as your customers" -" can keep doing what they are doing while interacting with you. Remember: " -"your customers want to talk to you, so let's make it easy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:10 -msgid "Set up" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Once *Live Chat* is installed on your database, if your website was created " -"with Odoo, the application is automatically added to it. All that is left to" -" do is to go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> " -"Live Chat`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Select the channel to be linked to your website or create one on the fly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:27 -msgid "For both scenarios, under:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:30 -msgid "" -"- **Operators**: add agents to respond to the chat requests. Add as many as " -"you like, and keep in mind that operators that do not show any activity in " -"Odoo for more than 30min are considered disconnected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:33 -msgid "" -"- **Options**: set the default text to be shown on the live chat button; an " -"automated welcome message to be seen by visitors when a conversation is " -"initiated, and the text that prompts the user to initiate a chat." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:36 -msgid "" -"- **Channel Rules**: choose an action for a given URL, and/or per country. " -"In the example below, the chat window automatically pops-up 3 seconds after " -"users (from any country) land on the contact us page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:43 -msgid "" -"GeoIP, which refers to the process of finding a computer terminal’s " -"geographical location by its IP address, must be installed on your server. " -"Otherwise, under *Channel Rules*, countries are not taken into account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:48 -msgid "External options" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:51 -msgid "" -"If your website was not created with Odoo, you can find the code to be added" -" to your own, under the *Widget* tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Odoo also offers an URL you can send to users so they can have access to a " -"single live chat page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:59 -msgid "Managing chat requests" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Conversations initiated by visitors pop up as a direct message, and are " -"shown in *Discuss*. Therefore, inquiries can be answered wherever you are in" -" Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Conversations are dispatched based on the current workload of the online " -"operators." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:72 -msgid "Leave or join a channel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:74 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, access your " -"channel under *Live Chat*, and *Join Channel* or *Leave Channel*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:82 -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:48 -msgid ":doc:`ratings`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:83 -#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:45 -msgid ":doc:`responses`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:3 -msgid "Ratings" -msgstr "Valoraciones" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Giving users the opportunity to rate their interactions can help you " -"improving the experience you offer. That means staying on top of your " -"customers' needs, besides keeping track of your operators’ performances." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:10 -msgid "Customer Rating" -msgstr "Valoración del cliente" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Once the user chooses to close the chat window, he can rate his interaction." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:14 -msgid "" -"If the user is *Not satisfied* or *Highly dissatisfied*, a field allowing " -"for an explanation is shown." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:15 -msgid "A copy of the conversation can also be sent by email." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:22 -msgid "The rating is shown on the chat window itself for the operator." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:28 -msgid "And under :menuselection:`Report --> Customer Ratings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:35 -msgid "Make the rating public" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, access your " -"channel form, click on *Go to Website* and on *Unpublished*, to publish the " -"rating of that channel on your website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:3 -msgid "Commands and Canned Responses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Using canned responses can help you save time and have a previous, well-" -"thought response, to some of your most common questions and comments." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:9 -msgid "Use commands" -msgstr "Usar comandos" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Commands are shortcuts that do specific actions within the chat window:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:13 -msgid "**/help**: shows a help message." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:14 -msgid "**/helpdesk**: creates a helpdesk ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:15 -msgid "**/helpdesk_search**: searches for a helpdesk ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:16 -msgid "**/history**: shows the last 15 visited pages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:17 -msgid "**/lead**: creates a new lead." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:18 -msgid "**/leave**: leaves the channel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:0 -msgid "" -"- For *helpdesk tickets*: make sure the application is installed on your " -"database and the option *Live Chat* under :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> " -"Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` is enabled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:0 -msgid "" -"- For *leads*: the *CRM* application must be installed on your database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:26 -msgid "" -"To access the ticket or lead created from the chat, click on the shortcut " -"link." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Helpdesk tickets created from the chat automatically add the conversation as" -" a description of the ticket. The same goes for the creation of a lead." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:37 -msgid "Send canned responses" -msgstr "Enviar respuestas guardadas" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Canned responses allow you to have a full piece of text being placed when " -"you type a shortcut word. To create them, go to :menuselection:`Live Chat " -"--> Configuration --> Canned Responses`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:41 -msgid "" -"To use them during a conversation, simply type **:** followed by the " -"shortcut word you created." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po deleted file mode 100644 index b2fd7ed58..000000000 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1334 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal <lina8823@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Jon Perez <jop@odoo.com>, 2020 -# Fernando La Chica <fernandolachica@gmail.com>, 2020 -# José Cabrera Lozano <jose.cabrera@edukative.es>, 2021 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: José Cabrera Lozano <jose.cabrera@edukative.es>, 2021\n" -"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: es\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../manufacturing.rst:5 -msgid "Manufacturing" -msgstr "Fabricación" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management.rst:5 -msgid "Manufacturing Management" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:3 -msgid "Using an alternative Work Center" -msgstr "Utilizando un Centro de Trabajo alternativo" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:5 -msgid "" -"For many manufacturing companies, a common issue is to have to manufacture, " -"at the same time, several products usually produced at the same work center." -" If in practice, employees can manufacture the goods at another work center," -" it is not that simple." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:10 -msgid "" -"You need to keep track of the job: which work center has been used and when," -" so you can schedule maintenance efficiently. With Odoo, you can configure " -"it so you can keep tracking manufacturing orders and your employees have an " -"alternative work center to use." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:15 -msgid "" -"This way, your process becomes more efficient, and less non-productive time " -"will be noticed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:20 -msgid "Configure your Work Centers" -msgstr "Configure sus Centros de Trabajo" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:22 -msgid "" -"The first thing to do is to go to the *Manufacturing* app settings. Then, " -"enable the *Work Orders* feature and hit save." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Now, go to the *Work Centers* menu under *Master Data* and create two new " -"work centers. Add the second work centers as an alternative to the first and" -" vice versa." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:39 -msgid "" -"The next step is to create your *routing*. Add your work center and an " -"operation to it before saving." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Then, you can create your *Bill of Materials* and add components and routing" -" to it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:56 -msgid "Create your Work Orders" -msgstr "Cree sus Centros de Trabajo" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Now that everything is configured, you can create your *Work Orders*. Go to " -"the *Manufacturing Orders* menu and hit *Create*. There, add your product " -"and plan it. In the *Work Orders* list, you can find it ready to be " -"assembled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Each new *Work Order*, which will be created before the end of the first " -"one, will be scheduled at the alternative work center you configured." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:78 -msgid "" -"Keep in mind that, if you add time after production to your work center, you" -" may have work orders scheduled for your alternative work center even if the" -" usual one is free." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:3 -msgid "Create Bills of Materials" -msgstr "Crear Listas de Materiales" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A *Bill of Materials* is a document defining the quantity of each component " -"required to manufacture a finished product. It also includes the routing and" -" individual steps of the manufacturing process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:9 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can link multiple BoMs to each product and use it to describe" -" multiple variants of them. Each BoM will, yet, be associated with one " -"product only." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:13 -msgid "" -"This feature will help optimize your manufacturing process while saving you " -"time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:17 -msgid "Setting up a BoM" -msgstr "Configurando una Lista de Materiales" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:19 -msgid "" -"You can use BoMs without routings. You will use this if you choose to manage" -" your manufacturing operations using manufacturing orders only. In other " -"words, you choose to realize your manufacturing process in one step and do " -"not track the steps the product goes through." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Before creating your *BoM*, you have to create the product using the *BoM* " -"and, at least, one of the components. Go to the :menuselection:`Master Data " -"menu --> Products` and create both the finished product and the component." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Once done, go to the *Bills of Materials* menu under *Master Data*. Now, " -"create it. Choose the product from the dropdown menu and add your components" -" and the quantity. In this case, keep the default *BoM* type, which is " -"*Manufacture this Product*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:37 -msgid "Using the same BoM to describe Variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:39 -msgid "" -"As said above, you can use *BoM* for *Product Variants*. It is basically the" -" same as for the standard product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:42 -msgid "" -"If your *BoM* is for one variant only, then specify which one in the " -"*Product Variant* field. If not, specify the variant it is consumed for on " -"each component line. You can add several variants for each component." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:51 -msgid "Adding a routing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:53 -msgid "" -"You can add routing to your *BoM*. You will do this if you need to define a " -"series of operations required by your manufacturing process. To use it, " -"enable the *Work Orders* feature in the *Manufacturing* app settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:62 -msgid "" -"Each *BoM* can have only one routing while each routing can be used multiple" -" times." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Now that you have created your routing, add it to your *BoM*. You can select" -" when, in the work operations, your components are consumed with the " -"dropdown menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:73 -msgid "Adding By-Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:75 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, a *by-product* is any product produced by a *BoM* in addition to " -"the primary product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:78 -msgid "" -"To add *by-products* to a *BoM*, you will first need to enable them from the" -" *Manufacturing* app settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:84 -msgid "" -"Once the feature is enabled, you can add your *By-Products* to your *BoMs*. " -"You can add as many *By-Products* as you want. Just keep in mind that you " -"need to register during which operation your by-product is produced." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:3 -msgid "Use flexible components consumption" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Sometimes, you might need more components than usual to manufacture a " -"product. Let’s say that you produce a desk combination of 4 desks and two " -"chairs but your customer asks you one more desk. Alright, you can do that. " -"But you will need to register it!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:10 -msgid "" -"In case this happens, Odoo has the *flexible components consumption* feature" -" available. If you enable it, you will be able to consume as many components" -" as needed and it will make you save time in the registration of your items " -"consumption." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:16 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:31 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:66 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:26 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:9 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Configuración" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Using flexible component consumption is easy and can be done in a few steps." -" All you need is a *BoM* and a *Quality Control Point*. Therefore, you will " -"need to activate the feature *Quality* in the *MRP* app settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:23 -msgid "" -"First, open the *BoM* you want to use for flexible component consumption and" -" edit it. In the *Miscellaneous* tab, choose *Flexible* as the consumption " -"type. Then, save." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Now, in the *Quality* app, open the *Control Point* menu, under *Quality " -"Control* and create a new *Quality Control Point*. Choose your product, your" -" operation and work order operation. Then, choose *Register Consumed " -"Materials* as type." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Next, go back to your *Manufacturing* app and create a *Manufacturing " -"order*. Choose the product for which you have created the flexible *BoM*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Then, confirm it and launch the process step. While processing, you will " -"have the possibility to consume more components than expected in the *BoM*. " -"To do so, click on *Continue Consumption*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:49 -msgid "" -"When the job is over, you will find a summary of your component consumption " -"in the *Finished Steps* tab of your work order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:3 -msgid "Sell sets of products as kits" -msgstr "Vender conjuntos de productos como kits" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A *kit* is a set of components that are delivered without first being " -"assembled or mixed. *Kits* are described in Odoo using *Bills of Materials*." -" There are two basic ways to configure *kits*, depending on how the stock of" -" the kit product is to be managed. In either case, both the *Inventory* and " -"*Manufacturing* apps must be installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:12 -msgid "Manage Stock of Component Products" -msgstr "Gestión del Stock de los Componentes" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:14 -msgid "" -"If you want to assemble kits as they are ordered, managing stock of the kit " -"components only, you will use a *Kit BoM* without a manufacturing step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:18 -msgid "" -"A product using a *Kit BoM* will appear as a single line item on a quotation" -" and sales order, but will generate a delivery order with one line item for " -"each of the components of the kit. In the examples below, the first image " -"shows a sales order for the kit *Custom Computer Kit*, while the second " -"image shows the corresponding delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:33 -msgid "" -"From the *Products menu* in either the *Inventory* or *Manufacturing* app, " -"create each component product as you would with any other product, then " -"create the top-level, or kit product. The kit product should have only the " -"*route Manufacture* set, in the *Inventory tab*. Because you cannot track " -"the stock of kit products, the *Product Type* should be set to Consumable. " -"Because a kit product cannot be purchased, then, *Can be Purchased* should " -"be unchecked." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:41 -msgid "" -"All other parameters on the kit product may be modified according to your " -"preference. The component products require no particular configuration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Once the products are configured, create a *bill of materials* for the kit " -"product. Add each component and its quantity. Select the *BoM Type Ship this" -" product as a set of components*. All other options may be left with their " -"default values." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:57 -msgid "Manage Stock of Kit Product and Component Products" -msgstr "Gestión del Stock de los productos Kit y sus componentes" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:59 -msgid "" -"If you want to manage stock of the *top-level kit product*, you will use a " -"standard *BoM* with a manufacturing step instead of a *Kit BoM*. When using " -"a standard BoM to assemble kits, a *manufacturing order* will be created. " -"The *manufacturing order* must be registered as completed before the kit " -"product will appear in your stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:68 -msgid "" -"On the kit product, select the *route Manufacture*. You may also select " -"*Make to Order*, which will create a *manufacturing order* whenever a sales " -"order is confirmed. Select the product type *Storable Product* to enable " -"stock management." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:76 -msgid "" -"When you create the *bill of materials*, select the BoM Type *Manufacture " -"this product*. The assembly of the kit will be described by a *manufacturing" -" order* rather than a packing operation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:3 -msgid "Process Manufacturing Orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, you can manage your manufacturing process in two different ways. " -"You can work with one document, or decide to have more information and " -"control over it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:9 -msgid "" -"In the first case, Odoo makes things easier and helps you manage work with " -"one document only: the manufacturing order. No complex steps during the " -"process, you just have to schedule the job and record the production." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:14 -msgid "" -"But, if you need more control, you can use additional documents (steps) to " -"your manufacturing process. This way, *Manufacturing Orders* are divided " -"into one or more steps defined by *Work Orders* and performed in a sequence " -"defined by *routings*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Using Odoo will allow you to precisely schedule the job, analyze your " -"efficiency but also have ease when realizing each step of your manufacturing" -" process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:24 -msgid "Manage Manufacturing Without Routings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:26 -msgid "" -"If your manufacturing process is limited to one place, one person and one " -"step, you will probably use manufacturing orders without routings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:29 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, it is the default behavior. If work this way, there are two basic " -"phases from planning to production:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:32 -msgid "Create a manufacturing order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:34 -msgid "Record the production" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:37 -msgid "Manage Manufacturing with Routings and Work Centers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:39 -msgid "" -"To use *Work Centers* and *Routings*, you will need to enable the *Work " -"Orders* feature. To do so, go to the *Manufacturing* app settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Now, you can add routings to *BoMs* and configure your operations taking " -"place at different *work centers*. The *Work Centers* are the locations at " -"which work orders are performed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:53 -msgid "" -"When manufacturing this way, each *Work Order* is scheduled individually. " -"You will also have access to time and capacity planning, as well as reports " -"on costing and efficiency for each *Work Center*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:60 -msgid "Thus, the workflow is divided into three basic phases:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:62 -msgid "Create the manufacturing order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:67 -msgid "Schedule the associated work orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:72 -msgid "Perform the scheduled work and record production" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:3 -msgid "Plan Work Orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In some cases, companies need to schedule their work orders. Doing so, they " -"can organize the work for the whole day and be sure everything goes well. It" -" helps to avoid scheduling multiple work orders at the same time when you " -"don’t have the capacity to do so." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:10 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, companies can schedule the planned start date for their " -"manufacturing orders. No possible duplication, no potential issues with the " -"planning. And, if you plan two work orders at the same work center, at the " -"same hour, the second one will be scheduled right after the first one, " -"avoiding work superposition." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:17 -msgid "Create the Work Orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:19 -msgid "" -"The first thing you need to do is to open the *Manufacturing* app. Then, Go " -"to the settings and enable the *Work Orders* feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Now, go to the *Manufacturing Orders* menu and hit *Create*. Choose your " -"product and add a *Planned Start Date*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:32 -msgid "" -"The “Deadline Start” field is informative. It shows you until when you can " -"launch the manufacturing order to fulfill the initial demand." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Mark your *Manufacturing Order* as todo and plan it. By going to the " -"*Planning* menu, you can access to the scheduled orders. Here is the one we " -"just created:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:43 -msgid "" -"If you plan two work orders at the same hour, the second one will be " -"scheduled after the first one if the jobs need to be done at the same work " -"center. The start date will, then, be automatically updated considering the " -"first free slot on the work center." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:48 -msgid "" -"If you overrun the planned date and begin the job later, you will have a " -"track of it in the *Time Tracking* tab of your work order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage BoMs for product variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo allows you to use one bill of materials for multiple variants of the " -"same product. Simply enable variants from :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:12 -msgid "" -"You will then be able to specify which component lines are to be used in the" -" manufacture of each product variant. You may specify multiple variants for " -"each line. If no variant is specified, the line will be used for all " -"variants." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:17 -msgid "" -"When defining variant BoMs on a line-item-basis, the **Product Variant** " -"field in the main section of the BoM should be left blank. This field is " -"used when creating a BoM for one variant of a product only." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:3 -msgid "Set routings on kit Bills of materials" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:5 -msgid "" -"It often happens that you want to use kit BoM’s within manufactured product " -"BoM’s in order to lighten the list of components for this manufactured " -"product. When doing so, you would like to have the possibility to specify, " -"for each kit component, in which operation they are consumed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:11 -msgid "" -"We will see the three use cases that you can face in these kinds of " -"configurations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:15 -msgid "Finished Product & Kit Component have the same Routing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:18 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:63 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:107 -msgid "Create BoM for the Finished Product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:20 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Create a manufactured BoM for the finished product which includes a kit " -"component. Set a routing on your BoM, for example, *Assemble Furniture*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:28 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:73 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:117 -msgid "Create a Kit BoM for the Kit Component" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Update the kit component to define its BoM. Make sure that the routing which" -" is set on this BoM is the same one than on the Finished Product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:36 -msgid "" -"You can define the operations in which the kit components are used directly " -"in the BoM of the kit." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:40 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:84 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:127 -msgid "Manufacturing Order" -msgstr "Orden de fabricación" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:42 -msgid "" -"In the list of components, the kit is split. Two work orders are created as " -"we have two operations defined in the *Assemble Furniture* routing. The " -"components of the kits are well consumed in the operations defined in the " -"kit BoM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:57 -msgid "Finished Product & Kit Component haven’t the same Routing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:60 -msgid "Kit Consumption set on Finished Product BoM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:75 -msgid "" -"Update the kit component to define its BoM. In this use case, the routing " -"which is set on this Kit BoM is different than the one of the Finished " -"Product. Specify the operations at which the kit components are consumed in " -"this BoM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:86 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:129 -msgid "" -"When the manufacturing order is created for the Manufactured product, the " -"kit is split among its components. When the manufacturing order is planned, " -"three work orders are created in our case, one coming from the routing of " -"the manufactured products, the two other ones coming from the routing of the" -" kit BoM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:95 -msgid "The components are all consumed during their respective operations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:104 -msgid "Kit Consumption set on Kit BoM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:109 -msgid "" -"Create a manufactured BoM for the finished product which includes a kit " -"component. Set a routing on your BoM, for example, *Assemble Furniture*. " -"Precise the consumption of the components on this BoM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:119 -msgid "" -"Update the kit component to define its BoM. In this use case, the routing " -"which is set on this Kit BoM is different than the one of the Finished " -"Product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:138 -msgid "" -"All the components of the kits are consumed during the first operation. The " -"last component is consumed during the second operation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:3 -msgid "Manage semi-finished products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, you can use subassembly products to simplify a complex *Bill of " -"Materials* or to represent your manufacturing flow more accurately. A " -"*subassembly product* is a manufactured product that is used as a component " -"to make another one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:10 -msgid "" -"A *BoM* that employs *subassemblies* is referred to as a multi-level BoM. " -"Those are accomplished by creating a *top-level BoM* and *subassembly ones*." -" This process requires a route that will ensure that every time a " -"manufacturing order for the top-level product is created, another one will " -"be for subassemblies." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:17 -msgid "Configure the Subassembly Product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:19 -msgid "" -"To configure a *multi-level BoM*, you will need a top-level product but also" -" its subassemblies. The first step is to create a product form for each of " -"the subassemblies. Select the routes *Manufacture* and *Replenish on Order*." -" Now, hit save." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:27 -msgid "" -"In the *Bill of Materials* menu, under *Master Data*, create a new *Bill of " -"Materials*. Choose the product you just created and add its components." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:35 -msgid "Configure the Main BoM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Now, you can configure the top-level product and its *BoM*. Include any " -"subassemblies in the list of components." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Now, each time you will plan a manufacturing order for the top-level " -"product, a manufacturing order will be created for the subassembly one. " -"Then, you will have to manufacture the subassembly in order to make it " -"available before manufacturing the finished product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:3 -msgid "Subcontract your Manufacturing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Outsourcing a portion of some or all your company’s manufacturing needs is " -"not easy. To make it work right, you have to:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:8 -msgid "Manage the inventory of raw materials at your subcontractor;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Ship new materials to your subcontractors based on your forecasted demand;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Keep track of manufacturing operations done at the subcontractor location;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:13 -msgid "Control incoming goods quality;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:14 -msgid "Control subcontractors bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Here is an example of subcontracting the manufacturing of “C”, which is " -"produced out of raw materials “A” and “B”." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:23 -msgid "" -"With its subcontracting feature, Odoo helps you handle this flow easily." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:28 -msgid "" -"To use the subcontracting feature, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " -"Configuration --> Settings` and tick the box *Subcontracting*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:35 -msgid "" -"To define if a product must be subcontracted, use a *Bill of Materials " -"(BoM)* of type *Subcontracting*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:38 -msgid "" -"To create a new *BoM*, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Master Data " -"--> Bill of Materials` and hit create. Then, list the components your " -"subcontractor needs to manufacture the product. For costing purposes, you " -"might want to register all the components, even the ones that are sourced " -"directly from the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Once you have set the *BoM Type* to *Subcontracting*, specify one or several" -" subcontractors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:52 -msgid "Basic Subcontracting Flow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:54 -msgid "" -"To let your subcontractor know how many products you need, create and send " -"them purchase orders (PO). To do so, open the *Purchase* app and create a " -"new one. Be sure to send the PO to a vendor that is defined as a " -"subcontractor on the *BoM*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Once the *PO* is validated (1), a pending receipt is created. When the " -"products are received, validate the receipt (2), with the actual quantity " -"received. Then Odoo automatically created several inventory moves:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Consume the components at the subcontractor’s location, based on the *BoM* " -"(3);" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:70 -msgid "Produce finished goods at the subcontractor’s location (4);" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Move products from the subcontractor’s location to YourCompany through the " -"validated receipt (5)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:74 -msgid "" -"Of course, Odoo does all the transactions for you, automatically. Simply " -"control the vendor bill with the usual matching process with the purchase " -"order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:79 -msgid "" -"The *PO* is optional. If you create a receipt manually, with the right " -"subcontractor, Odoo still performs all the moves. Useful if the " -"subcontractor does not bill a fixed price per item, but rather the time and " -"materials used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:85 -msgid "Inventory Valuation" -msgstr "Valoración del inventario" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:87 -msgid "The cost of the manufactured product “C” is defined as:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:89 -msgid "**C = A + B + s**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:91 -msgid "With:" -msgstr "Con:" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:93 -msgid "**A**: Cost of raw materials coming from YourCompany;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:96 -msgid "**B**: Cost of raw materials sourced directly from the" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:96 -msgid "subcontractor;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:98 -msgid "**s**: Cost of the subcontracted service." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:100 -msgid "" -"Sending raw materials to your subcontractors (**A**) does not impact the " -"inventory valuation, the components still belonging to your company. To " -"manage this, the *Subcontracting Location* is configured as an *Internal " -"Location* so that the components are still valued in the inventory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:106 -msgid "" -"Then, the vendor price set on the product C form has to be what has to be " -"paid to the subcontractor for his parts and service time: **B + s**. The " -"product cost has to be: **A + B + s**, how much the product is valued in the" -" accounting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:111 -msgid "" -"Finally, the subcontractor bill matches the purchase order, with the " -"proposed price coming from the finished products C." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:115 -msgid "" -"If managing the replenishment of raw materials **B** at your subcontractor’s" -" location is not needed, simply include the cost of **B** in the " -"subcontractor’s price **s** and remove the products *B* from the *BoM*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:121 -msgid "Traceability" -msgstr "Trazabilidad" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:123 -msgid "" -"In case the products received from the subcontractor contain tracked " -"components, their serial or lot numbers need to be specified during the " -"receipt." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:127 -msgid "" -"On the receipt of the subcontracted product, a *Record Components* button " -"appears when necessary. Click on it to open a dialog and record the " -"serial/lot numbers of the components. If the finished product is also " -"tracked, its serial/lot number can be registered here too." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:136 -msgid "" -"For audit purposes, it is possible to check the lot numbers recorded on a " -"receipt by using the icon on the right of the finished products:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:144 -msgid "Automate Replenishment of Subcontractors" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:146 -msgid "" -"To manage the resupply of your subcontractor, activate *Multi-locations* in " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Configuration`. Then, the " -"inventory at the subcontractor location can be tracked." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:151 -msgid "" -"It is possible to resupply subcontractors by sending products from the " -"company locations, or by sending products from another supplier to the " -"subcontractors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:156 -msgid "Replenishment from the warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:158 -msgid "" -"Resupplying subcontractors manually is the simplest approach. To do so, " -"create delivery orders in which the subcontractor is set as a delivery " -"address and fill the components to deliver." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:162 -msgid "" -"To automate the subcontractors’ replenishment propositions, there are two " -"approaches:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:165 -msgid "Reordering rules;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:166 -msgid "Replenish on order flow." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:168 -msgid "" -"For the first one, just define a reordering rule on the subcontracting " -"location, with a minimum and maximum inventory level. When the reordering " -"rule is triggered, a delivery order is created to ship the components to the" -" subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:177 -msgid "" -"The second approach is to use a “pull” flow. Here, the demand in the " -"finished product (real demand or forecasted one through the Master " -"Production Schedule) triggers the replenishment of the subcontractor. To do " -"so, select the route *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* on the wanted " -"components." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:188 -msgid "Replenishment from another supplier" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:190 -msgid "" -"When purchasing items to another supplier, it is possible to ask him to " -"deliver the subcontractor directly. To do so, activate the *Drop Shipping* " -"feature in :menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> Configuration`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:195 -msgid "" -"Now, set the *Dropship* option in the *Deliver To* field of the *Other " -"Information* tab. Then, provide the address of the subcontractor for the " -"shipping." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:203 -msgid "" -"That way, the supplier can ship items directly and you simply receive and " -"pay the bill. However, it is still required to validate receipts for the " -"subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:212 -msgid "Quality Control" -msgstr "Control calidad" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:214 -msgid "" -"Controlling the quality of the products manufactured by subcontractors is " -"possible thanks to the Odoo Quality app. Quality checks can be made on a " -"manufacturing step but, because the manufacturing process is handled by an " -"external party, it can be defined on the product reception." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:224 -msgid "" -"To create a quality check at the receipt, open the *Quality* app and create " -"a new *Control Point* on the reception." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:231 -msgid "" -"By doing so, a quality check is automatically created each time a finished " -"product is received." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:3 -msgid "Unbuild a product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In Odoo Manufacturing App, you can *Unbuild* products. Two use cases can be " -"managed: (1) you can unbuild products you have built yourself or (2) you can" -" unbuild products you have received." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Let's take the first case, you are manufacturing products yourself. If one " -"of your product presents some defect, you might want to unbuild it instead " -"of scrapping it completely, allowing you to reuse some components of the " -"product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:14 -msgid "" -"In the second case, you are buying products for the sole purpose of " -"unbuilding them and recycling them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:18 -msgid "Unbuild Order" -msgstr "örden de desconstrucción" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:20 -msgid "" -"While in the Manufacturing App, under the *Operations* tab you will find the" -" menu *Unbuild Orders*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:26 -msgid "" -"When creating a new one, you can either select a MO if you are unbuilding " -"something you manufactured or only select a product if you are unbuilding " -"something you received." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:33 -msgid "When you are done, just click unbuild and the process will be over." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:35 -msgid "" -"If you unbuild a product that you manufactured before, you will get the " -"components from the MO back in stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:38 -msgid "" -"If you unbuild a product you bought, you will get the components from the " -"BoM back in stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:3 -msgid "Use the Master Production Schedule" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The Master Production Schedule (MPS) is a valuable tool to plan your " -"production based on your demand forecast." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Go to the :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings` " -"and activate the Master Production Schedule feature before hitting save." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:18 -msgid "" -"In the manufacturing settings, you can define the time range of your MPS " -"(month/week/day) and the number of periods you want to display." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Now, go in :menuselection:`Planning --> Master Production Schedule` and " -"click on add a product. You can now define your safety stock target (= the " -"stock you want to have on hand at the end of the period) and the minimum and" -" maximum quantities to replenish." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:29 -msgid "" -"The products are ordered in the MPS based on their sequence. You can " -"rearrange that sequence by going on the list of your products and reorganize" -" them with drag and drop." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:36 -msgid "" -"In the MPS view, you can decide which information you would like to show by " -"clicking on *rows*. Some fields can be added to the view, such as *Actual " -"demand*, which will show which quantity of products has already been ordered" -" for the period, or *Available to Promise*, which allows you to know what " -"can still be sold during the period (what you plan to replenish - what is " -"already sold during the period). You can also decide to hide some " -"information if it isn’t necessary." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:48 -msgid "Estimate your demand and launch replenishment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:50 -msgid "" -"The next step is to estimate the demand for the period. This estimation " -"should be entered in the row *Demand Forecast*. You can easily, at any time," -" compare the demand forecast with the actual demand (= confirmed sales). The" -" demand forecast for a finished product will impact the indirect demand for " -"its components." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:59 -msgid "" -"Then, the quantity to replenish for the different periods will be " -"automatically computed. The replenishments you are supposed to launch based " -"on your lead times (vendor lead time or manufacturing lead time) are " -"displayed in green. You can now launch the replenishment by clicking on the " -"replenish button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Depending on the configuration of the product (buy vs. manufacture), " -"requests for quotations or manufacturing orders will be created. You can " -"easily access those by clicking on the *Actual Replenishment* cell." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:75 -msgid "" -"In case you manually edit the *To replenish* quantity, a small cross will " -"appear on the left. In case you want to go back to the automatically " -"computed value given by Odoo, you can click the cross." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:83 -msgid "Cells color signification" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:85 -msgid "" -"The cells, which are part of the *To replenish* line, can take different " -"colors depending on the situation:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:88 -msgid "" -"**Green**: quantity of products which should be replenished to reach the " -"expected safety stock considering the demand forecast and the indirect " -"demand forecast." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:90 -msgid "" -"**Grey**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity " -"still matches current data." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:92 -msgid "" -"**Red**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity " -"was too high considering current data." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:94 -msgid "" -"**Orange**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity" -" was too low considering current data." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:96 -msgid "" -"The *Forecasted stock* line can also contain red cells, which means the " -"stock will be negative during the period in question." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:100 -msgid "What if I have underestimated the demand?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:102 -msgid "" -"You can still increase the demand forecast. It will impact the quantity to " -"replenish. The cell will become orange, and you’ll be able to launch a new " -"replenishment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:107 -msgid "What if I have overestimated the demand?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:109 -msgid "" -"You can decrease the demand forecast. The cell will become red to inform you" -" that you’ve ordered more than planned. If you’re still able to do it, you " -"can cancel some RFQ or MO manually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:114 -msgid "What if I wrongly added a product to the MPS?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:116 -msgid "" -"You can easily remove a product from the MPS by clicking the small bin on " -"the right of its name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview.rst:7 -msgid "I want to use Odoo Manufacturing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview.rst:5 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Información general" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair.rst:5 -msgid "Repair Management" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:5 -msgid "Repair products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:7 -msgid "" -"The Odoo *Repair* app allows you to manage a complete after sales process " -"but also to simply repair products you have manufactured, if they present a " -"defect." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:12 -msgid "Create a Repair Order" -msgstr "Crear una orden de reparación" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Once in the app, you can access your existing *Repair Orders* and create a " -"new one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:21 -msgid "Manage a repair" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:23 -msgid "" -"When a customer sends you a product for repair, create a new *Repair Order*." -" Fill it in with all the information you may need such as the product, the " -"customer, if it has to be invoiced after or before the repair, the parts you" -" might need, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Once everything is done, you can then send the repair quotation to your " -"customer. If it is approved, you can confirm the repair. You will then be " -"able to start & end the repair when it is completed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:38 -msgid "You can now invoice the repair." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8d93122ac --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po @@ -0,0 +1,571 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2021 +# Jesús Alan Ramos Rodríguez <alan.ramos@jarsa.com.mx>, 2021 +# Jairo Llopis <yajo.sk8@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Fabian <fabiananguiano@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Althay Ramallo Fuentes <arf@odoo.com>, 2021 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-18 07:12+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-05-18 05:18+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Althay Ramallo Fuentes <arf@odoo.com>, 2021\n" +"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: es\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing.rst:3 +msgid "Marketing" +msgstr "Marketing" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation.rst:3 +msgid "Marketing Automation" +msgstr "Automatización de marketing" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced" +msgstr "Avanzado" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:3 +msgid "Understanding Metrics" +msgstr "Comprendiendo las métricas" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Metrics are values that help you measure progress and can be a powerful way " +"of linking your employees to goals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:9 +msgid "" +"When you create a workflow in Odoo, its visual content already shows metrics" +" in a graph form and in numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:10 +msgid "Let’s consider the example below:" +msgstr "Consideremos el ejemplo abajo:" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:19 +msgid "" +"The *Target* - business object - is *Lead/Opportunity* and was narrowed down" +" to the ones whose *Tag Name* contain the description “Product”, and have an" +" email address set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:20 +msgid "A total number of 20 records match the criteria." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Out of those 20 records, 25 have become participants, in other words, they " +"have matched the criteria." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Every time the system runs, updating numbers and triggering actions, it will" +" look at the *Target* model and check if new records have been added or " +"modified, keeping the flow up-to-date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The filter here is applied to *all* activities. Leads that lose the tag in " +"the meantime will be excluded from later activities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:45 +msgid "" +"*Records* is a real-time number, therefore while the workflow is running, " +"changes in opportunity records can be made - delete, add, adjustment - " +"updating the number of records, but not changing the number of participants," +" as the metric *will not* exclude opportunities that have been set as " +"participants before. It will just add new ones. For this reason, the number " +"of *Records* can be different from the number of *Participants*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 +msgid "" +"You can also have filters applied to activities individually, under " +"*Domain*. A useful feature to specify an individual filter that will only be" +" performed if the records satisfied both filters, the activity and its " +"domain one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Example: for an activity sending an SMS, you could make sure a phone number " +"is set to avoid triggering a SMS that would never be sent and crash." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:64 +msgid "" +"*Success* is the number of times the searching for participants - that match" +" the filter(s) of that activity - was performed successfully in relation to " +"the total number of participants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:65 +msgid "" +"If a participant does not match the conditions, it will be added to " +"*Rejected*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Hovering over the graph, you can see the number of successful and rejected " +"participants, per day, for the last 15 days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Every time a new record is added to the *Target* model, it will be " +"automatically added to the workflow, and, it will start the workflow from " +"the beginning (parent action)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing.rst:3 +msgid "SMS Marketing" +msgstr "Marketing por SMS" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing.rst:3 +msgid "Pricing and FAQ" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:3 +msgid "SMS Pricing and FAQ" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:6 +msgid "What do I need to send SMSs?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:7 +msgid "" +"SMS Text Messaging is an In-App Purchase (IAP) service that *requires " +"prepaid credits* to work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:11 +msgid "How many types of SMSs are there?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:12 +msgid "There are 2 types: GSM7 and UNICODE." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:14 +msgid "" +"**GSM7** is the standard format, with a limit of 160 characters per message," +" that includes the following characters:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:23 +msgid "" +"**UNICODE** is the format applied if a special character, that *is not* in " +"the GSM7 list, is used. Limit per SMS: 70 characters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:27 +msgid "" +"For GSM7 SMS the size limit is 160 characters, and for Unicode is 70. *Above" +" these limits, the content is divided into a multi-part message* and the " +"limit of characters is lowered to 153 for GSM7 and to 67 for Unicode. The " +"system will inform you in real-time about the number of SMS your message " +"represents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:34 +msgid "How much does it cost to send an SMS?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The price of an SMS depends on the destination and the length (number of " +"characters) of the message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To see the **price per country, please consult**: `Odoo SMS - FAQ <https" +"://iap-services.odoo.com/iap/sms/pricing#sms_faq_01>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:39 +msgid "" +"The number of SMSs a message represents will be always available to you in " +"your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:49 +msgid "How do I buy credits?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:50 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Buy Credits`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:57 +msgid "Or go to :menuselection:`Settings --> View my Services`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:65 +msgid "" +"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you " +"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:70 +msgid "More common questions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:72 +msgid "**Is there an expiration time for my credits?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:74 +msgid "No, credits do not expire." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:77 +msgid "" +"**Can I send an SMS to a phone number (which is not a mobile phone) because " +"I see the icon in front of the field “phone”?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:80 +msgid "Only if that phone number supports SMS (e.g. SIP phones)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:83 +msgid "**Do I receive an invoice to buy my credits?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:85 +msgid "Yes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:88 +msgid "**Can the recipient answer to me?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:90 +msgid "No, it is not possible to reply to the SMS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:93 +msgid "" +"**What happens if I send multiple SMS but I do not have enough credits to " +"send them all?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:95 +msgid "" +"The whole transaction is counted as a single one, so no SMS will be sent " +"until you have enough credits to send them all." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:99 +msgid "**Do I have a history of the sent SMSs?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Yes, the SMS is logged as a note under the chatter of the corresponding " +"record, and a complete history of the SMSs sent is available on " +":doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode/activate>` under " +":menuselection:`Technical --> SMS`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:107 +msgid "**Can I send as many SMSs I want at once?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:109 +msgid "Yes, if you have enough credits." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:112 +msgid "" +"**If I have a number that does not exist in the list of recipients, will I " +"lose credits?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Not if the phone number is in the wrong format (e.g. too many digits). " +"Otherwise, if the SMS is sent to the wrong person or to a fake number, the " +"credit will be lost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:118 +msgid "" +"**What happens if I send my SMS to a paying number (e.g.: a contest to win a" +" ticket for a festival)?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:120 +msgid "" +"The SMS will not be delivered to that kind of number, so you won’t be " +"charged." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:123 +msgid "" +"**Can I identify the numbers that do not exist when I send several SMSs?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:125 +msgid "Only the ones that have an invalid format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:128 +msgid "**How does the GDPR regulation affect this service?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Please find our `Privacy Policy here <https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#sms>`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:132 +msgid "**Can I use my own SMS provider?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:134 +msgid "" +"Yes, but it is not possible out of the box. Our experts can help you " +"customize your database to make it happen. Please, check our success packs " +"`here <https://www.odoo.com/pricing-packs>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey.rst:3 +msgid "Survey" +msgstr "Encuesta" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Información general" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:3 +msgid "Get Started with Surveys" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Surveys can be used for a range of purposes that can go from collecting " +"customer feedback, evaluate the success of an event, measure how pleased " +"customers are with your products/services, gauge whether employees are happy" +" and satisfied with their work environment, and even to find out what your " +"market is thinking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:11 +msgid "Get started" +msgstr "Empezar" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:13 +msgid "" +"When creating your survey, choose a *Title* and *Category*. The *Category* " +"field is used to know in which context the survey is being conducted, as " +"different applications might use it for different purposes such as " +"recruitment, certification, or employee appraisal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:22 +msgid "Tab: Questions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:24 +msgid "Add sections and questions by clicking on the respective links." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:27 +msgid "" +"On the *Sections and Questions* form, once the question type is chosen and " +"the answer added, under the tab *Options*, enable *Mandatory Answer*, and " +"set an *Error message* to be shown when the user tries to submit the survey " +"without answering the respective question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Depending on the *Question Type*, the tab *Options* aggregates extra and " +"different possibilities. Examples:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:31 +msgid "" +"*Single Line Text Box* - can choose a minimum and maximum text length " +"(number of characters - spaces do not count), and its error message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:33 +msgid "" +"*Multiple choice: multiple answers allowed*: choose between radio buttons or" +" a dropdown menu list, and if you would like to have a comment field. If the" +" user select an answer and type a comment, the values are separately " +"recorded. Or, enable the comment field to be displayed as an answer choice, " +"with which a text type field is displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:37 +msgid "" +"*Matrix Type*: choose if you would like to have one or multiple choices per " +"row." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:44 +msgid "Tab: Description" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Write a *Description* to be displayed under the title of the survey's " +"homepage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:53 +msgid "Click on *Edit* to personalize your pages with the website builder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:56 +msgid "Tab: Options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Under the tab *Options*, choose the *Layout* of your questions. If choosing " +"*One page per section* or *One page per question*, an option *Back Button* " +"becomes available, which allows the user to go back pages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:67 +msgid "Test and share the survey" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Once your Survey is ready, *Test* it to avoid *Sharing* it with potential " +"errors. As answers get collected, click on *Answers* to access all the " +"details of the respondent and his answers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:72 +msgid "" +"By default, a filter *Except Test Entries* is applied to keep the list of " +"entries clean with only real participants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Another way to access detailed answers is by going to " +":menuselection:`Participations --> Participations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:80 +msgid "Click on *See results* to be redirected to an analytical page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:34 +msgid ":doc:`scoring`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/scoring.rst:35 +msgid ":doc:`time_random`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/scoring.rst:3 +msgid "Scoring Surveys" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/scoring.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To measure your respondent’s performance, knowledge of a subject, or overall" +" satisfaction, attach points to the answers of specific questions. The " +"points are summed up to give your respondent a final score." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/scoring.rst:9 +msgid "" +"On your survey’s form, click on *Add a question* and, under the tab " +"*Options*, choose between *Scoring with answers at the end* or *Scoring " +"without answers at the end*. Now, on your question’s form, set the right " +"answer and score." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/scoring.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Set the percentage score the user needs to achieve to have successfully " +"taken the survey. If enabling *Certificate*, choose its template. The " +"certification is automatically sent by email to the users who successfully " +"finish it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/scoring.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Enable *Login required* to be able to *Give Badges*. Badges are related to " +"the eLearning section of your website. Besides the logged-in user, visitors " +"of the website that access the page *Courses* can also see the granted " +"badges." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:3 +msgid "Time and Randomize Questions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:6 +msgid "Time Limit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:10 +msgid "" +"On timed surveys, respondents need to complete the survey within a certain " +"period of time. It can be used to ensure that all respondents get the same " +"amount of time to find the answers, or to decrease the chance of having them" +" looking at external resources." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:11 +msgid "Set the *Time limit* under the tab *Options*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:17 +msgid "" +"A timer is shown on the pages so the user can keep track of the remaining " +"time. Surveys not \\ submitted by the *Time limit* do not have their answers" +" saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:21 +msgid "Selection" +msgstr "Selección" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:25 +msgid "" +"When you randomize a survey, you allow for the questions to be shuffled in a" +" random order every time someone opens the questionnaire. This can be useful" +" to avoid having respondents looking at each others' answers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To do so, under the tab *Options*, enable *Randomized per section*. Now, " +"under the tab *Questions*, set how many of the questions in that section " +"should be taken into account during the shuffling." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po deleted file mode 100644 index e8cbad8ad..000000000 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,378 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal <lina8823@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Raquel Iciarte <ric@odoo.com>, 2020 -# Fabian <fabiananguiano@gmail.com>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Fabian <fabiananguiano@gmail.com>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: es\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../marketing_automation.rst:5 -msgid "Marketing Automation" -msgstr "Automatización de marketing" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced" -msgstr "Avanzado" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:3 -msgid "Understanding Metrics" -msgstr "Comprendiendo las métricas" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:4 -msgid "" -"Metrics are values that help you measure progress and can be a powerful way " -"of linking your employees to goals." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:9 -msgid "" -"When you create a workflow in Odoo, its visual content already shows metrics" -" in a graph form and in numbers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:10 -msgid "Let’s consider the example below:" -msgstr "Consideremos el ejemplo abajo:" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:19 -msgid "" -"The *Target* - business object - is *Lead/Opportunity* and was narrowed down" -" to the ones whose *Tag Name* contain the description “Product”, and have an" -" email address set." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:20 -msgid "A total number of 20 records match the criteria." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Out of those 20 records, 25 have become participants, in other words, they " -"have matched the criteria." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Every time the system runs, updating numbers and triggering actions, it will" -" look at the *Target* model and check if new records have been added or " -"modified, keeping the flow up-to-date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:41 -msgid "" -"The filter here is applied to *all* activities. Leads that lose the tag in " -"the meantime will be excluded from later activities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:45 -msgid "" -"*Records* is a real-time number, therefore while the workflow is running, " -"changes in opportunity records can be made - delete, add, adjustment - " -"updating the number of records, but not changing the number of participants," -" as the metric *will not* exclude opportunities that have been set as " -"participants before. It will just add new ones. For this reason, the number " -"of *Records* can be different from the number of *Participants*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 -msgid "" -"You can also have filters applied to activities individually, under " -"*Domain*. A useful feature to specify an individual filter that will only be" -" performed if the records satisfied both filters, the activity and its " -"domain one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Example: for an activity sending an SMS, you could make sure a phone number " -"is set to avoid triggering a SMS that would never be sent and crash." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:64 -msgid "" -"*Success* is the number of times the searching for participants - that match" -" the filter(s) of that activity - was performed successfully in relation to " -"the total number of participants." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:65 -msgid "" -"If a participant does not match the conditions, it will be added to " -"*Rejected*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Hovering over the graph, you can see the number of successful and rejected " -"participants, per day, for the last 15 days." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:75 -msgid "" -"Every time a new record is added to the *Target* model, it will be " -"automatically added to the workflow, and, it will start the workflow from " -"the beginning (parent action)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:79 -msgid ":doc:`../overview/automate_actions`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:80 -msgid ":doc:`../overview/segment`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:81 -msgid ":doc:`../overview/test`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Información general" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:3 -msgid "Automate Actions and Create a Workflow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:4 -msgid "" -"Automated workflows are a sign that you are building intelligent, data-" -"driven, multifaceted campaigns to enable the delivery of the right message, " -"to the right prospects, at the right time. It also speeds up processes and " -"creates a seamless experience for employees." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:9 -msgid "Segment and create a campaign" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:10 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Campaigns --> Create`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:12 -msgid "" -"In the example below, the *Marketing Automation* application is fully " -"integrated with *Contacts*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:14 -msgid "" -"But it can also be integrated with other apps like CRM, as long as they are " -"installed in your database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Depending on the criteria, the *target model updates itself* while the " -"campaign is running. That means that every new record that meets the " -"criteria will be added to the workflow." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Example: a campaign starts for leads that have no salesman assigned. If at " -"some point, those leads get to have a salesman assigned to it, the campaign " -"will stop running." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:29 -msgid "Create a parent activity and start to build a workflow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:30 -msgid "Click on *Add new activity*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:37 -msgid "" -"*Trigger* is the field to set for the activity to start to de deployed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Adopt an *Expiry Duration* if you would like to stop actions from being " -"executed after a certain amount of time and in subsequence to the trigger." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Under *Domain* you can narrow down your target, even more, applying filters " -"for this specific activity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:47 -msgid "Add Child Activities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:48 -msgid "" -"A *child activity* is an action that will take place based on a condition." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:50 -msgid "" -"You can either create or add a child activity if on the previous one: the " -"email was opened or not, the email was replied or not, the link was clicked " -"or not, the email bounced back." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:59 -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:53 -msgid ":doc:`segment`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:3 -msgid "Segment the Database with Filters" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:4 -msgid "Filters let you reach a granular level of detail in your records." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:7 -msgid "How to work with filters" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:8 -msgid "" -"When working with filters, you will see that some of the rules have an arrow" -" button next to it, informing you that the parameter has more variables " -"within it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:18 -msgid "" -"More than one parameter line - *node* (+) - can be added under what is " -"called a *branch* (...)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:19 -msgid "To exclude a *node* or a *branch*, click on *Delete node* (x)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Every time a new branch is created, you can choose if you would like the " -"records to match *all* criteria of the upcoming rules, or *any*, meaning one" -" rule or the other." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:32 -msgid "Use cases" -msgstr "Casos de uso" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:34 -msgid "" -"**Scenario**: narrow the target down to new opportunities in the pipeline." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:39 -msgid "**Scenario**: narrow the target down to suppliers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:44 -msgid "" -"**Scenario**: narrow the leads down to the ones that contain a certain tag " -"name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:49 -msgid "" -"**Scenario**: narrow the target down to the attendees of a specific event " -"that purchase a specific category of ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:55 -msgid "**Scenario**: narrow the target down to the employees who have kids." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:60 -msgid "" -"**Scenario**: narrow the target down to records with a helpdesk ticket " -"solved." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:66 -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:52 -msgid ":doc:`automate_actions`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:3 -msgid "Launch a Test and Start a Campaign" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:4 -msgid "" -"Before starting a campaign, launching a test allows you to run the workflow " -"on a test contact and view the sequence of events in action, avoiding " -"mistakes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:8 -msgid "Launch a test" -msgstr "Lanzar un test" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:9 -msgid "Click on *Launch a test*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Once you have selected the test contact, *Run* the parent activity and the " -"subsequent ones as needed. *Run* and *Stop* activities individually. To stop" -" the whole workflow click on *Stop*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Launching a test does not add data to your metrics with the purpose of not " -"introducing wrong inputs to reports." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:27 -msgid "Start and stop a workflow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Click on *Start* to run the workflow, and on *Stop* to interrupt it. The " -"interruption and new start can happen at any moment. The current status will" -" be shown on the status bar." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:38 -msgid "Participants and their specific workflow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:39 -msgid "" -"*Participants* are all the records that have ever been involved in the " -"campaign." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:47 -msgid "" -"If you click on *Participants* and open a record, you will find the specific" -" activities the record went/are/will go through, as well as when the " -"workflow was triggered to him. If you wish to cancel an activity click on " -"*Cancel*." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po deleted file mode 100644 index 7f99ad7ce..000000000 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,48 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# Victoria Quesada <victoria.quesada@nybblegroup.com>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Victoria Quesada <victoria.quesada@nybblegroup.com>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: es\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:5 -msgid "Mobile" -msgstr "Móvil" - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:8 -msgid "Push Notifications" -msgstr "Notificaciones automáticas" - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:10 -msgid "" -"As of Odoo 12.0, 13.0 or above, there is no more complex configuration to " -"enable push notifications in the mobile app." -msgstr "" -"Para Odoo 12.0, 13.0 o superior, no hay configuración más compleja que " -"configurar las notificaciones automáticas en la app móvil. " - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Simply go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Odoo Cloud " -"Notification (OCN)` and make sure that **Push Notifications** is checked." -msgstr "" -"Simplemente tiene que ir a :menuselection`Settings--> General Settings -- > " -"Odoo Notificaciones en la nube (OCN)` y asegúrese que esté tildada la opción" -" de notificaciones automáticas." diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/planning.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/planning.po deleted file mode 100644 index cd260974a..000000000 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/planning.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,158 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal <lina8823@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Jon Perez <jop@odoo.com>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Jon Perez <jop@odoo.com>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: es\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../planning.rst:5 -msgid "Planning" -msgstr "Planificación" - -#: ../../planning/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Información general" - -#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:3 -msgid "Create a Schedule and Make Encoding Easier" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Organize regular schedules or forecast projects in a long term basis. Create" -" shifts to manage your tasks, assign employees, and stay organized at a high" -" level." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:9 -msgid "Organize your team by roles" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Roles --> Create`. Optionally, go to" -" the *Employees* application, select the respective employee, and under " -"*Work Information* select the *Default Planning Role*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:20 -msgid "Make shifts recurrent" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:22 -msgid "" -"While creating a shift, select *Repeat* and configure as needed, saving you " -"from the need of re-planning it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Repeated shifts are generated for the next six months. A modification is " -"possible in :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, " -"from *Settings*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:38 -msgid "To duplicate a shift in the Gantt view, press CTRL + drag and drop." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:41 -msgid "Save shifts as templates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:43 -msgid "" -"If creating a shift on the fly and know you might use that template in the " -"future, click on *Save as a Template*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:51 -msgid "" -"To create a template in advance, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Shifts Templates --> Create`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:55 -msgid "Duplicate a planning from the previous week" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:57 -msgid "" -"When in the Gantt view, either under *Schedule by Employee, Role or " -"Project*, instead of re-planning shifts that have been planned before, " -"simply click on *Copy Previous Week*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:65 -msgid "" -"The integration with the *Time off* and *Employee* applications, show you " -"grayed cells to the days when the employee does not work and is on vacation " -"time, for example." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:3 -msgid "Send Planned Shifts and Give Employees Autonomy Over Shifts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:5 -msgid "" -"If you are not on top of your tasks and shifts you might fall behind, losing" -" productivity. Allowing your employees to have a say over shifts helps you " -"to be on top of your workload, and gives them flexibility." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:10 -msgid "Publish and send the planned week by email" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Once you have your shifts planned, click on *Send Schedule*. Select *Include" -" Open shift* if you would like the *Unassigned* shifts to be seen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Choose if you just want to *Publish* or *Publish and Send*. If you *Publish " -"and Send*, employees get an email that redirects them to their planned " -"tasks:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Employees will not be able to see shifts until they have been published." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:29 -msgid "Let employees unassign themselves from shifts" -msgstr "Deje que los empleados se desasignen de turnos" - -#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Go to *Configuration* and enable *Allow Unassignment*. From now on, when an " -"employee opens his tasks, he can indicate his unavailability clicking on *I " -"am unavailable*. The shift will be opened again, allowing someone else to " -"take it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:44 -msgid "Employees have portal access; users have access to the database." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po deleted file mode 100644 index 73b95ea06..000000000 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1730 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal <lina8823@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Vivian Montana <vmo@odoo.com>, 2020 -# Cristopher Cravioto <ccr@odoo.com>, 2020 -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# Jesús Alan Ramos Rodríguez <alan.ramos@jarsa.com.mx>, 2020 -# AleEscandon <alejandra.escandon@jarsa.com.mx>, 2020 -# Nicole Kist <nki@odoo.com>, 2020 -# Jon Perez <jop@odoo.com>, 2020 -# José Cabrera Lozano <jose.cabrera@edukative.es>, 2021 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: José Cabrera Lozano <jose.cabrera@edukative.es>, 2021\n" -"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: es\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../point_of_sale.rst:5 -msgid "Point of Sale" -msgstr "Punto de venta" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features.rst:3 -msgid "Pricing Features" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:3 -msgid "Using discount tags with a barcode scanner" -msgstr "Usando etiquetas de descuento con un escáner de código de barras" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:5 -msgid "" -"If you want to sell your products with a discount, for a product getting " -"close to its expiration date for example, you can use discount tags. They " -"allow you to scan discount barcodes." -msgstr "" -"Si desea vender sus productos con un descuento, por ejemplo, para un " -"producto que se acerca a su fecha de vencimiento, puede usar etiquetas de " -"descuento. Te permiten escanear códigos de barras de descuento." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:10 -msgid "To use discount tags you will need to use a barcode scanner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:13 -msgid "Barcode Nomenclature" -msgstr "Nomenclatura de código de barras" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:15 -msgid "To use discounts tags, we need to learn about barcode nomenclature." -msgstr "" -"Para usar las etiquetas de descuentos, necesitamos aprender acerca de la " -"nomenclatura de códigos de barras." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Let's say you want to have a discount for the product with the following " -"barcode:" -msgstr "" -"Digamos que quiere tener un descuento para el producto con el siguiente " -"código de barras:" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:23 -msgid "" -"You can find the *Default Nomenclature* under the settings of your PoS " -"interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Let's say you want 50% discount on a product you have to start your barcode " -"with 22 (for the discount barcode nomenclature) and then 50 (for the %) " -"before adding the product barcode. In our example, the barcode would be:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:41 -msgid "Scan the products & tags" -msgstr "Escanea los productos y etiquetas" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:43 -msgid "You first have to scan the desired product (in our case, a lemon)." -msgstr "" -"Primero tienes que escanear el producto deseado (en nuestro caso, un limón)." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:48 -msgid "" -"And then scan the discount tag. The discount will be applied and you can " -"finish the transaction." -msgstr "" -"Y luego escanear la etiqueta de descuento. Se aplicará el descuento y podrás" -" finalizar la transacción." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:3 -msgid "Apply Discounts" -msgstr "Aplicar descuentos" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:5 -msgid "" -"By offering discounts, you can entice your customers and drastically " -"increase your revenue. It is vital to offer discounts, whether they are " -"time-limited, seasonal or manually given." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:9 -msgid "" -"To manage discounts, Odoo has powerful features that help set up a pricing " -"strategy tailored to every business." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:13 -msgid "Apply manual discounts" -msgstr "Aplicar descuentos manuales." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:15 -msgid "" -"If you seldom use discounts, applying manual ones might be the easiest " -"solution for your Point of Sale." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:18 -msgid "" -"You can either apply a discount on the whole order or on specific products " -"inside an order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:22 -msgid "Apply a discount on a product" -msgstr "Aplicar un descuento en un producto." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:24 -msgid "From your PoS session interface, use the *Disc* button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Then, you can input a discount over the product that is currently selected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:34 -msgid "Apply a global discount" -msgstr "Aplicar un descuento global" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:36 -msgid "" -"To apply a discount on the whole order, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales" -" --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and select your PoS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Once on your PoS form, select *Global Discounts*, under the *Pricing* " -"category." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:45 -msgid "Now, you have a new *Discount* button appearing on your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:51 -msgid "Click on it and enter the wanted discount." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:58 -msgid "" -"On this example, there is a global discount of 50% as well as a specific 50%" -" discount on oranges." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:62 -msgid "Apply time-limited discounts" -msgstr "Aplicar descuentos por tiempo limitado." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:64 -msgid "" -"To activate time-limited discounts, you must activate the *Pricelists* " -"feature. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Configuration " -"--> Point of Sale` and open your PoS. Then, enable the pricelist feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Once activated, you must choose the pricelists you want to make available in" -" the PoS and define a default one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:77 -msgid "Create a pricelist" -msgstr "Crear una lista de precios" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:79 -msgid "" -"By default, Odoo has a *Public Pricelist* configured. To create more, go to " -":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Products --> Pricelists`. Then click on " -"create." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:83 -msgid "" -"When creating a pricelist, you can set several criteria to use a specific " -"price: period, min. quantity, etc. You can also decide to apply that " -"pricelist on specific products or on the whole range." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:92 -msgid "Using a pricelist with the PoS interface" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:94 -msgid "" -"On the PoS interface, a new button appears. Use it to select a pricelist." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:101 -msgid "" -"Click on it to instantly update the prices with the selected pricelist. " -"Then, you can finalize the order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:3 -msgid "Manage a loyalty program" -msgstr "Gestiona un programa de lealtad" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Encourage your customers to continue to shop at your point of sale with a " -"*Loyalty Program*." -msgstr "" -"Anime a sus clientes que sigan comprando en su punto de venta con un " -"*Programa de lealtad*." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:9 -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:14 -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:12 -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:15 -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:13 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:14 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:10 -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:9 -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:20 -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:8 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Configuración" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:11 -msgid "" -"To activate the *Loyalty Program* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " -"Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface. " -"Under the Pricing features, select *Loyalty Program*" -msgstr "" -"Para activar la función *Programa de lealtad*, vaya a: menuselection: `Punto" -" de Ventas -> Configuración-> Punto de ventas ` y seleccione su interfaz de " -"PdV. En las funciones de precios, seleccione * Programa de lealtad*" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:19 -msgid "From there you can create and edit your loyalty programs." -msgstr "Desde allí puedes crear y editar tus programas de lealtad." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:24 -msgid "" -"You can decide what type of program you wish to use, if the reward is a " -"discount or a gift, make it specific to some products or cover your whole " -"range. Apply rules so that it is only valid in specific situation and " -"everything in between." -msgstr "" -"Puedes decidir qué tipo de programa deseas utilizar, si la recompensa es un " -"descuento o un regalo, házlo específico para algunos productos o cubra todo " -"su inventario. Aplica reglas para que solo sea válido en situaciones " -"específicas y todo lo demas." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:30 -msgid "Use the loyalty program in your PoS interface" -msgstr "Usa el programa de lealtad en tu interfaz PdV" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:32 -msgid "" -"When a customer is set, you will now see the points they will get for the " -"transaction and they will accumulate until they are spent. They are spent " -"using the button *Rewards* when they have enough points according to the " -"rules defined in the loyalty program." -msgstr "" -"Cuando se establece un cliente, ahora verá los puntos que obtendrá por la " -"transacción y se acumularán hasta que se gasten. Se gastan usando el botón " -"*Recompensas* cuando tienen suficientes puntos de acuerdo con las reglas " -"definidas en el programa de lealtad." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:40 -msgid "" -"You can see the price is instantly updated to reflect the pricelist. You can" -" finalize the order in your usual way." -msgstr "" -"Puede ver que el precio se actualiza instantáneamente para reflejar la lista" -" de precios. Puedes finalizar el pedido de la forma habitual." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:44 -msgid "" -"If you select a customer with a default pricelist, it will be applied. You " -"can of course change it." -msgstr "" -"Si selecciona un cliente con una lista de precios predeterminada, se " -"aplicará. Por supuesto, puedes cambiarlo." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:3 -msgid "Using Pricelists in Point of Sale" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:5 -msgid "" -"You probably know the concept of happy hour: during a certain period of " -"time, the barman gives a discount on some drinks (usually 50% off or a buy " -"one get one free). When the period is over, prices go back to normal. But " -"how does that relate with Odoo?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:10 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, you can set up happy hours. It’s one of the many possible uses of " -"*Pricelists*. Those *Pricelists* allow the creation of multiple prices for " -"the same product: a regular one and a special one for happy hours. Available" -" in the *PoS* app, those are really convenient." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:17 -msgid "Set up Pricelists" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:19 -msgid "" -"To set up a *Pricelist*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " -"Configuration --> Configuration` and enable the *Pricelist* feature. Then, " -"go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and" -" enable *Pricelist* for the *PoS*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Now, you can create *Pricelists* by clicking on the *Pricelists* link. Then," -" set it up by choosing the product category you want to include in your " -"happy hour and the discount." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Go back to your *PoS* settings and add the Happy Hour pricelist to the list." -" You can even choose a default pricelist if needed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:39 -msgid "" -"From now on, on the *PoS* interface, a new button is available, allowing you" -" to choose among the different *pricelists* you added before." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:46 -msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm.rst:3 -msgid "Fiscal Data Modules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:3 -msgid "Setting up the Fiscal Data Module with the Odoo POS" -msgstr "" -"Configuración del Módulo de Datos Fiscales con el Punto de Venta de Odoo" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:6 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "Introducción" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The Belgian government requires certain businesses to use a government-" -"certified device called a **Fiscal Data Module** (also known as a " -"**blackbox**). This device works together with the POS application and logs " -"certain transactions. On top of that, the used POS application must also be " -"certified by the government and must adhere to strict standards specified by" -" them. `Odoo 9 (Enterprise Edition) is a certified application " -"<http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/systemes-certifies>`_. More " -"information concerning the Fiscal Data Module can be found on `the official " -"website <http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/>`_." -msgstr "" -"El gobierno Belga requiere que ciertos negocios usen un dispoistivo " -"certificado por el gobierno llamado **Módulo de Información Físcal** " -"(también conocido como **blackbox**). Este dispositivo trabaja junto con la " -"aplicación de TPV y registra ciertas transacciones. Junto con eso, la " -"aplicación TPV debe ser certificada por el gobierno y debe adherirse a " -"estríctos estándares especificados por ellos. `Odoo 9 (Enterprise Edition) " -"es una aplicación certificada <http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be" -"/systemes-certifies>`_. Más información referente al Módulo de Información " -"Físcal puede ser encontrara en `el sitio web oficial " -"<http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/>`_." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:20 -msgid "Required hardware" -msgstr "El hardware requerido" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:22 -msgid "" -"A government certified `Fiscal Data Module " -"<http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/systemes-" -"certifies#FDM%20certifiés>`_ per POS, all of them should work, but the " -"Cleancash SC-B is recommended, you will also need:" -msgstr "" -"El gobierno certifica el Módulo de Datos Fiscales " -"<http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/systemes-" -"certifies#FDM%20certifiés>`_ por el Punto de Venta, todos ellos deben " -"trabajar, pero se recomienda el Cleancash SC-B, que también se necesitará:" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Serial null modem cable per FDM (`example <http://www.startech.com/Cables" -"/Serial-Parallel-PS-2/DB9-DB25/10-ft-Cross-Wired-Serial-Null-Modem-Cable-" -"DB9-FM~SCNM9FM>`__)" -msgstr "" -"Serial cable de módem nulo por FDM (`ejemplo <http://www.startech.com/Cables" -"/Serial-Parallel-PS-2/DB9-DB25/10-ft-Cross-Wired-Serial-Null-Modem-Cable-" -"DB9-FM~SCNM9FM>`__)" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Serial-to-USB adapter per FDM (`example " -"<http://trendnet.com/products/proddetail.asp?prod=265_TU-S9>`__)" -msgstr "" -"Adaptador Serial-to-USB para FDM (`ejemplo " -"<http://trendnet.com/products/proddetail.asp?prod=265_TU-S9>`__)" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:32 -msgid "A registered IoT Box per POS configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:35 -msgid "Setup" -msgstr "Configurar" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:38 -msgid "IoT Box" -msgstr "IoT Box" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:40 -msgid "" -"In order to use a Fiscal Data Module, you will need a registered IoT Box. " -"These IoT Boxes are similar to the regular IoT Boxes we sell, but they are " -"registered with the Belgian government. This is required by law. Attempting " -"to use a Fiscal Data Module on a non-registered IoT Box will not work. You " -"can verify that the Fiscal Data Module is recognized by the IoT Box by going" -" to the *Hardware status page* via the IoT Box homepage." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:52 -msgid "Odoo" -msgstr "Odoo" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:54 -msgid "" -"An Odoo POS app can be given certified POS capabilities by installing the " -"**Belgian Registered Cash Register** app (technical name: " -"``pos_blackbox_be``). Because of government restrictions imposed on us, this" -" installation cannot be undone. After this, you will have to ensure that " -"each POS configuration has a unique registered IoT Box associated with it " -"(:menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and " -"ensure Hardware Proxy / IoT Box and the serial number of your IoT Box is " -"set). The first time you open the Point of Sale and attempt to do a " -"transaction, you will be asked to input the PIN that you received with your " -"VAT signing card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:69 -msgid "Certification & On-premise" -msgstr "Certificación & Instalación local" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:71 -msgid "" -"The certification granted by the government is restricted to the use on " -"odoo.com SaaS instance. The usage of the module from the source or a " -"modified version will **not** be certified. For on-premise users, we also " -"support the Fiscal Data Module in such installations. The main restriction " -"is that this requires an obfuscated version of the ``pos_blackbox_be`` " -"module we will provide on request for Enterprise customers." -msgstr "" -"La certificación otorgada por el gobierno está restringida al úso en el SaaS" -" de odoo.com. El uso del módulo desde el código fuente o una versión " -"modificada **no** estará certificada. Para usuarios con instalación local, " -"también soportamos el Módulo de Información fiscal en dichas instalaciones. " -"La mayor restricción es que requiere una versión ofuscada del módulo " -"``pos_blackbox_be`` que se provee sobre pedido para clientes Enterprise." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:79 -msgid "Restrictions" -msgstr "Restricciones" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:81 -msgid "" -"As mentioned before, in order to get certified the POS application must " -"adhere to strict government guidelines. Because of this, a certified Odoo " -"POS has some limitations not present in the non-certified Odoo POS." -msgstr "" -"Como se mencionó anteriormente, de acuerdo con el certificado del módulo de " -"Punto de Venta deben cumplir las especificaciones del Gobierno descritas. " -"Por lo mismo, el certificado de la Terminal del Punto de Venta de Odoo tiene" -" algunas limitaciones no presentes en el no certificado del Punto de Venta " -"de Odoo." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:86 -msgid "Refunding is disabled" -msgstr "El reembolso se desactiva" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:87 -msgid "Modifying orderline prices" -msgstr "Modificación de precios de las líneas de pedido" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:88 -msgid "Creating/modifying/deleting POS orders" -msgstr "Crear/modificar/eliminar órdenes del Punto de Venta" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:89 -msgid "Selling products without a valid tax" -msgstr "Vender productos sin el impuesto válido" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:90 -msgid "Multiple Odoo POS configurations per IoT Box are not allowed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:91 -msgid "Using the POS without a connection to the IoT Box (and thus FDM)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:92 -msgid "Blacklisted modules: pos_discount, pos_reprint, pos_loyalty" -msgstr "Lista negra de módulos: pos_discount, pos_reprint, pos_loyalty" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Información general" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:3 -msgid "Getting started" -msgstr "Primeros pasos" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When working with a Point of Sale application, employees want a simple, and " -"user-friendly solution. A solution that works online or offline and with any" -" device." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:9 -msgid "" -"A Point of Sale system is a fully integrated application that allows any " -"transaction, automatically registers product moves in your stock, and gives " -"you real-time statistics and consolidations across all shops." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:17 -msgid "Make products available in the PoS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:19 -msgid "" -"To make products available for sale, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale -->" -" Products --> Products` and open a product. In the *Sales* tab, enable " -"*Available in Point of Sale*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:28 -msgid "You can also define if the product has to be weighted or not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:31 -msgid "Configure your payment methods" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:33 -msgid "" -"To add a payment method, you first need to create it. Go to " -":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment Methods` and " -"click on create. Then, you can name your payment method and set it up." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:43 -msgid "Don’t forget your credentials for methods using a payment terminal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Now, you can select the payment method in your PoS settings. To do so, go to" -" :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and open" -" the PoS in which you want to include the payment method. Then, add the " -"payment method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:55 -msgid "" -"*Configuration* is the menu where you can edit all your point of sale " -"settings. Some more features are available for restaurants." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:59 -msgid "Your first PoS session" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:62 -msgid "Your first order" -msgstr "Su primera orden" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:64 -msgid "Open a new session from the dashboard by clicking on *New Session*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:70 -msgid "After the loading screen, you arrive on the PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Once an order is completed, you can register the payment. All the available " -"payment methods appear on the left of the screen. Select the payment method " -"and enter the received amount. Then, you can validate the payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:82 -msgid "Return and refund products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:84 -msgid "" -"Having a well-thought-out return policy is key to keep customers satisfied " -"and make the process of accepting returns and refunds easy for you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:87 -msgid "" -"To do that, from the PoS interface, select the product and quantity (with " -"the +/- button) that the customer wants to return. For multiple products, " -"repeat the process individually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:94 -msgid "" -"When on the payment interface, the total is negative. To end the refund, " -"process the payment and validate it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:102 -msgid "Close the PoS session" -msgstr "Cierre la sesión de PdV" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:104 -msgid "" -"To close your session at the end of the day, click on the close button on " -"the upper right corner of your screen and confirm. Now, close the session on" -" the dashboard view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:112 -msgid "" -"It’s strongly advised to close your PoS session at the end of each day." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:114 -msgid "" -"Once a session is closed, you can see a summary of all transactions per " -"payment method. Then, click on a line to see all orders that were paid " -"during your PoS session. If everything is correct, validate the session and " -"post the closing entries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:123 -msgid "" -"To connect the PoS hardware with an Odoo IoT Box, please refer to these " -"docs: :doc:`Connect an IoT Box to your database <../../iot/config/connect>` " -"and :doc:`Use the IoT Box for the PoS <../../iot/config/pos>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:129 -msgid "View your statistics" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:131 -msgid "" -"Keeping track of your sales is essential to get meaningful statistics. " -"That’s why Odoo provides analyzes about your sales." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:134 -msgid "" -"To access your statistics, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> " -"Reporting --> Orders`. There, you can see various statistics in graph or " -"pivot form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:142 -msgid "You can also access them through the dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:3 -msgid "Register customers" -msgstr "Registrar clientes" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Registering your customers will give you the ability to grant them various " -"privileges such as discounts, loyalty program, specific communication. It " -"will also be required if they want an invoice and registering them will make" -" any future interaction with them faster." -msgstr "" -"El registro de sus clientes le dará la posibilidad de otorgarles diversos " -"privilegios, como descuentos, programas de lealtad y comunicación " -"específica. También será necesario si desean una factura y su registro hará " -"que cualquier interacción futura con ellos sea más rápida." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:11 -msgid "Create a customer" -msgstr "Crear un cliente" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:13 -msgid "From your session interface, use the customer button." -msgstr "Desde la interfaz de su sesión, use el botón de cliente." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:18 -msgid "Create a new one by using this button." -msgstr "Crea uno nuevo usando este botón." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:23 -msgid "" -"You will be invited to fill out the customer form with their information." -msgstr "" -"Se le invitará a completar el formulario del cliente con su información." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Use the save button when you are done. You can then select that customer in " -"any future transactions." -msgstr "" -"Utilice el botón Guardar cuando haya terminado. Ahora podra seleccionar ese " -"cliente en cualquier transacción futura." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment.rst:3 -msgid "Payment Terminals" -msgstr "Terminales de pago" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:3 -msgid "Connect an Ingenico Payment Terminal to your PoS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Connecting a payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid payment flow to " -"your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Please note that Ingenico is currently only available for customers in the " -"Benelux." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:15 -msgid "Connect an IoT Box" -msgstr "Conecta una IoT Box" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Connecting an Ingenico Payment Terminal to Odoo is a feature that requires " -"an IoT Box. For more information on how to connect an IoT Box to your " -"database, please refer to the :doc:`IoT documentation " -"<../../iot/config/connect>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:22 -msgid "Configure the Lane/5000 for Ingenico BENELUX" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Click on the F button of the terminal, then go in the :menuselection:`PoS " -"Menu --> Settings` and enter the settings password." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Now, click on connexion change and TCP/IP. Type the IP of your *IoT Box* " -"(you can find it on the form view of your IoT Box). Then, enter 9000 as " -"port. The terminal will restart. Once it is done, go on your *IoT Box* form " -"in Odoo and verify that the terminal has been found." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:36 -msgid "Configure the payment method" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:38 -msgid "" -"First, go in the general settings of the POS app, and activate the Ingenico " -"setting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Go back in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of " -"Sale`, go in the payments section and access your payment methods. Create a " -"new payment method for Ingenico, select the payment terminal option " -"Ingenico, and select your payment terminal device." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:53 -msgid "Pay with a payment terminal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:55 -msgid "" -"In your *PoS interface*, when processing a payment, select a *Payment " -"Method* using a payment terminal. Check that the amount in the tendered " -"column is the one that has to be sent to the payment terminal and click on " -"*Send*. When the payment is successful, the status will change to *Payment " -"Successful*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:64 -msgid "" -"If you want to cancel the payment request, click on cancel. You can still " -"retry to send the payment request." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:67 -msgid "" -"If there is any issue with the payment terminal, you can still force the " -"payment using the *Force Done*. This will allow you to validate the order in" -" Odoo even if the connexion between the terminal and Odoo has issues." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:73 -msgid "" -"This option will only be available if you received an error message telling " -"you the connexion failed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Once your payment is processed, on the payment record, you’ll find the type " -"of card that has been used and the transaction ID." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:3 -msgid "Connect a SIX Payment Terminal to your PoS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Connecting a SIX payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid payment flow " -"to your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Even though Worldline has recently acquired SIX Payment Services and both " -"companies use Yomani payment terminals, the firmware they run is different. " -"Terminals received from Worldline are therefore not compatible with this " -"integration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:18 -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:16 -msgid "Configure the Payment Method" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:20 -msgid "" -"First, make sure that the POS Six module is installed. For this, go to " -"*Apps*, remove the \"Apps\" filter and search for \"POS Six\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Back in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment " -"Methods`, Create a new payment method for SIX, select the payment terminal " -"option \"SIX without IoT Box\", and enter your payment terminal IP address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:34 -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:40 -msgid "Pay with a Payment Terminal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:36 -msgid "" -"In your PoS interface, at the moment of the payment, select a payment method" -" using a payment terminal. Verify that the amount in the tendered column is " -"the one that has to be sent to the payment terminal and click on *Send*. If " -"you want to cancel the payment request, click on cancel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:44 -msgid "" -"When the payment is done, the status will change to *Payment Successful*. " -"You can always reverse the last transaction by clicking on *Reverse*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:51 -msgid "" -"If there is any issue with the payment terminal, you can still force the " -"payment using the *Force Done*. This will allow you to validate the order in" -" Odoo even if the connexion between the terminal and Odoo encounters issues." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:3 -msgid "Connect a Vantiv Payment Terminal to your PoS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Connecting a Vantiv payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid payment " -"flow to your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Please note MercuryPay only operates with US and Canadian banks, making this" -" procedure only suitable for North American businesses." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:18 -msgid "" -"First, go in the general settings of the POS app, and activate the Vantiv " -"setting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Back in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, " -"go in the payments section and access your payment methods. Create a new " -"payment method for Vantiv, select the payment terminal option Vantiv, and " -"create new Vantiv credentials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:32 -msgid "" -"To create new Vantiv credentials, fill in your merchant ID and password, " -"then save. Make sure the credentials you just created are selected, then " -"save the payment method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:42 -msgid "" -"In your PoS interface, at the moment of the payment, select your Vantiv " -"payment method and… that’s all." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:3 -msgid "Restaurant Features" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:3 -msgid "Print the Bill" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Use the *Bill Printing* feature to print the bill before the payment. This " -"is useful if the bill is still subject to evolve and is thus not the " -"definitive ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:10 -msgid "Configure Bill Printing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To activate *Bill Printing*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " -"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Bill Printing* option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:22 -msgid "Split a Bill" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:24 -msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Bill* button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:29 -msgid "When you use it, you can then print the bill." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:3 -msgid "Using fiscal positions in PoS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, *Fiscal Positions* let you apply different taxes based on the " -"customer location. In a *Point of Sale*, such as a restaurant, it can be " -"used to apply different taxes depending if the customer eats in or takes " -"away." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:11 -msgid "Set up fiscal positions for PoS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:13 -msgid "" -"To enable this feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " -"Configuration --> Point of Sale` and check *Fiscal Position per Order*. Now," -" you can choose the fiscal positions you want for your *PoS*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:21 -msgid "You need to create your fiscal positions before using this feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:24 -msgid "Using fiscal positions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Once on your *PoS* interface, click on the *Tax* button. Now, choose the " -"fiscal position you need for the current order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:33 -msgid "Set up a default fiscal position" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:35 -msgid "" -"If you want to use a default fiscal position, meaning that a preexisting " -"value is always automatically assigned, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale " -"--> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and enable *Fiscal Position*. Now, " -"choose one to set as the default one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Now, the *tax* button is replaced by a *on site* button when on the *PoS* " -"interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:3 -msgid "Print orders at the kitchen or bar" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:5 -msgid "" -"To ease the workflow between the front of house and the back of the house, " -"printing the orders taken on the PoS interface right in the kitchen or bar " -"can be a tremendous help." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:10 -msgid "Activate the bar/kitchen printer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To activate the *Order printing* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " -"Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Under the IoT Box / Hardware Proxy category, you will find *Order Printers*." -" Note that you need an IoT Box to connect your Printer to the PoS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:20 -msgid "Add a printer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:22 -msgid "" -"In your configuration menu you will now have a *Order Printers* option where" -" you can add the printer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:29 -msgid "Print a kitchen/bar order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:34 -msgid "Select or create a printer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:37 -msgid "Print the order in the kitchen/bar" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:39 -msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Order* button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:44 -msgid "" -"When you press it, it will print the order on your kitchen/bar printer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:3 -msgid "Manage your tables" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Restaurants have specific needs that shops don’t have. That’s why Odoo gives" -" restaurant owners several unique features to help them manage their " -"business in the best possible way." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Floor and table management, bill splitting, or even the possibility to print" -" orders from the kitchen, everything is there to help your business shine " -"and your employees to work efficiently." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:16 -msgid "" -"To activate the bar/restaurant features, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale" -" --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and open your PoS. Now, select *Is a " -"Bar/Restaurant*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:24 -msgid "" -"New features are shown with a fork and a knife next to it, indicating that " -"they are restaurant-specific." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:32 -msgid "Add a floor" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Once your *Point of Sale* has been configured, select *Table Management* " -"under :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`. " -"Then, click on *Floors* to create and name your floor and tables." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:47 -msgid "Don’t forget to link your floor to your point of sale." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:50 -msgid "Add tables" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:52 -msgid "" -"To add tables, you can also open your PoS interface to see your floor(s)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:59 -msgid "" -"Then, click on *Edit Mode* (pencil icon on the upper right corner) to be " -"allowed to create, move, modify tables, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:67 -msgid "" -"To make your table easier to be found, you can rename them, change their " -"shape, size or even color. It is also possible to add the maximum number of " -"sits the table can have." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:72 -msgid "Register your table(s) orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:74 -msgid "" -"To register an order, click on the respective table. By doing so, you are " -"taken to your main interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:82 -msgid "Transfer customer(s)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:84 -msgid "" -"If your customers want to move to another table after they already ordered, " -"use the transfer button. This way, the order is also moved to the new table." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:88 -msgid "To do so, select the table your customer is currently on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:94 -msgid "" -"Now, click on the transfer button and select the table to which you are " -"transferring your customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:103 -msgid "Register an additional order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:105 -msgid "" -"When registering an order, use the + button to simultaneously proceed to " -"another one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:108 -msgid "" -"Then, you can shift between your orders and process the payment when needed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:116 -msgid "The - button allows you to remove the order you are currently on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:3 -msgid "Offer a bill-splitting option" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Offering an easy bill splitting solution to your customers will leave them " -"with a positive experience. That's why this feature is available out-of-the-" -"box in the Odoo Point of Sale application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To activate the *Bill Splitting* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " -"Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find the Bill Splitting " -"option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:23 -msgid "Split a bill" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:25 -msgid "In your PoS interface, you now have a *Split* button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:30 -msgid "" -"When you use it, you will be able to select what that guest should had and " -"process the payment, repeating the process for each guest." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:3 -msgid "Integrate a tip option into payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:5 -msgid "" -"As it is customary to tip in many countries all over the world, it is " -"important to have the option in your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:9 -msgid "Configure Tipping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:11 -msgid "" -"To activate the *Tips* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " -"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Tips*. Select it and " -"create a *Tip Product* such as *Tips* in this case." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:21 -msgid "Add Tips to the bill" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:23 -msgid "Once on the payment interface, you now have a new *Tip* button" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:28 -msgid "Add the tip your customer wants to leave and process to the payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop.rst:3 -msgid "Shop Features" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:3 -msgid "Using barcodes in PoS" -msgstr "Usando códigos de barras en PdV" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Using a barcode scanner to process point of sale orders improves your " -"efficiency and helps you to save time for you and your customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:11 -msgid "" -"To use a barcode scanner, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " -"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Under the IoT Box / Hardware category, you will find *Barcode Scanner* " -"select it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:21 -msgid "Add barcodes to product" -msgstr "Añadir códigos de barras al producto." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Products` and select a " -"product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Under the general information tab, you can find a barcode field where you " -"can input any barcode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:33 -msgid "Scanning products" -msgstr "Escanear productos" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:35 -msgid "" -"From your PoS interface, scan any barcode with your barcode scanner. The " -"product will be added, you can scan the same product to add it multiple " -"times or change the quantity manually on the screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:3 -msgid "Set-up Cash Control in Point of Sale" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Cash control allows you to check the amount of the cashbox at the opening " -"and closing. You can thus make sure no error has been made and that no cash " -"is missing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:10 -msgid "Activate Cash Control" -msgstr "Activar el control de efectivo" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To activate the *Cash Control* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales" -" --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" -"Para activar la función *Control de efectivo *, vaya a: menuselection: " -"`Punto de Ventas -> Configuración -> Punto de Venta` y seleccione su " -"interfaz PdV." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:16 -msgid "Under the payments category, you will find the cash control setting." -msgstr "" -"En la categoría de pagos, encontrará la configuración de control de " -"efectivo." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:21 -msgid "" -"In this example, you can see I want to have 275$ in various denomination at " -"the opening and closing." -msgstr "" -"En este ejemplo, pueden ver que quiero tener 275 $ en varias denominaciones " -"en la apertura y el cierre." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:24 -msgid "" -"When clicking on **Opening/Closing Values** you will be able to create those" -" values." -msgstr "" -"Al hacer clic en **Valores de apertura / cierre**, podrá crear esos valores." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:31 -msgid "Start a session" -msgstr "Iniciar una sesion" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:33 -msgid "" -"You now have a new button added when you open a session, *Set opening " -"Balance*" -msgstr "" -"Ahora tiene un nuevo botón agregado cuando abre una sesión, *Establecer " -"saldo inicial*" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:42 -msgid "" -"By default it will use the values you added before, but you can always " -"modify it." -msgstr "" -"Por defecto, utilizará los valores que agregó anteriormente, pero siempre " -"puede modificarlo." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:46 -msgid "Close a session" -msgstr "Cerrar una sesion" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:48 -msgid "" -"When you want to close your session, you now have a *Set Closing Balance* " -"button as well." -msgstr "" -"Cuando desee cerrar su sesión, ahora también tiene un botón *Establecer " -"saldo final*." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:51 -msgid "" -"You can then see the theoretical balance, the real closing balance (what you" -" have just counted) and the difference between the two." -msgstr "" -"Luego puede ver el balance teórico, el balance de cierre real (lo que acaba " -"de contar) y la diferencia entre los dos." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:57 -msgid "" -"If you use the *Take Money Out* option to take out your transactions for " -"this session, you now have a zero-sum difference and the same closing " -"balance as your opening balance. You cashbox is ready for the next session." -msgstr "" -"Si usa la opción *Sacar Dinero* para realizar sus transacciones para esta " -"sesión, ahora tiene una diferencia de suma cero y el mismo saldo de cierre " -"que su saldo de apertura. Tu caja está lista para la próxima sesión." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:3 -msgid "Cash Rounding" -msgstr "Redondeo de efectivo" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:4 -msgid "" -"**Cash rounding** is required when the lowest physical denomination of " -"currency, or the smallest coin, is higher than the minimum unit of account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:8 -msgid "" -"For example, some countries require their companies to round up or down the " -"total amount of an invoice to the nearest five cents, when the payment is " -"made in cash." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Each point of sale in Odoo can be configured to apply cash rounding to the " -"totals of its bills or receipts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:16 -msgid "" -"This feature will soon be added to Odoo. We are currently working to make it" -" available for all supported versions as soon as possible." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings` and " -"enable *Cash Rounding*, then click on *Save*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, " -"open the point of sale you want to configure, and enable the *Cash Rounding*" -" option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:31 -msgid "" -"To define the **Rounding Method**, open the drop-down list and click on " -"*Create and Edit...*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Define here your *Rounding Precision*, *Profit Account*, and *Loss Account*," -" then save both the Rounding Method and your Point of Sale settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:41 -msgid "" -"All total amounts of this point of sale now add a line to apply the rounding" -" according to your settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Odoo Point of Sale only support the *Add a rounding line* rounding " -"strategies and *Half-up* rounding methods." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:3 -msgid "Invoice from the PoS interface" -msgstr "Factura desde la interfaz PdV" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Some of your customers might request an invoice when buying from your Point " -"of Sale, you can easily manage it directly from the PoS interface." -msgstr "" -"Algunos de tus clientes pueden solicitar una factura al comprar desde su " -"punto de venta, puede administrarlo fácilmente directamente desde la " -"interfaz de PdV." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:9 -msgid "Activate invoicing" -msgstr "Activar facturación" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and" -" select your Point of Sale:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Under the *Bills & Receipts* you will see the invoicing option, tick it. " -"Don't forget to choose in which journal the invoices should be created." -msgstr "" -"En *Facturas y recibos* verá la opción de facturación, márquela. No olvide " -"elegir en qué diario se deben crear las facturas." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:25 -msgid "Select a customer" -msgstr "Selecciona un cliente" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:27 -msgid "From your session interface, use the customer button" -msgstr "Desde la interfaz de su sesión, use el botón de cliente" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:32 -msgid "" -"You can then either select an existing customer and set it as your customer " -"or create a new one by using this button." -msgstr "" -"Luego, puede seleccionar un cliente existente y configurarlo como su cliente" -" o crear uno nuevo con este botón." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:38 -msgid "" -"You will be invited to fill out the customer form with its information." -msgstr "" -"Se le invitará a completar el formulario del cliente con su información." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:41 -msgid "Invoice your customer" -msgstr "Facturación al cliente" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:43 -msgid "" -"From the payment screen, you now have an invoice option, use the button to " -"select it and validate." -msgstr "" -"Desde la pantalla de pago, ahora tiene una opción de facturación, use el " -"botón para seleccionarla y validarla." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:49 -msgid "You can then print the invoice and move on to your next order." -msgstr "Despues, puede imprimir la factura y pasar a su próximo pedido." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:52 -msgid "Retrieve invoices" -msgstr "Recuperar facturas" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Once out of the PoS interface (:menuselection:`Close --> Confirm` on the top" -" right corner) you will find all your orders in :menuselection:`Point of " -"Sale --> Orders --> Orders` and under the status tab you will see which ones" -" have been invoiced. When clicking on a order you can then access the " -"invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:3 -msgid "Log in with employee" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:5 -msgid "" -"With Odoo *Point of Sale*, you can manage multiple cashiers. This feature " -"allows you to keep track of who is working, when and how much each cashier " -"made for that session." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:9 -msgid "" -"There are three ways to switch cashiers in Odoo: by *selecting the cashier*," -" by *entering a PIN code* or by *scanning a barcode*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:13 -msgid "" -"To manage multiple cashiers, you need several employees (at least two)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:16 -msgid "Set up log in with employees" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:18 -msgid "" -"To enable the feature, go to your *PoS settings* and check log in with " -"employees on your *PoS form*. Then, add the employees that have access to " -"the cash register." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:25 -msgid "Now, you can switch cashier easily." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:28 -msgid "Switch without pin codes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:30 -msgid "" -"The easiest way to switch cashiers is without a code. To do so, click on the" -" cashier name in your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:36 -msgid "Now, you just have to click on your name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:42 -msgid "Switch cashier with pin codes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:44 -msgid "" -"You can set a pin code on each cashier. To set up a pin code, go to the " -"employee form and add a security PIN, in the *HR settings tab*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:50 -msgid "Now, when switching cashier, a PIN password will be asked." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:56 -msgid "Switch cashier with barcodes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:58 -msgid "" -"You can ask your employees to log themselves with their badges. To do so, " -"set up a barcode at the same place you add the PIN code. Print the badge and" -" when they will scan it, the cashier will be switched to that employee." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:67 -msgid "Find who was the cashier" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Once you have closed your *PoS session*, you can have an overview of the " -"amount each cashier sold for. To do so, go to the orders menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:75 -msgid "Now, you can open the order and have a summary of the sold products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:3 -msgid "Reprint Receipts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Use the *Reprint receipt* feature if you have the need to reprint a ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:10 -msgid "" -"To activate *Reprint Receipt*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " -"Configuration --> Point of sale`. and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Reprint Receipt* option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:17 -msgid "" -"In order to allow the option reprint receipt, you need to activate the " -"receipt printer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:23 -msgid "Reprint a receipt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:25 -msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Reprint receipt* button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:30 -msgid "When you use it, you can then reprint your last receipt." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po deleted file mode 100644 index a117d4025..000000000 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,196 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# Pedro M. Baeza <pedro.baeza@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Alejandro Kutulas <alk@odoo.com>, 2020 -# José Cabrera Lozano <jose.cabrera@edukative.es>, 2021 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: José Cabrera Lozano <jose.cabrera@edukative.es>, 2021\n" -"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: es\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:6 ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:9 -msgid "My Odoo Portal" -msgstr "Mi portal de Odoo" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:11 -msgid "" -"In this section of the portal, you will find all the communications between " -"you and Odoo: documents such as quotations, sales orders, invoices and " -"subscriptions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:15 -msgid "" -"To access this section, you have to log with your username and password to " -"`Odoo <https://www.odoo.com/my/home>`_. If you are already logged in, just " -"click on your name on the top-right corner and select \"My Account\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:23 -msgid "Quotations" -msgstr "Presupuestos" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Here you will find all the quotations sent to you by Odoo. For example, a " -"quotation can be generated for you after adding an application or a user to " -"your database or if your contract has to be renewed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:32 -msgid "" -"The *Valid Until* column shows the date through which the quotation is " -"valid; after that date, the quotation will be \"Expired\". By clicking on " -"the quotation, you will see all the details of the offer, such as the " -"pricing and other useful information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:39 -msgid "" -"If you want to accept the quotation, just click \"Accept & Pay,\" and the " -"quote will get confirmed. If you don't want to accept it, or you need to ask" -" for some modifications, click on \"Ask Changes Reject.\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:44 -msgid "Sales Orders" -msgstr "Pedidos de ventas" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:46 -msgid "" -"All your purchases within Odoo (Upsells, Themes, Applications, etc.) will be" -" registered under this section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:52 -msgid "" -"By clicking on the sale order, you can review the details of the products " -"purchased and process the payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:56 -msgid "Invoices" -msgstr "Facturas" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:58 -msgid "" -"All the invoices of your subscriptions and/or sales orders will be shown in " -"this section. The tag before the Amount Due will indicate if the invoice has" -" been paid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Just click on the invoice if you wish to see more information, pay the " -"invoice, or download a PDF version of the document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:69 -msgid "Tickets" -msgstr "Entradas" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:71 -msgid "" -"When you submit a ticket through `Odoo Support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`," -" a ticket will be created. Here you can find all the tickets that you have " -"opened, the conversations between you and our Agents, and the statuses and " -"IDs (# Ref) of the tickets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:79 -msgid "Subscriptions" -msgstr "Suscripciones" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:81 -msgid "" -"You can access your subscriptions with Odoo from this section. The first " -"page shows you the subscriptions that you have and their status." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:87 -msgid "" -"By clicking on the subscription you will access all the details regarding " -"your plan: the number of applications purchased, the billing information, " -"and the payment method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:91 -msgid "" -"To change the payment method, click on \"Change Payment Method\" and enter " -"the new credit card details." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:97 -msgid "" -"If you want to remove the credit cards that are saved, you can do so by " -"clicking on \"Manage your payment methods\" at the bottom of the page. Click" -" \"Delete\" to delete the payment method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:105 -msgid "" -"At the date of the next invoice, if there is no payment information provided" -" or if your credit card has expired, the status of your subscription will " -"change to \"To Renew\". You will then have 7 days to provide a valid method " -"of payment. After this delay, the subscription will be closed, and you will " -"no longer be able to access the database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:111 -msgid "Success Packs" -msgstr "Success Packs" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:112 -msgid "" -"With a Success Pack/Partner Success Pack, you are assigned an expert to " -"provide unique personalized assistance to help you customize your solution " -"and optimize your workflows as part of your initial implementation. These " -"hours never expire, allowing you to utilize them whenever you need support." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:118 -msgid "" -"If you need information about how to manage your database see " -":ref:`db_online`" -msgstr "" -"Si necesitas información acerca de cómo manejar tu base de datos ve " -":ref:`db_online`" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:121 -msgid "Delete your Odoo.com account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:123 -msgid "" -"In order to delete your Odoo.com account, you have to reach out to our " -"`Support Services <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_." -msgstr "" -"Para eliminar su cuenta de Odoo.com, debe comunicarse con nuestro `Servicio " -"de Soporte <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_." - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:126 -msgid "If you want to delete one of your databases, see :ref:`db_online`" -msgstr "Si quiere borrar una de sus bases de datos, vea :ref:`db_online`" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:129 -msgid "" -"If you wish instead to formally request the deletion of all the information " -"connected to your email address as per the European Union General Data " -"Protection Regulation (GDPR), please send an email to privacy@odoo.com." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po deleted file mode 100644 index 3eb5a0004..000000000 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,26 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Pablo Rojas <rojaspablo88@gmail.com>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Pablo Rojas <rojaspablo88@gmail.com>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: es\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../practical.rst:3 -msgid "Practical Information" -msgstr "Información Práctica" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a10fb4716 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po @@ -0,0 +1,2827 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Althay Ramallo Fuentes <arf@odoo.com>, 2021 +# Martin Trigaux, 2021 +# AleEscandon <alejandra.escandon@jarsa.com.mx>, 2021 +# Nicolás Broggi <rnbroggi@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Vivian Montana <vmo@odoo.com>, 2021 +# Jesús Alan Ramos Rodríguez <alan.ramos@jarsa.com.mx>, 2021 +# Luis M. Ontalba <luis.martinez@tecnativa.com>, 2021 +# Pablo Rojas <rojaspablo88@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Alonso Muñoz <Alonso.munoz.91@outlook.com>, 2021 +# José Cabrera Lozano <jose.cabrera@edukative.es>, 2021 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-18 07:12+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-05-18 05:18+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: José Cabrera Lozano <jose.cabrera@edukative.es>, 2021\n" +"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: es\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity.rst:3 +msgid "Productivity" +msgstr "Productividad" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss.rst:4 +msgid "Discuss" +msgstr "Discusión" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced" +msgstr "Avanzado" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:3 +msgid "How to Use my Mail Server to Send and Receive Emails in Odoo" +msgstr "" +"Cómo usar mi servidor de correo para enviar y recibir correos electrónicos " +"en Odoo" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:6 +msgid "If you are a user of Odoo Online or Odoo.sh..." +msgstr "Si eres usuario de Odoo Online o Odoo.sh..." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:8 +msgid "" +"You have nothing to do! **Odoo sets up its own mail servers for your " +"database.** Outgoing and incoming emails work out-of-the-box!" +msgstr "" +"No tienes que hacer nada ! **Odoo configura su propio servidor de correo " +"para tu base de datos. ** Los correos salientes y entrantes funcionan recién" +" salido de la caja." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Unless you plan to send large batches of mass mailing that could require the" +" use of an external mail server, simply enjoy your new Odoo database." +msgstr "" +"A menos que planees mandar grandes cantidades de correos en masa que " +"requieran el uso de un servidor externo de correo , simplemente disfruta de " +"la nueva base de datos Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:16 +msgid "Scope of this documentation" +msgstr "El alcance de este documento." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:18 +msgid "" +"This document is **mainly dedicated to Odoo on-premise users** who don't " +"benefit from an out-of-the-box solution to send and receive emails in Odoo, " +"unlike `Odoo Online <https://www.odoo.com/trial>`__ & `Odoo.sh " +"<https://www.odoo.sh>`__." +msgstr "" +"Este documento, \" esta dedicado principalmente a los usuarios locales de " +"Odoo** que no se benefician de las soluciones \"salidas de la caja\" para " +"mandar y recibir correos , a diferencia de `Odoo Online " +"<https://www.odoo.com/trial>`__ & `Odoo.sh <https://www.odoo.sh>`__." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:25 +msgid "" +"If no one in your company is used to manage email servers, we strongly " +"recommend that you opt for those Odoo hosting solutions. Their email system " +"works instantly and is monitored by professionals. Nevertheless you can " +"still use your own email servers if you want to manage your email server's " +"reputation yourself." +msgstr "" +"Si nadie en tu compañía esta acostumbrado a administrar servidores de " +"correo, te recomendamos fuertemente optes por las soluciones de alojamiento " +"de Odoo. Su sistema de correo funciona instantáneamente y es monitoreada por" +" profesionales. Sin embargo aun puedes utilizar tu propio servidor de correo" +" si quieres administrar su reputación tu mismo." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:31 +msgid "" +"You will find here below some useful information on how to integrate your " +"own email solution with Odoo." +msgstr "" +"Abajo encontraras información útil en como integrar tu propia solución de " +"correo con Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Office 365 email servers don't easily allow to send external emails from " +"hosts like Odoo. Refer to `Microsoft's documentation " +"<https://support.office.com/en-us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-" +"device-or-application-to-send-email-using-" +"Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ to make it work." +msgstr "" +"Los servidores de correo electrónico de Office 365 no permiten enviar " +"fácilmente correos electrónicos externos desde hosts como Odoo. Consulte la " +"documentación de Microsoft <https://support.office.com/en-us/article/How-to-" +"set-up-a-multifunction-device-or-application-to-send-email-using-" +"Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4> `__ para que funcione." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:39 +msgid "How to manage outbound messages" +msgstr "Cómo administrar mensajes de correo salientes" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:40 +msgid "" +"As a system admin, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and " +"check *External Email Servers*. Then, click *Outgoing Mail Servers* to " +"create one and reference the SMTP data of your email server. Once all the " +"information has been filled out, click on *Test Connection*." +msgstr "" +"Como administrador de sistema , ve a :menuselection:`Settings --> Ajustes " +"Generales` y marca *Servidor externo de correo*. Después, has clic en " +"*Servidor de correo saliente* para crear uno e ingresa la información SMTP " +"de tu servidor de correo. Una vez que toda la información sea llenada has " +"clic en \"Probar conexión\"." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:45 +msgid "Here is a typical configuration for a G Suite server." +msgstr "Esta es una configuración típica del servidor G Suite." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:50 +msgid "Then set your email domain name in the General Settings." +msgstr "Después establece tu nombre de dominio en Ajustes Generales." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:53 +msgid "" +"If you get a ``[AUTHENTICATIONFAILED] Invalid credentials (Failure)`` " +"warning when you *Test Connection* on a Gmail address, activate the *Less " +"secure app access* option. A direct link can be `accessed here " +"<https://myaccount.google.com/lesssecureapps?pli=1>`_." +msgstr "" +"Si obtienes una advertencia de``[AUTHENTICATIONFAILED] Invalid credentials " +"(Failure)`` *Prueba tu conexión* en una dirección de Gmail, activa la " +"opción *Acceso de aplicación menos segura*. Una liga directa puede ser " +"encontrada aquí -> <https://myaccount.google.com/lesssecureapps?pli=1>`_." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:57 +msgid "In addition to that, enable the IMAP setting on your Gmail account." +msgstr "Además de eso, habilita los ajustes IMAP en tu cuenta de Gmail." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:61 +msgid "Can I use an Office 365 server" +msgstr "¿Puedo usar un servidor de Office 365?" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:62 +msgid "" +"You can use an Office 365 server if you run Odoo on-premise. Office 365 SMTP" +" relays are not compatible with Odoo Online." +msgstr "" +"Puedes utilizar un servidor Office 365 si usas Odoo Local. Los repetidores " +"SMTP de Office 365 no son compatibles con Odoo en linea." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Please refer to `Microsoft's documentation <https://support.office.com/en-" +"us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-device-or-application-to-send-" +"email-using-Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ to configure" +" a SMTP relay for your Odoo's IP address." +msgstr "" +"Favor de acudir a la documentación de Microsoft,<https://support.office.com" +"/en-us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-device-or-application-to-send-" +"email-using-Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__  para " +"configurar un repetidor SMTP para tu dirección IP de Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:69 +msgid "How to use a G Suite server" +msgstr "Cómo usar un servidor de G Suite" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:70 +msgid "" +"You can use an G Suite server for any Odoo hosting type. To do so you need " +"to setup the SMTP relay service. The configuration steps are explained in " +"`Google documentation " +"<https://support.google.com/a/answer/2956491?hl=en>`__." +msgstr "" +"Puedes utilizar un servidor G Suite para cualquier tipo de alojamiento de " +"Odoo. Para hacerlo necesitas configurar un servicio de repetidor SMTP. Los " +"pasos para configurarlo estas explicados en la documentación de Google, " +"<https://support.google.com/a/answer/2956491?hl=en>`__." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:77 +msgid "Be SPF-compliant" +msgstr "Cumplir con SPF" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:78 +msgid "" +"In case you use SPF (Sender Policy Framework) to increase the deliverability" +" of your outgoing emails, don't forget to authorize Odoo as a sending host " +"in your domain name settings. Here is the configuration for Odoo Online:" +msgstr "" +"En caso de que uses SPF (Sender Policy Framework) para incrementar la " +"entrega de tus correos salientes, no olvides autorizar a Odoo como un emisor" +" en la configuración de tu nombre de dominio. Aqui esta la configuracion " +"para Odoo Online:" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:82 +msgid "" +"If no TXT record is set for SPF, create one with following definition: " +"v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com ~all" +msgstr "" +"Si ningún registro TXT es establecido para el SPF , crea uno con la " +"siguiente definición v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com ~all" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:84 +msgid "" +"In case a SPF TXT record is already set, add \"include:_spf.odoo.com\". e.g." +" for a domain name that sends emails via Odoo Online and via G Suite it " +"could be: v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com include:_spf.google.com ~all" +msgstr "" +"En caso de que un registro TXT de SPF ya este en uso, agregar " +"\"include:_spf.odoo.com\". e.g. para un nombre de dominio que envia correos " +"vía Odoo Online y vía G Suite podría ser: v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com " +"include:_spf.google.com ~all" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Find `here <https://www.mail-tester.com/spf/>`__ the exact procedure to " +"create or modify TXT records in your own domain registrar." +msgstr "" +"Encuentra aquí <https://www.mail-tester.com/spf/>`__ el procedimiento " +"exacto para crear o modificar un registro TXT en tu propio dominio." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Your new SPF record can take up to 48 hours to go into effect, but this " +"usually happens more quickly." +msgstr "" +"Tu nuevo registro SPF puede tomar hasta 48 horas para entrar en efecto, pero" +" usualmente pasa más rápido. " + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Adding more than one SPF record for a domain can cause problems with mail " +"delivery and spam classification. Instead, we recommend using only one SPF " +"record by modifying it to authorize Odoo." +msgstr "" +"Agregar mas de un registro SPF en tu dominio puede causar problemas en la " +"entrega de tus correos o en la clasificación del spam. En lugar de eso " +"recomendamos que se utiliza solo un registro modificandolo para autorizar " +"Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:99 +msgid "Allow DKIM" +msgstr "Permitir DKIM" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:100 +msgid "" +"You should do the same thing if DKIM (Domain Keys Identified Mail) is " +"enabled on your email server. In the case of Odoo Online & Odoo.sh, you " +"should add a DNS \"odoo._domainkey\" CNAME record to " +"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\". For example, for \"foo.com\" they should have " +"a record \"odoo._domainkey.foo.com\" that is a CNAME with the value " +"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\"." +msgstr "" +"Debe hacer lo mismo si DKIM (Correo identificado con claves de dominio) está" +" habilitado en su servidor de correo electrónico. En el caso de Odoo Online " +"& Odoo.sh, debe agregar un registro CNAME DNS \"odoo._domainkey\" a " +"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\". Por ejemplo, para \"foo.com\" deben tener un " +"registro \"odoo._domainkey.foo.com\" que sea un CNAME con el valor " +"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\"." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:108 +msgid "Restriction" +msgstr "Restricción" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:109 +msgid "" +"Please note that the port 25 is blocked for security reasons. Try using 587," +" 465 or 2525." +msgstr "" +"Tenga en cuenta que el puerto 25 está bloqueado por motivos de seguridad. " +"Intente usar 587, 465 o 2525." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:114 +msgid "How to manage inbound messages" +msgstr "¿Cómo administrar los mensajes de correo entrantes?" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:116 +msgid "Odoo relies on generic email aliases to fetch incoming messages." +msgstr "" +"Odoo se basa en pseudónimos de correo electrónico genéricos para recuperar " +"los mensajes entrantes." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:118 +msgid "" +"**Reply messages** of messages sent from Odoo are routed to their original " +"discussion thread (and to the inbox of all its followers) by the catchall " +"alias (**catchall@**)." +msgstr "" +"**Los mensajes de respuesta** de los mensajes enviados desde Odoo se enrutan" +" a su hilo de discusión original (y a la bandeja de entrada de todos sus " +"seguidores) mediante el alias de catchall (**catchall @**)." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:122 +msgid "" +"**Bounced messages** are routed to **bounce@** in order to track them in " +"Odoo. This is especially used in `Odoo Email Marketing " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/email-marketing>`__ to opt-out invalid " +"recipients." +msgstr "" +"**Los mensajes rebotados * se enrutan a **bounce@** para rastrearlos en " +"Odoo. Esto se utiliza especialmente en `Odoo Email Marketing " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/email-marketing>`__ para excluir a los " +"destinatarios no válidos." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:126 +msgid "" +"**Original messages**: Several business objects have their own alias to " +"create new records in Odoo from incoming emails:" +msgstr "" +"**Mensajes originales**: varios objetos comerciales tienen su propio alias " +"para crear nuevos registros en Odoo a partir de correos electrónicos " +"entrantes:" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Sales Channel (to create Leads or Opportunities in `Odoo CRM " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/crm>`__)," +msgstr "" +"Canal de ventas (para crear prospectos u oportunidades en `Odoo CRM " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/crm>`__)," + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Support Channel (to create Tickets in `Odoo Helpdesk " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/helpdesk>`__)," +msgstr "" +"Canal de soporte (para crear Tickets en `Odoo Helpdesk " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/helpdesk>`__)," + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:133 +msgid "" +"Projects (to create new Tasks in `Odoo Project <https://www.odoo.com/page" +"/project-management>`__)," +msgstr "" +"Proyectos (para crear nuevas Tareas en `Odoo Project " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/project-management>`__)," + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Job Positions (to create Applicants in `Odoo Recruitment " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/recruitment>`__)," +msgstr "" +"Puestos de trabajo (para crear candidatos en `Odoo Reclutamiento " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/recruitment>`__)," + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:137 +msgid "etc." +msgstr "etc." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Depending on your mail server, there might be several methods to fetch " +"emails. The easiest and most recommended method is to manage one email " +"address per Odoo alias in your mail server." +msgstr "" +"Dependiendo de su servidor de correo, puede haber varios métodos para buscar" +" correos electrónicos. El método más fácil y recomendado es administrar una " +"dirección de correo electrónico por alias de Odoo en su servidor de correo." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Create the corresponding email addresses in your mail server (catchall@, " +"bounce@, sales@, etc.)." +msgstr "" +"Cree las direcciones de correo electrónico correspondientes en su servidor " +"de correo (catchall@, bounce@, sales@, etc.)." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:145 +msgid "Set your domain name in the General Settings." +msgstr "Establezca su nombre de dominio en la Configuración general." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:150 +msgid "" +"If you use Odoo on-premise, create an *Incoming Mail Server* in Odoo for " +"each alias. You can do it from the General Settings as well. Fill out the " +"form according to your email provider’s settings. Leave the *Actions to " +"Perform on Incoming Mails* blank. Once all the information has been filled " +"out, click on *TEST & CONFIRM*." +msgstr "" +"Si usa Odoo en las instalaciones, cree un *Servidor de correo entrante* en " +"Odoo para cada alias. También puede hacerlo desde la Configuración general. " +"Complete el formulario de acuerdo con la configuración de su proveedor de " +"correo electrónico. Deje *Acciones para realizar en correos entrantes* en " +"blanco. Una vez completada toda la información, haga clic en *PROBAR Y " +"CONFIRMAR*." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:159 +msgid "" +"If you use Odoo Online or Odoo.sh, We do recommend to redirect incoming " +"messages to Odoo's domain name rather than exclusively use your own email " +"server. That way you will receive incoming messages without delay. Indeed, " +"Odoo Online is fetching incoming messages of external servers once per hour " +"only. You should set redirections for all the email addresses to Odoo's " +"domain name in your email server (e.g. *catchall@mydomain.ext* to " +"*catchall@mycompany.odoo.com*)." +msgstr "" +"Si usa Odoo Online u Odoo.sh, recomendamos redirigir los mensajes entrantes " +"al nombre de dominio de Odoo en lugar de usar exclusivamente su propio " +"servidor de correo electrónico. De esa forma, recibirá los mensajes " +"entrantes sin demora. De hecho, Odoo Online está obteniendo mensajes " +"entrantes de servidores externos solo una vez por hora. Debe establecer " +"redirecciones para todas las direcciones de correo electrónico al nombre de " +"dominio de Odoo en su servidor de correo electrónico (por ejemplo, " +"*catchall@mydomain.ext* a *catchall@mycompany.odoo.com*)." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:169 +msgid "All the aliases are customizable in Odoo." +msgstr "Todos los alias son personalizables en Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:167 +msgid "" +"Object aliases can be edited from their respective configuration view. To " +"edit catchall and bounce aliases, you first need to activate the " +":doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:171 +msgid "" +"Then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System " +"Parameters` to customize the aliases (*mail.catchall.alias* & * " +"mail.bounce.alias*)." +msgstr "" +"Luego vaya a :menuselection: `Configuración --> Técnico --> Parámetros --> " +"Parámetros del sistema` para personalizar los alias (*mail.catchall.alias * " +"& *mail.bounce.alias*)." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:177 +msgid "" +"By default inbound messages are fetched every 5 minutes in Odoo on-premise. " +"You can change this value in :doc:`Developer mode " +"</applications/general/developer_mode>`. Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions` and look for *Mail: " +"Fetchmail Service*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:186 +msgid "Set up different dedicated servers for transactional and mass mails" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:188 +msgid "" +"Odoo's e-mail server has the capability of sending 200 e-mails per day on " +"Odoo SH Cloud Platform. However, if needed, you can use a separate Mail " +"Transfer Agent (MTA) servers for transactional e-mails and mass mailings. " +"Example: use Odoo's own mail server for transactional e-mails, and Sendgrid," +" Amazon SES, or Mailgun for mass mailings. Another alternative is to use " +"Postmark for transactional e-mails, and Amazon SES or Sendgrid for mass " +"mailings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:196 +msgid "" +"A default outgoing email server is already configured. You should not create" +" an alternative one unless you want to use a specific external outgoing " +"email server for technical reasons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:199 +msgid "" +"To do this, you should first enable the :doc:`Developer mode " +"</applications/general/developer_mode>` and then go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Outgoing` e-mail servers. There " +"you have to create two e-mail MTA server settings. One for transactional " +"e-mails and one for mass mail servers. Be sure to mark the priority of " +"transactional e-mail servers as low as the mass email servers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Now, go to :menuselection:`Email Marketing --> Settings` and enable " +"*Dedicated Server*. With these settings, Odoo uses the server with the lower" +" priority for transactional emails, and the server here selected for mass " +"mails. Note that in this case, you have to set your domain's Sender Policy " +"Framework (SPF) records to include both transactional and mass mail servers." +" If your server resides with xxxx.odoo.com, the available options are " +"Sendinblue and Mailchimp, as your e-mails would be originated from the " +"xxxx.odoo.com domain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:3 +msgid "Email Templates" +msgstr "Plantillas de correo electrónico" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:5 +msgid "" +"We all know writing good emails is vital to get a high response rate, but " +"you do not want to rewrite the same structure every time, do you? That is " +"where email templates come in. Without the need to rewrite the entire email " +"structure every time, you save time to focus on the content. Multiple " +"templates also let you deliver the right message to the right audience, " +"improving their overall experience with the company." +msgstr "" +"Todos sabemos que escribir buenos correos electrónicos es vital para obtener" +" una alta tasa de respuesta, pero no querrás reescribir la misma estructura " +"cada vez, ¿verdad? Ahí es donde entran en juego las plantillas de correo " +"electrónico. Sin la necesidad de reescribir toda la estructura del correo " +"electrónico cada vez, ahorra tiempo para concentrarse en el contenido. " +"Varias plantillas también le permiten entregar el mensaje correcto a la " +"audiencia adecuada, mejorando su experiencia general con la empresa." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:12 +msgid "Enable it and understand a few concepts" +msgstr "Habilítelo y comprenda algunos conceptos" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The :doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>` must be " +"activated. Then, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> " +"Templates`. A view of the existing templates is shown." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:18 +msgid "" +"**It is highly recommended not to change the content in existing templates " +"unless the user has prior knowledge about placeholders.**" +msgstr "" +"**Se recomienda encarecidamente no cambiar el contenido de las plantillas " +"existentes a menos que el usuario tenga conocimientos previos sobre los " +"marcadores de posición.**" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To add a new one, click on *Create* and choose the type of document this " +"template is used with. In the example below, the template would be sent to " +"job applicants." +msgstr "" +"Para agregar uno nuevo, haga clic en *Crear* y elija el tipo de documento " +"con el que se usa esta plantilla. En el siguiente ejemplo, la plantilla se " +"enviaría a los solicitantes de empleo." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Under *Email Configuration*, fields such as *From*, *To (Emails)*, *To " +"(Partners)*, require placeholders. If the *From* field is not set, the " +"default value is the author’s email alias, if configured, or email address." +msgstr "" +"En *Configuración de correo electrónico*, campos como *De*, *Para (correos " +"electrónicos)*, *Para (socios)*, requieren marcadores de posición. Si el " +"campo *De* no está configurado, el valor predeterminado es el alias de " +"correo electrónico del autor, si está configurado, o la dirección de correo " +"electrónico." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Under *Advanced Settings*, if an *Outgoing Mail Server* is not set, the one " +"with the highest priority is used." +msgstr "" +"En *Configuración avanzada*, si no se configura un *Servidor de correo " +"saliente*, se usa el que tiene la prioridad más alta." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:34 +msgid "" +"The option *Auto Delete* permanently deletes the emails after they are sent," +" saving space in your database." +msgstr "" +"La opción *Auto Eliminar* elimina permanentemente los correos electrónicos " +"después de que se envían, lo que ahorra espacio en su base de datos." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:37 +msgid "Writing content including placeholder expressions" +msgstr "Escribir contenido que incluya expresiones de marcador de posición" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Under the tab *Dynamic Placeholder Generator*, look for the *Field* you " +"would like to use." +msgstr "" +"En la pestaña *Generador de marcador de posición dinámico*, busque el " +"*Campo* que le gustaría usar." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Next, copy the *Placeholder Expression* and paste it in the *Body* of the " +"email, under the *Content* tab, using - essentially - the *Code View*." +msgstr "" +"A continuación, copie la *Expresión de marcador de posición* y péguela en el" +" *Cuerpo* del correo electrónico, debajo de la pestaña *Contenido*, " +"utilizando, esencialmente, la *Vista de código*." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Deactivate the *Code View* option by simply clicking on it again, and easily" +" design the message. Click on *Preview* to check how the email looks before " +"sending it." +msgstr "" +"Desactive la opción *Vista de código* simplemente haciendo clic en ella " +"nuevamente y diseñe fácilmente el mensaje. Haga clic en *Vista previa* para " +"comprobar cómo se ve el correo electrónico antes de enviarlo." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Información general" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:3 +msgid "Get Started with Discuss" +msgstr "Empiece a discutir" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Discuss allows you to bring all of your company’s communication together " +"through messages, notes, and chat. Share information, projects, files, " +"prioritize tasks, and stay connected with colleagues and partners throughout" +" applications. Forge better relationships, increase productivity and " +"transparency by promoting a convenient way of communicating." +msgstr "" +"Discusiones te permite unir todas las comunicaciones de tu empresa a través " +"de mensajes, notas y chat. Comparta información, proyectos, archivos, " +"priorice tareas y permanezca conectado con colegas y socios en todas las " +"aplicaciones. Establezca mejores relaciones, aumente la productividad y la " +"transparencia al promover una forma conveniente de comunicarse." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:11 +msgid "Choose your notifications preference" +msgstr "Elija su preferencia de notificaciones" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Access your *Preferences* and choose how you would like your notifications " +"to be handled." +msgstr "" +"Acceda a sus *Preferencias* y elija cómo desea que se manejen sus " +"notificaciones." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:21 +msgid "" +"By default, the field is set as *Handle by Emails* making messages, notes, " +"and notifications where you were mentioned or that you follow, to be sent " +"through email. By choosing *Handle in Odoo*, they are shown in the *Inbox*." +msgstr "" +"De forma predeterminada, el campo está configurado como *Manejar por correos" +" electrónicos* y hace que los mensajes, notas y notificaciones donde se le " +"mencione o que siga, se envíen por correo electrónico. Al elegir *Manejar en" +" Odoo*, se muestran en la *Bandeja de entrada*." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:22 +msgid "Messages can then be *Marked as Todo*, *Replied*, or *Marked as Read*." +msgstr "" +"Los mensajes se pueden *Marcar como Por Hacer *, *Respondido* o *Marcado " +"como Leído*." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:28 +msgid "" +"The messages tagged as *Mark as Todo* are also shown in *Starred*, while the" +" ones *Marked as Read* are moved to *History*." +msgstr "" +"Los mensajes etiquetados como *Marcar como Por Hacer* también se muestran en" +" *Destacados*, mientras que los *Marcados como Leídos* se mueven a " +"*Historial*." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:36 +msgid "Start Chatting" +msgstr "Empezar a chatear" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:38 +msgid "" +"The first time you log in to your account, OdooBot sends you a message " +"asking for permission to receive desktop notifications to chats. If " +"accepted, you receive push notifications to the messages sent to you despite" +" of where you are in Odoo." +msgstr "" +"La primera vez que inicia sesión en su cuenta, OdooBot le envía un mensaje " +"solicitando permiso para recibir notificaciones de escritorio en los chats. " +"Si se acepta, recibirá notificaciones automáticas de los mensajes que se le " +"envíen independientemente de dónde se encuentre en Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To stop receiving desktop notifications, reset the notifications settings of" +" your browser." +msgstr "" +"Para dejar de recibir notificaciones de escritorio, restablezca la " +"configuración de notificaciones de su navegador." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:50 +msgid "" +"To start a chat, click on *New Message* on the *Messaging Menu*, or go to " +"*Discuss* and send a *Direct Message*." +msgstr "" +"Para iniciar un chat, haga clic en *Nuevo mensaje* en el *Menú de " +"mensajería*, o vaya a *Discusión* y envíe un *Mensaje directo*." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:58 +msgid "" +"You can also create :doc:`public and private channels <team_communication>`." +msgstr "" +"También puede crear :doc:`canales públicos y privados <team_communication>`." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:61 +msgid "Mentions in the chat and on the Chatter" +msgstr "Menciones en el chat y en Chatter" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To mention a user within a chat or the chatter type *@user-name*; to refer " +"to a channel, type *#channel-name*." +msgstr "" +"Para mencionar a un usuario dentro de un chat o el tipo de charla *@nombre-" +"usuario *; para referirse a un canal, escriba *#nombre-canal *." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:66 +msgid "" +"A notification is sent to the user mentioned either to his *Inbox* or " +"through email, depending on his settings." +msgstr "" +"Se envía una notificación al usuario mencionado a su *Bandeja de entrada* o " +"por correo electrónico, dependiendo de su configuración." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:73 +msgid "" +"When a user is mentioned, the search list (list of names) suggests values " +"first based on the task’s followers, and secondly on *Employees*. If the " +"record being searched does not match with either a follower or employee, the" +" scope of the search becomes all partners." +msgstr "" +"Cuando se menciona a un usuario, la lista de búsqueda (lista de nombres) " +"sugiere valores en primer lugar en función de los seguidores de la tarea y, " +"en segundo lugar, en *Empleados*. Si el registro que se busca no coincide " +"con un seguidor o un empleado, el alcance de la búsqueda se convierte en " +"todos los socios." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:78 +msgid "Chat status" +msgstr "Estado del chat" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:80 +msgid "" +"It is helpful to see what colleagues are up to and how quickly they can " +"respond to messages by checking their *Status*. The status is shown on the " +"left side of a contact’s names on Discuss’ sidebar and on the *Messaging " +"menu*." +msgstr "" +"Es útil ver qué están haciendo los colegas y qué tan rápido pueden responder" +" a los mensajes al verificar su *Estado*. El estado se muestra en el lado " +"izquierdo de los nombres de un contacto en la barra lateral de Discusiones y" +" en el *menú de Mensajería*." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:84 +msgid "Green = online" +msgstr "Verde = en línea" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:85 +msgid "Orange = away" +msgstr "Naranja = lejos" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:86 +msgid "White = offline" +msgstr "Blanco = sin conexión" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:87 +msgid "Airplane = out of the office" +msgstr "Avión = fuera de la oficina" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:65 +msgid ":doc:`team_communication`" +msgstr ":doc:`team_communication`" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:96 +msgid ":doc:`../advanced/email_servers`" +msgstr ":doc:`../advanced/email_servers`" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:3 +msgid "Get Organized by Planning Activities" +msgstr "Organícese por actividades de planificación" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you plan activities you minimize the risk of uncertainties, as you " +"provide clear directions for the course of your next action. In addition to " +"that, you do not leave space for wasteful activities and reduce the chance " +"of having overlapping actions between team members." +msgstr "" +"Cuando planifica actividades, minimiza el riesgo de incertidumbres, ya que " +"proporciona instrucciones claras para el curso de su próxima acción. Además " +"de eso, no deja espacio para actividades inútiles y reduce la posibilidad de" +" que haya acciones superpuestas entre los miembros del equipo." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:10 +msgid "Where do I see my schedule activities?" +msgstr "¿Dónde veo mis actividades programadas?" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Access and manage your activities wherever you are in Odoo by the " +"*Activities* menu." +msgstr "" +"Acceda y administre sus actividades en cualquier lugar de Odoo mediante el " +"menú *Actividades*." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:20 +msgid "Plan activities" +msgstr "Planear actividades" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Activities can be planned and managed from the chatter by clicking on " +"*Schedule activity*, or through Kanban views." +msgstr "" +"Las actividades se pueden planificar y administrar desde la charla haciendo " +"clic en *Programar actividad*, o mediante las vistas Kanban." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:31 +msgid "Set your activity types" +msgstr "Establece tus tipos de actividad" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:33 +msgid "" +"A number of activities types are available by default in Odoo (call, email, " +"meeting, etc.). However, you can set new ones going to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Activity types`." +msgstr "" +"Hay varios tipos de actividades disponibles de forma predeterminada en Odoo " +"(llamada, correo electrónico, reunión, etc.). Sin embargo, puede establecer " +"nuevos en :menuselection:`Configuración --> Tipos de actividad`." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:42 +msgid "" +"If you need to create an activity type with an available calendar, make sure" +" to create it with an *Action to Perform* set as *Meeting*." +msgstr "" +"Si necesita crear un tipo de actividad con un calendario disponible, " +"asegúrese de crearlo con una *Acción para realizar* establecida como " +"*Reunión*." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:46 +msgid "Recommend next activities" +msgstr "Recomendar próximas actividades" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Odoo helps you to plan a flow of activities by allowing you to set " +"*Recommended Next Activities*." +msgstr "" +"Odoo le ayuda a planificar un flujo de actividades permitiéndole establecer " +"*Próximas actividades recomendadas*." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Once the respective activity is completed, select *Done & Schedule Next* and" +" next steps are suggested to you." +msgstr "" +"Una vez que se complete la actividad respectiva, seleccione *Hecho y " +"Programar Siguiente* y se le sugieren los siguientes pasos." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:115 +msgid ":doc:`get_started`" +msgstr ":doc:`get_started`" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:3 +msgid "Efficiently Communicate Using Channels" +msgstr "Comuníquese de manera eficiente mediante canales" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You can use channels to organize discussions between individual teams, " +"departments, projects, or any other group that requires regular " +"communication. This way, you keep everyone in the loop updated with the " +"latest developments." +msgstr "" +"Puede utilizar canales para organizar discusiones entre equipos " +"individuales, departamentos, proyectos o cualquier otro grupo que requiera " +"una comunicación regular. De esta manera, mantendrá a todos informados al " +"día con los últimos desarrollos." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:10 +msgid "Public and Private channels" +msgstr "Canales públicos y privados" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:12 +msgid "" +"A *Public* channel can be seen by everyone, while a *Private* one is only " +"visible to users invited to it." +msgstr "" +"Todo el mundo puede ver un canal *Público*, mientras que uno *Privado* solo " +"es visible para los usuarios invitados." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:21 +msgid "" +"A public channel is best used when many employees need to access information" +" (such as company announcements), whereas a private channel could be used " +"whenever information should be limited to specific groups (such as a " +"specific department)." +msgstr "" +"Un canal público se utiliza mejor cuando muchos empleados necesitan acceder " +"a información (como anuncios de la empresa), mientras que un canal privado " +"se puede utilizar siempre que la información deba limitarse a grupos " +"específicos (como un departamento específico)." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:26 +msgid "Configuration options" +msgstr "Opciones de configuración" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:28 +msgid "" +"You can configure a channel’s name, description, email alias, and privacy by" +" clicking on the *Channel Settings* icon on the sidebar." +msgstr "" +"Puedes configurar el nombre, la descripción, el alias de correo electrónico " +"y la privacidad de un canal haciendo clic en el ícono *Configuración del " +"canal * en la barra lateral." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:36 +msgid "Privacy and Members" +msgstr "Privacidad y miembros" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Changing *Who can follow the group’s activities?* allows you to control " +"which groups can have access to the channel. Note that allowing *Everyone* " +"to follow a private channel lets other users view and join it, as they would" +" a public one." +msgstr "" +"Cambiar *¿Quién puede seguir las actividades del grupo?* Le permite " +"controlar qué grupos pueden tener acceso al canal. Tenga en cuenta que " +"permitir que *Todos* sigan un canal privado permite que otros usuarios lo " +"vean y se unan, como lo harían con uno público." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:42 +msgid "" +"If you choose *Invited people only*, go to the *Members* tab to add your " +"members, or, go to Discuss’ main page, select the channel and click on " +"*Invite*." +msgstr "" +"Si elige *Solo personas invitadas*, vaya a la pestaña *Miembros* para " +"agregar sus miembros, o vaya a la página principal de Discusión, seleccione " +"el canal y haga clic en *Invitar*." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:49 +msgid "" +"For *Selected group of users*, the option *Auto Subscribe Groups* " +"automatically add its members as followers. In other words, while " +"*Authorized Groups* limits which users can access the channel, *Auto " +"Subscribe Groups* automatically adds the user as a member as long as they " +"are part of the group." +msgstr "" +"Para *Grupo seleccionado de usuarios*, la opción *Grupos de suscripción " +"automática* agrega automáticamente a sus miembros como seguidores. En otras " +"palabras, mientras que *Grupos autorizados* limita qué usuarios pueden " +"acceder al canal, *Grupos de suscripción automática* agrega automáticamente " +"al usuario como miembro siempre que sea parte del grupo." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:55 +msgid "Use a channel as a mailing list" +msgstr "Use un canal como lista de correo" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Choosing to *Send messages by email* configures the channel to behave as a " +"mailing list." +msgstr "" +"La elección de *Enviar mensajes por correo electrónico* configura el canal " +"para que se comporte como una lista de correo." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Enabling this option allows you to *Moderate this channel*, meaning that " +"messages will need to be approved before being sent." +msgstr "" +"Habilitar esta opción le permite *Moderar este canal*, lo que significa que " +"los mensajes deberán ser aprobados antes de enviarse." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Under the *Moderation* tab choose as many moderators as you need, and if you" +" would like them to receive an *Automatic notification*." +msgstr "" +"En la pestaña *Moderación*, elija tantos moderadores como necesite, y si " +"desea que reciban una *Notificación automática*." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Mark *Send guidelines to new subscribers* to automatically send instructions" +" to newcomers." +msgstr "" +"Marque *Enviar pautas a nuevos suscriptores* para enviar instrucciones " +"automáticamente a los recién llegados." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Moderators can: *Accept*, *Reject*, *Discard*, *Always Allow* or *Ban* " +"messages." +msgstr "" +"Los moderadores pueden: *Aceptar*, *Rechazar*, *Descartar*, *Permitir " +"siempre* o *Prohibir* mensajes." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Members of a mailing channel receive messages through email regardless of " +"their :doc:`notification preference <get_started>`." +msgstr "" +"Los miembros de un canal de correo reciben mensajes por correo electrónico " +"independientemente de su :doc:`preferencia de notificación <get_started>`." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Once a channel is moderated, the menu *Ban List* allows you to add email " +"addresses per moderated channel to auto-ban them from sending messages." +msgstr "" +"Una vez que se modera un canal, el menú *Lista de prohibición* le permite " +"agregar direcciones de correo electrónico por canal moderado para prohibir " +"automáticamente el envío de mensajes." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:91 +msgid "Quick search bar" +msgstr "Barra de búsqueda rápida" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Once at least 20 channels, direct message and live chat conversations (if " +"the module is installed on your database) are pinned in the sidebar, a " +"*Quick search…* bar is displayed. It is a clever way to filter conversations" +" and quickly find the one you need." +msgstr "" +"Una vez que se anclan al menos 20 canales, mensajes directos y " +"conversaciones de chat en vivo (si el módulo está instalado en su base de " +"datos) en la barra lateral, se muestra una barra de *Búsqueda rápida ...*. " +"Es una forma inteligente de filtrar conversaciones y encontrar rápidamente " +"la que necesita." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:103 +msgid "Finding channels" +msgstr "Encontrar canales" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:106 +msgid "" +"Click on *Channels* (on the sidebar), browse through the list of public " +"channels, and join or leave them from a single screen." +msgstr "" +"Haga clic en *Canales* (en la barra lateral), explore la lista de canales " +"públicos y únase a ellos o déjelos desde una sola pantalla." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Apply filters criteria and save it for later use. The search function " +"accepts wildcards by using the underscore character *(_)* to represent a " +"single character." +msgstr "" +"Aplique criterios de filtros y guárdelos para su uso posterior. La función " +"de búsqueda acepta comodines utilizando el carácter de subrayado *(_)* para " +"representar un solo carácter." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:116 +msgid ":doc:`plan_activities`" +msgstr ":doc:`plan_activities`" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot.rst:4 +msgid "Internet of Things (IoT)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config.rst:3 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Configuración" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:3 +msgid "Connect an IoT Box to your database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:5 +msgid "Install the Internet of Things (IoT) App on your Odoo Database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:10 +msgid "Go in the IoT App and click on Connect on the IoT Boxes page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:15 +msgid "Follow the steps to connect your IoT Box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:21 +msgid "Ethernet Connection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Connect to the IoT Box all the devices that have to be connected with cables" +" (ethernet, usb devices, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:26 +msgid "Power on the IoT Box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Read the Pairing Code from a screen or a receipt printer connected to the " +"IoT Box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:32 +msgid "Input the Pairing Code and click on the Pair button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Recent changes in modern web browsers forced us to modify the connection " +"wizard. If your screen is different from the screenshots, make sure that the" +" ``iot_pairing`` module is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:40 +msgid "WiFi Connection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:42 +msgid "Power on the IoT Box" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:44 +msgid "Copy the token" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Connect to the IoT Box WiFi Network (make sure there is no ethernet cable " +"plugged in your computer)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:53 +msgid "" +"You will be redirected to the IoT Box Homepage (if it doesn't work, connect " +"to the IP address of the box). Give a name to your IoT Box (not required) " +"and paste the token, then click on next." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:60 +msgid "" +"If you are on Runbot, do not forget to add the -all or -base in the token " +"(e.g. this token **http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-" +"f3f920.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401** should become " +"**http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-f3f920-all.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401**)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Choose the WiFi network you want to connect with (enter the password if " +"there is one) and click on Submit. Wait a few seconds before being " +"redirected to your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:72 +msgid "You should now see the IoT Box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:78 +msgid "IoT Box Schema" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:3 +msgid "Flashing your SD Card" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In some case, you may need to reflash your IoT Box’s SD Card to benefit from" +" our latest updates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:9 +msgid "Upgrade from the IoT Box homepage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to the IoT Box homepage, click on *Update*, next to the version number. " +"If a new version of the IoT Box image is available, you will see a *Upgrade " +"to ___* button a the bottom of the page, the IoT Box will then flash itself " +"to the new version of the IoT Box. All of your configurations will be saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:18 +msgid "" +"This process can take more than 30 minutes. Do not turn off or unplug the " +"IoT Box as it would leave it in an inconsistent state." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:25 +msgid "Upgrade with Etcher" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Go to Balena’s website and download `Etcher <https://www.balena.io/>`__. " +"It’s a free and open-source utility used for burning image files. Install " +"and launch it. Download the latest image from `nightly " +"<http://nightly.odoo.com/master/iotbox/>`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Then, open *Etcher* and select *Flash from file*, find the image you just " +"downloaded. Insert the IoT Box SD card into your computer and select it. " +"Click on *Flash* and wait for the process to finish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:3 +msgid "Use the IoT Box for the PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:9 +msgid "Prerequisites" +msgstr "Pre-requisitos" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:11 +msgid "Before starting, make sure you have the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:13 +msgid "An IoT Box, with its power adapter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:15 +msgid "A computer or tablet with an up-to-date web browser" +msgstr "Una computadora o tableta con un navegador web actualizado a la fecha" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:17 +msgid "" +"A running SaaS or Odoo instance with the Point of Sale and IoT apps " +"installed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:20 +msgid "A local network setup with DHCP (this is the default setting)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:22 +msgid "An RJ45 Ethernet Cable (optional, WiFi is built in)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Any of the supported hardware (receipt printer, barcode scanner, cash " +"drawer, payment terminal, scale, customer display, etc.). The list of " +"supported hardware can be found on the `POS Hardware page " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/point-of-sale-hardware>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:30 +msgid "Set Up" +msgstr "Configurar" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To connect hardware to the PoS, the first step is to connect an IoT Box to " +"your database. For this, follow this :doc:`documentation <connect>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:36 +msgid "Then, you have to connect the peripheral devices to your IoT Box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:38 +msgid "" +"**Printer**: Connect a supported receipt printer to a USB port or to the " +"network and power it on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:41 +msgid "" +"**Cash drawer**: The cash drawer should be connected to the printer with an " +"RJ25 cable." +msgstr "" +"**Cajón de dinero**: El cajón de dinero debe conectarse a la impresora con " +"un cable RJ25." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:44 +msgid "" +"**Barcode scanner**: Connect your barcode scanner. In order for your barcode" +" scanner to be compatible it must end barcodes with an Enter character " +"(keycode 28). This is most likely the default configuration of your barcode " +"scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:49 +msgid "**Scale**: Connect your scale and power it on." +msgstr "**Escala**: Conecte su escala y enciéndala. " + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:51 +msgid "" +"**Customer Display**: Connect a monitor to the IoT Box using an HDMI cable. " +"You can also access the Customer Display from any other computer by " +"accessing the IoT Box homepage and clicking on the *POS Display* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:56 +msgid "" +"**Payment terminal**: The connection process depends on the terminal, please" +" refer to the :doc:`payment terminals documentation " +"</applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Once it's done, you can connect the IoT Box to your PoS. For this, go in " +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> PoS`, tick *IoT Box* and" +" select the devices you want to use in this Point of Sale. Save the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:68 +msgid "Set up is done, you can launch a new PoS Session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:3 +msgid "Troubleshooting" +msgstr "Solución de problemas" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:6 +msgid "IoT Box Connection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:9 +msgid "I can't find the pairing code to connect my IoT Box" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:11 +msgid "" +"The pairing code should be printed on receipt printers connected to the IoT " +"Box and should also be displayed on connected monitors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:14 +msgid "The pairing code doesn't show under the following circumstances:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:16 +msgid "The IoT Box is already connected to an Odoo database;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:18 +msgid "The IoT Box is not connected to the Internet;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The code is only valid for 5 minutes after the IoT Box has started. It's " +"automatically removed from connected displays when this delay has expired;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:23 +msgid "" +"The version of the IoT Box image is too old. It should use version 20.06 or " +"more recent. If your IoT Box image is from an earlier version, then you will" +" have to reflash the SD card of your IoT Box to update the image (see " +":doc:`Flashing your SD Card <flash_sdcard>`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:28 +msgid "" +"If you are not in any of the cases listed above, make sure that the IoT Box " +"has correctly started, by checking that a fixed green LED is showing next to" +" the micro-USB port." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:33 +msgid "I've connected my IoT Box but it's not showing in my database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:35 +msgid "" +"When you connect an IoT Box to a database, the IoT Box might restart, if " +"that is the case, it might take up to one minute before appearing in your " +"database. If after some time the IoT is still not showing, make sure that " +"your database can be reached from the IoT Box and that your server doesn't " +"use a multi-database environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:42 +msgid "My IoT Box is connected to my database, but cannot be reached" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Make sure that the IoT Box and the device running the browser are located on" +" the same network as the IoT Box cannot be reached from outside the local " +"network." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:49 +msgid "Printer" +msgstr "Impresora" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:52 +msgid "My printer is not detected" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:54 +msgid "" +"If one of your printers doesn't show up in your devices list, go to the IoT " +"Box homepage and make sure that it is listed under *Printers*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:60 +msgid "" +"If your printer is not present on the IoT Box homepage, hit *Printers " +"Server*, go to the *Administration* tab and click on *Add Printer*. If you " +"can't find your printer in the list, it's probably not connected properly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:66 +msgid "My printer outputs random text" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:68 +msgid "" +"For most printers, the correct driver should be automatically detected and " +"selected. However, in some cases, the automatic detection mechanism might " +"not be enough, and if no driver is found the printer might print random " +"characters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:73 +msgid "" +"The solution is to manually select the corresponding driver. On the IoT Box " +"homepage, click on *Printers Server*, go to the *Printers* tab and select " +"the printer in the list. In the Administration dropdown, click on *Modify " +"Printer*. Follow the steps and select the Make and Model corresponding to " +"your printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Epson and Star receipt printers and Zebra label printers do not need a " +"driver to work. Make sure that no driver is selected for those printers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:88 +msgid "My Zebra Printer doesn't print anything" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Zebra printers are quite sensitive to the format of the ZPL code that is " +"printed. If nothing comes out of the printer or blank labels are printed, " +"try changing the format of the report that is sent to the printer by " +"accessing :menuselection:`Settings ~~> Technical ~~> Views` in developer " +"mode and look for the corresponding template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:97 +msgid "Barcode Scanner" +msgstr "Lector de códigos de barras" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:100 +msgid "The characters read by the barcode scanner don't match the barcode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:102 +msgid "" +"By default, we assume that your barcode scanner is configured in US QWERTY. " +"This is the default configuration of most barcode readers. If your barcode " +"scanner uses a different layout, please go to the form view of your device " +"and select the correct one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:108 +msgid "Nothing happens when a barcode is scanned" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Make sure that the correct device is selected in your Point of Sale " +"configuration and that your barcode is configured to send an ENTER character" +" (keycode 28) at the end of every barcode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:115 +msgid "The barcode scanner is detected as a keyboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Some poorly built barcode scanners do not advertise themselves as barcode " +"scanners but as a USB keyboard instead, and will not be recognized by the " +"IoT Box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:121 +msgid "" +"You can manually change the device type by going to its form view and " +"activating the *Is scanner* option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:128 +msgid "Cashdrawer" +msgstr "Cajón de monedas" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:131 +msgid "The cashdrawer does not open" +msgstr "El cajón de dinero no abre" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The cashdrawer should be connected to the printer and the *Cashdrawer* " +"checkbox should be ticked in the POS configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices.rst:3 +msgid "Devices" +msgstr "Dispositivos" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Camera" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When using your *IoT Box* in Odoo, you could need to use a camera. As it can" +" be done in a few steps, this device is really easy to configure. Then, you " +"can use it in your manufacturing process and link it to a control point. " +"Doing so will allow you to take pictures when you reach the chosen quality " +"control point." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:10 +msgid "Connection" +msgstr "Conexión" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To connect the camera to the *IoT Box*, simply connect the two by cable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If your camera is a `*supported one* <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-" +"hardware>`__, there is no need to set up anything as it will be detected as " +"soon as it is connected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:25 +msgid "Link a Camera to a Quality Control Point" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:34 +msgid "With the Manufacturing app" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:30 +msgid "" +"In your *Quality app*, you can setup the device on a *Quality Control " +"Point*. Go to the *Control Points* menu, under *Quality Control* and open " +"the control point you want to link with the camera." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Now, you can edit the control point and select the device from the dropdown " +"list. Now, hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Then, your camera can be used with the picked *Control Point*. During the " +"manufacturing process, reaching the *Quality Control Point* you chose before" +" will allow you to take a picture." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Footswitch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When working, it is always better to have your two hands available. Using " +"Odoo’s *IoT Box* and a footswitch will allow it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In fact, you will be able to go from one screen to another and perform " +"actions by using your foot and the footswitch. Really convenient, it can be " +"configured in a few steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Connecting the footswitch to the *IoT Box* is easy, you just have to connect" +" the two by cable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:18 +msgid "" +"If your footswitch is a `supported one <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-" +"hardware>`__, there is no need to set up anything since it will be " +"automatically detected when connected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:26 +msgid "Link a Footswitch to a Workcenter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To link the footswitch to an action, it needs to be configured on a " +"workcenter. Go to the workcenter you want to use the footswitch in and add " +"the device in the *IoT Triggers* tab. Then, you can link it to an action and" +" also add a key to trigger it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Note that the one that is first in the list will be chosen. So, the order " +"matters! In the picture above, using the footswitch will, for example, " +"automatically skip the current part of the process you work on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:41 +msgid "" +"When you are on the work order screen, a status button indicates if you are " +"correctly connected to the footswitch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Measurement Tool" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With Odoo’s *IoT Box*, it is possible to connect measurement tools to your " +"database. Find the list of supported devices here: `Supported devices " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-hardware>`__,." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:10 +msgid "Connect in USB" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To add a device connected by USB, just plug the USB cable in the *IoT Box*, " +"and the device should appear in your Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:19 +msgid "Connect in Bluetooth" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Activate the Bluetooth on your device (see your device manual for further " +"explanation) and the IoT Box will automatically try to connect to the " +"device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:25 +msgid "Here is an example of what it should look like:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:31 +msgid "Link a measurement tool to a quality control point" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:36 +msgid "" +"In your *Quality app*, you can setup a device on your *Quality Control " +"Points*. To do so, go to the *Control Points* menu, under *Quality Control* " +"and open the control point to which you want to assign a measurement tool." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Now, you can edit the control point and choose the device from the dropdown " +"list. Then, hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Now, your measurement tool is linked to the chosen *Control Point*. The " +"value, which needs to be changed manually, will be automatically updated " +"while the tool is being used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Printer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When using your *IoT Box* in Odoo, you could need to use a printer. Doing so" +" is easy and convenient as it can be done in a few steps. Then, you can use " +"it to print receipts, orders or even reports in different Odoo apps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:13 +msgid "" +"The IoT Box supports printers connected through USB, network or Bluetooth. " +"`Supported printers <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-hardware>`__ will be " +"detected automatically and will appear in the *Devices* list of your IoT " +"app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:18 +msgid "The printer can take up to two minutes to appear in your devices list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:24 +msgid "Link the Printer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:27 +msgid "To Work Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:29 +msgid "" +"You can link *Work Orders* to printers via a *Quality Control Point* to " +"print labels for manufactured products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To do so, you need to create a *Quality Control Point* from the *Quality* " +"app. Then, you can select the correct manufacturing operation and the work " +"order operation. In type, choose *Print Label* and hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Now, each time you reach the quality control point for the chosen product, a" +" *Print Label* button will appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:47 +msgid "To Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:49 +msgid "" +"You can also link a type of report to a certain printer. In the *IoT* app, " +"go to the *Devices* menu and select the printer you want to set up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:56 +msgid "Now, go to the *Printer Reports* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Hit edit and then, click on *Add a line*. In the window that shows up, check" +" all the types of reports that should be linked to this printer. Click on " +"select and save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Now, each time you click on *Print* in the control panel, instead of " +"downloading a PDF, it will send it to the selected printer and automatically" +" print it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:73 +msgid "Print Receipts from the PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:75 +msgid "" +"You can link a printer to your *Point of Sale* app so you can print receipts" +" directly from your *PoS*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Doing so is really easy. Go to your *Point of Sale* app and open your *Point" +" of Sale* settings, under *Configuration*. There, click on *Edit* and check " +"the *IoT Box* feature. Then, choose your *Receipt Printer* from the " +"dropdown." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Now, you will be able to print different kinds of tickets from your *POS*: " +"**receipts**, **sale details** and **bills**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Receipts are printed once the order is validated. The process is automated " +"when you enable the feature in your *PoS* configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Sales details can be printed by clicking on the printer icon on the navbar " +"at the top of the *PoS*. It will print the details of the sales of the " +"current day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:99 +msgid "" +"As for the bill, it is only available in restaurant mode. In your restaurant" +" settings, activate *Print Bills* and a *Bill* button will appear in the " +"left panel of the *PoS*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:107 +msgid "Print Orders in the kitchen" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:109 +msgid "In restaurant mode, you can send order tickets to the kitchen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:111 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to the *PoS* app and open your *PoS* settings. Then, tick " +"*Order Printer*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Now, go to the *Printers* menu. Hit create, select the printer from the " +"dropdown and, in the *Printer Product Categories* field, choose all the " +"categories of products that should be printed on this printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:124 +msgid "" +"In the *PoS*, when you add or remove a product from one of the selected " +"categories, the button *Order* will be green. If you click on it, the IoT " +"Box will print a receipt on the corresponding printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Scale" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When using your **IoT Box** in Odoo, you could need to use a scale. Doing so" +" is easy and convenient as it can be done in a few steps. Then, you can use " +"it in your **Point of Sale app** to weigh your products, which is helpful if" +" their price are based on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:12 +msgid "To link the scale to the **IoT Box**, connect them with a cable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:15 +msgid "In some cases, a serial to USB adapter may be needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If your scale is `compatibale with Odoo IoT Box <https://www.odoo.com/page" +"/iot-hardware>`_, there is no need to set up anything because it will be " +"automatically detected as soon as it is connected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You may need to restart the box and download your scales’ drivers from the " +"box in some cases. To do so, go to the *IoT Box Home Page* and click on " +"*drivers list*. Then, click on load drivers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:32 +msgid "Use a Scale in Point of Sale" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To use the scale in your *Point of Sale* app, go to :menuselection:`Point of" +" Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, open the one you want to " +"configure, then click on *Edit* and enable the *IoT Box* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Now, choose the *IoT Box* in the dropdown menu and check the *Electronic " +"Scale* option. Then, you hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:49 +msgid "" +"The scale is now available in all your *PoS* sessions. Then, if a product " +"has a price per weight set, clicking on it on the *PoS* screen opens the " +"scale screen, where the cashier can weigh the product and add the correct " +"price to the cart." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:3 +msgid "Studio" +msgstr "Studio" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts.rst:3 +msgid "Concepts" +msgstr "Conceptos" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:3 +msgid "Understanding Automated Actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:6 +msgid "" +"Automated actions are used to trigger actions. They are based on conditions " +"and happen on top of Odoo’s default business logic." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Examples of automated actions include: creating a next activity upon a " +"quote's confirmation; adding a user as a follower of a confirmed invoice if " +"its total is higher than a certain amount; or preventing a lead from " +"changing stage if a field is not filled in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Let's understand how to properly define *when* an automated action runs and " +"*how* to create one:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:18 +msgid "" +"The first step is to choose the :doc:`Model <understanding_general>` on " +"which the action is applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:19 +msgid "" +"The **Trigger** field defines the event that causes the automated action to " +"happen:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:21 +msgid "" +"*On Creation*: when a new record is created. Note that the record is created" +" once saved for the first time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:23 +msgid "" +"*On Update*: when the record is updated. Note that the update happens once " +"the record is saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:24 +msgid "" +"*On Creation & Update*: on the creation and/or on the update of a record " +"once the form is saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:25 +msgid "*On Deletion*: on the removal of a record under the condition set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:26 +msgid "" +"*Based on Form Modification*: when the value of the specified *Trigger* " +"field is changed in the interface (user sees the changes before saving the " +"record). Note that this action can only be used with the *Execute Python " +"Code* action type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:29 +msgid "" +"*Based on Timed Condition*: a delay happens after a specific date/time. Set " +"a *Delay after trigger date* if you need a delay to happen before the " +"*Trigger Date*. Example: to send a reminder 15min before a meeting. If the " +"date/time is not set on the form of the model chosen, the date/time " +"considered is the one of the creation/update of the record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:34 +msgid "For every Trigger option, **conditions** can be applied, such as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:36 +msgid "" +"*Before Update Domain*: if designated, this condition must be satisfied " +"before the record is updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:38 +msgid "" +"*Apply on*: if designated, this condition must be satisfied before executing" +" the action rule (*Action To Do*), and after the update." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The **Active** option is to be turned off when the rule should be hidden and" +" not executed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Under **Action To Do** choose the type of server action that must be " +"executed once records meet the *Trigger* conditions:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:45 +msgid "" +"*Execute Python Code*: a block of code is executed. A *Help* tab with the " +"variables that can be used is available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:47 +msgid "*Create New Record*: a new record with new values is created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:48 +msgid "*Update a Record*: updates the record that triggered the action." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:49 +msgid "" +"*Execute several actions*: defines an action that triggers other server " +"actions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:50 +msgid "" +"*Send Email*: an automatic :doc:`email " +"<../../discuss/advanced/email_template>` is sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:51 +msgid "*Add Followers*: followers are notified of changes in the task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:52 +msgid "" +"*Create Next Activity*: creates an activity such as: *Call*, *Email*, " +"*Reminder*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:53 +msgid "" +"*Send SMS Text Message*: sends an :doc:`SMS " +"</applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:56 +msgid "Example" +msgstr "Ejemplo" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:58 +msgid "" +"This is the process of which the update of the *Email* field on the " +"Lead/Opportunity *Model*, with a *Trigger Condition* set to *On Update*, " +"goes through:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:65 +msgid "The user creates the record without an email address set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:66 +msgid "The user updates the record defining an email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Once the change is saved, the automation checks if any of the *Watched " +"Fields* are being updated (for the example: field name *email_from* (Email)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:69 +msgid "" +"If true, it checks if the record matches the *Before Update Domain* (for the" +" example: *email is not set*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:71 +msgid "" +"If true, it checks (*after the update*) whether the record matches the " +"*Apply on* domain (for the example: *email is set*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:73 +msgid "If true, the chosen *Action To Do* is performed on the record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:76 +msgid ":doc:`understanding_general`" +msgstr ":doc:`understanding_general`" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:77 +msgid ":doc:`../use_cases/automated_actions`" +msgstr ":doc:`../use_cases/automated_actions`" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:3 +msgid "Understanding General Concepts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Odoo Studio is a toolbox that allows you to add models or adapt " +"functionalities on top of Odoo’s standard behavior without coding knowledge." +" You can also create custom views and modify existing ones without having to" +" get into the XML code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Even for experienced developers, typing out code requires time. By using " +"Odoo Studio, you can quickly get your models up and going and focus on the " +"crucial parts of your application. The result is a user-friendly solution " +"that makes customizations and designing new applications easy with or " +"without programming skills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:15 +msgid "Getting started" +msgstr "Primeros pasos" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:17 +msgid "" +"One you start using Odoo Studio, you automatically create a new *module* " +"that contains all your modifications. These modifications can be done on " +"existing screens (*views*), by adding new *fields* in existing applications," +" or by creating an entirely new *model*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:22 +msgid "What is a Module?" +msgstr "¿Qué es un Módulo?" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:25 +msgid "" +"An Odoo **Module** can contain a number of elements, such as: business " +"objects (models), object views, data files, web controllers, and static web " +"data. An application is a collection of modules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:29 +msgid "" +"In object-oriented programming, models usually represent a concept from the " +"real world. Example: Odoo has models for Sales Orders, Users, Countries, " +"etc. If you were to build an application to manage Real Estate sales, a " +"model that represents the Properties for sale would probably be your first " +"step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:38 +msgid "What is a Model (also called Object)?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:40 +msgid "" +"A **Model** determines the logical structure of a database and fundamentally" +" determines in which manner data can be stored, organized, and manipulated. " +"In other words, a model is a table of information that can be bridged with " +"other tables." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:45 +msgid "What are Fields?" +msgstr "¿Qué son Campos?" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:47 +msgid "" +"**Fields** compose models. It is where a record (a piece of data) is " +"registered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Example: on the Real Estate application, fields on the Properties model " +"would include the price, address, a picture, a link to the current owner, " +"etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:50 +msgid "" +"There are 2 main types of fields in Odoo: *basic (or scalar) fields* and " +"*relational fields*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Basic fields represent simple values, like numbers or text. Relational " +"fields represent relations between models. So, if you have a model for " +"*Customers* and another one for *Properties*, you would use a relational " +"field to link each Property to its Customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:56 +msgid "Relational Fields in detail" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:59 +msgid "" +"**Relational Fields** provide the option to link the data of one model with " +"the data of another model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:60 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, relational field types are: *One2many*, *Many2one*, *Many2many*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:66 +msgid "" +"An **One2many** field is a *one-way* direction of selecting *multiple* " +"records from a table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Example: a Sales Order can contain multiple Sales Order Lines, which also " +"contain multiple fields of information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:69 +msgid "" +"A **Many2one** field is a *one-way* direction of selecting *one* record from" +" a table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Example: you can have many product categories, but each product can only " +"belong to one category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:71 +msgid "" +"A **Many2many** field is a *two-way* direction of selecting records from a " +"table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:72 +msgid "Example: multiple tags can be added to a lead’s form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:75 +msgid "An *One2many* field must have a *Many2one* related to it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:78 +msgid "What are Views?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:80 +msgid "" +"**Views** define how records are displayed. They are specified in XML which " +"means that they can be edited independently from the models that they " +"represent. There are various types of views in Odoo, and each of them " +"represents a mode of visualization. Some examples are: *form*, *list*, " +"*kanban*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:85 +msgid "What is a Menu?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:87 +msgid "" +"A **Menu** is a button that executes and action. In Odoo Studio, to create " +"menus (models) and rearrange their hierarchy, click on *Edit Menu*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:95 +msgid "`Studio Basics <https://www.odoo.com/fr_FR/slides/studio-31>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to.rst:3 +msgid "How To" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/export_import.rst:3 +msgid "Export and Import Modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/export_import.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you do customizations in Odoo Studio, a new module is created in your " +"database, making it easy to use Studio for prototyping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/export_import.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To export these customizations, activate Studio on the main dashboard and, " +"under the menu *Customizations*, click on *Export*. The default filename is " +"*customizations.zip*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/export_import.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The module created contains the definition of custom models and fields, as " +"well as the UI elements of any customization in an XML format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/export_import.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To import and install the customizations in another instance, connect to the" +" destination database, activate Studio and, under *Customizations*, click on" +" *Import*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/export_import.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Studio does not know which apps are customized (because the same view can be" +" modified on different apps), therefore, it *does not* add the underlying " +"modules as dependencies of the exported module. In other words, the " +"applications installed on the source database should be installed on the " +"destination database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:3 +msgid "Customizing the Rainbow Man" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The Rainbow Man in Odoo is an animation shown once the user completes " +"certain tasks and clicks on certain buttons. It is a way to make the " +"software fun to use, and rewarding, for employees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:13 +msgid "" +"On most buttons in Odoo, such as *Send by Email*, *Confirm* or *Cancel*, " +"once they are selected in Studio, under their *Properties*, the *Rainbow " +"Man* effect can be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:14 +msgid "By default, the feature is active:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:16 +msgid "when opportunities are marked as won;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:17 +msgid "when users empty their inboxes;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:18 +msgid "when the user finishes a tour;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:19 +msgid "when the user finishes doing reconciliations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:3 +msgid "Customizing Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses HTML and CSS technologies to create reports. HTML is a markup " +"language that uses tags, also called elements. It is the core of any webpage" +" because it provides its basic structure. CSS interacts with HTML elements " +"to add style to the page, establishing how the HTML is shown to the user. " +"Odoo’s reports also use Bootstrap’s grid layout, which is the containers, " +"rows, and columns to align content, and support Odoo's website themes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:11 +msgid "" +"When creating a new report, choose the purpose of it and if you would like " +"the report to include header and footer (company logo, name, address, phone," +" email address, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Under the tab **Add**, you find the fields to be dragged and dropped to the " +"view. *Fields*, *Data tables*, *Subtotal & Total*, and *Address Book* are " +"dynamic elements (meaning that they need a :doc:`one2many or a many2many " +"<../concepts/understanding_general>` related object). *Text*, *Title Block*," +" *Image*, and *Text in Cell* are static elements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Once the element is added to the view, select it to see its **Options**. The" +" first section shows the hierarchy of the selected object and its " +"properties, allowing you to individually edit them. Fields with related " +"objects have their directives shown on *Field Expression*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Under **Visible if**, define the rule(s) to set visibility conditions to " +"fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Example: if choosing to display a product image, you could set a visibility " +"rule to only display the ones that are *set* in the product form, avoiding " +"having a plain icon when they are not set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:40 +msgid "" +"**Visible for** is used to set which :doc:`groups " +"</applications/general/odoo_basics/users>` can have access to specific " +"elements in the report. **Limit visibility to groups**, under *Report*, sets" +" the visibility of the report to specifics groups, meaning that users " +"belonging to other groups do not see the same final document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Under the **Report** tab, name your report, choose the paper format, and if " +"the report should be added to the *Print* menu list on its respective " +"document form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:53 +msgid "" +"If activating the :doc:`Developer mode " +"</applications/general/developer_mode/activate>`, additional fields such as " +"*Class* under *Options*, and *Reload from attachment* under *Report*, become" +" visible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:56 +msgid "" +"*Class*: add custom CSS classes to the selected element (e.g. Bootstrap " +"classes such as *text-danger*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:59 +msgid "" +"*Reload from attachment*: saves the report as an attachment of the document " +"when printed. When the report is reprinted, it re-downloads that attachment " +"instead of re-printing it. This means that if the underlying record (e.g. " +"Invoice) changes when compared to the first impression, the report does not " +"reflect the changes because they were done after the attachment was created." +" This is typically useful for reports linked to documents that should not " +"change, such as Invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Actions in Odoo Studio can be undone until you *Close* the toolbox. Once you" +" have closed Studio, changes can not be undone anymore." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases.rst:3 +msgid "Use Cases" +msgstr "Casos de uso" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Use Cases: Automated Actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 1: when a Belgian lead is created, a 3-stars priority should" +" be automatically applied.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:8 +msgid "Under *Automations*, click on *Create* and set the following rules:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:10 +msgid "*Model*: Lead/Opportunity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:11 +msgid "*Active*: On" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:12 +msgid "*Trigger*: On Creation & Update" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:13 +msgid "*Apply on*: Country > Country Name = Belgium" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:53 +msgid "*Action To Do*: Update the Record" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:15 +msgid "*Data to Write*: Lead/Opportunity > Value > 3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Check :doc:`this doc <filters_status_bar>` in order to have another " +"automated action example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:25 +msgid ":doc:`../concepts/understanding_automated_actions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/views.rst:28 +msgid ":doc:`../concepts/understanding_general`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Use Cases: Filters and Status Bar" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 1: on Sales, set a filter on Belgian customers and define it" +" as the default one (the user should still be able to unset the filter).**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:8 +msgid "" +"On your customer’s page, use *Filters* > *Add Custom Filter* to group " +"customers by country. Now, under *Favorites*, *Save Current Search* enabling" +" *Use by default* and *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:15 +msgid "" +"On *Filter Rules* in Studio mode, select the respective filter and enable " +"*Default Filter*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:21 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 2: add a status bar on the product form to manage its life " +"cycle. Set the values: ‘Prototype’, ‘In use’ and ‘Deprecated’. By default, " +"the Kanban view must be grouped by status.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:26 +msgid "" +"On your product form, *Add a pipeline status bar* and name its values. " +"Status bars are *selection* fields that give you the ability to follow a " +"specific flow. They are useful to show you the progress that has been made." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:28 +msgid "" +"On the *Views* menu, access *Kanban* and, under its *View* options, set the " +"*Default Group by* as *Pipeline status bar*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Now, open your product form and set the right status for that product. As " +"you move products throughout stages (also through the product’s form), " +"stages are shown in the Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To make modifications in the pipeline status bar, for example, remember to " +"go back to *Form View*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:44 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 2.a: when a product goes from ‘In use’ to ‘Deprecate’, set " +"its cost to 0€.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Create an :doc:`automated action " +"<../concepts/understanding_automated_actions>` with the selected values:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:49 +msgid "*Model*: Product Template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:50 +msgid "*Trigger*: On Update" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:51 +msgid "*First Domain*: Pipeline status bar = In use" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:52 +msgid "*Second Domain*: Pipeline status bar = Deprecated" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:54 +msgid "*Data to Write*: Cost (Product Template) > Value > 0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Use Cases: Creating Models and Adding Fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 1: on the leads’ form, if the chosen country is France, show" +" a field 'Pay by check?'**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:8 +msgid "" +"On your leads’ form, add a *Related Field* to *Country > Country Name*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Now, add a *Checkbox* field and define its invisibility options as *Country*" +" (carefully select the one just created) *> is not = > France.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:11 +msgid "You can now hide the related field created (*Country*) if you wish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Another approach is to use the country’s ID. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Contacts --> Configuration --> Countries`, select France " +"(for example), and on the URL check its *ID*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:21 +msgid "" +"The related field invisibility path should now be *Country* (carefully " +"select the one just created) *> is not = > 75*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:22 +msgid "Again, hide the related field with the country’s ID if you prefer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:28 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 2: create a model called 'Properties' and add fields called:" +" company, value, name, address, active, image.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:31 +msgid "" +"From the dashboard, (optionally) start a new module. Then, click on *Edit " +"Menu* and start a *New Menu* (model). Set your menu name and *Confirm*. Now," +" on its form, drag & drop the necessary fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:39 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 2.a: now, you would like to have a model called 'Regions' to" +" which each property must be linked. And, on 'Regions', you would like to " +"see the properties for each region.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Go to *Edit Menu > New Menu* and create your menu, calling it *Regions*. Add" +" the necessary fields on its form by dragging & dropping them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Now, in the form view of *Properties*, add a *Many2one* field with a " +"relation to your model *Region*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:48 +msgid "" +"The *Existing Fields* are the ones that are on the current model but not yet" +" in the view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Now, go to the model *Regions*, select the form view, and add a status " +"button selecting *Regions (Properties)* as your relational field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:62 +msgid "" +"*Status buttons* are computed fields, meaning that they count the numbers of" +" records on the related model, and allow you to access them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:69 +msgid "" +"When searching for relations, click on *Search more* and filter it by " +"*Custom*. This way you avoid creating duplicates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:76 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 2.b: in the model 'Properties', show all the tags as " +"checkboxes instead of tags.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Once the field *Tags* is added to the form, select it and, under its " +"*Properties > Widgets*, choose *Checkboxes*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:85 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 3: on the leads’ form, add a selection field with the " +"values:'Tags' & 'List' & 'Checkboxes'. According to the value of the field, " +"show tags as many2many_tags, many2many_radio, or many2many(_list).**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:89 +msgid "" +"In your form view, add a *Tags* field and relate it to *Partners Tag*. Under" +" *Properties*, define its *Widget* as *Many2many*. Do the same process " +"another 2 times for *Checkboxes* and *Tags*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:96 +msgid "Now, add a *Selection* field and the necessary values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Continue by selecting your *Tags* fields, one by one, to set their " +"*Invisible* options according to their *Widget*. In the example below, the " +"invisibility rule for the *Partner Tags* is set as: *Select Tag type > is " +"not = > Tags.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:105 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 4: on a quotation’s form, add a selection field called " +"'Manager Validation' with the values: ‘Accepted’ and ‘Refused’. Only a sales" +" manager can see it, and the field should be set as mandatory if the untaxed" +" amount is higher than 500€.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:109 +msgid "" +"On your quotation form, add a *Selection* field with the values *Accepted* " +"and *Refused*. Set its *Required* condition as *Untaxed Amount > 500* and " +"the *Limit visibility to groups* as *Sales / Administrator* or managers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:117 +msgid "**Case scenario 5: change the tooltip of a field for all views.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Activate the :doc:`Developer mode " +"</applications/general/developer_mode/activate>` and open Studio." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Select the necessary field and, under *Properties*, click on *More* to write" +" your tooltip message on *Field Help*. The tooltip message is the " +"explanatory message shown when the user hovers the field. The message here " +"written is displayed on all views forms where the field is added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:129 +msgid "" +"The *Field Help* message can only be applied to *new* fields. If you would " +"like to change/apply a tooltip for a specific field, use the *Help Tooltip* " +"option under *Properties*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/views.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Use Cases: Views" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/views.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 1: in Sales, show orders in a Kanban View instead of a List " +"View.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/views.rst:7 +msgid "" +"From the Sales page, access Studio and, under *Views*, set the *Kanban* " +"option as the default one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/views.rst:14 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 2: allow for the list of leads to be edited inline without " +"having to switch to the form view.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/views.rst:19 +msgid "" +"On the *List View*, under *View* > *Editable*, choose between *New record on" +" top* or *New record at the bottom*. This way, besides defining the order in" +" which new records are displayed in the view, you are able to edit them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/views.rst:21 +msgid "" +"If the field is left blank, no editing is possible and records are shown " +"based on your column preferences on the lead's page (front-end)." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/project.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/project.po deleted file mode 100644 index f617794b1..000000000 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/project.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,144 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: es\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../project.rst:5 -msgid "Project" -msgstr "Proyecto" - -#: ../../project/planning.rst:3 -msgid "Planning" -msgstr "Planificación" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:3 -msgid "Forecast Resources Across Projects" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Allocate the needed time for specific tasks under a planned shift. Once that" -" is done, analyse Key Performance Indicators (KPIs), so you can evaluate " -"your employees’ performance and workload, besides the progress of your " -"projects/tasks when comparing the planned and effective hours." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:10 -msgid "Allocate times under shifts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:12 -msgid "" -"When planning a shift, in the *Planning* application, create a project and a" -" task on the fly, or simply select the one you want." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:20 -msgid "" -"*Allocated Time (%)* allows you to define the percentage of time you would " -"like your employee to work on that specific task during his shift. See that " -"information in hours on *Allocated hours*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:22 -msgid "" -"The calculation shows you how many hours out of the total shift time (*End " -"date* - *Start date*) are spent by the employee on that task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:24 -msgid "" -"On :menuselection:`Project --> Planning --> By Project`, immediately see the" -" total number of employees allocated per project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:31 -msgid "Compare forecast hours with the effective ones" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Now, once the employee has timesheeted his hours in the task, go to " -"*Project* and with the *View list*, under *All Tasks*, conveniently see the " -"*Planned Hours* compared to the *Remaining Hours*, and a calculation of the " -"*Progress*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:42 -msgid "Reminder: the option *Timesheets* has to be enabled on your project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks.rst:3 -msgid "Tasks" -msgstr "Tareas" - -#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:3 -msgid "Create Project's Tasks from an Email Alias" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When you already have an email address that customers know from the top of " -"their heads, changing it is the last thing you want to do. Instead, link " -"that address to your project and transform those conversations into " -"structured work. It automatically creates a task in the first stage of a " -"project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:11 -msgid "Set up an incoming email server" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:14 -msgid "" -"On the *Settings* application, enable *External Email Servers* and define " -"the incoming email alias you would like to use." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:15 -msgid "**For more information**: :doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_servers`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:18 -msgid "Configure the email alias in your project" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Now that you have the incoming email server set up, go to " -":menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects --> Edit`. Under the " -"*Emails* tab, define the wanted email alias and choose the policy to receive" -" a message." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:23 -msgid "In addition, you can now directly set it when creating a new project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:30 -msgid "" -"All the recipients of the email (To/Cc/Bcc) are automatically added as " -"followers of the task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:32 -msgid "The email can be seen under the name of your project on the dashboard." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po deleted file mode 100644 index 24045f63a..000000000 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,885 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2021 -# José Cabrera Lozano <jose.cabrera@edukative.es>, 2021 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-11 09:05+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: José Cabrera Lozano <jose.cabrera@edukative.es>, 2021\n" -"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: es\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../purchase.rst:5 -msgid "Purchase" -msgstr "Compra" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced" -msgstr "Avanzado" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:3 -msgid "Analyze the performance of your purchases" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:5 -msgid "" -"If your company regularly purchases products, you have several reasons to " -"track and analyze your performance. The insights gathered can help you to " -"better forecast and plan your future orders. For example, you can assess if " -"your business is dependent on particular vendors, and the data can help you " -"negotiate discounts on prices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:11 -msgid "Generate customized reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Go to *Reporting* to access the purchase analysis. Simply by accessing the " -"reporting dashboard, you can get a quick overview of your actual " -"performance. By default, the reporting dashboard displays a line chart " -"presenting the untaxed amount of your purchase orders per day, and below it," -" key metrics and a pivot table." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:22 -msgid "" -"While the data initially presented is useful, there are several tools and " -"features you can use to get even more insights on your purchases." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:26 -msgid "Use filters to select the data you need" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Odoo offers several default filters you can use and combine by clicking on " -"*Filters*. When you select one or several filters, Odoo looks for all the " -"orders that match at least one of the filters you have chosen and populates " -"the chart, key metrics, and pivot table with the data. The pre-configured " -"filters are:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:33 -msgid "All *Requests for Quotation*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:35 -msgid "All *Purchase Orders*, except canceled ones" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:37 -msgid "" -"*Confirmation Date Last Year* includes all orders that were confirmed the " -"previous year, canceled purchase orders included" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:40 -msgid "" -"*Order Date* includes all orders - request for quotations and purchases " -"orders (canceled ones included) - depending on their date of creation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:43 -msgid "" -"*Confirmation Date* includes all confirmed orders, canceled ones included, " -"depending on their date of confirmation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:47 -msgid "" -"When you have to select a period, you can use multiple years, and, with at " -"least one year selected, multiple quarters and the three most recent months." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:51 -msgid "" -"If you use the *Order Date* or *Confirmation Date* filters, the *Comparison*" -" feature appears next to *Filters*. It enables you to compare the period you" -" filtered with the previous one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:59 -msgid "Add custom filters" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Thanks to the 31 filtering options to choose from, the possibilities of your" -" customizing your dataset are almost limitless. Go to " -":menuselection:`Filters --> Add Custom Filter`, specify the condition the " -"filtering option should meet (e.g. *is equal to*, *contains*, etc.), and " -"click on *Apply*. If you want to select orders matching several conditions " -"simultaneously (*and* operator), repeat the process to add another custom " -"filter. If you want to use the *or* operator, don't click on *Apply*, and " -"click on *Add a condition* instead. Once you have added all the desired " -"filtering options, click on *Apply*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:74 -msgid "" -"To avoid having to recreate custom filters every time, save them by clicking" -" on :menuselection:`Favorites --> Save current search --> Save`. The " -"customized search filter can then be accessed by clicking on *Favorites* or " -"can even be set as the default filter when you open the reporting dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:80 -msgid "Measure exactly what you need" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:82 -msgid "" -"Before selecting what you want to measure, you need to decide whether you " -"prefer using the graph view or the pivot view. By default, the dashboard " -"presents both views. However, the measures you select won't be applied to " -"both views. You can access each view separately by clicking on the icons at " -"the top right of the dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:92 -msgid "Visualize your data" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:94 -msgid "" -"You can transform the main graph in just a click by selecting one of the " -"three charts: bar, line or pie. Fourteen different measures are available, " -"but you can only use one at a time. However, you can group the measure using" -" one or several of the 19 *Groups*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:102 -msgid "" -"For bar and line charts, the selected measure is your y-axis, and the first " -"group you select is used to create the x-axis. Adding more group adds " -"additional lines (line chart) or transforms your bar chart into a stacked " -"bar chart. For pie charts, the more groups you select, the more slices are " -"displayed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:108 -msgid "Explore your data" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:110 -msgid "" -"The pivot table view enables you to explore your data in great detail. " -"Unlike the graph view, the pivot table enables you to add several measures " -"at the same time. By clicking on *Measures* or on the **+** sign in the " -"*Total* column, you can add as many as you want, each assigned to a new " -"column. By clicking on the **+** sign in the *Total* row, you can add " -"*Groups*. If you click on a group's **+** sign, you can add a sub-group, and" -" so on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:121 -msgid "" -"You can insert your pivot table's data directly in the Spreadsheet app or " -"export it as an Excel file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals.rst:3 -msgid "Manage deals" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:3 -msgid "Purchase agreements: blanket orders and calls for tenders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:5 -msgid "" -"There are two main types of purchase agreements preconfigured in Odoo: " -"blanket orders and call for tenders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Blanket orders are long-term agreements between a company and a vendor to " -"deliver products on a recurring basis with predetermined pricing. Your " -"company should consider using them when you frequently purchase the same " -"products from the same vendor in varying quantities and/or at different " -"times. Among their many benefits, you can save time as the ordering process " -"is simplified, and money thanks to more advantageous bulk pricing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Calls for tenders use a special procedure to request offers from multiple " -"vendors at the same time. While public sector organizations are often " -"legally bound to release calls for tenders when they want to purchase goods " -"or services, private organizations can also use them to get the best deal " -"among several vendors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:20 -msgid "Enable purchase agreements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:22 -msgid "" -"From the Purchase app, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and" -" activate *Purchase Agreements*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:30 -msgid "Configure or create new types of purchase agreements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Before you start using purchase agreements, make sure they are configured " -"the way you want by going to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Purchase " -"Agreement Types`. From there, you can edit the way blanket orders and calls " -"for tenders or *Create* a new type of purchase agreement. You can configure " -"the:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:37 -msgid "Agreement Type: the name you want to give to the agreement." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Agreement Selection Type: you can either select multiple offers using " -"*Select multiple RFQ (non-exclusive)*, which is the default setting for both" -" blanket orders and calls for tenders, or a single offer using *Select only " -"one RFQ (exclusive)*, which is sometimes needed for calls for tenders where " -"you only want to select a single vendor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Lines: generally, you would always want to select *Use lines of agreement*, " -"which are the different product lines you can configure when you set up your" -" purchase agreement. However, you can select *Do not create RfQ lines " -"automatically* if you don't want your requests for quotations to be pre-" -"filled in with that information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Quantities: if you use lines of agreements, you can also specify " -"independently if the products' quantities should be used to pre-fill new " -"requests for quotations. The default option for blanket orders is *Set " -"quantities manually*, while for calls for tenders are set to *Use quantities" -" of agreement*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:59 -msgid "Set up a blanket order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Orders --> Purchase Agreements` and click on *Create*." -" Select *Blanket Order* as your *Agreement Type*. Next, select the vendor. " -"The other fields aren't mandatory, but you usually want to define an " -"*Agreement Deadline* after which the blanket order won't be valid anymore." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Next, add the products you want to order and their price. Note that you can " -"also add a *Quantity* for each product, for example, if you have agreed with" -" your vendor to order a specific minimum quantity each time or in total. If " -"you have configured your blanked order to *Set quantities manually*, this is" -" only used for informational purposes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:74 -msgid "" -"You can also write any *Terms and Conditions* at the bottom of the " -"agreement. Once you are satisfied with your blanket order, click on " -"*Confirm*. Its status then changes from *Draft* to *Ongoing* and it's ready " -"to be used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:79 -msgid "Create requests for quotation from the blanket order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:81 -msgid "" -"You can now create new quotations from the blanket order whenever you need " -"it by clicking on *New Quotation*. Odoo automatically fills in requests for " -"quotation with the information initially defined when you set up the blanket" -" order. Depending on the way you configured the *Purchase Agreement Type*, " -"product lines can also be pre-filled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:86 -msgid "" -"From here, you can quickly view all the requests for quotations made under " -"that blanket order by clicking on *RFQs/Orders*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:94 -msgid "" -"You can also create a *Request for Quotation* the usual way and then link it" -" to an existing *Blanket Order*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:98 -msgid "Blanket orders and replenishment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:100 -msgid "" -"Blanket orders can be used for :doc:`automated replenishment " -"<../../purchase/products/reordering>`, as once a blanket order is confirmed," -" a new vendor line is added to your product. Make sure the related vendor is" -" in the first position if you have several vendors linked to your product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:109 -msgid "Set up a call for tenders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:111 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Orders --> Purchase Agreements` and click on *Create*." -" Select *Call for Tenders* as your *Agreement Type*. The other fields aren't" -" mandatory, but you can add the date you want to be delivered and set an " -"agreement deadline. You usually don't want to select a vendor for calls for " -"tenders as you are looking to get quotations from multiple vendors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:116 -msgid "" -"Next, add the products you want to order and in what quantity. For calls for" -" tenders, you typically don't add a price, as the vendors should give you " -"their best quote." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:119 -msgid "" -"You can also write any *Terms and Conditions* at the bottom of the " -"agreement. Once you are ready, click on *Confirm*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:127 -msgid "Requests quotations from the call for tenders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:129 -msgid "" -"You can now request new quotations from the call for tenders. Click on *New " -"Quotation* and select one of your vendors you want to invite to the call for" -" tenders. Product lines should also be pre-filled in, depending on how you " -"configured the *Purchase Agreement Type*. Click on *Send by email* to send " -"it to the vendor. Go back to the call for tenders and repeat this process " -"for each vendor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:139 -msgid "" -"Once you have sent a request for quotation to every vendor and receiving " -"their quotes, click on *Validate* to proceed to the bid selection. Next, " -"click on the RFQs/Orders smart button to view all your vendors' quotations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:147 -msgid "" -"Click on each request for quotation to add the price communicated by your " -"vendors manually. When that's done, select the most advantageous offer and " -"click on *Confirm Order*. This automatically closes the call for tenders. " -"You can now proceed with the purchase order as you would for a regular one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:3 -msgid "Control and know when vendor bills should be paid" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:5 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can define how your vendor bills are controlled. For each " -"purchase order, you can decide when the related vendor bill should be paid: " -"either before or after you have received your products. You can also check " -"at a glance what is the billing status of each purchase order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:9 -msgid "" -"With the 3-way matching feature, Odoo compares the information appearing on " -"the *Purchase Order*, the *Vendor Bill* and the *Receipt*, and lets you know" -" if you should pay the bill. This way you can avoid paying incorrect or " -"fraudulent vendor bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:14 -msgid "Vendor bills default control policy" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:16 -msgid "" -"As a first step, open your Purchase app and go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` to set the default bill control " -"policy for all the products created onwards." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:23 -msgid "" -"By selecting *On ordered quantities*, you can create a vendor bill as soon " -"as you confirm an order. The quantities mentioned in the purchase order are " -"used to generate the draft bill." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:26 -msgid "" -"If you choose *On received quantities* instead, you can only create one once" -" you have at least received some of the products you have ordered. The " -"quantities you have received are used to generate the draft bill. If you try" -" to create one without having received any product, you get an error " -"message." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:36 -msgid "Change a specific product's control policy" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:38 -msgid "" -"If you want to modify a specific product's control policy, go to " -":menuselection:`Products --> Products`, open it, click on *Edit* and go to " -"the *Purchase tab*. There you can change a product's default bill control " -"policy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:47 -msgid "View a purchase order's billing status" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Once you confirm an order, you can view its *Billing Status* by going to the" -" *Other Information* tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Below you can find a list of the different *Billing Status*, and when they " -"are displayed, depending on the products' bill control policy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:60 -msgid "**Billing status**" -msgstr "**Estado de facturación**" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:60 -msgid "**Conditions**" -msgstr "**Condiciones**" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:62 -msgid "*On received quantities*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:62 -msgid "*On ordered quantities*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:64 -msgid "*Nothing to Bill*" -msgstr "*Nada para facturar*" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:64 -msgid "PO confirmed; no products received" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:64 -msgid "*(Not applicable)*" -msgstr "*(No aplicable)*" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:66 -msgid "*Waiting Bills*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:66 -msgid "All/some products received; bill not created" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:66 -msgid "PO confirmed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:68 -msgid "*Fully Billed*" -msgstr "*Completamente facturado*" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:68 -msgid "All/some products received; draft bill created" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:68 -msgid "Draft bill created" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:72 -msgid "Determine when to pay with 3-way matching" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:74 -msgid "" -"First, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate *3-way" -" matching*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:81 -msgid "" -"3-way matching is intended to work with the bill control policy set to *On " -"received quantities*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:84 -msgid "Should I pay the vendor bill?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:86 -msgid "" -"With the feature activated, your vendor bills now display the *Should Be " -"Paid* field under the *Other info* tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:93 -msgid "" -"As you can't create a bill until you have received your products - and if " -"you haven't received all of them, Odoo only includes the products you have " -"received in the draft bill - the *Should Be Paid* status is set to *Yes* " -"when you create one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:97 -msgid "" -"If you edit a draft bill to increase the billed quantity, change the price, " -"or add other products, the *Should Be Paid* status is set to *Exception*. It" -" means Odoo notices the discrepancy, but that you might have a valid reason " -"to have done so." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:101 -msgid "" -"Once the payment has been registered and mentions *Paid*, the *Should Be " -"Paid* status is set to *No*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:109 -msgid "" -"The *Should Be Paid* status is set automatically by Odoo. However, you can " -"change the status manually when you are viewing a bill in edit mode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products.rst:3 -msgid "Products" -msgstr "Productos" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:3 -msgid "Don’t run out of stock with reordering rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:5 -msgid "" -"To make sure you never run out of stock, you can define *Reordering Rules* " -"on products. Thanks to them, Odoo can help you replenish your stock " -"automatically when it reaches set quantities or whenever a sales order is " -"created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:9 -msgid "You need to install the *Inventory app* to use reordering rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:12 -msgid "Configure your storable product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Open or create a product with its *Product Type* set to *Storable Product*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:20 -msgid "" -"As you are purchasing this product from a vendor, go to the product's " -"*Purchase tab* and add a vendor by clicking on *Add a line*. You can add " -"multiple vendors, but make sure to order them correctly, since reordering " -"rules always use the first vendor in a list. You can add a price, but it " -"isn't necessary for the reordering rule to work. In addition, you can add a " -"minimum quantity you must order to benefit from that price." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:27 -msgid "" -"If the quantity Odoo has to reorder doesn't match the minimum quantity " -"specified, Odoo selects the next vendor on your list. If you don't have " -"another vendor on your list, the reordering rule won't work. For that " -"purpose, you can add the same vendor multiple times with different prices " -"for different quantities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:37 -msgid "" -"By default, a draft purchase order is created. However, if you have enabled " -"*Purchase Agreements*, you can *Propose a call for tenders* instead as shown" -" in the image above. For more information, see " -":doc:`../manage_deals/agreements`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Next, make sure the correct route is selected under the Inventory tab of " -"your product. If you created your product within the Purchase app, the *Buy*" -" route is selected by default. If you are looking to dropship your product, " -"select *Dropship*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:50 -msgid "Set up your reordering rule" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:52 -msgid "Open your product and click on the *Reordering Rules* button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Once you are on the product's reordering rules page, click on *Create*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:61 -msgid "" -"You can access and create reordering rules from :menuselection:`Inventory " -"--> Configuration --> Reordering Rules` and from :menuselection:`Inventory " -"--> Operations --> Replenishment`. By default, the replenishment view " -"presents a summary of all the products that you might need to purchase to " -"fulfill your sales orders. From there, you can ask Odoo with a single click " -"to order a product once or automate all orders for that product, future " -"orders included." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:68 -msgid "Define quantities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:70 -msgid "" -"You can set a **minimum quantity** your stock should always have. Once set, " -"if your stock goes below the minimum quantity, and if you selected the Buy " -"route, a request for quotation is automatically generated to reach that " -"minimum quantity, plus any additional quantity needed to fill in a sales " -"order for example." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:75 -msgid "" -"If you set a **maximum quantity**, every time the product has to be " -"replenished, enough products are reordered to reach the maximum quantity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:78 -msgid "" -"If you want to order only the exact quantity needed to fill in a sales order" -" for example, set both both the minimum and maximum quantity to **zero**. " -"The quantity mentioned in the sales order is then used by the reordering " -"rule." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:82 -msgid "" -"You can also add a **quantity multiple** to only order products in batches " -"of a certain quantity. Click on the optional columns drop-down menu, and " -"select *Multiple Quantity* to show the column. Bear in mind that you might " -"go over the maximum quantity you set if your rule includes a quantity " -"multiple, as Odoo orders enough products to reach the maximum quantity and " -"respect the set quantity multiple." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:92 -msgid "" -"If you selected multiple routes for the same product under its Inventory " -"tab, make sure to select your *Preferred Route* on your reordering rule by " -"clicking on the optional columns drop-down menu, adding the *Preferred " -"Route* column, and selecting the right route." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:3 -msgid "Purchase in different units of measure than sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When you purchase a product, it may happen that your vendor uses a different" -" unit of measure than you do when you sell it. This can cause confusion " -"between sales and purchase representatives. It is also time-consuming to " -"convert measures manually every time. With Odoo, you can configure your " -"product once and let Odoo handle the conversion." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:10 -msgid "Consider the following examples:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:12 -msgid "" -"You purchase orange juice from an American vendor, and they use **gallons**." -" However, your customers are European and use **liters**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:15 -msgid "" -"You buy curtains from a vendor in the form of **rolls** and you sell pieces " -"of the rolls to your customers using **square meters**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:19 -msgid "Enable units of measure" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Open your Sales app and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. " -"Under Product Catalog, enable *Units of Measure*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:29 -msgid "Specify sales and purchase units of measure" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:32 -msgid "Standard units of measure" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:34 -msgid "" -"A variety of units of measure are available by default in your database. " -"Each belongs to one of the five pre-configured units of measure categories: " -"*Length / Distance*, *Unit*, *Volume*, *Weight* and *Working Time*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:39 -msgid "" -"You can create your new units of measure and units of measure categories " -"(see next section)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:41 -msgid "" -"To specify different units of measures for sales and purchases, open the " -"Purchase app and go to :menuselection:`Products --> Products`. Create a " -"product or select an existing one. Under the product's *General Information*" -" tab, first select the *Unit of Measure* to be used for sales (as well as " -"for other apps such as inventory). Then, select the *Purchase Unit of " -"Measure* to be used for purchases." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Back to the first example, if you purchase orange juice from your vendor in " -"**gallons** and sell it to your customers in **liters**, first select *L* " -"(liters) as the *Unit of Measure*, and *gal (US)* (gallons) as the *Purchase" -" Unit of Measure*, then click on *Save*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:56 -msgid "Create new units of measure and units of measure categories" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Sometimes you need to create your own units and categories, either because " -"the measure is not pre-configured in Odoo or because the units do not relate" -" with each other (e.g. kilos and centimeters)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:62 -msgid "" -"If you take the second example where you buy curtains from a vendor in the " -"form of **rolls** and you sell pieces of the rolls using **square meters**, " -"you need to create a new *Units of Measure Category* in order to relate both" -" units of measure." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:66 -msgid "" -"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Units of Measure " -"Categories`. Click on *Create* and name the category." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:73 -msgid "" -"The next step is to create the two units of measures. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Units of Measure`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:76 -msgid "" -"First, create the unit of measure used as the reference point for converting" -" to other units of measure inside the category by clicking on *Create*. Name" -" the unit and select the units of measure category you just created. For the" -" *Type*, select *Reference Unit of Measure for this category type*. Enter " -"the *Rounding Precision* you would like to use. The quantity computed by " -"Odoo is always a multiple of this value." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:82 -msgid "" -"In the example, as you cannot purchase less than 1 roll and won't use " -"fractions of a roll as a unit of measure, you can enter 1." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:89 -msgid "" -"If you use a *Rounding Precision* inferior to 0.01, a warning message might " -"appear stating that it is higher than the *Decimal Accuracy* and that it " -"might cause inconsistencies. If you wish to use a *Rounding Precision* lower" -" than 0.01, first :doc:`activate the Developer Mode " -"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, then go to " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Database Structure --> Decimal " -"Accuracy`, select *Product Unit of Measure* and edit *Digits* accordingly. " -"For example, if you want to use a rounding precision of 0.00001, set " -"*Digits* to 5." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:96 -msgid "" -"Next, create a second unit of measure, name it, and select the same units of" -" measure category as your reference unit. As *Type*, select *Smaller* or " -"*Bigger than the reference Unit of Measure*, depending on your situation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:100 -msgid "" -"As the curtain roll equals to 100 square meters, you should select " -"*Smaller*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:102 -msgid "" -"Next, you need to enter the *Ratio* between your reference unit and the " -"second one. If the second unit is smaller, the *Ratio* should be greater " -"than 1. If the second unit is larger, the ratio should be smaller than 1." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:106 -msgid "For your curtain roll, the ratio should be set to 100." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:112 -msgid "" -"You can now configure your product just as you would using Odoo's standard " -"units of measure." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/quality.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/quality.po deleted file mode 100644 index f3ae42650..000000000 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/quality.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,466 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# José Cabrera Lozano <jose.cabrera@edukative.es>, 2021 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: José Cabrera Lozano <jose.cabrera@edukative.es>, 2021\n" -"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: es\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../quality.rst:5 -msgid "Quality" -msgstr "Calidad" - -#: ../../quality/alert.rst:3 -msgid "Alert" -msgstr "Alerta" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:3 -msgid "Generate a Quality Alert from a Manufacturing Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Speaking of manufacturing orders, you have two different situations to " -"consider in Odoo. Those two will result in two different processes:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:8 -msgid "You work with a simple manufacturing flow;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:10 -msgid "You work with a complex manufacturing flow that includes routings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:13 -msgid "Simple manufacturing flow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:15 -msgid "" -"If you work with simple manufacturing orders, the *Quality Alerts* will be " -"launched from the manufacturing order itself. When manufacturing a product " -"for which you need to process quality controls, a button *Quality Alert* " -"will appear on the top of your manufacturing order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:23 -msgid "" -"By clicking on the button, you can specify the quality problem that arose " -"during the process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:29 -msgid "" -"If one of the quality checks failed, the button will be highlighted on the " -"document. If not, the button won’t be highlighted." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:36 ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:50 -msgid "Manufacturing Flow with Routings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:38 -msgid "" -"If you work with routings defined on your manufacturing orders, the quality " -"alerts will be launched directly from the work orders on which the quality " -"checks took place." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Then, a button *Quality Alert* will be available from the work order view. " -"When you click on the button, you can specify the quality problem that " -"appeared during the process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:3 -msgid "Generate a Quality Alert from a Transfer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:6 -msgid "Use the Quality Alert" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Every time you perform some *Quality Checks* on a transfer, a *Quality " -"Alert* button appears. You can always use it. The button is automatically " -"highlighted once you have a failed quality check for the transfer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:16 -msgid "" -"If you click on that *Quality Alert* button, you can specify what was the " -"problem with the product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:22 -msgid "" -"The *Quality Alert* that is created from the transfer can be found via the " -"button appearing on the top right corner of the transfer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:28 -msgid "" -"You can also access all your *Quality Alerts* via the menu, accessible under" -" *Control*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks.rst:3 -msgid "Checks" -msgstr "Controles" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:3 -msgid "Perform Quality Checks on Manufacturing Orders" -msgstr "Realizar controles de calidad en órdenes de fabricación" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:5 -msgid "" -"There are two different situations to consider and that will differ in Odoo " -"processes:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:8 -msgid "You work with simple manufacturing flows;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:10 -msgid "" -"You work with complex manufacturing flows that are represented by the use of" -" routings in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:13 -msgid "Simple Manufacturing Flow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:16 -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:53 -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:6 -msgid "Create the Quality Control Point" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:18 -msgid "" -"To create a quality control point, open the quality app and go to " -":menuselection:`Control --> Control Points`. There, hit create. Make sure to" -" select *Manufacturing* as operation and choose the type of quality check " -"you want to perform." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:27 -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:69 -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:17 -msgid "Process the Quality Check" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Once your *Quality Control Point* has been created, you can create a " -"manufacturing order for your product. Now, and before marking the " -"manufacturing as done, you can register the *Quality Checks*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Once you have performed your quality checks, you can find them via the " -"*Quality Checks* button available on the manufacturing order form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:46 -msgid "" -"If you want to access all your quality checks, you can do this by opening " -"the quality checks menu, under quality control." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:55 -msgid "" -"If you want to create a *Quality Control Point*, open the *Quality* app and " -"go to :menuselection:`Control --> Control Points`. Then, click on create. " -"Make sure to select *Manufacturing* as operation and select the work order " -"operation on which the quality check should be performed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Choosing the work order operation is necessary if you want the quality " -"checks to be performed in the work orders. After that, you can choose the " -"type of quality check." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Once your *Quality Control Point* has been configured, create a " -"manufacturing order for your product. You have to plan it if you want to " -"generate the necessary work orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:78 -msgid "" -"Now, process the work order and your quality check will appear. In this " -"example, the quality check requests to enter the serial number of the Table " -"Top component." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:3 -msgid "Perform Quality Checks on Transfers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:8 -msgid "" -"To create a *Quality Control Point*, open the *Quality* application. Then, " -"go to :menuselection:`Quality Control --> Control Points --> Create`. Now, " -"you can define the quality control point you want to apply to a specific " -"product. Don’t forget to select a transfer operation type." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Let’s say that we will receive a laptop. First, create a planned receipt for" -" the product. Then, on the receipt, you will see a *Quality Checks* button " -"that appears to proceed to the quality check you configured before." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:27 -msgid "" -"By clicking on it, the instruction set on the quality control point will be " -"displayed and will require the check value." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Once the quality check is done, you can find it linked to the corresponding " -"transfer and access it by clicking on the button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:39 -msgid "" -"But, if the quality check failed, the stat button will appear in red " -"(instead of green) and Odoo will suggest you to create a *Quality Alert* by " -"highlighting the corresponding button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:46 -msgid "" -"The quality checks can also be found in the *Quality* application by opening" -" the *Quality Checks* menu, under *Quality Control*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control.rst:3 -msgid "Control" -msgstr "Control" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:3 -msgid "Define Quality Control Points" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Quality is an important factor when it comes to products or services. " -"Nowadays, quality has become the differentiating factor for all goods and " -"services. It is vital for businesses to deliver products that meet or exceed" -" expectations. It also helps minimize waste." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:10 -msgid "" -"That is why most manufacturers would not think of eliminating the quality " -"control from their manufacturing process. After all, removing quality " -"controls would dramatically increase the number of defective products that " -"the company then has to rework or scrap." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Then, using business applications to ensure data quality is important. With " -"Odoo insuring the rear, any major problem can be avoided before occurring!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:20 -msgid "Quality Control Points" -msgstr "Puntos del control de calidad" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:22 -msgid "" -"To create a *Quality Control Point*, go to :menuselection:`Quality --> " -"Quality Control --> Control Points`. Once there, define the product on which" -" the quality control point should take place. The operation at which it " -"takes place also is to be defined here." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:27 -msgid "" -"The *Quality Control Points* take place during transfers or during the " -"manufacturing process of the products. If working with routings on *Bill of " -"Materials*, you have to precise at which step of the manufacturing process " -"the quality control point needs to be applied." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:32 -msgid "" -"The *Control Type* defines at which frequency the quality checks should take" -" place:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:35 -msgid "" -"**All operations**: all the operations automatically generate quality checks" -" to perform;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:38 -msgid "" -"**Randomly**: the quality checks only perform on x% of the operation. The " -"percentage needs to be defined on the control point;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:41 -msgid "" -"**Periodically**: the quality checks are performed periodically. The " -"periodicity is based on the defined period (once a day, once a week)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:50 -msgid "Quality Control Point Types" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Now, one thing remains to be configured: the type of quality check. There " -"are several types that can be used: text, take a picture, pass-fail, take a " -"measure, register consumed material, register by-product, and print label." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Some types are available only with the manufacturing application installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:62 -msgid "Text" -msgstr "Texto" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:64 -msgid "" -"This control point type allows giving instructions to workers during the " -"transfer or during the manufacturing process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:80 -msgid "Take a Picture" -msgstr "Hacer foto" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:82 -msgid "" -"This control point type asks to take a picture of the product applied in a " -"transfer or when manufacturing it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:98 -msgid "" -"This process can be simplified by using a connected :doc:`camera " -"<../../iot/devices/measurement_tool>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:102 -msgid "Pass-Fail" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:104 -msgid "" -"*Pass-Fail* requires to specify if the products pass or fail specific " -"criteria. It can be applied for both transfers or manufacturing orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:111 -msgid "" -"For this kind of type, there is the possibility to define a failure message " -"giving instructions to follow in case of failure." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:127 -msgid "Take a Measure" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:129 -msgid "" -"Taking measures requires to enter the product’s measurements during a " -"transfer or during the manufacturing process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:132 -msgid "" -"To use it, it necessary to specify the norm for your product’s measurements," -" but also a tolerance threshold. Doing so, all the products with good " -"measures can are automatically accepted." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:140 -msgid "" -"As for *Pass-Fail*, this type allows defining a failure message that gives " -"instructions to the worker." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:156 -msgid "" -"This process can be simplified by using connected :doc:`measurement tools " -"<../../iot/devices/camera>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:159 -msgid "Register Consumed Materials" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:161 -msgid "" -"When using *Register Consumed Materials*, it is required to register the " -"component’s serial/lot numbers during the manufacturing process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:165 -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:182 -msgid "This type is only available when working with routings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:176 -msgid "Register By-Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:178 -msgid "" -"With *Register By-Products*, it is required to register the serial/lot " -"number of the by-products that are manufactured." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:193 -msgid "Print Label" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:195 -msgid "" -"*Print Label*, as its name points out, allows printing labels to add to the " -"product during the manufacturing process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:207 -msgid "" -"This process can be simplified by using a connected :doc:`printer " -"<../../iot/devices/printer>`." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/recruitment.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/recruitment.po deleted file mode 100644 index f7e14871c..000000000 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/recruitment.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,23 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 9.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-11-22 13:16+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2018\n" -"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: es\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../recruitment.rst:5 -msgid "Recruitment" -msgstr "Proceso de Selección" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index 66567d4c3..4f5adfe0e 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # @@ -10,28 +10,35 @@ # Osiris Román <osiris.roman@yachaytech.edu.ec>, 2020 # David Arnold <blaggacao@users.noreply.github.com>, 2020 # Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal <lina8823@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Pablo Rojas <rojaspablo88@gmail.com>, 2020 # Luis Marin <marin.guadarrama@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Nicole Kist <nki@odoo.com>, 2020 # Noemi Nahomy <noemi.t.angles@gmail.com>, 2020 # Nacho Hermoso <nacho@domatix.com>, 2020 -# Vivian Montana <vmo@odoo.com>, 2020 -# Jon Perez <jop@odoo.com>, 2020 -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 # Luis M. Ontalba <luis.martinez@tecnativa.com>, 2020 # Sergio Flores <vitavitae1@gmail.com>, 2020 # Antonio Trueba, 2020 # Leonardo J. Caballero G. <leonardocaballero@gmail.com>, 2020 +# Cris Martin <cristina.marrod@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Fabian <fabiananguiano@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Jesús Alan Ramos Rodríguez <alan.ramos@jarsa.com.mx>, 2021 +# Pablo Rojas <rojaspablo88@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Vivian Montana <vmo@odoo.com>, 2021 +# José Gerardo Páez Serrano <jgerardops@gmail.com>, 2021 # José Cabrera Lozano <jose.cabrera@edukative.es>, 2021 +# Martin Trigaux, 2021 +# AleEscandon <alejandra.escandon@jarsa.com.mx>, 2021 +# Nicole Kist <nki@odoo.com>, 2021 +# Alejandro Kutulas <alk@odoo.com>, 2021 +# Cristopher Cravioto <ccr@odoo.com>, 2021 +# Jon Perez <jop@odoo.com>, 2021 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-18 07:12+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: José Cabrera Lozano <jose.cabrera@edukative.es>, 2021\n" +"Last-Translator: Jon Perez <jop@odoo.com>, 2021\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -39,23 +46,2922 @@ msgstr "" "Language: es\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" -#: ../../sales.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales.rst:4 msgid "Sales" msgstr "Ventas" -#: ../../sales/advanced.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm.rst:4 +msgid "CRM" +msgstr "CRM" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads.rst:3 +msgid "Acquire leads" +msgstr "Adquiere leads" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:3 +msgid "Convert leads into opportunities" +msgstr "Convierte iniciativas en oportunidades" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The system can generate leads instead of opportunities, in order to add a " +"qualification step before converting a *Lead* into an *Opportunity* and " +"assigning to the right sales people." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:9 +msgid "" +"You can activate this mode from the CRM Settings. It applies to all your " +"sales channels by default. But you can make it specific for specific " +"channels from their configuration form." +msgstr "" +"You can activate this mode from the CRM Settings. It applies to all your " +"sales channels by default. But you can make it specific for specific " +"channels from their configuration form." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:25 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Configuración" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:16 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` and activate the *Leads* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:22 +msgid "" +"You will now have a new submenu *Leads* under *Leads* where they will " +"aggregate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:29 +msgid "Convert a lead into an opportunity" +msgstr "Convierte un lead en una oportunidad" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:31 +msgid "" +"When you click on a *Lead* you will have the option to convert it to an " +"opportunity and decide if it should still be assigned to the same " +"channel/person and if you need to create a new customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:38 +msgid "" +"If you already have an opportunity with that customer Odoo will " +"automatically offer you to merge with that opportunity. In the same manner, " +"Odoo will automatically offer you to link to an existing customer if that " +"customer already exists." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:44 +msgid "Merge opportunities" +msgstr "Fusionar oportunidades" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Odoo will also automatically propose to merge opportunities if they have the" +" same email address. When merging opportunities, Odoo merges the information" +" into the opportunity which was created first, giving priority to the " +"information present on the first opportunity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:51 +msgid "" +"No information is lost: data from the other opportunity is logged in the " +"chatter and the information fields for easy access." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Would you find a duplicate yourself, ...you can also merge opportunities or " +"leads even if the system doesn't propose it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Here’s how, from the list view. Select the opportunities or leads you want " +"to merge and the action button will appear. Then, you can select merge." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:67 +msgid "It is also possible to merge more than 2 opportunities or leads." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:3 +msgid "Generate leads/opportunities from emails" +msgstr "Genera leads/oportunidades desde emails" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Automating the lead/opportunity generation will considerably improve your " +"efficiency. By default, any email sent to *sales@database\\_domain.ext* will" +" create an opportunity in the pipeline of the default sales channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:11 +msgid "Configure email aliases" +msgstr "Configurar seudónimos de correo" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Each sales teams can have its own email alias, to generate " +"leads/opportunities automatically assigned to it. It is useful if you manage" +" several sales teams with specific business processes. You will find the " +"configuration of sales teams under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Sales " +"Teams`." +msgstr "" +"Each sales teams can have its own email alias, to generate " +"leads/opportunities automatically assigned to it. It is useful if you manage" +" several sales teams with specific business processes. You will find the " +"configuration of sales teams under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Sales " +"Teams`." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:3 +msgid "Generate leads/opportunities from your website contact page" +msgstr "Genera leads/oportunidades desde la página web de contacto" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Automating the lead/opportunity generation will considerably improve your " +"efficiency. Any visitor using the contact form on your website will create a" +" lead/opportunity in the pipeline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:10 +msgid "Use the contact us on your website" +msgstr "Usa el contáctanos en tu página web" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:12 +msgid "You should first go to your website app." +msgstr "Primero debes ir a la página web de tu aplicación" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:14 +msgid "|image0|\\ |image1|" +msgstr "|image0|\\ |image1|" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:16 +msgid "" +"With the CRM app installed, you benefit from a ready-to-use contact form on " +"your Odoo website that will generate leads/opportunities automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To change to a specific sales channel, go to :menuselection:`Website --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` under *Communication* you will find the Contact " +"Form info and where to change the *Sales Channel* or *Salesperson*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:50 +msgid "Create a custom contact form" +msgstr "Crea una forma de contacto customizada" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:34 +msgid "" +"You may want to know more from your visitor when they use the contact form " +"to you will need to build a custom contact form on your website. These " +"contact forms can generate multiple types of records in the system (emails, " +"leads/opportunities, project tasks, helpdesk tickets, etc.)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:43 +msgid "" +"You will need to install the free *Form Builder* module, only available in " +"Odoo Enterprise." +msgstr "" +"Necesitarás el módulo gratuito * Form Builder *, solo disponible en Odoo " +"Enterprise." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:52 +msgid "" +"First, go to the page where you want to put your contact form. In edit mode," +" drag the form builder onto the page, and you will be able to add all the " +"fields you wish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:59 +msgid "" +"By default, any new contact form will send an email. You can switch to " +"lead/opportunity generation in *Change Form Parameters*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:63 +msgid "" +"If the same visitor uses the contact form twice, the second entry will be " +"added to the first lead/opportunity in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:67 +msgid "Generate leads instead of opportunities" +msgstr "Genera leads en vez de oportunidades" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:69 +msgid "" +"When using a contact form, you should use a qualification step before " +"assigning the form to the right sales people. To do so, activate *Leads* in " +"CRM settings and refer to :doc:`convert`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:3 +msgid "Lead mining" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:4 +msgid "" +"In any business, getting quality leads is essential to keep the business " +"growing. Lead mining allows you to generate leads from scratch directly from" +" your database. Target your leads based on a set of criteria such as the " +"country, the size of the company, the industry your leads are coming from to" +" make them relevant to your business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:10 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` and activate the **Lead Mining** feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:17 +msgid "Start generating leads" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:18 +msgid "" +"You will now have a new button **Generate Leads** available in your " +"pipeline. You are also able to create lead mining requests from the " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Lead Mining Requests` and trough " +":menuselection:`Leads --> Leads` where you have the **Generate Leads** " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:27 +msgid "" +"From there, click on the **Generate Leads** button, a window where you will " +"be able to pick your criteria will pop up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:34 +msgid "" +"When choosing to target Companied and their contacts you can choose the " +"contacts you are getting based on Role or Seniority. When getting contact " +"information make sure to be aware of the latest EU regulation, get more " +"information about General Data Protection Regulation on `Odoo GDPR " +"<http://odoo.com/gdpr>`__," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:39 +msgid "" +"You can decide to filter the leads you are getting depending on the size " +"(number of employees) of the companies. You can pick the countries your " +"leads are coming from. It is possible to pick multiple countries. You can " +"pick the industries your leads are coming from. It is possible to pick " +"multiple industries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:43 +msgid "" +"You can choose the salesperson and the Salesteam the lead will be assigned " +"to. You can also add tags to track your generated leads." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:47 +msgid "The generated leads will have the name of the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:36 +msgid "Pricing" +msgstr "Precio" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:51 +msgid "" +"This is an In-App Purchase feature, each generated lead will cost you one " +"credit. If you choose to get contact information each contact will also cost" +" us one additional credit. Here is the pricing for this `feature " +"<https://iap.odoo.com/iap/in-app-services/167?>`__, To buy credits you can " +"either go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Settings --> Buy " +"Credits`; or go to :menuselection:`Settings --> In-App Purchases --> View my" +" Services`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:65 +msgid "" +"The blue box will automatically tell you how many credits are going to be " +"consumed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:169 +msgid "" +"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you " +"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:71 +msgid "" +":doc:`In-App Purchases (IAP) " +"</applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:3 +msgid "Send quotations" +msgstr "Envía presupuestos" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you qualify a lead into an opportunity you will most likely need to " +"send them a quotation. You can directly do this in the CRM App with Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:12 +msgid "Create a new quotation" +msgstr "Crea un nuevo presupuesto" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:14 +msgid "" +"By clicking on any opportunity or lead, you will see a *New Quotation* " +"button, it will bring you into a new menu where you can manage your quote." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:21 +msgid "" +"You will find all your quotes to that specific opportunity under the " +"*Quotations* menu on that page." +msgstr "" +"Encontrarás todos tus presupuestos a esa oportunidad específica bajo el menú" +" *Presupuestos* en esa página." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:28 +msgid "Mark them won/lost" +msgstr "Márcalos como ganados/perdidos" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Now you will need to mark your opportunity as won or lost to move the " +"process along." +msgstr "" +"Ahora necesitarás marcar tu oportunidad como ganada o perdida para avanzar " +"en el proceso" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you mark them as won, they will move to your *Won* column in your Kanban " +"view. If you however mark them as *Lost* they will be archived." +msgstr "" +"Si las marcas como ganadas, se moverán a tu columna *Ganadas* en tu vista " +"Kanban. Si las marcas como *Perdidas* serán archivadas." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize.rst:3 +msgid "Optimize your Day-to-Day work" +msgstr "Optimiza tu trabajo diario" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:3 +msgid "How to motivate and reward my salespeople?" +msgstr "¿Cómo motivar y recompensar a mis vendedores?" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Challenging your employees to reach specific targets with goals and rewards " +"is an excellent way to reinforce good habits and improve your salespeople " +"productivity. The Gamification module gives you simple and creative ways to " +"motivate and evaluate your employees with real-time recognition and badges " +"inspired by game mechanics." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Install the *Gamification* module, or the *CRM gamification* one, which adds" +" some useful data (goals and challenges) that can be used on *CRM/Sale*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:21 +msgid "Create a challenge" +msgstr "Crear un reto" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Now, create your first challenge by going to :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Gamification Tools --> Challenges`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:27 +msgid "" +"As the gamification tool is a one-time technical setup, you need to activate" +" the technical features in order to access the configuration. To do so, go " +"to *Settings* and *Activate the developer mode*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:35 +msgid "" +"A challenge is a mission that you send to your sales team. It can include " +"one or several goals, set for a specific period of time. Configure your " +"challenge as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:38 +msgid "Assign the salespeople to be challenged;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:39 +msgid "Assign a responsible;" +msgstr "Asignando un responsable;" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:40 +msgid "Set up the periodicity along with the start and the end date;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:41 +msgid "Select your goals;" +msgstr "Selecione sus objetivos;" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:42 +msgid "Set up your rewards (badges)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Badges are granted when a challenge is finished. This is either at the end " +"of a running period (eg: end of the month for a monthly challenge), at the " +"end date of a challenge (if no periodicity is set), or when the challenge is" +" manually closed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:49 +msgid "" +"In the example below, 2 employees are being challenged with a *Monthly Sales" +" Target*. The challenge is based on 2 goals: the total amount invoiced and " +"number of new leads generated. At the end of the month, the winner will be " +"granted with a badge." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:58 +msgid "Set up goals" +msgstr "Configure los objetivos" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:60 +msgid "" +"The users can be evaluated using goals and numerical objectives to reach." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:62 +msgid "" +"**Goals** are assigned through *challenges* that evaluate (see image above) " +"and compare members of a team throughout time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:66 +msgid "" +"You can create a new goal on the fly from a *Challenge* by clicking on *Add " +"new item*, under *Goals*. Select the business object according to your " +"company's needs. Examples: number of new leads, time to qualify a lead, " +"total amount invoiced in a specific week, month or any other time frame " +"based on your management preferences, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Goals may include your database setup as well (e.g. set your company data " +"and a timezone, create new users, etc.)." +msgstr "" +"Los objetivos pueden incluir la configuración de su base de datos, así (por " +"ejemplo, establecer los datos de la empresa y una zona horaria, crear nuevos" +" usuarios, etc.)." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:77 +msgid "Set up rewards" +msgstr "Establecer recompensas" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:79 +msgid "" +"For non-numerical achievements, **Badges** can be granted to users. From a " +"simple thank you to an exceptional achievement, a badge is an easy way to " +"express gratitude to a user for their good work. To create and grant badges " +"to your employees based on their performance, go to :menuselection:`Settings" +" --> Gamification Tools --> Badges`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:3 +msgid "Outlook Extension" +msgstr "Extensión de Outlook" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The **Odoo CRM Extension** is a connector that bridges your Outlook mailbox " +"with your Odoo database. This extension allows you to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:8 +msgid "Create leads from emails sent to your mailbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:9 +msgid "Centralize Prospects' emails into a CRM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:10 +msgid "Search and store insights on your contacts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:17 +msgid "" +"This extension is compatible with the Web version of Outlook as well as the " +"desktop apps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The Outlook Extension uses *Partner Autocomplete IAP credits* to search and " +"store insights on your contacts. See the :ref:`Pricing section " +"<outlook_extension/pricing>` below for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The Outlook Extension requires to be configured both in Odoo and in Outlook." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:34 +msgid "Enable the feature on your database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To enable this feature on your Odoo database, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> " +"Configuration --> Lead Generation`, enable **Outlook CRM Extension**, and " +"click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:42 +msgid "Install the add-in on Outlook" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:44 +msgid "" +"You can install the Outlook Extension as a **Custom Add-in**. To do so, " +"follow these steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:0 +msgid "URL of the **Odoo for Outlook** add-in's manifest file:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:0 +msgid "``https://download.odoo.com/plugins/outlook/manifest.xml``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:50 +msgid "Todo" +msgstr "Todo" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:50 +msgid "add copy button when the feature is added to the doc" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Connect to your Outlook mailbox, open any email, and click on the *More " +"actions* button, displayed as three little dots." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:59 +msgid "Click on *Get add-ins*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:65 +msgid "" +"In the new window, select the tab named *My add-ins*, click on *+ Add a " +"custom add-in*, and then on *Add from URL...*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Outlook prompts you to **enter the URL of the add-in's manifest file**. To " +"do so, copy the following URL, paste it in the box, and click on *OK*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Outlook warns you that Microsoft hasn’t verified the add-in. Click on " +"*Install* to complete the installation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:84 +msgid "" +"The *Odoo for Outlook* add-in is not listed yet on Outlook's add-ins list. " +"This is why it is currently necessary to install it as a *custom add-in*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:90 +msgid "Add a shortcut to open the extension" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:92 +msgid "" +"By default, you can open the **Odoo for Outlook** extension from the *More " +"actions* menu. This section explains how to move the launcher next to the " +"other default actions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:99 +msgid "" +"In your Outlook mailbox, click on *Settings*, then on *View all Outlook " +"settings*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Mail --> Customize actions --> Message " +"surface`, select *Odoo for Outlook*, and click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:109 +msgid "Connect to your database" +msgstr "Conecte su base de datos" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Open **Odoo for Outlook** from any email. This opens the extension as a " +"panel on the right side of your screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:113 +msgid "Click on *login* at the bottom of the extension." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:114 +msgid "Insert your database's URL then click on *Login*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:120 +msgid "" +"Log into your database by entering your credentials. Skip this step if you " +"are already logged in with this browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:122 +msgid "" +"A message asks you if you want to let Outlook access your Odoo database. " +"Click on *Allow* to complete the connection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Make sure first to :ref:`enable the feature on your database " +"<outlook_extension/enable-feature>`. Failing to do so would result in an " +"*error 404 message*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:130 +msgid "" +"The extension displays some information, even if you do not connect it to " +"any Odoo database. Note that only a limited amount of contact enrichment " +"requests are available as a trial, as this feature requires prepaid credits." +" See the :ref:`Pricing section <outlook_extension/pricing>` below for more " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:140 +msgid "" +"The extension is **free** and doesn't require any purchase to be installed " +"and used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:142 +msgid "" +"However, this extension provides you with *Lead Enrichment* in the **Company" +" Insights** section. This service is part of a paid service known as **Lead " +"Generation**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:145 +msgid "" +"The extension allows you to test this service for free, whether you connect " +"the extension to a database or not. After a while, the extension asks you to" +" buy credits to keep using this additional service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:155 +msgid "" +"You can buy more *Lead Generation* credits to keep using this service or " +"disregard this message and keep using the extension for free without *Lead " +"Enrichment*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:159 +msgid "In-App Purchase" +msgstr "Compra dentro de Aplicaciones" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:162 +msgid "" +"*Lead Generation* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service, which requires " +"prepaid credits to be used. Each request consumes one credit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To buy credits, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Contacts --> Partner " +"Autocomplete or Odoo IAP --> View My Services` and select a package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:167 +msgid "" +"If you run out of credits, the only information populated when clicking on " +"the suggested company is the website link and logo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Learn about our *Privacy Policy* `here " +"<https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#header_2>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:174 +msgid ":doc:`../../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:175 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Lead Enrichment <https://www.odoo.com/r/p73>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:3 +msgid "Enrich your contacts base with Partner Autocomplete" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Parter Autocomplete helps you to enrich your contacts database with " +"corporate data. Select one of the companies suggested in the dropdown, and " +"quickly get all the information you need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Contacts` and activate the *Partner " +"Autocomplete* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:18 +msgid "Enrich your contacts with corporate data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:22 +msgid "" +"From any module, once you start to create a new contact typing the name of " +"it, the system will suggest a potential match. If you select it, the contact" +" will be populated with corporate data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:23 +msgid "" +"For example, after typing *Odoo*, you will get the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Partner Autocomplete also works if you enter a VAT number instead of a " +"company name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:39 +msgid "" +"*Partner Autocomplete* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service, which requires" +" prepaid credits to be used. Each request will consume one credit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:44 +msgid "" +"If you run out of credits, the only information that will be populated when " +"clicking on the suggested company will be the website link and the logo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:46 +msgid "" +"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and you have the Enterprise version, you " +"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance.rst:3 +msgid "Analyze performance" +msgstr "Analizar el rendimiento" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:3 +msgid "Check your Win/Loss Ratio" +msgstr "Revisa tu Ratio Ganancia/Pérdida" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To see how well you are doing with your pipeline, take a look at the " +"Win/Loss ratio." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To access this report, go to your *Pipeline* view under the *Reporting* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:11 +msgid "" +"From there you can filter to which opportunities you wish to see, yours, the" +" ones from your sales channel, your whole company, etc. You can then click " +"on filter and check Won/Lost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:18 +msgid "You can also change the *Measures* to *Total Revenue*." +msgstr "También puedes cambiar las *medidas* a *Ingresos Totales*" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:23 +msgid "You also have the ability to switch to a pie chart view." +msgstr "También tienes la habilidad de cambiar a vista gráfico de pie." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline.rst:3 +msgid "Organize the pipeline" +msgstr "Organice la fuente de información" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:3 +msgid "Manage lost opportunities" +msgstr "Administra oportunidades perdidas" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:5 +msgid "" +"While working with your opportunities, you might lose some of them. You will" +" want to keep track of the reasons you lost them and also which ways Odoo " +"can help you recover them in the future." +msgstr "" +"Al trabajar con tus oportunidades, puedes perder algunas de ellas. Vas a " +"querer controlar las razones por las que lo perdiste y también qué caminos " +"Odoo puede tomar para ayudarte a recuperarlo en el futuro." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:10 +msgid "Mark a lead as lost" +msgstr "Marca un lead como perdido" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:12 +msgid "" +"While in your pipeline, select any opportunity you want and you will see a " +"*Mark Lost* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:15 +msgid "" +"You can then select an existing *Lost Reason* or create a new one right " +"there." +msgstr "" +"Puedes luego seleccionar una existente *Razon Perdida* o crear una nueva ahí" +" mismo." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:22 +msgid "Manage & create lost reasons" +msgstr "Administra y crea razones perdidas" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You will find your *Lost Reasons* under :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Lost Reasons`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:26 +msgid "" +"You can select & rename any of them as well as create a new one from there." +msgstr "" +"Puede seleccionar y cambiar el nombre de cualquiera de ellos, así como crear" +" uno nuevo desde allí." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:30 +msgid "Retrieve lost opportunities" +msgstr "Recuperar las oportunidades perdidas" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To retrieve lost opportunities and do actions on them (send an email, make a" +" feedback call, etc.), select the *Lost* filter in the search bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:39 +msgid "You will then see all your lost opportunities." +msgstr "Luego verás todas tus oportunidades perdidas." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:41 +msgid "" +"If you want to refine them further, you can add a filter on the *Lost " +"Reason*." +msgstr "" +"Si quieres refinarlas aún más, puedes añadir un filtro en la *Razón " +"Perdida*." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:44 +msgid "For Example, *Too Expensive*." +msgstr "Por ejemplo, * Demasiado costoso*." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:50 +msgid "Restore lost opportunities" +msgstr "Restablecer las oportunidades perdidas" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:52 +msgid "" +"From the Kanban view with the filter(s) in place, you can select any " +"opportunity you wish and work on it as usual. You can also restore it by " +"clicking on *Archived*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:59 +msgid "" +"You can also restore items in batch from the Kanban view when they belong to" +" the same stage. Select *Restore Records* in the column options. You can " +"also archive the same way." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:66 +msgid "To select specific opportunities, you should switch to the list view." +msgstr "" +"Para seleccionar oportunidades específicas, debe cambiar a la vista lista." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Then you can select as many or all opportunities and select the actions you " +"want to take." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:78 +msgid ":doc:`../performance/win_loss`" +msgstr ":doc:`../performance/win_loss`" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:3 +msgid "Manage multiple sales teams" +msgstr "Maneja varios equipos de ventas" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, you can manage several sales teams, departments or channels with " +"specific sales processes. To do so, we use the concept of *Sales Channel*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:10 +msgid "Create a new sales channel" +msgstr "Crear un nuevo canal de ventas" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To create a new *Sales Channel*, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Sales Channels`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:14 +msgid "" +"There you can set an email alias to it. Every message sent to that email " +"address will create a lead/opportunity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:21 +msgid "Add members to your sales channel" +msgstr "Añade miembros a tu canal de ventas" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You can add members to any channel; that way those members will see the " +"pipeline structure of the sales channel when opening it. Any " +"lead/opportunity assigned to them will link to the sales channel. Therefore," +" you can only be a member of one channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:28 +msgid "This will ease the process review of the team manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you now filter on this specific channel in your pipeline, you will find " +"all of its opportunities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:40 +msgid "Sales channel dashboard" +msgstr "Tablero Canal de Ventas" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To see the operations and results of any sales channel at a glance, the " +"sales manager also has access to the *Sales Channel Dashboard* under " +"*Reporting*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:46 +msgid "" +"It is shared with the whole ecosystem so every revenue stream is included in" +" it: Sales, eCommerce, PoS, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads.rst:3 +msgid "Assign and track leads" +msgstr "Asignar y rastrear iniciativas" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:3 +msgid "Assign leads based on scoring" +msgstr "Asignar oportunidades basadas en puntuación" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With *Leads Scoring* you can automatically rank your leads based on selected" +" criterias." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:8 +msgid "" +"For example you could score customers from your country higher or the ones " +"that visited specific pages on your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To use scoring, install the free module *Lead Scoring* under your *Apps* " +"page (only available in Odoo Enterprise)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:21 +msgid "Create scoring rules" +msgstr "Crear reglas de puntaje" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You now have a new tab in your *CRM* app called *Leads Management* where you" +" can manage your scoring rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Here's an example for a Canadian lead, you can modify for whatever criteria " +"you wish to score your leads on. You can add as many criterias as you wish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Every hour every lead without a score will be automatically scanned and " +"assigned their right score according to your scoring rules." +msgstr "" +"Cada hora, cada oportunidad sin puntaje se escaneará automáticamente y se le" +" asignará su puntaje correcto de acuerdo con sus reglas de puntuación." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:40 +msgid "Assign leads" +msgstr "Asignar iniciativas" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Once the scores computed, leads can be assigned to specific teams using the " +"same domain mechanism. To do so go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Leads " +"Management --> Team Assignation` and apply a specific domain on each team. " +"This domain can include scores." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Further on, you can assign to a specific vendor in the team with an even " +"more refined domain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:52 +msgid "" +"To do so go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Leads Management --> Leads " +"Assignation`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:58 +msgid "" +"The team & leads assignation will assign the unassigned leads once a day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:62 +msgid "Evaluate & use the unassigned leads" +msgstr "Evaluar & usar las iniciativas no asignadas" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Once your scoring rules are in place you will most likely still have some " +"unassigned leads. Some of them could still lead to an opportunity so it is " +"useful to do something with them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:68 +msgid "" +"In your leads page you can place a filter to find your unassigned leads." +msgstr "" +"En tu página de iniciativas puedes poner un filtro para encontrar tus " +"clientes potenciales no asignados." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Why not using :menuselection:`Email Marketing` or :menuselection:`Marketing " +"Automation` apps to send a mass email to them? You can also easily find such" +" unassigned leads from there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:3 +msgid "Track your prospects visits" +msgstr "Rastrea las visitas de tus prospectos" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Tracking your website pages will give you much more information about the " +"interests of your website visitors." +msgstr "" +"Rastrear las páginas de tu sitio web te dará mucha más información sobre los" +" intereses de los visitantes de tu sitio web." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Every tracked page they visit will be recorded on your lead/opportunity if " +"they use the contact form on your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To use this feature, install the free module *Lead Scoring* under your " +"*Apps* page (only available in Odoo Enterprise)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:21 +msgid "Track a webpage" +msgstr "Rastrea una página web" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Go to any static page you want to track on your website and under the " +"*Promote* tab you will find *Optimize SEO*" +msgstr "" +"Vaya a cualquier página estática que desee rastrear en su sitio web y en la " +"pestaña * Promocionar * encontrará * Optimizar SEO *" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:29 +msgid "There you will see a *Track Page* checkbox to track this page." +msgstr "" +"Allí verá una casilla de verificación *Rastrear página* para seguir esta " +"página." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:35 +msgid "See visited pages in your leads/opportunities" +msgstr "Ver páginas visitadas en tus iniciativas/ oportunidades" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Now each time a lead is created from the contact form it will keep track of " +"the pages visited by that visitor. You have two ways to see those pages, on " +"the top right corner of your lead/opportunity you can see a *Page Views* " +"button but also further down you will see them in the chatter." +msgstr "" +"Ahora, cada vez que se crea un cliente potencial desde el formulario de " +"contacto, realizará un seguimiento de las páginas visitadas por ese " +"visitante. Tiene dos formas de ver esas páginas, en la esquina superior " +"derecha de su cliente potencial / oportunidad puede ver un botón * Vistas de" +" página *, pero también más abajo las verá en la conversación." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Both will update if the viewers comes back to your website and visits more " +"pages." +msgstr "" +"Ambos se actualizarán si los visitantes vuelven a su sitio web y visitan más" +" páginas." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:52 +msgid "" +"The feature will not repeat multiple viewings of the same pages in the " +"chatter." +msgstr "" +"La función no repetirá múltiples visualizaciones de las mismas páginas en la" +" conversación." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:55 +msgid "Your customers will no longer be able to keep any secrets from you!" +msgstr "¡Tus clientes ya no podrán ocultarte ningún secreto!" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:4 +msgid "Point of Sale" +msgstr "Punto de venta" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features.rst:3 +msgid "Pricing Features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:3 +msgid "Using discount tags with a barcode scanner" +msgstr "Usando etiquetas de descuento con un escáner de código de barras" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:5 +msgid "" +"If you want to sell your products with a discount, for a product getting " +"close to its expiration date for example, you can use discount tags. They " +"allow you to scan discount barcodes." +msgstr "" +"Si desea vender sus productos con un descuento, por ejemplo, para un " +"producto que se acerca a su fecha de vencimiento, puede usar etiquetas de " +"descuento. Te permiten escanear códigos de barras de descuento." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:10 +msgid "To use discount tags you will need to use a barcode scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:13 +msgid "Barcode Nomenclature" +msgstr "Nomenclatura de código de barras" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:15 +msgid "To use discounts tags, we need to learn about barcode nomenclature." +msgstr "" +"Para usar las etiquetas de descuentos, necesitamos aprender acerca de la " +"nomenclatura de códigos de barras." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Let's say you want to have a discount for the product with the following " +"barcode:" +msgstr "" +"Digamos que quiere tener un descuento para el producto con el siguiente " +"código de barras:" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You can find the *Default Nomenclature* under the settings of your PoS " +"interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Let's say you want 50% discount on a product you have to start your barcode " +"with 22 (for the discount barcode nomenclature) and then 50 (for the %) " +"before adding the product barcode. In our example, the barcode would be:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:41 +msgid "Scan the products & tags" +msgstr "Escanea los productos y etiquetas" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:43 +msgid "You first have to scan the desired product (in our case, a lemon)." +msgstr "" +"Primero tienes que escanear el producto deseado (en nuestro caso, un limón)." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:48 +msgid "" +"And then scan the discount tag. The discount will be applied and you can " +"finish the transaction." +msgstr "" +"Y luego escanear la etiqueta de descuento. Se aplicará el descuento y podrás" +" finalizar la transacción." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:3 +msgid "Apply Discounts" +msgstr "Aplicar descuentos" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"By offering discounts, you can entice your customers and drastically " +"increase your revenue. It is vital to offer discounts, whether they are " +"time-limited, seasonal or manually given." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:9 +msgid "" +"To manage discounts, Odoo has powerful features that help set up a pricing " +"strategy tailored to every business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:13 +msgid "Apply manual discounts" +msgstr "Aplicar descuentos manuales." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:15 +msgid "" +"If you seldom use discounts, applying manual ones might be the easiest " +"solution for your Point of Sale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:18 +msgid "" +"You can either apply a discount on the whole order or on specific products " +"inside an order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:22 +msgid "Apply a discount on a product" +msgstr "Aplicar un descuento en un producto." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:24 +msgid "From your PoS session interface, use the *Disc* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Then, you can input a discount over the product that is currently selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:34 +msgid "Apply a global discount" +msgstr "Aplicar un descuento global" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To apply a discount on the whole order, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales" +" --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and select your PoS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Once on your PoS form, select *Global Discounts*, under the *Pricing* " +"category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:45 +msgid "Now, you have a new *Discount* button appearing on your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:51 +msgid "Click on it and enter the wanted discount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:58 +msgid "" +"On this example, there is a global discount of 50% as well as a specific 50%" +" discount on oranges." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:62 +msgid "Apply time-limited discounts" +msgstr "Aplicar descuentos por tiempo limitado." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To activate time-limited discounts, you must activate the *Pricelists* " +"feature. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Configuration " +"--> Point of Sale` and open your PoS. Then, enable the pricelist feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Once activated, you must choose the pricelists you want to make available in" +" the PoS and define a default one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:77 +msgid "Create a pricelist" +msgstr "Crear una lista de precios" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:79 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo has a *Public Pricelist* configured. To create more, go to " +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Products --> Pricelists`. Then click on " +"create." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:83 +msgid "" +"When creating a pricelist, you can set several criteria to use a specific " +"price: period, min. quantity, etc. You can also decide to apply that " +"pricelist on specific products or on the whole range." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:92 +msgid "Using a pricelist with the PoS interface" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:94 +msgid "" +"On the PoS interface, a new button appears. Use it to select a pricelist." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Click on it to instantly update the prices with the selected pricelist. " +"Then, you can finalize the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:3 +msgid "Manage a loyalty program" +msgstr "Gestiona un programa de lealtad" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Encourage your customers to continue to shop at your point of sale with a " +"*Loyalty Program*." +msgstr "" +"Anime a sus clientes que sigan comprando en su punto de venta con un " +"*Programa de lealtad*." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To activate the *Loyalty Program* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " +"Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface. " +"Under the Pricing features, select *Loyalty Program*" +msgstr "" +"Para activar la función *Programa de lealtad*, vaya a: menuselection: `Punto" +" de Ventas -> Configuración-> Punto de ventas ` y seleccione su interfaz de " +"PdV. En las funciones de precios, seleccione * Programa de lealtad*" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:19 +msgid "From there you can create and edit your loyalty programs." +msgstr "Desde allí puedes crear y editar tus programas de lealtad." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You can decide what type of program you wish to use, if the reward is a " +"discount or a gift, make it specific to some products or cover your whole " +"range. Apply rules so that it is only valid in specific situation and " +"everything in between." +msgstr "" +"Puedes decidir qué tipo de programa deseas utilizar, si la recompensa es un " +"descuento o un regalo, házlo específico para algunos productos o cubra todo " +"su inventario. Aplica reglas para que solo sea válido en situaciones " +"específicas y todo lo demas." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:30 +msgid "Use the loyalty program in your PoS interface" +msgstr "Usa el programa de lealtad en tu interfaz PdV" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:32 +msgid "" +"When a customer is set, you will now see the points they will get for the " +"transaction and they will accumulate until they are spent. They are spent " +"using the button *Rewards* when they have enough points according to the " +"rules defined in the loyalty program." +msgstr "" +"Cuando se establece un cliente, ahora verá los puntos que obtendrá por la " +"transacción y se acumularán hasta que se gasten. Se gastan usando el botón " +"*Recompensas* cuando tienen suficientes puntos de acuerdo con las reglas " +"definidas en el programa de lealtad." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:40 +msgid "" +"You can see the price is instantly updated to reflect the pricelist. You can" +" finalize the order in your usual way." +msgstr "" +"Puede ver que el precio se actualiza instantáneamente para reflejar la lista" +" de precios. Puedes finalizar el pedido de la forma habitual." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:44 +msgid "" +"If you select a customer with a default pricelist, it will be applied. You " +"can of course change it." +msgstr "" +"Si selecciona un cliente con una lista de precios predeterminada, se " +"aplicará. Por supuesto, puedes cambiarlo." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:3 +msgid "Using Pricelists in Point of Sale" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You probably know the concept of happy hour: during a certain period of " +"time, the barman gives a discount on some drinks (usually 50% off or a buy " +"one get one free). When the period is over, prices go back to normal. But " +"how does that relate with Odoo?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:10 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, you can set up happy hours. It’s one of the many possible uses of " +"*Pricelists*. Those *Pricelists* allow the creation of multiple prices for " +"the same product: a regular one and a special one for happy hours. Available" +" in the *PoS* app, those are really convenient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:17 +msgid "Set up Pricelists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To set up a *Pricelist*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Configuration` and enable the *Pricelist* feature. Then, " +"go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and" +" enable *Pricelist* for the *PoS*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Now, you can create *Pricelists* by clicking on the *Pricelists* link. Then," +" set it up by choosing the product category you want to include in your " +"happy hour and the discount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Go back to your *PoS* settings and add the Happy Hour pricelist to the list." +" You can even choose a default pricelist if needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:39 +msgid "" +"From now on, on the *PoS* interface, a new button is available, allowing you" +" to choose among the different *pricelists* you added before." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:46 +msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm.rst:3 +msgid "Fiscal Data Modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Setting up the Fiscal Data Module with the Odoo POS" +msgstr "" +"Configuración del Módulo de Datos Fiscales con el Punto de Venta de Odoo" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:170 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "Introducción" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The Belgian government requires certain businesses to use a government-" +"certified device called a **Fiscal Data Module** (also known as a " +"**blackbox**). This device works together with the POS application and logs " +"certain transactions. On top of that, the used POS application must also be " +"certified by the government and must adhere to strict standards specified by" +" them. `Odoo 9 (Enterprise Edition) is a certified application " +"<http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/systemes-certifies>`_. More " +"information concerning the Fiscal Data Module can be found on `the official " +"website <http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/>`_." +msgstr "" +"El gobierno Belga requiere que ciertos negocios usen un dispoistivo " +"certificado por el gobierno llamado **Módulo de Información Físcal** " +"(también conocido como **blackbox**). Este dispositivo trabaja junto con la " +"aplicación de TPV y registra ciertas transacciones. Junto con eso, la " +"aplicación TPV debe ser certificada por el gobierno y debe adherirse a " +"estríctos estándares especificados por ellos. `Odoo 9 (Enterprise Edition) " +"es una aplicación certificada <http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be" +"/systemes-certifies>`_. Más información referente al Módulo de Información " +"Físcal puede ser encontrara en `el sitio web oficial " +"<http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/>`_." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:20 +msgid "Required hardware" +msgstr "El hardware requerido" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:22 +msgid "" +"A government certified `Fiscal Data Module " +"<http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/systemes-" +"certifies#FDM%20certifiés>`_ per POS, all of them should work, but the " +"Cleancash SC-B is recommended, you will also need:" +msgstr "" +"El gobierno certifica el Módulo de Datos Fiscales " +"<http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/systemes-" +"certifies#FDM%20certifiés>`_ por el Punto de Venta, todos ellos deben " +"trabajar, pero se recomienda el Cleancash SC-B, que también se necesitará:" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Serial null modem cable per FDM (`example <http://www.startech.com/Cables" +"/Serial-Parallel-PS-2/DB9-DB25/10-ft-Cross-Wired-Serial-Null-Modem-Cable-" +"DB9-FM~SCNM9FM>`__)" +msgstr "" +"Serial cable de módem nulo por FDM (`ejemplo <http://www.startech.com/Cables" +"/Serial-Parallel-PS-2/DB9-DB25/10-ft-Cross-Wired-Serial-Null-Modem-Cable-" +"DB9-FM~SCNM9FM>`__)" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Serial-to-USB adapter per FDM (`example " +"<http://trendnet.com/products/proddetail.asp?prod=265_TU-S9>`__)" +msgstr "" +"Adaptador Serial-to-USB para FDM (`ejemplo " +"<http://trendnet.com/products/proddetail.asp?prod=265_TU-S9>`__)" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:32 +msgid "A registered IoT Box per POS configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:35 +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "Configurar" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:38 +msgid "IoT Box" +msgstr "IoT Box" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In order to use a Fiscal Data Module, you will need a registered IoT Box. " +"These IoT Boxes are similar to the regular IoT Boxes we sell, but they are " +"registered with the Belgian government. This is required by law. Attempting " +"to use a Fiscal Data Module on a non-registered IoT Box will not work. You " +"can verify that the Fiscal Data Module is recognized by the IoT Box by going" +" to the *Hardware status page* via the IoT Box homepage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:52 +msgid "Odoo" +msgstr "Odoo" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:54 +msgid "" +"An Odoo POS app can be given certified POS capabilities by installing the " +"**Belgian Registered Cash Register** app (technical name: " +"``pos_blackbox_be``). Because of government restrictions imposed on us, this" +" installation cannot be undone. After this, you will have to ensure that " +"each POS configuration has a unique registered IoT Box associated with it " +"(:menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and " +"ensure Hardware Proxy / IoT Box and the serial number of your IoT Box is " +"set). The first time you open the Point of Sale and attempt to do a " +"transaction, you will be asked to input the PIN that you received with your " +"VAT signing card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:69 +msgid "Certification & On-premise" +msgstr "Certificación & Instalación local" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The certification granted by the government is restricted to the use on " +"odoo.com SaaS instance. The usage of the module from the source or a " +"modified version will **not** be certified. For on-premise users, we also " +"support the Fiscal Data Module in such installations. The main restriction " +"is that this requires an obfuscated version of the ``pos_blackbox_be`` " +"module we will provide on request for Enterprise customers." +msgstr "" +"La certificación otorgada por el gobierno está restringida al úso en el SaaS" +" de odoo.com. El uso del módulo desde el código fuente o una versión " +"modificada **no** estará certificada. Para usuarios con instalación local, " +"también soportamos el Módulo de Información fiscal en dichas instalaciones. " +"La mayor restricción es que requiere una versión ofuscada del módulo " +"``pos_blackbox_be`` que se provee sobre pedido para clientes Enterprise." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:79 +msgid "Restrictions" +msgstr "Restricciones" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:81 +msgid "" +"As mentioned before, in order to get certified the POS application must " +"adhere to strict government guidelines. Because of this, a certified Odoo " +"POS has some limitations not present in the non-certified Odoo POS." +msgstr "" +"Como se mencionó anteriormente, de acuerdo con el certificado del módulo de " +"Punto de Venta deben cumplir las especificaciones del Gobierno descritas. " +"Por lo mismo, el certificado de la Terminal del Punto de Venta de Odoo tiene" +" algunas limitaciones no presentes en el no certificado del Punto de Venta " +"de Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:86 +msgid "Refunding is disabled" +msgstr "El reembolso se desactiva" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:87 +msgid "Modifying orderline prices" +msgstr "Modificación de precios de las líneas de pedido" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:88 +msgid "Creating/modifying/deleting POS orders" +msgstr "Crear/modificar/eliminar órdenes del Punto de Venta" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:89 +msgid "Selling products without a valid tax" +msgstr "Vender productos sin el impuesto válido" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:90 +msgid "Multiple Odoo POS configurations per IoT Box are not allowed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:91 +msgid "Using the POS without a connection to the IoT Box (and thus FDM)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:92 +msgid "Blacklisted modules: pos_discount, pos_reprint, pos_loyalty" +msgstr "Lista negra de módulos: pos_discount, pos_reprint, pos_loyalty" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Información general" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:3 +msgid "Getting started" +msgstr "Primeros pasos" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When working with a Point of Sale application, employees want a simple, and " +"user-friendly solution. A solution that works online or offline and with any" +" device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:9 +msgid "" +"A Point of Sale system is a fully integrated application that allows any " +"transaction, automatically registers product moves in your stock, and gives " +"you real-time statistics and consolidations across all shops." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:17 +msgid "Make products available in the PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To make products available for sale, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale -->" +" Products --> Products` and open a product. In the *Sales* tab, enable " +"*Available in Point of Sale*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:28 +msgid "You can also define if the product has to be weighted or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:31 +msgid "Configure your payment methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:33 +msgid "" +"To add a payment method, you first need to create it. Go to " +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment Methods` and " +"click on create. Then, you can name your payment method and set it up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:43 +msgid "Don’t forget your credentials for methods using a payment terminal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Now, you can select the payment method in your PoS settings. To do so, go to" +" :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and open" +" the PoS in which you want to include the payment method. Then, add the " +"payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:55 +msgid "" +"*Configuration* is the menu where you can edit all your point of sale " +"settings. Some more features are available for restaurants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:59 +msgid "Your first PoS session" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:62 +msgid "Your first order" +msgstr "Su primera orden" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:64 +msgid "Open a new session from the dashboard by clicking on *New Session*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:70 +msgid "After the loading screen, you arrive on the PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Once an order is completed, you can register the payment. All the available " +"payment methods appear on the left of the screen. Select the payment method " +"and enter the received amount. Then, you can validate the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:82 +msgid "Return and refund products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Having a well-thought-out return policy is key to keep customers satisfied " +"and make the process of accepting returns and refunds easy for you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:87 +msgid "" +"To do that, from the PoS interface, select the product and quantity (with " +"the +/- button) that the customer wants to return. For multiple products, " +"repeat the process individually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:94 +msgid "" +"When on the payment interface, the total is negative. To end the refund, " +"process the payment and validate it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:102 +msgid "Close the PoS session" +msgstr "Cierre la sesión de PdV" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To close your session at the end of the day, click on the close button on " +"the upper right corner of your screen and confirm. Now, close the session on" +" the dashboard view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:112 +msgid "" +"It’s strongly advised to close your PoS session at the end of each day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Once a session is closed, you can see a summary of all transactions per " +"payment method. Then, click on a line to see all orders that were paid " +"during your PoS session. If everything is correct, validate the session and " +"post the closing entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:123 +msgid "" +"To connect the PoS hardware with an Odoo IoT Box, please refer to these " +"docs: :doc:`Connect an IoT Box to your database " +"</applications/productivity/iot/config/connect>` and :doc:`Use the IoT Box " +"for the PoS </applications/productivity/iot/config/pos>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:129 +msgid "View your statistics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Keeping track of your sales is essential to get meaningful statistics. " +"That’s why Odoo provides analyzes about your sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:134 +msgid "" +"To access your statistics, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> " +"Reporting --> Orders`. There, you can see various statistics in graph or " +"pivot form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:142 +msgid "You can also access them through the dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:3 +msgid "Register customers" +msgstr "Registrar clientes" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Registering your customers will give you the ability to grant them various " +"privileges such as discounts, loyalty program, specific communication. It " +"will also be required if they want an invoice and registering them will make" +" any future interaction with them faster." +msgstr "" +"El registro de sus clientes le dará la posibilidad de otorgarles diversos " +"privilegios, como descuentos, programas de lealtad y comunicación " +"específica. También será necesario si desean una factura y su registro hará " +"que cualquier interacción futura con ellos sea más rápida." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:11 +msgid "Create a customer" +msgstr "Crear un cliente" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:13 +msgid "From your session interface, use the customer button." +msgstr "Desde la interfaz de su sesión, use el botón de cliente." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:18 +msgid "Create a new one by using this button." +msgstr "Crea uno nuevo usando este botón." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You will be invited to fill out the customer form with their information." +msgstr "" +"Se le invitará a completar el formulario del cliente con su información." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Use the save button when you are done. You can then select that customer in " +"any future transactions." +msgstr "" +"Utilice el botón Guardar cuando haya terminado. Ahora podra seleccionar ese " +"cliente en cualquier transacción futura." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment.rst:3 +msgid "Payment Terminals" +msgstr "Terminales de pago" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:3 +msgid "Connect an Ingenico Payment Terminal to your PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Connecting a payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid payment flow to " +"your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Please note that Ingenico is currently only available for customers in the " +"Benelux." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:15 +msgid "Connect an IoT Box" +msgstr "Conecta una IoT Box" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Connecting an Ingenico Payment Terminal to Odoo is a feature that requires " +"an IoT Box. For more information on how to connect an IoT Box to your " +"database, please refer to the :doc:`IoT documentation " +"</applications/productivity/iot/config/connect>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:22 +msgid "Configure the Lane/5000 for Ingenico BENELUX" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Click on the F button of the terminal, then go in the :menuselection:`PoS " +"Menu --> Settings` and enter the settings password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Now, click on connexion change and TCP/IP. Type the IP of your *IoT Box* " +"(you can find it on the form view of your IoT Box). Then, enter 9000 as " +"port. The terminal will restart. Once it is done, go on your *IoT Box* form " +"in Odoo and verify that the terminal has been found." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:36 +msgid "Configure the payment method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:38 +msgid "" +"First, go in the general settings of the POS app, and activate the Ingenico " +"setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Go back in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of " +"Sale`, go in the payments section and access your payment methods. Create a " +"new payment method for Ingenico, select the payment terminal option " +"Ingenico, and select your payment terminal device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:53 +msgid "Pay with a payment terminal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:55 +msgid "" +"In your *PoS interface*, when processing a payment, select a *Payment " +"Method* using a payment terminal. Check that the amount in the tendered " +"column is the one that has to be sent to the payment terminal and click on " +"*Send*. When the payment is successful, the status will change to *Payment " +"Successful*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:64 +msgid "" +"If you want to cancel the payment request, click on cancel. You can still " +"retry to send the payment request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:67 +msgid "" +"If there is any issue with the payment terminal, you can still force the " +"payment using the *Force Done*. This will allow you to validate the order in" +" Odoo even if the connexion between the terminal and Odoo has issues." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:73 +msgid "" +"This option will only be available if you received an error message telling " +"you the connexion failed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Once your payment is processed, on the payment record, you’ll find the type " +"of card that has been used and the transaction ID." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a SIX Payment Terminal to your PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Connecting a SIX payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid payment flow " +"to your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Even though Worldline has recently acquired SIX Payment Services and both " +"companies use Yomani payment terminals, the firmware they run is different. " +"Terminals received from Worldline are therefore not compatible with this " +"integration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:16 +msgid "Configure the Payment Method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:20 +msgid "" +"First, make sure that the POS Six module is installed. For this, go to " +"*Apps*, remove the \"Apps\" filter and search for \"POS Six\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Back in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment " +"Methods`, Create a new payment method for SIX, select the payment terminal " +"option \"SIX without IoT Box\", and enter your payment terminal IP address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:40 +msgid "Pay with a Payment Terminal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:36 +msgid "" +"In your PoS interface, at the moment of the payment, select a payment method" +" using a payment terminal. Verify that the amount in the tendered column is " +"the one that has to be sent to the payment terminal and click on *Send*. If " +"you want to cancel the payment request, click on cancel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:44 +msgid "" +"When the payment is done, the status will change to *Payment Successful*. " +"You can always reverse the last transaction by clicking on *Reverse*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If there is any issue with the payment terminal, you can still force the " +"payment using the *Force Done*. This will allow you to validate the order in" +" Odoo even if the connexion between the terminal and Odoo encounters issues." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Vantiv Payment Terminal to your PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Connecting a Vantiv payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid payment " +"flow to your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Please note MercuryPay only operates with US and Canadian banks, making this" +" procedure only suitable for North American businesses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:18 +msgid "" +"First, go in the general settings of the POS app, and activate the Vantiv " +"setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Back in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, " +"go in the payments section and access your payment methods. Create a new " +"payment method for Vantiv, select the payment terminal option Vantiv, and " +"create new Vantiv credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To create new Vantiv credentials, fill in your merchant ID and password, " +"then save. Make sure the credentials you just created are selected, then " +"save the payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:42 +msgid "" +"In your PoS interface, at the moment of the payment, select your Vantiv " +"payment method and… that’s all." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:3 +msgid "Restaurant Features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:3 +msgid "Print the Bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Use the *Bill Printing* feature to print the bill before the payment. This " +"is useful if the bill is still subject to evolve and is thus not the " +"definitive ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:10 +msgid "Configure Bill Printing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To activate *Bill Printing*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Bill Printing* option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:22 +msgid "Split a Bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:24 +msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Bill* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:29 +msgid "When you use it, you can then print the bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:3 +msgid "Using fiscal positions in PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, *Fiscal Positions* let you apply different taxes based on the " +"customer location. In a *Point of Sale*, such as a restaurant, it can be " +"used to apply different taxes depending if the customer eats in or takes " +"away." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:11 +msgid "Set up fiscal positions for PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To enable this feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of Sale` and check *Fiscal Position per Order*. Now," +" you can choose the fiscal positions you want for your *PoS*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:21 +msgid "You need to create your fiscal positions before using this feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:24 +msgid "Using fiscal positions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Once on your *PoS* interface, click on the *Tax* button. Now, choose the " +"fiscal position you need for the current order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:33 +msgid "Set up a default fiscal position" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:35 +msgid "" +"If you want to use a default fiscal position, meaning that a preexisting " +"value is always automatically assigned, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale " +"--> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and enable *Fiscal Position*. Now, " +"choose one to set as the default one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Now, the *tax* button is replaced by a *on site* button when on the *PoS* " +"interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:3 +msgid "Print orders at the kitchen or bar" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To ease the workflow between the front of house and the back of the house, " +"printing the orders taken on the PoS interface right in the kitchen or bar " +"can be a tremendous help." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:10 +msgid "Activate the bar/kitchen printer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To activate the *Order printing* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " +"Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Under the IoT Box / Hardware Proxy category, you will find *Order Printers*." +" Note that you need an IoT Box to connect your Printer to the PoS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:20 +msgid "Add a printer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:22 +msgid "" +"In your configuration menu you will now have a *Order Printers* option where" +" you can add the printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:29 +msgid "Print a kitchen/bar order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:34 +msgid "Select or create a printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:37 +msgid "Print the order in the kitchen/bar" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:39 +msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Order* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:44 +msgid "" +"When you press it, it will print the order on your kitchen/bar printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:3 +msgid "Manage your tables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Restaurants have specific needs that shops don’t have. That’s why Odoo gives" +" restaurant owners several unique features to help them manage their " +"business in the best possible way." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Floor and table management, bill splitting, or even the possibility to print" +" orders from the kitchen, everything is there to help your business shine " +"and your employees to work efficiently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To activate the bar/restaurant features, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale" +" --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and open your PoS. Now, select *Is a " +"Bar/Restaurant*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:24 +msgid "" +"New features are shown with a fork and a knife next to it, indicating that " +"they are restaurant-specific." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:32 +msgid "Add a floor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Once your *Point of Sale* has been configured, select *Table Management* " +"under :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`. " +"Then, click on *Floors* to create and name your floor and tables." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:47 +msgid "Don’t forget to link your floor to your point of sale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:50 +msgid "Add tables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:52 +msgid "" +"To add tables, you can also open your PoS interface to see your floor(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Then, click on *Edit Mode* (pencil icon on the upper right corner) to be " +"allowed to create, move, modify tables, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To make your table easier to be found, you can rename them, change their " +"shape, size or even color. It is also possible to add the maximum number of " +"sits the table can have." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:72 +msgid "Register your table(s) orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To register an order, click on the respective table. By doing so, you are " +"taken to your main interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:82 +msgid "Transfer customer(s)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:84 +msgid "" +"If your customers want to move to another table after they already ordered, " +"use the transfer button. This way, the order is also moved to the new table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:88 +msgid "To do so, select the table your customer is currently on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Now, click on the transfer button and select the table to which you are " +"transferring your customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:103 +msgid "Register an additional order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:105 +msgid "" +"When registering an order, use the + button to simultaneously proceed to " +"another one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Then, you can shift between your orders and process the payment when needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:116 +msgid "The - button allows you to remove the order you are currently on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:3 +msgid "Offer a bill-splitting option" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Offering an easy bill splitting solution to your customers will leave them " +"with a positive experience. That's why this feature is available out-of-the-" +"box in the Odoo Point of Sale application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To activate the *Bill Splitting* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " +"Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find the Bill Splitting " +"option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:23 +msgid "Split a bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:25 +msgid "In your PoS interface, you now have a *Split* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:30 +msgid "" +"When you use it, you will be able to select what that guest should had and " +"process the payment, repeating the process for each guest." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:3 +msgid "Integrate a tip option into payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:5 +msgid "" +"As it is customary to tip in many countries all over the world, it is " +"important to have the option in your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:9 +msgid "Configure Tipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To activate the *Tips* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Tips*. Select it and " +"create a *Tip Product* such as *Tips* in this case." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:21 +msgid "Add Tips to the bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:23 +msgid "Once on the payment interface, you now have a new *Tip* button" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:28 +msgid "Add the tip your customer wants to leave and process to the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop.rst:3 +msgid "Shop Features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:3 +msgid "Using barcodes in PoS" +msgstr "Usando códigos de barras en PdV" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Using a barcode scanner to process point of sale orders improves your " +"efficiency and helps you to save time for you and your customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To use a barcode scanner, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Under the IoT Box / Hardware category, you will find *Barcode Scanner* " +"select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:21 +msgid "Add barcodes to product" +msgstr "Añadir códigos de barras al producto." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Products` and select a " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Under the general information tab, you can find a barcode field where you " +"can input any barcode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:33 +msgid "Scanning products" +msgstr "Escanear productos" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:35 +msgid "" +"From your PoS interface, scan any barcode with your barcode scanner. The " +"product will be added, you can scan the same product to add it multiple " +"times or change the quantity manually on the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:3 +msgid "Set-up Cash Control in Point of Sale" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Cash control allows you to check the amount of the cashbox at the opening " +"and closing. You can thus make sure no error has been made and that no cash " +"is missing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:10 +msgid "Activate Cash Control" +msgstr "Activar el control de efectivo" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To activate the *Cash Control* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales" +" --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" +"Para activar la función *Control de efectivo *, vaya a: menuselection: " +"`Punto de Ventas -> Configuración -> Punto de Venta` y seleccione su " +"interfaz PdV." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:16 +msgid "Under the payments category, you will find the cash control setting." +msgstr "" +"En la categoría de pagos, encontrará la configuración de control de " +"efectivo." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:21 +msgid "" +"In this example, you can see I want to have 275$ in various denomination at " +"the opening and closing." +msgstr "" +"En este ejemplo, pueden ver que quiero tener 275 $ en varias denominaciones " +"en la apertura y el cierre." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:24 +msgid "" +"When clicking on **Opening/Closing Values** you will be able to create those" +" values." +msgstr "" +"Al hacer clic en **Valores de apertura / cierre**, podrá crear esos valores." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:31 +msgid "Start a session" +msgstr "Iniciar una sesion" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:33 +msgid "" +"You now have a new button added when you open a session, *Set opening " +"Balance*" +msgstr "" +"Ahora tiene un nuevo botón agregado cuando abre una sesión, *Establecer " +"saldo inicial*" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:42 +msgid "" +"By default it will use the values you added before, but you can always " +"modify it." +msgstr "" +"Por defecto, utilizará los valores que agregó anteriormente, pero siempre " +"puede modificarlo." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:46 +msgid "Close a session" +msgstr "Cerrar una sesion" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:48 +msgid "" +"When you want to close your session, you now have a *Set Closing Balance* " +"button as well." +msgstr "" +"Cuando desee cerrar su sesión, ahora también tiene un botón *Establecer " +"saldo final*." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:51 +msgid "" +"You can then see the theoretical balance, the real closing balance (what you" +" have just counted) and the difference between the two." +msgstr "" +"Luego puede ver el balance teórico, el balance de cierre real (lo que acaba " +"de contar) y la diferencia entre los dos." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:57 +msgid "" +"If you use the *Take Money Out* option to take out your transactions for " +"this session, you now have a zero-sum difference and the same closing " +"balance as your opening balance. You cashbox is ready for the next session." +msgstr "" +"Si usa la opción *Sacar Dinero* para realizar sus transacciones para esta " +"sesión, ahora tiene una diferencia de suma cero y el mismo saldo de cierre " +"que su saldo de apertura. Tu caja está lista para la próxima sesión." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:3 +msgid "Cash Rounding" +msgstr "Redondeo de efectivo" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Cash rounding** is required when the lowest physical denomination of " +"currency, or the smallest coin, is higher than the minimum unit of account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:9 +msgid "" +"For example, some countries require their companies to round up or down the " +"total amount of an invoice to the nearest five cents, when the payment is " +"made in cash." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Each point of sale in Odoo can be configured to apply cash rounding to the " +"totals of its bills or receipts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings` and " +"enable *Cash Rounding*, then click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, " +"open the point of sale you want to configure, and enable the *Cash Rounding*" +" option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:29 +msgid "" +"To define the **Rounding Method**, open the drop-down list and click on " +"*Create and Edit...*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Define here your *Rounding Precision*, *Profit Account*, and *Loss Account*," +" then save both the Rounding Method and your Point of Sale settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:39 +msgid "" +"All total amounts of this point of sale now add a line to apply the rounding" +" according to your settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Odoo Point of Sale only support the *Add a rounding line* rounding " +"strategies and *Half-up* rounding methods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:3 +msgid "Invoice from the PoS interface" +msgstr "Factura desde la interfaz PdV" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Some of your customers might request an invoice when buying from your Point " +"of Sale, you can easily manage it directly from the PoS interface." +msgstr "" +"Algunos de tus clientes pueden solicitar una factura al comprar desde su " +"punto de venta, puede administrarlo fácilmente directamente desde la " +"interfaz de PdV." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:9 +msgid "Activate invoicing" +msgstr "Activar facturación" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and" +" select your Point of Sale:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Under the *Bills & Receipts* you will see the invoicing option, tick it. " +"Don't forget to choose in which journal the invoices should be created." +msgstr "" +"En *Facturas y recibos* verá la opción de facturación, márquela. No olvide " +"elegir en qué diario se deben crear las facturas." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:25 +msgid "Select a customer" +msgstr "Selecciona un cliente" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:27 +msgid "From your session interface, use the customer button" +msgstr "Desde la interfaz de su sesión, use el botón de cliente" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:32 +msgid "" +"You can then either select an existing customer and set it as your customer " +"or create a new one by using this button." +msgstr "" +"Luego, puede seleccionar un cliente existente y configurarlo como su cliente" +" o crear uno nuevo con este botón." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:38 +msgid "" +"You will be invited to fill out the customer form with its information." +msgstr "" +"Se le invitará a completar el formulario del cliente con su información." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:41 +msgid "Invoice your customer" +msgstr "Facturación al cliente" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:43 +msgid "" +"From the payment screen, you now have an invoice option, use the button to " +"select it and validate." +msgstr "" +"Desde la pantalla de pago, ahora tiene una opción de facturación, use el " +"botón para seleccionarla y validarla." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:49 +msgid "You can then print the invoice and move on to your next order." +msgstr "Despues, puede imprimir la factura y pasar a su próximo pedido." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:52 +msgid "Retrieve invoices" +msgstr "Recuperar facturas" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Once out of the PoS interface (:menuselection:`Close --> Confirm` on the top" +" right corner) you will find all your orders in :menuselection:`Point of " +"Sale --> Orders --> Orders` and under the status tab you will see which ones" +" have been invoiced. When clicking on a order you can then access the " +"invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:3 +msgid "Log in with employee" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With Odoo *Point of Sale*, you can manage multiple cashiers. This feature " +"allows you to keep track of who is working, when and how much each cashier " +"made for that session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:9 +msgid "" +"There are three ways to switch cashiers in Odoo: by *selecting the cashier*," +" by *entering a PIN code* or by *scanning a barcode*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To manage multiple cashiers, you need several employees (at least two)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:16 +msgid "Set up log in with employees" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To enable the feature, go to your *PoS settings* and check log in with " +"employees on your *PoS form*. Then, add the employees that have access to " +"the cash register." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:25 +msgid "Now, you can switch cashier easily." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:28 +msgid "Switch without pin codes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The easiest way to switch cashiers is without a code. To do so, click on the" +" cashier name in your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:36 +msgid "Now, you just have to click on your name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:42 +msgid "Switch cashier with pin codes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:44 +msgid "" +"You can set a pin code on each cashier. To set up a pin code, go to the " +"employee form and add a security PIN, in the *HR settings tab*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:50 +msgid "Now, when switching cashier, a PIN password will be asked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:56 +msgid "Switch cashier with barcodes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:58 +msgid "" +"You can ask your employees to log themselves with their badges. To do so, " +"set up a barcode at the same place you add the PIN code. Print the badge and" +" when they will scan it, the cashier will be switched to that employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:67 +msgid "Find who was the cashier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Once you have closed your *PoS session*, you can have an overview of the " +"amount each cashier sold for. To do so, go to the orders menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:75 +msgid "Now, you can open the order and have a summary of the sold products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:3 +msgid "Reprint Receipts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Use the *Reprint receipt* feature if you have the need to reprint a ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To activate *Reprint Receipt*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of sale`. and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Reprint Receipt* option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:17 +msgid "" +"In order to allow the option reprint receipt, you need to activate the " +"receipt printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:23 +msgid "Reprint a receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:25 +msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Reprint receipt* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:30 +msgid "When you use it, you can then reprint your last receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced.rst:3 msgid "Advanced Topics" msgstr "Temas avanzados" -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:3 msgid "How to give portal access rights to my customers?" msgstr "¿Cómo dar permisos de acceso portal a mis clientes?" -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:6 msgid "What is Portal access/Who is a portal user?" msgstr "¿Que es acceso Portal/Quién es usuario de portal?" -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:8 msgid "" "A portal access is given to a user who has the necessity to have access to " "Odoo instance, to view certain documents or information in the system." @@ -63,13 +2969,13 @@ msgstr "" "Un acceso al portal se ortoga a un usario que necesita aceso a la instancia " "de Odoo para ver ciertos documentos o información en el sistema." -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:12 msgid "For Example, a long term client who needs to view online quotations." msgstr "" "Por ejemplo, un cliente a largo plazo que necesita ver cotizaciones en " "línea." -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:14 msgid "" "A portal user has only read/view access. He or she will not be able to edit " "any document in the system." @@ -77,15 +2983,15 @@ msgstr "" "Un usuario de portal solo tiene acceso de lectura. No podra editar nigun " "documento en el sistema." -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:18 msgid "How to give portal access to customers?" msgstr "¿Como otorgar acceso el portal para clientes?" -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:21 msgid "From Contacts Module" msgstr "Desde el módulo de contactos" -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:23 msgid "" "From the main menu, select **Contacts** menu. If the contact is not yet " "created in the system, click on the create button to create new contact. " @@ -95,7 +3001,7 @@ msgstr "" "creado todavia en el sistema, haga click en el botón **Crear** para crear un" " nuevo contacto. Ingrese los detalles y haga click en **Guardar**." -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:33 msgid "" "Choose a contact, click on the **Action** menu in the top-center of the " "interface and from the drop down." @@ -104,11 +3010,11 @@ msgstr "" "superior del interfaz y del drop down sellecione **Gestión de Acceso al " "Portal**." -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:36 msgid "Select **Portal Access Management**. A pop up window appears." msgstr "Un pop up emerge." -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:41 msgid "" "Enter the login **email ID**, check the box under **In Portal** and add the " "content to be included in the email in the text field box below. Click on " @@ -118,7 +3024,7 @@ msgstr "" "agregue el contenido para ser incluido en el correo electronico en la " "casilla de texto abajo. Haga click en **Aplicar** cuando haya terminado." -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:47 msgid "" "An email will be sent to the specified email address, indicating that the " "contact is now a portal user of the respective instance." @@ -127,253 +3033,253 @@ msgstr "" "contacto ahora se encuentra habilitado como usuario del portal de la " "instancia repsectiva." -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector.rst:3 msgid "Amazon Connector" msgstr "Conector de Amazon" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:3 msgid "Amazon Connector Features" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:5 msgid "" "The **Amazon Connector** synchronizes the orders between Amazon and your " "Odoo database, which reduces considerably the amount of time spent on your " "Amazon Seller Central dashboard, making your daily routine a lot easier." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:10 msgid "Supported Features" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:12 msgid "The connector is able to:" msgstr "El conector está disponible para:" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:14 msgid "" "Synchronize (Amazon to Odoo) all confirmed orders (both FBA and FBM) and " "their order items which include:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:17 msgid "the product’s name, description and quantity" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:18 msgid "the shipping costs for the product" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:19 msgid "the gift wrapping charges" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:21 msgid "" "Create on Odoo any missing partner related to an order (contact types " "supported: contact and delivery)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:23 msgid "" "Notify Amazon of a shipping confirmed on Odoo (FBM) in order to get paid." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:25 msgid "Support multiple seller accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:26 msgid "Support multiple marketplaces per seller account." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:29 msgid "Fulfilled By Amazon (FBA)" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:29 msgid "Fulfilled By Merchant (FBM)" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:31 msgid "**Orders**" msgstr "**Pedidos**" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:31 msgid "Synchronize shipped and canceled orders" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:31 msgid "Synchronize unshipped and canceled orders" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 msgid "**Shipping**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 msgid "Charges" msgstr "Cargos" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:35 msgid "Delivery created" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 msgid "**Gift Wrapping**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:43 msgid "Handled by Amazon" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 msgid "Gift wrapping charges" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:38 msgid "Gift message" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 msgid "**Stock Management**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 msgid "One stock move created per sales order item" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 msgid "Handled by the delivery" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:43 msgid "**Confirmation**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:43 msgid "Notify Amazon when confirming delivery" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:48 msgid "" "The connector is designed to synchronize orders' data as detailed above. " "Other actions, such as downloading monthly fees reports, handling disputes, " "or issuing refunds must be managed from Amazon Seller Central, as usual." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:55 msgid "Supported Marketplaces" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:57 msgid "" "The Amazon Connector currently supports 9 marketplaces. If a marketplace is " "not listed below, it may be possible for you to :ref:`add it as an " "unsupported marketplace <amazon/add-unsupported-marketplace>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:62 msgid "**North America region**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:64 msgid "Canada" msgstr "Canadá" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:64 msgid "Amazon.ca" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:66 msgid "Mexico" msgstr "México" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:66 msgid "Amazon.com.mx" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:68 msgid "US" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:68 msgid "Amazon.com" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:72 msgid "**Europe region**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:74 msgid "Germany" msgstr "Alemania" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:74 msgid "Amazon.de" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:76 msgid "Spain" msgstr "España" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:76 msgid "Amazon.es" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:78 msgid "France" msgstr "Francia" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:78 msgid "Amazon.fr" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:80 msgid "UK" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:80 msgid "Amazon.co.uk" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:82 msgid "Italy" msgstr "Italia" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:82 msgid "Amazon.it" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:84 msgid "Netherlands" msgstr "Holanda" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:84 msgid "Amazon.nl" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:88 -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:98 msgid ":doc:`setup`" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:89 -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:162 msgid ":doc:`manage`" msgstr ":doc:`manage`" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:3 msgid "Manage Amazon orders in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:6 msgid "Synchronization of orders" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:8 msgid "" "Orders are automatically fetched from Amazon and synchronized in Odoo at " "regular intervals. The synchronization is based on the Amazon status: only " @@ -385,35 +3291,35 @@ msgid "" " are not yet registered." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:15 msgid "" "When an order is canceled in Amazon and was already synchronized in Odoo, " "the corresponding sales order is automatically canceled in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:19 msgid "" "To force the synchronization of an order whose status has not changed since " "the last synchronization, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " -"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, navigate to your Amazon account " -"and modify the date under :menuselection:`Orders Follow-up --> Last Order " +"</applications/general/developer_mode>`, navigate to your Amazon account and" +" modify the date under :menuselection:`Orders Follow-up --> Last Order " "Sync`. Pick a date anterior to the last status change of the order that you " "wish to synchronize and save." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:26 msgid "" "To synchronize immediately the orders of your Amazon account switch to " -":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, head to your " +":doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>`, head to your " "Amazon account and click on **SYNC ORDERS**. The same can be done with " "pickings by clicking on **SYNC PICKINGS**." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:31 msgid "Manage deliveries in FBM" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:33 msgid "" "When a **FBM** (Fulfilled by Merchant) order is synchronized in Odoo, a " "picking is created along with the sales order and the customer. You can " @@ -421,18 +3327,18 @@ msgid "" "products partially by using backorders." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:37 msgid "" "When a picking related to the order is confirmed, a notification is sent to " "Amazon who will, in turn, notify the customer that the order (or a part of " "it) is on its way." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:41 msgid "Follow deliveries in FBA" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:43 msgid "" "When a **FBA** (Fulfilled by Amazon) order is synchronized in Odoo, a stock " "move is recorded for each sales order item so that it is saved in your " @@ -443,14 +3349,14 @@ msgid "" "under the FBA program." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:50 msgid "" "To follow your Amazon (FBA) stock in Odoo, you can make an inventory " "adjustment after replenishing it. You can also trigger an automated " "replenishment from reordering rules on the Amazon location." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:55 msgid "" "The Amazon location is configurable by Amazon account managed in Odoo. All " "accounts of the same company use the same location by default. It is however" @@ -462,24 +3368,24 @@ msgid "" " your account." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:63 msgid "Issue invoices and register payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:65 msgid "" "You can issue invoices for Amazon orders in Odoo. Click **Create Invoice** " "in the sales order to do so. You can also do it in batch from the list view " "of orders. Then, confirm and send the invoices to your customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:70 msgid "" "To display only Amazon-related orders on the list view, you can filter " "orders based on the sales team." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:73 msgid "" "As the customer has paid Amazon as an intermediary, you should register " "invoice payments in a payment journal dedicated to Amazon (e.g. Amazon " @@ -490,11 +3396,11 @@ msgid "" "account by the amount received." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:80 msgid "Follow your Amazon sales in sales reporting" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:82 msgid "" "As a sales team is set on your account under the tab **Order Follow-up**, " "this helps you give quick glances at the figures in just a few clicks in " @@ -502,13 +3408,13 @@ msgid "" " of your company's accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:86 msgid "" "If you wish, you can change the sales team on your account for another to " "perform a separate reporting for the sales of this account." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:90 msgid "" "It is also possible to perform reporting on a per-marketplace basis in a " "similar fashion. First, remove the marketplace you wish to track separately " @@ -518,20 +3424,20 @@ msgid "" "two registrations of your account." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:97 -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:161 msgid ":doc:`features`" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:3 msgid "Configure Amazon Connector in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:6 msgid "Generate an Authorization Token in Seller Central" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:10 msgid "" "The Amazon Connector uses an Authorization Token that allows Odoo to fetch " "data from your Amazon Seller Central account. This token can be obtained " @@ -539,7 +3445,7 @@ msgid "" "your Odoo database configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:14 msgid "" "Connect to your Seller Central account for the marketplace you initially " "signed up (e.g. if you created your account on Amazon Germany, go to `Amazon" @@ -547,53 +3453,53 @@ msgid "" "administrator account." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:19 msgid "" "You might need to use the *main* (or first) administrator account and not " "one added subsequently." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:22 msgid "" "In the main menu, select :menuselection:`Apps & Services --> Manage Your " "Apps`; in the page that displays, click on the ``Authorize new developper`` " "button:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:28 msgid "Fill in the form depending on your Marketplace:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:33 msgid "" "If your seller account is registered in the **North America** region, use " "these values:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:35 -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:40 msgid "Developer's Name: ``Odoo S.A.``" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:36 msgid "Developer ID: ``586127723692``" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:38 msgid "For the **Europe** region, use these values:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:41 msgid "Developer ID: ``579095187166``" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:43 msgid "" "Amazon will then inform you that by submitting the form, you are giving " "access to your Seller Central Information to Odoo S.A." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:47 msgid "" "Odoo S.A. is unable to access your Amazon account's information without the " "Authorization Token which is stored in your Odoo database - we do not store " @@ -601,18 +3507,18 @@ msgid "" "your account's information outside of the Amazon Connector normal flows." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:53 msgid "Register your Amazon account in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:57 msgid "" "To register your seller account in Odoo, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales " "--> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Amazon " "Accounts` and click on **CREATE**." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:60 msgid "" "The **Seller ID** can be found in Seller Central under the link **Your " "Merchant Token** on the **Seller Account Information** page. The " @@ -620,14 +3526,14 @@ msgid "" "<amazon/generate_auth_token>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:64 msgid "" "Upon saving, your credentials are checked. In case of issues, an error will " "be displayed - the information cannot be saved until your credentials are " "recognized by Amazon." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:67 msgid "" "Once the account is registered, the marketplaces available to this account " "are synchronized and listed under the **Marketplaces** tab. If you wish, you" @@ -635,11 +3541,11 @@ msgid "" " their synchronization." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:72 msgid "Match database products in Amazon" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:74 msgid "" "When an Amazon order is synchronized, up to three sales order items are " "created in Odoo for each product sold on Amazon: one for the marketplace " @@ -647,7 +3553,7 @@ msgid "" " charges (if any)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:80 msgid "" "The selection of a database product for a sales order item is done by " "matching its **internal reference** with the **SKU** for marketplace items, " @@ -655,7 +3561,7 @@ msgid "" "for gift wrapping charges." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:84 msgid "" "For marketplace products, pairings are saved as **Amazon Offers** which are " "listed under the **Offers** stat button on the account form. Offers are " @@ -664,7 +3570,7 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`the internal reference is used instead <amazon/matching>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:90 msgid "" "It is possible to force the pairing of a marketplace item with a specific " "product by changing either the product or the SKU of an offer. The offer can" @@ -673,7 +3579,7 @@ msgid "" " under different conditions." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:95 msgid "" "If no database product with a matching internal reference is found for a " "given SKU or gift wrapping code, a default database product **Amazon Sale** " @@ -681,19 +3587,19 @@ msgid "" "the shipping code." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:100 msgid "" "To modify the default products, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " -"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>` and navigate to " +"</applications/general/developer_mode>` and navigate to " ":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> " "Amazon Sync --> Default Products`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:106 msgid "Configure taxes of products" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:108 msgid "" "To allow for tax reporting of Amazon sales with Odoo, the taxes applied to " "the sales order items are those set on the product or determined by the " @@ -702,7 +3608,7 @@ msgid "" " subtotals between Seller Central and Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:114 msgid "" "As Amazon does not necessarily apply the same taxes as those configured in " "Odoo, it may happen that order totals differ by a few cents from that on " @@ -710,11 +3616,11 @@ msgid "" "reconciling the payments in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:121 msgid "Add an unsupported marketplace" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:123 msgid "" "Some Amazon Marketplaces, such as Amazon Brazil, are not officially " "supported by Odoo but might be compatible with your seller account. These " @@ -723,7 +3629,7 @@ msgid "" "natively supported marketplaces." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:129 msgid "" "To find out if a marketplace is eventually compatible, check the `Amazon " "Documentation " @@ -732,19 +3638,19 @@ msgid "" "account." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:133 msgid "" "To add a new marketplace, you must first enable :doc:`Developer mode " -"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." +"</applications/general/developer_mode>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:136 msgid "" "Once that is done, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " "Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Amazon Marketplaces`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:139 msgid "" "From there, you can create a new marketplace record. You will need the " "Marketplace ID and Endpoint for your marketplace as described in the `Amazon" @@ -752,7 +3658,7 @@ msgid "" "<https://docs.developer.amazonservices.com/en_US/dev_guide/DG_Endpoints.html>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:143 msgid "" "Set the name of the record to ``Amazon.<domain>`` to easily retrieve it (for" " instance: ``Amazon.se``). The **Code**, **Domain** and **API Identifier** " @@ -760,7 +3666,7 @@ msgid "" "and *MarketplaceId* values from the Amazon Documentation." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:147 msgid "" "Once the marketplace is saved, you should then update the Amazon Account " "configuration by going to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " @@ -773,26 +3679,26 @@ msgid "" " it is either incompatible or unavailable for your seller account." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:156 msgid "" "As manually added marketplaces are not officially supported by Odoo, there " "is no guarantee that adding one as described above will work, nor can this " "be considered as a bug when contacting Odoo Support." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector.rst:3 msgid "eBay Connector" msgstr "conector con eBay" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:3 msgid "How to list a product?" msgstr "¿Cómo listar un producto?" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:6 msgid "Listing without variation" msgstr "Listado sin variación" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:8 msgid "" "In order to list a product, you need to check the **use eBay** field on a " "product form. The eBay tab will be available." @@ -800,7 +3706,7 @@ msgstr "" "Para listar un producto, debe seleccionar el campo **Usar eBay** en un " "formulario de producto. La pestaña de eBay estará disponible." -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:14 msgid "" "When the **Use Stock Quantity** field is checked, the quantity sets on eBay " "will be the Odoo **Forecast Quantity**." @@ -808,7 +3714,7 @@ msgstr "" "Cuando el campo **Usar Cantidad de Existencias** es seleccionado, la " "cantidad definida en eBay será la **Cantidad Pronosticada** de Odoo." -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:17 msgid "" "The **Description Template** allows you to use templates for your listings. " "The default template only use the **eBay Description** field of the product." @@ -820,7 +3726,7 @@ msgstr "" " del producto. Puede usar html dentro de la **Plantilla de Descripción** y " "en la **Descripción eBay**." -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:21 msgid "" "To use pictures in your listing, you need to add them as **Attachments** on " "the product template." @@ -828,11 +3734,11 @@ msgstr "" "Para poder utilizar imagenes en sus listados, debe agregarlso como " "**Adjuntos** en la plantilla de productos, \"el producto padre\"." -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:24 msgid "Listing with variations" msgstr "Listado con variaciones" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:26 msgid "" "When the **use eBay** on a product with variations is checked and with " "**Fixed Price** as **Listing Type**, the eBay form is sligthly different. In" @@ -845,11 +3751,11 @@ msgstr "" "variante será listada en eBay así como ajustar el precio y la cantidad de " "cada variante." -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:35 msgid "Listing with item specifics" msgstr "Listado con items especificos" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:37 msgid "" "In order to add item specifics, you should create a product attribute with " "one value in the **Variants** tab on the product form." @@ -858,11 +3764,11 @@ msgstr "" " de producto con un valor en la pestaña **Variantes** en el formulario de " "producto." -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:44 msgid "Product Identifiers" msgstr "Identificadores de Productos" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:46 msgid "" "Products identifiers such as EAN, UPC, Brand or MPN are required in most of " "the eBay category. The module manages the EAN and UPC identifiers with the " @@ -882,15 +3788,15 @@ msgstr "" "deben ser definidos en la pestaña **Variantes** de la ficha del producto. Si" " estos valores no son fijados, 'No aplica' será utilizado por la lista eBay." -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:3 msgid "How to configure eBay in Odoo?" msgstr "¿Cómo configurar eBay en Odoo?" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:6 msgid "Create eBay tokens" msgstr "Crear tokens de eBay" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:8 msgid "" "In order to create your tokens, you need to create a developer account on " "the `developer portal <https://go.developer.ebay.com/>`_. Once you are " @@ -902,7 +3808,7 @@ msgstr "" "ingresado, puede crear **Claves de Prueba** y **Claves de Producción** " "haciendo clic en los botones adecuados." -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:16 msgid "" "After the creation of the keys, you can get the user token. To do so, click " "on the **Get a User Token** link in the bottom of the page. Go through the " @@ -914,11 +3820,11 @@ msgstr "" "de la página. Diligencie el formulario, ingrese en su cuenta de eBay y " "obtendrá las claves y el token necesarios para configurar el módulo en Odoo." -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:22 msgid "Set up tokens in Odoo?" msgstr "¿Configurar tokens en Odoo?" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:24 msgid "" "To set up the eBay integration, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " "Configuration --> Settings`." @@ -926,7 +3832,7 @@ msgstr "" "Para configurar la integración con eBay, vaya a :menuselection:`Ventas --> " "Configuración --> Ajustes`." -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:29 msgid "" "First choose if you want to use the production or the sandbox eBay Site. " "Then fill in the fields **Developer Key**, **Token**, **App Key**, **Cert " @@ -936,7 +3842,7 @@ msgstr "" "Luego llene los campos **Llave de Desarrollador**, **Token**, **Clave de la " "Aplicación**, **Clave del Certificado**. Aplicar los cambios." -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:33 msgid "" "Once the page is reloaded, you need to synchronize information from eBay. " "Push on **Sync countries and currencies**, then you can fill in all the " @@ -946,7 +3852,7 @@ msgstr "" "información de eBay. Pulse sobre **Sync countries and currencies**, para " "llenar los otros campos." -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:36 msgid "" "When all the fields are filled in, you can synchronize the categories and " "the policies by clicking on the adequate buttons." @@ -954,71 +3860,71 @@ msgstr "" "Cuando todos los campos se rellenan, puede sincronizar las categorías y las " "políticas haciendo clic en los botones adecuados." -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:40 msgid "Using the updated synchronisation method" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:42 msgid "" "If you have a lot of products, the eBay API can sometimes refuse some " "synchronization calls due to a time-based limit on the number of requests " "that eBay enforces." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:45 msgid "" "To fix this issue, a new implementation mechanism has been developped; " "however this updated mechanism is disabled by default to avoid having the 2 " "systems running in parallel in existing installations." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:49 msgid "To switch to the new synchronization mechanism:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:51 msgid "" -"Enable the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." +"Enable the :doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:52 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Scheduled Actions`" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:53 msgid "" "Archive the old synchronization actions (both are named *Ebay: update " "product status*)" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:54 msgid "" "Activate the new synchronization actions (*Ebay: get new orders* which runs " "every 15min by default and *Ebay: synchronise stock (for 'get new orders' " "synchronisation)* which runs once a day per default)" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:55 msgid "" "Ensure that the **Next Execution Date** for both these actions are in the " "near future" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:57 msgid "" "Starting with the next execution date, the new method will be used instead " "of the old one." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing.rst:3 msgid "Invoicing Method" msgstr "Método de facturación" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:3 msgid "Request a down payment" msgstr "Solicitar un pago inicial" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:5 msgid "" "A down payment is a partial payment made by the buyer when a sales contract " "is concluded. This implies both parties' full commitment (seller and buyer) " @@ -1027,17 +3933,17 @@ msgid "" "obliged to provide the goods by accepting it." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:10 msgid "" "Sometimes a down payment is required for expensive orders or projects. That " "way, you can protect yourself and make sure that your customer is reliable." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:14 msgid "First time you request a down payment" msgstr "Primera vez que solicite un pago inicial" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:16 msgid "" "When a sales order is confirmed, you then have the possibility to create an " "invoice. Invoices are automatically created in drafts so that you can review" @@ -1045,19 +3951,19 @@ msgid "" "options:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:20 msgid "Regular invoice" msgstr "Factura regular" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:21 msgid "Down payment (percentage)" msgstr "Depósito (porcentaje)" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:22 msgid "Down payment (fixed amount)" msgstr "Depósito (cantidad fija)" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:24 msgid "" "In terms of down payment, it can either be a fixed amount or a percentage of" " the total amount. The first time you request a down payment, you can set a " @@ -1065,7 +3971,7 @@ msgid "" "account and taxes. These settings will be reused for future down payments." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:34 msgid "" "When you request your first down payment, a new product called **Down " "payment** will be created. This product will be registered as a **service** " @@ -1075,11 +3981,11 @@ msgid "" " to create an invoice**." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:41 msgid "Basic sales flow using down payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:43 msgid "" "For this first example, we will use a 50% amount down payment with a product" " using **ordered quantities** as invoicing policy. Make sure to check out " @@ -1089,7 +3995,7 @@ msgid "" "down payment (as you can see below)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:53 msgid "" "There, you can post the invoice and register the payment of your customer. " "But, we all know that in real life this flow does not happen immediately. " @@ -1100,7 +4006,7 @@ msgid "" " and draft invoice)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:63 msgid "" "To complete the flow, when the customer wants to pay the rest of his sales " "order, you must create another invoice. Once again, you will have the choice" @@ -1108,13 +4014,13 @@ msgid "" "paying the rest of the invoice as a regular invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:71 msgid "" "This flow is also possible with a down payment taking into account a fixed " "amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:74 msgid "" "Be careful that if you do a down payment with a product using **delivered " "quantities** as invoicing policy, you won’t be able to deduct all the down " @@ -1126,15 +4032,15 @@ msgid "" "delivered quantity manually on the sales order." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:82 msgid "Modify the income account and customer taxes" msgstr "Modificar la cuenta de ingresos y los impuestos de clientes." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:84 msgid "From the products list, search for the **Down Payment** product." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:90 msgid "" "You can edit it and under the **General Information Tab** you will be able " "to change the customer taxes. Now, to change the income account, you will " @@ -1142,15 +4048,15 @@ msgid "" "**Accounting Tab** on the product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:99 msgid ":doc:`invoicing_policy`" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:3 msgid "Re-invoice expenses to customers" msgstr "Volver a facturar los gastos a los clientes." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:5 msgid "" "It often happens that your employees have to spend their personal money " "while working on a project for your client. Let's take the example of an " @@ -1162,13 +4068,13 @@ msgstr "" "consultor que paga por un hotel para que trabaje en el sitio de su cliente. " "Como empresa, te gustaría poder facturar este gasto a tu cliente." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:12 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:64 msgid "Expenses configuration" msgstr "Configuración gastos" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:14 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:66 msgid "" "To track & invoice expenses, you will need the expenses app. Go to " ":menuselection:`Apps --> Expenses` to install it." @@ -1176,20 +4082,20 @@ msgstr "" "Para rastrear y facturar gastos, necesitará la aplicación de gastos. Vaya a:" " menuselection: `Apps -> Gastos` para instalarlo." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:17 msgid "" "You should also activate the analytic accounts feature to link expenses to " "the sales order, to do so, go to :menuselection:`Invoicing --> Configuration" " --> Settings` and activate *Analytic Accounting*." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:22 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:74 msgid "Add expenses to your sales order" msgstr "Agregue gastos a su orden de venta" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:24 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:76 msgid "" "From the expense app, you or your consultant can create a new one, e.g. the " "hotel for the first week on the site of your customer." @@ -1197,8 +4103,8 @@ msgstr "" "Desde la aplicación de gastos, usted o su asesor pueden crear uno nuevo, " "p.ej. El hotel para la primera semana en el sitio de su cliente." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:27 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:79 msgid "" "You can then enter a relevant description and select an existing product or " "create a new one from right there." @@ -1206,60 +4112,60 @@ msgstr "" "Luego puede ingresar una descripción relevante y seleccionar un producto " "existente o crear uno nuevo desde allí mismo." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:33 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:85 msgid "Here, we are creating a *Hotel* product:" msgstr "Aquí, puedes crear un producto *Hotel*:" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:38 msgid "" "Under the invoicing tab, select *Delivered quantities* and either *At cost* " "or *Sales price* as well depending if you want to invoice the cost of your " "expense or a previously agreed on sales price." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:45 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:97 msgid "" "To modify or create more products go to :menuselection:`Expenses --> " "Configuration --> Expense products`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:48 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:100 msgid "" "Back on the expense, add the original sale order in the expense to submit." msgstr "" "De nuevo en el gasto, agregue la orden de venta original en el gasto a " "enviar." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:54 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:106 msgid "It can then be submitted to the manager, approved and finally posted." msgstr "Luego puede enviarse al gerente, aprobarse y finalmente publicarse." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:65 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:117 msgid "It will then be in the sales order and ready to be invoiced." msgstr "Luego estará en el pedido de venta y listo para ser facturado." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:3 msgid "Invoice based on delivered or ordered quantities" msgstr "Factura basada en cantidades entregadas o pedidas" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:5 msgid "" "Different business policies might require different options for invoicing:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:7 msgid "" "The **Invoice what is ordered** rule is used as **default mode** in Odoo " "Sales, which means that customers will be invoiced once the sales order is " "confirmed." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:10 msgid "" "The **Invoice what is delivered** rule will invoice customers once the " "delivery is done. This rule concerns businesses that sell materials, liquids" @@ -1268,58 +4174,58 @@ msgid "" " delivered." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:15 msgid "" "Being able to have different invoicing options allow you more flexibility. " "Indeed, you need to know exactly how to invoice your customers for different" " situations." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:19 msgid "Activate these features" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:21 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and under " "**Invoicing policy** choose the rule you want to apply." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:30 msgid "" "If you decide to choose the **Invoice what is delivered** rule, you will not" " be able to activate the feature called **Automatic invoice**, which " "automatically generates invoices when the online payment is confirmed." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:35 msgid "Choose an invoicing policy on a product form" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:37 msgid "" "From any product page, under the **Sales tab**, you will find the invoicing " "policy, which can be manually changed." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:46 msgid "Impact on sales flow" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:48 msgid "" "On Odoo Sales, the basic sales flow will be to create a quotation, send it " "to your customer, wait for confirmation, confirm the sales order and create " "an invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:51 msgid "" "**Invoice what is ordered**: No impact on this basic sales flow. Indeed, you" " can invoice as soon as the sale is confirmed." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:54 msgid "" "**Invoice what is delivered**: Small impact on sales flow because you will " "have to manually enter the delivered quantity on the sales order or to " @@ -1329,36 +4235,36 @@ msgid "" "error message as below." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:65 msgid "" "Once the quotation is confirmed and that the status went from **Quotation " "sent** to **Sales order**, you are able to see your delivered and invoiced " "quantities directly from your sales order (it is true for both rules)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:74 msgid "" "Odoo will automatically add the quantities to the invoice (even if it is a " "partial delivery)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:76 msgid "" "Finally, to create an invoice, you will have different possibilities: " "regular invoice or down payment (percentage or fixed amount)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:80 msgid "" "Be sure to check out our documentation about down payment here: " ":doc:`down_payment`, to master this incredible feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:3 msgid "Invoice project milestones" msgstr "Hitos del proyecto de factura" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:5 msgid "" "Milestone invoicing can be used for expensive or large-scale projects, with " "each milestone representing a clear sequence of work that will incrementally" @@ -1368,41 +4274,42 @@ msgid "" "project's progress and pay in several installments." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:13 msgid "Create milestone products" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:15 msgid "" "In Odoo, each milestone of your project is considered as a product. To " "configure products to work this way, go to any product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:18 msgid "" "You have to set the product type as *Service* under general information and " "select *Milestones* in the sales tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:25 msgid "Invoice milestones" msgstr "Facturar hitos" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:27 msgid "" "From the sales order, you can manually edit the quantity delivered as you " "complete a milestone." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:33 msgid "You can then invoice that first milestone." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:3 ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:22 msgid "Send a pro-forma invoice" msgstr "Enviar una factura pro-forma" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:5 msgid "" "A pro-forma invoice is an abridged or estimated invoice in advance of a " "delivery of goods. It notes the kind and quantity of goods, their value, and" @@ -1412,34 +4319,34 @@ msgid "" " not being a demand or request for payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:13 -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:10 msgid "Activate the feature" msgstr "Activar esta característica" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:15 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the" " *Pro-Forma Invoice* feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:24 msgid "" "From any quotation or sales order, you know have an option to send a pro-" "forma invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:30 msgid "" "When you click on send, Odoo will send an email with the pro-forma invoice " "in attachment." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:3 msgid "Sell subscriptions" msgstr "Vender suscripciones" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:5 msgid "" "Selling subscription products will give you predictable revenue, making " "planning ahead much easier." @@ -1447,17 +4354,17 @@ msgstr "" "La venta de productos de suscripción te proporcionará ingresos predecibles, " "lo que facilitará mucho la planificación." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:9 msgid "Make a subscription from a sales order" msgstr "Hacer una suscripción de un pedido de venta" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:11 msgid "" "From the sales app, create a quotation to the desired customer, and select " "the subscription product your previously created from the Subscriptions App." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:14 msgid "" "When you confirm the sale the subscription will be created automatically. " "You will see a direct link from the sales order to the Subscription in the " @@ -1467,11 +4374,11 @@ msgstr "" "un enlace directo desde la orden de venta a la Suscripción en la esquina " "superior derecha." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:3 msgid "Invoice based on time and materials" msgstr "Factura basada en tiempo y materiales." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:5 msgid "" "Time and Materials is generally used in projects in which it is not possible" " to accurately estimate the size of the project, or when it is expected that" @@ -1481,7 +4388,7 @@ msgstr "" "no es posible estimar con precisión el tamaño del proyecto, o cuando se " "espera que los requisitos del proyecto cambien. " -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:9 msgid "" "This is opposed to a fixed-price contract in which the owner agrees to pay " "the contractor a lump sum for the fulfillment of the contract no matter what" @@ -1492,7 +4399,7 @@ msgstr "" "contrato, sin importar lo que los contratistas paguen a sus empleados, " "subcontratistas y proveedores." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:14 msgid "" "For this documentation I will use the example of a consultant, you will need" " to invoice their time, their various expenses (transport, lodging, ...) and" @@ -1502,27 +4409,27 @@ msgstr "" "facturar su tiempo, sus diversos gastos (transporte, alojamiento, ...) y " "compras." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:19 msgid "Invoice time configuration" msgstr "Configuración para la facturación de tiempo. " -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:21 msgid "" "To keep track of progress in the project, you will need the *Project* app. " "Go to :menuselection:`Apps --> Project` to install it." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:24 msgid "" "In *Project* you will use timesheets, to do so go to :menuselection:`Project" " --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Timesheets* feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:32 msgid "Invoice your time spent" msgstr "Facturar tu tiempo invertido" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:34 msgid "" "From a product page set as a service, you will find two options under the " "invoicing tab, select both *Timesheets on tasks* and *Create a task in a new" @@ -1532,11 +4439,11 @@ msgstr "" "opciones en la pestaña de contabilidad, seleccione *Hojas de horas en las " "tareas* y *Crear una tarea en un nuevo proyecto*." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:41 msgid "You could also add the task to an existing project." msgstr "También puede agregar la tarea a un proyecto existente." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:43 msgid "" "Once confirming a sales order, you will now see two new buttons, one for the" " project overview and one for the current task." @@ -1544,7 +4451,7 @@ msgstr "" "Una vez que confirme un pedido de venta, ahora verá dos nuevos botones, uno " "para el resumen del proyecto y otro para la tarea actual." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:49 msgid "" "You will directly be in the task if you click on it, you can also access it " "from the *Project* app." @@ -1552,7 +4459,7 @@ msgstr "" "Usted estará directamente en la tarea si hace clic en ella, también puede " "acceder a ella desde la aplicación *Project*." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:52 msgid "" "Under timesheets, you can assign who works on it. You can or they can add " "how many hours they worked on the project so far." @@ -1560,18 +4467,18 @@ msgstr "" "Bajo las hojas de horas, puede asignar quién trabaja en él. Puede o pueden " "agregar cuántas horas trabajaron en el proyecto hasta el momento." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:58 msgid "From the sales order, you can then invoice those hours." msgstr "A partir de la orden de venta, puede facturar esas horas." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:69 msgid "" "You should also activate the analytic accounts feature to link expenses to " "the sales order, to do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Settings` and activate *Analytic Accounting*." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:90 msgid "" "under the invoicing tab, select *Delivered quantities* and either *At cost* " "or *Sales price* as well depending if you want to invoice the cost of your " @@ -1581,11 +4488,11 @@ msgstr "" " *al costo* o *Precio de venta* también dependiendo de si desea facturar el " "costo de sus gastos o un precio de venta previamente acordado." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:120 msgid "Invoice purchases" msgstr "Facturar Compras" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:122 msgid "" "The last thing you might need to add to the sale order is purchases made for" " it." @@ -1593,78 +4500,78 @@ msgstr "" "Lo último que puede necesitar agregar a la orden de venta son las compras " "realizadas para ella." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:125 msgid "" "You will need the *Purchase Analytics* feature, to activate it, go to " ":menuselection:`Invoicing --> Configuration --> Settings` and select " "*Purchase Analytics*." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:129 msgid "" "While making the purchase order don't forget to add the right analytic " "account." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:135 msgid "" "Once the PO is confirmed and received, you can create the vendor bill, this " "will automatically add it to the SO where you can invoice it." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices.rst:3 msgid "Products & Prices" msgstr "Productos & Precios" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices.rst:3 msgid "Manage your pricing" msgstr "Gestiona tus precios" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:3 msgid "How to sell in foreign currencies" msgstr "Cómo vender en monedas extranjeras." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:5 msgid "Pricelists can also be used to manage prices in foreign currencies." msgstr "" "Las listas de precios también se pueden utilizar para administrar los " "precios en monedas extranjeras." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:7 msgid "" "Check *Allow multi currencies* in :menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> " "Settings`. As admin, you need *Adviser* access rights on " "Invoicing/Accounting apps." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:10 msgid "" "Create one pricelist per currency. A new *Currency* field shows up in " "pricelist setup form." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:13 msgid "" "To activate a new currency, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Currencies`, select it in the list and press *Activate* in" " the top-right corner. Now it will show up in currencies drop-down lists." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:17 msgid "Prices in foreign currencies can be defined in two fashions." msgstr "Los precios en monedas extranjeras se pueden definir de dos maneras." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:20 msgid "Automatic conversion from public price" msgstr "Conversión automática del precio público." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:22 msgid "" "The public price is in your company's main currency (see " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings`) and is set in product detail form." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:28 msgid "" "The conversion rates can be found in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Currencies`. They can be updated from Yahoo or the " @@ -1672,11 +4579,11 @@ msgid "" " :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:40 msgid "Set your own prices" msgstr "Establece tus propios precios" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:42 msgid "" "This is advised if you don't want your pricing to change along with currency" " rates." @@ -1684,15 +4591,15 @@ msgstr "" "Esto se recomienda si no deseas que tus precios cambien junto con las tasas " "de cambio." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:49 msgid ":doc:`pricing`" msgstr ":doc:`pricing`" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:3 msgid "How to adapt your prices to your customers and apply discounts" msgstr "Cómo adaptar tus precios a tus clientes y aplicar descuentos." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo has a powerful pricelist feature to support a pricing strategy tailored" " to your business. A pricelist is a list of prices or price rules that Odoo " @@ -1701,36 +4608,36 @@ msgid "" "quantity and get a price break), etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:9 msgid "" "As pricelists only suggest prices, they can be overridden by vendors " "completing sales orders. Choose your pricing strategy from " ":menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:18 msgid "" "*A single sale price per product :* doesn't let you adapt prices, it use " "default product price ;" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:19 msgid "" "*Different prices per customer segment :* you will set several prices per " "products ;" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:20 msgid "" "*Advanced pricing based on formula :* will let you apply discounts, margins " "and roundings." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:23 msgid "Several prices per product" msgstr "Varios precios por producto." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:25 msgid "" "To apply several prices per product, select *Different prices per customer " "segment* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`. Then open the *Sales* tab " @@ -1741,18 +4648,18 @@ msgstr "" " pestaña *Ventas* en el formulario de detalles del producto. Puedes " "configurar las siguientes estrategias." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:30 msgid "Prices per customer segment" msgstr "Precios por segmento de clientes" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:32 msgid "" "Create pricelists for your customer segments: e.g. registered, premium, etc." msgstr "" "Cree listas de precios para sus segmentos de clientes: p.ej, registrado, " "premium, etc." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:37 msgid "" "The default pricelist applied to any new customer is *Public Pricelist*. To " "segment your customers, open the customer detail form and change the *Sale " @@ -1763,17 +4670,17 @@ msgstr "" "formulario de detalles del cliente y cambia la *Lista de precios de venta* " "en la pestaña *Ventas y compras*." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:45 msgid "Temporary prices" msgstr "Precios temporales" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:47 msgid "Apply deals for bank holidays, etc. Enter start and end dates dates." msgstr "" "Aplica ofertas para días festivos, etc. Ingresa las fechas de inicio y " "finalización." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:53 msgid "" "Make sure you have default prices set in the pricelist outside of the deals " "period. Otherwise you might have issues once the period over." @@ -1782,11 +4689,11 @@ msgstr "" "precios fuera del período de ofertas. De lo contrario, podrías tener " "problemas una vez finalizado el período." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:57 msgid "Prices per minimum quantity" msgstr "Precios por cantidad mínima." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:63 msgid "" "The prices order does not matter. The system is smart and applies first " "prices that match the order date and/or the minimal quantities." @@ -1795,11 +4702,11 @@ msgstr "" "primeros precios que coinciden con la fecha del pedido y / o las cantidades " "mínimas." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:67 msgid "Discounts, margins, roundings" msgstr "Descuentos, márgenes, redondeos." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:69 msgid "" "*Advanced pricing based on formula* allows to set price change rules. " "Changes can be relative to the product list/catalog price, the product cost " @@ -1809,14 +4716,14 @@ msgid "" " or multiple of either (nearest 5 cents, nearest 10 dollars)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:76 msgid "" "Once installed go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Pricelists`" " (or :menuselection:`Website Admin --> Catalog --> Pricelists` if you use " "e-Commerce)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:84 msgid "" "Each pricelist item can be associated to either all products, to a product " "internal category (set of products) or to a specific product. Like in second" @@ -1827,7 +4734,7 @@ msgstr "" "producto específico. Al igual que en la segunda opción, puede establecer " "fechas y cantidades mínimas." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:91 msgid "" "Once again the system is smart. If a rule is set for a particular item and " "another one for its category, Odoo will take the rule of the item." @@ -1836,43 +4743,43 @@ msgstr "" "artículo en particular y otra para su categoría, Odoo tomará la regla del " "artículo." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:93 msgid "Make sure at least one pricelist item covers all your products." msgstr "" "Asegúrate de que al menos un artículo de la lista de precios cubra todos sus" " productos." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:95 msgid "There are 3 modes of computation: fix price, discount & formula." msgstr "Hay 3 modos de cálculo: precio fijo, descuento y fórmula." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:100 msgid "Here are different price settings made possible thanks to formulas." msgstr "" "Aquí hay diferentes configuraciones de precios posibles gracias a las " "fórmulas." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:103 msgid "Discounts with roundings" msgstr "Descuentos con redondeos." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:105 msgid "e.g. 20% discounts with prices rounded up to 9.99." msgstr "p.ej. Descuentos del 20% con precios redondeados hasta 9.99." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:111 msgid "Costs with markups (retail)" msgstr "Costos con recargos (venta minorista)" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:113 msgid "e.g. sale price = 2*cost (100% markup) with $5 of minimal margin." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:119 msgid "Prices per country" msgstr "Precios por pais" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:120 msgid "" "Pricelists can be set by countries group. Any new customer recorded in Odoo " "gets a default pricelist, i.e. the first one in the list matching the " @@ -1885,23 +4792,23 @@ msgstr "" "En caso de que no se establezca un país para el cliente, Odoo toma la " "primera lista de precios sin ningún grupo de países." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:123 msgid "The default pricelist can be replaced when creating a sales order." msgstr "" "La lista de precios predeterminada se puede reemplazar al crear un pedido de" " venta." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:125 msgid "You can change the pricelists sequence by drag & drop in list view." msgstr "" "Puede cambiar la secuencia de listas de precios arrastrando y soltando en la" " vista de lista." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:128 msgid "Compute and show discount % to customers" msgstr "Calcular y mostrar % de descuento a los clientes." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:130 msgid "" "In case of discount, you can show the public price and the computed discount" " % on printed sales orders and in your eCommerce catalog. To do so:" @@ -1910,7 +4817,7 @@ msgstr "" "calculado en pedidos de venta impresos y en tu catálogo de comercio " "electrónico. Para hacerlo:" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:132 msgid "" "Check *Allow discounts on sales order lines* in :menuselection:`Sales --> " "Configuration --> Settings --> Quotations & Sales --> Discounts`." @@ -1919,143 +4826,116 @@ msgstr "" " :menuselection: 'Ventas --> Configuración --> Ajustes --> Cotizaciones & " "Ventas --> Descuentos'." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:133 msgid "Apply the option in the pricelist setup form." msgstr "" "Aplica la opción en el formulario de configuración de la lista de precios." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:140 msgid ":doc:`currencies`" msgstr ":doc:`currencies`" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:141 -msgid ":doc:`../../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing`" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:141 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing`" +msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products.rst:3 msgid "Manage your products" msgstr "Gestiona tus productos" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:3 -msgid "How to import products with categories and variants" -msgstr "Cómo importar productos con categorías y variantes." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:3 +msgid "How to import Products with Categories and Variants" +msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:5 msgid "" -"Import templates are provided in the import tool of the most common data to " -"import (contacts, products, bank statements, etc.). You can open them with " -"any spreadsheets software (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, " +"Import templates are provided in the **Import Tool** of the most common data" +" to import (contacts, products, bank statements, etc.). You can open them " +"with any spreadsheet software (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, " "etc.)." msgstr "" -"Importa plantillas provistas en la herramienta de importación de la " -"información más común (contactos, productos, resguardos bancarios, etc.). " -"Puedes abrirlos con cualquier software de hojas de cálculo (Microsoft " -"Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, etc.)." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:11 msgid "How to customize the file" msgstr "Cómo customizar el archivo" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:13 msgid "" -"Remove columns you don't need. We advise to not remove the *ID* one (see why" -" here below)." +"Remove columns you don't need. However, we advise you to not remove the *ID*" +" column (see why below)." msgstr "" -"Elimina columnas que no necesitas. Te recomendamos no eliminar la de *ID* (a" -" continuación puedes ver por qué)." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:15 msgid "" "Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing." msgstr "" "Establece un ID único a cada uno de los registros arrastrando hacia abajo la" " secuencia de ID." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:16 msgid "" -"Don't change labels of columns you want to import. Otherwise Odoo won't " -"recognize them anymore and you will have to map them on your own in the " +"Don't change the labels of columns you want to import. Otherwise, Odoo won't" +" recognize them anymore, and you will have to map them on your own in the " "import screen." msgstr "" -"No cambies las etiquetas de las columnas que quieras importar. De lo " -"contrario, Odoo no los reconocerá más y tendrás que mapearlos por tu cuenta " -"en la pantalla de importación." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:18 msgid "" -"To add new columns,Feel free to add new columns but the fields need to exist" -" in Odoo. If Odoo fails in matching the column name with a field, you can " -"make it manually when importing by browsing a list of available fields." +"Feel free to add new columns, but the fields need to exist in Odoo. If Odoo " +"fails in matching the column name with a field, you can match it manually " +"when importing by browsing a list of available fields." msgstr "" -"Para agregar nuevas columnas, no dude en agregar nuevas columnas, pero los " -"campos deben existir en Odoo. Si Odoo falla al hacer coincidir el nombre de " -"la columna con un campo, puede hacerlo manualmente al importar al navegar " -"por una lista de campos disponibles." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:24 -msgid "Why an “ID” column" -msgstr "Por qué una columna de *ID*" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:24 +msgid "Why an “ID” column?" +msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:26 msgid "" -"The ID is an unique identifier for the line item. Feel free to use the one " -"of your previous software to ease the transition to Odoo." +"The ID is a truly unique identifier for the line item. Feel free to use one" +" of your previous software to ease the transition into Odoo." msgstr "" -"La ID es un identificador único para la línea de pedido. Siéntase libre de " -"usar el de tu software anterior para facilitar la transición a Odoo." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:29 msgid "" -"Setting an ID is not mandatory when importing but it helps in many cases:" +"Setting an ID is not mandatory when importing, but it helps in many cases:" msgstr "" -"Estableciendo un ID no es obligatorio cuando estás importando pero ayuda en " -"muchos casos:" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:31 msgid "" "Update imports: you can import the same file several times without creating " -"duplicates;" +"duplicates." msgstr "" -"Actualiza importaciones: puedes importar el mismo archivo varias veces sin " -"crear duplicados;" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:32 msgid "Import relation fields (see here below)." msgstr "Importa campos de relación (ver a continuación)." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:35 msgid "How to import relation fields" msgstr "Cómo importar campos de relación" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:37 msgid "" -"An Odoo object is always related to many other objects (e.g. a product is " +"An Odoo object is always related to many other objects (e.g., a product is " "linked to product categories, attributes, vendors, etc.). To import those " -"relations you need to import the records of the related object first from " +"relations, you need to import the records of the related object first from " "their own list menu." msgstr "" -"Un objeto de Odoo siempre está relacionado a muchos otros objetos (p.e. un " -"producto está relacionado a categorías de productos, atributos, vendedores, " -"etc.). Para importar esas relaciones necesitas importar los registros del " -"objeto relacionado primero desde su propio menú." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:41 msgid "" -"You can do it using either the name of the related record or its ID. The ID " -"is expected when two records have the same name. In such a case add \" / " -"ID\" at the end of the column title (e.g. for product attributes: Product " +"You can do this using the name of the related record or its ID. The ID is " +"expected when two records have the same name. In such a case, add \" / ID\" " +"at the end of the column title (e.g., for product attributes: Product " "Attributes / Attribute / ID)." msgstr "" -"Puedes hacerlo tanto usando el nombre del registro relacionado o su ID. El " -"ID se espera cuando dos registros tienen el mismo nombre. En tal caso añade " -"\"/ID\" al final del título de la columna (p.e. para atributos de producto: " -"Atributos de Producto/Atributo/ID). " -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:3 msgid "Using product variants" msgstr "Usar variantes de productos" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:5 msgid "" "Product variants are used to manage products having different variations, " "like size, color, etc. It allows managing the product at the template level " @@ -2066,26 +4946,26 @@ msgstr "" "producto a nivel de modelo (para todas las variaciones) y a nivel de " "variante (atributos específicos)" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:10 msgid "" "As an example, a company selling t-shirts may have the following product:" msgstr "" "Como ejemplo, una compañía que vende camisetas puede tener el siguiente " "producto:" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:13 msgid "B&C T-shirt" msgstr "Camiseta B&C " -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:15 msgid "Sizes: S, M, L, XL, XXL" msgstr "Tallas: S, M, L, XL, XXL" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:16 msgid "Colors: Blue, Red, White, Black" msgstr "Colores: Azul, Rojo, Blanco, Negro" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:18 msgid "" "In this example, **B&C T-Shirt** is called the product template and **B&C " "T-Shirt, S, Blue** is a variant. Sizes and color are **attributes**." @@ -2093,7 +4973,7 @@ msgstr "" "En este ejemplo, **Camiseta B&C** es la denominación del modelo y **Camiseta" " B&C, S, Azul** es una variante. Las tallas y colores son **atributos**." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:22 msgid "" "The above example has a total of 20 different products (5 sizes x 4 colors)." " Each one of these products has its own inventory, sales, etc." @@ -2102,11 +4982,11 @@ msgstr "" "colores). Cada uno de estos productos tiene su propio inventario, ventas, " "etc." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:26 msgid "Impact of variants" msgstr "Impacto de variantes" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:28 msgid "" "**Barcode**: the code and barcode is associated to a variant, not the " "template. Every variant may have its own barcode / SKU." @@ -2115,7 +4995,7 @@ msgstr "" "variante, no al modelo. Cada variante puede tener su propio código de barras" " / SKU." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:31 msgid "" "**Price**: every product variant has its own public price that is computed " "based on the template price ($20) with an optional extra for every variant " @@ -2127,7 +5007,7 @@ msgstr "" "para cada variante (+$3 para color rojo). No obstante, puede definir reglas " "de lista de precio que apliquen en el modelo o en la variante." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:36 msgid "" "**Inventory**: the inventory is managed by product variant. You don't own " "t-shirts, you only own \"T-shirts, S, Red\", or \"T-Shirts, M, Blue\". For " @@ -2141,7 +5021,7 @@ msgstr "" " modelo del producto, obtiene el inventario que es la suma de cada variante." " (pero el inventario actual es calculado por variante)" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:42 msgid "" "**Picture**: the picture is related to the variant, every variation of a " "product may have its own primary picture." @@ -2149,7 +5029,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Imágen**: la imágen esta relacionada a la variante, cada variación de un " "producto puede tener su propia imágen principal." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:45 msgid "" "**Other fields**: most of the other fields belongs to the product template. " "If you update them, it updates automatically all the variants. (example: " @@ -2159,19 +5039,19 @@ msgstr "" "producto. Si los actualiza, actualiza automáticamente todas las variantes. " "(ejemplo: Cuenta de Ingresos, Impuestos)" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:50 msgid "Should you use variants?" msgstr "¿Debo usar variantes?" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:53 msgid "When should you use variants?" msgstr "¿Cuándo debe usar variantes?" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:55 msgid "Using variants has the following impacts:" msgstr "Usar variantes tiene los siguientes impactos:" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:57 msgid "" "**eCommerce**: in your online shop, the customer will only see product " "templates in the catalog page. Once the visitor click on such a product, he " @@ -2182,7 +5062,7 @@ msgstr "" "en tal producto, el tendrá opciones a elegir entre las variantes (colores, " "tallas, ...)" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:62 msgid "" "**Manufacturing**: Using variants allows to define only one bill of material" " for a product template and slight variations for some of the variants. " @@ -2197,7 +5077,7 @@ msgstr "" " y agregar algunas líneas que específican la dimensión S, y otras líneas que" " específican el color Rojo." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:69 msgid "" "**Pricing**: The default price of a product is computed using the price of " "the product template and add the optional extra price on each dimension of " @@ -2212,11 +5092,11 @@ msgstr "" " cada variante. Sin embargo, también es posible crear reglas de precio para " "fijar precios por variantes." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:77 msgid "When should you avoid using variants?" msgstr "¿Cuándo debe evitar usar variantes?" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:79 msgid "" "Using variants may add a level of complexity on the way you use Odoo. You " "should consider using variants only if you need it to reduce the complexity " @@ -2226,7 +5106,7 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo. Debe considerar usar variantes solo si necesita reducir la complejidad" " de administrar lotes de productos que son similares." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:83 msgid "" "As an example, importing your initial product catalog is more complex if you" " use variants. You can't just import a list of products, you must import " @@ -2236,7 +5116,7 @@ msgstr "" "si usa variantes. No puede solo importar una lista de productos, debe " "importar los modelos del producto y todas sus variaciones relacionadas." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:87 msgid "" "In addition to that, you should also carefully select the dimensions that " "you manage as separate product templates and those as variants. As an " @@ -2246,23 +5126,23 @@ msgstr "" "que administra como modelos de producto separados y estas como variantes. " "Como ejemplo, una compañía que tiene estos productos:" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:91 msgid "Quality: T-Shirts, Polos, Shirts" msgstr "Calidad: Camisetas, Polos, Camisas" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:93 -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:105 -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:110 msgid "Color: Red, Blue" msgstr "Color: Rojo, Azul" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:95 -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:106 -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:111 msgid "Size: S, M, L, XL" msgstr "Talla: S, M, L, XL" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:97 msgid "" "In such a use case, you could create 1 template with three dimensions of " "variants (Layout, T-Shirts, Polos). But, it's recommended to create two " @@ -2276,25 +5156,19 @@ msgstr "" "camisas y el cliente espera ver estos como dos productos diferentes en el " "Comercio Electrónico:" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:103 msgid "Product Template: T-shirt" msgstr "Modelo de Producto: Remera" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:108 msgid "Product Template: Polos" msgstr "Modelo de Producto: Polos" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:114 -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:9 -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:16 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Configuración" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:117 msgid "Activate the variant feature" msgstr "Activar la función variante" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:119 msgid "" "Before you can use product variants, you must first activate the product " "variants in the settings. To do so, you must go to the Sales app. In the " @@ -2308,11 +5182,11 @@ msgstr "" "línea **Variantes de Productos**, y marque la opción **Los productos pueden " "tener varios atributos**, luego de clic en **Aplicar**. " -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:129 msgid "Creating products with variants" msgstr "Creando productos con variantes" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:131 msgid "" "Once you have activated the variant option, you can add variants to your " "products. To do so, go to the Sales module, :menuselection:`Sales --> " @@ -2322,11 +5196,11 @@ msgstr "" " productos. Para hacerlo, vaya al módulo de Ventas, :menuselection:`Ventas " "--> Productos`. También accesible desde los módulos de Compras e inventario." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:135 msgid "Now, click on the product you wish to add variants to." msgstr "Ahora, de clic en el producto al que desea agregar variantes." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:137 msgid "" "In the product page, a new tab called Variants has appeared. The number in " "purple written on top is the number of variants this product currently has. " @@ -2338,7 +5212,7 @@ msgstr "" "que este producto tiene actualmente. Para agregar nuevas variantes, de clic " "en la ficha. En la nueva ventana, de clic en **Crear**." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:142 msgid "" "In **Attributes**, click on the rolldown menu and select the type of " "variance you wish to add. If the variant does not yet exist, you can create " @@ -2348,7 +5222,7 @@ msgstr "" "variación que desea agregar. Si la variante no existe todavía, puede crearla" " sobre la marcha dando clic en Crear y editar..." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:149 msgid "" "In the Attributes window, the **Value** field is the description of the " "attribute such as Green, Plastic or 32GB. The **Attribute** field is the " @@ -2358,7 +5232,7 @@ msgstr "" "atributo como Verde, Plástico o 32GB. El campo **Atributo** es el tipo de " "variante como Color, Material o Memoria." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:156 msgid "" "You can add a cost for the variant on the fly by adding it in the " "**Attribute Price Extra** field, or choose to modify it later. Click on " @@ -2368,14 +5242,14 @@ msgstr "" "campo **Atribuir Precio Adicional**, o elegir modificarlo posteriormente. De" " clic en **Guardar**." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:160 msgid "" "You can also add a different barcode and internal reference to the variant." msgstr "" "También puede agregar a la variante un código de barras y referencia interna" " diferente." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:163 msgid "" "When you have entered all the specifications of the variant, click on " "**Save**." @@ -2383,15 +5257,11 @@ msgstr "" "Cuando haya introducido todas las especificaciones de la variante, haga clic" " en **Guardar**." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:167 msgid "Managing Product Variants" msgstr "Gestionando Variantes de Producto" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:170 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "Introducción" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:172 msgid "" "The examples below are all based on this product template that has two " "variant attributes :" @@ -2399,23 +5269,23 @@ msgstr "" "Los ejemplos a continuación estan todos basados en este modelo de producto " "que tiene dos variantes atributo :" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:175 msgid "T-Shirt B&C" msgstr "Remera B&C" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:177 msgid "Color: Red, Blue, White" msgstr "Color: Rojo, Azul, Blanco" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:179 msgid "Size: S, M, L, XL, XXL" msgstr "Tamaños: S, M, L, XL, XXL" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:182 msgid "Managing combination possibilities" msgstr "Gestionando combinaciones posibles" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:184 msgid "" "By default, with the above product template, you get 15 different products " "(3 colors, 5 sizes). If the XXL size only exists for red and blue t-shirts, " @@ -2425,7 +5295,7 @@ msgstr "" "diferentes (3 colores, 5 tamaños). Si el tamaño XXL sólo existe para las " "camisetas rojas y azules, puede desactivar la variante de producto blanco." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:188 msgid "" "To do this, click on the **Variants** button, select the XXL, White T-shirt." " From the product form, uncheck the **Active** box of the T-shirt White, " @@ -2435,17 +5305,17 @@ msgstr "" "XXL, Blanca. Desde el formulario del producto, desmarque la casilla " "**Activar** de la Camiseta Blanca, XXL." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:197 msgid "" "That deactivating a product is different than having an inventory of 0." msgstr "" "Esa desactivación de un producto es diferente que tener un inventario de 0." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:200 msgid "Setting a price per variant" msgstr "Establecer un precio por variante" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:202 msgid "" "You can add a cost over the main price for some of the variants of a " "product." @@ -2453,7 +5323,7 @@ msgstr "" "Puede agregar un costo sobre el precio principal de las variantes de un " "producto." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:205 msgid "" "Once you have activated the variant option, you can add variants to your " "products. To do so, go to the Sales module, open :menuselection:`Sales --> " @@ -2466,7 +5336,7 @@ msgstr "" "en el botón **Variantes de Precios** para acceder a la lista de valores " "variante." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:213 msgid "" "Click on the variant name you wish to add a value to, to make the 3 fields " "editable. In the **Attribute Price Extra** field, add the cost of the " @@ -2476,35 +5346,37 @@ msgstr "" " hacer los 3 campos editables. En el campo **Atribuir Precio Adicional**, " "agregue el costo de la variante que será agregada al precio original." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:220 msgid "When you have entered all the extra values, click on **Save**." msgstr "" "Cuando haya introducido todos los valores adicionales, haga clic en " "**Guardar**." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:223 msgid "" "`Accounting Memento: Details of Journal Entries " -"<../../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.html#journal-entries>`_" +"</applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.html" +"#journal-entries>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:225 -msgid ":doc:`../../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill`" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:225 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill`" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/taxes.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/taxes.rst:3 msgid "Set taxes" msgstr "Establecer impuestos" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations.rst:3 msgid "Send Quotations" msgstr "Enviar cotizaciones" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:3 msgid "Use quotations deadline to stimulate your customers" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:5 msgid "" "When sending quotations, it is important to set a deadline to encourage your" " customers to act. Indeed, this will stimulate them because they will be " @@ -2513,21 +5385,21 @@ msgid "" "profitable for you." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:11 msgid "Set a deadline" msgstr "Establece una fecha límite" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:13 msgid "" "With Odoo Sales, it is possible to instantly add an **Expiration Date** from" " the quotation or the sales order." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:22 msgid "Use deadline in your quotation templates" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:24 msgid "" "It is also possible to add a deadline to every quotation template created. " "Whenever a specific quotation template is used in a quote, its associated " @@ -2535,26 +5407,26 @@ msgid "" "documentation about :doc:`quote_template` to excel in their use." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:34 msgid "" "By clicking on the **Customer Preview** button, you will be able to see when" " the offer expires. For your information, the number of days will be the " "same as those mentioned in the quotation template." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:44 -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:50 -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:51 -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:65 -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:115 msgid ":doc:`quote_template`" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:3 msgid "Deliver and invoice to different addresses" msgstr "Entrega y facturación a diferentes direcciones." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:5 msgid "" "With Odoo Sales, you can configure different addresses for delivery and " "invoicing. For some customers, it will be very practical to define specific " @@ -2562,17 +5434,17 @@ msgid "" "delivery location as the invoicing location." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:12 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the" " **Customer Addresses** feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:21 msgid "Add addresses from a quotation" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:23 msgid "" "When you create a quotation, you must add a customer. This customer can be a" " company or a person with specific billing and shipping addresses already " @@ -2582,7 +5454,7 @@ msgid "" "able to add, delete and modify invoice and delivery addresses." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:35 msgid "" "If you select a customer with defined invoice and delivery addresses, Odoo " "will automatically use them to fill in the fields. Now, if you want to " @@ -2590,11 +5462,11 @@ msgid "" "the sales order." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:40 msgid "Add addresses from a contact form" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:42 msgid "" "Previously, we talked about the contact form that you can fill in directly " "from a quotation or a sales order to add billing and shipping addresses to " @@ -2604,11 +5476,11 @@ msgid "" " quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:54 msgid "Deal with different addresses" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:56 msgid "" "Like for the previous example, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> " "Customers` and create a new customer. There, you can add company information" @@ -2616,7 +5488,7 @@ msgid "" "the **Contacts & Addresses** tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:65 msgid "" "Once done, you can return to your Sales dashboard and create a new " "quotation. Now, if you enter your new customer, you will see that the other " @@ -2624,17 +5496,17 @@ msgid "" "billing and shipping addresses." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:74 msgid "" "With Odoo Sales, it is now very convenient to play with various addresses in" " terms of invoice and delivery features." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:3 msgid "Get paid to confirm an order" msgstr "Recibe el pago para confirmar un pedido" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:5 msgid "" "In general, online payments are considered as a fast and secure alternative " "to traditional payment methods. It is generally cheaper, easier and faster " @@ -2644,67 +5516,67 @@ msgid "" "it's very convenient and saves lots of time in a basic sales process." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:12 msgid "Enable online payment" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:14 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the" " **Online Payment** feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:22 msgid "" "There, you will have direct access to the **Payment Acquirers** page. It " "will allow you to select and configure your acquirers of choice. Before " "creating or modifying a payment acquirer, be sure to check out our " "documentation about how to be paid with payment acquirers such as " -":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal`, " -":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize`, and others in the " -":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers` documentation." +":doc:`/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal`, " +":doc:`/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize`, and others in the " +":doc:`/applications/general/payment_acquirers` documentation." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:30 msgid "" "If you are familiar with this documentation: :doc:`quote_template`; you can " "activate or not the **Online Payment** feature for each template you use, " "under their confirmation tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:35 msgid "Register a payment" msgstr "Registrar un pago" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:37 msgid "" "After opening quotations from their received email, your customers will have" " different possibilities to make their online payments. For example:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:46 msgid "" "By clicking on the **Customer Preview** button, you will be able to see what" " your customers will have to choose when it comes to payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:51 -msgid ":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers`" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:51 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/payment_acquirers`" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:52 -msgid ":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal`" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:52 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal`" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:53 -msgid ":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize`" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:53 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize`" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:3 msgid "Get a signature to confirm an order" msgstr "Obtener una firma para confirmar un pedido" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:5 msgid "" "Online signatures are like electronic \"fingerprints\". By using them on " "Odoo, you will get automatic orders confirmation. You and your customers " @@ -2712,28 +5584,28 @@ msgid "" "process." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:10 msgid "Activate online signature" msgstr "Activar firma online" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:12 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the" " **Online Signature** feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:21 msgid "" "If you are familiar with this documentation: :doc:`quote_template`, you can " "activate or not the **Online Signature** feature for each quotation template" " you use, under their confirmation tab. Example:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:31 msgid "Confirm an order with a signature" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:33 msgid "" "When you send quotations to clients, they can instantly accept and sign it " "online. When they click on **Sign & Pay**, they have the choice to draw " @@ -2742,24 +5614,24 @@ msgid "" "of an automated signature:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:43 msgid "" "Once signed, you will have the possibility to choose your payment methods. " "Then, when the quotation will be paid and confirmed, a delivery order will " "be created automatically by Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:47 msgid "" "Be careful that delivery orders are only generated for storable products and" " if the **Inventory app** is already installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:3 msgid "Add optional products" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:5 msgid "" "The use of optional products is a marketing strategy for cross-selling " "products along with a core product. The aim is to offer useful and related " @@ -2768,24 +5640,24 @@ msgid "" "or not to order such high-quality products and simply buy his car." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:11 msgid "Add optional products to your quotations" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:13 msgid "" "With Odoo Sales, it is possible to add or modify optional products directly " "on quotations (under the **Optional Products** tab, as you can see below)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:22 msgid "" "By clicking on the **Customer Preview** button, you will be able to see what" " your customers will have as possibilities after opening a quotation from " "their received email." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:30 msgid "" "In practice, your customers will be able to add different optional products " "to their order by using associated carts, with a user-friendly layout. More " @@ -2794,85 +5666,86 @@ msgid "" "salesman." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:40 msgid "" "Like this, salespeople will see each movement made by the customer and " "tracking the order will be all the better." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:49 msgid "Add optional products to your quotation templates" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:51 msgid "" "Be sure to check out our documentation about :doc:`quote_template` to " "understand how you can enable, create, design and manage your own quotation " "templates before reading this part." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:54 msgid "" "For quotation templates, you also have an **Optional Products** tab where " "you can add related products or services." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:62 msgid "" "With Odoo Sales, it is now very easy to understand your customer's needs." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:3 msgid "Use quotation templates" msgstr "Usar plantillas de cotización" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:5 msgid "" "By creating custom quotation templates, you will save a lot of time. Indeed," " with the use of templates, you will be able to send complete quotations at " "a fast pace." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:11 msgid "" "To enable this feature, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " "Settings` and activate **Quotation Templates**." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:19 msgid "" "For even more convenience, it is also recommended to add the **Quotation " "Builder** feature which will help you design your quotation templates very " "easily. This option will automatically install the Odoo Website App." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:47 msgid "Create your first template" msgstr "Crea tu primera plantilla" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:31 msgid "" "Quotation templates are under :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:33 msgid "" "You can create a new template or edit an existing one. Once named, you will " "be able to select products and quantities as well as the expiration time of " "the quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:42 msgid "" "On each template, you can also specify discounts if the option is activated " "in the **Sales** settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:46 msgid "Design your template" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:48 msgid "" "You will have the possibility to design your template and edit the customer " "interface in order to manage what clients will see before accepting and " @@ -2881,59 +5754,59 @@ msgid "" "**Edit** and you will be brought to the quotation builder." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:58 msgid "" "You can easily edit the content of your template by dragging & dropping " "different building blocks to organize your quotation. For example, you can " "add a content block to describe your products." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:67 msgid "Use a quotation template" msgstr "Utiliza una plantilla de cotización" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:69 msgid "When creating a quotation, you can choose a specific template." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:77 msgid "" "You can select any template of your choice and suggest it as the default " "template in the **Sales** settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:81 msgid "Confirm the quotation" msgstr "Confirmar la cotización" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:83 msgid "" "Templates facilitate the confirmation process by allowing customers to sign " "electronically or to pay online. You can activate these two options directly" " in the quotation template itself." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:92 msgid "" "Every quotation will now have this setting. Of course you can always change " "it and make it specific for each quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:96 -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:116 msgid ":doc:`get_signature_to_validate`" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:97 -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:117 msgid ":doc:`get_paid_to_validate`" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:3 msgid "Add terms & conditions" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:5 msgid "" "Specifying terms and conditions is essential to set out important " "contractual points such as payment terms, limitation of liability and " @@ -2945,17 +5818,17 @@ msgid "" "manage." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:13 msgid "Default Terms & Conditions" msgstr "Términos y condiciones predeterminados" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:18 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and " "activate *Default Terms & Conditions*." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:27 msgid "" "Please note that this feature is activated via the settings of the " "**Invoicing App** and **not** via the settings of the **Sales App**. " @@ -2963,73 +5836,73 @@ msgid "" "done automatically with the installation of the sales application." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:32 msgid "DT&C on your quotations, sales orders, and invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:34 msgid "" "In the settings of the **Invoicing App**, you have the possibility to insert" " your default terms and conditions." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:42 msgid "They appear subsequently on every quotation, sales order, and invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:45 msgid "DT&C on your quotation templates" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:47 msgid "" "According to your business needs, you can specify your terms and conditions " "on your quotation templates. This is interesting if you have different terms" " and conditions within your company." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:56 msgid "" "Be sure to check out our documentation about quotation templates: " ":doc:`quote_template`, to master each step of this amazing feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:60 msgid "General Terms & Conditions" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:63 msgid "GT&C on your website" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:65 msgid "" "Use the **Website App** and create your own general terms and conditions " "page. For example, here is the Odoo terms and conditions page:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:73 msgid "" "You can refer to this page in the footer of all your documents. The layout " "is available in the **General Settings** under the **Business Documents** " "category. For example, this footer appears in every document from Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:83 msgid "GT&C as attachment in your emails" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:85 msgid "" "Attach an external document with your general terms and conditions when you " "are about to send your quotation by email to your customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:94 msgid "GT&C as attachment in your quotation templates" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:96 msgid "" "Create and edit email templates to set a default attachment for all " "quotation emails that you will send in the future. To do so, you have to go " @@ -3041,12 +5914,924 @@ msgid "" "conditions." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:109 msgid "" "To customize your email templates, activate the **developer mode** and go to" " :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Email --> Templates`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:112 msgid "With Odoo Sales it is now very simple to deal with terms & conditions." msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:3 +msgid "Subscriptions" +msgstr "Suscripciones" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:3 +msgid "Add subscription products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To properly sell your subscriptions using our amazing **Odoo Subscriptions**" +" application, you must follow these steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:8 +msgid "**Create your own subscription templates**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:9 +msgid "**Create your own subscription products with the right settings**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:11 +msgid "" +"As a result, you will be able to manage your subscriptions like any other " +"product, create your quotations and continue the sales flow to track the " +"number of subscriptions you sell and manage the revenue they generate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Subscription products` to learn how " +"you can configure your own subscription products. You have the possibility " +"to create a new product or edit an existing one. Once named, be careful to " +"select the option *Can be sold* and deselect *Can be purchased*. For the " +"product type, it is recommended to use *Service* for subscription products " +"as they are non-material products that you provide to your customers. " +"Finally, you can adapt your prices and also add an internal reference." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:30 +msgid "" +"In the Sales tab, underneath the Subscriptions section, make sure the " +"*Subscription products* option is activated. In fact, if you create a " +"subscription product from the **Odoo Subscriptions** application, this " +"option is selected by default. However, if you create a product from another" +" application, it is not the case." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:39 +msgid "You can also choose the subscription templates you want to use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Be sure to check out our documentation on how to create, edit and manage " +"your own :doc:`Subscription templates " +"<../../subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates>` before creating " +"your own subscription products. Once created, check out our documentation on" +" how to :doc:`Create a quotation using subscription products " +"<../../subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation>`, to complete the sales " +"flow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:83 +msgid ":doc:`../../subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:85 +msgid ":doc:`../../subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:3 +msgid "Use subscription templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The subscription business model is becoming more popular. Are you wondering " +"why?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:7 +msgid "For **customers**, value lies in **convenience**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Subscriptions simplify the business process. Indeed, subscribers never have " +"to remember to renew their orders every month, which gives them the " +"assurance that they will have everything they need before they actually need" +" it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:12 +msgid "Subscriptions help customers stay on budget." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:14 +msgid "" +"For **businesses**, value lies in the **ability to predict recurring " +"revenue**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Subscriptions reduce customer churn rate and significantly increase customer" +" retention." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Subscriptions provide much higher payment security for your business. They " +"stabilize and maintain recurring revenue streams by guaranteeing monthly " +"revenues and adding value to your business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:27 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Subscriptions** help you save time and money. Subscription templates " +"can help you generate recurring invoices and manage renewals at a fast pace." +" With Odoo you have the possibility to create, edit, and manage your own " +"subscription templates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Configuration --> Subscription " +"templates`. By default, Odoo suggests you two types of subscription (MON - " +"Monthly subscription *vs* YEA - Yearly subscription). You can also create " +"your own ones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:43 +msgid "" +"The **Odoo Subscriptions** application automatically installs **Odoo Sales**" +" and **Odoo Invoicing** as they work integrated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:49 +msgid "" +"You can create a new template or edit an existing one. The first thing you " +"need to do is give your template a name. After that, choose an *Invoicing " +"period* and specify whether you would like to invoice your customers per " +"*Days*, *Weeks*, *Months* or *Years*. On *Duration*, determine if the " +"subscription must go on *Forever* (until it’s manually closed), or for a " +"*Fixed amount* of time. Among the payment options, an additional field " +"called *Invoice email* appears when you choose *Send*, *Send & try to " +"charge* or *Send after successful payment*. This field allows you to add an " +"invoice email template to your subscription templates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:61 +msgid "" +"For each template, you can also choose if you want your customers to be able" +" to close their subscriptions or not. If enabled, you can set an *Automatic " +"closing* limit and specify the *Group of subscription* and *Journal* " +"options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:66 +msgid "" +"On each template, you can add your **Terms and Conditions**. Specifying " +"terms and conditions is essential to set out important contractual points " +"between the customers and the sellers (payment, refund policy, cancellation," +" complaints, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Finally, if you want to know the basic running health status of your " +"subscriptions, you also have access to a specific tab called **Health " +"Check**. There, you can edit and create your own filters to define what is a" +" subscription in good health *vs* bad health. The system automatically " +"summarizes all the records corresponding to these filters and you are able " +"to manage them in one click." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:85 +msgid "" +"After creating your own subscription templates, be sure to check out our " +"documentation on how to create, edit and manage your own :doc:`Subscription " +"products <../../subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products>`, to " +"complete the sales flow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:84 +msgid ":doc:`../../subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up.rst:3 +msgid "Follow-up" +msgstr "Seguimiento" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:3 +msgid "Set up automatic alerts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Now that your subscriptions are up and running, you want to stay up-to-date " +"with your customers. Some automation would be appreciated since you would " +"not want to go through the list of all your subscribers to check how things " +"are going. This is what the *Automatic Alerts* feature is for." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:9 +msgid "" +"For example, when customers subscribe to your magazine, you would probably " +"want to send them an email to welcome them and express your gratitude. Or, " +"if the satisfaction rate of your customers drops below 50%, you would " +"probably want to schedule a call with them to understand the reasons for " +"their dissatisfaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:14 +msgid "" +"With **Odoo Subscriptions**, you can set automatic emails, create a \"Call\"" +" task for one of your salespeople so that he/she can try to understand your " +"customer's dissatisfaction, and finally, why not automatically send " +"satisfaction surveys so customers can evaluate your services? All of that is" +" now possible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:20 +msgid "Create a new automatic alert" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The following example shows how to create a new automatic alert to send " +"satisfaction surveys to your customers, by email, after one month of " +"subscription. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> " +"Configuration --> Alerts`, and create a new alert." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:30 +msgid "" +"On the *Apply on* section, first give the alert a name. Then, you can choose" +" to apply this alert on a subscription template, on a specific customer, or " +"even on a specific product. If you want to add more specifications, you can " +"also specify the value of your MRR, the change rate of your MRR over a " +"certain period of time, the value of the satisfaction rate, and even the " +"stage to which you want to apply this alert." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:37 +msgid "" +"In this example, the alert is applied to a specific product, and the stage " +"goes from *Undefined* to *In Progress*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:40 +msgid "" +"For the *Action* section, specify the *Action* and the *Trigger on*. If the " +"*Trigger on* is set to *Modification*, the action is triggered every time " +"there is a change or anything added to the subscription, and all the " +"conditions on the *Apply on* section are met. Now, if the *Trigger on* is " +"set to *Timed condition*, it means that the action is triggered based on the" +" type of *Trigger date*. After that, you can choose your *Action*. You have " +"the choice between *Create next activity*, *Set a tag on the subscription*, " +"*Set a stage on the subscription*, *Mark as To Renew*, *Send an email to the" +" customer* and *Send an SMS Text Message to the customer*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:50 +msgid "" +"In the example above, the *Trigger on* is set to *Timed condition*, " +"therefore, a *Trigger date* and *Delay after trigger* need to be specified. " +"And because the *Send an email to the customer* action was adopted, an " +"*Email template* can be chosen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:54 +msgid "" +"As a result, this alert will send a rating survey after one month, to the " +"customers who have purchased that specific product. The survey will appear " +"in the chatter of your respective subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:63 +msgid "Modify an existing automatic alert" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:65 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo suggests you an automatic alert called *Take action on less" +" satisfied clients*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:71 +msgid "" +"This alert is applied to the *Rating Satisfaction* of your customers, and " +"the action is triggered on *Timed condition*. If their satisfaction rate is " +"lower than 50%, a salesperson contacts the customer. This action is " +"automatically assigned to the salesperson who manages the subscription, and " +"the due date is 5 days after the triggering of this action. This alert " +"ensures that your clients are happy and that you are taking actions if they " +"are not. It helps to keep your customer retention rates very high." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:79 +msgid "" +"By editing the alert, you can modify the *Apply on*, the *Action* and " +"*Activity* sections, and adapt them to your own needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:86 +msgid ":doc:`../../subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting.rst:3 +msgid "Reporting" +msgstr "Informes" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:3 +msgid "Generate subscription reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:5 +msgid "" +"As we know, understanding how our business is going, and where it is going, " +"is key to success. And particularly so when we offer subscription services " +"or products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Before getting to the heart of the matter, it is very important to recall " +"certain essential concepts to the proper understanding of the following " +"reports:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:11 +msgid "" +"**Monthly Recurring Revenue (MRR)**: MRR is arguably the most important " +"metric for subscription businesses. It shows the monthly revenue earned with" +" subscription-based products or services. It is a consistent number used to " +"track all recurring revenue over time, in monthly increments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:15 +msgid "" +"**Annual Run-Rate (ARR)**: ARR is the yearly version of MRR, which is based " +"on the current MRR, to estimate the coming year's performance. However, this" +" estimation does not take variations and growth into account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:23 +msgid "" +"**Non-Recurring Revenue (NRR)**: NRR shows the revenue earned for everything" +" else than subscription-based products or services. This includes gains of a" +" rare or unique nature that are unlikely to occur in the ordinary course of " +"businesses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:27 +msgid "" +"**Customer Retention**: Practices to engage existing customers to continue " +"buying products or services from your business. Customer retention can be a " +"challenge, because you must prove you are worthy of your customers' trust." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:31 +msgid "" +"**Churn Rate**: Also known as the Rate of Attrition or Customer Churn, the " +"churn rate can be defined, in this case, as the percentage of subscribers " +"who discontinued their subscriptions within a given time period. We can " +"distinguish two types of Churn:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:35 +msgid "**Logo Churn**: It corresponds to the subscription cancellation rate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:37 +msgid "" +"**Revenue Churn**: It corresponds to the monthly recurring revenue loss " +"rate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:39 +msgid "Let's imagine a 2$ increase in a subscription service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:42 +msgid "" +"We lost 3 customers out of the initial 20, which generates a **Logo Churn** " +"of 15%." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Therefore, the 56$ of MRR difference out of the initial 600$ causes a " +"**Revenue Churn**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:0 +msgid "of 9,33%." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Reminder: even though they seem to evolve in the same direction most of the " +"time, it might not be the case all the time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:53 +msgid "" +"**Customer Lifetime Value (CLV)**: Indicates how much revenue can be " +"expected for a customer during his/her entire contract. This approach " +"emphasizes the importance of customer retention, shifting our focus from a " +"quarterly or yearly approach to a long-term one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Check out the different kinds of reports you can access from the **Odoo " +"Subscriptions** application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:61 +msgid "Subscriptions analysis report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Reporting --> Subscriptions`. From " +"there, you can change the *Measures*. By default, Odoo uses the *Monthly " +"Recurring Revenue*. In addition to that, you can choose *Quantity*, " +"*Recurring Price*, *Yearly Recurring Revenue* and *Count*. For this example," +" *Quantity* is added. This way, you can review both of these measures at the" +" same time. You can even *Group By Start Date* and, more precisely, by " +"*Week*, to get a clear view of your report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:74 +msgid "Retention analysis report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Reporting --> Retention`. The " +"default measure applied is *Count*, but you can change to the appropriate " +"one for you. For the example below, *Monthly Recurring Revenue* was chosen, " +"and the *Month* periodicity remains intact. By using these criteria, you can" +" see the progression of the retention from its start." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:86 +msgid "Revenue KPIs report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Reporting --> Revenue KPIs`. From " +"there, you can check different KPIs: *Monthly Recurring Revenue*, *Net " +"Revenue*, *Non-Recurring Revenue*, *Revenue per Subscription*, *Annual Run-" +"Rate*, *Lifetime Value*, and more. You can also filter this information on " +"subscriptions, companies, and sales teams. This is useful if you are looking" +" for specific information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:98 +msgid "" +"The example below shows the *Monthly Recurring Revenue* detailed report. At " +"the moment, there is no data, which is the typical scenario for a new " +"business. But, as your company grows over the months, these graphs get " +"populated with more and more data. Once again, you can filter these specific" +" KPIs on subscriptions, companies, and sales teams." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:108 +msgid "Salesperson dashboard report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Reporting --> Salesperson " +"Dashboard`. This page gives you a summary of your *Monthly Recurring " +"Revenue*, *Non-Recurring Revenue*, *Subscription modifications*, and *Non-" +"Recurring Invoices* for each of your salespeople. You can choose the period " +"you want to apply and the salesperson you want to analyze." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow.rst:3 +msgid "Sales flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:3 +msgid "Close a subscription" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Losing a customer is always difficult, especially if you put a lot of effort" +" into getting them to sign up for your products/services. However, many " +"companies come up with dubious methods to reduce the probability of this " +"happening." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If you adopt such methods, you are among companies that actively and " +"indirectly spread the phobia of subscriptions, who do not think about how " +"negatively dissatisfied customers could impact their business and, who " +"frustrate the customers in a way or another. However, at some point, it is " +"understandable that you do not want your customers to be involved in your " +"subscription status." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If you do not adopt such methods, you are among companies that continue to " +"evolve in a long-term subscription business model, especially in an era of " +"ultra-fast communications between dissatisfied customers, and who retain " +"their customers by making it easier for them to leave if they want to. By " +"giving them the opportunity to close their own subscriptions, your customers" +" do not feel trapped because they subscribed to your products/services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In summary, the **Odoo Subscriptions** application gives you the " +"**possibility to choose what you want to apply**. Indeed, you can decide " +"whether to give your customers the option to close their subscriptions " +"whenever they want to or to restrict this possibility. It depends on you and" +" we will show you how to do that in our amazing application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Configuration --> Subscription " +"templates`. From there, you can create a new *Subscription template* or " +"modify an existing one. When editing your template, underneath the Invoicing" +" tab, you have the possibility to activate the option *Closable by " +"customer*. Once enabled, this option gives your customers the right to close" +" their own subscriptions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Be sure to check out our documentation on how to :doc:`Use subscription " +"templates <../../subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates>` to " +"fully understand the importance of this feature in a basic flow using the " +"**Odoo Subscriptions** application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:49 +msgid "Close your first subscription" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:52 +msgid "Administrator view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Once confirmed, a quotation becomes a sales order and a new subscription is " +"automatically created. Therefore, this subscription has the status *In " +"progress*. From there, you have the possibility to close the subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:62 +msgid "" +"By using the smart button *Close*, you have to enter a close reason. For " +"example, \"Subscription too expensive\", \"Subscription does not meet my " +"requirements\", \"Subscription reached its end date\", etc. Immediately " +"after confirming your close reason, you can observe that the status of the " +"subscription is now *Closed* and that the close reason is mentioned on the " +"subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:72 +msgid "Customer view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:74 +msgid "" +"As previously explained in the *Administrator view* part, from the " +"subscription form, you also have the possibility to visualize what your " +"customers see when managing their subscriptions thanks to the *Customer " +"preview* button. In this example, the customer has the choice to close " +"his/her subscription whenever he/she wants to, due to the *Close " +"Subscription* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:83 +msgid "" +"By using this button, the customer can specify the reason for cancelling " +"his/her subscription and he/she can even leave a message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:90 +msgid "" +"By confirming the cancellation, the customer is redirected to his/her " +"portal. The administrator is informed of this modification. Indeed, the " +"status of the subscription becomes *Closed* and a note appears in the " +"chatter with the new stage, the end date, the close reason, and the closing " +"text added by the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Before closing a subscription, check out our documentation on how to " +":doc:`Create a quotation using subscription products " +"<../../subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation>` to understand how " +"subscriptions are managed in the **Odoo Subscriptions** application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:3 +msgid "Create a quotation using subscription products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Selling a digital product or service gives instant gratification. However, " +"you have to work hard for a new customer to make a purchase. It costs time " +"and money. By convincing customers to sign up for a subscription, you " +"maximize your income and streamline your cash flow. You can sell any type of" +" product or service through a subscription business model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Here is a scenario using **Odoo Subscriptions** to create a quotation " +"including subscription products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:19 +msgid "Create your first quotation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Before creating your first quotation, be sure to check out our documentation" +" on how to create and manage your own :doc:`Subscription templates " +"<../../subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates>` and on how to " +"add :doc:`Subscription products " +"<../../subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products>` to your " +"templates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:30 +msgid "" +"These steps are **mandatory** to make a basic sales flow using **Odoo " +"Subscriptions**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Go to **Odoo Sales** and create a new quotation. Then, choose a customer and" +" add a product. Be careful to select a product that you previously " +"configured as a *Subscription product*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:39 +msgid "" +"When your quotation is ready, you have the possibility to send it to your " +"customers or to confirm it. It is better to first *Send by email* the " +"quotation to your customers to have their confirmation and, then, *Confirm* " +"it in **Odoo Sales**. By clicking on *Customer preview*, you have an idea of" +" what your customers will see when receiving your quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:48 +msgid "" +"From there, your customers have three choices: *Sign & Pay* the quotation, " +"give you a *Feedback* or *Reject* the quotation. It appears that they are " +"very happy and accept the option *Sign & Pay*. Then, they have to validate " +"the order with a signature and by choosing a payment method. When it is " +"done, you can check out the quotation in **Odoo Sales** and *Confirm* it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:54 +msgid "Manage your subscriptions from your SO" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Once confirmed, the quotation becomes a sales order and a new button " +"appears, *Subscriptions*. Indeed, a subscription is automatically created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:63 +msgid "" +"By clicking on the *Subscriptions* button, you can see that the status of " +"the subscription is *In progress*. From there, you will have three options: " +":doc:`Renew <../../subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals>`, :doc:`Close " +"<../../subscriptions/sales_flow/closing>` or :doc:`Upsell " +"<../../subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling>` your subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:73 +msgid "" +"In the top-right corner, you can see the status of the subscription. When a " +"subscription is new and created from **Odoo Subscriptions**, the status is " +"*Draft*. When a sales order has been validated, the status is *In progress*." +" Finally, when a customer decides to close his subscription, the status " +"becomes *Closed*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:81 +msgid ":doc:`../../subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:82 +msgid ":doc:`../../subscriptions/sales_flow/closing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:83 +msgid ":doc:`../../subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:3 +msgid "Renew a subscription" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The key feature of a subscription business model is the recurring nature of " +"payments. In this model, customers pay a recurring amount in exchange for " +"access to a product or a service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Each subscriber experiences this renewal process monthly, annually, or " +"sometimes more, depending on the duration of the contract. Most subscription" +" companies choose to automate their renewal processes but, in some cases, " +"manual subscription renewals are still the preferred option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:18 +msgid "" +"With **Odoo Subscriptions**, you can have all your subscriptions in one " +"application, suggest an automatic subscription renewal to your customers (as" +" well as a manual one) and, finally, filter all your subscriptions and " +"easily find those to renew (with the help of the tag *To renew*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:23 +msgid "Renew your first subscription" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Before renewing a subscription, be sure to check out our documentation on " +"how to :doc:`Create a quotation " +"<../../subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation>` using subscription " +"products. Indeed, once confirmed, a quotation becomes a sales order and a " +"new subscription is automatically created. Therefore, this subscription has " +"the status *In progress*. From there, you have the possibility to renew the " +"subscription. In the Other Info tab, underneath the To Renew section, you " +"can activate the *To renew* option. When activated, a yellow tag " +"automatically appears in the upper right corner of the subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:38 +msgid "" +"The *To renew* tag is automatically ticked when a payment fails. This " +"indicator also appears on the customer portal. To visualize that, you just " +"have to click on the *Customer preview* button. The tag *To renew* appears " +"on the top right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:46 +msgid "" +"When a subscription needs to be renewed, you have the possibility to use a " +"new button called *Renewal quotation*. By clicking on it, a new quotation is" +" created. From there, start a basic sales flow allowing you to send the " +"quotation by email to your customers or to confirm it. It is better to first" +" *Send by email* the quotation to your customers in order to have their " +"confirmation and, then, *Confirm* it in **Odoo Sales**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:53 +msgid "" +"In the Chatter of this new quotation, it is mentioned that \"This renewal " +"order has been created from the previous subscription\". Once confirmed by " +"your customers, this quotation becomes a sales order and a new sale is " +"mentioned in the upper right corner of the subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:61 +msgid "" +"By clicking on the *Sales* button, you have a summary of your sales orders " +"in a list view. The only difference between your two quotations is the " +"description underneath the *Subscription Management* category. There, you " +"can easily visualize which one is your renewal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:70 +msgid "Visualize your subscriptions to renew" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Finally, if you want to visualize all your subscriptions and easily find " +"those to renew, you can go to your *Subscriptions dashboard* and use the " +"filter *To renew*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:3 +msgid "Upsell a subscription" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Subscriptions are recurrent and go on indefinitely. As time passes by, our " +"customers may want to modify them. We must then be able to adapt the prices " +"or change the products’ quantities to accommodate their needs. Two " +"situations can happen:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:9 +msgid "" +"**Loyal customers:** This kind of customers already trust you as a brand. " +"Therefore, you are confident regarding what you offer since they keep paying" +" for your products and services. Consequently, it is easier to sell them " +"something additional than it would be to a new customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:14 +msgid "" +"**New customers:** For this kind of customers, you have to come with " +"something new, something attractive. What about discounts? Typically, every " +"subscription ends after a certain given time. Making these types of offers " +"for new customers strengthens your relationships with them and also " +"increases their retention." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:27 +msgid "" +"As previously explained, to upsell a subscription to new customers, it is " +"recommended to offer *Discounts*. To activate this option, go to " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and, under the " +"*Pricing* category, you have the possibility to grant discounts on sales " +"order lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:36 +msgid "Upsell your first subscription" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Before upselling a subscription, be sure to check out our documentation on " +"how to :doc:`Create a quotation " +"<../../subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation>` using subscription " +"products. Indeed, once confirmed, a quotation becomes a sales order and a " +"new subscription is automatically created. Therefore, this subscription has " +"the status *In progress*. From there, you have the possibility to upsell " +"your subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:48 +msgid "" +"By using the smart button *Upsell*, you are able to create a new quotation " +"with new subscription products and send it to your customers for approval." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:56 +msgid "" +"When the quotation is confirmed by your customers, the products are added to" +" the initial subscription. Quotation prices are, then, prorated to the " +"remaining time of the current invoicing period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Of course, before sending this new quotation to your customers, you can " +"change the unit price, taxes, and, even the discount you want to offer. The " +"smart button *Customer preview* is useful for mimicking the customer's " +"reaction. In this case, we can confidently say that the customer will *Sign " +"and pay* this new quotation. When it is done, you have to go back in edit " +"mode, confirm the quotation, and click on the smart button *Subscriptions* " +"to visualize all updates. From there, you can see that an additional line " +"has been added to the subscription with the new extra service the customer " +"wanted to purchase." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:72 +msgid "" +"In addition, by clicking on the *Sales* button, you have a summary of your " +"sales orders in a list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:79 +msgid "" +"The only difference between your two sales orders is the description " +"underneath the *Subscription Management* category. There, you can easily " +"visualize which one is your upselling." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/services.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/services.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d50b13ce8 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/services.po @@ -0,0 +1,1607 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# David Arnold <blaggacao@users.noreply.github.com>, 2021 +# Antonio Trueba, 2021 +# Noemi Nahomy <noemi.t.angles@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Martin Trigaux, 2021 +# Jesús Alan Ramos Rodríguez <alan.ramos@jarsa.com.mx>, 2021 +# Alejandro Kutulas <alk@odoo.com>, 2021 +# Jesse Garza <jga@odoo.com>, 2021 +# José Cabrera Lozano <jose.cabrera@edukative.es>, 2021 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-18 07:12+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-05-18 05:18+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: José Cabrera Lozano <jose.cabrera@edukative.es>, 2021\n" +"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: es\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: ../../content/applications/services.rst:3 ../../content/services.rst:3 +msgid "Services" +msgstr "Servicios" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm.rst:4 +msgid "Field Service" +msgstr "Servicio de Campo" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/helpdesk.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:4 +msgid "Helpdesk" +msgstr "Mesa de Ayuda" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:3 +msgid "Plan onsite interventions from helpdesk tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:4 +msgid "" +"The integration with the Helpdesk app lets your helpdesk team manage " +"intervention requests directly. Planning field service tasks from tickets " +"speeds up your processes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:8 +msgid "Configure the helpdesk team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`. Select" +" a team and enable *Onsite Interventions*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The helpdesk tickets of the team now display the *Plan Intervention* button." +" Click on it to create a new task under your field service project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales.rst:3 +msgid "Sales" +msgstr "Ventas" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:3 +msgid "Create onsite interventions from sales orders" +msgstr "" +"Cree intervenciones en la ubicación del cliente a partir de pedidos de " +"ventas" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Allowing your sales team to open onsite interventions creates a seamless " +"experience for your customers. They can receive a quotation they first have " +"to approve before the work even starts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:8 +msgid "Configure a product" +msgstr "Configurar un producto" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration --> Products` and " +"create or edit a product." +msgstr "" +"Vaya a: menuselection: `Servicio de Campo -> Configuración -> Productos` y " +"cree o edite un producto." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Under the *General Information* tab, select *Service* as *Product Type*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Under the *Sales* tab, select *Timesheets on tasks* as *Service Invoicing " +"Policy*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:15 +msgid "Select *Create a task in an existing project* as *Service Tracking*." +msgstr "" +"Seleccione * Crear una tarea en un proyecto existente * como * Seguimiento " +"de servicios *." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:17 +msgid "Select your *Project*." +msgstr "Seleccione su *Proyecto*." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If you use them, select your *Worksheet Template* and then click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:25 +msgid "" +"From the *Sales* app, create a quotation with the product and confirm it. A " +"task is automatically set up under your Field Service project. It is " +"directly accessible from the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced" +msgstr "Avanzado" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:3 +msgid "After Sales Features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:5 +msgid "" +"As your business grows, having the right tool to support your helpdesk team " +"on recording, tracking and managing issues raised easy and efficiently, is " +"key. Odoo’s Helpdesk application allows you to generate credit notes, manage" +" returns, products, repairs, grant coupons, and even plan onsite " +"interventions from a ticket’s page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:11 +msgid "Set up the after sales services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " +"enable the after sales options: *Refunds, Returns, Coupons, Repairs and " +"Onsite Interventions*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:20 +msgid "Generate credit notes from tickets" +msgstr "Generar notas de crédito desde los tickets" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:22 +msgid "" +"You can use a credit note to refund a customer or adjust the amount due. For" +" that, simply go to your ticket page, click on *Refund* and select the " +"corresponding *Invoice*. Clicking on *Reverse* generates a credit note, and " +"you can *Post* it while still being in the *Helpdesk* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:30 +msgid "Allow product returns from tickets" +msgstr "Permitir la devolución de productos de las entradas" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:32 +msgid "" +"The process of a product return from your customer back to your warehouse is" +" taken into action when, at the ticket page, you choose the option *Return*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:39 +msgid "Grant coupons from tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:41 +msgid "" +"First, be sure to have your *Coupon Program* planned in the *Sales* or " +"*Website* application. Then, in *Helpdesk*, open your ticket, click on " +"*Coupon*, and choose the respective one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:48 +msgid "Repairs from tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Clicking on *Repair* option, on your ticket page, a new repair order form is" +" shown. Fill in the information as needed and choose the next step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:57 +msgid "Plan onsite interventions from tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:59 +msgid "" +"At the ticket's page click on *Plan Intervention*, and set up your onsite " +"intervention exactly the same way as if you were on the *Field Service* " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:67 +msgid "" +"`Coupons <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/coupon-" +"programs-640?fullscreen=1>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:3 +msgid "Allow Customers to Close their Tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Allowing customers to close their tickets gives them autonomy and minimize " +"misunderstandings about when an issue is considered solved, or not. It makes" +" communication and actions more efficient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:9 +msgid "Configure the feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To configure the feature go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Settings --> " +"Helpdesk Teams --> Edit` and enable *Ticket closing*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:18 +msgid "" +"In order to designate to which stage the ticket migrates to once it is " +"closed, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Overview --> Tickets`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:25 +msgid "" +"You can either create a new Kanban stage or work with an existing one. For " +"both scenarios, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Settings --> Edit Stage` " +"and enable *Closing Stage*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:32 +msgid "" +"If a closing stage is not specified, by default, the ticket is moved to the " +"last stage; contrarily, if you have more than one stage set as closing, the " +"ticket is put in the first one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:36 +msgid "The Costumer Portal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Now, once the user logs into his Portal, the option *Close this ticket* is " +"available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:45 +msgid "Get reports on tickets closed by costumers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:47 +msgid "" +"To do an analysis of the tickets that have been closed by costumers go to " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting --> Tickets --> Filters --> Add " +"Custom filter --> Closed by partner --> Applied`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Información general" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:3 +msgid "Forum and eLearning" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:6 +msgid "Forum" +msgstr "Foro" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To go above and beyond email, live chat, web forms, and phone lines, offer " +"your customers a support forum. This way, customers might become more " +"attached to your company as they would be investing time to get into details" +" of your business. You also encourage the exchange of experiences and " +"knowledge, supporting the feeling of belonging to a community (your " +"community!)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:11 +msgid "Set up" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Team` and " +"enable *Help Center*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Create, or edit a forum by clicking on the external link. Among the editing " +"options, choose if you would like the *Forum Mode* to be *Questions*: only " +"one answer is allowed per question or *Discussions*: multiple answers are " +"allowed per question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:31 +msgid "" +"From now on, logged in users can start their discussions. To keep track of " +"posts, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Forum --> Posts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Turn tickets into forum posts by simply clicking on *Share on the Forum* on " +"the ticket's page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:45 +msgid "eLearning" +msgstr "eLearning" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:47 +msgid "" +"In addition to a forum, offer online courses. When doing so, you link your " +"customers and users’ needs and questions to useful content, helping to boost" +" efficiency as they can also find their answers there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " +"enable *eLearning*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Once the structure and content of your course are ready, *Publish* it by " +"clicking on *Unpublished*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To keep track of your course statistics, go to *eLearning* and *View " +"Course*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:73 +msgid "Todo" +msgstr "Todo" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:73 +msgid "" +"DETAILS/INFO SHOULD COME FROM ELEARNING DOCS. THEREFORE, LINK DOCS ONCE " +"AVAILABLE!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:3 +msgid "Getting Started" +msgstr "Primeros pasos" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Helpdesk teams provide your customers with support to queries or errors they" +" might encounter while using your product/service. Therefore, a successful " +"scheme where you can organize multiple teams with their customized pipeline," +" visibilities settings, and ticket traceability is essential." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:10 +msgid "Set up teams" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To modify or create teams, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration " +"--> Helpdesk Teams`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Setting up multiple teams allows you to group tickets by your channels " +"(example: BE/US), or by your support services' types (example: IT, " +"accounting, admin, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:21 +msgid "Team’s productivity and visibility" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Teams can have individual *Assignment Methods* to ensure that tickets get " +"redirected to the right person:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:26 +msgid "" +"*Manually*: tickets are manually assigned, allowing employees to manage " +"their own workload and target tickets they are experts at;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:28 +msgid "" +"*Random*: tickets are randomly assigned and everyone gets the same amount. " +"This method ensures that all tickets are handled as the assignment happens " +"automatically;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:30 +msgid "" +"*Balanced*: tickets are assigned to the person with the least amount of " +"tickets so that everyone fairly gets the same amount. Thereby, you ensure " +"that all tickets get to be taken care of." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:40 +msgid "" +"For the *Random* and *Balanced* assignment methods, you can set the *Team " +"Members* among whom tickets are assigned. Leave the field empty to include " +"all employees (with the proper access rights)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:43 +msgid "" +"The *Team Visibility* feature allows you to specify who can see and access " +"the team’s tickets. Therefore, ticket’s with sensible information are only " +"seen by the right people. Leave the field empty to include all employees " +"(with the proper access rights)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:46 +msgid "Set up stages and share it among teams" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To set up stages, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> " +"Stages`. Then, create and/or edit stages as you need and set specific teams " +"to use certain stages under *Team*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Stages can be shared between one or multiple teams, allowing you to adapt " +"the pipeline to your individual needs. They also apply a visibility and " +"access rule, as other teams are not able to see or use the stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:64 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/odoo_basics/users`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:3 +msgid "Ratings" +msgstr "Valoraciones" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Allow customers to rate their experience with your helpdesk teams to " +"strengthen your credibility and gain their trust. Reviews can also influence" +" a customer’s decision and open space for feedback that can help you improve" +" the quality of your services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " +"enable *Ratings on tickets*. The feature automatically adds a default email " +"template on the non-folded *closing stage(s)* of that team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To edit the email template and the stage(s) set as the closing ones, go to " +"the Kanban view of your helpdesk team and click on *Settings*, then on *Edit" +" Stage*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Now, once a ticket reaches the stage(s) designated as the *Closing Stage*, " +"an email is sent to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Ratings can be seen on the chatter of each ticket, under the *See Customer " +"Satisfaction* link on the main dashboard, and through *Reporting*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:39 +msgid "Ratings visible on the customer portal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " +"enable *Display Rating on Customer Portal*. Now, by clicking on the helpdesk" +" team’s name on their ticket, customers can see its ratings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:47 +msgid ":doc:`../advanced/close_tickets`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:3 +msgid "Start Receiving Tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Offering a variety of channels from where your customers can contact you " +"grants them flexibility and the right to choose the best one for themselves." +" And, in order to make sure inquiries across all channels get addressed, it " +"is essential to have a solution where all interactions come in one place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:11 +msgid "Channels options to submit tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`, and " +"enable the following features as you want them to be available to your " +"users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:21 +msgid "Email Alias" +msgstr "Pseudónimo de correo" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Let your customers submit tickets by sending an email to your support email " +"address. The subject line of the email becomes the title of the ticket and " +"the content is shown in the Chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Select *Configure domain name* to be redirected to *Settings* and, from " +"there, enable *External Email Servers* to determine or change your *Alias " +"Domain*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Using your own email server is required to send and receive emails in Odoo " +"Community and Enterprise. Online users benefit from a ready-to-use email " +"server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:39 +msgid "Website Form" +msgstr "Formulario de sitio web" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Allow your customers to submit a ticket by filling in a form through your " +"website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Once the feature is activated, get redirected to your website by clicking on" +" *Go to Website*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:49 +msgid "" +"From the website page customize the form as you like. Then, publish it by " +"clicking on *Unpublished*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:56 +msgid "Live Chat" +msgstr "Charla en vivo" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Through live interactions with your website visitors, helpdesk tickets can " +"be instantly created and redirected to the right person." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Click on your helpdesk team's name - for the example below: *Customer Care* " +"- and :doc:`set up your channel " +"</applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Now, your operators can create tickets by using the :doc:`command " +"</applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses>` */helpdesk " +"(subject_of_ticket)*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:72 +msgid "Prioritize tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Use the stars to prioritize your tickets. The most urgent ones appear at the" +" top of your list on the Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:77 +msgid "1 star = *Low priority*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:78 +msgid "2 stars = *High priority*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:79 +msgid "3 stars = *Urgent*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:60 +msgid ":doc:`sla`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:89 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:3 +msgid "Reports for a Better Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:5 +msgid "" +"An efficient customer service solution should have a built-in reporting " +"option. Reports allow you to track trends, identify areas for improvement, " +"manage employees’ workloads and, most importantly, meet your customer’s " +"expectations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:10 +msgid "Cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:12 +msgid "Some examples of the reports Odoo Helpdesk can generate include:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:14 +msgid "The number of tickets *grouped by* team and ticket type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:17 +msgid "" +"In this manner, you are able to evaluate which ticket types have been the " +"most frequent ones, plus the workload of your teams." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Apply *Time Ranges* if you would like to make comparisons to a *Previous " +"Period* or a *Previous Year*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:25 +msgid "The number of tickets closed per day, per team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Get an overview of how many requests each team is closing per day in order " +"to measure their performance. Identify productivity levels to understand how" +" many requests they are able to handle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Filter it by *Assignee* to see Key Performance Indicators (KPI) per agent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:37 +msgid "" +"The number of hours tickets are taking to be solved, grouped by team and " +"ticket type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Check if your expectations are met by *measuring* the *Time to close " +"(hours)*. Your customers not only expect fast responses but they also want " +"their issues to be handled quickly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:48 +msgid "Save filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Save the filters you use the most and avoid having to reconstruct them every" +" time they are needed. To do so, set the groups, filters, and measures " +"needed. Then, go to *Favorites*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:59 +msgid ":doc:`receiving_tickets`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:3 +msgid "Service Level Agreements (SLA)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Service Level Agreements (SLA) are commitments you make with your customers " +"to outline how a service is delivered. It bolsters trust between you and " +"your customers as it makes clear what needs to be done, to what standard, " +"and when." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:10 +msgid "Create your policies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:13 +msgid "" +"First, enable the feature on the settings of the team you would like " +"policies to be applied, going to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration " +"--> Helpdesk Teams`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Create your policies through the team’s settings page or go to " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> SLA Policies`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Choose to which **Team** the policy is relevant and the **Minimum Priority**" +" a ticket needs to have for the policy to be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:27 +msgid "" +"**Target** is the stage a ticket needs to reach within the period defined to" +" satisfy the SLA. The period is based on the ticket’s creation date, and a " +"deadline is set on the ticket’s form once it matches an SLA policy rule. If " +"a ticket has more than one policy applied to it, the closest deadline of all" +" SLAs is the one considered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:29 +msgid "" +"When a ticket has satisfied an SLA policy, the SLA tag appears in green and " +"the deadline field is not shown anymore." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:37 +msgid "SLA Analysis" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting --> SLA Status Analysis`. Apply" +" *Filters* and *Group by* to identify tickets that should be prioritized and" +" keep track of upcoming deadlines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice.rst:3 +msgid "Timesheet and Invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:3 +msgid "Invoice Time Spent on Tickets (Prepaid Support Services)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Have the option to work with prepaid support services, meaning that a sales " +"order and a corresponding invoice are issued and, once the service is done, " +"you can deduct the time spent. Odoo allows it to happen because the " +"applications are fully integrated, resulting in faster responses to your " +"customer needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:14 +msgid "Step 1: Set up a helpdesk team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`, create" +" or edit an existing team, and enable *Timesheet on Ticket* and *Time " +"Reinvoicing*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Select or create a project under *Timesheet on Ticket*. The selected/created" +" is the one at which employees timesheet on by default. However, it can be " +"ultimately modified on each ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:28 +msgid "Step 2: Set up a service" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " +"*Units of Measure* to optionally be able to choose *hours* (for example) as " +"the unit of measure of your service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Then, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`, create or edit" +" an existing one, and set its *Product Type* as *Service*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Now, select the invoicing management you would like to have under the " +"*Sales* tab. We recommend the following configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:47 +msgid "" +"This configuration ensures that the customer is invoiced by the number of " +"hours predicted in the sales order, meaning that less or extra hours " +"recorded are not taken into account. It also ensures that every time a sales" +" order is confirmed, a new task is created under the right project, " +"automating the process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:53 +msgid "" +"We recommend setting up a specific project, as it was done for this flow " +"example. The important thing to remember is that the sales order item needs " +"to be set on the corresponding project or task, in order to reinvoice the " +"time spent on a ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:58 +msgid "Prevision an invoice and record time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:61 +msgid "Step 1: Place an order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> Orders` and create one for the " +"helpdesk service product you have previously set up, with the customer who " +"needs the ticket to be opened. Set the number of hours needed to assist the " +"customer and *Confirm* the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:72 +msgid "Step 2: Invoice the customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:74 +msgid "In *Sales*, select the respective sales order to *Create Invoice*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:82 +msgid "Step 3: Link the task to the ticket" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Now, in *Helpdesk*, create or edit the respective ticket and link it to the " +"task created by the confirmation of the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:92 +msgid "Step 4: Record the time spent" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Still on the respective helpdesk ticket, record the hours performed under " +"the *Timesheets* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Note that the hours recorded on the ticket form are shown on the *Delivered*" +" column in the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Hours recorded on the ticket are automatically shown in *Timesheets* and on " +"the dedicated task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:111 +msgid ":doc:`reinvoice_from_project`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:112 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:3 +msgid "Invoice Time Spent on Tickets (Postpaid Support Services)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Directly pull the billable time you have tracked on your helpdesk tickets " +"into sales orders and invoices through a project task. It gives you more " +"control over what you charge your client, and it is more efficient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:10 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Configuración" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk team --> Edit`" +" and enable the options *Timesheet on Ticket* and *Time Reinvoicing*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Under *Timesheet on Ticket*, choose the *Project* to which tickets (and " +"timesheets) will be linked by default. Open its *External link* to enable " +"the feature *Bill from tasks*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:22 +msgid "Create a sales order and an invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Now, once you have recorded the time you spent on the helpdesk ticket, under" +" the *Timesheets* tab, access the task clicking on its name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:31 +msgid "*Create Sales Order* and proceed to create the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project.rst:4 +msgid "Project" +msgstr "Proyecto" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks.rst:3 +msgid "Tasks" +msgstr "Tareas" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:3 +msgid "Create Project's Tasks from an Email Alias" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you already have an email address that customers know from the top of " +"their heads, changing it is the last thing you want to do. Instead, link " +"that address to your project and transform those conversations into " +"structured work. It automatically creates a task in the first stage of a " +"project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:11 +msgid "Set up an incoming email server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:14 +msgid "" +"On the *Settings* application, enable *External Email Servers* and define " +"the incoming email alias you would like to use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:15 +msgid "" +"**For more information**: " +":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:18 +msgid "Configure the email alias in your project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Now that you have the incoming email server set up, go to " +":menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects --> Edit`. Under the " +"*Emails* tab, define the wanted email alias and choose the policy to receive" +" a message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:23 +msgid "In addition, you can now directly set it when creating a new project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:30 +msgid "" +"All the recipients of the email (To/Cc/Bcc) are automatically added as " +"followers of the task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:32 +msgid "The email can be seen under the name of your project on the dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets.rst:4 +msgid "Timesheets" +msgstr "Partes de horas" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:3 +msgid "Create Timesheets upon Time Off Validation" +msgstr "Cree hojas de horas después de la validación de tiempo libre" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically timesheets on project/tasks upon time off requests. This " +"allows for better overall control over the validation of timesheets, as it " +"does not leave place for forgetfulness and questions after hours that have " +"not been timesheeted by the employee." +msgstr "" +"Odoo planifica automáticamente las horas trabajadas en proyectos / tareas " +"cuando se solicita tiempo libre. Esto permite un mejor control general sobre" +" la validación de las hojas de horas, ya que no deja lugar para el olvido y " +"las preguntas fuera del horario que no han sido escritas por el empleado." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Activate the :doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>`, " +"go to *Timesheets*, and change the *Project* and *Task* set by default, if " +"you like." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Time Off --> Configuration --> Time Off Types`. Select" +" or create the needed type, and decide if you would like the requests to be " +"validated or not." +msgstr "" +"Vaya a: menuselection: `Tiempo libre -> Configuración -> Tipos de tiempo " +"libre`. Seleccione o cree el tipo necesario y decida si desea que las " +"solicitudes se validen o no." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Now, once the employee has requested his time off and the request has been " +"validated (or not, depending on the setting chosen), the time is " +"automatically allocated on *Timesheets*, under the respective project and " +"task." +msgstr "" +"Ahora, una vez que el empleado ha solicitado su tiempo libre y la solicitud " +"ha sido validada (o no, según la configuración elegida), el tiempo se asigna" +" automáticamente en * Hojas de horas *, bajo el respectivo proyecto y tarea." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:27 +msgid "" +"On the example below, the user requested *Paid Time off* from July 13th to " +"15th." +msgstr "" +"En el siguiente ejemplo, el usuario solicitó * Tiempo libre pagado * del 13 " +"al 15 de julio." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Considering that validation is not required, the requested time off is " +"automatically displayed in *Timesheets*. If validation is necessary, the " +"time is automatically allocated after the responsible person for validating " +"does it so." +msgstr "" +"Teniendo en cuenta que no se requiere validación, el tiempo libre solicitado" +" se muestra automáticamente en * Hojas de horas *. Si la validación es " +"necesaria, el tiempo se asigna automáticamente después de que la persona " +"responsable de la validación lo haga." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Click on the magnifying glass, hovering over the concerned cell, to access " +"all the aggregated data on that cell (day), and see details regarding the " +"project/task." +msgstr "" +"Haga clic en la lupa, colocando el cursor sobre la celda correspondiente, " +"para acceder a todos los datos agregados en esa celda (día) y ver los " +"detalles sobre el proyecto / tarea." + +#: ../../content/services/support.rst:4 +msgid "Support" +msgstr "Soporte" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:6 +msgid "Supported versions" +msgstr "Versiones con soporte" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo provides support and bug fixing **for the 3 last major versions** of " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" +"Odoo provee soporte y corrección de \"bugs\" **a las últimas 3 versiones " +"mayores** de Odoo." + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Users hosted on **Odoo Online** may use intermediary versions (sometimes " +"called *SaaS versions*) that are supported as well. These versions are not " +"published for Odoo.sh or On-Premise installations." +msgstr "" +"Usuarios hospedados en **Odoo Online** pueden usar versiones intermedias (a " +"veces llamadas *versiones SaaS*) que también reciben soporte. Estas " +"versiones no se publican para Odoo.sh o para instalaciones \"On-Premise\"." + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:17 +msgid "What's the support status of my Odoo?" +msgstr "¿Cuál es el estatus de soporte para mi versión de Odoo?" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:19 +msgid "This matrix shows the support status of every version." +msgstr "Esta tabla muestra el estatus de soporte para todas las versiones." + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:21 +msgid "**Major releases are in bold type.**" +msgstr "**Versiones mayores en negrita.**" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:24 +msgid "Odoo Online" +msgstr "Odoo en línea" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:24 +msgid "Odoo.sh" +msgstr "Odoo.sh" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:24 +msgid "On-Premise" +msgstr "On-Premise" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:24 +msgid "Release date" +msgstr "Fecha de lanzamiento" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:26 +msgid "**Odoo 14.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:26 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:26 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:26 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:28 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:30 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:30 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:30 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:32 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:34 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:34 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:34 +msgid "|green|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:26 +msgid "October 2020" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:28 +msgid "Odoo 13.saas~4" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:28 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:28 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:32 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:32 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:36 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:36 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:40 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:40 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:42 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:42 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:46 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:46 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:48 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:50 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:50 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:52 +msgid "N/A" +msgstr "N/A" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:28 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:32 +msgid "August 2019" +msgstr "Agosto 2019" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:30 +msgid "**Odoo 13.0**" +msgstr "**Odoo 13.0**" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:30 +msgid "October 2019" +msgstr "Octubre 2019" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:32 +msgid "Odoo 12.saas~3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:34 +msgid "**Odoo 12.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:34 +msgid "October 2018" +msgstr "Octubre 2018" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:34 +msgid "*End-of-support is planned for October 2021*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:36 +msgid "Odoo 11.saas~3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:36 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:38 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:38 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:40 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:42 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:44 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:44 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:46 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:48 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:50 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:52 +msgid "|orange|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:36 +msgid "April 2018" +msgstr "Abril 2018" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:38 +msgid "**Odoo 11.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:38 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:44 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:48 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:52 +msgid "|red|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:38 +msgid "October 2017" +msgstr "Octubre 2017" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:40 +msgid "Odoo 10.saas~15" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:40 +msgid "March 2017" +msgstr "Marzo 2017" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:42 +msgid "Odoo 10.saas~14" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:42 +msgid "January 2017" +msgstr "Enero 2017" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:44 +msgid "**Odoo 10.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:44 +msgid "October 2016" +msgstr "Octubre 2016" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:46 +msgid "Odoo 9.saas~11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:46 +msgid "May 2016" +msgstr "Mayo 2016" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:48 +msgid "**Odoo 9.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:48 +msgid "October 2015" +msgstr "Octubre 2015" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:50 +msgid "Odoo 8.saas~6" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:50 +msgid "February 2015" +msgstr "Febrero 2015" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:52 +msgid "**Odoo 8.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:52 +msgid "September 2014" +msgstr "Septiembre 2014" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:58 +msgid "|green| Supported version" +msgstr "|green| Versión con soporte" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:60 +msgid "|red| End-of-support" +msgstr "|red| Fin de soporte" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:62 +msgid "N/A Never released for this platform" +msgstr "N/A Nunca hubo par esta plataforma" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:64 +msgid "" +"|orange| Some of our older customers may still run this version on our Odoo " +"Online servers, we provide help only on blocking issues and advise you to " +"upgrade." +msgstr "" +"|orange| Algunos de nuestros clientes más antiguos quizás aún usen esta " +"versión en nuestros servidores de Odoo Online, para ellos únicamente " +"apoyamos con asuntos que estén bloqueando su operación y recomendamos que se" +" actualicen a una versión posterior." + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:66 +msgid "🏁 Future version, not released yet" +msgstr "🏁 Versión futura, aún no disponibe" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:79 +msgid "I run an older version of Odoo/OpenERP/TinyERP" +msgstr "Uso una versión más antigua de Odoo/OpenERP/TinyERP" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:81 +msgid "" +"OpenERP 7.0, 6.1, 6.0 and 5.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform." +msgstr "" +"OpenERP 7.0, 6.1, 6.0 y 5.0 ya no reciben soporte, en ninguna plataforma." + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:83 +msgid "" +"TinyERP 4.0, 3.0, 2.0 and 1.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform." +msgstr "" +"TinyERP 4.0, 3.0, 2.0 y 1.0 ya no reciben soporte, en ninguna plataforma." + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:85 +msgid "" +"You should consider `upgrading <https://upgrade.odoo.com/>`_ your database." +msgstr "Considera `actualizar <https://upgrade.odoo.com/>`_ tu base de datos." + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:6 +msgid "What can I expect from the support service?" +msgstr "¿Qué puedo esperar del equipo de soporte?" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:10 +msgid "5 days a week" +msgstr "5 días a la semana" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Your Odoo Online subscription includes **unlimited 24hr support at no extra " +"cost, Monday to Friday**. Our teams are located around the world to ensure " +"you have support, no matter your location. Your support representative could" +" be communicating to you from San Francisco, Belgium, or India!" +msgstr "" +"Tu suscripción online incluye **soporte ilimitado 24 horas sin costo extra, " +"lunes a viernes**. Nuestros equipos están localizados alrededor del mundo " +"para asegurar que tengas soporte, sin importar tu ubicación. ¡Tu asesor de " +"soporte puede estar en San Francisco, Bélgica, o India!" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Our support team can be contacted through our `online support form " +"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." +msgstr "" +"Nuestro equipo de soporte puede ser contactado a través de nuestro " +"`formulario de soporte online <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:21 +msgid "What kind of support is included?" +msgstr "¿Qué tipo de soporte está incluido?" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Providing you with relevant material (guidelines, product documentation, " +"etc...)" +msgstr "" +"Proveerte con material relevante (guías, documentación de producto, etc...)" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Answers to issues that you may encounter in your standard Odoo database (eg." +" “I cannot close my Point of Sale” or “I cannot find my sales KPIs?”)" +msgstr "" +"Respuestas a preguntas o problemas relacionados con tu base de datos de Odoo" +" estándar (por ej., “No puedo cerrar mi Punto de Venta” o “¿Dónde puedo " +"encontrar los KPI's de ventas?”)" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:27 +msgid "Questions related to your account, subscription, or billing" +msgstr "Preguntas relacionadas con tu cuenta, suscripción, o facturación." + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Bug resolution (blocking issues or unexpected behaviour not due to " +"misconfiguration or customization)" +msgstr "" +"Resolución de \"bugs\" (problemas que estén bloqueando el servicio o " +"comportamientos inesperados que no se deban a configuraciones erróneas o " +"personalizaciones)" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Issues that might occur in a test database after upgrading to a newer " +"version" +msgstr "" +"Situaciones que pueden ocurrir en una base de datos de prueba después de " +"actualizar a una nueva versión" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:32 +msgid "" +"*Odoo Support does not make changes to your production database without your" +" agreement and gives you the material and knowledge to do it yourself!*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:37 +msgid "What kind of support is not included?" +msgstr "¿Qué tipo de soporte no está incluido?" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Questions that require us to understand your business processes in order to " +"help you implement your database" +msgstr "" +"Preguntas relacionadas a la implementación de tu base de datos que requieran" +" que entendamos tus procesos de negocio específicos" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Training on how to use our software (we will direct you to our many " +"resources)" +msgstr "" +"Entrenamiento en cómo usar el software (te dirigiremos\n" +" a nuestros variados recursos)" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:42 +msgid "Import of documents into your database" +msgstr "Cómo importar información o documentos a tu base de datos" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Guidance on which configurations to apply inside of an application or the " +"database" +msgstr "" +"Orientación respecto a cómo configurar las aplicaciones o la base de datos" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:44 +msgid "" +"How to set up configuration models (Examples include: Inventory Routes, " +"Payment Terms, Warehouses, etc)" +msgstr "" +"Cómo fijar modelos de configuración (tales como rutas de inventario, " +"términos de pago, bodegas, etc.)" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:46 +msgid "Any intervention on your own servers/deployments of Odoo" +msgstr "" +"Cualquier intervención en tus propios servidores o instalaciones de Odoo" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Any intervention on your own third party account (Ingenico, Authorize, UPS, " +"etc)" +msgstr "" +"Cualquier intervención en las cuentas que tengas en otras compañías " +"(Ingenico, Authorize, UPS, etc.)" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Questions or issues related to specific developments or customizations done " +"either by Odoo or a third party (this is specific only to your database or " +"involving code)" +msgstr "" +"Preguntas o asuntos relacionados a desarrollos o personalizaciones hechas " +"específicamente para tu base de datos, ya sea por Odoo o un tercero (así " +"como cualquier asunto relacionado con programación)" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:52 +msgid "" +"You can get this type of support with a `Success Pack <https://www.odoo.com" +"/pricing-packs>`__. With a pack, one of our consultants will analyze the way" +" your business runs and tell you how you can get the most out of your Odoo " +"Database. We will handle all configurations and coach you on how to use " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" +"Puedes tener este tipo de soporte con un `Success Pack <https://www.odoo.com" +"/pricing-packs>`__. Con un pack, uno de nuestros consultores analizará la " +"manera que manejas tu negocio y te dirá cómo puedes optimizar el uso de tu " +"base de datos de Odoo. Haremos todas las configuraciones y te entrenaremos " +"en cómo usar Odoo." + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:4 +msgid "Where to find help?" +msgstr "¿Dónde encuentro ayuda?" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:8 +msgid "Odoo Enterprise" +msgstr "Odoo Enterprise" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Users who have a valid Odoo Enterprise subscription may always contact our " +"support teams through our `support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_, no " +"matter the hosting type you chose (Odoo Online, Odoo.sh or on your own " +"server)." +msgstr "" +"Usuarios con una suscripción activa de Odoo Enterprise pueden contactar al " +"equipo de soporte a través de nuestro `formulario de soporte " +"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`_, sin importar el tipo de hospedaje (Odoo " +"Online, Odoo.sh, o tu propio servidor)." + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:14 +msgid "Please include in your request:" +msgstr "Por favor incluye en tu solicitud de apoyo:" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:16 +msgid "your subscription number" +msgstr "tu número de suscripción" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:17 +msgid "" +"the URL of your database if your database is hosted by Odoo (Odoo Online or " +"Odoo.sh)" +msgstr "" +"el URL de la base de datos si está hospedada en los servidores de Odoo (Odoo" +" Online u Odoo.sh)" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:19 +msgid "Our agents will get back to you as soon as possible." +msgstr "Nuestros agentes se pondrán en contacto contigo lo antes posible." + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:23 +msgid "Odoo Community" +msgstr "Odoo Community" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:25 +msgid "*Odoo Community users don't get access to the support service.*" +msgstr "" +"*Los usuarios de Odoo Community no tienen acceso al servicio de soporte.*" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:27 +msgid "Here are some resources that might help you:" +msgstr "Estos son algunos de los recursos con los que te puedes apoyar:" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:29 +msgid "Our `documentation pages <https://www.odoo.com/page/docs>`_." +msgstr "Nuestro `sitio de documentación <https://www.odoo.com/page/docs>`_." + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Ask your question on the `community forum " +"<https://www.odoo.com/forum/help-1>`_." +msgstr "" +"Haz tu pregunta en el `foro comunitario " +"<https://www.odoo.com/forum/help-1>`_." + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:31 +msgid "" +":doc:`Buy Odoo Enterprise </administration/enterprise>` to get the support " +"and bugfix services." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f93ce14b6 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po @@ -0,0 +1,249 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2021 +# Jesús Alan Ramos Rodríguez <alan.ramos@jarsa.com.mx>, 2021 +# Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal <lina8823@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Pablo Rojas <rojaspablo88@gmail.com>, 2021 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-18 07:12+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-05-18 05:18+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Pablo Rojas <rojaspablo88@gmail.com>, 2021\n" +"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: es\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings.rst:3 +msgid "Settings" +msgstr "Ajustes" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:6 +msgid "Users and Features" +msgstr "Usuarios y Funcionalidades" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:8 +msgid "" +"As the administrator of your database, you are responsible for its usage. " +"This includes the Apps you install as well as the number of users currently " +"in use." +msgstr "" +"Como administrador de tu base de datos, tu eres el responsable de su uso. " +"Esto incluye las Aplicaciones que instalas así como el número de usuarios " +"que se utilizan." + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Odoo is many things (ERP, CMS, CRM application, e-Commerce backend, etc.) " +"but it is *not* a smartphone. You should apply caution when adding/removing " +"features (especially Apps) on your database since this may impact your " +"subscription amount significantly (or switch you from a free account to a " +"paying one on our online platform)." +msgstr "" +"Odoo son muchas cosas (ERP, CMS, aplicación CRM, comercio electrónico, etc.)" +" pero *no* un smartphone. Debe tomar precauciones al añadir/eliminar " +"características (especialmente Aplicaciones) en tu base de datos debido a " +"que esto puede impactar en el monto de la suscripción siginficativamente (o " +"cambiarte de una cuenta gratuita a una de paga en plataforma en línea)." + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:18 +msgid "" +"This page contains some information as to how you can manage your Odoo " +"instances. Before carrying any of these procedures, we **strongly** advise " +"to test them on a duplicate of your database first. That way, if something " +"goes wrong, your day-to-day business is not impacted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You can find guides on how to duplicate your databases both for :ref:`online" +" <duplicate_online>` and :ref:`on premise <duplicate_premise>` " +"installations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:27 +msgid "" +"If you have questions about the content of this page or if you encounter an " +"issue while carrying out these procedures, please contact us through our " +"`support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." +msgstr "" +"Si tienes preguntas sobre el contenido de esta página o si encuentras un " +"problema al realizar estos procesos, por favor contactanos por el " +"`formulario de soporte <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:33 +msgid "Deactivating Users" +msgstr "Desactivar Usuarios" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Make sure you have sufficient **administrative rights** if you want to " +"change the status of any of your users." +msgstr "" +"Asegúrese que tiene los suficientes **permisos administrativos** si quieres " +"cambiar el estatus de cualquiera de tus usuarios." + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:38 +msgid "" +"In your Odoo instance, click on **Settings**. You will have a section " +"showing you the active users on your database. Click on **Manage Users.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:79 +msgid "|settings|" +msgstr "|ajustes|" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:42 +msgid "|browse_users|" +msgstr "|buscar_usuarios|" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:45 +msgid "You'll then see the list of your users." +msgstr "Luego verá la lista de sus usuarios." + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The pre-selected filter *Internal Users* shows your paying users (different " +"from the *Portal Users* which are free). If you remove this filter, you'll " +"get all your users (the ones you pay for and the portal ones)" +msgstr "" +"El filtro pre-seleccionado *Usuarios Internos* muestra sus usuarios " +"pagadores (diferentes del *Portal de Usuarios* los cuales son gratis). Si " +"remueve este filtro, obtendrá todos sus usuarios (de los que paga y los del " +"portal)" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:55 +msgid "" +"In your list of users, click on the user you want to deactivate. As soon as " +"you are on the userform, click on the Action drop down menu, and then click " +"on Archive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:63 +msgid "The user is now deactivated." +msgstr "El usuario ahora esta desactivado." + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:65 +msgid "**Never** deactivate the main user (*admin*)" +msgstr "**Nunca** desactive al usuario principal (*admin*)" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:68 +msgid "Uninstalling Apps" +msgstr "Desinstalar Aplicaciones" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Make sure you first test what you are about to do on a :ref:`duplicate " +"<duplicate_online>` of your database before making any changes (*especially*" +" installing/uninstalling apps)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:74 +msgid "" +"In your Odoo instance click on **Settings**; in this app, you will be able " +"to see how many applications you have installed. Click on **Browse Apps** to" +" access the list of your installed applications." +msgstr "" +"En su instancia de Odoo de clic en **Ajustes**; en esta aplicación, podrá " +"ver cuántas aplicaciones ha instalado. De clic en **Buscar Aplicaciones** " +"para acceder a la lista de sus aplicaciones instaladas." + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:79 +msgid "|browse_apps|" +msgstr "|buscar_aplicaciones|" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:82 +msgid "" +"In your applications' dashboard, you will see all the icons of your " +"applications. Click on the application you want to uninstall. Then, on the " +"form of the application, click on **Uninstall**." +msgstr "" +"En su tablero de aplicaciones, verá todos los ícones de sus aplicaciones. De" +" clic en la aplicación que quiere desinstalar. Luego, en el formulario de la" +" aplicación, de clic en **Desinstalar**." + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Some applications have dependencies, like Invoicing, eCommerce, etc. " +"Therefore, the system will give you a warning message to advise you of what " +"is about to be removed. If you uninstall your application, all its " +"dependencies will be uninstalled as well (and the data in them will " +"permanently disappear). If you are sure you still want to uninstall it, then" +" click **Confirm**." +msgstr "" +"Algunas aplicaciones tienen dependencias, como facturación, comercio " +"electrónico, etc. Por lo tanto, el sistema le dará un mensaje de alerta para" +" advertirle de lo que esta a punto de ser removido. Si desinstala su " +"aplicación, todas sus dependencias también serán desinstaladas (y la " +"información en ellas desaparecerá permanentemente). Si esta seguro que igual" +" quiere desinstalarla, de clic en **Confirmar**." + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Last, after having checked the warning message (if any), click **Confirm**." +msgstr "" +"Por último, después de haber revisado el mensaje de alerta (si hay), de clic" +" en **Confirmar**" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:101 +msgid "You have finished uninstalling your application." +msgstr "Ha terminado de desinstalar su aplicación." + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:104 +msgid "Good to know" +msgstr "Bueno saber" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:106 +msgid "" +"**Uninstalling apps, managing users, etc. is up to you**: no one else can " +"know if your business flow is broken better than you. If we were to " +"uninstall applications for you, we would never be able to tell if relevant " +"data had been removed or if one of your business flow was broken because we " +"*do not know how you work* and therefore cannot validate these kinds of " +"operations." +msgstr "" +"**Desinstalar aplicaciones, administrar usuarios, etc. es su decisión**: " +"nadie mejor que Ud. puede saber si el flujo de su negocio esta roto. Si " +"nosotros desinstalaramos aplicaciones por Ud, nunca podríamos decir si " +"información importante ha sido removida o si uno de los flujos de su negocio" +" se rompió porque nosotros *no sabemos como Ud. trabaja* y por lo tanto, no " +"podemos validar estos tipos de operaciones." + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:112 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Apps have dependencies**: this means that you may need to install " +"modules that you do not actively use to access some features of Odoo you " +"might need. For example, the Website Builder app is needed to be able to " +"show your customer their Quotes in a web page. Even though you might not " +"need or use the Website itself, it is needed for the Online Quotes feature " +"to work properly." +msgstr "" +"**Las aplicaciones de Odoo tienen dependencias**: esto significa que puede " +"necesitar instalar módulos que no usa activamente para acceder a algunas " +"funciones de Odoo que podría necesitar. Por ejemplo, se requiere de la " +"aplicación Constructor de Página Web para poder mostrar a su cliente sus " +"Cotizaciones en una página web. Aún así podría no necesitar o usar la Página" +" Web en si misma, si es necesaria para la función de Cotizaciones En Línea " +"para trabajar apropiadamente." + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:119 +msgid "" +"**Always test app installation/removal on a duplicate** (or on a free trial " +"database): that way you can know what other apps may be required, etc. This " +"will avoid surprises when uninstalling or when receiving your invoices." +msgstr "" +"**Siempre pruebe la instalación/eliminación de aplicaciones en un " +"duplicado** (o en una base de datos de prueba gratis): de esta forma puede " +"saber que otras aplicaciones pueden ser requeridas, etc. Esto evitará " +"sorpresas cuando desinstale o cuando reciba sus facturas." diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/sign.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/sign.po deleted file mode 100644 index 2142d65ad..000000000 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/sign.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,200 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2021 -# Jorge Luis Alfonso <jlalfonso21@gmail.com>, 2021 -# José Cabrera Lozano <jose.cabrera@edukative.es>, 2021 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-02-04 10:31+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: José Cabrera Lozano <jose.cabrera@edukative.es>, 2021\n" -"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: es\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../sign.rst:5 -msgid "Sign" -msgstr "Firmar" - -#: ../../sign/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Información general" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:3 -msgid "Validity of electronic signatures" -msgstr "Validez de firmas electrónicas" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The legal validity of electronic signatures generated by Odoo depends on the" -" legislation of your country. Companies doing business abroad should " -"consider electronic signature laws of other countries as well." -msgstr "" -"La validez legal de las firmas electrónicas generadas por Odoo depende de la" -" legislación de su país. Las empresas que hacen negocios en el extranjero " -"también deben considerar las leyes de firma electrónica de otros países." - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:10 -msgid "In the European Union" -msgstr "En la Unión Europea" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:12 -msgid "" -"The `eIDAS regulation <http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2014/910/oj>`_ " -"establishes the framework for electronic signatures in all `27 member states" -" of the European Union <https://europa.eu/european-union/about-" -"eu/countries_en>`_." -msgstr "" -"El `reglamento eIDAS <https://eur-" -"lex.europa.eu/eli/reg/2014/910/oj?locale=es>` _ establece el marco para las " -"firmas electrónicas en los `27 estados miembros de la Unión Europea " -"<https://europa.eu/european-union/about-eu/countries_es> `_." - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:16 -msgid "It distinguishes three types of electronic signatures:" -msgstr "Distingue tres tipos de firmas electrónicas:" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:18 -msgid "Electronic signatures" -msgstr "Firmas Electrónicas" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:19 -msgid "Advanced electronic signatures" -msgstr "Firmas Electrónicas Avanzadas" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:20 -msgid "Qualified electronic signatures" -msgstr "Firmas electrónicas calificadas" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Odoo generates the first type, regular electronic signatures, and these " -"signatures can produce legal effects in the EU, as the regulation states " -"that “an electronic signature shall not be denied legal effect and " -"admissibility as evidence in legal proceedings solely on the grounds that it" -" is in an electronic form or that it does not meet the requirements for " -"qualified electronic signatures.”" -msgstr "" -"Odoo genera el primer tipo de firmas electrónicas regulares, y éstas pueden " -"producir efectos legales en la UE, ya que el reglamento establece que “a una" -" firma electrónica no se le negará el efecto legal y la admisibilidad como " -"prueba en procedimientos judiciales únicamente por ser en formato " -"electrónico o que no cumpla con los requisitos para firmas electrónicas " -"calificadas “." - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Note that electronic signatures may not be automatically recognized as " -"valid. You may need to bring supporting evidence of a signature’s validity." -msgstr "" -"Tenga en cuenta que es posible que las firmas electrónicas no se reconozcan " -"automáticamente como válidas. Es posible que deba traer evidencia de " -"respaldo de la validez de una firma." - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:31 -msgid "In the United States of America" -msgstr "En los Estados Unidos de América" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:33 -msgid "" -"The `ESIGN Act (Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act) " -"<https://www.fdic.gov/regulations/compliance/manual/10/X-3.1.pdf>`_, at the " -"interstate and international levels, and the `UETA (Uniform Electronic " -"Transactions Act) <https://www.uniformlaws.org/committees/community-" -"home/librarydocuments?communitykey=2c04b76c-2b7d-4399-977e-" -"d5876ba7e034&tab=librarydocuments>`_, at the state level, provide the legal " -"framework for electronic signatures. Note that `Illinois " -"<https://www.ilga.gov/legislation/ilcs/ilcs5.asp?ActID=89&>`_ and `New York " -"<https://its.ny.gov/electronic-signatures-and-records-act-esra>`_ have not " -"adopted the UETA, but similar acts instead." -msgstr "" -"La `Ley ESIGN (Ley de firmas electrónicas en el comercio mundial y nacional)" -" <https://www.fdic.gov/regulations/compliance/manual/10/X-3.1.pdf>` _, a " -"nivel interestatal e internacional, y la `UETA (Ley Uniforme de " -"Transacciones Electrónicas) <https://www.uniformlaws.org/committees" -"/community-home/librarydocuments?communitykey=2c04b76c-2b7d-4399-977e-" -"d5876ba7e034&tab=librarydocuments>` _, a nivel estatal, proporcionan el " -"marco legal para las firmas electrónicas. Tenga en cuenta que `Illinois " -"<https://www.ilga.gov/legislation/ilcs/ilcs5.asp?ActID=89&>` _ y `Nueva York" -" <https://its.ny.gov/electronic-signatures-and- records-act-esra> `_ no han " -"adoptado la UETA, sino leyes similares." - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Overall, to be recognized as valid, electronic signatures have to meet five " -"criteria:" -msgstr "" -"En general, para ser reconocidas como válidas, las firmas electrónicas deben" -" cumplir cinco criterios:" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:44 -msgid "" -"A signer must show a clear intent to sign. For example, using a mouse to " -"draw a signature can show intent. The signer must also have the option to " -"opt-out of electronically signing a document." -msgstr "" -"Un firmante debe mostrar una clara intención de firmar. Por ejemplo, usar un" -" mouse para dibujar una firma puede mostrar intención. El firmante también " -"debe tener la opción de optar por no firmar electrónicamente un documento." - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:47 -msgid "" -"A signer must first express or imply their consent to conduct business " -"electronically." -msgstr "" -"Un firmante debe primero expresar o dar a entender su consentimiento para " -"realizar negocios electrónicamente." - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:48 -msgid "" -"The signature must be clearly attributed. In Odoo, metadata, such as the " -"signer’s IP address, is added to the signature, which can be used as " -"supporting evidence." -msgstr "" -"La firma debe estar claramente atribuida. En Odoo, los metadatos, como la " -"dirección IP del firmante, se agregan a la firma, que pueden usarse como " -"evidencia de respaldo." - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:50 -msgid "" -"The signature must be associated with the document being signed, for " -"example, by keeping a record detailing how the signature was captured." -msgstr "" -"La firma debe estar asociada con el documento que se está firmando, por " -"ejemplo, manteniendo un registro que detalle cómo se capturó la firma." - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Electronically signed documents need to be retained and available for later " -"reference by all parties involved, for example, by providing the signer " -"either a fully-executed copy or the option to download a copy." -msgstr "" -"Los documentos firmados electrónicamente deben conservarse y estar " -"disponibles para referencia posterior por todas las partes involucradas, por" -" ejemplo, proporcionando al firmante una copia completamente ejecutada o la " -"opción de descargar una copia." - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:57 -msgid "" -"The information provided here does not constitute legal advice; it is " -"provided for general informational purposes only. As laws governing " -"electronic signatures evolve rapidly, we cannot guarantee that the " -"information is up to date. We advise you to should contact a local attorney " -"to obtain legal advice." -msgstr "" -"La información proporcionada aquí no constituye asesoramiento legal; se " -"proporciona únicamente con fines informativos generales. Dado que las leyes " -"que rigen las firmas electrónicas evolucionan rápidamente, no podemos " -"garantizar que la información esté actualizada. Le recomendamos que se ponga" -" en contacto con un abogado local para obtener asesoramiento legal." diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po deleted file mode 100644 index f2b2b5e89..000000000 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,570 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal <lina8823@gmail.com>, 2020 -# José Vicente <txusev@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Cristopher Cravioto <ccr@odoo.com>, 2020 -# Jon Perez <jop@odoo.com>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Jon Perez <jop@odoo.com>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: es\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../sms_marketing.rst:5 -msgid "SMS Marketing" -msgstr "Marketing por SMS" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Información general" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:3 -msgid "Contact Lists and Blacklist" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Creating your own list of contacts, or importing it, is useful when you want" -" to create specific groups of people, such as the subscribers of your " -"newsletter. It is also the best way to get started if you are coming from " -"another system and already have built an audience. It makes the SMS " -"distribution easier." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:11 -msgid "Contact lists" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:13 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Contacts lists --> Contacts lists --> Create`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Choose a name for your *Mailing list*, and activate the option *Is Public* " -"if you would like to make the mailing list accessible to your recipients in " -"the unsubscription page (allowing users to update their subscription " -"preferences)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:22 -msgid "History with the Log Notes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:25 -msgid "" -"A record of the mailings sent is kept on the recipient's chatter (whether it" -" is a contact or an opportunity, for example)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:28 -msgid "" -"This is important as you and team members can easily keep track and see a " -"history of the interactions with your contacts or prospects. Example: your " -"sales representative can easily find out which SMS mailing promotions a " -"customer has received or not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:35 -msgid "Blacklist" -msgstr "Lista negra" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:38 -msgid "" -"If you are coming from another software and have a list of clients who have " -"already asked to be blacklisted, you can import those entries to your " -"database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:39 -msgid "" -"For that, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Phone Blacklist --> " -"Import`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:3 -msgid "Integrations and Templates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Using SMS to reach people can be a strategy not just used for advertisement " -"purposes, but also as a reminder of events or issued invoices to your " -"costumers, for example." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:9 -msgid "Campaigns" -msgstr "Campañas" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:11 -msgid "" -"First, make sure to have the necessary feature activated. Go to the " -":menuselection:`Email Marketing app --> Configuration --> Settings` and " -"enable *Mailing Campaigns*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Now, the menu *Campaigns* is also available on the *SMS Marketing* app, " -"allowing you to manage and have an overview of your SMS mailings under " -"campaigns." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:23 -msgid "" -"This feature is especially useful if you have aggregated campaigns, as you " -"have a global reporting view. In addition to that, you can create stages in " -"your Kanban view to better organize the work being done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:31 -msgid "Sending SMSs through the Contacts app" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Sending SMSs through the contact’s form is available by default in Odoo. It " -"makes your work easier if you need to send an SMS to a specific contact, for" -" example." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:36 -msgid "" -"For that, go to the *Contacts* app, select the contact and click on the " -"*SMS* icon next to the phone number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:41 -msgid "" -"If you would like to send a message to multiple contacts at once, choose the" -" *List View*, select all the contacts needed, and under *Action* select " -"*Send SMS*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:48 -msgid "Set up SMS templates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:50 -msgid "" -"To set up *SMS Templates*, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " -"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, then go to " -":menuselection:`Technical --> SMS Templates`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Use *Dynamic Placeholders* to adapt automatically the content of the SMS to " -"the context." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:63 -msgid "SMS Text Messaging is available throughout Odoo:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:65 -msgid "*CRM*: send SMSs to your leads and opportunities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:66 -msgid "*Subscription*: alert customers about their subscription." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:67 -msgid "*Accounting*: send payment reminders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:68 -msgid "*Marketing Automation*: automate your SMS marketing campaigns." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:69 -msgid "" -"*Inventory*: send an automatic confirmation when a delivery order is done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:70 -msgid "" -"*Sign*: receive a validation code to verify your identity before signing a " -"document online." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:71 -msgid "" -"*SEPA debit payment provider*: send a verification code to your customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:72 -msgid "" -"*Studio*: send an SMS according to your needs by using automated actions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:75 -msgid "" -"For more information about SMS integrations in Odoo and a list of frequently" -" asked questions, go to :doc:`../pricing/pricing_and_faq`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:79 -msgid ":doc:`../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:80 -msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_template`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:3 -msgid "Build, Send and Get Reports from a SMS Mailing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Using SMS Marketing as part of your communication strategies can empower you" -" to expand your markets, considering that in some countries emails are not " -"very used or used at all. It also helps to boost conversion rates, as this " -"strategy has a high open-rate percentage among people who use smartphones." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:11 -msgid "Get started" -msgstr "Empezar" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:13 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`SMS Marketing --> Create`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Specify a *subject* name to help you remembering what the mailing is about." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Under *Recipients*, choose to whom you would like the SMS to be sent. If you" -" choose *Contact*, all your Odoo contacts (vendor, customers, etc.) receive " -"your SMS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:22 -msgid "" -"From there, you can refine your recipient list with the *add filter* option." -" In the example below, the message would be sent to the contacts living in " -"Belgium." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:27 -msgid "" -"The *Mailing list* option, on the other hand, allows you to choose the " -"specific mailing lists you created to group specific contacts. You are " -"allowed to select multiple ones." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Under the *SMS Content* tab, links can be included and Odoo automatically " -"generates *link trackers* in order to generate data about these links." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Under *Settings* you have the option *Include opt-out link*. If activated, " -"the contact is able to unsubscribe from the mailing list." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:43 -msgid "" -"In the *Link Tracker* menu under *Configuration*, you can see the history of" -" your sent links, access them and look at statistics." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:50 -msgid "Double-check that you have the phone number of your contacts saved." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:53 -msgid "Send a mailing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Once you have your mailing created, you must choose when you would like it " -"to be delivered:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:59 -msgid "" -"*Put in Queue*: the mailing is triggered with the next automatic run. " -"Interesting option if you do not need the message to be sent at a specific " -"time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:61 -msgid "" -"*Send Now*: sends the message immediately. Use this option if the recipient " -"list is not excessive." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:62 -msgid "" -"*Schedule*: allows you to choose a day and time. Best option for mailings " -"that you would like to send during a specific event, to promote an offer " -"while it is active, or to simply plan your content strategy in advance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:65 -msgid "" -"*Test*: allows you to send an SMS to one or multiple numbers for test " -"purposes. Check, for example, if the link provided lands on the right page " -"while making sure they are responsive. If sending it to multiple numbers, " -"you must remember to use a comma between them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:70 -msgid "Visualize reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:72 -msgid "" -"Under the *Reporting* menu apply filters, measures, and adopt different " -"layouts to do analyses of the performance of your SMS mailings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:79 -msgid "" -"You can also check the price to send an SMS for your country by clicking on " -"the *Information* icon." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:86 -msgid "" -"**Buy Credits:** in order to take advantage of the app and its features, " -"make sure you have purchased credits. For more information: " -":doc:`../pricing/pricing_and_faq`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing.rst:3 -msgid "Pricing and FAQ" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:3 -msgid "SMS Pricing and FAQ" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:6 -msgid "What do I need to send SMSs?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:7 -msgid "" -"SMS Text Messaging is an In-App Purchase (IAP) service that *requires " -"prepaid credits* to work." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:11 -msgid "How many types of SMSs are there?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:12 -msgid "There are 2 types: GSM7 and UNICODE." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:14 -msgid "" -"**GSM7** is the standard format, with a limit of 160 characters per message," -" that includes the following characters:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:23 -msgid "" -"**UNICODE** is the format applied if a special character, that *is not* in " -"the GSM7 list, is used. Limit per SMS: 70 characters." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:27 -msgid "" -"For GSM7 SMS the size limit is 160 characters, and for Unicode is 70. *Above" -" these limits, the content is divided into a multi-part message* and the " -"limit of characters is lowered to 153 for GSM7 and to 67 for Unicode. The " -"system will inform you in real-time about the number of SMS your message " -"represents." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:34 -msgid "How much does it cost to send an SMS?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:35 -msgid "" -"The price of an SMS depends on the destination and the length (number of " -"characters) of the message." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:37 -msgid "" -"To see the **price per country, please consult**: `Odoo SMS - FAQ <https" -"://iap-services.odoo.com/iap/sms/pricing#sms_faq_01>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:39 -msgid "" -"The number of SMSs a message represents will be always available to you in " -"your database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:49 -msgid "How do I buy credits?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:50 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Buy Credits`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:57 -msgid "Or go to :menuselection:`Settings --> View my Services`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:65 -msgid "" -"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you " -"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:70 -msgid "More common questions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:72 -msgid "**Is there an expiration time for my credits?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:74 -msgid "No, credits do not expire." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:77 -msgid "" -"**Can I send an SMS to a phone number (which is not a mobile phone) because " -"I see the icon in front of the field “phone”?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:80 -msgid "Only if that phone number supports SMS (e.g. SIP phones)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:83 -msgid "**Do I receive an invoice to buy my credits?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:85 -msgid "Yes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:88 -msgid "**Can the recipient answer to me?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:90 -msgid "No, it is not possible to reply to the SMS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:93 -msgid "" -"**What happens if I send multiple SMS but I do not have enough credits to " -"send them all?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:95 -msgid "" -"The whole transaction is counted as a single one, so no SMS will be sent " -"until you have enough credits to send them all." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:99 -msgid "**Do I have a history of the sent SMSs?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:101 -msgid "" -"Yes, the SMS is logged as a note under the chatter of the corresponding " -"record, and a complete history of the SMSs sent is available on " -":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` under " -":menuselection:`Technical --> SMS`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:107 -msgid "**Can I send as many SMSs I want at once?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:109 -msgid "Yes, if you have enough credits." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:112 -msgid "" -"**If I have a number that does not exist in the list of recipients, will I " -"lose credits?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:114 -msgid "" -"Not if the phone number is in the wrong format (e.g. too many digits). " -"Otherwise, if the SMS is sent to the wrong person or to a fake number, the " -"credit will be lost." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:118 -msgid "" -"**What happens if I send my SMS to a paying number (e.g.: a contest to win a" -" ticket for a festival)?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:120 -msgid "" -"The SMS will not be delivered to that kind of number, so you won’t be " -"charged." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:123 -msgid "" -"**Can I identify the numbers that do not exist when I send several SMSs?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:125 -msgid "Only the ones that have an invalid format." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:128 -msgid "**How does the GDPR regulation affect this service?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:130 -msgid "" -"Please find our `Privacy Policy here <https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#sms>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:132 -msgid "**Can I use my own SMS provider?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:134 -msgid "" -"Yes, but it is not possible out of the box. Our experts can help you " -"customize your database to make it happen. Please, check our success packs " -"`here <https://www.odoo.com/pricing-packs>`_." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po deleted file mode 100644 index fe7b99932..000000000 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,362 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal <lina8823@gmail.com>, 2020 -# José Cabrera Lozano <jose.cabrera@edukative.es>, 2021 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:42+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: José Cabrera Lozano <jose.cabrera@edukative.es>, 2021\n" -"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: es\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../social_marketing.rst:5 -msgid "Social Marketing" -msgstr "Marketing Social" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Información general" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:3 -msgid "Connecting to my Marketplace with Campaigns" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Whether your goal is to sell a new product, explain the value of your " -"services or advertise your event, a campaign helps you to connect with your " -"marketplace. They normally involve multiple channels, so it is fundamental " -"to have a solution with which you can plan, execute, track, and analyze your" -" content." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:10 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Campaigns --> Create`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:16 -msgid "" -"As you create content, tabs for that specific channel are shown. The " -"overview of the campaign displays global metrics such as:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:19 -msgid "" -"*Revenue*: number of users who, from a link in your content, finished a " -"transaction (paid)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:20 -msgid "" -"*Quotations*: number of users who, from a link in your content, have started" -" but not finished a transaction (did not pay)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:22 -msgid "" -"*Leads*: users who have filled out your contact form, from a link in your " -"content." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:25 -msgid "" -"To be able to *Send New Mailing*, make sure the feature is enabled in the " -"*Email Marketing* application, under :menuselection:`Email Marketing --> " -"Configuration --> Settings`. To be able to *Send SMS*, the *SMS Marketing* " -"application must be installed on your database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:30 -msgid "" -"*Social Marketing* works integrated with other applications such as *Sales*," -" *Invoicing*, *CRM* and *Website*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:34 -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:77 -msgid ":doc:`./push_notifications`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:35 -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:66 -msgid ":doc:`./manage_social`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:3 -msgid "Interact with Customers and Visitors with Live Chat" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:5 -msgid "" -"One of the ways you can build stronger relationships with your customers is " -"by making yourself available through live chat. Live chats can have a big " -"impact not just on your customer service, but also on sales performance, as " -"it gives users a chance of having real-time, fast, and effective " -"interaction." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:11 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Configuración" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Live Chat` " -"select the appropriate channel, and set it up." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Under *Channel Rules*, choose when the chat pop-up appears, and an action " -"for a given URL and/or country. Note that to take the country into account, " -"GeoIP must be installed on your server." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:24 -msgid "The *Live Chat* application must be installed on your database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:27 -msgid "Monitor your visitors" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Under the *Visitors* menu, see the visitors that landed on one of your " -":ref:`social_marketing/website_tracked_pages` online or offline." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:34 -msgid "" -"You can send emails (if an email address has been saved), send SMSs (if a " -"phone number has been saved), send a push notification (if the user has " -"subscribed to it), and even send a live chat request that will be received " -"by the user once they move to a tracked page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Open a record to see details including the visited pages, and the first and " -"last date and time the user was connected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Your online visitors will be authenticated if they are linked to a lead or " -"an existing partner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:44 -msgid "" -"If you do not use the *Website* app, you can add a live chat widget to your " -"own website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:49 -msgid "Website’s tracked pages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:51 -msgid "" -"To define which pages are tracked, on the *Website* application, go to " -":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Pages` and enable the option " -"*Track*, on the respective pages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:60 -msgid ":doc:`../../livechat/overview/get_started`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:3 -msgid "Manage Social Media Pages and Create Content" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Once you are present on social media platforms, it is important to keep them" -" up-to-date. However, that might feel like a full-time job. Having a " -"solution that allows you to create, schedule, keep track, engage with your " -"audience and measure results saves you time and helps you to successfully " -"execute your online strategy, from posts to results." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:12 -msgid "Add accounts and create your feed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Click on *Add Stream* and grant the required permissions to add your " -"accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:21 -msgid "You can link a Facebook page for which you are the admin." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:23 -msgid "" -"You are then redirected to your *Feed* and a column with the publications is" -" automatically added." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:25 -msgid "" -"You can then add new accounts and/or streams, such as Facebook mentions, and" -" customize your Kanban view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Adding social media accounts to your feed will also link KPIs. To get " -"redirected to the statistics page of the social account, click on " -"*Insights*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:39 -msgid "Link a LinkedIn account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Configuration --> Social Media`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:48 -msgid "" -"LinkedIn is in Beta Version, therefore, the feed is not available. Only the " -"creation of content." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:51 -msgid "Publish content" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Click on :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Feed --> New Post`, or go to " -":menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Posts → Create`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:60 -msgid "Choose to upload your post right away or to schedule it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:61 -msgid "Saving your post will apply a draft status to it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:64 -msgid "Overview and plan your posts with a calendar view" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Through the calendar view, besides having an overview of your planned day, " -"week or month, also see your drafted, scheduled and published posts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:68 -msgid "Drag and drop (scheduled posts) to change their scheduled date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Double-click on a date to create a post directly from the *Calendar view*, " -"and click on an existing one to edit it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:78 -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:67 -msgid ":doc:`./campaigns`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:79 -msgid ":doc:`./livechat`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:3 -msgid "Use Web Push Notifications" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Web Push Notifications deliver messages to your user’s device without the " -"need to be on your website, or for them to give personal information. They " -"can be used to inform your users about news, articles and content posted, " -"practical messages like traffic and weather updates, flight information, " -"sales alerts, coupons, and product updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:11 -msgid "Ask users for permission" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:13 -msgid "" -"In the *Website* application go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration" -" --> Settings` and enable *Web Push Notifications*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Choose your message, icon, and delay time (which is the wait time for the " -"permission request to be shown once the user lands on your page)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:28 -msgid "Send notifications" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:31 -msgid "Individually" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:33 -msgid "You can send individual messages through the menu *Visitors*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:40 -msgid "To a group" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Target a bigger segment by selecting multiple visitors in the *View List* " -"(e.g.: all visitors that visited your Homepage)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Visitors records are kept under *Visitors* for a week, before getting " -"archived." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:53 -msgid "By rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Or go to :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Posts --> Create`. Under *Web " -"Notification options*, apply filters to send your message to the records " -"that match the rules you set." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:63 -msgid "The feature only works with Odoo Website application." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/studio.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/studio.po deleted file mode 100644 index 0aec8d3da..000000000 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/studio.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,942 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# Pablo Rojas <rojaspablo88@gmail.com>, 2020 -# AleEscandon <alejandra.escandon@jarsa.com.mx>, 2020 -# Nicolás Broggi <rnbroggi@gmail.com>, 2020 -# José Cabrera Lozano <jose.cabrera@edukative.es>, 2021 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:42+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: José Cabrera Lozano <jose.cabrera@edukative.es>, 2021\n" -"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: es\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../studio.rst:5 -msgid "Studio" -msgstr "Studio" - -#: ../../studio/concepts.rst:3 -msgid "Concepts" -msgstr "Conceptos" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:3 -msgid "Understanding Automated Actions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:6 -msgid "" -"Automated actions are used to trigger actions. They are based on conditions " -"and happen on top of Odoo’s default business logic." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Examples of automated actions include: creating a next activity upon a " -"quote's confirmation; adding a user as a follower of a confirmed invoice if " -"its total is higher than a certain amount; or preventing a lead from " -"changing stage if a field is not filled in." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Let's understand how to properly define *when* an automated action runs and " -"*how* to create one:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:18 -msgid "" -"The first step is to choose the :doc:`Model <understanding_general>` on " -"which the action is applied." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:19 -msgid "" -"The **Trigger** field defines the event that causes the automated action to " -"happen:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:21 -msgid "" -"*On Creation*: when a new record is created. Note that the record is created" -" once saved for the first time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:23 -msgid "" -"*On Update*: when the record is updated. Note that the update happens once " -"the record is saved." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:24 -msgid "" -"*On Creation & Update*: on the creation and/or on the update of a record " -"once the form is saved." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:25 -msgid "*On Deletion*: on the removal of a record under the condition set." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:26 -msgid "" -"*Based on Form Modification*: when the value of the specified *Trigger* " -"field is changed in the interface (user sees the changes before saving the " -"record). Note that this action can only be used with the *Execute Python " -"Code* action type." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:29 -msgid "" -"*Based on Timed Condition*: a delay happens after a specific date/time. Set " -"a *Delay after trigger date* if you need a delay to happen before the " -"*Trigger Date*. Example: to send a reminder 15min before a meeting. If the " -"date/time is not set on the form of the model chosen, the date/time " -"considered is the one of the creation/update of the record." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:34 -msgid "For every Trigger option, **conditions** can be applied, such as:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:36 -msgid "" -"*Before Update Domain*: if designated, this condition must be satisfied " -"before the record is updated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:38 -msgid "" -"*Apply on*: if designated, this condition must be satisfied before executing" -" the action rule (*Action To Do*), and after the update." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:41 -msgid "" -"The **Active** option is to be turned off when the rule should be hidden and" -" not executed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Under **Action To Do** choose the type of server action that must be " -"executed once records meet the *Trigger* conditions:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:45 -msgid "" -"*Execute Python Code*: a block of code is executed. A *Help* tab with the " -"variables that can be used is available." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:47 -msgid "*Create New Record*: a new record with new values is created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:48 -msgid "*Update a Record*: updates the record that triggered the action." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:49 -msgid "" -"*Execute several actions*: defines an action that triggers other server " -"actions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:50 -msgid "" -"*Send Email*: an automatic :doc:`email " -"<../../discuss/advanced/email_template>` is sent." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:51 -msgid "*Add Followers*: followers are notified of changes in the task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:52 -msgid "" -"*Create Next Activity*: creates an activity such as: *Call*, *Email*, " -"*Reminder*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:53 -msgid "" -"*Send SMS Text Message*: sends an :doc:`SMS " -"<../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:56 -msgid "Example" -msgstr "Ejemplo" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:58 -msgid "" -"This is the process of which the update of the *Email* field on the " -"Lead/Opportunity *Model*, with a *Trigger Condition* set to *On Update*, " -"goes through:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:65 -msgid "The user creates the record without an email address set." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:66 -msgid "The user updates the record defining an email address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Once the change is saved, the automation checks if any of the *Watched " -"Fields* are being updated (for the example: field name *email_from* (Email)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:69 -msgid "" -"If true, it checks if the record matches the *Before Update Domain* (for the" -" example: *email is not set*)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:71 -msgid "" -"If true, it checks (*after the update*) whether the record matches the " -"*Apply on* domain (for the example: *email is set*)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:73 -msgid "If true, the chosen *Action To Do* is performed on the record." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:76 -msgid ":doc:`understanding_general`" -msgstr ":doc:`understanding_general`" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:77 -msgid ":doc:`../use_cases/automated_actions`" -msgstr ":doc:`../use_cases/automated_actions`" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:3 -msgid "Understanding General Concepts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:7 -msgid "" -"Odoo Studio is a toolbox that allows you to add models or adapt " -"functionalities on top of Odoo’s standard behavior without coding knowledge." -" You can also create custom views and modify existing ones without having to" -" get into the XML code." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Even for experienced developers, typing out code requires time. By using " -"Odoo Studio, you can quickly get your models up and going and focus on the " -"crucial parts of your application. The result is a user-friendly solution " -"that makes customizations and designing new applications easy with or " -"without programming skills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:15 -msgid "Getting started" -msgstr "Primeros pasos" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:17 -msgid "" -"One you start using Odoo Studio, you automatically create a new *module* " -"that contains all your modifications. These modifications can be done on " -"existing screens (*views*), by adding new *fields* in existing applications," -" or by creating an entirely new *model*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:22 -msgid "What is a Module?" -msgstr "¿Qué es un Módulo?" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:25 -msgid "" -"An Odoo **Module** can contain a number of elements, such as: business " -"objects (models), object views, data files, web controllers, and static web " -"data. An application is a collection of modules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:29 -msgid "" -"In object-oriented programming, models usually represent a concept from the " -"real world. Example: Odoo has models for Sales Orders, Users, Countries, " -"etc. If you were to build an application to manage Real Estate sales, a " -"model that represents the Properties for sale would probably be your first " -"step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:38 -msgid "What is a Model (also called Object)?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:40 -msgid "" -"A **Model** determines the logical structure of a database and fundamentally" -" determines in which manner data can be stored, organized, and manipulated. " -"In other words, a model is a table of information that can be bridged with " -"other tables." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:45 -msgid "What are Fields?" -msgstr "¿Qué son Campos?" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:47 -msgid "" -"**Fields** compose models. It is where a record (a piece of data) is " -"registered." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Example: on the Real Estate application, fields on the Properties model " -"would include the price, address, a picture, a link to the current owner, " -"etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:50 -msgid "" -"There are 2 main types of fields in Odoo: *basic (or scalar) fields* and " -"*relational fields*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Basic fields represent simple values, like numbers or text. Relational " -"fields represent relations between models. So, if you have a model for " -"*Customers* and another one for *Properties*, you would use a relational " -"field to link each Property to its Customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:56 -msgid "Relational Fields in detail" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:59 -msgid "" -"**Relational Fields** provide the option to link the data of one model with " -"the data of another model." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:60 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, relational field types are: *One2many*, *Many2one*, *Many2many*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:66 -msgid "" -"An **One2many** field is a *one-way* direction of selecting *multiple* " -"records from a table." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Example: a Sales Order can contain multiple Sales Order Lines, which also " -"contain multiple fields of information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:69 -msgid "" -"A **Many2one** field is a *one-way* direction of selecting *one* record from" -" a table." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Example: you can have many product categories, but each product can only " -"belong to one category." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:71 -msgid "" -"A **Many2many** field is a *two-way* direction of selecting records from a " -"table." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:72 -msgid "Example: multiple tags can be added to a lead’s form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:75 -msgid "An *One2many* field must have a *Many2one* related to it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:78 -msgid "What are Views?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:80 -msgid "" -"**Views** define how records are displayed. They are specified in XML which " -"means that they can be edited independently from the models that they " -"represent. There are various types of views in Odoo, and each of them " -"represents a mode of visualization. Some examples are: *form*, *list*, " -"*kanban*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:85 -msgid "What is a Menu?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:87 -msgid "" -"A **Menu** is a button that executes and action. In Odoo Studio, to create " -"menus (models) and rearrange their hierarchy, click on *Edit Menu*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:95 -msgid "`Studio Basics <https://www.odoo.com/fr_FR/slides/studio-31>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to.rst:3 -msgid "How To" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/export_import.rst:3 -msgid "Export and Import Modules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/export_import.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When you do customizations in Odoo Studio, a new module is created in your " -"database, making it easy to use Studio for prototyping." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/export_import.rst:8 -msgid "" -"To export these customizations, activate Studio on the main dashboard and, " -"under the menu *Customizations*, click on *Export*. The default filename is " -"*customizations.zip*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/export_import.rst:16 -msgid "" -"The module created contains the definition of custom models and fields, as " -"well as the UI elements of any customization in an XML format." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/export_import.rst:18 -msgid "" -"To import and install the customizations in another instance, connect to the" -" destination database, activate Studio and, under *Customizations*, click on" -" *Import*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/export_import.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Studio does not know which apps are customized (because the same view can be" -" modified on different apps), therefore, it *does not* add the underlying " -"modules as dependencies of the exported module. In other words, the " -"applications installed on the source database should be installed on the " -"destination database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:3 -msgid "Customizing the Rainbow Man" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The Rainbow Man in Odoo is an animation shown once the user completes " -"certain tasks and clicks on certain buttons. It is a way to make the " -"software fun to use, and rewarding, for employees." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:13 -msgid "" -"On most buttons in Odoo, such as *Send by Email*, *Confirm* or *Cancel*, " -"once they are selected in Studio, under their *Properties*, the *Rainbow " -"Man* effect can be applied." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:14 -msgid "By default, the feature is active:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:16 -msgid "when opportunities are marked as won;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:17 -msgid "when users empty their inboxes;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:18 -msgid "when the user finishes a tour;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:19 -msgid "when the user finishes doing reconciliations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:3 -msgid "Customizing Reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Odoo uses HTML and CSS technologies to create reports. HTML is a markup " -"language that uses tags, also called elements. It is the core of any webpage" -" because it provides its basic structure. CSS interacts with HTML elements " -"to add style to the page, establishing how the HTML is shown to the user. " -"Odoo’s reports also use Bootstrap’s grid layout, which is the containers, " -"rows, and columns to align content, and support Odoo's website themes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:11 -msgid "" -"When creating a new report, choose the purpose of it and if you would like " -"the report to include header and footer (company logo, name, address, phone," -" email address, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Under the tab **Add**, you find the fields to be dragged and dropped to the " -"view. *Fields*, *Data tables*, *Subtotal & Total*, and *Address Book* are " -"dynamic elements (meaning that they need a :doc:`one2many or a many2many " -"<../concepts/understanding_general>` related object). *Text*, *Title Block*," -" *Image*, and *Text in Cell* are static elements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Once the element is added to the view, select it to see its **Options**. The" -" first section shows the hierarchy of the selected object and its " -"properties, allowing you to individually edit them. Fields with related " -"objects have their directives shown on *Field Expression*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Under **Visible if**, define the rule(s) to set visibility conditions to " -"fields." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Example: if choosing to display a product image, you could set a visibility " -"rule to only display the ones that are *set* in the product form, avoiding " -"having a plain icon when they are not set." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:40 -msgid "" -"**Visible for** is used to set which :doc:`groups " -"<../../general/odoo_basics/add_user>` can have access to specific elements " -"in the report. **Limit visibility to groups**, under *Report*, sets the " -"visibility of the report to specifics groups, meaning that users belonging " -"to other groups do not see the same final document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Under the **Report** tab, name your report, choose the paper format, and if " -"the report should be added to the *Print* menu list on its respective " -"document form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:53 -msgid "" -"If activating the :doc:`Developer mode " -"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, additional fields such as *Class* " -"under *Options*, and *Reload from attachment* under *Report*, become " -"visible." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:56 -msgid "" -"*Class*: add custom CSS classes to the selected element (e.g. Bootstrap " -"classes such as *text-danger*)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:59 -msgid "" -"*Reload from attachment*: saves the report as an attachment of the document " -"when printed. When the report is reprinted, it re-downloads that attachment " -"instead of re-printing it. This means that if the underlying record (e.g. " -"Invoice) changes when compared to the first impression, the report does not " -"reflect the changes because they were done after the attachment was created." -" This is typically useful for reports linked to documents that should not " -"change, such as Invoices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Actions in Odoo Studio can be undone until you *Close* the toolbox. Once you" -" have closed Studio, changes can not be undone anymore." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases.rst:3 -msgid "Use Cases" -msgstr "Casos de uso" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced Use Cases: Automated Actions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:5 -msgid "" -"**Case scenario 1: when a Belgian lead is created, a 3-stars priority should" -" be automatically applied.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:8 -msgid "Under *Automations*, click on *Create* and set the following rules:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:10 -msgid "*Model*: Lead/Opportunity" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:11 -msgid "*Active*: On" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:12 -msgid "*Trigger*: On Creation & Update" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:13 -msgid "*Apply on*: Country > Country Name = Belgium" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:14 -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:53 -msgid "*Action To Do*: Update the Record" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:15 -msgid "*Data to Write*: Lead/Opportunity > Value > 3" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Check :doc:`this doc <filters_status_bar>` in order to have another " -"automated action example." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:25 -msgid ":doc:`../concepts/understanding_automated_actions`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:26 -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:61 -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:138 -#: ../../studio/use_cases/views.rst:28 -msgid ":doc:`../concepts/understanding_general`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced Use Cases: Filters and Status Bar" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:5 -msgid "" -"**Case scenario 1: on Sales, set a filter on Belgian customers and define it" -" as the default one (the user should still be able to unset the filter).**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:8 -msgid "" -"On your customer’s page, use *Filters* > *Add Custom Filter* to group " -"customers by country. Now, under *Favorites*, *Save Current Search* enabling" -" *Use by default* and *Save*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:15 -msgid "" -"On *Filter Rules* in Studio mode, select the respective filter and enable " -"*Default Filter*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:21 -msgid "" -"**Case scenario 2: add a status bar on the product form to manage its life " -"cycle. Set the values: ‘Prototype’, ‘In use’ and ‘Deprecated’. By default, " -"the Kanban view must be grouped by status.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:26 -msgid "" -"On your product form, *Add a pipeline status bar* and name its values. " -"Status bars are *selection* fields that give you the ability to follow a " -"specific flow. They are useful to show you the progress that has been made." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:28 -msgid "" -"On the *Views* menu, access *Kanban* and, under its *View* options, set the " -"*Default Group by* as *Pipeline status bar*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Now, open your product form and set the right status for that product. As " -"you move products throughout stages (also through the product’s form), " -"stages are shown in the Kanban view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:38 -msgid "" -"To make modifications in the pipeline status bar, for example, remember to " -"go back to *Form View*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:44 -msgid "" -"**Case scenario 2.a: when a product goes from ‘In use’ to ‘Deprecate’, set " -"its cost to 0€.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Create an :doc:`automated action " -"<../concepts/understanding_automated_actions>` with the selected values:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:49 -msgid "*Model*: Product Template" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:50 -msgid "*Trigger*: On Update" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:51 -msgid "*First Domain*: Pipeline status bar = In use" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:52 -msgid "*Second Domain*: Pipeline status bar = Deprecated" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:54 -msgid "*Data to Write*: Cost (Product Template) > Value > 0" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced Use Cases: Creating Models and Adding Fields" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:5 -msgid "" -"**Case scenario 1: on the leads’ form, if the chosen country is France, show" -" a field 'Pay by check?'**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:8 -msgid "" -"On your leads’ form, add a *Related Field* to *Country > Country Name*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Now, add a *Checkbox* field and define its invisibility options as *Country*" -" (carefully select the one just created) *> is not = > France.*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:11 -msgid "You can now hide the related field created (*Country*) if you wish." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Another approach is to use the country’s ID. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Contacts --> Configuration --> Countries`, select France " -"(for example), and on the URL check its *ID*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:21 -msgid "" -"The related field invisibility path should now be *Country* (carefully " -"select the one just created) *> is not = > 75*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:22 -msgid "Again, hide the related field with the country’s ID if you prefer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:28 -msgid "" -"**Case scenario 2: create a model called 'Properties' and add fields called:" -" company, value, name, address, active, image.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:31 -msgid "" -"From the dashboard, (optionally) start a new module. Then, click on *Edit " -"Menu* and start a *New Menu* (model). Set your menu name and *Confirm*. Now," -" on its form, drag & drop the necessary fields." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:39 -msgid "" -"**Case scenario 2.a: now, you would like to have a model called 'Regions' to" -" which each property must be linked. And, on 'Regions', you would like to " -"see the properties for each region.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Go to *Edit Menu > New Menu* and create your menu, calling it *Regions*. Add" -" the necessary fields on its form by dragging & dropping them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Now, in the form view of *Properties*, add a *Many2one* field with a " -"relation to your model *Region*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:48 -msgid "" -"The *Existing Fields* are the ones that are on the current model but not yet" -" in the view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Now, go to the model *Regions*, select the form view, and add a status " -"button selecting *Regions (Properties)* as your relational field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:62 -msgid "" -"*Status buttons* are computed fields, meaning that they count the numbers of" -" records on the related model, and allow you to access them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:69 -msgid "" -"When searching for relations, click on *Search more* and filter it by " -"*Custom*. This way you avoid creating duplicates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:76 -msgid "" -"**Case scenario 2.b: in the model 'Properties', show all the tags as " -"checkboxes instead of tags.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:78 -msgid "" -"Once the field *Tags* is added to the form, select it and, under its " -"*Properties > Widgets*, choose *Checkboxes*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:85 -msgid "" -"**Case scenario 3: on the leads’ form, add a selection field with the " -"values:'Tags' & 'List' & 'Checkboxes'. According to the value of the field, " -"show tags as many2many_tags, many2many_radio, or many2many(_list).**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:89 -msgid "" -"In your form view, add a *Tags* field and relate it to *Partners Tag*. Under" -" *Properties*, define its *Widget* as *Many2many*. Do the same process " -"another 2 times for *Checkboxes* and *Tags*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:96 -msgid "Now, add a *Selection* field and the necessary values." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:99 -msgid "" -"Continue by selecting your *Tags* fields, one by one, to set their " -"*Invisible* options according to their *Widget*. In the example below, the " -"invisibility rule for the *Partner Tags* is set as: *Select Tag type > is " -"not = > Tags.*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:105 -msgid "" -"**Case scenario 4: on a quotation’s form, add a selection field called " -"'Manager Validation' with the values: ‘Accepted’ and ‘Refused’. Only a sales" -" manager can see it, and the field should be set as mandatory if the untaxed" -" amount is higher than 500€.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:109 -msgid "" -"On your quotation form, add a *Selection* field with the values *Accepted* " -"and *Refused*. Set its *Required* condition as *Untaxed Amount > 500* and " -"the *Limit visibility to groups* as *Sales / Administrator* or managers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:117 -msgid "**Case scenario 5: change the tooltip of a field for all views.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:119 -msgid "" -"Activate the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` " -"and open Studio." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:122 -msgid "" -"Select the necessary field and, under *Properties*, click on *More* to write" -" your tooltip message on *Field Help*. The tooltip message is the " -"explanatory message shown when the user hovers the field. The message here " -"written is displayed on all views forms where the field is added." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:129 -msgid "" -"The *Field Help* message can only be applied to *new* fields. If you would " -"like to change/apply a tooltip for a specific field, use the *Help Tooltip* " -"option under *Properties*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/views.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced Use Cases: Views" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/views.rst:5 -msgid "" -"**Case scenario 1: in Sales, show orders in a Kanban View instead of a List " -"View.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/views.rst:7 -msgid "" -"From the Sales page, access Studio and, under *Views*, set the *Kanban* " -"option as the default one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/views.rst:14 -msgid "" -"**Case scenario 2: allow for the list of leads to be edited inline without " -"having to switch to the form view.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/views.rst:19 -msgid "" -"On the *List View*, under *View* > *Editable*, choose between *New record on" -" top* or *New record at the bottom*. This way, besides defining the order in" -" which new records are displayed in the view, you are able to edit them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/views.rst:21 -msgid "" -"If the field is left blank, no editing is possible and records are shown " -"based on your column preferences on the lead's page (front-end)." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/support.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/support.po deleted file mode 100644 index 2e3b4c6ad..000000000 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/support.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,518 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# David Arnold <blaggacao@users.noreply.github.com>, 2020 -# Noemi Nahomy <noemi.t.angles@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Alejandro Kutulas <alk@odoo.com>, 2020 -# Jesse Garza <jga@odoo.com>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:42+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Jesse Garza <jga@odoo.com>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: es\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../support.rst:5 -msgid "Support" -msgstr "Soporte" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:7 -msgid "Supported versions" -msgstr "Versiones con soporte" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Odoo provides support and bug fixing **for the 3 last major versions** of " -"Odoo." -msgstr "" -"Odoo provee soporte y corrección de \"bugs\" **a las últimas 3 versiones " -"mayores** de Odoo." - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Users hosted on **Odoo Online** may use intermediary versions (sometimes " -"called *SaaS versions*) that are supported as well. These versions are not " -"published for Odoo.sh or On-Premise installations." -msgstr "" -"Usuarios hospedados en **Odoo Online** pueden usar versiones intermedias (a " -"veces llamadas *versiones SaaS*) que también reciben soporte. Estas " -"versiones no se publican para Odoo.sh o para instalaciones \"On-Premise\"." - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:18 -msgid "What's the support status of my Odoo?" -msgstr "¿Cuál es el estatus de soporte para mi versión de Odoo?" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:20 -msgid "This matrix shows the support status of every version." -msgstr "Esta tabla muestra el estatus de soporte para todas las versiones." - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:22 -msgid "**Major releases are in bold type.**" -msgstr "**Versiones mayores en negrita.**" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:25 -msgid "Odoo Online" -msgstr "Odoo en línea" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:25 -msgid "Odoo.sh" -msgstr "Odoo.sh" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:25 -msgid "On-Premise" -msgstr "On-Premise" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:25 -msgid "Release date" -msgstr "Fecha de lanzamiento" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:27 -msgid "**Odoo 14.0**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:27 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:27 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:27 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:29 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:31 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:31 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:31 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:33 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:35 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:35 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:35 -msgid "|green|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:27 -msgid "October 2020" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:29 -msgid "Odoo 13.saas~4" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:29 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:29 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:33 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:33 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:37 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:37 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:41 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:41 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:43 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:43 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:47 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:47 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:49 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:51 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:51 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:53 -msgid "N/A" -msgstr "N/A" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:29 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:33 -msgid "August 2019" -msgstr "Agosto 2019" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:31 -msgid "**Odoo 13.0**" -msgstr "**Odoo 13.0**" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:31 -msgid "October 2019" -msgstr "Octubre 2019" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:33 -msgid "Odoo 12.saas~3" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:35 -msgid "**Odoo 12.0**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:35 -msgid "October 2018" -msgstr "Octubre 2018" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:35 -msgid "*End-of-support is planned for October 2021*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:37 -msgid "Odoo 11.saas~3" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:37 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:39 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:39 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:41 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:43 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:45 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:45 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:47 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:49 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:51 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:53 -msgid "|orange|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:37 -msgid "April 2018" -msgstr "Abril 2018" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:39 -msgid "**Odoo 11.0**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:39 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:45 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:49 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:53 -msgid "|red|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:39 -msgid "October 2017" -msgstr "Octubre 2017" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:41 -msgid "Odoo 10.saas~15" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:41 -msgid "March 2017" -msgstr "Marzo 2017" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:43 -msgid "Odoo 10.saas~14" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:43 -msgid "January 2017" -msgstr "Enero 2017" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:45 -msgid "**Odoo 10.0**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:45 -msgid "October 2016" -msgstr "Octubre 2016" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:47 -msgid "Odoo 9.saas~11" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:47 -msgid "May 2016" -msgstr "Mayo 2016" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:49 -msgid "**Odoo 9.0**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:49 -msgid "October 2015" -msgstr "Octubre 2015" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:51 -msgid "Odoo 8.saas~6" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:51 -msgid "February 2015" -msgstr "Febrero 2015" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:53 -msgid "**Odoo 8.0**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:53 -msgid "September 2014" -msgstr "Septiembre 2014" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:59 -msgid "|green| Supported version" -msgstr "|green| Versión con soporte" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:61 -msgid "|red| End-of-support" -msgstr "|red| Fin de soporte" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:63 -msgid "N/A Never released for this platform" -msgstr "N/A Nunca hubo par esta plataforma" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:65 -msgid "" -"|orange| Some of our older customers may still run this version on our Odoo " -"Online servers, we provide help only on blocking issues and advise you to " -"upgrade." -msgstr "" -"|orange| Algunos de nuestros clientes más antiguos quizás aún usen esta " -"versión en nuestros servidores de Odoo Online, para ellos únicamente " -"apoyamos con asuntos que estén bloqueando su operación y recomendamos que se" -" actualicen a una versión posterior." - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:67 -msgid "🏁 Future version, not released yet" -msgstr "🏁 Versión futura, aún no disponibe" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:80 -msgid "I run an older version of Odoo/OpenERP/TinyERP" -msgstr "Uso una versión más antigua de Odoo/OpenERP/TinyERP" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:82 -msgid "" -"OpenERP 7.0, 6.1, 6.0 and 5.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform." -msgstr "" -"OpenERP 7.0, 6.1, 6.0 y 5.0 ya no reciben soporte, en ninguna plataforma." - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:84 -msgid "" -"TinyERP 4.0, 3.0, 2.0 and 1.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform." -msgstr "" -"TinyERP 4.0, 3.0, 2.0 y 1.0 ya no reciben soporte, en ninguna plataforma." - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:86 -msgid "" -"You should consider `upgrading <https://upgrade.odoo.com/>`_ your database." -msgstr "Considera `actualizar <https://upgrade.odoo.com/>`_ tu base de datos." - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:8 -msgid "What can I expect from the support service?" -msgstr "¿Qué puedo esperar del equipo de soporte?" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:12 -msgid "5 days a week" -msgstr "5 días a la semana" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Your Odoo Online subscription includes **unlimited 24hr support at no extra " -"cost, Monday to Friday**. Our teams are located around the world to ensure " -"you have support, no matter your location. Your support representative could" -" be communicating to you from San Francisco, Belgium, or India!" -msgstr "" -"Tu suscripción online incluye **soporte ilimitado 24 horas sin costo extra, " -"lunes a viernes**. Nuestros equipos están localizados alrededor del mundo " -"para asegurar que tengas soporte, sin importar tu ubicación. ¡Tu asesor de " -"soporte puede estar en San Francisco, Bélgica, o India!" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Our support team can be contacted through our `online support form " -"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." -msgstr "" -"Nuestro equipo de soporte puede ser contactado a través de nuestro " -"`formulario de soporte online <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:23 -msgid "What kind of support is included?" -msgstr "¿Qué tipo de soporte está incluido?" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Providing you with relevant material (guidelines, product documentation, " -"etc...)" -msgstr "" -"Proveerte con material relevante (guías, documentación de producto, etc...)" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Answers to issues that you may encounter in your standard Odoo database (eg." -" “I cannot close my Point of Sale” or “I cannot find my sales KPIs?”)" -msgstr "" -"Respuestas a preguntas o problemas relacionados con tu base de datos de Odoo" -" estándar (por ej., “No puedo cerrar mi Punto de Venta” o “¿Dónde puedo " -"encontrar los KPI's de ventas?”)" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:29 -msgid "Questions related to your account, subscription, or billing" -msgstr "Preguntas relacionadas con tu cuenta, suscripción, o facturación." - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Bug resolution (blocking issues or unexpected behaviour not due to " -"misconfiguration or customization)" -msgstr "" -"Resolución de \"bugs\" (problemas que estén bloqueando el servicio o " -"comportamientos inesperados que no se deban a configuraciones erróneas o " -"personalizaciones)" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Issues that might occur in a test database after upgrading to a newer " -"version" -msgstr "" -"Situaciones que pueden ocurrir en una base de datos de prueba después de " -"actualizar a una nueva versión" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:34 -msgid "" -"*Odoo Support does not make changes to your production database without your" -" agreement and gives you the material and knowledge to do it yourself!*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:39 -msgid "What kind of support is not included?" -msgstr "¿Qué tipo de soporte no está incluido?" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Questions that require us to understand your business processes in order to " -"help you implement your database" -msgstr "" -"Preguntas relacionadas a la implementación de tu base de datos que requieran" -" que entendamos tus procesos de negocio específicos" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Training on how to use our software (we will direct you to our many " -"resources)" -msgstr "" -"Entrenamiento en cómo usar el software (te dirigiremos\n" -" a nuestros variados recursos)" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:44 -msgid "Import of documents into your database" -msgstr "Cómo importar información o documentos a tu base de datos" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Guidance on which configurations to apply inside of an application or the " -"database" -msgstr "" -"Orientación respecto a cómo configurar las aplicaciones o la base de datos" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:46 -msgid "" -"How to set up configuration models (Examples include: Inventory Routes, " -"Payment Terms, Warehouses, etc)" -msgstr "" -"Cómo fijar modelos de configuración (tales como rutas de inventario, " -"términos de pago, bodegas, etc.)" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:48 -msgid "Any intervention on your own servers/deployments of Odoo" -msgstr "" -"Cualquier intervención en tus propios servidores o instalaciones de Odoo" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Any intervention on your own third party account (Ingenico, Authorize, UPS, " -"etc)" -msgstr "" -"Cualquier intervención en las cuentas que tengas en otras compañías " -"(Ingenico, Authorize, UPS, etc.)" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Questions or issues related to specific developments or customizations done " -"either by Odoo or a third party (this is specific only to your database or " -"involving code)" -msgstr "" -"Preguntas o asuntos relacionados a desarrollos o personalizaciones hechas " -"específicamente para tu base de datos, ya sea por Odoo o un tercero (así " -"como cualquier asunto relacionado con programación)" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:54 -msgid "" -"You can get this type of support with a `Success Pack <https://www.odoo.com" -"/pricing-packs>`__. With a pack, one of our consultants will analyze the way" -" your business runs and tell you how you can get the most out of your Odoo " -"Database. We will handle all configurations and coach you on how to use " -"Odoo." -msgstr "" -"Puedes tener este tipo de soporte con un `Success Pack <https://www.odoo.com" -"/pricing-packs>`__. Con un pack, uno de nuestros consultores analizará la " -"manera que manejas tu negocio y te dirá cómo puedes optimizar el uso de tu " -"base de datos de Odoo. Haremos todas las configuraciones y te entrenaremos " -"en cómo usar Odoo." - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:6 -msgid "Where to find help?" -msgstr "¿Dónde encuentro ayuda?" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:10 -msgid "Odoo Enterprise" -msgstr "Odoo Enterprise" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Users who have a valid Odoo Enterprise subscription may always contact our " -"support teams through our `support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_, no " -"matter the hosting type you chose (Odoo Online, Odoo.sh or on your own " -"server)." -msgstr "" -"Usuarios con una suscripción activa de Odoo Enterprise pueden contactar al " -"equipo de soporte a través de nuestro `formulario de soporte " -"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`_, sin importar el tipo de hospedaje (Odoo " -"Online, Odoo.sh, o tu propio servidor)." - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:16 -msgid "Please include in your request:" -msgstr "Por favor incluye en tu solicitud de apoyo:" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:18 -msgid "your subscription number" -msgstr "tu número de suscripción" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:19 -msgid "" -"the URL of your database if your database is hosted by Odoo (Odoo Online or " -"Odoo.sh)" -msgstr "" -"el URL de la base de datos si está hospedada en los servidores de Odoo (Odoo" -" Online u Odoo.sh)" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:21 -msgid "Our agents will get back to you as soon as possible." -msgstr "Nuestros agentes se pondrán en contacto contigo lo antes posible." - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:25 -msgid "Odoo Community" -msgstr "Odoo Community" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:27 -msgid "*Odoo Community users don't get access to the support service.*" -msgstr "" -"*Los usuarios de Odoo Community no tienen acceso al servicio de soporte.*" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:29 -msgid "Here are some resources that might help you:" -msgstr "Estos son algunos de los recursos con los que te puedes apoyar:" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:31 -msgid "Our `documentation pages <https://www.odoo.com/page/docs>`_." -msgstr "Nuestro `sitio de documentación <https://www.odoo.com/page/docs>`_." - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Ask your question on the `community forum " -"<https://www.odoo.com/forum/help-1>`_." -msgstr "" -"Haz tu pregunta en el `foro comunitario " -"<https://www.odoo.com/forum/help-1>`_." - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:33 -msgid "" -"`Buy Odoo Enterprise " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/14.0/setup/enterprise.html>`_ to get the" -" support and bugfix services." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/survey.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/survey.po deleted file mode 100644 index c8d7fbd33..000000000 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/survey.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,242 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal <lina8823@gmail.com>, 2020 -# José Vicente <txusev@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Jesse Garza <jga@odoo.com>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:42+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Jesse Garza <jga@odoo.com>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: es\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../survey.rst:5 -msgid "Survey" -msgstr "Encuesta" - -#: ../../survey/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Información general" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:3 -msgid "Get Started with Surveys" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Surveys can be used for a range of purposes that can go from collecting " -"customer feedback, evaluate the success of an event, measure how pleased " -"customers are with your products/services, gauge whether employees are happy" -" and satisfied with their work environment, and even to find out what your " -"market is thinking." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:11 -msgid "Get started" -msgstr "Empezar" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:13 -msgid "" -"When creating your survey, choose a *Title* and *Category*. The *Category* " -"field is used to know in which context the survey is being conducted, as " -"different applications might use it for different purposes such as " -"recruitment, certification, or employee appraisal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:22 -msgid "Tab: Questions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:24 -msgid "Add sections and questions by clicking on the respective links." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:27 -msgid "" -"On the *Sections and Questions* form, once the question type is chosen and " -"the answer added, under the tab *Options*, enable *Mandatory Answer*, and " -"set an *Error message* to be shown when the user tries to submit the survey " -"without answering the respective question." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Depending on the *Question Type*, the tab *Options* aggregates extra and " -"different possibilities. Examples:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:31 -msgid "" -"*Single Line Text Box* - can choose a minimum and maximum text length " -"(number of characters - spaces do not count), and its error message." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:33 -msgid "" -"*Multiple choice: multiple answers allowed*: choose between radio buttons or" -" a dropdown menu list, and if you would like to have a comment field. If the" -" user select an answer and type a comment, the values are separately " -"recorded. Or, enable the comment field to be displayed as an answer choice, " -"with which a text type field is displayed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:37 -msgid "" -"*Matrix Type*: choose if you would like to have one or multiple choices per " -"row." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:44 -msgid "Tab: Description" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Write a *Description* to be displayed under the title of the survey's " -"homepage." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:53 -msgid "Click on *Edit* to personalize your pages with the website builder." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:56 -msgid "Tab: Options" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Under the tab *Options*, choose the *Layout* of your questions. If choosing " -"*One page per section* or *One page per question*, an option *Back Button* " -"becomes available, which allows the user to go back pages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:67 -msgid "Test and share the survey" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Once your Survey is ready, *Test* it to avoid *Sharing* it with potential " -"errors. As answers get collected, click on *Answers* to access all the " -"details of the respondent and his answers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:72 -msgid "" -"By default, a filter *Except Test Entries* is applied to keep the list of " -"entries clean with only real participants." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:79 -msgid "" -"Another way to access detailed answers is by going to " -":menuselection:`Participations --> Participations`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:80 -msgid "Click on *See results* to be redirected to an analytical page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:87 -#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:34 -msgid ":doc:`scoring`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:88 ../../survey/overview/scoring.rst:35 -msgid ":doc:`time_random`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/scoring.rst:3 -msgid "Scoring Surveys" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/scoring.rst:5 -msgid "" -"To measure your respondent’s performance, knowledge of a subject, or overall" -" satisfaction, attach points to the answers of specific questions. The " -"points are summed up to give your respondent a final score." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/scoring.rst:9 -msgid "" -"On your survey’s form, click on *Add a question* and, under the tab " -"*Options*, choose between *Scoring with answers at the end* or *Scoring " -"without answers at the end*. Now, on your question’s form, set the right " -"answer and score." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/scoring.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Set the percentage score the user needs to achieve to have successfully " -"taken the survey. If enabling *Certificate*, choose its template. The " -"certification is automatically sent by email to the users who successfully " -"finish it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/scoring.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Enable *Login required* to be able to *Give Badges*. Badges are related to " -"the eLearning section of your website. Besides the logged-in user, visitors " -"of the website that access the page *Courses* can also see the granted " -"badges." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:3 -msgid "Time and Randomize Questions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:6 -msgid "Time Limit" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:10 -msgid "" -"On timed surveys, respondents need to complete the survey within a certain " -"period of time. It can be used to ensure that all respondents get the same " -"amount of time to find the answers, or to decrease the chance of having them" -" looking at external resources." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:11 -msgid "Set the *Time limit* under the tab *Options*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:17 -msgid "" -"A timer is shown on the pages so the user can keep track of the remaining " -"time. Surveys not \\ submitted by the *Time limit* do not have their answers" -" saved." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:21 -msgid "Selection" -msgstr "Selección" - -#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:25 -msgid "" -"When you randomize a survey, you allow for the questions to be shuffled in a" -" random order every time someone opens the questionnaire. This can be useful" -" to avoid having respondents looking at each others' answers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:27 -msgid "" -"To do so, under the tab *Options*, enable *Randomized per section*. Now, " -"under the tab *Questions*, set how many of the questions in that section " -"should be taken into account during the shuffling." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/timesheets.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/timesheets.po deleted file mode 100644 index 1cc2baac4..000000000 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/timesheets.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,109 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal <lina8823@gmail.com>, 2020 -# José Cabrera Lozano <jose.cabrera@edukative.es>, 2021 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 15:13+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: José Cabrera Lozano <jose.cabrera@edukative.es>, 2021\n" -"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: es\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../timesheets.rst:5 -msgid "Timesheets" -msgstr "Partes de horas" - -#: ../../timesheets/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Información general" - -#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:3 -msgid "Create Timesheets upon Time Off Validation" -msgstr "Cree hojas de horas después de la validación de tiempo libre" - -#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo automatically timesheets on project/tasks upon time off requests. This " -"allows for better overall control over the validation of timesheets, as it " -"does not leave place for forgetfulness and questions after hours that have " -"not been timesheeted by the employee." -msgstr "" -"Odoo planifica automáticamente las horas trabajadas en proyectos / tareas " -"cuando se solicita tiempo libre. Esto permite un mejor control general sobre" -" la validación de las hojas de horas, ya que no deja lugar para el olvido y " -"las preguntas fuera del horario que no han sido escritas por el empleado." - -#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Activate the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, " -"go to *Timesheets*, and change the *Project* and *Task* set by default, if " -"you like." -msgstr "" -"Activar el :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, ir" -" a *Hojas de horas*, y cambie el *Proyecto* y la *Tarea* configuradas por " -"defecto, si lo desea." - -#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Time Off --> Configuration --> Time Off Types`. Select" -" or create the needed type, and decide if you would like the requests to be " -"validated or not." -msgstr "" -"Vaya a: menuselection: `Tiempo libre -> Configuración -> Tipos de tiempo " -"libre`. Seleccione o cree el tipo necesario y decida si desea que las " -"solicitudes se validen o no." - -#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Now, once the employee has requested his time off and the request has been " -"validated (or not, depending on the setting chosen), the time is " -"automatically allocated on *Timesheets*, under the respective project and " -"task." -msgstr "" -"Ahora, una vez que el empleado ha solicitado su tiempo libre y la solicitud " -"ha sido validada (o no, según la configuración elegida), el tiempo se asigna" -" automáticamente en * Hojas de horas *, bajo el respectivo proyecto y tarea." - -#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:27 -msgid "" -"On the example below, the user requested *Paid Time off* from July 13th to " -"15th." -msgstr "" -"En el siguiente ejemplo, el usuario solicitó * Tiempo libre pagado * del 13 " -"al 15 de julio." - -#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Considering that validation is not required, the requested time off is " -"automatically displayed in *Timesheets*. If validation is necessary, the " -"time is automatically allocated after the responsible person for validating " -"does it so." -msgstr "" -"Teniendo en cuenta que no se requiere validación, el tiempo libre solicitado" -" se muestra automáticamente en * Hojas de horas *. Si la validación es " -"necesaria, el tiempo se asigna automáticamente después de que la persona " -"responsable de la validación lo haga." - -#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Click on the magnifying glass, hovering over the concerned cell, to access " -"all the aggregated data on that cell (day), and see details regarding the " -"project/task." -msgstr "" -"Haga clic en la lupa, colocando el cursor sobre la celda correspondiente, " -"para acceder a todos los datos agregados en esa celda (día) y ver los " -"detalles sobre el proyecto / tarea." diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/website.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/website.po deleted file mode 100644 index 5f5e17358..000000000 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/website.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2338 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Rick Hunter <rick_hunter_ec@yahoo.com>, 2020 -# AleEscandon <alejandra.escandon@jarsa.com.mx>, 2020 -# Cris Martin <cristina.marrod@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Carolina Gonzalez <cgo@odoo.com>, 2020 -# Leonardo J. Caballero G. <leonardocaballero@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Pedro M. Baeza <pedro.baeza@gmail.com>, 2020 -# David Arnold <blaggacao@users.noreply.github.com>, 2020 -# Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal <lina8823@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Alejandro Die Sanchis <marketing@domatix.com>, 2020 -# Luis M. Ontalba <luis.martinez@tecnativa.com>, 2020 -# Pablo Rojas <rojaspablo88@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Paloma Yazmin Reyes Morales <paloma.reyes@jarsa.com.mx>, 2020 -# b7db2840ea95169a8b66b2e8c18d323d_52caf48 <e188a842d22a1f8229ec8e1ab8414c94_389188>, 2020 -# Juan Carlos Daniel Fernandez <estudiofaz@gmail.com>, 2020 -# eduardo mendoza <emendozajz@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Nicole Kist <nki@odoo.com>, 2020 -# Raquel Iciarte <ric@odoo.com>, 2020 -# Nicolás Broggi <rnbroggi@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Alejandro Kutulas <alk@odoo.com>, 2020 -# Alonso Muñoz <Alonso.munoz.91@outlook.com>, 2020 -# Martin Trigaux, 2021 -# José Cabrera Lozano <jose.cabrera@edukative.es>, 2021 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 15:13+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: José Cabrera Lozano <jose.cabrera@edukative.es>, 2021\n" -"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: es\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../website.rst:5 -msgid "Website" -msgstr "Sitio web" - -#: ../../website/optimize.rst:3 -msgid "Optimize" -msgstr "Optimizar" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:3 -msgid "How to track your website's traffic in Google Analytics" -msgstr "" -"Cómo realizar el seguimiento del tráfico de tu sitio web en Google Analytics" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:5 -msgid "To follow your website's traffic with Google Analytics:" -msgstr "" -"Para hacer seguimiento del tráfico de tu página web con Google Analytics:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:7 -msgid "" -"`Create a Google Analytics account <https://www.google.com/analytics/>`__ if" -" you don't have any." -msgstr "" -"`Crea una cuenta en Google Analytics <https://www.google.com/analytics/>`__ " -"si no tienes una." - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Go through the creation form and accept the conditions to get the tracking " -"ID." -msgstr "" -"Revisa la forma de creación y acepta las condiciones para obtener la " -"identificación de seguimiento." - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:15 -msgid "Copy the tracking ID to insert it in Odoo." -msgstr "Copia la identificación de seguimiento para insertarla en Odoo." - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Go to the *Configuration* menu of your Odoo's Website app. In the settings, " -"turn on Google Analytics and paste the tracking ID. Then save the page." -msgstr "" -"Ve al menú de *Configuración* en la aplicación de página web. En los " -"ajustes, enciende Google Analytics y pega la identificación de seguimiento. " -"Luego guarda la página." - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:27 -msgid "" -"To make your first steps in Google Analytics, refer to `Google Documentation" -" <https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/1008015?hl=en/>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:32 -msgid ":doc:`google_analytics_dashboard`" -msgstr ":doc:`google_analytics_dashboard`" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:3 -msgid "How to track your website traffic from your Odoo Dashboard" -msgstr "Como monitorear el tráfico de tu página web desde el tablero de Odoo" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:5 -msgid "" -"You can follow your traffic statistics straight from your Odoo Website " -"Dashboard thanks to Google Analytics." -msgstr "" -"Puedes monitorear las estadísticas directamente del panel de control de tu " -"página web de Odoo gracias a Google Analytics." - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:8 -msgid "" -"A preliminary step is creating a Google Analytics account and entering the " -"tracking ID in your Website's settings (see :doc:`google_analytics`)." -msgstr "" -"Un paso preliminar es crear una cuenta en Google Analytics y registrar la " -"identificación de seguimiento en los ajustes de tu página web (ve " -":doc:`google_analytics`)." - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Go to `Google APIs platform <https://console.developers.google.com>`__ to " -"generate Analytics API credentials. Log in with your Google account." -msgstr "" -"Ve a la plataforma `Google APIs <https://console.developers.google.com>`__ " -"para generar credenciales analíticas API. Inicia sesión con tu cuenta de " -"Google." - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:14 -msgid "Select Analytics API." -msgstr "Selecciona Analíticas API." - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Create a new project and give it a name (e.g. Odoo). This project is needed " -"to store your API credentials." -msgstr "" -"Crea un nuevo proyecto y asígnale un nombre (p.e. Odoo). Este proyecto se " -"necesita para almacenar las credenciales de tu API." - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:25 -msgid "Enable the API." -msgstr "Activa el API" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:30 -msgid "Create credentials to use in Odoo." -msgstr "Crear credenciales para usar en Odoo" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Select *Web browser (Javascript)* as calling source and *User data* as kind " -"of data." -msgstr "" -"Selecciona *Web browser (Javascript)* como fuente de llamada y *User data* " -"como tipo de data." - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Then you can create a Client ID. Enter the name of the application (e.g. " -"Odoo) and the allowed pages on which you will be redirected. The *Authorized" -" JavaScript origin* is your Odoo's instance URL. The *Authorized redirect " -"URI* is your Odoo's instance URL followed by " -"'/google_account/authentication'." -msgstr "" -"A continuación puedes crear una ID de cliente. Introduce el nombre de la " -"aplicación (p.e. Odoo) y las páginas permitidas a las que te redirigirá. El " -"origen autorizado de JavaScript es la URL de tu instancia de Odoo. La URI de" -" redirección autorizada es la URL de tu instancia de Odoo seguida de " -"'/google_account/authentication'." - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:51 -msgid "" -"Go through the Consent Screen step by entering a product name (e.g. Google " -"Analytics in Odoo). Feel free to check the customizations options but this " -"is not mandatory. The Consent Screen will only show up when you enter the " -"Client ID in Odoo for the first time." -msgstr "" -"Revisa el paso de la pantalla de acceso registrando el nombre de un producto" -" (e.j. Google Analytics en Odoo). Puedes revisar las opciones de " -"customización pero no es obligación. La pantalla de acceso solo aparecerá " -"cuando ingreses la identificación en Odoo por primera vez." - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Finally you are provided with your Client ID. Copy and paste it in Odoo." -msgstr "" -"Finalmente, se te provee la identificación de tu cliente para que Copies y " -"pegues en Odoo." - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Open your Website Dashboard in Odoo and link your Analytics account to past " -"your Client ID." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:67 -msgid "As a last step, authorize Odoo to access Google API." -msgstr "Como último paso, autoriza a Odoo para acceder a API Google." - -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:3 -msgid "Track clicks and visitors using Link Trackers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Link Trackers allow you to track your marketing campaigns (emails, banner " -"ads, blog posts, social media posts, affiliate links, etc.). This way, you " -"are able to identify your best traffic sources and make informed decisions " -"about the distribution of your marketing budget." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:10 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Configuración" - -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate " -"*Link Trackers*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:19 -msgid "Set up traceable URLs" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Go to website --> Promote --> Track this " -"page`. Here, you are able to get a specific tracked URL based on the " -"campaign, medium, and source being used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:28 -msgid "" -"**URL**: url of the page you want to track (e.g. the home page or a " -"product's page)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:29 -msgid "**Campaign**: context of your link (e.g. a special promotion)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:30 -msgid "" -"**Medium**: channel used to share (deliver) your link (e.g. an email or a " -"Facebook ad)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:31 -msgid "" -"**Source**: platform where the traffic originates (e.g. Google or Twitter)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Now, click on *Get tracked link* to generate a URL that you can post or send" -" by the source you have decided on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:37 -msgid "Follow-up on tracked links" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:39 -msgid "" -"To look at statistics of your links, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Go to" -" website --> Promote --> Track this page`. Besides being able to see the " -"*Most Clicked* and *Recently Used* links, you can also see complete " -"statistics by clicking on *Stats*, including the number of clicks, and the " -"country of origin for those clicks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:50 -msgid "You can also access the link tracker on *odoo.com/r* via your browser." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:51 -msgid "" -"Activate the developer mode (:menuselection:`Settings --> Activate the " -"developer mode`) and get access to the *Link Tracker* module and its back-" -"end functionalities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Integrated with :doc:`Google Analytics <google_analytics>`, those trackers " -"allow you to see the number of clicks and visitors to keep you on top of " -"your marketing campaigns." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:55 -msgid "" -"The integration with the :doc:`CRM <../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits>` " -"application allows you to understand where your leads and opportunities are " -"coming from." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:3 -msgid "How to do Search Engine Optimisation (SEO) in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Search Engine Optimization (SEO) is a set of good practices to optimize your" -" website so that you get a better ranking in search engines like Google. In " -"short, a good SEO allows you to get more visitors." -msgstr "" -"Buscar Optimización de Motor (SEO) es un paquete de buenas practicas para " -"optimizar su sitio web tanto que tendrá un mejor nivel en motores de " -"búsquedas como Google. En corto, un buen SEO permite que tenga mas " -"visitantes." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Some examples of SEO rules: your web pages should load fast, your page " -"should have one and only one title ``<h1>``, meta tags (alt-tag, title-tag) " -"should be consistent with the content, your website should have a " -"``/sitemap.xml`` file, etc." -msgstr "" -"Algunos ejemplos de de reglas SEO: tu pagina web deberá cargar rápidamente, " -"tu pagina deberá tener uno y solamente un titulo``<h1>``, las meta etiquetas" -" (alt-tag, title-tag) deberán ser consistentes con el contenido, tu sitio " -"web deberá tener un archivo ``/sitemap.xml``, etc" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:15 -msgid "" -"To guarantee Odoo Website and Odoo eCommerce users have a great SEO, Odoo " -"abstracts all the technical complexities of SEO and handles everything for " -"you, in the best possible way. This will be explained here below." -msgstr "" -"Para garantizar que los usuarios de Odoo Web y Odoo eCommerce tengan un " -"gran SEO, Odoo deshace todas las complejidades técnicas de SEO y maneja todo" -" por ti en la mejor manera posible. Esto sera explicado aquí abajo." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:20 -msgid "" -"But first, let see how you can easily boost your ranking by finetuning the " -"content and the meta tags of your website." -msgstr "" -"Pero primero, veremos como aumentar el ranking haciendo ajustes de contenido" -" y de las meta etiquetas de tu sitio." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:24 -msgid "Meta Tags" -msgstr "Meta etiquetas" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:27 -msgid "Title, Description" -msgstr "Titulo, descripción " - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Every web page should define the ``<title>`` and ``<description>`` meta " -"data. These information elements are used by search engines to promote your " -"website. They are automatically generated based on page title & content, but" -" you can finetune them. Make sure they fit the content of the page, " -"otherwise you will be downgraded by search engines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:39 -msgid "Keywords" -msgstr "Palabras clave" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:40 -msgid "" -"In order to write quality content and boost your traffic, Odoo provides a " -"``<keyword>`` finder. Those keywords are the searches you want to head " -"towards your website. For each keyword, you see how it is used in the " -"content (H1, H2, page title, page description, page content) and what are " -"the related searches in Google. The more keywords are used the better." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:50 -msgid "" -"If your website is in multiple languages, you can use the Promote tool for " -"every language of a single page and set specific title, description and " -"search tags." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:55 -msgid "Content is King" -msgstr "El contenido es el rey" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:57 -msgid "" -"When it comes to SEO, content is usually king. Odoo provides several modules" -" to help you build your website content:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:60 -msgid "**Odoo Blogs**: write great contents." -msgstr "**Blogs Odoo**: escribir buenos contenidos." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:62 -msgid "" -"**Odoo Slides**: publish all your Powerpoint or PDF presentations. Their " -"content is automatically indexed on the web page. Example: `odoo.com/slides" -"/public-channel-1 <https://www.odoo.com/slides/public-channel-1>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:66 -msgid "" -"**Odoo Forum**: let your community create contents for you. Example: " -"`odoo.com/forum/1 <https://odoo.com/forum/1>`_ (accounts for 30% of Odoo.com" -" landing pages)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:70 -msgid "" -"**Odoo Mailing List Archive**: publish mailing list archives on your " -"website. Example: `odoo.com/groups/community-59 " -"<https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59>`_ (1000 pages created per month)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:76 -msgid "" -"The 404 page is a regular page, that you can edit like any other page in " -"Odoo. That way, you can build a great 404 page to redirect to the top " -"content of your website when visitors get lost in invalid URLs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:81 -msgid "Use Social Networks" -msgstr "Utilizar Redes Sociales" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Social media is built for mass sharing. If lots of people share your content" -" on social media, then it's likely more people will link to it, and links " -"are a huge factor for SEO ranking." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:87 -msgid "Odoo embeds several tools to share content through social media:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:90 -msgid "Social Network" -msgstr "Red Social" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Odoo allows to link all your social network accounts in your website footer." -" All you have to do is to refer all your accounts in your company settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:99 -msgid "Social Share" -msgstr "Compartir social" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:101 -msgid "" -"Drop the building block *Share* on any page you want your visitors to share." -" By clicking the icon, they are prompted to share the page in their social " -"media wall." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:108 -msgid "" -"Most social media use a picture of the picture to decorate the share post. " -"Odoo uses the website logo by default but you can choose any other image of " -"your page in the Promote tool." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:116 -msgid "Facebook Page" -msgstr "Página de Facebook" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:118 -msgid "" -"Drop the building block *Facebook Page* to display a widget of your Facebook" -" business page and encourage visitors to follow it. You can display the " -"timeline, the next events and the messages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:123 -msgid "Twitter Scroller" -msgstr "Panel de Twitter" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:125 -msgid "" -"Display the Twitter feeds with customer satifaction on your website. This " -"will increase the number of tweets and shares." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:129 -msgid "Test Your Website" -msgstr "Pruebe su sitio Web " - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:131 -msgid "" -"You can compare how your website rank, in terms of SEO, against Odoo using " -"WooRank free services: `woorank.com <https://www.woorank.com>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:136 -msgid "URLs Handling" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:138 -msgid "This section sheds some light on how Odoo makes URLs SEO-friendly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:141 -msgid "URLs Structure" -msgstr "Estructura de las URL" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:143 -msgid "A typical Odoo URL will look like this:" -msgstr "Una URL típica de Odoo se muestra como la siguiente:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:145 -msgid "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/my-great-product-31" -msgstr "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/my-great-product-31" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:147 -msgid "With the following components:" -msgstr "Con los siguientes componentes:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:149 -msgid "**https://** = Protocol" -msgstr "**https://** = Protocolo" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:151 -msgid "**www.mysite.com** = your domain name" -msgstr "**www.mysite.com** = su nombre de dominio" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:153 -msgid "" -"**/fr\\_FR** = page language. This part of the URL is removed if the visitor" -" browses the main language of the website Thus, the main version of this " -"page is: https://www.mysite.com/shop/product/my-great-product-31" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:158 -msgid "" -"**/shop/product** = every module defines its own namespace (/shop is for the" -" catalog of the eCommerce module, /shop/product is for a product page)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:162 -msgid "" -"**my-great-product** = by default, this is the slugified title of the " -"product this page refers to. But you can customize it for SEO purposes. A " -"product named \"Pain carré\" will be slugified to \"pain-carre\". Depending " -"on the namespace, this could be different objects (blog post, page title, " -"forum post, forum comment, product category, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:169 -msgid "**-31** = the unique ID of the product" -msgstr "**-31** = ID único del producto" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:171 -msgid "" -"Note that any dynamic component of an URL can be reduced to its ID. As an " -"example, the following URLs all do a 301 redirect to the above URL:" -msgstr "" -"Note que cualquier componente dinámico de una URL puede ser reducido a su " -"ID. Como ejemplo, las siguientes URLs todas hacen una redirección 301 a la " -"URL anterior:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:174 -msgid "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (short version)" -msgstr "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (short version)" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:176 -msgid "http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (even shorter version)" -msgstr "http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (versión aún más corta)" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:178 -msgid "" -"http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/other-product-name-31 (old product " -"name)" -msgstr "" -"http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/other-product-name-31 (nombre " -"anterior del producto)" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:181 -msgid "" -"Some URLs have several dynamic parts, like this one (a blog category and a " -"post):" -msgstr "" -"Algunas URLs tienen varias partes dinámicas, como este (una categoría de " -"blog y una publicación):" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:184 -msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/company-news-5/post/the-odoo-story-56" -msgstr "https://www.odoo.com/blog/company-news-5/post/the-odoo-story-56" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:186 -msgid "In the above example:" -msgstr "En el ejemplo anterior:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:188 -msgid "*Company News* is the title of the blog" -msgstr "*Noticias de la Compañía* es el título del blog" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:190 -msgid "*The Odoo Story* is the title of a specific blog post" -msgstr "*La historia de Odoo* es el título de una entrada concreta del blog" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:192 -msgid "" -"When an Odoo page has a pager, the page number is set directly in the URL " -"(does not have a GET argument). This allows every page to be indexed by " -"search engines. Example:" -msgstr "" -"Cuando una página de Odoo tiene un paginador, el número de página es " -"configurado directamente en la URL (no tiene un argumento GET). Esto permite" -" que cada página sea indexada por los motores de búsqueda. Ejemplo:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:196 -msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/page/3" -msgstr "https://www.odoo.com/blog/page/3" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:199 -msgid "Changes in URLs & Titles" -msgstr "Cambios en URLs y Títulos" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:201 -msgid "" -"When the URL of a page changes (e.g. a more SEO friendly version of your " -"product name), you don't have to worry about updating all links:" -msgstr "" -"Cuando la URL de una página cambia (ej. a versión SEO más amigable de su " -"nombre de producto), no necesita preocuparse de actualizar todos los " -"vinculos:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:204 -msgid "Odoo will automatically update all its links to the new URL." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:206 -msgid "" -"If external websites still points to the old URL, a 301 redirect will be " -"done to route visitors to the new address of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:209 -msgid "As an example, this URL:" -msgstr "Como ejemplo. esta URL:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:211 -msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/old-product-name-31" -msgstr "http://mysite.com/shop/product/old-product-name-31" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:213 -msgid "Will automatically redirect to:" -msgstr "Se redigirá automáticamente a:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:215 -msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/new-and-better-product-name-31" -msgstr "http://mysite.com/shop/product/new-and-better-product-name-31" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:217 -msgid "" -"In short, just change the title of a blog post or the name of a product, and" -" the changes will apply automatically everywhere in your website. The old " -"link still functions when used by external websites, via a 301 redirect, " -"maintaining the SEO link juice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:223 -msgid "HTTPS" -msgstr "HTTPS" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:225 -msgid "" -"Search engines boost ranking of secure HTTPS/SSL websites. So, by default " -"all Odoo Online instances are fully based on HTTPS. If the visitor accesses " -"your website through a non HTTPS url, it gets a 301 redirect to its HTTPS " -"equivalent." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:231 -msgid "Links: Nofollow Strategy" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:233 -msgid "" -"The more a page is linked from external and quality websites, the better it " -"is for your SEO." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:236 -msgid "Here are Odoo strategies to manage links:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:238 -msgid "" -"Every link you add to your website is \"dofollow\", which means that this " -"link will contribute to the SEO Juice for the linked page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:242 -msgid "" -"Every link posted by a contributor (forum post, blog comment, etc.) that " -"links to your own website is \"dofollow\" too." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:245 -msgid "" -"But every link posted by a contributor that links to an external website is " -"\"nofollow\". In that way, you do not run the risk of people posting links " -"on your website to third-party websites which have a bad reputation." -msgstr "" -"Pero cada vinculado publicado por un contribuidor que vincula a una página " -"web externa es \"noseguido\". En ese caso, no ejecuta el riesgo de gente " -"publicando vinculos en su página web to páginas web de terceras-partes las " -"cuales tienen mala reputación." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:250 -msgid "" -"Note that, when using the forum, contributors having a lot of Karma can be " -"trusted. In such case, their links will not have any ``rel=\"nofollow\"`` " -"attribute." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:255 -msgid "Multi-Language Support" -msgstr "Soporte multi-idioma" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:258 -msgid "Multi-Language URLs" -msgstr "URLs multi-idioma" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:260 -msgid "" -"If you run a website in multiple languages, the same content will be " -"available in different URLs, depending on the language used:" -msgstr "" -"Si ejecuta un sitio web en varios idiomas, el mismo contenido estará " -"disponible en diferentes direcciones URL, dependiendo del idioma utilizado:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:263 -msgid "" -"https://www.mywebsite.com/shop/product/my-product-1 (main language, English " -"here)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:265 -msgid "" -"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1 (French " -"version)" -msgstr "" -"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1 (Versión " -"francesa)" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:267 -msgid "" -"In this example, fr\\_FR is the language of the page. You can even have " -"several variations of the same language: pt\\_BR (Portuguese from Brazil) , " -"pt\\_PT (Portuguese from Portugal)." -msgstr "" -"En este ejemplo, fr\\_FR es el idioma de la página. Puede incluso tener " -"muchas variaciones del mismo idioma pt\\_BR (Portugués de Brazil) , pt\\_PT " -"(Portugués de Portugal)." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:272 -msgid "Language Annotation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:274 -msgid "" -"To let search engines know that the second URL is the French translation of " -"the first URL, Odoo will add an HTML link element in the header. In the HTML" -" <head> section of the main version, Odoo automatically adds a link element " -"pointing to the translated versions of that webpage;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:279 -msgid "" -"<link rel=\"alternate\" hreflang=\"fr\" " -"href=\"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1\"/>" -msgstr "" -"<link rel=\"alternate\" hreflang=\"fr\" " -"href=\"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1\"/>" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:282 -msgid "With this approach:" -msgstr "Con este enfoque:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:284 -msgid "" -"Search engines will redirect to the right language according to the visitor " -"language." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:287 -msgid "" -"You do not get penalized by search engines if your page is not translated " -"yet. Indeed, it's not a duplicated content, but a different version of the " -"same content." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:292 -msgid "Language Detection" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:294 -msgid "" -"When a visitor lands for the first time on your website (e.g. " -"yourwebsite.com/shop), they may automatically be redirected to a translated " -"version according to their browser language preference (e.g. " -"yourwebsite.com/fr\\_FR/shop)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:299 -msgid "" -"Next time, it keeps a cookie of the current language to avoid any " -"redirection." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:302 -msgid "" -"To force a visitor to stick to the default language, you can use the code of" -" the default language in your link, example: yourwebsite.com/en\\_US/shop. " -"This will always land visitors to the English version of the page, without " -"using the browser language preferences." -msgstr "" -"Para forzar a un visitante a mantenerse en el idioma por defecto, puede usar" -" el código del idioma por defecto en su vinculo, ejemplo: " -"yourwebsite.com/en\\_US/shop. Esto siempre aterrizará a los visitantes en la" -" versión en Inglés de la página, sin usar las preferencias de idioma del " -"navegador." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:309 -msgid "Page Speed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:312 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "Introducción" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:314 -msgid "" -"The time to load a page is an important criteria for search engines. A " -"faster website not only improves your visitor's experience, but gives you a " -"better page ranking. Some studies have shown that, if you divide the time to" -" load your pages by two (e.g. 2 seconds instead of 4 seconds), the visitor " -"abandonment rate is also divided by two. (25% to 12.5%). One extra second to" -" load a page could `cost $1.6b to Amazon in sales " -"<http://www.fastcompany.com/1825005/how-one-second-could-cost-amazon-16" -"-billion-sales>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:325 -msgid "" -"Fortunately, Odoo does all the magic for you. Below, you will find the " -"tricks Odoo uses to speed up your page loading time. You can compare how " -"your website ranks using these two tools:" -msgstr "" -"Afortunadamente, Odoo hace toda la magia por ti. Debajo, encontraras los " -"trucos que Odoo usa para acelerar el tiempo de carga de su página. Puedes " -"comparar como su sitio web ordena usando estas dos herramientas:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:329 -msgid "" -"`Google Page Speed " -"<https://developers.google.com/speed/pagespeed/insights/>`__" -msgstr "" -"`Google Page Speed " -"<https://developers.google.com/speed/pagespeed/insights/>`__" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:331 -msgid "`Pingdom Website Speed Test <http://tools.pingdom.com/fpt/>`__" -msgstr "" -"`Pingdom sitio para test de velocidad <http://tools.pingdom.com/fpt/>`__" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:334 -msgid "Images" -msgstr "Imagenes" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:336 -msgid "" -"When you upload new images, Odoo automatically compresses them to reduce " -"their sizes (lossless compression for .PNG and .GIF and lossy compression " -"for .JPG)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:340 -msgid "" -"From the upload button, you have the option to keep the original image " -"unmodified if you prefer to optimize the quality of the image rather than " -"performance." -msgstr "" -"Desde el botón de cargar, tiene la opción de mantener la imagen original sin" -" modificar si prefiere optimizar la calidad de la imagen mas no el " -"rendimiento." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:348 -msgid "" -"Odoo compresses images when they are uploaded to your website, not when " -"requested by the visitor. Thus, it's possible that, if you use a third-party" -" theme, it will provide images that are not compressed efficiently. But all " -"images used in Odoo official themes have been compressed by default." -msgstr "" -"Odoo comprime imagenes al momento que las carga en su página web, no en el " -"momento qu un visitador los solicita. Por eso es posible en el caso de que " -"utilice un tema de terceros que las imagenes proveídos no son comprimidos de" -" manera eficiente. Sin embargo, todas las imagenes utilizadas en temas " -"oficiales de Odoo han sidos comprimidas debidamente por defecto." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:354 -msgid "" -"When you click on an image, Odoo shows you the Alt and title attributes of " -"the ``<img>`` tag. You can click on it to set your own title and Alt " -"attributes for the image." -msgstr "" -"Si hace clic en una imagen, Odoo le muestra los attributos Alt y título de " -"la etiqueta ``<img>`` . Puede dar cic para configurar su propio attributo " -"título y Alt para la imagen." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:361 -msgid "When you click on this link, the following window will appear:" -msgstr "Cuando hace clic en este enlace, la siguente ventana aparecerá:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:366 -msgid "" -"Odoo's pictograms are implemented using a font (`Font Awesome " -"<https://fortawesome.github.io/Font-Awesome/icons/>`__ in most Odoo themes)." -" Thus, you can use as many pictograms as you want in your page, they will " -"not result in extra requests to load the page." -msgstr "" -"Los pictrogramas de Odoo han sido implementados utilizando une fuente (`Font" -" Awesome <https://fortawesome.github.io/Font-Awesome/icons/>`__ en la " -"mayoría de temas Odoo). Por ende, puede utilizarlos sin limitaciones en su " -"página. No resultaran en rqeusts addicionales para cargar la página." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:375 -msgid "Static Resources: CSS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:377 -msgid "" -"All CSS files are pre-processed, concatenated, minified, compressed and " -"cached (server-side and browser-side). The result:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:380 -msgid "only one CSS file request is needed to load a page" -msgstr "" -"Solo una solicitud de archivo CSS, es necesario para cargar una página." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:382 -msgid "" -"this CSS file is shared and cached amongst pages, so that when the visitor " -"clicks on another page, the browser doesn't have to even load a single CSS " -"resource." -msgstr "" -"este archivo CSS está en la caché compartida entre las páginas, de modo que " -"cuando el usuario hace click en otra página, el navegador no tiene que " -"cargar un solo recurso CSS." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:386 -msgid "this CSS file is optimized to be small" -msgstr "Este archivo CSS es optimizado para ser pequeño" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:388 -msgid "" -"**Pre-processed:** The CSS framework used by Odoo is Bootstrap. Although a " -"theme might use another framework, most of `Odoo themes " -"<https://www.odoo.com/apps/themes>`__ extend and customize Bootstrap " -"directly. Since Odoo supports Less and Sass, you can modify CSS rules " -"instead of overwriting them through extra CSS lines, resulting in a smaller " -"file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:395 -msgid "" -"**Concatenated:** every module or library you might use in Odoo has its own " -"set of CSS, Less or Sass files (eCommerce, blogs, themes, etc.). Having " -"several CSS files is great for the modularity, but not good for the " -"performance because most browsers can only perform 6 requests in parallel " -"resulting in lots of files loaded in series. The latency time to transfer a " -"file is usually much longer than the actual data transfer time, for small " -"files like .JS and .CSS. Thus, the time to load CSS resources depends more " -"on the number of requests to be done than the actual file size." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:405 -msgid "" -"To address this issue, all CSS / Less / Sass files are concatenated into a " -"single .CSS file to send to the browser. So a visitor has **only one .CSS " -"file to load** per page, which is particularly efficient. As the CSS is " -"shared amongst all pages, when the visitor clicks on another page, the " -"browser does not even have to load a new CSS file!" -msgstr "" -"Para circumvenir este problema, tdos los archivos CSS / Less / Sass estan " -"siendo concatenados en uns solo archivo CSS que se envia hacia el navegador." -" En consequencia, un visitador, solo **necesita cargar un solo archivo CSS**" -" per página, algo especialmente eficiente. Como el CSS esta siendo " -"compartido entre todas las páginas, cuando un visitador hace clic en otra " -"página, ¡el navegador ni siquera debe recargar un nuevo archivo CSS!" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:412 -msgid "**Both files in the <head>**" -msgstr "**Ambos archivos en el <head>**" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:412 -msgid "**What the visitor gets (only one file)**" -msgstr "**Que obtiene el visitante (solo un archivo)**" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:414 -msgid "/\\* From bootstrap.css \\*/" -msgstr "/\\* From bootstrap.css \\*/" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:414 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:415 -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:421 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:447 -msgid ".text-muted {" -msgstr ".text-muted {" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:415 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:422 -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:448 -msgid "color: #666;" -msgstr "color: #666;" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:416 -msgid "color: #777;" -msgstr "color: #777;" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:416 -msgid "background: yellow" -msgstr "background: yellow" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:417 -msgid "background: yellow;" -msgstr "background: yellow;" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:417 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:418 -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:423 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:449 -msgid "}" -msgstr "}" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:420 -msgid "/\\* From my-theme.css \\*/" -msgstr "/\\* From my-theme.css \\*/" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:426 -msgid "" -"The CSS sent by Odoo includes all CSS / Less / Sass of all pages / modules. " -"By doing this, additional page views from the same visitor will not have to " -"load CSS files at all. But some modules might include huge CSS/Javascript " -"resources that you do not want to prefetch at the first page because they " -"are too big. In this case, Odoo splits this resource into a second bundle " -"that is loaded only when the page using it is requested. An example of this " -"is the backend that is only loaded when the visitor logs in and accesses the" -" backend (/web)." -msgstr "" -"El archivo CSS enviado por Odoo incluye todos los CSS / Less / Sass de todas" -" las páginas y módulos. Haciendo esto, visitas de páginas addiciónales del " -"mismo visitador no deben recargar nigun archivo CSS. Sin embargo, algunos " -"módulos pueden incluir recursos CSS / Javascript pesados los cuales no " -"quiere precargar con la primera página por el mero tamaño. En este caso, " -"Odoo separa este recurso en un segundo paquete que solo se carga cuando la " -"página que lo este usando esta siendo soliciada. Un ejemplo es el backand " -"que solamente esta cargado cuando un visitador esta ingresando al backend " -"(/web)." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:436 -msgid "" -"If the CSS file is very big, Odoo will split it into two smaller files to " -"avoid the 4095 selectors limit per sheet of Internet Explorer. But most " -"themes fit below this limit." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:440 -msgid "" -"**Minified:** After being pre-processed and concatenated, the resulting CSS " -"is minified to reduce its size." -msgstr "" -"**Minimizados:** Después de ser preprocesado y concatenado, el archivo CSS " -"es minimizados para reducir su tamaño." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:444 -msgid "**Before minification**" -msgstr "**Antes de minimizar**" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:444 -msgid "**After minification**" -msgstr "**Después de minimizar**" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:446 -msgid "/\\* some comments \\*/" -msgstr "/\\* algunos comentarios \\*/" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:446 -msgid ".text-muted {color: #666}" -msgstr ".text-muted {color: #666}" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:452 -msgid "" -"The final result is then compressed, before being delivered to the browser." -msgstr "" -"El resultado final es entonces comprimido, antes de ser entregado al " -"navegador." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:455 -msgid "" -"Then, a cached version is stored server-side (so we do not have to pre-" -"process, concatenate, minify at every request) and browser-side (so the same" -" visitor will load the CSS only once for all pages they visit)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:461 -msgid "Static Resources: Javascript" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:463 -msgid "" -"As with CSS resources, Javascript resources are also concatenated, minified," -" compressed and cached (server-side and browser-side)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:466 -msgid "Odoo creates three Javascript bundles:" -msgstr "Odoo crea arboles de Paquetes Javascript:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:468 -msgid "" -"One for all pages of the website (including code for parallax effects, form " -"validation, etc.)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:471 -msgid "" -"One for common Javascript code shared among frontend and backend (Bootstrap)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:474 -msgid "" -"One for backend specific Javascript code (Odoo Web Client interface for your" -" employees using Odoo)" -msgstr "" -"Uno para código Javascript del backend (interfaz del Odoo Web Client para " -"sus empleados utilizando Odoo)" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:477 -msgid "" -"Most visitors of your website will only need the first two bundles, " -"resulting in a maximum of two Javascript files to load to render one page. " -"As these files are shared across all pages, further clicks by the same " -"visitor will not load any other Javascript resource." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:483 -msgid "" -"If you work on :doc:`Developer mode " -"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, the CSS and Javascript are neither" -" concatenated, nor minified. Thus, it's much slower. But it allows you to " -"easily debug with the Chrome debugger as CSS and Javascript resources are " -"not transformed from their original versions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:489 -msgid "CDN" -msgstr "CDN (Red de distribuición de contenido)" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:491 -msgid "" -"If you activate the CDN feature in Odoo, static resources (Javascript, CSS, " -"images) are loaded from a Content Delivery Network. Using a Content Delivery" -" Network has three advantages:" -msgstr "" -"Si activa la opción CDN en Odoo, recursos estáticos (Javascript, CSS, " -"imágenes) están siendo cargados desde una red de distribución de contenido. " -"Utilizar una red de distribuición de contenido conlleva tres ventajas:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:495 -msgid "" -"Load resources from a nearby server (most CDN have servers in main countries" -" around the globe)" -msgstr "" -"Cargar recursos de un servidor cercano (la mayoria de CDN mantiene " -"servidores en los principales países alrededor del mundo)" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:498 -msgid "" -"Cache resources efficiently (no computation resources usage on your own " -"server)" -msgstr "" -"Guardar recursos eficientemente (no uso de recursos de computación en su " -"propio servidor)" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:501 -msgid "" -"Split the resource loading on different services allowing to load more " -"resources in parallel (since the Chrome limit of 6 parallel requests is by " -"domain)" -msgstr "" -"Distribuir la tarea de cargar recursos a traves de diferentes servicios " -"permitiendo cargar maás recursos en paralelo (debido a que el límite de " -"Chrome de 6 requestes en paralelo cuenta por dominio)" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:505 -msgid "" -"You can configure your CDN options from the **Website Admin** app, using the" -" Configuration menu. Here is an example of configuration you can use:" -msgstr "" -"Puede configurar sus opciones CDN desde la aplicación **Administrador de " -"página web** utilizando el menú de configuración. Aqui esta un ejemplo de " -"configuración que puede utilizar:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:512 -msgid "HTML Pages" -msgstr "Páginas HTML" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:514 -msgid "" -"The HTML pages can be compressed, but this is usually handled by your web " -"server (NGINX or Apache)." -msgstr "" -"Las páginas HTML pueden ser comprimidas, pero esto es usualmente manejado " -"por el servidor de tu web (NGINX or Apache)" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:517 -msgid "" -"The Odoo Website builder has been optimized to guarantee clean and short " -"HTML code. Building blocks have been developed to produce clean HTML code, " -"usually using Bootstrap and the HTML editor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:521 -msgid "" -"As an example, if you use the color picker to change the color of a " -"paragraph to the primary color of your website, Odoo will produce the " -"following code:" -msgstr "" -"Como ejemplo, si usa el seleccionador de color para cambiar el color de un " -"parrafo al color primario de su página web, Odoo producirá el siguiente " -"código:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:525 -msgid "``<p class=\"text-primary\">My Text</p>``" -msgstr "``<p class=\"text-primary\">Mi Texto</p>``" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:527 -msgid "" -"Whereas most HTML editors (such as CKEditor) will produce the following " -"code:" -msgstr "" -"Considerando que la mayoría de editores HTML (como CKEditor) producirá el " -"siguiente código:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:530 -msgid "``<p style=\"color: #AB0201\">My Text</p>``" -msgstr "``<p style=\"color: #AB0201\">Mi Texto</p>``" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:533 -msgid "Responsive Design" -msgstr "Diseño Responsive" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:535 -msgid "" -"Websites that are not mobile-friendly are negatively impacted in search " -"engine rankings. All Odoo themes rely on Bootstrap to render efficiently " -"according to the device: desktop, tablet or mobile." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:542 -msgid "" -"As all Odoo modules share the same technology, absolutely all pages in your " -"website are mobile friendly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:546 -msgid "Browser Caching" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:548 -msgid "" -"Javascript, images and CSS resources have an URL that changes dynamically " -"when their content change. As an example, all CSS files are loaded through " -"this URL: `localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets\\_common.0.css " -"<http://localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets_common.0.css>`__. " -"The ``457-0da1d9d`` part of this URL will change if you modify the CSS of " -"your website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:555 -msgid "" -"This allows Odoo to set a very long cache delay (XXX) on these resources: " -"XXX secs, while being updated instantly if you update the resource." -msgstr "" -"Esto permite que Odoo configure una memoria de caché muy larga (XXXX) en " -"estos recursos: XXX segs, mientras esta siendo actualizado instantáneamente " -"si actualiza el recurso." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:560 -msgid "Scalability" -msgstr "Escalabilidad" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:562 -msgid "" -"In addition to being fast, Odoo is also more scalable than traditional CMS " -"and eCommerce (Drupal, Wordpress, Magento, Prestashop). The following link " -"provides an analysis of the major open source CMS and eCommerce compared to " -"Odoo when it comes to high query volumes: " -"`https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/197 <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide" -"/odoo-cms-performance-comparison-and-optimisation-197>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:569 -msgid "Todo" -msgstr "Por hacer" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:569 -msgid "fix above link" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:571 -msgid "" -"Here is the slide that summarizes the scalability of Odoo Website & " -"eCommerce." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:577 -msgid "Search Engines Files" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:580 -msgid "Sitemap" -msgstr "Mapa del sitio" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:582 -msgid "" -"The sitemap points out pages to index to search engine robots. Odoo " -"generates a ``/sitemap.xml`` file automatically for you. For performance " -"reasons, this file is cached and updated every 12 hours." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:586 -msgid "" -"By default, all URLs will be in a single ``/sitemap.xml`` file, but if you " -"have a lot of pages, Odoo will automatically create a Sitemap Index file, " -"respecting the `sitemaps.org protocol " -"<http://www.sitemaps.org/protocol.html>`__ grouping sitemap URL's in 45000 " -"chunks per file." -msgstr "" -"Por defecto, todas las URLs estarán en un solo archivo ``/sitemap.xml``, " -"pero si tiene varias páginas, Odoo automáticamente creará una archivo índice" -" Mapa del sitio, respetando `sitemaps.org protocol " -"<http://www.sitemaps.org/protocol.html>`__ el agrupado de URLs de mapas del " -"sitio en 45000 pedazos por archivo." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:592 -msgid "Every sitemap entry has 4 attributes that are computed automatically:" -msgstr "" -"Cada entrada de mapa del sitio tiene 4 atributos que son calculados " -"automáticamente:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:594 -msgid "``<loc>`` : the URL of a page" -msgstr "``<loc>`` : la URL de una pagina" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:596 -msgid "" -"``<lastmod>`` : last modification date of the resource, computed " -"automatically based on related object. For a page related to a product, this" -" could be the last modification date of the product or the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:601 -msgid "" -"``<priority>`` : modules may implement their own priority algorithm based on" -" their content (example: a forum might assign a priority based on the number" -" of votes on a specific post). The priority of a static page is defined by " -"it's priority field, which is normalized (16 is the default)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:608 -msgid "Structured Data Markup" -msgstr "Datos Estructurados Marcados" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:610 -msgid "" -"Structured Data Markup is used to generate Rich Snippets in search engine " -"results. It is a way for website owners to send structured data to search " -"engine robots; helping them understand your content and create well-" -"presented search results." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:615 -msgid "" -"Google supports a number of rich snippets for content types, including: " -"Reviews, People, Products, Businesses, Events and Organizations." -msgstr "" -"Google soporta un número de fragmentos enriquecidos por tipos de contenido, " -"incluyendo: Revisiones, Gente, Productos, Negocios, Eventos y " -"Organizaciones." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:618 -msgid "" -"Odoo implements micro data as defined in the `schema.org " -"<http://schema.org>`__ specification for events, eCommerce products, forum " -"posts and contact addresses. This allows your product pages to be displayed " -"in Google using extra information like the price and rating of a product:" -msgstr "" -"Odoo implementa micro datos como esta definido en la `schema.org " -"<http://schema.org>`__ especificación para eventos, productos de comercio " -"electrónico, publicaciones de foro y direcciones de contacto. Esto permite " -"que sus páginas de producto sean mostradas en Google usando información " -"adicional como el precio y rating de un producto:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:628 -msgid "robots.txt" -msgstr "robots.txt" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:630 -msgid "" -"When indexing your website, search engines take a first look at the general " -"indexing rules of the a``/robots.txt`` file (allowed robots, sitemap path, " -"etc.). Odoo automatically creates it. Its content is:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:634 -msgid "User-agent: \\* Sitemap: https://www.odoo.com/sitemap.xml" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:637 -msgid "" -"It means that all robots are allowed to index your website and there is no " -"other indexing rule than specified in the sitemap to be found at following " -"address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:641 -msgid "" -"You can customize the file *robots* in :doc:`Developer mode " -"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>` from *Settings --> Technical --> " -"User Interface --> Views* (exclude robots, exclude some pages, redirect to a" -" custom Sitemap). Make the Model Data of the view *Non Updatable* to not " -"reset the file after system upgrades." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish.rst:3 -msgid "Publish" -msgstr "Publicar" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:3 -msgid "How to use my own domain name" -msgstr "Cómo usar mi propio nombre de dominio" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:5 -msgid "" -"By default, your Odoo Online instance and website have a *.odoo.com* domain " -"name, for both the URL and the emails. But you can change to a custom one " -"(e.g. www.yourcompany.com)." -msgstr "" -"Por defecto, tu ocasión y página web Odoo Online tiene un nombre de dominio " -"*.odoo.com* tanto para los URL como los correos. Pero lo puedes cambiar a " -"uno customizado (p. ej. www.yourcompany.com)." - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:10 -msgid "What is a good domain name" -msgstr "Cuál es un buen nombre de dominio" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Your website address is as important to your branding as the name of your " -"business or organization, so put some thought into changing it for a proper " -"domain. Here are some tips:" -msgstr "" -"Tu dirección de página web es tan imporante para tu marcado como el nombre " -"de tu negocio u organización, a si que piensa en cambiarlo por un dominio " -"apropiado. Aquí hay algunos consejos:" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:15 -msgid "Simple and obvious" -msgstr "Simple y obvio" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:16 -msgid "Easy to remember and spell" -msgstr "Fácil de recordar y pronunciar" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:17 -msgid "The shorter the better" -msgstr "Cuanto más corto mejor" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:18 -msgid "Avoid special characters" -msgstr "Evite caracteres especiales" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:19 -msgid "Aim for a .com and/or your country extension" -msgstr "Intente conseguir un .com y/o la extensión de su país" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Read more: `How to Choose a Domain Name for Maximum SEO " -"<https://www.searchenginejournal.com/choose-a-domain-name-maximum-" -"seo/158951/>`__" -msgstr "" -"Lee más: `Cómo Elegir un Nombre de Dominio para Máximo SEO " -"<https://www.searchenginejournal.com/choose-a-domain-name-maximum-" -"seo/158951/>`__" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:24 -msgid "How to buy a domain name" -msgstr "Cómo comprar un nombre de dominio" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:25 -msgid "Buy your domain name at a popular registrar:" -msgstr "Compra tu nombre de dominio en un registrar popular:" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:27 -msgid "`GoDaddy <https://www.godaddy.com>`__" -msgstr "`GoDaddy <https://www.godaddy.com>`__" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:28 -msgid "`Namecheap <https://www.namecheap.com>`__" -msgstr "`Namecheap <https://www.namecheap.com>`__" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:29 -msgid "`OVH <https://www.ovh.com>`__" -msgstr "`OVH <https://www.ovh.com>`__" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Steps to buy a domain name are pretty much straight forward. In case of " -"issue, check out those easy tutorials:" -msgstr "" -"Los pasos para comprar un dominio son sensillos. En caso de problemas, mira " -"estos tutoriales simples:" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:34 -msgid "`GoDaddy <https://roadtoblogging.com/buy-domain-name-from-godaddy>`__" -msgstr "`GoDaddy <https://roadtoblogging.com/buy-domain-name-from-godaddy>`__" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:35 -msgid "" -"`Namecheap <https://www.loudtips.com/buy-domain-name-hosting-namecheap//>`__" -msgstr "" -"`Namecheap <https://www.loudtips.com/buy-domain-name-hosting-namecheap//>`__" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Feel free to buy an email server to have email addresses using your domain " -"name. However don't buy any extra service to create or host your website. " -"This is Odoo's job!" -msgstr "" -"Puedes comprar un servidor de correo para tener direcciones de correo usando" -" el nombre de tu dominio. Sin embargo, no compres un servicio extra para " -"crear o alojar tu página web. Esto es trabajo de Odoo!" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:45 -msgid "How to apply my domain name to my Odoo instance" -msgstr "Cómo aplicar mi nombre de dominio a mi ocasión Odoo" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:46 -msgid "" -"First let's authorize the redirection (yourcompany.com -> " -"yourcompany.odoo.com):" -msgstr "" -"Primero autorizemos la redirección (yourcompany.com -> " -"yourcompany.odoo.com):" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:48 -msgid "Open your Odoo.com account from your homepage." -msgstr "Abre tu cuenta Odoo.com desde tu página de inicio." - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:53 -msgid "Go to the *Manage Databases* page." -msgstr "Ve a la página *Administrar Base de Datos*" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Click on *Domains* to the right of the database you would like to redirect." -msgstr "" -"Haz clic en *Dominios* a la derecha de la base de datos que quieres " -"redireccionar." - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:63 -msgid "" -"A database domain prompt will appear. Enter your custom domain (e.g. " -"www.yourcompany.com)." -msgstr "" -"La base de datos pronta del dominio aparecerá. Ingresa tu dominio " -"customizado (e.j. www.yourcompany.com)." - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:70 -msgid "" -"We can now apply the redirection from your domain name's manager account:" -msgstr "" -"Podemos aplicar la redirección desde el administrador de cuenta del nombre " -"de tu dominio:" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:72 -msgid "Log in to your account and search for the DNS Zones management page." -msgstr "" -"Inicia sesión en tu cuenta y busca la página de administración de las Zonas " -"DNS." - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:74 -msgid "" -"Create a CNAME record *www.yourdomain.com* pointing to *mywebsite.odoo.com*." -" If you want to use the naked domain (e.g. yourdomain.com), you need to " -"redirect *yourdomain.com* to *www.yourdomain.com*." -msgstr "" -"Crea un récord CNAME *www.yourdomain.com* apuntando a *mywebsite.odoo.com*. " -"Si quieres usar el dominio desnudo (e.j. yourdomain.com), tienes que " -"redireccionar *yourdomain.com* a *www.yourdomain.com*." - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:78 -msgid "Here are some specific guidelines to create a CNAME record:" -msgstr "Aquí hay algunos lineamientos para crear un record CNAME:" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:80 -msgid "`GoDaddy <https://be.godaddy.com/fr/help/add-a-cname-record-19236>`__" -msgstr "`GoDaddy <https://be.godaddy.com/fr/help/add-a-cname-record-19236>`__" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:81 -msgid "" -"`Namecheap " -"<https://www.namecheap.com/support/knowledgebase/article.aspx/9646/10/how-" -"can-i-set-up-a-cname-record-for-my-domain>`__" -msgstr "" -"`Namecheap " -"<https://www.namecheap.com/support/knowledgebase/article.aspx/9646/10/how-" -"can-i-set-up-a-cname-record-for-my-domain>`__" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:82 -msgid "" -"`OVH " -"<https://www.ovh.co.uk/g1519.exchange_20132016_how_to_add_a_cname_record>`__" -msgstr "" -"`OVH " -"<https://www.ovh.co.uk/g1519.exchange_20132016_how_to_add_a_cname_record>`__" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:85 -msgid "How to enable SSL (HTTPS) for my Odoo instance" -msgstr "Como habilitar SSL (HTTPS) para mi ocasión Odoo" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:87 -msgid "" -"Until recently, Odoo users needed to use a third-party CDN service provider " -"such as CloudFlare to enable SSL." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:89 -msgid "" -"It is not required anymore: Odoo generates the certificate for you " -"automatically, using integration with `Let's Encrypt Certificate Authority " -"and ACME protocol <https://letsencrypt.org/how-it-works/>`__. In order to " -"get this, simply add your domain name in your customer portal (a separate " -"certificate is generated for each domain name specified)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:93 -msgid "**Please note that the certificate generation may take up to 24h.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:95 -msgid "" -"If you already use CloudFlare or a similar service, you can keep using it or" -" simply change for Odoo. The choice is yours." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:99 -msgid "How to make sure that all my URLs use my custom domain?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:101 -msgid "" -"To set up the root URL of your website and of all the links sent in emails, " -"you can ask an administrator of your database (any user in the *Settings* " -"group) to perform a login from the login screen. It's as simple as that!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:103 -msgid "" -"If you want to do it manually, you can go to :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Technical --> System Parameters` . Find the entry called ``web.base.url`` " -"(you can create it if it does not exist) and enter the full URL of your " -"website, like ``https://www.myodoowebsite.com``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:107 -msgid "" -"The URL must include the protocol (``https://`` or ``http://``) and must not" -" end by a slash (``/``)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:109 -msgid "" -"If you want to block the root URL update when an administrator logs in, you " -"can add a System Parameter called ``web.base.url.freeze`` with its value " -"set to ``True``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:113 -msgid "My website is indexed twice by Google" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:115 -msgid "" -"If you set up a custom domain *mydomain.com* name for *mydatabase.odoo.com*," -" Google indexes your website under both names. This is a limitation of the " -"Odoo cloud platforms/" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:120 -msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_servers`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:3 -msgid "Manage Multi Websites" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo’s Multi-Websites opens up broad possibilities of diversification and " -"customer segmentation for your business. A multiplied audience and boosted " -"revenue are now just a few clicks away!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Each website can work in a fully independent way, with its theme, branding, " -"domain name, header & footer, pages, languages, products, blog posts, forum," -" slides, events, live chat channels, etc. Let’s go for a tour!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:18 -msgid "Setup" -msgstr "Configurar" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:20 -msgid "" -"To create a new website, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration -->" -" Settings`. The button, *Create a new website*, lays in the first section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:28 -msgid "" -"In the upcoming prompt, set a name for your new website and a specific " -"domain name. Leave empty to publish the new website under the default domain" -" of your Odoo database. You can later set some country groups to redirect " -"visitors to it using Geo IP." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Then, select a theme. This new website might have an entirely different " -"purpose or audience than the first one. So feel free to go for a different " -"theme!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Once the theme is selected, you can start to build the homepage of your " -"website. Follow the purple drops; they will help you in the first steps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:48 -msgid "" -"If you run Odoo Online, don’t forget to redirect any new domain name to your" -" Odoo database (``CNAME``) and to authorize it Odoo-side. See " -":doc:`domain_name`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:52 -msgid "Create the menu" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:54 -msgid "" -"The new website has a default menu with all the installed applications. To " -"edit it, click :menuselection:`Pages --> Edit Menu`. Moving forward you only" -" edit the menu of the current website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:59 -msgid "Switch from one website to another" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:62 -msgid "" -"As easy as ABC! There is a website switcher in the right corner of the edit " -"bar. Switching to another website will connect to the domain of this " -"website. If you use another domain for the website, the user is requested to" -" sign in." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:71 -msgid "" -"When switching, you are redirected to the same domain path on the other " -"website (e.g., ``/shop/myproduct``). If this URL is not used, you will be " -"redirected to a 404 page but prompted to create a new page from there." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:76 -msgid "Add features" -msgstr "Añadir característica" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:78 -msgid "" -"The website apps you install (e.g., Slides, Blogs) are made available on all" -" your websites. You can, of course, keep them hidden in one website by " -"removing the menu item." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:82 -msgid "" -"Each website comes with a high range of specific options in the settings. " -"First, select the website to configure." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:88 -msgid "" -"Then, take a look at the options flagged with the earth icon. It means they " -"only impact the very website you are working on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:94 -msgid "You can, for instance, set specific :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:96 -msgid "languages," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:98 -msgid "domain names," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:100 -msgid "social media links," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:102 -msgid "customer portal mode (B2C vs. B2B)," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:104 -msgid "dedicated live chat channels," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:106 -msgid "etc." -msgstr "etc." - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:108 -msgid "The other options are global and apply to all your websites." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:111 -msgid "Manage domain names" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:113 -msgid "" -"As said earlier, your websites can either share the same domain name or use " -"a specific one. If you share it and want to adapt the content per region, " -"set country groups in the setting of each website. Visitors will be " -"redirected to the right website using GeoIP." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:122 -msgid "" -"Geo IP is installed by default in Odoo Online. If you run Odoo on-premise, " -"don’t forget to install *GeoIP* library. See :doc:`on-premise_geo-ip-" -"installation`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:127 -msgid ":doc:`domain_name`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:130 -msgid "Customize the visitor experience" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:133 -msgid "" -"The customer experience can be customized very profoundly thanks to the menu" -" \\*Customize\\*. All the visual options available there are specific to " -"each website. Go through the different pages to adapt them to this new " -"audience. Focus on workflows, and automatic pages (eCommerce checkout, " -"blogs, events, etc.) as the number of available options is higher there." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:143 -msgid "Publish specific content per website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:146 -msgid "" -"Like static pages, any content created from the front-end (product, blog " -"post, etc.) is always only published in the current website. You can change " -"that from the edit form view in the backend and leave the *Website* field " -"blank. This will publish it in all the websites." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:154 -msgid "" -"Here are all the objects that you can link to *either one or all the " -"websites*:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:157 -msgid "Products" -msgstr "Productos" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:159 -msgid "Product Categories for eCommerce" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:161 -msgid "Blogs" -msgstr "Blogs" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:163 -msgid "Slide Channels" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:165 -msgid "Forums" -msgstr "Foros" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:167 -msgid "Events" -msgstr "Eventos" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:169 -msgid "Job Positions" -msgstr "Puestos de trabajo" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:172 -msgid "" -"When you create the record from the backend and publish it, typically a " -"product or an event, it is made available in all websites." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:176 -msgid "Publish a page in all websites" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:178 -msgid "" -"A new static page is created and only made available in the current website." -" You can duplicate it to other websites from :menuselection:`Website --> " -"Configuration --> Pages`. To do so, leave the *Website* field empty." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:182 -msgid "" -"If you want to duplicate it in just one other website, duplicate the page " -"and set the new website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:188 -msgid "" -"When you edit the page again, the change only affects the current website. A" -" new page is duplicated and tied up to the website. The original page still " -"being linked to all websites." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:193 -msgid "" -"By grouping pages by URL in the page manager, you quickly find the original " -"page behind each edited page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:200 -msgid "Multi-companies" -msgstr "Multi-empresas" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:202 -msgid "" -"Each website can be linked to a specific company of your system, in a multi-" -"companies environment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:208 -msgid "" -"With such a configuration, only company-related data appear on the website " -"(products, jobs, events, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:211 -msgid "" -"Website editors can only view and edit the pages of the records they have " -"access to, typically the ones belonging to their current company (and to " -"their subsidiaries, or child companies in Odoo language). And so is it for " -"visitors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:217 -msgid "" -"If websites are multi-companies, you don’t change company when switching " -"websites. To change the company and see the related content, use the company" -" selector in the menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:223 -msgid "Configure your eCommerce website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:225 -msgid "" -"eCommerce is a crucial feature in the multi-websites environment. We made it" -" so that the entire flow can be customized to fit the very audience of each " -"website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:230 -msgid "Products only available on one website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:232 -msgid "" -"We already saw earlier how to publish a specific record in only one website." -" You will find the \\*Website\\* field in the eCommerce tab of the product " -"edit form. Empty means available in all websites." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:240 -msgid "Products available on *some* websites" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:242 -msgid "" -"To make a product available on some websites, but not all of them, you " -"should duplicate the product for each website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:245 -msgid "" -"If you need a unique reference to manage in your inventory, you should " -"install *Manufacturing\\ and create *Kits* BoMs (bills of materials). Each " -"kit will link each published “virtual” product to the main reference managed" -" in your inventory. That way, any item sold from your website will be " -"converted into the storable item in the delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:252 -msgid "Pricelists" -msgstr "Tarifas" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:254 -msgid "" -"To manage specific prices by websites, you can activate *Multiple Sales " -"Prices per Product* in Website settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:257 -msgid "" -"Then, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Products --> Pricelists` to create " -"additional pricelists. See " -":doc:`../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:260 -msgid "" -"If you need help. Select a website to make a pricelist only available on " -"this website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:266 -msgid "" -"Leaving the field empty means that you make it work in all websites if " -"*Selectable* is selected. Otherwise, it makes it only available for backend " -"operations of Sales and Point of Sale applications." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:271 -msgid "Payment Acquirers and Delivery Methods" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:273 -msgid "" -"By default, published payment acquirers and delivery methods are deployed in" -" all websites. You could already use specific payment acquirers per country " -"using Geo IP by defining countries in their configuration. Now you can also " -"do it per website by filling in the *Website* field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:279 -msgid "Customer accounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:281 -msgid "" -"There is a setting to choose how to manage customer accounts in Website " -"settings. You can either allow customers to use one account through all the " -"websites or compel them to create one account for each website. This last " -"option is convenient if your websites shouldn’t be related to each other in " -"the visitor mind." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:291 -msgid "Technical hints for customization" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:293 -msgid "" -"If you want to publish custom objects on the website, here are a few tips to" -" make it work with multi websites:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:297 -msgid "Sitemap: don’t forget the domain in the route to only publish" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:297 -msgid "available records in each website’s sitemap." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:301 -msgid "Access: you should call the method" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:300 -msgid "" -"*can_access_from_current_website* in the controller to make sure the visitor" -" can see a record in the current website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:305 -msgid "Search: when a list of records is displayed, don’t forget to specify" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:304 -msgid "the domain to only display records available for the current website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:3 -msgid "Geo IP installation (on-premises database)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:6 -msgid "Installation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Please note that the installation depends on your computer operating system " -"and distribution. We will assume here that a Linux operating system is used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:13 -msgid "Install `geoip2 <https://pypi.org/project/geoip2/>`__ Python library" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Download the `GeoLite2 City database " -"<https://dev.maxmind.com/geoip/geoip2/geolite2/>`_. You should end up with a" -" file called ``GeoLite2-City.mmdb``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:19 -msgid "Move the file to the folder ``/usr/share/GeoIP/``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:21 -msgid "Restart the server" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:23 -msgid "" -"If you can't/don't want to locate the geoip database in " -"``/usr/share/GeoIP/``, you can use the ``--geoip-db`` option of the Odoo " -"command line interface. This option takes the absolute path to the GeoIP " -"database file and will use it as the GeoIP database. For example:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:32 -msgid "" -"`CLI documentation " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/14.0/reference/cmdline.html>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:34 -msgid "" -"``GeoIP`` Python library can also be used. However this version is " -"discontinued since January 2019. See `GeoLite Legacy databases are now " -"discontinued <https://support.maxmind.com/geolite-legacy-discontinuation-" -"notice/>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:37 -msgid "How to test GeoIP geolocation in your Odoo website?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Go into your website. Open the web page on which you want to test ``GeoIP``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:39 -msgid "Choose :menuselection:`Customize --> HTML/CSS/JS Editor`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:40 -msgid "Add the following piece of XML in the page :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:46 -msgid "" -"You should end up with a dictionary indicating the location of the ip " -"address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:51 -msgid "" -"If the curly braces are empty ``{}``, it can be for any of the following " -"reason :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:53 -msgid "" -"The browsing IP address is the localhost (``127.0.0.1``) or a local area " -"network one (``192.168.*.*``)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:54 -msgid "" -"If a reversed proxy is used, make sure to configure it correctly. See " -"`--proxy-mode " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/14.0/reference/cmdline.html#cmdoption-" -"odoo-bin-proxy-mode>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:55 -msgid "``geoip2`` is not installed or the GeoIP database file wasn't found" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:56 -msgid "The GeoIP database was unable to resolve the given IP address" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:3 -msgid "How to translate my website" -msgstr "Cómo traducir mi sitio web" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:6 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Información general" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In addition to creating great modern websites, Odoo gives you the " -"possibility to translate it in different languages." -msgstr "" -"Además de crear buenos y modernos sitios web, Odoo le da la posibilidad de " -"traducirlo a diferentes idiomas." - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:12 -msgid "Process" -msgstr "Procesar" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Once your website is created, you have the opportunity to translate it in as" -" many different languages as you want." -msgstr "" -"Una vez su sitio web es creado, tiene la oportunidad de traducirlo a tantos " -"diferentes idiomas como desee." - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:17 -msgid "" -"There are two ways to translate your website, you can do it manually or " -"automatically with the Gengo App. If you want to do it automatically, go to " -"the **App** module and Install **Automated translations through Gengo Api** " -"and **Website Gengo Translator**. If you want to do it manually, don't " -"install anything, and follow the next step." -msgstr "" -"Hay dos formas de traducir su sitio web, puede hacerlo manualmente o " -"automáticamente con la aplicación Gengo. Si quiere hacerlo automáticamente, " -"vaya al módulo de **Aplicaciones** e instale **traducciones automáticas a " -"través del Api Gengo** y **Traductor de Sitio Web Gengo**. Si quiere hacerlo" -" manualmente, no instale nada, y siga el siguiente paso." - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Now go to your website. On the bottom right corner of the page, click on " -"**Add a language**." -msgstr "" -"Ahora vaya a su página web. En la esquina superior derecha de la página, de " -"clic en **Agregar un idioma**." - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Choose the language in which you want to translate your website and then " -"click on **Load.**" -msgstr "" -"Elija el idioma en el cual quiere traducir su sitio web y luego de clic en " -"**Cargar.**" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:35 -msgid "" -"You will see that Now, next to English there is also French, which means " -"that the page for the translation has been created. You can also see that " -"some of the text has been translated automatically." -msgstr "" -"Lo verá Ahora, al lado de Inglés también esta Francés, lo que significa que " -"la página para la traducción ha sido creada. También puede ver que algunos " -"de los textos han sido traducidos automáticamente." - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:42 -msgid "" -"To translate the content of the website, click on **Translate** (here " -"**Traduire** since we want to translate the website in French)." -msgstr "" -"Para traducir el contenido del sitio web, de clic en **Traducir** (aquí " -"**Traduire** desde que queremos traductir el sitio web a Francés)." - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:45 -msgid "" -"There, if you have installed the Gengo Translator, You will see that next to" -" the **Translate** button you also have a button **Translate " -"automatically**. Once you click on that button, you will be asked some " -"information on your account. If you don't have an account yet, follow `this " -"link <https://gengo.com/auth/form/login/>`_ in order to create one. You need" -" to ask for a public key and a private key." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:53 -msgid "" -"The content you wish to translate will then be translated automatically." -msgstr "El contenido que desea traducir será luego traducido automáticamente." - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Now you can see that most of the content is highlighted in yellow or in " -"green. The yellow represents the content that you have to translate by " -"yourself. The green represents the content that has already been translated " -"automatically." -msgstr "" -"Ahora puede ver que la mayoría del contenido esta resaltado en amarillo o en" -" verde. El amarillo representa el contenido que debe traducir Ud. mismo. El " -"verde representa el contenido que ya ha sido traducido automáticamente." diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..694fe460c --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po @@ -0,0 +1,3449 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# AleEscandon <alejandra.escandon@jarsa.com.mx>, 2021 +# Carolina Gonzalez <cgo@odoo.com>, 2021 +# Rick Hunter <rick_hunter_ec@yahoo.com>, 2021 +# b7db2840ea95169a8b66b2e8c18d323d_52caf48 <e188a842d22a1f8229ec8e1ab8414c94_389188>, 2021 +# Nicole Kist <nki@odoo.com>, 2021 +# Fabian <fabiananguiano@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Leonardo J. Caballero G. <leonardocaballero@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Martin Trigaux, 2021 +# Pedro M. Baeza <pedro.baeza@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Jesús Alan Ramos Rodríguez <alan.ramos@jarsa.com.mx>, 2021 +# David Arnold <blaggacao@users.noreply.github.com>, 2021 +# Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal <lina8823@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Alejandro Die Sanchis <marketing@domatix.com>, 2021 +# Luis M. Ontalba <luis.martinez@tecnativa.com>, 2021 +# Pablo Rojas <rojaspablo88@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Paloma Yazmin Reyes Morales <paloma.reyes@jarsa.com.mx>, 2021 +# Juan Carlos Daniel Fernandez <estudiofaz@gmail.com>, 2021 +# eduardo mendoza <emendozajz@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Raquel Iciarte <ric@odoo.com>, 2021 +# Nicolás Broggi <rnbroggi@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Alejandro Kutulas <alk@odoo.com>, 2021 +# Kelly Quintero <kiutba@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Jon Perez <jop@odoo.com>, 2021 +# Alonso Muñoz <Alonso.munoz.91@outlook.com>, 2021 +# Althay Ramallo Fuentes <arf@odoo.com>, 2021 +# José Cabrera Lozano <jose.cabrera@edukative.es>, 2021 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-18 07:12+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-05-18 05:18+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: José Cabrera Lozano <jose.cabrera@edukative.es>, 2021\n" +"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: es\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites.rst:3 +msgid "Websites" +msgstr "Sitios web" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce.rst:4 +msgid "eCommerce" +msgstr "Comercial Electrónico" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started.rst:3 +msgid "Get started" +msgstr "Empezar" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:3 +msgid "How to customize my catalog page" +msgstr "Cómo customizar mi página de catálogo" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:6 +msgid "Product Catalog" +msgstr "Catálogo de productos" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:8 +msgid "" +"All your published items show up in your catalog page (or *Shop* page)." +msgstr "" +"Todos tus artículos publicados aparecerán en tu página de catálogo (o página" +" de compra)" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Most options are available in the *Customize* menu: display attributes, " +"website categories, etc." +msgstr "" +"La mayoría de las opciones están disponibles en el menú de *Personalizar*: " +"atributos de la pantalla, categorías de la página, etc." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:20 +msgid "Highlight a product" +msgstr "Destacar un producto" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Boost the visibility of your star/promoted products: push them to top, make " +"them bigger, add a ribbon that you can edit (Sale, New, etc.). Open the Shop" +" page, switch to Edit mode and click any item to start customizing the grid." +msgstr "" +"Aumenta la visibilidad de tus productos estrella/promocionados: impúlsalos " +"hacia arriba, hazlos más grandes, añade una etiqueta que pueda editar " +"(venta, nuevo, etc.). Abre la página Tienda, cambia al modo Edición y haz " +"clic en cualquier elemento para comenzar a personalizar la cuadrícula." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:26 +msgid "" +"See how to do it: " +"https://www.odoo.com/openerp_website/static/src/video/e-commerce/editing.mp4" +msgstr "" +"Vé cómo hacerlo: " +"https://www.odoo.com/openerp_website/static/src/video/e-commerce/editing.mp4" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:29 +msgid "Quick add to cart" +msgstr "Añadir al carrito" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:31 +msgid "" +"If your customers buy a lot of items at once, make their process shorter by " +"enabling purchases from the catalog page. To do so, add product description " +"and add to cart button. Turn on the following options in *Customize* menu: " +"Product Description, Add to Cart, List View (to display product description " +"better)." +msgstr "" +"Si tus clientes compran una gran cantidad de artículos a la vez, reduce el " +"tiempo de procesamiento de sus órdenes, permitiendo compras en la página del" +" catálogo. Para ello, agrega la descripción del producto y el botón de " +"agregar al carro. Activa las siguientes opciones en el menú *Personalizar*: " +"Descripción del producto, Añadir al carro, Vista de lista (para mostrar la " +"descripción del producto mejor)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:3 +msgid "How to build a product page" +msgstr "Cómo crear una página de un producto" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:5 +msgid "On the website click *New Page* in the top-right corner." +msgstr "" +"En la página web haz clic en *Nueva Página* en la esquina superior derecha." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:7 +msgid "Then click *New Product* and follow the blinking tips." +msgstr "" +"Después haz clic en *Nuevo Producto* y sigue las sugerencias intermitentes." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:12 +msgid "Here are the main elements of the Product page:" +msgstr "Aquí están los elementos principales de la página del producto:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:17 +msgid "Many elements can be made visible from the *Customize* menu." +msgstr "" +"Muchos elementos se pueden hacer visibles desde el menú *Personalizar*." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:22 +msgid "See how to configure your products from links here below." +msgstr "" +"Ve cómo configurar tus productos desde los vínculos presentados abajo." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:26 +msgid ":doc:`../managing_products/variants`" +msgstr ":doc:`../managing_products/variants`" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:27 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/taxes`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:28 +msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/cross_selling`" +msgstr ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/cross_selling`" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:29 +msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/reviews`" +msgstr ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/reviews`" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:30 +msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`" +msgstr ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:31 +msgid ":doc:`../../website/optimize/seo`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../website/optimize/seo`" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products.rst:3 +msgid "Manage my products" +msgstr "Administrar mis productos" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:3 +msgid "How to display several images per product" +msgstr "Cómo mostrar varias imágenes por producto" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:5 +msgid "" +"By default your product web page displays the main image of your product " +"only. If you like to show your products under several angles, you can turn " +"the image into a carrousel." +msgstr "" +"De forma predeterminada, la página web de su producto sólo muestra la imagen" +" principal de tu producto. Si quieres mostrar tus productos bajo varios " +"ángulos, puedes convertir la imagen en un carrusel." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Check *Several images per product* in :menuselection:`Website Admin --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" +"Consulta *Varias imágenes por producto* en: selección de menú: " +"`Administrador Sitio Web -> Configuración -> Herramientas´." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Open a product detail form and upload images from *Images* tab. Hit *Create*" +" in Edit mode to get the upload wizard." +msgstr "" +"Abre un formulario de detalle del producto y carga imágenes desde la pestaña" +" *Imágenes*. Pulsa *Crear* en el modo de edición para obtener el asistente " +"de carga." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:19 +msgid "Such extra image are common to all the product variants (if any)." +msgstr "" +"Dicha imágen adicional es común para todas las variantes del producto (si " +"las hay)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage product variants" +msgstr "Cómo gestionar variantes de productos" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Product variants are used to offer variations of the same product to your " +"customers on the products page. For example, the customer chooses a T-shirt " +"and then selects its size and color. In the example below, the customer " +"chooses a phone, and then selects the memory; color and Wi-Fi band from the " +"available options." +msgstr "" +"Las variantes de productos son usadas para ofrecer a sus clientes " +"variaciones del mismo producto en la página de productos, por ejemplo si el " +"cliente elige una camiseta y luego selecciona la talla y el color. En el " +"ejemplo mostrado a continuación, de las opciones disponibles, el cliente " +"elige un teléfono y luego selecciona la memoria, el color y el ancho de " +"banda Wi-Fi." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:15 +msgid "How to create attributes & variants" +msgstr "Cómo crear atributos y variantes" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Turn on *Products can have several attributes, defining variants (Example: " +"size, color,...)* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`." +msgstr "" +"Activar *Los productos pueden tener varios atributos, definiendo variantes " +"(Ejemplo: tamaño, color,...)* en: menuselection:`Ventas--> Ajustes`." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:20 +msgid "Select a product from the Products list, go to the *Variants* tab." +msgstr "" +"Selecciona un producto de la lista de productos, ve a la pestaña " +"*Variantes*." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Add as many attributes as you need from 3 different types: radio buttons, " +"drop-down menu or color buttons. You get several variants as soon as there " +"are 2 values for 1 attribute." +msgstr "" +"Agregue tantos atributos como necesite de 3 tipos diferentes: botones de " +"opción, menús desplegables o botones de color. Obtendrá distintas variantes " +"tan pronto como tenga 2 valores por 1 atributo." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:30 +msgid "How to edit variants" +msgstr "Cómo editar variantes" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:32 +msgid "See all the variants from the product template detail form." +msgstr "" +"Ve todas las variantes del formulario de detalle de la plantilla del " +"producto." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:40 +msgid "You can edit following data:" +msgstr "Puedes editar los siguientes datos:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:42 +msgid "Picture (will update in real time on the website)," +msgstr "Imagen (se actualizará en tiempo real en el sitio web)," + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:43 +msgid "Barcode," +msgstr "Código de barra," + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:44 +msgid "Internal Reference (SKU #)," +msgstr "Referencia interna (SKU #)," + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:45 +msgid "Volume," +msgstr "Volumen," + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:46 +msgid "Weight," +msgstr "Peso," + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:47 +msgid "Active (available in quotes & website)." +msgstr "Activo (disponible en citas y sitio web)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Both the Barcode and the Internal Reference are variant-specific. You need " +"to populate them once the variants generated." +msgstr "" +"Tanto el código de barras como la referencia interna son específicos de cada" +" variante. Es necesario rellenarlos una vez generadas las variantes." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:54 +msgid "" +"See and edit all the variants from :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> " +"Product Variants` as well. This might be quicker if you manage lots of " +"variants." +msgstr "" +"También mire y edite todas las variantes de :menuselection;'Sales --> Sales " +"-->Product Variants'. Puede ser mas rápido si usted maneja muchas variantes." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:58 +msgid "How to set specific prices per variant" +msgstr "Cómo fijar precios específicos por variante" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:60 +msgid "" +"You can also set a specific public price per variant by clicking *Variant " +"Prices* in the product detail form (action in top-left corner)." +msgstr "" +"También puede configurar un precio publico específico por variante, al hacer" +" clic en \"Precios de las Variantes\" en el formulario de detalle del " +"producto (acción en la parte superior-izquierda)" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:66 +msgid "" +"The Price Extra is added to the product price whenever the corresponding " +"attribute value is selected." +msgstr "" +"El \"Precio Extra\" es agregado al precio del producto cuando el valor del " +"atributo correspondiente es seleccionado." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Pricelist formulas let you set advanced price computation methods for " +"product variants. See :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`." +msgstr "" +"Las fórmulas en las listas de precios le permiten configurar métodos de " +"cálculos de precios avanzados para las variantes de los productos. Ver " +":doc:'../maximzing_revenue/pricing’." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:80 +msgid "How to disable/archive variants" +msgstr "Cómo desactivar/archivar variantes" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:82 +msgid "" +"You can disable/archive specific variants so that they are no longer " +"available in quotes & website (not existing in your stock, deprecated, " +"etc.). Simply uncheck *Active* in their detail form." +msgstr "" +"Se pueden deshabilitar variantes específicas para que no estén disponibles " +"en cotizaciones u otras secciones del sitio web (variantes no en existencia," +" obsoletos, etc.). Simplemente desmarque la casilla 'Activar' en el " +"formulario de detalle." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To retrieve such archived items, hit *Archived* on searching the variants " +"list. You can reactivate them the same way." +msgstr "" +"Para recuperar ítems archivados, presione/haga clic en \"Archivado\" al " +"buscar en la lista de variantes. Las puede reactivar de la misma manera." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue.rst:3 +msgid "Maximize my revenue" +msgstr "Maximizar mis ganancias" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:3 +msgid "How to sell accessories and optional products (cross-selling)" +msgstr "Cómo vender accesorios y productos opcionales (venta cruzada)" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You sell computers. Why not stimulating your customers to buy a top-notch " +"screen or an extra-warranty? That's the goal of cross-selling " +"functionalities:" +msgstr "" +"Usted vende computadoras, por qué no estimular a sus clientes para que " +"compren una pantalla de primera categoría o adquieran extra garantía? Ese es" +" el objetivo de las funcionalidades de venta cruzada:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:8 +msgid "Accessory products on checkout page," +msgstr "Productos accesorios en la página de pago," + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Optional products on a new *Add to Cart* screen (not installed by default)." +msgstr "" +"Productos opcionales en una nueva ventana *Añadir a la compra* (no instalado" +" por defecto)" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:12 +msgid "Accessory products when checking out" +msgstr "Productos accesorios al pagar" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Accessories (e.g. for computers: mouse, keyboard) show up when the customer " +"reviews the cart before paying." +msgstr "" +"Los accesorios (por ejemplo para computadoras: el ratón, el teclado) " +"aparecen cuando el cliente revisa la cesta de compra antes de hacer el pago." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:20 +msgid "Select accessories in the *Sales* tab of the product detail page." +msgstr "" +"Selecciona accesorios en la pestaña *Ventas* de la página de detalles del " +"producto." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:26 +msgid "" +"There is an algorithm to figure out the best accessories to display in case " +"several items are added to cart. If any item is the accessory of several " +"products added to cart, it is most likely that it will be atop the list of " +"suggested accessories." +msgstr "" +"Existe un algoritmo para resolver cual es el mejor accesorio a mostrar, en " +"caso de que varios ítems sean agregados a la cesta de compra. Si algún ítem " +"es el accesorio de varios productos agregados a la cesta de compra, es muy " +"probable que se ubique en el top de la lista de accesorios sugeridos." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:31 +msgid "Optional products when adding to cart" +msgstr "Productos opcionales al agregar a la cesta de compra" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Optional products are directly related to the item added to cart (e.g. for " +"computers: warranty, OS software, extra components). Whenever the main " +"product is added to cart, such a new screen pops up as an extra step." +msgstr "" +"Los productos opcionales están directamente relacionados al ítem agregado a " +"la cesta de compra (por ejemplo, para computadoras: la garantía, el sistema " +"operativo, componentes extra). Cada vez que un producto primario es agregado" +" a la cesta de compra, una nueva ventana aparece como paso adicional." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:40 +msgid "To publish optional products:" +msgstr "Para publicar productos opcionales:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Install *eCommerce Optional Products* addon in *Apps* menu. Remove the " +"default filter to search on addons as well, otherwise only main apps show " +"up." +msgstr "" +"Instale el componente \"Productos Opcionales eCommerce\" en el menú " +"\"Apps\". También remueva el filtro por defecto para buscar componentes, de " +"lo contrario solo las aplicaciones principales aparecerán." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:48 +msgid "Select optional items from the *Sales* tab of the product detail form." +msgstr "" +"Seleccione ítems opcionales en la etiqueta \"ventas\" en el formulario de " +"detalle del producto." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The quantity of optional items added to cart is the same than the main item." +msgstr "" +"La cantidad de ítems opcionales agregados a la cesta de compra es la misma " +"que la del ítem principal." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:3 +msgid "Adapt prices to website visitors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:5 +msgid "" +"This section sheds light on pricing features found in the eCommerce app:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:7 +msgid "force a price by geo-localization," +msgstr "forzar un precio por geo-localización," + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:9 +msgid "let the customer choose the currency." +msgstr "dejar que el cliente elija la moneda." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:11 +msgid "" +"As a pre-requisite, check out how to managing product pricing: " +":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:15 +msgid "Geo-IP automatically applies the right price" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Assign country groups to your pricelists. That way, visitors who aren't " +"logged in yet will get their own currency when landing on your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:20 +msgid "Once logged in, they get the pricelist matching their country." +msgstr "" +"Una vez haya iniciado sesión, ellos obtendrán la lista de precios " +"equivalente a la de su país." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:23 +msgid "Currency selector" +msgstr "Selector de moneda" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In the case that you sell in several currencies, you can let your customers " +"choose their own. Check the *Selectable* box to add the pricelist to the " +"website drop-down menu, which can be found in *Pricelists* under the " +"*Products* menu, located in the Website application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:35 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:36 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:37 +msgid ":doc:`promo_code`" +msgstr ":doc:`promo_code`" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:3 +msgid "How to create & share promotional codes" +msgstr "Cómo crear y compartir códigos promocionales" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Want to boost your sales for Xmas? Share promocodes through your marketing " +"campaigns and apply any kind of discounts." +msgstr "" +"Quiere aumentar sus ventas para Navidad? Comparta códigos promocionales a " +"través de sus campañas de mercadeo y aplique cualquier tipo de descuentos." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:18 +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "Configurar" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings` and choose *Advanced pricing based" +" on formula* for *Sale Price*." +msgstr "" +"Ir a :menuselection:’Ventas --> Configuración’ y seleccionar \"Opciones " +"avanzadas de precios basado en formula\" para \"Precio de venta”." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website Admin --> Catalog --> Pricelists` and create a" +" new pricelist with the discount rule (see :doc:`pricing`). Then enter a " +"code." +msgstr "" +"Ir a :menuselection:`Administrador de Sitio Web --> Catálogo --> Lista de " +"Precios` y crear una nueva lista de precios con la regla de descuento (ver " +":doc:'pricing'). Luego ingrese un código." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Make the promocode field available on your *Shopping Cart* page (option in " +"*Customize* menu). Add a product to cart to reach it." +msgstr "" +"Active el campo de texto Promocode en la cesta de compra (La opcion se " +"encuentra en el menu \"Personalizar\"). Agregue un producto a la cesta de " +"compra para visualizarlo." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Once turned on you see a new section on the right side. On clicking *Apply* " +"prices get automatically updated in the cart." +msgstr "" +"Una vez activado verá una nueva sección en el lado derecho. Al seleccionar " +"*Aplicar* los precios serán actualizados automáticamente en la cartilla." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:33 +msgid "" +"The promocode used by the customer is stored in the system so you can " +"analyze the performance of your marketing campaigns." +msgstr "" +"El código promocional utilizado por el cliente se almacena en el sistema " +"para que puedas analizar el rendimiento de tus campañas de marketing." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:39 +msgid "Show sales per pricelists..." +msgstr "Muestra las ventas por lista de precios…" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:43 +msgid ":doc:`pricing`" +msgstr ":doc:`pricing`" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:3 +msgid "How to enable comments & rating" +msgstr "Cómo habilitar comentarios y calificación" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Publishing and monitoring customer experience will help you gain the trust " +"of new customers and better engage with your community. In 2 clicks, allow " +"your customer to share their feedback!" +msgstr "" +"Publicar y monitorear la experiencia del cliente lo ayudará a ganar la " +"confianza de nuevos clientes y a ser involucrados mejor con su comunidad. " +"¡En 2 clics, permites que su cliente comparta sus comentarios!" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Activate comments & rating from the *Customize* menu of the product web " +"page." +msgstr "" +"Active los comentarios y la calificación desde el menú *Personalizar* de la" +" página web del producto." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Visitors must log in to share their comments. Make sure they are able to do " +"so (see Portal documentation)." +msgstr "" +"Los visitantes deben iniciar sesión para compartir sus comentarios. " +"Asegúrese de que puedan hacerlo (consulte la documentación del Portal)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:25 +msgid "Review the posts in real time" +msgstr "Revisa las publicaciones en tiempo real" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Whenever a post is published, the product manager and all the product " +"followers get notified in their Inbox (*Discuss* menu)." +msgstr "" +"Cada vez que se publica una publicación, el gerente de producto y todos los " +"seguidores del producto reciben una notificación en su bandeja de entrada " +"(menú *Discusión*)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:34 +msgid "" +"By default the user who created the product is automatically set as " +"follower." +msgstr "" +"De forma predeterminada, el usuario que creó el producto se establece " +"automáticamente como seguidor." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Click the product name to open the detail form and review the comment (in " +"the product discussion thread)." +msgstr "" +"Haga clic en el nombre del producto para abrir el formulario de detalles y " +"revisar el comentario (en el hilo de discusión del producto)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:43 +msgid "Moderate & unpublish" +msgstr "Moderar y anular la publicación" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:45 +msgid "" +"You can easily moderate by using the chatter, either in the product detail " +"form or on the web page." +msgstr "" +"Puede moderar fácilmente utilizando la charla, ya sea en el formulario de " +"detalles del producto o en la página web." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To unpublish the post, open the product web page and click the *Published* " +"button to turn it red (*Unpublished*)." +msgstr "" +"Para anular la publicación de la publicación, abra la página web del " +"producto y haga clic en el botón *Publicado* para que se vuelva rojo (*No " +"publicado*)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:56 +msgid "..tip::" +msgstr "..tip::" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:55 +msgid "" +"You can access the web page from the detail form by clicking the *Published*" +" smart button (and vice versa)." +msgstr "" +"Puede acceder a la página web desde el formulario de detalles haciendo clic " +"en el botón inteligente *Publicado* (y viceversa)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:3 +msgid "How to sell pricier alternative products (upselling)" +msgstr "Cómo vender productos alternativos más caros (venta adicional)" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In order to maximize your revenue, suggesting pricier alternative products " +"is strongly advised for basic items. That way, your customer will spend more" +" time browsing your catalog." +msgstr "" +"Para maximizar sus ingresos, sugerir productos alternativos más costosos es " +"altamente recomendable para artículos básicos. De esa manera, su cliente " +"pasará más tiempo navegando por su catálogo." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:12 +msgid "To do so:" +msgstr "Para hacerlo:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Select such *Alternative Products* in the *Sales* tab of the product detail " +"form. 3 alternatives are fine! Don't publish too many otherwise your " +"customers will be confused." +msgstr "" +"Seleccione tales *Productos alternativos* en la pestaña *Ventas* del " +"formulario de detalles del producto. ¡3 alternativas están bien! No publique" +" demasiados, de lo contrario sus clientes se confundirán." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Turn on *Alternative Products* from the *Customize* menu of the product web " +"page." +msgstr "" +"Active *Productos alternativos* desde el menú *Personalizar* de la página " +"web del producto." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/publish.rst:3 +msgid "Launch my website" +msgstr "Lanzar mi sitio web" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience.rst:3 +msgid "Get paid" +msgstr "Recibir pagos" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:3 +msgid "Manage orders paid with Payment Acquirers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The moment a payment is officially authorized by a Payment Acquirer, Odoo " +"*automatically* confirms the order, which triggers the delivery. And, if you" +" invoice based on ordered quantities, you are requested to invoice the " +"order, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Let’s take a closer look at how to manage orders paid with Payment " +"Acquirers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:12 +msgid "Checking the status of a payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To check the status of a payment, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Orders " +"--> Orders`. Then, simply click on the order you wish to check on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Once you are on the Sales Order page, you will find the payment is confirmed" +" with an automatic note in the *Chatter*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If the user decides to create an invoice, the payment is directly " +"reconciled. This note in the *Chatter* includes a link to the Payment entry," +" which contains various details about the transaction, along with a link to " +"the related Journal Entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Specific messages are provided to your customers for every payment status " +"whenever they are redirected to Odoo after the transaction. To edit these " +"messages, go to the *Messages* tab of the payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:38 +msgid "Automatically generate invoices at order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:40 +msgid "" +"When the order is confirmed, you can also choose to have an invoice " +"automatically issued and paid. This fully-automated feature is designed for " +"businesses that invoice orders right away." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:47 +msgid "To do automatically generate invoices at order:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Invoicing`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Then, under the **Invoicing Policy** option, select *Invoice what is " +"ordered*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:47 +msgid "Then activate *Automatic Invoices* and *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:54 +msgid "Capture payment after the delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:56 +msgid "" +"If the acquirer handling the payment is configured to capture amounts " +"manually, the order is confirmed, but the amount is kept on hold. Once the " +"delivery is processed, you can capture the payment from the related Sales " +"Order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:61 +msgid ":doc:`../../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers`" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:62 +msgid "" +":ref:`Payment Acquirers: Place a hold on a card " +"<payment_acquirers/capture_amount>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:3 +msgid "How customers can access their customer account" +msgstr "¿Cómo los clientes pueden acceder a su cuenta?" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:5 +msgid "" +"It has never been so easy for your customers to access their customer " +"account. Forget endless signup forms, Odoo makes it as easy as ABC. They are" +" suggested to sign up (name, email, password) when the order is placed, and " +"not before. Indeed, nothing is more annoying than going through a signup " +"process before buying something." +msgstr "" +"Nunca ha sido tan fácil para sus clientes acceder a su cuenta de cliente. " +"Olvídese de los infinitos formularios de registro, Odoo lo hace tan fácil " +"como ABC. Se sugiere que se registren (nombre, correo electrónico, " +"contraseña) cuando se realiza el pedido y no antes. De hecho, nada es más " +"molesto que pasar por un proceso de registro antes de comprar algo." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:14 +msgid "Sign up" +msgstr "Registrarse" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The invitation to sign up shows up when the customer wants to visualize the " +"order from order confirmation email." +msgstr "" +"La invitación a registrarse aparece cuando el cliente quiere visualizar el " +"pedido desde el correo electrónico de confirmación del pedido." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:23 +msgid "Customer account" +msgstr "Cuenta del cliente" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Once logged in the customer will access the account by clicking *My Account*" +" in the login dropdown menu." +msgstr "" +"Una vez que haya iniciado sesión, el cliente accederá a la cuenta haciendo " +"clic en *Mi cuenta* en el menú desplegable de inicio de sesión." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:31 +msgid "" +"THere they find all their history. The main address (billing) can also be " +"modified." +msgstr "" +"Allí encuentran toda su historia. La dirección principal (facturación) " +"también se puede modificar." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:37 +msgid "" +"If the customer is set as a contact of a company in your address book, they " +"will see all the documents whose the customer belongs to this company." +msgstr "" +"Si el cliente está configurado como contacto de una empresa en su libreta de" +" direcciones, verá todos los documentos cuyo cliente pertenece a esta " +"empresa." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/taxes.rst:3 +msgid "Collect taxes" +msgstr "Impuestos recaudados" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:4 +msgid "Live Chat" +msgstr "Charla en vivo" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:6 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Información general" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:3 +msgid "Get Started with Live Chat" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Live Chat has the highest satisfaction rating of any communication tool. It " +"allows fast responses and it is accessible and convenient, as your customers" +" can keep doing what they are doing while interacting with you. Remember: " +"your customers want to talk to you, so let's make it easy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:10 +msgid "Set up" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Once *Live Chat* is installed on your database, if your website was created " +"with Odoo, the application is automatically added to it. All that is left to" +" do is to go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> " +"Live Chat`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Select the channel to be linked to your website or create one on the fly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:27 +msgid "For both scenarios, under:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:30 +msgid "" +"- **Operators**: add agents to respond to the chat requests. Add as many as " +"you like, and keep in mind that operators that do not show any activity in " +"Odoo for more than 30min are considered disconnected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:33 +msgid "" +"- **Options**: set the default text to be shown on the live chat button; an " +"automated welcome message to be seen by visitors when a conversation is " +"initiated, and the text that prompts the user to initiate a chat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:36 +msgid "" +"- **Channel Rules**: choose an action for a given URL, and/or per country. " +"In the example below, the chat window automatically pops-up 3 seconds after " +"users (from any country) land on the contact us page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:43 +msgid "" +"GeoIP, which refers to the process of finding a computer terminal’s " +"geographical location by its IP address, must be installed on your server. " +"Otherwise, under *Channel Rules*, countries are not taken into account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:48 +msgid "External options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If your website was not created with Odoo, you can find the code to be added" +" to your own, under the *Widget* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Odoo also offers an URL you can send to users so they can have access to a " +"single live chat page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:59 +msgid "Managing chat requests" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Conversations initiated by visitors pop up as a direct message, and are " +"shown in *Discuss*. Therefore, inquiries can be answered wherever you are in" +" Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Conversations are dispatched based on the current workload of the online " +"operators." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:72 +msgid "Leave or join a channel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, access your " +"channel under *Live Chat*, and *Join Channel* or *Leave Channel*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:48 +msgid ":doc:`ratings`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:45 +msgid ":doc:`responses`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:3 +msgid "Ratings" +msgstr "Valoraciones" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Giving users the opportunity to rate their interactions can help you " +"improving the experience you offer. That means staying on top of your " +"customers' needs, besides keeping track of your operators’ performances." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:10 +msgid "Customer Rating" +msgstr "Valoración del cliente" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Once the user chooses to close the chat window, he can rate his interaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If the user is *Not satisfied* or *Highly dissatisfied*, a field allowing " +"for an explanation is shown." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:15 +msgid "A copy of the conversation can also be sent by email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:22 +msgid "The rating is shown on the chat window itself for the operator." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:28 +msgid "And under :menuselection:`Report --> Customer Ratings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:35 +msgid "Make the rating public" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, access your " +"channel form, click on *Go to Website* and on *Unpublished*, to publish the " +"rating of that channel on your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:3 +msgid "Commands and Canned Responses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Using canned responses can help you save time and have a previous, well-" +"thought response, to some of your most common questions and comments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:9 +msgid "Use commands" +msgstr "Usar comandos" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Commands are shortcuts that do specific actions within the chat window:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:13 +msgid "**/help**: shows a help message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:14 +msgid "**/helpdesk**: creates a helpdesk ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:15 +msgid "**/helpdesk_search**: searches for a helpdesk ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:16 +msgid "**/history**: shows the last 15 visited pages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:17 +msgid "**/lead**: creates a new lead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:18 +msgid "**/leave**: leaves the channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:0 +msgid "" +"- For *helpdesk tickets*: make sure the application is installed on your " +"database and the option *Live Chat* under :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> " +"Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` is enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:0 +msgid "" +"- For *leads*: the *CRM* application must be installed on your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To access the ticket or lead created from the chat, click on the shortcut " +"link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Helpdesk tickets created from the chat automatically add the conversation as" +" a description of the ticket. The same goes for the creation of a lead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:37 +msgid "Send canned responses" +msgstr "Enviar respuestas guardadas" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Canned responses allow you to have a full piece of text being placed when " +"you type a shortcut word. To create them, go to :menuselection:`Live Chat " +"--> Configuration --> Canned Responses`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To use them during a conversation, simply type **:** followed by the " +"shortcut word you created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website.rst:4 +msgid "Website" +msgstr "Sitio web" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize.rst:3 +msgid "Optimize" +msgstr "Optimizar" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:3 +msgid "How to track your website's traffic in Google Analytics" +msgstr "" +"Cómo realizar el seguimiento del tráfico de tu sitio web en Google Analytics" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:5 +msgid "To follow your website's traffic with Google Analytics:" +msgstr "" +"Para hacer seguimiento del tráfico de tu página web con Google Analytics:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:7 +msgid "" +"`Create a Google Analytics account <https://www.google.com/analytics/>`__ if" +" you don't have any." +msgstr "" +"`Crea una cuenta en Google Analytics <https://www.google.com/analytics/>`__ " +"si no tienes una." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Go through the creation form and accept the conditions to get the tracking " +"ID." +msgstr "" +"Revisa la forma de creación y acepta las condiciones para obtener la " +"identificación de seguimiento." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:15 +msgid "Copy the tracking ID to insert it in Odoo." +msgstr "Copia la identificación de seguimiento para insertarla en Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Go to the *Configuration* menu of your Odoo's Website app. In the settings, " +"turn on Google Analytics and paste the tracking ID. Then save the page." +msgstr "" +"Ve al menú de *Configuración* en la aplicación de página web. En los " +"ajustes, enciende Google Analytics y pega la identificación de seguimiento. " +"Luego guarda la página." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To make your first steps in Google Analytics, refer to `Google Documentation" +" <https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/1008015?hl=en/>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:32 +msgid ":doc:`google_analytics_dashboard`" +msgstr ":doc:`google_analytics_dashboard`" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:3 +msgid "How to track your website traffic from your Odoo Dashboard" +msgstr "Como monitorear el tráfico de tu página web desde el tablero de Odoo" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You can follow your traffic statistics straight from your Odoo Website " +"Dashboard thanks to Google Analytics." +msgstr "" +"Puedes monitorear las estadísticas directamente del panel de control de tu " +"página web de Odoo gracias a Google Analytics." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:8 +msgid "" +"A preliminary step is creating a Google Analytics account and entering the " +"tracking ID in your Website's settings (see :doc:`google_analytics`)." +msgstr "" +"Un paso preliminar es crear una cuenta en Google Analytics y registrar la " +"identificación de seguimiento en los ajustes de tu página web (ve " +":doc:`google_analytics`)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to `Google APIs platform <https://console.developers.google.com>`__ to " +"generate Analytics API credentials. Log in with your Google account." +msgstr "" +"Ve a la plataforma `Google APIs <https://console.developers.google.com>`__ " +"para generar credenciales analíticas API. Inicia sesión con tu cuenta de " +"Google." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:14 +msgid "Select Analytics API." +msgstr "Selecciona Analíticas API." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Create a new project and give it a name (e.g. Odoo). This project is needed " +"to store your API credentials." +msgstr "" +"Crea un nuevo proyecto y asígnale un nombre (p.e. Odoo). Este proyecto se " +"necesita para almacenar las credenciales de tu API." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:25 +msgid "Enable the API." +msgstr "Activa el API" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:30 +msgid "Create credentials to use in Odoo." +msgstr "Crear credenciales para usar en Odoo" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Select *Web browser (Javascript)* as calling source and *User data* as kind " +"of data." +msgstr "" +"Selecciona *Web browser (Javascript)* como fuente de llamada y *User data* " +"como tipo de data." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Then you can create a Client ID. Enter the name of the application (e.g. " +"Odoo) and the allowed pages on which you will be redirected. The *Authorized" +" JavaScript origin* is your Odoo's instance URL. The *Authorized redirect " +"URI* is your Odoo's instance URL followed by " +"'/google_account/authentication'." +msgstr "" +"A continuación puedes crear una ID de cliente. Introduce el nombre de la " +"aplicación (p.e. Odoo) y las páginas permitidas a las que te redirigirá. El " +"origen autorizado de JavaScript es la URL de tu instancia de Odoo. La URI de" +" redirección autorizada es la URL de tu instancia de Odoo seguida de " +"'/google_account/authentication'." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Go through the Consent Screen step by entering a product name (e.g. Google " +"Analytics in Odoo). Feel free to check the customizations options but this " +"is not mandatory. The Consent Screen will only show up when you enter the " +"Client ID in Odoo for the first time." +msgstr "" +"Revisa el paso de la pantalla de acceso registrando el nombre de un producto" +" (e.j. Google Analytics en Odoo). Puedes revisar las opciones de " +"customización pero no es obligación. La pantalla de acceso solo aparecerá " +"cuando ingreses la identificación en Odoo por primera vez." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Finally you are provided with your Client ID. Copy and paste it in Odoo." +msgstr "" +"Finalmente, se te provee la identificación de tu cliente para que Copies y " +"pegues en Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Open your Website Dashboard in Odoo and link your Analytics account to past " +"your Client ID." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:67 +msgid "As a last step, authorize Odoo to access Google API." +msgstr "Como último paso, autoriza a Odoo para acceder a API Google." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:3 +msgid "Track clicks and visitors using Link Trackers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Link Trackers allow you to track your marketing campaigns (emails, banner " +"ads, blog posts, social media posts, affiliate links, etc.). This way, you " +"are able to identify your best traffic sources and make informed decisions " +"about the distribution of your marketing budget." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:10 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Configuración" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate " +"*Link Trackers*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:19 +msgid "Set up traceable URLs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Go to website --> Promote --> Track this " +"page`. Here, you are able to get a specific tracked URL based on the " +"campaign, medium, and source being used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:28 +msgid "" +"**URL**: url of the page you want to track (e.g. the home page or a " +"product's page)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:29 +msgid "**Campaign**: context of your link (e.g. a special promotion)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:30 +msgid "" +"**Medium**: channel used to share (deliver) your link (e.g. an email or a " +"Facebook ad)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:31 +msgid "" +"**Source**: platform where the traffic originates (e.g. Google or Twitter)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Now, click on *Get tracked link* to generate a URL that you can post or send" +" by the source you have decided on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:37 +msgid "Follow-up on tracked links" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To look at statistics of your links, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Go to" +" website --> Promote --> Track this page`. Besides being able to see the " +"*Most Clicked* and *Recently Used* links, you can also see complete " +"statistics by clicking on *Stats*, including the number of clicks, and the " +"country of origin for those clicks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:50 +msgid "You can also access the link tracker on *odoo.com/r* via your browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Activate the developer mode (:menuselection:`Settings --> Activate the " +"developer mode`) and get access to the *Link Tracker* module and its back-" +"end functionalities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Integrated with :doc:`Google Analytics <google_analytics>`, those trackers " +"allow you to see the number of clicks and visitors to keep you on top of " +"your marketing campaigns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The integration with the :doc:`CRM " +"</applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits>` application allows " +"you to understand where your leads and opportunities are coming from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:3 +msgid "How to do Search Engine Optimisation (SEO) in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Search Engine Optimization (SEO) is a set of good practices to optimize your" +" website so that you get a better ranking in search engines like Google. In " +"short, a good SEO allows you to get more visitors." +msgstr "" +"Buscar Optimización de Motor (SEO) es un paquete de buenas practicas para " +"optimizar su sitio web tanto que tendrá un mejor nivel en motores de " +"búsquedas como Google. En corto, un buen SEO permite que tenga mas " +"visitantes." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Some examples of SEO rules: your web pages should load fast, your page " +"should have one and only one title ``<h1>``, meta tags (alt-tag, title-tag) " +"should be consistent with the content, your website should have a " +"``/sitemap.xml`` file, etc." +msgstr "" +"Algunos ejemplos de de reglas SEO: tu pagina web deberá cargar rápidamente, " +"tu pagina deberá tener uno y solamente un titulo``<h1>``, las meta etiquetas" +" (alt-tag, title-tag) deberán ser consistentes con el contenido, tu sitio " +"web deberá tener un archivo ``/sitemap.xml``, etc" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To guarantee Odoo Website and Odoo eCommerce users have a great SEO, Odoo " +"abstracts all the technical complexities of SEO and handles everything for " +"you, in the best possible way. This will be explained here below." +msgstr "" +"Para garantizar que los usuarios de Odoo Web y Odoo eCommerce tengan un " +"gran SEO, Odoo deshace todas las complejidades técnicas de SEO y maneja todo" +" por ti en la mejor manera posible. Esto sera explicado aquí abajo." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:20 +msgid "" +"But first, let see how you can easily boost your ranking by finetuning the " +"content and the meta tags of your website." +msgstr "" +"Pero primero, veremos como aumentar el ranking haciendo ajustes de contenido" +" y de las meta etiquetas de tu sitio." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:24 +msgid "Meta Tags" +msgstr "Meta etiquetas" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:27 +msgid "Title, Description" +msgstr "Titulo, descripción " + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Every web page should define the ``<title>`` and ``<description>`` meta " +"data. These information elements are used by search engines to promote your " +"website. They are automatically generated based on page title & content, but" +" you can finetune them. Make sure they fit the content of the page, " +"otherwise you will be downgraded by search engines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:39 +msgid "Keywords" +msgstr "Palabras clave" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In order to write quality content and boost your traffic, Odoo provides a " +"``<keyword>`` finder. Those keywords are the searches you want to head " +"towards your website. For each keyword, you see how it is used in the " +"content (H1, H2, page title, page description, page content) and what are " +"the related searches in Google. The more keywords are used the better." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If your website is in multiple languages, you can use the Promote tool for " +"every language of a single page and set specific title, description and " +"search tags." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:55 +msgid "Content is King" +msgstr "El contenido es el rey" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:57 +msgid "" +"When it comes to SEO, content is usually king. Odoo provides several modules" +" to help you build your website content:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:60 +msgid "**Odoo Blogs**: write great contents." +msgstr "**Blogs Odoo**: escribir buenos contenidos." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:62 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Slides**: publish all your Powerpoint or PDF presentations. Their " +"content is automatically indexed on the web page. Example: `odoo.com/slides" +"/public-channel-1 <https://www.odoo.com/slides/public-channel-1>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:66 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Forum**: let your community create contents for you. Example: " +"`odoo.com/forum/1 <https://odoo.com/forum/1>`_ (accounts for 30% of Odoo.com" +" landing pages)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:70 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Mailing List Archive**: publish mailing list archives on your " +"website. Example: `odoo.com/groups/community-59 " +"<https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59>`_ (1000 pages created per month)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:76 +msgid "" +"The 404 page is a regular page, that you can edit like any other page in " +"Odoo. That way, you can build a great 404 page to redirect to the top " +"content of your website when visitors get lost in invalid URLs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:81 +msgid "Use Social Networks" +msgstr "Utilizar Redes Sociales" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Social media is built for mass sharing. If lots of people share your content" +" on social media, then it's likely more people will link to it, and links " +"are a huge factor for SEO ranking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:87 +msgid "Odoo embeds several tools to share content through social media:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:90 +msgid "Social Network" +msgstr "Red Social" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows to link all your social network accounts in your website footer." +" All you have to do is to refer all your accounts in your company settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:99 +msgid "Social Share" +msgstr "Compartir social" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Drop the building block *Share* on any page you want your visitors to share." +" By clicking the icon, they are prompted to share the page in their social " +"media wall." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Most social media use a picture of the picture to decorate the share post. " +"Odoo uses the website logo by default but you can choose any other image of " +"your page in the Promote tool." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:116 +msgid "Facebook Page" +msgstr "Página de Facebook" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Drop the building block *Facebook Page* to display a widget of your Facebook" +" business page and encourage visitors to follow it. You can display the " +"timeline, the next events and the messages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:123 +msgid "Twitter Scroller" +msgstr "Panel de Twitter" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:125 +msgid "" +"Display the Twitter feeds with customer satifaction on your website. This " +"will increase the number of tweets and shares." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:129 +msgid "Test Your Website" +msgstr "Pruebe su sitio Web " + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:131 +msgid "" +"You can compare how your website rank, in terms of SEO, against Odoo using " +"WooRank free services: `woorank.com <https://www.woorank.com>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:136 +msgid "URLs Handling" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:138 +msgid "This section sheds some light on how Odoo makes URLs SEO-friendly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:141 +msgid "URLs Structure" +msgstr "Estructura de las URL" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:143 +msgid "A typical Odoo URL will look like this:" +msgstr "Una URL típica de Odoo se muestra como la siguiente:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:145 +msgid "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/my-great-product-31" +msgstr "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/my-great-product-31" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:147 +msgid "With the following components:" +msgstr "Con los siguientes componentes:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:149 +msgid "**https://** = Protocol" +msgstr "**https://** = Protocolo" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:151 +msgid "**www.mysite.com** = your domain name" +msgstr "**www.mysite.com** = su nombre de dominio" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:153 +msgid "" +"**/fr\\_FR** = page language. This part of the URL is removed if the visitor" +" browses the main language of the website Thus, the main version of this " +"page is: https://www.mysite.com/shop/product/my-great-product-31" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:158 +msgid "" +"**/shop/product** = every module defines its own namespace (/shop is for the" +" catalog of the eCommerce module, /shop/product is for a product page)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:162 +msgid "" +"**my-great-product** = by default, this is the slugified title of the " +"product this page refers to. But you can customize it for SEO purposes. A " +"product named \"Pain carré\" will be slugified to \"pain-carre\". Depending " +"on the namespace, this could be different objects (blog post, page title, " +"forum post, forum comment, product category, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:169 +msgid "**-31** = the unique ID of the product" +msgstr "**-31** = ID único del producto" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:171 +msgid "" +"Note that any dynamic component of an URL can be reduced to its ID. As an " +"example, the following URLs all do a 301 redirect to the above URL:" +msgstr "" +"Note que cualquier componente dinámico de una URL puede ser reducido a su " +"ID. Como ejemplo, las siguientes URLs todas hacen una redirección 301 a la " +"URL anterior:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:174 +msgid "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (short version)" +msgstr "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (short version)" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:176 +msgid "http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (even shorter version)" +msgstr "http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (versión aún más corta)" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:178 +msgid "" +"http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/other-product-name-31 (old product " +"name)" +msgstr "" +"http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/other-product-name-31 (nombre " +"anterior del producto)" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:181 +msgid "" +"Some URLs have several dynamic parts, like this one (a blog category and a " +"post):" +msgstr "" +"Algunas URLs tienen varias partes dinámicas, como este (una categoría de " +"blog y una publicación):" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:184 +msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/company-news-5/post/the-odoo-story-56" +msgstr "https://www.odoo.com/blog/company-news-5/post/the-odoo-story-56" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:186 +msgid "In the above example:" +msgstr "En el ejemplo anterior:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:188 +msgid "*Company News* is the title of the blog" +msgstr "*Noticias de la Compañía* es el título del blog" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:190 +msgid "*The Odoo Story* is the title of a specific blog post" +msgstr "*La historia de Odoo* es el título de una entrada concreta del blog" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:192 +msgid "" +"When an Odoo page has a pager, the page number is set directly in the URL " +"(does not have a GET argument). This allows every page to be indexed by " +"search engines. Example:" +msgstr "" +"Cuando una página de Odoo tiene un paginador, el número de página es " +"configurado directamente en la URL (no tiene un argumento GET). Esto permite" +" que cada página sea indexada por los motores de búsqueda. Ejemplo:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:196 +msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/page/3" +msgstr "https://www.odoo.com/blog/page/3" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:199 +msgid "Changes in URLs & Titles" +msgstr "Cambios en URLs y Títulos" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:201 +msgid "" +"When the URL of a page changes (e.g. a more SEO friendly version of your " +"product name), you don't have to worry about updating all links:" +msgstr "" +"Cuando la URL de una página cambia (ej. a versión SEO más amigable de su " +"nombre de producto), no necesita preocuparse de actualizar todos los " +"vinculos:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:204 +msgid "Odoo will automatically update all its links to the new URL." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:206 +msgid "" +"If external websites still points to the old URL, a 301 redirect will be " +"done to route visitors to the new address of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:209 +msgid "As an example, this URL:" +msgstr "Como ejemplo. esta URL:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:211 +msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/old-product-name-31" +msgstr "http://mysite.com/shop/product/old-product-name-31" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:213 +msgid "Will automatically redirect to:" +msgstr "Se redigirá automáticamente a:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:215 +msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/new-and-better-product-name-31" +msgstr "http://mysite.com/shop/product/new-and-better-product-name-31" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:217 +msgid "" +"In short, just change the title of a blog post or the name of a product, and" +" the changes will apply automatically everywhere in your website. The old " +"link still functions when used by external websites, via a 301 redirect, " +"maintaining the SEO link juice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:223 +msgid "HTTPS" +msgstr "HTTPS" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:225 +msgid "" +"Search engines boost ranking of secure HTTPS/SSL websites. So, by default " +"all Odoo Online instances are fully based on HTTPS. If the visitor accesses " +"your website through a non HTTPS url, it gets a 301 redirect to its HTTPS " +"equivalent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:231 +msgid "Links: Nofollow Strategy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:233 +msgid "" +"The more a page is linked from external and quality websites, the better it " +"is for your SEO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:236 +msgid "Here are Odoo strategies to manage links:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:238 +msgid "" +"Every link you add to your website is \"dofollow\", which means that this " +"link will contribute to the SEO Juice for the linked page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:242 +msgid "" +"Every link posted by a contributor (forum post, blog comment, etc.) that " +"links to your own website is \"dofollow\" too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:245 +msgid "" +"But every link posted by a contributor that links to an external website is " +"\"nofollow\". In that way, you do not run the risk of people posting links " +"on your website to third-party websites which have a bad reputation." +msgstr "" +"Pero cada vinculado publicado por un contribuidor que vincula a una página " +"web externa es \"noseguido\". En ese caso, no ejecuta el riesgo de gente " +"publicando vinculos en su página web to páginas web de terceras-partes las " +"cuales tienen mala reputación." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:250 +msgid "" +"Note that, when using the forum, contributors having a lot of Karma can be " +"trusted. In such case, their links will not have any ``rel=\"nofollow\"`` " +"attribute." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:255 +msgid "Multi-Language Support" +msgstr "Soporte multi-idioma" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:258 +msgid "Multi-Language URLs" +msgstr "URLs multi-idioma" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:260 +msgid "" +"If you run a website in multiple languages, the same content will be " +"available in different URLs, depending on the language used:" +msgstr "" +"Si ejecuta un sitio web en varios idiomas, el mismo contenido estará " +"disponible en diferentes direcciones URL, dependiendo del idioma utilizado:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:263 +msgid "" +"https://www.mywebsite.com/shop/product/my-product-1 (main language, English " +"here)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:265 +msgid "" +"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1 (French " +"version)" +msgstr "" +"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1 (Versión " +"francesa)" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:267 +msgid "" +"In this example, fr\\_FR is the language of the page. You can even have " +"several variations of the same language: pt\\_BR (Portuguese from Brazil) , " +"pt\\_PT (Portuguese from Portugal)." +msgstr "" +"En este ejemplo, fr\\_FR es el idioma de la página. Puede incluso tener " +"muchas variaciones del mismo idioma pt\\_BR (Portugués de Brazil) , pt\\_PT " +"(Portugués de Portugal)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:272 +msgid "Language Annotation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:274 +msgid "" +"To let search engines know that the second URL is the French translation of " +"the first URL, Odoo will add an HTML link element in the header. In the HTML" +" <head> section of the main version, Odoo automatically adds a link element " +"pointing to the translated versions of that webpage;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:279 +msgid "" +"<link rel=\"alternate\" hreflang=\"fr\" " +"href=\"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1\"/>" +msgstr "" +"<link rel=\"alternate\" hreflang=\"fr\" " +"href=\"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1\"/>" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:282 +msgid "With this approach:" +msgstr "Con este enfoque:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:284 +msgid "" +"Search engines will redirect to the right language according to the visitor " +"language." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:287 +msgid "" +"You do not get penalized by search engines if your page is not translated " +"yet. Indeed, it's not a duplicated content, but a different version of the " +"same content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:292 +msgid "Language Detection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:294 +msgid "" +"When a visitor lands for the first time on your website (e.g. " +"yourwebsite.com/shop), they may automatically be redirected to a translated " +"version according to their browser language preference (e.g. " +"yourwebsite.com/fr\\_FR/shop)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:299 +msgid "" +"Next time, it keeps a cookie of the current language to avoid any " +"redirection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:302 +msgid "" +"To force a visitor to stick to the default language, you can use the code of" +" the default language in your link, example: yourwebsite.com/en\\_US/shop. " +"This will always land visitors to the English version of the page, without " +"using the browser language preferences." +msgstr "" +"Para forzar a un visitante a mantenerse en el idioma por defecto, puede usar" +" el código del idioma por defecto en su vinculo, ejemplo: " +"yourwebsite.com/en\\_US/shop. Esto siempre aterrizará a los visitantes en la" +" versión en Inglés de la página, sin usar las preferencias de idioma del " +"navegador." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:309 +msgid "Page Speed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:312 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "Introducción" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:314 +msgid "" +"The time to load a page is an important criteria for search engines. A " +"faster website not only improves your visitor's experience, but gives you a " +"better page ranking. Some studies have shown that, if you divide the time to" +" load your pages by two (e.g. 2 seconds instead of 4 seconds), the visitor " +"abandonment rate is also divided by two. (25% to 12.5%). One extra second to" +" load a page could `cost $1.6b to Amazon in sales " +"<http://www.fastcompany.com/1825005/how-one-second-could-cost-amazon-16" +"-billion-sales>`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:325 +msgid "" +"Fortunately, Odoo does all the magic for you. Below, you will find the " +"tricks Odoo uses to speed up your page loading time. You can compare how " +"your website ranks using these two tools:" +msgstr "" +"Afortunadamente, Odoo hace toda la magia por ti. Debajo, encontraras los " +"trucos que Odoo usa para acelerar el tiempo de carga de su página. Puedes " +"comparar como su sitio web ordena usando estas dos herramientas:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:329 +msgid "" +"`Google Page Speed " +"<https://developers.google.com/speed/pagespeed/insights/>`__" +msgstr "" +"`Google Page Speed " +"<https://developers.google.com/speed/pagespeed/insights/>`__" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:331 +msgid "`Pingdom Website Speed Test <http://tools.pingdom.com/fpt/>`__" +msgstr "" +"`Pingdom sitio para test de velocidad <http://tools.pingdom.com/fpt/>`__" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:334 +msgid "Images" +msgstr "Imagenes" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:336 +msgid "" +"When you upload new images, Odoo automatically compresses them to reduce " +"their sizes (lossless compression for .PNG and .GIF and lossy compression " +"for .JPG)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:340 +msgid "" +"From the upload button, you have the option to keep the original image " +"unmodified if you prefer to optimize the quality of the image rather than " +"performance." +msgstr "" +"Desde el botón de cargar, tiene la opción de mantener la imagen original sin" +" modificar si prefiere optimizar la calidad de la imagen mas no el " +"rendimiento." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:348 +msgid "" +"Odoo compresses images when they are uploaded to your website, not when " +"requested by the visitor. Thus, it's possible that, if you use a third-party" +" theme, it will provide images that are not compressed efficiently. But all " +"images used in Odoo official themes have been compressed by default." +msgstr "" +"Odoo comprime imagenes al momento que las carga en su página web, no en el " +"momento qu un visitador los solicita. Por eso es posible en el caso de que " +"utilice un tema de terceros que las imagenes proveídos no son comprimidos de" +" manera eficiente. Sin embargo, todas las imagenes utilizadas en temas " +"oficiales de Odoo han sidos comprimidas debidamente por defecto." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:354 +msgid "" +"When you click on an image, Odoo shows you the Alt and title attributes of " +"the ``<img>`` tag. You can click on it to set your own title and Alt " +"attributes for the image." +msgstr "" +"Si hace clic en una imagen, Odoo le muestra los attributos Alt y título de " +"la etiqueta ``<img>`` . Puede dar cic para configurar su propio attributo " +"título y Alt para la imagen." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:361 +msgid "When you click on this link, the following window will appear:" +msgstr "Cuando hace clic en este enlace, la siguente ventana aparecerá:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:366 +msgid "" +"Odoo's pictograms are implemented using a font (`Font Awesome " +"<https://fortawesome.github.io/Font-Awesome/icons/>`__ in most Odoo themes)." +" Thus, you can use as many pictograms as you want in your page, they will " +"not result in extra requests to load the page." +msgstr "" +"Los pictrogramas de Odoo han sido implementados utilizando une fuente (`Font" +" Awesome <https://fortawesome.github.io/Font-Awesome/icons/>`__ en la " +"mayoría de temas Odoo). Por ende, puede utilizarlos sin limitaciones en su " +"página. No resultaran en rqeusts addicionales para cargar la página." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:375 +msgid "Static Resources: CSS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:377 +msgid "" +"All CSS files are pre-processed, concatenated, minified, compressed and " +"cached (server-side and browser-side). The result:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:380 +msgid "only one CSS file request is needed to load a page" +msgstr "" +"Solo una solicitud de archivo CSS, es necesario para cargar una página." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:382 +msgid "" +"this CSS file is shared and cached amongst pages, so that when the visitor " +"clicks on another page, the browser doesn't have to even load a single CSS " +"resource." +msgstr "" +"este archivo CSS está en la caché compartida entre las páginas, de modo que " +"cuando el usuario hace click en otra página, el navegador no tiene que " +"cargar un solo recurso CSS." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:386 +msgid "this CSS file is optimized to be small" +msgstr "Este archivo CSS es optimizado para ser pequeño" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:388 +msgid "" +"**Pre-processed:** The CSS framework used by Odoo is Bootstrap. Although a " +"theme might use another framework, most of `Odoo themes " +"<https://www.odoo.com/apps/themes>`__ extend and customize Bootstrap " +"directly. Since Odoo supports Less and Sass, you can modify CSS rules " +"instead of overwriting them through extra CSS lines, resulting in a smaller " +"file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:395 +msgid "" +"**Concatenated:** every module or library you might use in Odoo has its own " +"set of CSS, Less or Sass files (eCommerce, blogs, themes, etc.). Having " +"several CSS files is great for the modularity, but not good for the " +"performance because most browsers can only perform 6 requests in parallel " +"resulting in lots of files loaded in series. The latency time to transfer a " +"file is usually much longer than the actual data transfer time, for small " +"files like .JS and .CSS. Thus, the time to load CSS resources depends more " +"on the number of requests to be done than the actual file size." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:405 +msgid "" +"To address this issue, all CSS / Less / Sass files are concatenated into a " +"single .CSS file to send to the browser. So a visitor has **only one .CSS " +"file to load** per page, which is particularly efficient. As the CSS is " +"shared amongst all pages, when the visitor clicks on another page, the " +"browser does not even have to load a new CSS file!" +msgstr "" +"Para circumvenir este problema, tdos los archivos CSS / Less / Sass estan " +"siendo concatenados en uns solo archivo CSS que se envia hacia el navegador." +" En consequencia, un visitador, solo **necesita cargar un solo archivo CSS**" +" per página, algo especialmente eficiente. Como el CSS esta siendo " +"compartido entre todas las páginas, cuando un visitador hace clic en otra " +"página, ¡el navegador ni siquera debe recargar un nuevo archivo CSS!" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:412 +msgid "**Both files in the <head>**" +msgstr "**Ambos archivos en el <head>**" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:412 +msgid "**What the visitor gets (only one file)**" +msgstr "**Que obtiene el visitante (solo un archivo)**" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:414 +msgid "/\\* From bootstrap.css \\*/" +msgstr "/\\* From bootstrap.css \\*/" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:414 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:415 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:421 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:447 +msgid ".text-muted {" +msgstr ".text-muted {" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:415 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:422 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:448 +msgid "color: #666;" +msgstr "color: #666;" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:416 +msgid "color: #777;" +msgstr "color: #777;" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:416 +msgid "background: yellow" +msgstr "background: yellow" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:417 +msgid "background: yellow;" +msgstr "background: yellow;" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:417 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:418 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:423 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:449 +msgid "}" +msgstr "}" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:420 +msgid "/\\* From my-theme.css \\*/" +msgstr "/\\* From my-theme.css \\*/" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:426 +msgid "" +"The CSS sent by Odoo includes all CSS / Less / Sass of all pages / modules. " +"By doing this, additional page views from the same visitor will not have to " +"load CSS files at all. But some modules might include huge CSS/Javascript " +"resources that you do not want to prefetch at the first page because they " +"are too big. In this case, Odoo splits this resource into a second bundle " +"that is loaded only when the page using it is requested. An example of this " +"is the backend that is only loaded when the visitor logs in and accesses the" +" backend (/web)." +msgstr "" +"El archivo CSS enviado por Odoo incluye todos los CSS / Less / Sass de todas" +" las páginas y módulos. Haciendo esto, visitas de páginas addiciónales del " +"mismo visitador no deben recargar nigun archivo CSS. Sin embargo, algunos " +"módulos pueden incluir recursos CSS / Javascript pesados los cuales no " +"quiere precargar con la primera página por el mero tamaño. En este caso, " +"Odoo separa este recurso en un segundo paquete que solo se carga cuando la " +"página que lo este usando esta siendo soliciada. Un ejemplo es el backand " +"que solamente esta cargado cuando un visitador esta ingresando al backend " +"(/web)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:436 +msgid "" +"If the CSS file is very big, Odoo will split it into two smaller files to " +"avoid the 4095 selectors limit per sheet of Internet Explorer. But most " +"themes fit below this limit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:440 +msgid "" +"**Minified:** After being pre-processed and concatenated, the resulting CSS " +"is minified to reduce its size." +msgstr "" +"**Minimizados:** Después de ser preprocesado y concatenado, el archivo CSS " +"es minimizados para reducir su tamaño." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:444 +msgid "**Before minification**" +msgstr "**Antes de minimizar**" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:444 +msgid "**After minification**" +msgstr "**Después de minimizar**" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:446 +msgid "/\\* some comments \\*/" +msgstr "/\\* algunos comentarios \\*/" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:446 +msgid ".text-muted {color: #666}" +msgstr ".text-muted {color: #666}" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:452 +msgid "" +"The final result is then compressed, before being delivered to the browser." +msgstr "" +"El resultado final es entonces comprimido, antes de ser entregado al " +"navegador." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:455 +msgid "" +"Then, a cached version is stored server-side (so we do not have to pre-" +"process, concatenate, minify at every request) and browser-side (so the same" +" visitor will load the CSS only once for all pages they visit)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:461 +msgid "Static Resources: Javascript" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:463 +msgid "" +"As with CSS resources, Javascript resources are also concatenated, minified," +" compressed and cached (server-side and browser-side)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:466 +msgid "Odoo creates three Javascript bundles:" +msgstr "Odoo crea arboles de Paquetes Javascript:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:468 +msgid "" +"One for all pages of the website (including code for parallax effects, form " +"validation, etc.)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:471 +msgid "" +"One for common Javascript code shared among frontend and backend (Bootstrap)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:474 +msgid "" +"One for backend specific Javascript code (Odoo Web Client interface for your" +" employees using Odoo)" +msgstr "" +"Uno para código Javascript del backend (interfaz del Odoo Web Client para " +"sus empleados utilizando Odoo)" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:477 +msgid "" +"Most visitors of your website will only need the first two bundles, " +"resulting in a maximum of two Javascript files to load to render one page. " +"As these files are shared across all pages, further clicks by the same " +"visitor will not load any other Javascript resource." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:483 +msgid "" +"If you work on :doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>`," +" the CSS and Javascript are neither concatenated, nor minified. Thus, it's " +"much slower. But it allows you to easily debug with the Chrome debugger as " +"CSS and Javascript resources are not transformed from their original " +"versions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:489 +msgid "CDN" +msgstr "CDN (Red de distribuición de contenido)" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:491 +msgid "" +"If you activate the CDN feature in Odoo, static resources (Javascript, CSS, " +"images) are loaded from a Content Delivery Network. Using a Content Delivery" +" Network has three advantages:" +msgstr "" +"Si activa la opción CDN en Odoo, recursos estáticos (Javascript, CSS, " +"imágenes) están siendo cargados desde una red de distribución de contenido. " +"Utilizar una red de distribuición de contenido conlleva tres ventajas:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:495 +msgid "" +"Load resources from a nearby server (most CDN have servers in main countries" +" around the globe)" +msgstr "" +"Cargar recursos de un servidor cercano (la mayoria de CDN mantiene " +"servidores en los principales países alrededor del mundo)" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:498 +msgid "" +"Cache resources efficiently (no computation resources usage on your own " +"server)" +msgstr "" +"Guardar recursos eficientemente (no uso de recursos de computación en su " +"propio servidor)" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:501 +msgid "" +"Split the resource loading on different services allowing to load more " +"resources in parallel (since the Chrome limit of 6 parallel requests is by " +"domain)" +msgstr "" +"Distribuir la tarea de cargar recursos a traves de diferentes servicios " +"permitiendo cargar maás recursos en paralelo (debido a que el límite de " +"Chrome de 6 requestes en paralelo cuenta por dominio)" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:505 +msgid "" +"You can configure your CDN options from the **Website Admin** app, using the" +" Configuration menu. Here is an example of configuration you can use:" +msgstr "" +"Puede configurar sus opciones CDN desde la aplicación **Administrador de " +"página web** utilizando el menú de configuración. Aqui esta un ejemplo de " +"configuración que puede utilizar:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:512 +msgid "HTML Pages" +msgstr "Páginas HTML" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:514 +msgid "" +"The HTML pages can be compressed, but this is usually handled by your web " +"server (NGINX or Apache)." +msgstr "" +"Las páginas HTML pueden ser comprimidas, pero esto es usualmente manejado " +"por el servidor de tu web (NGINX or Apache)" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:517 +msgid "" +"The Odoo Website builder has been optimized to guarantee clean and short " +"HTML code. Building blocks have been developed to produce clean HTML code, " +"usually using Bootstrap and the HTML editor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:521 +msgid "" +"As an example, if you use the color picker to change the color of a " +"paragraph to the primary color of your website, Odoo will produce the " +"following code:" +msgstr "" +"Como ejemplo, si usa el seleccionador de color para cambiar el color de un " +"parrafo al color primario de su página web, Odoo producirá el siguiente " +"código:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:525 +msgid "``<p class=\"text-primary\">My Text</p>``" +msgstr "``<p class=\"text-primary\">Mi Texto</p>``" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:527 +msgid "" +"Whereas most HTML editors (such as CKEditor) will produce the following " +"code:" +msgstr "" +"Considerando que la mayoría de editores HTML (como CKEditor) producirá el " +"siguiente código:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:530 +msgid "``<p style=\"color: #AB0201\">My Text</p>``" +msgstr "``<p style=\"color: #AB0201\">Mi Texto</p>``" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:533 +msgid "Responsive Design" +msgstr "Diseño Responsive" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:535 +msgid "" +"Websites that are not mobile-friendly are negatively impacted in search " +"engine rankings. All Odoo themes rely on Bootstrap to render efficiently " +"according to the device: desktop, tablet or mobile." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:542 +msgid "" +"As all Odoo modules share the same technology, absolutely all pages in your " +"website are mobile friendly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:546 +msgid "Browser Caching" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:548 +msgid "" +"Javascript, images and CSS resources have an URL that changes dynamically " +"when their content change. As an example, all CSS files are loaded through " +"this URL: `localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets\\_common.0.css " +"<http://localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets_common.0.css>`__. " +"The ``457-0da1d9d`` part of this URL will change if you modify the CSS of " +"your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:555 +msgid "" +"This allows Odoo to set a very long cache delay (XXX) on these resources: " +"XXX secs, while being updated instantly if you update the resource." +msgstr "" +"Esto permite que Odoo configure una memoria de caché muy larga (XXXX) en " +"estos recursos: XXX segs, mientras esta siendo actualizado instantáneamente " +"si actualiza el recurso." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:560 +msgid "Scalability" +msgstr "Escalabilidad" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:562 +msgid "" +"In addition to being fast, Odoo is also more scalable than traditional CMS " +"and eCommerce (Drupal, Wordpress, Magento, Prestashop). The following link " +"provides an analysis of the major open source CMS and eCommerce compared to " +"Odoo when it comes to high query volumes: " +"`https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/197 <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide" +"/odoo-cms-performance-comparison-and-optimisation-197>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:569 +msgid "Todo" +msgstr "Todo" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:569 +msgid "fix above link" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:571 +msgid "" +"Here is the slide that summarizes the scalability of Odoo Website & " +"eCommerce." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:577 +msgid "Search Engines Files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:580 +msgid "Sitemap" +msgstr "Mapa del sitio" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:582 +msgid "" +"The sitemap points out pages to index to search engine robots. Odoo " +"generates a ``/sitemap.xml`` file automatically for you. For performance " +"reasons, this file is cached and updated every 12 hours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:586 +msgid "" +"By default, all URLs will be in a single ``/sitemap.xml`` file, but if you " +"have a lot of pages, Odoo will automatically create a Sitemap Index file, " +"respecting the `sitemaps.org protocol " +"<http://www.sitemaps.org/protocol.html>`__ grouping sitemap URL's in 45000 " +"chunks per file." +msgstr "" +"Por defecto, todas las URLs estarán en un solo archivo ``/sitemap.xml``, " +"pero si tiene varias páginas, Odoo automáticamente creará una archivo índice" +" Mapa del sitio, respetando `sitemaps.org protocol " +"<http://www.sitemaps.org/protocol.html>`__ el agrupado de URLs de mapas del " +"sitio en 45000 pedazos por archivo." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:592 +msgid "Every sitemap entry has 4 attributes that are computed automatically:" +msgstr "" +"Cada entrada de mapa del sitio tiene 4 atributos que son calculados " +"automáticamente:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:594 +msgid "``<loc>`` : the URL of a page" +msgstr "``<loc>`` : la URL de una pagina" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:596 +msgid "" +"``<lastmod>`` : last modification date of the resource, computed " +"automatically based on related object. For a page related to a product, this" +" could be the last modification date of the product or the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:601 +msgid "" +"``<priority>`` : modules may implement their own priority algorithm based on" +" their content (example: a forum might assign a priority based on the number" +" of votes on a specific post). The priority of a static page is defined by " +"it's priority field, which is normalized (16 is the default)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:608 +msgid "Structured Data Markup" +msgstr "Datos Estructurados Marcados" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:610 +msgid "" +"Structured Data Markup is used to generate Rich Snippets in search engine " +"results. It is a way for website owners to send structured data to search " +"engine robots; helping them understand your content and create well-" +"presented search results." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:615 +msgid "" +"Google supports a number of rich snippets for content types, including: " +"Reviews, People, Products, Businesses, Events and Organizations." +msgstr "" +"Google soporta un número de fragmentos enriquecidos por tipos de contenido, " +"incluyendo: Revisiones, Gente, Productos, Negocios, Eventos y " +"Organizaciones." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:618 +msgid "" +"Odoo implements micro data as defined in the `schema.org " +"<http://schema.org>`__ specification for events, eCommerce products, forum " +"posts and contact addresses. This allows your product pages to be displayed " +"in Google using extra information like the price and rating of a product:" +msgstr "" +"Odoo implementa micro datos como esta definido en la `schema.org " +"<http://schema.org>`__ especificación para eventos, productos de comercio " +"electrónico, publicaciones de foro y direcciones de contacto. Esto permite " +"que sus páginas de producto sean mostradas en Google usando información " +"adicional como el precio y rating de un producto:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:628 +msgid "robots.txt" +msgstr "robots.txt" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:630 +msgid "" +"When indexing your website, search engines take a first look at the general " +"indexing rules of the a``/robots.txt`` file (allowed robots, sitemap path, " +"etc.). Odoo automatically creates it. Its content is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:634 +msgid "User-agent: \\* Sitemap: https://www.odoo.com/sitemap.xml" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:637 +msgid "" +"It means that all robots are allowed to index your website and there is no " +"other indexing rule than specified in the sitemap to be found at following " +"address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:641 +msgid "" +"You can customize the file *robots* in :doc:`Developer mode " +"</applications/general/developer_mode>` from *Settings --> Technical --> " +"User Interface --> Views* (exclude robots, exclude some pages, redirect to a" +" custom Sitemap). Make the Model Data of the view *Non Updatable* to not " +"reset the file after system upgrades." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish.rst:3 +msgid "Publish" +msgstr "Publicar" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:3 +msgid "How to use my own domain name" +msgstr "Cómo usar mi propio nombre de dominio" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:5 +msgid "" +"By default, your Odoo Online instance and website have a *.odoo.com* domain " +"name, for both the URL and the emails. But you can change to a custom one " +"(e.g. www.yourcompany.com)." +msgstr "" +"Por defecto, tu ocasión y página web Odoo Online tiene un nombre de dominio " +"*.odoo.com* tanto para los URL como los correos. Pero lo puedes cambiar a " +"uno customizado (p. ej. www.yourcompany.com)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:10 +msgid "What is a good domain name" +msgstr "Cuál es un buen nombre de dominio" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Your website address is as important to your branding as the name of your " +"business or organization, so put some thought into changing it for a proper " +"domain. Here are some tips:" +msgstr "" +"Tu dirección de página web es tan imporante para tu marcado como el nombre " +"de tu negocio u organización, a si que piensa en cambiarlo por un dominio " +"apropiado. Aquí hay algunos consejos:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:15 +msgid "Simple and obvious" +msgstr "Simple y obvio" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:16 +msgid "Easy to remember and spell" +msgstr "Fácil de recordar y pronunciar" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:17 +msgid "The shorter the better" +msgstr "Cuanto más corto mejor" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:18 +msgid "Avoid special characters" +msgstr "Evite caracteres especiales" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:19 +msgid "Aim for a .com and/or your country extension" +msgstr "Intente conseguir un .com y/o la extensión de su país" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Read more: `How to Choose a Domain Name for Maximum SEO " +"<https://www.searchenginejournal.com/choose-a-domain-name-maximum-" +"seo/158951/>`__" +msgstr "" +"Lee más: `Cómo Elegir un Nombre de Dominio para Máximo SEO " +"<https://www.searchenginejournal.com/choose-a-domain-name-maximum-" +"seo/158951/>`__" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:24 +msgid "How to buy a domain name" +msgstr "Cómo comprar un nombre de dominio" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:25 +msgid "Buy your domain name at a popular registrar:" +msgstr "Compra tu nombre de dominio en un registrar popular:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:27 +msgid "`GoDaddy <https://www.godaddy.com>`__" +msgstr "`GoDaddy <https://www.godaddy.com>`__" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:28 +msgid "`Namecheap <https://www.namecheap.com>`__" +msgstr "`Namecheap <https://www.namecheap.com>`__" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:29 +msgid "`OVH <https://www.ovh.com>`__" +msgstr "`OVH <https://www.ovh.com>`__" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Steps to buy a domain name are pretty much straight forward. In case of " +"issue, check out those easy tutorials:" +msgstr "" +"Los pasos para comprar un dominio son sensillos. En caso de problemas, mira " +"estos tutoriales simples:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:34 +msgid "`GoDaddy <https://roadtoblogging.com/buy-domain-name-from-godaddy>`__" +msgstr "`GoDaddy <https://roadtoblogging.com/buy-domain-name-from-godaddy>`__" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:35 +msgid "" +"`Namecheap <https://www.loudtips.com/buy-domain-name-hosting-namecheap//>`__" +msgstr "" +"`Namecheap <https://www.loudtips.com/buy-domain-name-hosting-namecheap//>`__" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Feel free to buy an email server to have email addresses using your domain " +"name. However don't buy any extra service to create or host your website. " +"This is Odoo's job!" +msgstr "" +"Puedes comprar un servidor de correo para tener direcciones de correo usando" +" el nombre de tu dominio. Sin embargo, no compres un servicio extra para " +"crear o alojar tu página web. Esto es trabajo de Odoo!" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:45 +msgid "How to apply my domain name to my Odoo instance" +msgstr "Cómo aplicar mi nombre de dominio a mi ocasión Odoo" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:46 +msgid "" +"First let's authorize the redirection (yourcompany.com -> " +"yourcompany.odoo.com):" +msgstr "" +"Primero autorizemos la redirección (yourcompany.com -> " +"yourcompany.odoo.com):" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:48 +msgid "Open your Odoo.com account from your homepage." +msgstr "Abre tu cuenta Odoo.com desde tu página de inicio." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:53 +msgid "Go to the *Manage Databases* page." +msgstr "Ve a la página *Administrar Base de Datos*" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Click on *Domains* to the right of the database you would like to redirect." +msgstr "" +"Haz clic en *Dominios* a la derecha de la base de datos que quieres " +"redireccionar." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:63 +msgid "" +"A database domain prompt will appear. Enter your custom domain (e.g. " +"www.yourcompany.com)." +msgstr "" +"La base de datos pronta del dominio aparecerá. Ingresa tu dominio " +"customizado (e.j. www.yourcompany.com)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:70 +msgid "" +"We can now apply the redirection from your domain name's manager account:" +msgstr "" +"Podemos aplicar la redirección desde el administrador de cuenta del nombre " +"de tu dominio:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:72 +msgid "Log in to your account and search for the DNS Zones management page." +msgstr "" +"Inicia sesión en tu cuenta y busca la página de administración de las Zonas " +"DNS." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Create a CNAME record *www.yourdomain.com* pointing to *mywebsite.odoo.com*." +" If you want to use the naked domain (e.g. yourdomain.com), you need to " +"redirect *yourdomain.com* to *www.yourdomain.com*." +msgstr "" +"Crea un récord CNAME *www.yourdomain.com* apuntando a *mywebsite.odoo.com*. " +"Si quieres usar el dominio desnudo (e.j. yourdomain.com), tienes que " +"redireccionar *yourdomain.com* a *www.yourdomain.com*." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:78 +msgid "Here are some specific guidelines to create a CNAME record:" +msgstr "Aquí hay algunos lineamientos para crear un record CNAME:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:80 +msgid "`GoDaddy <https://be.godaddy.com/fr/help/add-a-cname-record-19236>`__" +msgstr "`GoDaddy <https://be.godaddy.com/fr/help/add-a-cname-record-19236>`__" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:81 +msgid "" +"`Namecheap " +"<https://www.namecheap.com/support/knowledgebase/article.aspx/9646/10/how-" +"can-i-set-up-a-cname-record-for-my-domain>`__" +msgstr "" +"`Namecheap " +"<https://www.namecheap.com/support/knowledgebase/article.aspx/9646/10/how-" +"can-i-set-up-a-cname-record-for-my-domain>`__" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:82 +msgid "" +"`OVH " +"<https://www.ovh.co.uk/g1519.exchange_20132016_how_to_add_a_cname_record>`__" +msgstr "" +"`OVH " +"<https://www.ovh.co.uk/g1519.exchange_20132016_how_to_add_a_cname_record>`__" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:85 +msgid "How to enable SSL (HTTPS) for my Odoo instance" +msgstr "Como habilitar SSL (HTTPS) para mi ocasión Odoo" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Until recently, Odoo users needed to use a third-party CDN service provider " +"such as CloudFlare to enable SSL." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:89 +msgid "" +"It is not required anymore: Odoo generates the certificate for you " +"automatically, using integration with `Let's Encrypt Certificate Authority " +"and ACME protocol <https://letsencrypt.org/how-it-works/>`__. In order to " +"get this, simply add your domain name in your customer portal (a separate " +"certificate is generated for each domain name specified)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:93 +msgid "**Please note that the certificate generation may take up to 24h.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:95 +msgid "" +"If you already use CloudFlare or a similar service, you can keep using it or" +" simply change for Odoo. The choice is yours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:99 +msgid "How to make sure that all my URLs use my custom domain?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:101 +msgid "" +"To set up the root URL of your website and of all the links sent in emails, " +"you can ask an administrator of your database (any user in the *Settings* " +"group) to perform a login from the login screen. It's as simple as that!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:103 +msgid "" +"If you want to do it manually, you can go to :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Technical --> System Parameters` . Find the entry called ``web.base.url`` " +"(you can create it if it does not exist) and enter the full URL of your " +"website, like ``https://www.myodoowebsite.com``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:107 +msgid "" +"The URL must include the protocol (``https://`` or ``http://``) and must not" +" end by a slash (``/``)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:109 +msgid "" +"If you want to block the root URL update when an administrator logs in, you " +"can add a System Parameter called ``web.base.url.freeze`` with its value " +"set to ``True``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:113 +msgid "My website is indexed twice by Google" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:115 +msgid "" +"If you set up a custom domain *mydomain.com* name for *mydatabase.odoo.com*," +" Google indexes your website under both names. This is a limitation of the " +"Odoo cloud platforms/" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:120 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Multi Websites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo’s Multi-Websites opens up broad possibilities of diversification and " +"customer segmentation for your business. A multiplied audience and boosted " +"revenue are now just a few clicks away!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Each website can work in a fully independent way, with its theme, branding, " +"domain name, header & footer, pages, languages, products, blog posts, forum," +" slides, events, live chat channels, etc. Let’s go for a tour!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To create a new website, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration -->" +" Settings`. The button, *Create a new website*, lays in the first section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:28 +msgid "" +"In the upcoming prompt, set a name for your new website and a specific " +"domain name. Leave empty to publish the new website under the default domain" +" of your Odoo database. You can later set some country groups to redirect " +"visitors to it using Geo IP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Then, select a theme. This new website might have an entirely different " +"purpose or audience than the first one. So feel free to go for a different " +"theme!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Once the theme is selected, you can start to build the homepage of your " +"website. Follow the purple drops; they will help you in the first steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:48 +msgid "" +"If you run Odoo Online, don’t forget to redirect any new domain name to your" +" Odoo database (``CNAME``) and to authorize it Odoo-side. See " +":doc:`domain_name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:52 +msgid "Create the menu" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The new website has a default menu with all the installed applications. To " +"edit it, click :menuselection:`Pages --> Edit Menu`. Moving forward you only" +" edit the menu of the current website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:59 +msgid "Switch from one website to another" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:62 +msgid "" +"As easy as ABC! There is a website switcher in the right corner of the edit " +"bar. Switching to another website will connect to the domain of this " +"website. If you use another domain for the website, the user is requested to" +" sign in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:71 +msgid "" +"When switching, you are redirected to the same domain path on the other " +"website (e.g., ``/shop/myproduct``). If this URL is not used, you will be " +"redirected to a 404 page but prompted to create a new page from there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:76 +msgid "Add features" +msgstr "Añadir característica" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:78 +msgid "" +"The website apps you install (e.g., Slides, Blogs) are made available on all" +" your websites. You can, of course, keep them hidden in one website by " +"removing the menu item." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Each website comes with a high range of specific options in the settings. " +"First, select the website to configure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Then, take a look at the options flagged with the earth icon. It means they " +"only impact the very website you are working on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:94 +msgid "You can, for instance, set specific :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:96 +msgid "languages," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:98 +msgid "domain names," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:100 +msgid "social media links," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:102 +msgid "customer portal mode (B2C vs. B2B)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:104 +msgid "dedicated live chat channels," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:106 +msgid "etc." +msgstr "etc." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:108 +msgid "The other options are global and apply to all your websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:111 +msgid "Manage domain names" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:113 +msgid "" +"As said earlier, your websites can either share the same domain name or use " +"a specific one. If you share it and want to adapt the content per region, " +"set country groups in the setting of each website. Visitors will be " +"redirected to the right website using GeoIP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Geo IP is installed by default in Odoo Online. If you run Odoo on-premise, " +"don’t forget to install *GeoIP* library. See :doc:`on-premise_geo-ip-" +"installation`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:127 +msgid ":doc:`domain_name`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:130 +msgid "Customize the visitor experience" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The customer experience can be customized very profoundly thanks to the menu" +" \\*Customize\\*. All the visual options available there are specific to " +"each website. Go through the different pages to adapt them to this new " +"audience. Focus on workflows, and automatic pages (eCommerce checkout, " +"blogs, events, etc.) as the number of available options is higher there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:143 +msgid "Publish specific content per website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:146 +msgid "" +"Like static pages, any content created from the front-end (product, blog " +"post, etc.) is always only published in the current website. You can change " +"that from the edit form view in the backend and leave the *Website* field " +"blank. This will publish it in all the websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:154 +msgid "" +"Here are all the objects that you can link to *either one or all the " +"websites*:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:157 +msgid "Products" +msgstr "Productos" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:159 +msgid "Product Categories for eCommerce" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:161 +msgid "Blogs" +msgstr "Blogs" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:163 +msgid "Slide Channels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:165 +msgid "Forums" +msgstr "Foros" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:167 +msgid "Events" +msgstr "Eventos" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:169 +msgid "Job Positions" +msgstr "Puestos de trabajo" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:172 +msgid "" +"When you create the record from the backend and publish it, typically a " +"product or an event, it is made available in all websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:176 +msgid "Publish a page in all websites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:178 +msgid "" +"A new static page is created and only made available in the current website." +" You can duplicate it to other websites from :menuselection:`Website --> " +"Configuration --> Pages`. To do so, leave the *Website* field empty." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:182 +msgid "" +"If you want to duplicate it in just one other website, duplicate the page " +"and set the new website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:188 +msgid "" +"When you edit the page again, the change only affects the current website. A" +" new page is duplicated and tied up to the website. The original page still " +"being linked to all websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:193 +msgid "" +"By grouping pages by URL in the page manager, you quickly find the original " +"page behind each edited page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:200 +msgid "Multi-companies" +msgstr "Multi-empresas" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:202 +msgid "" +"Each website can be linked to a specific company of your system, in a multi-" +"companies environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:208 +msgid "" +"With such a configuration, only company-related data appear on the website " +"(products, jobs, events, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:211 +msgid "" +"Website editors can only view and edit the pages of the records they have " +"access to, typically the ones belonging to their current company (and to " +"their subsidiaries, or child companies in Odoo language). And so is it for " +"visitors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:217 +msgid "" +"If websites are multi-companies, you don’t change company when switching " +"websites. To change the company and see the related content, use the company" +" selector in the menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:223 +msgid "Configure your eCommerce website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:225 +msgid "" +"eCommerce is a crucial feature in the multi-websites environment. We made it" +" so that the entire flow can be customized to fit the very audience of each " +"website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:230 +msgid "Products only available on one website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:232 +msgid "" +"We already saw earlier how to publish a specific record in only one website." +" You will find the \\*Website\\* field in the eCommerce tab of the product " +"edit form. Empty means available in all websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:240 +msgid "Products available on *some* websites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:242 +msgid "" +"To make a product available on some websites, but not all of them, you " +"should duplicate the product for each website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:245 +msgid "" +"If you need a unique reference to manage in your inventory, you should " +"install *Manufacturing\\ and create *Kits* BoMs (bills of materials). Each " +"kit will link each published “virtual” product to the main reference managed" +" in your inventory. That way, any item sold from your website will be " +"converted into the storable item in the delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:252 +msgid "Pricelists" +msgstr "Tarifas" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:254 +msgid "" +"To manage specific prices by websites, you can activate *Multiple Sales " +"Prices per Product* in Website settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:257 +msgid "" +"Then, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Products --> Pricelists` to create " +"additional pricelists. See " +":doc:`../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:260 +msgid "" +"If you need help. Select a website to make a pricelist only available on " +"this website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:266 +msgid "" +"Leaving the field empty means that you make it work in all websites if " +"*Selectable* is selected. Otherwise, it makes it only available for backend " +"operations of Sales and Point of Sale applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:271 +msgid "Payment Acquirers and Delivery Methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:273 +msgid "" +"By default, published payment acquirers and delivery methods are deployed in" +" all websites. You could already use specific payment acquirers per country " +"using Geo IP by defining countries in their configuration. Now you can also " +"do it per website by filling in the *Website* field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:279 +msgid "Customer accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:281 +msgid "" +"There is a setting to choose how to manage customer accounts in Website " +"settings. You can either allow customers to use one account through all the " +"websites or compel them to create one account for each website. This last " +"option is convenient if your websites shouldn’t be related to each other in " +"the visitor mind." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:291 +msgid "Technical hints for customization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:293 +msgid "" +"If you want to publish custom objects on the website, here are a few tips to" +" make it work with multi websites:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:297 +msgid "Sitemap: don’t forget the domain in the route to only publish" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:297 +msgid "available records in each website’s sitemap." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:301 +msgid "Access: you should call the method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:300 +msgid "" +"*can_access_from_current_website* in the controller to make sure the visitor" +" can see a record in the current website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:305 +msgid "Search: when a list of records is displayed, don’t forget to specify" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:304 +msgid "the domain to only display records available for the current website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:3 +msgid "Geo IP Installation (On-Premises Database)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:6 +msgid "Installation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Please note that the installation depends on your computer's operating " +"system and distribution. We will assume that a Linux operating system is " +"being used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:15 +msgid "Install `geoip2 <https://pypi.org/project/geoip2/>`__ Python library" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Download the `GeoLite2 City database " +"<https://dev.maxmind.com/geoip/geoip2/geolite2/>`_. You should end up with a" +" file called ``GeoLite2-City.mmdb``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:22 +msgid "Move the file to the folder ``/usr/share/GeoIP/``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:24 +msgid "Restart the server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:27 +msgid "" +"If you can't/don't want to locate the geoip database in " +"``/usr/share/GeoIP/``, you can use the ``--geoip-db`` option of the Odoo " +"command line interface. This option takes the absolute path to the GeoIP " +"database file and uses it as the GeoIP database. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:36 +msgid ":doc:`CLI documentation </developer/reference/cmdline>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:39 +msgid "" +"``GeoIP`` Python library can also be used. However this version is " +"discontinued since January 1. See `GeoLite Legacy databases are now " +"discontinued <https://support.maxmind.com/geolite-legacy-discontinuation-" +"notice/>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:44 +msgid "How To Test GeoIP Geolocation In Your Odoo Website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:45 +msgid "Go to your website. Open the web page that you want to test ``GeoIP``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:46 +msgid "Choose :menuselection:`Customize --> HTML/CSS/JS Editor`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:47 +msgid "Add the following piece of XML in the page :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:53 +msgid "" +"You should end up with a dictionary indicating the location of the IP " +"address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If the curly braces are empty ``{}``, it can be for any of the following " +"reasons :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The browsing IP address is the localhost (``127.0.0.1``) or a local area " +"network one (``192.168.*.*``)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:62 +msgid "" +"If a reversed proxy is used, make sure to configure it correctly. See " +":option:`proxy mode <odoo-bin --proxy-mode>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:63 +msgid "``geoip2`` is not installed or the GeoIP database file wasn't found" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:64 +msgid "The GeoIP database was unable to resolve the given IP address" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:3 +msgid "How to translate my website" +msgstr "Cómo traducir mi sitio web" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In addition to creating great modern websites, Odoo gives you the " +"possibility to translate it in different languages." +msgstr "" +"Además de crear buenos y modernos sitios web, Odoo le da la posibilidad de " +"traducirlo a diferentes idiomas." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:12 +msgid "Process" +msgstr "Procesar" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Once your website is created, you have the opportunity to translate it in as" +" many different languages as you want." +msgstr "" +"Una vez su sitio web es creado, tiene la oportunidad de traducirlo a tantos " +"diferentes idiomas como desee." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:17 +msgid "" +"There are two ways to translate your website, you can do it manually or " +"automatically with the Gengo App. If you want to do it automatically, go to " +"the **App** module and Install **Automated translations through Gengo Api** " +"and **Website Gengo Translator**. If you want to do it manually, don't " +"install anything, and follow the next step." +msgstr "" +"Hay dos formas de traducir su sitio web, puede hacerlo manualmente o " +"automáticamente con la aplicación Gengo. Si quiere hacerlo automáticamente, " +"vaya al módulo de **Aplicaciones** e instale **traducciones automáticas a " +"través del Api Gengo** y **Traductor de Sitio Web Gengo**. Si quiere hacerlo" +" manualmente, no instale nada, y siga el siguiente paso." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Now go to your website. On the bottom right corner of the page, click on " +"**Add a language**." +msgstr "" +"Ahora vaya a su página web. En la esquina superior derecha de la página, de " +"clic en **Agregar un idioma**." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Choose the language in which you want to translate your website and then " +"click on **Load.**" +msgstr "" +"Elija el idioma en el cual quiere traducir su sitio web y luego de clic en " +"**Cargar.**" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:35 +msgid "" +"You will see that Now, next to English there is also French, which means " +"that the page for the translation has been created. You can also see that " +"some of the text has been translated automatically." +msgstr "" +"Lo verá Ahora, al lado de Inglés también esta Francés, lo que significa que " +"la página para la traducción ha sido creada. También puede ver que algunos " +"de los textos han sido traducidos automáticamente." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To translate the content of the website, click on **Translate** (here " +"**Traduire** since we want to translate the website in French)." +msgstr "" +"Para traducir el contenido del sitio web, de clic en **Traducir** (aquí " +"**Traduire** desde que queremos traductir el sitio web a Francés)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:45 +msgid "" +"There, if you have installed the Gengo Translator, You will see that next to" +" the **Translate** button you also have a button **Translate " +"automatically**. Once you click on that button, you will be asked some " +"information on your account. If you don't have an account yet, follow `this " +"link <https://gengo.com/auth/form/login/>`_ in order to create one. You need" +" to ask for a public key and a private key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:53 +msgid "" +"The content you wish to translate will then be translated automatically." +msgstr "El contenido que desea traducir será luego traducido automáticamente." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Now you can see that most of the content is highlighted in yellow or in " +"green. The yellow represents the content that you have to translate by " +"yourself. The green represents the content that has already been translated " +"automatically." +msgstr "" +"Ahora puede ver que la mayoría del contenido esta resaltado en amarillo o en" +" verde. El amarillo representa el contenido que debe traducir Ud. mismo. El " +"verde representa el contenido que ya ha sido traducido automáticamente." diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/contributing.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/contributing.po deleted file mode 100644 index 1af2568b1..000000000 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/contributing.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1865 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Priscilla (prs) Odoo <prs@odoo.com>, 2020 -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# Richard Mathot <rim@odoo.com>, 2020 -# Fabri Yohann <psn@fabri.pw>, 2020 -# 5cad1b0f1319985f8413d48b70c3c192_b038c35, 2020 -# Jérôme Tanché <jerome.tanche@ouest-dsi.fr>, 2020 -# Xavier Belmere <Info@cartmeleon.com>, 2020 -# Eloïse Stilmant <est@odoo.com>, 2020 -# Cécile Collart <cco@odoo.com>, 2021 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Cécile Collart <cco@odoo.com>, 2021\n" -"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: fr\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" - -#: ../../contributing.rst:5 -msgid "Contributing" -msgstr "Contribuer" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation.rst:5 -msgid "Contributing to the documentation" -msgstr "Contribuer à la documentation" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:5 -msgid "Content guidelines" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:7 -msgid "" -"To give the community the best documentation possible, we listed here a few " -"guidelines, tips and tricks that will make your content shine at its " -"brightest! While we encourage you to adopt your own writing style, some " -"rules still apply to give the reader more clarity and comprehension." -msgstr "" -"Pour donner à la communauté la meilleure documentation possible, nous avons " -"répertorié ici quelques conseils et astuces qui feront briller votre contenu" -" sous son meilleur jour! Bien que nous vous encourageons à adopter votre " -"propre style d'écriture, certaines règles s'appliquent toujours pour donner " -"au lecteur plus de clarté et de compréhension." - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:12 -msgid "" -"We strongly recommend contributors to carefully read the other documents in " -"this *Contribution* section of the documentation. Good knowledge of the ins " -"and outs of **RST writing** is required to write and submit your " -"contribution. Note that it also affects your writing style itself." -msgstr "" -"Nous recommandons vivement aux contributeurs de lire attentivement les " -"autres documents de cette section *Contribution*. Une bonne connaissance des" -" tenants et aboutissants de la **rédaction RST** est requise pour rédiger et" -" soumettre votre contribution. Notez que cela affecte également votre style " -"d'écriture lui-même." - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:16 -msgid ":doc:`introduction_guide`" -msgstr ":doc:`introduction_guide`" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:17 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:41 -msgid ":doc:`rst_cheat_sheet`" -msgstr ":doc:`rst_cheat_sheet`" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:18 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:42 -msgid ":doc:`rst_guidelines`" -msgstr ":doc:`rst_guidelines`" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:23 -msgid "Writing style" -msgstr "Style d'écriture" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:25 -msgid "" -"**Writing for documentation** isn't the same as writing for a blog or " -"another medium. Readers are more likely to skim read until they've found the" -" information they are looking for. Keep in mind that the user documentation " -"is a place to inform and describe, not to convince and promote." -msgstr "" -"**Ecrire de la documentation** est assez différent de la rédaction pour un " -"blog ou un autre support. Les lecteurs sont plus susceptibles de parcourir " -"le contenu en diagonale jusqu'à ce qu'ils aient trouvé les informations " -"qu'ils recherchent. Gardez à l'esprit que la documentation utilisateur est " -"un lieu pour informer et décrire, non pour convaincre et promouvoir." - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:32 -msgid "Consistency" -msgstr "Cohérence" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:34 -msgid "*Consistency is key to everything.*" -msgstr "*La cohérence est la clé.*" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Make sure that your writing style remains **consistent**. If you modify an " -"existing text, try to match the existing tone and presentation, or rewrite " -"it to match your own style." -msgstr "" -"Assurez-vous que votre style d'écriture reste **cohérent**. Si vous modifiez" -" un texte existant, essayez de faire correspondre le ton et la présentation," -" ou réécrivez-le pour qu'il corresponde à votre propre style." - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:42 -msgid "Grammatical tenses" -msgstr "Temps grammaticaux" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:44 -msgid "" -"In English, descriptions and instructions require the use of a **Present " -"Tense**, while a *future tense* is appropriate only when a specific event is" -" to happen ulteriorly. This logic might be different in other languages." -msgstr "" -"En anglais, les descriptions et les instructions nécessitent l'utilisation " -"du **présent**, tandis que le *futur* n'est approprié que lorsqu'un " -"événement spécifique doit se produire ultérieurement. Cette logique peut " -"être différente dans d'autres langues." - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "Good example (present):" -msgstr "Bon exemple (présent) :" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "" -"*Screenshots are automatically resized to fit the content block's width.*" -msgstr "" -"*Screenshots are automatically resized to fit the content block's width.*" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "Bad example (future):" -msgstr "Mauvais exemple (futur) :" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "" -"*When you take a screenshot, remember that it will be automatically resized " -"to fit the content block's width.*" -msgstr "" -"*When you take a screenshot, remember that it will be automatically resized " -"to fit the content block's width.*" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:57 -msgid "Paragraphing" -msgstr "Utilisation des paragraphes" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:59 -msgid "" -"A paragraph comprises several sentences that are linked by a shared idea. " -"They usually are two to six lines long." -msgstr "" -"Un paragraphe comprend plusieurs phrases liées par une idée partagée. Ils " -"comportent généralement de deux à six lignes." - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:62 -msgid "" -"In English, a new idea implies a new paragraph, rather than having a *line " -"break* as it is common to do in some other languages. *Line breaks* are " -"useful for layout purposes but shouldn't be used as a grammatical way of " -"separating ideas." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:67 -msgid "" -":ref:`RST cheat sheet: Break the line but not the paragraph <contributing" -"/line-break>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:72 -msgid "Titles" -msgstr "Titres" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:74 -msgid "To write a good title :" -msgstr "Pour écrire un bon titre :" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:76 -msgid "**Be concise.**" -msgstr "**Soyez concis.**" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:77 -msgid "**Avoid sentences**, questions, and titles starting with \"how to.\"" -msgstr "" -"**Évitez les phrases**, les questions et les titres commençant par \"comment" -" faire\"." - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:78 -msgid "**Don't use pronouns** in your titles, especially 2nd person (*your*)" -msgstr "" -"**N'utilisez pas de pronoms** dans vos titres, en particulier la 2ème " -"personne (*votre*)" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:83 -msgid "Document's structure" -msgstr "Structure du document" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:85 -msgid "" -"Use different **headings levels** to organize your text by sections and sub-" -"sections. Your headings are also displayed in a dynamic *navigation bar* on " -"the side." -msgstr "" -"Utilisez différents **niveaux de titres** pour organiser votre texte par " -"sections et sous-sections. Vos titres sont également affichés dans une " -"*barre de navigation* dynamique sur le côté." - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "**H1: Page Title**" -msgstr "**H1 : Titre de la page**" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Your *page title* gives your reader a quick and clear understanding of what " -"your content is about. It is also referenced in the section's *table of " -"contents*." -msgstr "" -"Votre *titre de page* donne à votre lecteur une compréhension rapide et " -"claire de l'objet de votre contenu. Il est également référencé dans la " -"*table des matières* de la section." - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:93 -msgid "" -"The *content* in this section describes the upcoming content from a " -"**business point of view**, and shouldn't put the emphasis on Odoo, as this " -"is documentation and not marketing." -msgstr "" -"Le *contenu* de cette section décrit le contenu à venir d'un **point de vue " -"business**, et ne doit pas mettre l'accent sur Odoo, car il s'agit de " -"documentation et non de marketing." - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:97 -msgid "" -"Start first with a **Lead Paragraph**, which helps the reader make sure that" -" they've found the right page, then explain the **business aspects of this " -"topic** in the following paragraphs." -msgstr "" -"Commencez par un **paragraphe principal**, qui aide le lecteur à s'assurer " -"qu'il a trouvé la bonne page, puis expliquez les **aspects commerciaux de ce" -" sujet** dans les paragraphes suivants." - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "**H2: Section Title (configuration)**" -msgstr "**H2 : Titre de la section (configuration)**" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "" -"This first H2 section is about the configuration of the feature, or the " -"prerequisites to achieve a specific goal. To add a path, make sure you use " -"the ``:menuselection:`` specialized directive (see link below)." -msgstr "" -"Cette première section H2 concerne la configuration de la fonctionnalité ou " -"les prérequis pour atteindre un objectif spécifique. Pour ajouter un chemin," -" assurez-vous d'utiliser la directive spécialisée ``:menuselection:`` (voir " -"lien ci-dessous)." - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "Example:" -msgstr "Exemple :" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "" -"To do so, go to ``:menuselection:`App name --> Menu --> Sub-menu```, and " -"enable the XYZ feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "**H2: Section Title (main sections)**" -msgstr "**H2 : Titre de la section (sections principales)**" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Create as many main sections as you have actions or features to distinguish." -" The title can start with a verb, but try to avoid using \"Create ...\"." -msgstr "" -"Créez autant de sections principales que vous avez d'actions ou de " -"fonctionnalités à distinguer. Le titre peut commencer par un verbe, mais " -"essayez d'éviter d'utiliser \"Créer ...\"." - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "**H3: Subsection**" -msgstr "**H3 : sous-section**" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Subsections are perfect for assessing very specific points. The title can be" -" in the form of a question, if appropriate." -msgstr "" -"Les sous-sections sont parfaites pour évaluer des points très spécifiques. " -"Le titre peut prendre la forme d'une question, le cas échéant." - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:118 -msgid "**H2: Next Section**" -msgstr "**H2 : Section suivante**" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:122 -msgid ":ref:`RST cheat sheet: headings <contributing/headings>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:123 -msgid "" -":ref:`RST cheat sheet: specialized directives <contributing/specialized-" -"directives>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:128 -msgid "Images" -msgstr "Images" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:130 -msgid "" -"Adding a few images to illustrate your text helps the readers to understand " -"and memorize your content. However, avoid adding too many images: it isn't " -"necessary to illustrate all steps and features, and it may overload your " -"page." -msgstr "" -"L'ajout de quelques images pour illustrer votre texte aide les lecteurs à " -"comprendre et à mémoriser votre contenu. Cependant, évitez d'ajouter trop " -"d'images : il n'est pas nécessaire d'illustrer toutes les étapes et " -"fonctionnalités, et cela peut surcharger votre page." - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:135 -msgid "" -"Don't forget to :ref:`compress your PNG files with pngquant " -"<contributing/pngquant>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:140 -msgid "Screenshots" -msgstr "Captures d'écran" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:142 -msgid "" -"Screenshots are automatically resized to fit the content block's width. This" -" implies that screenshots can't be too wide, else they would appear very " -"small on-screen. Therefore, we recommend to avoid to take screenshots of a " -"full screen display of the app, unless it is relevant to do so." -msgstr "" -"Les captures d'écran sont automatiquement redimensionnées pour s'adapter à " -"la largeur du bloc de contenu. Cela implique que les captures d'écran ne " -"peuvent pas être trop larges, sinon elles apparaîtront très petites à " -"l'écran. Par conséquent, nous vous recommandons d'éviter de prendre des " -"captures d'écran d'un affichage plein écran de l'application, à moins que " -"cela ne soit pertinent." - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:146 -msgid "A few tips to improve your screenshots:" -msgstr "Quelques conseils pour améliorer vos captures d'écran :" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:148 -msgid "**Zoom** in your browser. We recommend a 110% zoom for better results." -msgstr "" -"**Zoomez** dans votre navigateur. Nous recommandons un zoom de 110% pour de " -"meilleurs résultats." - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:149 -msgid "" -"**Resize** your browser's width, either by *resizing the window* itself or " -"by opening the *browser's developer tools* (press the ``F12`` key) and " -"resizing the width." -msgstr "" -"**Redimensionnez** la largeur de votre navigateur, soit en *redimensionnant " -"la fenêtre* elle-même, soit en ouvrant les *outils de développement du " -"navigateur* (appuyez sur la touche `` F12``) et en redimensionnant la " -"largeur." - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:151 -msgid "**Select** the relevant area, rather than keeping the full window." -msgstr "" -"**Sélectionnez** la zone appropriée, plutôt que de conserver la fenêtre " -"complète." - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:152 -msgid "" -"If necessary, you can **edit** the screenshot to remove unnecessary fields " -"and to narrow even more Odoo's display." -msgstr "" -"Si nécessaire, vous pouvez **modifier** la capture d'écran pour supprimer " -"les champs inutiles et affiner encore plus l'affichage d'Odoo." - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:160 -msgid "" -"Resizing the window's width is the most important step to do as Odoo's " -"responsive design automatically resizes all fields to match the window's " -"width." -msgstr "" -"Le redimensionnement de la largeur de la fenêtre est l'étape la plus " -"importante à réaliser car la conception réactive d'Odoo redimensionne " -"automatiquement tous les champs pour qu'ils correspondent à la largeur de la" -" fenêtre." - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:166 -msgid "ALT tags" -msgstr "Tags ALT" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:168 -msgid "" -"An **ALT tag** is a *text alternative* to an image. This text is displayed " -"if the browser fails to render the image. It is also helpful for users who " -"are visually impaired. Finally, it helps search engines, such as Google, to " -"understand what the image is about and index it correctly, which improves " -"the :abbr:`SEO (Search Engine Optimization)` significantly." -msgstr "" -"Un **tag ALT** est une *alternative textuelle* à une image. Ce texte " -"s'affiche si le navigateur ne parvient pas à afficher l'image. Il est " -"également utile pour les utilisateurs malvoyants. Enfin, il aide les moteurs" -" de recherche, comme Google, à comprendre en quoi consiste l'image et à " -"l'indexer correctement, ce qui améliore considérablement le :abbr:`SEO " -"(Search Engine Optimization)`." - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:173 -msgid "Good ALT tags are:" -msgstr "Les bons tags ALT sont :" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:175 -msgid "**Short** (one line maximum)" -msgstr "**Court** (une ligne maximum)" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:176 -msgid "**Not a repetition** of a previous sentence or title" -msgstr "**Pas une répétition** d'une phrase ou d'un titre précédent" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:177 -msgid "A **good description** of the action happening on the image" -msgstr "Une **bonne description** de l'action qui se passe sur l'image" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:178 -msgid "Easily **understandable** if read aloud" -msgstr "Facilement **compréhensible** si lu à haute voix" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:181 -msgid ":ref:`RST cheat sheet: image directive <contributing/image>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:5 -msgid "Introduction guide" -msgstr "Guide d'introduction" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:7 -msgid "" -"**First of all, thank you for landing here and helping us improve the user " -"documentation of Odoo!**" -msgstr "" -"**Tout d'abord, merci d'être arrivé jusqu'ici et de nous aider à améliorer " -"la documentation utilisateur d'Odoo!**" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:9 -msgid "" -"This introductory guide will help you acquire the tools and knowledge you " -"need to write documentation, whether you plan to make a minor content change" -" or document an application from scratch." -msgstr "" -"Ce guide d'introduction vous aidera à acquérir les outils et les " -"connaissances dont vous avez besoin afin de rédiger de la documentation, que" -" vous envisagiez d'apporter une modification mineure au contenu ou de " -"documenter une application à partir de zéro." - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:14 -msgid "" -"This tutorial only concerns the `user documentation " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/index.html>`_ of Odoo. The " -"documentation for `developing in Odoo " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/master/index.html>`_ in maintained " -"alongside the source code of Odoo at `github.com/odoo/odoo " -"<https://github.com/odoo/odoo/tree/master/doc>`_." -msgstr "" -"Ce tutoriel concerne uniquement la `documentation utilisateur " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/index.html>`_ d'Odoo. La " -"documentation pour `développer dans Odoo " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/master/index.html>` _ est maintenue avec" -" le code source d'Odoo à `github.com/odoo/odoo " -"<https://github.com/odoo/odoo/tree/master/doc>`_." - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:22 -msgid "reStructuredText" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Our documentation is written in **reStructuredText** (RST), a `lightweight " -"markup language " -"<https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lightweight_markup_language>`_ consisting of " -"normal text augmented with markup which allows including headings, images, " -"notes, and so on. This might seem a bit abstract but there is no need to " -"worry. :abbr:`RST (reStructuredText)` is not hard to learn, especially if " -"you intend to make only small changes to the content." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:30 -msgid "" -"If you need to learn about a specific markup, head over to :doc:`our cheat " -"sheet for RST <rst_cheat_sheet>` which contains all the information that you" -" should ever need for the user documentation of Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:35 -msgid "" -"We kindly ask you to observe a set of :doc:`content <content_guidelines>` " -"and :doc:`RST <rst_guidelines>` guidelines as you write documentation. This " -"ensures that you stay consistent with the rest of the documentation and " -"facilitates the approval of your content changes as they are reviewed by a " -"redactor at Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:43 -msgid ":doc:`content_guidelines`" -msgstr ":doc:`content_guidelines`" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:48 -msgid "Getting started" -msgstr "Commencer" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:50 -msgid "" -"As our documentation is maintained on GitHub, you will need a free GitHub " -"account. Click `here <https://github.com/join>`_ to create one." -msgstr "" -"Comme notre documentation est maintenue sur GitHub, vous aurez besoin d'un " -"compte GitHub gratuit. Cliquez `ici <https://github.com/join>`_ pour en " -"créer un." - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Now, depending on whether you want to update existing content, or rather " -"work on new content and make file changes, you have two courses of action:" -msgstr "" -"Selon que vous souhaitiez mettre à jour du contenu existant, ou plutôt " -"travailler sur un nouveau contenu et modifier les fichiers, vous avez deux " -"pistes d'action :" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:56 -msgid "" -"**For small changes** in ``.rst`` files only, i.e. addition/edition of " -"paragraphs or typos, **we suggest that you use the GitHub interface**. This " -"is the easiest and fasted way to submit your request for changes for the " -"documentation and is suitable for non-technical people. Read " -":ref:`contributing/github-interface` to learn how to use this method." -msgstr "" -"**Pour de petits changements** dans les fichiers ``.rst`` uniquement, " -"c'est-à-dire l'ajout/l'édition de paragraphes ou de fautes de frappe, **nous" -" vous suggérons d'utiliser l'interface GitHub**. C'est le moyen le plus " -"simple et le plus rapide de soumettre votre demande de modification de la " -"documentation et convient aux personnes non techniques. Lisez " -":ref:`contributing/github-interface` pour savoir comment utiliser cette " -"méthode." - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:60 -msgid "" -"**For more complex cases**, it is necessary to **use Git and work from a " -"local copy of the documentation**. This method seems intimidating but only " -"requires basic knowledge of Git. See :ref:`contributing/canonical-git-" -"workflow` for more information on this method." -msgstr "" -"**Pour les cas plus complexes**, il est nécessaire **d'utiliser Git et de " -"travailler à partir d'une copie locale de la documentation**. Cette méthode " -"semble intimidante mais ne nécessite que des connaissances de base de Git. " -"Voir :ref:`contributing/canonical-git-workflow` pour plus d'informations sur" -" cette méthode." - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:67 -msgid "Use the GitHub interface" -msgstr "Utilisez l'interface GitHub" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Verify that you are browsing the documentation in the version that you " -"intend to change. The version can be selected from the dropdown in the top " -"menu." -msgstr "" -"Vérifiez que vous parcourez la documentation dans la version que vous " -"souhaitez modifier. La version peut être sélectionnée dans la liste " -"déroulante du menu supérieur." - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:74 -msgid "" -"Head over to the page that you want to change and click on the **Edit on " -"GitHub** button in the bottom of the left menu." -msgstr "" -"Rendez-vous sur la page que vous souhaitez modifier et cliquez sur le bouton" -" **Modifier sur GitHub** en bas du menu de gauche." - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:79 -msgid "" -"If you do not have edit rights on the repository (`odoo/documentation-user " -"<https://github.com/odoo/documentation-user>`_), you need to fork it by " -"clicking on the appropriate button. In other terms, you create a copy of the" -" entire repository on your own account. If you do have the edit rights, skip" -" this step." -msgstr "" -"Si vous ne disposez pas des droits d'édition sur le référentiel (`odoo" -"/documentation-user <https://github.com/odoo/documentation-user>`_), vous " -"devez le fourcher en cliquant sur le bouton approprié. En d'autres termes, " -"vous créez une copie de l'ensemble du référentiel sur votre propre compte. " -"Si vous disposez des droits de modification, ignorez cette étape." - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:86 -msgid "" -"Make the appropriate changes while taking care of following the " -":doc:`guidelines <rst_guidelines>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:89 -msgid "" -"Click on the **Preview changes** button to review your contribution in a " -"more human-readable format. Be aware that the preview is not able to handle " -"all markups correctly. Notes and tips, for instance, are not correctly " -"rendered. The version of your content published to the website will be, " -"however." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:94 -msgid "" -"Go to the bottom of the page to create a commit (:dfn:`what packs your " -"changes together and labels them with a commit message`) of your changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:0 -msgid "" -"In first text box, describe your changes. For instance, \"Fix a typo\" and " -"\"Add documentation for invoicing of sales orders\" are two clear commit " -"messages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:0 -msgid "" -"In the second text box, justify *why* you made these changes, if you feel " -"that it is not obvious." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:101 -msgid "" -"Select the option \"Create a new branch for this commit and start a pull " -"request.\" if you have the choice (if you have partial or full edit writes " -"on the repository). If not, skip this step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:104 -msgid "" -"Click on the green button. It is either labelled \"Commit changes\" or " -"\"Propose file change\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:108 -msgid "" -"In the dropdown for the selection of the base branch (i.e., the version of " -"the documentation that your changes concern), make sure to select the same " -"version as in the first step of this guide and click on the **Create pull " -"request** button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:114 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:392 -msgid "" -"Double-check your :abbr:`PR (Pull Request)` and, when ready, click again on " -"the **Create pull request** button to submit your changes for review by a " -"redactor at Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:119 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:397 -msgid "" -"You're done! If your changes are approved straight away they will appear in " -"the documentation the very next day. It may also be the case that the " -"reviewer has a question or a remark, so make sure to check your " -"notifications or your emails, depending on your account settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:126 -msgid "Use the canonical Git workflow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:131 -msgid "Prepare your machine" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:136 -msgid "Install Git" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:138 -msgid "" -"We use `Git <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Git>`_ to manage the files of the" -" user documentation. It is a tool that allows to track the history of " -"changes made to a file and, more importantly, to work on different versions " -"of those files at the same time. It means that you do not need to worry " -"about overwriting someone else’s pending work when you start editing the " -"documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:143 -msgid "" -"You must then configure Git to identify yourself as the author of your " -"future contribution. Enter the same email address as the one you used to " -"register on GitHub." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:146 -msgid "Download and install **Git** on your machine." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:147 -msgid "" -"Verify that `the installation folder of Git is included in your system's " -"PATH variable <win-add-to-path_>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:149 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:174 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:320 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:337 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:368 -msgid "Execute the following commands in a terminal:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:159 -msgid "Fetch the sources" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:161 -msgid "" -"As stated earlier, our documentation (in all its versions) is maintained on " -"GitHub at `github.com/odoo/documentation-user <https://github.com/odoo" -"/documentation-user>`_. A modification is made by the mean of a :abbr:`PR " -"(Pull Request)` (:dfn:`proposal of content changes`) to allow for a review " -"of the changes before updating the sources of the documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:166 -msgid "" -"Prior to submitting a modification, you need to make a copy of the sources " -"and download that copy on your machine." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:169 -msgid "" -"Go to `github.com/odoo/documentation-user <https://github.com/odoo" -"/documentation-user>`_ and click on the **Fork** button in the top right " -"corner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:182 -msgid "" -"If you do not have edit rights on the repository owned by Odoo, replace " -"\"odoo\" with your Github username in the URL of the command above. If you " -"do have edit rights, it is not necessary to fork the repository." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:186 -msgid "" -"In order to ease the collaboration between writers coming from many " -"different systems and teams, execute the following group of commands that " -"correspond to your :abbr:`OS (Operating System)` in a terminal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:190 -msgid "Windows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:198 -msgid "Linux or Mac OS:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:209 -msgid "Python" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:211 -msgid "" -"Because the documentation is written in :abbr:`RST (reStructuredText)`, it " -"needs to be built (:dfn:`converted to HTML`) in order to display nicely. " -"This is done by the documentation generator which takes the original " -":abbr:`RST (reStructuredText)` files as input, transforms the markups in a " -"human-readable format, and outputs HTML files to be read in your web " -"browser." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:216 -msgid "" -"The documentation generator that we use is called `Sphinx <http://www" -".sphinx-doc.org/en/master/>`_. and is written in `Python " -"<https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Python_(programming_language)>`_. You have to" -" install Python in order to use Sphinx. For the record, Sphinx is the " -"program and Python the programming language, but you do not need to know " -"much more about them so don't panic!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:221 -msgid "" -"Python comes with its own package manager: `pip " -"<https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pip_(package_manager)>`_. It allows " -"installing Python dependencies in a single command." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:225 -msgid "" -"Download and install the latest release of **Python 3** on your machine." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:226 -msgid "" -"Make sure to have **pip** installed on your machine (on Windows, you can " -"install pip alongside Python)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:228 -msgid "" -"Execute the following commands in a terminal to verify that both " -"installations finished successfully:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:236 -msgid "" -"Execute the following commands in a terminal to install the Python " -"dependencies of the documentation:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:245 -msgid "" -"Depending on your :abbr:`OS (Operating System)`, you may need to run the " -"commands ``python`` and ``pip`` instead of ``python3`` and ``pip3``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:251 -msgid "Make" -msgstr "Marque" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:253 -msgid "" -"`Make <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Make_(software)>`_ is a tool that packs" -" a bunch of command-lines into one to be easier to remember and to type. In " -"our case, it is used to execute complex Sphinx build commands by using a " -"single and simpler one instead." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:257 -msgid "Download and install **Make** on your machine." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:258 -msgid "" -"Verify that `the installation folder of Make is included in your system's " -"PATH variable <win-add-to-path_>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:264 -msgid "pngquant" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:266 -msgid "" -"`pngquant <https://pngquant.org/>`_ is a tool that we use to compress PNG " -"images so that the documentation does not end up weighting several Gigabytes" -" in a few year span." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:269 -msgid "Download and install **pngquant** on your machine." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:270 -msgid "" -"Verify that `the installation folder of pngquant is included in your " -"system's PATH variable <win-add-to-path_>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:276 -msgid "Prepare your version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:278 -msgid "" -"Now that your machine is all set up, it is time to do the same for your " -"version of the documentation files. As it would not be convenient to have " -"several people working on the version 14.0 in parallel (conflicts of content" -" would occur all the time), and in order to be able to create a :abbr:`PR " -"(Pull Request)`, you must `create a new branch " -"<https://www.atlassian.com/git/tutorials/using-branches>`_ starting from the" -" branch 14.0. In other words, you copy the entirety of this version’s files " -"and give it another name. For this example, we will go with " -"``14.0-my_contribution``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:286 -msgid "Execute the following commands in a terminal to..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:288 -msgid "Navigate to the documentation folder:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:294 -msgid "Switch to the version 14.0:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:300 -msgid "Create your own branch which will be a copy of 14.0:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:309 -msgid "Perform your changes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:311 -msgid "" -"You can now perform any change you want to the documentation files. These " -"changes must be compliant with :abbr:`RST (reStructuredText)` syntax (see " -":doc:`rst_cheat_sheet`) and with our :doc:`guidelines <rst_guidelines>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:316 -msgid "" -"If your changes include the addition of a new image, for instance " -":file:`my_image.png`, proceed as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:319 -msgid "Make sure that the image is in ``.png`` format." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:327 -msgid "Delete :file:`my_image.png`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:328 -msgid "Rename :file:`my_image-fs8.png` to :file:`my_image.png`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:333 -msgid "Preview your changes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:335 -msgid "" -"To preview your changes in a generated documentation, proceed as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:346 -msgid "" -"You can omit the :command:`make clean` command when no recent change has " -"been made to the hierarchy of documentation files." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:349 -msgid "Fix any error or warning shown in the logs of the build." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:350 -msgid "" -"Open the file :file:`documentation-user/_build/html/index.html` with your " -"default web browser." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:353 -msgid "" -"These steps have for only purpose to show you the final results of your " -"changes. They have no impact on the documentation source files." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:359 -msgid "Submit your changes" -msgstr "Soumettez vos modifications" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:362 -msgid "" -"We expect you to have basic knowledge of Git, which should be enough to " -"cover the basic flow of a one-time contribution. If you plan on submitting " -"several contributions, work on older versions of the documentation or " -"perform any other advanced action, we recommend you to be confident with " -"Git. Help yourself with `this manual of Git " -"<https://www.atlassian.com/git>`_ and `this interactive tutorial " -"<https://learngitbranching.js.org/>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:376 -msgid "" -"Go to `github.com/odoo/documentation-user/pulls <https://github.com/odoo" -"/documentation-user/pulls>`_ and click on the **New pull request** button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:382 -msgid "" -"If you forked the base repository in the section :ref:`contributing/fetch-" -"sources`, click on the link **compare across forks** If not, skip this step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:387 -msgid "" -"In the dropdown for the selection of the base branch (i.e., the version of " -"the documentation that your changes concern), make sure to select the " -"version that your changes target (here **14.0**)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:5 -msgid "RST cheat sheet" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:10 -msgid "Headings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:13 -msgid "" -"For each formatting line (e.g., ``===``), write as many symbols (``=``) as " -"there are characters in the header." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:17 -msgid "" -"The symbols used for the formatting are, in fact, not important. Only the " -"order in which they are written matters, as it determines the size of the " -"decorated heading. This means that you may encounter different heading " -"formatting and in a different order, in which case you should follow the " -"formatting in place in the document. In any other case, use the formatting " -"shown below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:20 -msgid "Heading size" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:20 -msgid "Formatting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:20 -msgid "Min/Max number of occurrences" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:22 -msgid "H1" -msgstr "H1" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 -msgid "``=======``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 -msgid "``Heading``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:22 -msgid "1/1" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:26 -msgid "H2" -msgstr "H2" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:26 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:29 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:32 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:35 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:38 -msgid "0/∞" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:29 -msgid "H3" -msgstr "H3" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 -msgid "``-------``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:32 -msgid "H4" -msgstr "H4" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 -msgid "``~~~~~~~``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:35 -msgid "H5" -msgstr "H5" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 -msgid "``*******``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:38 -msgid "H6" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 -msgid "``^^^^^^^``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:45 -msgid "Markup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:50 -msgid "Inline markup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:52 -msgid "Use the following markups to emphasize your text to your liking:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:55 -msgid "\\*\\*Text\\*\\*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:55 -msgid "**Text**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:57 -msgid "\\*Text\\*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:57 -msgid "*Text*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:59 -msgid "\\`\\`Text\\`\\`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:59 -msgid "``Text``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:63 -msgid ":ref:`contributing/specialized-directives`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:68 -msgid "Bulleted list" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:84 -msgid "Numbered list" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:99 -msgid "Nested lists" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:111 -msgid "Hyperlinks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:116 -msgid "Hyperlink references" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:118 -msgid "" -"Hyperlink references are links to a URL with a custom label. They follow " -"this syntax: ```label <URL>`_``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:122 -msgid "The URL can be a relative path to a file within the documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:125 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:146 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:192 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:232 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:263 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:288 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:313 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:19 -msgid "Example" -msgstr "Exemple" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:127 -msgid "" -"This excerpt of :abbr:`RST (reStructuredText)`: ``For instance, `this is a " -"hyperlink reference <https://odoo.com>`_.`` is rendered as follows in HTML: " -"“For instance, `this is a hyperlink reference <https://odoo.com>`_.”" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:134 -msgid "External hyperlink targets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:136 -msgid "" -"External hyperlink targets allow creating shortcuts for hyperlink " -"references." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:137 -msgid "The definition syntax is as follows: ``.. _target: URL``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:138 -msgid "There are two ways to reference them, depending on the use case:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:140 -msgid "" -"``target_`` creates a hyperlink with the target name as label and the URL as" -" reference. Note that the ``_`` moved after the target!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:142 -msgid "" -"```label <target_>`_`` does exactly what you expect: the label replaces the " -"name of the target, and the target is replaced by the URL." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:149 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:195 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:235 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:266 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:291 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:316 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:352 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:373 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:392 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:413 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:432 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:453 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:490 -msgid "RST" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:159 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:211 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:243 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:274 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:299 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:330 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:361 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:381 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:401 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:421 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:441 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:461 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:499 -msgid "Render" -msgstr "Rendre" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:161 -msgid "" -"A `proof-of-concept <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Proof_of_concept>`_ is a " -"simplified version, a prototype of what is expected to agree on the main " -"lines of expected changes. `PoC " -"<https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Proof_of_concept>`_ is a common abbreviation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:168 -msgid "Internal hyperlink targets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:170 -msgid "" -"Internal hyperlink targets follow the same syntax as external hyperlink " -"targets but without any URL. Indeed, they are internal. They allow " -"referencing a specific part of a document by using the target as an anchor. " -"When the user clicks on the reference, the documentation scrolls to the part" -" of the page containing the target." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:176 -msgid "" -"Targets can be referenced from other files than the ones in which they are " -"defined." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:178 -msgid "The definition syntax is: ``.. _target:``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:179 -msgid "" -"There are two ways to reference them, both using the ``ref`` directive:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:181 -msgid "" -"``:ref:`target``` creates a hyperlink to the anchor with the heading defined" -" below as label." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:182 -msgid "" -"``:ref:`label <target>``` creates a hyperlink to the anchor with the given " -"label." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:184 -msgid "" -"See :ref:`contributing/relative-links` to learn how to write proper relative" -" links for internal references." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:188 -msgid "" -"Notice that there is no ``_`` at the end, as it is done with :ref:`hyperlink" -" targets <contributing/hyperlink-references>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:213 -msgid "" -"This can easily be done by creating a new product, see `How to create a " -"product? <https://example.com/product>`_ for additional help." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:216 -msgid "**How to create a product?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:218 -msgid "" -"As explained at the `start of the page <https://example.com/scroll-to-start-" -"of-page>`_, ..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:223 -msgid "Implicit hyperlink targets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:227 -msgid "" -"Implicit hyperlink targets are a special kind of internal hyperlink targets:" -" they are automatically generated by section titles, footnotes, etc. " -"Consequently, they don’t have a definition syntax." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:229 -msgid "" -"They can be referenced the same first way as external hyperlink targets by " -"using the name of the section title as URL." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:245 -msgid "" -"This can easily be done by creating a new user, see `How to create a new " -"user? <https://example.com/how-to-create-a-user>`_ for additional help. ..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:251 -msgid "The ``doc`` directive" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:254 -msgid "" -"The ``doc`` directive allows referencing a documentation page wherever it is" -" in the file tree through a relative file path." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:255 -msgid "As usual, there are two ways to use the directive:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:257 -msgid "" -"``:doc:`path_to_doc_page``` creates a hyperlink reference to the " -"documentation page with the title of the page as label." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:259 -msgid "" -"``:doc:`label <path_to_doc_page>``` creates a hyperlink reference to the " -"documentation page with the given label." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:276 -msgid "" -"Please refer to `this documentation " -"<https://example.com/doc/accounting/invoices.html>`_ and to `Send a pro-" -"forma invoice <https://example.com/doc/sales/proforma.html>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:282 -msgid "The ``download`` directive" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:284 -msgid "" -"The ``download`` directive allows referencing files (that are not " -"necessarily :abbr:`RST (reStructuredText)` documents) within the source tree" -" to be downloaded." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:301 -msgid "" -"Download this `module structure template " -"<https://example.com/doc/odoosh/extras/my_module.zip>`_ to start building " -"your module in no time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:307 -msgid "The ``image`` directive" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:309 -msgid "" -"The ``image`` directive allows inserting images in a document. It comes with" -" a set of optional parameter directives that can individually be omitted if " -"considered redundant." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:344 -msgid "Admonitions (alert blocks)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:349 -msgid "Seealso" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:364 -msgid "" -"`Customer invoices <https://example.com/doc/accounting/invoices.html>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:365 -msgid "" -"`Pro-forma invoices <https://example.com/doc/sales/proforma.html#activate-" -"the-feature>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:370 -msgid "Note" -msgstr "Note" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:384 -msgid "" -"Use this to get the attention of the reader about additional information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:389 -msgid "Tip" -msgstr "Pourboire" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:404 -msgid "" -"Use this to inform the reader about a useful trick that requires an action." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:410 -msgid "Important" -msgstr "Important" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:424 -msgid "Use this to notify the reader about an important information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:429 -msgid "Warning" -msgstr "Avertissement" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:444 -msgid "" -"Use this to require the reader to proceed with caution with what is " -"described in the warning." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:450 -msgid "Danger" -msgstr "Danger" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:464 -msgid "Use this to alarm the reader about a serious threat." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:469 -msgid "Formatting tips" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:474 -msgid "Add banners on top of documents" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:480 -msgid "" -"The Odoo theme supports banner images at the top of documents. At the first " -"line of your documents, insert the directive ``:banner: " -"banners/file_name.png``. Replace ``file_name.png`` with the file that you " -"placed in :file:`_static/banners` to server as a banner of your document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:487 -msgid "Break the line but not the paragraph" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:502 -msgid "" -"First super long line that you break in two… here is rendered as a single " -"line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:503 -msgid "Second line that follows a line break." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:508 -msgid "Add comments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:510 -msgid "" -"If you made a particular choice of writing or formatting that a future " -"writer should be able to understand and take into account, consider writing " -"a comment. Comments are blocks of text that do not count as a part of the " -"documentation and that are used to pass a message to writers of the source " -"code. They consist of a line starting with two dots and a space, followed by" -" the comment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:515 -msgid "" -"``.. For instance, this line will not be rendered in the documentation.``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:520 -msgid "Use tables" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:522 -msgid "" -"Make use of `this convenient table generator " -"<https://www.tablesgenerator.com/text_tables>`_ to build your tables. Then, " -"copy-paste the generated formatting into your document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:528 -msgid "Spice up your writing with specialized directives" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:530 -msgid "Use these additional directives to fine-tune your content:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:533 -msgid "**Directive**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:533 -msgid "**Purpose**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:533 -msgid "**Example**" -msgstr "**Exemple**" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:535 -msgid "**RST**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:535 -msgid "**HTML**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:537 -msgid "``abbr``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:537 -msgid "Self-defining abbreviations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:537 -msgid "``:abbr:`SO (Sales Order)```" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:537 -msgid ":abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:539 -msgid "``command``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:539 -msgid "Highlight a command" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:539 -msgid "``:command:`python example.py```" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:539 -msgid ":command:`python example.py`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:541 -msgid "``dfn``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:541 -msgid "Define a term" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:541 -msgid "``:dfn:`a definition for a new term```" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:541 -msgid ":dfn:`a definition for a new term`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:543 -msgid "``file``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:543 -msgid "Indicate a file path" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:543 -msgid "``:file:`~/odoo/odoo-bin```" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:543 -msgid ":file:`~/odoo/odoo-bin`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:545 -msgid "``menuselection``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:545 -msgid "Guide a user through a sequence of menus" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:545 -msgid "``:menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings```" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:545 -msgid ":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:551 -msgid "Escape markup symbols (Advanced)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:553 -msgid "" -"Markup symbols escaped with backslashes (``\\``) are rendered normally. For " -"instance, ``this \\*\\*line of text\\*\\* with \\*markup\\* symbols`` is " -"rendered as “this \\*\\*line of text\\*\\* with \\*markup\\* symbols”." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:557 -msgid "" -"When it comes to backticks (`````), which are used in many case such as " -":ref:`hyperlink references <contributing/hyperlink-references>`, using " -"backslashes for escaping is no longer an option because the outer backticks " -"interpret enclosed backslashes and thus prevent them from escaping inner " -"backticks. For instance, ```\\`this formatting\\```` produces an ``[UNKNOWN " -"NODE title_reference]`` error. Instead, `````this formatting````` should be " -"used to produce the following result: ```this formatting```." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:5 -msgid "RST guidelines" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:10 -msgid "Use relative links for internal URLs" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:12 -msgid "" -"If you need to reference an internal documentation page or a file that is " -"not sitting in the same directory as your current page, always make use of " -"*relative file paths* rather than *absolute file paths*. An absolute file " -"path indicates the location of the target from the root of its file tree. A " -"relative file path makes use of smart notations (such as ``../`` git that " -"redirects to the parent folder) to indicate the location of the target " -"*relative* to that of the source document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:21 -msgid "Given the following source file tree:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:33 -msgid "" -"A reference to the rendered :file:`prices.html` and :file:`variants.html` " -"could be made from :file:`import.rst` as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:36 -msgid "Absolute:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:38 -msgid "" -"``https://odoo.com/documentation/user/14.0/sales/products_prices/prices.html``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:39 -msgid "" -"``https://odoo.com/documentation/user/14.0/sales/products_prices/products/variants.html``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:41 -msgid "Relative:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:43 -msgid "``../prices.html``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:44 -msgid "``variants.html``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:46 -msgid "" -"The relative links are clearly superior in terms of readability and " -"stability: the references survive version updates, folder name changes and " -"file tree restructurations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:52 -msgid "Start a new line before the 100th character" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:54 -msgid "" -"In RST, it is possible to break a line without forcing a line break on the " -"rendered HTML. Make use of this feature to write **lines of maximum 100 " -"characters**. A line break in a sentence results in an additional whitespace" -" in HTML. That means that you do not need to leave a trailing whitespace at " -"the end of a line to separate words." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:60 -msgid "" -"You can safely break a line around the separators (``-->``) of " -"``menuselection`` directives and anywhere in a hyperlink reference. For the " -"``doc``, ``ref`` and ``download`` directives, this is only true for the " -"label part of the reference." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:65 -msgid "Example: Line breaks within directive and inline markup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:74 -msgid "Be consistent with indentation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:76 -msgid "Use only spaces (never tabs)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:78 -msgid "" -"Use as many spaces at the beginning of an indented line as needed to align " -"it with the first character of the directive in the line above. This usually" -" implies 3 spaces but you only need 2 for bulleted lists." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:83 -msgid "Example: The first ``:`` is below the ``i`` (3 spaces)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Example: The ``:titlesonly:`` and page references start below the ``t`` (3 " -"spaces)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:103 -msgid "" -"Example: Continuation lines resume below the ``I``’s of “Invoice” (2 spaces)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:113 -msgid "Use the menuselection directive" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:115 -msgid "" -"Although chaining characters ``‣`` and menu names works fine to indicate a " -"user which menus to click, it is best to use the ``menuselection`` directive" -" (see :ref:`contributing/specialized-directives`) for the same result. " -"Indeed, it renders the menus chain consistently with the rest of the " -"documentation and would automatically adapt to the new graphic chart if we " -"were to switch to a new one. This directive is used inline as follows: " -"``:menuselection:`Settings --> Products --> Variants```." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:125 -msgid "Write resilient code" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:127 -msgid "" -"Prefer the use of ``#.`` in numbered lists instead of ``1.``, ``2.``, etc. " -"This removes the risk of breaking the numbering when adding new elements to " -"the list and is easier to maintain." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:129 -msgid "" -"Avoid using implicit hyperlink targets and prefer internal hyperlink targets" -" instead. Referencing the implicit target ``How to print quotations?`` is " -"more prone to break than a reference to the explicit target " -"``_print_quotation`` which never appears in the rendered HTML and is thus " -"even less likely to be modified." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:137 -msgid "Prefix hyperlink targets with application names" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:139 -msgid "" -"As hyperlink targets are visible from the entire documentation when " -"referenced with the ``ref`` directive, it is recommended to prefix the " -"target name with that of the related application. For instance, naming a " -"target ``_amazon/form`` instead of ``_form`` avoids unwanted behaviors and " -"makes the purpose of the target clear." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:147 -msgid "Don’t break hyperlink targets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:149 -msgid "" -"When refactoring (improving without adding new content) section headings or " -"hyperlink targets, take care not to break any hyperlink reference to these " -"targets or update them accordingly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:155 -msgid "Use single-underscore suffixes for hyperlink references" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:160 -msgid "" -"Although using a double-underscore suffix works most of the time for classic" -" hyperlink references, it is not recommended as double-underscores normally " -"indicate an anonymous hyperlink reference. This is a special kind of " -"hyperlink reference that makes use of nameless hyperlink targets consisting " -"only of two underscore." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:162 -msgid "" -"tl;dr: Double-underscore suffixes work until they don’t and are bad " -"practice, use single-underscore suffixes instead." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po deleted file mode 100644 index aac3cbf2f..000000000 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1423 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# David David <f322p3ph@yahoo.fr>, 2020 -# Jérôme Tanché <jerome.tanche@ouest-dsi.fr>, 2020 -# Sébastien BÜHL <buhlsebastien@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Renaud de Colombel <rdecolombel@sgen.cfdt.fr>, 2020 -# Martin Trigaux, 2021 -# Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2021 -# Cécile Collart <cco@odoo.com>, 2021 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Cécile Collart <cco@odoo.com>, 2021\n" -"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: fr\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" - -#: ../../crm.rst:5 -msgid "CRM" -msgstr "CRM" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads.rst:3 -msgid "Acquire leads" -msgstr "Acquérir des pistes" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:3 -msgid "Convert leads into opportunities" -msgstr "Convertir des pistes en opportunités" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The system can generate leads instead of opportunities, in order to add a " -"qualification step before converting a *Lead* into an *Opportunity* and " -"assigning to the right sales people." -msgstr "" -"Le système peut générer des pistes au lieu des opportunités, afin d'ajouter " -"une étape de qualification avant de convertir une *Piste* en *Opportunité* " -"et de l'affecter aux bons vendeurs." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:9 -msgid "" -"You can activate this mode from the CRM Settings. It applies to all your " -"sales channels by default. But you can make it specific for specific " -"channels from their configuration form." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez activer ce mode depuis les paramètres du CRM. Il s'appliquera " -"par défaut à tous vos canaux de vente. Mais vous pouvez le rendre spécifique" -" pour certains canaux depuis leur formulaire de configuration." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:14 -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:41 -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:8 -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:11 -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:27 -#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:9 -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:12 -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:12 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Configuration" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:16 -msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> " -"Settings` and activate the *Leads* feature." -msgstr "" -"Pour activer cette fonctionnalité, allez dans :menuselection:`CRM --> " -"Configuration --> Paramètres` et cochez la case *Pistes*." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:22 -msgid "" -"You will now have a new submenu *Leads* under *Leads* where they will " -"aggregate." -msgstr "Elles viendront désormais s'ajouter au nouveau sous-menu *Pistes*." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:29 -msgid "Convert a lead into an opportunity" -msgstr "Convertir une piste en une opportunité" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:31 -msgid "" -"When you click on a *Lead* you will have the option to convert it to an " -"opportunity and decide if it should still be assigned to the same " -"channel/person and if you need to create a new customer." -msgstr "" -"Quand vous cliquez sur une *Piste*, vous aurez la possibilité de la " -"convertir en une opportunité, de décider si elle doit être toujours assignée" -" au même canal ou à la même personne, et si vous devez créer ou pas un " -"nouveau client." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:38 -msgid "" -"If you already have an opportunity with that customer Odoo will " -"automatically offer you to merge with that opportunity. In the same manner, " -"Odoo will automatically offer you to link to an existing customer if that " -"customer already exists." -msgstr "" -"Si vous avez déjà défini une opportunité pour ce client, Odoo vous proposera" -" automatiquement de fusionner avec cette opportunité. De la même manière, " -"Odoo vous proposera de créer un lien vers un client qui existerait déjà." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:44 -msgid "Merge opportunities" -msgstr "Fusionner des opportunités" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Odoo will also automatically propose to merge opportunities if they have the" -" same email address. When merging opportunities, Odoo merges the information" -" into the opportunity which was created first, giving priority to the " -"information present on the first opportunity." -msgstr "" -"Odoo vous proposera aussi de fusionner automatiquement des opportunités si " -"elles ont la même adresse email. Lors de cette fusion, Odoo fusionne les " -"informations dans l'opportunité qui a été créée en premier, en donnant la " -"priorité aux informations présentes dans la première opportunité." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:51 -msgid "" -"No information is lost: data from the other opportunity is logged in the " -"chatter and the information fields for easy access." -msgstr "" -"Aucune information n'est perdue : pour un accès plus rapide, les données " -"venant de l'autre opportunité sont enregistrées dans le chatter et dans les " -"champs d'information." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Would you find a duplicate yourself, ...you can also merge opportunities or " -"leads even if the system doesn't propose it." -msgstr "" -"Si vous trouvez vous-même un doublon, vous pouvez aussi fusionner les " -"opportunités ou les pistes même si le système ne vous le propose pas." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Here’s how, from the list view. Select the opportunities or leads you want " -"to merge and the action button will appear. Then, you can select merge." -msgstr "" -"Voici comment : depuis l'aperçu de la liste, sélectionnez les opportunités " -"ou les pistes que vous voulez fusionner et le bouton action s'affichera. " -"Ensuite, sélectionnez fusionner." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:67 -msgid "It is also possible to merge more than 2 opportunities or leads." -msgstr "" -"Il est également possible de fusionner plus de deux opportunités ou pistes." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:3 -msgid "Generate leads/opportunities from emails" -msgstr "Générer des pistes et des opportunités à partir des emails" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Automating the lead/opportunity generation will considerably improve your " -"efficiency. By default, any email sent to *sales@database\\_domain.ext* will" -" create an opportunity in the pipeline of the default sales channel." -msgstr "" -"Automatiser la création de pistes et d'opportunités améliorera " -"considérablement votre efficacité. Par défaut, tout mail envoyé à " -"*sales@database\\_domain.ext* créera une opportunité dans le pipeline du " -"canal de ventes par défaut." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:11 -msgid "Configure email aliases" -msgstr "Configurer les alias des adresses email" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Each sales teams can have its own email alias, to generate " -"leads/opportunities automatically assigned to it. It is useful if you manage" -" several sales teams with specific business processes. You will find the " -"configuration of sales teams under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Sales " -"Teams`." -msgstr "" -"Chaque équipe de vente peut avoir son propre alias email pour générer " -"automatiquement les pistes/opportunités qui lui sont assignées. Cela est " -"utile si vous gérez plusieurs équipes de vente avec des processus " -"spécifiques. Vous trouverez la configuration des équipes de vente sur " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Équipes de vente`." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:3 -msgid "Generate leads/opportunities from your website contact page" -msgstr "" -"Générer des pistes et des opportunités à partir de la page contact de votre " -"site internet" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Automating the lead/opportunity generation will considerably improve your " -"efficiency. Any visitor using the contact form on your website will create a" -" lead/opportunity in the pipeline." -msgstr "" -"Automatiser la création de pistes et d'opportunités améliorera " -"considérablement votre efficacité. Tout visiteur utilisant le formulaire de " -"contact de votre site web créera une piste ou une opportunité dans le " -"pipeline." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:10 -msgid "Use the contact us on your website" -msgstr "Utiliser le formulaire de contact de votre site Web" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:12 -msgid "You should first go to your website app." -msgstr "Rendez-vous, tout d'abord, sur l'application Site Web." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:14 -msgid "|image0|\\ |image1|" -msgstr "|image0|\\ |image1|" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:16 -msgid "" -"With the CRM app installed, you benefit from a ready-to-use contact form on " -"your Odoo website that will generate leads/opportunities automatically." -msgstr "" -"Avec l'installation de l'application CRM, vous bénéficiez sur votre site Web" -" Odoo d'un formulaire de contact prêt à l'emploi qui génère automatiquement " -"des pistes et des opportunités." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:23 -msgid "" -"To change to a specific sales channel, go to :menuselection:`Website --> " -"Configuration --> Settings` under *Communication* you will find the Contact " -"Form info and where to change the *Sales Channel* or *Salesperson*." -msgstr "" -"Pour assigner les pistes à une équipe commerciale précise, allez dans " -":menuselection:`Site Web --> Configuration --> Paramètres`, vous trouverez " -"dans la partie *Communication* les informations du formulaire de contact et " -"vous pourrez modifier l'*Équipe commerciale* ou le *Vendeur*." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:32 -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:50 -msgid "Create a custom contact form" -msgstr "Créer un formulaire de contact personnalisé" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:34 -msgid "" -"You may want to know more from your visitor when they use the contact form " -"to you will need to build a custom contact form on your website. These " -"contact forms can generate multiple types of records in the system (emails, " -"leads/opportunities, project tasks, helpdesk tickets, etc.)" -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez vouloir en apprendre plus sur vos visiteurs quand ils utilisent " -"le formulaire de contact pour vous joindre. Vous aurez alors besoin de " -"construire un formulaire de contact personnalisé sur votre site Web. Ces " -"formulaires de contact peuvent générer de nombreux types d'enregistrements " -"dans le système (emails, pistes/opportunités, tâches, tickets d'assistance " -"technique, etc.)." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:43 -msgid "" -"You will need to install the free *Form Builder* module, only available in " -"Odoo Enterprise." -msgstr "" -"Vous devez installer le module gratuit *Générateur de formulaire*, qui est " -"uniquement disponible dans Odoo Entreprise." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:52 -msgid "" -"First, go to the page where you want to put your contact form. In edit mode," -" drag the form builder onto the page, and you will be able to add all the " -"fields you wish." -msgstr "" -"Allez tout d'abord sur la page où vous désirez insérer votre formulaire de " -"contact. Dans le mode édition, déplacez le générateur de formulaire dans " -"votre page et vous pourrez ajouter tous les champs que vous souhaitez." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:59 -msgid "" -"By default, any new contact form will send an email. You can switch to " -"lead/opportunity generation in *Change Form Parameters*." -msgstr "" -"Par défaut, tout nouveau contact générera l'envoi d'un email. Vous pouvez " -"passer à la génération de pistes ou d'opportunités dans *Modifier les " -"paramètres du formulaire*." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:63 -msgid "" -"If the same visitor uses the contact form twice, the second entry will be " -"added to the first lead/opportunity in the chatter." -msgstr "" -"Si un même utilisateur utilise le formulaire de contact deux fois, la " -"deuxième entrée sera ajoutée à la première piste ou opportunité dans le " -"chatter." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:67 -msgid "Generate leads instead of opportunities" -msgstr "Générer des pistes plutôt que des opportunités" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:69 -msgid "" -"When using a contact form, you should use a qualification step before " -"assigning the form to the right sales people. To do so, activate *Leads* in " -"CRM settings and refer to :doc:`convert`." -msgstr "" -"Lorsque vous utilisez un formulaire de contact, vous devez utiliser une " -"étape de qualification avant d'attribuer le formulaire aux vendeurs. Pour le" -" faire, activez *Pistes* dans les paramètres CRM et référez-vous à " -":doc:`convert`." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:3 -msgid "Lead mining" -msgstr "Prospection de pistes" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:4 -msgid "" -"In any business, getting quality leads is essential to keep the business " -"growing. Lead mining allows you to generate leads from scratch directly from" -" your database. Target your leads based on a set of criteria such as the " -"country, the size of the company, the industry your leads are coming from to" -" make them relevant to your business." -msgstr "" -"Dans toute entreprise, il est essentiel d'obtenir des pistes de qualité pour" -" maintenir la croissance de l'entreprise. La prospection de pistes vous " -"permet de générer des pistes à partir de zéro, directement à partir de votre" -" base de données. Ciblez vos pistes en fonction d'un ensemble de critères " -"tels que le pays, la taille de l'entreprise et le secteur d'activité d'où " -"elles proviennent afin de les rendre pertinentes pour votre entreprise." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:10 -msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> " -"Settings` and activate the **Lead Mining** feature." -msgstr "" -"Pour que cette fonctionnalité fonctionne, allez à :menuselection:`CRM --> " -"Configuration --> Paramètres` et activez la fonction **Lead Mining**." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:17 -msgid "Start generating leads" -msgstr "Générer des pistes" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:18 -msgid "" -"You will now have a new button **Generate Leads** available in your " -"pipeline. You are also able to create lead mining requests from the " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Lead Mining Requests` and trough " -":menuselection:`Leads --> Leads` where you have the **Generate Leads** " -"button." -msgstr "" -"Un nouveau bouton **Générer des pistes** est désormais disponible dans votre" -" pipeline. Vous pouvez aussi créer une requête de prospection de pistes " -"depuis :menuselection:`Configuration --> Requêtes de prospection de pistes` " -"et via :menuselection:`Pistes --> Pistes` à partir du bouton **Générer des " -"pistes**." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:27 -msgid "" -"From there, click on the **Generate Leads** button, a window where you will " -"be able to pick your criteria will pop up." -msgstr "" -"De là, cliquez sur le bouton **Générer des pistes**, une fenêtre dans " -"laquelle vous pouvez choisir vos critères apparaîtra." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:34 -msgid "" -"When choosing to target Companied and their contacts you can choose the " -"contacts you are getting based on Role or Seniority. When getting contact " -"information make sure to be aware of the latest EU regulation, get more " -"information about General Data Protection Regulation on `Odoo GDPR " -"<http://odoo.com/gdpr>`__," -msgstr "" -"Lorsque vous choisissez de cibler des entreprises et leurs contacts, vous " -"pouvez choisir les contacts que vous obtenez en fonction du rôle ou de " -"l'ancienneté. Pour obtenir des informations sur les contacts, assurez-vous " -"de connaître la dernière réglementation de l'UE. Pour plus d'informations " -"sur le règlement général sur la protection des données, consultez le site " -"\"Odoo GDPR <http://odoo.com/gdpr>`__\"," - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:39 -msgid "" -"You can decide to filter the leads you are getting depending on the size " -"(number of employees) of the companies. You can pick the countries your " -"leads are coming from. It is possible to pick multiple countries. You can " -"pick the industries your leads are coming from. It is possible to pick " -"multiple industries." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez décider de filtrer les pistes que vous obtenez en fonction de la" -" taille (nombre d'employés) des entreprises. Vous pouvez choisir les pays " -"d'où proviennent vos pistes. Il est possible de sélectionner plusieurs pays." -" Vous pouvez sélectionner les secteurs d'activité d'où proviennent vos " -"pistes. Il est possible de sélectionner plusieurs industries." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:43 -msgid "" -"You can choose the salesperson and the Salesteam the lead will be assigned " -"to. You can also add tags to track your generated leads." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez choisir le vendeur et l'équipe de vente à laquelle le " -"responsable sera affecté. Vous pouvez également ajouter des balises pour " -"suivre vos pistes générées." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:47 -msgid "The generated leads will have the name of the company." -msgstr "Les pistes générées auront le même nom que l'entreprise." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:50 -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:138 -#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:36 -msgid "Pricing" -msgstr "Tarification" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:51 -msgid "" -"This is an In-App Purchase feature, each generated lead will cost you one " -"credit. If you choose to get contact information each contact will also cost" -" us one additional credit. Here is the pricing for this `feature " -"<https://iap.odoo.com/iap/in-app-services/167?>`__, To buy credits you can " -"either go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Settings --> Buy " -"Credits`; or go to :menuselection:`Settings --> In-App Purchases --> View my" -" Services`." -msgstr "" -"Il s'agit d'une fonctionnalité d'achat In-App, chaque piste générée vous " -"coûtera un crédit. Si vous décidez d'obtenir des informations de contact, " -"chaque contact vous coûtera aussi un crédit supplémentaire. Voici le coût de" -" cette `fonctionnalité <https://iap.odoo.com/iap/in-app-services/167?>`__. " -"Pour acheter des crédits, vous pouvez soit aller dans :menuselection:`CRM " -"--> Configuration --> Paramètres --> Acheter des crédits` ; soit dans " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Achats In-App --> Voir mes Services`." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:65 -msgid "" -"The blue box will automatically tell you how many credits are going to be " -"consumed." -msgstr "" -"La boîte bleue vous indiquera automatiquement le nombre de crédits qui vont " -"être utilisés." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:68 -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:169 -msgid "" -"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you " -"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." -msgstr "" -"Si vous êtes sur Odoo Online (SAAS) et disposez de la version Entreprise, " -"vous bénéficiez de crédits d'essai gratuits pour tester cette " -"fonctionnalité." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:71 -msgid "" -":doc:`In-App Purchases (IAP) " -"<../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase>`" -msgstr "" -":doc:`In-App Purchases (IAP) " -"<../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase>`" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:3 -msgid "Send quotations" -msgstr "Envoyer des devis" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When you qualify a lead into an opportunity you will most likely need to " -"send them a quotation. You can directly do this in the CRM App with Odoo." -msgstr "" -"Quand vous qualifiez une piste en opportunité, vous aurez sans doute besoin " -"de lui faire parvenir un devis. Vous pouvez faire cela directement dans " -"l'application CRM d'Odoo." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:12 -msgid "Create a new quotation" -msgstr "Créer un nouveau devis" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:14 -msgid "" -"By clicking on any opportunity or lead, you will see a *New Quotation* " -"button, it will bring you into a new menu where you can manage your quote." -msgstr "" -"En cliquant sur une opportunité ou une piste, vous verrez apparaître un " -"bouton *Nouveau Devis* qui vous amènera à un nouveau menu vous permettant de" -" gérer votre devis." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:21 -msgid "" -"You will find all your quotes to that specific opportunity under the " -"*Quotations* menu on that page." -msgstr "" -"Vous trouverez tous vos devis relatifs à cette opportunité sous le menu " -"*Devis* de cette page." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:28 -msgid "Mark them won/lost" -msgstr "Marquer comme gagné/perdu" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Now you will need to mark your opportunity as won or lost to move the " -"process along." -msgstr "" -"Vous devrez maintenant marquer votre opportunité comme gagnée ou perdue pour" -" passer à l'étape suivante." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:33 -msgid "" -"If you mark them as won, they will move to your *Won* column in your Kanban " -"view. If you however mark them as *Lost* they will be archived." -msgstr "" -"Si vous les marquez comme gagnées, elles se placeront dans la colonne " -"*Gagné* de la vue Kanban. Si néanmoins vous les marquez comme *Perdu*, elles" -" seront archivées." - -#: ../../crm/optimize.rst:3 -msgid "Optimize your Day-to-Day work" -msgstr "Optimiser votre travail quotidien" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:3 -msgid "How to motivate and reward my salespeople?" -msgstr "Comment motiver et récompenser mes vendeurs ?" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Challenging your employees to reach specific targets with goals and rewards " -"is an excellent way to reinforce good habits and improve your salespeople " -"productivity. The Gamification module gives you simple and creative ways to " -"motivate and evaluate your employees with real-time recognition and badges " -"inspired by game mechanics." -msgstr "" -"Encourager vos employés à atteindre des cibles précises avec des objectifs " -"et des récompenses est un excellent moyen de renforcer les bonnes habitudes " -"et d'améliorer la productivité de vos vendeurs. Le module Émulation d'Odoo " -"vous donne des moyens simples et créatifs pour motiver et évaluer vos " -"employés avec la reconnaissance en temps réel et des badges inspirés par " -"l'univers du jeu." - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Install the *Gamification* module, or the *CRM gamification* one, which adds" -" some useful data (goals and challenges) that can be used on *CRM/Sale*." -msgstr "" -"Installez le module *Emulation*, ou *Emulation CRM*, qui ajoute des données " -"utiles (objectifs et défis) utilisables sur *CRM/Ventes*." - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:21 -msgid "Create a challenge" -msgstr "Créez un défi" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Now, create your first challenge by going to :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Gamification Tools --> Challenges`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:27 -msgid "" -"As the gamification tool is a one-time technical setup, you need to activate" -" the technical features in order to access the configuration. To do so, go " -"to *Settings* and *Activate the developer mode*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:35 -msgid "" -"A challenge is a mission that you send to your sales team. It can include " -"one or several goals, set for a specific period of time. Configure your " -"challenge as follows:" -msgstr "" -"Un défi est une mission que vous envoyez à votre équipe commerciale. Il peut" -" inclure un ou plusieurs objectifs, fixés pour une période de temps " -"spécifique. Configurez votre défi comme suit :" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:38 -msgid "Assign the salespeople to be challenged;" -msgstr "Affecter les commerciaux à interpeller;" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:39 -msgid "Assign a responsible;" -msgstr "Affectez un responsable;" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:40 -msgid "Set up the periodicity along with the start and the end date;" -msgstr "Configurez la périodicité avec la date de début et de fin;" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:41 -msgid "Select your goals;" -msgstr "Sélectionnez vos objectifs;" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:42 -msgid "Set up your rewards (badges)." -msgstr "Configurez vos récompenses (badges)." - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Badges are granted when a challenge is finished. This is either at the end " -"of a running period (eg: end of the month for a monthly challenge), at the " -"end date of a challenge (if no periodicity is set), or when the challenge is" -" manually closed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:49 -msgid "" -"In the example below, 2 employees are being challenged with a *Monthly Sales" -" Target*. The challenge is based on 2 goals: the total amount invoiced and " -"number of new leads generated. At the end of the month, the winner will be " -"granted with a badge." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:58 -msgid "Set up goals" -msgstr "Définissez des objectifs" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:60 -msgid "" -"The users can be evaluated using goals and numerical objectives to reach." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:62 -msgid "" -"**Goals** are assigned through *challenges* that evaluate (see image above) " -"and compare members of a team throughout time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:66 -msgid "" -"You can create a new goal on the fly from a *Challenge* by clicking on *Add " -"new item*, under *Goals*. Select the business object according to your " -"company's needs. Examples: number of new leads, time to qualify a lead, " -"total amount invoiced in a specific week, month or any other time frame " -"based on your management preferences, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Goals may include your database setup as well (e.g. set your company data " -"and a timezone, create new users, etc.)." -msgstr "" -"Les objectifs peuvent aussi inclure la configuration de votre base de " -"données (par ex. définir les données de votre entreprise et un fuseau " -"horaire, créer de nouveaux utilisateurs, etc.)." - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:77 -msgid "Set up rewards" -msgstr "Configurez vos récompenses" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:79 -msgid "" -"For non-numerical achievements, **Badges** can be granted to users. From a " -"simple thank you to an exceptional achievement, a badge is an easy way to " -"express gratitude to a user for their good work. To create and grant badges " -"to your employees based on their performance, go to :menuselection:`Settings" -" --> Gamification Tools --> Badges`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:3 -msgid "Outlook Extension" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The **Odoo CRM Extension** is a connector that bridges your Outlook mailbox " -"with your Odoo database. This extension allows you to:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:8 -msgid "Create leads from emails sent to your mailbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:9 -msgid "Centralize Prospects' emails into a CRM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:10 -msgid "Search and store insights on your contacts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:17 -msgid "" -"This extension is compatible with the Web version of Outlook as well as the " -"desktop apps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:20 -msgid "" -"The Outlook Extension uses *Partner Autocomplete IAP credits* to search and " -"store insights on your contacts. See the :ref:`Pricing section " -"<outlook_extension/pricing>` below for more information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:29 -msgid "" -"The Outlook Extension requires to be configured both in Odoo and in Outlook." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:34 -msgid "Enable the feature on your database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:36 -msgid "" -"To enable this feature on your Odoo database, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> " -"Configuration --> Lead Generation`, enable **Outlook CRM Extension**, and " -"click on *Save*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:42 -msgid "Install the add-in on Outlook" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:44 -msgid "" -"You can install the Outlook Extension as a **Custom Add-in**. To do so, " -"follow these steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:0 -msgid "URL of the **Odoo for Outlook** add-in's manifest file:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:0 -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:0 -msgid "``https://download.odoo.com/plugins/outlook/manifest.xml``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:50 -msgid "Todo" -msgstr "À faire" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:50 -msgid "add copy button when the feature is added to the doc" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Connect to your Outlook mailbox, open any email, and click on the *More " -"actions* button, displayed as three little dots." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:59 -msgid "Click on *Get add-ins*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:65 -msgid "" -"In the new window, select the tab named *My add-ins*, click on *+ Add a " -"custom add-in*, and then on *Add from URL...*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Outlook prompts you to **enter the URL of the add-in's manifest file**. To " -"do so, copy the following URL, paste it in the box, and click on *OK*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:80 -msgid "" -"Outlook warns you that Microsoft hasn’t verified the add-in. Click on " -"*Install* to complete the installation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:84 -msgid "" -"The *Odoo for Outlook* add-in is not listed yet on Outlook's add-ins list. " -"This is why it is currently necessary to install it as a *custom add-in*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:90 -msgid "Add a shortcut to open the extension" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:92 -msgid "" -"By default, you can open the **Odoo for Outlook** extension from the *More " -"actions* menu. This section explains how to move the launcher next to the " -"other default actions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:99 -msgid "" -"In your Outlook mailbox, click on *Settings*, then on *View all Outlook " -"settings*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:100 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Mail --> Customize actions --> Message " -"surface`, select *Odoo for Outlook*, and click on *Save*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:109 -msgid "Connect to your database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:111 -msgid "" -"Open **Odoo for Outlook** from any email. This opens the extension as a " -"panel on the right side of your screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:113 -msgid "Click on *login* at the bottom of the extension." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:114 -msgid "Insert your database's URL then click on *Login*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:120 -msgid "" -"Log into your database by entering your credentials. Skip this step if you " -"are already logged in with this browser." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:122 -msgid "" -"A message asks you if you want to let Outlook access your Odoo database. " -"Click on *Allow* to complete the connection." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:126 -msgid "" -"Make sure first to :ref:`enable the feature on your database " -"<outlook_extension/enable-feature>`. Failing to do so would result in an " -"*error 404 message*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:130 -msgid "" -"The extension displays some information, even if you do not connect it to " -"any Odoo database. Note that only a limited amount of contact enrichment " -"requests are available as a trial, as this feature requires prepaid credits." -" See the :ref:`Pricing section <outlook_extension/pricing>` below for more " -"information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:140 -msgid "" -"The extension is **free** and doesn't require any purchase to be installed " -"and used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:142 -msgid "" -"However, this extension provides you with *Lead Enrichment* in the **Company" -" Insights** section. This service is part of a paid service known as **Lead " -"Generation**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:145 -msgid "" -"The extension allows you to test this service for free, whether you connect " -"the extension to a database or not. After a while, the extension asks you to" -" buy credits to keep using this additional service." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:155 -msgid "" -"You can buy more *Lead Generation* credits to keep using this service or " -"disregard this message and keep using the extension for free without *Lead " -"Enrichment*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:159 -msgid "In-App Purchase" -msgstr "Achats in-App" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:162 -msgid "" -"*Lead Generation* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service, which requires " -"prepaid credits to be used. Each request consumes one credit." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:164 -#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:41 -msgid "" -"To buy credits, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Contacts --> Partner " -"Autocomplete or Odoo IAP --> View My Services` and select a package." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:167 -msgid "" -"If you run out of credits, the only information populated when clicking on " -"the suggested company is the website link and logo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:171 -#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Learn about our *Privacy Policy* `here " -"<https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#header_2>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:174 -msgid ":doc:`../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:175 -msgid "`Odoo Learn: Lead Enrichment <https://www.odoo.com/r/p73>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:3 -msgid "Enrich your contacts base with Partner Autocomplete" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Parter Autocomplete helps you to enrich your contacts database with " -"corporate data. Select one of the companies suggested in the dropdown, and " -"quickly get all the information you need." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Contacts` and activate the *Partner " -"Autocomplete* feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:18 -msgid "Enrich your contacts with corporate data" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:22 -msgid "" -"From any module, once you start to create a new contact typing the name of " -"it, the system will suggest a potential match. If you select it, the contact" -" will be populated with corporate data." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:23 -msgid "" -"For example, after typing *Odoo*, you will get the following information:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Partner Autocomplete also works if you enter a VAT number instead of a " -"company name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:39 -msgid "" -"*Partner Autocomplete* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service, which requires" -" prepaid credits to be used. Each request will consume one credit." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:44 -msgid "" -"If you run out of credits, the only information that will be populated when " -"clicking on the suggested company will be the website link and the logo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:46 -msgid "" -"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and you have the Enterprise version, you " -"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance.rst:3 -msgid "Analyze performance" -msgstr "Analyser la performance" - -#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:3 -msgid "Check your Win/Loss Ratio" -msgstr "Contrôler votre ratio Gagné/Perdu" - -#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:5 -msgid "" -"To see how well you are doing with your pipeline, take a look at the " -"Win/Loss ratio." -msgstr "" -"Pour voir comment vous vous en sortez avec votre pipeline, regardez le ratio" -" Gagné/Perdu." - -#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:8 -msgid "" -"To access this report, go to your *Pipeline* view under the *Reporting* tab." -msgstr "" -"Pour accéder à ce rapport, allez dans votre vue *Pipeline*, dans l'onglet " -"*Analyse*." - -#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:11 -msgid "" -"From there you can filter to which opportunities you wish to see, yours, the" -" ones from your sales channel, your whole company, etc. You can then click " -"on filter and check Won/Lost." -msgstr "" -"À ce niveau, vous pouvez filtrer quelles opportunités vous souhaitez voir : " -"les vôtres, celles de votre équipe commerciale, de toute votre entreprise, " -"etc. Vous pouvez alors cliquer sur filtrer et voir le ratio Gagné/perdu." - -#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:18 -msgid "You can also change the *Measures* to *Total Revenue*." -msgstr "Vous pouvez également changer la *Mesure* pour *Revenu espéré*." - -#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:23 -msgid "You also have the ability to switch to a pie chart view." -msgstr "Vous pouvez également basculer sur la vue diagramme." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline.rst:3 -msgid "Organize the pipeline" -msgstr "Organiser le pipeline" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:3 -msgid "Manage lost opportunities" -msgstr "Gérer les opportunités perdues" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:5 -msgid "" -"While working with your opportunities, you might lose some of them. You will" -" want to keep track of the reasons you lost them and also which ways Odoo " -"can help you recover them in the future." -msgstr "" -"Quand vous travaillez sur vos opportunités, vous pourriez en perdre quelques" -" unes. Vous voudrez sans doute garder la trace de la raison de ces échecs et" -" aussi comment Odoo pourrait vous aider à les reconquérir plus tard." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:10 -msgid "Mark a lead as lost" -msgstr "Marquer une pise comme perdue" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:12 -msgid "" -"While in your pipeline, select any opportunity you want and you will see a " -"*Mark Lost* button." -msgstr "" -"Dans votre pipeline, sélectionnez l'opportunité désirée et vous verrez un " -"bouton *Marquer comme perdu*." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:15 -msgid "" -"You can then select an existing *Lost Reason* or create a new one right " -"there." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez sélectionner un *Motif de la perte* ou en créer un nouveau ici." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:22 -msgid "Manage & create lost reasons" -msgstr "Gérer & créer des motifs de perte" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:24 -msgid "" -"You will find your *Lost Reasons* under :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Lost Reasons`." -msgstr "" -"Vous trouverez vos *Motifs de la perte* dans le menu " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Motifs de la perte`." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:26 -msgid "" -"You can select & rename any of them as well as create a new one from there." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez sélectionner & renommer n'importe lequel ou en créer un nouveau " -"à cet endroit." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:30 -msgid "Retrieve lost opportunities" -msgstr "Récupérer les opportunités perdues" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:32 -msgid "" -"To retrieve lost opportunities and do actions on them (send an email, make a" -" feedback call, etc.), select the *Lost* filter in the search bar." -msgstr "" -"Pour récupérer les opportunités perdues et agir sur elles (envoyer un mail, " -"rappeler pour un bilan, etc.) choisissez le filtre *Perdu* dans la barre de " -"recherche." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:39 -msgid "You will then see all your lost opportunities." -msgstr "Vous verrez alors toutes vos opportunités perdues." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:41 -msgid "" -"If you want to refine them further, you can add a filter on the *Lost " -"Reason*." -msgstr "" -"Si vous voulez affiner plus avant, vous pouvez ajouter un filtre *Motif de " -"la perte*." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:44 -msgid "For Example, *Too Expensive*." -msgstr "Par exemple, *Trop cher*." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:50 -msgid "Restore lost opportunities" -msgstr "Restaurer les opportunités perdues" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:52 -msgid "" -"From the Kanban view with the filter(s) in place, you can select any " -"opportunity you wish and work on it as usual. You can also restore it by " -"clicking on *Archived*." -msgstr "" -"Dans la vue Kanban, avec le(s) filtre(s) activés, vous pouvez sélectionner " -"n'importe quelle opportunité, pour la traiter comme d'habitude. Vous pouvez " -"aussi la restaurer en cliquant sur *Restaurer*." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:59 -msgid "" -"You can also restore items in batch from the Kanban view when they belong to" -" the same stage. Select *Restore Records* in the column options. You can " -"also archive the same way." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez aussi restaurer les éléments par lot dans la vue Kanban, quand " -"ils appartiennent à la même étape. Sélectionnez *Désarchiver* dans les " -"options de la colonne. Vous pouvez également les archiver de la même " -"manière." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:66 -msgid "To select specific opportunities, you should switch to the list view." -msgstr "" -"Pour sélectionner certaines opportunités, vous devriez passer en vue liste." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Then you can select as many or all opportunities and select the actions you " -"want to take." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez alors sélectionner autant d'opportunités que désiré, ou toutes, " -"et choisir les actions à entreprendre." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:78 -msgid ":doc:`../performance/win_loss`" -msgstr ":doc:`../performance/win_loss`" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:3 -msgid "Manage multiple sales teams" -msgstr "Gérer plusieurs équipes commerciales" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, you can manage several sales teams, departments or channels with " -"specific sales processes. To do so, we use the concept of *Sales Channel*." -msgstr "" -"Dans 0doo, vous pouvez gérer plusieurs équipes commerciales, départements ou" -" canaux avec des processus de vente spécifiques. Pour cela, nous utilisons " -"le concept d' *Équipe Commerciale*." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:10 -msgid "Create a new sales channel" -msgstr "Créer une nouvelle équipe commerciale" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To create a new *Sales Channel*, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Sales Channels`." -msgstr "" -"Pour créer une nouvelle *Équipe Commerciale*, allez dans " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Équipes Commerciales`." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:14 -msgid "" -"There you can set an email alias to it. Every message sent to that email " -"address will create a lead/opportunity." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez ici définir un alias mail pour cette équipe. Chaque message " -"envoyé à cette adresse mail créera une piste/opportunité." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:21 -msgid "Add members to your sales channel" -msgstr "Ajouter des membres à votre équipe commerciale" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:23 -msgid "" -"You can add members to any channel; that way those members will see the " -"pipeline structure of the sales channel when opening it. Any " -"lead/opportunity assigned to them will link to the sales channel. Therefore," -" you can only be a member of one channel." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez ajouter des membres à n'importe quelle équipe ; de cette manière" -" ces membres verront la structure du pipeline de l'équipe commerciale en " -"l'ouvrant. Toute piste/opportunité qui leur aura été assignée sera " -"rattachée à l'équipe commerciale. Par conséquent, on ne peut être membre que" -" d'une seule équipe commerciale." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:28 -msgid "This will ease the process review of the team manager." -msgstr "Ceci facilitera le processus de supervision par le chef d'équipe." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:33 -msgid "" -"If you now filter on this specific channel in your pipeline, you will find " -"all of its opportunities." -msgstr "" -"Si vous filtrez maintenant sur cette équipe dans votre pipeline, vous verrez" -" toutes ses opportunités." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:40 -msgid "Sales channel dashboard" -msgstr "Le tableau de bord de l'équipe commerciale" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:42 -msgid "" -"To see the operations and results of any sales channel at a glance, the " -"sales manager also has access to the *Sales Channel Dashboard* under " -"*Reporting*." -msgstr "" -"Pour voir les opérations et les résultats de n'importe quelle équipe " -"commerciale d'un coup d’œil, le directeur commercial a également accès au " -"*Tableau de bord de l'Équipe Commerciale*, sous le menu *Rapports*." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:46 -msgid "" -"It is shared with the whole ecosystem so every revenue stream is included in" -" it: Sales, eCommerce, PoS, etc." -msgstr "" -"Il est partagé avec tout son environnement, ainsi toute source de revenu en " -"fait partie : Les ventes, l'e-commerce, les points de vente, etc." - -#: ../../crm/track_leads.rst:3 -msgid "Assign and track leads" -msgstr "Assigner et suivre des pistes" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:3 -msgid "Assign leads based on scoring" -msgstr "Assigner des pistes d'après leur score" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:5 -msgid "" -"With *Leads Scoring* you can automatically rank your leads based on selected" -" criterias." -msgstr "" -"Avec la *Notation des Pistes* vous pouvez classer vos pistes automatiquement" -" en fonction des critères sélectionnés." - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:8 -msgid "" -"For example you could score customers from your country higher or the ones " -"that visited specific pages on your website." -msgstr "" -"Par exemple, vous pourriez mieux noter les visiteurs issus de votre pays ou " -"ceux qui ont visité des pages précises de votre site web." - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:14 -msgid "" -"To use scoring, install the free module *Lead Scoring* under your *Apps* " -"page (only available in Odoo Enterprise)." -msgstr "" -"Pour utiliser le classement, installez le module gratuit *Classement des " -"Pistes* depuis la page *Apps* (accessible uniquement dans la version Odoo " -"Entreprise)." - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:21 -msgid "Create scoring rules" -msgstr "Créer des règles de notation" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:23 -msgid "" -"You now have a new tab in your *CRM* app called *Leads Management* where you" -" can manage your scoring rules." -msgstr "" -"Vous avez maintenant un nouvel onglet *Gestion des Pistes* dans votre " -"application *CRM* où vous pouvez gérer vos règles de notation." - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Here's an example for a Canadian lead, you can modify for whatever criteria " -"you wish to score your leads on. You can add as many criterias as you wish." -msgstr "" -"Voici un exemple pour une piste canadienne, vous pouvez modifier tous les " -"critères servant à noter vos pistes. Vous pouvez ajouter autant de critères " -"que vous souhaitez." - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Every hour every lead without a score will be automatically scanned and " -"assigned their right score according to your scoring rules." -msgstr "" -"Toutes les heures, les pistes n'ayant pas de score seront automatiquement " -"examinées et recevront la note qui correspond à vos règles de notation." - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:40 -msgid "Assign leads" -msgstr "Assigner des pistes" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Once the scores computed, leads can be assigned to specific teams using the " -"same domain mechanism. To do so go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Leads " -"Management --> Team Assignation` and apply a specific domain on each team. " -"This domain can include scores." -msgstr "" -"Une fois les notes calculées, les pistes peuvent être assignées à une équipe" -" particulière en utilisant le même mécanisme de domaine. Pour ce faire, " -"allez dans :menuselection:`CRM --> Gestion des Pistes --> Attibution aux " -"Équipes` et appliquer un domaine spécifique à chacun. Ce domaine peut " -"inclure des notes." - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Further on, you can assign to a specific vendor in the team with an even " -"more refined domain." -msgstr "" -"Mieux encore, vous pouvez assigner une piste à un membre de l'équipe en " -"particulier avec un domaine encore plus précis." - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:52 -msgid "" -"To do so go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Leads Management --> Leads " -"Assignation`." -msgstr "" -"Pour cela, allez dans :menuselection:`CRM --> Gestion des Pistes --> " -"Assignation des pistes`." - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:58 -msgid "" -"The team & leads assignation will assign the unassigned leads once a day." -msgstr "" -"L'assignation des équipes & pistes affectera les pistes non assignées une " -"fois par jour." - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:62 -msgid "Evaluate & use the unassigned leads" -msgstr "Évaluer et utiliser les pistes non assignées" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Once your scoring rules are in place you will most likely still have some " -"unassigned leads. Some of them could still lead to an opportunity so it is " -"useful to do something with them." -msgstr "" -"Une fois vos règles de notation établies vous aurez certainement encore des " -"pistes non assignées. Certaines d'entre elles pourraient encore se " -"transformer en opportunité aussi il et utile d'en faire quelque chose." - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:68 -msgid "" -"In your leads page you can place a filter to find your unassigned leads." -msgstr "" -"Dans la page des pistes, vous pouvez activer un filtre pour trouver toutes " -"vos pistes non-assignées." - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Why not using :menuselection:`Email Marketing` or :menuselection:`Marketing " -"Automation` apps to send a mass email to them? You can also easily find such" -" unassigned leads from there." -msgstr "" -"Pourquoi ne pas utiliser les applications :menuselection:`Marketing Email` " -"ou :menuselection:`Automatisation Marketing` pour leur envoyer un " -"publipostage ? De la même manière, vous pouvez également trouver des pistes " -"non assignées à partir de cet endroit." - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:3 -msgid "Track your prospects visits" -msgstr "Suivre les visites de vos prospects" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Tracking your website pages will give you much more information about the " -"interests of your website visitors." -msgstr "" -"Suivre les visites des pages de votre site web vous donnera beaucoup plus " -"d'information sur les centres d'intérêt de vos visiteurs." - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Every tracked page they visit will be recorded on your lead/opportunity if " -"they use the contact form on your website." -msgstr "" -"Toutes les pages suivies qu'ils visitent seront enregistrées dans votre " -"piste/opportunité s'ils utilisent le formulaire de contact de votre site " -"web." - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:14 -msgid "" -"To use this feature, install the free module *Lead Scoring* under your " -"*Apps* page (only available in Odoo Enterprise)." -msgstr "" -"Pour utiliser cette fonctionnalité, installez le module gratuit *Notation " -"des Pistes* depuis la page *Apps* (accessible uniquement dans la version " -"Odoo Entreprise)." - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:21 -msgid "Track a webpage" -msgstr "Suivre une page web" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Go to any static page you want to track on your website and under the " -"*Promote* tab you will find *Optimize SEO*" -msgstr "" -"Rendez-vous sur n'importe quelle page statique que vous voulez suivre sur " -"votre site web. Vous trouverez un bouton *Optimisez le SEO* dans l'onglet " -"*Mettre en avant*" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:29 -msgid "There you will see a *Track Page* checkbox to track this page." -msgstr "Là vous trouverez une case à cocher *Suivre la Page*." - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:35 -msgid "See visited pages in your leads/opportunities" -msgstr "Voir les pages visitées dans vos pistes/opportunités" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Now each time a lead is created from the contact form it will keep track of " -"the pages visited by that visitor. You have two ways to see those pages, on " -"the top right corner of your lead/opportunity you can see a *Page Views* " -"button but also further down you will see them in the chatter." -msgstr "" -"À présent, chaque fois qu'une piste est crée depuis le formulaire de " -"contact, elle gardera la trace des pages consultées par ce visiteur. Il y a " -"deux manières de voir ces pages, dans le coin supérieur droit de votre " -"piste/opportunité, vous trouverez un bouton *Pages Visitées* mais vous " -"pouvez également le voir plus bas dans le chatter." - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Both will update if the viewers comes back to your website and visits more " -"pages." -msgstr "" -"Tous les deux seront mis à jour si le visiteur revient sur votre site pour " -"consulter d'autres pages." - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:52 -msgid "" -"The feature will not repeat multiple viewings of the same pages in the " -"chatter." -msgstr "" -"Cette fonctionnalité ne reprendra pas les visites multiples d'une même page " -"dans le chatter." - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:55 -msgid "Your customers will no longer be able to keep any secrets from you!" -msgstr "Vos clients ne pourront plus vous cacher quoi que ce soit !" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po deleted file mode 100644 index ef86da83d..000000000 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1866 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Lucas Deliege <lud@odoo.com>, 2020 -# Rémi FRANÇOIS <remi@sudokeys.com>, 2020 -# Cécile Collart <cco@odoo.com>, 2020 -# Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020 -# 0169fee580ff5de3f9b7241d14f30af9_5f30934 <1948a2319336319ed4429b6139c8c1c2_916898>, 2020 -# Anthony Chaussin <chaussin.anthony@gmail.com>, 2021 -# Martin Trigaux, 2021 -# Hamid Darabi, 2021 -# Jérôme Tanché <jerome.tanche@ouest-dsi.fr>, 2021 -# William Henrotin <whe@odoo.com>, 2021 -# Jonathan Castillo <jcs@odoo.com>, 2021 -# romrik_, 2021 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: romrik_, 2021\n" -"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: fr\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:8 -msgid "Online Database management" -msgstr "Gestion de la base de données en ligne" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:10 -msgid "" -"To manage your databases, access the `database management page " -"<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__ (you will have to sign in). Then " -"click on the `Manage Your Databases " -"<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases/manage>`__ button." -msgstr "" -"Pour gérer vos bases de données, accédez à la page de gestion des bases de " -"données <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__ (vous devrez vous " -"identifier). Cliquez ensuite sur le bouton \"Gérer vos bases de données\" " -"<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases/manage>`__." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Make sure you are connected as the administrator of the database you want to" -" manage - many operations depends on indentifying you remotely to that " -"database." -msgstr "" -"Assurez-vous d'être connecté en tant qu'administrateur de la base de données" -" que vous souhaitez gérer - de nombreuses opérations dépendent de votre " -"identification à distance à cette base de données." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:22 -msgid "Several actions are available:" -msgstr "Plusieurs actions sont disponibles :" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:28 -msgid ":ref:`Upgrade <upgrade_button>`" -msgstr ":ref:`Mise à jour <upgrade_button>`" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Upgrade your database to the latest Odoo version to enjoy cutting-edge " -"features" -msgstr "" -"Pour profiter des fonctionnalités de pointe, actualisez votre base de " -"données vers la dernière version d'Odoo." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:32 -msgid ":ref:`Duplicate <duplicate_online>`" -msgstr ":ref:`Dupliquer <duplicate_online>`" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Make an exact copy of your database, if you want to try out new apps or new " -"flows without compromising your daily operations" -msgstr "" -"Faites une copie exacte de votre base de données, si vous voulez essayer de " -"nouvelles applications ou de nouveaux flux sans compromettre vos opérations " -"quotidiennes." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:34 -msgid ":ref:`Rename <rename_online_database>`" -msgstr ":ref:`Renommer <rename_online_database>`" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:35 -msgid "Rename your database (and its URL)" -msgstr "Renommer votre base de données (et son URL)." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:37 -msgid "**Backup**" -msgstr "**Sauvegarde**" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Download an instant backup of your database; note that we back up databases " -"daily according to our Odoo Cloud SLA" -msgstr "" -"Téléchargez une sauvegarde instantanée de votre base de données. Sachez que," -" conformément à notre contrat de services Odoo Cloud, nous sauvegardons les " -"bases de données quotidiennement." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:40 -msgid ":ref:`Domains <custom_domain>`" -msgstr ":ref:`Domaines <custom_domain>`" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:40 -msgid "Configure custom domains to access your database via another URL" -msgstr "" -"Configurez des domaines personnalisés pour accéder à votre base de données " -"via une autre URL." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:42 -msgid ":ref:`Delete <delete_online_database>`" -msgstr ":ref:`Supprimer <delete_online_database>`" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:43 -msgid "Delete a database instantly" -msgstr "Supprimez instantanément une base de données." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:46 -msgid "Contact Support" -msgstr "Contacter l'assistance" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Access our `support page <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__ with the correct " -"database already selected" -msgstr "" -"Après avoir sélectionné la bonne base de données, consultez notre `page " -"d'assistance <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__. " - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:51 ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:12 -msgid "Upgrade" -msgstr "Mettre à jour" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Upgrading your database to a newer version of Odoo is a complex operation " -"that require time and caution. It is extremely important that you fully test" -" the process before upgrading your production database." -msgstr "" -"Mettre à jour votre base de données vers une version plus récente d'Odoo est" -" une opération complexe qui demande du temps et de la prudence. Il est très " -"important que vous testiez la totalité de votre processus avant de mettre à " -"jour votre base de données de production." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Odoo releases new versions regularly (at least once a year), and upgrading " -"your database to enjoy new Odoo features is part of the Odoo Online " -"experience." -msgstr "" -"Odoo publie régulièrement des nouvelles versions (au moins une fois par an)," -" la mise à jour de votre base de données pour profiter des nouvelles " -"fonctionnalités d'Odoo fait partie de l'expérience Odoo en ligne." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:60 -msgid "" -"The upgrade process can take some time, especially if you use multiple apps " -"or apps that manage sensitive data (e.g. Accounting, Inventory, etc.). In " -"general, the 'smaller' the database, the quickest the upgrade. A single-user" -" database that uses only CRM will be processed faster than a multi-company, " -"multi-user database that uses Accounting, Sales, Purchase and Manufacturing." -msgstr "" -"Le processus de mise à jour peut prendre un certain temps, surtout si vous " -"utilisez plusieurs applications ou des applications qui traitent des données" -" sensibles (par ex. Comptabilité, Inventaire, etc.). En général, plus la " -"base de données sera petite, plus la mise à jour sera rapide. Une base de " -"données à utilisateur unique qui utilise uniquement le CRM, sera traitée " -"plus vite qu'une base de données multi-entreprises ou multi-utilisateurs qui" -" utilise la Comptabilité, les Ventes, les Achats et la Production." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Unfortunately, it is impossible to give time estimates for every upgrade " -"request, since Odoo.com will test manually every database upgrade at least " -"once and will need to correct/adapt changes made to the standard Odoo Apps " -"(e.g. through Studio or through a Success Pack) on a case-by-case basis. " -"This can make the process slower, since requests are treated in the order " -"they arrive. This is especially true in the months following the release of " -"a new major version, which can lengthen the upgrade delay significantly." -msgstr "" -"Malheureusement, il est impossible de donner des estimations de temps pour " -"chaque demande de mise à jour, car Odoo.com testera manuellement chaque mise" -" à jour de base de données au moins une fois et devra corriger/adapter les " -"changements apportés aux applications Odoo standard (par ex. par le biais de" -" Studio ou d'un Success Pack) au cas par cas. Cela peut ralentir le " -"processus, car les demandes sont traitées dans l'ordre dans lequel elles " -"arrivent. Cela est particulièrement vrai dans les mois qui suivent la sortie" -" d'une nouvelle version majeure, ce qui peut allonger considérablement le " -"délai de mise à jour." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:74 -msgid "The upgrade process is quite simple from your point of view:" -msgstr "Le processus de mise à jour est assez simple de votre côté :" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:76 -msgid "You request a test upgrade" -msgstr "Vous demandez un test de mise à jour." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Once all tests have been validated **by you**, you upgrade your actual " -"database" -msgstr "" -"Une fois que tous les tests ont été validés **par vous**, vous pouvez mettre" -" à jour votre base de données actuelle." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:79 -msgid "" -"The process to request a test or a production (*actual*) upgrade is the " -"same." -msgstr "" -"Le processus est le même tant pour demander un test qu'une mise à jour de la" -" production (*réelle*)." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:81 -msgid "" -"First, make sure to be connected to the database you want to upgrade and " -"access the `database management page <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__." -msgstr "" -"Tout d'abord, assurez-vous d'être connecté à la base de données que vous " -"voulez mettre à jour et accédez à la `page de gestion de votre base de " -"données <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:84 -msgid "" -"You have to have an active session with access to the Settings app in the " -"database you want to upgrade for the button to be visible." -msgstr "" -"Pour que le bouton soit visible, vous devez avoir une session active avec " -"accès à l'application Paramètres dans la base de données que vous voulez " -"mettre à jour." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:87 -msgid "" -"On the line of the database you want to upgrade, click on the \"Cog\" menu. " -"If an newer version of Odoo is available, you will see an 'Upgrade' button." -msgstr "" -"Cliquez sur le menu \"Cog\" dans la ligne de la base de données que vous " -"voulez mettre à jour. Si une nouvelle version d'Odoo est disponible, un " -"bouton 'Mise à jour' s'affichera. " - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:94 -msgid "" -"You have the possibility to choose the target version of the upgrade. By " -"default, we select the highest available version available for your " -"database; if you were already in the process of testing an upgrade, we will " -"automatically select the version you were already testing (even if we " -"released a more recent version during your tests)." -msgstr "" -"Vous avez la possibilité de choisir la version à utiliser pour la mise à " -"jour. Par défaut, nous sélectionnons la version la plus récente disponible " -"pour votre base de données. Si vous étiez déjà en train de tester une mise à" -" jour, c'est la version déjà en test qui sera automatiquement sélectionnée " -"(même si nous avons publié une version plus récente pendant vos tests)." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:103 -msgid "" -"By clicking on the \"Test upgrade\" button, an upgrade request will be " -"generated. Only one request can be made at time for each database; if a " -"request has already been made, you will see an 'Upgrade Queued' note instead" -" and asking another request will not be possible." -msgstr "" -"En cliquant sur le bouton \"Mise à jour de test\", une requête de mise à " -"jour sera générée. Une seule requête peut être faite à la fois pour chaque " -"base de données. Il vous sera impossible d'introduire une nouvelle requête " -"si vous en avez déjà introduit une auparavant, vous verrez apparaître à la " -"place la note 'Mise à jour en attente'. " - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:108 -msgid "" -"A test upgrade will create a copy of your database, upgrade it and make it " -"available to you automatically once successful. If this is the first test " -"you request for this particular database, a manual testing phase will be " -"done by Odoo.com - this could take time (up to several weeks). Subsequent " -"requests will not go through that manual testing step and will usually be " -"made available in a few hours. Once the test database is available, you " -"should receive an e-mail with the URL of the test database." -msgstr "" -"Une mise à jour de test va générer une copie de votre base de données, faire" -" une mettre à jour et vous la rendre directement accessible dès que la mise " -"à jour est réussie. S'il s'agit du premier test que vous effectuez pour " -"cette base de données, une phase de test manuelle sera réalisée par " -"Odoo.com, cela peut prendre un certain temps (jusqu'à quelques semaines). " -"Les demandes ultérieures ne passeront pas par cette étape manuelle de test " -"et seront généralement mises à disposition en quelques heures. Dès que la " -"base de données de test est disponible, vous recevrez un email avec son URL." -" " - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:116 -msgid "" -"**Testing your database is the most important step of the upgrade process!**" -" Even though we test all upgrades manually, we do not know your work " -"processes. A change in standard worfklows of Odoo in new versions might " -"require you to change internal processes, or some of the customizations you " -"made through Odoo Studio might not work properly. *It is up to you to make " -"sure that everything works as it should!* You can report issues with your " -"test database through our `Support page <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." -msgstr "" -"**Le test de votre base de données est l'étape la plus importante du " -"processus de mise à niveau !**Même si nous testons toutes les mises à jour " -"manuellement, nous ne connaissons pas vos processus de travail. Un " -"changement des flux de travail standard d'Odoo dans les nouvelles versions " -"peut vous obliger à modifier vos processus internes, ou certaines des " -"personnalisations que vous avez faites par le biais d'Odoo Studio peuvent ne" -" pas fonctionner correctement. *Il vous appartient de vous assurer que tout " -"fonctionne comme il se doit !* Vous pouvez signaler des problèmes avec votre" -" base de données de test via notre page `Support " -"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:124 -msgid "" -"Make sure to do one last test of your upgrade right before the final upgrade" -" (e.g. the day before) to ensure everything will run smoothly. Downgrading " -"is not possible and post-poning an upgrade is always easier than being " -"prevented to work by an upgrade issue after the fact!" -msgstr "" -"Assurez-vous de faire un dernier test de votre mise à jour avant la mise à " -"jour finale (par ex. un jour avant) pour être sûr que tout fonctionne " -"correctement. Le déclassement n'est pas possible et il est toujours plus " -"facile de procéder à un reclassement après coup que de ne pas pouvoir " -"travailler à cause d'un problème de mise à jour." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:129 -msgid "" -"Once you are ready and you have validated all your tests, you can click " -"again on the Upgrade button and confirm by clicking on Upgrade (the button " -"with the little rocket!) to switch your production database to the new " -"version. Your database will then be taken offline within the next 10 minutes" -" and will be upgraded automatically; you receive a confirmation e-mail once " -"the process is completed." -msgstr "" -"Une fois que vous êtes prêt et que vous avez validé tous vos tests, vous " -"pouvez basculer votre base de données de production vers la nouvelle version" -" en cliquant sur le bouton Mise à jour (le bouton avec la petite fusée!). " -"Votre base de données sera alors mise hors ligne pendant 10 minutes pour " -"être automatiquement mise à jour. Dès que le processus est finalisé, vous " -"recevrez une confirmation par email." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:140 -msgid "" -"Your database will be taken offline during the upgrade (usually between " -"30min up to several hours for big databases), so make sure to plan your " -"migration during non-business hours." -msgstr "" -"Votre base de données sera mise hors ligne pendant la mise à jour (cela peut" -" prendre de 30 minutes à plusieurs heures pour des grandes base de données)," -" pensez donc à planifier la migration en dehors des heures de bureau." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:146 -msgid "Duplicating a database" -msgstr "Dupliquer une base de données" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:148 -msgid "" -"Database duplication, renaming, custom DNS, etc. is not available for trial " -"databases on our Online platform. Paid Databases and \"One App Free\" " -"database can duplicate without problem." -msgstr "" -"La duplication des bases de données, le changement de nom, la " -"personnalisation du DNS, etc., ne sont pas disponibles pour les bases de " -"données d'essai disponibles sur notre plateforme en ligne. Les bases de " -"données payantes et la base de données \"One App Free\" peuvent être " -"dupliquées sans problème." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:153 -msgid "" -"In the line of the database you want to duplicate, you will have a few " -"buttons. To duplicate your database, just click **Duplicate**. You will have" -" to give a name to your duplicate, then click **Duplicate Database**." -msgstr "" -"Vous verrez quelques boutons sur la ligne de la base de données que vous " -"souhaitez dupliquer. Pour dupliquer votre base de données, il suffit de " -"cliquer sur **Dupliquer**. Vous devrez donner un nom à votre copie, puis " -"cliquer sur **Dupliquer la base de données**." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:160 -msgid "" -"If you do not check the \"For testing purposes\" checkbox when duplicating a" -" database, all external communication will remain active:" -msgstr "" -"Si vous ne cochez pas la case \"À des fins de test\" lorsque vous dupliquez " -"une base de données, toute communication externe restera active :" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:163 -msgid "Emails are sent" -msgstr "Les emails sont envoyés;" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:165 -msgid "" -"Payments are processed (in the e-commerce or Subscriptions apps, for " -"example)" -msgstr "" -"Les paiements sont traités (par ex. dans l'application e-Commerce ou " -"Abonnements);" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:168 -msgid "Delivery orders (shipping providers) are sent" -msgstr "Les bons de livraison (transporteurs) sont envoyés;" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:170 -msgid "Etc." -msgstr "Etc." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:172 -msgid "" -"Make sure to check the checkbox \"For testing purposes\" if you want these " -"behaviours to be disabled." -msgstr "" -"Si vous souhaitez modifier ces actions, assurez-vous de cocher la case \"À " -"des fins de test\"." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:175 -msgid "" -"After a few seconds, you will be logged in your duplicated database. Notice " -"that the url uses the name you chose for your duplicated database." -msgstr "" -"Après quelques secondes, vous serez connecté à votre base de données " -"dupliquée. Notez que l'URL utilise le nom que vous avez choisi lors de la " -"duplication." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:180 -msgid "Duplicate databases expire automatically after 15 days." -msgstr "" -"Les bases de données dupliquées expirent automatiquement après 15 jours." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:188 -msgid "Rename a Database" -msgstr "Renommer une base de données" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:190 -msgid "" -"To rename your database, make sure you are connected to the database you " -"want to rename, access the `database management page " -"<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__ and click **Rename**. You will have " -"to give a new name to your database, then click **Rename Database**." -msgstr "" -"Pour renommer votre base de données, assurez-vous d'être connecté à la base " -"de données que vous voulez renommer, accédez à la `page de gestion de votre " -"base de données <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__ et cliquez " -"**Renommer**. Vous devrez donner un nouveau nom à votre base de données, " -"puis cliquer sur **Renommer base de données**." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:201 -msgid "Deleting a Database" -msgstr "Supprimer une base de données." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:203 -msgid "You can only delete databases of which you are the administrator." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez uniquement supprimer les base de données dont vous êtes " -"l'administrateur." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:205 -msgid "" -"When you delete your database all the data will be permanently lost. The " -"deletion is instant and for all the Users. We advise you to do an instant " -"backup of your database before deleting it, since the last automated daily " -"backup may be several hours old at that point." -msgstr "" -"Lorsque vous supprimez une base de données, toutes les données sont " -"définitivement perdues. La suppression est instantanée et s'applique à tous " -"les utilisateurs. Nous vous conseillons d'effectuer une sauvegarde " -"instantanée de votre base de données avant de la supprimer, car la dernière " -"sauvegarde quotidienne peut avoir été faite plusieurs heures avant le moment" -" de la suppression; " - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:211 -msgid "" -"From the `database management page <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__, " -"on the line of the database you want to delete, click on the \"Delete\" " -"button." -msgstr "" -"Depuis la `page de gestion de la base de données " -"<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__, dans la ligne de la base de données " -"que vous voulez supprimer, cliquez sur le bouton \"Supprimer\"." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:218 -msgid "" -"Read carefully the warning message that will appear and proceed only if you " -"fully understand the implications of deleting a database:" -msgstr "" -"Lisez attentivement le message d'avertissement qui s'affiche et poursuivez " -"uniquement si vous comprenez parfaitement les conséquences de la suppression" -" d'une base de données." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:224 -msgid "" -"After a few seconds, the database will be deleted and the page will reload " -"automatically." -msgstr "" -"Après quelques secondes, la base de données sera supprimée et la page " -"automatiquement actualisée." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:228 -msgid "" -"If you need to re-use this database name, it will be immediately available." -msgstr "" -"Le nom de cette base de données sera immédiatement disponible si vous devez " -"le réutiliser." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:230 -msgid "" -"It is not possible to delete a database if it is expired or linked to a " -"Subscription. In these cases contact `Odoo Support " -"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" -msgstr "" -"Si la base de données est expirée ou liée à un Abonnement, elle ne peut pas " -"être supprimée. Dans ce cas, contactez `Odoo Assistance " -"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:234 -msgid "" -"If you want to delete your Account, please contact `Odoo Support " -"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" -msgstr "" -"Si vous souhaitez supprimer votre compte, veuillez contacter `Odoo " -"assistance <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:7 -msgid "On-premises Database management" -msgstr "Gestion de la base de données sur site" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:10 -msgid "Register a database" -msgstr "Enregistrer une base de données" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To register your database, you just need to enter your Subscription Code in " -"the banner in the App Switcher. Make sure you do not add extra spaces before" -" or after your subscription code. If the registration is successful, it will" -" turn green and will provide you with the Expiration Date of your freshly-" -"registered database. You can check this Epiration Date in the About menu " -"(Odoo 9) or in the Settings Dashboard (Odoo 10)." -msgstr "" -"Pour enregistrer votre base de données, il vous suffit d'entrer votre code " -"d'abonnement dans la bannière de l'App Switcher. Veillez à ne pas ajouter " -"d'espaces supplémentaires avant ou après votre code d'abonnement. Si " -"l'enregistrement est réussi, il deviendra vert et vous indiquera la date " -"d'expiration de votre base de données récemment enregistrée. Vous pouvez " -"vérifier cette date d'épiration dans le menu À propos (Odoo 9) ou dans le " -"tableau de bord des paramètres (Odoo 10)." - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:20 -msgid "Registration Error Message" -msgstr "Enregistrement d'un message d'erreur" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:22 -msgid "" -"If you are unable to register your database, you will likely encounter this " -"message:" -msgstr "" -"Si vous ne pouvez pas enregistrer votre base de données, vous verrez " -"probablement ce message :" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:31 -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:110 -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:138 -msgid "Solutions" -msgstr "Solutions" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:33 -msgid "Do you have a valid Enterprise subscription?" -msgstr "Avez-vous un abonnement Entreprise valide ?" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Check if your subscription details get the tag \"In Progress\" on your `Odoo" -" Account <https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__ or with your Account" -" Manager" -msgstr "" -"Vérifiez si les détails de votre abonnement possèdent l'étiquette \"En " -"progrès\" sur votre `Compte Odoo " -"<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__ ou via votre Compte " -"administrateur." - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:39 -msgid "Have you already linked a database with your subscription reference?" -msgstr "" -"Avez-vous déjà relié une base de données à votre référence d'abonnement ?" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:41 -msgid "" -"You can link only one database per subscription. (Need a test or a " -"development database? `Find a partner <https://www.odoo.com/partners>`__)" -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez relier une seule base de données par abonnement. (Besoin d'un " -"test ou d'une base de données de développement ? `Trouvez un partenaire sur " -"<https://www.odoo.com/partners>`__)." - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:45 -msgid "" -"You can unlink the old database yourself on your `Odoo Contract " -"<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__ with the button \"Unlink " -"database\"" -msgstr "" -"Via le bouton \"Dissocier la base de données\", vous pouvez vous-même " -"dissocier l'ancienne base de données dans votre `Contrat Odoo " -"<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__. " - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:52 -msgid "" -"A confirmation message will appear; make sure this is the correct database " -"as it will be deactivated shortly:" -msgstr "" -"Un message de confirmation s'affichera. Vérifiez qu'il s'agit bien de la " -"base de données concernée car celle-ci sera rapidement désactivée. " - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:59 -msgid "Do you have the updated version of Odoo 9?" -msgstr "Avez-vous la dernière version Odoo 9 ?" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:61 -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:171 -msgid "" -"From July 2016 onward, Odoo 9 now automatically change the uuid of a " -"duplicated database; a manual operation is no longer required." -msgstr "" -"Depuis Juillet 2016, Odoo 9 modifie automatiquement l'UUID d'une base de " -"données dupliquée; l'opération manuelle n'est donc plus nécessaire." - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:64 -msgid "" -"If it's not the case, you may have multiple databases sharing the same UUID." -" Please check on your `Odoo Contract " -"<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__, a short message will appear " -"specifying which database is problematic:" -msgstr "" -"Si ce n'est pas le cas, il se pourrait que vous ayez plusiuers bases de " -"données qui partagent le même UUID. Veuillez vérifier dans votre `Contrat " -"Odoo <https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__, un message court " -"s'affichera pour indiquer quelle base de données pose problème :" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:73 -msgid "" -"In this case, you need to change the UUID on your test databases to solve " -"this issue. You will find more information about this in :ref:`this section " -"<duplicate_premise>`." -msgstr "" -"Dans ce cas, vous devez modifier l'UUID dans votre base de données de test " -"pour résoudre le problème. Vous trouverez plus d'informations à ce sujet " -"dans :ref:`cette section <duplicate_premise>`." - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:76 -msgid "" -"For your information, we identify database with UUID. Therefore, each " -"database should have a distinct UUID to ensure that registration and " -"invoicing proceed effortlessly for your and for us." -msgstr "" -"Pour votre information, nous identifions les bases de données via les UUID. " -"Par conséquent, chaque base de données doit avoir un UUID distinct pour " -"garantir que l'enregistrement et la facturation se déroulent sans difficulté" -" pour vous et pour nous." - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:80 -msgid "Check your network and firewall settings" -msgstr "Vérifiez votre réseau et vos paramètres de pare-feu." - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:82 -msgid "" -"The Update notification must be able to reach Odoo's subscription validation" -" servers. In other words, make sure that the Odoo server is able to open " -"outgoing connections towards:" -msgstr "" -"La notification de mise à jour doit être capable d'atteindre les serveurs de" -" validation d'abonnement d'Odoo. En d'autres termes, assurez-vous que le " -"serveur d'Odoo est capable d'ouvrir des connexions sortantes vers :" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:86 -msgid "services.odoo.com on port 443 (or 80)" -msgstr "services.odoo.com sur le port 443 (ou 80)" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:87 -msgid "services.openerp.com on port 443 (or 80) for older deployments" -msgstr "" -"services.openerp.com sur le port 443 (ou 80) pour des déploiements plus " -"anciens" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:89 -msgid "" -"Once you activated your database, you must keep these ports open, as the " -"Update notification runs once a week." -msgstr "" -"Une fois que vous avez activé votre base de données, vous devez garder ces " -"ports ouverts, car les notifications de mise à jour ont lieu une fois par " -"semaine." - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:95 -msgid "Error message due to too many users" -msgstr "Message d'erreur causé par un nombre trop important d'utilisateurs" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:97 -msgid "" -"If you have more users in your local database than provisionned in your Odoo" -" Enterprise subscription, you may encounter this message:" -msgstr "" -"Si vous avez plus d'utilisateurs dans votre base de données que ceux " -"indiqués dans votre abonnement Odoo Entreprise, vous aurez probablement ce " -"message :" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:106 -msgid "" -"When the message appears you have 30 days before the expiration. The " -"countdown is updated everyday." -msgstr "" -"Le message s'affiche 30 jours avant l'expiration, et le compte à rebours est" -" mis à jour chaque jour." - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:112 -msgid "" -"**Add more users** on your subscription: follow the link and Validate the " -"upsell quotation and pay for the extra users." -msgstr "" -"**Ajoutez plus d'utilisateurs** à votre abonnement : suivez le lien, validez" -" le devis de vente incitative et payez pour les utilisateurs " -"supplémentaires." - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:114 -msgid "" -"**Deactivate users** as explained in this `documentation <documentation.html" -"#deactivating-users>`_ and **Reject** the upsell quotation." -msgstr "" -"**Désactivez des utilisateurs** comme expliqué dans cette `documentation " -"<documentation.html#deactivating-users>`_ et **Refusez** le devis de vente " -"incitative." - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:117 -msgid "" -"Once your database has the correct number of users, the expiration message " -"will disappear automatically after a few days, when the next verification " -"occurs. We understand that it can be a bit frightening to see the countdown," -" so you can :ref:`force an Update Notification <force_ping>` to make the " -"message disappear right away." -msgstr "" -"Une fois que votre base de données a le nombre correct d'utilisateurs, le " -"message d'expiration disparaîtra automatiquement après quelques jours, lors " -"de la prochaine vérification. Nous comprenons qu'il peut être un peu " -"effrayant de voir un compte à rebours, vous pouvez donc :ref:`forcer une " -"notification de mise à jour <force_ping>` pour faire disparaître le message" -" directement." - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:124 -msgid "Database expired error message" -msgstr "Message d'erreur de la base de données périmée" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:126 -msgid "" -"If your database reaches its expiration date before your renew your " -"subscription, you will encounter this message:" -msgstr "" -"Si votre base de données arrive à sa date d'expiration avant que vous " -"renouveliez votre abonnement, vous verrez ce message :" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:134 -msgid "" -"This **blocking** message appears after a non-blocking message that lasts 30" -" days. If you fail to take action before the end of the countdown, the " -"database is expired." -msgstr "" -"Ce message de **blocage** s'affiche après un message non-bloquant qui dure " -"30 jours. Si vous ne prenez aucune mesure avant la fin du compte à rebours, " -"la base de données est périmée." - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:142 -msgid "" -"Renew your subscription: follow the link and renew your subscription - note " -"that" -msgstr "" -"Renouvelez votre abonnement : suivez le lien et renouvelez votre abonnement." -" Attention :" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:141 -msgid "" -"if you wish to pay by Wire Transfer, your subscription will effectively be " -"renewed only when the payment arrives, which can take a few days. Credit " -"card payments are processed immediately." -msgstr "" -"Si vous désirez payer par virement bancaire, votre abonnement ne sera " -"réellement renouvelé que lorsque le paiement sera effectué, ce qui peut " -"prendre quelques jours. Les paiements par carte de crédit sont traités " -"immédiatement. " - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:144 -msgid "Contact our `Support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" -msgstr "Contactez notre `Assistance technique <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:146 -msgid "" -"None of those solutions worked for you? Please contact our `Support " -"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" -msgstr "" -"Aucune de ces solutions ne fonctionne pour vous ? Veuillez contacter notre " -"`Assistance technique <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__. " - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:155 -msgid "Duplicate a database" -msgstr "Dupliquer une base de données" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:157 -msgid "" -"You can duplicate your database by accessing the database manager on your " -"server (<odoo-server>/web/database/manager). In this page, you can easily " -"duplicate your database (among other things)." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez dupliquer votre base de données en accédant au gestionnaire de " -"base de données sur votre serveur (<odoo-server>/web/database/manager). Dans" -" cette page, vous pouvez facilement dupliquer votre base de données (entre " -"autres choses)." - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:165 -msgid "" -"When you duplicate a local database, it is **strongly** advised to change " -"the duplicated database's uuid (Unniversally Unique Identifier), since this " -"uuid is how your database identifies itself with our servers. Having two " -"databases with the same uuid could result in invoicing problems or " -"registration problems down the line." -msgstr "" -"Lorsque vous dupliquez une base de données locale, il est **fortement** " -"conseillé de changer l'UUID (Universally Unique Identifier) de la base de " -"données dupliquée, puisque cet UUID est utilisé par votre base de données " -"pour s'identifier avec nos serveurs. Avoir deux bases de données avec le " -"même UUID pourrait entraîner des problèmes de facturation ou des problèmes " -"d'iidentification à tous les niveaux." - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:174 -msgid "" -"The database uuid is currently accessible from the menu " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> System Parameters`, we advise you" -" to use a `uuid generator <https://www.uuidtools.com>`_ or to use the unix " -"command ``uuidgen`` to generate a new uuid. You can then simply replace it " -"like any other record by clicking on it and using the edit button." -msgstr "" -"L'UUID de la base de données est actuellement accessible depuis le menu " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Technique --> Paramètres Système`, nous " -"vous conseillons d'utiliser un `générateur d'UUID " -"<https://www.uuidtools.com>`_ ou d'utiliser la commande unix ``uuidgen`` " -"pour générer un nouvel UUID. Vous pouvez alors simplement le remplacer comme" -" tout autre enregistrement en cliquant dessus et en utilisant le bouton " -"Modifier." - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:17 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Vue d'ensemble" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:22 -msgid "The upgrade process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:24 -msgid "" -"This documentation is for our *On-Premise* (self-hosted) and *Odoo.sh* " -"customers. If you are hosted Online, please check our :ref:`instruction page" -" for our Online (SaaS) customers <upgrade_button>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:30 -msgid "Definition" -msgstr "Définition" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:32 -msgid "" -"An upgrade is switching to a newer version of Odoo (e.g., Odoo 13.0 to Odoo " -"14.0)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:34 -msgid "An upgrade does not cover:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:36 -msgid "" -"changing :ref:`Editions <db-upgrade/faq/editions-change>` (i.e., Community " -"to Enterprise edition)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:37 -msgid "" -"switching :ref:`hosting type <db-upgrade/faq/hosting-types-switch>` (i.e., " -"On-Premise to Online or Odoo.sh)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:39 -msgid "migration from another ERP to Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:41 ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:99 -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:231 -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:361 -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:370 -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:382 -msgid "|assistance-contact|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:46 -msgid "Process workflow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:48 -msgid "The upgrade process in a nutshell:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:50 -msgid "You create a test upgrade request." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:0 -msgid "The request is processed by Odoo:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:0 -msgid "" -"This happens via an automated process that runs the database through an " -"upgrade script and takes between 20 and 120 minutes. Only if an issue(s) " -"arises will we have to intervene manually and adjust the script specifically" -" to your database until the upgrade succeeds." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:55 -msgid "Odoo delivers a test database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:56 -msgid "" -"You test your database for possible discrepancies (see :ref:`db-upgrade" -"/test-guidance`)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:57 -msgid "" -"If there are any discrepancies, you report them to the Upgrade support team " -"via the :ref:`Help portal <db-upgrade/test-assistance>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:59 -msgid "We will fix the issues and send you a new test database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Once you completed the testing and are happy with the result, you decide on " -"a date and time when you stop users from accessing Odoo, freeze all data " -"entries and create an upgrade request for the production upgrade." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:63 -msgid "Odoo delivers the production database through the automated process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:64 -msgid "" -"You restore it in your Production environment a few short hours later and " -"continue working on the newly upgraded database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:70 -msgid "Service Level Agreement" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:73 -msgid "What is covered by the Enterprise Licence?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:75 -msgid "" -"Databases hosted on Odoo’s Cloud platforms (Saas and Odoo.sh) or On-Premise " -"(Self-Hosting) enjoy the following service at all times." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:78 -msgid "The upgrade of:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:80 -msgid "standard applications" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:81 -msgid "Studio customization (as long as the Studio app is still active)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:82 -msgid "" -"customizations done by our consulting and developer services *if* they are " -"covered by a ‘Maintenance of Customisations’ subscription" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:85 -msgid "" -"The Upgrade Service is limited to the technical conversion and adaptation of" -" your database (standard modules and data) to make it compatible with the " -"targeted version." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:89 -msgid "What upgrading does NOT cover" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:91 -msgid "The cleaning of pre-existing data & configuration while upgrading" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Any new developments and/or upgrade of your own :ref:`custom modules <db-" -"upgrade/faq/custom-modules>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:94 -msgid "`Training <https://www.odoo.com/learn>`_ on the new version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:96 -msgid "" -"You can get more information about your Enterprise Licence on our :ref:`Odoo" -" Enterprise Subscription Agreement <upgrade>` page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:104 -msgid "Get started" -msgstr "Démarrer" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:106 -msgid "The upgrade process varies depending on where your database is hosted." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:111 -msgid "Online (SaaS)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:113 -msgid "" -"If you are hosted Online, please check our :ref:`instruction page for our " -"Online (SaaS) customers <upgrade_button>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:119 -msgid "Odoo.sh" -msgstr "Odoo.sh" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:121 -msgid "" -"If you are Odoo.sh hosted, check our :doc:`specific instructions to be able " -"to upgrade <../odoo_sh/advanced/upgrade_your_database>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:127 -msgid "On-Premise" -msgstr "On-Premise" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:129 -msgid "There are two possibilities:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:131 -msgid "Via the interface of our `website form <https://upgrade.odoo.com>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:0 -msgid "" -"For technically-advanced users and partners, via the following command line " -"(to be used on the machine where your database is hosted):" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:0 -msgid "" -"``python <(curl -s beta.upgrade.odoo.com/upgrade) test -d <your db name> -t " -"14.0``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:137 -msgid "What does it do?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:139 -msgid "" -"The above command will dump your database to a file, then send it to the " -"upgrade platform for upgrade, displaying you the live logs, then restore the" -" upgraded database back on your server as a duplicate test database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:146 -msgid "Steps" -msgstr "Étapes" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:151 -msgid "The testing phase" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:156 -msgid "Test process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:158 -msgid "" -"Also referred to as the pre-production phase, the test phase allows you to " -"review an upgraded version of your database without affecting your " -"production database in any way." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:161 -msgid "" -"We suggest that you run the test upgrade process at least once, but you can " -"do it as often as you want (one at a time)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:164 -msgid "" -"Once you receive your upgraded test database, you should check that all " -"data, processes and functionality are still correct and working as expected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:167 -msgid "If you do find discrepancies, you'll be able to:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:0 -msgid ":ref:`Report your issues <db-upgrade/test-assistance>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:0 -msgid "and/or" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:171 -msgid "" -"Ask for a new :ref:`test request <db-upgrade/test-db-request>` after the " -"reported issues have been fixed in the upgrade script." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:174 -msgid "When you do not find any discrepancies, you'll be able to:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:176 -msgid "" -"Move on to the upgrade of your :ref:`production database <db-upgrade" -"/production-live>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:181 -msgid "Request a test database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:183 -msgid "" -"When filling the `website form <https://upgrade.odoo.com>`_, select " -"*Testing* purpose." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:192 -msgid "Test guidance" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:194 -msgid "" -"Every business and organization has its own operational needs and will have " -"to test its specific Odoo instance respectively. However, we recommend you " -"look at `the test scenario " -"<https://drive.google.com/open?id=1Lm4JqbsHBirB1wMi14UChoz_YHLjx5ec>`_ we " -"created, a high-level idea of what you should test and look out for." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:199 -msgid "Todo" -msgstr "À faire" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:199 -msgid "change link \"test scenario\" once the related doc is published" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:204 -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:263 -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:395 -msgid "Assistance" -msgstr "Assistance" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:206 -msgid "" -"If you encounter issues or problems in the **test database**, please contact" -" the Odoo Upgrade Support:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:209 -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:268 -msgid "Connect to our `Odoo Support page <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:210 -msgid "" -"Under the *Ticket Description* section, select *An issue related to my " -"upgrade* ticket type." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:217 -msgid "" -"If you choose another *Ticket Description* type, the request will be " -"redirected to another team than the upgrade one and will slow down the " -"processing and response time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:220 -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:276 -msgid "" -"Please provide as much detail as you can. Where applicable, illustrate the " -"current and previous flows with videos and/or screenshots. This will avoid " -"clarifying questions and speed up the resolution process significantly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:229 -msgid "" -"The purpose of the test phase is not to correct existing data or " -"configurations in your database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:236 -msgid "The production launch" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:241 -msgid "Production goes live" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:243 -msgid "" -"The production upgrade request is when you decide to upgrade your current " -"database with all your production data (invoices, VAT returns, inventories, " -"current orders) to a new version of your choice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:246 -msgid "" -"After your :ref:`tests <db-upgrade/steps-test>` are completed to your " -"satisfaction, submit the request to upgrade your production database via our" -" `website form <https://upgrade.odoo.com>`_. Select *Production* purpose." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:255 -msgid "Going into production without first testing may lead to:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:257 -msgid "" -"business interruptions (e.g. no longer having the possibility to validate an" -" action)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:258 -msgid "" -"poor customer experiences (e.g. an eCommerce website that does not work " -"correctly)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:265 -msgid "" -"If you encounter issues or problems in the **production database**, please " -"contact the **Odoo Support**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:269 -msgid "" -"Under the *Ticket Description* section, select the appropriate type related " -"to your issue but **do not select** the option *An issue related to my " -"upgrade*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:273 -msgid "" -"After upgrading to production, the support will be provided by the Support " -"team instead of the Upgrade team." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:285 -msgid "" -"If you choose *An issue related to my upgrade* as ticket type, the request " -"will be redirected to another team than the support one and will slow down " -"the processing and response time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:291 -msgid "FAQ" -msgstr "FAQ" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:296 -msgid "Why upgrade?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:298 -msgid "" -"You benefit from the latest features of the :ref:`new major version <db-" -"upgrade/faq/release-notes>` released by Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:300 -msgid "" -"If you are in an :ref:`unsupported version <db-upgrade/supported-versions>`," -" you get a new version with support." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:306 -msgid "When to upgrade?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:308 -msgid "" -"Whenever you want. You can make your upgrade request as soon as a new " -"version is released on our `website form <https://upgrade.odoo.com>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:314 -msgid "Availability of the new version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:316 -msgid "" -"Please kindly note that as soon as we announce the release of a new major " -"version (usually at the end of year), the Upgrade Service team needs to " -"adapt the upgrade scripts to it, which is why the new version is not " -"immediately available for existing databases." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:323 -msgid "Finalization of the upgrade (:abbr:`ETA (Estimated Time of Arrival)`)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:325 -msgid "" -"Unfortunately, it is impossible to give time estimates for every upgrade " -"request. Odoo offers so many possibilities (e.g. branding, workflows, " -"customization, etc) that it can get tricky to upgrade, and translate to the " -"new structure. If you use multiple apps managing sensitive data (e.g., " -"Accounting, Inventory, etc.), some cases may still require a human " -"intervention, making the process slower." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:331 -msgid "" -"This is especially true during the first months following the release of a " -"new major version, which can significantly lengthen the upgrade delay." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:334 -msgid "" -"In general, the ‘smaller’ the database, the quickest the upgrade. A single-" -"user database that uses only CRM will be processed faster than a multi-" -"company, multi-user database that uses Accounting, Sales, Purchase, and " -"Manufacturing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:338 -msgid "So, in a nutshell, what can impact your upgrade lead time?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:340 -msgid "Source & targeted versions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:341 -msgid "Installed apps" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:342 -msgid "Volume of data" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:343 -msgid "" -"Amount of customization (models, fields, methods, workflows, reports, " -"website, etc.)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:344 -msgid "" -"Installation of new apps or configuration changes after the start of the " -"test phase" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:346 -msgid "" -"Usually, the delays experienced during the first request (waiting time " -"between the time you submitted your first request for a test upgrade) can " -"generally give you an idea of the time to wait for the production request." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:353 -msgid "Upgrade of the custom modules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:355 -msgid "" -"As stated in our :doc:`../legal/terms/enterprise`, section " -":ref:`charges_standard`, this optional service is subject to additional " -"fees." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:358 -msgid "" -"If you have a custom code, you can choose to have it upgraded by our " -"services, by one of our `partners <https://www.odoo.com/partners>`_ or you " -"can do it yourself." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:366 -msgid "Editions change (from Community to Enterprise)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:368 -msgid "" -"An upgrade does not cover a change of `Editions " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/editions>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:375 -msgid "Switching the hosting types (Self-hosted vs Online vs Odoo.sh)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:377 -msgid "" -"An upgrade does not cover a change of `Hosting types " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/hosting-types>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:379 -msgid "" -"Open the following link to get :doc:`more information about how to change " -"your hosting type <hosting_changes>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:387 -msgid "Release Notes by version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:389 -msgid "" -"Open our `Release Note <https://www.odoo.com/page/release-notes>`_ page to " -"get a summary of the new features and improvements made in each version." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:400 -msgid "Contact our Upgrade service support" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:402 -msgid "" -"Should you have any more questions about the upgrade, do not hesitate to " -"send a message to `Odoo Upgrade Team <mailto:upgrade@odoo.com>`_. We will be" -" very pleased to answer it as soon as possible." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:408 -msgid "Supported versions" -msgstr "Versions supportées" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:410 -msgid "" -"Please note that Odoo provides support and bug fixing only for the three " -"last major versions of Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:412 -msgid "" -"This is a factor to take into consideration before upgrading. If you are on " -"an older version, we suggest you to prefer the most recent version to " -"benefit from a longer support (before having to upgrade again)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:416 -msgid "" -"You can get more information about our :doc:`supported versions " -"<../support/supported_versions>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:7 -msgid "Users and Features" -msgstr "Utilisateurs et fonctionnalités" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:9 -msgid "" -"As the administrator of your database, you are responsible for its usage. " -"This includes the Apps you install as well as the number of users currently " -"in use." -msgstr "" -"En tant qu'administrateur de votre base de données, vous êtes responsable de" -" son utilisation. Cela inclut les Applications que vous installez, ainsi que" -" le nombre d'utilisateurs qui les utilisent." - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Odoo is many things (ERP, CMS, CRM application, e-Commerce backend, etc.) " -"but it is *not* a smartphone. You should apply caution when adding/removing " -"features (especially Apps) on your database since this may impact your " -"subscription amount significantly (or switch you from a free account to a " -"paying one on our online platform)." -msgstr "" -"Odoo est beaucoup de choses (ERP, CMS, CRM application, site de " -"eCommerce,etc...) mais ce n'est *pas* un smartphone. Vous devez faire preuve" -" de prudence lorsque vous ajouter/supprimez des fonctionnalités (en " -"particulier les applications) à votre base de données, car cela pourrait " -"influer sur le montant de votre abonnement de manière significative (ou vous" -" faire passer d'un compte gratuit à un payant sur notre plate-forme en " -"ligne)." - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:19 -msgid "" -"This page contains some information as to how you can manage your Odoo " -"instances. Before carrying any of these procedures, we **strongly** advise " -"to test them on a duplicate of your database first. That way, if something " -"goes wrong, your day-to-day business is not impacted." -msgstr "" -"Cette page contient quelques informations sur la façon de gérer votre " -"instance Odoo. Avant d'appliquer ces procédures nous vous recommandons " -"**fortement** des les tester d'abord sur un double de votre base de données." -" De cette façon, si quelque chose se passe mal, votre activité quotidienne " -"n'en sera pas affectée." - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:24 -msgid "" -"You can find guides on how to duplicate your databases both for :ref:`online" -" <duplicate_online>` and :ref:`on premise <duplicate_premise>` " -"installations." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez trouver des instruction sur la manière de dupliquer vos bases de" -" données à la fois pour les installations :ref:`en ligne <duplicate_online>`" -" et :ref:`sur site <duplicate_premise>`." - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:28 -msgid "" -"If you have questions about the content of this page or if you encounter an " -"issue while carrying out these procedures, please contact us through our " -"`support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." -msgstr "" -"Si vous avez des questions sur le contenu de cette page ou si vous " -"rencontrez un problème lors de l'exécution de ces procédures, contactez-nous" -" via notre `formulaire d'assistance <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:34 -msgid "Deactivating Users" -msgstr "Désactivation d'Utilisateurs" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Make sure you have sufficient **administrative rights** if you want to " -"change the status of any of your users." -msgstr "" -"Assurez-vous que vous disposez des **permissions** suffisantes si vous " -"voulez changer le statut de l'un de vos utilisateurs." - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:39 -msgid "" -"In your Odoo instance, click on **Settings**. You will have a section " -"showing you the active users on your database. Click on **Manage Users.**" -msgstr "" -"Sur votre instance Odoo, cliquez sur **Paramètres**. Vous verrez apparaître " -"une section reprenant les utilisateurs actifs de votre base de données. " -"Cliquez sur **Gérer les utilisateurs.**" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:43 -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:80 -msgid "|settings|" -msgstr "|settings|" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:43 -msgid "|browse_users|" -msgstr "|browse_users|" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:46 -msgid "You'll then see the list of your users." -msgstr "Vous verrez alors la liste de vos utilisateurs." - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:51 -msgid "" -"The pre-selected filter *Internal Users* shows your paying users (different " -"from the *Portal Users* which are free). If you remove this filter, you'll " -"get all your users (the ones you pay for and the portal ones)" -msgstr "" -"Le filtre pré-sélectionné *Utilisateurs Internes* montre vos utilisateurs " -"payants (pas les *Utilisateurs du Portail* qui sont gratuits). Si vous " -"supprimez ce filtre, vous obtiendrez tous les utilisateurs (les payants et " -"ceux du portail)" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:56 -msgid "" -"In your list of users, click on the user you want to deactivate. As soon as " -"you are on the userform, click on the Action drop down menu, and then click " -"on Archive." -msgstr "" -"Dans votre liste d'utilisateurs cliquez sur l'utilisateur que vous souhaitez" -" désactiver. Une fois sur le formulaire utilisateur, cliquez sur le menu de " -"la liste déroulante Action, puis cliquez sur Archiver." - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:64 -msgid "The user is now deactivated." -msgstr "L'utilisateur est maintenant désactivé." - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:66 -msgid "**Never** deactivate the main user (*admin*)" -msgstr "Ne désactivez **jamais** l'utilisateur principal (*admin*)" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:69 -msgid "Uninstalling Apps" -msgstr "Désinstallation d'Applications" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Make sure you first test what you are about to do on a :ref:`duplicate " -"<duplicate_online>` of your database before making any changes (*especially*" -" installing/uninstalling apps)." -msgstr "" -"Assurez-vous d'abord de tester ce que vous allez faire sur une " -":ref:`duplication` <duplicate_online>` de votre base de données avant de " -"faire des modifications (*surtout* l'installation/désinstallation " -"d'applications)." - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:75 -msgid "" -"In your Odoo instance click on **Settings**; in this app, you will be able " -"to see how many applications you have installed. Click on **Browse Apps** to" -" access the list of your installed applications." -msgstr "" -"Dans votre instance Odoo cliquez sur **Configuration**; dans ce module, vous" -" verrez le nombre d'applications que vous avez installées. Cliquez sur " -"**Parcourir les applications** pour accéder à la liste des applications." - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:80 -msgid "|browse_apps|" -msgstr "|browse_apps|" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:83 -msgid "" -"In your applications' dashboard, you will see all the icons of your " -"applications. Click on the application you want to uninstall. Then, on the " -"form of the application, click on **Uninstall**." -msgstr "" -"Dans le tableau de bord de vos applications, vous verrez toutes les icônes " -"de vos applications. Cliquez sur l'application que vous souhaitez " -"désinstaller. Puis, sur la fiche de l'application, cliquez sur " -"**Désinstaller**." - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:90 -msgid "" -"Some applications have dependencies, like Invoicing, eCommerce, etc. " -"Therefore, the system will give you a warning message to advise you of what " -"is about to be removed. If you uninstall your application, all its " -"dependencies will be uninstalled as well (and the data in them will " -"permanently disappear). If you are sure you still want to uninstall it, then" -" click **Confirm**." -msgstr "" -"Certaines applications ont des dépendances, comme Facturation, eCommerce, " -"etc... Par conséquent, le système vous avertira pour vous informer de ce qui" -" est sur le point d'être retiré. Si vous désinstallez votre application, " -"toutes ses dépendances seront également désinstallées (et les données " -"qu'elles contiennent vont disparaître également de façon irréversible). Si " -"vous êtes sûr que vous voulez toujours la désinstaller, alors cliquez sur " -"**Confirmer**." - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:97 -msgid "" -"Last, after having checked the warning message (if any), click **Confirm**." -msgstr "" -"Enfin, après avoir vérifié le message d'avertissement (le cas échéant), " -"cliquez sur **Confirmer**." - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:102 -msgid "You have finished uninstalling your application." -msgstr "Vous avez terminé la désinstallation de votre application." - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:105 -msgid "Good to know" -msgstr "Bon à savoir" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:107 -msgid "" -"**Uninstalling apps, managing users, etc. is up to you**: no one else can " -"know if your business flow is broken better than you. If we were to " -"uninstall applications for you, we would never be able to tell if relevant " -"data had been removed or if one of your business flow was broken because we " -"*do not know how you work* and therefore cannot validate these kinds of " -"operations." -msgstr "" -"**Désinstaller des applications, gérer les utilisateurs, etc... c'est à vous" -" de le faire**: personne mieux que vous ne peut savoir si les activités de " -"votre entreprise sont interrompues. Si nous devions désinstaller des " -"applications pour vous, nous ne serions jamais en mesure de dire si des " -"données pertinentes ont été supprimées ou si l'une de vos activités a été " -"interrompue, parce que nous *ne savons pas comment vous travaillez* et ne " -"pouvons donc pas valider ce types d'opérations." - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:113 -msgid "" -"**Odoo Apps have dependencies**: this means that you may need to install " -"modules that you do not actively use to access some features of Odoo you " -"might need. For example, the Website Builder app is needed to be able to " -"show your customer their Quotes in a web page. Even though you might not " -"need or use the Website itself, it is needed for the Online Quotes feature " -"to work properly." -msgstr "" -"**Les Applications Odoo ont des dépendances** : cela signifie que vous " -"devrez peut-être installer des modules que vous n'utilisez pas activement " -"pour accéder à certaines fonctionnalités d'Odoo dont vous avez besoin. Par " -"exemple, l'application Construction de site web est requise pour pouvoir " -"montrer à vos clients des devis sur une page internet. Même si vous n'avez " -"pas besoin du site Web lui-même, il est requis pour que la fonctionnalité " -"Offres en ligne fonctionne correctement." - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:120 -msgid "" -"**Always test app installation/removal on a duplicate** (or on a free trial " -"database): that way you can know what other apps may be required, etc. This " -"will avoid surprises when uninstalling or when receiving your invoices." -msgstr "" -"**Tester toujours l'installation/la suppression d'application sur une " -"copie** (ou sur une base de données d'essai gratuit) : de cette façon, vous " -"pouvez savoir quelles autres applications peuvent être nécessaires, etc... " -"Cela évitera des surprises lors de la désinstallation ou lors de la " -"réception de vos factures d'abonnement." - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:7 -msgid "Hosting Changes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:9 -msgid "" -"You may want to move your Odoo database from one hosting solution to " -"another. Depending on the platforms, you have to do it by yourself or " -"contact our support team first." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:13 -msgid "From on-premises to Odoo Online" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:15 -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:49 -msgid "Odoo Online is not compatible with **non-standard apps**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Create a :ref:`duplicate <duplicate_premise>` of your database: in this " -"duplicate, uninstall all the **non-standard apps**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Grab a \"dump with filestore\" of your database by using the Database " -"Manager." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:19 -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:52 -msgid "" -"**If you have time constraints, contact us earlier to schedule the " -"transfer.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:20 -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:53 -msgid "" -"`Create a support ticket <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_ and attach the dump " -"(if the file is too large, use any file transfer service and attach the link" -" to your ticket). Also include your subscription number and the URL you want" -" to use for your database (e.g.: my-company.odoo.com)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:21 -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:54 -msgid "" -"We will make sure your database is compatible and upload it to our cloud. In" -" case of technical issues, we will get in touch with you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:22 -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:55 -msgid "It's done!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:25 -msgid "From on-premises to Odoo.sh" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:27 -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Follow the :ref:`Import your database section of the Odoo.sh documentation " -"<odoo_sh_import_your_database>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:28 -msgid "...and voilà!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:31 -msgid "From Odoo Online to on-premises" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:33 -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Log into `your Odoo Online user portal " -"<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/databases/manage>`_ and look for the version " -"number of your database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:34 -msgid "" -"If your database does not run a :ref:`major version <supported_versions>` of" -" Odoo, you cannot host it on-premises yet, you have to upgrade it first to a" -" new major version. (*e.g.: If your database runs Odoo 12.3 which is not a " -"major version, you have to upgrade it first to Odoo 13.0 or 14.0.*)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:35 -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Download a backup of your database by clicking on the \"Gear\" icon next to " -"your database name then :menuselection:`Download` (if the download fails due" -" to your backup file being too large, contact `our support " -"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`_)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:36 -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:61 -msgid "Restore it from the database manager on your local server." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:39 -msgid "From Odoo Online to Odoo.sh" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:42 -msgid "" -"If your database does not run a :ref:`major version <supported_versions>` of" -" Odoo, you cannot host it on Odoo.sh yet, you have to upgrade it first to a " -"new major version. (*e.g.: If your database runs Odoo 12.3 which is not a " -"major version, you have to upgrade it first to Odoo 13.0 or 14.0.*)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:47 -msgid "From Odoo.sh to Odoo Online" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:51 -msgid "" -"Uninstall all the **non-standard apps**: test it in a staging build first, " -"then do it in your production build." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:58 -msgid "From Odoo.sh to on-premises" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Grab a :ref:`backup of your Odoo.sh production database " -"<odoo_sh_branches_backups>`." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po deleted file mode 100644 index 96be285f7..000000000 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,973 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# Jérôme Tanché <jerome.tanche@ouest-dsi.fr>, 2020 -# kaj nithi <kajanth.nithiy@skipthedishes.ca>, 2020 -# Renaud de Colombel <rdecolombel@sgen.cfdt.fr>, 2020 -# Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020 -# 0169fee580ff5de3f9b7241d14f30af9_5f30934 <1948a2319336319ed4429b6139c8c1c2_916898>, 2020 -# Cécile Collart <cco@odoo.com>, 2021 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Cécile Collart <cco@odoo.com>, 2021\n" -"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: fr\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" - -#: ../../discuss.rst:5 -msgid "Discuss" -msgstr "Discussion" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced" -msgstr "Avancé" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:3 -msgid "How to Use my Mail Server to Send and Receive Emails in Odoo" -msgstr "" -"Comment utiliser mon serveur de messagerie pour envoyer et recevoir des " -"emails dans Odoo" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:6 -msgid "If you are a user of Odoo Online or Odoo.sh..." -msgstr "Si vous êtes un utilisateur d'Odoo en ligne ou d'Odoo.sh..." - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:8 -msgid "" -"You have nothing to do! **Odoo sets up its own mail servers for your " -"database.** Outgoing and incoming emails work out-of-the-box!" -msgstr "" -"Vous ne devez rien faire! **Odoo configure ses propres serveurs de " -"messagerie pour votre base de données.** Les emails sortants et entrants " -"sont prêts à l'emploi!" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Unless you plan to send large batches of mass mailing that could require the" -" use of an external mail server, simply enjoy your new Odoo database." -msgstr "" -"À moins que vous ne prévoyez d'envoyer une quantité importante d'emails de " -"masse qui nécessiteraient l'utilisation d'un serveur de messagerie externe, " -"profitez tout simplement de votre nouvelle base de données Odoo." - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:16 -msgid "Scope of this documentation" -msgstr "Le but de cette documentation" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:18 -msgid "" -"This document is **mainly dedicated to Odoo on-premise users** who don't " -"benefit from an out-of-the-box solution to send and receive emails in Odoo, " -"unlike `Odoo Online <https://www.odoo.com/trial>`__ & `Odoo.sh " -"<https://www.odoo.sh>`__." -msgstr "" -"Ce document est **principalement destiné aux utilisateurs d'Odoo sur site** " -"qui ne bénéficient pas d'une utilisation prête à l'emploi pour l'envoi et la" -" réception d'emails dans Odoo, à la différence d'`Odoo en ligne " -"<https://www.odoo.com/trial>`__ & `Odoo.sh <https://www.odoo.sh>`__." - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:25 -msgid "" -"If no one in your company is used to manage email servers, we strongly " -"recommend that you opt for those Odoo hosting solutions. Their email system " -"works instantly and is monitored by professionals. Nevertheless you can " -"still use your own email servers if you want to manage your email server's " -"reputation yourself." -msgstr "" -"Si personne dans votre entreprise n'est chargé de la gestion des serveurs de" -" messagerie, nous vous recommandons fortement d'opter pour ces solutions " -"d'hébergement Odoo. Leur système de courrier électronique fonctionne " -"instantanément et est supervisé par des professionnels. Néanmoins, si vous " -"souhaitez gérer vous-même la réputation de votre serveur de messagerie, vous" -" pouvez également utiliser vos propres serveurs." - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:31 -msgid "" -"You will find here below some useful information on how to integrate your " -"own email solution with Odoo." -msgstr "" -"Vous trouverez ci-dessous quelques informations utiles pour intégrer votre " -"propre solution de messagerie à Odoo. " - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Office 365 email servers don't easily allow to send external emails from " -"hosts like Odoo. Refer to `Microsoft's documentation " -"<https://support.office.com/en-us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-" -"device-or-application-to-send-email-using-" -"Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ to make it work." -msgstr "" -"Les serveurs de messagerie Office 365 ne permettent pas facilement d'envoyer" -" des emails externes à partir d'hôtes comme Odoo. Reportez-vous à la " -"documentation de Microsoft <https://support.office.com/en-us/article/How-to-" -"set-up-a-multifunction-device-or-application-to-send-email-using-" -"Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ pour le faire " -"fonctionner." - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:39 -msgid "How to manage outbound messages" -msgstr "Comment gérer les messages sortants" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:40 -msgid "" -"As a system admin, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and " -"check *External Email Servers*. Then, click *Outgoing Mail Servers* to " -"create one and reference the SMTP data of your email server. Once all the " -"information has been filled out, click on *Test Connection*." -msgstr "" -"En tant qu'administrateur système, allez sur :menuselection:`Paramètres --> " -"Paramètres généraux` et cochez *Serveurs de messagerie externe*. Puis, " -"cliquez sur *Serveurs de messagerie sortant* pour en créer un et référencer " -"les données SMTP de votre serveur de messagerie. Une fois toutes les " -"informations complétées, cliquez sur *Tester la connection*." - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:45 -msgid "Here is a typical configuration for a G Suite server." -msgstr "Voici la configuration typique d'un serveur G suite." - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:50 -msgid "Then set your email domain name in the General Settings." -msgstr "" -"Configurez ensuite votre nom de domaine de messagerie dans les paramètres " -"généraux." - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:53 -msgid "" -"If you get a ``[AUTHENTICATIONFAILED] Invalid credentials (Failure)`` " -"warning when you *Test Connection* on a Gmail address, activate the *Less " -"secure app access* option. A direct link can be `accessed here " -"<https://myaccount.google.com/lesssecureapps?pli=1>`_." -msgstr "" -"Si vous recevez un message d'avertissement ``[AUTHENTICATIONFAILED] (Échec) " -"Identifiants invalides`` lorsque vous effectuez une *Connection de test* " -"dans une adresse Gmail, activez l'option *Accès moins sécurisé à " -"l'application*. Un lien direct est disponible `ici " -"<https://myaccount.google.com/lesssecureapps?pli=1>`_." - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:57 -msgid "In addition to that, enable the IMAP setting on your Gmail account." -msgstr "Activez par ailleurs le paramètre IMAP sur votre compte Gmail." - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:61 -msgid "Can I use an Office 365 server" -msgstr "Puis-je utiliser un serveur Office 365?" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:62 -msgid "" -"You can use an Office 365 server if you run Odoo on-premise. Office 365 SMTP" -" relays are not compatible with Odoo Online." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez utiliser un serveur Office 365 si vous exécutez Odoo sur site. " -"Les relais Office 365 SMTP ne sont pas compatibles sur Odoo en ligne." - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Please refer to `Microsoft's documentation <https://support.office.com/en-" -"us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-device-or-application-to-send-" -"email-using-Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ to configure" -" a SMTP relay for your Odoo's IP address." -msgstr "" -"Pour configurer un relais SMTP pour votre adresse IP Odoo, référez-vous à la" -" `Documentation Microsoft <https://support.office.com/en-us/article/How-to-" -"set-up-a-multifunction-device-or-application-to-send-email-using-" -"Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ ." - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:69 -msgid "How to use a G Suite server" -msgstr "Comment utiliser un serveur G suite" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:70 -msgid "" -"You can use an G Suite server for any Odoo hosting type. To do so you need " -"to setup the SMTP relay service. The configuration steps are explained in " -"`Google documentation " -"<https://support.google.com/a/answer/2956491?hl=en>`__." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez utiliser un serveur G Suite pour n'importe quel type " -"d'hébergement Odoo. Pour cela, vous devez configurer le service relais SMTP." -" Les étapes de configuration sont décrites dans la `Documentation Google " -"<https://support.google.com/a/answer/2956491?hl=en>`__." - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:77 -msgid "Be SPF-compliant" -msgstr "Être en conformité avec le système SPF" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:78 -msgid "" -"In case you use SPF (Sender Policy Framework) to increase the deliverability" -" of your outgoing emails, don't forget to authorize Odoo as a sending host " -"in your domain name settings. Here is the configuration for Odoo Online:" -msgstr "" -"Si vous utilisez le système SPF (Sender Policy Framework) pour augmenter la " -"délivrabilité de votre messagerie sortante, n'oubliez pas d'autoriser Odoo " -"en tant qu'hôte expéditeur dans les paramètres de votre nom de domaine. " -"Voici la configuration pour Odoo en ligne :" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:82 -msgid "" -"If no TXT record is set for SPF, create one with following definition: " -"v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com ~all" -msgstr "" -"Si aucun enregistrement TXT n'est configuré pour le SPF, vous devez en créer" -" un avec la définition suivante : v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com ~all" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:84 -msgid "" -"In case a SPF TXT record is already set, add \"include:_spf.odoo.com\". e.g." -" for a domain name that sends emails via Odoo Online and via G Suite it " -"could be: v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com include:_spf.google.com ~all" -msgstr "" -"Si un enregistrement SPF TXT est déjà configuré, ajoutez " -"\"include:_spf.odoo.com\". par ex. pour un nom de domaine qui envoie des " -"emails via Odoo en ligne et via G Suite cela pourrait être : v=spf1 " -"include:_spf.odoo.com include:_spf.google.com ~all" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:88 -msgid "" -"Find `here <https://www.mail-tester.com/spf/>`__ the exact procedure to " -"create or modify TXT records in your own domain registrar." -msgstr "" -"Vous trouverez `ici <https://www.mail-tester.com/spf/>`__ la procédure " -"exacte pour créer ou modifier des enregistrements TXT sur votre propre " -"registraire de domaine." - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:91 -msgid "" -"Your new SPF record can take up to 48 hours to go into effect, but this " -"usually happens more quickly." -msgstr "" -"Votre nouvel enregistrement SPF peut prendre jusqu'à 48 heures pour être " -"effectif, mais d'habitude cela se fait plus rapidement." - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:94 -msgid "" -"Adding more than one SPF record for a domain can cause problems with mail " -"delivery and spam classification. Instead, we recommend using only one SPF " -"record by modifying it to authorize Odoo." -msgstr "" -"L'ajout de plus d'un enregistrement SPF à votre domaine peut générer des " -"problèmes à la livraison des emails et à la classification en spams. Nous " -"vous recommandons plutôt d'utiliser un seul enregistrement SPF, en modifiant" -" celui-ci pour autoriser Odoo." - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:99 -msgid "Allow DKIM" -msgstr "Activer DKIM" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:100 -msgid "" -"You should do the same thing if DKIM (Domain Keys Identified Mail) is " -"enabled on your email server. In the case of Odoo Online & Odoo.sh, you " -"should add a DNS \"odoo._domainkey\" CNAME record to " -"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\". For example, for \"foo.com\" they should have " -"a record \"odoo._domainkey.foo.com\" that is a CNAME with the value " -"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\"." -msgstr "" -"Vous devriez faire la même chose si le DKIM (Domain Keys Identified Mail) " -"est activé sur votre serveur de messagerie. Dans le cas d'Odoo en ligne et " -"d' Odoo.sh, vous devez ajouter un enregistrement DNS CNAME " -"\"odoo._domainkey\" à \"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\". Par exemple, pour " -"\"foo.com\" ils devraient avoir un enregistrement " -"\"odoo._domainkey.foo.com\" qui est un enregistrement CNAME avec la valeur " -"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\"." - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:108 -msgid "Restriction" -msgstr "Restriction" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:109 -msgid "" -"Please note that the port 25 is blocked for security reasons. Try using 587," -" 465 or 2525." -msgstr "" -"Veuillez noter que le port 25 est bloqué pour des raisons de sécurité. " -"Essayez d'utiliser 587, 465 ou 2525." - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:112 -msgid "How to manage inbound messages" -msgstr "Comment gérer les messages entrants" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:114 -msgid "Odoo relies on generic email aliases to fetch incoming messages." -msgstr "Odoo recourt à des alias email pour récupérer des messages entrants." - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:116 -msgid "" -"**Reply messages** of messages sent from Odoo are routed to their original " -"discussion thread (and to the inbox of all its followers) by the catchall " -"alias (**catchall@**)." -msgstr "" -"**Les emails de réponse automatiques** envoyés depuis Odoo sont acheminés " -"vers leur fil de discussion original (ainsi que vers les boîtes de réception" -" de tous les followers) via l'alias catch-all (**catchall@**)." - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:120 -msgid "" -"**Bounced messages** are routed to **bounce@** in order to track them in " -"Odoo. This is especially used in `Odoo Email Marketing " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/email-marketing>`__ to opt-out invalid " -"recipients." -msgstr "" -"**Les emails rejetés** sont acheminés vers **bounce@** pour qu'on puisse les" -" tracer sur Odoo. Cela est surtout utilisé pour désinscrire les " -"destinataires invalides dans le `Marketing par courrier électronique Odoo " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/email-marketing>`__ ." - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:124 -msgid "" -"**Original messages**: Several business objects have their own alias to " -"create new records in Odoo from incoming emails:" -msgstr "" -"**Les emails originaux**: Plusieurs objets de gestion ont leur propre alias " -"pour créer des nouveaux enregistrements sur Odoo depuis les emails entrants " -":" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:127 -msgid "" -"Sales Channel (to create Leads or Opportunities in `Odoo CRM " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/crm>`__)," -msgstr "" -"Canal de ventes (pour créer des pistes ou des opportunités dans `Odoo CRM " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/crm>`__)," - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:129 -msgid "" -"Support Channel (to create Tickets in `Odoo Helpdesk " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/helpdesk>`__)," -msgstr "" -"Canal de support (pour créer des tickets dans `Odoo Assistance technique " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/helpdesk>`__)," - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:131 -msgid "" -"Projects (to create new Tasks in `Odoo Project <https://www.odoo.com/page" -"/project-management>`__)," -msgstr "" -"Projets (pour créer des nouvelles tâches dans `Odoo Projet " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/project-management>`__)," - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:133 -msgid "" -"Job Positions (to create Applicants in `Odoo Recruitment " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/recruitment>`__)," -msgstr "" -"Postes de travail (pour créer des candidats dans `Odoo recrutement " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/recruitment>`__)," - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:135 -msgid "etc." -msgstr "etc" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:137 -msgid "" -"Depending on your mail server, there might be several methods to fetch " -"emails. The easiest and most recommended method is to manage one email " -"address per Odoo alias in your mail server." -msgstr "" -"Selon votre serveur de messagerie, il peut y avoir plusieurs méthodes de " -"récupération des emails. La méthode la plus facile et la plus recommandée, " -"c'est gérer une adresse email par alias Odoo dans votre serveur de " -"messagerie ." - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:141 -msgid "" -"Create the corresponding email addresses in your mail server (catchall@, " -"bounce@, sales@, etc.)." -msgstr "" -"Créez les adresses email correspondantes dans votre serveur de messagerie " -"(catchall@, bounce@, sales@, etc.)." - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:143 -msgid "Set your domain name in the General Settings." -msgstr "Configurez votre nom de domaine dans les paramètres généraux." - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:148 -msgid "" -"If you use Odoo on-premise, create an *Incoming Mail Server* in Odoo for " -"each alias. You can do it from the General Settings as well. Fill out the " -"form according to your email provider’s settings. Leave the *Actions to " -"Perform on Incoming Mails* blank. Once all the information has been filled " -"out, click on *TEST & CONFIRM*." -msgstr "" -"Si vous utilisez Odoo sur site, créez un *Serveur de messagerie entrant* " -"pour chaque alias. Vous pouvez le faire également depuis les paramètres " -"généraux. Remplissez le formulaire selon les paramètres de votre fournisseur" -" de messagerie. Laissez vide le champ *Actions à effectuer sur les emails " -"entrants*. Une fois toutes les informations renseignées, cliquez sur *TESTER" -" & CONFIRMER*." - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:157 -msgid "" -"If you use Odoo Online or Odoo.sh, We do recommend to redirect incoming " -"messages to Odoo's domain name rather than exclusively use your own email " -"server. That way you will receive incoming messages without delay. Indeed, " -"Odoo Online is fetching incoming messages of external servers once per hour " -"only. You should set redirections for all the email addresses to Odoo's " -"domain name in your email server (e.g. *catchall@mydomain.ext* to " -"*catchall@mycompany.odoo.com*)." -msgstr "" -"Si vous utilisez Odoo Online ou Odoo.sh, nous vous recommandons de rediriger" -" les messages entrants vers le nom de domaine d'Odoo plutôt que d'utiliser " -"exclusivement votre propre serveur de messagerie. Vous recevrez ainsi les " -"messages entrants sans délai. En effet, Odoo Online ne récupère les messages" -" entrants des serveurs externes qu'une fois par heure. Vous devez définir " -"dans votre serveur de messagerie des redirections pour toutes les adresses " -"email vers le nom de domaine d'Odoo (par ex. *catchall@mydomain.ext* vers " -"*catchall@mycompany.odoo.com*)." - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:167 -msgid "All the aliases are customizable in Odoo." -msgstr "Tous les alias sont personnalisables dans Odoo." - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:165 -msgid "" -"Object aliases can be edited from their respective configuration view. To " -"edit catchall and bounce aliases, you first need to activate the " -":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." -msgstr "" -"Les alias d'objet peuvent être modifiés depuis leur écran de configuration " -"respectif. Pour mlodifier des alias catchall et bounce, vous devez d'abord " -"activer :doc:`mode Développeur <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:169 -msgid "" -"Then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System " -"Parameters` to customize the aliases (*mail.catchall.alias* & * " -"mail.bounce.alias*)." -msgstr "" -"Puis aller sur :menuselection:`Configuration --> Technique --> Paramètres " -"--> Paramètres système` pour personnaliser les alias (*mail.catchall.alias* " -"& * mail.bounce.alias*)." - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:175 -msgid "" -"By default inbound messages are fetched every 5 minutes in Odoo on-premise. " -"You can change this value in :doc:`Developer mode " -"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Go to :menuselection:`Settings -->" -" Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions` and look for *Mail: " -"Fetchmail Service*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:3 -msgid "Email Templates" -msgstr "Modèles d'emails" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:5 -msgid "" -"We all know writing good emails is vital to get a high response rate, but " -"you do not want to rewrite the same structure every time, do you? That is " -"where email templates come in. Without the need to rewrite the entire email " -"structure every time, you save time to focus on the content. Multiple " -"templates also let you deliver the right message to the right audience, " -"improving their overall experience with the company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:12 -msgid "Enable it and understand a few concepts" -msgstr "Activez-le et comprenez quelques concepts" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:14 -msgid "" -"The :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` must be " -"activated. Then, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> " -"Templates`. A view of the existing templates is shown." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:18 -msgid "" -"**It is highly recommended not to change the content in existing templates " -"unless the user has prior knowledge about placeholders.**" -msgstr "" -"**Il est fortement recommandé de ne pas modifier le contenu des modèles " -"existants à moins que l'utilisateur n'ait des connaissances préalables à " -"propos des espaces réservés.**" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:21 -msgid "" -"To add a new one, click on *Create* and choose the type of document this " -"template is used with. In the example below, the template would be sent to " -"job applicants." -msgstr "" -"Pour en ajouter un nouveau, cliquez sur *Créer* et choisissez le type de " -"document avec lequel ce modèle est utilisé. Dans l'exemple ci-dessous, le " -"modèle serait envoyé aux candidats." - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Under *Email Configuration*, fields such as *From*, *To (Emails)*, *To " -"(Partners)*, require placeholders. If the *From* field is not set, the " -"default value is the author’s email alias, if configured, or email address." -msgstr "" -"Sous *Configuration des emails*, des champs tels que *De*, *À (emails)*, *À " -"(partenaires)*, nécessitent des espaces réservés. Si le champ *De* n'est pas" -" défini, la valeur par défaut est l'alias de l'adresse email de l'auteur, " -"s'il est configuré, ou l'adresse email." - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Under *Advanced Settings*, if an *Outgoing Mail Server* is not set, the one " -"with the highest priority is used." -msgstr "" -"Sous *Paramètres avancés*, si un *Serveur de courrier sortant* n'est pas " -"défini, celui avec la priorité la plus élevée est utilisé." - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:34 -msgid "" -"The option *Auto Delete* permanently deletes the emails after they are sent," -" saving space in your database." -msgstr "" -"L'option *Suppression automatique* supprime définitivement les emails après " -"leur envoi, économisant ainsi de l'espace dans votre base de données." - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:37 -msgid "Writing content including placeholder expressions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Under the tab *Dynamic Placeholder Generator*, look for the *Field* you " -"would like to use." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Next, copy the *Placeholder Expression* and paste it in the *Body* of the " -"email, under the *Content* tab, using - essentially - the *Code View*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Deactivate the *Code View* option by simply clicking on it again, and easily" -" design the message. Click on *Preview* to check how the email looks before " -"sending it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Vue d'ensemble" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:3 -msgid "Get Started with Discuss" -msgstr "Lancez-vous sur Discuter" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Discuss allows you to bring all of your company’s communication together " -"through messages, notes, and chat. Share information, projects, files, " -"prioritize tasks, and stay connected with colleagues and partners throughout" -" applications. Forge better relationships, increase productivity and " -"transparency by promoting a convenient way of communicating." -msgstr "" -"L'app Discuter vous permet de rassembler toutes les communications de votre " -"entreprise via des messages, des notes et des discussions. Partagez des " -"informations, des projets, des fichiers, hiérarchisez les tâches et restez " -"connecté avec vos collègues et partenaires d'une application à l'autre. " -"Forgez de meilleures relations, augmentez la productivité et la transparence" -" en promouvant un moyen pratique de communiquer." - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:11 -msgid "Choose your notifications preference" -msgstr "Choisissez vos préférences de notifications" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Access your *Preferences* and choose how you would like your notifications " -"to be handled." -msgstr "" -"Accédez à vos *Préférences* et choisissez la manière dont vous souhaitez que" -" vos notifications soient traitées." - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:21 -msgid "" -"By default, the field is set as *Handle by Emails* making messages, notes, " -"and notifications where you were mentioned or that you follow, to be sent " -"through email. By choosing *Handle in Odoo*, they are shown in the *Inbox*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:22 -msgid "Messages can then be *Marked as Todo*, *Replied*, or *Marked as Read*." -msgstr "" -"Les messages peuvent alors être marqués comme *A faire*, *Répondus* ou *Lus" -" *." - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:28 -msgid "" -"The messages tagged as *Mark as Todo* are also shown in *Starred*, while the" -" ones *Marked as Read* are moved to *History*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:36 -msgid "Start Chatting" -msgstr "Commencer à discuter" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:38 -msgid "" -"The first time you log in to your account, OdooBot sends you a message " -"asking for permission to receive desktop notifications to chats. If " -"accepted, you receive push notifications to the messages sent to you despite" -" of where you are in Odoo." -msgstr "" -"La première fois que vous vous connectez à votre compte, OdooBot vous envoie" -" un message vous demandant la permission de recevoir des notifications pour " -"les chats. Si vous acceptez, vous recevez des notifications push pour les " -"messages qui vous sont envoyés, peu importe où vous vous trouvez dans Odoo." - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:48 -msgid "" -"To stop receiving desktop notifications, reset the notifications settings of" -" your browser." -msgstr "" -"Pour ne plus recevoir de notifications, réinitialisez les paramètres de " -"notification de votre navigateur." - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:50 -msgid "" -"To start a chat, click on *New Message* on the *Messaging Menu*, or go to " -"*Discuss* and send a *Direct Message*." -msgstr "" -"Pour démarrer un chat, cliquez sur *Nouveau message* dans le *Menu " -"Messagerie*, ou allez dans l'application *Discuter* et envoyer un *Message " -"direct*." - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:58 -msgid "" -"You can also create :doc:`public and private channels <team_communication>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:61 -msgid "Mentions in the chat and on the Chatter" -msgstr "Mentions dans le chat et sur le Chatter" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:64 -msgid "" -"To mention a user within a chat or the chatter type *@user-name*; to refer " -"to a channel, type *#channel-name*." -msgstr "" -"Pour mentionner un utilisateur dans un chat ou dans le chatter, tapez " -"*@nomdelutilisateur*; pour faire référence à un canal, tapez *#nomducanal*." - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:66 -msgid "" -"A notification is sent to the user mentioned either to his *Inbox* or " -"through email, depending on his settings." -msgstr "" -"Une notification est envoyée à l'utilisateur mentionné soit dans sa *boîte " -"de réception*, soit par email, en fonction de ses paramètres." - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:73 -msgid "" -"When a user is mentioned, the search list (list of names) suggests values " -"first based on the task’s followers, and secondly on *Employees*. If the " -"record being searched does not match with either a follower or employee, the" -" scope of the search becomes all partners." -msgstr "" -"Lorsqu'un utilisateur est mentionné, la liste de recherche (liste de noms) " -"suggère des valeurs d'abord basées sur les abonnés de la tâche, puis sur " -"*Employés*. Si l'enregistrement recherché ne correspond ni à un abonné ni à " -"un employé, l'étendue de la recherche passe à tous les partenaires." - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:78 -msgid "Chat status" -msgstr "Statut du chat" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:80 -msgid "" -"It is helpful to see what colleagues are up to and how quickly they can " -"respond to messages by checking their *Status*. The status is shown on the " -"left side of a contact’s names on Discuss’ sidebar and on the *Messaging " -"menu*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:84 -msgid "Green = online" -msgstr "Vert = en ligne" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:85 -msgid "Orange = away" -msgstr "Orange = absent" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:86 -msgid "White = offline" -msgstr "Blanc = pas en ligne" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:87 -msgid "Airplane = out of the office" -msgstr "Avion = en congé" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:95 -#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:65 -msgid ":doc:`team_communication`" -msgstr ":doc:`team_communication`" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:96 -msgid ":doc:`../advanced/email_servers`" -msgstr ":doc:`../advanced/email_servers`" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:3 -msgid "Get Organized by Planning Activities" -msgstr "Soyez organisé grâce à la planification d'activités" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When you plan activities you minimize the risk of uncertainties, as you " -"provide clear directions for the course of your next action. In addition to " -"that, you do not leave space for wasteful activities and reduce the chance " -"of having overlapping actions between team members." -msgstr "" -"Lorsque vous planifiez des activités, vous minimisez le risque " -"d'incertitudes, tout en donnant des instructions claires pour le déroulement" -" de votre prochaine action. De plus, vous ne laissez pas de place pour des " -"activités inutiles et réduisez le risque d'avoir des actions qui se " -"chevauchent entre les membres de l'équipe." - -#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:10 -msgid "Where do I see my schedule activities?" -msgstr "Où puis-je voir mes activités programmées?" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Access and manage your activities wherever you are in Odoo by the " -"*Activities* menu." -msgstr "" -"Accédez et gérez vos activités où que vous soyez dans Odoo grâce au menu " -"*Activités*." - -#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:20 -msgid "Plan activities" -msgstr "Planifiez des activités" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Activities can be planned and managed from the chatter by clicking on " -"*Schedule activity*, or through Kanban views." -msgstr "" -"Les activités peuvent être planifiées et gérées à partir du chatter en " -"cliquant sur *Planifier une activité*, ou via les vues Kanban." - -#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:31 -msgid "Set your activity types" -msgstr "Paramétrer vos types d'activités" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:33 -msgid "" -"A number of activities types are available by default in Odoo (call, email, " -"meeting, etc.). However, you can set new ones going to " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Activity types`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:42 -msgid "" -"If you need to create an activity type with an available calendar, make sure" -" to create it with an *Action to Perform* set as *Meeting*." -msgstr "" -"Si vous devez créer un type d'activité avec un calendrier disponible, " -"assurez-vous de le créer avec une *Action à effectuer* définie en tant que " -"*Réunion*." - -#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:46 -msgid "Recommend next activities" -msgstr "Recommandez les prochaines activités" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Odoo helps you to plan a flow of activities by allowing you to set " -"*Recommended Next Activities*." -msgstr "" -"Odoo vous aide à planifier un flux d'activités en vous permettant de définir" -" des *Activités suivantes recommandées*." - -#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Once the respective activity is completed, select *Done & Schedule Next* and" -" next steps are suggested to you." -msgstr "" -"Une fois l'activité respective terminée, sélectionnez *Terminé et planifier " -"la suivante* et les étapes suivantes vous sont suggérées." - -#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:64 -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:115 -msgid ":doc:`get_started`" -msgstr ":doc:`get_started`" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:3 -msgid "Efficiently Communicate Using Channels" -msgstr "Communiquez efficacement à l'aide des canaux" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:5 -msgid "" -"You can use channels to organize discussions between individual teams, " -"departments, projects, or any other group that requires regular " -"communication. This way, you keep everyone in the loop updated with the " -"latest developments." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez utiliser des canaux pour organiser des discussions entre des " -"équipes individuelles, des services, des projets ou tout autre groupe " -"nécessitant une communication régulière. De cette façon, vous gardez tout le" -" monde au courant des derniers événements." - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:10 -msgid "Public and Private channels" -msgstr "Canaux publics et privés" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:12 -msgid "" -"A *Public* channel can be seen by everyone, while a *Private* one is only " -"visible to users invited to it." -msgstr "" -"Un canal *Public* peut être vu par tout le monde, tandis qu'un canal *Privé*" -" n'est visible que par les utilisateurs qui y sont invités." - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:21 -msgid "" -"A public channel is best used when many employees need to access information" -" (such as company announcements), whereas a private channel could be used " -"whenever information should be limited to specific groups (such as a " -"specific department)." -msgstr "" -"Il est mieux d'utiliser un canal public lorsque de nombreux employés ont " -"besoin d'accéder à des informations (telles que les annonces de " -"l'entreprise), alors qu'un canal privé peut être utilisé chaque fois que les" -" informations doivent être limitées à des groupes spécifiques (comme un " -"service spécifique)." - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:26 -msgid "Configuration options" -msgstr "Options de configuration" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:28 -msgid "" -"You can configure a channel’s name, description, email alias, and privacy by" -" clicking on the *Channel Settings* icon on the sidebar." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez configurer le nom, la description, l'alias de l'adresse email et" -" la confidentialité d'un canal en cliquant sur l'icône *Paramètres du canal*" -" dans la barre latérale." - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:36 -msgid "Privacy and Members" -msgstr "Confidentialité et membres" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Changing *Who can follow the group’s activities?* allows you to control " -"which groups can have access to the channel. Note that allowing *Everyone* " -"to follow a private channel lets other users view and join it, as they would" -" a public one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:42 -msgid "" -"If you choose *Invited people only*, go to the *Members* tab to add your " -"members, or, go to Discuss’ main page, select the channel and click on " -"*Invite*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:49 -msgid "" -"For *Selected group of users*, the option *Auto Subscribe Groups* " -"automatically add its members as followers. In other words, while " -"*Authorized Groups* limits which users can access the channel, *Auto " -"Subscribe Groups* automatically adds the user as a member as long as they " -"are part of the group." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:55 -msgid "Use a channel as a mailing list" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Choosing to *Send messages by email* configures the channel to behave as a " -"mailing list." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:59 -msgid "" -"Enabling this option allows you to *Moderate this channel*, meaning that " -"messages will need to be approved before being sent." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Under the *Moderation* tab choose as many moderators as you need, and if you" -" would like them to receive an *Automatic notification*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Mark *Send guidelines to new subscribers* to automatically send instructions" -" to newcomers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Moderators can: *Accept*, *Reject*, *Discard*, *Always Allow* or *Ban* " -"messages." -msgstr "" -"Les modérateurs peuvent: *Accepter*, *Rejeter*, *Ignorer*, *Toujours " -"autoriser* ou *Interdire* les messages." - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:80 -msgid "" -"Members of a mailing channel receive messages through email regardless of " -"their :doc:`notification preference <get_started>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Once a channel is moderated, the menu *Ban List* allows you to add email " -"addresses per moderated channel to auto-ban them from sending messages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:91 -msgid "Quick search bar" -msgstr "Barre de recherche rapide" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:93 -msgid "" -"Once at least 20 channels, direct message and live chat conversations (if " -"the module is installed on your database) are pinned in the sidebar, a " -"*Quick search…* bar is displayed. It is a clever way to filter conversations" -" and quickly find the one you need." -msgstr "" -"Une fois qu'au moins 20 canaux, messages directs et conversations de chat en" -" direct (si le module est installé sur votre base de données), sont épinglés" -" dans la barre latérale, une barre *Recherche rapide…* s'affiche. C'est un " -"moyen intelligent de filtrer les conversations et de trouver rapidement " -"celle dont vous avez besoin." - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:103 -msgid "Finding channels" -msgstr "Trouvez des canaux" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:106 -msgid "" -"Click on *Channels* (on the sidebar), browse through the list of public " -"channels, and join or leave them from a single screen." -msgstr "" -"Cliquez sur *Canaux* (dans la barre latérale), parcourez la liste des canaux" -" publics et rejoignez-les ou quittez-les depuis un seul écran." - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:108 -msgid "" -"Apply filters criteria and save it for later use. The search function " -"accepts wildcards by using the underscore character *(_)* to represent a " -"single character." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:116 -msgid ":doc:`plan_activities`" -msgstr ":doc:`plan_activities`" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po deleted file mode 100644 index dca9ca6a0..000000000 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1040 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# Clo <clo@odoo.com>, 2020 -# Hamid Darabi, 2020 -# Jérôme Tanché <jerome.tanche@ouest-dsi.fr>, 2020 -# Cécile Collart <cco@odoo.com>, 2020 -# Rihab LOUKIL <loukil.rihab@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020 -# Anthony Chaussin <chaussin.anthony@gmail.com>, 2021 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Anthony Chaussin <chaussin.anthony@gmail.com>, 2021\n" -"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: fr\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" - -#: ../../ecommerce.rst:5 -msgid "eCommerce" -msgstr "eCommerce" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started.rst:3 -msgid "Get started" -msgstr "Démarrer" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:3 -msgid "How to customize my catalog page" -msgstr "Comment personnaliser ma page de catalogue" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:6 -msgid "Product Catalog" -msgstr "Catalogue d'articles" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:8 -msgid "" -"All your published items show up in your catalog page (or *Shop* page)." -msgstr "" -"Tous les articles publiés s'affichent sur la page de votre catalogue (ou " -"page *Shop*)." - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Most options are available in the *Customize* menu: display attributes, " -"website categories, etc." -msgstr "" -"La plupart des options sont disponibles dans le menu *Personnaliser* : " -"attributs d'affichage, catégories de sites, etc." - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:20 -msgid "Highlight a product" -msgstr "Mettre un produit en surbrillance" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Boost the visibility of your star/promoted products: push them to top, make " -"them bigger, add a ribbon that you can edit (Sale, New, etc.). Open the Shop" -" page, switch to Edit mode and click any item to start customizing the grid." -msgstr "" -"Augmentez la visibilité de vos produits vedettes/promotionnels : poussez-les" -" vers le haut, agrandissez-les, ajoutez un ruban que vous pouvez éditer " -"(Vente, Nouveau, etc.). Ouvrez la page Boutique, passez en mode Édition et " -"cliquez sur n'importe quel article pour commencer à personnaliser la grille." - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:26 -msgid "" -"See how to do it: " -"https://www.odoo.com/openerp_website/static/src/video/e-commerce/editing.mp4" -msgstr "" -"Voir comment faire : " -"https://www.odoo.com/openerp_website/static/src/video/e-commerce/editing.mp4" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:29 -msgid "Quick add to cart" -msgstr "Ajouter rapidement au panier" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:31 -msgid "" -"If your customers buy a lot of items at once, make their process shorter by " -"enabling purchases from the catalog page. To do so, add product description " -"and add to cart button. Turn on the following options in *Customize* menu: " -"Product Description, Add to Cart, List View (to display product description " -"better)." -msgstr "" -"Si vos clients achètent beaucoup d'articles à la fois, raccourcissez leur " -"processus en activant les achats à partir de la page du catalogue. Pour ce " -"faire, ajoutez la description du produit et le bouton Ajouter au panier. " -"Activez les options suivantes dans le menu *Personnaliser* : Description du " -"produit, Ajouter au panier, Affichage de la liste (pour mieux afficher la " -"description du produit)." - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:3 -msgid "How to build a product page" -msgstr "Comment construire une page produit" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:5 -msgid "On the website click *New Page* in the top-right corner." -msgstr "" -"Sur le site Web, cliquez sur *Nouvelle page* dans le coin supérieur droit." - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:7 -msgid "Then click *New Product* and follow the blinking tips." -msgstr "" -"Cliquez ensuite sur *Nouveau produit* et suivez les conseils qui clignotent." - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:12 -msgid "Here are the main elements of the Product page:" -msgstr "Voici les principaux éléments de la page Produit :" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:17 -msgid "Many elements can be made visible from the *Customize* menu." -msgstr "" -"De nombreux éléments peuvent être rendus visibles à partir du menu " -"*Personnaliser*." - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:22 -msgid "See how to configure your products from links here below." -msgstr "Voyez comment configurer vos produits à partir des liens ci-dessous." - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:26 -msgid ":doc:`../managing_products/variants`" -msgstr ":doc:`../managing_products/variants`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:27 -msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/taxes`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/taxes`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:28 -msgid ":doc:`../managing_products/stock`" -msgstr ":doc:`../managing_products/stock`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:29 -msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/cross_selling`" -msgstr ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/cross_selling`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:30 -msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/reviews`" -msgstr ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/reviews`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:31 -msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`" -msgstr ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:32 -msgid ":doc:`../../website/optimize/seo`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../website/optimize/seo`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products.rst:3 -msgid "Manage my products" -msgstr "Gérer mes produits" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:3 -msgid "How to display several images per product" -msgstr "Comment afficher plusieurs images par produit" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:5 -msgid "" -"By default your product web page displays the main image of your product " -"only. If you like to show your products under several angles, you can turn " -"the image into a carrousel." -msgstr "" -"Par défaut, la page internet de votre produit n'affiche que l'image " -"principal de celui-ci. Si vous souhaitez afficher vos produits sous " -"différents angles, vous pouvez activer le mode carrousel." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Check *Several images per product* in :menuselection:`Website Admin --> " -"Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" -"Consultez *Plusieurs images par produit* dans :menuselection:`Admin site Web" -" --> Configuration --> Paramètres`." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Open a product detail form and upload images from *Images* tab. Hit *Create*" -" in Edit mode to get the upload wizard." -msgstr "" -"Ouvrez la page détails du produit et téléchargez des images à partir de " -"l'onglet *Images*. Dans le mode édition, sélectionnez *Créer* pour obtenir " -"l'assistant de téléchargement." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:19 -msgid "Such extra image are common to all the product variants (if any)." -msgstr "" -"Cette image supplémentaire est commune à toutes les variantes du produit (le" -" cas échéant)." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:3 -msgid "How to show product availability" -msgstr "Comment montrer la disponibilité des produits" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The availability of your products can be shown on the website to reassure " -"your customers." -msgstr "" -"La disponibilité de vos produits peut être démontrée sur le site pour " -"rassurer vos clients." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:10 -msgid "" -"To display this, open the *Sales* tab in the product detail form and select " -"an option in *Availability*." -msgstr "" -"Pour l'afficher, ouvrez l'onglet *Ventes* sur la page détails du produit et " -"sélectionnez une option dans *Disponibilité*." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:16 -msgid "" -"A custom warning message can be anything related to a stock out, delivery " -"delay, etc." -msgstr "" -"Un message d'avertissement personnalisé peut être lié à une rupture de " -"stock, un retard de livraison, etc." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:22 -msgid "This tool does not require the Inventory app to be installed." -msgstr "Cet outil ne requière pas l'installation de l'application Inventaire." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:25 -msgid "" -"If one item is no longer sellable, unpublish it from your website. If it " -"comes to one particular product variant, deactivate the variant in the " -"backend (see :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`)." -msgstr "" -"Si un article n'est plus vendable, ne le publiez plus sur votre site Web. " -"S'il s'agit d'une variante de produit particulière, désactivez-la dans le " -"backend (voir :doc:`.../maximizing_revenue/pricing`)." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage product variants" -msgstr "Comment gérer les variantes de produits" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Product variants are used to offer variations of the same product to your " -"customers on the products page. For example, the customer chooses a T-shirt " -"and then selects its size and color. In the example below, the customer " -"chooses a phone, and then selects the memory; color and Wi-Fi band from the " -"available options." -msgstr "" -"Les variantes de produit sont utilisées pour offrir des variantes du même " -"produit à vos clients sur la page produits. Par exemple, le client choisit " -"un T-shirt, puis en choisit la taille et la couleur. Dans l'exemple ci-" -"dessous, le client choisit un téléphone, puis sélectionne la mémoire, la " -"couleur et la bande Wi-Fi parmi les options disponibles." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:15 -msgid "How to create attributes & variants" -msgstr "Comment créer des attributs et des variantes" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Turn on *Products can have several attributes, defining variants (Example: " -"size, color,...)* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`." -msgstr "" -"Activer *Les produits peuvent avoir plusieurs attributs, définissant des " -"variantes (Exemple : taille, couleur,...)* dans :menuselection:` Ventes --> " -"Paramètres`." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:20 -msgid "Select a product from the Products list, go to the *Variants* tab." -msgstr "" -"Sélectionnez un produit dans la liste Produits, allez dans l'onglet " -"*Variantes*." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Add as many attributes as you need from 3 different types: radio buttons, " -"drop-down menu or color buttons. You get several variants as soon as there " -"are 2 values for 1 attribute." -msgstr "" -"Ajoutez autant d'attributs que vous le souhaitez à partir de 3 types " -"différents : boutons radio, menu déroulant ou boutons de couleur. Vous " -"obtenez plusieurs variantes dès qu'il y a 2 valeurs pour 1 attribut." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:30 -msgid "How to edit variants" -msgstr "Comment traiter les variantes" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:32 -msgid "See all the variants from the product template detail form." -msgstr "Voir toutes les variantes de la page détails du modèle du produit." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:40 -msgid "You can edit following data:" -msgstr "Vous pouvez modifier les données suivantes :" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:42 -msgid "Picture (will update in real time on the website)," -msgstr "Photo (mise à jour en temps réel sur le site)," - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:43 -msgid "Barcode," -msgstr "Code à barres," - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:44 -msgid "Internal Reference (SKU #)," -msgstr "Référence interne (no de référence)," - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:45 -msgid "Volume," -msgstr "Contenance, " - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:46 -msgid "Weight," -msgstr "Poids," - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:47 -msgid "Active (available in quotes & website)." -msgstr "Actif (disponible entre guillemets et site web)." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Both the Barcode and the Internal Reference are variant-specific. You need " -"to populate them once the variants generated." -msgstr "" -"Le code à barres et la référence interne sont tous deux spécifiques à une " -"variante. Vous devez les remplir une fois les variantes générées." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:54 -msgid "" -"See and edit all the variants from :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> " -"Product Variants` as well. This might be quicker if you manage lots of " -"variants." -msgstr "" -"Consultez et éditez toutes les variantes à partir de :menuselection:`Ventes " -"--> Ventes --> Variantes du produit`. Cela pourrait être plus rapide si vous" -" gérez un grand nombre de variantes." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:58 -msgid "How to set specific prices per variant" -msgstr "Comment définir des prix spécifiques par variante" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:60 -msgid "" -"You can also set a specific public price per variant by clicking *Variant " -"Prices* in the product detail form (action in top-left corner)." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez également définir un prix public spécifique par variante en " -"cliquant sur *Prix variante* sur la page détails du produit (sur le coin " -"supérieur gauche)." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:66 -msgid "" -"The Price Extra is added to the product price whenever the corresponding " -"attribute value is selected." -msgstr "" -"Le prix supplémentaire est ajouté au prix du produit chaque fois que la " -"valeur de l'attribut correspondante est sélectionnée." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Pricelist formulas let you set advanced price computation methods for " -"product variants. See :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`." -msgstr "" -"Les formules des listes de prix vous permettent de définir des méthodes " -"avancées de calcul des prix pour les variantes des produits. Consultez " -":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:80 -msgid "How to disable/archive variants" -msgstr "Comment désactiver/archiver les variantes" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:82 -msgid "" -"You can disable/archive specific variants so that they are no longer " -"available in quotes & website (not existing in your stock, deprecated, " -"etc.). Simply uncheck *Active* in their detail form." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez désactiver/archiver des variantes spécifiques pour qu'elles ne " -"soient plus disponibles dans les offres et sur le site Web (n'existant pas " -"dans votre stock, obsolète, etc.). Décochez simplement *Activé* sur la page " -"détails, " - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:88 -msgid "" -"To retrieve such archived items, hit *Archived* on searching the variants " -"list. You can reactivate them the same way." -msgstr "" -"Pour retrouver les articles archivés, cliquez sur *Archivé* pendant la " -"recherche sur la liste des variantes. Pour les réactiver, procédez de la " -"même façon." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue.rst:3 -msgid "Maximize my revenue" -msgstr "Augmenter mon chiffre d'affaires" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:3 -msgid "How to sell accessories and optional products (cross-selling)" -msgstr "" -"Comment vendre des accessoires et des produits optionnels (vente croisée)" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:5 -msgid "" -"You sell computers. Why not stimulating your customers to buy a top-notch " -"screen or an extra-warranty? That's the goal of cross-selling " -"functionalities:" -msgstr "" -"Vous vendez des ordinateurs. Alors, pourquoi ne pas inciter vos clients à " -"acheter un écran haut de gamme ou à prendre une garantie supplémentaire? " -"C'est l'objectif des fonctionnalités de la vente croisée." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:8 -msgid "Accessory products on checkout page," -msgstr "Des produits accessoires sur la page de vérification," - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Optional products on a new *Add to Cart* screen (not installed by default)." -msgstr "" -"Des produits optionnels sur un nouvel écran *Ajouter au panier* (pas " -"installé par défaut)." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:12 -msgid "Accessory products when checking out" -msgstr "Des produits optionnels sur la page de vérification" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Accessories (e.g. for computers: mouse, keyboard) show up when the customer " -"reviews the cart before paying." -msgstr "" -"Des accessoires (par ex. pour les ordinateurs : souris, clavier) sont " -"proposés au client lors de l'étape de vérification du panier avant le " -"paiement." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:20 -msgid "Select accessories in the *Sales* tab of the product detail page." -msgstr "" -"Sélectionnez les accessoires sur l'onglet *Ventes* de la page détails du " -"produit." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:26 -msgid "" -"There is an algorithm to figure out the best accessories to display in case " -"several items are added to cart. If any item is the accessory of several " -"products added to cart, it is most likely that it will be atop the list of " -"suggested accessories." -msgstr "" -"Lorsque plusieurs articles sont ajoutés au panier, un algorithme détermine " -"quels sont les meilleurs accessoires à afficher. Si un article est identifié" -" en tant qu'accessoire à plusieurs produits du panier, il sera probablement " -"affiché en haut de la liste d'accessoires proposés." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:31 -msgid "Optional products when adding to cart" -msgstr "Produits optionnels lors de l'ajout au panier" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Optional products are directly related to the item added to cart (e.g. for " -"computers: warranty, OS software, extra components). Whenever the main " -"product is added to cart, such a new screen pops up as an extra step." -msgstr "" -"Des articles optionnels sont directement liés aux articles ajoutés au panier" -" (par ex. pour les ordinateurs : garanties, logiciels OS, composants " -"supplémentaires). Dès que l'article principal est ajouté au panier un nouvel" -" écran de ce type est proposé en tant qu'étape supplémentaire." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:40 -msgid "To publish optional products:" -msgstr "Pour publier des produits optionnels:" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Install *eCommerce Optional Products* addon in *Apps* menu. Remove the " -"default filter to search on addons as well, otherwise only main apps show " -"up." -msgstr "" -"Installez le module complémentaire *Produits optionnels eCommerce* sur le " -"menu *Applications*. Pour chercher également dans les modules " -"complémentaires supprimez le filtre par défaut, sinon seules les " -"applications principales seront affichées." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:48 -msgid "Select optional items from the *Sales* tab of the product detail form." -msgstr "" -"Sélectionnez articles optionnels sur l'onglet *Ventes* de la page détails du" -" produit." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:54 -msgid "" -"The quantity of optional items added to cart is the same than the main item." -msgstr "" -"La quantité d'articles optionnels ajoutés au panier est identique à celle de" -" l'article principal." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:3 -msgid "How to adapt the prices to my website visitors" -msgstr "Comment adapter les prix aux visiteurs de mon site Web" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:5 -msgid "This section sheds some light on pricing features of eCommerce app:" -msgstr "" -"Cette rubrique donne quelques indications sur les modules de tarification de" -" l'application eCommerce." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:7 -msgid "force a price by geo-localization," -msgstr "imposer un prix par la géolocalisation," - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:9 -msgid "let the customer choose the currency." -msgstr "laisser le client choisir la devise." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:11 -msgid "" -"As a pre-requisite, check out how to managing produt pricing: " -":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`)." -msgstr "" -"Vérifiez au préalable comment gérer la tarification des produits : " -":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`)." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:15 -msgid "Geo-IP to automatically apply the right price" -msgstr "" -"Utilisez la géolocalisation IP pour appliquer automatiquement le prix " -"correct" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Assign country groups to your pricelists. That way, your visitors not yet " -"logged in will get their own currency when landing on your website." -msgstr "" -"Attribuez des groupes de pays à vos listes de prix. De cette façon, en " -"arrivant sur votre site Web les visiteurs auront leur propre devise. " - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:20 -msgid "Once logged in, they get the pricelist matching their country." -msgstr "" -"Une fois connectés ils auront une liste de prix correspondant à leur pays." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:23 -msgid "Currency selector" -msgstr "Sélecteur de devises" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:25 -msgid "" -"In case you sell in several currencies, you can let your customers choose " -"their own currency. Check *Selectable* to add the pricelist to the website " -"drop-down menu." -msgstr "" -"Dans le cas où vous vendriez en plusieurs devises, vous pouvez laisser les " -"clients choisir leur propre devise. Cochez *Sélectionnable* pour ajouter la " -"liste de prix au menu déroulant du site Web." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:34 -msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:35 -msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:36 -msgid ":doc:`promo_code`" -msgstr ":doc:`promo_code`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:3 -msgid "How to create & share promotional codes" -msgstr "Comment créer et partager des codes promotionnels" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Want to boost your sales for Xmas? Share promocodes through your marketing " -"campaigns and apply any kind of discounts." -msgstr "" -"Vous voulez booster vos ventes à Noël? Partagez des codes promotionnels via " -"vos campagnes de marketing et appliquez toute sorte de réductions." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:9 -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:13 -msgid "Setup" -msgstr "Configuration" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings` and choose *Advanced pricing based" -" on formula* for *Sale Price*." -msgstr "" -"Allez sur :menuselection:`Ventes --> Paramètres` et choisissez *Tarification" -" avancée basée sur la formule* pour *Prix de vente*." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Website Admin --> Catalog --> Pricelists` and create a" -" new pricelist with the discount rule (see :doc:`pricing`). Then enter a " -"code." -msgstr "" -"Allez sur :menuselection:`Admin site Web --> Catalogue --> Liste de prix` et" -" créez une nouvelle liste de prix avec la règle de réduction (voir " -":doc:`pricing`). Puis, entrez un code." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Make the promocode field available on your *Shopping Cart* page (option in " -"*Customize* menu). Add a product to cart to reach it." -msgstr "" -"Rendez disponible le code promotionnel sur la page *Panier d'achats* (une " -"option du menu *Personnaliser*). Pour y accéder, ajoutez un produit au " -"panier." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Once turned on you see a new section on the right side. On clicking *Apply* " -"prices get automatically updated in the cart." -msgstr "" -"Une fois cette fonction activée, une nouvelle rubrique est visible du côté " -"droit de la page. En cliquant sur *Appliquer*, les prix du panier sont " -"automatiquement mis à jour." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:33 -msgid "" -"The promocode used by the customer is stored in the system so you can " -"analyze the performance of your marketing campaigns." -msgstr "" -"Le système enregistre le code promotionnel utilisé par le client. Vous " -"pouvez ainsi analyser l'impact de vos campagnes de marketing." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:39 -msgid "Show sales per pricelists..." -msgstr "Afficher les ventes par listes de prix..." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:43 -msgid ":doc:`pricing`" -msgstr ":doc:`pricing`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:3 -msgid "How to enable comments & rating" -msgstr "Comment autoriser les commentaires et les évaluations" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Publishing and monitoring customer experience will help you gain the trust " -"of new customers and better engage with your community. In 2 clicks, allow " -"your customer to share their feedback!" -msgstr "" -"La publication et le monitorage de l'expérience de vos clients vous aidera à" -" gagner la confiance des nouveaux client et à mieux collaborer avec votre " -"communauté. Autorisez vos clients à partager leurs commentaires en 2 clics." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Activate comments & rating from the *Customize* menu of the product web " -"page." -msgstr "" -"Activez l'option commentaires et évaluations à partir du menu " -"*Personnaliser* de la page internet du produit." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Visitors must log in to share their comments. Make sure they are able to do " -"so (see Portal documentation)." -msgstr "" -"Pour pouvoir partager leurs commentaire les visiteurs doivent se connecter. " -"Assurez-vous qu'ils peuvent le faire (voir la documentation du portail). " - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:25 -msgid "Review the posts in real time" -msgstr "Révisez les commentaires en temps réel" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Whenever a post is published, the product manager and all the product " -"followers get notified in their Inbox (*Discuss* menu)." -msgstr "" -"À chaque fois qu'un commentaire est publié, le gestionnaire du produit ainsi" -" que tous les followers reçoivent une notification dans leur messagerie " -"(menu *Discussion*)." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:34 -msgid "" -"By default the user who created the product is automatically set as " -"follower." -msgstr "" -"Par défaut, l'utilisateur qui a créé le produit est défini comme follower." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Click the product name to open the detail form and review the comment (in " -"the product discussion thread)." -msgstr "" -"Cliquez sur le nom du produit pour ouvrir la page détails et revoir le " -"commentaire (sur le fil de discussion du produit)." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:43 -msgid "Moderate & unpublish" -msgstr "Moderez et dépubliez" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:45 -msgid "" -"You can easily moderate by using the chatter, either in the product detail " -"form or on the web page." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez facilement modérer les commentaires en utilisant le chatter, " -"soit sur la page détails du produit soit sur la page internet." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:48 -msgid "" -"To unpublish the post, open the product web page and click the *Published* " -"button to turn it red (*Unpublished*)." -msgstr "" -"Pour dépublier le commentaire, ouvrez la page internet du produit et cliquez" -" sur le bouton *Publié* pour qu'il devienne rouge (*Dépublié*)." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:56 -msgid "..tip::" -msgstr "..tip::" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:55 -msgid "" -"You can access the web page from the detail form by clicking the *Published*" -" smart button (and vice versa)." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez accéder à la page internet à partir de la page détails en " -"cliquant sur le bouton *Publié* (et vice-versa)." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:3 -msgid "How to sell pricier alternative products (upselling)" -msgstr "Comment vendre des produits alternatifs plus chers (vente incitative)" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In order to maximize your revenue, suggesting pricier alternative products " -"is strongly advised for basic items. That way, your customer will spend more" -" time browsing your catalog." -msgstr "" -"Pour augmenter votre chiffre d'affaires, nous vous recommandons vivement de " -"proposer, pour des articles de base, un produit alternatif plus cher. " - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:12 -msgid "To do so:" -msgstr "Pour cela:" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Select such *Alternative Products* in the *Sales* tab of the product detail " -"form. 3 alternatives are fine! Don't publish too many otherwise your " -"customers will be confused." -msgstr "" -"Sélectionnez de tels *Produits alternatifs* sur l'onglet *Ventes* de la page" -" détails du produit. Ne publiez pas plus de 3 options, sinon vos clients " -"seront perturbés." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Turn on *Alternative Products* from the *Customize* menu of the product web " -"page." -msgstr "" -"Activez l'option *Produits alternatifs* dans le menu *Personnaliser* de la " -"page internet du produit." - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Vue d'ensemble" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:3 -msgid "Introduction to Odoo eCommerce" -msgstr "Introduction au module Odoo eCommerce" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:10 -msgid "" -"The documentation will help you go live with your eCommerce website in no " -"time. The topics follow the buying process:" -msgstr "" -"Cette documentation vous aidera à mettre votre site eCommerce en ligne en un" -" temps record. Les rubriques suivent le processus d'achat:" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:13 -msgid "Product Page" -msgstr "Page produit" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:14 -msgid "Shop Page" -msgstr "Page boutique" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:15 -msgid "Pricing" -msgstr "Tarification" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:16 -msgid "Taxes" -msgstr "Taxes" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:17 -msgid "Checkout process" -msgstr "Procédure de paiement" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:18 -msgid "Upselling & cross-selling" -msgstr "Vente incitative et vente croisée" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:19 -msgid "Payment" -msgstr "Paiement" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:20 -msgid "Shipping & Tracking" -msgstr "Expédition et localisation" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:24 -msgid ":doc:`../../website/publish/domain_name`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../website/publish/domain_name`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/publish.rst:3 -msgid "Launch my website" -msgstr "Lancer mon site Web" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience.rst:3 -msgid "Get paid" -msgstr "Se faire payer" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage orders paid with payment acquirers" -msgstr "Comment gérer les commandes payées via les intermédiaires de paiement" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo confirms orders automatically as soon as the payment is authorized by a" -" payment acquirer. This triggers the delivery. If you invoice based on " -"ordered quantities, you are also requested to invoice the order." -msgstr "" -"Dès que le paiement est autorisé par un intermédiaire de paiement, Odoo " -"confirme les commandes de façon automatique. Cela déclenche la livraison. Si" -" vous facturez sur la base des quantités commandés, vous devez également " -"facturer la commande." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:12 -msgid "What are the payment status" -msgstr "Quels sont les statuts de paiement" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:13 -msgid "" -"At anytime, the salesman can check the transaction status from the order." -msgstr "" -"À tout moment, le vendeur peut vérifier le statut de la transaction depuis " -"la commande." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:18 -msgid "*Draft*: transaction under processing." -msgstr "*Brouillon*: transaction en cours." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:20 -msgid "" -"*Pending*: the payment acquirer keeps the transaction on hold and you need " -"to authorize it from the acquirer interface." -msgstr "" -"*En cours* : l'intermédiaire de paiement garde la transaction en suspens et " -"vous devez l'autoriser depuis l'interface de l'intermédiaire." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:23 -msgid "" -"*Authorized*: the payment has been authorized but not yet captured. In Odoo," -" the order is already confirmed. Once the delivery done, you can capture the" -" amount from the acquirer interface (or from Odoo if you use Authorize.net)." -msgstr "" -"*Autorisé* : le paiement a été autorisé mais n'a pas encore été déclenché. " -"La commande est déjà confirmée sur Odoo, une fois que la livraison est " -"effectuée, vous pouvez déclencher le paiement depuis l'interface de " -"l'intermédiaire (ou depuis Odoo si vous utilisez Authorize.net)." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:28 -msgid "" -"*Done*: the payment is authorized and captured. The order has been " -"confirmed." -msgstr "" -"*Confirmé* : le paiement est autorisée et déclenché. La commande a été " -"confirmée." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:30 -msgid "" -"*Error*: an error has occured during the transaction. The customer needs to " -"retry the payment. The order is still in draft." -msgstr "" -"*Erreur* : une erreur est survenue pendant la transaction. Le client doit " -"recommencer le processus de paiement. La commande est encore en statut " -"brouillon." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:34 -msgid "" -"*Cancelled*: when the customer cancels the payment in the payment acquirer " -"form. They are taken back to Odoo in order to modify the order." -msgstr "" -"*Annulée* : lorsque le client annule le paiement dans le formulaire de " -"paiement de l'intermédiaire, il est redirigé vers Odoo pour modifier sa " -"commande." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Specific messages are provided to your customers for every payment status, " -"when they are redirected to Odoo after the transaction. To edit such " -"messages, go to the *Messages* tab of the payment method." -msgstr "" -"Des messages spécifiques sont envoyés à vos clients pour chaque statut de " -"paiement, lorsqu'ils ont été rédirigés vers Odoo après la transaction. Pour " -"éditer ces messages, allez sur l'onglet *Messages* du mode de paiement." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:44 -msgid "Auto-validate invoices at order" -msgstr "Validation automatique des factures en commande" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:46 -msgid "" -"When the order is confirmed you can also have an invoice automatically " -"issued and paid. This fully-automated made for businesses that invoice " -"orders straight on." -msgstr "" -"Lorsque la commande a été confirmée, une facture peut être automatiquement " -"générée et payée. Cette fonction entièrement automatisée est destinée aux " -"entreprises qui facturent directement les commandes." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:54 -msgid "" -"If you choose this mode you are requested to select a payment journal in " -"order to record payments in your books. This payment is automatically " -"reconcilied with the invoice, marking it as paid. Select your **bank " -"account** if you get paid immediately on your bank account. If you don't you" -" can create a specific journal for the payment acquirer (type = Bank). That " -"way, you can track online payments in an intermediary account of your books " -"until you get paid into your bank account (see " -":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers`)." -msgstr "" -"Si vous choisissez ce mode, il vous est demandé de sélectionner un journal " -"de paiement afin d'enregistrer les paiements dans vos livres. Ce paiement " -"est automatiquement réconcilié avec la facture, en la marquant comme payée. " -"Sélectionnez votre **compte bancaire** si vous êtes payé immédiatement sur " -"votre compte bancaire. Sinon, vous pouvez créer un journal spécifique pour " -"l'acquéreur du paiement (type = Banque). De cette façon, vous pouvez suivre " -"les paiements en ligne sur un compte intermédiaire de vos livres jusqu'à ce " -"que vous soyez payé sur votre compte bancaire (voir " -":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers`)." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:63 -msgid "Capture the payment after the delivery" -msgstr "Déclenchez le paiement après la livraison" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:64 -msgid "" -"With this mode, the order is confirmed but the amount is kept on hold. Once " -"the delivery processed, you can capture the payment from Odoo. This mode is " -"only available with Authorize.net." -msgstr "" -"Avec cette fonction, la commande est confirmée mais le montant est mis en " -"attente. Une fois que la livraison est effectuée, vous pouvez déclencher le " -"paiement depuis Odoo. Cette fonction n'est disponible qu'avec Authorize.net." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:71 -msgid "" -"To capture the payment, open the transaction from the order. Then click " -"*Capture Transaction*." -msgstr "" -"Pour déclencher le paiement, ouvrez la transaction depuis la commande. " -"Cliquez ensuite sur *Déclencher la transaction*." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:77 -msgid "" -"With other payment acquirers, you can manage the capture in their own " -"interfaces, not from Odoo." -msgstr "" -"Avec d'autres intermédiaires de paiement, vous ne pouvez gérer le " -"déclenchement du paiement qu'à partir de leurs propres interfaces, mais pas " -"à partir d'Odoo." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:3 -msgid "How customers can access their customer account" -msgstr "Comment les clients peuvent-ils accéder à leur compte client" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:5 -msgid "" -"It has never been so easy for your customers to access their customer " -"account. Forget endless signup forms, Odoo makes it as easy as ABC. They are" -" suggested to sign up (name, email, password) when the order is placed, and " -"not before. Indeed, nothing is more annoying than going through a signup " -"process before buying something." -msgstr "" -"Ça n'a jamais été aussi facile d'obtenir un compte client. Oubliez les " -"formulaires qui n'en finissent pas, avec Odoo c'est simple comme 1-2-3. Odoo" -" suggère aux clients de s'enregistrer (nom, email, mot de passe) après leur " -"paiement, au lieu d'avant. Quoi de plus ennuyant que les étapes de création " -"d'un compte avant même d'acheter quelque chose ?" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:14 -msgid "Sign up" -msgstr "S'enregistrer" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:16 -msgid "" -"The invitation to sign up shows up when the customer wants to visualize the " -"order from order confirmation email." -msgstr "" -"Lorsque le client souhaite visualiser sa commande à partir de l'email de " -"confirmation de la commande, un message lui demandant de s'inscrire " -"s'affiche." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:23 -msgid "Customer account" -msgstr "Compte client" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Once logged in the customer will access the account by clicking *My Account*" -" in the login dropdown menu." -msgstr "" -"Une fois connecté, le client accède à son compte en cliquant sur *Mon " -"compte* dans le menu de connexion déroulant. " - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:31 -msgid "" -"THere they find all their history. The main address (billing) can also be " -"modified." -msgstr "" -"C'est là qu'ils peuvent retracer tout leur historique. L'adresse principale " -"(de facturation) peut également être modifiée." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:37 -msgid "" -"If the customer is set as a contact of a company in your address book, they " -"will see all the documents whose the customer belongs to this company." -msgstr "" -"Si le client est défini comme contact d'une entreprise dans votre carnet " -"d'adresses, tous les documents de cette entreprise dont le client fait " -"partie s'afficheront." - -#: ../../ecommerce/taxes.rst:3 -msgid "Collect taxes" -msgstr "Percevoir les taxes" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po deleted file mode 100644 index 90745ce0a..000000000 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,290 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# Jérôme Tanché <jerome.tanche@ouest-dsi.fr>, 2020 -# Eloïse Stilmant <est@odoo.com>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Eloïse Stilmant <est@odoo.com>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: fr\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" - -#: ../../email_marketing.rst:5 -msgid "Email Marketing" -msgstr "Email Marketing" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Vue d'ensemble" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:3 -msgid "Work with Mailing Lists" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Mailing lists can be a goldmine for your company’s marketing department as " -"they can provide leads for sales, focus groups for testing new products, and" -" consumers to provide feedback on satisfaction, for example." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:10 -msgid "Create mailing lists" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Mailing lists --> Mailing lists --> Create`. Enable " -"the option *Is Public* to make the list visible for users when " -"unsubscribing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Once your mailing list is created, you can manually add contacts clicking on" -" *Create*. *Import* a list of contacts if you have it from a previous tool." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:23 -msgid "Linking a mailing list to my website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Create a mailing list called Newsletter, as you use this strategy to " -"advertise and communicate new ideas to subscribers interested in listening." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Go to your *Website*, add a *Newsletter* block and choose the respective " -"mailing list." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:34 -msgid "Contacts" -msgstr "Contacts" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Under :menuselection:`Mailing Lists --> Mailing List Contacts` see a list of" -" all contacts under all your mailing lists, and the ones you individually " -"created here." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Open a contact form to see or add different mailing lists to which the " -"contact is or will be part of." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:51 -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:46 -msgid ":doc:`send_emails`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:3 -msgid "Manage Unsubscriptions and Blacklist" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:5 -msgid "" -"It is best practice, and legally required, to allow recipients to " -"unsubscribe from mailing lists as you do not want your audience to think " -"that your company is using any tactics that are dishonest or spammy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:10 -msgid "Enable the Blacklist feature" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable the option " -"*Blacklist Option when Unsubscribing*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Now, once the user clicks on the *Unsubscribe* link on your email, he is " -"redirected to the following page:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:28 -msgid "" -"After clicking on the unsubscribe button when using the test feature, you " -"are sent to an error page (*error 403 - Access Denied*). If you want to be " -"sure the link is working properly, create your mass mail and send it only to" -" a personal email." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:32 -msgid "" -"In addition to having the option of unsubscribing from specific mailing " -"lists, the user can also blacklist himself, meaning that he will not receive" -" *any* more emails from you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:36 -msgid "" -"The mailing list has to be configured as *Public* in order to be visible for" -" users." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Blacklist`, blacklisted email " -"addresses are shown." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:39 -msgid "" -"When opening the record, as a *Log note*, a description-history is kept." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:47 -msgid ":doc:`mailing_lists`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:3 -msgid "Send Emails Marketing and Manage Campaigns" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Emails allow you to effectively, and at a low cost, reach a large number of " -"consumers while being able to customize your message in a way that resonates" -" with them. It is measurable, and a call-to-action oriented channel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:10 -msgid "Choose the right target and create the message" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:12 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Mailings --> Create`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Choosing *Contacts* as *Recipients* (for example), allows you to add " -"specifications to match just certain contacts, filtering your target." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:21 -msgid "" -"With a trial databases, you have a limit of 50 emails per day; on Odoo SH " -"Cloud Platform the limit is 200. There is a possibility to increase these " -"numbers by contacting Odoo Support. To contact Support, `click here " -"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Under *Mail Body*, choose a layout and make the modifications needed by " -"dragging, dropping and double-clicking on content. Note that it is possible " -"to start from scratch selecting the *blank* template option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Under *Settings*, you can assign someone else as the responsible sender if " -"you do not want it to be you. To do so, change the email address used as the" -" sender (*Send From*)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:37 -msgid "" -"With the *Reply To* radio button, you can also choose to gather answers " -"either on the respective recipients’ records or on a specific email address." -" Note that this option is not available if you target mailing contacts or " -"contacts as recipients." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:45 -msgid "Test, send or schedule a mailing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:53 -msgid "" -"*Save*: the work is allocated in the *draft* column in the Kanban view. " -"Modifications can be made while being in this stage. The option *Discard* " -"deletes the email." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Click on *Test* and send your message to one, or even multiple, test " -"contacts to avoid errors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:56 -msgid "" -"*Send* triggers the email with the next run and put the work on the *queue* " -"column in the Kanban view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:58 -msgid "" -"*Schedule* allows you to choose a date and time, and puts the email in the " -"*queue* column in the Kanban view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:61 -msgid "" -"The daily limit is applied for **all emails** sent, in other words, " -"throughout all applications. Therefore, if at the end of the day you have " -"remaining ones to be sent, note that they *will not* be sent automatically " -"the next day. You need to force that by opening the email and clicking on " -"*Retry*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:67 -msgid "Manage campaigns" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable *Mailing " -"Campaigns*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:71 -msgid "" -"The campaign option is effective as it allows you to organize your marketing" -" efforts and have a centralized view of its metrics." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:72 -msgid "Go to *Campaign* and click on *Create* to start one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:80 -msgid "" -"If you use the SMS and Social Marketing applications, as well as the Push " -"Notification feature, you see the option to create content for those " -"channels. You also see the *Campaign* menu within those applications. All of" -" this is possible because the applications work integrated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:85 -msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_servers`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:86 -msgid ":doc:`../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns`" -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/events.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/events.po deleted file mode 100644 index e20413882..000000000 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/events.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,438 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# David David <f322p3ph@yahoo.fr>, 2020 -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# Adriana Ierfino <adriana.ierfino@savoirfairelinux.com>, 2020 -# Hamid Darabi, 2020 -# Jérôme Tanché <jerome.tanche@ouest-dsi.fr>, 2020 -# Cécile Collart <cco@odoo.com>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Cécile Collart <cco@odoo.com>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: fr\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" - -#: ../../events.rst:5 -msgid "Events" -msgstr "Événements" - -#: ../../events/integrations.rst:3 -msgid "Integrations" -msgstr "Intégrations" - -#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:3 -msgid "Communicating about my Event using SMS Text Messages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Using SMS as a communication strategy for your event establishes interaction" -" between organizers, attendees, speakers and further targets. It allows your" -" message to be heard whether the goal is to send out reminders, teasers or " -"to advertise." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:10 -#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:9 ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:9 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Configuration" - -#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Under *Communication* SMS is a standard feature. That means nothing needs to" -" be enabled or installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:16 -msgid "" -"On the other hand, to contact the speakers of your event, you need the *SMS " -"Marketing* application installed, and to enable *Schedule & Tracks* under " -":menuselection:`Events --> Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:23 -msgid "" -"The *Schedule & Tracks* feature allows you to manage the agenda and speakers" -" of your event. For more details watch: `Creating an agenda for your event " -"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/create-an-agenda-for-your-" -"event-717?fullscreen=1>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:28 -msgid "Send SMSs to attendees" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Under *Communication*, the message’s target is the attendees of your event." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:32 -msgid "" -"You can choose to confirm each registration with the *Registration* " -"template, and to send a reminder shortly before the event takes place with " -"the *Reminder* template." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:38 -msgid "To make changes in an existing template, click on the external link." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:45 -msgid "Send SMSs to speakers and further targets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:47 -msgid "" -"The benefit of the integration with the *SMS Marketing* application is that " -"you can choose the target you would like your message to be delivered to. To" -" get started, click on *Contact Track Speakers*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:56 -msgid "" -"If *Event Track* is not your target (*Recipient*), choose the right one. " -"*Filters* are eligible here." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:58 -msgid "" -"In the example below, the SMS would be sent to the speakers who are in the " -"stage *Proposal* on *Event Track*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Credits are required to be able to send SMSs. For more information about " -"Pricing :doc:`click here <../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq>`, " -"and, about IAP Services :doc:`here " -"<../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Vue d'ensemble" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:3 -msgid "Create your First Event" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:5 -msgid "Some of the reasons why hosting events is essential are:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:7 -msgid "To create an engaging experience with your audience;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:8 -msgid "To generate word of mouth about your company;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:9 -msgid "To allow networking;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:10 -msgid "" -"To provide an opportunity for sales representatives to walk their prospects " -"through the product and even their pipeline." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:14 -msgid "Get started" -msgstr "Démarrer" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Under the menu *Events*, have a view of all existing events and some key " -"information, such as the number of expected and confirmed attendees." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:23 -msgid "" -"To start a new one, click on *Create* and fill in the form with all the " -"needed information. Enable *Website Menu* to have the menus *Introduction*, " -"*Location*, and *Register* being shown on your event’s website page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:31 -msgid "" -"To personalize these pages, click on *Edit* to open the `website builder " -"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/website-basics-643?fullscreen=1>`_, and " -"edit content by dragging and dropping blocks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:40 -msgid "Tab: Tickets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Events --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " -":doc:`Tickets and Online Ticketing <tickets>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Now, under the *Tickets* Tab, add lines to include the different ticket " -"types you offer. Include the price, the start and end dates for " -"registrations, and even the maximum number of tickets that can be sold." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:48 -msgid "" -"The *Reserved Seats* and *Unconfirmed Seat Reservations* are counted as " -"attendees are marked as :doc:`confirmed <track_attendees>` or not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:55 -msgid "Tab: Communication" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Choose the email and/or SMS message template, as well as the frequency with " -"which you would like to communicate with your attendees under the tab " -"*Communication*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Create a template on the fly or choose an existing one. Define the " -"*Interval* (2, 7, 15..) for the *Unit* (days, hours, weeks, etc.), and the " -"*Trigger* action (after registration, after the event, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:68 -msgid "Tab: Questions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable *Questions*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:72 -msgid "" -"Now, under the tab *Questions*, edit your questions and answers, choosing if" -" you would like your questionnaire to be asked per order or per " -"registration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:75 -msgid "" -"Example of a registration for 3 attendees: if enabling the option *Ask each " -"attendee*, the questionnaire is shown 3 times, meaning that answers can vary" -" for each attendee; if *Ask each attendee* is not enabled, the questionnaire" -" is shown once, resulting in a global answer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:81 -msgid "" -"Once your event is *Confirmed*, you can manage attendees badges, and mark " -"the event as *Finished*. Events marked as *Finished* can be *Set to draft*, " -"putting the event back to an *Unconfirmed* stage from which it can be edited" -" and used again." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:90 -msgid "Publish your event" -msgstr "Publiez votre événement" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:92 -msgid "*Go to Website* and turn *Published* on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:99 -msgid ":doc:`track_attendees`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:100 -#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:45 -msgid ":doc:`tickets`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:101 -#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:46 -msgid ":doc:`track_talks`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:3 -msgid "Selling Tickets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:5 -msgid "" -"If you automate processes, you save time. If you give attendees multiple " -"payment options to choose from, you allow flexibility and open margins for " -"more registrations to happen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate *Tickets* and" -" *Online Ticketing*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:13 -msgid "" -"*Tickets* allow tickets to be sold " -":ref:`events/create_event/through_sales_orders`. *Online Ticketing* allows " -"the sale of tickets to happen " -":ref:`events/create_event/through_the_website`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:22 -msgid "Through Sales Orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:24 -msgid "" -"On the *Sales* application, choose the event product you created and add it " -"as a product line. A window pops-up, allowing you to choose the event for " -"which you want to create the sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Remember to create a product form for the event registration, under " -"*Product*, in the *Sales* application, and to add that same product under " -"your event’s form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:43 -msgid "Through the Website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:45 -msgid "" -"On the website, once tickets are added to the cart, the user can continue " -"the transaction choosing among the payment methods you chose to have " -"available." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:53 -msgid ":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:3 -msgid "Track your Attendees" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Attendees are at the heart of your event. Keeping track of their number and " -"managing their registration and attendance is necessary for planning and " -"analyzing reasons." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:9 -msgid "Attendees list and attendance" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Once attendees have registered or bought their tickets, they are added to " -"the *Attendees* list." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Tickets sold through sales orders validate attendees as soon as the " -"quotation is confirmed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:18 -msgid "" -"The check mark button is used to confirm the registration. Once a " -"registration is confirmed, attendance can be marked." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:26 -msgid "Bagdes and cancellations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:28 -msgid "" -"On the attendees form, choose to send badges manually by clicking on *Send " -"By Email*. *Cancel Registration* to have that attendee being moved to the " -"*Cancelled* stage." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:36 -msgid "" -"To see a list of your canceled attendees, under *Filters*, add a *Custom " -"Filter* choosing *Status > is > Cancelled*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:44 -#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:49 -msgid ":doc:`../integrations/integration_sms`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:3 -msgid "Track and Manage Talks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Allow partners to submit talk proposals so they can share their knowledge " -"and expertise. Good speakers and talks are what make your event great." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Events --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " -"*Schedule & Tracks*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Now, in your event's form, once *Website menu* is enabled, the options " -"*Tracks on Website* and *Track Proposals on Website* become available. " -"Enabling them adds the menus *Talks*, *Talk Proposals*, and *Agenda* to your" -" website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Besides having the ability to suggest their own talks, the website now " -"allows users to see a list of the whole agenda and scheduled talks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:28 -msgid "" -"To handle tracks internally and not have the menus *Talks*, *Talk " -"Proposals*, and *Agenda* online, use the menu *Tracks* individually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:32 -msgid "Publishing speaker proposals" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Once partners have filled in the appropriate form and submitted their " -"proposals, a new *Proposal* is instantly created under the menu *Track*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:41 -msgid "" -"If the proposal is accepted and can go online, simply open its form and " -"click on *Go to Website*. From the website page, turn *Published* on." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po deleted file mode 100644 index 15e745db5..000000000 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,437 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# Cécile Collart <cco@odoo.com>, 2020 -# Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020 -# 0169fee580ff5de3f9b7241d14f30af9_5f30934 <1948a2319336319ed4429b6139c8c1c2_916898>, 2020 -# Ludvig Auvens <lau@odoo.com>, 2021 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Ludvig Auvens <lau@odoo.com>, 2021\n" -"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: fr\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:5 -msgid "Expenses" -msgstr "Dépenses" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:8 -msgid "How to set expense types" -msgstr "Comment configurer les types de dépenses" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:9 -msgid "" -"The first step to track expenses is to configure the expense types (managed " -"as products in Odoo) that your company allows, from the *Configuration* " -"menu. When a specific expense is reimbursed at a fixed price, set a cost on " -"the product. Otherwise keep the cost at 0.0 and employees will report the " -"real cost per expense." -msgstr "" -"La première étape pour faire le suivi de vos dépenses est la configuration " -"des types de dépenses (gérés comme produits dans Odoo) autorisées par votre " -"entreprise, depuis le menu *Configuration*. Lorsqu'une dépense spécifique " -"est remboursée à un prix fixe, définissez un coût pour le produit. Sinon, " -"maintenez le coût à 0,0 et les employés indiqueront le coût réel par " -"dépense." - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:17 -msgid "Here are some examples to configure:" -msgstr "Voici quelques exemples de configuration :" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:19 -msgid "Restaurant:" -msgstr "Restaurant :" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:21 ../../expense/expense.rst:27 -msgid "Cost: 0.00 (the cost of the ticket will be recorded on every expense)" -msgstr "Coût : 0.00 (le coût du ticket sera enregistré sur chaque dépense)." - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:22 -msgid "Travel with Personal Car:" -msgstr "Déplacement avec une voiture personnelle :" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:24 -msgid "Cost: 0.30 (the price per mile reimbursed by the company is fixed)" -msgstr "" -"Coût : 0.30 (le prix du kilomètre remboursé par l'entreprise est fixe)." - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:25 -msgid "Hotel:" -msgstr "Hôtel :" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:29 -msgid "Others:" -msgstr "Autres :" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:31 -msgid "Cost: 0.0" -msgstr "Côut: 0.0" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Don't forget to set an expense tax on each expense type (and an account if " -"you use Odoo Accounting). It's usually a good practice to use a tax that is " -"configured with :ref:`Tax Included in Price <taxes/included-in-price>`. That" -" way, employees report expenses with prices including taxes, which is " -"usually the expected behaviour." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:41 -msgid "" -"The *Sales* app allows you to specify unit of measures for your expense " -"types (units, miles, nights, etc.). Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Configuration --> Settings` and check *Some products may be sold/purchased " -"in different units of measure (advanced)*." -msgstr "" -"L'application *Ventes* vous permet de spécifier l'unité de mesures pour les " -"types de dépenses (unités, kilomètres, nuits, etc.). Allez à " -":menuselection:`Ventes --> Configuration --> Paramètres` et vérifiez " -"*Certains produits peuvent être vendus/achetés dans différentes unités de " -"mesures (avancé)*." - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:48 -msgid "How to record expenses" -msgstr "Comment enregistrer les dépenses" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:51 -msgid "Manually" -msgstr "Manuellement" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:53 -msgid "" -"As an employee (Employee in user access rights), you can record expenses " -"from :menuselection:`My Expenses --> Expenses to Submit`." -msgstr "" -"En tant qu'employé (employé en droits d'accès), vous pouvez enregistrer vos " -"dépenses depuis :menuselection:`Mes dépenses --> Dépenses à soumettre`." - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:59 -msgid "" -"Select the related product and enter either the total amount you paid (with " -"Quantity = 1) or the unit price if Quantity is countable (e.g. number of " -"hotel nights)." -msgstr "" -"Sélectionnez le produit concerné et introduisez soit le montant total que " -"vous avez payé (avec Quantité = 1) soit le prix unitaire si la quantité est " -"comptabilisable (par ex. le nombre de nuits d'hôtel)." - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:62 -msgid "Enter the expense date." -msgstr "Entrez la date de la dépense." - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Choose if you paid the bill on your own (and expect to be reimbursed) or if " -"the company paid directly (e.g. if you used a company's credit card)." -msgstr "" -"Indiquez si vous avez payé la facture vous-même (et souhaitez être " -"remboursé) ou si l'entreprise l'a payée directement (par ex. si vous avez " -"utilisé la carte de crédit de l'entreprise)." - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Set the bill reference, add some notes if requested and attach a photo/scan " -"of the receipt from the discussion thread. That will help the manager and " -"the accountant validate it." -msgstr "" -"Définissez la référence de la facture, ajoutez quelques notes si nécessaire " -"et joignez une photo ou scan du reçu provenant du fil de discussion. Cela " -"aidera le responsable et le comptable à valider votre demande." - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:73 -msgid "In one click from emails" -msgstr "En un clic depuis les emails" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:74 -msgid "" -"Let your employees record their expenses from a simple email. Make a " -"snapshot of the receipt and send it by email, or simply forward a bill!" -msgstr "" -"Permettez à vos employés d'enregistrer leurs dépenses depuis un simple " -"email. Faites une capture d'écran du reçu et envoyez-la par mail ou " -"transmettez simplement une facture!" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:77 -msgid "" -"The only thing to do is setting up an email alias in " -":menuselection:`Expenses --> Configuration --> Settings` (e.g. *expenses* " -"@mycompany.odoo.com). For security purposes, only authenticated employee " -"emails (cfr. *Work Email* in employee detail form) are accepted." -msgstr "" -"Tout ce dont vous avez à faire c'est configurer l'alias de l'email dans " -":menuselection:`Dépenses --> Configuration --> Paramètres` (par ex. " -"*dépenses* @mycompany.odoo.com). Pour des raisons de sécurité, seuls les " -"emails provenant d'employés authentifiés sont acceptés (cfr. *Email " -"professionnel* dans le formulaire de renseignement sur les employés)." - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:83 -msgid "" -"The expense product is set automatically if the mail subject contains the " -"product's internal reference in first position. Type the expense amount in " -"the mail subject to set it on the expense too (e.g. Ref001 Food 100€)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:88 -msgid "How to submit expenses to managers" -msgstr "Comment soumettre des dépenses aux responsables" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:90 -msgid "" -"When you are ready to submit your expenses to your manager (e.g. at the end " -"of a business trip, or once a month), go to the menu :menuselection:`My " -"Expenses --> Expenses to Submit`. Select all expenses from the list view and" -" click on :menuselection:`Action --> Submit to Manager`. Save the newly " -"created expense report (i.e. set of expenses), and wait for your manager to " -"approve it." -msgstr "" -"Dès que vous êtes prêt à soumettre vos notes de frais à votre responsable " -"(par ex. à la fin d'un voyage d'affaires, ou une fois par mois), allez au " -"menu :menuselection:`Mes notes de frais --> Notes de frais à soumettre`. " -"Sélectionnez toutes les dépenses de la liste et cliquez sur " -":menuselection:`Action --> Soumettre au responsable`. Enregistrez le nouveau" -" rapport que vous venez de créer (c-à-d la série de dépenses) et attendez " -"l'approbation de votre responsable." - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:100 -msgid "" -"You can also submit expenses one by one from the *Submit to Manager* button " -"on the form view of an expense." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez également soumettre vos notes de frais une par une depuis le " -"bouton *Soumettre au responsable* dans la vue formulaire d'une dépense." - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:103 -msgid "" -"All your submitted expense reports can be found in :menuselection:`Expenses " -"--> My Expenses --> Expense Reports`." -msgstr "" -"Tous vous rapports de dépenses soumis se trouvent dans " -":menuselection:`Dépenses --> Mes dépenses --> Rapports de dépenses`." - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:108 -msgid "How to approve expenses" -msgstr "Comment approuver les dépenses" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:110 -msgid "" -"HR and team managers get an overview of all expense reports to validate from" -" the top menu :menuselection:`To Approve --> Expense Reports to Approve`. " -"Such users must have at least *Officers* access rights for *Expenses*." -msgstr "" -"L'équipe RH et l'équipe de responsables ont accès à un aperçu de tous les " -"rapports de dépenses à valider à partir du menu principal :menuselection:`À " -"approuver --> Rapports de dépenses à approuver`. Ces utilisateurs doivent " -"avoir au moins des droits d'accès *Administrateurs* pour les *Dépenses*." - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:117 -msgid "" -"They can review expense reports, approve or reject them, as well as " -"providing feedback thanks to the integrated communication tool." -msgstr "" -"Grâce à l'outil de communication intégrée, ils peuvent revoir les rapports " -"de dépenses, les approuver ou les rejeter, et également faire des " -"commentaires." - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:123 -msgid "" -"As a team manager you can easily find the expense reports of your team " -"members. You need to be set as manager in the detail form of those " -"employees." -msgstr "" -"En tant que responsable vous pouvez facilement avoir accès aux rapports de " -"dépenses des membres de votre équipe. Pour cela, vous devez être défini " -"comme responsable dans le formulaire de renseignement de vos employés." - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:131 -msgid "How to post expenses in accounting" -msgstr "Comment publier des dépenses dans la comptabilité" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:133 -msgid "" -"Once expense reports approved by managers, the accounting department goes to" -" :menuselection:`Expenses --> Accountant --> Expense Reports To Post` to " -"check accounts, products and taxes. They can click *Post Journal Entries* to" -" post related journal entries into your books. To do so, the user must have " -"following access rights:" -msgstr "" -"Pour vérifier les comptes, les produits et les taxes, le service comptable " -"doit, une fois les rapports de dépenses approuvés par les responsables, " -"aller à :menuselection:`Dépenses --> Comptabilité --> Rapports de dépenses à" -" publier`. Pour publier les écritures comptables correspondantes dans vos " -"livres, ils peuvent cliquer sur *Publier les écritures comptables*. Pour ce " -"faire, ils doivent disposer des droits d'accès suivants :" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:139 -msgid "Accounting: Accountant or Adviser" -msgstr "Comptabilité : comptable ou conseiller" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:140 -msgid "Expenses: Manager" -msgstr "Dépenses : responsable" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:143 -msgid "" -"To post an expense, a *Home Address* must be set on the employee. If you get" -" a related blocking message when posting, click the employee, go to " -"*Personal Information* tab and select/create the contact of your employee in" -" the address book. A contact has been automatically created if this person " -"is using Odoo." -msgstr "" -"Pour publier une dépense, il faut qu'une *adresse privée* soit configurée " -"pour l’employé. Si vous recevez un message d'erreur lors de la publication, " -"cliquez sur employé, allez à l'onglet *Données privées* et " -"sélectionnez/créez un contact pour l'employé dans le répertoire. Si la " -"personne en question utilise Odoo, un contact sera automatiquement créé." - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:150 -msgid "How to reimburse employees" -msgstr "Comment rembourser les employés" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:152 -msgid "" -"You can now see all the expense reports to reimburse in " -":menuselection:`Expenses --> Accountant --> Expense Reports To Pay`. To " -"record the payment or pay by check, click *Register a Payment*." -msgstr "" -"Vous avez désormais accès à tous les rapports de dépenses à rembourser dans " -":menuselection:`Dépenses --> Comptabilité --> Rapports de dépenses à payer`." -" Pour enregistrer le paiement ou payer par chèque, cliquez sur *Enregistrer " -"un paiement*." - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:156 -msgid "See how you can easily manage the payment process in Odoo:" -msgstr "" -"Pour savoir comment gérer facilement le processus de paiement dans Odoo :" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:158 -msgid ":doc:`../accounting/payables/pay/check`" -msgstr ":doc:`../accounting/payables/pay/check`" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:159 -msgid ":doc:`../accounting/payables/pay/sepa`" -msgstr ":doc:`../accounting/payables/pay/sepa`" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:163 -msgid "How to re-invoice expenses to your customers" -msgstr "Comment refacturer des dépenses à vos clients ?" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:165 -msgid "" -"If you track expenses on customer projects, you can charge them back to your" -" customers automatically." -msgstr "" -"Si vous faites le suivi des dépenses dans vos projets clients, vous pouvez " -"facturer automatiquement vos clients." - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:169 -msgid "Setup" -msgstr "Configuration" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:171 -msgid "Enable **Customer Billing** in the Expenses settings" -msgstr "Activez la **Facturation client** dans les paramètres des dépenses." - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:173 -msgid "" -"Go to the product configuration menu and set the invoicing method on all " -"your Expense types:" -msgstr "" -"Allez au menu de configuration du produit et configurez le mode de " -"facturation sur tous vos types de dépenses :" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:176 -msgid "" -"Ordered quantities : it will invoice expenses based on the ordered quantity" -msgstr "" -"Quantités commandées : les dépenses seront facturées selon la quantité " -"commandé." - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:179 -msgid "" -"Delivered quantities :it will invoice expenses based on the expenses " -"quantity" -msgstr "" -"Quantités livrées : les dépenses seront facturées selon la quantité livrée." - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:182 -msgid "At cost: will invoice expenses at their real cost." -msgstr "Au coût : les dépenses seront facturés selon leur coût réel." - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:184 -msgid "" -"At sales price: will invoice based on a fixed sales price set on the sale " -"order." -msgstr "" -"Au prix de vente : la facturation se fera sur la base du prix de vente " -"indiqué sur le bon de commande." - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:191 -msgid "Create an order" -msgstr "Créer une commande" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:193 -msgid "" -"As a salesman, create and confirm a Sales Order for the services delivered " -"to your customer. If you don't put any expense in the order, it will be " -"added automatically once posted by the accountant." -msgstr "" -"En tant que vendeur, créez et confirmez des ordres de vente pour les " -"services fournis à vos clients. Si vous n'ajoutez aucune dépense sur l'ordre" -" de vente, cela se fera automatiquement lors de sa publication par le " -"comptable." - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:198 -msgid "Link the expense to the Sale Order." -msgstr "Relier la dépense à l'ordre de vente" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:204 -msgid "Submit, validate and post expenses" -msgstr "Soumettre, valider et afficher les dépenses" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:206 -msgid "" -"As a manager, make sure the analytic account is set on every expense line on" -" approving expenses reports. Click the line to add one if missing. Employees" -" are already able to set one when submitting." -msgstr "" -"En tant que responsable, assurez-vous que le compte analytique est configuré" -" sur chaque ligne des rapports des dépenses approuvées. S'il en manque une, " -"cliquez sur la ligne pour l'ajouter. Les employés peuvent déjà les " -"configurer lorsqu'ils les soumettent." - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:213 -msgid "As an accountant, post journal entries." -msgstr "En tant que comptable, publiez les écritures du journal." - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:216 -msgid "Invoice expenses" -msgstr "Facturez les dépenses" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:218 -msgid "" -"Now you can invoice the order. It shows up in :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Invoicing --> Sales` to Invoice. The expenses have been added automatically " -"in the order lines. Such items show up in blue (i.e. to invoice)." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez à présent facturer l'ordre de vente. Elle apparaît dans " -":menuselection:`Ventes --> Facturation --> Ventes` À facturer. Les dépenses " -"ont automatiquement été ajoutées aux lignes de commande. Ces postes " -"apparaissent en bleu (c'est à dire à facturer)." - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:226 -msgid "e (i.e. to invoice)." -msgstr "e (par ex. à facturer)." diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/expenses.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/expenses.po deleted file mode 100644 index 7c26205bf..000000000 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/expenses.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,23 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 9.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-11-22 13:16+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: Eloïse Stilmant <est@odoo.com>, 2017\n" -"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: fr\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" - -#: ../../expenses.rst:5 -msgid "Expenses" -msgstr "Notes de frais" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po similarity index 60% rename from locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po rename to locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po index 1c376d8cc..ea1a6585d 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po @@ -1,68 +1,75 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: -# Laura Piraux <lap@odoo.com>, 2020 -# Gilles Mangin <gilles.mangin@phidias.fr>, 2020 -# Julien Goergen <jgo@odoo.com>, 2020 -# Olivier Dony <odo@odoo.com>, 2020 -# Frédéric LIETART <stuff@tifred.fr>, 2020 -# 5cad1b0f1319985f8413d48b70c3c192_b038c35, 2020 -# Jean-Louis Bodren <jeanlouis.bodren@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Florence Lambrechts <fla@odoo.com>, 2020 -# lucasdeliege <deliegelucas@gmail.com>, 2020 -# ShevAbam, 2020 -# William Henrotin <whe@odoo.com>, 2020 -# Alain van de Werve <avw@openerp.com>, 2020 -# Herve GUERIN <herve.guerin@auguria.fr>, 2020 -# Jonathan Quique <jqu@odoo.com>, 2020 -# e34d4dcb8e697b071167e94624cfbccb, 2020 -# e2f <projects@e2f.com>, 2020 -# Lucas Deliege <lud@odoo.com>, 2020 -# Aurélien Pillevesse <aurelienpillevesse@hotmail.fr>, 2020 -# Cyrille de Lambert <cyrille.delambert@auguria.fr>, 2020 -# Florent de Labarre <florent@iguanayachts.com>, 2020 -# Jonathan Castillo <jcs@odoo.com>, 2020 -# fr trans <e2ffr05@hotmail.com>, 2020 -# Moka Tourisme <hello@mokatourisme.fr>, 2020 -# Shark McGnark <peculiarcheese@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Jérôme Tanché <jerome.tanche@ouest-dsi.fr>, 2020 -# Xavier Belmere <Info@cartmeleon.com>, 2020 -# Fred Gilson <fgi@odoo.com>, 2020 -# Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020 -# Christelle Pinchart <cpi@odoo.com>, 2020 -# pafnow <pafnow@hotmail.com>, 2020 -# Arnaud Willem <contact@arnaud-willem.eu>, 2020 +# ShevAbam, 2021 +# Lucas Deliege <lud@odoo.com>, 2021 +# William Henrotin <whe@odoo.com>, 2021 +# Herve GUERIN <herve.guerin@auguria.fr>, 2021 +# Jonathan Quique <jqu@odoo.com>, 2021 +# Gilles Dupont <gid@odoo.com>, 2021 +# e2f <projects@e2f.com>, 2021 +# Vallen Delobel <edv@odoo.com>, 2021 +# Maxime Chambreuil <mchambreuil@ursainfosystems.com>, 2021 +# Christophe CHAUVET <christophe.chauvet@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Olivier ANDRE <frsw194@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Cyrille de Lambert <cyrille.delambert@auguria.fr>, 2021 +# 0169fee580ff5de3f9b7241d14f30af9_5f30934 <1948a2319336319ed4429b6139c8c1c2_916898>, 2021 +# Moka Tourisme <hello@mokatourisme.fr>, 2021 +# Ludvig Auvens <lau@odoo.com>, 2021 +# Gilles Mangin <gilles.mangin@phidias.fr>, 2021 +# Saad Thaifa <saad.thaifa@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Xavier Belmere <Info@cartmeleon.com>, 2021 +# Jonathan Castillo <jcs@odoo.com>, 2021 +# Pauline Thiry <pth@odoo.com>, 2021 # Richard Mathot <rim@odoo.com>, 2021 +# Laura Piraux <lap@odoo.com>, 2021 +# Julien Goergen <jgo@odoo.com>, 2021 +# Olivier Dony <odo@odoo.com>, 2021 +# Florent de Labarre <florent@iguanayachts.com>, 2021 +# e34d4dcb8e697b071167e94624cfbccb, 2021 +# Frédéric LIETART <stuff@tifred.fr>, 2021 +# Xavier Symons <xsy@openerp.com>, 2021 +# 5cad1b0f1319985f8413d48b70c3c192_b038c35, 2021 +# Frédéric Clementi <frederic.clementi@camptocamp.com>, 2021 +# Alexandra Jubert <aju@odoo.com>, 2021 +# Nathan Grognet <ngr@odoo.com>, 2021 # Florian Hatat, 2021 # Nicolas Roussey <nro@odoo.com>, 2021 -# Benjamin Delagoutte <ben@ampletus.fr>, 2021 -# f5f0a0dac17dde787a1d812a6989680e, 2021 -# Gilles Dupont <gid@odoo.com>, 2021 -# Maxime Chambreuil <mchambreuil@ursainfosystems.com>, 2021 -# Xavier Symons <xsy@openerp.com>, 2021 -# Priscilla (prs) Odoo <prs@odoo.com>, 2021 -# Pauline Thiry <pth@odoo.com>, 2021 -# Vallen Delobel <edv@odoo.com>, 2021 +# Jean-Louis Bodren <jeanlouis.bodren@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Florence Lambrechts <fla@odoo.com>, 2021 +# Christelle Pinchart <cpi@odoo.com>, 2021 # 31c77b784710e4a287a92d851a40e039, 2021 -# Eloïse Stilmant <est@odoo.com>, 2021 -# Cécile Collart <cco@odoo.com>, 2021 -# Christophe CHAUVET <christophe.chauvet@gmail.com>, 2021 -# Martin Trigaux, 2021 # Olivier Lenoir <olivier.lenoir@free.fr>, 2021 +# lucasdeliege <deliegelucas@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Aurélien Pillevesse <aurelienpillevesse@hotmail.fr>, 2021 +# Fred Gilson <fgi@odoo.com>, 2021 +# f5f0a0dac17dde787a1d812a6989680e, 2021 +# Eloïse Stilmant <est@odoo.com>, 2021 +# pafnow <pafnow@hotmail.com>, 2021 +# David David <f322p3ph@yahoo.fr>, 2021 # Benjamin Stienon <tsb@odoo.com>, 2021 -# Alexandra Jubert <aju@odoo.com>, 2021 +# fr trans <e2ffr05@hotmail.com>, 2021 +# Martin Trigaux, 2021 +# Benjamin Delagoutte <ben@ampletus.fr>, 2021 +# Shark McGnark <peculiarcheese@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Jérôme Tanché <jerome.tanche@ouest-dsi.fr>, 2021 +# Cécile Collart <cco@odoo.com>, 2021 +# Alain van de Werve <avw@openerp.com>, 2021 +# Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2021 +# Priscilla (prs) Odoo <prs@odoo.com>, 2021 +# Arnaud Willem <contact@arnaud-willem.eu>, 2021 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-03-02 11:19+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Alexandra Jubert <aju@odoo.com>, 2021\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-18 07:12+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-05-18 05:17+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Arnaud Willem <contact@arnaud-willem.eu>, 2021\n" "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -70,24 +77,28 @@ msgstr "" "Language: fr\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" -#: ../../accounting.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance.rst:3 +msgid "Finance" +msgstr "Finance" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:4 msgid "Invoicing and Accounting" msgstr "Facturation et Comptabilité" -#: ../../accounting/bank.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:3 msgid "Bank & Cash" msgstr "Banque et liquidités" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds.rst:3 msgid "Bank Feeds" msgstr "Provenance des relevés bancaires" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:145 msgid "Bank Statements" msgstr "Relevés bancaires" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:5 msgid "" "Importing your bank statements in Odoo Accounting allows you to keep track " "of the financial movements that occur on your bank accounts and reconcile " @@ -97,220 +108,220 @@ msgstr "" "permet de suivre les mouvements de trésorerie et de les rapprocher des " "écritures enregistrées dans la comptabilité." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:9 msgid "" "We recommend you use bank synchronization for more efficiency. Please read " "the related documentation: :doc:`bank_synchronization`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:12 msgid "" "However, if you don't want to use bank synchronization or if your bank is " "not a supported institution, you still have other options:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:15 msgid "Import the bank statement files delivered by your bank" msgstr "Importez les relevés bancaires fournis par votre banque" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:16 msgid "Register the bank statements manually" msgstr "Enregistrez vos relevés bancaires manuellement" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:19 msgid "Import bank statements files" msgstr "Importation de relevés bancaires" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:21 msgid "Odoo supports multiple file formats to import bank statements:" msgstr "" "Odoo accepte de nombreux formats de fichiers pour importer des relevés " "bancaires :" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:23 msgid "SEPA recommended Cash Management format (CAMT.053)" msgstr "Format SEPA recommandé (CAMT.053)" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:24 msgid "Comma-separated values (.CSV)" msgstr "Valeurs séparées par des virgules (.CSV)" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:25 msgid "Open Financial Exchange (.OFX)" msgstr "Open Financial Exchange (.OFX)" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:26 msgid "Quicken Interchange Format (.QIF)" msgstr "Quicken Interchange Format (.QIF)" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:27 msgid "Belgium: Coded Statement of Account (.CODA)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:29 msgid "" "To import them, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Overview --> Bank`, " "click on *Import Statements*, or on the three dots, and then on *Import " "Statement*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:36 msgid "Next, select the file you want to import and click on *Import*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:38 msgid "" "Odoo opens an **import widget** to help you set the **Formatting Options** " "and **map** the different columns you want to import." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:46 msgid "" "Quicken Interchange Format (.QIF) is an older file format that is no longer " "supported since 2005. If possible, prefer OFX files over QIF." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:50 msgid "Register bank statements manually" msgstr "Enregistrez vos relevés bancaires manuellement" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:52 msgid "If needed, you can also record your bank statements manually." msgstr "" "Si nécessaire, vous pouvez également enregistrer vos relevés bancaires " "manuellement." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:54 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Overview --> Bank`, click on " "*Create Statements*, or on the three dots, and then on *New Statement*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:57 msgid "" "Add a new line for each transaction written on the original bank statement." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:59 msgid "" "To ease the reconciliation process, make sure to fill out the *Partner* " "field. You can also write the payments’ references in the *Label* field." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:67 msgid "" "The *Ending Balance* and the *Computed Balance* should have the same amount." " If it is not the case, make sure that there is no mistake in the " "transactions’ amounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:122 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:109 msgid ":doc:`bank_synchronization`" msgstr ":doc:`bank_synchronization`" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:10 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:16 msgid "Todo" msgstr "À faire" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:72 msgid "add doc link to new documentation about reconciliation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:3 msgid "Bank Synchronization: Automatic Import" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo can synchronize directly with your bank institution to get all bank " "statements imported automatically into your database." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:8 msgid "" "To check if your bank is compatible with Odoo, go to `Odoo Accounting " "Features <https://www.odoo.com/page/accounting-features>`_, and click on " "*See list of supported institutions*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:15 msgid "More than 20,000 institutions around the world are supported." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:17 msgid "To connect to the banks, Odoo uses multiple web-services:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:19 msgid "**Plaid**: United States of America and Canada" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:20 msgid "**Yodlee**: Worldwide" msgstr "**Yodlee**: Partout dans le monde" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:21 msgid "**Salt Edge**: Europe (:doc:`more information <saltedge>`)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:22 msgid "**Ponto**: Europe (:doc:`more information <ponto>`)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:25 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:24 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:19 -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:14 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:69 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:16 -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:22 -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:9 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:31 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:28 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:284 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:321 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:34 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:92 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:25 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:14 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:60 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:19 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:27 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:23 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:12 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:29 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:13 -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:21 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:18 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:16 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:16 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:15 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:22 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:11 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:30 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:31 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:13 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:20 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:37 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:15 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:20 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:39 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:331 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/vat_validation.rst:13 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Configuration" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:28 msgid "On-Premise users" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:30 msgid "" "To be able to use this service, you need to have a valid Odoo Enterprise " "subscription. So make sure that your database is registered with your Odoo " @@ -319,34 +330,34 @@ msgid "" "don't have a firewall or a proxy blocking the following address:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:36 msgid "https://production.odoofin.com/" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:39 msgid "First Synchronization" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:41 msgid "" "You can start synchronization either by going to :menuselection:`Accounting " "--> Configuration --> Add a Bank Account` or via the configuration bar on " "the accounting dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:44 msgid "" "Now you can search for your bank institution. Select it and follow the steps" " to synchronize with it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:47 msgid "" "If you have any issues during your first synchronization, please verify that" " your web browser doesn't block pop-ups and that your adblocker is disabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:50 msgid "" "During your first synchronization, you will be asked for a phone number to " "secure your account. The reason we ask for such information is that we don't" @@ -357,38 +368,38 @@ msgid "" "bank institution. This information is not stored on Odoo's servers." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:57 msgid "" "By default, transactions fetched from an online source are grouped inside " "the same statement, and one bank statement is created per month. You can " "change the bank statement creation periodicity in your journal settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:61 msgid "" "You can find all your synchronizations by going to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Online Synchronization`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:65 msgid "Synchronize manually" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:67 msgid "" "After your first synchronization, the created journals are synchronized by " "default every 12 hours. If you wish, you can synchronize manually by " "clicking on the *Synchronize Now* button on the dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:75 msgid "" "Or you can go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Online " "Synchronization`, select your institution and then click on the *Fetch " "Transactions* button." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:83 msgid "" "Some institutions do not allow transactions to be fetched automatically. For" " such institutions, during the automatic synchronization of the account, you" @@ -398,15 +409,15 @@ msgid "" "synchronizations." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:89 msgid "Issues" msgstr "Incidents" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:92 msgid "Synchronization in error" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:94 msgid "" "To report a connection error to the `Odoo support " "<https://www.odoo.com/help>`_, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " @@ -414,40 +425,40 @@ msgid "" "failed, and copy the error description and the reference." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:99 msgid "Synchronization disconnected" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:101 msgid "" "If your connection with the proxy is disconnected, you can reconnect with " "the proxy using the *Reconnect* button." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:105 msgid "" "This disconnection can be caused by the Odoo support. In this case, please " "contact the `support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_ directly with your client" " id or the reference of the error listed in the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:112 msgid "Migration process for users having installed Odoo before December 2020" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:114 msgid "" "If you are on-premise, please first make sure that your source is up-to-date" " with the latest version of Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:117 msgid "" "Users who have created a database before December 2020 need to install the " "new module manually to use the new functionalities." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:120 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Apps --> Update Apps List`, remove the " "default filter in the search bar and type: " @@ -455,13 +466,13 @@ msgid "" "button to install the new module." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:128 msgid "" "Finally, make sure all your users refresh their Odoo page by pressing " "CTRL+F5." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:132 msgid "" "All previous synchronizations are disconnected during the installation and " "won't work anymore. You can find them directly in the synchronization menu " @@ -470,29 +481,29 @@ msgid "" "ones." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:136 msgid "" "Please do not uninstall *account_online_sync* which is the previous module " "for online synchronization. The new one overrides it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:138 msgid "" "By default *account_online_synchronization* is installed automatically with " "Accounting." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:141 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:95 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:78 msgid "FAQ" msgstr "FAQ" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:144 msgid "The synchronization is not working in real-time. Is that normal?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:146 msgid "" "The process is not intended to work in real-time as third party providers " "synchronize your accounts at different intervals. To force the " @@ -504,7 +515,7 @@ msgid "" "transactions if you already performed such action earlier in the day." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:153 msgid "" "A transaction can be visible on your bank account, but not be fetched if it " "has the status *Pending*. Only transactions with the *Posted* status will be" @@ -512,32 +523,32 @@ msgid "" "status changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:158 msgid "Is the Online Bank Synchronization feature included in my contract?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:160 msgid "" "**Community Version**: No, this feature is not included in the Community " "Version." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:161 msgid "" "**Online Version**: Yes, even if you benefit from the One App Free contract." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:162 msgid "" "**Enterprise Version**: Yes, if you have a valid enterprise contract linked " "to your database." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:165 msgid "Some banks have a status \"Beta.\" What does this mean?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:167 msgid "" "This means that banking institutions are not yet fully supported by our " "Third Party Provider. Bugs or other problems may arise. Odoo does not " @@ -547,11 +558,11 @@ msgid "" " from the connection." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:173 msgid "Why do my transactions only synchronize when I refresh manually?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:175 msgid "" "Some banks have additional security measures and require extra steps, such " "as an SMS/email authentication code or another type of MFA. Because of this," @@ -559,21 +570,21 @@ msgid "" "provided." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:180 msgid "Not all of my past transactions are in Odoo, why?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:182 msgid "" "For some institutions, transactions can only be fetched up to 3 months in " "the past." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:185 msgid "Why don't I see any transactions?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:187 msgid "" "During your first synchronization, you selected the bank accounts you " "decided to synchronize with Odoo. If you didn't synchronize any of your " @@ -582,49 +593,49 @@ msgid "" "connection." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:191 msgid "There may also be no new transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:193 msgid "" "If your bank account is properly linked to a journal and posted transactions" " are not visible in your database, please `submit a support ticket " "<https://www.odoo.com/help>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:197 msgid "How can I update my bank credentials?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:199 msgid "" "You can update your credentials by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Online Synchronization`, open the connection you want to " "update your credentials and click on the *Update Credentials* button." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:204 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:124 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:111 msgid ":doc:`bank_statements`" msgstr ":doc:`bank_statements`" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:205 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:110 msgid ":doc:`ponto`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:206 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:123 msgid ":doc:`saltedge`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:3 msgid "Ponto as bank synchronization provider" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:5 msgid "" "**Ponto** is a service that allows companies and professionals to aggregate " "their accounts in one place and directly see all their transactions within " @@ -632,155 +643,155 @@ msgid "" "number of bank institutions that can be synchronized with Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:13 msgid "" "**Odoo** can synchronize directly with your bank to get all bank statements " "imported automatically into your database." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:16 msgid "" "Ponto is a paid third-party provider that can handle the synchronization " "between your bank accounts and Odoo. `Its pricing is 4€/month per " "account/integration <https://myponto.com/en#pricing>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:20 msgid "" "You can find more information about bank synchronization :doc:`on this page " "<bank_synchronization>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:27 msgid "Link your bank accounts with Ponto" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:29 msgid "Go to `Ponto's website (https://myponto.com) <https://myponto.com>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:30 msgid "Create an account if you don't have one yet." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:31 msgid "Once you are logged in, create an *organization*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounts --> Live`, and click on *Add account*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 msgid "You might have to add your **Billing Information** first." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:39 msgid "" "Select your country, your bank institutions, give your consent to Ponto, and" " follow the steps on-screen to link your bank account with your Ponto " "account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:46 msgid "" "Make sure to add all bank accounts you want to synchronize with your Odoo " "database before moving on to the next steps." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:50 msgid "Link your Ponto account with your Odoo database" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:52 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Add a Bank Account`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:53 msgid "" "Search your institution, make sure to select the right institution. By " "selecting the institution, you can verify that the third party provider is " "Ponto." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:55 msgid "Click on *Connect* and follow the steps." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:56 msgid "" "At some point, you will have to authorize the accounts you want to access in" " Odoo. Please select **all the accounts** you want to synchronize. Even the " "ones coming from other banking institutions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:64 msgid "Finish the flow." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:67 msgid "" "You have to authorize all the accounts you want to access in Odoo but, Odoo " "will filter the accounts based on the institution you selected at the second" " step." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:71 msgid "Update your synchronization credentials" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:73 msgid "" "You might have to update your Ponto credentials or modify the " "synchronization settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:75 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:87 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Online " "Synchronization` and select the institution you want to fetch the other " "accounts. Click on *Fetch Accounts* button to start the flow." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:79 msgid "" "During the update, select **all the accounts** you want to synchronize, even" " the ones coming from other banking institutions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:83 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:66 msgid "Fetch new accounts" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:85 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:68 msgid "You might want to add new online accounts to your connection." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:91 msgid "" "Don't forget to keep authorization for existing accounts (for all " "institutions that you have synchronized with Ponto)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:98 msgid "After my synchronization, no account appears" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:100 msgid "" "You selected an institution from the list and did not authorize any accounts" " from this institution." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:103 msgid "I have an error about that my authorization has expired" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:105 msgid "" "Every **3 months** (90 days) you must re-authorize the connection between " "your bank account and Ponto. This must be done from the `Ponto website " @@ -788,60 +799,60 @@ msgid "" "stop for these accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:110 msgid "I have some errors with my beta institution" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:112 msgid "" "Ponto provides institutions in *beta*, these institutions are not directly " "supported by Odoo and we advise you to contact Ponto directly." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:116 msgid "" "Using an institution in beta is beneficial for Ponto, it allows them to have" " real feedback on the connection with the institution." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:3 msgid "Salt Edge as bank synchronization provider" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:5 msgid "" "**Salt Edge** is a third-party provider that aggregates banking information " "from your bank accounts. It supports ~5000 institutions in more than 50 " "countries." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:13 msgid "" "Odoo can synchronize directly with your bank to get all bank statements " "imported automatically into your database." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:16 msgid "Salt Edge is a free third-party provider." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:22 msgid "Link your bank accounts with Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:24 msgid "" "Start synchronization by clicking on :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Add a Bank Account`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:26 msgid "" "Select the institution you want to synchronize. You can see if Salt Edge is " "the third party provider of the institution by selecting it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:28 msgid "" "After giving your phone number, you are asked for an email address. This " "email address is used to create your Salt Edge account. Please make sure you" @@ -849,31 +860,31 @@ msgid "" "your Salt Edge account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:37 msgid "" "After entering your email address, you are redirected to Salt Edge to " "continue the synchronization process." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:44 msgid "Make sure you give your consent by checking the consent checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:50 msgid "Complete the synchronization by following the steps." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:54 msgid "Update your credentials" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:56 msgid "" "You might have to update your Salt Edge credentials or modify the " "synchronization settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:58 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Online " "Synchronization` and select the institution you want to update credentials. " @@ -881,25 +892,25 @@ msgid "" "steps." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:62 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:74 msgid "" "Don't forget to check the consent checkbox. Otherwise, Odoo may not be able " "to access your information." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:70 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Online " "Synchronization` and select the institution to fetch the new accounts. Click" " on the *Fetch Accounts* button to start the flow and follow the steps." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:81 msgid "I have an error when I try to delete my synchronization within Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:83 msgid "" "Odoo can't permanently delete the connection you have created with the " "banking institution. However, it can revoke the consent you gave so that " @@ -912,25 +923,25 @@ msgid "" "record." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:92 msgid "I have an error saying that I have already synchronized this account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:94 msgid "" "You have probably already synchronized your bank account with Salt Edge, " "please check on your `dashboard <https://www.saltedge.com/dashboard>`_ that " "you don't already have a connection with the same credentials." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:98 msgid "" "In case you already have a synchronization with the same credentials present" " on your Salt Edge dashboard and this synchronization has not been created " "with Odoo, please delete it and create it from your Odoo database." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:102 msgid "" "In case you already have a connection with the same credentials present on " "your Salt Edge dashboard and this synchronization was created with Odoo, you" @@ -939,15 +950,16 @@ msgid "" "*Update Credentials* to reactivate the connection." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc.rst:3 ../../accounting/payables/misc.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc.rst:3 msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "Divers" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:3 msgid "Do a bank wire transfer from one bank to another" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:5 msgid "" "A company might have several bank accounts or cash registers. Within odoo it" " is possible to handle internal transfers of money with only a couple of " @@ -957,7 +969,7 @@ msgstr "" "enregistreuses. Dans Odoo il est possible de gérer les transferts internes " "d'argent en seulement quelques clics." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:9 msgid "" "We will take the following example to illustrate. My company has two bank " "accounts and I want to transfer 50.000 euros from one of our bank accounts " @@ -966,11 +978,11 @@ msgstr "" "Prenons l'exemple suivant pour illustrer. Mon entreprise a deux comptes " "bancaires et je veux transférer 50.000 euros d'un compte bancaire à l'autre." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:17 msgid "Check your Chart of Accounts and default transfer account" msgstr "Vérifier votre plan comptable et le compte de transfert par défaut" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:19 msgid "" "To handle internal transfers you need a transfer account in your charts of " "account. Odoo will generate an account automatically based on the country of" @@ -984,7 +996,7 @@ msgstr "" "comptable et vérifier le compte de transfert par défaut, allez dans la " "comptabilité, sélectionnez :menuselection:`Configuration -> Settings`." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:25 msgid "" "Your chart of accounts will be pre-installed depending on the country " "specified during your registration, it cannot be changed." @@ -992,7 +1004,7 @@ msgstr "" "Votre plan comptable a été pré-installé en fonction du pays spécifié lors de" " l'installation, il ne peut pas être changé." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:31 msgid "" "The default transfer account will automatically be generated as well " "depending on your country's legislation. If necessary it can be modified " @@ -1002,11 +1014,11 @@ msgstr "" "de la législation de votre pays. Si nécessaire, il peut être modifié sur la " "même page." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:39 msgid "Create a second bank account / Journal" msgstr "Créer un deuxième compte bancaire / Journal" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:41 msgid "" "Before we can register an internal transfer we need to add a new bank to our" " accounting dashboard. To do so enter the accounting module, click on " @@ -1022,15 +1034,15 @@ msgstr "" "pouvez également créer et modifier votre banque pour spécifier les détails " "de votre banque." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:50 msgid "By saving the changes you now have 2 bank accounts." msgstr "Après sauvegarde, vous avez maintenant 2 comptes bancaires." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:56 msgid "Register an internal transfer from one bank to another." msgstr "Enregistrez un transfert interne d'une banque à une autre." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:58 msgid "" "We will now transfer 50.000 euros from our **Bank** to our **Bank BE57 0633 " "9533 1498** account." @@ -1038,11 +1050,11 @@ msgstr "" "Nous allons maintenant transférer 50.000 euros de notre compte bancaire " "**Bank** vers notre compte bancaire **Bank BE57 0633 9533 1498**." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:62 msgid "Log an internal transfer" msgstr "Enregistrer un transfert interne" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:64 msgid "" "The first step is to register the internal payment. To do so go into your " "accounting dashboard, click on the **more** button of one of your banks and " @@ -1052,7 +1064,7 @@ msgstr "" " allez dans votre tableau de bord de comptabilité. cliquez sur le bouton " "**Plus** de l'une de vos banques et sélectionnez **Transfert interne**." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:71 msgid "" "Create a new payment. The payment type will automatically be set to internal" " transfer. Select the **Bank** you want to transfer to, specify the " @@ -1063,7 +1075,7 @@ msgstr "" "souhaitez réaliser le transfert, spécifiez le ** Montant ** et ajoutez un " "**Mémo** si vous le souhaitez." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:76 msgid "" "The memo is important if you wish to automatically reconcile (see `Import " "bank statements and reconcile`_)." @@ -1072,12 +1084,12 @@ msgstr "" "automatique (voir `Importer des relevés bancaires et effectuer un " "rapprochement`_)." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:82 msgid "Save and confirm the changes to register the payment." msgstr "" "Enregistrer et confirmer les modifications pour enregistrer le paiement." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:84 msgid "" "In terms of accounting the money is now booked in the transfer account. " "We'll need to import bank statements to book the money in the final " @@ -1087,11 +1099,11 @@ msgstr "" "compte de transfert. Nous aurons besoin d'importer des relevés bancaires " "pour comptabiliser l'argent sur le compte définitif." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:89 msgid "Import bank statements and reconcile" msgstr "Importer les relevés bancaires et les rappocher" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:91 msgid "" "Note that the bank balance computed by Odoo is different that the last " "statement of your bank." @@ -1099,7 +1111,7 @@ msgstr "" "Notez que le solde bancaire calculé par Odoo est différent de celui du " "dernier relevé de votre banque." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:97 msgid "" "That is because we did not import the bank statement confirming the " "receiving and sending of the money. It's thus necessary to import your bank " @@ -1114,7 +1126,7 @@ msgstr "" "bancaires, cliquez sur le bouton **nouveau relevé** de la banque " "correspondante pour les importer." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:106 msgid "" "Fill in your **Transactions line**. Once done, Odoo will display a " "**Computed Balance**. that computed balance is the theorical end balance of " @@ -1128,11 +1140,11 @@ msgstr "" "bancaire, cela signifie qu'aucune erreur n'a été faite. Remplissez le champ " "**Solde Final** et cliquez sur le bouton **Rapprocher**." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:114 msgid "The following window will open:" msgstr "La fenêtre suivante va s'ouvrir :" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:119 msgid "" "You need to choose counterparts for the payment. Select the correct bank " "statement line corresponding to the payment and click on the **reconcile** " @@ -1142,7 +1154,7 @@ msgstr "" " de relevé bancaire correspondant au paiement et cliquez sur le bouton " "**Rapprocher**. Fermez le relevé pour terminer la transaction." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:126 msgid "" "The same steps will need to be repeated once you receive your second bank " "statement. Note that if you specify the same amount and the same memo in " @@ -1154,18 +1166,18 @@ msgstr "" "même note dans le relevé bancaire et dans les opérations de paiement, le " "rapprochement se fera automatiquement." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:177 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:80 -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:153 msgid "Bank Reconciliation" msgstr "Rapprochement bancaire" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:3 msgid "Reconciliation Models" msgstr "Modèles de lettrage" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:5 msgid "" "Once the bank statements are correctly imported, it is essential to " "*reconcile* the records properly and ensure all *Journal Entries* are " @@ -1174,45 +1186,45 @@ msgid "" "with recurrent entries such as bank fees." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:10 msgid "" "Add a link to the Reconciliation process in the paragraph above, once the " "doc will have been updated." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:14 msgid "" "Reconciliation Models are also useful to handle *Cash Discounts*. Please " "refer to :doc:`this documentation " "<../../receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts>` for more information." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:21 msgid "Types of Reconciliation Models" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:23 msgid "There are three types of Reconciliation Models:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:25 msgid ":ref:`Write-off Button <reconciliation_models_button>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:26 msgid "" ":ref:`Suggestion of counterpart values <reconciliation_models_suggestion>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:27 msgid ":ref:`Match existing invoices/bills <reconciliation_models_match>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:32 msgid "Manually create a write-off on clicked button" msgstr "Créer manuellement un write-off en appuyant sur le bouton" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:34 msgid "" "When you are reconciling an entry with an *Open Balance*, you can use the " "buttons available under the *Manual Operations* tab to pre-fill all the " @@ -1220,22 +1232,22 @@ msgid "" " different Reconciliation Model." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:45 msgid "Suggest counterpart values" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:47 msgid "" "This type of Reconciliation Model suggests immediately counterpart values " "that only need to be validated. This automation is based on a set of rules " "defined in the reconciliation model." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:57 msgid "Match existing invoices/bills" msgstr "Réconcilier avec les factures existantes." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:59 msgid "" "This type of Reconciliation Model automatically selects the right Customer " "Invoice or Vendor Bill that matches the payment. All that is left to do is " @@ -1243,7 +1255,7 @@ msgid "" " the reconciliation model." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:71 msgid "" "To manage or create new **Reconciliation Models**, go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reconciliation --> Reconciliation Models`. " @@ -1252,31 +1264,31 @@ msgid "" " on *Reconciliation Models*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:81 msgid "" "The first entry, named *Invoices Matching Rule*, is the one responsible for " "the current matching of invoices and bills. Therefore, it is advised to " "leave it at the top of the list and not to delete it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:85 msgid "" "Open the model you want to modify, or click on *Create* to create a new one," " then fill out the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:88 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:50 msgid "Type" msgstr "Type" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:90 msgid "" "See :ref:`above <reconciliation_models_types>` for an explanation about the " "different types of Reconciliation Models." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:94 msgid "" "If the *Documents* application is installed on your database, an additional " "**Activity type** field appears when *To check* is ticked. Selecting the " @@ -1284,17 +1296,17 @@ msgid "" "*Request Document* window pops up to request a document from a user." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:100 msgid "Conditions on Bank Statement Line" msgstr "Conditions sur les lignes de relevé bancaire" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:102 msgid "" "Define here all the conditions that are required for a Reconciliation Model " "to be applied." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:105 msgid "" "If a record matches with several Reconciliation Models, the first one in the" " *sequence* of models will be applied. The sequence is simply the order of " @@ -1302,52 +1314,54 @@ msgid "" "dropping the handle next to the name." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:114 msgid "Counterpart Values" msgstr "Contreparties" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:116 msgid "" "This section comprises the values that are applied by the Reconciliation " "Model." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:118 msgid "" "If the value to reconcile needs to be written-off in two separate accounts, " "click on *Add a second line*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:127 msgid ":doc:`use_cases`" msgstr ":doc:`use_cases`" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:128 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:108 msgid ":doc:`../feeds/bank_synchronization`" msgstr ":doc:`../feeds/bank_synchronization`" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:129 msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:3 msgid "Bank reconciliation process - use cases" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/overview.rst:3 ../../accounting/reporting/overview.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview" msgstr "Vue d'ensemble" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:8 msgid "" "Matching your bank statements with your accounting records can be a tedious " "task. You need to find the corresponding invoices, compare the amounts and " @@ -1362,20 +1376,20 @@ msgstr "" " avec Odoo, vous pouvez très facilement faire correspondre vos factures ou " "tout autre document de paiement avec vos relevés bancaires." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:10 msgid "Two options of the reconciliation process exist in Odoo." msgstr "Deux méthodes de rapprochement existent dans Odoo." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:12 msgid "We can directly specify the payment on the invoice" msgstr "Nous pouvons directement spécifier le paiement sur la facture" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:13 msgid "We can reconcile open invoices with bank statements" msgstr "" "Vous pouvez rapprocher des factures ouvertes avec des relevés bancaires" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:18 msgid "" "No special configuration is necessary to record invoices. All we need to do " "is to install the accounting app." @@ -1383,15 +1397,15 @@ msgstr "" "Aucune configuration particulière n'est nécessaire pour enregistrer les " "factures. Il suffit d'installer l'application de comptabilité." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:25 msgid "Use cases" msgstr "Cas d'utilisation" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:28 msgid "Case 1: Payments registration" msgstr "Cas 1 : Enregistrement de paiements" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:30 msgid "" "We received the proof of payment of our invoice in the amount of 2100 euros " "issued to Smith & Co." @@ -1399,7 +1413,7 @@ msgstr "" "Nous avons reçu la preuve de paiement de notre facture de 2100 euros émise à" " Smith & Co." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:33 msgid "" "We start at our issued Invoice of 2100 euros for Smith & Co. Because the " "sold product is a service we demand an immediate payment. Our accountant " @@ -1414,7 +1428,7 @@ msgstr "" "immédiatement afin d'indiquer que nous pouvons commencer à fournir des " "services à notre client." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:39 msgid "" "Our customer send us a payment confirmation. We can thus register a payment " "and mark the invoice as paid." @@ -1422,7 +1436,7 @@ msgstr "" "Notre client nous envoie une confirmation de paiement. Nous pouvons donc " "enregistrer un paiement et marquer la facture payée." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:45 msgid "" "By clicking on **register payment,** we are telling Odoo that our customer " "has paid the Invoice. We thus have to specify the amount and the payment " @@ -1432,7 +1446,7 @@ msgstr "" " client a payé la facture. Nous devons donc préciser le montant et le mode " "de paiement." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:52 msgid "" "Now we can always find the payment details in the Invoice by clicking on the" " :menuselection:`Info --> Open Payment`." @@ -1441,17 +1455,17 @@ msgstr "" " la facture en cliquant sur le lien :menuselection:`Info --> Paiement " "ouvert`." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:58 msgid "" "The invoice has been paid and **the reconciliation has been done " "automatically.**" msgstr "La facture a été payée et **le lettrage a été fait automatiquement.**" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:62 msgid "Case 2: Bank statements reconciliations" msgstr "Cas 2 : rapprochement des relevés bancaires" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:64 msgid "" "We start at our issued Invoice of 3000 euros for Smith & Co. Let's also " "assume that other Invoices are open for different customers." @@ -1459,7 +1473,7 @@ msgstr "" "Nous commençons par notre facture émise de 3000 euros pour Smith & Co. " "Supposons aussi que d'autres factures sont ouvertes pour différents clients." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:70 msgid "" "We receive our bank statement and find that not only the invoice issued to " "Smith & Co has been paid, but the one to Buzz of 92 euros as well." @@ -1468,7 +1482,7 @@ msgstr "" "facture émise à Smith & Co a été payée, mais aussi celle de 92 euros " "adressée à Buzz." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:73 msgid "" "**Import** or **Create** the bank statements. Please refer to the documents " "from the Bank Feeds section." @@ -1476,11 +1490,11 @@ msgstr "" "**Importer** ou **Créer** les relevés bancaires. Référez-vous à la " "documentation de la section Flux bancaires." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:79 msgid "On the dashboard, click on **Reconcile # Items**" msgstr "Sur le tableau de bord, cliquez sur **Rapprocher # Éléments**." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:84 msgid "" "If everything was right (correct partner name, right amount) odoo will do " "the reconciliations **automatically**." @@ -1488,13 +1502,13 @@ msgstr "" "Si tout est correct (nom du partenaire correct, montant correct) Odoo fera " "les rapprochements **automatiquement**." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:90 msgid "If some issues are found, you will need to take **manual actions**." msgstr "" "Si certains problèmes sont détectés, vous devrez effectuer des **actions " "manuelles**." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:92 msgid "" "For example, if the partner is missing from your bank statement, just fill " "it in :" @@ -1502,7 +1516,7 @@ msgstr "" "Par exemple, si le partenaire est absent de votre relevé bancaire, il suffit" " de le remplir :" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:98 msgid "" "If the payment is done with a down payment, just check if it is all right " "and validate all related payments :" @@ -1510,124 +1524,125 @@ msgstr "" "Si le paiement est effectué avec un acompte, il suffit de vérifier qu'il est" " correct et valider tous les paiements liés :" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:105 msgid "Hit CTRL-Enter to reconcile all the balanced items in the sheet." msgstr "" "Appuyer CTRL-Enter pour rapprocher toutes les écritures équilibrées dans les" " feuilles." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:168 msgid "Setup" msgstr "Configuration" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:3 msgid "Bank Accounts" msgstr "Comptes bancaires" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:5 msgid "" "You can manage as many **Bank Accounts** as needed on your database. " "Configuring them well allows you to make sure that all your banking data is " "up to date and ready for the reconciliation with your *Journal Entries*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:9 msgid "" "In Odoo Accounting, each Bank Account is configured to have a dedicated " "*Journal* which is configured to post all entries in a dedicated *Account*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:12 msgid "" "Whenever you add a Bank Account, a dedicated journal and a dedicated account" " are automatically created and configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:15 msgid "" "Every **Bank Journal** is displayed by default on the **Accounting " "Overview** in the form of a convenient card. It includes action buttons that" " are displayed when appropriate." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:25 msgid "Add a new Bank Account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:27 msgid "" "You can either connect your bank account to your Odoo database, or configure" " your bank account manually and :doc:`upload the bank statements manually " "<../feeds/bank_statements>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:31 msgid "Bank Synchronization" msgstr "Synchronisation bancaire" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:33 msgid "" "Connect your bank account to your database and have your bank statements " "synced automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:35 msgid "" "To synchronize a new bank account, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration`, click on *Add a Bank Account*, then find your bank in the " "list, click on *Connect*, and follow the instructions on-screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:40 msgid "" ":doc:`Click here <../../bank/feeds/bank_synchronization>` for more " "information about this bank synchronization." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:48 msgid "Manual configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:50 msgid "" "If your Bank Institution can’t be synchronized automatically, or if you " "prefer not to sync it with your database, you may also configure your bank " "account manually." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:53 msgid "" "To add a new bank account manually, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration`, click on *Add a Bank Account*, then on *Create it*, and fill" " out the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:65 msgid "**Name**: the bank account's name, as displayed on Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:57 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:66 msgid "**Account Number**: your bank account number (IBAN in Europe)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:67 msgid "" "**Bank**: click on *Create and Edit* to configure the bank's details. Add " "the bank institution's name and its Identifier Code (BIC or SWIFT)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:60 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:69 msgid "" "**Code**: this code is your Journal's *Short Code*, as displayed on Odoo. By" " default, Odoo creates a new Journal with this Short Code." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:62 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:71 msgid "" "**Journal**: This field is displayed if you have an existing Bank Journal " "that is not linked yet to a bank account. If so, then select the *Journal* " @@ -1635,24 +1650,24 @@ msgid "" "account or create a new one by clicking on *Create and Edit*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:67 msgid "" "Odoo detects the bank account type (e.g., IBAN) and enables some features " "accordingly." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:75 msgid "Advanced configuration" msgstr "Configuration avancée" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:77 msgid "" "To edit an existing bank account, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Bank Accounts`, and open the bank account you want to " "modify." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:80 msgid "" "If you need to edit the bank account details, go to the *Bank Account* field" " and click on the *External Link* button next to the list arrow. There, you " @@ -1661,32 +1676,32 @@ msgid "" "the *Bank* field. These details are used to register some payments." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:85 msgid "" "You can configure which types of payments are enabled in the **Payment " "Method Types** section and how the bank statements are recorded and posted " "in the **Bank Statements** section." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:93 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:192 msgid ":doc:`../../bank/feeds/bank_synchronization`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:94 msgid ":doc:`../feeds/bank_statements`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:95 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:194 -msgid "`Odoo Learn: Accounting Basics <https://www.odoo.com/r/lsZ>`_" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:194 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Accounting Basics <https://www.odoo.com/r/lsZ>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:3 msgid "Manage a bank in a foreign currency" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:5 msgid "" "In Odoo, every transaction is recorded in the default currency of the " "company. Reports are all based on the currency of the company. But for " @@ -1699,7 +1714,7 @@ msgstr "" "pour les transactions qui se produisent dans une autre devise, Odoo " "enregistre en plus la valeur dans la devise de la transaction." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:11 msgid "" "When you have a bank account in a foreign currencies, for every transaction," " Odoo stores two values:" @@ -1707,15 +1722,15 @@ msgstr "" "Lorsque vous avez un compte bancaire dans une monnaie étrangère, pour chaque" " transaction, Odoo stocke deux valeurs :" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:14 msgid "The debit/credit in the currency of the company" msgstr "Le débit/crédit dans la devise de la société" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:16 msgid "The debit/credit in the currency of the bank account" msgstr "Le débit/crédit dans la devise du compte bancaire" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:18 msgid "" "Currency rates are updated automatically using yahoo.com, or the European " "Central bank web-services." @@ -1723,11 +1738,11 @@ msgstr "" "Les taux de change sont mis à jour automatiquement en utilisant yahoo.com ou" " les web-services de la banque centrale européenne." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:25 msgid "Activate the multi-currency feature" msgstr "Activez l'environnement multidevises" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:27 msgid "" "In order to allow your company to work with multiple currencies, you should " "activate the multi-currency mode. In the accounting application, go into " @@ -1742,11 +1757,11 @@ msgstr "" " Fournissez un **Journal des différences de taux**, puis cliquez sur " "**Appliquer**." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:34 msgid "Configure currencies" msgstr "Configurer des devises" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:36 msgid "" "Once the Odoo is configured to support multiple currencies, you should " "activate the currencies you plan to work with. To do that, go to the menu " @@ -1760,7 +1775,7 @@ msgstr "" " sont créées par défaut, mais vous devez activer celles que vous allez " "utiliser (pour activer une monnaie, cochez son champ \"Activé\")." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:42 msgid "" "After having activated the currencies, you can configure the parameters to " "automate the currency rate update. These options are also in the settings of" @@ -1770,17 +1785,17 @@ msgstr "" "automate the currency rate update. These options are also in the settings of" " the Accounting application, in the bottom of the page:" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:49 msgid "Click on the **Update Now** link to update the currency rates now." msgstr "" "Cliquez sur le lien **Mettre à jour immédiatement** pour mettre à jour les " "taux de change maintenant." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:52 msgid "Create a new bank account" msgstr "Créer un nouveau compte bancaire" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:54 msgid "" "In the accounting application, we first go to :menuselection:`Configuration " "--> Accounting / Bank account`, and we create a new one." @@ -1789,22 +1804,22 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Comptabilité --> Comptes bancaires`, et " "nous en créons un nouveau." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:60 msgid "" "Once you save this bank account, Odoo will create all the documents for you:" msgstr "" "Une fois que ce compte bancaire est enregistré, Odoo va créer tous les " "documents pour vous :" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:63 msgid "An account in the trial balance" msgstr "Un compte dans la balance générale" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:65 msgid "A journal in your dashboard" msgstr "Un journal dans votre tableau de bord" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:67 msgid "" "Information about the bank account in the footer of your invoices if checked" " the box **Show in Invoices Footer**" @@ -1812,11 +1827,11 @@ msgstr "" "Des informations sur le compte bancaire dans le pied de page de vos factures" " si vous avez coché la case **Afficher dans le pied des factures**" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:71 msgid "Example: A vendor bill in a foreign currency" msgstr "Exemple : une facture fournisseur dans une monnaie étrangère" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:73 msgid "" "Based on the above example, let's assume we receive the following bill from " "a supplier in China." @@ -1824,7 +1839,7 @@ msgstr "" "Based on the above example, let's assume we receive the following bill from " "a supplier in China." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:76 msgid "" "In the :menuselection:`Purchase --> Vendor Bills` , this is what you could " "see:" @@ -1832,7 +1847,7 @@ msgstr "" "In the :menuselection:`Purchase --> Vendor Bills` , this is what you could " "see:" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:81 msgid "" "Once you are ready to pay this bill, click on register payment on the bill " "to record a payment." @@ -1840,7 +1855,7 @@ msgstr "" "Quand vous êtes prêt à payer cette facture, cliquez sur Enregistrer un " "paiement sur a facture pour enregistrer un paiement." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:87 msgid "" "That's all you have to do. Odoo will automatically post the foreign exchange" " gain or loss at the reconciliation of the payment with the invoice, " @@ -1852,7 +1867,7 @@ msgstr "" "selon que le taux de change a augmenté ou diminué entre la facture et la " "date de paiement." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:92 msgid "" "Note that you can pay a foreign bill with another currency. In such a case, " "Odoo will automatically convert between the two currencies." @@ -1860,11 +1875,11 @@ msgstr "" "Notez que vous pouvez payer une facture étrangère avec une autre monnaie. " "Dans ce cas, Odoo convertira automatiquement entre les deux monnaies." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:96 msgid "Customers Statements" msgstr "Relevés Clients" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:98 msgid "" "Customers and vendor statements are managed in the currency of the invoice. " "So, the amount due by your customer (to your vendor) is always expressed in " @@ -1874,7 +1889,7 @@ msgstr "" "facture. Ainsi, le montant dû par le client (à votre fournisseur) est " "toujours exprimée dans la monnaie de la facture." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:102 msgid "" "If you have several invoices with different currencies for the same " "customer, Odoo will split the customer statement by currency, as shown in " @@ -1884,7 +1899,7 @@ msgstr "" "client, Odoo va diviser le relevé client par devise, comme dans le rapport " "ci-dessous." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:109 msgid "" "In the above report, the account receivable associated to Camptocamp is not " "managed in a secondary currency, which means that it keeps every transaction" @@ -1893,7 +1908,7 @@ msgid "" "be converted to this currency." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:115 msgid "" "In such a case, the customer statement always has only one currency. In " "general, this is not what the customer expect as he prefers to see the " @@ -1903,11 +1918,11 @@ msgstr "" "général, ce n'est pas ce que le client attend car il préfère voir les " "montants dans la devise des factures qu'il a reçues;" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:3 msgid "Manage a cash register" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:5 msgid "" "The cash register is a journal to register receivings and payments " "transactions. It calculates the total money in and out, computing the total " @@ -1917,7 +1932,7 @@ msgstr "" "transactions. It calculates the total money in and out, computing the total " "balance." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:14 msgid "" "Configure the Cash journal in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " "--> Journals`." @@ -1925,7 +1940,7 @@ msgstr "" "Configurez le journal de Caisse dans :menuselection:`Comptabilité --> " "Configuration --> Journaux`." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:17 msgid "" "In the tab Journal Entries, the Default Debit and Credit Account can be " "configured as well as the currency of the journal" @@ -1933,17 +1948,17 @@ msgstr "" "Dans l'onglet Pièces Comptables, les comptes de débit et de crédit par " "défaut peuvent être configurés, de même que la devise du journal" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:21 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:256 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:34 msgid "Usage" msgstr "Usage" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:24 msgid "How to register cash payments?" msgstr "Comment enregistrer des paiements en espèces ?" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:26 msgid "" "To register a cash payment specific to another customer, you should follow " "these steps:" @@ -1951,7 +1966,7 @@ msgstr "" "Pour enregistrer un paiement en espèces spécifique à un autre client, vous " "devez suivre ces étapes :" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:29 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Dashboard --> Cash --> Register " "Transactions`" @@ -1959,11 +1974,11 @@ msgstr "" "Aller à :menuselection:`Comptabilité --> Tableau de bord --> Cash --> " "Nouvelles Transactions`" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:32 msgid "Fill in the start and ending balance" msgstr "Remplissez la balance initiale et le solde final" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:34 msgid "" "Register the transactions, specifying the customers linked to the " "transaction" @@ -1971,11 +1986,11 @@ msgstr "" "Enregistrer les transactions, en précisant les clients liés à chaque " "transaction" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:37 msgid "Put money in" msgstr "Mettre de l'argent dedans" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:39 msgid "" "Put money in is used to placed your cash manually before starting your " "transactions. From the Register Transactions window, go to " @@ -1985,11 +2000,11 @@ msgstr "" "avant de commencer vos transactions. Dans la fenêtre Caisses, aller à " ":menuselection:`Action -> Mettre de l'argent dedans`" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:47 msgid "Take money out" msgstr "Retirer de l'argent" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:49 msgid "" "Take money out is used to collect/get yor your cash manually after ending " "all your transactions. From the Register Transaction windows, go to " @@ -1999,62 +2014,66 @@ msgstr "" "manuellement après la fin de toutes vos transactions. Depuis la fenêtre " "Caisses, aller à :menuselection:`Action -> Retirer de l'argent`" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:56 msgid "" "The transactions will be added to the current cash payment registration." msgstr "" "Les transactions seront ajoutées à l'enregistrement des paiements en espèces" " en cours." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations.rst:3 msgid "Fiscal Localizations" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations.rst:3 msgid "Localizations" msgstr "Localisation" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:17 msgid "Argentina" msgstr "Argentine" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:6 msgid "Webinars" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:8 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:8 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:8 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:8 msgid "" "Below you can find videos with a general description of the localization, " "and how to configure it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:10 msgid "`VIDEO WEBINAR OF A COMPLETE DEMO <https://youtu.be/c41-8cVaYAI>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:13 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:13 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:13 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:13 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:11 +msgid "`ECOMMERCE <https://youtu.be/5gUi2WWfRuI>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:63 msgid "Introduction" msgstr "Introduction" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:16 msgid "" "The Argentinean localization has been improved and extended in Odoo v13, in " "this version the next modules are available:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:19 msgid "" "**l10n_ar**: This module add accounting features for the Argentinian " "localization, which represent the minimal configuration needed for a company" @@ -2062,7 +2081,7 @@ msgid "" "Ingresos Públicos) regulations and guidelines." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:23 msgid "" "**l10n_ar_reports**: Add VAT Book report which is a legal requirement in " "Argentine and that holds the VAT detail info of sales or purchases recorded " @@ -2070,18 +2089,18 @@ msgid "" "that is used to analyze the invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:27 msgid "" "**l10n_ar_edi**: This module includes all technical and functional " "requirements to generate Electronic Invoice via web service, based on the " "AFIP regulations." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:35 msgid "Install the Argentinean localization modules" msgstr "Installez les modules de localisation argentins" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:37 msgid "" "For this, go to *Apps* and search for Argentina. Then click *Install* for " "the first two modules." @@ -2089,12 +2108,12 @@ msgstr "" "Pour cela, allez dans *Applications* et recherchez l'Argentine. Cliquez " "ensuite sur *Installer* pour les deux premiers modules." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:42 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:43 msgid "Configure your company" msgstr "Configurez votre société" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:45 msgid "" "Once that the modules are installed, the first step is to set up your " "company data. Additional to the basic information, a key field to fill in " @@ -2102,12 +2121,12 @@ msgid "" "structure of the company:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:53 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:64 msgid "Chart of Account" msgstr "Plan comptable" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:56 msgid "" "In Accounting settings there are three available packages of Chart of " "accounts, which are related to the AFIP responsibility type of the Company, " @@ -2115,38 +2134,38 @@ msgid "" " companies that gave more complex fiscal requirements:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:60 msgid "Monotributista (149 accounts)." msgstr "Monotributista (149 comptes)." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:61 msgid "IVA Exempto (159 accounts)." msgstr "IVA Exempto (159 comptes)." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:62 msgid "Responsables Inscriptos (166 Accounts)." msgstr "Responsables Inscriptos (166 comptes)." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:67 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:234 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:240 msgid "Configure Master data" msgstr "Configurez les données de base" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:71 msgid "Electronic Invoice Credentials" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:74 msgid "Environment" msgstr "Environnement" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:76 msgid "" "The AFIP infrastructure is replicated in two separate environments, Testing " "and Production." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:78 msgid "" "Testing is provided so that the Companies can test their developments until " "they are ready to move into the Production environment. As these two " @@ -2154,36 +2173,36 @@ msgid "" "certificates of one instance are not valid in the other one." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:82 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Argentinian Localization` " "to select the environment:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:89 msgid "AFIP Certificates" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:90 msgid "" "The electronic invoice and other afip services work with WebServices (WS) " "provided by the AFIP." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:92 msgid "" "In order to enable communication with the AFIP, the first step is to request" " a Digital Certificate if you don’t have one already." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:95 msgid "" "Generate certificate Sign Request (Odoo). When this option is selected a " "file with extension ``.csr`` (certificate signing request) is generated to " "be used the AFIP portal to request the certificate." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:101 msgid "" "Generate Certificate (AFIP). Access the AFIP portal and follow the " "instructions described in the next document in order to get a certificate. " @@ -2191,34 +2210,34 @@ msgid "" "<http://www.afip.gob.ar/ws/WSAA/wsaa_obtener_certificado_produccion.pdf>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:105 msgid "" "Upload Certificate and Private Key (Odoo). Once the certificate has been " "generated, it needs to be uploaded in Odoo, using the pencil next in the " "field “Certificado” and selecting the corresponding file." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:112 msgid "" "In case you need to configure the Homologation Certificate, please refer to " "the AFIP official documentation: `Homologation Certificate " "<http://www.afip.gob.ar/ws/documentacion/certificados.asp>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:116 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:154 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:322 msgid "Partner" msgstr "Partenaire" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:157 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:325 msgid "Identification Type and VAT" msgstr "Type d'identification et TVA" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:122 msgid "" "As part of the Argentinean localization, the document types defined by the " "AFIP are now available on the Partner form, this information is essential " @@ -2226,75 +2245,75 @@ msgid "" "default:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:130 msgid "" "The complete list of Identification types defined by the AFIP is included in" " Odoo but only the common ones are active." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:134 msgid "AFIP Responsibility Type" msgstr "Type de responsabilité AFIP" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:136 msgid "" "In Argentina the document type associated with customers and vendors " "transactions is defined based on the AFIP Responsibility type, this field " "should be defined in the partner form:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:142 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:192 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:122 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:69 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:237 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:3 msgid "Taxes" msgstr "Taxes" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:145 msgid "" "As part of the localization module, the taxes are created automatically " "with their related financial account and configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:151 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:208 msgid "Taxes Types" msgstr "Types de taxes" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:154 msgid "Argentina has several tax types, the most common ones are:" msgstr "" "L'Argentine possède plusieurs types de taxes, les plus courantes sont :" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:156 msgid "VAT. Is the regular VAT and it can have several percentages." msgstr "TVA : c'est la TVA normale et elle peut avoir plusieurs pourcentages." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:157 msgid "Perception. Advance payment of a tax that is applied on Invoices." msgstr "" "Perception : c'est le versement anticipé d'une taxe qui est appliqué aux " "factures." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:158 msgid "Retention. Advance payment of a tax that is applied on payments" msgstr "" "Retenue : c'est le versement anticipé d'une taxe qui est appliqué aux " "paiements." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:159 msgid "Otros." msgstr "Autres" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:162 msgid "Special Taxes" msgstr "Taxes spéciales" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:164 msgid "" "Some argentine taxes are not commonly used for all companies, these type of" " taxes are included as inactive by default, it's important that before " @@ -2306,13 +2325,13 @@ msgstr "" "avant de créer une nouvelle taxe vous devez impérativement confirmer si " "elles se trouvent déjà dans les taxes désactivées ou pas." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:171 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:218 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:268 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:274 msgid "Document Types" msgstr "Types de documents" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:174 msgid "" "In some Latin America countries, including Argentina, some accounting " "transactions like invoices and vendor bills are classified by document " @@ -2324,14 +2343,14 @@ msgstr "" " classées par types de documents définis par les autorités fiscales " "publiques (l'AFIP dans le cas de l'Argentine)." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:178 msgid "" "The document type is an essential information that needs to be displayed in " "the printed reports and that needs to be easily identified, within the set " "of invoices as well of account moves." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:181 msgid "" "Each document type can have a unique sequence per journal where it is " "assigned. As part of the localization, the Document Type include the country" @@ -2339,15 +2358,15 @@ msgid "" "when the localization module is installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:184 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:237 msgid "" "The information required for the document types is included by default so " "the user doesn't need to fill anything on this view:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:191 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:245 msgid "" "There are several document types that are inactive by default but can be " "activated if needed." @@ -2355,11 +2374,11 @@ msgstr "" "Plusieurs types de documents sont désactivés par défaut mais ils peuvent " "être activés si nécessaire." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:195 msgid "Letters" msgstr "Lettres" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:196 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:197 msgid "" "For Argentina, the document types include a letter that helps that indicates" " the transaction/operation, example:" @@ -2367,7 +2386,7 @@ msgstr "" "Dans le cas de l'Argentine, les types de document contiennent une lettre qui" " vous indique la transaction/opération, par exemple :" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:200 msgid "" "When an invoice is related to a B2B transaction, a document type \"A\" must " "be used." @@ -2375,7 +2394,7 @@ msgstr "" "Lorsqu'une facture est liée à une transaction B2B, un document de type \"A\"" " doit être utilisé. " -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:201 msgid "" "When an invoice is related to a B2C transaction, a document type \"B\" must " "be used." @@ -2383,7 +2402,7 @@ msgstr "" "Lorsqu'une facture est liée à une transaction B2C, un document de type \"B\"" " doit être utilisé. " -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:202 msgid "" "When an invoice is related to exportation transaction, a document type \"E\"" " must be used." @@ -2391,7 +2410,7 @@ msgstr "" "Lorsqu'une facture est liée à une transaction d'exportation, un document de " "type \"E\" doit être utilisé. " -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:204 msgid "" "The documents included in the localization have the proper letter " "associated, the user doesn't need to configure anything additional." @@ -2399,25 +2418,25 @@ msgstr "" "Les documents ajoutés à la localisation ont leur propre lettre associée, " "l'utilisateur ne doit rien configurer de plus." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:210 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:249 msgid "Use on Invoices" msgstr "Utilisation dans les factures" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:212 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:251 msgid "The document type on each transaction will be determined by:" msgstr "" "Le type de document à utiliser dans chaque transaction sera déterminé par :" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:215 msgid "" "The Journal related to the Invoice, identifying if the journal use " "documents." msgstr "" "Le journal lié à la facture, qui indique si celui-ci utilise des documents." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:216 msgid "" "Condition applied based on the type of Issues and Receiver (ex. Type of " "fiscal regimen of the buyer and type of fiscal regimen of the vendor)" @@ -2426,21 +2445,21 @@ msgstr "" " ex. le type de régime fiscal de l'acheteur et le type de régime fiscal du " "vendeur)." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:219 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:253 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:140 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:296 msgid "Journals" msgstr "Journaux" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:222 msgid "" "In the Argentinean localization the Journal can have a different approach " "depending on its usage and internal type, to configure you journals go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:226 msgid "" "For Sales and Purchase Journals it’s possible to enable the option *Use " "Documents*, this indicates the Journal enables a list of document types that" @@ -2448,43 +2467,43 @@ msgid "" "invoices, please refer to the section 2.3 Document Types." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:230 msgid "" "If the Sales/Purchase journal are used without the option *Use Documents* it" " because they won’t be used to generate fiscal invoices, but mostly for " "account moves related to internal control process." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:234 msgid "AFIP Information (also known as AFIP Point of Sale)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:239 msgid "" "**AFIP POS System**: This field is only visible for the Sales journals and " "defined the type of AFIP POS that will be used to manage the transactions " "for which the journal is created. The AFIP POS defines as well:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:243 msgid "The sequences of document types related to the Web service." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:244 msgid "The structure and data of the electronic invoice file." msgstr "La structure et les données du fichier de factures électroniques." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:247 msgid "Web Services" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:248 msgid "" "``wsfev1: Electronic Invoice.`` This is the most common service, is used to " "generated invoices for document types A, B, C, M with no detail per item." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:250 msgid "" "``wsbfev1: Electronic Fiscal Bond.`` For those who invoice capital goods " "and wish to access the benefit of the Electronic Tax Bonds granted by the " @@ -2493,20 +2512,20 @@ msgid "" "capital>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:253 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:254 msgid "" "``wsfexv1: Electronic Exportation Invoice.`` Used to generate invoices for " "international customers and transactions that involve exportation process, " "the document type related is type “E”." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:260 msgid "" "**AFIP POS Number**: This is the number configured in the AFIP to identify " "the operations related to this AFIP POS." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:263 msgid "" "**AFIP POS Address**: This field is related to commercial address registered" " for the POS, which is usually the same address than the Company. For " @@ -2515,38 +2534,38 @@ msgid "" "invoice report." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:268 msgid "" "**Unified Book**: When AFIP POS System is Preimpresa the document types " "(applicable to the journal) with the same letter will share the same " "sequence. For example:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:270 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:271 msgid "Invoice: FA-A 0001-00000002." msgstr "Facture : FA-A 0001-00000002." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:271 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:272 msgid "Credit Note: NC-A 0001-00000003." msgstr "Note de crédit : NC-A 0001-00000003." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:273 msgid "Debit Note: ND-A 0001-00000004." msgstr "Note de débit : ND-A 0001-00000004." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:276 msgid "Sequences" msgstr "Séquences" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:277 msgid "" "In case that you want to synchronize the next number in the sequence in Odoo" " based on the next number in the AFIP POS, the next button that is visible " -"under :doc:`developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` can " -"be used:" +"under :doc:`developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>` can be " +"used:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:285 msgid "" "When creating the Purchase journals, it's possible to define if they can be " "related to document types or not. In case that the option to use documents " @@ -2554,18 +2573,18 @@ msgid "" "sequences as the document number is provided by the vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:290 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:170 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:348 msgid "Usage and testing" msgstr "Utilisation et test" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:293 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:294 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:173 msgid "Invoice" msgstr "Facture" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:295 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:296 msgid "" "After the partners and journals are created and configured, when the " "invoices are created the will have the next behaviour:" @@ -2573,11 +2592,11 @@ msgstr "" "Une fois les partenaires et journaux créés et configurés, lorsque les " "factures seront générées elles auront le profil suivant :" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:299 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:300 msgid "Document type assignation" msgstr "Attribution du type de document" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:302 msgid "" "Once the partner is selected the document type will filled automatically, " "based on the AFIP document type:" @@ -2585,19 +2604,19 @@ msgstr "" "Lorsque le partenaire est sélectionné, le type de document sera " "automatiquement rempli, en fonction du type de document AFIP :" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:305 msgid "**Invoice for a customer IVA Responsable Inscripto, prefix A**." msgstr "**Facture pour un client TVA Responsable Inscripto, préfixe A**." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:310 msgid "**Invoice for an end customer, prefix B**." msgstr "**Facture pour un client final, préfixe B**." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:315 msgid "**Exportation Invoice, prefix E**." msgstr "**Facture d'exportation, préfixe E**." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:320 msgid "" "As it is shown in the invoices, all of them use the same journal but the " "prefix and sequence is given by the document type." @@ -2605,18 +2624,18 @@ msgstr "" "Comme indiqué sur les factures, ils utilisent tous le même journal mais le " "préfixe et la séquence sont donnés par le type de document." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:322 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:323 msgid "" "The most common document type will be defined automatically for the " "different combinations of AFIP responsibility type but it can be updated " "manually by the user." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:327 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:328 msgid "Electronic Invoice elements" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:328 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:329 msgid "" "When using electronic invoice, if all the information is correct the Invoice" " is posted in the standard way, in case that something needs to be addressed" @@ -2625,212 +2644,212 @@ msgid "" "draft until the related data is corrected." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:333 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:334 msgid "" "Once the invoice is posted, the information related to the AFIP validation " "and status is displayed in the AFIP Tab, including:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:336 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:337 msgid "AFIP Autorisation: CAE number." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:338 msgid "" "Expiration date: Deadline to deliver the invoice to the customers. Normally " "10 days after the CAE is generated." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:339 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:340 msgid "Result:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:341 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:342 msgid "Aceptado en AFIP." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:343 msgid "Aceptado con Observaciones." msgstr "Aceptado con Observaciones." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:349 msgid "Invoice Taxes" msgstr "Taxes de facturation" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:351 msgid "" "Based on the AFIP Responsibility type, the VAT tax can have a different " "behavior on the pdf report:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:353 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:354 msgid "" "**A. Tax excluded:** In this case the taxed amount needs to be clearly " "identified in the report. This condition applies when the customer has the " "following AFIP Responsibility type:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:356 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:357 msgid "Responsable Inscripto." msgstr "Responsable Inscripto." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:361 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:362 msgid "" "**B. Tax amount included:** This means that the taxed amount is included as " "part of the product price, subtotal and totals. This condition applies when " "the customer has the following AFIP Responsibility types:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:365 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:366 msgid "IVA Sujeto Exento." msgstr "IVA Sujeto Exento." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:366 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:367 msgid "Consumidor Final." msgstr "Consumidor Final." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:367 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:368 msgid "Responsable Monotributo." msgstr "Responsable Monotributo." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:368 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:369 msgid "IVA liberado." msgstr "IVA liberado." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:375 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:376 msgid "Special Use Cases" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:378 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:379 msgid "Invoices for Services" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:379 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:380 msgid "" "For electronic invoices that include Services, the AFIP requires to report " "the service starting and ending date, this information can be filled in the" " tab “Other Info”:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:385 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:386 msgid "" "If the dates are not selected manually before the invoice is validated, the" " values will be filled automatically considering the beginning and day of " "the invoice month:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:393 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:394 msgid "Exportation Invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:394 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:395 msgid "" "The invoices related to Exportation transactions required a Journal that " "used the AFIP POS System “Expo Voucher - Web Service” so the proper document" " type be associated:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:400 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:401 msgid "" "When the customer selected in the Invoice has set the AFIP responsibility " "type as “Cliente / Proveedor del Exterior” or “IVA Liberado – Ley Nº " "19.640”, Odoo automatically assigned:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:403 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:404 msgid "Journal related to the exportation Web Service." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:404 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:405 msgid "Exportation document type ." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:405 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:406 msgid "Fiscal position: Compras/Ventas al exterior." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:406 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:407 msgid "Concepto AFIP: Products / Definitive export of goods." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:407 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:408 msgid "Exempt Taxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:413 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:414 msgid "" "The Exportation Documents required the Incoterm in :menuselection:`Other " "Info --> Accounting`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:420 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:421 msgid "Fiscal Bond" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:421 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:422 msgid "" "The Electronic Fiscal bond is used for those who invoice capital goods and " "wish to access the benefit of the Electronic Tax Bonds granted by the " "Ministry of Economy." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:424 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:449 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:425 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:450 msgid "" "For these transactions it’s important to have into consideration the next " "requirements:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:426 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:427 msgid "Currency (according to parameter table) and invoice quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:427 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:428 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:150 msgid "Taxes." msgstr "Taxes." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:428 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:429 msgid "Zone." msgstr "Zone." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:429 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:430 msgid "Detail each item." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:431 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:432 msgid "Code according to the Common Nomenclator of Mercosur (NCM)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:432 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:433 msgid "Complete description." msgstr "Description complète." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:433 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:434 msgid "Unit Net Price." msgstr "Prix net unitaire." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:434 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:435 msgid "Quantity." msgstr "Quantité." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:435 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:436 msgid "Unit of measurement." msgstr "Unité de mesure." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:436 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:437 msgid "Bonus." msgstr "Bonus." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:437 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:438 msgid "VAT rate." msgstr "Taux de TVA." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:441 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:442 msgid "Electronic Credit Invoice MiPyme (FCE)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:443 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:444 msgid "" "**Invoices:** There are several document types classified as Mipyme also " "known as Electronic Credit Invoice (FCE in spanish), which is used to " @@ -2840,43 +2859,43 @@ msgid "" " to their clients and / or vendors." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:451 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:452 msgid "Specific document types (201, 202, 206, etc)." msgstr "Types de documents spécifiques (201, 202, 206, etc.)." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:452 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:453 msgid "The emisor should be eligible by the AFIP to MiPyme transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:453 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:454 msgid "The amount should be bigger than 100,000 ARS." msgstr "Le montant doit être supérieur à 100 000 ARS." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:454 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:455 msgid "" "A bank account type CBU must be related to the emisor, otherwise the invoice" " can’t be validated, having these errors messages for example:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:460 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:461 msgid "" "**Credit& Debit Notes:** When creating a Credit/Debit note related to a FCE " "document, it is important take the next points into consideration:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:463 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:464 msgid "" "Use the Credit and Debit Note buttons, so the correct reference of the " "originator document passed to the note." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:470 msgid "" "The document letter should be the same than the originator document (either " "A or B)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:470 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:471 msgid "" "The same currency as the source document must be used. When using a " "secondary currency there is an exchange difference if the currency rate is " @@ -2884,59 +2903,59 @@ msgid "" "create a credit/debit note to decrease/increase the amount to pay in ARS." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:475 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:476 msgid "In the workflow we can have two scenarios:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:477 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:478 msgid "" "The FCE is rejected so the Credit Note should have the field “FCE, is " "Cancellation?” as True." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:478 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:479 msgid "" "The Credit Note, is created with the negative amount to annulate the FCE " "document, in this case the field “FCE, is Cancellation?” must be empty " "(false)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:485 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:486 msgid "Invoice printed report" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:486 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:487 msgid "" "The PDF report related to electronic invoices that have been validated by " "the AFIP includes a barcode at the bottom of the format which represent the " "CAE number, the Expiration Date is also displayed as it’s legal requirement:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:495 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:496 msgid "Troubleshooting and Auditing" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:496 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:497 msgid "" "For auditing and troubleshooting purposes you can get the detailed " "information of an invoice number that has been previously sent to the AFIP," msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:506 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:507 msgid "" "You can also get the last number used in AFIP for a specific Document Type " "and POS Number as support for any possible issues on the sequence " "synchronization between Odoo and AFIP." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:514 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:621 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:515 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:645 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills.rst:3 msgid "Vendor Bills" msgstr "Factures fournisseurs" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:516 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:517 msgid "" "Based on the purchase journal selected for the vendor bill, the document " "type is now a required field. This value is auto populated based on the AFIP" @@ -2944,25 +2963,25 @@ msgid "" "if necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:523 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:524 msgid "" "The document number needs to be registered manually and the format is " "validated automatically, in case that the format is invalid a user error " "will be displayed indicating the correct format that is expected." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:530 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:531 msgid "" "The vendor bill number is structured in the same way that the invoices with " "the difference that the document sequence is input by the user: “Document " "Prefix - Letter - Document number\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:535 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:536 msgid "Validate Vendor Bill number in AFIP" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:536 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:537 msgid "" "As most companies have internal controls to verify that the vendor bill is " "related to an AFIP valid document, an automatic validation can be set in " @@ -2970,66 +2989,66 @@ msgid "" "Validate document in the AFIP`, considering the following levels:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:540 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:541 msgid "" "**Not available:** The verification is not done (this is the default value)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:541 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:542 msgid "" "**Available:** The verification is done, in case the number is not valid " "it only raises a warning but it allows you to post the vendor bill." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:543 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:544 msgid "" "**Required:** The verification is done and it doesn't allow the user to " "post the vendor bill if the document number is not valid." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:550 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:551 msgid "How to use it in Odoo" msgstr "Comment l'utiliser dans Odoo" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:551 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:552 msgid "" "This tool incorporates in the vendor bill a new \"Verify on AFIP\" button " "located next to the AFIP Authorization code." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:557 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:558 msgid "" "In case it’s not a valid AFIP authorization the value “Rejected” will be " "displayed and the details of the validation will be added to the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:565 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:471 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:566 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:477 msgid "Special Use cases" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:567 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:568 msgid "Untaxed Concepts" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:568 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:569 msgid "" "There are some transactions that include items that are not part of the VAT " "base amount, this is commonly used in fuel and gasoline invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:571 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:572 msgid "" "The vendor bill will be registered using 1 item for each product that is " "part of the VAT base amount and an additional item to register the amount of" " the Exempt concept:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:578 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:579 msgid "Perception Taxes" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:579 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:580 msgid "" "The vendor bill will be registered using 1 item for each product that is " "part of the VAT base amount, the perception tax can be added in any of the " @@ -3037,61 +3056,61 @@ msgid "" "the perception, the perception default value is always 1.00." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:587 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:588 msgid "" "You should use the pencil that is the next to the Perception amount to edit " "it and set the correct amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:593 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:594 msgid "After this is done the invoice can be validated." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:597 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:598 msgid "Reports" msgstr "Rapports" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:599 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:600 msgid "As part of the localization the next Financial reports were added:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:605 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:606 msgid "VAT Reports" msgstr "Rapports TVA" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:608 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:609 msgid "Libro de IVA Ventas" msgstr "Libro de IVA Ventas" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:614 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:615 msgid "Libro de IVA Compras" msgstr "Libro de IVA Compras" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:620 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:621 msgid "Resumen de IVA" msgstr "Résumé de la TVA" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:626 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:627 msgid "IIBB - Reports" msgstr "Rapports IIBB" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:629 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:630 msgid "IIBB - Ventas por Jurisdicción" msgstr "IIBB - Ventas por Jurisdicción" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:635 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:636 msgid "IIBB - Compras por Jurisdicción" msgstr "IIBB - Compras por Jurisdicción" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:3 msgid "Australia" msgstr "Australie" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:8 msgid "KeyPay Australian Payroll" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:10 msgid "" "The KeyPay Module synchronizes payslip accounting entries (e.g., expenses, " "social charges, liabilities, taxes) from KeyPay to Odoo automatically. " @@ -3099,75 +3118,75 @@ msgid "" "entries in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:15 msgid "Configuration Steps" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:17 msgid "Create a company located in Australia." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:18 msgid "" "Check that the Australian localization module (Australia - Accounting) is " "installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:19 msgid "Configure the *KeyPay API*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:25 msgid "" "More fields become visible after clicking on *Enable KeyPay Integration*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:31 msgid "" "You can find the API Key in the *My Account* section of the KeyPay platform." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:37 msgid "" "The **Payroll URL** is pre-filled with " "``https://keypay.yourpayroll.com.au``. *Please do not change it.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:39 msgid "You can find the **Business ID** in the KeyPay URL. (i.e., ``189241``)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:45 msgid "You can choose any Odoo journal to post the payslip entries." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:48 msgid "How does the API work?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:50 msgid "" "The API syncs the journal entries from KeyPay to Odoo and leaves them in " "draft mode. The reference includes the KeyPay payslip entry ID in brackets " "for the user to easily retrieve the same record in KeyPay and Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:59 msgid "The API sync is triggered by scheduled actions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:65 msgid "" "KeyPay payslip entries also work based on double-entry bookkeeping. Debit " "must equal credit (like in Odoo)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:68 msgid "" "The accounts used by KeyPay are defined in the section **Payroll settings**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:74 msgid "" "For the API to work, you need to create the same accounts as the default " "accounts of your KeyPay business (**same name and same code**) in Odoo. You " @@ -3175,21 +3194,27 @@ msgid "" "financial reports." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:3 msgid "Chile" msgstr "Chili" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:10 -msgid "`VIDEO WEBINAR OF A COMPLETE DEMO <https://youtu.be/BHnByZiyYcM>`_." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:10 +msgid "" +"`VIDEO WEBINAR OF CHILEAN LOCALIZATION: INTRO AND DEMO " +"<https://youtu.be/BHnByZiyYcM>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:11 +msgid "`VIDEO WEBINAR OF DELIVERY GUIDE <https://youtu.be/X7i4PftnEdU>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:16 msgid "" "The Chilean localization has been improved and extended in Odoo v13. In this" " version, the next modules are available:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:19 msgid "" "**l10n_cl:** Adds accounting features for the Chilean localization, which " "represent the minimal configuration required for a company to operate in " @@ -3197,24 +3222,24 @@ msgid "" "guidelines." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:23 msgid "" "**l10n_cl_edi:** Includes all technical and functional requirements to " "generate and receive Electronic Invoice via web service, based on the SII " "regulations." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:26 msgid "" "**l10n_cl_reports:** Adds the reports Propuesta F29 y Balance Tributario (8" " columnas)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:32 msgid "Install the Chilean localization modules" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:34 msgid "" "For this, go to *Apps* and search for Chile. Then click *Install* in the " "module **Chile E-invoicing**. This module has a dependency with **Chile - " @@ -3222,17 +3247,17 @@ msgid "" "automatically with E-invoicing." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:43 msgid "" "When you install a database from scratch selecting Chile as country, Odoo " "will automatically install the base module: Chile - Accounting." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:48 msgid "Company Settings" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:50 msgid "" "Once the modules are installed, the first step is to set up your company " "data. Additional to the basic information, you need to add all the data and " @@ -3240,22 +3265,35 @@ msgid "" " in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Chilean Localization`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:56 +msgid "" +"All the following configuration and functionality is only available in Odoo " +"if your company already passed the `Certification process " +"<https://www.sii.cl/factura_electronica/ " +"factura_mercado/proceso_certificacion.htm>`_ in the SII - Sistema de " +"Facturación de Mercado, this certification enables you to generate " +"electronic invoices from your ERP and send them automatically to the SII. If" +" your company has not passed this certification yet, make sure you " +"communicate this to your Account Manager as a special process outside Odoo " +"is required in order to complete this certification." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:66 msgid "Fiscal Information" msgstr "Information fiscale" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:68 msgid "" "Fill in the fiscal information for your company according to the SII " "register, follow the instructions on each section." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:65 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:186 msgid "Electronic Invoice Data" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:78 msgid "" "This is part of the main information required to generate electronic " "Invoice, select your environment and the legal information, as well as the " @@ -3263,36 +3301,36 @@ msgid "" " send invoices to your customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:87 msgid "Configure DTE Incoming email server" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:89 msgid "" "In order to receive you the claim and acceptance emails from your customers," " it is crucial to define the DTE incoming email server, considering this " "configuration:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:97 msgid "" "For your Go-live make sure you archive/remove from your inbox all the emails" " related to vendor bills that are not required to be processed in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:90 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:215 msgid "Certificate" msgstr "Certificat" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:103 msgid "" "In order to generate the electronic invoice signature, a digital certificate" " with the extension ``.pfx`` is required, proceed to this section and load " "your file and password." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:114 msgid "" "A certificate can be shared between several users. If this is the case leave" " the user field empty, so all your billing users can use the same one. On " @@ -3300,82 +3338,83 @@ msgid "" "user, just define the users in the certificate." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:108 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:672 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:119 +msgid "" +"In some cases, depending on the certificate format, it is possible that the " +"field Subject Serial Number is not loaded automatically. If this is the " +"case, you can manually edit this field by filling it with the Certificate’s " +"legal representative RUT." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:696 msgid "Financial Reports" msgstr "Rapports financiers" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:126 msgid "" "The report Propuesta F29 requires two values that need to be defined as part" " of the company configuration:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:118 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:220 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:226 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies.rst:3 msgid "Multicurrency" msgstr "Multi-devise" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:136 msgid "" -"The official currency rate in Chile is provided by the SBIF, you can find " -"the SBIF synchronization service in the currency rate configuration and you " -"can set a predefined interval for the rate updates." +"The official currency rate in Chile is provided by the Chilean service " +"`mindicador.cl <https://mindicador.cl>`_. You can find this service in the " +"currency rate configuration, and you can set a predefined interval for the " +"rate updates." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:129 -msgid "" -"In order to configure your token, you need to enable developer mode and " -"access to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> System parameters` and " -"search the parameter ``sbif_api_key`` and in the field Value introduce your " -"token provided by the SBIF:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:145 msgid "Chart of accounts" msgstr "Plan comptable" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:147 msgid "" "The chart of accounts is installed by default as part of the set of data " "included in the localization module. The accounts are mapped automatically " "in:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:144 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:70 msgid "Default Account Payable." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:152 msgid "Default Account Receivable." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:153 msgid "Transfer Accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:154 msgid "Conversion Rate." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:158 msgid "Master Data" msgstr "Données de base" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:166 msgid "" "As part of the Chilean localization, the identification types defined by the" " SII are now available on the Partner form. This information is essential " "for most transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:174 msgid "TaxpayerType" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:176 msgid "" "In Chile, the document type associated with customers and vendors " "transactions is defined based on the Taxpayer Type. This field should be " @@ -3383,59 +3422,59 @@ msgid "" "sure this value is set:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:188 msgid "" "As part of the information that is sent in the electronic Invoice, you need " "to define the email that is going to appear as the sender of the electronic " "invoice to your customer, and the Industry description." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:200 msgid "" "As part of the localization module, the taxes are created automatically with" " their related financial account and configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:210 msgid "Chile has several tax types, the most common ones are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:212 msgid "VAT. Is the regular VAT and it can have several rates." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:213 msgid "" "ILA (Impuesto a la Ley de Alcholes). Taxes for alcoholic drinks. It has a " "different rate." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:211 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:265 msgid "Fiscal Positions" msgstr "Positions fiscales" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:219 msgid "" "Based on the purchase transactions, the VAT can have different affections. " "This will be done in Odoo using the default purchase fiscal positions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:226 msgid "" "In some Latin American countries, including Chile, some accounting " "transactions like invoices and vendor bills are classified by document types" " defined by the government fiscal authorities (In Chile case: SII)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:230 msgid "" "The document type is essential information that needs to be displayed in the" " printed reports and that needs to be easily identified within the set of " "invoices as well of account moves." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:233 msgid "" "Each document type can have a unique sequence per company. As part of the " "localization, the Document Type includes the country on which the document " @@ -3443,67 +3482,67 @@ msgid "" "module is installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:253 msgid "" "The Journal related to the Invoice, identifying if the journal uses " "documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:254 msgid "" "Condition applied based on the type of Issues and Receiver (ex. Type of " "fiscal regimen of the buyer and type of fiscal regimen of the vendor)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:259 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:16 msgid "Sales" msgstr "Ventes" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:261 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:267 msgid "" "Sales Journals in Odoo usually represent a business unit or location, " "example:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:269 msgid "Ventas Santiago." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:270 msgid "Ventas Valparaiso." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:272 msgid "For the retail stores is common to have one journal per POS:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:268 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:274 msgid "Cashier 1." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:269 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:275 msgid "Cashier 2." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:273 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 msgid "Purchases" msgstr "Achats" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:281 msgid "" "The transactions purchase can be managed with a single journal, but " "sometimes companies use more than one in order to handle some accounting " @@ -3511,19 +3550,19 @@ msgid "" "registered using this model, for example:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:285 msgid "Tax Payments to government." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:286 msgid "Employees payments." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:292 msgid "When creating sales journals the next information must be filled in:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:294 msgid "" "**Point of sale type**: If the Sales journal will be used for electronic " "documents, the option Online must be selected. Otherwise, if the journal is " @@ -3531,7 +3570,7 @@ msgid "" "SII portal “Facturación MiPyme“ you can use the option Manual." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:298 msgid "" "**Use Documents**: This field is used to define if the journal will use " "Document Types. It is only applicable to Purchase and Sales journals that " @@ -3539,24 +3578,25 @@ msgid "" "By default, all the sales journals created will use documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:308 msgid "" -"For the Chilean localization it’s important to define the default Debt and " -"Credit accounts as they are required for one of the debit notes use cases." +"For the Chilean localization, it is important to define the default Debit " +"and Credit accounts as they are required for one of the debit notes use " +"cases." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:312 msgid "CAF" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:308 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:314 msgid "" "A CAF (Folio Authorization Code) is required, for each document type that is" " issued to your customers, the CAF is a file the SII provides to the Emisor " "with the folio/sequence authorized for the electronic invoice documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:318 msgid "" "Your company can make several requests for folios and obtain several CAFs, " "each one associated with different ranges of folios. The CAFs are shared " @@ -3564,52 +3604,59 @@ msgid "" "document type and it will be applied on all journals." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:322 msgid "" "Please refer to the SII documentation to check the detail on how to acquire " "the CAF: `SII Timbraje <https://palena.sii.cl/dte/mn_timbraje.html>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:326 +msgid "" +"The CAFs required by the SII are different from Production to Test " +"(Certification mode). Make sure you have the correct CAF set depending on " +"your environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:333 msgid "" "Once you have the CAF files you need to associate them with a document type " "in Odoo, in order to add a CAF, just follow these steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:336 msgid "Access to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> CAF`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:327 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:337 msgid "Upload the file." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:328 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:338 msgid "Save the CAF." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:344 msgid "" "Once loaded, the status changes to *In Use*. At this moment, when a " "transaction is used for this document type, the invoice number takes the " "first folio in the sequence." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:338 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:348 msgid "" "In case you have used some folios in your previous system, make sure you set" " the next valid folio when the first transation is created." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:354 msgid "Usage and Testing" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:347 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:357 msgid "Electronic Invoice Workflow" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:349 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:359 msgid "" "In the Chilean localization the electronic Invoice workflow covers the " "Emission of Customer Invoices and the reception of Vendor Bills, in the next" @@ -3617,43 +3664,43 @@ msgid "" "the customers and Vendors." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:359 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:369 msgid "Customer invoice Emission" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:361 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:371 msgid "" "After the partners and journals are created and configured, the invoices are" " created in the standard way, for Chile one of the differentiators is the " "document type which is selected automatically based on the Taxpayer." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:365 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:375 msgid "You can manually change the document type if needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:373 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:383 msgid "Validation and DTE Status" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:375 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:385 msgid "" "When all the invoice information is filled, either manually or automatically" " when it’s created from a sales order, proceed to validate the invoice. " "After the invoice is posted:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:378 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:388 msgid "" "The DTE File (Electronic Tax Document) is created automatically and added in" " the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:379 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:389 msgid "The DTE SII status is set as: Pending to be sent." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:385 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:395 msgid "" "The DTE Status is updated automatically by Odoo with a scheduled action that" " runs every day at night, if you need to get the response from the SII " @@ -3661,7 +3708,7 @@ msgid "" "follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:394 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:404 msgid "" "In the first step the DTE is sent to the SII, you can manually send it using" " the button: Enviar Ahora, a SII Tack number is generated and assigned to " @@ -3669,38 +3716,38 @@ msgid "" "by email. The DTE status is updated to Ask for Status." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:399 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:409 msgid "" "Once the SII response is received Odoo updates the DTE Status, in case you " "want to do it manually just click on the button: Verify on SII. The result " "can either be Accepted, Accepted With Objection or Rejected." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:408 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:418 msgid "" "There are several internal status in the SII before you get Acceptance or " "Rejection, in case you click continuously the Button Verify in SII, you " "will receive in the chatter the detail of those intermediate statuses:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:416 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:426 msgid "The final response from the SII, can take on of these values:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:419 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:429 msgid "" "**Accepted:** Indicates the invoice information is correct, our document is " "now fiscally valid and it’s automatically sent to the customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:422 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:432 msgid "" "**Accepted with objections:** Indicates the invoice information is correct " "but a minor issue was identified, nevertheless our document is now fiscally " "valid and it’s automatically sent to the customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:440 msgid "" "**Rejected:** Indicates the information in the invoice is incorrect and " "needs to be corrected, the detail of the issue is received in the emails you" @@ -3708,28 +3755,28 @@ msgid "" "are also retrieved in the chatter once the email server is processed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:435 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:445 msgid "If the invoice is Rejected please follow this steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:437 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:447 msgid "Change the document to draft." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:438 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:448 msgid "" "Make the required corrections based on the message received from the SII." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:439 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:449 msgid "Post the invoice again." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:447 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:457 msgid "Crossed references" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:449 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:459 msgid "" "When the Invoice is created as a result of another fiscal document, the " "information related to the originator document must be registered in the Tab" @@ -3738,49 +3785,49 @@ msgid "" "credit and debit notes, they are set automatically by Odoo:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:459 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:444 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:450 msgid "Invoice PDF Report" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:461 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:471 msgid "" "After the invoice is Accepted and valdiated by the SII and the PDF is " "printed it includes the fiscal elements that indicates out document is " "fiscally valid:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:470 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:480 msgid "Commercial Validation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:472 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:482 msgid "Once the invoice has been sent to the customer:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:474 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:484 msgid "DTE partner status changes to “Sent”." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:475 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:485 msgid "The customer must send a reception confirmation email." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:476 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:486 msgid "" "Subsequently, if all the commercial terms and invoice data are correct, they" " will send the Acceptance confirmation, otherwise they send a Claim." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:478 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:488 msgid "The field DTE acceptation status is updated automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:486 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:496 msgid "Processed for Claimed invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:488 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:498 msgid "" "Once the invoice has been Accepted by the SII **it can not be cancelled in " "Odoo**. In case you get a Claim for your customer the correct way to " @@ -3788,60 +3835,86 @@ msgid "" "Please refer to the Credit Notes section for more details." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:497 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:420 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:507 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:426 msgid "Common Errors" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:499 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:509 msgid "" "There are multiple reasons behind a rejection from the SII, but these are " "some of the common errors you might have and which is the related solution." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:502 -msgid "Error: RECHAZO- DTE Sin Comuna Origen." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:512 +msgid "Error: ``RECHAZO- DTE Sin Comuna Origen.``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:504 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:514 msgid "" "*Hint:* Make sure the Company Address is properly filled including the State" " and City." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:506 -msgid "Error en Monto : - IVA debe declararse." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:516 +msgid "Error en Monto: ``- IVA debe declararse.``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:508 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:512 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:518 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:522 msgid "" "*Hint:* The invoice lines should include one VAT tax, make sure you add one " "on each invoice line." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:510 -msgid "Error: Rut No Autorizado a Firmar." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:520 +msgid "Error: ``Rut No Autorizado a Firmar.``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:514 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:524 msgid "" -"Error: Fecha/Número Resolucion Invalido RECHAZO- CAF Vencido : (Firma_DTE" -"[AAAA-MM-DD] - CAF[AAAA-MM-DD]) > 6 meses." +"Error: ``Fecha/Número Resolucion Invalido RECHAZO- CAF Vencido : (Firma_DTE" +"[AAAA-MM-DD] - CAF[AAAA-MM-DD]) > 6 meses.``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:517 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:527 msgid "" "*Hint:* Try to add a new CAF related to this document as the one you’re " "using is expired." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:522 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:550 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:529 +msgid "" +"Error: ``Element '{http://www.sii.cl/SiiDte%7DRutReceptor': This element is " +"not expected. Expected is ( {http://www.sii.cl/SiiDte%7DRutEnvia ).``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:532 +msgid "" +"*Hint:* Make sure the field Document Type and VAT are set either in the " +"Customer and in the main company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:535 +msgid "GLOSA: ``Usuario sin permiso de envio.``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:537 +msgid "" +"*Hint:* This error indicates that most likely, your company has not passed " +"the `Certification process " +"<https://www.sii.cl/factura_electronica/factura_mercado/proceso_certificacion.htm>`_" +" in the SII - Sistema de Facturación de Mercado. If this is the case, please" +" contact your Account Manager or Customer Support as this certification is " +"not part of the the Odoo services, but we can give you some alternatives." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:546 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:556 msgid "Credit Notes" msgstr "Avoirs" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:524 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:548 msgid "" "When a cancellation or correction is needed over a validated invoice, a " "credit note must be generated. It is important to consider that a CAF file " @@ -3849,33 +3922,33 @@ msgid "" "SII." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:533 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:557 msgid "" "Refer to the CAF section where we described the process to load the CAF on " "each document type." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:537 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:589 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:561 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:613 msgid "Use Cases" msgstr "Cas d'utilisation" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:540 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:564 msgid "Cancel Referenced document" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:542 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:566 msgid "" "In case you need to cancel or invalid an Invoice, use the button Add Credit" " note and select Full Refund, in this case the SII reference Code is " "automatically set to: Anula Documento de referencia." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:550 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:574 msgid "Corrects Referenced Document Text" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:552 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:576 msgid "" "If a correction in the invoice information is required, for example the " "Street Name, use the button Add Credit note,select Partial Refund and select" @@ -3883,35 +3956,35 @@ msgid "" "automatically set to: Corrige el monto del Documento de Referencia." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:560 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:584 msgid "" "Odoo creates a Credit Note with the corrected text in an invoice and price " "0." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:567 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:591 msgid "" "It’s important to define the default credit account in the Sales journal as " "it is taken for this use case in specific." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:571 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:595 msgid "Corrects Referenced Document Amount" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:573 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:597 msgid "" "When a correction on the amounts is required, use the button Add Credit note" " and select Partial Refund. In this case the SII reference Code is " "automatically set to: Corrige el monto del Documento de Referencia." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:582 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:578 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:606 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:584 msgid "Debit Notes" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:584 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:608 msgid "" "As part of the Chilean localization, besides creating credit notes from an " "existing document you can also create debit Notes. For this just use the " @@ -3919,59 +3992,59 @@ msgid "" "detailed below." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:592 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:616 msgid "Add debt on Invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:594 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:618 msgid "" "The most common use case for debit notes is to increase the value of an " "existing invoice, you need to select option 3 in the field Reference code " "SII:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:602 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:626 msgid "" "In this case Odoo automatically includes the source invoice in the cross " "reference section:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:609 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:633 msgid "Cancel Credit Notes" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:611 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:635 msgid "" "In Chile the debits notes are used to cancel a validated Credit Note, in " "this case just select the button Add debit note and select the first option " "in the wizard: *1: Anula Documentos de referencia.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:623 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:647 msgid "" "As part of the Chilean localization, you can configure your Incoming email " "server as the same you have register in the SII in order to:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:626 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:650 msgid "" "Automatically receive the vendor bills DTE and create the vendor bill based " "on this information." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:627 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:651 msgid "Automatically Send the reception acknowledgement to your vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:628 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:652 msgid "Accept or Claim the document and send this status to your vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:632 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:656 msgid "Reception" msgstr "Réception" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:634 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:658 msgid "" "As soon as the vendor email with the attached DTE is received: 1. The vendor" " Bill mapping all the information included in the xml. 2. An email is sent " @@ -3979,11 +4052,11 @@ msgid "" "as: Acuse de Recibido Enviado" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:644 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:668 msgid "Acceptation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:646 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:670 msgid "" "If all the commercial information is correct on your vendor bill, you can " "accept the document using the button: Aceptar Documento, once this is done " @@ -3991,11 +4064,11 @@ msgid "" "is sent to the vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:656 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:680 msgid "Claim" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:658 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:682 msgid "" "In case there is a commercial issue or the information is not correct on " "your vendor bill, you can Claim the document before validating it, using " @@ -4003,18 +4076,18 @@ msgid "" "Claim and an email of acceptance is sent to the vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:666 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:690 msgid "" "If you claim a vendor bill, the status changes from draft to cancel " "automatically. Considering this as best practice, all the Claim documents " "should be canceled as they won’t be valid for your accounting records." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:675 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:699 msgid "Balance Tributario de 8 Columnas" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:677 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:701 msgid "" "This report presents the accounts in detail (with their respective " "balances), classifying them according to their origin and determining the " @@ -4022,18 +4095,18 @@ msgid "" " time, so that a real and complete knowledge of the status of a company." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:681 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:697 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:705 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:721 msgid "" "You can find this report in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " "Reports`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:688 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:712 msgid "Propuesta F29" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:690 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:714 msgid "" "The form F29 is a new system that the SII enabled to taxpayers, and that " "replaces the Purchase and Sales Books. This report is integrated by Purchase" @@ -4041,22 +4114,22 @@ msgid "" "transactions related to VAT, improving its control and declaration." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:694 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:718 msgid "" "This record is supplied by the electronic tax documents (DTE’s) that have " "been received by the SII." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:37 msgid "Colombia" msgstr "Colombie" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:10 msgid "`VIDEO WEBINAR OF A COMPLETE DEMO <https://youtu.be/BOzucXRUZDE>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:15 msgid "" "Electronic invoicing for Colombia is available from Odoo 12 and requires the" " next modules:" @@ -4064,14 +4137,14 @@ msgstr "" "La facturation électronique pour la Colombie est disponible à partir d'Odoo " "12 et nécessite les modules suivants :" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:18 msgid "" "**l10n_co**: All the basic data to manage the accounting module, contains " "the default setup for: chart of accounts, taxes, retentions, identification " "document types" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:21 msgid "" "**l10n_co_edi**: This module includes all the extra fields that are required" " for the Integration with Carvajal T&S and generate the electronic invoice, " @@ -4081,15 +4154,15 @@ msgstr "" "nécessaires pour l’intégration avec Carvajal & Taha et génèrent la facture " "électronique, fondée sur les exigences légales de DIAN." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:27 msgid "Workflow" msgstr "Flux de travail" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:37 msgid "Install the Colombian localization modules" msgstr "Installation des modules de la localisation colombienne" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:39 msgid "" "For this, go in Apps and search for Colombia. Then click Install for the " "first two modules." @@ -4097,19 +4170,19 @@ msgstr "" "Pour cela, allez dans Applications et recherchez la Colombie. Cliquez " "ensuite sur Installer pour les deux premiers modules." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:47 msgid "Configure credentials for Carvajal T&S web service" msgstr "Configuration des identifiants pour le service web de Carvajal T&S" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:49 msgid "" "Once that the modules are installed, in order to be able to connect with " "Carvajal T&S Web Service, it's necessary to configure the user and " "credentials, this information will be provided by Carvajal T&S." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:53 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:75 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and look " "for the *Colombian Electronic Invoice* section." @@ -4117,7 +4190,7 @@ msgstr "" "Allez à :menuselection:`Comptabilité --> Configuration --> Paramètres` et " "cherchez la section *Facture électronique colombienne*." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:59 msgid "" "Using the Testing mode it is possible to connect with a Carvajal T&S testing" " environment. This allows users to test the complete workflow and " @@ -4125,38 +4198,38 @@ msgid "" "https://cenfinancierolab.cen.biz" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:64 msgid "" "Once that Odoo and Carvajal T&S is fully configured and ready for production" " the testing environment can be disabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:69 msgid "Configure your report data" msgstr "Configurez vos données de rapport" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:71 msgid "" "As part of the configurable information that is sent in the XML, you can " "define the data for the fiscal section and the bank information in the PDF." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:83 msgid "Configure data required in the XML" msgstr "Configuration des données requises par le XML" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:89 msgid "Identification" msgstr "Identification" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:91 msgid "" "As part of the Colombian Localization, the document types defined by the " "DIAN are now available on the Partner form. Colombian partners have to have " "their identification number and document type set:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:98 msgid "" "When the document type is RUT the identification number needs to be " "configured in Odoo including the verification digit, Odoo will split this " @@ -4166,18 +4239,18 @@ msgstr "" "configuré dans Odoo, y compris le chiffre de vérification. Odoo divisera ce " "numéro lors de l'envoi des données du fournisseur tiers." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:105 msgid "Fiscal structure (RUT)" msgstr "Structure fiscale (RUT)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:107 msgid "" "The partner's responsibility codes (section 53 in the RUT document) are " "included as part of the electronic invoice module given that is part of the " "information required by the DIAN ." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:111 msgid "" "These fields can be found in :menuselection:`Partner --> Sales & Purchase " "Tab --> Fiscal Information`" @@ -4185,7 +4258,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ces champs se trouvent dans :menuselection:`Partenaire --> Onglet ventes et " "achat --> Information fiscale`" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:117 msgid "" "Additionally two booleans fields were added in order to specify the fiscal " "regimen of the partner." @@ -4193,7 +4266,7 @@ msgstr "" "De plus, deux champs booléens ont été ajoutés afin de spécifier le régime " "fiscal du partenaire." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:124 msgid "" "If your sales transactions include products with taxes, it's important to " "consider that an extra field *Value Type* needs to be configured per tax. " @@ -4204,62 +4277,62 @@ msgstr "" "être configuré par taxe.Cette option se trouve dans l’onglet Options " "avancées." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:131 msgid "" "Retention tax types (ICA, IVA, Fuente) are also included in the options to " "configure your taxes. This configuration is used in order to correctly " "display taxes in the invoice PDF." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:142 msgid "" "Once the DIAN has assigned the official sequence and prefix for the " "electronic invoice resolution, the Sales journals related to your invoice " "documents need to be updated in Odoo. The sequence can be accessed using " -"the :doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`: " +"the :doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>`: " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Configuration Setting --> " "Journals`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:151 msgid "" "Once that the sequence is opened, the Prefix and Next Number fields should " "be configured and synchronized with the CEN Financiero." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:159 msgid "Users" msgstr "Utilisateurs" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:161 msgid "" "The default template that is used by Odoo on the invoice PDF includes the " "job position of the salesperson, so these fields should be configured:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:175 msgid "" "When all your master data and credentials has been configured, it's possible" " to start testing the electronic invoice workflow." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:180 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:30 msgid "Invoice creation" msgstr "Création d'une facture" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:182 msgid "" "The functional workflow that takes place before an invoice validation " "doesn't change. The main changes that are introduced with the electronic " "invoice are the next fields:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:189 msgid "There are three types of documents:" msgstr "Il existe trois types de documents:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:191 msgid "" "**Factura Electronica**: This is the regular type of document and its " "applicable for Invoices, Credit Notes and Debit Notes." @@ -4267,7 +4340,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Factura Electronica**: C'est le type de document standard et il est " "appliqué aux factures, aux notes de crédit et aux notes de débit." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:193 msgid "" "**Factura de Importación**: This should be selected for importation " "transactions." @@ -4275,7 +4348,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Factura de Importación**: Doit être sélectionné pour les transactions " "d'importation." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:195 msgid "" "**Factura de contingencia**: This is an exceptional type that is used as a " "manual backup in case that the company is not able to use the ERP and it's " @@ -4288,12 +4361,12 @@ msgstr "" "manuellement. Lorsque cette facture est ajoutée à l'ERP, ce type de facture " "doit être sélectionné." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:203 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:380 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:386 msgid "Invoice validation" msgstr "Validation des factures" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:205 msgid "" "After the invoice is validated an XML file is created and sent automatically" " to Carvajal, this file is displayed in the chatter." @@ -4301,7 +4374,7 @@ msgstr "" "Une fois que facture est validée, un fichier XML est généré et envoyé " "automatiquement à Carvajal, ce fichier est affiché dans le chatter." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:211 msgid "" "An extra field is now displayed in \"Other Info\" tab with the name of the " "XML file. Additionally there is a second extra field that is displayed with " @@ -4312,11 +4385,11 @@ msgstr "" "supplémentaire est affiché avec le statut de la facture électronique, avec " "la valeur initiale \"En cours\":" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:221 msgid "Reception of legal XML and PDF" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:223 msgid "" "The electronic invoice vendor receives the XML file and proceeds to validate" " the structure and the information in it, if everything is correct the " @@ -4326,11 +4399,11 @@ msgid "" " invoice that includes a QR code and the CUFE is also generated." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:231 msgid "After this:" msgstr "Après ceci: " -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:233 msgid "" "A ZIP containing the legal XML and the PDF is downloaded and displayed in " "the invoice chatter:" @@ -4338,46 +4411,46 @@ msgstr "" "Un ZIP contenant le XML légal et le PDF est téléchargé et affiché dans le " "\"chatter\" de la facture :" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:240 msgid "The Electronic Invoice status changes to \"Accepted\"" msgstr "Le statut de la facture électronique passe à \"Accepté\"" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:244 msgid "Common errors" msgstr "Erreurs communes" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:246 msgid "" "During the XML validation the most common errors are usually related to " "missing master data. In such cases, error messages are shown in the chatter " "after updating the electronic invoice status." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:253 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:253 msgid "" "After the master data is corrected, it's possible to reprocess the XML with " "the new data and send the updated version, using the following button:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:265 msgid "Additional use cases" msgstr "Cas d'utilisation supplémentaires" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:267 msgid "" "The process for credit and debit notes is exactly the same as the invoice, " "the functional workflow remains the same as well." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:3 msgid "Colombia (ES)" msgstr "Colombia (ES)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:6 msgid "Introducción" msgstr "Introducción" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:8 msgid "" "La Facturación Electrónica para Colombia está disponible en Odoo 12 y " "requiere los siguientes Módulos:" @@ -4385,7 +4458,7 @@ msgstr "" "La Facturación Electrónica para Colombia está disponible en Odoo 12 y " "requiere los siguientes Módulos:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:11 msgid "" "**l10n_co**: Contiene los datos básicos para manejar el módulo de " "contabilidad, incluyendo la configuración por defecto de los siguientes " @@ -4395,24 +4468,24 @@ msgstr "" "contabilidad, incluyendo la configuración por defecto de los siguientes " "puntos:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:15 msgid "Plan Contable" msgstr "Plan Contable" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:16 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:124 msgid "Impuestos" msgstr "Impuestos" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:17 msgid "Retenciones" msgstr "Retenciones" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:18 msgid "Tipos de Documentos de Identificación" msgstr "Tipos de Documentos de Identificación" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:20 msgid "" "**l10n_co_edi**: Este módulo incluye todos los campos adicionales que son " "requeridos para la Integración entre Carvajal T&S y la generación de la " @@ -4422,19 +4495,19 @@ msgstr "" "requeridos para la Integración entre Carvajal T&S y la generación de la " "Factura Electrónica, basado en los requisitos legales de la DIAN." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:26 msgid "Flujo General" msgstr "Flujo General" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:33 msgid "Configuración" msgstr "Configuración" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:36 msgid "Instalación de los módulos de Localización Colombiana" msgstr "Instalación de los módulos de Localización Colombiana" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:38 msgid "" "Para esto ve a las aplicaciones y busca “Colombia”, luego da click en " "Instalar a los primeros dos módulos:" @@ -4442,11 +4515,11 @@ msgstr "" "Para esto ve a las aplicaciones y busca “Colombia”, luego da click en " "Instalar a los primeros dos módulos:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:46 msgid "Configuración de las credenciales del Servicio Web de Carvajal T&S" msgstr "Configuración de las credenciales del Servicio Web de Carvajal T&S" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:50 msgid "" "Una vez que los módulos están instalados, para poderte conectar con el " "Servicio Web de Carvajal T&S, es necesario configurar el Usuario y las " @@ -4456,7 +4529,7 @@ msgstr "" "Servicio Web de Carvajal T&S, es necesario configurar el Usuario y las " "Credenciales. Esta información será provista por Carvajal T&S." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:52 msgid "" "Ve a :menuselection:`Facturación --> Configuración --> Configuración` y " "busca la sección **Facturación Electrónica Colombiana**" @@ -4464,7 +4537,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ve a :menuselection:`Facturación --> Configuración --> Configuración` y " "busca la sección **Facturación Electrónica Colombiana**" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:57 msgid "" "La funcionalidad de pruebas le permite conectarse e interactuar con el " "ambiente piloto de Carvajal T&S, esto permite a los usuarios probar el flujo" @@ -4478,7 +4551,7 @@ msgstr "" " través de la siguiente liga: `Cenfinanciero " "<https://cenfinancierolab.cen.biz>`_." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:62 msgid "" "Una vez que el ambiente de producción está listo en Odoo y en Carvajal T&S " "el ambiente de pruebas debe ser deshabilitado para poder enviar la " @@ -4490,11 +4563,11 @@ msgstr "" "información al ambiente de producción de Carvajal, para el cual es utilizada" " la siguiente URL: `Cenfinanciero <https://cenfinancierolab.cen.biz>`_." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:69 msgid "Configuración de Información para PDF" msgstr "Configuración de Información para PDF" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:73 msgid "" "Como parte de la información configurable que es enviada en el XML, puedes " "definir los datos de la sección fiscal del PDF, así como de la información " @@ -4504,7 +4577,7 @@ msgstr "" "definir los datos de la sección fiscal del PDF, así como de la información " "Bancaria." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:75 msgid "" "Ve a :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> Ajustes` y busca la " "sección **Facturación Electrónica Colombiana**." @@ -4512,19 +4585,19 @@ msgstr "" "Ve a :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> Ajustes` y busca la " "sección **Facturación Electrónica Colombiana**." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:82 msgid "Configuración de los Datos Principales Requeridos en el XML" msgstr "Configuración de los Datos Principales Requeridos en el XML" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:85 msgid "Contacto (Tercero)" msgstr "Contacto (Tercero)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:88 msgid "Identificación" msgstr "Identificación" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:90 msgid "" "Como parte de la Localización Colombiana, los tipos de documentos definidos " "por la DIAN ahora están disponibles en el formulario de Contactos, por lo " @@ -4536,7 +4609,7 @@ msgstr "" "cual ya es posible asignarles su número de identificación asociado al tipo " "de documento correspondiente." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:98 msgid "" "Nota: Cuando el tipo de documento es RUT la identificación necesita ser " "ingresada en Odoo incluyendo el Dígito de Verificación. Odoo separará este " @@ -4546,11 +4619,11 @@ msgstr "" "ingresada en Odoo incluyendo el Dígito de Verificación. Odoo separará este " "número cuando la información sea enviada a los proveedores terceros." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:105 msgid "Estructura Fiscal (RUT)" msgstr "Estructura Fiscal (RUT)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:107 msgid "" "Los Códigos de tipo de Obligación aplicables a los terceros (sección 53 en " "el documento de RUT), son incluidos como parte del módulo de Facturación " @@ -4560,7 +4633,7 @@ msgstr "" "el documento de RUT), son incluidos como parte del módulo de Facturación " "Electrónica, dado que es información requerida por la DIAN." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:111 msgid "" "Estos campos se encuentran en :menuselection:`Contactos --> Pestaña de " "Ventas y Compras --> Información Fiscal`" @@ -4568,7 +4641,7 @@ msgstr "" "Estos campos se encuentran en :menuselection:`Contactos --> Pestaña de " "Ventas y Compras --> Información Fiscal`" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:117 msgid "" "Adicionalmente dos últimos campos fueron agregados para especificar el " "régimen fiscal del contacto. Cabe aclarar que para envío de Factura " @@ -4582,7 +4655,7 @@ msgstr "" "Contribuyentes y Régimen simplificado, por lo se muestran solo estas dos " "opciones." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:126 msgid "" "Si tus transacciones de ventas incluyen productos con impuestos, es " "importante considerar que un campo adicional llamado *Tipo de Valor* " @@ -4594,7 +4667,7 @@ msgstr "" "necesita ser configurado en la siguiente ruta: :menuselection:`Contabilidad " "--> Configuración --> Impuestos: --> Opciones Avanzadas --> Tipo de Valor`" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:134 msgid "" "Los impuestos para Retenciones (ICA, IVA y Fuente) también están incluidos " "en las opciones para configurar tus impuestos, esta configuración es " @@ -4606,11 +4679,11 @@ msgstr "" "considerada para desplegar correctamente los impuestos en la representación " "gráfica de la Factura. (PDF)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:144 msgid "Diarios" msgstr "Diarios" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:146 msgid "" "Una vez que la DIAN ha asignado la secuencia y prefijo oficiales para la " "resolución de la Facturación Electrónica, los Diarios de Ventas relacionados" @@ -4620,7 +4693,7 @@ msgstr "" "resolución de la Facturación Electrónica, los Diarios de Ventas relacionados" " con tus documentos de facturación necesitan ser actualizados en Odoo." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:151 msgid "" "La secuencia es configurada usando el modo de desarrollador en la siguiente " "ruta: :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> Diarios --> Liga de" @@ -4630,7 +4703,7 @@ msgstr "" "ruta: :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> Diarios --> Liga de" " Secuencia`" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:158 msgid "" "Una vez que la secuencia es abierta, los campos de Prefijo y Siguiente " "Número deben ser configurados y sincronizados con el CEN Financiero." @@ -4638,11 +4711,11 @@ msgstr "" "Una vez que la secuencia es abierta, los campos de Prefijo y Siguiente " "Número deben ser configurados y sincronizados con el CEN Financiero." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:166 msgid "Usuarios" msgstr "Usuarios" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:168 msgid "" "La plantilla por defecto que es usada por Odoo en la representación gráfica " "incluye el nombre del Vendedor, así que estos campos deben ser considerados:" @@ -4650,15 +4723,15 @@ msgstr "" "La plantilla por defecto que es usada por Odoo en la representación gráfica " "incluye el nombre del Vendedor, así que estos campos deben ser considerados:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:177 msgid "Uso y Pruebas" msgstr "Uso y Pruebas" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:180 msgid "Facturas" msgstr "Facturas" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:182 msgid "" "Una vez que toda la información principal y las credenciales han sido " "configuradas, es posible empezar a probar el flujo de la Facturación " @@ -4668,11 +4741,11 @@ msgstr "" "configuradas, es posible empezar a probar el flujo de la Facturación " "Electrónica siguiendo las instrucciones que se detallan a continuación:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:188 msgid "Invoice Creation" msgstr "Création d'une facture" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:190 msgid "" "El flujo de trabajo funcional que lleva lugar antes de la validación de una " "factura continua siendo igual con Facturación Electrónica, " @@ -4684,7 +4757,7 @@ msgstr "" "independientemente de si es creada desde una Orden de Venta o si es creado " "manualmente." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:195 msgid "" "Los cambios principales que son introducidos con la Facturación Electrónica " "son los siguientes:" @@ -4692,11 +4765,11 @@ msgstr "" "Los cambios principales que son introducidos con la Facturación Electrónica " "son los siguientes:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:198 msgid "Hay tres tipos de documentos" msgstr "Hay tres tipos de documentos" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:200 msgid "" "**Factura electrónica**. Este es el documento normal y aplica para Facturas," " Notas de Crédito y Notas de Débito." @@ -4704,7 +4777,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Factura electrónica**. Este es el documento normal y aplica para Facturas," " Notas de Crédito y Notas de Débito." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:203 msgid "" "**Factura de Importación**. Debe ser seleccionada para transacciones de " "importación." @@ -4712,7 +4785,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Factura de Importación**. Debe ser seleccionada para transacciones de " "importación." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:206 msgid "" "**Factura de Contingencia**. Esta es un caso excepcional y es utilizada como" " un respaldo manual en caso que la compañía no pueda usar el ERP y hay " @@ -4724,11 +4797,11 @@ msgstr "" "necesidad de crear la factura manualmente. Al ingresar esta factura en el " "ERP, se debe seleccionar este tipo." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:216 msgid "Invoice Validation" msgstr "Validation des factures" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:218 msgid "" "Después que la factura fue validada, un archivo XML es creado y enviado " "automáticamente al proveedor de la factura electrónica. Este archivo es " @@ -4738,7 +4811,7 @@ msgstr "" "automáticamente al proveedor de la factura electrónica. Este archivo es " "desplegado en el historial." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:225 msgid "" "Un campo adicional es ahora desplegado en la pestaña de “Otra Información” " "con el nombre del archivo XML. Adicionalmente hay un segundo campo adicional" @@ -4750,11 +4823,11 @@ msgstr "" " que es desplegado con el estatus de la Factura Electrónica, con el valor " "inicial **En Proceso**." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:235 msgid "Recepción del XML y PDF Legal" msgstr "Recepción del XML y PDF Legal" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:242 msgid "" "El proveedor de la Factura Electrónica recibe el archivo XML y procede a " "validar la información y la estructura contenida. Si todo es correcto, el " @@ -4770,7 +4843,7 @@ msgstr "" "(CUFE) y generan el PDF de la Factura (el cual incluye un código QR) y el " "CUFE." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:246 msgid "" "Odoo envía una petición de actualización automáticamente para verificar que " "el XML fue creado. Si este es el caso, las siguientes acciones son hechas " @@ -4780,7 +4853,7 @@ msgstr "" "el XML fue creado. Si este es el caso, las siguientes acciones son hechas " "automáticamente:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:248 msgid "" "El XML Legal y el PDF son incluidos en un archivo ZIP y desplegados en el " "historial de la Factura." @@ -4788,11 +4861,11 @@ msgstr "" "El XML Legal y el PDF son incluidos en un archivo ZIP y desplegados en el " "historial de la Factura." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:253 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:253 msgid "El estatus de la Factura Electrónica es cambiado a “Aceptado”." msgstr "El estatus de la Factura Electrónica es cambiado a “Aceptado”." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:258 msgid "" "En caso que el PDF y el XML sean requeridos inmediatamente, es posible " "mandar manualmente la petición del estatus usando el siguiente botón:" @@ -4800,11 +4873,11 @@ msgstr "" "En caso que el PDF y el XML sean requeridos inmediatamente, es posible " "mandar manualmente la petición del estatus usando el siguiente botón:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:267 msgid "Errores Frecuentes" msgstr "Errores Frecuentes" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:269 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:269 msgid "" "Durante la validación del XML los errores más comunes usualmente están " "relacionados con información principal faltante. En estos casos, los " @@ -4816,7 +4889,7 @@ msgstr "" "detalles del error son recuperados en la petición de actualización y " "desplegados en el historial." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:277 msgid "" "Si la información principal es corregida, es posible re procesar el XML con " "la nueva información y mandar la versión actualizada usando el siguiente " @@ -4826,11 +4899,11 @@ msgstr "" "la nueva información y mandar la versión actualizada usando el siguiente " "botón:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:289 msgid "Casos de Uso adicionales" msgstr "Casos de Uso adicionales" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:291 msgid "" "El proceso para las Notas de Crédito y Débito (Proveedores) es exactamente " "el mismo que en las Facturas. Su flujo de trabajo funcional se mantiene " @@ -4840,105 +4913,105 @@ msgstr "" "el mismo que en las Facturas. Su flujo de trabajo funcional se mantiene " "igual." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:296 msgid "Consideraciones del Anexo 1.7" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:299 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:299 msgid "Contexto" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:302 msgid "Contexto Normativo" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:304 msgid "Soporte Normativo:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:305 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:305 msgid "" "Resolución DIAN Número 000042 ( 5 de Mayo de 2020) Por la cual se " "desarrollan:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:307 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:307 msgid "Los sistemas de facturación," msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:308 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:308 msgid "Los proveedores tecnológicos," msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:309 msgid "El registro de la factura electrónica de venta como título valor," msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:310 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:310 msgid "Se expide el anexo técnico de factura electrónica de venta y" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:311 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:311 msgid "Se dictan otras disposiciones en materia de sistemas de facturación." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:314 msgid "Anexo 1.7: Principales Cambios" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:316 msgid "Cambios en la definición de Consumidor Final." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:317 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:317 msgid "Informar bienes cubiertos para los 3 dias sin IVA." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:318 msgid "Actualización de descripción de Impuestos." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:319 msgid "Se agrega concepto para IVA Excluido." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:320 msgid "Informar la fecha efectiva de entrega de los bienes." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:321 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:321 msgid "Adecuaciones en la representación Gráfica (PDF)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:324 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:324 msgid "Calendario" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:326 msgid "" "Se tiene varias fechas límites para la salida a producción bajo las " "condiciones del Anexo 1.7 las cuales dependen de los siguientes factores:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:329 msgid "" "Calendario de implementación de acuerdo con la actividad económica principal" " en el RUT:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:334 msgid "Calendario de implementación, para otros sujetos obligados:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:339 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:339 msgid "Calendario de implementación permanente:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:345 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:345 msgid "Requerimientos en Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:347 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:347 msgid "" "Con la finalidad de facilitar el proceso de preparación de las bases de Odoo" " estándar V12 y v13, únicamente será necesario que los administradores " @@ -4946,67 +5019,67 @@ msgid "" "nuevos procesos." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:352 msgid "Actualización de listado de Apps" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:354 msgid "" "Utilizando el modo desarrollador, acceder al módulo de Aplicaciones y " "seleccionar el menú *Actualizar Lista*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:361 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:361 msgid "Actualización de Módulos" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:363 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:363 msgid "" "Una vez actualizado Buscar *Colombia*, los siguientes módulos serán " "desplegados, se requieren actualizar dos módulos." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:366 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:366 msgid "Colombia - Contabilidad - l10n_co" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:367 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:367 msgid "" "Electronic invoicing for Colombia with Carvajal UBL 2.1 - " "l10n_co_edi_ubl_2_1" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:372 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:372 msgid "" "En cada módulo o ícono hay que desplegar el menú opciones utilizando los 3 " "puntos de la esquina superior derecha y seleccionamos *Actualizar*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:375 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:375 msgid "Primero lo hacemos con en el módulo l10n_co:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:380 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:380 msgid "Posteriormente lo hacemos con el módulo l10n_co_edi_ubl_2_1:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:386 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:386 msgid "Creación de Datos Maestros" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:388 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:388 msgid "" "Las bases de datos existentes a Junio 2020 tanto en V12 como V13, deberán " "crear algunos datos maestros necesarios para operar correctamente con los " "cambios del Anexo 1.7." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:392 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:491 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:392 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:491 msgid "Consumidor Final" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:394 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:394 msgid "" "La figura del consumidor final será utilizada para aquellas ventas sobre las" " cuales no es posible identificar toda la información fiscal y demográfica " @@ -5014,47 +5087,47 @@ msgid "" "genérico." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:398 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:398 msgid "" "Es importante coordinar y definir los casos de uso en los que dependiendo de" " su empresa se tendrá permitido utilizar este registro genérico." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:401 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:401 msgid "" "Dentro de Odoo se tendrá que crear un contacto con las siguientes " "características, es importante que se defina de esta manera debido a que son" " los parámetros definidos por la DIAN." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:404 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:404 msgid "**Tipo de contacto:** Individuo" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:405 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:405 msgid "**Nombre:** Consumidor Final" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:406 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:406 msgid "**Tipo de documento:** Cedula de Ciudadania" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:407 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:407 msgid "**Numero de Identificacion:** 222222222222" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:412 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:412 msgid "" "Dentro de la pestaña Ventas y Compras, en la sección Información Fiscal, del" " campo Obligaciones y Responsabilidades colocaremos el valor: **R-99-PN**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:419 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:506 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:419 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:506 msgid "IVA Excluido - Bienes Cubiertos" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:421 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:421 msgid "" "Para reportar las transacciones realizadas mediante Bienes Cubiertos para " "los tres días sin IVA, será necesario crear un nuevo Impuesto al cual se le " @@ -5062,19 +5135,19 @@ msgid "" " para agregar la sección requerida en el XML de factura electrónica." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:426 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:426 msgid "" "Para el crear el impuesto accederemos a Contabilidad dentro del menú " ":menuselection:`Configuración --> Impuestos`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:432 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:432 msgid "" "Procedemos a crear un nuevo Impuesto con importe 0% considerando los " "siguientes parámetros:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:437 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:437 msgid "" "El nombre del Impuesto puede ser definido a preferencia del usuario, sin " "embargo el campo clave es **Grupo de Impuestos** dentro de Opciones " @@ -5082,86 +5155,86 @@ msgid "" "Valor**: *IVA*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:445 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:445 msgid "Actualización de descripción de Departamentos" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:447 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:447 msgid "" "Es necesario actualizar la descripción de algunos departamentos, para lo " "cual accederemos a módulo de Contactos y dentro del menú de " ":menuselection:`Configuración --> Provincias`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:453 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:453 msgid "" "Posteriormente, podemos agregar por País para identificar claramente las " "provincias (Departamentos) de Colombia:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:459 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:459 msgid "" "Una vez agrupados buscar los siguientes departamentos para actualizarlos con" " el valor indicado en la columna **Nombre actualizado**:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:463 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:463 msgid "Nombre de provincia" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:463 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:463 msgid "Código de Provincia" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:463 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:463 msgid "Nombre actualizado" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:465 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:465 msgid "D.C." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:465 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:465 msgid "DC" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:465 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:465 msgid "Bogotá" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:467 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:467 msgid "Quindio" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:467 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:467 msgid "QUI" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:467 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:467 msgid "Quindío" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:469 msgid "Archipiélago de San Andrés, Providencia y Santa Catalina" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:469 msgid "SAP" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:469 msgid "San Andrés y Providencia" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:473 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:473 msgid "Ejemplo:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:479 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:479 msgid "Verificación de Código postal" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:481 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:481 msgid "" "Dentro del Anexo 1.7 se comienza a validar que el código postal de las " "direcciones para contactos colombianos corresponda a las tablas oficiales " @@ -5171,18 +5244,18 @@ msgid "" "<http://visor.codigopostal.gov.co/472/visor/Codigos_Postales_Nacionales.csv>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:488 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:488 msgid "Consideraciones Operativas" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:493 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:493 msgid "" "Una vez que resgistro de Consumidor final ha sido creado este deberá ser " "utilizado a demanda, generalmente será utilizado en las transacciones de " "facturación del punto de punto de venta." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:496 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:496 msgid "" "El proceso de validación de la Factura será realizado de forma convencional " "en Odoo y la factura será generada de la misma manera. Al detectar que el " @@ -5191,13 +5264,13 @@ msgid "" "correspondientes." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:500 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:500 msgid "" "Contablemente todos los registros de Consumidor final quedarán asociados al " "identificador generico:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:508 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:508 msgid "" "El 21 mayo del 2020 fue publicado el El Decreto 682 el cual establece " "Excepción especial en el Impuesto sobre las ventas. El principal objetivo de" @@ -5205,33 +5278,33 @@ msgid "" "generadas a causa del COVID." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:513 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:513 msgid "Fechas" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:515 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:515 msgid "" "Días de excención del impuesto sobre las ventas – IVA para bienes cubiertos " "(3 días SIN IVA)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:517 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:517 msgid "**Primer día**: 19 de junio de 2020" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:518 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:518 msgid "**Segundo día**: 3 de Julio de 2020" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:519 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:519 msgid "**Tercer día**: 19 de Julio de 2020" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:522 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:522 msgid "Condiciones" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:524 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:524 msgid "" "Debido a que estas transacciones serán generadas de forma excepcional y que " "se tiene una combinación de varios factores y condiciones, los productores " @@ -5240,7 +5313,7 @@ msgid "" "corresponda." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:529 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:529 msgid "" "A continuación se mencionan algunas de las principales condiciones, sin " "embargo, cabe mencionar que las empresas deben de verificar todos los " @@ -5248,103 +5321,103 @@ msgid "" "<https://dapre.presidencia.gov.co/normativa/normativa/DECRETO%20682%20DEL%2021%20DE%20MAYO%20DE%202020.pdf>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:533 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:533 msgid "Tipo de productos y precio Máximo:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:536 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:536 msgid "Tipo de Productos" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:536 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:536 msgid "Precio Máximo" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:538 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:538 msgid "Electrodomesticos" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:538 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:538 msgid "40 UVT: $1,4 millones." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:540 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:540 msgid "Vestuario y complementos" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 msgid "3 UVT: $106.000" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 msgid "En el caso de los complementos es:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:544 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:544 msgid "10 UVT- $356.000" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:544 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:544 msgid "Elementos deportivos" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:546 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:546 msgid "Juguetes y Utiles Escolares" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:546 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:548 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:546 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:548 msgid "5 UVT - $178.035" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:548 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:548 msgid "Utiles Escolares" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:550 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:550 msgid "Bienes o servicios para el sector agropecuario" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:550 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:550 msgid "80 UVT - $2.848.560" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:554 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:554 msgid "Métodos de Pago:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:556 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:556 msgid "" "El pago debe realizarse por medios electrónico por ejemplo tarjetas de " "crédito/débito o bien mecanismos de pago online." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:558 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:558 msgid "Limite de unidades:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:560 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:560 msgid "" "Cada cliente puede adquirir únicamente 3 unidades como máximo de cada " "producto." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:563 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:563 msgid "Medidas en Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:565 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:565 msgid "**Preparación de datos**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:567 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:567 msgid "" "Crear el Impuesto para Bienes cubiertos de acuerdo a lo indicado en este " "punto: Datos maestros." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:568 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:568 msgid "" "Identificar los productos y transacciones a los cuales les aplicará la " "Exclusión de IVA de acuerdo a las condiciones establecidas en el decreto " @@ -5352,70 +5425,70 @@ msgid "" "actualizar el impuesto de forma temporal en Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:571 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:571 msgid "" "Exportar un listado con los productos que serán afectados incluyendo el " "campo IVA Venta el cual será sustituido temporalmente por el IVA de Bienes " "Cubiertos." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:573 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:573 msgid "" "Al finalizar las operaciones del día anterior a las fechas establecidas de " "día sin IVA, se debe hacer la actualización temporal a IVA de Bienes " "Cubiertos." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:579 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:579 msgid "**Durante el día SIN IVA**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:581 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:581 msgid "" "Por defecto los productos previamente considerados con IVA de Bienes " "cubiertos serán generados con este parámetro tanto en Órdenes de venta como " "facturas creadas durante ese mismo día." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:587 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:587 msgid "" "Las órdenes de venta generadas con este impuesto deberán ser facturas el " "mismo día." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:588 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:588 msgid "" "En caso de que alguna de las condiciones no sea cumplida (ejemplo el pago es" " realizado en efectivo) el impuesto deberá ser actualizado manualmente al " "momento de facturar." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:591 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:591 msgid "**Posterior al día SIN IVA**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:593 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:593 msgid "" "Los productos que fueron actualizados deberá ser reconfigurados a su IVA " "original." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:594 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:594 msgid "" "En caso de que se detecte alguna Orden de venta facturar en la cual se " "incluya IVA de Bienes Cubiertos, se deberá realizar actualización manual " "correspondiente al IVA convencional." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:3 msgid "France" msgstr "France" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:6 msgid "FEC" msgstr "FEC" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:8 msgid "" "If you have installed the French Accounting, you will be able to download " "the FEC. For this, go in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> France" @@ -5425,17 +5498,17 @@ msgstr "" " FEC. Pour le faire, allez à :menuselection:`Comptabilité -->Déclaration -->" " France --> FEC`." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:12 msgid "" "If you do not see the submenu **FEC**, go in **Apps** and search for the " "module called **France-FEC** and verify if it is well installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:16 msgid "French Accounting Reports" msgstr "Rapports comptables français" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:18 msgid "" "If you have installed the French Accounting, you will have access to some " "accounting reports specific to France:" @@ -5443,23 +5516,23 @@ msgstr "" "Si vous avez installé la comptabilité française, vous aurez accès à certains" " rapports comptables spécifiques à la France:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:20 msgid "Bilan comptable" msgstr "Bilan comptable" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:21 msgid "Compte de résultats" msgstr "Compte de résultats" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:22 msgid "Plan de Taxes France" msgstr "Plan de Taxes France" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:25 msgid "Get the VAT anti-fraud certification with Odoo" msgstr "Se conformer à la législation anti-fraude à la TVA avec Odoo" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:27 msgid "" "As of January 1st 2018, a new anti-fraud legislation comes into effect in " "France and DOM-TOM. This new legislation stipulates certain criteria " @@ -5476,11 +5549,11 @@ msgstr "" "additionnel à installer et une attestation de conformité individuelle à " "télécharger." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:34 msgid "Is my company required to use an anti-fraud software?" msgstr "Mon entreprise doit-elle utiliser un logiciel anti-fraude?" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:36 msgid "" "Your company is required to use an anti-fraud cash register software like " "Odoo (CGI art. 286, I. 3° bis) if:" @@ -5488,17 +5561,17 @@ msgstr "" "Votre entreprise est tenue d'utiliser un logiciel de caisse anti-fraude " "comme Odoo (CGI article 286, I. 3 ° bis) si:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:39 msgid "You are taxable (not VAT exempt) in France or any DOM-TOM," msgstr "" "Vous êtes assujetti à la TVA et n'êtes pas concerné par le régime de " "franchise de la TVA," -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:40 msgid "Some of your customers are private individuals (B2C)." msgstr "Certains de vos clients sont des particuliers (B2C)." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:42 msgid "" "This rule applies to any company size. Auto-entrepreneurs are exempted from " "VAT and therefore are not affected." @@ -5506,37 +5579,36 @@ msgstr "" "Cette règle s'applique à toute taille d'entreprise. Les auto-entrepreneurs " "sont exemptés de la TVA et ne sont donc pas affectés." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:46 msgid "Get certified with Odoo" msgstr "Se conformer à la législation" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:48 msgid "Getting compliant with Odoo is very easy." msgstr "Se conformer à cette nouvelle législation est très facile." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:50 msgid "" "Your company is requested by the tax administration to deliver a certificate" " of conformity testifying that your software complies with the anti-fraud " "legislation. This certificate is granted by Odoo SA to Odoo Enterprise users" " `here <https://www.odoo.com/my/contract/french-certification/>`_. If you " -"use Odoo Community, you should `upgrade to Odoo Enterprise " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/14.0/setup/enterprise.html>`_ or contact" -" your Odoo service provider." +"use Odoo Community, you should :doc:`upgrade to Odoo Enterprise " +"</administration/enterprise>` or contact your Odoo service provider." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:58 msgid "In case of non-conformity, your company risks a fine of €7,500." msgstr "" "En cas de non-conformité, votre entreprise risque une amende de 7500€." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:60 msgid "To get the certification just follow the following steps:" msgstr "" "Pour être en conformité avec la législation, veuillez suivre les étapes " "suivantes:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:62 msgid "" "Install the anti-fraud module fitting your Odoo environment from the *Apps* " "menu:" @@ -5544,7 +5616,7 @@ msgstr "" "Installez le module anti-fraude qui correspond à votre environnement Odoo " "depuis le menu *Applications*:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:65 msgid "" "if you use Odoo Point of Sale: *l10n_fr_pos_cert*: France - VAT Anti-Fraud " "Certification for Point of Sale (CGI 286 I-3 bis)" @@ -5552,7 +5624,7 @@ msgstr "" "if vous utilisez Odoo Point de Vente: *l10n_fr_pos_cert*: France - VAT Anti-" "Fraud Certification for Point of Sale (CGI 286 I-3 bis)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:66 msgid "" "in any other case: *l10n_fr_certification*: France - VAT Anti-Fraud " "Certification (CGI 286 I-3 bis)" @@ -5560,7 +5632,7 @@ msgstr "" "dans les autres cas: *l10n_fr_certification*: France - VAT Anti-Fraud " "Certification (CGI 286 I-3 bis)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:68 msgid "" "Make sure a country is set on your company, otherwise your entries won’t be " "encrypted for the inalterability check. To edit your company’s data, go to " @@ -5573,7 +5645,7 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Utilisateurs & Sociétés --> Sociétés`. " "Sélectionnez un pays parmis la liste; Ne créez pas un nouveau pays." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:72 msgid "" "Download the mandatory certificate of conformity delivered by Odoo SA `here " "<https://www.odoo.com/my/contract/french-certification/>`__." @@ -5581,15 +5653,15 @@ msgstr "" "Téléchargez votre attestation de conformité délivrée par SA `ici " "<https://www.odoo.com/my/contract/french-certification/>`__." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:75 msgid "" "To install the module in any system created before December 18th 2017, you " "should update the modules list. To do so, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " -"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Then go to the *Apps* menu and " +"</applications/general/developer_mode>`. Then go to the *Apps* menu and " "press *Update Modules List* in the top-menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:79 msgid "" "In case you run Odoo on-premise, you need to update your installation and " "restart your server beforehand." @@ -5597,7 +5669,7 @@ msgstr "" "Si vous utilisez Odoo hébergé sur serveur propre, vous devez mettre à jour " "votre installation Odoo et redémarrer votre serveur." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:81 msgid "" "If you have installed the initial version of the anti-fraud module (prior to" " December 18th 2017), you need to update it. The module's name was *France -" @@ -5613,15 +5685,15 @@ msgstr "" "module dans le menu *Applications* et cliquez sur le bouton *Mettre à jour*." " Enfin, vérifiez que le module *l10n_fr_sale_closing* est installé." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:90 msgid "Anti-fraud features" msgstr "Fonctionnalités anti-fraude" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:92 msgid "The anti-fraud module introduces the following features:" msgstr "Le module anti-fraude introduit les fonctionnalités suivantes:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:94 msgid "" "**Inalterability**: deactivation of all the ways to cancel or modify key " "data of POS orders, invoices and journal entries;" @@ -5630,11 +5702,11 @@ msgstr "" "modification des données clés des commandes de PdV, factures et entrées " "comptables." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:96 msgid "**Security**: chaining algorithm to verify the inalterability;" msgstr "**Sécurité**: algorithme de chainage pour vérifier l'inaltérabilié;" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:97 msgid "" "**Storage**: automatic sales closings with computation of both period and " "cumulative totals (daily, monthly, annually)." @@ -5642,11 +5714,11 @@ msgstr "" "**Stockage**: clôtures de ventes automatiques avec calculs des totaux " "périodiques et cumulatifs (journaliers, mensuels, annuels)." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:101 msgid "Inalterability" msgstr "Inaltérabilité" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:103 msgid "" "All the possible ways to cancel and modify key data of paid POS orders, " "confirmed invoices and journal entries are deactivated, if the company is " @@ -5656,7 +5728,7 @@ msgstr "" " de Point de Vente payés, factures confirmées ou entrées comptables sont " "désactivées, si la société est localisée en France ou dans les DOM-TOM." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:107 msgid "" "If you run a multi-companies environment, only the documents of such " "companies are impacted." @@ -5664,11 +5736,11 @@ msgstr "" "Si vous utilisez un environnement multi-sociétés, seuls les documents des " "sociétés françaises ou DOM-TOM sont cryptés." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:111 msgid "Security" msgstr "Sécurité" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:113 msgid "" "To ensure the inalterability, every order or journal entry is encrypted upon" " validation. This number (or hash) is calculated from the key data of the " @@ -5679,7 +5751,7 @@ msgstr "" "partir des données clés du document et à partir du hash des documents " "précédents." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:118 msgid "" "The module introduces an interface to test the data inalterability. If any " "information is modified on a document after its validation, the test will " @@ -5694,7 +5766,7 @@ msgstr "" "initiales. En cas de différence, le système fournit la référence du premier " "document corrompu." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:124 msgid "" "Users with *Manager* access rights can launch the inalterability check. For " "POS orders, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Reporting --> French " @@ -5707,11 +5779,11 @@ msgstr "" "françaises`. Pour les factures et entrées comptables, allez dans " ":menuselection:`Facturation --> Rapports --> Déclarations françaises`." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:131 msgid "Storage" msgstr "Stockage" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:133 msgid "" "The system also processes automatic sales closings on a daily, monthly and " "annual basis. Such closings distinctly compute the sales total of the period" @@ -5723,7 +5795,7 @@ msgstr "" "distincte le total de ventes d'une période ainsi que le grands total " "cumulatif depuis la première entrée enregistrée dans le système." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:139 msgid "" "Closings can be found in the *French Statements* menu of Point of Sale, " "Invoicing and Accounting apps." @@ -5731,7 +5803,7 @@ msgstr "" "Les clôtures sont accessibles depuis le menu *Déclarations françaises* des " "modules Point de Vente et Facturation." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:143 msgid "" "Closings compute the totals for journal entries of sales journals (Journal " "Type = Sales)." @@ -5739,14 +5811,14 @@ msgstr "" "Les clôtures calculent les totaux des entrées comptables des journaux de " "ventes (Type de Journal = Ventes)." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:145 msgid "" "For multi-companies environments, such closings are performed by company." msgstr "" "Dans les environnements multi-sociétés, les clôtures sont effectuées par " "société." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:147 msgid "" "POS orders are posted as journal entries at the closing of the POS session. " "Closing a POS session can be done anytime. To prompt users to do it on a " @@ -5760,7 +5832,7 @@ msgstr "" " de reprendre une session de vente ouverte depuis plus de 24 heures. Une " "telle session doit être clôturée pour pouvoir vendre à nouveau." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:153 msgid "" "A period’s total is computed from all the journal entries posted after the " "previous closing of the same type, regardless of their posting date. If you " @@ -5771,19 +5843,19 @@ msgstr "" " comptabilisées après la précédente clôture du même type (journalier, " "mensuel, annuel), quelque soit la date de comptabilisation." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:158 msgid "" "For test & audit purposes such closings can be manually generated in the " -":doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Then go to" -" :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled " +":doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>`. Then go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled " "Actions`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:164 msgid "Responsibilities" msgstr "Responsabilités" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:166 msgid "" "Do not uninstall the module! If you do so, the hashes will be reset and none" " of your past data will be longer guaranteed as being inalterable." @@ -5792,7 +5864,7 @@ msgstr "" " toutes les données précedemment enregistrées ne seraient plus considérées " "comme étant inaltérées." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:169 msgid "" "Users remain responsible for their Odoo instance and must use it with due " "diligence. It is not permitted to modify the source code which guarantees " @@ -5803,7 +5875,7 @@ msgstr "" "autorisé de modifier le code source qui guarantit l'inaltérabilité des " "données." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:173 msgid "" "Odoo absolves itself of all and any responsibility in case of changes in the" " module’s functions caused by 3rd party applications not certified by Odoo." @@ -5811,11 +5883,11 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo SA se décharge de toute responsabilité en cas d'altération des " "fonctionnalités anti-fraude par des modules tiers non certifiés par Odoo SA." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:178 msgid "More Information" msgstr "Plus d'informations" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:180 msgid "" "You will find more information about this legislation in the official " "documents:" @@ -5823,7 +5895,7 @@ msgstr "" "Vous trouverez plus d'informations sur la législation dans les documents " "officiels:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:182 msgid "" "`Frequently Asked Questions " "<https://www.economie.gouv.fr/files/files/directions_services/dgfip/controle_fiscal/actualites_reponses/logiciels_de_caisse.pdf>`_" @@ -5831,7 +5903,7 @@ msgstr "" "`Foire aux questions " "<https://www.economie.gouv.fr/files/files/directions_services/dgfip/controle_fiscal/actualites_reponses/logiciels_de_caisse.pdf>`_" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:183 msgid "" "`Official Statement " "<http://bofip.impots.gouv.fr/bofip/10691-PGP.html?identifiant=BOI-TVA-" @@ -5841,7 +5913,7 @@ msgstr "" "<http://bofip.impots.gouv.fr/bofip/10691-PGP.html?identifiant=BOI-TVA-" "DECLA-30-10-30-20160803>`_" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:184 msgid "" "`Item 88 of Finance Law 2016 " "<https://www.legifrance.gouv.fr/affichTexteArticle.do?idArticle=JORFARTI000031732968&categorieLien=id&cidTexte=JORFTEXT000031732865>`_" @@ -5849,16 +5921,16 @@ msgstr "" "`Article 88 de la Loi sur les Finances de 2016 " "<https://www.legifrance.gouv.fr/affichTexteArticle.do?idArticle=JORFARTI000031732968&categorieLien=id&cidTexte=JORFTEXT000031732865>`_" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:56 msgid "Germany" msgstr "Allemagne" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:6 msgid "German Chart of Accounts" msgstr "Plan comptable allemand" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:8 msgid "" "The chart of accounts SKR03 and SKR04 are both supported in Odoo. You can " "choose the one you want by going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " @@ -5866,58 +5938,58 @@ msgid "" "section." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:12 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:17 msgid "" "Be careful, you can only change the accounting package as long as you have " "not created any accounting entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:16 msgid "" "When you create a new SaaS database, the SKR03 is installed by default." msgstr "" "Lorsque vous créez une nouvelle base de données SaaS, le SKR03 est installé " "par défaut." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:19 msgid "German Accounting Reports" msgstr "Rapports comptables allemands" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:21 msgid "" "Here is the list of German-specific reports available on Odoo Enterprise:" msgstr "" "Voici la liste des rapports spécifiques à l'Allemagne disponibles sur Odoo " "Enterprise :" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:23 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:27 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:30 msgid "Balance Sheet" msgstr "Bilan" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:24 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:19 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:17 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:89 msgid "Profit & Loss" msgstr "Pertes et Profits" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:25 msgid "Tax Report (Umsatzsteuervoranmeldung)" msgstr "Rapport de taxes (Umsatzsteuervoranmeldung)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:26 msgid "Partner VAT Intra" msgstr "Numéro de TVA Intra du Partenaire" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:29 msgid "Export from Odoo to Datev" msgstr "Exporter d'Odoo vers Datev" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:31 msgid "" "It is possible to export your accounting entries from Odoo to Datev. To be " "able to use this feature, the german accounting localization needs to be " @@ -5926,11 +5998,11 @@ msgid "" "the **Export Datev (csv)** button." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:39 msgid "German Tax Accounting Standards: Odoo's guide to GoBD Compliance" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:41 msgid "" "**GoBD** stands for `Grundsätze zur ordnungsmäßigen Führung und Aufbewahrung" " von Büchern, Aufzeichnungen und Unterlagen in elektronischer Form sowie zum" @@ -5942,7 +6014,7 @@ msgid "" "and balance sheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:48 msgid "" "These principles have been written and published by the Federal Ministry of " "Finance (BMF) in November 2014. Since January 2015, **they have become the " @@ -5952,16 +6024,16 @@ msgid "" "solutions (cloud hosting, paperless companies, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:55 msgid "Odoo gives you **the means to be compliant with GoBD**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:58 msgid "" "What do you need to know about GoBD when relying on accounting software?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:61 msgid "" "If you can, the best way to understand GoBD is to Read the `Official GoBD " "text " @@ -5970,7 +6042,7 @@ msgid "" "what to expect:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:65 msgid "" "The **GoBD is binding for companies that have to present accounts, which " "includes SMEs, freelancers, and entrepreneurs, to the financial " @@ -5979,39 +6051,39 @@ msgid "" "mentioned financial and related data)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:70 msgid "" "Apart from software requirements, the user is required to ensure Internal " "control systems (*in accordance with sec. 146 of the Fiscal Code*):" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:73 msgid "Access rights control;" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:74 msgid "Segregation of Duties, Functional separating;" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:75 msgid "Entry controls (error notifications, plausibility checks);" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:76 msgid "Reconciliation checks at data entry;" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:77 msgid "Processing controls;" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:78 msgid "" "Measures to prevent intentional or unintentional manipulation of software, " "data, or documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:80 msgid "" "The user must distribute tasks within its organization to the relevant " "positions (*control*) and verify that the tasks are properly and completely " @@ -6021,11 +6093,11 @@ msgid "" "(*prevention*)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:86 msgid "What about data security?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:88 msgid "" "**The taxpayer must secure the system against any data loss due to " "deletion, removal, or theft of any data**. If the entries are not " @@ -6033,43 +6105,43 @@ msgid "" "with the GoBD guidelines." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:92 msgid "" "Once bookings have been finally posted, they can no longer be changed or " "deleted via the application." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:95 msgid "" "If Odoo is used in the cloud, regular backups are part of the SaaS service. " "In addition, regular backups can be downloaded and backed up on external " "systems." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:99 msgid "" "`Odoo Cloud Hosting - Service Level Agreement <https://www.odooo.com/cloud-" "sla>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:101 msgid "" "If the server is operated locally, it is the responsibility of the user to " "create the necessary backup infrastructure." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:105 msgid "" "In some cases, data has to be kept for ten years or more, so always have " "backups saved. It is even more important if you decide to change software " "provider." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:109 msgid "Responsibility of the software editor" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:111 msgid "" "Considering GoBD only applies between the taxpayer and the financial " "authority, **the software editor can by no means be held responsible for the" @@ -6078,11 +6150,11 @@ msgid "" "respect the software related guidelines described in the GoBD." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:117 msgid "How can Odoo help you achieve Compliance?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:119 msgid "" "The key words, when it comes to GoBD, are: **traceable, verifiable, true, " "clear, and continuous**. In short, you need to have audit-proof archiving in" @@ -6090,11 +6162,11 @@ msgid "" "objectives:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 msgid "**Traceability and verifiability**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 msgid "" "Each record in Odoo is stamped with the creator of the document, the " "creation date, the modification date, and who modified it. In addition, " @@ -6102,11 +6174,11 @@ msgid "" "whom in the chatter of the relevant object." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 msgid "**Completeness**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 msgid "" "All financial data must be recorded in the system, and there can be no gaps." " Odoo ensures that there is no gap in the numbering of the financial " @@ -6116,11 +6188,11 @@ msgid "" "vendor bills and miscellaneous operations completely." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 msgid "**Accuracy**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 msgid "" "Odoo ensures with the correct configuration that the correct accounts are " "used. In addition, the control mechanisms between purchase orders and sales " @@ -6130,11 +6202,11 @@ msgid "" "task*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 msgid "**Timely booking and record-keeping**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 msgid "" "As most financial data in Odoo is generated by the transactional objects " "(for example, the invoice is booked at confirmation), Odoo ensures out-of-" @@ -6143,11 +6215,11 @@ msgid "" "miscellaneous operations." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 msgid "**Order**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 msgid "" "Financial data stored in Odoo is per definition ordered and can be reordered" " according to most fields present in the model. A specific ordering is not " @@ -6156,22 +6228,22 @@ msgid "" "out-of-the-box." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 msgid "**Inalterability**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 msgid "" "With the German Odoo localization, Odoo is in standard configured in such a " "way that the inalterability clause can be adhered to without any further " "customization." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:154 msgid "Do you need a GoBD-Export?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:156 msgid "" "In the case of fiscal control, the fiscal authority can request three levels" " of access to the accounting system (Z1, Z2, Z3). These levels vary from " @@ -6179,7 +6251,7 @@ msgid "" "storage device." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:160 msgid "" "In case of a handover of the financial data on a storage device, the format " "is **not** enforced by the GoBD. It can be, for example, in XLS, CSV, XML, " @@ -6189,11 +6261,11 @@ msgid "" "zur Datenntträgerüberlassung\" §3) but it is not binding." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:167 msgid "What is the role and meaning of the compliance certification?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:169 msgid "" "The GoBD clearly states that due to the nature of a state of the art " "accounting software, their configuration possibilities, changing nature, and" @@ -6204,7 +6276,7 @@ msgid "" "other legal value (A. 12, § 181)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:175 msgid "" "A GoBD certificate states nothing more than that if you use the software " "according to its guidelines, the software will not refrain you from " @@ -6214,13 +6286,13 @@ msgid "" "not, however, offer our customer any legal certainty." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:182 msgid "" "The BMF actually states the following in the `Official GoBD text " "<https://www.bundesfinanzministerium.de/Content/DE/Downloads/BMF_Schreiben/Weitere_Steuerthemen/Abgabenordnung/2019-11-28-GoBD.pdf>`_:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:185 msgid "" "180. Positive attestations on the correctness of the bookkeeping - and thus " "on the correctness of IT-based bookkeeping systems - are not issued either " @@ -6228,14 +6300,14 @@ msgid "" "information." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:188 msgid "" "181. \"Certificates\" or \"attestations\" from third parties can serve as a " "decision criterion for the company when selecting a software product, but " "develop from the in margin no. 179 is not binding on the tax authorities." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:193 msgid "" "The previous content was `automatically translated from German with Google " "Translate " @@ -6244,25 +6316,25 @@ msgid "" "gest%C3%BCtzter%20Buchf%C3%BChrungssysteme%20-%20werden%20weder%20im%20Rahmen%20einer%20steuerlichen%20Au%C3%9Fenpr%C3%BCfung%20noch%20im%20Rahmen%20einer%20verbindlichen%20Auskunft%20erteilt.%0A%0A181.%0A%E2%80%9EZertifikate%E2%80%9C%20oder%20%E2%80%9ETestate%E2%80%9C%20Dritter%20k%C3%B6nnen%20bei%20der%20Auswahl%20eines%20Softwareproduktes%20dem%20Unternehmen%20als%20Entscheidungskriterium%20dienen%2C%20entfalten%20jedoch%20aus%20den%20in%20Rz.%20179%20genannten%20Gr%C3%BCnden%20gegen%C3%BCber%20der%20Finanzbeh%C3%B6rde%20keine%20Bindungswirkung.%20&op=translate>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:198 msgid "What happens if you are not compliant?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:200 msgid "" "In the event of an infringement, you can expect a fine but also a court " "order demanding the implementation of specific measures." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:3 msgid "Indonesia" msgstr "Indonésie" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:8 msgid "E-Faktur Module" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:10 msgid "" "The **E-Faktur Module** is installed by default with the Indonesian " "localization module. It allows one to generate a CSV file for one tax " @@ -6270,26 +6342,26 @@ msgid "" "e-Faktur** application." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:17 msgid "NPWP/NIK settings" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:0 msgid "**Your Company**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:0 msgid "" "This information is used in the FAPR line in the effect file format. You " "need to set a VAT number on the related partner of your Odoo company. If you" " don't, it won't be possible to create an e-Faktur from an invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:0 msgid "**Your Clients**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:0 msgid "" "You need to set the checkbox *ID PKP* to generate e-fakturs for a customer. " "You can use the VAT field on the customer's contact to set the NPWP needed " @@ -6297,11 +6369,11 @@ msgid "" "enter the NIK in the same VAT field." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:39 msgid "Generate Tax Invoice Serial Number" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:41 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> e-Faktur`. In order to be" " able to export customer invoices as e-Faktur for the Indonesian government," @@ -6311,7 +6383,7 @@ msgid "" "the invoices list and click on *Action*, then on *Download e-Faktur*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:46 msgid "" "After receiving new serial numbers from the Indonesian Revenue Department, " "you can create a set of tax invoice serial numbers group through this list " @@ -6320,30 +6392,30 @@ msgid "" "requested by the Indonesia Tax Revenue Department." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:50 msgid "" "There is a counter to inform you how many unused numbers are left in that " "group." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:58 msgid "Generate e-faktur csv for a single invoice or a batch invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:60 msgid "" "Create an invoice from :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> " "Invoices`. If the invoice customer's country is Indonesia and the customer " "is set as *ID PKP*, Odoo will allow you to create an e-Faktur." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:63 msgid "" "Set a Kode Transaksi for the e-Faktur. There are constraints related to the " "Kode transaksi and the type of VAT applied to invoice lines." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:69 msgid "" "Odoo will automatically pick the next available serial number from the " "e-Faktur number table (see the :ref:`section above " @@ -6353,24 +6425,24 @@ msgid "" "*Electronic Tax*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:77 msgid "" "Once the invoice is posted, you can generate and download the e-Faktur from " "the *Action* menu item *Download e-faktur*. The checkbox *CSV created* will " "be set." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:83 msgid "" "You can select multiple invoices in list view and generate a batch e-Faktur " ".csv." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:88 msgid "Kode Transaksi FP (Transaction Code)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:90 msgid "" "The following codes are available when generating an e-Faktur. - 01 Kepada " "Pihak yang Bukan Pemungut PPN (Customer Biasa) - 02 Kepada Pemungut " @@ -6381,26 +6453,26 @@ msgid "" "Penyerahan Aktiva (Pasal 16D UU PPN)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:103 msgid "" "Correct an invoice that has been posted and downloaded: Replace Invoice " "feature" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:105 msgid "" "Cancel the original wrong invoice in Odoo. For instance, we will change the " "Kode Transakski from 01 to 03 for the INV/2020/0001." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:107 msgid "" "Create a new invoice and set the canceled invoice in the *Replace Invoice* " "field. In this field, we can only select invoices in *Cancel* state from the" " same customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:109 msgid "" "As you validate, Odoo will automatically use the same e-Faktur serial number" " as the canceled and replaced invoice replacing the third digit of the " @@ -6408,31 +6480,31 @@ msgid "" "invoice in the e-Faktur app)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:120 msgid "" "Correct an invoice that has been posted but not downloaded yet: Reset " "e-Faktur" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:122 msgid "Reset the invoice to draft and cancel it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:123 msgid "Click on the button *Reset e-Faktur* on the invoice form view." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:124 msgid "" "The serial number will be unassigned, and we will be able to reset the " "invoice to draft, edit it and re-assign a new serial number." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:3 msgid "Italy (IT)" msgstr "Italy (IT)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:5 msgid "" "Questa guida spiegherà come utilizzare la fattura elettronica in Odoo e come" " configurare correttamente i dati aziendali, i contatti e la contabilità. " @@ -6446,11 +6518,11 @@ msgstr "" "inventati, altrimenti il sistema dell’agenzia delle entrate non riconoscerà " "l’interscambio di informazioni." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:13 msgid "Configurare le informazioni sulla tua Azienda" msgstr "Configurare le informazioni sulla tua Azienda" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:15 msgid "" "Il passo successivo è la configurazione delle informazioni necessarie al " "funzionamento della fatturazione elettronica. Si può accedere alla schermata" @@ -6464,7 +6536,7 @@ msgstr "" "Aziende. Accedere quindi alle informazioni sulla Azienda per cui si desidera" " configurare la fatturazione elettronica." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:21 msgid "" "I dati necessari al funzionamento dello strumento di fatturazione " "elettronica sono i seguenti:" @@ -6472,16 +6544,17 @@ msgstr "" "I dati necessari al funzionamento dello strumento di fatturazione " "elettronica sono i seguenti:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:24 msgid "" "Server PEC. Le informazioni sul server utilizzato dal tuo indirizzo di posta" " elettronica certificata sono fornite dal tuo fornitore o dal Ministero. Lo " "stesso server deve essere configurato come server che gestisce tutta la " "corrispondenza mail in Odoo, per saperne di più si puo’ consultare la " -"relativa :doc:`guida <../../../discuss/advanced/email_servers>`." +"relativa :doc:`guida " +"</applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:30 msgid "" "Indirizzo PEC dell’ Azienda, tale indirizzo deve essere lo stesso registrato" " presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate per l’utilizzo dei servizi di fatturazione " @@ -6491,7 +6564,7 @@ msgstr "" " presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate per l’utilizzo dei servizi di fatturazione " "elettronica." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:34 msgid "" "Indirizzo PEC dell’Agenzia delle Entrate. La mail sarà fornito al momento " "della registrazione della tua PEC presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate, ricorda " @@ -6503,7 +6576,7 @@ msgstr "" "che l’Agenzia delle Entrate potrebbe cambiare questo indirizzo in seguito, " "previa comunicazione." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:39 msgid "" "Partita IVA e Codice Fiscale. Per far si che la Fatturazione Elettronica " "funzioni correttamente, questi cambi devono essere compilati correttamente." @@ -6511,7 +6584,7 @@ msgstr "" "Partita IVA e Codice Fiscale. Per far si che la Fatturazione Elettronica " "funzioni correttamente, questi cambi devono essere compilati correttamente." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:43 msgid "" "Regime Fiscale. Il regime fiscale a cui è sottoposta l’Azienda deve essere " "selezionato scegliendo dalla lista precompilata fornita da Odoo. Chiedi al " @@ -6521,15 +6594,15 @@ msgstr "" "selezionato scegliendo dalla lista precompilata fornita da Odoo. Chiedi al " "commercialista qual’è il corretto regime fiscale!" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:47 msgid "Numero di Iscrizione nel registro delle Imprese." msgstr "Numero di Iscrizione nel registro delle Imprese." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:54 msgid "Configurare le impostazioni per la Fatturazione Elettronica" msgstr "Configurare le impostazioni per la Fatturazione Elettronica" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:56 msgid "" "Numero di iscrizione nel registro Imprese tenuto presso la Camera di " "Commercio." @@ -6537,7 +6610,7 @@ msgstr "" "Numero di iscrizione nel registro Imprese tenuto presso la Camera di " "Commercio." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:59 msgid "" "Rappresentate Fiscale. Questa opzione è dedicata ad aziende con sede al di " "fuori del territorio nazionale ma conducenti attività commerciali in Italia " @@ -6549,11 +6622,11 @@ msgstr "" "rilevanti ai fini dell’IVA. È possibile indicare in questo campo se " "l’Azienda si avvale di un Rappresentate Fiscale in Italia." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:70 msgid "Configurare il profilo dei clienti" msgstr "Configurare il profilo dei clienti" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:72 msgid "" "Per un corretto utilizzo dell’applicazione, il profilo di clienti e " "fornitori, nell’applicazione contatti, deve essere configurato con le " @@ -6563,7 +6636,7 @@ msgstr "" "fornitori, nell’applicazione contatti, deve essere configurato con le " "necessarie informazioni legali." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:76 msgid "" "Selezionando il nome del cliente e accedendo quindi ai suoi dati, si trovano" " i seguenti campi che devono essere compilati: Indirizzo PEC, Codice Fiscale" @@ -6575,11 +6648,11 @@ msgstr "" " e Indice PA *che deve contere i 6-7 caratteri contenuti nell’indice PA e " "necessari per la comunicazione tramite fattura elettronica*." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:87 msgid "Il processo di fatturazione" msgstr "Il processo di fatturazione" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:89 msgid "" "Si può procedere ad emettere una fattura seguendo le indicazioni " "dell’applicazione. Il momento che determina il formale invio della fattura è" @@ -6593,25 +6666,25 @@ msgstr "" "quindi inviata: lo stato della sua consegna verrà notificato all’utente " "tramite pop-up sulla parte iniziale della schermata della fattura." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:102 msgid "I messaggi che possono apparire sono i seguenti:" msgstr "I messaggi che possono apparire sono i seguenti:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:104 msgid "Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" msgstr "Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:106 msgid "Invio fallito. Puoi modificare la fattura ed inviarla di nuovo" msgstr "Invio fallito. Puoi modificare la fattura ed inviarla di nuovo" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:108 msgid "" "La fattura è stata correttamente inviata ed accettata dal destinatario." msgstr "" "La fattura è stata correttamente inviata ed accettata dal destinatario." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:111 msgid "" "I vari stadi di spedizione e recezione della fattura sono visibili anche " "dall’elenco delle Fatture nella forma di icone, accanto alla colonna “Stato”" @@ -6621,19 +6694,19 @@ msgstr "" "dall’elenco delle Fatture nella forma di icone, accanto alla colonna “Stato”" " dall’applicazione contabilità." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:115 msgid "*Icona Rossa*: Invio fallito" msgstr "*Icona Rossa*: Invio fallito" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:117 msgid "*Icona Gialla*: Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" msgstr "*Icona Gialla*: Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:119 msgid "*Icona Verde*: Fattura inviata e accettata dal destinatario" msgstr "*Icona Verde*: Fattura inviata e accettata dal destinatario" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:121 msgid "" "Per inviare la fattura tramite PEC e generare il file XML, basterà cliccare " "su invia. Il documento verrà poi mostrato tra gli allegati." @@ -6641,15 +6714,15 @@ msgstr "" "Per inviare la fattura tramite PEC e generare il file XML, basterà cliccare " "su invia. Il documento verrà poi mostrato tra gli allegati." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:3 msgid "Mexico" msgstr "Mexique" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:10 msgid "`VIDEO WEBINAR OF A COMPLETE DEMO <https://youtu.be/JSqQo5eRqlI>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:15 msgid "" "Odoo Enterprise users in Mexico have free access to a set of modules that " "allow them to issue electronic invoices according to the specifications of " @@ -6660,7 +6733,7 @@ msgid "" "support for associated customs operations." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:21 msgid "" "With the Mexican location in Odoo you will not only be able to comply with " "the legal requirements to invoice in Mexico, but also use it as your " @@ -6668,29 +6741,29 @@ msgid "" "Odoo the perfect solution to manage your business in Mexico." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:26 msgid "Pre requirements" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:28 msgid "" "Before installing the modules and making the necessary configurations to " "have the Mexican localization in Odoo, it is necessary to meet the following" " requirements:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:31 msgid "Be registered with the SAT and have an RFC." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:32 msgid "" "Have a `Certificate of Digital Seal " "<https://www.gob.mx/sat/acciones-y-programas/certificado-de-sello-digital>`_" " (CSD)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:34 msgid "" "Choose a PAC and purchase stamps. Currently the Mexican location in Odoo " "works with two PACs: `Solución Factible <https://solucionfactible.com/>`_, " @@ -6698,25 +6771,24 @@ msgid "" " Sapien - Smarter Web <https://sw.com.mx/>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:37 msgid "" "Have knowledge and experience with billing, sales and accounting in Odoo. " "This documentation contains only the information necessary to enable the use" -" of Odoo in a company based in Mexico. For information on how to use these " -"applications, see the page :doc:`../../../index`." +" of Odoo in a company based in Mexico." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:41 msgid "Modules" msgstr "Modules" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:43 msgid "" "To install the Mexican localization module, go to :menuselection:`Apps`, " "then remove the default filter \"Apps\" and search for ``l10n_mx``." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:51 msgid "" "If you created the database from `www.odoo.com <https://www.odoo.com>`_ and " "chose \"Mexico\" as the country when creating your account, some of the " @@ -6725,44 +6797,44 @@ msgid "" "while others will instead have a label that says \"Installed\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:56 msgid "" "The following modules are necessary for all databases that require Mexican " "localization:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "**Mexico - Accounting (l10n_mx)**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "" "All the basic data to manage accounting, taxes and the chart of accounts. " "The installed chart of accounts is based on `the SAT account grouping code " "<https://www.gob.mx/cms/uploads/attachment/file/151586/codigo_agrupador.pdf>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "**EDI for Mexico (l10n_mx_edi)**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "" "Necessary for electronic transactions, CFDI 3.3, payment complement, and " "addenda on invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "**Odoo Mexican localization reports (l10n_mx_reports)**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "" "All mandatory reports for electronic accounting. (Requires the accounting " "application)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:67 msgid "" "The following modules are optional, and should be installed only if they " "meet a specific organization requirement. Installing these modules is not " @@ -6770,24 +6842,24 @@ msgid "" "unnecessarily complicate form filling." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "" "**EDI External Trade Complement for Mexico (l10n_mx_edi_external_trade)**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "" "For clients that export, add the foreign trade complement to the CFDI, and " "the logic for filling it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "" "**Odoo Mexico Localization for Invoice with customs Number " "(l10n_mx_edi_customs)**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "" "For importing customers, this module allows adding to the CFDI the request " "number with which the merchandise to be resold entered. When it is imported " @@ -6796,51 +6868,51 @@ msgid "" "\"pedimento\", and it is processed at customs." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "**Odoo Mexico Localization for Stock / Landing (l10n_mx_edi_landing)**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "" "Related to the import module (*l10n_mx_edi_customs*), this module allows " "managing the requests as part of the shipping costs." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "**Bank account payment to Mexico (l10n_mx_edi_payment_bank)**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "" "Add optional attributes to the payment plugin, allowing the user to select " "the bank account that was used to pay the bills." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "**Odoo Mexico Localization for Sale Coupon (l10n_mx_edi_sale_coupon)**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "" "Complements the Odoo coupon module (*sale_coupon*) to avoid errors in the " "generation of CFDIs." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "" "**Tax Cash Basis Entries at Payment Date (l10n_mx_tax_cash_basis)** Create " "journal entries for" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "taxes on the payment date (instead of the issue date)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:94 msgid "Enable electronic invoicing" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:96 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Accounting --> Customer Invoices`, and " "make sure that the option **Mexican Electronic Invoicing** is enabled. With " @@ -6849,11 +6921,11 @@ msgid "" "billing flow in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:108 msgid "Enter legal information" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:110 msgid "" "After verifying the general configuration, you must verify that the company " "is configured with the correct data. To do so, go to " @@ -6861,13 +6933,13 @@ msgid "" "*Update information* under your company name." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:118 msgid "" "In the resulting form, put your full address (including zip code), RFC (VAT " "number), and the rest of the data." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:122 msgid "" "Make sure that in the address, for the Country field, \"Mexico\" is chosen " "from the list of countries that Odoo shows, because if it is entered " @@ -6875,65 +6947,65 @@ msgid "" "it will result in errors later when the CFDIs are generated." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:131 msgid "" "If you want to test the Mexican localization, you can configure the company " "with a real address within Mexico (including all fields) and add " "``EKU9003173C9`` as RFC." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:135 msgid "Set the fiscal regime of the company" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:137 msgid "" "The following is to indicate what is the fiscal regime of the company that " "we are configuring, which is done through a pre-existing field in Odoo " "called \"Fiscal Regime\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:140 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Accounting --> Electronic Invoicing (MX) " "--> Fiscal Regime`, and select the option that applies to your company from " "the drop-down list." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:148 msgid "" "For the test environment: Select the option **General Law on Legal Persons**" " from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:152 msgid "Contacts Configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:154 msgid "" "When creating a contact to be invoiced in Odoo, the following information " "must be configured for invoice validation: **complete address** (including " "postal code, city, state, country, etc.) and the **VAT** number." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:163 msgid "Taxes Configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:165 msgid "" "A necessary configuration for electronic invoicing to work correctly in Odoo" " is to add the factor type associated with sales taxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:168 msgid "" "To make this configuration you first have to go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:171 msgid "" "Within the list of taxes that are pre-loaded, select the option *Sales* on " "the filter, this is to see only taxes associated with sales, which are those" @@ -6942,20 +7014,20 @@ msgid "" " **Factor Type** choose the option *Tasa*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:180 msgid "" "Do the same for all the sales taxes that the company needs, either those " "that come by default in Odoo, or those that you add that are necessary for " "your company bill." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:184 msgid "" "For the 0% VAT tax, select the option *Exento* instead of *Tasa* within the " "**Factor Type** field." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:187 msgid "" "When registering a payment, Odoo will carry out the movement of taxes from " "the **Cash Basis Transition Account** to the account set in the " @@ -6964,35 +7036,35 @@ msgid "" "eliminate this account**) in the Journal Entry when reclassifying taxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:197 msgid "Products Configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:199 msgid "" "All products to be sold need to have the SAT code associated with their " "classification so that the invoices do not give an error when validating." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:202 msgid "" "To configure products, go to the **General Information** tab and in the " "**UNSPSC Product Category** field select the category that represents that " "product. The process can be done manually or through a bulk import." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:211 msgid "PAC Configuration to sign invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:213 msgid "" "Another important step to configure electronic invoicing in Odoo is to enter" " the PAC which you are working with and the credentials. That way, " "electronic invoicing will be enabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:217 msgid "" "Remember that you must register directly with the PAC of your choice before " "you start creating invoices from Odoo. We have the following PACs available:" @@ -7001,7 +7073,7 @@ msgid "" "<https://sw.com.mx/>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:222 msgid "" "You must process your **Private Key (CSD)** with the SAT institution before " "following these steps. If you do not have this information, try with the " @@ -7009,21 +7081,21 @@ msgid "" "Credentials for your production environment to work with real transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:227 msgid "" "To add the credentials, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Accounting --> " "Electronic Invoicing (MX)`. Under the **PAC MX** section, enter the name of " "your PAC with your credentials (PAC username and PAC password)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:236 msgid "" "If you check the checkbox **Test Environment**, it is not necessary to enter" " a PAC username and/or password, but you must select a PAC from the drop-" "down list." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:239 msgid "" "Finally, upload the digital certificates of the company within the section " "**MX Certificates**. Click on *Add a line*, a window will open, click on " @@ -7031,53 +7103,53 @@ msgid "" "and your password. To finish, click on *Save and Close*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:248 msgid "" "If you still do not have one of the contracted PACs and you want to test " "electronic invoicing you can use the following SAT test certificates:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:252 -msgid ":download:`Certificate <../../../_static/files/certificate.cer>`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:251 +msgid ":download:`Certificate <files/certificate.cer>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:253 -msgid ":download:`Certificate Key <../../../_static/files/certificate.key>`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:252 +msgid ":download:`Certificate Key <files/certificate.key>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:254 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:253 msgid "**Password:** ``12345678a``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:255 msgid "" "You must also configure the company with a real address within Mexico " "(including all fields) and add ``EKU9003173C9`` as the **VAT** number." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:260 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:259 msgid "Workflows" msgstr "Flux de travail" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:262 msgid "Electronic invoicing" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:264 msgid "" "The invoicing process in Odoo is based on `Annex 20 " "<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/tramitesyservicios/Paginas/anexo_20_version3-3.htm>`_" " version 3.3 of electronic invoicing of the SAT." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:269 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:268 msgid "" "To start invoicing from Odoo, an invoice must be created using the standard " "invoicing flow, that is, either from a sales order or from the invoice menu " "in the Accounting application." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:271 msgid "" "The invoice will be stamped after clicking on *Validate*, before that the " "status is still in draft mode and changes can be made to it. After " @@ -7085,7 +7157,7 @@ msgid "" "it would look like this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:279 msgid "" "The details of the invoice will be reflected in the Chatter, which is what " "you see on the right of the invoice in the attached image. There you can " @@ -7093,7 +7165,7 @@ msgid "" " was validated or not." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:283 msgid "" "To send the stamped invoice to your client, you can send the XML together " "with the PDF file directly from Odoo, by clicking the *Send and Print* " @@ -7101,21 +7173,21 @@ msgid "" "clicking the *Print* button and selecting the desired option." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:288 msgid "" "Depending on the size of the screen, the Chatter can be seen next to or " "below the document." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:291 msgid "Invoicing Special Cases" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:295 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:294 msgid "Foreign Trade Invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:297 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:296 msgid "" "The foreign trade invoicing process in Odoo is based on the corresponding " "`SAT regulation " @@ -7123,176 +7195,176 @@ msgid "" " SAT electronic invoicing version is 3.3." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:301 msgid "What do we mean when we talk about foreign trade?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:303 msgid "" "Since January 2018, the SAT requires a Foreign Trade Supplement in export " "transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:307 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:306 msgid "What is the Foreign Trade complement?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:308 msgid "" "It is an Annex to the electronic invoice that allows the identification of " "exporters and importers, in addition to expanding the description of the " "merchandise sold." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:313 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:312 msgid "What information can be incorporated in this new complement?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:314 msgid "Information on the operation type it covers." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:315 msgid "" "Tax identification data of the issuer, receiver or recipient of the " "merchandise." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:317 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:316 msgid "Description of the goods to be exported." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:319 msgid "Who is obliged to generate it?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:322 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:321 msgid "Taxpayers who carry out export operations of A1 type." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:325 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:324 msgid "To which exports does the A1 type apply?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:327 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:326 msgid "" "Entry of goods of foreign origin to remain in national territory for an " "unlimited time." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:328 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:327 msgid "Exit of goods from the country to stay abroad for an unlimited time." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:328 msgid "" "Definitive importation of vehicles by diplomatic and consular missions and " "offices of international organizations and their foreign personnel, in " "accordance with the import of vehicles in diplomatic exemption." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:333 msgid "Is Foreign Trade the same as Pedimentos?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:336 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:335 msgid "" "Not necessarily, the Pedimentos are directly related to the process of " "Importing goods, while the Foreign Trade Complement is related to the " "Exporting process." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:339 msgid "Required Modules" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:341 msgid "" "In order to generate foreign trade invoices, the following modules must be " "installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:343 msgid "EDI for Mexico (l10n_mx_edi)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:349 msgid "EDI for Mexico (l10n_mx_edi_extended)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:357 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:356 msgid "Company" msgstr "Société" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:359 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:358 msgid "" "Configure the company with a valid postal code, and if you have a colony " "code, this should match with the corresponding Zip Code. At the same time, " "remember to place the Tax Identification Number (VAT Number - RFC)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:368 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:367 msgid "Receiving Client" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:370 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:369 msgid "" "Generally it will be a foreign client, in which you must verify that you " "have at least the following fields completed with the corresponding " "information." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:378 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:377 msgid "The customer's delivery address must also contain the zip code." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:379 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:378 msgid "" "The format of the foreign VAT (Tax Identification Number) will be validated " "as appropriate in each Country (Example: Colombia ``123456789-1``)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:381 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:380 msgid "" "In the XML, the VAT is automatically replaced by the Generic VAT for abroad " "transactions: ``XEXX010101000``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:385 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:384 msgid "Products" msgstr "Articles" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:387 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:386 msgid "" "At the product level there must also configure some parameters in the " "following fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:398 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:397 msgid "" "You must select the **UMT Aduana** (Unit of Measure) in *KG* since it is " "only accepted by the SAT" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:399 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:398 msgid "The weight refers to **the unit weight** of the product" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:400 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:399 msgid "The tariff item must be from the code UoM of Kilograms (**UoM = 01**)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:402 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:401 msgid "" "Although the product is sold in pieces or in units, the value that must be " "registered with customs in the tariff item must be reported in Kilograms." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:406 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:405 msgid "Invoicing Flow" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:408 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:407 msgid "" "When creating the foreign sales invoice, you must select the **Incoterm** " "corresponding and the **Need external trade?** checkbox must be checked. " @@ -7301,11 +7373,11 @@ msgid "" "regulations." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:414 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:413 msgid "What is the certificate of origin and when is it used?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:416 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:415 msgid "" "The **Certificate Source** (or proof of origin) is the document that allows " "an importer or exporter to prove the country or region from which a good is " @@ -7313,45 +7385,45 @@ msgid "" "agreed in trade agreements." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:429 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:428 msgid "Assign Pedimentos" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:431 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:430 msgid "" "If your company imports products and you need to add the **Pedimentos** " "number in your invoices, you can also configure Odoo to record the process." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:434 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:433 msgid "" "First, go to :menuselection:`Apps`, remove the \"Apps\" filter and search " "for ``Mexico``, ``mx`` or ``l10n_mx``. Then, install **Odoo Mexico " "Localization for Stock / Landing module (l10n_mx_edi_landing)**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:443 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:442 msgid "" "The l10n_mx_edi_landing module depends on the **Inventory** and **Sales** " "apps, since the products must be entered into inventory to be able to add " "their Pedimentos number to the corresponding receipt of products." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:447 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:446 msgid "" "Then, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Settings --> Settings`. Within the" " options, activate **Landed Costs**. This option will allow adding the " "Pedimentos number to the corresponding product receptions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:456 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:455 msgid "" "In order to use landed costs, the accounting configuration of the inventory " "valuation of the products must be configured as *Automated* and its costing " "method *Average* or *FIFO* (first in, first out)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:460 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:459 msgid "" "To associate the Pedimentos number indicated with an import (merchandise " "reception) a new **Landed Cost** must be created. They can be accessed " @@ -7359,22 +7431,22 @@ msgid "" "you will find the option to attach the Pedimentos number." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:468 msgid "" "You can only add the Pedimentos number once, so be careful when associating " "the correct number with the transfer(s)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:473 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:472 msgid "" -":doc:`../../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs`." +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:476 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:475 msgid "Payment Terms" msgstr "Conditions de paiement" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:478 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:477 msgid "" "The **Payment Terms** are already configured in Odoo when installing the " "Mexican localization, this means that if you go to " @@ -7382,18 +7454,18 @@ msgid "" "find the default list in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:486 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:485 msgid "" "In Mexico you can have 2 types of payments: PPD or PUE. These are given by " "the **Payment Term** chosen (or if there is no chosen payment term it will " "be based on the due date of the invoice)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:490 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:489 msgid "PPD Payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:492 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:491 msgid "" "To configure PPD payments (payment in installments or deferred) it is only " "necessary to choose a date expiration date for your invoice and Odoo will " @@ -7402,11 +7474,11 @@ msgid "" "will be PPDo PUE)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:498 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:497 msgid "PUE" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:500 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:499 msgid "" "To configure PUE payments (payment in a single payment) you must select an " "invoice due date within the same month or choose a payment term that does " @@ -7414,11 +7486,11 @@ msgid "" "falling within the current month)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:505 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:504 msgid "Payments" msgstr "Paiements" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:507 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:506 msgid "" "`According to the SAT documentation <https://www.sat.gob.mx/consultas/92764" "/comprobante-de-recepcion-de-pagos>`_, there may be 2 types of payments: " @@ -7428,7 +7500,7 @@ msgid "" "Terms**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:513 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:512 msgid "" "If the payment is a PPD type, Odoo will generate the corresponding payment " "complement automatically when you *Confirm* it. If the payment is PUE, the " @@ -7437,31 +7509,31 @@ msgid "" "invoice date and the due date as parameters." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:522 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:521 msgid "" "When configuring the contacts that will be used when making payments, you " "must configure the banks in the **Accounting** tab, place both the Bank, " "Account Number and CLABE." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:530 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:529 msgid "Register PPD Payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:532 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:531 msgid "" "If at the time of registering a payment it is of type PPD then a Payment " "Complement (XML) will be generated with its details." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:535 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:572 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:534 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:571 msgid "" "The payment can be registered from the invoice and once it is confirmed, the" " invoice will be paid and with its payment associated." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:547 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:546 msgid "" "The journal will be the payment method where you receive or send the payment" " from. You must also associate a **Payment Way** and a Recipient Bank " @@ -7469,219 +7541,219 @@ msgid "" "the invoice)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:551 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:550 msgid "" "Once the payment is made, it will be associated with the corresponding " "invoice and its status will be *In Payment* since the payment will be " "effectively validated when it is bank reconciled." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:555 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:554 msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:562 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:561 msgid "" "The **Recipient Bank Account** is the one attached to the **Accounting** tab" " in the contact associated with the invoice, it must be valid so that the " "stamped payment complement can be created." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:567 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:566 msgid "Register PUE Payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:569 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:568 msgid "" "If at the time of registering a payment it is of the PUE type then in this " "case a Payment Complement (XML) will not be generated since it is not " "necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:588 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:587 msgid "" "In this case it is not created as a payment supplement by the nature of it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:591 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:590 msgid "Down Payments" msgstr "Acomptes" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:593 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:592 msgid "" "This is a special case in which we must receive an advance payment from a " "client to later be applied to an invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:597 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:596 msgid "" "`The official documentation for registration of down payments in Mexico " "<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/tramitesyservicios/Paginas/documentos/Caso_uso_Anticipo.pdf>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:601 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:600 msgid "Process to create advance in Mexico" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:603 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:602 msgid "" "Issuance of electronic invoicing with the amount of the advance payment " "received." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:604 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:603 msgid "" "Issuance of the electronic invoice for the total value of the operation " "(full invoice). (CFDI Origin: 07 | Advance invoice, point 1)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:606 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:605 msgid "" "Issuance of the electronic invoice with the *Egreso* type. (CFDI Origin: 07 " "| Invoice_total, point 2)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:610 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:609 msgid "Steps to follow in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:612 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:611 msgid "Preparation: Create the product" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:613 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:612 msgid "" "Down Payment issuance of the electronic invoice for the amount of the " "advance payment received" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:614 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:613 msgid "" "Issuance of the electronic invoice for the total value of the operation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:615 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:614 msgid "Add a credit note from the down payment invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:618 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:617 msgid "Preparation: Create the Product" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:620 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:619 msgid "" "The Down Payment product must be type *Service* and must use the **NSPSC " "Product Category**: *84111506 Servicios de facturación*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:627 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:626 msgid "" "Add the down payment product as default to be used from the Odoo " "configurations." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:634 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:633 msgid "" "Issuance of the electronic invoice for the value of the advance received" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:636 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:635 msgid "" "Create the Advance Payment Invoice: From the sales order, create an advance " "payment invoice for the percentage of the purchase to be paid in advance (or" " for a fixed amount)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:643 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:642 msgid "Validate invoice with the down payment product." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:653 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:652 msgid "Register Payment to the advance payment invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:664 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:663 msgid "" "Issuance of the electronic invoice for the total value of the operation." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:666 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:665 msgid "" "From the sales order, create an invoice for the total, that is, for all the " "order lines without discounting the advance." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:674 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:673 msgid "Remove the check mark from the **Deduct down payments** field." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:676 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:675 msgid "" "Add the original CFDI of the advance payment invoice by adding ``07 |`` at " "the beginning + Folio Fiscal of the advance payment Invoice created in the " "previous step." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:679 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:678 msgid "Copy the Folio Fiscal of the following invoice following this example:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:685 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:684 msgid "" "And paste it in the draft invoice created from the Sales Order without " "deducting the advances:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:691 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:690 msgid "" "Validate and copy the Folio Fiscal for later (in the example the Folio " "Fiscal copy is: 50E4FF06-4341-4006-A7C3-A7F653CBEFAE )" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:695 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:694 msgid "Add credit note from invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:697 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:696 msgid "" "Create a **Credit Note** from the down payment invoice (the corrective " "invoice must be edited prior to confirming it, see explanation below the 2 " "following images)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:708 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:707 msgid "" "Before you *Confirm* the Credit Note, edit the Origin CFDI with ``07 | XXX``" " instead of the prefix ``01 | XXX``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:719 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:718 msgid "Now the invoice can be confirmed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:725 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:724 msgid "" "Now the Credit Note (Advance Payment) must be applied to the total invoice, " "this is added at the bottom below the amount owed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:736 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:735 msgid "" "Register a payment for the difference of the down payment and the total of " "the sale." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:742 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:741 msgid "" "If you go to the XML of the invoice, you should see in CFDI related the type" " of relationship 07 and the Folio Fiscal of the advance payment invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:750 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:749 msgid "Discounts based on payment days" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:752 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:751 msgid "" "Cash discounts are incentives that you can offer to motivate customers to " "pay within a specified time period. For example, you offer a 2% discount if " @@ -7690,22 +7762,22 @@ msgid "" "payments period." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:757 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:762 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:756 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:761 msgid "Create and assign the corresponding Payment Term" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:758 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:781 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:757 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:780 msgid "Register the Payment within the days of the discount" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:759 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:807 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:758 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:806 msgid "Create a credit note" msgstr "Créer un avoir" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:764 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:763 msgid "" "To configure the discount for advance payment, go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Terms` and click on" @@ -7715,27 +7787,27 @@ msgid "" " type if necessary (in this example 30 days)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:774 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:773 msgid "" "Then when creating our Sales Order or Sales Invoice, assign the Payment Term" " created previously." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:783 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:782 msgid "" "Register the payment within the days in which the application of the " "discount was specified, in our case it is within 5 days after the creation " "of the Sales Invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:790 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:789 msgid "" "Then go to the bottom of the invoice where the totals are located and there " "you will see 2 payments created, reset to draft and cancel the payment that " "does not correspond - the one related to the discount." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:809 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:808 msgid "" "Finally to close the cycle we must close the invoice, but as in this case we" " apply a discount, to close it correctly we must create a credit note " @@ -7743,56 +7815,56 @@ msgid "" "Note**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:821 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:820 msgid "Adjust the amount to the remaining balance in the original invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:827 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:826 msgid "Add the Credit Note to the original invoice so that it is settled." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:834 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:833 msgid "Cancellation of invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:837 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:836 msgid "Before 72 Hours" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:839 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:838 msgid "" "If it is necessary to cancel an invoice validated and sent to the SAT in " "less than 72 hours follow the steps below." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:842 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:841 msgid "Request Cancellation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:848 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:847 msgid "The status of the **Electronic invoicing** changes to *Cancelled*" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:849 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:848 msgid "Click on *RESET TO DRAFT*" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:855 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:854 msgid "Click on *CANCEL ENTRY*" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:862 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:861 msgid "After 72 Hours" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:864 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:863 msgid "" "If It is necessary to cancel an invoice validated and sent to the SAT more " "than 72 hours, the client must be asked to accept the cancellation, for this" " the following steps must be followed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:867 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:866 msgid "" "Click on *Request EDI Cancellation* to inform the SAT that you want to " "cancel the invoice, in this case the client has to enter the SAT webpage and" @@ -7800,21 +7872,21 @@ msgid "" "changes to *To Cancel*)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:870 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:869 msgid "" "When the client (Receiver / Customer) approves the Cancellation in their SAT" " portal it is now possible to Change the invoice to Draft and then click on " "*Cancel entry*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:872 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:871 msgid "" "Odoo synchronizes with the SAT to update the status of the **Electronic " "invoicing** with a scheduled action, Invoices canceled in the SAT will be " "canceled in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:879 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:878 msgid "" "After clicking on **Request EDI cancellation**, the status of the " "**Electronic invoicing** field will be *To Cancel* but the status of the SAT" @@ -7822,7 +7894,7 @@ msgid "" " Recipient approves the cancellation in the SAT." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:887 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:886 msgid "" "Once canceled in the SAT, Odoo will synchronize the status of the SAT " "through scheduled actions that are executed every day to synchronize the " @@ -7830,33 +7902,33 @@ msgid "" "can be executed manually by entering with developer mode)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:891 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:890 msgid "" "If the invoice is canceled in the SAT, in Odoo it is also canceled, which " "allows you to switch the invoice to draft and finally cancel the invoice " "(*cancel entry*)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:899 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:898 msgid "Cancel Paid Invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:901 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:900 msgid "" "If the invoice has already been paid, a credit note must be created from the" " invoice so that the originating CFDI is recognized and later cancel the " "original invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:913 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:912 msgid "Cancel Invoices from the previous period" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:916 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:915 msgid "Problem" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:918 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:917 msgid "" "If the invoice is from the previous month and the period is closed, the " "income has already been declared in Financial Reports and to the government." @@ -7865,108 +7937,108 @@ msgid "" "problem because the income was already declared in the previous month." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:923 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:922 msgid "" "The problem resides when the fiscal period has been closed, in the current " "period you have to make the reverse entry and save the cancellation " "information." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:926 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:925 msgid "Invoice to be canceled" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:932 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:931 msgid "This is how the Balance Sheet looks like:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:938 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:937 msgid "" "If the invoice is canceled, the journal entry and the Balance Sheet looks " "like this after canceling:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:945 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:944 msgid "Solution" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:947 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:946 msgid "" "Close the fiscal period every month (Best Practice Mexican Localization)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:948 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:947 msgid "Cancel invoice in SAT" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:949 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:948 msgid "Create a Manual Reversion entry (Journal Entry)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:950 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:949 msgid "Reconcile the open invoice with the reversal entry (Journal Entry)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:951 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:950 msgid "Change Electronic invoicing status to Cancelled with server action" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:954 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:953 msgid "" "Close accounting period each month (Best Practice Mexican Localization)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:956 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:955 msgid "" "If the accounting period is closed due to the blocking dates, Odoo will not " "allow to modify or add accounting entries of a date corresponding to that " "accounting period." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:964 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:963 msgid "Cancel invoice in the SAT" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:966 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:965 msgid "" "If the accounting period is closed, and the invoice was canceled in the SAT," " the status in Odoo will be published while the **Electronic invoicing** " "status will be *Sent* and the SAT status is *Cancelled*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:975 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:974 msgid "Create Manual Reversal Journal Entry" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:977 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:976 msgid "" "The solution is to create the reversal journal entry manually dated in the " "current fiscal period and reconcile the open invoice with the reversion " "created manually." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:980 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:979 msgid "" "It must be clearly indicated in the reference that it is a cancellation (you" " can use a cancellation account for invoices from previous periods such as " "**Other Income**)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:988 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:987 msgid "Reconcile the open invoice with the reversal entry" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:998 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:997 msgid "" "In the Balance Sheet and Trial balance they are now with the correct " "balances." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1013 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1012 msgid "Change status of Electronic invoicing to Cancelled with server action" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1015 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1014 msgid "" "A server action can be created that modifies the status of the invoice to " "*Cancelled* once it is reconciled with the reversal entry (You should check " @@ -7974,57 +8046,57 @@ msgid "" "performing this action)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1028 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1027 msgid "Electronic Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1030 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1029 msgid "Accounting for Mexico in Odoo is composed of 3 reports:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1032 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1046 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1031 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1045 msgid "Electronic Chart of Accounts (Called and displayed as COA)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1033 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1032 msgid "Electronic Trial Balance." msgstr "Balance générale électronique." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1034 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1033 msgid "DIOT report." msgstr "Rapport DIOT" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1036 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1035 msgid "" "1. and 2. are considered electronic accounting, and DIOT is a report only " "available in the context of accounting." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1039 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1038 msgid "" "You can find all of those reports in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Reporting --> Mexico`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1048 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1047 msgid "" "Electronic invoicing has never been so easy, just go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting -> Reports -> Mexico -> COA` and click the button" " **Export for SAT (XML)**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1056 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1055 msgid "How to add new accounts ?" msgstr "Comment ajouter des nouveaux comptes?" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1058 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1057 msgid "" "If you add an account with the NNN.YY.ZZ encoding convention where NNN.YY is" " a SAT encoding group, your account will be set up automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1061 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1060 msgid "" "Example to add an Account for a new Bank account go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Chart of Account` and then " @@ -8034,11 +8106,11 @@ msgid "" "chosen to be used in the COA in XML." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1072 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1071 msgid "What is the meaning of the tags?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1074 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1073 msgid "" "To know all the possible labels, you can read `Annex 24 " "<http://www.sat.gob.mx/fichas_tematicas/buzon_tributario/Documents/Anexo24_05012015.pdf>`_" @@ -8046,7 +8118,7 @@ msgid "" "SAT**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1079 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1078 msgid "" "When you install the l10n_mx module and your chart of accounts depends on it" " (this happens automatically when you install the configuration of Mexico as" @@ -8054,11 +8126,11 @@ msgid "" "default. If the tag you need is not created, you can create it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1085 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1084 msgid "Trial Balance" msgstr "Balance générale" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1087 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1086 msgid "" "Exactly like the COA but with the credit and debit of the initial balance, " "once you have correctly configured your COA, you can go to " @@ -8067,27 +8139,27 @@ msgid "" "(XML)** with the previous selection of the period you want to export." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1096 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1095 msgid "" "All normal analysis and listed functions are available here as well as any " "normal Odoo Report." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1099 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1098 msgid "DIOT Report (Requires Accounting App)" msgstr "Rapport DIOT (application de comptabilité requise)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1101 msgid "What is DIOT and the importance of presenting it SAT" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1103 msgid "" "When it comes to procedures with the SAT Administration Service, we know " "that we should not neglect what we present." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1106 msgid "" "The DIOT is the Informative Declaration of Operations with Third Parties " "(DIOT), which is an additional obligation with VAT, where we must give the " @@ -8095,25 +8167,25 @@ msgid "" "with our suppliers." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1110 msgid "" "This applies to both individuals and Personas Morales, so if we have VAT to " "present to the SAT and also deal with suppliers it is necessary to send the " "DIOT." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1114 msgid "When to file the DIOT and in what format ?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1116 msgid "" "It is easy to present the DIOT, since, like all formats, you can obtain it " "on the SAT page, it is the electronic form A-29 that you can find on the SAT" " website." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1119 msgid "" "Every month if you have operations with third parties, it is necessary to " "present the DIOT, as we do with VAT, so if in January we have deals with " @@ -8121,24 +8193,24 @@ msgid "" "data." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1124 msgid "Where is DIOT presented?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1126 msgid "" "You can present DIOT in different ways, it is up to you which one you will " "choose and which one will be more comfortable for you since you will present" " it every month or every time you have dealings with suppliers." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1130 msgid "" "The A-29 form is electronic so you can present it on the SAT page, but this " "after having made up to 500 registrations." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1133 msgid "" "Once these 500 records have been entered in the SAT, you must submit them to" " the Local Taxpayer Services Administration (ALSC) with correspondence to " @@ -8148,18 +8220,18 @@ msgid "" "USB." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1140 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1139 msgid "One more thing to know: batch loading?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1141 msgid "" "When reviewing the official SAT documents in DIOT, you will find the Batch " "load, and of course the first thing we think is what is that ?, and " "according to the SAT site it is:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1144 msgid "" "The \"batch load\" is the conversion of databases from records of " "transactions with suppliers made by taxpayers in text files (.txt). These " @@ -8169,7 +8241,7 @@ msgid "" "integration for the presentation in time and form to the SAT." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1151 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1150 msgid "" "You can use it to present the DIOT, since it is allowed, which will " "facilitate this operation, so that it does not exist to avoid being in line " @@ -8177,17 +8249,17 @@ msgid "" "Third Parties." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1155 msgid "" "`official information " "<http://www.sat.gob.mx/fichas_tematicas/declaraciones_informativas/Paginas/declaracion_informativa_terceros.aspx>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1159 msgid "How to generate this report in Odoo?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1162 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1161 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports --> Mexico --> Transactions " "with third partied (DIOT)`." @@ -8195,27 +8267,27 @@ msgstr "" "Allez à :menuselection:`Comptabilité --> Rapports --> Mexique --> " "Transactions avec des tiers (DIOT)`." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1168 msgid "" "A report view is displayed, select the last month to report the immediately " "preceding month or leave the current month if it suits you." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1176 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1175 msgid "Click on *Export (XLSX)* or *Print (TXT)*" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1181 msgid "" "Save the downloaded file in a safe place, go to the SAT website and follow " "the necessary steps to declare it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1186 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1185 msgid "Important considerations about your supplier and invoice data for DIOT" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1188 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1187 msgid "" "All suppliers must have the fields configured in the accounting tab called " "\"DIOT Information\", the L10N MX Nationality field is completed by simply " @@ -8224,34 +8296,34 @@ msgid "" "your providers." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1197 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1196 msgid "" "There are 3 VAT options for this report, 16%, 0% and exempt, one invoice " "line in Odoo is considered exempt if there is no tax on it, the other 2 " "taxes are already configured correctly." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1199 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1198 msgid "" "Remember that to pay an invoice that represents a prepayment, you must first" " request the invoice and then pay it and properly reconcile the payment " "following the standard Odoo procedure." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1201 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1200 msgid "" "You do not need to fill in all your partner data to try to generate the " "supplier invoice, you can correct this information when you generate the " "report." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1203 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1202 msgid "" "Remember that this report only shows vendor invoices that were actually " "paid." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1205 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1204 msgid "" "If some of these considerations are not taken into account, a message like " "this will appear when you generate the DIOT in TXT with all the partners you" @@ -8261,74 +8333,74 @@ msgid "" "auditory process to see that all your partners are configured correctly." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1216 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1215 msgid "Closing Fiscal Period in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1217 msgid "" "Before proceeding to the close of the fiscal year, there are some steps that" " you should normally take to ensure that your accounting is correct, updated" " and accurate:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1221 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1220 msgid "" "Make sure that you have fully reconciled your bank account (s) through the " "end of the year and confirm that the closing book balances match the " "balances on your bank statements." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1223 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1222 msgid "Verify that all customer invoices have been entered and approved." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1224 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1223 msgid "Confirm that you have entered and approved all vendor bills." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1225 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1224 msgid "Validate all expenses, ensuring their accuracy." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1226 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1225 msgid "" "Check that all payments received have been entered and recorded exactly." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1229 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:23 msgid "Year-end checklist" msgstr "Liste de vérification de fin d'année" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1231 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1230 msgid "Run a **Tax Report**, and verify that your tax information is correct." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1231 msgid "Reconcile all accounts on your **Balance Sheet**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1234 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1233 msgid "" "Compare your bank balances in Odoo against the current bank balances on your" " statements. Use the report **Bank Reconciliation** to help you with this." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1236 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1235 msgid "" "Reconcile all cash and bank account transactions by running your **Old " "Accounts Receivable** and **Old Accounts Payable** reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1238 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1237 msgid "" "Audit your accounts, making sure you fully understand the transactions that " "affect them and the nature of the transactions, making sure to include loans" " and fixed assets." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1241 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1240 msgid "" "Run the optional function **Payments Matching**, under the *More* drop-down " "on the Journal options from the Accounting dashboard, validating any Vendor " @@ -8337,45 +8409,45 @@ msgid "" " reconciled, and it can lead to finding errors or mistakes in the system." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1245 msgid "" "Your accountant will probably like to check your items in the balance sheet " "and do some Journal Entries for:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1249 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1248 msgid "" "Manual year-end adjustments, using the **Journal Audit** report (For " "example, the **Current Earnings for the Year** and **Retained Earnings " "reports**)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1251 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1250 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:54 msgid "**Work in Progress**." msgstr "**Travail en cours**." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1252 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1251 msgid "**Depreciation Journals**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1253 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1252 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:58 msgid "**Loans**." msgstr "**Prêts**." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1254 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1253 msgid "**Tax Adjustments**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1256 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1255 msgid "" "If your accountant is on the year-end audit, they will want to have copies " "of the balance sheet items (such as loans, bank accounts, prepayments, sales" " tax reports, etc ...) to compare against. your balances in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1260 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1259 msgid "" "During this process, it is a good practice setting the **Closing Date for " "Non-Advisers** to the last day of the preceding financial year, which is set" @@ -8384,11 +8456,11 @@ msgid "" "books." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1270 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1269 msgid "Accounting Closing Process" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1272 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1271 msgid "" "In Odoo there is no need to make a specific year-end entry to close the " "reporting income accounts . The result of the exercise is automatically " @@ -8396,7 +8468,7 @@ msgid "" "between Income - Expenses will be accumulated to calculate it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1276 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1275 msgid "" "The reports are created in real-time, which means that the **Income Report**" " corresponds directly to the closing date of the year that you specify in " @@ -8405,25 +8477,25 @@ msgid "" "account balances will all be 0." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1281 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1280 msgid "" "As of December 31, the Balance Sheet shows the earnings of the Current Year " "that do not have been recognized (Account type Total Current Year " "Unallocated Earnings in MX account 305.01.01 ['current year earnings' type])" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1289 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1288 msgid "" "The accountant should create a Journal Entry to recognize the result of the " "year in Accumulated Earnings from previous years on the account \"previous " "years results\" account (304.01.01 in Mexico) - that is an equity account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1293 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1292 msgid "The simplified accounting entry would look like this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1299 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1298 msgid "" "Once the accountant has created the journal entry to locate the **Current " "Earnings for the Year**, they must set the **Closing Date** to the last day " @@ -8432,26 +8504,26 @@ msgid "" "balance 0." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1309 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1308 msgid "Extra Recommended features" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1312 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1311 msgid "Contacts App (Free)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1314 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1313 msgid "" "If you want to properly manage your customers, suppliers and addresses, this" " module, even if it is not a technical need, it is highly recommended to " "install it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1318 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1317 msgid "Multi-currency (Requires Accounting application)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1320 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1319 msgid "" "In Mexico, almost all companies send and receive payments in different " "currencies. If you want to do this you can enable the use of multi-currency." @@ -8460,40 +8532,40 @@ msgid "" " without having to manually create this information every day in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1325 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1324 msgid "Go to settings and enable the multi-currency feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1332 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1331 msgid "" "Enabling Explicit errors on the CFDI using the XSD local validator (CFDI " "3.3)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1334 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1333 msgid "" "Frequently you want receive explicit errors from the fields incorrectly set " "on the xml, those errors are better informed to the user if the check is " "enable, to enable the Check with xsd feature follow the next steps (with the" -" :doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` enabled)." +" :doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>` enabled)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1339 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1338 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Actions --> Server Actions`" msgstr "" "Allez à :menuselection:`Paramètres --> Technique --> Actions --> Actions " "serveur`" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1340 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1339 msgid "Look for the Action called \"Download XSD files to CFDI\"" msgstr "Reherchez l'Action \"Télécharger le fichier XSD au format CFDI\"." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1341 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1340 msgid "Click on button \"Create Contextual Action\"" msgstr "Cliquez sur le bouton \"Créer une action contextuelle\"" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1342 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1341 msgid "" "Go to the company form :menuselection:`Settings --> Users&Companies --> " "Companies`" @@ -8501,17 +8573,17 @@ msgstr "" "Allez sur le formulaire de la société depuis :menuselection:`Paramètres --> " "Utilisateurs&Sociétés --> Sociétés`" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1343 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1342 msgid "Open any company you have." msgstr "Ouvrez l'une de vos sociétés." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1344 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1343 msgid "Click on \"Action\" and then on \"Download XSD file to CFDI\"." msgstr "" "Cliquez sur \"Action\" puis sur \"Télécharger le fichier XSD au format " "CFDI\"." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1350 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1349 msgid "" "Now you can make an invoice with any error (for example a product without " "code which is pretty common) and an explicit error will be shown instead a " @@ -8521,45 +8593,45 @@ msgstr "" "exemple un produit sans code, ce qui est assez courant) et une erreur " "explicite sera affichée à la place d'une erreur générique sans explication." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1355 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1354 msgid "If you see an error like this:" msgstr "Si vous voyez une erreur comme celle-ci :" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "``The cfdi generated is not valid``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "" "``attribute decl. 'TipoRelacion', attribute 'type': The QName value " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_TipoRelacion' does " "not resolve to a(n) simple type definition., line 36``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1362 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1361 msgid "" "This can be caused by a database backup restored in anothe server, or when " "the XSD files are not correctly downloaded. Follow the same steps as above " "but:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1366 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1365 msgid "Go to the company in which the error occurs." msgstr "Choisissez la société dans laquelle l'erreur s'est produite." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1367 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1366 msgid "Click on *Action* and then on *Download XSD file to CFDI*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1370 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1369 msgid "Common problems and errors" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1372 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1371 msgid "**Error messages** (Only applicable on CFDI 3.3):" msgstr "**Messages d'erreur** (applicable uniquement sur CFDI 3.3):" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1374 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1373 msgid "" "``9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_MINLENGTH_VALID: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " @@ -8567,7 +8639,7 @@ msgid "" "allowed minimum length of '1'.``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1379 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1378 msgid "" "``9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_PATTERN_VALID: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " @@ -8575,7 +8647,7 @@ msgid "" "'[^|]{1,100}'.``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1383 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1382 msgid "" "**Solution**: You forgot to set the proper \"Reference\" field in the " "product, please go to the product form and set your internal reference " @@ -8585,29 +8657,29 @@ msgstr "" " dans le produit. Veuillez vous reporter à la fiche du produit et définir " "correctement votre référence interne." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1387 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1428 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1459 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1480 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1488 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1386 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1427 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1458 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1479 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1487 msgid "**Error messages**:" msgstr "**Messages d'erreur** :" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1389 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1388 msgid "" "``6:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}RegimenFiscal': The attribute 'Regimen' is " "required but missing.``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1392 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1391 msgid "" "``5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'RegimenFiscal' is " "required but missing.``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1395 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1394 msgid "" "**Solution**: You forgot to set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the " "partner of the company. Go to customers, remove the customer filter and look" @@ -8617,25 +8689,25 @@ msgid "" "considerations about fiscal positions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1402 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1401 msgid "" "You need to go to Fiscal Position settings and set the proper code (it is " "the first 3 numbers of the name), for example, for the test, you need to set" " 601, it will look like the picture." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1410 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1409 msgid "" "For testing purposes this value must be set to ``601 - General de Ley " "Personas Morales`` which is the one required for the VAT demo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1413 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1445 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1412 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1444 msgid "**Error message**:" msgstr "**Message d'erreur**" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1415 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1414 msgid "" "``2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'FormaPago': [facet " @@ -8644,19 +8716,19 @@ msgid "" "'26', '27', '28', '29', '30', '99'}``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1421 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1420 msgid "**Solution**: The payment method is required on your invoice." msgstr "**Solution**: Le mode de paiement est requis sur la facture." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1430 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1429 msgid "" "``2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': " "[facet 'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'00``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1433 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1447 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1432 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1446 msgid "" "``2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': '' " @@ -8664,14 +8736,14 @@ msgid "" "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal'.``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1436 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1435 msgid "" "``5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'Rfc' is required but " "missing.``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1439 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1438 msgid "" "**Solution**: You must configure your company address correctly, this is a " "mandatory group of fields, you can go to your company configuration in " @@ -8680,96 +8752,96 @@ msgid "" " this section: :ref:`mx-legal-info`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1452 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1451 msgid "" "**Solution**: The postal code of your company address is not valid for " "Mexico, please correct it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1461 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1460 msgid "" "``18:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " "required but missing.``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1464 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1463 msgid "" "``34:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " "required but missing.\", '')``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1468 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1467 msgid "" "**Solution**: Set the Mexican name for the 0% and 16% tax in your system and" " use it on the invoice. Your tax, which represents 16% VAT and 0%, must have" " the **Factor Type** field set to *Tasa*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "``CCE159``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "" "``The XXXX attribute must be registered if the key of cce11: " "ComercioExterior: TipoOperacion registered is '1' or '2'.``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1486 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1485 msgid "**Solution**: It is necessary to specify the Incoterm." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "``CCE209``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "" "``The attribute cce11: Foreign Trade: Goods: Goods: Customs Unit must have " "the value specified in the catalog catCFDI: c_FraccionArancelaria column " "'UMT' when the attribute cce11: Foreign Trade: Goods: Me``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1495 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1494 msgid "" "**Solution**: The Tariff Fraction must have the code of the unit of measure " "01, corresponding to Kilograms." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1499 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1498 msgid "Glossary" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1501 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1500 msgid "" ":abbr:`CFDI (Comprobante Fiscal Digital por Internet)`: Online Digital Tax " "Receipt" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1502 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1501 msgid ":abbr:`CSD (Certificado de Sello Digital)`: Digital Seal Certificate" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1503 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1502 msgid "" ":abbr:`PAC (Proveedores Autorizados de Certificación)`: Authorized " "Certification Provider" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1504 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1503 msgid "Stamp: Digital signature of the electronic invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1505 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1504 msgid "" "Addenda: Complement of information that can be attached to an Internet " "Digital Tax Receipt (CFDI) normally required by certain companies in Mexico " "such as Walmart, Tiendas Sorianas, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1507 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1506 msgid "" ":abbr:`UUID (Universally Unique Identifier)`: It is the acronym in English " "of the Universally Unique Identifier. The UUID is the equivalent of Folio " @@ -8777,7 +8849,7 @@ msgid "" " by hyphens." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1510 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1509 msgid "" "LCO: List of Obliged Taxpayers (LCO) is a list issued by the SAT that " "accounts for all the taxpayers whom it authorizes the issuance of invoices " @@ -8785,16 +8857,16 @@ msgid "" "your clients, you must be in this database." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:2 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:2 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:100 msgid "Netherlands" msgstr "Pays-Bas" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:5 msgid "XAF Export" msgstr "Export XAF" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:7 msgid "" "With the Dutch accounting localization installed, you will be able to export" " all your accounting entries in XAF format. For this, you have to go in " @@ -8803,11 +8875,11 @@ msgid "" "then you click on the button **EXPORT (XAF)**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:14 msgid "Dutch Accounting Reports" msgstr "Rapports comptables néerlandais" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:16 msgid "" "If you install the Dutch accounting localization, you will have access to " "some reports that are specific to the Netherlands such as :" @@ -8815,26 +8887,26 @@ msgstr "" "Si vous installez la localisation de comptabilité néerlandaise, vous aurez " "accès à certains rapports spécifiques aux Pays-Bas, tels que:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:21 msgid "Tax Report (Aangifte omzetbelasting)" msgstr "Rapport de taxes (Aangifte omzetbelasting)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:23 msgid "Intrastat Report (ICP)" msgstr "Déclaration Intrastat (ICP)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:109 msgid "Peru" msgstr "Pérou" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:8 msgid "" "The Peruvian localization has been improved and extended, in this version " "the next modules are available:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:11 msgid "" "**l10n_pe**: Adds accounting features for the Peruvian localization, which " "represent the minimal configuration required for a company to operate in " @@ -8842,7 +8914,7 @@ msgid "" "included in this module are: Chart of account, taxes, document types." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:16 msgid "" "**l10n_pe_edi**: includes all technical and functional requirements to " "generate and validate Electronic Invoice, based on the SUNAT specification " @@ -8854,24 +8926,24 @@ msgid "" "<https://www.sunat.gob.pe/legislacion/general/index.html/>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:28 msgid "Install the Peruvian localization modules" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:30 msgid "" "Go to *Apps* and search for Peru, then click Install in the module Peru EDI." " This module has a dependency with *Peru - Accounting*. In case this last " "one is not installed, Odoo installs it automatically within EDI." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:39 msgid "" "When you install a database from scratch selecting Peru as country, Odoo " "automatically installs the base module: Peru - Accounting." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:45 msgid "" "In addition to the basic information in the Company, we need to set Peru as " "the Country, this is essential for the Electronic Invoice to work properly. " @@ -8880,40 +8952,40 @@ msgid "" "Registration):" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:56 msgid "" "In case the Address type code is unknown, you can set it as the default " "value: 0000. Be aware that if an incorrect value is entered, the Electronic " "invoice validation might have errors." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:60 msgid "The NIF should be set following the RUC format." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:66 msgid "" "The chart of accounts is installed by default as part of the set of data " "included in the localization module, the accounts are mapped automatically " "in:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:71 msgid "Default Account Receivable" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:73 msgid "" "The chart of accounts for Peru is based on the most updated version of the " ":abbr:`PCGE (Plan Contable General Empresarial)`, which is grouped in " "several categories and is compatible with NIIF accounting." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:78 msgid "Accouting Seetings" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:80 msgid "" "Once the modules are installed and the basic information of your company is " "set, you need to configure the elements required for Electronic Invoice. For" @@ -8921,46 +8993,46 @@ msgid "" "Localization`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:85 msgid "Basic Concepts" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:87 msgid "Here are some terms that are essential on the Peruvian localization:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:89 msgid "" "**EDI**: Electronic Data Interchange, which in this refers to the Electronic" " Invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:90 msgid "" "**SUNAT**: is the organization that enforces customs and taxation in Peru." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:91 msgid "" "**OSE**: Electronic Service Operator, `OSE SUNAT's definition " "<https://cpe.sunat.gob.pe/aliados/ose#:~:text=El%20Operador%20de%20Servicios%20Electr%C3%B3nicos%20(OSE)%20es%20qui%C3%A9n%20se%20encarga,otro%20documento%20que%20se%20emita>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:93 msgid "**CDR**: Receipt certificate (Constancia de Recepción)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:94 msgid "" -"**SOL Credentials**: User and password provided by the SUNAT and grants " -"access to Online Operations systems." +"**SOL Credentials**: Sunat Operaciones en Línea. User and password are " +"provided by the SUNAT and grant access to Online Operations systems." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:99 msgid "Signature Provider" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:101 msgid "" "As part of the requirements for Electronic Invoice in Peru, your company " "needs to select a Signature Provider that will take care of the document " @@ -8968,114 +9040,114 @@ msgid "" "options:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:112 msgid "IAP (Odoo In-App Purchase)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:106 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:170 msgid "Digiflow" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:186 msgid "SUNAT" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:109 msgid "" "Please refer to the sections below to check the details and considerations " "for each option." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:114 msgid "" "This is the default and the suggested option, considering the digital " "ceritificate is included as part of the service." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:122 msgid "What is the IAP?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:124 msgid "" "This is a signature service offered directly by Odoo, the service takes care" " of the next process:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:126 msgid "" "Provides the Electronic invoice Certificate, so you do not need to acquire " "one by yourself." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:127 msgid "Send the document to the OSE, in this case, Digiflow." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:128 msgid "Receive the OSE validation and CDR." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:131 msgid "How does it work?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:133 msgid "" "The service requires Credits in order to process your electronic documents. " "Odoo provides 1000 credits for free in new databases. After these credits " "are consumed, you need to buy a Credit Package." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:138 msgid "Credits" msgstr "Crédits" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:138 msgid "EUR" msgstr "EUR" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:140 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:113 msgid "1000" msgstr "1000" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:140 msgid "22" msgstr "22" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:142 msgid "5000" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:142 msgid "110" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:144 msgid "10,000" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:144 msgid "220" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:146 msgid "20,000" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:146 msgid "440" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:149 msgid "The credits are consumed per each document that is sent to the OSE." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:152 msgid "" "If you have a validation error and the document needs to be sent one more " "time, one additional credit will be charged. Therefore, it is paramount that" @@ -9083,17 +9155,17 @@ msgid "" "OSE." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:157 msgid "What do you need to do?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:159 msgid "" "In Odoo, once your enterprise contract is activated and you start working in" " Production, you need to buy credits once the first 1000 are consumed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:161 msgid "" "As Digiflow is the OSE used in the IAP, you need to affiliate it as the " "official OSE for your company on the SUNAT website. This is a simple " @@ -9101,15 +9173,22 @@ msgid "" "<https://drive.google.com/file/d/1BkrMTZIiJyi5XI0lGMi3rbMzHddOL1pa/view?usp=sharing>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:165 +msgid "" +"Register Digiflow as the authorized PSE, please check `PSE Affiliation guide" +" " +"<https://drive.google.com/file/d/1QZoqWvtQERpS0pqp6LcKmw7EBlm9EroU/view?usp=sharing>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:172 msgid "" "This option can be used as an alternative, instead of using the IAP services" " you can send your document validation directly to Digiflow. In this case " "you need to consider:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:172 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:192 msgid "" "Buy your own digital Certificate: For more detail regarding the official " "vendor list, and the process to acquire it, please refer to `SUNAT Digital " @@ -9117,104 +9196,110 @@ msgid "" "<https://cpe.sunat.gob.pe/informacion_general/certificados_digitales/>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:178 msgid "" "Sign a service agreement directly with `Digiflow " "<https://www.digiflow.pe/>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:179 msgid "Provide your SOL credentials." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:188 msgid "" "In case your company wants to sign directly with the SUNAT, it is possible " "to select this option in your configuration. In this case you need to " "consider: - Get the SUNAT Certification process accepted." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:196 msgid "Provide you SOL credentials." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:199 +msgid "" +"When using direct connection with the SUNAT, the SOL User must be set with " +"the Company RUT + User Id. Example: ``20121888549JOHNSMITH``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:203 msgid "Testing environment" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:205 msgid "" "Odoo provides a testing environment that can be activated before your " "company goes into production." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:207 msgid "" "When using the testing environment and the IAP signature, you don’t need to " "buy testing credits for your transactions as all of them are validated by " "default." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:211 msgid "" "By default the databases are set to work on production, make sure to enable " "the testing mode if needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:217 msgid "" "In case you don’t use Odoo IAP, in order to generate the electronic invoice " "signature, a digital certificate with the extension ``.pfx`` is required. " "Proceed to this section and load your file and password." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:228 msgid "" "The official currency exchange rate in Peru is provided by the Bank of Peru." " Odoo can connect directly to its services and get the currency rate either " "automatically or manually." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:235 msgid "" "Please refer to the next section in our documentation for more information " "about :doc:`multicurrency <../../others/multicurrencies/how_it_works>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:245 msgid "" "As part of the localization module the taxes are created automatically with " "their related financial account and electronic invoice configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:253 msgid "EDI Configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:255 msgid "" "As part of the taxes configuration, there are three new fields required for " "electronic invoice, the taxes created by default have this data included, " "but in case you create new taxes make sure you fill in the fields:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:261 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:267 msgid "" "There are two main fiscal positions included by default when you install the" " Peruvian localization." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:269 msgid "" "**Extranjero - Exportación**: Set this fiscal position on customers for " "Exportation transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:271 msgid "**Local Peru**: Set this fiscal position on local customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:270 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:276 msgid "" "In some Latin American countries, including Peru, some accounting " "transactions like invoices and vendor bills are classified by document " @@ -9222,7 +9307,7 @@ msgid "" "SUNAT." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:280 msgid "" "Each document type can have a unique sequence per journal where it is " "assigned. As part of the localization, the Document Type includes the " @@ -9230,29 +9315,29 @@ msgid "" "automatically when the localization module is installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:278 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:284 msgid "" "The information required for the document types is included by default so " "the user does not need to fill anything on this view:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:292 msgid "" "Currently the documents supported on customer invoices are: Invoice, Boleta," " Debit Note and Credit Note." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:298 msgid "" "When creating Sales Journals, the following information must be filled, in " "addition to the standard fields on the Journals:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:302 msgid "Use Documents" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:304 msgid "" "This field is used to define if the journal uses Document Types. It is only " "applicable to Purchase and Sales journals, which are the ones that can be " @@ -9260,23 +9345,23 @@ msgid "" "default, all the sales journals created use documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:303 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:309 msgid "Electronic Data Interchange" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:305 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:311 msgid "" "This section indicates which EDI workflow is used in the invoice, for Peru " "we must select “Peru UBL 2.1”." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:313 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:319 msgid "" "By default, the value Factur-X (FR) is always displayed, make sure you can " "uncheck it manually." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:321 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:327 msgid "" "As part of the Peruvian localization, the identification types defined by " "the SUNAT are now available on the Partner form, this information is " @@ -9284,26 +9369,26 @@ msgid "" "customer, make sure you fill in this information in your records." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:331 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:337 msgid "Product" msgstr "Article" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:333 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:339 msgid "" "Additional to the basic information in your products, for the Peruvian " "localization, the UNSPC Code on the product is a required value to be " "configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:345 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:351 msgid "Customer invoice" msgstr "Facture client" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:354 msgid "EDI Elements" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:356 msgid "" "Once you have configured your master data, the invoices can be created from " "your sales order or manually. Additional to the basic invoice information " @@ -9312,13 +9397,13 @@ msgid "" "fields required as part of the Peru EDI:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:355 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:361 msgid "" "**Document type**: The default value is “Factura Electronica” but you can " "manually change the document type if needed and select Boleta for example." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:362 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:368 msgid "" "**Operation type**: This value is required for Electronic Invoice and " "indicates the transaction type, the default value is “Internal Sale” but " @@ -9326,7 +9411,7 @@ msgid "" "Goods." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:370 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:376 msgid "" "**EDI Affectation Reason**: In the invoice lines, additional to the Tax " "there is a field “EDI Affectation Reason” that determines the tax scope " @@ -9335,7 +9420,7 @@ msgid "" "manually select another one when creating the invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:382 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:388 msgid "" "Once you check all the information in your invoice is correct, you can " "proceed to validate it. This action registers the account move and triggers " @@ -9343,18 +9428,18 @@ msgid "" "following message is displayed at the top of the invoice:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:390 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:396 msgid "" "Asynchronous means that the document is not sent automatically after the " "invoice has been posted." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:393 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:487 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:399 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:493 msgid "Electronic Invoice Status" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:395 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:401 msgid "" "**To be Sent**: To be sent: Indicates the document is ready to be sent to " "the OSE, this can be done either automatically by Odoo with a *cron* that " @@ -9362,46 +9447,46 @@ msgid "" "button “Sent now”." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:403 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:409 msgid "" "**Sent**: Indicates the document was sent to the OSE and was successfully " "validated. As part of the validation a ZIP file is downloaded and a message " "is logged in the chatter indicating the correct Government validation." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:411 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:417 msgid "" "In case there is a validation error the Electronic Invoice status remains in" " “To be sent” so the corrections can be made and the invoice can be sent " "again." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:415 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:421 msgid "" "One credit is consumed each time that you send a document for validation, in" " this sense if an error is detected on an invoice and you send it one more " "time, two credits are consumed in total." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:422 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:428 msgid "" "There are multiple reasons behind a rejection from the OSE or the SUNAT, " "when this happens Odoo sends a message at the top of the invoice indicating " "the error details and in the most common cases a hint to fix the issue." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:426 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:432 msgid "If a validation error is received, you have two options:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:428 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:434 msgid "" "In case the error is related to master data on the partner, customer or " "taxes, you can simply apply the change on the record (example customer " "identification type) and once it is done click on the Retry button." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:431 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:437 msgid "" "If the error is related to some data recorded on the invoice directly " "(Operation type, missing data on the invoice lines), the correct solution is" @@ -9409,49 +9494,49 @@ msgid "" " again to the SUNAT for another validation." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:440 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:446 msgid "" "For more detail please refert to `Common errors in SUNAT " "<https://www.nubefact.com/codigos-error-sunat/>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:446 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:452 msgid "" "After the invoice is accepted and validated by the SUNAT, the invoice PDF " "report can be printed. The report includes a QR code, indicating the invoice" " is a valid fiscal document." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:454 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:460 msgid "IAP Credits" msgstr "Crédits IAP" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:456 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:462 msgid "" "Odoo’s Electronic IAP offers 1000 credits for free, after these credits are " "consumed in your production database, your company must buy new credits in " "order to process your transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:459 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:465 msgid "" "Once you run out of credits a red label is displayed at the top of the " "invoice indicating that additional credits are required, you can easily buy " "them by accessing the link provided in the message." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:467 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:473 msgid "" "In the IAP service includes packages with different pricing based on the " "number of credits. The price list in the IAP is always displayed in EUR." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:474 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:510 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:480 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:516 msgid "Cancelation process" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:476 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:482 msgid "" "Some scenarios require an invoice cancellation, for example, when an invoice" " was created by mistake. If the invoice was already sent and validated by " @@ -9459,11 +9544,11 @@ msgid "" "Cancellation:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:484 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:490 msgid "In order to cancel an invoice, please provide a cancellation Reason." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:489 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:495 msgid "" "**To Cancel**: Indicates the cancellation request is ready to be sent to " "the OSE, this can be done either automatically by Odoo with a *cron* that " @@ -9472,7 +9557,7 @@ msgid "" "result the next message and CDR File are logged in the chatter:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:498 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:504 msgid "" "**Cancelled**: Indicates the cancellation request was sent to the OSE and " "was successfully validated. As part of the validation a ZIP file is " @@ -9480,75 +9565,75 @@ msgid "" "Government validation." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:507 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:513 msgid "One credit is consumed on each cancellation request." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:512 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:518 msgid "" "When creating exportation invoices, take into account the next " "considerations:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:514 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:520 msgid "The Identification type on your customer must be Foreign ID." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:515 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:521 msgid "Operation type in your invoice must be an Exportation one." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:516 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:522 msgid "The taxes included in the invoice lines should be EXP taxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:523 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:529 msgid "Advance Payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:525 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:531 msgid "Create the advance payment Invoice and apply its related payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:526 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:532 msgid "Create the final invoice without considering the advance payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:527 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:533 msgid "" "Create a credit note for the Final invoice with the advance payment amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:528 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:534 msgid "Reconcile the Credit note with the final invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:529 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:535 msgid "" "The remaining balance on the final invoice should be paid with a regular " "payment transaction." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:533 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:539 msgid "Detraction Invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:535 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:541 msgid "" "When creating invoices that is subject to Detractions, take into account the" " next considerations:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:537 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:543 msgid "" "All the products included in the invoice must have these fields configured:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:543 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:549 msgid "Operation type in your invoice must be ``1001``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:552 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:558 msgid "" "When a correction or refund is needed over a validated invoice, a credit " "note must be generated, for this just click on the button “Add Credit Note”," @@ -9556,47 +9641,47 @@ msgid "" "selecting one of the options in the list." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:561 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:567 msgid "" "When creating your first credit Note, select the Credit Method: Partial " "Refund, this allows you to define the credit note sequence." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:564 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:570 msgid "By default the Credit Note is set in the document type:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:570 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:576 msgid "" "To finish the workflow please follow the instructions on :doc:`our page " "about Credit Notes <../../receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:574 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:580 msgid "" "The EDI workflow for the Credit notes works in the same way as the invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:580 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:586 msgid "" "As part of the Peruvian localization, besides creating credit notes from an " "existing document you can also create debit Notes. For this just use the " "button “Add Debit Note”." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:583 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:589 msgid "By default the Debit Note is set in the document type." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:3 msgid "Spain" msgstr "Espagne" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:6 msgid "Spanish Chart of Accounts" msgstr "Plan comptable espagnol" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:8 msgid "" "In Odoo, there are several Spanish Chart of Accounts that are available by " "default:" @@ -9604,19 +9689,19 @@ msgstr "" "Par défaut , différents plans comptables espagnols sont disponibles dans " "Odoo :" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:10 msgid "PGCE PYMEs 2008" msgstr "PGCE PYMEs 2008" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:11 msgid "PGCE Completo 2008" msgstr "PGCE Completo 2008" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:12 msgid "PGCE Entitades" msgstr "PGCE Entitades" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:14 msgid "" "You can choose the one you want by going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration` then choose the package you want in the **Fiscal " @@ -9626,7 +9711,7 @@ msgstr "" "Configuration` puis, sélectionnez celui que vous voulez dans la section " "**Localisation fiscale**." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:20 msgid "" "When you create a new SaaS database, the PGCE PYMEs 2008 is installed by " "default." @@ -9634,11 +9719,11 @@ msgstr "" "Lorsque vous créez une nouvelle base de données SaaS, le PGCE PYMEs 2008 est" " installé par défaut." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:23 msgid "Spanish Accounting Reports" msgstr "Rapports comptables espagnols" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:25 msgid "" "If the Spanish Accounting Localization is installed, you will have access to" " accounting reports specific to Spain:" @@ -9646,45 +9731,45 @@ msgstr "" "Si la localisation comptable Espagnole est installée, vous aurez accès aux " "rapports de comptabilité spécifiques à l’Espagne:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:28 msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 111)" msgstr "Rapport de taxes (Modelo 111)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:29 msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 115)" msgstr "Rapport de taxes (Modelo 115)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:30 msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 303)" msgstr "Rapport de taxes (Modelo 303)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:3 msgid "Switzerland" msgstr "Suisse" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:6 msgid "ISR (In-payment Slip with Reference number)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:8 msgid "" "The ISRs are payment slips used in Switzerland. You can print them directly " "from Odoo. On the customer invoices, there is a new button called *Print " "ISR*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:16 msgid "" "The button *Print ISR* only appears there is well a bank account defined on " "the invoice. You can use CH6309000000250097798 as bank account number and " "010391391 as CHF ISR reference." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:23 msgid "Then you open a pdf with the ISR." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:28 msgid "" "There exists two layouts for ISR: one with, and one without the bank " "coordinates. To choose which one to use, there is an option to print the " @@ -9693,17 +9778,17 @@ msgid "" "Invoices` and enable **Print bank on ISR**:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:38 msgid "ISR reference on invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:40 msgid "" "To ease the reconciliation process, you can add your ISR reference as " "**Payment Reference** on your invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:43 msgid "" "To do so, you need to configure the Journal you usually use to issue " "invoices. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, " @@ -9713,11 +9798,11 @@ msgid "" " *Save*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:53 msgid "Currency Rate Live Update" msgstr "Mise à jour du taux de change en direct" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:55 msgid "" "You can update automatically your currencies rates based on the Federal Tax " "Administration from Switzerland. For this, go in :menuselection:`Accounting " @@ -9725,11 +9810,11 @@ msgid "" "you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:64 msgid "Updated VAT for January 2018" msgstr "Mise à jour de la TVA pour janvier 2018" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:66 msgid "" "Starting from the 1st January 2018, new reduced VAT rates will be applied in" " Switzerland. The normal 8.0% rate will switch to 7.7% and the specific rate" @@ -9739,18 +9824,18 @@ msgstr "" "appliqués en Suisse. Le taux normal de 8,0% passera à 7,7% et le taux " "spécifique au secteur hôtelier passera de 3,8% à 3,7%." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:71 msgid "How to update your taxes in Odoo Enterprise (SaaS or On Premise)?" msgstr "" "Comment mettre à jour vos taxes dans Odoo Enterprise (SaaS ou On Premise)?" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:73 msgid "" "If you have the V11.1 version, all the work is already been done, you don't " "have to do anything." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:76 msgid "" "If you have started on an earlier version, you first have to update the " "module \"Switzerland - Accounting Reports\". For this, you go in " @@ -9764,7 +9849,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"Suisse - Rapports comptables\" --> ouvrez le module --> et cliquez sur " "\"mettre à jour\"`." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:83 msgid "" "Once it has been done, you can work on creating new taxes for the updated " "rates." @@ -9772,7 +9857,7 @@ msgstr "" "Une fois que cela est fait, vous pouvez créer de nouvelles taxes pour les " "taux mis à jour." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:87 msgid "" "**Do not suppress or modify the existing taxes** (8.0% and 3.8%). You want " "to keep them since you may have to use both rates for a short period of " @@ -9780,25 +9865,25 @@ msgid "" "transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:92 msgid "The creation of such taxes should be done in the following manner:" msgstr "" "La création de ce type de taxes devrait se faire de la manière suivante : " -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:94 msgid "" "**Purchase taxes**: copy the origin tax, change its name, label on invoice, " "rate and tax group (effective from v10 only)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 msgid "" "**Sale taxes**: copy the origin tax, change its name, label on invoice, rate" " and tax group (effective from v10 only). Since the vat report now shows the" " details for old and new rates, you should also set the tags accordingly to" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:102 msgid "" "For 7.7% taxes: Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 base, Switzerland VAT Form: " "grid 302 tax" @@ -9806,7 +9891,7 @@ msgstr "" "Pour des taxes de 7,7 % : Formulaire suisse pour la déclaration TVA : grille" " de base 302, Formulaire suisse pour la déclaration TVA : grille d'impôt 302" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 msgid "" "For 3.7% taxes: Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 base, Switzerland VAT Form: " "grid 342 tax" @@ -9814,210 +9899,210 @@ msgstr "" "Pour des taxes de 3,7 % : Formulaire suisse pour la déclaration TVA : grille" " de base 342, Formulaire suisse pour la déclaration TVA : grille d'impôt 342" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:108 msgid "" "You'll find below, as examples, the correct configuration for all taxes " "included in Odoo by default" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 msgid "**Tax Name**" msgstr "**Nom de la taxe**" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 msgid "**Rate**" msgstr "**Taux**" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 msgid "**Label on Invoice**" msgstr "**Étiquettes sur les factures**" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 msgid "**Tax Group (effective from V10)**" msgstr "**Groupe de taxes (à partir de V10)**" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 msgid "**Tax Scope**" msgstr "**Portée de la taxe**" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 msgid "**Tag**" msgstr "**Étiquette**" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 msgid "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (TN)" msgstr "TVA 7,7 % sur les achats B&S (TN)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 msgid "7.7%" msgstr "7,7 %" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 msgid "7.7% achat" msgstr "7,7 % sur les achats" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 msgid "TVA 7.7%" msgstr "TVA 7,7 %" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 msgid "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 400" msgstr "Formulaire suisse pour la déclaration TVA : grille 400" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 msgid "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TN)" msgstr "TVA 7,7 % sur achat B&S (Incl. TN)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 msgid "7.7% achat Incl." msgstr "7,7 % achats Incl." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 msgid "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TN)" msgstr "TVA 7,7 % sur invest. et autres ch. (TN)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 msgid "7.7% invest." msgstr "7,7 % invest." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 msgid "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 405" msgstr "Formulaire suisse pour la déclaration TVA : grille 405" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 msgid "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TN)" msgstr "TVA 7,7 % sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TN)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 msgid "7.7% invest. Incl." msgstr "7,7 % invest. Incl." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 msgid "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (TS)" msgstr "TVA 3,7 % sur achat B&S (TS)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 msgid "3.7%" msgstr "3,7 %" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 msgid "3.7% achat" msgstr "3,7 % achat" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 msgid "TVA 3.7%" msgstr "TVA 3,7 %" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 msgid "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TS)" msgstr "TVA 3,7 % sur achat B&S (Incl. TS)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 msgid "3.7% achat Incl." msgstr "3,7 % achat Incl." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 msgid "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TS)" msgstr "TVA 3,7 % sur invest. et autres ch. (TS)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 msgid "3.7% invest" msgstr "3,7 % invest" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 msgid "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TS)" msgstr "TVA 3,7 % sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TS)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 msgid "3.7% invest Incl." msgstr "3,7 % invest Incl." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 msgid "TVA due a 7.7% (TN)" msgstr "TVA due à 7,7 % (TN)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 msgid "" "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 base, Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 tax" msgstr "" "Formulaire suisse pour la déclaration TVA : grille de base 302, Formulaire " "suisse pour la déclaration TVA : grille d'impôt 302" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 msgid "TVA due à 7.7% (Incl. TN)" msgstr "TVA due à 7,7 % (Incl. TN)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 msgid "7.7% Incl." msgstr "7,7 % Incl." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 msgid "TVA due à 3.7% (TS)" msgstr "TVA due à 3.7% (TS)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 msgid "" "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 base, Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 tax" msgstr "" "Formulaire suisse pour la déclaration TVA : grille de base 342, Formulaire " "suisse pour la déclaration TVA : grille d'impôt 342" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 msgid "TVA due a 3.7% (Incl. TS)" msgstr "TVA due à 3,7 % (Incl. TS)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 msgid "3.7% Incl." msgstr "3,7 % Incl." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:139 msgid "" "If you have questions or remarks, please contact our support using " "odoo.com/help." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:143 msgid "" "Don't forget to update your fiscal positions. If you have a version 11.1 (or" " higher), there is nothing to do. Otherwise, you will also have to update " "your fiscal positions accordingly." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:3 msgid "Fiscal Localization Packages" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:5 msgid "" "**Fiscal Localization Packages** are country-specific modules that install " "pre-configured taxes, fiscal positions, chart of accounts, and legal " @@ -10026,2158 +10111,468 @@ msgid "" "app, following your fiscal administration requirements." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:11 msgid "" "Odoo continuously adds new localizations and improves the existing packages." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:16 msgid "" "Odoo automatically installs the appropriate package for your company, " "according to the country selected at the creation of the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:20 msgid "" "As long as you haven't posted any entry, you can still add and select " "another package." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:22 msgid "" "To install a new package, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration" " --> Fiscal Localization`, click on **Install More Packages**, and install " "your country's module." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:29 msgid "Once done, select your country's package, and click on *Save*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:36 msgid "Use" msgstr "Usage (...contexte ?)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:38 msgid "" "These packages require you to fine-tune your chart of accounts according to " "your needs, activate the taxes you use, and configure your country-specific " "statements and certifications." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:41 msgid "Please refer to the documentation listed below for more information." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:44 msgid ":doc:`localizations_list`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:45 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:254 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:195 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:194 msgid ":doc:`../../overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts`" msgstr ":doc:`../../overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts`" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:46 -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:123 -msgid ":doc:`../../fiscality/taxes/taxes`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:123 +msgid ":doc:`../../taxation/taxes/taxes`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:48 msgid "" "update list of linked docs, and link with the future one about country-" "specific statements." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:3 msgid "List of supported countries" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo Accounting can be used in many countries out of the box by installing " "the appropriate module. Here is a list of all :doc:`Fiscal Localization " "Packages <fiscal_localization_packages>` that are available on Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:14 msgid "Fiscal Localization Packages available" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:16 msgid "Algeria - Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:19 msgid "Argentinian Accounting" msgstr "Comptabilité Argentine" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:20 msgid "Argentinian Accounting Reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:21 msgid "Argentinian Electronic Invoicing" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:23 msgid "Australian - Accounting" msgstr "Australie - Comptabilité" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:24 msgid "Austria - Accounting" msgstr "Comptabilité - Autriche" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:25 msgid "Belgium - Accounting" msgstr "Comptabilité - Belgique" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:26 msgid "Bolivia - Accounting" msgstr "Comptabilité - Bolivie" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:27 msgid "Brazilian - Accounting" msgstr "Comptabilité - Brésil" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:28 msgid "Canada - Accounting" msgstr "Comptabilité - Canada" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:29 msgid "Chile - Accounting" msgstr "Comptabilité - Chili" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:30 msgid "China" msgstr "Chine" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:32 msgid "China - Accounting" msgstr "China - Comptabilité" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:33 msgid "China - City Data" msgstr "Chine - données de la ville" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:34 msgid "China - Small Business CoA" msgstr "Chine - Plan comptable pour petite entreprise" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:35 msgid "China - Standard CoA" msgstr "Chine - Plan comptable standard" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:39 msgid "Colombian - Accounting" msgstr "Comptabilité - Colombie" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:40 msgid "Colombian - Point of Sale" msgstr "Colombien - Point de Vente" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:42 msgid "Costa Rica - Accounting" msgstr "Comptabilité - Costa Rica" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:43 msgid "Croatia - Accounting (RRIF 2012)" msgstr "Comptabilité - Croatie (RRIF 2012)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:44 msgid "Denmark" msgstr "Danemark" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:46 msgid "Denmark - Accounting" msgstr "Danemark - Comptabilité" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:47 msgid "Denmark - Accounting Reports" msgstr "Danemark - Rapports comptables" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:49 msgid "Dominican Republic - Accounting" msgstr "Comptabilité - République Dominicaine" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:50 msgid "Ecuador - Accounting" msgstr "Comptabilité - Équateur" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:51 msgid "Ethiopia - Accounting" msgstr "Comptabilité - Éthiopie" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:52 msgid "EU Mini One Stop Shop (MOSS)" msgstr "EU Mini One Stop Shop (MOSS)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:53 msgid "Finnish Localization" msgstr "Localisation Finlandaise" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:54 msgid "France - Accounting" msgstr "Comptabilité - France" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:55 msgid "Generic - Accounting" msgstr "Comptabilité - Générique" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:58 msgid "Germany - Accounting" msgstr "Allemagne - Comptabilité" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:59 msgid "Germany SKR03 - Accounting" msgstr "Allemagne SKR03 - Comptabilité" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:60 msgid "Germany SKR04 - Accounting" msgstr "Allemagne SKR04 - Comptabilité" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:62 msgid "Greece - Accounting" msgstr "Comptabilité - Grèce" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:63 msgid "Guatemala - Accounting" msgstr "Comptabilité - Guatemala" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:64 msgid "Honduras - Accounting" msgstr "Comptabilité - Honduras" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:65 msgid "Hong Kong - Accounting" msgstr "Hong Kong - Comptabilité" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:66 msgid "Hungarian - Accounting" msgstr "Comptabilité - Hongrie" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:67 msgid "India" msgstr "Inde" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:69 msgid "Indian - Accounting" msgstr "Comptabilité - Inde" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:70 msgid "Indian - Point of Sale" msgstr "Indien - Point de Vente" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:72 msgid "Indonesian - Accounting" msgstr "Comptabilité - Indonésienne" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:73 msgid "Ireland - Accounting" msgstr "Irlande - Comptabilité" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:74 msgid "Israel - Accounting" msgstr "Israël - Comptabilité" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:75 msgid "Italy" msgstr "Italie" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:77 msgid "Italy - Accounting" msgstr "Comptabilité - Italie" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:78 msgid "Italy - E-invoicing" msgstr "Italie - E-facturation" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:80 msgid "Japan - Accounting" msgstr "Comptabilité - Japon" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:81 msgid "LATAM" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:83 msgid "LATAM Localization Base" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:84 msgid "LATAM Document" msgstr "Document LATAM" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:86 msgid "Lithuania" msgstr "Lituanie" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:88 msgid "Lithuania - Accounting" msgstr "Lituanie - Comptabilité" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:89 msgid "LT - Accounting Reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:91 msgid "Luxembourg - Accounting" msgstr "Comptabilité - Luxembourg" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:92 msgid "Maroc - Accounting" msgstr "Comptabilité - Maroc" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:93 msgid "Mexico - Accounting" msgstr "Comptabilité - Mexique" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:94 msgid "Mongolia" msgstr "Mongolie" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:96 msgid "Mongolia - Accounting" msgstr "Comptabilité - Mongolie" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:97 msgid "Mongolia - Accounting Reports" msgstr "Rapports comptables - Mongolie" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:99 msgid "Multi Language Chart of Accounts" msgstr "Plan comptable multi-lingue" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:102 msgid "Netherlands - Accounting" msgstr "Comptabilité - Pays-Bas" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:103 msgid "Netherlands - Intrastat Declaration" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:105 msgid "New Zealand - Accounting" msgstr "Nouvelle-Zélande – Comptabilité" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:106 msgid "Norway - Accounting" msgstr "Comptabilité - Norvège" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:107 msgid "OHADA - Accounting" msgstr "Comptabilité - OHADA" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:108 msgid "Panama - Accounting" msgstr "Comptabilité - Panama" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:111 msgid "Peruvian Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:112 msgid "Peruvian Accounting Reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:113 msgid "Peruvian Electronic Invoicing" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:115 msgid "Poland - Accounting" msgstr "Comptabilité - Pologne" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:116 msgid "Portugal - Accounting" msgstr "Comptabilité - Portugal" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:117 msgid "Romania - Accounting" msgstr "Comptabilité - Roumanie" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:118 msgid "Saudi Arabia - Accounting" msgstr "Comptabilité - Arabie Saoudite" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:119 msgid "Singapore - Accounting" msgstr "Comptabilité - Singapour" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:120 msgid "Slovenian - Accounting" msgstr "Comptabilité - Slovénie" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:121 msgid "South Africa - Accounting" msgstr "Afrique du Sud - Comptabilité" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:122 msgid "Spain - Accounting (PGCE 2008)" msgstr "Comptabilité - Espagne (PGCE 2008)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:123 msgid "Sweden" msgstr "Suède" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:125 msgid "Sweden - Structured Communication OCR" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:126 msgid "Swedish - Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:128 msgid "Switzerland - Accounting" msgstr "Comptabilité - Suisse" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:129 msgid "Thailand - Accounting" msgstr "Comptabilité - Thailande" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:130 msgid "Turkey - Accounting" msgstr "Comptabilité - Turquie" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:131 msgid "U.A.E. - Accounting" msgstr "Comptabilité - É.A.U" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:132 msgid "UK - Accounting" msgstr "Comptabilité - Grande Bretagne" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:133 msgid "Ukraine - Accounting" msgstr "Comptabilité - Ukraine" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:134 msgid "United States - Accounting" msgstr "Comptabilité - États Unis" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:135 msgid "Uruguay - Chart of Accounts" msgstr "Comptabilité - Uruguay" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:136 msgid "Venezuela - Accounting" msgstr "Venezuela - Comptabilité" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:137 msgid "Vietnam - Accounting" msgstr "Comptabilité - Vietnam" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:140 msgid ":doc:`fiscal_localization_packages`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality.rst:3 -msgid "Fiscality" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year.rst:3 -msgid "Fiscal Year" -msgstr "Exercice fiscal" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:3 -msgid "Do a year end in Odoo (close a fiscal year)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Before going ahead with closing a fiscal year, there are a few steps one " -"should typically take to ensure that your accounting is correct, up to date," -" and accurate:" -msgstr "" -"Avant d'aller plus avant avec la fermeture d'un exercice, il y a quelques " -"étapes qu'il faut généralement réaliser pour veiller à ce que votre " -"comptabilité soit correcte, à jour, et précise :" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Make sure you have fully reconciled your **bank account(s)** up to year end " -"and confirm that your ending book balances agree with your bank statement " -"balances." -msgstr "" -"Assurez-vous que vous avez intégralement rapproché vos **comptes bancaires**" -" jusqu'à la fin de l'année et que vos soldes comptables sont en " -"correspondance avec le solde de vos relevés bancaires." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:13 -msgid "Verify that all **customer invoices** have been entered and approved." -msgstr "" -"Vérifiez que toutes les factures clients ont été saisies et approuvées." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:15 -msgid "Confirm that you have entered and agreed all **vendor bills**." -msgstr "" -"Confirmez que vous avez saisi et accepté toutes les **factures " -"fournisseurs**." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:17 -msgid "Validate all **expenses**, ensuring their accuracy." -msgstr "Validez toutes les **dépenses** et vérifiez leur exactitude." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Corroborate that all **received payments** have been entered and recorded " -"accurately." -msgstr "" -"Vérifiez que tous les **paiements reçus** ont été saisis et enregistrés avec" -" précision." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:25 -msgid "Run a **Tax report**, and verify that your tax information is correct." -msgstr "" -"Générez un **Rapport de taxes**, et vérifiez que vos informations fiscales " -"sont correctes." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:27 -msgid "Reconcile all accounts on your **Balance Sheet**:" -msgstr "Lettrez tous les comptes de votre bilan" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Agree your bank balances in Odoo against your actual bank balances on your " -"statements. Utilize the **Bank Reconciliation** report to assist with this." -msgstr "" -"Faites coincider vos soldes bancaires dans Odoo avec vos soldes bancaires " -"réels sur vos relevés. Utilisez le rapport **Réconciliation par relevé " -"bancaire** pour cela." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Reconcile all transactions in your cash and bank accounts by running your " -"**Aged Receivables** and **Aged Payables** reports." -msgstr "" -"Rapprocher toutes les transactions dans votre caisse et vos comptes " -"bancaires en exécutant vos rapports **Balance âgée des tiers**." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Audit your accounts, being sure to fully understand the transactions " -"affecting them and the nature of the transactions, making sure to include " -"loans and fixed assets." -msgstr "" -"Auditez vos comptes, en étant sûr de bien comprendre les opérations qui les " -"concernent et la nature des opérations, en veillant à inclure les prêts et " -"les immobilisations." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Run the optional **Payments Matching** feature, under the **More** dropdown " -"on the dashboard, validating any open **Vendor Bills** and **Customer " -"Invoices** with their payments. This step is optional, however it may assist" -" the year-end process if all outstanding payments and invoices are " -"reconciled, and could lead finding errors or mistakes in the system." -msgstr "" -"Exécutez la fonctionnalité optionnelle **Correspondance des factures et des " -"paiements**, sous le menu déroulant **Plus** sur le tableau de bord, " -"cherchant chaque **Facture Fournisseur** et **Facture Client** ouvertes et " -"leurs paiements. Cette étape est facultative, mais elle peut aider le " -"processus de fin d'année si tous les paiements et les factures impayées sont" -" rapprochés, et pourrait conduire à trouver des anomalies ou des erreurs " -"dans le système." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Your accountant/bookkeeper will likely verify your balance sheet items and " -"book entries for:" -msgstr "" -"Votre comptable vérifiera probablement vos éléments de bilan et vos " -"écritures pour :" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Year-end manual adjustments, using the **Adviser Journal Entries** menu (For" -" example, the **Current Year Earnings** and **Retained Earnings** reports)." -msgstr "" -"Des ajustements manuels de fin d'année, en utilisant le menu **Conseiller " -"--> Pièces comptables** (Par exemple, les rapports **Gains de l'Année " -"actuelle** et **Revenus différés**)." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:56 -msgid "**Depreciation Journal Entries**." -msgstr "**Ecritures d'amortissement**." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:60 -msgid "**Tax adjustments**." -msgstr "**Ajustements fiscaux**" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:62 -msgid "" -"If your accountant/bookkeeper is going through end of the year auditing, " -"they may want to have paper copies of all balance sheet items (such as " -"loans, bank accounts, prepayments, sales tax statements, etc...) to agree " -"these against your Odoo balances." -msgstr "" -"Si votre comptable est soumis à un contrôle de fin d'année, il peut vouloir " -"avoir des copies papier de tous les éléments du bilan (tels que les prêts, " -"les comptes bancaires, les paiements anticipés, les déclarations de taxe de " -"vente, etc ...) afin de les confronter à vos soldes dans Odoo ." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:67 -msgid "" -"During this process, it is good practice to set the **Lock date for Non-" -"Advisers** to the last day of the preceding financial year, which is set " -"under the accounting configuration. This way, the accountant can be " -"confident that nobody is changing the previous year transactions while " -"auditing the books." -msgstr "" -"Au cours de ce processus, c'est une bonne pratique de régler la **Date de " -"verrouillage pour les non-conseillers** au dernier jour de l'exercice " -"précédent, qui est défini dans la configuration de Comptabilité. De cette " -"façon, le comptable peut être sûr que personne ne change les transactions de" -" l'année précédente pendant la vérification des livres." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:77 -msgid "Closing the fiscal year" -msgstr "Clôture de l'exercice" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:79 -msgid "" -"In Odoo there is no need to do a specific year end closing entry in order to" -" close out income statement accounts. The reports are created in real-time, " -"meaning that the **Income statement** corresponds directly with the year-end" -" date you specify in Odoo. Therefore, any time you generate the **Income " -"Statement**, the beginning date will correspond with the beginning of the " -"**Fiscal Year** and the account balances will all be 0." -msgstr "" -"Dans Odoo il n'y a pas besoin de faire une entrée spécifique de clôture de " -"fin d'année, afin de clôturer les comptes du compte de résultat. Les " -"rapports sont créés en temps réel, ce qui signifie que le **Compte de " -"résultat** correspond directement à la date de fin d'année que vous " -"spécifiez dans Odoo. Par conséquent, chaque fois que vous générez le " -"**Compte de résultat**, la date de début correspondra avec le début de " -"l'**Exercice** et les soldes des comptes seront tous à 0." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:86 -msgid "" -"Once the accountant/bookkeeper has created the journal entry to allocate the" -" **Current Year Earnings**, you should set the **Lock Date** to the last day" -" of the fiscal year. Making sure that before doing so, you confirm whether " -"or not the current year earnings in the **Balance Sheet** is correctly " -"reporting a 0 balance." -msgstr "" -"Une fois que le comptable a créé l'entrée de journal pour répartir les " -"**Gains de l'année en cours**, vous devez régler la **Date de Verrouillage**" -" au dernier jour de l'exercice. Assurez-vous avant de le faire que les " -"résultats de l'exercice en cours dans le **Bilan** ont bien un solde à 0." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:93 -msgid ":doc:`fiscal_year`" -msgstr ":doc:`fiscal_year`" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:3 -msgid "Manage Fiscal Years" -msgstr "Gérer les années fiscales" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In most cases, the fiscal years last 12 months. If it is your case, you just" -" have to define what is the last day of your fiscal year in the accounting " -"settings. By default, it is set on the 31st December." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:12 -msgid "" -"However, there might be some exceptions. For example, if it is the first " -"fiscal year of your business, it could last more or less than 12 months. In " -"this case, some additional configuration is required." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Go in :menuselection:`accounting --> configuration --> settings` and " -"activate the fiscal years." -msgstr "" -"Allez à :menuselection:`comptabilité --> configuration --> paramètres` et " -"activez les exercices fiscaux." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:22 -msgid "" -"You can then configure your fiscal years in :menuselection:`accounting --> " -"configuration --> fiscal years`." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez alors configurer vos exercices fiscaux dans " -":menuselection:`comptabilité --> configuration --> exercice fiscal`." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:29 -msgid "" -"You only have to create fiscal years if they last more or less than 12 " -"months." -msgstr "" -"Vous ne devez créer des exercices fiscaux que s'ils ont une durée de plus ou" -" moins 12 mois." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:34 -msgid ":doc:`close_fiscal_year`" -msgstr ":doc:`close_fiscal_year`" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:3 -msgid "Manage prices for B2B (tax excluded) and B2C (tax included)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When working with consumers, prices are usually expressed with taxes " -"included in the price (e.g., in most eCommerce). But, when you work in a B2B" -" environment, companies usually negotiate prices with taxes excluded." -msgstr "" -"Lorsque vous travaillez avec les consommateurs, les prix sont généralement " -"exprimés avec les taxes comprises dans le prix (par ex., sur la plupart des " -"sites eCommerce). Mais, lorsque vous travaillez dans un environnement B2B, " -"les entreprises négocient généralement des prix hors taxes." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Odoo manages both use cases easily, as long as you register your prices on " -"the product with taxes excluded or included, but not both together. If you " -"manage all your prices with tax included (or excluded) only, you can still " -"easily do sales order with a price having taxes excluded (or included): " -"that's easy." -msgstr "" -"Odoo gère les deux cas d'utilisation facilement, tant que vous enregistrez " -"vos prix sur l'article taxes exclues ou incluses, mais pas les deux " -"ensemble. Si vous gérez tous vos prix TTC (ou HT) seulement, vous pouvez " -"toujours faire facilement des bons de commande ayant des prix hors taxes (ou" -" inclus) : c'est facile." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:15 -msgid "" -"This documentation is only for the specific use case where you need to have " -"two references for the price (tax included or excluded), for the same " -"product. The reason of the complexity is that there is not a symmetrical " -"relationship with prices included and prices excluded, as shown in this use " -"case, in belgium with a tax of 21%:" -msgstr "" -"Cette documentation est seulement pour le cas d'utilisation spécifique où " -"vous devez avoir deux références pour le prix (taxes incluses ou exclues), " -"pour le même produit. La raison de la complexité est qu'il n'y a pas une " -"relation symétrique entre les prix TTC et les prix HT, comme indiqué dans ce" -" cas d'utilisation, en Belgique, avec une taxe de 21%:" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:21 -msgid "Your eCommerce has a product at **10€ (taxes included)**" -msgstr "Votre site de eCommerce a un article à **10 € (TTC)**" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:23 -msgid "This would do **8.26€ (taxes excluded)** and a **tax of 1.74€**" -msgstr "Cela ferait **8,26€ (HT)** et une **TVA de 1,74€**" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:25 -msgid "" -"But for the same use case, if you register the price without taxes on the " -"product form (8.26€), you get a price with tax included at 9.99€, because:" -msgstr "" -"Mais pour le même cas d'utilisation, si vous n'enregistrez que le prix HT " -"sur la fiche article (8,26€), vous obtenez un prix TTC à 9,99 €, parce que :" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:29 -msgid "**8.26€ \\* 1.21 = 9.99€**" -msgstr "**8.26€ \\* 1.21 = 9.99€**" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:31 -msgid "" -"So, depending on how you register your prices on the product form, you will " -"have different results for the price including taxes and the price excluding" -" taxes:" -msgstr "" -"Donc, selon la façon dont vous enregistrez vos prix sur la fiche article, " -"vous aurez des résultats différents pour le prix TTC et le prix HT :" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:35 -msgid "Taxes Excluded: **8.26€ & 10.00€**" -msgstr "HT : **8.26€ & 10.00€**" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:37 -msgid "Taxes Included: **8.26€ & 9.99€**" -msgstr "TTC : **8,26 € & 9,99 €**" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:40 -msgid "" -"If you buy 100 pieces at 10€ taxes included, it gets even more tricky. You " -"will get: **1000€ (taxes included) = 826.45€ (price) + 173.55€ (taxes)** " -"Which is very different from a price per piece at 8.26€ tax excluded." -msgstr "" -"Si vous achetez 100 pièces à 10€ TTC, ça devient encore plus compliqué. Vous" -" obtiendrez : **1000€ (TTC) = 826,45€ (prix) + 173,55€ (TVA) ** ce qui est " -"très différent d'un prix par pièce à 8,26€ HT." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:45 -msgid "" -"This documentation explains how to handle the very specific use case where " -"you need to handle the two prices (tax excluded and included) on the product" -" form within the same company." -msgstr "" -"Cette documentation explique comment gérer le cas d'utilisation très " -"spécifique où vous avez besoin pour gérer les deux prix (HT et TTC) sur la " -"fiche article au sein de la même société." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:50 -msgid "" -"In terms of finance, you have no more revenues selling your product at 10€ " -"instead of 9.99€ (for a 21% tax), because your revenue will be exactly the " -"same at 9.99€, only the tax is 0.01€ higher. So, if you run an eCommerce in " -"Belgium, make your customer a favor and set your price at 9.99€ instead of " -"10€. Please note that this does not apply to 20€ or 30€, or other tax rates," -" or a quantity >1. You will also make you a favor since you can manage " -"everything tax excluded, which is less error prone and easier for your " -"salespeople." -msgstr "" -"Sur le plan financier, vous n'avez pas plus de revenus en vendant votre " -"produit à 10€ au lieu de 9.99€ (pour une taxe de 21%), parce que votre " -"revenu sera exactement le même à 9,99€, seule la taxe est supérieure de " -"0,01€. Donc, si vous opérez un site de eCommerce en Belgique, faites une " -"faveur à votre client et fixer votre prix à 9,99€ au lieu de 10€. Notez que " -"cela ne s'applique pas à 20€ ou 30€, ou à d'autres taux de TVA, ou à une " -"quantité >1. Vous pouvez également vous faire une faveur puisque vous pouvez" -" tout gérer en HT, ce qui est moins sujet aux erreurs et plus facile pour " -"vos vendeurs." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:65 -msgid "" -"The best way to avoid this complexity is to choose only one way of managing " -"your prices and stick to it: price without taxes or price with taxes " -"included. Define which one is the default stored on the product form (on the" -" default tax related to the product), and let Odoo compute the other one " -"automatically, based on the pricelist and fiscal position. Negotiate your " -"contracts with customers accordingly. This perfectly works out-of-the-box " -"and you have no specific configuration to do." -msgstr "" -"La meilleure façon d'éviter cette complexité est de choisir une seule façon " -"de gérer vos prix et de vous y tenir : prix HT ou prix TTC. Définissez " -"lequel est celui enregistré par défaut sur la fiche article (sur la taxe par" -" défaut liée au produit), et laissez Odoo calculer l'autre automatiquement, " -"sur la base de la liste des prix et la position fiscale. Négociez vos " -"contrats avec les clients en conséquence. Cela fonctionne parfaitement avec " -"Odoo sorti-de-boite et vous n'avez aucune configuration spécifique à faire." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:73 -msgid "" -"If you can not do that and if you really negotiate some prices with tax " -"excluded and, for other customers, others prices with tax included, you " -"must:" -msgstr "" -"Si vous ne pouvez pas faire cela et que vous avez vraiment négocié des prix " -"HT pour certains clients et TTC pour d'autres clients, vous devez :" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:77 -msgid "" -"always store the default price TAX EXCLUDED on the product form, and apply a" -" tax (price included on the product form)" -msgstr "" -"toujours enregistrer le prix par défaut HT sur la fiche article, et " -"appliquer une taxe (prix inclus sur la fiche produit)" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:80 -msgid "create a pricelist with prices in TAX INCLUDED, for specific customers" -msgstr "" -"créer une liste de prix avec les prix en TTC, pour des clients spécifiques" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:83 -msgid "" -"create a fiscal position that switches the tax excluded to a tax included" -msgstr "créer une position fiscale qui bascule du HT au TTC" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:86 -msgid "" -"assign both the pricelist and the fiscal position to customers who want to " -"benefit to this pricelist and fiscal position" -msgstr "" -"affecter à la fois la liste des prix et la position fiscale aux clients qui " -"souhaitent bénéficier de cette liste de prix et de cette position fiscale" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:89 -msgid "For the purpose of this documentation, we will use the above use case:" -msgstr "" -"Dans le cadre de cette documentation, nous allons utiliser le cas d'usage " -"ci-dessus :" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:91 -msgid "your product default sale price is 8.26€ tax excluded" -msgstr "votre prix de vente article par défaut est 8.26 € HT" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:93 -msgid "" -"but we want to sell it at 10€, tax included, in our shops or eCommerce " -"website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:97 -msgid "Setting your products" -msgstr "Configuration de vos articles" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:99 -msgid "" -"Your company must be configured with tax excluded by default. This is " -"usually the default configuration, but you can check your **Default Sale " -"Tax** from the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` of the " -"Accounting application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:107 -msgid "" -"Once done, you can create a **B2C** pricelist. You can activate the " -"pricelist feature per customer from the menu: :menuselection:`Configuration " -"--> Settings` of the Sale application. Choose the option **different prices " -"per customer segment**." -msgstr "" -"Une fois cela fait, vous pouvez créer une liste de prix **B2C**. Vous pouvez" -" activer la fonction liste de prix par client dans le menu " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` de l'application de Ventes. " -"Choisissez l'option **Prix différents par segment de clients**." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:112 -msgid "" -"Once done, create a B2C pricelist from the menu " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Pricelists`. It's also good to rename the " -"default pricelist into B2B to avoid confusion." -msgstr "" -"Une fois cela fait, créez une liste de prix B2C dans le menu " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Listes de prix`. Il est également " -"recommandé de renommer la liste de prix par défaut en B2B pour éviter toute " -"confusion." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:116 -msgid "" -"Then, create a product at 8.26€, with a tax of 21% (defined as tax not " -"included in price) and set a price on this product for B2C customers at 10€," -" from the :menuselection:`Sales --> Products` menu of the Sales application:" -msgstr "" -"Ensuite, créez un produit à 8,26 €, avec une TVA à 21% (définie comme taxe " -"non incluse dans le prix) et fixer un prix sur ce produit pour les clients " -"B2C à 10€, à partir du menu :menuselection:`Ventes --> Articles` de " -"l'application de Ventes :" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:125 -msgid "Setting the B2C fiscal position" -msgstr "Configuration de la position fiscale B2C" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:127 -msgid "" -"From the accounting application, create a B2C fiscal position from this " -"menu: :menuselection:`Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`. This fiscal " -"position should map the VAT 21% (tax excluded of price) with a VAT 21% (tax " -"included in price)" -msgstr "" -"Depuis l'application de comptabilité, créer une position fiscale B2C dans ce" -" menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Positions fiscales`. Cette position " -"fiscale devrait faire correspondre la TVA de 21% (taxe non incluse dans le " -"prix) avec une TVA de 21% (taxe incluse dans le prix)" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:136 -msgid "Test by creating a quotation" -msgstr "Test en créant un devis" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:138 -msgid "" -"Create a quotation from the Sale application, using the " -":menuselection:`Sales --> Quotations` menu. You should have the following " -"result: 8.26€ + 1.73€ = 9.99€." -msgstr "" -"Créez un devis depuis l'application de Ventes, en utilisant le menu " -":menuselection:`Ventes --> Devis`. Vous devriez avoir le résultat suivant: " -"8,26 € + 1,73 € = 9.99 €." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:145 -msgid "" -"Then, create a quotation but **change the pricelist to B2C and the fiscal " -"position to B2C** on the quotation, before adding your product. You should " -"have the expected result, which is a total price of 10€ for the customer: " -"8.26€ + 1.74€ = 10.00€." -msgstr "" -"Ensuite, créez un devis, mais **modifiez la liste de prix à B2C et la " -"position fiscale à B2C** sur le devis, avant d'ajouter votre produit. Vous " -"devriez avoir le résultat escompté, qui est un prix total de 10 € pour le " -"client : 8,26 € + 1,74 € = 10.00 €." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:153 -msgid "This is the expected behavior for a customer of your shop." -msgstr "Ceci est le comportement attendu pour un client de votre boutique." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:156 -msgid "Avoid changing every sale order" -msgstr "Éviter de changer chaque bon de commande" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:158 -msgid "" -"If you negotiate a contract with a customer, whether you negotiate tax " -"included or tax excluded, you can set the pricelist and the fiscal position " -"on the customer form so that it will be applied automatically at every sale " -"of this customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:163 -msgid "" -"The pricelist is in the **Sales & Purchases** tab of the customer form, and " -"the fiscal position is in the accounting tab." -msgstr "" -"La liste des prix est définie dans l'onglet **Ventes et achats** de la fiche" -" client, et la position fiscale dans l'onglet **Comptabilité**." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:166 -msgid "" -"Note that this is error prone: if you set a fiscal position with tax " -"included in prices but use a pricelist that is not included, you might have " -"wrong prices calculated for you. That's why we usually recommend companies " -"to only work with one price reference." -msgstr "" -"Notez que ceci est sujet aux erreurs : si vous définissez une position " -"fiscale avec la taxe incluse dans les prix, mais utilisez une liste de prix " -"où la taxe n'est pas incluse, vous pourriez avoir des prix mal calculés. " -"Voilà pourquoi nous recommandons généralement aux entreprises de travailler " -"avec une seule référence de prix." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:3 -msgid "Manage cash basis taxes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The cash basis taxes are due when the payment has been done and not at the " -"validation of the invoice (as it is the case with standard taxes). Reporting" -" your income and expenses to the administration based on the cash basis " -"method is legal in some countries and under some conditions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Example : You sell a product in the 1st quarter of your fiscal year and " -"receive the payment the 2nd quarter of your fiscal year. Based on the cash " -"basis method, the tax you have to pay to the administration is due for the " -"2nd quarter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:16 -msgid "How to configure cash basis taxes ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:18 -msgid "" -"You first have to activate the setting in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Settings --> Allow Tax Cash Basis`. You will be asked to " -"define the Tax Cash Basis Journal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Once this is done, you can configure your taxes in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. At first set the " -"proper transitional accounts to post taxes until you register the payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:35 -msgid "" -"In the *Advanced Options* tab you will turn *Tax Due* to *Based on Payment*." -" You will then have to define the *Tax Received* account in which to post " -"the tax amount when the payment is received and the *Base Tax Received " -"Account* to post the base tax amount for an accurate tax report." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:45 -msgid "What is the impact of cash basis taxes in my accounting ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Let’s take an example. You make a sale of $100 with a 15% cash basis tax. " -"When you validate the customer invoice, the following entry is created in " -"your accounting:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:52 -msgid "Customer Invoices Journal" -msgstr "Journal de facturation des clients" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 -msgid "**Debit**" -msgstr "**Débit**" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 -msgid "**Credit**" -msgstr "**Crédit**" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:72 -msgid "Receivables $115" -msgstr "Créances 115 $" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:82 -msgid "Temporary Tax Account $15" -msgstr "Compte fiscal temporaire 15 $" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:60 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:88 -msgid "Income Account $100" -msgstr "Compte de revenus 100 €" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:63 -msgid "A few days later, you receive the payment:" -msgstr "Vous recevez le paiement quelques jours après :" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:66 -msgid "Bank Journal" -msgstr "Journal de banque" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:70 -msgid "Bank $115" -msgstr "Banque 115 $" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:75 -msgid "" -"When you reconcile the invoice and the payment, this entry is generated:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:78 -msgid "Tax Cash Basis Journal" -msgstr "Journal pour taxes sur base des paiements" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:84 -msgid "Tax Received Account $15" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:92 -msgid "" -"The last two journal items are neutral but they are needed to insure correct" -" tax reports in Odoo with accurate base tax amounts. We advise to use a " -"default revenue account. The balance of this account will then always be at " -"zero." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:121 -msgid "Default Taxes" -msgstr "Taxes par défaut" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:5 -msgid "" -"**Default Taxes** define which :doc:`taxes <taxes>` are automatically " -"selected when there is no other indication about which tax to use. For " -"example, Odoo prefills the **Taxes** field with the Default Taxes when you " -"create a new product or add a new line on an invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:14 -msgid "" -":doc:`Fiscal Positions <fiscal_positions>` take the Default Tax into " -"account. Therefore, if a Fiscal Position is applied to an invoice, Odoo " -"applies the related tax instead of the Default Taxes, as mapped in the " -"Fiscal Position." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:21 -msgid "" -"**Default Taxes** are automatically set up according to the country selected" -" at the creation of your database, or when you set up a :doc:`Fiscal " -"Localization Package " -"<../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>` for your" -" company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:25 -msgid "" -"To change your **Default Taxes**, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes --> Default Taxes`, select the " -"appropriate taxes for your default **Sales Tax** and **Purchase Tax**, and " -"click on *Save*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Databases with multiple companies: the Default Taxes values are company-" -"specific." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:38 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:70 -msgid ":doc:`taxes`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:39 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:93 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:279 -msgid ":doc:`fiscal_positions`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:40 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:174 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:193 -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:125 -msgid "" -":doc:`../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:3 -msgid "Fiscal Positions (tax and account mapping)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Default taxes and accounts are set on products and customers to create new " -"transactions on the fly. However, you might have to use different taxes and " -"record the transactions on different accounts, according to your customers' " -"and providers' localizations and business types." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:9 -msgid "" -"**Fiscal Positions** allow you to create *sets of rules* to automatically " -"adapt the taxes and the accounts used for a transaction." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:16 -msgid "They can be applied in various ways:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:18 -msgid "" -":ref:`automatically applied, based on some rules " -"<fiscal_positions/automatic>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:19 -msgid ":ref:`manually applied on a transaction <fiscal_positions/partner>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:20 -msgid "" -":ref:`assigned to a partner, on its contact form " -"<fiscal_positions/transaction>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:23 -msgid "" -"A few Fiscal Positions are already preconfigured on your database, as part " -"of your :doc:`Fiscal Localization Package " -"<../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:30 -msgid "Tax and Account Mapping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:32 -msgid "" -"To edit or create a Fiscal Position, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`, and open the entry you want to modify " -"or click on *Create*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:35 -msgid "" -"The mapping of taxes and accounts is based on the default taxes and accounts" -" defined in the products' forms." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:38 -msgid "" -"To map to another tax or account, fill out the right column (**Tax to " -"Apply**/**Account to Use Instead**)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:40 -msgid "" -"To remove a tax, rather than replacing it with another, leave the field " -"**Tax to Apply** empty." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:41 -msgid "" -"To replace a tax with multiple other taxes, add multiple lines with the same" -" **Tax on Product**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:44 -msgid "" -"The mapping only works with *active* taxes. Therefore, make sure they are " -"active by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:50 -msgid "Automatic application" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:52 -msgid "" -"You can configure your Fiscal Positions to be applied automatically, " -"following a set of conditions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:54 -msgid "" -"To do so, open the Fiscal Position you want to modify and click on **Detect " -"Automatically**. You can configure a few conditions:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:57 -msgid "" -"**VAT Required**: The VAT number *must* be indicated in the customer's " -"contact form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:58 -msgid "" -"**Country Group** / **Country**: The Fiscal Position is applied to these " -"countries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Taxes on **eCommerce orders** are automatically updated once the visitor has" -" logged in or filled out their billing details." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:69 -msgid "" -"The Fiscal Positions' **sequence** - the order in which they are arranged - " -"defines which Fiscal Position to apply if the conditions are met in multiple" -" Fiscal Positions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:72 -msgid "" -"For example, if the first Fiscal Position targets *country A*, and the " -"second Fiscal Position targets a *Country Group* that also comprises " -"*country A*, only the first Fiscal Position will be applied to customers " -"from *country A*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:79 -msgid "Application" -msgstr "Application" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:84 -msgid "Assign a Fiscal Position to a partner" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:86 -msgid "" -"You can manually define which Fiscal Position must be used by default for a " -"specific partner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:88 -msgid "" -"To do so, open the partner's contact form, go to the **Sales & Purchase** " -"tab, edit the **Fiscal Position** field, and click on *Save*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:98 -msgid "Choose Fiscal Positions manually on Sales Orders, Invoices, and Bills" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:100 -msgid "" -"To manually select which Fiscal Position to use for a new Sales Order, " -"Invoice, or Bill, go to the **Other Info** tab and select the right **Fiscal" -" Position** *before* adding product lines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:110 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:281 -msgid ":doc:`taxcloud`" -msgstr ":doc:`taxcloud`" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:280 -msgid ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" -msgstr ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:3 -msgid "Manage withholding taxes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A withholding tax, also called a retention tax, is a government requirement " -"for the payer of a customer invoice to withhold or deduct tax from the " -"payment, and pay that tax to the government. In most jurisdictions, " -"withholding tax applies to employment income." -msgstr "" -"Une retenue à la source, aussi appelé une taxe de rétention, est une " -"exigence du gouvernement pour le payeur d'une facture client de retenir ou " -"de déduire la taxe du paiement, et de payer cette taxe au gouvernement. Dans" -" la plupart des juridictions, la retenue à la source s'applique aux charges " -"de personnel." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:10 -msgid "" -"With normal taxes, the tax is added to the subtotal to give you the total to" -" pay. As opposed to normal taxes, withholding taxes are deducted from the " -"amount to pay, as the tax will be paid by the customer." -msgstr "" -"Avec les taxes normales, la TVA est ajoutée au sous-total pour vous donner " -"le total à payer. Contrairement aux taxes normales, les retenues d'impôt " -"sont déduits du montant à payer, étant donné que la taxe sera payée par le " -"client." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:14 -msgid "As, an example, in Colombia you may have the following invoice:" -msgstr "" -"A titre d'exemple, en Colombie, vous pouvez avoir la facture suivante :" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:19 -msgid "" -"In this example, the **company** who sent the invoice owes $20 of taxes to " -"the **government** and the **customer** owes $10 of taxes to the " -"**government**." -msgstr "" -"Dans cet exemple, l'**entreprise** qui a envoyé la facture doit 20 $ de " -"taxes au **gouvernement** et le **client** doit 10 $ de taxes au " -"**gouvernement**." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:25 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, a withholding tax is defined by creating a negative tax. For a " -"retention of 10%, you would configure the following tax (accessible through " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Taxes`):" -msgstr "" -"Dans Odoo, une retenue d'impôt est définie par la création d'un impôt " -"négatif. Pour une rétention de 10%, vous pouvez configurer la TVA suivante " -"(accessible via :menuselection:`Configuration -> Taxes`) :" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:32 -msgid "" -"In order to make it appear as a retention on the invoice, you should set a " -"specific tax group **Retention** on your tax, in the **Advanced Options** " -"tab." -msgstr "" -"Pour la faire apparaître comme une retenue sur la facture, vous devez " -"définir un groupe fiscal spécifique **Retenues** sur vos taxes, dans " -"l'onglet **Options avancées**." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Once the tax is defined, you can use it in your products, sales order or " -"invoices." -msgstr "" -"Une fois que la taxe est définie, vous pouvez l'utiliser dans vos articles, " -"commande ou factures." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:43 -msgid "" -"If the retention is a percentage of a regular tax, create a Tax with a **Tax" -" Computation** as a **Tax Group** and set the two taxes in this group " -"(normal tax and retention)." -msgstr "" -"Si la rétention est un pourcentage d'une taxe normale, créer une Taxe avec " -"un **Calcul de Taxe** comme un **Groupe de taxe** et mettez les deux taxes " -"dans ce groupe (taxe normale et rétention)." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:48 -msgid "Applying retention taxes on invoices" -msgstr "Application des taxes de rétention sur les factures" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Once your tax is created, you can use it on customer forms, sales order or " -"customer invoices. You can apply several taxes on a single customer invoice " -"line." -msgstr "" -"Une fois que votre taxe est créée, vous pouvez l'utiliser sur les fiches " -"clients, les commandes clients ou les factures clients. Vous pouvez " -"appliquer plusieurs taxes sur une seule ligne de facture client." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:58 -msgid "" -"When you see the customer invoice on the screen, you get only a **Taxes " -"line** summarizing all the taxes (normal taxes & retentions). But when you " -"print or send the invoice, Odoo does the correct grouping amongst all the " -"taxes." -msgstr "" -"Quand vous visualisez la facture client à l'écran, vous voyez seulement une " -"ligne **Taxes** résumant toutes les taxes (taxes normales et rétentions). " -"Mais lorsque vous imprimez ou envoyez dans la facture, Odoo fait le " -"regroupement correct de toutes les taxes." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:63 -msgid "The printed invoice will show the different amounts in each tax group." -msgstr "" -"La facture imprimée montrera les différentes quantités de chaque groupe de " -"taxe" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:3 -msgid "Get correct tax rates in the United States using TaxCloud" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The **TaxCloud** integration allows you to correctly calculate the sales tax" -" for every address in the United States and keeps track of which products " -"are exempt from sales tax and in which states each exemption applies. " -"TaxCloud calculates sales tax in real-time for every state, city, and " -"special jurisdiction in the United States." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:15 -msgid "In TaxCloud" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Create a free account on `TaxCloud <https://taxcloud.com/#register>`__ " -"website." -msgstr "" -"Créez un compte gratuit dans `TaxCloud <https://taxcloud.com/#register>`__ " -"site Web." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Register your Odoo website on TaxCloud to get an *API ID* and an *API Key*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:23 -msgid "" -"In Settings on TaxCloud, click *Locations* to enter the location of your " -"Office(s) & Warehouse(s)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:24 -msgid "" -"In Settings on TaxCloud, click *Manage Tax States* to verify the states " -"where you collect sales tax." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:27 -msgid "In Odoo" -msgstr "Dans Odoo" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Invoicing / Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`" -" and check *TaxCloud - Compute tax rates based on U.S. ZIP codes* (note: " -"actually uses complete street address)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:30 -msgid "Enter your TaxCloud credentials." -msgstr "Introduisez vos identifiants TaxCloud." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:31 -msgid "Click SAVE to store your credentials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Click the Refresh Icon next to *Default Category* to import the TIC product " -"categories from TaxCloud (Taxability Information Codes). Some categories may" -" imply specific rates or attract product/service type exemptions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Select your default *TIC Code*. This will apply to any new product created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Set a specific TaxCloud TIC Category on the *General Information* tab of the" -" Product, or on the Product Category." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Make sure your company address is complete (including the state and the zip " -"code). Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies` " -"to open and edit your Company record." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:47 -msgid "How it works" -msgstr "Comment cela fonctionne" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Salestax is calculated in Odoo based on fiscal positions (see " -":doc:`fiscal_positions`). A Fiscal Position for the United States is created" -" when installing *TaxCloud*. Everything works out-of-the-box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:54 -msgid "" -"You can configure Odoo to automtically detect which Customers should use " -"this fiscal position. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " -"--> Fiscal Positions` to open and edit the record." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Now, this fiscal position is automatically set on any sales order, web " -"order, or invoice when the customer country is *United States*. This " -"triggers the automated tax computation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Add your product(s). You have two options to get Sales Tax on the Order. " -"You can confirm it, or you can save it and from the *Action* Menu choose " -"**Update Taxes with TaxCloud**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:73 -msgid "Coupons & Promotions" -msgstr "Bons & Promotions" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:75 -msgid "" -"If you use the Coupon or Promotion Programs, the integration with Taxcloud " -"might seem a bit odd." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:77 -msgid "" -"The problem lies with the fact that Taxcloud does not accept lines with " -"negative amounts as part of the tax computation. This means that the amount " -"of the lines added by the promotion program must be deduced from the total " -"of the lines it impacts. This means, amongst other complications, that " -"orders that use coupons or promotions with a Taxcloud fiscal position " -"**must** be invoiced completely - you cannot create invoices for partial " -"deliveries, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Another specific oddity is possible in the UI: imagine that you sell a " -"product from the Taxcloud category *[20110] Computers* and that you have a " -"promotion program in place that provides a 50% discount on this product. If " -"the tax rate for this particular product is 7%, the tax rate that will be " -"computed from the Taxcloud integration will display 3.5%. This happens " -"because the discount is included in the price that is sent to Taxcloud, but " -"in Odoo this discount is in another line entirely. At the end of the day, " -"your tax computation will be correct (since a 3.5% tax on the full price is " -"the equivalent of a 7% tax on half the price), but this might be surprising " -"from a user point of view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:5 -msgid "" -"There are numerous types of **taxes**, and their application varies greatly," -" depending mostly on your company's localization. To make sure they are " -"recorded with accuracy, Odoo's tax engine supports all kinds of uses and " -"computations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:12 -msgid "Activate Sales Taxes from the List view" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:14 -msgid "" -"As part of your :doc:`Fiscal Localization Package " -"<../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>`, most of" -" your country's sales taxes are already preconfigured on your database. " -"However, only a few of them are activated by default, so that you can " -"activate only the ones relevant for your business." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:19 -msgid "" -"To activate Sale Taxes, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " -"--> Taxes` and use the *Activate* toggle button to activate or deactivate a " -"tax." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:31 -msgid "" -"To edit or create a **Tax**, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Taxes` and open a tax or click on *Create*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Taxes have three different labels, each one having a specific use. Refer to " -"the following table to see where they are displayed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:45 -msgid ":ref:`Tax Name <taxes/name>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:45 -msgid ":ref:`Label on Invoice <taxes/label-invoices>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:45 -msgid ":ref:`Tax Group <taxes/tax-group>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:48 -msgid "Back end" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:48 -msgid "*Taxes* column on exported invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:48 -msgid "Above the *Total* line on exported invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:53 -msgid "Basic Options" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:58 -msgid "Tax Name" -msgstr "Nom de la taxe" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:60 -msgid "" -"The **Tax Name** as you want to display it for backend users. This is the " -":ref:`label <taxes/labels>` you see while editing Sales Orders, Invoices, " -"Products, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:66 -msgid "Tax Computation" -msgstr "Calcul de la taxe" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:68 -msgid "**Group of Taxes**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:70 -msgid "" -"The tax is a combination of multiple sub-taxes. You can add as many taxes " -"you want, in the order you want them to be applied." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:74 -msgid "" -"Make sure that the tax sequence is correct, as the order in which they are " -"may impact the taxes' amounts computation, especially if one of the taxes " -":ref:`affects the base of the subsequent ones <taxes/base-subsequent>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:78 -msgid "**Fixed**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:80 -msgid "" -"The tax has a fixed amount in the default currency. The amount remains the " -"same, regardless of the Sales Price." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:83 -msgid "" -"For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *$10 " -"fixed* tax. We then have:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:231 -msgid "Product's Sales Price" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:231 -msgid "Price without tax" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:231 -msgid "Tax" -msgstr "Taxe" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:231 -msgid "Total" -msgstr "Total" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:89 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:89 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:104 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:104 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:118 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:118 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:234 -msgid "1,000" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:89 -msgid "10" -msgstr "10" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:89 -msgid "1,010.00" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:92 -msgid "**Percentage of Price**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:94 -msgid "" -"The *Sales Price* is the taxable basis: the tax's amount is computed by " -"multiplying the Sales Price by the tax's percentage." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:97 -msgid "" -"For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *10% of " -"Price* tax. We then have:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:104 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 -msgid "100" -msgstr "100" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:104 -msgid "1,100.00" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:107 -msgid "**Percentage of Price Tax Included**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:109 -msgid "" -"The *Total* is the taxable basis: the tax's amount is a percentage of the " -"Total." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:111 -msgid "" -"For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *10% of " -"Price Tax Included* tax. We then have:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:118 -msgid "111.11" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:118 -msgid "1,111.11" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:124 -msgid "Active" -msgstr "Actif" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:126 -msgid "Only **Active** taxes can be added to new documents." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:129 -msgid "" -"It is not possible to delete taxes that have already been used. Instead, you" -" can deactivate them to prevent future use." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:133 -msgid "" -"This field can be modified from the *List View*. See :ref:`above " -"<taxes/list_activation>` for more information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:139 -msgid "Tax Scope" -msgstr "Portée de la taxe" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:141 -msgid "" -"The **Tax Scope** determines the tax's application, which also restricts " -"where it is displayed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:143 -msgid "**Sales**: Customer Invoices, Product's Customer Taxes, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:144 -msgid "**Purchase**: Vendor Bills, Product's Vendor Taxes, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:145 -msgid "**None**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:148 -msgid "" -"You can use **None** for taxes that you want to include in a :ref:`Group of " -"Taxes <taxes/computation>` but that you don't want to list along with other " -"Sales or Purchase taxes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:154 -msgid "Definition tab" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:156 -msgid "" -"Allocate with precision the amount of the taxable basis or percentages of " -"the computed tax to multiple accounts and Tax Grids." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:163 -msgid "**Based On**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:165 -msgid "Base: the price on the invoice line" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:166 -msgid "% of tax: a percentage of the computed tax." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:168 -msgid "**Account**: if defined, an additional Journal Item is recorded." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:169 -msgid "" -"**Tax Grids**: used to generate :doc:`Tax Reports " -"<../../reporting/declarations/tax_returns>` automatically, according to your" -" country's regulations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:175 -msgid "Advanced Options tab" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:180 -msgid "Label on Invoices" -msgstr "Étiquettes sur les factures" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:182 -msgid "" -"The label of the tax, as displayed on each invoice line in the **Taxes** " -"column. This is the :ref:`label <taxes/labels>` visible to *front end* " -"users, on exported invoices, on their Customer Portals, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:193 -msgid "Tax Group" -msgstr "Groupe de taxe" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:195 -msgid "" -"Select to which **Tax Group** the tax belongs. The Tax Group name is the " -":ref:`label <taxes/labels>` displayed above the *Total* line on exported " -"invoices, and the Customer Portals." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:198 -msgid "" -"Tax groups include different iterations of the same tax. This can be useful " -"when you must record differently the same tax according to :doc:`Fiscal " -"Positions <fiscal_positions>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:205 -msgid "" -"In the example above, we see a 0% tax for Intra-Community customers in " -"Europe. It records amounts on specific accounts and with specific tax grids." -" Still, to the customer, it is a 0% tax. That's why the :ref:`Label on the " -"Invoice <taxes/label-invoices>` indicates *0% EU*, and the Tax Group name, " -"above the *Total* line, indicates *0%*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:213 -msgid "Include in Analytic Cost" -msgstr "Inclure dans le coût analytique" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:215 -msgid "" -"With this option activated, the tax's amount is assigned to the same " -"**Analytic Account** as the invoice line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:221 -msgid "Included in Price" -msgstr "Inclus dans le prix" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:223 -msgid "" -"With this option activated, the total (including the tax) equals the **Sales" -" Price**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:225 -msgid ":dfn:`Total = Sales Price = Computed Tax-Excluded price + Tax`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:227 -msgid "" -"For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *10% of " -"Price* tax, which is *included in the price*. We then have:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:234 -msgid "900.10" -msgstr "900,10" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:234 -msgid "90.9" -msgstr "90,9" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:234 -msgid "1,000.00" -msgstr "1.000,00" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:238 -msgid "" -"If you need to define prices accurately, both tax-included and tax-excluded," -" please refer to the following documentation: :doc:`B2B_B2C`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:242 -msgid "" -"**Invoices**: By default, the Line Subtotals displayed on your invoices are " -"*Tax-Excluded*. To display *Tax-Included* Line Subtotals, go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Customer " -"Invoices`, and select *Tax-Included* in the **Line Subtotals Tax Display** " -"field, then click on *Save*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:246 -msgid "" -"**eCommerce**: By default, the prices displayed on your eCommerce website " -"are *Tax-Excluded*. To display *Tax-Included* prices, go to " -":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Pricing`, and " -"select *Tax-Included* in the **Product Prices** field, then click on *Save*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:253 -msgid "Affect Base of Subsequent Taxes" -msgstr "Impacte la base des taxes ultérieures" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:255 -msgid "" -"With this option, the total tax-included becomes the taxable basis for the " -"other taxes applied to the same product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:258 -msgid "" -"You can configure a new :ref:`Group of Taxes <taxes/computation>` to include" -" this tax, or add it directly to a product line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:266 -msgid "" -"The order in which you add the taxes on a product line has no effect on how " -"amounts are computed. If you add taxes directly on a product line, only the " -"tax sequence determines the order in which they are applied." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:270 -msgid "" -"To reorder the sequence, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " -"--> Taxes`, and drag and drop the lines with the handles next to the tax " -"names." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:282 -msgid ":doc:`../../reporting/declarations/tax_returns`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../reporting/declarations/tax_returns`" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:3 -msgid "VIES VAT numbers validation" -msgstr "Validation du numéro de TVA Intracommunautaire par VIES" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:5 -msgid "" -"**VAT Information Exchange System** - abbreviated **VIES** - is a tool " -"provided by the European Commission that allows you to check the validity of" -" VAT numbers of companies registered in the European Union." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Odoo provides a feature to **Verify VAT Numbers** when you save a contact. " -"This helps you make sure that your contacts provided you with a valid VAT " -"number without leaving Odoo interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:15 -msgid "" -"To enable this feature, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " -"--> Settings --> Taxes`, enable the **Verify VAT Numbers** feature, and " -"click on *Save*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:23 -msgid "VAT Number validation" -msgstr "Validation du numéro de TVA" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Whenever you create or modify a contact, make sure to fill out the " -"**Country** and **VAT** fields." -msgstr "" -"Lors de la création ou modification d'un contact, assurez-vous de compléter " -"le champ **Pays** et **TVA**." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:31 -msgid "" -"When you click on *Save*, Odoo runs a VIES VAT number check, and displays an" -" error message if the VAT number is invalid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:39 -msgid "" -"This tool checks the VAT number's validity but does not check the other " -"fields' validity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:43 -msgid "" -"`European Commission: VIES search engine " -"<https://ec.europa.eu/taxation_customs/vies/vatRequest.html>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:109 msgid "Others" msgstr "Autres" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser.rst:3 msgid "Adviser" msgstr "Conseiller" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:3 msgid "Manage a financial budget" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:8 msgid "" "Managing budgets is an essential part of running a business. Budgets help " "people become more intentional with the way money is spent and direct people" @@ -12187,7 +10582,7 @@ msgid "" "Analytic Accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:15 msgid "" "We will use the following example to illustrate. We just started a project " "with Smith&Co and we would like to budget the incomes and expenses of that " @@ -12199,7 +10594,7 @@ msgstr "" " et les dépenses de ce projet. Nous prévoyons d'avoir un chiffre d'affaires " "de 1 000 et nous ne voulons pas dépenser plus de 700." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:23 msgid "" "First we need to install the relevant apps to use budgeting. The main module" " is the accounting app. Go in the app module and install the **Accounting " @@ -12210,7 +10605,7 @@ msgstr "" "dans le module Applications et installez l'application **Comptabilité et " "finance**." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:30 msgid "" "Further configuration is as well necessary. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting" " module --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable the **Budget management**" @@ -12220,31 +10615,31 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Comptabilité --> Configuration --> Configuration` et activez" " la fonctionnalité **Gestion de budget**" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:38 msgid "Budgetary Positions" msgstr "Postes budgétaires" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:40 msgid "" "Budgetary positions are lists of accounts for which you want to keep budgets" " (typically expense or income accounts). They need to be defined so Odoo can" " know it which accounts he needs to go get the budget information." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:45 msgid "" "The budgetary positions act as a type of restriction on what can be recorded" " in the 'practical amount' column in a budget." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:48 msgid "" "Each budgetary position can have any number of accounts from the general " "ledger (the main chart of accounts) assigned to it, though it must have at " "least one." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:51 msgid "" "If you record a transaction that has an analytic account assigned to it that" " *is* included in a budget line but one of the general ledger accounts *is " @@ -12252,7 +10647,7 @@ msgid "" "not appear within the 'practical amount' column of that budget line." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:56 msgid "" "Some budgetary positions might be already installed with your chart of " "accounts." @@ -12260,7 +10655,7 @@ msgstr "" "Certaines positions budgétaires sont peut-être déjà installées avec votre " "plan comptable." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:59 msgid "" "To define the positions enter the :menuselection:`Accounting module --> " "Configuration --> Budgetary Positions`." @@ -12268,7 +10663,7 @@ msgstr "" "Pour définir les postes entrez dans :menuselection:`Comptabilité --> " "Configuration --> Postes budgétaires`." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:62 msgid "" "For our example we need to define what accounts relates to our project's " "expenses. Create a position and add items to select the accounts." @@ -12277,7 +10672,7 @@ msgstr "" "dépenses de notre projet. Créez un poste et ajoutez des éléments pour " "sélectionner les comptes." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:68 msgid "" "In this case we select the three relevant accounts used wherein we will book" " our expenses." @@ -12285,15 +10680,15 @@ msgstr "" "Dans cet exemple, nous sélectionnons les trois comptes pertinents utilisés " "dans lesquels nous comptabiliserons nos dépenses." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:74 msgid "Click on *Select*." msgstr "Cliquez sur *Selectionner*" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:79 msgid "Save the changes to confirm your Budgetary position." msgstr "Enregistrez les modifications pour confirmer votre poste budgétaire." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:81 msgid "" "Repeat this steps to create a revenue budgetary position. Only in this case " "select the relevant income accounts." @@ -12301,11 +10696,11 @@ msgstr "" "Répétez cette étape pour créer un poste budgétaire des recettes. Seulement " "dans ce cas sélectionnez les comptes de revenus appropriées." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:85 msgid "Analytical account" msgstr "Compte analytique" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:87 msgid "" "Odoo needs to know which costs or expenses are relevant to a specified " "budget. To do so we need to link our invoices and expenses to a defined " @@ -12315,11 +10710,11 @@ msgid "" " partner." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:98 msgid "Set a budget" msgstr "Définir un budget" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:100 msgid "" "Let's now set our targets for our budget. We specified that we expect to " "gain 1000 with this project and we would like not to spend more than 700." @@ -12328,7 +10723,7 @@ msgstr "" "nous nous attendons à gagner 1000 avec ce projet et nous aimerions ne pas " "dépenser plus de 700." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:104 msgid "" "To set those targets, enter the accounting app, select " ":menuselection:`Advisers --> Budgets` and create a new Budget." @@ -12337,7 +10732,7 @@ msgstr "" "sélectionnez :menuselection:`Conseiller -> Budgets` et créez un nouveau " "budget." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:107 msgid "" "We have to give a name to the budget. In this case we'll call it \"Smith " "Project\". Select the period wherein the budget will be applicable. Next add" @@ -12348,7 +10743,7 @@ msgstr "" "applicable. Ensuite, ajoutez un élément pour spécifier vos cibles dans les " "lignes de budget." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:114 msgid "" "Select the Budgetary Position related to the Budget Line. In other words, " "select the position that points to the accounts you want to budget. In this " @@ -12365,7 +10760,7 @@ msgstr "" "spécifier un **montant négatif**. Enfin, sélectionnez le compte analytique " "correspondant." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:124 msgid "" "Click on **Save & new** to input the revenue budget. The Budgetary Position " "is Revenue and the Planned Amount is 1000. Save and close" @@ -12374,15 +10769,15 @@ msgstr "" "poste budgétaire est Revenu et le montant prévu est 1000. Sauvegarder et " "fermer" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:127 msgid "You'll need to **Confirm** and **Approve** the budget." msgstr "Vous devrez confirmer et approuver le budget." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:130 msgid "Check your budget" msgstr "Vérifier votre budget" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:132 msgid "" "You can check your budget at any time. To see the evolution, let's book some" " Invoices and Vendors Bills." @@ -12390,13 +10785,13 @@ msgstr "" "Vous pouvez vérifier votre budget à tout moment. Pour voir l'évolution, " "enregistrons quelques factures clients et fournisseur." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:136 msgid "" "If you use analytical accounts remember that you need to specify the account" " in the invoice and/or purchase line." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:140 msgid "" "For more information about booking invoices and purchase orders see " ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/overview`" @@ -12404,11 +10799,11 @@ msgstr "" "Pour plus d'informations sur l'enregistrement des factures et des bons de " "commande voir :doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/overview`" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:143 msgid "Go back in the budget list and find the Smith Project." msgstr "Revenez à la liste des budgets et trouvez le Projet Smith." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:145 msgid "" "Via the analytical account, Odoo can account the invoice lines and purchase " "lines booked in the accounts and will display them in the **Practical " @@ -12418,7 +10813,7 @@ msgstr "" "clients et fournisseurs enregistrées dans les comptes et les afficher dans " "la colonne **Montant réel**." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:153 msgid "" "The theoretical amount represents the amount of money you theoretically " "could have spend / should have received in function of the date. When your " @@ -12427,15 +10822,15 @@ msgid "" " that could have been realised." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic.rst:3 msgid "Analytic" msgstr "Analytique" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:3 msgid "Track costs of purchases, expenses, subcontracting" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:8 msgid "" "Thanks to analytical accounting we can track costs of purchases, expenses " "and subcontracting in the accounting module." @@ -12443,7 +10838,7 @@ msgstr "" "Grâce à la comptabilité analytique, nous pouvons suivre les coûts des " "achats, des dépenses et de la sous-traitance dans le module de comptabilité." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:11 msgid "" "We'll take the following example. We sold a consulting package for a " "customer. The package is all inclusive meaning no extra cost can be added. " @@ -12458,7 +10853,7 @@ msgstr "" " devons payer les achats, les notes de frais et les coûts de sous-traitance " "liés au projet." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:20 msgid "" "The following modules needs to be installed to track cost. Enter the app " "module and install the following apps:" @@ -12466,7 +10861,7 @@ msgstr "" "Les modules suivants doivent être installés pour suivre les coûts. Entrez " "dans le module Aapplication et installez les applications suivantes :" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:28 msgid "" "Please note that the applications provided by these apps only allows us to " "**track** the costs. We won't be able to automatically re invoice those " @@ -12478,11 +10873,11 @@ msgstr "" "automatiquement ces coûts à nos clients. Pour suivre et **refacturer les " "coûts** vous devez également installer l'application Gestion des ventes." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:37 msgid "Enable Analytical accounting" msgstr "Activer la Comptabilité Analytique" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:39 msgid "" "Next step is to activate the analytical accounting. In the accounting app, " "select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and thick the Analytic " @@ -12492,7 +10887,7 @@ msgstr "" "l'application de Comptabilité, sélectionnez :menuselection:`Configuration " "--> Configuration` et cochez la Comptabilité Analytique." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:46 msgid "" "Moreover, scroll down and tick the **Analytic accounting for purchases** " "box." @@ -12500,15 +10895,15 @@ msgstr "" "De plus, faites défiler vers le bas et cocher l'option **Comptabilité " "analytique pour les achats**." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:52 msgid "Don't forget to save your changes." msgstr "N'oubliez pas de sauvegarder vos modifications" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:55 msgid "Create an Analytical account." msgstr "Créer un compte analytique." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:57 msgid "" "First of all you should create an Analytical account on which you can point " "all your expenses. Enter the accounting app, select " @@ -12521,15 +10916,15 @@ msgstr "" "en un nouveau. Dans cet exemple, nous l'appellerons \"mission de " "consultation\" pour notre client Smith&Co." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:65 msgid "We will point all our costs to this account to keep track of them." msgstr "Nous allons affecter tous nos coûts à ce compte les suivre." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:68 msgid "Record an expense" msgstr "Enregistrer une dépense" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:70 msgid "" "We start by booking an expense. Our IT technician had to take a train to go " "see our customer. He paid for his ticket himself." @@ -12538,11 +10933,11 @@ msgstr "" " dû prendre un train pour aller voir notre client. Il a payé son billet lui-" "même." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:75 msgid "Create an expense product" msgstr "Créer un article de note de frais" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:77 msgid "" "We first need to create an expense product. Enter the **Expense** module, " "Click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Expense Products`. Create a new " @@ -12555,11 +10950,11 @@ msgstr "" "le prix à 15,50 euros. Assurez-vous que la case **Peut être inséré dans une " "note de frais** est cochée." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:86 msgid "Book the expense" msgstr "Enregistrer la dépense" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:88 msgid "" "Enter the Expense module, click on :menuselection:`My expenses --> Create`. " "Select the Train ticket product and link it to the analytical account " @@ -12569,7 +10964,7 @@ msgstr "" "notes de frais --> Créer`. Sélectionnez l'article billet de train et " "affectez-le au compte analytique vu ci-dessus." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:95 msgid "" "Submit to manager and wait for the manager to approve and post the journal " "entries." @@ -12577,15 +10972,15 @@ msgstr "" "Soumettez-le au gestionnaire et attendez que le gestionnaire l'approuve et " "comptabilise la pièce." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:99 msgid "Create a Purchase Order linked to the analytical account" msgstr "Créer une commande d'achat liée au compte analytique" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:102 msgid "Purchase Product" msgstr "Article acheté" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:104 msgid "" "We also need to buy a software for our customers. In the purchase app create" " a purchase order for the software product. Within the line we can link the " @@ -12593,7 +10988,7 @@ msgid "" "select the correct analytical account. Confirm the sale." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:113 msgid "" "Accept the delivery and enter the invoice. Once the invoice is entered the " "cost price (**Vendor Price** field) will be booked in the analytical " @@ -12603,11 +10998,11 @@ msgstr "" "le prix de revient (champ **Prix d'achat**) sera affecté au compte " "analytique." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:117 msgid "Subcontracting" msgstr "Sous-traitance" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:119 msgid "" "The purchase module can be used in the same way as seen previously to handle" " subcontracting. if we purchase a service from another company we can re " @@ -12620,17 +11015,17 @@ msgstr "" " commande d'achat au compte analyse concerné. Nous devons juste créer " "l'article approprié." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:126 msgid "You can also track cost with timesheets, see: :doc:`timesheets`" msgstr "" "Vous pouvez également suivre les coûts avec des feuilles de présence, voir :" " :doc:`timesheets`" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:129 msgid "Track costs in accounting" msgstr "Suivre les coûts en comptabilité" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:131 msgid "" "Now that everything is booked and points to the analytical account. Simply " "open it to check the costs related to that account." @@ -12638,7 +11033,7 @@ msgstr "" "Maintenant tout est comptabilisé et affecté au compte analytique. Il suffit " "de l'ouvrir pour vérifier les coûts liés à ce compte." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:134 msgid "" "Enter the accounting module, click on :menuselection:`Advisers --> Analytic " "Accounts --> Open Charts`." @@ -12646,7 +11041,7 @@ msgstr "" "Entrez dans le module Comptabilité, cliquez sur :menuselection:`Conseiller " "--> Comptes analytiques --> Ouvrir le plan comptable`." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:137 msgid "" "Select \"consulting pack - Smith\" and click on the cost and revenue button " "to have an overview of all cost linked to the account." @@ -12654,7 +11049,7 @@ msgstr "" "Selectionnez \"Mision de conseil - Smith\" et cliquez sur le bouton coût et " "recette pour avoir une vue d'ensemble de tous les coûts liés à ce compte." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:144 msgid "" "If you would like to have the revenue as well you should invoice the " "Consulting Pack in the Invoice menu and link the invoice line to this same " @@ -12664,11 +11059,11 @@ msgstr "" "la Mission de conseil par le menu Factures clients, et affecter la ligne de " "facture à ce même compte analytique." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:3 msgid "Track costs of human resources with timesheets" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:5 msgid "" "Human resource of course has a cost. It is interesting to see how much a " "particular contract costs the company in term of human power in relation to " @@ -12678,7 +11073,7 @@ msgstr "" "combien un contrat particulier coûte à l'entreprise en terme de ressources " "humaines par rapport aux montants facturés." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:9 msgid "" "We will take the following example: Our two employees **Harry Potter** and " "**Cedric Digory** both work on a **Consultancy pack** for our customer " @@ -12693,7 +11088,7 @@ msgstr "" "l'application de comptabilité, et les comparer avec les recettes du service " "de consultance." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:18 msgid "" "First, install the three applications necessary to use this functionality, " "namely **Accounting**, **Sales** and **Timesheet**. Enter the apps module " @@ -12703,7 +11098,7 @@ msgstr "" "cette fonctionnalité, à savoir **Comptabilité**, **Ventes** et **Feuilles de" " présence**. Entrez le nom des applications et installez-les." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:31 msgid "" "Next you will need to enable analytical accounting. To do so enter the " "**Accounting app**. Select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and " @@ -12714,15 +11109,15 @@ msgstr "" "--> Configuration` et cochez l'option **Compte analytique** (voir image ci-" "dessous)" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:38 msgid "Apply your changes." msgstr "Appliquez vos modifications." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:41 msgid "Create an employee" msgstr "Créer un employé" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:43 msgid "" "In order to check the revenue of an employee you need to have one. To create" " an employee enter the **Employee** app. Select **Employees** and create a " @@ -12732,7 +11127,7 @@ msgstr "" " an employee enter the **Employee** app. Select **Employees** and create a " "new employee, fill in the name and the basic information." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:47 msgid "" "On the employee sheet enter the **HR settings** tab. Here you are able to " "specify the **Timesheet Cost** of your employee. In this case Harry has a " @@ -12743,7 +11138,7 @@ msgstr "" "employé. Dans notre exemple, Harry a un coût de 18 euros/heure. Nous allons " "donc saisir 18 dans ce champ." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:55 msgid "" "If you want the employee to be able to enter timesheets he needs to be " "related to a User." @@ -12751,7 +11146,7 @@ msgstr "" "Si vous voulez permettre aux employés de saisir des feuilles de présence, " "celles-ci doivent être reliées à un utilisateur." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:58 msgid "" "Repeat the operation to create the Cedric Digory employee. Don't forget to " "specify its related user and **Timesheet Costs**." @@ -12759,11 +11154,11 @@ msgstr "" "Répétez l'opération pour créer l'employé Cedric Diggory. N'oubliez pas de " "spécifier son utilisateur et son **Coût horaire**." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:62 msgid "Issue a Sales Order" msgstr "Émettre une commande client" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:64 msgid "" "We created two employees called Harry Potter and Cedric Diggory in the " "**Employee** app. Both of them will work on a consultancy contract for our " @@ -12774,7 +11169,7 @@ msgstr "" "consultance pour notre client Smith & Co et devront indiquer leurs heures " "sur une feuille de présence." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:68 msgid "" "We thus need to create a **sales order** with a **service** product invoiced" " **based on time and material** and tracked by timesheets with **hours** as " @@ -12784,15 +11179,14 @@ msgstr "" "facturé **sur la base du temps et du matériel** et suivi par des feuilles de" " présence qui utilisent les **heures** comme unité de mesure." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:75 msgid "" "For more information on how to create a sales order based on time and " -"material please see :doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/time_materials`." +"material please see " +":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials`." msgstr "" -"For more information on how to create a sales order based on time and " -"material please see :doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/time_materials`." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:78 msgid "" "We save a Sales Order with the service product **External Consulting**. An " "analytical account will automatically be generated once the **Sales Order** " @@ -12806,11 +11200,11 @@ msgstr "" "(dans cet exemple **SO002-Smith & Co**) afin de pouvoir facturer leurs " "heures (voir photo ci-dessous)." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:88 msgid "Fill in timesheet" msgstr "Remplir une feuille de présence" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:90 msgid "" "As an employee linked to a user, Harry can enter the **Timesheet** app and " "specify his timesheets for the contract. Logged on Harry's account we enter " @@ -12823,11 +11217,11 @@ msgstr "" "accédons à l'application **Feuille de présence** et saisissons une ligne " "détaillée pointant sur le **Compte Analytique** indiqué ci-dessus." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:95 msgid "Harry worked three hours on a SWOT analysis for Smith&Co." msgstr "Harry a travaillé trois heures sur une analyse SWOT pour Smith & Co." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:100 msgid "" "In the meantime, Cedric discussed businesses needs with the customer for 1 " "hour and specified it as well in his personal timesheet, pointing as well on" @@ -12837,7 +11231,7 @@ msgstr "" "client pendant une heure et l'a également enregistré dans sa feuille de " "présence, en pointant également sur le **Compte Analytique**." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:104 msgid "" "In the **Sales Order** we notice that the delivered amounts of hours is " "automatically computed (see picture below)." @@ -12845,11 +11239,11 @@ msgstr "" "Dans le **Bon de Commande** nous remarquons que les quantités d'heures " "livrées/prestées est automatiquement calculé (voir image ci-dessous)." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:111 msgid "Analytic accounting" msgstr "Compte analytique" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:113 msgid "" "Thanks to analytic accounts we are able to have an overview of HR cost and " "revenues. All the revenues and cost of this transactions have been " @@ -12859,15 +11253,15 @@ msgstr "" " des ressources humaines et des revenus. Tous les revenus et les coûts de " "ces transactions ont été enregistrés dans le compte **SO002-Smith & Co**." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:117 msgid "We can use two methods to analyze this situation." msgstr "Nous pouvons utiliser deux méthodes pour analyser la situation." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:120 msgid "Without filters" msgstr "Sans filtres" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:122 msgid "" "If we pointed all our costs and revenues of the project on the correct " "analytical account we can easily retrieve the cost and revenues related to " @@ -12880,7 +11274,7 @@ msgstr "" "*Comptabilité*, sélectionnez :menuselection:`Conseiller --> Comptes " "analytiques --> Ouvrir le Plan Comptable`." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:127 msgid "" "Note : you can specify a period for **Analysis**. If you want to open the " "current situation you should keep the fields empty. We can already note the " @@ -12890,7 +11284,7 @@ msgstr "" "souhaitez ouvrir la situation actuelle, vous devez garder les champs vides. " "Nous pouvons déjà noter le solde du compte." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:134 msgid "" "If we click on the account a special button is provided to have the details " "of cost and revenues (see picture below)." @@ -12898,7 +11292,7 @@ msgstr "" "Si l'on clique sur le compte, un bouton spécial est fourni pour avoir les " "détails des coûts et des revenus (voir image ci-dessous)." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:140 msgid "" "Click the button **Cost/Revenue** to have an overview of cost and revenues " "with the corresponding description." @@ -12906,17 +11300,17 @@ msgstr "" "Cliquez sur le bouton **Coût/Revenu** pour avoir une vue d'ensemble des " "coûts et des revenus avec la description correspondante." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:144 msgid "With filters" msgstr "Avec des filtres" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:146 msgid "We can thus filter this information from the **Analytic Entries**." msgstr "" "Nous pouvons donc filtrer ces informations à partir des **Pièces " "Analytiques**." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:148 msgid "" "Enter the **Accounting** app, and click on :menuselection:`Adviser --> " "Analytic Entries`. In this menu we have several options to analyse the human" @@ -12926,7 +11320,7 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Conseiller --> Ecritures analytiques`. Dans ce menu, nous " "avons plusieurs options pour analyser le coût des ressources humaines." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:151 msgid "" "We filter on the **Analytic account** so we can see the cost and revenues of" " the project. Add a custom **Filter** where the **Analytic Account** " @@ -12936,7 +11330,7 @@ msgstr "" "recettes du projet. Ajoutez un **Filtre** personnalisé où le **Compte " "analytique** contient le numéro de **Bon de Commande**." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:158 msgid "" "In the results we see timesheets activities and invoiced lines with the " "corresponding costs and revenues." @@ -12944,7 +11338,7 @@ msgstr "" "Dans les résultats, nous voyons les activités des feuilles de présence et " "les lignes facturées ainsi que leurs coûts et revenus correspondants." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:164 msgid "" "We can group the different analytical accounts together and check their " "respective revenues. Simply group by **Analytic account** and select the " @@ -12955,27 +11349,27 @@ msgstr "" "Analytique** et de sélectionnez la **Vue graphique** pour avoir une vue " "d'ensemble claire." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:3 msgid "Analytic account use cases" msgstr "Exemple d'utilisation de comptes analytiques" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:5 msgid "The analytic accounting can be used for several purposes:" msgstr "La comptabilité analytique peut être utilisée à plusieurs fins :" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:7 msgid "analyse costs of a company" msgstr "analyser les coûts d'une entreprise" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:9 msgid "reinvoice time to a customer" msgstr "refacturer du temps à un client" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:11 msgid "analyse performance of a service or a project" msgstr "analyser les performances d'un service ou d'un projet" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:13 msgid "" "To manage analytic accounting, you have to activate it in " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`:" @@ -12983,7 +11377,7 @@ msgstr "" "Pour gérer la comptabilité analytique, vous devez l'activer dans " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Configuration`:" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:19 msgid "" "To illustrate analytic accounts clearly, you will follow three use cases, " "each in one of three different types of company:" @@ -12991,23 +11385,23 @@ msgstr "" "Pour décrire les comptes analytiques clairement, vous suivrez trois cas " "d'utilisation, chacun dans l'un des trois types de sociétés différentes :" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:22 msgid "Industrial company: Costs Analyse" msgstr "Société Industrielle : analyse des coûts" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:24 msgid "Law Firm: reinvoice spent hours" msgstr "Cabinet d'Avocats : refacturation des heures prestées" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:26 msgid "IT/Services Company: performance analysis" msgstr "Société de Services Informatiques : Analyse de performance" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:29 msgid "Case 1: Industrial company: Costs Analyse" msgstr "Cas 1 : Société Industrielle: analyse des coûts" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:31 msgid "" "In industry, you will often find analytic charts of accounts structured into" " departments and products the company itself is built on." @@ -13015,7 +11409,7 @@ msgstr "" "Dans l'industrie, vous trouverez souvent des plans de comptes analytiques " "structurés en services et en articles de l'entreprise." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:34 msgid "" "The objective is to examine the costs, sales and margins by " "department/resources and by product. The first level of the structure " @@ -13027,40 +11421,40 @@ msgstr "" "différents services, et les niveaux inférieurs représentent les gammes " "d'articles que la société fabrique et vend." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:39 msgid "" "**Analytic Chart of Accounts for an Industrial Manufacturing Company**:" msgstr "" "**Plan de Comptes Analytiques pour une Entreprise de Fabrication " "Industrielle** :" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:41 msgid "Marketing Department" msgstr "Département marketing" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:43 msgid "Commercial Department" msgstr "Service Commercial" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:45 msgid "Administration Department" msgstr "Services Administratifs" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:47 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:80 msgid "Production Range 1" msgstr "Gamme de Production 1" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:49 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:82 msgid "Production Range 2" msgstr "Gamme de Production 2" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:51 msgid "" "In daily use, it is useful to mark the analytic account on each purchase " "invoice. When the invoice is approved, it will automatically generate the " @@ -13074,7 +11468,7 @@ msgstr "" "correspondants. Pour chaque pièce sur un compte comptable, il y a au moins " "une pièce analytique qui affecte les coûts au service qui les a engagés." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:58 msgid "" "Here is a possible breakdown of some general accounting entries for the " "example above, allocated to various analytic accounts:" @@ -13082,128 +11476,148 @@ msgstr "" "Voici, pour l'exemple ci-dessus, un détail de quelques écritures comptables," " affectées à différents comptes analytiques :" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:62 msgid "**General accounts**" msgstr "**Comptes comptables**" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:62 msgid "**Analytic accounts**" msgstr "**Comptes Analytiques**" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 msgid "**Title**" msgstr "**Titre**" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 msgid "**Account**" msgstr "**Compte**" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 +msgid "**Debit**" +msgstr "**Débit**" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 +msgid "**Credit**" +msgstr "**Crédit**" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 msgid "**Value**" msgstr "**Valeur**" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 msgid "Purchase of Raw Material" msgstr "Achat de Matières Premières" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 msgid "2122" msgstr "2122" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 msgid "1500" msgstr "1500" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 msgid "-1 500" msgstr "-1 500" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 msgid "Subcontractors" msgstr "Sous-Traitants" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 msgid "450" msgstr "450" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 msgid "-450" msgstr "-450" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 msgid "Credit Note for defective materials" msgstr "Recevoir des notes de crédit pour des matériaux défectueux" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 msgid "200" msgstr "200" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 msgid "Transport charges" msgstr "Frais de transport" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 msgid "Staff costs" msgstr "Frais de personnel" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 msgid "2121" msgstr "2121" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 msgid "10000" msgstr "10000" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 msgid "Marketing" msgstr "Marketing" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:80 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:82 msgid "-2 000" msgstr "-2 000" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:76 msgid "Commercial" msgstr "Commercial" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:76 msgid "-3 000" msgstr "-3 000" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:78 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 msgid "Administrative" msgstr "Administratifs" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:78 msgid "-1 000" msgstr "-1 000" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 msgid "PR" msgstr "RP" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 msgid "-400" msgstr "-400" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:87 msgid "" "The analytic representation by department enables you to investigate the " "costs allocated to each department in the company. The analytic chart of " @@ -13215,7 +11629,7 @@ msgstr "" "analytique montre la répartition des coûts de l'entreprise en utilisant " "l'exemple ci-dessus:" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:94 msgid "" "In this example of a hierarchical structure in Odoo, you can analyse not " "only the costs of each product range, but also the costs of the whole " @@ -13228,7 +11642,7 @@ msgstr "" "comptes généraux et aux comptes analytiques vous permet d'obtenir une " "ventilation des coûts au sein d'un service donné." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:103 msgid "" "The examples above are based on a breakdown of the costs of the company. " "Analytic allocations can be just as effective for sales. That gives you the " @@ -13239,7 +11653,7 @@ msgstr "" "ventes. Cela vous donne la rentabilité (ventes - coûts) des différents " "services." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:107 msgid "" "This analytic representation by department is generally used by trading " "companies and industries." @@ -13247,7 +11661,7 @@ msgstr "" "Cette représentation analytique par service est généralement utilisée par " "les sociétés de négoce et les industries." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:110 msgid "" "A variantion of this, is not to break it down by sales and marketing " "departments, but to assign each cost to its corresponding product range. " @@ -13258,7 +11672,7 @@ msgstr "" "correspondante. Cela vous donnera une analyse de la rentabilité de chaque " "gamme de produits." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:115 msgid "" "Choosing one over the other depends on how you look at your marketing " "effort. Is it a global cost allocated in some general way, or is each " @@ -13269,11 +11683,11 @@ msgstr "" "générale, ou chaque gamme de produits est-elle responsable de ses propres " "frais de commercialisation ?" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:120 msgid "Case 2: Law Firm: costs of human resources?" msgstr "Cabinet d'Avocats : coûts des ressources humaines ?" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:122 msgid "" "Law firms generally adopt management by case, where each case represents a " "current client file. All of the expenses and products are then attached to a" @@ -13284,7 +11698,7 @@ msgstr "" " les revenus sont alors affectés à un dossier, c'est à dire à un compte " "analytique donné." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:126 msgid "" "A principal preoccupation of law firms is the invoicing of hours worked, and" " the profitability by case and by employee." @@ -13292,7 +11706,7 @@ msgstr "" "Une préoccupation principale des cabinets d'avocats est la facturation des " "heures travaillées, et la rentabilité par affaire et par employé." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:129 msgid "" "Mechanisms used for encoding the hours worked will be covered in detail in " "timesheet documentation. Like most system processes, hours worked are " @@ -13306,7 +11720,7 @@ msgstr "" " la comptabilité analytique. Précisez le coût de l'employé sur sa fiche. Le " "tarif horaire est l'une des fonctions du coût de l'employé." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:135 msgid "" "So a law firm will opt for an analytic representation which reflects the " "management of the time that employees work on the different customer cases." @@ -13315,7 +11729,7 @@ msgstr "" "reflète la gestion du temps que les employés passent sur les différentes " "affaires des clients." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:139 msgid "" "Billing for the different cases is a bit unusual. The cases do not match any" " entry in the general account nor do they come from purchase or sales " @@ -13330,7 +11744,7 @@ msgstr "" "d'équivalents exacts dans les comptes comptables. Les factures sont établies" " sur la base du coût horaire par employé." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:145 msgid "" "At the end of the month when you pay salaries and benefits, you integrate " "them into the general accounts but not in the analytic accounts, because " @@ -13347,7 +11761,7 @@ msgstr "" "réajuster vos estimations du coût horaire par employé en fonction du temps " "effectivement travaillé." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:153 msgid "" "The following table shows an example of different analytic entries that you " "can find for your analytic account:" @@ -13355,107 +11769,107 @@ msgstr "" "Le tableau suivant montre un exemple de différentes pièces analytiques que " "vous pouvez trouver pour votre compte analytique :" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 msgid "**Amount**" msgstr "**Montant**" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 msgid "**General Account**" msgstr "** Compte général**" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 msgid "Study the file (1 h)" msgstr "Étudier le dossier (1 heure)" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 msgid "Case 1.1" msgstr "Affaire 1.1" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 msgid "-15" msgstr "-15" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 msgid "Search for information (3 h)" msgstr "Recherche d'informations (3 h)" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 msgid "-45" msgstr "-45" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 msgid "Consultation (4 h)" msgstr "Consultation (4 h)" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 msgid "Case 2.1" msgstr "Affaire 2.1" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 msgid "-60" msgstr "-60" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 msgid "Service charges" msgstr "Frais de service" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 msgid "280" msgstr "280" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 msgid "705 – Billing services" msgstr "705 – Services de facturation" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 msgid "Stationery purchase" msgstr "Achat de fournitures" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 msgid "-42" msgstr "-42" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 msgid "601 – Furniture purchase" msgstr "601 – Achat de fournitures" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 msgid "42" msgstr "42" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 msgid "Fuel Cost -Client trip" msgstr "Coût de carburant - Déplacement client" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 msgid "-35" msgstr "-35" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 msgid "613 – Transports" msgstr "613 – Transports" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 msgid "35" msgstr "35" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 msgid "Staff salaries" msgstr "Salaires du personnel" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 msgid "6201 – Salaries" msgstr "6201 – Salaires" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 msgid "3 000" msgstr "3 000" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:174 msgid "" "Such a structure allows you to make a detailed study of the profitability of" " various transactions." @@ -13463,7 +11877,7 @@ msgstr "" "Une telle structure vous permet d'effectuer une étude détaillée de la " "rentabilité des différentes transactions." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:177 msgid "" "For more details about profitablity, please read the following document: " ":doc:`timesheets`" @@ -13471,7 +11885,7 @@ msgstr "" "Pour plus de détails sur la rentabilité, lisez le document suivant : " ":doc:`timesheets`" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:180 msgid "" "But analytical accounting is not limited to a simple analysis of the " "profitability of different customer. The same data can be used for automatic" @@ -13486,29 +11900,29 @@ msgstr "" "analytique à une commande et vendez des articles qui gèrent des feuilles de " "présence ou des dépenses." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:187 msgid "Case 3: IT Services Company: perfomance analysis" msgstr "Cas 3 : Société de services informatiques : analyse de la performance" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:189 msgid "Most IT service companies face the following problems:" msgstr "" "La plupart des sociétés de services informatiques sont confrontées aux " "problèmes suivants :" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:191 msgid "project planning," msgstr "planification de projet," -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:193 msgid "invoicing, profitability and financial follow-up of projects," msgstr "la facturation, la rentabilité et le suivi financier des projets," -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:195 msgid "managing support contracts." msgstr "la gestion des contrats de maintenance." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:197 msgid "" "To deal with these problems, you would use an analytic chart of accounts " "structured by project and by sale order." @@ -13516,7 +11930,7 @@ msgstr "" "Pour faire face à ces problèmes, vous devez utiliser un plan de comptes " "analytiques structurés par projet et par commande." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:200 msgid "" "The management of services, expenditures and sales is similar to that " "presented above for lawyers. Invoicing and the study of profitability are " @@ -13526,7 +11940,7 @@ msgstr "" "présentée ci-dessus pour les avocats. La facturation et l'étude de la " "rentabilité sont également similaires." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:204 msgid "" "But now look at support contracts. These contracts are usually limited to a " "prepaid number of hours. Each service posted in the analytic accounts shows " @@ -13541,7 +11955,7 @@ msgstr "" "un article configuré pour facturer à la commande et relier le bon de " "commande à un compte analytique." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:210 msgid "" "In Odoo, each analytic line lists the number of units sold or used, as well " "as what you would usually find there – the amount in currency units (USD or " @@ -13555,11 +11969,11 @@ msgstr "" "vous pouvez additionner les quantités vendues et utilisées sur chaque " "commande pour déterminer s'il reste des heures dans le contrat de support." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:217 msgid "Conclusion" msgstr "Conclusion" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:219 msgid "" "Analytic accounting helps you to analyse costs and revenues whatever the use" " case. You can sell or purchase services, track time or analyse the " @@ -13569,7 +11983,7 @@ msgstr "" " case. You can sell or purchase services, track time or analyse the " "production performance." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:223 msgid "" "Analytic accounting is flexible and easy to use through all Odoo " "applications (sales, purchase, timesheet, production, invoice, …)." @@ -13578,16 +11992,16 @@ msgstr "" "les applications d'Odoo (ventes, achats, feuilles de présence, production, " "facturation, ...)." -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory.rst:3 msgid "Inventory" msgstr "Inventaire" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:3 msgid "Impact on the average price valuation when returning goods" msgstr "" "Impact sur l'évaluation du prix moyen en cas de retour de marchandises" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:5 msgid "" "As stated in the `*inventory valuation page* " "<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/functional/valuation.html>`__, one of " @@ -13599,7 +12013,7 @@ msgstr "" "méthodes de comptabilité dont vous pouvez vous servir pour la valorisation " "des stocks permanent est le coût moyen." -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:10 msgid "" "This document answers to one recurrent question for companies using that " "method to make their stock valuation: how does a shipping returned to its " @@ -13615,11 +12029,11 @@ msgstr "" "valorisation permanente (plutôt que périodique) et à la méthode du coût " "moyen pondéré (plutôt qu'aux critères FIFO)." -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:18 msgid "Definition of average cost" msgstr "Définition du coût moyen" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:20 msgid "" "The average cost method calculates the cost of ending inventory and cost of " "goods sold on the basis of weighted average cost per unit of inventory." @@ -13628,13 +12042,13 @@ msgstr "" "et le coût des biens vendus sur la base du coût unitaire moyen pondéré de " "chaque élément de l'inventaire." -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:24 msgid "" "The weighted average cost per unit is calculated using the following " "formula:" msgstr "Le coût unitaire moyen pondéré est calculé selon la formule suivante:" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:27 msgid "" "When new products arrive in a warehouse, the new average cost is recomputed " "as:" @@ -13642,17 +12056,17 @@ msgstr "" "Lorsque de nouveaux produits arrivent en entrepôt, le nouveau coût moyen est" " recalculé de cette façon :" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:33 msgid "" "When products leave the warehouse: the average cost **does not** change" msgstr "" "Lorsque des produits quittent l'entrepôt : le coût moyen ne change **pas**" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:36 msgid "Defining the purchase price" msgstr "Définir le prix d'achat" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:38 msgid "" "The purchase price is estimated at the reception of the products (you might " "not have received the vendor bill yet) and reevaluated at the reception of " @@ -13665,161 +12079,161 @@ msgstr "" "payé pour les produits, mais il peut aussi inclure les frais " "supplémentaires, tels que les coûts au débarquement." -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:45 msgid "Average cost example" msgstr "Exemple de coût moyen" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 msgid "Operation" msgstr "Opération" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 msgid "Delta Value" msgstr "Valeur de delta" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 msgid "Inventory Value" msgstr "Valeur d'inventaire" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 msgid "Qty On Hand" msgstr "Qté en réserve" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 msgid "Avg Cost" msgstr "CM" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 msgid "$0" msgstr "0$" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 msgid "0" msgstr "0" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 msgid "Receive 8 Products at $10" msgstr "Réception de 8 produits à 10$" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 msgid "+8\\*$10" msgstr "+8\\*10$" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 msgid "$80" msgstr "80$" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 msgid "8" msgstr "8" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 msgid "$10" msgstr "10$" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 msgid "Receive 4 Products at $16" msgstr "Réception de 4 produits à 16$" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 msgid "+4\\*$16" msgstr "+4\\*16$" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 msgid "$144" msgstr "144$" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 msgid "12" msgstr "12" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 msgid "$12" msgstr "12$" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 msgid "Deliver 10 Products" msgstr "Livraison de 10 produits" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 msgid "-10\\*$12" msgstr "-10\\*12$" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 msgid "$24" msgstr "24$" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 msgid "2" msgstr "2" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:60 msgid "" "At the beginning, the Avg Cost is set to 0 set as there is no product in the" " inventory. When the first reception is made, the average cost becomes " @@ -13829,7 +12243,7 @@ msgstr "" "Lorsque la première réception se fait, le coût moyen devient conséquemment " "le prix d'achat." -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:64 msgid "" "At the second reception, the average cost is updated because the total " "inventory value is now ``$80 + 4*$16 = $144``. As we have 12 units on hand, " @@ -13840,7 +12254,7 @@ msgstr "" "avons 12 unités en réserve, le prix unitaire moyen est de ``144 $ / 12 = 12 " "$``." -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:68 msgid "" "By definition, the delivery of 10 products does not change the average cost." " Indeed, the inventory value is now $24 as we have only 2 units remaining of" @@ -13850,11 +12264,11 @@ msgstr "" "effet, la valeur d'inventaire est maintenant de 24 $ puisqu'il ne nous reste" " que 2 unités de chaque ``24 $ / 2 = 12 $``." -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:73 msgid "Purchase return use case" msgstr "Cas de retour d'un achat" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:75 msgid "" "In case of a product returned to its supplier after reception, the inventory" " value is reduced using the average cost formulae (not at the initial price " @@ -13864,37 +12278,37 @@ msgstr "" " valeur d'inventaire est diminuée selon les formules du coût moyen (pas au " "prix initial de ces produits!)." -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:79 msgid "Which means that the above table will be updated as follow:" msgstr "Ce qui signifie que le tableau du dessus sera actualisé ainsi :" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 msgid "Return of 1 Product initially bought at $10" msgstr "Retour d'un produit initialement acheté à 10 $" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 msgid "-1\\*$12" msgstr "-1\\*12$" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 msgid "1" msgstr "1" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:90 msgid "Explanation: counter example" msgstr "Explication : contre-exemple" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:92 msgid "" "Remember the definition of **Average Cost**, saying that we do not update " "the average cost of a product leaving the inventory. If you break this rule," @@ -13905,7 +12319,7 @@ msgstr "" "enfreignez cette règle, cela pourrait mener à des incohérences dans votre " "inventaire." -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:96 msgid "" "As an example, here is the scenario when you deliver one piece to the " "customer and return the other one to your supplier (at the cost you " @@ -13915,26 +12329,26 @@ msgstr "" "retournez l'autre à votre fournisseur (au coût auquel vous l'avez acheté). " "Voici l'opération qui s'effectue :" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 msgid "Customer Shipping 1 product" msgstr "Envoi d'1 produit au client" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 msgid "-1\\*$10" msgstr "-1\\*10$" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 msgid "**$2**" msgstr "**2 $**" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 msgid "**0**" msgstr "**0**" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:110 msgid "" "As you can see in this example, this is not correct: an inventory valuation " "of $2 for 0 pieces in the warehouse." @@ -13942,7 +12356,7 @@ msgstr "" "Comme vous pouvez le voir dans cet exemple, cela n'est pas correct : une " "valorisation des stocks à 2 $ pour 0 éléments dans l'entrepôt." -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:113 msgid "" "The correct scenario should be to return the goods at the current average " "cost:" @@ -13950,11 +12364,11 @@ msgstr "" "Le scénario correct devrait être de retourner la marchandise au prix moyen " "actuel :" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 msgid "**$0**" msgstr "**0 $**" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:126 msgid "" "On the other hand, using the average cost to value the return ensure a " "correct inventory value at all times." @@ -13962,11 +12376,11 @@ msgstr "" "D'autre part, utiliser le coût moyen pour valoriser le retour assure une " "valorisation d'inventaire correcte en tout temps." -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:130 msgid "Further thoughts on anglo saxon mode" msgstr "Autres réflexions sur le mode anglo-saxon" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:132 msgid "" "For people in using the **anglo saxon accounting** principles, there is " "another concept to take into account: the stock input account of the " @@ -13981,7 +12395,7 @@ msgstr "" "augmentera à la réception des livraisons entrantes et diminuera lors de la " "réception des factures fournisseurs liées." -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:139 msgid "" "Back to our example, we see that when the return is valued at the average " "price, the amount booked in the stock input account is the original purchase" @@ -13991,47 +12405,47 @@ msgstr "" "prix moyen, le montant comptabilisé dans le compte d'entrée de stock est le " "prix d'achat initial :" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 msgid "stock input" msgstr "entrée de stock" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 msgid "price diff" msgstr "différence de prix" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 msgid "($80)" msgstr "($80)" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 msgid "Receive vendor bill $80" msgstr "Reçu facture fournisseur $80" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 msgid "($64)" msgstr "($64)" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 msgid "Receive vendor bill $64" msgstr "Reçu facture fournisseur $64" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 msgid "**$10**" msgstr "**10 $**" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 msgid "**$12**" msgstr "**$12**" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 msgid "Receive vendor refund $10" msgstr "Reçu avoir fournisseur $10" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 msgid "$2" msgstr "2 $" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:163 msgid "" "This is because the vendor refund will be made using the original purchase " "price, so to zero out the effect of the return in the stock input in last " @@ -14046,11 +12460,11 @@ msgstr "" "utilisé pour enregistrer la différence entre le coût moyen et le prix " "d'achat initial." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:3 msgid "Record exchange rates at payments" msgstr "Enregistrer les taux de change des paiements" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:8 msgid "" "Any company doing international trade faces the case where the payments are " "in a different currency." @@ -14058,7 +12472,7 @@ msgstr "" "Any company doing international trade faces the case where the payments are " "in a different currency." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:11 msgid "" "After receiving their payments, you have the option to convert the amount " "into your company currency. Multi currency payment implies rates " @@ -14069,11 +12483,11 @@ msgstr "" "implique des fluctuations de taux de change. Les écarts de change sont " "automatiquement enregistrées par Odoo." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:19 msgid "Enable multi-currencies" msgstr "Activer multi-devises" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:21 msgid "" "In the accounting module, Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " "and flag **Allow multi currencies**, then click on **apply**." @@ -14082,7 +12496,7 @@ msgstr "" "Configuration` et cochez **Autoriser devises multiples**, puis cliquez sur " "**Appliquer**." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:27 msgid "" "Configure the currency rates in :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Currencies`. Write down the rate and make sure the currency is active." @@ -14090,7 +12504,7 @@ msgstr "" "Configurez les taux de change dans :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Devises`. Saisissez le taux et assurez-vous que la monnaie est active." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:33 msgid "" "In this document, the base currency is **Euro** and we will record payments " "in **Dollars**." @@ -14098,7 +12512,7 @@ msgstr "" "Dans ce document, la devise de base est **Euro** et nous enregistrerons les " "paiements en **Dollars**." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:40 msgid "" "You can automatically fetch the currency rates from the **European Central " "Bank** or from **Yahoo**. Please read the document : :doc:`how_it_works`." @@ -14107,12 +12521,12 @@ msgstr "" "**Banque Centrale Européenne** ou de **Yahoo**. Lisez le document : " ":doc:`how_it_works`." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:45 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:31 msgid "Configure your journal" msgstr "Configurer votre journal" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:47 msgid "" "In order to register payments in other currencies, you have to **remove the " "currency constraint** on the journal. Go to the accounting application, " @@ -14123,7 +12537,7 @@ msgstr "" "l'application de Comptabilité, cliquez sur **Plus** sur le journal, puis sur" " **Configuration**." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:54 msgid "" "Check if the **Currency** field is empty or in the foreign currency in which" " you will register the payments. If a currency is filled in, it means that " @@ -14133,11 +12547,11 @@ msgstr "" "laquelle vous enregistrerez les paiements. Si une devise est définie, cela " "signifie que vous ne pouvez enregistrer les paiements que dans cette devise." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:62 msgid "Record a payment in a different currency" msgstr "Enregistrer un paiement dans une autre devise" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:64 msgid "" "In the **Accounting** application, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " "Payments`. Register the payment and indicate that it was done in the foreign" @@ -14147,13 +12561,13 @@ msgstr "" "Paiements`. Enregistrez le paiement et indiquez qu'il a été réalisé dans la " "devise étrangère. Puis cliquez sur **Confirmer**." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:83 msgid "The journal entry has been posted but not allocated." msgstr "La pièce comptable a été comptabilisée mais pas attribuée." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:73 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:85 msgid "" "Go back to your invoice (:menuselection:`Sales --> Customer Invoices`) and " "click on **Add** to allocate the payment." @@ -14161,11 +12575,11 @@ msgstr "" "Revenez à votre facture (:menuselection:`Ventes --> Factures clients`) et " "cliquez sur **Ajouter** pour attribuer le paiement." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:80 msgid "Record a bank statement in a different currency" msgstr "Enregistrer un relevé bancaire dans une autre devise" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:82 msgid "" "Create or import the bank statement of your payment. The **Amount** is in " "the company currency. There are two complementary fields, the **Amount " @@ -14177,7 +12591,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Montant devise**, qui est le montant qui a été effectivement payé et la " "**Devise** dans laquelle il a été payé." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:89 msgid "" "When reconciling it, Odoo will directly match the payment with the right " "**Invoice**. You will get the invoice price in the invoice currency and the " @@ -14187,11 +12601,11 @@ msgstr "" "la bonne **Facture**. Vous obtiendrez le prix de la facture dans la devise " "de la facture et le montant dans la devise de votre entreprise." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:97 msgid "Check the exchange rate differences" msgstr "Vérifier les écarts de change" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:99 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` and look for the " "**Exchange difference** journal entries. All the exchange rates differences " @@ -14200,17 +12614,17 @@ msgstr "" "Aller à :menuselection:`Conseiller --> Pièces comptables` et chercher les " "pièces **Écarts de change**. Tous les écarts de change y sont comptabilisés." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:106 msgid "" "The Exchange difference journal can be changed in your accounting settings." msgstr "" "Le Journal des Écarts de Change peut être modifié dans la configuration de " "la comptabilité." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/full_reconcile_warning.rst:2 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/full_reconcile_warning.rst:2 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/full_reconcile_warning.rst:2 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/full_reconcile_warning.rst:2 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/full_reconcile_warning.rst:2 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/full_reconcile_warning.rst:2 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/full_reconcile_warning.rst:2 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/full_reconcile_warning.rst:2 msgid "" "In order for an exchange difference entry to be created automatically, the " "corresponding invoices and payments need to be fully reconciled. This means " @@ -14220,23 +12634,23 @@ msgid "" "them until that final amount is paid." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:147 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:68 msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:112 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:100 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:136 msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases`" msgstr ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases`" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:3 msgid "Odoo's multi-currency system" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:8 msgid "" "Choosing to use the multi-currency option in Odoo will allow you to send " "sales invoices, quotes and purchase orders or receive bills and payments in " @@ -14251,11 +12665,11 @@ msgstr "" "d'autres devises et obtenir des rapports sur vos activités en devises " "étrangères." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:18 msgid "Turn on multi-currency" msgstr "Activer le mode multidevises" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:20 msgid "" "In the accounting module, Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " "and flag **Allow multi currencies**, then click on **Apply**." @@ -14264,13 +12678,13 @@ msgstr "" "Configuration` et cochez **Autoriser devises multiples**, puis cliquez sur " "**Appliquer**." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:27 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:159 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:109 msgid "Exchange Rate Journal" msgstr "Journal de taux de change" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:29 msgid "" "The **Rate Difference Journal** records the differences between the payment " "registration and the expected amount. For example, if a payment is paid 1 " @@ -14283,15 +12697,15 @@ msgstr "" "change a probablement changé. La fluctuation implique une certaine perte ou " "un certain gain qui est enregistré par Odoo." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:35 msgid "You can change it in the settings:" msgstr "Vous pouvez le changer dans la configuration :" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:41 msgid "View or edit rate being used" msgstr "Afficher ou modifier le taux utilisé" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:43 msgid "" "You can manually configure the currency rates in " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Currencies`. Open the currencies you want " @@ -14302,11 +12716,11 @@ msgstr "" "souhaitez utiliser dans Odoo et modifiez-les. Assurez-vous que la devise est" " active." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:50 msgid "Click on **View Rates** to edit it and to see the history :" msgstr "Cliquez sur **Voir les Taux** pour l'éditer et voir l'historique :" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:55 msgid "" "Click on **Create** to add the rate. Fill in the date and the rate. Click on" " **Save** when you are done." @@ -14314,11 +12728,11 @@ msgstr "" "Cliquez sur **Créer** pour ajouter le taux. Indiquez la date et le taux. " "Cliquez sur **Sauvegarder** lorsque vous avez terminé." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:62 msgid "Live Currency Rate" msgstr "Taux de change courant" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:64 msgid "" "By default, the currencies need to be updated manually. But you can " "synchronize it with `Yahoo <https://finance.yahoo.com/currency-" @@ -14332,7 +12746,7 @@ msgstr "" "<http://www.ecb.europa.eu>` __. Dans :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Configuration`, aller à la section **Taux de change courant**." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:69 msgid "" "Choose the interval : Manually, Daily, Weekly or Monthly. You can always " "force the update by clicking on **Update Now**. Select the provider, and you" @@ -14343,15 +12757,15 @@ msgstr "" "**Mettre à jour immédiatement**. Sélectionnez le Fournisseur du service, et " "vous êtes prêt !" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:77 msgid "Only the **active** currencies are updated" msgstr "Seules les devises **actives** sont mises à jour" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:80 msgid "Configure your charts of account" msgstr "Configurer votre plan comptable" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:82 msgid "" "In the accounting application, go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Charts of " "Accounts`. On each account, you can set a currency. It will force all moves " @@ -14362,7 +12776,7 @@ msgstr "" " Cela va forcer tous les mouvements de ce compte à utiliser la monnaie " "définie pour ce compte." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:86 msgid "" "If you leave it empty, it means that it can handle all currencies that are " "Active." @@ -14370,11 +12784,11 @@ msgstr "" "Si vous le laissez vide, cela signifie qu'il peut utiliser toutes les " "devises qui sont Actives." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:93 msgid "Configure your journals" msgstr "Configurer vos journaux" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:95 msgid "" "In order to register payments in other currencies, you have to remove the " "currency constraint on the journal. Go to the accounting application, Click " @@ -14385,8 +12799,8 @@ msgstr "" "Comptabilité, cliquez sur **Plus** sur le journal, puis sur " "**Configuration**." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:102 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:40 msgid "" "Check if the currency field is empty or in the foreign currency in which you" " will register the payments. If a currency is filled in, it means that you " @@ -14396,12 +12810,12 @@ msgstr "" "laquelle vous enregistrerez les paiements. Si une devise est définie, cela " "signifie que vous ne pouvez enregistrer les paiements que dans cette devise." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:110 msgid "How is Odoo's multi-currency working?" msgstr "Comment fonctionne le mode multidevises d'Odoo?" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:112 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:50 msgid "" "Now that you are working in a multi-currency environment, all accountable " "items will be linked to a currency, domestic or foreign." @@ -14409,12 +12823,12 @@ msgstr "" "Maintenant que vous travaillez dans un environnement multidevises, tous les " "écritures seront liées à une monnaie, nationale ou étrangère." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:116 msgid "Sales Orders and Invoices" msgstr "Commandes et factures client" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:118 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:56 msgid "" "You are now able to set a different currency than the company one on your " "sale orders and on your invoices. The currency is set for the whole " @@ -14424,12 +12838,12 @@ msgstr "" "votre entreprise sur vos commandes et factures client. La devise est définie" " pour l'ensemble du document." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:126 msgid "Purchases orders and Vendor Bills" msgstr "Bons de commande et factures fournisseurs" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:128 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:66 msgid "" "You are now able to set a different currency than the company one on your " "purchase orders and on your vendor bills. The currency is set for the whole " @@ -14439,11 +12853,11 @@ msgstr "" "votre entreprise sur vos commandes et factures fournisseur. La devise est " "définie pour l'ensemble du document." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:136 msgid "Payment Registrations" msgstr "Enregistrements de paiement" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:138 msgid "" "In the accounting application, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. " "Register the payment and set the currency." @@ -14451,8 +12865,8 @@ msgstr "" "Dans l'application comptabilité, allez à :menuselection:`Ventes --> " "Paiements`. Enregistre' le paiement et définir la devise." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:147 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:94 msgid "" "When creating or importing bank statements, the amount is in the company " "currency. But there are now two complementary fields, the amount that was " @@ -14463,7 +12877,7 @@ msgstr "" "complémentaires, le montant qui a été effectivement payé et la devise dans " "laquelle il a été payé." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:154 msgid "" "When reconciling it, Odoo will directly match the payment with the right " "Invoice. You will get the invoice price in the invoice currency and the " @@ -14473,7 +12887,7 @@ msgstr "" "la bonne Facture. Vous obtiendrez le prix de la facture dans la devise de la" " facture et le montant dans la devise de votre entreprise." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:161 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` and look for the Exchange" " difference journal entries. All the exchange rates differences are recorded" @@ -14482,20 +12896,20 @@ msgstr "" "Aller à :menuselection:`Conseiller --> Pièces comptables` et chercher les " "pièces Écarts de change. Tous les écarts de change y sont comptabilisés." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:170 msgid ":doc:`invoices_payments`" msgstr ":doc:`invoices_payments`" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:171 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:121 msgid ":doc:`exchange`" msgstr ":doc:`exchange`" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:3 msgid "Manage invoices and payment in multiple currencies" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo provides multi-currency support with automatic currency gross or loss " "entry adjustment. There are a few things Odoo has been to ease the user's " @@ -14505,7 +12919,7 @@ msgstr "" "écarts de change. Il y a plusieurs choses que Odoo fait pour faciliter la " "vie de l'utilisateur." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:12 msgid "" "All the account transactions will be done using the company currency. " "However you can see two extra fields with the journal entry where secondary " @@ -14517,7 +12931,7 @@ msgstr "" " pièce comptable : la devise secondaire et le montant. Vous pouvez créer des" " journaux multidevises ou forcer une monnaie spécifique." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:17 msgid "" "When creating an invoice, the currency can be changed very easily; however " "Odoo takes the company currency as a default assignment. It will convert all" @@ -14528,11 +12942,11 @@ msgstr "" "par défaut. Il convertira tous les montants automatiquement en utilisant " "cette monnaie." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:25 msgid "Enable Multi-Currency" msgstr "Activer le mode multidevises" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:27 msgid "" "For information about enabling Multi-Currency, please read the document: " ":doc:`how_it_works`" @@ -14540,7 +12954,7 @@ msgstr "" "Pour plus d'informations sur l'activation du mode multidevises, lisez le " "document : :doc:`how_it_works`" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:33 msgid "" "In order to register payments in other currencies, you have to remove the " "currency constraint on the journal. Go to the accounting application, on the" @@ -14551,19 +12965,19 @@ msgstr "" "Comptabilité, sur le journal, cliquez sur :menuselection:`Plus --> " "Configuration`." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:48 msgid "Multi-currency invoices & Vendor Bills" msgstr "Factures clients et fournisseurs multidevises" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:54 msgid "Invoices" msgstr "Factures" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:74 msgid "Multi-currency Payments" msgstr "Paiements multidevises" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:76 msgid "" "In the accounting application, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. " "Register the payment and indicate that it was done in the foreign currency. " @@ -14573,11 +12987,11 @@ msgstr "" "Paiements`. Enregistrez le paiement et indiquez qu'il a été réalisé dans la " "devise étrangère. Puis cliquez sur **Confirmer**." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:92 msgid "Multi- Currency Bank Statements" msgstr "Relevés Bancaires Multi-Devises" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:101 msgid "" "When reconciling it, Odoo will directly match the payment with the right " "invoice. You will get the invoice price in the invoice currency and the " @@ -14587,7 +13001,7 @@ msgstr "" "la bonne facture. Vous obtiendrez le prix de la facture dans la devise de la" " facture et le montant dans la devise de votre entreprise." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:111 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` and look for the " "**Exchange Difference** journal entries. All the exchange rates differences " @@ -14596,75 +13010,75 @@ msgstr "" "Aller à :menuselection:`Conseiller --> Pièces comptables` et chercher les " "pièces **Écarts de Change**. Tous les écarts de change y sont comptabilisés." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:120 msgid ":doc:`how_it_works`" msgstr ":doc:`how_it_works`" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started.rst:3 msgid "Getting Started" msgstr "Commencer" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:100 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:69 msgid "Chart of Accounts" msgstr "Plan comptable" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:5 msgid "" "The **Chart of Accounts (COA)** is the list of all the accounts used to " "record financial transactions in the general ledger of an organization." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:8 msgid "" "The accounts are usually listed in the order of appearance in the financial " "reports. Most of the time, they are listed as follows :" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:11 msgid "Balance Sheet accounts" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:13 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 msgid "Assets" msgstr "Immobilisations" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:14 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:77 msgid "Liabilities" msgstr "Passifs" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:15 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:85 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:85 msgid "Equity" msgstr "Capitaux propres" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:19 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:89 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:89 msgid "Income" msgstr "Revenus" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:20 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:93 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:93 msgid "Expense" msgstr "Dépense" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:22 msgid "" "When browsing your Chart of Accounts, you can filter the accounts by number," " in the left column, and also group them by Account Type." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:30 msgid "Configuration of an Account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:32 msgid "" "The country you select at the creation of your database (or additional " "company on your database) determines which **Fiscal Localization Package** " @@ -14673,138 +13087,138 @@ msgid "" "directly or set it according to your company's needs." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:38 msgid "" "It is not possible to modify the **Fiscal Localization** of a company once a" " Journal Entry has been posted." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:41 msgid "" "To create a new account, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " "--> Chart of Accounts`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:45 msgid "Code and Name" msgstr "Code et nom" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:47 msgid "" "Each account is identified by its **Code** and **Name**, which also " "indicates the account's purpose." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:52 msgid "" "Configuring correctly the **Account Type** is critical as it serves multiple" " purposes:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:54 msgid "Information on the account's purpose and behavior" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:55 msgid "Generate country-specific legal and financial reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:56 msgid "Set the rules to close a fiscal year" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:57 msgid "Generate opening entries" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:59 msgid "" "To configure an account type, open the **Type** field's drop-down selector " "and select the right type among the following list:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 msgid "Report" msgstr "Rapport" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 msgid "Category" msgstr "Catégorie" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 msgid "Account Types" msgstr "Types de compte" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 msgid "Receivable" -msgstr "Recevable" +msgstr "Débiteur" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:67 msgid "Bank and Cash" msgstr "Banque et liquidités" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:69 msgid "Current Assets" msgstr "Actif circulant" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:71 msgid "Non-current Assets" msgstr "Actif immobilisé" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:73 msgid "Prepayments" msgstr "Prépaiements" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:75 msgid "Fixed Assets" msgstr "Immobilisations" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:77 msgid "Payable" msgstr "Payable" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:79 msgid "Credit Card" msgstr "Carte de crédit" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:81 msgid "Current Liabilities" msgstr "Dettes à court terme" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:83 msgid "Non-current Liabilities" msgstr "Passif immobilisé" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:87 msgid "Current Year Earnings" msgstr "Bénéfices de l'année en cours" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:91 msgid "Other Income" msgstr "Autres revenus" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:95 msgid "Depreciation" msgstr "Amortissement" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:97 msgid "Cost of Revenue" msgstr "Coût des ventes" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 msgid "Other" msgstr "Autre" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 msgid "Off-Balance Sheet" msgstr "Hors bilan" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:103 msgid "Assets, Deferred Expenses, and Deferred Revenues Automation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:105 msgid "" "Some Account Types display a new field **to automate** the creation of " ":ref:`Assets <assets-automation>` entries, :ref:`Deferred Expenses " @@ -14812,65 +13226,70 @@ msgid "" "<deferred-revenues-automation>` entries." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:109 msgid "You have three choices for the **Automation** field:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:238 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:177 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:177 msgid "**No:** this is the default value. Nothing happens." msgstr "**Non :** c'est la valeur par défaut. Rien ne se passe." -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:112 msgid "" "**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " "draft entry is created, but not validated. You must first fill out the " "corresponding form." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:114 msgid "" "**Create and validate:** you must also select a Model. Whenever a " "transaction is posted on the account, an entry is created and immediately " "validated." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:118 msgid "Please refer to the related documentation for more information." msgstr "" "Veuillez vous référer à la documentation associée pour plus d'informations." -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:3 +msgid "Default Taxes" +msgstr "Taxes par défaut" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:123 msgid "" "Select a **default tax** that will be applied when this account is chosen " "for a product sale or purchase." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:127 msgid "Tags" msgstr "Étiquettes" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:129 msgid "" "Some accounting reports require **tags** to be set on the relevant accounts." " By default, you can choose among the tags that are used by the *Cash Flow " "Statement*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:133 msgid "Account Groups" msgstr "Groupes de comptes" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:135 msgid "" "**Account Groups** are useful to list multiple accounts as *sub-accounts* of" " a bigger account and thus consolidate reports such as the **Trial " "Balance**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:138 msgid "" "To create a new Account Group, open the account you want to configure as " "sub-account, click on the *Group* drop-down selector, select *Create and " @@ -14878,65 +13297,73 @@ msgid "" "the right Account Group." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:142 msgid "" "To display your **Trial Balance** report with your Account Groups, go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Trial Balance`, then open the " "*Options* menu and select **Hierarchy and Subtotals**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:151 msgid "Allow Reconciliation" msgstr "Autoriser le lettrage" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:153 msgid "" "Some accounts, such as accounts made to record the transactions of a payment" " method, can be used for the reconciliation of journal entries." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:156 msgid "" "For example, an invoice paid with a credit card can be *marked as paid* if " "reconciled with the payment. Therefore, the account used to record credit " "card payments needs to be configured as *allowing reconciliation*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:160 msgid "To do so, check the **Allow Reconciliation** box and save." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:163 msgid "Deprecated" msgstr "Obsolète" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:165 msgid "" "It is not possible to delete an account once a transaction has been recorded" " on it. You can make them unusable by using the **Deprecated** feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:168 msgid "To do so, check the **Deprecated** box and save." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:171 msgid ":doc:`../../payables/supplier_bills/assets`" msgstr ":doc:`../../payables/supplier_bills/assets`" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:172 msgid ":doc:`../../payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses`" msgstr ":doc:`../../payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses`" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:173 msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues`" msgstr ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues`" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:40 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:3 msgid "Initial setup of Odoo Accounting and Odoo Invoicing" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:5 msgid "" "When you first open your Odoo Accounting app, the *Accounting Overview* page" " welcomes you with a step-by-step onboarding banner, a wizard that helps you" @@ -14944,13 +13371,13 @@ msgid "" "it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:9 msgid "" "The settings visible in the onboarding banner can still be modified later by" " going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:13 msgid "" "Odoo Accounting automatically installs the appropriate **Fiscal Localization" " Package** for your company, according to the country selected at the " @@ -14960,37 +13387,37 @@ msgid "" " information about Fiscal Localization Packages." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:20 msgid "Accounting onboarding banner" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:22 msgid "" "The step-by-step Accounting onboarding banner is composed of four steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:28 msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-company`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:29 msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-bank`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:30 msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-periods`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:31 msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-chart`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:36 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:140 msgid "Company Data" msgstr "Données sur la société" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:38 msgid "" "This menu allows you to add your company’s details such as the name, " "address, logo, website, phone number, email address, and Tax ID, or VAT " @@ -14998,97 +13425,97 @@ msgid "" "invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:47 msgid "" "You can also change these settings by going to :menuselection:`Settings --> " "General Settings --> Settings --> Companies` and clicking on **Update " "Info**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:53 msgid "Bank Account" msgstr "Compte bancaire" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:55 msgid "" "Connect your bank account to your database and have your bank statements " "synced automatically. To do so, find your bank in the list, click on " "*Connect*, and follow the instructions on-screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:59 msgid "" ":doc:`Click here <../../bank/feeds/bank_synchronization>` for more " "information about this feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:61 msgid "" "If your Bank Institution can’t be synchronized automatically, or if you " "prefer not to sync it with your database, you may also configure your bank " "account manually by clicking on *Create it*, and filling out the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:76 msgid "" "You can add as many bank accounts as needed with this tool by going to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration`, and clicking on *Add a Bank " "Account*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:78 msgid "" ":doc:`Click here <../../bank/setup/bank_accounts>` for more information " "about Bank Accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:84 msgid "Accounting Periods" msgstr "Périodes comptables" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:86 msgid "" "Define here your **Fiscal Years**’ opening and closing dates, which are used" " to generate reports automatically, and your **Tax Return Periodicity**, " "along with a reminder to never miss a tax return deadline." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:90 msgid "" "By default, the opening date is set on the 1st of January and the closing " "date on the 31st of December, as this is the most common use." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:94 msgid "" "You can also change these settings by going to :menuselection:`Accounting " "--> Configuration --> Settings --> Fiscal Periods` and updating the values." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:102 msgid "" "With this menu, you can add accounts to your **Chart of Accounts** and " "indicate their initial opening balances." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:105 msgid "" "Basic settings are displayed on this page to help you review your Chart of " "Accounts. To access all the settings of an account, click on the *double " "arrow button* at the end of the line." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:113 msgid "" ":doc:`Click here <chart_of_accounts>` for more information on how to " "configure your Chart of Accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:117 msgid "Invoicing onboarding banner" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:119 msgid "" "There is another step-by-step onboarding banner that helps you take " "advantage of your Odoo Invoicing and Accounting apps. The *Invoicing " @@ -15096,50 +13523,50 @@ msgid "" " rather than the Accounting app." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:123 msgid "" "If you have Odoo Accounting installed on your database, you can reach it by " "going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Invoices`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:126 msgid "The Invoicing onboarding banner is composed of four main steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:132 msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-company`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:133 msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-layout`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:134 msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-payment`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:135 msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-sample`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:142 msgid "" "This form is the same as :ref:`the one presented in the Accounting " "onboarding banner <accounting-setup-company>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:148 msgid "Invoice Layout" msgstr "Layout Facture" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:150 msgid "" "With this tool, you can design the appearance of your documents by selecting" " which layout tamplate, paper format, colors, font, and logo you want to " "use." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:153 msgid "" "You can also add your *Company Tagline* and the content of the documents’ " "*footer*. Note that Odoo automatically adds the company's phone number, " @@ -15148,66 +13575,66 @@ msgid "" "setup-company>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:163 msgid "" "Add your **bank account number** and a link to your **General Terms & " "Condition** in the footer. This way, your contacts can find the full content" " of your GT&C online without having to print them on the invoices you issue." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:168 msgid "" "These settings can also be modified by going to :menuselection:`Settings -->" " General Settings`, under the *Business Documents* section." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:174 msgid "Payment Method" msgstr "Moyen de paiement" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:176 msgid "" "This menu helps you configure the payment methods with which your customers " "can pay you." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:179 msgid "" "Configuring a *Payment Acquirer* with this tool also activates the *Invoice " "Online Payment* option automatically. With this, users can directly pay " "online, from their Customer Portal." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:185 msgid "Sample Invoice" msgstr "Exemple de facture" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:187 msgid "" "Send yourself a sample invoice by email to make sure everything is correctly" " configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:190 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:135 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:146 msgid ":doc:`../../bank/setup/bank_accounts`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:191 msgid ":doc:`chart_of_accounts`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts.rst:3 msgid "Main Concepts" msgstr "Concepts principaux" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:3 msgid "The Accounting behind Odoo" msgstr "La comptabilité derrière Odoo" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:5 msgid "" "This page summarises the way Odoo deals with typical accounts and " "transactions." @@ -15215,11 +13642,11 @@ msgstr "" "Cette page résume la manière dont Odoo gère habituellement les comptes et " "transactions." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:9 msgid "Double-entry bookkeeping" msgstr "Comptabilité en partie double" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:11 msgid "" "Odoo automatically creates all the behind-the-scenes journal entries for " "each of your accounting transactions: customer invoices, point of sale " @@ -15229,7 +13656,7 @@ msgstr "" "chacune de vos opérations comptables : factures clients, ticket de point de " "vente, dépenses, mouvement de stocks, etc." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:15 msgid "" "Odoo uses the rules of double-entry bookkeeping system: all journal entries " "are automatically balanced (sum of debits = sum of credits)." @@ -15238,7 +13665,7 @@ msgstr "" "entrées de journaux sont automatiquement équilibrées (somme des débits = " "somme des crédits)." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:19 msgid "" "`Understand Odoo's accounting transactions per document " "<https://odoo.com/documentation/functional/accounting.html>`_" @@ -15246,22 +13673,22 @@ msgstr "" "`Comprendre les transactions comptables par document d'Odoo " "<https://odoo.com/documentation/functional/accounting.html>`_" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:23 msgid "Accrual and Cash Basis Methods" msgstr "Méthodes de l'accumulation et de la trésorerie" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:25 msgid "" "Odoo supports both accrual and cash basis reporting. This allows you to " "report income / expense at the time transactions occur (i.e., accrual " "basis), or when payment is made or received (i.e., cash basis)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:30 msgid "Multi-companies" msgstr "Multi-sociétés" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:32 msgid "" "Odoo allows one to manage several companies within the same database. Each " "company has its own chart of accounts and rules. You can get consolidation " @@ -15272,18 +13699,18 @@ msgstr "" "règles. Vous pouvez obtenir des rapports de consolidation en suivant vos " "règles de consolidation." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:36 msgid "" "Users can access several companies but always work in one company at a time." msgstr "" "Les utilisateurs peuvent accéder à plusieurs sociétés, mais travaillent " "toujours sur une seule société à la fois." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:40 msgid "Multi-currencies" msgstr "Multi-devises" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:42 msgid "" "Every transaction is recorded in the default currency of the company. For " "transactions occurring in another currency, Odoo stores both the value in " @@ -15296,18 +13723,18 @@ msgstr "" "enregistre de plus la valeur dans la devise de la transaction. Odoo peut " "générer des gains et pertes de change après le rapprochement des écritures." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:48 msgid "" "Currency rates are updated once a day using a yahoo.com online web-service." msgstr "" "Les taux de change sont mis à jour quotidiennement en utilisant un web-" "service en ligne yahoo.com." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:52 msgid "International Standards" msgstr "Standard internationaux" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:54 msgid "" "Odoo accounting supports more than 50 countries. The Odoo core accounting " "implements accounting standards that are common to all countries. Specific " @@ -15315,32 +13742,32 @@ msgid "" "chart of accounts, taxes, or bank interfaces." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:60 msgid "In particular, Odoo's core accounting engine supports:" msgstr "En particulier, le noyau de la comptabilité d'Odoo prend en charge :" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:62 msgid "" "Anglo-Saxon Accounting (U.S., U.K.,, and other English-speaking countries " "including Ireland, Canada, Australia, and New Zealand) where costs of good " "sold are reported when products are sold/delivered." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:66 msgid "European accounting where expenses are accounted at the supplier bill." msgstr "" "La comptabilité européenne où les achats sont comptabilisées à la date de la" " facture fournisseur." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:69 msgid "Odoo has modules to comply with IFRS rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:72 msgid "Accounts Receivable & Payable" msgstr "Comptes Débiteurs & Créditeurs" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:74 msgid "" "By default, Odoo uses a single account for all account receivable entries " "and one for all accounts payable entries. You can create separate accounts " @@ -15351,7 +13778,7 @@ msgstr "" " pouvez créer des comptes séparés pour chaque client / fournisseur, mais ce " "n'est pas une obligation." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:79 msgid "" "As transactions are associated to customers or suppliers, you get reports to" " perform analysis per customer/supplier such as the customer statement, " @@ -15362,11 +13789,11 @@ msgstr "" "fournisseur, comme les arrêtés de compte client, les revenus par client, les" " balances âgés..." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:84 msgid "Wide range of financial reports" msgstr "Large choix de rapports financiers" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:86 msgid "" "In Odoo, you can generate financial reports in real time. Odoo's reports " "range from basic accounting reports to advanced management reports. Odoo's " @@ -15376,30 +13803,30 @@ msgstr "" "rapports d'Odoo vont des rapports comptables de base aux rapports de gestion" " avancées. Les rapports d'Odoo comprennent :" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:90 msgid "Performance reports (such as Profit and Loss, Budget Variance)" msgstr "" "Les rapports de performance (comme le Compte de résultat, les Ecarts " "Budgétaires)" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:91 msgid "" "Position reports (such as Balance Sheet, Aged Payables, Aged Receivables)" msgstr "Les rapports de situation (comme le Bilan, les Balances Agées)" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:93 msgid "Cash reports (such as Bank Summary)" msgstr "les rapports de trésorerie (comme les Relevés de Banque)" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:94 msgid "Detail reports (such as Trial Balance and General Ledger)" msgstr "Les rapports détaillés (comme la Balance Générale et le Grand Livre)" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:95 msgid "Management reports (such as Budgets, Executive Summary)" msgstr "Les rapports de gestion (comme les Budgets, et le Résumé Analytique)" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:97 msgid "" "Odoo's report engine allows you to customize your own report based on your " "own formulae." @@ -15407,11 +13834,11 @@ msgstr "" "Le générateur de rapports d'Odoo vous permet de personnaliser vos propres " "rapports basés sur vos propres formules." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:101 msgid "Import bank feeds automatically" msgstr "Importation automatique des données bancaires" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:103 msgid "" "Bank reconciliation is a process that matches your bank statement lines, as " "supplied by the bank, to your accounting transactions in the general ledger." @@ -15429,7 +13856,7 @@ msgstr "" "connecter à votre banque en ligne ou à attendre vos relevés bancaires " "papier." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:111 msgid "" "Odoo speeds up bank reconciliation by matching most of your imported bank " "statement lines to your accounting transactions. Odoo also remembers how " @@ -15441,11 +13868,11 @@ msgstr "" "souvient aussi de la façon dont vous avez traité d'autres lignes de relevés " "et fournit des suggestions parmi les transactions du grand livre." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:117 msgid "Calculate the tax you owe your tax authority" msgstr "Calcul de l'impôt que vous devez à votre autorité fiscale" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:119 msgid "" "Odoo totals all your accounting transactions for your tax period and uses " "these totals to calculate your tax obligation. You can then check your sales" @@ -15455,11 +13882,11 @@ msgstr "" "d'imposition et utilise ces totaux pour calculer vos impôts. Vous pouvez " "ensuite vérifier votre impôt en exécutant le Rapport de taxes d'Odoo." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:124 msgid "Inventory Valuation" msgstr "Valorisation de l'inventaire" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:126 msgid "" "Odoo support both periodic (manual) and perpetual (automated) inventory " "valuations. The available methods are standard price, average price, LIFO " @@ -15470,7 +13897,7 @@ msgstr "" "coût standard, le coût moyen, LIFO (pour les pays qui l'autorisent) et le " "FIFO." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:131 msgid "" "`View impact of the valuation method on your transactions " "<https://odoo.com/documentation/functional/valuation.html>`_" @@ -15478,11 +13905,11 @@ msgstr "" "`Voir l'impact de la méthode d'évaluation sur vos transactions sur " "<https://odoo.com/documentation/functional/valuation.html>`_" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:135 msgid "Easy retained earnings" msgstr "Résultats non distribués faciles à gérer" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:137 msgid "" "Retained earnings are the portion of income retained by your business. Odoo " "automatically calculates your current year earnings in real time so no year-" @@ -15495,11 +13922,11 @@ msgstr "" "en reportant automatiquement le solde de votre compte de résultat dans votre" " bilan." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:7 msgid "Accounting Memento For Entrepreneurs (US GAAP)" msgstr "Memo de Comptabilité pour les Entrepreneurs (US GAAP)" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:13 msgid "" "The **Profit and Loss** (P&L) report shows the performance of the company " "over a specific period (usually the current year)." @@ -15507,7 +13934,7 @@ msgstr "" "Le **Compte de Résultats** montre la performance de l'entreprise sur une " "période donnée (en général l'année en cours)." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:18 msgid "" "The **Gross Profit** equals the revenues from sales minus the cost of goods " "sold." @@ -15515,7 +13942,7 @@ msgstr "" "Le **Bénéfice Brut** est égal au revenus des ventes après déduction du coût " "des marchandises vendues." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:23 msgid "" "**Operating Expenses** (OPEX) include administration, sales and R&D salaries" " as well as rent and utilities, miscellaneous costs, insurances, … anything " @@ -15526,7 +13953,7 @@ msgstr "" " frais divers, les assurances... tous les coûts autres que ceux des produits" " vendus." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:29 msgid "" "The **Balance Sheet** is a snapshot of the company's finances at a specific " "date (as opposed to the Profit and Loss which is an analysis over a period)" @@ -15534,7 +13961,7 @@ msgstr "" "Le **Bilan** est un aperçu des finances de l'entreprise à une date donnée " "(par opposition au Compte de Résultats qui est une analyse sur une période)" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:34 msgid "" "**Assets** represent the company's wealth, things it owns. Fixed assets " "includes building and offices, current assets include bank accounts and " @@ -15545,7 +13972,7 @@ msgstr "" "bureaux, les actifs courants comprennent les comptes bancaires et les " "espèces. Une dette client est un actif. Un employé est pas un actif." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:40 msgid "" "**Liabilities** are obligations from past events that the company will have " "to pay in the future (utility bills, debts, unpaid suppliers)." @@ -15554,7 +13981,7 @@ msgstr "" "société devra payer à l'avenir (factures de services publics, dettes, par " "ex. dettes fournisseurs)." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:45 msgid "" "**Equity** is the amount of the funds contributed by the owners (founders or" " shareholders) plus previously retained earnings (or losses)." @@ -15563,13 +13990,13 @@ msgstr "" "(fondateurs ou actionnaires) auxquels s'ajoutent les bénéfices non " "redistribués (ou les pertes)." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:50 msgid "Each year, net profits (or losses) are reported to retained earnings." msgstr "" "Chaque année, les bénéfices nets (ou les pertes) sont rapportées aux " "bénéfices non redistribués." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:56 msgid "" "What is owned (an asset) has been financed through debts to reimburse " "(liabilities) or equity (profits, capital)." @@ -15577,7 +14004,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ce qui est possédé (un actif) a été financé par des dettes à rembourser " "(passif) ou des capitaux propres (bénéfices, capital)." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:59 msgid "" "A difference is made between buying an assets (e.g. a building) and expenses" " (e.g. fuel). Assets have an intrinsic value over time, versus expenses " @@ -15589,11 +14016,11 @@ msgstr "" "elles sont consommées pour permettre le \" fonctionnement \" de " "l'entreprise." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:66 msgid "Assets = Liabilities + Equity" msgstr "Actifs = Passifs + Capitaux Propres" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:71 msgid "" "The **chart of accounts** lists all the accounts, whether they are balance " "sheet accounts or P&L accounts. Every financial transaction (e.g. a payment," @@ -15605,17 +14032,17 @@ msgstr "" "(par exemple un paiement, une facture) impacte les comptes en déplaçant la " "valeur d'un compte (crédit) à un autre compte (débit)." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:78 msgid "Balance = Debit - Credit" msgstr "Solde = Débit - Crédit" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:84 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:83 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:90 msgid "Journal Entries" msgstr "Pièces comptables" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:88 msgid "" "Every financial document of the company (e.g. an invoice, a bank statement, " "a pay slip, a capital increase contract) is recorded as a journal entry, " @@ -15625,7 +14052,7 @@ msgstr "" "bancaire, un bulletin de paie, un contrat d'augmentation de capital) est " "enregistré comme une entrée de journal, impactant plusieurs comptes." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:92 msgid "" "For a journal entry to be *balanced*, the sum of all its debits must be " "equal to the sum of all its credits." @@ -15633,50 +14060,50 @@ msgstr "" "Pour qu'une écriture soit *équilibrée*, la somme de tous ses débits doit " "être égale à la somme de tous ses crédits." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:97 msgid "examples of accounting entries for various transactions. Example:" msgstr "exemples d'écritures pour diverses transactions. Exemple :" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:99 msgid "Example 1: Customer Invoice:" msgstr "Exemple 1 : Facture Client :" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:99 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:119 msgid "Explanation:" msgstr "Explication :" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:103 msgid "You generate a revenue of $1,000" msgstr "Vous générez un chiffre d'affaires de $1,000" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:104 msgid "You have a tax to pay of $90" msgstr "Vous devez payer une taxe de 90 $" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:105 msgid "The customer owes $1,090" msgstr "Le client vous doit $1,090" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:124 msgid "Configuration:" msgstr "Configuration :" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:109 msgid "Income: defined on the product, or the product category" msgstr "Bénéfice : défini sur l'article ou la catégorie d'article" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:108 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:127 msgid "Account Receivable: defined on the customer" msgstr "Compte client : défini sur le client" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:111 msgid "Tax: defined on the tax set on the invoice line" msgstr "Taxe : définie sur l'ensemble des taxes des lignes de facture" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:113 msgid "" "The fiscal position used on the invoice may have a rule that replaces the " "Income Account or the tax defined on the product by another one." @@ -15684,30 +14111,30 @@ msgstr "" "La position fiscale utilisée sur la facture peut avoir une règle qui " "remplace le compte de revenu ou la taxe définie sur l'article par un autre." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:117 msgid "Example 2: Customer Payment:" msgstr "Exemple 2 : Paiement Client" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:121 msgid "Your customer owes $1,090 less" msgstr "Votre client doit $1,090 en moins" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:122 msgid "Your receive $1,090 on your bank account" msgstr "Vous recevez $1,090 sur votre compte bancaire" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:126 msgid "Bank Account: defined on the related bank journal" msgstr "Compte bancaire : défini sur le journal de banque lié" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:130 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 msgid "Reconciliation" msgstr "Lettrage" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:134 msgid "" "Reconciliation is the process of linking journal items of a specific " "account, matching credits and debits." @@ -15715,7 +14142,7 @@ msgstr "" "Le lettrage est le processus de liaison des écritures d'un compte " "spécifique, aux crédits et débits correspondant." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:137 msgid "" "Its primary purpose is to link payments to their related invoices in order " "to mark invoices that are paid and clear the customer statement. This is " @@ -15725,7 +14152,7 @@ msgstr "" "afin de marquer les factures qui sont payées et vider le relevé client. Cela" " se fait en faisant un rapprochement sur les *Comptes Client*." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:141 msgid "" "An invoice is marked as paid when its Accounts Receivable journal items are " "reconciled with the related payment journal items." @@ -15733,15 +14160,15 @@ msgstr "" "Une facture est marquée comme payée lorsque ses écritures de Compte Client " "sont lettrées avec les écritures de paiement correspondantes." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:144 msgid "Reconciliation is performed automatically by the system when:" msgstr "Le lettrage est effectué automatiquement par le système quand :" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:146 msgid "the payment is registered directly on the invoice" msgstr "Le paiement est enregistré directement sur la facture" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:147 msgid "" "the links between the payments and the invoices are detected at the bank " "matching process" @@ -15749,85 +14176,97 @@ msgstr "" "Les liens entre les paiements et les factures sont détectés automatiquement " "lors du rapprochement bancaire" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:0 msgid "Customer Statement Example" msgstr "Exemple de Relevé Client" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:156 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 msgid "Accounts Receivable" msgstr "Comptes Débiteurs" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:156 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:96 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 msgid "Debit" msgstr "Débit" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:156 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:96 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 msgid "Credit" msgstr "Crédit" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:160 msgid "Invoice 1" msgstr "Facture 1" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:104 +msgid "100" +msgstr "100" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:162 msgid "Payment 1.1" msgstr "Paiement 1.1" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:162 msgid "70" msgstr "70" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:164 msgid "Invoice 2" msgstr "Facture 2" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:162 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:168 msgid "65" msgstr "65" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:166 msgid "Payment 1.2" msgstr "Paiement 1.2" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:166 msgid "30" msgstr "30" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:168 msgid "Payment 2" msgstr "Paiement 2" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:170 msgid "Invoice 3" msgstr "Facture 3" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:168 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:174 msgid "50" msgstr "50" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:174 msgid "Total To Pay" msgstr "Total à payer" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:181 msgid "" "Bank reconciliation is the matching of bank statement lines (provided by " "your bank) with transactions recorded internally (payments to suppliers or " @@ -15838,11 +14277,11 @@ msgstr "" "interne (paiements aux fournisseurs ou des clients). Pour chaque ligne dans " "un relevé bancaire, il peut être :" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:186 msgid "matched with a previously recorded payment:" msgstr "mis en correspondance avec un paiement précédemment enregistré" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:186 msgid "" "a payment is registered when a check is received from a customer, then " "matched when checking the bank statement" @@ -15850,11 +14289,11 @@ msgstr "" "un paiement est enregistré lorsqu'un chèque est reçu d'un client, puis " "lettré en vérifiant le relevé bancaire" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:190 msgid "recorded as a new payment:" msgstr "enregistré comme un nouveau paiement :" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:189 msgid "" "the payment's journal entry is created and :ref:`reconciled " "<accounting/reconciliation>` with the related invoice when processing the " @@ -15864,15 +14303,15 @@ msgstr "" "<accounting/reconciliation>` avec la facture correspondante lors du " "traitement du relevé bancaire" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:193 msgid "recorded as another transaction:" msgstr "enregistré comme une autre transaction :" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:193 msgid "bank transfer, direct charge, etc." msgstr "virement bancaire, charge directe, etc." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:195 msgid "" "Odoo should automatically reconcile most transactions, only a few of them " "should need manual review. When the bank reconciliation process is finished," @@ -15884,24 +14323,24 @@ msgstr "" "le processus de rapprochement bancaire est terminé, le solde du compte " "bancaire dans Odoo doit correspondre au solde du relevé bancaire." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:203 msgid "Checks Handling" msgstr "Manipulation des chèques" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:205 msgid "There are two approaches to manage checks and internal wire transfer:" msgstr "" "Il existe deux approches pour gérer les chèques et les virements internes :" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:207 msgid "Two journal entries and a reconciliation" msgstr "Deux écritures et un lettrage" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:208 msgid "One journal entry and a bank reconciliation" msgstr "Une écriture et un rapprochement bancaire" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:212 msgid "" "The first journal entry is created by registering the payment on the " "invoice. The second one is created when registering the bank statement." @@ -15909,49 +14348,49 @@ msgstr "" "La première écriture est créée par l'enregistrement du paiement sur la " "facture. La seconde est créée lors de l'enregistrement du relevé bancaire." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:96 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 msgid "Account" msgstr "Compte" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:98 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:100 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 msgid "Account Receivable" msgstr "Compte client" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 msgid "Invoice ABC" msgstr "Facture ABC" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 msgid "Undeposited funds" msgstr "Valeurs à l'encaissement" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 msgid "Check 0123" msgstr "Chèque 0123" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:85 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:135 msgid "Bank" msgstr "Banque" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:237 msgid "" "A journal entry is created by registering the payment on the invoice. When " "reconciling the bank statement, the statement line is linked to the existing" @@ -15961,23 +14400,23 @@ msgstr "" " du rapprochement du relevé bancaire, la ligne de relevé est reliée à " "l'écriture existante." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 msgid "Bank Statement" msgstr "Relevé bancaire" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:248 msgid "Statement XYZ" msgstr "Relevé XYZ" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview.rst:3 msgid "Process overview" msgstr "Vue d'ensemble du processus" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:3 msgid "From Customer Invoice to Payments Collection" msgstr "De la Facture Client à l'Encaissement" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo supports multiple invoicing and payment workflows, so you can choose " "and use the ones that match your business needs. Whether you want to accept " @@ -15992,11 +14431,11 @@ msgstr "" " pour paiements anticipés, vous pouvez le faire avec efficacité et " "précision." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:12 msgid "From Draft Invoice to Profit and Loss" msgstr "De la Facture Brouillon au Compte de Résultats" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:14 msgid "" "If we pick up at the end of a typical 'order to cash' scenario, after the " "goods have been shipped, you will: issue an invoice; receive payment; " @@ -16012,7 +14451,7 @@ msgstr "" "retard sur les paiements; et enfin présenter vos revenus sur le Compte de " "Résultats et montrer la diminution des actifs sur le Bilan." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:21 msgid "" "Invoicing in most countries occurs when a contractual obligation is met. If " "you ship a box to a customer, you have met the terms of the contract and can" @@ -16030,7 +14469,7 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo permet la création de ce qu'on appelle une Facture Brouillon par le " "personnel de l'entrepôt." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:32 msgid "" "Draft invoices can be manually generated from other documents such as Sales " "Orders, Purchase Orders,etc. Although you can create a draft invoice " @@ -16040,7 +14479,7 @@ msgstr "" "documents tels que les commandes, les bons de commande, etc. Vous pouvez " "aussi créer directement une facture brouillon si vous le souhaitez." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:36 msgid "" "An invoice must be provided to the customer with the necessary information " "in order for them to pay for the goods and services ordered and delivered. " @@ -16052,11 +14491,11 @@ msgstr "" "Elle doit également inclure d'autres informations nécessaires pour payer la " "facture d'une manière opportune et précise." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:42 msgid "Draft invoices" msgstr "Factures brouillon" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:44 msgid "" "The system generates invoice which are initially set to the Draft state. " "While these invoices" @@ -16064,7 +14503,7 @@ msgstr "" "Le système génère des factures qui sont initialement à l'état Brouillon. " "Tant que ces factures" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:47 msgid "" "remain unvalidated, they have no accounting impact within the system. There " "is nothing to stop users from creating their own draft invoices." @@ -16073,59 +14512,59 @@ msgstr "" "Il n'y a rien pour empêcher les utilisateurs de créer leurs propres factures" " brouillon." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:50 msgid "Let's create a customer invoice with following information:" msgstr "Créez une facture client avec les informations suivantes :" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:52 msgid "Customer: Agrolait" msgstr "Client : Agrolait" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:53 msgid "Product: iMac" msgstr "Article : iMac" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:54 msgid "Quantity: 1" msgstr "Quantité : 1" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:55 msgid "Unit Price: 100" msgstr "Prix unitaire : 100" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:56 msgid "Taxes: Tax 15%" msgstr "Taxes : TVA 15%" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:64 msgid "The document is composed of three parts:" msgstr "Le document est composé de 3 parties :" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:66 msgid "the top of the invoice, with customer information," msgstr "L'entête de la facture, avec les informations sur le client," -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:67 msgid "the main body of the invoice, with detailed invoice lines," msgstr "" "le corps principal de la facture, avec des lignes de factures détaillées," -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:68 msgid "the bottom of the page, with detail about the taxes, and the totals." msgstr "le bas de la page, avec des détails sur les taxes, et les totaux." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:71 msgid "Open or Pro-forma invoices" msgstr "Factures Ouvertes ou Pro-forma" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:73 msgid "" "An invoice will usually include the quantity and the price of goods and/or " "services, the date, any parties involved, the unique invoice number, and any" " tax information." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:77 msgid "" "\"Validate\" the invoice when you are ready to approve it. The invoice then " "moves from the Draft state to the Open state." @@ -16133,7 +14572,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"Valider\" la facture lorsque vous êtes prêt à l'approuver. La facture " "passe alors de l'état Brouillon à l'état Ouverte." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:80 msgid "" "When you have validated an invoice, Odoo gives it a unique number from a " "defined, and modifiable, sequence." @@ -16141,7 +14580,7 @@ msgstr "" "Lorsque vous avez validé une facture, Odoo lui donne un numéro unique à " "partir d'une séquence définie, et modifiable." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:86 msgid "" "Accounting entries corresponding to this invoice are automatically generated" " when you validate the invoice. You can see the details by clicking on the " @@ -16152,11 +14591,11 @@ msgstr "" "détails en cliquant sur la pièce comptable dans l'onglet \"Autres " "informations\"." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:95 msgid "Send the invoice to customer" msgstr "Envoyer la facture au client" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:97 msgid "" "After validating the customer invoice, you can directly send it to the " "customer via the 'Send by email' functionality." @@ -16164,7 +14603,7 @@ msgstr "" "Après validation de la facture du client, vous pouvez l'envoyer directement " "au client via la fonctionnalité \"Envoyer par email\"." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:103 msgid "" "A typical journal entry generated from a validated invoice will look like as" " follows:" @@ -16172,42 +14611,42 @@ msgstr "" "Une pièce comptable typique générée à partir d'une facture validée " "ressemblera à ce qui suit :" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 msgid "**Partner**" msgstr "**Tiers**" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 msgid "**Due date**" msgstr "**Date d'échéance**" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 msgid "Agrolait" msgstr "Agrolait" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 msgid "01/07/2015" msgstr "07/01/2015" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 msgid "115" msgstr "115" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 msgid "15" msgstr "15" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:117 msgid "Payment" msgstr "Paiement" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:119 msgid "" "In Odoo, an invoice is considered to be paid when the associated accounting " "entry has been reconciled with the payment entries. If there has not been a " @@ -16219,17 +14658,17 @@ msgstr "" " rapprochement, la facture restera dans l'état Ouverte jusqu'à vous avez " "enregistré le paiement." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:124 msgid "" "A typical journal entry generated from a payment will look like as follows:" msgstr "" "Une pièce comptable typique générée par un paiement ressemblera à ceci :" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:136 msgid "Receive a partial payment through the bank statement" msgstr "Recevoir un paiement partiel par le relevé bancaire" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:138 msgid "" "You can manually enter your bank statements in Odoo, or you can import them " "in from a csv file or from several other predefined formats according to " @@ -16239,7 +14678,7 @@ msgstr "" "pouvez les importer depuis un fichier csv ou d'autres formats prédéfinis " "selon les pays." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:142 msgid "" "Create a bank statement from the accounting dashboard with the related " "journal and enter an amount of $100 ." @@ -16247,15 +14686,15 @@ msgstr "" "Créer un relevé bancaire depuis le tableau de bord de la comptabilité, dans " "le journal approprié, et entrez un montant de $100." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:149 msgid "Reconcile" msgstr "Lettrer" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:151 msgid "Now let's reconcile!" msgstr "Maintenant, nous allons rapprocher!" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:156 msgid "" "You can now go through every transaction and reconcile them or you can mass " "reconcile with instructions at the bottom." @@ -16263,7 +14702,7 @@ msgstr "" "Vous pouvez maintenant passer sur chaque transaction et la rapprocher, ou " "effecter un rapprochement en masse avec les instructions ci-dessous." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:158 msgid "" "After reconciling the items in the sheet, the related invoice will now " "display \"You have outstanding payments for this customer. You can reconcile" @@ -16273,7 +14712,7 @@ msgstr "" "correspondante affichera alors \"Vous avez des paiements en suspens pour ce " "client. Vous pouvez les rapprocher pour payer cette facture.\"" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:168 msgid "" "Apply the payment. Below, you can see that the payment has been added to the" " invoice." @@ -16281,11 +14720,11 @@ msgstr "" "Appliquer le paiement. Ci-dessous, vous pouvez voir que le paiement a été " "ajouté à la facture." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:175 msgid "Payment Followup" msgstr "Suivi du Paiement" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:177 msgid "" "There's a growing trend of customers paying bills later and later. " "Therefore, collectors must make every effort to collect money and collect it" @@ -16295,7 +14734,7 @@ msgstr "" " plus tard. Par conséquent, les encaisseurs doivent faire des efforts pour " "recueillir l'argent, et pour le recueillir plus rapidement." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:181 msgid "" "Odoo will help you define your follow-up strategy. To remind customers to " "pay their outstanding invoices, you can define different actions depending " @@ -16312,7 +14751,7 @@ msgstr "" "d'autres factures en souffrance pour le même client, la actions de la " "facture la plus en retard seront exécutées." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:189 msgid "" "By going to the customer record and diving into the \"Overdue Payments\" you" " will see the follow-up message and all overdue invoices." @@ -16320,11 +14759,11 @@ msgstr "" "En allant à la fiche client, dans les «paiements en souffrance\", vous " "verrez le message de suivi et toutes les factures en souffrance." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:199 msgid "Customer aging report:" msgstr "Balance agée client :" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:201 msgid "" "The customer aging report will be an additional key tool for the collector " "to understand the customer credit issues, and to prioritize their work." @@ -16333,7 +14772,7 @@ msgstr "" "pour comprendre les problèmes de crédit à la clientèle, et pour prioriser " "leur travail." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:205 msgid "" "Use the aging report to determine which customers are overdue and begin your" " collection efforts." @@ -16341,11 +14780,11 @@ msgstr "" "Utilisez la balance agée pour déterminer quels clients sont en retard et " "commencer vos efforts de collecte." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:212 msgid "Profit and loss" msgstr "Compte de résultat" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:214 msgid "" "The Profit and Loss statement displays your revenue and expense details. " "Ultimately, this gives you a clear image of your Net Profit and Loss. It is " @@ -16357,17 +14796,17 @@ msgstr "" "Il est parfois appelé la « Déclaration de Revenu » ou « État des Revenus et " "Dépenses »." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:223 msgid "Balance sheet" msgstr "Bilan" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:225 msgid "" "The balance sheet summarizes your company's liabilities, assets and equity " "at a specific moment in time." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:234 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:234 msgid "" "For example, if you manage your inventory using the perpetual accounting " "method, you should expect a decrease in account \"Current Assets\" once the " @@ -16377,12 +14816,12 @@ msgstr "" " permanent, vous devriez obtenir une diminution du compte «Actifs " "Circulants» une fois que le matériel a été expédié au client." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:15 msgid "From Vendor Bill to Payment" msgstr "De la Facture Fournisseur au Paiement" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:5 msgid "" "Once vendor bills are registered in Odoo, you can easily pay vendors for the" " correct amount and at the right time (not too late, not too early; " @@ -16394,7 +14833,7 @@ msgstr "" "(pas trop tard, pas trop tôt, en fonction de votre politique fournisseur). " "Odoo propose également des rapports pour suivre vos balances âgées à payer." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:10 msgid "" "If you want to control vendor bills received from your vendors, you can use " "the Odoo Purchase application that allows you to control and pre-complete " @@ -16405,11 +14844,11 @@ msgstr "" " et de les pré-remplir automatiquement en fonction des commandes d'achat " "passées." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:18 msgid "Record a new vendor bill" msgstr "Enregistrer une nouvelle facture fournisseur" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:20 msgid "" "When a vendor bill is received, you can record it from " ":menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendor Bills` in the Accounting application. " @@ -16422,7 +14861,7 @@ msgstr "" "fonctionnalité **Nouvelle Facture** sur le tableau de bord de la " "Comptabilité." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:27 msgid "" "To register a new vendor bill, start by selecting a vendor and inputting " "their invoice as the **Vendor Reference**, then add and confirm the product " @@ -16433,7 +14872,7 @@ msgstr "" "Fournisseur**, puis ajoutez et confirmez les lignes de produits, en veillant" " à avoir les bonnes quantités et taxes, et les bons prix." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:35 msgid "" "Save the invoice to update the pre tax and tax amounts at the bottom of the " "screen. You will most likely need to configure the prices of your products " @@ -16443,7 +14882,7 @@ msgstr "" "l'écran. Vous aurez probablement besoin de configurer les prix hors taxes de" " vos produits car Odoo calcule les taxes pour vous." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:40 msgid "" "On the bottom left corner, Odoo shows a summary table of all taxes on the " "vendor bill. In several countries, different methods are accepted to round " @@ -16463,11 +14902,11 @@ msgstr "" "modifier le montant dans le tableau en bas à gauche pour ajuster et " "correspondre." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:48 msgid "Validate The Vendor Bill" msgstr "Valider la Facture Fournisseur" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:50 msgid "" "Once the vendor bill is validated, a journal entry will be generated based " "on the configuration on the invoice. This journal entry may differ depending" @@ -16478,7 +14917,7 @@ msgstr "" " peut varier en fonction du module de comptabilité que vous avez choisi " "d'utiliser." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:54 msgid "" "For most European countries, the journal entry will use the following " "accounts:" @@ -16486,21 +14925,21 @@ msgstr "" "Pour la plupart des pays européens, la pièce comptable utilisera les comptes" " suivants :" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:57 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:66 msgid "**Accounts Payable:** defined on the vendor form" msgstr "**Compte fournisseur:** défini sur la fiche du fournisseur" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:59 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:68 msgid "**Taxes:** defined on the products and per line" msgstr "**TVA:** définie par article et par ligne" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:61 msgid "**Expenses:** defined on the line item product used" msgstr "**Dépenses :** défini sur la ligne du produit utilisé." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:63 msgid "" "For Anglo-Saxon (US) accounting, the journal entry will use the following " "accounts:" @@ -16508,11 +14947,11 @@ msgstr "" "Pour la comptabilité Anglo-Saxonne (Etats-Unis), la pièce comptable " "utilisera les comptes suivants :" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:70 msgid "**Goods Received:** defined on the product form" msgstr "**Marchandises Reçues:** définies sur la fiche produit" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:72 msgid "" "You can check your Profit & Loss or the Balance Sheet reports after having " "validated a couple of vendor bills to see the impact on your general ledger." @@ -16520,11 +14959,11 @@ msgstr "" "Vous pouvez vérifier votre Compte de Résultat ou votre Bilan après avoir " "validé quelques factures pour voir l'impact sur votre Grand Livre." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:77 msgid "Pay a bill" msgstr "Payer une facture" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:79 msgid "" "To create a payment for an open vendor bill directly, you can click on " "**Register a Payment** at the top of the form." @@ -16532,7 +14971,7 @@ msgstr "" "Pour créer un paiement pour une facture fournisseur ouverte directement, " "vous pouvez cliquer sur **Payer** en haut du formulaire." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:82 msgid "" "From there, you select the payment method (i.e. Checking account, credit " "card, check, etc…) and the amount you wish to pay. By default, Odoo will " @@ -16548,7 +14987,7 @@ msgstr "" " facture du fournisseur comme référence (Odoo remplira automatiquement ce " "champ depuis la facture fournisseur s'il a déjà été saisi)." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:94 msgid "" "You can also register a payment to a vendor directly without applying it to " "a vendor bill. To do that, :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. Then, " @@ -16561,11 +15000,11 @@ msgstr "" "Puis, à partir de la facture fournisseur, vous serez en en mesure de " "rapprocher ce paiement directement." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:99 msgid "Printing vendor Checks" msgstr "Impression des Chèques fournisseurs" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:101 msgid "" "If you choose to pay your vendor bills by check, Odoo offers a method to do " "so directly from your vendor payments within Odoo. Whether you do so on a " @@ -16578,7 +15017,7 @@ msgstr "" "vous préfériez le faire à la fin de la semaine, vous pouvez imprimer des " "chèques par lots." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:106 msgid "" "If you have checks to print, Odoo's accounting dashboard acts as a to do " "list and reminds you of how many checks you have left to be printed." @@ -16587,7 +15026,7 @@ msgstr "" "d'Odoo agit comme une to do list et vous rappelle combien de chèques il vous" " reste à imprimer." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:112 msgid "" "By selecting the amount of checks to be printed, you can dive right into a " "list of all payments that are ready to be processed." @@ -16595,7 +15034,7 @@ msgstr "" "En sélectionnant le nombre de chèques à imprimer, vous pouvez parcourir la " "liste de tous les paiements qui sont prêts à être traités." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:115 msgid "" "Select all the checks you wish to print (use the first checkbox to select " "them all) and set the action to **Print Checks**. Odoo will ask you to set " @@ -16607,16 +15046,16 @@ msgstr "" "**Imprimer chèques**. Odoo vous demandera de définir le prochain numéro de " "chèque dans la séquence et imprimera ensuite tous les chèques à la fois." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:124 -#: ../../accounting/reporting.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:3 msgid "Reporting" msgstr "Analyse" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:127 msgid "Aged payable balance" msgstr "Balance agée fournisseurs" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:129 msgid "" "In order to get a list of open vendor bills and their related due dates, you" " can use the **Aged Payable** report, under the reporting menu, (in " @@ -16628,7 +15067,7 @@ msgstr "" "des rapports (dans :menuselection:`Rapport --> Rapport PDF --> Balance agée " "des tiers `) pour obtenir un visuel de toutes vos factures en suspens." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:137 msgid "" "From here, you can click directly on a vendors name to open up the details " "of all outstanding bills and the amounts due, or you can annotate any line " @@ -16642,19 +15081,19 @@ msgstr "" "vous naviguez dans le rapport, vous pouvez imprimer directement vers Excel " "ou PDF et obtenir exactement ce que vous voyez à l'écran." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:144 msgid ":doc:`customer_invoice`" msgstr ":doc:`customer_invoice`" -#: ../../accounting/payables.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables.rst:3 msgid "Account Payables" msgstr "Comptes Débiteurs" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:3 msgid "Forecast future bills to pay" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:5 msgid "" "When you get hundreds of vendor bills per month with each of them having " "different payment terms, it could be complex to follow what you have to pay " @@ -16667,7 +15106,7 @@ msgstr "" " vos fournisseurs trop tôt peut diminuer votre trésorerie, et payert trop " "tard peut entraîner des frais supplémentaires." -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:10 msgid "" "Fortunately, Odoo provides you the right tools to manage payment orders to " "vendors efficiently." @@ -16675,11 +15114,11 @@ msgstr "" "Heureusement, Odoo vous fournit les bons outils pour gérer les paiement " "fournisseurs efficacement." -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:14 msgid "Configuration: payment terms" msgstr "Configuration : conditions de règlement" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:16 msgid "" "In order to track the vendor conditions, we use payment terms in Odoo. " "Payment terms allow to keep track of the conditions to compute the due date " @@ -16690,15 +15129,15 @@ msgstr "" "trace des conditions pour calculer la date d'échéance d'une facture. A titre" " d'exemple, un délai de paiement peut être :" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:20 msgid "50% within 30 days" msgstr "50% sous 30 jours" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:22 msgid "50% within 45 days" msgstr "50% sous 45 jours" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:24 msgid "" "To create your most common payment terms, use the menu: " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Management --> Payment Terms` in the " @@ -16710,7 +15149,7 @@ msgstr "" "l'application de **Comptabilité**. L'exemple suivant montre des conditions " "de règlement de 30% de suite et le solde sous 30 jours." -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:32 msgid "" "Once payment terms are defined, you can assign them to your vendor by " "default. Set the Vendor Payment Term field on the Accounting tab of a vendor" @@ -16723,7 +15162,7 @@ msgstr "" "façon, chaque fois que vous allez acheter à ce fournisseur, Odoo vous " "proposera automatiquement le délai de paiement à droite." -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:42 msgid "" "If you do not set a specific payment term on a vendor, you will still be " "able to set a specific payment term on the vendor bill." @@ -16732,11 +15171,11 @@ msgstr "" "fournisseur, vous serez toujours en mesure de mettre des conditions de " "règlement spécifiques sur la facture fournisseur." -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:46 msgid "Forecast bills to pay with the Aged Payables report" msgstr "Prévision des factures à payer avec la Balance Agée Fournisseurs" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:48 msgid "" "In order to track amounts to be paid to the vendors, use the Aged Payable " "report. You can get it from the Reports menu of the Accounting application. " @@ -16751,17 +15190,17 @@ msgstr "" "date d'échéance étant calculée sur chaque facture en utilisant les " "conditions de règlement)." -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:57 msgid "" "This reports tells you how much you will have to pay within the next months." msgstr "" "Ce rapport vous indique combien vous aurez à payer dans les prochains mois." -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:61 msgid "Select bills to pay" msgstr "Sélectionner des factures à payer" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:63 msgid "" "Using the menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendor Bills`, you can get a " "list of vendor bills. Using the advanced filters, you can list all the bills" @@ -16773,7 +15212,7 @@ msgstr "" " avancés, vous pouvez lister toutes les factures que vous devez payer ou les" " factures qui sont en retard (vous êtes en retard sur le paiement)." -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:70 msgid "" "From this screen, you can also switch to the pivot table or the graph view " "to get statistics on the amount due over the next month, using the group by " @@ -16784,15 +15223,15 @@ msgstr "" "cours du mois suivant, en utilisant la fonction grouper par \"Date " "d'échéance\"." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay.rst:3 msgid "Vendor Payments" msgstr "Règlements fournisseur" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:3 msgid "Pay by Checks" msgstr "Payer par Chèques" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:5 msgid "" "Once you decide to pay a supplier bill, you can select to pay by check. " "Then, at the end of the day, the manager can print all checks by batch. " @@ -16805,12 +15244,12 @@ msgstr "" "bancaire fera correspondre les chèques que vous avez envoyés aux " "fournisseurs avec les relevés bancaires réels." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:14 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:33 msgid "Install the required module" msgstr "installer le module requis" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:16 msgid "" "To record supplier payments by checks, you must install the **Check " "Writing** module. This module handle the process of recording checks in " @@ -16819,7 +15258,7 @@ msgid "" "print U.S. checks." msgstr "l'impression " -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:23 msgid "" "According to your country and the chart of account you use, those modules " "may be installed by default. (example: United States users have nothing to " @@ -16829,11 +15268,11 @@ msgstr "" " être installés par défaut. (exemple: les utilisateurs des États-Unis n'ont " "rien à installer, c'est configuré par défaut)." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:28 msgid "Activate checks payment methods" msgstr "Activer la méthode de paiment par chèque" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:30 msgid "" "In order to allow payments by checks, you must activate the payment method " "on related bank journals. From the accounting dashboard (the screen you get " @@ -16848,34 +15287,34 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Plus --> Configuration`. Dans le champ **Méthodes de " "paiement**, cochez **Chèques**." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:40 msgid "Compatible check stationery for printing checks" msgstr "Pré-imprimés de chèques compatibles pour l'impression des chèques" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:43 msgid "United States" msgstr "États Unis" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:45 msgid "For the United States, Odoo supports by default the check formats of:" msgstr "" "Pour les États-Unis, Odoo prend en charge par défaut les formats de chèques " "suivants :" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:47 msgid "**Quickbooks & Quicken**: check on top, stubs in the middle and bottom" msgstr "" "**QuickBooks® & Quicken®**: chèque en haut, talons au milieu et en bas" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:48 msgid "**Peachtree**: check in the middle, stubs on top and bottom" msgstr "**Peachtree®** : chèque au milieu, talons en haut et en bas" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:49 msgid "**ADP**: check in the bottom, and stubs on the top." msgstr "**ADP®**: chèque en bas, et talons en haut" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:51 msgid "" "It is also possible to customize your own check format through " "customizations." @@ -16883,31 +15322,31 @@ msgstr "" "Il est également possible de définir votre propre format de chèque à travers" " les personnalisations." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:54 msgid "Pay a supplier bill with a check" msgstr "Payer un fournisseur par chèque" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:56 msgid "Paying a supplier with a check is done in three steps:" msgstr "Le paiement d'un fournisseur par chèque se fait en trois étapes :" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:58 msgid "registering a payment you'd like to do on the bill" msgstr "l'enregistrement du paiement que vous souhaitez faire sur la facture" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:59 msgid "printing checks in batch for all registered payments" msgstr "L'impression des chèques par lots pour tous les paiements enregistrés" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:60 msgid "reconcile bank statements" msgstr "rapprochement bancaire" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:63 msgid "Register a payment by check" msgstr "Enregistrer un paiement par chèque" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:65 msgid "" "To register a payment on a bill, open any supplier bill from the menu " ":menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendor Bills`. Once the supplier bill is " @@ -16915,11 +15354,11 @@ msgid "" "**Check** and validate the payment dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:74 msgid "Print checks" msgstr "Imprimer des chèques" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:76 msgid "" "From the accounting dashboard, on your bank account, you should see a link " "\"X checks to print\". Click on this link and you will get the list of all " @@ -16932,7 +15371,7 @@ msgstr "" "Depuis cet écran, vous pouvez imprimer tous les chèques d'un coup ou les " "examiner un par un." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:81 msgid "" "If you want to review every payment one by one before printing the check, " "open on the payment and click on **Print Check** if you accept it. A dialog " @@ -16945,7 +15384,7 @@ msgstr "" "vous propose automatiquement le numéro suivant, mais vous pouvez le changer " "s'il ne correspond pas à votre prochain numéro de chèque." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:87 msgid "" "To print all checks in batch, select all payments from the list view and " "Print Check from the top \"print\" menu." @@ -16954,11 +15393,11 @@ msgstr "" " la liste et sélectionnez ensuite **Imprimer --> Chèques** dans le menu " "\"Imprimer\" en haut." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:94 msgid "Reconcile bank statements" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:96 msgid "" "Once you process your bank statement, when the check is credited from your " "bank account, Odoo will propose you automatically to match it with the " @@ -16968,18 +15407,18 @@ msgstr "" "bank account, Odoo will propose you automatically to match it with the " "payment. This will mark the payment as **Reconciled**." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:101 msgid "" "To review checks that have not been credited, open the list of payments and " "filter on the Sent state. Review those payments that have a date more than 2" " weeks ago." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:106 msgid "Pay anything with a check" msgstr "Tout payer par chèque" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:108 msgid "" "You can register a payment that is not related to a supplier bill. To do so," " use the top menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. Register your " @@ -16990,7 +15429,7 @@ msgstr "" "--> Paiements`. Enregistrez votre paiement et sélectionnez une méthode de " "paiement par chèque." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:112 msgid "" "If you pay a specific supplier bill, put the reference of the bill in the " "**Memo** field." @@ -16998,7 +15437,7 @@ msgstr "" "Si vous payez une facture fournisseur spécifique, saisissez la référence de " "la facture dans le champ **Mémo**." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:118 msgid "" "Once your payment by check is registered, don't forget to **Confirm** it. " "Once confirmed, you can use **Print Check** directly or follow the preceding" @@ -17009,19 +15448,19 @@ msgstr "" "directement ou suivre la méthode précédente pour imprimer les chèques par " "lot :" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:122 msgid "`Print checks`_" msgstr "`Imprimez des chèques`_" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:123 msgid "`Reconcile bank statements`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:3 msgid "Pay several bills at once" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo provides a simple and effective way to handle several bills at once, " "with various quick or complex options. With one single process, anyone is " @@ -17032,15 +15471,15 @@ msgstr "" " tout le monde est capable de gérer les factures et le paiement en quelques " "clics." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:10 msgid "Pay multiple bills with one payment" msgstr "Payez plusieurs factures fournisseurs en un seul paiement" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:13 msgid "Record several payments" msgstr "Enregistrer plusieurs paiements" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:15 msgid "" "In the following example, we will generate some bills. You can control the " "whole process from your accounting dashboard (first screen you get when you " @@ -17051,7 +15490,7 @@ msgstr "" "(premier écran que vous obtenez lorsque vous ouvrez l'application de " "Comptabilité)." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:22 msgid "" "To create a bill, open the Dashboard menu and click on **Vendor Bills**. In " "the Vendor Bills window, click on **Create**." @@ -17060,7 +15499,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Factures fournisseur**. Dans la fenêtre des factures fournisseur, cliquez " "sur **Créer**." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:28 msgid "" "Choose the vendor from which you wish to purchase the product, and click on " "Add an item to add one (or more) product(s). Click on **Save** and then " @@ -17070,11 +15509,11 @@ msgstr "" "cliquez sur Ajouter un élément pour ajouter un (ou plusieurs) article(s). " "Cliquez sur **Enregistrer** et **Valider**." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:33 msgid "Pay supplier bills, one after the other" msgstr "Payer les factures fournisseurs, l'une après l'autre" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:38 msgid "" "We will now record a payment for one bill only. Open the bill, then click on" " **Register Payment**. Insert the Payment Method, Date and Amount, and click" @@ -17085,7 +15524,7 @@ msgstr "" "paiement, la Date et le Montant, et cliquez sur **Enregistrer le " "règlement**." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:45 msgid "" "Once you have validated the payment, the system will automatically reconcile" " the payment with the bill, and set the bill as **Paid**. The system will " @@ -17097,11 +15536,11 @@ msgstr "" "**Payée**. Le système génèrera également un mouvement à partir du compte de " "paiement et le rapprochera avec la transaction d'achat" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:51 msgid "Pay several bills altogether" msgstr "Payer plusieurs factures d'un coup" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:53 msgid "" "In order to illustrate the process thoroughly, create at least 2 more bills " "following the above standing guide. **Make sure all bills come from the same" @@ -17111,7 +15550,7 @@ msgstr "" "suivants le guide ci-dessus. **Assurez-vous que toutes les factures " "proviennent du même fournisseur.**" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:60 msgid "" "In the Vendors Bills, select the new bills you have just created by checking" " the box next to each of them. In the Action menu located in the middle of " @@ -17122,7 +15561,7 @@ msgstr "" "Autres options situé en haut et au milieu de la page, cliquez sur " "**Enregistrer le règlement**." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:67 msgid "" "Insert the details of the payment. The system calculated the total amount " "for both bills, but you can modify it freely. Click on **Validate**." @@ -17131,11 +15570,11 @@ msgstr "" "deux factures, mais vous pouvez le modifier librement. Cliquez sur " "**Valider**." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:71 msgid "Record the payment, reconcile afterwards" msgstr "Enregistrer le paiement, rapprocher par la suite" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:73 msgid "" "You can also reconcile a payment with bills after the payment has been " "recorded." @@ -17143,11 +15582,11 @@ msgstr "" "Vous pouvez également rapprocher un paiement avec des factures après que le " "paiement ait été enregistré." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:76 msgid "First, we need to create a payment" msgstr "Tout d'abord, nous devons créer un paiement" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:78 msgid "" "This will handle from :menuselection:`Dashboard --> Bank journal --> More " "Option --> Send Money`" @@ -17155,7 +15594,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ceci se fait par :menuselection:`Tableau de bord --> Banque --> Plus --> " "Envoyer de l'argent`" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:84 msgid "" "Creating payment order with check payment method. Selecting related Vendor " "and amount which remain to pay. After filling all details, we will confirm " @@ -17166,7 +15605,7 @@ msgstr "" "Après saisie de tous les détails, nous vous confirmerons l'ordre de paiement" " qui va générer la transaction de paiement avec le système." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:92 msgid "" "As you can see, bill payment status show what is posted and what is " "remaining to reconcile." @@ -17174,7 +15613,7 @@ msgstr "" "Comme vous pouvez le voir, l'état de paiement de factures montre ce qui est " "comptabilisé et ce qui reste à rapprocher." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:95 msgid "" "After receiving bank statement from the bank with payment detail, you can " "reconcile the transaction from the Dashboard. It will automatically map the " @@ -17184,17 +15623,17 @@ msgstr "" "paiement, vous pouvez rapprocher la transaction à partir du tableau de bord." " Le montant de la transaction sera automatiquement récupéré." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:103 msgid "Partial payments of several supplier bills" msgstr "Paiements partiels de plusieurs factures fournisseurs" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:106 msgid "How to pay several supplier bills having cash discounts at once?" msgstr "" "Comment payer plusieurs factures fournisseurs à la fois si elles ont des " "escomptes de caisse ?" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:108 msgid "" "You already learned how to pay bills in various way but what about partial " "payment? We are taking another example where we will do partial payment for " @@ -17204,7 +15643,7 @@ msgstr "" "il du paiement partiel ? Prenons un autre exemple où nous allons faire un " "paiement partiel pour plusieurs factures." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:112 msgid "" "We are creating multiple bills and partially pay them through bank " "statements." @@ -17212,7 +15651,7 @@ msgstr "" "Nous créons plusieurs factures et les payons partiellement par des relevés " "bancaires." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:115 msgid "" "We are adding payment terms which allow some cash discount where vendor " "offer us early payment discount." @@ -17220,7 +15659,7 @@ msgstr "" "Nous ajoutons des conditions de règlement qui permettent des escomptes de " "caisse où le vendeur nous offre une réduction pour paiement anticipé." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:121 msgid "" "We are creating the following bills with the assignment of the above payment" " term." @@ -17228,11 +15667,11 @@ msgstr "" "Nous créons les factures suivantes en utilisant les conditions de règlement " "ci-dessus." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:127 msgid "We have created the following bills:" msgstr "Nous avons créé les factures suivantes :" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:132 msgid "" "We will pay the invoices by creating bank statement where we will adjust the" " cash discount our vendor provided under payment terms." @@ -17241,7 +15680,7 @@ msgstr "" "ajusterons l'escompte que notre fournisseur consent en vertu des conditions " "de règlement." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:138 msgid "" "Before reconciling this bank statement, we need to create one statement " "model for cash discount." @@ -17249,18 +15688,18 @@ msgstr "" "Avant de rapprocher ce relevé bancaire, nous devons créer un modèle de " "relevé d'escompte de caisse" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:144 msgid "Now we are going back to bank statement and opening reconcile view." msgstr "" "Maintenant, nous allons revenir au relevé de banque et ouvrir la vue de " "rapprochement." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:69 msgid "Pay with SEPA" msgstr "Pay avec SEPA" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:5 msgid "" "SEPA, the Single Euro Payments Area, is a payment-integration initiative of " "the European union for simplification of bank transfers denominated in EURO." @@ -17272,7 +15711,7 @@ msgstr "" " SEPA allows you to send payment orders to your bank to automate bank wire " "transfer." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:10 msgid "" "SEPA is supported by the banks of the 28 EU member states as well as " "Iceland, Norway, Switzerland, Andorra, Monaco and San Marino." @@ -17281,14 +15720,14 @@ msgstr "" "ainsi que par l'Islande, la Norvège, la Suisse, Andorre, Monaco et Saint-" "Marin." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:13 msgid "" "With Odoo, once you decide to pay a vendor, you can select to pay the bill " "with SEPA. Then, at the end of the day, the manager can generate the SEPA " "file containing all bank wire transfers and send it to the bank." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:18 msgid "" "By default,the file follows the SEPA Credit Transfer **'pain.001.001.03'** " "specifications. This is a well-defined standard that makes consensus among " @@ -17297,7 +15736,7 @@ msgid "" "**'pain.001.003.03'** for Germany." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:24 msgid "" "Once the payments are processed by your bank, you can directly import the " "account statement inside Odoo. The bank reconciliation process will " @@ -17309,7 +15748,7 @@ msgstr "" " rapprochement bancaire fera parfaitement correspondre les ordres SEPA que " "vous avez envoyés à votre banque aux relevés bancaires réels." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:35 msgid "" "To pay suppliers with SEPA, you must install the **SEPA Credit Transfer** " "module. This module handle the process of generating SEPA files based on " @@ -17319,7 +15758,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Transfert de crédit SEPA**. Ce module gère le processus de création des " "fichiers SEPA basé sur les paiements Odoo." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:40 msgid "" "According to your country and the chart of account you use, this module may " "be installed by default." @@ -17327,11 +15766,11 @@ msgstr "" "Selon votre pays et le plan comptable que vous utilisez, ce module peut être" " installé par défaut." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:44 msgid "Activate SEPA payment methods on banks" msgstr "Activer les méthodes de paiement SEPA sur les banques" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:46 msgid "" "In order to allow payments by SEPA, you must activate the payment method on " "related bank journals. From the accounting dashboard (the screen you get " @@ -17344,7 +15783,7 @@ msgstr "" "l'application de Comptabilité), cliquez sur \"Plus\" sur votre compte " "bancaire et sélectionnez l'option \"Configuration\"." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:51 msgid "" "To activate SEPA, click the **Advanced Settings** tab and, in the **Payment " "Methods** part of the **Miscellaneous** section, check the box **Sepa Credit" @@ -17354,7 +15793,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Méthodes de paiement** dans la section **Divers**, cochez la case **Sepa " "Credit Transfer**." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:55 msgid "" "Make sure to specify the IBAN account number (domestic account number won't " "work with SEPA) and the BIC (bank identifier code) on your bank journal." @@ -17363,7 +15802,7 @@ msgstr "" "national ne fonctionnera pas avec SEPA) et le BIC (code d'identification de " "banque) dans votre journal de banque." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:60 msgid "" "By default, the payments you send using SEPA will use your company name as " "initiating party name. This is what appears on the recipient's bank " @@ -17376,11 +15815,11 @@ msgstr "" "personnaliser dans les \"Données de votre société\", dans l'onglet " "**Configuration**, sous la section **SEPA**." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:72 msgid "Register your payments" msgstr "Enregistrez vos paiements" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:74 msgid "" "You can register a payment that is not related to a supplier bill. To do so," " use the top menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. Register your " @@ -17391,7 +15830,7 @@ msgstr "" "-> Paiements`. Enregistrez votre paiement et sélectionnez une méthode de " "paiement par Sepa Credit Transfer." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:78 msgid "" "If it's the first time you pay this vendor, you will have to fill in the " "Recipient Bank Account field with, at least, the bank name, IBAN and BIC " @@ -17401,7 +15840,7 @@ msgstr "" "Recipient Bank Account field with, at least, the bank name, IBAN and BIC " "(Bank Identifier Code). Odoo will automatically verify the IBAN format." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:82 msgid "" "For future payments to this vendor, Odoo will propose you automatically the " "bank accounts but you will be able to select another one or create a new " @@ -17411,7 +15850,7 @@ msgstr "" "automatiquement le compte bancaire, mais vous serez en mesure d'en " "sélectionner un autre ou d'en créer un nouveau." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:86 msgid "" "If you pay a specific supplier bill, put the reference of the bill in the " "**memo** field." @@ -17419,7 +15858,7 @@ msgstr "" "Si vous payez une facture fournisseur spécifique, saisissez la référence de " "la facture dans le champ **mémo**." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:92 msgid "" "Once your payment is registered, don't forget to Confirm it. You can also " "pay vendor bills from the bill directly using the Register Payment button on" @@ -17432,11 +15871,11 @@ msgstr "" "fournisseur. Le formulaire est le même, mais le paiement est directement lié" " à la facture et sera automatiquement rapprochée avec elle." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:98 msgid "Generate SEPA files" msgstr "Générer des fichiers SEPA" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:100 msgid "" "From your accounting dashboard, you should see if there are SEPA files to " "generate for every bank account." @@ -17444,7 +15883,7 @@ msgstr "" "À partir du tableau de bord de votre Comptabilité, vous devriez voir s'il y " "a des fichiers SEPA à générer pour chaque compte bancaire." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:106 msgid "" "Click on the link to check all the payments that are ready to transfer via " "SEPA. Then, select all the payments you want to send (or check the top box " @@ -17457,15 +15896,15 @@ msgstr "" "paiements à la fois) et cliquez sur :menuselection:`Plus -> Télécharger les " "paiements SEPA`." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:115 msgid "Troubleshooting" msgstr "Dépannage" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:118 msgid "The bank refuses my SEPA file" msgstr "La banque refuse mon fichier SEPA" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:120 msgid "" "Ask your bank if they support the **SEPA Credit Transfer specification** " "(the SEPA pain version depends on the country set on your company). If they " @@ -17473,12 +15912,12 @@ msgid "" "message to your Odoo partner." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:126 msgid "There is no Bank Identifier Code recorded for bank account ..." msgstr "" "Il n'y a pas de Bank Identifier Code enregistré pour le compte bancaire ..." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:128 msgid "" "In order to send a SEPA payment, the recipient must be identified by a valid" " IBAN and BIC. If this message appear, you probably encoded an IBAN account " @@ -17489,16 +15928,16 @@ msgstr "" "probablement enregistré un code IBAN pour le partenaire que vous payez, mais" " oublié de remplir le champ BIC." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:134 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:125 msgid ":doc:`check`" msgstr ":doc:`check`" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:3 msgid "Non-current Assets and Fixed Assets" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:5 msgid "" "**Non-current Assets**, also known as **long-term assets**, are investments " "that are expected to be realized after one year. They are capitalized rather" @@ -17506,14 +15945,14 @@ msgid "" " their nature, they may undergo **depreciation**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:9 msgid "" "**Fixed Assets** are a type of Non-current Assets and include the properties" " bought for their productive aspects, such as buildings, vehicles, " "equipment, land, and software." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:12 msgid "" "For example, let's say we buy a car for $ 27,000. We plan to amortize it " "over five years, and we will sell it for $ 7,000 afterward. Using the " @@ -17523,144 +15962,144 @@ msgid "" " us with $ 7,000 of **Not Depreciable Value**, or Salvage value." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:18 msgid "" "Odoo Accounting handles depreciation by creating all depreciation entries " "automatically in *draft mode*. They are then posted periodically." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:21 msgid "Odoo supports the following **Depreciation Methods**:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:23 -msgid "Linear" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:23 +msgid "Straight Line" msgstr "Linéaire" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:24 -msgid "Degressive" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:24 +msgid "Declining" msgstr "Dégressif" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:25 -msgid "Accelerated Degressive" -msgstr "Accéléré Dégressif" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:25 +msgid "Declining Then Straight Line" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:28 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:25 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:24 msgid "" "The server checks once a day if an entry must be posted. It might then take " "up to 24 hours before you see a change from *draft* to *posted*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:32 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:29 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:28 -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:19 msgid "Prerequisites" msgstr "Prérequis" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:34 msgid "" "Such transactions must be posted on an **Assets Account** rather than on the" " default expense account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:38 msgid "Configure an Assets Account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:40 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:37 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:36 msgid "" "To configure your account in the **Chart of Accounts**, go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Chart of Accounts`, click " "on *Create*, and fill out the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:48 msgid "" "This account's type must be either *Fixed Assets* or *Non-current Assets*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:51 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:48 msgid "Post an expense to the right account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:51 msgid "Select the account on a draft bill" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:56 msgid "" "On a draft bill, select the right account for all the assets you are buying." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:65 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:61 msgid "Choose a different Expense Account for specific products" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:67 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:63 msgid "" "Start editing the product, go to the *Accounting* tab, select the right " "**Expense Account**, and save." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:75 msgid "" "It is possible to :ref:`automate the creation of assets entries <assets-" "automation>` for these products." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:75 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:74 msgid "Change the account of a posted journal item" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:83 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:77 msgid "" "To do so, open your Purchases Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting" " --> Accounting --> Purchases`, select the journal item you want to modify, " "click on the account, and select the right one." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:92 msgid "Assets entries" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:97 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:89 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:88 msgid "Create a new entry" msgstr "Créez une nouvelle entrée" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:99 msgid "" "An **Asset entry** automatically generates all journal entries in *draft " "mode*. They are then posted one by one at the right time." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:102 msgid "" "To create a new entry, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " "Assets`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:105 msgid "" "Click on **select related purchases** to link an existing journal item to " "this new entry. Some fields are then automatically filled out, and the " "journal item is now listed under the **Related Purchase** tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:113 msgid "" "Once done, you can click on *Compute Depreciation* (next to the *Confirm* " "button) to generate all the values of the **Depreciation Board**. This board" @@ -17668,19 +16107,19 @@ msgid "" " at which date." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:122 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:114 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:113 msgid "What does \"Prorata Temporis\" mean?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:124 msgid "" "The **Prorata Temporis** feature is useful to depreciate your assets the " "most accurately possible." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:126 msgid "" "With this feature, the first entry on the Depreciation Board is computed " "based on the time left between the *Prorata Date* and the *First " @@ -17688,50 +16127,53 @@ msgid "" "depreciations." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:130 msgid "" "For example, the Depreciation Board above has its first depreciation with an" " amount of $ 241.10 rather than $ 4,000.00. Consequently, the last entry is " "also lower and has an amount of $ 3758.90." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:134 msgid "What are the different Depreciation Methods" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:136 msgid "" -"The **Linear Depreciation Method** divides the initial Depreciable Value by " -"the number of depreciations planned. All depreciation entries have the same " -"amount." +"The **Straight Line Depreciation Method** divides the initial Depreciable " +"Value by the number of depreciations planned. All depreciation entries have " +"the same amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:139 msgid "" -"The **Degressive Depreciation Method** multiplies the Depreciable Value by " -"the **Degressive Factor** for each entry. Each depreciation entry has a " -"lower amount than the previous entry." +"The **Declining Depreciation Method** multiplies the Depreciable Value by " +"the **Declining Factor** for each entry. Each depreciation entry has a lower" +" amount than the previous entry. The last depreciation entry doesn't use the" +" declining factor but instead has an amount corresponding to the balance of " +"the depreciable value so that it reaches $0 by the end of the specified " +"duration." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:144 msgid "" -"The **Accelerated Degressive Depreciation Method** uses the Degressive " -"Method, but with a minimum Depreciation equal to the Linear Method. This " -"method ensures a fast depreciation at the beginning, followed by a constant " -"one afterward." +"The **Declining Then Straight Line Depreciation Method** uses the Declining " +"Method, but with a minimum Depreciation equal to the Straight Line Method. " +"This method ensures a fast depreciation at the beginning, followed by a " +"constant one afterward." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:149 msgid "Assets from the Purchases Journal" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:151 msgid "" "You can create an asset entry from a specific journal item in your " "**Purchases Journal**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:153 msgid "" "To do so, open your Purchases Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting" " --> Accounting --> Purchases`, and select the journal item you want to " @@ -17739,36 +16181,36 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`journal-assets-account`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:157 msgid "" "Then, click on *Action*, select **Create Asset**, and fill out the form the " "same way you would do to :ref:`create a new entry <create-assets-entry>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:165 msgid "Modification of an Asset" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:167 msgid "" "You can modify the values of an asset to increase or decrease its value." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:169 msgid "" "To do so, open the asset you want to modify, and click on *Modify " "Depreciation*. Then, fill out the form with the new depreciation values and " "click on *Modify*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:172 msgid "" "A **decrease in value** posts a new Journal Entry for the **Value Decrease**" " and modifies all the future *unposted* Journal Entries listed in the " "Depreciation Board." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:175 msgid "" "An **increase in value** requires you to fill out additional fields related " "to the account movements and creates a new Asset entry with the **Value " @@ -17776,23 +16218,23 @@ msgid "" "Button." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:184 msgid "Disposal of Fixed Assets" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:186 msgid "" "To **sell** an asset or **dispose** of it implies that it must be removed " "from the Balance Sheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:188 msgid "" "To do so, open the asset you want to dispose of, click on *Sell or Dispose*," " and fill out the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:194 msgid "" "Odoo Accounting then generates all the journal entries necessary to dispose " "of the asset, including the gain or loss on sale, which is based on the " @@ -17800,103 +16242,103 @@ msgid "" "amount it is sold for." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:199 msgid "" "To record the sale of an asset, you must first post the related Customer " "Invoice so you can link the sale of the asset with it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:203 msgid "Assets Models" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:205 msgid "" "You can create **Assets Models** to create your Asset entries faster. It is " "particularly useful if you recurrently buy the same kind of assets." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:208 msgid "" "To create a model, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " "Assets Models`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form the same way you " "would do to create a new entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:212 msgid "" "You can also convert a *confirmed Asset entry* into a model by opening it " "from :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Assets` and then, by " "clicking on the button *Save Model*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:217 msgid "Apply an Asset Model to a new entry" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:219 msgid "" "When you create a new Asset entry, fill out the **Fixed Asset Account** " "with the right asset account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:220 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:160 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:160 msgid "" "New buttons with all the models linked to that account appear at the top of " "the form. Clicking on a model button fills out the form according to that " "model." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:230 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:232 msgid "Automate the Assets" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:234 msgid "" "When you create or edit an account of which the type is either *Non-current " "Assets* or *Fixed Assets*, you can configure it to create assets for the " "expenses that are credited on it automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:238 msgid "You have three choices for the **Automate Assets** field:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:241 msgid "" "**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " "draft *Assets entry* is created, but not validated. You must first fill out " "the form in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Assets`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:244 msgid "" "**Create and validate:** you must also select an Asset Model (see: `Assets " "Models`_). Whenever a transaction is posted on the account, an *Assets " "entry* is created and immediately validated." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:250 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:252 msgid "" "You can, for example, select this account as the default **Expense Account**" " of a product to fully automate its purchase. (see: :ref:`product-assets-" "account`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:3 msgid "Deferred Expenses and Prepayments" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:5 msgid "" "**Deferred expenses** and **prepayments** (also known as **prepaid " "expense**), are both costs that have already occurred for unconsumed " "products or services yet to receive." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:8 msgid "" "Such costs are **assets** for the company that pays them since it already " "paid for products and services still to receive or that are yet to be used. " @@ -17905,14 +16347,14 @@ msgid "" "the future." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:13 msgid "" "These future expenses must be deferred on the company's balance sheet until " "the moment in time they can be **recognized**, at once or over a defined " "period, on the Profit and Loss statement." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:16 msgid "" "For example, let's say we pay $ 1200 at once for one year of insurance. We " "already pay the cost now but haven't used the service yet. Therefore, we " @@ -17921,64 +16363,64 @@ msgid "" "recognized as an expense." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:21 msgid "" "Odoo Accounting handles deferred expenses and prepayments by spreading them " "in multiple entries that are automatically created in *draft mode* and then " "posted periodically." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:31 msgid "" "Such transactions must be posted on a **Deferred Expense Account** rather " "than on the default expense account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:35 msgid "Configure a Deferred Expense Account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:45 msgid "This account's type must be either *Current Assets* or *Prepayments*" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:53 msgid "" "On a draft bill, select the right account for all the products of which the " "expenses must be deferred." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:71 msgid "" "It is possible to automate the creation of expense entries for these " "products (see: `Automate the Deferred Expenses`_)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:86 msgid "Deferred Expenses entries" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:91 msgid "" "A **Deferred Expense entry** automatically generates all journal entries in " "*draft mode*. They are then posted one by one at the right time until the " "full amount of the expense is recognized." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:94 msgid "" "To create a new entry, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " "Deferred Expense`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:97 msgid "" "Click on **select related purchases** to link an existing journal item to " "this new entry. Some fields are then automatically filled out, and the " "journal item is now listed under the **Related Expenses** tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:105 msgid "" "Once done, you can click on *Compute Deferral* (next to the *Confirm* " "button) to generate all the values of the **Expense Board**. This board " @@ -17986,37 +16428,37 @@ msgid "" " at which date." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:116 msgid "" "The **Prorata Temporis** feature is useful to recognize your expense the " "most accurately possible." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:118 msgid "" "With this feature, the first entry on the Expense Board is computed based on" " the time left between the *Prorata Date* and the *First Recognition Date* " "rather than the default amount of time between recognitions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:122 msgid "" "For example, the Expense Board above has its first expense with an amount of" " $ 70.97 rather than $ 100.00. Consequently, the last entry is also lower " "and has an amount of $ 29.03." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:126 msgid "Deferred Entry from the Purchases Journal" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:128 msgid "" "You can create a deferred entry from a specific journal item in your " "**Purchases Journal**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:130 msgid "" "To do so, open your Purchases Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting" " --> Accounting --> Purchases`, and select the journal item you want to " @@ -18024,63 +16466,63 @@ msgid "" "account of a posted journal item`_)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:134 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:134 msgid "" "Then, click on *Action*, select **Create Deferred Entry**, and fill out the " "form the same way you would do to `create a new entry`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:142 msgid "Deferred Expense Models" msgstr "Modèles de dépenses différées" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:144 msgid "" "You can create **Deferred Expense Models** to create your Deferred Expense " "entries faster." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:146 msgid "" "To create a model, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " "Deferred Expense Models`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form the same " "way you would do to create a new entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:150 msgid "" "You can also convert a *confirmed Deferred Expense entry* into a model by " "opening it from :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Deferred " "Expenses` and then, by clicking on the button *Save Model*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:155 msgid "Apply a Deferred Expense Model to a new entry" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:157 msgid "" "When you create a new Deferred Expense entry, fill out the **Deferred " "Expense Account** with the right recognition account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:170 msgid "Automate the Deferred Expenses" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:172 msgid "" "When you create or edit an account of which the type is either *Current " "Assets* or *Prepayments*, you can configure it to defer the expenses that " "are credited on it automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:175 msgid "You have three choices for the **Automate Deferred Expense** field:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:178 msgid "" "**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " "draft *Deferred Expenses entry* is created, but not validated. You must " @@ -18088,25 +16530,25 @@ msgid "" "Deferred Expenses`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:181 msgid "" "**Create and validate:** you must also select a Deferred Expense Model (see:" " `Deferred Expense Models`_). Whenever a transaction is posted on the " "account, a *Deferred Expenses entry* is created and immediately validated." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:190 msgid "" "You can, for example, select this account as the default **Expense Account**" " of a product to fully automate its purchase. (see: `Choose a different " "Expense Account for specific products`_)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:3 msgid "Manage vendor Bills" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:5 msgid "" "The **Purchase** application allows you to manage your purchase orders, " "incoming products, and vendor bills all seamlessly in one place." @@ -18115,7 +16557,7 @@ msgstr "" " réception des produits, et les factures fournisseurs, tout cela de façon " "transparente et à un seul endroit." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:8 msgid "" "If you want to set up a vendor bill control process, the first thing you " "need to do is to have purchase data in Odoo. Knowing what has been purchased" @@ -18127,11 +16569,11 @@ msgstr "" " d'achat dans Odoo. Savoir ce qui a été acheté et receptionné est la " "première étape vers la compréhension de vos processus de gestion des achats." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:13 msgid "Here is the standard work flow in Odoo:" msgstr "Voici le cheminement standard dans Odoo :" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:15 msgid "" "You begin with a **Request for Quotation (RFQ)** to send out to your " "vendor(s)." @@ -18139,7 +16581,7 @@ msgstr "" "Vous commencez avec une **Demande de Prix (DP)** à envoyer à vos " "fournisseur(s)." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:18 msgid "" "Once the vendor has accepted the RFQ, confirm the RFQ into a **Purchase " "Order (PO)**." @@ -18147,7 +16589,7 @@ msgstr "" "Une fois que le vendeur a accepté la Demande de Prix, confirmez-la en **Bon " "de Commande (BC)**." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:21 msgid "" "Confirming the PO generates an **Incoming Shipment** if you purchased any " "stockable products." @@ -18155,7 +16597,7 @@ msgstr "" "La confirmation du BC génère une **Expédition** si vous avez acheté des " "produits stockables." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:24 msgid "" "Upon receiving a **Vendor Bill** from your Vendor, validate the bill with " "products received in the previous step to ensure accuracy." @@ -18163,7 +16605,7 @@ msgstr "" "Lors de la réception d'une **Facture Fournisseur**, validez-la avec les " "produits reçus à l'étape précédente pour en vérifier l'exactitude." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:27 msgid "" "This process may be done by three different people within the company, or " "only one." @@ -18171,23 +16613,23 @@ msgstr "" "Ce processus peut être réalisé par trois personnes différentes au sein de " "l'entreprise, ou une seule." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:34 msgid "Installing the Purchase and Inventory applications" msgstr "" "Installez les applications Gestion des achats et Gestion de l'inventaire" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:36 msgid "" "From the **Apps** application, search for the **Purchase** module and " "install it. Due to certain dependencies, installing Purchase will " "automatically install the **Inventory** and **Accounting** applications." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:41 msgid "Creating products" msgstr "Création d'articles" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:43 msgid "" "Creating products in Odoo is essential for quick and efficient purchasing " "within Odoo. Simply navigate to the Products submenu under Purchase and " @@ -18197,7 +16639,7 @@ msgstr "" " achats de façon rapide et efficace. Allez dans le sous-menu Articles de " "l'application Achats, et cliquez sur Créer." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:50 msgid "" "When creating the product, pay attention to the **Product Type** field, " "since it is important:" @@ -18205,7 +16647,7 @@ msgstr "" "Lors de la création du produit, faites attention au champ **Type de " "produit**, car il est important:" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:53 msgid "" "Products that are set as **Stockable or Consumable** will allow you to keep " "track of their inventory levels. These options imply stock management and " @@ -18215,7 +16657,7 @@ msgstr "" "permettront de suivre leurs niveaux de stocks. Ces options sous-entendent " "une gestion des stocks et permettront la réception de ces types d'articles." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:58 msgid "" "Conversely, products that are set as a **Service or Digital Product** will " "not imply stock management, simply due to the fact that there is no " @@ -18227,7 +16669,7 @@ msgstr "" "d'inventaire à gérer. Vous ne serez pas en mesure de réceptionner des " "articles sous cette désignation." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:64 msgid "" "It is recommended that you create a **Miscellaneous** product for all " "purchases that occur infrequently and do not require inventory valuation or " @@ -18235,15 +16677,15 @@ msgid "" "product type to **Service**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:69 msgid "Managing your Vendor Bills" msgstr "Gestion de vos Factures Fournisseurs" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:72 msgid "Purchasing products or services" msgstr "Achat de marchandises ou de services" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:74 msgid "" "From the purchase application, you can create a purchase order with as many " "products as you need. If the vendor sends you a confirmation or quotation " @@ -18260,7 +16702,7 @@ msgstr "" " facture fournisseur (car la facture fournisseur contiendra probablement la " "référence fournisseur)" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:84 msgid "" "Validate the purchase order and receive the products from the Inventory " "application." @@ -18268,11 +16710,11 @@ msgstr "" "Valider la commande et de réceptionner les articles avec l'application " "Inventaire." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:88 msgid "Receiving Products" msgstr "Réception des Produits" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:90 msgid "" "If you purchased any stockable products that you manage the inventory of, " "you will need to receive the products from the Inventory application after " @@ -18287,13 +16729,13 @@ msgstr "" "transfert des articles. Ce bouton est entouré en rouge dans l'illustration " "ci-dessous :" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:99 msgid "" "Navigating this route will take you to a list of all orders waiting to be " "received." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:105 msgid "" "If you have a lot of awaiting orders, apply a filter using the search bar in" " the upper right. With this search bar, you may filter based on the vendor " @@ -18303,16 +16745,16 @@ msgid "" "following screen where you then will receive the products." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:116 msgid "Purchasing service products does not trigger a delivery order." msgstr "" "L'achat d'articles de type service ne déclenche pas de bon de livraison." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:119 msgid "Managing Vendor Bills" msgstr "Gestion des factures fournisseurs" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:121 msgid "" "When you receive a vendor bill for a previous purchase, be sure to record it" " in the Purchases application under the **Control Menu**. You need to create" @@ -18323,7 +16765,7 @@ msgstr "" "Vous devez créer une nouvelle facture fournisseur, même si vous avez déjà " "enregistré un bon de commande." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:129 msgid "" "The first thing you will need to do upon creating a vendor bill is to select" " the appropriate vendor, since doing so will also pull up any associated " @@ -18347,20 +16789,20 @@ msgstr "" " liste en saisissant la référence du fournisseur ou votre numéro interne de " "commande." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:143 msgid "" "While the invoice is in a draft state, you can make any modifications you " "need (i.e. remove or add product lines, modify quantities, and change " "prices)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:148 msgid "Your vendor may send you several bills for the same Purchase Order if:" msgstr "" "Votre fournisseur peut vous envoyer plusieurs factures pour le même Bon de " "Commande si :" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:150 msgid "" "Your vendor is in back-order and is sending you invoices as they ship the " "products." @@ -18368,13 +16810,13 @@ msgstr "" "Votre fournisseur est en reliquats et vous envoie les factures lorsqu'il " "expédie les articles." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:151 msgid "Your vendor is sending you a partial bill or asking for a deposit." msgstr "" "Votre fournisseur vous envoie une facture partielle ou vous demande un " "acompte." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:153 msgid "" "Every time you record a new vendor bill, Odoo will automatically populate " "the product quantities based on what has been received from the vendor. If " @@ -18391,24 +16833,24 @@ msgstr "" "sujet. A tout moment, avant de valider la facture fournisseur, vous pouvez " "modifier cette quantité qui est à zéro." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:162 msgid "Vendor Bill Matching" msgstr "Rapprochement de Facture Fournisseur" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:165 msgid "What to do if your vendor bill does not match what you received" msgstr "" "Que faire si votre facture fournisseur ne correspond pas à ce que vous avez " "reçu" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:167 msgid "" "If the bill you receive from the vendor has quantities that do not match the" " quantities automatically populated by Odoo, this could be due to several " "reasons:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:171 msgid "" "The vendor is incorrectly charging you for products and/or services that you" " have not ordered." @@ -18416,7 +16858,7 @@ msgstr "" "Te fournisseur vous a facturé des articles et/ou des services que vous " "n'avez pas commandés." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:174 msgid "" "The vendor is billing you for products that you might not have received yet," " as the invoicing control may be based on ordered or received quantities." @@ -18425,11 +16867,11 @@ msgstr "" "alors que le contrôle de facturation est basé sur les quantités commandées " "et reçues." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:178 msgid "The vendor did not bill you for previously purchased products." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:180 msgid "" "In these instances it is recommended that you verify that the bill, and any " "associated purchase order to the vendor, are accurate and that you " @@ -18439,7 +16881,7 @@ msgstr "" "commande associées au vendeur, sont exactes, et que vous comprenez ce que " "vous avez commandé et ce que vous avez déjà réceptionné." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:184 msgid "" "If you are unable to find a purchase order related to a vendor bill, this " "could be due to one of a few reasons:" @@ -18447,7 +16889,7 @@ msgstr "" "Si vous ne parvenez pas à trouver un commande relié à une facture " "fournisseur, cela peut être dû à l'une des raisons suivantes :" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:187 msgid "" "The vendor has already invoiced you for this purchase order; therefore it is" " not going to appear anywhere in the selection." @@ -18455,23 +16897,23 @@ msgstr "" "Le fournisseur vous a déjà facturé pour cette commande, donc elle ne va " "apparaître nulle part dans la sélection." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:190 msgid "" "Someone in the company forgot to record a purchase order for this vendor." msgstr "" "Quelqu'un dans votre entreprise a oublié d'enregistrer une commande pour ce " "fournisseur." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:193 msgid "The vendor is charging you for something you did not order." msgstr "" "Le vendeur vous facture pour quelque chose que vous n'avez pas commandé." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:198 msgid "How product quantities are managed" msgstr "Comment les quantités d'articles sont gérées" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:200 msgid "" "By default, services are managed based on ordered quantities, while " "stockables and consumables are managed based on received quantities." @@ -18480,7 +16922,7 @@ msgstr "" "alors que les articles stockables et les consommables sont gérés en fonction" " des quantités reçues." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:203 msgid "" "If you need to manage products based on ordered quantities over received " "quantities, you will need to belong to the group **Purchase Manager**. Ask " @@ -18497,7 +16939,7 @@ msgstr "" "l'article que vous souhaitez modifier, et vous devriez voir un nouveau " "champ, nommé **Contrôle des factures d'achat**." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:213 msgid "" "You can then change the default management method for the selected product " "to be based on either:" @@ -18505,19 +16947,19 @@ msgstr "" "Vous pouvez alors modifier la méthode de gestion par défaut pour l'article " "sélectionné, qui pour être basée sur :" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:216 msgid "Ordered quantities" msgstr "Quantités commandées" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:218 msgid "or Received quantities" msgstr "ou Quantités reçues" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:221 msgid "Batch Billing" msgstr "Facturation par lots" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:223 msgid "" "When creating a vendor bill and selecting the appropriate purchase order, " "you may continue to select additional purchase orders. Odoo will add the " @@ -18526,32 +16968,32 @@ msgid "" " be linked to all the appropriate purchase orders." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:3 msgid "Digitize Vendor Bills with Optical Character Recognition (OCR)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:5 msgid "" "Encoding bills manually can be a time-consuming task. Having a solution that" " allows you to digitize them and automatically import the data to your " "database reduces errors and saves you time." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:9 msgid "Set up the feature" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:11 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Bill Digitalization`, and " "choose whether the bills should be processed automatically or manually." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:19 msgid "Start digitizing your bills" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:21 msgid "" "Scan your bills and then go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> " "Bills` and upload your document. Based on your configuration, it either " @@ -18559,46 +17001,46 @@ msgid "" "Digitalization* to do it manually." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:26 msgid "" "You can also create a vendor bill through the *Documents* app or by using an" " email alias on your journals." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:29 msgid "" "Once the data is extracted from the PDF, you can correct it if necessary by " "clicking on the respective tag (available in *Edit* mode), and selecting the" " right information instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:38 msgid "" "The more bills you scan, the better the system gets at identifying the " "correct data." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:41 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:34 msgid "Pricing" msgstr "Tarification" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:44 msgid "" "The *Bill Digitalization* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service which " "requires prepaid credits to work. Digitalizing one document consumes one " "credit." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:47 msgid "" "To buy credits, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " "Settings --> Bill Digitalization` and click on *Buy credits*, or go to " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Odoo IAP` and click on *View My Services*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:50 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:43 msgid "" "If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you " "benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." @@ -18607,24 +17049,24 @@ msgstr "" "vous bénéficiez de crédits d'essai gratuits pour tester cette " "fonctionnalité." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:52 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:45 msgid "" "Click `here <https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#header_4>`_ to know about our " "*Privacy Policy*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:3 msgid "Purchase Receipts" msgstr "Reçus d'achat" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:5 msgid "" "**Purchase Receipts** are not invoices but rather confirmations of received " "payments, such as a ticket or a receipt." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:8 msgid "" "This feature is meant to be used when you pay directly with your company's " "money for an expense. **Vendor Bills**, on the other hand, are recorded when" @@ -18632,68 +17074,68 @@ msgid "" " account before a later payment reconciliation." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:13 msgid "" "Expenses paid by employees can be managed with **Odoo Expenses**, an app " "dedicated to the approval of such expenses and the payments management. " -"Click :doc:`here <../../../expense/expense>` for more information on how to " -"use Odoo Expenses." +"Click :doc:`here </applications/finance/expense/expense>` for more " +"information on how to use Odoo Expenses." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:18 msgid "Register a receipt" msgstr "Enregistrer un reçu" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:20 msgid "" "To record a new receipt, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> " "Receipts`, click on *Create*, fill out the form, and click on *Post*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:27 msgid "" "You can register the payment by clicking on *Register Payment*, then filling" " out the payment's details, and clicking on *Validate*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:31 msgid "Edit the Journal Entry before posting it" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:33 msgid "" "Once you have filled out the *Invoice Lines* tab, you can modify the " "**Journal Entry** before you post it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:36 msgid "" "To do so, click on the **Journal Items** tab, change the accounts and values" " according to your needs, and click on *Post*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:44 msgid ":doc:`manage`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:45 -msgid ":doc:`../../../expense/expense`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:45 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/expense/expense`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables.rst:3 msgid "Account Receivables" msgstr "Comptes Débiteurs" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:99 msgid "Customer Invoices" msgstr "Factures clients" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:3 msgid "Offer cash discounts" msgstr "Offrir des escomptes" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:5 msgid "" "Cash discounts are incentives you can offer to customers to motivate them to" " pay within a specific time frame. For instance, you offer a 2% discount if " @@ -18702,11 +17144,11 @@ msgid "" "period." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:12 msgid "Set up a cash discount" msgstr "Configurer des escomptes" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:14 msgid "" "To set up a cash discount, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Management --> Payment Terms` and click on *Create*. Add a" @@ -18715,11 +17157,11 @@ msgid "" "valid. You can also change the default balance term if needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:25 msgid "Start offering the cash discount" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:27 msgid "" "Now, you can create a customer invoice and select the cash discount payment " "term you added. Once the invoice is validated, Odoo will automatically split" @@ -18728,11 +17170,11 @@ msgid "" "calculated, your payment controls will be simplified." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:37 msgid "Grant the cash discount" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:39 msgid "" "The customer fulfilled the payment terms and therefore benefits from the " "cash discount. When you process the bank statement, match the payment with " @@ -18740,7 +17182,7 @@ msgid "" "click on *Create Write-off* to reconcile it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:48 msgid "" "You can also create a dedicated reconciliation model to make the process " "easier. In this case, you should add a tax to the model based on the taxes " @@ -18756,11 +17198,11 @@ msgstr "" "rapprochement. Notez qu'en fonction de votre localisation, vous disposez " "peut-être déjà d'un modèle de remise au comptant disponible par défaut." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:56 msgid "Register the full payment" msgstr "Enregistrer le paiement complet" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:58 msgid "" "In this case, the customer has not fulfilled the payment term and cannot " "benefit from the cash discount. When you process the bank statement, match " @@ -18771,15 +17213,15 @@ msgstr "" "compte, faites correspondre le paiement aux deux écritures de journal " "associées." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:67 msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms`" msgstr ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms`" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:3 msgid "Cash Rounding" msgstr "Arrondi des paiements en espèces" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:4 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:5 msgid "" "**Cash rounding** is required when the lowest physical denomination of " "currency, or the smallest coin, is higher than the minimum unit of account." @@ -18788,7 +17230,7 @@ msgstr "" "devise physique, ou la plus petite monnaie, est supérieure à la plus petite " "unité de compte." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:9 msgid "" "For example, some countries require their companies to round up or down the " "total amount of an invoice to the nearest five cents, when the payment is " @@ -18798,89 +17240,89 @@ msgstr "" "leurs factures de cinq cents vers le haut ou vers le bas lorsque le paiement" " se fait en liquide." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:16 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " "*Cash Rounding*, then click on *Save*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:22 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Cash Roundings`, and " "click on *Create*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:25 msgid "" "Define here your *Rounding Precision*, *Rounding Strategy*, and *Rounding " "Method*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:28 msgid "Odoo supports two **rounding strategies**:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:30 msgid "" "**Add a rounding line**: a *rounding* line is added on the invoice. You have" " to define which account records the cash roundings." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:33 msgid "**Modify tax amount**: the rounding is applied in the taxes section." msgstr "" "**Modifier le montant de la taxe**: l'arrondi est appliqué dans la section " "taxes." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:36 msgid "Apply roundings" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:38 msgid "" "When editing a draft invoice, open the *Other Info* tab, go to the " "*Accounting Information* section, and select the appropriate *Cash Rounding " "Method*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:3 msgid "Credit Notes and Refunds" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:4 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:4 msgid "" "A **credit note**, or **credit memo**, is a document issued to a customer " "that notifies them that they have been credited a certain amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:11 msgid "There are several reasons that can lead to a credit note, such as:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:9 msgid "a mistake in the invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:10 msgid "a return of the goods, or a rejection of the services" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:11 msgid "the goods delivered are damaged" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:14 msgid "" "Issuing a credit note is the only legal way to cancel, refund or modify a " "validated invoice. Don’t forget to *register the payment* afterward if you " "need to send money back to your customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:20 msgid "Issue a Credit Note" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:21 msgid "" "You can create a credit note from scratch by going to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Credit Notes`, and by clicking " @@ -18888,94 +17330,94 @@ msgid "" "Invoice’s form." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:26 msgid "" "However, most of the time, credit notes are generated directly from the " "invoices they are related to." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:29 msgid "To do so, open the *Customer Invoice*, and click on *Add Credit Note*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:37 msgid "You can choose between three options:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:35 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:44 msgid "Partial Refund" msgstr "Remboursement partiel" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:36 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:55 msgid "Full Refund" msgstr "Remboursement intégral" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:37 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:66 msgid "Full refund and new draft invoice" msgstr "Avoir intégral et nouvelle facture brouillon" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:40 msgid "" "Credit Notes’ numbers start with “R” and are followed by the number of the " "document they are related to (e.g., RINV/2019/0004)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:45 msgid "" "Odoo creates a draft credit note already prefilled with all the necessary " "information from the original invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:48 msgid "" "This is the option to choose to do a partial refund, or if you want to " "modify any detail on the credit note." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:52 msgid "" "This is the only option available for invoices that are already marked as " "*Paid*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:56 msgid "" "Odoo creates a credit note, automatically validates it, and reconciles the " "original invoice with it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:62 msgid "" "This is the option to choose to do a full refund or cancel a validated " "invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:67 msgid "" "Odoo creates a credit note, automatically validates it, reconciles the " "original invoice with it, and open a new draft invoice prefilled with the " "same details from the original invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:71 msgid "" "This is the option to choose to modify the content of a validated invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:74 msgid "Record a Vendor Refund" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:75 msgid "" "**Vendor Refunds** are recorded the same way you would do with invoices’ " "credit notes:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:77 msgid "" "You can either create a credit note from scratch by going to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> Refund`, and by clicking on " @@ -18983,33 +17425,33 @@ msgid "" "Credit Note*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:84 msgid "" "Issuing a credit note from an invoice creates a **reverse entry** that " "zeroes out the journal items generated by the original invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:87 msgid "Here is an example of an invoice’s journal entry:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:92 msgid "" "And here is the credit note’s journal entry generated to reverse the " "original invoice above:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:3 msgid "Deferred Revenues" msgstr "Revenus différés" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:5 msgid "" "**Deferred revenues**, or **unearned revenue**, are payments made in advance" " by customers for products yet to deliver or services yet to render." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:8 msgid "" "Such payments are a **liability** for the company that receives them since " "it still owes its customers these products or services. The company cannot " @@ -19017,14 +17459,14 @@ msgid "" "Statement*, since the payments will be effectively earned in the future." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:12 msgid "" "These future revenues must be deferred on the company's balance sheet until " "the moment in time they can be **recognized**, at once or over a defined " "period, on the Profit and Loss statement." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:15 msgid "" "For example, let's say we sell a five-year extended warranty for $ 350. We " "already receive the money now but haven't earned it yet. Therefore, we post " @@ -19033,54 +17475,54 @@ msgid "" "revenue." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:20 msgid "" "Odoo Accounting handles deferred revenues by spreading them in multiple " "entries that are automatically created in *draft mode* and then posted " "periodically." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:30 msgid "" "Such transactions must be posted on a **Deferred Revenue Account** rather " "than on the default income account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:34 msgid "Configure a Deferred Revenue Account" msgstr "Configurez un compte de revenus différés" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:44 msgid "" "This account's type must be either *Current Liabilities* or *Non-current " "Liabilities*" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:47 msgid "Post an income to the right account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:50 msgid "Select the account on a draft invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:52 msgid "" "On a draft invoice, select the right account for all the products of which " "the incomes must be deferred." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:60 msgid "Choose a different Income Account for specific products" msgstr "Choisissez un compte de revenus différent pour certains produits" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:62 msgid "" "Start editing the product, go to the *Accounting* tab, select the right " "**Income Account**, and save." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:70 msgid "" "It is possible to automate the creation of revenue entries for these " "products (see: `Automate the Deferred Revenues`_)." @@ -19088,38 +17530,38 @@ msgstr "" "Il est possible d'automatiser la création des entrées de revenus pour ces " "produits (voir : `Automatiser les revenus différés`_)." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:76 msgid "" "To do so, open your Sales Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting -->" " Accounting --> Sales`, select the journal item you want to modify, click on" " the account, and select the right one." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:85 msgid "Deferred Revenues entries" msgstr "Entrées des revenus différés" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:90 msgid "" "A **Deferred Revenues entry** automatically generates all journal entries in" " *draft mode*. They are then posted one by one at the right time until the " "full amount of the income is recognized." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:93 msgid "" "To create a new entry, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " "Deferred Revenues`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:96 msgid "" "Click on **select related purchases** to link an existing journal item to " "this new entry. Some fields are then automatically filled out, and the " "journal item is now listed under the **Related Sales** tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:104 msgid "" "Once done, you can click on *Compute Revenue* (next to the *Confirm* button)" " to generate all the values of the **Revenue Board**. This board shows you " @@ -19127,37 +17569,37 @@ msgid "" "date." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:115 msgid "" "The **Prorata Temporis** feature is useful to recognize your revenue the " "most accurately possible." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:117 msgid "" "With this feature, the first entry on the Revenue Board is computed based on" " the time left between the *Prorata Date* and the *First Recognition Date* " "rather than the default amount of time between recognitions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:121 msgid "" "For example, the Revenue Board above has its first revenue with an amount of" " $ 4.22 rather than $ 70.00. Consequently, the last entry is also lower and " "has an amount of $ 65.78." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:125 msgid "Deferred Entry from the Sales Journal" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:127 msgid "" "You can create a deferred entry from a specific journal item in your **Sales" " Journal**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:129 msgid "" "To do so, open your Sales Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting -->" " Accounting --> Sales`, and select the journal item you want to defer. Make " @@ -19165,17 +17607,17 @@ msgid "" "posted journal item`_)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:142 msgid "Deferred Revenue Models" msgstr "Modèles de revenus différés" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:144 msgid "" "You can create **Deferred Revenue Models** to create your Deferred Revenue " "entries faster." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:146 msgid "" "To create a model, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " "Deferred Revenue Models`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form the same " @@ -19185,39 +17627,39 @@ msgstr "" " --> modèles de revenus reportés`, cliquez sur *Créer*, et remplissez le " "formulaire comme pour créer une nouvelle entrée." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:150 msgid "" "You can also convert a *confirmed Deferred Revenue entry* into a model by " "opening it from :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Deferred " "Revenues` and then, by clicking on the button *Save Model*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:155 msgid "Apply a Deferred Revenue Model to a new entry" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:157 msgid "" "When you create a new Deferred Revenue entry, fill out the **Deferred " "Revenue Account** with the right recognition account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:170 msgid "Automate the Deferred Revenues" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:172 msgid "" "When you create or edit an account of which the type is either *Current " "Liabilities* or *Non-current Liabilities*, you can configure it to defer the" " revenues that are credited on it automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:175 msgid "You have three choices for the **Automate Deferred Revenue** field:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:178 msgid "" "**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " "draft *Deferred Revenues entry* is created, but not validated. You must " @@ -19225,32 +17667,32 @@ msgid "" "Deferred Revenues`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:181 msgid "" "**Create and validate:** you must also select a Deferred Revenue Model (see:" " `Deferred Revenue Models`_). Whenever a transaction is posted on the " "account, a *Deferred Revenues entry* is created and immediately validated." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:190 msgid "" "You can, for example, select this account as the default **Income Account** " "of a product to fully automate its sale. (see: `Choose a different Income " "Account for specific products`_)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:195 msgid "" "`Odoo Academy: Deferred Revenues (Recognition) " "<https://www.odoo.com/r/EWO>`_" msgstr "" "`Odoo Academy: Revenus reportés (Recognition) <https://www.odoo.com/r/EWO>`_" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:3 msgid "Add EPC QR Codes to invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:4 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:4 msgid "" "European Payments Council Quick Response Code, or **EPC QR Code**, are two-" "dimensional barcodes that customers can scan with their **mobile banking " @@ -19258,19 +17700,19 @@ msgid "" "invoices instantly." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:10 msgid "" "In addition to bringing ease of use and speed, it greatly reduces typing " "errors that would potentially make for payment issues." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:15 msgid "" "This feature is only available in several European countries such as " "Austria, Belgium, Finland, Germany, and The Netherlands." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:21 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and " "activate the **SEPA QR Code** feature." @@ -19278,35 +17720,35 @@ msgstr "" "allez à :menuselection:`Comptabilité --> Configuration --> Paramètres` et " "activez la fonctionnalité **Code QR SEPA**." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:28 msgid "Configure your Bank Account’s journal" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:29 msgid "" "Make sure that your *Bank Account* is correctly configured on Odoo with your" " IBAN and BIC." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:32 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, " "open your *bank journal*, then fill out the *Bank Account* and *Bank* under " "the *Bank Account* tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:40 msgid "Issue Invoices with EPC QR Codes" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:41 msgid "" "EPC QR Codes are added automatically to your invoices, as long as you issue " "them to customers that are located in a country where this feature is " "available." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:45 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Invoices`, and create a " "new invoice." @@ -19314,36 +17756,36 @@ msgstr "" "Allez à :menuselection:`Comptabilité --> Clients --> Factures`, et créez une" " nouvelle facture." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:48 msgid "" "Before posting it, open the *Other Info* tab. Odoo automatically fills out " "the *Bank Account* field with your IBAN." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:51 msgid "" "Make sure that the account indicated is the one you want to use to receive " "your customer’s payment as Odoo uses this field to generate the EPC QR Code." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:59 msgid "" "If you want to issue an invoice without an EPC QR Code, remove the IBAN " "indicated in the *Bank Account* field, under the *Other Info* tab of the " "invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:65 msgid "" "`Odoo Academy: QR Code on Invoices for European Customers " "<https://www.odoo.com/r/VuU>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview of the invoicing process" msgstr "Vue d'ensemble du processus de facturation" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:5 msgid "" "Depending on your business and the application you use, there are different " "ways to automate the customer invoice creation in Odoo. Usually, draft " @@ -19359,7 +17801,7 @@ msgstr "" "client ou les contrats), et le comptable doit juste valider les factures " "brouillon et envoyer les factures par lots (par la poste ou par email)." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:12 msgid "" "Depending on your business, you may opt for one of the following way to " "create draft invoices:" @@ -19367,11 +17809,11 @@ msgstr "" "Selon votre activité, vous pouvez opter pour l'une des façons suivantes pour" " créer des factures brouillon :" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:19 msgid "Sales Order ‣ Invoice" msgstr "Commandes Client ‣ Facture" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:21 msgid "" "In most companies, salespeople create quotations that become sales order " "once they are validated. Then, draft invoices are created based on the sales" @@ -19382,7 +17824,7 @@ msgstr "" "factures brouillon sont créées sur la base des bons de commande. Vous avez " "différentes options comme :" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:25 msgid "" "Invoice manually: use a button on the sale order to trigger the draft " "invoice" @@ -19390,7 +17832,7 @@ msgstr "" "Facturation manuelle : utilisez un bouton sur la commande client pour " "déclencher la facture brouillon" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:28 msgid "" "Invoice before delivery: invoice the full order before triggering the " "delivery order" @@ -19398,12 +17840,12 @@ msgstr "" "Facturation avant livraison: facturez la commande complète avant le " "déclenchement de l'ordre de livraison" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:31 msgid "Invoice based on delivery order: see next section" msgstr "" "Facturation en fonction de ordre de livraison : voir la section suivante" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:33 msgid "" "Invoice before delivery is usually used by the eCommerce application when " "the customer pays at the order and we deliver afterwards. (pre-paid)" @@ -19412,7 +17854,7 @@ msgstr "" "l'application d'eCommerce lorsque le client paie lors de la commande et que " "l'expédition se fait plus tard. (pré-paiement)" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:37 msgid "" "For most other use cases, it's recommended to invoice manually. It allows " "the salesperson to trigger the invoice on demand with options: invoice the " @@ -19425,20 +17867,20 @@ msgstr "" " un pourcentage (avance), facturer certaines lignes, facturer un montant " "partiel fixe." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:42 msgid "This process is good for both services and physical products." msgstr "" "Cette méthode est valable aussi bien pour les services que les marchandises." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:45 -msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/proforma`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/proforma`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:45 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma`" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:48 msgid "Sales Order ‣ Delivery Order ‣ Invoice" msgstr "Commandes Client ‣ Bon de Livraison ‣ Facture" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:50 msgid "" "Retailers and eCommerce usually invoice based on delivery orders, instead of" " sales order. This approach is suitable for businesses where the quantities " @@ -19451,7 +17893,7 @@ msgstr "" "peuvent différer des quantités commandées : aliments (facture sur le poids " "réel)." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:55 msgid "" "This way, if you deliver a partial order, you only invoice for what you " "really delivered. If you do back orders (deliver partially and the rest " @@ -19462,15 +17904,15 @@ msgstr "" "(livraison partielle et le reste plus tard), le client recevra deux " "factures, une pour chaque bon de livraison." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:61 -msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:61 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy`" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:64 msgid "eCommerce Order ‣ Invoice" msgstr "Commande eCommerce ‣ Facturation" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:66 msgid "" "An eCommerce order will also trigger the creation of the order when it is " "fully paid. If you allow paying orders by check or wire transfer, Odoo only " @@ -19483,15 +17925,15 @@ msgstr "" "commande, et la création de la facture ne sera déclenchée qu'une fois le " "paiement reçu." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:72 msgid "Contracts" msgstr "Contrats" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:75 msgid "Regular Contracts ‣ Invoices" msgstr "Contrats Ordinaires ‣ Factures" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:77 msgid "" "If you use contracts, you can trigger invoice based on time and material " "spent, expenses or fixed lines of services/products. Every month, the " @@ -19502,33 +17944,33 @@ msgstr "" "précises de services/produits. Chaque mois, le vendeur déclenchera une " "facture en fonction des activités indiquées sur le contrat." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:81 msgid "Activities can be:" msgstr "Les évenements peuvent être :" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:83 msgid "" "fixed products/services, coming from a sale order linked to this contract" msgstr "" "des produits/services précis, provenant d'une commande liée à ce contrat" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:84 msgid "materials purchased (that you will re-invoice)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:85 msgid "time and material based on timesheets or purchases (subcontracting)" msgstr "" "du temps et du matériel basés sur des feuilles de présence ou sur des achats" " (sous-traitance)" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:86 msgid "" "expenses like travel and accommodation that you re-invoice to the customer" msgstr "" "des dépenses comme les frais de déplacement que vous refacturez au client" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:88 msgid "" "You can invoice at the end of the contract or trigger intermediate invoices." " This approach is used by services companies that invoice mostly based on " @@ -19541,23 +17983,23 @@ msgstr "" "matériel. Quant aux entreprises de services qui facturent un prix fixe, " "elles utilisent une commande ordinaire." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:94 -msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/time_materials`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/time_materials`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:94 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials`" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:95 -msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/expense`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/expense`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:95 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense`" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:96 -msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/milestone`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/milestone`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:96 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone`" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:99 msgid "Recurring Contracts ‣ Invoices" msgstr "Contrats Récurrents ‣ Factures" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:101 msgid "" "For subscriptions, an invoice is triggered periodically, automatically. The " "frequency of the invoicing and the services/products invoiced are defined on" @@ -19567,15 +18009,15 @@ msgstr "" " La fréquence de la facturation et les services / produits facturés sont " "définis dans le contrat." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:106 -msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:106 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/subscriptions`" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:112 msgid "Creating an invoice manually" msgstr "Création d'une facture manuellement" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:114 msgid "" "Users can also create invoices manually without using contracts or a sales " "order. It's a recommended approach if you do not need to manage the sales " @@ -19586,7 +18028,7 @@ msgstr "" "n'avez pas besoin de gérer le processus de vente (devis), ou la livraison " "des produits ou services." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:119 msgid "" "Even if you generate the invoice from a sales order, you may need to create " "invoices manually in exceptional use cases:" @@ -19595,351 +18037,367 @@ msgstr "" "devrez peut-être créer des factures manuellement dans les cas d'utilisation " "exceptionnelles :" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:122 msgid "if you need to create a refund" msgstr "si vous devez créer un remboursement" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:124 msgid "If you need to give a discount" msgstr "Si vous voulez effectuer une remise" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:126 msgid "if you need to change an invoice created from a sales order" msgstr "" "si vous voulez modifier une facture créée à partir d'une commande client" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:128 msgid "if you need to invoice something not related to your core business" msgstr "" "si vous voulez facturer quelque chose qui n'est pas en rapport avec votre " "cœur de métier" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:131 msgid "Specific modules" msgstr "Modules spécifiques" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:133 msgid "Some specific modules are also able to generate draft invoices:" msgstr "" "Quelques modules spécifiques peuvent aussi générer des factures brouillon :" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:135 msgid "**membership**: invoice your members every year" msgstr "**Adhésion** : facture vos adhérents chaque année" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:137 msgid "**repairs**: invoice your after-sale services" msgstr "**Gestion de la maintenance** : facture vos services après-vente" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:3 msgid "Payment Terms and Installment Plans" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:5 msgid "" -"**Payment Terms** regroup all the conditions under which a sale is completed" -" and paid. They can be applied to sales orders, customer invoices, and " -"supplier bills, mostly to ensure that they will be correctly paid, and on " -"time. These conditions cover:" +"**Payment Terms** specify all the conditions under which a sale is paid, " +"mostly to ensure customers pay their invoices correctly and on time." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Payment Terms can be applied to sales orders, customer invoices, supplier " +"bills, and contacts. These conditions cover:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:11 msgid "The due date" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:12 msgid "Some discounts" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:13 msgid "Any other condition on the payment" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:15 msgid "" -"Defining Payment Terms automates the computation of payments due dates, both" -" for invoices and bills. This is particularly helpful in managing " -"installment plans." +"Defining Payment Terms automatically calculates the payments' due dates. " +"This is particularly helpful for managing installment plans." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:18 msgid "" "An **installment plan** allows the customers to pay an invoice in parts, " "with the amounts and payment dates defined beforehand by the seller." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:21 msgid "**Examples of Payment Terms:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "**Immediate Payment**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "The full payment is due on the day of the invoice's issuance." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "**15 Days** (or **Net 15**)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "The full payment is due 15 days after the invoice date." msgstr "Le paiement intégral est dû 15 jours après la date de facturation." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "**21 MFI**" msgstr "**21 MFI**" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "" "The full payment is due by the 21st of the month following the invoice date." msgstr "" "Le paiement intégral est dû pour le 21 du mois suivant la date de " "facturation." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "**2% 10, Net 30 EOM**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "" "2% :doc:`cash discount <cash_discounts>` if the payment is received within " "ten days. Otherwise, the full payment is due at the end of the month " "following the invoice date." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:34 msgid "" -"Payment terms are not to be confused with payment in several parts. If, for " -"a specific order, you invoice the customer in two parts, that is nor a " -"payment term nor an installment plan, but an invoicing policy." +"Payment terms are not to be confused with down payment invoices. If, for a " +"specific order, you issue several invoices to your customer, that is neither" +" a payment term nor an installment plan, but an invoicing policy." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:39 +msgid "" +"This document is about the *Payment Terms* feature, not *Terms & " +"Conditions*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:44 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Terms` and " "click on *Create*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:46 msgid "" -"The **Description on the Invoice** is the displayed text on a sale order, " -"invoice, or bill." +"The **Description on the Invoice** is the text displayed on the document " +"(sale order, invoice, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:49 msgid "" -"In the **Terms** section, you can add a set of rules, that we call *terms*, " -"to define what needs to be paid, and by which due date." +"In the **Terms** section, you can add a set of rules, called *terms*, to " +"define what needs to be paid and by which due date." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:52 msgid "" "To add a term, click on *Add a line*, and define its *Type*, *Value*, and " "*Due Date Computation*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:55 msgid "Terms are computed in the order they are set up." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:56 msgid "The **balance** should always be used for the last line." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 msgid "" -"In the following example, 30% of the invoice is due on the day of issuance " -"of the invoice, and the balance is due at the end of the following month." +"In the following example, 30% is due on the day of issuance, and the balance" +" is due at the end of the following month." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:67 msgid "Using Payment Terms" msgstr "Utilisation des Conditions de Paiement" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:62 -msgid "Payment Terms can be defined with the **Payment Terms** field on:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 -msgid "**Contacts**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:69 msgid "" -"To set specific payment terms automatically on new sales orders, invoices, " -"and bills of a contact. This can be modified in the contact’s *Form View*, " -"under the *Sales & Purchase* tab." +"Payment Terms can be defined in the **Due Date** field, with the **Terms** " +"drop-down list, on:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "**Quotations**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "" "To set specific payment terms automatically on all invoices generated from a" " quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "**Customer Invoices**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "To set specific payment terms on an invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "**Vendor Bills**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "" "To set specific payment terms on a bill. This is mostly useful when you need" " to manage vendor terms with several installments. Otherwise, setting the " "*Due Date* is enough." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:80 +msgid "" +"You can also define a **Due Date** manually. If Payment Terms are already " +"defined, empty the field so you can select a date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:83 +msgid "Payment Terms can be defined with the **Payment Terms** field on:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**Contacts**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "" +"To set specific payment terms automatically on new sales orders, invoices, " +"and bills of a contact. This can be modified in the contact’s *Form View*, " +"under the *Sales & Purchase* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:92 msgid "" "Invoices with specific Payment Terms generate different *Journal Entries*, " -"with one *Journal Item* for each different *Due Date* computed." +"with one *Journal Item* for every computed *Due Date*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:95 msgid "" "This makes for easier *Follow-ups* and *Reconciliation* since Odoo takes " -"each due date into account, rather than just the balance due date." +"each due date into account, rather than just the balance due date. It also " +"helps to get an accurate *Aged Receivable report*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:103 msgid "" -"In the following example, an invoice of $1000 has been issued with the " -"following payment terms: 30% of the invoice is due on the day of issuance of" -" the invoice, and the balance is due at the end of the following month." +"In this example, an invoice of $1000 has been issued with the following " +"payment terms: *30% is due on the day of issuance, and the balance is due at" +" the end of the following month.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:107 +msgid "Due date" +msgstr "Date d'échéance" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:109 +msgid "February 21" +msgstr "21 Février" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:109 +msgid "300" +msgstr "300" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:111 +msgid "March 31" +msgstr "31 Mars" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:111 +msgid "700" +msgstr "700" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:113 +msgid "Product Sales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:116 msgid "" "The $1000 debited on the Account Receivable is split into two distinct " "*Journal Items*. Both of them have their own **Due Date**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:96 -msgid "Due date" -msgstr "Date d'échéance" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:98 -msgid "February 21" -msgstr "21 Février" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:98 -msgid "300" -msgstr "300" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:100 -msgid "March 31" -msgstr "31 Mars" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:100 -msgid "700" -msgstr "700" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:102 -msgid "Product Sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:105 -msgid "" -"This allows for easier reconciliation and to accurately follow up late " -"payments." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:120 msgid ":doc:`cash_discounts`" msgstr ":doc:`cash_discounts`" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:121 msgid "" -"`Odoo Learn: Terms and Conditions (T&C) and Payment Terms " +"`Odoo Tutorials: Terms and Conditions (T&C) and Payment Terms " "<https://www.odoo.com/r/fpv>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:3 msgid "Send your Invoices by Post (Snailmail)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:5 msgid "" "Direct mail is a great way to capture individuals’ attention at a time where" " inboxes are always full. Odoo allows you to send invoices and follow-up " "reports by post, worldwide, directly from your database." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:10 msgid "Set up Snailmail" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:12 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Snailmail` and activate " "the feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:14 msgid "" "If you would like this option to be a default feature, enable *Send by Post*" " under *Default Sending Options*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:21 msgid "Send your invoices by post" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:23 msgid "" "Open your Invoice, click on the *Send & Print* button and select *Send by " "Post*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:30 msgid "" "Make sure to have your customer’s address set correctly, and that it " "includes a country, before sending the letter." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:37 msgid "" "*Snailmail* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service which requires prepaid " "stamps (=credits) to work. Sending one document consumes one stamp." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:40 msgid "" "To buy stamps, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " "Settings --> Snailmail` and click on *Buy credits*, or go to " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Odoo IAP` and click on *View my Services*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments.rst:3 msgid "Customer Payments" msgstr "Paiements client" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:3 msgid "Batch Payments: Batch Deposits (checks, cash etc.)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:5 msgid "" "A **Batch Deposit** groups multiple payments in a single batch. This allows " "you to deposit several payments into your bank account with a single " "transaction. This is particularly useful to deposit cash and checks." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:9 msgid "" "This feature allows you to list several customer payments and print a " "**deposit slip**. This ticket contains the details of the transactions and a" @@ -19948,24 +18406,24 @@ msgid "" "transactions listed in the batch deposit." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:17 msgid "" "To activate the feature, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " "--> Settings --> Customer Payments`, activate **Batch Payments**, and click " "on *Save*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:21 msgid "Payment Method Types" msgstr "Types de méthode de paiement" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:23 msgid "" "To record new payments as part of a Batch Deposit, you have to configure " "first the Journal on which you record them." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:26 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, " "open the Journal you want to edit, click on *Edit*, and open the *Advanced " @@ -19973,21 +18431,21 @@ msgid "" "Deposit**, and click on *Save*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:35 msgid "" "Your main bank accounts are automatically configured to process batch " "payments when you activate the feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:39 msgid "Deposit multiple payments in batch" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:42 msgid "Record payments to deposit in batch" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:44 msgid "" ":doc:`Register the payments <recording>` on the bank account on which you " "plan to deposit them by opening the *Customer Invoice* for which you " @@ -19996,40 +18454,40 @@ msgid "" "as Payment Method." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:53 msgid "Do this step for all checks or payments you want to process in batch." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:56 msgid "Make sure to write the payment reference in the **Memo** field." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:59 msgid "Add payments to a Batch Deposit" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:61 msgid "" "To add the payments to a Batch Deposit, go to :menuselection:`Accounting -->" " Customers --> Batch Payments`, and click on *Create*. Next, select the Bank" " and Payment Method, then click on *Add a line*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:69 msgid "" "Select all payments to include in the current Batch Deposit and click on " "*Select*. You can also record a new payment and add it to the list by " "clicking on *Create*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:76 msgid "" "Once done, click on *Validate* to finalize your Batch Deposit. You can then " "click on *Print* to download a PDF file to include with the deposit slip " "that the bank usually requires to fill out." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:82 msgid "" "Once the bank statements are on your database, you can reconcile the bank " "statement line with the *Batch Payment* reference. To do so, start your " @@ -20040,31 +18498,31 @@ msgid "" "related payments are automatically added." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:89 msgid "" "The *Batch Payments* tab won't appear if a Partner is selected for this bank" " statement line." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:95 msgid "" "If a check, or a payment, couldn't be processed by the bank and is missing, " "remove the related payment before validating the bank reconciliation." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:99 msgid ":doc:`recording`" msgstr ":doc:`recording`" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:100 msgid ":doc:`batch_sdd`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:3 msgid "Batch Payments: SEPA Direct Debit (SDD)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:5 msgid "" "SEPA, the Single Euro Payments Area, is a payment-integration initiative of " "the European Union for simplification of bank transfers denominated in EURO." @@ -20073,25 +18531,25 @@ msgid "" "particularly useful for recurring payments based on a subscription." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:10 msgid "" "You can record customer mandates in Odoo, and generate XML files containing " "pending payments made with an SDD mandate." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:0 msgid "" "SDD is supported by all SEPA countries, which includes the 27 member states " "of the European Union as well as additional countries." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:0 msgid "" "`List of all SEPA countries <https://www.europeanpaymentscouncil.eu" "/document-library/other/epc-list-sepa-scheme-countries>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:22 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`, activate " "**SEPA Direct Debit (SDD)** and click on *Save*. Enter your company's " @@ -20099,45 +18557,45 @@ msgid "" "or the authority responsible for delivering them." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:31 msgid "SEPA Direct Debit Mandates" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:34 msgid "Create a mandate" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:36 msgid "" "The SEPA Direct Debit Mandate is the document that your customers sign to " "authorize you to collect money directly from their bank accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:39 msgid "" "To create a new mandate, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> " "Direct Debit Mandates`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:46 msgid "" "Export the PDF file by clicking on *Print*. It is then up to your customer " "to sign this document. Once done, upload the signed file in the **Original " "Document** field, and click on *Validate* to start running the mandate." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:51 msgid "" "Make sure that the **IBAN bank accounts details** are correctly recorded on " "the debtor’s contact form, under the *Accounting* tab, and in your own " ":doc:`Bank Account <../../bank/setup/bank_accounts>` settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:56 msgid "SEPA Direct Debit as a Payment Method" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:58 msgid "" "SEPA Direct Debit can be used as a payment method both on your **eCommerce**" " or on the **Customer Portal** by activating SDD as a **Payment Acquirer**. " @@ -20145,48 +18603,48 @@ msgid "" "themselves." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:62 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment " "Acquirers`, click on *SEPA Direct Debit*, and set it up according to your " "needs." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:66 msgid "" "Make sure to change the **State** field to *Enabled*, and to check **Online " "Signature**, as this is necessary to let your customers sign their mandates." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:69 msgid "" "Customers using SDD as payment method get prompted to add their IBAN, email " "address, and to sign their SEPA Direct Debit mandate." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:73 msgid "Add link to future **Payment Acquirer** documentation." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:76 msgid "Close or revoke a mandate" msgstr "Clôturer ou révoquer un mandat" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:78 msgid "" "Direct Debit mandates are closed automatically after their *End Date*. If " "this field is left blank, the mandate keeps being *Active* until it is " "*Closed* or *Revoked*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:85 msgid "" "Clicking on **Close** updates the mandate’s end day to the current day. This" " means that invoices issued after the present day will not be processed with" " an SDD payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:88 msgid "" "Clicking on **Revoke** disables the mandate immediately. No SDD payment can " "be registered anymore, regardless of the invoice’s date. However, payments " @@ -20194,99 +18652,99 @@ msgid "" "file." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:93 msgid "" "Once a mandate has been *closed* or *revoked*, it cannot be reactivated." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:96 msgid "Get paid with SDD Batch Payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:101 msgid "" "You can register SDD payments for invoices issued to customers who have an " "active SDD mandate." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:103 msgid "" "To do so, open the invoice, click on *Register Payment*, and choose *SEPA " "Direct Debit* as payment method." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:107 msgid "Generate SEPA Direct Debit XML files to submit payments" msgstr "" "Pour présenter des ordres de paiement, générez un fichier XML de prélèvement" " automatique SEPA" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:109 msgid "" "**XML files** with all SDD payment instructions can be uploaded to your " "online banking interface to process all payments at once." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:113 msgid "" "The files generated by Odoo follow the SEPA Direct Debit **PAIN.008.001.02**" " specifications, as required by the SEPA customer-to-bank Implementation " "Guidelines, which ensures compatibility with the banks." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:117 msgid "" "To generate your XML file for the pending SDD payments, go to the related " "*bank journal* on your *Accounting dashboard*, then click on *Direct Debit " "Payments to Collect*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:124 msgid "" "Select all the payments you want to include in your SDD XML file, then click" " on *Action* and select *Create Batch Payment*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:131 msgid "" "Odoo then takes you to your *Batch Payment*’s form. Click on *Validate* and " "download the SDD XML file." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:138 msgid "" "Finally, upload this file to your online banking interface to process the " "payments." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:141 msgid "" "You can retrieve all the generated SDD XML files by going to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Customers --> Batch " "Payments`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:145 msgid ":doc:`batch`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:147 msgid "" "`Odoo Academy: SEPA Direct Debit Mandates (SDD) " "<https://www.odoo.com/r/Zxs>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:148 msgid "" "`List of all SEPA countries <https://www.europeanpaymentscouncil.eu" "/document-library/other/epc-list-sepa-scheme-countries>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:3 msgid "Register customer payments by checks" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:5 msgid "" "There are two ways to handle payments received by checks. Odoo support both " "approaches so that you can use the one that better fits your habits." @@ -20295,7 +18753,7 @@ msgstr "" "supporte les deux approches de sorte que vous puissiez utiliser celle qui " "correspond le mieux à vos habitudes." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:9 msgid "" "**Undeposited Funds:** once you receive the check, you record a payment by " "check on the invoice. (using a Check journal and posted on the Undeposited " @@ -20309,7 +18767,7 @@ msgstr "" " l'argent du compte « Valeurs à l'encaissement » vers votre compte de " "banque." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:16 msgid "" "**One journal entry only:** once your receive the check, you record a " "payment on your bank, paid by check, without going through the **Undeposited" @@ -20323,7 +18781,7 @@ msgstr "" "votre relevé bancaire, vous faites le rapprochement entre votre mouvement " "bancaire et le paiement par chèque, sans créer de transaction dédiée." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:23 msgid "" "We recommend the first approach as it is more accurate (your bank account " "balance is accurate, taking into accounts checks that have not been cashed " @@ -20334,7 +18792,7 @@ msgstr "" "qui n'ont pas encore été encaissés). Les deux approches exigent le même " "effort." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:27 msgid "" "Even if the first method is cleaner, Odoo support the second approach " "because some accountants are used to it (quickbooks and peachtree users)." @@ -20343,7 +18801,7 @@ msgstr "" "deuxième, car certains comptables sont habitués (les utilisateurs de " "QuickBooks et de Peachtree)." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:32 msgid "" "You may have a look at the *Deposit Ticket feature* if you deposit several " "checks to your bank accounts in batch." @@ -20351,31 +18809,31 @@ msgstr "" "Vous devriez jeter un oeil à la fonctionnalité *Ticket de Dépôt* si vous " "déposez plusieurs chèques à la fois sur vos comptes bancaires." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:36 msgid "Option 1: Undeposited Funds" msgstr "Option 1 : Valeurs à l'Encaissement" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:41 msgid "Create a journal **Checks**" msgstr "Créer un journal **Chèques**" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:43 msgid "Set **Undeposited Checks** as a defaut credit/debit account" msgstr "" "Configurer pour ce journal un compte **Chèques à encaisser** comme compte " "par défaut de débit/crédit" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:45 msgid "" "Set the bank account related to this journal as **Allow Reconciliation**" msgstr "Activer dans ce compte l'option **Autoriser le lettrage**" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:109 msgid "From check payments to bank statements" msgstr "Des paiements par chèque aux relevés bancaires" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:50 msgid "" "The first way to handle checks is to create a check journal. Thus, checks " "become a payment method in itself and you will record two transactions." @@ -20384,8 +18842,8 @@ msgstr "" "Ainsi, les chèques deviennent une méthode de paiement particulière et vous " "enregistrerez deux transactions." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:111 msgid "" "Once you receive a customer check, go to the related invoice and click on " "**Register Payment**. Fill in the information about the payment:" @@ -20394,7 +18852,7 @@ msgstr "" "et cliquez sur Enregistrer le règlement. Saisissez les informations sur le " "paiement :" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:57 msgid "" "Payment method: Check Journal (that you configured with the debit and credit" " default accounts as **Undeposited Funds**)" @@ -20402,42 +18860,42 @@ msgstr "" "Mode de paiement : journal de chèque (que vous avez configuré avec les " "comptes par défaut de débit et de crédit **Chèques à encaisser**)" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:60 msgid "Memo: write the Check number" msgstr "Memo : saisissez le numéro de Chèque" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:65 msgid "This operation will produce the following journal entry:" msgstr "Cette opération créera la pièce comptable suivante :" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 msgid "Statement Match" msgstr "Correspondance Relevé" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:85 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:135 msgid "100.00" msgstr "100.00" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 msgid "Undeposited Funds" msgstr "Valeurs à l'Encaissement" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:75 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:121 msgid "The invoice is marked as paid as soon as you record the check." msgstr "" "La facture est marquée payée dès que vous enregistrez le paiement par " "chèque." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:77 msgid "" "Then, once you get the bank statements, you will match this statement with " "the check that is in Undeposited Funds." @@ -20445,12 +18903,12 @@ msgstr "" "Puis, quand vous disposerez des relevés bancaires, vous rapprocherez le " "mouvement avec celui qui se trouve dans le compte « Chèques à encaisser »." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 msgid "X" msgstr "X" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:89 msgid "" "If you use this approach to manage received checks, you get the list of " "checks that have not been cashed in the **Undeposit Funds** account " @@ -20461,7 +18919,7 @@ msgstr "" "dans le compte « Chèques à encaisser » (accessible, par exemple, dans le " "Grand Livre)." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:94 msgid "" "Both methods will produce the same data in your accounting at the end of the" " process. But, if you have checks that have not been cashed, this one is " @@ -20473,11 +18931,11 @@ msgstr "" "cette méthode est plus propre car ces chèques ne sont pas encore " "comptabilisés sur votre compte de banque." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:100 msgid "Option 2: One journal entry only" msgstr "Option 2 : Une seule écriture" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:105 msgid "" "These is nothing to configure if you plan to manage your checks using this " "method." @@ -20485,15 +18943,15 @@ msgstr "" "Il n'y a rien à configurer si vous prévoyez de gérer vos chèques en " "utilisant cette méthode." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:114 msgid "**Payment method:** the bank that will be used for the deposit" msgstr "**Méthode de paiement**: la banque qui sera utilisée pour le dépôt" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:116 msgid "Memo: write the check number" msgstr "Memo : saisissez le numéro de Chèque" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:123 msgid "" "Once you will receive the bank statements, you will do the matching with the" " statement and this actual payment. (technically: point this payment and " @@ -20503,14 +18961,14 @@ msgstr "" "entre le relevé et ce paiement effectif (techniquement : pointer ce paiement" " et le relier à la ligne de relevé)." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:127 msgid "" "With this approach, you will get the following journal entry in your books:" msgstr "" "Avec cette approche, vous obtiendrez la transaction suivante dans vos livres" " :" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:139 msgid "" "You may also record the payment directly without going on the customer " "invoice, using the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. This method may" @@ -20523,7 +18981,7 @@ msgstr "" "chèques à enregistrer d'un coup, mais vous devrez rapprocher les pièces " "comptables par la suite (rapprocher les paiements des factures)." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:145 msgid "" "If you use this approach to manage received checks, you can use the report " "**Bank Reconciliation Report** to verify which checks have been received or " @@ -20536,22 +18994,22 @@ msgstr "" "disponible à partir du tableau de bord de la Comptabilité, par l'option " "\"Plus\" sur la carte de la banque concernée)." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:3 msgid "Follow-up on invoices and get paid faster" msgstr "Faites le suivi des factures et soyez payé plus rapidement" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:5 msgid "" "It is essential for your business to collect payments when they are overdue." " Odoo will help you identify payments that are late and will allow you to " "send the appropriate reminders." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:10 msgid "Manage your follow-ups" msgstr "Gérez vos relances" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:13 msgid "" "We recommend that you reconcile your bank statements before launching your " "follow-up process. It will avoid you the trouble of sending a statement to a" @@ -20561,7 +19019,7 @@ msgstr "" "votre processus de suivi. Cela vous évitera d'avoir à envoyer un relevé à un" " client qui vous a déjà payé." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:17 msgid "" "The overdue invoices you need to follow-up on are available by default in " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Sales --> Follow-up Reports`. There, you can " @@ -20569,14 +19027,14 @@ msgid "" " on the *Done* button to view the next follow-up that needs your attention." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:23 msgid "" "Otherwise, if now is not the time for a reminder, click on *Remind me " "later*. You will get the next report according to the *Next Reminder Date* " "set on the statement." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:28 msgid "" "To avoid sending too many reminders in a short period of time, change the " "number of days calculated between each report by going to " @@ -20584,7 +19042,7 @@ msgid "" "Follow-up`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:33 msgid "" "You can also set a trust level for your customers by marking them as bad, " "normal or good debtors on the follow-up reports." @@ -20593,11 +19051,11 @@ msgstr "" " identifiant comme débiteurs mauvais, normaux ou bons dans les rapports de " "suivi." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:40 msgid "Send reminders in batch" msgstr "Envoyer des rappels groupés" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:42 msgid "" "To get your follow-up process easier, you can send reminder emails in batch " "from your follow-up reports page. Select all the reports you would like to " @@ -20606,11 +19064,11 @@ msgid "" "automatically generated." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:52 msgid "Plan a follow-up process" msgstr "Planifiez un processus de suivi" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:54 msgid "" "To plan a follow-up process, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Follow-up Levels* feature " @@ -20618,7 +19076,7 @@ msgid "" "Levels* button that has appeared on your settings page." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:59 msgid "" "A follow-up plan with several actions is available by default in Odoo, but " "you can customize it any way you want. Depending on a specific number of " @@ -20627,7 +19085,7 @@ msgid "" "the stage of the process." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:69 msgid "" "If you would like to get a reminder before the actual due date, set a " "negative number of due days." @@ -20635,11 +19093,11 @@ msgstr "" "Si vous souhaitez recevoir un rappel avant la date d'échéance réelle, " "définissez un nombre négatif de jours d'échéance." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:3 msgid "Invoice Online Payment" msgstr "Paiement des factures en ligne" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:5 msgid "" "To make it more convenient for your customers to pay the invoices you issue," " you can activate the **Invoice Online Payment** feature, which adds a *Pay " @@ -20648,51 +19106,52 @@ msgid "" "making the payment process much easier." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:17 msgid "" "Make sure your :ref:`Payment Acquirers are correctly configured " "<payment_acquirers/configuration>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:20 msgid "" "By default, \":doc:`Wire Transfer " -"<../../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer>`\" is the only Payment " -"Acquirer activated, but you still have to fill out the payment details." +"</applications/general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer>`\" is the only " +"Payment Acquirer activated, but you still have to fill out the payment " +"details." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:23 msgid "" "To activate the Invoice Online Payment, go to :menuselection:`Accounting -->" " Configuration --> Settings --> Customer Payments`, enable **Invoice Online " "Payment**, and click on *Save*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:27 msgid "Customer Portal" msgstr "Portail client" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:29 msgid "" "After issuing the invoice, click on *Send & Print* and send the invoice by " "email to the customer. They will receive an email with a link that redirects" " them to the invoice on their **Customer Portal**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:37 msgid "" "They can choose which Payment Acquirer to use by clicking on *Pay Now*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:45 -msgid ":doc:`../../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:45 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:3 msgid "Different ways to record a payment" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:5 msgid "" "In Odoo, a payment can either be linked directly to an invoice or be a stand" " alone record for use on a later date:" @@ -20700,7 +19159,7 @@ msgstr "" "En Odoo, un paiement peut être soit directement lié à une facture ou être un" " enregistrement autonome pour une utilisation ultérieure:" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:8 msgid "" "If a payment is linked to an invoice, it reduces the amount due of the " "invoice. You can have multiple payments linked to the same invoice." @@ -20708,7 +19167,7 @@ msgstr "" "Si un paiement est lié à une facture, il réduit le montant dû de la facture." " Vous pouvez avoir plusieurs paiements liés à la même facture." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:12 msgid "" "If a payment is not linked to an invoice, the customer has an outstanding " "credit with your company, or your company as an outstanding balance with a " @@ -20720,11 +19179,11 @@ msgstr "" "un fournisseur. Vous pouvez utiliser ce crédit/débit en attente pour payer " "des factures enregistrées ou des factures à venir." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:18 msgid "Paying an invoice" msgstr "Paiement d'une facture" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:20 msgid "" "If you register a payment on a customer invoice or a vendor bill, the " "payment is automatically reconciled with the invoice reducing the amount " @@ -20734,7 +19193,7 @@ msgstr "" "fournisseur, le paiement est automatiquement rapproché avec la facture en " "réduisant le montant dû." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:27 msgid "" "The green icon near the payment line will display more information about the" " payment. From there you can choose to open the journal entry or reconcile " @@ -20744,7 +19203,7 @@ msgstr "" "d'informations sur le paiement. De là, vous pouvez choisir d'ouvrir la pièce" " comptable ou de rapprocher le paiement." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:32 msgid "" "If you unreconcile a payment, it is still registered in your books but not " "linked to the specific invoice any longer. If you unreconcile a payment in a" @@ -20756,15 +19215,15 @@ msgstr "" "autre devise, Odoo va créer une entrée de journal pour inverser l'Écart de " "Change enregistré au moment du lettrage." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:38 msgid "Payments not tied to an invoice" msgstr "Paiements non liés à une facture" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:41 msgid "Registering a payment" msgstr "Enregistrement d'un paiement" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:43 msgid "" "In the Accounting application, you can create a new payment from the Sales " "menu (register a customer payment) or the Purchases menu (pay a vendor). If " @@ -20777,7 +19236,7 @@ msgstr "" "est pas lié à une facture, mais peut facilement être rapproché " "ultérieurement avec une facture." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:51 msgid "" "When registering a new payment, you must select a customer or vendor, the " "payment method, and the amount of the payment. The currency of the " @@ -20792,7 +19251,7 @@ msgstr "" "fournisseur ou une facture), notez la référence de ce document dans le champ" " Mémo." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:57 msgid "" "Once confirmed, a journal entry will be posted reflecting the transaction " "just made in the accounting application." @@ -20801,11 +19260,11 @@ msgstr "" "reflétant la transaction qui vient d'être faite dans l'application de " "Comptabilité." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:61 msgid "Reconciling invoice payments" msgstr "Rapprocher les paiements des factures" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:63 msgid "" "The easiest way of reconciling a payment with an invoice is to do so on the " "invoice directly." @@ -20813,7 +19272,7 @@ msgstr "" "Le moyen le plus facile de rapprocher un paiement avec une facture est de le" " faire depuis la facture." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:66 msgid "" "When validating a new invoice, Odoo will warn you that an outstanding " "payment for this customer or vendor is available. In this case, you can " @@ -20825,11 +19284,11 @@ msgstr "" " cas, vous pouvez rapprocher ce paiement à la facture près des totaux au " "bas, sous la rubrique « encours de crédits »." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:75 msgid "Reconciling all your outstanding payments and invoices" msgstr "Rapprocher tous vos paiements et factures en suspens" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:77 msgid "" "If you want to reconcile all outstanding payments and invoices at once " "(instead of doing so one by one), you can use the batch reconciliation " @@ -20839,7 +19298,7 @@ msgstr "" "suspens (au lieu de le faire un par un), vous pouvez utiliser la fonction de" " rapprochement par lots d'Odoo." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:81 msgid "" "The batch reconciliation feature is available from the dashboard on the " "Customer Invoices card and the Vendor Bills card for reconciling Accounts " @@ -20849,7 +19308,7 @@ msgstr "" "bord sur les cartes des factures clients et des Factures fournisseurs pour " "lettrer respectivement les comptes débiteurs et créditeurs." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:88 msgid "" "The payments matching tool will open all unreconciled customers or vendors " "and will give you the opportunity to process them all one by one, doing the " @@ -20860,7 +19319,7 @@ msgstr "" "par un, en faisant correspondre tous leurs paiements et leurs factures à la " "fois." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:95 msgid "" "During the reconciliation, if the sum of the debits and credits do not " "match, it means there is still a remaining balance that either needs to be " @@ -20870,11 +19329,11 @@ msgstr "" "correspondent pas, cela signifie qu'il y a un solde restant qui, soit devra " "être rapproché à une date ultérieure, soit devra être éliminé directement." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:100 msgid "Transferring money from one bank account to another" msgstr "Transfert d'argent d'un compte bancaire à un autre" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:102 msgid "" "Just like making a customer or vendor payment, you transfer cash internally " "between your bank accounts from the dashboard or from the menus up top." @@ -20883,7 +19342,7 @@ msgstr "" " transférer de l'argent en interne entre vos comptes bancaires à partir du " "tableau de bord ou à partir des menus en haut." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:109 msgid "" "This will take you to the same screen you have for receiving and making " "payments." @@ -20891,7 +19350,7 @@ msgstr "" "Cela vous mènera au même écran que celui pour recevoir et effectuer des " "paiements." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:116 msgid "" "When making an internal transfer from one bank account to another, select " "the bank you want to apply the transfer from in the dashboard, and in the " @@ -20902,23 +19361,23 @@ msgstr "" "Pour faire un transfert interne d'un compte bancaire à un autre, depuis le tableau de bord sélectionnez « Tranfert interne » sur la carte du compte bancaire à débiter. Puis dans l'écran d'enregistrement des paiements, sélectionnez le compte à créditer.\n" "Ne refaites pas la même opération à partir du compte bancaire à créditer, ou vous allez créer deux pièces comptables qui vont s'annuler pour la même transaction." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:124 msgid ":doc:`online_payment`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:126 msgid ":doc:`followup`" msgstr ":doc:`followup`" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations.rst:3 msgid "Declarations" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:3 msgid "Tax Return (VAT Declaration)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:5 msgid "" "Companies that are registered for **VAT (Value Added Tax)** must file a " "**Tax return** on a monthly or quarterly basis, depending on their turnover " @@ -20930,60 +19389,60 @@ msgid "" "refunded." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:13 msgid "" "You can find information about VAT and its mechanism on `this page from the " "European Commission <https://ec.europa.eu/taxation_customs/business/vat" "/what-is-vat_en>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:16 msgid "add doc about intracom listing" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:22 msgid "Tax Return Periodicity" msgstr "Périodicité de la déclaration de revenus" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:24 msgid "" "The configuration of the **Tax Return Periodicity** allows Odoo Accounting " "to compute your Tax Return correctly and also to send you a reminder to " "never miss a tax return deadline." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:27 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings " "--> Fiscal Periods`, and go to the **Tax Return Periodicity** section." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:30 msgid "" "**Periodicity**: define here whether you file your tax return each month or " "every three months." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:31 msgid "" "**Reminder**: define when Odoo should remind you to file your tax return." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:32 msgid "**Journal**: select the journal in which to record the tax return." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:39 msgid "" "This is usually configured during the :doc:`app's initial set up " "<../../overview/getting_started/setup>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:43 msgid "Tax Grids" msgstr "Grilles de Taxe" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:45 msgid "" "Odoo generates Tax Reports based on the **Tax Grids** settings that are " "configured on your taxes. Therefore, it is crucial to make sure that all the" @@ -20991,7 +19450,7 @@ msgid "" " which Tax Grid is used for that transaction." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:53 msgid "" "To configure your taxes' Tax Grids, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Taxes`, and open the tax you want to modify. There, you " @@ -20999,7 +19458,7 @@ msgid "" " invoices or credit notes." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:62 msgid "" "Taxes and reports are usually already pre-configured: a *Fiscal Localization" " Package* is installed according to the country you select at the creation " @@ -21008,22 +19467,22 @@ msgid "" " information about Fiscal Localization Packages." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:70 msgid "Close a tax period" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:73 msgid "Tax Lock Date" msgstr "Date de verrouillage de la taxe" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:75 msgid "" "Any new transaction which accounting date is prior to the **Tax Lock Date** " "has its tax values moved to the next open tax period. This is useful to make" " sure that no change can be made to a report once its period is closed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:79 msgid "" "Therefore, we recommend locking your tax date before working on your " "*Closing Journal Entry*. This way, other users can't modify or add " @@ -21031,37 +19490,37 @@ msgid "" "helps you avoid some tax declaration errors." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:83 msgid "" "To check the current **Tax Lock Date**, or to edit it, go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Lock Dates`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:144 msgid "Tax Report" msgstr "Rapport de taxes" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:93 msgid "" "Once all the transactions involving taxes have been posted for the period " "you want to report, open your **Tax Report**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:96 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Tax Report`. " "You can also click on *TAX Report* from your *Accounting Overview*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:99 msgid "" "Make sure to select the right period you want to declare by using the date " "filter. You can see an overview of your tax report. Then, click on the " "button *Closing Journal Entry*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:106 msgid "" "After having reviewed the generated Journal Entry, click on *Post*. In " "addition to posting the entry, Odoo automatically creates a PDF file with " @@ -21070,7 +19529,7 @@ msgid "" "along with the amount you have to pay or be refunded." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:116 msgid "" "If you forgot to :ref:`lock your tax date <tax_return_lock>` before clicking" " on *Closing Journal Entry*, then Odoo automatically locks your fiscal " @@ -21080,15 +19539,15 @@ msgid "" " as described above." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:124 msgid ":doc:`../../overview/getting_started/setup`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:3 msgid "Create a customized reports with your own formulas" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo 13 comes with a powerful and easy-to-use reporting framework. Creating " "new reports (such as a tax report or a balance sheet or income statement " @@ -21101,22 +19560,22 @@ msgstr "" "spécifique) pour répondre à vos besoins est maintenant plus facile que " "jamais." -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:14 msgid "Activate the developer mode" msgstr "Activer le mode développeur" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:16 msgid "" "In order to have access to the financial report creation interface, the " -":doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` needs to be" -" activated." +":doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>` needs to be " +"activated." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:20 msgid "Create your financial report" msgstr "Créez votre rapport financier" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:22 msgid "" "First, you need to create your financial report. To do that, go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Financial Reports`" @@ -21125,7 +19584,7 @@ msgstr "" " à :menuselection:`Comptabilité --> Configuration --> Rapports financiers` " "et cliquez sur **Créer**." -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:28 msgid "" "Once the name is entered, there are two other parameters that need to be " "configured:" @@ -21133,23 +19592,23 @@ msgstr "" "Une fois que le nom est rempli, il y a deux autres paramètres qui doivent " "être configurés :" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:31 msgid "**Show Credit and Debit Columns**" msgstr "**Montrer les colonnes de crédit et débit**" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:33 msgid "**Analysis Period** :" msgstr "**Périodes d'analyse**" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:35 msgid "Based on date ranges (e.g. Profit and Loss)" msgstr "Basé sur des plages de dates (par ex. Compte de Résultat)" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:37 msgid "Based on a single date (e.g. Balance Sheet)" msgstr "Basé sur une date unique (par ex. bilan)" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:39 msgid "" "Based on date ranges with 'older' and 'total' columns and last 3 months " "(e.g. Aged Partner Balances)" @@ -21157,15 +19616,15 @@ msgstr "" "Basé sur des plages de date avec les colonnes 'anciens' et 'total' et les 3 " "derniers mois (par ex. Balances Agées des Tiers)" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:42 msgid "Bases on date ranges and cash basis method (e.g. Cash Flow Statement)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:46 msgid "Add lines in your custom reports" msgstr "Ajouter des lignes dans vos rapports personnalisés" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:48 msgid "" "After you've created the report, you need to fill it with lines. They all " "need a **name**, a **code** (that is used to refer to the line), a " @@ -21176,7 +19635,7 @@ msgstr "" "référence à la ligne), d'un **numéro de séquence** et d'un **niveau** " "(utilisé pour le rendu de la ligne)." -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:55 msgid "" "In the **formulas** field you can add one or more formulas to assign a value" " to the balance column (and debit and credit column if applicable – " @@ -21186,11 +19645,11 @@ msgstr "" "pour attribuer une valeur à la colonne solde (et aux colonnes de débit et de" " crédit le cas échéant - séparées par ;)" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:59 msgid "You have several objects available in the formula :" msgstr "Vous avez plusieurs objets disponibles dans la formule:" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:61 msgid "" "``Ndays`` : The number of days in the selected period (for reports with a " "date range)." @@ -21198,7 +19657,7 @@ msgstr "" "``Ndays`` : le nombre de jours de la période choisie (pour les rapports avec" " une plage de dates)." -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:64 msgid "" "Another report, referenced by its code. Use ``.balance`` to get its balance " "value (also available are ``.credit``, ``.debit`` and ``.amount_residual``)" @@ -21207,7 +19666,7 @@ msgstr "" " son solde (sont également disponible ``.credit``, ``.debit`` et " "``.amount_residual``)" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:68 msgid "" "A line can also be based on the sum of account move lines on a selected " "domain. In which case you need to fill the domain field with an Odoo domain " @@ -21224,15 +19683,15 @@ msgstr "" "domaine. Vous pouvez également utiliser le champ Grouper par le champ pour " "regrouper les lignes d'écritures comptable par une de leurs colonnes." -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:75 msgid "Other useful fields :" msgstr "Autres champs utiles :" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:77 msgid "**Type** : Type of the result of the formula." msgstr "**Type** : Type du résultat de la formule." -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:79 msgid "" "**Is growth good when positive** : Used when computing the comparison " "column. Check if growth is good (displayed in green) or not." @@ -21241,7 +19700,7 @@ msgstr "" "calcul de la colonne de comparaison. Vérifie si la croissance est bonne " "(affiché en vert) ou non." -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:82 msgid "" "**Special date changer** : If a specific line in a report should not use the" " same dates as the rest of the report." @@ -21249,7 +19708,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Changement de date spécial**: Si une ligne spécifique dans un rapport ne " "doit pas utiliser les mêmes dates que le reste du rapport." -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:85 msgid "" "**Show domain** : How the domain of a line is displayed. Can be foldable " "(``default``, hidden at the start but can be unfolded), ``always`` (always " @@ -21259,15 +19718,15 @@ msgstr "" "les valeurs : replié (``default``, caché au début, mais peut être déplié), " "``always`` (toujours affiché) ou ``never`` (jamais montré)." -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:90 msgid ":doc:`main_reports`" msgstr ":doc:`main_reports`" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:3 msgid "Main reports available" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:5 msgid "" "Besides the reports created specifically in each localisation module, a few " "very useful **generic** and **dynamic reports** are available for all " @@ -21277,47 +19736,47 @@ msgstr "" "régionalisation, quelques **rapports génériques** et **dynamiques** très " "utiles sont disponibles pour tous les pays :" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:9 msgid "**Balance Sheet**" msgstr "**Bilan**" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:10 msgid "**Profit and Loss**" msgstr "**Compte de Résultat**" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:11 msgid "**Chart of Account**" msgstr "**Plan Comptable**" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:12 msgid "**Executive Summary**" msgstr "**Résumé Analytique**" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:13 msgid "**General Ledger**" msgstr "**Grand Livre**" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:14 msgid "**Aged Payable**" msgstr "**Balance Agée Fournisseurs**" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:15 msgid "**Aged Receivable**" msgstr "**Balance Agée Clients**" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:16 msgid "**Cash Flow Statement**" msgstr "**Flux de Trésorerie**" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:17 msgid "**Tax Report**" msgstr "**Rapport de taxes**" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:18 msgid "**Bank Reconciliation**" msgstr "**Rapprochement Bancaire**" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:20 msgid "" "You can annotate every reports to print them and report to your adviser. " "Export to xls to manage extra analysis. Drill down in the reports to see " @@ -21328,7 +19787,7 @@ msgstr "" "supplémentaires. Creuser dans les rapports pour plus de détails (paiements, " "factures, écritures, etc.)." -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:24 msgid "" "You can also compare values with another period. Choose how many periods you" " want to compare the chosen time period with. You can choose up to 12 " @@ -21341,7 +19800,7 @@ msgstr "" " du rapport, si vous ne souhaitez pas utiliser l'option par défaut **Période" " Précédente**." -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:32 msgid "" "The **Balance Sheet** shows a snapshot of the assets, liabilities and equity" " of your organisation as at a particular date." @@ -21349,11 +19808,11 @@ msgstr "" "Le **Bilan** montre un aperçu des actifs, des passifs et des capitaux " "propres de votre organisation à une date particulière." -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:39 msgid "Profit and Loss" -msgstr "Compte de résultat" +msgstr "Compte de résultats" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:41 msgid "" "The **Profit and Loss** report (or **Income Statement**) shows your " "organisation's net income, by deducting expenses from revenue for the report" @@ -21363,19 +19822,19 @@ msgstr "" "organisation's net income, by deducting expenses from revenue for the report" " period." -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:49 msgid "Chart of account" msgstr "Plan comptable" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:51 msgid "A listing of all your accounts grouped by class." msgstr "Une liste de tous vos comptes regroupés par classe" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:57 msgid "Executive Summary" msgstr "Résumé général" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:59 msgid "" "The **Executive Summary** allows for a quick look at all the important " "figures you need to run your company." @@ -21383,7 +19842,7 @@ msgstr "" "Le **Résumé Analytique** permet un rapide coup d'oeil à tous les chiffres " "importants dont vous avez besoin pour faire fonctionner votre entreprise." -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:62 msgid "" "In very basic terms, this is what each of the items in this section is " "reporting :" @@ -21391,15 +19850,15 @@ msgstr "" "En termes très simples, voilà ce que chacun des éléments de cette section " "rapporte :" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:77 msgid "**Performance:**" msgstr "**Performance :**" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:68 msgid "**Gross profit margin:**" msgstr "**Marge brute :**" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:67 msgid "" "The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " "costs needed to make those sales (things like labour, materials, etc)." @@ -21408,11 +19867,11 @@ msgstr "" "moins les coûts directs nécessaires pour faire ces ventes (comme la " "main-d'œuvre, les matériaux, etc.)." -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:74 msgid "**Net profit margin:**" msgstr "**Marge nette :**" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:71 msgid "" "The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " "costs needed to make those sales, as well as any fixed overheads your " @@ -21424,11 +19883,11 @@ msgstr "" "frais généraux fixes de votre entreprise (comme le loyer, l'électricité, les" " impôts que vous devez payer à la suite de ces ventes)." -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:77 msgid "**Return on investment (p.a.):**" msgstr "**Retour sur Investissement (p.a.) :**" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:77 msgid "" "The ratio of net profit made, to the amount of assets the company used to " "make those profits." @@ -21436,15 +19895,15 @@ msgstr "" "Le ratio du bénéfice net réalisé, avec le montant des actifs de l'entreprise" " utilisés pour faire ces bénéfices." -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:97 msgid "**Position:**" msgstr "**Situation :**" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:81 msgid "**Average debtor days:**" msgstr "**Moyenne des Jours Débiteurs**" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:81 msgid "" "The average number of days it takes your customers to pay you (fully), " "across all your customer invoices." @@ -21452,11 +19911,11 @@ msgstr "" "Le nombre moyen de jours qu'il faut à vos clients pour vous payer " "(entièrement), calculé à partir de toutes vos factures clients." -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:84 msgid "**Average creditor days:**" msgstr "**Moyenne des Jours Créditeurs**" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:84 msgid "" "The average number of days it takes you to pay your suppliers (fully) across" " all your bills." @@ -21464,11 +19923,11 @@ msgstr "" "Le nombre moyen de jours qu'il vous faut pour payer (entièrement) vos " "fournisseurs, calculé à partir de toutes vos factures fournisseurs." -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:89 msgid "**Short term cash forecast:**" msgstr "**Prévisions de trésorerie à court terme :**" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:87 msgid "" "How much cash is expected in or out of your organisation in the next month " "i.e. balance of your **Sales account** for the month less the balance of " @@ -21478,11 +19937,11 @@ msgstr "" " le prochain mois, c'est à dire le solde de vos **Ventes** pour le mois " "moins le solde de vos **Achats** pour le mois." -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:97 msgid "**Current assets to liabilities:**" msgstr "**Actif à court terme au passif :**" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:92 msgid "" "Also referred to as **current ratio**, this is the ratio of current assets " "(assets that could be turned into cash within a year) to the current " @@ -21495,11 +19954,11 @@ msgstr "" "Ceci est généralement utilisé comme une mesure de la capacité d'une " "entreprise à rembourser sa dette." -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:103 msgid "General Ledger" msgstr "Grand livre" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:105 msgid "" "The **General Ledger Report** shows all transactions from all accounts for a" " chosen date range. The initial summary report shows the totals for each " @@ -21514,22 +19973,22 @@ msgstr "" "toutes les transactions qui ont eu lieu au cours d'une certaine période de " "temps." -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:115 msgid "Aged Payable" msgstr "Balance agée des fournisseurs" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:117 msgid "" "Run the **Aged Payable Details** report to display information on individual" " bills, credit notes and overpayments owed by you, and how long these have " "gone unpaid." msgstr "overpayments " -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:125 msgid "Aged Receivable" msgstr "Balance agée des clients" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:127 msgid "" "The **Aged Receivables** report shows the sales invoices that were awaiting " "payment during a selected month and several months prior." @@ -21537,11 +19996,11 @@ msgstr "" "La **Balance Agée Clients** montre les factures clients qui ont été en " "attente de paiement au cours d'un mois sélectionné et plusieurs mois avant." -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:134 msgid "Cash Flow Statement" msgstr "Flux de trésorerie" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:136 msgid "" "The **Cash Flow Statement** shows how changes in balance sheet accounts and " "income affect cash and cash equivalents, and breaks the analysis down to " @@ -21551,10 +20010,2188 @@ msgstr "" "comptes de bilan et les revenus affectent la trésorerie, et ventile " "l'analyse entre l'exploitation, les investissement et le financement." -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:146 msgid "" "This report allows you to see the **net** and **tax amounts** for all the " "taxes grouped by type (sale/purchase)." msgstr "" "Ce rapport vous permet de voir les montants **nets** et **taxes** pour " "toutes les taxes regroupées par type (vente/achat)." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation.rst:3 +msgid "Taxation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year.rst:3 +msgid "Fiscal Year" +msgstr "Exercice fiscal" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:3 +msgid "Do a year end in Odoo (close a fiscal year)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Before going ahead with closing a fiscal year, there are a few steps one " +"should typically take to ensure that your accounting is correct, up to date," +" and accurate:" +msgstr "" +"Avant d'aller plus avant avec la fermeture d'un exercice, il y a quelques " +"étapes qu'il faut généralement réaliser pour veiller à ce que votre " +"comptabilité soit correcte, à jour, et précise :" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Make sure you have fully reconciled your **bank account(s)** up to year end " +"and confirm that your ending book balances agree with your bank statement " +"balances." +msgstr "" +"Assurez-vous que vous avez intégralement rapproché vos **comptes bancaires**" +" jusqu'à la fin de l'année et que vos soldes comptables sont en " +"correspondance avec le solde de vos relevés bancaires." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:13 +msgid "Verify that all **customer invoices** have been entered and approved." +msgstr "" +"Vérifiez que toutes les factures clients ont été saisies et approuvées." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:15 +msgid "Confirm that you have entered and agreed all **vendor bills**." +msgstr "" +"Confirmez que vous avez saisi et accepté toutes les **factures " +"fournisseurs**." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:17 +msgid "Validate all **expenses**, ensuring their accuracy." +msgstr "Validez toutes les **dépenses** et vérifiez leur exactitude." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Corroborate that all **received payments** have been entered and recorded " +"accurately." +msgstr "" +"Vérifiez que tous les **paiements reçus** ont été saisis et enregistrés avec" +" précision." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:25 +msgid "Run a **Tax report**, and verify that your tax information is correct." +msgstr "" +"Générez un **Rapport de taxes**, et vérifiez que vos informations fiscales " +"sont correctes." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:27 +msgid "Reconcile all accounts on your **Balance Sheet**:" +msgstr "Lettrez tous les comptes de votre bilan" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Agree your bank balances in Odoo against your actual bank balances on your " +"statements. Utilize the **Bank Reconciliation** report to assist with this." +msgstr "" +"Faites coincider vos soldes bancaires dans Odoo avec vos soldes bancaires " +"réels sur vos relevés. Utilisez le rapport **Réconciliation par relevé " +"bancaire** pour cela." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Reconcile all transactions in your cash and bank accounts by running your " +"**Aged Receivables** and **Aged Payables** reports." +msgstr "" +"Rapprocher toutes les transactions dans votre caisse et vos comptes " +"bancaires en exécutant vos rapports **Balance âgée des tiers**." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Audit your accounts, being sure to fully understand the transactions " +"affecting them and the nature of the transactions, making sure to include " +"loans and fixed assets." +msgstr "" +"Auditez vos comptes, en étant sûr de bien comprendre les opérations qui les " +"concernent et la nature des opérations, en veillant à inclure les prêts et " +"les immobilisations." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Run the optional **Payments Matching** feature, under the **More** dropdown " +"on the dashboard, validating any open **Vendor Bills** and **Customer " +"Invoices** with their payments. This step is optional, however it may assist" +" the year-end process if all outstanding payments and invoices are " +"reconciled, and could lead finding errors or mistakes in the system." +msgstr "" +"Exécutez la fonctionnalité optionnelle **Correspondance des factures et des " +"paiements**, sous le menu déroulant **Plus** sur le tableau de bord, " +"cherchant chaque **Facture Fournisseur** et **Facture Client** ouvertes et " +"leurs paiements. Cette étape est facultative, mais elle peut aider le " +"processus de fin d'année si tous les paiements et les factures impayées sont" +" rapprochés, et pourrait conduire à trouver des anomalies ou des erreurs " +"dans le système." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Your accountant/bookkeeper will likely verify your balance sheet items and " +"book entries for:" +msgstr "" +"Votre comptable vérifiera probablement vos éléments de bilan et vos " +"écritures pour :" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Year-end manual adjustments, using the **Adviser Journal Entries** menu (For" +" example, the **Current Year Earnings** and **Retained Earnings** reports)." +msgstr "" +"Des ajustements manuels de fin d'année, en utilisant le menu **Conseiller " +"--> Pièces comptables** (Par exemple, les rapports **Gains de l'Année " +"actuelle** et **Revenus différés**)." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:56 +msgid "**Depreciation Journal Entries**." +msgstr "**Ecritures d'amortissement**." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:60 +msgid "**Tax adjustments**." +msgstr "**Ajustements fiscaux**" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:62 +msgid "" +"If your accountant/bookkeeper is going through end of the year auditing, " +"they may want to have paper copies of all balance sheet items (such as " +"loans, bank accounts, prepayments, sales tax statements, etc...) to agree " +"these against your Odoo balances." +msgstr "" +"Si votre comptable est soumis à un contrôle de fin d'année, il peut vouloir " +"avoir des copies papier de tous les éléments du bilan (tels que les prêts, " +"les comptes bancaires, les paiements anticipés, les déclarations de taxe de " +"vente, etc ...) afin de les confronter à vos soldes dans Odoo ." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:67 +msgid "" +"During this process, it is good practice to set the **Lock date for Non-" +"Advisers** to the last day of the preceding financial year, which is set " +"under the accounting configuration. This way, the accountant can be " +"confident that nobody is changing the previous year transactions while " +"auditing the books." +msgstr "" +"Au cours de ce processus, c'est une bonne pratique de régler la **Date de " +"verrouillage pour les non-conseillers** au dernier jour de l'exercice " +"précédent, qui est défini dans la configuration de Comptabilité. De cette " +"façon, le comptable peut être sûr que personne ne change les transactions de" +" l'année précédente pendant la vérification des livres." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:77 +msgid "Closing the fiscal year" +msgstr "Clôture de l'exercice" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:79 +msgid "" +"In Odoo there is no need to do a specific year end closing entry in order to" +" close out income statement accounts. The reports are created in real-time, " +"meaning that the **Income statement** corresponds directly with the year-end" +" date you specify in Odoo. Therefore, any time you generate the **Income " +"Statement**, the beginning date will correspond with the beginning of the " +"**Fiscal Year** and the account balances will all be 0." +msgstr "" +"Dans Odoo il n'y a pas besoin de faire une entrée spécifique de clôture de " +"fin d'année, afin de clôturer les comptes du compte de résultat. Les " +"rapports sont créés en temps réel, ce qui signifie que le **Compte de " +"résultat** correspond directement à la date de fin d'année que vous " +"spécifiez dans Odoo. Par conséquent, chaque fois que vous générez le " +"**Compte de résultat**, la date de début correspondra avec le début de " +"l'**Exercice** et les soldes des comptes seront tous à 0." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Once the accountant/bookkeeper has created the journal entry to allocate the" +" **Current Year Earnings**, you should set the **Lock Date** to the last day" +" of the fiscal year. Making sure that before doing so, you confirm whether " +"or not the current year earnings in the **Balance Sheet** is correctly " +"reporting a 0 balance." +msgstr "" +"Une fois que le comptable a créé l'entrée de journal pour répartir les " +"**Gains de l'année en cours**, vous devez régler la **Date de Verrouillage**" +" au dernier jour de l'exercice. Assurez-vous avant de le faire que les " +"résultats de l'exercice en cours dans le **Bilan** ont bien un solde à 0." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:93 +msgid ":doc:`fiscal_year`" +msgstr ":doc:`fiscal_year`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Fiscal Years" +msgstr "Gérer les années fiscales" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In most cases, the fiscal years last 12 months. If it is your case, you just" +" have to define what is the last day of your fiscal year in the accounting " +"settings. By default, it is set on the 31st December." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:12 +msgid "" +"However, there might be some exceptions. For example, if it is the first " +"fiscal year of your business, it could last more or less than 12 months. In " +"this case, some additional configuration is required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Go in :menuselection:`accounting --> configuration --> settings` and " +"activate the fiscal years." +msgstr "" +"Allez à :menuselection:`comptabilité --> configuration --> paramètres` et " +"activez les exercices fiscaux." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:22 +msgid "" +"You can then configure your fiscal years in :menuselection:`accounting --> " +"configuration --> fiscal years`." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez alors configurer vos exercices fiscaux dans " +":menuselection:`comptabilité --> configuration --> exercice fiscal`." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:29 +msgid "" +"You only have to create fiscal years if they last more or less than 12 " +"months." +msgstr "" +"Vous ne devez créer des exercices fiscaux que s'ils ont une durée de plus ou" +" moins 12 mois." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:34 +msgid ":doc:`close_fiscal_year`" +msgstr ":doc:`close_fiscal_year`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:3 +msgid "Manage prices for B2B (tax excluded) and B2C (tax included)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When working with consumers, prices are usually expressed with taxes " +"included in the price (e.g., in most eCommerce). But, when you work in a B2B" +" environment, companies usually negotiate prices with taxes excluded." +msgstr "" +"Lorsque vous travaillez avec les consommateurs, les prix sont généralement " +"exprimés avec les taxes comprises dans le prix (par ex., sur la plupart des " +"sites eCommerce). Mais, lorsque vous travaillez dans un environnement B2B, " +"les entreprises négocient généralement des prix hors taxes." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo manages both use cases easily, as long as you register your prices on " +"the product with taxes excluded or included, but not both together. If you " +"manage all your prices with tax included (or excluded) only, you can still " +"easily do sales order with a price having taxes excluded (or included): " +"that's easy." +msgstr "" +"Odoo gère les deux cas d'utilisation facilement, tant que vous enregistrez " +"vos prix sur l'article taxes exclues ou incluses, mais pas les deux " +"ensemble. Si vous gérez tous vos prix TTC (ou HT) seulement, vous pouvez " +"toujours faire facilement des bons de commande ayant des prix hors taxes (ou" +" inclus) : c'est facile." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:15 +msgid "" +"This documentation is only for the specific use case where you need to have " +"two references for the price (tax included or excluded), for the same " +"product. The reason of the complexity is that there is not a symmetrical " +"relationship with prices included and prices excluded, as shown in this use " +"case, in belgium with a tax of 21%:" +msgstr "" +"Cette documentation est seulement pour le cas d'utilisation spécifique où " +"vous devez avoir deux références pour le prix (taxes incluses ou exclues), " +"pour le même produit. La raison de la complexité est qu'il n'y a pas une " +"relation symétrique entre les prix TTC et les prix HT, comme indiqué dans ce" +" cas d'utilisation, en Belgique, avec une taxe de 21%:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:21 +msgid "Your eCommerce has a product at **10€ (taxes included)**" +msgstr "Votre site de eCommerce a un article à **10 € (TTC)**" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:23 +msgid "This would do **8.26€ (taxes excluded)** and a **tax of 1.74€**" +msgstr "Cela ferait **8,26€ (HT)** et une **TVA de 1,74€**" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:25 +msgid "" +"But for the same use case, if you register the price without taxes on the " +"product form (8.26€), you get a price with tax included at 9.99€, because:" +msgstr "" +"Mais pour le même cas d'utilisation, si vous n'enregistrez que le prix HT " +"sur la fiche article (8,26€), vous obtenez un prix TTC à 9,99 €, parce que :" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:29 +msgid "**8.26€ \\* 1.21 = 9.99€**" +msgstr "**8.26€ \\* 1.21 = 9.99€**" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:31 +msgid "" +"So, depending on how you register your prices on the product form, you will " +"have different results for the price including taxes and the price excluding" +" taxes:" +msgstr "" +"Donc, selon la façon dont vous enregistrez vos prix sur la fiche article, " +"vous aurez des résultats différents pour le prix TTC et le prix HT :" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:35 +msgid "Taxes Excluded: **8.26€ & 10.00€**" +msgstr "HT : **8.26€ & 10.00€**" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:37 +msgid "Taxes Included: **8.26€ & 9.99€**" +msgstr "TTC : **8,26 € & 9,99 €**" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:40 +msgid "" +"If you buy 100 pieces at 10€ taxes included, it gets even more tricky. You " +"will get: **1000€ (taxes included) = 826.45€ (price) + 173.55€ (taxes)** " +"Which is very different from a price per piece at 8.26€ tax excluded." +msgstr "" +"Si vous achetez 100 pièces à 10€ TTC, ça devient encore plus compliqué. Vous" +" obtiendrez : **1000€ (TTC) = 826,45€ (prix) + 173,55€ (TVA) ** ce qui est " +"très différent d'un prix par pièce à 8,26€ HT." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:45 +msgid "" +"This documentation explains how to handle the very specific use case where " +"you need to handle the two prices (tax excluded and included) on the product" +" form within the same company." +msgstr "" +"Cette documentation explique comment gérer le cas d'utilisation très " +"spécifique où vous avez besoin pour gérer les deux prix (HT et TTC) sur la " +"fiche article au sein de la même société." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:50 +msgid "" +"In terms of finance, you have no more revenues selling your product at 10€ " +"instead of 9.99€ (for a 21% tax), because your revenue will be exactly the " +"same at 9.99€, only the tax is 0.01€ higher. So, if you run an eCommerce in " +"Belgium, make your customer a favor and set your price at 9.99€ instead of " +"10€. Please note that this does not apply to 20€ or 30€, or other tax rates," +" or a quantity >1. You will also make you a favor since you can manage " +"everything tax excluded, which is less error prone and easier for your " +"salespeople." +msgstr "" +"Sur le plan financier, vous n'avez pas plus de revenus en vendant votre " +"produit à 10€ au lieu de 9.99€ (pour une taxe de 21%), parce que votre " +"revenu sera exactement le même à 9,99€, seule la taxe est supérieure de " +"0,01€. Donc, si vous opérez un site de eCommerce en Belgique, faites une " +"faveur à votre client et fixer votre prix à 9,99€ au lieu de 10€. Notez que " +"cela ne s'applique pas à 20€ ou 30€, ou à d'autres taux de TVA, ou à une " +"quantité >1. Vous pouvez également vous faire une faveur puisque vous pouvez" +" tout gérer en HT, ce qui est moins sujet aux erreurs et plus facile pour " +"vos vendeurs." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:65 +msgid "" +"The best way to avoid this complexity is to choose only one way of managing " +"your prices and stick to it: price without taxes or price with taxes " +"included. Define which one is the default stored on the product form (on the" +" default tax related to the product), and let Odoo compute the other one " +"automatically, based on the pricelist and fiscal position. Negotiate your " +"contracts with customers accordingly. This perfectly works out-of-the-box " +"and you have no specific configuration to do." +msgstr "" +"La meilleure façon d'éviter cette complexité est de choisir une seule façon " +"de gérer vos prix et de vous y tenir : prix HT ou prix TTC. Définissez " +"lequel est celui enregistré par défaut sur la fiche article (sur la taxe par" +" défaut liée au produit), et laissez Odoo calculer l'autre automatiquement, " +"sur la base de la liste des prix et la position fiscale. Négociez vos " +"contrats avec les clients en conséquence. Cela fonctionne parfaitement avec " +"Odoo sorti-de-boite et vous n'avez aucune configuration spécifique à faire." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:73 +msgid "" +"If you can not do that and if you really negotiate some prices with tax " +"excluded and, for other customers, others prices with tax included, you " +"must:" +msgstr "" +"Si vous ne pouvez pas faire cela et que vous avez vraiment négocié des prix " +"HT pour certains clients et TTC pour d'autres clients, vous devez :" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:77 +msgid "" +"always store the default price TAX EXCLUDED on the product form, and apply a" +" tax (price included on the product form)" +msgstr "" +"toujours enregistrer le prix par défaut HT sur la fiche article, et " +"appliquer une taxe (prix inclus sur la fiche produit)" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:80 +msgid "create a pricelist with prices in TAX INCLUDED, for specific customers" +msgstr "" +"créer une liste de prix avec les prix en TTC, pour des clients spécifiques" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:83 +msgid "" +"create a fiscal position that switches the tax excluded to a tax included" +msgstr "créer une position fiscale qui bascule du HT au TTC" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:86 +msgid "" +"assign both the pricelist and the fiscal position to customers who want to " +"benefit to this pricelist and fiscal position" +msgstr "" +"affecter à la fois la liste des prix et la position fiscale aux clients qui " +"souhaitent bénéficier de cette liste de prix et de cette position fiscale" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:89 +msgid "For the purpose of this documentation, we will use the above use case:" +msgstr "" +"Dans le cadre de cette documentation, nous allons utiliser le cas d'usage " +"ci-dessus :" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:91 +msgid "your product default sale price is 8.26€ tax excluded" +msgstr "votre prix de vente article par défaut est 8.26 € HT" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:93 +msgid "" +"but we want to sell it at 10€, tax included, in our shops or eCommerce " +"website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:97 +msgid "Setting your products" +msgstr "Configuration de vos articles" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Your company must be configured with tax excluded by default. This is " +"usually the default configuration, but you can check your **Default Sale " +"Tax** from the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` of the " +"Accounting application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Once done, you can create a **B2C** pricelist. You can activate the " +"pricelist feature per customer from the menu: :menuselection:`Configuration " +"--> Settings` of the Sale application. Choose the option **different prices " +"per customer segment**." +msgstr "" +"Une fois cela fait, vous pouvez créer une liste de prix **B2C**. Vous pouvez" +" activer la fonction liste de prix par client dans le menu " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` de l'application de Ventes. " +"Choisissez l'option **Prix différents par segment de clients**." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Once done, create a B2C pricelist from the menu " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Pricelists`. It's also good to rename the " +"default pricelist into B2B to avoid confusion." +msgstr "" +"Une fois cela fait, créez une liste de prix B2C dans le menu " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Listes de prix`. Il est également " +"recommandé de renommer la liste de prix par défaut en B2B pour éviter toute " +"confusion." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Then, create a product at 8.26€, with a tax of 21% (defined as tax not " +"included in price) and set a price on this product for B2C customers at 10€," +" from the :menuselection:`Sales --> Products` menu of the Sales application:" +msgstr "" +"Ensuite, créez un produit à 8,26 €, avec une TVA à 21% (définie comme taxe " +"non incluse dans le prix) et fixer un prix sur ce produit pour les clients " +"B2C à 10€, à partir du menu :menuselection:`Ventes --> Articles` de " +"l'application de Ventes :" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:125 +msgid "Setting the B2C fiscal position" +msgstr "Configuration de la position fiscale B2C" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:127 +msgid "" +"From the accounting application, create a B2C fiscal position from this " +"menu: :menuselection:`Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`. This fiscal " +"position should map the VAT 21% (tax excluded of price) with a VAT 21% (tax " +"included in price)" +msgstr "" +"Depuis l'application de comptabilité, créer une position fiscale B2C dans ce" +" menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Positions fiscales`. Cette position " +"fiscale devrait faire correspondre la TVA de 21% (taxe non incluse dans le " +"prix) avec une TVA de 21% (taxe incluse dans le prix)" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:136 +msgid "Test by creating a quotation" +msgstr "Test en créant un devis" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:138 +msgid "" +"Create a quotation from the Sale application, using the " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Quotations` menu. You should have the following " +"result: 8.26€ + 1.73€ = 9.99€." +msgstr "" +"Créez un devis depuis l'application de Ventes, en utilisant le menu " +":menuselection:`Ventes --> Devis`. Vous devriez avoir le résultat suivant: " +"8,26 € + 1,73 € = 9.99 €." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:145 +msgid "" +"Then, create a quotation but **change the pricelist to B2C and the fiscal " +"position to B2C** on the quotation, before adding your product. You should " +"have the expected result, which is a total price of 10€ for the customer: " +"8.26€ + 1.74€ = 10.00€." +msgstr "" +"Ensuite, créez un devis, mais **modifiez la liste de prix à B2C et la " +"position fiscale à B2C** sur le devis, avant d'ajouter votre produit. Vous " +"devriez avoir le résultat escompté, qui est un prix total de 10 € pour le " +"client : 8,26 € + 1,74 € = 10.00 €." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:153 +msgid "This is the expected behavior for a customer of your shop." +msgstr "Ceci est le comportement attendu pour un client de votre boutique." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:156 +msgid "Avoid changing every sale order" +msgstr "Éviter de changer chaque bon de commande" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:158 +msgid "" +"If you negotiate a contract with a customer, whether you negotiate tax " +"included or tax excluded, you can set the pricelist and the fiscal position " +"on the customer form so that it will be applied automatically at every sale " +"of this customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:163 +msgid "" +"The pricelist is in the **Sales & Purchases** tab of the customer form, and " +"the fiscal position is in the accounting tab." +msgstr "" +"La liste des prix est définie dans l'onglet **Ventes et achats** de la fiche" +" client, et la position fiscale dans l'onglet **Comptabilité**." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:166 +msgid "" +"Note that this is error prone: if you set a fiscal position with tax " +"included in prices but use a pricelist that is not included, you might have " +"wrong prices calculated for you. That's why we usually recommend companies " +"to only work with one price reference." +msgstr "" +"Notez que ceci est sujet aux erreurs : si vous définissez une position " +"fiscale avec la taxe incluse dans les prix, mais utilisez une liste de prix " +"où la taxe n'est pas incluse, vous pourriez avoir des prix mal calculés. " +"Voilà pourquoi nous recommandons généralement aux entreprises de travailler " +"avec une seule référence de prix." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:3 +msgid "Manage cash basis taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The cash basis taxes are due when the payment has been done and not at the " +"validation of the invoice (as it is the case with standard taxes). Reporting" +" your income and expenses to the administration based on the cash basis " +"method is legal in some countries and under some conditions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Example : You sell a product in the 1st quarter of your fiscal year and " +"receive the payment the 2nd quarter of your fiscal year. Based on the cash " +"basis method, the tax you have to pay to the administration is due for the " +"2nd quarter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:16 +msgid "How to configure cash basis taxes ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:18 +msgid "" +"You first have to activate the setting in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Settings --> Allow Tax Cash Basis`. You will be asked to " +"define the Tax Cash Basis Journal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Once this is done, you can configure your taxes in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. At first set the " +"proper transitional accounts to post taxes until you register the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:35 +msgid "" +"In the *Advanced Options* tab you will turn *Tax Due* to *Based on Payment*." +" You will then have to define the *Tax Received* account in which to post " +"the tax amount when the payment is received and the *Base Tax Received " +"Account* to post the base tax amount for an accurate tax report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:45 +msgid "What is the impact of cash basis taxes in my accounting ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Let’s take an example. You make a sale of $100 with a 15% cash basis tax. " +"When you validate the customer invoice, the following entry is created in " +"your accounting:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:52 +msgid "Customer Invoices Journal" +msgstr "Journal de facturation des clients" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:72 +msgid "Receivables $115" +msgstr "Créances 115 $" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:82 +msgid "Temporary Tax Account $15" +msgstr "Compte fiscal temporaire 15 $" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:88 +msgid "Income Account $100" +msgstr "Compte de revenus 100 €" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:63 +msgid "A few days later, you receive the payment:" +msgstr "Vous recevez le paiement quelques jours après :" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:66 +msgid "Bank Journal" +msgstr "Journal de banque" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:70 +msgid "Bank $115" +msgstr "Banque 115 $" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:75 +msgid "" +"When you reconcile the invoice and the payment, this entry is generated:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:78 +msgid "Tax Cash Basis Journal" +msgstr "Journal pour taxes sur base des paiements" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:84 +msgid "Tax Received Account $15" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:92 +msgid "" +"The last two journal items are neutral but they are needed to insure correct" +" tax reports in Odoo with accurate base tax amounts. We advise to use a " +"default revenue account. The balance of this account will then always be at " +"zero." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Default Taxes** define which :doc:`taxes <taxes>` are automatically " +"selected when there is no other indication about which tax to use. For " +"example, Odoo prefills the **Taxes** field with the Default Taxes when you " +"create a new product or add a new line on an invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:14 +msgid "" +":doc:`Fiscal Positions <fiscal_positions>` take the Default Tax into " +"account. Therefore, if a Fiscal Position is applied to an invoice, Odoo " +"applies the related tax instead of the Default Taxes, as mapped in the " +"Fiscal Position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:21 +msgid "" +"**Default Taxes** are automatically set up according to the country selected" +" at the creation of your database, or when you set up a :doc:`Fiscal " +"Localization Package " +"<../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>` for your" +" company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To change your **Default Taxes**, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes --> Default Taxes`, select the " +"appropriate taxes for your default **Sales Tax** and **Purchase Tax**, and " +"click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Databases with multiple companies: the Default Taxes values are company-" +"specific." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:70 +msgid ":doc:`taxes`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:279 +msgid ":doc:`fiscal_positions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:3 +msgid "Fiscal Positions (tax and account mapping)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Default taxes and accounts are set on products and customers to create new " +"transactions on the fly. However, you might have to use different taxes and " +"record the transactions on different accounts, according to your customers' " +"and providers' localizations and business types." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:9 +msgid "" +"**Fiscal Positions** allow you to create *sets of rules* to automatically " +"adapt the taxes and the accounts used for a transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:16 +msgid "They can be applied in various ways:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:18 +msgid "" +":ref:`automatically applied, based on some rules " +"<fiscal_positions/automatic>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:19 +msgid ":ref:`manually applied on a transaction <fiscal_positions/partner>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:20 +msgid "" +":ref:`assigned to a partner, on its contact form " +"<fiscal_positions/transaction>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:23 +msgid "" +"A few Fiscal Positions are already preconfigured on your database, as part " +"of your :doc:`Fiscal Localization Package " +"<../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:30 +msgid "Tax and Account Mapping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To edit or create a Fiscal Position, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`, and open the entry you want to modify " +"or click on *Create*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The mapping of taxes and accounts is based on the default taxes and accounts" +" defined in the products' forms." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To map to another tax or account, fill out the right column (**Tax to " +"Apply**/**Account to Use Instead**)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To remove a tax, rather than replacing it with another, leave the field " +"**Tax to Apply** empty." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To replace a tax with multiple other taxes, add multiple lines with the same" +" **Tax on Product**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:44 +msgid "" +"The mapping only works with *active* taxes. Therefore, make sure they are " +"active by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:50 +msgid "Automatic application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:52 +msgid "" +"You can configure your Fiscal Positions to be applied automatically, " +"following a set of conditions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To do so, open the Fiscal Position you want to modify and click on **Detect " +"Automatically**. You can configure a few conditions:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:57 +msgid "" +"**VAT Required**: The VAT number *must* be indicated in the customer's " +"contact form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:58 +msgid "" +"**Country Group** / **Country**: The Fiscal Position is applied to these " +"countries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Taxes on **eCommerce orders** are automatically updated once the visitor has" +" logged in or filled out their billing details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:69 +msgid "" +"The Fiscal Positions' **sequence** - the order in which they are arranged - " +"defines which Fiscal Position to apply if the conditions are met in multiple" +" Fiscal Positions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:72 +msgid "" +"For example, if the first Fiscal Position targets *country A*, and the " +"second Fiscal Position targets a *Country Group* that also comprises " +"*country A*, only the first Fiscal Position will be applied to customers " +"from *country A*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:79 +msgid "Application" +msgstr "Application" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:84 +msgid "Assign a Fiscal Position to a partner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:86 +msgid "" +"You can manually define which Fiscal Position must be used by default for a " +"specific partner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To do so, open the partner's contact form, go to the **Sales & Purchase** " +"tab, edit the **Fiscal Position** field, and click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:98 +msgid "Choose Fiscal Positions manually on Sales Orders, Invoices, and Bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To manually select which Fiscal Position to use for a new Sales Order, " +"Invoice, or Bill, go to the **Other Info** tab and select the right **Fiscal" +" Position** *before* adding product lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:281 +msgid ":doc:`taxcloud`" +msgstr ":doc:`taxcloud`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:280 +msgid ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" +msgstr ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:3 +msgid "Manage withholding taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A withholding tax, also called a retention tax, is a government requirement " +"for the payer of a customer invoice to withhold or deduct tax from the " +"payment, and pay that tax to the government. In most jurisdictions, " +"withholding tax applies to employment income." +msgstr "" +"Une retenue à la source, aussi appelé une taxe de rétention, est une " +"exigence du gouvernement pour le payeur d'une facture client de retenir ou " +"de déduire la taxe du paiement, et de payer cette taxe au gouvernement. Dans" +" la plupart des juridictions, la retenue à la source s'applique aux charges " +"de personnel." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:10 +msgid "" +"With normal taxes, the tax is added to the subtotal to give you the total to" +" pay. As opposed to normal taxes, withholding taxes are deducted from the " +"amount to pay, as the tax will be paid by the customer." +msgstr "" +"Avec les taxes normales, la TVA est ajoutée au sous-total pour vous donner " +"le total à payer. Contrairement aux taxes normales, les retenues d'impôt " +"sont déduits du montant à payer, étant donné que la taxe sera payée par le " +"client." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:14 +msgid "As, an example, in Colombia you may have the following invoice:" +msgstr "" +"A titre d'exemple, en Colombie, vous pouvez avoir la facture suivante :" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:19 +msgid "" +"In this example, the **company** who sent the invoice owes $20 of taxes to " +"the **government** and the **customer** owes $10 of taxes to the " +"**government**." +msgstr "" +"Dans cet exemple, l'**entreprise** qui a envoyé la facture doit 20 $ de " +"taxes au **gouvernement** et le **client** doit 10 $ de taxes au " +"**gouvernement**." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, a withholding tax is defined by creating a negative tax. For a " +"retention of 10%, you would configure the following tax (accessible through " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Taxes`):" +msgstr "" +"Dans Odoo, une retenue d'impôt est définie par la création d'un impôt " +"négatif. Pour une rétention de 10%, vous pouvez configurer la TVA suivante " +"(accessible via :menuselection:`Configuration -> Taxes`) :" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:32 +msgid "" +"In order to make it appear as a retention on the invoice, you should set a " +"specific tax group **Retention** on your tax, in the **Advanced Options** " +"tab." +msgstr "" +"Pour la faire apparaître comme une retenue sur la facture, vous devez " +"définir un groupe fiscal spécifique **Retenues** sur vos taxes, dans " +"l'onglet **Options avancées**." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Once the tax is defined, you can use it in your products, sales order or " +"invoices." +msgstr "" +"Une fois que la taxe est définie, vous pouvez l'utiliser dans vos articles, " +"commande ou factures." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If the retention is a percentage of a regular tax, create a Tax with a **Tax" +" Computation** as a **Tax Group** and set the two taxes in this group " +"(normal tax and retention)." +msgstr "" +"Si la rétention est un pourcentage d'une taxe normale, créer une Taxe avec " +"un **Calcul de Taxe** comme un **Groupe de taxe** et mettez les deux taxes " +"dans ce groupe (taxe normale et rétention)." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:48 +msgid "Applying retention taxes on invoices" +msgstr "Application des taxes de rétention sur les factures" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Once your tax is created, you can use it on customer forms, sales order or " +"customer invoices. You can apply several taxes on a single customer invoice " +"line." +msgstr "" +"Une fois que votre taxe est créée, vous pouvez l'utiliser sur les fiches " +"clients, les commandes clients ou les factures clients. Vous pouvez " +"appliquer plusieurs taxes sur une seule ligne de facture client." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:58 +msgid "" +"When you see the customer invoice on the screen, you get only a **Taxes " +"line** summarizing all the taxes (normal taxes & retentions). But when you " +"print or send the invoice, Odoo does the correct grouping amongst all the " +"taxes." +msgstr "" +"Quand vous visualisez la facture client à l'écran, vous voyez seulement une " +"ligne **Taxes** résumant toutes les taxes (taxes normales et rétentions). " +"Mais lorsque vous imprimez ou envoyez dans la facture, Odoo fait le " +"regroupement correct de toutes les taxes." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:63 +msgid "The printed invoice will show the different amounts in each tax group." +msgstr "" +"La facture imprimée montrera les différentes quantités de chaque groupe de " +"taxe" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:3 +msgid "Get correct tax rates in the United States using TaxCloud" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The **TaxCloud** integration allows you to correctly calculate the sales tax" +" for every address in the United States and keeps track of which products " +"are exempt from sales tax and in which states each exemption applies. " +"TaxCloud calculates sales tax in real-time for every state, city, and " +"special jurisdiction in the United States." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:15 +msgid "In TaxCloud" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Create a free account on `TaxCloud <https://taxcloud.com/#register>`__ " +"website." +msgstr "" +"Créez un compte gratuit dans `TaxCloud <https://taxcloud.com/#register>`__ " +"site Web." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Register your Odoo website on TaxCloud to get an *API ID* and an *API Key*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:23 +msgid "" +"In Settings on TaxCloud, click *Locations* to enter the location of your " +"Office(s) & Warehouse(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:24 +msgid "" +"In Settings on TaxCloud, click *Manage Tax States* to verify the states " +"where you collect sales tax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:27 +msgid "In Odoo" +msgstr "Dans Odoo" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Invoicing / Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`" +" and check *TaxCloud - Compute tax rates based on U.S. ZIP codes* (note: " +"actually uses complete street address)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:30 +msgid "Enter your TaxCloud credentials." +msgstr "Introduisez vos identifiants TaxCloud." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:31 +msgid "Click SAVE to store your credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Click the Refresh Icon next to *Default Category* to import the TIC product " +"categories from TaxCloud (Taxability Information Codes). Some categories may" +" imply specific rates or attract product/service type exemptions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Select your default *TIC Code*. This will apply to any new product created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Set a specific TaxCloud TIC Category on the *General Information* tab of the" +" Product, or on the Product Category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Make sure your company address is complete (including the state and the zip " +"code). Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies` " +"to open and edit your Company record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:47 +msgid "How it works" +msgstr "Comment cela fonctionne" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Salestax is calculated in Odoo based on fiscal positions (see " +":doc:`fiscal_positions`). A Fiscal Position for the United States is created" +" when installing *TaxCloud*. Everything works out-of-the-box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:54 +msgid "" +"You can configure Odoo to automtically detect which Customers should use " +"this fiscal position. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Fiscal Positions` to open and edit the record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Now, this fiscal position is automatically set on any sales order, web " +"order, or invoice when the customer country is *United States*. This " +"triggers the automated tax computation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Add your product(s). You have two options to get Sales Tax on the Order. " +"You can confirm it, or you can save it and from the *Action* Menu choose " +"**Update Taxes with TaxCloud**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:73 +msgid "Coupons & Promotions" +msgstr "Bons & Promotions" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:75 +msgid "" +"If you use the Coupon or Promotion Programs, the integration with Taxcloud " +"might seem a bit odd." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:77 +msgid "" +"The problem lies with the fact that Taxcloud does not accept lines with " +"negative amounts as part of the tax computation. This means that the amount " +"of the lines added by the promotion program must be deduced from the total " +"of the lines it impacts. This means, amongst other complications, that " +"orders that use coupons or promotions with a Taxcloud fiscal position " +"**must** be invoiced completely - you cannot create invoices for partial " +"deliveries, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Another specific oddity is possible in the UI: imagine that you sell a " +"product from the Taxcloud category *[20110] Computers* and that you have a " +"promotion program in place that provides a 50% discount on this product. If " +"the tax rate for this particular product is 7%, the tax rate that will be " +"computed from the Taxcloud integration will display 3.5%. This happens " +"because the discount is included in the price that is sent to Taxcloud, but " +"in Odoo this discount is in another line entirely. At the end of the day, " +"your tax computation will be correct (since a 3.5% tax on the full price is " +"the equivalent of a 7% tax on half the price), but this might be surprising " +"from a user point of view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:5 +msgid "" +"There are numerous types of **taxes**, and their application varies greatly," +" depending mostly on your company's localization. To make sure they are " +"recorded with accuracy, Odoo's tax engine supports all kinds of uses and " +"computations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:12 +msgid "Activate Sales Taxes from the List view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:14 +msgid "" +"As part of your :doc:`Fiscal Localization Package " +"<../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>`, most of" +" your country's sales taxes are already preconfigured on your database. " +"However, only a few of them are activated by default, so that you can " +"activate only the ones relevant for your business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To activate Sale Taxes, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Taxes` and use the *Activate* toggle button to activate or deactivate a " +"tax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To edit or create a **Tax**, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Taxes` and open a tax or click on *Create*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Taxes have three different labels, each one having a specific use. Refer to " +"the following table to see where they are displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:45 +msgid ":ref:`Tax Name <taxes/name>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:45 +msgid ":ref:`Label on Invoice <taxes/label-invoices>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:45 +msgid ":ref:`Tax Group <taxes/tax-group>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:48 +msgid "Back end" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:48 +msgid "*Taxes* column on exported invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:48 +msgid "Above the *Total* line on exported invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:53 +msgid "Basic Options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:58 +msgid "Tax Name" +msgstr "Nom de la taxe" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:60 +msgid "" +"The **Tax Name** as you want to display it for backend users. This is the " +":ref:`label <taxes/labels>` you see while editing Sales Orders, Invoices, " +"Products, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:66 +msgid "Tax Computation" +msgstr "Calcul de la taxe" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:68 +msgid "**Group of Taxes**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:70 +msgid "" +"The tax is a combination of multiple sub-taxes. You can add as many taxes " +"you want, in the order you want them to be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Make sure that the tax sequence is correct, as the order in which they are " +"may impact the taxes' amounts computation, especially if one of the taxes " +":ref:`affects the base of the subsequent ones <taxes/base-subsequent>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:78 +msgid "**Fixed**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:80 +msgid "" +"The tax has a fixed amount in the default currency. The amount remains the " +"same, regardless of the Sales Price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:83 +msgid "" +"For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *$10 " +"fixed* tax. We then have:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:231 +msgid "Product's Sales Price" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:231 +msgid "Price without tax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:231 +msgid "Tax" +msgstr "Taxe" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:231 +msgid "Total" +msgstr "Total" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:234 +msgid "1,000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:89 +msgid "10" +msgstr "10" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:89 +msgid "1,010.00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:92 +msgid "**Percentage of Price**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:94 +msgid "" +"The *Sales Price* is the taxable basis: the tax's amount is computed by " +"multiplying the Sales Price by the tax's percentage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:97 +msgid "" +"For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *10% of " +"Price* tax. We then have:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:104 +msgid "1,100.00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:107 +msgid "**Percentage of Price Tax Included**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:109 +msgid "" +"The *Total* is the taxable basis: the tax's amount is a percentage of the " +"Total." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:111 +msgid "" +"For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *10% of " +"Price Tax Included* tax. We then have:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:118 +msgid "111.11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:118 +msgid "1,111.11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:124 +msgid "Active" +msgstr "Actif" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:126 +msgid "Only **Active** taxes can be added to new documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:129 +msgid "" +"It is not possible to delete taxes that have already been used. Instead, you" +" can deactivate them to prevent future use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:133 +msgid "" +"This field can be modified from the *List View*. See :ref:`above " +"<taxes/list_activation>` for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:139 +msgid "Tax Scope" +msgstr "Portée de la taxe" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:141 +msgid "" +"The **Tax Scope** determines the tax's application, which also restricts " +"where it is displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:143 +msgid "**Sales**: Customer Invoices, Product's Customer Taxes, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:144 +msgid "**Purchase**: Vendor Bills, Product's Vendor Taxes, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:145 +msgid "**None**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:148 +msgid "" +"You can use **None** for taxes that you want to include in a :ref:`Group of " +"Taxes <taxes/computation>` but that you don't want to list along with other " +"Sales or Purchase taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:154 +msgid "Definition tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:156 +msgid "" +"Allocate with precision the amount of the taxable basis or percentages of " +"the computed tax to multiple accounts and Tax Grids." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:163 +msgid "**Based On**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:165 +msgid "Base: the price on the invoice line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:166 +msgid "% of tax: a percentage of the computed tax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:168 +msgid "**Account**: if defined, an additional Journal Item is recorded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:169 +msgid "" +"**Tax Grids**: used to generate :doc:`Tax Reports " +"<../../reporting/declarations/tax_returns>` automatically, according to your" +" country's regulations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:175 +msgid "Advanced Options tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:180 +msgid "Label on Invoices" +msgstr "Étiquettes sur les factures" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:182 +msgid "" +"The label of the tax, as displayed on each invoice line in the **Taxes** " +"column. This is the :ref:`label <taxes/labels>` visible to *front end* " +"users, on exported invoices, on their Customer Portals, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:193 +msgid "Tax Group" +msgstr "Groupe de taxe" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:195 +msgid "" +"Select to which **Tax Group** the tax belongs. The Tax Group name is the " +":ref:`label <taxes/labels>` displayed above the *Total* line on exported " +"invoices, and the Customer Portals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:198 +msgid "" +"Tax groups include different iterations of the same tax. This can be useful " +"when you must record differently the same tax according to :doc:`Fiscal " +"Positions <fiscal_positions>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:205 +msgid "" +"In the example above, we see a 0% tax for Intra-Community customers in " +"Europe. It records amounts on specific accounts and with specific tax grids." +" Still, to the customer, it is a 0% tax. That's why the :ref:`Label on the " +"Invoice <taxes/label-invoices>` indicates *0% EU*, and the Tax Group name, " +"above the *Total* line, indicates *0%*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:213 +msgid "Include in Analytic Cost" +msgstr "Inclure dans le coût analytique" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:215 +msgid "" +"With this option activated, the tax's amount is assigned to the same " +"**Analytic Account** as the invoice line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:221 +msgid "Included in Price" +msgstr "Inclus dans le prix" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:223 +msgid "" +"With this option activated, the total (including the tax) equals the **Sales" +" Price**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:225 +msgid ":dfn:`Total = Sales Price = Computed Tax-Excluded price + Tax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:227 +msgid "" +"For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *10% of " +"Price* tax, which is *included in the price*. We then have:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:234 +msgid "900.10" +msgstr "900,10" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:234 +msgid "90.9" +msgstr "90,9" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:234 +msgid "1,000.00" +msgstr "1.000,00" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:238 +msgid "" +"If you need to define prices accurately, both tax-included and tax-excluded," +" please refer to the following documentation: :doc:`B2B_B2C`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:242 +msgid "" +"**Invoices**: By default, the Line Subtotals displayed on your invoices are " +"*Tax-Excluded*. To display *Tax-Included* Line Subtotals, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Customer " +"Invoices`, and select *Tax-Included* in the **Line Subtotals Tax Display** " +"field, then click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:246 +msgid "" +"**eCommerce**: By default, the prices displayed on your eCommerce website " +"are *Tax-Excluded*. To display *Tax-Included* prices, go to " +":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Pricing`, and " +"select *Tax-Included* in the **Product Prices** field, then click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:253 +msgid "Affect Base of Subsequent Taxes" +msgstr "Impacte la base des taxes ultérieures" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:255 +msgid "" +"With this option, the total tax-included becomes the taxable basis for the " +"other taxes applied to the same product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:258 +msgid "" +"You can configure a new :ref:`Group of Taxes <taxes/computation>` to include" +" this tax, or add it directly to a product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:266 +msgid "" +"The order in which you add the taxes on a product line has no effect on how " +"amounts are computed. If you add taxes directly on a product line, only the " +"tax sequence determines the order in which they are applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:270 +msgid "" +"To reorder the sequence, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Taxes`, and drag and drop the lines with the handles next to the tax " +"names." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:282 +msgid ":doc:`../../reporting/declarations/tax_returns`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../reporting/declarations/tax_returns`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/vat_validation.rst:3 +msgid "VIES VAT numbers validation" +msgstr "Validation du numéro de TVA Intracommunautaire par VIES" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/vat_validation.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**VAT Information Exchange System** - abbreviated **VIES** - is a tool " +"provided by the European Commission that allows you to check the validity of" +" VAT numbers of companies registered in the European Union." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/vat_validation.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo provides a feature to **Verify VAT Numbers** when you save a contact. " +"This helps you make sure that your contacts provided you with a valid VAT " +"number without leaving Odoo interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/vat_validation.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To enable this feature, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Settings --> Taxes`, enable the **Verify VAT Numbers** feature, and " +"click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/vat_validation.rst:23 +msgid "VAT Number validation" +msgstr "Validation du numéro de TVA" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/vat_validation.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Whenever you create or modify a contact, make sure to fill out the " +"**Country** and **VAT** fields." +msgstr "" +"Lors de la création ou modification d'un contact, assurez-vous de compléter " +"le champ **Pays** et **TVA**." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/vat_validation.rst:31 +msgid "" +"When you click on *Save*, Odoo runs a VIES VAT number check, and displays an" +" error message if the VAT number is invalid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/vat_validation.rst:39 +msgid "" +"This tool checks the VAT number's validity but does not check the other " +"fields' validity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/vat_validation.rst:43 +msgid "" +"`European Commission: VIES search engine " +"<https://ec.europa.eu/taxation_customs/vies/vatRequest.html>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:4 +msgid "Expenses" +msgstr "Dépenses" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:7 +msgid "How to set expense types" +msgstr "Comment configurer les types de dépenses" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The first step to track expenses is to configure the expense types (managed " +"as products in Odoo) that your company allows, from the *Configuration* " +"menu. When a specific expense is reimbursed at a fixed price, set a cost on " +"the product. Otherwise keep the cost at 0.0 and employees will report the " +"real cost per expense." +msgstr "" +"La première étape pour faire le suivi de vos dépenses est la configuration " +"des types de dépenses (gérés comme produits dans Odoo) autorisées par votre " +"entreprise, depuis le menu *Configuration*. Lorsqu'une dépense spécifique " +"est remboursée à un prix fixe, définissez un coût pour le produit. Sinon, " +"maintenez le coût à 0,0 et les employés indiqueront le coût réel par " +"dépense." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:16 +msgid "Here are some examples to configure:" +msgstr "Voici quelques exemples de configuration :" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:18 +msgid "Restaurant:" +msgstr "Restaurant :" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:26 +msgid "Cost: 0.00 (the cost of the ticket will be recorded on every expense)" +msgstr "Coût : 0.00 (le coût du ticket sera enregistré sur chaque dépense)." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:21 +msgid "Travel with Personal Car:" +msgstr "Déplacement avec une voiture personnelle :" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:23 +msgid "Cost: 0.30 (the price per mile reimbursed by the company is fixed)" +msgstr "" +"Coût : 0.30 (le prix du kilomètre remboursé par l'entreprise est fixe)." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:24 +msgid "Hotel:" +msgstr "Hôtel :" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:28 +msgid "Others:" +msgstr "Autres :" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:30 +msgid "Cost: 0.0" +msgstr "Côut: 0.0" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to set an expense tax on each expense type (and an account if " +"you use Odoo Accounting). It's usually a good practice to use a tax that is " +"configured with :ref:`Tax Included in Price <taxes/included-in-price>`. That" +" way, employees report expenses with prices including taxes, which is " +"usually the expected behaviour." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:40 +msgid "" +"The *Sales* app allows you to specify unit of measures for your expense " +"types (units, miles, nights, etc.). Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and check *Some products may be sold/purchased " +"in different units of measure (advanced)*." +msgstr "" +"L'application *Ventes* vous permet de spécifier l'unité de mesures pour les " +"types de dépenses (unités, kilomètres, nuits, etc.). Allez à " +":menuselection:`Ventes --> Configuration --> Paramètres` et vérifiez " +"*Certains produits peuvent être vendus/achetés dans différentes unités de " +"mesures (avancé)*." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:47 +msgid "How to record expenses" +msgstr "Comment enregistrer les dépenses" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:50 +msgid "Manually" +msgstr "Manuellement" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:52 +msgid "" +"As an employee (Employee in user access rights), you can record expenses " +"from :menuselection:`My Expenses --> Expenses to Submit`." +msgstr "" +"En tant qu'employé (employé en droits d'accès), vous pouvez enregistrer vos " +"dépenses depuis :menuselection:`Mes dépenses --> Dépenses à soumettre`." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Select the related product and enter either the total amount you paid (with " +"Quantity = 1) or the unit price if Quantity is countable (e.g. number of " +"hotel nights)." +msgstr "" +"Sélectionnez le produit concerné et introduisez soit le montant total que " +"vous avez payé (avec Quantité = 1) soit le prix unitaire si la quantité est " +"comptabilisable (par ex. le nombre de nuits d'hôtel)." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:61 +msgid "Enter the expense date." +msgstr "Entrez la date de la dépense." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Choose if you paid the bill on your own (and expect to be reimbursed) or if " +"the company paid directly (e.g. if you used a company's credit card)." +msgstr "" +"Indiquez si vous avez payé la facture vous-même (et souhaitez être " +"remboursé) ou si l'entreprise l'a payée directement (par ex. si vous avez " +"utilisé la carte de crédit de l'entreprise)." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Set the bill reference, add some notes if requested and attach a photo/scan " +"of the receipt from the discussion thread. That will help the manager and " +"the accountant validate it." +msgstr "" +"Définissez la référence de la facture, ajoutez quelques notes si nécessaire " +"et joignez une photo ou scan du reçu provenant du fil de discussion. Cela " +"aidera le responsable et le comptable à valider votre demande." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:72 +msgid "In one click from emails" +msgstr "En un clic depuis les emails" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Let your employees record their expenses from a simple email. Make a " +"snapshot of the receipt and send it by email, or simply forward a bill!" +msgstr "" +"Permettez à vos employés d'enregistrer leurs dépenses depuis un simple " +"email. Faites une capture d'écran du reçu et envoyez-la par mail ou " +"transmettez simplement une facture!" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:76 +msgid "" +"The only thing to do is setting up an email alias in " +":menuselection:`Expenses --> Configuration --> Settings` (e.g. *expenses* " +"@mycompany.odoo.com). For security purposes, only authenticated employee " +"emails (cfr. *Work Email* in employee detail form) are accepted." +msgstr "" +"Tout ce dont vous avez à faire c'est configurer l'alias de l'email dans " +":menuselection:`Dépenses --> Configuration --> Paramètres` (par ex. " +"*dépenses* @mycompany.odoo.com). Pour des raisons de sécurité, seuls les " +"emails provenant d'employés authentifiés sont acceptés (cfr. *Email " +"professionnel* dans le formulaire de renseignement sur les employés)." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:82 +msgid "" +"The expense product is set automatically if the mail subject contains the " +"product's internal reference in first position. Type the expense amount in " +"the mail subject to set it on the expense too (e.g. Ref001 Food 100€)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:87 +msgid "How to submit expenses to managers" +msgstr "Comment soumettre des dépenses aux responsables" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:89 +msgid "" +"When you are ready to submit your expenses to your manager (e.g. at the end " +"of a business trip, or once a month), go to the menu :menuselection:`My " +"Expenses --> Expenses to Submit`. Select all expenses from the list view and" +" click on :menuselection:`Action --> Submit to Manager`. Save the newly " +"created expense report (i.e. set of expenses), and wait for your manager to " +"approve it." +msgstr "" +"Dès que vous êtes prêt à soumettre vos notes de frais à votre responsable " +"(par ex. à la fin d'un voyage d'affaires, ou une fois par mois), allez au " +"menu :menuselection:`Mes notes de frais --> Notes de frais à soumettre`. " +"Sélectionnez toutes les dépenses de la liste et cliquez sur " +":menuselection:`Action --> Soumettre au responsable`. Enregistrez le nouveau" +" rapport que vous venez de créer (c-à-d la série de dépenses) et attendez " +"l'approbation de votre responsable." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:99 +msgid "" +"You can also submit expenses one by one from the *Submit to Manager* button " +"on the form view of an expense." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez également soumettre vos notes de frais une par une depuis le " +"bouton *Soumettre au responsable* dans la vue formulaire d'une dépense." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:102 +msgid "" +"All your submitted expense reports can be found in :menuselection:`Expenses " +"--> My Expenses --> Expense Reports`." +msgstr "" +"Tous vous rapports de dépenses soumis se trouvent dans " +":menuselection:`Dépenses --> Mes dépenses --> Rapports de dépenses`." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:107 +msgid "How to approve expenses" +msgstr "Comment approuver les dépenses" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:109 +msgid "" +"HR and team managers get an overview of all expense reports to validate from" +" the top menu :menuselection:`To Approve --> Expense Reports to Approve`. " +"Such users must have at least *Officers* access rights for *Expenses*." +msgstr "" +"L'équipe RH et l'équipe de responsables ont accès à un aperçu de tous les " +"rapports de dépenses à valider à partir du menu principal :menuselection:`À " +"approuver --> Rapports de dépenses à approuver`. Ces utilisateurs doivent " +"avoir au moins des droits d'accès *Administrateurs* pour les *Dépenses*." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:116 +msgid "" +"They can review expense reports, approve or reject them, as well as " +"providing feedback thanks to the integrated communication tool." +msgstr "" +"Grâce à l'outil de communication intégrée, ils peuvent revoir les rapports " +"de dépenses, les approuver ou les rejeter, et également faire des " +"commentaires." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:122 +msgid "" +"As a team manager you can easily find the expense reports of your team " +"members. You need to be set as manager in the detail form of those " +"employees." +msgstr "" +"En tant que responsable vous pouvez facilement avoir accès aux rapports de " +"dépenses des membres de votre équipe. Pour cela, vous devez être défini " +"comme responsable dans le formulaire de renseignement de vos employés." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:130 +msgid "How to post expenses in accounting" +msgstr "Comment publier des dépenses dans la comptabilité" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:132 +msgid "" +"Once expense reports approved by managers, the accounting department goes to" +" :menuselection:`Expenses --> Accountant --> Expense Reports To Post` to " +"check accounts, products and taxes. They can click *Post Journal Entries* to" +" post related journal entries into your books. To do so, the user must have " +"following access rights:" +msgstr "" +"Pour vérifier les comptes, les produits et les taxes, le service comptable " +"doit, une fois les rapports de dépenses approuvés par les responsables, " +"aller à :menuselection:`Dépenses --> Comptabilité --> Rapports de dépenses à" +" publier`. Pour publier les écritures comptables correspondantes dans vos " +"livres, ils peuvent cliquer sur *Publier les écritures comptables*. Pour ce " +"faire, ils doivent disposer des droits d'accès suivants :" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:138 +msgid "Accounting: Accountant or Adviser" +msgstr "Comptabilité : comptable ou conseiller" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:139 +msgid "Expenses: Manager" +msgstr "Dépenses : responsable" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:142 +msgid "" +"To post an expense, a *Home Address* must be set on the employee. If you get" +" a related blocking message when posting, click the employee, go to " +"*Personal Information* tab and select/create the contact of your employee in" +" the address book. A contact has been automatically created if this person " +"is using Odoo." +msgstr "" +"Pour publier une dépense, il faut qu'une *adresse privée* soit configurée " +"pour l’employé. Si vous recevez un message d'erreur lors de la publication, " +"cliquez sur employé, allez à l'onglet *Données privées* et " +"sélectionnez/créez un contact pour l'employé dans le répertoire. Si la " +"personne en question utilise Odoo, un contact sera automatiquement créé." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:149 +msgid "How to reimburse employees" +msgstr "Comment rembourser les employés" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:151 +msgid "" +"You can now see all the expense reports to reimburse in " +":menuselection:`Expenses --> Accountant --> Expense Reports To Pay`. To " +"record the payment or pay by check, click *Register a Payment*." +msgstr "" +"Vous avez désormais accès à tous les rapports de dépenses à rembourser dans " +":menuselection:`Dépenses --> Comptabilité --> Rapports de dépenses à payer`." +" Pour enregistrer le paiement ou payer par chèque, cliquez sur *Enregistrer " +"un paiement*." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:155 +msgid "See how you can easily manage the payment process in Odoo:" +msgstr "" +"Pour savoir comment gérer facilement le processus de paiement dans Odoo :" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:157 +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/payables/pay/check`" +msgstr ":doc:`../accounting/payables/pay/check`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:158 +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/payables/pay/sepa`" +msgstr ":doc:`../accounting/payables/pay/sepa`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:162 +msgid "How to re-invoice expenses to your customers" +msgstr "Comment refacturer des dépenses à vos clients ?" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:164 +msgid "" +"If you track expenses on customer projects, you can charge them back to your" +" customers automatically." +msgstr "" +"Si vous faites le suivi des dépenses dans vos projets clients, vous pouvez " +"facturer automatiquement vos clients." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:170 +msgid "Enable **Customer Billing** in the Expenses settings" +msgstr "Activez la **Facturation client** dans les paramètres des dépenses." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:172 +msgid "" +"Go to the product configuration menu and set the invoicing method on all " +"your Expense types:" +msgstr "" +"Allez au menu de configuration du produit et configurez le mode de " +"facturation sur tous vos types de dépenses :" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:175 +msgid "" +"Ordered quantities : it will invoice expenses based on the ordered quantity" +msgstr "" +"Quantités commandées : les dépenses seront facturées selon la quantité " +"commandé." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:178 +msgid "" +"Delivered quantities :it will invoice expenses based on the expenses " +"quantity" +msgstr "" +"Quantités livrées : les dépenses seront facturées selon la quantité livrée." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:181 +msgid "At cost: will invoice expenses at their real cost." +msgstr "Au coût : les dépenses seront facturés selon leur coût réel." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:183 +msgid "" +"At sales price: will invoice based on a fixed sales price set on the sale " +"order." +msgstr "" +"Au prix de vente : la facturation se fera sur la base du prix de vente " +"indiqué sur le bon de commande." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:190 +msgid "Create an order" +msgstr "Créer une commande" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:192 +msgid "" +"As a salesman, create and confirm a Sales Order for the services delivered " +"to your customer. If you don't put any expense in the order, it will be " +"added automatically once posted by the accountant." +msgstr "" +"En tant que vendeur, créez et confirmez des ordres de vente pour les " +"services fournis à vos clients. Si vous n'ajoutez aucune dépense sur l'ordre" +" de vente, cela se fera automatiquement lors de sa publication par le " +"comptable." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:197 +msgid "Link the expense to the Sale Order." +msgstr "Relier la dépense à l'ordre de vente" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:203 +msgid "Submit, validate and post expenses" +msgstr "Soumettre, valider et afficher les dépenses" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:205 +msgid "" +"As a manager, make sure the analytic account is set on every expense line on" +" approving expenses reports. Click the line to add one if missing. Employees" +" are already able to set one when submitting." +msgstr "" +"En tant que responsable, assurez-vous que le compte analytique est configuré" +" sur chaque ligne des rapports des dépenses approuvées. S'il en manque une, " +"cliquez sur la ligne pour l'ajouter. Les employés peuvent déjà les " +"configurer lorsqu'ils les soumettent." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:212 +msgid "As an accountant, post journal entries." +msgstr "En tant que comptable, publiez les écritures du journal." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:215 +msgid "Invoice expenses" +msgstr "Facturez les dépenses" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:217 +msgid "" +"Now you can invoice the order. It shows up in :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Invoicing --> Sales` to Invoice. The expenses have been added automatically " +"in the order lines. Such items show up in blue (i.e. to invoice)." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez à présent facturer l'ordre de vente. Elle apparaît dans " +":menuselection:`Ventes --> Facturation --> Ventes` À facturer. Les dépenses " +"ont automatiquement été ajoutées aux lignes de commande. Ces postes " +"apparaissent en bleu (c'est à dire à facturer)." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:225 +msgid "e (i.e. to invoice)." +msgstr "e (par ex. à facturer)." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:3 +msgid "Sign" +msgstr "Signature" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:3 +msgid "Validity of electronic signatures" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The legal validity of electronic signatures generated by Odoo depends on the" +" legislation of your country. Companies doing business abroad should " +"consider electronic signature laws of other countries as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:10 +msgid "In the European Union" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The `eIDAS regulation <http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2014/910/oj>`_ " +"establishes the framework for electronic signatures in all `27 member states" +" of the European Union <https://europa.eu/european-union/about-" +"eu/countries_en>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:16 +msgid "It distinguishes three types of electronic signatures:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:18 +msgid "Electronic signatures" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:19 +msgid "Advanced electronic signatures" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:20 +msgid "Qualified electronic signatures" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Odoo generates the first type, regular electronic signatures, and these " +"signatures can produce legal effects in the EU, as the regulation states " +"that “an electronic signature shall not be denied legal effect and " +"admissibility as evidence in legal proceedings solely on the grounds that it" +" is in an electronic form or that it does not meet the requirements for " +"qualified electronic signatures.”" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Note that electronic signatures may not be automatically recognized as " +"valid. You may need to bring supporting evidence of a signature’s validity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:31 +msgid "In the United States of America" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:33 +msgid "" +"The `ESIGN Act (Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act) " +"<https://www.fdic.gov/regulations/compliance/manual/10/X-3.1.pdf>`_, at the " +"interstate and international levels, and the `UETA (Uniform Electronic " +"Transactions Act) <https://www.uniformlaws.org/committees/community-" +"home/librarydocuments?communitykey=2c04b76c-2b7d-4399-977e-" +"d5876ba7e034&tab=librarydocuments>`_, at the state level, provide the legal " +"framework for electronic signatures. Note that `Illinois " +"<https://www.ilga.gov/legislation/ilcs/ilcs5.asp?ActID=89&>`_ and `New York " +"<https://its.ny.gov/electronic-signatures-and-records-act-esra>`_ have not " +"adopted the UETA, but similar acts instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Overall, to be recognized as valid, electronic signatures have to meet five " +"criteria:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:44 +msgid "" +"A signer must show a clear intent to sign. For example, using a mouse to " +"draw a signature can show intent. The signer must also have the option to " +"opt-out of electronically signing a document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:47 +msgid "" +"A signer must first express or imply their consent to conduct business " +"electronically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:48 +msgid "" +"The signature must be clearly attributed. In Odoo, metadata, such as the " +"signer’s IP address, is added to the signature, which can be used as " +"supporting evidence." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The signature must be associated with the document being signed, for " +"example, by keeping a record detailing how the signature was captured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Electronically signed documents need to be retained and available for later " +"reference by all parties involved, for example, by providing the signer " +"either a fully-executed copy or the option to download a copy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:57 +msgid "" +"The information provided here does not constitute legal advice; it is " +"provided for general informational purposes only. As laws governing " +"electronic signatures evolve rapidly, we cannot guarantee that the " +"information is up to date. We advise you to should contact a local attorney " +"to obtain legal advice." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po deleted file mode 100644 index 40d3794e4..000000000 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,115 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Cécile Collart <cco@odoo.com>, 2020 -# Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020 -# Moka Tourisme <hello@mokatourisme.fr>, 2021 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Moka Tourisme <hello@mokatourisme.fr>, 2021\n" -"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: fr\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" - -#: ../../fsm.rst:5 -msgid "Field Service" -msgstr "Services sur Site" - -#: ../../fsm/helpdesk.rst:3 -msgid "Helpdesk" -msgstr "Assistance technique" - -#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:3 -msgid "Plan onsite interventions from helpdesk tickets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:4 -msgid "" -"The integration with the Helpdesk app lets your helpdesk team manage " -"intervention requests directly. Planning field service tasks from tickets " -"speeds up your processes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:8 -msgid "Configure the helpdesk team" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`. Select" -" a team and enable *Onsite Interventions*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:16 -msgid "" -"The helpdesk tickets of the team now display the *Plan Intervention* button." -" Click on it to create a new task under your field service project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/sales.rst:3 -msgid "Sales" -msgstr "Ventes" - -#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:3 -msgid "Create onsite interventions from sales orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:4 -msgid "" -"Allowing your sales team to open onsite interventions creates a seamless " -"experience for your customers. They can receive a quotation they first have " -"to approve before the work even starts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:8 -msgid "Configure a product" -msgstr "Configurez un article" - -#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration --> Products` and " -"create or edit a product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Under the *General Information* tab, select *Service* as *Product Type*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Under the *Sales* tab, select *Timesheets on tasks* as *Service Invoicing " -"Policy*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:15 -msgid "Select *Create a task in an existing project* as *Service Tracking*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:17 -msgid "Select your *Project*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:19 -msgid "" -"If you use them, select your *Worksheet Template* and then click on *Save*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:25 -msgid "" -"From the *Sales* app, create a quotation with the product and confirm it. A " -"task is automatically set up under your Field Service project. It is " -"directly accessible from the sales order." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/general.po index 10a4f4cc7..d8aca68bf 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # @@ -19,6 +19,7 @@ # Xavier Belmere <Info@cartmeleon.com>, 2021 # Michell Portrait <mportrait@happylibre.fr>, 2021 # Renaud de Colombel <rdecolombel@sgen.cfdt.fr>, 2021 +# Richard Mathot <rim@odoo.com>, 2021 # Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2021 # #, fuzzy @@ -26,7 +27,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-18 07:12+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2021\n" "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" @@ -36,55 +37,55 @@ msgstr "" "Language: fr\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" -#: ../../general.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:3 msgid "General" msgstr "Général" -#: ../../general/auth.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth.rst:3 msgid "Authentication" msgstr "Identification" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:3 msgid "Two-factor Authentication" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:5 msgid "" "Two-factor authentication (\"2FA\") is a good way to improve the security of" " an account, to make it less likely that an other person will manage to log " "in instead of you." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:9 msgid "" "Practically, it means storing a secret inside an *authenticator* (usually " "your cell phone) and exchanging a code from the authenticator when you try " "to log in." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:13 msgid "" "This means an attacker needs *both* to have guessed (or found) your password" " and to access (or steal) your authenticator, a more difficult proposition " "than either one or the other." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:18 msgid "Requirements" msgstr "Exigences" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:20 msgid "" "These lists are just examples, they are not endorsements of any specific " "software." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:23 msgid "" "If you don't already have one, you will need to choose an authenticator." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:26 msgid "" "Phone-based authenticators are the easiest and most common so we will assume" " you'll pick and install one on your phone, examples include `Authy " @@ -98,111 +99,111 @@ msgid "" " <https://bitwarden.com/help/article/authenticator-keys/>`_, ..." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:39 msgid "" "For the sake of demonstration we will be using Google Authenticator (not " "because it is any good but because it is quite common)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:43 msgid "Setting up two-factor authentication" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:45 msgid "" "Once you have your authenticator of choice, go to the Odoo instance you want" " to setup :abbr:`2FA (two-factor authentication)`, then open " ":guilabel:`Preferences` (or :guilabel:`My Profile`):" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:52 msgid "" "Open the :guilabel:`Account Security` tab, then click the :guilabel:`Enable " "two-factor authentication` button:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:58 msgid "" "Because this is a security-sensitive action, you will need to input your " "password:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:64 msgid "After which you will see this screen with a barcode:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:69 msgid "" "In most applications, you can simply *scan the barcode* via the " "authenticator of your choice, the authenticator will then take care of all " "the setup:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:78 msgid "" "If you can not scan the screen (e.g. because you are doing this set-up on " "the same phone as the authenticator application), you can click the provided" " link, or copy the secret to manually set-up your authenticator:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:89 msgid "" "Once this is done, the authenticator should display a *verification code* " "with some useful identifying information (e.g. the domain and login for " "which the code is):" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:96 msgid "" "You can now input the code into the :guilabel:`Verification Code` field, " "then click the :guilabel:`Enable two-factor authentication` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:100 msgid "" "Congratulation, your account is now protected by two-factor authentication!" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:107 msgid "Logging in" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:109 msgid "You should now :guilabel:`Log out` to follow along." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:111 msgid "" "On the login page, input the username and password of the account for which " "you set up :abbr:`2FA (two-factor authentication)`, rather than immediately " "enter Odoo you will now get a second log-in screen:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:118 msgid "" "Get your authenticator, input the code it provides for the domain and " "account, validate, and you're now in." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:121 msgid "" "And that's it. From now on, unless you disable :abbr:`2FA (two-factor " "authentication)` you will have a two-step log-in process rather than the old" " one-step process." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:125 msgid "" "Don't lose your authenticator, if you do, you will need an *Odoo " "Administrator* to disable :abbr:`2FA (two-factor authentication)` on the " "account." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/azure.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:3 msgid "OAuth" msgstr "OAuth" -#: ../../general/auth/azure.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:5 msgid "" "Due to specific requirements in Azure's OAuth implementation, Microsoft " "Azure OAuth identification is NOT compatible with Odoo at the moment." @@ -211,12 +212,12 @@ msgstr "" "OAuth, l'identification sur Microsoft Azure OAuth n'est PAS compatible avec " "Odoo pour le moment." -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:3 msgid "How to allow users to sign in with their Google account" msgstr "" "Comment autoriser les utilisateurs à se connecter avec leur compte Google" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:5 msgid "" "Connect to your Google account and go to the `Google API Dashboard " "<https://console.developers.google.com/>`_." @@ -224,18 +225,18 @@ msgstr "" "Connectez vous à votre compte Google et allez sur tableau de bord `Google " "API <https://console.developers.google.com/>`_." -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:8 msgid "" "Click on **Create Project** and enter the project name and other details." msgstr "" "Cliquez sur **Créer un projet** et introduisez le nom du projet ainsi que " "d'autres détails." -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:16 msgid "Click on **Use Google APIs**" msgstr "Cliquez sur **Utiliser les APIs Google **" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:21 msgid "" "On the left side menu, select the sub menu **Credentials** (from **API " "Manager**) then select **OAuth consent screen**." @@ -243,7 +244,7 @@ msgstr "" "Sur le menu à gauche, sélectionnez **Identifiants** (depuis le " "**Gestionnaire API**) puis sélectionnez **écran de consentement OAuth**." -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:26 msgid "" "Fill in your address, email and the product name (for example odoo) and then" " save." @@ -251,7 +252,7 @@ msgstr "" "Introduisez votre adresse email ainsi que le nom du produit (par ex. Odoo) " "puis sauvez." -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:31 msgid "" "Then click on **Add Credentials** and select the second option (OAuth 2.0 " "Client ID)." @@ -259,7 +260,7 @@ msgstr "" "Cliquez ensuite sur **Ajouter identifiants** et sélectionnez la deuxième " "option (OAuth 2.0 Client ID)." -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:39 msgid "" "Check that the application type is set on **Web Application**. Now configure" " the allowed pages on which you will be redirected." @@ -268,7 +269,7 @@ msgstr "" "Configurez ensuite les pages autorisées vers lesquelles vous souhaitez être " "redirigé." -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:41 msgid "" "To achieve this, complete the field **Authorized redirect URIs**. Copy paste" " the following link in the box: http://mydomain.odoo.com/auth_oauth/signin. " @@ -278,7 +279,7 @@ msgstr "" "collez le lien suivant dans la case : " "http://mydomain.odoo.com/auth_oauth/signin et cliquez ensuite sur **Créer**." -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:49 msgid "" "Once done, you receive two information (your Client ID and Client Secret). " "You have to insert your Client ID in the **General Settings**." @@ -287,11 +288,11 @@ msgstr "" "ID client secret). Vous devez introduire votre ID client dans les " "**Paramètres généraux**." -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:3 msgid "How to use Google Spreadsheet in Addition to my Data?" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:5 msgid "" "Create custom dashboards in Google Spreadsheet that retrieves data directly " "from Odoo using spreadsheet formula. You can use it to create sales " @@ -299,71 +300,72 @@ msgid "" "Python but programming skills are not required." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:10 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:84 -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:16 ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:13 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Configuration" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:12 msgid "" "From the *General Settings*, active *Google Drive* and *Google Spreadsheet*." " The options *Authorization Code* and *Get Authorization Code* are now " "available." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:19 msgid "" "Now, link your Google account with Odoo going to :menuselection:`Get " "Authorization Code --> select your Google account --> enter your password " "--> copy the code --> paste it into the Authorization Code field`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:24 msgid "Create a new Spreadsheet" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:26 msgid "" "From the *CRM* app, for example, go to *Favorites* and click on *Add to " "Google Spreadsheet*." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:32 msgid "A new spreadsheet will be automatically created in your Google Drive." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:35 msgid "" "When you opening this new file, a second sheet is created automatically by " "Odoo with a tutorial/documentation on *How to use Google Spreadsheet*." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:39 msgid "Link a Spreadsheet with Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:41 msgid "From this new file, configure your database." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:42 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Odoo --> Server Settings --> Database Name --> " "Username --> Password`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:49 msgid "Applications" msgstr "Applications" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:51 msgid "" "You have 2 different formulas of using Google Spreadsheet in Odoo: retrieve " "data and retrieve grouped sums." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:55 msgid "" "Google Drive limits the execution time of scripts; if the data you requested" " takes too long to be delivered, you might get an error. There is no " @@ -372,63 +374,63 @@ msgid "" "usually fine." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:62 msgid "Retrieve Data" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:66 msgid "" "The theoretical formula is :command:`= oe_browse " "(table;columns;filters;orderby:limit)`. Used it if you want to display the " "information without grouping it (e.g.: each sales order in the database)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:67 msgid "Find some the arguments in the table below." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:74 msgid "Retrieve Grouped Sums" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:77 msgid "" "The theoretical formula is :command:`= oe_read_group " "(table;columns;group_by;filters;orderby:limit)`. Use it when you want to " "display a sum of data (e.g.: total invoiced)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:78 msgid "Find some arguments in the table below." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:85 msgid "Other uses" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:87 msgid "" "Mix Odoo data with spreadsheet data, add traditional formulas, and create " "Dynamic Tabled and Graphs." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:3 msgid "How to allow users to sign in with LDAP" msgstr "Comment autoriser les utilisateurs à se connecter avec LDAP" -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:5 msgid "Install the LDAP module in General Settings." msgstr "Installez le module LDAP depuis les paramètres généraux." -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:7 msgid "Click on **Create** in Setup your LDAP Server." msgstr "Sur la page Configurez votre serveur LDAP, cliquez sur **Créer**." -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:15 msgid "Choose the company about to use the LDAP." msgstr "Choisissez l'entreprise qui va utiliser le LDAP." -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:20 msgid "" "In **Server Information**, enter the IP address of your server and the port " "it listens to." @@ -436,12 +438,12 @@ msgstr "" "Dans le champ **Information serveur**, entrez l'adresse IP de votre serveur " "ainsi que le port utilisé par celui-ci." -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:22 msgid "Tick **User TLS** if your server is compatible." msgstr "" "Cochez **Utilisateur TLS** si votre serveur est compatible à celui-ci." -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:27 msgid "" "In **Login Information**, enter ID and password of the account used to query" " the server. If left empty, the server will be queried anonymously." @@ -450,7 +452,7 @@ msgstr "" "du compte utilisé pour interroger le serveur. Si ce champ n'est pas rempli, " "le serveur sera interrogé de façon anonyme." -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:32 msgid "" "In **Process Parameter**, enter the domain name of your LDAP server in LDAP " "nomenclature (e.g. ``dc=example,dc=com``)." @@ -459,11 +461,11 @@ msgstr "" "votre serveur LDAP selon la nomenclature LDAP (par ex. " "``dc=example,dc=com``)." -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:34 msgid "In **LDAP filter**, enter ``uid=%s``" msgstr "Dans le champ **Filtre LDAP**, entrez ``uid=%s``." -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:39 msgid "" "In **User Information**, tick *Create User* if you want Odoo to create a " "User profile the first time someone log in with LDAP." @@ -472,7 +474,7 @@ msgstr "" "utilisateur* si vous voulez que Odoo crée un profil utilisateur lorsque " "quelqu'un se connecte avec le LDAP pour la première fois." -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:41 msgid "" "In **Template User**, indicate a template for the new profiles created. If " "left blanked, the admin profile will be used as template." @@ -481,15 +483,15 @@ msgstr "" "nouveaux profils créés. Si ce champ n'est pas rempli, le profil " "administrateur sera utilisé comme template." -#: ../../general/base_import.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import.rst:3 msgid "Data Import" msgstr "Importation de données" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:3 msgid "How to adapt an import template" msgstr "Comment adapter un template d'importation" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:5 msgid "" "Import templates are provided in the import tool of the most common data to " "import (contacts, products, bank statements, etc.). You can open them with " @@ -501,11 +503,11 @@ msgstr "" "bancaires, etc.). Vous pouvez les ouvrir avec n'importe quel logiciel " "tableur (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, etc.)." -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:11 msgid "How to customize the file" msgstr "Comment personnaliser le fichier" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:13 msgid "" "Remove columns you don't need. We advise to not remove the *ID* one (see why" " here below)." @@ -513,15 +515,15 @@ msgstr "" "Supprimez les colonnes dont vous n'avez pas besoin. Nous vous conseillons de" " ne pas supprimer la colonne *ID* (voyez pourquoi ci-dessous)." -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:15 -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:27 msgid "" "Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing." msgstr "" "Définissez un ID unique pour chaque donnée en tirant la séquence ID vers le " "bas." -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:20 msgid "" "When you add a new column, Odoo might not be able to map it automatically if" " its label doesn't fit any field of the system. If so, find the " @@ -532,7 +534,7 @@ msgstr "" "système. Dans ce cas, utilisez la fonction de recherche pour trouver le " "champ correspondant." -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:27 msgid "" "Then, use the label you found in your import template in order to make it " "work straight away the very next time you try to import." @@ -541,11 +543,11 @@ msgstr "" "d'importation pour le faire fonctionner directement la prochaine fois que " "vous essaierez d'importer." -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:31 msgid "Why an “ID” column" msgstr "Pourquoi utiliser une colonne “ID”" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:33 msgid "" "The **ID** (External ID) is an unique identifier for the line item. Feel " "free to use the one of your previous software to ease the transition to " @@ -555,14 +557,14 @@ msgstr "" "N'hésitez pas à utiliser celui de votre ancien logiciel pour faciliter la " "transition vers Odoo." -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:36 msgid "" "Setting an ID is not mandatory when importing but it helps in many cases:" msgstr "" "Vous n'êtes pas obligé de configurer un ID lors de l'importation mais cela " "peut être utile dans certains cas :" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:38 msgid "" "Update imports: you can import the same file several times without creating " "duplicates;" @@ -570,15 +572,15 @@ msgstr "" "Importations de mise à jour : vous pouvez importer le même fichier plusieurs" " fois sans devoir créer un doublon;" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:39 msgid "Import relation fields (see here below)." msgstr "Importer des champs de liens (voir ci-dessous)." -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:42 msgid "How to import relation fields" msgstr "Comment importer des champs de liens" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:44 msgid "" "An Odoo object is always related to many other objects (e.g. a product is " "linked to product categories, attributes, vendors, etc.). To import those " @@ -590,7 +592,7 @@ msgstr "" "vendeurs, etc.). Pour importer ces relations, vous devez d'abord importer " "les données de l'objet lié depuis leur propre menu déroulant." -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:48 msgid "" "You can do it using either the name of the related record or its ID. The ID " "is expected when two records have the same name. In such a case add \" / " @@ -603,15 +605,15 @@ msgstr "" "caractéristiques du produit : Caractéristiques du produit / Caractéristiques" " / ID)." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:3 msgid "Import data" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:6 msgid "How to start" msgstr "Comment démarrer" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:8 msgid "" "You can import data on any Odoo's business object using either Excel (.xlsx)" " or CSV (.csv) formats: contacts, products, bank statements, journal entries" @@ -622,13 +624,13 @@ msgstr "" "contacts, des produits, des relevés bancaires, des écritures comptables et " "même des commandes !" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:12 msgid "" "Open the view of the object you want to populate and click on " ":menuselection:`Favorites --> Import records`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:18 msgid "" "There you are provided with templates you can easily populate with your own " "data. Such templates can be imported in one click; The data mapping is " @@ -638,23 +640,23 @@ msgstr "" " propres données. Ces templates peuvent être importés en un clic car la " "cartographie des données a déjà été faite." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:23 msgid "How to adapt the template" msgstr "Comment adapter le template" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:25 msgid "Add, remove and sort columns to fit at best your data structure." msgstr "" "Ajoutez, supprimez et triez les colonnes pour qu'elles correspondent au " "mieux à votre structure de données." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:26 msgid "We advise to not remove the **ID** one (see why in the next section)." msgstr "" "Nous vous conseillons de ne pas supprimer la colonne **ID** (voyez pourquoi " "dans la section suivante)." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:32 msgid "" "When you add a new column, Odoo might not be able to map it automatically if" " its label doesn't fit any field in Odoo. Don't worry! You can map new " @@ -666,7 +668,7 @@ msgstr "" "dans Odoo. Vous pouvez relier les nouvelles colonnes manuellement lorsque " "vous testez l'importation. Recherchez le champ correspondant dans la liste." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:40 msgid "" "Then, use this field's label in your file in order to make it work straight " "on the very next time." @@ -674,11 +676,11 @@ msgstr "" "Utilisez ensuite le libellé de ce champ dans votre fichier pour qu'il " "fonctionne directement la prochaine fois." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:45 msgid "How to import from another application" msgstr "Comment importer depuis une autre application" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:47 msgid "" "In order to re-create relationships between different records, you should " "use the unique identifier from the original application and map it to the " @@ -695,7 +697,7 @@ msgstr "" "également retrouver cette donnée via son nom mais vous serez bloqué si au " "moins deux données ont le même nom." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:55 msgid "" "The **ID** will also be used to update the original import if you need to " "re-import modified data later, it's thus good practice to specify it " @@ -705,12 +707,12 @@ msgstr "" "vous devez importer des données modifiées plus tard, il est donc conseillé " "de le spécifier lorsque c'est possible." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:61 msgid "I cannot find the field I want to map my column to" msgstr "" "Je ne trouve pas le champ auquel je veux faire correspondre ma colonne" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:63 msgid "" "Odoo tries to find with some heuristic, based on the first ten lines of the " "files, the type of field for each column inside your file. For example if " @@ -728,7 +730,7 @@ msgstr "" "se peut aussi que cela ne fonctionne pas bien ou que vous vouliez faire " "correspondre votre colonne à un champ qui n'est pas proposé par défaut." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:72 msgid "" "If that happens, you just have to check the ** Show fields of relation " "fields (advanced)** option, you will then be able to choose from the " @@ -738,11 +740,11 @@ msgstr "" "des champs de relation (avancé)**, vous pourrez ainsi choisir depuis la " "liste complète de champs pour chaque colonne." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:80 msgid "Where can I change the date import format?" msgstr "Où puis-je changer le format de la date d'importation?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:82 msgid "" "Odoo can automatically detect if a column is a date, and it will try to " "guess the date format from a set of most commonly used date formats. While " @@ -759,7 +761,7 @@ msgstr "" "difficile de deviner quelle partie du format de date correspond au jour et " "laquelle correspond au mois dans une date telle que '01-03-2016'." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:88 msgid "" "To view which date format Odoo has found from your file you can check the " "**Date Format** that is shown when clicking on **Options** under the file " @@ -772,7 +774,7 @@ msgstr "" "pouvez le modifier selon vos préférences en utilisant l'*ISO 8601* pour " "définir le format." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:93 msgid "" "If you are importing an excel (.xls, .xlsx) file, you can use date cells to " "store dates as the display of dates in excel is different from the way it is" @@ -784,12 +786,12 @@ msgstr "" "Excel est différent de leur stockage. Vous vous assurez ainsi que le format " "de date dans Odoo est correct quel que soit le format de date local." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:98 msgid "Can I import numbers with currency sign (e.g.: $32.00)?" msgstr "" "Puis-je importer des nombres avec un symbole monétaire (par ex.: 32,00 $)?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:100 msgid "" "Yes, we fully support numbers with parenthesis to represent negative sign as" " well as numbers with currency sign attached to them. Odoo also " @@ -805,60 +807,60 @@ msgstr "" "un symbole monétaire inconnu d'Odoo, il se peut qu'il ne soit pas reconnu " "comme un nombre et qu'il se bloque." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:105 msgid "" "Examples of supported numbers (using thirty-two thousands as an example):" msgstr "" "Voici quelques exemples des nombres pris en charge (en utilisant trente-deux" " mille comme exemple) :" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:107 msgid "32.000,00" msgstr "32.000,00" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:108 msgid "32000,00" msgstr "32000,00" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:109 msgid "32,000.00" msgstr "32,000.00" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:110 msgid "-32000.00" msgstr "-32000.00" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:111 msgid "(32000.00)" msgstr "(32000.00)" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:112 msgid "$ 32.000,00" msgstr "$ 32.000,00" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:113 msgid "(32000.00 €)" msgstr "(32000.00 €)" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:115 msgid "Example that will not work:" msgstr "Exemple de ce qui ne fonctionne pas :" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:117 msgid "ABC 32.000,00" msgstr "ABC 32.000,00" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:118 msgid "$ (32.000,00)" msgstr "$ (32.000,00)" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:121 msgid "What can I do when the Import preview table isn't displayed correctly?" msgstr "" "Que puis-je faire lorsque le tableau d'aperçu de l'importation ne s'affiche " "pas correctement?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:123 msgid "" "By default the Import preview is set on commas as field separators and " "quotation marks as text delimiters. If your csv file does not have these " @@ -871,7 +873,7 @@ msgstr "" "Options de format de fichier (affichées dans la barre Parcourir le fichier " "CSV après avoir sélectionné votre fichier)." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:127 msgid "" "Note that if your CSV file has a tabulation as separator, Odoo will not " "detect the separations. You will need to change the file format options in " @@ -882,7 +884,7 @@ msgstr "" " format de fichier sur l'application tableur. Consultez la question " "suivante. " -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:132 msgid "" "How can I change the CSV file format options when saving in my spreadsheet " "application?" @@ -890,7 +892,7 @@ msgstr "" "Comment puis-je modifier les options de format du fichier CSV lors de la " "sauvegarde dans mon application tableur?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:134 msgid "" "If you edit and save CSV files in spreadsheet applications, your computer's " "regional settings will be applied for the separator and delimiter. We " @@ -905,7 +907,7 @@ msgstr "" "(Dans :menuselection:`'Enregistrer sous' boîte de dialogue --> Cochez la " "case 'Modifier les paramètres du filtre' --> Sauvez`)." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:139 msgid "" "Microsoft Excel will allow you to modify only the encoding when saving (in " ":menuselection:`'Save As' dialog box --> click 'Tools' dropdown list --> " @@ -915,11 +917,11 @@ msgstr "" " l'encodage (Dans :menuselection:`'Enregistrer sous' boîte de dialogue --> " "cliquez sur liste déroulante des 'Outils' --> Onglet d'encodage`)." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:143 msgid "What's the difference between Database ID and External ID?" msgstr "Quelle est la différence entre base de données ID et ID externe?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:145 msgid "" "Some fields define a relationship with another object. For example, the " "country of a contact is a link to a record of the 'Country' object. When you" @@ -935,7 +937,7 @@ msgstr "" "champs, Odoo prévoit trois méthodes. Vous devez utiliser une seule de ces " "méthodes pour chaque champ que vous voulez importer." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:150 msgid "" "For example, to reference the country of a contact, Odoo proposes you 3 " "different fields to import:" @@ -943,11 +945,11 @@ msgstr "" "Par exemple, pour référencer le pays d'un contact, Odoo vous propose trois " "différents champs pour importer :" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:152 msgid "Country: the name or code of the country" msgstr "Pays : le nom ou le code du pays" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:153 msgid "" "Country/Database ID: the unique Odoo ID for a record, defined by the ID " "postgresql column" @@ -955,7 +957,7 @@ msgstr "" "Pays/Base de données ID : l'ID unique d'Odoo pour une donnée, défini par la " "colonne ID PostgreSQL." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:154 msgid "" "Country/External ID: the ID of this record referenced in another application" " (or the .XML file that imported it)" @@ -963,23 +965,23 @@ msgstr "" "Pays/ID externe : l'ID de cette donnée référencé dans une autre application " "(ou le fichier .XML qui l'a importé)." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:157 msgid "For the country Belgium, you can use one of these 3 ways to import:" msgstr "Pour la Belgique, ces trois méthodes d'importation sont disponibles :" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:159 msgid "Country: Belgium" msgstr "Pays : Belgique" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:160 msgid "Country/Database ID: 21" msgstr "Pays/Base de données ID : 21" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:161 msgid "Country/External ID: base.be" msgstr "Pays/Id. externe: base.be" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:163 msgid "" "According to your need, you should use one of these 3 ways to reference " "records in relations. Here is when you should use one or the other, " @@ -989,7 +991,7 @@ msgstr "" "référencer les données dans les relations. Voici les situations où vous " "devez utiliser l'une ou l'autre :" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:166 msgid "" "Use Country: This is the easiest way when your data come from CSV files that" " have been created manually." @@ -997,7 +999,7 @@ msgstr "" "Utilisez Pays : c'est la façon la plus facile lorsque vos données viennent " "d'un fichier CSV qui a été créé manuellement." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:168 msgid "" "Use Country/Database ID: You should rarely use this notation. It's mostly " "used by developers as it's main advantage is to never have conflicts (you " @@ -1010,7 +1012,7 @@ msgstr "" "plusieurs données avec le même nom, mais elles ont toujours une ID de base " "de données unique)." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:171 msgid "" "Use Country/External ID: Use External ID when you import data from a third " "party application." @@ -1018,7 +1020,7 @@ msgstr "" "Utilisez Pays/ID externe : utilisez l'ID externe lorsque vous importez des " "données à partir d'une application tierce." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:173 msgid "" "When you use External IDs, you can import CSV files with the \"External ID\"" " column to define the External ID of each record you import. Then, you will " @@ -1033,27 +1035,23 @@ msgstr "" "fichiers CSV suivants vous donnent un exemple pour les produits et leurs " "catégories." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:178 msgid "" ":download:`CSV file for categories " -"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_product_categories.csv>`." +"<files/External_id_3rd_party_application_product_categories.csv>`." msgstr "" -":download:`Fichier CSV pour les catégories " -"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_product_categories.csv>`." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:181 msgid "" ":download:`CSV file for Products " -"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_products.csv>`." +"<files/External_id_3rd_party_application_products.csv>`." msgstr "" -":download:`Fichier CSV pour les produits " -"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_products.csv>`." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:185 msgid "What can I do if I have multiple matches for a field?" msgstr "Que puis-je faire si j'ai plusieurs correspondances pour un champ ?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:187 msgid "" "If for example you have two product categories with the child name " "\"Sellable\" (ie. \"Misc. Products/Sellable\" & \"Other " @@ -1072,7 +1070,7 @@ msgstr "" "(\"Produits divers/Vendable\"). Nous vous recommandons de modifier l'une des" " valeurs des doublons ou votre hiérarchie de catégories de produits." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:193 msgid "" "However if you do not wish to change your configuration of product " "categories, we recommend you use make use of the external ID for this field " @@ -1082,7 +1080,7 @@ msgstr "" " de produits, nous vous recommandons d'utiliser l'ID externe pour le champ " "'Catégorie'." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:197 msgid "" "How can I import a many2many relationship field (e.g. a customer that has " "multiple tags)?" @@ -1090,7 +1088,7 @@ msgstr "" "Comment puis-je importer un champ de relation d'un à plusieurs (par ex. un " "client qui possède différentes balises)?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:199 msgid "" "The tags should be separated by a comma without any spacing. For example, if" " you want your customer to be linked to both tags 'Manufacturer' and " @@ -1102,15 +1100,13 @@ msgstr "" "\"Fabricant\" et \"Détaillant\", vous devez encoder \"Fabricant, " "Détaillant\" dans la même colonne de votre fichier CSV." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:203 msgid "" ":download:`CSV file for Manufacturer, Retailer " -"<../../_static/example_files/m2m_customers_tags.csv>`" +"<files/m2m_customers_tags.csv>`" msgstr "" -":download:`Fichier CSV pour fabricant et distributeur " -"<../../_static/example_files/m2m_customers_tags.csv>`" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:207 msgid "" "How can I import a one2many relationship (e.g. several Order Lines of a " "Sales Order)?" @@ -1118,7 +1114,7 @@ msgstr "" "Comment puis-je importer une relation d'un à plusieurs (par ex. plusieurs " "lignes de commande ou un ordre de vente)?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:209 msgid "" "If you want to import sales order having several order lines; for each order" " line, you need to reserve a specific row in the CSV file. The first order " @@ -1138,15 +1134,13 @@ msgstr "" "la base de données de " "démonstration.``purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.CSV`" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:216 msgid "" ":download:`File for some Quotations " -"<../../_static/example_files/purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.csv>`." +"<files/purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.csv>`." msgstr "" -":download:`Fichier pour certains devis " -"<../../_static/example_files/purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.csv>`." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:218 msgid "" "The following CSV file shows how to import purchase orders with their " "respective purchase order lines:" @@ -1154,15 +1148,13 @@ msgstr "" "Le fichier CSV suivant montre comment importer des commandes et leurs lignes" " de commande respectives :" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:221 msgid "" ":download:`Purchase orders with their respective purchase order lines " -"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_purchase_order_lines.csv>`." +"<files/o2m_purchase_order_lines.csv>`." msgstr "" -":download:`Les commandes et leurs lignes de commande respectives " -"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_purchase_order_lines.csv>`." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:223 msgid "" "The following CSV file shows how to import customers and their respective " "contacts:" @@ -1170,19 +1162,17 @@ msgstr "" "Le fichier CSV suivant montre comment importer des clients et leurs contacts" " respectifs :" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:225 msgid "" ":download:`Customers and their respective contacts " -"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_customers_contacts.csv>`." +"<files/o2m_customers_contacts.csv>`." msgstr "" -":download:`Clients et leurs contacts respectifs " -"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_customers_contacts.csv>`." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:228 msgid "Can I import several times the same record?" msgstr "Puis-je importer plusieurs fois le même enregistrement ?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:230 msgid "" "If you import a file that contains one of the column \"External ID\" or " "\"Database ID\", records that have already been imported will be modified " @@ -1198,7 +1188,7 @@ msgstr "" "quelques modifications entre deux importations. Odoo se chargera de créer ou" " de modifier chaque enregistrement selon qu'il est nouveau ou non." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:235 msgid "" "This feature allows you to use the Import/Export tool of Odoo to modify a " "batch of records in your favorite spreadsheet application." @@ -1206,12 +1196,12 @@ msgstr "" "Cette fonctionnalité vous permet d'utiliser l'outil Import/Export d'Odoo " "pour modifier un lot de données dans votre application tableur favorite." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:239 msgid "What happens if I do not provide a value for a specific field?" msgstr "" "Que se passe t-il si je ne propose pas de valeur pour un champ spécifique?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:241 msgid "" "If you do not set all fields in your CSV file, Odoo will assign the default " "value for every non defined fields. But if you set fields with empty values " @@ -1224,13 +1214,13 @@ msgstr "" "définira la valeur VIDE dans le champ, au lieu d'assigner la valeur par " "défaut." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:246 msgid "How to export/import different tables from an SQL application to Odoo?" msgstr "" "Comment exporter/importer des tableaux différents depuis une application SQL" " vers Odoo?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:251 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:248 msgid "" "If you need to import data from different tables, you will have to recreate " "relations between records belonging to different tables. (e.g. if you import" @@ -1243,7 +1233,7 @@ msgstr "" "recréer le lien entre chaque personne et la société pour laquelle elle " "travaille)." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:252 msgid "" "To manage relations between tables, you can use the \"External ID\" " "facilities of Odoo. The \"External ID\" of a record is the unique identifier" @@ -1260,22 +1250,16 @@ msgstr "" "l'application ou de la table. (comme 'entreprise_1', 'personne_1' au lieu de" " '1'). " -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:261 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:258 msgid "" "As an example, suppose you have a SQL database with two tables you want to " "import: companies and persons. Each person belong to one company, so you " "will have to recreate the link between a person and the company he work for." " (If you want to test this example, here is a :download:`dump of such a " -"PostgreSQL database <../../_static/example_files/database_import_test.sql>`)" +"PostgreSQL database <files/database_import_test.sql>`)" msgstr "" -"Supposons, par exemple, que vous avez une base de données SQL avec deux " -"tableaux que vous voulez importer : entreprises et personnes. Chaque " -"personne fait partie d'une entreprise, vous allez devoir donc récréer le " -"lien entre la personne et l'entreprise pour laquelle elle travaille. (si " -"vous voulez tester cet exemple, voici un :download:`dump d'une telle base de" -" données PostgreSQL <../../_static/example_files/database_import_test.sql>`)" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:263 msgid "" "We will first export all companies and their \"External ID\". In PSQL, write" " the following command:" @@ -1283,11 +1267,11 @@ msgstr "" "Nous allons importer d'abord toutes les entreprises ainsi que leur \"ID " "externe\". Tapez la commande Dans PSQL :" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:269 msgid "This SQL command will create the following CSV file:" msgstr "Cette commande SQL va générer le fichier CSV suivant :" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:278 msgid "" "To create the CSV file for persons, linked to companies, we will use the " "following SQL command in PSQL:" @@ -1295,11 +1279,11 @@ msgstr "" "Pour créer les fichiers CSV pour des personnes, liées à des entreprises, " "nous allons utiliser la commande SQL suivante en PSQL :" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:284 msgid "It will produce the following CSV file:" msgstr "Cela va générer le fichier CSV suivant :" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:297 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:294 msgid "" "As you can see in this file, Fabien and Laurence are working for the Bigees " "company (company_1) and Eric is working for the Organi company. The relation" @@ -1316,7 +1300,7 @@ msgstr "" "et les entreprises (personne_1 et entreprise_1 qui avaient le même ID 1 dans" " la base de données initiale)." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:303 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:300 msgid "" "The two files produced are ready to be imported in Odoo without any " "modifications. After having imported these two CSV files, you will have 4 " @@ -1329,15 +1313,15 @@ msgstr "" "première entreprise). Vous devez d'abord importer les entreprises et ensuite" " les personnes." -#: ../../general/calendars.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars.rst:3 msgid "Calendars" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:3 msgid "Synchronize Google Calendar with Odoo" msgstr "Synchroniser votre agenda Google avec Odoo" -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo is perfectly integrated with Google Calendar so that you can see & " "manage your meetings from both platforms (updates go through both " @@ -1347,11 +1331,11 @@ msgstr "" "vos rendez-vous depuis les deux plateformes (les mises à jour s'effectuant " "dans les deux sens)." -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:10 msgid "Setup in Google" msgstr "Configuration dans Google" -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:11 msgid "" "Go to `Google APIs platform <https://console.developers.google.com>`__ to " "generate Google Calendar API credentials. Log in with your Google account." @@ -1360,19 +1344,19 @@ msgstr "" "<https://console.developers.google.com>`__ pour générer les identifiants de " "l'API Google Calendar." -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:14 msgid "Go to the API & Services page." msgstr "Allez à la page des API et Services." -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:19 msgid "Search for *Google Calendar API* and select it." msgstr "Cherchez *Google Calendar API* et sélectionnez-le." -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:27 msgid "Enable the API." msgstr "Activez l'API." -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:32 msgid "" "Select or create an API project to store the credentials if not yet done " "before. Give it an explicit name (e.g. Odoo Sync)." @@ -1380,11 +1364,11 @@ msgstr "" "Sélectionnez ou créez un projet d'API pour enregistrer les identifiants si " "vous ne l'avez jamais fait. Donnez-lui un nom explicite (e.g. Odoo Sync)." -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:35 msgid "Create credentials." msgstr "Créez des identifiants." -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:40 msgid "" "Select *Web browser (Javascript)* as calling source and *User data* as kind " "of data." @@ -1392,7 +1376,7 @@ msgstr "" "Sélectionnez *Navigateur Web (Javascript)* comme contexte à partir duquel " "l'API sera appelée et *Données utilisateur* comme type de données." -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:46 msgid "" "Then you can create a Client ID. Enter the name of the application (e.g. " "Odoo Calendar) and the allowed pages on which you will be redirected. The " @@ -1406,7 +1390,7 @@ msgstr "" " de votre instance Odoo. L'*URL de redirection autorisée* est l'URL de votre" " instance Odoo suivie de '/google_account/authentication'." -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:55 msgid "" "Go through the Consent Screen step by entering a product name (e.g. Odoo " "Calendar). Feel free to check the customizations options but this is not " @@ -1419,7 +1403,7 @@ msgstr "" "n'apparaîtra qu'une fois que vous aurez entré l'identifiant client dans " "Odoo." -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:60 msgid "" "Finally you are provided with your **Client ID**. Go to *Credentials* to get" " the **Client Secret** as well. Both of them are required in Odoo." @@ -1428,11 +1412,11 @@ msgstr "" "*Credentials* pour obtenir ensuite le **Client Secret**. Vous aurez besoin " "de ces deux informations dans Odoo." -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:67 msgid "Setup in Odoo" msgstr "Configuration dans Odoo" -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:69 msgid "" "Install the **Google Calendar** App from the *Apps* menu or by checking the " "option in :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings`." @@ -1441,7 +1425,7 @@ msgstr "" "menu *Applications* ou en cochant la case dans :menuselection:`Paramètres " "--> Paramètres Généraux`." -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:75 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and enter your **Client" " ID** and **Client Secret** in Google Calendar option." @@ -1450,7 +1434,7 @@ msgstr "" "entrez votre **Id. client** et **Client Secret** dans les paramètres du " "Calendrier Google." -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:81 msgid "" "The setup is now ready. Open your Odoo Calendar and sync with Google. The " "first time you do it you are redirected to Google to authorize the " @@ -1463,26 +1447,26 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo, re-cliquez sur le bouton synchroniser. Vous pouvez cliquer sur ce " "bouton chaque fois que vous voulez synchroniser votre calendrier." -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:89 msgid "As of now you no longer have excuses to miss a meeting!" msgstr "" "À partir de maintenant, vous n'avez plus d'excuses pour rater une réunion !" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:3 msgid "Synchronization with Outlook's Calendar" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:5 msgid "" "Synchronizing your **main** Outlook Calendar with Odoo is useful to keep " "track of your tasks and appointments, and across all related applications." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:9 msgid "Register your application with the Microsoft identity platform" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:13 msgid "" "In order to be able to sync your Outlook Calendar with Odoo's Calendar, a " "Microsoft Azure account is needed. The creation of an account is free for " @@ -1490,7 +1474,7 @@ msgid "" "here <https://azure.microsoft.com/en-us/free/?WT.mc_id=A261C142F>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:15 msgid "" "Following, `Set up an Azure AD Tenant <https://docs.microsoft.com/en-" "us/azure/active-directory/develop/quickstart-create-new-tenant>`_, also " @@ -1498,69 +1482,69 @@ msgid "" "and register apps." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:17 msgid "" "Ultimately, `Register an Application <https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure" "/active-directory/develop/quickstart-register-app>`_, choosing the " "appropriate supported account type." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:20 msgid "When configuring your platform settings, choose *Web*." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:0 msgid "" "For the **Redirect URI restrictions**, copy your Odoo database URI followed " "by ``/microsoft_account/authentication``. Example:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:0 msgid "" "For more information on the restrictions and limitations of URIs, `check " "this page <https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/active-directory/develop" "/reply-url>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:37 msgid "" "Regarding credentials, you *must* **Add a client secret**, called *Client " "Secret* in Odoo, which allows Odoo to authenticate itself, requiring no " "interaction from your side. *Certificates* are optional." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:42 msgid "Configuration in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:44 msgid "Go to general *Settings* and activate the *Outlook Calendar* feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:50 msgid "" "From your Azure portal, under *Overview*, copy your *Application (client) " "ID*, and paste it to *Client ID* in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:57 msgid "" "Going back to your Azure portal, now under *Certificates & secrets*, copy " "your *Client Secret Value* and paste it to *Client Secret* in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:67 msgid "Sync with Outlook" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:0 msgid "" "Odoo Calendar sends a confirmation email at the creation of an event to its " "attendees. But, on the **first** sync, Outlook will also send confirmation " "emails of all scheduled events (including past ones)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:0 msgid "" "To avoid this situation, we recommend *archiving all past events, and " "removing yourself from future ones in Odoo Calendar before the first sync*. " @@ -1569,20 +1553,20 @@ msgid "" "sync, events will only send one confirmation email." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:82 msgid "" "Go to the *Calendar* application and *Sync with Outlook*. You are asked to " "log in to your account, if you are not already, and grant the required " "permissions." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:89 msgid "" "The synchronization is a two-way process, meaning that events are reconciled" " in both accounts (Outlook and Odoo)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:97 msgid "" "All users that want to use the synchronization simply need to :ref:`sync " "their calendar with Outlook <outlook_calendar/sync_with_outlook>`. The " @@ -1592,96 +1576,96 @@ msgid "" "external users." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:103 -msgid ":doc:`../../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension`" +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:103 +msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:104 msgid ":doc:`../google/google_calendar_credentials`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/developer_mode.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:3 msgid "Developer Mode" msgstr "Mode Développeur" -#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:3 msgid "Activate the Developer (Debug) Mode" msgstr "Activer le Mode Développeur (Débogage)" -#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:5 msgid "" "The Developer or Debug Mode gives you access to extra and advanced tools." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:8 msgid "Through the Settings application" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:10 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Activate the developer mode`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:17 msgid "" "*Activate the developer mode (with assets)* is used by developers; *Activate" " the developer mode (with tests assets)* is used by developers and testers." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:20 msgid "" "Once activated, the *Deactivate the developer mode* option becomes " "available." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:23 msgid "Through a browser extension" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:26 msgid "" "Go to the settings and extensions of your web browser, and search for *Odoo " "Debug*. Once the extension is installed, a new icon will be shown on your " "toolbar." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:28 msgid "" "For the *Odoo Debug* extension, a single click enables a normal version of " "the mode, while a double click enables it with assets. To deactivate it, use" " a single click." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:35 msgid "Through the URL" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:37 msgid "In the URL add ``?debug=1`` or ``?debug=true`` after *web*." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:44 msgid "Developers: type ``?debug=assets`` and activate the mode with assets." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:47 msgid "Locate the mode tools" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:49 msgid "" "The Developer mode tools can be accessed from the *Open Developer Tools* " "button, located on the header of your pages." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:3 msgid "In-App Purchase" msgstr "Achats in-App" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:3 msgid "General guide about In-App Purchase (IAP) Services" msgstr "Guide général sur les services d'achats in-App (IAP)" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:5 msgid "" "In-App Purchases (IAP) gives access to additional services through Odoo. For" " instance, it allows me to send SMS Text Messages or to send Invoices by " @@ -1691,11 +1675,11 @@ msgstr "" "via Odoo. Ils vous permettent par exemple, d'envoyer des SMS ou des factures" " par la poste directement depuis votre base de données." -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:9 msgid "Buying Credits" msgstr "Achetez des crédits" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:11 msgid "" "Each IAP Service relies on prepaid credits to work and has its own pricing. " "To consult my current balance or to recharge my account, go to " @@ -1706,7 +1690,7 @@ msgstr "" "recharger votre compte, allez dans la rubrique :menuselection:`Paramètres " "--> Odoo IAP --> Consulter mes services`." -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:19 msgid "" "If I am on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, I benefit " "from free credits to test our IAP features." @@ -1714,24 +1698,24 @@ msgstr "" "Si je suis sur Odoo Online (SAAS) et que j'ai la version Entreprise, je " "bénéficie de crédits gratuits pour tester les fonctionnalités IAP." -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:23 msgid "IAP accounts" msgstr "Comptes IAP" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:25 msgid "" "Credits to use IAP services are stored on IAP accounts, which are specific " "to each service and database. By default, IAP accounts are common to all " "companies, but can be restricted to specific ones. Activate the " -":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, then go to " +":doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>`, then go to " ":menuselection:`Technical Settings --> IAP Account`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:34 msgid "IAP Portal" msgstr "Portail IAP" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:36 msgid "" "The IAP Portal is a platform regrouping my IAP Services. It is accessible " "from :menuselection:`Settings app --> Odoo IAP --> View my Services`. From " @@ -1744,11 +1728,11 @@ msgstr "" "recharger mes crédits, revoir ma consommation et définir un rappel lorsque " "les crédits sont faibles." -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:44 msgid "Get notified when credits are low" msgstr "Recevoir une notification lorsque les crédits sont bas" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:46 msgid "" "To be notified when it’s time to recharge my credits, I’ll go to my IAP " "Portal through :menuselection:`Settings app --> Odoo IAP --> View my " @@ -1764,11 +1748,11 @@ msgstr "" "nombre minimum de crédits et d'adresses email. Désormais, chaque fois que la" " limite sera atteinte, un rappel automatique me sera envoyé par email !" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:56 msgid "IAP services available" msgstr "Services IAP disponibles" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:58 msgid "" "Different services are available depending on the hosting type of your " "Database:" @@ -1776,7 +1760,7 @@ msgstr "" "Différents services sont disponibles selon le type d'hébergement de votre " "base de données :" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:60 msgid "" "*Odoo Online (SAAS)*: only the IAP services provided by Odoo can be used " "(i.e. the SMS, Snailmail, Reveal and Partner Autocomplete features);" @@ -1785,7 +1769,7 @@ msgstr "" "être utilisés (c'est-à-dire les fonctions SMS, Snailmail, Reveal et Partner " "Autocomplete)." -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:62 msgid "" "*Odoo.sh and Odoo Enterprise (on-premise)*: both the services provided by " "Odoo and by third-party apps can be used." @@ -1793,26 +1777,51 @@ msgstr "" "*Odoo.sh et Odoo Entreprise (sur site)*: les services fournis par Odoo et " "par les applications tierces peuvent être utilisés." -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:66 msgid "Offering my own services" msgstr "Proposer mes propres services" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:68 msgid "" "I am more than welcome to offer my own IAP services through Odoo Apps! It is" " the perfect opportunity to get recurring revenue for an ongoing service use" " rather than — and possibly instead of — a sole initial purchase. Please, " -"find more information at: `In-App Purchase " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/14.0/webservices/iap.html>`_" +"find more information at: :doc:`In-App Purchase " +"</developer/webservices/iap>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies.rst:3 -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:2 -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/general/mobile.rst:4 +msgid "Mobile" +msgstr "Mobile" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/mobile.rst:7 +msgid "Push Notifications" +msgstr "Notifications Push" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/mobile.rst:9 +msgid "" +"As of Odoo 12.0, 13.0 or above, there is no more complex configuration to " +"enable push notifications in the mobile app." +msgstr "" +"Depuis Odoo 12.0 ou supérieure, plus aucune configuration n'est nécessaire " +"pour activer les notifications \"push\" dans l'application mobile." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/mobile.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Simply go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Odoo Cloud " +"Notification (OCN)` and make sure that **Push Notifications** is checked." +msgstr "" +"Allez simplement à :menuselection:`Paramètres --> Paramètres généraux --> " +"Odoo Cloud Notification (OCN)` et assurez-vous que les **Notifications " +"push** sont activées." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:2 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:189 msgid "Multi Companies" msgstr "Multi sociétés" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:4 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:4 msgid "" "A centralized management environment allows you to select multiple companies" " simultaneously and set their specific warehouses, customers, equipment, and" @@ -1821,11 +1830,11 @@ msgid "" "overall management process." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:10 msgid "Manage companies and records" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:12 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Manage Companies` and fill in the form " "with your company’s information. If a *Parent Company* is selected, records " @@ -1833,15 +1842,15 @@ msgid "" "active)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:21 msgid "" -"Activate the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` " -"to choose a *Favicon* for each of your companies, and easily identify them " -"by the browser tabs. Set your favicons’ files size to 16x16 or 32x32 pixels." -" JPG, PNG, GIF, and ICO are extensions accepted." +"Activate the :doc:`Developer mode <../developer_mode/activate>` to choose a " +"*Favicon* for each of your companies, and easily identify them by the " +"browser tabs. Set your favicons’ files size to 16x16 or 32x32 pixels. JPG, " +"PNG, GIF, and ICO are extensions accepted." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:30 msgid "" "Switch between or select multiple companies by enabling their selection " "boxes to activate them. The grayed company is the one which environment is " @@ -1850,118 +1859,114 @@ msgid "" "environment in use is of *JS Store US*." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:39 msgid "" "Data such as Products, Contacts, and Equipment can be shared or set to be " "shown for a specific company only. To do so, on their forms, choose between:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:42 msgid "*A blank field*: the record is shared within all companies." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:43 msgid "" "*Adding a company*: the record is visible to users logged in to that " -"specific company and its child companies." +"specific company." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:50 msgid "Employees' access" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:52 msgid "" "Once companies are created, manage your employees' :doc:`Access Rights " -"<../odoo_basics/add_user>` for *Multi Companies*." +"<../odoo_basics/users>` for *Multi Companies*." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:61 msgid "" "If a user has multiple companies *activated* on his database, and he is " "**editing** a record, the editing happens on the record's related company." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:64 msgid "" "Example: if editing a sale order issued under JS Store US while working on " "the JS Store Belgium environment, the changes are applied under JS Store US " "(the company from which the sale order was issued)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:65 msgid "When **creating** a record, the company taken into account is:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:67 msgid "The current company (the one active) or," msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:68 msgid "No company is set (on products and contacts’ forms for example) or," msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:69 msgid "" "The company set is the one linked to the document (the same as if a record " "is being edited)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:72 msgid "Documents’ format" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:74 msgid "" "To set documents' formats according to each company, *activate* and *select*" " the respective one and, under *Settings*, click on *Configure Document " "Layout*." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:82 msgid "Inter-Company Transactions" msgstr "Opérations inter-entreprises" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:84 msgid "" "First, make sure each one of your companies is properly set in relation to:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:86 msgid "" ":doc:`Chart of Accounts " -"<../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts>`" +"<../../finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:88 -msgid ":doc:`Taxes <../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes>`" +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:87 +msgid ":doc:`Taxes <../../finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:88 msgid "" -":doc:`Fiscal Positions <../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions>`" +":doc:`Fiscal Positions " +"<../../finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:90 -msgid ":doc:`Journals <../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts>`" +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:89 +msgid ":doc:`Journals <../../finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:90 msgid "" ":doc:`Fiscal Localizations " -"<../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>`" +"<../../finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:92 -msgid ":doc:`Pricelists <../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing>`" +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:91 +msgid ":doc:`Pricelists <../../sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:93 -msgid "" -":doc:`Warehouses <../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:93 msgid "" "Now, activate the *Inter-Company Transactions* option under *Settings*. With" " the respective company *activated* and *selected*, choose if you would like" @@ -1969,20 +1974,20 @@ msgid "" "or at a sales/purchase orders level." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:101 msgid "" "**Synchronize invoice/bills**: generates a bill/invoice when a company " "confirms a bill/invoice for the selected company." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:104 msgid "" "*Example:* an invoice posted on JS Store Belgium, for JS Store US, " "automatically creates a vendor bill on the JS Store US, from the JS Store " "Belgium." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:111 msgid "" "**Synchronize sales/purchase order**: generates a drafted purchase/sales " "order using the selected company warehouse when a sales/purchase order is " @@ -1990,217 +1995,41 @@ msgid "" "order you rather have it validated, enable *Automatic Validation*." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:115 msgid "" "*Example:* when a sale order for JS Store US is confirmed on JS Store " "Belgium, a purchase order on JS Store Belgium is automatically created (and " "confirmed if the *Automatic Validation* feature was enabled)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:126 -msgid "Products have to be configured as *Can be sold*." +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:124 +msgid "" +"Products have to be configured as *Can be sold* and must be shared between " +"the companies." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:127 msgid "" "Remember to test all workflows as an user other than the administrator." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:132 -msgid "" -"`Multi-company Guidelines " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/14.0/howtos/company.html>`_" +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:130 +msgid ":doc:`Multi-company Guidelines </developer/howtos/company>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:133 -msgid ":doc:`../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works`" +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:131 +msgid ":doc:`../../finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics.rst:3 msgid "Basics" msgstr "L'essentiel" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:3 -msgid "Add Users and Manage Access Rights" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo defines a *user* as someone who has access to a database to perform " -"daily tasks. You can add as many users as you need and, in order to restrict" -" the type of information each user can access, rules can be applied. Users " -"and access rights can be added and changed at any point." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:12 -msgid "Add individual users" -msgstr "Ajoutez des utilisateurs individuels" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Manage Users` and click on *Create*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Fill in the form with the needed information. Under the tab :ref:`Access " -"Rights <general/odoo_basics/add_user/access_rights>` choose the group within" -" each application the user can have access to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:24 -msgid "" -"The list of applications shown is based on the applications installed on the" -" database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:30 -msgid "" -"When you are done editing the page and have *Saved* it, an invitation email " -"is automatically sent to the user. The user must click on it to accept the " -"invitation and create a login." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Remember that subscription prices follow the number of users. Refer to our " -"`pricing page <https://www.odoo.com/pricing>`_ for more information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:42 -msgid "" -"With the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` " -"activated, *User Types* can be selected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:50 -msgid "" -"The *Portal* and *Public* options do not allow you to choose access rights. " -"Members have specific ones (such as record rules and restricted menus) and " -"usually do not belong to the usual Odoo groups." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:57 -msgid "Access Rights in detail" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:59 -msgid "" -"Activate the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, " -"then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Groups`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:63 -msgid "Groups" -msgstr "Groupes" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:68 -msgid "" -"When choosing the groups the user can have access under :ref:`Access Rights " -"<general/odoo_basics/add_individual_user>`, details of the rules and " -"inheritances of that group are not shown, so this is when the menu *Groups* " -"comes along. *Groups* are created to define rules to models within an " -"application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Under *Users*, have a list of the current ones. The ones with administrative" -" rights are shown in black." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:76 -msgid "" -"*Inherited* means that users added to this application group are " -"automatically added to the following ones. In the example below, users who " -"have access to the group *Administrator* of *Sales* also have access to " -"*Website/Restricted Editor* and *Sales/User: All Documents*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:86 -msgid "" -"Remember to always test the settings being changed in order to ensure that " -"they are being applied to the needed and right users." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:89 -msgid "" -"The *Menus* tab is where you define which menus (models) the user can have " -"access to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:96 -msgid "" -"*Access Rights* rules are the first level of rights. The field is composed " -"of the object name, which is the technical name given to a model. For each " -"model, enable the following options as appropriate:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:99 -msgid "*Read*: the values of that object can be only seen by the user." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:100 -msgid "*Write*: the values of that object can be edited by the user." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:101 -msgid "*Create*: values for that object can be created by the user." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:102 -msgid "*Delete*: the values of that object can be deleted by the user." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:109 -msgid "" -"As a second layer of editing and visibility rules, *Record Rules* can be " -"formed. They overwrite, or refine, the *Access Rights*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:112 -msgid "" -"A record rule is written using a *Domain*. Domains are conditions used to " -"filter or searching data. Therefore, a domain expression is a list of " -"conditions. For each rule, choose among the following options: *Read*, " -"*Write*, *Create* and *Delete* values." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:119 -msgid "" -"Making changes in access rights can have a big impact on the database. For " -"this reason, we recommend you to contact your Odoo Business Analyst or our " -"Support Team, unless you have knowledge about Domains in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:126 -msgid "" -"The *Multi Companies* field allows you to set to which of the multiple " -"companies database you hold the user can have access." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:130 -msgid "" -"Note that if not handled correctly, it may be the source of a lot of " -"inconsistent multi-company behaviors. Therefore, a good knowledge of Odoo is" -" required. For technical explanations refer to `this " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/14.0/howtos/company.html>`_ " -"documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:140 -msgid ":doc:`../multi_companies/manage_multi_companies`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:141 -msgid ":doc:`../../db_management/documentation`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../db_management/documentation`" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:3 msgid "Manage Odoo in your own language" msgstr "Gérez Odoo dans votre propre langue" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo provides you with the option to manage Odoo in different languages, and" " each user can use Odoo in his own language ." @@ -2208,11 +2037,11 @@ msgstr "" "Vous pouvez gérer Odoo dans différentes langues, et chaque utilisateur peut " "le faire dans sa propre langue." -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:9 msgid "Load your desired language" msgstr "Téléchargez la langue désirée" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:11 msgid "" "The first thing to do is to load your desired language on your Odoo " "instance." @@ -2220,7 +2049,7 @@ msgstr "" "La première chose à faire est télécharger la langue que vous désirez dans " "votre instance Odoo." -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:14 msgid "" "From the general dashboard click on the **Settings** app; on the top left of" " the page select :menuselection:`Translations --> Load a Translation`, " @@ -2231,7 +2060,7 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Traductions --> Télécharger une traduction`, sélectionnez " "une langue d'installation, puis cliquez sur **TÉLÉCHARGER.**" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:23 msgid "" "If you check the \"Websites to translate\" checkbox you will have the option" " to change the navigation language on your website." @@ -2239,11 +2068,11 @@ msgstr "" "Si vous cochez la case \"Sites Web à traduire\" vous aurez la possibilité de" " changer la langue de navigation sur votre site Web." -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:27 msgid "Change your language" msgstr "Modifiez votre langue" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:29 msgid "" "You can change the language to the installed language by going to the drop-" "down menu at the top right side of the screen, choose **Preferences**." @@ -2251,7 +2080,7 @@ msgstr "" "Pour modifier la langue installée, allez sur le menu déroulant situé dans le" " coin supérieur droit de l'écran et sélectionnez **Préférences**." -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:36 msgid "" "Then change the Language setting to your installed language and click " "**SAVE.**" @@ -2259,15 +2088,15 @@ msgstr "" "Modifiez ensuite les paramètres de la langue que vous avez installée et " "cliquez sur **ENREGISTRER.**" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:42 msgid "Open a new menu to view the changes." msgstr "Ouvrez un nouveau menu pour voir les modifications." -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:45 msgid "Change another user's language" msgstr "Modifiez la langue d'un autre utilisateur" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:47 msgid "" "Odoo also gives you the possibility for each user to choose his preferred " "language." @@ -2275,7 +2104,7 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo offre également à chaque utilisateur la possibilité de choisir sa " "langue préférée." -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:50 msgid "" "To change the language for a different user, choose :menuselection:`Users " "--> Users` from the Settings app. Here you have a list of all users and you " @@ -2292,15 +2121,15 @@ msgstr "" "Préférences, vous pouvez changer la langue pour n'importe quelle autre " "langue précédemment installée et cliquer sur **ENREGISTRER.**" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:61 -msgid ":doc:`../../website/publish/translate`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../website/publish/translate`" +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:61 +msgid ":doc:`../../websites/website/publish/translate`" +msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:3 msgid "Export Data From Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:5 msgid "" "When working with a database, it sometimes is necessary to export your data " "in a distinct file. Doing so can help to do reporting over your activities " @@ -2308,21 +2137,21 @@ msgid "" "application)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:9 msgid "" "With Odoo, you can export the values from any field in any record. To do so," " activate the list view on the items that need to be exported, click on " "*Action*, and, then, on *Export*." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:17 msgid "" "Pretty simple, this action still comes with some specificities. In fact, " "when clicking on *Export*, a pop-up window appears with several options for " "the data to export:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:25 msgid "" "With the *I want to update data* option ticked, the system only shows the " "fields which can be imported. This is very helpful in case you want to " @@ -2331,14 +2160,14 @@ msgid "" "not just the ones which can be imported." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:31 msgid "" "When exporting, you can choose between two formats: .csv and .xls. With " ".csv, items are separated with a comma, while .xls holds information about " "all the worksheets in a file, including both content and formatting." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:34 msgid "" "Those are the items you may want to export. Use the arrows to display more " "sub-field options. Of course, you can use the search bar to find specific " @@ -2346,22 +2175,22 @@ msgid "" "the fields by clicking on all the arrows!" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:39 msgid "The + button is there to add fields to the “to export” list." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:40 msgid "" "The “handles” next to the selected fields allow you to move the fields up " "and down to change the order in which they must be displayed in the exported" " file." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:43 msgid "The trashcan is there if you need to remove fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:44 msgid "" "For recurring reports, it might be interesting to save export presets. " "Select all the needed ones and click on the template bar. There, click on " @@ -2369,65 +2198,314 @@ msgid "" "the same list, simply select the related template." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:51 msgid "" "It’s good to keep the field’s external identifier in mind. For example, " "*Related Company* is equal to *parent_id*. Doing so helps export only what " "you would like to import next." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers.rst:3 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:3 +msgid "Users and Access Rights" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo defines a *user* as someone who has access to a database to perform " +"daily tasks. You can add as many users as you need and, in order to restrict" +" the type of information each user can access, rules can be applied. Users " +"and access rights can be added and changed at any point." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:12 +msgid "Add individual users" +msgstr "Ajoutez des utilisateurs individuels" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Manage Users` and click on *Create*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Fill in the form with the needed information. Under the tab :ref:`Access " +"Rights <general/odoo_basics/users/access_rights>` choose the group within " +"each application the user can have access to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The list of applications shown is based on the applications installed on the" +" database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:30 +msgid "" +"When you are done editing the page and have *Saved* it, an invitation email " +"is automatically sent to the user. The user must click on it to accept the " +"invitation and create a login." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Remember that subscription prices follow the number of users. Refer to our " +"`pricing page <https://www.odoo.com/pricing>`_ for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:42 +msgid "" +"With the :doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>` " +"activated, *User Types* can be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The *Portal* and *Public* options do not allow you to choose access rights. " +"Members have specific ones (such as record rules and restricted menus) and " +"usually do not belong to the usual Odoo groups." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:57 +msgid "Passwords management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:62 +msgid "Reset passwords" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:67 +msgid "Enable password resets from login page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:69 +msgid "It is possible to enable password resets directly from the login page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:71 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Permissions`, activate " +"**Password Reset** and *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:80 +msgid "Send reset instructions to users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Users`, select the " +"user out of the list and click on *Send Password Reset Instructions* on its " +"user form. An email is automatically sent to them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:87 +msgid "" +"The *Send Password Reset Instructions* button only appears if the Odoo " +"invitation email has already been confirmed by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:90 +msgid "" +"This email contains all the instructions needed to reset the password, along" +" with a link redirecting the user to an Odoo login page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:100 +msgid "Change users’ passwords" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Users` and select " +"a user to access its form. Click on the *Action* button and select *Change " +"Password*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:109 +msgid "Enter a new password and confirm by clicking on *Change Password*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:112 +msgid "" +"This operation only modifies the password of the users locally and does not " +"affect their odoo.com account. If you want to change the odoo.com password, " +"you can :ref:`send the password reset instructions <users/reset-password-" +"email>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Click on *Change Password* one more time. You are then redirected to an Odoo" +" login page where you can reaccess your database using your new password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:122 +msgid "Access Rights in detail" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:124 +msgid "" +"Activate the :doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>`, " +"then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Groups`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:128 +msgid "Groups" +msgstr "Groupes" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:133 +msgid "" +"When choosing the groups the user can have access under :ref:`Access Rights " +"<general/odoo_basics/add_individual_user>`, details of the rules and " +"inheritances of that group are not shown, so this is when the menu *Groups* " +"comes along. *Groups* are created to define rules to models within an " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Under *Users*, have a list of the current ones. The ones with administrative" +" rights are shown in black." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:141 +msgid "" +"*Inherited* means that users added to this application group are " +"automatically added to the following ones. In the example below, users who " +"have access to the group *Administrator* of *Sales* also have access to " +"*Website/Restricted Editor* and *Sales/User: All Documents*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Remember to always test the settings being changed in order to ensure that " +"they are being applied to the needed and right users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:154 +msgid "" +"The *Menus* tab is where you define which menus (models) the user can have " +"access to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:161 +msgid "" +"*Access Rights* rules are the first level of rights. The field is composed " +"of the object name, which is the technical name given to a model. For each " +"model, enable the following options as appropriate:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:164 +msgid "*Read*: the values of that object can be only seen by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:165 +msgid "*Write*: the values of that object can be edited by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:166 +msgid "*Create*: values for that object can be created by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:167 +msgid "*Delete*: the values of that object can be deleted by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:174 +msgid "" +"As a second layer of editing and visibility rules, *Record Rules* can be " +"formed. They overwrite, or refine, the *Access Rights*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:177 +msgid "" +"A record rule is written using a *Domain*. Domains are conditions used to " +"filter or searching data. Therefore, a domain expression is a list of " +"conditions. For each rule, choose among the following options: *Read*, " +"*Write*, *Create* and *Delete* values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:184 +msgid "" +"Making changes in access rights can have a big impact on the database. For " +"this reason, we recommend you to contact your Odoo Business Analyst or our " +"Support Team, unless you have knowledge about Domains in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:191 +msgid "" +"The *Multi Companies* field allows you to set to which of the multiple " +"companies database you hold the user can have access." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:195 +msgid "" +"Note that if not handled correctly, it may be the source of a lot of " +"inconsistent multi-company behaviors. Therefore, a good knowledge of Odoo is" +" required. For technical explanations refer to :doc:`this " +"</developer/howtos/company>` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:205 +msgid ":doc:`../multi_companies/manage_multi_companies`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:206 +msgid ":doc:`../../settings/users_and_features`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:27 msgid "Payment Acquirers" msgstr "Intermédiaires de paiement" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:3 msgid "Authorize.Net" msgstr "Authorize.Net" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:5 msgid "" "`Authorize.Net <https://www.authorize.net>`__ is a United States-based " "online payment solution provider, allowing businesses to accept **credit " "cards**." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:12 msgid "" "This Payment Acquirer offers additional options that are not available for " "other :doc:`Payment Acquirers <payment_acquirers>`, such as the ability to " "process your customer's payment after delivery." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:17 msgid "Authorize.Net account" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:19 msgid "" "If not done yet, choose a plan and `Sign Up for an Authorize.Net account " "<https://www.authorize.net/sign-up.html>`__." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:22 msgid "" "Odoo needs your **API Credentials & Keys** to connect with your " "Authorize.Net account, which comprise:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:25 msgid "API Login ID" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:26 msgid "Transaction Key" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:27 msgid "Signature Key" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:29 msgid "" "To retrieve them, log into your Authorize.Net account, go to " ":menuselection:`Account --> Security Settings --> General Security Settings " @@ -2435,19 +2513,19 @@ msgid "" "**Signature Key**." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:39 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:114 msgid "" "`Authorize.Net: Getting Started Guide " "<https://support.authorize.net/s/article/Authorize-Net-Getting-Started-" "Guide>`__" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:43 msgid "Payment Acquirer Configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:45 msgid "" "To configure Authorize.Net as Payment Acquirer in Odoo, go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Acquirers`, open " @@ -2455,43 +2533,43 @@ msgid "" "click on *Save* once you've set everything up." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:50 msgid "" "Please refer to the :doc:`Payment Acquirers documentation " "<payment_acquirers>` to read how to configure this payment acquirer." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:54 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:133 msgid "Credentials" msgstr "Identifiants" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:56 msgid "" "Copy your credentials from your Authorize.Net account (API Login Id, API " "Transaction Key, and API Signature Key), paste them in the related fields " "under the **Credentials** tab, then click on **Generate Client Key**." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:61 msgid "" "The **API Client Key** is necessary only if you select *Payment from Odoo* " "option as :ref:`Payment Flow <payment_acquirers/payment_flow>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:65 msgid "" "If you are trying Authorize.Net as a test, with a *sandbox account*, change " "the **State** to *Test Mode*. We recommend doing this on a test Odoo " "database, rather than on your main database." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:69 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:151 msgid "Payment Flow" msgstr "Flux de règlement" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:71 msgid "" "The **Payment Flow** lets you decide if to redirect the user to the payment " "acquirer's portal to authenticate the payment, or if to stay on the current " @@ -2499,69 +2577,69 @@ msgid "" "**Configuration** tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:75 msgid "" "If you select *Redirection to the acquirer website*, make sure you add a " "**Default Receipt URL** and a **Default Relay Response URL** to your " "Authorize.net account." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:78 msgid "" "To do so, log into your Authorize.Net account, go to :menuselection:`Account" " --> Transaction Format Settings --> Transaction Response Settings --> " "Response/Receipt URLs`, and set the default links:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 msgid "Default Receipt URL:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 msgid "*https://[yourcompany.odoo.com]*/**payment/authorize/return**" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 msgid "Default Relay Response URL:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 msgid "*https://[yourcompany.odoo.com]*/**shop/confirmation**" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 msgid "Failing to complete this step results in the following error:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 msgid "*The referrer, relay response or receipt link URL is invalid.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:91 msgid "Capture the payment after the delivery" msgstr "Déclenchez le paiement après la livraison" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:93 msgid "" "The **Capture Amount Manually** field is under the **Configuration** tab. If" " enabled, the funds are reserved for 30 days on the customer's card, but not" " charged yet." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:100 msgid "" "To capture the payment, go to the related Sales Order and click on *Capture " "Transaction*. If the order is canceled, you can click on *Void Transaction* " "to unlock the funds from the customer's card." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:108 msgid "" "After **30 days**, the transaction is **voided automatically** by " "Authorize.net." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:111 msgid "" "With other payment acquirers, you can manage the capture in their own " "interfaces, not from Odoo." @@ -2570,21 +2648,21 @@ msgstr "" "déclenchement du paiement qu'à partir de leurs propres interfaces, mais pas " "à partir d'Odoo." -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:116 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:206 msgid ":doc:`payment_acquirers`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:117 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:207 -msgid ":doc:`../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer`" +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:207 +msgid ":doc:`../../websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:3 msgid "Payment Acquirers (Credit Cards, Online Payment)" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo embeds several **payment methods** that allow your customers to pay on " "their *Customer Portals* or your *eCommerce website*. They can pay Sales " @@ -2593,14 +2671,14 @@ msgid "" "accept **Credit Cards**." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:10 msgid "" "Having several payment methods increases the chances of getting paid in " "time, or even immediately, as you make it more convenient for your customers" " to pay with the payment method they prefer and trust." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:19 msgid "" "Odoo does not keep Credit Card numbers or credentials on its servers, nor is" " it stored on Odoo databases hosted elsewhere. Instead, Odoo apps use a " @@ -2609,7 +2687,7 @@ msgid "" "credentials for the payment acquirer." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:29 msgid "" "From an accounting perspective, we can distinguish two types of payment " "acquirers: the payments that go directly on the bank account and follow the " @@ -2617,131 +2695,131 @@ msgid "" "party services and require you to follow another accounting workflow." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:36 msgid "Bank Payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 msgid ":doc:`Wire Transfer <wire_transfer>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 msgid "" "When selected, Odoo displays your payment information with a payment " "reference. You have to approve the payment manually once you have received " "it on your bank account." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 msgid "SEPA Direct Debit" msgstr "Prélèvement automatique SEPA" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 msgid "" "Your customers can sign a SEPA Direct Debit mandate online and get their " "bank account charged directly. :doc:`Click here " -"<../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd>` for more " -"information about this payment method." +"<../../finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd>` for more" +" information about this payment method." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:49 msgid "Online Payment Providers" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 msgid "Redirection to the acquirer website" msgstr "Redirection vers le site de l'intermédiaire" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 msgid "Payment from Odoo" msgstr "Paiement d'Odoo" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 msgid "Save Cards" msgstr "Enregistrer les cartes" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 msgid "Capture Amount Manually" msgstr "Capturer le montant manuellement" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:55 msgid "Adyen" msgstr "Adyen" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:55 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:57 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:61 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:65 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:67 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:69 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 msgid "✔" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:57 msgid "Alipay" msgstr "Alipay" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 msgid ":doc:`Authorize.Net <authorize>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:61 msgid "Buckaroo" msgstr "Buckaroo" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 msgid "Ingenico" msgstr "Ingenico" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:65 msgid ":doc:`PayPal <paypal>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:67 msgid "PayUMoney" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:69 msgid "SIPS" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:3 msgid "Stripe" msgstr "Stripe" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:75 msgid "" "Some of these Online Payment Providers can also be added as :doc:`Bank " -"Accounts <../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts>`, but this is **not** " -"the same process as adding them as Payment Acquirers. Payment Acquirers " -"allow customers to pay online, and Bank Accounts are added and configured on" -" your Accounting app to do a bank reconciliation, which is an accounting " -"control process." +"Accounts <../../finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts>`, but this is " +"**not** the same process as adding them as Payment Acquirers. Payment " +"Acquirers allow customers to pay online, and Bank Accounts are added and " +"configured on your Accounting app to do a bank reconciliation, which is an " +"accounting control process." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:86 msgid "" "Some of the features described in this section are available only with some " "Payment Acquirers. Refer to :ref:`the table above " "<payment_acquirers/online_providers>` for more details." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:92 msgid "Add a new Payment Acquirer" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:94 msgid "" "To add a new Payment acquirer and make it available to your customers, go to" " :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Acquirers`, look " @@ -2750,7 +2828,7 @@ msgid "" "*Enabled*." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:104 msgid "" "We recommend using the *Test Mode* on a duplicated database or a test " "database. The Test Mode is meant to be used with your test/sandbox " @@ -2760,11 +2838,11 @@ msgid "" "your main database." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:112 msgid "Credentials tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:114 msgid "" "If not done yet, go to the **Online Payment Provider**'s website, create an " "account, and make sure to have the credentials required for third-party use." @@ -2772,28 +2850,28 @@ msgid "" "and get the confirmation of the *payment authentication*." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:118 msgid "" "The form in this section is specific to the Payment Acquirer you are " "configuring. Please refer to the related documentation for more information." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:124 msgid "Configuration tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:126 msgid "" "You can change the Payment Acquirer front-end appearance by modifying its " "name under the **Displayed as** field and which credit card icons to display" " under the **Supported Payment Icons** field." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:132 msgid "Save and reuse Credit Cards" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:134 msgid "" "With the **Save Cards** feature, Odoo can store **Payment Tokens** in your " "database, which can be used for subsequent payments, without having to " @@ -2801,11 +2879,11 @@ msgid "" "recurring payments." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:141 msgid "Place a hold on a card" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:143 msgid "" "If the **Capture Amount Manually** field is enabled, the funds are reserved " "for a few days on the customer's card, but not charged yet. You must then go" @@ -2814,40 +2892,40 @@ msgid "" "the customer's card." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:153 msgid "" "Choose in the **Payment Flow** field if to redirect the user to the payment " "acquirer's portal to authenticate the payment, or if to stay on the current " "page and authenticate the payment from Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:157 msgid "" "Some features are available only if you select *Redirection to the acquirer " "website*." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:162 msgid "Countries" msgstr "Pays" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:164 msgid "" "Restrict the use of the Payment Acquirer to a selection of countries. Leave " "this field blank to make the Payment Acquirer available to all countries." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:170 msgid "Payment Journal" msgstr "Journal des paiements" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:172 msgid "" "The **Payment Journal** selected for your Payment Acquirer must be a *Bank* " "journal." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:175 msgid "" "In many cases, Odoo automatically creates a new **Journal** and a new " "**Account** when you activate a new Payment Acquirer. Both of them are " @@ -2856,21 +2934,21 @@ msgid "" " them if necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:183 msgid "Messages tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:185 msgid "" "Change here the messages displayed by Odoo after a payment's confirmation or" " failure." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:190 msgid "Accounting perspective" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:192 msgid "" "The **Bank Payments** that go directly to one of your bank accounts follow " "their usual reconciliation workflows. However, payments recorded with " @@ -2879,7 +2957,7 @@ msgid "" "advice." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:197 msgid "" "Odoo default method is to record the payments on a *Current Assets Account*," " on a dedicated *Bank Journal*, once the *Payment Authentication* is " @@ -2887,76 +2965,77 @@ msgid "" " to your *Bank Account*." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:201 msgid "Here are the requirements for this to work:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:203 msgid "Bank Journal" msgstr "Journal de banque" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:205 msgid "The Journal's **type** must be *Bank Journal*." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:206 msgid "" "Select the right **Default Debit Account** and **Default Credit Account**." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 msgid "" "Under the *Advanced Settings* tab, make sure that **Posting** is set as " "*Post At Payment Validation*." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 msgid "" "This implies that the Journal Entry is recorded directly when your Odoo " "database receives the confirmation of the *Payment Authentication* from the " "Online Payment Provider." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:212 msgid "Current Asset Account" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:214 msgid "The Account's **type** is *Current Assets*" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:215 msgid "The Account must **Allow Reconciliation**" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:218 msgid "" "In many cases, Odoo automatically creates a new **Journal** and a new " "**Current Asset Account** when you activate a new Payment Acquirer. You can " "modify them if necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:223 -msgid ":doc:`../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording`" +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:223 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:224 msgid ":doc:`wire_transfer`" msgstr ":doc:`wire_transfer`" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:225 msgid ":doc:`authorize`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:226 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:226 msgid ":doc:`paypal`" msgstr ":doc:`paypal`" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:3 msgid "Configure your Paypal account" msgstr "Configurez votre compte Paypal " -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:5 msgid "" "Paypal is available and popular worldwide. It doesn’t charge any " "subscription fee and creating an account is very easy. That’s why we " @@ -2969,11 +3048,11 @@ msgstr "" " flux continu dans lequel le client est dirigé vers le site de Paypal pour " "enregistrer le paiement." -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:12 msgid "Paypal account" msgstr "Compte Paypal" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:14 msgid "" "A business account is needed to get paid with Paypal. Create a `Paypal " "Business Account <https://www.paypal.com/us/merchantsignup/ " @@ -2989,11 +3068,11 @@ msgstr "" "paramètres de Paypal et cliquez sur *Surclasser mon compte en compte " "Business*. Suivez les étapes de configuration." -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:23 msgid "Settings in Paypal" msgstr "Paramètres sur Paypal" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:26 msgid "" "First, let’s see how to set up your Paypal account in order to build a " "seamless customer experience with Odoo." @@ -3001,7 +3080,7 @@ msgstr "" "Tout d'abord, voyons comment configurer votre compte Paypal afin de créer " "une expérience client optimale avec Odoo. " -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:28 msgid "" "Log in and open the settings. Go to :menuselection:`Products & Services --> " "Website payments` and click **Update** on **Website preferences**." @@ -3010,11 +3089,11 @@ msgstr "" "& Services > paiements du site Web` et cliquez sur **Actualiser** sur " "**Préférences du site Web**." -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:34 msgid "Auto Return" msgstr "Retour automatique" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:36 msgid "" "*Auto Return* automatically redirects your customers to Odoo once the " "payment is processed. Check *Auto Return* and enter your domain name with " @@ -3026,7 +3105,7 @@ msgstr "" "votre nom de domaine suivi du suffixe ``/shop/confirmation`` comme *URL de " "retour* (e.g. ``https://yourcompany.odoo.com/shop/confirmation``)." -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:41 msgid "" "This URL is requested in Paypal but not used in practice as Odoo transmits " "it at each transaction. Don’t worry if you manage several sales channels or " @@ -3036,11 +3115,11 @@ msgstr "" "pratique car Odoo la transmet à chaque transaction. Ne vous inquiétez pas si" " vous devez gérer plusieurs canaux de vente ou bases de données Odoo." -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:49 msgid "Payment Data Transfer (PDT)" msgstr "Transfert des données de paiement (PDT)" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:51 msgid "" "*Payment Data Transfer* delivers the payment confirmation to Odoo as soon as" " it is processed. Without it, Odoo cannot end the sales flow. This setting " @@ -3053,11 +3132,11 @@ msgstr "" "être activé. Lors de la sauvegarde, un *Jeton d'identité* est généré. Plus " "tard vous devrez l'introduire dans Odoo." -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:59 msgid "Paypal Account Optional" msgstr "Compte Paypal optionnel" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:61 msgid "" "We advise you to not prompt customers to log in with a Paypal account when " "they get to pay. Let them pay with debit/credit cards as well, or you might " @@ -3068,11 +3147,11 @@ msgstr "" "avec des cartes de débit ou de crédit, ou vous pourriez perdre certaines " "affaires. Assurez-vous que ce paramètre est activé." -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:68 msgid "Instant Payment Notification (IPN)" msgstr "Notification instantanée de paiement (IPN)" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:70 msgid "" "PDT sends order confirmations once and only once. As a result, your site " "must be running when it happens; otherwise, it will never receive the " @@ -3089,7 +3168,7 @@ msgstr "" "confirmations de commande est quasi garantie puisque les confirmations sont " "renvoyées jusqu'à ce que votre site en accuse réception." -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:77 msgid "" "To activate IPN, get back to *Website payments* menu and click *Update* in " "*Instant Payment Notification*." @@ -3097,7 +3176,7 @@ msgstr "" "Pour activer l'IPN, retournez au menu de *Paiements du site Web* et cliquez " "sur *Actualiser* sur la *Notification instantanée de paiement*." -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:79 msgid "" "The *Notification URL* to set is your domain name + “payment/paypal/ipn” " "(e.g. ``https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/paypal/ipn``)." @@ -3106,11 +3185,11 @@ msgstr "" "“payment/paypal/ipn” (e.g. " "``https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/paypal/ipn``)." -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:85 msgid "Payment Messages Format" msgstr "Format des messages de paiement" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:87 msgid "" "If you use accented characters (or anything else than basic Latin " "characters) for your customer names, addresses... you MUST configure the " @@ -3121,18 +3200,18 @@ msgstr "" "configurer le format d'encodage de la rêquete de paiement envoyé par Odoo à " "Paypal." -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:93 msgid "" "If you don't configure this setting, some transactions fail without notice." msgstr "" "Si vous ne configurez pas ce paramètre, certaines transactions échoueront " "sans aucune notification." -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:95 msgid "To do so, open:" msgstr "Pour cela, ouvrez :" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:97 msgid "" "`this page for a test account <https://sandbox.paypal.com/cgi-" "bin/customerprofileweb?cmd=_profile-language-encoding>`__" @@ -3140,7 +3219,7 @@ msgstr "" "`cette page pour un compte de test <https://sandbox.paypal.com/cgi-" "bin/customerprofileweb?cmd=_profile-language-encoding>`__" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:99 msgid "" "`this page for a production account <https://www.paypal.com/cgi-" "bin/customerprofileweb?cmd=_profile-language-encoding>`__" @@ -3148,7 +3227,7 @@ msgstr "" "`cette page pour un compte de production <https://www.paypal.com/cgi-" "bin/customerprofileweb?cmd=_profile-language-encoding>`__" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:101 msgid "" "Then, click *More Options* and set the two default encoding formats as " "**UTF-8**." @@ -3156,11 +3235,11 @@ msgstr "" "Cliquez ensuite sur *Plus d'options* et configurez les deux formats " "d'encodage par défaut sur **UTF-8**." -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:109 msgid "Your Paypal account is ready!" msgstr "Votre compte Paypal est prêt!" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:112 msgid "" "If you want your customers to pay without creating a Paypal account, *Paypal" " Account Optional* needs to be turned on." @@ -3168,7 +3247,7 @@ msgstr "" "Si vous voulez que vos clients payent sans devoir créer un compte Paypal, " "vous devez activer la case *Compte Paypal optionnel* " -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:118 msgid "" "For Encrypted Website Payments & EWP_SETTINGS error, please check the " "`Paypal documentation <https://developer.paypal.com/docs/ classic/paypal-" @@ -3180,15 +3259,15 @@ msgstr "" "<https://developer.paypal.com/docs/ classic/paypal-payments-standard" "/integration-guide/encryptedwebpayments/ #encrypted-website-payments-ewp>`_." -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:124 msgid "Settings in Odoo" msgstr "Paramètres dans Odoo" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:127 msgid "Activation" msgstr "Activation" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:129 msgid "" "Activate *Paypal* from the config bar of Sales, Invoicing and eCommerce " "apps, or from the configuration menu of *Payment Acquirers*." @@ -3197,21 +3276,21 @@ msgstr "" "Facturation et eCommerce, ou depuis le menu de configuration *Intermédiaires" " de paiement*." -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:135 msgid "Odoo requires three Paypal credentials:" msgstr "Odoo requiert trois identifiants Paypal :" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:137 msgid "*Email ID* is your login email address in Paypal." msgstr "*ID email* c'est votre adresse email de connexion sur Paypal." -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:138 msgid "" "*Merchant ID* can be found in the settings of your Paypal account, in " ":menuselection:`Account Settings --> Business information`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:140 msgid "" "*Paypal PDT Token* is given in *Website payments* configuration as explained" " here above." @@ -3219,11 +3298,11 @@ msgstr "" "Le *jeton PDT Paypal* est fourni dans la configuration *Payements du site " "Web* comme expliqué ci-dessus." -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:146 msgid "Transaction fees" msgstr "Frais de transaction" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:148 msgid "" "You can charge extra fees to your customers for paying with Paypal; This to " "cover the transaction fees Paypal charges you. Once redirected to Paypal, " @@ -3234,7 +3313,7 @@ msgstr "" " Paypal. Une fois redirigé vers Paypal, votre client voit un supplément " "appliqué au montant de sa commande." -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:151 msgid "" "To activate this, go to the Configuration tab of Paypal configuration in " "Odoo and check *Add Extra Fees*." @@ -3243,7 +3322,7 @@ msgstr "" "supplémentaires* sur l'onglet de configuration de la configuration Paypal " "d'Odoo. " -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:157 msgid "" "You can refer to `Paypal Fees <https://www.paypal.com/webapps/mpp/paypal-" "fees>`__ to set up fees." @@ -3251,7 +3330,7 @@ msgstr "" "Pour configurer les frais vous pouvez vous référer à `Frais Paypal " "<https://www.paypal.com/webapps/mpp/paypal-fees>`__ " -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:161 msgid "" "`Traders in the EU <https://europa.eu/youreurope/citizens/consumers/shopping" "/pricing-payments/ index_en.htm>`_ are not allowed to charge extra fees for " @@ -3262,11 +3341,11 @@ msgstr "" "index_en.htm>`_ ne sont pas autorisés à facturer des frais supplémentaires " "pour les paiements par cartes de crédits." -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:165 msgid "Go live!" msgstr "Passez en direct!" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:167 msgid "" "Your configuration is ready to roll. Make sure *Production* mode is on. Then" " publish the payment method by clicking the *Published* button right next to" @@ -3276,7 +3355,7 @@ msgstr "" "*Production* est activé. Ensuite, publiez le mode de paiement en cliquant " "sur le bouton *Publier* à côté de celui-ci." -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:176 msgid "" "Paypal is now available in your payment form available in eCommerce, Sales " "and Invoicing apps. Customers are redirected to Paypal website when hitting " @@ -3289,11 +3368,11 @@ msgstr "" " le payement est traité, ils sont redirigés vers une page de confirmation " "dans Odoo." -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:185 msgid "Test environment" msgstr "Environnement de test" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:187 msgid "" "You can test the entire payment flow in Odoo thanks to Paypal Sandbox " "accounts." @@ -3301,7 +3380,7 @@ msgstr "" "Vous pouvez tester l'intégralité du flux de paiement dans Odoo grâce aux " "comptes sandbox de Paypal." -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:189 msgid "" "Log in to `Paypal Developer Site <https://developer.paypal.com/>`__ with " "your Paypal credentials." @@ -3309,11 +3388,11 @@ msgstr "" "Connectez-vous au `Site de développement de Paypal " "<https://developer.paypal.com/>`__ avec vos identifiants Paypal." -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:191 msgid "This will create two sandbox accounts:" msgstr "Cela va générer deux comptes sandbox :" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:193 msgid "" "A business account (to use as merchant, e.g. " "`pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com " @@ -3323,7 +3402,7 @@ msgstr "" "`pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com " "<mailto:pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com>`__)." -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:195 msgid "" "A default personal account (to use as shopper, e.g. " "`pp.merch01-buyer@example.com <mailto:pp.merch01-buyer@example.com>`__)." @@ -3331,7 +3410,7 @@ msgstr "" "Un compte personnel par défaut (à utiliser comme client, par ex. " "`pp.merch01-buyer@example.com <mailto:pp.merch01-buyer@example.com>`__)." -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:197 msgid "" "Log in to Paypal Sandbox with the merchant account and follow the same " "configuration instructions. Enter your sandbox credentials in Odoo and make " @@ -3346,55 +3425,55 @@ msgstr "" " vos paramètres eCommerce pour ne pas générer de factures lorsqu'une " "transaction fictive est finalisée. " -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:203 msgid "Run a test transaction from Odoo using the sandbox personal account." msgstr "" "Lancez une transaction test depuis Odoo en utilisant le compte personnel " "sandox." -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:5 msgid "" "`Stripe <https://stripe.com/>`_ is a United States-based online payment " "solution provider, allowing businesses to accept **credit cards** and other " "payment methods." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:9 msgid "Enable Local Payment Methods" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:11 msgid "" "Local payment methods are payment methods that are only available for " "certain merchants and customers countries and currencies." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:14 msgid "" "The Stripe connector in Odoo supports the following local payment methods:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:16 msgid "Bancontact" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:17 msgid "EPS" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:18 msgid "Giropay" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:19 msgid "iDeal:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:20 msgid "Przelewy24 (P24)" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:22 msgid "" "To enable specific Local Payment Methods with Stripe, list them as supported" " payment icons. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Payment Acquirers --> Stripe" @@ -3403,17 +3482,17 @@ msgid "" "don't have anything to do." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:31 msgid "" "If a payment method icon doesn't exist at all in the database, the " "corresponding local payment method is always offered to customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:3 msgid "How to get paid with wire transfers" msgstr "Comment être payé avec les virements bancaires" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:5 msgid "" "**Wire Transfer** is the default payment method available. The aim is " "providing your customers with your bank details so they can pay on their " @@ -3426,11 +3505,11 @@ msgstr "" "processus lent et inefficace. Privilégiez si possible les plateformes de " "paiement en ligne!" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:13 msgid "How to provide customers with payment instructions" msgstr "Comment transmettre des instructions de paiement aux clients" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:14 msgid "" "Put your payment instructions in the **Thanks Message** of your payment " "method." @@ -3438,15 +3517,15 @@ msgstr "" "Introduisez les intructions de paiement dans la case **Message de " "remerciement** de votre mode de paiement." -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:19 msgid "They will appear to the customers when they place an order." msgstr "Les clients verront ceci lorsqu'ils passeront une commande." -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:26 msgid "How to manage an order once you get paid" msgstr "Comment gérer une commande lorsque vous êtes payé." -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:28 msgid "" "Whenever a customer pays by wire transfer, the order stays in an " "intermediary stage **Quotation Sent** (i.e. unpaid order). When you get " @@ -3457,11 +3536,11 @@ msgstr "" "paiement est effectué, vous devez confirmer l'ordre manuellement pour " "déclencher la livraison." -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:35 msgid "How to create other manual payment methods" msgstr "Comment créer d'autres modes de paiement manuels" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:37 msgid "" "If you manage a B2B business, you can create other manually-processed " "payment methods like paying by check. To do so, just rename *Wire Transfer* " @@ -3471,15 +3550,15 @@ msgstr "" "paiement manuel comme les paiements par chèque. Pour cela, renommez tout " "simplement *Virement bancaire* ou dupliquez-le." -#: ../../general/unsplash.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash.rst:3 msgid "Unsplash" msgstr "Unsplash" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:3 msgid "How to generate an Unsplash access key" msgstr "Comment générer une clé d'accès Unsplash" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:6 msgid "" "**As an SaaS user**, you are ready to use Unsplash. You won't need to follow" " this guide to set up Unsplash informations, since you will use our own Odoo" @@ -3490,15 +3569,15 @@ msgstr "" "d'Unsplash, puisque vous utiliserez notre propre clé Odoo Unsplash de " "manière transparente." -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:9 msgid "Generate an Unsplash access key for **non-Saas** users" msgstr "Générez une clé d'accès Unsplash pour les utilisateurs **non-SaaS**" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:11 msgid "Create an account on `Unsplash.com <https://unsplash.com/join>`_." msgstr "Créez un compte sur `Unsplash.com <https://unsplash.com/join>`_." -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:13 msgid "" "Go to your `applications dashboard " "<https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications>`_ and click on **New " @@ -3508,13 +3587,13 @@ msgstr "" "<https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications>`_ et cliquez sur **Nouvelle " "application**." -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:18 msgid "Accept the conditions and click on **Accept terms**." msgstr "" "Acceptez les conditions d'utilisation et cliquez sur **Accepter les " "conditions**." -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:23 msgid "" "You will be prompted to insert an **Application name** and a " "**Description**. Please prefix your application name by \"**Odoo:** \" so " @@ -3526,7 +3605,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"**Odoo:**\" afin qu'Unsplash puisse la reconnaître comme une instance " "Odoo. Ensuite, cliquez sur **Créer une application.**" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:28 msgid "" "You should be redirected to your application details page. Scroll down a bit" " to find your **access key**." @@ -3534,7 +3613,7 @@ msgstr "" "Vous devez être redirigé vers la page des détails de votre application. " "Faites défiler vers le bas pour trouver votre clé d'accès." -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:34 msgid "" "**As a non-SaaS user**, you won't be able to register for a production " "Unsplash key and will be limited to your test key that has a restriction of " @@ -3544,15 +3623,15 @@ msgstr "" "pour une clé Unsplash de production et serez limité à votre clé de test qui " "a une restriction de 50 requêtes Unsplash par heure." -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:37 msgid ":doc:`unsplash_application_id`" msgstr ":doc:`unsplash_application_id`" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:3 msgid "How to generate an Unsplash application ID" msgstr "Comment générer un ID pour l'application Unsplash" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:6 msgid "" "You should first create and set up your Unsplash application with this " "tutorial: :doc:`unsplash_access_key`." @@ -3560,7 +3639,7 @@ msgstr "" "Vous devez d'abord créer et configurer votre application Unsplash avec ce " "tutoriel : :doc:`unsplash_access_key`." -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:8 msgid "" "Go to your `applications dashboard " "<https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications>`_ and click on your newly created " @@ -3570,7 +3649,7 @@ msgstr "" "<https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications>`_ et cliquez sur l'application " "Unsplash nouvellement créée dans **Vos applications**." -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:13 msgid "" "You will be redirected to your application details page. The **application " "ID** will be visible in your browser's URL. The URL should be something like" @@ -3581,7 +3660,7 @@ msgstr "" "se présenter sous la forme suivante " "``https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications/<application_id>``" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:19 msgid "" "**As a non-SaaS user**, you won't be able to register for a production " "Unsplash key and will be limited to your test key that has a 50 Unsplash " @@ -3591,73 +3670,73 @@ msgstr "" "une clé Unsplash de production et serez limité à votre clé de test qui a une" " restriction de 50 requêtes Unsplash par heure." -#: ../../general/voip.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip.rst:3 msgid "VoIP (Voice over Internet Protocol)" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:3 msgid "Configure your VoIP Asterisk server for Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:6 msgid "Installing Asterisk server" msgstr "Installation d'un serveur Asterisk" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:9 msgid "Dependencies" msgstr "Dépendances" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:11 msgid "" "Before installing Asterisk you need to install the following dependencies:" msgstr "" "Avant d'installer Asterisk, vous devez installer les dépendances suivantes :" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:13 msgid "wget" msgstr "wget" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:14 msgid "gcc" msgstr "gcc" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:15 msgid "g++" msgstr "g++" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:16 msgid "ncurses-devel" msgstr "ncurses-devel" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:17 msgid "libxml2-devel" msgstr "libxml2-devel" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:18 msgid "sqlite-devel" msgstr "sqlite-devel" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:19 msgid "libsrtp-devel" msgstr "libsrtp-devel" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:20 msgid "libuuid-devel" msgstr "libuuid-devel" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:21 msgid "openssl-devel" msgstr "openssl-devel" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:22 msgid "pkg-config" msgstr "pkg-config" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:24 msgid "In order to install libsrtp, follow the instructions below:" msgstr "Pour installer libsrtp, suivez les instructions suivantes :" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:35 msgid "" "You also need to install PJSIP, you can download the source `here " "<http://www.pjsip.org/download.htm>`_. Once the source directory is " @@ -3667,35 +3746,35 @@ msgstr "" " `ici <http://www.pjsip.org/download.htm>`_. Une fois le répertoire source " "extrait :" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:37 msgid "**Change to the pjproject source directory:**" msgstr "**Déplacez-vous dans le répertoire des sources de pjproject :**" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:43 msgid "**run:**" msgstr "**Lancez la commande suivante :**" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:49 msgid "**Build and install pjproject:**" msgstr "**Construisez et installez pjproject :**" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:57 msgid "**Update shared library links:**" msgstr "**Mettez à jour les liens vers les librairies partagées :**" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:63 msgid "**Verify that pjproject is installed:**" msgstr "**Vérifiez que pjproject est installé :**" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:69 msgid "**The result should be:**" msgstr "**Le résultat doit être :**" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:86 msgid "Asterisk" msgstr "Asterisk" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:88 msgid "" "In order to install Asterisk 13.7.0, you can download the source directly " "`there <http://downloads.asterisk.org/pub/telephony/asterisk/old-" @@ -3705,23 +3784,23 @@ msgstr "" "directement `ici <http://downloads.asterisk.org/pub/telephony/asterisk/old-" "releases/asterisk-13.7.0.tar.gz>`_." -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:90 msgid "Extract Asterisk:" msgstr "Extraire le code source d'Asterisk :" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:96 msgid "Enter the Asterisk directory:" msgstr "Entrez dans le répertoire d'Asterisk :" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:102 msgid "Run the Asterisk configure script:" msgstr "Lancez le script de configuration d'Asterisk :" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:108 msgid "Run the Asterisk menuselect tool:" msgstr "Lancez l'outil menuselect d'Asterisk :" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:114 msgid "" "In the menuselect, go to the resources option and ensure that res_srtp is " "enabled. If there are 3 x’s next to res_srtp, there is a problem with the " @@ -3734,11 +3813,11 @@ msgstr "" " (appuyez sur x). Vous devriez également voir les étoiles en face des lignes" " de res_pjsip." -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:116 msgid "Compile and install Asterisk:" msgstr "Compilez et installez Asterisk :" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:122 msgid "" "If you need the sample configs you can run 'make samples' to install the " "sample configs. If you need to install the Asterisk startup script you can " @@ -3748,19 +3827,19 @@ msgstr "" "samples' pour installer les exemples de configurations. Si vous voulez " "installer le script de démarrage d'Asterisk, exécutez 'make config'." -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:125 msgid "DTLS Certificates" msgstr "Certificats DTLS" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:127 msgid "After you need to setup the DTLS certificates." msgstr "Ensuite vous devez configurer les certificats DTLS." -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:133 msgid "Enter the Asterisk scripts directory:" msgstr "Entrez dans le répertoire des scripts d'Asterisk :" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:139 msgid "" "Create the DTLS certificates (replace pbx.mycompany.com with your ip address" " or dns name, replace My Super Company with your company name):" @@ -3769,11 +3848,11 @@ msgstr "" "IP ou votre nom DNS, remplacer My Super Company avec le nom de votre " "entreprise):" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:146 msgid "Configure Asterisk server" msgstr "Configurer un serveur Asterisk" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:148 msgid "" "For WebRTC, a lot of the settings that are needed MUST be in the peer " "settings. The global settings do not flow down into the peer settings very " @@ -3788,7 +3867,7 @@ msgstr "" "éditer http.conf et assurez-vous que les lignes suivantes ne sont pas " "commentées :" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:158 msgid "" "Next, edit sip.conf. The WebRTC peer requires encryption, avpf, and " "icesupport to be enabled. In most cases, directmedia should be disabled. " @@ -3803,7 +3882,7 @@ msgstr "" " de configuration devrait être dans le pair; définir ces lignes de " "configuration globalement pourrait ne pas fonctionner :" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:186 msgid "" "In the sip.conf and rtp.conf files you also need to add or uncomment the " "lines:" @@ -3811,21 +3890,21 @@ msgstr "" "Dans les fichiers sip.conf et rtp.conf vous devez également ajouter ou " "décommenter ces lignes :" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:193 msgid "Lastly, set up extensions.conf:" msgstr "Enfin, configurez extensions.conf :" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:202 msgid "Configure Odoo VOIP" msgstr "Configurer VOIP dans Odoo" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:204 msgid "In Odoo, the configuration should be done in the user's preferences." msgstr "" "Dans Odoo, la configuration doit être effectuée dans les préférences de " "l'utilisateur." -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:210 msgid "" "The SIP Login/Browser's Extension is the number you configured previously in" " the sip.conf file (in our example: 1060)." @@ -3833,12 +3912,12 @@ msgstr "" "L'extension de connexion/navigateur SIP est le numéro que vous avez " "configuré précédemment dans le fichier sip.conf (dans notre exemple : 1060)." -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:212 msgid "The SIP Password is the secret you chose in the sip.conf file." msgstr "" "Le mot de passe SIP est celui que vous avez choisi dans le fichier sip.conf." -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:214 msgid "" "The extension of your office's phone is not a required field but it is used " "if you want to transfer your call from Odoo to an external phone also " @@ -3848,7 +3927,7 @@ msgstr "" " il est utilisé si vous voulez transférer votre appel d'Odoo vers un " "téléphone externe également configuré dans le fichier sip.conf." -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:217 msgid "" "The configuration should also be done in the General Settings under the " "\"Integrations\" section." @@ -3856,7 +3935,7 @@ msgstr "" "La configuration doit également être effectuée dans les Paramètres généraux " "sous la section \"Intégrations\"." -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:222 msgid "" "The PBX Server IP should be the same as the IP you define in the http.conf " "file." @@ -3864,7 +3943,7 @@ msgstr "" "L'adresse IP du serveur PBX doit être la même que celle que vous avez " "définie dans le fichier http.conf." -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:224 msgid "" "The WebSocket should be: ws://localhost:XXXX/ws where \"localhost\" needs to" " be the same as the IP defined previously and \"XXXX\" needs to be the port " @@ -3874,15 +3953,16 @@ msgstr "" "le même que l'IP définie précédemment et \"XXXX\" doit être le port défini " "dans le fichier http.conf." -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:3 msgid "Use VoIP services in Odoo with Axivox" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:6 ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:6 msgid "Introduction" msgstr "Introduction" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo VoIP can be set up to work together with `Axivox " "<https://www.axivox.com/>`_. In that case, an :doc:`Asterisk server " @@ -3890,85 +3970,85 @@ msgid "" "Axivox." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:12 msgid "" "To use this service, `contact Axivox <https://www.axivox.com/contact/>`_ to " "open an account. Before doing so, verify that Axivox covers your area and " "the areas you wish to call." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:18 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Apps` and install the **VoIP Module**." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:24 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Integrations`, and " "fill out the **Asterisk (VoIP)** field:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:27 msgid "" "**PBX Server IP**: set the domain created by Axivox for your account (e.g., " "*yourcompany.axivox.com*)" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:29 msgid "**WebSocket**: type in ``wss://pabx.axivox.com:3443``" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:30 msgid "**VoIP Environment**: set as *Production*" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:36 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Users`, then open " "the user's form you want to configure. Under the **Preferences** tab, fill " "out the section **PBX Configuration**:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:39 msgid "**SIP Login / Browser's Extension**: the Axivox *username*" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:40 msgid "**SIP Password**: the Axivox *SIP Password*" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:43 msgid "" "You can find all this information by logging in at " "https://manage.axivox.com/, selecting the user you want to configure, and " "referring to the fields as pictured below." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:51 msgid "Phone Calls" msgstr "Appels téléphoniques" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:53 msgid "" "You can make phone calls by clicking on the phone icon in the navigation " "bar." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:55 msgid "" "You can also receive phone calls. Odoo rings and displays a notification." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:58 msgid "Your number is the one provided by Axivox." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:65 msgid "" "If you see a *Missing Parameter* message in the **Odoo softphone**, refresh " "your Odoo window and try again." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:73 msgid "" "If you see an *Incorrect Number* message in the Odoo softphone, make sure to" " use the international format, leading with the plus (+) sign followed by " @@ -3976,11 +4056,11 @@ msgid "" "international prefix for the United States)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:3 msgid "Use VoIP services in Odoo with OnSIP" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo VoIP can be set up to work together with OnSIP (www.onsip.com). In that" " case, the installation and setup of an Asterisk server is not necessary as " @@ -3991,7 +4071,7 @@ msgstr "" "Asterisk ne sont pas nécessaires puisque toute l'infrastructure est hébergée" " et gérée par OnSIP." -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:10 msgid "" "You will need to open an account with OnSIP to use this service. Before " "doing so, make sure that your area and the areas you wish to call are " @@ -4003,11 +4083,11 @@ msgstr "" "sont couvertes par ce service. Après l'ouverture du compte OnSIP, suivez la " "procédure ci-dessous." -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:15 msgid "Go to Apps and install the module **VoIP OnSIP**." msgstr "Allez à la page Applications et installez le module **VoIP OnSIP**." -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:20 msgid "" "Go to Settings/General Settings. In the section Integrations/Asterisk " "(VoIP), fill in the 3 fields:" @@ -4015,7 +4095,7 @@ msgstr "" "Allez dans Paramètres/Paramètres Généraux. Dans la partie " "Intégration/Asterisk (VoIP), renseignez les 3 champs :" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:22 msgid "" "**OnSIP Domain** is the domain you chose when creating an account on " "www.onsip.com. If you don't know it, log in to https://admin.onsip.com/ and " @@ -4026,15 +4106,15 @@ msgstr "" "https://admin.onsip.com/, vous le trouverez dans le coin supérieur droit de " "l'écran." -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:23 msgid "**WebSocket** should contain wss://edge.sip.onsip.com" msgstr "**WebSocket** devrait contenir wss://edge.sip.onsip.com" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:24 msgid "**Mode** should be Production" msgstr "**Mode** devrait indiquer Production" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:29 msgid "" "Go to **Settings/Users**. In the form view of each VoIP user, in the " "Preferences tab, fill in the section **PBX Configuration**:" @@ -4043,23 +4123,23 @@ msgstr "" "chaque utilisateur de la VoIP, dans l'onglet Préférences, remplissez la " "partie **Configuration PBX** :" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:31 msgid "**SIP Login / Browser's Extension**: the OnSIP 'Username'" msgstr "**Login SIP / Extension du navigateur** : le 'Username' OnSIP" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:32 msgid "**OnSIP authorization User**: the OnSIP 'Auth Username'" msgstr "**Autorisation de l'Utilisateur OnSIP** : le 'Auth Username' OnSIP" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:33 msgid "**SIP Password**: the OnSIP 'SIP Password'" msgstr "**Mot de passe SIP** : le 'SIP Password' de OnSIP" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:34 msgid "**Handset Extension**: the OnSIP 'Extension'" msgstr "**Extension de Combiné** : le 'Extension' de OnSIP" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:36 msgid "" "You can find all this information by logging in at " "https://admin.onsip.com/users, then select the user you want to configure " @@ -4069,7 +4149,7 @@ msgstr "" "https://admin.onsip.com/users puis en sélectionnant l’utilisateur que vous " "voulez configurer et regarder les champs dans l'image ci-dessous." -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:41 msgid "" "You can now make phone calls by clicking the phone icon in the top right " "corner of Odoo (make sure you are logged in as a user properly configured in" @@ -4079,7 +4159,7 @@ msgstr "" "téléphone dans le coin supérieur droit d'Odoo (assurez-vous d'être connecté " "en tant qu'utilisateur correctement configuré dans Odoo et dans OnSIP)." -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:45 msgid "" "If you see a *Missing Parameters* message in the Odoo softphone, make sure " "to refresh your Odoo window and try again." @@ -4087,7 +4167,7 @@ msgstr "" "Si vous voyez un message *Paramètre manquant* dans l'application VoIP " "d'Odoo, rechargez la page et ré-essayez." -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:52 msgid "" "If you see an *Incorrect Number* message in the Odoo softphone, make sure to" " use the international format, leading with the plus (+) sign followed by " @@ -4099,7 +4179,7 @@ msgstr "" "signe plus (+) suivi de l'indicatif du pays. E.g. : +16506913277 (+1 étant " "l'indicatif international pour les États-Unis)." -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:57 msgid "" "You can now also receive phone calls. Your number is the one provided by " "OnSIP. Odoo will ring and display a notification." @@ -4107,11 +4187,11 @@ msgstr "" "Vous pouvez aussi recevoir des appels. Votre numéro est celui qui vous a été" " fourni par OnSIP. Odoo sonnera et affichera une notification." -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:63 msgid "OnSIP on Your Cell Phone" msgstr "OnSIP sur votre smartphone" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:65 msgid "" "In order to make and receive phone calls when you are not in front of your " "computer, you can use a softphone app on your cell phone in parallel of Odoo" @@ -4125,7 +4205,7 @@ msgstr "" "simplement par commodité. N'importe quelle application de VoIP compatible " "SIP fonctionnera." -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:67 msgid "" "On Android and iOS, OnSIP has been successfully tested with `Grandstream " "Wave <https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.grandstream.wave>`_." @@ -4138,27 +4218,27 @@ msgstr "" "Quand vous créez un compte, sélectionnez OnSIP dans la liste des opérateurs." " Vous devrez ensuite la configurer comme suit :" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:69 msgid "**Account name**: OnSIP" msgstr "Nom du compte : OnSIP" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:70 msgid "**SIP Server**: the OnSIP 'Domain'" msgstr "**Serveur SIP** : le 'Domain' OnSIP" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:71 msgid "**SIP User ID**: the OnSIP 'Username'" msgstr "**ID d'utilisateur SIP** : le 'Username' OnSIP" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:72 msgid "**SIP Authentication ID**: the OnSIP 'Auth Username'" msgstr "**ID d'authentification SIP** : le 'Auth Username' OnSIP" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:73 msgid "**Password**: the OnSIP 'SIP Password'" msgstr "**Mot de passe** : le 'SIP Password' OnSIP" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:75 msgid "" "Aside from initiating calls from Grandstream Wave on your phone, you can " "also initiate calls by clicking phone numbers in your browser on your PC. " @@ -4178,7 +4258,7 @@ msgstr "" "<https://chrome.google.com/webstore/detail/onsip-call-" "assistant/pceelmncccldedfkcgjkpemakjbapnpg?hl=en>`_." -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:79 msgid "" "The downside of using a softphone on your cell phone is that your calls will" " not be logged in Odoo as the softphone acts as an independent separate app." diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po deleted file mode 100644 index c9653a4e9..000000000 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,474 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Vincent Luba <vincent@biz-4-africa.com>, 2020 -# Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020 -# Priscilla (prs) Odoo <prs@odoo.com>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Priscilla (prs) Odoo <prs@odoo.com>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: fr\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:5 -msgid "Basics of the QuickStart Methodology" -msgstr "Les bases de la méthodologie QuickStart." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:7 -msgid "" -"This document summarizes Odoo Online's services, our Success Pack " -"implementation methodology, and best practices to get started with our " -"product." -msgstr "" -"Ce document reprend les services d'Odoo Online, notre méthodologie " -"d'implémentation de Success Pack et les pratiques les plus conseillées afin " -"de commencer à utiliser notre produit." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:12 -msgid "The SPoC (*Single Point of Contact*) and the Consultant" -msgstr "Le SPoC (*Point de contact unique*) et le consultant" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Within the context of your project, it is highly recommended to designate " -"and maintain on both sides (your side and ours) **one and only single person" -" of contact** who will take charge and assume responsibilities regarding the" -" project. He also has to have **the authority** in terms of decision making." -msgstr "" -"Dans le cadre de votre projet, il est vivement recommandé de désigner et de " -"maintenir des deux côtés (du vôtre et du nôtre) **une seule et unique " -"personne de contact** (en anglais : Single Point of Contact ou SPoC), qui se" -" chargera de votre projet et qui en sera responsable. Il/Elle aura également" -" **l'autorité** en termes de prise de décision." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:20 -msgid "" -"**The Odoo Consultant ensures the project implementation from A to Z**: From" -" the beginning to the end of the project, he ensures the overall consistency" -" of the implementation in Odoo and shares his expertise in terms of good " -"practices." -msgstr "" -"**Les consultants assurent l'implémentation du projet de A à Z** : Du début " -"à la fin du projet, il/elle assurera la cohérence globale de " -"l'implémentation sur Odoo et partagera son expertise en termes de bonnes " -"pratiques. " - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:25 -msgid "" -"**One and only decision maker on the client side (SPoC)**: He is responsible" -" for the business knowledge transmission (coordinate key users intervention " -"if necessary) and the consistency of the implementation from a business " -"point of view (decision making, change management, etc.)" -msgstr "" -"**Un seul et unique décisionnaire du côté client (SPoC)** : Il s'agit de la " -"personne responsable de transmettre les connaissances de l'activité ( " -"coordonner les interventions des utilisateurs clés si nécessaire) et de la " -"cohérence de la mise en oeuvre d'un point de vue professionnel (prise de " -"décision, gestion des changements, etc.)" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:31 -msgid "" -"**Meetings optimization**: The Odoo consultant is not involved in the " -"process of decision making from a business point of view nor to precise " -"processes and company's internal procedures (unless a specific request or an" -" exception). Project meetings, who will take place once or twice a week, are" -" meant to align on the business needs (SPoC) and to define the way those " -"needs will be implemented in Odoo (Consultant)." -msgstr "" -"**Optimisation des réunions** : Le Consultant Odoo n'est pas impliqué dans " -"le processus de prise de décision d'un point de vue professionnel ni dans la" -" précision des processus ou procédures internes à l'entreprise (sauf si " -"demande spécifique ou exception). Les réunions de projet, qui auront lieu " -"une à deux fois par semaine, ont pour but de s'aligner sur les besoins de " -"l'entreprise (SPoC) et de définir la manière dont ces besoins seront " -"implémentés sur Odoo (Consultant)." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:39 -msgid "" -"**Train the Trainer approach**: The Odoo consultant provides functional " -"training to the SPoC so that he can pass on this knowledge to his " -"collaborators. In order for this approach to be successful, it is necessary " -"that the SPoC is also involved in its own rise in skills through self-" -"learning via the :doc:`Odoo documentation <../index>`, `The elearning " -"platform <https://odoo.com/learn>`_ and the testing of functionalities." -msgstr "" -"**L'approche formation des formateurs** : Le consultant Odoo donne une " -"formation fonctionnelle au point de contact unique pour que celui-ci puisse " -"transmettre ce savoir-faire à ses collaborateurs. Pour que cette approche " -"soit réussie, la personne désignée comme point de contact unique doit " -"également être impliquée dans une démarche de développement personnel de ses" -" compétences par l'auto-apprentissage via la :doc:`Odoo documentation " -"<../index>`, `La plateforme de formation en ligne <https://odoo.com/learn>`_" -" et le test des fonctionnalités." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:49 -msgid "Project Scope" -msgstr "Étendue du projet" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:51 -msgid "" -"To make sure all the stakeholders involved are always aligned, it is " -"necessary to define and to make the project scope evolve as long as the " -"project implementation is pursuing." -msgstr "" -"Afin de s'assurer que tous les intervenants impliqués suivent la même " -"direction, il est nécessaire de définir et de faire évoluer la portée du " -"projet tant que l'implémentation du projet se poursuit." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:55 -msgid "" -"**A clear definition of the initial project scope**: A clear definition of " -"the initial needs is crucial to ensure the project is running smoothly. " -"Indeed, when all the stakeholders share the same vision, the evolution of " -"the needs and the resulting decision-making process are more simple and more" -" clear." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:61 -msgid "" -"**Phasing the project**: Favoring an implementation in several coherent " -"phases allowing regular production releases and an evolving takeover of Odoo" -" by the end users have demonstrated its effectiveness over time. This " -"approach also helps to identify gaps and apply corrective actions early in " -"the implementation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:68 -msgid "" -"**Adopting standard features as a priority**: Odoo offers a great " -"environment to implement slight improvements (customizations) or more " -"important ones (developments). Nevertheless, adoption of the standard " -"solution will be preferred as often as possible in order to optimize project" -" delivery times and provide the user with a long-term stability and fluid " -"scalability of his new tool. Ideally, if an improvement of the software " -"should still be realized, its implementation will be carried out after an " -"experiment of the standard in production." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:82 -msgid "Managing expectations" -msgstr "Gestion des attentes" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:84 -msgid "" -"The gap between the reality of an implementation and the expectations of " -"future users is a crucial factor. Three important aspects must be taken into" -" account from the beginning of the project:" -msgstr "" -"L'écart entre la réalité d'une implémentation et les attentes des futurs " -"utilisateurs est un facteur crucial. Trois aspects importants devraient être" -" pris en compte dès le début du projet :" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:88 -msgid "" -"**Align with the project approach**: Both a clear division of roles and " -"responsibilities and a clear description of the operating modes (validation," -" problem-solving, etc.) are crucial to the success of an Odoo " -"implementation. It is therefore strongly advised to take the necessary time " -"at the beginning of the project to align with these topics and regularly " -"check that this is still the case." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:96 -msgid "" -"**Focus on the project success, not on the ideal solution**: The main goal " -"of the SPoC and the Consultant is to carry out the project entrusted to them" -" in order to provide the most effective solution to meet the needs " -"expressed. This goal can sometimes conflict with the end user's vision of an" -" ideal solution. In that case, the SPoC and the consultant will apply the " -"80-20 rule: focus on 80% of the expressed needs and take out the remaining " -"20% of the most disadvantageous objectives in terms of cost/benefit ratio " -"(those proportions can of course change over time). Therefore, it will be " -"considered acceptable to integrate a more time-consuming manipulation if a " -"global relief is noted. Changes in business processes may also be proposed " -"to pursue this same objective." -msgstr "" -"**Concentrez-vous sur la réussite du projet, et non pas sur la solution " -"idéale** : L'objectif principal du SPoC et du consultant est de mener à bien" -" le projet qui leur est confié afin de trouver la solution la plus efficace " -"pour répondre aux besoins exprimés. Cet objectif peut parfois aller à " -"l'encontre de la vision que se fait l'utilisateur final d'une solution " -"idéale. Dans ce cas, le SPoC et le consultant appliqueront la règle des " -"80-20 : se concentrer sur 80% des besoins exprimés et retirer les 20% " -"restants des objectifs les plus défavorables en termes de rapport " -"coût/bénéfice (ces proportions peuvent bien sûr changer au fil du temps). " -"Par conséquent, si un allègement global est constaté, il sera jugé " -"acceptable d'intégrer une manipulation plus chronophage. Des changements " -"dans les processus opérationnels peuvent également être proposées pour " -"poursuivre ce même objectif." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:110 -msgid "" -"**Specifications are always EXPLICIT**: Gaps between what is expected and " -"what is delivered are often a source of conflict in a project. In order to " -"avoid being in this delicate situation, we recommend using several types of " -"tools\\* :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:115 -msgid "" -"**The GAP Analysis**: The comparison of the request with the standard " -"features proposed by Odoo will make it possible to identify the gap to be " -"filled by developments/customizations or changes in business processes." -msgstr "" -"**L'analyse des gaps** : La comparaison entre la requête et les " -"fonctionnalités standard proposées par Odoo permettra d'identifier le manque" -" à combler par des développements/personnalisations ou des changements des " -"processus opérationnels." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:120 -msgid "" -"**The User Story**: This technique clearly separates the responsibilities " -"between the SPoC, responsible for explaining the WHAT, the WHY and the WHO, " -"and the Consultant who will provide a response to the HOW." -msgstr "" -"**L'Histoire de l'utilisateur**: Cette technique sépare clairement les " -"responsabilités entre le SPoC, responsable d'expliquer le QUOI, le POURQUOI " -"et le QUI, et le consultant qui fournira une réponse au COMMENT." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:128 -msgid "" -"`The Proof of Concept <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Proof_of_concept>`__ A " -"simplified version, a prototype of what is expected to agree on the main " -"lines of expected changes." -msgstr "" -"`La démonstration de faisabilité " -"<https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Proof_of_concept>`__ Une version simplifiée, " -"un prototype de ce qui est attendu pour arriver à un accord sur les grandes " -"lignes des changements attendus." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:132 -msgid "" -"**The Mockup**: In the same idea as the Proof of Concept, it will align with" -" the changes related to the interface." -msgstr "" -"**La maquête** : Dans la même idée que la démonstration de faisabilité, elle" -" viendra s’aligner aux changements liés à l'interface." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:135 -msgid "" -"To these tools will be added complete transparency on the possibilities and " -"limitations of the software and/or its environment so that all project " -"stakeholders have a clear idea of what can be expected/achieved in the " -"project. We will, therefore, avoid basing our work on hypotheses without " -"verifying its veracity beforehand." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:141 -msgid "" -"*This list can, of course, be completed by other tools that would more " -"adequately meet the realities and needs of your project*" -msgstr "" -"*Cette liste peut, évidemment, être complétée avec d'autres outils qui " -"correspondraient plus adéquatement à la réalité des besoins de votre " -"projet.*" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:145 -msgid "Communication Strategy" -msgstr "Stratégies de communication" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:147 -msgid "" -"The purpose of the QuickStart methodology is to ensure quick ownership of " -"the tool for end users. Effective communication is therefore crucial to the " -"success of this approach. Its optimization will, therefore, lead us to " -"follow those principles:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:152 -msgid "" -"**Sharing the project management documentation**: The best way to ensure " -"that all stakeholders in a project have the same level of knowledge is to " -"provide direct access to the project's tracking document (Project " -"Organizer). This document will contain at least a list of tasks to be " -"performed as part of the implementation for which the priority level and the" -" manager are clearly defined." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:160 -msgid "" -"The Project Organizer is a shared project tracking tool that allows both " -"detailed tracking of ongoing tasks and the overall progress of the project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:164 -msgid "" -"**Report essential information**: In order to minimize the documentation " -"time to the essentials, we will follow the following good practices:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:168 -msgid "Meeting minutes will be limited to decisions and validations;" -msgstr "" -"Le compte-rendu des réunions sera limité aux décisions et aux validations;" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:170 -msgid "" -"Project statuses will only be established when an important milestone is " -"reached;" -msgstr "" -"Les statut des projets ne seront définis que lorsqu'une étape importante " -"sera franchie." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:173 -msgid "" -"Training sessions on the standard or customized solution will be organized." -msgstr "" -"Des sessions de formation sur la solution classique ou personnalisée seront " -"organisées." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:177 -msgid "Customizations and Development" -msgstr "Customisations et développements" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:179 -msgid "" -"Odoo is a software known for its flexibility and its important evolution " -"capacity. However, a significant amount of development contradicts a fast " -"and sustainable implementation. This is the reason why it is recommended to:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:184 -msgid "" -"**Develop only for a good reason**: The decision to develop must always be " -"taken when the cost-benefit ratio is positive (saving time on a daily basis," -" etc.). For example, it will be preferable to realize a significant " -"development in order to reduce the time of a daily operation, rather than an" -" operation to be performed only once a quarter. It is generally accepted " -"that the closer the solution is to the standard, the lighter and more fluid " -"the migration process, and the lower the maintenance costs for both parties." -" In addition, experience has shown us that 60% of initial development " -"requests are dropped after a few weeks of using standard Odoo (see " -"\"Adopting the standard as a priority\")." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:196 -msgid "" -"**Replace, without replicate**: There is a good reason for the decision to " -"change the management software has been made. In this context, the moment of" -" implementation is THE right moment to accept and even be a change initiator" -" both in terms of how the software will be used and at the level of the " -"business processes of the company." -msgstr "" -"**Remplacer, sans dupliquer** : La décision de changer le logiciel de " -"gestion a été prise pour une bonne raison. Dans ce contexte, le moment de la" -" mise en œuvre est LE bon moment pour accepter et même être un initiateur de" -" changement tant au niveau de la manière dont le logiciel sera utilisé qu'au" -" niveau des processus d'affaires de l'entreprise." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:204 -msgid "Testing and Validation principles" -msgstr "Principes de test et de validation" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:206 -msgid "" -"Whether developments are made or not in the implementation, it is crucial to" -" test and validate the correspondence of the solution with the operational " -"needs of the company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:210 -msgid "" -"**Role distribution**: In this context, the Consultant will be responsible " -"for delivering a solution corresponding to the defined specifications; the " -"SPoC will have to test and validate that the solution delivered meets the " -"requirements of the operational reality." -msgstr "" -"**Répartition des rôles** : Dans ce contexte, le consultant sera chargé " -"d'apporter une solution qui correspond aux spécifications définies et le " -"SpoC devra tester et valider la solution livrée pour vérifier si elle répond" -" aux exigences de la réalité opérationnelle." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:216 -msgid "" -"**Change management**: When a change needs to be made to the solution, the " -"noted gap is caused by:" -msgstr "" -"**Gestion des changements** : Lorsqu'un changement doit être apporté à la " -"solution, l'écart est causé par :" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:220 -msgid "" -"A difference between the specification and the delivered solution - This is " -"a correction for which the Consultant is responsible" -msgstr "" -"La différence entre le cahier des charges et la solution livrée. Cette " -"modification est sous la responsabilité du consultant. " - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:223 -msgid "**or**" -msgstr "**ou**" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:225 -msgid "" -"A difference between the specification and the imperatives of operational " -"reality - This is a change that is the responsibility of SPoC." -msgstr "" -"La différence entre les spécifications et les impératifs de la réalité " -"opérationnelle. Cette modification est sous la responsabilité du SPoC. " - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:229 -msgid "Data Imports" -msgstr "Importation de données" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:231 -msgid "" -"Importing the history of transactional data is an important issue and must " -"be answered appropriately to allow the project running smoothly. Indeed, " -"this task can be time-consuming and, if its priority is not well defined, " -"prevent production from happening in time. To do this as soon as possible, " -"it will be decided :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:237 -msgid "" -"**Not to import anything**: It often happens that after reflection, " -"importing data history is not considered necessary, these data being, " -"moreover, kept outside Odoo and consolidated for later reporting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:242 -msgid "" -"**To import a limited amount of data before going into production**: When " -"the data history relates to information being processed (purchase orders, " -"invoices, open projects, for example), the need to have this information " -"available from the first day of use in production is real. In this case, the" -" import will be made before the production launch." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:249 -msgid "" -"**To import after production launch**: When the data history needs to be " -"integrated with Odoo mainly for reporting purposes, it is clear that these " -"can be integrated into the software retrospectively. In this case, the " -"production launch of the solution will precede the required imports." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:256 -msgid "Support" -msgstr "Assistance" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:258 -msgid "" -"When your project is put in production, our support teams take care of your " -"questions or technical issues." -msgstr "" -"Lorsque votre projet est mis en production, nos équipes de support prennent " -"vos questions ou problèmes techniques en charge." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:261 -msgid "See :ref:`support-expectations`." -msgstr "Voir :ref:`support-expectations`." diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po deleted file mode 100644 index 1435dfaab..000000000 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,893 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# David David <f322p3ph@yahoo.fr>, 2020 -# ShevAbam, 2020 -# Olivier Lenoir <olivier.lenoir@free.fr>, 2020 -# Jérôme Tanché <jerome.tanche@ouest-dsi.fr>, 2020 -# Eloïse Stilmant <est@odoo.com>, 2020 -# Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020 -# Martin Trigaux, 2021 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2021\n" -"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: fr\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" - -#: ../../helpdesk.rst:5 -msgid "Helpdesk" -msgstr "Assistance technique" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced" -msgstr "Avancé" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:3 -msgid "After Sales Features" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:5 -msgid "" -"As your business grows, having the right tool to support your helpdesk team " -"on recording, tracking and managing issues raised easy and efficiently, is " -"key. Odoo’s Helpdesk application allows you to generate credit notes, manage" -" returns, products, repairs, grant coupons, and even plan onsite " -"interventions from a ticket’s page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:11 -msgid "Set up the after sales services" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " -"enable the after sales options: *Refunds, Returns, Coupons, Repairs and " -"Onsite Interventions*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:20 -msgid "Generate credit notes from tickets" -msgstr "Générez des notes de crédit depuis les tickets" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:22 -msgid "" -"You can use a credit note to refund a customer or adjust the amount due. For" -" that, simply go to your ticket page, click on *Refund* and select the " -"corresponding *Invoice*. Clicking on *Reverse* generates a credit note, and " -"you can *Post* it while still being in the *Helpdesk* app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:30 -msgid "Allow product returns from tickets" -msgstr "Autoriser les retours d'articles depuis les tickets" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:32 -msgid "" -"The process of a product return from your customer back to your warehouse is" -" taken into action when, at the ticket page, you choose the option *Return*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:39 -msgid "Grant coupons from tickets" -msgstr "Offrez des bons de réduction depuis les tickets " - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:41 -msgid "" -"First, be sure to have your *Coupon Program* planned in the *Sales* or " -"*Website* application. Then, in *Helpdesk*, open your ticket, click on " -"*Coupon*, and choose the respective one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:48 -msgid "Repairs from tickets" -msgstr "Générer des réparations depuis les tickets" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Clicking on *Repair* option, on your ticket page, a new repair order form is" -" shown. Fill in the information as needed and choose the next step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:57 -msgid "Plan onsite interventions from tickets" -msgstr "Générer des interventions sur site depuis les tickets" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:59 -msgid "" -"At the ticket's page click on *Plan Intervention*, and set up your onsite " -"intervention exactly the same way as if you were on the *Field Service* " -"application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:67 -msgid "" -"`Coupons <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/coupon-" -"programs-640?fullscreen=1>`_" -msgstr "" -"`Bons de réduction <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/coupon-" -"programs-640?fullscreen=1>`_" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:68 -msgid ":doc:`../../manufacturing/repair/repair`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:3 -msgid "Allow Customers to Close their Tickets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Allowing customers to close their tickets gives them autonomy and minimize " -"misunderstandings about when an issue is considered solved, or not. It makes" -" communication and actions more efficient." -msgstr "" -"Le fait d'autoriser les clients à clôturer eux-mêmes leurs tickets, leur " -"donne une autonomie et minimise les malentendus liés au fait qu'un problème " -"est considéré comme résolu ou pas. En plus, cela rend la communication et " -"les actions plus efficaces." - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:9 -msgid "Configure the feature" -msgstr "Configuration de la fonctionnalité" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:11 -msgid "" -"To configure the feature go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Settings --> " -"Helpdesk Teams --> Edit` and enable *Ticket closing*." -msgstr "" -"Pour configurer cette fonctionnalité, allez sur :menuselection:`Assistance " -"technique --> Paramètres --> Équipes d'assistance technique --> Éditer` et " -"activez *Clôture du ticket*." - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:18 -msgid "" -"In order to designate to which stage the ticket migrates to once it is " -"closed, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Overview --> Tickets`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:25 -msgid "" -"You can either create a new Kanban stage or work with an existing one. For " -"both scenarios, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Settings --> Edit Stage` " -"and enable *Closing Stage*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:32 -msgid "" -"If a closing stage is not specified, by default, the ticket is moved to the " -"last stage; contrarily, if you have more than one stage set as closing, the " -"ticket is put in the first one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:36 -msgid "The Costumer Portal" -msgstr "Le Portail du client" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Now, once the user logs into his Portal, the option *Close this ticket* is " -"available." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:45 -msgid "Get reports on tickets closed by costumers" -msgstr "Recevoir des rapports sur les tickets clôturés par le client" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:47 -msgid "" -"To do an analysis of the tickets that have been closed by costumers go to " -":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting --> Tickets --> Filters --> Add " -"Custom filter --> Closed by partner --> Applied`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Vue d'ensemble" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:3 -msgid "Forum and eLearning" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:6 -msgid "Forum" -msgstr "Forum" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:8 -msgid "" -"To go above and beyond email, live chat, web forms, and phone lines, offer " -"your customers a support forum. This way, customers might become more " -"attached to your company as they would be investing time to get into details" -" of your business. You also encourage the exchange of experiences and " -"knowledge, supporting the feeling of belonging to a community (your " -"community!)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:14 -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:52 -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:10 -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:11 -msgid "Set up" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Team` and " -"enable *Help Center*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Create, or edit a forum by clicking on the external link. Among the editing " -"options, choose if you would like the *Forum Mode* to be *Questions*: only " -"one answer is allowed per question or *Discussions*: multiple answers are " -"allowed per question." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:31 -msgid "" -"From now on, logged in users can start their discussions. To keep track of " -"posts, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Forum --> Posts`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Turn tickets into forum posts by simply clicking on *Share on the Forum* on " -"the ticket's page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:45 -msgid "eLearning" -msgstr "eLearning" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:47 -msgid "" -"In addition to a forum, offer online courses. When doing so, you link your " -"customers and users’ needs and questions to useful content, helping to boost" -" efficiency as they can also find their answers there." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " -"enable *eLearning*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Once the structure and content of your course are ready, *Publish* it by " -"clicking on *Unpublished*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:67 -msgid "" -"To keep track of your course statistics, go to *eLearning* and *View " -"Course*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:73 -msgid "Todo" -msgstr "À faire" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:73 -msgid "" -"DETAILS/INFO SHOULD COME FROM ELEARNING DOCS. THEREFORE, LINK DOCS ONCE " -"AVAILABLE!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:3 -msgid "Getting Started" -msgstr "Commencer" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Helpdesk teams provide your customers with support to queries or errors they" -" might encounter while using your product/service. Therefore, a successful " -"scheme where you can organize multiple teams with their customized pipeline," -" visibilities settings, and ticket traceability is essential." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:10 -msgid "Set up teams" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To modify or create teams, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration " -"--> Helpdesk Teams`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Setting up multiple teams allows you to group tickets by your channels " -"(example: BE/US), or by your support services' types (example: IT, " -"accounting, admin, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:21 -msgid "Team’s productivity and visibility" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Teams can have individual *Assignment Methods* to ensure that tickets get " -"redirected to the right person:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:26 -msgid "" -"*Manually*: tickets are manually assigned, allowing employees to manage " -"their own workload and target tickets they are experts at;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:28 -msgid "" -"*Random*: tickets are randomly assigned and everyone gets the same amount. " -"This method ensures that all tickets are handled as the assignment happens " -"automatically;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:30 -msgid "" -"*Balanced*: tickets are assigned to the person with the least amount of " -"tickets so that everyone fairly gets the same amount. Thereby, you ensure " -"that all tickets get to be taken care of." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:40 -msgid "" -"For the *Random* and *Balanced* assignment methods, you can set the *Team " -"Members* among whom tickets are assigned. Leave the field empty to include " -"all employees (with the proper access rights)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:43 -msgid "" -"The *Team Visibility* feature allows you to specify who can see and access " -"the team’s tickets. Therefore, ticket’s with sensible information are only " -"seen by the right people. Leave the field empty to include all employees " -"(with the proper access rights)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:46 -msgid "Set up stages and share it among teams" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:48 -msgid "" -"To set up stages, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> " -"Stages`. Then, create and/or edit stages as you need and set specific teams " -"to use certain stages under *Team*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Stages can be shared between one or multiple teams, allowing you to adapt " -"the pipeline to your individual needs. They also apply a visibility and " -"access rule, as other teams are not able to see or use the stage." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:64 -msgid ":doc:`../../general/odoo_basics/add_user`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:3 -msgid "Ratings" -msgstr "Évaluations" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Allow customers to rate their experience with your helpdesk teams to " -"strengthen your credibility and gain their trust. Reviews can also influence" -" a customer’s decision and open space for feedback that can help you improve" -" the quality of your services." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " -"enable *Ratings on tickets*. The feature automatically adds a default email " -"template on the non-folded *closing stage(s)* of that team." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:21 -msgid "" -"To edit the email template and the stage(s) set as the closing ones, go to " -"the Kanban view of your helpdesk team and click on *Settings*, then on *Edit" -" Stage*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Now, once a ticket reaches the stage(s) designated as the *Closing Stage*, " -"an email is sent to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Ratings can be seen on the chatter of each ticket, under the *See Customer " -"Satisfaction* link on the main dashboard, and through *Reporting*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:39 -msgid "Ratings visible on the customer portal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " -"enable *Display Rating on Customer Portal*. Now, by clicking on the helpdesk" -" team’s name on their ticket, customers can see its ratings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:51 -msgid ":doc:`../../portal/my_odoo_portal`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:52 -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:88 -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:47 -msgid ":doc:`../advanced/close_tickets`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:3 -msgid "Start Receiving Tickets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Offering a variety of channels from where your customers can contact you " -"grants them flexibility and the right to choose the best one for themselves." -" And, in order to make sure inquiries across all channels get addressed, it " -"is essential to have a solution where all interactions come in one place." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:11 -msgid "Channels options to submit tickets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`, and " -"enable the following features as you want them to be available to your " -"users." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:21 -msgid "Email Alias" -msgstr "Alias d'email" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Let your customers submit tickets by sending an email to your support email " -"address. The subject line of the email becomes the title of the ticket and " -"the content is shown in the Chatter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Select *Configure domain name* to be redirected to *Settings* and, from " -"there, enable *External Email Servers* to determine or change your *Alias " -"Domain*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Using your own email server is required to send and receive emails in Odoo " -"Community and Enterprise. Online users benefit from a ready-to-use email " -"server." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:39 -msgid "Website Form" -msgstr "Formulaire du Site Web" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Allow your customers to submit a ticket by filling in a form through your " -"website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Once the feature is activated, get redirected to your website by clicking on" -" *Go to Website*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:49 -msgid "" -"From the website page customize the form as you like. Then, publish it by " -"clicking on *Unpublished*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:56 -msgid "Live Chat" -msgstr "Live Chat" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:59 -msgid "" -"Through live interactions with your website visitors, helpdesk tickets can " -"be instantly created and redirected to the right person." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Click on your helpdesk team's name - for the example below: *Customer Care* " -"- and :doc:`set up your channel <../../livechat/overview/get_started>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Now, your operators can create tickets by using the :doc:`command " -"<../../livechat/overview/responses>` */helpdesk (subject_of_ticket)*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:72 -msgid "Prioritize tickets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:74 -msgid "" -"Use the stars to prioritize your tickets. The most urgent ones appear at the" -" top of your list on the Kanban view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:77 -msgid "1 star = *Low priority*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:78 -msgid "2 stars = *High priority*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:79 -msgid "3 stars = *Urgent*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:87 -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:60 -msgid ":doc:`sla`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:89 -msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_servers`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:3 -msgid "Reports for a Better Support" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:5 -msgid "" -"An efficient customer service solution should have a built-in reporting " -"option. Reports allow you to track trends, identify areas for improvement, " -"manage employees’ workloads and, most importantly, meet your customer’s " -"expectations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:10 -msgid "Cases" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:12 -msgid "Some examples of the reports Odoo Helpdesk can generate include:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:14 -msgid "The number of tickets *grouped by* team and ticket type." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:17 -msgid "" -"In this manner, you are able to evaluate which ticket types have been the " -"most frequent ones, plus the workload of your teams." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Apply *Time Ranges* if you would like to make comparisons to a *Previous " -"Period* or a *Previous Year*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:25 -msgid "The number of tickets closed per day, per team." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Get an overview of how many requests each team is closing per day in order " -"to measure their performance. Identify productivity levels to understand how" -" many requests they are able to handle." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Filter it by *Assignee* to see Key Performance Indicators (KPI) per agent." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:37 -msgid "" -"The number of hours tickets are taking to be solved, grouped by team and " -"ticket type." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Check if your expectations are met by *measuring* the *Time to close " -"(hours)*. Your customers not only expect fast responses but they also want " -"their issues to be handled quickly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:48 -msgid "Save filters" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Save the filters you use the most and avoid having to reconstruct them every" -" time they are needed. To do so, set the groups, filters, and measures " -"needed. Then, go to *Favorites*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:59 -msgid ":doc:`receiving_tickets`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:3 -msgid "Service Level Agreements (SLA)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Service Level Agreements (SLA) are commitments you make with your customers " -"to outline how a service is delivered. It bolsters trust between you and " -"your customers as it makes clear what needs to be done, to what standard, " -"and when." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:10 -msgid "Create your policies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:13 -msgid "" -"First, enable the feature on the settings of the team you would like " -"policies to be applied, going to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration " -"--> Helpdesk Teams`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Create your policies through the team’s settings page or go to " -":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> SLA Policies`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Choose to which **Team** the policy is relevant and the **Minimum Priority**" -" a ticket needs to have for the policy to be applied." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:27 -msgid "" -"**Target** is the stage a ticket needs to reach within the period defined to" -" satisfy the SLA. The period is based on the ticket’s creation date, and a " -"deadline is set on the ticket’s form once it matches an SLA policy rule. If " -"a ticket has more than one policy applied to it, the closest deadline of all" -" SLAs is the one considered." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:29 -msgid "" -"When a ticket has satisfied an SLA policy, the SLA tag appears in green and " -"the deadline field is not shown anymore." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:37 -msgid "SLA Analysis" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting --> SLA Status Analysis`. Apply" -" *Filters* and *Group by* to identify tickets that should be prioritized and" -" keep track of upcoming deadlines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice.rst:3 -msgid "Timesheet and Invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:3 -msgid "Invoice Time Spent on Tickets (Prepaid Support Services)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Have the option to work with prepaid support services, meaning that a sales " -"order and a corresponding invoice are issued and, once the service is done, " -"you can deduct the time spent. Odoo allows it to happen because the " -"applications are fully integrated, resulting in faster responses to your " -"customer needs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:14 -msgid "Step 1: Set up a helpdesk team" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`, create" -" or edit an existing team, and enable *Timesheet on Ticket* and *Time " -"Reinvoicing*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Select or create a project under *Timesheet on Ticket*. The selected/created" -" is the one at which employees timesheet on by default. However, it can be " -"ultimately modified on each ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:28 -msgid "Step 2: Set up a service" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " -"*Units of Measure* to optionally be able to choose *hours* (for example) as " -"the unit of measure of your service." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Then, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`, create or edit" -" an existing one, and set its *Product Type* as *Service*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Now, select the invoicing management you would like to have under the " -"*Sales* tab. We recommend the following configuration:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:47 -msgid "" -"This configuration ensures that the customer is invoiced by the number of " -"hours predicted in the sales order, meaning that less or extra hours " -"recorded are not taken into account. It also ensures that every time a sales" -" order is confirmed, a new task is created under the right project, " -"automating the process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:53 -msgid "" -"We recommend setting up a specific project, as it was done for this flow " -"example. The important thing to remember is that the sales order item needs " -"to be set on the corresponding project or task, in order to reinvoice the " -"time spent on a ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:58 -msgid "Prevision an invoice and record time" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:61 -msgid "Step 1: Place an order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> Orders` and create one for the " -"helpdesk service product you have previously set up, with the customer who " -"needs the ticket to be opened. Set the number of hours needed to assist the " -"customer and *Confirm* the order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:72 -msgid "Step 2: Invoice the customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:74 -msgid "In *Sales*, select the respective sales order to *Create Invoice*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:82 -msgid "Step 3: Link the task to the ticket" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:84 -msgid "" -"Now, in *Helpdesk*, create or edit the respective ticket and link it to the " -"task created by the confirmation of the sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:92 -msgid "Step 4: Record the time spent" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:94 -msgid "" -"Still on the respective helpdesk ticket, record the hours performed under " -"the *Timesheets* tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:100 -msgid "" -"Note that the hours recorded on the ticket form are shown on the *Delivered*" -" column in the sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:108 -msgid "" -"Hours recorded on the ticket are automatically shown in *Timesheets* and on " -"the dedicated task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:111 -msgid ":doc:`reinvoice_from_project`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:112 -msgid ":doc:`../../inventory/management/products/uom`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:3 -msgid "Invoice Time Spent on Tickets (Postpaid Support Services)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Directly pull the billable time you have tracked on your helpdesk tickets " -"into sales orders and invoices through a project task. It gives you more " -"control over what you charge your client, and it is more efficient." -msgstr "" -"Ajoutez directement le temps à facturer que vous avez enregistré sur vos " -"tickets d'assistance dans les bons de commande et les factures, via une " -"tâche de projet. Cela vous donne plus de contrôle sur ce que vous facturez à" -" votre client, et c'est plus efficace." - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:10 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Configuration" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk team --> Edit`" -" and enable the options *Timesheet on Ticket* and *Time Reinvoicing*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Under *Timesheet on Ticket*, choose the *Project* to which tickets (and " -"timesheets) will be linked by default. Open its *External link* to enable " -"the feature *Bill from tasks*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:22 -msgid "Create a sales order and an invoice" -msgstr "Créez un bon de commande et une facture" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Now, once you have recorded the time you spent on the helpdesk ticket, under" -" the *Timesheets* tab, access the task clicking on its name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:31 -msgid "*Create Sales Order* and proceed to create the invoice." -msgstr "*Créez un bon de commande* et lancez la facturation." diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/index.po index df21822bb..ac1b9d172 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/index.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/index.po @@ -1,19 +1,15 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # -# Translators: -# Richard Mathot <rim@odoo.com>, 2020 -# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-18 07:12+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Richard Mathot <rim@odoo.com>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -21,10 +17,6 @@ msgstr "" "Language: fr\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" -#: ../../index.rst:7 ../../index.rst:7 -msgid "Index" +#: ../../content/index.rst:3 +msgid "Odoo Documentation" msgstr "" - -#: ../../index.rst:3 -msgid "Odoo User Documentation" -msgstr "Documentation utilisateur Odoo" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po deleted file mode 100644 index 7d775e1b4..000000000 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,6871 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Maxime Chambreuil <mchambreuil@ursainfosystems.com>, 2020 -# 5cad1b0f1319985f8413d48b70c3c192_b038c35, 2020 -# Nathan Grognet <ngr@odoo.com>, 2020 -# Xavier Symons <xsy@openerp.com>, 2020 -# Katerina Katapodi <katerinakatapodi@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Xavier Belmere <Info@cartmeleon.com>, 2020 -# Nicolas Seinlet <nicolas@seinlet.com>, 2020 -# Stéphane GUILLY <stephane.guilly@laposte.net>, 2020 -# Fabien Pinckaers <fp@openerp.com>, 2020 -# Lionel Sausin <ls@numerigraphe.com>, 2020 -# Alain Prasquier <aprasquier@odm-tech.com>, 2020 -# Frédéric LIETART <stuff@tifred.fr>, 2020 -# Jean-Louis Bodren <jeanlouis.bodren@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# Melanie Bernard <mbe@odoo.com>, 2020 -# Shark McGnark <peculiarcheese@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Jérôme Tanché <jerome.tanche@ouest-dsi.fr>, 2020 -# Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: fr\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" - -#: ../../inventory.rst:5 -msgid "Inventory" -msgstr "Inventaire" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode.rst:3 -msgid "Barcodes" -msgstr "Codes-barres" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations.rst:3 -msgid "Daily Operations" -msgstr "Opérations journalières" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3 -msgid "Process to an Inventory Adjustment with Barcodes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:5 -msgid "" -"To process an inventory adjustment by using barcodes, you first need to open" -" the *Barcode* app. Then, from the application, click on *Inventory " -"Adjustments*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:13 -msgid "" -"If you want to fully work with barcodes, you can download the sheet " -"*Commands for Inventory*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Once you have clicked on *Inventory Adjustments*, Odoo will automatically " -"create one. Note that, if you work with multi-location, you first need to " -"specify in which location the inventory adjustment takes place." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:24 -msgid "" -"If you don’t work with multi-location, you will be able to scan the " -"different products you want to include in the inventory adjustment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:31 -msgid "" -"If you have 5 identical articles, scan it 5 times or use the keyboard to set" -" the quantity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Besides using the barcode scanner, you can also manually add a product if " -"necessary. To do so, click on *Add Product* and fill the information in " -"manually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:44 -msgid "" -"When you have scanned all the items of the location, validate the inventory " -"manually or scan the *Validate* barcode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:3 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/overview.rst:3 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:6 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Vue d'ensemble" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:5 -msgid "" -"There are different situations in which barcode nomenclatures can be useful." -" A well-known use case is the one of a point of sale which sells products in" -" bulk, in which the customers will scale their products themselves and get " -"the printed barcode to stick on the product. This barcode will contain the " -"weight of the product and help compute the price accordingly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:13 -msgid "Create a Barcode Nomenclature" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Odoo supports Barcode Nomenclatures, which determine the mapping and " -"interpretation of the encoded information. You can configure your barcode " -"nomenclature being in :doc:`Developer mode " -"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Barcode Nomenclature`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:20 -msgid "" -"You can create a barcode nomenclature from there, and then add a line to " -"create your first rule." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:26 -msgid "" -"The first step is to specify the **rule name**, for example Weight Barcode " -"with 3 Decimals. You then have to specify the type for barcode nomenclature," -" in our case it will be Weighted Product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:33 -msgid "" -"The Barcode Pattern is a regular expression that defines the structure of " -"the barcode. In this example 21 defines the products on which the rule will " -"be applied, those are the numbers by which the product barcode should start." -" The 5 “dots” are the following numbers of the product barcode and are there" -" simply to identify the product in question. The “N” define a number and the" -" “D” define the decimals." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:40 -msgid "" -"The encoding allows to specify the barcode encoding on which the rule should" -" be applied." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:44 -msgid "" -"You can define different rules and order their priority thanks to the " -"sequence. The first rule which matches the scanned barcode will be applied." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:49 -msgid "Configure your Product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:51 -msgid "The barcode of the product should start by “21”;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:52 -msgid "" -"The 5 “dots” are the other numbers of your product barcode, allowing to " -"identify the product;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:53 -msgid "" -"The barcode should contain 0’s where you did defined D’s or N’s. In our case" -" we need to set 5 zeros because we configured “21…..{NNDDD}”;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:54 -msgid "" -"In EAN-13, the last number is a check number, use an EAN13 generator to know" -" which digit it should be in your case." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:59 -msgid "" -"In case you weight 1,5 Kg of pasta, the balance will print you the following" -" barcode 2112345015002. If you scan this barcode in your POS or when " -"receiving products in your barcode application, Odoo will automatically " -"create a new line for the Pasta product for a quantity of 1.5 Kg. For the " -"point of sale, a price depending on the quantity will also be computed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:70 -msgid "Rule Types" -msgstr "Type de règle" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:72 -msgid "" -"**Priced Product**: allows you to identify the product and specify its " -"price, used in POS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:73 -msgid "" -"**Discounted Product**: allows you to create one barcode per applied " -"discount. You can then scan your product in the POS and then scan the " -"discount barcode, discount will be applied on the normal price of the " -"product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:74 -msgid "" -"**Weighted Product**: allows you to identify the product and specify its " -"weight, used in both POS (in which the price is computed based on the " -"weight) and in inventory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:75 -msgid "" -"**Client**: allows you to identify the customer, for example used with " -"loyalty program." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:76 -msgid "**Cashier**: allows you to identify the cashier when entering the POS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:77 -msgid "" -"**Location**: allows you to identify the location on a transfer when multi-" -"location is activated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:78 -msgid "" -"**Package**: allows you to identify packages on a transfer when packages are" -" activated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:79 -msgid "" -"**Lot**: allows you to identify the lot number of a product on a transfer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:80 -msgid "" -"**Credit Card**: doesn’t need manual modification, exists for data from the " -"Mercury module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:81 -msgid "" -"**Unit Product**: allows you to identify a product for both POS and " -"transfers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:84 -msgid "" -"When the barcode pattern contains .*, it means that it can contain any " -"number of characters, those characters being any number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:3 -msgid "Process to Transfers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:6 -msgid "Simple Transfers" -msgstr "Transferts simples" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:8 -msgid "" -"To process a transfer from the *Barcode* app, the first step is to go to " -"*Operations*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Then, you have the choice to either enter an existing transfer, by going to " -"the corresponding operation type and manually selecting the one you want to " -"enter, or by scanning the barcode of the transfer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:24 -msgid "" -"From there, you will be able to scan the products that are part of the " -"existing transfer and/or add new products to this transfer. Once all the " -"products have been scanned, you can validate the transfer to proceed with " -"the stock moves." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:33 -msgid "" -"If you have different storage locations in your warehouse, you can add " -"additional steps for the different operation types." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:37 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:50 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:45 -msgid "Receipts" -msgstr "Réceptions" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:39 -msgid "" -"When receiving a product in stock, you need to scan its barcode in order to " -"identify it in the system. Once done, you can either make it enter the main " -"location of the transfer, for example WH/Stock, or scan a location barcode " -"to make it enter a sub-location of the main location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:48 -msgid "" -"If you want the product to enter WH/Stock in our example, you can simply " -"scan the next product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:52 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery.rst:3 -msgid "Delivery Orders" -msgstr "Bons de livraison" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:54 -msgid "" -"When delivering a product, you have to scan the source location if it is " -"different than the one initially set on the transfer. Then, you can start " -"scanning the products that are delivered from this specific location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:62 -msgid "" -"Once the different products have been scanned, you have the possibility to " -"scan another location, such as WH/Stock, and another page will be added to " -"your delivery order. You can move from one to the other thanks to the " -"*Previous* and *Next* buttons." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Now, you can validate your transfer. To do so, click on *Next* until you " -"reach the last page of the transfer. There, you will be able to validate it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:78 -msgid "Internal Transfers" -msgstr "Transferts internes" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:80 -msgid "" -"When realizing an internal transfer with multi-location, you first have to " -"scan the source location of the product. Then, you can scan the product in " -"itself, before having to scan the barcode of the destination location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:85 -msgid "" -"If the source and destination of the internal transfers are already correct," -" you don’t need to scan them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:89 -msgid "Transfers with Tracked Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:91 -msgid "" -"If you work with products tracked by lot/serial numbers, you have two ways " -"of working:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:94 -msgid "" -"If you work with serial/lot numbers taking all products into consideration, " -"you can scan the barcode of the lot/serial number and Odoo will increase the" -" quantity of the product, setting its lot/serial number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:99 -msgid "" -"If you have the same lot/serial number for different products, you can work " -"by scanning the product barcode first, and then the barcode of the " -"lot/serial number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:3 -msgid "Create a Transfer from Scratch" -msgstr "Créer un transfert à partir de zéro" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:5 -msgid "" -"To create a transfer from the *Barcode* application, you first need to print" -" the operation type barcodes. To do so, you can download the *Stock barcode " -"sheet* from the home page of the app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Once done, you can scan the one for which you want to create a new document." -" Then, an empty document will be created and you will be able to scan your " -"products to populate it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup.rst:3 -msgid "Setup" -msgstr "Configuration" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:3 -msgid "Set up your barcode scanner" -msgstr "Configurer votre scanner de code à barres" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Getting started with barcode scanning in Odoo is fairly easy. Yet, a good " -"user experience relies on an appropriate hardware setup. This guide will " -"help you through the task of choosing and configuring the barcode scanner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:11 -msgid "Find the barcode scanner that suits your needs" -msgstr "Trouvez le scanner de code-barre qui correspond à vos besoins" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:13 -msgid "" -"The 3 recommended type of barcode scanners to work with the Odoo " -"**Inventory** and **Barcode Scanning** apps are the **USB scanner**, **the " -"bluetooth scanner** and the **mobile computer scanner**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:20 -msgid "" -"If you scan products at a computer location, the **USB scanner** is the way " -"to go. Simply plug it in the computer to start scanning. Just make sure when" -" you buy it that the scanner is compatible with your keyboard layout or can " -"be configured to be so." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:25 -msgid "" -"The **bluetooth scanner** can be paired with a smartphone or a tablet and is" -" a good choice if you want to be mobile but don't need a big investment. An " -"approach is to log in Odoo on you smartphone, pair the bluetooth scanner " -"with the smartphone and work in the warehouse with the possibility to check " -"your smartphone from time to time and use the software 'manually'." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:32 -msgid "" -"For heavy use, the **mobile computer scanner** is the handiest solution. It " -"consists of a small computer with a built-in barcode scanner. This one can " -"turn out to be a very productive solution, however you need to make sure " -"that is is capable of running Odoo smoothly. The most recent models using " -"Android + Google Chrome or Windows + Internet Explorer Mobile should do the " -"job. However, due to the variety of models and configurations on the market," -" it is essential to test it first." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:42 -msgid "Configure your barcode scanner" -msgstr "Configurez votre lecteur de code-barres" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:45 -msgid "Keyboard layout" -msgstr "Format du clavier" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:50 -msgid "" -"An USB barcode scanner needs to be configured to use the same keyboard " -"layout as your operating system. Otherwise, your scanner won't translate " -"characters correctly (replacing a 'A' with a 'Q' for example). Most scanners" -" are configured by scanning the appropriate barcode in the user manual." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:57 -msgid "Automatic carriage return" -msgstr "Retour à la ligne automatique" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:59 -msgid "" -"By default, Odoo has a 50 milliseconds delay between each successive scan " -"(it helps avoid accidental double scanning). If you want to suppress this " -"delay, you can configure your scanner to insert a carriage return at the end" -" of each barcode. This is usually the default configuration and can be " -"explicitly configured by scanning a specific barcode in the user manual ('CR" -" suffix ON', 'Apply Enter for suffix', etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:3 -msgid "Activate the Barcodes in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The barcode scanning features can save you a lot of time usually lost " -"switching between the keyboard, the mouse and the scanner. Properly " -"attributing barcodes to products, pickings locations, etc. allows you to " -"work more efficiently by controlling the software almost exclusively with " -"the barcode scanner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:12 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:12 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:37 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:9 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:50 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:18 -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:19 -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:16 -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:21 -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:15 -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:14 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:10 -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:10 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:16 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:15 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:17 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:14 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Configuration" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:14 -msgid "" -"To use this feature, you first need to activate the *Barcode* functionality " -"via :menuselection:`Inventory --> Settings --> Barcode Scanner`. Once you " -"have ticked the feature, you can hit save." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:22 -msgid "Set Product Barcodes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:24 -msgid "" -"You can easily assign barcodes to your different products via the " -"*Inventory* app. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " -"Products Barcodes`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Then, you have the possibility to assign barcodes to your products directly " -"at creation on the product form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Be careful to add barcodes directly on the product variants and not on the " -"template product. Otherwise, you won’t be able to differentiate them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:45 -msgid "Set Locations Barcodes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:47 -msgid "" -"If you manage multiple locations, you will find useful to attribute a " -"barcode to each location and stick it on the location. You can configure the" -" locations barcodes in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " -"Locations`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:58 -msgid "" -"You can easily print the barcode you allocate to the locations via the " -"*Print* menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:62 -msgid "Barcode Formats" -msgstr "Formats de code-barre" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Most retail products use EAN-13 barcodes. They cannot be made up without " -"proper authorization. You must pay the International Article Numbering " -"Association a fee in exchange for an EAN code sequence." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Still, as Odoo supports any string as a barcode, you can always define your " -"own barcode format for internal use." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management.rst:3 -msgid "Warehouse Management" -msgstr "Gestion d'entrepôt" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:3 -msgid "How do I cancel a delivery order?" -msgstr "Comment puis-je annuler un bon de livraison" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo gives you the possibility to cancel a delivery method whether it has " -"been validated to fast, it needs to be modified or for any other reason." -msgstr "" -"Odoo vous permet d'annuler un ordre de livraison, qu'il ait été validé trop " -"vite, ou qu'il doive être modifié, ou pour toute autre raison." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Some carriers are more flexible than others, so make sure to cancel your " -"delivery order as fast as possible if it needs to be done so you don't have " -"any bad surprise." -msgstr "" -"Certains transporteurs sont plus souples que d'autres, alors assurez-vous " -"d'annuler votre bon de livraison le plus rapidement possible, pour éviter " -"les mauvaises surprises." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:17 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:26 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:107 -msgid "Sale process" -msgstr "Processus de vente" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Go to the **Sales** module, click on **Sales** and then on **Sales Order**. " -"Then click on the sale order you want to cancel." -msgstr "" -"Allez dans le module **Ventes**, cliquez sur **Ventes** puis sur **Bons de " -"commande**. Puis cliquez sur la commande que vous voulez annuler." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Click on the **Delivery** button, in the upper right corner of the sale " -"order." -msgstr "" -"Cliquez sur le bouton **Livraison**, dans le coin supérieur droit de la " -"commande." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Now, click on the **Additional info** tab and you will see that next to the " -"**Carrier Tracking Reference**, there is a **Cancel** button. Click on it to" -" cancel the delivery." -msgstr "" -"Maintenant, cliquez sur l'onglet **Informations additionnelles** et vous " -"verrez qu'à coté du champ **Référence de suivi du transporteur**, il y a un " -"bouton **Annuler**. Cliquer sur ce bouton pour annuler la livraison." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:38 -msgid "" -"To make sure that your delivery is cancelled, check in the history, you will" -" receive the confirmation of the cancellation." -msgstr "" -"Pour vous assurez que votre livraison est annulée, vérifiez dans " -"l'historique, vous recevrez une confirmation de l'annulation." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:3 -msgid "How can I limit a delivery method to a certain number of countries?" -msgstr "" -"Comment puis-je restreindre une méthode de livraison à certains pays ?" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:8 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can have different types of delivery methods, and you can " -"limit them to a certain number of countries." -msgstr "" -"Avec Odoo, vous avez différents types de méthodes de livraison, et vous " -"pouvez les limiter à un certain nombre de pays." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Go to the **Inventory** module, click on **Configuration** and then on " -"**Delivery Methods**." -msgstr "" -"Allez dans le module **Inventaire**, cliquez sur **Configuration** puis sur " -"**Modes de livraison**." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Select the delivery method that you want to change, or create a new one." -msgstr "" -"Sélectionnez la méthode de livraison que vous voulez modifier, ou créez-en " -"une nouvelle." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:25 -msgid "" -"In the **Destination** tab, choose the countries to which you want to apply " -"this delivery method." -msgstr "" -"Dans l'onglet **Destination**, choisissez les pays auxquels vous voulez " -"appliquer cette méthode de livraison." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:28 -msgid "Now, that this is done, Let's see the result." -msgstr "Maintenant que cela est fait, allons voir le résultat." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:30 -msgid "" -"If you go to the website, and you try to buy something, once you've entered " -"your details and you proceed to the payment, the website will propose you " -"only the delivery methods that apply to your shipping address." -msgstr "" -"Si vous allez sur le site web, et que vous essayez d'acheter quelque chose, " -"une fois que vous avez saisi les détails et que vous procédez au paiement, " -"le site web vous proposera seulement les méthodes de livraison qui " -"s'appliquent à votre adresse de livraison." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:39 -msgid "" -"This process doesn't work in backend. We assume that when you create a Sale " -"Order, you know which delivery method you can use since you created them." -msgstr "" -"Ce processus ne fonctionne que via le site Web. Nous supposons que lorsque " -"vous créez une commande client, vous savez quelle mode de livraison vous " -"pouvez utiliser puisque vous les avez créés." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:3 -msgid "Send Products to Customers Directly from Suppliers (Drop-shipping)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:6 -msgid "What is Drop-Shipping?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Drop-Shipping is a system that allows orders taken from your store to be " -"shipped straight from your supplier to your customer. On a usual delivery " -"system, products are sent from your supplier to your warehouse to be put in " -"stock and then shipped to your customers after ordering." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:13 -msgid "" -"With drop-shipping, no item is stocked. When a customer places an order in " -"your shop, the item is delivered straight from the supplier to the customer." -" Therefore, the product doesn't need to get through your warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:19 -msgid "Points to be Considered while Implementing Drop-Shipping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Use drop-shipping only for the products you can't or don't want to keep in " -"stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:22 -msgid "" -"One reason is that you'll always make smaller margins on items that are " -"drop-shipped, so you should keep it only for items that take up a lot of " -"space in your warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:30 -msgid "Drop-shipping is best for niche products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Chances are that products that are in high demand are being offered by large" -" suppliers at a fraction of the price you'll be able to charge, so using a " -"more costly shipping method won't be financially rewarding. But if your " -"product is unique, then it makes sense!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:33 -msgid "To protect your customers from bad experiences." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Test drop-shipping companies for yourself beforehand and list the best ones." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:37 -msgid "Make sure time is not against you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Drop-shipping should take a reasonable amount of time and surely not more " -"than it would have taken you to handle it all by yourself. It's also nice to" -" be able to provide your customers with a tracking number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:44 -msgid "Items have to be available from your supplier." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:40 -msgid "" -"It's good to know if the product you're selling is available upstream. If " -"you don't have that information, inform your customers that you don't hold " -"the item in stock and that it's subject to availability from a third party." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:47 -msgid "" -"For more information and insights about Drop-Shipping, you can read our " -"blog: `*What is drop-shipping and how to use it* <https://www.odoo.com/blog" -"/business-hacks-1/post/what-is-drop-shipping-and-how-to-use-it-250>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:52 -msgid "Configure Drop-Shipping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Activate the functionality in the *Purchase* application by going to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Then, go to the *Inventory* app, in :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings` to activate the *Multi-Step Routes* feature. It will allow you to " -"make the *Route* field appear on the sale order lines to specify you send a " -"product via drop-shipping." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Now, in the *Sales* app, go to :menuselection:`Products --> Products`. " -"Select the product you would like to drop-ship and add a vendor pricelist " -"which contains the right supplier, via the purchase tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:76 -msgid "Send Products from the Suppliers Directly to the Customers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:78 -msgid "" -"Create a *Sales Order* and add the product on which you just set the vendor." -" Add the *Route* field thanks to the widget on the right of the sale order " -"line. Now, you are able to specify that your products’ route is *Drop-" -"Shipping*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:89 -msgid "" -"Once the sale order is confirmed, Odoo automatically generates a *Request " -"for Quotation* for the supplier who will proceed to the drop-shipping. You " -"can find it in the *Purchase* app, with the sale order as *Source Document*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:97 -msgid "" -"Once this *Purchase Order* is confirmed, a *Receipt Order* is created and " -"linked to it. The source location is the vendor location and the destination" -" location is the customer location. Then, the product won’t go through your " -"own stock when you validate the dropship document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:105 -msgid "" -"You can also easily access the dropship document directly from your " -"inventory dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:3 -msgid "How to choose the right inventory flow to handle delivery orders?" -msgstr "" -"Comment choisir le bon flux d'inventaire pour gérer les bons de livraison ?" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Depending on factors such as the type of items you sell, the size of your " -"warehouse, the number of orders you register everyday... the way you handle " -"deliveries to your customers can vary a lot." -msgstr "" -"En fonction de facteurs tels que le type d'articles que vous vendez, la " -"taille de votre entrepôt, le nombre de commandes que vous enregistrez chaque" -" jour... la façon dont vous gérez les livraisons clients peut beaucoup " -"varier." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Odoo allows you to handle shipping from your warehouse in 3 different ways:" -msgstr "" -"Odoo vous permet de gérer les expéditions depuis votre entrepôt de 3 " -"manières différentes :" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:12 -msgid "**One step (shipping)**: Ship directly from stock" -msgstr "**Une seule étape (expédition)**: Expédition directe du stock" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:14 -msgid "" -"**Two steps (pick + ship)**: Bring goods to output location before shipping" -msgstr "" -"**Deux étapes (prélèvement + expédition)**: Amener les marchandises à " -"l'emplacement en sortie de stock avant expédition" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:17 -msgid "" -"**Three steps (pick + pack + ship)**: Make packages into a dedicated " -"location, then bring them to the output location for shipping" -msgstr "" -"**Trois étapes (prélèvement + emballage + expédition)**: Réaliser le " -"colisage à un emplacement dédié, puis amener les colis en sortie de stock " -"pour expédition" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:20 -msgid "" -"For companies having a rather small warehouse and that do not require high " -"stock of items or don't sell perishable items, a one step shipping is the " -"simplest solution, as it does not require a lot of configuration and allows " -"to handle orders very quickly." -msgstr "" -"Pour les entreprises ayant un assez petit entrepôt et qui ne nécessitent pas" -" un stock élevé d'articles, ou qui ne vendent pas de produits périssables, " -"une expédition en une étape est la solution la plus simple, car elle ne " -"nécessite pas beaucoup de configuration, et elle permet de gérer les " -"commandes très rapidement." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Using inventory methods such as FIFO, LIFO and FEFO require to have at least" -" two steps to handle a shipment. The picking method will be determined by " -"the removal strategy, and the items removed will then be shipped to the " -"customer. This method is also interesting if you hold larger stocks and " -"especially when the items you stock are big in size." -msgstr "" -"L'utilisation de méthodes d'inventaire telles que FIFO, LIFO et FEFO " -"nécessite d'avoir au moins deux étapes pour gérer une expédition. La méthode" -" de prélèvement sera déterminée par la stratégie de retrait, et les articles" -" prélevés seront ensuite expédiés au client. Cette méthode est également " -"appropriée si vous gérez des stocks importants, surtout si les articles que " -"vous avez en stock sont de grande taille." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:31 -msgid "" -"The three steps system becomes useful in more specific situations, the main " -"one being for handling very large stocks. The items are transferred to a " -"packing area, where they will be assembled by area of destination, and then " -"set to outbound trucks for final delivery to the customers." -msgstr "" -"Le système en trois étapes est utile dans des situations plus spécifiques, " -"en particulier pour le traitement des stocks très importants. Les articles " -"sont transférés dans une zone d'emballage, où ils sont regroupés par zone de" -" destination, puis chargés dans les camions pour la livraison finale aux " -"clients." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:40 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:53 -msgid "One step flow" -msgstr "Circuit en une étape" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:42 -msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`one_step`" -msgstr "Lisez la documentation :doc:`one_step`" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:45 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:58 -msgid "Two steps flow" -msgstr "Circuit en deux étapes" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:47 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:60 -msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`two_steps`" -msgstr "Lisez la documentation :doc:`two_steps`" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:50 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:63 -msgid "Three steps flow" -msgstr "Circuit en trois étapes" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:52 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:65 -msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`three_steps`" -msgstr "Lisez la documentation :doc:`three_steps`" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:3 -msgid "How can I change the label type?" -msgstr "Comment puis-je changer le type d'étiquette ?" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:8 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can choose among different types of labels for your delivery " -"orders. Follow the steps below and give an appropriate label type to your " -"delivery." -msgstr "" -"Avec Odoo, vous pouvez choisir entre différents types d'étiquettes pour vos " -"bons de livraison. Suivez les étapes ci-dessous et sélectionnez un type " -"d'étiquette appropriée à votre livraison." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:15 -msgid "" -"In the **Inventory** module, Go to **Configuration** and click on **Delivery" -" methods**." -msgstr "" -"Dans le module **Inventaire**, allez dans **Configuration** et cliquez sur " -"**Méthodes de livraison**." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:18 -msgid "Choose a delivery method and then click on **Edit**." -msgstr "Choisissez une méthode de livraison, puis cliquez sur **Modifier**." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:23 -msgid "" -"In the **Pricing** tab, under **Fedex label stock type**, you can choose one" -" of the label types available. The availability will vary depending on the " -"carrier." -msgstr "" -"Dans l'onglet **Prix**, sous **Etiquettes Fedex de type stock**, vous pouvez" -" choisir l'un des types d'étiquette disponibles. Les types disponibles " -"varient selon le transporteur." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Once this is done, you can see the result if you go to the Sales module and " -"you create a new sale order." -msgstr "" -"Une fois que c'est fait, vous pouvez voir le résultat en allant dans le " -"module Ventes et en créant une nouvelle commande client." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:33 -msgid "" -"As you confirm the sale and validate the delivery with the carrier for which" -" you have modified the label type, The label will appear in your history." -msgstr "" -"Dès que vous confirmerez la vente et validerez la livraison avec le " -"transporteur pour lequel vous avez modifié le type d'étiquette, l'étiquette " -"apparaîtra dans votre historique." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:46 -msgid "" -"The default label type is paper letter, and if you choose the label type " -"bottom half for example, here is the difference :" -msgstr "" -"Le type d'étiquette par défaut est Letter, et si vous choisissez par exemple" -" le type Bottom Half, voici la différence :" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:3 -msgid "Process Delivery Orders in one Step (Shipping)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:5 -msgid "" -"There is no configuration needed to deliver in one step. The default " -"outgoing shipments are configured to be directly delivered from the stock to" -" the customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:9 -msgid "" -"However, if advanced routes have been activated and you set another shipping" -" configuration on your warehouse, you can set it back to the one-step " -"delivery configuration. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " -"--> Warehouses` and edit the warehouse in question." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Then, choose *Deliver goods directly* as your *Outgoing Shipments* strategy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:21 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:45 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:47 -msgid "Create a Sales Order" -msgstr "Créez une commande client" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:23 -msgid "" -"In the *Sales* application, create a quotation with some storable products " -"to deliver and confirm it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Notice that we now see 1 delivery associated with this *sales order* in the " -"stat button above the sales order. If you click on the 1 Delivery stat " -"button, you should now see your delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:34 -msgid "Process a Delivery" -msgstr "Traiter une livraison" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:36 -msgid "" -"You can also find the *delivery order* directly from the *Inventory* " -"application. In the dashboard, you can click the *1 TO PROCESS* button under" -" the Delivery Orders Kanban card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Enter the picking that you want to process. You will be able to click on " -"*Validate* to complete the move if you have products in stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Once you *Validate* the delivery order, the products leave your *WH/Stock " -"location* and are moved to the *Customer location*. You can easily see that " -"the delivery took place thanks to the status of the document which is now " -"*Done*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:3 -msgid "Deliver Products in Packages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, you have the possibility to deliver your products in different " -"packages, depending on the volume and or weight of your products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:11 -msgid "" -"First, you need to activate the *Delivery Packages* feature in the " -":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:18 -msgid "Proceed to a Delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Now, you can create a planned delivery with some products in it. You will " -"have the possibility to create new packages and assign them to the stock " -"move lines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Then, you can define the package type from this window. Once the delivery " -"order is validated, you can retrieve which products have been included in " -"the package." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:34 -msgid "" -"A button will appear at the delivery stage, allowing you to find all the " -"packages which were part of the delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:44 -msgid "Use the Put in Pack button" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Another way to put products in packs is to use the *Put in Pack* button. It " -"will automatically assign a pack to the number of products which is set as " -"*Done* and duplicate the stock move line if necessary." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Then, you will be able to update the different packages created this way, " -"directly via the *Packages* button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:3 -msgid "Process Delivery Orders in three Steps (Pick + Pack + Ship)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is " -"set up by default to utilize a one-step operation: once all goods are " -"available, they are able to be shipped in a single delivery order. However, " -"that process may not reflect reality and your company could require more " -"steps before shipping." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:11 -msgid "" -"With the delivery in 3 steps (Pick + Pack + Ship), the items will be picked " -"to be transferred to a packing area. Then, they will be moved to an output " -"location before being effectively shipped to the customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:16 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:15 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:18 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:19 -msgid "Activate Multi-Step Routes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:18 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:17 -msgid "" -"The first step is to allow using *multi-step routes*. Indeed, routes provide" -" a mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we will " -"chain the picking step to the shipping step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:22 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:21 -msgid "" -"To allow *multi-step routes*, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Settings` and activate the option. Note that activating " -"*Multi-Step Routes* will also activate *Storage Locations*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:30 -msgid "Configure Warehouse for Delivery in 3 Steps" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Once *Multi-Step Routes* has been activated, you can go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the " -"warehouse which will use delivery in 3 steps. You can then select the option" -" *Pack goods, send goods in output and then deliver (3 steps)* for *Outgoing" -" Shipments*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Activating this option will lead to the creation of two new locations, " -"*Output* and *Packing Zone*. If you want to rename it go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, *Select* the one" -" you want to rename and update its name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:47 -msgid "" -"In the *Sales* application, you can create a quotation with some storable " -"products to deliver. Once you confirm the quotation, three pickings will be " -"created and automatically linked to your sale order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:54 -msgid "If you click the button, you should now see three different pickings:" -msgstr "" -"Si vous cliquez sur le bouton, vous devez maintenant voir trois opérations " -"de stock différentes :" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:56 -msgid "The first one with a reference PICK to designate the picking process," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:58 -msgid "The second one with the reference PACK that is the packing process," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:60 -msgid "The last one with a reference OUT to designate the shipping process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:66 -msgid "Process the Picking, Packing, and Delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:68 -msgid "" -"The picking operation is the first one to be processed and has a *Ready* " -"status while the other ones are *Waiting Another Operation*. The Packing " -"operation will become *Ready* as soon as the picking one is marked as done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:73 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:71 -msgid "" -"You can enter the picking operation from here, or access it through the " -"inventory dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:79 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:77 -msgid "" -"In case you have the product in stock, it has automatically been reserved " -"and you can simply validate the picking document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:85 -msgid "" -"Once the picking has been validated, the packing order is ready to be " -"processed. Thanks to the fact that the documents are chained, the products " -"which have been previously picked are automatically reserved on the packing " -"order which can be directly validated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:96 -msgid "" -"Once the packing has been validated, the delivery order is ready to be " -"processed. Here again, it is directly ready to be validated in order to " -"transfer the products to the customer location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:3 -msgid "Process Delivery Orders in two Steps (Pick + Ship)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is " -"set up by default to utilize a one-step operation: once all goods are " -"available, they are able to be shipped in a single delivery order." -msgstr "" -"Quand une commande arrive au service expédition pour la livraison finale, " -"Odoo est configuré par défaut pour une seule étape : quand tous les produits" -" sont disponibles, ils peuvent être expédiés dans un seul ordre de " -"livraison." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:9 -msgid "" -"However, your company's business process may have one or more steps that " -"happen before shipping. In the two steps process, the products which are " -"part of the delivery order are picked in the warehouse and brought to an " -"output location before being effectively shipped." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:29 -msgid "Warehouse configuration" -msgstr "Configuration de l'entrepôt" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Once *Multi-Step Routes* has been activated, you can go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the " -"warehouse which will use delivery in 2 steps. You can then select the option" -" *Send goods in output and then deliver (2 steps)* for Outgoing Shipments." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Activating this option will lead to the creation of a new *Output* location." -" If you want to rename it go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " -"--> Locations`, Select Output and update its name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:49 -msgid "" -"In the *Sales* application, you can create a quotation with some storable " -"products to deliver. Once you confirm the quotation, two pickings will be " -"created and automatically linked to your sale order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:56 -msgid "" -"If you click on the *2 Delivery* button, you should now see two different " -"pickings, one with a reference *PICK* to designate the picking process and " -"another one with a reference *OUT* to designate the shipping process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:65 -msgid "Process the Picking and the Delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:67 -msgid "" -"The picking operation is the first one to be processed and has a *Ready* " -"status while the delivery operation will only become *Ready* once the " -"picking operation has been marked as done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Once the picking has been validated, the delivery order is ready to be " -"processed. Thanks to the fact that the documents are chained, the products " -"which have been previously picked are automatically reserved on the delivery" -" order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming.rst:3 -msgid "Incoming Shipments" -msgstr "Réceptions" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:3 -msgid "How to choose the right flow to handle receipts?" -msgstr "Comment choisir le bon flux de stocks pour gérer les réceptions ?" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Depending on factors such as the type of items you receive, the size of your" -" warehouse, the number of receipt you register everyday... the way you " -"handle receipts to your customers can vary a lot." -msgstr "" -"En fonction de facteurs tels que le type d'articles que vous réceptionnez, " -"la taille de votre entrepôt, le nombre de réceptions que vous réalisez " -"chaque jour... la façon dont vous gérez les réceptions fournisseurs peut " -"beaucoup varier." - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Odoo allows you to handle receipts from your warehouse in 3 different ways:" -msgstr "" -"Odoo vous permet de traiter les réceptions dans votre entrepôt de 3 façons " -"différentes :" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:15 -msgid "**One step**: Receive goods directly in stock." -msgstr "**Une étape** : Marchandises reçues directement en stock" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:17 -msgid "**Two steps**: Unload in input location then go to stock." -msgstr "" -"**Deux étapes** : Décharger dans l'emplacement d'entrée puis aller en stock" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:19 -msgid "" -"**Three steps**: Unload in input location, go through a quality control " -"before being admitted in stock." -msgstr "" -"**Trois étapes** : Décharger dans l'emplacement d'entrée, passer par un " -"contrôle qualité avant d'être admis en stock" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Odoo uses **routes** to define exactly how you will handle the different " -"receipt steps. The configuration is done at the level of the warehouse. In " -"standard, the reception is a one step process, but changing the " -"configuration can allow to have 2 or even 3 steps." -msgstr "" -"Odoo utilise des **routes** pour définir exactement comment vous allez gérer" -" les différentes étapes de réception. La configuration se fait au niveau de " -"l'entrepôt. En standard, la réception est un processus en une seule étape, " -"mais changer la configuration permet d'avoir 2 ou même 3 étapes." - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:27 -msgid "The principles are the following:" -msgstr "Les principes sont les suivants :" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:29 -msgid "**One step**: You receive the goods directly in your stock." -msgstr "" -"**Une étape** : vous réceptionnez les marchandises directement dans votre " -"stock" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:31 -msgid "" -"**Two steps**: You receive the goods in an input area then transfer them " -"from input area to your stock. As long as the goods are not transferred in " -"your stock, they will not be available for further processing." -msgstr "" -"**Deux étapes** : Vous recevez les marchandises dans une zone d'entrée, puis" -" vous les transférez de la zone d'entrée au stock. Tant que les marchandises" -" ne sont pas transférés dans le stock, elles ne sont pas disponibles pour un" -" traitement ultérieur." - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:36 -msgid "" -"**Three steps**: In many companies, it is necessary to assess the received " -"good. The goal is to check that the products correspond to the quality " -"requirements agreed with the suppliers. Adding a quality control step in the" -" goods receipt process can become essential." -msgstr "" -"**Trois étapes** : Dans de nombreuses entreprises, il est nécessaire " -"d'évaluer les marchandises reçues. L'objectif est de vérifier que les " -"produits correspondent aux exigences de qualité convenues avec les " -"fournisseurs. Ajouter une étape de contrôle qualité dans le processus de " -"réception des marchandises devient alors essentiel." - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:42 -msgid "" -"You receive the goods in an input area, then transfer them into quality area" -" for quality control. When your quality check process finishes then you can " -"move the goods from QC to stock. Of course, you may change the quantity and " -"only transfer to Stock the quantity that is valid and decide that you will " -"return the quantity that is not good." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:55 -msgid "This is the default configuration in Odoo." -msgstr "C'est la configuration par défaut dans Odoo." - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:68 -msgid ":doc:`../delivery/inventory_flow`" -msgstr ":doc:`../delivery/inventory_flow`" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:69 -msgid ":doc:`../../../purchase/advanced/analyze`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:3 -msgid "Process a Receipt in one step (Receipt)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:5 -msgid "" -"There is no configuration needed to receive in one step. The default " -"incoming shipments are configured to be directly received from the vendors " -"to the stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:9 -msgid "" -"However, if advanced routes have been activated and you set another incoming" -" configuration on your warehouse, you can set it back to the one-step " -"receipt configuration. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Warehouses` and edit the warehouse in question." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Set the *Incoming Shipments* option to *Receive goods directly (1 step)*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:21 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:50 -msgid "Create a Purchase Order" -msgstr "Créez un Bon de Commande" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:23 -msgid "" -"To create a *Request for Quotation*, go to the *Purchase* application and " -"click on *Create*. Then, add some storable products to receive and confirm " -"the *RfQ*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Notice that, now, we see 1 receipt associated with the purchase order you " -"just created. If you click on the button, you will see your receipt order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:35 -msgid "Process a Receipt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:37 -msgid "" -"You can also fin the receipt directly from the *Inventory* app. When on the " -"dashboard, you can click the *1 TO PROCESS* button under the *Receipts* " -"Kanban card. Then, you will see your receipt." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Now, enter the picking that you want to process. You will be able to click " -"on *Validate* to complete the move directly as products coming from " -"suppliers are considered as being always available." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:51 -msgid "" -"Once you *Validate* the receipt, the products leave the *Supplier Location* " -"to enter your *WH/Stock Location*. You can easily see that the receipt took " -"place thanks to the status of the document, which is now *Done*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:3 -msgid "Process a Receipt in three steps (Input + Quality + Stock)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Quality is essential for most companies. To make sure we maintain quality " -"throughout the supply chain, it only makes sense that we assess the quality " -"of the products received from suppliers. To do so, we will add a quality " -"control step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Odoo uses routes to define how to handle the different receipt steps. " -"Configuration of those routes is done at the warehouse level. By default, " -"the reception is a one-step process, but it can also be configured to have " -"two-steps or three-steps processes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:13 -msgid "" -"The three-steps flow works as follows: you receive the goods in your " -"receiving area, then transfer them into a quality area for quality control " -"(QC). When the quality check is completed, the goods that match the QC " -"requirements are moved to stock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:20 -msgid "" -"The first step is to allow the use of *Multi-Step Routes*. Routes provide a " -"mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we will chain " -"the picking step to the shipping step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:23 -msgid "" -"To enable *Multi-Step Routes*, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Settings` and activate the option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:31 -msgid "" -"By default, activating *Multi-Step Routes* also activates *Storage " -"Locations*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:35 -msgid "Configure warehouse for receipt in 3-steps" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Once *Multi-Step Routes* has been activated, go to :menuselection:`Inventory" -" --> Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the warehouse which should work " -"with the 3-steps reception. Then, select *Receive goods in input, then " -"quality and then stock (3 steps)* for *Incoming Shipments*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Activating this option leads to the creation of two new locations: *Input* " -"and *Quality Control*. To rename them, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Locations` and select the one you want to rename." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:52 -msgid "" -"To start the 3-steps reception process, create a *Request for Quotation* " -"from the *Purchase* app, add some storable products to it and confirm. Then," -" three pickings are created with your *Purchase Order* as the source " -"document:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:56 -msgid "The first one with a reference *IN* to designate the receipt process;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:59 -msgid "" -"The second one with a reference *INT*, which is the move to the quality " -"control zone;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:62 -msgid "The last one with a reference *INT* to designate the move to stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:69 -msgid "Process the receipt, quality control and entry in stock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:71 -msgid "" -"As the receipt operation is the first one to be processed, it has a *Ready* " -"status while the others are *Waiting Another Operation*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:74 -msgid "" -"To access the receipt operation, click on the button from the *Purchase " -"Order* or go back to the *Inventory* app dashboard and click on *Receipts*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:81 -msgid "" -"In the receipt order, products are always considered available because they " -"come from the supplier. Then, the receipt can be validated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:88 -msgid "" -"Once the receipt has been validated, the transfer to quality becomes " -"*Ready*. And, because the documents are chained to each other, products " -"previously received are automatically reserved on the transfer. Then, the " -"transfer can be directly validated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:100 -msgid "" -"Now, the transfer that enters the products to stock is *Ready*. Here, it is " -"again ready to be validated in order to transfer the products to your stock " -"location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:3 -msgid "Process a Receipt in two steps (Input + Stock)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo uses routes to define exactly how you will handle the different receipt" -" steps. The configuration is done at the *Warehouse* level. By default, the " -"reception is a one-step process, but changing the configuration can allow " -"you to have 2 steps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:13 -msgid "" -"The 2 steps flow is like this: you receive the goods in an input area, then " -"transfer them to your stock. As long as the goods are not transferred in " -"your stock, they will not be available for further processing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:21 -msgid "" -"The first step is to allow using *multi-step routes*. Indeed, routes provide" -" a mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we will " -"chain the unload step in the input area to the step entering the products in" -" stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:26 -msgid "" -"To allow *multi-step routes*, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings` and activate the feature. By default, activating *multi-step " -"routes* will also activate *Storage Locations*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:34 -msgid "Configure warehouse for receipt in 2 steps" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Once *multi-step routes* is activated, you can go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the warehouse which " -"will use receipt in 2 steps. Then, you can select the option *Receive goods " -"in input and then stock (2 steps)* for *Incoming Shipments*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Activating this option will lead to the creation of a new *Input* location. " -"If you want to rename it, you can go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Locations --> Select Input` and update its name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:52 -msgid "Create a purchase order" -msgstr "Créer un ordre d'achat" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:54 -msgid "" -"In the *Purchase* application, you can create a *Request for Quotation* with" -" some storable products to receive from a supplier. Once the *RfQ* is " -"confirmed, the receipt picking will be created and automatically linked to " -"your purchase order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:62 -msgid "" -"Now, by clicking on the *1 Receipt* button, you will see the first picking " -"which will allow entering the product in the *input location*. Then, another" -" picking, an internal transfer, has been created in order to move the " -"products to *Stock*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:68 -msgid "Process the receipt and the internal transfer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:70 -msgid "" -"The receipt is the first one to be processed and has a *Ready* status while " -"the internal transfer will only become *Ready* once the receipt has been " -"marked as *Done*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:74 -msgid "" -"You can enter the receipt operation from the purchase order, or access it " -"through the inventory dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:80 -msgid "" -"By default, a receipt is always considered as ready to be processed. Then, " -"you will be able to directly click on *Validate* to mark it as done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:87 -msgid "" -"Once the receipt has been validated, the internal transfer is ready to be " -"processed. As documents are chained, the products which have been received " -"are automatically reserved on the internal transfer. Once the transfer is " -"validated, those products enter the stock and you will be able to use them " -"to fulfill customer deliveries or manufacture products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers.rst:3 -msgid "Lots and Serial Numbers" -msgstr "Lots et numéros de série" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:3 -msgid "What's the difference between lots and serial numbers?" -msgstr "Quelle est la différence entre des lots et des numéros de série ?" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:6 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "Introduction" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, lots and serial numbers have similarities in their functional " -"system but are different in their behavior. They are both managed within the" -" **Inventory**, **Purchases** and **Sales** app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:12 -msgid "" -"**Lots** correspond to a certain number of products you received and store " -"altogether in one single pack." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:15 -msgid "" -"**Serial numbers** are identification numbers given to one product in " -"particular, to allow to track the history of the item from reception to " -"delivery and after-sales." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:20 -msgid "When to use" -msgstr "Quand l'utiliser" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:22 -msgid "" -"**Lots** are interesting for products you receive in great quantity and for " -"which a lot number can help in reportings, quality controls, or any other " -"info. Lots will help identify a number of pieces having for instance a " -"production fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or " -"food." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:28 -msgid "" -"**Serial numbers** are interesting for items that could require after-sales " -"service, such as smartphones, laptops, fridges, and any electronic devices. " -"You could use the manufacturer's serial number or your own, depending on the" -" way you manage these products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:34 -msgid "When not to use" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Storing consumable products such as kitchen roll, toilet paper, pens and " -"paper blocks in lots would make no sense at all, as there are very few " -"chances that you can return them for production fault." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:40 -msgid "" -"On the other hand, giving a serial number to every product is a time-" -"consuming task that will have a purpose only in the case of items that have " -"a warranty and/or after-sales services. Putting a serial number on bread, " -"for instance, makes no sense at all." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:46 -msgid ":doc:`serial_numbers`" -msgstr ":doc:`serial_numbers`" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:47 -msgid ":doc:`lots`" -msgstr ":doc:`lots`" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:3 -msgid "Manage expiration dates" -msgstr "Gérer les dates d'expiration" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In many companies, products have expiration dates and they should be tracked" -" based on those dates. In the food industry, for example, tracking stocks " -"based on expiration dates is mandatory to avoid selling expired products to " -"customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:10 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can track your products based on their expiration dates, even" -" if they are already tracked by lots or serial numbers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:14 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:15 -msgid "Configurations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:17 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:18 -msgid "Application configuration" -msgstr "Configuration de l'application" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:19 -msgid "" -"To use expiration dates tracking, open the *Inventory* application and go to" -" :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Lots & Serial" -" Numbers* and *Expiration Dates* features." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:27 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:28 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:68 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:90 -msgid "Product configuration" -msgstr "Configuration d'article" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Now, you have the possibility to define different dates in the *inventory " -"tab* of the product form:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Product Use Time: it’s the number of days before the goods start " -"deteriorating, without being dangerous yet. It will be computed using the " -"lot/serial number;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Product Life Time: refers to the number of days before the goods may become " -"dangerous and must not be consumed. It will be computed on the lot/serial " -"number;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Product Removal Time: shows the number of days before the goods should be " -"removed from the stock. It will be computed on the lot/serial number;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Product Alert Time: refers to the number of days before an alert should be " -"raised on the lot/serial number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:44 -msgid "Expiration Date on Lots/Serial Numbers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:46 -msgid "" -"When receiving a product in stock, the dates will automatically be updated " -"on the corresponding lot/serial number. This update will be based on the " -"reception date of the product and the times set on the product form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:58 -msgid "Expiration Alerts" -msgstr "Alertes d'expiration" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:60 -msgid "" -"You can access all your expiration alerts from the *inventory* app. To do " -"so, go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. There, you " -"can use the pre-existing filter that shows all the lots/serial numbers that " -"exceeded their alert date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:3 -msgid "Manage lots of identical products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Lots are useful for products you receive in great quantity and for which a " -"lot number can help in reporting, quality controls, or any other info. Lots " -"will help identify a number of pieces having, for instance, a production " -"fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or food." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Odoo has the capacity to manage lots, ensuring compliance with the " -"traceability requirements imposed by the majority of industries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:14 -msgid "" -"The double-entry management in Odoo enables you to run very advanced " -"traceability." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:18 -msgid "Setting Up" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:21 -msgid "Application Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:23 -msgid "" -"First, you need to activate the tracking of lot numbers. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and tick *Lots & " -"Serial Numbers*. Then, click on save." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:31 -msgid "Product Configuration" -msgstr "Configuration d'article" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Now, you have to configure which products you want to track by serial " -"numbers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products` and open the product of your" -" choice. There, click on *Edit* and select *Tracking by Lots* in the " -"inventory tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:47 -msgid "Manage Lots" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:52 -msgid "" -"In order to receive a product tracked by lots, you have to specify its lot " -"numbers. You have several ways of doing so:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:55 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:65 -msgid "Manually assign the different lot numbers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:57 -msgid "Copy/paste lot numbers from an Excel file" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:59 -msgid "First, you need to open the detailed operations of your picking." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:67 -msgid "" -"When opening the detailed operations, you can click on *Add a line*. Then, " -"you will be able to fill the lot number in. Once done, you can click on *Add" -" a line* again to register a new lot number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:75 -msgid "Copy/paste lot number from an Excel file" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Once the spreadsheet containing the lot numbers you received from your " -"supplier and copy the list. Then, you can paste them in the *Lot/Serial " -"Number Name* column for Odoo to automatically create the necessary lines. " -"After that, you will have to manually enter the number of products that are " -"contained in each one of the lots." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:93 -msgid "Operation Types" -msgstr "Types d'opérations" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:95 -msgid "" -"Of course, you also have the possibility to define how you will manage lots " -"for each operation type. To do so, open the *Inventory* app and go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Operation Types`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:99 -msgid "" -"For each type (receipts, internal transfers, deliveries, …), you can decide " -"if you allow to create new lot numbers or only use existing ones. By " -"default, the creation of new lots is only allowed at product reception, and " -"using existing lot numbers isn’t allowed in this operation. If you have " -"inter-warehouse transfers and track products by lots, it can be useful to " -"allow using existing lot numbers in receipts too." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:111 -msgid "Lots traceability" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:113 -msgid "" -"The lot number given to the products allows you to keep track of where they " -"were received, put in stock, to whom they were sold and where they were " -"shipped to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:117 -msgid "" -"To track an item, open the *Inventory* module and, in :menuselection:`Master" -" Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers`, click on the lot number corresponding to " -"your search." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:124 -msgid "" -"When you open the *Traceability* information, you see in which documents the" -" lot number has been used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:130 -msgid "" -"Now, if you want to locate the lot number, you can do so by clicking on the " -"*Location* stat button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:3 -msgid "Work with serial numbers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:5 -msgid "" -"To track products with serial numbers, you can use the serial number " -"tracking. With them, you can track the current location of the product and, " -"when the products are moved from one location to another, the system will " -"automatically identify the current location of the product, based on its " -"last movement." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:11 -msgid "" -"If you want to do it or run very advanced traceability, the Odoo double-" -"entry management is the feature you need." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:20 -msgid "" -"First, you need to activate the serial numbers tracking. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the *Inventory* application. " -"Then, enable the feature and hit save." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Now, you have to configure the products you want to track by serial numbers." -" To do so, go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products` and open the " -"product of your choice. Edit it and select *Tracking By Unique Serial " -"Number* in the *Inventory tab*. Then, click on save." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:42 -msgid "Manage Serial Numbers" -msgstr "Gérer les numéros de série" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:47 -msgid "" -"To receive a product that is tracked by serial number, you have to specify " -"its serial number. Of course, you have several ways of doing so:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:50 -msgid "Manual assignation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:52 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:73 -msgid "Multi-assignation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:54 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:89 -msgid "Copy/pasting from an Excel file" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Whatever could be your favorite way to assign serial numbers, you firstly " -"need to open the detailed operations of your picking." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:63 -msgid "Manual assignation of the different serial numbers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:65 -msgid "" -"When opening the detailed operations, you can click on *Add a line*. Then, " -"you will be able to fill in the serial number field. Once done, you can " -"click again on *Add a line* to register a new serial number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:75 -msgid "" -"By using the multi-assignation of serial numbers, Odoo will automatically " -"create the necessary lines. To do so, you have to enter the first serial " -"number of your set and the number of products you have to assign a serial " -"number to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:80 -msgid "Once done, click on *Assign Serial Numbers* and Odoo will do the rest." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:91 -msgid "" -"To use copy/pasting, open the spreadsheet containing the serial numbers you " -"received and copy the list. Then, past them in the *Lot/Serial Number Name* " -"column of the wizard. Doing so, Odoo will automatically create the lines you" -" need." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:106 -msgid "Operation types" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:108 -msgid "" -"You also have the possibility to define how you will manage lots for each " -"operation type. To define it, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Operation Types` in the *Inventory* app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:112 -msgid "" -"For each type, you can decide if you allow the creation of new lot numbers " -"or want to use existing ones. By default, the creation of new lots is only " -"allowed at product reception." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:120 -msgid "" -"If you have inter-warehouse transfers and track products by lots, it can be " -"useful to allow using existing lot numbers in receipts too." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:124 -msgid "Serial Number traceability" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:126 -msgid "" -"Using serial numbers allows you to keep track of where the products were " -"received, put in stock, to whom they were sold, and where they were shipped " -"to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:130 -msgid "" -"Tracking an item is easy: open the *Inventory* app, and go to " -":menuselection:`Master Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers` and click on the serial" -" number corresponding to your search. Then, open the *Traceability* " -"information. There, you will see in which documents the serial number has " -"been used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:140 -msgid "" -"And, if you want to locate a serial number, you can do so by clicking on the" -" *Location* button available on the serial number form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc.rst:3 -msgid "Miscellaneous Operations" -msgstr "Opérations diverses" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:3 -msgid "Process Batch Transfers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Batch picking allows a single picker to handle a batch of orders, reducing " -"the number of times he must visit the same location. In Odoo, it means you " -"can regroup several transfers into the same batch transfer, then process it," -" either via the barcode application or in the form view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:11 -msgid "Create a Batch Transfer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:13 -msgid "" -"To activate the batch picking option, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Configuration` and enable *Batch Pickings*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Then, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Batch Transfers` " -"and hit the create button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Now, determine the batch transfer responsible and the type of transfers you " -"want to include in the batch. To add the types of transfers, click on *Add a" -" line*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:34 -msgid "" -"In the example below, a filter was applied to only see the transfers that " -"are in the *Pick* step. After that, the different transfers that needed to " -"be included in the batch transfer were selected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:42 -msgid "" -"To see the products to pick for the different transfers, click on *Select*. " -"If *Multi-locations* has been activated, the document also shows the " -"locations they have been reserved from." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:51 -msgid "" -"For more info about *Multi-Locations*, please refer to this doc: " -":doc:`../warehouses/location_creation`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:54 -msgid "Create a Batch Transfer from the Transfers List View" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:56 -msgid "" -"From the *Transfers List View*, select transfers that should be included in " -"the Batch. Then, select *Add to batch* from the *Action* list." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Next, determine if you want to add the transfers to an existing draft batch " -"transfer or create a new one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:72 -msgid "Process a Batch Transfer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:74 -msgid "" -"While gathering the products, you can edit the batch transfer and update the" -" *Quantity done* for each product. Once everything has been picked, select " -"*Validate* so the different transfers contained in the batch are validated " -"too." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:83 -msgid "" -"In case all the products cannot be picked, you can create backorders for " -"each individual transfer which couldn’t be completely processed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:96 -msgid "Process a Batch Transfer from the Barcode app" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:98 -msgid "Enter the *Barcode* application, select the *Batch Transfers* menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:104 -msgid "" -"Then, you can enter the batch transfer on which you want to work. Batch " -"transfers can easily be grouped per responsible if necessary." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:111 -msgid "" -"In the batch transfer, products are classified per location. The source " -"document is visible on each line and a color-code helps differentiate them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:119 -msgid "" -"To see the products to pick from another location, click on the *Next* " -"button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:126 -msgid "" -"Once all the products have been picked, click on *Validate* (on the last " -"page) to mark the batch transfer as done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:3 -msgid "Send Automated Emails at Delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:8 -msgid "" -"First, go to the *Inventory* app, then to *Settings* and activate the *Email" -" Confirmation* feature. If you work in multi-company, this configuration is " -"company-specific." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:15 -msgid "" -"When you enable this feature, Odoo automatically creates an email template. " -"Of course, you can modify it if necessary by clicking on the small arrow " -"next to its name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:23 -msgid "Send email at delivery validation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:25 -msgid "" -"On the inventory dashboard, click on *Create* and fill the form for a " -"specific partner. Once you have added some products in it, *Validate* it and" -" do the same for the delivery." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Doing so, an automated email will be sent and will appear in the chatter." -msgstr "" -"De cette façon, un email automatique sera envoyé et affiché dans le chatter." - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:38 -msgid "" -"If you work with a shipping method, and then have a tracking link, it will " -"be included in the standard email template." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:3 -msgid "Manage Stock that you don't own" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Sometimes, suppliers can offer you to store and sell products without having" -" to buy those items. This technique is called *consignee stock*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Consignee stock is a great way for manufacturers and suppliers to launch new" -" products. As resellers may be reluctant to buy a product they are not sure " -"to be able to sell, consignee stock will allow them to offer an item to " -"check its market without having to pay for it in the first place." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Of course, Odoo has the ability to manage those consignee stocks through " -"advanced settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:20 -msgid "" -"To use this feature, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " -"Settings` in the inventory app. Then, enable the *Consignment* feature in " -"the *Traceability* section. Now, hit save." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:28 -msgid "Reception of Consignee Stock" -msgstr "Réception de Stock Consignataire" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:30 -msgid "" -"When in the *Inventory* app, open the receipts and create a new reception. " -"On the right side, you will see that a new line called *Assign Owner* has " -"appeared. There, you can specify the partner which owns the stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:39 -msgid "If you are the owner, you can leave the field blank." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Once the receipt is validated, the products enter your stock but still " -"belong to the owner. They don’t impact your inventory valuation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:3 -msgid "Scrap Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In your warehouse, you sometimes find products that are damaged or that are " -"unusable due to expiry or for some other reasons. You often notice this " -"during picking or physical inventory. Since those products cannot be sold or" -" stored, you have to scrap them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:10 -msgid "" -"When goods are scrapped, they are not reflected in the system as a part of " -"the inventory. The scrapped material will be physically moved to the scrap " -"area and not taken into account into inventory valuation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Scrap means waste that either has no economic value or only the value of its" -" basic material content, recoverable through recycling." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:21 -msgid "" -"When you install the *Inventory* app, Odoo automatically creates a scrap " -"location. It’s named *Virtual Location/Scap*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Of course, you can create new scrap areas if needed. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the " -"*Storage Locations* feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Now, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations` and create your " -"scrap location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:34 -msgid "" -"You have to check *Is a Scrap Location?* on the location form. In fact, " -"scrap locations cannot be used as normal storage locations and then, a " -"virtual location will be created for scrapped products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:39 -msgid "Different ways to scrap products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:41 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, you have several ways to scrap products: from receipts, from a " -"delivery order, and from an internal transfer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:45 -msgid "Scrap from receipt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Scrapping products from receipts is easy. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory " -"--> Dashboard --> Receipts` or click on *1 TO PROCESS* under the receipts " -"location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Now, open the receipt and validate the picking. Once the products entered " -"your stock, the Scrap button appears on the top left corner of your screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:57 -msgid "" -"You can scrap products that were part of the receipt from there. If you do " -"so, it will move them from available stock to the virtual scrap location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:68 -msgid "Scrap from delivery order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:70 -msgid "" -"To scrap products from a delivery order, go to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" -" Dashboard --> Delivery orders` or click on *1 TO PROCESS*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Once done, open the delivery order. You can see the scrap button in the " -"upper left of the document. If you scrap the product from there, it will be " -"moved from your available stock to the virtual scrap location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:80 -msgid "" -"You can find all the scrap orders made from the picking by clicking on the " -"button on the top right corner of the document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:93 -msgid "Scrap from an internal transfer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:95 -msgid "" -"To do this, the flow is almost the same. In fact, you just have to go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Dashboard --> Internal Transfers`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:101 -msgid "" -"There, open the internal transfer that interests you. Now, click on the " -"scrap button that is on the top left of the document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:104 -msgid "" -"When scrapping before validating the internal transfer, the product is, by " -"default, moved from the source location to the virtual scrap location. But, " -"if you scrap after validating the internal transfer, it will be moved from " -"the destination location, as opposed to the source location, to the virtual " -"scrap location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:110 -msgid "" -"Of course, you can manually update the source location of the scrap order if" -" necessary." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:3 -msgid "Send Automated SMS at Delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:8 -msgid "" -"To send automated SMS, you need to activate the *SMS Confirmation* feature. " -"To do so, go to the *Inventory* app *Settings* and enable the feature. In " -"multi-company, this feature is company-specific." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Of course, an SMS template already exists by default in Odoo. You can modify" -" it by clicking on the arrow on the right." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:22 -msgid "Send SMS at delivery validation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:24 -msgid "" -"To use this feature, try to *Create* a delivery order for a specific partner" -" and add some products to it. Then, *Validate* the delivery." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:30 -msgid "Now, the automated SMS that has been sent appears in the chatter." -msgstr "" -"Désormais, le SMS automatique qui a été envoyé s'affiche dans le chatter." - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:36 -msgid "" -"The partner which is set on the transfer needs to have a phone number " -"specified in its contact form for the SMS to be sent." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:39 -msgid "" -"If you work with a shipping method, and then have a tracking link, it will " -"be included in the SMS template." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning.rst:3 -msgid "Planning" -msgstr "Planification" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:3 -msgid "How is the Scheduled Delivery Date Computed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Providing the best possible service to customers is vital for business. It " -"implies planning every move: manufacturing orders, deliveries, receptions, " -"and so on. To do so, you need to configure lead time properly and coordinate" -" scheduled dates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:9 -msgid "" -"By using lead times, Odoo provides end dates, the **Commitment Date**, for " -"each process. On a sales order, for example, this is the date your customer " -"will get the products he ordered." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:13 -msgid "" -"From the customers’ side, the commitment date is important because it gives " -"them an estimation of when they will receive their products. The dates take " -"all other lead times, such as manufacturing, delivery, or suppliers, into " -"account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:19 -msgid "How are Lead Times Calculated?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:27 -msgid "" -"As said above, there are several types of lead times. Each is calculated " -"based on various indicators. Before going through the configuration, here is" -" a brief summary of how lead times are calculated and what they are:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:32 -msgid "" -"**Customer Lead Time**: the customer lead time is the default duration you " -"set. Therefore, the expected date on the sales orders is today + customer " -"lead time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:36 -msgid "" -"**Sales Security Lead Time**: the purpose is to be ready shipping that many " -"days before the actual commitment taken with the customer. Then, the default" -" scheduled date on the delivery order is **SO delivery date - Security Lead " -"Time**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:41 -msgid "" -"**Purchase Security Lead Time**: additional time to mitigate the risk of a " -"vendor delay. The receipt will be scheduled that many days earlier to cope " -"with unexpected vendor delays. In case of a *Replenish to Order*, the " -"**Delivery order scheduled date - Security lead time** for purchase will be " -"the default *Receipt* scheduled date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:48 -msgid "" -"**Purchase Delivery Lead Time**: this is the expected time between a PO " -"being confirmed and the receipt of the ordered products. The **Receipt " -"scheduled date - Vendor delivery date** is the default *PO Order By* date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:53 -msgid "" -"**Days to Purchase**: number of days the purchasing department takes to " -"validate a PO. If another RFQ to the same vendor is already opened, Odoo " -"adds the line to the RFQ instead of creating a new one. Then, the specific " -"date is set on the line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:58 -msgid "" -"**Manufacturing Lead Time**: this is the expected time it takes to " -"manufacture a product. This lead time is independent of the quantity to " -"produce and does not take the routing time into account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:63 -msgid "" -"**Manufacturing Security Lead Time**: additional time to mitigate the risk " -"of a manufacturing delay. In case of a *Replenish to Order*, the **Delivery " -"Order scheduled date - Manufacturing Lead Time - Manufacturing Security Lead" -" Time** is the default *Manufacturing Order* planned date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:70 -msgid "Sales - Lead Times" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:72 -msgid "" -"In the *Sales* app, there is an option called *Delivery Date*. It allows " -"seeing an additional field on the sales orders, *Expected Date*. This one is" -" automatically computed based on the different lead times previously " -"configured." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:81 -msgid "" -"If the set up *Delivery Date* is earlier than the the *Expected Date*, a " -"warning message is displayed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:89 -msgid "" -"But, for all of this properly working, it is still necessary to configure " -"all the lead times that could occur." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:93 -msgid "Customer Lead Time" -msgstr "Délai de livraison au client" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:95 -msgid "" -"The *Customer Lead Time* is the time needed for your product to go from your" -" warehouse to the customer place. It can be configured on any product by " -"going to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`. There, open your " -"product form, go in the inventory tab, and add your *Customer Lead Time*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:105 -msgid "" -"For example, product B is ordered on the 2nd of April but the *Customer Lead" -" Time* is two days. In that case, the expected delivery date is the 4th of " -"April." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:110 -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:182 -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:219 -msgid "Security Lead Time" -msgstr "Délai de sécurité" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:112 -msgid "" -"In sales, *Security Lead Time* corresponds to backup days to ensure you are " -"able to deliver the products in time. The purpose is to be ready shipping " -"earlier in order to arrive on time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:116 -msgid "" -"The number of security days is subtracted from the calculation to compute a " -"scheduled date earlier than the one promised to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:119 -msgid "" -"To set this up, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " -"Settings` and enable the feature *Security Lead Time for Sales*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:126 -msgid "" -"For example, product B is scheduled to be delivered on the 6th of April but " -"the *Security Lead Time* is one day. In that case, the scheduled date for " -"the delivery order is the 5th of April." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:131 -msgid "Deliver several products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:133 -msgid "" -"In many cases, customers order several products at the same time. Those can " -"have different lead times but still need to be delivered, at once or " -"separately. Fortunately, Odoo can help you handle these cases easily." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:137 -msgid "" -"From the *Other Info* tab of your *Sale Order*, you can choose between *When" -" all products are ready* and *As soon as possible*. The first one is to " -"deliver products at once, while the second is to deliver them separately." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:142 -msgid "" -"For example, products A and B are ordered at the same time. A has 8 lead " -"days and B has 5. With the first option, the *Expected Date* is calculated " -"based on the product with the most lead days, here A. If the order is " -"confirmed on the 2nd of April, then the *Expected Date* is on the 10th of " -"April." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:148 -msgid "" -"With the second option, the *Expected Date* is calculated based on the " -"product with the least customer lead days. In this example, B is the product" -" with the least lead days. So, the *Expected Date* is on the 7th of April." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:154 -msgid "Purchase - Lead Times" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:157 -msgid "Supplier Lead Time" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:159 -msgid "" -"The *Supplier Lead Time* is the time needed for a product you purchased to " -"be delivered. To configure it, open a product from :menuselection:`Purchase " -"--> Products --> Products` and add a vendor under the *Purchase* tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:168 -msgid "" -"By clicking on *Add a line*, a new window is displayed. You can specify the " -"*Delivery Lead Time* there. If done so, the delivery day for every purchase " -"of that product is now equal to *Date of the Purchase Order + Delivery Lead " -"Time*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:178 -msgid "" -"It is possible to add different vendors and, thus, different lead times " -"depending on the vendor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:184 -msgid "" -"The *Security Lead Time* for purchase follows the same logic as the one for " -"*Sales*, except that you are the customer. Then, it is the margin of error " -"for your supplier to deliver your order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:188 -msgid "" -"To set up *Security Lead Time* for purchase, go to :menuselection:`Inventory" -" --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable the feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:196 -msgid "" -"Doing so, every time the system generates purchase orders, those are " -"scheduled that many days earlier to cope with unexpected vendor delays." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:200 -msgid "Manufacturing - Lead Times" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:203 -msgid "Manufacturing Lead Time" -msgstr "Délai de fabrication" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:205 -msgid "" -"The *Manufacturing Lead Time* is the time needed to manufacture the product." -" To specify it, open the *Inventory* tab of your product form and add the " -"number of days the manufacturing takes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:213 -msgid "" -"When working with *Manufacturing Lead Times*, the *Deadline Start* of the " -"*MO* is **Commitment Date - Manufacturing Lead Time**. For example, the MO’s" -" deadline start date for an order having a commitment date on the 10th of " -"July is June 27th." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:221 -msgid "" -"The *Security Lead Time* for manufacturing allows generating manufacturing " -"orders earlier to cope with the risk of manufacturing delays." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:225 -msgid "" -"To enable it, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> " -"Settings` and tick *Security Lead Time*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:232 -msgid "" -"For example, a customer orders B with a delivery date scheduled on the 20th " -"of June. The *Manufacturing Lead Time* is 14 days and the *Security Lead " -"Time* is 3 days, so the manufacturing of B needs to start at the latest on " -"the 3rd of June, which is the MO’s planned date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:238 -msgid "Global Example" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:240 -msgid "Here is a configuration:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:242 -msgid "1 day of security lead time for Sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:243 -msgid "2 days of security lead time for Manufacturing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:244 -msgid "3 days of manufacturing lead time" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:245 -msgid "1 day of security lead time for Purchase" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:246 -msgid "4 days of supplier lead time" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:248 -msgid "" -"Let’s say that a customer orders B on the 1st of September and the delivery " -"date is planned to be within 20 days (September 20th). In such a scenario, " -"here is when all the various steps are triggered." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:252 -msgid "**September 1st**: the sales order is created" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:253 -msgid "" -"**September 10th**: the deadline to order components from the supplier " -"because of the manufacturing process (4 days of supplier lead time)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:256 -msgid "" -"**September 13th**: the reception of the product from the supplier (1 day of" -" security lead time for Purchase)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:258 -msgid "" -"**September 14th**: the deadline start date for the manufacturing (19th - 3 " -"days of manufacturing lead time - 2 days of security lead time for " -"Manufacturing)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:261 -msgid "" -"**September 19th**: the expected date on the delivery order form (1 day of " -"security lead time for sales)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:3 -msgid "Configure and Run Schedulers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:6 -msgid "What is a scheduler?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The scheduler is the calculation engine that plans and prioritizes " -"production and purchasing. It does it automatically, according to the rules " -"defined on products. By default, the scheduler is set to run once a day." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:14 -msgid "Calculating Requirements / Scheduling" -msgstr "Calcul des besoins / Planification" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Scheduling only validates procurements that are confirmed but not yet " -"started. These procurement reservations will start production, tasks or " -"purchases themselves, depending on the configuration of the requested " -"product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:21 -msgid "" -"As a human would do, the scheduler takes the priority of operations into " -"account when starting reservations and procurements. Urgent requests will be" -" started first." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:26 -msgid "" -"In case there are not enough products in stock to satisfy all the requests, " -"you can be sure that the most urgent ones will be produced first." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:31 -msgid "Configure and run the scheduler" -msgstr "Configurez et lancez le planificateur" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:34 -msgid "Run the scheduler manually" -msgstr "Lancez le planificateur manuellement" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:36 -msgid "" -"To start the scheduler manually, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Operations --> Run Schedulers`. The scheduler uses all the relevant " -"parameters defined for products, suppliers and the company to prioritize the" -" different production orders, deliveries and supplier purchases." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:45 -msgid "Configure and run the scheduler (for advanced users)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:47 -msgid "" -"To use this feature, you have to enable the :doc:`Developer mode " -"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` mode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Then, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> " -"Scheduled Actions` and modify the *Run MRP Scheduler Configuration*. There, " -"you can set the starting time of the scheduler." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products.rst:3 -msgid "Products" -msgstr "Articles" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:3 -msgid "How to select the right replenishment strategy" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Minimum Stock rules and Make to Order have similar consequences but " -"different rules. They should be used depending on your manufacturing and " -"delivery strategies." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:10 -msgid "Terminology" -msgstr "Terminologie" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:13 -msgid "Minimum stock rule" -msgstr "Règle de stock minimum" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Minimum Stock rules are used to ensure that you always have the minimum " -"amount of a product in stock in order to manufacture your products and/or " -"answer to your customer needs. When the stock level of a product reaches its" -" minimum the system will automatically generate a procurement order with the" -" quantity needed to reach the maximum stock level." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:22 -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:58 -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:67 -msgid "Make to Order" -msgstr "Approvisionnement à la commande" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:24 -msgid "" -"The Make to Order function will trigger a Purchase Order of the amount of " -"the Sales Order related to the product. The system will **not** check the " -"current stock. This means that a draft purchase order will be generated " -"regardless of the quantity on hand of the product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:33 -msgid "Minimum stock rules" -msgstr "Règles de stock minimum" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:35 -msgid "" -"The Minimum Stock Rules configuration is available through your Inventory " -"module. In the Inventory Control menu select \"Reordering Rule\" in the drop" -" down menu. There, click on \"Create\" to set minimum and maximum stock " -"values for a given product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Show tooltips for \"minimum quantity\", \"maximum quantity\" and \"quantity " -"multiple\" fields" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Then, click on your product to access the related product form and, on the " -"\"Inventory submenu\", do not forget to select a supplier." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Don't forget to select the right product type. A consumable can not be " -"stocked and will thus not be accounted for in the stock valuation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:60 -msgid "" -"The Make to Order configuration is available on your product form through " -"your :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory control --> Products` (or any " -"other module where products are available)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:64 -msgid "On the product form, under Inventory, click on \"Make To Order\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:70 -msgid "Choice between the two options" -msgstr "Choix entre les deux options" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:72 -msgid "" -"The choice between the two options is thus dependent of your inventory " -"strategy. If you prefer to have a buffer and always have at least a minimum " -"amount, the minimum stock rule should be used. If you want to reorder your " -"stocks only if your sale is confirmed it is better to use the Make to Order." -msgstr "" -"Le choix entre les deux options est donc dépendant de votre stratégie " -"d'inventaire. Si vous préférez avoir un stock tampon et toujours avoir au " -"moins un stock minimum, la règle de stock minimum doit être utilisée. Si " -"vous souhaitez réapprovisionner vos stocks seulement si votre vente est " -"confirmée, il est préférable d'utiliser l'Approvisionnement à la commande." - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:3 -msgid "Use Different Units of Measure" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In some cases, handling products in different units of measure is necessary." -" For example, if you buy products in a country where the metric system is of" -" application and sell in a country where the imperial system is used, you " -"will need to convert the units. Another common use case is buying products " -"in bigger packs to your supplier and selling them in units to your " -"customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:12 -msgid "" -"You can set up Odoo to work with different units of measure for one product." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez configurer Odoo pour travailler avec différentes unités de " -"mesure pour un article." - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:18 -msgid "" -"In the *Inventory* application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`. In the *Products* section, activate *Units of Measure*, then " -"*Save*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:25 -msgid "Create New Units of Measure" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:27 -msgid "" -"In the *Inventory* application go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> UoM`." -" There, hit *Create*. As an example, we will create a Box of 6 units that we" -" will use for the Egg product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:34 -msgid "" -"The category is important for unit conversion, you will be able to convert " -"products from one unit to another only if those units belong to the same " -"category. The box of 6 is 6 times bigger than the reference unit of measure " -"for the category which is “Units” here." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:43 -msgid "Specify Units of Measure on your Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:45 -msgid "" -"In the :menuselection:`Inventory application --> Master Data --> Products`, " -"open the product which you would like to change the purchase/sale unit of " -"measure, and click on *Edit*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:49 -msgid "" -"In the *General Information* tab, you can select the *Unit of Measure* in " -"which the product will be sold, which is also the unit in which internal " -"transfers will take place. You can also select the *Purchase Unit of " -"Measure*, which is the unit in which you purchase the product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:59 -msgid "Transfer from One Unit to Another" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:62 -msgid "Buy in the Pruchase UoM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:64 -msgid "" -"In the *Purchase* application, *Create* a new request for quotation in which" -" you include the product with the different *Units of Measure* and *Confirm*" -" it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:71 -msgid "" -"On the automatically generated purchase orders, the UoM used is the Box of " -"6, meaning the Purchase UoM. You have of course the possibility to manually " -"modify the UoM if necessary. When you enter the *Receipt* which is linked to" -" the purchase order, you can observe that the 10 boxes of 6 units have been " -"converted in 60 units. Indeed, the stock is managed in units." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:82 -msgid "Replenishment" -msgstr "Réapprovisionnement" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:84 -msgid "" -"When doing a replenishment via the *Replenish* button on the product form, " -"you have the possibility to use a different unit of measure." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:94 -msgid "Sell in bigger UoM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:96 -msgid "" -"You can choose the unit of measure on the sale order document and decide to " -"sell the eggs by the dozen. When doing so, the price is automatically " -"computed from Units UoM to adapt to the selected *UoM*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:103 -msgid "" -"In the delivery order, the *UoM* used in the sale order is converted to the " -"*UoM* used for stock management, in our use case, the Units." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:3 -msgid "When Should you Use Packages, Units of Measure or Special Packaging?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:6 -msgid "Units of Measure" -msgstr "Unités de mesure" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Units of measure specify the unit used to handle a product. In Odoo, you " -"have the possibility to specify the unit of measure in which you manage your" -" stock and the one which is used when purchasing the product to your " -"supplier." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:16 -msgid "" -"The *conversion* between the different units of measure is done " -"automatically. The only condition is that all the units have to be in the " -"*same category* (Unit, Weight, Volume, Length,...)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:20 -msgid "" -"For example, if I have the following reordering rule for the egg and I run " -"the scheduler, the quantity added in the automatically generated purchase " -"order will be in dozens but what will enter the stock will be units." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:35 -msgid "Packages" -msgstr "Colis" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:37 -msgid "" -"The package is the physical container in which you put one or several " -"products from a picking. For example, when you deliver a product, you can " -"decide to separate the quantity into two different packages. It then allows " -"you to have a report with the quantity of products for each package." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:43 -msgid "" -"To separate a delivery into different packages you will have to set the done" -" quantity to the desired package quantity then click on \"PUT IN PACK\", do " -"this for each package." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:54 -msgid "Packaging" -msgstr "Conditionnement" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:56 -msgid "" -"The packaging is the physical container that protects your product. If you " -"are selling computers, the packaging contains the computer with the notice " -"and the power plug." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:60 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, packagings are used for indicative purposes on sale orders. They " -"can be specified on the product form, in the inventory tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Another useful use of the packaging is for product reception. By scanning " -"the barcode of the packaging, Odoo adds the number of units contained in the" -" packing on the picking." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies.rst:3 -msgid "Inventory Adjustment" -msgstr "Ajustement des inventaires" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:3 -msgid "Choose Between Reordering Rules and Make to Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:5 -msgid "" -"*Reordering rules* and *make to order* do both allow to automatically " -"replenish products when necessary. The difference between those tools is how" -" they are triggered." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:9 -msgid "" -"*Reordering rules* are used to ensure that you always have a minimum amount " -"of a product in stock in order to manufacture your products and/or answer to" -" your customer needs. When the stock level of a product reaches its minimum " -"the system will automatically generate a procurement with the needed " -"quantity to reach the maximum stock level." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:15 -msgid "" -"The *Make to Order* route will trigger a procurement (purchase order or " -"manufacturing order) with the necessary quantity to fulfill a product " -"request (coming from a sale order or a manufacturing order). The system will" -" not check the quantity on hand for the corresponding product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:24 -msgid "Reordering Rules" -msgstr "Règles de réapprovisionnement" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:26 -msgid "" -"The *Reordering Rules* configuration is available through the menu " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Master Data --> Reordering Rules`. There, " -"click on *Create* to set minimum and maximum stock values for a given " -"product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:33 -msgid "" -"When the forecasted stock goes below the *Minimum Quantity* specified in " -"this field, Odoo generates a procurement to bring the forecasted quantity to" -" the *Maximum Quantity*. The *Quantity Multiple* is used to round the " -"procurement quantity up to this multiple. If it is 0, the exact quantity " -"will be used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:42 -msgid "" -"The *Lead time* is the number of days after the order point is triggered to " -"receive the products or to order them to the vendor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:45 -msgid "" -"In case you work with multi-warehouses and/or multi-locations, you will be " -"able to specify different reordering rules for the same product in each " -"location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:50 -msgid "" -"For the reordering rules to be triggered, on the corresponding product, a " -"route should be specified. In case you manufacture your products, make sure " -"to select the route *Manufacture* and create a *Bill of Material* for the " -"product. In case you purchase your products, make sure to select the route " -"*Buy* and add a *Vendor Pricelist*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:62 -msgid "" -"Don't forget to select the product type *storable* in the product form. A " -"consumable can not be stocked and won’t trigger reordering rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:69 -msgid "" -"The *Make To Order* configuration is available on your product form through " -"your :menuselection:`Inventory module --> Master Data --> Products` (or in " -"any other module where products are available)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:73 -msgid "" -"On the product form, in the *Inventory tab*, you can set a route. You can " -"choose *Make To Order* and another route, either *Buy* or *Manufacture*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Again, if the *Buy* route is selected, make sure to set a *Vendor pricelist*" -" in the *Purchase tab*. In case you have set a *Manufacture* route, make " -"sure you have a *BoM* for this product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:3 -msgid "Resupply from another Warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In order to be able to resupply from another warehouse, you need to activate" -" \\*multi-warehouses\\* and \\*multi-step routes\\*. Storage locations will " -"be automatically activated when activating multi-warehouses." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:16 -msgid "" -"You can then access your warehouses via :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Warehouses`. Create the necessary warehouses following " -"this :doc:`documentation <../warehouses/warehouse_creation>`. Enter the " -"warehouse which should be resupplied by another one. You will have the " -"possibility to directly indicate through which warehouse it gets resupplied." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez alors accéder à vos entrepôts via :menuselection:`Stock --> " -"Configuration --> Entrepôts`. Créez les entrepôts nécessaires en suivant ce " -"lien :doc:`documentation <../warehouses/warehouse_creation>`. Entrez " -"l'entrepôt qui doit être réapprovisionné par un autre. Vous aurez la " -"possibilité d'indiquer directement par quel entrepôt il sera " -"réapprovisionné." - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:26 -msgid "" -"By activating this option, a new route will now be available on your " -"products \\*Supply Product from Second warehouse\\*. It can now be selected," -" along with either a \\*reordering rule\\* or a \\*make to order\\*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:34 -msgid "" -"For the demonstration, I set a reordering rule with a minimum of 5 units in " -"stock and a maximum of 10 units in stock, having currently 0 units on hand. " -"I will run the scheduler by going to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Operations --> Run scheduler`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:42 -msgid "" -"The system automatically creates two pickings, one \\*delivery order\\* from" -" my Second Warehouse which contains the necessary products, and a receipt in" -" my main warehouse WH/Stock for the same products. The source document is " -"the \\*reordering rule\\* which triggered the route \\*Supply Product from " -"Second warehouse\\*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting.rst:3 -msgid "Valuation Methods" -msgstr "Méthodes de Valorisation" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:3 -msgid "Integrating additional costs to products (landed costs)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The landed cost feature in Odoo allows to include additional costs " -"(shipment, insurance, customs duties, etc.) into the cost of the product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Landed costs can only be applied to products with a FIFO or AVCO costing " -"method and an automated inventory valuation (which requires the accounting " -"application to be installed)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:17 -msgid "" -"First, you need to go in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " -"Settings` and activate the landed costs feature. You can also determine the " -"default journal in which the landed cost accounting entries will be " -"recorded." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:25 -msgid "Add costs to products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:28 -msgid "Receive the vendor bill" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Let’s imagine I receive a bill from custom duties for a shipment. I’ll tick " -"the box *Landed Costs* on the vendor bill line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:37 -msgid "The landed cost product must be of type service." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:39 -msgid "" -"If this product is always a landed cost, you can also define it on the " -"product and avoid having to tick the box on each vendor bill." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:45 -msgid "" -"At the top of my vendor bill, I’ll see a button *create landed costs*. I " -"click on this button and a landed cost is automatically created. I can now " -"decide on which picking those additional costs should apply." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:52 -msgid "" -"I can now click on *Compute* and go in the tab *Valuation Adjustments* to " -"see the impact on my products costs. The last step is to validate the landed" -" cost." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:56 -msgid "" -"I can access the journal entry that has been created by the landed cost by " -"clicking on the journal entry." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:63 -msgid "" -"You are not forced to start from the vendor bill, you can also go in " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Landed Costs` and directly " -"create the landed cost from there." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:5 -msgid "Inventory valuation configuration" -msgstr "Configuration de la valorisation de l'inventaire" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:7 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Inventory valuation refers to how you value your stock. It’s a very " -"important aspect of a business as the inventory can be the biggest asset of " -"a company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:11 -msgid "Inventory valuation implies two main choices:" -msgstr "La valorisation de l'inventaire implique deux choix principaux :" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:13 -msgid "The cost method you use to value your goods (standard, fifo, avco)" -msgstr "" -"La méthode de coût que vous utilisez pour évaluer vos produits (standard, " -"FIFO, AVCO)." - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:14 -msgid "" -"The way you record this value into your accounting books (manually or " -"automatically)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:16 -msgid "Those two concepts are explained in the sections below." -msgstr "Ces deux concepts sont expliqués ci-dessous." - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:19 -msgid "Costing Methods: Standard, FIFO, AVCO" -msgstr "Méthodes de coût : standard, FIFO, AVCO" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:21 -msgid "" -"The costing method is defined in the product category. There are three " -"options available. Each of them is explained in detail below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:69 -msgid "Standard Price" -msgstr "Prix standard" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:34 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:79 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:125 -msgid "Operation" -msgstr "Opération" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:35 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:80 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:126 -msgid "Unit Cost" -msgstr "Coût unitaire" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:36 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:81 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:127 -msgid "Qty On Hand" -msgstr "Qté en réserve" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:37 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:82 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:128 -msgid "Delta Value" -msgstr "Valeur de delta" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:38 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:83 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:129 -msgid "Inventory Value" -msgstr "Valeur d'inventaire" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:40 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:45 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:50 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:55 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:61 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:90 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:136 -msgid "€10" -msgstr "10 €" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:41 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:86 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:132 -msgid "0" -msgstr "0" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:43 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:85 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:88 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:131 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:134 -msgid "€0" -msgstr "0 €" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:44 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:89 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:135 -msgid "Receive 8 Products at €10" -msgstr "Recevez 8 produits à 10 €" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:46 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:91 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:137 -msgid "8" -msgstr "8" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:47 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:92 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:138 -msgid "+8*€10" -msgstr "+8*10 €" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:48 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:93 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:139 -msgid "€80" -msgstr "80 €" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:49 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:94 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:140 -msgid "Receive 4 Products at €16" -msgstr "Recevez 4 produits à 16 €" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:51 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:96 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:142 -msgid "12" -msgstr "12" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:52 -msgid "+4*€10" -msgstr "+4*10 €" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:53 -msgid "€120" -msgstr "120 €" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:54 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:99 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:145 -msgid "Deliver 10 Products" -msgstr "Livraison de 10 produits" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:56 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:101 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:147 -msgid "2" -msgstr "2" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 -msgid "-10*€10" -msgstr "-10*10 €" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:59 -msgid "€20" -msgstr "20 €" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:60 -msgid "Receive 2 Products at €9" -msgstr "Recevez 2 Produits pour 9 €" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:62 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:107 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:153 -msgid "4" -msgstr "4" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:63 -msgid "+2*€10" -msgstr "+2*10 €" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:64 -msgid "€40" -msgstr "40 €" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:66 -msgid "" -"In **Standard Price**, any product will be valued at the cost that you " -"defined manually on the product form. Usually, this cost is an estimation " -"based on the material and labor needed to obtain the product. This cost must" -" be reviewed periodically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:115 -msgid "Average Price" -msgstr "Prix moyen" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:95 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:100 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:141 -msgid "€12" -msgstr "12 €" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:97 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:143 -msgid "+4*€16" -msgstr "+4*16 €" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:98 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:144 -msgid "€144" -msgstr "144 €" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 -msgid "-10*€12" -msgstr "-10*12 €" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:104 -msgid "€24" -msgstr "24 €" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:105 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:151 -msgid "Receive 2 Products at €6" -msgstr "Recevez 2 Produits pour 6 €" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:106 -msgid "€9" -msgstr "9 €" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:108 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:154 -msgid "+2*€6" -msgstr "+2*6 €" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:109 -msgid "€36" -msgstr "36 €" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:111 -msgid "" -"In **AVCO (Average Cost)**, each product has the same value and this value " -"is the average purchase cost of the product. With this costing method, the " -"cost of the product is recomputed as each receipt." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:115 -msgid "The average cost does not change when products leave the warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:166 -msgid "FIFO" -msgstr "FIFO" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:146 -msgid "€16" -msgstr "16 €" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 -msgid "-8*€10" -msgstr "-8*10 €" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 -msgid "-2*€16" -msgstr "-2*16 €" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:150 -msgid "€32" -msgstr "32 €" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:152 -msgid "€11" -msgstr "11 €" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:155 -msgid "€44" -msgstr "44 €" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:157 -msgid "" -"In **FIFO (First In First Out)**, the products are valued at their purchase " -"cost. When a product leaves the stock, that’s the “First in, first out” rule" -" that applies." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:161 -msgid "" -"Pay attention, that this is a financial FIFO. The first value “in” is the " -"first value “out”, no matter the storage location, warehouse or serial " -"number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:165 -msgid "" -"FIFO is advised if you manage all your workflows into Odoo (Sales, " -"Purchases, Inventory). It suits any kind of users." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:169 -msgid "Inventory Valuation: Manual or Automated" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:171 -msgid "" -"There are two ways to record your inventory valuation in your accounting " -"books. As the costing method, this is defined in your product category. " -"Those two methods are detailed below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:175 -msgid "" -"It is important to also note that the accounting entries will depend on your" -" accounting mode: it can be continental or anglo-saxon. In continental " -"accounting, the cost of a good is taken into account as soon as the product " -"is received in stock. In anglo-saxon accounting, the cost of a good is only " -"recorded as an expense when this good is invoiced to a final customer. In " -"the tables below, you can easily compare those two accounting modes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:183 -msgid "" -"Usually, based on your country, the correct accounting mode will be chosen " -"by default. If you want to verify your accounting mode, activate the " -":doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` and open " -"your accounting settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:189 -msgid "Manual Inventory Valuation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:191 -msgid "" -"In this case, goods receipts and deliveries won’t have any direct impact on " -"your accounting books. Periodically, you create a manual journal entry " -"representing the value of what you have in stock. To know that value, go in " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Inventory Valuation`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:196 -msgid "" -"This is the default configuration in Odoo and it works out-of-the-box. Check" -" following operations and find out how Odoo is managing the accounting " -"postings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:201 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:360 -msgid "Continental Accounting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:218 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:292 -msgid "Vendor Bill" -msgstr "Facture fournisseur" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:209 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:226 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:260 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:282 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:300 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:339 -msgid "\\" -msgstr "\\" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:209 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:226 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:260 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:282 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:300 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:339 -msgid "Debit" -msgstr "Débit" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:209 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:226 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:260 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:282 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:300 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:339 -msgid "Credit" -msgstr "Crédit" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:211 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:262 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:284 -msgid "Assets: Inventory" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:211 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:284 -msgid "50" -msgstr "50" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:212 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:285 -msgid "Assets: Deferred Tax Assets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:212 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:285 -msgid "4.68" -msgstr "4,68" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:213 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:286 -msgid "Liabilities: Accounts Payable" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:213 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:286 -msgid "54.68" -msgstr "54,68" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:218 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:236 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:292 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:311 -msgid "Configuration:" -msgstr "Configuration :" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:217 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:290 -msgid "" -"Purchased Goods: defined on the product or on the internal category of " -"related product (Expense Account field)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:218 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:292 -msgid "" -"Deferred Tax Assets: defined on the tax used on the purchase order line" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:219 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:293 -msgid "Accounts Payable: defined on the vendor related to the bill" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:220 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:294 -msgid "Goods Receptions" -msgstr "Réception des marchandises" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:221 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:241 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:243 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:295 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:316 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:318 -msgid "No Journal Entry" -msgstr "Pas d'écriture comptable" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:238 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:313 -msgid "Customer Invoice" -msgstr "Facture client" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:228 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:302 -msgid "Revenues: Sold Goods" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:228 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:302 -msgid "100" -msgstr "100" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:229 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:303 -msgid "Liabilities: Deferred Tax Liabilities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:229 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:303 -msgid "9" -msgstr "9" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:230 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:304 -msgid "Assets: Accounts Receivable" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:230 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:304 -msgid "109" -msgstr "109" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:234 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:308 -msgid "" -"Revenues: defined on the product or on the internal category of related " -"product (Income Account field)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:235 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:310 -msgid "Deferred Tax Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:236 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:311 -msgid "Accounts Receivable: defined on the customer (Receivable Account)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:238 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:313 -msgid "" -"The fiscal position used on the invoice may have a rule that replaces the " -"Income Account or the tax defined on the product by another one." -msgstr "" -"La position fiscale utilisée sur la facture peut avoir une règle qui " -"remplace le compte de revenu ou la taxe définie sur l'article par un autre." - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:240 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:315 -msgid "Customer Shipping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:243 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:318 -msgid "Manufacturing Orders" -msgstr "Ordres de production" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:249 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:324 -msgid "" -"At the end of the month/year, your company does a physical inventory or just" -" relies on the inventory in Odoo to value the stock into your books." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:252 -msgid "" -"Create a journal entry to move the stock variation value from your " -"Profit&Loss section to your assets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:262 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:263 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:341 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:342 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:343 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:344 -msgid "X" -msgstr "X" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:263 -msgid "Expenses: Inventory Variations" -msgstr "Dépenses : variations d'inventaire" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:266 -msgid "" -"If the stock value decreased, the **Inventory** account is credited and te " -"**Inventory Variations** debited." -msgstr "" -"Si la valeur du stock a diminué, le compte **Inventaire** est crédité et les" -" **Variations d'inventaire** débitées." - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:274 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:387 -msgid "Anglo-Saxon Accounting" -msgstr "Comptabilité anglo-saxone" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:327 -msgid "" -"Then you need to break down the purchase balance into both the inventory and" -" the cost of goods sold using the following formula:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:330 -msgid "" -"Cost of goods sold (COGS) = Starting inventory value + Purchases – Closing " -"inventory value" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:332 -msgid "To update the stock valuation in your books, record such an entry:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:341 -msgid "Assets: Inventory (closing value)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:342 -msgid "Expenses: Cost of Good Sold" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:343 -msgid "Expenses: Purchased Goods" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:344 -msgid "Assets: Inventory (starting value)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:348 -msgid "Automated Inventory Valuation" -msgstr "Valorisation de l'inventaire automatique" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:350 -msgid "" -"In that case, when a product enters or leaves your stock, an accounting " -"entry will be automatically created. This means your accounting books are " -"always up-to-date. This mode is dedicated to expert accountants and advanced" -" users only. As opposed to periodic valuation, it requires some extra " -"configuration & testing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:356 -msgid "" -"First, you need to define the accounts that will be used for those " -"accounting entries. This is done on the product category." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:372 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:399 -msgid "**Configuration:**" -msgstr "**Configuration** :" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:374 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:401 -msgid "Accounts Receivable/Payable: defined on the partner (Accounting tab)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:376 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:403 -msgid "" -"Deferred Tax Assets/Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:378 -msgid "" -"Revenues/Expenses: defined by default on product's internal category; can be" -" also set in product form (Accounting tab) as a replacement value." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:381 -msgid "" -"Inventory Variations: to set as Stock Input/Output Account in product's " -"internal category" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:384 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:419 -msgid "" -"Inventory: to set as Stock Valuation Account in product's internal category" -msgstr "" -"Inventaire : pour configurer un compte de valorisation de l'inventaire dans " -"la catégorie interne du produit" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:406 -msgid "" -"Revenues: defined on the product category as a default, or specifically to a" -" specific product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:409 -msgid "" -"Expenses: this is where you should set the \"Cost of Goods Sold\" account. " -"Defined on the product category as a default value, or specifically on the " -"product form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:413 -msgid "" -"Goods Received Not Purchased: to set as Stock Input Account in product's " -"internal category" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:416 -msgid "" -"Goods Issued Not Invoiced: to set as Stock Output Account in product's " -"internal category" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:421 -msgid "" -"Price Difference: to set in product's internal category or in product form " -"as a specific replacement value" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:3 -msgid "Using the inventory valuation" -msgstr "Utiliser la valorisation de l'inventaire" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:9 -msgid "" -"In this documentation, we will explain how the inventory valuation works in " -"Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:13 -msgid "Inventory valuation: the basics" -msgstr "Valorisation de l'inventaire : l'essentiel" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:16 -msgid "Receive a product" -msgstr "Recevoir un produit" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Each time a product enters or leaves your stock, the value of your inventory" -" is impacted. The way it is impacted depends on the configuration of your " -"product (more info here)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Let’s take an example with a product - a table - configured with a *FIFO " -"costing method* and an automated inventory valuation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:25 -msgid "I purchase 10 tables at a cost of $10." -msgstr "J'achète 10 tables au prix de 10 $." - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:30 -msgid "" -"When I’ll confirm the receipt of the products, the value of my inventory " -"will be impacted. If I want to know what this impact is, I can click on the " -"valuation stat button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:35 -msgid "" -"The consignment feature allows you to set owners on your stock (discover " -"more about the consignment feature). When you receive products that are " -"owned by another company, they are not taken into account in your inventory " -"valuation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:44 -msgid "You need access rights on the accounting module to see that button." -msgstr "" -"Pour voir ce bouton vous devez avoir des droits d'accès aux modules de " -"comptabilité" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:46 -msgid "" -"In this case, I can see that the 10 tables entered the stock for a total " -"value of $100." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:52 -msgid "" -"I can also easily access the accounting entry that has been generated (in " -"case of automated inventory valuation)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:59 -msgid "Deliver a product" -msgstr "Livrer un produit" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:61 -msgid "" -"In the same logic, when a table will be delivered, the stock valuation will " -"be impacted and you will have access to a similar information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:68 -msgid "The inventory valuation report" -msgstr "Le rapport de valorisation de l'inventaire" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:70 -msgid "" -"The summary of this is accessible via the inventory valuation report " -"(accessible from :menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Inventory " -"Valuation`). It gives you, product per product, the value of your stock. By " -"clicking on the button *Inventory At Date*, you can have the same " -"information for a past date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses.rst:3 -msgid "Warehouses" -msgstr "Entrepôts" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:3 -msgid "What is the difference between warehouses and locations?" -msgstr "Quelle sont les différences entre des entrepôts et des emplacements ?" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, a **Warehouse** is the actual building/place in which your items " -"are stocked. You can setup multiple warehouses and create moves between " -"warehouses." -msgstr "" -"Dans Odoo, un **Entrepôt** est le bâtiment où vos articles sont stockés. " -"Vous pouvez configurer plusieurs entrepôts et créer des mouvements entre " -"entrepôts." - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:9 -msgid "" -"A **Location**, is a specific space within your warehouse. It can be " -"considered as a sublocation of your warehouse, as a shelf, a floor, an " -"aisle, etc. Therefore, a location is part of one warehouse only and it is " -"not possible to link one location to multiple warehouses. You can configure " -"as much locations as you need under one warehouse." -msgstr "" -"Un **Emplacement** est un espace spécifique dans votre entrepôt. Il peut " -"être considéré comme une sous-localisation de votre entrepôt, ça peut être " -"une étagère, un plancher, une allée, etc... Par conséquent, un emplacement " -"fait partie d'un seul entrepôt et il est impossible de relier un emplacement" -" à plusieurs entrepôts. Vous pouvez configurer autant d'emplacements que " -"vous voulez dans un entrepôt." - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:15 -msgid "There are 3 types of locations:" -msgstr "Il existe 3 types d'emplacements :" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:17 -msgid "" -"The **Physical Locations** are internal locations that are part of the " -"warehouses for which you are the owner. They can be the loading and " -"unloading area of your warehouse, a shelf or a department, etc." -msgstr "" -"Les **Emplacements Physiques** sont des emplacements internes qui font " -"partie des entrepôts que vous possédez. Ça peut être les zones de chargement" -" et de déchargement de votre entrepôt, une étagère, un service, etc..." - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:21 -msgid "" -"The **Partner Locations** are spaces within a customer and/or vendor's " -"warehouse. They work the same way as Physical Locations with the only " -"difference being that you are not the owner of the warehouse." -msgstr "" -"Les **Emplacements des Partenaires** sont des espaces dans l'entrepôt d'un " -"client et/ou d'un fournisseur. Ils fonctionnent de la même manière que les " -"Emplacements Physiques, la seule différence étant que vous n'êtes pas " -"propriétaire de l'entrepôt." - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:25 -msgid "" -"The **Virtual Locations** are places that do not exist, but in which " -"products can be placed when they are not physically in an inventory yet (or " -"anymore). They come in handy when you want to place lost products out of " -"your stock (in the **Inventory loss**), or when you want to take into " -"account products that are on their way to your warehouse (**Procurements**)." -msgstr "" -"Les **Emplacements Virtuels** sont des lieux qui n'existent pas, mais dans " -"lesquels les produits peuvent être placés quand ils ne sont pas encore (ou " -"plus) physiquement dans un stock. Ils sont utilisés lorsque vous voulez " -"placer des articles perdus hors de votre stock (dans la **Perte de stock**)," -" ou lorsque vous voulez prendre en compte des articles qui sont sur le " -"chemin de votre entrepôt (**Approvisionnement**) ." - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:31 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, locations are structured hierarchically. You can structure your " -"locations as a tree, dependent on a parent-child relationship. This gives " -"you more detailed levels of analysis of your stock operations and the " -"organization of your warehouses." -msgstr "" -"Dans Odoo, les emplacements sont organisés hiérarchiquement. Vous pouvez " -"organiser vos emplacements comme un arbre, avec des relations parent-enfant." -" Cela vous donne des niveaux plus détaillés de l'analyse de vos opérations " -"de stock et de l'organisation de vos entrepôts." - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:37 -msgid ":doc:`warehouse_creation`" -msgstr ":doc:`warehouse_creation`" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:38 -msgid ":doc:`location_creation`" -msgstr ":doc:`location_creation`" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:3 -msgid "Create a New Location" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In order to be able to create different locations, you will need to activate" -" *Multi-Locations* in the settings which can be done from the " -":menuselection:`Inventory application --> Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:15 -msgid "" -"In the *Inventory application*, you can now go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations` and hit *Create* in order to " -"create a new location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Type the name of the location in the *Location Name* field, and select the " -"*Parent Location* in the list. The parent location can be a physical, " -"partner or virtual location, and you can add as many sub-locations as needed" -" to a location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:29 -msgid "" -"In case you want the location to be suggested when creating a Return or when" -" Scrapping a product, you should check *Is a Scrap Location?* and *Is a " -"Return Location?*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:33 -msgid "" -"If you have the *Barcode* application installed, you can specify the barcode" -" which will correspond to this location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:37 -msgid "" -"A warehouse also corresponds to a location. As the locations are " -"hierarchical, Odoo will create the parent location of the warehouse, " -"containing all the sublocations in it." -msgstr "" -"Un entrepôt correspond également à un emplacement. Comme les emplacements " -"sont hiérarchiques, Odoo va créer l'emplacement parent entrepôt, contenant " -"tous les sous-emplacements." - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:3 -msgid "Create a New Warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In order to create a new warehouse, you should activate the *Multi-" -"Warehouse* settings. Note that the *Multi-Locations* settings will be " -"automatically activated at the same time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:12 -msgid "" -"In order to do so, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration" -" --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:18 -msgid "" -"You can then go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " -"Warehouses` and hit *Create* to add a new warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:24 -msgid "" -"You will be able to enter your warehouse name. You should also choose a " -"short name for your warehouse which is 5-characters long and is used on the " -"different warehouse documents." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:28 -msgid "" -"In the Address field, you can select an existing company or create one on-" -"the-go. Therefore, the address of your warehouse will be the same as the one" -" of the company you selected. You can also leave this field empty and edit " -"it afterward." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:36 -msgid "" -"After the creation of your new warehouse, you can go back to the *Dashboard*" -" and you will see the new operation types automatically created by Odoo due " -"to the creation of a new warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process.rst:3 -msgid "Process Overview" -msgstr "Vue d'ensemble des processus" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:3 -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:25 -msgid "Deliver Products from Stock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:6 -msgid "Create Storable/Consumable Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:8 -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:5 -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The first step to use the inventory application is to create products in " -"your database via the menu :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products`. Click " -"the Create button and enter the name of your product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:15 -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:12 -msgid "" -"In case you set the product as *storable*, you will track the stock for this" -" product and know how many units are in stock and what is the forecasted " -"number of units. If you want to include a product on receipts/deliveries but" -" don’t need to track its stock, you can set it as *consumable*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Once you have existing products, you can decide to create a delivery to " -"deliver products to your customers. The process in order to do so is " -"described in the following print screens." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:37 -msgid "" -"On the delivery order, you can specify to whom the products will be " -"delivered along with the different products and their respective quantities." -" When the delivery is complete you can hit *Validate* and the products will " -"go out of your stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:45 -msgid "" -"In case you have a delivery that is planned but shouldn’t be immediately " -"validated, you can create a *planned delivery* with a scheduled date in the " -"future. You can indicate the initial demand for each product, corresponding " -"to what has been ordered by your customer. Once the document is filled in, " -"you can hit “Mark as to do” in order to consider it in your product " -"forecasts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:51 -msgid "" -"The default setting is the immediate transfer where you do not need to “Mark" -" as to do” and “Check availability” when delivering a product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:54 -msgid "Deliver Products from Stock from a Sale Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:56 -msgid "" -"If you have the *Sales* application installed, delivery can be directly " -"created by *validating a quotation*. You will be able to find the " -"corresponding delivery directly on the *sale order*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:3 -msgid "Set your Initial Stock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Set the product as *storable*, in order to track the stock for this product " -"and be able to include it in an inventory adjustment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:19 -msgid "Inventory Adjustment for Multiple Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Once you have created all your *storable products*, you can create an " -"*inventory adjustment* to determine their current stock level in Odoo. You " -"therefore need to go to :menuselection:`Operations --> Inventory " -"Adjustments` and create a new one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:29 -msgid "" -"You have to enter a title for your *inventory adjustment* and you can then " -"decide if you want to proceed to the *inventory adjustment* of all products " -"or only some of them. For a first *inventory adjustment*, I suggest you to " -"keep the *Products* field empty. You can then *Start Inventory*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:38 -msgid "" -"If you already have some products in stock, Odoo will add the lines with the" -" theoretical quantity currently in stock. You can also add new lines with " -"your other products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:46 -msgid "" -"If your products are tracked by Serial/Lot numbers, you will have an " -"additional column allowing you to specify those for the different units " -"added to the inventory adjustment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Odoo will highlight in red the lines for which there is a difference between" -" the theoretical quantity on hand, which is automatically computed by the " -"system, and the counted quantity you manually entered. Once all the " -"necessary products have been entered, you can hit *Validate Inventory* and " -"the quantities on hand of your different products will be updated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:58 -msgid "Inventory Adjustment for one Product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:60 -msgid "" -"On each storable product, you have access to the *Update Quantity* button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:66 -msgid "" -"When clicking this button, you see the current stock you have for this " -"product. You can edit the existing lines or create new ones to add stock of " -"your product in different locations and/or add new serial/lot numbers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:74 -msgid "" -"Once you come back to your product, you see that the quantity on hand as " -"been updated taking your modification into account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:81 -msgid "" -"If you work with product variants, the quantity on hand will show you the " -"total quantity in stock for the product template, taking the different " -"variants into account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:85 -msgid "" -"By default, the quantity on hand of the product form will show you the " -"number of products that are part of your warehouse view location, meaning " -"which are part of an internal type sub-location of this warehouse. It means " -"that if you have any product in a location that isn’t under the main " -"warehouse location, they won’t appear in the stock on hand stat button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:3 -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:22 -msgid "Receive Products in Stock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Once you have existing products, you can decide to create a receipt to enter" -" products from your supplier in stock. The process in order to do so is " -"described in the following print screens." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:34 -msgid "" -"On the receipt document, you can select the quantity of the different " -"products you receive and the supplier from who you received them. When the " -"receipt is complete, you can hit *Validate* and the products will enter your" -" stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:42 -msgid "" -"In case you have a receipt that is planned but shouldn’t be immediately " -"validated, you can create a *planned receipt* with a scheduled date in the " -"future. You can indicate the initial demand for each product, corresponding " -"to what has been ordered to your supplier. Once the document is filled in, " -"you can hit “Mark as to do” in order to consider it in your product " -"forecasts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:56 -msgid "Receive Products in Stock from Purchase Orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:58 -msgid "" -"If you have the *Purchase* application installed, receipts can be directly " -"created by validating a *request for quotation*. You will be able to find " -"the corresponding receipt directly on the *purchase order*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced Routes" -msgstr "Routages Avancés" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts.rst:3 -msgid "Concepts" -msgstr "Concepts" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:3 -msgid "Organize a cross-dock in a warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Cross-docking is the process of sending products that are received directly " -"to the customers, without making them enter the stock. The trucks are simply" -" unloaded in a *Cross-Dock* area in order to reorganize products and load " -"another truck." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:11 -msgid "" -"For more information on how to organize your warehouse, read our blog: `What" -" is cross-docking and is it for me? <https://www.odoo.com/blog/business-" -"hacks-1/post/what-is-cross-docking-and-is-it-for-me-270>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:16 -msgid "" -"In the *Inventory* app, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and" -" activate the *Multi-Step Routes*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:22 -msgid "Doing so will also enable the *Storage Locations* feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Now, both *Incoming* and *Outgoing* shipments should be configured to work " -"with 2 steps. To adapt the configuration, go to :menuselection:`Inventory " -"--> Configuration --> Warehouses` and edit your warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:31 -msgid "" -"This modification will lead to the creation of a *Cross-Docking* route that " -"can be found in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:38 -msgid "Configure products with Cross-Dock Route" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Create the product that uses the *Cross-Dock Route* and then, in the " -"inventory tab, select the routes *Buy* and *Cross-Dock*. Now, in the " -"purchase tab, specify the vendor to who you buy the product and set a price " -"for it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Once done, create a sale order for the product and confirm it. Odoo will " -"automatically create two transfers which will be linked to the sale order. " -"The first one is the transfer from the *Input Location* to the *Output " -"Location*, corresponding to the move of the product in the *Cross-Dock* " -"area. The second one is the delivery order from the *Output Location* to " -"your *Customer Location. Both are in state *Waiting Another Operation* " -"because we still need to order the product to our supplier." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Now, go to the *Purchase* app. There, you will find the purchase order that " -"has been automatically triggered by the system. Validate it and receive the " -"products in the *Input Location*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:64 -msgid "" -"When the products have been received from the supplier, you can go back to " -"your initial sale order and validate the internal transfer from *Input* to " -"*Output*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:72 -msgid "" -"The delivery order is now ready to be processed and can be validated too." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:3 -msgid "How to do inter-warehouses transfers?" -msgstr "Comment faire des transferts inter-entrepôts ?" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:5 -msgid "" -"If you own different warehouses you might want to transfer goods from one " -"warehouse to the other. This is very easy thanks to the inventory " -"application in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:12 -msgid "" -"First of all you have to select the multi locations option. Go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the **Inventory " -"application**. Then tick the **Manage several locations per warehouse** " -"option. Please don't forget to **apply** your changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:21 -msgid "" -"This option should also be ticked if you wish to manage different locations " -"and routes in your warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:25 -msgid "Creating a new warehouse" -msgstr "Création d'un nouvel entrepôt" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:27 -msgid "" -"The next step is to create your new warehouse. In the Inventory application " -"click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> " -"Warehouses`. You are now able to create your warehouse by clicking on " -"**Create**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Fill in a **Warehouse Name** and a **Short Name**. The short name is 5 " -"characters maximum." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Please note that the **Short Name** is very important as it will appear on " -"your transfer orders and other warehouse documents. It might be smart to use" -" an understandable one (e.g.: WH/[first letters of location])." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:44 -msgid "" -"If you go back to your dashboard, new operations will automatically have " -"been generated for your new warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:51 -msgid "Creating a new inventory" -msgstr "Créez un nouvel inventaire" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:53 -msgid "" -"If you create a new warehouse you might already have an existing physical " -"inventory in it. In that case you should create an inventory in Odoo, if not" -" you can skip this step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Go into the inventory application, select :menuselection:`Inventory Control " -"--> Inventory Adjustment`. You can then create a new inventory by clicking " -"on **Create**. Fill in the **Inventory Reference**, **Date** and be sure to " -"select the right warehouse and location." -msgstr "" -"Allez dans l'application inventaire, sélectionnez :menuselection:`Contrôle " -"de l'inventaire --> Ajustement de l'inventaire`. Vous pouvez créer un nouvel" -" inventaire en cliquant sur **Créer**. Introduisez la **Référence de " -"l'inventaire*, la **Date** et assurez-vous de choisir le bon entrepôt et le " -"bon emplacement." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Next, click on **Start Inventory**. A new window will open where you will be" -" able to input your existing products. Select add an item and indicate the " -"**Real Quantity** available in the warehouse. The theoretical quantity can " -"not be changed as it represents a computed quantity from purchase and sales " -"orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:74 -msgid "" -"Don't forget to validate your inventory once you have recorder the state of " -"all yours product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:78 -msgid "Create an internal transfer" -msgstr "Créez un transfert interne" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:80 -msgid "" -"The final step is to create your internal transfer. If you want to tranfer 2" -" units of a product from your first warehouse to another one in Brussels, " -"proceed as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:84 -msgid "" -"From your dashboard, select a internal movement of one of the two " -"warehouses. To do so, click on :menuselection:`More --> Transfer`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:90 -msgid "" -"A new window will open where you will be able to select the source location " -"zone (in this case our \"old warehouse\") and the destination location zone " -"(in this case our \"new\" warehouse located in Brussels)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:94 -msgid "" -"Add the products you want to transfer by clicking on **Add an Item** and " -"don't forget to **Validate** or **Mark as TODO** once you are done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:100 -msgid "" -"If you select **Validate**, Odoo will process all quantities to transfer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:102 -msgid "" -"If you select **Mark as TODO**, Odoo will put the transfer in **Waiting " -"Availability** status. Click on **Reserve** to reserve the amount of " -"products in your source warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:106 -msgid "It is also possible to manually transfer each product:" -msgstr "Il est également possible de transférer chaque produit manuellement :" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:108 -msgid "Via your dashboard, select the transfer order in the source location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:113 -msgid "Select the right transfer order" -msgstr "Sélectionnez le bon ordre de transfert" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:118 -msgid "" -"3. Click on the little pencil logo in the lower right corner in order to " -"open the operation details window. In this new window you can manually " -"indicate how much products you process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:126 -msgid "" -"If you decide to partially process the transfer order (e.g. a part of the " -"products can't be shipped yet due to an unexpected event), Odoo will " -"automatically ask if you wish to create a **backorder**. Create a backorder " -"if you expect to process the remaining products later, do not create a " -"backorder if you will not supply/receive the remaining products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:3 -msgid "Taking stock from different warehouses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When you plan to deliver a customer, you don’t know in advance if the " -"products will come from Warehouse A or Warehouse B. You may, in some cases, " -"need to take stock from different warehouses. With *Odoo*, you can configure" -" this by using the concept of virtual warehouses. Let us show you how to set" -" those virtual warehouses." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:8 -msgid "Set up virtual warehouses" -msgstr "Configurez des entrepôts virtuels" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Let’s say you have two warehouses: Warehouse A and Warehouse B. Create a new" -" warehouse, that will be a virtual one. It will allow you to take the stock " -"from A or B. To do so, go to your inventory app settings and enable the " -"multi-warehouses feature. Then, go to the warehouses menu and click on " -"create." -msgstr "" -"Imaginez que vous avez deux entrepôts : l'entrepôt A et l'entrepôt B. Créez " -"un nouvel entrepôt qui sera un entrepôt virtuel. Cela vous permettra de " -"déplacer le stock de A à B. Pour le faire, allez dans les paramètres de " -"votre application inventaire et autorisez la fonctionnalité multi-entrepôts." -" Ensuite, allez sur le menu entrepôts et cliquez sur créer." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:16 -msgid "" -"The *Storage Location* feature will be automatically enabled. Good news, " -"because you will need it later in the process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Now, you have to make sure that the main stock locations of warehouse A and " -"warehouse B are children locations of the main stock location of warehouse A" -" + B. Go to the locations menu, and edit the main location of your two " -"warehouses. Then, change their parent location to main location of warehouse" -" A+B." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:24 -msgid "Sell a product from the virtual warehouse" -msgstr "Vendez un produit depuis un magasin virtuel" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Let’s say you have two products, one stored in warehouse A and one stored in" -" warehouse B. Now, you can create a new quotation for one of each product. " -"Go to other information and choose Warehouse A+B in the shipping " -"information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Once you have done it, you can convert it to a sales order. Then, a delivery" -" order will be automatically generated, with a product reserved in warehouse" -" A and one in warehouse B." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:3 -msgid "Using Routes and Pull/Push Rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In inventory management, the supply chain strategy determines when products " -"should be fabricated, delivered to distribution centers, and made available " -"in the retail channel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:9 -msgid "" -"This kind of strategic process can be configured using *Routes*, featuring " -"*Pull and Push Rules*. Once everything is properly configured, the inventory" -" app can automatically generate transfers following the instructions given " -"by the rules. Yes, Odoo simplifies your life." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:16 -msgid "Inside the warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Let’s imagine a generic warehouse plan, where you can find receiving docks, " -"a quality control area, storage locations, picking and packing areas, and " -"shipping docks. All products go through all these locations, which also " -"trigger all the route's rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:27 -msgid "" -"In this example, vendor trucks unload pallets of ordered goods at receiving " -"docks. Operators then scan the products in the receiving area. Some of these" -" products are sent to a quality control area (those devoted to being used " -"during the manufacturing process, for example), while others are directly " -"stored in their respective locations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Here is an example of a fulfillment route. In the morning, items are picked " -"for all the orders that need to be prepared during the day. These items are " -"picked from storage locations and moved to the picking area, close to where " -"the orders are packed. Then, the orders are packed in their respective boxes" -" and conveyors bring them close to the shipping docks, ready to be delivered" -" to customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:48 -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:45 -msgid "How does it work?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:51 -msgid "Pull Rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:53 -msgid "" -"With *Pull Rules*, a demand for some products triggers procurements, while " -"*Push Rules* are triggered by products arriving in a specific location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:57 -msgid "" -"We can say that *Pull Rules* are used to fulfill a customer order, a sale " -"order. So, Odoo generates a need at the *Customer Location* for each product" -" in the order. Because *Pull Rules* are triggered by a need, Odoo looks for " -"a *Pull Rule* defined on the *Customer Location*. In our case, a delivery " -"order pull rule that transfers products from the *Shipping Area* to the " -"*Customer Location* is found, and a transfer between the two locations is " -"created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Then, Odoo finds another pull rule that tries to fulfill the need for the " -"*Shipping Area*: the *Packing Rule* that transfers products from the " -"*Packing Area* to the *Shipping Area*. And, finally, other rules are " -"triggered until a transfer between the *Stock* and the *Picking Area* is " -"created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:72 -msgid "" -"All theses transfers are pre-generated by Odoo, starting from the end and " -"going backwards. While working, the operator process these transfers in the " -"opposite order: first the picking, then the packing, then the delivery " -"order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:77 -msgid "Push Rules" -msgstr "Règles de flux poussés" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:79 -msgid "" -"On the other hand, *Push Rules* are much easier to understand. Instead of " -"pre-generating documents based on needs, they are live-triggered when " -"products arrive in a specific location. *Push Rules* basically say: \"when a" -" product arrives at a specific location, move it to another location.\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:84 -msgid "" -"A simple example would be: when a product arrives in the *Receipt Area*, " -"move them to the *Storage Location*. As different rules can be applied to " -"different products, you can assign different storage locations for different" -" products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:89 -msgid "" -"Another rule could be: when products arrive at a location, move them to the " -"*Quality Control Area*. Then, once the quality check is done, move them to " -"their *Storage Location*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:94 -msgid "" -"*Push Rules* can be triggered only if no *Pull Rule* pre-generated the " -"upstream transfers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:98 -msgid "" -"Sets of rules like those are called routes. The grouping on the rule defines" -" how products are grouped in the same transfer or not. For example, during " -"the picking operation, all orders are grouped in one transfer, whereas the " -"packing operation respects the grouping per customer order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:105 -msgid "Use Routes and Rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:107 -msgid "" -"Since *Routes* are a collection of *Push and Pull Rules*, Odoo helps you " -"manage advanced routes configuration such as:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:110 -msgid "Manage product manufacturing chains;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:111 -msgid "Manage default locations per product;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:112 -msgid "" -"Define routes within your warehouse according to business needs, such as " -"quality control, after-sales services, or supplier returns;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:114 -msgid "" -"Help rental management by generating automated return moves for rented " -"products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:117 -msgid "" -"To configure a route such as one of those above, open the **Inventory " -"Application** and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. Then, " -"enable the *Multi-Step Routes* feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:126 -msgid "" -"The *Storage Locations* feature is automatically activated with the *Multi-" -"Step Routes*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:129 -msgid "" -"Once this first step is completed, you have the choice between pre-" -"configured routes or custom ones. Both are explained below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:133 -msgid "Pre-configured Routes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:135 -msgid "" -"Odoo’s pre-configured routes are available in the warehouses’ menu. To find " -"it, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses`. " -"There, open your warehouse and edit it to see the pre-configured routes for " -"incoming and outgoing shipments." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:144 -msgid "" -"Some more advanced routes, such as pick-pack-ship, are already configured to" -" make your life easier. Those are based on your choice for shipments. Once " -"you made your choice, head to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " -"--> Routes` to see the routes Odoo generated for you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:153 -msgid "" -"Opening one of those routes allows you to see on what you can apply the " -"route. Here, all the selected product categories in the *YourCompany* " -"warehouse are set up to follow the 3-steps route." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:161 -msgid "" -"Easier for many businesses, this process might not fit yours. Thus, you can " -"configure custom routes in which you can define your own rules, but also the" -" source and destination location of each action. As an example, here are the" -" rules for the pre-configured route." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:171 -msgid "Custom Routes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:173 -msgid "" -"To create a custom route, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " -"--> Routes`, click on create, and choose the places where this route can be " -"selected. Of course, combinations are available." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:182 -msgid "" -"Each place has a different behavior, so it is important to tick only the " -"useful ones and adapt each route accordingly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:185 -msgid "" -"When applying the route on a product category (:menuselection:`Inventory -->" -" Configuration --> Product Categories`), all the rules configured in the " -"route are applied to **every** product of the category. For example, this " -"can be useful if you use the dropshipping process for all the products from " -"the same category." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:195 -msgid "" -"The same behavior applies to the warehouses. If you tick *Warehouses*, all " -"the transfers occurring inside the chosen warehouse, and meeting the " -"conditions of the linked rules, then follow that route." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:203 -msgid "" -"For the *Sales Order Lines*, it is more or less the opposite. You have to " -"choose the route yourself when creating a quotation. This is pretty useful " -"if some products go through different routes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:211 -msgid "" -"If you work with this kind of route, it is important to keep in mind that it" -" must be selected on the sales order, such as below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:218 -msgid "Then, the route can be chosen on each line of the document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:224 -msgid "" -"Finally, there are routes that can be applied to products. Those work more " -"or less like the product categories: once selected, you have to manually set" -" on which product it must be applied." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:232 -msgid "" -"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Master Data --> Products` and " -"open the one on which you want to apply the route. Then go to the *Inventory" -" tab* and select the route you’ve created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:240 -msgid "" -"If, prima facie, the routes’ configuration can appear quite easy, don’t " -"forget that we haven’t set up any rule yet. If not harder to set up, those " -"are vital to have working routings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:245 -msgid "Rules" -msgstr "Règles" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:247 -msgid "" -"The rules are to be defined on the routes. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`, then to the *Rules*" -" section, and click on *Add a line* button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:255 -msgid "" -"The available rules trigger various actions. If Odoo offers *Push* and " -"*Pull* rules, others are also available. Here are some explanations for all " -"of them:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:259 -msgid "" -"**Pull From**: this rule is triggered by a need for the product in a " -"specific stock location. The need can come from a sale order which has been " -"validated or for a manufacturing order which requires a specific component. " -"When the need appears in the source location, Odoo generates a picking to " -"fulfill this need." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:264 -msgid "" -"**Push To**: this rule is triggered by the arrival of some products in the " -"defined source location. In case you move products to the source location, " -"Odoo generates a picking to move those products to the destination location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:268 -msgid "" -"**Push & Pull**: it allows to generate pickings in the two different " -"situations explained above. It means that when products are required at a " -"specific location, a transfer is created from the previous location to " -"fulfill that need. Then, a need is created in the previous location and a " -"rule is triggered to fulfill it. Once the second need fulfilled, the " -"products are pushed to the first location and all the needs are fulfilled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:274 -msgid "" -"**Buy**: when products are needed at the destination location, a request for" -" quotation is created to fulfill the need." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:276 -msgid "" -"**Manufacture**: when products are needed in the source location, a " -"manufacturing order is created to fulfill the need." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:283 -msgid "" -"You must also define the *Operation Type*. This operation allows defining " -"which kind of picking is created from the rule. With our above screenshot, " -"the created picking is, for example, an internal transfer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:288 -msgid "" -"On the other hand, the *Supply Method*, allows defining what happens at the " -"source location:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:291 -msgid "" -"**Take From Stock**: the products are taken from the available stock of the " -"source location;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:293 -msgid "" -"**Trigger Another Rule**: the system tries to find a stock rule to bring the" -" products to the source location. The available stock is ignored." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:296 -msgid "" -"**Take From Stock, if Unavailable, Trigger Another Rule**: the products are " -"taken from the available stock of the source location. If there is no stock " -"available, the system tries to find a rule to bring the products to the " -"source location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:301 -msgid "" -"In the *Scheduling* section, you can determine how Odoo behaves when one of " -"the chain's pickings is rescheduled. In case you decide to **Propagate " -"Rescheduling**, the next move is also to be rescheduled. If you prefer " -"having the choice to reschedule the next move, you can decide to receive an " -"alert in the form of a *next activity*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:309 -msgid "What about a full flow?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:311 -msgid "" -"Do you remember our Pick - Pack - Ship custom route? Let’s use it to try a " -"full flow with an advanced custom route." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:314 -msgid "" -"First, a quick look at our rules and their supply methods: we have three " -"rules, all **Pull From** rules. The supply methods are the following:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:318 -msgid "" -"**Take From Stock**: When products are needed in WH/Packing Zone, *Picks* " -"(internal transfers from WH/Stock to WH/Packing Zone) are created from " -"WH/Stock to fulfill the need." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:321 -msgid "" -"**Trigger Another Rule**: When products are needed in WH/Output, *Packs* " -"(internal transfers from WH/Packing Zone to WH/Output) are created from " -"WH/Packing Zone to fulfill the need." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:324 -msgid "" -"**Trigger Another Rule**: When products are needed in Partner " -"Locations/Customers, Delivery Orders are created from WH/Output to fulfill " -"the need." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:332 -msgid "" -"This means that, when a customer orders products, a delivery order is " -"created to fulfill the order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:340 -msgid "" -"If the source document is the same sale order, the status is not the same. " -"In fact, the status is **Waiting Another Operation** if the previous " -"transfer in the list is not done yet." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:348 -msgid "" -"To prepare the order, conveyors need products packed at the output area, so " -"an internal transfer is requested from the packing zone." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:355 -msgid "" -"Obviously, the packing zone needs products ready to be packed. So, an " -"internal transfer is requested to the stock and employees can gather the " -"required products from the warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:363 -msgid "" -"As explained in this documentation introduction, the last step in the " -"process (here the delivery order) is the first to be triggered, which then " -"triggers other rules until we reach the first step in the process (here, the" -" internal transfer from to stock to the packing area). Now, everything is " -"ready to be processed so the customer can get the ordered items." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:370 -msgid "" -"In our case, the product is delivered to the customer when all the rules " -"have been triggered and the transfers done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies.rst:3 -msgid "Putaway & Removal Strategies" -msgstr "Stratégies de rangement et de suppression" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:3 -msgid "What is a Putaway Rule?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A good warehouse implementation takes care that products automatically move " -"to their appropriate destination location. To make that process easier, Odoo" -" uses *Putaway rules*. But what is a putaway rule? Putaway is the process of" -" taking products off the receiving shipments and directly putting them into " -"the most appropriate location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:7 -msgid "" -"If, for example, a warehouse contains volatile substances, it is important " -"to make sure that certain products are not stored close to each other " -"because of a potential chemical reaction. That’s where putaway rules " -"intervene, to avoid storing products wrongly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:12 -msgid "" -"In the *Inventory* app, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " -"and activate the *Multi-Step Routes*. By doing so, the *Storage Locations* " -"will be automatically activated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:19 -msgid "Setting up a Putaway Rule" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:21 -msgid "" -"In some cases, like for a retail shop storing vegetables and fruits, we have" -" to store products in different locations to maintain product quality." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Let’s suppose there are one warehouse location *WH/Stock* and two sub-" -"locations *WH/Stock/Vegatable* and *WH/Stock/Fruits*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:25 -msgid "" -"To manage those locations, we will create putaway rules. To do so, open the " -"*Inventory* app and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Putaway Rules`. " -"Then, click on create and configure your first rule indicating the main " -"location the product will enter before being redirected to the right " -"location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:31 -msgid "" -"The putaway rules can be defined either per product or per product category." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Now, if I purchase apples and carrots to my supplier, they will be grouped " -"in the same receipt but redirected to the right location automatically, " -"thanks to putaway rules. This information is available from *Inventory " -"Report*, under the reporting menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:3 -msgid "What is a Removal Strategy (FIFO, LIFO, and FEFO)?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Usually, *Removal Strategies* are defined in picking operations to select " -"the best products to optimize the distance for the worker, for quality " -"control purposes, or to first move the products with the closest expiration " -"date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:9 -msgid "" -"When a product movement needs to be done, Odoo finds available products that" -" can be assigned to the transfer. The way Odoo assigns these products " -"depends on the *Removal Strategy* defined in the *Product Category* or on " -"the *Location*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:14 -msgid "What happens inside the warehouse?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Imagine a generic warehouse plan, with receiving docks and area, storage " -"locations, picking and packing areas, and shipping docks. All products go " -"through all these locations, but some rules, such as removal strategies, can" -" have an effect on which products are taken for the pickings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Here, vendor trucks unload pallets of goods at the docks. Then, operators " -"scan the products in the receiving area, with the receiving date and, if the" -" product has an expiration date, the expiration date. After that, products " -"are stored in their respective locations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Next, several orders for the same product are made, but you didn’t receive " -"the goods the same day and they don’t have the same expiration date. In that" -" situation, you logically prefer sending those with the closest date first. " -"Depending on the removal strategy you chose, Odoo generates a transfer with " -"the products fitting your settings the best." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:42 -msgid "" -"On the transfer form, you can find the product’s lot/serial number to pick " -"for delivery." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:48 -msgid "First In, First Out (FIFO)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:50 -msgid "" -"When using a **First In, First Out** strategy, a demand for some products " -"triggers a removal rule which requests a transfer for the lot/serial number " -"that has entered your stock the first." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:53 -msgid "" -"To be clearer, let’s imagine that you have three lots of nails in your " -"warehouse. Those three have the following lot numbers: 00001, 00002, 00003, " -"each with 5 nails boxes in it. 00001 entered the stock on the 23rd of May, " -"00002 on the 25th of May, and 00003 on the 1st of June. A customer orders " -"you 6 boxes on the 11th of June. With the *FIFO* strategy selected, a " -"transfer is requested for the five boxes of 00001 and one of the boxes in " -"00002 because 00001 has entered your stock before the others. The box from " -"00002 is taken because it has the oldest enter date after 00001." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:60 -msgid "" -"So, for every order of a product with the *FIFO* strategy selected, Odoo " -"requests a transfer for the good that has been in your stock for the longest" -" period." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:64 -msgid "Last In, First Out (LIFO)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:66 -msgid "" -"The same way as for FIFO, the **Last In, First Out** strategy is based on " -"moving products based on the date they entered the stock. Here, a demand for" -" some products triggers a removal rule that requests a transfer for the " -"lot/serial number that has entered your stock the last." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:70 -msgid "" -"To better understand, let’s imagine three lots of screws in your warehouse. " -"Those three have the following numbers: 10001, 10002, 10003, each with 10 " -"screw boxes in it. 10001 has entered the stock on the 1st of June, 10002 on " -"the 3rd of June, and 10003 on the 6th of June. A customer orders 7 boxes on " -"the 8th of June. With the *LIFO* strategy selected, a transfer is requested " -"for seven boxes of 10003 because that lot is the last one to have entered " -"the stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:76 -msgid "" -"So, basically, for every order of a product with the *LIFO* strategy used, a" -" transfer for the last one to have entered the stock is requested." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:80 -msgid "" -"This strategy is banned in many countries and can lead to only have old or " -"obsolete products in your stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:84 -msgid "First Expire, First Out (FEFO)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:86 -msgid "" -"The **First Expire, First Out** strategy is a bit different from the two " -"others. Here, it is the expiration date that is important and not the date " -"the product entered the stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:89 -msgid "" -"Let’s imagine three lots of 6-eggs boxes (in this specific case, don’t " -"forget to use :doc:`units of measure <../../management/products/uom>`). " -"Those three have the following numbers: 20001, 20002, and 20003, each with 5" -" boxes in it. 20001 has entered the stock on the 1st of July and expires on " -"the 15th of July, 20002 on the 2nd and expires on the 14th of July, and " -"20003 on the 4th and expires on the 21st of July. A customer orders 6 boxes " -"on the 5th of July. With the *FEFO* strategy selected, a transfer is " -"requested for the five boxes of 20002 and one from 20001. The transfer for " -"all the boxes of the lot 20002 is because they have the closest expiration " -"date. The transfer also requests one box from 20001 because it’s the lot " -"that expires the sooner after 20002." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:98 -msgid "" -"Then, you can remember that for every order of a product with the *FEFO* " -"strategy, a transfer is requested for the product that has the nearest " -"expiration date from the order date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:102 -msgid "Use Removal Strategies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:104 -msgid "" -"To identify some units from other ones, you need to track them, either by " -"*lot* or by *serial number*. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration " -"--> Settings`. Then, activate *Storage Location*, *Multi-Steps Routes*, and " -"*Lots & Serial Numbers*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:113 -msgid "" -"To work with the *FEFO* strategy, activate the *Expiration Dates* feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:115 -msgid "" -"Next, you need to define your removal strategy, on *Product Categories* via " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:123 -msgid "FIFO (First In, First Out)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:125 -msgid "" -"As said, a *FIFO* strategy implies that products stocked first move out " -"first. Companies should use that method if they are selling products with " -"short demand cycles, such as clothes, and to ensure they are not stuck with " -"outdated styles in stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:129 -msgid "" -"For this example, we created three lots of white shirts. Those are from the " -"All/Clothes category, where we put *FIFO* as the removal strategy. In our " -"stock location (WH/Stock), we now find the three lots available." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:137 -msgid "" -"The lot 000001 contains 5 shirts, 000002 contains 3 shirts, and 000003 " -"contains 2. As it can be seen above, 000001 has entered the stock first. " -"Let’s create a sale order of six white shirts to check that products from " -"that lot are the first ones to move out." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:141 -msgid "" -"On the delivery order linked to the picking, you can see that the oldest lot" -" numbers have been reserved thanks to the *FIFO* strategy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:149 -msgid "LIFO (Last In, First Out)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:151 -msgid "" -"With a *LIFO* strategy, that’s quite the opposite. In fact, the products " -"that are brought the last move out the first. It is mostly used in case of " -"products without a shelf life." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:154 -msgid "" -"Even if our white shirts are clothes, we can say that they are timeless. So," -" let’s use them to test our *LIFO* strategy. Once again, open the product " -"category via :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product " -"Categories` and change the removal strategy to *LIFO*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:162 -msgid "" -"Now, create a sale order for 4 white shirts and check that the reserved " -"products are from lots 000003 and 000002." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170 -msgid "Don’t forget that the *LIFO* strategy is banned in many countries!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:173 -msgid "FEFO (First Expiry, First Out)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:175 -msgid "" -"With the *FEFO* strategy, the way products are picked is not based on the " -"reception date. In this particular case, they are dispatched according to " -"their expiration date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:179 -msgid "" -"To have more information about Expiration date, please have a look at " -":doc:`the related doc " -"<../../management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:182 -msgid "" -"By activating *Expiration Dates*, it becomes possible to define different " -"dates on the serial/lot numbers to be used in *FEFO*. These dates can be set" -" by going to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Master Data --> Lots/Serial " -"Numbers`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:190 -msgid "" -"Lots are picked based on their removal date, from earliest to latest. Lots " -"without a removal date defined are picked after lots with removal dates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:194 -msgid "" -"Other dates are for informational and reporting purposes only. If not " -"removed from the stock, lots that are past the expiration dates may still be" -" picked for delivery orders!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:197 -msgid "" -"To use the *FEFO* strategy, once again go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Product Categories` and choose *FEFO* as the *Force " -"Removal Strategy*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:204 -msgid "" -"For this particular case, let’s use hand cream. As usual, we have three lots" -" of them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:207 -msgid "**Lot / Serial No**" -msgstr "**Lot / Numéro de série**" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:207 -msgid "**Product**" -msgstr "**Produit**" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:207 -msgid "**Expiration Date**" -msgstr "**Date d'expiration**" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:209 -msgid "0000001" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:209 -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:211 -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:213 -msgid "Hand Cream" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:209 -msgid "09/30/2019" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:211 -msgid "0000002" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:211 -msgid "11/30/2019" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:213 -msgid "0000003" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:213 -msgid "10/31/2019" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:216 -msgid "" -"When we realize a sale for 25 units of Hand Cream, we can see that the lot " -"numbers which have been automatically reserved by Odoo are the ones with the" -" closest expiration date, meaning 0000001 and 0000003." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping.rst:3 -msgid "Shipping" -msgstr "Expédition" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation.rst:3 -msgid "Shipping Operations" -msgstr "Opérations d'Expédition" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:3 -msgid "How to cancel a shipping request to a shipper?" -msgstr "Comment annuler une demande d'expédition envoyée à un transporteur ?" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. " -"Odoo will be linked with the transportation company tracking system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:12 -msgid "" -"It will allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the " -"destination." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:15 -msgid "You can easily cancel the request made to the carrier system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:18 -msgid "How to cancel a shipping request?" -msgstr "Comment annuler une demande d'expédition ?" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:20 -msgid "" -"If the delivery order is not **Validated**, then the request hasn't been " -"made. You can choose to cancel the delivery or to change the carrier." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:24 -msgid "" -"If you have clicked on **Validate**, the request has been made and you " -"should have received the tracking number and the label. You can still cancel" -" the request. Simply click on the **Cancel** button next to the **Carrier " -"Tracking Ref**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:32 -msgid "You will now see that the shipment has been cancelled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:37 -msgid "You can now change the carrier if you wish." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:40 -msgid "How to send a shipping request after cancelling one?" -msgstr "" -"Comment envoyer une demande d'expédition après en avoir annulé une autre?" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:42 -msgid "" -"After cancelling the shipping request, you can change the carrier you want " -"to use. Confirm it by clicking on the **Send to shipper** button. You will " -"get a new tracking number and a new label." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:50 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:115 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:83 -msgid ":doc:`invoicing`" -msgstr ":doc:`invoicing`" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:51 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:116 -msgid ":doc:`multipack`" -msgstr ":doc:`multipack`" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:3 -msgid "How to invoice the shipping cost to the customer?" -msgstr "Comment facturer les frais de port au client ?" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:8 -msgid "There are two ways to invoice the shipping costs:" -msgstr "Il y a deux façons de facturer les frais de port :" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:10 -msgid "Agree with the customer over a cost and seal it down in the sale order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:13 -msgid "Invoice the real cost of the shipping." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:18 -msgid "" -"To configure the price of your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** " -"app, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery --> Delivery " -"Methods`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:21 -msgid "" -"You can manually set a price for the shipping: It can be fixed or based on " -"rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Or you can use the transportation company computation system. Read the " -"document :doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`" -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez également utiliser le système de calcul de la société de " -"transport. Consultez le document :doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:28 -msgid "How to invoice the shipping costs to the customer?" -msgstr "Comment facturer les frais de port au client ?" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:31 -msgid "Invoice the price set on the sale order" -msgstr "Facturez le prix indiqué sur le bon de commande" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:33 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:55 -msgid "" -"On your sale order, choose the carrier that will be used. Click on " -"**Delivery Method** to choose the right one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:39 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:36 -msgid "" -"The price is computed when you **save** the sale order or when you click on " -"**Set price**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:42 -msgid "" -"To invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, click on " -"**Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery method as a " -"product. It may vary from the real price." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:46 -msgid "" -"When you create the invoice, it will take the price set on the sale order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:53 -msgid "Invoice the real shipping costs" -msgstr "Facturez les frais de port réels" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:61 -msgid "" -"The price is computed when you **save** the sale order. Confirm the sale " -"order and proceed to deliver the product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The real shipping cost is computed when the delivery order is validated, you" -" can see the real cost in the chatter of the delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Go back to the sale order, the real cost is now added to the sale order." -msgstr "" -"Retournez sur le bon de commande, le coût réel a été ajouté à celui-ci." - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:76 -msgid "" -"When you create the invoice, it will take the price computed by the carrier." -msgstr "" -"''base sur temps et material, refacturer le client\n" -"Quand Vous creez la facture, elle va prendre le prix inscrit dans l'ordinateur.\n" -"''base sur ordres de vente'' ne refacturer pas le client\n" -"Si Vous partagez la livraison et en faire quelque ordres , chaque livraison va ajouter une ligne a l'ordre de ventes. \n" -"Si Vous devez faire une exception pour une facture qui doit etre refacturer au clent, n'instalez pas le compte analytique pour cette facture." - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:83 -msgid "" -"If you split the delivery and make several ones, each delivery order will " -"add a line to the sale order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:87 -msgid ":doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`" -msgstr ":doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:88 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:84 -msgid ":doc:`labels`" -msgstr ":doc:`labels`" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:3 -msgid "How to print shipping labels?" -msgstr "Comment imprimer des étiquettes d'expédition ?" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers " -"linked with the transportation company tracking system. It allows you to " -"manage the transport company, the real prices and the destination. And " -"finally, you will be able to print the shipping labels directly from Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:18 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:17 -msgid "Install the shipper company connector module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:20 -msgid "" -"In the **Inventory** module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies " -"you want to integrate :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:27 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:26 -msgid "Then click on **Apply**." -msgstr "Cliquez ensuite sur **Appliquer**." - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:34 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:33 -msgid "Configure the delivery method" -msgstr "Configurez votre mode de livraison" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:32 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:36 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:35 -msgid "" -"To configure your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** module, click on" -" :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery Methods`." -msgstr "" -"Pour configurer vos modes de livraison, allez dans module **Inventaire**, " -"cliquez sur :menuselection:`Configuration --> Modes de livraison`." - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:35 -msgid "" -"The delivery methods for the chosen shippers have been automatically " -"created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:41 -msgid "" -"In the **Pricing** tab, the name of the provider means that the delivery " -"will be handled and computed by the shipper system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:44 -msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:46 -msgid "" -"The first one is linked to **your account** (develop key, password,...). For" -" more information, please refer to the provider website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:49 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:62 -msgid "" -"The second column varies according to the **provider**. You can choose the " -"packaging type, the service type, the weight unit..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:52 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:65 -msgid "Uncheck **Test Mode** when you are done with the testings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:55 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:77 -msgid "Company configuration" -msgstr "Configuration de l'entreprise" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:57 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:79 -msgid "" -"In order to compute the right price, the provider needs your company " -"information. Be sure your address and phone number are correctly encoded." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:64 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:86 -msgid "" -"To check your information, go to the **Settings** application and click on " -"**General Settings**. Click on the first link **Configure your company " -"data**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:70 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:92 -msgid "" -"The shipper companies need the weight of your product, otherwise the price " -"computation cannot be done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Go the **Sales** module, click on :menuselection:`Sales --> Products`. Open " -"the products you want to ship and set a weight on it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:80 -msgid "" -"The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to do" -" the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:85 -msgid "How to print shipping labels ?" -msgstr "Comment imprimer des étiquettes d'expédition ?" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:87 -msgid "" -"The delivery order created from the sale order will take the shipping " -"information from it, but you can change the carrier if you want to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:90 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:135 -msgid "" -"If you create a delivery transfer from the inventory module, you can add the" -" third party shipper in the additional info tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:96 -msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number and **the label(s)**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:98 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:151 -msgid "" -"The label to stick on your package is available in the history underneath :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:104 -msgid "Click on it to open the document and print it :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:110 -msgid "" -"If you are doing multi-packages shippings, most of the time, there will be " -"one label per package. Each label will appear in the delivery history." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage multiple packs for the same delivery order?" -msgstr "Comment gérer plusieurs colis pour le même bon de livraison ?" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:8 -msgid "" -"By default, Odoo considers that your delivery is composed of one package. " -"But you can easily ship your deliveries with more than one package. It is " -"fully integrated with the third-party shippers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:15 -msgid "" -"To configure the use of packages, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory " -"--> Configuration --> Settings`. Locate the **Packages** section and tick " -"**Record packages used on packing: pallets, boxes,...**" -msgstr "" -"Pour configurer l'utilisation des colis, allez dans le menu " -":menuselection:`Inventaire --> Configuration --> Paramètres`. Repérez la " -"section **Colis** et cochez **Enregistrer les colis utilisés pour " -"l'emballage : palettes, boîtes,...**" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:23 -msgid "Click on **Apply** when you are done." -msgstr "Cliquez sur **Appliquer** quand vous avez terminé." - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:29 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:77 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:110 -msgid "Sale order" -msgstr "Commande client" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:34 -msgid "Click on a **Delivery Method** to choose the right one." -msgstr "Cliquez sur **Mode de livraison** pour choisir celui qui convient." - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:40 -msgid "Multi-packages Delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:42 -msgid "" -"The delivery created from the sale order will take the shipping information " -"from it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:48 -msgid "From here, you can split your delivery into multiple packages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Choose the quantity you want to put in the first pack in the **Done** " -"column, then click on the link **Put in Pack**." -msgstr "" -"Choisissez la quantité que vous voulez mettre dans le premier emballage dans" -" la colonne **Terminé**, puis cliquez sur le lien **Ajouter au colis**." - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:56 -msgid "It will automatically create a pack with the requested quantity." -msgstr "Cela créera automatiquement un colis avec la quantité demandée." - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:58 -msgid "Do the same steps for the other pieces you want to pack in." -msgstr "" -"Répétez les mêmes étapes pour les autres article que vous voulez emballer." - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:63 -msgid "Click on **Validate** when you are done." -msgstr "Cliquez sur Valider lorsque vous avez terminé." - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:66 -msgid "Multi-packages with a 3rd party-shipper" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Once the delivery order is validated, you will receive the tracking number. " -"The **carrier Tracking ref** field will automatically be filled. Click on " -"the **Tracking** button to check your delivery on the provider website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:76 -msgid "" -"The **labels** to stick on your packages are available in the history " -"underneath:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup.rst:3 -msgid "Shipping Setup" -msgstr "Configurer de l'Expédition" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:3 -msgid "How to setup a delivery method?" -msgstr "Comment configurer une méthode de livraison ?" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, but it is not activated by " -"default. Delivery methods can be used for your sale orders, your deliveries " -"but also on your e-commerce." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Delivery methods allow you to manage the transport company, the price and " -"the destination. You can even integrate Odoo with external shippers to " -"compute the real price and the packagings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:20 -msgid "Install the inventory module" -msgstr "Installez le module inventaire" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Delivery methods are handled by the **Delivery costs** module. Go to " -"**Apps** and search for the module. You should remove the **Apps** filter in" -" order to see it :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:29 -msgid "" -"If you want to integrate delivery methods in your e-commerce, you'll have to" -" install the **eCommerce Delivery** module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:39 -msgid "First set a name and a transporter company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Then you'll have to set the pricing. It can be fixed or based on rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:46 -msgid "" -"If the price is fixed, tick **Fixed price**. You'll just have to define the " -"price. If you want the delivery to be free above a certain amount, tick the " -"option **Free if Order total is more than** and set a price." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:54 -msgid "" -"If the price varies according to rules, tick **Based on Rules**. Click on " -"**add an item to a pricing rule**. Choose a condition based on either the " -"weight, the volume, the price or the quantity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Finally you can limit the delivery method to a few destinations. The limit " -"can be applied to some countries, states or even zip codes. This feature " -"limits the list of countries on your e-commerce." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:69 -msgid "" -"You can integrate Odoo with external shippers in order to compute the real " -"price and packagings, and handle the printing the shipping labels. See " -":doc:`third_party_shipper`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:74 -msgid "Delivery process" -msgstr "Processus de livraison" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:82 -msgid "" -"You can now choose the **Delivery Method** on your sale order. If you want " -"to invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, click on " -"**Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery method as a " -"product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:88 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:130 -msgid "Delivery" -msgstr "Livraison" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:90 -msgid "You can add or change the delivery method on the delivery itself." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:95 -msgid "" -"On the delivery, check the **Carrier Information**. The carrier is the " -"chosen delivery method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:99 -msgid ":doc:`third_party_shipper`" -msgstr ":doc:`third_party_shipper`" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:100 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:158 -msgid ":doc:`../operation/invoicing`" -msgstr ":doc:`../operation/invoicing`" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:3 -msgid "How to get DHL credentials for integration with Odoo?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:5 -msgid "In order to use the Odoo DHL API, you will need:" -msgstr "Pour utiliser Odoo DHL API, vous aurez besoin de :" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:7 -msgid "A DHL.com SiteID" -msgstr "Identifiant ID du site DHL.com" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:9 -msgid "A DHL Password" -msgstr "Un mot de passe DHL" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:11 -msgid "A DHL Account Number" -msgstr "Numéro de compte DHL" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Getting SiteID and password for countries other than United States (UK and " -"Rest of the world)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:17 -msgid "" -"You should contact DHL account manager and request integration for XML " -"Express API. The presales should provide you live credentials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:20 -msgid "Getting SiteID and Password for United States" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:22 -msgid "" -"You need to write to xmlrequests@dhl.com along with your full Account " -"details like account number, region, address, etc. to get API Access." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:24 -msgid "" -"In meantime, for testing the solution, you can use the tests credentials as " -"given in the demo data:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:26 -msgid "**SiteID**: CustomerTest" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:28 -msgid "**Password**: alkd89nBV" -msgstr "**Mot de passe**: alkd89nBV" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:30 -msgid "**DHL Account Number**: 803921577" -msgstr "**Numéro de compte DHL** : 803921577" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:3 -msgid "How to integrate a third party shipper?" -msgstr "Comment intégrer un expéditeur tiers ?" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. " -"Odoo can be linked with the transportation company tracking system. It will " -"allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the " -"destination." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:19 -msgid "" -"In the inventory module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies " -"you want to integrate :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:38 -msgid "" -"The delivery methods for the chosen shippers have been automatically " -"created. Most of the time, there will be **2** delivery methods for the same" -" provider: one for **international** shipping and the other for **domestic**" -" shipping." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:43 -msgid "" -"You can create other methods with the same provider with other " -"configuration, for example the **Packaging Type**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:46 -msgid "" -"You can change the **Name** of the delivery method. This is the name that " -"will appear on your ecommerce." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:49 -msgid "Flag **Shipping enabled** when you are ready to use it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:54 -msgid "" -"In the pricing tab, the name of the provider chosen under the **Price " -"computation** means that the pricing will be computed by the shipper system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:57 -msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:59 -msgid "" -"The first one is linked to **your account** (developer key, password,...). " -"For more information, please refer to the provider website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Finally you can limit the delivery method to a few destinations. You can " -"limit it to some countries, states or even zip codes. This feature limits " -"the list of countries on your e-commerce. It is useful for the domestic " -"providers. For example, USPS US only delivers from the United States to the " -"United States." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:95 -msgid "" -"Go the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> Products`. Open the products" -" you want to ship and set a weight on it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:102 -msgid "" -"The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to " -"make the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:115 -msgid "" -"You can now choose the carrier on your sale order. Click on **Delivery " -"method** to choose the right one." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez désormais choisir le transporteur sur votre bon de commande. " -"Cliquez sur **Mode de livraison** pour choisir celui que vous voulez." - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:118 -msgid "" -"The price is computed when you save the sale order or when you click on " -"**Set price**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:121 -msgid "" -"If you want to invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, " -"click on **Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery " -"method as a product. It may vary from the real price." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:125 -msgid "" -"Otherwise, the real price (computed when the delivery is validated) will " -"automatically be added to the invoice. For more information, please read the" -" document :doc:`../operation/invoicing`" -msgstr "" -"Dans le cas contraire, le prix réel (appliqué lorsque la livraison est " -"validée) sera automatiquement ajouté à la facture. Pour plus d'informations," -" veuillez lire le document :doc:`../operation/invoicing`" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:132 -msgid "" -"The delivery created from the sale order will take the shipping information " -"from it. You can change the carrier if you want to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:141 -msgid "" -"The weight is computed based on the products weights. The shipping cost will" -" be computed once the transfer is validated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:144 -msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number. The **Carrier Tracking" -" ref** field will automatically be filled. Click on the **Tracking** button " -"to check your delivery on the provider website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:159 -msgid ":doc:`../operation/labels`" -msgstr ":doc:`../operation/labels`" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:3 -msgid "How to get UPS credentials for integration with Odoo?" -msgstr "" -"Comment obtenir les informations d'identification UPS pour l'intégration " -"avec Odoo ?" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:5 -msgid "In order to use the Odoo UPS API, you will need:" -msgstr "Pour utiliser Odoo UPS API, vous aurez besoin de :" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:7 -msgid "A UPS.com user ID and password" -msgstr "Un ID utilisateur et un mot de passe UPS.com" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:9 -msgid "A UPS account number" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:11 -msgid "An Access Key" -msgstr "Une clé d'accès" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:13 -msgid "" -"An Access Key is a 16 character alpha-numeric code that allows access to the" -" UPS Developer Kit API Development and Production servers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:17 -msgid "Create a UPS Account" -msgstr "Créez un compte UPS" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Note that only customers located in the US can open a UPS account online. If" -" you are located outside the US, you will need to contact UPS Customer " -"Service in order to to open an account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:23 -msgid "" -"You can read additional information about opening a UPS account on the their" -" website, on the page, `How to Open a UPS Account Online " -"<https://www.ups.com/content/us/en/resources/sri/openaccountonline.html?srch_pos=2&srch_phr=open+ups+account>`_" -msgstr "" -"Vous trouverez plus d'informations sur comment ouvrir un compte UPS sur leur" -" site Web, à la page `Comment ouvrir un compte UPS en ligne " -"<https://www.ups.com/content/us/en/resources/sri/openaccountonline.html?srch_pos=2&srch_phr=open+ups+account>`_" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:27 -msgid "" -"If you don't already have a UPS account, you can create one along with your " -"online profile by following these steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:30 -msgid "" -"1. Access the UPS.com web site at `www.ups.com <http://www.ups.com/>`__, and" -" click the **New User** link at the top of the page." -msgstr "" -"1. Connectez-vous au site Web UPS.com sur `www.ups.com " -"<http://www.ups.com/>`__, et cliquez sur le lien **Nouvel utilisateur** dans" -" le haut de la page." - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:34 -msgid "" -"2. Click the **Register for MyUPS** button, and follow the prompts to " -"complete the registration process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:37 -msgid "" -"If you already have a UPS account, you can add it to your online profile as " -"follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Log in to the `UPS.com website <http://www.ups.com/>`_) using your UPS.com " -"User ID and Password." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:41 -msgid "Click the **My UPS** tab." -msgstr "Cliquez sur l'onglet **Mon UPS**." - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:43 -msgid "Click the **Account Summary** link." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:45 -msgid "" -"4. Click the **Add an Existing UPS Account** link in the **UPS Account " -"Details** section of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:48 -msgid "" -"5. In the **Add New Account** screen, enter the **UPS Account Number**, " -"**Account Name**, and **Postal Code** fields. The country defaults to United" -" States.q" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:52 -msgid "Click the **Next** button to continue." -msgstr "Pour continuer, cliquez sur le bouton **Suivant**." - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:55 -msgid "Get an Access Key" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:57 -msgid "" -"After you have added your UPS account number to your user profile you can " -"request an Access Key from UPS using the steps below:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Go to the `UPS Developer Kit web page " -"<https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en_US>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:61 -msgid "Log into UPS.com with your user ID and password" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:62 -msgid "Click on the link **Request an access key**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:63 -msgid "Verify your contact information" -msgstr "Vérifiez vos informations de contact" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:64 -msgid "Click the **Request Access Key** button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:66 -msgid "" -"The **Access Key** will be provided to you on the web page, and an email " -"with the Access Key will be sent to the email address of the primary " -"contact." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..57a3e23de --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po @@ -0,0 +1,7792 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Maxime Chambreuil <mchambreuil@ursainfosystems.com>, 2021 +# 5cad1b0f1319985f8413d48b70c3c192_b038c35, 2021 +# Nathan Grognet <ngr@odoo.com>, 2021 +# Xavier Symons <xsy@openerp.com>, 2021 +# Katerina Katapodi <katerinakatapodi@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Xavier Belmere <Info@cartmeleon.com>, 2021 +# Alexandra Jubert <aju@odoo.com>, 2021 +# Thomas Deleval <thd@odoo.com>, 2021 +# Nicolas Seinlet <nicolas@seinlet.com>, 2021 +# Stéphane GUILLY <stephane.guilly@laposte.net>, 2021 +# Lionel Sausin <ls@numerigraphe.com>, 2021 +# David David <f322p3ph@yahoo.fr>, 2021 +# Fabien Pinckaers <fp@openerp.com>, 2021 +# Alain Prasquier <aprasquier@odm-tech.com>, 2021 +# Frédéric LIETART <stuff@tifred.fr>, 2021 +# Melanie Bernard <mbe@odoo.com>, 2021 +# Jean-Louis Bodren <jeanlouis.bodren@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Jonathan Castillo <jcs@odoo.com>, 2021 +# Martin Trigaux, 2021 +# Shark McGnark <peculiarcheese@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Jérôme Tanché <jerome.tanche@ouest-dsi.fr>, 2021 +# Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2021 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-18 07:12+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-05-18 05:18+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2021\n" +"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: fr\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp.rst:3 +msgid "Inventory & Mrp" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:4 +msgid "Inventory" +msgstr "Inventaire" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode.rst:3 +msgid "Barcodes" +msgstr "Codes-barres" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations.rst:3 +msgid "Daily Operations" +msgstr "Opérations journalières" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3 +msgid "Process to an Inventory Adjustment with Barcodes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To process an inventory adjustment by using barcodes, you first need to open" +" the *Barcode* app. Then, from the application, click on *Inventory " +"Adjustments*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:13 +msgid "" +"If you want to fully work with barcodes, you can download the sheet " +"*Commands for Inventory*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Once you have clicked on *Inventory Adjustments*, Odoo will automatically " +"create one. Note that, if you work with multi-location, you first need to " +"specify in which location the inventory adjustment takes place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you don’t work with multi-location, you will be able to scan the " +"different products you want to include in the inventory adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:31 +msgid "" +"If you have 5 identical articles, scan it 5 times or use the keyboard to set" +" the quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Besides using the barcode scanner, you can also manually add a product if " +"necessary. To do so, click on *Add Product* and fill the information in " +"manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:44 +msgid "" +"When you have scanned all the items of the location, validate the inventory " +"manually or scan the *Validate* barcode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:6 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Vue d'ensemble" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:5 +msgid "" +"There are different situations in which barcode nomenclatures can be useful." +" A well-known use case is the one of a point of sale which sells products in" +" bulk, in which the customers will scale their products themselves and get " +"the printed barcode to stick on the product. This barcode will contain the " +"weight of the product and help compute the price accordingly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:13 +msgid "Create a Barcode Nomenclature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Odoo supports Barcode Nomenclatures, which determine the mapping and " +"interpretation of the encoded information. You can configure your barcode " +"nomenclature being in :doc:`Developer mode " +"</applications/general/developer_mode>`. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Barcode Nomenclature`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:20 +msgid "" +"You can create a barcode nomenclature from there, and then add a line to " +"create your first rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The first step is to specify the **rule name**, for example Weight Barcode " +"with 3 Decimals. You then have to specify the type for barcode nomenclature," +" in our case it will be Weighted Product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:33 +msgid "" +"The Barcode Pattern is a regular expression that defines the structure of " +"the barcode. In this example 21 defines the products on which the rule will " +"be applied, those are the numbers by which the product barcode should start." +" The 5 “dots” are the following numbers of the product barcode and are there" +" simply to identify the product in question. The “N” define a number and the" +" “D” define the decimals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:40 +msgid "" +"The encoding allows to specify the barcode encoding on which the rule should" +" be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:44 +msgid "" +"You can define different rules and order their priority thanks to the " +"sequence. The first rule which matches the scanned barcode will be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:49 +msgid "Configure your Product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:51 +msgid "The barcode of the product should start by “21”;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:52 +msgid "" +"The 5 “dots” are the other numbers of your product barcode, allowing to " +"identify the product;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:53 +msgid "" +"The barcode should contain 0’s where you did defined D’s or N’s. In our case" +" we need to set 5 zeros because we configured “21…..{NNDDD}”;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:54 +msgid "" +"In EAN-13, the last number is a check number, use an EAN13 generator to know" +" which digit it should be in your case." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:59 +msgid "" +"In case you weight 1,5 Kg of pasta, the balance will print you the following" +" barcode 2112345015002. If you scan this barcode in your POS or when " +"receiving products in your barcode application, Odoo will automatically " +"create a new line for the Pasta product for a quantity of 1.5 Kg. For the " +"point of sale, a price depending on the quantity will also be computed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:70 +msgid "Rule Types" +msgstr "Type de règle" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:72 +msgid "" +"**Priced Product**: allows you to identify the product and specify its " +"price, used in POS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:73 +msgid "" +"**Discounted Product**: allows you to create one barcode per applied " +"discount. You can then scan your product in the POS and then scan the " +"discount barcode, discount will be applied on the normal price of the " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:74 +msgid "" +"**Weighted Product**: allows you to identify the product and specify its " +"weight, used in both POS (in which the price is computed based on the " +"weight) and in inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:75 +msgid "" +"**Client**: allows you to identify the customer, for example used with " +"loyalty program." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:76 +msgid "**Cashier**: allows you to identify the cashier when entering the POS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:77 +msgid "" +"**Location**: allows you to identify the location on a transfer when multi-" +"location is activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:78 +msgid "" +"**Package**: allows you to identify packages on a transfer when packages are" +" activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:79 +msgid "" +"**Credit Card**: doesn’t need manual modification, exists for data from the " +"Mercury module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:80 +msgid "" +"**Unit Product**: allows you to identify a product for both POS and " +"transfers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:83 +msgid "" +"When the barcode pattern contains .*, it means that it can contain any " +"number of characters, those characters being any number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:3 +msgid "Process to Transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:6 +msgid "Simple Transfers" +msgstr "Transferts simples" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To process a transfer from the *Barcode* app, the first step is to go to " +"*Operations*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Then, you have the choice to either enter an existing transfer, by going to " +"the corresponding operation type and manually selecting the one you want to " +"enter, or by scanning the barcode of the transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:24 +msgid "" +"From there, you will be able to scan the products that are part of the " +"existing transfer and/or add new products to this transfer. Once all the " +"products have been scanned, you can validate the transfer to proceed with " +"the stock moves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you have different storage locations in your warehouse, you can add " +"additional steps for the different operation types." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:45 +msgid "Receipts" +msgstr "Reçus" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:39 +msgid "" +"When receiving a product in stock, you need to scan its barcode in order to " +"identify it in the system. Once done, you can either make it enter the main " +"location of the transfer, for example WH/Stock, or scan a location barcode " +"to make it enter a sub-location of the main location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:48 +msgid "" +"If you want the product to enter WH/Stock in our example, you can simply " +"scan the next product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery.rst:3 +msgid "Delivery Orders" +msgstr "Bons de livraison" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:54 +msgid "" +"When delivering a product, you have to scan the source location if it is " +"different than the one initially set on the transfer. Then, you can start " +"scanning the products that are delivered from this specific location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Once the different products have been scanned, you have the possibility to " +"scan another location, such as WH/Stock, and another page will be added to " +"your delivery order. You can move from one to the other thanks to the " +"*Previous* and *Next* buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Now, you can validate your transfer. To do so, click on *Next* until you " +"reach the last page of the transfer. There, you will be able to validate it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:78 +msgid "Internal Transfers" +msgstr "Transferts internes" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:80 +msgid "" +"When realizing an internal transfer with multi-location, you first have to " +"scan the source location of the product. Then, you can scan the product in " +"itself, before having to scan the barcode of the destination location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:85 +msgid "" +"If the source and destination of the internal transfers are already correct," +" you don’t need to scan them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:89 +msgid "Transfers with Tracked Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:91 +msgid "" +"If you work with products tracked by lot/serial numbers, you have two ways " +"of working:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:94 +msgid "" +"If you work with serial/lot numbers taking all products into consideration, " +"you can scan the barcode of the lot/serial number and Odoo will increase the" +" quantity of the product, setting its lot/serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:99 +msgid "" +"If you have the same lot/serial number for different products, you can work " +"by scanning the product barcode first, and then the barcode of the " +"lot/serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:3 +msgid "Create a Transfer from Scratch" +msgstr "Créer un transfert à partir de zéro" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To create a transfer from the *Barcode* application, you first need to print" +" the operation type barcodes. To do so, you can download the *Stock barcode " +"sheet* from the home page of the app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Once done, you can scan the one for which you want to create a new document." +" Then, an empty document will be created and you will be able to scan your " +"products to populate it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "Configuration" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:3 +msgid "Set up your barcode scanner" +msgstr "Configurer votre scanner de code à barres" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Getting started with barcode scanning in Odoo is fairly easy. Yet, a good " +"user experience relies on an appropriate hardware setup. This guide will " +"help you through the task of choosing and configuring the barcode scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:11 +msgid "Find the barcode scanner that suits your needs" +msgstr "Trouvez le scanner de code-barre qui correspond à vos besoins" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:13 +msgid "" +"The 3 recommended type of barcode scanners to work with the Odoo " +"**Inventory** and **Barcode Scanning** apps are the **USB scanner**, **the " +"bluetooth scanner** and the **mobile computer scanner**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If you scan products at a computer location, the **USB scanner** is the way " +"to go. Simply plug it in the computer to start scanning. Just make sure when" +" you buy it that the scanner is compatible with your keyboard layout or can " +"be configured to be so." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:25 +msgid "" +"The **bluetooth scanner** can be paired with a smartphone or a tablet and is" +" a good choice if you want to be mobile but don't need a big investment. An " +"approach is to log in Odoo on you smartphone, pair the bluetooth scanner " +"with the smartphone and work in the warehouse with the possibility to check " +"your smartphone from time to time and use the software 'manually'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:32 +msgid "" +"For heavy use, the **mobile computer scanner** is the handiest solution. It " +"consists of a small computer with a built-in barcode scanner. This one can " +"turn out to be a very productive solution, however you need to make sure " +"that is is capable of running Odoo smoothly. The most recent models using " +"Android + Google Chrome or Windows + Internet Explorer Mobile should do the " +"job. However, due to the variety of models and configurations on the market," +" it is essential to test it first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:42 +msgid "Configure your barcode scanner" +msgstr "Configurez votre lecteur de code-barres" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:45 +msgid "Keyboard layout" +msgstr "Format du clavier" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:50 +msgid "" +"An USB barcode scanner needs to be configured to use the same keyboard " +"layout as your operating system. Otherwise, your scanner won't translate " +"characters correctly (replacing a 'A' with a 'Q' for example). Most scanners" +" are configured by scanning the appropriate barcode in the user manual." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:57 +msgid "Automatic carriage return" +msgstr "Retour à la ligne automatique" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:59 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo has a 50 milliseconds delay between each successive scan " +"(it helps avoid accidental double scanning). If you want to suppress this " +"delay, you can configure your scanner to insert a carriage return at the end" +" of each barcode. This is usually the default configuration and can be " +"explicitly configured by scanning a specific barcode in the user manual ('CR" +" suffix ON', 'Apply Enter for suffix', etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:3 +msgid "Activate the Barcodes in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The barcode scanning features can save you a lot of time usually lost " +"switching between the keyboard, the mouse and the scanner. Properly " +"attributing barcodes to products, pickings locations, etc. allows you to " +"work more efficiently by controlling the software almost exclusively with " +"the barcode scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:9 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Configuration" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To use this feature, you first need to activate the *Barcode* functionality " +"via :menuselection:`Inventory --> Settings --> Barcode Scanner`. Once you " +"have ticked the feature, you can hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:22 +msgid "Set Product Barcodes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You can easily assign barcodes to your different products via the " +"*Inventory* app. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"Products Barcodes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Then, you have the possibility to assign barcodes to your products directly " +"at creation on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Be careful to add barcodes directly on the product variants and not on the " +"template product. Otherwise, you won’t be able to differentiate them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:45 +msgid "Set Locations Barcodes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:47 +msgid "" +"If you manage multiple locations, you will find useful to attribute a " +"barcode to each location and stick it on the location. You can configure the" +" locations barcodes in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " +"Locations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:58 +msgid "" +"You can easily print the barcode you allocate to the locations via the " +"*Print* menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:62 +msgid "Barcode Formats" +msgstr "Formats de code-barre" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Most retail products use EAN-13 barcodes. They cannot be made up without " +"proper authorization. You must pay the International Article Numbering " +"Association a fee in exchange for an EAN code sequence." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Still, as Odoo supports any string as a barcode, you can always define your " +"own barcode format for internal use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management.rst:3 +msgid "Warehouse Management" +msgstr "Gestion d'entrepôt" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:3 +msgid "Send Products to Customers Directly from Suppliers (Drop-shipping)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:6 +msgid "What is Drop-Shipping?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Drop-Shipping is a system that allows orders taken from your store to be " +"shipped straight from your supplier to your customer. On a usual delivery " +"system, products are sent from your supplier to your warehouse to be put in " +"stock and then shipped to your customers after ordering." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:13 +msgid "" +"With drop-shipping, no item is stocked. When a customer places an order in " +"your shop, the item is delivered straight from the supplier to the customer." +" Therefore, the product doesn't need to get through your warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:19 +msgid "Points to be Considered while Implementing Drop-Shipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Use drop-shipping only for the products you can't or don't want to keep in " +"stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:22 +msgid "" +"One reason is that you'll always make smaller margins on items that are " +"drop-shipped, so you should keep it only for items that take up a lot of " +"space in your warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:30 +msgid "Drop-shipping is best for niche products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Chances are that products that are in high demand are being offered by large" +" suppliers at a fraction of the price you'll be able to charge, so using a " +"more costly shipping method won't be financially rewarding. But if your " +"product is unique, then it makes sense!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:33 +msgid "To protect your customers from bad experiences." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Test drop-shipping companies for yourself beforehand and list the best ones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:37 +msgid "Make sure time is not against you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Drop-shipping should take a reasonable amount of time and surely not more " +"than it would have taken you to handle it all by yourself. It's also nice to" +" be able to provide your customers with a tracking number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:44 +msgid "Items have to be available from your supplier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:40 +msgid "" +"It's good to know if the product you're selling is available upstream. If " +"you don't have that information, inform your customers that you don't hold " +"the item in stock and that it's subject to availability from a third party." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:47 +msgid "" +"For more information and insights about Drop-Shipping, you can read our " +"blog: `*What is drop-shipping and how to use it* <https://www.odoo.com/blog" +"/business-hacks-1/post/what-is-drop-shipping-and-how-to-use-it-250>`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:52 +msgid "Configure Drop-Shipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Activate the functionality in the *Purchase* application by going to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Then, go to the *Inventory* app, in :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings` to activate the *Multi-Step Routes* feature. It will allow you to " +"make the *Route* field appear on the sale order lines to specify you send a " +"product via drop-shipping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Now, in the *Sales* app, go to :menuselection:`Products --> Products`. " +"Select the product you would like to drop-ship and add a vendor pricelist " +"which contains the right supplier, via the purchase tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:76 +msgid "Send Products from the Suppliers Directly to the Customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Create a *Sales Order* and add the product on which you just set the vendor." +" Add the *Route* field thanks to the widget on the right of the sale order " +"line. Now, you are able to specify that your products’ route is *Drop-" +"Shipping*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Once the sale order is confirmed, Odoo automatically generates a *Request " +"for Quotation* for the supplier who will proceed to the drop-shipping. You " +"can find it in the *Purchase* app, with the sale order as *Source Document*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Once this *Purchase Order* is confirmed, a *Receipt Order* is created and " +"linked to it. The source location is the vendor location and the destination" +" location is the customer location. Then, the product won’t go through your " +"own stock when you validate the dropship document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:105 +msgid "" +"You can also easily access the dropship document directly from your " +"inventory dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:3 +msgid "How to choose the right inventory flow to handle delivery orders?" +msgstr "" +"Comment choisir le bon flux d'inventaire pour gérer les bons de livraison ?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Depending on factors such as the type of items you sell, the size of your " +"warehouse, the number of orders you register everyday... the way you handle " +"deliveries to your customers can vary a lot." +msgstr "" +"En fonction de facteurs tels que le type d'articles que vous vendez, la " +"taille de votre entrepôt, le nombre de commandes que vous enregistrez chaque" +" jour... la façon dont vous gérez les livraisons clients peut beaucoup " +"varier." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows you to handle shipping from your warehouse in 3 different ways:" +msgstr "" +"Odoo vous permet de gérer les expéditions depuis votre entrepôt de 3 " +"manières différentes :" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:12 +msgid "**One step (shipping)**: Ship directly from stock" +msgstr "**Une seule étape (expédition)**: Expédition directe du stock" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:14 +msgid "" +"**Two steps (pick + ship)**: Bring goods to output location before shipping" +msgstr "" +"**Deux étapes (prélèvement + expédition)**: Amener les marchandises à " +"l'emplacement en sortie de stock avant expédition" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:17 +msgid "" +"**Three steps (pick + pack + ship)**: Make packages into a dedicated " +"location, then bring them to the output location for shipping" +msgstr "" +"**Trois étapes (prélèvement + emballage + expédition)**: Réaliser le " +"colisage à un emplacement dédié, puis amener les colis en sortie de stock " +"pour expédition" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:20 +msgid "" +"For companies having a rather small warehouse and that do not require high " +"stock of items or don't sell perishable items, a one step shipping is the " +"simplest solution, as it does not require a lot of configuration and allows " +"to handle orders very quickly." +msgstr "" +"Pour les entreprises ayant un assez petit entrepôt et qui ne nécessitent pas" +" un stock élevé d'articles, ou qui ne vendent pas de produits périssables, " +"une expédition en une étape est la solution la plus simple, car elle ne " +"nécessite pas beaucoup de configuration, et elle permet de gérer les " +"commandes très rapidement." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Using inventory methods such as FIFO, LIFO and FEFO require to have at least" +" two steps to handle a shipment. The picking method will be determined by " +"the removal strategy, and the items removed will then be shipped to the " +"customer. This method is also interesting if you hold larger stocks and " +"especially when the items you stock are big in size." +msgstr "" +"L'utilisation de méthodes d'inventaire telles que FIFO, LIFO et FEFO " +"nécessite d'avoir au moins deux étapes pour gérer une expédition. La méthode" +" de prélèvement sera déterminée par la stratégie de retrait, et les articles" +" prélevés seront ensuite expédiés au client. Cette méthode est également " +"appropriée si vous gérez des stocks importants, surtout si les articles que " +"vous avez en stock sont de grande taille." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:31 +msgid "" +"The three steps system becomes useful in more specific situations, the main " +"one being for handling very large stocks. The items are transferred to a " +"packing area, where they will be assembled by area of destination, and then " +"set to outbound trucks for final delivery to the customers." +msgstr "" +"Le système en trois étapes est utile dans des situations plus spécifiques, " +"en particulier pour le traitement des stocks très importants. Les articles " +"sont transférés dans une zone d'emballage, où ils sont regroupés par zone de" +" destination, puis chargés dans les camions pour la livraison finale aux " +"clients." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:53 +msgid "One step flow" +msgstr "Circuit en une étape" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:42 +msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`one_step`" +msgstr "Lisez la documentation :doc:`one_step`" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:58 +msgid "Two steps flow" +msgstr "Circuit en deux étapes" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:60 +msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`two_steps`" +msgstr "Lisez la documentation :doc:`two_steps`" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:63 +msgid "Three steps flow" +msgstr "Circuit en trois étapes" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:65 +msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`three_steps`" +msgstr "Lisez la documentation :doc:`three_steps`" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:3 +msgid "How can I change the label type?" +msgstr "Comment puis-je changer le type d'étiquette ?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:8 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can choose among different types of labels for your delivery " +"orders. Follow the steps below and give an appropriate label type to your " +"delivery." +msgstr "" +"Avec Odoo, vous pouvez choisir entre différents types d'étiquettes pour vos " +"bons de livraison. Suivez les étapes ci-dessous et sélectionnez un type " +"d'étiquette appropriée à votre livraison." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:15 +msgid "" +"In the **Inventory** module, Go to **Configuration** and click on **Delivery" +" methods**." +msgstr "" +"Dans le module **Inventaire**, allez dans **Configuration** et cliquez sur " +"**Méthodes de livraison**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:18 +msgid "Choose a delivery method and then click on **Edit**." +msgstr "Choisissez une méthode de livraison, puis cliquez sur **Modifier**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:23 +msgid "" +"In the **Pricing** tab, under **Fedex label stock type**, you can choose one" +" of the label types available. The availability will vary depending on the " +"carrier." +msgstr "" +"Dans l'onglet **Prix**, sous **Etiquettes Fedex de type stock**, vous pouvez" +" choisir l'un des types d'étiquette disponibles. Les types disponibles " +"varient selon le transporteur." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Once this is done, you can see the result if you go to the Sales module and " +"you create a new sale order." +msgstr "" +"Une fois que c'est fait, vous pouvez voir le résultat en allant dans le " +"module Ventes et en créant une nouvelle commande client." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:33 +msgid "" +"As you confirm the sale and validate the delivery with the carrier for which" +" you have modified the label type, The label will appear in your history." +msgstr "" +"Dès que vous confirmerez la vente et validerez la livraison avec le " +"transporteur pour lequel vous avez modifié le type d'étiquette, l'étiquette " +"apparaîtra dans votre historique." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The default label type is paper letter, and if you choose the label type " +"bottom half for example, here is the difference :" +msgstr "" +"Le type d'étiquette par défaut est Letter, et si vous choisissez par exemple" +" le type Bottom Half, voici la différence :" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:3 +msgid "Process Delivery Orders in one Step (Shipping)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:5 +msgid "" +"There is no configuration needed to deliver in one step. The default " +"outgoing shipments are configured to be directly delivered from the stock to" +" the customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:9 +msgid "" +"However, if advanced routes have been activated and you set another shipping" +" configuration on your warehouse, you can set it back to the one-step " +"delivery configuration. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " +"--> Warehouses` and edit the warehouse in question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Then, choose *Deliver goods directly* as your *Outgoing Shipments* strategy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:47 +msgid "Create a Sales Order" +msgstr "Créez une commande client" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:23 +msgid "" +"In the *Sales* application, create a quotation with some storable products " +"to deliver and confirm it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Notice that we now see 1 delivery associated with this *sales order* in the " +"stat button above the sales order. If you click on the 1 Delivery stat " +"button, you should now see your delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:34 +msgid "Process a Delivery" +msgstr "Traiter une livraison" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:36 +msgid "" +"You can also find the *delivery order* directly from the *Inventory* " +"application. In the dashboard, you can click the *1 TO PROCESS* button under" +" the Delivery Orders Kanban card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Enter the picking that you want to process. You will be able to click on " +"*Validate* to complete the move if you have products in stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Once you *Validate* the delivery order, the products leave your *WH/Stock " +"location* and are moved to the *Customer location*. You can easily see that " +"the delivery took place thanks to the status of the document which is now " +"*Done*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:3 +msgid "Process Delivery Orders in three Steps (Pick + Pack + Ship)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is " +"set up by default to utilize a one-step operation: once all goods are " +"available, they are able to be shipped in a single delivery order. However, " +"that process may not reflect reality and your company could require more " +"steps before shipping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:11 +msgid "" +"With the delivery in 3 steps (Pick + Pack + Ship), the items will be picked " +"to be transferred to a packing area. Then, they will be moved to an output " +"location before being effectively shipped to the customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:19 +msgid "Activate Multi-Step Routes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The first step is to allow using *multi-step routes*. Indeed, routes provide" +" a mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we will " +"chain the picking step to the shipping step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To allow *multi-step routes*, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and activate the option. Note that activating " +"*Multi-Step Routes* will also activate *Storage Locations*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:30 +msgid "Configure Warehouse for Delivery in 3 Steps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Once *Multi-Step Routes* has been activated, you can go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the " +"warehouse which will use delivery in 3 steps. You can then select the option" +" *Pack goods, send goods in output and then deliver (3 steps)* for *Outgoing" +" Shipments*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Activating this option will lead to the creation of two new locations, " +"*Output* and *Packing Zone*. If you want to rename it go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, *Select* the one" +" you want to rename and update its name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:47 +msgid "" +"In the *Sales* application, you can create a quotation with some storable " +"products to deliver. Once you confirm the quotation, three pickings will be " +"created and automatically linked to your sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:54 +msgid "If you click the button, you should now see three different pickings:" +msgstr "" +"Si vous cliquez sur le bouton, vous devez maintenant voir trois opérations " +"de stock différentes :" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:56 +msgid "The first one with a reference PICK to designate the picking process," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:58 +msgid "The second one with the reference PACK that is the packing process," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:60 +msgid "The last one with a reference OUT to designate the shipping process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:66 +msgid "Process the Picking, Packing, and Delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The picking operation is the first one to be processed and has a *Ready* " +"status while the other ones are *Waiting Another Operation*. The Packing " +"operation will become *Ready* as soon as the picking one is marked as done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:71 +msgid "" +"You can enter the picking operation from here, or access it through the " +"inventory dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:77 +msgid "" +"In case you have the product in stock, it has automatically been reserved " +"and you can simply validate the picking document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Once the picking has been validated, the packing order is ready to be " +"processed. Thanks to the fact that the documents are chained, the products " +"which have been previously picked are automatically reserved on the packing " +"order which can be directly validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Once the packing has been validated, the delivery order is ready to be " +"processed. Here again, it is directly ready to be validated in order to " +"transfer the products to the customer location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:3 +msgid "Process Delivery Orders in two Steps (Pick + Ship)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is " +"set up by default to utilize a one-step operation: once all goods are " +"available, they are able to be shipped in a single delivery order." +msgstr "" +"Quand une commande arrive au service expédition pour la livraison finale, " +"Odoo est configuré par défaut pour une seule étape : quand tous les produits" +" sont disponibles, ils peuvent être expédiés dans un seul ordre de " +"livraison." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:9 +msgid "" +"However, your company's business process may have one or more steps that " +"happen before shipping. In the two steps process, the products which are " +"part of the delivery order are picked in the warehouse and brought to an " +"output location before being effectively shipped." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:29 +msgid "Warehouse configuration" +msgstr "Configuration de l'entrepôt" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Once *Multi-Step Routes* has been activated, you can go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the " +"warehouse which will use delivery in 2 steps. You can then select the option" +" *Send goods in output and then deliver (2 steps)* for Outgoing Shipments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Activating this option will lead to the creation of a new *Output* location." +" If you want to rename it go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " +"--> Locations`, Select Output and update its name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:49 +msgid "" +"In the *Sales* application, you can create a quotation with some storable " +"products to deliver. Once you confirm the quotation, two pickings will be " +"created and automatically linked to your sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:56 +msgid "" +"If you click on the *2 Delivery* button, you should now see two different " +"pickings, one with a reference *PICK* to designate the picking process and " +"another one with a reference *OUT* to designate the shipping process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:65 +msgid "Process the Picking and the Delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:67 +msgid "" +"The picking operation is the first one to be processed and has a *Ready* " +"status while the delivery operation will only become *Ready* once the " +"picking operation has been marked as done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Once the picking has been validated, the delivery order is ready to be " +"processed. Thanks to the fact that the documents are chained, the products " +"which have been previously picked are automatically reserved on the delivery" +" order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming.rst:3 +msgid "Incoming Shipments" +msgstr "Réceptions" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:3 +msgid "How to choose the right flow to handle receipts?" +msgstr "Comment choisir le bon flux de stocks pour gérer les réceptions ?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Depending on factors such as the type of items you receive, the size of your" +" warehouse, the number of receipt you register everyday... the way you " +"handle receipts to your customers can vary a lot." +msgstr "" +"En fonction de facteurs tels que le type d'articles que vous réceptionnez, " +"la taille de votre entrepôt, le nombre de réceptions que vous réalisez " +"chaque jour... la façon dont vous gérez les réceptions fournisseurs peut " +"beaucoup varier." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows you to handle receipts from your warehouse in 3 different ways:" +msgstr "" +"Odoo vous permet de traiter les réceptions dans votre entrepôt de 3 façons " +"différentes :" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:15 +msgid "**One step**: Receive goods directly in stock." +msgstr "**Une étape** : Marchandises reçues directement en stock" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:17 +msgid "**Two steps**: Unload in input location then go to stock." +msgstr "" +"**Deux étapes** : Décharger dans l'emplacement d'entrée puis aller en stock" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:19 +msgid "" +"**Three steps**: Unload in input location, go through a quality control " +"before being admitted in stock." +msgstr "" +"**Trois étapes** : Décharger dans l'emplacement d'entrée, passer par un " +"contrôle qualité avant d'être admis en stock" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses **routes** to define exactly how you will handle the different " +"receipt steps. The configuration is done at the level of the warehouse. In " +"standard, the reception is a one step process, but changing the " +"configuration can allow to have 2 or even 3 steps." +msgstr "" +"Odoo utilise des **routes** pour définir exactement comment vous allez gérer" +" les différentes étapes de réception. La configuration se fait au niveau de " +"l'entrepôt. En standard, la réception est un processus en une seule étape, " +"mais changer la configuration permet d'avoir 2 ou même 3 étapes." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:27 +msgid "The principles are the following:" +msgstr "Les principes sont les suivants :" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:29 +msgid "**One step**: You receive the goods directly in your stock." +msgstr "" +"**Une étape** : vous réceptionnez les marchandises directement dans votre " +"stock" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:31 +msgid "" +"**Two steps**: You receive the goods in an input area then transfer them " +"from input area to your stock. As long as the goods are not transferred in " +"your stock, they will not be available for further processing." +msgstr "" +"**Deux étapes** : Vous recevez les marchandises dans une zone d'entrée, puis" +" vous les transférez de la zone d'entrée au stock. Tant que les marchandises" +" ne sont pas transférés dans le stock, elles ne sont pas disponibles pour un" +" traitement ultérieur." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:36 +msgid "" +"**Three steps**: In many companies, it is necessary to assess the received " +"good. The goal is to check that the products correspond to the quality " +"requirements agreed with the suppliers. Adding a quality control step in the" +" goods receipt process can become essential." +msgstr "" +"**Trois étapes** : Dans de nombreuses entreprises, il est nécessaire " +"d'évaluer les marchandises reçues. L'objectif est de vérifier que les " +"produits correspondent aux exigences de qualité convenues avec les " +"fournisseurs. Ajouter une étape de contrôle qualité dans le processus de " +"réception des marchandises devient alors essentiel." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:42 +msgid "" +"You receive the goods in an input area, then transfer them into quality area" +" for quality control. When your quality check process finishes then you can " +"move the goods from QC to stock. Of course, you may change the quantity and " +"only transfer to Stock the quantity that is valid and decide that you will " +"return the quantity that is not good." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:55 +msgid "This is the default configuration in Odoo." +msgstr "C'est la configuration par défaut dans Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:68 +msgid ":doc:`../delivery/inventory_flow`" +msgstr ":doc:`../delivery/inventory_flow`" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:69 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:3 +msgid "Process a Receipt in one step (Receipt)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:5 +msgid "" +"There is no configuration needed to receive in one step. The default " +"incoming shipments are configured to be directly received from the vendors " +"to the stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:9 +msgid "" +"However, if advanced routes have been activated and you set another incoming" +" configuration on your warehouse, you can set it back to the one-step " +"receipt configuration. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Warehouses` and edit the warehouse in question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Set the *Incoming Shipments* option to *Receive goods directly (1 step)*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:50 +msgid "Create a Purchase Order" +msgstr "Créez un Bon de Commande" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To create a *Request for Quotation*, go to the *Purchase* application and " +"click on *Create*. Then, add some storable products to receive and confirm " +"the *RfQ*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Notice that, now, we see 1 receipt associated with the purchase order you " +"just created. If you click on the button, you will see your receipt order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:35 +msgid "Process a Receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:37 +msgid "" +"You can also fin the receipt directly from the *Inventory* app. When on the " +"dashboard, you can click the *1 TO PROCESS* button under the *Receipts* " +"Kanban card. Then, you will see your receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Now, enter the picking that you want to process. You will be able to click " +"on *Validate* to complete the move directly as products coming from " +"suppliers are considered as being always available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Once you *Validate* the receipt, the products leave the *Supplier Location* " +"to enter your *WH/Stock Location*. You can easily see that the receipt took " +"place thanks to the status of the document, which is now *Done*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:3 +msgid "Process a Receipt in three steps (Input + Quality + Stock)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Quality is essential for most companies. To make sure we maintain quality " +"throughout the supply chain, it only makes sense that we assess the quality " +"of the products received from suppliers. To do so, we will add a quality " +"control step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses routes to define how to handle the different receipt steps. " +"Configuration of those routes is done at the warehouse level. By default, " +"the reception is a one-step process, but it can also be configured to have " +"two-steps or three-steps processes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:13 +msgid "" +"The three-steps flow works as follows: you receive the goods in your " +"receiving area, then transfer them into a quality area for quality control " +"(QC). When the quality check is completed, the goods that match the QC " +"requirements are moved to stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The first step is to allow the use of *Multi-Step Routes*. Routes provide a " +"mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we will chain " +"the picking step to the shipping step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To enable *Multi-Step Routes*, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and activate the option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:31 +msgid "" +"By default, activating *Multi-Step Routes* also activates *Storage " +"Locations*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:35 +msgid "Configure warehouse for receipt in 3-steps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Once *Multi-Step Routes* has been activated, go to :menuselection:`Inventory" +" --> Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the warehouse which should work " +"with the 3-steps reception. Then, select *Receive goods in input, then " +"quality and then stock (3 steps)* for *Incoming Shipments*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Activating this option leads to the creation of two new locations: *Input* " +"and *Quality Control*. To rename them, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Locations` and select the one you want to rename." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:52 +msgid "" +"To start the 3-steps reception process, create a *Request for Quotation* " +"from the *Purchase* app, add some storable products to it and confirm. Then," +" three pickings are created with your *Purchase Order* as the source " +"document:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:56 +msgid "The first one with a reference *IN* to designate the receipt process;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:59 +msgid "" +"The second one with a reference *INT*, which is the move to the quality " +"control zone;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:62 +msgid "The last one with a reference *INT* to designate the move to stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:69 +msgid "Process the receipt, quality control and entry in stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:71 +msgid "" +"As the receipt operation is the first one to be processed, it has a *Ready* " +"status while the others are *Waiting Another Operation*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To access the receipt operation, click on the button from the *Purchase " +"Order* or go back to the *Inventory* app dashboard and click on *Receipts*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:81 +msgid "" +"In the receipt order, products are always considered available because they " +"come from the supplier. Then, the receipt can be validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Once the receipt has been validated, the transfer to quality becomes " +"*Ready*. And, because the documents are chained to each other, products " +"previously received are automatically reserved on the transfer. Then, the " +"transfer can be directly validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Now, the transfer that enters the products to stock is *Ready*. Here, it is " +"again ready to be validated in order to transfer the products to your stock " +"location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:3 +msgid "Process a Receipt in two steps (Input + Stock)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses routes to define exactly how you will handle the different receipt" +" steps. The configuration is done at the *Warehouse* level. By default, the " +"reception is a one-step process, but changing the configuration can allow " +"you to have 2 steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:13 +msgid "" +"The 2 steps flow is like this: you receive the goods in an input area, then " +"transfer them to your stock. As long as the goods are not transferred in " +"your stock, they will not be available for further processing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:21 +msgid "" +"The first step is to allow using *multi-step routes*. Indeed, routes provide" +" a mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we will " +"chain the unload step in the input area to the step entering the products in" +" stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To allow *multi-step routes*, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings` and activate the feature. By default, activating *multi-step " +"routes* will also activate *Storage Locations*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:34 +msgid "Configure warehouse for receipt in 2 steps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Once *multi-step routes* is activated, you can go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the warehouse which " +"will use receipt in 2 steps. Then, you can select the option *Receive goods " +"in input and then stock (2 steps)* for *Incoming Shipments*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Activating this option will lead to the creation of a new *Input* location. " +"If you want to rename it, you can go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Locations --> Select Input` and update its name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:52 +msgid "Create a purchase order" +msgstr "Créer un ordre d'achat" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:54 +msgid "" +"In the *Purchase* application, you can create a *Request for Quotation* with" +" some storable products to receive from a supplier. Once the *RfQ* is " +"confirmed, the receipt picking will be created and automatically linked to " +"your purchase order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Now, by clicking on the *1 Receipt* button, you will see the first picking " +"which will allow entering the product in the *input location*. Then, another" +" picking, an internal transfer, has been created in order to move the " +"products to *Stock*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:68 +msgid "Process the receipt and the internal transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:70 +msgid "" +"The receipt is the first one to be processed and has a *Ready* status while " +"the internal transfer will only become *Ready* once the receipt has been " +"marked as *Done*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:74 +msgid "" +"You can enter the receipt operation from the purchase order, or access it " +"through the inventory dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:80 +msgid "" +"By default, a receipt is always considered as ready to be processed. Then, " +"you will be able to directly click on *Validate* to mark it as done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Once the receipt has been validated, the internal transfer is ready to be " +"processed. As documents are chained, the products which have been received " +"are automatically reserved on the internal transfer. Once the transfer is " +"validated, those products enter the stock and you will be able to use them " +"to fulfill customer deliveries or manufacture products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers.rst:3 +msgid "Lots and Serial Numbers" +msgstr "Lots et numéros de série" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:3 +msgid "What's the difference between lots and serial numbers?" +msgstr "Quelle est la différence entre des lots et des numéros de série ?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:6 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "Introduction" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, lots and serial numbers have similarities in their functional " +"system but are different in their behavior. They are both managed within the" +" **Inventory**, **Purchases** and **Sales** app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:12 +msgid "" +"**Lots** correspond to a certain number of products you received and store " +"altogether in one single pack." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:15 +msgid "" +"**Serial numbers** are identification numbers given to one product in " +"particular, to allow to track the history of the item from reception to " +"delivery and after-sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:20 +msgid "When to use" +msgstr "Quand l'utiliser" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:22 +msgid "" +"**Lots** are interesting for products you receive in great quantity and for " +"which a lot number can help in reportings, quality controls, or any other " +"info. Lots will help identify a number of pieces having for instance a " +"production fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or " +"food." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:28 +msgid "" +"**Serial numbers** are interesting for items that could require after-sales " +"service, such as smartphones, laptops, fridges, and any electronic devices. " +"You could use the manufacturer's serial number or your own, depending on the" +" way you manage these products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:34 +msgid "When not to use" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Storing consumable products such as kitchen roll, toilet paper, pens and " +"paper blocks in lots would make no sense at all, as there are very few " +"chances that you can return them for production fault." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:40 +msgid "" +"On the other hand, giving a serial number to every product is a time-" +"consuming task that will have a purpose only in the case of items that have " +"a warranty and/or after-sales services. Putting a serial number on bread, " +"for instance, makes no sense at all." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:46 +msgid ":doc:`serial_numbers`" +msgstr ":doc:`serial_numbers`" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:47 +msgid ":doc:`lots`" +msgstr ":doc:`lots`" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:3 +msgid "Manage expiration dates" +msgstr "Gérer les dates d'expiration" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In many companies, products have expiration dates and they should be tracked" +" based on those dates. In the food industry, for example, tracking stocks " +"based on expiration dates is mandatory to avoid selling expired products to " +"customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:10 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can track your products based on their expiration dates, even" +" if they are already tracked by lots or serial numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:15 +msgid "Configurations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:18 +msgid "Application configuration" +msgstr "Configuration de l'application" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To use expiration dates tracking, open the *Inventory* application and go to" +" :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Lots & Serial" +" Numbers* and *Expiration Dates* features." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:90 +msgid "Product configuration" +msgstr "Configuration d'article" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Now, you have the possibility to define different dates in the *inventory " +"tab* of the product form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Product Use Time: it’s the number of days before the goods start " +"deteriorating, without being dangerous yet. It will be computed using the " +"lot/serial number;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Product Life Time: refers to the number of days before the goods may become " +"dangerous and must not be consumed. It will be computed on the lot/serial " +"number;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Product Removal Time: shows the number of days before the goods should be " +"removed from the stock. It will be computed on the lot/serial number;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Product Alert Time: refers to the number of days before an alert should be " +"raised on the lot/serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:44 +msgid "Expiration Date on Lots/Serial Numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:46 +msgid "" +"When receiving a product in stock, the dates will automatically be updated " +"on the corresponding lot/serial number. This update will be based on the " +"reception date of the product and the times set on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:58 +msgid "Expiration Alerts" +msgstr "Alertes d'expiration" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:60 +msgid "" +"You can access all your expiration alerts from the *inventory* app. To do " +"so, go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. There, you " +"can use the pre-existing filter that shows all the lots/serial numbers that " +"exceeded their alert date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:3 +msgid "Manage lots of identical products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Lots are useful for products you receive in great quantity and for which a " +"lot number can help in reporting, quality controls, or any other info. Lots " +"will help identify a number of pieces having, for instance, a production " +"fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or food." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Odoo has the capacity to manage lots, ensuring compliance with the " +"traceability requirements imposed by the majority of industries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The double-entry management in Odoo enables you to run very advanced " +"traceability." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:18 +msgid "Setting Up" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:21 +msgid "Application Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:23 +msgid "" +"First, you need to activate the tracking of lot numbers. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and tick *Lots & " +"Serial Numbers*. Then, click on save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:31 +msgid "Product Configuration" +msgstr "Configuration d'article" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Now, you have to configure which products you want to track by serial " +"numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products` and open the product of your" +" choice. There, click on *Edit* and select *Tracking by Lots* in the " +"inventory tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:47 +msgid "Manage Lots" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:52 +msgid "" +"In order to receive a product tracked by lots, you have to specify its lot " +"numbers. You have several ways of doing so:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:65 +msgid "Manually assign the different lot numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:57 +msgid "Copy/paste lot numbers from an Excel file" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:59 +msgid "First, you need to open the detailed operations of your picking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:67 +msgid "" +"When opening the detailed operations, you can click on *Add a line*. Then, " +"you will be able to fill the lot number in. Once done, you can click on *Add" +" a line* again to register a new lot number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:75 +msgid "Copy/paste lot number from an Excel file" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Once the spreadsheet containing the lot numbers you received from your " +"supplier and copy the list. Then, you can paste them in the *Lot/Serial " +"Number Name* column for Odoo to automatically create the necessary lines. " +"After that, you will have to manually enter the number of products that are " +"contained in each one of the lots." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:93 +msgid "Operation Types" +msgstr "Types d'opérations" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Of course, you also have the possibility to define how you will manage lots " +"for each operation type. To do so, open the *Inventory* app and go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Operation Types`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:99 +msgid "" +"For each type (receipts, internal transfers, deliveries, …), you can decide " +"if you allow to create new lot numbers or only use existing ones. By " +"default, the creation of new lots is only allowed at product reception, and " +"using existing lot numbers isn’t allowed in this operation. If you have " +"inter-warehouse transfers and track products by lots, it can be useful to " +"allow using existing lot numbers in receipts too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:111 +msgid "Lots traceability" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:113 +msgid "" +"The lot number given to the products allows you to keep track of where they " +"were received, put in stock, to whom they were sold and where they were " +"shipped to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:117 +msgid "" +"To track an item, open the *Inventory* module and, in :menuselection:`Master" +" Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers`, click on the lot number corresponding to " +"your search." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:124 +msgid "" +"When you open the *Traceability* information, you see in which documents the" +" lot number has been used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Now, if you want to locate the lot number, you can do so by clicking on the " +"*Location* stat button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:3 +msgid "Work with serial numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To track products with serial numbers, you can use the serial number " +"tracking. With them, you can track the current location of the product and, " +"when the products are moved from one location to another, the system will " +"automatically identify the current location of the product, based on its " +"last movement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:11 +msgid "" +"If you want to do it or run very advanced traceability, the Odoo double-" +"entry management is the feature you need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:20 +msgid "" +"First, you need to activate the serial numbers tracking. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the *Inventory* application. " +"Then, enable the feature and hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Now, you have to configure the products you want to track by serial numbers." +" To do so, go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products` and open the " +"product of your choice. Edit it and select *Tracking By Unique Serial " +"Number* in the *Inventory tab*. Then, click on save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:42 +msgid "Manage Serial Numbers" +msgstr "Gérer les numéros de série" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:47 +msgid "" +"To receive a product that is tracked by serial number, you have to specify " +"its serial number. Of course, you have several ways of doing so:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:50 +msgid "Manual assignation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:73 +msgid "Multi-assignation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:89 +msgid "Copy/pasting from an Excel file" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Whatever could be your favorite way to assign serial numbers, you firstly " +"need to open the detailed operations of your picking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:63 +msgid "Manual assignation of the different serial numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:65 +msgid "" +"When opening the detailed operations, you can click on *Add a line*. Then, " +"you will be able to fill in the serial number field. Once done, you can " +"click again on *Add a line* to register a new serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:75 +msgid "" +"By using the multi-assignation of serial numbers, Odoo will automatically " +"create the necessary lines. To do so, you have to enter the first serial " +"number of your set and the number of products you have to assign a serial " +"number to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:80 +msgid "Once done, click on *Assign Serial Numbers* and Odoo will do the rest." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:91 +msgid "" +"To use copy/pasting, open the spreadsheet containing the serial numbers you " +"received and copy the list. Then, past them in the *Lot/Serial Number Name* " +"column of the wizard. Doing so, Odoo will automatically create the lines you" +" need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:106 +msgid "Operation types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:108 +msgid "" +"You also have the possibility to define how you will manage lots for each " +"operation type. To define it, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Operation Types` in the *Inventory* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:112 +msgid "" +"For each type, you can decide if you allow the creation of new lot numbers " +"or want to use existing ones. By default, the creation of new lots is only " +"allowed at product reception." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:120 +msgid "" +"If you have inter-warehouse transfers and track products by lots, it can be " +"useful to allow using existing lot numbers in receipts too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:124 +msgid "Serial Number traceability" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Using serial numbers allows you to keep track of where the products were " +"received, put in stock, to whom they were sold, and where they were shipped " +"to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Tracking an item is easy: open the *Inventory* app, and go to " +":menuselection:`Master Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers` and click on the serial" +" number corresponding to your search. Then, open the *Traceability* " +"information. There, you will see in which documents the serial number has " +"been used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:140 +msgid "" +"And, if you want to locate a serial number, you can do so by clicking on the" +" *Location* button available on the serial number form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc.rst:3 +msgid "Miscellaneous Operations" +msgstr "Opérations diverses" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:3 +msgid "Process Batch Transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Batch picking allows a single picker to handle a batch of orders, reducing " +"the number of times he must visit the same location. In Odoo, it means you " +"can regroup several transfers into the same batch transfer, then process it," +" either via the barcode application or in the form view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:11 +msgid "Create a Batch Transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To activate the batch picking option, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Configuration` and enable *Batch Pickings*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Then, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Batch Transfers` " +"and hit the create button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Now, determine the batch transfer responsible and the type of transfers you " +"want to include in the batch. To add the types of transfers, click on *Add a" +" line*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:34 +msgid "" +"In the example below, a filter was applied to only see the transfers that " +"are in the *Pick* step. After that, the different transfers that needed to " +"be included in the batch transfer were selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To see the products to pick for the different transfers, click on *Select*. " +"If *Multi-locations* has been activated, the document also shows the " +"locations they have been reserved from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:51 +msgid "Create a Batch Transfer from the Transfers List View" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:53 +msgid "" +"From the *Transfers List View*, select transfers that should be included in " +"the Batch. Then, select *Add to batch* from the *Action* list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Next, determine if you want to add the transfers to an existing draft batch " +"transfer or create a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:69 +msgid "Process a Batch Transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:71 +msgid "" +"While gathering the products, you can edit the batch transfer and update the" +" *Quantity done* for each product. Once everything has been picked, select " +"*Validate* so the different transfers contained in the batch are validated " +"too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:80 +msgid "" +"In case all the products cannot be picked, you can create backorders for " +"each individual transfer which couldn’t be completely processed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:93 +msgid "Process a Batch Transfer from the Barcode app" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:95 +msgid "Enter the *Barcode* application, select the *Batch Transfers* menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Then, you can enter the batch transfer on which you want to work. Batch " +"transfers can easily be grouped per responsible if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:108 +msgid "" +"In the batch transfer, products are classified per location. The source " +"document is visible on each line and a color-code helps differentiate them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:116 +msgid "" +"To see the products to pick from another location, click on the *Next* " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Once all the products have been picked, click on *Validate* (on the last " +"page) to mark the batch transfer as done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Stock that you don't own" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Sometimes, suppliers can offer you to store and sell products without having" +" to buy those items. This technique is called *consignee stock*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Consignee stock is a great way for manufacturers and suppliers to launch new" +" products. As resellers may be reluctant to buy a product they are not sure " +"to be able to sell, consignee stock will allow them to offer an item to " +"check its market without having to pay for it in the first place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Of course, Odoo has the ability to manage those consignee stocks through " +"advanced settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To use this feature, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` in the inventory app. Then, enable the *Consignment* feature in " +"the *Traceability* section. Now, hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:28 +msgid "Reception of Consignee Stock" +msgstr "Réception de Stock Consignataire" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:30 +msgid "" +"When in the *Inventory* app, open the receipts and create a new reception. " +"On the right side, you will see that a new line called *Assign Owner* has " +"appeared. There, you can specify the partner which owns the stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:39 +msgid "If you are the owner, you can leave the field blank." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Once the receipt is validated, the products enter your stock but still " +"belong to the owner. They don’t impact your inventory valuation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning.rst:3 +msgid "Planning" +msgstr "Planning" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:3 +msgid "How is the Scheduled Delivery Date Computed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Providing the best possible service to customers is vital for business. It " +"implies planning every move: manufacturing orders, deliveries, receptions, " +"and so on. To do so, you need to configure lead time properly and coordinate" +" scheduled dates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:9 +msgid "" +"By using lead times, Odoo provides end dates, the **Commitment Date**, for " +"each process. On a sales order, for example, this is the date your customer " +"will get the products he ordered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:13 +msgid "" +"From the customers’ side, the commitment date is important because it gives " +"them an estimation of when they will receive their products. The dates take " +"all other lead times, such as manufacturing, delivery, or suppliers, into " +"account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:19 +msgid "How are Lead Times Calculated?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:27 +msgid "" +"As said above, there are several types of lead times. Each is calculated " +"based on various indicators. Before going through the configuration, here is" +" a brief summary of how lead times are calculated and what they are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:32 +msgid "" +"**Customer Lead Time**: the customer lead time is the default duration you " +"set. Therefore, the expected date on the sales orders is today + customer " +"lead time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:36 +msgid "" +"**Sales Security Lead Time**: the purpose is to be ready shipping that many " +"days before the actual commitment taken with the customer. Then, the default" +" scheduled date on the delivery order is **SO delivery date - Security Lead " +"Time**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:41 +msgid "" +"**Purchase Security Lead Time**: additional time to mitigate the risk of a " +"vendor delay. The receipt will be scheduled that many days earlier to cope " +"with unexpected vendor delays. In case of a *Replenish to Order*, the " +"**Delivery order scheduled date - Security lead time** for purchase will be " +"the default *Receipt* scheduled date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:48 +msgid "" +"**Purchase Delivery Lead Time**: this is the expected time between a PO " +"being confirmed and the receipt of the ordered products. The **Receipt " +"scheduled date - Vendor delivery date** is the default *PO Order By* date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:53 +msgid "" +"**Days to Purchase**: number of days the purchasing department takes to " +"validate a PO. If another RFQ to the same vendor is already opened, Odoo " +"adds the line to the RFQ instead of creating a new one. Then, the specific " +"date is set on the line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:58 +msgid "" +"**Manufacturing Lead Time**: this is the expected time it takes to " +"manufacture a product. This lead time is independent of the quantity to " +"produce and does not take the routing time into account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:63 +msgid "" +"**Manufacturing Security Lead Time**: additional time to mitigate the risk " +"of a manufacturing delay. In case of a *Replenish to Order*, the **Delivery " +"Order scheduled date - Manufacturing Lead Time - Manufacturing Security Lead" +" Time** is the default *Manufacturing Order* planned date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:70 +msgid "Sales - Lead Times" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:72 +msgid "" +"In the *Sales* app, there is an option called *Delivery Date*. It allows " +"seeing an additional field on the sales orders, *Expected Date*. This one is" +" automatically computed based on the different lead times previously " +"configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:81 +msgid "" +"If the set up *Delivery Date* is earlier than the the *Expected Date*, a " +"warning message is displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:89 +msgid "" +"But, for all of this properly working, it is still necessary to configure " +"all the lead times that could occur." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:93 +msgid "Customer Lead Time" +msgstr "Délai de livraison au client" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:95 +msgid "" +"The *Customer Lead Time* is the time needed for your product to go from your" +" warehouse to the customer place. It can be configured on any product by " +"going to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`. There, open your " +"product form, go in the inventory tab, and add your *Customer Lead Time*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:105 +msgid "" +"For example, product B is ordered on the 2nd of April but the *Customer Lead" +" Time* is two days. In that case, the expected delivery date is the 4th of " +"April." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:219 +msgid "Security Lead Time" +msgstr "Délai de sécurité" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:112 +msgid "" +"In sales, *Security Lead Time* corresponds to backup days to ensure you are " +"able to deliver the products in time. The purpose is to be ready shipping " +"earlier in order to arrive on time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:116 +msgid "" +"The number of security days is subtracted from the calculation to compute a " +"scheduled date earlier than the one promised to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:119 +msgid "" +"To set this up, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` and enable the feature *Security Lead Time for Sales*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:126 +msgid "" +"For example, product B is scheduled to be delivered on the 6th of April but " +"the *Security Lead Time* is one day. In that case, the scheduled date for " +"the delivery order is the 5th of April." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:131 +msgid "Deliver several products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:133 +msgid "" +"In many cases, customers order several products at the same time. Those can " +"have different lead times but still need to be delivered, at once or " +"separately. Fortunately, Odoo can help you handle these cases easily." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:137 +msgid "" +"From the *Other Info* tab of your *Sale Order*, you can choose between *When" +" all products are ready* and *As soon as possible*. The first one is to " +"deliver products at once, while the second is to deliver them separately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:142 +msgid "" +"For example, products A and B are ordered at the same time. A has 8 lead " +"days and B has 5. With the first option, the *Expected Date* is calculated " +"based on the product with the most lead days, here A. If the order is " +"confirmed on the 2nd of April, then the *Expected Date* is on the 10th of " +"April." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:148 +msgid "" +"With the second option, the *Expected Date* is calculated based on the " +"product with the least customer lead days. In this example, B is the product" +" with the least lead days. So, the *Expected Date* is on the 7th of April." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:154 +msgid "Purchase - Lead Times" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:157 +msgid "Supplier Lead Time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:159 +msgid "" +"The *Supplier Lead Time* is the time needed for a product you purchased to " +"be delivered. To configure it, open a product from :menuselection:`Purchase " +"--> Products --> Products` and add a vendor under the *Purchase* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:168 +msgid "" +"By clicking on *Add a line*, a new window is displayed. You can specify the " +"*Delivery Lead Time* there. If done so, the delivery day for every purchase " +"of that product is now equal to *Date of the Purchase Order + Delivery Lead " +"Time*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:178 +msgid "" +"It is possible to add different vendors and, thus, different lead times " +"depending on the vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:184 +msgid "" +"The *Security Lead Time* for purchase follows the same logic as the one for " +"*Sales*, except that you are the customer. Then, it is the margin of error " +"for your supplier to deliver your order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:188 +msgid "" +"To set up *Security Lead Time* for purchase, go to :menuselection:`Inventory" +" --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:196 +msgid "" +"Doing so, every time the system generates purchase orders, those are " +"scheduled that many days earlier to cope with unexpected vendor delays." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:200 +msgid "Manufacturing - Lead Times" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:203 +msgid "Manufacturing Lead Time" +msgstr "Délai de fabrication" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:205 +msgid "" +"The *Manufacturing Lead Time* is the time needed to manufacture the product." +" To specify it, open the *Inventory* tab of your product form and add the " +"number of days the manufacturing takes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:213 +msgid "" +"When working with *Manufacturing Lead Times*, the *Deadline Start* of the " +"*MO* is **Commitment Date - Manufacturing Lead Time**. For example, the MO’s" +" deadline start date for an order having a commitment date on the 10th of " +"July is June 27th." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:221 +msgid "" +"The *Security Lead Time* for manufacturing allows generating manufacturing " +"orders earlier to cope with the risk of manufacturing delays." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:225 +msgid "" +"To enable it, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` and tick *Security Lead Time*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:232 +msgid "" +"For example, a customer orders B with a delivery date scheduled on the 20th " +"of June. The *Manufacturing Lead Time* is 14 days and the *Security Lead " +"Time* is 3 days, so the manufacturing of B needs to start at the latest on " +"the 3rd of June, which is the MO’s planned date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:238 +msgid "Global Example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:240 +msgid "Here is a configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:242 +msgid "1 day of security lead time for Sales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:243 +msgid "2 days of security lead time for Manufacturing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:244 +msgid "3 days of manufacturing lead time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:245 +msgid "1 day of security lead time for Purchase" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:246 +msgid "4 days of supplier lead time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:248 +msgid "" +"Let’s say that a customer orders B on the 1st of September and the delivery " +"date is planned to be within 20 days (September 20th). In such a scenario, " +"here is when all the various steps are triggered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:252 +msgid "**September 1st**: the sales order is created" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:253 +msgid "" +"**September 10th**: the deadline to order components from the supplier " +"because of the manufacturing process (4 days of supplier lead time)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:256 +msgid "" +"**September 13th**: the reception of the product from the supplier (1 day of" +" security lead time for Purchase)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:258 +msgid "" +"**September 14th**: the deadline start date for the manufacturing (19th - 3 " +"days of manufacturing lead time - 2 days of security lead time for " +"Manufacturing)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:261 +msgid "" +"**September 19th**: the expected date on the delivery order form (1 day of " +"security lead time for sales)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products.rst:3 +msgid "Products" +msgstr "Articles" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:3 +msgid "How to select the right replenishment strategy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Minimum Stock rules and Make to Order have similar consequences but " +"different rules. They should be used depending on your manufacturing and " +"delivery strategies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:10 +msgid "Terminology" +msgstr "Terminologie" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:13 +msgid "Minimum stock rule" +msgstr "Règle de stock minimum" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Minimum Stock rules are used to ensure that you always have the minimum " +"amount of a product in stock in order to manufacture your products and/or " +"answer to your customer needs. When the stock level of a product reaches its" +" minimum the system will automatically generate a procurement order with the" +" quantity needed to reach the maximum stock level." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:58 +msgid "Make to Order" +msgstr "Approvisionnement à la commande" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The Make to Order function will trigger a Purchase Order of the amount of " +"the Sales Order related to the product. The system will **not** check the " +"current stock. This means that a draft purchase order will be generated " +"regardless of the quantity on hand of the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:33 +msgid "Minimum stock rules" +msgstr "Règles de stock minimum" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The Minimum Stock Rules configuration is available through your Inventory " +"module. In the Inventory Control menu select \"Reordering Rule\" in the drop" +" down menu. There, click on \"Create\" to set minimum and maximum stock " +"values for a given product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Show tooltips for \"minimum quantity\", \"maximum quantity\" and \"quantity " +"multiple\" fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Then, click on your product to access the related product form and, on the " +"\"Inventory submenu\", do not forget to select a supplier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to select the right product type. A consumable can not be " +"stocked and will thus not be accounted for in the stock valuation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:60 +msgid "" +"The Make to Order configuration is available on your product form through " +"your :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory control --> Products` (or any " +"other module where products are available)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:64 +msgid "On the product form, under Inventory, click on \"Make To Order\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:70 +msgid "Choice between the two options" +msgstr "Choix entre les deux options" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:72 +msgid "" +"The choice between the two options is thus dependent of your inventory " +"strategy. If you prefer to have a buffer and always have at least a minimum " +"amount, the minimum stock rule should be used. If you want to reorder your " +"stocks only if your sale is confirmed it is better to use the Make to Order." +msgstr "" +"Le choix entre les deux options est donc dépendant de votre stratégie " +"d'inventaire. Si vous préférez avoir un stock tampon et toujours avoir au " +"moins un stock minimum, la règle de stock minimum doit être utilisée. Si " +"vous souhaitez réapprovisionner vos stocks seulement si votre vente est " +"confirmée, il est préférable d'utiliser l'Approvisionnement à la commande." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:3 +msgid "Use Different Units of Measure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In some cases, handling products in different units of measure is necessary." +" For example, if you buy products in a country where the metric system is of" +" application and sell in a country where the imperial system is used, you " +"will need to convert the units. Another common use case is buying products " +"in bigger packs to your supplier and selling them in units to your " +"customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:12 +msgid "" +"You can set up Odoo to work with different units of measure for one product." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez configurer Odoo pour travailler avec différentes unités de " +"mesure pour un article." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:18 +msgid "" +"In the *Inventory* application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`. In the *Products* section, activate *Units of Measure*, then " +"*Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:25 +msgid "Create New Units of Measure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:27 +msgid "" +"In the *Inventory* application go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> UoM`." +" There, hit *Create*. As an example, we will create a Box of 6 units that we" +" will use for the Egg product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:34 +msgid "" +"The category is important for unit conversion, you will be able to convert " +"products from one unit to another only if those units belong to the same " +"category. The box of 6 is 6 times bigger than the reference unit of measure " +"for the category which is “Units” here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:43 +msgid "Specify Units of Measure on your Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:45 +msgid "" +"In the :menuselection:`Inventory application --> Master Data --> Products`, " +"open the product which you would like to change the purchase/sale unit of " +"measure, and click on *Edit*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:49 +msgid "" +"In the *General Information* tab, you can select the *Unit of Measure* in " +"which the product will be sold, which is also the unit in which internal " +"transfers will take place. You can also select the *Purchase Unit of " +"Measure*, which is the unit in which you purchase the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:59 +msgid "Transfer from One Unit to Another" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:62 +msgid "Buy in the Purchase UoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:64 +msgid "" +"In the *Purchase* application, *Create* a new request for quotation in which" +" you include the product with the different *Units of Measure* and *Confirm*" +" it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:71 +msgid "" +"On the automatically generated purchase orders, the UoM used is the Box of " +"6, meaning the Purchase UoM. You have of course the possibility to manually " +"modify the UoM if necessary. When you enter the *Receipt* which is linked to" +" the purchase order, you can observe that the 10 boxes of 6 units have been " +"converted in 60 units. Indeed, the stock is managed in units." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:82 +msgid "Replenishment" +msgstr "Réapprovisionnement" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:84 +msgid "" +"When doing a replenishment via the *Replenish* button on the product form, " +"you have the possibility to use a different unit of measure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:94 +msgid "Sell in bigger UoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:96 +msgid "" +"You can choose the unit of measure on the sale order document and decide to " +"sell the eggs by the dozen. When doing so, the price is automatically " +"computed from Units UoM to adapt to the selected *UoM*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:103 +msgid "" +"In the delivery order, the *UoM* used in the sale order is converted to the " +"*UoM* used for stock management, in our use case, the Units." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:3 +msgid "When Should you Use Packages, Units of Measure or Special Packaging?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:6 +msgid "Units of Measure" +msgstr "Unités de mesure" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Units of measure specify the unit used to handle a product. In Odoo, you " +"have the possibility to specify the unit of measure in which you manage your" +" stock and the one which is used when purchasing the product to your " +"supplier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The *conversion* between the different units of measure is done " +"automatically. The only condition is that all the units have to be in the " +"*same category* (Unit, Weight, Volume, Length,...)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:20 +msgid "" +"For example, if I have the following reordering rule for the egg and I run " +"the scheduler, the quantity added in the automatically generated purchase " +"order will be in dozens but what will enter the stock will be units." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:35 +msgid "Packages" +msgstr "Colis" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:37 +msgid "" +"The package is the physical container in which you put one or several " +"products from a picking. For example, when you deliver a product, you can " +"decide to separate the quantity into two different packages. It then allows " +"you to have a report with the quantity of products for each package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To separate a delivery into different packages you will have to set the done" +" quantity to the desired package quantity then click on \"PUT IN PACK\", do " +"this for each package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:54 +msgid "Packaging" +msgstr "Conditionnement" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:56 +msgid "" +"The packaging is the physical container that protects your product. If you " +"are selling computers, the packaging contains the computer with the notice " +"and the power plug." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:60 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, packagings are used for indicative purposes on sale orders. They " +"can be specified on the product form, in the inventory tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Another useful use of the packaging is for product reception. By scanning " +"the barcode of the packaging, Odoo adds the number of units contained in the" +" packing on the picking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies.rst:3 +msgid "Inventory Adjustment" +msgstr "Ajustement d'Inventaire" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:3 +msgid "Resupply from another Warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In order to be able to resupply from another warehouse, you need to activate" +" \\*multi-step routes\\*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:15 +msgid "" +"You can then access your warehouses via :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Warehouses`. Enter the warehouse which should be " +"resupplied by another one. You will have the possibility to directly " +"indicate through which warehouse it gets resupplied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:24 +msgid "" +"By activating this option, a new route will now be available on your " +"products \\*Supply Product from Second warehouse\\*. It can now be selected," +" along with either a \\*reordering rule\\* or a \\*make to order\\*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:32 +msgid "" +"For the demonstration, I set a reordering rule with a minimum of 5 units in " +"stock and a maximum of 10 units in stock, having currently 0 units on hand. " +"I will run the scheduler by going to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Operations --> Run scheduler`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:40 +msgid "" +"The system automatically creates two pickings, one \\*delivery order\\* from" +" my Second Warehouse which contains the necessary products, and a receipt in" +" my main warehouse WH/Stock for the same products. The source document is " +"the \\*reordering rule\\* which triggered the route \\*Supply Product from " +"Second warehouse\\*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting.rst:3 +msgid "Valuation Methods" +msgstr "Méthodes de Valorisation" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:3 +msgid "Integrating additional costs to products (landed costs)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The landed cost feature in Odoo allows to include additional costs " +"(shipment, insurance, customs duties, etc.) into the cost of the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Landed costs can only be applied to products with a FIFO or AVCO costing " +"method and an automated inventory valuation (which requires the accounting " +"application to be installed)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:17 +msgid "" +"First, you need to go in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` and activate the landed costs feature. You can also determine the " +"default journal in which the landed cost accounting entries will be " +"recorded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:25 +msgid "Add costs to products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:28 +msgid "Receive the vendor bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Let’s imagine I receive a bill from custom duties for a shipment. I’ll tick " +"the box *Landed Costs* on the vendor bill line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:37 +msgid "The landed cost product must be of type service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If this product is always a landed cost, you can also define it on the " +"product and avoid having to tick the box on each vendor bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:45 +msgid "" +"At the top of my vendor bill, I’ll see a button *create landed costs*. I " +"click on this button and a landed cost is automatically created. I can now " +"decide on which picking those additional costs should apply." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:52 +msgid "" +"I can now click on *Compute* and go in the tab *Valuation Adjustments* to " +"see the impact on my products costs. The last step is to validate the landed" +" cost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:56 +msgid "" +"I can access the journal entry that has been created by the landed cost by " +"clicking on the journal entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:63 +msgid "" +"You are not forced to start from the vendor bill, you can also go in " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Landed Costs` and directly " +"create the landed cost from there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:7 +msgid "Inventory valuation configuration" +msgstr "Configuration de la valorisation de l'inventaire" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Inventory valuation refers to how you value your stock. It’s a very " +"important aspect of a business as the inventory can be the biggest asset of " +"a company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:13 +msgid "Inventory valuation implies two main choices:" +msgstr "La valorisation de l'inventaire implique deux choix principaux :" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:15 +msgid "The cost method you use to value your goods (standard, fifo, avco)" +msgstr "" +"La méthode de coût que vous utilisez pour évaluer vos produits (standard, " +"FIFO, AVCO)." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The way you record this value into your accounting books (manually or " +"automatically)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:18 +msgid "Those two concepts are explained in the sections below." +msgstr "Ces deux concepts sont expliqués ci-dessous." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:21 +msgid "Costing Methods: Standard, FIFO, AVCO" +msgstr "Méthodes de coût : standard, FIFO, AVCO" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:23 +msgid "" +"The costing method is defined in the product category. There are three " +"options available. Each of them is explained in detail below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:71 +msgid "Standard Price" +msgstr "Prix standard" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:127 +msgid "Operation" +msgstr "Opération" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:128 +msgid "Unit Cost" +msgstr "Coût unitaire" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:129 +msgid "Qty On Hand" +msgstr "Qté en réserve" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:130 +msgid "Delta Value" +msgstr "Valeur de delta" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:131 +msgid "Inventory Value" +msgstr "Valeur d'inventaire" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:138 +msgid "€10" +msgstr "10 €" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:134 +msgid "0" +msgstr "0" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:136 +msgid "€0" +msgstr "0 €" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:137 +msgid "Receive 8 Products at €10" +msgstr "Recevez 8 produits à 10 €" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:139 +msgid "8" +msgstr "8" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:140 +msgid "+8*€10" +msgstr "+8*10 €" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:141 +msgid "€80" +msgstr "80 €" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:142 +msgid "Receive 4 Products at €16" +msgstr "Recevez 4 produits à 16 €" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:144 +msgid "12" +msgstr "12" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:54 +msgid "+4*€10" +msgstr "+4*10 €" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:55 +msgid "€120" +msgstr "120 €" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:147 +msgid "Deliver 10 Products" +msgstr "Livraison de 10 produits" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:149 +msgid "2" +msgstr "2" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +msgid "-10*€10" +msgstr "-10*10 €" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:61 +msgid "€20" +msgstr "20 €" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:62 +msgid "Receive 2 Products at €9" +msgstr "Recevez 2 Produits pour 9 €" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:155 +msgid "4" +msgstr "4" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:65 +msgid "+2*€10" +msgstr "+2*10 €" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:66 +msgid "€40" +msgstr "40 €" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:68 +msgid "" +"In **Standard Price**, any product will be valued at the cost that you " +"defined manually on the product form. Usually, this cost is an estimation " +"based on the material and labor needed to obtain the product. This cost must" +" be reviewed periodically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:117 +msgid "Average Price" +msgstr "Prix moyen" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:143 +msgid "€12" +msgstr "12 €" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:145 +msgid "+4*€16" +msgstr "+4*16 €" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:146 +msgid "€144" +msgstr "144 €" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +msgid "-10*€12" +msgstr "-10*12 €" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:106 +msgid "€24" +msgstr "24 €" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:153 +msgid "Receive 2 Products at €6" +msgstr "Recevez 2 Produits pour 6 €" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:108 +msgid "€9" +msgstr "9 €" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:156 +msgid "+2*€6" +msgstr "+2*6 €" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:111 +msgid "€36" +msgstr "36 €" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:113 +msgid "" +"In **AVCO (Average Cost)**, each product has the same value and this value " +"is the average purchase cost of the product. With this costing method, the " +"cost of the product is recomputed as each receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:117 +msgid "The average cost does not change when products leave the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:168 +msgid "FIFO" +msgstr "FIFO" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:148 +msgid "€16" +msgstr "16 €" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +msgid "-8*€10" +msgstr "-8*10 €" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +msgid "-2*€16" +msgstr "-2*16 €" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:152 +msgid "€32" +msgstr "32 €" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:154 +msgid "€11" +msgstr "11 €" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:157 +msgid "€44" +msgstr "44 €" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:159 +msgid "" +"In **FIFO (First In First Out)**, the products are valued at their purchase " +"cost. When a product leaves the stock, that’s the “First in, first out” rule" +" that applies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:163 +msgid "" +"Pay attention, that this is a financial FIFO. The first value “in” is the " +"first value “out”, no matter the storage location, warehouse or serial " +"number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:167 +msgid "" +"FIFO is advised if you manage all your workflows into Odoo (Sales, " +"Purchases, Inventory). It suits any kind of users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:171 +msgid "Inventory Valuation: Manual or Automated" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:173 +msgid "" +"There are two ways to record your inventory valuation in your accounting " +"books. As the costing method, this is defined in your product category. " +"Those two methods are detailed below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:177 +msgid "" +"It is important to also note that the accounting entries will depend on your" +" accounting mode: it can be continental or anglo-saxon. In continental " +"accounting, the cost of a good is taken into account as soon as the product " +"is received in stock. In anglo-saxon accounting, the cost of a good is only " +"recorded as an expense when this good is invoiced to a final customer. In " +"the tables below, you can easily compare those two accounting modes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:185 +msgid "" +"Usually, based on your country, the correct accounting mode will be chosen " +"by default. If you want to verify your accounting mode, activate the " +":doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>` and open your " +"accounting settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:191 +msgid "Manual Inventory Valuation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:193 +msgid "" +"In this case, goods receipts and deliveries won’t have any direct impact on " +"your accounting books. Periodically, you create a manual journal entry " +"representing the value of what you have in stock. To know that value, go in " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Inventory Valuation`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:198 +msgid "" +"This is the default configuration in Odoo and it works out-of-the-box. Check" +" following operations and find out how Odoo is managing the accounting " +"postings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:362 +msgid "Continental Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:294 +msgid "Vendor Bill" +msgstr "Facture fournisseur" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:341 +msgid "\\" +msgstr "\\" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:341 +msgid "Debit" +msgstr "Débit" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:341 +msgid "Credit" +msgstr "Crédit" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:286 +msgid "Assets: Inventory" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:286 +msgid "50" +msgstr "50" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:287 +msgid "Assets: Deferred Tax Assets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:287 +msgid "4.68" +msgstr "4,68" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:288 +msgid "Liabilities: Accounts Payable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:288 +msgid "54.68" +msgstr "54,68" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:294 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:313 +msgid "Configuration:" +msgstr "Configuration :" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:292 +msgid "" +"Purchased Goods: defined on the product or on the internal category of " +"related product (Expense Account field)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:294 +msgid "" +"Deferred Tax Assets: defined on the tax used on the purchase order line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:295 +msgid "Accounts Payable: defined on the vendor related to the bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:296 +msgid "Goods Receptions" +msgstr "Réception des marchandises" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:297 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:320 +msgid "No Journal Entry" +msgstr "Pas d'écriture comptable" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:315 +msgid "Customer Invoice" +msgstr "Facture client" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:230 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:304 +msgid "Revenues: Sold Goods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:230 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:304 +msgid "100" +msgstr "100" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:305 +msgid "Liabilities: Deferred Tax Liabilities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:305 +msgid "9" +msgstr "9" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:306 +msgid "Assets: Accounts Receivable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:306 +msgid "109" +msgstr "109" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:310 +msgid "" +"Revenues: defined on the product or on the internal category of related " +"product (Income Account field)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:312 +msgid "Deferred Tax Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:313 +msgid "Accounts Receivable: defined on the customer (Receivable Account)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:315 +msgid "" +"The fiscal position used on the invoice may have a rule that replaces the " +"Income Account or the tax defined on the product by another one." +msgstr "" +"La position fiscale utilisée sur la facture peut avoir une règle qui " +"remplace le compte de revenu ou la taxe définie sur l'article par un autre." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:317 +msgid "Customer Shipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:320 +msgid "Manufacturing Orders" +msgstr "Ordres de production" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:251 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:326 +msgid "" +"At the end of the month/year, your company does a physical inventory or just" +" relies on the inventory in Odoo to value the stock into your books." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:254 +msgid "" +"Create a journal entry to move the stock variation value from your " +"Profit&Loss section to your assets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:343 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:345 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:346 +msgid "X" +msgstr "X" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:265 +msgid "Expenses: Inventory Variations" +msgstr "Dépenses : variations d'inventaire" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:268 +msgid "" +"If the stock value decreased, the **Inventory** account is credited and te " +"**Inventory Variations** debited." +msgstr "" +"Si la valeur du stock a diminué, le compte **Inventaire** est crédité et les" +" **Variations d'inventaire** débitées." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:389 +msgid "Anglo-Saxon Accounting" +msgstr "Comptabilité anglo-saxone" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:329 +msgid "" +"Then you need to break down the purchase balance into both the inventory and" +" the cost of goods sold using the following formula:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:332 +msgid "" +"Cost of goods sold (COGS) = Starting inventory value + Purchases – Closing " +"inventory value" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:334 +msgid "To update the stock valuation in your books, record such an entry:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:343 +msgid "Assets: Inventory (closing value)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:344 +msgid "Expenses: Cost of Good Sold" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:345 +msgid "Expenses: Purchased Goods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:346 +msgid "Assets: Inventory (starting value)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:350 +msgid "Automated Inventory Valuation" +msgstr "Valorisation de l'inventaire automatique" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:352 +msgid "" +"In that case, when a product enters or leaves your stock, an accounting " +"entry will be automatically created. This means your accounting books are " +"always up-to-date. This mode is dedicated to expert accountants and advanced" +" users only. As opposed to periodic valuation, it requires some extra " +"configuration & testing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:358 +msgid "" +"First, you need to define the accounts that will be used for those " +"accounting entries. This is done on the product category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:374 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:401 +msgid "**Configuration:**" +msgstr "**Configuration** :" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:376 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:403 +msgid "Accounts Receivable/Payable: defined on the partner (Accounting tab)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:378 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:405 +msgid "" +"Deferred Tax Assets/Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:380 +msgid "" +"Revenues/Expenses: defined by default on product's internal category; can be" +" also set in product form (Accounting tab) as a replacement value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:383 +msgid "" +"Inventory Variations: to set as Stock Input/Output Account in product's " +"internal category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:386 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:421 +msgid "" +"Inventory: to set as Stock Valuation Account in product's internal category" +msgstr "" +"Inventaire : pour configurer un compte de valorisation de l'inventaire dans " +"la catégorie interne du produit" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:408 +msgid "" +"Revenues: defined on the product category as a default, or specifically to a" +" specific product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:411 +msgid "" +"Expenses: this is where you should set the \"Cost of Goods Sold\" account. " +"Defined on the product category as a default value, or specifically on the " +"product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:415 +msgid "" +"Goods Received Not Purchased: to set as Stock Input Account in product's " +"internal category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:418 +msgid "" +"Goods Issued Not Invoiced: to set as Stock Output Account in product's " +"internal category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:423 +msgid "" +"Price Difference: to set in product's internal category or in product form " +"as a specific replacement value" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:3 +msgid "Using the inventory valuation" +msgstr "Utiliser la valorisation de l'inventaire" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:9 +msgid "" +"In this documentation, we will explain how the inventory valuation works in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:13 +msgid "Inventory valuation: the basics" +msgstr "Valorisation de l'inventaire : l'essentiel" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:16 +msgid "Receive a product" +msgstr "Recevoir un produit" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Each time a product enters or leaves your stock, the value of your inventory" +" is impacted. The way it is impacted depends on the configuration of your " +"product (more info here)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Let’s take an example with a product - a table - configured with a *FIFO " +"costing method* and an automated inventory valuation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:25 +msgid "I purchase 10 tables at a cost of $10." +msgstr "J'achète 10 tables au prix de 10 $." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:30 +msgid "" +"When I’ll confirm the receipt of the products, the value of my inventory " +"will be impacted. If I want to know what this impact is, I can click on the " +"valuation stat button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The consignment feature allows you to set owners on your stock (discover " +"more about the consignment feature). When you receive products that are " +"owned by another company, they are not taken into account in your inventory " +"valuation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:44 +msgid "You need access rights on the accounting module to see that button." +msgstr "" +"Pour voir ce bouton vous devez avoir des droits d'accès aux modules de " +"comptabilité" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:46 +msgid "" +"In this case, I can see that the 10 tables entered the stock for a total " +"value of $100." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:52 +msgid "" +"I can also easily access the accounting entry that has been generated (in " +"case of automated inventory valuation)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:59 +msgid "Deliver a product" +msgstr "Livrer un produit" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:61 +msgid "" +"In the same logic, when a table will be delivered, the stock valuation will " +"be impacted and you will have access to a similar information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:68 +msgid "The inventory valuation report" +msgstr "Le rapport de valorisation de l'inventaire" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:70 +msgid "" +"The summary of this is accessible via the inventory valuation report " +"(accessible from :menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Inventory " +"Valuation`). It gives you, product per product, the value of your stock. By " +"clicking on the button *Inventory At Date*, you can have the same " +"information for a past date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses.rst:3 +msgid "Warehouses" +msgstr "Entrepôts" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:3 +msgid "What is the difference between warehouses and locations?" +msgstr "Quelle sont les différences entre des entrepôts et des emplacements ?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, a **Warehouse** is the actual building/place in which your items " +"are stocked. You can setup multiple warehouses and create moves between " +"warehouses." +msgstr "" +"Dans Odoo, un **Entrepôt** est le bâtiment où vos articles sont stockés. " +"Vous pouvez configurer plusieurs entrepôts et créer des mouvements entre " +"entrepôts." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:9 +msgid "" +"A **Location**, is a specific space within your warehouse. It can be " +"considered as a sublocation of your warehouse, as a shelf, a floor, an " +"aisle, etc. Therefore, a location is part of one warehouse only and it is " +"not possible to link one location to multiple warehouses. You can configure " +"as much locations as you need under one warehouse." +msgstr "" +"Un **Emplacement** est un espace spécifique dans votre entrepôt. Il peut " +"être considéré comme une sous-localisation de votre entrepôt, ça peut être " +"une étagère, un plancher, une allée, etc... Par conséquent, un emplacement " +"fait partie d'un seul entrepôt et il est impossible de relier un emplacement" +" à plusieurs entrepôts. Vous pouvez configurer autant d'emplacements que " +"vous voulez dans un entrepôt." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:15 +msgid "There are 3 types of locations:" +msgstr "Il existe 3 types d'emplacements :" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The **Physical Locations** are internal locations that are part of the " +"warehouses for which you are the owner. They can be the loading and " +"unloading area of your warehouse, a shelf or a department, etc." +msgstr "" +"Les **Emplacements Physiques** sont des emplacements internes qui font " +"partie des entrepôts que vous possédez. Ça peut être les zones de chargement" +" et de déchargement de votre entrepôt, une étagère, un service, etc..." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:21 +msgid "" +"The **Partner Locations** are spaces within a customer and/or vendor's " +"warehouse. They work the same way as Physical Locations with the only " +"difference being that you are not the owner of the warehouse." +msgstr "" +"Les **Emplacements des Partenaires** sont des espaces dans l'entrepôt d'un " +"client et/ou d'un fournisseur. Ils fonctionnent de la même manière que les " +"Emplacements Physiques, la seule différence étant que vous n'êtes pas " +"propriétaire de l'entrepôt." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:25 +msgid "" +"The **Virtual Locations** are places that do not exist, but in which " +"products can be placed when they are not physically in an inventory yet (or " +"anymore). They come in handy when you want to place lost products out of " +"your stock (in the **Inventory loss**), or when you want to take into " +"account products that are on their way to your warehouse (**Procurements**)." +msgstr "" +"Les **Emplacements Virtuels** sont des lieux qui n'existent pas, mais dans " +"lesquels les produits peuvent être placés quand ils ne sont pas encore (ou " +"plus) physiquement dans un stock. Ils sont utilisés lorsque vous voulez " +"placer des articles perdus hors de votre stock (dans la **Perte de stock**)," +" ou lorsque vous voulez prendre en compte des articles qui sont sur le " +"chemin de votre entrepôt (**Approvisionnement**) ." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:31 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, locations are structured hierarchically. You can structure your " +"locations as a tree, dependent on a parent-child relationship. This gives " +"you more detailed levels of analysis of your stock operations and the " +"organization of your warehouses." +msgstr "" +"Dans Odoo, les emplacements sont organisés hiérarchiquement. Vous pouvez " +"organiser vos emplacements comme un arbre, avec des relations parent-enfant." +" Cela vous donne des niveaux plus détaillés de l'analyse de vos opérations " +"de stock et de l'organisation de vos entrepôts." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Routes" +msgstr "Routages Avancés" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts.rst:3 +msgid "Concepts" +msgstr "Concepts" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:3 +msgid "Organize a cross-dock in a warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Cross-docking is the process of sending products that are received directly " +"to the customers, without making them enter the stock. The trucks are simply" +" unloaded in a *Cross-Dock* area in order to reorganize products and load " +"another truck." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:11 +msgid "" +"For more information on how to organize your warehouse, read our blog: `What" +" is cross-docking and is it for me? <https://www.odoo.com/blog/business-" +"hacks-1/post/what-is-cross-docking-and-is-it-for-me-270>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In the *Inventory* app, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and" +" activate the *Multi-Step Routes*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:22 +msgid "Doing so will also enable the *Storage Locations* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Now, both *Incoming* and *Outgoing* shipments should be configured to work " +"with 2 steps. To adapt the configuration, go to :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Configuration --> Warehouses` and edit your warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:31 +msgid "" +"This modification will lead to the creation of a *Cross-Docking* route that " +"can be found in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:38 +msgid "Configure products with Cross-Dock Route" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Create the product that uses the *Cross-Dock Route* and then, in the " +"inventory tab, select the routes *Buy* and *Cross-Dock*. Now, in the " +"purchase tab, specify the vendor to who you buy the product and set a price " +"for it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Once done, create a sale order for the product and confirm it. Odoo will " +"automatically create two transfers which will be linked to the sale order. " +"The first one is the transfer from the *Input Location* to the *Output " +"Location*, corresponding to the move of the product in the *Cross-Dock* " +"area. The second one is the delivery order from the *Output Location* to " +"your *Customer Location. Both are in state *Waiting Another Operation* " +"because we still need to order the product to our supplier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Now, go to the *Purchase* app. There, you will find the purchase order that " +"has been automatically triggered by the system. Validate it and receive the " +"products in the *Input Location*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:64 +msgid "" +"When the products have been received from the supplier, you can go back to " +"your initial sale order and validate the internal transfer from *Input* to " +"*Output*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:72 +msgid "" +"The delivery order is now ready to be processed and can be validated too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:3 +msgid "Inter-warehouse transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When owning several warehouses, you might need to transfer goods from one " +"warehouse to another. Proceeding to such behavior is called *inter-warehouse" +" transfers*. If this action is physically easy to perform, the " +"administrative part can be arduous. Fortunately, Odoo comes with an " +"intuitive flow that helps save time when registering those transfers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:13 +msgid "" +"First of all, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable " +"**Storage Locations**. Then, hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:21 +msgid "" +"If you want to manage several routes within your warehouses, then enable " +"**Multi-Step Routes** and check :doc:`use-routes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:25 +msgid "Creating a new warehouse" +msgstr "Création d'un nouvel entrepôt" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:27 +msgid "" +"The next step is to create your new warehouse. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> Warehouses` and " +"click on **Create**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Fill out a **Warehouse Name** and a **Short Name**. The short name is five " +"characters maximum." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:37 +msgid "" +"The **Short Name** appears on your transfer orders and other warehouse " +"documents. We recommend using an understandable one (e.g.: WH/[first letters" +" of location])." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Now, go back to your dashboard. There, new operations related to your " +"warehouse have been automatically generated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:48 +msgid "Creating a new inventory" +msgstr "Créez un nouvel inventaire" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If you create a new warehouse, you might already have an existing inventory " +"in it. In that case, you should create an inventory in Odoo. If this is not " +"the case, you can skip this step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Into the inventory application, select :menuselection:`Operations --> " +"Inventory Adjustment`. Then, create a new inventory by clicking on " +"**Create**. Fill in the **Inventory Reference**, **Date** and make sure to " +"select the right warehouse and location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Next, click on **Start Inventory**. You will be able to input your existing " +"products in the new window. Select add an item and indicate the **Real " +"Quantity** available in the warehouse. The theoretical quantity can not be " +"changed as it represents a computed one from purchase and sales orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to validate your inventory once you have recorded the state of " +"all your products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:74 +msgid "Create an internal transfer" +msgstr "Créez un transfert interne" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:76 +msgid "" +"The final step is to create your internal transfer. If you want to transfer " +"eight units of a product from your first warehouse to another one, proceed " +"as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:79 +msgid "" +"From your dashboard, select an internal movement of one of the two " +"warehouses. To do so, click on :menuselection:`Manage --> Planned " +"Transfer`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:86 +msgid "" +"On the new window, select the source location zone (in this case, your " +"\"old\" warehouse) and the destination location zone (in this case, your " +"\"new\" warehouse)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Add the products you want to transfer by clicking on **Add an Item**, then " +"click on **Save** and **Mark as TODO** once you are done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:96 +msgid "" +"If you selected **Immediate Transfer**, Odoo processes the transfer " +"automatically after you clicked on **Validate**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:99 +msgid "" +"If you select **Mark as TODO**, Odoo puts the transfer in **Waiting " +"Availability** status. Click on **Reserve** to reserve the number of " +"products in your source warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:102 +msgid "It is also possible to manually transfer each product:" +msgstr "Il est également possible de transférer chaque produit manuellement :" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:104 +msgid "Via your dashboard, select the transfer order in the source location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:110 +msgid "Select the right transfer order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Click on the little pencil logo in the lower right corner to open the " +"operation details window. In this new window you can manually indicate how " +"many products you process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:124 +msgid "" +"If you decide to process the transfer order partially (e.g., a part of the " +"products can't be shipped yet due to an unexpected event), Odoo " +"automatically asks if you wish to create a **backorder**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Create a backorder if you expect to process the remaining products later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Do not create a backorder if you will not supply/receive the remaining " +"products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:3 +msgid "Taking stock from different warehouses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you plan to deliver a customer, you don’t know in advance if the " +"products will come from Warehouse A or Warehouse B. You may, in some cases, " +"need to take stock from different warehouses. With *Odoo*, you can configure" +" this by using the concept of virtual warehouses. Let us show you how to set" +" those virtual warehouses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:8 +msgid "Set up virtual warehouses" +msgstr "Configurez des entrepôts virtuels" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Let’s say you have two warehouses: Warehouse A and Warehouse B. Create a new" +" warehouse, that will be a virtual one. It will allow you to take the stock " +"from A or B. To do so, go to your inventory app settings and enable the " +"multi-warehouses feature. Then, go to the warehouses menu and click on " +"create." +msgstr "" +"Imaginez que vous avez deux entrepôts : l'entrepôt A et l'entrepôt B. Créez " +"un nouvel entrepôt qui sera un entrepôt virtuel. Cela vous permettra de " +"déplacer le stock de A à B. Pour le faire, allez dans les paramètres de " +"votre application inventaire et autorisez la fonctionnalité multi-entrepôts." +" Ensuite, allez sur le menu entrepôts et cliquez sur créer." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The *Storage Location* feature will be automatically enabled. Good news, " +"because you will need it later in the process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Now, you have to make sure that the main stock locations of warehouse A and " +"warehouse B are children locations of the main stock location of warehouse A" +" + B. Go to the locations menu, and edit the main location of your two " +"warehouses. Then, change their parent location to main location of warehouse" +" A+B." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:24 +msgid "Sell a product from the virtual warehouse" +msgstr "Vendez un produit depuis un magasin virtuel" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Let’s say you have two products, one stored in warehouse A and one stored in" +" warehouse B. Now, you can create a new quotation for one of each product. " +"Go to other information and choose Warehouse A+B in the shipping " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Once you have done it, you can convert it to a sales order. Then, a delivery" +" order will be automatically generated, with a product reserved in warehouse" +" A and one in warehouse B." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:3 +msgid "Using Routes and Pull/Push Rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In inventory management, the supply chain strategy determines when products " +"should be fabricated, delivered to distribution centers, and made available " +"in the retail channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:9 +msgid "" +"This kind of strategic process can be configured using *Routes*, featuring " +"*Pull and Push Rules*. Once everything is properly configured, the inventory" +" app can automatically generate transfers following the instructions given " +"by the rules. Yes, Odoo simplifies your life." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:16 +msgid "Inside the warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Let’s imagine a generic warehouse plan, where you can find receiving docks, " +"a quality control area, storage locations, picking and packing areas, and " +"shipping docks. All products go through all these locations, which also " +"trigger all the route's rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:27 +msgid "" +"In this example, vendor trucks unload pallets of ordered goods at receiving " +"docks. Operators then scan the products in the receiving area. Some of these" +" products are sent to a quality control area (those devoted to being used " +"during the manufacturing process, for example), while others are directly " +"stored in their respective locations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Here is an example of a fulfillment route. In the morning, items are picked " +"for all the orders that need to be prepared during the day. These items are " +"picked from storage locations and moved to the picking area, close to where " +"the orders are packed. Then, the orders are packed in their respective boxes" +" and conveyors bring them close to the shipping docks, ready to be delivered" +" to customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:45 +msgid "How does it work?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:51 +msgid "Pull Rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:53 +msgid "" +"With *Pull Rules*, a demand for some products triggers procurements, while " +"*Push Rules* are triggered by products arriving in a specific location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:57 +msgid "" +"We can say that *Pull Rules* are used to fulfill a customer order, a sale " +"order. So, Odoo generates a need at the *Customer Location* for each product" +" in the order. Because *Pull Rules* are triggered by a need, Odoo looks for " +"a *Pull Rule* defined on the *Customer Location*. In our case, a delivery " +"order pull rule that transfers products from the *Shipping Area* to the " +"*Customer Location* is found, and a transfer between the two locations is " +"created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Then, Odoo finds another pull rule that tries to fulfill the need for the " +"*Shipping Area*: the *Packing Rule* that transfers products from the " +"*Packing Area* to the *Shipping Area*. And, finally, other rules are " +"triggered until a transfer between the *Stock* and the *Picking Area* is " +"created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:72 +msgid "" +"All theses transfers are pre-generated by Odoo, starting from the end and " +"going backwards. While working, the operator process these transfers in the " +"opposite order: first the picking, then the packing, then the delivery " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:77 +msgid "Push Rules" +msgstr "Règles de flux poussés" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:79 +msgid "" +"On the other hand, *Push Rules* are much easier to understand. Instead of " +"pre-generating documents based on needs, they are live-triggered when " +"products arrive in a specific location. *Push Rules* basically say: \"when a" +" product arrives at a specific location, move it to another location.\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:84 +msgid "" +"A simple example would be: when a product arrives in the *Receipt Area*, " +"move them to the *Storage Location*. As different rules can be applied to " +"different products, you can assign different storage locations for different" +" products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Another rule could be: when products arrive at a location, move them to the " +"*Quality Control Area*. Then, once the quality check is done, move them to " +"their *Storage Location*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:94 +msgid "" +"*Push Rules* can be triggered only if no *Pull Rule* pre-generated the " +"upstream transfers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:98 +msgid "" +"Sets of rules like those are called routes. The grouping on the rule defines" +" how products are grouped in the same transfer or not. For example, during " +"the picking operation, all orders are grouped in one transfer, whereas the " +"packing operation respects the grouping per customer order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:105 +msgid "Use Routes and Rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Since *Routes* are a collection of *Push and Pull Rules*, Odoo helps you " +"manage advanced routes configuration such as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:110 +msgid "Manage product manufacturing chains;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:111 +msgid "Manage default locations per product;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Define routes within your warehouse according to business needs, such as " +"quality control, after-sales services, or supplier returns;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Help rental management by generating automated return moves for rented " +"products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:117 +msgid "" +"To configure a route such as one of those above, open the **Inventory " +"Application** and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. Then, " +"enable the *Multi-Step Routes* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:126 +msgid "" +"The *Storage Locations* feature is automatically activated with the *Multi-" +"Step Routes*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Once this first step is completed, you have the choice between pre-" +"configured routes or custom ones. Both are explained below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:133 +msgid "Pre-configured Routes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Odoo’s pre-configured routes are available in the warehouses’ menu. To find " +"it, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses`. " +"There, open your warehouse and edit it to see the pre-configured routes for " +"incoming and outgoing shipments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Some more advanced routes, such as pick-pack-ship, are already configured to" +" make your life easier. Those are based on your choice for shipments. Once " +"you made your choice, head to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " +"--> Routes` to see the routes Odoo generated for you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Opening one of those routes allows you to see on what you can apply the " +"route. Here, all the selected product categories in the *YourCompany* " +"warehouse are set up to follow the 3-steps route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:161 +msgid "" +"Easier for many businesses, this process might not fit yours. Thus, you can " +"configure custom routes in which you can define your own rules, but also the" +" source and destination location of each action. As an example, here are the" +" rules for the pre-configured route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:171 +msgid "Custom Routes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:173 +msgid "" +"To create a custom route, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " +"--> Routes`, click on create, and choose the places where this route can be " +"selected. Of course, combinations are available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:182 +msgid "" +"Each place has a different behavior, so it is important to tick only the " +"useful ones and adapt each route accordingly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:185 +msgid "" +"When applying the route on a product category (:menuselection:`Inventory -->" +" Configuration --> Product Categories`), all the rules configured in the " +"route are applied to **every** product of the category. For example, this " +"can be useful if you use the dropshipping process for all the products from " +"the same category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:195 +msgid "" +"The same behavior applies to the warehouses. If you tick *Warehouses*, all " +"the transfers occurring inside the chosen warehouse, and meeting the " +"conditions of the linked rules, then follow that route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:203 +msgid "" +"For the *Sales Order Lines*, it is more or less the opposite. You have to " +"choose the route yourself when creating a quotation. This is pretty useful " +"if some products go through different routes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:211 +msgid "" +"If you work with this kind of route, it is important to keep in mind that it" +" must be selected on the sales order, such as below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:218 +msgid "Then, the route can be chosen on each line of the document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:224 +msgid "" +"Finally, there are routes that can be applied to products. Those work more " +"or less like the product categories: once selected, you have to manually set" +" on which product it must be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:232 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Master Data --> Products` and " +"open the one on which you want to apply the route. Then go to the *Inventory" +" tab* and select the route you’ve created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:240 +msgid "" +"If, prima facie, the routes’ configuration can appear quite easy, don’t " +"forget that we haven’t set up any rule yet. If not harder to set up, those " +"are vital to have working routings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:245 +msgid "Rules" +msgstr "Règles" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:247 +msgid "" +"The rules are to be defined on the routes. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`, then to the *Rules*" +" section, and click on *Add a line* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:255 +msgid "" +"The available rules trigger various actions. If Odoo offers *Push* and " +"*Pull* rules, others are also available. Here are some explanations for all " +"of them:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:259 +msgid "" +"**Pull From**: this rule is triggered by a need for the product in a " +"specific stock location. The need can come from a sale order which has been " +"validated or for a manufacturing order which requires a specific component. " +"When the need appears in the source location, Odoo generates a picking to " +"fulfill this need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:264 +msgid "" +"**Push To**: this rule is triggered by the arrival of some products in the " +"defined source location. In case you move products to the source location, " +"Odoo generates a picking to move those products to the destination location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:268 +msgid "" +"**Push & Pull**: it allows to generate pickings in the two different " +"situations explained above. It means that when products are required at a " +"specific location, a transfer is created from the previous location to " +"fulfill that need. Then, a need is created in the previous location and a " +"rule is triggered to fulfill it. Once the second need fulfilled, the " +"products are pushed to the first location and all the needs are fulfilled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:274 +msgid "" +"**Buy**: when products are needed at the destination location, a request for" +" quotation is created to fulfill the need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:276 +msgid "" +"**Manufacture**: when products are needed in the source location, a " +"manufacturing order is created to fulfill the need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:283 +msgid "" +"You must also define the *Operation Type*. This operation allows defining " +"which kind of picking is created from the rule. With our above screenshot, " +"the created picking is, for example, an internal transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:288 +msgid "" +"On the other hand, the *Supply Method*, allows defining what happens at the " +"source location:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:291 +msgid "" +"**Take From Stock**: the products are taken from the available stock of the " +"source location;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:293 +msgid "" +"**Trigger Another Rule**: the system tries to find a stock rule to bring the" +" products to the source location. The available stock is ignored." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:296 +msgid "" +"**Take From Stock, if Unavailable, Trigger Another Rule**: the products are " +"taken from the available stock of the source location. If there is no stock " +"available, the system tries to find a rule to bring the products to the " +"source location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:301 +msgid "" +"In the *Scheduling* section, you can determine how Odoo behaves when one of " +"the chain's pickings is rescheduled. In case you decide to **Propagate " +"Rescheduling**, the next move is also to be rescheduled. If you prefer " +"having the choice to reschedule the next move, you can decide to receive an " +"alert in the form of a *next activity*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:309 +msgid "What about a full flow?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:311 +msgid "" +"Do you remember our Pick - Pack - Ship custom route? Let’s use it to try a " +"full flow with an advanced custom route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:314 +msgid "" +"First, a quick look at our rules and their supply methods: we have three " +"rules, all **Pull From** rules. The supply methods are the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:318 +msgid "" +"**Take From Stock**: When products are needed in WH/Packing Zone, *Picks* " +"(internal transfers from WH/Stock to WH/Packing Zone) are created from " +"WH/Stock to fulfill the need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:321 +msgid "" +"**Trigger Another Rule**: When products are needed in WH/Output, *Packs* " +"(internal transfers from WH/Packing Zone to WH/Output) are created from " +"WH/Packing Zone to fulfill the need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:324 +msgid "" +"**Trigger Another Rule**: When products are needed in Partner " +"Locations/Customers, Delivery Orders are created from WH/Output to fulfill " +"the need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:332 +msgid "" +"This means that, when a customer orders products, a delivery order is " +"created to fulfill the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:340 +msgid "" +"If the source document is the same sale order, the status is not the same. " +"In fact, the status is **Waiting Another Operation** if the previous " +"transfer in the list is not done yet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:348 +msgid "" +"To prepare the order, conveyors need products packed at the output area, so " +"an internal transfer is requested from the packing zone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:355 +msgid "" +"Obviously, the packing zone needs products ready to be packed. So, an " +"internal transfer is requested to the stock and employees can gather the " +"required products from the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:363 +msgid "" +"As explained in this documentation introduction, the last step in the " +"process (here the delivery order) is the first to be triggered, which then " +"triggers other rules until we reach the first step in the process (here, the" +" internal transfer from to stock to the packing area). Now, everything is " +"ready to be processed so the customer can get the ordered items." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:370 +msgid "" +"In our case, the product is delivered to the customer when all the rules " +"have been triggered and the transfers done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies.rst:3 +msgid "Putaway & Removal Strategies" +msgstr "Stratégies de rangement et de suppression" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:3 +msgid "What is a Putaway Rule?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A good warehouse implementation takes care that products automatically move " +"to their appropriate destination location. To make that process easier, Odoo" +" uses *Putaway rules*. But what is a putaway rule? Putaway is the process of" +" taking products off the receiving shipments and directly putting them into " +"the most appropriate location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:7 +msgid "" +"If, for example, a warehouse contains volatile substances, it is important " +"to make sure that certain products are not stored close to each other " +"because of a potential chemical reaction. That’s where putaway rules " +"intervene, to avoid storing products wrongly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:12 +msgid "" +"In the *Inventory* app, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " +"and activate the *Multi-Step Routes*. By doing so, the *Storage Locations* " +"will be automatically activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:19 +msgid "Setting up a Putaway Rule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:21 +msgid "" +"In some cases, like for a retail shop storing vegetables and fruits, we have" +" to store products in different locations to maintain product quality." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Let’s suppose there are one warehouse location *WH/Stock* and two sub-" +"locations *WH/Stock/Vegatable* and *WH/Stock/Fruits*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To manage those locations, we will create putaway rules. To do so, open the " +"*Inventory* app and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Putaway Rules`. " +"Then, click on create and configure your first rule indicating the main " +"location the product will enter before being redirected to the right " +"location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:31 +msgid "" +"The putaway rules can be defined either per product or per product category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Now, if I purchase apples and carrots to my supplier, they will be grouped " +"in the same receipt but redirected to the right location automatically, " +"thanks to putaway rules. This information is available from *Inventory " +"Report*, under the reporting menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:3 +msgid "What is a Removal Strategy (FIFO, LIFO, and FEFO)?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Usually, *Removal Strategies* are defined in picking operations to select " +"the best products to optimize the distance for the worker, for quality " +"control purposes, or to first move the products with the closest expiration " +"date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:9 +msgid "" +"When a product movement needs to be done, Odoo finds available products that" +" can be assigned to the transfer. The way Odoo assigns these products " +"depends on the *Removal Strategy* defined in the *Product Category* or on " +"the *Location*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:14 +msgid "What happens inside the warehouse?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Imagine a generic warehouse plan, with receiving docks and area, storage " +"locations, picking and packing areas, and shipping docks. All products go " +"through all these locations, but some rules, such as removal strategies, can" +" have an effect on which products are taken for the pickings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Here, vendor trucks unload pallets of goods at the docks. Then, operators " +"scan the products in the receiving area, with the receiving date and, if the" +" product has an expiration date, the expiration date. After that, products " +"are stored in their respective locations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Next, several orders for the same product are made, but you didn’t receive " +"the goods the same day and they don’t have the same expiration date. In that" +" situation, you logically prefer sending those with the closest date first. " +"Depending on the removal strategy you chose, Odoo generates a transfer with " +"the products fitting your settings the best." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:42 +msgid "" +"On the transfer form, you can find the product’s lot/serial number to pick " +"for delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:48 +msgid "First In, First Out (FIFO)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:50 +msgid "" +"When using a **First In, First Out** strategy, a demand for some products " +"triggers a removal rule which requests a transfer for the lot/serial number " +"that has entered your stock the first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:53 +msgid "" +"To be clearer, let’s imagine that you have three lots of nails in your " +"warehouse. Those three have the following lot numbers: 00001, 00002, 00003, " +"each with 5 nails boxes in it. 00001 entered the stock on the 23rd of May, " +"00002 on the 25th of May, and 00003 on the 1st of June. A customer orders " +"you 6 boxes on the 11th of June. With the *FIFO* strategy selected, a " +"transfer is requested for the five boxes of 00001 and one of the boxes in " +"00002 because 00001 has entered your stock before the others. The box from " +"00002 is taken because it has the oldest enter date after 00001." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:60 +msgid "" +"So, for every order of a product with the *FIFO* strategy selected, Odoo " +"requests a transfer for the good that has been in your stock for the longest" +" period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:64 +msgid "Last In, First Out (LIFO)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:66 +msgid "" +"The same way as for FIFO, the **Last In, First Out** strategy is based on " +"moving products based on the date they entered the stock. Here, a demand for" +" some products triggers a removal rule that requests a transfer for the " +"lot/serial number that has entered your stock the last." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To better understand, let’s imagine three lots of screws in your warehouse. " +"Those three have the following numbers: 10001, 10002, 10003, each with 10 " +"screw boxes in it. 10001 has entered the stock on the 1st of June, 10002 on " +"the 3rd of June, and 10003 on the 6th of June. A customer orders 7 boxes on " +"the 8th of June. With the *LIFO* strategy selected, a transfer is requested " +"for seven boxes of 10003 because that lot is the last one to have entered " +"the stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:76 +msgid "" +"So, basically, for every order of a product with the *LIFO* strategy used, a" +" transfer for the last one to have entered the stock is requested." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:80 +msgid "" +"This strategy is banned in many countries and can lead to only have old or " +"obsolete products in your stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:84 +msgid "First Expire, First Out (FEFO)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:86 +msgid "" +"The **First Expire, First Out** strategy is a bit different from the two " +"others. Here, it is the expiration date that is important and not the date " +"the product entered the stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Let’s imagine three lots of 6-eggs boxes (in this specific case, don’t " +"forget to use :doc:`units of measure <../../management/products/uom>`). " +"Those three have the following numbers: 20001, 20002, and 20003, each with 5" +" boxes in it. 20001 has entered the stock on the 1st of July and expires on " +"the 15th of July, 20002 on the 2nd and expires on the 14th of July, and " +"20003 on the 4th and expires on the 21st of July. A customer orders 6 boxes " +"on the 5th of July. With the *FEFO* strategy selected, a transfer is " +"requested for the five boxes of 20002 and one from 20001. The transfer for " +"all the boxes of the lot 20002 is because they have the closest expiration " +"date. The transfer also requests one box from 20001 because it’s the lot " +"that expires the sooner after 20002." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:98 +msgid "" +"Then, you can remember that for every order of a product with the *FEFO* " +"strategy, a transfer is requested for the product that has the nearest " +"expiration date from the order date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:102 +msgid "Use Removal Strategies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To identify some units from other ones, you need to track them, either by " +"*lot* or by *serial number*. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration " +"--> Settings`. Then, activate *Storage Location*, *Multi-Steps Routes*, and " +"*Lots & Serial Numbers*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:113 +msgid "" +"To work with the *FEFO* strategy, activate the *Expiration Dates* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Next, you need to define your removal strategy, on *Product Categories* via " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:123 +msgid "FIFO (First In, First Out)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:125 +msgid "" +"As said, a *FIFO* strategy implies that products stocked first move out " +"first. Companies should use that method if they are selling products with " +"short demand cycles, such as clothes, and to ensure they are not stuck with " +"outdated styles in stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:129 +msgid "" +"For this example, we created three lots of white shirts. Those are from the " +"All/Clothes category, where we put *FIFO* as the removal strategy. In our " +"stock location (WH/Stock), we now find the three lots available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:137 +msgid "" +"The lot 000001 contains 5 shirts, 000002 contains 3 shirts, and 000003 " +"contains 2. As it can be seen above, 000001 has entered the stock first. " +"Let’s create a sale order of six white shirts to check that products from " +"that lot are the first ones to move out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:141 +msgid "" +"On the delivery order linked to the picking, you can see that the oldest lot" +" numbers have been reserved thanks to the *FIFO* strategy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:149 +msgid "LIFO (Last In, First Out)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:151 +msgid "" +"With a *LIFO* strategy, that’s quite the opposite. In fact, the products " +"that are brought the last move out the first. It is mostly used in case of " +"products without a shelf life." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:154 +msgid "" +"Even if our white shirts are clothes, we can say that they are timeless. So," +" let’s use them to test our *LIFO* strategy. Once again, open the product " +"category via :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product " +"Categories` and change the removal strategy to *LIFO*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:162 +msgid "" +"Now, create a sale order for 4 white shirts and check that the reserved " +"products are from lots 000003 and 000002." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170 +msgid "Don’t forget that the *LIFO* strategy is banned in many countries!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:173 +msgid "FEFO (First Expiry, First Out)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:175 +msgid "" +"With the *FEFO* strategy, the way products are picked is not based on the " +"reception date. In this particular case, they are dispatched according to " +"their expiration date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:179 +msgid "" +"To have more information about Expiration date, please have a look at " +":doc:`the related doc " +"<../../management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:182 +msgid "" +"By activating *Expiration Dates*, it becomes possible to define different " +"dates on the serial/lot numbers to be used in *FEFO*. These dates can be set" +" by going to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Master Data --> Lots/Serial " +"Numbers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:190 +msgid "" +"Lots are picked based on their removal date, from earliest to latest. Lots " +"without a removal date defined are picked after lots with removal dates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:194 +msgid "" +"Other dates are for informational and reporting purposes only. If not " +"removed from the stock, lots that are past the expiration dates may still be" +" picked for delivery orders!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:197 +msgid "" +"To use the *FEFO* strategy, once again go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Product Categories` and choose *FEFO* as the *Force " +"Removal Strategy*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:204 +msgid "" +"For this particular case, let’s use hand cream. As usual, we have three lots" +" of them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:207 +msgid "**Lot / Serial No**" +msgstr "**Lot / Numéro de série**" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:207 +msgid "**Product**" +msgstr "**Produit**" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:207 +msgid "**Expiration Date**" +msgstr "**Date d'expiration**" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:209 +msgid "0000001" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:213 +msgid "Hand Cream" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:209 +msgid "09/30/2019" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:211 +msgid "0000002" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:211 +msgid "11/30/2019" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:213 +msgid "0000003" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:213 +msgid "10/31/2019" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:216 +msgid "" +"When we realize a sale for 25 units of Hand Cream, we can see that the lot " +"numbers which have been automatically reserved by Odoo are the ones with the" +" closest expiration date, meaning 0000001 and 0000003." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping.rst:3 +msgid "Shipping" +msgstr "Expédition" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation.rst:3 +msgid "Shipping Operations" +msgstr "Opérations d'Expédition" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:3 +msgid "How to cancel a shipping request to a shipper?" +msgstr "Comment annuler une demande d'expédition envoyée à un transporteur ?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. " +"Odoo will be linked with the transportation company tracking system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:12 +msgid "" +"It will allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the " +"destination." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:15 +msgid "You can easily cancel the request made to the carrier system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:18 +msgid "How to cancel a shipping request?" +msgstr "Comment annuler une demande d'expédition ?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If the delivery order is not **Validated**, then the request hasn't been " +"made. You can choose to cancel the delivery or to change the carrier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you have clicked on **Validate**, the request has been made and you " +"should have received the tracking number and the label. You can still cancel" +" the request. Simply click on the **Cancel** button next to the **Carrier " +"Tracking Ref**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:32 +msgid "You will now see that the shipment has been cancelled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:37 +msgid "You can now change the carrier if you wish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:40 +msgid "How to send a shipping request after cancelling one?" +msgstr "" +"Comment envoyer une demande d'expédition après en avoir annulé une autre?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:42 +msgid "" +"After cancelling the shipping request, you can change the carrier you want " +"to use. Confirm it by clicking on the **Send to shipper** button. You will " +"get a new tracking number and a new label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:83 +msgid ":doc:`invoicing`" +msgstr ":doc:`invoicing`" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:116 +msgid ":doc:`multipack`" +msgstr ":doc:`multipack`" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:3 +msgid "How to invoice the shipping cost to the customer?" +msgstr "Comment facturer les frais de port au client ?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:8 +msgid "There are two ways to invoice the shipping costs:" +msgstr "Il y a deux façons de facturer les frais de port :" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:10 +msgid "Agree with the customer over a cost and seal it down in the sale order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:13 +msgid "Invoice the real cost of the shipping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To configure the price of your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** " +"app, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery --> Delivery " +"Methods`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:21 +msgid "" +"You can manually set a price for the shipping: It can be fixed or based on " +"rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Or you can use the transportation company computation system. Read the " +"document :doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`" +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez également utiliser le système de calcul de la société de " +"transport. Consultez le document :doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:28 +msgid "How to invoice the shipping costs to the customer?" +msgstr "Comment facturer les frais de port au client ?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:31 +msgid "Invoice the price set on the sale order" +msgstr "Facturez le prix indiqué sur le bon de commande" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:55 +msgid "" +"On your sale order, choose the carrier that will be used. Click on " +"**Delivery Method** to choose the right one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The price is computed when you **save** the sale order or when you click on " +"**Set price**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, click on " +"**Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery method as a " +"product. It may vary from the real price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:46 +msgid "" +"When you create the invoice, it will take the price set on the sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:53 +msgid "Invoice the real shipping costs" +msgstr "Facturez les frais de port réels" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The price is computed when you **save** the sale order. Confirm the sale " +"order and proceed to deliver the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:64 +msgid "" +"The real shipping cost is computed when the delivery order is validated, you" +" can see the real cost in the chatter of the delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Go back to the sale order, the real cost is now added to the sale order." +msgstr "" +"Retournez sur le bon de commande, le coût réel a été ajouté à celui-ci." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:76 +msgid "" +"When you create the invoice, it will take the price computed by the carrier." +msgstr "" +"''base sur temps et material, refacturer le client\n" +"Quand Vous creez la facture, elle va prendre le prix inscrit dans l'ordinateur.\n" +"''base sur ordres de vente'' ne refacturer pas le client\n" +"Si Vous partagez la livraison et en faire quelque ordres , chaque livraison va ajouter une ligne a l'ordre de ventes. \n" +"Si Vous devez faire une exception pour une facture qui doit etre refacturer au clent, n'instalez pas le compte analytique pour cette facture." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:83 +msgid "" +"If you split the delivery and make several ones, each delivery order will " +"add a line to the sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:87 +msgid ":doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`" +msgstr ":doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:84 +msgid ":doc:`labels`" +msgstr ":doc:`labels`" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:3 +msgid "How to print shipping labels?" +msgstr "Comment imprimer des étiquettes d'expédition ?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers " +"linked with the transportation company tracking system. It allows you to " +"manage the transport company, the real prices and the destination. And " +"finally, you will be able to print the shipping labels directly from Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:17 +msgid "Install the shipper company connector module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:20 +msgid "" +"In the **Inventory** module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies " +"you want to integrate :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:26 +msgid "Then click on **Apply**." +msgstr "Cliquez ensuite sur **Appliquer**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:33 +msgid "Configure the delivery method" +msgstr "Configurez votre mode de livraison" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To configure your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** module, click on" +" :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery Methods`." +msgstr "" +"Pour configurer vos modes de livraison, allez dans module **Inventaire**, " +"cliquez sur :menuselection:`Configuration --> Modes de livraison`." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The delivery methods for the chosen shippers have been automatically " +"created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:41 +msgid "" +"In the **Pricing** tab, the name of the provider means that the delivery " +"will be handled and computed by the shipper system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:44 +msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The first one is linked to **your account** (develop key, password,...). For" +" more information, please refer to the provider website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:62 +msgid "" +"The second column varies according to the **provider**. You can choose the " +"packaging type, the service type, the weight unit..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:65 +msgid "Uncheck **Test Mode** when you are done with the testings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:77 +msgid "Company configuration" +msgstr "Configuration de l'entreprise" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:79 +msgid "" +"In order to compute the right price, the provider needs your company " +"information. Be sure your address and phone number are correctly encoded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To check your information, go to the **Settings** application and click on " +"**General Settings**. Click on the first link **Configure your company " +"data**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:92 +msgid "" +"The shipper companies need the weight of your product, otherwise the price " +"computation cannot be done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Go the **Sales** module, click on :menuselection:`Sales --> Products`. Open " +"the products you want to ship and set a weight on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:80 +msgid "" +"The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to do" +" the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:85 +msgid "How to print shipping labels ?" +msgstr "Comment imprimer des étiquettes d'expédition ?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:87 +msgid "" +"The delivery order created from the sale order will take the shipping " +"information from it, but you can change the carrier if you want to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:135 +msgid "" +"If you create a delivery transfer from the inventory module, you can add the" +" third party shipper in the additional info tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number and **the label(s)**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:151 +msgid "" +"The label to stick on your package is available in the history underneath :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:104 +msgid "Click on it to open the document and print it :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:110 +msgid "" +"If you are doing multi-packages shippings, most of the time, there will be " +"one label per package. Each label will appear in the delivery history." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage multiple packs for the same delivery order?" +msgstr "Comment gérer plusieurs colis pour le même bon de livraison ?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:8 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo considers that your delivery is composed of one package. " +"But you can easily ship your deliveries with more than one package. It is " +"fully integrated with the third-party shippers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To configure the use of packages, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Configuration --> Settings`. Locate the **Packages** section and tick " +"**Record packages used on packing: pallets, boxes,...**" +msgstr "" +"Pour configurer l'utilisation des colis, allez dans le menu " +":menuselection:`Inventaire --> Configuration --> Paramètres`. Repérez la " +"section **Colis** et cochez **Enregistrer les colis utilisés pour " +"l'emballage : palettes, boîtes,...**" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:23 +msgid "Click on **Apply** when you are done." +msgstr "Cliquez sur **Appliquer** quand vous avez terminé." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:107 +msgid "Sale process" +msgstr "Processus de vente" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:110 +msgid "Sale order" +msgstr "Commande client" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:34 +msgid "Click on a **Delivery Method** to choose the right one." +msgstr "Cliquez sur **Mode de livraison** pour choisir celui qui convient." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:40 +msgid "Multi-packages Delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:42 +msgid "" +"The delivery created from the sale order will take the shipping information " +"from it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:48 +msgid "From here, you can split your delivery into multiple packages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Choose the quantity you want to put in the first pack in the **Done** " +"column, then click on the link **Put in Pack**." +msgstr "" +"Choisissez la quantité que vous voulez mettre dans le premier emballage dans" +" la colonne **Terminé**, puis cliquez sur le lien **Ajouter au colis**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:56 +msgid "It will automatically create a pack with the requested quantity." +msgstr "Cela créera automatiquement un colis avec la quantité demandée." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:58 +msgid "Do the same steps for the other pieces you want to pack in." +msgstr "" +"Répétez les mêmes étapes pour les autres article que vous voulez emballer." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:63 +msgid "Click on **Validate** when you are done." +msgstr "Cliquez sur Valider lorsque vous avez terminé." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:66 +msgid "Multi-packages with a 3rd party-shipper" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Once the delivery order is validated, you will receive the tracking number. " +"The **carrier Tracking ref** field will automatically be filled. Click on " +"the **Tracking** button to check your delivery on the provider website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:76 +msgid "" +"The **labels** to stick on your packages are available in the history " +"underneath:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Shipping Setup" +msgstr "Configurer de l'Expédition" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:3 +msgid "How to setup a delivery method?" +msgstr "Comment configurer une méthode de livraison ?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, but it is not activated by " +"default. Delivery methods can be used for your sale orders, your deliveries " +"but also on your e-commerce." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Delivery methods allow you to manage the transport company, the price and " +"the destination. You can even integrate Odoo with external shippers to " +"compute the real price and the packagings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:20 +msgid "Install the inventory module" +msgstr "Installez le module inventaire" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Delivery methods are handled by the **Delivery costs** module. Go to " +"**Apps** and search for the module. You should remove the **Apps** filter in" +" order to see it :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to integrate delivery methods in your e-commerce, you'll have to" +" install the **eCommerce Delivery** module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:39 +msgid "First set a name and a transporter company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Then you'll have to set the pricing. It can be fixed or based on rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:46 +msgid "" +"If the price is fixed, tick **Fixed price**. You'll just have to define the " +"price. If you want the delivery to be free above a certain amount, tick the " +"option **Free if Order total is more than** and set a price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:54 +msgid "" +"If the price varies according to rules, tick **Based on Rules**. Click on " +"**add an item to a pricing rule**. Choose a condition based on either the " +"weight, the volume, the price or the quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Finally you can limit the delivery method to a few destinations. The limit " +"can be applied to some countries, states or even zip codes. This feature " +"limits the list of countries on your e-commerce." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:69 +msgid "" +"You can integrate Odoo with external shippers in order to compute the real " +"price and packagings, and handle the printing the shipping labels. See " +":doc:`third_party_shipper`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:74 +msgid "Delivery process" +msgstr "Processus de livraison" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:82 +msgid "" +"You can now choose the **Delivery Method** on your sale order. If you want " +"to invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, click on " +"**Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery method as a " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:130 +msgid "Delivery" +msgstr "Livraison" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:90 +msgid "You can add or change the delivery method on the delivery itself." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:95 +msgid "" +"On the delivery, check the **Carrier Information**. The carrier is the " +"chosen delivery method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:99 +msgid ":doc:`third_party_shipper`" +msgstr ":doc:`third_party_shipper`" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:158 +msgid ":doc:`../operation/invoicing`" +msgstr ":doc:`../operation/invoicing`" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:3 +msgid "How to get DHL credentials for integration with Odoo?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:5 +msgid "In order to use the Odoo DHL API, you will need:" +msgstr "Pour utiliser Odoo DHL API, vous aurez besoin de :" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:7 +msgid "A DHL.com SiteID" +msgstr "Identifiant ID du site DHL.com" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:9 +msgid "A DHL Password" +msgstr "Un mot de passe DHL" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:11 +msgid "A DHL Account Number" +msgstr "Numéro de compte DHL" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Getting SiteID and password for countries other than United States (UK and " +"Rest of the world)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:17 +msgid "" +"You should contact DHL account manager and request integration for XML " +"Express API. The presales should provide you live credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:20 +msgid "Getting SiteID and Password for United States" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:22 +msgid "" +"You need to write to xmlrequests@dhl.com along with your full Account " +"details like account number, region, address, etc. to get API Access." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:3 +msgid "How to integrate a third party shipper?" +msgstr "Comment intégrer un expéditeur tiers ?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. " +"Odoo can be linked with the transportation company tracking system. It will " +"allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the " +"destination." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:19 +msgid "" +"In the inventory module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies " +"you want to integrate :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:38 +msgid "" +"The delivery methods for the chosen shippers have been automatically " +"created. Most of the time, there will be **2** delivery methods for the same" +" provider: one for **international** shipping and the other for **domestic**" +" shipping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:43 +msgid "" +"You can create other methods with the same provider with other " +"configuration, for example the **Packaging Type**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:46 +msgid "" +"You can change the **Name** of the delivery method. This is the name that " +"will appear on your ecommerce." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:49 +msgid "Flag **Shipping enabled** when you are ready to use it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:54 +msgid "" +"In the pricing tab, the name of the provider chosen under the **Price " +"computation** means that the pricing will be computed by the shipper system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:57 +msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:59 +msgid "" +"The first one is linked to **your account** (developer key, password,...). " +"For more information, please refer to the provider website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Finally you can limit the delivery method to a few destinations. You can " +"limit it to some countries, states or even zip codes. This feature limits " +"the list of countries on your e-commerce. It is useful for the domestic " +"providers. For example, USPS US only delivers from the United States to the " +"United States." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Go the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> Products`. Open the products" +" you want to ship and set a weight on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:102 +msgid "" +"The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to " +"make the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:115 +msgid "" +"You can now choose the carrier on your sale order. Click on **Delivery " +"method** to choose the right one." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez désormais choisir le transporteur sur votre bon de commande. " +"Cliquez sur **Mode de livraison** pour choisir celui que vous voulez." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:118 +msgid "" +"The price is computed when you save the sale order or when you click on " +"**Set price**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:121 +msgid "" +"If you want to invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, " +"click on **Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery " +"method as a product. It may vary from the real price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:125 +msgid "" +"Otherwise, the real price (computed when the delivery is validated) will " +"automatically be added to the invoice. For more information, please read the" +" document :doc:`../operation/invoicing`" +msgstr "" +"Dans le cas contraire, le prix réel (appliqué lorsque la livraison est " +"validée) sera automatiquement ajouté à la facture. Pour plus d'informations," +" veuillez lire le document :doc:`../operation/invoicing`" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:132 +msgid "" +"The delivery created from the sale order will take the shipping information " +"from it. You can change the carrier if you want to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:141 +msgid "" +"The weight is computed based on the products weights. The shipping cost will" +" be computed once the transfer is validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number. The **Carrier Tracking" +" ref** field will automatically be filled. Click on the **Tracking** button " +"to check your delivery on the provider website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:159 +msgid ":doc:`../operation/labels`" +msgstr ":doc:`../operation/labels`" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:3 +msgid "How to get UPS credentials for integration with Odoo?" +msgstr "" +"Comment obtenir les informations d'identification UPS pour l'intégration " +"avec Odoo ?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:5 +msgid "In order to use the Odoo UPS API, you will need:" +msgstr "Pour utiliser Odoo UPS API, vous aurez besoin de :" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:7 +msgid "A UPS.com user ID and password" +msgstr "Un ID utilisateur et un mot de passe UPS.com" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:9 +msgid "A UPS account number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:11 +msgid "An Access Key" +msgstr "Une clé d'accès" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:13 +msgid "" +"An Access Key is a 16 character alpha-numeric code that allows access to the" +" UPS Developer Kit API Development and Production servers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:17 +msgid "Create a UPS Account" +msgstr "Créez un compte UPS" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Note that only customers located in the US can open a UPS account online. If" +" you are located outside the US, you will need to contact UPS Customer " +"Service in order to to open an account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You can read additional information about opening a UPS account on the their" +" website, on the page, `How to Open a UPS Account Online " +"<https://www.ups.com/content/us/en/resources/sri/openaccountonline.html?srch_pos=2&srch_phr=open+ups+account>`_" +msgstr "" +"Vous trouverez plus d'informations sur comment ouvrir un compte UPS sur leur" +" site Web, à la page `Comment ouvrir un compte UPS en ligne " +"<https://www.ups.com/content/us/en/resources/sri/openaccountonline.html?srch_pos=2&srch_phr=open+ups+account>`_" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:27 +msgid "" +"If you don't already have a UPS account, you can create one along with your " +"online profile by following these steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:30 +msgid "" +"1. Access the UPS.com web site at `www.ups.com <http://www.ups.com/>`__, and" +" click the **New User** link at the top of the page." +msgstr "" +"1. Connectez-vous au site Web UPS.com sur `www.ups.com " +"<http://www.ups.com/>`__, et cliquez sur le lien **Nouvel utilisateur** dans" +" le haut de la page." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:34 +msgid "" +"2. Click the **Register for MyUPS** button, and follow the prompts to " +"complete the registration process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:37 +msgid "" +"If you already have a UPS account, you can add it to your online profile as " +"follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Log in to the `UPS.com website <http://www.ups.com/>`_) using your UPS.com " +"User ID and Password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:41 +msgid "Click the **My UPS** tab." +msgstr "Cliquez sur l'onglet **Mon UPS**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:43 +msgid "Click the **Account Summary** link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:45 +msgid "" +"4. Click the **Add an Existing UPS Account** link in the **UPS Account " +"Details** section of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:48 +msgid "" +"5. In the **Add New Account** screen, enter the **UPS Account Number**, " +"**Account Name**, and **Postal Code** fields. The country defaults to United" +" States.q" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:52 +msgid "Click the **Next** button to continue." +msgstr "Pour continuer, cliquez sur le bouton **Suivant**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:55 +msgid "Get an Access Key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:57 +msgid "" +"After you have added your UPS account number to your user profile you can " +"request an Access Key from UPS using the steps below:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Go to the `UPS Developer Kit web page " +"<https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en_US>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:61 +msgid "Log into UPS.com with your user ID and password" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:62 +msgid "Click on the link **Request an access key**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:63 +msgid "Verify your contact information" +msgstr "Vérifiez vos informations de contact" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:64 +msgid "Click the **Request Access Key** button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:66 +msgid "" +"The **Access Key** will be provided to you on the web page, and an email " +"with the Access Key will be sent to the email address of the primary " +"contact." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:4 +msgid "Manufacturing" +msgstr "Production" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management.rst:4 +msgid "Manufacturing Management" +msgstr "Gestion de la production" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:3 +msgid "Using an alternative Work Center" +msgstr "Utilisation d'un poste de travail" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:5 +msgid "" +"For many manufacturing companies, a common issue is to have to manufacture, " +"at the same time, several products usually produced at the same work center." +" If in practice, employees can manufacture the goods at another work center," +" it is not that simple." +msgstr "" +"Pour de nombreuses entreprises manufacturières, un problème commun est de " +"devoir fabriquer, en même temps, plusieurs produits habituellement fabriqués" +" au même poste de travail. Si, dans la pratique, les employés peuvent le " +"faire sur un autre poste de travail, en réalité ce n'est pas si simple." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:10 +msgid "" +"You need to keep track of the job: which work center has been used and when," +" so you can schedule maintenance efficiently. With Odoo, you can configure " +"it so you can keep tracking manufacturing orders and your employees have an " +"alternative work center to use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:15 +msgid "" +"This way, your process becomes more efficient, and less non-productive time " +"will be noticed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:20 +msgid "Configure your Work Centers" +msgstr "Configurez vos postes de travail" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The first thing to do is to go to the *Manufacturing* app settings. Then, " +"enable the *Work Orders* feature and hit save." +msgstr "" +"La première chose à faire est aller dans l'application *Production*, puis " +"activer la fonctionnalité *Ordres de travail* et enregistrer." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Now, go to the *Work Centers* menu under *Master Data* and create two new " +"work centers. Add the second work centers as an alternative to the first and" +" vice versa." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:39 +msgid "" +"The next step is to create your *routing*. Add your work center and an " +"operation to it before saving." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Then, you can create your *Bill of Materials* and add components and routing" +" to it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:56 +msgid "Create your Work Orders" +msgstr "Créez vos ordres de travail" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Now that everything is configured, you can create your *Work Orders*. Go to " +"the *Manufacturing Orders* menu and hit *Create*. There, add your product " +"and plan it. In the *Work Orders* list, you can find it ready to be " +"assembled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Each new *Work Order*, which will be created before the end of the first " +"one, will be scheduled at the alternative work center you configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Keep in mind that, if you add time after production to your work center, you" +" may have work orders scheduled for your alternative work center even if the" +" usual one is free." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:3 +msgid "Create Bills of Materials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A *Bill of Materials* is a document defining the quantity of each component " +"required to manufacture a finished product. It also includes the routing and" +" individual steps of the manufacturing process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:9 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can link multiple BoMs to each product and use it to describe" +" multiple variants of them. Each BoM will, yet, be associated with one " +"product only." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:13 +msgid "" +"This feature will help optimize your manufacturing process while saving you " +"time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:17 +msgid "Setting up a BoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:19 +msgid "" +"You can use BoMs without routings. You will use this if you choose to manage" +" your manufacturing operations using manufacturing orders only. In other " +"words, you choose to realize your manufacturing process in one step and do " +"not track the steps the product goes through." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Before creating your *BoM*, you have to create the product using the *BoM* " +"and, at least, one of the components. Go to the :menuselection:`Master Data " +"menu --> Products` and create both the finished product and the component." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Once done, go to the *Bills of Materials* menu under *Master Data*. Now, " +"create it. Choose the product from the dropdown menu and add your components" +" and the quantity. In this case, keep the default *BoM* type, which is " +"*Manufacture this Product*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:37 +msgid "Using the same BoM to describe Variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:39 +msgid "" +"As said above, you can use *BoM* for *Product Variants*. It is basically the" +" same as for the standard product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:42 +msgid "" +"If your *BoM* is for one variant only, then specify which one in the " +"*Product Variant* field. If not, specify the variant it is consumed for on " +"each component line. You can add several variants for each component." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:51 +msgid "Adding a routing" +msgstr "Ajouter un routage" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:53 +msgid "" +"You can add routing to your *BoM*. You will do this if you need to define a " +"series of operations required by your manufacturing process. To use it, " +"enable the *Work Orders* feature in the *Manufacturing* app settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Each *BoM* can have only one routing while each routing can be used multiple" +" times." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Now that you have created your routing, add it to your *BoM*. You can select" +" when, in the work operations, your components are consumed with the " +"dropdown menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:73 +msgid "Adding By-Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:75 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, a *by-product* is any product produced by a *BoM* in addition to " +"the primary product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:78 +msgid "" +"To add *by-products* to a *BoM*, you will first need to enable them from the" +" *Manufacturing* app settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Once the feature is enabled, you can add your *By-Products* to your *BoMs*. " +"You can add as many *By-Products* as you want. Just keep in mind that you " +"need to register during which operation your by-product is produced." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:3 +msgid "Sell sets of products as kits" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A *kit* is a set of components that are delivered without first being " +"assembled or mixed. *Kits* are described in Odoo using *Bills of Materials*." +" There are two basic ways to configure *kits*, depending on how the stock of" +" the kit product is to be managed. In either case, both the *Inventory* and " +"*Manufacturing* apps must be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:12 +msgid "Manage Stock of Component Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If you want to assemble kits as they are ordered, managing stock of the kit " +"components only, you will use a *Kit BoM* without a manufacturing step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:18 +msgid "" +"A product using a *Kit BoM* will appear as a single line item on a quotation" +" and sales order, but will generate a delivery order with one line item for " +"each of the components of the kit. In the examples below, the first image " +"shows a sales order for the kit *Custom Computer Kit*, while the second " +"image shows the corresponding delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:33 +msgid "" +"From the *Products menu* in either the *Inventory* or *Manufacturing* app, " +"create each component product as you would with any other product, then " +"create the top-level, or kit product. The kit product should have only the " +"*route Manufacture* set, in the *Inventory tab*. Because you cannot track " +"the stock of kit products, the *Product Type* should be set to Consumable. " +"Because a kit product cannot be purchased, then, *Can be Purchased* should " +"be unchecked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:41 +msgid "" +"All other parameters on the kit product may be modified according to your " +"preference. The component products require no particular configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Once the products are configured, create a *bill of materials* for the kit " +"product. Add each component and its quantity. Select the *BoM Type Ship this" +" product as a set of components*. All other options may be left with their " +"default values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:57 +msgid "Manage Stock of Kit Product and Component Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If you want to manage stock of the *top-level kit product*, you will use a " +"standard *BoM* with a manufacturing step instead of a *Kit BoM*. When using " +"a standard BoM to assemble kits, a *manufacturing order* will be created. " +"The *manufacturing order* must be registered as completed before the kit " +"product will appear in your stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:68 +msgid "" +"On the kit product, select the *route Manufacture*. You may also select " +"*Make to Order*, which will create a *manufacturing order* whenever a sales " +"order is confirmed. Select the product type *Storable Product* to enable " +"stock management." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:76 +msgid "" +"When you create the *bill of materials*, select the BoM Type *Manufacture " +"this product*. The assembly of the kit will be described by a *manufacturing" +" order* rather than a packing operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage BoMs for product variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows you to use one bill of materials for multiple variants of the " +"same product. Simply enable variants from :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:12 +msgid "" +"You will then be able to specify which component lines are to be used in the" +" manufacture of each product variant. You may specify multiple variants for " +"each line. If no variant is specified, the line will be used for all " +"variants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:17 +msgid "" +"When defining variant BoMs on a line-item-basis, the **Product Variant** " +"field in the main section of the BoM should be left blank. This field is " +"used when creating a BoM for one variant of a product only." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:3 +msgid "Set routings on kit Bills of materials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:5 +msgid "" +"It often happens that you want to use kit BoM’s within manufactured product " +"BoM’s in order to lighten the list of components for this manufactured " +"product. When doing so, you would like to have the possibility to specify, " +"for each kit component, in which operation they are consumed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:11 +msgid "" +"We will see the three use cases that you can face in these kinds of " +"configurations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:15 +msgid "Finished Product & Kit Component have the same Routing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:107 +msgid "Create BoM for the Finished Product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Create a manufactured BoM for the finished product which includes a kit " +"component. Set a routing on your BoM, for example, *Assemble Furniture*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:117 +msgid "Create a Kit BoM for the Kit Component" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Update the kit component to define its BoM. Make sure that the routing which" +" is set on this BoM is the same one than on the Finished Product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:36 +msgid "" +"You can define the operations in which the kit components are used directly " +"in the BoM of the kit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:127 +msgid "Manufacturing Order" +msgstr "Ordre de production" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:42 +msgid "" +"In the list of components, the kit is split. Two work orders are created as " +"we have two operations defined in the *Assemble Furniture* routing. The " +"components of the kits are well consumed in the operations defined in the " +"kit BoM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:57 +msgid "Finished Product & Kit Component haven’t the same Routing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:60 +msgid "Kit Consumption set on Finished Product BoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Update the kit component to define its BoM. In this use case, the routing " +"which is set on this Kit BoM is different than the one of the Finished " +"Product. Specify the operations at which the kit components are consumed in " +"this BoM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:129 +msgid "" +"When the manufacturing order is created for the Manufactured product, the " +"kit is split among its components. When the manufacturing order is planned, " +"three work orders are created in our case, one coming from the routing of " +"the manufactured products, the two other ones coming from the routing of the" +" kit BoM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:95 +msgid "The components are all consumed during their respective operations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:104 +msgid "Kit Consumption set on Kit BoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:109 +msgid "" +"Create a manufactured BoM for the finished product which includes a kit " +"component. Set a routing on your BoM, for example, *Assemble Furniture*. " +"Precise the consumption of the components on this BoM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Update the kit component to define its BoM. In this use case, the routing " +"which is set on this Kit BoM is different than the one of the Finished " +"Product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:138 +msgid "" +"All the components of the kits are consumed during the first operation. The " +"last component is consumed during the second operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:3 +msgid "Manage semi-finished products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, you can use subassembly products to simplify a complex *Bill of " +"Materials* or to represent your manufacturing flow more accurately. A " +"*subassembly product* is a manufactured product that is used as a component " +"to make another one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:10 +msgid "" +"A *BoM* that employs *subassemblies* is referred to as a multi-level BoM. " +"Those are accomplished by creating a *top-level BoM* and *subassembly ones*." +" This process requires a route that will ensure that every time a " +"manufacturing order for the top-level product is created, another one will " +"be for subassemblies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:17 +msgid "Configure the Subassembly Product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To configure a *multi-level BoM*, you will need a top-level product but also" +" its subassemblies. The first step is to create a product form for each of " +"the subassemblies. Select the routes *Manufacture* and *Replenish on Order*." +" Now, hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:27 +msgid "" +"In the *Bill of Materials* menu, under *Master Data*, create a new *Bill of " +"Materials*. Choose the product you just created and add its components." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:35 +msgid "Configure the Main BoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Now, you can configure the top-level product and its *BoM*. Include any " +"subassemblies in the list of components." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Now, each time you will plan a manufacturing order for the top-level " +"product, a manufacturing order will be created for the subassembly one. " +"Then, you will have to manufacture the subassembly in order to make it " +"available before manufacturing the finished product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:3 +msgid "Subcontract your Manufacturing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Outsourcing a portion of some or all your company’s manufacturing needs is " +"not easy. To make it work right, you have to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:8 +msgid "Manage the inventory of raw materials at your subcontractor;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Ship new materials to your subcontractors based on your forecasted demand;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Keep track of manufacturing operations done at the subcontractor location;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:13 +msgid "Control incoming goods quality;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:14 +msgid "Control subcontractors bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Here is an example of subcontracting the manufacturing of “C”, which is " +"produced out of raw materials “A” and “B”." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:23 +msgid "" +"With its subcontracting feature, Odoo helps you handle this flow easily." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To use the subcontracting feature, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and tick the box *Subcontracting*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To define if a product must be subcontracted, use a *Bill of Materials " +"(BoM)* of type *Subcontracting*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To create a new *BoM*, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Master Data " +"--> Bill of Materials` and hit create. Then, list the components your " +"subcontractor needs to manufacture the product. For costing purposes, you " +"might want to register all the components, even the ones that are sourced " +"directly from the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Once you have set the *BoM Type* to *Subcontracting*, specify one or several" +" subcontractors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:52 +msgid "Basic Subcontracting Flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To let your subcontractor know how many products you need, create and send " +"them purchase orders (PO). To do so, open the *Purchase* app and create a " +"new one. Be sure to send the PO to a vendor that is defined as a " +"subcontractor on the *BoM*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Once the *PO* is validated (1), a pending receipt is created. When the " +"products are received, validate the receipt (2), with the actual quantity " +"received. Then Odoo automatically created several inventory moves:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Consume the components at the subcontractor’s location, based on the *BoM* " +"(3);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:70 +msgid "Produce finished goods at the subcontractor’s location (4);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Move products from the subcontractor’s location to YourCompany through the " +"validated receipt (5)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Of course, Odoo does all the transactions for you, automatically. Simply " +"control the vendor bill with the usual matching process with the purchase " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:79 +msgid "" +"The *PO* is optional. If you create a receipt manually, with the right " +"subcontractor, Odoo still performs all the moves. Useful if the " +"subcontractor does not bill a fixed price per item, but rather the time and " +"materials used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:85 +msgid "Inventory Valuation" +msgstr "Valorisation de l'inventaire" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:87 +msgid "The cost of the manufactured product “C” is defined as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:89 +msgid "**C = A + B + s**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:91 +msgid "With:" +msgstr "Avec :" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:93 +msgid "**A**: Cost of raw materials coming from YourCompany;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:96 +msgid "**B**: Cost of raw materials sourced directly from the" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:96 +msgid "subcontractor;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:98 +msgid "**s**: Cost of the subcontracted service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Sending raw materials to your subcontractors (**A**) does not impact the " +"inventory valuation, the components still belonging to your company. To " +"manage this, the *Subcontracting Location* is configured as an *Internal " +"Location* so that the components are still valued in the inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:106 +msgid "" +"Then, the vendor price set on the product C form has to be what has to be " +"paid to the subcontractor for his parts and service time: **B + s**. The " +"product cost has to be: **A + B + s**, how much the product is valued in the" +" accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Finally, the subcontractor bill matches the purchase order, with the " +"proposed price coming from the finished products C." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:115 +msgid "" +"If managing the replenishment of raw materials **B** at your subcontractor’s" +" location is not needed, simply include the cost of **B** in the " +"subcontractor’s price **s** and remove the products *B* from the *BoM*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:121 +msgid "Traceability" +msgstr "Traçabilité" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:123 +msgid "" +"In case the products received from the subcontractor contain tracked " +"components, their serial or lot numbers need to be specified during the " +"receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:127 +msgid "" +"On the receipt of the subcontracted product, a *Record Components* button " +"appears when necessary. Click on it to open a dialog and record the " +"serial/lot numbers of the components. If the finished product is also " +"tracked, its serial/lot number can be registered here too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:136 +msgid "" +"For audit purposes, it is possible to check the lot numbers recorded on a " +"receipt by using the icon on the right of the finished products:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:144 +msgid "Automate Replenishment of Subcontractors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:146 +msgid "" +"To manage the resupply of your subcontractor, activate *Multi-locations* in " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Configuration`. Then, the " +"inventory at the subcontractor location can be tracked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:151 +msgid "" +"It is possible to resupply subcontractors by sending products from the " +"company locations, or by sending products from another supplier to the " +"subcontractors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:156 +msgid "Replenishment from the warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:158 +msgid "" +"Resupplying subcontractors manually is the simplest approach. To do so, " +"create delivery orders in which the subcontractor is set as a delivery " +"address and fill the components to deliver." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:162 +msgid "" +"To automate the subcontractors’ replenishment propositions, there are two " +"approaches:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:165 +msgid "Reordering rules;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:166 +msgid "Replenish on order flow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:168 +msgid "" +"For the first one, just define a reordering rule on the subcontracting " +"location, with a minimum and maximum inventory level. When the reordering " +"rule is triggered, a delivery order is created to ship the components to the" +" subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:177 +msgid "" +"The second approach is to use a “pull” flow. Here, the demand in the " +"finished product (real demand or forecasted one through the Master " +"Production Schedule) triggers the replenishment of the subcontractor. To do " +"so, select the route *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* on the wanted " +"components." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:188 +msgid "Replenishment from another supplier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:190 +msgid "" +"When purchasing items to another supplier, it is possible to ask him to " +"deliver the subcontractor directly. To do so, activate the *Drop Shipping* " +"feature in :menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> Configuration`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:195 +msgid "" +"Now, set the *Dropship* option in the *Deliver To* field of the *Other " +"Information* tab. Then, provide the address of the subcontractor for the " +"shipping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:203 +msgid "" +"That way, the supplier can ship items directly and you simply receive and " +"pay the bill. However, it is still required to validate receipts for the " +"subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:212 +msgid "Quality Control" +msgstr "Contrôle qualité" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:214 +msgid "" +"Controlling the quality of the products manufactured by subcontractors is " +"possible thanks to the Odoo Quality app. Quality checks can be made on a " +"manufacturing step but, because the manufacturing process is handled by an " +"external party, it can be defined on the product reception." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:224 +msgid "" +"To create a quality check at the receipt, open the *Quality* app and create " +"a new *Control Point* on the reception." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:231 +msgid "" +"By doing so, a quality check is automatically created each time a finished " +"product is received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:3 +msgid "Use the Master Production Schedule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The Master Production Schedule (MPS) is a valuable tool to plan your " +"production based on your demand forecast." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to the :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings` " +"and activate the Master Production Schedule feature before hitting save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:18 +msgid "" +"In the manufacturing settings, you can define the time range of your MPS " +"(month/week/day) and the number of periods you want to display." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Now, go in :menuselection:`Planning --> Master Production Schedule` and " +"click on add a product. You can now define your safety stock target (= the " +"stock you want to have on hand at the end of the period) and the minimum and" +" maximum quantities to replenish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The products are ordered in the MPS based on their sequence. You can " +"rearrange that sequence by going on the list of your products and reorganize" +" them with drag and drop." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:36 +msgid "" +"In the MPS view, you can decide which information you would like to show by " +"clicking on *rows*. Some fields can be added to the view, such as *Actual " +"demand*, which will show which quantity of products has already been ordered" +" for the period, or *Available to Promise*, which allows you to know what " +"can still be sold during the period (what you plan to replenish - what is " +"already sold during the period). You can also decide to hide some " +"information if it isn’t necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:48 +msgid "Estimate your demand and launch replenishment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The next step is to estimate the demand for the period. This estimation " +"should be entered in the row *Demand Forecast*. You can easily, at any time," +" compare the demand forecast with the actual demand (= confirmed sales). The" +" demand forecast for a finished product will impact the indirect demand for " +"its components." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Then, the quantity to replenish for the different periods will be " +"automatically computed. The replenishments you are supposed to launch based " +"on your lead times (vendor lead time or manufacturing lead time) are " +"displayed in green. You can now launch the replenishment by clicking on the " +"replenish button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Depending on the configuration of the product (buy vs. manufacture), " +"requests for quotations or manufacturing orders will be created. You can " +"easily access those by clicking on the *Actual Replenishment* cell." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:75 +msgid "" +"In case you manually edit the *To replenish* quantity, a small cross will " +"appear on the left. In case you want to go back to the automatically " +"computed value given by Odoo, you can click the cross." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:83 +msgid "Cells color signification" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:85 +msgid "" +"The cells, which are part of the *To replenish* line, can take different " +"colors depending on the situation:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:88 +msgid "" +"**Green**: quantity of products which should be replenished to reach the " +"expected safety stock considering the demand forecast and the indirect " +"demand forecast." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:90 +msgid "" +"**Grey**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity " +"still matches current data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:92 +msgid "" +"**Red**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity " +"was too high considering current data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:94 +msgid "" +"**Orange**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity" +" was too low considering current data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:96 +msgid "" +"The *Forecasted stock* line can also contain red cells, which means the " +"stock will be negative during the period in question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:100 +msgid "What if I have underestimated the demand?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:102 +msgid "" +"You can still increase the demand forecast. It will impact the quantity to " +"replenish. The cell will become orange, and you’ll be able to launch a new " +"replenishment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:107 +msgid "What if I have overestimated the demand?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:109 +msgid "" +"You can decrease the demand forecast. The cell will become red to inform you" +" that you’ve ordered more than planned. If you’re still able to do it, you " +"can cancel some RFQ or MO manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:114 +msgid "What if I wrongly added a product to the MPS?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:116 +msgid "" +"You can easily remove a product from the MPS by clicking the small bin on " +"the right of its name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:4 +msgid "Purchase" +msgstr "Achats" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced" +msgstr "Avancé" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:3 +msgid "Analyze the performance of your purchases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:5 +msgid "" +"If your company regularly purchases products, you have several reasons to " +"track and analyze your performance. The insights gathered can help you to " +"better forecast and plan your future orders. For example, you can assess if " +"your business is dependent on particular vendors, and the data can help you " +"negotiate discounts on prices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:11 +msgid "Generate customized reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Go to *Reporting* to access the purchase analysis. Simply by accessing the " +"reporting dashboard, you can get a quick overview of your actual " +"performance. By default, the reporting dashboard displays a line chart " +"presenting the untaxed amount of your purchase orders per day, and below it," +" key metrics and a pivot table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:22 +msgid "" +"While the data initially presented is useful, there are several tools and " +"features you can use to get even more insights on your purchases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:26 +msgid "Use filters to select the data you need" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Odoo offers several default filters you can use and combine by clicking on " +"*Filters*. When you select one or several filters, Odoo looks for all the " +"orders that match at least one of the filters you have chosen and populates " +"the chart, key metrics, and pivot table with the data. The pre-configured " +"filters are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:33 +msgid "All *Requests for Quotation*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:35 +msgid "All *Purchase Orders*, except canceled ones" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:37 +msgid "" +"*Confirmation Date Last Year* includes all orders that were confirmed the " +"previous year, canceled purchase orders included" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:40 +msgid "" +"*Order Date* includes all orders - request for quotations and purchases " +"orders (canceled ones included) - depending on their date of creation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:43 +msgid "" +"*Confirmation Date* includes all confirmed orders, canceled ones included, " +"depending on their date of confirmation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:47 +msgid "" +"When you have to select a period, you can use multiple years, and, with at " +"least one year selected, multiple quarters and the three most recent months." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you use the *Order Date* or *Confirmation Date* filters, the *Comparison*" +" feature appears next to *Filters*. It enables you to compare the period you" +" filtered with the previous one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:59 +msgid "Add custom filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Thanks to the 31 filtering options to choose from, the possibilities of your" +" customizing your dataset are almost limitless. Go to " +":menuselection:`Filters --> Add Custom Filter`, specify the condition the " +"filtering option should meet (e.g. *is equal to*, *contains*, etc.), and " +"click on *Apply*. If you want to select orders matching several conditions " +"simultaneously (*and* operator), repeat the process to add another custom " +"filter. If you want to use the *or* operator, don't click on *Apply*, and " +"click on *Add a condition* instead. Once you have added all the desired " +"filtering options, click on *Apply*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To avoid having to recreate custom filters every time, save them by clicking" +" on :menuselection:`Favorites --> Save current search --> Save`. The " +"customized search filter can then be accessed by clicking on *Favorites* or " +"can even be set as the default filter when you open the reporting dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:80 +msgid "Measure exactly what you need" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Before selecting what you want to measure, you need to decide whether you " +"prefer using the graph view or the pivot view. By default, the dashboard " +"presents both views. However, the measures you select won't be applied to " +"both views. You can access each view separately by clicking on the icons at " +"the top right of the dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:92 +msgid "Visualize your data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:94 +msgid "" +"You can transform the main graph in just a click by selecting one of the " +"three charts: bar, line or pie. Fourteen different measures are available, " +"but you can only use one at a time. However, you can group the measure using" +" one or several of the 19 *Groups*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:102 +msgid "" +"For bar and line charts, the selected measure is your y-axis, and the first " +"group you select is used to create the x-axis. Adding more group adds " +"additional lines (line chart) or transforms your bar chart into a stacked " +"bar chart. For pie charts, the more groups you select, the more slices are " +"displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:108 +msgid "Explore your data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:110 +msgid "" +"The pivot table view enables you to explore your data in great detail. " +"Unlike the graph view, the pivot table enables you to add several measures " +"at the same time. By clicking on *Measures* or on the **+** sign in the " +"*Total* column, you can add as many as you want, each assigned to a new " +"column. By clicking on the **+** sign in the *Total* row, you can add " +"*Groups*. If you click on a group's **+** sign, you can add a sub-group, and" +" so on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:121 +msgid "" +"You can insert your pivot table's data directly in the Spreadsheet app or " +"export it as an Excel file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals.rst:3 +msgid "Manage deals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:3 +msgid "Purchase agreements: blanket orders and calls for tenders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:5 +msgid "" +"There are two main types of purchase agreements preconfigured in Odoo: " +"blanket orders and call for tenders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Blanket orders are long-term agreements between a company and a vendor to " +"deliver products on a recurring basis with predetermined pricing. Your " +"company should consider using them when you frequently purchase the same " +"products from the same vendor in varying quantities and/or at different " +"times. Among their many benefits, you can save time as the ordering process " +"is simplified, and money thanks to more advantageous bulk pricing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Calls for tenders use a special procedure to request offers from multiple " +"vendors at the same time. While public sector organizations are often " +"legally bound to release calls for tenders when they want to purchase goods " +"or services, private organizations can also use them to get the best deal " +"among several vendors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:20 +msgid "Enable purchase agreements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:22 +msgid "" +"From the Purchase app, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and" +" activate *Purchase Agreements*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:30 +msgid "Configure or create new types of purchase agreements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Before you start using purchase agreements, make sure they are configured " +"the way you want by going to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Purchase " +"Agreement Types`. From there, you can edit the way blanket orders and calls " +"for tenders or *Create* a new type of purchase agreement. You can configure " +"the:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:37 +msgid "Agreement Type: the name you want to give to the agreement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Agreement Selection Type: you can either select multiple offers using " +"*Select multiple RFQ (non-exclusive)*, which is the default setting for both" +" blanket orders and calls for tenders, or a single offer using *Select only " +"one RFQ (exclusive)*, which is sometimes needed for calls for tenders where " +"you only want to select a single vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Lines: generally, you would always want to select *Use lines of agreement*, " +"which are the different product lines you can configure when you set up your" +" purchase agreement. However, you can select *Do not create RfQ lines " +"automatically* if you don't want your requests for quotations to be pre-" +"filled in with that information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Quantities: if you use lines of agreements, you can also specify " +"independently if the products' quantities should be used to pre-fill new " +"requests for quotations. The default option for blanket orders is *Set " +"quantities manually*, while for calls for tenders are set to *Use quantities" +" of agreement*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:59 +msgid "Set up a blanket order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Orders --> Purchase Agreements` and click on *Create*." +" Select *Blanket Order* as your *Agreement Type*. Next, select the vendor. " +"The other fields aren't mandatory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Next, add the products you want to order and their price. Note that you can " +"also add a *Quantity* for each product, for example, if you have agreed with" +" your vendor to order a specific minimum quantity each time or in total. If " +"you have configured your blanket order to *Set quantities manually*, this is" +" only used for informational purposes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:73 +msgid "" +"You can also write any *Terms and Conditions* at the bottom of the " +"agreement. Once you are satisfied with your blanket order, click on " +"*Confirm*. Its status then changes from *Draft* to *Ongoing* and it's ready " +"to be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:78 +msgid "Create requests for quotation from the blanket order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:80 +msgid "" +"You can now create new quotations from the blanket order whenever you need " +"it by clicking on *New Quotation*. Odoo automatically fills in requests for " +"quotation with the information initially defined when you set up the blanket" +" order. Depending on the way you configured the *Purchase Agreement Type*, " +"product lines can also be pre-filled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:85 +msgid "" +"From here, you can quickly view all the requests for quotations made under " +"that blanket order by clicking on *RFQs/Orders*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:93 +msgid "" +"You can also create a *Request for Quotation* the usual way and then link it" +" to an existing *Blanket Order*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:97 +msgid "Blanket orders and replenishment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Blanket orders can be used for :doc:`automated replenishment " +"<../../purchase/products/reordering>`, as once a blanket order is confirmed," +" a new vendor line is added to your product. Make sure the related vendor is" +" in the first position if you have several vendors linked to your product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:108 +msgid "Set up a call for tenders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Orders --> Purchase Agreements` and click on *Create*." +" Select *Call for Tenders* as your *Agreement Type*. The other fields aren't" +" mandatory, but you can add the date you want to be delivered and set an " +"agreement deadline. You usually don't want to select a vendor for calls for " +"tenders as you are looking to get quotations from multiple vendors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Next, add the products you want to order and in what quantity. For calls for" +" tenders, you typically don't add a price, as the vendors should give you " +"their best quote." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:118 +msgid "" +"You can also write any *Terms and Conditions* at the bottom of the " +"agreement. Once you are ready, click on *Confirm*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:126 +msgid "Requests quotations from the call for tenders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:128 +msgid "" +"You can now request new quotations from the call for tenders. Click on *New " +"Quotation* and select one of your vendors you want to invite to the call for" +" tenders. Product lines should also be pre-filled in, depending on how you " +"configured the *Purchase Agreement Type*. Click on *Send by email* to send " +"it to the vendor. Go back to the call for tenders and repeat this process " +"for each vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:138 +msgid "" +"Once you have sent a request for quotation to every vendor and receiving " +"their quotes, click on *Validate* to proceed to the bid selection. Next, " +"click on the RFQs/Orders smart button to view all your vendors' quotations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:146 +msgid "" +"Click on each request for quotation to add the price communicated by your " +"vendors manually. When that's done, select the most advantageous offer and " +"click on *Confirm Order*. This automatically closes the call for tenders. " +"You can now proceed with the purchase order as you would for a regular one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:3 +msgid "Control and know when vendor bills should be paid" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can define how your vendor bills are controlled. For each " +"purchase order, you can decide when the related vendor bill should be paid: " +"either before or after you have received your products. You can also check " +"at a glance what is the billing status of each purchase order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:9 +msgid "" +"With the 3-way matching feature, Odoo compares the information appearing on " +"the *Purchase Order*, the *Vendor Bill* and the *Receipt*, and lets you know" +" if you should pay the bill. This way you can avoid paying incorrect or " +"fraudulent vendor bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:14 +msgid "Vendor bills default control policy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:16 +msgid "" +"As a first step, open your Purchase app and go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` to set the default bill control " +"policy for all the products created onwards." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:23 +msgid "" +"By selecting *On ordered quantities*, you can create a vendor bill as soon " +"as you confirm an order. The quantities mentioned in the purchase order are " +"used to generate the draft bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you choose *On received quantities* instead, you can only create one once" +" you have at least received some of the products you have ordered. The " +"quantities you have received are used to generate the draft bill. If you try" +" to create one without having received any product, you get an error " +"message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:36 +msgid "Change a specific product's control policy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:38 +msgid "" +"If you want to modify a specific product's control policy, go to " +":menuselection:`Products --> Products`, open it, click on *Edit* and go to " +"the *Purchase tab*. There you can change a product's default bill control " +"policy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:47 +msgid "View a purchase order's billing status" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Once you confirm an order, you can view its *Billing Status* by going to the" +" *Other Information* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Below you can find a list of the different *Billing Status*, and when they " +"are displayed, depending on the products' bill control policy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:60 +msgid "**Billing status**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:60 +msgid "**Conditions**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:62 +msgid "*On received quantities*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:62 +msgid "*On ordered quantities*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:64 +msgid "*Nothing to Bill*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:64 +msgid "PO confirmed; no products received" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:64 +msgid "*(Not applicable)*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:66 +msgid "*Waiting Bills*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:66 +msgid "All/some products received; bill not created" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:66 +msgid "PO confirmed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:68 +msgid "*Fully Billed*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:68 +msgid "All/some products received; draft bill created" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:68 +msgid "Draft bill created" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:72 +msgid "Determine when to pay with 3-way matching" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:74 +msgid "" +"First, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate *3-way" +" matching*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:81 +msgid "" +"3-way matching is intended to work with the bill control policy set to *On " +"received quantities*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:84 +msgid "Should I pay the vendor bill?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:86 +msgid "" +"With the feature activated, your vendor bills now display the *Should Be " +"Paid* field under the *Other info* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:93 +msgid "" +"As you can't create a bill until you have received your products - and if " +"you haven't received all of them, Odoo only includes the products you have " +"received in the draft bill - the *Should Be Paid* status is set to *Yes* " +"when you create one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:97 +msgid "" +"If you edit a draft bill to increase the billed quantity, change the price, " +"or add other products, the *Should Be Paid* status is set to *Exception*. It" +" means Odoo notices the discrepancy, but that you might have a valid reason " +"to have done so." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Once the payment has been registered and mentions *Paid*, the *Should Be " +"Paid* status is set to *No*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:109 +msgid "" +"The *Should Be Paid* status is set automatically by Odoo. However, you can " +"change the status manually when you are viewing a bill in edit mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:3 +msgid "Don’t run out of stock with reordering rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To make sure you never run out of stock, you can define *Reordering Rules* " +"on products. Thanks to them, Odoo can help you replenish your stock " +"automatically when it reaches set quantities or whenever a sales order is " +"created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:9 +msgid "You need to install the *Inventory app* to use reordering rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:12 +msgid "Configure your storable product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Open or create a product with its *Product Type* set to *Storable Product*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:20 +msgid "" +"As you are purchasing this product from a vendor, go to the product's " +"*Purchase tab* and add a vendor by clicking on *Add a line*. You can add " +"multiple vendors, but make sure to order them correctly, since reordering " +"rules always use the first vendor in a list. You can add a price, but it " +"isn't necessary for the reordering rule to work. In addition, you can add a " +"minimum quantity you must order to benefit from that price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:27 +msgid "" +"If the quantity Odoo has to reorder doesn't match the minimum quantity " +"specified, Odoo selects the next vendor on your list. If you don't have " +"another vendor on your list, the reordering rule won't work. For that " +"purpose, you can add the same vendor multiple times with different prices " +"for different quantities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:37 +msgid "" +"By default, a draft purchase order is created. However, if you have enabled " +"*Purchase Agreements*, you can *Propose a call for tenders* instead as shown" +" in the image above. For more information, see " +":doc:`../manage_deals/agreements`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Next, make sure the correct route is selected under the Inventory tab of " +"your product. If you created your product within the Purchase app, the *Buy*" +" route is selected by default. If you are looking to dropship your product, " +"select *Dropship*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:50 +msgid "Set up your reordering rule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:52 +msgid "Open your product and click on the *Reordering Rules* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Once you are on the product's reordering rules page, click on *Create*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:61 +msgid "" +"You can access and create reordering rules from :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Configuration --> Reordering Rules` and from :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Operations --> Replenishment`. By default, the replenishment view " +"presents a summary of all the products that you might need to purchase to " +"fulfill your sales orders. From there, you can ask Odoo with a single click " +"to order a product once or automate all orders for that product, future " +"orders included." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:68 +msgid "Define quantities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:70 +msgid "" +"You can set a **minimum quantity** your stock should always have. Once set, " +"if your stock goes below the minimum quantity, and if you selected the Buy " +"route, a request for quotation is automatically generated to reach that " +"minimum quantity, plus any additional quantity needed to fill in a sales " +"order for example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:75 +msgid "" +"If you set a **maximum quantity**, every time the product has to be " +"replenished, enough products are reordered to reach the maximum quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:78 +msgid "" +"If you want to order only the exact quantity needed to fill in a sales order" +" for example, set both both the minimum and maximum quantity to **zero**. " +"The quantity mentioned in the sales order is then used by the reordering " +"rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:82 +msgid "" +"You can also add a **quantity multiple** to only order products in batches " +"of a certain quantity. Click on the optional columns drop-down menu, and " +"select *Multiple Quantity* to show the column. Bear in mind that you might " +"go over the maximum quantity you set if your rule includes a quantity " +"multiple, as Odoo orders enough products to reach the maximum quantity and " +"respect the set quantity multiple." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:92 +msgid "" +"If you selected multiple routes for the same product under its Inventory " +"tab, make sure to select your *Preferred Route* on your reordering rule by " +"clicking on the optional columns drop-down menu, adding the *Preferred " +"Route* column, and selecting the right route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:3 +msgid "Purchase in different units of measure than sales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you purchase a product, it may happen that your vendor uses a different" +" unit of measure than you do when you sell it. This can cause confusion " +"between sales and purchase representatives. It is also time-consuming to " +"convert measures manually every time. With Odoo, you can configure your " +"product once and let Odoo handle the conversion." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:10 +msgid "Consider the following examples:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:12 +msgid "" +"You purchase orange juice from an American vendor, and they use **gallons**." +" However, your customers are European and use **liters**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:15 +msgid "" +"You buy curtains from a vendor in the form of **rolls** and you sell pieces " +"of the rolls to your customers using **square meters**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:19 +msgid "Enable units of measure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Open your Sales app and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. " +"Under Product Catalog, enable *Units of Measure*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:29 +msgid "Specify sales and purchase units of measure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:32 +msgid "Standard units of measure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:34 +msgid "" +"A variety of units of measure are available by default in your database. " +"Each belongs to one of the five pre-configured units of measure categories: " +"*Length / Distance*, *Unit*, *Volume*, *Weight* and *Working Time*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:39 +msgid "" +"You can create your new units of measure and units of measure categories " +"(see next section)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To specify different units of measures for sales and purchases, open the " +"Purchase app and go to :menuselection:`Products --> Products`. Create a " +"product or select an existing one. Under the product's *General Information*" +" tab, first select the *Unit of Measure* to be used for sales (as well as " +"for other apps such as inventory). Then, select the *Purchase Unit of " +"Measure* to be used for purchases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Back to the first example, if you purchase orange juice from your vendor in " +"**gallons** and sell it to your customers in **liters**, first select *L* " +"(liters) as the *Unit of Measure*, and *gal (US)* (gallons) as the *Purchase" +" Unit of Measure*, then click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:56 +msgid "Create new units of measure and units of measure categories" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Sometimes you need to create your own units and categories, either because " +"the measure is not pre-configured in Odoo or because the units do not relate" +" with each other (e.g. kilos and centimeters)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:62 +msgid "" +"If you take the second example where you buy curtains from a vendor in the " +"form of **rolls** and you sell pieces of the rolls using **square meters**, " +"you need to create a new *Units of Measure Category* in order to relate both" +" units of measure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:66 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Units of Measure " +"Categories`. Click on *Create* and name the category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:73 +msgid "" +"The next step is to create the two units of measures. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Units of Measure`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:76 +msgid "" +"First, create the unit of measure used as the reference point for converting" +" to other units of measure inside the category by clicking on *Create*. Name" +" the unit and select the units of measure category you just created. For the" +" *Type*, select *Reference Unit of Measure for this category type*. Enter " +"the *Rounding Precision* you would like to use. The quantity computed by " +"Odoo is always a multiple of this value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:82 +msgid "" +"In the example, as you cannot purchase less than 1 roll and won't use " +"fractions of a roll as a unit of measure, you can enter 1." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:89 +msgid "" +"If you use a *Rounding Precision* inferior to 0.01, a warning message might " +"appear stating that it is higher than the *Decimal Accuracy* and that it " +"might cause inconsistencies. If you wish to use a *Rounding Precision* lower" +" than 0.01, first :doc:`activate the Developer Mode " +"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, then go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Database Structure --> Decimal " +"Accuracy`, select *Product Unit of Measure* and edit *Digits* accordingly. " +"For example, if you want to use a rounding precision of 0.00001, set " +"*Digits* to 5." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Next, create a second unit of measure, name it, and select the same units of" +" measure category as your reference unit. As *Type*, select *Smaller* or " +"*Bigger than the reference Unit of Measure*, depending on your situation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:100 +msgid "" +"As the curtain roll equals to 100 square meters, you should select " +"*Smaller*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Next, you need to enter the *Ratio* between your reference unit and the " +"second one. If the second unit is smaller, the *Ratio* should be greater " +"than 1. If the second unit is larger, the ratio should be smaller than 1." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:106 +msgid "For your curtain roll, the ratio should be set to 100." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:112 +msgid "" +"You can now configure your product just as you would using Odoo's standard " +"units of measure." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po deleted file mode 100644 index 90494df59..000000000 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,919 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Florian Hatat, 2020 -# Nacim ABOURA <nacim.aboura@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Eloïse Stilmant <est@odoo.com>, 2020 -# Laura Piraux <lap@odoo.com>, 2020 -# Gunther Clauwaert <gclauwae@hotmail.com>, 2020 -# Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020 -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# Jérôme Tanché <jerome.tanche@ouest-dsi.fr>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-11-02 12:05+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Jérôme Tanché <jerome.tanche@ouest-dsi.fr>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: fr\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" - -#: ../../iot.rst:5 -msgid "Internet of Things (IoT)" -msgstr "Internet des objets (IoT)" - -#: ../../iot/config.rst:3 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Configuration" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:3 -msgid "Connect an IoT Box to your database" -msgstr "Connectez une IoT Box à votre base de données" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:5 -msgid "Install the Internet of Things (IoT) App on your Odoo Database." -msgstr "" -"Installez l'application Internet des objets (IoT) sur votre base de données " -"Odoo." - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:10 -msgid "Go in the IoT App and click on Connect on the IoT Boxes page." -msgstr "" -"Allez dans l'application IoT et cliquez sur Connecter sur la page des IoT " -"Box." - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:15 -msgid "Follow the steps to connect your IoT Box." -msgstr "Pour connecter votre IoT Box, suivez les étapes :" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:21 -msgid "Ethernet Connection" -msgstr "Connexion Ethernet" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Connect to the IoT Box all the devices that have to be connected with cables" -" (ethernet, usb devices, etc.)." -msgstr "" -"Connectez à votre IoT Box tous les appareils qui doivent être connectés par " -"câble (ethernet, périphériques USB, etc.)." - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:26 -msgid "Power on the IoT Box." -msgstr "Mettez l'IoT Box sous tension." - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Read the Pairing Code from a screen or a receipt printer connected to the " -"IoT Box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:32 -msgid "Input the Pairing Code and click on the Pair button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Recent changes in modern web browsers forced us to modify the connection " -"wizard. If your screen is different from the screenshots, make sure that the" -" ``iot_pairing`` module is installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:40 -msgid "WiFi Connection" -msgstr "Connexion Wi-Fi" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:42 -msgid "Power on the IoT Box" -msgstr "Mettez l'IoT Box sous tension" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:44 -msgid "Copy the token" -msgstr "Copiez votre jeton" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Connect to the IoT Box WiFi Network (make sure there is no ethernet cable " -"plugged in your computer)." -msgstr "" -"Connectez-vous au réseau Wi-Fi de l'IoT Box (assurez-vous qu'aucun câble " -"n'est connecté à votre ordinateur)." - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:53 -msgid "" -"You will be redirected to the IoT Box Homepage (if it doesn't work, connect " -"to the IP address of the box). Give a name to your IoT Box (not required) " -"and paste the token, then click on next." -msgstr "" -"Vous allez être redirigé vers la page d'accueil de l'IoT Box (si cela ne " -"fonctionne pas, connectez-vous à l'adresse IP de la Box). Donnez un nom à " -"votre IoT Box (pas obligatoire) et insérez le jeton, puis cliquez sur " -"suivant." - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:60 -msgid "" -"If you are on Runbot, do not forget to add the -all or -base in the token " -"(e.g. this token **http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-" -"f3f920.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401** should become " -"**http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-f3f920-all.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401**)." -msgstr "" -"Si vous êtes sur Runbot, n'oubliez pas d'ajouter le -all ou -base dans le " -"jeton (par ex. ce jeton **http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-" -"f3f920.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401** doit devenir " -"**http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-f3f920-all.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401**)." - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Choose the WiFi network you want to connect with (enter the password if " -"there is one) and click on Submit. Wait a few seconds before being " -"redirected to your database." -msgstr "" -"Choisissez le réseau Wi-Fi auquel vous voulez vous connecter (entrez le mot " -"de passe s'il y en a un) et cliquez sur Envoyer. Vous serez redirigé vers " -"votre base de données en quelques secondes." - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:72 -msgid "You should now see the IoT Box." -msgstr "L'IoT Box devrait maintenant s'afficher." - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:78 -msgid "IoT Box Schema" -msgstr "Schéma de l'IoT Box" - -#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:3 -msgid "Flashing your SD Card" -msgstr "Flasher votre carte SD" - -#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In some case, you may need to reflash your IoT Box’s SD Card to benefit from" -" our latest updates." -msgstr "" -"Dans certains cas, vous devrez peut-être reflasher la carte SD de votre IoT " -"Box pour bénéficier de nos dernières mises à jour." - -#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:9 -msgid "Upgrade from the IoT Box homepage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Go to the IoT Box homepage, click on *Update*, next to the version number. " -"If a new version of the IoT Box image is available, you will see a *Upgrade " -"to ___* button a the bottom of the page, the IoT Box will then flash itself " -"to the new version of the IoT Box. All of your configurations will be saved." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:18 -msgid "" -"This process can take more than 30 minutes. Do not turn off or unplug the " -"IoT Box as it would leave it in an inconsistent state." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:25 -msgid "Upgrade with Etcher" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Go to Balena’s website and download `Etcher <https://www.balena.io/>`__. " -"It’s a free and open-source utility used for burning image files. Install " -"and launch it. Download the latest image from `nightly " -"<http://nightly.odoo.com/master/iotbox/>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Then, open *Etcher* and select *Flash from file*, find the image you just " -"downloaded. Insert the IoT Box SD card into your computer and select it. " -"Click on *Flash* and wait for the process to finish." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:3 -msgid "Use the IoT Box for the PoS" -msgstr "Utilisez l'IoT Box pour le PdV" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:9 -msgid "Prerequisites" -msgstr "Prérequis" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:11 -msgid "Before starting, make sure you have the following:" -msgstr "Avant de commencer, assurez-vous d'avoir :" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:13 -msgid "An IoT Box, with its power adapter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:15 -msgid "A computer or tablet with an up-to-date web browser" -msgstr "Un ordinateur ou une tablette avec un navigateur web à jour;" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:17 -msgid "" -"A running SaaS or Odoo instance with the Point of Sale and IoT apps " -"installed" -msgstr "" -"Une instance Saas ou Odoo avec le Point de ventes et l'application IoT " -"installés;" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:20 -msgid "A local network setup with DHCP (this is the default setting)" -msgstr "Un réseau local configuré avec DHCP (c'est le réglage par défaut);" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:22 -msgid "An RJ45 Ethernet Cable (optional, WiFi is built in)" -msgstr "Un câble Ethernet RJ45 (en option, le Wi-Fi est intégré)." - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Any of the supported hardware (receipt printer, barcode scanner, cash " -"drawer, payment terminal, scale, customer display, etc.). The list of " -"supported hardware can be found on the `POS Hardware page " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/point-of-sale-hardware>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:30 -msgid "Set Up" -msgstr "Configuration" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:32 -msgid "" -"To connect hardware to the PoS, the first step is to connect an IoT Box to " -"your database. For this, follow this :doc:`documentation <connect>`." -msgstr "" -"Pour pouvoir connecter un matériel à votre PdV, vous devez d'abord connecter" -" une IoT Box à votre base de données. Pour ce faire, allez à " -":doc:`documentation <connect>`." - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:36 -msgid "Then, you have to connect the peripheral devices to your IoT Box." -msgstr "Vous devez ensuite connecter les périphériques à votre IoT Box." - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:38 -msgid "" -"**Printer**: Connect a supported receipt printer to a USB port or to the " -"network and power it on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:41 -msgid "" -"**Cash drawer**: The cash drawer should be connected to the printer with an " -"RJ25 cable." -msgstr "" -"**Tiroir caisse**: Le tiroir caisse devrait être connecté à l'imprimante " -"avec un cable RJ25." - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:44 -msgid "" -"**Barcode scanner**: Connect your barcode scanner. In order for your barcode" -" scanner to be compatible it must end barcodes with an Enter character " -"(keycode 28). This is most likely the default configuration of your barcode " -"scanner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:49 -msgid "**Scale**: Connect your scale and power it on." -msgstr "" -"**Balance**: Connectez votre balance électronique et mettez la en marche." - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:51 -msgid "" -"**Customer Display**: Connect a monitor to the IoT Box using an HDMI cable. " -"You can also access the Customer Display from any other computer by " -"accessing the IoT Box homepage and clicking on the *POS Display* button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:56 -msgid "" -"**Payment terminal**: The connection process depends on the terminal, please" -" refer to the :doc:`payment terminals documentation " -"<../../point_of_sale/payment>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Once it's done, you can connect the IoT Box to your PoS. For this, go in " -":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> PoS`, tick *IoT Box* and" -" select the devices you want to use in this Point of Sale. Save the changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:68 -msgid "Set up is done, you can launch a new PoS Session." -msgstr "" -"La configuration est faite, vous pouvez lancer votre nouvelle session PdV." - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:3 -msgid "Troubleshooting" -msgstr "Dépannage" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:6 -msgid "IoT Box Connection" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:9 -msgid "I can't find the pairing code to connect my IoT Box" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:11 -msgid "" -"The pairing code should be printed on receipt printers connected to the IoT " -"Box and should also be displayed on connected monitors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:14 -msgid "The pairing code doesn't show under the following circumstances:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:16 -msgid "The IoT Box is already connected to an Odoo database;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:18 -msgid "The IoT Box is not connected to the Internet;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:20 -msgid "" -"The code is only valid for 5 minutes after the IoT Box has started. It's " -"automatically removed from connected displays when this delay has expired;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:23 -msgid "" -"The version of the IoT Box image is too old. It should use version 20.06 or " -"more recent. If your IoT Box image is from an earlier version, then you will" -" have to reflash the SD card of your IoT Box to update the image (see " -":doc:`Flashing your SD Card <flash_sdcard>`)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:28 -msgid "" -"If you are not in any of the cases listed above, make sure that the IoT Box " -"has correctly started, by checking that a fixed green LED is showing next to" -" the micro-USB port." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:33 -msgid "I've connected my IoT Box but it's not showing in my database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:35 -msgid "" -"When you connect an IoT Box to a database, the IoT Box might restart, if " -"that is the case, it might take up to one minute before appearing in your " -"database. If after some time the IoT is still not showing, make sure that " -"your database can be reached from the IoT Box and that your server doesn't " -"use a multi-database environment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:42 -msgid "My IoT Box is connected to my database, but cannot be reached" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Make sure that the IoT Box and the device running the browser are located on" -" the same network as the IoT Box cannot be reached from outside the local " -"network." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:49 -msgid "Printer" -msgstr "Imprimante" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:52 -msgid "My printer is not detected" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:54 -msgid "" -"If one of your printers doesn't show up in your devices list, go to the IoT " -"Box homepage and make sure that it is listed under *Printers*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:60 -msgid "" -"If your printer is not present on the IoT Box homepage, hit *Printers " -"Server*, go to the *Administration* tab and click on *Add Printer*. If you " -"can't find your printer in the list, it's probably not connected properly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:66 -msgid "My printer outputs random text" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:68 -msgid "" -"For most printers, the correct driver should be automatically detected and " -"selected. However, in some cases, the automatic detection mechanism might " -"not be enough, and if no driver is found the printer might print random " -"characters." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:73 -msgid "" -"The solution is to manually select the corresponding driver. On the IoT Box " -"homepage, click on *Printers Server*, go to the *Printers* tab and select " -"the printer in the list. In the Administration dropdown, click on *Modify " -"Printer*. Follow the steps and select the Make and Model corresponding to " -"your printer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Epson and Star receipt printers and Zebra label printers do not need a " -"driver to work. Make sure that no driver is selected for those printers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:88 -msgid "My Zebra Printer doesn't print anything" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:90 -msgid "" -"Zebra printers are quite sensitive to the format of the ZPL code that is " -"printed. If nothing comes out of the printer or blank labels are printed, " -"try changing the format of the report that is sent to the printer by " -"accessing :menuselection:`Settings ~~> Technical ~~> Views` in developer " -"mode and look for the corresponding template." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:97 -msgid "Barcode Scanner" -msgstr "Lecteur de code-barres" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:100 -msgid "The characters read by the barcode scanner don't match the barcode" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:102 -msgid "" -"By default, we assume that your barcode scanner is configured in US QWERTY. " -"This is the default configuration of most barcode readers. If your barcode " -"scanner uses a different layout, please go to the form view of your device " -"and select the correct one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:108 -msgid "Nothing happens when a barcode is scanned" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:110 -msgid "" -"Make sure that the correct device is selected in your Point of Sale " -"configuration and that your barcode is configured to send an ENTER character" -" (keycode 28) at the end of every barcode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:115 -msgid "The barcode scanner is detected as a keyboard" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:117 -msgid "" -"Some poorly built barcode scanners do not advertise themselves as barcode " -"scanners but as a USB keyboard instead, and will not be recognized by the " -"IoT Box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:121 -msgid "" -"You can manually change the device type by going to its form view and " -"activating the *Is scanner* option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:128 -msgid "Cashdrawer" -msgstr "Tiroir-caisse" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:131 -msgid "The cashdrawer does not open" -msgstr "Le tiroir-caisse ne s'ouvre pas" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:133 -msgid "" -"The cashdrawer should be connected to the printer and the *Cashdrawer* " -"checkbox should be ticked in the POS configuration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices.rst:3 -msgid "Devices" -msgstr "Périphériques" - -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:3 -msgid "Connect a Camera" -msgstr "Connectez un appareil photo" - -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When using your *IoT Box* in Odoo, you could need to use a camera. As it can" -" be done in a few steps, this device is really easy to configure. Then, you " -"can use it in your manufacturing process and link it to a control point. " -"Doing so will allow you to take pictures when you reach the chosen quality " -"control point." -msgstr "" -"Lorsque vous utilisez votre *IoT Box* dans Odoo, vous pourriez avoir besoin " -"d'utiliser un appareil photo. La configuration de cet appareil est très " -"simple, et elle peut se faire en quelques étapes. Vous pourrez alors " -"l'utiliser dans votre processus de fabrication et le relier à un point de " -"contrôle. Ainsi, vous pourrez prendre des photos lorsque vous atteindrez le " -"point de contrôle de la qualité choisi." - -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:12 ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:13 -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:11 -msgid "Connection" -msgstr "Connexion" - -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:14 -msgid "" -"To connect the camera to the *IoT Box*, simply connect the two by cable." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:17 -msgid "" -"If your camera is a `*supported one* <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-" -"hardware>`__, there is no need to set up anything as it will be detected as " -"soon as it is connected." -msgstr "" -"Si votre appareil photo est `*compatible* <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-" -"hardware>`__, vous ne devrez rien configurer car l'appareil sera détecté dès" -" sa connexion." - -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:25 -msgid "Link a Camera to a Quality Control Point" -msgstr "Connectez un appareil photo à un point de contrôle de la qualité" - -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:28 ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:34 -msgid "With the Manufacturing app" -msgstr "Avec l'application Fabrication" - -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:30 -msgid "" -"In your *Quality app*, you can setup the device on a *Quality Control " -"Point*. Go to the *Control Points* menu, under *Quality Control* and open " -"the control point you want to link with the camera." -msgstr "" -"Dans votre *Application qualité*, vous pouvez configurer le périphérique sur" -" un *Point de contrôle de la qualité*. Allez dans le menu *Points de " -"contrôle*, sous *Contrôle de la qualité* et ouvrez le point de contrôle que " -"vous souhaitez relier à l'appareil photo." - -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Now, you can edit the control point and select the device from the dropdown " -"list. Now, hit save." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez ensuite modifier le point de contrôle et sélectionner le " -"périphérique depuis la liste déroulante. Appuyez ensuite sur enregistrer." - -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Then, your camera can be used with the picked *Control Point*. During the " -"manufacturing process, reaching the *Quality Control Point* you chose before" -" will allow you to take a picture." -msgstr "" -"Votre appareil photo peut alors être utilisé avec le *point de contrôle* " -"choisi. Au cours du processus de fabrication, atteindre le *Point de " -"contrôle de la qualité* que vous avez choisi auparavant vous permettra de " -"prendre une photo." - -#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:3 -msgid "Connect a Footswitch" -msgstr "Connectez une pédale de commande" - -#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When working, it is always better to have your two hands available. Using " -"Odoo’s *IoT Box* and a footswitch will allow it." -msgstr "" -"Lorsqu'on travaille, il est toujours mieux d'avoir les mains libres. " -"L'utilisation de l'*IoT Box d'Odoo* avec une pédale de commande vous en " -"donne la possibilité." - -#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In fact, you will be able to go from one screen to another and perform " -"actions by using your foot and the footswitch. Really convenient, it can be " -"configured in a few steps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Connecting the footswitch to the *IoT Box* is easy, you just have to connect" -" the two by cable." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:18 -msgid "" -"If your footswitch is a `supported one <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-" -"hardware>`__, there is no need to set up anything since it will be " -"automatically detected when connected." -msgstr "" -"Si votre pédale à commande `*compatible* <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-" -"hardware>`__, vous ne devrez rien configurer car l'appareil sera " -"automatiquement détecté dès sa connexion." - -#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:26 -msgid "Link a Footswitch to a Workcenter" -msgstr "Reliez une pédale à commande à un Poste de travail" - -#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:28 -msgid "" -"To link the footswitch to an action, it needs to be configured on a " -"workcenter. Go to the workcenter you want to use the footswitch in and add " -"the device in the *IoT Triggers* tab. Then, you can link it to an action and" -" also add a key to trigger it." -msgstr "" -"Pour relier la pédale à commande à une action, elle doit être configurée sur" -" un poste de travail. Allez au poste de travail dans lequel vous voulez " -"utiliser la pédale à commande et ajoutez le périphérique dans l'onglet " -"*Déclencheurs de l'IoT*. Vous pouvez alors le lier à une action et ajouter " -"une clé pour le déclencher." - -#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Note that the one that is first in the list will be chosen. So, the order " -"matters! In the picture above, using the footswitch will, for example, " -"automatically skip the current part of the process you work on." -msgstr "" -"Notez que c'est le premier de la liste qui sera choisi. Donc, l'ordre a son " -"importance ! Dans l'image ci-dessus, l'utilisation de la pédale de commande " -"permet, par exemple, de passer automatiquement la partie en cours du " -"processus sur lequel vous travaillez." - -#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:41 -msgid "" -"When you are on the work order screen, a status button indicates if you are " -"correctly connected to the footswitch." -msgstr "" -"Lorsque vous êtes sur l'écran de commande du poste de travail, un bouton " -"d'état vous indique si vous êtes correctement connecté à la pédale de " -"commande." - -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:3 -msgid "Connect a Measurement Tool" -msgstr "Connectez un outil de mesure" - -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:5 -msgid "" -"With Odoo’s *IoT Box*, it is possible to connect measurement tools to your " -"database. Find the list of supported devices here: `Supported devices " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-hardware>`__,." -msgstr "" -"Avec l'*IoT Box d'Odoo*, il est possible de connecter des outils de mesure à" -" votre base de données. Trouvez la liste des appareils compatibles ici: " -"`Appareils compatibles <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-hardware>`__,." - -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:10 -msgid "Connect in USB" -msgstr "Se connecter en USB" - -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To add a device connected by USB, just plug the USB cable in the *IoT Box*, " -"and the device should appear in your Odoo database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:19 -msgid "Connect in Bluetooth" -msgstr "Se connecter via le bluetooth" - -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Activate the Bluetooth on your device (see your device manual for further " -"explanation) and the IoT Box will automatically try to connect to the " -"device." -msgstr "" -"Activez le Bluetooth sur votre appareil (voir le manuel de votre appareil " -"pour plus d'explications) et l'IoT Box essaiera automatiquement de se " -"connecter à l'appareil." - -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:25 -msgid "Here is an example of what it should look like:" -msgstr "Voici un exemple de ce à quoi ça doit ressembler :" - -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:31 -msgid "Link a measurement tool to a quality control point" -msgstr "Reliez un outil de mesure à un point de contrôle de la qualité" - -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:36 -msgid "" -"In your *Quality app*, you can setup a device on your *Quality Control " -"Points*. To do so, go to the *Control Points* menu, under *Quality Control* " -"and open the control point to which you want to assign a measurement tool." -msgstr "" -"Dans votre *Application qualité*, vous pouvez configurer le périphérique sur" -" vos *Points de contrôle de la qualité*. Pour cela, allez dans le menu " -"*Points de contrôle*, sous *Contrôle de la qualité* et ouvrez le point de " -"contrôle que vous souhaitez relier à l'outil de mesure." - -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Now, you can edit the control point and choose the device from the dropdown " -"list. Then, hit save." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez ensuite modifier le point de contrôle et sélectionner le " -"périphérique depuis la liste déroulante. Appuyez ensuite sur enregistrer." - -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Now, your measurement tool is linked to the chosen *Control Point*. The " -"value, which needs to be changed manually, will be automatically updated " -"while the tool is being used." -msgstr "" -"Votre outils de mesure est maintenant relié au ¨*Point de contrôle* choisi. " -"La valeur, qui doit être modifiée manuellement, sera automatiquement mise à " -"jour lorsque l'appareil sera utilisé." - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:3 -msgid "Connect a Printer" -msgstr "Connectez une imprimante" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When using your *IoT Box* in Odoo, you could need to use a printer. Doing so" -" is easy and convenient as it can be done in a few steps. Then, you can use " -"it to print receipts, orders or even reports in different Odoo apps." -msgstr "" -"Lorsque vous utilisez votre *IoT Box* dans Odoo, vous pourriez avoir besoin " -"d'une imprimante. C'est facile et pratique et cela peut se faire en quelques" -" étapes. Vous pourrez ainsi l'utiliser pour imprimer des reçus, des " -"commandes ou même des rapports dans différentes applications Odoo." - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:13 -msgid "" -"The IoT Box supports printers connected through USB, network or Bluetooth. " -"`Supported printers <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-hardware>`__ will be " -"detected automatically and will appear in the *Devices* list of your IoT " -"app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:18 -msgid "The printer can take up to two minutes to appear in your devices list." -msgstr "" -"L'imprimante peut prendre jusqu'à deux minutes avant d'apparaître dans la " -"liste de vos périphériques." - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:24 -msgid "Link the Printer" -msgstr "Reliez l'imprimante" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:27 -msgid "To Work Orders" -msgstr "À des ordres de travail" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:29 -msgid "" -"You can link *Work Orders* to printers via a *Quality Control Point* to " -"print labels for manufactured products." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez relier des *Ordres de travail* à des imprimantes via le *Point " -"de contrôle de la qualité* pour imprimer des étiquettes pour les produits " -"fabriqués." - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:32 -msgid "" -"To do so, you need to create a *Quality Control Point* from the *Quality* " -"app. Then, you can select the correct manufacturing operation and the work " -"order operation. In type, choose *Print Label* and hit save." -msgstr "" -"Pour ce faire, vous devez créer un *Point de contrôle de la qualité* depuis " -"l'application *Qualité*. Vous pouvez ensuite choisir les opérations de " -"production et de commande de travail souhaitées. Dans type, sélectionnez " -"*Imprimer l'étiquette* puis enregistrez." - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Now, each time you reach the quality control point for the chosen product, a" -" *Print Label* button will appear." -msgstr "" -"Désormais, chaque fois que vous atteignez le point de contrôle de la qualité" -" pour le produit choisi, un bouton *Imprimer l'étiquette* apparaîtra." - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:47 -msgid "To Reports" -msgstr "À des rapports" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:49 -msgid "" -"You can also link a type of report to a certain printer. In the *IoT* app, " -"go to the *Devices* menu and select the printer you want to set up." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez également relier un type de rapport à une imprimante donnée. " -"Dans l'application *IoT*, allez au menu *Périphériques* et sélectionnez " -"l'imprimante que vous voulez configurer." - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:56 -msgid "Now, go to the *Printer Reports* tab." -msgstr "Allez à présent dans l'onglet *Rapport de l'imprimante*." - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Hit edit and then, click on *Add a line*. In the window that shows up, check" -" all the types of reports that should be linked to this printer. Click on " -"select and save." -msgstr "" -"Cliquez sur éditer, puis sur *Ajouter une ligne*. Dans la fenêtre qui " -"s'affiche, cochez tous les types de rapports qui doivent être reliés à cette" -" imprimante. Cliquez sur sélectionner et enregistrer." - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Now, each time you click on *Print* in the control panel, instead of " -"downloading a PDF, it will send it to the selected printer and automatically" -" print it." -msgstr "" -"Désormais, à chaque fois que vous cliquez sur *Imprimer* dans le panneau de " -"commande, le rapport ne sera pas téléchargé en format PDF, mais " -"automatiquement envoyé vers l'imprimante sélectionnée et imprimé." - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:73 -msgid "Print Receipts from the PoS" -msgstr "Imprimez des reçus depuis le PdV" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:75 -msgid "" -"You can link a printer to your *Point of Sale* app so you can print receipts" -" directly from your *PoS*." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez relier une imprimante à votre application *Point de ventes* pour" -" pouvoir imprimer des reçus directement depuis votre *PdV*. " - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:78 -msgid "" -"Doing so is really easy. Go to your *Point of Sale* app and open your *Point" -" of Sale* settings, under *Configuration*. There, click on *Edit* and check " -"the *IoT Box* feature. Then, choose your *Receipt Printer* from the " -"dropdown." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:86 -msgid "" -"Now, you will be able to print different kinds of tickets from your *POS*: " -"**receipts**, **sale details** and **bills**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:89 -msgid "" -"Receipts are printed once the order is validated. The process is automated " -"when you enable the feature in your *PoS* configuration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Sales details can be printed by clicking on the printer icon on the navbar " -"at the top of the *PoS*. It will print the details of the sales of the " -"current day." -msgstr "" -"Les détails des ventes de la journée peuvent être imprimés en cliquant sur " -"l'icône de l'imprimante sur la barre de navigation en haut du *PdV*. " - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:99 -msgid "" -"As for the bill, it is only available in restaurant mode. In your restaurant" -" settings, activate *Print Bills* and a *Bill* button will appear in the " -"left panel of the *PoS*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:107 -msgid "Print Orders in the kitchen" -msgstr "Imprimer des commandes dans la cuisine" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:109 -msgid "In restaurant mode, you can send order tickets to the kitchen." -msgstr "" -"En mode restaurant, vous pouvez envoyer des reçus de commandes vers la " -"cuisine." - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:111 -msgid "" -"To do so, go to the *PoS* app and open your *PoS* settings. Then, tick " -"*Order Printer*." -msgstr "" -"Pour ce faire, allez dans l'application *PdV* et ouvrez les paramètres de " -"votre *PdV*. Puis cochez *Imprimante de commandes*." - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:117 -msgid "" -"Now, go to the *Printers* menu. Hit create, select the printer from the " -"dropdown and, in the *Printer Product Categories* field, choose all the " -"categories of products that should be printed on this printer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:124 -msgid "" -"In the *PoS*, when you add or remove a product from one of the selected " -"categories, the button *Order* will be green. If you click on it, the IoT " -"Box will print a receipt on the corresponding printer." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po deleted file mode 100644 index 1caa0b865..000000000 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,276 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# Jérôme Tanché <jerome.tanche@ouest-dsi.fr>, 2020 -# Aurélien Pillevesse <aurelienpillevesse@hotmail.fr>, 2020 -# Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: fr\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" - -#: ../../livechat/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Vue d'ensemble" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:3 -msgid "Get Started with Live Chat" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Live Chat has the highest satisfaction rating of any communication tool. It " -"allows fast responses and it is accessible and convenient, as your customers" -" can keep doing what they are doing while interacting with you. Remember: " -"your customers want to talk to you, so let's make it easy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:10 -msgid "Set up" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Once *Live Chat* is installed on your database, if your website was created " -"with Odoo, the application is automatically added to it. All that is left to" -" do is to go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> " -"Live Chat`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Select the channel to be linked to your website or create one on the fly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:27 -msgid "For both scenarios, under:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:30 -msgid "" -"- **Operators**: add agents to respond to the chat requests. Add as many as " -"you like, and keep in mind that operators that do not show any activity in " -"Odoo for more than 30min are considered disconnected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:33 -msgid "" -"- **Options**: set the default text to be shown on the live chat button; an " -"automated welcome message to be seen by visitors when a conversation is " -"initiated, and the text that prompts the user to initiate a chat." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:36 -msgid "" -"- **Channel Rules**: choose an action for a given URL, and/or per country. " -"In the example below, the chat window automatically pops-up 3 seconds after " -"users (from any country) land on the contact us page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:43 -msgid "" -"GeoIP, which refers to the process of finding a computer terminal’s " -"geographical location by its IP address, must be installed on your server. " -"Otherwise, under *Channel Rules*, countries are not taken into account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:48 -msgid "External options" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:51 -msgid "" -"If your website was not created with Odoo, you can find the code to be added" -" to your own, under the *Widget* tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Odoo also offers an URL you can send to users so they can have access to a " -"single live chat page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:59 -msgid "Managing chat requests" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Conversations initiated by visitors pop up as a direct message, and are " -"shown in *Discuss*. Therefore, inquiries can be answered wherever you are in" -" Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Conversations are dispatched based on the current workload of the online " -"operators." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:72 -msgid "Leave or join a channel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:74 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, access your " -"channel under *Live Chat*, and *Join Channel* or *Leave Channel*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:82 -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:48 -msgid ":doc:`ratings`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:83 -#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:45 -msgid ":doc:`responses`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:3 -msgid "Ratings" -msgstr "Évaluations" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Giving users the opportunity to rate their interactions can help you " -"improving the experience you offer. That means staying on top of your " -"customers' needs, besides keeping track of your operators’ performances." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:10 -msgid "Customer Rating" -msgstr "Évaluation de la clientèle" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Once the user chooses to close the chat window, he can rate his interaction." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:14 -msgid "" -"If the user is *Not satisfied* or *Highly dissatisfied*, a field allowing " -"for an explanation is shown." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:15 -msgid "A copy of the conversation can also be sent by email." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:22 -msgid "The rating is shown on the chat window itself for the operator." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:28 -msgid "And under :menuselection:`Report --> Customer Ratings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:35 -msgid "Make the rating public" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, access your " -"channel form, click on *Go to Website* and on *Unpublished*, to publish the " -"rating of that channel on your website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:3 -msgid "Commands and Canned Responses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Using canned responses can help you save time and have a previous, well-" -"thought response, to some of your most common questions and comments." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:9 -msgid "Use commands" -msgstr "Utilisez des commandes" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Commands are shortcuts that do specific actions within the chat window:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:13 -msgid "**/help**: shows a help message." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:14 -msgid "**/helpdesk**: creates a helpdesk ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:15 -msgid "**/helpdesk_search**: searches for a helpdesk ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:16 -msgid "**/history**: shows the last 15 visited pages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:17 -msgid "**/lead**: creates a new lead." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:18 -msgid "**/leave**: leaves the channel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:0 -msgid "" -"- For *helpdesk tickets*: make sure the application is installed on your " -"database and the option *Live Chat* under :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> " -"Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` is enabled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:0 -msgid "" -"- For *leads*: the *CRM* application must be installed on your database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:26 -msgid "" -"To access the ticket or lead created from the chat, click on the shortcut " -"link." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Helpdesk tickets created from the chat automatically add the conversation as" -" a description of the ticket. The same goes for the creation of a lead." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:37 -msgid "Send canned responses" -msgstr "Envoyez des réponses toutes prêtes" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Canned responses allow you to have a full piece of text being placed when " -"you type a shortcut word. To create them, go to :menuselection:`Live Chat " -"--> Configuration --> Canned Responses`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:41 -msgid "" -"To use them during a conversation, simply type **:** followed by the " -"shortcut word you created." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po deleted file mode 100644 index 8c0d352e3..000000000 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1342 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# Jérôme Tanché <jerome.tanche@ouest-dsi.fr>, 2020 -# thomas quertinmont <tqu@odoo.com>, 2020 -# Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: fr\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" - -#: ../../manufacturing.rst:5 -msgid "Manufacturing" -msgstr "Production" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management.rst:5 -msgid "Manufacturing Management" -msgstr "Gestion de la production" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:3 -msgid "Using an alternative Work Center" -msgstr "Utilisation d'un poste de travail" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:5 -msgid "" -"For many manufacturing companies, a common issue is to have to manufacture, " -"at the same time, several products usually produced at the same work center." -" If in practice, employees can manufacture the goods at another work center," -" it is not that simple." -msgstr "" -"Pour de nombreuses entreprises manufacturières, un problème commun est de " -"devoir fabriquer, en même temps, plusieurs produits habituellement fabriqués" -" au même poste de travail. Si, dans la pratique, les employés peuvent le " -"faire sur un autre poste de travail, en réalité ce n'est pas si simple." - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:10 -msgid "" -"You need to keep track of the job: which work center has been used and when," -" so you can schedule maintenance efficiently. With Odoo, you can configure " -"it so you can keep tracking manufacturing orders and your employees have an " -"alternative work center to use." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:15 -msgid "" -"This way, your process becomes more efficient, and less non-productive time " -"will be noticed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:20 -msgid "Configure your Work Centers" -msgstr "Configurez vos postes de travail" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:22 -msgid "" -"The first thing to do is to go to the *Manufacturing* app settings. Then, " -"enable the *Work Orders* feature and hit save." -msgstr "" -"La première chose à faire est aller dans l'application *Production*, puis " -"activer la fonctionnalité *Ordres de travail* et enregistrer." - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Now, go to the *Work Centers* menu under *Master Data* and create two new " -"work centers. Add the second work centers as an alternative to the first and" -" vice versa." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:39 -msgid "" -"The next step is to create your *routing*. Add your work center and an " -"operation to it before saving." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Then, you can create your *Bill of Materials* and add components and routing" -" to it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:56 -msgid "Create your Work Orders" -msgstr "Créez vos ordres de travail" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Now that everything is configured, you can create your *Work Orders*. Go to " -"the *Manufacturing Orders* menu and hit *Create*. There, add your product " -"and plan it. In the *Work Orders* list, you can find it ready to be " -"assembled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Each new *Work Order*, which will be created before the end of the first " -"one, will be scheduled at the alternative work center you configured." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:78 -msgid "" -"Keep in mind that, if you add time after production to your work center, you" -" may have work orders scheduled for your alternative work center even if the" -" usual one is free." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:3 -msgid "Create Bills of Materials" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A *Bill of Materials* is a document defining the quantity of each component " -"required to manufacture a finished product. It also includes the routing and" -" individual steps of the manufacturing process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:9 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can link multiple BoMs to each product and use it to describe" -" multiple variants of them. Each BoM will, yet, be associated with one " -"product only." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:13 -msgid "" -"This feature will help optimize your manufacturing process while saving you " -"time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:17 -msgid "Setting up a BoM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:19 -msgid "" -"You can use BoMs without routings. You will use this if you choose to manage" -" your manufacturing operations using manufacturing orders only. In other " -"words, you choose to realize your manufacturing process in one step and do " -"not track the steps the product goes through." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Before creating your *BoM*, you have to create the product using the *BoM* " -"and, at least, one of the components. Go to the :menuselection:`Master Data " -"menu --> Products` and create both the finished product and the component." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Once done, go to the *Bills of Materials* menu under *Master Data*. Now, " -"create it. Choose the product from the dropdown menu and add your components" -" and the quantity. In this case, keep the default *BoM* type, which is " -"*Manufacture this Product*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:37 -msgid "Using the same BoM to describe Variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:39 -msgid "" -"As said above, you can use *BoM* for *Product Variants*. It is basically the" -" same as for the standard product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:42 -msgid "" -"If your *BoM* is for one variant only, then specify which one in the " -"*Product Variant* field. If not, specify the variant it is consumed for on " -"each component line. You can add several variants for each component." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:51 -msgid "Adding a routing" -msgstr "Ajouter un routage" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:53 -msgid "" -"You can add routing to your *BoM*. You will do this if you need to define a " -"series of operations required by your manufacturing process. To use it, " -"enable the *Work Orders* feature in the *Manufacturing* app settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:62 -msgid "" -"Each *BoM* can have only one routing while each routing can be used multiple" -" times." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Now that you have created your routing, add it to your *BoM*. You can select" -" when, in the work operations, your components are consumed with the " -"dropdown menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:73 -msgid "Adding By-Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:75 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, a *by-product* is any product produced by a *BoM* in addition to " -"the primary product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:78 -msgid "" -"To add *by-products* to a *BoM*, you will first need to enable them from the" -" *Manufacturing* app settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:84 -msgid "" -"Once the feature is enabled, you can add your *By-Products* to your *BoMs*. " -"You can add as many *By-Products* as you want. Just keep in mind that you " -"need to register during which operation your by-product is produced." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:3 -msgid "Use flexible components consumption" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Sometimes, you might need more components than usual to manufacture a " -"product. Let’s say that you produce a desk combination of 4 desks and two " -"chairs but your customer asks you one more desk. Alright, you can do that. " -"But you will need to register it!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:10 -msgid "" -"In case this happens, Odoo has the *flexible components consumption* feature" -" available. If you enable it, you will be able to consume as many components" -" as needed and it will make you save time in the registration of your items " -"consumption." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:16 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:31 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:66 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:26 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:9 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Configuration" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Using flexible component consumption is easy and can be done in a few steps." -" All you need is a *BoM* and a *Quality Control Point*. Therefore, you will " -"need to activate the feature *Quality* in the *MRP* app settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:23 -msgid "" -"First, open the *BoM* you want to use for flexible component consumption and" -" edit it. In the *Miscellaneous* tab, choose *Flexible* as the consumption " -"type. Then, save." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Now, in the *Quality* app, open the *Control Point* menu, under *Quality " -"Control* and create a new *Quality Control Point*. Choose your product, your" -" operation and work order operation. Then, choose *Register Consumed " -"Materials* as type." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Next, go back to your *Manufacturing* app and create a *Manufacturing " -"order*. Choose the product for which you have created the flexible *BoM*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Then, confirm it and launch the process step. While processing, you will " -"have the possibility to consume more components than expected in the *BoM*. " -"To do so, click on *Continue Consumption*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:49 -msgid "" -"When the job is over, you will find a summary of your component consumption " -"in the *Finished Steps* tab of your work order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:3 -msgid "Sell sets of products as kits" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A *kit* is a set of components that are delivered without first being " -"assembled or mixed. *Kits* are described in Odoo using *Bills of Materials*." -" There are two basic ways to configure *kits*, depending on how the stock of" -" the kit product is to be managed. In either case, both the *Inventory* and " -"*Manufacturing* apps must be installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:12 -msgid "Manage Stock of Component Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:14 -msgid "" -"If you want to assemble kits as they are ordered, managing stock of the kit " -"components only, you will use a *Kit BoM* without a manufacturing step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:18 -msgid "" -"A product using a *Kit BoM* will appear as a single line item on a quotation" -" and sales order, but will generate a delivery order with one line item for " -"each of the components of the kit. In the examples below, the first image " -"shows a sales order for the kit *Custom Computer Kit*, while the second " -"image shows the corresponding delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:33 -msgid "" -"From the *Products menu* in either the *Inventory* or *Manufacturing* app, " -"create each component product as you would with any other product, then " -"create the top-level, or kit product. The kit product should have only the " -"*route Manufacture* set, in the *Inventory tab*. Because you cannot track " -"the stock of kit products, the *Product Type* should be set to Consumable. " -"Because a kit product cannot be purchased, then, *Can be Purchased* should " -"be unchecked." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:41 -msgid "" -"All other parameters on the kit product may be modified according to your " -"preference. The component products require no particular configuration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Once the products are configured, create a *bill of materials* for the kit " -"product. Add each component and its quantity. Select the *BoM Type Ship this" -" product as a set of components*. All other options may be left with their " -"default values." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:57 -msgid "Manage Stock of Kit Product and Component Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:59 -msgid "" -"If you want to manage stock of the *top-level kit product*, you will use a " -"standard *BoM* with a manufacturing step instead of a *Kit BoM*. When using " -"a standard BoM to assemble kits, a *manufacturing order* will be created. " -"The *manufacturing order* must be registered as completed before the kit " -"product will appear in your stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:68 -msgid "" -"On the kit product, select the *route Manufacture*. You may also select " -"*Make to Order*, which will create a *manufacturing order* whenever a sales " -"order is confirmed. Select the product type *Storable Product* to enable " -"stock management." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:76 -msgid "" -"When you create the *bill of materials*, select the BoM Type *Manufacture " -"this product*. The assembly of the kit will be described by a *manufacturing" -" order* rather than a packing operation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:3 -msgid "Process Manufacturing Orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, you can manage your manufacturing process in two different ways. " -"You can work with one document, or decide to have more information and " -"control over it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:9 -msgid "" -"In the first case, Odoo makes things easier and helps you manage work with " -"one document only: the manufacturing order. No complex steps during the " -"process, you just have to schedule the job and record the production." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:14 -msgid "" -"But, if you need more control, you can use additional documents (steps) to " -"your manufacturing process. This way, *Manufacturing Orders* are divided " -"into one or more steps defined by *Work Orders* and performed in a sequence " -"defined by *routings*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Using Odoo will allow you to precisely schedule the job, analyze your " -"efficiency but also have ease when realizing each step of your manufacturing" -" process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:24 -msgid "Manage Manufacturing Without Routings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:26 -msgid "" -"If your manufacturing process is limited to one place, one person and one " -"step, you will probably use manufacturing orders without routings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:29 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, it is the default behavior. If work this way, there are two basic " -"phases from planning to production:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:32 -msgid "Create a manufacturing order" -msgstr "Créez un ordre de production" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:34 -msgid "Record the production" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:37 -msgid "Manage Manufacturing with Routings and Work Centers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:39 -msgid "" -"To use *Work Centers* and *Routings*, you will need to enable the *Work " -"Orders* feature. To do so, go to the *Manufacturing* app settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Now, you can add routings to *BoMs* and configure your operations taking " -"place at different *work centers*. The *Work Centers* are the locations at " -"which work orders are performed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:53 -msgid "" -"When manufacturing this way, each *Work Order* is scheduled individually. " -"You will also have access to time and capacity planning, as well as reports " -"on costing and efficiency for each *Work Center*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:60 -msgid "Thus, the workflow is divided into three basic phases:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:62 -msgid "Create the manufacturing order" -msgstr "Créez l'ordre de production" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:67 -msgid "Schedule the associated work orders" -msgstr "Programmer des ordres de travail associées" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:72 -msgid "Perform the scheduled work and record production" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:3 -msgid "Plan Work Orders" -msgstr "Planifier des ordres de travail" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In some cases, companies need to schedule their work orders. Doing so, they " -"can organize the work for the whole day and be sure everything goes well. It" -" helps to avoid scheduling multiple work orders at the same time when you " -"don’t have the capacity to do so." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:10 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, companies can schedule the planned start date for their " -"manufacturing orders. No possible duplication, no potential issues with the " -"planning. And, if you plan two work orders at the same work center, at the " -"same hour, the second one will be scheduled right after the first one, " -"avoiding work superposition." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:17 -msgid "Create the Work Orders" -msgstr "Créez des ordres de travail" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:19 -msgid "" -"The first thing you need to do is to open the *Manufacturing* app. Then, Go " -"to the settings and enable the *Work Orders* feature." -msgstr "" -"La première chose à faire est ouvrir l'application *Production*. Ensuite, il" -" faut aller dans les paramètres et activer la fonctionnalité *Ordres de " -"travail*." - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Now, go to the *Manufacturing Orders* menu and hit *Create*. Choose your " -"product and add a *Planned Start Date*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:32 -msgid "" -"The “Deadline Start” field is informative. It shows you until when you can " -"launch the manufacturing order to fulfill the initial demand." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Mark your *Manufacturing Order* as todo and plan it. By going to the " -"*Planning* menu, you can access to the scheduled orders. Here is the one we " -"just created:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:43 -msgid "" -"If you plan two work orders at the same hour, the second one will be " -"scheduled after the first one if the jobs need to be done at the same work " -"center. The start date will, then, be automatically updated considering the " -"first free slot on the work center." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:48 -msgid "" -"If you overrun the planned date and begin the job later, you will have a " -"track of it in the *Time Tracking* tab of your work order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage BoMs for product variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo allows you to use one bill of materials for multiple variants of the " -"same product. Simply enable variants from :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:12 -msgid "" -"You will then be able to specify which component lines are to be used in the" -" manufacture of each product variant. You may specify multiple variants for " -"each line. If no variant is specified, the line will be used for all " -"variants." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:17 -msgid "" -"When defining variant BoMs on a line-item-basis, the **Product Variant** " -"field in the main section of the BoM should be left blank. This field is " -"used when creating a BoM for one variant of a product only." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:3 -msgid "Set routings on kit Bills of materials" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:5 -msgid "" -"It often happens that you want to use kit BoM’s within manufactured product " -"BoM’s in order to lighten the list of components for this manufactured " -"product. When doing so, you would like to have the possibility to specify, " -"for each kit component, in which operation they are consumed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:11 -msgid "" -"We will see the three use cases that you can face in these kinds of " -"configurations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:15 -msgid "Finished Product & Kit Component have the same Routing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:18 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:63 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:107 -msgid "Create BoM for the Finished Product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:20 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Create a manufactured BoM for the finished product which includes a kit " -"component. Set a routing on your BoM, for example, *Assemble Furniture*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:28 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:73 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:117 -msgid "Create a Kit BoM for the Kit Component" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Update the kit component to define its BoM. Make sure that the routing which" -" is set on this BoM is the same one than on the Finished Product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:36 -msgid "" -"You can define the operations in which the kit components are used directly " -"in the BoM of the kit." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:40 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:84 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:127 -msgid "Manufacturing Order" -msgstr "Ordre de production" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:42 -msgid "" -"In the list of components, the kit is split. Two work orders are created as " -"we have two operations defined in the *Assemble Furniture* routing. The " -"components of the kits are well consumed in the operations defined in the " -"kit BoM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:57 -msgid "Finished Product & Kit Component haven’t the same Routing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:60 -msgid "Kit Consumption set on Finished Product BoM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:75 -msgid "" -"Update the kit component to define its BoM. In this use case, the routing " -"which is set on this Kit BoM is different than the one of the Finished " -"Product. Specify the operations at which the kit components are consumed in " -"this BoM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:86 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:129 -msgid "" -"When the manufacturing order is created for the Manufactured product, the " -"kit is split among its components. When the manufacturing order is planned, " -"three work orders are created in our case, one coming from the routing of " -"the manufactured products, the two other ones coming from the routing of the" -" kit BoM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:95 -msgid "The components are all consumed during their respective operations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:104 -msgid "Kit Consumption set on Kit BoM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:109 -msgid "" -"Create a manufactured BoM for the finished product which includes a kit " -"component. Set a routing on your BoM, for example, *Assemble Furniture*. " -"Precise the consumption of the components on this BoM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:119 -msgid "" -"Update the kit component to define its BoM. In this use case, the routing " -"which is set on this Kit BoM is different than the one of the Finished " -"Product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:138 -msgid "" -"All the components of the kits are consumed during the first operation. The " -"last component is consumed during the second operation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:3 -msgid "Manage semi-finished products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, you can use subassembly products to simplify a complex *Bill of " -"Materials* or to represent your manufacturing flow more accurately. A " -"*subassembly product* is a manufactured product that is used as a component " -"to make another one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:10 -msgid "" -"A *BoM* that employs *subassemblies* is referred to as a multi-level BoM. " -"Those are accomplished by creating a *top-level BoM* and *subassembly ones*." -" This process requires a route that will ensure that every time a " -"manufacturing order for the top-level product is created, another one will " -"be for subassemblies." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:17 -msgid "Configure the Subassembly Product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:19 -msgid "" -"To configure a *multi-level BoM*, you will need a top-level product but also" -" its subassemblies. The first step is to create a product form for each of " -"the subassemblies. Select the routes *Manufacture* and *Replenish on Order*." -" Now, hit save." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:27 -msgid "" -"In the *Bill of Materials* menu, under *Master Data*, create a new *Bill of " -"Materials*. Choose the product you just created and add its components." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:35 -msgid "Configure the Main BoM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Now, you can configure the top-level product and its *BoM*. Include any " -"subassemblies in the list of components." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Now, each time you will plan a manufacturing order for the top-level " -"product, a manufacturing order will be created for the subassembly one. " -"Then, you will have to manufacture the subassembly in order to make it " -"available before manufacturing the finished product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:3 -msgid "Subcontract your Manufacturing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Outsourcing a portion of some or all your company’s manufacturing needs is " -"not easy. To make it work right, you have to:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:8 -msgid "Manage the inventory of raw materials at your subcontractor;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Ship new materials to your subcontractors based on your forecasted demand;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Keep track of manufacturing operations done at the subcontractor location;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:13 -msgid "Control incoming goods quality;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:14 -msgid "Control subcontractors bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Here is an example of subcontracting the manufacturing of “C”, which is " -"produced out of raw materials “A” and “B”." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:23 -msgid "" -"With its subcontracting feature, Odoo helps you handle this flow easily." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:28 -msgid "" -"To use the subcontracting feature, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " -"Configuration --> Settings` and tick the box *Subcontracting*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:35 -msgid "" -"To define if a product must be subcontracted, use a *Bill of Materials " -"(BoM)* of type *Subcontracting*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:38 -msgid "" -"To create a new *BoM*, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Master Data " -"--> Bill of Materials` and hit create. Then, list the components your " -"subcontractor needs to manufacture the product. For costing purposes, you " -"might want to register all the components, even the ones that are sourced " -"directly from the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Once you have set the *BoM Type* to *Subcontracting*, specify one or several" -" subcontractors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:52 -msgid "Basic Subcontracting Flow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:54 -msgid "" -"To let your subcontractor know how many products you need, create and send " -"them purchase orders (PO). To do so, open the *Purchase* app and create a " -"new one. Be sure to send the PO to a vendor that is defined as a " -"subcontractor on the *BoM*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Once the *PO* is validated (1), a pending receipt is created. When the " -"products are received, validate the receipt (2), with the actual quantity " -"received. Then Odoo automatically created several inventory moves:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Consume the components at the subcontractor’s location, based on the *BoM* " -"(3);" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:70 -msgid "Produce finished goods at the subcontractor’s location (4);" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Move products from the subcontractor’s location to YourCompany through the " -"validated receipt (5)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:74 -msgid "" -"Of course, Odoo does all the transactions for you, automatically. Simply " -"control the vendor bill with the usual matching process with the purchase " -"order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:79 -msgid "" -"The *PO* is optional. If you create a receipt manually, with the right " -"subcontractor, Odoo still performs all the moves. Useful if the " -"subcontractor does not bill a fixed price per item, but rather the time and " -"materials used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:85 -msgid "Inventory Valuation" -msgstr "Valorisation de l'inventaire" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:87 -msgid "The cost of the manufactured product “C” is defined as:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:89 -msgid "**C = A + B + s**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:91 -msgid "With:" -msgstr "Avec :" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:93 -msgid "**A**: Cost of raw materials coming from YourCompany;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:96 -msgid "**B**: Cost of raw materials sourced directly from the" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:96 -msgid "subcontractor;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:98 -msgid "**s**: Cost of the subcontracted service." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:100 -msgid "" -"Sending raw materials to your subcontractors (**A**) does not impact the " -"inventory valuation, the components still belonging to your company. To " -"manage this, the *Subcontracting Location* is configured as an *Internal " -"Location* so that the components are still valued in the inventory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:106 -msgid "" -"Then, the vendor price set on the product C form has to be what has to be " -"paid to the subcontractor for his parts and service time: **B + s**. The " -"product cost has to be: **A + B + s**, how much the product is valued in the" -" accounting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:111 -msgid "" -"Finally, the subcontractor bill matches the purchase order, with the " -"proposed price coming from the finished products C." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:115 -msgid "" -"If managing the replenishment of raw materials **B** at your subcontractor’s" -" location is not needed, simply include the cost of **B** in the " -"subcontractor’s price **s** and remove the products *B* from the *BoM*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:121 -msgid "Traceability" -msgstr "Traçabilité" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:123 -msgid "" -"In case the products received from the subcontractor contain tracked " -"components, their serial or lot numbers need to be specified during the " -"receipt." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:127 -msgid "" -"On the receipt of the subcontracted product, a *Record Components* button " -"appears when necessary. Click on it to open a dialog and record the " -"serial/lot numbers of the components. If the finished product is also " -"tracked, its serial/lot number can be registered here too." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:136 -msgid "" -"For audit purposes, it is possible to check the lot numbers recorded on a " -"receipt by using the icon on the right of the finished products:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:144 -msgid "Automate Replenishment of Subcontractors" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:146 -msgid "" -"To manage the resupply of your subcontractor, activate *Multi-locations* in " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Configuration`. Then, the " -"inventory at the subcontractor location can be tracked." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:151 -msgid "" -"It is possible to resupply subcontractors by sending products from the " -"company locations, or by sending products from another supplier to the " -"subcontractors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:156 -msgid "Replenishment from the warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:158 -msgid "" -"Resupplying subcontractors manually is the simplest approach. To do so, " -"create delivery orders in which the subcontractor is set as a delivery " -"address and fill the components to deliver." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:162 -msgid "" -"To automate the subcontractors’ replenishment propositions, there are two " -"approaches:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:165 -msgid "Reordering rules;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:166 -msgid "Replenish on order flow." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:168 -msgid "" -"For the first one, just define a reordering rule on the subcontracting " -"location, with a minimum and maximum inventory level. When the reordering " -"rule is triggered, a delivery order is created to ship the components to the" -" subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:177 -msgid "" -"The second approach is to use a “pull” flow. Here, the demand in the " -"finished product (real demand or forecasted one through the Master " -"Production Schedule) triggers the replenishment of the subcontractor. To do " -"so, select the route *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* on the wanted " -"components." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:188 -msgid "Replenishment from another supplier" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:190 -msgid "" -"When purchasing items to another supplier, it is possible to ask him to " -"deliver the subcontractor directly. To do so, activate the *Drop Shipping* " -"feature in :menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> Configuration`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:195 -msgid "" -"Now, set the *Dropship* option in the *Deliver To* field of the *Other " -"Information* tab. Then, provide the address of the subcontractor for the " -"shipping." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:203 -msgid "" -"That way, the supplier can ship items directly and you simply receive and " -"pay the bill. However, it is still required to validate receipts for the " -"subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:212 -msgid "Quality Control" -msgstr "Contrôle qualité" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:214 -msgid "" -"Controlling the quality of the products manufactured by subcontractors is " -"possible thanks to the Odoo Quality app. Quality checks can be made on a " -"manufacturing step but, because the manufacturing process is handled by an " -"external party, it can be defined on the product reception." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:224 -msgid "" -"To create a quality check at the receipt, open the *Quality* app and create " -"a new *Control Point* on the reception." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:231 -msgid "" -"By doing so, a quality check is automatically created each time a finished " -"product is received." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:3 -msgid "Unbuild a product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In Odoo Manufacturing App, you can *Unbuild* products. Two use cases can be " -"managed: (1) you can unbuild products you have built yourself or (2) you can" -" unbuild products you have received." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Let's take the first case, you are manufacturing products yourself. If one " -"of your product presents some defect, you might want to unbuild it instead " -"of scrapping it completely, allowing you to reuse some components of the " -"product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:14 -msgid "" -"In the second case, you are buying products for the sole purpose of " -"unbuilding them and recycling them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:18 -msgid "Unbuild Order" -msgstr "Ordre de deconstruction" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:20 -msgid "" -"While in the Manufacturing App, under the *Operations* tab you will find the" -" menu *Unbuild Orders*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:26 -msgid "" -"When creating a new one, you can either select a MO if you are unbuilding " -"something you manufactured or only select a product if you are unbuilding " -"something you received." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:33 -msgid "When you are done, just click unbuild and the process will be over." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:35 -msgid "" -"If you unbuild a product that you manufactured before, you will get the " -"components from the MO back in stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:38 -msgid "" -"If you unbuild a product you bought, you will get the components from the " -"BoM back in stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:3 -msgid "Use the Master Production Schedule" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The Master Production Schedule (MPS) is a valuable tool to plan your " -"production based on your demand forecast." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Go to the :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings` " -"and activate the Master Production Schedule feature before hitting save." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:18 -msgid "" -"In the manufacturing settings, you can define the time range of your MPS " -"(month/week/day) and the number of periods you want to display." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Now, go in :menuselection:`Planning --> Master Production Schedule` and " -"click on add a product. You can now define your safety stock target (= the " -"stock you want to have on hand at the end of the period) and the minimum and" -" maximum quantities to replenish." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:29 -msgid "" -"The products are ordered in the MPS based on their sequence. You can " -"rearrange that sequence by going on the list of your products and reorganize" -" them with drag and drop." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:36 -msgid "" -"In the MPS view, you can decide which information you would like to show by " -"clicking on *rows*. Some fields can be added to the view, such as *Actual " -"demand*, which will show which quantity of products has already been ordered" -" for the period, or *Available to Promise*, which allows you to know what " -"can still be sold during the period (what you plan to replenish - what is " -"already sold during the period). You can also decide to hide some " -"information if it isn’t necessary." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:48 -msgid "Estimate your demand and launch replenishment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:50 -msgid "" -"The next step is to estimate the demand for the period. This estimation " -"should be entered in the row *Demand Forecast*. You can easily, at any time," -" compare the demand forecast with the actual demand (= confirmed sales). The" -" demand forecast for a finished product will impact the indirect demand for " -"its components." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:59 -msgid "" -"Then, the quantity to replenish for the different periods will be " -"automatically computed. The replenishments you are supposed to launch based " -"on your lead times (vendor lead time or manufacturing lead time) are " -"displayed in green. You can now launch the replenishment by clicking on the " -"replenish button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Depending on the configuration of the product (buy vs. manufacture), " -"requests for quotations or manufacturing orders will be created. You can " -"easily access those by clicking on the *Actual Replenishment* cell." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:75 -msgid "" -"In case you manually edit the *To replenish* quantity, a small cross will " -"appear on the left. In case you want to go back to the automatically " -"computed value given by Odoo, you can click the cross." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:83 -msgid "Cells color signification" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:85 -msgid "" -"The cells, which are part of the *To replenish* line, can take different " -"colors depending on the situation:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:88 -msgid "" -"**Green**: quantity of products which should be replenished to reach the " -"expected safety stock considering the demand forecast and the indirect " -"demand forecast." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:90 -msgid "" -"**Grey**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity " -"still matches current data." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:92 -msgid "" -"**Red**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity " -"was too high considering current data." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:94 -msgid "" -"**Orange**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity" -" was too low considering current data." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:96 -msgid "" -"The *Forecasted stock* line can also contain red cells, which means the " -"stock will be negative during the period in question." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:100 -msgid "What if I have underestimated the demand?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:102 -msgid "" -"You can still increase the demand forecast. It will impact the quantity to " -"replenish. The cell will become orange, and you’ll be able to launch a new " -"replenishment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:107 -msgid "What if I have overestimated the demand?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:109 -msgid "" -"You can decrease the demand forecast. The cell will become red to inform you" -" that you’ve ordered more than planned. If you’re still able to do it, you " -"can cancel some RFQ or MO manually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:114 -msgid "What if I wrongly added a product to the MPS?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:116 -msgid "" -"You can easily remove a product from the MPS by clicking the small bin on " -"the right of its name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview.rst:7 -msgid "I want to use Odoo Manufacturing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview.rst:5 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Vue d'ensemble" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair.rst:5 -msgid "Repair Management" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:5 -msgid "Repair products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:7 -msgid "" -"The Odoo *Repair* app allows you to manage a complete after sales process " -"but also to simply repair products you have manufactured, if they present a " -"defect." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:12 -msgid "Create a Repair Order" -msgstr "Créer un Ordre de Réparation" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Once in the app, you can access your existing *Repair Orders* and create a " -"new one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:21 -msgid "Manage a repair" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:23 -msgid "" -"When a customer sends you a product for repair, create a new *Repair Order*." -" Fill it in with all the information you may need such as the product, the " -"customer, if it has to be invoiced after or before the repair, the parts you" -" might need, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Once everything is done, you can then send the repair quotation to your " -"customer. If it is approved, you can confirm the repair. You will then be " -"able to start & end the repair when it is completed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:38 -msgid "You can now invoice the repair." -msgstr "Vous pouvez désormais facturer la facturation." diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..acd577b8c --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po @@ -0,0 +1,596 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2021 +# Richard Mathot <rim@odoo.com>, 2021 +# Hamid Darabi, 2021 +# Jérôme Tanché <jerome.tanche@ouest-dsi.fr>, 2021 +# Cécile Collart <cco@odoo.com>, 2021 +# Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2021 +# Priscilla (prs) Odoo <prs@odoo.com>, 2021 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-18 07:12+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-05-18 05:18+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Priscilla (prs) Odoo <prs@odoo.com>, 2021\n" +"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: fr\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing.rst:3 +msgid "Marketing" +msgstr "Marketing" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation.rst:3 +msgid "Marketing Automation" +msgstr "Automatisation du Marketing" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced" +msgstr "Avancé" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:3 +msgid "Understanding Metrics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Metrics are values that help you measure progress and can be a powerful way " +"of linking your employees to goals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:9 +msgid "" +"When you create a workflow in Odoo, its visual content already shows metrics" +" in a graph form and in numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:10 +msgid "Let’s consider the example below:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:19 +msgid "" +"The *Target* - business object - is *Lead/Opportunity* and was narrowed down" +" to the ones whose *Tag Name* contain the description “Product”, and have an" +" email address set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:20 +msgid "A total number of 20 records match the criteria." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Out of those 20 records, 25 have become participants, in other words, they " +"have matched the criteria." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Every time the system runs, updating numbers and triggering actions, it will" +" look at the *Target* model and check if new records have been added or " +"modified, keeping the flow up-to-date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The filter here is applied to *all* activities. Leads that lose the tag in " +"the meantime will be excluded from later activities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:45 +msgid "" +"*Records* is a real-time number, therefore while the workflow is running, " +"changes in opportunity records can be made - delete, add, adjustment - " +"updating the number of records, but not changing the number of participants," +" as the metric *will not* exclude opportunities that have been set as " +"participants before. It will just add new ones. For this reason, the number " +"of *Records* can be different from the number of *Participants*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 +msgid "" +"You can also have filters applied to activities individually, under " +"*Domain*. A useful feature to specify an individual filter that will only be" +" performed if the records satisfied both filters, the activity and its " +"domain one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Example: for an activity sending an SMS, you could make sure a phone number " +"is set to avoid triggering a SMS that would never be sent and crash." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:64 +msgid "" +"*Success* is the number of times the searching for participants - that match" +" the filter(s) of that activity - was performed successfully in relation to " +"the total number of participants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:65 +msgid "" +"If a participant does not match the conditions, it will be added to " +"*Rejected*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Hovering over the graph, you can see the number of successful and rejected " +"participants, per day, for the last 15 days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Every time a new record is added to the *Target* model, it will be " +"automatically added to the workflow, and, it will start the workflow from " +"the beginning (parent action)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing.rst:3 +msgid "SMS Marketing" +msgstr "Marketing par SMS" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing.rst:3 +msgid "Pricing and FAQ" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:3 +msgid "SMS Pricing and FAQ" +msgstr "Tarification SMS et FAQ" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:6 +msgid "What do I need to send SMSs?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:7 +msgid "" +"SMS Text Messaging is an In-App Purchase (IAP) service that *requires " +"prepaid credits* to work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:11 +msgid "How many types of SMSs are there?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:12 +msgid "There are 2 types: GSM7 and UNICODE." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:14 +msgid "" +"**GSM7** is the standard format, with a limit of 160 characters per message," +" that includes the following characters:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:23 +msgid "" +"**UNICODE** is the format applied if a special character, that *is not* in " +"the GSM7 list, is used. Limit per SMS: 70 characters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:27 +msgid "" +"For GSM7 SMS the size limit is 160 characters, and for Unicode is 70. *Above" +" these limits, the content is divided into a multi-part message* and the " +"limit of characters is lowered to 153 for GSM7 and to 67 for Unicode. The " +"system will inform you in real-time about the number of SMS your message " +"represents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:34 +msgid "How much does it cost to send an SMS?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The price of an SMS depends on the destination and the length (number of " +"characters) of the message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To see the **price per country, please consult**: `Odoo SMS - FAQ <https" +"://iap-services.odoo.com/iap/sms/pricing#sms_faq_01>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:39 +msgid "" +"The number of SMSs a message represents will be always available to you in " +"your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:49 +msgid "How do I buy credits?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:50 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Buy Credits`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:57 +msgid "Or go to :menuselection:`Settings --> View my Services`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:65 +msgid "" +"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you " +"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." +msgstr "" +"Si vous êtes sur Odoo Online (SAAS) et disposez de la version Entreprise, " +"vous bénéficiez de crédits d'essai gratuits pour tester cette " +"fonctionnalité." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:70 +msgid "More common questions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:72 +msgid "**Is there an expiration time for my credits?**" +msgstr "**Est-ce que mes crédits expirent-ils?**" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:74 +msgid "No, credits do not expire." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:77 +msgid "" +"**Can I send an SMS to a phone number (which is not a mobile phone) because " +"I see the icon in front of the field “phone”?**" +msgstr "" +"**Puis-je envoyer un SMS vers un numéro (qui n'est pas un mobile) parce que " +"je vois l'icône devant le champ “téléphone”?**" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:80 +msgid "Only if that phone number supports SMS (e.g. SIP phones)." +msgstr "" +"Uniquement si ce numéro de téléphone prend en charge les SMS (par ex. les " +"téléphones SIP)." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:83 +msgid "**Do I receive an invoice to buy my credits?**" +msgstr "**Est-ce que je reçois une facture pour acheter mes crédits?**" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:85 +msgid "Yes." +msgstr "Oui." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:88 +msgid "**Can the recipient answer to me?**" +msgstr "**Le destinataire peut-il me répondre?**" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:90 +msgid "No, it is not possible to reply to the SMS." +msgstr "Non, il est impossible de répondre à un SMS." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:93 +msgid "" +"**What happens if I send multiple SMS but I do not have enough credits to " +"send them all?**" +msgstr "" +"**Que se passe-t-il si je veux envoyer des SMS multiples mais que je n'ai " +"pas suffisament de crédits?**" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:95 +msgid "" +"The whole transaction is counted as a single one, so no SMS will be sent " +"until you have enough credits to send them all." +msgstr "" +"L'ensemble de la transaction est compté comme une seule, de sorte qu'aucun " +"SMS ne sera envoyé tant que vous n'aurez pas suffisamment de crédits pour " +"les envoyer tous." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:99 +msgid "**Do I have a history of the sent SMSs?**" +msgstr "**Ai-je un historique des SMS envoyés?**" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Yes, the SMS is logged as a note under the chatter of the corresponding " +"record, and a complete history of the SMSs sent is available on " +":doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode/activate>` under " +":menuselection:`Technical --> SMS`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:107 +msgid "**Can I send as many SMSs I want at once?**" +msgstr "**Puis-je envoyer autant de SMS que je veux en une fois?**" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:109 +msgid "Yes, if you have enough credits." +msgstr "Oui, si vous avez suffisamment de crédits." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:112 +msgid "" +"**If I have a number that does not exist in the list of recipients, will I " +"lose credits?**" +msgstr "" +"**Est-ce que je perds des crédits si j'ai un numéro qui n'est pas dans la " +"liste des destinataires?**" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Not if the phone number is in the wrong format (e.g. too many digits). " +"Otherwise, if the SMS is sent to the wrong person or to a fake number, the " +"credit will be lost." +msgstr "" +"Non, si le numéro de téléphone n'est pas dans le bon format (par ex. trop de" +" chiffres). Autrement, si le SMS est envoyé à la mauvaise personne ou à un " +"faux numéro, votre crédit sera débité." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:118 +msgid "" +"**What happens if I send my SMS to a paying number (e.g.: a contest to win a" +" ticket for a festival)?**" +msgstr "" +"**Que se passe-t-il si j'envoie un SMS à un numéro payant (par ex.: un " +"concours pour gagner un ticket pour un festival)?**" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:120 +msgid "" +"The SMS will not be delivered to that kind of number, so you won’t be " +"charged." +msgstr "" +"Les SMS ne sont pas envoyés à ce type de numéro, vous ne serez donc pas " +"débité." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:123 +msgid "" +"**Can I identify the numbers that do not exist when I send several SMSs?**" +msgstr "" +"**Puis-je identifier les numéros inexistant lorsque j'envoie plusieurs " +"SMS?**" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:125 +msgid "Only the ones that have an invalid format." +msgstr "Uniquement ceux qui ont un format invalide." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:128 +msgid "**How does the GDPR regulation affect this service?**" +msgstr "**Comment le règlement RGPD affect-il ce service?**" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Please find our `Privacy Policy here <https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#sms>`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:132 +msgid "**Can I use my own SMS provider?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:134 +msgid "" +"Yes, but it is not possible out of the box. Our experts can help you " +"customize your database to make it happen. Please, check our success packs " +"`here <https://www.odoo.com/pricing-packs>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey.rst:3 +msgid "Survey" +msgstr "Sondage" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Vue d'ensemble" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:3 +msgid "Get Started with Surveys" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Surveys can be used for a range of purposes that can go from collecting " +"customer feedback, evaluate the success of an event, measure how pleased " +"customers are with your products/services, gauge whether employees are happy" +" and satisfied with their work environment, and even to find out what your " +"market is thinking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:11 +msgid "Get started" +msgstr "Démarrer" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:13 +msgid "" +"When creating your survey, choose a *Title* and *Category*. The *Category* " +"field is used to know in which context the survey is being conducted, as " +"different applications might use it for different purposes such as " +"recruitment, certification, or employee appraisal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:22 +msgid "Tab: Questions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:24 +msgid "Add sections and questions by clicking on the respective links." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:27 +msgid "" +"On the *Sections and Questions* form, once the question type is chosen and " +"the answer added, under the tab *Options*, enable *Mandatory Answer*, and " +"set an *Error message* to be shown when the user tries to submit the survey " +"without answering the respective question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Depending on the *Question Type*, the tab *Options* aggregates extra and " +"different possibilities. Examples:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:31 +msgid "" +"*Single Line Text Box* - can choose a minimum and maximum text length " +"(number of characters - spaces do not count), and its error message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:33 +msgid "" +"*Multiple choice: multiple answers allowed*: choose between radio buttons or" +" a dropdown menu list, and if you would like to have a comment field. If the" +" user select an answer and type a comment, the values are separately " +"recorded. Or, enable the comment field to be displayed as an answer choice, " +"with which a text type field is displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:37 +msgid "" +"*Matrix Type*: choose if you would like to have one or multiple choices per " +"row." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:44 +msgid "Tab: Description" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Write a *Description* to be displayed under the title of the survey's " +"homepage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:53 +msgid "Click on *Edit* to personalize your pages with the website builder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:56 +msgid "Tab: Options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Under the tab *Options*, choose the *Layout* of your questions. If choosing " +"*One page per section* or *One page per question*, an option *Back Button* " +"becomes available, which allows the user to go back pages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:67 +msgid "Test and share the survey" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Once your Survey is ready, *Test* it to avoid *Sharing* it with potential " +"errors. As answers get collected, click on *Answers* to access all the " +"details of the respondent and his answers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:72 +msgid "" +"By default, a filter *Except Test Entries* is applied to keep the list of " +"entries clean with only real participants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Another way to access detailed answers is by going to " +":menuselection:`Participations --> Participations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:80 +msgid "Click on *See results* to be redirected to an analytical page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:34 +msgid ":doc:`scoring`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/scoring.rst:35 +msgid ":doc:`time_random`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/scoring.rst:3 +msgid "Scoring Surveys" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/scoring.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To measure your respondent’s performance, knowledge of a subject, or overall" +" satisfaction, attach points to the answers of specific questions. The " +"points are summed up to give your respondent a final score." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/scoring.rst:9 +msgid "" +"On your survey’s form, click on *Add a question* and, under the tab " +"*Options*, choose between *Scoring with answers at the end* or *Scoring " +"without answers at the end*. Now, on your question’s form, set the right " +"answer and score." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/scoring.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Set the percentage score the user needs to achieve to have successfully " +"taken the survey. If enabling *Certificate*, choose its template. The " +"certification is automatically sent by email to the users who successfully " +"finish it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/scoring.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Enable *Login required* to be able to *Give Badges*. Badges are related to " +"the eLearning section of your website. Besides the logged-in user, visitors " +"of the website that access the page *Courses* can also see the granted " +"badges." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:3 +msgid "Time and Randomize Questions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:6 +msgid "Time Limit" +msgstr "Limite de temps" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:10 +msgid "" +"On timed surveys, respondents need to complete the survey within a certain " +"period of time. It can be used to ensure that all respondents get the same " +"amount of time to find the answers, or to decrease the chance of having them" +" looking at external resources." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:11 +msgid "Set the *Time limit* under the tab *Options*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:17 +msgid "" +"A timer is shown on the pages so the user can keep track of the remaining " +"time. Surveys not \\ submitted by the *Time limit* do not have their answers" +" saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:21 +msgid "Selection" +msgstr "Sélection" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:25 +msgid "" +"When you randomize a survey, you allow for the questions to be shuffled in a" +" random order every time someone opens the questionnaire. This can be useful" +" to avoid having respondents looking at each others' answers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To do so, under the tab *Options*, enable *Randomized per section*. Now, " +"under the tab *Questions*, set how many of the questions in that section " +"should be taken into account during the shuffling." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po deleted file mode 100644 index 43be31d34..000000000 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,378 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# Jérôme Tanché <jerome.tanche@ouest-dsi.fr>, 2020 -# Florent de Labarre <florent@iguanayachts.com>, 2020 -# Cécile Collart <cco@odoo.com>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Cécile Collart <cco@odoo.com>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: fr\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" - -#: ../../marketing_automation.rst:5 -msgid "Marketing Automation" -msgstr "Automatisation du Marketing" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced" -msgstr "Avancé" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:3 -msgid "Understanding Metrics" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:4 -msgid "" -"Metrics are values that help you measure progress and can be a powerful way " -"of linking your employees to goals." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:9 -msgid "" -"When you create a workflow in Odoo, its visual content already shows metrics" -" in a graph form and in numbers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:10 -msgid "Let’s consider the example below:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:19 -msgid "" -"The *Target* - business object - is *Lead/Opportunity* and was narrowed down" -" to the ones whose *Tag Name* contain the description “Product”, and have an" -" email address set." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:20 -msgid "A total number of 20 records match the criteria." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Out of those 20 records, 25 have become participants, in other words, they " -"have matched the criteria." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Every time the system runs, updating numbers and triggering actions, it will" -" look at the *Target* model and check if new records have been added or " -"modified, keeping the flow up-to-date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:41 -msgid "" -"The filter here is applied to *all* activities. Leads that lose the tag in " -"the meantime will be excluded from later activities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:45 -msgid "" -"*Records* is a real-time number, therefore while the workflow is running, " -"changes in opportunity records can be made - delete, add, adjustment - " -"updating the number of records, but not changing the number of participants," -" as the metric *will not* exclude opportunities that have been set as " -"participants before. It will just add new ones. For this reason, the number " -"of *Records* can be different from the number of *Participants*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 -msgid "" -"You can also have filters applied to activities individually, under " -"*Domain*. A useful feature to specify an individual filter that will only be" -" performed if the records satisfied both filters, the activity and its " -"domain one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Example: for an activity sending an SMS, you could make sure a phone number " -"is set to avoid triggering a SMS that would never be sent and crash." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:64 -msgid "" -"*Success* is the number of times the searching for participants - that match" -" the filter(s) of that activity - was performed successfully in relation to " -"the total number of participants." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:65 -msgid "" -"If a participant does not match the conditions, it will be added to " -"*Rejected*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Hovering over the graph, you can see the number of successful and rejected " -"participants, per day, for the last 15 days." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:75 -msgid "" -"Every time a new record is added to the *Target* model, it will be " -"automatically added to the workflow, and, it will start the workflow from " -"the beginning (parent action)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:79 -msgid ":doc:`../overview/automate_actions`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:80 -msgid ":doc:`../overview/segment`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:81 -msgid ":doc:`../overview/test`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Vue d'ensemble" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:3 -msgid "Automate Actions and Create a Workflow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:4 -msgid "" -"Automated workflows are a sign that you are building intelligent, data-" -"driven, multifaceted campaigns to enable the delivery of the right message, " -"to the right prospects, at the right time. It also speeds up processes and " -"creates a seamless experience for employees." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:9 -msgid "Segment and create a campaign" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:10 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Campaigns --> Create`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:12 -msgid "" -"In the example below, the *Marketing Automation* application is fully " -"integrated with *Contacts*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:14 -msgid "" -"But it can also be integrated with other apps like CRM, as long as they are " -"installed in your database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Depending on the criteria, the *target model updates itself* while the " -"campaign is running. That means that every new record that meets the " -"criteria will be added to the workflow." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Example: a campaign starts for leads that have no salesman assigned. If at " -"some point, those leads get to have a salesman assigned to it, the campaign " -"will stop running." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:29 -msgid "Create a parent activity and start to build a workflow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:30 -msgid "Click on *Add new activity*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:37 -msgid "" -"*Trigger* is the field to set for the activity to start to de deployed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Adopt an *Expiry Duration* if you would like to stop actions from being " -"executed after a certain amount of time and in subsequence to the trigger." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Under *Domain* you can narrow down your target, even more, applying filters " -"for this specific activity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:47 -msgid "Add Child Activities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:48 -msgid "" -"A *child activity* is an action that will take place based on a condition." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:50 -msgid "" -"You can either create or add a child activity if on the previous one: the " -"email was opened or not, the email was replied or not, the link was clicked " -"or not, the email bounced back." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:59 -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:53 -msgid ":doc:`segment`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:3 -msgid "Segment the Database with Filters" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:4 -msgid "Filters let you reach a granular level of detail in your records." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:7 -msgid "How to work with filters" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:8 -msgid "" -"When working with filters, you will see that some of the rules have an arrow" -" button next to it, informing you that the parameter has more variables " -"within it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:18 -msgid "" -"More than one parameter line - *node* (+) - can be added under what is " -"called a *branch* (...)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:19 -msgid "To exclude a *node* or a *branch*, click on *Delete node* (x)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Every time a new branch is created, you can choose if you would like the " -"records to match *all* criteria of the upcoming rules, or *any*, meaning one" -" rule or the other." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:32 -msgid "Use cases" -msgstr "Cas d'utilisation" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:34 -msgid "" -"**Scenario**: narrow the target down to new opportunities in the pipeline." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:39 -msgid "**Scenario**: narrow the target down to suppliers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:44 -msgid "" -"**Scenario**: narrow the leads down to the ones that contain a certain tag " -"name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:49 -msgid "" -"**Scenario**: narrow the target down to the attendees of a specific event " -"that purchase a specific category of ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:55 -msgid "**Scenario**: narrow the target down to the employees who have kids." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:60 -msgid "" -"**Scenario**: narrow the target down to records with a helpdesk ticket " -"solved." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:66 -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:52 -msgid ":doc:`automate_actions`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:3 -msgid "Launch a Test and Start a Campaign" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:4 -msgid "" -"Before starting a campaign, launching a test allows you to run the workflow " -"on a test contact and view the sequence of events in action, avoiding " -"mistakes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:8 -msgid "Launch a test" -msgstr "Lancer un test" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:9 -msgid "Click on *Launch a test*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Once you have selected the test contact, *Run* the parent activity and the " -"subsequent ones as needed. *Run* and *Stop* activities individually. To stop" -" the whole workflow click on *Stop*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Launching a test does not add data to your metrics with the purpose of not " -"introducing wrong inputs to reports." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:27 -msgid "Start and stop a workflow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Click on *Start* to run the workflow, and on *Stop* to interrupt it. The " -"interruption and new start can happen at any moment. The current status will" -" be shown on the status bar." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:38 -msgid "Participants and their specific workflow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:39 -msgid "" -"*Participants* are all the records that have ever been involved in the " -"campaign." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:47 -msgid "" -"If you click on *Participants* and open a record, you will find the specific" -" activities the record went/are/will go through, as well as when the " -"workflow was triggered to him. If you wish to cancel an activity click on " -"*Cancel*." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po deleted file mode 100644 index 073fe6012..000000000 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,48 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Richard Mathot <rim@odoo.com>, 2020 -# Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: fr\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:5 -msgid "Mobile" -msgstr "Mobile" - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:8 -msgid "Push Notifications" -msgstr "Notifications Push" - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:10 -msgid "" -"As of Odoo 12.0, 13.0 or above, there is no more complex configuration to " -"enable push notifications in the mobile app." -msgstr "" -"Depuis Odoo 12.0 ou supérieure, plus aucune configuration n'est nécessaire " -"pour activer les notifications \"push\" dans l'application mobile." - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Simply go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Odoo Cloud " -"Notification (OCN)` and make sure that **Push Notifications** is checked." -msgstr "" -"Allez simplement à :menuselection:`Paramètres --> Paramètres généraux --> " -"Odoo Cloud Notification (OCN)` et assurez-vous que les **Notifications " -"push** sont activées." diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/planning.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/planning.po deleted file mode 100644 index 69bcb190b..000000000 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/planning.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,159 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# Jérôme Tanché <jerome.tanche@ouest-dsi.fr>, 2020 -# Alexandra Jubert <aju@odoo.com>, 2020 -# Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: fr\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" - -#: ../../planning.rst:5 -msgid "Planning" -msgstr "Planification" - -#: ../../planning/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Vue d'ensemble" - -#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:3 -msgid "Create a Schedule and Make Encoding Easier" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Organize regular schedules or forecast projects in a long term basis. Create" -" shifts to manage your tasks, assign employees, and stay organized at a high" -" level." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:9 -msgid "Organize your team by roles" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Roles --> Create`. Optionally, go to" -" the *Employees* application, select the respective employee, and under " -"*Work Information* select the *Default Planning Role*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:20 -msgid "Make shifts recurrent" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:22 -msgid "" -"While creating a shift, select *Repeat* and configure as needed, saving you " -"from the need of re-planning it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Repeated shifts are generated for the next six months. A modification is " -"possible in :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, " -"from *Settings*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:38 -msgid "To duplicate a shift in the Gantt view, press CTRL + drag and drop." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:41 -msgid "Save shifts as templates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:43 -msgid "" -"If creating a shift on the fly and know you might use that template in the " -"future, click on *Save as a Template*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:51 -msgid "" -"To create a template in advance, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Shifts Templates --> Create`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:55 -msgid "Duplicate a planning from the previous week" -msgstr "Dupliquez un planning de la semaine précédente" - -#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:57 -msgid "" -"When in the Gantt view, either under *Schedule by Employee, Role or " -"Project*, instead of re-planning shifts that have been planned before, " -"simply click on *Copy Previous Week*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:65 -msgid "" -"The integration with the *Time off* and *Employee* applications, show you " -"grayed cells to the days when the employee does not work and is on vacation " -"time, for example." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:3 -msgid "Send Planned Shifts and Give Employees Autonomy Over Shifts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:5 -msgid "" -"If you are not on top of your tasks and shifts you might fall behind, losing" -" productivity. Allowing your employees to have a say over shifts helps you " -"to be on top of your workload, and gives them flexibility." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:10 -msgid "Publish and send the planned week by email" -msgstr "Publiez et envoyez le planning par email" - -#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Once you have your shifts planned, click on *Send Schedule*. Select *Include" -" Open shift* if you would like the *Unassigned* shifts to be seen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Choose if you just want to *Publish* or *Publish and Send*. If you *Publish " -"and Send*, employees get an email that redirects them to their planned " -"tasks:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Employees will not be able to see shifts until they have been published." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:29 -msgid "Let employees unassign themselves from shifts" -msgstr "Laissez vos employés se désassigner eux-mêmes des postes" - -#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Go to *Configuration* and enable *Allow Unassignment*. From now on, when an " -"employee opens his tasks, he can indicate his unavailability clicking on *I " -"am unavailable*. The shift will be opened again, allowing someone else to " -"take it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:44 -msgid "Employees have portal access; users have access to the database." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po deleted file mode 100644 index f35889628..000000000 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1971 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Xavier Belmere <Info@cartmeleon.com>, 2020 -# Aurélien Pillevesse <aurelienpillevesse@hotmail.fr>, 2020 -# Eloïse Stilmant <est@odoo.com>, 2020 -# Jérôme Tanché <jerome.tanche@ouest-dsi.fr>, 2020 -# Laura Piraux <lap@odoo.com>, 2020 -# Cécile Collart <cco@odoo.com>, 2020 -# Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020 -# 0169fee580ff5de3f9b7241d14f30af9_5f30934 <1948a2319336319ed4429b6139c8c1c2_916898>, 2020 -# Nicolas BODART <nicolas.bodart@florennes.be>, 2021 -# Martin Trigaux, 2021 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2021\n" -"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: fr\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" - -#: ../../point_of_sale.rst:5 -msgid "Point of Sale" -msgstr "Point de vente" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features.rst:3 -msgid "Pricing Features" -msgstr "Fonctionnalités de Tarification" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:3 -msgid "Using discount tags with a barcode scanner" -msgstr "Utilisez des étiquettes de remise avec un lecteur de codes-barres" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:5 -msgid "" -"If you want to sell your products with a discount, for a product getting " -"close to its expiration date for example, you can use discount tags. They " -"allow you to scan discount barcodes." -msgstr "" -"Si vous souhaitez vendre vos produits avec un rabais, par exemple pour un " -"produit se rapprochant de sa date d'expiration, vous pouvez utiliser des " -"étiquettes de remise. Ils vous permettent de scanner des codes-barres à prix" -" réduit." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:10 -msgid "To use discount tags you will need to use a barcode scanner." -msgstr "" -"Pour utiliser les étiquettes de remises vous devez utiliser un lecteur de " -"codes-barres." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:13 -msgid "Barcode Nomenclature" -msgstr "Nomenclature de code-barres" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:15 -msgid "To use discounts tags, we need to learn about barcode nomenclature." -msgstr "" -"Pour utiliser les étiquettes de remises, il faut connaître la nomenclature " -"des codes-barres." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Let's say you want to have a discount for the product with the following " -"barcode:" -msgstr "" -"Supposons que vous souhaitiez bénéficier d'une remise sur le produit avec le" -" code-barres suivant :" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:23 -msgid "" -"You can find the *Default Nomenclature* under the settings of your PoS " -"interface." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez trouver la *Nomenclature par défaut* dans les paramètres de " -"votre interface PdV." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Let's say you want 50% discount on a product you have to start your barcode " -"with 22 (for the discount barcode nomenclature) and then 50 (for the %) " -"before adding the product barcode. In our example, the barcode would be:" -msgstr "" -"Disons que vous voulez 50 % de remise sur un produit, vous devez commencer " -"votre code-barres par 22 (pour la nomenclature du code-barres de réduction) " -"puis 50 (pour le %) avant d'ajouter le code-barres du produit. Dans notre " -"exemple, le code-barres serait :" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:41 -msgid "Scan the products & tags" -msgstr "Scannez les produits et tags" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:43 -msgid "You first have to scan the desired product (in our case, a lemon)." -msgstr "" -"Vous devez d'abord scanner le produit désiré (dans notre cas, un citron)." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:48 -msgid "" -"And then scan the discount tag. The discount will be applied and you can " -"finish the transaction." -msgstr "" -"Ensuite scannez l'étiquette de remise. La réduction sera appliquée et vous " -"pourrez terminer la transaction." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:3 -msgid "Apply Discounts" -msgstr "Appliquer des remises" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:5 -msgid "" -"By offering discounts, you can entice your customers and drastically " -"increase your revenue. It is vital to offer discounts, whether they are " -"time-limited, seasonal or manually given." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:9 -msgid "" -"To manage discounts, Odoo has powerful features that help set up a pricing " -"strategy tailored to every business." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:13 -msgid "Apply manual discounts" -msgstr "Appliquez des remises manuelles" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:15 -msgid "" -"If you seldom use discounts, applying manual ones might be the easiest " -"solution for your Point of Sale." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:18 -msgid "" -"You can either apply a discount on the whole order or on specific products " -"inside an order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:22 -msgid "Apply a discount on a product" -msgstr "Appliquez une remise sur un produit" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:24 -msgid "From your PoS session interface, use the *Disc* button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Then, you can input a discount over the product that is currently selected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:34 -msgid "Apply a global discount" -msgstr "Appliquez une remise globale" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:36 -msgid "" -"To apply a discount on the whole order, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales" -" --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and select your PoS." -msgstr "" -"Pour appliquer une remise sur l'ensemble de la commande, rendez-vous sur " -":menuselection:`Point de Vente --> Configuration --> Point de Vente` et " -"sélectionnez votre PdV." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Once on your PoS form, select *Global Discounts*, under the *Pricing* " -"category." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:45 -msgid "Now, you have a new *Discount* button appearing on your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:51 -msgid "Click on it and enter the wanted discount." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:58 -msgid "" -"On this example, there is a global discount of 50% as well as a specific 50%" -" discount on oranges." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:62 -msgid "Apply time-limited discounts" -msgstr "Appliquez des remises limitées dans le temps" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:64 -msgid "" -"To activate time-limited discounts, you must activate the *Pricelists* " -"feature. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Configuration " -"--> Point of Sale` and open your PoS. Then, enable the pricelist feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Once activated, you must choose the pricelists you want to make available in" -" the PoS and define a default one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:77 -msgid "Create a pricelist" -msgstr "Créez une liste de prix" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:79 -msgid "" -"By default, Odoo has a *Public Pricelist* configured. To create more, go to " -":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Products --> Pricelists`. Then click on " -"create." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:83 -msgid "" -"When creating a pricelist, you can set several criteria to use a specific " -"price: period, min. quantity, etc. You can also decide to apply that " -"pricelist on specific products or on the whole range." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:92 -msgid "Using a pricelist with the PoS interface" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:94 -msgid "" -"On the PoS interface, a new button appears. Use it to select a pricelist." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:101 -msgid "" -"Click on it to instantly update the prices with the selected pricelist. " -"Then, you can finalize the order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:3 -msgid "Manage a loyalty program" -msgstr "Gérez un programme de fidélité" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Encourage your customers to continue to shop at your point of sale with a " -"*Loyalty Program*." -msgstr "" -"Encouragez vos clients à continuer à faire leurs achats dans votre Point de " -"Vente avec un *programme de fidélité*." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:9 -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:14 -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:12 -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:15 -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:13 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:14 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:10 -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:9 -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:20 -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:8 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Configuration" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:11 -msgid "" -"To activate the *Loyalty Program* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " -"Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface. " -"Under the Pricing features, select *Loyalty Program*" -msgstr "" -"Pour activer la fonction *Programme de fidélité*, allez à " -":menuselection:`Point de Vente --> Configuration --> Point de Vente` et " -"sélectionnez votre interface PdV. Sous les fonctionnalités de Tarification " -"sélectionnez *Programme de fidélité*" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:19 -msgid "From there you can create and edit your loyalty programs." -msgstr "De là, vous pouvez créer et éditer vos programmes de fidélité." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:24 -msgid "" -"You can decide what type of program you wish to use, if the reward is a " -"discount or a gift, make it specific to some products or cover your whole " -"range. Apply rules so that it is only valid in specific situation and " -"everything in between." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez décider du type de programme que vous souhaitez utiliser, si la " -"récompense est un rabais ou un cadeau, le rendre spécifique à certains " -"produits ou couvrir toute votre gamme. Appliquez des règles pour qu'elles ne" -" soient valides que dans une situation spécifique et tout ce qui se trouve " -"entre les deux." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:30 -msgid "Use the loyalty program in your PoS interface" -msgstr "Utilisez le programme de fidélité dans votre interface PdV" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:32 -msgid "" -"When a customer is set, you will now see the points they will get for the " -"transaction and they will accumulate until they are spent. They are spent " -"using the button *Rewards* when they have enough points according to the " -"rules defined in the loyalty program." -msgstr "" -"Lorsqu'un client est défini, vous verrez désormais les points qu'il " -"obtiendra pour la transaction et ils s'accumuleront jusqu'à ce qu'ils soient" -" dépensés. Ils sont dépensés en utilisant le bouton *Récompenses* quand ils " -"ont assez de points selon les règles définies dans le programme de fidélité." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:40 -msgid "" -"You can see the price is instantly updated to reflect the pricelist. You can" -" finalize the order in your usual way." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez voir que le prix est instantanément mis à jour pour refléter la " -"liste de prix. Vous pouvez finaliser la commande de votre manière " -"habituelle." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:44 -msgid "" -"If you select a customer with a default pricelist, it will be applied. You " -"can of course change it." -msgstr "" -"Si vous sélectionnez un client avec une liste de prix par défaut, il sera " -"appliqué. Vous pouvez bien sûr en changer." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:3 -msgid "Using Pricelists in Point of Sale" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:5 -msgid "" -"You probably know the concept of happy hour: during a certain period of " -"time, the barman gives a discount on some drinks (usually 50% off or a buy " -"one get one free). When the period is over, prices go back to normal. But " -"how does that relate with Odoo?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:10 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, you can set up happy hours. It’s one of the many possible uses of " -"*Pricelists*. Those *Pricelists* allow the creation of multiple prices for " -"the same product: a regular one and a special one for happy hours. Available" -" in the *PoS* app, those are really convenient." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:17 -msgid "Set up Pricelists" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:19 -msgid "" -"To set up a *Pricelist*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " -"Configuration --> Configuration` and enable the *Pricelist* feature. Then, " -"go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and" -" enable *Pricelist* for the *PoS*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Now, you can create *Pricelists* by clicking on the *Pricelists* link. Then," -" set it up by choosing the product category you want to include in your " -"happy hour and the discount." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Go back to your *PoS* settings and add the Happy Hour pricelist to the list." -" You can even choose a default pricelist if needed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:39 -msgid "" -"From now on, on the *PoS* interface, a new button is available, allowing you" -" to choose among the different *pricelists* you added before." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:46 -msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm.rst:3 -msgid "Fiscal Data Modules" -msgstr "Modules de Données fiscales" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:3 -msgid "Setting up the Fiscal Data Module with the Odoo POS" -msgstr "Mise en place du module de données fiscales avec le PdV Odoo" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:6 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "Introduction" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The Belgian government requires certain businesses to use a government-" -"certified device called a **Fiscal Data Module** (also known as a " -"**blackbox**). This device works together with the POS application and logs " -"certain transactions. On top of that, the used POS application must also be " -"certified by the government and must adhere to strict standards specified by" -" them. `Odoo 9 (Enterprise Edition) is a certified application " -"<http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/systemes-certifies>`_. More " -"information concerning the Fiscal Data Module can be found on `the official " -"website <http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/>`_." -msgstr "" -"Le gouvernement belge exige que certaines entreprises utilisent un appareil " -"certifié par le gouvernement appelé **Module de données fiscales** " -"(également connu sous le nom de **boîte noire**). Cet appareil fonctionne " -"avec l'application PdV et enregistre certaines transactions. En plus, " -"l'application PdV utilisée doit également être certifiée par le gouvernement" -" et doit respecter les normes strictes prévues par celui-ci. `Odoo 9 " -"(Enterprise Edition) est une application certifiée " -"<http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/systemes-certifies>` _. Vous " -"trouverez de plus amples informations sur le module de données fiscales sur " -"le `site officiel <http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/>`_." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:20 -msgid "Required hardware" -msgstr "Matériel requis" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:22 -msgid "" -"A government certified `Fiscal Data Module " -"<http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/systemes-" -"certifies#FDM%20certifiés>`_ per POS, all of them should work, but the " -"Cleancash SC-B is recommended, you will also need:" -msgstr "" -"Un `Module de données fiscales certifié par le gouvernement par PdV " -"<http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/systemes-" -"certifies#FDM%20certifiés>`_ . Ils devraient tous fonctionner, mais nous " -"recommandons le Cleancash SC-B. Vous aurez également besoin de :" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Serial null modem cable per FDM (`example <http://www.startech.com/Cables" -"/Serial-Parallel-PS-2/DB9-DB25/10-ft-Cross-Wired-Serial-Null-Modem-Cable-" -"DB9-FM~SCNM9FM>`__)" -msgstr "" -"Câble serial null modem par FDM (`exemple <http://www.startech.com/Cables" -"/Serial-Parallel-PS-2/DB9-DB25/10-ft-Cross-Wired-Serial-Null-Modem-Cable-" -"DB9-FM~SCNM9FM>`__)" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Serial-to-USB adapter per FDM (`example " -"<http://trendnet.com/products/proddetail.asp?prod=265_TU-S9>`__)" -msgstr "" -"Adaptateur série vers USB par FDM (`exemple " -"<http://trendnet.com/products/proddetail.asp?prod=265_TU-S9>`__)" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:32 -msgid "A registered IoT Box per POS configuration" -msgstr "Une IoT Box enregistrée par configuration PdV" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:35 -msgid "Setup" -msgstr "Configuration" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:38 -msgid "IoT Box" -msgstr "IoT Box" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:40 -msgid "" -"In order to use a Fiscal Data Module, you will need a registered IoT Box. " -"These IoT Boxes are similar to the regular IoT Boxes we sell, but they are " -"registered with the Belgian government. This is required by law. Attempting " -"to use a Fiscal Data Module on a non-registered IoT Box will not work. You " -"can verify that the Fiscal Data Module is recognized by the IoT Box by going" -" to the *Hardware status page* via the IoT Box homepage." -msgstr "" -"Afin d'utiliser un module de données fiscales, vous aurez besoin d'une IoT " -"Box enregistrée. Ces IoT Box sont similaires aux IoT Box que nous vendons, " -"mais elles sont enregistrées auprès du gouvernement belge. Ceci est requis " -"par la loi. Tenter d'utiliser un module de données fiscales sur une IoT Box " -"non enregistrée ne fonctionnera pas. Vous pouvez vérifier que le module de " -"données fiscales est reconnu par la IoT Box en allant sur la *page d'état du" -" matériel * via la page d'accueil de l'IoT Box." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:52 -msgid "Odoo" -msgstr "Odoo" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:54 -msgid "" -"An Odoo POS app can be given certified POS capabilities by installing the " -"**Belgian Registered Cash Register** app (technical name: " -"``pos_blackbox_be``). Because of government restrictions imposed on us, this" -" installation cannot be undone. After this, you will have to ensure that " -"each POS configuration has a unique registered IoT Box associated with it " -"(:menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and " -"ensure Hardware Proxy / IoT Box and the serial number of your IoT Box is " -"set). The first time you open the Point of Sale and attempt to do a " -"transaction, you will be asked to input the PIN that you received with your " -"VAT signing card." -msgstr "" -"Une application PdV Odoo peut être reconnue en tant que point de vente " -"certifié par l'installation de l'application belge **Module d'enregistrement" -" du système de caisse enregistreuse (SCE)** (nom technique: " -"«pos_blackbox_be»). En raison des restrictions imposées par le gouvernement," -" cette installation ne peut pas être annulée. Vous devrez ensuite vous " -"assurer que chaque configuration PdV est liée à une unique IoT Box " -"enregistrée (: menuselection: `Point de Vente -> Configuration -> Point de " -"Vente` et vérifier que le proxy matériel / IoT Box ainsi que le numéro de " -"série de votre IoT Box ont été définis). Avant de pouvoir effectuer votre " -"première transaction, vous devez saisir le code PIN reçu avec votre carte de" -" signature TVA." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:69 -msgid "Certification & On-premise" -msgstr "Certification et On-premise" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:71 -msgid "" -"The certification granted by the government is restricted to the use on " -"odoo.com SaaS instance. The usage of the module from the source or a " -"modified version will **not** be certified. For on-premise users, we also " -"support the Fiscal Data Module in such installations. The main restriction " -"is that this requires an obfuscated version of the ``pos_blackbox_be`` " -"module we will provide on request for Enterprise customers." -msgstr "" -"La certification accordée par le gouvernement est limitée à l'utilisation " -"sur l'instance SaaS d'odoo.com. L'utilisation du module à partir de la " -"source ou d'une version modifiée **ne sera pas** certifiée. Nous prenons " -"également en charge l'utilisation d'un module fiscale pour les clients sur " -"site. Cependant, une version figée du module peut être fournie sur demande " -"pour les clients Enterprise." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:79 -msgid "Restrictions" -msgstr "Restrictions" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:81 -msgid "" -"As mentioned before, in order to get certified the POS application must " -"adhere to strict government guidelines. Because of this, a certified Odoo " -"POS has some limitations not present in the non-certified Odoo POS." -msgstr "" -"Comme mentionné précédemment, afin d'obtenir la certification, la demande " -"PdV doit adhérer à des directives gouvernementales strictes. Pour cette " -"raison, un PdV Odoo certifié présente certaines limitations qui ne sont pas " -"présentes dans les PdV Odoo non certifiés." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:86 -msgid "Refunding is disabled" -msgstr "Le remboursement est désactivé" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:87 -msgid "Modifying orderline prices" -msgstr "Modification des prix des lignes de commande" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:88 -msgid "Creating/modifying/deleting POS orders" -msgstr "Créer / modifier / supprimer des commandes PdV" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:89 -msgid "Selling products without a valid tax" -msgstr "Vendre des produits sans taxe valide" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:90 -msgid "Multiple Odoo POS configurations per IoT Box are not allowed" -msgstr "" -"Les configurations multiples d'un PdV Odoo par IoT Box ne sont pas " -"autorisées" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:91 -msgid "Using the POS without a connection to the IoT Box (and thus FDM)" -msgstr "Utilisation du PdV sans connexion à l'IoT Box (et donc FDM)" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:92 -msgid "Blacklisted modules: pos_discount, pos_reprint, pos_loyalty" -msgstr "Modules blacklistés: pos_discount, pos_reprint, pos_loyalty" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Vue d'ensemble" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:3 -msgid "Getting started" -msgstr "Commencer" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When working with a Point of Sale application, employees want a simple, and " -"user-friendly solution. A solution that works online or offline and with any" -" device." -msgstr "" -"Lorsqu'ils travaillent avec une application de point de vente, les employés " -"veulent une solution simple et conviviale. Une solution qui fonctionne en " -"ligne ou hors ligne et avec n'importe quel appareil." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:9 -msgid "" -"A Point of Sale system is a fully integrated application that allows any " -"transaction, automatically registers product moves in your stock, and gives " -"you real-time statistics and consolidations across all shops." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:17 -msgid "Make products available in the PoS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:19 -msgid "" -"To make products available for sale, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale -->" -" Products --> Products` and open a product. In the *Sales* tab, enable " -"*Available in Point of Sale*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:28 -msgid "You can also define if the product has to be weighted or not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:31 -msgid "Configure your payment methods" -msgstr "Configurez vos modes de paiement" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:33 -msgid "" -"To add a payment method, you first need to create it. Go to " -":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment Methods` and " -"click on create. Then, you can name your payment method and set it up." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:43 -msgid "Don’t forget your credentials for methods using a payment terminal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Now, you can select the payment method in your PoS settings. To do so, go to" -" :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and open" -" the PoS in which you want to include the payment method. Then, add the " -"payment method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:55 -msgid "" -"*Configuration* is the menu where you can edit all your point of sale " -"settings. Some more features are available for restaurants." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:59 -msgid "Your first PoS session" -msgstr "Votre première session PoS" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:62 -msgid "Your first order" -msgstr "Votre première commande" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:64 -msgid "Open a new session from the dashboard by clicking on *New Session*." -msgstr "" -"Ouvrez une nouvelle session depuis le tableau de bord en cliquant sur " -"Nouvelle session." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:70 -msgid "After the loading screen, you arrive on the PoS interface." -msgstr "Après l'écran de chargement, vous arrivez sur l'interface PoS." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Once an order is completed, you can register the payment. All the available " -"payment methods appear on the left of the screen. Select the payment method " -"and enter the received amount. Then, you can validate the payment." -msgstr "" -"Une fois qu'une commande est terminée, vous pouvez enregistrer le paiement. " -"Toutes les méthodes de paiement disponibles apparaissent sur la gauche de " -"l'écran. Sélectionnez la méthode de paiement et entrez le montant reçu. Vous" -" pouvez ensuite valider le paiement." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:82 -msgid "Return and refund products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:84 -msgid "" -"Having a well-thought-out return policy is key to keep customers satisfied " -"and make the process of accepting returns and refunds easy for you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:87 -msgid "" -"To do that, from the PoS interface, select the product and quantity (with " -"the +/- button) that the customer wants to return. For multiple products, " -"repeat the process individually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:94 -msgid "" -"When on the payment interface, the total is negative. To end the refund, " -"process the payment and validate it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:102 -msgid "Close the PoS session" -msgstr "Fermer la session PdV" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:104 -msgid "" -"To close your session at the end of the day, click on the close button on " -"the upper right corner of your screen and confirm. Now, close the session on" -" the dashboard view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:112 -msgid "" -"It’s strongly advised to close your PoS session at the end of each day." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:114 -msgid "" -"Once a session is closed, you can see a summary of all transactions per " -"payment method. Then, click on a line to see all orders that were paid " -"during your PoS session. If everything is correct, validate the session and " -"post the closing entries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:123 -msgid "" -"To connect the PoS hardware with an Odoo IoT Box, please refer to these " -"docs: :doc:`Connect an IoT Box to your database <../../iot/config/connect>` " -"and :doc:`Use the IoT Box for the PoS <../../iot/config/pos>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:129 -msgid "View your statistics" -msgstr "Visualisez vos statistiques" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:131 -msgid "" -"Keeping track of your sales is essential to get meaningful statistics. " -"That’s why Odoo provides analyzes about your sales." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:134 -msgid "" -"To access your statistics, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> " -"Reporting --> Orders`. There, you can see various statistics in graph or " -"pivot form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:142 -msgid "You can also access them through the dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:3 -msgid "Register customers" -msgstr "Enregistrer des clients" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Registering your customers will give you the ability to grant them various " -"privileges such as discounts, loyalty program, specific communication. It " -"will also be required if they want an invoice and registering them will make" -" any future interaction with them faster." -msgstr "" -"L'inscription de vos clients vous donnera la possibilité de leur accorder " -"différents privilèges tels que des remises, un programme de fidélité ou " -"encore une communication spécifique. Ce sera également nécessaire s'ils " -"souhaitent recevoir une facture et rendra toute interaction future avec eux " -"plus rapide." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:11 -msgid "Create a customer" -msgstr "Créez un client" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:13 -msgid "From your session interface, use the customer button." -msgstr "Depuis votre interface de session, utilisez le bouton client." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:18 -msgid "Create a new one by using this button." -msgstr "Créez-en un nouveau en utilisant ce bouton." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:23 -msgid "" -"You will be invited to fill out the customer form with their information." -msgstr "Vous serez invité à remplir le formulaire client." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Use the save button when you are done. You can then select that customer in " -"any future transactions." -msgstr "" -"Utilisez le bouton Enregistrer lorsque vous avez terminé. Vous pouvez " -"ensuite sélectionner ce client dans toutes les transactions futures." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment.rst:3 -msgid "Payment Terminals" -msgstr "Terminaux de paiement" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:3 -msgid "Connect an Ingenico Payment Terminal to your PoS" -msgstr "Connectez un terminal de paiement Ingenico à votre PdV" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Connecting a payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid payment flow to " -"your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." -msgstr "" -"La connexion d'un terminal de paiement vous permet d'offrir un flux de " -"paiement fluide à vos clients et facilite le travail de vos caissiers." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Please note that Ingenico is currently only available for customers in the " -"Benelux." -msgstr "" -"Attention : Ingenico n'est actuellement disponible que pour les clients du " -"Benelux." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:15 -msgid "Connect an IoT Box" -msgstr "Connecter une IoT Box" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Connecting an Ingenico Payment Terminal to Odoo is a feature that requires " -"an IoT Box. For more information on how to connect an IoT Box to your " -"database, please refer to the :doc:`IoT documentation " -"<../../iot/config/connect>`." -msgstr "" -"La connexion d'un terminal de paiement Ingenico à Odoo est une " -"fonctionnalité qui requière une IoT Box. Pour plus d'informations concernant" -" la connexion d'une IoT Box tà votre base de données, consultez la " -":doc:`documentation IoT <../../iot/config/connect>`." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:22 -msgid "Configure the Lane/5000 for Ingenico BENELUX" -msgstr "Configurez le terminal Lane/5000 pour Ingenico BENELUX" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Click on the F button of the terminal, then go in the :menuselection:`PoS " -"Menu --> Settings` and enter the settings password." -msgstr "" -"Cliquez sur l'icône F du terminal, puis allez à :menuselection:`PdV Menu -->" -" Paramètres` et introduisez les paramètres du mot de passe." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Now, click on connexion change and TCP/IP. Type the IP of your *IoT Box* " -"(you can find it on the form view of your IoT Box). Then, enter 9000 as " -"port. The terminal will restart. Once it is done, go on your *IoT Box* form " -"in Odoo and verify that the terminal has been found." -msgstr "" -"Puis, cliquez sur changement de connexion et sur TCP/IP. Introduisez l'IP de" -" votre *IoT Box* (vous la trouverez sur la vue formulaire de votre IoT Box)." -" Entrez ensuite le port 9000. Dès que le terminal a démarré, allez sur le " -"formulaire de votre *IoT Box* dans Odoo et vérifiez qu'il a bien été ajouté." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:36 -msgid "Configure the payment method" -msgstr "Configuration du mode de paiement" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:38 -msgid "" -"First, go in the general settings of the POS app, and activate the Ingenico " -"setting." -msgstr "" -"Pour commencer, allez sur les paramètres généraux de votre application PdV " -"et activez les paramètres Ingenico." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Go back in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of " -"Sale`, go in the payments section and access your payment methods. Create a " -"new payment method for Ingenico, select the payment terminal option " -"Ingenico, and select your payment terminal device." -msgstr "" -"Retournez dans :menuselection:`Point de vente --> Configuration --> Point de" -" vente`, allez dans la section des paiements et accédez à vos modes de " -"paiement. Créez un nouveau mode de paiement pour Ingenico, sélectionnez " -"l'option terminal de paiement, puis sélectionnez votre terminal de paiement." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:53 -msgid "Pay with a payment terminal" -msgstr "Payer avec un terminal de paiement" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:55 -msgid "" -"In your *PoS interface*, when processing a payment, select a *Payment " -"Method* using a payment terminal. Check that the amount in the tendered " -"column is the one that has to be sent to the payment terminal and click on " -"*Send*. When the payment is successful, the status will change to *Payment " -"Successful*." -msgstr "" -"Dans votre *interface PdV*, sélectionnez un *mode de paiement* à l'aide du " -"terminal lorsque vous traitez un paiement. Vérifiez que le montant indiqué " -"dans la colonne Soumissionné est celui qui doit être envoyé au terminal de " -"paiement et cliquez sur *Envoyer*. Dès que le paiement est fait, le statut " -"change vers *Paiement effectué*." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:64 -msgid "" -"If you want to cancel the payment request, click on cancel. You can still " -"retry to send the payment request." -msgstr "" -"Si vous voulez annuler la requête de paiement, cliquez sur annuler. Par la " -"suite, il est encore possible de renvoyer une requête de paiement." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:67 -msgid "" -"If there is any issue with the payment terminal, you can still force the " -"payment using the *Force Done*. This will allow you to validate the order in" -" Odoo even if the connexion between the terminal and Odoo has issues." -msgstr "" -"Si le terminal de paiement ne fonctionne pas, vous pouvez également forcer " -"le paiement en utilisant la fonction *Force auto*. Cela vous permettra de " -"valider la commande dans Odoo même si la connexion entre le terminal et Odoo" -" ne fonctionne pas." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:73 -msgid "" -"This option will only be available if you received an error message telling " -"you the connexion failed." -msgstr "" -"Cette option ne sera disponible que si vous avez reçu un message d'erreur " -"vous indiquant que votre connexion a échoué." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Once your payment is processed, on the payment record, you’ll find the type " -"of card that has been used and the transaction ID." -msgstr "" -"Dès que votre paiement a été traité sur le relevé de paiement, vous " -"trouverez le type de carte qui a été utilisée ainsi que la transaction ID." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:3 -msgid "Connect a SIX Payment Terminal to your PoS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Connecting a SIX payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid payment flow " -"to your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Even though Worldline has recently acquired SIX Payment Services and both " -"companies use Yomani payment terminals, the firmware they run is different. " -"Terminals received from Worldline are therefore not compatible with this " -"integration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:18 -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:16 -msgid "Configure the Payment Method" -msgstr "Configuration du mode de paiement" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:20 -msgid "" -"First, make sure that the POS Six module is installed. For this, go to " -"*Apps*, remove the \"Apps\" filter and search for \"POS Six\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Back in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment " -"Methods`, Create a new payment method for SIX, select the payment terminal " -"option \"SIX without IoT Box\", and enter your payment terminal IP address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:34 -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:40 -msgid "Pay with a Payment Terminal" -msgstr "Payer avec un terminal de paiement" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:36 -msgid "" -"In your PoS interface, at the moment of the payment, select a payment method" -" using a payment terminal. Verify that the amount in the tendered column is " -"the one that has to be sent to the payment terminal and click on *Send*. If " -"you want to cancel the payment request, click on cancel." -msgstr "" -"Dans votre interface PdV, sélectionnez un *mode de paiement* à l'aide d'un " -"terminal lorsque vous traitez un paiement. Vérifiez que le montant indiqué " -"dans la colonne Soumissionné est celui qui doit être envoyé au terminal de " -"paiement et cliquez sur *Envoyer*. Cliquez sur annuler pour annuler la " -"requête de paiement." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:44 -msgid "" -"When the payment is done, the status will change to *Payment Successful*. " -"You can always reverse the last transaction by clicking on *Reverse*." -msgstr "" -"Aussitôt le paiement effectué, le statut change vers *Paiement réussi*. Il " -"est toujours possible d'annuler la dernière transaction en cliquant sur " -"*Annuler*." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:51 -msgid "" -"If there is any issue with the payment terminal, you can still force the " -"payment using the *Force Done*. This will allow you to validate the order in" -" Odoo even if the connexion between the terminal and Odoo encounters issues." -msgstr "" -"Si le terminal de paiement ne fonctionne pas, vous pouvez également forcer " -"le paiement en utilisant la fonction *Force auto*. Cela vous permettra de " -"valider la commande dans Odoo même si la connexion entre le terminal et Odoo" -" ne fonctionne pas." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:3 -msgid "Connect a Vantiv Payment Terminal to your PoS" -msgstr "Connectez un terminal de paiement Vantiv à votre PdV" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Connecting a Vantiv payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid payment " -"flow to your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." -msgstr "" -"La connexion d'un terminal de paiement Vantiv vous permet d'offrir un flux " -"de paiement fluide à vos clients et facilite le travail de vos caissiers." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Please note MercuryPay only operates with US and Canadian banks, making this" -" procedure only suitable for North American businesses." -msgstr "" -"Sachez que MercuryPay fonctionne uniquement avec des banques américaines et " -"canadiennes, ce qui rend cette méthode adaptée uniquement aux entreprises " -"nord-américaines." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:18 -msgid "" -"First, go in the general settings of the POS app, and activate the Vantiv " -"setting." -msgstr "" -"Allez d'abord dans les paramètres généraux de votre application PdV et " -"activez le paramètre Vantiv." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Back in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, " -"go in the payments section and access your payment methods. Create a new " -"payment method for Vantiv, select the payment terminal option Vantiv, and " -"create new Vantiv credentials." -msgstr "" -"Retournez à :menuselection:`Point de Vente --> Configuration --> Point de " -"Vente`, allez à la section des paiements et accédez à vos modes de paiement." -" Créez un nouveau mode de paiement pour Vantiv, choisissez l'option terminal" -" de paiement Vantiv, puis créez des nouveaux identifiants Vantiv." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:32 -msgid "" -"To create new Vantiv credentials, fill in your merchant ID and password, " -"then save. Make sure the credentials you just created are selected, then " -"save the payment method." -msgstr "" -"Pour créer des nouveaux identifiants Vantiv, introduisez votre ID marchand " -"et votre mot de passe, puis enregistrez. Assurez-vous que les identifiants " -"que vous venez de créer sont sélectionnés, puis enregistrez le mode de " -"paiement." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:42 -msgid "" -"In your PoS interface, at the moment of the payment, select your Vantiv " -"payment method and… that’s all." -msgstr "" -"Dans votre interface PdV, sélectionnez votre mode de paiement Vantiv lors du" -" paiement... et c'est tout." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:3 -msgid "Restaurant Features" -msgstr "Fonctionnalités de Restaurant" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:3 -msgid "Print the Bill" -msgstr "Imprimer la facture" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Use the *Bill Printing* feature to print the bill before the payment. This " -"is useful if the bill is still subject to evolve and is thus not the " -"definitive ticket." -msgstr "" -"Utilisez la fonction *Impression de factures* pour imprimer la facture avant" -" le paiement. Ceci est utile si la facture est encore sujette à évolution et" -" n'est donc pas le ticket définitif." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:10 -msgid "Configure Bill Printing" -msgstr "Configurez l'impression de la facture" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To activate *Bill Printing*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " -"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" -"Pour activer *Impression de factures*, allez à :menuselection:`Point de " -"Vente --> Configuration --> Point de Vente` et sélectionnez votre interface " -"PdV." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Bill Printing* option." -msgstr "" -"Sous la catégorie Factures & Reçus, vous trouverez l'option *Impression des " -"factures*." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:22 -msgid "Split a Bill" -msgstr "Divisez la facture" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:24 -msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Bill* button." -msgstr "Sur votre interface PdV, vous avez maintenant un bouton *Facture*." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:29 -msgid "When you use it, you can then print the bill." -msgstr "Lorsque vous l'utilisez, vous pouvez ensuite imprimer la facture." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:3 -msgid "Using fiscal positions in PoS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, *Fiscal Positions* let you apply different taxes based on the " -"customer location. In a *Point of Sale*, such as a restaurant, it can be " -"used to apply different taxes depending if the customer eats in or takes " -"away." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:11 -msgid "Set up fiscal positions for PoS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:13 -msgid "" -"To enable this feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " -"Configuration --> Point of Sale` and check *Fiscal Position per Order*. Now," -" you can choose the fiscal positions you want for your *PoS*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:21 -msgid "You need to create your fiscal positions before using this feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:24 -msgid "Using fiscal positions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Once on your *PoS* interface, click on the *Tax* button. Now, choose the " -"fiscal position you need for the current order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:33 -msgid "Set up a default fiscal position" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:35 -msgid "" -"If you want to use a default fiscal position, meaning that a preexisting " -"value is always automatically assigned, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale " -"--> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and enable *Fiscal Position*. Now, " -"choose one to set as the default one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Now, the *tax* button is replaced by a *on site* button when on the *PoS* " -"interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:3 -msgid "Print orders at the kitchen or bar" -msgstr "Imprimer les commandes à la cuisine ou au bar" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:5 -msgid "" -"To ease the workflow between the front of house and the back of the house, " -"printing the orders taken on the PoS interface right in the kitchen or bar " -"can be a tremendous help." -msgstr "" -"Pour faciliter le flux de travail entre la salle et la cuisine, imprimer les" -" commandes prises sur l'interface PdV directement au bon endroit peut être " -"d'une aide précieuse." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:10 -msgid "Activate the bar/kitchen printer" -msgstr "Activer l'imprimante bar/cuisine" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To activate the *Order printing* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " -"Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" -"Pour activer la fonction *Impression de Commande*, allez à " -":menuselection:`Point de Vente --> Configuration --> Point de Vente` et " -"sélectionnez votre interface PdV." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Under the IoT Box / Hardware Proxy category, you will find *Order Printers*." -" Note that you need an IoT Box to connect your Printer to the PoS." -msgstr "" -"Sous la catégorie IoT Box / Matériel, vous trouverez *Imprimantes de " -"commandes*. Sachez que vous aurez besoin d'une IoT Box pour connecter votre " -"imprimante au PdV." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:20 -msgid "Add a printer" -msgstr "Ajoutez une imprimante" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:22 -msgid "" -"In your configuration menu you will now have a *Order Printers* option where" -" you can add the printer." -msgstr "" -"Dans votre menu de configuration, vous aurez maintenant une option " -"*Imprimantes de Commandes* où vous pouvez ajouter l'imprimante." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:29 -msgid "Print a kitchen/bar order" -msgstr "Imprimer une commande de la cuisine/du bar" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:34 -msgid "Select or create a printer." -msgstr "Sélectionnez ou créez une imprimante." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:37 -msgid "Print the order in the kitchen/bar" -msgstr "Imprimer la commande dans la cuisine /le bar" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:39 -msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Order* button." -msgstr "Sur votre interface PdV, vous avez maintenant un bouton *Commande*." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:44 -msgid "" -"When you press it, it will print the order on your kitchen/bar printer." -msgstr "" -"Lorsque vous appuyez dessus, il imprimera l'ordre sur votre imprimante de la" -" cuisine /du bar." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:3 -msgid "Manage your tables" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Restaurants have specific needs that shops don’t have. That’s why Odoo gives" -" restaurant owners several unique features to help them manage their " -"business in the best possible way." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Floor and table management, bill splitting, or even the possibility to print" -" orders from the kitchen, everything is there to help your business shine " -"and your employees to work efficiently." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:16 -msgid "" -"To activate the bar/restaurant features, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale" -" --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and open your PoS. Now, select *Is a " -"Bar/Restaurant*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:24 -msgid "" -"New features are shown with a fork and a knife next to it, indicating that " -"they are restaurant-specific." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:32 -msgid "Add a floor" -msgstr "Ajoutez un étage" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Once your *Point of Sale* has been configured, select *Table Management* " -"under :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`. " -"Then, click on *Floors* to create and name your floor and tables." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:47 -msgid "Don’t forget to link your floor to your point of sale." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:50 -msgid "Add tables" -msgstr "Ajoutez des tables" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:52 -msgid "" -"To add tables, you can also open your PoS interface to see your floor(s)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:59 -msgid "" -"Then, click on *Edit Mode* (pencil icon on the upper right corner) to be " -"allowed to create, move, modify tables, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:67 -msgid "" -"To make your table easier to be found, you can rename them, change their " -"shape, size or even color. It is also possible to add the maximum number of " -"sits the table can have." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:72 -msgid "Register your table(s) orders" -msgstr "Enregistrer des commandes par table(s)" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:74 -msgid "" -"To register an order, click on the respective table. By doing so, you are " -"taken to your main interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:82 -msgid "Transfer customer(s)" -msgstr "Transferez des clients" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:84 -msgid "" -"If your customers want to move to another table after they already ordered, " -"use the transfer button. This way, the order is also moved to the new table." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:88 -msgid "To do so, select the table your customer is currently on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:94 -msgid "" -"Now, click on the transfer button and select the table to which you are " -"transferring your customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:103 -msgid "Register an additional order" -msgstr "Enregistrer une commande supplémentaire" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:105 -msgid "" -"When registering an order, use the + button to simultaneously proceed to " -"another one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:108 -msgid "" -"Then, you can shift between your orders and process the payment when needed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:116 -msgid "The - button allows you to remove the order you are currently on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:3 -msgid "Offer a bill-splitting option" -msgstr "Offrir une option de Partage d'addition" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Offering an easy bill splitting solution to your customers will leave them " -"with a positive experience. That's why this feature is available out-of-the-" -"box in the Odoo Point of Sale application." -msgstr "" -"Offrir une solution facile à vos clients leur permettra de vivre une " -"expérience positive. C'est pourquoi cette fonctionnalité est prête à " -"l'emploi dans l'application Odoo Point de Vente." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To activate the *Bill Splitting* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " -"Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" -"Pour activer la fonctionnalité *Partage d'addition*, allez à " -":menuselection:`Point de Vente -> Configuration -> Point de Vente` et " -"sélectionnez votre interface PdV." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find the Bill Splitting " -"option." -msgstr "" -"Sous la catégorie Factures & Reçus, vous trouverez l'option Partager " -"l'addition." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:23 -msgid "Split a bill" -msgstr "Partager l'addition" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:25 -msgid "In your PoS interface, you now have a *Split* button." -msgstr "Dans votre interface PdV, vous avez maintenant un bouton *Partager*." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:30 -msgid "" -"When you use it, you will be able to select what that guest should had and " -"process the payment, repeating the process for each guest." -msgstr "" -"Lorsque vous l'utilisez, vous serez en mesure de sélectionner ce qu'un " -"invité doit et de traiter le paiement, en répétant le processus pour chaque " -"invité." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:3 -msgid "Integrate a tip option into payment" -msgstr "Intégrez une option de pourboire dans le paiement" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:5 -msgid "" -"As it is customary to tip in many countries all over the world, it is " -"important to have the option in your PoS interface." -msgstr "" -"Comme il est d'usage de donner un pourboire dans de nombreux pays à travers " -"le monde, il est important d'avoir l'option dans votre interface PdV." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:9 -msgid "Configure Tipping" -msgstr "Configurer les pourboires" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:11 -msgid "" -"To activate the *Tips* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " -"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS." -msgstr "" -"Pour activer la fonctionnalité *Pourboires*, allez à :menuselection:`Point " -"de vente --> Configuration --> Point de vente` et sélectionnez votre PdV." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Tips*. Select it and " -"create a *Tip Product* such as *Tips* in this case." -msgstr "" -"Sous la catégorie Factures & Reçus, vous trouverez *Pourboires*. " -"Sélectionnez-le et créez un *Produit de pourboires* tel que *Pourboires* " -"dans le cas présent." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:21 -msgid "Add Tips to the bill" -msgstr "Ajouter des pourboires à la facture" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:23 -msgid "Once on the payment interface, you now have a new *Tip* button" -msgstr "" -"Une fois sur l'interface de paiement, vous avez maintenant un nouveau bouton" -" * Pourboires*" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:28 -msgid "Add the tip your customer wants to leave and process to the payment." -msgstr "" -"Ajoutez le pourboire que votre client veut donner et passez au paiement." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop.rst:3 -msgid "Shop Features" -msgstr "Fonctionnalités de Boutique" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:3 -msgid "Using barcodes in PoS" -msgstr "Utilisation de codes-barres dans le PdV" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Using a barcode scanner to process point of sale orders improves your " -"efficiency and helps you to save time for you and your customers." -msgstr "" -"L'utilisation d'un lecteur de codes-barres pour traiter les commandes du " -"point de vente améliore votre efficacité et vous permet d'économiser du " -"temps pour vous et pour vos clients." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:11 -msgid "" -"To use a barcode scanner, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " -"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" -"Pour utiliser un lecteur de codes-barres, allez à: menuselection: `Point de " -"Vente -> Configuration -> Point de Vente` et sélectionnez votre interface " -"PdV." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Under the IoT Box / Hardware category, you will find *Barcode Scanner* " -"select it." -msgstr "" -"Sous la catégorie IoT Box / Matériel, vous trouverez *Lecteur de codes-" -"barres* , sélectionnez-le." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:21 -msgid "Add barcodes to product" -msgstr "Ajoutez des codes-barres à vos produits" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Products` and select a " -"product." -msgstr "" -"Allez à :menuselection:`Point de Vente --> Catalogue --> Produits` et " -"sélectionnez un produit." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Under the general information tab, you can find a barcode field where you " -"can input any barcode." -msgstr "" -"Sous l'onglet Informations générales, vous trouverez le champ code-barres " -"dans lequel vous pouvez entrer n'importe quel code-barres." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:33 -msgid "Scanning products" -msgstr "Scannez des produits" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:35 -msgid "" -"From your PoS interface, scan any barcode with your barcode scanner. The " -"product will be added, you can scan the same product to add it multiple " -"times or change the quantity manually on the screen." -msgstr "" -"Depuis votre interface PdV, scannez n'importe quel code-barres avec votre " -"lecteur de codes-barres. Le produit y sera ajouté, vous pouvez rescanner le " -"même produit pour l'ajouter plusieurs fois ou alors modifier manuellement la" -" quantité à l'écran." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:3 -msgid "Set-up Cash Control in Point of Sale" -msgstr "Mettez en place un Controle de la Caisse dans votre Point de Vente " - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Cash control allows you to check the amount of the cashbox at the opening " -"and closing. You can thus make sure no error has been made and that no cash " -"is missing." -msgstr "" -"Le Contrôle de la Caisse vous permet de vérifier le montant de la caisse à " -"l'ouverture et à la fermeture. Vous pouvez ainsi vous assurer qu'aucune " -"erreur n'a été commise et qu'aucune somme d'argent n'est manquante." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:10 -msgid "Activate Cash Control" -msgstr "Activez le Controle de la Caisse" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To activate the *Cash Control* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales" -" --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" -"Pour activer la fonction *Contrôle de la Caisse*, allez à " -":menuselection:`Point de vente --> Configuration --> Point de vente` et " -"sélectionnez votre interface PdV." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:16 -msgid "Under the payments category, you will find the cash control setting." -msgstr "" -"Dans la catégorie des paiements, vous trouverez le paramètre de Contrôle de " -"la caisse." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:21 -msgid "" -"In this example, you can see I want to have 275$ in various denomination at " -"the opening and closing." -msgstr "" -"Dans cet exemple, vous voyez que je veux avoir 275 $ en différentes coupures" -" à l'ouverture et à la fermeture." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:24 -msgid "" -"When clicking on **Opening/Closing Values** you will be able to create those" -" values." -msgstr "" -"En cliquant sur *Valeurs d'ouverture / fermeture* vous serez capable de " -"créer ces valeurs." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:31 -msgid "Start a session" -msgstr "Démarrez une session" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:33 -msgid "" -"You now have a new button added when you open a session, *Set opening " -"Balance*" -msgstr "" -"Vous avez maintenant ajouté un nouveau bouton visible lorsque vous ouvrez " -"une session, *Définir le solde d'ouverture*" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:42 -msgid "" -"By default it will use the values you added before, but you can always " -"modify it." -msgstr "" -"Par défaut, il utilisera la valeur que vous avez ajoutée auparavant, mais " -"vous pouvez toujours la modifier." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:46 -msgid "Close a session" -msgstr "Fermer une session" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:48 -msgid "" -"When you want to close your session, you now have a *Set Closing Balance* " -"button as well." -msgstr "" -"Lorsque vous souhaitez fermer votre session, vous disposez également d'un " -"bouton * Définir un solde de clôture*." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:51 -msgid "" -"You can then see the theoretical balance, the real closing balance (what you" -" have just counted) and the difference between the two." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez alors voir l'équilibre théorique, le solde de clôture réel (ce " -"que vous venez de compter) et la différence entre les deux." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:57 -msgid "" -"If you use the *Take Money Out* option to take out your transactions for " -"this session, you now have a zero-sum difference and the same closing " -"balance as your opening balance. You cashbox is ready for the next session." -msgstr "" -"Si vous utilisez l'option *Sortir de l'argent* pour prendre vos transactions" -" pour cette session, vous avez maintenant une différence à somme nulle et le" -" même solde de clôture que votre solde d'ouverture. Votre caisse est prête " -"pour la prochaine session." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:3 -msgid "Cash Rounding" -msgstr "Arrondi des paiements en espèces" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:4 -msgid "" -"**Cash rounding** is required when the lowest physical denomination of " -"currency, or the smallest coin, is higher than the minimum unit of account." -msgstr "" -"**L'arrondi des paiements en espèces** est requis lorsque la plus petite " -"devise physique, ou la plus petite monnaie, est supérieure à la plus petite " -"unité de compte." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:8 -msgid "" -"For example, some countries require their companies to round up or down the " -"total amount of an invoice to the nearest five cents, when the payment is " -"made in cash." -msgstr "" -"Par exemple, certains pays demandent aux entreprises d'arrondir le total de " -"leurs factures de cinq cents vers le haut ou vers le bas lorsque le paiement" -" se fait en liquide." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Each point of sale in Odoo can be configured to apply cash rounding to the " -"totals of its bills or receipts." -msgstr "" -"Chaque point de vente dans Odoo peut être configuré pour appliquer " -"l'arrondissement des paiements en espèces aux totaux des factures ou des " -"reçus." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:16 -msgid "" -"This feature will soon be added to Odoo. We are currently working to make it" -" available for all supported versions as soon as possible." -msgstr "" -"Cette fonctionnalité sera bientôt ajoutée dans Odoo. Actuellement, nous nous" -" efforçons de la rendre disponible dans toutes les versions supportées." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings` and " -"enable *Cash Rounding*, then click on *Save*." -msgstr "" -"Allez à :menuselection:`Point de vente --> Configuration --> Paramètres` et " -"activez l'option *Arrondi des paiements en espèces*, puis cliquez sur " -"*Enregistrer*." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, " -"open the point of sale you want to configure, and enable the *Cash Rounding*" -" option." -msgstr "" -"Allez à :menuselection:`Point de vente --> Configuration --> Points de " -"vente`, ouvrez le point de vente à configurer et activez l'option *Arrondi " -"des paiements en espèces*." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:31 -msgid "" -"To define the **Rounding Method**, open the drop-down list and click on " -"*Create and Edit...*." -msgstr "" -"Pour définir la **Méthode d'arrondi**, ouvrez la liste déroulante et cliquez" -" sur *Créer et éditer...*." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Define here your *Rounding Precision*, *Profit Account*, and *Loss Account*," -" then save both the Rounding Method and your Point of Sale settings." -msgstr "" -"Définissez-y votre *Précision d'arrondi*, votre *Compte Profit*, et votre " -"*Compte résultat*, puis enregistrez les deux méthodes d'arrondi dans les " -"paramètres de votre Point de vente." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:41 -msgid "" -"All total amounts of this point of sale now add a line to apply the rounding" -" according to your settings." -msgstr "" -"Désormais, une ligne est ajoutée à tous les totaux de ce point de vente pour" -" appliquer l'arrondi selon vos paramètres. " - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Odoo Point of Sale only support the *Add a rounding line* rounding " -"strategies and *Half-up* rounding methods." -msgstr "" -"Le Point de vente Odoo ne prend en charge que les stratégies d'arrondi " -"*Ajouter une ligne d'arrondi* et les méthodes d'arrondi *Moitié*." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:3 -msgid "Invoice from the PoS interface" -msgstr "Facture à partir de l'interface PdV" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Some of your customers might request an invoice when buying from your Point " -"of Sale, you can easily manage it directly from the PoS interface." -msgstr "" -"Certains de vos clients peuvent demander une facture lors d'un achat dans " -"votre Point de Vente, vous pouvez facilement gérer cela depuis l'interface " -"PdV." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:9 -msgid "Activate invoicing" -msgstr "Activez la facturation" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and" -" select your Point of Sale:" -msgstr "" -"Allez à :menuselection:`Point de vente --> Configuration --> Point de vente`" -" et sélectionnez votre point de vente:" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Under the *Bills & Receipts* you will see the invoicing option, tick it. " -"Don't forget to choose in which journal the invoices should be created." -msgstr "" -"Sous la catégorie *Factures & Reçus* vous verrez l'option de facturation, " -"cochez-la. N'oubliez pas de choisir dans quel journal les factures doivent " -"être créées." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:25 -msgid "Select a customer" -msgstr "Sélectionnez un client" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:27 -msgid "From your session interface, use the customer button" -msgstr "Depuis votre interface de session, utilisez le bouton client" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:32 -msgid "" -"You can then either select an existing customer and set it as your customer " -"or create a new one by using this button." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez ensuite sélectionner un client existant et le définir comme " -"client actuel ou en créer un nouveau en utilisant ce bouton." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:38 -msgid "" -"You will be invited to fill out the customer form with its information." -msgstr "" -"Vous serez invité à remplir le formulaire client avec ses informations." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:41 -msgid "Invoice your customer" -msgstr "Facturer votre client" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:43 -msgid "" -"From the payment screen, you now have an invoice option, use the button to " -"select it and validate." -msgstr "" -"Depuis l'écran de paiement, vous avez maintenant une option de facture, " -"utilisez le bouton pour la sélectionner et valider." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:49 -msgid "You can then print the invoice and move on to your next order." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez ensuite imprimer la facture et passer à votre prochaine " -"commande." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:52 -msgid "Retrieve invoices" -msgstr "Retrouver des factures" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Once out of the PoS interface (:menuselection:`Close --> Confirm` on the top" -" right corner) you will find all your orders in :menuselection:`Point of " -"Sale --> Orders --> Orders` and under the status tab you will see which ones" -" have been invoiced. When clicking on a order you can then access the " -"invoice." -msgstr "" -"Une fois sorti de l'interface PdV (:menuselection:`Fermer --> Confirmer` " -"dans le coin supérieur droit) vous trouverez toutes vos commandes dans: " -"menuselection:`Point de vente --> Commandes --> Commandes` et sous l'onglet " -"statut vous verrez ceux qui ont été facturés. Lorsque vous cliquez sur une " -"commande, vous pouvez accéder à la facture." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:3 -msgid "Log in with employee" -msgstr "Se connecter avec les employés" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:5 -msgid "" -"With Odoo *Point of Sale*, you can manage multiple cashiers. This feature " -"allows you to keep track of who is working, when and how much each cashier " -"made for that session." -msgstr "" -"Avec Odoo *Point de vente*, vous pouvez gérer plusieurs cassiers. Avec cette" -" fonctionnalité vous permet de garder une trace de qui travaille, de quand " -"et de combien chaque caissier a gagné pour cette session." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:9 -msgid "" -"There are three ways to switch cashiers in Odoo: by *selecting the cashier*," -" by *entering a PIN code* or by *scanning a barcode*." -msgstr "" -"Dans Odoo, il existe trois façons de changer de caissiers : en " -"*sélectionnant le caissier*, en *entrant un code PIN* ou en *scannant un " -"code-barres*." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:13 -msgid "" -"To manage multiple cashiers, you need several employees (at least two)." -msgstr "" -"Pour gérer plusieurs cassiers, vous devez avoir au moins deux employés." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:16 -msgid "Set up log in with employees" -msgstr "Configurer une connexion avec les employés" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:18 -msgid "" -"To enable the feature, go to your *PoS settings* and check log in with " -"employees on your *PoS form*. Then, add the employees that have access to " -"the cash register." -msgstr "" -"Pour activer cette fonctionnalité, allez à *Paramètres PdV* et vérifiez la " -"connexion avec les employées sur votre *Formulaire PdV*. Puis, ajoutez-y les" -" employés qui ont accès à la caisse enregistreuse." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:25 -msgid "Now, you can switch cashier easily." -msgstr "Vous pouvez maintenant facilement changer de caissiers." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:28 -msgid "Switch without pin codes" -msgstr "Changer sans utiliser un code PIN" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:30 -msgid "" -"The easiest way to switch cashiers is without a code. To do so, click on the" -" cashier name in your PoS interface." -msgstr "" -"La façon la plus facile pour changer de caissiers est de ne pas utiliser un " -"code. Cliquez simplement sur le nom du caissier dans votre interface PdV." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:36 -msgid "Now, you just have to click on your name." -msgstr "Puis, cliquez tout simplement sur votre nom." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:42 -msgid "Switch cashier with pin codes" -msgstr "Changer de caissier en utilisant un code PIN" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:44 -msgid "" -"You can set a pin code on each cashier. To set up a pin code, go to the " -"employee form and add a security PIN, in the *HR settings tab*." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez configurer un code PIN pour chaque caissier. Il suffit d'aller " -"sur le formulaire de l'employé et ajouter un code PIN dans l' *Onglet " -"Paramètres RH*." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:50 -msgid "Now, when switching cashier, a PIN password will be asked." -msgstr "" -"Maintenant, lors que vous souhaitez changer de caissier, un code PIN sera " -"demandé." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:56 -msgid "Switch cashier with barcodes" -msgstr "Changer de caissier en utilisant un code-barres" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:58 -msgid "" -"You can ask your employees to log themselves with their badges. To do so, " -"set up a barcode at the same place you add the PIN code. Print the badge and" -" when they will scan it, the cashier will be switched to that employee." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez demander à vos employés de s'identifier avec leurs badges. Il " -"suffit de configurer un code-barres là où vous avez ajouté le code PIN. " -"Imprimez le badge, lorsqu'un employé le scannera, il deviendra le caissier." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:67 -msgid "Find who was the cashier" -msgstr "Retrouver qui était le caissier" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Once you have closed your *PoS session*, you can have an overview of the " -"amount each cashier sold for. To do so, go to the orders menu." -msgstr "" -"Après avoir fermé votre *session PdV*, vous pouvez avoir un aperçu du " -"montant vendu par chaque caissier. Pour cela, allez au menu des commandes." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:75 -msgid "Now, you can open the order and have a summary of the sold products." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez désormais avoir un récapitulatif des produits vendus en ouvrant " -"la commande." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:3 -msgid "Reprint Receipts" -msgstr "Réimprimer des reçus" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Use the *Reprint receipt* feature if you have the need to reprint a ticket." -msgstr "" -"Utilisez la fonctionnalité *Réimpression du reçu* si vous devez réimprimer " -"un ticket." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:10 -msgid "" -"To activate *Reprint Receipt*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " -"Configuration --> Point of sale`. and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" -"Pour activer la fonctionnalité *Réimpression du reçu*, allez à " -":menuselection:`Point de vente --> Configuration --> Point de vente`. et " -"sélectionnez votre interface PdV." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Reprint Receipt* option." -msgstr "" -"Sous la catégorie Factures et Reçus, vous trouvez l'option *Réimpression du " -"reçu*." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:17 -msgid "" -"In order to allow the option reprint receipt, you need to activate the " -"receipt printer." -msgstr "" -"Pour autoriser l'option réimpression du reçu, vous devez activer " -"l'imprimante de reçus." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:23 -msgid "Reprint a receipt" -msgstr "Réimprimer un reçu" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:25 -msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Reprint receipt* button." -msgstr "" -"Sur votre interface PdV, vous avez maintenant un bouton *Réimpression du " -"reçu*." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:30 -msgid "When you use it, you can then reprint your last receipt." -msgstr "Il vous donne la possibilité de réimprimer votre dernier reçu." diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po deleted file mode 100644 index 844c344a5..000000000 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,246 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# Richard Mathot <rim@odoo.com>, 2020 -# Anthony Chaussin <chaussin.anthony@gmail.com>, 2021 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Anthony Chaussin <chaussin.anthony@gmail.com>, 2021\n" -"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: fr\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:6 ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:9 -msgid "My Odoo Portal" -msgstr "Portail \"My Odoo\"" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:11 -msgid "" -"In this section of the portal, you will find all the communications between " -"you and Odoo: documents such as quotations, sales orders, invoices and " -"subscriptions." -msgstr "" -"Dans cette section du portail, vous trouverez toutes les communications " -"entre vous et Odoo : les documents comme les devis, bons de commande, " -"factures et abonnements." - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:15 -msgid "" -"To access this section, you have to log with your username and password to " -"`Odoo <https://www.odoo.com/my/home>`_. If you are already logged in, just " -"click on your name on the top-right corner and select \"My Account\"." -msgstr "" -"Pour accéder à cette section, vous devez vous connecter avec votre nom " -"d'utilisateur et votre mot de passe à `Odoo " -"<https://www.odoo.com/my/home>`_. Si vous êtes déjà connecté, il vous suffit" -" de cliquer sur votre nom en haut à droite et de sélectionner \"Mon " -"compte\"." - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:23 -msgid "Quotations" -msgstr "Devis" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Here you will find all the quotations sent to you by Odoo. For example, a " -"quotation can be generated for you after adding an application or a user to " -"your database or if your contract has to be renewed." -msgstr "" -"Vous trouverez ici toutes les devis qui vous ont été envoyés par Odoo. Par " -"exemple, un devis peut être généré pour vous après avoir ajouté une " -"application ou un utilisateur à votre base de données ou si votre contrat " -"doit être renouvelé." - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:32 -msgid "" -"The *Valid Until* column shows the date through which the quotation is " -"valid; after that date, the quotation will be \"Expired\". By clicking on " -"the quotation, you will see all the details of the offer, such as the " -"pricing and other useful information." -msgstr "" -"La colonne *Valide jusqu'au* indique la date jusqu'à laquelle le devis est " -"valable ; après cette date, le devis sera \"Expiré\". En cliquant sur le " -"devis, vous verrez tous les détails de l'offre, tels que le prix et d'autres" -" informations utiles." - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:39 -msgid "" -"If you want to accept the quotation, just click \"Accept & Pay,\" and the " -"quote will get confirmed. If you don't want to accept it, or you need to ask" -" for some modifications, click on \"Ask Changes Reject.\"" -msgstr "" -"Si vous souhaitez accepter le devis, il vous suffit de cliquer sur " -"\"Accepter et payer\", et le devis sera confirmé. Si vous ne voulez pas " -"l'accepter, ou si vous devez demander des modifications, cliquez sur " -"\"Demander des modifications Rejeter\"." - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:44 -msgid "Sales Orders" -msgstr "Bons de commandes" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:46 -msgid "" -"All your purchases within Odoo (Upsells, Themes, Applications, etc.) will be" -" registered under this section." -msgstr "" -"Tous vos achats au sein d'Odoo (Upsells, Themes, Applications, etc.) seront " -"enregistrés sous cette section." - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:52 -msgid "" -"By clicking on the sale order, you can review the details of the products " -"purchased and process the payment." -msgstr "" -"En cliquant sur l'ordre de vente, vous pouvez consulter les détails des " -"articles achetés et effectuer le paiement." - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:56 -msgid "Invoices" -msgstr "Factures" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:58 -msgid "" -"All the invoices of your subscriptions and/or sales orders will be shown in " -"this section. The tag before the Amount Due will indicate if the invoice has" -" been paid." -msgstr "" -"Toutes les factures de vos abonnements et/ou de vos commandes seront " -"indiquées dans cette section. L'étiquette précédant le montant dû indiquera " -"si la facture a été payée." - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Just click on the invoice if you wish to see more information, pay the " -"invoice, or download a PDF version of the document." -msgstr "" -"Il vous suffit de cliquer sur la facture si vous souhaitez obtenir plus " -"d'informations, payer la facture ou télécharger une version PDF du document." - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:69 -msgid "Tickets" -msgstr "Tickets" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:71 -msgid "" -"When you submit a ticket through `Odoo Support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`," -" a ticket will be created. Here you can find all the tickets that you have " -"opened, the conversations between you and our Agents, and the statuses and " -"IDs (# Ref) of the tickets." -msgstr "" -"Lorsque vous soumettez un ticket par l'intermédiaire de `Odoo Support " -"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`, un ticket sera créé. Vous trouverez ici tous " -"les tickets que vous avez ouverts, les conversations entre vous et nos " -"agents, ainsi que les statuts et les identifiants (# Ref) des tickets." - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:79 -msgid "Subscriptions" -msgstr "Abonnements" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:81 -msgid "" -"You can access your subscriptions with Odoo from this section. The first " -"page shows you the subscriptions that you have and their status." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez accéder à vos abonnements avec Odoo à partir de cette section. " -"La première page vous montre les abonnements que vous avez et leur statut." - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:87 -msgid "" -"By clicking on the subscription you will access all the details regarding " -"your plan: the number of applications purchased, the billing information, " -"and the payment method." -msgstr "" -"En cliquant sur l'abonnement, vous aurez accès à tous les détails concernant" -" votre forfait : le nombre d'applications achetées, les informations de " -"facturation et le mode de paiement." - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:91 -msgid "" -"To change the payment method, click on \"Change Payment Method\" and enter " -"the new credit card details." -msgstr "" -"Pour modifier le mode de paiement, cliquez sur \"Modifier le mode de " -"paiement\" et saisissez les nouvelles données de la carte de crédit." - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:97 -msgid "" -"If you want to remove the credit cards that are saved, you can do so by " -"clicking on \"Manage your payment methods\" at the bottom of the page. Click" -" \"Delete\" to delete the payment method." -msgstr "" -"Si vous souhaitez supprimer les cartes de crédit qui sont enregistrées, vous" -" pouvez le faire en cliquant sur \"Gérer vos modes de paiement\" en bas de " -"la page. Cliquez sur \"Supprimer\" pour supprimer le mode de paiement." - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:105 -msgid "" -"At the date of the next invoice, if there is no payment information provided" -" or if your credit card has expired, the status of your subscription will " -"change to \"To Renew\". You will then have 7 days to provide a valid method " -"of payment. After this delay, the subscription will be closed, and you will " -"no longer be able to access the database." -msgstr "" -"À la date de la prochaine facture, si aucune information de paiement n'est " -"fournie ou si votre carte de crédit a expiré, le statut de votre abonnement " -"passera à \"À renouveler\". Vous aurez alors 7 jours pour fournir un moyen " -"de paiement valable. Passé ce délai, l'abonnement sera fermé et vous ne " -"pourrez plus accéder à la base de données." - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:111 -msgid "Success Packs" -msgstr "Success Packs" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:112 -msgid "" -"With a Success Pack/Partner Success Pack, you are assigned an expert to " -"provide unique personalized assistance to help you customize your solution " -"and optimize your workflows as part of your initial implementation. These " -"hours never expire, allowing you to utilize them whenever you need support." -msgstr "" -"Avec un Success Pack/Partner Success Pack, un expert vous est attribué pour " -"vous fournir une assistance personnalisée unique afin de vous aider à " -"personnaliser votre solution et à optimiser vos flux de travail dans le " -"cadre de votre mise en œuvre initiale. Ces heures n'expirent jamais, ce qui " -"vous permet de les utiliser chaque fois que vous avez besoin d'aide." - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:118 -msgid "" -"If you need information about how to manage your database see " -":ref:`db_online`" -msgstr "" -"Si vous avez besoin d'informations sur la façon de gérer votre base de " -"données, voir :ref:`db_online`" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:121 -msgid "Delete your Odoo.com account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:123 -msgid "" -"In order to delete your Odoo.com account, you have to reach out to our " -"`Support Services <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:126 -msgid "If you want to delete one of your databases, see :ref:`db_online`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:129 -msgid "" -"If you wish instead to formally request the deletion of all the information " -"connected to your email address as per the European Union General Data " -"Protection Regulation (GDPR), please send an email to privacy@odoo.com." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po deleted file mode 100644 index 1d22fd1ad..000000000 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,26 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Richard Mathot <rim@odoo.com>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Richard Mathot <rim@odoo.com>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: fr\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" - -#: ../../practical.rst:3 -msgid "Practical Information" -msgstr "Informations pratiques" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8fc6efffc --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po @@ -0,0 +1,2896 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Laura Piraux <lap@odoo.com>, 2021 +# Renaud de Colombel <rdecolombel@sgen.cfdt.fr>, 2021 +# fr trans <e2ffr05@hotmail.com>, 2021 +# Martin Trigaux, 2021 +# Florian Hatat, 2021 +# Nacim ABOURA <nacim.aboura@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Jérôme Tanché <jerome.tanche@ouest-dsi.fr>, 2021 +# Eloïse Stilmant <est@odoo.com>, 2021 +# Gunther Clauwaert <gclauwae@hotmail.com>, 2021 +# kaj nithi <kajanth.nithiy@skipthedishes.ca>, 2021 +# 0169fee580ff5de3f9b7241d14f30af9_5f30934 <1948a2319336319ed4429b6139c8c1c2_916898>, 2021 +# David David <f322p3ph@yahoo.fr>, 2021 +# 5cad1b0f1319985f8413d48b70c3c192_b038c35, 2021 +# Cécile Collart <cco@odoo.com>, 2021 +# Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2021 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-18 07:12+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-05-18 05:18+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2021\n" +"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: fr\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity.rst:3 +msgid "Productivity" +msgstr "Productivité" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss.rst:4 +msgid "Discuss" +msgstr "Discussion" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced" +msgstr "Avancé" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:3 +msgid "How to Use my Mail Server to Send and Receive Emails in Odoo" +msgstr "" +"Comment utiliser mon serveur de messagerie pour envoyer et recevoir des " +"emails dans Odoo" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:6 +msgid "If you are a user of Odoo Online or Odoo.sh..." +msgstr "Si vous êtes un utilisateur d'Odoo en ligne ou d'Odoo.sh..." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:8 +msgid "" +"You have nothing to do! **Odoo sets up its own mail servers for your " +"database.** Outgoing and incoming emails work out-of-the-box!" +msgstr "" +"Vous ne devez rien faire! **Odoo configure ses propres serveurs de " +"messagerie pour votre base de données.** Les emails sortants et entrants " +"sont prêts à l'emploi!" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Unless you plan to send large batches of mass mailing that could require the" +" use of an external mail server, simply enjoy your new Odoo database." +msgstr "" +"À moins que vous ne prévoyez d'envoyer une quantité importante d'emails de " +"masse qui nécessiteraient l'utilisation d'un serveur de messagerie externe, " +"profitez tout simplement de votre nouvelle base de données Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:16 +msgid "Scope of this documentation" +msgstr "Le but de cette documentation" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:18 +msgid "" +"This document is **mainly dedicated to Odoo on-premise users** who don't " +"benefit from an out-of-the-box solution to send and receive emails in Odoo, " +"unlike `Odoo Online <https://www.odoo.com/trial>`__ & `Odoo.sh " +"<https://www.odoo.sh>`__." +msgstr "" +"Ce document est **principalement destiné aux utilisateurs d'Odoo sur site** " +"qui ne bénéficient pas d'une utilisation prête à l'emploi pour l'envoi et la" +" réception d'emails dans Odoo, à la différence d'`Odoo en ligne " +"<https://www.odoo.com/trial>`__ & `Odoo.sh <https://www.odoo.sh>`__." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:25 +msgid "" +"If no one in your company is used to manage email servers, we strongly " +"recommend that you opt for those Odoo hosting solutions. Their email system " +"works instantly and is monitored by professionals. Nevertheless you can " +"still use your own email servers if you want to manage your email server's " +"reputation yourself." +msgstr "" +"Si personne dans votre entreprise n'est chargé de la gestion des serveurs de" +" messagerie, nous vous recommandons fortement d'opter pour ces solutions " +"d'hébergement Odoo. Leur système de courrier électronique fonctionne " +"instantanément et est supervisé par des professionnels. Néanmoins, si vous " +"souhaitez gérer vous-même la réputation de votre serveur de messagerie, vous" +" pouvez également utiliser vos propres serveurs." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:31 +msgid "" +"You will find here below some useful information on how to integrate your " +"own email solution with Odoo." +msgstr "" +"Vous trouverez ci-dessous quelques informations utiles pour intégrer votre " +"propre solution de messagerie à Odoo. " + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Office 365 email servers don't easily allow to send external emails from " +"hosts like Odoo. Refer to `Microsoft's documentation " +"<https://support.office.com/en-us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-" +"device-or-application-to-send-email-using-" +"Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ to make it work." +msgstr "" +"Les serveurs de messagerie Office 365 ne permettent pas facilement d'envoyer" +" des emails externes à partir d'hôtes comme Odoo. Reportez-vous à la " +"documentation de Microsoft <https://support.office.com/en-us/article/How-to-" +"set-up-a-multifunction-device-or-application-to-send-email-using-" +"Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ pour le faire " +"fonctionner." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:39 +msgid "How to manage outbound messages" +msgstr "Comment gérer les messages sortants" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:40 +msgid "" +"As a system admin, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and " +"check *External Email Servers*. Then, click *Outgoing Mail Servers* to " +"create one and reference the SMTP data of your email server. Once all the " +"information has been filled out, click on *Test Connection*." +msgstr "" +"En tant qu'administrateur système, allez sur :menuselection:`Paramètres --> " +"Paramètres généraux` et cochez *Serveurs de messagerie externe*. Puis, " +"cliquez sur *Serveurs de messagerie sortant* pour en créer un et référencer " +"les données SMTP de votre serveur de messagerie. Une fois toutes les " +"informations complétées, cliquez sur *Tester la connection*." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:45 +msgid "Here is a typical configuration for a G Suite server." +msgstr "Voici la configuration typique d'un serveur G suite." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:50 +msgid "Then set your email domain name in the General Settings." +msgstr "" +"Configurez ensuite votre nom de domaine de messagerie dans les paramètres " +"généraux." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:53 +msgid "" +"If you get a ``[AUTHENTICATIONFAILED] Invalid credentials (Failure)`` " +"warning when you *Test Connection* on a Gmail address, activate the *Less " +"secure app access* option. A direct link can be `accessed here " +"<https://myaccount.google.com/lesssecureapps?pli=1>`_." +msgstr "" +"Si vous recevez un message d'avertissement ``[AUTHENTICATIONFAILED] (Échec) " +"Identifiants invalides`` lorsque vous effectuez une *Connection de test* " +"dans une adresse Gmail, activez l'option *Accès moins sécurisé à " +"l'application*. Un lien direct est disponible `ici " +"<https://myaccount.google.com/lesssecureapps?pli=1>`_." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:57 +msgid "In addition to that, enable the IMAP setting on your Gmail account." +msgstr "Activez par ailleurs le paramètre IMAP sur votre compte Gmail." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:61 +msgid "Can I use an Office 365 server" +msgstr "Puis-je utiliser un serveur Office 365?" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:62 +msgid "" +"You can use an Office 365 server if you run Odoo on-premise. Office 365 SMTP" +" relays are not compatible with Odoo Online." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez utiliser un serveur Office 365 si vous exécutez Odoo sur site. " +"Les relais Office 365 SMTP ne sont pas compatibles sur Odoo en ligne." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Please refer to `Microsoft's documentation <https://support.office.com/en-" +"us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-device-or-application-to-send-" +"email-using-Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ to configure" +" a SMTP relay for your Odoo's IP address." +msgstr "" +"Pour configurer un relais SMTP pour votre adresse IP Odoo, référez-vous à la" +" `Documentation Microsoft <https://support.office.com/en-us/article/How-to-" +"set-up-a-multifunction-device-or-application-to-send-email-using-" +"Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ ." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:69 +msgid "How to use a G Suite server" +msgstr "Comment utiliser un serveur G suite" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:70 +msgid "" +"You can use an G Suite server for any Odoo hosting type. To do so you need " +"to setup the SMTP relay service. The configuration steps are explained in " +"`Google documentation " +"<https://support.google.com/a/answer/2956491?hl=en>`__." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez utiliser un serveur G Suite pour n'importe quel type " +"d'hébergement Odoo. Pour cela, vous devez configurer le service relais SMTP." +" Les étapes de configuration sont décrites dans la `Documentation Google " +"<https://support.google.com/a/answer/2956491?hl=en>`__." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:77 +msgid "Be SPF-compliant" +msgstr "Être en conformité avec le système SPF" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:78 +msgid "" +"In case you use SPF (Sender Policy Framework) to increase the deliverability" +" of your outgoing emails, don't forget to authorize Odoo as a sending host " +"in your domain name settings. Here is the configuration for Odoo Online:" +msgstr "" +"Si vous utilisez le système SPF (Sender Policy Framework) pour augmenter la " +"délivrabilité de votre messagerie sortante, n'oubliez pas d'autoriser Odoo " +"en tant qu'hôte expéditeur dans les paramètres de votre nom de domaine. " +"Voici la configuration pour Odoo en ligne :" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:82 +msgid "" +"If no TXT record is set for SPF, create one with following definition: " +"v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com ~all" +msgstr "" +"Si aucun enregistrement TXT n'est configuré pour le SPF, vous devez en créer" +" un avec la définition suivante : v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com ~all" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:84 +msgid "" +"In case a SPF TXT record is already set, add \"include:_spf.odoo.com\". e.g." +" for a domain name that sends emails via Odoo Online and via G Suite it " +"could be: v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com include:_spf.google.com ~all" +msgstr "" +"Si un enregistrement SPF TXT est déjà configuré, ajoutez " +"\"include:_spf.odoo.com\". par ex. pour un nom de domaine qui envoie des " +"emails via Odoo en ligne et via G Suite cela pourrait être : v=spf1 " +"include:_spf.odoo.com include:_spf.google.com ~all" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Find `here <https://www.mail-tester.com/spf/>`__ the exact procedure to " +"create or modify TXT records in your own domain registrar." +msgstr "" +"Vous trouverez `ici <https://www.mail-tester.com/spf/>`__ la procédure " +"exacte pour créer ou modifier des enregistrements TXT sur votre propre " +"registraire de domaine." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Your new SPF record can take up to 48 hours to go into effect, but this " +"usually happens more quickly." +msgstr "" +"Votre nouvel enregistrement SPF peut prendre jusqu'à 48 heures pour être " +"effectif, mais d'habitude cela se fait plus rapidement." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Adding more than one SPF record for a domain can cause problems with mail " +"delivery and spam classification. Instead, we recommend using only one SPF " +"record by modifying it to authorize Odoo." +msgstr "" +"L'ajout de plus d'un enregistrement SPF à votre domaine peut générer des " +"problèmes à la livraison des emails et à la classification en spams. Nous " +"vous recommandons plutôt d'utiliser un seul enregistrement SPF, en modifiant" +" celui-ci pour autoriser Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:99 +msgid "Allow DKIM" +msgstr "Activer DKIM" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:100 +msgid "" +"You should do the same thing if DKIM (Domain Keys Identified Mail) is " +"enabled on your email server. In the case of Odoo Online & Odoo.sh, you " +"should add a DNS \"odoo._domainkey\" CNAME record to " +"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\". For example, for \"foo.com\" they should have " +"a record \"odoo._domainkey.foo.com\" that is a CNAME with the value " +"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\"." +msgstr "" +"Vous devriez faire la même chose si le DKIM (Domain Keys Identified Mail) " +"est activé sur votre serveur de messagerie. Dans le cas d'Odoo en ligne et " +"d' Odoo.sh, vous devez ajouter un enregistrement DNS CNAME " +"\"odoo._domainkey\" à \"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\". Par exemple, pour " +"\"foo.com\" ils devraient avoir un enregistrement " +"\"odoo._domainkey.foo.com\" qui est un enregistrement CNAME avec la valeur " +"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\"." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:108 +msgid "Restriction" +msgstr "Restriction" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:109 +msgid "" +"Please note that the port 25 is blocked for security reasons. Try using 587," +" 465 or 2525." +msgstr "" +"Veuillez noter que le port 25 est bloqué pour des raisons de sécurité. " +"Essayez d'utiliser 587, 465 ou 2525." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:114 +msgid "How to manage inbound messages" +msgstr "Comment gérer les messages entrants" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:116 +msgid "Odoo relies on generic email aliases to fetch incoming messages." +msgstr "Odoo recourt à des alias email pour récupérer des messages entrants." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:118 +msgid "" +"**Reply messages** of messages sent from Odoo are routed to their original " +"discussion thread (and to the inbox of all its followers) by the catchall " +"alias (**catchall@**)." +msgstr "" +"**Les emails de réponse automatiques** envoyés depuis Odoo sont acheminés " +"vers leur fil de discussion original (ainsi que vers les boîtes de réception" +" de tous les followers) via l'alias catch-all (**catchall@**)." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:122 +msgid "" +"**Bounced messages** are routed to **bounce@** in order to track them in " +"Odoo. This is especially used in `Odoo Email Marketing " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/email-marketing>`__ to opt-out invalid " +"recipients." +msgstr "" +"**Les emails rejetés** sont acheminés vers **bounce@** pour qu'on puisse les" +" tracer sur Odoo. Cela est surtout utilisé pour désinscrire les " +"destinataires invalides dans le `Marketing par courrier électronique Odoo " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/email-marketing>`__ ." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:126 +msgid "" +"**Original messages**: Several business objects have their own alias to " +"create new records in Odoo from incoming emails:" +msgstr "" +"**Les emails originaux**: Plusieurs objets de gestion ont leur propre alias " +"pour créer des nouveaux enregistrements sur Odoo depuis les emails entrants " +":" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Sales Channel (to create Leads or Opportunities in `Odoo CRM " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/crm>`__)," +msgstr "" +"Canal de ventes (pour créer des pistes ou des opportunités dans `Odoo CRM " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/crm>`__)," + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Support Channel (to create Tickets in `Odoo Helpdesk " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/helpdesk>`__)," +msgstr "" +"Canal de support (pour créer des tickets dans `Odoo Assistance technique " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/helpdesk>`__)," + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:133 +msgid "" +"Projects (to create new Tasks in `Odoo Project <https://www.odoo.com/page" +"/project-management>`__)," +msgstr "" +"Projets (pour créer des nouvelles tâches dans `Odoo Projet " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/project-management>`__)," + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Job Positions (to create Applicants in `Odoo Recruitment " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/recruitment>`__)," +msgstr "" +"Postes de travail (pour créer des candidats dans `Odoo recrutement " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/recruitment>`__)," + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:137 +msgid "etc." +msgstr "etc" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Depending on your mail server, there might be several methods to fetch " +"emails. The easiest and most recommended method is to manage one email " +"address per Odoo alias in your mail server." +msgstr "" +"Selon votre serveur de messagerie, il peut y avoir plusieurs méthodes de " +"récupération des emails. La méthode la plus facile et la plus recommandée, " +"c'est gérer une adresse email par alias Odoo dans votre serveur de " +"messagerie ." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Create the corresponding email addresses in your mail server (catchall@, " +"bounce@, sales@, etc.)." +msgstr "" +"Créez les adresses email correspondantes dans votre serveur de messagerie " +"(catchall@, bounce@, sales@, etc.)." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:145 +msgid "Set your domain name in the General Settings." +msgstr "Configurez votre nom de domaine dans les paramètres généraux." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:150 +msgid "" +"If you use Odoo on-premise, create an *Incoming Mail Server* in Odoo for " +"each alias. You can do it from the General Settings as well. Fill out the " +"form according to your email provider’s settings. Leave the *Actions to " +"Perform on Incoming Mails* blank. Once all the information has been filled " +"out, click on *TEST & CONFIRM*." +msgstr "" +"Si vous utilisez Odoo sur site, créez un *Serveur de messagerie entrant* " +"pour chaque alias. Vous pouvez le faire également depuis les paramètres " +"généraux. Remplissez le formulaire selon les paramètres de votre fournisseur" +" de messagerie. Laissez vide le champ *Actions à effectuer sur les emails " +"entrants*. Une fois toutes les informations renseignées, cliquez sur *TESTER" +" & CONFIRMER*." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:159 +msgid "" +"If you use Odoo Online or Odoo.sh, We do recommend to redirect incoming " +"messages to Odoo's domain name rather than exclusively use your own email " +"server. That way you will receive incoming messages without delay. Indeed, " +"Odoo Online is fetching incoming messages of external servers once per hour " +"only. You should set redirections for all the email addresses to Odoo's " +"domain name in your email server (e.g. *catchall@mydomain.ext* to " +"*catchall@mycompany.odoo.com*)." +msgstr "" +"Si vous utilisez Odoo Online ou Odoo.sh, nous vous recommandons de rediriger" +" les messages entrants vers le nom de domaine d'Odoo plutôt que d'utiliser " +"exclusivement votre propre serveur de messagerie. Vous recevrez ainsi les " +"messages entrants sans délai. En effet, Odoo Online ne récupère les messages" +" entrants des serveurs externes qu'une fois par heure. Vous devez définir " +"dans votre serveur de messagerie des redirections pour toutes les adresses " +"email vers le nom de domaine d'Odoo (par ex. *catchall@mydomain.ext* vers " +"*catchall@mycompany.odoo.com*)." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:169 +msgid "All the aliases are customizable in Odoo." +msgstr "Tous les alias sont personnalisables dans Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:167 +msgid "" +"Object aliases can be edited from their respective configuration view. To " +"edit catchall and bounce aliases, you first need to activate the " +":doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:171 +msgid "" +"Then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System " +"Parameters` to customize the aliases (*mail.catchall.alias* & * " +"mail.bounce.alias*)." +msgstr "" +"Puis aller sur :menuselection:`Configuration --> Technique --> Paramètres " +"--> Paramètres système` pour personnaliser les alias (*mail.catchall.alias* " +"& * mail.bounce.alias*)." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:177 +msgid "" +"By default inbound messages are fetched every 5 minutes in Odoo on-premise. " +"You can change this value in :doc:`Developer mode " +"</applications/general/developer_mode>`. Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions` and look for *Mail: " +"Fetchmail Service*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:186 +msgid "Set up different dedicated servers for transactional and mass mails" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:188 +msgid "" +"Odoo's e-mail server has the capability of sending 200 e-mails per day on " +"Odoo SH Cloud Platform. However, if needed, you can use a separate Mail " +"Transfer Agent (MTA) servers for transactional e-mails and mass mailings. " +"Example: use Odoo's own mail server for transactional e-mails, and Sendgrid," +" Amazon SES, or Mailgun for mass mailings. Another alternative is to use " +"Postmark for transactional e-mails, and Amazon SES or Sendgrid for mass " +"mailings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:196 +msgid "" +"A default outgoing email server is already configured. You should not create" +" an alternative one unless you want to use a specific external outgoing " +"email server for technical reasons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:199 +msgid "" +"To do this, you should first enable the :doc:`Developer mode " +"</applications/general/developer_mode>` and then go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Outgoing` e-mail servers. There " +"you have to create two e-mail MTA server settings. One for transactional " +"e-mails and one for mass mail servers. Be sure to mark the priority of " +"transactional e-mail servers as low as the mass email servers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Now, go to :menuselection:`Email Marketing --> Settings` and enable " +"*Dedicated Server*. With these settings, Odoo uses the server with the lower" +" priority for transactional emails, and the server here selected for mass " +"mails. Note that in this case, you have to set your domain's Sender Policy " +"Framework (SPF) records to include both transactional and mass mail servers." +" If your server resides with xxxx.odoo.com, the available options are " +"Sendinblue and Mailchimp, as your e-mails would be originated from the " +"xxxx.odoo.com domain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:3 +msgid "Email Templates" +msgstr "Modèles d'emails" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:5 +msgid "" +"We all know writing good emails is vital to get a high response rate, but " +"you do not want to rewrite the same structure every time, do you? That is " +"where email templates come in. Without the need to rewrite the entire email " +"structure every time, you save time to focus on the content. Multiple " +"templates also let you deliver the right message to the right audience, " +"improving their overall experience with the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:12 +msgid "Enable it and understand a few concepts" +msgstr "Activez-le et comprenez quelques concepts" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The :doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>` must be " +"activated. Then, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> " +"Templates`. A view of the existing templates is shown." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:18 +msgid "" +"**It is highly recommended not to change the content in existing templates " +"unless the user has prior knowledge about placeholders.**" +msgstr "" +"**Il est fortement recommandé de ne pas modifier le contenu des modèles " +"existants à moins que l'utilisateur n'ait des connaissances préalables à " +"propos des espaces réservés.**" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To add a new one, click on *Create* and choose the type of document this " +"template is used with. In the example below, the template would be sent to " +"job applicants." +msgstr "" +"Pour en ajouter un nouveau, cliquez sur *Créer* et choisissez le type de " +"document avec lequel ce modèle est utilisé. Dans l'exemple ci-dessous, le " +"modèle serait envoyé aux candidats." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Under *Email Configuration*, fields such as *From*, *To (Emails)*, *To " +"(Partners)*, require placeholders. If the *From* field is not set, the " +"default value is the author’s email alias, if configured, or email address." +msgstr "" +"Sous *Configuration des emails*, des champs tels que *De*, *À (emails)*, *À " +"(partenaires)*, nécessitent des espaces réservés. Si le champ *De* n'est pas" +" défini, la valeur par défaut est l'alias de l'adresse email de l'auteur, " +"s'il est configuré, ou l'adresse email." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Under *Advanced Settings*, if an *Outgoing Mail Server* is not set, the one " +"with the highest priority is used." +msgstr "" +"Sous *Paramètres avancés*, si un *Serveur de courrier sortant* n'est pas " +"défini, celui avec la priorité la plus élevée est utilisé." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:34 +msgid "" +"The option *Auto Delete* permanently deletes the emails after they are sent," +" saving space in your database." +msgstr "" +"L'option *Suppression automatique* supprime définitivement les emails après " +"leur envoi, économisant ainsi de l'espace dans votre base de données." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:37 +msgid "Writing content including placeholder expressions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Under the tab *Dynamic Placeholder Generator*, look for the *Field* you " +"would like to use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Next, copy the *Placeholder Expression* and paste it in the *Body* of the " +"email, under the *Content* tab, using - essentially - the *Code View*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Deactivate the *Code View* option by simply clicking on it again, and easily" +" design the message. Click on *Preview* to check how the email looks before " +"sending it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Vue d'ensemble" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:3 +msgid "Get Started with Discuss" +msgstr "Lancez-vous sur Discuter" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Discuss allows you to bring all of your company’s communication together " +"through messages, notes, and chat. Share information, projects, files, " +"prioritize tasks, and stay connected with colleagues and partners throughout" +" applications. Forge better relationships, increase productivity and " +"transparency by promoting a convenient way of communicating." +msgstr "" +"L'app Discuter vous permet de rassembler toutes les communications de votre " +"entreprise via des messages, des notes et des discussions. Partagez des " +"informations, des projets, des fichiers, hiérarchisez les tâches et restez " +"connecté avec vos collègues et partenaires d'une application à l'autre. " +"Forgez de meilleures relations, augmentez la productivité et la transparence" +" en promouvant un moyen pratique de communiquer." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:11 +msgid "Choose your notifications preference" +msgstr "Choisissez vos préférences de notifications" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Access your *Preferences* and choose how you would like your notifications " +"to be handled." +msgstr "" +"Accédez à vos *Préférences* et choisissez la manière dont vous souhaitez que" +" vos notifications soient traitées." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:21 +msgid "" +"By default, the field is set as *Handle by Emails* making messages, notes, " +"and notifications where you were mentioned or that you follow, to be sent " +"through email. By choosing *Handle in Odoo*, they are shown in the *Inbox*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:22 +msgid "Messages can then be *Marked as Todo*, *Replied*, or *Marked as Read*." +msgstr "" +"Les messages peuvent alors être marqués comme *A faire*, *Répondus* ou *Lus" +" *." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:28 +msgid "" +"The messages tagged as *Mark as Todo* are also shown in *Starred*, while the" +" ones *Marked as Read* are moved to *History*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:36 +msgid "Start Chatting" +msgstr "Commencer à discuter" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:38 +msgid "" +"The first time you log in to your account, OdooBot sends you a message " +"asking for permission to receive desktop notifications to chats. If " +"accepted, you receive push notifications to the messages sent to you despite" +" of where you are in Odoo." +msgstr "" +"La première fois que vous vous connectez à votre compte, OdooBot vous envoie" +" un message vous demandant la permission de recevoir des notifications pour " +"les chats. Si vous acceptez, vous recevez des notifications push pour les " +"messages qui vous sont envoyés, peu importe où vous vous trouvez dans Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To stop receiving desktop notifications, reset the notifications settings of" +" your browser." +msgstr "" +"Pour ne plus recevoir de notifications, réinitialisez les paramètres de " +"notification de votre navigateur." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:50 +msgid "" +"To start a chat, click on *New Message* on the *Messaging Menu*, or go to " +"*Discuss* and send a *Direct Message*." +msgstr "" +"Pour démarrer un chat, cliquez sur *Nouveau message* dans le *Menu " +"Messagerie*, ou allez dans l'application *Discuter* et envoyer un *Message " +"direct*." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:58 +msgid "" +"You can also create :doc:`public and private channels <team_communication>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:61 +msgid "Mentions in the chat and on the Chatter" +msgstr "Mentions dans le chat et sur le Chatter" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To mention a user within a chat or the chatter type *@user-name*; to refer " +"to a channel, type *#channel-name*." +msgstr "" +"Pour mentionner un utilisateur dans un chat ou dans le chatter, tapez " +"*@nomdelutilisateur*; pour faire référence à un canal, tapez *#nomducanal*." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:66 +msgid "" +"A notification is sent to the user mentioned either to his *Inbox* or " +"through email, depending on his settings." +msgstr "" +"Une notification est envoyée à l'utilisateur mentionné soit dans sa *boîte " +"de réception*, soit par email, en fonction de ses paramètres." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:73 +msgid "" +"When a user is mentioned, the search list (list of names) suggests values " +"first based on the task’s followers, and secondly on *Employees*. If the " +"record being searched does not match with either a follower or employee, the" +" scope of the search becomes all partners." +msgstr "" +"Lorsqu'un utilisateur est mentionné, la liste de recherche (liste de noms) " +"suggère des valeurs d'abord basées sur les abonnés de la tâche, puis sur " +"*Employés*. Si l'enregistrement recherché ne correspond ni à un abonné ni à " +"un employé, l'étendue de la recherche passe à tous les partenaires." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:78 +msgid "Chat status" +msgstr "Statut du chat" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:80 +msgid "" +"It is helpful to see what colleagues are up to and how quickly they can " +"respond to messages by checking their *Status*. The status is shown on the " +"left side of a contact’s names on Discuss’ sidebar and on the *Messaging " +"menu*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:84 +msgid "Green = online" +msgstr "Vert = en ligne" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:85 +msgid "Orange = away" +msgstr "Orange = absent" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:86 +msgid "White = offline" +msgstr "Blanc = pas en ligne" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:87 +msgid "Airplane = out of the office" +msgstr "Avion = en congé" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:65 +msgid ":doc:`team_communication`" +msgstr ":doc:`team_communication`" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:96 +msgid ":doc:`../advanced/email_servers`" +msgstr ":doc:`../advanced/email_servers`" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:3 +msgid "Get Organized by Planning Activities" +msgstr "Soyez organisé grâce à la planification d'activités" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you plan activities you minimize the risk of uncertainties, as you " +"provide clear directions for the course of your next action. In addition to " +"that, you do not leave space for wasteful activities and reduce the chance " +"of having overlapping actions between team members." +msgstr "" +"Lorsque vous planifiez des activités, vous minimisez le risque " +"d'incertitudes, tout en donnant des instructions claires pour le déroulement" +" de votre prochaine action. De plus, vous ne laissez pas de place pour des " +"activités inutiles et réduisez le risque d'avoir des actions qui se " +"chevauchent entre les membres de l'équipe." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:10 +msgid "Where do I see my schedule activities?" +msgstr "Où puis-je voir mes activités programmées?" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Access and manage your activities wherever you are in Odoo by the " +"*Activities* menu." +msgstr "" +"Accédez et gérez vos activités où que vous soyez dans Odoo grâce au menu " +"*Activités*." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:20 +msgid "Plan activities" +msgstr "Planifiez des activités" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Activities can be planned and managed from the chatter by clicking on " +"*Schedule activity*, or through Kanban views." +msgstr "" +"Les activités peuvent être planifiées et gérées à partir du chatter en " +"cliquant sur *Planifier une activité*, ou via les vues Kanban." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:31 +msgid "Set your activity types" +msgstr "Paramétrer vos types d'activités" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:33 +msgid "" +"A number of activities types are available by default in Odoo (call, email, " +"meeting, etc.). However, you can set new ones going to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Activity types`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:42 +msgid "" +"If you need to create an activity type with an available calendar, make sure" +" to create it with an *Action to Perform* set as *Meeting*." +msgstr "" +"Si vous devez créer un type d'activité avec un calendrier disponible, " +"assurez-vous de le créer avec une *Action à effectuer* définie en tant que " +"*Réunion*." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:46 +msgid "Recommend next activities" +msgstr "Recommandez les prochaines activités" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Odoo helps you to plan a flow of activities by allowing you to set " +"*Recommended Next Activities*." +msgstr "" +"Odoo vous aide à planifier un flux d'activités en vous permettant de définir" +" des *Activités suivantes recommandées*." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Once the respective activity is completed, select *Done & Schedule Next* and" +" next steps are suggested to you." +msgstr "" +"Une fois l'activité respective terminée, sélectionnez *Terminé et planifier " +"la suivante* et les étapes suivantes vous sont suggérées." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:115 +msgid ":doc:`get_started`" +msgstr ":doc:`get_started`" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:3 +msgid "Efficiently Communicate Using Channels" +msgstr "Communiquez efficacement à l'aide des canaux" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You can use channels to organize discussions between individual teams, " +"departments, projects, or any other group that requires regular " +"communication. This way, you keep everyone in the loop updated with the " +"latest developments." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez utiliser des canaux pour organiser des discussions entre des " +"équipes individuelles, des services, des projets ou tout autre groupe " +"nécessitant une communication régulière. De cette façon, vous gardez tout le" +" monde au courant des derniers événements." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:10 +msgid "Public and Private channels" +msgstr "Canaux publics et privés" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:12 +msgid "" +"A *Public* channel can be seen by everyone, while a *Private* one is only " +"visible to users invited to it." +msgstr "" +"Un canal *Public* peut être vu par tout le monde, tandis qu'un canal *Privé*" +" n'est visible que par les utilisateurs qui y sont invités." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:21 +msgid "" +"A public channel is best used when many employees need to access information" +" (such as company announcements), whereas a private channel could be used " +"whenever information should be limited to specific groups (such as a " +"specific department)." +msgstr "" +"Il est mieux d'utiliser un canal public lorsque de nombreux employés ont " +"besoin d'accéder à des informations (telles que les annonces de " +"l'entreprise), alors qu'un canal privé peut être utilisé chaque fois que les" +" informations doivent être limitées à des groupes spécifiques (comme un " +"service spécifique)." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:26 +msgid "Configuration options" +msgstr "Options de configuration" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:28 +msgid "" +"You can configure a channel’s name, description, email alias, and privacy by" +" clicking on the *Channel Settings* icon on the sidebar." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez configurer le nom, la description, l'alias de l'adresse email et" +" la confidentialité d'un canal en cliquant sur l'icône *Paramètres du canal*" +" dans la barre latérale." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:36 +msgid "Privacy and Members" +msgstr "Confidentialité et membres" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Changing *Who can follow the group’s activities?* allows you to control " +"which groups can have access to the channel. Note that allowing *Everyone* " +"to follow a private channel lets other users view and join it, as they would" +" a public one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:42 +msgid "" +"If you choose *Invited people only*, go to the *Members* tab to add your " +"members, or, go to Discuss’ main page, select the channel and click on " +"*Invite*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:49 +msgid "" +"For *Selected group of users*, the option *Auto Subscribe Groups* " +"automatically add its members as followers. In other words, while " +"*Authorized Groups* limits which users can access the channel, *Auto " +"Subscribe Groups* automatically adds the user as a member as long as they " +"are part of the group." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:55 +msgid "Use a channel as a mailing list" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Choosing to *Send messages by email* configures the channel to behave as a " +"mailing list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Enabling this option allows you to *Moderate this channel*, meaning that " +"messages will need to be approved before being sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Under the *Moderation* tab choose as many moderators as you need, and if you" +" would like them to receive an *Automatic notification*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Mark *Send guidelines to new subscribers* to automatically send instructions" +" to newcomers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Moderators can: *Accept*, *Reject*, *Discard*, *Always Allow* or *Ban* " +"messages." +msgstr "" +"Les modérateurs peuvent: *Accepter*, *Rejeter*, *Ignorer*, *Toujours " +"autoriser* ou *Interdire* les messages." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Members of a mailing channel receive messages through email regardless of " +"their :doc:`notification preference <get_started>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Once a channel is moderated, the menu *Ban List* allows you to add email " +"addresses per moderated channel to auto-ban them from sending messages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:91 +msgid "Quick search bar" +msgstr "Barre de recherche rapide" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Once at least 20 channels, direct message and live chat conversations (if " +"the module is installed on your database) are pinned in the sidebar, a " +"*Quick search…* bar is displayed. It is a clever way to filter conversations" +" and quickly find the one you need." +msgstr "" +"Une fois qu'au moins 20 canaux, messages directs et conversations de chat en" +" direct (si le module est installé sur votre base de données), sont épinglés" +" dans la barre latérale, une barre *Recherche rapide…* s'affiche. C'est un " +"moyen intelligent de filtrer les conversations et de trouver rapidement " +"celle dont vous avez besoin." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:103 +msgid "Finding channels" +msgstr "Trouvez des canaux" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:106 +msgid "" +"Click on *Channels* (on the sidebar), browse through the list of public " +"channels, and join or leave them from a single screen." +msgstr "" +"Cliquez sur *Canaux* (dans la barre latérale), parcourez la liste des canaux" +" publics et rejoignez-les ou quittez-les depuis un seul écran." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Apply filters criteria and save it for later use. The search function " +"accepts wildcards by using the underscore character *(_)* to represent a " +"single character." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:116 +msgid ":doc:`plan_activities`" +msgstr ":doc:`plan_activities`" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot.rst:4 +msgid "Internet of Things (IoT)" +msgstr "Internet des objets (IoT)" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config.rst:3 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Configuration" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:3 +msgid "Connect an IoT Box to your database" +msgstr "Connectez une IoT Box à votre base de données" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:5 +msgid "Install the Internet of Things (IoT) App on your Odoo Database." +msgstr "" +"Installez l'application Internet des objets (IoT) sur votre base de données " +"Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:10 +msgid "Go in the IoT App and click on Connect on the IoT Boxes page." +msgstr "" +"Allez dans l'application IoT et cliquez sur Connecter sur la page des IoT " +"Box." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:15 +msgid "Follow the steps to connect your IoT Box." +msgstr "Pour connecter votre IoT Box, suivez les étapes :" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:21 +msgid "Ethernet Connection" +msgstr "Connexion Ethernet" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Connect to the IoT Box all the devices that have to be connected with cables" +" (ethernet, usb devices, etc.)." +msgstr "" +"Connectez à votre IoT Box tous les appareils qui doivent être connectés par " +"câble (ethernet, périphériques USB, etc.)." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:26 +msgid "Power on the IoT Box." +msgstr "Mettez l'IoT Box sous tension." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Read the Pairing Code from a screen or a receipt printer connected to the " +"IoT Box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:32 +msgid "Input the Pairing Code and click on the Pair button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Recent changes in modern web browsers forced us to modify the connection " +"wizard. If your screen is different from the screenshots, make sure that the" +" ``iot_pairing`` module is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:40 +msgid "WiFi Connection" +msgstr "Connexion Wi-Fi" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:42 +msgid "Power on the IoT Box" +msgstr "Mettez l'IoT Box sous tension" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:44 +msgid "Copy the token" +msgstr "Copiez votre jeton" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Connect to the IoT Box WiFi Network (make sure there is no ethernet cable " +"plugged in your computer)." +msgstr "" +"Connectez-vous au réseau Wi-Fi de l'IoT Box (assurez-vous qu'aucun câble " +"n'est connecté à votre ordinateur)." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:53 +msgid "" +"You will be redirected to the IoT Box Homepage (if it doesn't work, connect " +"to the IP address of the box). Give a name to your IoT Box (not required) " +"and paste the token, then click on next." +msgstr "" +"Vous allez être redirigé vers la page d'accueil de l'IoT Box (si cela ne " +"fonctionne pas, connectez-vous à l'adresse IP de la Box). Donnez un nom à " +"votre IoT Box (pas obligatoire) et insérez le jeton, puis cliquez sur " +"suivant." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:60 +msgid "" +"If you are on Runbot, do not forget to add the -all or -base in the token " +"(e.g. this token **http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-" +"f3f920.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401** should become " +"**http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-f3f920-all.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401**)." +msgstr "" +"Si vous êtes sur Runbot, n'oubliez pas d'ajouter le -all ou -base dans le " +"jeton (par ex. ce jeton **http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-" +"f3f920.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401** doit devenir " +"**http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-f3f920-all.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401**)." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Choose the WiFi network you want to connect with (enter the password if " +"there is one) and click on Submit. Wait a few seconds before being " +"redirected to your database." +msgstr "" +"Choisissez le réseau Wi-Fi auquel vous voulez vous connecter (entrez le mot " +"de passe s'il y en a un) et cliquez sur Envoyer. Vous serez redirigé vers " +"votre base de données en quelques secondes." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:72 +msgid "You should now see the IoT Box." +msgstr "L'IoT Box devrait maintenant s'afficher." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:78 +msgid "IoT Box Schema" +msgstr "Schéma de l'IoT Box" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:3 +msgid "Flashing your SD Card" +msgstr "Flasher votre carte SD" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In some case, you may need to reflash your IoT Box’s SD Card to benefit from" +" our latest updates." +msgstr "" +"Dans certains cas, vous devrez peut-être reflasher la carte SD de votre IoT " +"Box pour bénéficier de nos dernières mises à jour." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:9 +msgid "Upgrade from the IoT Box homepage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to the IoT Box homepage, click on *Update*, next to the version number. " +"If a new version of the IoT Box image is available, you will see a *Upgrade " +"to ___* button a the bottom of the page, the IoT Box will then flash itself " +"to the new version of the IoT Box. All of your configurations will be saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:18 +msgid "" +"This process can take more than 30 minutes. Do not turn off or unplug the " +"IoT Box as it would leave it in an inconsistent state." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:25 +msgid "Upgrade with Etcher" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Go to Balena’s website and download `Etcher <https://www.balena.io/>`__. " +"It’s a free and open-source utility used for burning image files. Install " +"and launch it. Download the latest image from `nightly " +"<http://nightly.odoo.com/master/iotbox/>`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Then, open *Etcher* and select *Flash from file*, find the image you just " +"downloaded. Insert the IoT Box SD card into your computer and select it. " +"Click on *Flash* and wait for the process to finish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:3 +msgid "Use the IoT Box for the PoS" +msgstr "Utilisez l'IoT Box pour le PdV" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:9 +msgid "Prerequisites" +msgstr "Prérequis" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:11 +msgid "Before starting, make sure you have the following:" +msgstr "Avant de commencer, assurez-vous d'avoir :" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:13 +msgid "An IoT Box, with its power adapter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:15 +msgid "A computer or tablet with an up-to-date web browser" +msgstr "Un ordinateur ou une tablette avec un navigateur web à jour;" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:17 +msgid "" +"A running SaaS or Odoo instance with the Point of Sale and IoT apps " +"installed" +msgstr "" +"Une instance Saas ou Odoo avec le Point de ventes et l'application IoT " +"installés;" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:20 +msgid "A local network setup with DHCP (this is the default setting)" +msgstr "Un réseau local configuré avec DHCP (c'est le réglage par défaut);" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:22 +msgid "An RJ45 Ethernet Cable (optional, WiFi is built in)" +msgstr "Un câble Ethernet RJ45 (en option, le Wi-Fi est intégré)." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Any of the supported hardware (receipt printer, barcode scanner, cash " +"drawer, payment terminal, scale, customer display, etc.). The list of " +"supported hardware can be found on the `POS Hardware page " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/point-of-sale-hardware>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:30 +msgid "Set Up" +msgstr "Configuration" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To connect hardware to the PoS, the first step is to connect an IoT Box to " +"your database. For this, follow this :doc:`documentation <connect>`." +msgstr "" +"Pour pouvoir connecter un matériel à votre PdV, vous devez d'abord connecter" +" une IoT Box à votre base de données. Pour ce faire, allez à " +":doc:`documentation <connect>`." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:36 +msgid "Then, you have to connect the peripheral devices to your IoT Box." +msgstr "Vous devez ensuite connecter les périphériques à votre IoT Box." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:38 +msgid "" +"**Printer**: Connect a supported receipt printer to a USB port or to the " +"network and power it on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:41 +msgid "" +"**Cash drawer**: The cash drawer should be connected to the printer with an " +"RJ25 cable." +msgstr "" +"**Tiroir caisse**: Le tiroir caisse devrait être connecté à l'imprimante " +"avec un cable RJ25." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:44 +msgid "" +"**Barcode scanner**: Connect your barcode scanner. In order for your barcode" +" scanner to be compatible it must end barcodes with an Enter character " +"(keycode 28). This is most likely the default configuration of your barcode " +"scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:49 +msgid "**Scale**: Connect your scale and power it on." +msgstr "" +"**Balance**: Connectez votre balance électronique et mettez la en marche." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:51 +msgid "" +"**Customer Display**: Connect a monitor to the IoT Box using an HDMI cable. " +"You can also access the Customer Display from any other computer by " +"accessing the IoT Box homepage and clicking on the *POS Display* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:56 +msgid "" +"**Payment terminal**: The connection process depends on the terminal, please" +" refer to the :doc:`payment terminals documentation " +"</applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Once it's done, you can connect the IoT Box to your PoS. For this, go in " +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> PoS`, tick *IoT Box* and" +" select the devices you want to use in this Point of Sale. Save the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:68 +msgid "Set up is done, you can launch a new PoS Session." +msgstr "" +"La configuration est faite, vous pouvez lancer votre nouvelle session PdV." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:3 +msgid "Troubleshooting" +msgstr "Dépannage" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:6 +msgid "IoT Box Connection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:9 +msgid "I can't find the pairing code to connect my IoT Box" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:11 +msgid "" +"The pairing code should be printed on receipt printers connected to the IoT " +"Box and should also be displayed on connected monitors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:14 +msgid "The pairing code doesn't show under the following circumstances:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:16 +msgid "The IoT Box is already connected to an Odoo database;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:18 +msgid "The IoT Box is not connected to the Internet;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The code is only valid for 5 minutes after the IoT Box has started. It's " +"automatically removed from connected displays when this delay has expired;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:23 +msgid "" +"The version of the IoT Box image is too old. It should use version 20.06 or " +"more recent. If your IoT Box image is from an earlier version, then you will" +" have to reflash the SD card of your IoT Box to update the image (see " +":doc:`Flashing your SD Card <flash_sdcard>`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:28 +msgid "" +"If you are not in any of the cases listed above, make sure that the IoT Box " +"has correctly started, by checking that a fixed green LED is showing next to" +" the micro-USB port." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:33 +msgid "I've connected my IoT Box but it's not showing in my database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:35 +msgid "" +"When you connect an IoT Box to a database, the IoT Box might restart, if " +"that is the case, it might take up to one minute before appearing in your " +"database. If after some time the IoT is still not showing, make sure that " +"your database can be reached from the IoT Box and that your server doesn't " +"use a multi-database environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:42 +msgid "My IoT Box is connected to my database, but cannot be reached" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Make sure that the IoT Box and the device running the browser are located on" +" the same network as the IoT Box cannot be reached from outside the local " +"network." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:49 +msgid "Printer" +msgstr "Imprimante" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:52 +msgid "My printer is not detected" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:54 +msgid "" +"If one of your printers doesn't show up in your devices list, go to the IoT " +"Box homepage and make sure that it is listed under *Printers*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:60 +msgid "" +"If your printer is not present on the IoT Box homepage, hit *Printers " +"Server*, go to the *Administration* tab and click on *Add Printer*. If you " +"can't find your printer in the list, it's probably not connected properly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:66 +msgid "My printer outputs random text" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:68 +msgid "" +"For most printers, the correct driver should be automatically detected and " +"selected. However, in some cases, the automatic detection mechanism might " +"not be enough, and if no driver is found the printer might print random " +"characters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:73 +msgid "" +"The solution is to manually select the corresponding driver. On the IoT Box " +"homepage, click on *Printers Server*, go to the *Printers* tab and select " +"the printer in the list. In the Administration dropdown, click on *Modify " +"Printer*. Follow the steps and select the Make and Model corresponding to " +"your printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Epson and Star receipt printers and Zebra label printers do not need a " +"driver to work. Make sure that no driver is selected for those printers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:88 +msgid "My Zebra Printer doesn't print anything" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Zebra printers are quite sensitive to the format of the ZPL code that is " +"printed. If nothing comes out of the printer or blank labels are printed, " +"try changing the format of the report that is sent to the printer by " +"accessing :menuselection:`Settings ~~> Technical ~~> Views` in developer " +"mode and look for the corresponding template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:97 +msgid "Barcode Scanner" +msgstr "Lecteur de code-barres" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:100 +msgid "The characters read by the barcode scanner don't match the barcode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:102 +msgid "" +"By default, we assume that your barcode scanner is configured in US QWERTY. " +"This is the default configuration of most barcode readers. If your barcode " +"scanner uses a different layout, please go to the form view of your device " +"and select the correct one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:108 +msgid "Nothing happens when a barcode is scanned" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Make sure that the correct device is selected in your Point of Sale " +"configuration and that your barcode is configured to send an ENTER character" +" (keycode 28) at the end of every barcode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:115 +msgid "The barcode scanner is detected as a keyboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Some poorly built barcode scanners do not advertise themselves as barcode " +"scanners but as a USB keyboard instead, and will not be recognized by the " +"IoT Box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:121 +msgid "" +"You can manually change the device type by going to its form view and " +"activating the *Is scanner* option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:128 +msgid "Cashdrawer" +msgstr "Tiroir-caisse" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:131 +msgid "The cashdrawer does not open" +msgstr "Le tiroir-caisse ne s'ouvre pas" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The cashdrawer should be connected to the printer and the *Cashdrawer* " +"checkbox should be ticked in the POS configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices.rst:3 +msgid "Devices" +msgstr "Périphériques" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Camera" +msgstr "Connectez un appareil photo" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When using your *IoT Box* in Odoo, you could need to use a camera. As it can" +" be done in a few steps, this device is really easy to configure. Then, you " +"can use it in your manufacturing process and link it to a control point. " +"Doing so will allow you to take pictures when you reach the chosen quality " +"control point." +msgstr "" +"Lorsque vous utilisez votre *IoT Box* dans Odoo, vous pourriez avoir besoin " +"d'utiliser un appareil photo. La configuration de cet appareil est très " +"simple, et elle peut se faire en quelques étapes. Vous pourrez alors " +"l'utiliser dans votre processus de fabrication et le relier à un point de " +"contrôle. Ainsi, vous pourrez prendre des photos lorsque vous atteindrez le " +"point de contrôle de la qualité choisi." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:10 +msgid "Connection" +msgstr "Connexion" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To connect the camera to the *IoT Box*, simply connect the two by cable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If your camera is a `*supported one* <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-" +"hardware>`__, there is no need to set up anything as it will be detected as " +"soon as it is connected." +msgstr "" +"Si votre appareil photo est `*compatible* <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-" +"hardware>`__, vous ne devrez rien configurer car l'appareil sera détecté dès" +" sa connexion." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:25 +msgid "Link a Camera to a Quality Control Point" +msgstr "Connectez un appareil photo à un point de contrôle de la qualité" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:34 +msgid "With the Manufacturing app" +msgstr "Avec l'application Fabrication" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:30 +msgid "" +"In your *Quality app*, you can setup the device on a *Quality Control " +"Point*. Go to the *Control Points* menu, under *Quality Control* and open " +"the control point you want to link with the camera." +msgstr "" +"Dans votre *Application qualité*, vous pouvez configurer le périphérique sur" +" un *Point de contrôle de la qualité*. Allez dans le menu *Points de " +"contrôle*, sous *Contrôle de la qualité* et ouvrez le point de contrôle que " +"vous souhaitez relier à l'appareil photo." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Now, you can edit the control point and select the device from the dropdown " +"list. Now, hit save." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez ensuite modifier le point de contrôle et sélectionner le " +"périphérique depuis la liste déroulante. Appuyez ensuite sur enregistrer." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Then, your camera can be used with the picked *Control Point*. During the " +"manufacturing process, reaching the *Quality Control Point* you chose before" +" will allow you to take a picture." +msgstr "" +"Votre appareil photo peut alors être utilisé avec le *point de contrôle* " +"choisi. Au cours du processus de fabrication, atteindre le *Point de " +"contrôle de la qualité* que vous avez choisi auparavant vous permettra de " +"prendre une photo." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Footswitch" +msgstr "Connectez une pédale de commande" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When working, it is always better to have your two hands available. Using " +"Odoo’s *IoT Box* and a footswitch will allow it." +msgstr "" +"Lorsqu'on travaille, il est toujours mieux d'avoir les mains libres. " +"L'utilisation de l'*IoT Box d'Odoo* avec une pédale de commande vous en " +"donne la possibilité." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In fact, you will be able to go from one screen to another and perform " +"actions by using your foot and the footswitch. Really convenient, it can be " +"configured in a few steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Connecting the footswitch to the *IoT Box* is easy, you just have to connect" +" the two by cable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:18 +msgid "" +"If your footswitch is a `supported one <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-" +"hardware>`__, there is no need to set up anything since it will be " +"automatically detected when connected." +msgstr "" +"Si votre pédale à commande `*compatible* <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-" +"hardware>`__, vous ne devrez rien configurer car l'appareil sera " +"automatiquement détecté dès sa connexion." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:26 +msgid "Link a Footswitch to a Workcenter" +msgstr "Reliez une pédale à commande à un Poste de travail" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To link the footswitch to an action, it needs to be configured on a " +"workcenter. Go to the workcenter you want to use the footswitch in and add " +"the device in the *IoT Triggers* tab. Then, you can link it to an action and" +" also add a key to trigger it." +msgstr "" +"Pour relier la pédale à commande à une action, elle doit être configurée sur" +" un poste de travail. Allez au poste de travail dans lequel vous voulez " +"utiliser la pédale à commande et ajoutez le périphérique dans l'onglet " +"*Déclencheurs de l'IoT*. Vous pouvez alors le lier à une action et ajouter " +"une clé pour le déclencher." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Note that the one that is first in the list will be chosen. So, the order " +"matters! In the picture above, using the footswitch will, for example, " +"automatically skip the current part of the process you work on." +msgstr "" +"Notez que c'est le premier de la liste qui sera choisi. Donc, l'ordre a son " +"importance ! Dans l'image ci-dessus, l'utilisation de la pédale de commande " +"permet, par exemple, de passer automatiquement la partie en cours du " +"processus sur lequel vous travaillez." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:41 +msgid "" +"When you are on the work order screen, a status button indicates if you are " +"correctly connected to the footswitch." +msgstr "" +"Lorsque vous êtes sur l'écran de commande du poste de travail, un bouton " +"d'état vous indique si vous êtes correctement connecté à la pédale de " +"commande." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Measurement Tool" +msgstr "Connectez un outil de mesure" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With Odoo’s *IoT Box*, it is possible to connect measurement tools to your " +"database. Find the list of supported devices here: `Supported devices " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-hardware>`__,." +msgstr "" +"Avec l'*IoT Box d'Odoo*, il est possible de connecter des outils de mesure à" +" votre base de données. Trouvez la liste des appareils compatibles ici: " +"`Appareils compatibles <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-hardware>`__,." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:10 +msgid "Connect in USB" +msgstr "Se connecter en USB" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To add a device connected by USB, just plug the USB cable in the *IoT Box*, " +"and the device should appear in your Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:19 +msgid "Connect in Bluetooth" +msgstr "Se connecter via le bluetooth" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Activate the Bluetooth on your device (see your device manual for further " +"explanation) and the IoT Box will automatically try to connect to the " +"device." +msgstr "" +"Activez le Bluetooth sur votre appareil (voir le manuel de votre appareil " +"pour plus d'explications) et l'IoT Box essaiera automatiquement de se " +"connecter à l'appareil." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:25 +msgid "Here is an example of what it should look like:" +msgstr "Voici un exemple de ce à quoi ça doit ressembler :" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:31 +msgid "Link a measurement tool to a quality control point" +msgstr "Reliez un outil de mesure à un point de contrôle de la qualité" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:36 +msgid "" +"In your *Quality app*, you can setup a device on your *Quality Control " +"Points*. To do so, go to the *Control Points* menu, under *Quality Control* " +"and open the control point to which you want to assign a measurement tool." +msgstr "" +"Dans votre *Application qualité*, vous pouvez configurer le périphérique sur" +" vos *Points de contrôle de la qualité*. Pour cela, allez dans le menu " +"*Points de contrôle*, sous *Contrôle de la qualité* et ouvrez le point de " +"contrôle que vous souhaitez relier à l'outil de mesure." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Now, you can edit the control point and choose the device from the dropdown " +"list. Then, hit save." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez ensuite modifier le point de contrôle et sélectionner le " +"périphérique depuis la liste déroulante. Appuyez ensuite sur enregistrer." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Now, your measurement tool is linked to the chosen *Control Point*. The " +"value, which needs to be changed manually, will be automatically updated " +"while the tool is being used." +msgstr "" +"Votre outils de mesure est maintenant relié au ¨*Point de contrôle* choisi. " +"La valeur, qui doit être modifiée manuellement, sera automatiquement mise à " +"jour lorsque l'appareil sera utilisé." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Printer" +msgstr "Connectez une imprimante" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When using your *IoT Box* in Odoo, you could need to use a printer. Doing so" +" is easy and convenient as it can be done in a few steps. Then, you can use " +"it to print receipts, orders or even reports in different Odoo apps." +msgstr "" +"Lorsque vous utilisez votre *IoT Box* dans Odoo, vous pourriez avoir besoin " +"d'une imprimante. C'est facile et pratique et cela peut se faire en quelques" +" étapes. Vous pourrez ainsi l'utiliser pour imprimer des reçus, des " +"commandes ou même des rapports dans différentes applications Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:13 +msgid "" +"The IoT Box supports printers connected through USB, network or Bluetooth. " +"`Supported printers <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-hardware>`__ will be " +"detected automatically and will appear in the *Devices* list of your IoT " +"app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:18 +msgid "The printer can take up to two minutes to appear in your devices list." +msgstr "" +"L'imprimante peut prendre jusqu'à deux minutes avant d'apparaître dans la " +"liste de vos périphériques." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:24 +msgid "Link the Printer" +msgstr "Reliez l'imprimante" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:27 +msgid "To Work Orders" +msgstr "À des ordres de travail" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:29 +msgid "" +"You can link *Work Orders* to printers via a *Quality Control Point* to " +"print labels for manufactured products." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez relier des *Ordres de travail* à des imprimantes via le *Point " +"de contrôle de la qualité* pour imprimer des étiquettes pour les produits " +"fabriqués." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To do so, you need to create a *Quality Control Point* from the *Quality* " +"app. Then, you can select the correct manufacturing operation and the work " +"order operation. In type, choose *Print Label* and hit save." +msgstr "" +"Pour ce faire, vous devez créer un *Point de contrôle de la qualité* depuis " +"l'application *Qualité*. Vous pouvez ensuite choisir les opérations de " +"production et de commande de travail souhaitées. Dans type, sélectionnez " +"*Imprimer l'étiquette* puis enregistrez." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Now, each time you reach the quality control point for the chosen product, a" +" *Print Label* button will appear." +msgstr "" +"Désormais, chaque fois que vous atteignez le point de contrôle de la qualité" +" pour le produit choisi, un bouton *Imprimer l'étiquette* apparaîtra." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:47 +msgid "To Reports" +msgstr "À des rapports" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:49 +msgid "" +"You can also link a type of report to a certain printer. In the *IoT* app, " +"go to the *Devices* menu and select the printer you want to set up." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez également relier un type de rapport à une imprimante donnée. " +"Dans l'application *IoT*, allez au menu *Périphériques* et sélectionnez " +"l'imprimante que vous voulez configurer." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:56 +msgid "Now, go to the *Printer Reports* tab." +msgstr "Allez à présent dans l'onglet *Rapport de l'imprimante*." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Hit edit and then, click on *Add a line*. In the window that shows up, check" +" all the types of reports that should be linked to this printer. Click on " +"select and save." +msgstr "" +"Cliquez sur éditer, puis sur *Ajouter une ligne*. Dans la fenêtre qui " +"s'affiche, cochez tous les types de rapports qui doivent être reliés à cette" +" imprimante. Cliquez sur sélectionner et enregistrer." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Now, each time you click on *Print* in the control panel, instead of " +"downloading a PDF, it will send it to the selected printer and automatically" +" print it." +msgstr "" +"Désormais, à chaque fois que vous cliquez sur *Imprimer* dans le panneau de " +"commande, le rapport ne sera pas téléchargé en format PDF, mais " +"automatiquement envoyé vers l'imprimante sélectionnée et imprimé." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:73 +msgid "Print Receipts from the PoS" +msgstr "Imprimez des reçus depuis le PdV" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:75 +msgid "" +"You can link a printer to your *Point of Sale* app so you can print receipts" +" directly from your *PoS*." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez relier une imprimante à votre application *Point de ventes* pour" +" pouvoir imprimer des reçus directement depuis votre *PdV*. " + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Doing so is really easy. Go to your *Point of Sale* app and open your *Point" +" of Sale* settings, under *Configuration*. There, click on *Edit* and check " +"the *IoT Box* feature. Then, choose your *Receipt Printer* from the " +"dropdown." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Now, you will be able to print different kinds of tickets from your *POS*: " +"**receipts**, **sale details** and **bills**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Receipts are printed once the order is validated. The process is automated " +"when you enable the feature in your *PoS* configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Sales details can be printed by clicking on the printer icon on the navbar " +"at the top of the *PoS*. It will print the details of the sales of the " +"current day." +msgstr "" +"Les détails des ventes de la journée peuvent être imprimés en cliquant sur " +"l'icône de l'imprimante sur la barre de navigation en haut du *PdV*. " + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:99 +msgid "" +"As for the bill, it is only available in restaurant mode. In your restaurant" +" settings, activate *Print Bills* and a *Bill* button will appear in the " +"left panel of the *PoS*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:107 +msgid "Print Orders in the kitchen" +msgstr "Imprimer des commandes dans la cuisine" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:109 +msgid "In restaurant mode, you can send order tickets to the kitchen." +msgstr "" +"En mode restaurant, vous pouvez envoyer des reçus de commandes vers la " +"cuisine." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:111 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to the *PoS* app and open your *PoS* settings. Then, tick " +"*Order Printer*." +msgstr "" +"Pour ce faire, allez dans l'application *PdV* et ouvrez les paramètres de " +"votre *PdV*. Puis cochez *Imprimante de commandes*." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Now, go to the *Printers* menu. Hit create, select the printer from the " +"dropdown and, in the *Printer Product Categories* field, choose all the " +"categories of products that should be printed on this printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:124 +msgid "" +"In the *PoS*, when you add or remove a product from one of the selected " +"categories, the button *Order* will be green. If you click on it, the IoT " +"Box will print a receipt on the corresponding printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Scale" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When using your **IoT Box** in Odoo, you could need to use a scale. Doing so" +" is easy and convenient as it can be done in a few steps. Then, you can use " +"it in your **Point of Sale app** to weigh your products, which is helpful if" +" their price are based on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:12 +msgid "To link the scale to the **IoT Box**, connect them with a cable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:15 +msgid "In some cases, a serial to USB adapter may be needed." +msgstr "" +"Dans certains cas, un adaptateur série vers un port USB peut être " +"nécessaire." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If your scale is `compatibale with Odoo IoT Box <https://www.odoo.com/page" +"/iot-hardware>`_, there is no need to set up anything because it will be " +"automatically detected as soon as it is connected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You may need to restart the box and download your scales’ drivers from the " +"box in some cases. To do so, go to the *IoT Box Home Page* and click on " +"*drivers list*. Then, click on load drivers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:32 +msgid "Use a Scale in Point of Sale" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To use the scale in your *Point of Sale* app, go to :menuselection:`Point of" +" Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, open the one you want to " +"configure, then click on *Edit* and enable the *IoT Box* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Now, choose the *IoT Box* in the dropdown menu and check the *Electronic " +"Scale* option. Then, you hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:49 +msgid "" +"The scale is now available in all your *PoS* sessions. Then, if a product " +"has a price per weight set, clicking on it on the *PoS* screen opens the " +"scale screen, where the cashier can weigh the product and add the correct " +"price to the cart." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:3 +msgid "Studio" +msgstr "Studio" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts.rst:3 +msgid "Concepts" +msgstr "Concepts" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:3 +msgid "Understanding Automated Actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:6 +msgid "" +"Automated actions are used to trigger actions. They are based on conditions " +"and happen on top of Odoo’s default business logic." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Examples of automated actions include: creating a next activity upon a " +"quote's confirmation; adding a user as a follower of a confirmed invoice if " +"its total is higher than a certain amount; or preventing a lead from " +"changing stage if a field is not filled in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Let's understand how to properly define *when* an automated action runs and " +"*how* to create one:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:18 +msgid "" +"The first step is to choose the :doc:`Model <understanding_general>` on " +"which the action is applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:19 +msgid "" +"The **Trigger** field defines the event that causes the automated action to " +"happen:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:21 +msgid "" +"*On Creation*: when a new record is created. Note that the record is created" +" once saved for the first time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:23 +msgid "" +"*On Update*: when the record is updated. Note that the update happens once " +"the record is saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:24 +msgid "" +"*On Creation & Update*: on the creation and/or on the update of a record " +"once the form is saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:25 +msgid "*On Deletion*: on the removal of a record under the condition set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:26 +msgid "" +"*Based on Form Modification*: when the value of the specified *Trigger* " +"field is changed in the interface (user sees the changes before saving the " +"record). Note that this action can only be used with the *Execute Python " +"Code* action type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:29 +msgid "" +"*Based on Timed Condition*: a delay happens after a specific date/time. Set " +"a *Delay after trigger date* if you need a delay to happen before the " +"*Trigger Date*. Example: to send a reminder 15min before a meeting. If the " +"date/time is not set on the form of the model chosen, the date/time " +"considered is the one of the creation/update of the record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:34 +msgid "For every Trigger option, **conditions** can be applied, such as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:36 +msgid "" +"*Before Update Domain*: if designated, this condition must be satisfied " +"before the record is updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:38 +msgid "" +"*Apply on*: if designated, this condition must be satisfied before executing" +" the action rule (*Action To Do*), and after the update." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The **Active** option is to be turned off when the rule should be hidden and" +" not executed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Under **Action To Do** choose the type of server action that must be " +"executed once records meet the *Trigger* conditions:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:45 +msgid "" +"*Execute Python Code*: a block of code is executed. A *Help* tab with the " +"variables that can be used is available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:47 +msgid "*Create New Record*: a new record with new values is created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:48 +msgid "*Update a Record*: updates the record that triggered the action." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:49 +msgid "" +"*Execute several actions*: defines an action that triggers other server " +"actions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:50 +msgid "" +"*Send Email*: an automatic :doc:`email " +"<../../discuss/advanced/email_template>` is sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:51 +msgid "*Add Followers*: followers are notified of changes in the task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:52 +msgid "" +"*Create Next Activity*: creates an activity such as: *Call*, *Email*, " +"*Reminder*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:53 +msgid "" +"*Send SMS Text Message*: sends an :doc:`SMS " +"</applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:56 +msgid "Example" +msgstr "Exemple" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:58 +msgid "" +"This is the process of which the update of the *Email* field on the " +"Lead/Opportunity *Model*, with a *Trigger Condition* set to *On Update*, " +"goes through:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:65 +msgid "The user creates the record without an email address set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:66 +msgid "The user updates the record defining an email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Once the change is saved, the automation checks if any of the *Watched " +"Fields* are being updated (for the example: field name *email_from* (Email)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:69 +msgid "" +"If true, it checks if the record matches the *Before Update Domain* (for the" +" example: *email is not set*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:71 +msgid "" +"If true, it checks (*after the update*) whether the record matches the " +"*Apply on* domain (for the example: *email is set*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:73 +msgid "If true, the chosen *Action To Do* is performed on the record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:76 +msgid ":doc:`understanding_general`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:77 +msgid ":doc:`../use_cases/automated_actions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:3 +msgid "Understanding General Concepts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Odoo Studio is a toolbox that allows you to add models or adapt " +"functionalities on top of Odoo’s standard behavior without coding knowledge." +" You can also create custom views and modify existing ones without having to" +" get into the XML code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Even for experienced developers, typing out code requires time. By using " +"Odoo Studio, you can quickly get your models up and going and focus on the " +"crucial parts of your application. The result is a user-friendly solution " +"that makes customizations and designing new applications easy with or " +"without programming skills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:15 +msgid "Getting started" +msgstr "Commencer" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:17 +msgid "" +"One you start using Odoo Studio, you automatically create a new *module* " +"that contains all your modifications. These modifications can be done on " +"existing screens (*views*), by adding new *fields* in existing applications," +" or by creating an entirely new *model*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:22 +msgid "What is a Module?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:25 +msgid "" +"An Odoo **Module** can contain a number of elements, such as: business " +"objects (models), object views, data files, web controllers, and static web " +"data. An application is a collection of modules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:29 +msgid "" +"In object-oriented programming, models usually represent a concept from the " +"real world. Example: Odoo has models for Sales Orders, Users, Countries, " +"etc. If you were to build an application to manage Real Estate sales, a " +"model that represents the Properties for sale would probably be your first " +"step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:38 +msgid "What is a Model (also called Object)?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:40 +msgid "" +"A **Model** determines the logical structure of a database and fundamentally" +" determines in which manner data can be stored, organized, and manipulated. " +"In other words, a model is a table of information that can be bridged with " +"other tables." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:45 +msgid "What are Fields?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:47 +msgid "" +"**Fields** compose models. It is where a record (a piece of data) is " +"registered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Example: on the Real Estate application, fields on the Properties model " +"would include the price, address, a picture, a link to the current owner, " +"etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:50 +msgid "" +"There are 2 main types of fields in Odoo: *basic (or scalar) fields* and " +"*relational fields*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Basic fields represent simple values, like numbers or text. Relational " +"fields represent relations between models. So, if you have a model for " +"*Customers* and another one for *Properties*, you would use a relational " +"field to link each Property to its Customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:56 +msgid "Relational Fields in detail" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:59 +msgid "" +"**Relational Fields** provide the option to link the data of one model with " +"the data of another model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:60 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, relational field types are: *One2many*, *Many2one*, *Many2many*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:66 +msgid "" +"An **One2many** field is a *one-way* direction of selecting *multiple* " +"records from a table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Example: a Sales Order can contain multiple Sales Order Lines, which also " +"contain multiple fields of information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:69 +msgid "" +"A **Many2one** field is a *one-way* direction of selecting *one* record from" +" a table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Example: you can have many product categories, but each product can only " +"belong to one category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:71 +msgid "" +"A **Many2many** field is a *two-way* direction of selecting records from a " +"table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:72 +msgid "Example: multiple tags can be added to a lead’s form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:75 +msgid "An *One2many* field must have a *Many2one* related to it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:78 +msgid "What are Views?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:80 +msgid "" +"**Views** define how records are displayed. They are specified in XML which " +"means that they can be edited independently from the models that they " +"represent. There are various types of views in Odoo, and each of them " +"represents a mode of visualization. Some examples are: *form*, *list*, " +"*kanban*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:85 +msgid "What is a Menu?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:87 +msgid "" +"A **Menu** is a button that executes and action. In Odoo Studio, to create " +"menus (models) and rearrange their hierarchy, click on *Edit Menu*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:95 +msgid "`Studio Basics <https://www.odoo.com/fr_FR/slides/studio-31>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to.rst:3 +msgid "How To" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/export_import.rst:3 +msgid "Export and Import Modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/export_import.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you do customizations in Odoo Studio, a new module is created in your " +"database, making it easy to use Studio for prototyping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/export_import.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To export these customizations, activate Studio on the main dashboard and, " +"under the menu *Customizations*, click on *Export*. The default filename is " +"*customizations.zip*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/export_import.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The module created contains the definition of custom models and fields, as " +"well as the UI elements of any customization in an XML format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/export_import.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To import and install the customizations in another instance, connect to the" +" destination database, activate Studio and, under *Customizations*, click on" +" *Import*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/export_import.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Studio does not know which apps are customized (because the same view can be" +" modified on different apps), therefore, it *does not* add the underlying " +"modules as dependencies of the exported module. In other words, the " +"applications installed on the source database should be installed on the " +"destination database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:3 +msgid "Customizing the Rainbow Man" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The Rainbow Man in Odoo is an animation shown once the user completes " +"certain tasks and clicks on certain buttons. It is a way to make the " +"software fun to use, and rewarding, for employees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:13 +msgid "" +"On most buttons in Odoo, such as *Send by Email*, *Confirm* or *Cancel*, " +"once they are selected in Studio, under their *Properties*, the *Rainbow " +"Man* effect can be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:14 +msgid "By default, the feature is active:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:16 +msgid "when opportunities are marked as won;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:17 +msgid "when users empty their inboxes;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:18 +msgid "when the user finishes a tour;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:19 +msgid "when the user finishes doing reconciliations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:3 +msgid "Customizing Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses HTML and CSS technologies to create reports. HTML is a markup " +"language that uses tags, also called elements. It is the core of any webpage" +" because it provides its basic structure. CSS interacts with HTML elements " +"to add style to the page, establishing how the HTML is shown to the user. " +"Odoo’s reports also use Bootstrap’s grid layout, which is the containers, " +"rows, and columns to align content, and support Odoo's website themes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:11 +msgid "" +"When creating a new report, choose the purpose of it and if you would like " +"the report to include header and footer (company logo, name, address, phone," +" email address, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Under the tab **Add**, you find the fields to be dragged and dropped to the " +"view. *Fields*, *Data tables*, *Subtotal & Total*, and *Address Book* are " +"dynamic elements (meaning that they need a :doc:`one2many or a many2many " +"<../concepts/understanding_general>` related object). *Text*, *Title Block*," +" *Image*, and *Text in Cell* are static elements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Once the element is added to the view, select it to see its **Options**. The" +" first section shows the hierarchy of the selected object and its " +"properties, allowing you to individually edit them. Fields with related " +"objects have their directives shown on *Field Expression*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Under **Visible if**, define the rule(s) to set visibility conditions to " +"fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Example: if choosing to display a product image, you could set a visibility " +"rule to only display the ones that are *set* in the product form, avoiding " +"having a plain icon when they are not set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:40 +msgid "" +"**Visible for** is used to set which :doc:`groups " +"</applications/general/odoo_basics/users>` can have access to specific " +"elements in the report. **Limit visibility to groups**, under *Report*, sets" +" the visibility of the report to specifics groups, meaning that users " +"belonging to other groups do not see the same final document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Under the **Report** tab, name your report, choose the paper format, and if " +"the report should be added to the *Print* menu list on its respective " +"document form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:53 +msgid "" +"If activating the :doc:`Developer mode " +"</applications/general/developer_mode/activate>`, additional fields such as " +"*Class* under *Options*, and *Reload from attachment* under *Report*, become" +" visible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:56 +msgid "" +"*Class*: add custom CSS classes to the selected element (e.g. Bootstrap " +"classes such as *text-danger*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:59 +msgid "" +"*Reload from attachment*: saves the report as an attachment of the document " +"when printed. When the report is reprinted, it re-downloads that attachment " +"instead of re-printing it. This means that if the underlying record (e.g. " +"Invoice) changes when compared to the first impression, the report does not " +"reflect the changes because they were done after the attachment was created." +" This is typically useful for reports linked to documents that should not " +"change, such as Invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Actions in Odoo Studio can be undone until you *Close* the toolbox. Once you" +" have closed Studio, changes can not be undone anymore." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases.rst:3 +msgid "Use Cases" +msgstr "Cas d'utilisation" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Use Cases: Automated Actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 1: when a Belgian lead is created, a 3-stars priority should" +" be automatically applied.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:8 +msgid "Under *Automations*, click on *Create* and set the following rules:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:10 +msgid "*Model*: Lead/Opportunity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:11 +msgid "*Active*: On" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:12 +msgid "*Trigger*: On Creation & Update" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:13 +msgid "*Apply on*: Country > Country Name = Belgium" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:53 +msgid "*Action To Do*: Update the Record" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:15 +msgid "*Data to Write*: Lead/Opportunity > Value > 3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Check :doc:`this doc <filters_status_bar>` in order to have another " +"automated action example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:25 +msgid ":doc:`../concepts/understanding_automated_actions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/views.rst:28 +msgid ":doc:`../concepts/understanding_general`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Use Cases: Filters and Status Bar" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 1: on Sales, set a filter on Belgian customers and define it" +" as the default one (the user should still be able to unset the filter).**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:8 +msgid "" +"On your customer’s page, use *Filters* > *Add Custom Filter* to group " +"customers by country. Now, under *Favorites*, *Save Current Search* enabling" +" *Use by default* and *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:15 +msgid "" +"On *Filter Rules* in Studio mode, select the respective filter and enable " +"*Default Filter*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:21 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 2: add a status bar on the product form to manage its life " +"cycle. Set the values: ‘Prototype’, ‘In use’ and ‘Deprecated’. By default, " +"the Kanban view must be grouped by status.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:26 +msgid "" +"On your product form, *Add a pipeline status bar* and name its values. " +"Status bars are *selection* fields that give you the ability to follow a " +"specific flow. They are useful to show you the progress that has been made." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:28 +msgid "" +"On the *Views* menu, access *Kanban* and, under its *View* options, set the " +"*Default Group by* as *Pipeline status bar*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Now, open your product form and set the right status for that product. As " +"you move products throughout stages (also through the product’s form), " +"stages are shown in the Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To make modifications in the pipeline status bar, for example, remember to " +"go back to *Form View*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:44 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 2.a: when a product goes from ‘In use’ to ‘Deprecate’, set " +"its cost to 0€.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Create an :doc:`automated action " +"<../concepts/understanding_automated_actions>` with the selected values:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:49 +msgid "*Model*: Product Template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:50 +msgid "*Trigger*: On Update" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:51 +msgid "*First Domain*: Pipeline status bar = In use" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:52 +msgid "*Second Domain*: Pipeline status bar = Deprecated" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:54 +msgid "*Data to Write*: Cost (Product Template) > Value > 0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Use Cases: Creating Models and Adding Fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 1: on the leads’ form, if the chosen country is France, show" +" a field 'Pay by check?'**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:8 +msgid "" +"On your leads’ form, add a *Related Field* to *Country > Country Name*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Now, add a *Checkbox* field and define its invisibility options as *Country*" +" (carefully select the one just created) *> is not = > France.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:11 +msgid "You can now hide the related field created (*Country*) if you wish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Another approach is to use the country’s ID. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Contacts --> Configuration --> Countries`, select France " +"(for example), and on the URL check its *ID*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:21 +msgid "" +"The related field invisibility path should now be *Country* (carefully " +"select the one just created) *> is not = > 75*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:22 +msgid "Again, hide the related field with the country’s ID if you prefer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:28 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 2: create a model called 'Properties' and add fields called:" +" company, value, name, address, active, image.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:31 +msgid "" +"From the dashboard, (optionally) start a new module. Then, click on *Edit " +"Menu* and start a *New Menu* (model). Set your menu name and *Confirm*. Now," +" on its form, drag & drop the necessary fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:39 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 2.a: now, you would like to have a model called 'Regions' to" +" which each property must be linked. And, on 'Regions', you would like to " +"see the properties for each region.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Go to *Edit Menu > New Menu* and create your menu, calling it *Regions*. Add" +" the necessary fields on its form by dragging & dropping them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Now, in the form view of *Properties*, add a *Many2one* field with a " +"relation to your model *Region*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:48 +msgid "" +"The *Existing Fields* are the ones that are on the current model but not yet" +" in the view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Now, go to the model *Regions*, select the form view, and add a status " +"button selecting *Regions (Properties)* as your relational field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:62 +msgid "" +"*Status buttons* are computed fields, meaning that they count the numbers of" +" records on the related model, and allow you to access them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:69 +msgid "" +"When searching for relations, click on *Search more* and filter it by " +"*Custom*. This way you avoid creating duplicates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:76 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 2.b: in the model 'Properties', show all the tags as " +"checkboxes instead of tags.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Once the field *Tags* is added to the form, select it and, under its " +"*Properties > Widgets*, choose *Checkboxes*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:85 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 3: on the leads’ form, add a selection field with the " +"values:'Tags' & 'List' & 'Checkboxes'. According to the value of the field, " +"show tags as many2many_tags, many2many_radio, or many2many(_list).**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:89 +msgid "" +"In your form view, add a *Tags* field and relate it to *Partners Tag*. Under" +" *Properties*, define its *Widget* as *Many2many*. Do the same process " +"another 2 times for *Checkboxes* and *Tags*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:96 +msgid "Now, add a *Selection* field and the necessary values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Continue by selecting your *Tags* fields, one by one, to set their " +"*Invisible* options according to their *Widget*. In the example below, the " +"invisibility rule for the *Partner Tags* is set as: *Select Tag type > is " +"not = > Tags.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:105 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 4: on a quotation’s form, add a selection field called " +"'Manager Validation' with the values: ‘Accepted’ and ‘Refused’. Only a sales" +" manager can see it, and the field should be set as mandatory if the untaxed" +" amount is higher than 500€.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:109 +msgid "" +"On your quotation form, add a *Selection* field with the values *Accepted* " +"and *Refused*. Set its *Required* condition as *Untaxed Amount > 500* and " +"the *Limit visibility to groups* as *Sales / Administrator* or managers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:117 +msgid "**Case scenario 5: change the tooltip of a field for all views.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Activate the :doc:`Developer mode " +"</applications/general/developer_mode/activate>` and open Studio." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Select the necessary field and, under *Properties*, click on *More* to write" +" your tooltip message on *Field Help*. The tooltip message is the " +"explanatory message shown when the user hovers the field. The message here " +"written is displayed on all views forms where the field is added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:129 +msgid "" +"The *Field Help* message can only be applied to *new* fields. If you would " +"like to change/apply a tooltip for a specific field, use the *Help Tooltip* " +"option under *Properties*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/views.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Use Cases: Views" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/views.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 1: in Sales, show orders in a Kanban View instead of a List " +"View.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/views.rst:7 +msgid "" +"From the Sales page, access Studio and, under *Views*, set the *Kanban* " +"option as the default one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/views.rst:14 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 2: allow for the list of leads to be edited inline without " +"having to switch to the form view.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/views.rst:19 +msgid "" +"On the *List View*, under *View* > *Editable*, choose between *New record on" +" top* or *New record at the bottom*. This way, besides defining the order in" +" which new records are displayed in the view, you are able to edit them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/views.rst:21 +msgid "" +"If the field is left blank, no editing is possible and records are shown " +"based on your column preferences on the lead's page (front-end)." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/project.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/project.po deleted file mode 100644 index dd580fed2..000000000 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/project.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,144 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: fr\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" - -#: ../../project.rst:5 -msgid "Project" -msgstr "Projet" - -#: ../../project/planning.rst:3 -msgid "Planning" -msgstr "Planification" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:3 -msgid "Forecast Resources Across Projects" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Allocate the needed time for specific tasks under a planned shift. Once that" -" is done, analyse Key Performance Indicators (KPIs), so you can evaluate " -"your employees’ performance and workload, besides the progress of your " -"projects/tasks when comparing the planned and effective hours." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:10 -msgid "Allocate times under shifts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:12 -msgid "" -"When planning a shift, in the *Planning* application, create a project and a" -" task on the fly, or simply select the one you want." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:20 -msgid "" -"*Allocated Time (%)* allows you to define the percentage of time you would " -"like your employee to work on that specific task during his shift. See that " -"information in hours on *Allocated hours*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:22 -msgid "" -"The calculation shows you how many hours out of the total shift time (*End " -"date* - *Start date*) are spent by the employee on that task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:24 -msgid "" -"On :menuselection:`Project --> Planning --> By Project`, immediately see the" -" total number of employees allocated per project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:31 -msgid "Compare forecast hours with the effective ones" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Now, once the employee has timesheeted his hours in the task, go to " -"*Project* and with the *View list*, under *All Tasks*, conveniently see the " -"*Planned Hours* compared to the *Remaining Hours*, and a calculation of the " -"*Progress*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:42 -msgid "Reminder: the option *Timesheets* has to be enabled on your project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks.rst:3 -msgid "Tasks" -msgstr "Tâches" - -#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:3 -msgid "Create Project's Tasks from an Email Alias" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When you already have an email address that customers know from the top of " -"their heads, changing it is the last thing you want to do. Instead, link " -"that address to your project and transform those conversations into " -"structured work. It automatically creates a task in the first stage of a " -"project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:11 -msgid "Set up an incoming email server" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:14 -msgid "" -"On the *Settings* application, enable *External Email Servers* and define " -"the incoming email alias you would like to use." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:15 -msgid "**For more information**: :doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_servers`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:18 -msgid "Configure the email alias in your project" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Now that you have the incoming email server set up, go to " -":menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects --> Edit`. Under the " -"*Emails* tab, define the wanted email alias and choose the policy to receive" -" a message." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:23 -msgid "In addition, you can now directly set it when creating a new project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:30 -msgid "" -"All the recipients of the email (To/Cc/Bcc) are automatically added as " -"followers of the task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:32 -msgid "The email can be seen under the name of your project on the dashboard." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po deleted file mode 100644 index b8f63f794..000000000 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,884 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2021 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-11 09:05+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2021\n" -"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: fr\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" - -#: ../../purchase.rst:5 -msgid "Purchase" -msgstr "Achats" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced" -msgstr "Avancé" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:3 -msgid "Analyze the performance of your purchases" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:5 -msgid "" -"If your company regularly purchases products, you have several reasons to " -"track and analyze your performance. The insights gathered can help you to " -"better forecast and plan your future orders. For example, you can assess if " -"your business is dependent on particular vendors, and the data can help you " -"negotiate discounts on prices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:11 -msgid "Generate customized reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Go to *Reporting* to access the purchase analysis. Simply by accessing the " -"reporting dashboard, you can get a quick overview of your actual " -"performance. By default, the reporting dashboard displays a line chart " -"presenting the untaxed amount of your purchase orders per day, and below it," -" key metrics and a pivot table." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:22 -msgid "" -"While the data initially presented is useful, there are several tools and " -"features you can use to get even more insights on your purchases." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:26 -msgid "Use filters to select the data you need" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Odoo offers several default filters you can use and combine by clicking on " -"*Filters*. When you select one or several filters, Odoo looks for all the " -"orders that match at least one of the filters you have chosen and populates " -"the chart, key metrics, and pivot table with the data. The pre-configured " -"filters are:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:33 -msgid "All *Requests for Quotation*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:35 -msgid "All *Purchase Orders*, except canceled ones" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:37 -msgid "" -"*Confirmation Date Last Year* includes all orders that were confirmed the " -"previous year, canceled purchase orders included" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:40 -msgid "" -"*Order Date* includes all orders - request for quotations and purchases " -"orders (canceled ones included) - depending on their date of creation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:43 -msgid "" -"*Confirmation Date* includes all confirmed orders, canceled ones included, " -"depending on their date of confirmation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:47 -msgid "" -"When you have to select a period, you can use multiple years, and, with at " -"least one year selected, multiple quarters and the three most recent months." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:51 -msgid "" -"If you use the *Order Date* or *Confirmation Date* filters, the *Comparison*" -" feature appears next to *Filters*. It enables you to compare the period you" -" filtered with the previous one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:59 -msgid "Add custom filters" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Thanks to the 31 filtering options to choose from, the possibilities of your" -" customizing your dataset are almost limitless. Go to " -":menuselection:`Filters --> Add Custom Filter`, specify the condition the " -"filtering option should meet (e.g. *is equal to*, *contains*, etc.), and " -"click on *Apply*. If you want to select orders matching several conditions " -"simultaneously (*and* operator), repeat the process to add another custom " -"filter. If you want to use the *or* operator, don't click on *Apply*, and " -"click on *Add a condition* instead. Once you have added all the desired " -"filtering options, click on *Apply*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:74 -msgid "" -"To avoid having to recreate custom filters every time, save them by clicking" -" on :menuselection:`Favorites --> Save current search --> Save`. The " -"customized search filter can then be accessed by clicking on *Favorites* or " -"can even be set as the default filter when you open the reporting dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:80 -msgid "Measure exactly what you need" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:82 -msgid "" -"Before selecting what you want to measure, you need to decide whether you " -"prefer using the graph view or the pivot view. By default, the dashboard " -"presents both views. However, the measures you select won't be applied to " -"both views. You can access each view separately by clicking on the icons at " -"the top right of the dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:92 -msgid "Visualize your data" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:94 -msgid "" -"You can transform the main graph in just a click by selecting one of the " -"three charts: bar, line or pie. Fourteen different measures are available, " -"but you can only use one at a time. However, you can group the measure using" -" one or several of the 19 *Groups*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:102 -msgid "" -"For bar and line charts, the selected measure is your y-axis, and the first " -"group you select is used to create the x-axis. Adding more group adds " -"additional lines (line chart) or transforms your bar chart into a stacked " -"bar chart. For pie charts, the more groups you select, the more slices are " -"displayed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:108 -msgid "Explore your data" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:110 -msgid "" -"The pivot table view enables you to explore your data in great detail. " -"Unlike the graph view, the pivot table enables you to add several measures " -"at the same time. By clicking on *Measures* or on the **+** sign in the " -"*Total* column, you can add as many as you want, each assigned to a new " -"column. By clicking on the **+** sign in the *Total* row, you can add " -"*Groups*. If you click on a group's **+** sign, you can add a sub-group, and" -" so on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:121 -msgid "" -"You can insert your pivot table's data directly in the Spreadsheet app or " -"export it as an Excel file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals.rst:3 -msgid "Manage deals" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:3 -msgid "Purchase agreements: blanket orders and calls for tenders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:5 -msgid "" -"There are two main types of purchase agreements preconfigured in Odoo: " -"blanket orders and call for tenders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Blanket orders are long-term agreements between a company and a vendor to " -"deliver products on a recurring basis with predetermined pricing. Your " -"company should consider using them when you frequently purchase the same " -"products from the same vendor in varying quantities and/or at different " -"times. Among their many benefits, you can save time as the ordering process " -"is simplified, and money thanks to more advantageous bulk pricing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Calls for tenders use a special procedure to request offers from multiple " -"vendors at the same time. While public sector organizations are often " -"legally bound to release calls for tenders when they want to purchase goods " -"or services, private organizations can also use them to get the best deal " -"among several vendors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:20 -msgid "Enable purchase agreements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:22 -msgid "" -"From the Purchase app, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and" -" activate *Purchase Agreements*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:30 -msgid "Configure or create new types of purchase agreements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Before you start using purchase agreements, make sure they are configured " -"the way you want by going to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Purchase " -"Agreement Types`. From there, you can edit the way blanket orders and calls " -"for tenders or *Create* a new type of purchase agreement. You can configure " -"the:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:37 -msgid "Agreement Type: the name you want to give to the agreement." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Agreement Selection Type: you can either select multiple offers using " -"*Select multiple RFQ (non-exclusive)*, which is the default setting for both" -" blanket orders and calls for tenders, or a single offer using *Select only " -"one RFQ (exclusive)*, which is sometimes needed for calls for tenders where " -"you only want to select a single vendor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Lines: generally, you would always want to select *Use lines of agreement*, " -"which are the different product lines you can configure when you set up your" -" purchase agreement. However, you can select *Do not create RfQ lines " -"automatically* if you don't want your requests for quotations to be pre-" -"filled in with that information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Quantities: if you use lines of agreements, you can also specify " -"independently if the products' quantities should be used to pre-fill new " -"requests for quotations. The default option for blanket orders is *Set " -"quantities manually*, while for calls for tenders are set to *Use quantities" -" of agreement*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:59 -msgid "Set up a blanket order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Orders --> Purchase Agreements` and click on *Create*." -" Select *Blanket Order* as your *Agreement Type*. Next, select the vendor. " -"The other fields aren't mandatory, but you usually want to define an " -"*Agreement Deadline* after which the blanket order won't be valid anymore." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Next, add the products you want to order and their price. Note that you can " -"also add a *Quantity* for each product, for example, if you have agreed with" -" your vendor to order a specific minimum quantity each time or in total. If " -"you have configured your blanked order to *Set quantities manually*, this is" -" only used for informational purposes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:74 -msgid "" -"You can also write any *Terms and Conditions* at the bottom of the " -"agreement. Once you are satisfied with your blanket order, click on " -"*Confirm*. Its status then changes from *Draft* to *Ongoing* and it's ready " -"to be used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:79 -msgid "Create requests for quotation from the blanket order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:81 -msgid "" -"You can now create new quotations from the blanket order whenever you need " -"it by clicking on *New Quotation*. Odoo automatically fills in requests for " -"quotation with the information initially defined when you set up the blanket" -" order. Depending on the way you configured the *Purchase Agreement Type*, " -"product lines can also be pre-filled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:86 -msgid "" -"From here, you can quickly view all the requests for quotations made under " -"that blanket order by clicking on *RFQs/Orders*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:94 -msgid "" -"You can also create a *Request for Quotation* the usual way and then link it" -" to an existing *Blanket Order*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:98 -msgid "Blanket orders and replenishment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:100 -msgid "" -"Blanket orders can be used for :doc:`automated replenishment " -"<../../purchase/products/reordering>`, as once a blanket order is confirmed," -" a new vendor line is added to your product. Make sure the related vendor is" -" in the first position if you have several vendors linked to your product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:109 -msgid "Set up a call for tenders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:111 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Orders --> Purchase Agreements` and click on *Create*." -" Select *Call for Tenders* as your *Agreement Type*. The other fields aren't" -" mandatory, but you can add the date you want to be delivered and set an " -"agreement deadline. You usually don't want to select a vendor for calls for " -"tenders as you are looking to get quotations from multiple vendors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:116 -msgid "" -"Next, add the products you want to order and in what quantity. For calls for" -" tenders, you typically don't add a price, as the vendors should give you " -"their best quote." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:119 -msgid "" -"You can also write any *Terms and Conditions* at the bottom of the " -"agreement. Once you are ready, click on *Confirm*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:127 -msgid "Requests quotations from the call for tenders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:129 -msgid "" -"You can now request new quotations from the call for tenders. Click on *New " -"Quotation* and select one of your vendors you want to invite to the call for" -" tenders. Product lines should also be pre-filled in, depending on how you " -"configured the *Purchase Agreement Type*. Click on *Send by email* to send " -"it to the vendor. Go back to the call for tenders and repeat this process " -"for each vendor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:139 -msgid "" -"Once you have sent a request for quotation to every vendor and receiving " -"their quotes, click on *Validate* to proceed to the bid selection. Next, " -"click on the RFQs/Orders smart button to view all your vendors' quotations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:147 -msgid "" -"Click on each request for quotation to add the price communicated by your " -"vendors manually. When that's done, select the most advantageous offer and " -"click on *Confirm Order*. This automatically closes the call for tenders. " -"You can now proceed with the purchase order as you would for a regular one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:3 -msgid "Control and know when vendor bills should be paid" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:5 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can define how your vendor bills are controlled. For each " -"purchase order, you can decide when the related vendor bill should be paid: " -"either before or after you have received your products. You can also check " -"at a glance what is the billing status of each purchase order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:9 -msgid "" -"With the 3-way matching feature, Odoo compares the information appearing on " -"the *Purchase Order*, the *Vendor Bill* and the *Receipt*, and lets you know" -" if you should pay the bill. This way you can avoid paying incorrect or " -"fraudulent vendor bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:14 -msgid "Vendor bills default control policy" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:16 -msgid "" -"As a first step, open your Purchase app and go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` to set the default bill control " -"policy for all the products created onwards." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:23 -msgid "" -"By selecting *On ordered quantities*, you can create a vendor bill as soon " -"as you confirm an order. The quantities mentioned in the purchase order are " -"used to generate the draft bill." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:26 -msgid "" -"If you choose *On received quantities* instead, you can only create one once" -" you have at least received some of the products you have ordered. The " -"quantities you have received are used to generate the draft bill. If you try" -" to create one without having received any product, you get an error " -"message." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:36 -msgid "Change a specific product's control policy" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:38 -msgid "" -"If you want to modify a specific product's control policy, go to " -":menuselection:`Products --> Products`, open it, click on *Edit* and go to " -"the *Purchase tab*. There you can change a product's default bill control " -"policy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:47 -msgid "View a purchase order's billing status" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Once you confirm an order, you can view its *Billing Status* by going to the" -" *Other Information* tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Below you can find a list of the different *Billing Status*, and when they " -"are displayed, depending on the products' bill control policy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:60 -msgid "**Billing status**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:60 -msgid "**Conditions**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:62 -msgid "*On received quantities*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:62 -msgid "*On ordered quantities*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:64 -msgid "*Nothing to Bill*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:64 -msgid "PO confirmed; no products received" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:64 -msgid "*(Not applicable)*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:66 -msgid "*Waiting Bills*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:66 -msgid "All/some products received; bill not created" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:66 -msgid "PO confirmed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:68 -msgid "*Fully Billed*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:68 -msgid "All/some products received; draft bill created" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:68 -msgid "Draft bill created" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:72 -msgid "Determine when to pay with 3-way matching" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:74 -msgid "" -"First, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate *3-way" -" matching*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:81 -msgid "" -"3-way matching is intended to work with the bill control policy set to *On " -"received quantities*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:84 -msgid "Should I pay the vendor bill?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:86 -msgid "" -"With the feature activated, your vendor bills now display the *Should Be " -"Paid* field under the *Other info* tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:93 -msgid "" -"As you can't create a bill until you have received your products - and if " -"you haven't received all of them, Odoo only includes the products you have " -"received in the draft bill - the *Should Be Paid* status is set to *Yes* " -"when you create one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:97 -msgid "" -"If you edit a draft bill to increase the billed quantity, change the price, " -"or add other products, the *Should Be Paid* status is set to *Exception*. It" -" means Odoo notices the discrepancy, but that you might have a valid reason " -"to have done so." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:101 -msgid "" -"Once the payment has been registered and mentions *Paid*, the *Should Be " -"Paid* status is set to *No*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:109 -msgid "" -"The *Should Be Paid* status is set automatically by Odoo. However, you can " -"change the status manually when you are viewing a bill in edit mode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products.rst:3 -msgid "Products" -msgstr "Articles" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:3 -msgid "Don’t run out of stock with reordering rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:5 -msgid "" -"To make sure you never run out of stock, you can define *Reordering Rules* " -"on products. Thanks to them, Odoo can help you replenish your stock " -"automatically when it reaches set quantities or whenever a sales order is " -"created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:9 -msgid "You need to install the *Inventory app* to use reordering rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:12 -msgid "Configure your storable product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Open or create a product with its *Product Type* set to *Storable Product*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:20 -msgid "" -"As you are purchasing this product from a vendor, go to the product's " -"*Purchase tab* and add a vendor by clicking on *Add a line*. You can add " -"multiple vendors, but make sure to order them correctly, since reordering " -"rules always use the first vendor in a list. You can add a price, but it " -"isn't necessary for the reordering rule to work. In addition, you can add a " -"minimum quantity you must order to benefit from that price." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:27 -msgid "" -"If the quantity Odoo has to reorder doesn't match the minimum quantity " -"specified, Odoo selects the next vendor on your list. If you don't have " -"another vendor on your list, the reordering rule won't work. For that " -"purpose, you can add the same vendor multiple times with different prices " -"for different quantities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:37 -msgid "" -"By default, a draft purchase order is created. However, if you have enabled " -"*Purchase Agreements*, you can *Propose a call for tenders* instead as shown" -" in the image above. For more information, see " -":doc:`../manage_deals/agreements`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Next, make sure the correct route is selected under the Inventory tab of " -"your product. If you created your product within the Purchase app, the *Buy*" -" route is selected by default. If you are looking to dropship your product, " -"select *Dropship*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:50 -msgid "Set up your reordering rule" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:52 -msgid "Open your product and click on the *Reordering Rules* button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Once you are on the product's reordering rules page, click on *Create*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:61 -msgid "" -"You can access and create reordering rules from :menuselection:`Inventory " -"--> Configuration --> Reordering Rules` and from :menuselection:`Inventory " -"--> Operations --> Replenishment`. By default, the replenishment view " -"presents a summary of all the products that you might need to purchase to " -"fulfill your sales orders. From there, you can ask Odoo with a single click " -"to order a product once or automate all orders for that product, future " -"orders included." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:68 -msgid "Define quantities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:70 -msgid "" -"You can set a **minimum quantity** your stock should always have. Once set, " -"if your stock goes below the minimum quantity, and if you selected the Buy " -"route, a request for quotation is automatically generated to reach that " -"minimum quantity, plus any additional quantity needed to fill in a sales " -"order for example." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:75 -msgid "" -"If you set a **maximum quantity**, every time the product has to be " -"replenished, enough products are reordered to reach the maximum quantity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:78 -msgid "" -"If you want to order only the exact quantity needed to fill in a sales order" -" for example, set both both the minimum and maximum quantity to **zero**. " -"The quantity mentioned in the sales order is then used by the reordering " -"rule." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:82 -msgid "" -"You can also add a **quantity multiple** to only order products in batches " -"of a certain quantity. Click on the optional columns drop-down menu, and " -"select *Multiple Quantity* to show the column. Bear in mind that you might " -"go over the maximum quantity you set if your rule includes a quantity " -"multiple, as Odoo orders enough products to reach the maximum quantity and " -"respect the set quantity multiple." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:92 -msgid "" -"If you selected multiple routes for the same product under its Inventory " -"tab, make sure to select your *Preferred Route* on your reordering rule by " -"clicking on the optional columns drop-down menu, adding the *Preferred " -"Route* column, and selecting the right route." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:3 -msgid "Purchase in different units of measure than sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When you purchase a product, it may happen that your vendor uses a different" -" unit of measure than you do when you sell it. This can cause confusion " -"between sales and purchase representatives. It is also time-consuming to " -"convert measures manually every time. With Odoo, you can configure your " -"product once and let Odoo handle the conversion." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:10 -msgid "Consider the following examples:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:12 -msgid "" -"You purchase orange juice from an American vendor, and they use **gallons**." -" However, your customers are European and use **liters**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:15 -msgid "" -"You buy curtains from a vendor in the form of **rolls** and you sell pieces " -"of the rolls to your customers using **square meters**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:19 -msgid "Enable units of measure" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Open your Sales app and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. " -"Under Product Catalog, enable *Units of Measure*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:29 -msgid "Specify sales and purchase units of measure" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:32 -msgid "Standard units of measure" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:34 -msgid "" -"A variety of units of measure are available by default in your database. " -"Each belongs to one of the five pre-configured units of measure categories: " -"*Length / Distance*, *Unit*, *Volume*, *Weight* and *Working Time*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:39 -msgid "" -"You can create your new units of measure and units of measure categories " -"(see next section)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:41 -msgid "" -"To specify different units of measures for sales and purchases, open the " -"Purchase app and go to :menuselection:`Products --> Products`. Create a " -"product or select an existing one. Under the product's *General Information*" -" tab, first select the *Unit of Measure* to be used for sales (as well as " -"for other apps such as inventory). Then, select the *Purchase Unit of " -"Measure* to be used for purchases." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Back to the first example, if you purchase orange juice from your vendor in " -"**gallons** and sell it to your customers in **liters**, first select *L* " -"(liters) as the *Unit of Measure*, and *gal (US)* (gallons) as the *Purchase" -" Unit of Measure*, then click on *Save*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:56 -msgid "Create new units of measure and units of measure categories" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Sometimes you need to create your own units and categories, either because " -"the measure is not pre-configured in Odoo or because the units do not relate" -" with each other (e.g. kilos and centimeters)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:62 -msgid "" -"If you take the second example where you buy curtains from a vendor in the " -"form of **rolls** and you sell pieces of the rolls using **square meters**, " -"you need to create a new *Units of Measure Category* in order to relate both" -" units of measure." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:66 -msgid "" -"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Units of Measure " -"Categories`. Click on *Create* and name the category." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:73 -msgid "" -"The next step is to create the two units of measures. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Units of Measure`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:76 -msgid "" -"First, create the unit of measure used as the reference point for converting" -" to other units of measure inside the category by clicking on *Create*. Name" -" the unit and select the units of measure category you just created. For the" -" *Type*, select *Reference Unit of Measure for this category type*. Enter " -"the *Rounding Precision* you would like to use. The quantity computed by " -"Odoo is always a multiple of this value." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:82 -msgid "" -"In the example, as you cannot purchase less than 1 roll and won't use " -"fractions of a roll as a unit of measure, you can enter 1." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:89 -msgid "" -"If you use a *Rounding Precision* inferior to 0.01, a warning message might " -"appear stating that it is higher than the *Decimal Accuracy* and that it " -"might cause inconsistencies. If you wish to use a *Rounding Precision* lower" -" than 0.01, first :doc:`activate the Developer Mode " -"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, then go to " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Database Structure --> Decimal " -"Accuracy`, select *Product Unit of Measure* and edit *Digits* accordingly. " -"For example, if you want to use a rounding precision of 0.00001, set " -"*Digits* to 5." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:96 -msgid "" -"Next, create a second unit of measure, name it, and select the same units of" -" measure category as your reference unit. As *Type*, select *Smaller* or " -"*Bigger than the reference Unit of Measure*, depending on your situation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:100 -msgid "" -"As the curtain roll equals to 100 square meters, you should select " -"*Smaller*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:102 -msgid "" -"Next, you need to enter the *Ratio* between your reference unit and the " -"second one. If the second unit is smaller, the *Ratio* should be greater " -"than 1. If the second unit is larger, the ratio should be smaller than 1." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:106 -msgid "For your curtain roll, the ratio should be set to 100." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:112 -msgid "" -"You can now configure your product just as you would using Odoo's standard " -"units of measure." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/quality.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/quality.po deleted file mode 100644 index 66001e899..000000000 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/quality.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,467 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# Cécile Collart <cco@odoo.com>, 2020 -# Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: fr\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" - -#: ../../quality.rst:5 -msgid "Quality" -msgstr "Qualité" - -#: ../../quality/alert.rst:3 -msgid "Alert" -msgstr "Alerte" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:3 -msgid "Generate a Quality Alert from a Manufacturing Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Speaking of manufacturing orders, you have two different situations to " -"consider in Odoo. Those two will result in two different processes:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:8 -msgid "You work with a simple manufacturing flow;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:10 -msgid "You work with a complex manufacturing flow that includes routings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:13 -msgid "Simple manufacturing flow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:15 -msgid "" -"If you work with simple manufacturing orders, the *Quality Alerts* will be " -"launched from the manufacturing order itself. When manufacturing a product " -"for which you need to process quality controls, a button *Quality Alert* " -"will appear on the top of your manufacturing order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:23 -msgid "" -"By clicking on the button, you can specify the quality problem that arose " -"during the process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:29 -msgid "" -"If one of the quality checks failed, the button will be highlighted on the " -"document. If not, the button won’t be highlighted." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:36 ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:50 -msgid "Manufacturing Flow with Routings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:38 -msgid "" -"If you work with routings defined on your manufacturing orders, the quality " -"alerts will be launched directly from the work orders on which the quality " -"checks took place." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Then, a button *Quality Alert* will be available from the work order view. " -"When you click on the button, you can specify the quality problem that " -"appeared during the process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:3 -msgid "Generate a Quality Alert from a Transfer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:6 -msgid "Use the Quality Alert" -msgstr "Utilisez l'alerte qualité" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Every time you perform some *Quality Checks* on a transfer, a *Quality " -"Alert* button appears. You can always use it. The button is automatically " -"highlighted once you have a failed quality check for the transfer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:16 -msgid "" -"If you click on that *Quality Alert* button, you can specify what was the " -"problem with the product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:22 -msgid "" -"The *Quality Alert* that is created from the transfer can be found via the " -"button appearing on the top right corner of the transfer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:28 -msgid "" -"You can also access all your *Quality Alerts* via the menu, accessible under" -" *Control*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks.rst:3 -msgid "Checks" -msgstr "Chèques" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:3 -msgid "Perform Quality Checks on Manufacturing Orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:5 -msgid "" -"There are two different situations to consider and that will differ in Odoo " -"processes:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:8 -msgid "You work with simple manufacturing flows;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:10 -msgid "" -"You work with complex manufacturing flows that are represented by the use of" -" routings in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:13 -msgid "Simple Manufacturing Flow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:16 -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:53 -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:6 -msgid "Create the Quality Control Point" -msgstr "Créez le point de contrôle qualité" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:18 -msgid "" -"To create a quality control point, open the quality app and go to " -":menuselection:`Control --> Control Points`. There, hit create. Make sure to" -" select *Manufacturing* as operation and choose the type of quality check " -"you want to perform." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:27 -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:69 -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:17 -msgid "Process the Quality Check" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Once your *Quality Control Point* has been created, you can create a " -"manufacturing order for your product. Now, and before marking the " -"manufacturing as done, you can register the *Quality Checks*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Once you have performed your quality checks, you can find them via the " -"*Quality Checks* button available on the manufacturing order form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:46 -msgid "" -"If you want to access all your quality checks, you can do this by opening " -"the quality checks menu, under quality control." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:55 -msgid "" -"If you want to create a *Quality Control Point*, open the *Quality* app and " -"go to :menuselection:`Control --> Control Points`. Then, click on create. " -"Make sure to select *Manufacturing* as operation and select the work order " -"operation on which the quality check should be performed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Choosing the work order operation is necessary if you want the quality " -"checks to be performed in the work orders. After that, you can choose the " -"type of quality check." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Once your *Quality Control Point* has been configured, create a " -"manufacturing order for your product. You have to plan it if you want to " -"generate the necessary work orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:78 -msgid "" -"Now, process the work order and your quality check will appear. In this " -"example, the quality check requests to enter the serial number of the Table " -"Top component." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:3 -msgid "Perform Quality Checks on Transfers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:8 -msgid "" -"To create a *Quality Control Point*, open the *Quality* application. Then, " -"go to :menuselection:`Quality Control --> Control Points --> Create`. Now, " -"you can define the quality control point you want to apply to a specific " -"product. Don’t forget to select a transfer operation type." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Let’s say that we will receive a laptop. First, create a planned receipt for" -" the product. Then, on the receipt, you will see a *Quality Checks* button " -"that appears to proceed to the quality check you configured before." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:27 -msgid "" -"By clicking on it, the instruction set on the quality control point will be " -"displayed and will require the check value." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Once the quality check is done, you can find it linked to the corresponding " -"transfer and access it by clicking on the button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:39 -msgid "" -"But, if the quality check failed, the stat button will appear in red " -"(instead of green) and Odoo will suggest you to create a *Quality Alert* by " -"highlighting the corresponding button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:46 -msgid "" -"The quality checks can also be found in the *Quality* application by opening" -" the *Quality Checks* menu, under *Quality Control*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control.rst:3 -msgid "Control" -msgstr "Contrôle" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:3 -msgid "Define Quality Control Points" -msgstr "Définissez des points de contrôle qualité" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Quality is an important factor when it comes to products or services. " -"Nowadays, quality has become the differentiating factor for all goods and " -"services. It is vital for businesses to deliver products that meet or exceed" -" expectations. It also helps minimize waste." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:10 -msgid "" -"That is why most manufacturers would not think of eliminating the quality " -"control from their manufacturing process. After all, removing quality " -"controls would dramatically increase the number of defective products that " -"the company then has to rework or scrap." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Then, using business applications to ensure data quality is important. With " -"Odoo insuring the rear, any major problem can be avoided before occurring!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:20 -msgid "Quality Control Points" -msgstr "Points de contrôle de la qualité" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:22 -msgid "" -"To create a *Quality Control Point*, go to :menuselection:`Quality --> " -"Quality Control --> Control Points`. Once there, define the product on which" -" the quality control point should take place. The operation at which it " -"takes place also is to be defined here." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:27 -msgid "" -"The *Quality Control Points* take place during transfers or during the " -"manufacturing process of the products. If working with routings on *Bill of " -"Materials*, you have to precise at which step of the manufacturing process " -"the quality control point needs to be applied." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:32 -msgid "" -"The *Control Type* defines at which frequency the quality checks should take" -" place:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:35 -msgid "" -"**All operations**: all the operations automatically generate quality checks" -" to perform;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:38 -msgid "" -"**Randomly**: the quality checks only perform on x% of the operation. The " -"percentage needs to be defined on the control point;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:41 -msgid "" -"**Periodically**: the quality checks are performed periodically. The " -"periodicity is based on the defined period (once a day, once a week)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:50 -msgid "Quality Control Point Types" -msgstr "Types de point de contrôle de la qualité" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Now, one thing remains to be configured: the type of quality check. There " -"are several types that can be used: text, take a picture, pass-fail, take a " -"measure, register consumed material, register by-product, and print label." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Some types are available only with the manufacturing application installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:62 -msgid "Text" -msgstr "Texte" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:64 -msgid "" -"This control point type allows giving instructions to workers during the " -"transfer or during the manufacturing process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:80 -msgid "Take a Picture" -msgstr "Prendre une photo" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:82 -msgid "" -"This control point type asks to take a picture of the product applied in a " -"transfer or when manufacturing it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:98 -msgid "" -"This process can be simplified by using a connected :doc:`camera " -"<../../iot/devices/measurement_tool>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:102 -msgid "Pass-Fail" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:104 -msgid "" -"*Pass-Fail* requires to specify if the products pass or fail specific " -"criteria. It can be applied for both transfers or manufacturing orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:111 -msgid "" -"For this kind of type, there is the possibility to define a failure message " -"giving instructions to follow in case of failure." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:127 -msgid "Take a Measure" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:129 -msgid "" -"Taking measures requires to enter the product’s measurements during a " -"transfer or during the manufacturing process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:132 -msgid "" -"To use it, it necessary to specify the norm for your product’s measurements," -" but also a tolerance threshold. Doing so, all the products with good " -"measures can are automatically accepted." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:140 -msgid "" -"As for *Pass-Fail*, this type allows defining a failure message that gives " -"instructions to the worker." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:156 -msgid "" -"This process can be simplified by using connected :doc:`measurement tools " -"<../../iot/devices/camera>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:159 -msgid "Register Consumed Materials" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:161 -msgid "" -"When using *Register Consumed Materials*, it is required to register the " -"component’s serial/lot numbers during the manufacturing process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:165 -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:182 -msgid "This type is only available when working with routings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:176 -msgid "Register By-Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:178 -msgid "" -"With *Register By-Products*, it is required to register the serial/lot " -"number of the by-products that are manufactured." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:193 -msgid "Print Label" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:195 -msgid "" -"*Print Label*, as its name points out, allows printing labels to add to the " -"product during the manufacturing process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:207 -msgid "" -"This process can be simplified by using a connected :doc:`printer " -"<../../iot/devices/printer>`." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/recruitment.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/recruitment.po deleted file mode 100644 index 01ea465bd..000000000 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/recruitment.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,23 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 9.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-11-22 13:16+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: Florian Hatat <mininet@wanadoo.fr>, 2017\n" -"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: fr\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" - -#: ../../recruitment.rst:5 -msgid "Recruitment" -msgstr "Recrutement" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index 235db0ae4..09a3620b2 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # @@ -9,30 +9,36 @@ # Xavier Belmere <Info@cartmeleon.com>, 2020 # Aurélien Pillevesse <aurelienpillevesse@hotmail.fr>, 2020 # Saad Thaifa <saad.thaifa@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 # thomas quertinmont <tqu@odoo.com>, 2020 # Christelle Pinchart <cpi@odoo.com>, 2020 # 44fd1b7fd1ad5b321e37d151521961ad, 2020 # Nacim ABOURA <nacim.aboura@gmail.com>, 2020 # 5cad1b0f1319985f8413d48b70c3c192_b038c35, 2020 -# Jérôme Tanché <jerome.tanche@ouest-dsi.fr>, 2020 -# Eloïse Stilmant <est@odoo.com>, 2020 # Jonathan Castillo <jcs@odoo.com>, 2020 # Priscilla (prs) Odoo <prs@odoo.com>, 2020 # Alain Prasquier <aprasquier@odm-tech.com>, 2020 # Olivier Lenoir <olivier.lenoir@free.fr>, 2020 # Xavier Symons <xsy@openerp.com>, 2020 -# Cécile Collart <cco@odoo.com>, 2020 -# Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020 +# Sébastien BÜHL <buhlsebastien@gmail.com>, 2021 +# 0169fee580ff5de3f9b7241d14f30af9_5f30934 <1948a2319336319ed4429b6139c8c1c2_916898>, 2021 +# David David <f322p3ph@yahoo.fr>, 2021 +# Martin Trigaux, 2021 +# Jérôme Tanché <jerome.tanche@ouest-dsi.fr>, 2021 +# Eloïse Stilmant <est@odoo.com>, 2021 +# Laura Piraux <lap@odoo.com>, 2021 +# Cécile Collart <cco@odoo.com>, 2021 +# Renaud de Colombel <rdecolombel@sgen.cfdt.fr>, 2021 +# Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2021 +# Nicolas BODART <nicolas.bodart@florennes.be>, 2021 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-18 07:12+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Nicolas BODART <nicolas.bodart@florennes.be>, 2021\n" "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -40,23 +46,3352 @@ msgstr "" "Language: fr\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" -#: ../../sales.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales.rst:4 msgid "Sales" msgstr "Ventes" -#: ../../sales/advanced.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm.rst:4 +msgid "CRM" +msgstr "CRM" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads.rst:3 +msgid "Acquire leads" +msgstr "Acquérir des pistes" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:3 +msgid "Convert leads into opportunities" +msgstr "Convertir des pistes en opportunités" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The system can generate leads instead of opportunities, in order to add a " +"qualification step before converting a *Lead* into an *Opportunity* and " +"assigning to the right sales people." +msgstr "" +"Le système peut générer des pistes au lieu des opportunités, afin d'ajouter " +"une étape de qualification avant de convertir une *Piste* en *Opportunité* " +"et de l'affecter aux bons vendeurs." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:9 +msgid "" +"You can activate this mode from the CRM Settings. It applies to all your " +"sales channels by default. But you can make it specific for specific " +"channels from their configuration form." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez activer ce mode depuis les paramètres du CRM. Il s'appliquera " +"par défaut à tous vos canaux de vente. Mais vous pouvez le rendre spécifique" +" pour certains canaux depuis leur formulaire de configuration." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:25 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Configuration" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:16 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` and activate the *Leads* feature." +msgstr "" +"Pour activer cette fonctionnalité, allez dans :menuselection:`CRM --> " +"Configuration --> Paramètres` et cochez la case *Pistes*." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:22 +msgid "" +"You will now have a new submenu *Leads* under *Leads* where they will " +"aggregate." +msgstr "Elles viendront désormais s'ajouter au nouveau sous-menu *Pistes*." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:29 +msgid "Convert a lead into an opportunity" +msgstr "Convertir une piste en une opportunité" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:31 +msgid "" +"When you click on a *Lead* you will have the option to convert it to an " +"opportunity and decide if it should still be assigned to the same " +"channel/person and if you need to create a new customer." +msgstr "" +"Quand vous cliquez sur une *Piste*, vous aurez la possibilité de la " +"convertir en une opportunité, de décider si elle doit être toujours assignée" +" au même canal ou à la même personne, et si vous devez créer ou pas un " +"nouveau client." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:38 +msgid "" +"If you already have an opportunity with that customer Odoo will " +"automatically offer you to merge with that opportunity. In the same manner, " +"Odoo will automatically offer you to link to an existing customer if that " +"customer already exists." +msgstr "" +"Si vous avez déjà défini une opportunité pour ce client, Odoo vous proposera" +" automatiquement de fusionner avec cette opportunité. De la même manière, " +"Odoo vous proposera de créer un lien vers un client qui existerait déjà." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:44 +msgid "Merge opportunities" +msgstr "Fusionner des opportunités" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Odoo will also automatically propose to merge opportunities if they have the" +" same email address. When merging opportunities, Odoo merges the information" +" into the opportunity which was created first, giving priority to the " +"information present on the first opportunity." +msgstr "" +"Odoo vous proposera aussi de fusionner automatiquement des opportunités si " +"elles ont la même adresse email. Lors de cette fusion, Odoo fusionne les " +"informations dans l'opportunité qui a été créée en premier, en donnant la " +"priorité aux informations présentes dans la première opportunité." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:51 +msgid "" +"No information is lost: data from the other opportunity is logged in the " +"chatter and the information fields for easy access." +msgstr "" +"Aucune information n'est perdue : pour un accès plus rapide, les données " +"venant de l'autre opportunité sont enregistrées dans le chatter et dans les " +"champs d'information." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Would you find a duplicate yourself, ...you can also merge opportunities or " +"leads even if the system doesn't propose it." +msgstr "" +"Si vous trouvez vous-même un doublon, vous pouvez aussi fusionner les " +"opportunités ou les pistes même si le système ne vous le propose pas." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Here’s how, from the list view. Select the opportunities or leads you want " +"to merge and the action button will appear. Then, you can select merge." +msgstr "" +"Voici comment : depuis l'aperçu de la liste, sélectionnez les opportunités " +"ou les pistes que vous voulez fusionner et le bouton action s'affichera. " +"Ensuite, sélectionnez fusionner." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:67 +msgid "It is also possible to merge more than 2 opportunities or leads." +msgstr "" +"Il est également possible de fusionner plus de deux opportunités ou pistes." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:3 +msgid "Generate leads/opportunities from emails" +msgstr "Générer des pistes et des opportunités à partir des emails" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Automating the lead/opportunity generation will considerably improve your " +"efficiency. By default, any email sent to *sales@database\\_domain.ext* will" +" create an opportunity in the pipeline of the default sales channel." +msgstr "" +"Automatiser la création de pistes et d'opportunités améliorera " +"considérablement votre efficacité. Par défaut, tout mail envoyé à " +"*sales@database\\_domain.ext* créera une opportunité dans le pipeline du " +"canal de ventes par défaut." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:11 +msgid "Configure email aliases" +msgstr "Configurer les alias des adresses email" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Each sales teams can have its own email alias, to generate " +"leads/opportunities automatically assigned to it. It is useful if you manage" +" several sales teams with specific business processes. You will find the " +"configuration of sales teams under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Sales " +"Teams`." +msgstr "" +"Chaque équipe de vente peut avoir son propre alias email pour générer " +"automatiquement les pistes/opportunités qui lui sont assignées. Cela est " +"utile si vous gérez plusieurs équipes de vente avec des processus " +"spécifiques. Vous trouverez la configuration des équipes de vente sur " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Équipes de vente`." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:3 +msgid "Generate leads/opportunities from your website contact page" +msgstr "" +"Générer des pistes et des opportunités à partir de la page contact de votre " +"site internet" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Automating the lead/opportunity generation will considerably improve your " +"efficiency. Any visitor using the contact form on your website will create a" +" lead/opportunity in the pipeline." +msgstr "" +"Automatiser la création de pistes et d'opportunités améliorera " +"considérablement votre efficacité. Tout visiteur utilisant le formulaire de " +"contact de votre site web créera une piste ou une opportunité dans le " +"pipeline." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:10 +msgid "Use the contact us on your website" +msgstr "Utiliser le formulaire de contact de votre site Web" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:12 +msgid "You should first go to your website app." +msgstr "Rendez-vous, tout d'abord, sur l'application Site Web." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:14 +msgid "|image0|\\ |image1|" +msgstr "|image0|\\ |image1|" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:16 +msgid "" +"With the CRM app installed, you benefit from a ready-to-use contact form on " +"your Odoo website that will generate leads/opportunities automatically." +msgstr "" +"Avec l'installation de l'application CRM, vous bénéficiez sur votre site Web" +" Odoo d'un formulaire de contact prêt à l'emploi qui génère automatiquement " +"des pistes et des opportunités." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To change to a specific sales channel, go to :menuselection:`Website --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` under *Communication* you will find the Contact " +"Form info and where to change the *Sales Channel* or *Salesperson*." +msgstr "" +"Pour assigner les pistes à une équipe commerciale précise, allez dans " +":menuselection:`Site Web --> Configuration --> Paramètres`, vous trouverez " +"dans la partie *Communication* les informations du formulaire de contact et " +"vous pourrez modifier l'*Équipe commerciale* ou le *Vendeur*." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:50 +msgid "Create a custom contact form" +msgstr "Créer un formulaire de contact personnalisé" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:34 +msgid "" +"You may want to know more from your visitor when they use the contact form " +"to you will need to build a custom contact form on your website. These " +"contact forms can generate multiple types of records in the system (emails, " +"leads/opportunities, project tasks, helpdesk tickets, etc.)" +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez vouloir en apprendre plus sur vos visiteurs quand ils utilisent " +"le formulaire de contact pour vous joindre. Vous aurez alors besoin de " +"construire un formulaire de contact personnalisé sur votre site Web. Ces " +"formulaires de contact peuvent générer de nombreux types d'enregistrements " +"dans le système (emails, pistes/opportunités, tâches, tickets d'assistance " +"technique, etc.)." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:43 +msgid "" +"You will need to install the free *Form Builder* module, only available in " +"Odoo Enterprise." +msgstr "" +"Vous devez installer le module gratuit *Générateur de formulaire*, qui est " +"uniquement disponible dans Odoo Entreprise." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:52 +msgid "" +"First, go to the page where you want to put your contact form. In edit mode," +" drag the form builder onto the page, and you will be able to add all the " +"fields you wish." +msgstr "" +"Allez tout d'abord sur la page où vous désirez insérer votre formulaire de " +"contact. Dans le mode édition, déplacez le générateur de formulaire dans " +"votre page et vous pourrez ajouter tous les champs que vous souhaitez." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:59 +msgid "" +"By default, any new contact form will send an email. You can switch to " +"lead/opportunity generation in *Change Form Parameters*." +msgstr "" +"Par défaut, tout nouveau contact générera l'envoi d'un email. Vous pouvez " +"passer à la génération de pistes ou d'opportunités dans *Modifier les " +"paramètres du formulaire*." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:63 +msgid "" +"If the same visitor uses the contact form twice, the second entry will be " +"added to the first lead/opportunity in the chatter." +msgstr "" +"Si un même utilisateur utilise le formulaire de contact deux fois, la " +"deuxième entrée sera ajoutée à la première piste ou opportunité dans le " +"chatter." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:67 +msgid "Generate leads instead of opportunities" +msgstr "Générer des pistes plutôt que des opportunités" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:69 +msgid "" +"When using a contact form, you should use a qualification step before " +"assigning the form to the right sales people. To do so, activate *Leads* in " +"CRM settings and refer to :doc:`convert`." +msgstr "" +"Lorsque vous utilisez un formulaire de contact, vous devez utiliser une " +"étape de qualification avant d'attribuer le formulaire aux vendeurs. Pour le" +" faire, activez *Pistes* dans les paramètres CRM et référez-vous à " +":doc:`convert`." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:3 +msgid "Lead mining" +msgstr "Prospection de pistes" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:4 +msgid "" +"In any business, getting quality leads is essential to keep the business " +"growing. Lead mining allows you to generate leads from scratch directly from" +" your database. Target your leads based on a set of criteria such as the " +"country, the size of the company, the industry your leads are coming from to" +" make them relevant to your business." +msgstr "" +"Dans toute entreprise, il est essentiel d'obtenir des pistes de qualité pour" +" maintenir la croissance de l'entreprise. La prospection de pistes vous " +"permet de générer des pistes à partir de zéro, directement à partir de votre" +" base de données. Ciblez vos pistes en fonction d'un ensemble de critères " +"tels que le pays, la taille de l'entreprise et le secteur d'activité d'où " +"elles proviennent afin de les rendre pertinentes pour votre entreprise." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:10 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` and activate the **Lead Mining** feature." +msgstr "" +"Pour que cette fonctionnalité fonctionne, allez à :menuselection:`CRM --> " +"Configuration --> Paramètres` et activez la fonction **Lead Mining**." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:17 +msgid "Start generating leads" +msgstr "Générer des pistes" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:18 +msgid "" +"You will now have a new button **Generate Leads** available in your " +"pipeline. You are also able to create lead mining requests from the " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Lead Mining Requests` and trough " +":menuselection:`Leads --> Leads` where you have the **Generate Leads** " +"button." +msgstr "" +"Un nouveau bouton **Générer des pistes** est désormais disponible dans votre" +" pipeline. Vous pouvez aussi créer une requête de prospection de pistes " +"depuis :menuselection:`Configuration --> Requêtes de prospection de pistes` " +"et via :menuselection:`Pistes --> Pistes` à partir du bouton **Générer des " +"pistes**." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:27 +msgid "" +"From there, click on the **Generate Leads** button, a window where you will " +"be able to pick your criteria will pop up." +msgstr "" +"De là, cliquez sur le bouton **Générer des pistes**, une fenêtre dans " +"laquelle vous pouvez choisir vos critères apparaîtra." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:34 +msgid "" +"When choosing to target Companied and their contacts you can choose the " +"contacts you are getting based on Role or Seniority. When getting contact " +"information make sure to be aware of the latest EU regulation, get more " +"information about General Data Protection Regulation on `Odoo GDPR " +"<http://odoo.com/gdpr>`__," +msgstr "" +"Lorsque vous choisissez de cibler des entreprises et leurs contacts, vous " +"pouvez choisir les contacts que vous obtenez en fonction du rôle ou de " +"l'ancienneté. Pour obtenir des informations sur les contacts, assurez-vous " +"de connaître la dernière réglementation de l'UE. Pour plus d'informations " +"sur le règlement général sur la protection des données, consultez le site " +"\"Odoo GDPR <http://odoo.com/gdpr>`__\"," + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:39 +msgid "" +"You can decide to filter the leads you are getting depending on the size " +"(number of employees) of the companies. You can pick the countries your " +"leads are coming from. It is possible to pick multiple countries. You can " +"pick the industries your leads are coming from. It is possible to pick " +"multiple industries." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez décider de filtrer les pistes que vous obtenez en fonction de la" +" taille (nombre d'employés) des entreprises. Vous pouvez choisir les pays " +"d'où proviennent vos pistes. Il est possible de sélectionner plusieurs pays." +" Vous pouvez sélectionner les secteurs d'activité d'où proviennent vos " +"pistes. Il est possible de sélectionner plusieurs industries." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:43 +msgid "" +"You can choose the salesperson and the Salesteam the lead will be assigned " +"to. You can also add tags to track your generated leads." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez choisir le vendeur et l'équipe de vente à laquelle le " +"responsable sera affecté. Vous pouvez également ajouter des balises pour " +"suivre vos pistes générées." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:47 +msgid "The generated leads will have the name of the company." +msgstr "Les pistes générées auront le même nom que l'entreprise." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:36 +msgid "Pricing" +msgstr "Tarification" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:51 +msgid "" +"This is an In-App Purchase feature, each generated lead will cost you one " +"credit. If you choose to get contact information each contact will also cost" +" us one additional credit. Here is the pricing for this `feature " +"<https://iap.odoo.com/iap/in-app-services/167?>`__, To buy credits you can " +"either go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Settings --> Buy " +"Credits`; or go to :menuselection:`Settings --> In-App Purchases --> View my" +" Services`." +msgstr "" +"Il s'agit d'une fonctionnalité d'achat In-App, chaque piste générée vous " +"coûtera un crédit. Si vous décidez d'obtenir des informations de contact, " +"chaque contact vous coûtera aussi un crédit supplémentaire. Voici le coût de" +" cette `fonctionnalité <https://iap.odoo.com/iap/in-app-services/167?>`__. " +"Pour acheter des crédits, vous pouvez soit aller dans :menuselection:`CRM " +"--> Configuration --> Paramètres --> Acheter des crédits` ; soit dans " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Achats In-App --> Voir mes Services`." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:65 +msgid "" +"The blue box will automatically tell you how many credits are going to be " +"consumed." +msgstr "" +"La boîte bleue vous indiquera automatiquement le nombre de crédits qui vont " +"être utilisés." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:169 +msgid "" +"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you " +"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." +msgstr "" +"Si vous êtes sur Odoo Online (SAAS) et disposez de la version Entreprise, " +"vous bénéficiez de crédits d'essai gratuits pour tester cette " +"fonctionnalité." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:71 +msgid "" +":doc:`In-App Purchases (IAP) " +"</applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:3 +msgid "Send quotations" +msgstr "Envoyer des devis" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you qualify a lead into an opportunity you will most likely need to " +"send them a quotation. You can directly do this in the CRM App with Odoo." +msgstr "" +"Quand vous qualifiez une piste en opportunité, vous aurez sans doute besoin " +"de lui faire parvenir un devis. Vous pouvez faire cela directement dans " +"l'application CRM d'Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:12 +msgid "Create a new quotation" +msgstr "Créer un nouveau devis" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:14 +msgid "" +"By clicking on any opportunity or lead, you will see a *New Quotation* " +"button, it will bring you into a new menu where you can manage your quote." +msgstr "" +"En cliquant sur une opportunité ou une piste, vous verrez apparaître un " +"bouton *Nouveau Devis* qui vous amènera à un nouveau menu vous permettant de" +" gérer votre devis." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:21 +msgid "" +"You will find all your quotes to that specific opportunity under the " +"*Quotations* menu on that page." +msgstr "" +"Vous trouverez tous vos devis relatifs à cette opportunité sous le menu " +"*Devis* de cette page." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:28 +msgid "Mark them won/lost" +msgstr "Marquer comme gagné/perdu" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Now you will need to mark your opportunity as won or lost to move the " +"process along." +msgstr "" +"Vous devrez maintenant marquer votre opportunité comme gagnée ou perdue pour" +" passer à l'étape suivante." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you mark them as won, they will move to your *Won* column in your Kanban " +"view. If you however mark them as *Lost* they will be archived." +msgstr "" +"Si vous les marquez comme gagnées, elles se placeront dans la colonne " +"*Gagné* de la vue Kanban. Si néanmoins vous les marquez comme *Perdu*, elles" +" seront archivées." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize.rst:3 +msgid "Optimize your Day-to-Day work" +msgstr "Optimiser votre travail quotidien" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:3 +msgid "How to motivate and reward my salespeople?" +msgstr "Comment motiver et récompenser mes vendeurs ?" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Challenging your employees to reach specific targets with goals and rewards " +"is an excellent way to reinforce good habits and improve your salespeople " +"productivity. The Gamification module gives you simple and creative ways to " +"motivate and evaluate your employees with real-time recognition and badges " +"inspired by game mechanics." +msgstr "" +"Encourager vos employés à atteindre des cibles précises avec des objectifs " +"et des récompenses est un excellent moyen de renforcer les bonnes habitudes " +"et d'améliorer la productivité de vos vendeurs. Le module Émulation d'Odoo " +"vous donne des moyens simples et créatifs pour motiver et évaluer vos " +"employés avec la reconnaissance en temps réel et des badges inspirés par " +"l'univers du jeu." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Install the *Gamification* module, or the *CRM gamification* one, which adds" +" some useful data (goals and challenges) that can be used on *CRM/Sale*." +msgstr "" +"Installez le module *Emulation*, ou *Emulation CRM*, qui ajoute des données " +"utiles (objectifs et défis) utilisables sur *CRM/Ventes*." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:21 +msgid "Create a challenge" +msgstr "Créez un défi" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Now, create your first challenge by going to :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Gamification Tools --> Challenges`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:27 +msgid "" +"As the gamification tool is a one-time technical setup, you need to activate" +" the technical features in order to access the configuration. To do so, go " +"to *Settings* and *Activate the developer mode*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:35 +msgid "" +"A challenge is a mission that you send to your sales team. It can include " +"one or several goals, set for a specific period of time. Configure your " +"challenge as follows:" +msgstr "" +"Un défi est une mission que vous envoyez à votre équipe commerciale. Il peut" +" inclure un ou plusieurs objectifs, fixés pour une période de temps " +"spécifique. Configurez votre défi comme suit :" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:38 +msgid "Assign the salespeople to be challenged;" +msgstr "Affecter les commerciaux à interpeller;" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:39 +msgid "Assign a responsible;" +msgstr "Affectez un responsable;" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:40 +msgid "Set up the periodicity along with the start and the end date;" +msgstr "Configurez la périodicité avec la date de début et de fin;" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:41 +msgid "Select your goals;" +msgstr "Sélectionnez vos objectifs;" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:42 +msgid "Set up your rewards (badges)." +msgstr "Configurez vos récompenses (badges)." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Badges are granted when a challenge is finished. This is either at the end " +"of a running period (eg: end of the month for a monthly challenge), at the " +"end date of a challenge (if no periodicity is set), or when the challenge is" +" manually closed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:49 +msgid "" +"In the example below, 2 employees are being challenged with a *Monthly Sales" +" Target*. The challenge is based on 2 goals: the total amount invoiced and " +"number of new leads generated. At the end of the month, the winner will be " +"granted with a badge." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:58 +msgid "Set up goals" +msgstr "Définissez des objectifs" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:60 +msgid "" +"The users can be evaluated using goals and numerical objectives to reach." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:62 +msgid "" +"**Goals** are assigned through *challenges* that evaluate (see image above) " +"and compare members of a team throughout time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:66 +msgid "" +"You can create a new goal on the fly from a *Challenge* by clicking on *Add " +"new item*, under *Goals*. Select the business object according to your " +"company's needs. Examples: number of new leads, time to qualify a lead, " +"total amount invoiced in a specific week, month or any other time frame " +"based on your management preferences, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Goals may include your database setup as well (e.g. set your company data " +"and a timezone, create new users, etc.)." +msgstr "" +"Les objectifs peuvent aussi inclure la configuration de votre base de " +"données (par ex. définir les données de votre entreprise et un fuseau " +"horaire, créer de nouveaux utilisateurs, etc.)." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:77 +msgid "Set up rewards" +msgstr "Configurez vos récompenses" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:79 +msgid "" +"For non-numerical achievements, **Badges** can be granted to users. From a " +"simple thank you to an exceptional achievement, a badge is an easy way to " +"express gratitude to a user for their good work. To create and grant badges " +"to your employees based on their performance, go to :menuselection:`Settings" +" --> Gamification Tools --> Badges`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:3 +msgid "Outlook Extension" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The **Odoo CRM Extension** is a connector that bridges your Outlook mailbox " +"with your Odoo database. This extension allows you to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:8 +msgid "Create leads from emails sent to your mailbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:9 +msgid "Centralize Prospects' emails into a CRM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:10 +msgid "Search and store insights on your contacts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:17 +msgid "" +"This extension is compatible with the Web version of Outlook as well as the " +"desktop apps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The Outlook Extension uses *Partner Autocomplete IAP credits* to search and " +"store insights on your contacts. See the :ref:`Pricing section " +"<outlook_extension/pricing>` below for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The Outlook Extension requires to be configured both in Odoo and in Outlook." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:34 +msgid "Enable the feature on your database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To enable this feature on your Odoo database, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> " +"Configuration --> Lead Generation`, enable **Outlook CRM Extension**, and " +"click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:42 +msgid "Install the add-in on Outlook" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:44 +msgid "" +"You can install the Outlook Extension as a **Custom Add-in**. To do so, " +"follow these steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:0 +msgid "URL of the **Odoo for Outlook** add-in's manifest file:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:0 +msgid "``https://download.odoo.com/plugins/outlook/manifest.xml``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:50 +msgid "Todo" +msgstr "À faire" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:50 +msgid "add copy button when the feature is added to the doc" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Connect to your Outlook mailbox, open any email, and click on the *More " +"actions* button, displayed as three little dots." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:59 +msgid "Click on *Get add-ins*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:65 +msgid "" +"In the new window, select the tab named *My add-ins*, click on *+ Add a " +"custom add-in*, and then on *Add from URL...*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Outlook prompts you to **enter the URL of the add-in's manifest file**. To " +"do so, copy the following URL, paste it in the box, and click on *OK*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Outlook warns you that Microsoft hasn’t verified the add-in. Click on " +"*Install* to complete the installation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:84 +msgid "" +"The *Odoo for Outlook* add-in is not listed yet on Outlook's add-ins list. " +"This is why it is currently necessary to install it as a *custom add-in*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:90 +msgid "Add a shortcut to open the extension" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:92 +msgid "" +"By default, you can open the **Odoo for Outlook** extension from the *More " +"actions* menu. This section explains how to move the launcher next to the " +"other default actions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:99 +msgid "" +"In your Outlook mailbox, click on *Settings*, then on *View all Outlook " +"settings*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Mail --> Customize actions --> Message " +"surface`, select *Odoo for Outlook*, and click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:109 +msgid "Connect to your database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Open **Odoo for Outlook** from any email. This opens the extension as a " +"panel on the right side of your screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:113 +msgid "Click on *login* at the bottom of the extension." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:114 +msgid "Insert your database's URL then click on *Login*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:120 +msgid "" +"Log into your database by entering your credentials. Skip this step if you " +"are already logged in with this browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:122 +msgid "" +"A message asks you if you want to let Outlook access your Odoo database. " +"Click on *Allow* to complete the connection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Make sure first to :ref:`enable the feature on your database " +"<outlook_extension/enable-feature>`. Failing to do so would result in an " +"*error 404 message*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:130 +msgid "" +"The extension displays some information, even if you do not connect it to " +"any Odoo database. Note that only a limited amount of contact enrichment " +"requests are available as a trial, as this feature requires prepaid credits." +" See the :ref:`Pricing section <outlook_extension/pricing>` below for more " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:140 +msgid "" +"The extension is **free** and doesn't require any purchase to be installed " +"and used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:142 +msgid "" +"However, this extension provides you with *Lead Enrichment* in the **Company" +" Insights** section. This service is part of a paid service known as **Lead " +"Generation**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:145 +msgid "" +"The extension allows you to test this service for free, whether you connect " +"the extension to a database or not. After a while, the extension asks you to" +" buy credits to keep using this additional service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:155 +msgid "" +"You can buy more *Lead Generation* credits to keep using this service or " +"disregard this message and keep using the extension for free without *Lead " +"Enrichment*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:159 +msgid "In-App Purchase" +msgstr "Achats in-App" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:162 +msgid "" +"*Lead Generation* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service, which requires " +"prepaid credits to be used. Each request consumes one credit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To buy credits, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Contacts --> Partner " +"Autocomplete or Odoo IAP --> View My Services` and select a package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:167 +msgid "" +"If you run out of credits, the only information populated when clicking on " +"the suggested company is the website link and logo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Learn about our *Privacy Policy* `here " +"<https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#header_2>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:174 +msgid ":doc:`../../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:175 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Lead Enrichment <https://www.odoo.com/r/p73>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:3 +msgid "Enrich your contacts base with Partner Autocomplete" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Parter Autocomplete helps you to enrich your contacts database with " +"corporate data. Select one of the companies suggested in the dropdown, and " +"quickly get all the information you need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Contacts` and activate the *Partner " +"Autocomplete* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:18 +msgid "Enrich your contacts with corporate data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:22 +msgid "" +"From any module, once you start to create a new contact typing the name of " +"it, the system will suggest a potential match. If you select it, the contact" +" will be populated with corporate data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:23 +msgid "" +"For example, after typing *Odoo*, you will get the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Partner Autocomplete also works if you enter a VAT number instead of a " +"company name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:39 +msgid "" +"*Partner Autocomplete* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service, which requires" +" prepaid credits to be used. Each request will consume one credit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:44 +msgid "" +"If you run out of credits, the only information that will be populated when " +"clicking on the suggested company will be the website link and the logo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:46 +msgid "" +"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and you have the Enterprise version, you " +"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance.rst:3 +msgid "Analyze performance" +msgstr "Analyser la performance" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:3 +msgid "Check your Win/Loss Ratio" +msgstr "Contrôler votre ratio Gagné/Perdu" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To see how well you are doing with your pipeline, take a look at the " +"Win/Loss ratio." +msgstr "" +"Pour voir comment vous vous en sortez avec votre pipeline, regardez le ratio" +" Gagné/Perdu." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To access this report, go to your *Pipeline* view under the *Reporting* tab." +msgstr "" +"Pour accéder à ce rapport, allez dans votre vue *Pipeline*, dans l'onglet " +"*Analyse*." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:11 +msgid "" +"From there you can filter to which opportunities you wish to see, yours, the" +" ones from your sales channel, your whole company, etc. You can then click " +"on filter and check Won/Lost." +msgstr "" +"À ce niveau, vous pouvez filtrer quelles opportunités vous souhaitez voir : " +"les vôtres, celles de votre équipe commerciale, de toute votre entreprise, " +"etc. Vous pouvez alors cliquer sur filtrer et voir le ratio Gagné/perdu." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:18 +msgid "You can also change the *Measures* to *Total Revenue*." +msgstr "Vous pouvez également changer la *Mesure* pour *Revenu espéré*." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:23 +msgid "You also have the ability to switch to a pie chart view." +msgstr "Vous pouvez également basculer sur la vue diagramme." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline.rst:3 +msgid "Organize the pipeline" +msgstr "Organiser le pipeline" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:3 +msgid "Manage lost opportunities" +msgstr "Gérer les opportunités perdues" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:5 +msgid "" +"While working with your opportunities, you might lose some of them. You will" +" want to keep track of the reasons you lost them and also which ways Odoo " +"can help you recover them in the future." +msgstr "" +"Quand vous travaillez sur vos opportunités, vous pourriez en perdre quelques" +" unes. Vous voudrez sans doute garder la trace de la raison de ces échecs et" +" aussi comment Odoo pourrait vous aider à les reconquérir plus tard." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:10 +msgid "Mark a lead as lost" +msgstr "Marquer une pise comme perdue" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:12 +msgid "" +"While in your pipeline, select any opportunity you want and you will see a " +"*Mark Lost* button." +msgstr "" +"Dans votre pipeline, sélectionnez l'opportunité désirée et vous verrez un " +"bouton *Marquer comme perdu*." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:15 +msgid "" +"You can then select an existing *Lost Reason* or create a new one right " +"there." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez sélectionner un *Motif de la perte* ou en créer un nouveau ici." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:22 +msgid "Manage & create lost reasons" +msgstr "Gérer & créer des motifs de perte" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You will find your *Lost Reasons* under :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Lost Reasons`." +msgstr "" +"Vous trouverez vos *Motifs de la perte* dans le menu " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Motifs de la perte`." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:26 +msgid "" +"You can select & rename any of them as well as create a new one from there." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez sélectionner & renommer n'importe lequel ou en créer un nouveau " +"à cet endroit." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:30 +msgid "Retrieve lost opportunities" +msgstr "Récupérer les opportunités perdues" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To retrieve lost opportunities and do actions on them (send an email, make a" +" feedback call, etc.), select the *Lost* filter in the search bar." +msgstr "" +"Pour récupérer les opportunités perdues et agir sur elles (envoyer un mail, " +"rappeler pour un bilan, etc.) choisissez le filtre *Perdu* dans la barre de " +"recherche." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:39 +msgid "You will then see all your lost opportunities." +msgstr "Vous verrez alors toutes vos opportunités perdues." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:41 +msgid "" +"If you want to refine them further, you can add a filter on the *Lost " +"Reason*." +msgstr "" +"Si vous voulez affiner plus avant, vous pouvez ajouter un filtre *Motif de " +"la perte*." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:44 +msgid "For Example, *Too Expensive*." +msgstr "Par exemple, *Trop cher*." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:50 +msgid "Restore lost opportunities" +msgstr "Restaurer les opportunités perdues" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:52 +msgid "" +"From the Kanban view with the filter(s) in place, you can select any " +"opportunity you wish and work on it as usual. You can also restore it by " +"clicking on *Archived*." +msgstr "" +"Dans la vue Kanban, avec le(s) filtre(s) activés, vous pouvez sélectionner " +"n'importe quelle opportunité, pour la traiter comme d'habitude. Vous pouvez " +"aussi la restaurer en cliquant sur *Restaurer*." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:59 +msgid "" +"You can also restore items in batch from the Kanban view when they belong to" +" the same stage. Select *Restore Records* in the column options. You can " +"also archive the same way." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez aussi restaurer les éléments par lot dans la vue Kanban, quand " +"ils appartiennent à la même étape. Sélectionnez *Désarchiver* dans les " +"options de la colonne. Vous pouvez également les archiver de la même " +"manière." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:66 +msgid "To select specific opportunities, you should switch to the list view." +msgstr "" +"Pour sélectionner certaines opportunités, vous devriez passer en vue liste." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Then you can select as many or all opportunities and select the actions you " +"want to take." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez alors sélectionner autant d'opportunités que désiré, ou toutes, " +"et choisir les actions à entreprendre." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:78 +msgid ":doc:`../performance/win_loss`" +msgstr ":doc:`../performance/win_loss`" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:3 +msgid "Manage multiple sales teams" +msgstr "Gérer plusieurs équipes commerciales" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, you can manage several sales teams, departments or channels with " +"specific sales processes. To do so, we use the concept of *Sales Channel*." +msgstr "" +"Dans 0doo, vous pouvez gérer plusieurs équipes commerciales, départements ou" +" canaux avec des processus de vente spécifiques. Pour cela, nous utilisons " +"le concept d' *Équipe Commerciale*." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:10 +msgid "Create a new sales channel" +msgstr "Créer une nouvelle équipe commerciale" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To create a new *Sales Channel*, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Sales Channels`." +msgstr "" +"Pour créer une nouvelle *Équipe Commerciale*, allez dans " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Équipes Commerciales`." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:14 +msgid "" +"There you can set an email alias to it. Every message sent to that email " +"address will create a lead/opportunity." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez ici définir un alias mail pour cette équipe. Chaque message " +"envoyé à cette adresse mail créera une piste/opportunité." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:21 +msgid "Add members to your sales channel" +msgstr "Ajouter des membres à votre équipe commerciale" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You can add members to any channel; that way those members will see the " +"pipeline structure of the sales channel when opening it. Any " +"lead/opportunity assigned to them will link to the sales channel. Therefore," +" you can only be a member of one channel." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez ajouter des membres à n'importe quelle équipe ; de cette manière" +" ces membres verront la structure du pipeline de l'équipe commerciale en " +"l'ouvrant. Toute piste/opportunité qui leur aura été assignée sera " +"rattachée à l'équipe commerciale. Par conséquent, on ne peut être membre que" +" d'une seule équipe commerciale." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:28 +msgid "This will ease the process review of the team manager." +msgstr "Ceci facilitera le processus de supervision par le chef d'équipe." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you now filter on this specific channel in your pipeline, you will find " +"all of its opportunities." +msgstr "" +"Si vous filtrez maintenant sur cette équipe dans votre pipeline, vous verrez" +" toutes ses opportunités." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:40 +msgid "Sales channel dashboard" +msgstr "Le tableau de bord de l'équipe commerciale" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To see the operations and results of any sales channel at a glance, the " +"sales manager also has access to the *Sales Channel Dashboard* under " +"*Reporting*." +msgstr "" +"Pour voir les opérations et les résultats de n'importe quelle équipe " +"commerciale d'un coup d’œil, le directeur commercial a également accès au " +"*Tableau de bord de l'Équipe Commerciale*, sous le menu *Rapports*." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:46 +msgid "" +"It is shared with the whole ecosystem so every revenue stream is included in" +" it: Sales, eCommerce, PoS, etc." +msgstr "" +"Il est partagé avec tout son environnement, ainsi toute source de revenu en " +"fait partie : Les ventes, l'e-commerce, les points de vente, etc." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads.rst:3 +msgid "Assign and track leads" +msgstr "Assigner et suivre des pistes" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:3 +msgid "Assign leads based on scoring" +msgstr "Assigner des pistes d'après leur score" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With *Leads Scoring* you can automatically rank your leads based on selected" +" criterias." +msgstr "" +"Avec la *Notation des Pistes* vous pouvez classer vos pistes automatiquement" +" en fonction des critères sélectionnés." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:8 +msgid "" +"For example you could score customers from your country higher or the ones " +"that visited specific pages on your website." +msgstr "" +"Par exemple, vous pourriez mieux noter les visiteurs issus de votre pays ou " +"ceux qui ont visité des pages précises de votre site web." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To use scoring, install the free module *Lead Scoring* under your *Apps* " +"page (only available in Odoo Enterprise)." +msgstr "" +"Pour utiliser le classement, installez le module gratuit *Classement des " +"Pistes* depuis la page *Apps* (accessible uniquement dans la version Odoo " +"Entreprise)." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:21 +msgid "Create scoring rules" +msgstr "Créer des règles de notation" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You now have a new tab in your *CRM* app called *Leads Management* where you" +" can manage your scoring rules." +msgstr "" +"Vous avez maintenant un nouvel onglet *Gestion des Pistes* dans votre " +"application *CRM* où vous pouvez gérer vos règles de notation." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Here's an example for a Canadian lead, you can modify for whatever criteria " +"you wish to score your leads on. You can add as many criterias as you wish." +msgstr "" +"Voici un exemple pour une piste canadienne, vous pouvez modifier tous les " +"critères servant à noter vos pistes. Vous pouvez ajouter autant de critères " +"que vous souhaitez." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Every hour every lead without a score will be automatically scanned and " +"assigned their right score according to your scoring rules." +msgstr "" +"Toutes les heures, les pistes n'ayant pas de score seront automatiquement " +"examinées et recevront la note qui correspond à vos règles de notation." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:40 +msgid "Assign leads" +msgstr "Assigner des pistes" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Once the scores computed, leads can be assigned to specific teams using the " +"same domain mechanism. To do so go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Leads " +"Management --> Team Assignation` and apply a specific domain on each team. " +"This domain can include scores." +msgstr "" +"Une fois les notes calculées, les pistes peuvent être assignées à une équipe" +" particulière en utilisant le même mécanisme de domaine. Pour ce faire, " +"allez dans :menuselection:`CRM --> Gestion des Pistes --> Attibution aux " +"Équipes` et appliquer un domaine spécifique à chacun. Ce domaine peut " +"inclure des notes." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Further on, you can assign to a specific vendor in the team with an even " +"more refined domain." +msgstr "" +"Mieux encore, vous pouvez assigner une piste à un membre de l'équipe en " +"particulier avec un domaine encore plus précis." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:52 +msgid "" +"To do so go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Leads Management --> Leads " +"Assignation`." +msgstr "" +"Pour cela, allez dans :menuselection:`CRM --> Gestion des Pistes --> " +"Assignation des pistes`." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:58 +msgid "" +"The team & leads assignation will assign the unassigned leads once a day." +msgstr "" +"L'assignation des équipes & pistes affectera les pistes non assignées une " +"fois par jour." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:62 +msgid "Evaluate & use the unassigned leads" +msgstr "Évaluer et utiliser les pistes non assignées" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Once your scoring rules are in place you will most likely still have some " +"unassigned leads. Some of them could still lead to an opportunity so it is " +"useful to do something with them." +msgstr "" +"Une fois vos règles de notation établies vous aurez certainement encore des " +"pistes non assignées. Certaines d'entre elles pourraient encore se " +"transformer en opportunité aussi il et utile d'en faire quelque chose." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:68 +msgid "" +"In your leads page you can place a filter to find your unassigned leads." +msgstr "" +"Dans la page des pistes, vous pouvez activer un filtre pour trouver toutes " +"vos pistes non-assignées." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Why not using :menuselection:`Email Marketing` or :menuselection:`Marketing " +"Automation` apps to send a mass email to them? You can also easily find such" +" unassigned leads from there." +msgstr "" +"Pourquoi ne pas utiliser les applications :menuselection:`Marketing Email` " +"ou :menuselection:`Automatisation Marketing` pour leur envoyer un " +"publipostage ? De la même manière, vous pouvez également trouver des pistes " +"non assignées à partir de cet endroit." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:3 +msgid "Track your prospects visits" +msgstr "Suivre les visites de vos prospects" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Tracking your website pages will give you much more information about the " +"interests of your website visitors." +msgstr "" +"Suivre les visites des pages de votre site web vous donnera beaucoup plus " +"d'information sur les centres d'intérêt de vos visiteurs." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Every tracked page they visit will be recorded on your lead/opportunity if " +"they use the contact form on your website." +msgstr "" +"Toutes les pages suivies qu'ils visitent seront enregistrées dans votre " +"piste/opportunité s'ils utilisent le formulaire de contact de votre site " +"web." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To use this feature, install the free module *Lead Scoring* under your " +"*Apps* page (only available in Odoo Enterprise)." +msgstr "" +"Pour utiliser cette fonctionnalité, installez le module gratuit *Notation " +"des Pistes* depuis la page *Apps* (accessible uniquement dans la version " +"Odoo Entreprise)." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:21 +msgid "Track a webpage" +msgstr "Suivre une page web" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Go to any static page you want to track on your website and under the " +"*Promote* tab you will find *Optimize SEO*" +msgstr "" +"Rendez-vous sur n'importe quelle page statique que vous voulez suivre sur " +"votre site web. Vous trouverez un bouton *Optimisez le SEO* dans l'onglet " +"*Mettre en avant*" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:29 +msgid "There you will see a *Track Page* checkbox to track this page." +msgstr "Là vous trouverez une case à cocher *Suivre la Page*." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:35 +msgid "See visited pages in your leads/opportunities" +msgstr "Voir les pages visitées dans vos pistes/opportunités" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Now each time a lead is created from the contact form it will keep track of " +"the pages visited by that visitor. You have two ways to see those pages, on " +"the top right corner of your lead/opportunity you can see a *Page Views* " +"button but also further down you will see them in the chatter." +msgstr "" +"À présent, chaque fois qu'une piste est crée depuis le formulaire de " +"contact, elle gardera la trace des pages consultées par ce visiteur. Il y a " +"deux manières de voir ces pages, dans le coin supérieur droit de votre " +"piste/opportunité, vous trouverez un bouton *Pages Visitées* mais vous " +"pouvez également le voir plus bas dans le chatter." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Both will update if the viewers comes back to your website and visits more " +"pages." +msgstr "" +"Tous les deux seront mis à jour si le visiteur revient sur votre site pour " +"consulter d'autres pages." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:52 +msgid "" +"The feature will not repeat multiple viewings of the same pages in the " +"chatter." +msgstr "" +"Cette fonctionnalité ne reprendra pas les visites multiples d'une même page " +"dans le chatter." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:55 +msgid "Your customers will no longer be able to keep any secrets from you!" +msgstr "Vos clients ne pourront plus vous cacher quoi que ce soit !" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:4 +msgid "Point of Sale" +msgstr "Point de Vente" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features.rst:3 +msgid "Pricing Features" +msgstr "Fonctionnalités de Tarification" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:3 +msgid "Using discount tags with a barcode scanner" +msgstr "Utilisez des étiquettes de remise avec un lecteur de codes-barres" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:5 +msgid "" +"If you want to sell your products with a discount, for a product getting " +"close to its expiration date for example, you can use discount tags. They " +"allow you to scan discount barcodes." +msgstr "" +"Si vous souhaitez vendre vos produits avec un rabais, par exemple pour un " +"produit se rapprochant de sa date d'expiration, vous pouvez utiliser des " +"étiquettes de remise. Ils vous permettent de scanner des codes-barres à prix" +" réduit." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:10 +msgid "To use discount tags you will need to use a barcode scanner." +msgstr "" +"Pour utiliser les étiquettes de remises vous devez utiliser un lecteur de " +"codes-barres." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:13 +msgid "Barcode Nomenclature" +msgstr "Nomenclature de code-barres" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:15 +msgid "To use discounts tags, we need to learn about barcode nomenclature." +msgstr "" +"Pour utiliser les étiquettes de remises, il faut connaître la nomenclature " +"des codes-barres." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Let's say you want to have a discount for the product with the following " +"barcode:" +msgstr "" +"Supposons que vous souhaitiez bénéficier d'une remise sur le produit avec le" +" code-barres suivant :" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You can find the *Default Nomenclature* under the settings of your PoS " +"interface." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez trouver la *Nomenclature par défaut* dans les paramètres de " +"votre interface PdV." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Let's say you want 50% discount on a product you have to start your barcode " +"with 22 (for the discount barcode nomenclature) and then 50 (for the %) " +"before adding the product barcode. In our example, the barcode would be:" +msgstr "" +"Disons que vous voulez 50 % de remise sur un produit, vous devez commencer " +"votre code-barres par 22 (pour la nomenclature du code-barres de réduction) " +"puis 50 (pour le %) avant d'ajouter le code-barres du produit. Dans notre " +"exemple, le code-barres serait :" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:41 +msgid "Scan the products & tags" +msgstr "Scannez les produits et tags" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:43 +msgid "You first have to scan the desired product (in our case, a lemon)." +msgstr "" +"Vous devez d'abord scanner le produit désiré (dans notre cas, un citron)." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:48 +msgid "" +"And then scan the discount tag. The discount will be applied and you can " +"finish the transaction." +msgstr "" +"Ensuite scannez l'étiquette de remise. La réduction sera appliquée et vous " +"pourrez terminer la transaction." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:3 +msgid "Apply Discounts" +msgstr "Appliquer des remises" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"By offering discounts, you can entice your customers and drastically " +"increase your revenue. It is vital to offer discounts, whether they are " +"time-limited, seasonal or manually given." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:9 +msgid "" +"To manage discounts, Odoo has powerful features that help set up a pricing " +"strategy tailored to every business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:13 +msgid "Apply manual discounts" +msgstr "Appliquez des remises manuelles" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:15 +msgid "" +"If you seldom use discounts, applying manual ones might be the easiest " +"solution for your Point of Sale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:18 +msgid "" +"You can either apply a discount on the whole order or on specific products " +"inside an order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:22 +msgid "Apply a discount on a product" +msgstr "Appliquez une remise sur un produit" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:24 +msgid "From your PoS session interface, use the *Disc* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Then, you can input a discount over the product that is currently selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:34 +msgid "Apply a global discount" +msgstr "Appliquez une remise globale" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To apply a discount on the whole order, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales" +" --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and select your PoS." +msgstr "" +"Pour appliquer une remise sur l'ensemble de la commande, rendez-vous sur " +":menuselection:`Point de Vente --> Configuration --> Point de Vente` et " +"sélectionnez votre PdV." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Once on your PoS form, select *Global Discounts*, under the *Pricing* " +"category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:45 +msgid "Now, you have a new *Discount* button appearing on your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:51 +msgid "Click on it and enter the wanted discount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:58 +msgid "" +"On this example, there is a global discount of 50% as well as a specific 50%" +" discount on oranges." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:62 +msgid "Apply time-limited discounts" +msgstr "Appliquez des remises limitées dans le temps" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To activate time-limited discounts, you must activate the *Pricelists* " +"feature. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Configuration " +"--> Point of Sale` and open your PoS. Then, enable the pricelist feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Once activated, you must choose the pricelists you want to make available in" +" the PoS and define a default one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:77 +msgid "Create a pricelist" +msgstr "Créez une liste de prix" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:79 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo has a *Public Pricelist* configured. To create more, go to " +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Products --> Pricelists`. Then click on " +"create." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:83 +msgid "" +"When creating a pricelist, you can set several criteria to use a specific " +"price: period, min. quantity, etc. You can also decide to apply that " +"pricelist on specific products or on the whole range." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:92 +msgid "Using a pricelist with the PoS interface" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:94 +msgid "" +"On the PoS interface, a new button appears. Use it to select a pricelist." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Click on it to instantly update the prices with the selected pricelist. " +"Then, you can finalize the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:3 +msgid "Manage a loyalty program" +msgstr "Gérez un programme de fidélité" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Encourage your customers to continue to shop at your point of sale with a " +"*Loyalty Program*." +msgstr "" +"Encouragez vos clients à continuer à faire leurs achats dans votre Point de " +"Vente avec un *programme de fidélité*." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To activate the *Loyalty Program* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " +"Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface. " +"Under the Pricing features, select *Loyalty Program*" +msgstr "" +"Pour activer la fonction *Programme de fidélité*, allez à " +":menuselection:`Point de Vente --> Configuration --> Point de Vente` et " +"sélectionnez votre interface PdV. Sous les fonctionnalités de Tarification " +"sélectionnez *Programme de fidélité*" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:19 +msgid "From there you can create and edit your loyalty programs." +msgstr "De là, vous pouvez créer et éditer vos programmes de fidélité." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You can decide what type of program you wish to use, if the reward is a " +"discount or a gift, make it specific to some products or cover your whole " +"range. Apply rules so that it is only valid in specific situation and " +"everything in between." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez décider du type de programme que vous souhaitez utiliser, si la " +"récompense est un rabais ou un cadeau, le rendre spécifique à certains " +"produits ou couvrir toute votre gamme. Appliquez des règles pour qu'elles ne" +" soient valides que dans une situation spécifique et tout ce qui se trouve " +"entre les deux." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:30 +msgid "Use the loyalty program in your PoS interface" +msgstr "Utilisez le programme de fidélité dans votre interface PdV" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:32 +msgid "" +"When a customer is set, you will now see the points they will get for the " +"transaction and they will accumulate until they are spent. They are spent " +"using the button *Rewards* when they have enough points according to the " +"rules defined in the loyalty program." +msgstr "" +"Lorsqu'un client est défini, vous verrez désormais les points qu'il " +"obtiendra pour la transaction et ils s'accumuleront jusqu'à ce qu'ils soient" +" dépensés. Ils sont dépensés en utilisant le bouton *Récompenses* quand ils " +"ont assez de points selon les règles définies dans le programme de fidélité." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:40 +msgid "" +"You can see the price is instantly updated to reflect the pricelist. You can" +" finalize the order in your usual way." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez voir que le prix est instantanément mis à jour pour refléter la " +"liste de prix. Vous pouvez finaliser la commande de votre manière " +"habituelle." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:44 +msgid "" +"If you select a customer with a default pricelist, it will be applied. You " +"can of course change it." +msgstr "" +"Si vous sélectionnez un client avec une liste de prix par défaut, il sera " +"appliqué. Vous pouvez bien sûr en changer." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:3 +msgid "Using Pricelists in Point of Sale" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You probably know the concept of happy hour: during a certain period of " +"time, the barman gives a discount on some drinks (usually 50% off or a buy " +"one get one free). When the period is over, prices go back to normal. But " +"how does that relate with Odoo?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:10 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, you can set up happy hours. It’s one of the many possible uses of " +"*Pricelists*. Those *Pricelists* allow the creation of multiple prices for " +"the same product: a regular one and a special one for happy hours. Available" +" in the *PoS* app, those are really convenient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:17 +msgid "Set up Pricelists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To set up a *Pricelist*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Configuration` and enable the *Pricelist* feature. Then, " +"go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and" +" enable *Pricelist* for the *PoS*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Now, you can create *Pricelists* by clicking on the *Pricelists* link. Then," +" set it up by choosing the product category you want to include in your " +"happy hour and the discount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Go back to your *PoS* settings and add the Happy Hour pricelist to the list." +" You can even choose a default pricelist if needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:39 +msgid "" +"From now on, on the *PoS* interface, a new button is available, allowing you" +" to choose among the different *pricelists* you added before." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:46 +msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm.rst:3 +msgid "Fiscal Data Modules" +msgstr "Modules de Données fiscales" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Setting up the Fiscal Data Module with the Odoo POS" +msgstr "Mise en place du module de données fiscales avec le PdV Odoo" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:170 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "Introduction" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The Belgian government requires certain businesses to use a government-" +"certified device called a **Fiscal Data Module** (also known as a " +"**blackbox**). This device works together with the POS application and logs " +"certain transactions. On top of that, the used POS application must also be " +"certified by the government and must adhere to strict standards specified by" +" them. `Odoo 9 (Enterprise Edition) is a certified application " +"<http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/systemes-certifies>`_. More " +"information concerning the Fiscal Data Module can be found on `the official " +"website <http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/>`_." +msgstr "" +"Le gouvernement belge exige que certaines entreprises utilisent un appareil " +"certifié par le gouvernement appelé **Module de données fiscales** " +"(également connu sous le nom de **boîte noire**). Cet appareil fonctionne " +"avec l'application PdV et enregistre certaines transactions. En plus, " +"l'application PdV utilisée doit également être certifiée par le gouvernement" +" et doit respecter les normes strictes prévues par celui-ci. `Odoo 9 " +"(Enterprise Edition) est une application certifiée " +"<http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/systemes-certifies>` _. Vous " +"trouverez de plus amples informations sur le module de données fiscales sur " +"le `site officiel <http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/>`_." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:20 +msgid "Required hardware" +msgstr "Matériel requis" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:22 +msgid "" +"A government certified `Fiscal Data Module " +"<http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/systemes-" +"certifies#FDM%20certifiés>`_ per POS, all of them should work, but the " +"Cleancash SC-B is recommended, you will also need:" +msgstr "" +"Un `Module de données fiscales certifié par le gouvernement par PdV " +"<http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/systemes-" +"certifies#FDM%20certifiés>`_ . Ils devraient tous fonctionner, mais nous " +"recommandons le Cleancash SC-B. Vous aurez également besoin de :" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Serial null modem cable per FDM (`example <http://www.startech.com/Cables" +"/Serial-Parallel-PS-2/DB9-DB25/10-ft-Cross-Wired-Serial-Null-Modem-Cable-" +"DB9-FM~SCNM9FM>`__)" +msgstr "" +"Câble serial null modem par FDM (`exemple <http://www.startech.com/Cables" +"/Serial-Parallel-PS-2/DB9-DB25/10-ft-Cross-Wired-Serial-Null-Modem-Cable-" +"DB9-FM~SCNM9FM>`__)" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Serial-to-USB adapter per FDM (`example " +"<http://trendnet.com/products/proddetail.asp?prod=265_TU-S9>`__)" +msgstr "" +"Adaptateur série vers USB par FDM (`exemple " +"<http://trendnet.com/products/proddetail.asp?prod=265_TU-S9>`__)" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:32 +msgid "A registered IoT Box per POS configuration" +msgstr "Une IoT Box enregistrée par configuration PdV" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:35 +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "Configuration" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:38 +msgid "IoT Box" +msgstr "IoT Box" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In order to use a Fiscal Data Module, you will need a registered IoT Box. " +"These IoT Boxes are similar to the regular IoT Boxes we sell, but they are " +"registered with the Belgian government. This is required by law. Attempting " +"to use a Fiscal Data Module on a non-registered IoT Box will not work. You " +"can verify that the Fiscal Data Module is recognized by the IoT Box by going" +" to the *Hardware status page* via the IoT Box homepage." +msgstr "" +"Afin d'utiliser un module de données fiscales, vous aurez besoin d'une IoT " +"Box enregistrée. Ces IoT Box sont similaires aux IoT Box que nous vendons, " +"mais elles sont enregistrées auprès du gouvernement belge. Ceci est requis " +"par la loi. Tenter d'utiliser un module de données fiscales sur une IoT Box " +"non enregistrée ne fonctionnera pas. Vous pouvez vérifier que le module de " +"données fiscales est reconnu par la IoT Box en allant sur la *page d'état du" +" matériel * via la page d'accueil de l'IoT Box." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:52 +msgid "Odoo" +msgstr "Odoo" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:54 +msgid "" +"An Odoo POS app can be given certified POS capabilities by installing the " +"**Belgian Registered Cash Register** app (technical name: " +"``pos_blackbox_be``). Because of government restrictions imposed on us, this" +" installation cannot be undone. After this, you will have to ensure that " +"each POS configuration has a unique registered IoT Box associated with it " +"(:menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and " +"ensure Hardware Proxy / IoT Box and the serial number of your IoT Box is " +"set). The first time you open the Point of Sale and attempt to do a " +"transaction, you will be asked to input the PIN that you received with your " +"VAT signing card." +msgstr "" +"Une application PdV Odoo peut être reconnue en tant que point de vente " +"certifié par l'installation de l'application belge **Module d'enregistrement" +" du système de caisse enregistreuse (SCE)** (nom technique: " +"``pos_blackbox_be``). En raison des restrictions imposées par le " +"gouvernement, cette installation ne peut pas être annulée. Vous devrez " +"ensuite vous assurer que chaque configuration PdV est liée à une unique IoT " +"Box enregistrée (:menuselection:`Point de Vente -> Configuration -> Point de" +" Vente` et vérifier que le proxy matériel / IoT Box ainsi que le numéro de " +"série de votre IoT Box ont été définis). Avant de pouvoir effectuer votre " +"première transaction, vous devez saisir le code PIN reçu avec votre carte de" +" signature TVA." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:69 +msgid "Certification & On-premise" +msgstr "Certification et On-premise" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The certification granted by the government is restricted to the use on " +"odoo.com SaaS instance. The usage of the module from the source or a " +"modified version will **not** be certified. For on-premise users, we also " +"support the Fiscal Data Module in such installations. The main restriction " +"is that this requires an obfuscated version of the ``pos_blackbox_be`` " +"module we will provide on request for Enterprise customers." +msgstr "" +"La certification accordée par le gouvernement est limitée à l'utilisation " +"sur l'instance SaaS d'odoo.com. L'utilisation du module à partir de la " +"source ou d'une version modifiée **ne sera pas** certifiée. Nous prenons " +"également en charge l'utilisation d'un module fiscale pour les clients sur " +"site. Cependant, une version figée du module peut être fournie sur demande " +"pour les clients Enterprise." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:79 +msgid "Restrictions" +msgstr "Restrictions" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:81 +msgid "" +"As mentioned before, in order to get certified the POS application must " +"adhere to strict government guidelines. Because of this, a certified Odoo " +"POS has some limitations not present in the non-certified Odoo POS." +msgstr "" +"Comme mentionné précédemment, afin d'obtenir la certification, la demande " +"PdV doit adhérer à des directives gouvernementales strictes. Pour cette " +"raison, un PdV Odoo certifié présente certaines limitations qui ne sont pas " +"présentes dans les PdV Odoo non certifiés." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:86 +msgid "Refunding is disabled" +msgstr "Le remboursement est désactivé" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:87 +msgid "Modifying orderline prices" +msgstr "Modification des prix des lignes de commande" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:88 +msgid "Creating/modifying/deleting POS orders" +msgstr "Créer / modifier / supprimer des commandes PdV" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:89 +msgid "Selling products without a valid tax" +msgstr "Vendre des produits sans taxe valide" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:90 +msgid "Multiple Odoo POS configurations per IoT Box are not allowed" +msgstr "" +"Les configurations multiples d'un PdV Odoo par IoT Box ne sont pas " +"autorisées" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:91 +msgid "Using the POS without a connection to the IoT Box (and thus FDM)" +msgstr "Utilisation du PdV sans connexion à l'IoT Box (et donc FDM)" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:92 +msgid "Blacklisted modules: pos_discount, pos_reprint, pos_loyalty" +msgstr "Modules blacklistés: pos_discount, pos_reprint, pos_loyalty" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Vue d'ensemble" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:3 +msgid "Getting started" +msgstr "Commencer" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When working with a Point of Sale application, employees want a simple, and " +"user-friendly solution. A solution that works online or offline and with any" +" device." +msgstr "" +"Lorsqu'ils travaillent avec une application de point de vente, les employés " +"veulent une solution simple et conviviale. Une solution qui fonctionne en " +"ligne ou hors ligne et avec n'importe quel appareil." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:9 +msgid "" +"A Point of Sale system is a fully integrated application that allows any " +"transaction, automatically registers product moves in your stock, and gives " +"you real-time statistics and consolidations across all shops." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:17 +msgid "Make products available in the PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To make products available for sale, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale -->" +" Products --> Products` and open a product. In the *Sales* tab, enable " +"*Available in Point of Sale*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:28 +msgid "You can also define if the product has to be weighted or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:31 +msgid "Configure your payment methods" +msgstr "Configurez vos modes de paiement" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:33 +msgid "" +"To add a payment method, you first need to create it. Go to " +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment Methods` and " +"click on create. Then, you can name your payment method and set it up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:43 +msgid "Don’t forget your credentials for methods using a payment terminal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Now, you can select the payment method in your PoS settings. To do so, go to" +" :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and open" +" the PoS in which you want to include the payment method. Then, add the " +"payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:55 +msgid "" +"*Configuration* is the menu where you can edit all your point of sale " +"settings. Some more features are available for restaurants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:59 +msgid "Your first PoS session" +msgstr "Your first PoS session" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:62 +msgid "Your first order" +msgstr "Votre première commande" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:64 +msgid "Open a new session from the dashboard by clicking on *New Session*." +msgstr "" +"Ouvrez une nouvelle session depuis le tableau de bord en cliquant sur " +"Nouvelle session." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:70 +msgid "After the loading screen, you arrive on the PoS interface." +msgstr "Après l'écran de chargement, vous arrivez sur l'interface PoS." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Once an order is completed, you can register the payment. All the available " +"payment methods appear on the left of the screen. Select the payment method " +"and enter the received amount. Then, you can validate the payment." +msgstr "" +"Une fois qu'une commande est terminée, vous pouvez enregistrer le paiement. " +"Toutes les méthodes de paiement disponibles apparaissent sur la gauche de " +"l'écran. Sélectionnez la méthode de paiement et entrez le montant reçu. Vous" +" pouvez ensuite valider le paiement." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:82 +msgid "Return and refund products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Having a well-thought-out return policy is key to keep customers satisfied " +"and make the process of accepting returns and refunds easy for you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:87 +msgid "" +"To do that, from the PoS interface, select the product and quantity (with " +"the +/- button) that the customer wants to return. For multiple products, " +"repeat the process individually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:94 +msgid "" +"When on the payment interface, the total is negative. To end the refund, " +"process the payment and validate it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:102 +msgid "Close the PoS session" +msgstr "Fermer la session PdV" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To close your session at the end of the day, click on the close button on " +"the upper right corner of your screen and confirm. Now, close the session on" +" the dashboard view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:112 +msgid "" +"It’s strongly advised to close your PoS session at the end of each day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Once a session is closed, you can see a summary of all transactions per " +"payment method. Then, click on a line to see all orders that were paid " +"during your PoS session. If everything is correct, validate the session and " +"post the closing entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:123 +msgid "" +"To connect the PoS hardware with an Odoo IoT Box, please refer to these " +"docs: :doc:`Connect an IoT Box to your database " +"</applications/productivity/iot/config/connect>` and :doc:`Use the IoT Box " +"for the PoS </applications/productivity/iot/config/pos>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:129 +msgid "View your statistics" +msgstr "Visualisez vos statistiques" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Keeping track of your sales is essential to get meaningful statistics. " +"That’s why Odoo provides analyzes about your sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:134 +msgid "" +"To access your statistics, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> " +"Reporting --> Orders`. There, you can see various statistics in graph or " +"pivot form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:142 +msgid "You can also access them through the dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:3 +msgid "Register customers" +msgstr "Enregistrer des clients" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Registering your customers will give you the ability to grant them various " +"privileges such as discounts, loyalty program, specific communication. It " +"will also be required if they want an invoice and registering them will make" +" any future interaction with them faster." +msgstr "" +"L'inscription de vos clients vous donnera la possibilité de leur accorder " +"différents privilèges tels que des remises, un programme de fidélité ou " +"encore une communication spécifique. Ce sera également nécessaire s'ils " +"souhaitent recevoir une facture et rendra toute interaction future avec eux " +"plus rapide." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:11 +msgid "Create a customer" +msgstr "Créez un client" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:13 +msgid "From your session interface, use the customer button." +msgstr "Depuis votre interface de session, utilisez le bouton client." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:18 +msgid "Create a new one by using this button." +msgstr "Créez-en un nouveau en utilisant ce bouton." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You will be invited to fill out the customer form with their information." +msgstr "Vous serez invité à remplir le formulaire client." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Use the save button when you are done. You can then select that customer in " +"any future transactions." +msgstr "" +"Utilisez le bouton Enregistrer lorsque vous avez terminé. Vous pouvez " +"ensuite sélectionner ce client dans toutes les transactions futures." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment.rst:3 +msgid "Payment Terminals" +msgstr "Terminaux de paiement" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:3 +msgid "Connect an Ingenico Payment Terminal to your PoS" +msgstr "Connectez un terminal de paiement Ingenico à votre PdV" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Connecting a payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid payment flow to " +"your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." +msgstr "" +"La connexion d'un terminal de paiement vous permet d'offrir un flux de " +"paiement fluide à vos clients et facilite le travail de vos caissiers." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Please note that Ingenico is currently only available for customers in the " +"Benelux." +msgstr "" +"Attention : Ingenico n'est actuellement disponible que pour les clients du " +"Benelux." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:15 +msgid "Connect an IoT Box" +msgstr "Connecter une IoT Box" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Connecting an Ingenico Payment Terminal to Odoo is a feature that requires " +"an IoT Box. For more information on how to connect an IoT Box to your " +"database, please refer to the :doc:`IoT documentation " +"</applications/productivity/iot/config/connect>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:22 +msgid "Configure the Lane/5000 for Ingenico BENELUX" +msgstr "Configurez le terminal Lane/5000 pour Ingenico BENELUX" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Click on the F button of the terminal, then go in the :menuselection:`PoS " +"Menu --> Settings` and enter the settings password." +msgstr "" +"Cliquez sur l'icône F du terminal, puis allez à :menuselection:`PdV Menu -->" +" Paramètres` et introduisez les paramètres du mot de passe." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Now, click on connexion change and TCP/IP. Type the IP of your *IoT Box* " +"(you can find it on the form view of your IoT Box). Then, enter 9000 as " +"port. The terminal will restart. Once it is done, go on your *IoT Box* form " +"in Odoo and verify that the terminal has been found." +msgstr "" +"Puis, cliquez sur changement de connexion et sur TCP/IP. Introduisez l'IP de" +" votre *IoT Box* (vous la trouverez sur la vue formulaire de votre IoT Box)." +" Entrez ensuite le port 9000. Dès que le terminal a démarré, allez sur le " +"formulaire de votre *IoT Box* dans Odoo et vérifiez qu'il a bien été ajouté." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:36 +msgid "Configure the payment method" +msgstr "Configuration du mode de paiement" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:38 +msgid "" +"First, go in the general settings of the POS app, and activate the Ingenico " +"setting." +msgstr "" +"Pour commencer, allez sur les paramètres généraux de votre application PdV " +"et activez les paramètres Ingenico." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Go back in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of " +"Sale`, go in the payments section and access your payment methods. Create a " +"new payment method for Ingenico, select the payment terminal option " +"Ingenico, and select your payment terminal device." +msgstr "" +"Retournez dans :menuselection:`Point de vente --> Configuration --> Point de" +" vente`, allez dans la section des paiements et accédez à vos modes de " +"paiement. Créez un nouveau mode de paiement pour Ingenico, sélectionnez " +"l'option terminal de paiement, puis sélectionnez votre terminal de paiement." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:53 +msgid "Pay with a payment terminal" +msgstr "Payer avec un terminal de paiement" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:55 +msgid "" +"In your *PoS interface*, when processing a payment, select a *Payment " +"Method* using a payment terminal. Check that the amount in the tendered " +"column is the one that has to be sent to the payment terminal and click on " +"*Send*. When the payment is successful, the status will change to *Payment " +"Successful*." +msgstr "" +"Dans votre *interface PdV*, sélectionnez un *mode de paiement* à l'aide du " +"terminal lorsque vous traitez un paiement. Vérifiez que le montant indiqué " +"dans la colonne Soumissionné est celui qui doit être envoyé au terminal de " +"paiement et cliquez sur *Envoyer*. Dès que le paiement est fait, le statut " +"change vers *Paiement effectué*." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:64 +msgid "" +"If you want to cancel the payment request, click on cancel. You can still " +"retry to send the payment request." +msgstr "" +"Si vous voulez annuler la requête de paiement, cliquez sur annuler. Par la " +"suite, il est encore possible de renvoyer une requête de paiement." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:67 +msgid "" +"If there is any issue with the payment terminal, you can still force the " +"payment using the *Force Done*. This will allow you to validate the order in" +" Odoo even if the connexion between the terminal and Odoo has issues." +msgstr "" +"Si le terminal de paiement ne fonctionne pas, vous pouvez également forcer " +"le paiement en utilisant la fonction *Force auto*. Cela vous permettra de " +"valider la commande dans Odoo même si la connexion entre le terminal et Odoo" +" ne fonctionne pas." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:73 +msgid "" +"This option will only be available if you received an error message telling " +"you the connexion failed." +msgstr "" +"Cette option ne sera disponible que si vous avez reçu un message d'erreur " +"vous indiquant que votre connexion a échoué." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Once your payment is processed, on the payment record, you’ll find the type " +"of card that has been used and the transaction ID." +msgstr "" +"Dès que votre paiement a été traité sur le relevé de paiement, vous " +"trouverez le type de carte qui a été utilisée ainsi que la transaction ID." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a SIX Payment Terminal to your PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Connecting a SIX payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid payment flow " +"to your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Even though Worldline has recently acquired SIX Payment Services and both " +"companies use Yomani payment terminals, the firmware they run is different. " +"Terminals received from Worldline are therefore not compatible with this " +"integration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:16 +msgid "Configure the Payment Method" +msgstr "Configuration du mode de paiement" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:20 +msgid "" +"First, make sure that the POS Six module is installed. For this, go to " +"*Apps*, remove the \"Apps\" filter and search for \"POS Six\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Back in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment " +"Methods`, Create a new payment method for SIX, select the payment terminal " +"option \"SIX without IoT Box\", and enter your payment terminal IP address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:40 +msgid "Pay with a Payment Terminal" +msgstr "Payer avec un terminal de paiement" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:36 +msgid "" +"In your PoS interface, at the moment of the payment, select a payment method" +" using a payment terminal. Verify that the amount in the tendered column is " +"the one that has to be sent to the payment terminal and click on *Send*. If " +"you want to cancel the payment request, click on cancel." +msgstr "" +"Dans votre interface PdV, sélectionnez un *mode de paiement* à l'aide d'un " +"terminal lorsque vous traitez un paiement. Vérifiez que le montant indiqué " +"dans la colonne Soumissionné est celui qui doit être envoyé au terminal de " +"paiement et cliquez sur *Envoyer*. Cliquez sur annuler pour annuler la " +"requête de paiement." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:44 +msgid "" +"When the payment is done, the status will change to *Payment Successful*. " +"You can always reverse the last transaction by clicking on *Reverse*." +msgstr "" +"Aussitôt le paiement effectué, le statut change vers *Paiement réussi*. Il " +"est toujours possible d'annuler la dernière transaction en cliquant sur " +"*Annuler*." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If there is any issue with the payment terminal, you can still force the " +"payment using the *Force Done*. This will allow you to validate the order in" +" Odoo even if the connexion between the terminal and Odoo encounters issues." +msgstr "" +"Si le terminal de paiement ne fonctionne pas, vous pouvez également forcer " +"le paiement en utilisant la fonction *Force auto*. Cela vous permettra de " +"valider la commande dans Odoo même si la connexion entre le terminal et Odoo" +" ne fonctionne pas." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Vantiv Payment Terminal to your PoS" +msgstr "Connectez un terminal de paiement Vantiv à votre PdV" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Connecting a Vantiv payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid payment " +"flow to your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." +msgstr "" +"La connexion d'un terminal de paiement Vantiv vous permet d'offrir un flux " +"de paiement fluide à vos clients et facilite le travail de vos caissiers." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Please note MercuryPay only operates with US and Canadian banks, making this" +" procedure only suitable for North American businesses." +msgstr "" +"Sachez que MercuryPay fonctionne uniquement avec des banques américaines et " +"canadiennes, ce qui rend cette méthode adaptée uniquement aux entreprises " +"nord-américaines." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:18 +msgid "" +"First, go in the general settings of the POS app, and activate the Vantiv " +"setting." +msgstr "" +"Allez d'abord dans les paramètres généraux de votre application PdV et " +"activez le paramètre Vantiv." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Back in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, " +"go in the payments section and access your payment methods. Create a new " +"payment method for Vantiv, select the payment terminal option Vantiv, and " +"create new Vantiv credentials." +msgstr "" +"Retournez à :menuselection:`Point de Vente --> Configuration --> Point de " +"Vente`, allez à la section des paiements et accédez à vos modes de paiement." +" Créez un nouveau mode de paiement pour Vantiv, choisissez l'option terminal" +" de paiement Vantiv, puis créez des nouveaux identifiants Vantiv." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To create new Vantiv credentials, fill in your merchant ID and password, " +"then save. Make sure the credentials you just created are selected, then " +"save the payment method." +msgstr "" +"Pour créer des nouveaux identifiants Vantiv, introduisez votre ID marchand " +"et votre mot de passe, puis enregistrez. Assurez-vous que les identifiants " +"que vous venez de créer sont sélectionnés, puis enregistrez le mode de " +"paiement." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:42 +msgid "" +"In your PoS interface, at the moment of the payment, select your Vantiv " +"payment method and… that’s all." +msgstr "" +"Dans votre interface PdV, sélectionnez votre mode de paiement Vantiv lors du" +" paiement... et c'est tout." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:3 +msgid "Restaurant Features" +msgstr "Fonctionnalités de Restaurant" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:3 +msgid "Print the Bill" +msgstr "Imprimer la facture" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Use the *Bill Printing* feature to print the bill before the payment. This " +"is useful if the bill is still subject to evolve and is thus not the " +"definitive ticket." +msgstr "" +"Utilisez la fonction *Impression de factures* pour imprimer la facture avant" +" le paiement. Ceci est utile si la facture est encore sujette à évolution et" +" n'est donc pas le ticket définitif." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:10 +msgid "Configure Bill Printing" +msgstr "Configurez l'impression de la facture" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To activate *Bill Printing*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" +"Pour activer *Impression de factures*, allez à :menuselection:`Point de " +"Vente --> Configuration --> Point de Vente` et sélectionnez votre interface " +"PdV." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Bill Printing* option." +msgstr "" +"Sous la catégorie Factures & Reçus, vous trouverez l'option *Impression des " +"factures*." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:22 +msgid "Split a Bill" +msgstr "Divisez la facture" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:24 +msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Bill* button." +msgstr "Sur votre interface PdV, vous avez maintenant un bouton *Facture*." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:29 +msgid "When you use it, you can then print the bill." +msgstr "Lorsque vous l'utilisez, vous pouvez ensuite imprimer la facture." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:3 +msgid "Using fiscal positions in PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, *Fiscal Positions* let you apply different taxes based on the " +"customer location. In a *Point of Sale*, such as a restaurant, it can be " +"used to apply different taxes depending if the customer eats in or takes " +"away." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:11 +msgid "Set up fiscal positions for PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To enable this feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of Sale` and check *Fiscal Position per Order*. Now," +" you can choose the fiscal positions you want for your *PoS*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:21 +msgid "You need to create your fiscal positions before using this feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:24 +msgid "Using fiscal positions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Once on your *PoS* interface, click on the *Tax* button. Now, choose the " +"fiscal position you need for the current order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:33 +msgid "Set up a default fiscal position" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:35 +msgid "" +"If you want to use a default fiscal position, meaning that a preexisting " +"value is always automatically assigned, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale " +"--> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and enable *Fiscal Position*. Now, " +"choose one to set as the default one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Now, the *tax* button is replaced by a *on site* button when on the *PoS* " +"interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:3 +msgid "Print orders at the kitchen or bar" +msgstr "Imprimer les commandes à la cuisine ou au bar" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To ease the workflow between the front of house and the back of the house, " +"printing the orders taken on the PoS interface right in the kitchen or bar " +"can be a tremendous help." +msgstr "" +"Pour faciliter le flux de travail entre la salle et la cuisine, imprimer les" +" commandes prises sur l'interface PdV directement au bon endroit peut être " +"d'une aide précieuse." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:10 +msgid "Activate the bar/kitchen printer" +msgstr "Activer l'imprimante bar/cuisine" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To activate the *Order printing* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " +"Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" +"Pour activer la fonction *Impression de Commande*, allez à " +":menuselection:`Point de Vente --> Configuration --> Point de Vente` et " +"sélectionnez votre interface PdV." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Under the IoT Box / Hardware Proxy category, you will find *Order Printers*." +" Note that you need an IoT Box to connect your Printer to the PoS." +msgstr "" +"Sous la catégorie IoT Box / Matériel, vous trouverez *Imprimantes de " +"commandes*. Sachez que vous aurez besoin d'une IoT Box pour connecter votre " +"imprimante au PdV." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:20 +msgid "Add a printer" +msgstr "Ajoutez une imprimante" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:22 +msgid "" +"In your configuration menu you will now have a *Order Printers* option where" +" you can add the printer." +msgstr "" +"Dans votre menu de configuration, vous aurez maintenant une option " +"*Imprimantes de Commandes* où vous pouvez ajouter l'imprimante." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:29 +msgid "Print a kitchen/bar order" +msgstr "Imprimer une commande de la cuisine/du bar" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:34 +msgid "Select or create a printer." +msgstr "Sélectionnez ou créez une imprimante." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:37 +msgid "Print the order in the kitchen/bar" +msgstr "Imprimer la commande dans la cuisine /le bar" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:39 +msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Order* button." +msgstr "Sur votre interface PdV, vous avez maintenant un bouton *Commande*." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:44 +msgid "" +"When you press it, it will print the order on your kitchen/bar printer." +msgstr "" +"Lorsque vous appuyez dessus, il imprimera l'ordre sur votre imprimante de la" +" cuisine /du bar." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:3 +msgid "Manage your tables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Restaurants have specific needs that shops don’t have. That’s why Odoo gives" +" restaurant owners several unique features to help them manage their " +"business in the best possible way." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Floor and table management, bill splitting, or even the possibility to print" +" orders from the kitchen, everything is there to help your business shine " +"and your employees to work efficiently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To activate the bar/restaurant features, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale" +" --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and open your PoS. Now, select *Is a " +"Bar/Restaurant*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:24 +msgid "" +"New features are shown with a fork and a knife next to it, indicating that " +"they are restaurant-specific." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:32 +msgid "Add a floor" +msgstr "Ajoutez un étage" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Once your *Point of Sale* has been configured, select *Table Management* " +"under :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`. " +"Then, click on *Floors* to create and name your floor and tables." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:47 +msgid "Don’t forget to link your floor to your point of sale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:50 +msgid "Add tables" +msgstr "Ajoutez des tables" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:52 +msgid "" +"To add tables, you can also open your PoS interface to see your floor(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Then, click on *Edit Mode* (pencil icon on the upper right corner) to be " +"allowed to create, move, modify tables, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To make your table easier to be found, you can rename them, change their " +"shape, size or even color. It is also possible to add the maximum number of " +"sits the table can have." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:72 +msgid "Register your table(s) orders" +msgstr "Enregistrer des commandes par table(s)" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To register an order, click on the respective table. By doing so, you are " +"taken to your main interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:82 +msgid "Transfer customer(s)" +msgstr "Transferez des clients" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:84 +msgid "" +"If your customers want to move to another table after they already ordered, " +"use the transfer button. This way, the order is also moved to the new table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:88 +msgid "To do so, select the table your customer is currently on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Now, click on the transfer button and select the table to which you are " +"transferring your customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:103 +msgid "Register an additional order" +msgstr "Enregistrer une commande supplémentaire" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:105 +msgid "" +"When registering an order, use the + button to simultaneously proceed to " +"another one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Then, you can shift between your orders and process the payment when needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:116 +msgid "The - button allows you to remove the order you are currently on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:3 +msgid "Offer a bill-splitting option" +msgstr "Offrir une option de Partage d'addition" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Offering an easy bill splitting solution to your customers will leave them " +"with a positive experience. That's why this feature is available out-of-the-" +"box in the Odoo Point of Sale application." +msgstr "" +"Offrir une solution facile à vos clients leur permettra de vivre une " +"expérience positive. C'est pourquoi cette fonctionnalité est prête à " +"l'emploi dans l'application Odoo Point de Vente." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To activate the *Bill Splitting* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " +"Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" +"Pour activer la fonctionnalité *Partage d'addition*, allez à " +":menuselection:`Point de Vente -> Configuration -> Point de Vente` et " +"sélectionnez votre interface PdV." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find the Bill Splitting " +"option." +msgstr "" +"Sous la catégorie Factures & Reçus, vous trouverez l'option Partager " +"l'addition." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:23 +msgid "Split a bill" +msgstr "Partager l'addition" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:25 +msgid "In your PoS interface, you now have a *Split* button." +msgstr "Dans votre interface PdV, vous avez maintenant un bouton *Partager*." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:30 +msgid "" +"When you use it, you will be able to select what that guest should had and " +"process the payment, repeating the process for each guest." +msgstr "" +"Lorsque vous l'utilisez, vous serez en mesure de sélectionner ce qu'un " +"invité doit et de traiter le paiement, en répétant le processus pour chaque " +"invité." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:3 +msgid "Integrate a tip option into payment" +msgstr "Intégrez une option de pourboire dans le paiement" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:5 +msgid "" +"As it is customary to tip in many countries all over the world, it is " +"important to have the option in your PoS interface." +msgstr "" +"Comme il est d'usage de donner un pourboire dans de nombreux pays à travers " +"le monde, il est important d'avoir l'option dans votre interface PdV." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:9 +msgid "Configure Tipping" +msgstr "Configurer les pourboires" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To activate the *Tips* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS." +msgstr "" +"Pour activer la fonctionnalité *Pourboires*, allez à :menuselection:`Point " +"de vente --> Configuration --> Point de vente` et sélectionnez votre PdV." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Tips*. Select it and " +"create a *Tip Product* such as *Tips* in this case." +msgstr "" +"Sous la catégorie Factures & Reçus, vous trouverez *Pourboires*. " +"Sélectionnez-le et créez un *Produit de pourboires* tel que *Pourboires* " +"dans le cas présent." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:21 +msgid "Add Tips to the bill" +msgstr "Ajouter des pourboires à la facture" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:23 +msgid "Once on the payment interface, you now have a new *Tip* button" +msgstr "" +"Une fois sur l'interface de paiement, vous avez maintenant un nouveau bouton" +" * Pourboires*" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:28 +msgid "Add the tip your customer wants to leave and process to the payment." +msgstr "" +"Ajoutez le pourboire que votre client veut donner et passez au paiement." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop.rst:3 +msgid "Shop Features" +msgstr "Fonctionnalités de Boutique" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:3 +msgid "Using barcodes in PoS" +msgstr "Utilisation de codes-barres dans le PdV" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Using a barcode scanner to process point of sale orders improves your " +"efficiency and helps you to save time for you and your customers." +msgstr "" +"L'utilisation d'un lecteur de codes-barres pour traiter les commandes du " +"point de vente améliore votre efficacité et vous permet d'économiser du " +"temps pour vous et pour vos clients." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To use a barcode scanner, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" +"Pour utiliser un lecteur de codes-barres, allez à: menuselection: `Point de " +"Vente -> Configuration -> Point de Vente` et sélectionnez votre interface " +"PdV." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Under the IoT Box / Hardware category, you will find *Barcode Scanner* " +"select it." +msgstr "" +"Sous la catégorie IoT Box / Matériel, vous trouverez *Lecteur de codes-" +"barres* , sélectionnez-le." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:21 +msgid "Add barcodes to product" +msgstr "Ajoutez des codes-barres à vos produits" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Products` and select a " +"product." +msgstr "" +"Allez à :menuselection:`Point de Vente --> Catalogue --> Produits` et " +"sélectionnez un produit." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Under the general information tab, you can find a barcode field where you " +"can input any barcode." +msgstr "" +"Sous l'onglet Informations générales, vous trouverez le champ code-barres " +"dans lequel vous pouvez entrer n'importe quel code-barres." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:33 +msgid "Scanning products" +msgstr "Scannez des produits" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:35 +msgid "" +"From your PoS interface, scan any barcode with your barcode scanner. The " +"product will be added, you can scan the same product to add it multiple " +"times or change the quantity manually on the screen." +msgstr "" +"Depuis votre interface PdV, scannez n'importe quel code-barres avec votre " +"lecteur de codes-barres. Le produit y sera ajouté, vous pouvez rescanner le " +"même produit pour l'ajouter plusieurs fois ou alors modifier manuellement la" +" quantité à l'écran." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:3 +msgid "Set-up Cash Control in Point of Sale" +msgstr "Mettez en place un Controle de la Caisse dans votre Point de Vente " + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Cash control allows you to check the amount of the cashbox at the opening " +"and closing. You can thus make sure no error has been made and that no cash " +"is missing." +msgstr "" +"Le Contrôle de la Caisse vous permet de vérifier le montant de la caisse à " +"l'ouverture et à la fermeture. Vous pouvez ainsi vous assurer qu'aucune " +"erreur n'a été commise et qu'aucune somme d'argent n'est manquante." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:10 +msgid "Activate Cash Control" +msgstr "Activez le Controle de la Caisse" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To activate the *Cash Control* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales" +" --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" +"Pour activer la fonction *Contrôle de la Caisse*, allez à " +":menuselection:`Point de vente --> Configuration --> Point de vente` et " +"sélectionnez votre interface PdV." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:16 +msgid "Under the payments category, you will find the cash control setting." +msgstr "" +"Dans la catégorie des paiements, vous trouverez le paramètre de Contrôle de " +"la caisse." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:21 +msgid "" +"In this example, you can see I want to have 275$ in various denomination at " +"the opening and closing." +msgstr "" +"Dans cet exemple, vous voyez que je veux avoir 275 $ en différentes coupures" +" à l'ouverture et à la fermeture." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:24 +msgid "" +"When clicking on **Opening/Closing Values** you will be able to create those" +" values." +msgstr "" +"En cliquant sur *Valeurs d'ouverture / fermeture* vous serez capable de " +"créer ces valeurs." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:31 +msgid "Start a session" +msgstr "Démarrez une session" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:33 +msgid "" +"You now have a new button added when you open a session, *Set opening " +"Balance*" +msgstr "" +"Vous avez maintenant ajouté un nouveau bouton visible lorsque vous ouvrez " +"une session, *Définir le solde d'ouverture*" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:42 +msgid "" +"By default it will use the values you added before, but you can always " +"modify it." +msgstr "" +"Par défaut, il utilisera la valeur que vous avez ajoutée auparavant, mais " +"vous pouvez toujours la modifier." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:46 +msgid "Close a session" +msgstr "Fermer une session" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:48 +msgid "" +"When you want to close your session, you now have a *Set Closing Balance* " +"button as well." +msgstr "" +"Lorsque vous souhaitez fermer votre session, vous disposez également d'un " +"bouton * Définir un solde de clôture*." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:51 +msgid "" +"You can then see the theoretical balance, the real closing balance (what you" +" have just counted) and the difference between the two." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez alors voir l'équilibre théorique, le solde de clôture réel (ce " +"que vous venez de compter) et la différence entre les deux." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:57 +msgid "" +"If you use the *Take Money Out* option to take out your transactions for " +"this session, you now have a zero-sum difference and the same closing " +"balance as your opening balance. You cashbox is ready for the next session." +msgstr "" +"Si vous utilisez l'option *Sortir de l'argent* pour prendre vos transactions" +" pour cette session, vous avez maintenant une différence à somme nulle et le" +" même solde de clôture que votre solde d'ouverture. Votre caisse est prête " +"pour la prochaine session." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:3 +msgid "Cash Rounding" +msgstr "Arrondi des paiements en espèces" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Cash rounding** is required when the lowest physical denomination of " +"currency, or the smallest coin, is higher than the minimum unit of account." +msgstr "" +"**L'arrondi des paiements en espèces** est requis lorsque la plus petite " +"devise physique, ou la plus petite monnaie, est supérieure à la plus petite " +"unité de compte." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:9 +msgid "" +"For example, some countries require their companies to round up or down the " +"total amount of an invoice to the nearest five cents, when the payment is " +"made in cash." +msgstr "" +"Par exemple, certains pays demandent aux entreprises d'arrondir le total de " +"leurs factures de cinq cents vers le haut ou vers le bas lorsque le paiement" +" se fait en liquide." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Each point of sale in Odoo can be configured to apply cash rounding to the " +"totals of its bills or receipts." +msgstr "" +"Chaque point de vente dans Odoo peut être configuré pour appliquer " +"l'arrondissement des paiements en espèces aux totaux des factures ou des " +"reçus." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings` and " +"enable *Cash Rounding*, then click on *Save*." +msgstr "" +"Allez à :menuselection:`Point de vente --> Configuration --> Paramètres` et " +"activez l'option *Arrondi des paiements en espèces*, puis cliquez sur " +"*Enregistrer*." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, " +"open the point of sale you want to configure, and enable the *Cash Rounding*" +" option." +msgstr "" +"Allez à :menuselection:`Point de vente --> Configuration --> Points de " +"vente`, ouvrez le point de vente à configurer et activez l'option *Arrondi " +"des paiements en espèces*." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:29 +msgid "" +"To define the **Rounding Method**, open the drop-down list and click on " +"*Create and Edit...*." +msgstr "" +"Pour définir la **Méthode d'arrondi**, ouvrez la liste déroulante et cliquez" +" sur *Créer et éditer...*." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Define here your *Rounding Precision*, *Profit Account*, and *Loss Account*," +" then save both the Rounding Method and your Point of Sale settings." +msgstr "" +"Définissez-y votre *Précision d'arrondi*, votre *Compte Profit*, et votre " +"*Compte résultat*, puis enregistrez les deux méthodes d'arrondi dans les " +"paramètres de votre Point de vente." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:39 +msgid "" +"All total amounts of this point of sale now add a line to apply the rounding" +" according to your settings." +msgstr "" +"Désormais, une ligne est ajoutée à tous les totaux de ce point de vente pour" +" appliquer l'arrondi selon vos paramètres. " + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Odoo Point of Sale only support the *Add a rounding line* rounding " +"strategies and *Half-up* rounding methods." +msgstr "" +"Le Point de vente Odoo ne prend en charge que les stratégies d'arrondi " +"*Ajouter une ligne d'arrondi* et les méthodes d'arrondi *Moitié*." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:3 +msgid "Invoice from the PoS interface" +msgstr "Facture à partir de l'interface PdV" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Some of your customers might request an invoice when buying from your Point " +"of Sale, you can easily manage it directly from the PoS interface." +msgstr "" +"Certains de vos clients peuvent demander une facture lors d'un achat dans " +"votre Point de Vente, vous pouvez facilement gérer cela depuis l'interface " +"PdV." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:9 +msgid "Activate invoicing" +msgstr "Activez la facturation" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and" +" select your Point of Sale:" +msgstr "" +"Allez à :menuselection:`Point de vente --> Configuration --> Point de vente`" +" et sélectionnez votre point de vente:" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Under the *Bills & Receipts* you will see the invoicing option, tick it. " +"Don't forget to choose in which journal the invoices should be created." +msgstr "" +"Sous la catégorie *Factures & Reçus* vous verrez l'option de facturation, " +"cochez-la. N'oubliez pas de choisir dans quel journal les factures doivent " +"être créées." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:25 +msgid "Select a customer" +msgstr "Sélectionnez un client" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:27 +msgid "From your session interface, use the customer button" +msgstr "Depuis votre interface de session, utilisez le bouton client" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:32 +msgid "" +"You can then either select an existing customer and set it as your customer " +"or create a new one by using this button." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez ensuite sélectionner un client existant et le définir comme " +"client actuel ou en créer un nouveau en utilisant ce bouton." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:38 +msgid "" +"You will be invited to fill out the customer form with its information." +msgstr "" +"Vous serez invité à remplir le formulaire client avec ses informations." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:41 +msgid "Invoice your customer" +msgstr "Facturer votre client" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:43 +msgid "" +"From the payment screen, you now have an invoice option, use the button to " +"select it and validate." +msgstr "" +"Depuis l'écran de paiement, vous avez maintenant une option de facture, " +"utilisez le bouton pour la sélectionner et valider." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:49 +msgid "You can then print the invoice and move on to your next order." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez ensuite imprimer la facture et passer à votre prochaine " +"commande." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:52 +msgid "Retrieve invoices" +msgstr "Retrouver des factures" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Once out of the PoS interface (:menuselection:`Close --> Confirm` on the top" +" right corner) you will find all your orders in :menuselection:`Point of " +"Sale --> Orders --> Orders` and under the status tab you will see which ones" +" have been invoiced. When clicking on a order you can then access the " +"invoice." +msgstr "" +"Une fois sorti de l'interface PdV (:menuselection:`Fermer --> Confirmer` " +"dans le coin supérieur droit) vous trouverez toutes vos commandes dans: " +"menuselection:`Point de vente --> Commandes --> Commandes` et sous l'onglet " +"statut vous verrez ceux qui ont été facturés. Lorsque vous cliquez sur une " +"commande, vous pouvez accéder à la facture." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:3 +msgid "Log in with employee" +msgstr "Se connecter avec les employés" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With Odoo *Point of Sale*, you can manage multiple cashiers. This feature " +"allows you to keep track of who is working, when and how much each cashier " +"made for that session." +msgstr "" +"Avec Odoo *Point de vente*, vous pouvez gérer plusieurs cassiers. Avec cette" +" fonctionnalité vous permet de garder une trace de qui travaille, de quand " +"et de combien chaque caissier a gagné pour cette session." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:9 +msgid "" +"There are three ways to switch cashiers in Odoo: by *selecting the cashier*," +" by *entering a PIN code* or by *scanning a barcode*." +msgstr "" +"Dans Odoo, il existe trois façons de changer de caissiers : en " +"*sélectionnant le caissier*, en *entrant un code PIN* ou en *scannant un " +"code-barres*." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To manage multiple cashiers, you need several employees (at least two)." +msgstr "" +"Pour gérer plusieurs cassiers, vous devez avoir au moins deux employés." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:16 +msgid "Set up log in with employees" +msgstr "Configurer une connexion avec les employés" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To enable the feature, go to your *PoS settings* and check log in with " +"employees on your *PoS form*. Then, add the employees that have access to " +"the cash register." +msgstr "" +"Pour activer cette fonctionnalité, allez à *Paramètres PdV* et vérifiez la " +"connexion avec les employées sur votre *Formulaire PdV*. Puis, ajoutez-y les" +" employés qui ont accès à la caisse enregistreuse." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:25 +msgid "Now, you can switch cashier easily." +msgstr "Vous pouvez maintenant facilement changer de caissiers." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:28 +msgid "Switch without pin codes" +msgstr "Changer sans utiliser un code PIN" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The easiest way to switch cashiers is without a code. To do so, click on the" +" cashier name in your PoS interface." +msgstr "" +"La façon la plus facile pour changer de caissiers est de ne pas utiliser un " +"code. Cliquez simplement sur le nom du caissier dans votre interface PdV." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:36 +msgid "Now, you just have to click on your name." +msgstr "Puis, cliquez tout simplement sur votre nom." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:42 +msgid "Switch cashier with pin codes" +msgstr "Changer de caissier en utilisant un code PIN" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:44 +msgid "" +"You can set a pin code on each cashier. To set up a pin code, go to the " +"employee form and add a security PIN, in the *HR settings tab*." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez configurer un code PIN pour chaque caissier. Il suffit d'aller " +"sur le formulaire de l'employé et ajouter un code PIN dans l' *Onglet " +"Paramètres RH*." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:50 +msgid "Now, when switching cashier, a PIN password will be asked." +msgstr "" +"Maintenant, lors que vous souhaitez changer de caissier, un code PIN sera " +"demandé." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:56 +msgid "Switch cashier with barcodes" +msgstr "Changer de caissier en utilisant un code-barres" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:58 +msgid "" +"You can ask your employees to log themselves with their badges. To do so, " +"set up a barcode at the same place you add the PIN code. Print the badge and" +" when they will scan it, the cashier will be switched to that employee." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez demander à vos employés de s'identifier avec leurs badges. Il " +"suffit de configurer un code-barres là où vous avez ajouté le code PIN. " +"Imprimez le badge, lorsqu'un employé le scannera, il deviendra le caissier." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:67 +msgid "Find who was the cashier" +msgstr "Retrouver qui était le caissier" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Once you have closed your *PoS session*, you can have an overview of the " +"amount each cashier sold for. To do so, go to the orders menu." +msgstr "" +"Après avoir fermé votre *session PdV*, vous pouvez avoir un aperçu du " +"montant vendu par chaque caissier. Pour cela, allez au menu des commandes." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:75 +msgid "Now, you can open the order and have a summary of the sold products." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez désormais avoir un récapitulatif des produits vendus en ouvrant " +"la commande." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:3 +msgid "Reprint Receipts" +msgstr "Réimprimer des reçus" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Use the *Reprint receipt* feature if you have the need to reprint a ticket." +msgstr "" +"Utilisez la fonctionnalité *Réimpression du reçu* si vous devez réimprimer " +"un ticket." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To activate *Reprint Receipt*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of sale`. and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" +"Pour activer la fonctionnalité *Réimpression du reçu*, allez à " +":menuselection:`Point de vente --> Configuration --> Point de vente`. et " +"sélectionnez votre interface PdV." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Reprint Receipt* option." +msgstr "" +"Sous la catégorie Factures et Reçus, vous trouvez l'option *Réimpression du " +"reçu*." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:17 +msgid "" +"In order to allow the option reprint receipt, you need to activate the " +"receipt printer." +msgstr "" +"Pour autoriser l'option réimpression du reçu, vous devez activer " +"l'imprimante de reçus." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:23 +msgid "Reprint a receipt" +msgstr "Réimprimer un reçu" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:25 +msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Reprint receipt* button." +msgstr "" +"Sur votre interface PdV, vous avez maintenant un bouton *Réimpression du " +"reçu*." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:30 +msgid "When you use it, you can then reprint your last receipt." +msgstr "Il vous donne la possibilité de réimprimer votre dernier reçu." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced.rst:3 msgid "Advanced Topics" msgstr "Rubriques avancées" -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:3 msgid "How to give portal access rights to my customers?" msgstr "Comment donner les droits d'accès portail à mes clients?" -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:6 msgid "What is Portal access/Who is a portal user?" msgstr "Qu'est-ce que l'accès Portail / Qui est un utilisateur du portail ?" -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:8 msgid "" "A portal access is given to a user who has the necessity to have access to " "Odoo instance, to view certain documents or information in the system." @@ -65,13 +3400,13 @@ msgstr "" "l'instance Odoo, pour afficher certains documents ou informations dans le " "système." -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:12 msgid "For Example, a long term client who needs to view online quotations." msgstr "" "Par exemple, un client de long terme qui a besoin de voir les devis en " "ligne." -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:14 msgid "" "A portal user has only read/view access. He or she will not be able to edit " "any document in the system." @@ -79,15 +3414,15 @@ msgstr "" "Un utilisateur du portail a un accès en lecture seulement. Il ou elle ne " "pourra pas modifier un document dans le système." -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:18 msgid "How to give portal access to customers?" msgstr "Comment donner un accès au portail aux clients ?" -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:21 msgid "From Contacts Module" msgstr "Depuis l'application Contacts" -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:23 msgid "" "From the main menu, select **Contacts** menu. If the contact is not yet " "created in the system, click on the create button to create new contact. " @@ -98,7 +3433,7 @@ msgstr "" " pour créer un nouveau contact. Entrez les détails du contact et cliquez sur" " \"Enregistrer\"." -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:33 msgid "" "Choose a contact, click on the **Action** menu in the top-center of the " "interface and from the drop down." @@ -106,12 +3441,12 @@ msgstr "" "Choisissez un contact, cliquez sur le menu **Action** en haut au centre de " "l'interface et dans la liste déroulante." -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:36 msgid "Select **Portal Access Management**. A pop up window appears." msgstr "" "Sélectionnez **Gestion del'accès au portail**. Une fenêtre pop-up apparaît." -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:41 msgid "" "Enter the login **email ID**, check the box under **In Portal** and add the " "content to be included in the email in the text field box below. Click on " @@ -121,7 +3456,7 @@ msgstr "" "ajoutez le du message qui sera envoyé dans la zone de texte en bas. Cliquez " "sur **Appliquer** lorsque vous avez terminé." -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:47 msgid "" "An email will be sent to the specified email address, indicating that the " "contact is now a portal user of the respective instance." @@ -129,253 +3464,253 @@ msgstr "" "Un email sera envoyé à l'adresse e-mail indiquée, indiquant que le contact " "est maintenant un utilisateur du portail de l'instance Odoo." -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector.rst:3 msgid "Amazon Connector" msgstr "Connecteur Amazon" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:3 msgid "Amazon Connector Features" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:5 msgid "" "The **Amazon Connector** synchronizes the orders between Amazon and your " "Odoo database, which reduces considerably the amount of time spent on your " "Amazon Seller Central dashboard, making your daily routine a lot easier." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:10 msgid "Supported Features" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:12 msgid "The connector is able to:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:14 msgid "" "Synchronize (Amazon to Odoo) all confirmed orders (both FBA and FBM) and " "their order items which include:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:17 msgid "the product’s name, description and quantity" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:18 msgid "the shipping costs for the product" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:19 msgid "the gift wrapping charges" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:21 msgid "" "Create on Odoo any missing partner related to an order (contact types " "supported: contact and delivery)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:23 msgid "" "Notify Amazon of a shipping confirmed on Odoo (FBM) in order to get paid." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:25 msgid "Support multiple seller accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:26 msgid "Support multiple marketplaces per seller account." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:29 msgid "Fulfilled By Amazon (FBA)" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:29 msgid "Fulfilled By Merchant (FBM)" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:31 msgid "**Orders**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:31 msgid "Synchronize shipped and canceled orders" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:31 msgid "Synchronize unshipped and canceled orders" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 msgid "**Shipping**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 msgid "Charges" msgstr "Frais" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:35 msgid "Delivery created" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 msgid "**Gift Wrapping**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:43 msgid "Handled by Amazon" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 msgid "Gift wrapping charges" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:38 msgid "Gift message" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 msgid "**Stock Management**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 msgid "One stock move created per sales order item" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 msgid "Handled by the delivery" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:43 msgid "**Confirmation**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:43 msgid "Notify Amazon when confirming delivery" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:48 msgid "" "The connector is designed to synchronize orders' data as detailed above. " "Other actions, such as downloading monthly fees reports, handling disputes, " "or issuing refunds must be managed from Amazon Seller Central, as usual." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:55 msgid "Supported Marketplaces" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:57 msgid "" "The Amazon Connector currently supports 9 marketplaces. If a marketplace is " "not listed below, it may be possible for you to :ref:`add it as an " "unsupported marketplace <amazon/add-unsupported-marketplace>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:62 msgid "**North America region**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:64 msgid "Canada" msgstr "Canada" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:64 msgid "Amazon.ca" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:66 msgid "Mexico" msgstr "Mexique" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:66 msgid "Amazon.com.mx" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:68 msgid "US" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:68 msgid "Amazon.com" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:72 msgid "**Europe region**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:74 msgid "Germany" msgstr "Allemagne" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:74 msgid "Amazon.de" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:76 msgid "Spain" msgstr "Espagne" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:76 msgid "Amazon.es" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:78 msgid "France" msgstr "France" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:78 msgid "Amazon.fr" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:80 msgid "UK" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:80 msgid "Amazon.co.uk" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:82 msgid "Italy" msgstr "Italie" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:82 msgid "Amazon.it" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:84 msgid "Netherlands" msgstr "Pays-Bas" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:84 msgid "Amazon.nl" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:88 -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:98 msgid ":doc:`setup`" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:89 -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:162 msgid ":doc:`manage`" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:3 msgid "Manage Amazon orders in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:6 msgid "Synchronization of orders" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:8 msgid "" "Orders are automatically fetched from Amazon and synchronized in Odoo at " "regular intervals. The synchronization is based on the Amazon status: only " @@ -387,35 +3722,35 @@ msgid "" " are not yet registered." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:15 msgid "" "When an order is canceled in Amazon and was already synchronized in Odoo, " "the corresponding sales order is automatically canceled in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:19 msgid "" "To force the synchronization of an order whose status has not changed since " "the last synchronization, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " -"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, navigate to your Amazon account " -"and modify the date under :menuselection:`Orders Follow-up --> Last Order " +"</applications/general/developer_mode>`, navigate to your Amazon account and" +" modify the date under :menuselection:`Orders Follow-up --> Last Order " "Sync`. Pick a date anterior to the last status change of the order that you " "wish to synchronize and save." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:26 msgid "" "To synchronize immediately the orders of your Amazon account switch to " -":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, head to your " +":doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>`, head to your " "Amazon account and click on **SYNC ORDERS**. The same can be done with " "pickings by clicking on **SYNC PICKINGS**." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:31 msgid "Manage deliveries in FBM" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:33 msgid "" "When a **FBM** (Fulfilled by Merchant) order is synchronized in Odoo, a " "picking is created along with the sales order and the customer. You can " @@ -423,18 +3758,18 @@ msgid "" "products partially by using backorders." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:37 msgid "" "When a picking related to the order is confirmed, a notification is sent to " "Amazon who will, in turn, notify the customer that the order (or a part of " "it) is on its way." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:41 msgid "Follow deliveries in FBA" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:43 msgid "" "When a **FBA** (Fulfilled by Amazon) order is synchronized in Odoo, a stock " "move is recorded for each sales order item so that it is saved in your " @@ -445,14 +3780,14 @@ msgid "" "under the FBA program." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:50 msgid "" "To follow your Amazon (FBA) stock in Odoo, you can make an inventory " "adjustment after replenishing it. You can also trigger an automated " "replenishment from reordering rules on the Amazon location." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:55 msgid "" "The Amazon location is configurable by Amazon account managed in Odoo. All " "accounts of the same company use the same location by default. It is however" @@ -464,24 +3799,24 @@ msgid "" " your account." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:63 msgid "Issue invoices and register payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:65 msgid "" "You can issue invoices for Amazon orders in Odoo. Click **Create Invoice** " "in the sales order to do so. You can also do it in batch from the list view " "of orders. Then, confirm and send the invoices to your customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:70 msgid "" "To display only Amazon-related orders on the list view, you can filter " "orders based on the sales team." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:73 msgid "" "As the customer has paid Amazon as an intermediary, you should register " "invoice payments in a payment journal dedicated to Amazon (e.g. Amazon " @@ -492,11 +3827,11 @@ msgid "" "account by the amount received." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:80 msgid "Follow your Amazon sales in sales reporting" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:82 msgid "" "As a sales team is set on your account under the tab **Order Follow-up**, " "this helps you give quick glances at the figures in just a few clicks in " @@ -504,7 +3839,7 @@ msgid "" " of your company's accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:86 msgid "" "If you wish, you can change the sales team on your account for another to " "perform a separate reporting for the sales of this account." @@ -512,7 +3847,7 @@ msgstr "" "Si vous souhaitez, vous pouvez modifier l'équipe de vente de votre compte " "pour exécuter un état distinct pour les ventes de ce compte. " -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:90 msgid "" "It is also possible to perform reporting on a per-marketplace basis in a " "similar fashion. First, remove the marketplace you wish to track separately " @@ -522,20 +3857,20 @@ msgid "" "two registrations of your account." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:97 -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:161 msgid ":doc:`features`" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:3 msgid "Configure Amazon Connector in Odoo" msgstr "Configurez le Connecteur Amazon dans Odoo" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:6 msgid "Generate an Authorization Token in Seller Central" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:10 msgid "" "The Amazon Connector uses an Authorization Token that allows Odoo to fetch " "data from your Amazon Seller Central account. This token can be obtained " @@ -543,7 +3878,7 @@ msgid "" "your Odoo database configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:14 msgid "" "Connect to your Seller Central account for the marketplace you initially " "signed up (e.g. if you created your account on Amazon Germany, go to `Amazon" @@ -551,53 +3886,53 @@ msgid "" "administrator account." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:19 msgid "" "You might need to use the *main* (or first) administrator account and not " "one added subsequently." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:22 msgid "" "In the main menu, select :menuselection:`Apps & Services --> Manage Your " "Apps`; in the page that displays, click on the ``Authorize new developper`` " "button:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:28 msgid "Fill in the form depending on your Marketplace:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:33 msgid "" "If your seller account is registered in the **North America** region, use " "these values:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:35 -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:40 msgid "Developer's Name: ``Odoo S.A.``" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:36 msgid "Developer ID: ``586127723692``" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:38 msgid "For the **Europe** region, use these values:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:41 msgid "Developer ID: ``579095187166``" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:43 msgid "" "Amazon will then inform you that by submitting the form, you are giving " "access to your Seller Central Information to Odoo S.A." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:47 msgid "" "Odoo S.A. is unable to access your Amazon account's information without the " "Authorization Token which is stored in your Odoo database - we do not store " @@ -605,18 +3940,18 @@ msgid "" "your account's information outside of the Amazon Connector normal flows." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:53 msgid "Register your Amazon account in Odoo" msgstr "Enregistrez votre compte Amazon dans Odoo" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:57 msgid "" "To register your seller account in Odoo, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales " "--> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Amazon " "Accounts` and click on **CREATE**." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:60 msgid "" "The **Seller ID** can be found in Seller Central under the link **Your " "Merchant Token** on the **Seller Account Information** page. The " @@ -624,14 +3959,14 @@ msgid "" "<amazon/generate_auth_token>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:64 msgid "" "Upon saving, your credentials are checked. In case of issues, an error will " "be displayed - the information cannot be saved until your credentials are " "recognized by Amazon." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:67 msgid "" "Once the account is registered, the marketplaces available to this account " "are synchronized and listed under the **Marketplaces** tab. If you wish, you" @@ -639,11 +3974,11 @@ msgid "" " their synchronization." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:72 msgid "Match database products in Amazon" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:74 msgid "" "When an Amazon order is synchronized, up to three sales order items are " "created in Odoo for each product sold on Amazon: one for the marketplace " @@ -651,7 +3986,7 @@ msgid "" " charges (if any)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:80 msgid "" "The selection of a database product for a sales order item is done by " "matching its **internal reference** with the **SKU** for marketplace items, " @@ -659,7 +3994,7 @@ msgid "" "for gift wrapping charges." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:84 msgid "" "For marketplace products, pairings are saved as **Amazon Offers** which are " "listed under the **Offers** stat button on the account form. Offers are " @@ -668,7 +4003,7 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`the internal reference is used instead <amazon/matching>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:90 msgid "" "It is possible to force the pairing of a marketplace item with a specific " "product by changing either the product or the SKU of an offer. The offer can" @@ -677,7 +4012,7 @@ msgid "" " under different conditions." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:95 msgid "" "If no database product with a matching internal reference is found for a " "given SKU or gift wrapping code, a default database product **Amazon Sale** " @@ -685,19 +4020,19 @@ msgid "" "the shipping code." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:100 msgid "" "To modify the default products, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " -"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>` and navigate to " +"</applications/general/developer_mode>` and navigate to " ":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> " "Amazon Sync --> Default Products`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:106 msgid "Configure taxes of products" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:108 msgid "" "To allow for tax reporting of Amazon sales with Odoo, the taxes applied to " "the sales order items are those set on the product or determined by the " @@ -706,7 +4041,7 @@ msgid "" " subtotals between Seller Central and Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:114 msgid "" "As Amazon does not necessarily apply the same taxes as those configured in " "Odoo, it may happen that order totals differ by a few cents from that on " @@ -714,11 +4049,11 @@ msgid "" "reconciling the payments in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:121 msgid "Add an unsupported marketplace" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:123 msgid "" "Some Amazon Marketplaces, such as Amazon Brazil, are not officially " "supported by Odoo but might be compatible with your seller account. These " @@ -727,7 +4062,7 @@ msgid "" "natively supported marketplaces." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:129 msgid "" "To find out if a marketplace is eventually compatible, check the `Amazon " "Documentation " @@ -736,19 +4071,19 @@ msgid "" "account." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:133 msgid "" "To add a new marketplace, you must first enable :doc:`Developer mode " -"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." +"</applications/general/developer_mode>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:136 msgid "" "Once that is done, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " "Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Amazon Marketplaces`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:139 msgid "" "From there, you can create a new marketplace record. You will need the " "Marketplace ID and Endpoint for your marketplace as described in the `Amazon" @@ -756,7 +4091,7 @@ msgid "" "<https://docs.developer.amazonservices.com/en_US/dev_guide/DG_Endpoints.html>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:143 msgid "" "Set the name of the record to ``Amazon.<domain>`` to easily retrieve it (for" " instance: ``Amazon.se``). The **Code**, **Domain** and **API Identifier** " @@ -764,7 +4099,7 @@ msgid "" "and *MarketplaceId* values from the Amazon Documentation." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:147 msgid "" "Once the marketplace is saved, you should then update the Amazon Account " "configuration by going to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " @@ -777,26 +4112,26 @@ msgid "" " it is either incompatible or unavailable for your seller account." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:156 msgid "" "As manually added marketplaces are not officially supported by Odoo, there " "is no guarantee that adding one as described above will work, nor can this " "be considered as a bug when contacting Odoo Support." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector.rst:3 msgid "eBay Connector" msgstr "Connecteur eBay" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:3 msgid "How to list a product?" msgstr "Comment lister un article ?" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:6 msgid "Listing without variation" msgstr "Liste sans variantes" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:8 msgid "" "In order to list a product, you need to check the **use eBay** field on a " "product form. The eBay tab will be available." @@ -804,7 +4139,7 @@ msgstr "" "Pour lister un produit, vous devez cocher le champ **use eBay ** sur une " "fiche article. L'onglet eBay sera disponible." -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:14 msgid "" "When the **Use Stock Quantity** field is checked, the quantity sets on eBay " "will be the Odoo **Forecast Quantity**." @@ -812,7 +4147,7 @@ msgstr "" "Lorsque le champ **Use Stock Quantity** est coché, la quantité définie sur " "eBay sera la **Quantité Prévisionnelle** dans Odoo." -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:17 msgid "" "The **Description Template** allows you to use templates for your listings. " "The default template only use the **eBay Description** field of the product." @@ -824,7 +4159,7 @@ msgstr "" "Description* de l'article. Vous pouvez utiliser du code html à l'intérieur " "du **Description Template** et du **eBay Description**." -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:21 msgid "" "To use pictures in your listing, you need to add them as **Attachments** on " "the product template." @@ -832,11 +4167,11 @@ msgstr "" "Pour utiliser des images dans vos listes, vous devez les ajouter comme " "**Pièces jointes** sur le modèle d'article." -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:24 msgid "Listing with variations" msgstr "Liste avec variantes" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:26 msgid "" "When the **use eBay** on a product with variations is checked and with " "**Fixed Price** as **Listing Type**, the eBay form is sligthly different. In" @@ -849,11 +4184,11 @@ msgstr "" "variante sera listée sur eBay, ainsi que de définir le prix et la quantité " "pour chaque variante." -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:35 msgid "Listing with item specifics" msgstr "Liste avec des caractéristiques d''article" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:37 msgid "" "In order to add item specifics, you should create a product attribute with " "one value in the **Variants** tab on the product form." @@ -862,11 +4197,11 @@ msgstr "" "d'article avec une valeur dans l'onglet **Variantes** sur la fiche de " "l'article." -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:44 msgid "Product Identifiers" msgstr "Identifiants d'article" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:46 msgid "" "Products identifiers such as EAN, UPC, Brand or MPN are required in most of " "the eBay category. The module manages the EAN and UPC identifiers with the " @@ -886,15 +4221,15 @@ msgstr "" "dans l'onglet **Variantes** de la fiche article. Si ces valeurs ne sont pas " "définies, «Non applicable» sera utilisé pour la liste eBay." -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:3 msgid "How to configure eBay in Odoo?" msgstr "Comment configurer eBay dans Odoo ?" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:6 msgid "Create eBay tokens" msgstr "Créer des jetons eBay" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:8 msgid "" "In order to create your tokens, you need to create a developer account on " "the `developer portal <https://go.developer.ebay.com/>`_. Once you are " @@ -906,7 +4241,7 @@ msgstr "" "êtes connecté, vous pouvez créer des **Sandbox Keys** et des **Production " "Keys** en cliquant sur les boutons adéquats." -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:16 msgid "" "After the creation of the keys, you can get the user token. To do so, click " "on the **Get a User Token** link in the bottom of the page. Go through the " @@ -918,11 +4253,11 @@ msgstr "" " par le formulaire, connectez-vous avec votre compte eBay et vous obtiendrez" " les clés et jetons nécessaires pour configurer le module dans Odoo." -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:22 msgid "Set up tokens in Odoo?" msgstr "Mettre en place des jetons dans Odoo ?" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:24 msgid "" "To set up the eBay integration, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " "Configuration --> Settings`." @@ -930,7 +4265,7 @@ msgstr "" "Pour configurer l'interface eBay, allez à :menuselection:`Ventes --> " "Configuration --> Settings`." -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:29 msgid "" "First choose if you want to use the production or the sandbox eBay Site. " "Then fill in the fields **Developer Key**, **Token**, **App Key**, **Cert " @@ -940,7 +4275,7 @@ msgstr "" "ou le bac à sable. Ensuite, remplissez les champs **Developer Key**, " "**Token**, **App Key**, **Cert Key**. Appliquez les modifications." -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:33 msgid "" "Once the page is reloaded, you need to synchronize information from eBay. " "Push on **Sync countries and currencies**, then you can fill in all the " @@ -950,7 +4285,7 @@ msgstr "" " depuis eBay. Appuyez sur **Sync countries and currencies**, vous pourrez " "alors remplir tous les autres champs." -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:36 msgid "" "When all the fields are filled in, you can synchronize the categories and " "the policies by clicking on the adequate buttons." @@ -958,72 +4293,72 @@ msgstr "" "Lorsque tous les champs sont remplis, vous pouvez synchroniser les " "catégories et les politiques en cliquant sur les boutons adéquats." -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:40 msgid "Using the updated synchronisation method" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:42 msgid "" "If you have a lot of products, the eBay API can sometimes refuse some " "synchronization calls due to a time-based limit on the number of requests " "that eBay enforces." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:45 msgid "" "To fix this issue, a new implementation mechanism has been developped; " "however this updated mechanism is disabled by default to avoid having the 2 " "systems running in parallel in existing installations." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:49 msgid "To switch to the new synchronization mechanism:" msgstr "Pour basculer sur le nouveau mécanisme de synchronisation : " -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:51 msgid "" -"Enable the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." +"Enable the :doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:52 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Scheduled Actions`" msgstr "" "Allez à :menuselection:`Paramètres --> Technique --> Actions planifiées`" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:53 msgid "" "Archive the old synchronization actions (both are named *Ebay: update " "product status*)" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:54 msgid "" "Activate the new synchronization actions (*Ebay: get new orders* which runs " "every 15min by default and *Ebay: synchronise stock (for 'get new orders' " "synchronisation)* which runs once a day per default)" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:55 msgid "" "Ensure that the **Next Execution Date** for both these actions are in the " "near future" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:57 msgid "" "Starting with the next execution date, the new method will be used instead " "of the old one." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing.rst:3 msgid "Invoicing Method" msgstr "Méthode de facturation" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:3 msgid "Request a down payment" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:5 msgid "" "A down payment is a partial payment made by the buyer when a sales contract " "is concluded. This implies both parties' full commitment (seller and buyer) " @@ -1032,17 +4367,17 @@ msgid "" "obliged to provide the goods by accepting it." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:10 msgid "" "Sometimes a down payment is required for expensive orders or projects. That " "way, you can protect yourself and make sure that your customer is reliable." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:14 msgid "First time you request a down payment" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:16 msgid "" "When a sales order is confirmed, you then have the possibility to create an " "invoice. Invoices are automatically created in drafts so that you can review" @@ -1050,19 +4385,19 @@ msgid "" "options:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:20 msgid "Regular invoice" msgstr "Facture normale" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:21 msgid "Down payment (percentage)" msgstr "Acompte (pourcentage)" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:22 msgid "Down payment (fixed amount)" msgstr "Montant de l'acompte (montant fixe)" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:24 msgid "" "In terms of down payment, it can either be a fixed amount or a percentage of" " the total amount. The first time you request a down payment, you can set a " @@ -1070,7 +4405,7 @@ msgid "" "account and taxes. These settings will be reused for future down payments." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:34 msgid "" "When you request your first down payment, a new product called **Down " "payment** will be created. This product will be registered as a **service** " @@ -1080,11 +4415,11 @@ msgid "" " to create an invoice**." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:41 msgid "Basic sales flow using down payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:43 msgid "" "For this first example, we will use a 50% amount down payment with a product" " using **ordered quantities** as invoicing policy. Make sure to check out " @@ -1094,7 +4429,7 @@ msgid "" "down payment (as you can see below)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:53 msgid "" "There, you can post the invoice and register the payment of your customer. " "But, we all know that in real life this flow does not happen immediately. " @@ -1105,7 +4440,7 @@ msgid "" " and draft invoice)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:63 msgid "" "To complete the flow, when the customer wants to pay the rest of his sales " "order, you must create another invoice. Once again, you will have the choice" @@ -1113,13 +4448,13 @@ msgid "" "paying the rest of the invoice as a regular invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:71 msgid "" "This flow is also possible with a down payment taking into account a fixed " "amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:74 msgid "" "Be careful that if you do a down payment with a product using **delivered " "quantities** as invoicing policy, you won’t be able to deduct all the down " @@ -1131,15 +4466,15 @@ msgid "" "delivered quantity manually on the sales order." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:82 msgid "Modify the income account and customer taxes" msgstr "Modifiez le compte de revenus et les taxes à la consommation" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:84 msgid "From the products list, search for the **Down Payment** product." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:90 msgid "" "You can edit it and under the **General Information Tab** you will be able " "to change the customer taxes. Now, to change the income account, you will " @@ -1147,15 +4482,15 @@ msgid "" "**Accounting Tab** on the product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:99 msgid ":doc:`invoicing_policy`" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:3 msgid "Re-invoice expenses to customers" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:5 msgid "" "It often happens that your employees have to spend their personal money " "while working on a project for your client. Let's take the example of an " @@ -1163,96 +4498,96 @@ msgid "" " you would like to be able to invoice that expense to your client." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:12 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:64 msgid "Expenses configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:14 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:66 msgid "" "To track & invoice expenses, you will need the expenses app. Go to " ":menuselection:`Apps --> Expenses` to install it." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:17 msgid "" "You should also activate the analytic accounts feature to link expenses to " "the sales order, to do so, go to :menuselection:`Invoicing --> Configuration" " --> Settings` and activate *Analytic Accounting*." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:22 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:74 msgid "Add expenses to your sales order" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:24 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:76 msgid "" "From the expense app, you or your consultant can create a new one, e.g. the " "hotel for the first week on the site of your customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:27 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:79 msgid "" "You can then enter a relevant description and select an existing product or " "create a new one from right there." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:33 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:85 msgid "Here, we are creating a *Hotel* product:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:38 msgid "" "Under the invoicing tab, select *Delivered quantities* and either *At cost* " "or *Sales price* as well depending if you want to invoice the cost of your " "expense or a previously agreed on sales price." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:45 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:97 msgid "" "To modify or create more products go to :menuselection:`Expenses --> " "Configuration --> Expense products`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:48 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:100 msgid "" "Back on the expense, add the original sale order in the expense to submit." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:54 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:106 msgid "It can then be submitted to the manager, approved and finally posted." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:65 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:117 msgid "It will then be in the sales order and ready to be invoiced." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:3 msgid "Invoice based on delivered or ordered quantities" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:5 msgid "" "Different business policies might require different options for invoicing:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:7 msgid "" "The **Invoice what is ordered** rule is used as **default mode** in Odoo " "Sales, which means that customers will be invoiced once the sales order is " "confirmed." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:10 msgid "" "The **Invoice what is delivered** rule will invoice customers once the " "delivery is done. This rule concerns businesses that sell materials, liquids" @@ -1261,58 +4596,58 @@ msgid "" " delivered." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:15 msgid "" "Being able to have different invoicing options allow you more flexibility. " "Indeed, you need to know exactly how to invoice your customers for different" " situations." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:19 msgid "Activate these features" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:21 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and under " "**Invoicing policy** choose the rule you want to apply." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:30 msgid "" "If you decide to choose the **Invoice what is delivered** rule, you will not" " be able to activate the feature called **Automatic invoice**, which " "automatically generates invoices when the online payment is confirmed." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:35 msgid "Choose an invoicing policy on a product form" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:37 msgid "" "From any product page, under the **Sales tab**, you will find the invoicing " "policy, which can be manually changed." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:46 msgid "Impact on sales flow" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:48 msgid "" "On Odoo Sales, the basic sales flow will be to create a quotation, send it " "to your customer, wait for confirmation, confirm the sales order and create " "an invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:51 msgid "" "**Invoice what is ordered**: No impact on this basic sales flow. Indeed, you" " can invoice as soon as the sale is confirmed." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:54 msgid "" "**Invoice what is delivered**: Small impact on sales flow because you will " "have to manually enter the delivered quantity on the sales order or to " @@ -1322,36 +4657,36 @@ msgid "" "error message as below." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:65 msgid "" "Once the quotation is confirmed and that the status went from **Quotation " "sent** to **Sales order**, you are able to see your delivered and invoiced " "quantities directly from your sales order (it is true for both rules)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:74 msgid "" "Odoo will automatically add the quantities to the invoice (even if it is a " "partial delivery)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:76 msgid "" "Finally, to create an invoice, you will have different possibilities: " "regular invoice or down payment (percentage or fixed amount)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:80 msgid "" "Be sure to check out our documentation about down payment here: " ":doc:`down_payment`, to master this incredible feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:3 msgid "Invoice project milestones" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:5 msgid "" "Milestone invoicing can be used for expensive or large-scale projects, with " "each milestone representing a clear sequence of work that will incrementally" @@ -1361,41 +4696,42 @@ msgid "" "project's progress and pay in several installments." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:13 msgid "Create milestone products" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:15 msgid "" "In Odoo, each milestone of your project is considered as a product. To " "configure products to work this way, go to any product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:18 msgid "" "You have to set the product type as *Service* under general information and " "select *Milestones* in the sales tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:25 msgid "Invoice milestones" msgstr "Facturer des étapes" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:27 msgid "" "From the sales order, you can manually edit the quantity delivered as you " "complete a milestone." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:33 msgid "You can then invoice that first milestone." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:3 ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:22 msgid "Send a pro-forma invoice" msgstr "Envoyez une facture pro-forma" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:5 msgid "" "A pro-forma invoice is an abridged or estimated invoice in advance of a " "delivery of goods. It notes the kind and quantity of goods, their value, and" @@ -1405,230 +4741,230 @@ msgid "" " not being a demand or request for payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:13 -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:10 msgid "Activate the feature" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:15 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the" " *Pro-Forma Invoice* feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:24 msgid "" "From any quotation or sales order, you know have an option to send a pro-" "forma invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:30 msgid "" "When you click on send, Odoo will send an email with the pro-forma invoice " "in attachment." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:3 msgid "Sell subscriptions" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:5 msgid "" "Selling subscription products will give you predictable revenue, making " "planning ahead much easier." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:9 msgid "Make a subscription from a sales order" msgstr "Générez un abonnement depuis un bon de commande" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:11 msgid "" "From the sales app, create a quotation to the desired customer, and select " "the subscription product your previously created from the Subscriptions App." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:14 msgid "" "When you confirm the sale the subscription will be created automatically. " "You will see a direct link from the sales order to the Subscription in the " "upper right corner." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:3 msgid "Invoice based on time and materials" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:5 msgid "" "Time and Materials is generally used in projects in which it is not possible" " to accurately estimate the size of the project, or when it is expected that" " the project requirements would most likely change." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:9 msgid "" "This is opposed to a fixed-price contract in which the owner agrees to pay " "the contractor a lump sum for the fulfillment of the contract no matter what" " the contractors pay their employees, sub-contractors, and suppliers." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:14 msgid "" "For this documentation I will use the example of a consultant, you will need" " to invoice their time, their various expenses (transport, lodging, ...) and" " purchases." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:19 msgid "Invoice time configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:21 msgid "" "To keep track of progress in the project, you will need the *Project* app. " "Go to :menuselection:`Apps --> Project` to install it." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:24 msgid "" "In *Project* you will use timesheets, to do so go to :menuselection:`Project" " --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Timesheets* feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:32 msgid "Invoice your time spent" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:34 msgid "" "From a product page set as a service, you will find two options under the " "invoicing tab, select both *Timesheets on tasks* and *Create a task in a new" " project*." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:41 msgid "You could also add the task to an existing project." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:43 msgid "" "Once confirming a sales order, you will now see two new buttons, one for the" " project overview and one for the current task." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:49 msgid "" "You will directly be in the task if you click on it, you can also access it " "from the *Project* app." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:52 msgid "" "Under timesheets, you can assign who works on it. You can or they can add " "how many hours they worked on the project so far." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:58 msgid "From the sales order, you can then invoice those hours." msgstr "Depuis les bons de commande, vous pouvez facturer ces heures." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:69 msgid "" "You should also activate the analytic accounts feature to link expenses to " "the sales order, to do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Settings` and activate *Analytic Accounting*." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:90 msgid "" "under the invoicing tab, select *Delivered quantities* and either *At cost* " "or *Sales price* as well depending if you want to invoice the cost of your " "expense or a previously agreed on sales price." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:120 msgid "Invoice purchases" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:122 msgid "" "The last thing you might need to add to the sale order is purchases made for" " it." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:125 msgid "" "You will need the *Purchase Analytics* feature, to activate it, go to " ":menuselection:`Invoicing --> Configuration --> Settings` and select " "*Purchase Analytics*." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:129 msgid "" "While making the purchase order don't forget to add the right analytic " "account." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:135 msgid "" "Once the PO is confirmed and received, you can create the vendor bill, this " "will automatically add it to the SO where you can invoice it." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices.rst:3 msgid "Products & Prices" msgstr "Articles et prix" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices.rst:3 msgid "Manage your pricing" msgstr "Gérer vos prix" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:3 msgid "How to sell in foreign currencies" msgstr "Comment vendre en devise étrangère" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:5 msgid "Pricelists can also be used to manage prices in foreign currencies." msgstr "" "Les listes de prix peuvent également êtres utilisées pour gérer les prix en " "devise étrangère." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:7 msgid "" "Check *Allow multi currencies* in :menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> " "Settings`. As admin, you need *Adviser* access rights on " "Invoicing/Accounting apps." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:10 msgid "" "Create one pricelist per currency. A new *Currency* field shows up in " "pricelist setup form." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:13 msgid "" "To activate a new currency, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Currencies`, select it in the list and press *Activate* in" " the top-right corner. Now it will show up in currencies drop-down lists." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:17 msgid "Prices in foreign currencies can be defined in two fashions." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:20 msgid "Automatic conversion from public price" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:22 msgid "" "The public price is in your company's main currency (see " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings`) and is set in product detail form." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:28 msgid "" "The conversion rates can be found in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Currencies`. They can be updated from Yahoo or the " @@ -1636,11 +4972,11 @@ msgid "" " :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:40 msgid "Set your own prices" msgstr "Définissez vos propres prix" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:42 msgid "" "This is advised if you don't want your pricing to change along with currency" " rates." @@ -1648,15 +4984,15 @@ msgstr "" "Ceci est conseillé si vous ne voulez pas que vos prix changent en fonction " "des taux de change." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:49 msgid ":doc:`pricing`" msgstr ":doc:`pricing`" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:3 msgid "How to adapt your prices to your customers and apply discounts" msgstr "Comment adapter vos prix à vos clients et appliquer des réductions" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo has a powerful pricelist feature to support a pricing strategy tailored" " to your business. A pricelist is a list of prices or price rules that Odoo " @@ -1665,87 +5001,87 @@ msgid "" "quantity and get a price break), etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:9 msgid "" "As pricelists only suggest prices, they can be overridden by vendors " "completing sales orders. Choose your pricing strategy from " ":menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:18 msgid "" "*A single sale price per product :* doesn't let you adapt prices, it use " "default product price ;" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:19 msgid "" "*Different prices per customer segment :* you will set several prices per " "products ;" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:20 msgid "" "*Advanced pricing based on formula :* will let you apply discounts, margins " "and roundings." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:23 msgid "Several prices per product" msgstr "Différents prix par produit." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:25 msgid "" "To apply several prices per product, select *Different prices per customer " "segment* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`. Then open the *Sales* tab " "in the product detail form. You can settle following strategies." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:30 msgid "Prices per customer segment" msgstr "Prix par segment de client" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:32 msgid "" "Create pricelists for your customer segments: e.g. registered, premium, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:37 msgid "" "The default pricelist applied to any new customer is *Public Pricelist*. To " "segment your customers, open the customer detail form and change the *Sale " "Pricelist* in the *Sales & Purchases* tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:45 msgid "Temporary prices" msgstr "Prix temporaires" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:47 msgid "Apply deals for bank holidays, etc. Enter start and end dates dates." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:53 msgid "" "Make sure you have default prices set in the pricelist outside of the deals " "period. Otherwise you might have issues once the period over." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:57 msgid "Prices per minimum quantity" msgstr "Prix par quantité minimum" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:63 msgid "" "The prices order does not matter. The system is smart and applies first " "prices that match the order date and/or the minimal quantities." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:67 msgid "Discounts, margins, roundings" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:69 msgid "" "*Advanced pricing based on formula* allows to set price change rules. " "Changes can be relative to the product list/catalog price, the product cost " @@ -1755,59 +5091,59 @@ msgid "" " or multiple of either (nearest 5 cents, nearest 10 dollars)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:76 msgid "" "Once installed go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Pricelists`" " (or :menuselection:`Website Admin --> Catalog --> Pricelists` if you use " "e-Commerce)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:84 msgid "" "Each pricelist item can be associated to either all products, to a product " "internal category (set of products) or to a specific product. Like in second" " option, you can set dates and minimum quantities." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:91 msgid "" "Once again the system is smart. If a rule is set for a particular item and " "another one for its category, Odoo will take the rule of the item." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:93 msgid "Make sure at least one pricelist item covers all your products." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:95 msgid "There are 3 modes of computation: fix price, discount & formula." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:100 msgid "Here are different price settings made possible thanks to formulas." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:103 msgid "Discounts with roundings" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:105 msgid "e.g. 20% discounts with prices rounded up to 9.99." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:111 msgid "Costs with markups (retail)" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:113 msgid "e.g. sale price = 2*cost (100% markup) with $5 of minimal margin." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:119 msgid "Prices per country" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:120 msgid "" "Pricelists can be set by countries group. Any new customer recorded in Odoo " "gets a default pricelist, i.e. the first one in the list matching the " @@ -1815,158 +5151,139 @@ msgid "" "pricelist without any country group." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:123 msgid "The default pricelist can be replaced when creating a sales order." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:125 msgid "You can change the pricelists sequence by drag & drop in list view." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:128 msgid "Compute and show discount % to customers" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:130 msgid "" "In case of discount, you can show the public price and the computed discount" " % on printed sales orders and in your eCommerce catalog. To do so:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:132 msgid "" "Check *Allow discounts on sales order lines* in :menuselection:`Sales --> " "Configuration --> Settings --> Quotations & Sales --> Discounts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:133 msgid "Apply the option in the pricelist setup form." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:140 msgid ":doc:`currencies`" msgstr ":doc:`currencies`" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:141 -msgid ":doc:`../../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing`" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:141 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing`" +msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products.rst:3 msgid "Manage your products" msgstr "Gérez vos produits" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:3 -msgid "How to import products with categories and variants" -msgstr "Comment importer des produits avec des catégories et des variantes." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:3 +msgid "How to import Products with Categories and Variants" +msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:5 msgid "" -"Import templates are provided in the import tool of the most common data to " -"import (contacts, products, bank statements, etc.). You can open them with " -"any spreadsheets software (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, " +"Import templates are provided in the **Import Tool** of the most common data" +" to import (contacts, products, bank statements, etc.). You can open them " +"with any spreadsheet software (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, " "etc.)." msgstr "" -"Des templates d'importation sont fournis dans l'outil d'importation des " -"données les plus courantes à importer (contacts, produits, relevés " -"bancaires, etc.). Vous pouvez les ouvrir avec n'importe quel logiciel " -"tableur (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, etc.)." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:11 msgid "How to customize the file" msgstr "Comment personnaliser le fichier" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:13 msgid "" -"Remove columns you don't need. We advise to not remove the *ID* one (see why" -" here below)." +"Remove columns you don't need. However, we advise you to not remove the *ID*" +" column (see why below)." msgstr "" -"Supprimez les colonnes dont vous n'avez pas besoin. Nous vous conseillons de" -" ne pas supprimer la colonne *ID* (voyez pourquoi ci-dessous)." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:15 msgid "" "Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing." msgstr "" "Définissez un ID unique pour chaque donnée en tirant la séquence ID vers le " "bas." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:16 msgid "" -"Don't change labels of columns you want to import. Otherwise Odoo won't " -"recognize them anymore and you will have to map them on your own in the " +"Don't change the labels of columns you want to import. Otherwise, Odoo won't" +" recognize them anymore, and you will have to map them on your own in the " "import screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:18 msgid "" -"To add new columns,Feel free to add new columns but the fields need to exist" -" in Odoo. If Odoo fails in matching the column name with a field, you can " -"make it manually when importing by browsing a list of available fields." +"Feel free to add new columns, but the fields need to exist in Odoo. If Odoo " +"fails in matching the column name with a field, you can match it manually " +"when importing by browsing a list of available fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:24 -msgid "Why an “ID” column" -msgstr "Pourquoi utiliser une colonne “ID”" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:26 -msgid "" -"The ID is an unique identifier for the line item. Feel free to use the one " -"of your previous software to ease the transition to Odoo." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:24 +msgid "Why an “ID” column?" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:26 msgid "" -"Setting an ID is not mandatory when importing but it helps in many cases:" +"The ID is a truly unique identifier for the line item. Feel free to use one" +" of your previous software to ease the transition into Odoo." msgstr "" -"Vous n'êtes pas obligé de configurer un ID lors de l'importation mais cela " -"peut être utile dans certains cas :" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Setting an ID is not mandatory when importing, but it helps in many cases:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:31 msgid "" "Update imports: you can import the same file several times without creating " -"duplicates;" +"duplicates." msgstr "" -"Importations de mise à jour : vous pouvez importer le même fichier plusieurs" -" fois sans devoir créer un doublon;" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:32 msgid "Import relation fields (see here below)." msgstr "Importer des champs de liens (voir ci-dessous)." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:35 msgid "How to import relation fields" msgstr "Comment importer des champs de liens" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:37 msgid "" -"An Odoo object is always related to many other objects (e.g. a product is " +"An Odoo object is always related to many other objects (e.g., a product is " "linked to product categories, attributes, vendors, etc.). To import those " -"relations you need to import the records of the related object first from " +"relations, you need to import the records of the related object first from " "their own list menu." msgstr "" -"Un objet Odoo est toujours lié à de nombreux autres objets (par ex. un " -"produit est lié à des catégories de produits, à des caractéristiques, à des " -"vendeurs, etc.). Pour importer ces relations, vous devez d'abord importer " -"les données de l'objet lié depuis leur propre menu déroulant." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:41 msgid "" -"You can do it using either the name of the related record or its ID. The ID " -"is expected when two records have the same name. In such a case add \" / " -"ID\" at the end of the column title (e.g. for product attributes: Product " +"You can do this using the name of the related record or its ID. The ID is " +"expected when two records have the same name. In such a case, add \" / ID\" " +"at the end of the column title (e.g., for product attributes: Product " "Attributes / Attribute / ID)." msgstr "" -"Pour ce faire, vous pouvez soit utiliser le nom de la donnée liée soit son " -"ID. Lorsque deux données ont le même nom, il faut utiliser l'ID. Dans ce " -"cas, ajoutez \" / ID\" à la fin du titre de la colonne (par ex. pour les " -"caractéristiques du produit : Caractéristiques du produit / Caractéristiques" -" / ID)." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:3 msgid "Using product variants" msgstr "Utilisation de variantes d'articles" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:5 msgid "" "Product variants are used to manage products having different variations, " "like size, color, etc. It allows managing the product at the template level " @@ -1977,26 +5294,26 @@ msgstr "" " l'article au niveau du modèle (pour toutes les variantes) et au niveau de " "la variante (attributs spécifiques)." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:10 msgid "" "As an example, a company selling t-shirts may have the following product:" msgstr "" "A titre d'exemple, une entreprise qui vend des t-shirts peut avoir l'article" " suivant :" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:13 msgid "B&C T-shirt" msgstr "B&C T-shirt" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:15 msgid "Sizes: S, M, L, XL, XXL" msgstr "Tailles : S, M, L, XL, XXL" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:16 msgid "Colors: Blue, Red, White, Black" msgstr "Couleurs : Bleu, Rouge, Blanc, Noir" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:18 msgid "" "In this example, **B&C T-Shirt** is called the product template and **B&C " "T-Shirt, S, Blue** is a variant. Sizes and color are **attributes**." @@ -2004,7 +5321,7 @@ msgstr "" "Dans cet exemple, **B&C T-Shirt** est le modèle d'article, et **B&C T-Shirt," " S, Bleu** est une variante. La taille et la couleur sont des **attributs**." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:22 msgid "" "The above example has a total of 20 different products (5 sizes x 4 colors)." " Each one of these products has its own inventory, sales, etc." @@ -2013,11 +5330,11 @@ msgstr "" "couleurs). Chacun de ces articles a son propre stock, ses propres ventes, " "etc..." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:26 msgid "Impact of variants" msgstr "Impact des variantes" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:28 msgid "" "**Barcode**: the code and barcode is associated to a variant, not the " "template. Every variant may have its own barcode / SKU." @@ -2025,7 +5342,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Code à barres**: le code et le code à barres est associé à la variante, " "pas au modèle. Chaque variante peut avoir son propre code à barres / UGS." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:31 msgid "" "**Price**: every product variant has its own public price that is computed " "based on the template price ($20) with an optional extra for every variant " @@ -2037,7 +5354,7 @@ msgstr "" "pour chaque variante (+3€ pour la couleur rouge). Cependant, vous pouvez " "définir des règles sur le tarif qui s'appliquent au modèle ou à la variante." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:36 msgid "" "**Inventory**: the inventory is managed by product variant. You don't own " "t-shirts, you only own \"T-shirts, S, Red\", or \"T-Shirts, M, Blue\". For " @@ -2051,7 +5368,7 @@ msgstr "" "d'article, est indiqué l'inventaire qui est la somme de toutes les " "variantes. (Mais l'inventaire réel est calculé par variante)" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:42 msgid "" "**Picture**: the picture is related to the variant, every variation of a " "product may have its own primary picture." @@ -2059,7 +5376,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Image**: l'image est liée à la variante, chaque variante d'un article peut" " avoir sa propre image." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:45 msgid "" "**Other fields**: most of the other fields belongs to the product template. " "If you update them, it updates automatically all the variants. (example: " @@ -2069,19 +5386,19 @@ msgstr "" "d'article. Si vous les mettez à jour, cela met automatiquement à jour toutes" " les variantes (par ex. : compte de revenus, taxes)." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:50 msgid "Should you use variants?" msgstr "Devez-vous utiliser des variantes ?" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:53 msgid "When should you use variants?" msgstr "Quand devez-vous utiliser des variantes ?" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:55 msgid "Using variants has the following impacts:" msgstr "L'utilisation de variantes a les conséquences suivantes :" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:57 msgid "" "**eCommerce**: in your online shop, the customer will only see product " "templates in the catalog page. Once the visitor click on such a product, he " @@ -2092,7 +5409,7 @@ msgstr "" "tel article, il aura des options à choisir parmi les variantes (couleurs, " "tailles, ...)" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:62 msgid "" "**Manufacturing**: Using variants allows to define only one bill of material" " for a product template and slight variations for some of the variants. " @@ -2107,7 +5424,7 @@ msgstr "" "quelques lignes qui sont spécifiques à la dimension S, et d'autres " "spécifiques à la la couleur Rouge." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:69 msgid "" "**Pricing**: The default price of a product is computed using the price of " "the product template and add the optional extra price on each dimension of " @@ -2122,11 +5439,11 @@ msgstr "" "pour chaque variante. Il est toutefois aussi possible de créer des règles de" " tarif pour fixer le prix par variante." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:77 msgid "When should you avoid using variants?" msgstr "Quand devez-vous éviter d'utiliser des variantes ?" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:79 msgid "" "Using variants may add a level of complexity on the way you use Odoo. You " "should consider using variants only if you need it to reduce the complexity " @@ -2137,7 +5454,7 @@ msgstr "" "que pour réduire la complexité de la gestion des lots d'articles qui sont " "similaires." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:83 msgid "" "As an example, importing your initial product catalog is more complex if you" " use variants. You can't just import a list of products, you must import " @@ -2148,7 +5465,7 @@ msgstr "" "une liste d'articles, vous devez importer les modèles d'articles et leur " "variantes." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:87 msgid "" "In addition to that, you should also carefully select the dimensions that " "you manage as separate product templates and those as variants. As an " @@ -2159,23 +5476,23 @@ msgstr "" "et ceux que vous gérez en variantes. A titre d'exemple, une entreprise ayant" " ces produits :" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:91 msgid "Quality: T-Shirts, Polos, Shirts" msgstr "Qualité : T-Shirts, Polos, Shirts" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:93 -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:105 -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:110 msgid "Color: Red, Blue" msgstr "Couleur : Rouge, Bleu" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:95 -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:106 -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:111 msgid "Size: S, M, L, XL" msgstr "Taille : S, M, L, XL" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:97 msgid "" "In such a use case, you could create 1 template with three dimensions of " "variants (Layout, T-Shirts, Polos). But, it's recommended to create two " @@ -2189,25 +5506,19 @@ msgstr "" "fortement des polos ou des chemises, et les clients s'attendent à voir cela " "comme trois produits différents dans les boutiques de eCommerce:" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:103 msgid "Product Template: T-shirt" msgstr "Modèle d'article : T-shirt" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:108 msgid "Product Template: Polos" msgstr "Modèle d'article : Polos" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:114 -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:9 -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:16 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Configuration" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:117 msgid "Activate the variant feature" msgstr "Activer la fonctionnalité de variante" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:119 msgid "" "Before you can use product variants, you must first activate the product " "variants in the settings. To do so, you must go to the Sales app. In the " @@ -2222,11 +5533,11 @@ msgstr "" "**Variantes d'articles**, et cochez l'option **Les produits peuvent avoir " "plusieurs attributs...**, puis cliquez sur **Appliquer**." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:129 msgid "Creating products with variants" msgstr "Création d'articles avec des variantes" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:131 msgid "" "Once you have activated the variant option, you can add variants to your " "products. To do so, go to the Sales module, :menuselection:`Sales --> " @@ -2237,12 +5548,12 @@ msgstr "" " puis dans :menuselection:`Ventes --> Articles`. C'est également accessible " "à partir des applications Achats et Inventaire." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:135 msgid "Now, click on the product you wish to add variants to." msgstr "" "Maintenant, cliquez sur l'article auquel vous voulez ajouter des variantes." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:137 msgid "" "In the product page, a new tab called Variants has appeared. The number in " "purple written on top is the number of variants this product currently has. " @@ -2255,7 +5566,7 @@ msgstr "" " sur ce bouton \"# Variantes\". Dans la nouvelle fenêtre, cliquez sur " "**Créer**." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:142 msgid "" "In **Attributes**, click on the rolldown menu and select the type of " "variance you wish to add. If the variant does not yet exist, you can create " @@ -2266,7 +5577,7 @@ msgstr "" "encore, vous pouvez la créer à la volée en cliquant sur Créer et modifier " "..." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:149 msgid "" "In the Attributes window, the **Value** field is the description of the " "attribute such as Green, Plastic or 32GB. The **Attribute** field is the " @@ -2276,7 +5587,7 @@ msgstr "" "l'attribut tel que Vert, Plastique ou 32Go. Le champ **Attribut** est le " "type de variante, comme Couleur, Matériau ou Mémoire." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:156 msgid "" "You can add a cost for the variant on the fly by adding it in the " "**Attribute Price Extra** field, or choose to modify it later. Click on " @@ -2286,14 +5597,14 @@ msgstr "" "**Supplément pour cette caractéristique**, ou choisir de le modifier " "ultérieurement. Cliquez sur **Sauvegarder**." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:160 msgid "" "You can also add a different barcode and internal reference to the variant." msgstr "" "Vous pouvez également ajouter un code à barres et une référence interne " "différents à la variante." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:163 msgid "" "When you have entered all the specifications of the variant, click on " "**Save**." @@ -2301,15 +5612,11 @@ msgstr "" "Lorsque vous avez saisi toutes les spécifications de la variante, cliquez " "sur **Sauvegarder**." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:167 msgid "Managing Product Variants" msgstr "Gestion des Variantes d'Article" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:170 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "Introduction" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:172 msgid "" "The examples below are all based on this product template that has two " "variant attributes :" @@ -2317,23 +5624,23 @@ msgstr "" "Les exemples ci-dessous sont tous basés sur ce modèle d'article qui a deux " "variantes :" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:175 msgid "T-Shirt B&C" msgstr "T-Shirt B&C" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:177 msgid "Color: Red, Blue, White" msgstr "Couleur : Rouge, Bleu, Blanc" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:179 msgid "Size: S, M, L, XL, XXL" msgstr "Taille : S, M, L, XL, XXL" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:182 msgid "Managing combination possibilities" msgstr "Gestion des possibilités de combinaison" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:184 msgid "" "By default, with the above product template, you get 15 different products " "(3 colors, 5 sizes). If the XXL size only exists for red and blue t-shirts, " @@ -2343,7 +5650,7 @@ msgstr "" "différents (3 couleurs, 5 tailles). Si la taille XXL n'existe que pour des " "t-shirts rouges et bleus, vous pouvez désactiver la variante blanche." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:188 msgid "" "To do this, click on the **Variants** button, select the XXL, White T-shirt." " From the product form, uncheck the **Active** box of the T-shirt White, " @@ -2353,18 +5660,18 @@ msgstr "" "T-shirt XXL, Rouge. Dans la fiche de l'article, décochez la case **Actif**. " "Faites de même pour l'article T-shirt XXL, Bleu." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:197 msgid "" "That deactivating a product is different than having an inventory of 0." msgstr "" "Cette désactivation d'article est une chose différente que d'avoir un " "inventaire de 0." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:200 msgid "Setting a price per variant" msgstr "Définition d'un prix par variante" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:202 msgid "" "You can add a cost over the main price for some of the variants of a " "product." @@ -2372,7 +5679,7 @@ msgstr "" "Vous pouvez ajouter un coût à ajouter au prix principal pour certaines " "variantes d'un article." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:205 msgid "" "Once you have activated the variant option, you can add variants to your " "products. To do so, go to the Sales module, open :menuselection:`Sales --> " @@ -2385,7 +5692,7 @@ msgstr "" " vous voulez modifier. Cliquez sur le bouton **Prix de la Variante** pour " "accéder à la liste des valeurs de variante." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:213 msgid "" "Click on the variant name you wish to add a value to, to make the 3 fields " "editable. In the **Attribute Price Extra** field, add the cost of the " @@ -2396,35 +5703,37 @@ msgstr "" "pour cette caractéristique**, ajoutez le coût de la variante qui sera ajouté" " au prix initial." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:220 msgid "When you have entered all the extra values, click on **Save**." msgstr "" "Lorsque vous avez saisi toutes les valeurs supplémentaires, cliquez sur " "**Sauvegarder**." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:223 msgid "" "`Accounting Memento: Details of Journal Entries " -"<../../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.html#journal-entries>`_" +"</applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.html" +"#journal-entries>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:225 -msgid ":doc:`../../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill`" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:225 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill`" +msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/taxes.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/taxes.rst:3 msgid "Set taxes" msgstr "Définir les taxes" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations.rst:3 msgid "Send Quotations" msgstr "Envoyer des devis" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:3 msgid "Use quotations deadline to stimulate your customers" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:5 msgid "" "When sending quotations, it is important to set a deadline to encourage your" " customers to act. Indeed, this will stimulate them because they will be " @@ -2433,21 +5742,21 @@ msgid "" "profitable for you." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:11 msgid "Set a deadline" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:13 msgid "" "With Odoo Sales, it is possible to instantly add an **Expiration Date** from" " the quotation or the sales order." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:22 msgid "Use deadline in your quotation templates" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:24 msgid "" "It is also possible to add a deadline to every quotation template created. " "Whenever a specific quotation template is used in a quote, its associated " @@ -2455,26 +5764,26 @@ msgid "" "documentation about :doc:`quote_template` to excel in their use." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:34 msgid "" "By clicking on the **Customer Preview** button, you will be able to see when" " the offer expires. For your information, the number of days will be the " "same as those mentioned in the quotation template." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:44 -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:50 -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:51 -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:65 -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:115 msgid ":doc:`quote_template`" msgstr ":doc:`quote_template`" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:3 msgid "Deliver and invoice to different addresses" msgstr "Livrer et facturer à différentes adresses" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:5 msgid "" "With Odoo Sales, you can configure different addresses for delivery and " "invoicing. For some customers, it will be very practical to define specific " @@ -2482,7 +5791,7 @@ msgid "" "delivery location as the invoicing location." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:12 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the" " **Customer Addresses** feature." @@ -2490,11 +5799,11 @@ msgstr "" "Allez à :menuselection:`Ventes --> Configuration --> Paramètres` et activez " "la fonctionnalité **Adresses client**." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:21 msgid "Add addresses from a quotation" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:23 msgid "" "When you create a quotation, you must add a customer. This customer can be a" " company or a person with specific billing and shipping addresses already " @@ -2504,7 +5813,7 @@ msgid "" "able to add, delete and modify invoice and delivery addresses." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:35 msgid "" "If you select a customer with defined invoice and delivery addresses, Odoo " "will automatically use them to fill in the fields. Now, if you want to " @@ -2512,11 +5821,11 @@ msgid "" "the sales order." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:40 msgid "Add addresses from a contact form" msgstr "Ajouter des adresses depuis un formulaire de contact" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:42 msgid "" "Previously, we talked about the contact form that you can fill in directly " "from a quotation or a sales order to add billing and shipping addresses to " @@ -2526,11 +5835,11 @@ msgid "" " quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:54 msgid "Deal with different addresses" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:56 msgid "" "Like for the previous example, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> " "Customers` and create a new customer. There, you can add company information" @@ -2538,7 +5847,7 @@ msgid "" "the **Contacts & Addresses** tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:65 msgid "" "Once done, you can return to your Sales dashboard and create a new " "quotation. Now, if you enter your new customer, you will see that the other " @@ -2546,17 +5855,17 @@ msgid "" "billing and shipping addresses." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:74 msgid "" "With Odoo Sales, it is now very convenient to play with various addresses in" " terms of invoice and delivery features." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:3 msgid "Get paid to confirm an order" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:5 msgid "" "In general, online payments are considered as a fast and secure alternative " "to traditional payment methods. It is generally cheaper, easier and faster " @@ -2566,67 +5875,67 @@ msgid "" "it's very convenient and saves lots of time in a basic sales process." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:12 msgid "Enable online payment" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:14 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the" " **Online Payment** feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:22 msgid "" "There, you will have direct access to the **Payment Acquirers** page. It " "will allow you to select and configure your acquirers of choice. Before " "creating or modifying a payment acquirer, be sure to check out our " "documentation about how to be paid with payment acquirers such as " -":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal`, " -":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize`, and others in the " -":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers` documentation." +":doc:`/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal`, " +":doc:`/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize`, and others in the " +":doc:`/applications/general/payment_acquirers` documentation." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:30 msgid "" "If you are familiar with this documentation: :doc:`quote_template`; you can " "activate or not the **Online Payment** feature for each template you use, " "under their confirmation tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:35 msgid "Register a payment" msgstr "Enregistrer un paiement" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:37 msgid "" "After opening quotations from their received email, your customers will have" " different possibilities to make their online payments. For example:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:46 msgid "" "By clicking on the **Customer Preview** button, you will be able to see what" " your customers will have to choose when it comes to payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:51 -msgid ":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers`" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:51 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/payment_acquirers`" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:52 -msgid ":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal`" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:52 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal`" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:53 -msgid ":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize`" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:53 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize`" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:3 msgid "Get a signature to confirm an order" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:5 msgid "" "Online signatures are like electronic \"fingerprints\". By using them on " "Odoo, you will get automatic orders confirmation. You and your customers " @@ -2634,11 +5943,11 @@ msgid "" "process." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:10 msgid "Activate online signature" msgstr "Activez les signatures en ligne " -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:12 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the" " **Online Signature** feature." @@ -2646,18 +5955,18 @@ msgstr "" "Allez à :menuselection:`Ventes --> Configuration --> Paramètres` et activez " "la fonctionnalité **Signature en ligne**." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:21 msgid "" "If you are familiar with this documentation: :doc:`quote_template`, you can " "activate or not the **Online Signature** feature for each quotation template" " you use, under their confirmation tab. Example:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:31 msgid "Confirm an order with a signature" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:33 msgid "" "When you send quotations to clients, they can instantly accept and sign it " "online. When they click on **Sign & Pay**, they have the choice to draw " @@ -2666,24 +5975,24 @@ msgid "" "of an automated signature:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:43 msgid "" "Once signed, you will have the possibility to choose your payment methods. " "Then, when the quotation will be paid and confirmed, a delivery order will " "be created automatically by Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:47 msgid "" "Be careful that delivery orders are only generated for storable products and" " if the **Inventory app** is already installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:3 msgid "Add optional products" msgstr "ajoutez des produits optionnels" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:5 msgid "" "The use of optional products is a marketing strategy for cross-selling " "products along with a core product. The aim is to offer useful and related " @@ -2692,24 +6001,24 @@ msgid "" "or not to order such high-quality products and simply buy his car." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:11 msgid "Add optional products to your quotations" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:13 msgid "" "With Odoo Sales, it is possible to add or modify optional products directly " "on quotations (under the **Optional Products** tab, as you can see below)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:22 msgid "" "By clicking on the **Customer Preview** button, you will be able to see what" " your customers will have as possibilities after opening a quotation from " "their received email." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:30 msgid "" "In practice, your customers will be able to add different optional products " "to their order by using associated carts, with a user-friendly layout. More " @@ -2718,46 +6027,46 @@ msgid "" "salesman." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:40 msgid "" "Like this, salespeople will see each movement made by the customer and " "tracking the order will be all the better." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:49 msgid "Add optional products to your quotation templates" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:51 msgid "" "Be sure to check out our documentation about :doc:`quote_template` to " "understand how you can enable, create, design and manage your own quotation " "templates before reading this part." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:54 msgid "" "For quotation templates, you also have an **Optional Products** tab where " "you can add related products or services." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:62 msgid "" "With Odoo Sales, it is now very easy to understand your customer's needs." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:3 msgid "Use quotation templates" msgstr "Utilisez les templates de devis." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:5 msgid "" "By creating custom quotation templates, you will save a lot of time. Indeed," " with the use of templates, you will be able to send complete quotations at " "a fast pace." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:11 msgid "" "To enable this feature, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " "Settings` and activate **Quotation Templates**." @@ -2765,40 +6074,41 @@ msgstr "" "Pour activer cette fonctionnalité, allez à :menuselection:`Ventes --> " "Configuration --> Paramètres` et activez **Modèles de devis**." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:19 msgid "" "For even more convenience, it is also recommended to add the **Quotation " "Builder** feature which will help you design your quotation templates very " "easily. This option will automatically install the Odoo Website App." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:47 msgid "Create your first template" msgstr "Créez votre premier template." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:31 msgid "" "Quotation templates are under :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:33 msgid "" "You can create a new template or edit an existing one. Once named, you will " "be able to select products and quantities as well as the expiration time of " "the quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:42 msgid "" "On each template, you can also specify discounts if the option is activated " "in the **Sales** settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:46 msgid "Design your template" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:48 msgid "" "You will have the possibility to design your template and edit the customer " "interface in order to manage what clients will see before accepting and " @@ -2807,39 +6117,39 @@ msgid "" "**Edit** and you will be brought to the quotation builder." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:58 msgid "" "You can easily edit the content of your template by dragging & dropping " "different building blocks to organize your quotation. For example, you can " "add a content block to describe your products." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:67 msgid "Use a quotation template" msgstr "Utilisez un template de devis." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:69 msgid "When creating a quotation, you can choose a specific template." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:77 msgid "" "You can select any template of your choice and suggest it as the default " "template in the **Sales** settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:81 msgid "Confirm the quotation" msgstr "Confirmez le devis" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:83 msgid "" "Templates facilitate the confirmation process by allowing customers to sign " "electronically or to pay online. You can activate these two options directly" " in the quotation template itself." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:92 msgid "" "Every quotation will now have this setting. Of course you can always change " "it and make it specific for each quotation." @@ -2847,21 +6157,21 @@ msgstr "" "Tous les devis seront désormais configurés de cette manière. Bien entendu, " "vous pouvez toujours modifier et rendre spécifique chaque devis. " -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:96 -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:116 msgid ":doc:`get_signature_to_validate`" msgstr ":doc:`get_signature_to_validate`" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:97 -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:117 msgid ":doc:`get_paid_to_validate`" msgstr ":doc:`get_paid_to_validate`" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:3 msgid "Add terms & conditions" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:5 msgid "" "Specifying terms and conditions is essential to set out important " "contractual points such as payment terms, limitation of liability and " @@ -2873,17 +6183,17 @@ msgid "" "manage." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:13 msgid "Default Terms & Conditions" msgstr "Termes et conditions par défaut" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:18 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and " "activate *Default Terms & Conditions*." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:27 msgid "" "Please note that this feature is activated via the settings of the " "**Invoicing App** and **not** via the settings of the **Sales App**. " @@ -2891,73 +6201,73 @@ msgid "" "done automatically with the installation of the sales application." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:32 msgid "DT&C on your quotations, sales orders, and invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:34 msgid "" "In the settings of the **Invoicing App**, you have the possibility to insert" " your default terms and conditions." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:42 msgid "They appear subsequently on every quotation, sales order, and invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:45 msgid "DT&C on your quotation templates" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:47 msgid "" "According to your business needs, you can specify your terms and conditions " "on your quotation templates. This is interesting if you have different terms" " and conditions within your company." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:56 msgid "" "Be sure to check out our documentation about quotation templates: " ":doc:`quote_template`, to master each step of this amazing feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:60 msgid "General Terms & Conditions" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:63 msgid "GT&C on your website" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:65 msgid "" "Use the **Website App** and create your own general terms and conditions " "page. For example, here is the Odoo terms and conditions page:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:73 msgid "" "You can refer to this page in the footer of all your documents. The layout " "is available in the **General Settings** under the **Business Documents** " "category. For example, this footer appears in every document from Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:83 msgid "GT&C as attachment in your emails" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:85 msgid "" "Attach an external document with your general terms and conditions when you " "are about to send your quotation by email to your customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:94 msgid "GT&C as attachment in your quotation templates" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:96 msgid "" "Create and edit email templates to set a default attachment for all " "quotation emails that you will send in the future. To do so, you have to go " @@ -2969,12 +6279,924 @@ msgid "" "conditions." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:109 msgid "" "To customize your email templates, activate the **developer mode** and go to" " :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Email --> Templates`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:112 msgid "With Odoo Sales it is now very simple to deal with terms & conditions." msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:3 +msgid "Subscriptions" +msgstr "Abonnements" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:3 +msgid "Add subscription products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To properly sell your subscriptions using our amazing **Odoo Subscriptions**" +" application, you must follow these steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:8 +msgid "**Create your own subscription templates**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:9 +msgid "**Create your own subscription products with the right settings**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:11 +msgid "" +"As a result, you will be able to manage your subscriptions like any other " +"product, create your quotations and continue the sales flow to track the " +"number of subscriptions you sell and manage the revenue they generate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Subscription products` to learn how " +"you can configure your own subscription products. You have the possibility " +"to create a new product or edit an existing one. Once named, be careful to " +"select the option *Can be sold* and deselect *Can be purchased*. For the " +"product type, it is recommended to use *Service* for subscription products " +"as they are non-material products that you provide to your customers. " +"Finally, you can adapt your prices and also add an internal reference." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:30 +msgid "" +"In the Sales tab, underneath the Subscriptions section, make sure the " +"*Subscription products* option is activated. In fact, if you create a " +"subscription product from the **Odoo Subscriptions** application, this " +"option is selected by default. However, if you create a product from another" +" application, it is not the case." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:39 +msgid "You can also choose the subscription templates you want to use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Be sure to check out our documentation on how to create, edit and manage " +"your own :doc:`Subscription templates " +"<../../subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates>` before creating " +"your own subscription products. Once created, check out our documentation on" +" how to :doc:`Create a quotation using subscription products " +"<../../subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation>`, to complete the sales " +"flow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:83 +msgid ":doc:`../../subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:85 +msgid ":doc:`../../subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:3 +msgid "Use subscription templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The subscription business model is becoming more popular. Are you wondering " +"why?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:7 +msgid "For **customers**, value lies in **convenience**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Subscriptions simplify the business process. Indeed, subscribers never have " +"to remember to renew their orders every month, which gives them the " +"assurance that they will have everything they need before they actually need" +" it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:12 +msgid "Subscriptions help customers stay on budget." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:14 +msgid "" +"For **businesses**, value lies in the **ability to predict recurring " +"revenue**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Subscriptions reduce customer churn rate and significantly increase customer" +" retention." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Subscriptions provide much higher payment security for your business. They " +"stabilize and maintain recurring revenue streams by guaranteeing monthly " +"revenues and adding value to your business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:27 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Subscriptions** help you save time and money. Subscription templates " +"can help you generate recurring invoices and manage renewals at a fast pace." +" With Odoo you have the possibility to create, edit, and manage your own " +"subscription templates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Configuration --> Subscription " +"templates`. By default, Odoo suggests you two types of subscription (MON - " +"Monthly subscription *vs* YEA - Yearly subscription). You can also create " +"your own ones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:43 +msgid "" +"The **Odoo Subscriptions** application automatically installs **Odoo Sales**" +" and **Odoo Invoicing** as they work integrated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:49 +msgid "" +"You can create a new template or edit an existing one. The first thing you " +"need to do is give your template a name. After that, choose an *Invoicing " +"period* and specify whether you would like to invoice your customers per " +"*Days*, *Weeks*, *Months* or *Years*. On *Duration*, determine if the " +"subscription must go on *Forever* (until it’s manually closed), or for a " +"*Fixed amount* of time. Among the payment options, an additional field " +"called *Invoice email* appears when you choose *Send*, *Send & try to " +"charge* or *Send after successful payment*. This field allows you to add an " +"invoice email template to your subscription templates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:61 +msgid "" +"For each template, you can also choose if you want your customers to be able" +" to close their subscriptions or not. If enabled, you can set an *Automatic " +"closing* limit and specify the *Group of subscription* and *Journal* " +"options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:66 +msgid "" +"On each template, you can add your **Terms and Conditions**. Specifying " +"terms and conditions is essential to set out important contractual points " +"between the customers and the sellers (payment, refund policy, cancellation," +" complaints, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Finally, if you want to know the basic running health status of your " +"subscriptions, you also have access to a specific tab called **Health " +"Check**. There, you can edit and create your own filters to define what is a" +" subscription in good health *vs* bad health. The system automatically " +"summarizes all the records corresponding to these filters and you are able " +"to manage them in one click." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:85 +msgid "" +"After creating your own subscription templates, be sure to check out our " +"documentation on how to create, edit and manage your own :doc:`Subscription " +"products <../../subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products>`, to " +"complete the sales flow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:84 +msgid ":doc:`../../subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up.rst:3 +msgid "Follow-up" +msgstr "Suivi" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:3 +msgid "Set up automatic alerts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Now that your subscriptions are up and running, you want to stay up-to-date " +"with your customers. Some automation would be appreciated since you would " +"not want to go through the list of all your subscribers to check how things " +"are going. This is what the *Automatic Alerts* feature is for." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:9 +msgid "" +"For example, when customers subscribe to your magazine, you would probably " +"want to send them an email to welcome them and express your gratitude. Or, " +"if the satisfaction rate of your customers drops below 50%, you would " +"probably want to schedule a call with them to understand the reasons for " +"their dissatisfaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:14 +msgid "" +"With **Odoo Subscriptions**, you can set automatic emails, create a \"Call\"" +" task for one of your salespeople so that he/she can try to understand your " +"customer's dissatisfaction, and finally, why not automatically send " +"satisfaction surveys so customers can evaluate your services? All of that is" +" now possible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:20 +msgid "Create a new automatic alert" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The following example shows how to create a new automatic alert to send " +"satisfaction surveys to your customers, by email, after one month of " +"subscription. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> " +"Configuration --> Alerts`, and create a new alert." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:30 +msgid "" +"On the *Apply on* section, first give the alert a name. Then, you can choose" +" to apply this alert on a subscription template, on a specific customer, or " +"even on a specific product. If you want to add more specifications, you can " +"also specify the value of your MRR, the change rate of your MRR over a " +"certain period of time, the value of the satisfaction rate, and even the " +"stage to which you want to apply this alert." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:37 +msgid "" +"In this example, the alert is applied to a specific product, and the stage " +"goes from *Undefined* to *In Progress*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:40 +msgid "" +"For the *Action* section, specify the *Action* and the *Trigger on*. If the " +"*Trigger on* is set to *Modification*, the action is triggered every time " +"there is a change or anything added to the subscription, and all the " +"conditions on the *Apply on* section are met. Now, if the *Trigger on* is " +"set to *Timed condition*, it means that the action is triggered based on the" +" type of *Trigger date*. After that, you can choose your *Action*. You have " +"the choice between *Create next activity*, *Set a tag on the subscription*, " +"*Set a stage on the subscription*, *Mark as To Renew*, *Send an email to the" +" customer* and *Send an SMS Text Message to the customer*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:50 +msgid "" +"In the example above, the *Trigger on* is set to *Timed condition*, " +"therefore, a *Trigger date* and *Delay after trigger* need to be specified. " +"And because the *Send an email to the customer* action was adopted, an " +"*Email template* can be chosen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:54 +msgid "" +"As a result, this alert will send a rating survey after one month, to the " +"customers who have purchased that specific product. The survey will appear " +"in the chatter of your respective subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:63 +msgid "Modify an existing automatic alert" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:65 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo suggests you an automatic alert called *Take action on less" +" satisfied clients*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:71 +msgid "" +"This alert is applied to the *Rating Satisfaction* of your customers, and " +"the action is triggered on *Timed condition*. If their satisfaction rate is " +"lower than 50%, a salesperson contacts the customer. This action is " +"automatically assigned to the salesperson who manages the subscription, and " +"the due date is 5 days after the triggering of this action. This alert " +"ensures that your clients are happy and that you are taking actions if they " +"are not. It helps to keep your customer retention rates very high." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:79 +msgid "" +"By editing the alert, you can modify the *Apply on*, the *Action* and " +"*Activity* sections, and adapt them to your own needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:86 +msgid ":doc:`../../subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting.rst:3 +msgid "Reporting" +msgstr "Analyse" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:3 +msgid "Generate subscription reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:5 +msgid "" +"As we know, understanding how our business is going, and where it is going, " +"is key to success. And particularly so when we offer subscription services " +"or products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Before getting to the heart of the matter, it is very important to recall " +"certain essential concepts to the proper understanding of the following " +"reports:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:11 +msgid "" +"**Monthly Recurring Revenue (MRR)**: MRR is arguably the most important " +"metric for subscription businesses. It shows the monthly revenue earned with" +" subscription-based products or services. It is a consistent number used to " +"track all recurring revenue over time, in monthly increments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:15 +msgid "" +"**Annual Run-Rate (ARR)**: ARR is the yearly version of MRR, which is based " +"on the current MRR, to estimate the coming year's performance. However, this" +" estimation does not take variations and growth into account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:23 +msgid "" +"**Non-Recurring Revenue (NRR)**: NRR shows the revenue earned for everything" +" else than subscription-based products or services. This includes gains of a" +" rare or unique nature that are unlikely to occur in the ordinary course of " +"businesses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:27 +msgid "" +"**Customer Retention**: Practices to engage existing customers to continue " +"buying products or services from your business. Customer retention can be a " +"challenge, because you must prove you are worthy of your customers' trust." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:31 +msgid "" +"**Churn Rate**: Also known as the Rate of Attrition or Customer Churn, the " +"churn rate can be defined, in this case, as the percentage of subscribers " +"who discontinued their subscriptions within a given time period. We can " +"distinguish two types of Churn:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:35 +msgid "**Logo Churn**: It corresponds to the subscription cancellation rate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:37 +msgid "" +"**Revenue Churn**: It corresponds to the monthly recurring revenue loss " +"rate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:39 +msgid "Let's imagine a 2$ increase in a subscription service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:42 +msgid "" +"We lost 3 customers out of the initial 20, which generates a **Logo Churn** " +"of 15%." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Therefore, the 56$ of MRR difference out of the initial 600$ causes a " +"**Revenue Churn**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:0 +msgid "of 9,33%." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Reminder: even though they seem to evolve in the same direction most of the " +"time, it might not be the case all the time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:53 +msgid "" +"**Customer Lifetime Value (CLV)**: Indicates how much revenue can be " +"expected for a customer during his/her entire contract. This approach " +"emphasizes the importance of customer retention, shifting our focus from a " +"quarterly or yearly approach to a long-term one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Check out the different kinds of reports you can access from the **Odoo " +"Subscriptions** application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:61 +msgid "Subscriptions analysis report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Reporting --> Subscriptions`. From " +"there, you can change the *Measures*. By default, Odoo uses the *Monthly " +"Recurring Revenue*. In addition to that, you can choose *Quantity*, " +"*Recurring Price*, *Yearly Recurring Revenue* and *Count*. For this example," +" *Quantity* is added. This way, you can review both of these measures at the" +" same time. You can even *Group By Start Date* and, more precisely, by " +"*Week*, to get a clear view of your report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:74 +msgid "Retention analysis report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Reporting --> Retention`. The " +"default measure applied is *Count*, but you can change to the appropriate " +"one for you. For the example below, *Monthly Recurring Revenue* was chosen, " +"and the *Month* periodicity remains intact. By using these criteria, you can" +" see the progression of the retention from its start." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:86 +msgid "Revenue KPIs report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Reporting --> Revenue KPIs`. From " +"there, you can check different KPIs: *Monthly Recurring Revenue*, *Net " +"Revenue*, *Non-Recurring Revenue*, *Revenue per Subscription*, *Annual Run-" +"Rate*, *Lifetime Value*, and more. You can also filter this information on " +"subscriptions, companies, and sales teams. This is useful if you are looking" +" for specific information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:98 +msgid "" +"The example below shows the *Monthly Recurring Revenue* detailed report. At " +"the moment, there is no data, which is the typical scenario for a new " +"business. But, as your company grows over the months, these graphs get " +"populated with more and more data. Once again, you can filter these specific" +" KPIs on subscriptions, companies, and sales teams." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:108 +msgid "Salesperson dashboard report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Reporting --> Salesperson " +"Dashboard`. This page gives you a summary of your *Monthly Recurring " +"Revenue*, *Non-Recurring Revenue*, *Subscription modifications*, and *Non-" +"Recurring Invoices* for each of your salespeople. You can choose the period " +"you want to apply and the salesperson you want to analyze." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow.rst:3 +msgid "Sales flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:3 +msgid "Close a subscription" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Losing a customer is always difficult, especially if you put a lot of effort" +" into getting them to sign up for your products/services. However, many " +"companies come up with dubious methods to reduce the probability of this " +"happening." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If you adopt such methods, you are among companies that actively and " +"indirectly spread the phobia of subscriptions, who do not think about how " +"negatively dissatisfied customers could impact their business and, who " +"frustrate the customers in a way or another. However, at some point, it is " +"understandable that you do not want your customers to be involved in your " +"subscription status." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If you do not adopt such methods, you are among companies that continue to " +"evolve in a long-term subscription business model, especially in an era of " +"ultra-fast communications between dissatisfied customers, and who retain " +"their customers by making it easier for them to leave if they want to. By " +"giving them the opportunity to close their own subscriptions, your customers" +" do not feel trapped because they subscribed to your products/services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In summary, the **Odoo Subscriptions** application gives you the " +"**possibility to choose what you want to apply**. Indeed, you can decide " +"whether to give your customers the option to close their subscriptions " +"whenever they want to or to restrict this possibility. It depends on you and" +" we will show you how to do that in our amazing application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Configuration --> Subscription " +"templates`. From there, you can create a new *Subscription template* or " +"modify an existing one. When editing your template, underneath the Invoicing" +" tab, you have the possibility to activate the option *Closable by " +"customer*. Once enabled, this option gives your customers the right to close" +" their own subscriptions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Be sure to check out our documentation on how to :doc:`Use subscription " +"templates <../../subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates>` to " +"fully understand the importance of this feature in a basic flow using the " +"**Odoo Subscriptions** application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:49 +msgid "Close your first subscription" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:52 +msgid "Administrator view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Once confirmed, a quotation becomes a sales order and a new subscription is " +"automatically created. Therefore, this subscription has the status *In " +"progress*. From there, you have the possibility to close the subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:62 +msgid "" +"By using the smart button *Close*, you have to enter a close reason. For " +"example, \"Subscription too expensive\", \"Subscription does not meet my " +"requirements\", \"Subscription reached its end date\", etc. Immediately " +"after confirming your close reason, you can observe that the status of the " +"subscription is now *Closed* and that the close reason is mentioned on the " +"subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:72 +msgid "Customer view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:74 +msgid "" +"As previously explained in the *Administrator view* part, from the " +"subscription form, you also have the possibility to visualize what your " +"customers see when managing their subscriptions thanks to the *Customer " +"preview* button. In this example, the customer has the choice to close " +"his/her subscription whenever he/she wants to, due to the *Close " +"Subscription* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:83 +msgid "" +"By using this button, the customer can specify the reason for cancelling " +"his/her subscription and he/she can even leave a message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:90 +msgid "" +"By confirming the cancellation, the customer is redirected to his/her " +"portal. The administrator is informed of this modification. Indeed, the " +"status of the subscription becomes *Closed* and a note appears in the " +"chatter with the new stage, the end date, the close reason, and the closing " +"text added by the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Before closing a subscription, check out our documentation on how to " +":doc:`Create a quotation using subscription products " +"<../../subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation>` to understand how " +"subscriptions are managed in the **Odoo Subscriptions** application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:3 +msgid "Create a quotation using subscription products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Selling a digital product or service gives instant gratification. However, " +"you have to work hard for a new customer to make a purchase. It costs time " +"and money. By convincing customers to sign up for a subscription, you " +"maximize your income and streamline your cash flow. You can sell any type of" +" product or service through a subscription business model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Here is a scenario using **Odoo Subscriptions** to create a quotation " +"including subscription products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:19 +msgid "Create your first quotation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Before creating your first quotation, be sure to check out our documentation" +" on how to create and manage your own :doc:`Subscription templates " +"<../../subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates>` and on how to " +"add :doc:`Subscription products " +"<../../subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products>` to your " +"templates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:30 +msgid "" +"These steps are **mandatory** to make a basic sales flow using **Odoo " +"Subscriptions**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Go to **Odoo Sales** and create a new quotation. Then, choose a customer and" +" add a product. Be careful to select a product that you previously " +"configured as a *Subscription product*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:39 +msgid "" +"When your quotation is ready, you have the possibility to send it to your " +"customers or to confirm it. It is better to first *Send by email* the " +"quotation to your customers to have their confirmation and, then, *Confirm* " +"it in **Odoo Sales**. By clicking on *Customer preview*, you have an idea of" +" what your customers will see when receiving your quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:48 +msgid "" +"From there, your customers have three choices: *Sign & Pay* the quotation, " +"give you a *Feedback* or *Reject* the quotation. It appears that they are " +"very happy and accept the option *Sign & Pay*. Then, they have to validate " +"the order with a signature and by choosing a payment method. When it is " +"done, you can check out the quotation in **Odoo Sales** and *Confirm* it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:54 +msgid "Manage your subscriptions from your SO" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Once confirmed, the quotation becomes a sales order and a new button " +"appears, *Subscriptions*. Indeed, a subscription is automatically created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:63 +msgid "" +"By clicking on the *Subscriptions* button, you can see that the status of " +"the subscription is *In progress*. From there, you will have three options: " +":doc:`Renew <../../subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals>`, :doc:`Close " +"<../../subscriptions/sales_flow/closing>` or :doc:`Upsell " +"<../../subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling>` your subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:73 +msgid "" +"In the top-right corner, you can see the status of the subscription. When a " +"subscription is new and created from **Odoo Subscriptions**, the status is " +"*Draft*. When a sales order has been validated, the status is *In progress*." +" Finally, when a customer decides to close his subscription, the status " +"becomes *Closed*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:81 +msgid ":doc:`../../subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:82 +msgid ":doc:`../../subscriptions/sales_flow/closing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:83 +msgid ":doc:`../../subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:3 +msgid "Renew a subscription" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The key feature of a subscription business model is the recurring nature of " +"payments. In this model, customers pay a recurring amount in exchange for " +"access to a product or a service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Each subscriber experiences this renewal process monthly, annually, or " +"sometimes more, depending on the duration of the contract. Most subscription" +" companies choose to automate their renewal processes but, in some cases, " +"manual subscription renewals are still the preferred option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:18 +msgid "" +"With **Odoo Subscriptions**, you can have all your subscriptions in one " +"application, suggest an automatic subscription renewal to your customers (as" +" well as a manual one) and, finally, filter all your subscriptions and " +"easily find those to renew (with the help of the tag *To renew*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:23 +msgid "Renew your first subscription" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Before renewing a subscription, be sure to check out our documentation on " +"how to :doc:`Create a quotation " +"<../../subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation>` using subscription " +"products. Indeed, once confirmed, a quotation becomes a sales order and a " +"new subscription is automatically created. Therefore, this subscription has " +"the status *In progress*. From there, you have the possibility to renew the " +"subscription. In the Other Info tab, underneath the To Renew section, you " +"can activate the *To renew* option. When activated, a yellow tag " +"automatically appears in the upper right corner of the subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:38 +msgid "" +"The *To renew* tag is automatically ticked when a payment fails. This " +"indicator also appears on the customer portal. To visualize that, you just " +"have to click on the *Customer preview* button. The tag *To renew* appears " +"on the top right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:46 +msgid "" +"When a subscription needs to be renewed, you have the possibility to use a " +"new button called *Renewal quotation*. By clicking on it, a new quotation is" +" created. From there, start a basic sales flow allowing you to send the " +"quotation by email to your customers or to confirm it. It is better to first" +" *Send by email* the quotation to your customers in order to have their " +"confirmation and, then, *Confirm* it in **Odoo Sales**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:53 +msgid "" +"In the Chatter of this new quotation, it is mentioned that \"This renewal " +"order has been created from the previous subscription\". Once confirmed by " +"your customers, this quotation becomes a sales order and a new sale is " +"mentioned in the upper right corner of the subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:61 +msgid "" +"By clicking on the *Sales* button, you have a summary of your sales orders " +"in a list view. The only difference between your two quotations is the " +"description underneath the *Subscription Management* category. There, you " +"can easily visualize which one is your renewal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:70 +msgid "Visualize your subscriptions to renew" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Finally, if you want to visualize all your subscriptions and easily find " +"those to renew, you can go to your *Subscriptions dashboard* and use the " +"filter *To renew*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:3 +msgid "Upsell a subscription" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Subscriptions are recurrent and go on indefinitely. As time passes by, our " +"customers may want to modify them. We must then be able to adapt the prices " +"or change the products’ quantities to accommodate their needs. Two " +"situations can happen:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:9 +msgid "" +"**Loyal customers:** This kind of customers already trust you as a brand. " +"Therefore, you are confident regarding what you offer since they keep paying" +" for your products and services. Consequently, it is easier to sell them " +"something additional than it would be to a new customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:14 +msgid "" +"**New customers:** For this kind of customers, you have to come with " +"something new, something attractive. What about discounts? Typically, every " +"subscription ends after a certain given time. Making these types of offers " +"for new customers strengthens your relationships with them and also " +"increases their retention." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:27 +msgid "" +"As previously explained, to upsell a subscription to new customers, it is " +"recommended to offer *Discounts*. To activate this option, go to " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and, under the " +"*Pricing* category, you have the possibility to grant discounts on sales " +"order lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:36 +msgid "Upsell your first subscription" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Before upselling a subscription, be sure to check out our documentation on " +"how to :doc:`Create a quotation " +"<../../subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation>` using subscription " +"products. Indeed, once confirmed, a quotation becomes a sales order and a " +"new subscription is automatically created. Therefore, this subscription has " +"the status *In progress*. From there, you have the possibility to upsell " +"your subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:48 +msgid "" +"By using the smart button *Upsell*, you are able to create a new quotation " +"with new subscription products and send it to your customers for approval." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:56 +msgid "" +"When the quotation is confirmed by your customers, the products are added to" +" the initial subscription. Quotation prices are, then, prorated to the " +"remaining time of the current invoicing period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Of course, before sending this new quotation to your customers, you can " +"change the unit price, taxes, and, even the discount you want to offer. The " +"smart button *Customer preview* is useful for mimicking the customer's " +"reaction. In this case, we can confidently say that the customer will *Sign " +"and pay* this new quotation. When it is done, you have to go back in edit " +"mode, confirm the quotation, and click on the smart button *Subscriptions* " +"to visualize all updates. From there, you can see that an additional line " +"has been added to the subscription with the new extra service the customer " +"wanted to purchase." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:72 +msgid "" +"In addition, by clicking on the *Sales* button, you have a summary of your " +"sales orders in a list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:79 +msgid "" +"The only difference between your two sales orders is the description " +"underneath the *Subscription Management* category. There, you can easily " +"visualize which one is your upselling." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/services.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/services.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ae3eed5c5 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/services.po @@ -0,0 +1,1614 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Moka Tourisme <hello@mokatourisme.fr>, 2021 +# ShevAbam, 2021 +# Olivier Lenoir <olivier.lenoir@free.fr>, 2021 +# Eloïse Stilmant <est@odoo.com>, 2021 +# Cécile Collart <cco@odoo.com>, 2021 +# Vincent Luba <vincent@biz-4-africa.com>, 2021 +# amsodoo <ams@odoo.com>, 2021 +# Anthony Chaussin <chaussin.anthony@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Martin Trigaux, 2021 +# Richard Mathot <rim@odoo.com>, 2021 +# Jérôme Tanché <jerome.tanche@ouest-dsi.fr>, 2021 +# William Henrotin <whe@odoo.com>, 2021 +# Alexandra Jubert <aju@odoo.com>, 2021 +# Jonathan Castillo <jcs@odoo.com>, 2021 +# Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2021 +# romrik_, 2021 +# Priscilla (prs) Odoo <prs@odoo.com>, 2021 +# David David <f322p3ph@yahoo.fr>, 2021 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-18 07:12+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-05-18 05:18+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: David David <f322p3ph@yahoo.fr>, 2021\n" +"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: fr\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" + +#: ../../content/applications/services.rst:3 ../../content/services.rst:3 +msgid "Services" +msgstr "Services" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm.rst:4 +msgid "Field Service" +msgstr "Services sur Site" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/helpdesk.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:4 +msgid "Helpdesk" +msgstr "Assistance" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:3 +msgid "Plan onsite interventions from helpdesk tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:4 +msgid "" +"The integration with the Helpdesk app lets your helpdesk team manage " +"intervention requests directly. Planning field service tasks from tickets " +"speeds up your processes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:8 +msgid "Configure the helpdesk team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`. Select" +" a team and enable *Onsite Interventions*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The helpdesk tickets of the team now display the *Plan Intervention* button." +" Click on it to create a new task under your field service project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales.rst:3 +msgid "Sales" +msgstr "Ventes" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:3 +msgid "Create onsite interventions from sales orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Allowing your sales team to open onsite interventions creates a seamless " +"experience for your customers. They can receive a quotation they first have " +"to approve before the work even starts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:8 +msgid "Configure a product" +msgstr "Configurez un article" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration --> Products` and " +"create or edit a product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Under the *General Information* tab, select *Service* as *Product Type*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Under the *Sales* tab, select *Timesheets on tasks* as *Service Invoicing " +"Policy*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:15 +msgid "Select *Create a task in an existing project* as *Service Tracking*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:17 +msgid "Select your *Project*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If you use them, select your *Worksheet Template* and then click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:25 +msgid "" +"From the *Sales* app, create a quotation with the product and confirm it. A " +"task is automatically set up under your Field Service project. It is " +"directly accessible from the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced" +msgstr "Avancé" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:3 +msgid "After Sales Features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:5 +msgid "" +"As your business grows, having the right tool to support your helpdesk team " +"on recording, tracking and managing issues raised easy and efficiently, is " +"key. Odoo’s Helpdesk application allows you to generate credit notes, manage" +" returns, products, repairs, grant coupons, and even plan onsite " +"interventions from a ticket’s page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:11 +msgid "Set up the after sales services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " +"enable the after sales options: *Refunds, Returns, Coupons, Repairs and " +"Onsite Interventions*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:20 +msgid "Generate credit notes from tickets" +msgstr "Générez des notes de crédit depuis les tickets" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:22 +msgid "" +"You can use a credit note to refund a customer or adjust the amount due. For" +" that, simply go to your ticket page, click on *Refund* and select the " +"corresponding *Invoice*. Clicking on *Reverse* generates a credit note, and " +"you can *Post* it while still being in the *Helpdesk* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:30 +msgid "Allow product returns from tickets" +msgstr "Autorisez les retours d'articles depuis les tickets" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:32 +msgid "" +"The process of a product return from your customer back to your warehouse is" +" taken into action when, at the ticket page, you choose the option *Return*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:39 +msgid "Grant coupons from tickets" +msgstr "Offrez des bons de réduction depuis les tickets " + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:41 +msgid "" +"First, be sure to have your *Coupon Program* planned in the *Sales* or " +"*Website* application. Then, in *Helpdesk*, open your ticket, click on " +"*Coupon*, and choose the respective one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:48 +msgid "Repairs from tickets" +msgstr "Générer des réparations depuis les tickets" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Clicking on *Repair* option, on your ticket page, a new repair order form is" +" shown. Fill in the information as needed and choose the next step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:57 +msgid "Plan onsite interventions from tickets" +msgstr "Générer des interventions sur site depuis les tickets" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:59 +msgid "" +"At the ticket's page click on *Plan Intervention*, and set up your onsite " +"intervention exactly the same way as if you were on the *Field Service* " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:67 +msgid "" +"`Coupons <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/coupon-" +"programs-640?fullscreen=1>`_" +msgstr "" +"`Bons de réduction <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/coupon-" +"programs-640?fullscreen=1>`_" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:3 +msgid "Allow Customers to Close their Tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Allowing customers to close their tickets gives them autonomy and minimize " +"misunderstandings about when an issue is considered solved, or not. It makes" +" communication and actions more efficient." +msgstr "" +"Le fait d'autoriser les clients à clôturer eux-mêmes leurs tickets, leur " +"donne une autonomie et minimise les malentendus liés au fait qu'un problème " +"est considéré comme résolu ou pas. En plus, cela rend la communication et " +"les actions plus efficaces." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:9 +msgid "Configure the feature" +msgstr "Configuration de la fonctionnalité" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To configure the feature go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Settings --> " +"Helpdesk Teams --> Edit` and enable *Ticket closing*." +msgstr "" +"Pour configurer cette fonctionnalité, allez sur :menuselection:`Assistance " +"technique --> Paramètres --> Équipes d'assistance technique --> Éditer` et " +"activez *Clôture du ticket*." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:18 +msgid "" +"In order to designate to which stage the ticket migrates to once it is " +"closed, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Overview --> Tickets`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:25 +msgid "" +"You can either create a new Kanban stage or work with an existing one. For " +"both scenarios, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Settings --> Edit Stage` " +"and enable *Closing Stage*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:32 +msgid "" +"If a closing stage is not specified, by default, the ticket is moved to the " +"last stage; contrarily, if you have more than one stage set as closing, the " +"ticket is put in the first one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:36 +msgid "The Costumer Portal" +msgstr "Le Portail du client" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Now, once the user logs into his Portal, the option *Close this ticket* is " +"available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:45 +msgid "Get reports on tickets closed by costumers" +msgstr "Recevoir des rapports sur les tickets clôturés par le client" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:47 +msgid "" +"To do an analysis of the tickets that have been closed by costumers go to " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting --> Tickets --> Filters --> Add " +"Custom filter --> Closed by partner --> Applied`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Vue d'ensemble" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:3 +msgid "Forum and eLearning" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:6 +msgid "Forum" +msgstr "Forum" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To go above and beyond email, live chat, web forms, and phone lines, offer " +"your customers a support forum. This way, customers might become more " +"attached to your company as they would be investing time to get into details" +" of your business. You also encourage the exchange of experiences and " +"knowledge, supporting the feeling of belonging to a community (your " +"community!)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:11 +msgid "Set up" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Team` and " +"enable *Help Center*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Create, or edit a forum by clicking on the external link. Among the editing " +"options, choose if you would like the *Forum Mode* to be *Questions*: only " +"one answer is allowed per question or *Discussions*: multiple answers are " +"allowed per question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:31 +msgid "" +"From now on, logged in users can start their discussions. To keep track of " +"posts, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Forum --> Posts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Turn tickets into forum posts by simply clicking on *Share on the Forum* on " +"the ticket's page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:45 +msgid "eLearning" +msgstr "eLearning" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:47 +msgid "" +"In addition to a forum, offer online courses. When doing so, you link your " +"customers and users’ needs and questions to useful content, helping to boost" +" efficiency as they can also find their answers there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " +"enable *eLearning*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Once the structure and content of your course are ready, *Publish* it by " +"clicking on *Unpublished*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To keep track of your course statistics, go to *eLearning* and *View " +"Course*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:73 +msgid "Todo" +msgstr "À faire" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:73 +msgid "" +"DETAILS/INFO SHOULD COME FROM ELEARNING DOCS. THEREFORE, LINK DOCS ONCE " +"AVAILABLE!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:3 +msgid "Getting Started" +msgstr "Commencer" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Helpdesk teams provide your customers with support to queries or errors they" +" might encounter while using your product/service. Therefore, a successful " +"scheme where you can organize multiple teams with their customized pipeline," +" visibilities settings, and ticket traceability is essential." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:10 +msgid "Set up teams" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To modify or create teams, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration " +"--> Helpdesk Teams`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Setting up multiple teams allows you to group tickets by your channels " +"(example: BE/US), or by your support services' types (example: IT, " +"accounting, admin, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:21 +msgid "Team’s productivity and visibility" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Teams can have individual *Assignment Methods* to ensure that tickets get " +"redirected to the right person:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:26 +msgid "" +"*Manually*: tickets are manually assigned, allowing employees to manage " +"their own workload and target tickets they are experts at;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:28 +msgid "" +"*Random*: tickets are randomly assigned and everyone gets the same amount. " +"This method ensures that all tickets are handled as the assignment happens " +"automatically;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:30 +msgid "" +"*Balanced*: tickets are assigned to the person with the least amount of " +"tickets so that everyone fairly gets the same amount. Thereby, you ensure " +"that all tickets get to be taken care of." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:40 +msgid "" +"For the *Random* and *Balanced* assignment methods, you can set the *Team " +"Members* among whom tickets are assigned. Leave the field empty to include " +"all employees (with the proper access rights)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:43 +msgid "" +"The *Team Visibility* feature allows you to specify who can see and access " +"the team’s tickets. Therefore, ticket’s with sensible information are only " +"seen by the right people. Leave the field empty to include all employees " +"(with the proper access rights)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:46 +msgid "Set up stages and share it among teams" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To set up stages, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> " +"Stages`. Then, create and/or edit stages as you need and set specific teams " +"to use certain stages under *Team*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Stages can be shared between one or multiple teams, allowing you to adapt " +"the pipeline to your individual needs. They also apply a visibility and " +"access rule, as other teams are not able to see or use the stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:64 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/odoo_basics/users`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:3 +msgid "Ratings" +msgstr "Évaluations" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Allow customers to rate their experience with your helpdesk teams to " +"strengthen your credibility and gain their trust. Reviews can also influence" +" a customer’s decision and open space for feedback that can help you improve" +" the quality of your services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " +"enable *Ratings on tickets*. The feature automatically adds a default email " +"template on the non-folded *closing stage(s)* of that team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To edit the email template and the stage(s) set as the closing ones, go to " +"the Kanban view of your helpdesk team and click on *Settings*, then on *Edit" +" Stage*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Now, once a ticket reaches the stage(s) designated as the *Closing Stage*, " +"an email is sent to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Ratings can be seen on the chatter of each ticket, under the *See Customer " +"Satisfaction* link on the main dashboard, and through *Reporting*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:39 +msgid "Ratings visible on the customer portal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " +"enable *Display Rating on Customer Portal*. Now, by clicking on the helpdesk" +" team’s name on their ticket, customers can see its ratings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:47 +msgid ":doc:`../advanced/close_tickets`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:3 +msgid "Start Receiving Tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Offering a variety of channels from where your customers can contact you " +"grants them flexibility and the right to choose the best one for themselves." +" And, in order to make sure inquiries across all channels get addressed, it " +"is essential to have a solution where all interactions come in one place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:11 +msgid "Channels options to submit tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`, and " +"enable the following features as you want them to be available to your " +"users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:21 +msgid "Email Alias" +msgstr "Alias d'email" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Let your customers submit tickets by sending an email to your support email " +"address. The subject line of the email becomes the title of the ticket and " +"the content is shown in the Chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Select *Configure domain name* to be redirected to *Settings* and, from " +"there, enable *External Email Servers* to determine or change your *Alias " +"Domain*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Using your own email server is required to send and receive emails in Odoo " +"Community and Enterprise. Online users benefit from a ready-to-use email " +"server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:39 +msgid "Website Form" +msgstr "Formulaire de Site Web" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Allow your customers to submit a ticket by filling in a form through your " +"website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Once the feature is activated, get redirected to your website by clicking on" +" *Go to Website*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:49 +msgid "" +"From the website page customize the form as you like. Then, publish it by " +"clicking on *Unpublished*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:56 +msgid "Live Chat" +msgstr "Live Chat" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Through live interactions with your website visitors, helpdesk tickets can " +"be instantly created and redirected to the right person." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Click on your helpdesk team's name - for the example below: *Customer Care* " +"- and :doc:`set up your channel " +"</applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Now, your operators can create tickets by using the :doc:`command " +"</applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses>` */helpdesk " +"(subject_of_ticket)*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:72 +msgid "Prioritize tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Use the stars to prioritize your tickets. The most urgent ones appear at the" +" top of your list on the Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:77 +msgid "1 star = *Low priority*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:78 +msgid "2 stars = *High priority*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:79 +msgid "3 stars = *Urgent*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:60 +msgid ":doc:`sla`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:89 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:3 +msgid "Reports for a Better Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:5 +msgid "" +"An efficient customer service solution should have a built-in reporting " +"option. Reports allow you to track trends, identify areas for improvement, " +"manage employees’ workloads and, most importantly, meet your customer’s " +"expectations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:10 +msgid "Cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:12 +msgid "Some examples of the reports Odoo Helpdesk can generate include:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:14 +msgid "The number of tickets *grouped by* team and ticket type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:17 +msgid "" +"In this manner, you are able to evaluate which ticket types have been the " +"most frequent ones, plus the workload of your teams." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Apply *Time Ranges* if you would like to make comparisons to a *Previous " +"Period* or a *Previous Year*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:25 +msgid "The number of tickets closed per day, per team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Get an overview of how many requests each team is closing per day in order " +"to measure their performance. Identify productivity levels to understand how" +" many requests they are able to handle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Filter it by *Assignee* to see Key Performance Indicators (KPI) per agent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:37 +msgid "" +"The number of hours tickets are taking to be solved, grouped by team and " +"ticket type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Check if your expectations are met by *measuring* the *Time to close " +"(hours)*. Your customers not only expect fast responses but they also want " +"their issues to be handled quickly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:48 +msgid "Save filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Save the filters you use the most and avoid having to reconstruct them every" +" time they are needed. To do so, set the groups, filters, and measures " +"needed. Then, go to *Favorites*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:59 +msgid ":doc:`receiving_tickets`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:3 +msgid "Service Level Agreements (SLA)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Service Level Agreements (SLA) are commitments you make with your customers " +"to outline how a service is delivered. It bolsters trust between you and " +"your customers as it makes clear what needs to be done, to what standard, " +"and when." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:10 +msgid "Create your policies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:13 +msgid "" +"First, enable the feature on the settings of the team you would like " +"policies to be applied, going to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration " +"--> Helpdesk Teams`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Create your policies through the team’s settings page or go to " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> SLA Policies`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Choose to which **Team** the policy is relevant and the **Minimum Priority**" +" a ticket needs to have for the policy to be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:27 +msgid "" +"**Target** is the stage a ticket needs to reach within the period defined to" +" satisfy the SLA. The period is based on the ticket’s creation date, and a " +"deadline is set on the ticket’s form once it matches an SLA policy rule. If " +"a ticket has more than one policy applied to it, the closest deadline of all" +" SLAs is the one considered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:29 +msgid "" +"When a ticket has satisfied an SLA policy, the SLA tag appears in green and " +"the deadline field is not shown anymore." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:37 +msgid "SLA Analysis" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting --> SLA Status Analysis`. Apply" +" *Filters* and *Group by* to identify tickets that should be prioritized and" +" keep track of upcoming deadlines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice.rst:3 +msgid "Timesheet and Invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:3 +msgid "Invoice Time Spent on Tickets (Prepaid Support Services)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Have the option to work with prepaid support services, meaning that a sales " +"order and a corresponding invoice are issued and, once the service is done, " +"you can deduct the time spent. Odoo allows it to happen because the " +"applications are fully integrated, resulting in faster responses to your " +"customer needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:14 +msgid "Step 1: Set up a helpdesk team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`, create" +" or edit an existing team, and enable *Timesheet on Ticket* and *Time " +"Reinvoicing*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Select or create a project under *Timesheet on Ticket*. The selected/created" +" is the one at which employees timesheet on by default. However, it can be " +"ultimately modified on each ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:28 +msgid "Step 2: Set up a service" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " +"*Units of Measure* to optionally be able to choose *hours* (for example) as " +"the unit of measure of your service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Then, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`, create or edit" +" an existing one, and set its *Product Type* as *Service*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Now, select the invoicing management you would like to have under the " +"*Sales* tab. We recommend the following configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:47 +msgid "" +"This configuration ensures that the customer is invoiced by the number of " +"hours predicted in the sales order, meaning that less or extra hours " +"recorded are not taken into account. It also ensures that every time a sales" +" order is confirmed, a new task is created under the right project, " +"automating the process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:53 +msgid "" +"We recommend setting up a specific project, as it was done for this flow " +"example. The important thing to remember is that the sales order item needs " +"to be set on the corresponding project or task, in order to reinvoice the " +"time spent on a ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:58 +msgid "Prevision an invoice and record time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:61 +msgid "Step 1: Place an order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> Orders` and create one for the " +"helpdesk service product you have previously set up, with the customer who " +"needs the ticket to be opened. Set the number of hours needed to assist the " +"customer and *Confirm* the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:72 +msgid "Step 2: Invoice the customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:74 +msgid "In *Sales*, select the respective sales order to *Create Invoice*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:82 +msgid "Step 3: Link the task to the ticket" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Now, in *Helpdesk*, create or edit the respective ticket and link it to the " +"task created by the confirmation of the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:92 +msgid "Step 4: Record the time spent" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Still on the respective helpdesk ticket, record the hours performed under " +"the *Timesheets* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Note that the hours recorded on the ticket form are shown on the *Delivered*" +" column in the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Hours recorded on the ticket are automatically shown in *Timesheets* and on " +"the dedicated task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:111 +msgid ":doc:`reinvoice_from_project`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:112 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:3 +msgid "Invoice Time Spent on Tickets (Postpaid Support Services)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Directly pull the billable time you have tracked on your helpdesk tickets " +"into sales orders and invoices through a project task. It gives you more " +"control over what you charge your client, and it is more efficient." +msgstr "" +"Ajoutez directement le temps à facturer que vous avez enregistré sur vos " +"tickets d'assistance dans les bons de commande et les factures, via une " +"tâche de projet. Cela vous donne plus de contrôle sur ce que vous facturez à" +" votre client, et c'est plus efficace." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:10 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Configuration" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk team --> Edit`" +" and enable the options *Timesheet on Ticket* and *Time Reinvoicing*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Under *Timesheet on Ticket*, choose the *Project* to which tickets (and " +"timesheets) will be linked by default. Open its *External link* to enable " +"the feature *Bill from tasks*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:22 +msgid "Create a sales order and an invoice" +msgstr "Créez un bon de commande et une facture" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Now, once you have recorded the time you spent on the helpdesk ticket, under" +" the *Timesheets* tab, access the task clicking on its name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:31 +msgid "*Create Sales Order* and proceed to create the invoice." +msgstr "*Créez un bon de commande* et lancez la facturation." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project.rst:4 +msgid "Project" +msgstr "Projet" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks.rst:3 +msgid "Tasks" +msgstr "Tâches" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:3 +msgid "Create Project's Tasks from an Email Alias" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you already have an email address that customers know from the top of " +"their heads, changing it is the last thing you want to do. Instead, link " +"that address to your project and transform those conversations into " +"structured work. It automatically creates a task in the first stage of a " +"project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:11 +msgid "Set up an incoming email server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:14 +msgid "" +"On the *Settings* application, enable *External Email Servers* and define " +"the incoming email alias you would like to use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:15 +msgid "" +"**For more information**: " +":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:18 +msgid "Configure the email alias in your project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Now that you have the incoming email server set up, go to " +":menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects --> Edit`. Under the " +"*Emails* tab, define the wanted email alias and choose the policy to receive" +" a message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:23 +msgid "In addition, you can now directly set it when creating a new project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:30 +msgid "" +"All the recipients of the email (To/Cc/Bcc) are automatically added as " +"followers of the task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:32 +msgid "The email can be seen under the name of your project on the dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets.rst:4 +msgid "Timesheets" +msgstr "Feuilles de temps" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:3 +msgid "Create Timesheets upon Time Off Validation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically timesheets on project/tasks upon time off requests. This " +"allows for better overall control over the validation of timesheets, as it " +"does not leave place for forgetfulness and questions after hours that have " +"not been timesheeted by the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Activate the :doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>`, " +"go to *Timesheets*, and change the *Project* and *Task* set by default, if " +"you like." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Time Off --> Configuration --> Time Off Types`. Select" +" or create the needed type, and decide if you would like the requests to be " +"validated or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Now, once the employee has requested his time off and the request has been " +"validated (or not, depending on the setting chosen), the time is " +"automatically allocated on *Timesheets*, under the respective project and " +"task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:27 +msgid "" +"On the example below, the user requested *Paid Time off* from July 13th to " +"15th." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Considering that validation is not required, the requested time off is " +"automatically displayed in *Timesheets*. If validation is necessary, the " +"time is automatically allocated after the responsible person for validating " +"does it so." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Click on the magnifying glass, hovering over the concerned cell, to access " +"all the aggregated data on that cell (day), and see details regarding the " +"project/task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support.rst:4 +msgid "Support" +msgstr "Assistance" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:6 +msgid "Supported versions" +msgstr "Versions supportées" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo provides support and bug fixing **for the 3 last major versions** of " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" +"Odoo assure le support et la résolution de bugs **pour les 3 dernières " +"versions majeures** d'Odoo." + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Users hosted on **Odoo Online** may use intermediary versions (sometimes " +"called *SaaS versions*) that are supported as well. These versions are not " +"published for Odoo.sh or On-Premise installations." +msgstr "" +"Les utilisateurs hébergés sur **Odoo Online** peuvent utiliser des versions " +"intermédiaires (parfois appelées *versions SaaS*) qui sont également prises " +"en charge. Ces versions ne sont pas publiées pour les installations Odoo.sh " +"ou On-Premise." + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:17 +msgid "What's the support status of my Odoo?" +msgstr "Ma version d'Odoo est-elle supportée ?" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:19 +msgid "This matrix shows the support status of every version." +msgstr "Cette matrice montre le statut de support de chaque version." + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:21 +msgid "**Major releases are in bold type.**" +msgstr "**Les versions majeures sont indiquées en gras.**" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:24 +msgid "Odoo Online" +msgstr "Odoo Online" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:24 +msgid "Odoo.sh" +msgstr "Odoo.sh" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:24 +msgid "On-Premise" +msgstr "On-Premise" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:24 +msgid "Release date" +msgstr "Date de publication" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:26 +msgid "**Odoo 14.0**" +msgstr "**Odoo 14.0**" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:26 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:26 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:26 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:28 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:30 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:30 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:30 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:32 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:34 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:34 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:34 +msgid "|green|" +msgstr "|green|" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:26 +msgid "October 2020" +msgstr "Octobre 2020" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:28 +msgid "Odoo 13.saas~4" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:28 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:28 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:32 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:32 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:36 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:36 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:40 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:40 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:42 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:42 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:46 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:46 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:48 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:50 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:50 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:52 +msgid "N/A" +msgstr "N/D" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:28 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:32 +msgid "August 2019" +msgstr "Août 2019" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:30 +msgid "**Odoo 13.0**" +msgstr "**Odoo 13.0**" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:30 +msgid "October 2019" +msgstr "Octobre 2019" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:32 +msgid "Odoo 12.saas~3" +msgstr "Odoo 12.saas~3" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:34 +msgid "**Odoo 12.0**" +msgstr "**Odoo 12.0**" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:34 +msgid "October 2018" +msgstr "Octobre 2018" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:34 +msgid "*End-of-support is planned for October 2021*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:36 +msgid "Odoo 11.saas~3" +msgstr "Odoo 11.saas~3" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:36 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:38 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:38 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:40 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:42 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:44 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:44 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:46 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:48 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:50 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:52 +msgid "|orange|" +msgstr "|orange|" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:36 +msgid "April 2018" +msgstr "Avril 2018" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:38 +msgid "**Odoo 11.0**" +msgstr "**Odoo 11.0**" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:38 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:44 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:48 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:52 +msgid "|red|" +msgstr "|red|" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:38 +msgid "October 2017" +msgstr "Octobre 2017" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:40 +msgid "Odoo 10.saas~15" +msgstr "Odoo 10.saas~15" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:40 +msgid "March 2017" +msgstr "Mars 2017" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:42 +msgid "Odoo 10.saas~14" +msgstr "Odoo 10.saas~14" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:42 +msgid "January 2017" +msgstr "Janvier 2017" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:44 +msgid "**Odoo 10.0**" +msgstr "**Odoo 10.0**" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:44 +msgid "October 2016" +msgstr "Octobre 2016" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:46 +msgid "Odoo 9.saas~11" +msgstr "Odoo 9.saas~11" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:46 +msgid "May 2016" +msgstr "Mai 2016" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:48 +msgid "**Odoo 9.0**" +msgstr "**Odoo 9.0**" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:48 +msgid "October 2015" +msgstr "Octobre 2015" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:50 +msgid "Odoo 8.saas~6" +msgstr "Odoo 8.saas~6" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:50 +msgid "February 2015" +msgstr "Février 2015" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:52 +msgid "**Odoo 8.0**" +msgstr "**Odoo 8.0**" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:52 +msgid "September 2014" +msgstr "Septembre 2014" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:58 +msgid "|green| Supported version" +msgstr "|green| Version supportée" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:60 +msgid "|red| End-of-support" +msgstr "|red| Fin du support" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:62 +msgid "N/A Never released for this platform" +msgstr "N/D Jamais publié pour cette plateforme" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:64 +msgid "" +"|orange| Some of our older customers may still run this version on our Odoo " +"Online servers, we provide help only on blocking issues and advise you to " +"upgrade." +msgstr "" +"|orange| Certains de nos anciens clients pourraient encore travailler avec " +"cette version sur nos serveurs Odoo Online, nous fournissons alors de l'aide" +" uniquement pour les problèmes bloquants et vous conseillons de migrer vers " +"une version plus récente." + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:66 +msgid "🏁 Future version, not released yet" +msgstr "🏁 Prochaine version, pas encore publiée" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:79 +msgid "I run an older version of Odoo/OpenERP/TinyERP" +msgstr "J'utilise une ancienne version d'Odoo/OpenERP/TinyERP" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:81 +msgid "" +"OpenERP 7.0, 6.1, 6.0 and 5.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform." +msgstr "" +"OpenERP 7.0, 6.1, 6.0 et 5.0 ne sont plus supportés, quelle que soit la " +"plateforme." + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:83 +msgid "" +"TinyERP 4.0, 3.0, 2.0 and 1.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform." +msgstr "" +"TinyERP 4.0, 3.0, 2.0 et 1.0 ne sont plus supportés, quelle que soit la " +"plateforme." + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:85 +msgid "" +"You should consider `upgrading <https://upgrade.odoo.com/>`_ your database." +msgstr "" +"Vous devriez `migrer <https://upgrade.odoo.com/>`_ votre base de données " +"vers une version plus récente." + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:6 +msgid "What can I expect from the support service?" +msgstr "Que puis-je attendre du service de Support ?" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:10 +msgid "5 days a week" +msgstr "5 jours par semaine" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Your Odoo Online subscription includes **unlimited 24hr support at no extra " +"cost, Monday to Friday**. Our teams are located around the world to ensure " +"you have support, no matter your location. Your support representative could" +" be communicating to you from San Francisco, Belgium, or India!" +msgstr "" +"Votre abonnement Odoo Online inclut **un support illimité 24h/24 sans coût " +"supplémentaire, du lundi au vendredi**. Nos équipes se situent dans le monde" +" entier afin d'assurer que vous puissiez bénéficier du support, peut importe" +" où vous vous trouvez. Votre agent de support peut vous joindre depuis la " +"Belgique, San Francisco ou l'Inde !" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Our support team can be contacted through our `online support form " +"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." +msgstr "" +"Notre équipe Support est joignable via notre `formulaire de support en ligne" +" <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:21 +msgid "What kind of support is included?" +msgstr "Qu'est ce qui est inclus dans le Support ?" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Providing you with relevant material (guidelines, product documentation, " +"etc...)" +msgstr "" +"Vous fournir des informations pertinentes (consignes, documentation sur le " +"produit, etc...)" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Answers to issues that you may encounter in your standard Odoo database (eg." +" “I cannot close my Point of Sale” or “I cannot find my sales KPIs?”)" +msgstr "" +"Des réponses aux problèmes que vous pourriez rencontrer dans votre base de " +"données standard Odoo (ex : “Je ne parviens pas à fermer mon Point de Vente”" +" ou “Je ne trouve pas mes KPIs de vente”)" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:27 +msgid "Questions related to your account, subscription, or billing" +msgstr "Des questions liées à votre compte, abonnement ou facturation" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Bug resolution (blocking issues or unexpected behaviour not due to " +"misconfiguration or customization)" +msgstr "" +"Résolution de bugs (problèmes bloquants ou comportement inattendus non dûs à" +" une mauvaise configuration ou personnalisation)" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Issues that might occur in a test database after upgrading to a newer " +"version" +msgstr "" +"Les problèmes qui pourraient survenir dans une base de données test après " +"une migration vers une version plus récente" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:32 +msgid "" +"*Odoo Support does not make changes to your production database without your" +" agreement and gives you the material and knowledge to do it yourself!*" +msgstr "" +"*Odoo Support n'apporte aucune modification à votre base de données de " +"production sans votre accord et vous donne le matériel et les connaissances " +"nécessaires pour le faire vous-même!*" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:37 +msgid "What kind of support is not included?" +msgstr "Qu'est ce qui n'est pas inclus dans le Support ?" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Questions that require us to understand your business processes in order to " +"help you implement your database" +msgstr "" +"Les questions qui nous demandent de comprendre les flux de travail de votre " +"entreprise afin de vous aider à vous implémenter votre base de données" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Training on how to use our software (we will direct you to our many " +"resources)" +msgstr "" +"D'éventuelles formations à l'utilisation de notre logiciel (nous vous " +"dirigerons vers nos différentes ressources)" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:42 +msgid "Import of documents into your database" +msgstr "L'importation de documents vers votre base de données" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Guidance on which configurations to apply inside of an application or the " +"database" +msgstr "" +"Des instructions sur les configurations à appliquer au sein d'un module ou " +"d'une base de données" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:44 +msgid "" +"How to set up configuration models (Examples include: Inventory Routes, " +"Payment Terms, Warehouses, etc)" +msgstr "" +"Comment mettre en place des modèles de configuration (ex : les routes " +"d'inventaires, les délais de paiement, entrepôts, etc)" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:46 +msgid "Any intervention on your own servers/deployments of Odoo" +msgstr "Toute intervention sur votre propre serveur/déploiements d'Odoo" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Any intervention on your own third party account (Ingenico, Authorize, UPS, " +"etc)" +msgstr "" +"Toute intervention sur vos compte tiers (Ingenico, Authorize, UPS, etc)" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Questions or issues related to specific developments or customizations done " +"either by Odoo or a third party (this is specific only to your database or " +"involving code)" +msgstr "" +"Les questions ou problèmes liés à un développement ou une customisation " +"spécifique réalisée Odoo ou une partie tierce (qui est spécifique seulement " +"à votre base de données ou impliquant le code)" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:52 +msgid "" +"You can get this type of support with a `Success Pack <https://www.odoo.com" +"/pricing-packs>`__. With a pack, one of our consultants will analyze the way" +" your business runs and tell you how you can get the most out of your Odoo " +"Database. We will handle all configurations and coach you on how to use " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez bénéficier de ce type de Support avec un `Success Pack " +"<https://www.odoo.com/pricing-packs>`__. Avec un pack, l'un de nos " +"consultants analysera la manière dont votre entreprise fonctionne et vous " +"dira comment tirer le maximum de votre base de données Odoo. Nous nous " +"occuperons de toutes les configurations ainsi que de vous former à utiliser " +"Odoo." + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:4 +msgid "Where to find help?" +msgstr "Où trouver de l'aide ?" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:8 +msgid "Odoo Enterprise" +msgstr "Odoo Entreprise" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Users who have a valid Odoo Enterprise subscription may always contact our " +"support teams through our `support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_, no " +"matter the hosting type you chose (Odoo Online, Odoo.sh or on your own " +"server)." +msgstr "" +"Les utilisateurs qui ont un abonnement Odoo Entreprise valide peuvent " +"toujours contacter nos équipes Support via notre `formulaire de support " +"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`_, peu importe le type d'hébergement que vous " +"choisissez (Odoo en ligne, Odoo.sh ou sur votre propre serveur)." + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:14 +msgid "Please include in your request:" +msgstr "Merci d'inclure votre demande : " + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:16 +msgid "your subscription number" +msgstr "votre numéro d'abonnement" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:17 +msgid "" +"the URL of your database if your database is hosted by Odoo (Odoo Online or " +"Odoo.sh)" +msgstr "" +"l'URL de votre base de données si votre base de données est hébergée par " +"Odoo (Odoo en ligne ou Odoo.sh)." + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:19 +msgid "Our agents will get back to you as soon as possible." +msgstr "Nos agents reviendront vers vous dès que possible." + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:23 +msgid "Odoo Community" +msgstr "Odoo Community" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:25 +msgid "*Odoo Community users don't get access to the support service.*" +msgstr "" +"*Les utilisateurs d'Odoo Community n'ont pas accès au service de Support.*" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:27 +msgid "Here are some resources that might help you:" +msgstr "Voici des ressources qui pourraient vous aider :" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:29 +msgid "Our `documentation pages <https://www.odoo.com/page/docs>`_." +msgstr "Nos `pages de documentation <https://www.odoo.com/page/docs>`_." + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Ask your question on the `community forum " +"<https://www.odoo.com/forum/help-1>`_." +msgstr "" +"Posez vos questions sur le `forum de la communauté " +"<https://www.odoo.com/forum/help-1>`_, en anglais." + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:31 +msgid "" +":doc:`Buy Odoo Enterprise </administration/enterprise>` to get the support " +"and bugfix services." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cbfcf048b --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po @@ -0,0 +1,272 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2021 +# Jérôme Tanché <jerome.tanche@ouest-dsi.fr>, 2021 +# Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2021 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-18 07:12+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-05-18 05:18+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2021\n" +"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: fr\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings.rst:3 +msgid "Settings" +msgstr "Configuration" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:6 +msgid "Users and Features" +msgstr "Utilisateurs et fonctionnalités" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:8 +msgid "" +"As the administrator of your database, you are responsible for its usage. " +"This includes the Apps you install as well as the number of users currently " +"in use." +msgstr "" +"En tant qu'administrateur de votre base de données, vous êtes responsable de" +" son utilisation. Cela inclut les Applications que vous installez, ainsi que" +" le nombre d'utilisateurs qui les utilisent." + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Odoo is many things (ERP, CMS, CRM application, e-Commerce backend, etc.) " +"but it is *not* a smartphone. You should apply caution when adding/removing " +"features (especially Apps) on your database since this may impact your " +"subscription amount significantly (or switch you from a free account to a " +"paying one on our online platform)." +msgstr "" +"Odoo est beaucoup de choses (ERP, CMS, CRM application, site de " +"eCommerce,etc...) mais ce n'est *pas* un smartphone. Vous devez faire preuve" +" de prudence lorsque vous ajouter/supprimez des fonctionnalités (en " +"particulier les applications) à votre base de données, car cela pourrait " +"influer sur le montant de votre abonnement de manière significative (ou vous" +" faire passer d'un compte gratuit à un payant sur notre plate-forme en " +"ligne)." + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:18 +msgid "" +"This page contains some information as to how you can manage your Odoo " +"instances. Before carrying any of these procedures, we **strongly** advise " +"to test them on a duplicate of your database first. That way, if something " +"goes wrong, your day-to-day business is not impacted." +msgstr "" +"Cette page contient quelques informations sur la façon de gérer votre " +"instance Odoo. Avant d'appliquer ces procédures nous vous recommandons " +"**fortement** des les tester d'abord sur un double de votre base de données." +" De cette façon, si quelque chose se passe mal, votre activité quotidienne " +"n'en sera pas affectée." + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You can find guides on how to duplicate your databases both for :ref:`online" +" <duplicate_online>` and :ref:`on premise <duplicate_premise>` " +"installations." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez trouver des instruction sur la manière de dupliquer vos bases de" +" données à la fois pour les installations :ref:`en ligne <duplicate_online>`" +" et :ref:`sur site <duplicate_premise>`." + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:27 +msgid "" +"If you have questions about the content of this page or if you encounter an " +"issue while carrying out these procedures, please contact us through our " +"`support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." +msgstr "" +"Si vous avez des questions sur le contenu de cette page ou si vous " +"rencontrez un problème lors de l'exécution de ces procédures, contactez-nous" +" via notre `formulaire d'assistance <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:33 +msgid "Deactivating Users" +msgstr "Désactivation d'Utilisateurs" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Make sure you have sufficient **administrative rights** if you want to " +"change the status of any of your users." +msgstr "" +"Assurez-vous que vous disposez des **permissions** suffisantes si vous " +"voulez changer le statut de l'un de vos utilisateurs." + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:38 +msgid "" +"In your Odoo instance, click on **Settings**. You will have a section " +"showing you the active users on your database. Click on **Manage Users.**" +msgstr "" +"Sur votre instance Odoo, cliquez sur **Paramètres**. Vous verrez apparaître " +"une section reprenant les utilisateurs actifs de votre base de données. " +"Cliquez sur **Gérer les utilisateurs.**" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:79 +msgid "|settings|" +msgstr "|settings|" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:42 +msgid "|browse_users|" +msgstr "|browse_users|" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:45 +msgid "You'll then see the list of your users." +msgstr "Vous verrez alors la liste de vos utilisateurs." + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The pre-selected filter *Internal Users* shows your paying users (different " +"from the *Portal Users* which are free). If you remove this filter, you'll " +"get all your users (the ones you pay for and the portal ones)" +msgstr "" +"Le filtre pré-sélectionné *Utilisateurs Internes* montre vos utilisateurs " +"payants (pas les *Utilisateurs du Portail* qui sont gratuits). Si vous " +"supprimez ce filtre, vous obtiendrez tous les utilisateurs (les payants et " +"ceux du portail)" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:55 +msgid "" +"In your list of users, click on the user you want to deactivate. As soon as " +"you are on the userform, click on the Action drop down menu, and then click " +"on Archive." +msgstr "" +"Dans votre liste d'utilisateurs cliquez sur l'utilisateur que vous souhaitez" +" désactiver. Une fois sur le formulaire utilisateur, cliquez sur le menu de " +"la liste déroulante Action, puis cliquez sur Archiver." + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:63 +msgid "The user is now deactivated." +msgstr "L'utilisateur est maintenant désactivé." + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:65 +msgid "**Never** deactivate the main user (*admin*)" +msgstr "Ne désactivez **jamais** l'utilisateur principal (*admin*)" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:68 +msgid "Uninstalling Apps" +msgstr "Désinstallation d'Applications" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Make sure you first test what you are about to do on a :ref:`duplicate " +"<duplicate_online>` of your database before making any changes (*especially*" +" installing/uninstalling apps)." +msgstr "" +"Assurez-vous d'abord de tester ce que vous allez faire sur une " +":ref:`duplication` <duplicate_online>` de votre base de données avant de " +"faire des modifications (*surtout* l'installation/désinstallation " +"d'applications)." + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:74 +msgid "" +"In your Odoo instance click on **Settings**; in this app, you will be able " +"to see how many applications you have installed. Click on **Browse Apps** to" +" access the list of your installed applications." +msgstr "" +"Dans votre instance Odoo cliquez sur **Configuration**; dans ce module, vous" +" verrez le nombre d'applications que vous avez installées. Cliquez sur " +"**Parcourir les applications** pour accéder à la liste des applications." + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:79 +msgid "|browse_apps|" +msgstr "|browse_apps|" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:82 +msgid "" +"In your applications' dashboard, you will see all the icons of your " +"applications. Click on the application you want to uninstall. Then, on the " +"form of the application, click on **Uninstall**." +msgstr "" +"Dans le tableau de bord de vos applications, vous verrez toutes les icônes " +"de vos applications. Cliquez sur l'application que vous souhaitez " +"désinstaller. Puis, sur la fiche de l'application, cliquez sur " +"**Désinstaller**." + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Some applications have dependencies, like Invoicing, eCommerce, etc. " +"Therefore, the system will give you a warning message to advise you of what " +"is about to be removed. If you uninstall your application, all its " +"dependencies will be uninstalled as well (and the data in them will " +"permanently disappear). If you are sure you still want to uninstall it, then" +" click **Confirm**." +msgstr "" +"Certaines applications ont des dépendances, comme Facturation, eCommerce, " +"etc... Par conséquent, le système vous avertira pour vous informer de ce qui" +" est sur le point d'être retiré. Si vous désinstallez votre application, " +"toutes ses dépendances seront également désinstallées (et les données " +"qu'elles contiennent vont disparaître également de façon irréversible). Si " +"vous êtes sûr que vous voulez toujours la désinstaller, alors cliquez sur " +"**Confirmer**." + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Last, after having checked the warning message (if any), click **Confirm**." +msgstr "" +"Enfin, après avoir vérifié le message d'avertissement (le cas échéant), " +"cliquez sur **Confirmer**." + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:101 +msgid "You have finished uninstalling your application." +msgstr "Vous avez terminé la désinstallation de votre application." + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:104 +msgid "Good to know" +msgstr "Bon à savoir" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:106 +msgid "" +"**Uninstalling apps, managing users, etc. is up to you**: no one else can " +"know if your business flow is broken better than you. If we were to " +"uninstall applications for you, we would never be able to tell if relevant " +"data had been removed or if one of your business flow was broken because we " +"*do not know how you work* and therefore cannot validate these kinds of " +"operations." +msgstr "" +"**Désinstaller des applications, gérer les utilisateurs, etc... c'est à vous" +" de le faire**: personne mieux que vous ne peut savoir si les activités de " +"votre entreprise sont interrompues. Si nous devions désinstaller des " +"applications pour vous, nous ne serions jamais en mesure de dire si des " +"données pertinentes ont été supprimées ou si l'une de vos activités a été " +"interrompue, parce que nous *ne savons pas comment vous travaillez* et ne " +"pouvons donc pas valider ce types d'opérations." + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:112 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Apps have dependencies**: this means that you may need to install " +"modules that you do not actively use to access some features of Odoo you " +"might need. For example, the Website Builder app is needed to be able to " +"show your customer their Quotes in a web page. Even though you might not " +"need or use the Website itself, it is needed for the Online Quotes feature " +"to work properly." +msgstr "" +"**Les Applications Odoo ont des dépendances** : cela signifie que vous " +"devrez peut-être installer des modules que vous n'utilisez pas activement " +"pour accéder à certaines fonctionnalités d'Odoo dont vous avez besoin. Par " +"exemple, l'application Construction de site web est requise pour pouvoir " +"montrer à vos clients des devis sur une page internet. Même si vous n'avez " +"pas besoin du site Web lui-même, il est requis pour que la fonctionnalité " +"Offres en ligne fonctionne correctement." + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:119 +msgid "" +"**Always test app installation/removal on a duplicate** (or on a free trial " +"database): that way you can know what other apps may be required, etc. This " +"will avoid surprises when uninstalling or when receiving your invoices." +msgstr "" +"**Tester toujours l'installation/la suppression d'application sur une " +"copie** (ou sur une base de données d'essai gratuit) : de cette façon, vous " +"pouvez savoir quelles autres applications peuvent être nécessaires, etc... " +"Cela évitera des surprises lors de la désinstallation ou lors de la " +"réception de vos factures d'abonnement." diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/sign.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/sign.po deleted file mode 100644 index 012424a26..000000000 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/sign.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,152 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Jérôme Tanché <jerome.tanche@ouest-dsi.fr>, 2021 -# Nathan Grognet <ngr@odoo.com>, 2021 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-02-04 10:31+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Nathan Grognet <ngr@odoo.com>, 2021\n" -"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: fr\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" - -#: ../../sign.rst:5 -msgid "Sign" -msgstr "Signature" - -#: ../../sign/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Vue d'ensemble" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:3 -msgid "Validity of electronic signatures" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The legal validity of electronic signatures generated by Odoo depends on the" -" legislation of your country. Companies doing business abroad should " -"consider electronic signature laws of other countries as well." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:10 -msgid "In the European Union" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:12 -msgid "" -"The `eIDAS regulation <http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2014/910/oj>`_ " -"establishes the framework for electronic signatures in all `27 member states" -" of the European Union <https://europa.eu/european-union/about-" -"eu/countries_en>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:16 -msgid "It distinguishes three types of electronic signatures:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:18 -msgid "Electronic signatures" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:19 -msgid "Advanced electronic signatures" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:20 -msgid "Qualified electronic signatures" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Odoo generates the first type, regular electronic signatures, and these " -"signatures can produce legal effects in the EU, as the regulation states " -"that “an electronic signature shall not be denied legal effect and " -"admissibility as evidence in legal proceedings solely on the grounds that it" -" is in an electronic form or that it does not meet the requirements for " -"qualified electronic signatures.”" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Note that electronic signatures may not be automatically recognized as " -"valid. You may need to bring supporting evidence of a signature’s validity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:31 -msgid "In the United States of America" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:33 -msgid "" -"The `ESIGN Act (Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act) " -"<https://www.fdic.gov/regulations/compliance/manual/10/X-3.1.pdf>`_, at the " -"interstate and international levels, and the `UETA (Uniform Electronic " -"Transactions Act) <https://www.uniformlaws.org/committees/community-" -"home/librarydocuments?communitykey=2c04b76c-2b7d-4399-977e-" -"d5876ba7e034&tab=librarydocuments>`_, at the state level, provide the legal " -"framework for electronic signatures. Note that `Illinois " -"<https://www.ilga.gov/legislation/ilcs/ilcs5.asp?ActID=89&>`_ and `New York " -"<https://its.ny.gov/electronic-signatures-and-records-act-esra>`_ have not " -"adopted the UETA, but similar acts instead." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Overall, to be recognized as valid, electronic signatures have to meet five " -"criteria:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:44 -msgid "" -"A signer must show a clear intent to sign. For example, using a mouse to " -"draw a signature can show intent. The signer must also have the option to " -"opt-out of electronically signing a document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:47 -msgid "" -"A signer must first express or imply their consent to conduct business " -"electronically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:48 -msgid "" -"The signature must be clearly attributed. In Odoo, metadata, such as the " -"signer’s IP address, is added to the signature, which can be used as " -"supporting evidence." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:50 -msgid "" -"The signature must be associated with the document being signed, for " -"example, by keeping a record detailing how the signature was captured." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Electronically signed documents need to be retained and available for later " -"reference by all parties involved, for example, by providing the signer " -"either a fully-executed copy or the option to download a copy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:57 -msgid "" -"The information provided here does not constitute legal advice; it is " -"provided for general informational purposes only. As laws governing " -"electronic signatures evolve rapidly, we cannot guarantee that the " -"information is up to date. We advise you to should contact a local attorney " -"to obtain legal advice." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po deleted file mode 100644 index 1be9d8a50..000000000 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,605 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# Richard Mathot <rim@odoo.com>, 2020 -# Hamid Darabi, 2020 -# Jérôme Tanché <jerome.tanche@ouest-dsi.fr>, 2020 -# Cécile Collart <cco@odoo.com>, 2020 -# Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: fr\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" - -#: ../../sms_marketing.rst:5 -msgid "SMS Marketing" -msgstr "Marketing par SMS" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Vue d'ensemble" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:3 -msgid "Contact Lists and Blacklist" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Creating your own list of contacts, or importing it, is useful when you want" -" to create specific groups of people, such as the subscribers of your " -"newsletter. It is also the best way to get started if you are coming from " -"another system and already have built an audience. It makes the SMS " -"distribution easier." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:11 -msgid "Contact lists" -msgstr "Listes de contact" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:13 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Contacts lists --> Contacts lists --> Create`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Choose a name for your *Mailing list*, and activate the option *Is Public* " -"if you would like to make the mailing list accessible to your recipients in " -"the unsubscription page (allowing users to update their subscription " -"preferences)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:22 -msgid "History with the Log Notes" -msgstr "L'historique avec les notes du journal de bord " - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:25 -msgid "" -"A record of the mailings sent is kept on the recipient's chatter (whether it" -" is a contact or an opportunity, for example)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:28 -msgid "" -"This is important as you and team members can easily keep track and see a " -"history of the interactions with your contacts or prospects. Example: your " -"sales representative can easily find out which SMS mailing promotions a " -"customer has received or not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:35 -msgid "Blacklist" -msgstr "Liste de blocage" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:38 -msgid "" -"If you are coming from another software and have a list of clients who have " -"already asked to be blacklisted, you can import those entries to your " -"database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:39 -msgid "" -"For that, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Phone Blacklist --> " -"Import`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:3 -msgid "Integrations and Templates" -msgstr "Intégrations et modèles" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Using SMS to reach people can be a strategy not just used for advertisement " -"purposes, but also as a reminder of events or issued invoices to your " -"costumers, for example." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:9 -msgid "Campaigns" -msgstr "Campagnes" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:11 -msgid "" -"First, make sure to have the necessary feature activated. Go to the " -":menuselection:`Email Marketing app --> Configuration --> Settings` and " -"enable *Mailing Campaigns*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Now, the menu *Campaigns* is also available on the *SMS Marketing* app, " -"allowing you to manage and have an overview of your SMS mailings under " -"campaigns." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:23 -msgid "" -"This feature is especially useful if you have aggregated campaigns, as you " -"have a global reporting view. In addition to that, you can create stages in " -"your Kanban view to better organize the work being done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:31 -msgid "Sending SMSs through the Contacts app" -msgstr "Envoyer des SMS via l'application Contacts" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Sending SMSs through the contact’s form is available by default in Odoo. It " -"makes your work easier if you need to send an SMS to a specific contact, for" -" example." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:36 -msgid "" -"For that, go to the *Contacts* app, select the contact and click on the " -"*SMS* icon next to the phone number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:41 -msgid "" -"If you would like to send a message to multiple contacts at once, choose the" -" *List View*, select all the contacts needed, and under *Action* select " -"*Send SMS*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:48 -msgid "Set up SMS templates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:50 -msgid "" -"To set up *SMS Templates*, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " -"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, then go to " -":menuselection:`Technical --> SMS Templates`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Use *Dynamic Placeholders* to adapt automatically the content of the SMS to " -"the context." -msgstr "" -"Utilisez des *espaces réserves* pour adapter automatiquement le contenu du " -"SMS au contexte." - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:63 -msgid "SMS Text Messaging is available throughout Odoo:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:65 -msgid "*CRM*: send SMSs to your leads and opportunities." -msgstr "*CRM*: envoyez des SMS à vos pistes et opportunités." - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:66 -msgid "*Subscription*: alert customers about their subscription." -msgstr "*Abonnement* : prévenez les clients sur leur abonnement." - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:67 -msgid "*Accounting*: send payment reminders." -msgstr "*Comptabilité* : envoyer des rappels de paiement." - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:68 -msgid "*Marketing Automation*: automate your SMS marketing campaigns." -msgstr "" -"*Automatisation du marketing* : automatisez vos campagnes de marketing SMS." - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:69 -msgid "" -"*Inventory*: send an automatic confirmation when a delivery order is done." -msgstr "" -"*Inventaire* : envoyez une confirmation automatique lorsque un bon de " -"livraison est généré. " - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:70 -msgid "" -"*Sign*: receive a validation code to verify your identity before signing a " -"document online." -msgstr "" -"*Signer* : recevez un code de validation pour vérifier votre identité avant " -"de signer un document en ligne." - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:71 -msgid "" -"*SEPA debit payment provider*: send a verification code to your customers." -msgstr "" -"*Le fournisseur de prélèvement automatique SEPA* : envoie un code de " -"vérification à vos clients." - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:72 -msgid "" -"*Studio*: send an SMS according to your needs by using automated actions." -msgstr "" -"*Studio* : envoie un SMS en fonction de vos besoins via des actions " -"automatisées." - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:75 -msgid "" -"For more information about SMS integrations in Odoo and a list of frequently" -" asked questions, go to :doc:`../pricing/pricing_and_faq`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:79 -msgid ":doc:`../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:80 -msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_template`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:3 -msgid "Build, Send and Get Reports from a SMS Mailing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Using SMS Marketing as part of your communication strategies can empower you" -" to expand your markets, considering that in some countries emails are not " -"very used or used at all. It also helps to boost conversion rates, as this " -"strategy has a high open-rate percentage among people who use smartphones." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:11 -msgid "Get started" -msgstr "Démarrer" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:13 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`SMS Marketing --> Create`." -msgstr "Allez à :menuselection:`Marketing SMS --> Créer`." - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Specify a *subject* name to help you remembering what the mailing is about." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Under *Recipients*, choose to whom you would like the SMS to be sent. If you" -" choose *Contact*, all your Odoo contacts (vendor, customers, etc.) receive " -"your SMS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:22 -msgid "" -"From there, you can refine your recipient list with the *add filter* option." -" In the example below, the message would be sent to the contacts living in " -"Belgium." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:27 -msgid "" -"The *Mailing list* option, on the other hand, allows you to choose the " -"specific mailing lists you created to group specific contacts. You are " -"allowed to select multiple ones." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Under the *SMS Content* tab, links can be included and Odoo automatically " -"generates *link trackers* in order to generate data about these links." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Under *Settings* you have the option *Include opt-out link*. If activated, " -"the contact is able to unsubscribe from the mailing list." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:43 -msgid "" -"In the *Link Tracker* menu under *Configuration*, you can see the history of" -" your sent links, access them and look at statistics." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:50 -msgid "Double-check that you have the phone number of your contacts saved." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:53 -msgid "Send a mailing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Once you have your mailing created, you must choose when you would like it " -"to be delivered:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:59 -msgid "" -"*Put in Queue*: the mailing is triggered with the next automatic run. " -"Interesting option if you do not need the message to be sent at a specific " -"time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:61 -msgid "" -"*Send Now*: sends the message immediately. Use this option if the recipient " -"list is not excessive." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:62 -msgid "" -"*Schedule*: allows you to choose a day and time. Best option for mailings " -"that you would like to send during a specific event, to promote an offer " -"while it is active, or to simply plan your content strategy in advance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:65 -msgid "" -"*Test*: allows you to send an SMS to one or multiple numbers for test " -"purposes. Check, for example, if the link provided lands on the right page " -"while making sure they are responsive. If sending it to multiple numbers, " -"you must remember to use a comma between them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:70 -msgid "Visualize reports" -msgstr "Visualisez vos rapports" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:72 -msgid "" -"Under the *Reporting* menu apply filters, measures, and adopt different " -"layouts to do analyses of the performance of your SMS mailings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:79 -msgid "" -"You can also check the price to send an SMS for your country by clicking on " -"the *Information* icon." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:86 -msgid "" -"**Buy Credits:** in order to take advantage of the app and its features, " -"make sure you have purchased credits. For more information: " -":doc:`../pricing/pricing_and_faq`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing.rst:3 -msgid "Pricing and FAQ" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:3 -msgid "SMS Pricing and FAQ" -msgstr "Tarification SMS et FAQ" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:6 -msgid "What do I need to send SMSs?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:7 -msgid "" -"SMS Text Messaging is an In-App Purchase (IAP) service that *requires " -"prepaid credits* to work." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:11 -msgid "How many types of SMSs are there?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:12 -msgid "There are 2 types: GSM7 and UNICODE." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:14 -msgid "" -"**GSM7** is the standard format, with a limit of 160 characters per message," -" that includes the following characters:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:23 -msgid "" -"**UNICODE** is the format applied if a special character, that *is not* in " -"the GSM7 list, is used. Limit per SMS: 70 characters." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:27 -msgid "" -"For GSM7 SMS the size limit is 160 characters, and for Unicode is 70. *Above" -" these limits, the content is divided into a multi-part message* and the " -"limit of characters is lowered to 153 for GSM7 and to 67 for Unicode. The " -"system will inform you in real-time about the number of SMS your message " -"represents." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:34 -msgid "How much does it cost to send an SMS?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:35 -msgid "" -"The price of an SMS depends on the destination and the length (number of " -"characters) of the message." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:37 -msgid "" -"To see the **price per country, please consult**: `Odoo SMS - FAQ <https" -"://iap-services.odoo.com/iap/sms/pricing#sms_faq_01>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:39 -msgid "" -"The number of SMSs a message represents will be always available to you in " -"your database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:49 -msgid "How do I buy credits?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:50 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Buy Credits`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:57 -msgid "Or go to :menuselection:`Settings --> View my Services`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:65 -msgid "" -"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you " -"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." -msgstr "" -"Si vous êtes sur Odoo Online (SAAS) et disposez de la version Entreprise, " -"vous bénéficiez de crédits d'essai gratuits pour tester cette " -"fonctionnalité." - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:70 -msgid "More common questions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:72 -msgid "**Is there an expiration time for my credits?**" -msgstr "**Est-ce que mes crédits expirent-ils?**" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:74 -msgid "No, credits do not expire." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:77 -msgid "" -"**Can I send an SMS to a phone number (which is not a mobile phone) because " -"I see the icon in front of the field “phone”?**" -msgstr "" -"**Puis-je envoyer un SMS vers un numéro (qui n'est pas un mobile) parce que " -"je vois l'icône devant le champ “téléphone”?**" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:80 -msgid "Only if that phone number supports SMS (e.g. SIP phones)." -msgstr "" -"Uniquement si ce numéro de téléphone prend en charge les SMS (par ex. les " -"téléphones SIP)." - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:83 -msgid "**Do I receive an invoice to buy my credits?**" -msgstr "**Est-ce que je reçois une facture pour acheter mes crédits?**" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:85 -msgid "Yes." -msgstr "Oui." - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:88 -msgid "**Can the recipient answer to me?**" -msgstr "**Le destinataire peut-il me répondre?**" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:90 -msgid "No, it is not possible to reply to the SMS." -msgstr "Non, il est impossible de répondre à un SMS." - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:93 -msgid "" -"**What happens if I send multiple SMS but I do not have enough credits to " -"send them all?**" -msgstr "" -"**Que se passe-t-il si je veux envoyer des SMS multiples mais que je n'ai " -"pas suffisament de crédits?**" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:95 -msgid "" -"The whole transaction is counted as a single one, so no SMS will be sent " -"until you have enough credits to send them all." -msgstr "" -"L'ensemble de la transaction est compté comme une seule, de sorte qu'aucun " -"SMS ne sera envoyé tant que vous n'aurez pas suffisamment de crédits pour " -"les envoyer tous." - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:99 -msgid "**Do I have a history of the sent SMSs?**" -msgstr "**Ai-je un historique des SMS envoyés?**" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:101 -msgid "" -"Yes, the SMS is logged as a note under the chatter of the corresponding " -"record, and a complete history of the SMSs sent is available on " -":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` under " -":menuselection:`Technical --> SMS`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:107 -msgid "**Can I send as many SMSs I want at once?**" -msgstr "**Puis-je envoyer autant de SMS que je veux en une fois?**" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:109 -msgid "Yes, if you have enough credits." -msgstr "Oui, si vous avez suffisamment de crédits." - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:112 -msgid "" -"**If I have a number that does not exist in the list of recipients, will I " -"lose credits?**" -msgstr "" -"**Est-ce que je perds des crédits si j'ai un numéro qui n'est pas dans la " -"liste des destinataires?**" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:114 -msgid "" -"Not if the phone number is in the wrong format (e.g. too many digits). " -"Otherwise, if the SMS is sent to the wrong person or to a fake number, the " -"credit will be lost." -msgstr "" -"Non, si le numéro de téléphone n'est pas dans le bon format (par ex. trop de" -" chiffres). Autrement, si le SMS est envoyé à la mauvaise personne ou à un " -"faux numéro, votre crédit sera débité." - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:118 -msgid "" -"**What happens if I send my SMS to a paying number (e.g.: a contest to win a" -" ticket for a festival)?**" -msgstr "" -"**Que se passe-t-il si j'envoie un SMS à un numéro payant (par ex.: un " -"concours pour gagner un ticket pour un festival)?**" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:120 -msgid "" -"The SMS will not be delivered to that kind of number, so you won’t be " -"charged." -msgstr "" -"Les SMS ne sont pas envoyés à ce type de numéro, vous ne serez donc pas " -"débité." - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:123 -msgid "" -"**Can I identify the numbers that do not exist when I send several SMSs?**" -msgstr "" -"**Puis-je identifier les numéros inexistant lorsque j'envoie plusieurs " -"SMS?**" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:125 -msgid "Only the ones that have an invalid format." -msgstr "Uniquement ceux qui ont un format invalide." - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:128 -msgid "**How does the GDPR regulation affect this service?**" -msgstr "**Comment le règlement RGPD affect-il ce service?**" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:130 -msgid "" -"Please find our `Privacy Policy here <https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#sms>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:132 -msgid "**Can I use my own SMS provider?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:134 -msgid "" -"Yes, but it is not possible out of the box. Our experts can help you " -"customize your database to make it happen. Please, check our success packs " -"`here <https://www.odoo.com/pricing-packs>`_." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po deleted file mode 100644 index f9b14b911..000000000 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,362 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# Jérôme Tanché <jerome.tanche@ouest-dsi.fr>, 2020 -# Cécile Collart <cco@odoo.com>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:42+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Cécile Collart <cco@odoo.com>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: fr\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" - -#: ../../social_marketing.rst:5 -msgid "Social Marketing" -msgstr "Marketing social" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Vue d'ensemble" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:3 -msgid "Connecting to my Marketplace with Campaigns" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Whether your goal is to sell a new product, explain the value of your " -"services or advertise your event, a campaign helps you to connect with your " -"marketplace. They normally involve multiple channels, so it is fundamental " -"to have a solution with which you can plan, execute, track, and analyze your" -" content." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:10 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Campaigns --> Create`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:16 -msgid "" -"As you create content, tabs for that specific channel are shown. The " -"overview of the campaign displays global metrics such as:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:19 -msgid "" -"*Revenue*: number of users who, from a link in your content, finished a " -"transaction (paid)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:20 -msgid "" -"*Quotations*: number of users who, from a link in your content, have started" -" but not finished a transaction (did not pay)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:22 -msgid "" -"*Leads*: users who have filled out your contact form, from a link in your " -"content." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:25 -msgid "" -"To be able to *Send New Mailing*, make sure the feature is enabled in the " -"*Email Marketing* application, under :menuselection:`Email Marketing --> " -"Configuration --> Settings`. To be able to *Send SMS*, the *SMS Marketing* " -"application must be installed on your database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:30 -msgid "" -"*Social Marketing* works integrated with other applications such as *Sales*," -" *Invoicing*, *CRM* and *Website*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:34 -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:77 -msgid ":doc:`./push_notifications`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:35 -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:66 -msgid ":doc:`./manage_social`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:3 -msgid "Interact with Customers and Visitors with Live Chat" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:5 -msgid "" -"One of the ways you can build stronger relationships with your customers is " -"by making yourself available through live chat. Live chats can have a big " -"impact not just on your customer service, but also on sales performance, as " -"it gives users a chance of having real-time, fast, and effective " -"interaction." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:11 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Configuration" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Live Chat` " -"select the appropriate channel, and set it up." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Under *Channel Rules*, choose when the chat pop-up appears, and an action " -"for a given URL and/or country. Note that to take the country into account, " -"GeoIP must be installed on your server." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:24 -msgid "The *Live Chat* application must be installed on your database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:27 -msgid "Monitor your visitors" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Under the *Visitors* menu, see the visitors that landed on one of your " -":ref:`social_marketing/website_tracked_pages` online or offline." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:34 -msgid "" -"You can send emails (if an email address has been saved), send SMSs (if a " -"phone number has been saved), send a push notification (if the user has " -"subscribed to it), and even send a live chat request that will be received " -"by the user once they move to a tracked page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Open a record to see details including the visited pages, and the first and " -"last date and time the user was connected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Your online visitors will be authenticated if they are linked to a lead or " -"an existing partner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:44 -msgid "" -"If you do not use the *Website* app, you can add a live chat widget to your " -"own website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:49 -msgid "Website’s tracked pages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:51 -msgid "" -"To define which pages are tracked, on the *Website* application, go to " -":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Pages` and enable the option " -"*Track*, on the respective pages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:60 -msgid ":doc:`../../livechat/overview/get_started`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:3 -msgid "Manage Social Media Pages and Create Content" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Once you are present on social media platforms, it is important to keep them" -" up-to-date. However, that might feel like a full-time job. Having a " -"solution that allows you to create, schedule, keep track, engage with your " -"audience and measure results saves you time and helps you to successfully " -"execute your online strategy, from posts to results." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:12 -msgid "Add accounts and create your feed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Click on *Add Stream* and grant the required permissions to add your " -"accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:21 -msgid "You can link a Facebook page for which you are the admin." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:23 -msgid "" -"You are then redirected to your *Feed* and a column with the publications is" -" automatically added." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:25 -msgid "" -"You can then add new accounts and/or streams, such as Facebook mentions, and" -" customize your Kanban view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Adding social media accounts to your feed will also link KPIs. To get " -"redirected to the statistics page of the social account, click on " -"*Insights*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:39 -msgid "Link a LinkedIn account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Configuration --> Social Media`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:48 -msgid "" -"LinkedIn is in Beta Version, therefore, the feed is not available. Only the " -"creation of content." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:51 -msgid "Publish content" -msgstr "Publiez du contenu" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Click on :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Feed --> New Post`, or go to " -":menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Posts → Create`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:60 -msgid "Choose to upload your post right away or to schedule it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:61 -msgid "Saving your post will apply a draft status to it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:64 -msgid "Overview and plan your posts with a calendar view" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Through the calendar view, besides having an overview of your planned day, " -"week or month, also see your drafted, scheduled and published posts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:68 -msgid "Drag and drop (scheduled posts) to change their scheduled date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Double-click on a date to create a post directly from the *Calendar view*, " -"and click on an existing one to edit it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:78 -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:67 -msgid ":doc:`./campaigns`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:79 -msgid ":doc:`./livechat`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:3 -msgid "Use Web Push Notifications" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Web Push Notifications deliver messages to your user’s device without the " -"need to be on your website, or for them to give personal information. They " -"can be used to inform your users about news, articles and content posted, " -"practical messages like traffic and weather updates, flight information, " -"sales alerts, coupons, and product updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:11 -msgid "Ask users for permission" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:13 -msgid "" -"In the *Website* application go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration" -" --> Settings` and enable *Web Push Notifications*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Choose your message, icon, and delay time (which is the wait time for the " -"permission request to be shown once the user lands on your page)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:28 -msgid "Send notifications" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:31 -msgid "Individually" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:33 -msgid "You can send individual messages through the menu *Visitors*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:40 -msgid "To a group" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Target a bigger segment by selecting multiple visitors in the *View List* " -"(e.g.: all visitors that visited your Homepage)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Visitors records are kept under *Visitors* for a week, before getting " -"archived." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:53 -msgid "By rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Or go to :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Posts --> Create`. Under *Web " -"Notification options*, apply filters to send your message to the records " -"that match the rules you set." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:63 -msgid "The feature only works with Odoo Website application." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/studio.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/studio.po deleted file mode 100644 index 812f0e89e..000000000 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/studio.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,941 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# fr trans <e2ffr05@hotmail.com>, 2020 -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# 5cad1b0f1319985f8413d48b70c3c192_b038c35, 2020 -# Jérôme Tanché <jerome.tanche@ouest-dsi.fr>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-11-02 12:05+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:42+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Jérôme Tanché <jerome.tanche@ouest-dsi.fr>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: fr\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" - -#: ../../studio.rst:5 -msgid "Studio" -msgstr "Studio" - -#: ../../studio/concepts.rst:3 -msgid "Concepts" -msgstr "Concepts" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:3 -msgid "Understanding Automated Actions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:6 -msgid "" -"Automated actions are used to trigger actions. They are based on conditions " -"and happen on top of Odoo’s default business logic." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Examples of automated actions include: creating a next activity upon a " -"quote's confirmation; adding a user as a follower of a confirmed invoice if " -"its total is higher than a certain amount; or preventing a lead from " -"changing stage if a field is not filled in." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Let's understand how to properly define *when* an automated action runs and " -"*how* to create one:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:18 -msgid "" -"The first step is to choose the :doc:`Model <understanding_general>` on " -"which the action is applied." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:19 -msgid "" -"The **Trigger** field defines the event that causes the automated action to " -"happen:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:21 -msgid "" -"*On Creation*: when a new record is created. Note that the record is created" -" once saved for the first time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:23 -msgid "" -"*On Update*: when the record is updated. Note that the update happens once " -"the record is saved." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:24 -msgid "" -"*On Creation & Update*: on the creation and/or on the update of a record " -"once the form is saved." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:25 -msgid "*On Deletion*: on the removal of a record under the condition set." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:26 -msgid "" -"*Based on Form Modification*: when the value of the specified *Trigger* " -"field is changed in the interface (user sees the changes before saving the " -"record). Note that this action can only be used with the *Execute Python " -"Code* action type." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:29 -msgid "" -"*Based on Timed Condition*: a delay happens after a specific date/time. Set " -"a *Delay after trigger date* if you need a delay to happen before the " -"*Trigger Date*. Example: to send a reminder 15min before a meeting. If the " -"date/time is not set on the form of the model chosen, the date/time " -"considered is the one of the creation/update of the record." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:34 -msgid "For every Trigger option, **conditions** can be applied, such as:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:36 -msgid "" -"*Before Update Domain*: if designated, this condition must be satisfied " -"before the record is updated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:38 -msgid "" -"*Apply on*: if designated, this condition must be satisfied before executing" -" the action rule (*Action To Do*), and after the update." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:41 -msgid "" -"The **Active** option is to be turned off when the rule should be hidden and" -" not executed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Under **Action To Do** choose the type of server action that must be " -"executed once records meet the *Trigger* conditions:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:45 -msgid "" -"*Execute Python Code*: a block of code is executed. A *Help* tab with the " -"variables that can be used is available." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:47 -msgid "*Create New Record*: a new record with new values is created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:48 -msgid "*Update a Record*: updates the record that triggered the action." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:49 -msgid "" -"*Execute several actions*: defines an action that triggers other server " -"actions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:50 -msgid "" -"*Send Email*: an automatic :doc:`email " -"<../../discuss/advanced/email_template>` is sent." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:51 -msgid "*Add Followers*: followers are notified of changes in the task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:52 -msgid "" -"*Create Next Activity*: creates an activity such as: *Call*, *Email*, " -"*Reminder*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:53 -msgid "" -"*Send SMS Text Message*: sends an :doc:`SMS " -"<../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:56 -msgid "Example" -msgstr "Exemple" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:58 -msgid "" -"This is the process of which the update of the *Email* field on the " -"Lead/Opportunity *Model*, with a *Trigger Condition* set to *On Update*, " -"goes through:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:65 -msgid "The user creates the record without an email address set." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:66 -msgid "The user updates the record defining an email address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Once the change is saved, the automation checks if any of the *Watched " -"Fields* are being updated (for the example: field name *email_from* (Email)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:69 -msgid "" -"If true, it checks if the record matches the *Before Update Domain* (for the" -" example: *email is not set*)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:71 -msgid "" -"If true, it checks (*after the update*) whether the record matches the " -"*Apply on* domain (for the example: *email is set*)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:73 -msgid "If true, the chosen *Action To Do* is performed on the record." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:76 -msgid ":doc:`understanding_general`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:77 -msgid ":doc:`../use_cases/automated_actions`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:3 -msgid "Understanding General Concepts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:7 -msgid "" -"Odoo Studio is a toolbox that allows you to add models or adapt " -"functionalities on top of Odoo’s standard behavior without coding knowledge." -" You can also create custom views and modify existing ones without having to" -" get into the XML code." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Even for experienced developers, typing out code requires time. By using " -"Odoo Studio, you can quickly get your models up and going and focus on the " -"crucial parts of your application. The result is a user-friendly solution " -"that makes customizations and designing new applications easy with or " -"without programming skills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:15 -msgid "Getting started" -msgstr "Commencer" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:17 -msgid "" -"One you start using Odoo Studio, you automatically create a new *module* " -"that contains all your modifications. These modifications can be done on " -"existing screens (*views*), by adding new *fields* in existing applications," -" or by creating an entirely new *model*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:22 -msgid "What is a Module?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:25 -msgid "" -"An Odoo **Module** can contain a number of elements, such as: business " -"objects (models), object views, data files, web controllers, and static web " -"data. An application is a collection of modules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:29 -msgid "" -"In object-oriented programming, models usually represent a concept from the " -"real world. Example: Odoo has models for Sales Orders, Users, Countries, " -"etc. If you were to build an application to manage Real Estate sales, a " -"model that represents the Properties for sale would probably be your first " -"step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:38 -msgid "What is a Model (also called Object)?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:40 -msgid "" -"A **Model** determines the logical structure of a database and fundamentally" -" determines in which manner data can be stored, organized, and manipulated. " -"In other words, a model is a table of information that can be bridged with " -"other tables." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:45 -msgid "What are Fields?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:47 -msgid "" -"**Fields** compose models. It is where a record (a piece of data) is " -"registered." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Example: on the Real Estate application, fields on the Properties model " -"would include the price, address, a picture, a link to the current owner, " -"etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:50 -msgid "" -"There are 2 main types of fields in Odoo: *basic (or scalar) fields* and " -"*relational fields*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Basic fields represent simple values, like numbers or text. Relational " -"fields represent relations between models. So, if you have a model for " -"*Customers* and another one for *Properties*, you would use a relational " -"field to link each Property to its Customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:56 -msgid "Relational Fields in detail" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:59 -msgid "" -"**Relational Fields** provide the option to link the data of one model with " -"the data of another model." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:60 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, relational field types are: *One2many*, *Many2one*, *Many2many*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:66 -msgid "" -"An **One2many** field is a *one-way* direction of selecting *multiple* " -"records from a table." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Example: a Sales Order can contain multiple Sales Order Lines, which also " -"contain multiple fields of information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:69 -msgid "" -"A **Many2one** field is a *one-way* direction of selecting *one* record from" -" a table." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Example: you can have many product categories, but each product can only " -"belong to one category." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:71 -msgid "" -"A **Many2many** field is a *two-way* direction of selecting records from a " -"table." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:72 -msgid "Example: multiple tags can be added to a lead’s form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:75 -msgid "An *One2many* field must have a *Many2one* related to it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:78 -msgid "What are Views?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:80 -msgid "" -"**Views** define how records are displayed. They are specified in XML which " -"means that they can be edited independently from the models that they " -"represent. There are various types of views in Odoo, and each of them " -"represents a mode of visualization. Some examples are: *form*, *list*, " -"*kanban*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:85 -msgid "What is a Menu?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:87 -msgid "" -"A **Menu** is a button that executes and action. In Odoo Studio, to create " -"menus (models) and rearrange their hierarchy, click on *Edit Menu*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:95 -msgid "`Studio Basics <https://www.odoo.com/fr_FR/slides/studio-31>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to.rst:3 -msgid "How To" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/export_import.rst:3 -msgid "Export and Import Modules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/export_import.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When you do customizations in Odoo Studio, a new module is created in your " -"database, making it easy to use Studio for prototyping." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/export_import.rst:8 -msgid "" -"To export these customizations, activate Studio on the main dashboard and, " -"under the menu *Customizations*, click on *Export*. The default filename is " -"*customizations.zip*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/export_import.rst:16 -msgid "" -"The module created contains the definition of custom models and fields, as " -"well as the UI elements of any customization in an XML format." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/export_import.rst:18 -msgid "" -"To import and install the customizations in another instance, connect to the" -" destination database, activate Studio and, under *Customizations*, click on" -" *Import*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/export_import.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Studio does not know which apps are customized (because the same view can be" -" modified on different apps), therefore, it *does not* add the underlying " -"modules as dependencies of the exported module. In other words, the " -"applications installed on the source database should be installed on the " -"destination database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:3 -msgid "Customizing the Rainbow Man" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The Rainbow Man in Odoo is an animation shown once the user completes " -"certain tasks and clicks on certain buttons. It is a way to make the " -"software fun to use, and rewarding, for employees." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:13 -msgid "" -"On most buttons in Odoo, such as *Send by Email*, *Confirm* or *Cancel*, " -"once they are selected in Studio, under their *Properties*, the *Rainbow " -"Man* effect can be applied." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:14 -msgid "By default, the feature is active:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:16 -msgid "when opportunities are marked as won;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:17 -msgid "when users empty their inboxes;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:18 -msgid "when the user finishes a tour;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:19 -msgid "when the user finishes doing reconciliations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:3 -msgid "Customizing Reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Odoo uses HTML and CSS technologies to create reports. HTML is a markup " -"language that uses tags, also called elements. It is the core of any webpage" -" because it provides its basic structure. CSS interacts with HTML elements " -"to add style to the page, establishing how the HTML is shown to the user. " -"Odoo’s reports also use Bootstrap’s grid layout, which is the containers, " -"rows, and columns to align content, and support Odoo's website themes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:11 -msgid "" -"When creating a new report, choose the purpose of it and if you would like " -"the report to include header and footer (company logo, name, address, phone," -" email address, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Under the tab **Add**, you find the fields to be dragged and dropped to the " -"view. *Fields*, *Data tables*, *Subtotal & Total*, and *Address Book* are " -"dynamic elements (meaning that they need a :doc:`one2many or a many2many " -"<../concepts/understanding_general>` related object). *Text*, *Title Block*," -" *Image*, and *Text in Cell* are static elements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Once the element is added to the view, select it to see its **Options**. The" -" first section shows the hierarchy of the selected object and its " -"properties, allowing you to individually edit them. Fields with related " -"objects have their directives shown on *Field Expression*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Under **Visible if**, define the rule(s) to set visibility conditions to " -"fields." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Example: if choosing to display a product image, you could set a visibility " -"rule to only display the ones that are *set* in the product form, avoiding " -"having a plain icon when they are not set." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:40 -msgid "" -"**Visible for** is used to set which :doc:`groups " -"<../../general/odoo_basics/add_user>` can have access to specific elements " -"in the report. **Limit visibility to groups**, under *Report*, sets the " -"visibility of the report to specifics groups, meaning that users belonging " -"to other groups do not see the same final document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Under the **Report** tab, name your report, choose the paper format, and if " -"the report should be added to the *Print* menu list on its respective " -"document form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:53 -msgid "" -"If activating the :doc:`Developer mode " -"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, additional fields such as *Class* " -"under *Options*, and *Reload from attachment* under *Report*, become " -"visible." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:56 -msgid "" -"*Class*: add custom CSS classes to the selected element (e.g. Bootstrap " -"classes such as *text-danger*)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:59 -msgid "" -"*Reload from attachment*: saves the report as an attachment of the document " -"when printed. When the report is reprinted, it re-downloads that attachment " -"instead of re-printing it. This means that if the underlying record (e.g. " -"Invoice) changes when compared to the first impression, the report does not " -"reflect the changes because they were done after the attachment was created." -" This is typically useful for reports linked to documents that should not " -"change, such as Invoices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Actions in Odoo Studio can be undone until you *Close* the toolbox. Once you" -" have closed Studio, changes can not be undone anymore." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases.rst:3 -msgid "Use Cases" -msgstr "Cas d'utilisation" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced Use Cases: Automated Actions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:5 -msgid "" -"**Case scenario 1: when a Belgian lead is created, a 3-stars priority should" -" be automatically applied.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:8 -msgid "Under *Automations*, click on *Create* and set the following rules:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:10 -msgid "*Model*: Lead/Opportunity" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:11 -msgid "*Active*: On" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:12 -msgid "*Trigger*: On Creation & Update" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:13 -msgid "*Apply on*: Country > Country Name = Belgium" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:14 -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:53 -msgid "*Action To Do*: Update the Record" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:15 -msgid "*Data to Write*: Lead/Opportunity > Value > 3" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Check :doc:`this doc <filters_status_bar>` in order to have another " -"automated action example." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:25 -msgid ":doc:`../concepts/understanding_automated_actions`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:26 -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:61 -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:138 -#: ../../studio/use_cases/views.rst:28 -msgid ":doc:`../concepts/understanding_general`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced Use Cases: Filters and Status Bar" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:5 -msgid "" -"**Case scenario 1: on Sales, set a filter on Belgian customers and define it" -" as the default one (the user should still be able to unset the filter).**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:8 -msgid "" -"On your customer’s page, use *Filters* > *Add Custom Filter* to group " -"customers by country. Now, under *Favorites*, *Save Current Search* enabling" -" *Use by default* and *Save*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:15 -msgid "" -"On *Filter Rules* in Studio mode, select the respective filter and enable " -"*Default Filter*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:21 -msgid "" -"**Case scenario 2: add a status bar on the product form to manage its life " -"cycle. Set the values: ‘Prototype’, ‘In use’ and ‘Deprecated’. By default, " -"the Kanban view must be grouped by status.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:26 -msgid "" -"On your product form, *Add a pipeline status bar* and name its values. " -"Status bars are *selection* fields that give you the ability to follow a " -"specific flow. They are useful to show you the progress that has been made." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:28 -msgid "" -"On the *Views* menu, access *Kanban* and, under its *View* options, set the " -"*Default Group by* as *Pipeline status bar*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Now, open your product form and set the right status for that product. As " -"you move products throughout stages (also through the product’s form), " -"stages are shown in the Kanban view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:38 -msgid "" -"To make modifications in the pipeline status bar, for example, remember to " -"go back to *Form View*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:44 -msgid "" -"**Case scenario 2.a: when a product goes from ‘In use’ to ‘Deprecate’, set " -"its cost to 0€.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Create an :doc:`automated action " -"<../concepts/understanding_automated_actions>` with the selected values:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:49 -msgid "*Model*: Product Template" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:50 -msgid "*Trigger*: On Update" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:51 -msgid "*First Domain*: Pipeline status bar = In use" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:52 -msgid "*Second Domain*: Pipeline status bar = Deprecated" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:54 -msgid "*Data to Write*: Cost (Product Template) > Value > 0" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced Use Cases: Creating Models and Adding Fields" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:5 -msgid "" -"**Case scenario 1: on the leads’ form, if the chosen country is France, show" -" a field 'Pay by check?'**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:8 -msgid "" -"On your leads’ form, add a *Related Field* to *Country > Country Name*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Now, add a *Checkbox* field and define its invisibility options as *Country*" -" (carefully select the one just created) *> is not = > France.*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:11 -msgid "You can now hide the related field created (*Country*) if you wish." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Another approach is to use the country’s ID. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Contacts --> Configuration --> Countries`, select France " -"(for example), and on the URL check its *ID*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:21 -msgid "" -"The related field invisibility path should now be *Country* (carefully " -"select the one just created) *> is not = > 75*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:22 -msgid "Again, hide the related field with the country’s ID if you prefer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:28 -msgid "" -"**Case scenario 2: create a model called 'Properties' and add fields called:" -" company, value, name, address, active, image.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:31 -msgid "" -"From the dashboard, (optionally) start a new module. Then, click on *Edit " -"Menu* and start a *New Menu* (model). Set your menu name and *Confirm*. Now," -" on its form, drag & drop the necessary fields." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:39 -msgid "" -"**Case scenario 2.a: now, you would like to have a model called 'Regions' to" -" which each property must be linked. And, on 'Regions', you would like to " -"see the properties for each region.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Go to *Edit Menu > New Menu* and create your menu, calling it *Regions*. Add" -" the necessary fields on its form by dragging & dropping them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Now, in the form view of *Properties*, add a *Many2one* field with a " -"relation to your model *Region*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:48 -msgid "" -"The *Existing Fields* are the ones that are on the current model but not yet" -" in the view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Now, go to the model *Regions*, select the form view, and add a status " -"button selecting *Regions (Properties)* as your relational field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:62 -msgid "" -"*Status buttons* are computed fields, meaning that they count the numbers of" -" records on the related model, and allow you to access them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:69 -msgid "" -"When searching for relations, click on *Search more* and filter it by " -"*Custom*. This way you avoid creating duplicates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:76 -msgid "" -"**Case scenario 2.b: in the model 'Properties', show all the tags as " -"checkboxes instead of tags.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:78 -msgid "" -"Once the field *Tags* is added to the form, select it and, under its " -"*Properties > Widgets*, choose *Checkboxes*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:85 -msgid "" -"**Case scenario 3: on the leads’ form, add a selection field with the " -"values:'Tags' & 'List' & 'Checkboxes'. According to the value of the field, " -"show tags as many2many_tags, many2many_radio, or many2many(_list).**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:89 -msgid "" -"In your form view, add a *Tags* field and relate it to *Partners Tag*. Under" -" *Properties*, define its *Widget* as *Many2many*. Do the same process " -"another 2 times for *Checkboxes* and *Tags*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:96 -msgid "Now, add a *Selection* field and the necessary values." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:99 -msgid "" -"Continue by selecting your *Tags* fields, one by one, to set their " -"*Invisible* options according to their *Widget*. In the example below, the " -"invisibility rule for the *Partner Tags* is set as: *Select Tag type > is " -"not = > Tags.*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:105 -msgid "" -"**Case scenario 4: on a quotation’s form, add a selection field called " -"'Manager Validation' with the values: ‘Accepted’ and ‘Refused’. Only a sales" -" manager can see it, and the field should be set as mandatory if the untaxed" -" amount is higher than 500€.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:109 -msgid "" -"On your quotation form, add a *Selection* field with the values *Accepted* " -"and *Refused*. Set its *Required* condition as *Untaxed Amount > 500* and " -"the *Limit visibility to groups* as *Sales / Administrator* or managers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:117 -msgid "**Case scenario 5: change the tooltip of a field for all views.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:119 -msgid "" -"Activate the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` " -"and open Studio." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:122 -msgid "" -"Select the necessary field and, under *Properties*, click on *More* to write" -" your tooltip message on *Field Help*. The tooltip message is the " -"explanatory message shown when the user hovers the field. The message here " -"written is displayed on all views forms where the field is added." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:129 -msgid "" -"The *Field Help* message can only be applied to *new* fields. If you would " -"like to change/apply a tooltip for a specific field, use the *Help Tooltip* " -"option under *Properties*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/views.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced Use Cases: Views" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/views.rst:5 -msgid "" -"**Case scenario 1: in Sales, show orders in a Kanban View instead of a List " -"View.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/views.rst:7 -msgid "" -"From the Sales page, access Studio and, under *Views*, set the *Kanban* " -"option as the default one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/views.rst:14 -msgid "" -"**Case scenario 2: allow for the list of leads to be edited inline without " -"having to switch to the form view.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/views.rst:19 -msgid "" -"On the *List View*, under *View* > *Editable*, choose between *New record on" -" top* or *New record at the bottom*. This way, besides defining the order in" -" which new records are displayed in the view, you are able to edit them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/views.rst:21 -msgid "" -"If the field is left blank, no editing is possible and records are shown " -"based on your column preferences on the lead's page (front-end)." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/support.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/support.po deleted file mode 100644 index 8361ff782..000000000 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/support.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,532 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# Richard Mathot <rim@odoo.com>, 2020 -# William Henrotin <whe@odoo.com>, 2020 -# Vincent Luba <vincent@biz-4-africa.com>, 2020 -# Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020 -# romrik_, 2020 -# Priscilla (prs) Odoo <prs@odoo.com>, 2020 -# amsodoo <ams@odoo.com>, 2020 -# Jonathan Castillo <jcs@odoo.com>, 2021 -# Anthony Chaussin <chaussin.anthony@gmail.com>, 2021 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:42+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Anthony Chaussin <chaussin.anthony@gmail.com>, 2021\n" -"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: fr\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" - -#: ../../support.rst:5 -msgid "Support" -msgstr "Assistance" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:7 -msgid "Supported versions" -msgstr "Versions supportées" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Odoo provides support and bug fixing **for the 3 last major versions** of " -"Odoo." -msgstr "" -"Odoo assure le support et la résolution de bugs **pour les 3 dernières " -"versions majeures** d'Odoo." - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Users hosted on **Odoo Online** may use intermediary versions (sometimes " -"called *SaaS versions*) that are supported as well. These versions are not " -"published for Odoo.sh or On-Premise installations." -msgstr "" -"Les utilisateurs hébergés sur **Odoo Online** peuvent utiliser des versions " -"intermédiaires (parfois appelées *versions SaaS*) qui sont également prises " -"en charge. Ces versions ne sont pas publiées pour les installations Odoo.sh " -"ou On-Premise." - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:18 -msgid "What's the support status of my Odoo?" -msgstr "Ma version d'Odoo est-elle supportée ?" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:20 -msgid "This matrix shows the support status of every version." -msgstr "Cette matrice montre le statut de support de chaque version." - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:22 -msgid "**Major releases are in bold type.**" -msgstr "**Les versions majeures sont indiquées en gras.**" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:25 -msgid "Odoo Online" -msgstr "Odoo Online" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:25 -msgid "Odoo.sh" -msgstr "Odoo.sh" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:25 -msgid "On-Premise" -msgstr "On-Premise" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:25 -msgid "Release date" -msgstr "Date de publication" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:27 -msgid "**Odoo 14.0**" -msgstr "**Odoo 14.0**" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:27 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:27 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:27 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:29 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:31 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:31 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:31 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:33 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:35 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:35 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:35 -msgid "|green|" -msgstr "|green|" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:27 -msgid "October 2020" -msgstr "Octobre 2020" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:29 -msgid "Odoo 13.saas~4" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:29 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:29 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:33 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:33 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:37 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:37 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:41 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:41 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:43 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:43 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:47 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:47 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:49 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:51 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:51 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:53 -msgid "N/A" -msgstr "N/D" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:29 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:33 -msgid "August 2019" -msgstr "Août 2019" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:31 -msgid "**Odoo 13.0**" -msgstr "**Odoo 13.0**" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:31 -msgid "October 2019" -msgstr "Octobre 2019" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:33 -msgid "Odoo 12.saas~3" -msgstr "Odoo 12.saas~3" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:35 -msgid "**Odoo 12.0**" -msgstr "**Odoo 12.0**" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:35 -msgid "October 2018" -msgstr "Octobre 2018" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:35 -msgid "*End-of-support is planned for October 2021*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:37 -msgid "Odoo 11.saas~3" -msgstr "Odoo 11.saas~3" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:37 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:39 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:39 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:41 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:43 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:45 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:45 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:47 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:49 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:51 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:53 -msgid "|orange|" -msgstr "|orange|" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:37 -msgid "April 2018" -msgstr "Avril 2018" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:39 -msgid "**Odoo 11.0**" -msgstr "**Odoo 11.0**" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:39 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:45 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:49 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:53 -msgid "|red|" -msgstr "|red|" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:39 -msgid "October 2017" -msgstr "Octobre 2017" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:41 -msgid "Odoo 10.saas~15" -msgstr "Odoo 10.saas~15" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:41 -msgid "March 2017" -msgstr "Mars 2017" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:43 -msgid "Odoo 10.saas~14" -msgstr "Odoo 10.saas~14" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:43 -msgid "January 2017" -msgstr "Janvier 2017" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:45 -msgid "**Odoo 10.0**" -msgstr "**Odoo 10.0**" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:45 -msgid "October 2016" -msgstr "Octobre 2016" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:47 -msgid "Odoo 9.saas~11" -msgstr "Odoo 9.saas~11" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:47 -msgid "May 2016" -msgstr "Mai 2016" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:49 -msgid "**Odoo 9.0**" -msgstr "**Odoo 9.0**" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:49 -msgid "October 2015" -msgstr "Octobre 2015" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:51 -msgid "Odoo 8.saas~6" -msgstr "Odoo 8.saas~6" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:51 -msgid "February 2015" -msgstr "Février 2015" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:53 -msgid "**Odoo 8.0**" -msgstr "**Odoo 8.0**" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:53 -msgid "September 2014" -msgstr "Septembre 2014" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:59 -msgid "|green| Supported version" -msgstr "|green| Version supportée" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:61 -msgid "|red| End-of-support" -msgstr "|red| Fin du support" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:63 -msgid "N/A Never released for this platform" -msgstr "N/D Jamais publié pour cette plateforme" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:65 -msgid "" -"|orange| Some of our older customers may still run this version on our Odoo " -"Online servers, we provide help only on blocking issues and advise you to " -"upgrade." -msgstr "" -"|orange| Certains de nos anciens clients pourraient encore travailler avec " -"cette version sur nos serveurs Odoo Online, nous fournissons alors de l'aide" -" uniquement pour les problèmes bloquants et vous conseillons de migrer vers " -"une version plus récente." - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:67 -msgid "🏁 Future version, not released yet" -msgstr "🏁 Prochaine version, pas encore publiée" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:80 -msgid "I run an older version of Odoo/OpenERP/TinyERP" -msgstr "J'utilise une ancienne version d'Odoo/OpenERP/TinyERP" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:82 -msgid "" -"OpenERP 7.0, 6.1, 6.0 and 5.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform." -msgstr "" -"OpenERP 7.0, 6.1, 6.0 et 5.0 ne sont plus supportés, quelle que soit la " -"plateforme." - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:84 -msgid "" -"TinyERP 4.0, 3.0, 2.0 and 1.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform." -msgstr "" -"TinyERP 4.0, 3.0, 2.0 et 1.0 ne sont plus supportés, quelle que soit la " -"plateforme." - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:86 -msgid "" -"You should consider `upgrading <https://upgrade.odoo.com/>`_ your database." -msgstr "" -"Vous devriez `migrer <https://upgrade.odoo.com/>`_ votre base de données " -"vers une version plus récente." - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:8 -msgid "What can I expect from the support service?" -msgstr "Que puis-je attendre du service de Support ?" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:12 -msgid "5 days a week" -msgstr "5 jours par semaine" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Your Odoo Online subscription includes **unlimited 24hr support at no extra " -"cost, Monday to Friday**. Our teams are located around the world to ensure " -"you have support, no matter your location. Your support representative could" -" be communicating to you from San Francisco, Belgium, or India!" -msgstr "" -"Votre abonnement Odoo Online inclut **un support illimité 24h/24 sans coût " -"supplémentaire, du lundi au vendredi**. Nos équipes se situent dans le monde" -" entier afin d'assurer que vous puissiez bénéficier du support, peut importe" -" où vous vous trouvez. Votre agent de support peut vous joindre depuis la " -"Belgique, San Francisco ou l'Inde !" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Our support team can be contacted through our `online support form " -"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." -msgstr "" -"Notre équipe Support est joignable via notre `formulaire de support en ligne" -" <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:23 -msgid "What kind of support is included?" -msgstr "Qu'est ce qui est inclus dans le Support ?" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Providing you with relevant material (guidelines, product documentation, " -"etc...)" -msgstr "" -"Vous fournir des informations pertinentes (consignes, documentation sur le " -"produit, etc...)" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Answers to issues that you may encounter in your standard Odoo database (eg." -" “I cannot close my Point of Sale” or “I cannot find my sales KPIs?”)" -msgstr "" -"Des réponses aux problèmes que vous pourriez rencontrer dans votre base de " -"données standard Odoo (ex : “Je ne parviens pas à fermer mon Point de Vente”" -" ou “Je ne trouve pas mes KPIs de vente”)" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:29 -msgid "Questions related to your account, subscription, or billing" -msgstr "Des questions liées à votre compte, abonnement ou facturation" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Bug resolution (blocking issues or unexpected behaviour not due to " -"misconfiguration or customization)" -msgstr "" -"Résolution de bugs (problèmes bloquants ou comportement inattendus non dûs à" -" une mauvaise configuration ou personnalisation)" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Issues that might occur in a test database after upgrading to a newer " -"version" -msgstr "" -"Les problèmes qui pourraient survenir dans une base de données test après " -"une migration vers une version plus récente" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:34 -msgid "" -"*Odoo Support does not make changes to your production database without your" -" agreement and gives you the material and knowledge to do it yourself!*" -msgstr "" -"*Odoo Support n'apporte aucune modification à votre base de données de " -"production sans votre accord et vous donne le matériel et les connaissances " -"nécessaires pour le faire vous-même!*" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:39 -msgid "What kind of support is not included?" -msgstr "Qu'est ce qui n'est pas inclus dans le Support ?" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Questions that require us to understand your business processes in order to " -"help you implement your database" -msgstr "" -"Les questions qui nous demandent de comprendre les flux de travail de votre " -"entreprise afin de vous aider à vous implémenter votre base de données" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Training on how to use our software (we will direct you to our many " -"resources)" -msgstr "" -"D'éventuelles formations à l'utilisation de notre logiciel (nous vous " -"dirigerons vers nos différentes ressources)" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:44 -msgid "Import of documents into your database" -msgstr "L'importation de documents vers votre base de données" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Guidance on which configurations to apply inside of an application or the " -"database" -msgstr "" -"Des instructions sur les configurations à appliquer au sein d'un module ou " -"d'une base de données" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:46 -msgid "" -"How to set up configuration models (Examples include: Inventory Routes, " -"Payment Terms, Warehouses, etc)" -msgstr "" -"Comment mettre en place des modèles de configuration (ex : les routes " -"d'inventaires, les délais de paiement, entrepôts, etc)" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:48 -msgid "Any intervention on your own servers/deployments of Odoo" -msgstr "Toute intervention sur votre propre serveur/déploiements d'Odoo" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Any intervention on your own third party account (Ingenico, Authorize, UPS, " -"etc)" -msgstr "" -"Toute intervention sur vos compte tiers (Ingenico, Authorize, UPS, etc)" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Questions or issues related to specific developments or customizations done " -"either by Odoo or a third party (this is specific only to your database or " -"involving code)" -msgstr "" -"Les questions ou problèmes liés à un développement ou une customisation " -"spécifique réalisée Odoo ou une partie tierce (qui est spécifique seulement " -"à votre base de données ou impliquant le code)" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:54 -msgid "" -"You can get this type of support with a `Success Pack <https://www.odoo.com" -"/pricing-packs>`__. With a pack, one of our consultants will analyze the way" -" your business runs and tell you how you can get the most out of your Odoo " -"Database. We will handle all configurations and coach you on how to use " -"Odoo." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez bénéficier de ce type de Support avec un `Success Pack " -"<https://www.odoo.com/pricing-packs>`__. Avec un pack, l'un de nos " -"consultants analysera la manière dont votre entreprise fonctionne et vous " -"dira comment tirer le maximum de votre base de données Odoo. Nous nous " -"occuperons de toutes les configurations ainsi que de vous former à utiliser " -"Odoo." - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:6 -msgid "Where to find help?" -msgstr "Où trouver de l'aide ?" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:10 -msgid "Odoo Enterprise" -msgstr "Odoo Entreprise" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Users who have a valid Odoo Enterprise subscription may always contact our " -"support teams through our `support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_, no " -"matter the hosting type you chose (Odoo Online, Odoo.sh or on your own " -"server)." -msgstr "" -"Les utilisateurs qui ont un abonnement Odoo Entreprise valide peuvent " -"toujours contacter nos équipes Support via notre `formulaire de support " -"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`_, peu importe le type d'hébergement que vous " -"choisissez (Odoo en ligne, Odoo.sh ou sur votre propre serveur)." - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:16 -msgid "Please include in your request:" -msgstr "Merci d'inclure votre demande : " - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:18 -msgid "your subscription number" -msgstr "votre numéro d'abonnement" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:19 -msgid "" -"the URL of your database if your database is hosted by Odoo (Odoo Online or " -"Odoo.sh)" -msgstr "" -"l'URL de votre base de données si votre base de données est hébergée par " -"Odoo (Odoo en ligne ou Odoo.sh)." - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:21 -msgid "Our agents will get back to you as soon as possible." -msgstr "Nos agents reviendront vers vous dès que possible." - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:25 -msgid "Odoo Community" -msgstr "Odoo Community" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:27 -msgid "*Odoo Community users don't get access to the support service.*" -msgstr "" -"*Les utilisateurs d'Odoo Community n'ont pas accès au service de Support.*" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:29 -msgid "Here are some resources that might help you:" -msgstr "Voici des ressources qui pourraient vous aider :" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:31 -msgid "Our `documentation pages <https://www.odoo.com/page/docs>`_." -msgstr "Nos `pages de documentation <https://www.odoo.com/page/docs>`_." - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Ask your question on the `community forum " -"<https://www.odoo.com/forum/help-1>`_." -msgstr "" -"Posez vos questions sur le `forum de la communauté " -"<https://www.odoo.com/forum/help-1>`_, en anglais." - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:33 -msgid "" -"`Buy Odoo Enterprise " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/14.0/setup/enterprise.html>`_ to get the" -" support and bugfix services." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/survey.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/survey.po deleted file mode 100644 index 3d7a72296..000000000 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/survey.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,242 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# Hamid Darabi, 2020 -# Jérôme Tanché <jerome.tanche@ouest-dsi.fr>, 2020 -# Priscilla Sanchez <prs@odoo.com>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:42+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Priscilla Sanchez <prs@odoo.com>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: fr\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" - -#: ../../survey.rst:5 -msgid "Survey" -msgstr "Sondage" - -#: ../../survey/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Vue d'ensemble" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:3 -msgid "Get Started with Surveys" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Surveys can be used for a range of purposes that can go from collecting " -"customer feedback, evaluate the success of an event, measure how pleased " -"customers are with your products/services, gauge whether employees are happy" -" and satisfied with their work environment, and even to find out what your " -"market is thinking." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:11 -msgid "Get started" -msgstr "Démarrer" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:13 -msgid "" -"When creating your survey, choose a *Title* and *Category*. The *Category* " -"field is used to know in which context the survey is being conducted, as " -"different applications might use it for different purposes such as " -"recruitment, certification, or employee appraisal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:22 -msgid "Tab: Questions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:24 -msgid "Add sections and questions by clicking on the respective links." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:27 -msgid "" -"On the *Sections and Questions* form, once the question type is chosen and " -"the answer added, under the tab *Options*, enable *Mandatory Answer*, and " -"set an *Error message* to be shown when the user tries to submit the survey " -"without answering the respective question." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Depending on the *Question Type*, the tab *Options* aggregates extra and " -"different possibilities. Examples:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:31 -msgid "" -"*Single Line Text Box* - can choose a minimum and maximum text length " -"(number of characters - spaces do not count), and its error message." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:33 -msgid "" -"*Multiple choice: multiple answers allowed*: choose between radio buttons or" -" a dropdown menu list, and if you would like to have a comment field. If the" -" user select an answer and type a comment, the values are separately " -"recorded. Or, enable the comment field to be displayed as an answer choice, " -"with which a text type field is displayed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:37 -msgid "" -"*Matrix Type*: choose if you would like to have one or multiple choices per " -"row." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:44 -msgid "Tab: Description" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Write a *Description* to be displayed under the title of the survey's " -"homepage." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:53 -msgid "Click on *Edit* to personalize your pages with the website builder." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:56 -msgid "Tab: Options" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Under the tab *Options*, choose the *Layout* of your questions. If choosing " -"*One page per section* or *One page per question*, an option *Back Button* " -"becomes available, which allows the user to go back pages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:67 -msgid "Test and share the survey" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Once your Survey is ready, *Test* it to avoid *Sharing* it with potential " -"errors. As answers get collected, click on *Answers* to access all the " -"details of the respondent and his answers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:72 -msgid "" -"By default, a filter *Except Test Entries* is applied to keep the list of " -"entries clean with only real participants." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:79 -msgid "" -"Another way to access detailed answers is by going to " -":menuselection:`Participations --> Participations`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:80 -msgid "Click on *See results* to be redirected to an analytical page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:87 -#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:34 -msgid ":doc:`scoring`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:88 ../../survey/overview/scoring.rst:35 -msgid ":doc:`time_random`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/scoring.rst:3 -msgid "Scoring Surveys" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/scoring.rst:5 -msgid "" -"To measure your respondent’s performance, knowledge of a subject, or overall" -" satisfaction, attach points to the answers of specific questions. The " -"points are summed up to give your respondent a final score." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/scoring.rst:9 -msgid "" -"On your survey’s form, click on *Add a question* and, under the tab " -"*Options*, choose between *Scoring with answers at the end* or *Scoring " -"without answers at the end*. Now, on your question’s form, set the right " -"answer and score." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/scoring.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Set the percentage score the user needs to achieve to have successfully " -"taken the survey. If enabling *Certificate*, choose its template. The " -"certification is automatically sent by email to the users who successfully " -"finish it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/scoring.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Enable *Login required* to be able to *Give Badges*. Badges are related to " -"the eLearning section of your website. Besides the logged-in user, visitors " -"of the website that access the page *Courses* can also see the granted " -"badges." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:3 -msgid "Time and Randomize Questions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:6 -msgid "Time Limit" -msgstr "Limite de temps" - -#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:10 -msgid "" -"On timed surveys, respondents need to complete the survey within a certain " -"period of time. It can be used to ensure that all respondents get the same " -"amount of time to find the answers, or to decrease the chance of having them" -" looking at external resources." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:11 -msgid "Set the *Time limit* under the tab *Options*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:17 -msgid "" -"A timer is shown on the pages so the user can keep track of the remaining " -"time. Surveys not \\ submitted by the *Time limit* do not have their answers" -" saved." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:21 -msgid "Selection" -msgstr "Sélection" - -#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:25 -msgid "" -"When you randomize a survey, you allow for the questions to be shuffled in a" -" random order every time someone opens the questionnaire. This can be useful" -" to avoid having respondents looking at each others' answers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:27 -msgid "" -"To do so, under the tab *Options*, enable *Randomized per section*. Now, " -"under the tab *Questions*, set how many of the questions in that section " -"should be taken into account during the shuffling." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/timesheets.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/timesheets.po deleted file mode 100644 index fac1570c4..000000000 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/timesheets.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,86 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# Jérôme Tanché <jerome.tanche@ouest-dsi.fr>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 15:13+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Jérôme Tanché <jerome.tanche@ouest-dsi.fr>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: fr\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" - -#: ../../timesheets.rst:5 -msgid "Timesheets" -msgstr "Feuilles de temps" - -#: ../../timesheets/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Vue d'ensemble" - -#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:3 -msgid "Create Timesheets upon Time Off Validation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo automatically timesheets on project/tasks upon time off requests. This " -"allows for better overall control over the validation of timesheets, as it " -"does not leave place for forgetfulness and questions after hours that have " -"not been timesheeted by the employee." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Activate the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, " -"go to *Timesheets*, and change the *Project* and *Task* set by default, if " -"you like." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Time Off --> Configuration --> Time Off Types`. Select" -" or create the needed type, and decide if you would like the requests to be " -"validated or not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Now, once the employee has requested his time off and the request has been " -"validated (or not, depending on the setting chosen), the time is " -"automatically allocated on *Timesheets*, under the respective project and " -"task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:27 -msgid "" -"On the example below, the user requested *Paid Time off* from July 13th to " -"15th." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Considering that validation is not required, the requested time off is " -"automatically displayed in *Timesheets*. If validation is necessary, the " -"time is automatically allocated after the responsible person for validating " -"does it so." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Click on the magnifying glass, hovering over the concerned cell, to access " -"all the aggregated data on that cell (day), and see details regarding the " -"project/task." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/website.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po similarity index 54% rename from locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/website.po rename to locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po index af2bc650e..846ac8817 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/website.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po @@ -1,36 +1,41 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: -# Richard Mathot <rim@odoo.com>, 2020 -# Xavier Belmere <Info@cartmeleon.com>, 2020 -# Aurélien Pillevesse <aurelienpillevesse@hotmail.fr>, 2020 -# Eloïse Stilmant <est@odoo.com>, 2020 -# Olivier Lenoir <olivier.lenoir@free.fr>, 2020 -# Florian Hatat, 2020 -# Melanie Bernard <mbe@odoo.com>, 2020 -# 2bb6a6c9c26c6796aa3f72da499aab31_c4bf95e <50ab448b17d7dd714d37f715e9558f9f_400401>, 2020 -# Shark McGnark <peculiarcheese@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Jérôme Tanché <jerome.tanche@ouest-dsi.fr>, 2020 -# Fred Gilson <fgi@odoo.com>, 2020 -# Cécile Collart <cco@odoo.com>, 2020 -# Renaud de Colombel <rdecolombel@sgen.cfdt.fr>, 2020 -# André Madeira Cortes <amadeiracortes@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020 -# Miora RAKOTOVAO <miur.mbolaniaina@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Florian Laboureix <fll@odoo.com>, 2020 +# Xavier Belmere <Info@cartmeleon.com>, 2021 +# Frédéric LIETART <stuff@tifred.fr>, 2021 +# Olivier Lenoir <olivier.lenoir@free.fr>, 2021 +# Richard Mathot <rim@odoo.com>, 2021 +# Florian Hatat, 2021 +# Clo <clo@odoo.com>, 2021 +# Melanie Bernard <mbe@odoo.com>, 2021 +# Jérôme Tanché <jerome.tanche@ouest-dsi.fr>, 2021 +# Renaud de Colombel <rdecolombel@sgen.cfdt.fr>, 2021 +# David David <f322p3ph@yahoo.fr>, 2021 # Martin Trigaux, 2021 +# Hamid Darabi, 2021 +# 2bb6a6c9c26c6796aa3f72da499aab31_c4bf95e <50ab448b17d7dd714d37f715e9558f9f_400401>, 2021 +# Shark McGnark <peculiarcheese@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Aurélien Pillevesse <aurelienpillevesse@hotmail.fr>, 2021 +# Fred Gilson <fgi@odoo.com>, 2021 +# Eloïse Stilmant <est@odoo.com>, 2021 +# Cécile Collart <cco@odoo.com>, 2021 +# Alexandra Jubert <aju@odoo.com>, 2021 +# Rihab LOUKIL <loukil.rihab@gmail.com>, 2021 +# André Madeira Cortes <amadeiracortes@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2021 +# Florian <fll@odoo.com>, 2021 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 15:13+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2021\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-18 07:12+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-05-18 05:18+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Florian <fll@odoo.com>, 2021\n" "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -38,23 +43,1138 @@ msgstr "" "Language: fr\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" -#: ../../website.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/websites.rst:3 +msgid "Websites" +msgstr "Sites web" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce.rst:4 +msgid "eCommerce" +msgstr "eCommerce" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started.rst:3 +msgid "Get started" +msgstr "Démarrer" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:3 +msgid "How to customize my catalog page" +msgstr "Comment personnaliser ma page de catalogue" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:6 +msgid "Product Catalog" +msgstr "Catalogue d'articles" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:8 +msgid "" +"All your published items show up in your catalog page (or *Shop* page)." +msgstr "" +"Tous les articles publiés s'affichent sur la page de votre catalogue (ou " +"page *Shop*)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Most options are available in the *Customize* menu: display attributes, " +"website categories, etc." +msgstr "" +"La plupart des options sont disponibles dans le menu *Personnaliser* : " +"attributs d'affichage, catégories de sites, etc." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:20 +msgid "Highlight a product" +msgstr "Mettre un produit en surbrillance" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Boost the visibility of your star/promoted products: push them to top, make " +"them bigger, add a ribbon that you can edit (Sale, New, etc.). Open the Shop" +" page, switch to Edit mode and click any item to start customizing the grid." +msgstr "" +"Augmentez la visibilité de vos produits vedettes/promotionnels : poussez-les" +" vers le haut, agrandissez-les, ajoutez un ruban que vous pouvez éditer " +"(Vente, Nouveau, etc.). Ouvrez la page Boutique, passez en mode Édition et " +"cliquez sur n'importe quel article pour commencer à personnaliser la grille." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:26 +msgid "" +"See how to do it: " +"https://www.odoo.com/openerp_website/static/src/video/e-commerce/editing.mp4" +msgstr "" +"Voir comment faire : " +"https://www.odoo.com/openerp_website/static/src/video/e-commerce/editing.mp4" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:29 +msgid "Quick add to cart" +msgstr "Ajouter rapidement au panier" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:31 +msgid "" +"If your customers buy a lot of items at once, make their process shorter by " +"enabling purchases from the catalog page. To do so, add product description " +"and add to cart button. Turn on the following options in *Customize* menu: " +"Product Description, Add to Cart, List View (to display product description " +"better)." +msgstr "" +"Si vos clients achètent beaucoup d'articles à la fois, raccourcissez leur " +"processus en activant les achats à partir de la page du catalogue. Pour ce " +"faire, ajoutez la description du produit et le bouton Ajouter au panier. " +"Activez les options suivantes dans le menu *Personnaliser* : Description du " +"produit, Ajouter au panier, Affichage de la liste (pour mieux afficher la " +"description du produit)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:3 +msgid "How to build a product page" +msgstr "Comment construire une page produit" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:5 +msgid "On the website click *New Page* in the top-right corner." +msgstr "" +"Sur le site Web, cliquez sur *Nouvelle page* dans le coin supérieur droit." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:7 +msgid "Then click *New Product* and follow the blinking tips." +msgstr "" +"Cliquez ensuite sur *Nouveau produit* et suivez les conseils qui clignotent." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:12 +msgid "Here are the main elements of the Product page:" +msgstr "Voici les principaux éléments de la page Produit :" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:17 +msgid "Many elements can be made visible from the *Customize* menu." +msgstr "" +"De nombreux éléments peuvent être rendus visibles à partir du menu " +"*Personnaliser*." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:22 +msgid "See how to configure your products from links here below." +msgstr "Voyez comment configurer vos produits à partir des liens ci-dessous." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:26 +msgid ":doc:`../managing_products/variants`" +msgstr ":doc:`../managing_products/variants`" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:27 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/taxes`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:28 +msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/cross_selling`" +msgstr ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/cross_selling`" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:29 +msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/reviews`" +msgstr ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/reviews`" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:30 +msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`" +msgstr ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:31 +msgid ":doc:`../../website/optimize/seo`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../website/optimize/seo`" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products.rst:3 +msgid "Manage my products" +msgstr "Gérer mes produits" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:3 +msgid "How to display several images per product" +msgstr "Comment afficher plusieurs images par produit" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:5 +msgid "" +"By default your product web page displays the main image of your product " +"only. If you like to show your products under several angles, you can turn " +"the image into a carrousel." +msgstr "" +"Par défaut, la page internet de votre produit n'affiche que l'image " +"principal de celui-ci. Si vous souhaitez afficher vos produits sous " +"différents angles, vous pouvez activer le mode carrousel." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Check *Several images per product* in :menuselection:`Website Admin --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" +"Consultez *Plusieurs images par produit* dans :menuselection:`Admin site Web" +" --> Configuration --> Paramètres`." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Open a product detail form and upload images from *Images* tab. Hit *Create*" +" in Edit mode to get the upload wizard." +msgstr "" +"Ouvrez la page détails du produit et téléchargez des images à partir de " +"l'onglet *Images*. Dans le mode édition, sélectionnez *Créer* pour obtenir " +"l'assistant de téléchargement." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:19 +msgid "Such extra image are common to all the product variants (if any)." +msgstr "" +"Cette image supplémentaire est commune à toutes les variantes du produit (le" +" cas échéant)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage product variants" +msgstr "Comment gérer les variantes de produits" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Product variants are used to offer variations of the same product to your " +"customers on the products page. For example, the customer chooses a T-shirt " +"and then selects its size and color. In the example below, the customer " +"chooses a phone, and then selects the memory; color and Wi-Fi band from the " +"available options." +msgstr "" +"Les variantes de produit sont utilisées pour offrir des variantes du même " +"produit à vos clients sur la page produits. Par exemple, le client choisit " +"un T-shirt, puis en choisit la taille et la couleur. Dans l'exemple ci-" +"dessous, le client choisit un téléphone, puis sélectionne la mémoire, la " +"couleur et la bande Wi-Fi parmi les options disponibles." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:15 +msgid "How to create attributes & variants" +msgstr "Comment créer des attributs et des variantes" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Turn on *Products can have several attributes, defining variants (Example: " +"size, color,...)* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`." +msgstr "" +"Activer *Les produits peuvent avoir plusieurs attributs, définissant des " +"variantes (Exemple : taille, couleur,...)* dans :menuselection:` Ventes --> " +"Paramètres`." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:20 +msgid "Select a product from the Products list, go to the *Variants* tab." +msgstr "" +"Sélectionnez un produit dans la liste Produits, allez dans l'onglet " +"*Variantes*." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Add as many attributes as you need from 3 different types: radio buttons, " +"drop-down menu or color buttons. You get several variants as soon as there " +"are 2 values for 1 attribute." +msgstr "" +"Ajoutez autant d'attributs que vous le souhaitez à partir de 3 types " +"différents : boutons radio, menu déroulant ou boutons de couleur. Vous " +"obtenez plusieurs variantes dès qu'il y a 2 valeurs pour 1 attribut." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:30 +msgid "How to edit variants" +msgstr "Comment traiter les variantes" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:32 +msgid "See all the variants from the product template detail form." +msgstr "Voir toutes les variantes de la page détails du modèle du produit." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:40 +msgid "You can edit following data:" +msgstr "Vous pouvez modifier les données suivantes :" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:42 +msgid "Picture (will update in real time on the website)," +msgstr "Photo (mise à jour en temps réel sur le site)," + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:43 +msgid "Barcode," +msgstr "Code à barres," + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:44 +msgid "Internal Reference (SKU #)," +msgstr "Référence interne (no de référence)," + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:45 +msgid "Volume," +msgstr "Contenance, " + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:46 +msgid "Weight," +msgstr "Poids," + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:47 +msgid "Active (available in quotes & website)." +msgstr "Actif (disponible entre guillemets et site web)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Both the Barcode and the Internal Reference are variant-specific. You need " +"to populate them once the variants generated." +msgstr "" +"Le code à barres et la référence interne sont tous deux spécifiques à une " +"variante. Vous devez les remplir une fois les variantes générées." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:54 +msgid "" +"See and edit all the variants from :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> " +"Product Variants` as well. This might be quicker if you manage lots of " +"variants." +msgstr "" +"Consultez et éditez toutes les variantes à partir de :menuselection:`Ventes " +"--> Ventes --> Variantes du produit`. Cela pourrait être plus rapide si vous" +" gérez un grand nombre de variantes." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:58 +msgid "How to set specific prices per variant" +msgstr "Comment définir des prix spécifiques par variante" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:60 +msgid "" +"You can also set a specific public price per variant by clicking *Variant " +"Prices* in the product detail form (action in top-left corner)." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez également définir un prix public spécifique par variante en " +"cliquant sur *Prix variante* sur la page détails du produit (sur le coin " +"supérieur gauche)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:66 +msgid "" +"The Price Extra is added to the product price whenever the corresponding " +"attribute value is selected." +msgstr "" +"Le prix supplémentaire est ajouté au prix du produit chaque fois que la " +"valeur de l'attribut correspondante est sélectionnée." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Pricelist formulas let you set advanced price computation methods for " +"product variants. See :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`." +msgstr "" +"Les formules des listes de prix vous permettent de définir des méthodes " +"avancées de calcul des prix pour les variantes des produits. Consultez " +":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:80 +msgid "How to disable/archive variants" +msgstr "Comment désactiver/archiver les variantes" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:82 +msgid "" +"You can disable/archive specific variants so that they are no longer " +"available in quotes & website (not existing in your stock, deprecated, " +"etc.). Simply uncheck *Active* in their detail form." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez désactiver/archiver des variantes spécifiques pour qu'elles ne " +"soient plus disponibles dans les offres et sur le site Web (n'existant pas " +"dans votre stock, obsolète, etc.). Décochez simplement *Activé* sur la page " +"détails, " + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To retrieve such archived items, hit *Archived* on searching the variants " +"list. You can reactivate them the same way." +msgstr "" +"Pour retrouver les articles archivés, cliquez sur *Archivé* pendant la " +"recherche sur la liste des variantes. Pour les réactiver, procédez de la " +"même façon." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue.rst:3 +msgid "Maximize my revenue" +msgstr "Augmenter mon chiffre d'affaires" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:3 +msgid "How to sell accessories and optional products (cross-selling)" +msgstr "" +"Comment vendre des accessoires et des produits optionnels (vente croisée)" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You sell computers. Why not stimulating your customers to buy a top-notch " +"screen or an extra-warranty? That's the goal of cross-selling " +"functionalities:" +msgstr "" +"Vous vendez des ordinateurs. Alors, pourquoi ne pas inciter vos clients à " +"acheter un écran haut de gamme ou à prendre une garantie supplémentaire? " +"C'est l'objectif des fonctionnalités de la vente croisée." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:8 +msgid "Accessory products on checkout page," +msgstr "Des produits accessoires sur la page de vérification," + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Optional products on a new *Add to Cart* screen (not installed by default)." +msgstr "" +"Des produits optionnels sur un nouvel écran *Ajouter au panier* (pas " +"installé par défaut)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:12 +msgid "Accessory products when checking out" +msgstr "Des produits optionnels sur la page de vérification" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Accessories (e.g. for computers: mouse, keyboard) show up when the customer " +"reviews the cart before paying." +msgstr "" +"Des accessoires (par ex. pour les ordinateurs : souris, clavier) sont " +"proposés au client lors de l'étape de vérification du panier avant le " +"paiement." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:20 +msgid "Select accessories in the *Sales* tab of the product detail page." +msgstr "" +"Sélectionnez les accessoires sur l'onglet *Ventes* de la page détails du " +"produit." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:26 +msgid "" +"There is an algorithm to figure out the best accessories to display in case " +"several items are added to cart. If any item is the accessory of several " +"products added to cart, it is most likely that it will be atop the list of " +"suggested accessories." +msgstr "" +"Lorsque plusieurs articles sont ajoutés au panier, un algorithme détermine " +"quels sont les meilleurs accessoires à afficher. Si un article est identifié" +" en tant qu'accessoire à plusieurs produits du panier, il sera probablement " +"affiché en haut de la liste d'accessoires proposés." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:31 +msgid "Optional products when adding to cart" +msgstr "Produits optionnels lors de l'ajout au panier" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Optional products are directly related to the item added to cart (e.g. for " +"computers: warranty, OS software, extra components). Whenever the main " +"product is added to cart, such a new screen pops up as an extra step." +msgstr "" +"Des articles optionnels sont directement liés aux articles ajoutés au panier" +" (par ex. pour les ordinateurs : garanties, logiciels OS, composants " +"supplémentaires). Dès que l'article principal est ajouté au panier un nouvel" +" écran de ce type est proposé en tant qu'étape supplémentaire." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:40 +msgid "To publish optional products:" +msgstr "Pour publier des produits optionnels:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Install *eCommerce Optional Products* addon in *Apps* menu. Remove the " +"default filter to search on addons as well, otherwise only main apps show " +"up." +msgstr "" +"Installez le module complémentaire *Produits optionnels eCommerce* sur le " +"menu *Applications*. Pour chercher également dans les modules " +"complémentaires supprimez le filtre par défaut, sinon seules les " +"applications principales seront affichées." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:48 +msgid "Select optional items from the *Sales* tab of the product detail form." +msgstr "" +"Sélectionnez articles optionnels sur l'onglet *Ventes* de la page détails du" +" produit." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The quantity of optional items added to cart is the same than the main item." +msgstr "" +"La quantité d'articles optionnels ajoutés au panier est identique à celle de" +" l'article principal." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:3 +msgid "Adapt prices to website visitors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:5 +msgid "" +"This section sheds light on pricing features found in the eCommerce app:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:7 +msgid "force a price by geo-localization," +msgstr "imposer un prix par la géolocalisation," + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:9 +msgid "let the customer choose the currency." +msgstr "laisser le client choisir la devise." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:11 +msgid "" +"As a pre-requisite, check out how to managing product pricing: " +":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:15 +msgid "Geo-IP automatically applies the right price" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Assign country groups to your pricelists. That way, visitors who aren't " +"logged in yet will get their own currency when landing on your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:20 +msgid "Once logged in, they get the pricelist matching their country." +msgstr "" +"Une fois connectés ils auront une liste de prix correspondant à leur pays." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:23 +msgid "Currency selector" +msgstr "Sélecteur de devises" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In the case that you sell in several currencies, you can let your customers " +"choose their own. Check the *Selectable* box to add the pricelist to the " +"website drop-down menu, which can be found in *Pricelists* under the " +"*Products* menu, located in the Website application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:35 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:36 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:37 +msgid ":doc:`promo_code`" +msgstr ":doc:`promo_code`" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:3 +msgid "How to create & share promotional codes" +msgstr "Comment créer et partager des codes promotionnels" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Want to boost your sales for Xmas? Share promocodes through your marketing " +"campaigns and apply any kind of discounts." +msgstr "" +"Vous voulez booster vos ventes à Noël? Partagez des codes promotionnels via " +"vos campagnes de marketing et appliquez toute sorte de réductions." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:18 +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "Configuration" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings` and choose *Advanced pricing based" +" on formula* for *Sale Price*." +msgstr "" +"Allez sur :menuselection:`Ventes --> Paramètres` et choisissez *Tarification" +" avancée basée sur la formule* pour *Prix de vente*." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website Admin --> Catalog --> Pricelists` and create a" +" new pricelist with the discount rule (see :doc:`pricing`). Then enter a " +"code." +msgstr "" +"Allez sur :menuselection:`Admin site Web --> Catalogue --> Liste de prix` et" +" créez une nouvelle liste de prix avec la règle de réduction (voir " +":doc:`pricing`). Puis, entrez un code." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Make the promocode field available on your *Shopping Cart* page (option in " +"*Customize* menu). Add a product to cart to reach it." +msgstr "" +"Rendez disponible le code promotionnel sur la page *Panier d'achats* (une " +"option du menu *Personnaliser*). Pour y accéder, ajoutez un produit au " +"panier." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Once turned on you see a new section on the right side. On clicking *Apply* " +"prices get automatically updated in the cart." +msgstr "" +"Une fois cette fonction activée, une nouvelle rubrique est visible du côté " +"droit de la page. En cliquant sur *Appliquer*, les prix du panier sont " +"automatiquement mis à jour." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:33 +msgid "" +"The promocode used by the customer is stored in the system so you can " +"analyze the performance of your marketing campaigns." +msgstr "" +"Le système enregistre le code promotionnel utilisé par le client. Vous " +"pouvez ainsi analyser l'impact de vos campagnes de marketing." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:39 +msgid "Show sales per pricelists..." +msgstr "Afficher les ventes par listes de prix..." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:43 +msgid ":doc:`pricing`" +msgstr ":doc:`pricing`" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:3 +msgid "How to enable comments & rating" +msgstr "Comment autoriser les commentaires et les évaluations" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Publishing and monitoring customer experience will help you gain the trust " +"of new customers and better engage with your community. In 2 clicks, allow " +"your customer to share their feedback!" +msgstr "" +"La publication et le monitorage de l'expérience de vos clients vous aidera à" +" gagner la confiance des nouveaux client et à mieux collaborer avec votre " +"communauté. Autorisez vos clients à partager leurs commentaires en 2 clics." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Activate comments & rating from the *Customize* menu of the product web " +"page." +msgstr "" +"Activez l'option commentaires et évaluations à partir du menu " +"*Personnaliser* de la page internet du produit." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Visitors must log in to share their comments. Make sure they are able to do " +"so (see Portal documentation)." +msgstr "" +"Pour pouvoir partager leurs commentaire les visiteurs doivent se connecter. " +"Assurez-vous qu'ils peuvent le faire (voir la documentation du portail). " + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:25 +msgid "Review the posts in real time" +msgstr "Révisez les commentaires en temps réel" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Whenever a post is published, the product manager and all the product " +"followers get notified in their Inbox (*Discuss* menu)." +msgstr "" +"À chaque fois qu'un commentaire est publié, le gestionnaire du produit ainsi" +" que tous les followers reçoivent une notification dans leur messagerie " +"(menu *Discussion*)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:34 +msgid "" +"By default the user who created the product is automatically set as " +"follower." +msgstr "" +"Par défaut, l'utilisateur qui a créé le produit est défini comme follower." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Click the product name to open the detail form and review the comment (in " +"the product discussion thread)." +msgstr "" +"Cliquez sur le nom du produit pour ouvrir la page détails et revoir le " +"commentaire (sur le fil de discussion du produit)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:43 +msgid "Moderate & unpublish" +msgstr "Moderez et dépubliez" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:45 +msgid "" +"You can easily moderate by using the chatter, either in the product detail " +"form or on the web page." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez facilement modérer les commentaires en utilisant le chatter, " +"soit sur la page détails du produit soit sur la page internet." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To unpublish the post, open the product web page and click the *Published* " +"button to turn it red (*Unpublished*)." +msgstr "" +"Pour dépublier le commentaire, ouvrez la page internet du produit et cliquez" +" sur le bouton *Publié* pour qu'il devienne rouge (*Dépublié*)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:56 +msgid "..tip::" +msgstr "..tip::" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:55 +msgid "" +"You can access the web page from the detail form by clicking the *Published*" +" smart button (and vice versa)." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez accéder à la page internet à partir de la page détails en " +"cliquant sur le bouton *Publié* (et vice-versa)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:3 +msgid "How to sell pricier alternative products (upselling)" +msgstr "Comment vendre des produits alternatifs plus chers (vente incitative)" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In order to maximize your revenue, suggesting pricier alternative products " +"is strongly advised for basic items. That way, your customer will spend more" +" time browsing your catalog." +msgstr "" +"Pour augmenter votre chiffre d'affaires, nous vous recommandons vivement de " +"proposer, pour des articles de base, un produit alternatif plus cher. " + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:12 +msgid "To do so:" +msgstr "Pour cela:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Select such *Alternative Products* in the *Sales* tab of the product detail " +"form. 3 alternatives are fine! Don't publish too many otherwise your " +"customers will be confused." +msgstr "" +"Sélectionnez de tels *Produits alternatifs* sur l'onglet *Ventes* de la page" +" détails du produit. Ne publiez pas plus de 3 options, sinon vos clients " +"seront perturbés." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Turn on *Alternative Products* from the *Customize* menu of the product web " +"page." +msgstr "" +"Activez l'option *Produits alternatifs* dans le menu *Personnaliser* de la " +"page internet du produit." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/publish.rst:3 +msgid "Launch my website" +msgstr "Lancer mon site Web" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience.rst:3 +msgid "Get paid" +msgstr "Se faire payer" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:3 +msgid "Manage orders paid with Payment Acquirers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The moment a payment is officially authorized by a Payment Acquirer, Odoo " +"*automatically* confirms the order, which triggers the delivery. And, if you" +" invoice based on ordered quantities, you are requested to invoice the " +"order, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Let’s take a closer look at how to manage orders paid with Payment " +"Acquirers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:12 +msgid "Checking the status of a payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To check the status of a payment, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Orders " +"--> Orders`. Then, simply click on the order you wish to check on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Once you are on the Sales Order page, you will find the payment is confirmed" +" with an automatic note in the *Chatter*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If the user decides to create an invoice, the payment is directly " +"reconciled. This note in the *Chatter* includes a link to the Payment entry," +" which contains various details about the transaction, along with a link to " +"the related Journal Entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Specific messages are provided to your customers for every payment status " +"whenever they are redirected to Odoo after the transaction. To edit these " +"messages, go to the *Messages* tab of the payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:38 +msgid "Automatically generate invoices at order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:40 +msgid "" +"When the order is confirmed, you can also choose to have an invoice " +"automatically issued and paid. This fully-automated feature is designed for " +"businesses that invoice orders right away." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:47 +msgid "To do automatically generate invoices at order:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Invoicing`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Then, under the **Invoicing Policy** option, select *Invoice what is " +"ordered*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:47 +msgid "Then activate *Automatic Invoices* and *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:54 +msgid "Capture payment after the delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:56 +msgid "" +"If the acquirer handling the payment is configured to capture amounts " +"manually, the order is confirmed, but the amount is kept on hold. Once the " +"delivery is processed, you can capture the payment from the related Sales " +"Order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:61 +msgid ":doc:`../../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:62 +msgid "" +":ref:`Payment Acquirers: Place a hold on a card " +"<payment_acquirers/capture_amount>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:3 +msgid "How customers can access their customer account" +msgstr "Comment les clients peuvent-ils accéder à leur compte client" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:5 +msgid "" +"It has never been so easy for your customers to access their customer " +"account. Forget endless signup forms, Odoo makes it as easy as ABC. They are" +" suggested to sign up (name, email, password) when the order is placed, and " +"not before. Indeed, nothing is more annoying than going through a signup " +"process before buying something." +msgstr "" +"Ça n'a jamais été aussi facile d'obtenir un compte client. Oubliez les " +"formulaires qui n'en finissent pas, avec Odoo c'est simple comme 1-2-3. Odoo" +" suggère aux clients de s'enregistrer (nom, email, mot de passe) après leur " +"paiement, au lieu d'avant. Quoi de plus ennuyant que les étapes de création " +"d'un compte avant même d'acheter quelque chose ?" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:14 +msgid "Sign up" +msgstr "S'enregistrer" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The invitation to sign up shows up when the customer wants to visualize the " +"order from order confirmation email." +msgstr "" +"Lorsque le client souhaite visualiser sa commande à partir de l'email de " +"confirmation de la commande, un message lui demandant de s'inscrire " +"s'affiche." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:23 +msgid "Customer account" +msgstr "Compte client" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Once logged in the customer will access the account by clicking *My Account*" +" in the login dropdown menu." +msgstr "" +"Une fois connecté, le client accède à son compte en cliquant sur *Mon " +"compte* dans le menu de connexion déroulant. " + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:31 +msgid "" +"THere they find all their history. The main address (billing) can also be " +"modified." +msgstr "" +"C'est là qu'ils peuvent retracer tout leur historique. L'adresse principale " +"(de facturation) peut également être modifiée." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:37 +msgid "" +"If the customer is set as a contact of a company in your address book, they " +"will see all the documents whose the customer belongs to this company." +msgstr "" +"Si le client est défini comme contact d'une entreprise dans votre carnet " +"d'adresses, tous les documents de cette entreprise dont le client fait " +"partie s'afficheront." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/taxes.rst:3 +msgid "Collect taxes" +msgstr "Percevoir les taxes" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:4 +msgid "Live Chat" +msgstr "Live Chat" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:6 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Vue d'ensemble" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:3 +msgid "Get Started with Live Chat" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Live Chat has the highest satisfaction rating of any communication tool. It " +"allows fast responses and it is accessible and convenient, as your customers" +" can keep doing what they are doing while interacting with you. Remember: " +"your customers want to talk to you, so let's make it easy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:10 +msgid "Set up" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Once *Live Chat* is installed on your database, if your website was created " +"with Odoo, the application is automatically added to it. All that is left to" +" do is to go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> " +"Live Chat`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Select the channel to be linked to your website or create one on the fly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:27 +msgid "For both scenarios, under:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:30 +msgid "" +"- **Operators**: add agents to respond to the chat requests. Add as many as " +"you like, and keep in mind that operators that do not show any activity in " +"Odoo for more than 30min are considered disconnected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:33 +msgid "" +"- **Options**: set the default text to be shown on the live chat button; an " +"automated welcome message to be seen by visitors when a conversation is " +"initiated, and the text that prompts the user to initiate a chat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:36 +msgid "" +"- **Channel Rules**: choose an action for a given URL, and/or per country. " +"In the example below, the chat window automatically pops-up 3 seconds after " +"users (from any country) land on the contact us page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:43 +msgid "" +"GeoIP, which refers to the process of finding a computer terminal’s " +"geographical location by its IP address, must be installed on your server. " +"Otherwise, under *Channel Rules*, countries are not taken into account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:48 +msgid "External options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If your website was not created with Odoo, you can find the code to be added" +" to your own, under the *Widget* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Odoo also offers an URL you can send to users so they can have access to a " +"single live chat page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:59 +msgid "Managing chat requests" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Conversations initiated by visitors pop up as a direct message, and are " +"shown in *Discuss*. Therefore, inquiries can be answered wherever you are in" +" Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Conversations are dispatched based on the current workload of the online " +"operators." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:72 +msgid "Leave or join a channel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, access your " +"channel under *Live Chat*, and *Join Channel* or *Leave Channel*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:48 +msgid ":doc:`ratings`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:45 +msgid ":doc:`responses`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:3 +msgid "Ratings" +msgstr "Évaluations" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Giving users the opportunity to rate their interactions can help you " +"improving the experience you offer. That means staying on top of your " +"customers' needs, besides keeping track of your operators’ performances." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:10 +msgid "Customer Rating" +msgstr "Évaluation de la clientèle" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Once the user chooses to close the chat window, he can rate his interaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If the user is *Not satisfied* or *Highly dissatisfied*, a field allowing " +"for an explanation is shown." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:15 +msgid "A copy of the conversation can also be sent by email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:22 +msgid "The rating is shown on the chat window itself for the operator." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:28 +msgid "And under :menuselection:`Report --> Customer Ratings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:35 +msgid "Make the rating public" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, access your " +"channel form, click on *Go to Website* and on *Unpublished*, to publish the " +"rating of that channel on your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:3 +msgid "Commands and Canned Responses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Using canned responses can help you save time and have a previous, well-" +"thought response, to some of your most common questions and comments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:9 +msgid "Use commands" +msgstr "Utilisez des commandes" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Commands are shortcuts that do specific actions within the chat window:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:13 +msgid "**/help**: shows a help message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:14 +msgid "**/helpdesk**: creates a helpdesk ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:15 +msgid "**/helpdesk_search**: searches for a helpdesk ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:16 +msgid "**/history**: shows the last 15 visited pages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:17 +msgid "**/lead**: creates a new lead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:18 +msgid "**/leave**: leaves the channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:0 +msgid "" +"- For *helpdesk tickets*: make sure the application is installed on your " +"database and the option *Live Chat* under :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> " +"Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` is enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:0 +msgid "" +"- For *leads*: the *CRM* application must be installed on your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To access the ticket or lead created from the chat, click on the shortcut " +"link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Helpdesk tickets created from the chat automatically add the conversation as" +" a description of the ticket. The same goes for the creation of a lead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:37 +msgid "Send canned responses" +msgstr "Envoyez des réponses toutes prêtes" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Canned responses allow you to have a full piece of text being placed when " +"you type a shortcut word. To create them, go to :menuselection:`Live Chat " +"--> Configuration --> Canned Responses`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To use them during a conversation, simply type **:** followed by the " +"shortcut word you created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website.rst:4 msgid "Website" msgstr "Site web" -#: ../../website/optimize.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize.rst:3 msgid "Optimize" msgstr "Optimiser" -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:3 msgid "How to track your website's traffic in Google Analytics" msgstr "Comment contrôler le trafic de votre site Web sur Google Analytics" -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:5 msgid "To follow your website's traffic with Google Analytics:" msgstr "Pour suivre le trafic de votre site Web sur Google Analytics :" -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:7 msgid "" "`Create a Google Analytics account <https://www.google.com/analytics/>`__ if" " you don't have any." @@ -62,7 +1182,7 @@ msgstr "" "`Créez un compte Google Analytics <https://www.google.com/analytics/>`__ si " "vous n'en avez pas encore un." -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:10 msgid "" "Go through the creation form and accept the conditions to get the tracking " "ID." @@ -70,11 +1190,11 @@ msgstr "" "Parcourez le formulaire de création et acceptez les conditions pour obtenir " "un ID de suivi." -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:15 msgid "Copy the tracking ID to insert it in Odoo." msgstr "Copiez l'ID de suivi pour l'insérer dans Odoo." -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:20 msgid "" "Go to the *Configuration* menu of your Odoo's Website app. In the settings, " "turn on Google Analytics and paste the tracking ID. Then save the page." @@ -83,7 +1203,7 @@ msgstr "" "paramètres, ouvrez Google Analytics et copiez l'ID de suivi. Puis, " "enregistrez." -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:27 msgid "" "To make your first steps in Google Analytics, refer to `Google Documentation" " <https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/1008015?hl=en/>`_." @@ -91,16 +1211,16 @@ msgstr "" "Pour démarrer dans Google Analytics, référez-vous à la `Documentation Google" " <https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/1008015?hl=en/>`_." -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:32 msgid ":doc:`google_analytics_dashboard`" msgstr ":doc:`google_analytics_dashboard`" -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:3 msgid "How to track your website traffic from your Odoo Dashboard" msgstr "" "Comment contrôler le trafic de votre site Web via le tableau de bord Odoo." -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:5 msgid "" "You can follow your traffic statistics straight from your Odoo Website " "Dashboard thanks to Google Analytics." @@ -108,7 +1228,7 @@ msgstr "" "Grâce à Google Analytics, vous pouvez suivre vos statistiques de trafic " "directement depuis le tableau de bord de votre site Web Odoo." -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:8 msgid "" "A preliminary step is creating a Google Analytics account and entering the " "tracking ID in your Website's settings (see :doc:`google_analytics`)." @@ -117,7 +1237,7 @@ msgstr "" "de suivi dans les paramètres de votre site Web (voir " ":doc:`google_analytics`)." -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:11 msgid "" "Go to `Google APIs platform <https://console.developers.google.com>`__ to " "generate Analytics API credentials. Log in with your Google account." @@ -126,11 +1246,11 @@ msgstr "" " APIs <https://console.developers.google.com>`__ . Connectez-vous avec votre" " compte Google." -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:14 msgid "Select Analytics API." msgstr "Sélectionnez Analytics API." -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:19 msgid "" "Create a new project and give it a name (e.g. Odoo). This project is needed " "to store your API credentials." @@ -138,15 +1258,15 @@ msgstr "" "Créez un nouveau projet et donnez-lui un nom (par ex. Odoo). La création de " "ce projet est indispensable pour sauvegarder vos identifiants API." -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:25 msgid "Enable the API." msgstr "Activez l'API." -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:30 msgid "Create credentials to use in Odoo." msgstr "Créez les identifiants que vous utiliserez dans Odoo." -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:35 msgid "" "Select *Web browser (Javascript)* as calling source and *User data* as kind " "of data." @@ -154,7 +1274,7 @@ msgstr "" "Sélectionnez *Navigateur Web (Javascript)* comme contexte à partir duquel " "l'API sera appelée et *Données utilisateur* comme type de données." -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:41 msgid "" "Then you can create a Client ID. Enter the name of the application (e.g. " "Odoo) and the allowed pages on which you will be redirected. The *Authorized" @@ -168,7 +1288,7 @@ msgstr "" "de redirection autorisée* est l'URL de votre instance Odoo suivie de " "'/google_account/authentication'." -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:51 msgid "" "Go through the Consent Screen step by entering a product name (e.g. Google " "Analytics in Odoo). Feel free to check the customizations options but this " @@ -181,27 +1301,27 @@ msgstr "" "apparaîtra uniquement lorsque vous entrez l'ID client dans Odoo pour la " "première fois." -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:56 msgid "" "Finally you are provided with your Client ID. Copy and paste it in Odoo." msgstr "" "Votre ID client est finalement généré. Copiez-le et collez-le dans Odoo." -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:61 msgid "" "Open your Website Dashboard in Odoo and link your Analytics account to past " "your Client ID." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:67 msgid "As a last step, authorize Odoo to access Google API." msgstr "Pour finir, autorisez l'accès de Google API à Odoo." -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:3 msgid "Track clicks and visitors using Link Trackers" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:5 msgid "" "Link Trackers allow you to track your marketing campaigns (emails, banner " "ads, blog posts, social media posts, affiliate links, etc.). This way, you " @@ -209,59 +1329,59 @@ msgid "" "about the distribution of your marketing budget." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:10 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Configuration" -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:12 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate " "*Link Trackers*." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:19 msgid "Set up traceable URLs" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:21 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Go to website --> Promote --> Track this " "page`. Here, you are able to get a specific tracked URL based on the " "campaign, medium, and source being used." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:28 msgid "" "**URL**: url of the page you want to track (e.g. the home page or a " "product's page)." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:29 msgid "**Campaign**: context of your link (e.g. a special promotion)." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:30 msgid "" "**Medium**: channel used to share (deliver) your link (e.g. an email or a " "Facebook ad)." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:31 msgid "" "**Source**: platform where the traffic originates (e.g. Google or Twitter)." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:33 msgid "" "Now, click on *Get tracked link* to generate a URL that you can post or send" " by the source you have decided on." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:37 msgid "Follow-up on tracked links" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:39 msgid "" "To look at statistics of your links, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Go to" " website --> Promote --> Track this page`. Besides being able to see the " @@ -270,36 +1390,36 @@ msgid "" "country of origin for those clicks." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:50 msgid "You can also access the link tracker on *odoo.com/r* via your browser." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:51 msgid "" "Activate the developer mode (:menuselection:`Settings --> Activate the " "developer mode`) and get access to the *Link Tracker* module and its back-" "end functionalities." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:53 msgid "" "Integrated with :doc:`Google Analytics <google_analytics>`, those trackers " "allow you to see the number of clicks and visitors to keep you on top of " "your marketing campaigns." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:55 msgid "" -"The integration with the :doc:`CRM <../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits>` " -"application allows you to understand where your leads and opportunities are " -"coming from." +"The integration with the :doc:`CRM " +"</applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits>` application allows " +"you to understand where your leads and opportunities are coming from." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:3 msgid "How to do Search Engine Optimisation (SEO) in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:5 msgid "" "Search Engine Optimization (SEO) is a set of good practices to optimize your" " website so that you get a better ranking in search engines like Google. In " @@ -310,7 +1430,7 @@ msgstr "" "des moteurs de recherche tels que Google. Pour résumer, un bon SEO vous " "permet d'avoir plus de visiteurs." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:9 msgid "" "Some examples of SEO rules: your web pages should load fast, your page " "should have one and only one title ``<h1>``, meta tags (alt-tag, title-tag) " @@ -323,7 +1443,7 @@ msgstr "" "cohérents avec le contenu proposé, votre site Web doit contenir un fichier " "``/sitemap.xml``, etc." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:15 msgid "" "To guarantee Odoo Website and Odoo eCommerce users have a great SEO, Odoo " "abstracts all the technical complexities of SEO and handles everything for " @@ -334,7 +1454,7 @@ msgstr "" "SEO et s'occupe de tout pour vous de la meilleure façon possible. Plus de " "détails ci-après. " -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:20 msgid "" "But first, let see how you can easily boost your ranking by finetuning the " "content and the meta tags of your website." @@ -342,15 +1462,15 @@ msgstr "" "Voyons d'abord comment vous pouvez facilement améliorer votre référencement " "par un réglage fin du contenu et des balises meta de votre site Web." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:24 msgid "Meta Tags" msgstr "Balises meta" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:27 msgid "Title, Description" msgstr "Titre, Description" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:29 msgid "" "Every web page should define the ``<title>`` and ``<description>`` meta " "data. These information elements are used by search engines to promote your " @@ -365,11 +1485,11 @@ msgstr "" "Assurez-vous qu'ils correspondent au contenu de la page, autrement vous " "serez rétrogradé par les moteurs de recherche." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:39 msgid "Keywords" msgstr "Mots-clés" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:40 msgid "" "In order to write quality content and boost your traffic, Odoo provides a " "``<keyword>`` finder. Those keywords are the searches you want to head " @@ -385,7 +1505,7 @@ msgstr "" "recherches associées dans Google. Plus vous utilisez de mots-clés, mieux ce " "sera." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:50 msgid "" "If your website is in multiple languages, you can use the Promote tool for " "every language of a single page and set specific title, description and " @@ -395,11 +1515,11 @@ msgstr "" "l'outil Promouvoir pour définir des titres, des descriptions et des mots-" "clés spécifiques pour chacune des langues de la page." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:55 msgid "Content is King" msgstr "Le contenu est roi" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:57 msgid "" "When it comes to SEO, content is usually king. Odoo provides several modules" " to help you build your website content:" @@ -407,11 +1527,11 @@ msgstr "" "En général, le contenu est roi en ce qui concerne le SEO. Odoo fournit " "divers modules pour vous aider à construire le contenu de votre site Web :" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:60 msgid "**Odoo Blogs**: write great contents." msgstr "**Odoo Blogs** : écrivez un contenu de qualité." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:62 msgid "" "**Odoo Slides**: publish all your Powerpoint or PDF presentations. Their " "content is automatically indexed on the web page. Example: `odoo.com/slides" @@ -422,7 +1542,7 @@ msgstr "" "`odoo.com/slides/public-channel-1 <https://www.odoo.com/slides/public-" "channel-1>`_" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:66 msgid "" "**Odoo Forum**: let your community create contents for you. Example: " "`odoo.com/forum/1 <https://odoo.com/forum/1>`_ (accounts for 30% of Odoo.com" @@ -432,7 +1552,7 @@ msgstr "" "exemple : `odoo.com/forum/1 <https://odoo.com/forum/1>`_ (accounts for 30% " "of Odoo.com landing pages)" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:70 msgid "" "**Odoo Mailing List Archive**: publish mailing list archives on your " "website. Example: `odoo.com/groups/community-59 " @@ -442,7 +1562,7 @@ msgstr "" "site Web. Par exemple : `odoo.com/groups/community-59 " "<https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59>`_ (1000 pages créées par mois)." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:76 msgid "" "The 404 page is a regular page, that you can edit like any other page in " "Odoo. That way, you can build a great 404 page to redirect to the top " @@ -453,11 +1573,11 @@ msgstr "" "les visiteurs égarés à cause d'une URL non valide vers le meilleur de votre " "site Web." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:81 msgid "Use Social Networks" msgstr "Utilisez les réseaux sociaux" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:83 msgid "" "Social media is built for mass sharing. If lots of people share your content" " on social media, then it's likely more people will link to it, and links " @@ -468,17 +1588,17 @@ msgstr "" "que plus de gens feront des liens vers ces contenus, et les liens sont un " "facteur essentiel pour le classement SEO." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:87 msgid "Odoo embeds several tools to share content through social media:" msgstr "" "Divers outils pour partager du contenu sur les réseaux sociaux sont intégrés" " dans Odoo." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:90 msgid "Social Network" msgstr "Réseaux sociaux" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:92 msgid "" "Odoo allows to link all your social network accounts in your website footer." " All you have to do is to refer all your accounts in your company settings." @@ -487,11 +1607,11 @@ msgstr "" "inférieure de la page de votre site. Pour ce faire, vous devez tout " "simplement mentionner vos comptes dans le menu paramètres de votre société." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:99 msgid "Social Share" msgstr "Partage social" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:101 msgid "" "Drop the building block *Share* on any page you want your visitors to share." " By clicking the icon, they are prompted to share the page in their social " @@ -501,7 +1621,7 @@ msgstr "" "partagées par vos visiteurs. En cliquant sur cette icône, ils seront invités" " à partager ces pages sur leurs réseaux sociaux." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:108 msgid "" "Most social media use a picture of the picture to decorate the share post. " "Odoo uses the website logo by default but you can choose any other image of " @@ -511,11 +1631,11 @@ msgstr "" " le post de partage. Odoo utilise par défaut le logo du site Web, mais vous " "pouvez choisir n'importe quelle image de votre page dans l'outil Promouvoir." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:116 msgid "Facebook Page" msgstr "Page Facebook" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:118 msgid "" "Drop the building block *Facebook Page* to display a widget of your Facebook" " business page and encourage visitors to follow it. You can display the " @@ -525,21 +1645,21 @@ msgstr "" "Facebook professionnelle et inciter les visiteurs à vous suivre. Vous pouvez" " afficher la timeline, les événements à venir et les messages." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:123 msgid "Twitter Scroller" msgstr "Faire défiler les tweets" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:125 msgid "" "Display the Twitter feeds with customer satifaction on your website. This " "will increase the number of tweets and shares." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:129 msgid "Test Your Website" msgstr "Testez votre site web" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:131 msgid "" "You can compare how your website rank, in terms of SEO, against Odoo using " "WooRank free services: `woorank.com <https://www.woorank.com>`_" @@ -548,41 +1668,41 @@ msgstr "" "référencement, par rapport à Odoo, en utilisant les services gratuits de " "WooRank : `woorank.com <https://www.woorank.com>`_" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:136 msgid "URLs Handling" msgstr "La gestion des URLs" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:138 msgid "This section sheds some light on how Odoo makes URLs SEO-friendly." msgstr "" "Cette rubrique apporte quelques précisions sur la façon dont Odoo rend les " "URLs SEO friendly." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:141 msgid "URLs Structure" msgstr "Structure des URLs" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:143 msgid "A typical Odoo URL will look like this:" msgstr "Une URL Odoo classique ressemblera à ceci :" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:145 msgid "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/my-great-product-31" msgstr "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/my-great-product-31 ." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:147 msgid "With the following components:" msgstr "Elle est composée des éléments suivants :" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:149 msgid "**https://** = Protocol" msgstr "**https://** = protocole." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:151 msgid "**www.mysite.com** = your domain name" msgstr "**www.monsite.com** = votre nom de domaine." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:153 msgid "" "**/fr\\_FR** = page language. This part of the URL is removed if the visitor" " browses the main language of the website Thus, the main version of this " @@ -593,7 +1713,7 @@ msgstr "" "version principale de la page est : https://www.mysite.com/shop/product/my-" "great-product-31 ." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:158 msgid "" "**/shop/product** = every module defines its own namespace (/shop is for the" " catalog of the eCommerce module, /shop/product is for a product page)." @@ -601,7 +1721,7 @@ msgstr "" "**/shop/produit** = chaque module a son espace-nom propre (/shop est réservé" " au catalogue du module eCommerce, /shop/produit désigne une page produit). " -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:162 msgid "" "**my-great-product** = by default, this is the slugified title of the " "product this page refers to. But you can customize it for SEO purposes. A " @@ -616,11 +1736,11 @@ msgstr "" "titre d'une page, post sur un forum, commentaire sur un forum, catégorie de " "produit, etc.)." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:169 msgid "**-31** = the unique ID of the product" msgstr "**-31** = l'ID unique du produit" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:171 msgid "" "Note that any dynamic component of an URL can be reduced to its ID. As an " "example, the following URLs all do a 301 redirect to the above URL:" @@ -629,15 +1749,15 @@ msgstr "" "Par exemple, les URLs suivantes utilisent toutes une redirection 301 vers " "l'URL ci-dessus :" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:174 msgid "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (short version)" msgstr "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (version courte)." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:176 msgid "http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (even shorter version)" msgstr "http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (version encore plus courte)." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:178 msgid "" "http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/other-product-name-31 (old product " "name)" @@ -645,7 +1765,7 @@ msgstr "" "http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/other-product-name-31 (ancien nom du " "produit)." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:181 msgid "" "Some URLs have several dynamic parts, like this one (a blog category and a " "post):" @@ -653,23 +1773,23 @@ msgstr "" "Certaines URLs ont plusieurs parties dynamiques, comme celle-ci (une " "catégorie de blog et un post) :" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:184 msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/company-news-5/post/the-odoo-story-56" msgstr "https://www.odoo.com/blog/company-news-5/post/the-odoo-story-56" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:186 msgid "In the above example:" msgstr "Dans l'exemple ci-dessus :" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:188 msgid "*Company News* is the title of the blog" msgstr "*Nouvelles de l'entreprise* est le titre du blog" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:190 msgid "*The Odoo Story* is the title of a specific blog post" msgstr "*The Odoo Story* est le titre d'un post spécifique sur le blog" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:192 msgid "" "When an Odoo page has a pager, the page number is set directly in the URL " "(does not have a GET argument). This allows every page to be indexed by " @@ -679,15 +1799,15 @@ msgstr "" "directement dans l'URL (sans argument GET). Cela permet à chaque page d'être" " indexée par les moteurs de recherche. Exemple :" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:196 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:196 msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/page/3" msgstr "https://www.odoo.com/blog/page/3" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:199 msgid "Changes in URLs & Titles" msgstr "Changements des URLs & titres" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:201 msgid "" "When the URL of a page changes (e.g. a more SEO friendly version of your " "product name), you don't have to worry about updating all links:" @@ -696,33 +1816,33 @@ msgstr "" "du nom de votre produit), vous n'avez pas à vous soucier de la mise à jour " "de tous les liens :" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:204 msgid "Odoo will automatically update all its links to the new URL." msgstr "Odoo met automatiquement à jour tous ses liens vers la nouvelle URL." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:206 msgid "" "If external websites still points to the old URL, a 301 redirect will be " "done to route visitors to the new address of the page." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:209 msgid "As an example, this URL:" msgstr "Par exemple, cette URL :" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:211 msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/old-product-name-31" msgstr "http://mysite.com/shop/product/old-product-name-31" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:213 msgid "Will automatically redirect to:" msgstr "Redirigera automatiquement vers :" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:215 msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/new-and-better-product-name-31" msgstr "http://mysite.com/shop/product/new-and-better-product-name-31" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:217 msgid "" "In short, just change the title of a blog post or the name of a product, and" " the changes will apply automatically everywhere in your website. The old " @@ -730,11 +1850,11 @@ msgid "" "maintaining the SEO link juice." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:223 msgid "HTTPS" msgstr "HTTPS" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:225 msgid "" "Search engines boost ranking of secure HTTPS/SSL websites. So, by default " "all Odoo Online instances are fully based on HTTPS. If the visitor accesses " @@ -747,11 +1867,11 @@ msgstr "" "via une URL non HTPPS, une redirection 301 vers son équivalent HTTPS est " "générée." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:231 msgid "Links: Nofollow Strategy" msgstr "Liens : la stratégie nofollow" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:233 msgid "" "The more a page is linked from external and quality websites, the better it " "is for your SEO." @@ -759,11 +1879,11 @@ msgstr "" "Plus une page contient un lien vers des sites Web externes et de qualité, " "mieux ce sera pour votre référencement." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:236 msgid "Here are Odoo strategies to manage links:" msgstr "Voici les stratégies proposées par Odoo pour gérer des liens :" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:238 msgid "" "Every link you add to your website is \"dofollow\", which means that this " "link will contribute to the SEO Juice for the linked page." @@ -772,7 +1892,7 @@ msgstr "" "qui signifie que ce lien contribuera au jus de référencement de la page " "reliée." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:242 msgid "" "Every link posted by a contributor (forum post, blog comment, etc.) that " "links to your own website is \"dofollow\" too." @@ -781,7 +1901,7 @@ msgstr "" "blog, etc.) qui renvoie à votre propre site Web est également en " "\"dofollow\". " -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:245 msgid "" "But every link posted by a contributor that links to an external website is " "\"nofollow\". In that way, you do not run the risk of people posting links " @@ -792,7 +1912,7 @@ msgstr "" " personnes affichent sur votre site Web des liens vers des sites tiers qui " "ont une mauvaise réputation." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:250 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:250 msgid "" "Note that, when using the forum, contributors having a lot of Karma can be " "trusted. In such case, their links will not have any ``rel=\"nofollow\"`` " @@ -802,15 +1922,15 @@ msgstr "" " de confiance. Dans ce cas, leurs liens n'auront pas d'attribut " "``rel=\"nofollow\"``." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:255 msgid "Multi-Language Support" msgstr "Support multilingue" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:258 msgid "Multi-Language URLs" msgstr "URLs multilingues" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:260 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:260 msgid "" "If you run a website in multiple languages, the same content will be " "available in different URLs, depending on the language used:" @@ -818,7 +1938,7 @@ msgstr "" "Si vous gérez un site Web en plusieurs langues, le même contenu sera " "disponible sur différentes URLs, en fonction de la langue utilisée :" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:263 msgid "" "https://www.mywebsite.com/shop/product/my-product-1 (main language, English " "here)" @@ -826,7 +1946,7 @@ msgstr "" "https://www.mywebsite.com/shop/product/my-product-1 (langue principale, ici " "l'anglais)." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:265 msgid "" "https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1 (French " "version)" @@ -834,7 +1954,7 @@ msgstr "" "https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1 (version " "française)." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:267 msgid "" "In this example, fr\\_FR is the language of the page. You can even have " "several variations of the same language: pt\\_BR (Portuguese from Brazil) , " @@ -844,11 +1964,11 @@ msgstr "" "plusieurs variations de la même langue : pt\\_BR (portugais du Brésil), " "pt\\_PT (portugais du Portugal)." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:272 msgid "Language Annotation" msgstr "Annotation de langue" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:274 msgid "" "To let search engines know that the second URL is the French translation of " "the first URL, Odoo will add an HTML link element in the header. In the HTML" @@ -861,7 +1981,7 @@ msgstr "" "automatiquement un élément link renvoyant à d'autres versions de cette page " ":" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:279 msgid "" "<link rel=\"alternate\" hreflang=\"fr\" " "href=\"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1\"/>" @@ -869,17 +1989,17 @@ msgstr "" "<link rel=\"alternate\" hreflang=\"fr\" " "href=\"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1\"/>" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:282 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:282 msgid "With this approach:" msgstr "Grâce à cette méthode :" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:284 msgid "" "Search engines will redirect to the right language according to the visitor " "language." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:287 msgid "" "You do not get penalized by search engines if your page is not translated " "yet. Indeed, it's not a duplicated content, but a different version of the " @@ -889,11 +2009,11 @@ msgstr "" "pas encore traduite. Car il ne s'agit pas d'un contenu en doublon, mais " "d'une version différente du même contenu." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:292 msgid "Language Detection" msgstr "Détection de la langue" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:294 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:294 msgid "" "When a visitor lands for the first time on your website (e.g. " "yourwebsite.com/shop), they may automatically be redirected to a translated " @@ -901,7 +2021,7 @@ msgid "" "yourwebsite.com/fr\\_FR/shop)." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:299 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:299 msgid "" "Next time, it keeps a cookie of the current language to avoid any " "redirection." @@ -909,7 +2029,7 @@ msgstr "" "Pour éviter toute redirection, un cookie de la langue utilisée sera gardé la" " fois suivante." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:302 msgid "" "To force a visitor to stick to the default language, you can use the code of" " the default language in your link, example: yourwebsite.com/en\\_US/shop. " @@ -922,15 +2042,15 @@ msgstr "" "version anglaise de votre page, sans prendre en compte les préférences de " "langue du navigateur." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:309 msgid "Page Speed" msgstr "Rapidité de la page" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:312 msgid "Introduction" msgstr "Introduction" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:314 msgid "" "The time to load a page is an important criteria for search engines. A " "faster website not only improves your visitor's experience, but gives you a " @@ -952,7 +2072,7 @@ msgstr "" "<http://www.fastcompany.com/1825005/how-one-second-could-cost-amazon-16" "-billion-sales>`__." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:325 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:325 msgid "" "Fortunately, Odoo does all the magic for you. Below, you will find the " "tricks Odoo uses to speed up your page loading time. You can compare how " @@ -963,7 +2083,7 @@ msgstr "" "votre page. Vous pouvez comparer le référencement de votre site Web en " "utilisant ces deux outils :" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:329 msgid "" "`Google Page Speed " "<https://developers.google.com/speed/pagespeed/insights/>`__" @@ -971,15 +2091,15 @@ msgstr "" "`Google Page Speed " "<https://developers.google.com/speed/pagespeed/insights/>`__." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:331 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:331 msgid "`Pingdom Website Speed Test <http://tools.pingdom.com/fpt/>`__" msgstr "`Pingdom Website Speed Test <http://tools.pingdom.com/fpt/>`__." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:334 msgid "Images" msgstr "Images" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:336 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:336 msgid "" "When you upload new images, Odoo automatically compresses them to reduce " "their sizes (lossless compression for .PNG and .GIF and lossy compression " @@ -989,7 +2109,7 @@ msgstr "" "automatiquement pour réduire leur taille (compression sans pertes pour le " ".PNG et le .GIF et avec pertes pour le .JPG)" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:340 msgid "" "From the upload button, you have the option to keep the original image " "unmodified if you prefer to optimize the quality of the image rather than " @@ -999,7 +2119,7 @@ msgstr "" "l'image originale non modifiée si vous préférez optimiser la qualité de " "l'image plutôt que les performances." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:348 msgid "" "Odoo compresses images when they are uploaded to your website, not when " "requested by the visitor. Thus, it's possible that, if you use a third-party" @@ -1012,7 +2132,7 @@ msgstr "" "compressées efficacement. Cependant, toutes les images utilisées dans les " "thèmes officiels Odoo ont été compressées par défaut." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:354 msgid "" "When you click on an image, Odoo shows you the Alt and title attributes of " "the ``<img>`` tag. You can click on it to set your own title and Alt " @@ -1022,11 +2142,11 @@ msgstr "" "title de la balise ``<img>``. Vous pouvez cliquer dessus pour définir vos " "propres attributs alt et title pour cette image." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:361 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:361 msgid "When you click on this link, the following window will appear:" msgstr "Lorsque vous cliquez sur ce lien, la fenêtre suivante apparaît :" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:366 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:366 msgid "" "Odoo's pictograms are implemented using a font (`Font Awesome " "<https://fortawesome.github.io/Font-Awesome/icons/>`__ in most Odoo themes)." @@ -1039,11 +2159,11 @@ msgstr "" "utiliser autant de pictogrammes que vous voulez dans votre page, ils " "n'entraîneront pas de requêtes supplémentaires lors de son chargement." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:375 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:375 msgid "Static Resources: CSS" msgstr "Ressources statiques : CSS" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:377 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:377 msgid "" "All CSS files are pre-processed, concatenated, minified, compressed and " "cached (server-side and browser-side). The result:" @@ -1051,12 +2171,12 @@ msgstr "" "Tous les fichiers CSS sont pré-traités, concaténés, minifiés, compressés et " "mis en cache (côté serveur et côté client). Voici le résultat :" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:380 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:380 msgid "only one CSS file request is needed to load a page" msgstr "" "une seule requête de fichier CSS est nécessaire pour charger une page." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:382 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:382 msgid "" "this CSS file is shared and cached amongst pages, so that when the visitor " "clicks on another page, the browser doesn't have to even load a single CSS " @@ -1066,11 +2186,11 @@ msgstr "" " visiteur clique sur une autre page, son navigateur n'a pas à charger une " "seule ressource CSS." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:386 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:386 msgid "this CSS file is optimized to be small" msgstr "ce fichier CSS est optimisé pour être de petite taille." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:388 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:388 msgid "" "**Pre-processed:** The CSS framework used by Odoo is Bootstrap. Although a " "theme might use another framework, most of `Odoo themes " @@ -1086,7 +2206,7 @@ msgstr "" "vous pouvez modifier les règles CSS au lieu de les remplacer par des lignes " "de CSS supplémentaires, ce qui donne un fichier plus petit." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:395 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:395 msgid "" "**Concatenated:** every module or library you might use in Odoo has its own " "set of CSS, Less or Sass files (eCommerce, blogs, themes, etc.). Having " @@ -1108,7 +2228,7 @@ msgstr "" "des ressources CSS dépend plus du nombre de requêtes à effectuer que de la " "taille du fichier." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:405 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:405 msgid "" "To address this issue, all CSS / Less / Sass files are concatenated into a " "single .CSS file to send to the browser. So a visitor has **only one .CSS " @@ -1123,50 +2243,55 @@ msgstr "" "visiteur clique sur une autre page, son navigateur n'a même pas besoin de " "charger un nouveau fichier CSS!" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:412 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:412 msgid "**Both files in the <head>**" msgstr "**Les deux fichiers dans <head>**" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:412 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:412 msgid "**What the visitor gets (only one file)**" msgstr "**Ce que le visiteur voit (un seul fichier)**" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:414 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:414 msgid "/\\* From bootstrap.css \\*/" msgstr "/\\* Depuis bootstrap.css \\*/" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:414 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:415 -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:421 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:447 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:414 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:415 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:421 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:447 msgid ".text-muted {" msgstr ".text-muted {" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:415 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:422 -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:448 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:415 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:422 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:448 msgid "color: #666;" msgstr "color: #666" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:416 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:416 msgid "color: #777;" msgstr "color: #777" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:416 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:416 msgid "background: yellow" msgstr "background: yellow" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:417 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:417 msgid "background: yellow;" msgstr "background: yellow" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:417 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:418 -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:423 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:449 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:417 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:418 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:423 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:449 msgid "}" msgstr "}" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:420 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:420 msgid "/\\* From my-theme.css \\*/" msgstr "/\\* Depuis my-theme.css \\*/" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:426 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:426 msgid "" "The CSS sent by Odoo includes all CSS / Less / Sass of all pages / modules. " "By doing this, additional page views from the same visitor will not have to " @@ -1187,7 +2312,7 @@ msgstr "" "est l'arrière-plan qui n'est chargé que lorsque le visiteur se connecte et " "accède à l'arrière-plan (/web)." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:436 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:436 msgid "" "If the CSS file is very big, Odoo will split it into two smaller files to " "avoid the 4095 selectors limit per sheet of Internet Explorer. But most " @@ -1198,7 +2323,7 @@ msgstr "" "Explorer. Mais, la plupart des thèmes se trouvent en-dessous de cette " "limite." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:440 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:440 msgid "" "**Minified:** After being pre-processed and concatenated, the resulting CSS " "is minified to reduce its size." @@ -1206,29 +2331,29 @@ msgstr "" "**Minifié :** Après avoir été pré-traité et concaténé, le CSS obtenu est " "minifié pour en réduire sa taille." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:444 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:444 msgid "**Before minification**" msgstr "**Avant la minification**" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:444 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:444 msgid "**After minification**" msgstr "**Après la minification**" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:446 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:446 msgid "/\\* some comments \\*/" msgstr "/\\* quelques commentaires \\*/" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:446 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:446 msgid ".text-muted {color: #666}" msgstr ".text-muted {color: #666}" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:452 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:452 msgid "" "The final result is then compressed, before being delivered to the browser." msgstr "" "Le résultat final est ensuite compressé avant d'être envoyé au navigateur." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:455 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:455 msgid "" "Then, a cached version is stored server-side (so we do not have to pre-" "process, concatenate, minify at every request) and browser-side (so the same" @@ -1239,11 +2364,11 @@ msgstr "" "navigateur (pour que le même visiteur n'ait à charger le CSS qu'une seule " "fois pour toutes les pages qu'il visite)." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:461 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:461 msgid "Static Resources: Javascript" msgstr "Ressources statiques : le Javascript" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:463 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:463 msgid "" "As with CSS resources, Javascript resources are also concatenated, minified," " compressed and cached (server-side and browser-side)." @@ -1252,11 +2377,11 @@ msgstr "" "concaténées, minifiées, compressées et mises en cache (côté serveur et côté " "navigateur)." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:466 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:466 msgid "Odoo creates three Javascript bundles:" msgstr "Odoo crée trois paquets Javascript :" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:468 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:468 msgid "" "One for all pages of the website (including code for parallax effects, form " "validation, etc.)" @@ -1264,14 +2389,14 @@ msgstr "" "Un pour chaque page du site Web (y compris le code pour les effets de " "parallaxe, la validation des formulaires, etc.)." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:471 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:471 msgid "" "One for common Javascript code shared among frontend and backend (Bootstrap)" msgstr "" "Un pour le code Javascript commun entre l'interface et l'arrière-plan " "(Bootstrap)." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:474 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:474 msgid "" "One for backend specific Javascript code (Odoo Web Client interface for your" " employees using Odoo)" @@ -1279,7 +2404,7 @@ msgstr "" "Un pour le code Javascript spécifique à l'arrière-plan (l'interface client " "Web Odoo pour vos employés utilisant Odoo)." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:477 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:477 msgid "" "Most visitors of your website will only need the first two bundles, " "resulting in a maximum of two Javascript files to load to render one page. " @@ -1292,26 +2417,20 @@ msgstr "" "toutes les pages, les clics ultérieurs du même visiteur ne chargeront aucune" " autre ressource Javascript." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:483 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:483 msgid "" -"If you work on :doc:`Developer mode " -"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, the CSS and Javascript are neither" -" concatenated, nor minified. Thus, it's much slower. But it allows you to " -"easily debug with the Chrome debugger as CSS and Javascript resources are " -"not transformed from their original versions." +"If you work on :doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>`," +" the CSS and Javascript are neither concatenated, nor minified. Thus, it's " +"much slower. But it allows you to easily debug with the Chrome debugger as " +"CSS and Javascript resources are not transformed from their original " +"versions." msgstr "" -"Si vous travaillez sur :doc:`Developer mode " -"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, le CSS et le Javascript ne sont ni" -" enchaînés, ni minifiés. Il est donc beaucoup plus lent. Toutefois, cela " -"vous permet de déboguer facilement avec le débogueur Chrome car les " -"ressources CSS et Javascript ne sont pas converties par rapport à leurs " -"versions d'origine. " -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:489 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:489 msgid "CDN" msgstr "CDN" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:491 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:491 msgid "" "If you activate the CDN feature in Odoo, static resources (Javascript, CSS, " "images) are loaded from a Content Delivery Network. Using a Content Delivery" @@ -1321,7 +2440,7 @@ msgstr "" "(Javascript, CSS, images) sont chargées depuis un Content Delivery Network. " "Utiliser un Content Delivery Network a trois avantages :" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:495 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:495 msgid "" "Load resources from a nearby server (most CDN have servers in main countries" " around the globe)" @@ -1329,7 +2448,7 @@ msgstr "" "On peut charger des ressources depuis un serveur à proximité (la plupart des" " CDN ont des serveurs dans les pays du monde entier)." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:498 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:498 msgid "" "Cache resources efficiently (no computation resources usage on your own " "server)" @@ -1337,7 +2456,7 @@ msgstr "" "On peut mettre en cache des ressources de manière efficace (pas " "d'utilisation de ressources de calcul sur votre propre serveur)." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:501 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:501 msgid "" "Split the resource loading on different services allowing to load more " "resources in parallel (since the Chrome limit of 6 parallel requests is by " @@ -1347,7 +2466,7 @@ msgstr "" "qui permet de charger plus de ressources en parallèle (puisque Chrome fixe " "la limite de 6 requêtes en parallèle par domaine)." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:505 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:505 msgid "" "You can configure your CDN options from the **Website Admin** app, using the" " Configuration menu. Here is an example of configuration you can use:" @@ -1356,11 +2475,11 @@ msgstr "" "travers le menu de configuration. Voici un exemple de configuration que vous" " pouvez utiliser :" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:512 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:512 msgid "HTML Pages" msgstr "Pages HTML" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:514 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:514 msgid "" "The HTML pages can be compressed, but this is usually handled by your web " "server (NGINX or Apache)." @@ -1368,7 +2487,7 @@ msgstr "" "Les pages HTML peuvent être compressées, mais cela est généralement pris en " "charge par votre serveur (NGINX ou Apache)." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:517 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:517 msgid "" "The Odoo Website builder has been optimized to guarantee clean and short " "HTML code. Building blocks have been developed to produce clean HTML code, " @@ -1378,7 +2497,7 @@ msgstr "" "code HTML concis et propre. Des blocs ont été développés afin de produire un" " code HTML propre, généralement en utilisant Bootstrap et l'éditeur HTML." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:521 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:521 msgid "" "As an example, if you use the color picker to change the color of a " "paragraph to the primary color of your website, Odoo will produce the " @@ -1388,11 +2507,11 @@ msgstr "" "utilise la couleur primaire de votre site Web, Odoo produira le code suivant" " :" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:525 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:525 msgid "``<p class=\"text-primary\">My Text</p>``" msgstr "\"<p class=\"text-primary\">Mon texte</p>\"" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:527 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:527 msgid "" "Whereas most HTML editors (such as CKEditor) will produce the following " "code:" @@ -1400,15 +2519,15 @@ msgstr "" "Tandis que la plupart des éditeurs HTML (tels que CKEditor) produiront le " "code suivant :" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:530 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:530 msgid "``<p style=\"color: #AB0201\">My Text</p>``" msgstr "``<p style=\"color: #AB0201\">Mon texte</p>``" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:533 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:533 msgid "Responsive Design" msgstr "Design responsive" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:535 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:535 msgid "" "Websites that are not mobile-friendly are negatively impacted in search " "engine rankings. All Odoo themes rely on Bootstrap to render efficiently " @@ -1419,7 +2538,7 @@ msgstr "" " un rendu adéquat selon l'appareil : ordinateur, tablette ou téléphone " "portable." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:542 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:542 msgid "" "As all Odoo modules share the same technology, absolutely all pages in your " "website are mobile friendly." @@ -1427,11 +2546,11 @@ msgstr "" "Comme tous les modules Odoo partagent la même technologie, toutes les pages " "de votre site Web sont adaptées aux mobiles." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:546 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:546 msgid "Browser Caching" msgstr "Mise en cache navigateur" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:548 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:548 msgid "" "Javascript, images and CSS resources have an URL that changes dynamically " "when their content change. As an example, all CSS files are loaded through " @@ -1448,7 +2567,7 @@ msgstr "" "La partie de l'URL ``457-0da1d9d`` changera si vous modifiez le CSS de votre" " site web." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:555 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:555 msgid "" "This allows Odoo to set a very long cache delay (XXX) on these resources: " "XXX secs, while being updated instantly if you update the resource." @@ -1457,11 +2576,11 @@ msgstr "" "ressources : XXX secondes, tout en étant mis à jour instantanément si vous " "mettez à jour la ressource." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:560 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:560 msgid "Scalability" msgstr "Modulabilité" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:562 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:562 msgid "" "In addition to being fast, Odoo is also more scalable than traditional CMS " "and eCommerce (Drupal, Wordpress, Magento, Prestashop). The following link " @@ -1477,15 +2596,15 @@ msgstr "" "`https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/197 <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide" "/odoo-cms-performance-comparison-and-optimisation-197>`_" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:569 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:569 msgid "Todo" msgstr "À faire" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:569 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:569 msgid "fix above link" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:571 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:571 msgid "" "Here is the slide that summarizes the scalability of Odoo Website & " "eCommerce." @@ -1493,15 +2612,15 @@ msgstr "" "Voici la diapositive qui résume la modulabilité du site Web Odoo et d'Odoo " "eCommerce." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:577 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:577 msgid "Search Engines Files" msgstr "Fichiers des moteurs de recherche" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:580 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:580 msgid "Sitemap" msgstr "Plan du site" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:582 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:582 msgid "" "The sitemap points out pages to index to search engine robots. Odoo " "generates a ``/sitemap.xml`` file automatically for you. For performance " @@ -1512,7 +2631,7 @@ msgstr "" "``/sitemap.xml``. Pour des raisons de performance, ce fichier est mis en " "cache et mis à jour toutes les 12 heures." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:586 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:586 msgid "" "By default, all URLs will be in a single ``/sitemap.xml`` file, but if you " "have a lot of pages, Odoo will automatically create a Sitemap Index file, " @@ -1526,17 +2645,17 @@ msgstr "" "<http://www.sitemaps.org/protocol.html>`__ et en regroupant toutes les URLs " "en 45 000 fragments par fichier." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:592 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:592 msgid "Every sitemap entry has 4 attributes that are computed automatically:" msgstr "" "Chaque entrée sur le plan du site possède 4 attributs qui sont calculés " "automatiquement :" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:594 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:594 msgid "``<loc>`` : the URL of a page" msgstr "``<loc>`` : l'URL d'une page." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:596 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:596 msgid "" "``<lastmod>`` : last modification date of the resource, computed " "automatically based on related object. For a page related to a product, this" @@ -1547,7 +2666,7 @@ msgstr "" "avec un produit, il peut s'agir de la date de la dernière modification du " "produit ou de la page." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:601 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:601 msgid "" "``<priority>`` : modules may implement their own priority algorithm based on" " their content (example: a forum might assign a priority based on the number" @@ -1560,11 +2679,11 @@ msgstr "" "priorité d'une page statique est définie par son champ priorité, qui est " "normalisé (16 par défaut)." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:608 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:608 msgid "Structured Data Markup" msgstr "Balisage des données structurées" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:610 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:610 msgid "" "Structured Data Markup is used to generate Rich Snippets in search engine " "results. It is a way for website owners to send structured data to search " @@ -1577,7 +2696,7 @@ msgstr "" " d'indexation pour les aider à comprendre votre contenu afin de créer des " "résultats de recherche bien présentés." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:615 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:615 msgid "" "Google supports a number of rich snippets for content types, including: " "Reviews, People, Products, Businesses, Events and Organizations." @@ -1586,7 +2705,7 @@ msgstr "" "contenu, notamment : commentaires, personnes, produits, entreprises, " "événements et organisations." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:618 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:618 msgid "" "Odoo implements micro data as defined in the `schema.org " "<http://schema.org>`__ specification for events, eCommerce products, forum " @@ -1599,11 +2718,11 @@ msgstr "" "pages produit d'être affichées dans Google avec des informations " "supplémentaires telles que le prix et la note d'un produit :" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:628 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:628 msgid "robots.txt" msgstr "robots.txt" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:630 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:630 msgid "" "When indexing your website, search engines take a first look at the general " "indexing rules of the a``/robots.txt`` file (allowed robots, sitemap path, " @@ -1614,11 +2733,11 @@ msgstr "" " autorisés, chemin du plan du site, etc.). Odoo le génère automatiquement. " "Voici son contenu :" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:634 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:634 msgid "User-agent: \\* Sitemap: https://www.odoo.com/sitemap.xml" msgstr "User-agent: \\* Sitemap: https://www.odoo.com/sitemap.xml " -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:637 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:637 msgid "" "It means that all robots are allowed to index your website and there is no " "other indexing rule than specified in the sitemap to be found at following " @@ -1628,30 +2747,24 @@ msgstr "" " qu'il n'existent pas d'autres règles d'indexation que celles spécifiées sur" " le plan du site qui se trouve à l'adresse suivante." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:641 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:641 msgid "" "You can customize the file *robots* in :doc:`Developer mode " -"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>` from *Settings --> Technical --> " +"</applications/general/developer_mode>` from *Settings --> Technical --> " "User Interface --> Views* (exclude robots, exclude some pages, redirect to a" " custom Sitemap). Make the Model Data of the view *Non Updatable* to not " "reset the file after system upgrades." msgstr "" -"Vous pourriez personnaliser le fichier *robots* dans :doc:`Developer mode " -"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>` à partir de *Paramètres --> " -"Technique --> Interface Utilisateur --> Vues* (exclure les robots, exclure " -"certaines pages, rediriger vers un Sitemap personnalisé). Rendre le Model " -"Data de la vue *Non Updatable* afin de ne pas réinitialiser le fichier après" -" les mises à jour du système. " -#: ../../website/publish.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish.rst:3 msgid "Publish" -msgstr "Publiez" +msgstr "Publier" -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:3 msgid "How to use my own domain name" msgstr "Comment utiliser mon propre nom de domaine" -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:5 msgid "" "By default, your Odoo Online instance and website have a *.odoo.com* domain " "name, for both the URL and the emails. But you can change to a custom one " @@ -1661,11 +2774,11 @@ msgstr "" "de domaine *.odoo.com*, pour l\"URL et les emails. Mais vous pouvez en " "choisir un personnalisé (par ex. www.yourcompany.com)." -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:10 msgid "What is a good domain name" msgstr "En quoi consiste un bon nom de domaine" -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:11 msgid "" "Your website address is as important to your branding as the name of your " "business or organization, so put some thought into changing it for a proper " @@ -1676,27 +2789,27 @@ msgstr "" "possibilité de changer vers un nom de domaine plus approprié. Voici quelques" " conseils :" -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:15 msgid "Simple and obvious" msgstr "Simple et évident" -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:16 msgid "Easy to remember and spell" msgstr "Facile à se rappeler et à écrire" -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:17 msgid "The shorter the better" msgstr "Le plus court le mieux" -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:18 msgid "Avoid special characters" msgstr "Évitez les caractères spéciaux" -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:19 msgid "Aim for a .com and/or your country extension" msgstr "Préférez un site.com et/ou l'extension de votre pays" -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:21 msgid "" "Read more: `How to Choose a Domain Name for Maximum SEO " "<https://www.searchenginejournal.com/choose-a-domain-name-maximum-" @@ -1706,27 +2819,27 @@ msgstr "" "<https://www.searchenginejournal.com/choose-a-domain-name-maximum-" "seo/158951/>`__." -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:24 msgid "How to buy a domain name" msgstr "Comment acheter un nom de domaine" -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:25 msgid "Buy your domain name at a popular registrar:" msgstr "Achetez votre nom de domaine sur un registraire populaire:" -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:27 msgid "`GoDaddy <https://www.godaddy.com>`__" msgstr "`GoDaddy <https://www.godaddy.com>`__" -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:28 msgid "`Namecheap <https://www.namecheap.com>`__" msgstr "`Namecheap <https://www.namecheap.com>`__" -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:29 msgid "`OVH <https://www.ovh.com>`__" msgstr "`OVH <https://www.ovh.com>`__" -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:31 msgid "" "Steps to buy a domain name are pretty much straight forward. In case of " "issue, check out those easy tutorials:" @@ -1734,17 +2847,17 @@ msgstr "" "Les étapes pour acheter un nom de domaine sont assez simples. En cas de " "problème, consultez ces tutoriels :" -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:34 msgid "`GoDaddy <https://roadtoblogging.com/buy-domain-name-from-godaddy>`__" msgstr "`GoDaddy <https://roadtoblogging.com/buy-domain-name-from-godaddy>`__" -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:35 msgid "" "`Namecheap <https://www.loudtips.com/buy-domain-name-hosting-namecheap//>`__" msgstr "" "`Namecheap <https://www.loudtips.com/buy-domain-name-hosting-namecheap//>`__" -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:37 msgid "" "Feel free to buy an email server to have email addresses using your domain " "name. However don't buy any extra service to create or host your website. " @@ -1754,11 +2867,11 @@ msgstr "" "email avec votre nom de domaine. Cependant, n'achetez pas d'autres services " "de création ou de hébergement pour votre site Web. Odoo fait cela pour vous!" -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:45 msgid "How to apply my domain name to my Odoo instance" msgstr "Comment appliquer mon nom de domaine à mon instance Odoo" -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:46 msgid "" "First let's authorize the redirection (yourcompany.com -> " "yourcompany.odoo.com):" @@ -1766,22 +2879,22 @@ msgstr "" "Tout d'abord, autorisons la redirection (yourcompany.com -> " "yourcompany.odoo.com) :" -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:48 msgid "Open your Odoo.com account from your homepage." msgstr "Ouvrez votre compte Odoo.com à partir de votre page d'accueil." -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:53 msgid "Go to the *Manage Databases* page." msgstr "Allez sur la page *Gérer les bases de données*." -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:58 msgid "" "Click on *Domains* to the right of the database you would like to redirect." msgstr "" "Cliquez sur *Domaines* à droite de la base de données que vous souhaitez " "rediriger." -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:63 msgid "" "A database domain prompt will appear. Enter your custom domain (e.g. " "www.yourcompany.com)." @@ -1789,20 +2902,20 @@ msgstr "" "Une fenêtre de la base de données du domaine va s'afficher. Entrez votre " "domaine personnalisé (par ex. www.yourcompany.com)." -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:70 msgid "" "We can now apply the redirection from your domain name's manager account:" msgstr "" "Vous pouvez maintenant effectuer la redirection à partir du compte " "gestionnaire de votre nom de domaine." -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:72 msgid "Log in to your account and search for the DNS Zones management page." msgstr "" "Connectez-vous à votre compte et cherchez la page gestionnaire des zones " "DNS." -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:74 msgid "" "Create a CNAME record *www.yourdomain.com* pointing to *mywebsite.odoo.com*." " If you want to use the naked domain (e.g. yourdomain.com), you need to " @@ -1813,17 +2926,17 @@ msgstr "" "yourdomain.com), vous devez rediriger *yourdomain.com* to " "*www.yourdomain.com*." -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:78 msgid "Here are some specific guidelines to create a CNAME record:" msgstr "" "Voici quelques recommandations spécifiques pour créer votre enregistrement " "CNAME :" -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:80 msgid "`GoDaddy <https://be.godaddy.com/fr/help/add-a-cname-record-19236>`__" msgstr "`GoDaddy <https://be.godaddy.com/fr/help/add-a-cname-record-19236>`__" -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:81 msgid "" "`Namecheap " "<https://www.namecheap.com/support/knowledgebase/article.aspx/9646/10/how-" @@ -1833,7 +2946,7 @@ msgstr "" "<https://www.namecheap.com/support/knowledgebase/article.aspx/9646/10/how-" "can-i-set-up-a-cname-record-for-my-domain>`__" -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:82 msgid "" "`OVH " "<https://www.ovh.co.uk/g1519.exchange_20132016_how_to_add_a_cname_record>`__" @@ -1841,11 +2954,11 @@ msgstr "" "`OVH " "<https://www.ovh.co.uk/g1519.exchange_20132016_how_to_add_a_cname_record>`__" -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:85 msgid "How to enable SSL (HTTPS) for my Odoo instance" msgstr "Comment activer SSL (HTTPS) sur mon instance Odoo " -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:87 msgid "" "Until recently, Odoo users needed to use a third-party CDN service provider " "such as CloudFlare to enable SSL." @@ -1853,7 +2966,7 @@ msgstr "" "Jusqu'à maintenant, les utilisateurs d'Odoo devaient utiliser un fournisseur" " de CDN tiers comme CloudFlare pour activer le SSL." -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:89 msgid "" "It is not required anymore: Odoo generates the certificate for you " "automatically, using integration with `Let's Encrypt Certificate Authority " @@ -1868,11 +2981,11 @@ msgstr "" "client (un certificat différent est généré pour chaque nom de domaine " "spécifié)." -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:93 msgid "**Please note that the certificate generation may take up to 24h.**" msgstr "**Attention : la crétaion du certificat peut prendre 24 heures.**" -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:95 msgid "" "If you already use CloudFlare or a similar service, you can keep using it or" " simply change for Odoo. The choice is yours." @@ -1881,12 +2994,12 @@ msgstr "" "continuer à le faire ou changer tout simplement vers Odoo. Vous avez le " "choix." -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:99 msgid "How to make sure that all my URLs use my custom domain?" msgstr "" "Comment m'assurer que toutes mes URLs utilisent mon domaine personnalisé?" -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:101 msgid "" "To set up the root URL of your website and of all the links sent in emails, " "you can ask an administrator of your database (any user in the *Settings* " @@ -1897,7 +3010,7 @@ msgstr "" "(n'importe quel utilisateur du groupe *Paramètres*) de se connecter depuis " "l'écran de connexion. C'est aussi simple que ça!" -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:103 msgid "" "If you want to do it manually, you can go to :menuselection:`Settings --> " "Technical --> System Parameters` . Find the entry called ``web.base.url`` " @@ -1910,7 +3023,7 @@ msgstr "" "pas) et introduire l'URL de votre site Web en entier, comme " "``https://www.myodoowebsite.com``." -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:107 msgid "" "The URL must include the protocol (``https://`` or ``http://``) and must not" " end by a slash (``/``)." @@ -1918,7 +3031,7 @@ msgstr "" "L'URL doit inclure le protocole (``https://`` or ``http://``) et ne dois pas" " se finir par une barre oblique (``/``)." -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:109 msgid "" "If you want to block the root URL update when an administrator logs in, you " "can add a System Parameter called ``web.base.url.freeze`` with its value " @@ -1928,11 +3041,11 @@ msgstr "" "d'un gestionnaire, vous pouvez ajouter un paramètre système appelé " "``web.base.url.freeze`` avec sa valeur fixée à ``Vraie``. " -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:113 msgid "My website is indexed twice by Google" msgstr "Mon site Web est indexé deux fois par Google" -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:115 msgid "" "If you set up a custom domain *mydomain.com* name for *mydatabase.odoo.com*," " Google indexes your website under both names. This is a limitation of the " @@ -1942,15 +3055,15 @@ msgstr "" "*mydatabase.odoo.com*, Google indexera votre site Web sous les deux noms. Il" " s'agit d'une limitation de la plateforme cloud d'Odoo." -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:120 -msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_servers`" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:120 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers`" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:3 msgid "Manage Multi Websites" msgstr "Gérer des sites Web multiples" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo’s Multi-Websites opens up broad possibilities of diversification and " "customer segmentation for your business. A multiplied audience and boosted " @@ -1961,7 +3074,7 @@ msgstr "" " multiplication de l'audience et une augmentation du chiffre d'affaires en " "quelques clics! " -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:12 msgid "" "Each website can work in a fully independent way, with its theme, branding, " "domain name, header & footer, pages, languages, products, blog posts, forum," @@ -1972,11 +3085,7 @@ msgstr "" "langues, produits, blogs, forums, diapos, événements, canaux de live chat, " "etc. Voyons ça de plus près!" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:18 -msgid "Setup" -msgstr "Configuration" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:20 msgid "" "To create a new website, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration -->" " Settings`. The button, *Create a new website*, lays in the first section." @@ -1985,7 +3094,7 @@ msgstr "" "Configuration --> Paramètres`. Le bouton *Créer un nouveau site Web*, se " "trouve dans la première partie." -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:28 msgid "" "In the upcoming prompt, set a name for your new website and a specific " "domain name. Leave empty to publish the new website under the default domain" @@ -1996,7 +3105,7 @@ msgstr "" " site Web. Si vous désirez publier le nouveau site sous le domaine par " "défaut de votre base de données Odoo, laissez ce champ vide." -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:36 msgid "" "Then, select a theme. This new website might have an entirely different " "purpose or audience than the first one. So feel free to go for a different " @@ -2006,7 +3115,7 @@ msgstr "" "objectif et une audience complètement différents de l'ancien. Alors, " "n'hésitez pas à choisir un nouveau thème!" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:40 msgid "" "Once the theme is selected, you can start to build the homepage of your " "website. Follow the purple drops; they will help you in the first steps." @@ -2015,7 +3124,7 @@ msgstr "" " page d'accueil de votre site Web. Suivez les onglets mauves, ils vous " "aideront à démarrer." -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:48 msgid "" "If you run Odoo Online, don’t forget to redirect any new domain name to your" " Odoo database (``CNAME``) and to authorize it Odoo-side. See " @@ -2025,11 +3134,11 @@ msgstr "" "de domaine vers votre base de données Odoo (``CNAME``) et de l'autoriser du " "côte d'Odoo. Consultez :doc:`domain_name`." -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:52 msgid "Create the menu" msgstr "Créez le menu" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:54 msgid "" "The new website has a default menu with all the installed applications. To " "edit it, click :menuselection:`Pages --> Edit Menu`. Moving forward you only" @@ -2040,11 +3149,11 @@ msgstr "" "--> Éditer menu`. Si vous continuez, vous n'éditerez que le menu du site Web" " en cours." -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:59 msgid "Switch from one website to another" msgstr "Passez d'un site Web à un autre" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:62 msgid "" "As easy as ABC! There is a website switcher in the right corner of the edit " "bar. Switching to another website will connect to the domain of this " @@ -2056,7 +3165,7 @@ msgstr "" " autre site, vous serez connecté au domaine de ce site. Si vous utilisez un " "domaine différent, l'utilisateur devra s'identifier." -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:71 msgid "" "When switching, you are redirected to the same domain path on the other " "website (e.g., ``/shop/myproduct``). If this URL is not used, you will be " @@ -2067,11 +3176,11 @@ msgstr "" "URL n'existe pas, vous serez redirigé vers une page 404 mais invité à créer " "une nouvelle page à partir de là." -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:76 msgid "Add features" msgstr "Ajoutez des fonctionnalités" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:78 msgid "" "The website apps you install (e.g., Slides, Blogs) are made available on all" " your websites. You can, of course, keep them hidden in one website by " @@ -2081,7 +3190,7 @@ msgstr "" "blogs) sont disponibles sur tous vos sites. Vous pouvez bien sûr les cacher " "sur l'un de vos sites en supprimant cette rubrique." -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:82 msgid "" "Each website comes with a high range of specific options in the settings. " "First, select the website to configure." @@ -2089,7 +3198,7 @@ msgstr "" "Chaque site Web contient une large gamme d'options spécifiques dans ses " "paramètres. Pour les configurer, sélectionnez tout d'abord le site." -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:88 msgid "" "Then, take a look at the options flagged with the earth icon. It means they " "only impact the very website you are working on." @@ -2098,44 +3207,44 @@ msgstr "" "Cela signifie qu'elles impactent uniquement le site Web sur lequel vous " "travaillez." -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:94 msgid "You can, for instance, set specific :" msgstr "Vous pouvez, par exemple, définir :" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:96 msgid "languages," msgstr "les langues" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:98 msgid "domain names," msgstr "les noms de domaine" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:100 msgid "social media links," msgstr "les liens vers les réseaux sociaux" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:102 msgid "customer portal mode (B2C vs. B2B)," msgstr "le mode portail client (B2C vs. B2B)" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:104 msgid "dedicated live chat channels," msgstr "les canaux dédiés de live chat" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:106 msgid "etc." msgstr "etc" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:108 msgid "The other options are global and apply to all your websites." msgstr "" "Les autres options sont générales et s'appliquent à tous vos sites Web." -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:111 msgid "Manage domain names" msgstr "Gérer les noms de domaine" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:113 msgid "" "As said earlier, your websites can either share the same domain name or use " "a specific one. If you share it and want to adapt the content per region, " @@ -2148,22 +3257,22 @@ msgstr "" " le cadre de chaque site Web. Les visiteurs seront redirigés vers le bon " "site Web grâce à la géolocalisation IP." -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:122 msgid "" "Geo IP is installed by default in Odoo Online. If you run Odoo on-premise, " "don’t forget to install *GeoIP* library. See :doc:`on-premise_geo-ip-" "installation`" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:127 msgid ":doc:`domain_name`" msgstr ":doc:`domain_name`" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:130 msgid "Customize the visitor experience" msgstr "Personnalisez l'expérience des visiteurs" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:133 msgid "" "The customer experience can be customized very profoundly thanks to the menu" " \\*Customize\\*. All the visual options available there are specific to " @@ -2178,11 +3287,11 @@ msgstr "" "flux de travail et les pages automatiques (caisse eCommerce, blogs, " "événements, etc.) car le nombre d'options disponibles y est plus élevé." -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:143 msgid "Publish specific content per website" msgstr "Publiez un contenu spécifique par site Web" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:146 msgid "" "Like static pages, any content created from the front-end (product, blog " "post, etc.) is always only published in the current website. You can change " @@ -2195,7 +3304,7 @@ msgstr "" "d'édition à l'arrière-plan et laisser le champ *Site Web* vide. Le contenu " "sera alors publié sur tous les sites Web." -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:154 msgid "" "Here are all the objects that you can link to *either one or all the " "websites*:" @@ -2203,35 +3312,35 @@ msgstr "" "Voici tous les éléments que vous pouvez lier à *un site en particulier ou à " "tous les sites Web* :" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:157 msgid "Products" msgstr "Articles" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:159 msgid "Product Categories for eCommerce" msgstr "Catégorie de produits pour le eCommerce" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:161 msgid "Blogs" msgstr "Blogs" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:163 msgid "Slide Channels" msgstr "Canaux de diapositives" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:165 msgid "Forums" msgstr "Forums" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:167 msgid "Events" msgstr "Événements" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:169 msgid "Job Positions" msgstr "Postes" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:172 msgid "" "When you create the record from the backend and publish it, typically a " "product or an event, it is made available in all websites." @@ -2239,11 +3348,11 @@ msgstr "" "Lorsque vous publiez un enregistrement créé en arrière-plan, en général un " "produit ou un événement, il devient disponible sur tous les sites Web." -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:176 msgid "Publish a page in all websites" msgstr "Publiez une page sur tous les sites Web" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:178 msgid "" "A new static page is created and only made available in the current website." " You can duplicate it to other websites from :menuselection:`Website --> " @@ -2254,7 +3363,7 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Site Web --> Configuration --> Pages`. Pour cela, laissez le" " champ *site Web* vide." -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:182 msgid "" "If you want to duplicate it in just one other website, duplicate the page " "and set the new website." @@ -2262,7 +3371,7 @@ msgstr "" "Si vous voulez la dupliquer sur un autre site Web uniquement, copiez la page" " et configurez le nouveau site." -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:188 msgid "" "When you edit the page again, the change only affects the current website. A" " new page is duplicated and tied up to the website. The original page still " @@ -2272,7 +3381,7 @@ msgstr "" "site Web en cours. Une nouvelle page est dupliquée et liée au site. La page " "d'origine reste liée à tous les sites Web." -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:193 msgid "" "By grouping pages by URL in the page manager, you quickly find the original " "page behind each edited page." @@ -2280,11 +3389,11 @@ msgstr "" "En regroupant les pages par URL dans le gestionnaire de pages, vous " "retrouvez facilement la page originale derrière chaque page éditée." -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:200 msgid "Multi-companies" msgstr "Multi-sociétés" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:202 msgid "" "Each website can be linked to a specific company of your system, in a multi-" "companies environment." @@ -2292,7 +3401,7 @@ msgstr "" "Dans un environnement multi-sociétés, chaque site Web peut être relié à une " "société spécifique de votre système." -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:208 msgid "" "With such a configuration, only company-related data appear on the website " "(products, jobs, events, etc.)." @@ -2300,7 +3409,7 @@ msgstr "" "Avec une telle configuration, seules les données relatives à la société " "s'affichent sur le site Web (produits, emplois, événements, etc.)." -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:211 msgid "" "Website editors can only view and edit the pages of the records they have " "access to, typically the ones belonging to their current company (and to " @@ -2312,7 +3421,7 @@ msgstr "" "société actuelle (ainsi qu'à leurs sociétés affiliées ou filiales dans le " "language Odoo). De même pour les visiteurs. " -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:217 msgid "" "If websites are multi-companies, you don’t change company when switching " "websites. To change the company and see the related content, use the company" @@ -2322,11 +3431,11 @@ msgstr "" " vous changez de site Web. Pour modifier la société et voir son contenu, " "utilisez l'onglet de sélection de société dans le menu." -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:223 msgid "Configure your eCommerce website" msgstr "Configurez votre site Web eCommerce" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:225 msgid "" "eCommerce is a crucial feature in the multi-websites environment. We made it" " so that the entire flow can be customized to fit the very audience of each " @@ -2336,11 +3445,11 @@ msgstr "" " avons fait en sorte que l'ensemble du flux puisse être personnalisable pour" " s'adapter à tous les visiteurs de chacun des sites Web." -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:230 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:230 msgid "Products only available on one website" msgstr "Des produits disponibles sur un seul site Web" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:232 msgid "" "We already saw earlier how to publish a specific record in only one website." " You will find the \\*Website\\* field in the eCommerce tab of the product " @@ -2351,11 +3460,11 @@ msgstr "" "formulaire d'édition du produit. Un champ vide veut dire qu'il est " "disponible sur tous les sites Web." -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:240 msgid "Products available on *some* websites" msgstr "Des produits disponibles sur *certains* sites Web" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:242 msgid "" "To make a product available on some websites, but not all of them, you " "should duplicate the product for each website." @@ -2363,7 +3472,7 @@ msgstr "" "Pour rendre un produit disponible sur certains site Web uniquement, vous " "devez dupliquer le produit pour chaque site." -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:245 msgid "" "If you need a unique reference to manage in your inventory, you should " "install *Manufacturing\\ and create *Kits* BoMs (bills of materials). Each " @@ -2377,11 +3486,11 @@ msgstr "" "dans votre stock. Ainsi, tout article vendu à partir de votre site Web sera " "converti en un article stockable sur le bon de livraison." -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:252 msgid "Pricelists" msgstr "Listes de prix" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:254 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:254 msgid "" "To manage specific prices by websites, you can activate *Multiple Sales " "Prices per Product* in Website settings." @@ -2389,7 +3498,7 @@ msgstr "" "Pour gérer des prix spécifiques par site Web, activez *Divers prix de vente " "par produit* dans les paramètres du site." -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:257 msgid "" "Then, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Products --> Pricelists` to create " "additional pricelists. See " @@ -2399,7 +3508,7 @@ msgstr "" "pour créer des listes de prix additionnelles. Consultez " ":doc:`../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing`." -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:260 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:260 msgid "" "If you need help. Select a website to make a pricelist only available on " "this website." @@ -2407,7 +3516,7 @@ msgstr "" "Si vous avez besoin d'aide. Sélectionnez l'un des sites Web pour rendre une " "liste de prix disponible uniquement sur ce site." -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:266 msgid "" "Leaving the field empty means that you make it work in all websites if " "*Selectable* is selected. Otherwise, it makes it only available for backend " @@ -2418,11 +3527,11 @@ msgstr "" "Autrement, elle ne sera disponible que pour des opérations de vente en " "arrière-plan ou pour des applications point de vente." -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:271 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:271 msgid "Payment Acquirers and Delivery Methods" msgstr "Intermédiaires de paiement et modes de livraison" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:273 msgid "" "By default, published payment acquirers and delivery methods are deployed in" " all websites. You could already use specific payment acquirers per country " @@ -2435,11 +3544,11 @@ msgstr "" "géolocalisation IP. Maintenant, vous pouvez aussi définir les sites en " "remplissant le champ *Site Web*." -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:279 msgid "Customer accounts" msgstr "Comptes client" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:281 msgid "" "There is a setting to choose how to manage customer accounts in Website " "settings. You can either allow customers to use one account through all the " @@ -2453,11 +3562,11 @@ msgstr "" "site. Cette dernière option est idéale si vous ne voulez pas que les " "visiteurs fassent un lien entre vos différents sites Web." -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:291 msgid "Technical hints for customization" msgstr "Des conseils techniques pour la personnalisation" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:293 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:293 msgid "" "If you want to publish custom objects on the website, here are a few tips to" " make it work with multi websites:" @@ -2465,20 +3574,20 @@ msgstr "" "Si vous désirez publier des éléments personnalisés sur le site Web, voici " "quelques conseils pour les faire fonctionner avec des sites Web multiples :" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:297 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:297 msgid "Sitemap: don’t forget the domain in the route to only publish" msgstr "" "Plan du site : n'oubliez pas le domaine dans le routage pour ne publier " -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:297 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:297 msgid "available records in each website’s sitemap." msgstr "que les données disponibles dans le plan de chaque site Web." -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:301 msgid "Access: you should call the method" msgstr "Accès : vous devez le nommer" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:300 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:300 msgid "" "*can_access_from_current_website* in the controller to make sure the visitor" " can see a record in the current website." @@ -2486,133 +3595,125 @@ msgstr "" "*peut_accèder_depuis_actuel_site Web* sur l'unité de commande pour que le " "visiteur puisse voir un enregistrement sur le site Web en cours." -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:305 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:305 msgid "Search: when a list of records is displayed, don’t forget to specify" msgstr "" "Recherche : lorsqu'une liste d'enregistrements est affichée, n'oubliez pas " "de spécifier" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:304 msgid "the domain to only display records available for the current website." msgstr "" "le domaine pour n'afficher que les enregistrements disponibles sur le site " "Web en cours." -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:3 -msgid "Geo IP installation (on-premises database)" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:3 +msgid "Geo IP Installation (On-Premises Database)" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:6 msgid "Installation" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:9 msgid "" -"Please note that the installation depends on your computer operating system " -"and distribution. We will assume here that a Linux operating system is used." +"Please note that the installation depends on your computer's operating " +"system and distribution. We will assume that a Linux operating system is " +"being used." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:15 msgid "Install `geoip2 <https://pypi.org/project/geoip2/>`__ Python library" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:17 msgid "" "Download the `GeoLite2 City database " "<https://dev.maxmind.com/geoip/geoip2/geolite2/>`_. You should end up with a" " file called ``GeoLite2-City.mmdb``" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:22 msgid "Move the file to the folder ``/usr/share/GeoIP/``" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:24 msgid "Restart the server" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:27 msgid "" "If you can't/don't want to locate the geoip database in " "``/usr/share/GeoIP/``, you can use the ``--geoip-db`` option of the Odoo " "command line interface. This option takes the absolute path to the GeoIP " -"database file and will use it as the GeoIP database. For example:" +"database file and uses it as the GeoIP database. For example:" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:32 -msgid "" -"`CLI documentation " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/14.0/reference/cmdline.html>`_." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:36 +msgid ":doc:`CLI documentation </developer/reference/cmdline>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:39 msgid "" "``GeoIP`` Python library can also be used. However this version is " -"discontinued since January 2019. See `GeoLite Legacy databases are now " +"discontinued since January 1. See `GeoLite Legacy databases are now " "discontinued <https://support.maxmind.com/geolite-legacy-discontinuation-" "notice/>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:37 -msgid "How to test GeoIP geolocation in your Odoo website?" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:44 +msgid "How To Test GeoIP Geolocation In Your Odoo Website" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Go into your website. Open the web page on which you want to test ``GeoIP``." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:45 +msgid "Go to your website. Open the web page that you want to test ``GeoIP``." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:46 msgid "Choose :menuselection:`Customize --> HTML/CSS/JS Editor`." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:47 msgid "Add the following piece of XML in the page :" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:53 msgid "" -"You should end up with a dictionary indicating the location of the ip " +"You should end up with a dictionary indicating the location of the IP " "address." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:59 msgid "" "If the curly braces are empty ``{}``, it can be for any of the following " -"reason :" +"reasons :" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:61 msgid "" "The browsing IP address is the localhost (``127.0.0.1``) or a local area " "network one (``192.168.*.*``)" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:62 msgid "" "If a reversed proxy is used, make sure to configure it correctly. See " -"`--proxy-mode " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/14.0/reference/cmdline.html#cmdoption-" -"odoo-bin-proxy-mode>`__" +":option:`proxy mode <odoo-bin --proxy-mode>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:63 msgid "``geoip2`` is not installed or the GeoIP database file wasn't found" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:64 msgid "The GeoIP database was unable to resolve the given IP address" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:3 msgid "How to translate my website" msgstr "Comment traduire mon site Web" -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:6 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Vue d'ensemble" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:8 msgid "" "In addition to creating great modern websites, Odoo gives you the " "possibility to translate it in different languages." @@ -2620,11 +3721,11 @@ msgstr "" "En plus de pouvoir créer des sites modernes, Odoo vous donne la possibilité " "de les traduire en différentes langues." -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:12 msgid "Process" msgstr "Processus" -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:14 msgid "" "Once your website is created, you have the opportunity to translate it in as" " many different languages as you want." @@ -2632,7 +3733,7 @@ msgstr "" "Une fois votre site Web créé, vous avez l'opportunité de le traduire en " "autant de langues que vous le souhaitez." -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:17 msgid "" "There are two ways to translate your website, you can do it manually or " "automatically with the Gengo App. If you want to do it automatically, go to " @@ -2647,7 +3748,7 @@ msgstr "" " Web Gengo**. Si vous voulez le faire manuellement, n'installez rien et " "suivez l'étape suivante." -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:23 msgid "" "Now go to your website. On the bottom right corner of the page, click on " "**Add a language**." @@ -2655,7 +3756,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ensuite, allez sur votre site Web. Dans le coin inférieur droit de la page, " "cliquez sur **Ajouter une langue**." -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:29 msgid "" "Choose the language in which you want to translate your website and then " "click on **Load.**" @@ -2663,7 +3764,7 @@ msgstr "" "Choisissez la langue vers laquelle vous voulez traduire votre site Web puis " "cliquez sur **Télecharger.**" -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:35 msgid "" "You will see that Now, next to English there is also French, which means " "that the page for the translation has been created. You can also see that " @@ -2673,7 +3774,7 @@ msgstr "" "signifie que la page pour la traduction a été créée. Vous pouvez aussi voir " "qu'une partie du texte a été traduite automatiquement." -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:42 msgid "" "To translate the content of the website, click on **Translate** (here " "**Traduire** since we want to translate the website in French)." @@ -2682,7 +3783,7 @@ msgstr "" "cliquez sur **Traduire** (**Traduire** car nous voulons traduire notre site " "vers le français)." -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:45 msgid "" "There, if you have installed the Gengo Translator, You will see that next to" " the **Translate** button you also have a button **Translate " @@ -2698,13 +3799,13 @@ msgstr "" "<https://gengo.com/auth/form/login/>`_ pour en créer un. Vous devrez " "demander une clé publique et une clé privée." -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:53 msgid "" "The content you wish to translate will then be translated automatically." msgstr "" "Le contenu que vous souhaitez traduire sera alors traduit automatiquement." -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:58 msgid "" "Now you can see that most of the content is highlighted in yellow or in " "green. The yellow represents the content that you have to translate by " diff --git a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po deleted file mode 100644 index 9a2378cde..000000000 --- a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,12403 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Davide Corio <enlightx@gmail.com>, 2019 -# Luigi Di Naro <gigidn@gmail.com>, 2019 -# Marco Calcagni <mcalcagni@dinamicheaziendali.it>, 2019 -# Rosario Savarese <rosario.savarese@gmail.com>, 2019 -# mymage <stefano.consolaro@mymage.it>, 2019 -# Francesco Garganese <francesco.garganese@aeromnia.aero>, 2019 -# David Minneci <david@numeko.it>, 2019 -# Francesco Arillotta <frarillotta@gmail.com>, 2019 -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Simone Bernini <simone@aperturelabs.it>, 2019 -# Giacomo Grasso <giacomo.grasso.82@gmail.com>, 2019 -# Paolo Valier, 2019 -# Léonie Bouchat <lbo@odoo.com>, 2019 -# Sergio Zanchetta <primes2h@gmail.com>, 2019 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-07 15:38+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:14+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Sergio Zanchetta <primes2h@gmail.com>, 2019\n" -"Language-Team: Italian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/it/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: it\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../accounting.rst:5 ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:283 -msgid "Accounting" -msgstr "Contabilità" - -#: ../../accounting/bank.rst:3 -msgid "Bank & Cash" -msgstr "Banca e cassa" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Bank Feeds" -msgstr "Feed bancari" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:3 -msgid "Import Coda statement files (Belgium only)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:5 -msgid "" -"CODA is a file format for bank statements in Belgium. Most Belgian banks, as" -" well as the Isabel software, allows to download a CODA file with all your " -"bank statements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:9 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can download an CODA file from your bank or accounting " -"software and import it directly in Odoo. This will create all bank " -"statements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Test now the feature `with this sample CODA file " -"<https://drive.google.com/file/d/0B5BDHVRYo-" -"q5UVVMbGRxUmtpVDg/view?usp=sharing>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:17 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:12 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:18 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:11 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:19 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:26 -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:21 -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:14 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:20 -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:22 -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:9 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:25 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:33 -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:24 -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:18 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:18 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:16 -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:16 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:15 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:22 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:60 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:23 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:12 -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:17 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:11 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:26 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:30 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:31 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:19 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:24 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:20 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:19 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:39 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:40 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:113 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:19 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Configurazione" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:20 -msgid "Install the CODA feature" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:22 -msgid "" -"If you have installed the Belgian Chart of Account provided with Odoo, the " -"CODA import feature is already installed by default. In such a case, you can" -" move directly to the next section `Import your first coda file " -"<InstallCoda_>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:27 -msgid "" -"If CODA is not activated yet, you need to do it first. In the Accounting " -"application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. " -"From the accounting settings, check the option **Import of Bank Statements " -"in .CODA Format** and apply." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:33 -msgid "Import your first CODA file" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Once you have installed this feature, you can setup your bank account to " -"allow importing bank statement files. To do this, go to the accounting " -"**Dashboard**, and click on the button **More** on the bank account card. " -"Then, click on **Import Statement** to load your first CODA file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Load your CODA file in the following screen and click **Import** to create " -"all your bank statements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:49 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:42 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:43 -msgid "" -"If the file is successfully loaded, you will get redirected to the bank " -"reconciliation screen with all the transactions to reconcile." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:55 -msgid "Importing CODA files" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:57 -msgid "" -"After having imported your first file, the Odoo accounting dashboard will " -"automatically propose you to import more files for your bank. For the next " -"import, you don't need to go to the **More** button anymore, you can " -"directly click on the link **Import Statement**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Every time you get a statement related to a new customer / supplier, Odoo " -"will ask you to select the right contact to reconcile the transaction. Odoo " -"learns from that operation and will automatically complete the next payments" -" you get or make to these contacts. This will speed up a lot the " -"reconciliation process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:72 -msgid "" -"Odoo is able to automatically detect if some files or transactions have " -"already been imported. So, you should not worry about avoiding to import two" -" times the same file: Odoo will check everything for you before creating new" -" bank statements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:78 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:65 -msgid ":doc:`ofx`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:79 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:64 -msgid ":doc:`qif`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:80 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:66 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:67 -msgid ":doc:`synchronize`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:67 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:68 -msgid ":doc:`manual`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:21 -msgid "Register bank statements manually" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Panoramica" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:8 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can import your bank statements, synchronize with your bank " -"but also register your bank statements manually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:14 -msgid "" -"No special configuration is necessary to register invoices. All you need to " -"do is install the accounting app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:24 -msgid "Create your Bank Statements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:26 -msgid "" -"In the Dashboard, click on the button **New Statement** related to the bank " -"journal. If some reconciliations need to be done, the New Statement link " -"will be found underneath." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Just fill in the fields according the the information written on your bank " -"statement. The reference can be filled in manually or you can leave it " -"empty. We recommend to fill in the partner to ease the reconciliation " -"process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:38 -msgid "" -"The difference between the starting balance and the ending balance should be" -" equal to the computed balance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:44 -msgid "When you are done, click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:47 -msgid "Reconcile your Bank Statements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:49 -msgid "" -"You can choose to directly reconcile the statement by clicking on the button" -" |manual04|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:54 -msgid "" -"You can also start the reconciliation process from the dashboard by clicking" -" on **Reconcile # Items**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to reconcile your bank statement. If the partner is " -"missing, Odoo will ask you to **select a partner**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:68 -msgid "Hit CTRL-Enter to reconcile all the balanced items on the sheets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:71 -msgid "Close Bank Statements from the reconciliation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:73 -msgid "" -"If the balance is correct, you can directly close the statement from the " -"reconciliation by clicking on |manual07|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:78 -msgid "" -"Otherwise, click on |manual08| to open the statement and correct the issue." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:84 -msgid "Close Bank Statements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:86 -msgid "" -"On the accounting dashboard, click on the More button of your bank journal, " -"then click on Bank Statements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:92 -msgid "To close the bank statement, just click on **Validate**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:99 -msgid ":doc:`../reconciliation/use_cases`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:100 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:115 -msgid ":doc:`../feeds/synchronize`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:3 -msgid "Import OFX statement files" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Open Financial Exchange (OFX) is a unified specification for the electronic " -"exchange of financial data between financial institutions, businesses and " -"consumers via the Internet." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:9 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can download an OFX file from your bank or accounting " -"software and import it directly in your Odoo instance. This will create all " -"bank statements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Test now the feature `with this sample OFX file " -"<https://drive.google.com/file/d/0B5BDHVRYo-q5Mmg4T3oxTWszeEk/view>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:20 -msgid "" -"In order to import OFX statements, you need to activate the feature in Odoo." -" In the Accounting application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration" -" --> Settings`. From the accounting settings, check the bank statements " -"option **Import in .OFX Format** and apply." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Once you have installed this feature, you can setup your bank account to " -"allow importing bank statement files. To do this, go to the accounting " -"Dashboard, and click on the **More** button of the bank account. Then, click" -" on **Import Statement** to load your first OFX file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Load your OFX file in the following screen and click **Import** to create " -"all your bank statements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:46 -msgid "Importing OFX files" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:49 -msgid "" -"After having imported your first file, the Odoo accounting dashboard will " -"automatically propose you to import more files for your bank. For the next " -"import, you don't need to go to the **More** menu anymore, you can directly " -"click on the link **Import Statement**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Every time you get a statement related to a new customer / supplier, Odoo " -"will ask you to select the right contact to reconcile the transaction. Odoo " -"learns from that operation and will automatically complete the next payments" -" you get or do to these contacts. This will speed up a lot the " -"reconciliation process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:65 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:66 -msgid ":doc:`coda`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:3 -msgid "How to synchronize your PayPal account with Odoo?" -msgstr "Come sincronizzare il conto PayPal con Odoo?" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:5 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can synchronize your PayPal account. That way, you don't have" -" to record all your PayPal transaction in your favorite accounting software." -" The synchronization is done every 4 hours, and you can start reconciling " -"PayPal payments in just a click." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:14 -msgid "Install the account_yodlee module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Start by installing the **account_yodlee** module, if it is not already " -"installed. To do that, got the the menu :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Settings` of the accounting application. In the section " -"**Bank & Cash**, set the option **Bank Interface - Sync your bank feeds " -"automatically**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:25 -msgid "Click on the apply button once it's done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:28 -msgid "Setup your PayPal account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:30 -msgid "" -"A PayPal account in Odoo is managed like a bank account. To setup your " -"PayPal account, use the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Bank " -"Accounts`. Create a new bank account and name it **PayPal**. In the bank " -"field, you can set **PayPal**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Once the PayPal account is created, go back to the **Accounting** dashboard " -"and click on the **Synchronize** button. In the dialog, choose **PayPal** as" -" the online institution and click on the configure button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:45 -msgid "Then, you will have to provide your credentials to connect to PayPal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Your Paypal **must be in English** (if it is not the case you must change " -"the langage of your Paypal account) and if you use a Paypal business account" -" you must switch back to the old interface in order for it to work with " -"Online feeds (you can switch from new to old interface in your Paypal " -"account)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:54 -msgid "" -"If you don't do this you will get a message either saying to put Paypal in " -"English or that the site is not supported." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:57 -msgid "" -"If you configured your Paypal account correctly you should get to the next " -"step of the Online feeds configuration. There you will have a screen with a " -"date to fetch transaction from and a list of account to choose. You must " -"choose the **Paypal balance** account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:62 -msgid "" -"Once everything is done, you should see your PayPal transactions right in " -"Odoo and you can start reconciling your payments." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Enjoy a full integration! You don't need to record transaction manually " -"anymore." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:69 -msgid "" -"You only have to provide your credentials the first time. Once done, Odoo " -"will synchronize with PayPal every 4 hours automatically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:3 -msgid "Import QIF statement files" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Quicken Interchange Format (QIF) is an open specification for reading and " -"writing financial data to media (i.e. files). Although still widely used, " -"QIF is an older format than Open Financial Exchange (OFX) and you should use" -" the OFX version if you can export to both file formats." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:10 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can download a QIF file from your bank or accounting software" -" and import it directly in your Odoo instance. This will create all bank " -"statements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Test now the feature `with this sample QIF file " -"<https://drive.google.com/file/d/0B5BDHVRYo-q5X1ZkUWYzWmtCX0E/view>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:21 -msgid "" -"In order to import QIF statements, you need to activate the feature in Odoo." -" In the Accounting application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration" -" --> Settings`. From the accounting settings, check the bank statements " -"option **Import in .QIF Format** and apply." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Once you have installed this feature, you can setup your bank account to " -"allow importing bank statement files. To do this, go to the accounting " -"Dashboard, and click on the **More** button of the bank account. Then, click" -" on **Import Statement** to load your first QIF file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Load your QIF file in the following screen and click **Import** to create " -"all your bank statements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:47 -msgid "Importing QIF files" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:3 -msgid "How to synchronize Odoo with your bank?" -msgstr "Come sincronizzare Odoo con la banca?" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo is able to synchronize directly with your bank in order to get all bank" -" statements imported automatically in Odoo every 4 hours. Before moving " -"forward in this tutorial, you should check if your bank is supported. You " -"can find it out from the `Odoo Accounting Features " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/accounting-features>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Search for your bank name in the above page. If your bank appears in the " -"proposition, it means it is supported by Odoo. The countries which are fully" -" supported (meaning more than 95% of the banks) include: United States, " -"Canada, New Zealand, Austria. More than 30 countries are partially " -"supported, including: Colombia, India, France, Spain, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:19 -msgid "In order to connect with the banks, Odoo uses two web-services:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:21 -msgid "Plaid: for the main banks in the U.S." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:23 -msgid "Yodlee: for all other banks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:29 -msgid "Odoo Online Users" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:31 -msgid "" -"If you we support banks of your country, the bank integration feature should" -" already been installed. If it's not installed, you can manually install the" -" module **account_yodlee**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:36 -msgid "Odoo Enterprise Users" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:38 -msgid "" -"If you plan to use a bank interface with your Odoo Enterprise subscription, " -"you don't have to do anything special, just make sure that your database is " -"registered with your Odoo Enterprise contract." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:42 -msgid "" -"you might want to check that you don't have a firewall/proxy blocking the " -"following addresses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:44 -msgid "https://onlinesync.odoo.com/" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:45 -msgid "https://api.plaid.com/" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:49 -msgid "Sync your bank feeds" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:51 -msgid "" -"Once the Plaid or Yodlee interface is installed, you can connect Odoo to " -"your bank. To do that, click on **More** on the bank of your choice from the" -" accounting dashboard. In the menu, click on Settings to configure this bank" -" account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:59 -msgid "" -"In the bank form, from the Bank Account tab, set the bank feeds option to " -"**Bank Synchronization**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Once it's done, go back to your accounting dashboard. You should see a " -"**Online Synchronization** button on your bank card. Click on this button " -"and fill in your bank credentials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Once you filled in your credentials, your bank feeds will be synchronized " -"every 4 hours." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:73 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:533 -msgid "FAQ" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:76 -msgid "The synchronization is not working in real time, is it normal?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:78 -msgid "" -"Yodlee tries to get the data from a bank account once a day. However, this " -"doesn't always happen at the same time. And sometimes the process can fail. " -"In that case, Yodlee retries one hour or two later. This is why in Odoo " -"there is a cron that is running every 4 hours to fetch the information from " -"Yodlee." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:83 -msgid "" -"You can however force this synchronization by clicking on the button " -"\"Synchronize now\" from the accounting dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:86 -msgid "" -"Moreover, a transaction can be visible in your bank account but not being " -"fetched by Yodlee. Indeed, the transaction in your bank account can have the" -" status \"pending\" and not the status \"posted\". In that case, Yodlee " -"won't import it, you will have to wait that the status changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:91 -msgid "" -"What is important to remember is that Yodlee is not a service fetching " -"transactions in real time. This is a service to facilitate the import of the" -" bank statement in the database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:95 -msgid "Is the Yodlee feature included in my contract?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:97 -msgid "" -"Enterprise Version: Yes, if you have a valid enterprise contract linked to " -"your database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:98 -msgid "" -"Community Version: No, this feature is not included in the Community " -"Version." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:99 -msgid "" -"Online Version: Yes, even if you benefit from the One App Free contract." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:102 -msgid "Some banks have a status \"Beta\", what does it mean?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:104 -msgid "" -"This means that Yodlee is only currently working on developing the " -"synchronization with this bank. The synchronization could already work or it" -" may need a bit more time to have a 100% working synchronization. " -"Unfortunately, there is not much to do about except being patient." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:110 -msgid "All my past transactions are not in Odoo, why?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:112 -msgid "Yodlee only allows to fetch up transactions to 3 months in the past." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc.rst:3 ../../accounting/payables/misc.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:187 -msgid "Miscellaneous" -msgstr "Varie" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage batch deposits of checks?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When your company's collections group receives checks from customers they " -"will often place this money into their bank account in batches. As this " -"money has been received in a physical form, someone in your company must " -"manually bring the checks to the bank." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:10 -msgid "" -"The bank will ask for a deposit ticket (also referred to as deposit slip) to" -" be filled-in with the details of the checks or cash to be included in the " -"transactions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:14 -msgid "" -"The bank statement will reflect the total amount that was deposited and the " -"reference to the deposit ticket, not the individual checks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Odoo assists you to prepare and print your deposit tickets, and later on " -"reconcile them with your bank statement easily." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:24 -msgid "Install the batch deposit feature" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:26 -msgid "" -"In order to use the batch deposit feature, you need the module **Batch " -"Deposit** to be installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Usually, this module is automatically installed if checks are widely used in" -" your country." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:34 -msgid "" -"To verify that the **Batch Deposit** feature is installed, go to the " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` menu of the accounting " -"application. Check the feature: **Allow batch deposit**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:42 -msgid "Activate the feature on your bank accounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Once you have installed this feature, Odoo automatically activate bank " -"deposits on your main bank accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:47 -msgid "" -"To control which bank account can do batch deposit and which can not, go to " -"the journal that you defined to pay your checks, usually called 'Checks' or " -"'Bank' (see :doc:`../../receivables/customer_payments/check`, in the " -"Accounting apps, :menuselection:`Configuration --> Accounting --> Journals`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:52 -msgid "" -"In **Advanced Settings** tab, in section **Miscellaneous**, set Debit Method" -" to **Batch Deposit**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:58 -msgid "" -"If you check **Batch Deposit** in your debit method field, it means that " -"payments created using this Journal (called Payment method when you want to " -"make or receive a payment) will be applicable for the creation of Batch " -"Deposits afterwards." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:64 -msgid "From checks received to the bank" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:67 -msgid "Receive customer checks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Once your record checks received, record them on the bank account on which " -"you plan to deposit them. Once you select the bank account (or check journal" -" is you configured Odoo that way), Odoo proposes you to use a batch deposit." -" Select this option if you plan to deposit the check to your bank." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:78 -msgid "In the memo field, you can set the reference of the check." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:82 -msgid "" -"payments can be registered from the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Payments`, or directly on the related invoice, using the **Register " -"Payment** button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:86 -msgid "Prepare a batch deposit" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:88 -msgid "" -"From the Accounting application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Batch Deposit`, and create a new **Batch Deposit**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:94 -msgid "" -"Select the bank, then select the payments (checks) you want to add in this " -"deposit. By default, Odoo proposes you all the checks that have not been " -"deposit yet. That way, you can verify that you do not forget or lost a " -"check." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:102 -msgid "" -"You can then print the batch deposit, which will be very useful to prepare " -"the deposit slip that the bank usually requires to complete." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:106 -msgid "Reconciling the Deposit with the Bank Statement" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:108 -msgid "" -"When you process the bank statement reconciliation you will see the deposit " -"ticket number referenced in the statement. When the reconciliation process " -"is run, the user will be able to select the batch deposit that matches with " -"the bank statement line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:116 -msgid "" -"If you select a batch deposit, Odoo will automatically fills all the checks " -"contained in this deposit for the matching. (2 checks were in this batch " -"deposit the example below)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:124 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:113 -msgid "Troubleshooting" -msgstr "Risoluzione problemi" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:127 -msgid "I don't see the batch deposit link on bank statements?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:129 -msgid "" -"If you don't have a batch deposit link in your bank statement, there could " -"be two reasons:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:132 -msgid "" -"After having installed the batch deposit features, you need to reload the " -"page so that the browser is aware of this new feature. Just click the reload" -" button of your browser." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:136 -msgid "You do not have a batch deposit created for this bank account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:139 -msgid "What happens if a check was refused?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:141 -msgid "" -"If you have a smaller amount in your bank statement than the actual amount " -"in your batch deposit, it probably means that one of your check has been " -"refused." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:145 -msgid "" -"In this case, click on the line related to this check to remove it from the " -"bank statement matching." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:3 -msgid "How to do a bank wire transfer from one bank to another?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A company might have several bank accounts or cash registers. Within odoo it" -" is possible to handle internal transfers of money with only a couple of " -"clicks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:9 -msgid "" -"We will take the following example to illustrate. My company has two bank " -"accounts and I want to transfer 50.000 euros from one of our bank accounts " -"to the another one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:17 -msgid "Check your Chart of Accounts and default transfer account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:19 -msgid "" -"To handle internal transfers you need a transfer account in your charts of " -"account. Odoo will generate an account automatically based on the country of" -" your chart of account. To parameter your chart of account and check the " -"default transfer account go into your the accounting module, select " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Your chart of accounts will be pre-installed depending on the country " -"specified during your registration, it cannot be changed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:31 -msgid "" -"The default transfer account will automatically be generated as well " -"depending on your country's legislation. If necessary it can be modified " -"from the same page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:39 -msgid "Create a second bank account / Journal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Before we can register an internal transfer we need to add a new bank to our" -" accounting dashboard. To do so enter the accounting module, click on " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Bank Accounts`. Create a new bank account." -" You should fill in the **Account Number**. You can also create and edit " -"your bank to specify your bank's details." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:50 -msgid "By saving the changes you now have 2 bank accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:56 -msgid "Register an internal transfer from one bank to another." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:58 -msgid "" -"We will now transfer 50.000 euros from our **Bank** to our **Bank BE57 0633 " -"9533 1498** account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:62 -msgid "Log an internal transfer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The first step is to register the internal paiement. To do so, go into your " -"accounting dashboard. click on the **more** button of one of your banks and " -"select :menuselection:`New --> Internal transfer`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Create a new payment. The payment type will automatically be set to internal" -" transfer. Select the **Bank** you want to transfer to, specify the " -"**Amount** and add a **Memo** if you wish." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:76 -msgid "" -"The memo is important if you wish to automatically reconcile (`see " -"<Reconcile_>`_)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:81 -msgid "Save and confirm the changes to register the payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:83 -msgid "" -"In terms of accounting the money is now booked in the transfer account. " -"We'll need to import bank statements to book the money in the final " -"accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:90 -msgid "Import bank statements and reconcile" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Note that the bank balance computed by Odoo is different that the last " -"statement of your bank." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:98 -msgid "" -"That is because we did not import the bank statement confirming the " -"departure and arrival of the money. It's thus necessary to import your bank " -"statement and reconcile the payment with the correct bank statement line. " -"Once you receive your bank statements click the **new statement** button of " -"the corresponding bank to import them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:107 -msgid "" -"Fill in your **Transactions line**. Once done, Odoo will display a " -"**Computed Balance**. that computed balance is the theorical end balance of " -"your bank account. If it's corresponding to the bank statement, it means " -"that no errors were made. Fill in the **Ending balance** and click on the " -"**Reconcile** button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:115 -msgid "The following window will open:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:120 -msgid "" -"You need to choose counterparts for the paiement. Select the correct bank " -"statement line corresponding to the paiement and click on the **reconcile** " -"button. Close the statement to finish the transaction" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:127 -msgid "" -"The same steps will need to be repeated once you receive your second bank " -"statement. Note that if you specify the correct amount, and the same memo in" -" both bank statement and payment transaction then the reconciliation will " -"happen automatically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:153 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:177 -msgid "Bank Reconciliation" -msgstr "Riconciliazione bancaria" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:3 -msgid "Configure model of entries" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In Odoo you have the possibility to pre-fill some accounting entries in " -"order to easily reconcile recurrent entries such as bank fees." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:11 -msgid "" -"We will take the following example to illustrate the concept : Every month " -"my company receives a bank fee cost, which depends of our bank account " -"current balance. This fee is thus variable." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:16 -msgid "Create Reconciliation Models" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:18 -msgid "" -"First, we need to configure two model reconciliation entries. To do so, go " -"to the accounting application dashboard. On your bank journal, click on " -":menuselection:`More --> Reconciliation Models`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:25 -msgid "" -"We want to be able to book our bank fees easily. Our bank deducts fees " -"depending on our balance, meaning that it can vary every month." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:28 -msgid "" -"We create a button Label called Bank fees, select the correct account to " -"book those fees. Moreover we also need to specify that the amount type is " -"\"Percentage of balance\" with an Amount of 100%. This parameter will tell " -"Odoo to take the entire fee into account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:36 -msgid "Save your changes when you are done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:40 -msgid "" -"If the amount of your bank fee is fixed, you can as well select **Fixed** " -"under amount type and specify the amount in the amount tap." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:45 -msgid "" -"You can also use this functionality to handle discounts. Please refer to " -":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:49 -msgid "Register your payments based on a reconciliation model" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:51 -msgid "" -"Register your payment by importing your bank statements that will be " -"impacted by the payment of the bank fee." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:54 -msgid "" -"When doing the reconciliation, you can select an open balance and click the " -"**Reconciliation Model** button (in this case, **Bank Fees**) to get all the" -" relevant data instantly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:61 -msgid "Finally, click on **Reconcile** to finish the process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:65 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:116 -msgid ":doc:`../feeds/manual`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:66 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:114 -msgid ":doc:`../feeds/ofx`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:67 -msgid ":doc:`use_cases`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:3 -msgid "Use cases in the bank reconciliation process?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Linking your bank statements with your accounting can be a lot of work. You " -"need to find invoices back, relate payments and that amount of " -"administration can cast a lot of time. Luckily, with Odoo you can very " -"easily link your invoices or any other payment with your bank statements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:14 -msgid "Two reconciliation processes exist in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:16 -msgid "We can directly register a payment on the invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:17 -msgid "We can reconcile open invoices with bank statements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:22 -msgid "" -"No special configuration is necessary to register invoices. All we need to " -"do is install the accounting app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:29 -msgid "Use cases" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:32 -msgid "Case 1: Payments registration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:34 -msgid "" -"We received the payment proof for our invoice of 2100 euros issued to Smith " -"& Co." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:37 -msgid "" -"We start at our issued Invoice of 2100 euros for Smith & Co. Because the " -"sold product is a service we demand an immediate payment. Our accountant " -"only handles the bank statements at the end of week, so we have to mark the " -"invoice as paid so we can remember we can start the service with our " -"customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Our customer send us a payment confirmation. We can thus register a payment " -"and mark the invoice as paid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:49 -msgid "" -"By clicking on **register payment,** we are telling Odoo that our customer " -"paid the Invoice. We thus have to specify the amount and the payment method" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:56 -msgid "" -"We can always find the payment back from the Invoice by clicking on the " -":menuselection:`Info --> Open Payment`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:62 -msgid "" -"The invoice has been paid and **the reconciliation has been done " -"automatically.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:66 -msgid "Case 2: Bank statements reconciliations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:68 -msgid "" -"We start at our issued Invoice of 3000 euros for Smith & Co. Let's also " -"assume that other Invoices are open for different customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:74 -msgid "" -"We receive our bank statement and not only the invoice of Smith & Co has " -"been paid, the one of Buzz of 92 euros as well." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:77 -msgid "" -"**Import** or **Create** the bank statements. Please refer to the documents " -"from the Bank Feeds section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:83 -msgid "On the dashboard, click on **Reconcile # Items**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:88 -msgid "" -"If everything was right (correct partner name, right amount) odoo will do " -"the reconciliations **automatically**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:94 -msgid "If some issues are found, you will need to take **manual actions**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:96 -msgid "" -"For example, if the partner is missing from your bank statement, just fill " -"it in :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:102 -msgid "" -"If the payment is done with a down payment, just check if it is all right " -"and validate all related payments :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:110 -msgid "Hit CTRL-Enter to reconcile all the balanced items in the sheet." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup.rst:3 -msgid "Setup" -msgstr "Impostazione" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:3 -msgid "How to setup a new bank account?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, you can manage multiple bank accounts. In this page, you will be " -"guided in the creation, modification or deletion of a bank or a credit card " -"account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:10 -msgid "Edit a bank account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To ease the process, a bank account is already there. We suggest you to edit" -" it first before filling your own bank information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Bank Accounts` and " -"click on the **Bank** item. Edit it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Odoo will detect the bank account type (e.g. IBAN) to allow some payment " -"method like SEPA" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:28 -msgid "Create a bank account" -msgstr "Creare un conto bancario" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Bank Accounts`. Click" -" on **create** and fill in the form. You can decide to show the bank account" -" number in you intend to send documents like sales orders or invoices. " -"Select the payments methods you support with this bank account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:41 -msgid "" -"If you are working in a multi-company environnement, you'll have to switch " -"the company on your user preferences in order to add, edit or delete bank " -"accounts from another company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0 -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Type" -msgstr "Tipo" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Bank account type: Normal or IBAN. Inferred from the bank account number." -msgstr "" -"Tipo di conto corrente: normale o IBAN. Dedotto dal numero di conto " -"corrente." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0 -msgid "ABA/Routing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0 -msgid "American Bankers Association Routing Number" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0 -msgid "Account Holder Name" -msgstr "Nome del titolare del conto" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Account holder name, in case it is different than the name of the Account " -"Holder" -msgstr "" -"Nome per il titolare del conto, nel caso sia diverso da quello del titolare " -"del conto stesso." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:49 -msgid "View *Bank Account* in our Online Demonstration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:60 -msgid "" -"The initial balance of a bank statement will be set to the closing balance " -"of the previous one within the same journal automatically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:63 -msgid "Delete a bank account or credit card account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:65 -msgid "" -"From the list of bank accounts, select items to delete and delete them from " -"the action menu or go to the form and delete a single item from the action " -"menu" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage a bank in a foreign currency?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, every transaction is recorded in the default currency of the " -"company. Reports are all based on the currency of the company. But for " -"transactions occurring in another currency, Odoo stores both the value in " -"the currency of the company and the value in the currency of the " -"transaction." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:11 -msgid "" -"When you have a bank account in a foreign currencies, for every transaction," -" Odoo stores two values:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:14 -msgid "The debit/credit in the currency of the company" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:16 -msgid "The debit/credit in the currency of the bank account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Currency rates are updated automatically using yahoo.com, or the European " -"Central bank web-services." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:25 -msgid "Activate the multi-currency feature" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:27 -msgid "" -"In order to allow your company to work with multiple currencies, you should " -"activate the multi-currency mode. In the accounting application, go into " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings --> Accounting & Finance " -"Features` make sure the **Allow Multi-currencies** box is ticked. Provide a " -"**Currency Exchange Gain / Loss** account, then click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:34 -msgid "Configure currencies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Once the Odoo is configured to support multiple currencies, you should " -"activate the currencies you plan to work with. To do that, go the menu " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Currencies`. All the currencies are " -"created by default, but you should activate the ones you plan to support. " -"(to activate a currency, check his active field)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:42 -msgid "" -"After having activated the currencies, you can configure the parameters to " -"automate the currency rate update. These options are also in the settings of" -" the Accounting application, in the bottom of the page:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:49 -msgid "Click on the **Update Now** link to update the currency rates now." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:52 -msgid "Create a new bank account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:54 -msgid "" -"In the accounting application, we first go to :menuselection:`Configuration " -"--> Accounting / Bank account`, and we create a new one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Once you save this bank account, Odoo will create all the documents for you:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:63 -msgid "An account in the trial balance" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:65 -msgid "A journal in your dashboard" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Information about the bank account in the footer of your invoices if checked" -" the box **Show in Invoices Footer**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:71 -msgid "Example: A vendor bill in a foreign currency" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Based on the above example, let's assume we receive the following bill from " -"a supplier in China." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:76 -msgid "" -"In the :menuselection:`Purchase --> Vendor Bills` , this is what you could " -"see:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:81 -msgid "" -"Once you are ready to pay this bill, click on register payment on the bill " -"to record a payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:87 -msgid "" -"That's all you have to do. Odoo will automatically post the foreign exchange" -" gain or loss at the reconciliation of the payment with the invoice, " -"depending if the currency rate increased or decreased between the invoice " -"and the payment date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Note that you can pay a foreign bill with another currency. In such a case, " -"Odoo will automatically convert between the two currencies." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:96 -msgid "Customers Statements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:98 -msgid "" -"Customers and vendor statements are managed in the currency of the invoice. " -"So, the amount due by your customer (to your vendor) is always expressed in " -"the currency of the invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:102 -msgid "" -"If you have several invoices with different currencies for the same " -"customer, Odoo will split the customer statement by currency, as shown in " -"the report below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:109 -msgid "" -"In the above report, the account receivable associated to Camptocamp is not " -"managed in a secondary currency, which means that it keeps every transaction" -" in his own currency. If you prefer, you can set the account receivable of " -"this customer with a secondary currency and all his debts will automatically" -" be converted in this currency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:115 -msgid "" -"In such a case, the customer statement always has only one currency. In " -"general, this is not what the customer expect as he prefers to see the " -"amounts in the currency of the invoices he received;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage a cash register?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The cash register is a journal to register receivings and payments " -"transactions. It calculates the total money in and out, computing the total " -"balance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Configure the Cash journal in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " -"--> Journals`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:17 -msgid "" -"In the tab Journal Entries, the Default Debit and Credit Account can be " -"configured as well as the currency of the journal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Active" -msgstr "Attivo" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Set active to false to hide the Journal without removing it." -msgstr "" -"Impostare «Attivo» a falso per nascondere il registro senza rimuoverlo." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Select 'Sale' for customer invoices journals." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Select 'Purchase' for vendor bills journals." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Select 'Cash' or 'Bank' for journals that are used in customer or vendor " -"payments." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Select 'General' for miscellaneous operations journals." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Use in Point of Sale" -msgstr "Usare nel punto vendita" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Check this box if this journal define a payment method that can be used in a" -" point of sale." -msgstr "" -"Selezionare la casella se il registro indica un metodo di pagamento che può " -"essere usato nel punto vendita." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Company" -msgstr "Azienda" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Company related to this journal" -msgstr "Azienda collegata a questo registro" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Short Code" -msgstr "Codice breve" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "The journal entries of this journal will be named using this prefix." -msgstr "" -"Le registrazioni contabili di questo registro verranno identificate usando " -"questo prefisso." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Next Number" -msgstr "Numero successivo" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "The next sequence number will be used for the next invoice." -msgstr "Per la prossima fattura verrà usato il successivo numero di sequenza." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Entry Sequence" -msgstr "Sequenza registrazione" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"This field contains the information related to the numbering of the journal " -"entries of this journal." -msgstr "" -"Questo campo contiene informazioni sulla numerazione delle registrazioni " -"contabili per questo registro." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Dedicated Credit Note Sequence" -msgstr "Sequenza dedicata per note di credito" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Check this box if you don't want to share the same sequence for invoices and" -" credit notes made from this journal" -msgstr "" -"Selezionare questa casella per non usare la stessa sequenza per fatture e " -"note di credito di questo registro" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Credit Notes: Next Number" -msgstr "Note di credito: numero successivo" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "The next sequence number will be used for the next credit note." -msgstr "" -"Per la prossima nota di credito verrà utilizzato il seguente numero di " -"sequenza." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Credit Note Entry Sequence" -msgstr "Sequenza registrazione nota di credito" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"This field contains the information related to the numbering of the credit " -"note entries of this journal." -msgstr "" -"Questo campo contiene informazioni sulla numerazione delle registrazioni " -"contabili per le note di credito." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Default Debit Account" -msgstr "Conto dare predefinito" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "It acts as a default account for debit amount" -msgstr "Opera come conto predefinito per l'importo in dare" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Default Credit Account" -msgstr "Conto avere predefinito" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "It acts as a default account for credit amount" -msgstr "Opera come conto predefinito per l'importo in avere" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Currency" -msgstr "Valuta" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "The currency used to enter statement" -msgstr "La valuta utilizzata per inserire l'estratto conto" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Defines how the bank statements will be registered" -msgstr "Definisce come verrà registrato l'estratto conto bancario" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Creation of Bank Statements" -msgstr "Creazione estratti conto bancari" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Defines when a new bank statement" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "will be created when fetching new transactions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "from your bank account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "For Incoming Payments" -msgstr "Per pagamenti in entrata" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Manual: Get paid by cash, check or any other method outside of Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Electronic: Get paid automatically through a payment acquirer by requesting " -"a transaction on a card saved by the customer when buying or subscribing " -"online (payment token)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Batch Deposit: Encase several customer checks at once by generating a batch " -"deposit to submit to your bank. When encoding the bank statement in Odoo,you" -" are suggested to reconcile the transaction with the batch deposit. Enable " -"this option from the settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "For Outgoing Payments" -msgstr "Per pagamenti in uscita" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Manual:Pay bill by cash or any other method outside of Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Check:Pay bill by check and print it from Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"SEPA Credit Transfer: Pay bill from a SEPA Credit Transfer file you submit " -"to your bank. Enable this option from the settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Profit Account" -msgstr "Conto utili" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Used to register a profit when the ending balance of a cash register differs" -" from what the system computes" -msgstr "" -"Usato per registrare un utile quando il saldo finale di un registratore di " -"cassa è diverso da quanto calcolato dal sistema" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Loss Account" -msgstr "Conto perdite" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Used to register a loss when the ending balance of a cash register differs " -"from what the system computes" -msgstr "" -"Usato per registrare una perdita quando il saldo finale di un registratore " -"di cassa è diverso da quanto calcolato dal sistema" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Group Invoice Lines" -msgstr "Raggruppare le righe fattura" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"If this box is checked, the system will try to group the accounting lines " -"when generating them from invoices." -msgstr "" -"Se la casella è selezionata, il sistema proverà a raggruppare le righe " -"contabili quando vengono generate dalle fatture." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Post At Bank Reconciliation" -msgstr "Generare con riconciliazione bancaria" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Whether or not the payments made in this journal should be generated in " -"draft state, so that the related journal entries are only posted when " -"performing bank reconciliation." -msgstr "" -"Indica se impostare a bozza i pagamenti creati in questo registro, in modo " -"che le relative registrazioni contabili vengano generate solo con la " -"riconciliazione bancaria." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Alias Name for Vendor Bills" -msgstr "Pseudonimo per fatture fornitore" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "It creates draft vendor bill by sending an email." -msgstr "Crea una fattura fornitore in bozza inviando una e-mail." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Check Printing Payment Method Selected" -msgstr "Metodo di pagamento di stampa degli assegni selezionato" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Technical feature used to know whether check printing was enabled as payment" -" method." -msgstr "" -"Funzionalità tecnica utilizzata per sapere se la stampa degli assegni è " -"stata abilitata come metodo di pagamento. " - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Check Sequence" -msgstr "Sequenza assegno" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Checks numbering sequence." -msgstr "Sequenza di numerazione degli assegni. " - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Manual Numbering" -msgstr "Numerazione manuale" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Check this option if your pre-printed checks are not numbered." -msgstr "" -"Selezionare questa opzione se gli assegni prestampati non sono numerati." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Next Check Number" -msgstr "Prossimo numero di assegno" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Sequence number of the next printed check." -msgstr "Numero di sequenza del prossimo assegno stampato." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Amount Authorized Difference" -msgstr "Differenza di importo autorizzata" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"This field depicts the maximum difference allowed between the ending balance" -" and the theoretical cash when closing a session, for non-POS managers. If " -"this maximum is reached, the user will have an error message at the closing " -"of his session saying that he needs to contact his manager." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:25 -msgid "Usage" -msgstr "Utilizzo" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:28 -msgid "How to register cash payments?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:30 -msgid "" -"To register a cash payment specific to another customer, you should follow " -"these steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Dashboard --> Cash --> Register " -"Transactions`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:36 -msgid "Fill in the start and ending balance" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Register the transactions, specifying the customers linked to the " -"transaction" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:41 -msgid "Put money in" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Put money in is used to placed your cash manually before starting your " -"transactions. From the Register Transactions window, go to " -":menuselection:`More --> Put money in`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:51 -msgid "Take money out" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Take money out is used to collect/get yor your cash manually after ending " -"all your transactions. From the Register Transaction windows, go to " -":menuselection:`More --> Take money out`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:60 -msgid "" -"The transactions will be added to the current cash payment registration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations.rst:3 -msgid "Localizations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:3 -msgid "Colombia" -msgstr "Colombia" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:14 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:63 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "Introduzione" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Electronic invoicing for Colombia is available from Odoo 12 and requires the" -" next modules:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:11 -msgid "" -"**l11n_co**: All the basic data to manage the accounting module, contains " -"the default setup for: chart of accounts, taxes, retentions, identification " -"document types" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:14 -msgid "" -"**l10n_co_edi**: This module includes all the extra fields that are required" -" for the Integration with Carvajal T&S and generate the electronic invoice, " -"based on the DIAN legal requirements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:19 -msgid "Workflow" -msgstr "Flusso di lavoro" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:28 -msgid "1. Install the Colombian localization modules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:30 -msgid "" -"For this, go in Apps and search for Colombia. Then click Install for the " -"first two modules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:37 -msgid "2. Configure credentials for Carvajal T&S web service" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Once that the modules are installed, in order to be able to connect with " -"Carvajal T&S Web Service, it's necessary to configure the user and " -"credentials, this information will be provided by Carvajal T&S." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:43 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and look " -"for the *Colombian Electronic Invoice* section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Using the Testing mode it is possible to connect with a Carvajal T&S testing" -" environment. This allows users to test the complete workflow and " -"integration with the CEN Financiero portal, which is accessible here: " -"https://cenfinancierolab.cen.biz" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Once that Odoo and Carvajal T&S is fully configured and ready for production" -" the testing environment can be disabled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:58 -msgid "3. Configure your report data" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:60 -msgid "" -"As part of the configurable information that is sent in the XML, you can " -"define the data for the fiscal section and the bank information in the PDF." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:71 -msgid "4. Configure data required in the XML" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:74 -msgid "4.1 Partner" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:77 -msgid "4.1.1 Identification" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:79 -msgid "" -"As part of the Colombian Localization, the document types defined by the " -"DIAN are now available on the Partner form. Colombian partners have to have " -"their identification number and document type set:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:86 -msgid "" -"When the document type is RUT the identification number needs to be " -"configured in Odoo including the verification digit, Odoo will split this " -"number when the data to the third party vendor is sent." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:92 -msgid "4.1.2 Fiscal structure (RUT)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:94 -msgid "" -"The partner's responsibility codes (section 53 in the RUT document) are " -"included as part of the electronic invoice module given that is part of the " -"information required by the DIAN ." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:98 -msgid "" -"These fields can be found in :menuselection:`Partner --> Sales & Purchase " -"Tab --> Fiscal Information`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:104 -msgid "" -"Additionally two booleans fields were added in order to specify the fiscal " -"regimen of the partner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:108 -msgid "4.2 Taxes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:110 -msgid "" -"If your sales transactions include products with taxes, it's important to " -"consider that an extra field *Value Type* needs to be configured per tax. " -"This option is located in the Advanced Options tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:117 -msgid "" -"Retention tax types (ICA, IVA, Fuente) are also included in the options to " -"configure your taxes. This configuration is used in order to correctly " -"display taxes in the invoice PDF." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:125 -msgid "4.3 Journals" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:127 -msgid "" -"Once the DIAN has assigned the official sequence and prefix for the " -"electronic invoice resolution, the Sales journals related to your invoice " -"documents need to be updated in Odoo. The sequence can be accessed using " -"developer mode: :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Configuration " -"Setting --> Journals`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:136 -msgid "" -"Once that the sequence is opened, the Prefix and Next Number fields should " -"be configured and synchronized with the CEN Financiero." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:143 -msgid "4.4 Users" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:145 -msgid "" -"The default template that is used by Odoo on the invoice PDF includes the " -"job position of the salesperson, so these fields should be configured:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:153 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:196 -msgid "Usage and testing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:156 -msgid "1. Invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:158 -msgid "" -"When all your master data and credentials has been configured, it's possible" -" to start testing the electronic invoice workflow." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:162 -msgid "1.1 Invoice creation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:164 -msgid "" -"The functional workflow that takes place before an invoice validation " -"doesn't change. The main changes that are introduced with the electronic " -"invoice are the next fields:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:171 -msgid "There are three types of documents:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:173 -msgid "" -"**Factura Electronica**: This is the regular type of document and its " -"applicable for Invoices, Credit Notes and Debit Notes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:175 -msgid "" -"**Factura de Importación**: This should be selected for importation " -"transactions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:177 -msgid "" -"**Factura de contingencia**: This is an exceptional type that is used as a " -"manual backup in case that the company is not able to use the ERP and it's " -"necessary to generate the invoice manually, when this invoice is added to " -"the ERP, this invoice type should be selected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:184 -msgid "1.2 Invoice validation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:186 -msgid "" -"After the invoice is validated an XML file is created and sent automatically" -" to Carvajal, this file is displayed in the chatter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:192 -msgid "" -"An extra field is now displayed in \"Other Info\" tab with the name of the " -"XML file. Additionally there is a second extra field that is displayed with " -"the Electronic Invoice status, with the initial value \"In progress\":" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:201 -msgid "1.3 Reception of legal XML and PDF" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:203 -msgid "" -"The electronic invoice vendor receives the XML file and proceeds to validate" -" the structure and the information in it, if everything is correct the " -"invoice status changes to \"Validated\" after using the \"Check Carvajal " -"Status\" button in the Action dropdown. They then proceed to generate a " -"Legal XML which includes a digital signature and a unique code (CUFE), a PDF" -" invoice that includes a QR code and the CUFE is also generated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:211 -msgid "After this:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:213 -msgid "" -"A ZIP containing the legal XML and the PDF is downloaded and displayed in " -"the invoice chatter:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:222 -msgid "The Electronic Invoice status changes to \"Accepted\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:225 -msgid "1.4 Common errors" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:227 -msgid "" -"During the XML validation the most common errors are usually related to " -"missing master data. In such cases, error messages are shown in the chatter " -"after updating the electronic invoice status." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:234 -msgid "" -"After the master data is corrected, it's possible to reprocess the XML with " -"the new data and send the updated version, using the following button:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:245 -msgid "2. Additional use cases" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:247 -msgid "" -"The process for credit and debit notes is exactly the same as the invoice, " -"the functional workflow remains the same as well." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:3 -msgid "France" -msgstr "Francia" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:6 -msgid "FEC" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:8 -msgid "" -"If you have installed the French Accounting, you will be able to download " -"the FEC. For this, go in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> France" -" --> FEC`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:12 -msgid "" -"If you do not see the submenu **FEC**, go in **Apps** and search for the " -"module called **France-FEC** and verify if it is well installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:16 -msgid "French Accounting Reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:18 -msgid "" -"If you have installed the French Accounting, you will have access to some " -"accounting reports specific to France:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:20 -msgid "Bilan comptable" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:21 -msgid "Compte de résultats" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:22 -msgid "Plan de Taxes France" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:25 -msgid "Get the VAT anti-fraud certification with Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:27 -msgid "" -"As of January 1st 2018, a new anti-fraud legislation comes into effect in " -"France and DOM-TOM. This new legislation stipulates certain criteria " -"concerning the inalterability, security, storage and archiving of sales " -"data. These legal requirements are implemented in Odoo, version 9 onward, " -"through a module and a certificate of conformity to download." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:34 -msgid "Is my company required to use an anti-fraud software?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Your company is required to use an anti-fraud cash register software like " -"Odoo (CGI art. 286, I. 3° bis) if:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:39 -msgid "You are taxable (not VAT exempt) in France or any DOM-TOM," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:40 -msgid "Some of your customers are private individuals (B2C)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:42 -msgid "" -"This rule applies to any company size. Auto-entrepreneurs are exempted from " -"VAT and therefore are not affected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:46 -msgid "Get certified with Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:48 -msgid "Getting compliant with Odoo is very easy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Your company is requested by the tax administration to deliver a certificate" -" of conformity testifying that your software complies with the anti-fraud " -"legislation. This certificate is granted by Odoo SA to Odoo Enterprise users" -" `here <https://www.odoo.com/my/contract/french-certification/>`__. If you " -"use Odoo Community, you should `upgrade to Odoo Enterprise " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/online/setup/enterprise.html>`__ or " -"contact your Odoo service provider." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:58 -msgid "In case of non-conformity, your company risks a fine of €7,500." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:60 -msgid "To get the certification just follow the following steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:62 -msgid "" -"Install the anti-fraud module fitting your Odoo environment from the *Apps* " -"menu:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:65 -msgid "" -"if you use Odoo Point of Sale: *l10n_fr_pos_cert*: France - VAT Anti-Fraud " -"Certification for Point of Sale (CGI 286 I-3 bis)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:67 -msgid "" -"in any other case: *l10n_fr_certification*: France - VAT Anti-Fraud " -"Certification (CGI 286 I-3 bis)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Make sure a country is set on your company, otherwise your entries won’t be " -"encrypted for the inalterability check. To edit your company’s data, go to " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies`. Select a " -"country from the list; Do not create a new country." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:72 -msgid "" -"Download the mandatory certificate of conformity delivered by Odoo SA `here " -"<https://www.odoo.com/my/contract/french-certification/>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:74 -msgid "" -"To install the module in any system created before December 18th 2017, you " -"should update the modules list. To do so, activate the developer mode from " -"the *Settings* menu. Then go to the *Apps* menu and press *Update Modules " -"List* in the top-menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:78 -msgid "" -"In case you run Odoo on-premise, you need to update your installation and " -"restart your server beforehand." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:80 -msgid "" -"If you have installed the initial version of the anti-fraud module (prior to" -" December 18th 2017), you need to update it. The module's name was *France -" -" Accounting - Certified CGI 286 I-3 bis*. After an update of the modules " -"list, search for the updated module in *Apps*, select it and click " -"*Upgrade*. Finally, make sure the following module *l10n_fr_sale_closing* is" -" installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:89 -msgid "Anti-fraud features" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:91 -msgid "The anti-fraud module introduces the following features:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:93 -msgid "" -"**Inalterability**: deactivation of all the ways to cancel or modify key " -"data of POS orders, invoices and journal entries;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:95 -msgid "**Security**: chaining algorithm to verify the inalterability;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:96 -msgid "" -"**Storage**: automatic sales closings with computation of both period and " -"cumulative totals (daily, monthly, annually)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:100 -msgid "Inalterability" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:102 -msgid "" -"All the possible ways to cancel and modify key data of paid POS orders, " -"confirmed invoices and journal entries are deactivated, if the company is " -"located in France or in any DOM-TOM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:106 -msgid "" -"If you run a multi-companies environment, only the documents of such " -"companies are impacted." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:110 -msgid "Security" -msgstr "Sicurezza" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:112 -msgid "" -"To ensure the inalterability, every order or journal entry is encrypted upon" -" validation. This number (or hash) is calculated from the key data of the " -"document as well as from the hash of the precedent documents." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:117 -msgid "" -"The module introduces an interface to test the data inalterability. If any " -"information is modified on a document after its validation, the test will " -"fail. The algorithm recomputes all the hashes and compares them against the " -"initial ones. In case of failure, the system points out the first corrupted " -"document recorded in the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:123 -msgid "" -"Users with *Manager* access rights can launch the inalterability check. For " -"POS orders, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Reporting --> French " -"Statements`. For invoices or journal entries, go to " -":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Reporting --> French Statements`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:130 -msgid "Storage" -msgstr "Stoccaggio" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:132 -msgid "" -"The system also processes automatic sales closings on a daily, monthly and " -"annual basis. Such closings distinctly compute the sales total of the period" -" as well as the cumulative grand totals from the very first sales entry " -"recorded in the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:138 -msgid "" -"Closings can be found in the *French Statements* menu of Point of Sale, " -"Invoicing and Accounting apps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:142 -msgid "" -"Closings compute the totals for journal entries of sales journals (Journal " -"Type = Sales)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:144 -msgid "" -"For multi-companies environments, such closings are performed by company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:146 -msgid "" -"POS orders are posted as journal entries at the closing of the POS session. " -"Closing a POS session can be done anytime. To prompt users to do it on a " -"daily basis, the module prevents from resuming a session opened more than 24" -" hours ago. Such a session must be closed before selling again." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:152 -msgid "" -"A period’s total is computed from all the journal entries posted after the " -"previous closing of the same type, regardless of their posting date. If you " -"record a new sales transaction for a period already closed, it will be " -"counted in the very next closing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:157 -msgid "" -"For test & audit purposes such closings can be manually generated in the " -"developer mode. Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation " -"--> Scheduled Actions` to do so." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:164 -msgid "Responsibilities" -msgstr "Responsabilità" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:166 -msgid "" -"Do not uninstall the module! If you do so, the hashes will be reset and none" -" of your past data will be longer guaranteed as being inalterable." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:169 -msgid "" -"Users remain responsible for their Odoo instance and must use it with due " -"diligence. It is not permitted to modify the source code which guarantees " -"the inalterability of data." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:173 -msgid "" -"Odoo absolves itself of all and any responsibility in case of changes in the" -" module’s functions caused by 3rd party applications not certified by Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:178 -msgid "More Information" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:180 -msgid "" -"You will find more information about this legislation in the official " -"documents:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:182 -msgid "" -"`Frequently Asked Questions " -"<https://www.economie.gouv.fr/files/files/directions_services/dgfip/controle_fiscal/actualites_reponses/logiciels_de_caisse.pdf>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:183 -msgid "" -"`Official Statement " -"<http://bofip.impots.gouv.fr/bofip/10691-PGP.html?identifiant=BOI-TVA-" -"DECLA-30-10-30-20160803>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:184 -msgid "" -"`Item 88 of Finance Law 2016 " -"<https://www.legifrance.gouv.fr/affichTexteArticle.do?idArticle=JORFARTI000031732968&categorieLien=id&cidTexte=JORFTEXT000031732865>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:3 -msgid "Germany" -msgstr "Germania" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:6 -msgid "German Chart of Accounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The chart of accounts SKR03 and SKR04 are both supported in Odoo. You can " -"choose the one you want by going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration` then choose the package you want in the Fiscal Localization " -"section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:12 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Be careful, you can only change the accounting package as long as you have " -"not created any accounting entry." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:16 -msgid "" -"When you create a new SaaS database, the SKR03 is installed by default." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:19 -msgid "German Accounting Reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Here is the list of German-specific reports available on Odoo Enterprise:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:23 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:27 -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:30 -msgid "Balance Sheet" -msgstr "Stato patrimoniale" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:24 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:19 -msgid "Profit & Loss" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:25 -msgid "Tax Report (Umsatzsteuervoranmeldung)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:26 -msgid "Partner VAT Intra" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:29 -msgid "Export from Odoo to Datev" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:31 -msgid "" -"It is possible to export your accounting entries from Odoo to Datev. To be " -"able to use this feature, the german accounting localization needs to be " -"installed on your Odoo Enterprise database. Then you can go in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> General Ledger` then click on " -"the **Export Datev (csv)** button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:3 -msgid "Mexico" -msgstr "Messico" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:6 -msgid "" -"This documentation is written assuming that you follow and know the official" -" documentation regarding Invoicing, Sales and Accounting and that you have " -"experience working with odoo on such areas, we are not intended to put here " -"procedures that are already explained on those documents, just the " -"information necessary to allow you use odoo in a Company with the country " -"\"Mexico\" set." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:16 -msgid "The mexican localization is a group of 3 modules:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:18 -msgid "" -"**l10n_mx:** All the basic data to manage the accounting, taxes and the " -"chart of account, this proposed chart of account installed is a intended " -"copy of the list of group codes offered by the `SAT`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:21 -msgid "" -"**l10n_mx_edi**: All regarding to electronic transactions, CFDI 3.2 and 3.3," -" payment complement, invoice addendum." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:23 -msgid "" -"**l10n_mx_reports**: All mandatory electronic reports for electronic " -"accounting are here (Accounting app required)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:26 -msgid "" -"With the Mexican localization in Odoo you will be able not just to comply " -"with the required features by law in México but to use it as your accounting" -" and invoicing system due to all the set of normal requirements for this " -"market, becoming your Odoo in the perfect solution to administer your " -"company in Mexico." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:36 -msgid "" -"After the configuration we will give you the process to test everything, try" -" to follow step by step in order to allow you to avoid expend time on fix " -"debugging problems. In any step you can recall the step and try again." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:41 -msgid "1. Install the Mexican Accounting Localization" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:43 -msgid "For this, go in Apps and search for Mexico. Then click on *Install*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:49 -msgid "" -"When creating a database from www.odoo.com, if you choose Mexico as country " -"when creating your account, the mexican localization will be automatically " -"installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:54 -msgid "2. Electronic Invoices (CDFI 3.2 and 3.3 format)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:56 -msgid "" -"To enable this requirement in Mexico go to configuration in accounting Go in" -" :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings` and enable the option on the image" -" with this you will be able to generate the signed invoice (CFDI 3.2 and " -"3.3) and generate the payment complement signed as well (3.3 only) all fully" -" integrate with the normal invoicing flow in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:68 -msgid "3. Set you legal information in the company" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:70 -msgid "" -"First, make sure that your company is configured with the correct data. Go " -"in :menuselection:`Settings --> Users --> Companies` and enter a valid " -"address and VAT for your company. Don’t forget to define a mexican fiscal " -"position on your company’s contact." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:77 -msgid "" -"If you want use the Mexican localization on test mode, you can put any known" -" address inside Mexico with all fields for the company address and set the " -"vat to **TCM970625MB1**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:85 -msgid "" -"4. Set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the partner that represent the " -"company" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:87 -msgid "" -"Go In the same form where you are editing the company save the record in " -"order to set this form as a readonly and on readonly view click on the " -"partner link, then edit it and set in the *Invoicing* tab the proper Fiscal " -"Information (for the **Test Environment** this must be *601 - General de Ley" -" Personas Morales*, just search it as a normal Odoo field if you can't see " -"the option)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:94 -msgid "5. Enabling CFDI Version 3.3" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:97 -msgid "" -"This steps are only necessary when you will enable the CFDI 3.3 (only " -"available for V11.0 and above) if you do not have Version 11.0 or above on " -"your SaaS instance please ask for an upgrade sending a ticket to support in " -"https://www.odoo.com/help." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:102 -msgid "Enable debug mode:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:107 -msgid "" -"Go and look the following technical parameter, on :menuselection:`Settings " -"--> Technical --> Parameters --> System Parameters` and set the parameter " -"called *l10n_mx_edi_cfdi_version* to 3.3 (Create it if the entry with this " -"name does not exist)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:113 -msgid "" -"The CFDI 3.2 will be legally possible until November 30th 2017 enable the " -"3.3 version will be a mandatory step to comply with the new `SAT " -"resolution`_ in any new database created since v11.0 released CFDI 3.3 is " -"the default behavior." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:122 -msgid "Important considerations when yo enable the CFDI 3.3" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:124 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:613 -msgid "" -"Your tax which represent the VAT 16% and 0% must have the \"Factor Type\" " -"field set to \"Tasa\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:132 -msgid "" -"You must go to the Fiscal Position configuration and set the proper code (it" -" is the first 3 numbers in the name) for example for the test one you should" -" set 601, it will look like the image." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:139 -msgid "" -"All products must have for CFDI 3.3 the \"SAT code\" and the field " -"\"Reference\" properly set, you can export them and re import them to do it " -"faster." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:146 -msgid "6. Configure the PAC in order to sign properly the invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:148 -msgid "" -"To configure the EDI with the **PACs**, you can go in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Electronic Invoicing (MX)`. You " -"can choose a PAC within the **List of supported PACs** on the *PAC field* " -"and then enter your PAC username and PAC password." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:154 -msgid "" -"Remember you must sign up in the refereed PAC before hand, that process can " -"be done with the PAC itself on this case we will have two (2) availables " -"`Finkok`_ and `Solución Factible`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:158 -msgid "" -"You must process your **Private Key (CSD)** with the SAT institution before " -"follow this steps, if you do not have such information please try all the " -"\"Steps for Test\" and come back to this process when you finish the process" -" proposed for the SAT in order to set this information for your production " -"environment with real transactions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:168 -msgid "" -"If you ticked the box *MX PAC test environment* there is no need to enter a " -"PAC username or password." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:175 -msgid "" -"Here is a SAT certificate you can use if you want to use the *Test " -"Environment* for the Mexican Accounting Localization." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:178 -msgid "`Certificate`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:179 -msgid "`Certificate Key`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:180 -msgid "**Password :** 12345678a" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:183 -msgid "7. Configure the tag in sales taxes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:185 -msgid "" -"This tag is used to set the tax type code, transferred or withhold, " -"applicable to the concept in the CFDI. So, if the tax is a sale tax the " -"\"Tag\" field should be \"IVA\", \"ISR\" or \"IEPS\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:192 -msgid "" -"Note that the default taxes already has a tag assigned, but when you create " -"a new tax you should choose a tag." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:199 -msgid "Invoicing" -msgstr "Fatturazione" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:201 -msgid "" -"To use the mexican invoicing you just need to do a normal invoice following " -"the normal Odoo's behaviour." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:204 -msgid "" -"Once you validate your first invoice a correctly signed invoice should look " -"like this:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:211 -msgid "" -"You can generate the PDF just clicking on the Print button on the invoice or" -" sending it by email following the normal process on odoo to send your " -"invoice by email." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:218 -msgid "" -"Once you send the electronic invoice by email this is the way it should " -"looks like." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:225 -msgid "Cancelling invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:227 -msgid "" -"The cancellation process is completely linked to the normal cancellation in " -"Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:229 -msgid "If the invoice is not paid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:231 -msgid "Go to to the customer invoice journal where the invoice belong to" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:239 -msgid "Check the \"Allow cancelling entries\" field" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:244 -msgid "Go back to your invoice and click on the button \"Cancel Invoice\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:249 -msgid "" -"For security reasons it is recommendable return the check on the to allow " -"cancelling to false again, then go to the journal and un check such field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:252 -msgid "**Legal considerations**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:254 -msgid "A cancelled invoice will automatically cancelled on the SAT." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:255 -msgid "" -"If you retry to use the same invoice after cancelled, you will have as much " -"cancelled CFDI as you tried, then all those xml are important to maintain a " -"good control of the cancellation reasons." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:258 -msgid "" -"You must unlink all related payment done to an invoice on odoo before cancel" -" such document, this payments must be cancelled to following the same " -"approach but setting the \"Allow Cancel Entries\" in the payment itself." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:263 -msgid "Payments (Just available for CFDI 3.3)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:265 -msgid "" -"To generate the payment complement you just must to follow the normal " -"payment process in Odoo, this considerations to understand the behavior are " -"important." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:268 -msgid "" -"All payment done in the same day of the invoice will be considered as It " -"will not be signed, because It is the expected behavior legally required for" -" \"Cash payment\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:271 -msgid "" -"To test a regular signed payment just create an invoice for the day before " -"today and then pay it today." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:273 -msgid "You must print the payment in order to retrieve the PDF properly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:274 -msgid "" -"Regarding the \"Payments in Advance\" you must create a proper invoice with " -"the payment in advance itself as a product line setting the proper SAT code " -"following the procedure on the official documentation `given by the SAT`_ in" -" the section **Apéndice 2 Procedimiento para la emisión de los CFDI en el " -"caso de anticipos recibidos**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:279 -msgid "" -"Related to topic 4 it is blocked the possibility to create a Customer " -"Payment without a proper invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:284 -msgid "The accounting for Mexico in odoo is composed by 3 reports:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:286 -msgid "Chart of Account (Called and shown as COA)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:287 -msgid "Electronic Trial Balance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:288 -msgid "DIOT report." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:290 -msgid "" -"1 and 2 are considered as the electronic accounting, and the DIOT is a " -"report only available on the context of the accounting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:293 -msgid "" -"You can find all those reports in the original report menu on Accounting " -"app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:299 -msgid "Electronic Accounting (Requires Accounting App)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:302 -msgid "Electronic Chart of account CoA" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:304 -msgid "" -"The electronic accounting never has been easier, just go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Mexico --> COA` and click on " -"the button **Export for SAT (XML)**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:311 -msgid "**How to add new accounts?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:313 -msgid "" -"If you add an account with the coding convention NNN.YY.ZZ where NNN.YY is a" -" SAT coding group then your account will be automatically configured." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:316 -msgid "" -"Example to add an Account for a new Bank account go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Chart of Account` and then " -"create a new account on the button \"Create\" and try to create an account " -"with the number 102.01.99 once you change to set the name you will see a tag" -" automatically set, the tags set are the one picked to be used in the COA on" -" xml." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:326 -msgid "**What is the meaning of the tag?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:328 -msgid "" -"To know all possible tags you can read the `Anexo 24`_ in the SAT website on" -" the section called **Código agrupador de cuentas del SAT**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:332 -msgid "" -"When you install the module l10n_mx and yous Chart of Account rely on it " -"(this happen automatically when you install setting Mexico as country on " -"your database) then you will have the more common tags if the tag you need " -"is not created you can create one on the fly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:338 -msgid "Electronic Trial Balance" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:340 -msgid "" -"Exactly as the COA but with Initial balance debit and credit, once you have " -"your coa properly set you can go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports " -"--> Mexico --> Trial Balance` this is automatically generated, and can be " -"exported to XML using the button in the top **Export for SAT (XML)** with " -"the previous selection of the period you want to export." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:349 -msgid "" -"All the normal auditory and analysis features are available here also as any" -" regular Odoo Report." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:353 -msgid "DIOT Report (Requires Accounting App)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:355 -msgid "**What is the DIOT and the importance of presenting it SAT**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:357 -msgid "" -"When it comes to procedures with the SAT Administration Service we know that" -" we should not neglect what we present. So that things should not happen in " -"Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:360 -msgid "" -"The DIOT is the Informational Statement of Operations with Third Parties " -"(DIOT), which is an an additional obligation with the VAT, where we must " -"give the status of our operations to third parties, or what is considered " -"the same, with our providers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:365 -msgid "" -"This applies both to individuals and to the moral as well, so if we have VAT" -" for submitting to the SAT and also dealing with suppliers it is necessary " -"to. submit the DIOT:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:369 -msgid "**When to file the DIOT and in what format?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:371 -msgid "" -"It is simple to present the DIOT, since like all format this you can obtain " -"it in the page of the SAT, it is the electronic format A-29 that you can " -"find in the SAT website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:375 -msgid "" -"Every month if you have operations with third parties it is necessary to " -"present the DIOT, just as we do with VAT, so that if in January we have " -"deals with suppliers, by February we must present the information pertinent " -"to said data." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:380 -msgid "**Where the DIOT is presented?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:382 -msgid "" -"You can present DIOT in different ways, it is up to you which one you will " -"choose and which will be more comfortable for you than you will present " -"every month or every time you have dealings with suppliers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:386 -msgid "" -"The A-29 format is electronic so you can present it on the SAT page, but " -"this after having made up to 500 records." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:389 -msgid "" -"Once these 500 records are entered in the SAT, you must present them to the " -"Local Taxpayer Services Administration (ALSC) with correspondence to your " -"tax address, these records can be presented in a digital storage medium such" -" as a CD or USB, which once validated you will be returned, so do not doubt " -"that you will still have these records and of course, your CD or USB." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:395 -msgid "**One more fact to know: the Batch load?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:397 -msgid "" -"When reviewing the official SAT documents on DIOT, you will find the Batch " -"load, and of course the first thing we think is what is that ?, and " -"according to the SAT site is:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:401 -msgid "" -"The \"batch upload\" is the conversion of records databases of transactions " -"with suppliers made by taxpayers in text files (.txt). These files have the " -"necessary structure for their application and importation into the system of" -" the Informative Declaration of Operations with third parties, avoiding the " -"direct capture and consequently, optimizing the time invested in its " -"integration for the presentation in time and form to the SAT." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:408 -msgid "" -"You can use it to present the DIOT, since it is allowed, which will make " -"this operation easier for you, so that it does not exist to avoid being in " -"line with the SAT in regard to the Information Statement of Operations with " -"Third Parties." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:413 -msgid "You can find the `official information here`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:415 -msgid "**How Generate this report in odoo?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:417 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports --> Mexico --> Transactions " -"with third partied (DIOT)`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:422 -msgid "" -"A report view is shown, select last month to report the immediate before " -"month you are or left the current month if it suits to you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:428 -msgid "Click on \"Export (TXT)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:433 -msgid "" -"Save in a secure place the downloaded file and go to SAT website and follow " -"the necessary steps to declare it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:437 -msgid "Important considerations on your Supplier and Invice data for the DIOT" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:439 -msgid "" -"All suppliers must have set the fields on the accounting tab called \"DIOT " -"Information\", the *L10N Mx Nationality* field is filled with just select " -"the proper country in the address, you do not need to do anything else " -"there, but the *L10N Mx Type Of Operation* must be filled by you in all your" -" suppliers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:447 -msgid "" -"There are 3 options of VAT for this report, 16%, 0% and exempt, an invoice " -"line in odoo is considered exempt if no tax on it, the other 2 taxes are " -"properly configured already." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:450 -msgid "" -"Remember to pay an invoice which represent a payment in advance you must ask" -" for the invoice first and then pay it and reconcile properly the payment " -"following standard odoo procedure." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:453 -msgid "" -"You do not need all you data on partners filled to try to generate the " -"supplier invoice, you can fix this information when you generate the report " -"itself." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:456 -msgid "" -"Remember this report only shows the Supplier Invoices that were actually " -"paid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:458 -msgid "" -"If some of this considerations are not taken into account a message like " -"this will appear when generate the DIOT on TXT with all the partners you " -"need to check on this particular report, this is the reason we recommend use" -" this report not just to export your legal obligation but to generate it " -"before the end of the month and use it as your auditory process to see all " -"your partners are correctly set." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:469 -msgid "Extra Recommended features" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:472 -msgid "Contact Module (Free)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:474 -msgid "" -"If you want to administer properly your customers, suppliers and addresses " -"this module even if it is not a technical need, it is highly recommended to " -"install." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:479 -msgid "Multi currency (Requires Accounting App)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:481 -msgid "" -"In Mexico almost all companies send and receive payments in different " -"currencies if you want to manage such capability you should enable the multi" -" currency feature and you should enable the synchronization with " -"**Banxico**, such feature allow you retrieve the proper exchange rate " -"automatically retrieved from SAT and not being worried of put such " -"information daily in the system manually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:488 -msgid "Go to settings and enable the multi currency feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:494 -msgid "" -"Enabling Explicit errors on the CFDI using the XSD local validator (CFDI " -"3.3)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:496 -msgid "" -"Frequently you want receive explicit errors from the fields incorrectly set " -"on the xml, those errors are better informed to the user if the check is " -"enable, to enable the Check with xsd feature follow the next steps (with " -"debug mode enabled)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:501 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Actions --> Server Actions`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:502 -msgid "Look for the Action called \"Download XSD files to CFDI\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:503 -msgid "Click on button \"Create Contextual Action\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:504 -msgid "" -"Go to the company form :menuselection:`Settings --> Users&Companies --> " -"Companies`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:505 -msgid "Open any company you have." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:506 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:529 -msgid "Click on \"Action\" and then on \"Download XSD file to CFDI\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:511 -msgid "" -"Now you can make an invoice with any error (for example a product without " -"code which is pretty common) and an explicit error will be shown instead a " -"generic one with no explanation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:516 -msgid "If you see an error like this:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:518 -msgid "The cfdi generated is not valid" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:520 -msgid "" -"attribute decl. 'TipoRelacion', attribute 'type': The QName value " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_TipoRelacion' does " -"not resolve to a(n) simple type definition., line 36" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:524 -msgid "" -"This can be caused because of a database backup restored in anothe server, " -"or when the XSD files are not correctly downloaded. Follow the same steps as" -" above but:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:528 -msgid "Go to the company in which the error occurs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:535 -msgid "**Error message** (Only applicable on CFDI 3.3):" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:537 -msgid "" -":9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_MINLENGTH_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " -"[facet 'minLength'] The value '' has a length of '0'; this underruns the " -"allowed minimum length of '1'." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:539 -msgid "" -":9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_PATTERN_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " -"[facet 'pattern'] The value '' is not accepted by the pattern '[^|]{1,100}'." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:542 -msgid "" -"**Solution:** You forget to set the proper \"Reference\" field in the " -"product, please go to the product form and set your internal reference " -"properly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:545 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:570 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:580 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:593 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:604 -msgid "**Error message**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:547 -msgid "" -":6:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}RegimenFiscal': The attribute 'Regimen' is " -"required but missing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:549 -msgid "" -":5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'RegimenFiscal' is " -"required but missing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:552 -msgid "" -"**Solution:** You forget to set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the " -"partner of the company, go to customers, remove the customer filter and look" -" for the partner called as your company and set the proper fiscal position " -"which is the kind of business you company does related to SAT list of " -"possible values, antoher option can be that you forgot follow the " -"considerations about fiscal positions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:559 -msgid "" -"Yo must go to the Fiscal Position configuration and set the proper code (it " -"is the first 3 numbers in the name) for example for the test one you should " -"set 601, it will look like the image." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:567 -msgid "" -"For testing purposes this value must be *601 - General de Ley Personas " -"Morales* which is the one required for the demo VAT." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:572 -msgid "" -":2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'FormaPago': [facet " -"'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'01', '02', '03', " -"'04', '05', '06', '08', '12', '13', '14', '15', '17', '23', '24', '25', " -"'26', '27', '28', '29', '30', '99'}" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:575 -msgid "**Solution:** The payment method is required on your invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:582 -msgid "" -":2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': " -"[facet 'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'00 " -":2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': '' " -"is not a valid value of the atomic type " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal'. " -":5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'Rfc' is required but " -"missing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:587 -msgid "" -"**Solution:** You must set the address on your company properly, this is a " -"mandatory group of fields, you can go to your company configuration on " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies` and fill all " -"the required fields for your address following the step :ref:`mx-legal-" -"info`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:595 -msgid "" -":2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': '' " -"is not a valid value of the atomic type " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal'." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:598 -msgid "" -"**Solution:** The postal code on your company address is not a valid one for" -" Mexico, fix it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:606 -msgid "" -":18:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " -"required but missing. :34:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: " -"Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' " -"is required but missing.\", '')" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:610 -msgid "" -"**Solution:** Set the mexican name for the tax 0% and 16% in your system and" -" used on the invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:2 -msgid "Netherlands" -msgstr "Olanda" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:5 -msgid "XAF Export" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:7 -msgid "" -"With the Dutch accounting localization installed, you will be able to export" -" all your accounting entries in XAF format. For this, you have to go in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> General Ledger`, you define the" -" entries you want to export using the filters (period, journals, ...) and " -"then you click on the button **EXPORT (XAF)**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:14 -msgid "Dutch Accounting Reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:16 -msgid "" -"If you install the Dutch accounting localization, you will have access to " -"some reports that are specific to the Netherlands such as :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:21 -msgid "Tax Report (Aangifte omzetbelasting)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:23 -msgid "Intrastat Report (ICP)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:3 -msgid "Spain" -msgstr "Spagna" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:6 -msgid "Spanish Chart of Accounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, there are several Spanish Chart of Accounts that are available by " -"default:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:10 -msgid "PGCE PYMEs 2008" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:11 -msgid "PGCE Completo 2008" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:12 -msgid "PGCE Entitades" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:14 -msgid "" -"You can choose the one you want by going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration` then choose the package you want in the **Fiscal " -"Localization** section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:20 -msgid "" -"When you create a new SaaS database, the PGCE PYMEs 2008 is installed by " -"default." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:23 -msgid "Spanish Accounting Reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:25 -msgid "" -"If the Spanish Accounting Localization is installed, you will have access to" -" accounting reports specific to Spain:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:28 -msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 111)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:29 -msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 115)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:30 -msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 303)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:3 -msgid "Switzerland" -msgstr "Svizzera" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:6 -msgid "ISR (In-payment Slip with Reference number)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The ISRs are payment slips used in Switzerland. You can print them directly " -"from Odoo. On the customer invoices, there is a new button called *Print " -"ISR*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:16 -msgid "" -"The button *Print ISR* only appears there is well a bank account defined on " -"the invoice. You can use CH6309000000250097798 as bank account number and " -"010391391 as CHF ISR reference." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:23 -msgid "Then you open a pdf with the ISR." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:28 -msgid "" -"There exists two layouts for ISR: one with, and one without the bank " -"coordinates. To choose which one to use, there is an option to print the " -"bank information on the ISR. To activate it, go in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Accounting " -"Reports` and tick this box :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:38 -msgid "Currency Rate Live Update" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:40 -msgid "" -"You can update automatically your currencies rates based on the Federal Tax " -"Administration from Switzerland. For this, go in :menuselection:`Accounting " -"--> Settings`, activate the multi-currencies setting and choose the service " -"you want." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:49 -msgid "Updated VAT for January 2018" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:51 -msgid "" -"Starting from the 1st January 2018, new reduced VAT rates will be applied in" -" Switzerland. The normal 8.0% rate will switch to 7.7% and the specific rate" -" for the hotel sector will switch from 3.8% to 3.7%." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:56 -msgid "How to update your taxes in Odoo Enterprise (SaaS or On Premise)?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:58 -msgid "" -"If you have the V11.1 version, all the work is already been done, you don't " -"have to do anything." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:61 -msgid "" -"If you have started on an earlier version, you first have to update the " -"module \"Switzerland - Accounting Reports\". For this, you go in " -":menuselection:`Apps --> remove the filter \"Apps\" --> search for " -"\"Switzerland - Accounting Reports\" --> open the module --> click on " -"\"upgrade\"`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Once it has been done, you can work on creating new taxes for the updated " -"rates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:72 -msgid "" -"**Do not suppress or modify the existing taxes** (8.0% and 3.8%). You want " -"to keep them since you may have to use both rates for a short period of " -"time. Instead, remember to archive them once you have encoded all your 2017 " -"transactions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:77 -msgid "The creation of such taxes should be done in the following manner:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:79 -msgid "" -"**Purchase taxes**: copy the origin tax, change its name, label on invoice, " -"rate and tax group (effective from v10 only)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:82 -msgid "" -"**Sale taxes**: copy the origin tax, change its name, label on invoice, rate" -" and tax group (effective from v10 only). Since the vat report now shows the" -" details for old and new rates, you should also set the tags accordingly to" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:87 -msgid "" -"For 7.7% taxes: Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 base, Switzerland VAT Form: " -"grid 302 tax" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:90 -msgid "" -"For 3.7% taxes: Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 base, Switzerland VAT Form: " -"grid 342 tax" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:93 -msgid "" -"You'll find below, as examples, the correct configuration for all taxes " -"included in Odoo by default" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 -msgid "**Tax Name**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 -msgid "**Rate**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 -msgid "**Label on Invoice**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 -msgid "**Tax Group (effective from V10)**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 -msgid "**Tax Scope**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 -msgid "**Tag**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 -msgid "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (TN)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 -msgid "7.7%" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 -msgid "7.7% achat" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 -msgid "TVA 7.7%" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 -msgid "Purchases" -msgstr "Acquisti" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 -msgid "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 400" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 -msgid "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TN)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 -msgid "7.7% achat Incl." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 -msgid "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TN)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 -msgid "7.7% invest." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 -msgid "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 405" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 -msgid "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TN)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 -msgid "7.7% invest. Incl." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 -msgid "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (TS)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 -msgid "3.7%" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 -msgid "3.7% achat" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 -msgid "TVA 3.7%" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 -msgid "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TS)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 -msgid "3.7% achat Incl." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 -msgid "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TS)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 -msgid "3.7% invest" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 -msgid "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TS)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 -msgid "3.7% invest Incl." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 -msgid "TVA due a 7.7% (TN)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:16 -msgid "Sales" -msgstr "Vendite" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 -msgid "" -"Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 base, Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 tax" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 -msgid "TVA due à 7.7% (Incl. TN)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 -msgid "7.7% Incl." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 -msgid "TVA due à 3.7% (TS)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 -msgid "" -"Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 base, Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 tax" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 -msgid "TVA due a 3.7% (Incl. TS)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 -msgid "3.7% Incl." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 -msgid "" -"If you have questions or remarks, please contact our support using " -"odoo.com/help." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 -msgid "" -"Don't forget to update your fiscal positions. If you have a version 11.1 (or" -" higher), there is nothing to do. Otherwise, you will also have to update " -"your fiscal positions accordingly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:108 -msgid "Others" -msgstr "Altri" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser.rst:3 -msgid "Adviser" -msgstr "Operazioni contabili" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:3 -msgid "Manage your fixed assets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The \"Assets\" module allows you to keep track of your fixed assets like " -"machinery, land and building. The module allows you to generate monthly " -"depreciation entries automatically, get depreciation board, sell or dispose " -"assets and perform reports on your company assets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:10 -msgid "" -"As an example, you may buy a car for $36,000 (gross value) and you plan to " -"amortize it over 36 months (3 years). Every months (periodicity), Odoo will " -"create a depreciation entry automatically reducing your assets value by " -"$1,000 and passing $1,000 as an expense. After 3 years, this assets accounts" -" for $0 (salvage value) in your balance sheet." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:16 -msgid "" -"The different types of assets are grouped into \"Assets Types\" that " -"describe how to deprecate an asset. Here are two examples of assets types:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:20 -msgid "Building: 10 years, yearly linear depreciation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:21 -msgid "Car: 5 years, monthly linear depreciation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:27 -msgid "Install the Asset module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:29 -msgid "Start by *installing the Asset module.*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Once the module is installed, you should see two new menus in the accounting" -" application:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:34 -msgid ":menuselection:`Adviser --> Assets`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:35 -msgid ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Asset Types`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Before registering your first asset, you must :ref:`define your Asset Types " -"<accounting/adviser/assets_management/defining>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:43 -msgid "Defining Asset Types" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Asset type are used to configure all information about an assets: asset and " -"deprecation accounts, amortization method, etc. That way, advisers can " -"configure asset types and users can further record assets without having to " -"provide any complex accounting information. They just need to provide an " -"asset type on the supplier bill." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:51 -msgid "" -"You should create asset types for every group of assets you frequently buy " -"like \"Cars: 5 years\", \"Computer Hardware: 3 years\". For all other " -"assets, you can create generic asset types. Name them according to the " -"duration of the asset like \"36 Months\", \"10 Years\", ..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:56 -msgid "" -"To define asset types, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Asset Types`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:63 -msgid "Create assets manually" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:65 -msgid "" -"To register an asset manually, go to the menu :menuselection:`Adviser --> " -"Assets`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Once your asset is created, don't forget to Confirm it. You can also click " -"on the Compute Depreciation button to check the depreciation board before " -"confirming the asset." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:77 -msgid "" -"if you create asset manually, you still need to create the supplier bill for" -" this asset. The asset document will only produce the depreciation journal " -"entries, not those related to the supplier bill." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:82 -msgid "Explanation of the fields:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Status" -msgstr "Stato" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "When an asset is created, the status is 'Draft'." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "" -"If the asset is confirmed, the status goes in 'Running' and the depreciation" -" lines can be posted in the accounting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "" -"You can manually close an asset when the depreciation is over. If the last " -"line of depreciation is posted, the asset automatically goes in that status." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Asset Category" -msgstr "Categoria Immobilizzazione" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Category of asset" -msgstr "Categoria del bene" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Date" -msgstr "Data" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Date of asset" -msgstr "Data del bene" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Depreciation Dates" -msgstr "Date di ammortamento" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "The way to compute the date of the first depreciation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "" -"* Based on last day of purchase period: The depreciation dates will be based" -" on the last day of the purchase month or the purchase year (depending on " -"the periodicity of the depreciations)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "" -"* Based on purchase date: The depreciation dates will be based on the " -"purchase date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "First Depreciation Date" -msgstr "Prima data di ammortamento" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Note that this date does not alter the computation of the first journal " -"entry in case of prorata temporis assets. It simply changes its accounting " -"date" -msgstr "" -"Questa data non modifica il calcolo della prima registrazione contabile in " -"caso di immobilizzazione prorata temporis; cambia semplicemente la data di " -"contabilità." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Gross Value" -msgstr "Valore Iniziale" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Gross value of asset" -msgstr "Valore lordo del bene" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Salvage Value" -msgstr "Valore di Realizzo" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "It is the amount you plan to have that you cannot depreciate." -msgstr "È l'ammontare che si prevede di non poter ammortizzare." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Computation Method" -msgstr "Metodo di calcolo" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Choose the method to use to compute the amount of depreciation lines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "" -"* Linear: Calculated on basis of: Gross Value / Number of Depreciations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "" -"* Degressive: Calculated on basis of: Residual Value * Degressive Factor" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Time Method Based On" -msgstr "Metodo temporale basato su" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Choose the method to use to compute the dates and number of entries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "" -"* Number of Entries: Fix the number of entries and the time between 2 " -"depreciations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "" -"* Ending Date: Choose the time between 2 depreciations and the date the " -"depreciations won't go beyond." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Prorata Temporis" -msgstr "Prorata Temporis" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Indicates that the first depreciation entry for this asset have to be done " -"from the asset date (purchase date) instead of the first January / Start " -"date of fiscal year" -msgstr "" -"Indica che il primo ammortamento di questa immobilizzazione deve essere " -"calcolato dalla data di acquisto e non dal primo gennaio/dalla data di " -"inizio dell'anno fiscale." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Number of Depreciations" -msgstr "Numero di ammortamenti" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "The number of depreciations needed to depreciate your asset" -msgstr "" -"Il numero di ammortamenti necessari per ammortizzare l'immobilizzazione" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Number of Months in a Period" -msgstr "Numero di mesi in un periodo" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "The amount of time between two depreciations, in months" -msgstr "Il periodo tra due ammortamenti, in mesi" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:88 -msgid "Try creating an *Asset* in our online demonstration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:91 -msgid "Create assets automatically from a supplier bill" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:93 -msgid "" -"Assets can be automatically created from supplier bills. All you need to do " -"is to set an asset category on your bill line. When the user will validate " -"the bill, an asset will be automatically created, using the information of " -"the supplier bill." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:100 -msgid "" -"Depending on the information on the asset category, the asset will be " -"created in draft or directly validated\\ *.* It's easier to confirm assets " -"directly so that you won't forget to confirm it afterwards. (check the field" -" *Skip Draft State* on *Asset Category)* Generate assets in draft only when " -"you want your adviser to control all the assets before posting them to your " -"accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:107 -msgid "" -"if you put the asset on the product, the asset category will automatically " -"be filled in the supplier bill." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:111 -msgid "How to depreciate an asset?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Odoo will create depreciation journal entries automatically at the right " -"date for every confirmed asset. (not the draft ones). You can control in the" -" depreciation board: a green bullet point means that the journal entry has " -"been created for this line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:118 -msgid "" -"But you can also post journal entries before the expected date by clicking " -"on the green bullet and forcing the creation of related depreciation entry." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:125 -msgid "" -"In the Depreciation board, click on the red bullet to post the journal " -"entry. Click on the :guilabel:`Items` button on the top to see the journal " -"entries which are already posted." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:130 -msgid "How to modify an existing asset?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:132 -msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Modify Depreciation`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:133 -msgid "Change the number of depreciation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:135 -msgid "Odoo will automatically recompute a new depreciation board." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:138 -msgid "How to record the sale or disposal of an asset?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:140 -msgid "" -"If you sell or dispose an asset, you need to deprecate completly this asset." -" Click on the button :guilabel:`Sell or Dispose`. This action will post the " -"full costs of this assets but it will not record the sales transaction that " -"should be registered through a customer invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage a financial budget?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Managing budgets is an essential part of running a business. It allows you " -"to measure your actual financial performance against the planned one. Odoo " -"manages its budgets using both General and Analytic Accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:12 -msgid "" -"We will use the following example to illustrate. We just started a project " -"with Smith&Co and we would like to budget the incomes and expenses of that " -"project. We plan to have a revenue of 1000 and we don't want to spend more " -"than 700." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:20 -msgid "" -"First we need to install the relevant apps to use budgeting. The main module" -" is the accounting app. Go in the app module and install the **Accounting " -"and Finance** app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Further configuration is as well necessary. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting" -" module --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable the **Budget management**" -" feature" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:35 -msgid "Budgetary Positions" -msgstr "Posizioni di Bilancio" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Budgetary positions are the general accounts for which you want to keep " -"budgets (typically expense or income accounts). They need to be defined so " -"Odoo can know it which accounts he needs to go get the budget information. " -"Some might be already installed with your chart of accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:43 -msgid "" -"To define the positions enter the :menuselection:`Accounting module --> " -"Configuration --> Budgetary Positions`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:46 -msgid "" -"For our example we need to define what accounts relates to our project's " -"expenses. Create a position and add items to select the accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:52 -msgid "" -"In this case we select the three relevant accounts used wherein we will book" -" our expenses." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:58 -msgid "Click on *Select*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:63 -msgid "Save the changes to confirm your Budgetary position." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Repeat this steps to create a revenue budgetary position. Only in this case " -"select the relevant income accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:69 -msgid "Analytical account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Odoo needs to know which costs or expenses are relevant to a specified " -"budget. To do so we need to link our invoices and expenses to a defined " -"analytical account. Create an analytical account by entering the Accounting " -"module and clicking :menuselection:`Advisers --> Analytic Accounts --> Open " -"Charts`. Create a new Account called Smith&Co project and select the related" -" partner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:82 -msgid "Set a budget" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:84 -msgid "" -"Let's now set our targets for our budget. We specified that we expect to " -"gain 1000 with this project and we would like not to spend more than 700." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:88 -msgid "" -"To set those targets, enter the accounting app, select " -":menuselection:`Advisers --> Budgets` and create a new Budget." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:91 -msgid "" -"We have to give a name to the budget. In this case we'll call it \"Smith " -"Project\". Select the period wherein the budget will be applicable. Next add" -" an item to specify your targets in the Budget Line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:98 -msgid "" -"Select the Budgetary Position related to the Budget Line. In other words, " -"select the position that points to the accounts you want to budget. In this " -"case we will start with our 700 maximum charge target. Select the \"Cost\" " -"Budgetary Position and specify the Planned Amount. As we are recording a " -"cost, we need to specify a **negative amount**. Finally, select the " -"corresponding analytic account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:108 -msgid "" -"Click on **Save & new** to input the revenue budget. The Budgetary Position " -"is Revenue and the Planned Amount is 1000. Save and close" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:111 -msgid "You'll need to **Confirm** and **Approve** the budget." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:114 -msgid "Check your budget" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:116 -msgid "" -"You can check your budget at any time. To see the evolution, let's book some" -" Invoices and Vendors Bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:121 -msgid "" -"if you use analytical accounts remember that you need to specify the account" -" in the invoice and / or purchase line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:125 -msgid "for more information about booking invoices and purchase orders see:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:127 -msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/overview`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:129 -msgid "Go back in the budget list and find the Smith Project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:131 -msgid "" -"Via the analytical account, Odoo can account the invoice lines and purchase " -"lines booked in the accounts and will display them in the **Practical " -"Amount** column." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:140 -msgid "" -"The theoretical amount represents the amount of money you theoretically " -"could have spend / should have received in function of the date. When your " -"budget is 1200 for 12 months (january to december), and today is 31 of " -"january, the theoretical amount will be 1000, since this is the actual " -"amount that could have been realised." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:3 -msgid "How to do a year end in Odoo? (close a fiscal year)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Before going ahead with closing a fiscal year, there are a few steps one " -"should typically take to ensure that your accounting is correct, up to date," -" and accurate:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Make sure you have fully reconciled your **bank account(s)** up to year end " -"and confirm that your ending book balances agree with your bank statement " -"balances." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:13 -msgid "Verify that all **customer invoices** have been entered and approved." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:15 -msgid "Confirm that you have entered and agreed all **vendor bills**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:17 -msgid "Validate all **expenses**, ensuring their accuracy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Corroborate that all **received payments** have been entered and recorded " -"accurately." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:23 -msgid "Year-end checklist" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:25 -msgid "Run a **Tax report**, and verify that your tax information is correct." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:27 -msgid "Reconcile all accounts on your **Balance Sheet**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Agree your bank balances in Odoo against your actual bank balances on your " -"statements. Utilize the **Bank Reconciliation** report to assist with this." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Reconcile all transactions in your cash and bank accounts by running your " -"**Aged Receivables** and **Aged Payables** reports." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Audit your accounts, being sure to fully understand the transactions " -"affecting them and the nature of the transactions, making sure to include " -"loans and fixed assets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Run the optional **Payments Matching** feature, under the **More** dropdown " -"on the dashboard, validating any open **Vendor Bills** and **Customer " -"Invoices** with their payments. This step is optional, however it may assist" -" the year-end process if all outstanding payments and invoices are " -"reconciled, and could lead finding errors or mistakes in the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Your accountant/bookkeeper will likely verify your balance sheet items and " -"book entries for:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Year-end manual adjustments, using the **Adviser Journal Entries** menu (For" -" example, the **Current Year Earnings** and **Retained Earnings** reports)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:54 -msgid "**Work in Progress**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:56 -msgid "**Depreciation Journal Entries**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:58 -msgid "**Loans**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:60 -msgid "**Tax adjustments**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:62 -msgid "" -"If your accountant/bookkeeper is going through end of the year auditing, " -"they may want to have paper copies of all balance sheet items (such as " -"loans, bank accounts, prepayments, sales tax statements, etc...) to agree " -"these against your Odoo balances." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:67 -msgid "" -"During this process, it is good practice to set the **Lock date for Non-" -"Advisers** to the last day of the preceding financial year, which is set " -"under the accounting configuration. This way, the accountant can be " -"confident that nobody is changing the previous year transactions while " -"auditing the books." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:77 -msgid "Closing the fiscal year" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:79 -msgid "" -"In Odoo there is no need to do a specific year end closing entry in order to" -" close out income statement accounts. The reports are created in real-time, " -"meaning that the **Income statement** corresponds directly with the year-end" -" date you specify in Odoo. Therefore, any time you generate the **Income " -"Statement**, the beginning date will correspond with the beginning of the " -"**Fiscal Year** and the account balances will all be 0." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:86 -msgid "" -"Once the accountant/bookkeeper has created the journal entry to allocate the" -" **Current Year Earnings**, you should set the **Lock Date** to the last day" -" of the fiscal year. Making sure that before doing so, you confirm whether " -"or not the current year earnings in the **Balance Sheet** is correctly " -"reporting a 0 balance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:93 -msgid ":doc:`../configuration/fiscal_year`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:3 -msgid "Reverse an accounting entry automatically" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:5 -msgid "" -"You may want to automatically reverse an accounting entry at a specific " -"date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:8 -msgid "" -"This is, for example, used when you make a provision (e.g. provision for bad" -" debt). When making the accounting entry for the provision, the amount you " -"entered is only an estimated amount. You will only be sure of the amount at " -"the end of the fiscal year. That's why, at that point, you want the " -"accounting entry to be reversed to be able to enter the real loss that " -"occurred." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:15 -msgid "" -"For this, you just have to tick the box \"Reverse Automatically\" on the " -"journal entry and to define a reversal date. The accounting entry will be " -"reversed at that date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic.rst:3 -msgid "Analytic" -msgstr "Analitico" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:3 -msgid "How to track costs of purchases, expenses, subcontracting?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Thanks to analytical accounting we can track costs of purchases, expenses " -"and subcontracting in the accounting module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:11 -msgid "" -"We'll take the following example. We sold a consulting package for a " -"customer. The package is all inclusive meaning no extra cost can be added. " -"We would however like to follow which cost were attached to this transaction" -" as we need to pay for purchases, expenses, and subcontracting costs related" -" to the project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:20 -msgid "" -"The following modules needs to be installed to track cost. Enter the app " -"module and install the following apps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Please note that the applications provided by these apps only allows us to " -"**track** the costs. We won't be able to automatically re invoice those " -"costs to our customers. To track and **re invoice costs** you should install" -" the Sales management app as well." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:37 -msgid "Enable Analytical accounting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Next step is to activate the analytical accounting. In the accounting app, " -"select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and thick the Analytic " -"accounting box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Moreover, scroll down and tick the **Analytic accounting for purchases** " -"box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:52 -msgid "Don't forget to save your changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:55 -msgid "Create an Analytical account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:57 -msgid "" -"First of all you should create an Analytical account on which you can point " -"all your expenses. Enter the accounting app, select " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Analytic Accounts`. Create a new one. In " -"this case we will call it \"consulting pack\" for our customer Smith&Co." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:65 -msgid "We will point all our costs to this account to keep track of them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:68 -msgid "Record an expense" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:70 -msgid "" -"We start by booking an expense. Our IT technician had to take a train to go " -"see our customer. He paid for his ticket himself." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:75 -msgid "Create an expense product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:77 -msgid "" -"We first need to create an expense product. Enter the **Expense** module, " -"Click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Expense Products`. Create a new " -"product called Train ticket and set the cost price to 15.50 euros. Make sure" -" the **Can be expensed** box is ticked." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:86 -msgid "Book the expense" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:88 -msgid "" -"Enter the Expense module, click on :menuselection:`My expenses --> Create`. " -"Select the Train ticket product and link it to the analytical account " -"discussed above." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:95 -msgid "" -"Submit to manager and wait for the manager to approve and post the journal " -"entries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:99 -msgid "Create a Purchase Order linked to the analytical account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:102 -msgid "Purchase Product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:104 -msgid "" -"We also need to buy a software for our customers. In the purchase app create" -" a purchase order for the software product. Within the line we can link the " -"product's cost with the analytical account. Specify the order line and " -"select the correct analytical account. Confirm the sale." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Accept the delivery and enter the invoice. Once the invoice is entered the " -"cost price (**Vendor Price** field) will be booked in the analytical " -"account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:117 -msgid "Subcontracting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:119 -msgid "" -"The purchase module can be used in the same way as seen previously to handle" -" subcontracting. if we purchase a service from another company we can re " -"invoice this cost by linking the purchase order line to the correct " -"analytical account. We simply need to create the correct vendors product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:127 -msgid "You can also track cost with timesheets, see: :doc:`timesheets`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:130 -msgid "Track costs in accounting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:132 -msgid "" -"Now that everything is booked and points to the analytical account. Simply " -"open it to check the costs related to that account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:135 -msgid "" -"Enter the accounting module, click on :menuselection:`Advisers --> Analytic " -"Accounts --> Open Charts`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:138 -msgid "" -"Select \"consulting pack - Smith\" and click on the cost and revenue button " -"to have an overview of all cost linked to the account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:146 -msgid "" -"If you would like to have the revenue as well you should invoice the " -"Consulting Pack in the Invoice menu and link the invoice line to this same " -"analytical account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:3 -msgid "How to track costs of human resources with timesheets?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Human resource of course has a cost. It is interesting to see how much a " -"particular contract costs the company in term of human power in relation to " -"the invoiced amounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:9 -msgid "" -"We will take the following example: Our two employees **Harry Potter** and " -"**Cedric Digory** both work on a **Consultancy pack** for our customer " -"**Smith&Co**. Harry is paid 18€ p.h. and Cedric's salary is 12€ p.h. We " -"would like to track their timesheet costs within the accounting app, and " -"compare them with the revenue of the consultancy service." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:18 -msgid "" -"First, install the three applications necessary to use this functionality, " -"namely **Accounting**, **Sales** and **Timesheet**. Enter the apps module " -"name and install them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Next you will need to enable analytical accounting. To do so enter the " -"**Accounting app**. Select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and " -"tick the **Analytic accounting** option (see picture below)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:38 -msgid "Apply your changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:41 -msgid "Create an employee" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:43 -msgid "" -"In order to check the revenue of an employee you need to have one. To create" -" an employee enter the **Employee** app. Select **Employees** and create a " -"new employee, fill in the name and the basic information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:47 -msgid "" -"On the employee sheet enter the **HR settings** tab. Here you are able to " -"specify the **Timesheet Cost** of your employee. In this case Harry has a " -"cost of 18 euros / hours. We will thus fill in 18 in this field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:55 -msgid "" -"If you want the employee to be able to enter timesheets he needs to be " -"related to a User." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Repeat the operation to create the Cedric Digory employee. Don't forget to " -"specify its related user and **Timesheet Costs**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:62 -msgid "Issue a Sales Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:64 -msgid "" -"We created two employees called Harry Potter and Cedric Diggory in the " -"**Employee** app. Both of them will work on a consultancy contract for our " -"customer Smith&Co where they will point their hours on a timesheet." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:68 -msgid "" -"We thus need to create a **sales order** with a **service** product invoiced" -" **based on time and material** and tracked by timesheets with **hours** as " -"unit of measures." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:75 -msgid "" -"For more information on how to create a sales order based on time and " -"material please see: *How to invoice based on time and material* (Work in " -"Progress)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:82 -msgid "" -"We save a Sales Order with the service product **External Consulting**. An " -"analytical account will automatically be generated once the **Sales Order** " -"is confirmed. Our employees will have to point to that account (in this case" -" **SO002-Smith&Co**) in order to be able to invoice their hours (see picture" -" below)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:92 -msgid "Fill in timesheet" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:94 -msgid "" -"As an employee linked to a user, Harry can enter the **Timesheet** app and " -"specify his timesheets for the contract. Logged on Harry's account we enter " -"the **Timesheet** app and enter a detailed line pointing to the **Analytical" -" Account** discussed above." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:99 -msgid "Harry worked three hours on a SWOT analysis for Smith&Co." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:104 -msgid "" -"In the meantime, Cedric discussed businesses needs with the customer for 1 " -"hour and specified it as well in his personal timesheet, pointing as well on" -" the **Analytic Account**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:108 -msgid "" -"In the **Sales Order** we notice that the delivered amounts of hours is " -"automatically computed (see picture below)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:115 -msgid "Analytic accounting" -msgstr "Contabilità analitica" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:117 -msgid "" -"Thanks to analytic accounts we are able to have an overview of HR cost and " -"revenues. All the revenues and cost of this transactions have been " -"registered in the **SO002-Smith&Co** account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:121 -msgid "We can use two methods to analyze this situation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:124 -msgid "Without filters" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:126 -msgid "" -"If we pointed all our costs and revenues of the project on the correct " -"analytical account we can easily retrieve the cost and revenues related to " -"this analytical account. Enter the *Accounting* app, select " -":menuselection:`Adviser --> Analytic Accounts --> Open Charts`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:131 -msgid "" -"Note : you can specify a period for **Analysis**. If you want to open the " -"current situation you should keep the fields empty. We can already note the " -"credit and debit balance of the account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:138 -msgid "" -"If we click on the account a special button is provided to have the details " -"of cost and revenues (see picture below)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:144 -msgid "" -"Click the button **Cost/Revenue** to have an overview of cost and revenues " -"with the corresponding description." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:148 -msgid "With filters" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:150 -msgid "We can thus filter this information from the **Analytic Entries**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:152 -msgid "" -"Enter the **Accounting** app, and click on :menuselection:`Adviser --> " -"Analytic Entries`. In this menu we have several options to analyse the human" -" resource cost." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:155 -msgid "" -"We filter on the **Analytic account** so we can see the cost and revenues of" -" the project. Add a custom **Filter** where the **Analytic Account** " -"contains the **Sales Order** number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:162 -msgid "" -"In the results we see timesheets activities and invoiced lines with the " -"corresponding costs and revenues." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:168 -msgid "" -"We can group the different analytical accounts together and check their " -"respective revenues. Simply group by **Analytic account** and select the " -"**Graph view** to have a clear overview." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:3 -msgid "Analytic account use cases" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:5 -msgid "The analytic accounting can be used for several purposes:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:7 -msgid "analyse costs of a company" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:9 -msgid "reinvoice time to a customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:11 -msgid "analyse performance of a service or a project" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:13 -msgid "" -"To manage analytic accounting, you have to activate it in " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:19 -msgid "" -"To illustrate analytic accounts clearly, you will follow three use cases, " -"each in one of three different types of company:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:22 -msgid "Industrial company: Costs Analyse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:24 -msgid "Law Firm: reinvoice spent hours" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:26 -msgid "IT/Services Company: performance analysis" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:29 -msgid "Case 1: Industrial company: Costs Analyse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:31 -msgid "" -"In industry, you will often find analytic charts of accounts structured into" -" departments and products the company itself is built on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:34 -msgid "" -"The objective is to examine the costs, sales and margins by " -"department/resources and by product. The first level of the structure " -"comprises the different departments, and the lower levels represent the " -"product ranges the company makes and sells." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:39 -msgid "" -"**Analytic Chart of Accounts for an Industrial Manufacturing Company**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:41 -msgid "Marketing Department" -msgstr "Reparto marketing" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:43 -msgid "Commercial Department" -msgstr "Reparto commerciale" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:45 -msgid "Administration Department" -msgstr "Reparto amministrativo" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:47 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:80 -msgid "Production Range 1" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:49 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:82 -msgid "Production Range 2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:51 -msgid "" -"In daily use, it is useful to mark the analytic account on each purchase " -"invoice. When the invoice is approved, it will automatically generate the " -"entries for both the general and the corresponding analytic accounts. For " -"each entry on the general accounts, there is at least one analytic entry " -"that allocates costs to the department which incurred them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Here is a possible breakdown of some general accounting entries for the " -"example above, allocated to various analytic accounts:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:62 -msgid "**General accounts**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:62 -msgid "**Analytic accounts**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -msgid "**Title**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:87 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:98 -msgid "**Account**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:62 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:74 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 -msgid "**Debit**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:62 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:74 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 -msgid "**Credit**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -msgid "**Value**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 -msgid "Purchase of Raw Material" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 -msgid "2122" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 -msgid "1500" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 -msgid "-1 500" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 -msgid "Subcontractors" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 -msgid "450" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 -msgid "-450" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 -msgid "Credit Note for defective materials" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 -msgid "200" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 -msgid "Transport charges" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 -msgid "Staff costs" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 -msgid "2121" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 -msgid "10000" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 -msgid "Marketing" -msgstr "Marketing" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:80 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:82 -msgid "-2 000" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:76 -msgid "Commercial" -msgstr "Commerciale" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:76 -msgid "-3 000" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:78 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 -msgid "Administrative" -msgstr "Amministrativo" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:78 -msgid "-1 000" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 -msgid "PR" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 -msgid "-400" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:87 -msgid "" -"The analytic representation by department enables you to investigate the " -"costs allocated to each department in the company. The analytic chart of " -"accounts shows the distribution of the company's costs using the example " -"above:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:94 -msgid "" -"In this example of a hierarchical structure in Odoo, you can analyse not " -"only the costs of each product range, but also the costs of the whole " -"production. A report that relates both general accounts and analytic " -"accounts enables you to get a breakdown of costs within a given department." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:103 -msgid "" -"The examples above are based on a breakdown of the costs of the company. " -"Analytic allocations can be just as effective for sales. That gives you the " -"profitability (sales - costs) of different departments." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:107 -msgid "" -"This analytic representation by department is generally used by trading " -"companies and industries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:110 -msgid "" -"A variantion of this, is not to break it down by sales and marketing " -"departments, but to assign each cost to its corresponding product range. " -"This will give you an analysis of the profitability of each product range." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:115 -msgid "" -"Choosing one over the other depends on how you look at your marketing " -"effort. Is it a global cost allocated in some general way, or is each " -"product range responsible for its own marketing costs?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:120 -msgid "Case 2: Law Firm: costs of human resources?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:122 -msgid "" -"Law firms generally adopt management by case, where each case represents a " -"current client file. All of the expenses and products are then attached to a" -" given file/analytic account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:126 -msgid "" -"A principal preoccupation of law firms is the invoicing of hours worked, and" -" the profitability by case and by employee." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:129 -msgid "" -"Mechanisms used for encoding the hours worked will be covered in detail in " -"timesheet documentation. Like most system processes, hours worked are " -"integrated into the analytic accounting. In the employee form, specify the " -"cost of the employee. The hourly charge is a function of the employee's " -"cost." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:135 -msgid "" -"So a law firm will opt for an analytic representation which reflects the " -"management of the time that employees work on the different customer cases." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:139 -msgid "" -"Billing for the different cases is a bit unusual. The cases do not match any" -" entry in the general account nor do they come from purchase or sales " -"invoices. They are represented by the various analytic operations and do not" -" have exact counterparts in the general accounts. They are calculated on the" -" basis of the hourly cost per employee." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:145 -msgid "" -"At the end of the month when you pay salaries and benefits, you integrate " -"them into the general accounts but not in the analytic accounts, because " -"they have already been accounted for in billing each account. A report that " -"relates data from the analytic and general accounts then lets you compare " -"the totals, so you can readjust your estimates of hourly cost per employee " -"depending on the time actually worked." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:153 -msgid "" -"The following table shows an example of different analytic entries that you " -"can find for your analytic account:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -msgid "**Amount**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -msgid "**General Account**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 -msgid "Study the file (1 h)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 -msgid "Case 1.1" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 -msgid "-15" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 -msgid "Search for information (3 h)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 -msgid "-45" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 -msgid "Consultation (4 h)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 -msgid "Case 2.1" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 -msgid "-60" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 -msgid "Service charges" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 -msgid "280" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 -msgid "705 – Billing services" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 -msgid "Stationery purchase" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 -msgid "-42" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 -msgid "601 – Furniture purchase" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 -msgid "42" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 -msgid "Fuel Cost -Client trip" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 -msgid "-35" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 -msgid "613 – Transports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 -msgid "35" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 -msgid "Staff salaries" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 -msgid "6201 – Salaries" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 -msgid "3 000" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:174 -msgid "" -"Such a structure allows you to make a detailed study of the profitability of" -" various transactions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:177 -msgid "" -"For more details about profitablity, please read the following document: " -":doc:`timesheets`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:180 -msgid "" -"But analytical accounting is not limited to a simple analysis of the " -"profitability of different customer. The same data can be used for automatic" -" recharging of the services to the customer at the end of the month. To " -"invoice customers, just link the analytic account to a sale order and sell " -"products that manage timesheet or expenses ." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:187 -msgid "Case 3: IT Services Company: perfomance analysis" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:189 -msgid "Most IT service companies face the following problems:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:191 -msgid "project planning," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:193 -msgid "invoicing, profitability and financial follow-up of projects," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:195 -msgid "managing support contracts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:197 -msgid "" -"To deal with these problems, you would use an analytic chart of accounts " -"structured by project and by sale order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:200 -msgid "" -"The management of services, expenditures and sales is similar to that " -"presented above for lawyers. Invoicing and the study of profitability are " -"also similar." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:204 -msgid "" -"But now look at support contracts. These contracts are usually limited to a " -"prepaid number of hours. Each service posted in the analytic accounts shows " -"the remaining hours of support. To manage support contracts, you would " -"create a product configured to invoice on order and link the sale order to " -"an analytic account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:210 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, each analytic line lists the number of units sold or used, as well " -"as what you would usually find there – the amount in currency units (USD or " -"GBP, or whatever other choice you make). So you can sum the quantities sold " -"and used on each sale order to determine whether any hours of the support " -"contract remain." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:217 -msgid "Conclusion" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:219 -msgid "" -"Analytic accounting helps you to analyse costs and revenues whatever the use" -" case. You can sell or purchase services, track time or analyse the " -"production performance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:223 -msgid "" -"Analytic accounting is flexible and easy to use through all Odoo " -"applications (sales, purchase, timesheet, production, invoice, …)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:3 -msgid "What is an account type and how do I configure it?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:6 -msgid "What is an account type ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:8 -msgid "" -"An account type is a name or code given to an account that indicates the " -"account's purpose." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:11 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, Account Types are used for information purpose, to generate " -"country-specific legal reports, set the rules to close a fiscal year and " -"generate opening entries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Basically Account types categorize general account with some specific " -"category according to its behaviour or purpose." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:19 -msgid "Which are the account types in Odoo ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Odoo covers all accounting types. Therefore, you cannot create new account " -"types. Just pick the one related to your account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:25 -msgid "**List of account types**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:27 -msgid "Receivable" -msgstr "Credito" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:29 -msgid "Payable" -msgstr "Debito" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:31 -msgid "Bank and Cash" -msgstr "Banca e cassa" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:33 -msgid "Current Assets" -msgstr "Attività correnti" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:35 -msgid "Non-current Assets" -msgstr "Attività non correnti" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:37 -msgid "Prepayments" -msgstr "Risconti attivi" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:39 -msgid "Fixed Assets" -msgstr "Immobilizzazioni" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:41 -msgid "Current Liabilities" -msgstr "Passività correnti" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:43 -msgid "Non-current Liabilities" -msgstr "Passività non correnti" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:45 -msgid "Equity" -msgstr "Patrimonio netto" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:47 -msgid "Current Year Earnings" -msgstr "Ricavi anno corrente" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:49 -msgid "Other Income" -msgstr "Altri ricavi" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:51 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:63 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:62 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:76 -msgid "Income" -msgstr "Ricavi" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:53 -msgid "Depreciation" -msgstr "Ammortamenti" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:55 -msgid "Expenses" -msgstr "Costi" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:57 -msgid "Direct Costs" -msgstr "Costi diretti" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:61 -msgid "How do I configure my accounts?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Account types are automatically created when installing a chart of account. " -"By default, Odoo provides a lot of chart of accounts, just install the one " -"related to your country." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:67 -msgid "" -"It will install generic accounts. But if it does not cover all your cases, " -"you can create your own accounts too." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:72 -msgid "" -"If you are a Saas User, your country chart of account is automatically " -"installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:75 -msgid "" -"To create a new accounts, go to the Accounting application. Open the menu " -":menuselection:`Adviser --> Chart of Accounts`, the click on the **Create** " -"button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:86 -msgid "View *Create Account* in our Online Demonstration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:3 -msgid "Manage Fiscal Years" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In most cases, the fiscal years last 12 months. If it is your case, you just" -" have to define what is the last day of your fiscal year in the accounting " -"settings. By default, it is set on the 31st December." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:12 -msgid "" -"However, there might be some exceptions. For example, if it is the first " -"fiscal year of your business, it could last more or less than 12 months. In " -"this case, some additional configuration is required." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Go in :menuselection:`accounting --> configuration --> settings` and " -"activate the fiscal years." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:22 -msgid "" -"You can then configure your fiscal years in :menuselection:`accounting --> " -"configuration --> fiscal years`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:29 -msgid "" -"You only have to create fiscal years if they last more or less than 12 " -"months." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:34 -msgid ":doc:`../adviser/fiscalyear`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory.rst:3 -msgid "Inventory" -msgstr "Magazzino" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:3 -msgid "Impact on the average price valuation when returning goods" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:5 -msgid "" -"As stated in the `*inventory valuation page* " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/functional/valuation.html>`__, one of " -"the possible costing method you can use in perpetual stock valuation, is the" -" average cost." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:10 -msgid "" -"This document answers to one recurrent question for companies using that " -"method to make their stock valuation: how does a shipping returned to its " -"supplier impact the average cost and the accounting entries? This document " -"is **only** for the specific use case of a perpetual valuation (as opposed " -"to the periodic one) and in average price costing method (as opposed to " -"standard of FIFO)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:18 -msgid "Definition of average cost" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:20 -msgid "" -"The average cost method calculates the cost of ending inventory and cost of " -"goods sold on the basis of weighted average cost per unit of inventory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:24 -msgid "" -"The weighted average cost per unit is calculated using the following " -"formula:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:27 -msgid "" -"When new products arrive in a warehouse, the new average cost is recomputed " -"as:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:33 -msgid "" -"When products leave the warehouse: the average cost **does not** change" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:36 -msgid "Defining the purchase price" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:38 -msgid "" -"The purchase price is estimated at the reception of the products (you might " -"not have received the vendor bill yet) and reevaluated at the reception of " -"the vendor bill. The purchase price includes the cost you pay for the " -"products, but it may also includes additional costs, like landed costs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:45 -msgid "Average cost example" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 -msgid "Operation" -msgstr "Operazione" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 -msgid "Delta Value" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 -msgid "Inventory Value" -msgstr "Valore di magazzino" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 -msgid "Qty On Hand" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 -msgid "Avg Cost" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 -msgid "$0" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 -msgid "0" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 -msgid "Receive 8 Products at $10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 -msgid "+8\\*$10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 -msgid "$80" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 -msgid "8" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 -msgid "$10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 -msgid "Receive 4 Products at $16" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 -msgid "+4\\*$16" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 -msgid "$144" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 -msgid "12" -msgstr "12" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 -msgid "$12" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 -msgid "Deliver 10 Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 -msgid "-10\\*$12" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 -msgid "$24" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 -msgid "2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:60 -msgid "" -"At the beginning, the Avg Cost is set to 0 set as there is no product in the" -" inventory. When the first reception is made, the average cost becomes " -"logically the purchase price." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:64 -msgid "" -"At the second reception, the average cost is updated because the total " -"inventory value is now ``$80 + 4*$16 = $144``. As we have 12 units on hand, " -"the average price per unit is ``$144 / 12 = $12``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:68 -msgid "" -"By definition, the delivery of 10 products does not change the average cost." -" Indeed, the inventory value is now $24 as we have only 2 units remaining of" -" each ``$24 / 2 = $12``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:73 -msgid "Purchase return use case" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:75 -msgid "" -"In case of a product returned to its supplier after reception, the inventory" -" value is reduced using the average cost formulae (not at the initial price " -"of these products!)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:79 -msgid "Which means that the above table will be updated as follow:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 -msgid "Return of 1 Product initially bought at $10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 -msgid "-1\\*$12" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 -msgid "1" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:90 -msgid "Explanation: counter example" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Remember the definition of **Average Cost**, saying that we do not update " -"the average cost of a product leaving the inventory. If you break this rule," -" you may lead to inconsistencies in your inventory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:96 -msgid "" -"As an example, here is the scenario when you deliver one piece to the " -"customer and return the other one to your supplier (at the cost you " -"purchased it). Here is the operation:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 -msgid "Customer Shipping 1 product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 -msgid "-1\\*$10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 -msgid "**$2**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 -msgid "**0**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:110 -msgid "" -"As you can see in this example, this is not correct: an inventory valuation " -"of $2 for 0 pieces in the warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:113 -msgid "" -"The correct scenario should be to return the goods at the current average " -"cost:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 -msgid "**$0**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:126 -msgid "" -"On the other hand, using the average cost to value the return ensure a " -"correct inventory value at all times." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:130 -msgid "Further thoughts on anglo saxon mode" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:132 -msgid "" -"For people in using the **anglo saxon accounting** principles, there is " -"another concept to take into account: the stock input account of the " -"product, which is intended to hold at any time the value of vendor bills to " -"receive. So the stock input account will increase on reception of incoming " -"shipments and will decrease when receiving the related vendor bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:139 -msgid "" -"Back to our example, we see that when the return is valued at the average " -"price, the amount booked in the stock input account is the original purchase" -" price:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 -msgid "stock input" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 -msgid "price diff" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 -msgid "($80)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 -msgid "Receive vendor bill $80" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 -msgid "($64)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 -msgid "Receive vendor bill $64" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 -msgid "**$10**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 -msgid "**$12**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 -msgid "Receive vendor refund $10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 -msgid "$2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:163 -msgid "" -"This is because the vendor refund will be made using the original purchase " -"price, so to zero out the effect of the return in the stock input in last " -"operation, we need to reuse the original price. The price difference account" -" located on the product category is used to book the difference between the " -"average cost and the original purchase price." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies.rst:3 -msgid "Multicurrency" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:3 -msgid "Record exchange rates at payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Any company doing international trade faces the case where the payments are " -"in a different currency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:11 -msgid "" -"After receiving their payments, you have the option to convert the amount " -"into your company currency. Multi currency payment implies rates " -"fluctuations. The rate differences are automatically recorded by Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:19 -msgid "Enable multi-currencies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:21 -msgid "" -"In the accounting module, Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " -"and flag **Allow multi currencies**, then click on **apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Configure the currency rates in :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Currencies`. Write down the rate and make sure the currency is active." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:33 -msgid "" -"In this document, the base currency is **Euro** and we will record payments " -"in **Dollars**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:40 -msgid "" -"You can automatically fetch the currency rates from the **European Central " -"Bank** or from **Yahoo**. Please read the document : :doc:`how_it_works`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:45 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:31 -msgid "Configure your journal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:47 -msgid "" -"In order to register payments in other currencies, you have to **remove the " -"currency constraint** on the journal. Go to the accounting application, " -"Click on **More** on the journal and **Settings**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Check if the **Currency** field is empty or in the foreign currency in which" -" you will register the payments. If a currency is filled in, it means that " -"you can register payments only in this currency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:62 -msgid "Record a payment in a different currency" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:64 -msgid "" -"In the **Accounting** application, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Payments`. Register the payment and indicate that it was done in the foreign" -" currency. Then click on **confirm**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:83 -msgid "The journal entry has been posted but not allocated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:73 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:85 -msgid "" -"Go back to your invoice (:menuselection:`Sales --> Customer Invoices`) and " -"click on **Add** to allocate the payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:80 -msgid "Record a bank statement in a different currency" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:82 -msgid "" -"Create or import the bank statement of your payment. The **Amount** is in " -"the company currency. There are two complementary fields, the **Amount " -"currency**, which is the amount that was actually paid and the **Currency** " -"in which it was paid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:89 -msgid "" -"When reconciling it, Odoo will directly match the payment with the right " -"**Invoice**. You will get the invoice price in the invoice currency and the " -"amount in your company currency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:97 -msgid "Check the exchange rate differences" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:99 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` and look for the " -"**Exchange difference** journal entries. All the exchange rates differences " -"are recorded in it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:106 -msgid "" -"The Exchange difference journal can be changed in your accounting settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:153 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:68 -msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/configure`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:110 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:103 -msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:111 -msgid "How is Odoo's multi-currency working?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Choosing to use the multi-currency option in Odoo will allow you to send " -"sales invoices, quotes and purchase orders or receive bills and payments in " -"currencies other than your own. With multi-currency, you can also set up " -"bank accounts in other currencies and run reports on your foreign currency " -"activities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:18 -msgid "Turn on multi-currency" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:20 -msgid "" -"In the accounting module, Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " -"and flag **Allow multi currencies**, then click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:27 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:160 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:109 -msgid "Exchange Rate Journal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:29 -msgid "" -"The **Rate Difference Journal** records the differences between the payment " -"registration and the expected amount. For example, if a payment is paid 1 " -"month after the invoice was issued, the exchange rate has probably changed. " -"The fluctuation implies some loss or profit that are recorded by Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:35 -msgid "You can change it in the settings:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:41 -msgid "View or edit rate being used" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:43 -msgid "" -"You can manually configure the currency rates in " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Currencies`. Open the currencies you want " -"to use in Odoo and edit it. Make sure the currency is active." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:50 -msgid "Click on **View Rates** to edit it and to see the history :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Click on **Create** to add the rate. Fill in the date and the rate. Click on" -" **Save** when you are done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:62 -msgid "Live Currency Rate" -msgstr "Tassi di cambio dal vivo" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:64 -msgid "" -"By default, the currencies need to be updated manually. But you can " -"synchronize it with `Yahoo <https://finance.yahoo.com/currency-" -"converter/>`__ or the `European Central Bank <http://www.ecb.europa.eu>`__. " -"In :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, go to the **Live Currency " -"Rate** section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Choose the interval : Manually, Daily, Weekly or Monthly. You can always " -"force the update by clicking on **Update Now**. Select the provider, and you" -" are set !" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:78 -msgid "Only the **active** currencies are updated" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:81 -msgid "Configure your charts of account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:83 -msgid "" -"In the accounting application, go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Charts of " -"Accounts`. On each account, you can set a currency. It will force all moves " -"for this account to have the account currency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:87 -msgid "" -"If you leave it empty, it means that it can handle all currencies that are " -"Active." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:94 -msgid "Configure your journals" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:96 -msgid "" -"In order to register payments in other currencies, you have to remove the " -"currency constraint on the journal. Go to the accounting application, Click " -"on **More** on the journal and **Settings**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Check if the currency field is empty or in the foreign currency in which you" -" will register the payments. If a currency is filled in, it means that you " -"can register payments only in this currency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:113 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Now that you are working in a multi-currency environment, all accountable " -"items will be linked to a currency, domestic or foreign." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:117 -msgid "Sales Orders and Invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:56 -msgid "" -"You are now able to set a different currency than the company one on your " -"sale orders and on your invoices. The currency is set for the whole " -"document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:127 -msgid "Purchases orders and Vendor Bills" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:129 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:66 -msgid "" -"You are now able to set a different currency than the company one on your " -"purchase orders and on your vendor bills. The currency is set for the whole " -"document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:137 -msgid "Payment Registrations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:139 -msgid "" -"In the accounting application, go to **Sales > Payments**. Register the " -"payment and set the currency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:146 -msgid "Bank Statements" -msgstr "Estratti conto bancari" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:148 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:94 -msgid "" -"When creating or importing bank statements, the amount is in the company " -"currency. But there are now two complementary fields, the amount that was " -"actually paid and the currency in which it was paid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:155 -msgid "" -"When reconciling it, Odoo will directly match the payment with the right " -"Invoice. You will get the invoice price in the invoice currency and the " -"amount in your company currency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:162 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` and look for the Exchange" -" difference journal entries. All the exchange rates differences are recorded" -" in it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:170 -msgid ":doc:`invoices_payments`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:171 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:120 -msgid ":doc:`exchange`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage invoices & payment in multiple currencies?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo provides multi-currency support with automatic currency gross or loss " -"entry adjustment. There are a few things Odoo has been to ease the user's " -"life." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:12 -msgid "" -"All the account transactions will be done using the company currency. " -"However you can see two extra fields with the journal entry where secondary " -"currency and amount will visible. You can create multi-currency journals of " -"force a specific currency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:17 -msgid "" -"When creating an invoice, the currency can be changed very easily; however " -"Odoo takes the company currency as a default assignment. It will convert all" -" the amounts automatically using that currency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:25 -msgid "Enable Multi-Currency" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:27 -msgid "" -"For information about enabling Multi-Currency, please read the document: " -":doc:`how_it_works`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:33 -msgid "" -"In order to register payments in other currencies, you have to remove the " -"currency constraint on the journal. Go to the accounting application, on the" -" journal, click on :menuselection:`More --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:48 -msgid "Multi-currency invoices & Vendor Bills" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:54 -msgid "Invoices" -msgstr "Fatture" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills.rst:3 -msgid "Vendor Bills" -msgstr "Fatture fornitore" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:74 -msgid "Multi-currency Payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:76 -msgid "" -"In the accounting application, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. " -"Register the payment and indicate that it was done in the foreign currency. " -"Then click on **Confirm**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:92 -msgid "Multi- Currency Bank Statements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:101 -msgid "" -"When reconciling it, Odoo will directly match the payment with the right " -"invoice. You will get the invoice price in the invoice currency and the " -"amount in your company currency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:111 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` and look for the " -"**Exchange Difference** journal entries. All the exchange rates differences " -"are recorded in it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:119 -msgid ":doc:`how_it_works`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:124 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:106 -msgid "Reporting" -msgstr "Rendicontazione" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:3 -msgid "How to create a customized reports with your own formulas?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo 9 comes with a powerful and easy-to-use reporting framework. Creating " -"new reports (such as a tax report or a balance sheet for a specific country)" -" to suit your needs is now easier than ever." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:13 -msgid "Activate the developer mode" -msgstr "Attiva la modalità sviluppatore" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:15 -msgid "" -"In order to have access to the financial report creation interface, the " -"**developer mode** needs to be activated. To do that, first click on the " -"user profile in the top right menu, then **About**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:22 -msgid "Click on : **Activate the developer mode**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:28 -msgid "Create your financial report" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:30 -msgid "" -"First, you need to create your financial report. To do that, go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Financial Reports`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Once the name is filled, there are two other parameters that need to be " -"configured:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:39 -msgid "**Show Credit and Debit Columns**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:41 -msgid "**Analysis Period** :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:43 -msgid "Based on date ranges (eg Profit and Loss)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:45 -msgid "Based on a single date (eg Balance Sheet)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Based on date ranges with 'older' and 'total' columns and last 3 months (eg." -" Aged Partner Balances)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:50 -msgid "Bases on date ranges and cash basis method (eg Cash Flow Statement)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:54 -msgid "Add lines in your custom reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:56 -msgid "" -"After you've created the report, you need to fill it with lines. They all " -"need a **name**, a **code** (that is used to refer to the line), a " -"**sequence number** and a **level** (Used for the line rendering)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:63 -msgid "" -"In the **formulas** field you can add one or more formulas to assign a value" -" to the balance column (and debit and credit column if applicable – " -"separated by ;)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:67 -msgid "You have several objects available in the formula :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:69 -msgid "" -"``Ndays`` : The number of days in the selected period (for reports with a " -"date range)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:72 -msgid "" -"Another report, referenced by its code. Use ``.balance`` to get its balance " -"value (also available are ``.credit``, ``.debit`` and ``.amount_residual``)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:76 -msgid "" -"A line can also be based on the sum of account move lines on a selected " -"domain. In which case you need to fill the domain field with an Odoo domain " -"on the account move line object. Then an extra object is available in the " -"formulas field, namely ``sum``, the sum of the account move lines in the " -"domain. You can also use the group by field to group the account move lines " -"by one of their columns." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:83 -msgid "Other useful fields :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:85 -msgid "**Type** : Type of the result of the formula." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:87 -msgid "" -"**Is growth good when positive** : Used when computing the comparison " -"column. Check if growth is good (displayed in green) or not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:90 -msgid "" -"**Special date changer** : If a specific line in a report should not use the" -" same dates as the rest of the report." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:93 -msgid "" -"**Show domain** : How the domain of a line is displayed. Can be foldable " -"(``default``, hidden at the start but can be unfolded), ``always`` (always " -"displayed) or ``never`` (never shown)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:98 -msgid ":doc:`main_reports`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:3 -msgid "What are the main reports available?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Besides the reports created specifically in each localisation module, a few " -"very useful **generic** and **dynamic reports** are available for all " -"countries :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:9 -msgid "**Balance Sheet**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:10 -msgid "**Profit and Loss**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:11 -msgid "**Chart of Account**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:12 -msgid "**Executive Summary**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:13 -msgid "**General Ledger**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:14 -msgid "**Aged Payable**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:15 -msgid "**Aged Receivable**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:16 -msgid "**Cash Flow Statement**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:17 -msgid "**Tax Report**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:18 -msgid "**Bank Reconciliation**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:20 -msgid "" -"You can annotate every reports to print them and report to your adviser. " -"Export to xls to manage extra analysis. Drill down in the reports to see " -"more details (payments, invoices, journal items, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:24 -msgid "" -"You can also compare values with another period. Choose how many periods you" -" want to compare the chosen time period with. You can choose up to 12 " -"periods back from the date of the report if you don't want to use the " -"default **Previous 1 Period** option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:32 -msgid "" -"The **Balance Sheet** shows a snapshot of the assets, liabilities and equity" -" of your organisation as at a particular date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:39 -msgid "Profit and Loss" -msgstr "Conto economico" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:41 -msgid "" -"The **Profit and Loss** report (or **Income Statement**) shows your " -"organisation's net income, by deducting expenses from revenue for the report" -" period." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:49 -msgid "Chart of account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:51 -msgid "A listing of all your accounts grouped by class." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:57 -msgid "Executive Summary" -msgstr "Dati di Sintesi" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:59 -msgid "" -"The **Executive Summary** allows for a quick look at all the important " -"figures you need to run your company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:62 -msgid "" -"In very basic terms, this is what each of the items in this section is " -"reporting :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77 -msgid "**Performance:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:68 -msgid "**Gross profit margin:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:67 -msgid "" -"The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " -"costs needed to make those sales (things like labour, materials, etc)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:74 -msgid "**Net profit margin:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:71 -msgid "" -"The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " -"costs needed to make those sales, as well as any fixed overheads your " -"company has (things like rent, electricity, taxes you need to pay as a " -"result of those sales)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77 -msgid "**Return on investment (p.a.):**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77 -msgid "" -"The ratio of net profit made, to the amount of assets the company used to " -"make those profits." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:97 -msgid "**Position:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:81 -msgid "**Average debtor days:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:81 -msgid "" -"The average number of days it takes your customers to pay you (fully), " -"across all your customer invoices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:84 -msgid "**Average creditor days:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:84 -msgid "" -"The average number of days it takes you to pay your suppliers (fully) across" -" all your bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:89 -msgid "**Short term cash forecast:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:87 -msgid "" -"How much cash is expected in or out of your organisation in the next month " -"i.e. balance of your **Sales account** for the month less the balance of " -"your **Purchases account** for the month." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:97 -msgid "**Current assets to liabilities:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Also referred to as **current ratio**, this is the ratio of current assets " -"(assets that could be turned into cash within a year) to the current " -"liabilities (liabilities which will be due in the next year). This is " -"typically used as as a measure of a company's ability to service its debt." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:103 -msgid "General Ledger" -msgstr "Libro mastro" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:105 -msgid "" -"The **General Ledger Report** shows all transactions from all accounts for a" -" chosen date range. The initial summary report shows the totals for each " -"account and from there you can view a detailed transaction report or any " -"exceptions. This report is useful for checking every transaction that " -"occurred during a certain period of time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:115 -msgid "Aged Payable" -msgstr "Debiti scaduti" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:117 -msgid "" -"Run the **Aged Payable Details** report to display information on individual" -" bills, credit notes and overpayments owed by you, and how long these have " -"gone unpaid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:125 -msgid "Aged Receivable" -msgstr "Crediti esigibili" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:127 -msgid "" -"The **Aged Receivables** report shows the sales invoices that were awaiting " -"payment during a selected month and several months prior." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:134 -msgid "Cash Flow Statement" -msgstr "Rendiconto finanziario" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:136 -msgid "" -"The **Cash Flow Statement** shows how changes in balance sheet accounts and " -"income affect cash and cash equivalents, and breaks the analysis down to " -"operating, investing and financing activities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:144 -msgid "Tax Report" -msgstr "Resoconto fiscale" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:146 -msgid "" -"This report allows you to see the **net** and **tax amounts** for all the " -"taxes grouped by type (sale/purchase)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 -msgid "Taxes" -msgstr "Imposte" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage prices for B2B (tax excluded) and B2C (tax included)?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When working with consumers, prices are usually expressed with taxes " -"included in the price (e.g., in most eCommerce). But, when you work in a B2B" -" environment, companies usually negotiate prices with taxes excluded." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Odoo manages both use cases easily, as long as you register your prices on " -"the product with taxes excluded or included, but not both together. If you " -"manage all your prices with tax included (or excluded) only, you can still " -"easily do sales order with a price having taxes excluded (or included): " -"that's easy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:15 -msgid "" -"This documentation is only for the specific use case where you need to have " -"two references for the price (tax included or excluded), for the same " -"product. The reason of the complexity is that there is not a symmetrical " -"relationship with prices included and prices excluded, as shown in this use " -"case, in belgium with a tax of 21%:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:21 -msgid "Your eCommerce has a product at **10€ (taxes included)**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:23 -msgid "This would do **8.26€ (taxes excluded)** and a **tax of 1.74€**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:25 -msgid "" -"But for the same use case, if you register the price without taxes on the " -"product form (8.26€), you get a price with tax included at 9.99€, because:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:29 -msgid "**8.26€ \\* 1.21 = 9.99€**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:31 -msgid "" -"So, depending on how you register your prices on the product form, you will " -"have different results for the price including taxes and the price excluding" -" taxes:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:35 -msgid "Taxes Excluded: **8.26€ & 10.00€**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:37 -msgid "Taxes Included: **8.26€ & 9.99€**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:40 -msgid "" -"If you buy 100 pieces at 10€ taxes included, it gets even more tricky. You " -"will get: **1000€ (taxes included) = 826.45€ (price) + 173.55€ (taxes)** " -"Which is very different from a price per piece at 8.26€ tax excluded." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:45 -msgid "" -"This documentation explains how to handle the very specific use case where " -"you need to handle the two prices (tax excluded and included) on the product" -" form within the same company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:50 -msgid "" -"In terms of finance, you have no more revenues selling your product at 10€ " -"instead of 9.99€ (for a 21% tax), because your revenue will be exactly the " -"same at 9.99€, only the tax is 0.01€ higher. So, if you run an eCommerce in " -"Belgium, make your customer a favor and set your price at 9.99€ instead of " -"10€. Please note that this does not apply to 20€ or 30€, or other tax rates," -" or a quantity >1. You will also make you a favor since you can manage " -"everything tax excluded, which is less error prone and easier for your " -"salespeople." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:65 -msgid "" -"The best way to avoid this complexity is to choose only one way of managing " -"your prices and stick to it: price without taxes or price with taxes " -"included. Define which one is the default stored on the product form (on the" -" default tax related to the product), and let Odoo compute the other one " -"automatically, based on the pricelist and fiscal position. Negotiate your " -"contracts with customers accordingly. This perfectly works out-of-the-box " -"and you have no specific configuration to do." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:73 -msgid "" -"If you can not do that and if you really negotiate some prices with tax " -"excluded and, for other customers, others prices with tax included, you " -"must:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:77 -msgid "" -"always store the default price TAX EXCLUDED on the product form, and apply a" -" tax (price included on the product form)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:80 -msgid "create a pricelist with prices in TAX INCLUDED, for specific customers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:83 -msgid "" -"create a fiscal position that switches the tax excluded to a tax included" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:86 -msgid "" -"assign both the pricelist and the fiscal position to customers who want to " -"benefit to this pricelist and fiscal position" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:89 -msgid "For the purpose of this documentation, we will use the above use case:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:91 -msgid "your product default sale price is 8.26€ tax excluded" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:93 -msgid "" -"but we want to sell it at 10€, tax included, in our shops or eCommerce " -"website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:97 -msgid "Setting your products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:99 -msgid "" -"Your company must be configured with tax excluded by default. This is " -"usually the default configuration, but you can check your **Default Sale " -"Tax** from the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` of the " -"Accounting application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:107 -msgid "" -"Once done, you can create a **B2C** pricelist. You can activate the " -"pricelist feature per customer from the menu: :menuselection:`Configuration " -"--> Settings` of the Sale application. Choose the option **different prices " -"per customer segment**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:112 -msgid "" -"Once done, create a B2C pricelist from the menu " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Pricelists`. It's also good to rename the " -"default pricelist into B2B to avoid confusion." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:116 -msgid "" -"Then, create a product at 8.26€, with a tax of 21% (defined as tax not " -"included in price) and set a price on this product for B2C customers at 10€," -" from the :menuselection:`Sales --> Products` menu of the Sales application:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:125 -msgid "Setting the B2C fiscal position" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:127 -msgid "" -"From the accounting application, create a B2C fiscal position from this " -"menu: :menuselection:`Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`. This fiscal " -"position should map the VAT 21% (tax excluded of price) with a VAT 21% (tax " -"included in price)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:136 -msgid "Test by creating a quotation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:138 -msgid "" -"Create a quotation from the Sale application, using the " -":menuselection:`Sales --> Quotations` menu. You should have the following " -"result: 8.26€ + 1.73€ = 9.99€." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:145 -msgid "" -"Then, create a quotation but **change the pricelist to B2C and the fiscal " -"position to B2C** on the quotation, before adding your product. You should " -"have the expected result, which is a total price of 10€ for the customer: " -"8.26€ + 1.74€ = 10.00€." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:153 -msgid "This is the expected behavior for a customer of your shop." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:156 -msgid "Avoid changing every sale order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:158 -msgid "" -"If you negotiate a contract with a customer, whether you negotiate tax " -"included or tax excluded, you can set the pricelist and the fiscal position " -"on the customer form so that it will be applied automatically at every sale " -"of this customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:163 -msgid "" -"The pricelist is in the **Sales & Purchases** tab of the customer form, and " -"the fiscal position is in the accounting tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:166 -msgid "" -"Note that this is error prone: if you set a fiscal position with tax " -"included in prices but use a pricelist that is not included, you might have " -"wrong prices calculated for you. That's why we usually recommend companies " -"to only work with one price reference." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:3 -msgid "How to adapt taxes to my customer status or localization" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Most often sales tax rates depend on your customer status or localization. " -"To map taxes, Odoo brings the so-called *Fiscal Positions*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:9 -msgid "Create tax mapping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:11 -msgid "" -"A fiscal position is just a set of rules that maps default taxes (as defined" -" on product form) into other taxes. In the screenshot below, foreign " -"customers get a 0% tax instead of the default 15%, for both sales and " -"purchases." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:18 -msgid "" -"The main fiscal positions are automatically created according to your " -"localization. But you may have to create fiscal positions for specific use " -"cases. To define fiscal positions, go to " -":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Configuration --> Fiscal " -"Positions`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:24 -msgid "" -"If you use Odoo Accounting, you can also map the Income/Expense accounts " -"according to the fiscal position. For example, in some countries, revenues " -"from sales are not posted in the same account than revenues from sales in " -"foreign countries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:29 -msgid "Adapt taxes to your customer status" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:31 -msgid "" -"If a customer falls into a specific taxation rule, you need to apply a tax-" -"mapping. To do so, create a fiscal position and assign it to your customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Odoo will use this specific fiscal position for any order/invoice recorded " -"for the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:40 -msgid "" -"If you set the fiscal position in the sales order or invoice manually, it " -"will only apply to this document and not to future orders/invoices of the " -"same customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:44 -msgid "Adapt taxes to your customer address (destination-based)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Depending on your localization, sales taxes may be origin-based or " -"destination-based. Most states or countries require you to collect taxes at " -"the rate of the destination (i.e. your buyer’s address) while some others " -"require to collect them at the rate effective at the point of origin (i.e. " -"your office or warehouse)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:51 -msgid "" -"If you are under the destination-based rule, create one fiscal position per " -"tax-mapping to apply." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:53 -msgid "Check the box *Detect Automatically*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Select a country group, country, state or city to trigger the tax-mapping." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:59 -msgid "" -"This way if no fiscal position is set on the customer, Odoo will choose the " -"fiscal position matching the shipping address on creating an order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:63 -msgid "" -"For eCommerce orders, the tax of the visitor's cart will automatically " -"update and apply the new tax after the visitor has logged in or filled in " -"his shipping address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:68 -msgid "Specific use cases" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:70 -msgid "" -"If, for some fiscal positions, you want to remove a tax, instead of " -"replacing by another, just keep the *Tax to Apply* field empty." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:76 -msgid "" -"If, for some fiscal positions, you want to replace a tax by two other taxes," -" just create two lines having the same *Tax on Product*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:80 -msgid "The fiscal positions are not applied on assets and deferred revenues." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:84 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:27 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:70 -msgid ":doc:`create`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:85 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:29 -msgid ":doc:`taxcloud`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:31 -msgid ":doc:`tax_included`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:87 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:30 -msgid ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage cash basis taxes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The cash basis taxes are due when the payment has been done and not at the " -"validation of the invoice (as it is the case with standard taxes). Reporting" -" your income and expenses to the administration based on the cash basis " -"method is legal in some countries and under some conditions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Example : You sell a product in the 1st quarter of your fiscal year and " -"receive the payment the 2nd quarter of your fiscal year. Based on the cash " -"basis method, the tax you have to pay to the administration is due for the " -"2nd quarter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:16 -msgid "How to configure cash basis taxes ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:18 -msgid "" -"You first have to activate the setting in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Settings --> Allow Tax Cash Basis`. You will be asked to " -"define the Tax Cash Basis Journal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Once this is done, you can configure your taxes in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. You can open a tax " -"and in the *Advanced Options* tab you will see the checkbox *Use Cash " -"Basis*. You will then have to define the *Tax Received Account*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:39 -msgid "What is the impact of cash basis taxes in my accounting ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Let’s take an example. You make a sale of $100 with a 15% cash basis tax. " -"When you validate the customer invoice, the following entry is created in " -"your accounting:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:46 -msgid "Customer Invoices Journal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:50 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:66 -msgid "Receivables $115" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:52 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:76 -msgid "Tax Account $15" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:82 -msgid "Income Account $100" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:57 -msgid "A few days later, you receive the payment:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:60 -msgid "Bank Journal" -msgstr "Registro banca" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:64 -msgid "Bank $115" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:69 -msgid "" -"When you reconcile the invoice and the payment, this entry is generated:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:72 -msgid "Tax Cash Basis Journal" -msgstr "Registro imposte criterio di cassa" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:78 -msgid "Tax Received Account $15" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:86 -msgid "" -"The two journal items created in the Income Account are neutral but they are" -" needed to insure correct tax reports in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:3 -msgid "How to create new taxes" -msgstr "Come creare nuove imposte" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo's tax engine is very flexible and support many different type of taxes:" -" value added taxes (VAT), eco-taxes, federal/states/city taxes, retention, " -"withholding taxes, etc. For most countries, your system is pre-configured " -"with the right taxes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:10 -msgid "" -"This section details how you can define new taxes for specific use cases." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. From this " -"menu, you get all the taxes you can use: sales taxes and purchase taxes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:18 -msgid "Choose a scope: Sales, Purchase or None (e.g. deprecated tax)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:20 -msgid "Select a computation method:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:22 -msgid "**Fixed**: eco-taxes, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:24 -msgid "**Percentage of Price**: most common (e.g. 15% sales tax)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:26 -msgid "**Percentage of Price Tax Included**: used in Brazil, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:28 -msgid "**Group of taxes**: allows to have a compound tax" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:34 -msgid "" -"If you use Odoo Accounting, set a tax account (i.e. where the tax journal " -"item will be posted). This field is optional, if you keep it empty, Odoo " -"posts the tax journal item in the income account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:39 -msgid "" -"If you want to avoid using a tax, you can not delete it because the tax is " -"probably used in several invoices. So, in order to avoid users to continue " -"using this tax, you should set the field *Tax Scope* to *None*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:44 -msgid "" -"If you need more advanced tax mechanism, you can install the module " -"**account_tax_python** and you will be able to define new taxes with Python " -"code." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:49 -msgid "Advanced configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:51 -msgid "" -"**Label on Invoices**: a short text on how you want this tax to be printed " -"on invoice line. For example, a tax named \"15% on Services\" can have the " -"following label on invoice \"15%\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:55 -msgid "" -"**Tax Group**: defines where this tax is summed in the invoice footer. All " -"the tax belonging to the same tax group will be grouped on the invoice " -"footer. Examples of tax group: VAT, Retention." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:59 -msgid "" -"**Include in Analytic Cost**: the tax is counted as a cost and, thus, " -"generate an analytic entry if your invoice uses analytic accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:63 -msgid "" -"**Tags**: are used for custom reports. Usually, you can keep this field " -"empty." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:69 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:28 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:87 -msgid ":doc:`application`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:3 -msgid "How to set default taxes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Taxes applied in your country are installed automatically for most " -"localizations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:7 -msgid "" -"Default taxes set in orders and invoices come from each product's Invoicing " -"tab. Such taxes are used when you sell to companies that are in the same " -"country/state than you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:13 -msgid "" -"To change the default taxes set for any new product created go to " -":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:20 -msgid "" -"If you work in a multi-companies environment, the sales and purchase taxes " -"may have a different value according to the company you work for. You can " -"login into two different companies and change this field for each company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage withholding taxes?" -msgstr "Come gestire le ritenute d'acconto?" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A withholding tax, also called a retention tax, is a government requirement " -"for the payer of a customer invoice to withhold or deduct tax from the " -"payment, and pay that tax to the government. In most jurisdictions, " -"withholding tax applies to employment income." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:10 -msgid "" -"With normal taxes, the tax is added to the subtotal to give you the total to" -" pay. As opposed to normal taxes, withholding taxes are deducted from the " -"amount to pay, as the tax will be paid by the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:14 -msgid "As, an example, in Colombia you may have the following invoice:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:19 -msgid "" -"In this example, the **company** who sent the invoice owes $20 of taxes to " -"the **government** and the **customer** owes $10 of taxes to the " -"**government**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:25 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, a withholding tax is defined by creating a negative tax. For a " -"retention of 10%, you would configure the following tax (accessible through " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Taxes`):" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:32 -msgid "" -"In order to make it appear as a retention on the invoice, you should set a " -"specific tax group **Retention** on your tax, in the **Advanced Options** " -"tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Once the tax is defined, you can use it in your products, sales order or " -"invoices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:43 -msgid "" -"If the retention is a percentage of a regular tax, create a Tax with a **Tax" -" Computation** as a **Tax Group** and set the two taxes in this group " -"(normal tax and retention)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:48 -msgid "Applying retention taxes on invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Once your tax is created, you can use it on customer forms, sales order or " -"customer invoices. You can apply several taxes on a single customer invoice " -"line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:58 -msgid "" -"When you see the customer invoice on the screen, you get only a **Taxes " -"line** summarizing all the taxes (normal taxes & retentions). But when you " -"print or send the invoice, Odoo does the correct grouping amongst all the " -"taxes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:63 -msgid "The printed invoice will show the different amounts in each tax group." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:3 -msgid "How to set tax-included prices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In most countries, B2C prices are tax-included. To do that in Odoo, check " -"*Included in Price* for each of your sales taxes in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Accounting --> Taxes`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:12 -msgid "" -"This way the price set on the product form includes the tax. As an example, " -"let's say you have a product with a sales tax of 10%. The sales price on the" -" product form is $100." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:16 -msgid "If the tax is not included in the price, you will get:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:18 -msgid "Price without tax: $100" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:20 -msgid "Taxes: $10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:22 -msgid "Total to pay: $110" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:24 -msgid "If the tax is included in the price" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:26 -msgid "Price without tax: 90.91" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:28 -msgid "Taxes: $9.09" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:30 -msgid "Total to pay: $100" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:32 -msgid "" -"You can rely on following documentation if you need both tax-included (B2C) " -"and tax-excluded prices (B2B): :doc:`B2B_B2C`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:36 -msgid "Show tax-included prices in eCommerce catalog" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:38 -msgid "" -"By default prices displayed in your eCommerce catalog are tax-excluded. To " -"display it in tax-included, check *Show line subtotals with taxes included " -"(B2C)* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` (Tax " -"Display)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:3 -msgid "How to get correct tax rates in the US thanks to TaxCloud" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The **TaxCloud** integration allows you to calculate the sales tax for every" -" address in the United States and keeps track of which product types are " -"exempt from sales tax and in which states each exemption applies. TaxCloud " -"calculates sales tax in real-time for every state, city, and special " -"jurisdiction in the United States." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:15 -msgid "In Tax Cloud" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Create a free account on `*TaxCloud* <https://taxcloud.net/#register>`__ " -"website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:18 -msgid "Register your website on TaxCloud to get an *API ID* and an *API Key*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:24 -msgid "In Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` " -"and check *Compute sales tax automatically using TaxCloud*. Click *Apply*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:31 -msgid "Still in those settings, enter your TaxCloud credentials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Hit *Sync TaxCloud Categories (TIC)* to import TIC product categories from " -"TaxCloud (Taxability Information Codes). Some categories may imply specific " -"rates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Set default *TIC Code* and taxe rates. This will apply to any new product " -"created. A default sales tax is needed to trigger the tax computation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:43 -msgid "" -"For products under a specific category, select it in its detail form (in " -"*Sales* tab)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Make sure your company address is well defined (especially the state and the" -" zip code). Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and click " -"*Configure your company data*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:51 -msgid "How it works" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Automatic tax assignation works thanks to fiscal positions (see " -":doc:`application`). A specific fiscal position is created when installing " -"*TaxCloud*. Everything works out-of-the-box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:58 -msgid "" -"This fiscal position is set on any sales order, web order, or invoice when " -"the customer country is *United States*. This is triggering the automated " -"tax computation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Add a product with a default sales tax. Odoo will automatically send a " -"request to TaxCloud, get the correct tax percentage based on the customer " -"location (state and zip code) and product TIC category, create a new tax " -"rate if that tax percentage does not already exist in your system and return" -" it in the order item line (e.g. 7.0%)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:75 -msgid "How to create specific tax mappings using TaxCloud" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:77 -msgid "" -"You can create several fiscal positions using TaxCloud. Check *Use TaxCloud " -"API* to do so. Such fiscal postions can be assigned to customers in their " -"detail form in order to get them by default whenever they buy you something." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:86 -msgid ":doc:`default_taxes`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started.rst:3 -msgid "Getting Started" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:3 -msgid "How to setup Odoo Accounting?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The Odoo Accounting application has an implementation guide that you should " -"follow to configure it. It's a step-by-step wizard with links to the " -"different screens you will need." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Once you have `installed the Accounting application " -"<https://www.odoo.com/apps/modules/online/account_accountant/>`__, you " -"should click on the top-right progressbar to get access to the " -"implementation guide." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:17 -msgid "The implementation guide will help you through the following steps:" -msgstr "La guida implementativa fornirà supporto per i seguenti passi: " - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:19 -msgid "Completing your company settings" -msgstr "Completamento impostazioni dell'azienda" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:20 -msgid "Entering in your bank accounts" -msgstr "Inserimento dei conti bancari" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:21 -msgid "Selecting your chart of accounts" -msgstr "Scelta del piano dei conti" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:22 -msgid "Confirming your usual tax rates" -msgstr "Conferma delle proprie aliquote fiscali" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:23 -msgid "Setting up any foreign currencies" -msgstr "Impostazione di eventuali valute estere" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:24 -msgid "Importing your customers" -msgstr "Importazione dei propri clienti" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:25 -msgid "Importing your suppliers" -msgstr "Importazione dei propri fornitori" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:26 -msgid "Importing your products" -msgstr "Importazione dei propri prodotti" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:27 -msgid "Importing your outstanding transactions" -msgstr "Importazione delle operazioni in corso" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:28 -msgid "Importing your starting balances" -msgstr "Importazione dei saldi di apertura" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:29 -msgid "Define the users for accounting" -msgstr "Definizione degli utenti per la contabilità" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Once a step is done, you can click on the \"Mark as Done\" button, in the " -"bottom of the screen. That way, you can track the progress of your overall " -"configuration of Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts.rst:3 -msgid "Main Concepts" -msgstr "Concetti principali" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:3 -msgid "The Accounting behind Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:5 -msgid "" -"This page summarises the way Odoo deals with typical accounts and " -"transactions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:9 -msgid "Double-entry bookkeeping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Odoo automatically creates all the behind-the-scenes journal entries for " -"each of your accounting transactions: customer invoices, point of sale " -"order, expenses, inventory moves, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Odoo uses the rules of double-entry bookkeeping system: all journal entries " -"are automatically balanced (sum of debits = sum of credits)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:20 -msgid "" -"`Understand Odoo's accounting transactions per document " -"<https://odoo.com/documentation/functional/accounting.html>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:23 -msgid "Accrual and Cash Basis Methods" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Odoo supports both accrual and cash basis reporting. This allows you to " -"report income / expense at the time transactions occur (i.e., accrual " -"basis), or when payment is made or received (i.e., cash basis)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:30 -msgid "Multi-companies" -msgstr "Multi azienda" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Odoo allows one to manage several companies within the same database. Each " -"company has its own chart of accounts and rules. You can get consolidation " -"reports following your consolidation rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Users can access several companies but always work in one company at a time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:40 -msgid "Multi-currencies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Every transaction is recorded in the default currency of the company. For " -"transactions occurring in another currency, Odoo stores both the value in " -"the currency of the company and the value in the currency of the " -"transaction. Odoo can generate currencies gains and losses after the " -"reconciliation of the journal items." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Currency rates are updated once a day using a yahoo.com online web-service." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:52 -msgid "International Standards" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Odoo accounting supports more than 50 countries. The Odoo core accounting " -"implements accounting standards that are common to all countries. Specific " -"modules exist per country for the specificities of the country like the " -"chart of accounts, taxes, or bank interfaces." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:60 -msgid "In particular, Odoo's core accounting engine supports:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:62 -msgid "" -"Anglo-Saxon Accounting (U.S., U.K.,, and other English-speaking countries " -"including Ireland, Canada, Australia, and New Zealand) where costs of good " -"sold are reported when products are sold/delivered." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:66 -msgid "European accounting where expenses are accounted at the supplier bill." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Storno accounting (Italy) where refund invoices have negative credit/debit " -"instead of a reverting the original journal items." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:71 -msgid "Odoo also have modules to comply with IFRS rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:74 -msgid "Accounts Receivable & Payable" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:76 -msgid "" -"By default, Odoo uses a single account for all account receivable entries " -"and one for all accounts payable entries. You can create separate accounts " -"per customers/suppliers, but you don't need to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:81 -msgid "" -"As transactions are associated to customers or suppliers, you get reports to" -" perform analysis per customer/supplier such as the customer statement, " -"revenues per customers, aged receivable/payables, ..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:86 -msgid "Wide range of financial reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:88 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, you can generate financial reports in real time. Odoo's reports " -"range from basic accounting reports to advanced management reports. Odoo's " -"reports include:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:92 -msgid "Performance reports (such as Profit and Loss, Budget Variance)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:93 -msgid "" -"Position reports (such as Balance Sheet, Aged Payables, Aged Receivables)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:95 -msgid "Cash reports (such as Bank Summary)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:96 -msgid "Detail reports (such as Trial Balance and General Ledger)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:97 -msgid "Management reports (such as Budgets, Executive Summary)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:99 -msgid "" -"Odoo's report engine allows you to customize your own report based on your " -"own formulae." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:103 -msgid "Import bank feeds automatically" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:105 -msgid "" -"Bank reconciliation is a process that matches your bank statement lines, as " -"supplied by the bank, to your accounting transactions in the general ledger." -" Odoo makes bank reconciliation easy by frequently importing bank statement " -"lines from your bank directly into your Odoo account. This means you can " -"have a daily view of your cashflow without having to log into your online " -"banking or wait for your paper bank statements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Odoo speeds up bank reconciliation by matching most of your imported bank " -"statement lines to your accounting transactions. Odoo also remembers how " -"you've treated other bank statement lines and provides suggested general " -"ledger transactions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:119 -msgid "Calculate the tax you owe your tax authority" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:121 -msgid "" -"Odoo totals all your accounting transactions for your tax period and uses " -"these totals to calculate your tax obligation. You can then check your sales" -" tax by running Odoo's Tax Report." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:126 -msgid "Inventory Valuation" -msgstr "Valorizzazione inventario" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:128 -msgid "" -"Odoo support both periodic (manual) and perpetual (automated) inventory " -"valuations. The available methods are standard price, average price, LIFO " -"(for countries allowing it) and FIFO." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:134 -msgid "" -"`View impact of the valuation method on your transactions " -"<https://odoo.com/documentation/functional/valuation.html>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:137 -msgid "Easy retained earnings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:139 -msgid "" -"Retained earnings are the portion of income retained by your business. Odoo " -"automatically calculates your current year earnings in real time so no year-" -"end journal or rollover is required. This is calculated by reporting the " -"profit and loss balance to your balance sheet report automatically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:3 -msgid "Introduction to Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "Introduzione alla contabilità Odoo" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:11 -msgid "Transcript" -msgstr "Transcript" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Odoo is beautiful accounting software designed for the needs of the 21st " -"century." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Odoo connects directly to your bank or paypal account. Transactions are " -"synchronized every hour and reconciliation is blazing fast. It's like magic." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Instantly create invoices and send them with just a click. No need to print " -"them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:20 -msgid "Odoo can send them for you by email or regular mail." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:22 -msgid "Your customers pay online, meaning you get your money right away." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Odoo accounting is connected with all Odoo our apps such as sale, purchase, " -"inventory and subscriptions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:27 -msgid "" -"This way, recording vendor bills is also super quick. Set a vendor, select " -"the purchase order and Odoo fills in everything for you automatically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Then, just use the SEPA protocol or print checks to pay vendors in batches." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:33 -msgid "It's that easy with Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Wait, there is more. You will love the Odoo reports. From legal statements " -"to executive summaries, they are fast and dynamic. Use Odoo's business " -"intelligence feature to navigate through all your companies data." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Of course, Odoo is mobile too. You can use it to check your accounts on the " -"go." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:41 -msgid "Try Odoo now, and join 2 millions of happy users." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:5 -msgid "Accounting Memento For Entrepreneurs (US GAAP)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:11 -msgid "" -"The **Profit and Loss** (P&L) report shows the performance of the company " -"over a specific period (usually the current year)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:16 -msgid "" -"The **Gross Profit** equals the revenues from sales minus the cost of goods " -"sold." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:21 -msgid "" -"**Operating Expenses** (OPEX) include administration, sales and R&D salaries" -" as well as rent and utilities, miscellaneous costs, insurances, … anything " -"beyond the costs of products sold." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:27 -msgid "" -"The **Balance Sheet** is a snapshot of the company's finances at a specific " -"date (as opposed to the Profit and Loss which is an analysis over a period)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:32 -msgid "" -"**Assets** represent the company's wealth, things it owns. Fixed assets " -"includes building and offices, current assets include bank accounts and " -"cash. A client owing money is an asset. An employee is not an asset." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:38 -msgid "" -"**Liabilities** are obligations from past events that the company will have " -"to pay in the future (utility bills, debts, unpaid suppliers)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:43 -msgid "" -"**Equity** is the amount of the funds contributed by the owners (founders or" -" shareholders) plus previously retained earnings (or losses)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:48 -msgid "Each year, net profits (or losses) are reported to retained earnings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:54 -msgid "" -"What is owned (an asset) has been financed through debts to reimburse " -"(liabilities) or equity (profits, capital)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:57 -msgid "" -"A difference is made between buying an assets (e.g. a building) and expenses" -" (e.g. fuel). Assets have an intrinsic value over time, versus expenses " -"having value in them being consumed for the company to \"work\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:64 -msgid "Assets = Liabilities + Equity" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:67 -msgid "Chart of Accounts" -msgstr "Piano dei conti" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:69 -msgid "" -"The **chart of accounts** lists all the accounts, whether they are balance " -"sheet accounts or P&L accounts. Every financial transaction (e.g. a payment," -" an invoice) impacts accounts by moving value from one account (credit) to " -"an other account (debit)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:76 -msgid "Balance = Debit - Credit" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:84 -msgid "Journal Entries" -msgstr "Registrazioni contabili" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:86 -msgid "" -"Every financial document of the company (e.g. an invoice, a bank statement, " -"a pay slip, a capital increase contract) is recorded as a journal entry, " -"impacting several accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:90 -msgid "" -"For a journal entry to be *balanced*, the sum of all its debits must be " -"equal to the sum of all its credits." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:95 -msgid "examples of accounting entries for various transactions. Example:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:97 -msgid "Example 1: Customer Invoice:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:99 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:117 -msgid "Explanation:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:101 -msgid "You generate a revenue of $1,000" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:102 -msgid "You have a tax to pay of $90" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:103 -msgid "The customer owes $1,090" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:122 -msgid "Configuration:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:107 -msgid "Income: defined on the product, or the product category" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:108 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:125 -msgid "Account Receivable: defined on the customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:109 -msgid "Tax: defined on the tax set on the invoice line" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:111 -msgid "" -"The fiscal position used on the invoice may have a rule that replaces the " -"Income Account or the tax defined on the product by another one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:115 -msgid "Example 2: Customer Payment:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:119 -msgid "Your customer owes $1,090 less" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:120 -msgid "Your receive $1,090 on your bank account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:124 -msgid "Bank Account: defined on the related bank journal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:130 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 -msgid "Reconciliation" -msgstr "Riconciliazione" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:132 -msgid "" -"Reconciliation is the process of linking journal items of a specific " -"account, matching credits and debits." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:135 -msgid "" -"Its primary purpose is to link payments to their related invoices in order " -"to mark invoices that are paid and clear the customer statement. This is " -"done by doing a reconciliation on the *Accounts Receivable* account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:139 -msgid "" -"An invoice is marked as paid when its Accounts Receivable journal items are " -"reconciled with the related payment journal items." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:142 -msgid "Reconciliation is performed automatically by the system when:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:144 -msgid "the payment is registered directly on the invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:145 -msgid "" -"the links between the payments and the invoices are detected at the bank " -"matching process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:0 -msgid "Customer Statement Example" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:156 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 -msgid "Accounts Receivable" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:156 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 -msgid "Debit" -msgstr "Dare" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:156 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 -msgid "Credit" -msgstr "Avere" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 -msgid "Invoice 1" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:61 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:63 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:60 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:62 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:76 -msgid "100" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:160 -msgid "Payment 1.1" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:160 -msgid "70" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:162 -msgid "Invoice 2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:162 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:166 -msgid "65" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:164 -msgid "Payment 1.2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:164 -msgid "30" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:166 -msgid "Payment 2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:168 -msgid "Invoice 3" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:168 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:172 -msgid "50" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:172 -msgid "Total To Pay" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:179 -msgid "" -"Bank reconciliation is the matching of bank statement lines (provided by " -"your bank) with transactions recorded internally (payments to suppliers or " -"from customers). For each line in a bank statement, it can be:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:184 -msgid "matched with a previously recorded payment:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:184 -msgid "" -"a payment is registered when a check is received from a customer, then " -"matched when checking the bank statement" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:188 -msgid "recorded as a new payment:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:187 -msgid "" -"the payment's journal entry is created and :ref:`reconciled " -"<accounting/reconciliation>` with the related invoice when processing the " -"bank statement" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:191 -msgid "recorded as another transaction:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:191 -msgid "bank transfer, direct charge, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:193 -msgid "" -"Odoo should automatically reconcile most transactions, only a few of them " -"should need manual review. When the bank reconciliation process is finished," -" the balance on the bank account in Odoo should match the bank statement's " -"balance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:201 -msgid "Checks Handling" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:203 -msgid "There are two approaches to manage checks and internal wire transfer:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:205 -msgid "Two journal entries and a reconciliation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:206 -msgid "One journal entry and a bank reconciliation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:210 -msgid "" -"The first journal entry is created by registering the payment on the " -"invoice. The second one is created when registering the bank statement." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 -msgid "Account" -msgstr "Conto" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:61 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:73 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:75 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:60 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:74 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:79 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:143 -msgid "Account Receivable" -msgstr "Conto di credito" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 -msgid "Invoice ABC" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 -msgid "Undeposited funds" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 -msgid "Check 0123" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:85 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:135 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:95 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:145 -msgid "Bank" -msgstr "Banca" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:235 -msgid "" -"A journal entry is created by registering the payment on the invoice. When " -"reconciling the bank statement, the statement line is linked to the existing" -" journal entry." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 -msgid "Bank Statement" -msgstr "Estratto conto bancario" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 -msgid "Statement XYZ" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview.rst:3 -msgid "Process overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:3 -msgid "From Customer Invoice to Payments Collection" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo supports multiple invoicing and payment workflows, so you can choose " -"and use the ones that match your business needs. Whether you want to accept " -"a single payment for a single invoice, or process a payment spanning " -"multiple invoices and taking discounts for early payments, you can do so " -"efficiently and accurately." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:12 -msgid "From Draft Invoice to Profit and Loss" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:14 -msgid "" -"If we pick up at the end of a typical 'order to cash' scenario, after the " -"goods have been shipped, you will: issue an invoice; receive payment; " -"deposit that payment at the bank; make sure the Customer Invoice is closed; " -"follow up if Customers are late; and finally present your Income on the " -"Profit and Loss report and show the decrease in Assets on the Balance Sheet " -"report." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Invoicing in most countries occurs when a contractual obligation is met. If " -"you ship a box to a customer, you have met the terms of the contract and can" -" bill them. If your supplier sends you a shipment, they have met the terms " -"of that contract and can bill you. Therefore, the terms of the contract is " -"fulfilled when the box moves to or from the truck. At this point, Odoo " -"supports the creation of what is called a Draft Invoice by Warehouse staff." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:30 -msgid "Invoice creation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Draft invoices can be manually generated from other documents such as Sales " -"Orders, Purchase Orders,etc. Although you can create a draft invoice " -"directly if you would like." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:36 -msgid "" -"An invoice must be provided to the customer with the necessary information " -"in order for them to pay for the goods and services ordered and delivered. " -"It must also include other information needed to pay the invoice in a timely" -" and precise manner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:42 -msgid "Draft invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:44 -msgid "" -"The system generates invoice which are initially set to the Draft state. " -"While these invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:47 -msgid "" -"remain unvalidated, they have no accounting impact within the system. There " -"is nothing to stop users from creating their own draft invoices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:50 -msgid "Let's create a customer invoice with following information:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:52 -msgid "Customer: Agrolait" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:53 -msgid "Product: iMac" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:54 -msgid "Quantity: 1" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:55 -msgid "Unit Price: 100" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:56 -msgid "Taxes: Tax 15%" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:64 -msgid "The document is composed of three parts:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:66 -msgid "the top of the invoice, with customer information," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:67 -msgid "the main body of the invoice, with detailed invoice lines," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:68 -msgid "the bottom of the page, with detail about the taxes, and the totals." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:71 -msgid "Open or Pro-forma invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:73 -msgid "" -"An invoice will usually include the quantity and price the of goods and/or " -"services, the date, any parties involved, the unique invoice number, and any" -" tax information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:77 -msgid "" -"\"Validate\" the invoice when you are ready to approve it. The invoice then " -"moves from the Draft state to the Open state." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:80 -msgid "" -"When you have validated an invoice, Odoo gives it a unique number from a " -"defined, and modifiable, sequence." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:86 -msgid "" -"Accounting entries corresponding to this invoice are automatically generated" -" when you validate the invoice. You can see the details by clicking on the " -"entry in the Journal Entry field in the \"Other Info\" tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:95 -msgid "Send the invoice to customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:97 -msgid "" -"After validating the customer invoice, you can directly send it to the " -"customer via the 'Send by email' functionality." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:103 -msgid "" -"A typical journal entry generated from a validated invoice will look like as" -" follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 -msgid "**Partner**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 -msgid "**Due date**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 -msgid "Agrolait" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 -msgid "01/07/2015" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 -msgid "115" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 -msgid "15" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:117 -msgid "Payment" -msgstr "Pagamento" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:119 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, an invoice is considered to be paid when the associated accounting " -"entry has been reconciled with the payment entries. If there has not been a " -"reconciliation, the invoice will remain in the Open state until you have " -"entered the payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:124 -msgid "" -"A typical journal entry generated from a payment will look like as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:136 -msgid "Receive a partial payment through the bank statement" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:138 -msgid "" -"You can manually enter your bank statements in Odoo, or you can import them " -"in from a csv file or from several other predefined formats according to " -"your accounting localisation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:142 -msgid "" -"Create a bank statement from the accounting dashboard with the related " -"journal and enter an amount of $100 ." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:149 -msgid "Reconcile" -msgstr "Riconcilia" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:151 -msgid "Now let's reconcile!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:156 -msgid "" -"You can now go through every transaction and reconcile them or you can mass " -"reconcile with instructions at the bottom." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:158 -msgid "" -"After reconciling the items in the sheet, the related invoice will now " -"display \"You have outstanding payments for this customer. You can reconcile" -" them to pay this invoice. \"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:168 -msgid "" -"Apply the payment. Below, you can see that the payment has been added to the" -" invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:175 -msgid "Payment Followup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:177 -msgid "" -"There's a growing trend of customers paying bills later and later. " -"Therefore, collectors must make every effort to collect money and collect it" -" faster." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:181 -msgid "" -"Odoo will help you define your follow-up strategy. To remind customers to " -"pay their outstanding invoices, you can define different actions depending " -"on how severely overdue the customer is. These actions are bundled into " -"follow-up levels that are triggered when the due date of an invoice has " -"passed a certain number of days. If there are other overdue invoices for the" -" same customer, the actions of the most overdue invoice will be executed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:189 -msgid "" -"By going to the customer record and diving into the \"Overdue Payments\" you" -" will see the follow-up message and all overdue invoices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:199 -msgid "Customer aging report:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:201 -msgid "" -"The customer aging report will be an additional key tool for the collector " -"to understand the customer credit issues, and to prioritize their work." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:205 -msgid "" -"Use the aging report to determine which customers are overdue and begin your" -" collection efforts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:212 -msgid "Profit and loss" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:214 -msgid "" -"The Profit and Loss statement displays your revenue and expense details. " -"Ultimately, this gives you a clear image of your Net Profit and Loss. It is " -"sometimes referred to as the \"Income Statement\" or \"Statement of Revenues" -" and Expenses.\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:223 -msgid "Balance sheet" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:225 -msgid "" -"The balance sheet summarizes the your company's liabilities, assets and " -"equity at a specific moment in time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:234 -msgid "" -"For example, if you manage your inventory using the perpetual accounting " -"method, you should expect a decrease in account \"Current Assets\" once the " -"material has been shipped to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:15 -msgid "From Vendor Bill to Payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Once vendor bills are registered in Odoo, you can easily pay vendors for the" -" correct amount and at the right time (not too late, not too early; " -"depending on your vendor policy). Odoo also offers reports to track your " -"aged payable balances." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:10 -msgid "" -"If you want to control vendor bills received from your vendors, you can use " -"the Odoo Purchase application that allows you to control and pre-complete " -"them automatically based on past purchase orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:18 -msgid "Record a new vendor bill" -msgstr "Registra una nuova fattura fornitore" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:20 -msgid "" -"When a vendor bill is received, you can record it from " -":menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendor Bills` in the Accounting application. " -"As a shortcut, you can also use the **New Bill** feature on the accounting " -"dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:27 -msgid "" -"To register a new vendor bill, start by selecting a vendor and inputting " -"their invoice as the **Vendor Reference**, then add and confirm the product " -"lines, making sure to have the right product quantities, taxes and prices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Save the invoice to update the pre tax and tax amounts at the bottom of the " -"screen. You will most likely need to configure the prices of your products " -"without taxes as Odoo will compute the tax for you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:40 -msgid "" -"On the bottom left corner, Odoo shows a summary table of all taxes on the " -"vendor bill. In several countries, different methods are accepted to round " -"the totals (round per line, or round globally). The default rounding method " -"in Odoo is to round the final prices per line (as you may have different " -"taxes per product. E.g. Alcohol and cigarettes). However if your vendor has " -"a different tax amount on their bill, you can change the amount in the " -"bottom left table to adjust and match." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:48 -msgid "Validate The Vendor Bill" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Once the vendor bill is validated, a journal entry will be generated based " -"on the configuration on the invoice. This journal entry may differ depending" -" on the the accounting package you choose to use." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:54 -msgid "" -"For most European countries, the journal entry will use the following " -"accounts:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:57 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:66 -msgid "**Accounts Payable:** defined on the vendor form" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:59 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:68 -msgid "**Taxes:** defined on the products and per line" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:61 -msgid "**Expenses:** defined on the line item product used" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:63 -msgid "" -"For Anglo-Saxon (US) accounting, the journal entry will use the following " -"accounts:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:70 -msgid "**Goods Received:** defined on the product form" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:72 -msgid "" -"You can check your Profit & Loss or the Balance Sheet reports after having " -"validated a couple of vendor bills to see the impact on your general ledger." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:77 -msgid "Pay a bill" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:79 -msgid "" -"To create a payment for an open vendor bill directly, you can click on " -"**Register a Payment** at the top of the form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:82 -msgid "" -"From there, you select the payment method (i.e. Checking account, credit " -"card, check, etc…) and the amount you wish to pay. By default, Odoo will " -"propose the entire remaining balance on the bill for payment. In the memo " -"field, we recommend you set the vendor invoice number as a reference (Odoo " -"will auto fill this field from the from the vendor bill if set it " -"correctly)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:94 -msgid "" -"You can also register a payment to a vendor directly without applying it to " -"a vendor bill. To do that, :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. Then, " -"from the vendor bill you will be able to reconcile this payment with " -"directly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:99 -msgid "Printing vendor Checks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:101 -msgid "" -"If you choose to pay your vendor bills by check, Odoo offers a method to do " -"so directly from your vendor payments within Odoo. Whether you do so on a " -"daily basis or prefer to do so at the end of the week, you can print in " -"checks in batches." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:106 -msgid "" -"If you have checks to print, Odoo's accounting dashboard acts as a to do " -"list and reminds you of how many checks you have left to be printed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:112 -msgid "" -"By selecting the amount of checks to be printed, you can dive right into a " -"list of all payments that are ready to be processed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:115 -msgid "" -"Select all the checks you wish to print (use the first checkbox to select " -"them all) and set the action to **Print Checks**. Odoo will ask you to set " -"the next check number in the sequence and will then print all the checks at " -"once." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:127 -msgid "Aged payable balance" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:129 -msgid "" -"In order to get a list of open vendor bills and their related due dates, you" -" can use the **Aged Payable** report, under the reporting menu, (in " -":menuselection:`Reporting --> Business Statement --> Aged payable`) to get a" -" visual of all of your outstanding bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:137 -msgid "" -"From here, you can click directly on a vendors name to open up the details " -"of all outstanding bills and the amounts due, or you can annotate any line " -"for managements information. At any point in time while you're looking " -"through the report, you can print directly to Excel or PDF and get exactly " -"what you see on the screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:144 -msgid ":doc:`customer_invoice`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables.rst:3 -msgid "Account Payables" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:3 -msgid "How to keep track of employee expenses?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Employee expenses are charges incurred on behalf of the company. The company" -" then reimburses these expenses to the employee. The receipts encountered " -"most frequently are:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:9 -msgid "car travel, reimbursed per unit of distance (mile or kilometer)," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:11 -msgid "subsistence expenses, reimbursed based on the bill," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:13 -msgid "" -"other purchases, such as stationery and books, destined for the company but " -"carried out by the employee." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:19 -msgid "" -"To manage expenses, you need to install the **Expense Tracker** application " -"from the Apps module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:22 -msgid "" -"You will also need to install the **Sales Management** module in order to " -"re-invoice your expenses to your customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Once these applications are installed you can configure the different " -"products that represent the types of expenses. To create the firsts " -"products, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Expenses " -"Products` in the **Expenses** application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:30 -msgid "Some examples of products can be:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:32 -msgid "**Travel (car)**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:34 -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:50 -msgid "Product Type: Service" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:36 -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:52 -msgid "Invoicing Policy: Invoice based on time and material" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:38 -msgid "Expense Invoice Policy: At sales price" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:40 -msgid "Sale Price: 0.32" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Unit of Measure: Km or mile (you will need to enable the **Multiple Unit of " -"Measures** option from :menuselection:`Sales module --> Configuration`)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:48 -msgid "**Hotel**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:54 -msgid "Expense Invoice Policy: At cost" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:56 -msgid "Unit of Measure: Unit" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:58 -msgid "" -"In these examples, the first product will be an expense we reimburse to the " -"employee based on the number of km he did with his own car (e.g. to visit a " -"customer): 0.32€ / km. The hotel is reimbursed based on the real cost of the" -" hotel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Be sure that all these products have the checkbox **Can be expensed** " -"checked and the invoicing policy set to **Invoice Based on time and " -"material**. This invoicing policy means that, if the expense is related to a" -" customer project/sale order, Odoo will re-invoice this expense to the " -"customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:69 -msgid "Odoo support two types of expenses:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:71 -msgid "expenses paid by employee with their own money" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:73 -msgid "expenses paid with a company credit card" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:76 -msgid "The expenses workflow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:79 -msgid "Record a new expense" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:81 -msgid "" -"Every employee of the company can register their expenses from " -":menuselection:`Expenses application --> My Expenses`. The workflow for " -"personal expenses work that way:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:85 -msgid "an employee record his expense, and submit it to the manager" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:87 -msgid "the manager approve or refuse the expense" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:89 -msgid "the accountant post journal entries" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:91 -msgid "" -"the company reimburse the employee expense (the employee is like a vendor, " -"with a payable account)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:94 -msgid "" -"if the expense is linked to an analytic account, the company can reinvoice " -"the customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:97 -msgid "For every expense, the employee should record at least:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:99 -msgid "a description: that should include the reference of the ticket / bill" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:101 -msgid "a product: the expense type" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:103 -msgid "" -"a price (e.g. hotel) or a quantity (e.g. reimburse km if travel with his own" -" car)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:106 -msgid "" -"Depending of the policy of the company, he might have to attach a scan or a " -"photo of the expense. To do that, just a write a message in the bottom of " -"the expense with the scan of the bill/ticket in attachment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:113 -msgid "" -"If the expense is linked to a customer project, you should not forget to set" -" an analytic account, related to the customer project or sale order (you " -"might have to activate analytic accounts in the accounting settings to get " -"this feature)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:118 -msgid "" -"Once the expense is fully recorded, the employee has to click the button " -"**Submit to Manager**. In some companies, employees should submit their " -"expenses grouped at the end of the month, or at the end of a business trip." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:123 -msgid "" -"An employee can submit all his expenses in batch, using the Submit Expenses " -"action from the list view of expenses, or the small icons in the list view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:128 -msgid "Validation by the manager" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:130 -msgid "" -"Managers should receive an email for every expense to be approved (the " -"manager of an employee is defined on the employee form). They can use the " -"menu **To Approve** to check all expenses that are waiting for validation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:135 -msgid "The manager can:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:137 -msgid "" -"discuss on an expense to ask for more information (e.g., if a scan of the " -"bill is missing);" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:140 -msgid "reject an expense;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:142 -msgid "approve an expense." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:145 -msgid "Control by the accountant" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:147 -msgid "" -"Then, all expenses that have been validated by the manager should be posted " -"by the accountant. When an expense is posted, the related journal entry is " -"created and posted in your accounting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:151 -msgid "" -"If the accountant wants to create only one journal entry for a batch of " -"expenses, he can post expenses in batch from the list view of all expenses." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:156 -msgid "Reinvoice expenses to customers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:158 -msgid "" -"If the expense was linked to an analytic account related to a sale order, " -"the sale order has a new line related to the expense. This line is not " -"invoiced to the customer yet and will be included in the next invoice that " -"will be send to the customer (charge travel and accommodations on a customer" -" project)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:164 -msgid "" -"To invoice the customer, just click on the invoice button on his sale order." -" (or it will be done automatically at the end of the week/month if you " -"invoice all your orders in batch)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:176 -msgid "Reimburse the employee" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:178 -msgid "" -"If the expense was paid with the employee's own money, the company should " -"reimburse the employee. In such a case, the employee will appear in the aged" -" payable balance until the company reimburse him his expenses." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:183 -msgid "" -"All you have to do is to create a payment to this employee for the amount " -"due." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:190 -msgid "Expenses that are not reinvoiced to customers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:192 -msgid "" -"If some expenses should not be reinvoiced to customers, you have two " -"options:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:195 -msgid "" -"if the decision to invoice or not is related to the product, change the " -"invoicing policy on the product:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:198 -msgid "**based on time and material**: reinvoice the customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:200 -msgid "**based on sale orders**: do not reinvoice the customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:202 -msgid "" -"if you have to make an exception for one invoice that should not be " -"reinvoiced to the customer, do not set the related analytic account for this" -" invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:208 -msgid ":doc:`forecast`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:3 -msgid "How to forecast future bills to pay?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When you get hundreds of vendor bills per month with each of them having " -"different payment terms, it could be complex to follow what you have to pay " -"and when. Paying your vendors too early can decrease your cash " -"availabilities and paying too late can lead to extra charges." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Fortunately, Odoo provides you the right tools to manage payment orders to " -"vendors efficiently." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:14 -msgid "Configuration: payment terms" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:16 -msgid "" -"In order to track the vendor conditions, we use payment terms in Odoo. " -"Payment terms allow to keep track of the conditions to compute the due date " -"on an invoice. As an example, a payment term can be:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:20 -msgid "50% within 30 days" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:22 -msgid "50% within 45 days" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:24 -msgid "" -"To create your most common payment terms, use the menu: " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Management --> Payment Terms` in the " -"**Accounting** application. The following example show a payment term of 30%" -" directly and the balance after 30 days." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Once payment terms are defined, you can assign them to your vendor by " -"default. Set the Vendor Payment Term field on the Accounting tab of a vendor" -" form. That way, every time you will purchase to this vendor, Odoo will " -"propose you automatically the right payment term." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:42 -msgid "" -"If you do not set a specific payment term on a vendor, you will still be " -"able to set a specific payment term on the vendor bill." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:46 -msgid "Forecast bills to pay with the Aged Payables report" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:48 -msgid "" -"In order to track amounts to be paid to the vendors, use the Aged Payable " -"report. You can get it from the Reports menu of the Accounting application. " -"This report gives you a summary per vendor of the amounts to pay, compared " -"to their due date (the due date being computed on each bill using the " -"payment term)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:57 -msgid "" -"This reports tells you how much you will have to pay within the next months." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:61 -msgid "Select bills to pay" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Using the menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendor Bills`, you can get a " -"list of vendor bills. Using the advanced filters, you can list all the bills" -" that you should pay or the bills that are overdue (you are late on the " -"payment)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:70 -msgid "" -"From this screen, you can also switch to the pivot table or the graph view " -"to get statistics on the amount due over the next month, using the group by " -"\"Due Date\" feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay.rst:3 -msgid "Vendor Payments" -msgstr "Pagamenti fornitore" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:3 -msgid "Pay by Checks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Once you decide to pay a supplier bill, you can select to pay by check. " -"Then, at the end of the day, the manager can print all checks by batch. " -"Finally, the bank reconciliation process will match the checks you sent to " -"suppliers with actual bank statements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:14 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:29 -msgid "Install the required module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:16 -msgid "" -"To record supplier payments by checks, you must install the **Check " -"Writing** module. This module handle the process of recording checks in " -"Odoo. Others modules are necessary to print checks, according to the " -"country. As an example, the **U.S. Check Printing** module is required to " -"print U.S. checks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:24 -msgid "" -"According to your country and the chart of account you use, those modules " -"may be installed by default. (example: United States users have nothing to " -"install, it's configured by default)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:29 -msgid "Activate checks payment methods" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:31 -msgid "" -"In order to allow payments by checks, you must activate the payment method " -"on related bank journals. From the accounting dashboard (the screen you get " -"when you enter the accounting application), click on your bank account on " -":menuselection:`More --> Settings` option. On the **Payment Method** field, " -"set **Check**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:41 -msgid "Compatible check stationery for printing checks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:44 -msgid "United States" -msgstr "Stati Uniti" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:46 -msgid "For the United States, Odoo supports by default the check formats of:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:48 -msgid "**Quickbooks & Quicken**: check on top, stubs in the middle and bottom" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:49 -msgid "**Peachtree**: check in the middle, stubs on top and bottom" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:50 -msgid "**ADP**: check in the bottom, and stubs on the top." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:52 -msgid "" -"It is also possible to customize your own check format through " -"customizations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:55 -msgid "Pay a supplier bill with a check" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:57 -msgid "Paying a supplier with a check is done in three steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:59 -msgid "registering a payment you'd like to do on the bill" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:60 -msgid "printing checks in batch for all registered payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:61 -msgid "reconcile bank statements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:64 -msgid "Register a payment by check" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:66 -msgid "" -"To register a payment on a bill, open any supplier bill from the menu " -":menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendor Bills`. Once the supplier bill is " -"validated, you can register a payment. Set the **Payment Method** to " -"**Check** and validate the payment dialog." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:74 -msgid "Explanation of the fields of the payment screen:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Has Invoices" -msgstr "Contiene fatture" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Technical field used for usability purposes" -msgstr "Campo tecnico utilizzato a fini di usabilità" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Hide Payment Method" -msgstr "Nascondere il metodo di pagamento" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Technical field used to hide the payment method if the selected journal has " -"only one available which is 'manual'" -msgstr "" -"Campo tecnico usato per nascondere il metodo di pagamento se il registro " -"selezionato ne ha disponibile solo uno \"manuale\"" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Check: Pay bill by check and print it from Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Batch Deposit: Encase several customer checks at once by generating a batch " -"deposit to submit to your bank. When encoding the bank statement in Odoo, " -"you are suggested to reconcile the transaction with the batch deposit.To " -"enable batch deposit, module account_batch_payment must be installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "" -"SEPA Credit Transfer: Pay bill from a SEPA Credit Transfer file you submit " -"to your bank. To enable sepa credit transfer, module account_sepa must be " -"installed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Show Partner Bank Account" -msgstr "Mostrare conto bancario partner" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Technical field used to know whether the field `partner_bank_account_id` " -"needs to be displayed or not in the payments form views" -msgstr "" -"Campo tecnico usato per sapere se il campo \"partner_bank_account_id\" deve " -"essere visualizzato nelle viste modulo dei pagamenti" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Code" -msgstr "Codice" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Technical field used to adapt the interface to the payment type selected." -msgstr "" -"Campo tecnico usato per adeguare l'interfaccia al tipo di pagamento " -"selezionato." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Check Number" -msgstr "Numero assegno" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "" -"The selected journal is configured to print check numbers. If your pre-" -"printed check paper already has numbers or if the current numbering is " -"wrong, you can change it in the journal configuration page." -msgstr "" -"Il registro selezionato è configurato per stampare i numeri di assegno. Se " -"l'assegno prestampato ha già un numero o se la numerazione esistente è " -"sbagliata, è possibile cambiarla nella pagina di configurazione del " -"registro." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:80 -msgid "Try paying a supplier bill with a check" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:85 -msgid "Print checks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:87 -msgid "" -"From the accounting dashboard, on your bank account, you should see a link " -"\"X checks to print\". Click on this link and you will get the list of all " -"checks that are not printed yet. From this screen, you can print all checks " -"in batch or review them one by one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:92 -msgid "" -"If you want to review every payment one by one before printing the check, " -"open on the payment and click on **Print Check** if you accept it. A dialog " -"will ask you the number of the check. It automatically proposes you the next" -" number, but you can change it if it does not match your next check number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:98 -msgid "" -"To print all checks in batch, select all payments from the list view and " -"Print Check from the top \"print\" menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:107 -msgid "Reconcile Bank Statements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:109 -msgid "" -"Once you process your bank statement, when the check is credited from your " -"bank account, Odoo will propose you automatically to match it with the " -"payment. This will mark the payment as **Reconciled**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:115 -msgid "" -"to review checks that have not been credited, open the list of payments and " -"filter on the Sent state. Review those payments that have a date more than 2" -" weeks ago." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:120 -msgid "Pay anything with a check" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:122 -msgid "" -"You can register a payment that is not related to a supplier bill. To do so," -" use the top menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. Register your " -"payment and select a payment method by check." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:126 -msgid "" -"If you pay a specific supplier bill, put the reference of the bill in the " -"**Memo** field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:132 -msgid "" -"Once your payment by check is registered, don't forget to **Confirm** it. " -"Once confirmed, you can use **Print Check** directly or follow the preceding" -" flow to print checks in batch:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:136 -msgid "`Print checks <PrintChecks_>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:138 -msgid "`Reconcile bank statements <ReconicleBankStatements_>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:3 -msgid "How to pay several bills at once?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo provides a simple and effective way to handle several bills at once, " -"with various quick or complex options. With one single process, anyone is " -"able to handle bills and payment in just a few clicks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:10 -msgid "Pay multiple bills with one payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:13 -msgid "Record several payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:15 -msgid "" -"In the following example, we will generate some bills. You can control the " -"whole process from your accounting dashboard (first screen you get when you " -"open the accounting application)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:22 -msgid "" -"To create a bill, open the Dashboard menu and click on **Vendor Bills**. In " -"the Vendor Bills window, click on **Create**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Choose the vendor from which you wish to purchase the product, and click on " -"Add an item to add one (or more) product(s). Click on **Save** and then " -"**Validate**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:33 -msgid "Pay supplier bills, one after the other" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:38 -msgid "" -"We will now record a payment for one bill only. Open the bill, then click on" -" **Register Payment**. Insert the Payment Method, Date and Amount, and click" -" on **Validate**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Once you have validated the payment, the system will automatically reconcile" -" the payment with the bill, and set the bill as **Paid**. The system will " -"also generate a move from the payment account and reconcile it with the " -"expense transaction." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:51 -msgid "Pay several bills altogether" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:53 -msgid "" -"In order to illustrate the process thoroughly, create at least 2 more bills " -"following the above standing guide. **Make sure all bills come from the same" -" vendor.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:60 -msgid "" -"In the Vendors Bills, select the new bills you have just created by checking" -" the box next to each of them. In the Action menu located in the middle of " -"the page, click on **Register Payment**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Insert the details of the payment. The system calculated the total amount " -"for both bills, but you can modify it freely. Click on **Validate**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:71 -msgid "Record the payment, reconcile afterwards" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:73 -msgid "" -"You can also reconcile a payment with bills after the payment has been " -"recorded." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:76 -msgid "First, we need to create a payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:78 -msgid "" -"This will handle from :menuselection:`Dashboard --> Bank journal --> More " -"Option --> Send Money`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:84 -msgid "" -"Creating payment order with check payment method. Selecting related Vendor " -"and amount which remain to pay. After filling all details, we will confirm " -"the payment order which will generate payment transaction with the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:92 -msgid "" -"As you can see, bill payment status show what is posted and what is " -"remaining to reconcile." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:95 -msgid "" -"After receiving bank statement from the bank with payment detail, you can " -"reconcile the transaction from the Dashboard. It will automatically map the " -"transaction amount." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:101 -msgid "For more detail on the bank reconciliation process, please read:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:106 -msgid "Partial payments of several supplier bills" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:109 -msgid "How to pay several supplier bills having cash discounts at once?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:111 -msgid "" -"You already learned how to pay bills in various way but what about partial " -"payment? We are taking another example where we will do partial payment for " -"various bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:115 -msgid "" -"We are creating multiple bills and partially pay them through bank " -"statements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:118 -msgid "" -"We are adding payment terms which allow some cash discount where vendor " -"offer us early payment discount." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:124 -msgid "" -"We are creating the following bills with the assignment of the above payment" -" term." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:130 -msgid "We have created the following bills:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:135 -msgid "" -"We will pay the invoices by creating bank statement where we will adjust the" -" cash discount our vendor provided under payment terms." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:141 -msgid "" -"Before reconciling this bank statement, we need to create one statement " -"model for cash discount." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:147 -msgid "Now we are going back to bank statement and opening reconcile view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:151 -msgid "For bank statement reconciliation with model option, see" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:67 -msgid "Pay with SEPA" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:5 -msgid "" -"SEPA, the Single Euro Payments Area, is a payment-integration initiative of " -"the European union for simplification of bank transfers denominated in EURO." -" SEPA allows you to send payment orders to your bank to automate bank wire " -"transfer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:10 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:10 -msgid "" -"SEPA is supported by the banks of the 28 EU member states as well as " -"Iceland, Norway, Switzerland, Andorra, Monaco and San Marino." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:13 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, once you decide to pay a vendor, you can select to pay the bill " -"with SEPA. Then, at the end of the day, the manager can generate the SEPA " -"file containing all bank wire transfers and send it to the bank. The file " -"follows the SEPA Credit Transfer 'PAIN.001.001.03' specifications. This is a" -" well-defined standard that makes consensus among banks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Once the payments are processed by your bank, you can directly import the " -"account statement inside Odoo. The bank reconciliation process will " -"seamlessly match the SEPA orders you sent to your bank with actual bank " -"statements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:31 -msgid "" -"To pay suppliers with SEPA, you must install the **SEPA Credit Transfer** " -"module. This module handle the process of generating SEPA files based on " -"Odoo payments." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:37 -msgid "" -"According to your country and the chart of account you use, this module may " -"be installed by default." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:41 -msgid "Activate SEPA payment methods on banks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:43 -msgid "" -"In order to allow payments by SEPA, you must activate the payment method on " -"related bank journals. From the accounting dashboard (the screen you get " -"when you enter the accounting application), click on \"More\" on your bank " -"account and select the \"Settings\" option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:48 -msgid "" -"To activate SEPA, click the **Advanced Settings** tab and, in the **Payment " -"Methods** part of the **Miscellaneous** section, check the box **Sepa Credit" -" Transfer**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Make sure to specify the IBAN account number (domestic account number won't " -"work with SEPA) and the BIC (bank identifier code) on your bank journal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:58 -msgid "" -"By default, the payments you send using SEPA will use your company name as " -"initiating party name. This is what appears on the recipient's bank " -"statement in the **payment from** field. You can customize it in your " -"company settings, in the tab **Configuration**, under the **SEPA** section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:70 -msgid "Register your payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:72 -msgid "" -"You can register a payment that is not related to a supplier bill. To do so," -" use the top menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. Register your " -"payment and select a payment method by Sepa Credit Transfer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:76 -msgid "" -"If it's the first time you pay this vendor, you will have to fill in the " -"Recipient Bank Account field with, at least, the bank name, IBAN and BIC " -"(Bank Identifier Code). Odoo will automatically verify the IBAN format." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:80 -msgid "" -"For future payments to this vendor, Odoo will propose you automatically the " -"bank accounts but you will be able to select another one or create a new " -"one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:84 -msgid "" -"If you pay a specific supplier bill, put the reference of the bill in the " -"**memo** field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:90 -msgid "" -"Once your payment is registered, don't forget to Confirm it. You can also " -"pay vendor bills from the bill directly using the Register Payment button on" -" top of a vendor bill. The form is the same, but the payment is directly " -"linked to the bill and will be automatically reconciled to it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:96 -msgid "Generate SEPA files" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:98 -msgid "" -"From your accounting dashboard, you should see if there are SEPA files to " -"generate for every bank account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:104 -msgid "" -"Click on the link to check all the payments that are ready to transfer via " -"SEPA. Then, select all the payments you want to send (or check the top box " -"to select all payment at once) and click on :menuselection:`More --> " -"Download SEPA Payments`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:116 -msgid "The bank refuses my SEPA file" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:118 -msgid "" -"Ask your bank if they support **PAIN.001.001.03 SEPA Credit Transfers**. If " -"they don't, or cannot provide relevant informations, please forward the " -"error message to your Odoo partner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:123 -msgid "There is no Bank Identifier Code recorded for bank account ..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:125 -msgid "" -"In order to send a SEPA payment, the recipient must be identified by a valid" -" IBAN and BIC. If this message appear, you probably encoded an IBAN account " -"for the partner you are paying but forgot to fill in the BIC field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:132 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:168 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:129 -msgid ":doc:`check`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:3 -msgid "When should I use supplier bills or purchase receipts?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Purchase receipts are different than vendor bills. Vendor bills are requests" -" for payment. If I issue a Purchase Order my vendor will in most business " -"cases send me a Vendor Bill. Depending on his invoice policy I then have a " -"defined amount of time to pay the Bill. A Purchase receipts are " -"confirmations of received payments. They are my day-to-day ticket receipts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:12 -msgid "" -"From an accounting point of view this makes a difference as a Vendor Bill " -"will first credit a debt account before reconciling with the bank account. " -"On the other hand we usually immediately pay the purchase receipts, which " -"means no debt account is necessary." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Moreover purchase receipts can have a different tax amount per product line," -" as vendors bills apply one tax amount over the entire bill." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:20 -msgid "" -"If my company's bank account is used to pay for goods where only a purchase " -"receipt are issued I should use the purchase receipts function in Odoo to " -"handle them in accounting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Let's take the following example: we need to buy tea for our customers from " -"a local tea store that doesn't issue bills. We go every week buy 50 euros " -"worth of tea and a teapot worth 20 euros. We pay with the company's bank " -"account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:32 -msgid "" -"To handle purchase receipts in Odoo one module and one app has to be " -"installed. Go into the app module and install the accounting app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Then, go in the search bar, delete the default module search, and search for" -" \"purchase\". Install the **Sale & Purchase Vouchers** module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:45 -msgid "Register a receipt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:47 -msgid "" -"By installing the **Sale & Purchase Vouchers** I've made the new **Purchase " -"Receipts** drop down menu visible in the accounting app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:50 -msgid "" -"To import our 50 euros worth of tea purchase receipt, enter the accounting " -"app, select :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchase Receipts`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Create a new Purchase Receipt and fill in all the necessary information. " -"Note that you have the choice in the Payment field between **Pay Later** or " -"**Pay Now**. It's a significant difference as Pay Later will generate a debt" -" accounting entry whereas Pay Now will immediately credit the Bank account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:59 -msgid "" -"In most cases you immediately pay, we will thus select the Pay Directly " -"option. Add the products, the related account and the appropriate taxe. For " -"the example we suppose the tea is a 12% taxe and the Tea Pott 21%." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Validate the Purchase Receipt to post it. Don't forget you need to " -":doc:`reconcile payments <../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases>` in order to " -"completely close the transaction in your accounting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage vendor Bills?" -msgstr "Come gestire le fatture fornitore?" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The **Purchase** application allows you to manage your purchase orders, " -"incoming products, and vendor bills all seamlessly in one place." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:8 -msgid "" -"If you want to set up a vendor bill control process, the first thing you " -"need to do is to have purchase data in Odoo. Knowing what has been purchased" -" and received is the first step towards understanding your purchase " -"management processes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:13 -msgid "Here is the standard work flow in Odoo:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:15 -msgid "" -"You begin with a **Request for Quotation (RFQ)** to send out to your " -"vendor(s)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Once the vendor has accepted the RFQ, confirm the RFQ into a **Purchase " -"Order (PO)**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Confirming the PO generates an **Incoming Shipment** if you purchased any " -"stockable products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Upon receiving a **Vendor Bill** from your Vendor, validate the bill with " -"products received in the previous step to ensure accuracy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:27 -msgid "" -"This process may be done by three different people within the company, or " -"only one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:34 -msgid "Installing the Purchase and Inventory applications" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:36 -msgid "" -"From the **Apps** application, search for the **Purchase** module and " -"install it. Due to certain dependencies, Installing Purchase will " -"automatically install the **Inventory** and **Accounting** applications." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:41 -msgid "Creating products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Creating products in Odoo is essential for quick and efficient purchasing " -"within Odoo. Simply navigate to the Products submenu under Purchase, and " -"click create." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:50 -msgid "" -"When creating the product, Pay attention to the **Product Type** field, as " -"it is important:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Products that are set as **Stockable or Consumable** will allow you to keep " -"track of their inventory levels. These options imply stock management and " -"will allow for receiving these kinds of products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Conversely, products that are set as a **Service or Digital Product** will " -"not imply stock management, simply due to the fact that there is no " -"inventory to manage. You will not be able to receive products under either " -"of these designations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:65 -msgid "" -"It is recommended that you create a **Miscellaneous** product for all " -"purchases that occur infrequently and do not require inventory valuation or " -"management. If you create such a product, it is recommend to set the product" -" type to **Service**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:70 -msgid "Managing your Vendor Bills" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:73 -msgid "Purchasing products or services" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:75 -msgid "" -"From the purchase application, you can create a purchase order with as many " -"products as you need. If the vendor sends you a confirmation or quotation " -"for an order, you may record the order reference number in the **Vendor " -"Reference** field. This will enable you to easily match the PO with the the " -"vendor bill later (as the vendor bill will probably include the Vendor " -"Reference)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:85 -msgid "" -"Validate the purchase order and receive the products from the Inventory " -"application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:89 -msgid "Receiving Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:91 -msgid "" -"If you purchased any stockable products that you manage the inventory of, " -"you will need to receive the products from the Inventory application after " -"you confirm a Purchase Order. From the **Inventory dashboard**, you should " -"see a button linking you directly to the transfer of products. This button " -"is outlined in red below:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:100 -msgid "" -"Navigating this route will take you to a list of all orders awaiting to be " -"received." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:106 -msgid "" -"If you have a lot of awaiting orders, apply a filter using the search bar in" -" the upper right. With this search bar, you may filter based on the Vendor " -"(Partner), the product, or the source document, also known as the reference " -"of your purchase order. You also have the capability to group the orders by " -"different criteria under **Group By**. Selecting an item from this list will" -" open the following screen where you then will receive the products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:117 -msgid "Purchasing service products does not trigger a delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:120 -msgid "Managing Vendor Bills" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:122 -msgid "" -"When you receive a Vendor Bill for a previous purchase, be sure to record it" -" in the Purchases application under the **Control Menu**. You need to create" -" a new vendor bill even if you already registered a purchase order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:130 -msgid "" -"The first thing you will need to do upon creating a Vendor Bill is to select" -" the appropriate Vendor as this will also pull up any associated accounting " -"or pricelist information. From there, you can choose to specify any one or " -"multiple Purchase Orders to populate the Vendor Bill with. When you select a" -" Purchase Order from the list, Odoo will pull any uninvoiced products " -"associated to that Purchase Order and automatically populate that " -"information below. If you are having a hard time finding the appropriate " -"Vendor bill, you may search through the list by inputting the vendor " -"reference number or your internal purchase order number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:144 -msgid "" -"While the invoice is in draft state, you can make any modifications you need" -" (i.e. remove or add product lines, modify quantities, and change prices)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:150 -msgid "Your vendor may send you several bills for the same Purchase Order if:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:152 -msgid "" -"Your vendor is in back-order and is sending you invoices as they ship the " -"products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:153 -msgid "Your vendor is sending you a partial bill or asking for a deposit." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:155 -msgid "" -"Every time you record a new vendor bill, Odoo will automatically populate " -"the product quantities based on what has been received from the vendor. If " -"this value is showing a zero, this means that you have not yet received this" -" product and simply serves as a reminder that the product is not in hand and" -" you may need to inquire further into this. At any point in time, before you" -" validate the Vendor Bill, you may override this zero quantity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:164 -msgid "Vendor Bill Matching" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:167 -msgid "What to do if your vendor bill does not match what you received" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:169 -msgid "" -"If the bill you receive from the vendor has different quantities than what " -"Odoo automatically populates as quantities, this could be due to several " -"reasons:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:173 -msgid "" -"the vendor is incorrectly charging you for products and/or services that you" -" have not ordered," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:176 -msgid "" -"the vendor is billing you for products that you might not have received yet," -" as the invoicing control may be based on ordered or received quantities," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:180 -msgid "or the vendor did not bill you for previously purchased products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:182 -msgid "" -"In these instances it is recommended that you verify that the bill, and any " -"associated purchase order to the vendor, are accurate and that you " -"understand what you have ordered and what you have already received." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:186 -msgid "" -"If you are unable to find a purchase order related to a vendor bill, this " -"could be due to one of a few reasons:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:189 -msgid "" -"the vendor has already invoiced you for this purchase order, therefore it is" -" not going to appear anywhere in the selection," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:192 -msgid "" -"someone in the company forgot to record a purchase order for this vendor," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:195 -msgid "or the vendor is charging you for something you did not order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:200 -msgid "How product quantities are managed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:202 -msgid "" -"By default, services are managed based on ordered quantities, while " -"stockables and consumables are managed based on received quantities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:205 -msgid "" -"If you need to manage products based on ordered quantities over received " -"quantities, you will need to belong to the group **Purchase Manager**. Ask " -"your system administrator to enable these access on :menuselection:`Settings" -" --> Users --> Users --> Access Rights`. Once you belong to the correct " -"group, select the product(s) you wish to modify, and you should see a new " -"field appear, labeled **Control Purchase Bills**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:215 -msgid "" -"You can then change the default management method for the selected product " -"to be based on either:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:218 -msgid "Ordered quantities" -msgstr "Quantità ordinate" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:220 -msgid "or Received quantities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:223 -msgid "Batch Billing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:225 -msgid "" -"When creating a vendor bill and selecting the appropriate purchase order, " -"you may continue to select additional purchase orders and Odoo will add the " -"additional line items from that purchase order.. If you have not deleted the" -" previous line items from the first purchase order the bill will be linked " -"to all the appropriate purchase orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables.rst:3 -msgid "Account Receivables" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:53 -msgid "Customer Invoices" -msgstr "Fatture cliente" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:3 -msgid "Offer cash discounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Cash discounts are incentives you can offer to customers to motivate them to" -" pay within a specific time frame. For instance, you offer a 2% discount if " -"the customer pays you within the first 5 days of the invoice, when it is due" -" in 30 days. This approach can greatly improve your average collection " -"period." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:12 -msgid "Set up a cash discount" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:14 -msgid "" -"To set up a cash discount, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Management --> Payment Terms` and click on *Create*. Add a" -" *Percent* type of term with a corresponding value (e.g. 98% of the total " -"price for a 2% discount) and the number of days during which the offer is " -"valid. You can also change the default balance term if needed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:25 -msgid "Start offering the cash discount" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Now, you can create a customer invoice and select the cash discount payment " -"term you added. Once the invoice is validated, Odoo will automatically split" -" the account receivables part of the journal entry into two installments " -"having different due dates. Since the discounted price is already " -"calculated, your payment controls will be simplified." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:37 -msgid "Grant the cash discount" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:39 -msgid "" -"The customer fulfilled the payment terms and therefore benefits from the " -"cash discount. When you process the bank statement, match the payment with " -"the related journal entry. Then, select the remaining cash discount and " -"click on *Create Write-off* to reconcile it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:48 -msgid "" -"You can also create a dedicated reconciliation model to make the process " -"easier. In this case, you should add a tax to the model based on the taxes " -"applied to your invoices. This means that if you handle multiple tax rates, " -"you need to create several reconciliation models. Note that depending on " -"your localisation, you might already have a Cash Discount model available by" -" default." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:56 -msgid "Register the full payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:58 -msgid "" -"In this case, the customer has not fulfilled the payment term and cannot " -"benefit from the cash discount. When you process the bank statement, match " -"the payment with the two related journal entries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:67 -msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:2 -msgid "Set up cash roundings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:4 -msgid "" -"In some currencies, the smallest coins do not exist. For example, in " -"Switzerland, there is no coin for 0.01 CHF. For this reason, if invoices are" -" paid in cash, you have to round their total amount to the smallest coin " -"that exist in the currency. For the CHF, the smallest coin is 0.05 CHF." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:10 -msgid "There are two strategies for the rounding:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:12 -msgid "Add a line on the invoice for the rounding" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:14 -msgid "Add the rounding in the tax amount" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:16 -msgid "Both strategies are applicable in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:21 -msgid "" -"First, you have to activate the feature. For this, go in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the " -"Cash Rounding." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:28 -msgid "" -"There is a new menu to manage cash roundings in :menuselection:`Accounting " -"--> Configuration --> Management --> Cash roundings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Now, you can create cash roundings. You can choose between two rounding " -"strategies:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:34 -msgid "" -"**Add a rounding line**: if a rounding is necessary, Odoo will add a line on" -" your customer invoice to take this rounding into account. You also have to " -"define the account in which the rounding will go." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:39 -msgid "" -"**Modify tax amount:** Odoo will add the rounding to the amount of the " -"highest tax." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:46 -msgid "Apply roundings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Once your roundings are created, you can apply them on customer invoices. On" -" the customer invoices, there is a new field called **Cash Rounding Method**" -" where you can simply choose one of the rounding methods created previously." -" If needed, a rounding will be applied to the invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:3 -msgid "Deferred revenues: how to automate them?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Deferred/unearned revenue is an advance payment recorded on the recipient's " -"balance sheet as a liability account until either the services have been " -"rendered or the products have been delivered. Deferred revenue is a " -"liability account because it refers to revenue that has not yet been earned," -" but represents products or services that are owed to the customer. As the " -"products or services are delivered over time, the revenue is recognized and " -"posted on the income statement." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:13 -msgid "" -"For example: let's say you sell a 2 year support contract for $24,000 that " -"begins next month for a period of 24 months. Once you validate the customer " -"invoice, the $24.000 should be posted into a deferred revenues account. This" -" is because the $24,000 you received has not yet been earned." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Over the next 24 months, you will be reducing the deferred revenues account " -"by $1,000 ($24,000/24) on a monthly basis and recognizing that amount as " -"revenue." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:27 -msgid "Module installation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:29 -msgid "" -"In order to automate deferred revenues, go to the settings menu under the " -"application :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration` and activate the " -"**Assets management & revenue recognition** option. This will install the " -"**Revenue Recognition Management** module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:36 -msgid "" -"In some version of Odoo 9, besides checking this option, you need to install" -" the \"Revenue Recognition Management\" module. If you are using Odoo 9, you" -" might check if the module is correctly installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:41 -msgid "Define deferred revenue types" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Once the module is installed, you need to create deferred revenue types. " -"From the Accounting application, go to the menu " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Deferred Revenues Types`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:51 -msgid "Example: 12 months maintenance contract" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:53 -msgid "Some example of deferred revenues types:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:55 -msgid "1 year service contract" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:73 -msgid "3 years service contracts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:59 -msgid "Set deferred revenues on products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Once deferred revenues types are defined, you can set them on the related " -"products. On the product form, in the Accounting tab, you can set a deferred" -" revenue type." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Here are some examples of products and their related deferred revenue types:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:69 -msgid "Product" -msgstr "Prodotto" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:69 -msgid "Deferred Revenue Type" -msgstr "Tipo ricavi differiti" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:71 -msgid "Support Contract: 3 years" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:73 -msgid "Netflix subscription: 3 years" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:75 -msgid "Flowers every month" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:75 -msgid "1 year product contract" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:79 -msgid "Sell and invoice products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:81 -msgid "" -"Once the products are configured, you can create a customer invoice using " -"this product. Once the customer invoice is validated, Odoo will " -"automatically create a deferred revenue for you, and the related journal " -"entry." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:87 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:98 -msgid "**Dr**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:87 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:98 -msgid "**Cr**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:89 -msgid "Accounts receivable" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:89 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:91 -msgid "24000" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:100 -msgid "Deferred revenue account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:94 -msgid "" -"Then, every month, Odoo will post a journal entry for the revenue " -"recognition." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:100 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:102 -msgid "1000" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:102 -msgid "Service revenue account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:108 -msgid "" -"To analyze all your current contracts having a deferred revenue, you can use" -" the menu Reporting > Deferred Revenue Analysis." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:116 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:86 -msgid ":doc:`overview`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:3 -msgid "How to define an installment plan on customer invoices?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:4 -msgid "" -"In order to manage installment plans related to an invoice, you should use " -"payment terms in Odoo. They apply on both customer invoices and supplier " -"bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:8 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:8 -msgid "Example, for a specific invoice:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:10 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:10 -msgid "Pay 50% within 10 days" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:11 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:12 -msgid "Pay the remaining balance within 30 days" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:15 -msgid "" -"payment terms are not to be confused with a payment in several parts. If, " -"for a specific order, you invoice the customer in two parts, that's not a " -"payment term but an invoice policy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Configure your usual installment plans from the application " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration > Payment Terms`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:25 -msgid "" -"A payment term may have one line (eg: 21 days) or several lines (10% within " -"3 days and the balance within 21 days). If you create a payment term with " -"several lines, make sure the latest one is the balance. (avoid doing 50% in " -"10 days and 50% in 21 days because, with the rounding, it may not compute " -"exactly 100%)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:36 -msgid "" -"The description of the payment term will appear on the invoice or the sale " -"order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:39 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:38 -msgid "Payment terms for customers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:41 -msgid "You can set payment terms on:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:43 -msgid "" -"**a customer**: the payment term automatically applies on new sales orders " -"or invoices for this customer. Set payment terms on customers if you grant " -"this payment term for all future orders for this customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:48 -msgid "" -"**a quotation**: the payment term will apply on all invoices created from " -"this quotation or sale order, but not on other quotations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:51 -msgid "**an invoice**: the payment term will apply on this invoice only" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:53 -msgid "" -"If an invoice contains a payment term, the journal entry related to the " -"invoice is different. Without payment term, an invoice of $100 will produce " -"the following journal entry (for the clarity of the example, we did not set " -"any tax on the invoice):" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 -msgid "Due date" -msgstr "Data di scadenza" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:66 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:65 -msgid "" -"If you do an invoice the 1st of January with a payment term of 10% within 3 " -"days and the balance within 30 days, you get the following journal entry:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:73 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:72 -msgid "Jan 03" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:73 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:72 -msgid "10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:75 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:74 -msgid "Jan 30" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:75 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:74 -msgid "90" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:80 -msgid "" -"On the customer statement, you will see two lines with different due dates. " -"To get the customer statement, use the menu Sales > Customers Statement." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:87 -msgid ":doc:`payment_terms`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview of the invoicing process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Depending on your business and the application you use, there are different " -"ways to automate the customer invoice creation in Odoo. Usually, draft " -"invoices are created by the system (with information coming from other " -"documents like sales order or contracts) and accountant just have to " -"validate draft invoices and send the invoices in batch (by regular mail or " -"email)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Depending on your business, you may opt for one of the following way to " -"create draft invoices:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:19 -msgid "Sales Order ‣ Invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:21 -msgid "" -"In most companies, salespeople create quotations that become sales order " -"once they are validated. Then, draft invoices are created based on the sales" -" order. You have different options like:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Invoice manually: use a button on the sale order to trigger the draft " -"invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Invoice before delivery: invoice the full order before triggering the " -"delivery order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:31 -msgid "Invoice based on delivery order: see next section" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Invoice before delivery is usually used by the eCommerce application when " -"the customer pays at the order and we deliver afterwards. (pre-paid)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:37 -msgid "" -"For most other use cases, it's recommended to invoice manually. It allows " -"the salesperson to trigger the invoice on demand with options: invoice the " -"whole order, invoice a percentage (advance), invoice some lines, invoice a " -"fixed advance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:42 -msgid "This process is good for both services and physical products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:47 -msgid "Sales Order ‣ Delivery Order ‣ Invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Retailers and eCommerce usually invoice based on delivery orders, instead of" -" sales order. This approach is suitable for businesses where the quantities " -"you deliver may differs from the ordered quantities: foods (invoice based on" -" actual Kg)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:54 -msgid "" -"This way, if you deliver a partial order, you only invoice for what you " -"really delivered. If you do back orders (deliver partially and the rest " -"later), the customer will receive two invoices, one for each delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:62 -msgid "eCommerce Order ‣ Invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:64 -msgid "" -"An eCommerce order will also trigger the creation of the order when it is " -"fully paid. If you allow paying orders by check or wire transfer, Odoo only " -"creates an order and the invoice will be triggered once the payment is " -"received." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:70 -msgid "Contracts" -msgstr "Contratti" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:73 -msgid "Regular Contracts ‣ Invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:75 -msgid "" -"If you use contracts, you can trigger invoice based on time and material " -"spent, expenses or fixed lines of services/products. Every month, the " -"salesperson will trigger invoice based on activities on the contract." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:79 -msgid "Activities can be:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:81 -msgid "" -"fixed products/services, coming from a sale order linked to this contract" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:83 -msgid "materials purchased (that you will re-invoiced)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:85 -msgid "time and material based on timesheets or purchases (subcontracting)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:87 -msgid "" -"expenses like travel and accommodation that you re-invoice to the customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:89 -msgid "" -"You can invoice at the end of the contract or trigger intermediate invoices." -" This approach is used by services companies that invoice mostly based on " -"time and material. For services companies that invoice on fix price, they " -"use a regular sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:99 -msgid "Recurring Contracts ‣ Invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:101 -msgid "" -"For subscriptions, an invoice is triggered periodically, automatically. The " -"frequency of the invoicing and the services/products invoiced are defined on" -" the contract." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:111 -msgid "Creating an invoice manually" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Users can also create invoices manually without using contracts or a sales " -"order. It's a recommended approach if you do not need to manage the sales " -"process (quotations), or the delivery of the products or services." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:118 -msgid "" -"Even if you generate the invoice from a sales order, you may need to create " -"invoices manually in exceptional use cases:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:121 -msgid "if you need to create a refund" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:123 -msgid "If you need to give a discount" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:125 -msgid "if you need to change an invoice created from a sales order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:127 -msgid "if you need to invoice something not related to your core business" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:130 -msgid "Specific modules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:132 -msgid "Some specific modules are also able to generate draft invoices:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:134 -msgid "**membership**: invoice your members every year" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:136 -msgid "**repairs**: invoice your after-sale services" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:3 -msgid "How to setup and use payment terms" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Payment terms define the conditions to pay an invoice. They apply on both " -"customer invoices and supplier bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Payment terms are different from invoicing in several areas. If, for a " -"specific order, you invoice the customer in two parts, that's not a payment " -"term but invoice conditions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Configure your usual payment terms from the Configuration menu of the " -"Account application. The description of the payment term is the one that " -"appear on the invoice or the sale order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:25 -msgid "" -"A payment term may have one line (ex: 21 days) or several lines (10% within " -"3 days and the balance within 21 days). If you create a payment term with " -"several lines, be sure the latest one is the balance. (avoid doing 50% in 10" -" days and 50% in 21 days because, with the rounding, it may not do exactly " -"100%)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:35 -msgid "Using Payment Terms" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:40 -msgid "Payment terms can be set on:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:42 -msgid "" -"**a customer**: to apply this payment term automatically on new sale orders " -"or invoices for this customer. Set payment terms on customers if you grant " -"this payment term for all future orders of this customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:47 -msgid "" -"**a quotation**: to apply this payment term on all invoices created from " -"this quotation or sale order, but not on other quotations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:51 -msgid "**an invoice**: to apply the payment term on this invoice only" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:53 -msgid "" -"If an invoice has a payment term, the journal entry related to the invoice " -"is different. Without payment term or tax, an invoice of $100 will produce " -"this journal entry:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:79 -msgid "" -"In the customer statement, you will see two lines with different due dates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:83 -msgid "Payment terms for vendor bills" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:85 -msgid "" -"The easiest way to manage payment terms for vendor bills is to record a due " -"date on the bill. You don't need to assign a payment term, just the due date" -" is enough." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:89 -msgid "" -"But if you need to manage vendor terms with several installments, you can " -"still use payment terms, exactly like in customer invoices. If you set a " -"payment term on the vendor bill, you don't need to set a due date. The exact" -" due date for all installments will be automatically created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:96 -msgid ":doc:`cash_discounts`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:3 -msgid "How to edit or refund an invoice?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:4 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, it's not possible to modify an invoice that has been validated and " -"sent to the customer. If a mistake was made on a validated invoice, the " -"legal way to handle that is to refund the invoice, reconcile it with the " -"original invoice to close them and create a new invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:10 -msgid "Modifying a validated invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:12 -msgid "" -"If you need to modify an existing invoice, use the Refund Invoice button on " -"the invoice. In the refund method field, select \"Modify: create a refund, " -"reconcile, and create a new draft invoice\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:19 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:37 -msgid "Odoo will automatically:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:21 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:39 -msgid "Create a refund for your invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:22 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Reconcile the refund invoice with the original invoice (marking both as " -"Paid)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:23 -msgid "Create a new draft invoice you can modify" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Then, you can modify the draft invoice and validate it once it's correct." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:28 -msgid "Cancelling an invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:30 -msgid "" -"If you need to cancel an existing invoice, use the Refund Invoice button on " -"the invoice. In the refund method field, select \"Cancel: create a refund " -"and reconcile\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Nothing else needs to be done. You can send the refund by regular mail or " -"email to your customer, if you already sent the original invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:46 -msgid "Refunding part of an invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:48 -msgid "" -"If you need to refund an existing invoice partially, use the Refund Invoice " -"button on the invoice. In the refund method field, select \"Create a draft " -"refund\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Odoo will automatically create a draft refund. You may modify the refund " -"(example: remove the lines you do not want to refund) and validate it. Then," -" send the refund by regular mail or email to your customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Refunding an invoice is different from refunding a payment. Usually, a " -"refund invoice is sent before the customer has done a payment. If the " -"customer has already paid, they should be reimbursed by doing a customer " -"payment refund." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments.rst:3 -msgid "Customer Payments" -msgstr "Pagamenti cliente" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:3 -msgid "How to register customer payments by checks?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:5 -msgid "" -"There are two ways to handle payments received by checks. Odoo support both " -"approaches so that you can use the one that better fits your habits." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:9 -msgid "" -"**Undeposited Funds:** once you receive the check, you record a payment by " -"check on the invoice. (using a Check journal and posted on the Undeposited " -"Fund account) Then, once the check arrives in your bank account, move money " -"from Undeposited Funds to your bank account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:16 -msgid "" -"**One journal entry only:** once your receive the check, you record a " -"payment on your bank, paid by check, without going through the **Undeposited" -" Funds**. Once you process your bank statement, you do the matching with " -"your bank feed and the check payment, without creating a dedicated journal " -"entry." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:23 -msgid "" -"We recommend the first approach as it is more accurate (your bank account " -"balance is accurate, taking into accounts checks that have not been cashed " -"yet). Both approaches require the same effort." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Even if the first method is cleaner, Odoo support the second approach " -"because some accountants are used to it (quickbooks and peachtree users)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:32 -msgid "" -"You may have a look at the *Deposit Ticket feature* if you deposit several " -"checks to your bank accounts in batch." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:36 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:37 -msgid "Option 1: Undeposited Funds" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:41 -msgid "Create a journal **Checks**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:43 -msgid "Set **Undeposited Checks** as a defaut credit/debit account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Set the bank account related to this journal as **Allow Reconciliation**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:109 -msgid "From check payments to bank statements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:50 -msgid "" -"The first way to handle checks is to create a check journal. Thus, checks " -"become a payment method in itself and you will record two transactions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:111 -msgid "" -"Once you receive a customer check, go to the related invoice and click on " -"**Register Payment**. Fill in the information about the payment:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Payment method: Check Journal (that you configured with the debit and credit" -" default accounts as **Undeposited Funds**)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:60 -msgid "Memo: write the Check number" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:65 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:74 -msgid "This operation will produce the following journal entry:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 -msgid "Statement Match" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:85 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:135 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:79 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:93 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:95 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:143 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:145 -msgid "100.00" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 -msgid "Undeposited Funds" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:75 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:121 -msgid "The invoice is marked as paid as soon as you record the check." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Then, once you get the bank statements, you will match this statement with " -"the check that is in Undeposited Funds." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:93 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:143 -msgid "X" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:89 -msgid "" -"If you use this approach to manage received checks, you get the list of " -"checks that have not been cashed in the **Undeposit Funds** account " -"(accessible, for example, from the general ledger)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:94 -msgid "" -"Both methods will produce the same data in your accounting at the end of the" -" process. But, if you have checks that have not been cashed, this one is " -"cleaner because those checks have not been reported yet on your bank " -"account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:100 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:110 -msgid "Option 2: One journal entry only" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:105 -msgid "" -"These is nothing to configure if you plan to manage your checks using this " -"method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:114 -msgid "**Payment method:** the bank that will be used for the deposit" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:116 -msgid "Memo: write the check number" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:123 -msgid "" -"Once you will receive the bank statements, you will do the matching with the" -" statement and this actual payment. (technically: point this payment and " -"relate it to the statement line)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:127 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:137 -msgid "" -"With this approach, you will get the following journal entry in your books:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:139 -msgid "" -"You may also record the payment directly without going on the customer " -"invoice, using the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. This method may" -" be more convenient if you have a lot of checks to record in a batch but you" -" will have to reconcile entries afterwards (matching payments with invoices)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:145 -msgid "" -"If you use this approach to manage received checks, you can use the report " -"**Bank Reconciliation Report** to verify which checks have been received or " -"paid by the bank. (this report is available from the **More** option from " -"the Accounting dashboard on the related bank account)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:3 -msgid "How to register credit card payments on invoices?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:5 -msgid "" -"There are two ways to handle payments received by credit cards. Odoo support" -" both approaches so that you can use the one that better fits your habits." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:9 -msgid "" -"**Undeposited Funds** (mostly used in european countries): once you receive " -"the credit card payment authorization, you record a payment by credit card " -"on the invoice (using a Credit card journal and posted on the Undeposited " -"Fund account). Then, once the credit card payments arrives in your bank " -"account, move money from Undeposited Funds to your bank account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:16 -msgid "" -"**One journal entry only** (mostly used in the U.S.): once your receive the " -"credit card payment, you record a payment on your bank, paid by credit card," -" without going through the Undeposited Funds. Once you process your bank " -"statement, you do the matching with your bank feed and the credit card " -"payment, without creating a dedicated journal entry ." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:23 -msgid "" -"We recommend the first approach as it is more accurate (your bank account " -"balance is accurate, taking into accounts credit cards that have not been " -"cashed yet). Both approaches require the same effort." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:27 -msgid "" -"If you use eCommerce and an automated payment gateway, you will only need to" -" take care of the bank reconciliation part as paid invoice will be " -"automatically recorded in the right journal. You will use the second " -"approach." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Even if the first method is cleaner, Odoo support the second approach " -"because some accountants are used to it (*QuickBooks* and *Peachtree* " -"users)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:42 -msgid "" -"On the Accounting module, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Journals " -"--> Create`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Create a Journal called 'Credit card payments' with the following data:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:46 -msgid "**Journal Name**: Credit card" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:47 -msgid "**Default debit account**: Credit cards" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:48 -msgid "**Default credit account**: Credit cards" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:50 -msgid "" -"The account type should be \"Credit Card\". Once it's done, don't forget to " -"set the \"Credit cards\" account as \"Allow Reconciliation\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:57 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:119 -msgid "From credit card payments to bank statements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:59 -msgid "" -"The first way to handle credit cards is to create a credit card journal. " -"Thus, credit cards become a payment method in itself and you will record two" -" transactions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:63 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:121 -msgid "" -"Once you receive a customer credit card payment, go to the related invoice " -"and click on Register Payment. Fill in the information about the payment:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:67 -msgid "**Payment method**: Credit card" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:69 -msgid "**Memo**: write the invoice reference" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:81 -msgid "Credit Cards" -msgstr "Carte di credito" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:84 -msgid "" -"The invoice is marked as paid as soon as you record the credit card payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:87 -msgid "" -"Then, once you get the bank statements, you will match this statement with " -"the credit card that is in the 'Credit card' account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:93 -msgid "Credit cards" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:98 -msgid "" -"If you use this approach to manage credit cards payments, you get the list " -"of credit cards payments that have not been cashed in the \"Credit card\" " -"account (accessible, for example, from the general ledger)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:104 -msgid "" -"Both methods will produce the same data in your accounting at the end of the" -" process. But, if you have credit cards that have not been cashed, this one " -"is cleaner because those credit cards have not been reported yet on your " -"bank account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:115 -msgid "" -"There is nothing to configure if you plan to manage your credit cards using " -"this method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:125 -msgid "**Payment method**: the bank that will be used for the deposit" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:127 -msgid "**Memo**: write the credit card transaction number" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:132 -msgid "" -"The invoice is marked as paid as soon as the credit card payment has been " -"recorded. Once you receive the bank statements, you will do the matching " -"with the statement and this actual payment (technically: point this payment " -"and relate it to the statement line)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:150 -msgid "" -"You may also record the payment directly without going on the customer " -"invoice, using the top menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. This method" -" may be more convenient if you have a lot of credit cards to record in a " -"batch but you will have to reconcile entries afterwards (matching payments " -"with invoices)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:155 -msgid "" -"If you use this approach to manage received credit cards, you can use the " -"report \"Bank Reconciliation Report\" to verify which credit cards have been" -" received or paid by the bank (this report is available from the \"More\" " -"option from the Accounting dashboard on the related bank account)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:166 -msgid ":doc:`recording`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:167 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:128 -msgid ":doc:`../../bank/feeds/paypal`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:169 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:130 -msgid ":doc:`followup`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:3 -msgid "Follow-up on invoices and get paid faster" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:5 -msgid "" -"It is essential for your business to collect payments when they are overdue." -" Odoo will help you identify payments that are late and will allow you to " -"send the appropriate reminders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:10 -msgid "Manage your follow-ups" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:13 -msgid "" -"We recommend that you reconcile your bank statements before launching your " -"follow-up process. It will avoid you the trouble of sending a statement to a" -" customer that has already paid you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:17 -msgid "" -"The overdue invoices you need to follow-up on are available by default in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Sales --> Follow-up Reports`. There, you can " -"easily send a reminder by email or print it as a letter. Then, you can click" -" on the *Done* button to view the next follow-up that needs your attention." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Otherwise, if now is not the time for a reminder, click on *Remind me " -"later*. You will get the next report according to the *Next Reminder Date* " -"set on the statement." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:28 -msgid "" -"To avoid sending too many reminders in a short period of time, change the " -"number of days calculated between each report by going to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Payment " -"Follow-up`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:33 -msgid "" -"You can also set a trust level for your customers by marking them as bad, " -"normal or good debtors on the follow-up reports." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:40 -msgid "Send reminders in batch" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:42 -msgid "" -"To get your follow-up process easier, you can send reminder emails in batch " -"from your follow-up reports page. Select all the reports you would like to " -"process, click on *Action* and then on *Process Follow-ups*. A pdf document " -"containing all of the follow-up letters for you to print will also be " -"automatically generated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:52 -msgid "Plan a follow-up process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:54 -msgid "" -"To plan a follow-up process, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Follow-up Levels* feature " -"under the *Customer Payments* section. Then, click on the new *Follow-up " -"Levels* button that has appeared on your settings page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:59 -msgid "" -"A follow-up plan with several actions is available by default in Odoo, but " -"you can customize it any way you want. Depending on a specific number of " -"overdue days, plan to send an email, a letter or to undertake a manual " -"action. You can also edit the template used for the statement according to " -"the stage of the process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:69 -msgid "" -"If you would like to get a reminder before the actual due date, set a " -"negative number of due days." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:29 -msgid "Get paid with SEPA" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:5 -msgid "" -"SEPA, the Single Euro Payments Area, is a payment-integration initiative of " -"the European Union for simplification of bank transfers denominated in EURO." -" SEPA Direct Debit allows you to withdraw money from the bank accounts of " -"your customers with their approval." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:13 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can record customer mandates, generate an SDD XML file " -"containing customer payments and upload it in your bank interface. The file " -"follows the SEPA Direct Debit PAIN.008.001.02 specifications. This is a " -"well-defined standard that makes consensus among banks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Go in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and " -"activate the SEPA Direct Debit (SDD) Feature. Enter the Creditor Identifier " -"of your company. This number is provided by your bank." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:32 -msgid "Direct Debit Mandates" -msgstr "Mandati di addebito diretto" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Before withdrawing money from a customer bank account, your customer has to " -"sign a mandate. Go in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Sales --> Direct Debit " -"Mandates` and create a new mandate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:41 -msgid "SEPA Direct Debit only works between IBAN Bank Accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Once you have entered all the information in the customer mandate, you can " -"print it and ask your customer to sign it. Once it is done, you can upload " -"the mandate signed by your customer on the mandate in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:50 -msgid "You can now validate the mandate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:55 -msgid "Let's create an invoice for that customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:57 -msgid "" -"When you will validate this invoice, the payment will be automatically " -"generated and your invoice will be directly marked as paid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:61 -msgid "" -"If you already had some invoices for that customer that could be paid using " -"that mandate, it's still possible to do it. Go on the invoice, click on " -"register payment and choose the Sepa Direct Debit as payment method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:67 -msgid "Generate SDD Files" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:69 -msgid "" -"You can generate the SDD File with all the customer payments to send to your" -" bank directly from the accounting dashboard :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:75 -msgid "" -"You select the payments in the list that you want to include in your SDD " -"File, click on action and select \"Generate Direct Debit XML\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:81 -msgid "" -"You can now download the XML file generated by Odoo and upload it in your " -"bank interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:85 -msgid "" -"You can retrieve all the generated XML by activating the developer mode and " -"going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payments --> SDD " -"Payment File`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:89 -msgid "Close or revoke a mandate" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:91 -msgid "" -"The Direct Debit mandate will be closed automatically once the end date " -"defined on it is reached. However, you can **close** a mandate earlier than " -"initially planned. To do that, simply go on the mandate and click on the " -"\"Close\" button.The end date of the mandate will be updated to today's " -"date. This means you will not be able to pay invoices with an invoice date " -"superior to this end date. Be careful, once a mandate is closed, it cannot " -"be reopened." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:99 -msgid "" -"You can also **revoke** a mandate. In that case, you won't be able to pay " -"any invoice using that mandate anymore, no matter the invoice date.To do " -"that, simply go on the mandate and click on the \"Revoke\" button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:3 -msgid "What are the different ways to record a payment?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, a payment can either be linked directly to an invoice or be a stand" -" alone record for use on a later date:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:8 -msgid "" -"If a payment is linked to an invoice, it reduces the amount due of the " -"invoice. You can have multiple payments linked to the same invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:12 -msgid "" -"If a payment is not linked to an invoice, the customer has an outstanding " -"credit with your company, or your company as an outstanding balance with a " -"vendor. You can use this outstanding credit/debit to pay future invoices or " -"bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:18 -msgid "Paying an invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:20 -msgid "" -"If you register a payment on a customer invoice or a vendor bill, the " -"payment is automatically reconciled with the invoice reducing the amount " -"due." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:27 -msgid "" -"The green icon near the payment line will display more information about the" -" payment. From there you can choose to open the journal entry or reconcile " -"the payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:33 -msgid "" -"If you unreconcile a payment, it is still registered in your books but not " -"linked to the specific invoice any longer. If you unreconcile a payment in a" -" different currency, Odoo will create a journal entry to reverse the " -"Currency Exchange Loss/Gain posted at the time of reconciliation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:39 -msgid "Payments not tied to an invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:42 -msgid "Registering a payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:44 -msgid "" -"In the Accounting application, you can create a new payment from the Sales " -"menu (register a customer payment) or the Purchases menu (pay a vendor). If " -"you use these menus, the payment is not linked to an invoice, but can easily" -" be reconciled on an invoice later on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:52 -msgid "" -"When registering a new payment, you must select a customer or vendor, the " -"payment method, and the amount of the payment. The currency of the " -"transaction is defined by the payment method. If the payment refers to a " -"document (sale order, purchase order or invoice), set the reference of this " -"document in the memo field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Once confirmed, a journal entry will be posted reflecting the transaction " -"just made in the accounting application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:62 -msgid "Reconciling invoice payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The easiest way of reconciling a payment with an invoice is to do so on the " -"invoice directly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:67 -msgid "" -"When validating a new invoice, Odoo will warn you that an outstanding " -"payment for this customer or vendor is available. In this case, you can " -"reconcile this payment to the invoice near the totals at the bottom, under " -"\"Outstanding Payments\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:76 -msgid "Reconciling all your outstanding payments and invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:78 -msgid "" -"If you want to reconcile all outstanding payments and invoices at once " -"(instead of doing so one by one), you can use the batch reconciliation " -"feature within Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:82 -msgid "" -"The batch reconciliation feature is available from the dashboard on the " -"Customer Invoices card and the Vendor Bills card for reconciling Accounts " -"Receivable and Payable, respectively." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:89 -msgid "" -"The payments matching tool will open all unreconciled customers or vendors " -"and will give you the opportunity to process them all one by one, doing the " -"matching of all their payments and invoices at once." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:96 -msgid "" -"During the reconciliation, if the sum of the debits and credits do not " -"match, it means there is still a remaining balance that either needs to be " -"reconciled at a later date, or needs to be written off directly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:101 -msgid "Transferring money from one bank account to another" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:103 -msgid "" -"Just like making a customer or vendor payment, you transfer cash internally " -"between your bank accounts from the dashboard or from the menus up top." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:110 -msgid "" -"This will take you to the same screen you have for receiving and making " -"payments." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:118 -msgid "" -"When making an internal transfer from one bank account to another, select " -"the bank you want to apply the transfer from in the dashboard, and in the " -"register payments screen, you select the transfer to account. Do not go " -"through this process again in the other bank account or else you will end up" -" with two journal entries for the same transaction." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:127 -msgid ":doc:`credit_cards`" -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po deleted file mode 100644 index 3d0a39fd7..000000000 --- a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,26 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Sergio Zanchetta <primes2h@gmail.com>, 2019 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:14+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Sergio Zanchetta <primes2h@gmail.com>, 2019\n" -"Language-Team: Italian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/it/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: it\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../applications.rst:3 -msgid "Applications" -msgstr "Applicazioni" diff --git a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po deleted file mode 100644 index 0ac8b9e81..000000000 --- a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1160 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Luigi Di Naro <gigidn@gmail.com>, 2019 -# Sergio Zanchetta <primes2h@gmail.com>, 2019 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-03 08:44+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:14+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Sergio Zanchetta <primes2h@gmail.com>, 2019\n" -"Language-Team: Italian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/it/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: it\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../crm.rst:5 -msgid "CRM" -msgstr "CRM" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads.rst:3 -msgid "Acquire leads" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:3 -msgid "Convert leads into opportunities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The system can generate leads instead of opportunities, in order to add a " -"qualification step before converting a *Lead* into an *Opportunity* and " -"assigning to the right sales people. You can activate this mode from the CRM" -" Settings. It applies to all your sales channels by default. But you can " -"make it specific for specific channels from their configuration form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:13 -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:41 -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:13 ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:12 -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:12 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Configurazione" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:15 -msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> " -"Settings` and activate the *Leads* feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:21 -msgid "" -"You will now have a new submenu *Leads* under *Leads* where they will " -"aggregate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:28 -msgid "Convert a lead into an opportunity" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:30 -msgid "" -"When you click on a *Lead* you will have the option to convert it to an " -"opportunity and decide if it should still be assigned to the same " -"channel/person and if you need to create a new customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:37 -msgid "" -"If you already have an opportunity with that customer Odoo will " -"automatically offer you to merge with that opportunity. In the same manner, " -"Odoo will automatically offer you to link to an existing customer if that " -"customer already exists." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:3 -msgid "Generate leads/opportunities from emails" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Automating the lead/opportunity generation will considerably improve your " -"efficiency. By default, any email sent to *sales@database\\_domain.ext* will" -" create an opportunity in the pipeline of the default sales channel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:11 -msgid "Configure email aliases" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Each sales channel can have its own email alias, to generate " -"leads/opportunities automatically assigned to it. It is useful if you manage" -" several sales teams with specific business processes. You will find the " -"configuration of sales channels under :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Sales Channels`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:3 -msgid "Generate leads/opportunities from your website contact page" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Automating the lead/opportunity generation will considerably improve your " -"efficiency. Any visitor using the contact form on your website will create a" -" lead/opportunity in the pipeline." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:10 -msgid "Use the contact us on your website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:12 -msgid "You should first go to your website app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:14 -msgid "|image0|\\ |image1|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:16 -msgid "" -"With the CRM app installed, you benefit from ready-to-use contact form on " -"your Odoo website that will generate leads/opportunities automatically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:23 -msgid "" -"To change to a specific sales channel, go to :menuselection:`Website --> " -"Configuration --> Settings` under *Communication* you will find the Contact " -"Form info and where to change the *Sales Channel* or *Salesperson*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:32 -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:50 -msgid "Create a custom contact form" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:34 -msgid "" -"You may want to know more from your visitor when they use the contact form " -"to contact you. You will then need to build a custom contact form on your " -"website. Those contact forms can generate multiple types of records in the " -"system (emails, leads/opportunities, project tasks, helpdesk tickets, " -"etc...)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:43 -msgid "" -"You will need to install the free *Form Builder* module. Only available in " -"Odoo Enterprise." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:52 -msgid "" -"From any page you want your contact form to be in, in edit mode, drag the " -"form builder in the page and you will be able to add all the fields you " -"wish." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:59 -msgid "" -"By default any new contact form will send an email, you can switch to " -"lead/opportunity generation in *Change Form Parameters*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:63 -msgid "" -"If the same visitor uses the contact form twice, the second information will" -" be added to the first lead/opportunity in the chatter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:67 -msgid "Generate leads instead of opportunities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:69 -msgid "" -"When using a contact form, it is advised to use a qualification step before " -"assigning to the right sales people. To do so, activate *Leads* in CRM " -"settings and refer to :doc:`convert`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:3 -msgid "Send quotations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When you qualify a lead into an opportunity you will most likely need to " -"send them a quotation. You can directly do this in the CRM App with Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:12 -msgid "Create a new quotation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:14 -msgid "" -"By clicking on any opportunity or lead, you will see a *New Quotation* " -"button, it will bring you into a new menu where you can manage your quote." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:21 -msgid "" -"You will find all your quotes to that specific opportunity under the " -"*Quotations* menu on that page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:28 -msgid "Mark them won/lost" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Now you will need to mark your opportunity as won or lost to move the " -"process along." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:33 -msgid "" -"If you mark them as won, they will move to your *Won* column in your Kanban " -"view. If you however mark them as *Lost* they will be archived." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize.rst:3 -msgid "Optimize your Day-to-Day work" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:3 -msgid "Synchronize Google Calendar with Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo is perfectly integrated with Google Calendar so that you can see & " -"manage your meetings from both platforms (updates go through both " -"directions)." -msgstr "" -"Odoo è perfettamente integrato con i calendari di Google, è possibile " -"visionare e gestire le riunioni da entrambe le piattaforme (gli " -"aggiornamenti sono bidirezionali)." - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:10 -msgid "Setup in Google" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Go to `Google APIs platform <https://console.developers.google.com>`__ to " -"generate Google Calendar API credentials. Log in with your Google account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:14 -msgid "Go to the API & Services page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:19 -msgid "Search for *Google Calendar API* and select it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:27 -msgid "Enable the API." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Select or create an API project to store the credentials if not yet done " -"before. Give it an explicit name (e.g. Odoo Sync)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:35 -msgid "Create credentials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Select *Web browser (Javascript)* as calling source and *User data* as kind " -"of data." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Then you can create a Client ID. Enter the name of the application (e.g. " -"Odoo Calendar) and the allowed pages on which you will be redirected. The " -"*Authorized JavaScript origin* is your Odoo's instance URL. The *Authorized " -"redirect URI* is your Odoo's instance URL followed by " -"'/google_account/authentication'." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Go through the Consent Screen step by entering a product name (e.g. Odoo " -"Calendar). Feel free to check the customizations options but this is not " -"mandatory. The Consent Screen will only show up when you enter the Client ID" -" in Odoo for the first time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Finally you are provided with your **Client ID**. Go to *Credentials* to get" -" the **Client Secret** as well. Both of them are required in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:67 -msgid "Setup in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Install the **Google Calendar** App from the *Apps* menu or by checking the " -"option in :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:75 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and enter your **Client" -" ID** and **Client Secret** in Google Calendar option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:81 -msgid "" -"The setup is now ready. Open your Odoo Calendar and sync with Google. The " -"first time you do it you are redirected to Google to authorize the " -"connection. Once back in Odoo, click the sync button again. You can click it" -" whenever you want to synchronize your calendar." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:89 -msgid "As of now you no longer have excuses to miss a meeting!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:3 -msgid "Use VOIP services in Odoo with OnSIP" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:6 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "Introduzione" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo VoIP can be set up to work together with OnSIP (www.onsip.com). In that" -" case, the installation and setup of an Asterisk server is not necessary as " -"the whole infrastructure is hosted and managed by OnSIP." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:10 -msgid "" -"You will need to open an account with OnSIP to use this service. Before " -"doing so, make sure that your area and the areas you wish to call are " -"covered by the service. After opening an OnSIP account, follow the " -"configuration procedure below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:15 -msgid "Go to Apps and install the module **VoIP OnSIP**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Go to Settings/General Settings. In the section Integrations/Asterisk " -"(VoIP), fill in the 3 fields:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:22 -msgid "" -"**OnSIP Domain** is the domain you chose when creating an account on " -"www.onsip.com. If you don't know it, log in to https://admin.onsip.com/ and " -"you will see it in the top right corner of the screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:23 -msgid "**WebSocket** should contain wss://edge.sip.onsip.com" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:24 -msgid "**Mode** should be Production" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Go to **Settings/Users**. In the form view of each VoIP user, in the " -"Preferences tab, fill in the section **PBX Configuration**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:31 -msgid "**SIP Login / Browser's Extension**: the OnSIP 'Username'" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:32 -msgid "**OnSIP authorization User**: the OnSIP 'Auth Username'" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:33 -msgid "**SIP Password**: the OnSIP 'SIP Password'" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:34 -msgid "**Handset Extension**: the OnSIP 'Extension'" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:36 -msgid "" -"You can find all this information by logging in at " -"https://admin.onsip.com/users, then select the user you want to configure " -"and refer to the fields as pictured below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:41 -msgid "" -"You can now make phone calls by clicking the phone icon in the top right " -"corner of Odoo (make sure you are logged in as a user properly configured in" -" Odoo and in OnSIP)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:45 -msgid "" -"If you see a *Missing Parameters* message in the Odoo softphone, make sure " -"to refresh your Odoo window and try again." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:52 -msgid "" -"If you see an *Incorrect Number* message in the Odoo softphone, make sure to" -" use the international format, leading with the plus (+) sign followed by " -"the international country code. E.g.: +16506913277 (where +1 is the " -"international prefix for the United States)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:57 -msgid "" -"You can now also receive phone calls. Your number is the one provided by " -"OnSIP. Odoo will ring and display a notification." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:63 -msgid "OnSIP on Your Cell Phone" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:65 -msgid "" -"In order to make and receive phone calls when you are not in front of your " -"computer, you can use a softphone app on your cell phone in parallel of Odoo" -" VoIP. This is useful for on-the-go calls, but also to make sure to hear " -"incoming calls, or simply for convenience. Any SIP softphone will work." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:67 -msgid "" -"On Android and iOS, OnSIP has been successfully tested with `Grandstream " -"Wave <https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.grandstream.wave>`_." -" When creating an account, select OnSIP in the list of carriers. You will " -"then have to configure it as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:69 -msgid "**Account name**: OnSIP" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:70 -msgid "**SIP Server**: the OnSIP 'Domain'" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:71 -msgid "**SIP User ID**: the OnSIP 'Username'" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:72 -msgid "**SIP Authentication ID**: the OnSIP 'Auth Username'" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:73 -msgid "**Password**: the OnSIP 'SIP Password'" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:75 -msgid "" -"Aside from initiating calls from Grandstream Wave on your phone, you can " -"also initiate calls by clicking phone numbers in your browser on your PC. " -"This will make Grandstream Wave ring and route the call via your phone to " -"the other party. This approach is useful to avoid wasting time dialing phone" -" numbers. In order to do so, you will need the Chrome extension `OnSIP Call " -"Assistant <https://chrome.google.com/webstore/detail/onsip-call-" -"assistant/pceelmncccldedfkcgjkpemakjbapnpg?hl=en>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:79 -msgid "" -"The downside of using a softphone on your cell phone is that your calls will" -" not be logged in Odoo as the softphone acts as an independent separate app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:3 -msgid "Configure your VOIP Asterisk server for Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:6 -msgid "Installing Asterisk server" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:9 -msgid "Dependencies" -msgstr "Dipendenze" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Before installing Asterisk you need to install the following dependencies:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:13 -msgid "wget" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:14 -msgid "gcc" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:15 -msgid "g++" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:16 -msgid "ncurses-devel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:17 -msgid "libxml2-devel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:18 -msgid "sqlite-devel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:19 -msgid "libsrtp-devel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:20 -msgid "libuuid-devel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:21 -msgid "openssl-devel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:22 -msgid "pkg-config" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:24 -msgid "In order to install libsrtp, follow the instructions below:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:35 -msgid "" -"You also need to install PJSIP, you can download the source `here " -"<http://www.pjsip.org/download.htm>`_. Once the source directory is " -"extracted:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:37 -msgid "**Change to the pjproject source directory:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:43 -msgid "**run:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:49 -msgid "**Build and install pjproject:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:57 -msgid "**Update shared library links:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:63 -msgid "**Verify that pjproject is installed:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:69 -msgid "**The result should be:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:86 -msgid "Asterisk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:88 -msgid "" -"In order to install Asterisk 13.7.0, you can download the source directly " -"`there <http://downloads.asterisk.org/pub/telephony/asterisk/old-" -"releases/asterisk-13.7.0.tar.gz>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:90 -msgid "Extract Asterisk:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:96 -msgid "Enter the Asterisk directory:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:102 -msgid "Run the Asterisk configure script:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:108 -msgid "Run the Asterisk menuselect tool:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:114 -msgid "" -"In the menuselect, go to the resources option and ensure that res_srtp is " -"enabled. If there are 3 x’s next to res_srtp, there is a problem with the " -"srtp library and you must reinstall it. Save the configuration (press x). " -"You should also see stars in front of the res_pjsip lines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:116 -msgid "Compile and install Asterisk:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:122 -msgid "" -"If you need the sample configs you can run 'make samples' to install the " -"sample configs. If you need to install the Asterisk startup script you can " -"run 'make config'." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:125 -msgid "DTLS Certificates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:127 -msgid "After you need to setup the DTLS certificates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:133 -msgid "Enter the Asterisk scripts directory:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:139 -msgid "" -"Create the DTLS certificates (replace pbx.mycompany.com with your ip address" -" or dns name, replace My Super Company with your company name):" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:146 -msgid "Configure Asterisk server" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:148 -msgid "" -"For WebRTC, a lot of the settings that are needed MUST be in the peer " -"settings. The global settings do not flow down into the peer settings very " -"well. By default, Asterisk config files are located in /etc/asterisk/. Start" -" by editing http.conf and make sure that the following lines are " -"uncommented:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:158 -msgid "" -"Next, edit sip.conf. The WebRTC peer requires encryption, avpf, and " -"icesupport to be enabled. In most cases, directmedia should be disabled. " -"Also under the WebRTC client, the transport needs to be listed as ‘ws’ to " -"allow websocket connections. All of these config lines should be under the " -"peer itself; setting these config lines globally might not work:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:186 -msgid "" -"In the sip.conf and rtp.conf files you also need to add or uncomment the " -"lines:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:193 -msgid "Lastly, set up extensions.conf:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:202 -msgid "Configure Odoo VOIP" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:204 -msgid "In Odoo, the configuration should be done in the user's preferences." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:206 -msgid "" -"The SIP Login/Browser's Extension is the number you configured previously in" -" the sip.conf file. In our example, 1060. The SIP Password is the secret you" -" chose in the sip.conf file. The extension of your office's phone is not a " -"required field but it is used if you want to transfer your call from Odoo to" -" an external phone also configured in the sip.conf file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:212 -msgid "" -"The configuration should also be done in the sale settings under the title " -"\"PBX Configuration\". You need to put the IP you define in the http.conf " -"file and the WebSocket should be: ws://127.0.0.1:8088/ws. The part " -"\"127.0.0.1\" needs to be the same as the IP defined previously and the " -"\"8088\" is the port you defined in the http.conf file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance.rst:3 -msgid "Analyze performance" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:3 -msgid "Get an accurate probable turnover" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:5 -msgid "" -"As you progress in your sales cycle, and move from one stage to another, you" -" can expect to have more precise information about a given opportunity " -"giving you an better idea of the probability of closing it, this is " -"important to see your expected turnover in your various reports." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:11 -msgid "Configure your kanban stages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:13 -msgid "" -"By default, Odoo Kanban view has four stages: New, Qualified, Proposition, " -"Won. Respectively with a 10, 30, 70 and 100% probability of success. You can" -" add stages as well as edit them. By refining default probability of success" -" for your business on stages, you can make your probable turnover more and " -"more accurate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Every one of your opportunities will have the probability set by default but" -" you can modify them manually of course." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:29 -msgid "Set your opportunity expected revenue & closing date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:31 -msgid "" -"When you get information on a prospect, it is important to set an expected " -"revenue and expected closing date. This will let you see your total expected" -" revenue by stage as well as give a more accurate probable turnover." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:40 -msgid "See the overdue or closing soon opportunities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:42 -msgid "" -"In your pipeline, you can filter opportunities by how soon they will be " -"closing, letting you prioritize." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:48 -msgid "" -"As a sales manager, this tool can also help you see potential ways to " -"improve your sale process, for example a lot of opportunities in early " -"stages but with near closing date might indicate an issue." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:53 -msgid "View your total expected revenue and probable turnover" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:55 -msgid "" -"While in your Kanban view you can see the expected revenue for each of your " -"stages. This is based on each opportunity expected revenue that you set." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:62 -msgid "" -"As a manager you can go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Reporting --> Pipeline " -"Analysis` by default *Probable Turnover* is set as a measure. This report " -"will take into account the revenue you set on each opportunity but also the " -"probability they will close. This gives you a much better idea of your " -"expected revenue allowing you to make plans and set targets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:3 -msgid "Check your Win/Loss Ratio" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:5 -msgid "" -"To see how well you are doing with your pipeline, take a look at the " -"Win/Loss ratio." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:8 -msgid "" -"To access this report, go to your *Pipeline* view under the *Reporting* tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:11 -msgid "" -"From there you can filter to which opportunities you wish to see, yours, the" -" ones from your sales channel, your whole company, etc. You can then click " -"on filter and check Won/Lost." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:18 -msgid "You can also change the *Measures* to *Total Revenue*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:23 -msgid "You also have the ability to switch to a pie chart view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline.rst:3 -msgid "Organize the pipeline" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:3 -msgid "Manage lost opportunities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:5 -msgid "" -"While working with your opportunities, you might lose some of them. You will" -" want to keep track of the reasons you lost them and also which ways Odoo " -"can help you recover them in the future." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:10 -msgid "Mark a lead as lost" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:12 -msgid "" -"While in your pipeline, select any opportunity you want and you will see a " -"*Mark Lost* button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:15 -msgid "" -"You can then select an existing *Lost Reason* or create a new one right " -"there." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:22 -msgid "Manage & create lost reasons" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:24 -msgid "" -"You will find your *Lost Reasons* under :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Lost Reasons`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:26 -msgid "" -"You can select & rename any of them as well as create a new one from there." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:30 -msgid "Retrieve lost opportunities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:32 -msgid "" -"To retrieve lost opportunities and do actions on them (send an email, make a" -" feedback call, etc.), select the *Lost* filter in the search bar." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:39 -msgid "You will then see all your lost opportunities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:41 -msgid "" -"If you want to refine them further, you can add a filter on the *Lost " -"Reason*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:44 -msgid "For Example, *Too Expensive*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:50 -msgid "Restore lost opportunities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:52 -msgid "" -"From the Kanban view with the filter(s) in place, you can select any " -"opportunity you wish and work on it as usual. You can also restore it by " -"clicking on *Archived*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:59 -msgid "" -"You can also restore items in batch from the Kanban view when they belong to" -" the same stage. Select *Restore Records* in the column options. You can " -"also archive the same way." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:66 -msgid "To select specific opportunities, you should switch to the list view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Then you can select as many or all opportunities and select the actions you " -"want to take." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:78 -msgid ":doc:`../performance/win_loss`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:3 -msgid "Manage multiple sales teams" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, you can manage several sales teams, departments or channels with " -"specific sales processes. To do so, we use the concept of *Sales Channel*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:10 -msgid "Create a new sales channel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To create a new *Sales Channel*, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Sales Channels`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:14 -msgid "" -"There you can set an email alias to it. Every message sent to that email " -"address will create a lead/opportunity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:21 -msgid "Add members to your sales channel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:23 -msgid "" -"You can add members to any channel; that way those members will see the " -"pipeline structure of the sales channel when opening it. Any " -"lead/opportunity assigned to them will link to the sales channel. Therefore," -" you can only be a member of one channel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:28 -msgid "This will ease the process review of the team manager." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:33 -msgid "" -"If you now filter on this specific channel in your pipeline, you will find " -"all of its opportunities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:40 -msgid "Sales channel dashboard" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:42 -msgid "" -"To see the operations and results of any sales channel at a glance, the " -"sales manager also has access to the *Sales Channel Dashboard* under " -"*Reporting*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:46 -msgid "" -"It is shared with the whole ecosystem so every revenue stream is included in" -" it: Sales, eCommerce, PoS, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads.rst:3 -msgid "Assign and track leads" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:3 -msgid "Assign leads based on scoring" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:5 -msgid "" -"With *Leads Scoring* you can automatically rank your leads based on selected" -" criterias." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:8 -msgid "" -"For example you could score customers from your country higher or the ones " -"that visited specific pages on your website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:14 -msgid "" -"To use scoring, install the free module *Lead Scoring* under your *Apps* " -"page (only available in Odoo Enterprise)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:21 -msgid "Create scoring rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:23 -msgid "" -"You now have a new tab in your *CRM* app called *Leads Management* where you" -" can manage your scoring rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Here's an example for a Canadian lead, you can modify for whatever criteria " -"you wish to score your leads on. You can add as many criterias as you wish." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Every hour every lead without a score will be automatically scanned and " -"assigned their right score according to your scoring rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:40 -msgid "Assign leads" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Once the scores computed, leads can be assigned to specific teams using the " -"same domain mechanism. To do so go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Leads " -"Management --> Team Assignation` and apply a specific domain on each team. " -"This domain can include scores." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Further on, you can assign to a specific vendor in the team with an even " -"more refined domain." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:52 -msgid "" -"To do so go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Leads Management --> Leads " -"Assignation`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:58 -msgid "" -"The team & leads assignation will assign the unassigned leads once a day." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:62 -msgid "Evaluate & use the unassigned leads" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Once your scoring rules are in place you will most likely still have some " -"unassigned leads. Some of them could still lead to an opportunity so it is " -"useful to do something with them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:68 -msgid "" -"In your leads page you can place a filter to find your unassigned leads." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Why not using :menuselection:`Email Marketing` or :menuselection:`Marketing " -"Automation` apps to send a mass email to them? You can also easily find such" -" unassigned leads from there." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:3 -msgid "Track your prospects visits" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Tracking your website pages will give you much more information about the " -"interests of your website visitors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Every tracked page they visit will be recorded on your lead/opportunity if " -"they use the contact form on your website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:14 -msgid "" -"To use this feature, install the free module *Lead Scoring* under your " -"*Apps* page (only available in Odoo Enterprise)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:21 -msgid "Track a webpage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Go to any static page you want to track on your website and under the " -"*Promote* tab you will find *Optimize SEO*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:29 -msgid "There you will see a *Track Page* checkbox to track this page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:35 -msgid "See visited pages in your leads/opportunities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Now each time a lead is created from the contact form it will keep track of " -"the pages visited by that visitor. You have two ways to see those pages, on " -"the top right corner of your lead/opportunity you can see a *Page Views* " -"button but also further down you will see them in the chatter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Both will update if the viewers comes back to your website and visits more " -"pages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:52 -msgid "" -"The feature will not repeat multiple viewings of the same pages in the " -"chatter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:55 -msgid "Your customers will no longer be able to keep any secrets from you!" -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po deleted file mode 100644 index d9d749067..000000000 --- a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,730 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Luigi Di Naro <gigidn@gmail.com>, 2019 -# Sergio Zanchetta <primes2h@gmail.com>, 2019 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-07-27 11:08+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Sergio Zanchetta <primes2h@gmail.com>, 2019\n" -"Language-Team: Italian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/it/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: it\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:8 -msgid "Online Database management" -msgstr "Gestione database online" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:10 -msgid "" -"To manage your databases, access the `database management page " -"<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__ (you will have to sign in). Then " -"click on the `Manage Your Databases " -"<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases/manage>`__ button." -msgstr "" -"Per gestire i propri database, visitare la `pagina di gestione database " -"<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__ (è necessario effettuare l'accesso). " -"Quindi fare clic sul pulsante `«Gestisci database» " -"<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases/manage>`__ ." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Make sure you are connected as the administrator of the database you want to" -" manage - many operations depends on indentifying you remotely to that " -"database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:22 -msgid "Several actions are available:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:28 -msgid ":ref:`Upgrade <upgrade_button>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Upgrade your database to the latest Odoo version to enjoy cutting-edge " -"features" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:32 -msgid ":ref:`Duplicate <duplicate_online>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Make an exact copy of your database, if you want to try out new apps or new " -"flows without compromising your daily operations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:34 -msgid ":ref:`Rename <rename_online_database>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:35 -msgid "Rename your database (and its URL)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:37 -msgid "**Backup**" -msgstr "**Backup**" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Download an instant backup of your database; note that we back up databases " -"daily according to our Odoo Cloud SLA" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:40 -msgid ":ref:`Domains <custom_domain>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:40 -msgid "Configure custom domains to access your database via another URL" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:42 -msgid ":ref:`Delete <delete_online_database>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:43 -msgid "Delete a database instantly" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:46 -msgid "Contact Support" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Access our `support page <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__ with the correct " -"database already selected" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:51 -msgid "Upgrade" -msgstr "Avanzamento di versione" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Make sure to be connected to the database you want to upgrade and access the" -" database management page. On the line of the database you want to upgrade, " -"click on the \"Upgrade\" button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:60 -msgid "" -"You have the possibility to choose the target version of the upgrade. By " -"default, we select the highest available version available for your " -"database; if you were already in the process of testing a migration, we will" -" automatically select the version you were already testing (even if we " -"released a more recent version during your tests)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:66 -msgid "" -"By clicking on the \"Test upgrade\" button an upgrade request will be " -"generated. If our automated system does not encounter any problem, you will " -"receive a \"Test\" version of your upgraded database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:73 -msgid "" -"If our automatic system detect an issue during the creation of your test " -"database, our dedicated team will have to work on it. You will be notified " -"by email and the process will take up to 4 weeks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:77 -msgid "" -"You will have the possibility to test it for 1 month. Inspect your data " -"(e.g. accounting reports, stock valuation, etc.), check that all your usual " -"flows work correctly (CRM flow, Sales flow, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:81 -msgid "" -"Once you are ready and that everything is correct in your test migration, " -"you can click again on the Upgrade button, and confirm by clicking on " -"Upgrade (the button with the little rocket!) to switch your production " -"database to the new version." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:89 -msgid "" -"Your database will be taken offline during the upgrade (usually between " -"30min up to several hours for big databases), so make sure to plan your " -"migration during non-business hours." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:96 -msgid "Duplicating a database" -msgstr "Duplicare un database" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:98 -msgid "" -"Database duplication, renaming, custom DNS, etc. is not available for trial " -"databases on our Online platform. Paid Databases and \"One App Free\" " -"database can duplicate without problem." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:103 -msgid "" -"In the line of the database you want to duplicate, you will have a few " -"buttons. To duplicate your database, just click **Duplicate**. You will have" -" to give a name to your duplicate, then click **Duplicate Database**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:110 -msgid "" -"If you do not check the \"For testing purposes\" checkbox when duplicating a" -" database, all external communication will remain active:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:113 -msgid "Emails are sent" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:115 -msgid "" -"Payments are processed (in the e-commerce or Subscriptions apps, for " -"example)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:118 -msgid "Delivery orders (shipping providers) are sent" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:120 -msgid "Etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:122 -msgid "" -"Make sure to check the checkbox \"For testing purposes\" if you want these " -"behaviours to be disabled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:125 -msgid "" -"After a few seconds, you will be logged in your duplicated database. Notice " -"that the url uses the name you chose for your duplicated database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:129 -msgid "Duplicate databases expire automatically after 15 days." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:137 -msgid "Rename a Database" -msgstr "Rinominare un database" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:139 -msgid "" -"To rename your database, make sure you are connected to the database you " -"want to rename, access the `database management page " -"<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__ and click **Rename**. You will have " -"to give a new name to your database, then click **Rename Database**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:150 -msgid "Deleting a Database" -msgstr "Eliminare un database" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:152 -msgid "You can only delete databases of which you are the administrator." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:154 -msgid "" -"When you delete your database all the data will be permanently lost. The " -"deletion is instant and for all the Users. We advise you to do an instant " -"backup of your database before deleting it, since the last automated daily " -"backup may be several hours old at that point." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:160 -msgid "" -"From the `database management page <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__, " -"on the line of the database you want to delete, click on the \"Delete\" " -"button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:167 -msgid "" -"Read carefully the warning message that will appear and proceed only if you " -"fully understand the implications of deleting a database:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:173 -msgid "" -"After a few seconds, the database will be deleted and the page will reload " -"automatically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:177 -msgid "" -"If you need to re-use this database name, it will be immediately available." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:179 -msgid "" -"It is not possible to delete a database if it is expired or linked to a " -"Subscription. In these cases contact `Odoo Support " -"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:183 -msgid "" -"If you want to delete your Account, please contact `Odoo Support " -"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:7 -msgid "On-premise Database management" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:10 -msgid "Register a database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To register your database, you just need to enter your Subscription Code in " -"the banner in the App Switcher. Make sure you do not add extra spaces before" -" or after your subscription code. If the registration is successful, it will" -" turn green and will provide you with the Expiration Date of your freshly-" -"registered database. You can check this Epiration Date in the About menu " -"(Odoo 9) or in the Settings Dashboard (Odoo 10)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:20 -msgid "Registration Error Message" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:22 -msgid "" -"If you are unable to register your database, you will likely encounter this " -"message:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:31 ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:97 -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:130 -msgid "Solutions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:33 -msgid "Do you have a valid Enterprise subscription?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Check if your subscription details get the tag \"In Progress\" on your `Odoo" -" Account <https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__ or with your Account" -" Manager" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:39 -msgid "Have you already linked a database with your subscription reference?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:41 -msgid "" -"You can link only one database per subscription. (Need a test or a " -"development database? `Find a partner <https://www.odoo.com/partners>`__)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:45 -msgid "" -"You can unlink the old database yourself on your `Odoo Contract " -"<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__ with the button \"Unlink " -"database\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:52 -msgid "" -"A confirmation message will appear; make sure this is the correct database " -"as it will be deactivated shortly:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:59 -msgid "Do you have the updated version of Odoo 9?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:61 -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:190 -msgid "" -"From July 2016 onward, Odoo 9 now automatically change the uuid of a " -"duplicated database; a manual operation is no longer required." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:64 -msgid "" -"If it's not the case, you may have multiple databases sharing the same UUID." -" Please check on your `Odoo Contract " -"<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__, a short message will appear " -"specifying which database is problematic:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:73 -msgid "" -"In this case, you need to change the UUID on your test databases to solve " -"this issue. You will find more information about this in :ref:`this section " -"<duplicate_premise>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:76 -msgid "" -"For your information, we identify database with UUID. Therefore, each " -"database should have a distinct UUID to ensure that registration and " -"invoicing proceed effortlessly for your and for us." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:82 -msgid "Error message due to too many users" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:84 -msgid "" -"If you have more users in your local database than provisionned in your Odoo" -" Enterprise subscription, you may encounter this message:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:93 -msgid "" -"When the message appears you have 30 days before the expiration. The " -"countdown is updated everyday." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:99 -msgid "" -"**Add more users** on your subscription: follow the link and Validate the " -"upsell quotation and pay for the extra users." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:102 -msgid "or" -msgstr "o" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:104 -msgid "" -"**Deactivate users** as explained in this `Documentation " -"<https://www.odoo.com " -"/documentation/user/11.0/db_management/documentation.html#deactivating-" -"users>`__ and **Reject** the upsell quotation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:109 -msgid "" -"Once your database has the correct number of users, the expiration message " -"will disappear automatically after a few days, when the next verification " -"occurs. We understand that it can be a bit frightening to see the countdown," -" so you can :ref:`force an Update Notification <force_ping>` to make the " -"message disappear right away." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:116 -msgid "Database expired error message" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:118 -msgid "" -"If your database reaches its expiration date before your renew your " -"subscription, you will encounter this message:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:126 -msgid "" -"This **blocking** message appears after a non-blocking message that lasts 30" -" days. If you fail to take action before the end of the countdown, the " -"database is expired." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:134 -msgid "" -"Renew your subscription: follow the link and renew your subscription - note " -"that" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:133 -msgid "" -"if you wish to pay by Wire Transfer, your subscription will effectively be " -"renewed only when the payment arrives, which can take a few days. Credit " -"card payments are processed immediately." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:136 -msgid "Contact our `Support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:138 -msgid "" -"None of those solutions worked for you? Please contact our `Support " -"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:145 -msgid "Force an Update Notification" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:147 -msgid "" -"Update Notifications happen once every 7 days and keep your database up-to-" -"date with your Odoo Enterprise subscription. If you modify your subscription" -" (i.e. add more users, renew it for a year, etc.), your local database will " -"only be made aware of the change once every 7 days - this can cause " -"discrepancies between the state of your subscription and some notifications " -"in your App Switcher. When doing such an operation on your subscription, you" -" can force an Update using the following procedure:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:154 -msgid "Connect to the database with the **Administrator** account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:155 -msgid "" -"Switch to the Developer mode by using the **About** option in the top-right " -"menu (in V9) / in **Settings** (in V10): click on **Activate the developer" -" mode**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:158 -msgid "" -"Navigate to the \"Settings\" menu, then \"Technical\" > \"Automation\" > " -"\"Scheduled Actions\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:160 -msgid "" -"Find \"Update Notification\" in the list, click on it, and finally click on " -"the button \"**RUN MANUALLY**\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:162 -msgid "Refresh the page, the \"Expiration\" notification should be gone" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:165 -msgid "" -"You may have kept the same UUID on different databases and we receive " -"information from those databases too. So please read :ref:`this " -"documentation <duplicate_premise>` to know how to change the UUID. After the" -" change you can force a ping to speed up the verification, your production " -"database will then be correctly identified." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:174 -msgid "Duplicate a database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:176 -msgid "" -"You can duplicate your database by accessing the database manager on your " -"server (<odoo-server>/web/database/manager). In this page, you can easily " -"duplicate your database (among other things)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:184 -msgid "" -"When you duplicate a local database, it is **strongly** advised to change " -"the duplicated database's uuid (Unniversally Unique Identifier), since this " -"uuid is how your database identifies itself with our servers. Having two " -"databases with the same uuid could result in invoicing problems or " -"registration problems down the line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:193 -msgid "" -"The database uuid is currently accessible from the menu **Settings > " -"Technical > System Parameters**, we advise you to use a `uuid generator " -"<https://www.uuidgenerator.net>`__ or to use the unix command ``uuidgen`` to" -" generate a new uuid. You can then simply replace it like any other record " -"by clicking on it and using the edit button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:7 -msgid "Users and Features" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:9 -msgid "" -"As the administrator of your database, you are responsible for its usage. " -"This includes the Apps you install as well as the number of users currently " -"in use." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Odoo is many things (ERP, CMS, CRM application, e-Commerce backend, etc.) " -"but it is *not* a smartphone. You should apply caution when adding/removing " -"features (especially Apps) on your database since this may impact your " -"subscription amount significantly (or switch you from a free account to a " -"paying one on our online platform)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:19 -msgid "" -"This page contains some information as to how you can manage your Odoo " -"instances. Before carrying any of these procedures, we **strongly** advise " -"to test them on a duplicate of your database first. That way, if something " -"goes wrong, your day-to-day business is not impacted." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:24 -msgid "" -"You can find guides on how to duplicate your databases both for :ref:`online" -" <duplicate_online>` and :ref:`on premise <duplicate_premise>` " -"installations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:28 -msgid "" -"If you have questions about the content of this page or if you encounter an " -"issue while carrying out these procedures, please contact us through our " -"`support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:34 -msgid "Deactivating Users" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Make sure you have sufficient **administrative rights** if you want to " -"change the status of any of your users." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:39 -msgid "" -"In your Odoo instance, click on **Settings**. You will have a section " -"showing you the active users on your database. Click on **Manage access " -"rights.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:44 -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:82 -msgid "|settings|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:44 -msgid "|browse_users|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:47 -msgid "You'll then see the list of your users." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:52 -msgid "" -"The pre-selected filter *Internal Users* shows your paying users (different " -"from the *Portal Users* which are free). If you remove this filter, you'll " -"get all your users (the ones you pay for and the portal ones)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:57 -msgid "" -"In your list of users, click on the user you want to deactivate. As soon as " -"you are on the userform, go with your mouse cursor on the status **Active** " -"(top right). Click on Active and you will notice that the status will change" -" to **Inactive** immediately." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:66 -msgid "The user is now deactivated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:68 -msgid "**Never** deactivate the main user (*admin*)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:71 -msgid "Uninstalling Apps" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Make sure you first test what you are about to do on a :ref:`duplicate " -"<duplicate_online>` of your database before making any changes (*especially*" -" installing/uninstalling apps)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:77 -msgid "" -"In your Odoo instance click on **Settings**; in this app, you will be able " -"to see how many applications you have installed. Click on **Browse Apps** to" -" access the list of your installed applications." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:82 -msgid "|browse_apps|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:85 -msgid "" -"In your applications' dashboard, you will see all the icons of your " -"applications. Click on the application you want to uninstall. Then, on the " -"form of the application, click on **Uninstall**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Some applications have dependencies, like Invoicing, eCommerce, etc. " -"Therefore, the system will give you a warning message to advise you of what " -"is about to be removed. If you uninstall your application, all its " -"dependencies will be uninstalled as well (and the data in them will " -"permanently disappear). If you are sure you still want to uninstall it, then" -" click **Confirm**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:99 -msgid "" -"Last, after having checked the warning message (if any), click **Confirm**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:104 -msgid "You have finished uninstalling your application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:107 -msgid "Good to know" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:109 -msgid "" -"**Uninstalling apps, managing users, etc. is up to you**: no one else can " -"know if your business flow is broken better than you. If we were to " -"uninstall applications for you, we would never be able to tell if relevant " -"data had been removed or if one of your business flow was broken because we " -"*do not know how you work* and therefore cannot validate these kinds of " -"operations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:115 -msgid "" -"**Odoo Apps have dependencies**: this means that you may need to install " -"modules that you do not actively use to access some features of Odoo you " -"might need. For example, the Website Builder app is needed to be able to " -"show your customer their Quotes in a web page. Even though you might not " -"need or use the Website itself, it is needed for the Online Quotes feature " -"to work properly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:122 -msgid "" -"**Always test app installation/removal on a duplicate** (or on a free trial " -"database): that way you can know what other apps may be required, etc. This " -"will avoid surprises when uninstalling or when receiving your invoices." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po deleted file mode 100644 index 521dedb1a..000000000 --- a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,662 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Sergio Zanchetta <primes2h@gmail.com>, 2019 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Sergio Zanchetta <primes2h@gmail.com>, 2019\n" -"Language-Team: Italian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/it/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: it\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../discuss.rst:5 -msgid "Discuss" -msgstr "Comunicazioni" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:3 -msgid "How to use my mail server to send and receive emails in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:5 -msgid "" -"This document is mainly dedicated to Odoo on-premise users who don't benefit" -" from an out-of-the-box solution to send and receive emails in Odoo, unlike " -"`Odoo Online <https://www.odoo.com/trial>`__ & `Odoo.sh " -"<https://www.odoo.sh>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:9 -msgid "" -"If no one in your company is used to manage email servers, we strongly " -"recommend that you opt for those Odoo hosting solutions. Their email system " -"works instantly and is monitored by professionals. Nevertheless you can " -"still use your own email servers if you want to manage your email server's " -"reputation yourself." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:15 -msgid "" -"You will find here below some useful information on how to integrate your " -"own email solution with Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Office 365 email servers don't allow easiliy to send external emails from " -"hosts like Odoo. Refer to the `Microsoft's documentation " -"<https://support.office.com/en-us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-" -"device-or-application-to-send-email-using-" -"Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ to make it work." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:24 -msgid "How to manage outbound messages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:26 -msgid "" -"As a system admin, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and " -"check *External Email Servers*. Then, click *Outgoing Mail Servers* to " -"create one and reference the SMTP data of your email server. Once all the " -"information has been filled out, click on *Test Connection*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:31 -msgid "Here is a typical configuration for a G Suite server." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:36 -msgid "Then set your email domain name in the General Settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:39 -msgid "Can I use an Office 365 server" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:40 -msgid "" -"You can use an Office 365 server if you run Odoo on-premise. Office 365 SMTP" -" relays are not compatible with Odoo Online." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Please refer to `Microsoft's documentation <https://support.office.com/en-" -"us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-device-or-application-to-send-" -"email-using-Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ to configure" -" a SMTP relay for your Odoo's IP address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:47 -msgid "How to use a G Suite server" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:48 -msgid "" -"You can use an G Suite server for any Odoo hosting type. To do so you need " -"to enable a SMTP relay and to allow *Any addresses* in the *Allowed senders*" -" section. The configuration steps are explained in `Google documentation " -"<https://support.google.com/a/answer/2956491?hl=en>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:56 -msgid "Be SPF-compliant" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:57 -msgid "" -"In case you use SPF (Sender Policy Framework) to increase the deliverability" -" of your outgoing emails, don't forget to authorize Odoo as a sending host " -"in your domain name settings. Here is the configuration for Odoo Online:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:61 -msgid "" -"If no TXT record is set for SPF, create one with following definition: " -"v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com ~all" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:63 -msgid "" -"In case a SPF TXT record is already set, add \"include:_spf.odoo.com\". e.g." -" for a domain name that sends emails via Odoo Online and via G Suite it " -"could be: v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com include:_spf.google.com ~all" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Find `here <https://www.mail-tester.com/spf/>`__ the exact procedure to " -"create or modify TXT records in your own domain registrar." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Your new SPF record can take up to 48 hours to go into effect, but this " -"usually happens more quickly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Adding more than one SPF record for a domain can cause problems with mail " -"delivery and spam classification. Instead, we recommend using only one SPF " -"record by modifying it to authorize Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:78 -msgid "Allow DKIM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:79 -msgid "" -"You should do the same thing if DKIM (Domain Keys Identified Mail) is " -"enabled on your email server. In the case of Odoo Online & Odoo.sh, you " -"should add a DNS \"odoo._domainkey\" CNAME record to " -"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\". For example, for \"foo.com\" they should have " -"a record \"odoo._domainkey.foo.com\" that is a CNAME with the value " -"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:87 -msgid "How to manage inbound messages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:89 -msgid "Odoo relies on generic email aliases to fetch incoming messages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:91 -msgid "" -"**Reply messages** of messages sent from Odoo are routed to their original " -"discussion thread (and to the inbox of all its followers) by the catchall " -"alias (**catchall@**)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:95 -msgid "" -"**Bounced messages** are routed to **bounce@** in order to track them in " -"Odoo. This is especially used in `Odoo Email Marketing " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/email-marketing>`__ to opt-out invalid " -"recipients." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:99 -msgid "" -"**Original messages**: Several business objects have their own alias to " -"create new records in Odoo from incoming emails:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:102 -msgid "" -"Sales Channel (to create Leads or Opportunities in `Odoo CRM " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/crm>`__)," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:104 -msgid "" -"Support Channel (to create Tickets in `Odoo Helpdesk " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/helpdesk>`__)," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:106 -msgid "" -"Projects (to create new Tasks in `Odoo Project <https://www.odoo.com/page" -"/project-management>`__)," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:108 -msgid "" -"Job Positions (to create Applicants in `Odoo Recruitment " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/recruitment>`__)," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:110 -msgid "etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:112 -msgid "" -"Depending on your mail server, there might be several methods to fetch " -"emails. The easiest and most recommended method is to manage one email " -"address per Odoo alias in your mail server." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:116 -msgid "" -"Create the corresponding email addresses in your mail server (catchall@, " -"bounce@, sales@, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:118 -msgid "Set your domain name in the General Settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:123 -msgid "" -"If you use Odoo on-premise, create an *Incoming Mail Server* in Odoo for " -"each alias. You can do it from the General Settings as well. Fill out the " -"form according to your email provider’s settings. Leave the *Actions to " -"Perform on Incoming Mails* blank. Once all the information has been filled " -"out, click on *TEST & CONFIRM*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:132 -msgid "" -"If you use Odoo Online or Odoo.sh, We do recommend to redirect incoming " -"messages to Odoo's domain name rather than exclusively use your own email " -"server. That way you will receive incoming messages without delay. Indeed, " -"Odoo Online is fetching incoming messages of external servers once per hour " -"only. You should set redirections for all the email addresses to Odoo's " -"domain name in your email server (e.g. *catchall@mydomain.ext* to " -"*catchall@mycompany.odoo.com*)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:139 -msgid "" -"All the aliases are customizable in Odoo. Object aliases can be edited from " -"their respective configuration view. To edit catchall and bounce aliases, " -"you first need to activate the developer mode from the Settings Dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:147 -msgid "" -"Then refresh your screen and go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical " -"--> Parameters --> System Parameters` to customize the aliases " -"(*mail.catchall.alias* & * mail.bounce.alias*)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:154 -msgid "" -"By default inbound messages are fetched every 5 minutes in Odoo on-premise. " -"You can change this value in developer mode. Go to :menuselection:`Settings " -"--> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions` and look for *Mail: " -"Fetchmail Service*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:3 -msgid "How to follow Twitter feed from Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:8 -msgid "" -"You can follow specific hashtags on Twitter and see the tweets within the " -"Odoo Discuss channels of your choice. The tweets are retrieved periodically " -"from Twitter. An authenticated user can retweet the messages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:13 -msgid "Setting up the App on Twitter's side" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Twitter uses an \"App\" on its side which is opens a gate to which Odoo asks" -" for tweets, and through which a user can retweet. To set up this app, go to" -" http://apps.twitter.com/app/new and put in the values:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:19 -msgid "Name: this is the name of the application on Twitter" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Website: this is the external url of your Odoo database, with \"/web\" " -"added. For example, if your Odoo instance is hosted at " -"\"http://www.example.com\", you should put \"http://www.example.com/web\" in" -" this field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Callback URL: this is the address on which Twitter will respond. Following " -"the previous example you should write " -"\"http://www.example.com/web/twitter/callback\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Do not forget to accept the terms **Developer agreement** of use and click " -"on **Create your Twitter application** at the bottom of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:33 -msgid "Getting the API key and secret" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:35 -msgid "" -"When on the App dashboard, switch to the **Keys and Access Tokens** tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:40 -msgid "" -"And copy those values in Odoo in :menuselection:`Settings--> General " -"Settings--> Twitter discuss integration` and click on **Save** to save the " -"settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:3 -msgid "How to grab attention of other users in my messages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:5 -msgid "" -"You can **mention** a user in a channel or chatter by typing **@user-name**." -" Mentioning a user in the chatter will set them as a follower of the item " -"(if they are not already) and send a message to their inbox. The item " -"containing the mention will also be bolded in the list view. Mentioning a " -"user in a channel will send a message to their inbox. You cannot mention a " -"user in a channel who is not subscribed to the channel. Typing **#channel-" -"name** will provide a link to the mentioned channel in either a chatter or " -"another channel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:15 -msgid "Direct messaging a user" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:17 -msgid "" -"**Direct messages** are private messages viewable only by the sender and " -"recipient. You can send direct messages to other users from within the " -"Discuss module by creating a new conversation or selecting an existing one " -"from the sidebar. Direct messages can be sent from anywhere in Odoo using " -"the speech bubble icon in the top bar. The online status of other users is " -"displayed to the left of their name. A **green dot** indicates that a user " -"is Online, an **orange dot** that they are Idle, and a **grey dot** that " -"they are offline." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:28 -msgid "Desktop notifications from Discuss" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:30 -msgid "" -"You can choose to see **desktop notifications** when you receive a new " -"direct message. The notification shows you the sender and a brief preview of" -" the message contents. These can be configured or disabled by clicking on " -"the gear icon in the corner of the notification.." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:3 -msgid "How to be responsive at work thanks to my Odoo inbox" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Use the **Inbox** in Discuss app to monitor updates and progress on " -"everything you do in Odoo. Notifications and messages from everything you " -"follow or in which you are mentioned appear in your inbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:13 -msgid "You can keep an eye on your **Inbox** from any screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Marking an item with a check marks the message as **read** and removes it " -"from your inbox. If you would like to save an item for future reference or " -"action, mark it with a star to add it to the **Starred** box. You can star " -"any message or notification in Discuss or any of the item-specific chatters " -"throughout Odoo to keep tabs on it here." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Why use Odoo Discuss" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo Discuss is an easy to use messaging app for teams that brings all your " -"organization's communication into one place and seamlessly integrates with " -"the Odoo platform. Discuss lets you send and receive messages from wherever " -"you are in Odoo as well as manage your messages and notifications easily " -"from within the app. Discuss allows you to create **channels** for team " -"chats, conversations about projects, meeting coordination, and more in one " -"simple and searchable interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:3 -msgid "Get organized by planning activities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Planning activities is the perfect way to keep on track with your work. Get " -"reminded of what needs to be done and schedule the next activities to " -"undertake." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Your activities are available wherever you are in Odoo. It is easy to manage" -" your priorities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Activities can be planned and managed from the chatters or in the kanban " -"views. Here is an example for opportunities :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:22 -msgid "Set your activity types" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:24 -msgid "" -"A number of generic activities types are available by default in Odoo (e.g. " -"call, email, meeting, etc.). If you would like to set new ones, go to " -":menuselection:`Settings --> General settings --> Activity types`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:29 -msgid "Schedule meetings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Activities are planned for specific days. If you need to set hours, go with " -"the *Meeting* activity type. When scheduling one, the calendar will simply " -"open to let you select a time slot." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:36 -msgid "" -"If you need to use other activity types with a calendar planning, make sure " -"their *Category* is set as *Meeting*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:40 -msgid "Schedule a chain of activities to follow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Odoo helps you easily plan your usual flow of activities. Go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Activity Types` and set the common " -"following steps as *Recommended next activities*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Now, when an activity is completed, you can select *Done & schedule next*. " -"The next steps will automatically be suggested to you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:55 -msgid "Have fun getting better organized by planning activities !" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:3 -msgid "How to efficiently communicate in team using channels" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:5 -msgid "" -"You can use **channels** to organize discussions between individual teams, " -"departments, projects, or any other group that requires regular " -"communication. By having conversations that everyone in the channel can see," -" it's easy to keep the whole team in the loop with the latest developments." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:12 -msgid "Creating a channel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:14 -msgid "" -"In Discuss there are two types of channels - **public** and **private**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:17 -msgid "" -"A **public channel** can only be created by an administrator with write " -"privileges and can be seen by everyone in the organization. By contrast, a " -"**private channel** can be created by any user and by default is only " -"visible to users who have been invited to this channel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:24 -msgid "" -"A public channel is best used when many employees need to access information" -" (such as interdepartmental communication or company announcements), whereas" -" a private channel should be used whenever information should be limited to " -"specific users/employees (such as department specific or sensitive " -"information)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:31 -msgid "Configuring a channel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:33 -msgid "" -"You can configure a channel's name, description, access rights, automatic " -"subscription, and emailing from :menuselection:`#channel-name --> Settings`." -" Changing channel access rights allows you to control which groups can view " -"each channel. You can make a channel visible by all users, invited users, or" -" users within a selected user group. Note that allowing \"Everyone\" to " -"follow a private channel will let other users view and join it as they would" -" a public channel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:47 -msgid "How to set up a mailing list" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:49 -msgid "" -"A channel can be configured to behave as a mailing list. From within " -":menuselection:`#channel-name --> Settings`, define the email you would like" -" to use. Users can then post to the channel and choose to receive " -"notifications using the defined email address. An envelope icon will appear " -"next to the channel name in the list to indicate that a channel will send " -"messages by email." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:57 -msgid "Locating a channel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:59 -msgid "" -"If you do not see a channel on your dashboard, you can search the list of " -"**public channels** to locate the correct channel or create a new channel by" -" clicking the plus icon." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:66 -msgid "" -"You can also click the **CHANNELS** heading to browse a list of all public " -"channels. This allows the user to manually **join** and **leave** public " -"channels from a single screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:71 -msgid "" -"It is always wise to search for a channel before creating a new one to " -"ensure that duplicate entries are not created for the same topic." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:76 -msgid "Using filters to navigate within Discuss" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:78 -msgid "" -"The topbar search provides access to the same comprehensive search function " -"present in the rest of Odoo. You can apply multiple **filter criteria** and " -"**save filters** for later use. The search function accepts wildcards by " -"using the underscore character \"\\ **\\_**\\ \" to represent a **single " -"character wildcard.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:3 -msgid "How to follow a discussion thread and define what I want to hear about" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:6 -msgid "How to follow a discussion thread" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:7 -msgid "" -"You can keep track of virtually any business object in Odoo (an opportunity," -" a quotation, a task, etc.), by **following** it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:14 -msgid "How to choose the events to follow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:15 -msgid "" -"You can choose which types of events you want to be notified about. The " -"example below shows the options available when following a **task** in the " -"**Project** app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:23 -msgid "How to add other followers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:24 -msgid "" -"You can invite other users and add channels as followers. Adding a channel " -"as a follower will send messages posted in the chatter to the channel with a" -" link back to the original document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:34 -msgid "How to be a default follower" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:35 -msgid "" -"You are automatically set as a default follower of any item you create. In " -"some applications like CRM and Project, you can be a default follower of any" -" new record created to get notified of specific events (e.g. a new task " -"created, an opportunity won)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:40 -msgid "" -"To do so, start following the parent business object (e.g. the sales channel" -" in CRM, the project in Project). Then, choose the events you want to hear " -"about." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po deleted file mode 100644 index 7528354cc..000000000 --- a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1360 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Sebastiano Pistore <SebastianoPistore.info@protonmail.ch>, 2019 -# Sergio Zanchetta <primes2h@gmail.com>, 2019 -# Paolo Valier, 2019 -# mymage <stefano.consolaro@mymage.it>, 2019 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: mymage <stefano.consolaro@mymage.it>, 2019\n" -"Language-Team: Italian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/it/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: it\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../ecommerce.rst:5 -msgid "eCommerce" -msgstr "E-commerce" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started.rst:3 -msgid "Get started" -msgstr "Cominciare" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:3 -msgid "How to customize my catalog page" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:6 -msgid "Product Catalog" -msgstr "Catalogo prodotto" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:8 -msgid "" -"All your published items show up in your catalog page (or *Shop* page)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Most options are available in the *Customize* menu: display attributes, " -"website categories, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:20 -msgid "Highlight a product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Boost the visibility of your star/promoted products: push them to top, make " -"them bigger, add a ribbon that you can edit (Sale, New, etc.). Open the Shop" -" page, switch to Edit mode and click any item to start customizing the grid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:26 -msgid "" -"See how to do it: " -"https://www.odoo.com/openerp_website/static/src/video/e-commerce/editing.mp4" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:29 -msgid "Quick add to cart" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:31 -msgid "" -"If your customers buy a lot of items at once, make their process shorter by " -"enabling purchases from the catalog page. To do so, add product description " -"and add to cart button. Turn on the following options in *Customize* menu: " -"Product Description, Add to Cart, List View (to display product description " -"better)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:3 -msgid "How to build a product page" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:5 -msgid "On the website click *New Page* in the top-right corner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:7 -msgid "Then click *New Product* and follow the blinking tips." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:12 -msgid "Here are the main elements of the Product page:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:17 -msgid "Many elements can be made visible from the *Customize* menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:22 -msgid "See how to configure your products from links here below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:26 -msgid ":doc:`../managing_products/variants`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:27 -msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/taxes`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:28 -msgid ":doc:`../managing_products/stock`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:29 -msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/cross_selling`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:30 -msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/reviews`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:31 -msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:32 -msgid ":doc:`../../website/optimize/seo`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products.rst:3 -msgid "Manage my products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:3 -msgid "How to display several images per product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:5 -msgid "" -"By default your product web page displays the main image of your product " -"only. If you like to show your products under several angles, you can turn " -"the image into a carrousel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Check *Several images per product* in :menuselection:`Website Admin --> " -"Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Open a product detail form and upload images from *Images* tab. Hit *Create*" -" in Edit mode to get the upload wizard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:19 -msgid "Such extra image are common to all the product variants (if any)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:3 -msgid "How to show product availability" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The availability of your products can be shown on the website to reassure " -"your customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:10 -msgid "" -"To display this, open the *Sales* tab in the product detail form and select " -"an option in *Availability*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:16 -msgid "" -"A custom warning message can be anything related to a stock out, delivery " -"delay, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:22 -msgid "This tool does not require the Inventory app to be installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:25 -msgid "" -"If one item is no longer sellable, unpublish it from your website. If it " -"comes to one particular product variant, deactivate the variant in the " -"backend (see :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage product variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Product variants are used to offer variations of the same product to your " -"customers on the products page. For example, the customer chooses a T-shirt " -"and then selects its size and color. In the example below, the customer " -"chooses a phone, and then selects the memory; color and Wi-Fi band from the " -"available options." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:15 -msgid "How to create attributes & variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Turn on *Products can have several attributes, defining variants (Example: " -"size, color,...)* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:20 -msgid "Select a product from the Products list, go to the *Variants* tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Add as many attributes as you need from 3 different types: radio buttons, " -"drop-down menu or color buttons. You get several variants as soon as there " -"are 2 values for 1 attribute." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:30 -msgid "How to edit variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:32 -msgid "See all the variants from the product template detail form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:40 -msgid "You can edit following data:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:42 -msgid "Picture (will update in real time on the website)," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:43 -msgid "Barcode," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:44 -msgid "Internal Reference (SKU #)," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:45 -msgid "Volume," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:46 -msgid "Weight," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:47 -msgid "Active (available in quotes & website)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Both the Barcode and the Internal Reference are variant-specific. You need " -"to populate them once the variants generated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:54 -msgid "" -"See and edit all the variants from :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> " -"Product Variants` as well. This might be quicker if you manage lots of " -"variants." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:58 -msgid "How to set specific prices per variant" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:60 -msgid "" -"You can also set a specific public price per variant by clicking *Variant " -"Prices* in the product detail form (action in top-left corner)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:66 -msgid "" -"The Price Extra is added to the product price whenever the corresponding " -"attribute value is selected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Pricelist formulas let you set advanced price computation methods for " -"product variants. See :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:80 -msgid "How to disable/archive variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:82 -msgid "" -"You can disable/archive specific variants so that they are no longer " -"available in quotes & website (not existing in your stock, deprecated, " -"etc.). Simply uncheck *Active* in their detail form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:88 -msgid "" -"To retrieve such archived items, hit *Archived* on searching the variants " -"list. You can reactivate them the same way." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue.rst:3 -msgid "Maximize my revenue" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:3 -msgid "How to sell accessories and optional products (cross-selling)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:5 -msgid "" -"You sell computers. Why not stimulating your customers to buy a top-notch " -"screen or an extra-warranty? That's the goal of cross-selling " -"functionalities:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:8 -msgid "Accessory products on checkout page," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Optional products on a new *Add to Cart* screen (not installed by default)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:12 -msgid "Accessory products when checking out" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Accessories (e.g. for computers: mouse, keyboard) show up when the customer " -"reviews the cart before paying." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:20 -msgid "Select accessories in the *Sales* tab of the product detail page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:26 -msgid "" -"There is an algorithm to figure out the best accessories to display in case " -"several items are added to cart. If any item is the accessory of several " -"products added to cart, it is most likely that it will be atop the list of " -"suggested accessories." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:31 -msgid "Optional products when adding to cart" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Optional products are directly related to the item added to cart (e.g. for " -"computers: warranty, OS software, extra components). Whenever the main " -"product is added to cart, such a new screen pops up as an extra step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:40 -msgid "To publish optional products:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Install *eCommerce Optional Products* addon in *Apps* menu. Remove the " -"default filter to search on addons as well, otherwise only main apps show " -"up." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:48 -msgid "Select optional items from the *Sales* tab of the product detail form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:54 -msgid "" -"The quantity of optional items added to cart is the same than the main item." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:3 -msgid "How to adapt the prices to my website visitors" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:5 -msgid "This section sheds some light on pricing features of eCommerce app:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:7 -msgid "force a price by geo-localization," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:9 -msgid "let the customer choose the currency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:11 -msgid "" -"As a pre-requisite, check out how to managing produt pricing: " -":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:15 -msgid "Geo-IP to automatically apply the right price" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Assign country groups to your pricelists. That way, your visitors not yet " -"logged in will get their own currency when landing on your website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:20 -msgid "Once logged in, they get the pricelist matching their country." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:23 -msgid "Currency selector" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:25 -msgid "" -"In case you sell in several currencies, you can let your customers choose " -"their own currency. Check *Selectable* to add the pricelist to the website " -"drop-down menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:34 -msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:35 -msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:36 -msgid ":doc:`promo_code`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:3 -msgid "How to create & share promotional codes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Want to boost your sales for Xmas? Share promocodes through your marketing " -"campaigns and apply any kind of discounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:9 -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:13 -msgid "Setup" -msgstr "Impostazione" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings` and choose *Advanced pricing based" -" on formula* for *Sale Price*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Website Admin --> Catalog --> Pricelists` and create a" -" new pricelist with the discount rule (see :doc:`pricing`). Then enter a " -"code." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Make the promocode field available on your *Shopping Cart* page (option in " -"*Customize* menu). Add a product to cart to reach it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Once turned on you see a new section on the right side. On clicking *Apply* " -"prices get automatically updated in the cart." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:33 -msgid "" -"The promocode used by the customer is stored in the system so you can " -"analyze the performance of your marketing campaigns." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:39 -msgid "Show sales per pricelists..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:43 -msgid ":doc:`pricing`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:3 -msgid "How to enable comments & rating" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Publishing and monitoring customer experience will help you gain the trust " -"of new customers and better engage with your community. In 2 clicks, allow " -"your customer to share their feedback!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Activate comments & rating from the *Customize* menu of the product web " -"page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Visitors must log in to share their comments. Make sure they are able to do " -"so (see Portal documentation)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:25 -msgid "Review the posts in real time" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Whenever a post is published, the product manager and all the product " -"followers get notified in their Inbox (*Discuss* menu)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:34 -msgid "" -"By default the user who created the product is automatically set as " -"follower." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Click the product name to open the detail form and review the comment (in " -"the product discussion thread)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:43 -msgid "Moderate & unpublish" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:45 -msgid "" -"You can easily moderate by using the chatter, either in the product detail " -"form or on the web page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:48 -msgid "" -"To unpublish the post, open the product web page and click the *Published* " -"button to turn it red (*Unpublished*)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:56 -msgid "..tip::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:55 -msgid "" -"You can access the web page from the detail form by clicking the *Published*" -" smart button (and vice versa)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:3 -msgid "How to sell pricier product alternatives (upselling)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In order to maximize your revenue, suggesting pricier alternative products " -"is strongly advised for basic items. That way, your customer will spend more" -" time browsing your catalog." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:12 -msgid "To do so:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Select such *Alternative Products* in the *Sales* tab of the product detail " -"form. 3 alternatives are fine! Don't publish too many otherwise your " -"customers will be confused." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Turn on *Alternative Products* from the *Customize* menu of the product web " -"page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Panoramica" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:3 -msgid "Introduction to Odoo eCommerce" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:10 -msgid "" -"The documentation will help you go live with your eCommerce website in no " -"time. The topics follow the buying process:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:13 -msgid "Product Page" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:14 -msgid "Shop Page" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:15 -msgid "Pricing" -msgstr "Tariffa" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:16 -msgid "Taxes" -msgstr "Imposte" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:17 -msgid "Checkout process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:18 -msgid "Upselling & cross-selling" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:19 -msgid "Payment" -msgstr "Pagamento" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:20 -msgid "Shipping & Tracking" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:24 -msgid ":doc:`../../website/publish/domain_name`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/publish.rst:3 -msgid "Launch my website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience.rst:3 -msgid "Get paid" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:3 -msgid "How to get paid with Authorize.Net" -msgstr "Come essere pagati con Authorize.Net" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Authorize.Net is one of the most popular eCommerce payment platforms in " -"North America. Unlike most of the other payment acquirers compatible with " -"Odoo, Authorize.Net can be used as `payment gateway " -"<https://www.authorize.net/solutions/merchantsolutions/pricing/?p=gwo>`__ " -"only. That way you can use the `payment processor or merchant " -"<https://www.authorize.net/partners/resellerprogram/processorlist/>`__ that " -"you like." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:12 -msgid "Create an Authorize.Net account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Create an `Authorize.Net account <https://www.authorize.net>`__ by clicking " -"'Get Started'." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:16 -msgid "" -"In the pricing page, press *Sign up now* if you want to use Authorize.net as" -" both payment gateway and merchant. If you want to use your own merchant, " -"press the related option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:23 -msgid "Go through the registration steps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:24 -msgid "" -"The account is set as a test account by default. You can use this test " -"account to process a test transaction from Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:26 -msgid "Once ready, switch to **Production** mode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:30 -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:74 -msgid "Set up Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Activate Authorize.Net in Odoo from :menuselection:`Website or Sales or " -"Accounting --> Settings --> Payment Acquirers`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:33 -msgid "Enter both your **Login ID** and your **API Transaction Key**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:39 -msgid "" -"To get those credentials in Authorize.Net, you can rely on *API Login ID and" -" Transaction Key* video of `Authorize.Net Video Tutorials " -"<https://www.authorize.net/videos/>`__. Such videos give meaningful insights" -" about how to set up your Authorize.Net account according to your needs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:47 -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:102 -msgid "Go live" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Your configuration is now ready! You can make Authorize.Net visible on your " -"merchant interface and activate the **Production** mode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Credentials provided by Authorize.net are different for both test and " -"production mode. Don't forget to update them in Odoo when you turn on the " -"production mode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:61 -msgid "Assess Authorize.Net as payment solution" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:62 -msgid "" -"You can test and assess Authorize.Net for free by creating a `developer " -"account <https://developer.authorize.net>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Once the account created you receive sandbox credentials. Enter them in Odoo" -" as explained here above and make sure you are still in *Test* mode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:68 -msgid "" -"You can also log in to `Authorize.Net sandbox platform " -"<https://sandbox.authorize.net/>`__ to configure your sandbox account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:71 -msgid "" -"To perform ficticious transactions you can use fake card numbers provided in" -" the `Authorize.Net Testing Guide " -"<https://developer.authorize.net/hello_world/testing_guide/>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:76 -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:154 -msgid ":doc:`payment`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:77 -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:111 -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:155 -msgid ":doc:`payment_acquirer`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:3 -msgid "How to get paid with payment acquirers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo embeds several payment methods to get paid on eCommerce, Sales and " -"Invoicing apps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:10 -msgid "What are the payment methods available" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:13 -msgid "Wire transfer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Wire Transfer is the default payment method available. The aim is providing " -"your customers with your bank details so they can pay on their own via their" -" bank. This is very easy to start with but slow and inefficient process-" -"wise. Opt for online acquirers as soon as you can!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:21 -msgid "Payment acquirers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Redirect your customers to payment platforms to collect money effortless and" -" track the payment status (call-back). Odoo supports more and more platforms" -" over time:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:27 -msgid "`Paypal <paypal.html>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:28 -msgid "Ingenico" -msgstr "Ingenico" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:29 -msgid "Authorize.net" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:30 -msgid "Adyen" -msgstr "Adyen" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:31 -msgid "Buckaroo" -msgstr "Buckaroo" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:32 -msgid "PayUmoney" -msgstr "PayUmoney" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:33 -msgid "Sips" -msgstr "Sips" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:34 -msgid "Stripe" -msgstr "Stripe" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:38 -msgid "How to go live" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Once the payment method ready, make it visible in the payment interface and " -"activate the **Production** mode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:48 -msgid "How to let customers save and reuse credit cards" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:49 -msgid "" -"To ease the payment of returning customers, you can let them save and reuse " -"a credit card if they want to. If so, a payment token will be saved in Odoo." -" This option is available with Ingenico and Authorize.net." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:54 -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:68 -msgid "You can turn this on from the acquirer configuration form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:61 -msgid "How to debit credit cards to pay subscriptions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:62 -msgid "" -"`Odoo Subscription <https://www.odoo.com/page/subscriptions>`__ allows to " -"bill services automatically on a recurring basis. Along with it, you can " -"have an automatic debit of the customer's credit card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:66 -msgid "This option is available with Ingenico and Authorize.net." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:73 -msgid "" -"That way a payment token will be recorded when the customer goes for the " -"subscription and an automatic debit will occur whenever an invoice is issued" -" from the subscription." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:79 -msgid "How to use other acquirers (advanced)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:81 -msgid "" -"Odoo can submit single payment requests and redirect to any payment " -"acquirer. But there is no call-back, i.e. Odoo doesn't track the transaction" -" status. So you will confirm orders manually once you get paid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:85 -msgid "How to:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:87 -msgid "Switch to developer mode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:89 -msgid "Take the **Custom** payment method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:91 -msgid "" -"Set up the payment form (S2S Form Template) as instructed by your payment " -"acquirer. You can start from *default_acquirer_button* that you can " -"duplicate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:96 -msgid "Other configurations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:98 -msgid "" -"Odoo can also be used for more advanced payment processes like installment " -"plans (e.g. `Paypal Installment Plans " -"<https://developer.paypal.com/docs/classic/paypal-payments-standard" -"/integration-guide/installment_buttons>`__)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:102 -msgid "" -"Such a customization service is made on-demand by our technical experts " -"based on your own requirements. A business advisor can reach you out for " -"such matter. `Contact us. <https://www.odoo.com/page/contactus>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:109 -msgid ":doc:`paypal`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:110 -msgid ":doc:`wire_transfer`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage orders paid with payment acquirers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo confirms orders automatically as soon as the payment is authorized by a" -" payment acquirer. This triggers the delivery. If you invoice based on " -"ordered quantities, you are also requested to invoice the order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:12 -msgid "What are the payment status" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:13 -msgid "" -"At anytime, the salesman can check the transaction status from the order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:18 -msgid "*Draft*: transaction under processing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:20 -msgid "" -"*Pending*: the payment acquirer keeps the transaction on hold and you need " -"to authorize it from the acquirer interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:23 -msgid "" -"*Authorized*: the payment has been authorized but not yet captured. In Odoo," -" the order is already confirmed. Once the delivery done, you can capture the" -" amount from the acquirer interface (or from Odoo if you use Authorize.net)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:28 -msgid "" -"*Done*: the payment is authorized and captured. The order has been " -"confirmed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:30 -msgid "" -"*Error*: an error has occured during the transaction. The customer needs to " -"retry the payment. The order is still in draft." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:34 -msgid "" -"*Cancelled*: when the customer cancels the payment in the payment acquirer " -"form. They are taken back to Odoo in order to modify the order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Specific messages are provided to your customers for every payment status, " -"when they are redirected to Odoo after the transaction. To edit such " -"messages, go to the *Messages* tab of the payment method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:44 -msgid "Auto-validate invoices at order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:46 -msgid "" -"When the order is confirmed you can also have an invoice automatically " -"issued and paid. This fully-automated made for businesses that invoice " -"orders straight on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:53 -msgid "" -"If you choose this mode you are requested to select a payment journal in " -"order to record payments in your books. This payment is automatically " -"reconcilied with the invoice, marking it as paid. Select your **bank " -"account** if you get paid immediately on your bank account. If you don't you" -" can create a specific journal for the payment acquirer (type = Bank). That " -"way, you can track online payments in an intermediary account of your books " -"until you get paid into your bank account (see `How to register credit card " -"payments " -"<../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.html>`__)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:64 -msgid "Capture the payment after the delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:65 -msgid "" -"With this mode, the order is confirmed but the amount is kept on hold. Once " -"the delivery processed, you can capture the payment from Odoo. This mode is " -"only available with Authorize.net." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:72 -msgid "" -"To capture the payment, open the transaction from the order. Then click " -"*Capture Transaction*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:78 -msgid "" -"With other payment acquirers, you can manage the capture in their own " -"interfaces, not from Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:3 -msgid "How to get paid with Paypal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Paypal is the easiest online payment acquirer to configure. It is also the " -"only one without any subscription fee. We definitely advise it to any " -"starter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:11 -msgid "Set up your Paypal account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Create a `Paypal Business Account <https://www.paypal.com>`__ or upgrade " -"your account to *Business account* if you have a basic account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Log in to `Paypal <https://www.paypal.com>`__ and open the settings of your " -"**Profile**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:22 -msgid "Now enter the menu **My selling tools**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:27 -msgid "Let's start with the **Website Preferences**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Turn on **Auto Return** and enter the **Return URL**: " -"<odoo_instance_url>/shop/confirmation. Verify that this address uses the " -"correct protocol (HTTP/HTTPS)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Turn on **Payment Data Transfer**. When saving, an **Identity Token** is " -"generated. You will be later requested to enter it in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Then, get back to your profile to activate the **Instant Payment " -"Notification (IPN)** in *My selling tools*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:46 -msgid "Enter the **Notification URL**: <odoo_instance_url>/payment/paypal/ipn" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:51 -msgid "" -"Now you must change the encoding format of the payment request sent by Odoo " -"to Paypal. To do so, get back to *My selling tools* and click **PayPal " -"button language encoding** in *More Selling Tools* section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Then, click *More Options* and set the two default encoding formats as " -"**UTF-8**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:66 -msgid "" -"If you want your customers to pay without creating a Paypal account, " -"**Paypal Account Optional** needs to be turned on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:75 -msgid "" -"Open Paypal setup form in :menuselection:`Website or Sales or Accounting -->" -" Settings --> Payment Acquirers+`. Enter both your **Email ID** and your " -"**Merchant ID** and check **Use IPN**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:82 -msgid "" -"They are both provided in your Paypal profile, under :menuselection:`My " -"business info`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:85 -msgid "" -"Enter your **Identity Token** in Odoo (from *Auto Return* option). To do so," -" open the *Settings* and activate the **Developer Mode**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:91 -msgid "" -"Then, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System" -" Parameters` and create a parameter with following values:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:94 -msgid "Key: payment_paypal.pdt_token" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:95 -msgid "Value: your Paypal *Identity Token*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:103 -msgid "" -"Your configuration is now ready! You can make Paypal visible on your " -"merchant interface and activate the **Production mode**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:112 -msgid "Transaction fees" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:114 -msgid "" -"You can charge an extra to the customer to cover the transaction fees Paypal" -" charges you. Once redirected to Paypal, your customer sees an extra applied" -" to the order amount." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:117 -msgid "" -"To activate this, go to the *Configuration* tab of Paypal config form in " -"Odoo and check *Add Extra Fees*. Default fees for US can be seen here below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:123 -msgid "" -"To apply the right fees for your country, please refer to `Paypal Fees " -"<https://www.paypal.com/webapps/mpp/paypal-fees>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:128 -msgid "Test the payment flow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:130 -msgid "" -"You can test the entire payment flow thanks to Paypal Sandbox accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:132 -msgid "" -"Log in to `Paypal Developer Site <https://developer.paypal.com>`__ with your" -" Paypal credentials. This will create two sandbox accounts:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:136 -msgid "" -"A business account (to use as merchant, e.g. " -"pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:137 -msgid "" -"A default personal account (to use as shopper, e.g. " -"pp.merch01-buyer@example.com)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:139 -msgid "" -"Log in to `Paypal Sandbox <https://www.sandbox.paypal.com>`__ with the " -"merchant account and follow the same configuration instructions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:142 -msgid "" -"Enter your sandbox credentials in Odoo and make sure Paypal is still set on " -"*Test* mode. Also, make sure the confirmation mode of Paypal is not " -"*Authorize & capture the amount, confirm the SO and auto-validate the " -"invoice on acquirer confirmation*. Otherwise a confirmed invoice will be " -"automatically generated when the transaction is completed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:150 -msgid "Run a test transaction from Odoo using the sandbox personal account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:3 -msgid "How customers can access their customer account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:5 -msgid "" -"It has never been so easy for your customers to access their customer " -"account. Forget endless signup forms, Odoo makes it as easy as ABC. They are" -" suggested to sign up (name, email, password) when the order is placed, and " -"not before. Indeed, nothing is more annoying than going through a signup " -"process before buying something." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:14 -msgid "Sign up" -msgstr "Registrati" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:16 -msgid "" -"The invitation to sign up shows up when the customer wants to visualize the " -"order from order confirmation email." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:23 -msgid "Customer account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Once logged in the customer will access the account by clicking *My Account*" -" in the login dropdown menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:31 -msgid "" -"THere they find all their history. The main address (billing) can also be " -"modified." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:37 -msgid "" -"If the customer is set as a contact of a company in your address book, they " -"will see all the documents whose the customer belongs to this company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:3 -msgid "How to get paid with wire transfers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:5 -msgid "" -"**Wire Transfer** is the default payment method available. The aim is " -"providing your customers with your bank details so they can pay on their " -"own. This is very easy to start with but slow and inefficient process-wise. " -"Opt for payment acquirers as soon as you can!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:13 -msgid "How to provide customers with payment instructions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Put your payment instructions in the **Thanks Message** of your payment " -"method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:19 -msgid "They will appear to the customers when they place an order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:26 -msgid "How to manage an order once you get paid" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Whenever a customer pays by wire transfer, the order stays in an " -"intermediary stage **Quotation Sent** (i.e. unpaid order). When you get " -"paid, you confirm the order manually to launch the delivery." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:35 -msgid "How to create other manual payment methods" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:37 -msgid "" -"If you manage a B2B business, you can create other manually-processed " -"payment methods like paying by check. To do so, just rename *Wire Transfer* " -"or duplicate it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/taxes.rst:3 -msgid "Collect taxes" -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/expenses.po b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/expenses.po deleted file mode 100644 index 345aa1bf2..000000000 --- a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/expenses.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,26 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Sergio Zanchetta <primes2h@gmail.com>, 2019 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 9.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-11-22 13:16+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Sergio Zanchetta <primes2h@gmail.com>, 2019\n" -"Language-Team: Italian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/it/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: it\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../expenses.rst:5 -msgid "Expenses" -msgstr "Spese" diff --git a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/general.po deleted file mode 100644 index 19fd9b991..000000000 --- a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,915 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Cécile Collart <cco@odoo.com>, 2019 -# Sergio Zanchetta <primes2h@gmail.com>, 2019 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-07 15:38+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Sergio Zanchetta <primes2h@gmail.com>, 2019\n" -"Language-Team: Italian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/it/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: it\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../general.rst:5 -msgid "General" -msgstr "Generale" - -#: ../../general/auth.rst:3 -msgid "Authentication" -msgstr "Autenticazione" - -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:3 -msgid "How to allow users to sign in with their Google account" -msgstr "Come consentire agli utenti di accedere con il loro account Google" - -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Connect to your Google account and go to " -"`https://console.developers.google.com/ " -"<https://console.developers.google.com/>`_." -msgstr "" -"Accedere al proprio account Google e andare su " -"`https://console.developers.google.com/ " -"<https://console.developers.google.com/>`_." - -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:7 -msgid "" -"Click on **Create Project** and enter the project name and other details." -msgstr "" -"Fare clic su **Crea progetto** e inserire il nome e altri dettagli del " -"progetto." - -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:15 -msgid "Click on **Use Google APIs**" -msgstr "Fare clic su **Use API Google**" - -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:20 -msgid "" -"On the left side menu, select the sub menu **Credentials** (from **API " -"Manager**) then select **OAuth consent screen**." -msgstr "" -"Dal menù a sinistra selezionare il sottomenù **Credenziali** (da **Gestore " -"API**), quindi selezionare **Schermata di consenso OAuth**." - -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Fill in your address, email and the product name (for example odoo) and then" -" save." -msgstr "" -"Compilare indirizzo, e-mail e nome del prodotto (ad esempio Odoo), quindi " -"salvare." - -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Then click on **Add Credentials** and select the second option (OAuth 2.0 " -"Client ID)." -msgstr "" -"Poi fare clic su **Aggiungi credenziali** e selezionare la seconda opzione " -"(ID cliente OAuth 2.0)." - -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Check that the application type is set on **Web Application**. Now configure" -" the allowed pages on which you will be redirected." -msgstr "" -"Verificare di aver impostato il tipo di applicazione in **Applicazione " -"web**. Configurare ora le pagine autorizzate alle quali si verrà " -"ridirezionati." - -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:40 -msgid "" -"To achieve this, complete the field **Authorized redirect URIs**. Copy paste" -" the following link in the box: http://mydomain.odoo.com/auth_oauth/signin. " -"Then click on **Create**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Once done, you receive two information (your Client ID and Client Secret). " -"You have to insert your Client ID in the **General Settings**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import.rst:3 -msgid "Data Import" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:3 -msgid "How to adapt an import template" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Import templates are provided in the import tool of the most common data to " -"import (contacts, products, bank statements, etc.). You can open them with " -"any spreadsheets software (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, " -"etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:11 -msgid "How to customize the file" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Remove columns you don't need. We advise to not remove the *ID* one (see why" -" here below)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:15 -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:20 -msgid "" -"When you add a new column, Odoo might not be able to map it automatically if" -" its label doesn't fit any field of the system. If so, find the " -"corresponding field using the search." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Then, use the label you found in your import template in order to make it " -"work straight away the very next time you try to import." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:31 -msgid "Why an “ID” column" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:33 -msgid "" -"The **ID** (External ID) is an unique identifier for the line item. Feel " -"free to use the one of your previous software to ease the transition to " -"Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Setting an ID is not mandatory when importing but it helps in many cases:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Update imports: you can import the same file several times without creating " -"duplicates;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:39 -msgid "Import relation fields (see here below)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:42 -msgid "How to import relation fields" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:44 -msgid "" -"An Odoo object is always related to many other objects (e.g. a product is " -"linked to product categories, attributes, vendors, etc.). To import those " -"relations you need to import the records of the related object first from " -"their own list menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:48 -msgid "" -"You can do it using either the name of the related record or its ID. The ID " -"is expected when two records have the same name. In such a case add \" / " -"ID\" at the end of the column title (e.g. for product attributes: Product " -"Attributes / Attribute / ID)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:3 -msgid "How to import data into Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:6 -msgid "How to start" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:7 -msgid "" -"You can import data on any Odoo's business object using either Excel (.xlsx)" -" or CSV (.csv) formats: contacts, products, bank statements, journal entries" -" and even orders!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:11 -msgid "Open the view of the object you want to populate and click *Import*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:16 -msgid "" -"There you are provided with templates you can easily populate with your own " -"data. Such templates can be imported in one click; The data mapping is " -"already done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:22 -msgid "How to adapt the template" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:24 -msgid "Add, remove and sort columns to fit at best your data structure." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:25 -msgid "We advise to not remove the **ID** one (see why in the next section)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:31 -msgid "" -"When you add a new column, Odoo might not be able to map it automatically if" -" its label doesn't fit any field in Odoo. Don't worry! You can map new " -"columns manually when you test the import. Search the list for the " -"corresponding field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Then, use this field's label in your file in order to make it work straight " -"on the very next time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:44 -msgid "How to import from another application" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:46 -msgid "" -"In order to re-create relationships between different records, you should " -"use the unique identifier from the original application and map it to the " -"**ID** (External ID) column in Odoo. When you import another record that " -"links to the first one, use **XXX/ID** (XXX/External ID) to the original " -"unique identifier. You can also find this record using its name but you will" -" be stuck if at least 2 records have the same name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:54 -msgid "" -"The **ID** will also be used to update the original import if you need to " -"re-import modified data later, it's thus good practice to specify it " -"whenever possible." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:60 -msgid "I cannot find the field I want to map my column to" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:62 -msgid "" -"Odoo tries to find with some heuristic, based on the first ten lines of the " -"files, the type of field for each column inside your file. For example if " -"you have a column only containing numbers, only the fields that are of type " -"*Integer* will be displayed for you to choose from. While this behavior " -"might be good and easy for most cases, it is also possible that it goes " -"wrong or that you want to map your column to a field that is not proposed by" -" default." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:71 -msgid "" -"If that happens, you just have to check the ** Show fields of relation " -"fields (advanced)** option, you will then be able to choose from the " -"complete list of fields for each column." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:79 -msgid "Where can I change the date import format?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:81 -msgid "" -"Odoo can automatically detect if a column is a date and it will try to guess" -" the date format from a set of most used date format. While this process can" -" work for a lot of simple date format, some exotic date format will not be " -"recognize and it is also possible to have some confusion (day and month " -"inverted as example) as it is difficult to guess correctly which part is the" -" day and which one is the month in a date like '01-03-2016'." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:83 -msgid "" -"To view which date format Odoo has found from your file you can check the " -"**Date Format** that is shown when clicking on **Options** under the file " -"selector. If this format is incorrect you can change it to your liking using" -" the *ISO 8601* to define the format." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:86 -msgid "" -"If you are importing an excel (.xls, .xlsx) file, you can use date cells to " -"store dates as the display of dates in excel is different from the way it is" -" stored. That way you will be sure that the date format is correct in Odoo " -"whatever your locale date format is." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:91 -msgid "Can I import numbers with currency sign (e.g.: $32.00)?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:93 -msgid "" -"Yes, we fully support numbers with parenthesis to represent negative sign as" -" well as numbers with currency sign attached to them. Odoo also " -"automatically detect which thousand/decimal separator you use (you can " -"change those under **options**). If you use a currency symbol that is not " -"known to Odoo, it might not be recognized as a number though and it will " -"crash." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:95 -msgid "" -"Examples of supported numbers (using thirty-two thousands as an example):" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:97 -msgid "32.000,00" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:98 -msgid "32000,00" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:99 -msgid "32,000.00" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:100 -msgid "-32000.00" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:101 -msgid "(32000.00)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:102 -msgid "$ 32.000,00" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:103 -msgid "(32000.00 €)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:105 -msgid "Example that will not work:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:107 -msgid "ABC 32.000,00" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:108 -msgid "$ (32.000,00)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:113 -msgid "What can I do when the Import preview table isn't displayed correctly?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:115 -msgid "" -"By default the Import preview is set on commas as field separators and " -"quotation marks as text delimiters. If your csv file does not have these " -"settings, you can modify the File Format Options (displayed under the Browse" -" CSV file bar after you select your file)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:117 -msgid "" -"Note that if your CSV file has a tabulation as separator, Odoo will not " -"detect the separations. You will need to change the file format options in " -"your spreadsheet application. See the following question." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:122 -msgid "" -"How can I change the CSV file format options when saving in my spreadsheet " -"application?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:124 -msgid "" -"If you edit and save CSV files in speadsheet applications, your computer's " -"regional settings will be applied for the separator and delimiter. We " -"suggest you use OpenOffice or LibreOffice Calc as they will allow you to " -"modify all three options (in 'Save As' dialog box > Check the box 'Edit " -"filter settings' > Save)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:126 -msgid "" -"Microsoft Excel will allow you to modify only the encoding when saving (in " -"'Save As' dialog box > click 'Tools' dropdown list > Encoding tab)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:131 -msgid "What's the difference between Database ID and External ID?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:133 -msgid "" -"Some fields define a relationship with another object. For example, the " -"country of a contact is a link to a record of the 'Country' object. When you" -" want to import such fields, Odoo will have to recreate links between the " -"different records. To help you import such fields, Odoo provides 3 " -"mechanisms. You must use one and only one mechanism per field you want to " -"import." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:135 -msgid "" -"For example, to reference the country of a contact, Odoo proposes you 3 " -"different fields to import:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:137 -msgid "Country: the name or code of the country" -msgstr "Nazione: il nome o il codice della nazione" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:138 -msgid "" -"Country/Database ID: the unique Odoo ID for a record, defined by the ID " -"postgresql column" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:139 -msgid "" -"Country/External ID: the ID of this record referenced in another application" -" (or the .XML file that imported it)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:141 -msgid "For the country Belgium, you can use one of these 3 ways to import:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:143 -msgid "Country: Belgium" -msgstr "Nazione: Belgio" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:144 -msgid "Country/Database ID: 21" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:145 -msgid "Country/External ID: base.be" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:147 -msgid "" -"According to your need, you should use one of these 3 ways to reference " -"records in relations. Here is when you should use one or the other, " -"according to your need:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:149 -msgid "" -"Use Country: This is the easiest way when your data come from CSV files that" -" have been created manually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:150 -msgid "" -"Use Country/Database ID: You should rarely use this notation. It's mostly " -"used by developers as it's main advantage is to never have conflicts (you " -"may have several records with the same name, but they always have a unique " -"Database ID)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:151 -msgid "" -"Use Country/External ID: Use External ID when you import data from a third " -"party application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:153 -msgid "" -"When you use External IDs, you can import CSV files with the \"External ID\"" -" column to define the External ID of each record you import. Then, you will " -"be able to make a reference to that record with columns like " -"\"Field/External ID\". The following two CSV files give you an example for " -"Products and their Categories." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:155 -msgid "" -"`CSV file for categories " -"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_product_categories.csv>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:157 -msgid "" -"`CSV file for Products " -"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_products.csv>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:161 -msgid "What can I do if I have multiple matches for a field?" -msgstr "Cosa fare in presenza di un campo con corrispondenze multiple?" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:163 -msgid "" -"If for example you have two product categories with the child name " -"\"Sellable\" (ie. \"Misc. Products/Sellable\" & \"Other " -"Products/Sellable\"), your validation is halted but you may still import " -"your data. However, we recommend you do not import the data because they " -"will all be linked to the first 'Sellable' category found in the Product " -"Category list (\"Misc. Products/Sellable\"). We recommend you modify one of " -"the duplicates' values or your product category hierarchy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:165 -msgid "" -"However if you do not wish to change your configuration of product " -"categories, we recommend you use make use of the external ID for this field " -"'Category'." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:170 -msgid "" -"How can I import a many2many relationship field (e.g. a customer that has " -"multiple tags)?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:172 -msgid "" -"The tags should be separated by a comma without any spacing. For example, if" -" you want your customer to be linked to both tags 'Manufacturer' and " -"'Retailer' then you will encode \"Manufacturer,Retailer\" in the same column" -" of your CSV file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:174 -msgid "" -"`CSV file for Manufacturer, Retailer " -"<../../_static/example_files/m2m_customers_tags.csv>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:179 -msgid "" -"How can I import a one2many relationship (e.g. several Order Lines of a " -"Sales Order)?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:181 -msgid "" -"If you want to import sales order having several order lines; for each order" -" line, you need to reserve a specific row in the CSV file. The first order " -"line will be imported on the same row as the information relative to order. " -"Any additional lines will need an addtional row that does not have any " -"information in the fields relative to the order. As an example, here is " -"purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.CSV file of some quotations " -"you can import, based on demo data." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:184 -msgid "" -"`File for some Quotations " -"<../../_static/example_files/purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.csv>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:186 -msgid "" -"The following CSV file shows how to import purchase orders with their " -"respective purchase order lines:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:188 -msgid "" -"`Purchase orders with their respective purchase order lines " -"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_purchase_order_lines.csv>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:190 -msgid "" -"The following CSV file shows how to import customers and their respective " -"contacts:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:192 -msgid "" -"`Customers and their respective contacts " -"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_customers_contacts.csv>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:197 -msgid "Can I import several times the same record?" -msgstr "È possibile importare più volte lo stesso record?" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:199 -msgid "" -"If you import a file that contains one of the column \"External ID\" or " -"\"Database ID\", records that have already been imported will be modified " -"instead of being created. This is very usefull as it allows you to import " -"several times the same CSV file while having made some changes in between " -"two imports. Odoo will take care of creating or modifying each record " -"depending if it's new or not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:201 -msgid "" -"This feature allows you to use the Import/Export tool of Odoo to modify a " -"batch of records in your favorite spreadsheet application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:206 -msgid "What happens if I do not provide a value for a specific field?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:208 -msgid "" -"If you do not set all fields in your CSV file, Odoo will assign the default " -"value for every non defined fields. But if you set fields with empty values " -"in your CSV file, Odoo will set the EMPTY value in the field, instead of " -"assigning the default value." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:213 -msgid "How to export/import different tables from an SQL application to Odoo?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:215 -msgid "" -"If you need to import data from different tables, you will have to recreate " -"relations between records belonging to different tables. (e.g. if you import" -" companies and persons, you will have to recreate the link between each " -"person and the company they work for)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:217 -msgid "" -"To manage relations between tables, you can use the \"External ID\" " -"facilities of Odoo. The \"External ID\" of a record is the unique identifier" -" of this record in another application. This \"External ID\" must be unique " -"accoss all the records of all objects, so it's a good practice to prefix " -"this \"External ID\" with the name of the application or table. (like " -"'company_1', 'person_1' instead of '1')" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:219 -msgid "" -"As an example, suppose you have a SQL database with two tables you want to " -"import: companies and persons. Each person belong to one company, so you " -"will have to recreate the link between a person and the company he work for." -" (If you want to test this example, here is a <a " -"href=\"/base_import/static/csv/database_import_test.sql\">dump of such a " -"PostgreSQL database</a>)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:221 -msgid "" -"We will first export all companies and their \"External ID\". In PSQL, write" -" the following command:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:227 -msgid "This SQL command will create the following CSV file::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:234 -msgid "" -"To create the CSV file for persons, linked to companies, we will use the " -"following SQL command in PSQL:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:240 -msgid "It will produce the following CSV file::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:248 -msgid "" -"As you can see in this file, Fabien and Laurence are working for the Bigees " -"company (company_1) and Eric is working for the Organi company. The relation" -" between persons and companies is done using the External ID of the " -"companies. We had to prefix the \"External ID\" by the name of the table to " -"avoid a conflict of ID between persons and companies (person_1 and company_1" -" who shared the same ID 1 in the orignial database)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:250 -msgid "" -"The two files produced are ready to be imported in Odoo without any " -"modifications. After having imported these two CSV files, you will have 4 " -"contacts and 3 companies. (the firsts two contacts are linked to the first " -"company). You must first import the companies and then the persons." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics.rst:3 -msgid "Basics" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:3 -msgid "How to add a user" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo provides you with the option to add additional users at any given " -"point." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:9 -msgid "Add individual users" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:11 -msgid "" -"From the Settings module, go to the submenu :menuselection:`Users --> Users`" -" and click on **CREATE.** First add the name of your new user and the " -"professional email address - the one he will use to log into Odoo instance -" -" and a picture." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Under Access Rights, you can choose which applications your user can access " -"and use. Different levels of rights are available depending on the app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:23 -msgid "" -"When you’re done editing the page and have clicked on **SAVE**, an " -"invitation email will automatically be sent to the user. The user must click" -" on it to accept the invitation to your instance and create a log-in." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Remember that each additional user will increase your subscription fees. " -"Refer to our `*Pricing page* <https://www.odoo.com/pricing>`__ for more " -"information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:39 -msgid "" -"You can also add a new user on the fly from your dashboard. From the above " -"screenshot, enter the email address of the user you would like to add and " -"click on **INVITE**. The user will receive an email invite containing a link" -" to set his password. You will then be able to define his accesses rights " -"under the :menuselection:`Settings --> Users menu`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:45 -msgid "" -"`Deactivating Users <../../db_management/documentation.html#deactivating-" -"users>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:3 -msgid "Manage Odoo in your own language" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo provides you with the option to manage Odoo in different languages, and" -" each user can use Odoo in his own language ." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:9 -msgid "Load your desired language" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:11 -msgid "" -"The first thing to do is to load your desired language on your Odoo " -"instance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:14 -msgid "" -"From the general dashboard click on the **Settings** app; on the top left of" -" the page select :menuselection:`Translations --> Load a Translation`, " -"select a language to install and click on **LOAD.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:23 -msgid "" -"If you check the \"Websites to translate\" checkbox you will have the option" -" to change the navigation language on your website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:27 -msgid "Change your language" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:29 -msgid "" -"You can change the language to the installed language by going to the drop-" -"down menu at the top right side of the screen, choose **Preferences**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Then change the Language setting to your installed language and click " -"**SAVE.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:42 -msgid "Open a new menu to view the changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:45 -msgid "Change another user's language" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Odoo also gives you the possibility for each user to choose his preferred " -"language." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:50 -msgid "" -"To change the language for a different user, choose :menuselection:`Users " -"--> Users` from the Settings app. Here you have a list of all users and you " -"can choose the user who you'd like to change the language for. Select the " -"user and click on **Edit** in the top left corner. Under Preferences you can" -" change the Language to any previously installed language and click " -"**SAVE.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:61 -msgid ":doc:`../../website/publish/translate`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/unsplash.rst:3 -msgid "Unsplash" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:3 -msgid "How to generate an Unsplash access key" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:5 -msgid "Create an account on `Unsplash.com <https://unsplash.com/join>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:7 -msgid "" -"Go to your `applications dashboard " -"<https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications>`_ and click on **New " -"Application**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:12 -msgid "Accept the conditions and click on **Accept terms**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:17 -msgid "" -"You will be prompted to insert an **Application name** and a " -"**Description**. Once done, click on **Create application**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:22 -msgid "" -"You should be redirected to your application details page. Scroll down a bit" -" to find your **access key**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:3 -msgid "How to generate an Unsplash application ID" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:5 -msgid "" -"You should first create and set up your Unsplash application with this " -"tutorial: `How to generate an Unsplash access key " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/unsplash_access_key.html>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:7 -msgid "" -"Go to your `applications dashboard " -"<https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications>`_ and click on your newly created " -"Unsplash application under **Your applications**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:12 -msgid "" -"You will be redirected to your application details page. The **application " -"ID** will be visible in your browser's URL. The URL should be something like" -" ``https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications/application_id``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Note that if you `apply for a production account " -"<https://unsplash.com/documentation#registering-your-application>`_ and it " -"got approved, your will also find your application ID in the UI. It will be " -"listed next to your **Access Key** on your application details page." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po deleted file mode 100644 index 6b16ad93a..000000000 --- a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,472 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-07 15:38+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Language-Team: Italian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/it/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: it\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:5 -msgid "Basics of the QuickStart Methodology" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:7 -msgid "" -"This document summarizes Odoo Online's services, our Success Pack " -"implementation methodology, and best practices to get started with our " -"product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:12 -msgid "1. The SPoC (*Single Point of Contact*) and the Consultant" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Within the context of your project, it is highly recommended to designate " -"and maintain on both sides (your side and ours) **one and only single person" -" of contact** who will take charge and assume responsibilities regarding the" -" project. He also has to have **the authority** in terms of decision making." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:20 -msgid "" -"**The Odoo Consultant ensures the project implementation from A to Z**: From" -" the beginning to the end of the project, he ensures the overall consistency" -" of the implementation in Odoo and shares his expertise in terms of good " -"practices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:25 -msgid "" -"**One and only decision maker on the client side (SPoC)**: He is responsible" -" for the business knowledge transmission (coordinate key users intervention " -"if necessary) and the consistency of the implementation from a business " -"point of view (decision making, change management, etc.)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:31 -msgid "" -"**Meetings optimization**: The Odoo consultant is not involved in the " -"process of decision making from a business point of view nor to precise " -"processes and company's internal procedures (unless a specific request or an" -" exception). Project meetings, who will take place once or twice a week, are" -" meant to align on the business needs (SPoC) and to define the way those " -"needs will be implemented in Odoo (Consultant)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:39 -msgid "" -"**Train the Trainer approach**: The Odoo consultant provides functional " -"training to the SPoC so that he can pass on this knowledge to his " -"collaborators. In order for this approach to be successful, it is necessary " -"that the SPoC is also involved in its own rise in skills through self-" -"learning via the `Odoo documentation " -"<http://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/10.0/index.html>`__, `The elearning " -"platform <https://odoo.thinkific.com/courses/odoo-functional>`__ and the " -"testing of functionalities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:47 -msgid "2. Project Scope" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:49 -msgid "" -"To make sure all the stakeholders involved are always aligned, it is " -"necessary to define and to make the project scope evolve as long as the " -"project implementation is pursuing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:53 -msgid "" -"**A clear definition of the initial project scope**: A clear definition of " -"the initial needs is crucial to ensure the project is running smoothly. " -"Indeed, when all the stakeholders share the same vision, the evolution of " -"the needs and the resulting decision-making process are more simple and more" -" clear." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:59 -msgid "" -"**Phasing the project**: Favoring an implementation in several coherent " -"phases allowing regular production releases and an evolving takeover of Odoo" -" by the end users have demonstrated its effectiveness over time. This " -"approach also helps to identify gaps and apply corrective actions early in " -"the implementation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:66 -msgid "" -"**Adopting standard features as a priority**: Odoo offers a great " -"environment to implement slight improvements (customizations) or more " -"important ones (developments). Nevertheless, adoption of the standard " -"solution will be preferred as often as possible in order to optimize project" -" delivery times and provide the user with a long-term stability and fluid " -"scalability of his new tool. Ideally, if an improvement of the software " -"should still be realized, its implementation will be carried out after an " -"experiment of the standard in production." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:80 -msgid "3. Managing expectations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:82 -msgid "" -"The gap between the reality of an implementation and the expectations of " -"future users is a crucial factor. Three important aspects must be taken into" -" account from the beginning of the project:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:86 -msgid "" -"**Align with the project approach**: Both a clear division of roles and " -"responsibilities and a clear description of the operating modes (validation," -" problem-solving, etc.) are crucial to the success of an Odoo " -"implementation. It is therefore strongly advised to take the necessary time " -"at the beginning of the project to align with these topics and regularly " -"check that this is still the case." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:94 -msgid "" -"**Focus on the project success, not on the ideal solution**: The main goal " -"of the SPoC and the Consultant is to carry out the project entrusted to them" -" in order to provide the most effective solution to meet the needs " -"expressed. This goal can sometimes conflict with the end user's vision of an" -" ideal solution. In that case, the SPoC and the consultant will apply the " -"80-20 rule: focus on 80% of the expressed needs and take out the remaining " -"20% of the most disadvantageous objectives in terms of cost/benefit ratio " -"(those proportions can of course change over time). Therefore, it will be " -"considered acceptable to integrate a more time-consuming manipulation if a " -"global relief is noted. Changes in business processes may also be proposed " -"to pursue this same objective." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:108 -msgid "" -"**Specifications are always EXPLICIT**: Gaps between what is expected and " -"what is delivered are often a source of conflict in a project. In order to " -"avoid being in this delicate situation, we recommend using several types of " -"tools\\* :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:113 -msgid "" -"**The GAP Analysis**: The comparison of the request with the standard " -"features proposed by Odoo will make it possible to identify the gap to be " -"filled by developments/customizations or changes in business processes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:118 -msgid "" -"`The User Story <https://help.rallydev.com/writing-great-user-story>`__: " -"This technique clearly separates the responsibilities between the SPoC, " -"responsible for explaining the WHAT, the WHY and the WHO, and the Consultant" -" who will provide a response to the HOW." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:126 -msgid "" -"`The Proof of Concept <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Proof_of_concept>`__ A " -"simplified version, a prototype of what is expected to agree on the main " -"lines of expected changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:130 -msgid "" -"**The Mockup**: In the same idea as the Proof of Concept, it will align with" -" the changes related to the interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:133 -msgid "" -"To these tools will be added complete transparency on the possibilities and " -"limitations of the software and/or its environment so that all project " -"stakeholders have a clear idea of what can be expected/achieved in the " -"project. We will, therefore, avoid basing our work on hypotheses without " -"verifying its veracity beforehand." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:139 -msgid "" -"*This list can, of course, be completed by other tools that would more " -"adequately meet the realities and needs of your project*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:143 -msgid "4. Communication Strategy" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:145 -msgid "" -"The purpose of the QuickStart methodology is to ensure quick ownership of " -"the tool for end users. Effective communication is therefore crucial to the " -"success of this approach. Its optimization will, therefore, lead us to " -"follow those principles:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:150 -msgid "" -"**Sharing the project management documentation**: The best way to ensure " -"that all stakeholders in a project have the same level of knowledge is to " -"provide direct access to the project's tracking document (Project " -"Organizer). This document will contain at least a list of tasks to be " -"performed as part of the implementation for which the priority level and the" -" manager are clearly defined." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:158 -msgid "" -"The Project Organizer is a shared project tracking tool that allows both " -"detailed tracking of ongoing tasks and the overall progress of the project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:162 -msgid "" -"**Report essential information**: In order to minimize the documentation " -"time to the essentials, we will follow the following good practices:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:166 -msgid "Meeting minutes will be limited to decisions and validations;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:168 -msgid "" -"Project statuses will only be established when an important milestone is " -"reached;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:171 -msgid "" -"Training sessions on the standard or customized solution will be organized." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:175 -msgid "5. Customizations and Development" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:177 -msgid "" -"Odoo is a software known for its flexibility and its important evolution " -"capacity. However, a significant amount of development contradicts a fast " -"and sustainable implementation. This is the reason why it is recommended to:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:182 -msgid "" -"**Develop only for a good reason**: The decision to develop must always be " -"taken when the cost-benefit ratio is positive (saving time on a daily basis," -" etc.). For example, it will be preferable to realize a significant " -"development in order to reduce the time of a daily operation, rather than an" -" operation to be performed only once a quarter. It is generally accepted " -"that the closer the solution is to the standard, the lighter and more fluid " -"the migration process, and the lower the maintenance costs for both parties." -" In addition, experience has shown us that 60% of initial development " -"requests are dropped after a few weeks of using standard Odoo (see " -"\"Adopting the standard as a priority\")." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:194 -msgid "" -"**Replace, without replicate**: There is a good reason for the decision to " -"change the management software has been made. In this context, the moment of" -" implementation is THE right moment to accept and even be a change initiator" -" both in terms of how the software will be used and at the level of the " -"business processes of the company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:202 -msgid "6. Testing and Validation principles" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:204 -msgid "" -"Whether developments are made or not in the implementation, it is crucial to" -" test and validate the correspondence of the solution with the operational " -"needs of the company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:208 -msgid "" -"**Role distribution**: In this context, the Consultant will be responsible " -"for delivering a solution corresponding to the defined specifications; the " -"SPoC will have to test and validate that the solution delivered meets the " -"requirements of the operational reality." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:214 -msgid "" -"**Change management**: When a change needs to be made to the solution, the " -"noted gap is caused by:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:218 -msgid "" -"A difference between the specification and the delivered solution - This is " -"a correction for which the Consultant is responsible" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:220 -msgid "**or**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:222 -msgid "" -"A difference between the specification and the imperatives of operational " -"reality - This is a change that is the responsibility of SPoC." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:226 -msgid "7. Data Imports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:228 -msgid "" -"Importing the history of transactional data is an important issue and must " -"be answered appropriately to allow the project running smoothly. Indeed, " -"this task can be time-consuming and, if its priority is not well defined, " -"prevent production from happening in time. To do this as soon as possible, " -"it will be decided :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:234 -msgid "" -"**Not to import anything**: It often happens that after reflection, " -"importing data history is not considered necessary, these data being, " -"moreover, kept outside Odoo and consolidated for later reporting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:239 -msgid "" -"**To import a limited amount of data before going into production**: When " -"the data history relates to information being processed (purchase orders, " -"invoices, open projects, for example), the need to have this information " -"available from the first day of use in production is real. In this case, the" -" import will be made before the production launch." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:246 -msgid "" -"**To import after production launch**: When the data history needs to be " -"integrated with Odoo mainly for reporting purposes, it is clear that these " -"can be integrated into the software retrospectively. In this case, the " -"production launch of the solution will precede the required imports." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:253 -msgid "8. Support" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:255 -msgid "" -"Your Odoo Online subscription includes **unlimited 24hr support at no extra " -"cost, Monday to Friday**. Our teams are located around the world to ensure " -"you have support, no matter your location. Your support representative could" -" be communicating to you from San Francisco, Belgium, or India!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:260 -msgid "What kind of support is included?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:262 -msgid "" -"Providing you with relevant material (guidelines, product documentation, " -"etc...)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:264 -msgid "" -"Answers to issues that you may encounter in your standard Odoo database (eg." -" “I cannot close my Point of Sale” or “I cannot find my sales KPIs?”)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:266 -msgid "Questions related to your account, subscription, or billing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:267 -msgid "" -"Bug resolution (blocking issues or unexpected behaviour not due to " -"misconfiguration or customization)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:269 -msgid "" -"Issues that might occur in a test database after upgrading to a newer " -"version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:271 -msgid "" -"*Odoo Support does not make changes to your production database, but gives " -"you the material and knowledge to do it yourself!*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:274 -msgid "What kind of support is not included?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:276 -msgid "" -"Questions that require us to understand your business processes in order to " -"help you implement your database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:278 -msgid "" -"Training on how to use our software (we will direct you to our many " -"resources)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:279 -msgid "Importation of documents into your database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:280 -msgid "" -"Guidance on which configurations to apply inside of an application or the " -"database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:281 -msgid "" -"How to set up configuration models (Examples include: Inventory Routes, " -"Payment Terms, Warehouses, etc)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:283 -msgid "" -"Questions or issues related to specific developments or customizations done " -"either by Odoo or a third party (this is specific only to your database or " -"involving code)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:287 -msgid "" -"You can get this type of support with a `Success Pack <https://www.odoo.com" -"/pricing-packs>`__. With a pack, one of our consultants will analyze the way" -" your business runs and tell you how you can get the most out of your Odoo " -"Database. We will handle all configurations and coach you on how to use " -"Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:292 -msgid "" -"Our support team can be contacted through our `online support form " -"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po deleted file mode 100644 index de3ca24d5..000000000 --- a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,398 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Sergio Zanchetta <primes2h@gmail.com>, 2019 -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2019\n" -"Language-Team: Italian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/it/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: it\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../helpdesk.rst:5 -msgid "Helpdesk" -msgstr "Helpdesk" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:3 -msgid "Get started with Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:6 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Panoramica" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:9 -msgid "Getting started with Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:11 -msgid "Installing Odoo Helpdesk:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:13 -msgid "Open the Apps module, search for \"Helpdesk\", and click install" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:19 -msgid "Set up Helpdesk teams" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:21 -msgid "By default, Odoo Helpdesk comes with a team installed called \"Support\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:26 -msgid "" -"To modify this team, or create additional teams, select \"Configuration\" in" -" the purple bar and select \"Settings\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Here you can create new teams, decide what team members to add to this team," -" how your customers can submit tickets and set up SLA policies and ratings. " -"For the assignation method you can have tickets assigned randomly, balanced," -" or manually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:38 -msgid "How to set up different stages for each team" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:40 -msgid "" -"First you will need to activate the developer mode. To do this go to your " -"settings module, and select the link for \"Activate the developer mode\" on " -"the lower right-hand side." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Now, when you return to your Helpdesk module and select \"Configuration\" in" -" the purple bar you will find additional options, like \"Stages\". Here you " -"can create new stages and assign those stages to 1 or multiple teams " -"allowing for customizable stages for each team!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:53 -msgid "Start receiving tickets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:56 -msgid "How can my customers submit tickets?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Select \"Configuration\" in the purple bar and select \"Settings\", select " -"your Helpdesk team. Under \"Channels you will find 4 options:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Email Alias allows for customers to email the alias you choose to create a " -"ticket. The subject line of the email with become the Subject on the ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Website Form allows your customer to go to " -"yourwebsite.com/helpdesk/support-1/submit and submit a ticket via a website " -"form - much like odoo.com/help!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:78 -msgid "" -"Live Chat allows your customers to submit a ticket via Live Chat on your " -"website. Your customer will begin the live chat and your Live Chat Operator " -"can create the ticket by using the command /helpdesk Subject of Ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:86 -msgid "" -"The final option to submit tickets is thru an API connection. View the " -"documentation `*here* " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/11.0/webservices/odoo.html>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:91 -msgid "Tickets have been created, now what?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:93 -msgid "" -"Now your employees can start working on them! If you have selecting a manual" -" assignation method then your employees will need to assign themselves to " -"tickets using the \"Assign To Me\" button on the top left of a ticket or by " -"adding themselves to the \"Assigned to\" field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:101 -msgid "" -"If you have selected \"Random\" or \"Balanced\" assignation method, your " -"tickets will be assigned to a member of that Helpdesk team." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:104 -msgid "" -"From there they will begin working on resolving the tickets! When they are " -"completed, they will move the ticket to the solved stage." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:108 -msgid "How do I mark this ticket as urgent?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:110 -msgid "" -"On your tickets you will see stars. You can determine how urgent a ticket is" -" but selecting one or more stars on the ticket. You can do this in the " -"Kanban view or on the ticket form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:117 -msgid "" -"To set up a Service Level Agreement Policy for your employees, first " -"activate the setting under \"Settings\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:123 -msgid "From here, select \"Configure SLA Policies\" and click \"Create\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:125 -msgid "" -"You will fill in information like the Helpdesk team, what the minimum " -"priority is on the ticket (the stars) and the targets for the ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:132 -msgid "What if a ticket is blocked or is ready to be worked on?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:134 -msgid "" -"If a ticket cannot be resolved or is blocked, you can adjust the \"Kanban " -"State\" on the ticket. You have 3 options:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:137 -msgid "Grey - Normal State" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:139 -msgid "Red - Blocked" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:141 -msgid "Green - Ready for next stage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:143 -msgid "" -"Like the urgency stars you can adjust the state in the Kanban or on the " -"Ticket form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:150 -msgid "How can my employees log time against a ticket?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:152 -msgid "" -"First, head over to \"Settings\" and select the option for \"Timesheet on " -"Ticket\". You will see a field appear where you can select the project the " -"timesheets will log against." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:159 -msgid "" -"Now that you have selected a project, you can save. If you move back to your" -" tickets, you will see a new tab called \"Timesheets\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:165 -msgid "" -"Here you employees can add a line to add work they have done for this " -"ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:169 -msgid "How to allow your customers to rate the service they received" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:171 -msgid "First, you will need to activate the ratings setting under \"Settings\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:176 -msgid "" -"Now, when a ticket is moved to its solved or completed stage, it will send " -"an email to the customer asking how their service went." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:3 -msgid "Record and invoice time for tickets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:5 -msgid "" -"You may have service contracts with your clients to provide them assistance " -"in case of a problem. For this purpose, Odoo will help you record the time " -"spent fixing the issue and most importantly, to invoice it to your clients." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:11 -msgid "The modules needed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:13 -msgid "" -"In order to record and invoice time for tickets, the following modules are " -"needed : Helpdesk, Project, Timesheets, Sales. If you are missing one of " -"them, go to the Apps module, search for it and then click on *Install*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:19 -msgid "Get started to offer the helpdesk service" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:22 -msgid "Step 1 : start a helpdesk project" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:24 -msgid "" -"To start a dedicated project for the helpdesk service, first go to " -":menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings` and make sure that " -"the *Timesheets* feature is activated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Then, go to your dashboard, create the new project and allow timesheets for " -"it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:35 -msgid "Step 2 : gather a helpdesk team" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:37 -msgid "" -"To set a team in charge of the helpdesk, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> " -"Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and create a new team or select an " -"existing one. On the form, tick the box in front of *Timesheet on Ticket* to" -" activate the feature. Make sure to select the helpdesk project you have " -"previously created as well." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:47 -msgid "Step 3 : launch the helpdesk service" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Finally, to launch the new helpdesk service, first go to " -":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and make sure that the" -" *Units of Measure* feature is activated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Then, go to :menuselection:`Products --> Products` and create a new one. " -"Make sure that the product is set as a service." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Here, we suggest that you set the *Unit of Measure* as *Hour(s)*, but any " -"unit will do." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Finally, select the invoicing management you would like to have under the " -"*Sales* tab of the product form. Here, we recommend the following " -"configuration :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:73 -msgid "Now, you are ready to start receiving tickets !" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:76 -msgid "Solve issues and record time spent" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:79 -msgid "Step 1 : place an order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:81 -msgid "" -"You are now in the Helpdesk module and you have just received a ticket from " -"a client. To place a new order, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> " -"Orders` and create one for the help desk service product you have previously" -" recorded. Set the number of hours needed to assist the client and confirm " -"the sale." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:91 -msgid "Step 2 : link the task to the ticket" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:93 -msgid "" -"If you access the dedicated helpdesk project, you will notice that a new " -"task has automatically been generated with the order. To link this task with" -" the client ticket, go to the Helpdesk module, access the ticket in question" -" and select the task on its form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:102 -msgid "Step 3 : record the time spent to help the client" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:104 -msgid "" -"The job is done and the client's issue is sorted out. To record the hours " -"performed for this task, go back to the ticket form and add them under the " -"*Timesheets* tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:112 -msgid "" -"The hours recorded on the ticket will also automatically appear in the " -"Timesheet module and on the dedicated task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:116 -msgid "Step 4 : invoice the client" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:118 -msgid "" -"To invoice the client, go back to the Sales module and select the order that" -" had been placed. Notice that the hours recorded on the ticket form now " -"appear as the delivered quantity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:125 -msgid "" -"All that is left to do, is to create the invoice from the order and then " -"validate it. Now you just have to wait for the client's payment !" -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/index.po deleted file mode 100644 index 1e674db6b..000000000 --- a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/index.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,26 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Sergio Zanchetta <primes2h@gmail.com>, 2019 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Sergio Zanchetta <primes2h@gmail.com>, 2019\n" -"Language-Team: Italian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/it/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: it\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../index.rst:3 -msgid "Odoo User Documentation" -msgstr "Documentazione utente Odoo" diff --git a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po deleted file mode 100644 index 08a4c7886..000000000 --- a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,7718 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# mymage <stefano.consolaro@mymage.it>, 2019 -# Simone Bernini <simone@aperturelabs.it>, 2019 -# Cesare Cugnasco <cesare.cugnasco@gmail.com>, 2019 -# Luigi Di Naro <gigidn@gmail.com>, 2019 -# Davide Corio <enlightx@gmail.com>, 2019 -# Paolo Valier, 2019 -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# David Minneci <david@numeko.it>, 2019 -# Léonie Bouchat <lbo@odoo.com>, 2019 -# Sergio Zanchetta <primes2h@gmail.com>, 2019 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-07 15:38+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Sergio Zanchetta <primes2h@gmail.com>, 2019\n" -"Language-Team: Italian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/it/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: it\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../inventory.rst:5 ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:64 -msgid "Inventory" -msgstr "Magazzino" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode.rst:3 -msgid "Barcodes" -msgstr "Codici a barre" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations.rst:3 -msgid "Daily Operations" -msgstr "Operazioni giornaliere" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3 -msgid "How to do an inventory adjustment with barcodes?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:5 -msgid "From the Barcode application:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:7 -msgid "Click on **Inventory**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Scan all the products (if you have 5 identical articles, scan it 5 times, or" -" use the keyboard to set the quantity)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:16 -msgid "" -"If you manage multiple locations, scan the location before scanning the " -"products. Eg. scan a shelf's barcode ; scan each product on the shelf ; " -"repeat for each shelf in the wharehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:20 -msgid "" -"When you've scanned all the items of the location, validate the inventory " -"manually or by scanning the **Validate** barcode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:3 -msgid "How to process delivery orders?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:5 -msgid "" -"There are two approaches to process delivery orders: you can either work on " -"printed documents (and scan lines on the documents), or on a screen (and " -"scan products directly)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:10 -msgid "Process printed delivery orders:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Print delivery orders of the day by selecting all documents from the **To " -"Do** list and print **Picking Operations** from the top menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Once you start processing your delivery orders, **scan the barcode** on the " -"top-right corner of the document to load the right record on the screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Then, **scan the barcode** of every product, or scan the barcode of the " -"product on the picking line if the barcode on the product is not easily " -"accessible, visible or is missing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:23 -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Once you scanned all products, scan the **Validate** barcode action to " -"finish the operation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:30 -msgid "Process delivery orders from a computer or mobile device:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Load all the delivery orders marked as **To Do**, and open the first one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:35 -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:33 -msgid "Pick up and scan each listed product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:37 -msgid "" -"When you've picked all the items, click the **Validate** button or scan the " -"**Validate barcode** action to finish the Operation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Move to the next delivery order to process by clicking on the top-right " -"right **arrow** or scanning the **Pager-Next** barcode action." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:3 -msgid "How to do an internal transfer?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:5 -msgid "In Odoo, there are two types of internal transfers:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:7 -msgid "" -"Those initiated automatically by the system (for example, a quality control)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Those created by a worker (for example, through the internal transfer area " -"of the dashboard)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:13 -msgid "To make an Internal Transfer:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:15 -msgid "From the home of the barcode application, scan the **source location**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:17 -msgid "Pick up and **scan the products**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:19 -msgid "Scan the **destination location**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:21 -msgid "**Validate** the transfer to finish it" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:3 -msgid "How to handle lots and serial numbers with barcodes?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Lots Numbers can be encoded from incoming shipments, internal moves and " -"outgoing deliveries:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In the barcode interface, **scan** the products you want create a lot from" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:10 -msgid "" -"If this product should be manage by lots, a window opens to help you scan " -"the lots/serial numbers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:13 -msgid "" -"**Scan** a lot barcode, **type** one manually or **leave empty** to generate" -" one automatically" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:16 -msgid "Click or scan **Validate** once you are done" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:18 -msgid "What is the difference between **Lots** and **Serial Numbers**?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:20 -msgid "" -"**Lot** numbers are attributed to several identical products, so each time " -"you scan a lot number, Odoo will add one on the product count." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:24 -msgid "" -"On the opposite, a **serial number** is unique, and represented by only one " -"barcode, sticked on only one item. This means that Odoo won't accept " -"scanning the same serial number more than once per operation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:32 -msgid "Here, we configured **Lu - Petit Beukelaer** tracking by lots." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Scan a product from this incoming shipment, then scan the lot number of each" -" product (you can also use the keyboard)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:43 -msgid "Click save/scan **Validate** and you are done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:3 -msgid "How to process incoming receipts?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:5 -msgid "" -"There are two approaches to process incoming receipts: you can either work " -"on printed documents (and scan lines on the documents), or on a screen (and " -"scan products directly)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:10 -msgid "Process printed incoming receipts:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Print incoming receipts of the day by selecting all documents from the **To " -"Receive** list and print **Picking Operations** from the top menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Once you start processing your incoming receipts, scan the barcode on the " -"top-right corner of the document to load the right record on the screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Then, scan the barcode of every product, or scan the barcode of the product " -"on the picking line if the barcode on the product is not easily accessible, " -"visible or is missing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:28 -msgid "Process incoming receipts from a computer or mobile device:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Load all the incoming receipts marked as **To Receive**, and open the first " -"one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:35 -msgid "" -"When you've picked all the items, click the **Validate** button or scan the " -"**Validate** barcode action to finish the Operation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Move to the next incoming receipt to process by clicking on the top-right " -"right **arrow** or scanning the **Pager-Next** barcode action." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:42 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:137 -msgid "Example" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:44 -msgid "Open operation interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:49 -msgid "Scan." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:54 -msgid "" -"The picking appears. Scan items and/or fill in informations using the mouse " -"and keyboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup.rst:3 -msgid "Setup" -msgstr "Impostazione" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:3 -msgid "Set up your barcode scanner" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Getting started with barcode scanning in Odoo is fairly easy. Yet, a good " -"user experience relies on an appropriate hardware setup. This guide will " -"help you through the task of choosing and configuring the barcode scanner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:11 -msgid "Find the barcode scanner that suits your needs" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:13 -msgid "" -"The 3 recommended type of barcode scanners to work with the Odoo " -"**Inventory** and **Barcode Scanning** apps are the **USB scanner**, **the " -"bluetooth scanner** and the **mobile computer scanner**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:20 -msgid "" -"If you scan products at a computer location, the **USB scanner** is the way " -"to go. Simply plug it in the computer to start scanning. Just make sure when" -" you buy it that the scanner is compatible with your keyboard layout or can " -"be configured to be so." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:25 -msgid "" -"The **bluetooth scanner** can be paired with a smartphone or a tablet and is" -" a good choice if you want to be mobile but don't need a big investment. An " -"approach is to log in Odoo on you smartphone, pair the bluetooth scanner " -"with the smartphone and work in the warehouse with always the possibility to" -" check your smartphone from time to time and use the software 'manually'." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:32 -msgid "" -"For heavy use, the **mobile computer scanner** is the handiest solution. It " -"consists in a small computer with a built-in barcode scanner. This one can " -"turn out to be a very productive solution, however you need to make sure " -"that is is capable of running Odoo smoothy. The most recent models using " -"Android + Google Chrome or Windows + Internet Explorer Mobile should do the " -"job. However, due to the variety of models and configurations on the market," -" it is essential to test it first." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:42 -msgid "Configure your barcode scanner" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:45 -msgid "Keyboard layout" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:50 -msgid "" -"An USB barcode scanner needs to be configured to use the same keyboard " -"layout as your operating system. Otherwise, your scanner won't translate " -"characters correctly (replacing a 'A' with a 'Q' for example). Most scanners" -" are configured by scanning the appropriate barcode in the user manual." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:57 -msgid "Automatic carriage return" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:59 -msgid "" -"By default, Odoo has a 50 milliseconds delay between each successive scan " -"(it helps avoid accidental double scanning). If you want to suppress this " -"delay, you can configure your scanner to insert a carriage return at the end" -" of each barcode. This is usually the default configuration and can be " -"explicitly configured by scanning a specific barcode in the user manual ('CR" -" suffix ON', 'Apply Enter for suffix', etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:3 -msgid "How to activate the barcodes in Odoo?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The barcode scanning features can save you a lot of the time usually lost " -"switching between the keyboard, the mouse and the scanner. Properly " -"attributing barcodes to products, pickings locations, etc. allows you to " -"work more efficiently by controlling the software almost exclusively with " -"the barcode scanner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Print this document to be able to use your barcode scanner to perform more " -"actions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:19 -msgid "Document: |download_barcode|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:23 -msgid "Set products barcodes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:28 -msgid "" -"In order to fill a picking or to perform an inventory, you need to make sure" -" that your products are encoded in Odoo along with their barcodes. If this " -"is not already done, you can fill in the products barcodes through a handy " -"interface. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` " -"and click :menuselection:`Operations --> Barcode Scanner`. Click Save, and " -"go back into the previous screen to click Configure Product Barcodes. This " -"interface can also be accessed via the planner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Product variants: be careful to add barcodes directly on the variant, and " -"not the template product (otherwise you won't be able to differentiate " -"them)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:44 -msgid "Set locations barcodes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:49 -msgid "" -"If you manage multiple locations, you will find useful to attribute a " -"barcode to each location and stick it on the location. You can configure the" -" locations barcodes in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " -"Warehouse Management --> Locations`. There is button in the **Print** menu " -"that you can use to print the locations names and barcodes. There are 4 " -"barcodes per page, arranged in a way that is convenient to print on sticker " -"paper." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Example of location naming: **warehouse short name** - **location short " -"name** - (**Corridor X** - **Shelf Y** - **Height Z**) Example: A032-025-133" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:65 -msgid "Barcode formats" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Most retail products use EAN-13 barcodes. They cannot be made up without " -"proper authorization: you must pay the International Article Numbering " -"Association a fee in exchange for an EAN code sequence (that's why no two " -"products in a store will ever have the same EAN code)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:72 -msgid "" -"Still, as Odoo supports any string as a barcode, so you can always define " -"your own barcode format for internal use." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management.rst:3 -msgid "Warehouse Management" -msgstr "Gestione Magazzino" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment.rst:3 -msgid "Inventory Adjustment" -msgstr "Rettifica di inventario" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:3 -msgid "How to make the initial inventory?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:5 -msgid "" -"One of the most important feature in an warehouse management software is to " -"keep the inventory right." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Once your products have been defined, it is time to make your initial " -"inventory. You will reflect reality by inventorying the right quantities in " -"the right locations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:55 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:34 -msgid "Product Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:15 -msgid "" -"In the Inventory module, open the :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> " -"Products`, then click on **Create** to create a new product. Configure the " -"product type so that it is **Stockable** and not a consumable." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:23 -msgid "Start the initial inventory" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:26 -msgid "Update the product quantity for one product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:28 -msgid "" -"In the product you just created, you can see in the upper tiles that we have" -" 0 product On Hand. Click on the **Update qty on Hand** button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:31 -msgid "" -"A new window opens. In the **New Quantity on Hand** field, type the quantity" -" of product you currently hold in stock, then click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:39 -msgid "" -"if you are using multiple locations for your warehouse, you will be able to " -"set the location of your product from this screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:42 -msgid "" -"You can now see from the On Hand tab that the quantity has been updated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Now, if you check the **Inventory Adjustments** in the **Inventory Control**" -" menu, you will see that a new line named \"INV: (name of your product)\" " -"has automatically been created and validated by the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:55 -msgid "Multiple products at once" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Create all the products for which you want to follow the stock (as stockable" -" products). Once the required products in stock have been defined, use an " -"initial inventory operation to put the current quantities into the system by" -" location. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Inventory " -"Adjustments` to start your initial inventory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Give it a name (for example Initial Inventory) and select the stock location" -" of your inventory. Note that when you select a parent location (such as " -"Stock, which might be split into sub locations), you can also select the sub" -" (or child) locations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:71 -msgid "" -"You can choose between making an inventory for all products, for a few or " -"only for one. In this case, we choose the **All products** option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:79 -msgid "" -"If you need your stock valuation to be done in a different period than the " -"one that will be selected by default according to the inventory end date, " -"enter the corresponding accounting period in the Force Valuation Period " -"field. The accounting module needs to be installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:84 -msgid "" -"Click the **Start Inventory** button. Depending on the type of inventory you" -" have chosen (all products or selected ones) you might have to add products " -"manually by clicking on **Add an item**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:88 -msgid "" -"Add the **Real Quantity** that you have in your stock for each product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:92 -msgid "" -"additional information will be available according to the options you " -"activated (multi-locations, serial number, consignee stocks)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:98 -msgid "" -"Click the **Validate Inventory** button to confirm the inventory and post " -"it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:102 -msgid "Reporting" -msgstr "Rendicontazione" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:104 -msgid "" -"To check the current stock, go to :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> " -"Products`, and click on the **list button**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:3 -msgid "How to choose between minimum stock rule and make to order?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:5 -msgid "" -"**Minimum Stock rules** and **Make to Order** have similar consequences but " -"different rules. They should be used depending on your manufacturing and " -"delivery strategies." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:10 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:10 -msgid "Terminology" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:13 -msgid "Minimum stock rule" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:15 -msgid "" -"**Minimum Stock** rules are used to ensure that you always have the minimum " -"amount of a product in stock in order to manufacture your products and/or " -"answer to your customer needs. When the stock level of a product reaches its" -" minimum the system will automatically generate a procurement with the " -"quantity needed to reach the maximum stock level." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:22 -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:56 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:22 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:58 -msgid "Make to Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:24 -msgid "" -"The **Make to Order** function will trigger a **Purchase Order** of the " -"amount of the **Sales Order** related to the product. The system will " -"**not** check the current stock valuation. This means that a draft purchase " -"order will be generated regardless of the quantity on hand of the product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:12 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:37 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:34 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:29 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:50 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:28 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:21 -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:22 -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:25 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:159 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:164 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:21 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:10 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:25 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:29 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:22 -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:18 -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:23 -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:18 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:17 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:114 -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:16 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:15 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:17 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:14 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Configurazione" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:33 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:33 -msgid "Minimum stock rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:35 -msgid "" -"The Minimum Stock Rules configuration is available through the menu " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory Control --> Reordering Rule` in the " -"drop down menu. There, click on **Create** to set minimum and maximum stock " -"values for a given product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "Active" -msgstr "Attivo" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "" -"If the active field is set to False, it will allow you to hide the " -"orderpoint without removing it." -msgstr "" -"Se il campo attivo è impostato su False, ti permetterà di nascondere il " -"punto di ordine senza rimuoverlo." - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "Product Unit of Measure" -msgstr "Unità di misura prodotto" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "Default unit of measure used for all stock operations." -msgstr "Unità di misura predefinita per ogni operazione di stoccaggio." - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "Procurement Group" -msgstr "Gruppo di Approvvigionamento" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Moves created through this orderpoint will be put in this procurement group." -" If none is given, the moves generated by stock rules will be grouped into " -"one big picking." -msgstr "" -"I movimenti creati attraverso questo punto di riordino saranno inseriti in " -"questo gruppo di approvvigionamento. Se non ne viene dato nessuno, i " -"movimenti generati dalle regole di magazzino saranno raggruppati in un unico" -" prelievo." - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "Minimum Quantity" -msgstr "Quantità minima" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "" -"When the virtual stock goes below the Min Quantity specified for this field," -" Odoo generates a procurement to bring the forecasted quantity to the Max " -"Quantity." -msgstr "" -"Quando le scorte virtuali scendono al di sotto della quantità minima " -"indicata per questo campo, Odoo genera un approvvigionamento per portare la " -"quantità prevista alla quantità massima." - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "Maximum Quantity" -msgstr "Quantità massima" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "" -"When the virtual stock goes below the Min Quantity, Odoo generates a " -"procurement to bring the forecasted quantity to the Quantity specified as " -"Max Quantity." -msgstr "" -"Quando le scorte virtuali scendono al di sotto della quantità minima, Odoo " -"genera un approvvigionamento per portare la quantità prevista alla quantità " -"indicata come quantità massima." - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "Quantity Multiple" -msgstr "Multiplo Quantità" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "" -"The procurement quantity will be rounded up to this multiple. If it is 0, " -"the exact quantity will be used." -msgstr "" -"La quantità di approvvigionamento sarà arrotondata a questo multiplo. Se il " -"multiplo è 0, verrà utilizzata la quantità esatta. " - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "Lead Time" -msgstr "Tempi di consegna" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Number of days after the orderpoint is triggered to receive the products or " -"to order to the vendor" -msgstr "" -"Numero di giorni dopo che l’ordine è stato attivato per ricevere i prodotti " -"o per ordinare al fornitore" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Then, click on your product to access the related product form and, on the " -"**Inventory submenu**, do not forget to select a supplier." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Don't forget to select the right product type in the product form. A " -"consumable can not be stocked and will thus not be accounted for in the " -"stock valuation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:58 -msgid "" -"The Make to Order configuration is available on your product form through " -"your :menuselection:`Inventory module --> Inventory control --> Products` " -"(or any other module where products are available)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:62 -msgid "On the product form, under **Inventory**, click on **Make To Order**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:68 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:70 -msgid "Choice between the two options" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:70 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:72 -msgid "" -"The choice between the two options is thus dependent of your inventory " -"strategy. If you prefer to have a buffer and always have at least a minimum " -"amount, the minimum stock rule should be used. If you want to reorder your " -"stocks only if your sale is confirmed it is better to use the Make to Order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery.rst:3 -msgid "Delivery Orders" -msgstr "Ordini di consegna" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:3 -msgid "How do I cancel a delivery order?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:6 ../../inventory/overview.rst:3 -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:6 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Panoramica" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo gives you the possibility to cancel a delivery method whether it has " -"been validated to fast, it needs to be modified or for any other reason." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Some carriers are more flexible than others, so make sure to cancel your " -"delivery order as fast as possible if it needs to be done so you don't have " -"any bad surprise." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:17 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:26 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:107 -msgid "Sale process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Go to the **Sales** module, click on **Sales** and then on **Sales Order**. " -"Then click on the sale order you want to cancel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Click on the **Delivery** button, in the upper right corner of the sale " -"order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Now, click on the **Additional info** tab and you will see that next to the " -"**Carrier Tracking Reference**, there is a **Cancel** button. Click on it to" -" cancel the delivery." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:38 -msgid "" -"To make sure that your delivery is cancelled, check in the history, you will" -" receive the confirmation of the cancellation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:3 -msgid "How can I limit a delivery method to a certain number of countries?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:8 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can have different types of delivery methods, and you can " -"limit them to a certain number of countries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Go to the **Inventory** module, click on **Configuration** and then on " -"**Delivery Methods**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Select the delivery method that you want to change, or create a new one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:25 -msgid "" -"In the **Destination** tab, choose the countries to which you want to apply " -"this delivery method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:28 -msgid "Now, that this is done, Let's see the result." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:30 -msgid "" -"If you go to the website, and you try to buy something, once you've entered " -"your details and you proceed to the payment, the website will propose you " -"only the delivery methods that apply to your shipping address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:39 -msgid "" -"This process doesn't work in backend. We assume that when you create a Sale " -"Order, you know which delivery method you can use since you created them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:3 -msgid "" -"How to send products to customers directly from suppliers (drop-shipping)?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:6 -msgid "What is drop-shipping?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Drop-Shipping is a system that allows orders taken from your store to be " -"shipped straight from your supplier to your customer. On a usual delivery " -"system, products are sent from your supplier to your warehouse to be put in " -"stock, and then shipped to your customers after ordering. With drop-" -"shipping, no item is stocked. When a customer places an order in your shop, " -"the item is delivered straight from the supplier to the customer. Therefore," -" the product doesn't need to get through your warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:18 -msgid "Points to be considered while implementing drop-shipping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Use drop-shipping only for the products you can't or don't want to keep in " -"stock. One reason is that you'll always make smaller margins on items that " -"are drop-shipped, so you should keep it only for items that take up a lot of" -" space in your warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Drop-shipping is best for niche products. Chances are that products that are" -" in high demand are being offered by large suppliers at a fraction of the " -"price you'll be able to charge, so using a more costly shipping method won't" -" be financially rewarding. But if your product is unique, then it makes " -"sense!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:31 -msgid "" -"To protect your customers from bad experiences, test drop-shipping companies" -" for yourself beforehand and list the best ones." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Make sure time is not against you. Drop-shipping should take a reasonable " -"amount of time and surely not more than it would have taken you to handle it" -" all by yourself. It's also nice to be able to provide your customers with a" -" tracking number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Items have to be available from your supplier. It's good to know if the " -"product you're selling is available upstream. If you don't have that " -"information, inform your customers that you don't hold the item in stock and" -" that it's subject to availability from a third party." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:46 -msgid "" -"For more information and insights on Drop-shipping, read our blog on `What " -"is drop-shipping and how to use it <https://www.odoo.com/blog/business-" -"hacks-1/post/what-is-drop-shipping-and-how-to-use-it-250>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:50 -msgid "Configuring drop-shipping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Open the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. Go " -"to **Location & Warehouse**, locate the **Dropshipping** option and tick the" -" box **Allow suppliers to deliver directly to your customers**. Then, click " -"on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Then go to the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings`. " -"Locate **Order Routing** and tick the box **Choose specific routes on sales " -"order lines (advanced)**. Click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Now, open the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> Products`. Add a " -"supplier to the products you want to dropship." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:74 -msgid "How to send products from the customers directly to the suppliers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Create a **Sales Order** and specify on a sales order line for your products" -" that the route is **Dropshipping**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:82 -msgid "" -"Open the menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchases --> Requests for " -"Quotation`. The draft purchase order is automatically created from the " -"procurement with the drop-shipping route. Once the order is confirmed, you " -"will see that one shipment has been created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:90 -msgid "" -"To confirm the sending from the vendor to the customer, go back to " -"**Inventory** app. On the dashboard, click on **# TO RECEIVE** on the " -"dropship card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:97 -msgid "" -"It will open the list of drop-shipping transfers. Validate the transfer once" -" it has been done. The items will be directly delivered from the partner to " -"the customer without transiting to your warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:103 -msgid ":doc:`inventory_flow`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:3 -msgid "How to choose the right inventory flow to handle delivery orders?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Depending on factors such as the type of items you sell, the size of your " -"warehouse, the number of orders you register everyday... the way you handle " -"deliveries to your customers can vary a lot." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Odoo allows you to handle shipping from your warehouse in 3 different ways:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:12 -msgid "**One step (shipping)**: Ship directly from stock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:14 -msgid "" -"**Two steps (pick + ship)**: Bring goods to output location before shipping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:17 -msgid "" -"**Three steps (pick + pack + ship)**: Make packages into a dedicated " -"location, then bring them to the output location for shipping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:20 -msgid "" -"For companies having a rather small warehouse and that do not require high " -"stock of items or don't sell perishable items, a one step shipping is the " -"simplest solution, as it does not require a lot of configuration and allows " -"to handle orders very quickly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Using inventory methods such as FIFO, LIFO and FEFO require to have at least" -" two steps to handle a shipment. The picking method will be determined by " -"the removal strategy, and the items removed will then be shipped to the " -"customer. This method is also interesting if you hold larger stocks and " -"especially when the items you stock are big in size." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:31 -msgid "" -"The three steps system becomes useful in more specific situations, the main " -"one being for handling very large stocks. The items are transferred to a " -"packing area, where they will be assembled by area of destination, and then " -"set to outbound trucks for final delivery to the customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:40 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:53 -msgid "One step flow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:42 -msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`one_step`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:45 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:58 -msgid "Two steps flow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:47 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:60 -msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`two_steps`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:50 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:63 -msgid "Three steps flow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:52 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:65 -msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`three_steps`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:3 -msgid "How can I change the label type?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:8 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can choose among different types of labels for your delivery " -"orders. Follow the steps below and give an appropriate label type to your " -"delivery." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:15 -msgid "" -"In the **Inventory** module, Go to **Configuration** and click on **Delivery" -" methods**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:18 -msgid "Choose a delivery method and then click on **Edit**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:23 -msgid "" -"In the **Pricing** tab, under **Fedex label stock type**, you can choose one" -" of the label types available. The availability will vary depending on the " -"carrier." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Once this is done, you can see the result if you go to the Sales module and " -"you create a new sale order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:33 -msgid "" -"As you confirm the sale and validate the delivery with the carrier for which" -" you have modified the label type, The label will appear in your history." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:46 -msgid "" -"The default label type is paper letter, and if you choose the label type " -"bottom half for example, here is the difference :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:3 -msgid "How to process delivery orders in one step (shipping)?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:8 -msgid "" -"When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is " -"set up by default to utilize a one-step operation: once all goods are " -"available, they are able to be shipped in a single delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:15 -msgid "" -"There is no configuration needed. The default outgoing shipments are " -"configured to be directly delivered from the stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:18 -msgid "" -"However, if **advance routes** is activated and you set another shipping " -"configuration on your warehouse, you can set it back to the one-step " -"delivery configuration. Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouses` " -"and edit the concerned warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Set the outgoing shippings the option to **Ship directly from stock (Ship " -"Only)**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:68 -msgid "Create a Sales Order" -msgstr "Creare un ordine di vendita" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Create a sales order (From quotation to sales order) with some products to " -"deliver." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Notice that we now see ``1`` delivery associated with this sales order in " -"the **stat button** above the sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:41 -msgid "" -"If you click on the **1 Delivery** stat button, you should now see your " -"picking." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:45 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:99 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:88 -msgid "Process a Delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:47 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:143 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Go to **Inventory** and click on the **# TO DO** link under the **Delivery " -"Orders** kanban card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:53 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:110 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:130 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:149 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:99 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:119 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:99 -msgid "Click on the picking that you want to process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Output** to the " -"**customer**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:58 -msgid "" -"This has completed the **Shipping Step** and the WH/OUT should now show " -"**Done** in the status column at the top of the page, which means the " -"product has been shipped to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:3 -msgid "How can you change the packaging type for your sale order?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo gives you the possibility to change the default packaging type and " -"adapt the packaging the way you want it, depending on the weight of the " -"order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:15 -msgid "" -"In the **Inventory** module, Go to **Configuration** and then click on " -"**Settings**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:18 -msgid "" -"In :menuselection:`Traceability --> Packages`, flag **Record packages used " -"on packing : pallets, boxes,...**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:24 -msgid "*Sale process*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:26 -msgid "In the **Sales** module, go to **Sales** and click on **Sale Order**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:28 -msgid "Create your new Sale Order, and **Confirm the Sale**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Once you've confirmed the Sale, you need to click on **Delivery**, to be " -"redirected to the Delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:36 -msgid "Click on **Edit**, and you can now change the packaging." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:41 -msgid "" -"In the **Operations** tab, in the last column, change the **0** and put the " -"number of products that you want to pack together. Then click on **Put in " -"Pack**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Choose the type of packaging that you want. You can also see that the weight" -" has been adapted to your package, and you can change it manually if you " -"want it to be more precise. Then click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:52 -msgid "Repeat the operation until all the products are put in pack." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:54 -msgid "Finally, click on **Validate** to confirm the delivery." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:3 -msgid "How is the scheduled delivery date computed?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Scheduled dates are computed in order to be able to plan deliveries, " -"receptions and so on. Depending on the habits of your company Odoo " -"automatically generates scheduled dates via the scheduler. The Odoo " -"scheduler computes everything per line, whether it's a manufacturing order, " -"a delivery order, a sale order, etc. The dates that are computed are " -"dependent on the different leads times configured in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:13 -msgid "Configuring lead times" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Configuring **lead times** is a first essential move in order to compute " -"scheduled dates. Lead times are the delays (in term of delivery, " -"manufacturing, ...) promised to your different partners and/or clients." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:19 -msgid "Configuration of the different lead times are made as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:22 -msgid "At a product level" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:24 -msgid "**Supplier lead time**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Is the time needed for the supplier to deliver your purchased product. To " -"configure the supplier lead time select a product, and go in the " -"**Inventory** tab. You will have to add a vendor to your product in order to" -" select a supplier lead time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Do not forget that it is possible to add different vendors and thus " -"different delivery lead times depending on the vendor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Once a vendor is selected, just open its form and fill its **Delivery lead " -"time**. In this case security days have no influence, the scheduled delivery" -" days will be equal to: **Date** of the purchase order + **Delivery Lead " -"Time**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:46 -msgid "**Customer lead time**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Customer lead time is the time needed to get your product from your store / " -"warehouse to your customer. It can be configured for any product. Simply " -"select a product, go into the sales tab and indicate your **Customer lead " -"time**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:56 -msgid "**Manufacturing lead time**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:58 -msgid "" -"At the same page it is possible to configure the **Manufacturing Lead Time**" -" as well. Manufacturing lead time is the time needed to manufacture the " -"product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Don't forget to tick the manufacturing box in inventory if you want to " -"create manufacturing routes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:67 -msgid "At the company level" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:69 -msgid "" -"At company level, it is possible to configure **security days** in order to " -"cope with eventual delays and to be sure to meet your engagements. The idea " -"is to subtract **backup** days from the **computed scheduled date** in case " -"of delays." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:74 -msgid "**Sales Safety days**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Sales safety days are **back-up** days to ensure you will be able to deliver" -" your clients engagements in times. They are margins of errors for delivery " -"lead times. Security days are the same logic as the early wristwatch, in " -"order to arrive on time. The idea is to subtract the numbers of security " -"days from the calculation and thus to compute a scheduled date earlier than " -"the one you promised to your client. In that way you are sure to be able to " -"keep your commitment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:84 -msgid "" -"To set ut your security dates, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General " -"settings` and click on **Configure your company data**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:90 -msgid "" -"Once the menu is open, go in the configuration tab and indicate the number " -"of safety days." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:93 -msgid "**Purchase Safety days**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:95 -msgid "Purchase days follow to the same logic than sales security days." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:97 -msgid "" -"They are margins of error for vendor lead times. When the system generates " -"purchase orders for procuring products, they will be scheduled that many " -"days earlier to cope with unexpected vendor delays. Purchase lead time can " -"be found in the same menu as the sales safety days" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:106 -msgid "" -"Note that you can also configure a default Manufacturing lead time from " -"here." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:110 -msgid "At route level" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:112 -msgid "" -"The internal transfers that a product might do due to the movement of stocks" -" can also influence the computed date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:115 -msgid "" -"The delays due to internal transfers can be specified in the **inventory** " -"app when creating a new push rule in a route." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:118 -msgid "Go to the push rules section on a route form to set a delay." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:124 -msgid "At sale order level:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:126 -msgid "**Requested date**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:128 -msgid "" -"Odoo offers the possibility to select a requested date by the client by " -"indicating the date in the other information tab of the sales order. If this" -" date is earlier than the theoreticaly computed date odoo will automatically" -" display a warning." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:139 -msgid "" -"As an example, you may sell a car today (January 1st), that is purchased on " -"order, and you promise to deliver your customer within 20 days (January 20)." -" In such a scenario, the scheduler may trigger the following events, based " -"on your configuration:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:144 -msgid "January 19: actual scheduled delivery (1 day of Sales Safety days)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:146 -msgid "" -"January 18: receive the product from your supplier (1 day of Purchase days)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:149 -msgid "" -"January 10: deadline to order at your supplier (9 days of supplier delivery " -"lead time)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:152 -msgid "" -"January 8: trigger a purchase request to your purchase team, since the team " -"need on average 2 days to find the right supplier and order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:3 -msgid "How to process delivery orders in three steps (pick + pack + ship)?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:8 -msgid "" -"When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is " -"set up by default on a **one-step** operation: once all goods are available," -" they can be shipped in bulk in a single delivery order. However, that " -"process may not reflect the reality and your company may require more steps " -"before shipping." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:14 -msgid "" -"With the **three steps** process (**Pick + Pack + Ship**), the items are " -"transferred to a packing area, where they will be assembled by area of " -"destination, and then set to outbound trucks for final delivery to the " -"customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:19 -msgid "" -"A few configuration steps are necessary in order to accomplish **Pick + Pack" -" + Ship** in Odoo. These steps create some additional locations, which by " -"default are called **Output** and **Packing Zone**. So, if your warehouse's " -"code is ``WH``, this configuration will create a location called " -"``WH/Output`` and another one called ``WH/Packing Zone``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Goods will move from **WH/Stock** to **WH/Packing Zone** in the first step. " -"Then move from **WH/Packing Zone** to **WH/Output**. Then finally it will be" -" delivered from **WH/Output** to its **final destination**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Check out :doc:`inventory_flow` to determine if this inventory flow is the " -"correct method for your needs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:37 -msgid "Install the Inventory module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:39 -msgid "From the **App** menu, search and install the **Inventory** module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:44 -msgid "" -"You will also need to install the **Sales** module to be able to issue sales" -" orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:48 -msgid "Allow managing routes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Odoo configures movement of delivery orders via **routes**. Routes provide a" -" mechanism to link different actions together. In this case, we will link " -"the picking step to the shipping step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:54 -msgid "" -"To allow management of routes, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Under :menuselection:`Location & Warehouse --> Routes`, activate the radio " -"button **Advanced routing of products using rules**. Make sure that the " -"option **Manage several locations per warehouse** is activated as well." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:64 -msgid "Configure the warehouse for Pick + Pack + Ship" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouses` and edit the warehouse " -"that will be used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:69 -msgid "" -"For outgoing shippings, set the option to **Make packages into a dedicated " -"location, bring them to the output location for shipping (Pick + Pack + " -"Ship).**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:77 -msgid "Create a Sale Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:79 -msgid "" -"From the **Sale** module, create a sales order with some products to " -"deliver." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:81 -msgid "" -"Notice that we now see ``3`` transfers associated with this sales order in " -"the **stat button** above the sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:87 -msgid "If you click the button, you should now see three different pickings:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:89 -msgid "The first with a reference **PICK** to designate the picking process," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:91 -msgid "" -"The second one with the reference **PACK** that is the packing process," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:93 -msgid "The last with a reference **OUT** to designate the shipping process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:102 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:91 -msgid "How to Process the Picking Step?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:104 -msgid "" -"Ensure that you have enough product in stock and Go to **Inventory** and " -"click on the **Waiting** link under the **Pick** kanban card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:112 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:101 -msgid "Click on **Reserve** to reserve the products if they are available." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:114 -msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Stock** to **WH/Packing" -" Zone**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:116 -msgid "" -"This has completed the picking Step and the **WH/PICK** should now show " -"**Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been " -"moved from **WH/Stock** to **WH/Packing Zone** location, which makes the " -"product available for the next step (Packing)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:122 -msgid "How to Process the Packing Step?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:124 -msgid "" -"Go to **Inventory** and click on the **# TRANSFERS** link under the **Pack**" -" kanban card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:132 -msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Packing Zone** to " -"**WH/Output**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:135 -msgid "" -"This has completed the packing step and the **WH/PACK** should now show " -"**Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been " -"moved from **WH/Packing Zone** to **WH/Output location**, which makes the " -"product available for the next step (Shipping)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:141 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:111 -msgid "How to Process the Shipping Step?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:151 -msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Output** to the " -"**customer** (Click **Apply** to assign the quantities based on the " -"quantities listed in the **To Do** column)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:155 -msgid "" -"This has completed the shipping step and the **WH/OUT** should now show " -"**Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been " -"shipped to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:3 -msgid "How to process delivery orders in two steps (pick + ship)?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:8 -msgid "" -"When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is " -"set up by default to utilize a **one-step** operation: once all goods are " -"available, they are able to be shipped in a single delivery order. However, " -"your company's business process may have one or more steps that happen " -"before shipping. In the **two steps** process, the items in a delivery order" -" are **picked** in the warehouse and brought to an **output location** for " -"**shipping**. The goods are then shipped." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:16 -msgid "" -"In order to accomplish a **Pick + Ship** delivery in Odoo, there are a few " -"necessary configuration steps. These steps create an additional location, " -"which by default is called **Output**. So, if your warehouse's code is " -"``WH``, this configuration will create a location called ``WH/Output``. " -"Goods will move from ``WH/Stock`` to ``WH/Output`` in the first step " -"(picking). Then, they move from ``WH/Output`` to ``WH/Customers`` (in the " -"case of sales orders) in the second step (shipping)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:32 -msgid "Allow management of routes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Odoo configures movement of delivery orders via the **routes**. Routes " -"provide a mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we " -"will chain the picking step to the shipping step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:38 -msgid "" -"To allow management of routes, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Ensure that the radio button **Advanced routing of products using rules** is" -" checked." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Click on **Apply** at the top of the page to save changes (if you needed to " -"check the radio button above)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:50 -msgid "" -"If you checked option **Advanced routing of products using rules** you may " -"need to activate **Manage several locations per warehouse** if it wasn't " -"activated beforehand." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:55 -msgid "Configure warehouse for Pick + Ship" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:57 -msgid "" -"To configure a **Pick + Ship** move, go to :menuselection:`Configuration -->" -" Warehouses` and edit the warehouse that will be used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:61 -msgid "" -"For outgoing shippings, set the option to **Bring goods to output location " -"before shipping (Pick + Ship)**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Install the **Sale** if it is not the case, and create a sales order with " -"some products to deliver." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Notice that we now see ``2`` transfers associated with this sales order in " -"the **Delivery** stat button above the sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:79 -msgid "" -"If you click on the **2 Transfers** stat button, you should now see two " -"different pickings, one with a reference **PICK** to designate the picking " -"process and another with a reference **OUT** to designate the shipping " -"process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:93 -msgid "" -"Ensure that you have enough product in stock, and go to **Inventory** and " -"click on the **Waiting** link under the **Pick** kanban card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:103 -msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Stock** to " -"**WH/Output**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:105 -msgid "" -"This has completed the picking step and the **WH/PICK** move should now show" -" **Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been " -"moved from **WH/Stock** to **WH/Output** location, which makes the product " -"**available for the next step** (Shipping)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:121 -msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Output** to the " -"customer (Click **Apply** to assign the quantities based on the quantities " -"listed in the **To Do** column)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:125 -msgid "" -"This has completed the shipping step and the **WH/OUT** move should now show" -" **Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been " -"shipped to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming.rst:3 -msgid "Incoming Shipments" -msgstr "Spedizioni in Ingresso" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:3 -msgid "How to choose the right flow to handle receipts?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Depending on factors such as the type of items you receive, the size of your" -" warehouse, the number of receipt you register everyday... the way you " -"handle receipts to your customers can vary a lot." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Odoo allows you to handle receipts from your warehouse in 3 different ways:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:15 -msgid "**One step**: Receive goods directly in stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:17 -msgid "**Two steps**: Unload in input location then go to stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:19 -msgid "" -"**Three steps**: Unload in input location, go through a quality control " -"before being admitted in stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Odoo uses **routes** to define exactly how you will handle the different " -"receipt steps. The configuration is done at the level of the warehouse. In " -"standard, the reception is a one step process, but changing the " -"configuration can allow to have 2 or even 3 steps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:27 -msgid "The principles are the following:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:29 -msgid "**One step**: You receive the goods directly in your stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:31 -msgid "" -"**Two steps**: You receive the goods in an input area then transfer them " -"from input area to your stock. As long as the goods are not transferred in " -"your stock, they will not be available for further processing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:36 -msgid "" -"**Three steps**: In many companies, it is necessary to assess the received " -"good. The goal is to check that the products correspond to the quality " -"requirements agreed with the suppliers. Adding a quality control step in the" -" goods receipt process can become essential." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:42 -msgid "" -"You receive the goods in an input area, then transfer them into quality area" -" for quality control. When your quality check process finishes then you can " -"move the goods from QC to stock. Of course, you may change the quantity and " -"only transfer to Stock the quantity that is valid and decide that you will " -"return the quantity that is not good." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:55 -msgid "This is the default configuration in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:68 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:126 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:97 -msgid ":doc:`../delivery/inventory_flow`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:3 -msgid "How to add a quality control step in goods receipt? (3 steps)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In many companies, it is necessary to assess the received good. The goal is " -"to check that the products correspond to the quality requirements agreed " -"with the suppliers. Therefore, adding a quality control step in the goods " -"receipt process can become essential." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo uses routes to define exactly how you will handle the different receipt" -" steps. The configuration is done at the level of the warehouse. By default," -" the reception is a one step process, but changing the configuration can " -"allow to have 2 or even 3 steps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:18 -msgid "" -"The 3 steps flow is as follows: You receive the goods in an input area, then" -" transfer them into quality area for quality control. When the quality check" -" has been processed, you can move the goods from QC to stock. Of course, you" -" may change the quantity and only transfer to stock the quantity that is " -"valid and decide that you will return the quantity that is not good." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:25 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:18 -msgid "This is the case that will be explained in this document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:31 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:24 -msgid "Use advanced routes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:33 -msgid "" -"To allow management of routes, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:39 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Ensure that the routes option **Advance routing of product using rules** is " -"checked, then click on **Apply** to save changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Make sure that **Manage several locations per warehouse** is also ticked." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:46 -msgid "How to add a quality control step in goods receipt?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouse` " -"and choose the warehouse where you want to change reception methods." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:51 -msgid "" -"By default, warehouses are configured with one step reception (**Receive " -"goods directly into stock**)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:54 -msgid "" -"To add quality control before transfer goods into stock location, tick " -"**Unload in input location, go through a quality control before being " -"admitted in stock (3 steps)**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:62 -msgid "How to control a receipt?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:65 -msgid "How to process the receipt step ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:67 -msgid "" -"In the **Purchase** app, create a **Request for Quotation**. Click on the " -"**Confirm order** button. You can see that there is one **Shipment** related" -" to purchase order in the stat button above the purchase order form view. " -"This is the receipt step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:75 -msgid "" -"Go to **Inventory** and click on the link **# TO RECEIVE** in the " -"**Receipts** card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:80 -msgid "" -"Click on the receipt that you want to process. Click on **Validate** to " -"complete the move from the **Vendor** location to **WH/Input**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:83 -msgid "" -"This has completed the receipt step and the status column at the top of the " -"page for **WH/IN** should now show **Done**. The product has been moved from" -" the **Vendor** to the **WH/Input** location, which makes the product " -"available for the next step (Move to the quality control zone)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:89 -msgid "" -"How to move your product from the receipt zone to the quality control zone ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:91 -msgid "" -"Go to the **Inventory** dashboard. You will see that there is one transfer " -"ready (the move to the quality control zone) and one waiting (the move to " -"the stock after the control). Click on the link **# TRANSFERS** in the " -"**Internal Transfers** to process the quality control." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:101 -msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Input** to **WH/Quality" -" Control**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:104 -msgid "" -"This has completed the internal transfer step and the status column at the " -"top of the page for **WH/INT** should now show **Done**. The receipt is now " -"ready to be controlled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:109 -msgid "How to to process the quality control ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:111 -msgid "" -"Go back to the **Inventory** dashboard. The waiting transfer is now ready. " -"Click on the link **# TRANSFERS** in the **Internal Transfers** card to " -"process the quality control." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:118 -msgid "" -"Click on the last picking to process. Click on **Validate** to complete the " -"move from **WH/Quality Control** to **WH/Stock**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:121 -msgid "" -"This has completed the quality control step and the status column at the top" -" of the page for **WH/INT** should now show **Done**. The receipt has been " -"controlled and has moved to your stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:127 -msgid ":doc:`two_steps`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:3 -msgid "How to unload your shipment to an input location? (2 steps)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:13 -msgid "" -"The 2 steps flow is the following : You receive the goods in an input area " -"then transfer them from input area to your stock. As long as the goods are " -"not transferred in your stock, they will not be available for further " -"processing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:26 -msgid "" -"To allow management of routes, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Settings`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Make sure that **\"Manage several locations per warehouse\"** is also " -"ticked." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:39 -msgid "How to configure your warehouse ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Go to the the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " -"Warehouse` and choose the warehouse where you want to change reception " -"methods." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:44 -msgid "" -"By default, warehouses are configured with one step reception (option " -"**Receive goods directly into stock**)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:47 -msgid "" -"To add the control step, tick **Unload in input location then go to stock (2" -" steps)**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:54 -msgid "How to receipt a shipment in 2 steps?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:57 -msgid "How to process the Receipt step ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:59 -msgid "" -"In the purchase module, create a **Request for Quotation**, then click on " -"the **Confirm order** button. You can see that there is one **Shipment** " -"related to purchase order in the **stat button** above the purchase order " -"form view. This is the receipt step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Go to **Inventory** and click on the **# TO RECEIVE** link on the " -"**Receipts** card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Click on the receipt that you want to process, then click on **Validate** to" -" complete the move from the **Vendor** to **WH/Input**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:76 -msgid "" -"This has completed the Receipt Step and the move refered with **WH/IN**. The" -" product has been moved from the **Vendor** to the **WH/Input** location, " -"which makes the product available for the next step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:81 -msgid "How to transfer the receipt to your stock ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Go back to the **Inventory** dashboard. The waiting transfer is now ready. " -"Click on the **# TRANSFERS** in the **Internal Transfers** to process the " -"quality control." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:90 -msgid "" -"Click on the picking you want to process. Click on **Validate** to complete " -"the move from **WH/Input** to **WH/Stock**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:93 -msgid "" -"This has completed the internal transfer step and the move refered with " -"**WH/INT**. The receipt has been moved to your stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:98 -msgid ":doc:`three_steps`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers.rst:3 -msgid "Lots and Serial Numbers" -msgstr "Lotti e numeri di serie" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:3 -msgid "What's the difference between lots and serial numbers?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:170 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "Introduzione" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, lots and serial numbers have similarities in their functional " -"system but are different in their behavior. They are both managed within the" -" **Inventory**, **Purchases** and **Sales** app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:12 -msgid "" -"**Lots** correspond to a certain number of products you received and store " -"altogether in one single pack." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:15 -msgid "" -"**Serial numbers** are identification numbers given to one product in " -"particular, to allow to track the history of the item from reception to " -"delivery and after-sales." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:20 -msgid "When to use" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:22 -msgid "" -"**Lots** are interesting for products you receive in great quantity and for " -"which a lot number can help in reportings, quality controls, or any other " -"info. Lots will help identify a number of pieces having for instance a " -"production fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or " -"food." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:28 -msgid "" -"**Serial numbers** are interesting for items that could require after-sales " -"service, such as smartphones, laptops, fridges, and any electronic devices. " -"You could use the manufacturer's serial number or your own, depending on the" -" way you manage these products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:34 -msgid "When not to use" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Storing consumable products such as kitchen roll, toilet paper, pens and " -"paper blocks in lots would make no sense at all, as there are very few " -"chances that you can return them for production fault." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:40 -msgid "" -"On the other hand, giving a serial number to every product is a time-" -"consuming task that will have a purpose only in the case of items that have " -"a warranty and/or after-sales services. Putting a serial number on bread, " -"for instance, makes no sense at all." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:46 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:135 -msgid ":doc:`serial_numbers`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:47 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:129 -msgid ":doc:`lots`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage lots of identical products?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Lots are useful for products you receive in great quantity and for which a " -"lot number can help in reportings, quality controls, or any other info. Lots" -" will help identify a number of pieces having for instance a production " -"fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or food." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Odoo has the capacity to manage lots ensuring compliance with the " -"traceability requirements imposed by the majority of industries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:17 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:15 -msgid "" -"The double-entry management in Odoo enables you to run very advanced " -"traceability." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:21 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:19 -msgid "Setting up" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:24 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:22 -msgid "Application configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:26 -msgid "" -"You need activate the tracking of lots in the settings. In the **Inventory**" -" application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, select " -"**Track lots or serial numbers**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:33 -msgid "" -"In order to have an advanced management of the lots, you should also select " -"**Manage several locations per warehouse**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:39 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:31 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:27 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:26 -msgid "Then click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:42 -msgid "Operation types configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:44 -msgid "" -"You also need to set up how you will manage lots for each operations. In the" -" **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Operation Types`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:48 -msgid "" -"For each type (receipts, internal transfers, deliveries,...), you can set if" -" you can create new lot numbers or only use existing lot numbers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:57 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Finally, you have to configure which products you want to track in lots." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:59 -msgid "" -"Go into :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`, and open the " -"product of your choice. Click on **Edit**, and in the **Inventory** tab, " -"select **Tracking by Lots**, then click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:67 -msgid "Manage lots" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:70 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:49 -msgid "Transfers" -msgstr "Trasferimenti" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:72 -msgid "" -"In order to process a transfer of a product tracked by lot, you have to " -"input the lot number(s)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:75 -msgid "Click on the lot icon :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:80 -msgid "" -"A window will pop-up. Click on **Add an item** and fill in the lot number " -"and the quantity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:86 -msgid "" -"Depending on your operation type configuration, you will be able to fill in " -"new lot numbers, or only use existing ones." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:90 -msgid "In the scanner interface, you just have to scan the lot numbers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:93 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:79 -msgid "Inventory adjustment" -msgstr "Rettifica di inventario" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:95 -msgid "Inventory of a product tracked by lot can be done in 2 ways:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:97 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:83 -msgid "Classic inventory by products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:99 -msgid "Inventory of a lot" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:101 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:87 -msgid "" -"When doing a classic inventory, there is a **Serial Number** column. If the " -"product has already been assigned with a number, it is already pre-filled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:105 -msgid "" -"Click on **Add an item** if the product has not been inventoried yet. You " -"can easily create lots, just type in a new lot number in the column." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:111 -msgid "" -"You can also just do the inventory of a lot. In this case, you will have to " -"fill in the **Lot number**. You can also create a new lot from here. Just " -"type in the number, a window will pop out to link the number to a product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:120 -msgid "Lots traceability" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:122 -msgid "" -"You can check the lot traceability from :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Inventory Control --> Serial Numbers/Lots`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:128 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:122 -msgid "You can have more details by clicking on the **Traceability** button :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:134 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:128 -msgid ":doc:`differences`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:3 -msgid "How to work with serial numbers?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Serial Number Tracking is used to track products with serial numbers on " -"every transactions. You can track the current location of the product with " -"serial numbers. When the products are moved from one location to another " -"location, the system will automatically identify the current location of the" -" product based on last movement of the product. So you can get the last " -"location where the products are moved." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:24 -msgid "" -"You need activate the tracking of serial numbers in the settings. In the " -"**Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`, select **Track lots or serial numbers**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Go into :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`, and open the " -"product of your choice. Click on **Edit**, and in the **Inventory** tab, " -"select **By Unique Serial Number**, then click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:46 -msgid "Manage Serial Numbers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:51 -msgid "" -"In order to process a transfer of a product tracked by serial number, you " -"have to input the number(s). In order to be able to assign serial numbers to" -" products with tracking features enabled you will first need to mark your " -"transfer as to do. Click on the **Mark as TODO** button to display the Lot " -"Split icon." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:57 -msgid "Click on the serial number icon :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:62 -msgid "" -"A window will pop-up. Click on **Add an item** and fill in the serial " -"numbers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:68 -msgid "" -"If you move products that already have serial numbers assigned, those will " -"appear in the list. Just click on the **+** icon to to confirm that you are " -"moving those serial numbers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:76 -msgid "In the scanner interface, you just have to scan the serial numbers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:81 -msgid "" -"Inventory of a product tracked by serial numbers can be done in 2 ways:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:85 -msgid "Inventory of a serial number" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:91 -msgid "" -"Click on **Add an item** if the product has not been inventoried yet. You " -"can easily create serial numbers, just type in a new number in the column." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:98 -msgid "The quantity should be 1 for each line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:100 -msgid "" -"You can also just do the inventory of a serial number. In this case, you " -"will have to fill in the serial number. You can also create a new one from " -"here. Just type in the number, a window will pop out to link it to a " -"product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:109 -msgid "Serial Number traceability" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:111 -msgid "" -"The serial number given to these items allow you to keep track of where they" -" were received, put in stock, to whom they were sold and where they were " -"shipped to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:115 -msgid "" -"To track an item, open the **Inventory** module, and in " -":menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Serial Numbers/lots`, click on the " -"serial number corresponding to your search." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc.rst:3 -msgid "Miscellaneous Operations" -msgstr "Operazioni varie" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:2 -msgid "Immediate & Planned Transfers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:4 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, you can create two types of transfers: immediate or planned " -"transfers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:8 -msgid "Immediate Transfers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:10 -msgid "" -"When you create a transfer manually, it is by default an immediate transfer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:13 -msgid "" -"In the case of an immediate transfer, you directly encode the products and " -"quantities you are processing, there is no reservation that applies. This is" -" why the column \"Initial Demand\" is not editable. You only fill in the " -"column \"Done\" for the quantities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:18 -msgid "" -"This is for example used when you are transferring goods from a location A " -"to a location B and that this is not planned (you are processing the " -"transfer right now)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:23 -msgid "Planned Transfers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:25 -msgid "" -"When a transfer is generated automatically (from a sales order or purchase " -"order for example), it is a planned transfer. This means that there is an " -"initial demand and that reservation applies on this initial demand." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:30 -msgid "" -"If you want to create a planned transfer manually, you can do it from the " -"inventory dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:36 -msgid "" -"In that case, you will have to enter the initial demand first (how many " -"units are you supposed to proceed), then to mark your transfer as to do. " -"Once this is done, you will be able to reserve the products and to process " -"the transfer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage stock that you don't own?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Some suppliers can sometimes offer you to store and sell products without " -"having to buy those items: this technique is called **consignee stock**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Consignee stock is a great way for manufacturers and suppliers to launch new" -" products. As resellers may be reluctant to buying a product that they are " -"not sure to be able to sell, consignee stock will allow them to propose an " -"item to check its market without having to pay for it in the first place." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Odoo has the ability to manage consignee stocks through the advanced " -"settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Open the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`, and" -" in the **Product Owners** section, select **Manage consignee stocks " -"(advanced)**, then click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:32 -msgid "Reception of Consignee Stock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:34 -msgid "" -"In the Inventory's Dashboard, open the **Receipts** and create a new " -"reception. You can see that in the right side of the page, a new **Owner** " -"line has appeared. You can specify the partner which owns the stock or leave" -" it blank if you are the owner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:3 -msgid "How to configure and run schedulers?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:6 -msgid "What is a scheduler" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The scheduler is the calculation engine which plans and prioritises " -"production and purchasing automatically according to the rules defined on " -"products. By default, the scheduler is set to run once a day (Odoo " -"automatically creates a **Scheduled Action** for this)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:14 -msgid "Calculating Requirements / Scheduling" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Scheduling only validates procurements that are confirmed but not yet " -"started. These procurement reservations will themselves start production, " -"tasks or purchases depending on the configuration of the requested product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:21 -msgid "" -"You take into account the priority of operations when starting reservations " -"and procurements. Urgent requests, those with a date in the past, or " -"requests with a date earlier than the others will be started first. In case " -"there are not enough products in stock to satisfy all the requests, you can " -"be sure that the most urgent requests will be produced first." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:29 -msgid "Configure and run the scheduler" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:32 -msgid "Run the scheduler manually" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:34 -msgid "" -"This feature is not visible by default. You have to enable **debug mode** to" -" see this. To enable debug mode, go to :menuselection:`Help --> About` and " -"click on **Activate the developer mode**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:38 -msgid "" -"You can also start the scheduler manually from the menu " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Schedulers --> Run Schedulers`. The scheduler " -"uses all the relevant parameters defined for products, suppliers and the " -"company to determine the priorities between the different production orders," -" deliveries and supplier purchases." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:48 -msgid "Configure and run the scheduler (only for advanced users)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:50 -msgid "" -"This feature is not visible by default. You have to enable **debug mode** to" -" see this. To enable debug mode, go to :menuselection:`Help -> About` and " -"click on **Activate the developer mode**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:54 -msgid "" -"You can set the starting time of the scheduler by modifying the " -"corresponding action in the menu :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> " -"Automation --> Scheduled Actions`. Modify the Run mrp Scheduler " -"configuration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:63 -msgid ":doc:`../delivery/scheduled_dates`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:3 -msgid "How to scrap products?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Scrap means waste that either has no economic value or only the value of its" -" basic material" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:11 -msgid "content recoverable through recycling." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:13 -msgid "" -"In your warehouse you sometimes find products that are damaged or that are " -"unusable due to expiry or for some other reason. You often notice this " -"during picking or physical inventory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Since you cannot normally sell or store these products, you have to scrap " -"product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:20 -msgid "" -"When goods are scrapped they are not reflected in the system as a part of " -"the inventory. The scrapped material will be physically moved to scrap area." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:27 -msgid "" -"When you install inventory management, odoo automatically creates one " -"default scrap location, namely **Virtual location/Scrapped**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:30 -msgid "" -"To create an extra scrap location, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Settings` and check **Manage several locations per " -"warehouse**, then click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:38 -msgid "" -"After applying **Manage several location per warehouse**, you can create a " -"new scrap location in :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management" -" --> Locations.`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:43 -msgid "" -"To define a scrap location, you have to check **Is a Scrap Location?** on " -"location form view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:47 -msgid "Different ways to scrap product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:49 -msgid "Odoo provides several ways to scrap products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:52 -msgid "1) Scrap from Receipt (Initial Demand tab)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:54 -msgid "" -"To scrap product from incoming shipment, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" -" Dashboard --> Receipts`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Open the incoming shipment, and in the **Initial demand** tab, click on the " -"scrap products button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:67 -msgid "2) Scrap from delivery order (Initial Demand tab) ." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:69 -msgid "" -"To scrap product from outgoing shipment, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" -" Dashboard --> Delivery Orders`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:75 -msgid "" -"Open the outgoing shipment, and in the **Initial demand** tab, click on the " -"scrap products button on stock move in initial demand tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:82 -msgid "3) Scrap from internal transfer (Initial Demand tab)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:84 -msgid "" -"To scrap product from internal transfer, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" -" Dashboard --> Internal Transfers`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:90 -msgid "" -"Open the internal transfer, and in the **Initial demand** tab, click on the " -"scrap products button on stock move in initial demand tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:96 -msgid "" -"When you click on scrap button, a popup will open. You can enter the " -"quantity of products, and specify the scrap location, then click on " -"**Scrap**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:104 -msgid "" -"To allow change scrap location on wizard, you have to select **Manage " -"several location per warehouse** in the settings at " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting.rst:3 -msgid "Valuation Methods" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:5 -msgid "How to do an inventory valuation? (Anglo-Saxon Accounting)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:7 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:7 -msgid "" -"Every year your inventory valuation has to be recorded in your balance " -"sheet. This implies two main choices:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:10 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:10 -msgid "" -"the way you compute the cost of your stored items (Standard vs. Average vs. " -"Real Price);" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:13 -msgid "" -"the way you record the inventory value into your books (periodic vs. " -"Perpetual)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:17 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:17 -msgid "Costing Method" -msgstr "Metodo di valorizzazione" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:63 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:64 -msgid "Standard Price" -msgstr "Prezzo Standard" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:28 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:73 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:128 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:181 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:29 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:74 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:129 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:182 -msgid "Operation" -msgstr "Operazione" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:29 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:74 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:129 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:182 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:75 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:130 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:183 -msgid "Unit Cost" -msgstr "Costo unitario" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:75 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:130 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:183 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:31 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:76 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:131 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:184 -msgid "Qty On Hand" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:31 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:76 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:131 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:184 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:32 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:77 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:132 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:185 -msgid "Delta Value" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:32 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:77 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:132 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:185 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:33 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:78 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:133 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:186 -msgid "Inventory Value" -msgstr "Valore di magazzino" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:34 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:39 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:44 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:49 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:55 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:84 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:139 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:192 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:202 -msgid "$10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:35 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:80 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:135 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:188 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:36 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:81 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:136 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:189 -msgid "0" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:37 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:79 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:82 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:134 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:137 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:187 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:190 -msgid "$0" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:38 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:83 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:138 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:191 -msgid "Receive 8 Products at $10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:40 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:85 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:140 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:193 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:41 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:86 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:141 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:194 -msgid "8" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:41 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:86 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:141 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:194 -msgid "+8*$10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:42 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:87 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:142 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:195 -msgid "$80" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:43 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:88 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:143 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:196 -msgid "Receive 4 Products at $16" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:45 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:90 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:145 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:198 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:46 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:91 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:146 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:199 -msgid "12" -msgstr "12" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:46 -msgid "+4*$10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:47 -msgid "$120" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:48 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:93 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:148 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:201 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:49 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:94 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:149 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:202 -msgid "Deliver 10 Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:50 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:95 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:150 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:203 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:51 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:96 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:151 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:204 -msgid "2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 -msgid "-10*$10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:53 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:206 -msgid "$20" -msgstr "20 €" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:54 -msgid "Receive 2 Products at $9" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:56 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:101 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:156 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:209 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:57 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:102 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:157 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:210 -msgid "4" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:57 -msgid "+2*$10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:58 -msgid "$40" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:60 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:61 -msgid "" -"**Standard Price** means you estimate the cost price based on direct " -"materials, direct labor and manufacturing overhead at the end of a specific " -"period (usually once a year). You enter this cost price in the product form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:118 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:119 -msgid "Average Price" -msgstr "Prezzo medio" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:89 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:94 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:144 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:197 -msgid "$12" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:91 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:146 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:199 -msgid "+4*$16" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:92 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:147 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:200 -msgid "$144" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 -msgid "-10*$12" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:98 -msgid "$24" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:99 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:154 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:207 -msgid "Receive 2 Products at $6" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:100 -msgid "$9" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:102 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:157 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:210 -msgid "+2*$6" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:103 -msgid "$36" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:105 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:106 -msgid "" -"The **Average Price** method recomputes the cost price as a receipt order " -"has been processed, based on prices defined in tied purchase orders: FORMULA" -" (see here attached)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:109 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:110 -msgid "The average cost does not change when products leave the warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:111 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:112 -msgid "" -"From an accounting point of view, this method is mainly justified in case of" -" huge purchase price variations and is quite unusual due to its operational " -"complexity. Your actually need a software like Odoo to easily keep this cost" -" up-to-date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:116 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:117 -msgid "" -"This method is dedicated to advanced users. It requires well established " -"business processes because the order in which you process receipt orders " -"matters in the cost computation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:171 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:172 -msgid "FIFO" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:149 -msgid "$16" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 -msgid "-8*$10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 -msgid "-2*$16" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:153 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:211 -msgid "$32" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:155 -msgid "$11" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:158 -msgid "$44" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:160 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:213 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:161 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:214 -msgid "" -"For **Real Price** (FIFO, LIFO, FEFO, etc), the costing is further refined " -"by the removal strategy set on the warehouse location or product's internal " -"category. The default strategy is FIFO. With such method, your inventory " -"value is computed from the real cost of your stored products (cfr. " -"Quantitative Valuation) and not from the cost price shown in the product " -"form. Whenever you ship items, the cost price is reset to the cost of the " -"last item(s) shipped. This cost price is used to value any product not " -"received from a purchase order (e.g. inventory adjustments)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:170 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:171 -msgid "" -"FIFO is advised if you manage all your workflow into Odoo (Sales, Purchases," -" Inventory). It suits any kind of users." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:223 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:224 -msgid "LIFO (not accepted in IFRS)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 -msgid "-4*$16" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 -msgid "-6*$10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:208 -msgid "$8" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:223 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:224 -msgid "LIFO is not permitted outside the United States." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:225 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:226 -msgid "" -"Odoo allows any method. The default one is **Standard Price**. To change it," -" check **Use a 'Fixed', 'Real' or 'Average' price costing method** in " -"Purchase settings. Then set the costing method from products' internal " -"categories. Categories show up in the Inventory tab of the product form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:231 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:232 -msgid "" -"Whatever the method is, Odoo provides a full inventory valuation in " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Reports --> Inventory Valuation` (i.e. current" -" quantity in stock * cost price)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:236 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:237 -msgid "Periodic Inventory Valuation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:238 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:239 -msgid "" -"In a periodic inventory valuation, goods reception and outgoing shipments " -"have no direct impact in the accounting. At the end of the month or year, " -"the accountant posts one journal entry representing the value of the " -"physical inventory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:243 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:244 -msgid "" -"This is the default configuration in Odoo and it works out-of-the-box. Check" -" following operations and find out how Odoo is managing the accounting " -"postings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:263 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:263 -msgid "Vendor Bill" -msgstr "Fattura fornitore" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:253 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:271 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:310 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:254 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:271 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:305 -msgid "\\" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:253 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:271 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:310 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:254 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:271 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:305 -msgid "Debit" -msgstr "Dare" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:253 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:271 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:310 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:254 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:271 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:305 -msgid "Credit" -msgstr "Avere" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:255 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:256 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:307 -msgid "Assets: Inventory" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:255 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:256 -msgid "50" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:256 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:257 -msgid "Assets: Deferred Tax Assets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:256 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:257 -msgid "4.68" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:257 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:258 -msgid "Liabilities: Accounts Payable" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:257 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:258 -msgid "54.68" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:263 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:282 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:263 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:281 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:45 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:52 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:57 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:64 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:72 -msgid "Configuration:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:261 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:262 -msgid "" -"Purchased Goods: defined on the product or on the internal category of " -"related product (Expense Account field)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:263 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:263 -msgid "" -"Deferred Tax Assets: defined on the tax used on the purchase order line" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:264 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:264 -msgid "Accounts Payable: defined on the vendor related to the bill" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:265 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:265 -msgid "Goods Receptions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:266 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:287 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:289 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:266 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:286 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:288 -msgid "No Journal Entry" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:284 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:283 -msgid "Customer Invoice" -msgstr "Fattura cliente" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:273 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:273 -msgid "Revenues: Sold Goods" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:273 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:273 -msgid "100" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:274 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:274 -msgid "Liabilities: Deferred Tax Liabilities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:274 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:274 -msgid "9" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:275 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:275 -msgid "Assets: Accounts Receivable" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:275 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:275 -msgid "109" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:279 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:279 -msgid "" -"Revenues: defined on the product or on the internal category of related " -"product (Income Account field)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:281 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:280 -msgid "Deferred Tax Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:282 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:281 -msgid "Accounts Receivable: defined on the customer (Receivable Account)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:284 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:283 -msgid "" -"The fiscal position used on the invoice may have a rule that replaces the " -"Income Account or the tax defined on the product by another one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:286 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:285 -msgid "Customer Shipping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:289 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:288 -msgid "Manufacturing Orders" -msgstr "Ordini di produzione" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:295 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:294 -msgid "" -"At the end of the month/year, your company does a physical inventory or just" -" relies on the inventory in Odoo to value the stock into your books." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:298 -msgid "" -"Then you need to break down the purchase balance into both the inventory and" -" the cost of goods sold using the following formula:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:301 -msgid "" -"Cost of goods sold (COGS) = Starting inventory value + Purchases – Closing " -"inventory value" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:303 -msgid "To update the stock valuation in your books, record such an entry:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:312 -msgid "Assets: Inventory (closing value)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:312 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:313 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:314 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:315 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:307 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:308 -msgid "X" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:313 -msgid "Expenses: Cost of Good Sold" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:314 -msgid "Expenses: Purchased Goods" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:315 -msgid "Assets: Inventory (starting value)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:319 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:319 -msgid "Perpetual Inventory Valuation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:321 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:321 -msgid "" -"In a perpetual inventory valuation, goods receptions and outgoing shipments " -"are posted in your books in real time. The books are therefore always up-to-" -"date. This mode is dedicated to expert accountants and advanced users only. " -"As opposed to periodic valuation, it requires some extra configuration & " -"testing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:328 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:328 -msgid "Let's take the case of a reseller." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:340 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:340 -msgid "**Configuration:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:342 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:342 -msgid "Accounts Receivable/Payable: defined on the partner (Accounting tab)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:344 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:344 -msgid "" -"Deferred Tax Assets/Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:347 -msgid "" -"Revenues: defined on the product category as a default, or specifically to a" -" specific product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:350 -msgid "" -"Expenses: this is where you should set the \"Cost of Goods Sold\" account. " -"Defined on the product category as a default value, or specifically on the " -"product form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:354 -msgid "" -"Goods Received Not Purchased: to set as Stock Input Account in product's " -"internal category" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:357 -msgid "" -"Goods Issued Not Invoiced: to set as Stock Output Account in product's " -"internal category" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:360 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:352 -msgid "" -"Inventory: to set as Stock Valuation Account in product's internal category" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:362 -msgid "" -"Price Difference: to set in product's internal category or in product form " -"as a specific replacement value" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:367 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:356 -msgid ":doc:`../../routes/strategies/removal`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:368 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:357 -msgid ":doc:`../../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:369 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:358 -msgid ":doc:`../../routes/costing/landed_costs`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:5 -msgid "How to do an inventory valuation? (Continental Accounting)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:35 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:40 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:45 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:50 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:56 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:85 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:140 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:193 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:203 -msgid "€10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:38 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:80 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:83 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:135 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:138 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:188 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:191 -msgid "€0" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:39 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:84 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:139 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:192 -msgid "Receive 8 Products at €10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:42 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:87 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:142 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:195 -msgid "+8*€10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:43 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:88 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:143 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:196 -msgid "€80" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:44 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:89 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:144 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:197 -msgid "Receive 4 Products at €16" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:47 -msgid "+4*€10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:48 -msgid "€120" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 -msgid "-10*€10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:54 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:207 -msgid "€20" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:55 -msgid "Receive 2 Products at €9" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:58 -msgid "+2*€10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:59 -msgid "€40" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:90 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:95 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:145 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:198 -msgid "€12" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:92 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:147 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:200 -msgid "+4*€16" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:93 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:148 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:201 -msgid "€144" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 -msgid "-10*€12" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:99 -msgid "€24" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:100 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:155 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:208 -msgid "Receive 2 Products at €6" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:101 -msgid "€9" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:103 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:158 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:211 -msgid "+2*€6" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:104 -msgid "€36" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:150 -msgid "€16" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 -msgid "-8*€10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 -msgid "-2*€16" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:154 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:212 -msgid "€32" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:156 -msgid "€11" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:159 -msgid "€44" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 -msgid "-4*€16" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 -msgid "-6*€10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:209 -msgid "€8" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:297 -msgid "" -"Create a journal entry to move the stock variation value from your " -"Profit&Loss section to your assets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:308 -msgid "Expenses: Inventory Variations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:311 -msgid "" -"If the stock value decreased, the **Inventory** account is credited and te " -"**Inventory Variations** debited." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:346 -msgid "" -"Revenues/Expenses: defined by default on product's internal category; can be" -" also set in product form (Accounting tab) as a replacement value." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:349 -msgid "" -"Inventory Variations: to set as Stock Input/Output Account in product's " -"internal category" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts.rst:3 -msgid "Main Concepts" -msgstr "Concetti principali" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:5 -msgid "Introduction to Inventory Management" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:7 -msgid "" -"A double-entry inventory has no stock input, output (disparition of " -"products) or transformation. Instead, all operations are stock moves between" -" locations (possibly virtual)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:16 -msgid "Operations" -msgstr "Operazioni" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Stock moves represent the transit of goods and materials between locations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:30 -msgid "Production Order" -msgstr "Ordine di produzione" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:24 -msgid "Consume:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "2 Wheels: Stock → Production" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "1 Bike Frame: Stock → Production" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:26 -msgid "Produce:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:27 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Production → Stock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "Stock: the location the Manufacturing Order is initiated from" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "Production: on the product form, field \"Production Location\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:36 -msgid "Drop-shipping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:33 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Supplier → Customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:36 -msgid "Configurarion:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "Supplier: on the product form" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "Customer: on the sale order itself" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:45 -msgid "Client Delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:39 -msgid "Pick" -msgstr "Pick" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:40 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Stock → Packing Zone" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:41 -msgid "Pack" -msgstr "Collo" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:42 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Packing Zone → Output" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:43 -#: ../../inventory/shipping.rst:3 -msgid "Shipping" -msgstr "Spedizione" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:44 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Output → Customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "on the pick+pack+ship route for the warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:52 -msgid "Inter-Warehouse transfer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:49 -msgid "Transfer:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Warehouse 1 → Transit" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Transit → Warehouse 2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "Warehouse 2: the location the transfer is initiated from" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "Warehouse 1: on the transit route" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:57 -msgid "Broken Product (scrapped)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:55 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Warehouse → Scrap" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:58 -msgid "Scrap: Scrap Location when creating the scrapping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:60 -msgid "Missing products in inventory" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:61 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Warehouse → Inventory Loss" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:62 -msgid "Extra products in inventory" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:63 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Inventory Loss → Warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:65 -msgid "Inventory Loss: \"Inventory Location\" field on the product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:72 -msgid "Reception" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Supplier → Input" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Input → Stock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "Supplier: purchase order supplier" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "Input: \"destination\" field on the purchase order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:75 -msgid "Analysis" -msgstr "Analisi" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Inventory analysis can use products count or products value (= number of " -"products * product cost)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:80 -msgid "For each inventory location, multiple data points can be analysed:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:148 -msgid "Procurements & Procurement Rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:150 -msgid "" -"A procurement is a request for a specific quantity of products to a specific" -" location. They can be created manually or automatically triggered by:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:159 -msgid "New sale orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:157 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:162 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:168 -msgid "Effect" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:157 -msgid "" -"A procurement is created at the customer location for every product ordered " -"by the customer (you have to deliver the customer)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:160 -msgid "" -"Procurement Location: on the customer, field \"Customer Location\" " -"(property)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:164 -msgid "Minimum Stock Rules" -msgstr "Regole minime dello stock" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:163 -msgid "A procurement is created at the rule's location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:165 -msgid "Procurement location: on the rule, field \"Location\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:168 -msgid "Procurement rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:168 -msgid "A new procurement is created on the rule's source location" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:170 -msgid "" -"*Procurement rules* describe how procurements on specific locations should " -"be fulfilled e.g.:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:173 -msgid "where the product should come from (source location)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:174 -msgid "" -"whether the procurement is :abbr:`MTO (Made To Order)` or :abbr:`MTS (Made " -"To Stock)`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:182 -msgid "Routes" -msgstr "Rotte" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:184 -msgid "" -"Procurement rules are grouped in routes. Routes define paths the product " -"must follow. Routes may be applicable or not, depending on the products, " -"sales order lines, warehouse,..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:188 -msgid "" -"To fulfill a procurement, the system will search for rules belonging to " -"routes that are defined in (by order of priority):" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:202 -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses.rst:3 -msgid "Warehouses" -msgstr "Magazzini" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:194 -msgid "Warehouse Route Example: Pick → Pack → Ship" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:196 -msgid "Picking List:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:197 -msgid "Pick Zone → Pack Zone" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:198 -msgid "Pack List:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:199 -msgid "Pack Zone → Gate A" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:201 -msgid "Delivery Order:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:201 -msgid "Gate A → Customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:203 -msgid "" -"Routes that describe how you organize your warehouse should be defined on " -"the warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:212 -msgid "A Product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:205 -msgid "Product Route Example: Quality Control" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:207 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:217 -msgid "Reception:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:208 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:218 -msgid "Supplier → Input" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:209 -msgid "Confirmation:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:210 -msgid "Input → Quality Control" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:212 -msgid "Storage:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:212 -msgid "Quality Control → Stock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:221 -msgid "Product Category" -msgstr "Categoria prodotto" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:215 -msgid "Product Category Route Example: cross-dock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:219 -msgid "Cross-Docks:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:220 -msgid "Input → Output" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:221 -msgid "Delivery:" -msgstr "Consegna:" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:222 -msgid "Output → Customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:227 -msgid "Sale Order Line" -msgstr "Riga ordine di vendita" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:224 -msgid "Sale Order Line Example: Drop-shipping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:227 -msgid "Order:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:227 -msgid "Supplier → Customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:230 -msgid "Push Rules" -msgstr "Forzare le Regole" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:232 -msgid "" -"Push rules trigger when products enter a specific location. They " -"automatically move the product to a new location. Whether a push rule can be" -" used depends on applicable routes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:240 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:88 -msgid "Quality Control" -msgstr "Controllo qualità" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:239 -msgid "Product lands in Input" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:240 -msgid "Push 1: Input → Quality Control" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:241 -msgid "Push 2: Quality Control → Stock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:244 -msgid "Warehouse Transit" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:243 -msgid "Product lands in Transit" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:244 -msgid "Push: Transit → Warehouse 2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:247 -msgid "Procurement Groups" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:249 -msgid "" -"Routes and rules define inventory moves. For every rule, a document type is " -"provided:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:252 -msgid "Picking" -msgstr "Prelievo" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:253 -msgid "Packing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:254 -msgid "Delivery Order" -msgstr "Ordine di consegna" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:255 -msgid "Purchase Order" -msgstr "Ordine di acquisto" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:256 -msgid "..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:258 -msgid "" -"Moves are grouped within the same document type if their procurement group " -"and locations are the same." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:261 -msgid "" -"A sale order creates a procurement group so that pickings and delivery " -"orders of the same order are grouped. But you can define specific groups on " -"reordering rules too. (e.g. to group purchases of specific products " -"together)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:3 -msgid "Terminologies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:5 -msgid "" -"**Warehouse**: A warehouse in Odoo is a location where you store products. " -"It is either a physical or a virtual warehouse. It could be a store or a " -"repository." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:9 -msgid "" -"**Location**: Locations are used to structure storage zones within a " -"warehouse. In addition to internal locations (your warehouse), Odoo has " -"locations for suppliers, customers, inventory loss counter-parts, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:14 -msgid "" -"**Lots**: Lots are a batch of products identified with a unique barcode or " -"serial number. All items of a lot are from the same product. (e.g. a set of " -"24 bottle) Usually, lots come from manufacturing order batches or " -"procurements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:19 -msgid "" -"**Serial Number**: A serial number is a unique identifier of a specific " -"product. Technically, serial numbers are similar to having a lot of 1 unique" -" item." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:23 -msgid "" -"**Unit of Measure**: Define how the quantity of products is expressed. " -"Meters, Pounds, Pack of 24, Kilograms,… Unit of measure of the same category" -" (ex: size) can be converted to each others (m, cm, mm) using a fixed ratio." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:28 -msgid "" -"**Consumable**: A product for which you do not want to manage the inventory " -"level (no quantity on hand or forecasted) but that you can receive and " -"deliver. When this product is needed Odoo suppose that you always have " -"enough stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:33 -msgid "" -"**Stockable**: A product for which you want to manage the inventory level." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:36 -msgid "" -"**Package:** A package contains several products (identified by their serial" -" number/lots or not). Example: a box containing knives and forks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:40 -msgid "" -"**Procurement**: A procurement is a request for a specific quantity of " -"products to a specific location. Procurement are automatically triggered by " -"other documents: Sale orders, Minimum Stock Rules, and Procurement rules. " -"You can trigger the procurement manually. When procurements are triggered " -"automatically, you should always pay attention for the exceptions (e.g. a " -"product should be purchased from a vendor, but no supplier is defined)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:48 -msgid "" -"**Routes**: Routes define paths the product must follow. Routes may be " -"applicable or not, depending on the products, sales order lines, warehouse,…" -" To fulfill a procurement, the system will search for rules belonging to " -"routes that are defined in the related product/sale order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:54 -msgid "" -"**Push Rules**: Push rules trigger when products enter a specific location. " -"They automatically move the product to a new location. Whether a push rule " -"can be used depends on applicable routes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:58 -msgid "" -"**Procurement Rules** or **Pull Rules**: Procurement rules describe how " -"procurements on specific locations should be fulfilled e.g.: where the " -"product should come from (source location), whether the procurement is MTO " -"or MTS,..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:63 -msgid "" -"**Procurement Group**: Routes and rules define inventory moves. For every " -"rule, a document type is provided: Picking, Packing, Delivery Order, " -"Purchase Order,… Moves are grouped within the same document type if their " -"procurement group and locations are the same." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:69 -msgid "" -"**Stock Moves**: Stock moves represent the transit of goods and materials " -"between locations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:72 -msgid "" -"**Quantity On Hand**: The quantity of a specific product that is currently " -"in a warehouse or location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:75 -msgid "" -"**Forecasted Quantity**: The quantity of products you can sell for a " -"specific warehouse or location. It is defined as the Quantity on Hand - " -"Future Delivery Orders + Future incoming shipments + Future manufactured " -"units." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:80 -msgid "" -"**Reordering Rules**: It defines the conditions for Odoo to automatically " -"trigger a request for procurement (buying at a supplier or launching a " -"manufacturing order). It is triggered when the forecasted quantity meets the" -" minimum stock rule." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:85 -msgid "" -"**Cross-Dock**: Cross-docking is a practice in the logistics of unloading " -"materials from an incoming semi-trailer truck or railroad car and loading " -"these materials directly into outbound trucks, trailers, or rail cars, with " -"no storage in between. (does not go to the stock, directly from incoming to " -"packing zone)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:91 -msgid "" -"**Drop-Shipping**: move products from the vendor/manufacturer directly to " -"the customer (could be retailer or consumer) without going through the usual" -" distribution channels. Products are sent directly from the vendor to the " -"customer, without passing through your own warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:97 -msgid "" -"**Removal Strategies**: the strategy to use to select which product to pick " -"for a specific operation. Example: FIFO, LIFO, FEFO." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:100 -msgid "" -"**Putaway Strategies**: the strategy to use to decide in which location a " -"specific product should be set when arriving somewhere. (example: cables " -"goes in rack 3, storage A)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:104 -msgid "" -"**Scrap**: A product that is broken or outdated. Scrapping a product removes" -" it from the stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process.rst:3 -msgid "Process Overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:3 -msgid "From procurement to delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Inventory is the heart of your business. It can be really complicated, but " -"with Odoo, doing a receipt or a delivery has never been easier. We will show" -" you in this document how easy to do a full process, from the receipt to the" -" delivery." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Odoo inventory is fully integrated with other applications, such as " -"**Purchase**, **Sales** or **Inventory**. But is not limited to those " -"processes, it is also fully integrated with our **e-Commerce**, " -"**Manufacturing** and **Repairs** applications." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:19 -msgid "How to process a receipt ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:22 -msgid "Install Purchase application" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:24 -msgid "" -"First, you will need to install the **Purchase Management** application. Go " -"to :menuselection:`Apps` and install it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:31 -msgid "Make a purchase order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Go to the **Purchases** applications. The first screen is the **Request for " -"Quotation** list. Click on the **Create** button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Fill in the **Vendor** information and click on **Add an Item** to add some " -"products to your request for quotation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Click on **Confirm order** when you are sure about the products, prices and " -"quantity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:46 -msgid "Retrieve the Receipt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:48 -msgid "You can retrieve the receipt order in 2 ways:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:51 -msgid "From the purchase order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:53 -msgid "" -"On the top right of your purchase order, you will see a button with the " -"related **Receipt**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:59 -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:136 -msgid "Click on it to see the **Transfer order**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:62 -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:139 -msgid "From the Inventory Dashboard" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:64 -msgid "" -"When opening the **Inventory** application, click on **# to receive** to see" -" the list of your deliveries to process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:70 -msgid "In the list, click on the one related to the purchase order:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:76 -msgid "Process the Receipt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:81 -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:162 -msgid "" -"To process the stock transfer. Simply click on **Validate** to complete the " -"transfer. A message will appear asking if you want to process the whole " -"order, accept it by clicking on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:86 -msgid "" -"Procurements can be automated. Please read our document " -":doc:`../../management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto` for more " -"information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:91 -msgid "How to process a delivery order ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:94 -msgid "Install Sales application" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:96 -msgid "" -"First, you will need to install the **Sales Management** application. Go to " -":menuselection:`Apps` and install it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:103 -msgid "Place a sale order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:105 -msgid "" -"Go to the **Sales** applications. Click on the **Quotations** button of your" -" team." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:111 -msgid "" -"You will get the list of all your quotations. Click on the **Create** " -"button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:114 -msgid "" -"Fill in the **Customer informations** and click on **Add an Item** to add " -"some products to your quotation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:120 -msgid "Click on **Confirm sale** to place the order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:123 -msgid "Retrieve the Delivery order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:125 -msgid "You can retrieve the delivery order in 2 ways:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:128 -msgid "From the sale order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:130 -msgid "" -"On the top right of your sale order, you will see a button with the related " -"**Delivery**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:141 -msgid "" -"When opening the **Inventory** application, click on **# to do** to see the " -"list of your receipts to process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:147 -msgid "In the list, click on the one related to the sale order:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:153 -msgid "" -"If the product is not in stock, the sale order will be listed as **Waiting**" -" on your dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:157 -msgid "Process the delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:167 -msgid "E-Commerce orders are processed the same way." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:170 -msgid "" -"You can easily integrate your delivery orders with different delivery " -"methods. Please read the document " -":doc:`../../shipping/setup/delivery_method`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:175 -msgid "Advanced flows" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:177 -msgid "" -"In this document, the flows that are explained are the most simple ones. " -"Odoo also suit for companies having advanced warehouse management." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:180 -msgid "" -"By default, only **receipts** and **deliveries** are configured but you can " -"activate the use of multi-locations and multi-warehouses to do **internal " -"transfers**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:184 -msgid "**Routes**: you can automate flows with push and pull rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:186 -msgid "" -"**Multi-step** receipts and deliveries can be easily configured for each " -"warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:189 -msgid "" -"Much more: **Barcode scanning**, **serial numbers**, **lots**, **cross-" -"docking**, **dropshipping**, integration with a **third-party** shipper, " -"**putaway** and **removal** strategies.... All of it is possible with Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start.rst:3 -msgid "Getting Started" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:3 -msgid "How to setup Odoo inventory?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The Odoo Inventory application has an implementation guide that you should " -"follow to configure it. It's a step-by-step manual with links to the " -"different screens you need." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Once you have installed the **Inventory** application, click on the top-" -"right progress bar to get access to the implementation guide." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:15 -msgid "The implementation guide helps you through the following steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:17 -msgid "Set up your warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:19 -msgid "Import your vendors" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:21 -msgid "Import your products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:23 -msgid "Set up the initial inventory" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:25 -msgid "Configure your sales and purchase flows" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:27 -msgid "Set up replenishment mechanisms" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Configure advanced features like package, traceability, routes and inventory" -" valuation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:37 -msgid "" -"If you want to set up operations with barcode scanner in your warehouse, you" -" should install the **Barcode** application that adds features on top of the" -" inventory application. The barcode application will guide you to configure " -"and use your scanner optimally." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced Routes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts.rst:3 -msgid "Concepts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:3 -msgid "How to organize a cross-dock in your warehouse?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Cross dock area is temporarily area where we are not storing any product " -"instead just managing place according to delivery for further customer. This" -" will save lot of time for inter warehouse transfer and storing process. We " -"are managing our products with docking area where product directly place " -"from supplier location and transfer this to gate pass for customer delivery." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:17 -msgid "" -"For more information on how to organise your warehouse, read `What is cross " -"docking and is it for me? <https://www.odoo.com/blog/business-hacks-1/post" -"/what-is-cross-docking-and-is-it-for-me-270>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:24 -msgid "Warehouse and routes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:26 -msgid "" -"In the **Inventory** module, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings" -" --> Location & Warehouse`, then in **Routes**, select **Advanced routing of" -" products using rules**, then click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> Warehouses`," -" then open the warehouse you want to cross-dock from and click on **Edit**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:36 -msgid "In the **Warehouse Configuration** tab, select:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:38 -msgid "" -"**Incoming Shipments**: Unload in input location then go to stock (2 steps)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:41 -msgid "**Outgoing Shipments**: Ship directly from stock (Ship only)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:43 -msgid "then click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:48 -msgid "" -"This steps has generated a cross-docking route that you can see in " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configurations --> Routes --> Routes`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:52 -msgid "Cross Docking Route" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:54 -msgid "" -"We will use the route **Buy** for first part of the flow and create a route " -"for the remaining part:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Each of the procurement rule will now be configured. Cross Dock location is " -"created as an internal physical location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:67 -msgid ":menuselection:`Input --> Cross Dock`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:73 -msgid ":menuselection:`Cross Dock --> Output`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:79 -msgid ":menuselection:`Output --> Customer`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:82 -msgid "Product with cross dock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:84 -msgid "" -"We have created the Vegetable Fennel product and assigned the routes created" -" above as well as the **Buy** route." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:87 -msgid "" -"We have also specified a supplier and a minimum order rule which is needed " -"for replenishment of a stockable product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:95 -msgid ":doc:`use_routes`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:96 -msgid ":doc:`../../management/incoming/two_steps`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:3 -msgid "How to do inter-warehouses transfers?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:5 -msgid "" -"If you own different warehouses you might want to transfer goods from one " -"warehouse to the other. This is very easy thanks to the inventory " -"application in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:12 -msgid "" -"First of all you have to select the multi locations option. Go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the **Inventory " -"application**. Then tick the **Manage several locations per warehouse** " -"option. Please don't forget to **apply** your changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:22 -msgid "" -"This option should also be ticked if you wish to manage different locations " -"and routes in your warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:26 -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:9 -msgid "Creating a new warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:28 -msgid "" -"The next step is to create your new warehouse. In the Inventory application " -"click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> " -"Warehouses`. You are now able to create your warehouse by clicking on " -"**Create**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Fill in a **Warehouse Name** and a **Short Name**. The short name is 5 " -"characters maximum." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:41 -msgid "" -"please note that the **Short Name** is very important as it will appear on " -"your transfer orders and other warehouse documents. It might be smart to use" -" an understandable one (e.g.: WH/[first letters of location])." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:46 -msgid "" -"If you go back to your dashboard, new operations will automatically have " -"been generated for your new warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:53 -msgid "Creating a new inventory" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:55 -msgid "" -"If you create a new warehouse you might already have an existing physical " -"inventory in it. In that case you should create an inventory in Odoo, if not" -" you can skip this step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:59 -msgid "" -"Go into the inventory application, select :menuselection:`Inventory Control " -"--> Inventory Adjustment`. You can then create a new inventory by clicking " -"on **Create**. Fill in the **Inventory Reference**, **Date** and be sure to " -"select the right warehouse and location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Next, click on **Start Inventory**. A new window will open where you will be" -" able to input your existing products. Select add an item and indicate the " -"**Real Quantity** available in the warehouse. The theoretical quantity can " -"not be changed as it represents a computed quantity from purchase and sales " -"orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Don't forget to validate your inventory once you have recorder the state of " -"all yours product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:80 -msgid "Create an internal transfer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:82 -msgid "" -"The final step is to create your internal transfer. If you want to tranfer 2" -" units of a product from your first warehouse to another one in Brussels, " -"proceed as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:86 -msgid "" -"From your dashboard, select a internal movement of one of the two " -"warehouses. To do so, click on :menuselection:`More --> Transfer`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:92 -msgid "" -"A new window will open where you will be able to select the source location " -"zone (in this case our \"old warehouse\") and the destination location zone " -"(in this case our \"new\" warehouse located in Brussels)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:96 -msgid "" -"Add the products you want to transfer by clicking on **Add an Item** and " -"don't forget to **Validate** or **Mark as TODO** once you are done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:102 -msgid "" -"If you select **Validate**, Odoo will process all quantities to transfer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:104 -msgid "" -"If you select **Mark as TODO**, Odoo will put the transfer in **Waiting " -"Availability** status. Click on **Reserve** to reserve the amount of " -"products in your source warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:108 -msgid "It is also possible to manually transfer each product:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:110 -msgid "Via your dashboard, select the transfer order in the source location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:115 -msgid "Select the right transfer order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:120 -msgid "" -"3. Click on the little pencil logo in the lower right corner in order to " -"open the operation details window. In this new window you can manually " -"indicate how much products you process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:129 -msgid "" -"If you decide to partially process the transfer order (e.g. a part of the " -"products can't be shipped yet due to an unexpected event), Odoo will " -"automatically ask if you wish to create a **backorder**. Create a backorder " -"if you expect to process the remaining products later, do not create a " -"backorder if you will not supply/receive the remaining products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:3 -msgid "What is a procurement rule?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The procurement inventory control system begins with a customer's order. " -"With this strategy, companies only make enough product to fulfill customer's" -" orders. One advantage to the system is that there will be no excess of " -"inventory that needs to be stored, thus reducing inventory levels and the " -"cost of carrying and storing goods. However, one major disadvantage to the " -"pull system is that it is highly possible to run into ordering dilemmas, " -"such as a supplier not being able to get a shipment out on time. This leaves" -" the company unable to fulfill the order and contributes to customer " -"dissatisfaction." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:18 -msgid "" -"An example of a pull inventory control system is the make-to-order. The goal" -" is to keep inventory levels to a minimum by only having enough inventory, " -"not more or less, to meet customer demand. The MTO system eliminates waste " -"by reducing the amount of storage space needed for inventory and the costs " -"of storing goods." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Procurement rules are part of the routes. Go to the Inventory " -"application>Configuration>Settings and tick \"Advance routing of products " -"using rules\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:35 -msgid "Procurement rules settings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:37 -msgid "" -"The procurement rules are set on the routes. In the inventory application, " -"go to Configuration > Routes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:40 -msgid "In the Procurement rules section, click on Add an item." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Here you can set the conditions of your rule. There are 3 types of action " -"possibles :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:48 -msgid "Move from another location rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Manufacturing rules that will trigger the creation of manufacturing orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:53 -msgid "Buy rules that will trigger the creation of purchase orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:56 -msgid "" -"The Manufacturing application has to be installed in order to trigger " -"manufacturing rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:60 -msgid "" -"The Purchase application has to be installed in order to trigger **buy** " -"rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:68 -msgid "Try to create a procurement rule in our demo instance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Some Warehouse Configuration creates routes with procurement rules already " -"defined." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:75 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:130 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:152 -msgid ":doc:`push_rule`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:76 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:84 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:153 -msgid ":doc:`inter_warehouse`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:77 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:85 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:154 -msgid ":doc:`cross_dock`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:3 -msgid "What is a push rule?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The push system of inventory control involves forecasting inventory needs to" -" meet customer demand. Companies must predict which products customers will " -"purchase along with determining what quantity of goods will be purchased. " -"The company will in turn produce enough product to meet the forecast demand " -"and sell, or push, the goods to the consumer. Disadvantages of the push " -"inventory control system are that forecasts are often inaccurate as sales " -"can be unpredictable and vary from one year to the next. Another problem " -"with push inventory control systems is that if too much product is left in " -"inventory. This increases the company's costs for storing these goods. An " -"advantage to the push system is that the company is fairly assured it will " -"have enough product on hand to complete customer orders, preventing the " -"inability to meet customer demand for the product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:22 -msgid "" -"A push flow indicates how locations are chained with the other ones. As soon" -" as a given quantity of products is moved in the source location, a chained " -"move is automatically foreseen according to the parameters set on the flow " -"specification (destination location, delay, type of move, journal). It can " -"be triggered automatically or manually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Push rules are part of the routes. Go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory " -"--> Configuration --> Settings` and tick **Advance routing of products using" -" rules**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:39 -msgid "Push rules settings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:41 -msgid "" -"The push rules are set on the routes. Go to :menuselection:`Configuration " -"--> Routes`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:44 -msgid "In the push rule section, click on **Add an item**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Here you can set the conditions of your rule. In this example, when a good " -"is in **Input location**, it needs to be moved to the quality control. In " -"the 3 steps receipts, another push rule will make the goods that are in the " -"quality control location move to the stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:59 -msgid "Try to create a push rule in our demo instance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:62 -msgid "" -"Some warehouse configuration creates routes with push rules already defined." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:66 -msgid "Stock transfers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:68 -msgid "" -"The push rule will trigger stock transfer. According to the rule set on your" -" route, you will see that some transfers might be ready and other are " -"waiting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:72 -msgid "" -"The push rule that was set above will create moves from **WH/Input** " -"location to the **WH/Quality Control** location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:78 -msgid "" -"In this example, another move is waiting according to the second push rule, " -"it defines that when the quality control is done, the goods will be moved to" -" the main stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:83 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:128 -msgid ":doc:`procurement_rule`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:3 -msgid "How to use routes?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:8 -msgid "" -"A route is a collection of procurement rules and push rules. Odoo can manage" -" advanced push/pull routes configuration, for example:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:11 -msgid "Manage product manufacturing chains" -msgstr "Gestire le catene di produzione del prodotto" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:13 -msgid "Manage default locations per product" -msgstr "Gestisci locations predefinite per prodotto" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Define routes within your warehouse according to business needs, such as " -"quality control, after sales services or supplier returns" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Help rental management, by generating automated return moves for rented " -"products" -msgstr "" -"Aiutare la gestione degli affitti, generando spostamenti di ritorno " -"automatizzati per i prodotti noleggiati" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Procurement rules are part of the routes. Go to the **Inventory** " -"application, :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and tick **Advance " -"routing of products using rules**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:32 -msgid "Pre-configured routes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:34 -msgid "Odoo has some pre-configured routes for your warehouses." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:36 -msgid "" -"In the Inventory application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Warehouses`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:39 -msgid "" -"In the **Warehouse Configuration** tab, **Incoming Shipments** and " -"**Outgoing Shippings** options set some routes according to your choices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:46 -msgid "Custom Routes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:48 -msgid "" -"In the **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Routes`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:54 -msgid "" -"First, you have to select the places where this route can be selected. You " -"can combine several choices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:58 -msgid "Routes applied on warehouses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:60 -msgid "" -"If you tick **Warehouses**, you have to choose on which warehouse it will be" -" applied. The route will be set for all transfer in that warehouse that " -"would meet the conditions of the procurement and push rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:68 -msgid "Routes applied on products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:70 -msgid "" -"If you tick **Products**, you have to manually set on which product it will " -"be applied." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Open the product on which you want to apply the routes " -"(:menuselection:`Inventory --> Control --> Products`). In the Inventory Tab," -" select the route(s):" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:84 -msgid "Routes applied on Product Category" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:86 -msgid "" -"If you tick **Product Categories**, you have to manually set on which " -"categories it will be applied." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Open the product on which you want to apply the routes " -"(:menuselection:`Configuration --> Product Categories`). Select the route(s)" -" under the **Logistics** section :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:100 -msgid "Routes applied on Sales Order lines" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:102 -msgid "" -"If you tick **Sales order lines**, you have to manually set the route every " -"time you make a sale order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:108 -msgid "" -"In order to make it work, you also have to activate the use of the routes on" -" the sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:111 -msgid "" -"In the Sales application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " -"and tick **Choose specific routes on sales order lines (advanced)**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:118 -msgid "You can now choose the routes for each lines of your sales orders:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:124 -msgid "Procurement and push rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:126 -msgid "Please refer to the documents:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:133 -msgid "Procurement configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:135 -msgid "" -"When doing a procurement request, you can force the route you want to use. " -"On the product (:menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`), click on " -"**Procurement Request**. Choose the route you want to use next to " -"**Preferred Routes**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:144 -msgid "Make-to-Order Route" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:146 -msgid "" -"If you work with no stock, or with minimum stock rules, it is better to use " -"the **Make To Order** route. Combine it with the route **Buy** or " -"**Manufacture** and it will trigger automatically the purchase order or the " -"Manufacturing Order when your products are out-of-stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing.rst:3 -msgid "Product Costing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:3 -msgid "How to integrate landed costs in the cost of the product?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:8 -msgid "Landed costs include all charges associated to a good transfer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:10 -msgid "Landed cost includes = Cost of product + Shipping + Customs + Risk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:12 -msgid "" -"All of these components might not be applicable in every shipment, but " -"relevant components must be considered as a part of the landed cost. We have" -" to identify landed cost to decide sale price of product because it will " -"impact on company profits." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:21 -msgid "Applications configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:23 -msgid "" -"First, you need to activate the use of the landed costs. Go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory application --> Configuration --> Setting`. Check " -"accounting option **Include landed costs in product costing computation** & " -"**Perpetual inventory valuation**, then click on **Apply** to save changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Then go to the :menuselection:`Purchase application --> Configuration --> " -"Setting`. Choose costing method **Use a 'Fixed', 'Real' or 'Average' price " -"costing method**, then click on **Apply** to save changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:40 -msgid "Landed Cost Types" -msgstr "Tipi di costo allo sbarco" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Start by creating specific products to indicate your various **Landed " -"Costs**, such as freight, insurance or custom duties. Go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Landed Cost types`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Landed costs are only possible for products configured in real time " -"valuation with real price costing method. The costing method is configured " -"on the product category." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:55 -msgid "Link landed costs to a transfer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:57 -msgid "" -"To calculate landed costs, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory " -"Control --> Landed Costs`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Click on the **Create** button and select the picking(s) you want to " -"attribute landed costs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Select the account journal in which to post the landed costs. We recommend " -"you to create a specific journal for landed costs. Therefore it will be " -"easier to keep track of your postings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Click the **Compute** button to see how the landed costs will be split " -"across the picking lines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:79 -msgid "" -"To confirm the landed costs attribution, click on the **Validate** button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies.rst:3 -msgid "Putaway & Removal Strategies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:3 -msgid "What is a putaway strategy?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:8 -msgid "" -"A good warehouse implementation takes care that products automatically move " -"to their appropriate destination location. Putaway is the process of taking " -"products off the receiving shipment and putting them into the most " -"appropriate location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:13 -msgid "" -"If for instance a warehouse contains volatile substances, it is important to" -" make sure that certain products are not stored close to each other because " -"of a potential chemical reaction." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:17 -msgid "" -"A putaway strategy follows the same principle as removal strategies but " -"affects the destination location. Putaway strategies are defined at the " -"location level (unlike removal strategies which are defined at the product " -"level)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and check " -"option **Manage several location per warehouse & Advance routing of products" -" using rules**, then click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:33 -msgid "Setting up a strategy" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Let's take as an example a retail shop where we store vegetables and fruits." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:38 -msgid "" -"We have to store this type of product in different locations to maintain " -"product quality." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Suppose there is one warehouse location **WH/Stock** and there is sub " -"location **WH/Stock/Vegetables** & **WH/Stock/Fruits**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:44 -msgid "" -"You can create a putaway strategy from :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Locations`. Open any location where you want to set a " -"putaway strategy, click on **Edit** and locate the option **Put Away " -"Strategy**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Open the roll-down menu and click on **Create and Edit**. This will open a " -"form view of put away strategy on which you have to set a name for the " -"strategy, and set the method and fixed location for each category." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:59 -msgid "" -"When you have entered all the necessary information, click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Now, when you purchase products with those categories, they will " -"automatically be transferred to the correct location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:64 -msgid "" -"To check current inventory, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory " -"Control --> Current Inventory`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:67 -msgid "There you can see current inventory by location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:3 -msgid "What is a removal strategy (FIFO, LIFO, and FEFO)?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Removal strategies are usually in picking operations to select the best " -"products in order to optimize the distance for the worker, for quality " -"control purpose or due to reason of product expiration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:12 -msgid "" -"When a product movement needs to be done, Odoo will find available products " -"that can be assigned to shipping. The way Odoo assign these products depend " -"on the **removal strategy** that is defined on the **product category** or " -"on the **location**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:20 -msgid "" -"In the **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Check **Track lots or serial numbers**, **Manage several location per " -"warehouse** and **Advanced routing of products using rules**, then click on " -"**Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Then, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations` and open the " -"location on which you want to apply a removal strategy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:40 -msgid "Types of removal strategy" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:43 -msgid "FIFO ( First In First Out )" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:45 -msgid "" -"A **First In First Out** strategy implies that the products that were " -"stocked first will move out first. Companies should use FIFO method if they " -"are selling perishable goods. Companies selling products with relatively " -"short demand cycles, such as clothes, also may have to pick FIFO to ensure " -"they are not stuck with outdated styles in inventory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:51 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, open the " -"stock location and set **FIFO** removal strategy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:54 -msgid "Let's take one example of FIFO removal strategy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:56 -msgid "" -"In your warehouse stock (``WH/Stock``) location, there are ``3`` lots of " -"``iPod 32 Gb`` available." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:59 -msgid "" -"You can find details of available inventory in inventory valuation report." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:65 -msgid "Create one sales order ``25`` unit of ``iPod 32 GB`` and confirm it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:67 -msgid "" -"You can see in the outgoing shipment product that the ``Ipod 32 Gb`` are " -"assigned with the **oldest** lots, using the FIFO removal strategy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:75 -msgid "LIFO (Last In First Out)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:77 -msgid "" -"In this warehouse management, the products which are brought in the last, " -"moves out the first. LIFO is used in case of products which do not have a " -"shelf life." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:81 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, open the " -"stock location and set **LIFO** removal strategy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:84 -msgid "" -"In our example, let's check the current available stock of ``Ipod 32 Gb`` on" -" ``WH/Stock`` location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:90 -msgid "Create a sale order with ``10`` units of ``Ipod 32 Gb``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:92 -msgid "" -"You can see in the outgoing shipment product that the ``Ipod 32 Gb`` are " -"assigned with the **newest** lots, using the LIFO removal strategy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:100 -msgid "FEFO ( First Expiry First Out )" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:102 -msgid "" -"In FEFO warehouse management, the products are dispatched from the warehouse" -" according to their expiration date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:105 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Setting`. Check the " -"option **Define Expiration date on serial numbers**. Then click on **Apply**" -" to save changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:112 -msgid "" -"This will allow you to set four expiration fields for each lot or serial " -"number: **best before date**, **end of life date**, **alert date** and " -"**removal date**. These dates can be set from :menuselection:`Inventory " -"Control --> Serial Numbers/Lots`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:119 -msgid "" -"**Best Before Date**: This is the date on which the goods with this " -"serial/lot number start deteriorating, without being dangerous yet." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:122 -msgid "" -"**End of Life Date:** This is the date on which the goods with this " -"serial/lot number may become dangerous and must not be consumed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:125 -msgid "" -"**Removal Date:** This is the date on which the goods with this serial/lot " -"number should be removed from the stock. Using the FEFO removal strategym " -"goods are picked for delivery orders using this date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:129 -msgid "" -"**Alert Date:** This is the date on which an alert should be sent about the " -"goods with this serial/lot number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:132 -msgid "" -"Lots will be picked based on their **removal date**, from earliest to " -"latest. Lots without a removal date defined will be picked after lots with " -"removal dates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:136 -msgid "" -"All dates except **removal date** are for informational and reporting " -"purposes only. Lots that are past any or all of the above expiration dates " -"may still be picked for delivery orders, and no alerts will be sent when " -"lots pass their **alert date**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:140 -msgid "" -"Expiration dates on lots can also be set automatically when goods are " -"received into stock. After enabling expiration dates on serial numbers, four" -" new fields will become available in the inventory tab of the product form: " -"**product life time**, **product use time**, **product removal time**, and " -"**product alert time**. When an integer is entered into one of these fields," -" the expiration date of a lot/serial of the product in question will be set " -"to the creation date of the lot/serial number plus the number of days " -"entered in the time increment field. If the time increment field is set to " -"zero, then the expiration date of a lot/serial must be defined manually " -"after the lot has been created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:149 -msgid "" -"Each of these time increment fields is used to generate one of the lot " -"expiration date fields as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:151 -msgid "Product Use Time --> Best Before Date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:153 -msgid "Product Removal Time --> Removal Date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:155 -msgid "Product Life Time --> End of Life Date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:157 -msgid "Product Alert Time --> Alert Date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:159 -msgid "" -"To set the removal strategy on location, go to :menuselection:`Configuration" -" --> Locations` and choose FEFO." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:165 -msgid "" -"Let's take an example, there are ``3`` lots of ``ice cream`` available in " -"``WH/Stock`` location: ``LOT0001``, ``LOT0002``, ``LOT0003`` with different " -"expiration date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170 -msgid "**Lot / Serial No**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170 -msgid "**Product**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170 -msgid "**Expiration Date**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:172 -msgid "LOT0001" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:172 -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:174 -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:176 -msgid "Ice Cream" -msgstr "Gelato" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:172 -msgid "08/20/2015" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:174 -msgid "LOT0002" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:174 -msgid "08/10/2015" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:176 -msgid "LOT0003" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:176 -msgid "08/15/2015" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:179 -msgid "" -"We will create a sale order with ``15kg`` of ``ice cream`` and confirm it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:181 -msgid "" -"The outgoing shipment related to sale order will make the move based on " -"removal strategy **FEFO**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:184 -msgid "" -"It will take ``10kg`` from ``LOT0002`` and ``5kg`` from ``LOT0003`` based on" -" the removal dates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:192 -msgid ":doc:`../../management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:193 -msgid ":doc:`../../management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings.rst:3 -msgid "Settings" -msgstr "Impostazioni" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products.rst:3 -msgid "Products" -msgstr "Prodotti" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:3 -msgid "How to select the right replenishment strategy" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Minimum Stock rules and Make to Order have similar consequences but " -"different rules. They should be used depending on your manufacturing and " -"delivery strategies." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Minimum Stock rules are used to ensure that you always have the minimum " -"amount of a product in stock in order to manufacture your products and/or " -"answer to your customer needs. When the stock level of a product reaches its" -" minimum the system will automatically generate a procurement order with the" -" quantity needed to reach the maximum stock level." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:24 -msgid "" -"The Make to Order function will trigger a Purchase Order of the amount of " -"the Sales Order related to the product. The system will **not** check the " -"current stock. This means that a draft purchase order will be generated " -"regardless of the quantity on hand of the product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:35 -msgid "" -"The Minimum Stock Rules configuration is available through your Inventory " -"module. In the Inventory Control menu select \"Reordering Rule\" in the drop" -" down menu. There, click on \"Create\" to set minimum and maximum stock " -"values for a given product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Show tooltips for \"minimum quantity\", \"maximum quantity\" and \"quantity " -"multiple\" fields" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Then, click on your product to access the related product form and, on the " -"\"Inventory submenu\", do not forget to select a supplier." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Don't forget to select the right product type. A consumable can not be " -"stocked and will thus not be accounted for in the stock valuation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:60 -msgid "" -"The Make to Order configuration is available on your product form through " -"your :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory control --> Products` (or any " -"other module where products are available)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:64 -msgid "On the product form, under Inventory, click on \"Make To Order\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:3 -msgid "How to use different units of measure?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In some cases, handling products in different unit of measures is necessary." -" For example, if you buy products in a country where the metric system is of" -" application and sell the in a country where the imperial system is used, " -"you will need to convert the units." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:13 -msgid "" -"You can set up Odoo to work with different units of measure for one product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:19 -msgid "" -"In the **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`. In the **Products** section, select **Some products may be " -"sold/purchased in different units of measure (advanced)**, then click on " -"**Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:27 -msgid "Setting up units on your products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:29 -msgid "" -"In :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`, open the product which " -"you would like to change the purchase/sale unit of measure, and click on " -"**Edit**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:32 -msgid "" -"In the **Unit of Measure** section, select the unit in which the product " -"will be sold and in which internal transfers will be done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:35 -msgid "" -"In the **Purchase Unit of Measure** section, select the unit in which you " -"purchase the product. When you're done, click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:42 -msgid "Click on the edit button |edit| to create new unit of measures." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:46 -msgid "Transfer from one unit to another" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:48 -msgid "" -"When doing inter-unit transfers, the rounding is automatically done by Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:51 -msgid "" -"The unit of measure can be changed throughout the whole process. The only " -"condition is that the unit of measure is part of the same category." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:54 -msgid "In this example, we are in the egg business :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:56 -msgid "We buy eggs by trays (30 eggs)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:58 -msgid "We check all eggs individually when receiving it (quality control)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:60 -msgid "We sell eggs by the dozen to the customers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:66 -msgid "" -"The **Sale price** is expressed in the **Product unit of measure**. The " -"**Cost price** is expressed in the **Purchase Unit of Measure**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:70 -msgid "" -"All internal transfers are expressed in the **Product Unit of Measure**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:74 -msgid "Procurement" -msgstr "Approvvigionamento" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:76 -msgid "" -"When doing your procurement request, you can still change the unit of " -"measure." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:82 -msgid "The unit of measure can also be changed in the purchase order :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:90 -msgid "The quality control is done by unit." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:92 -msgid "" -"The basic unit of measure of our product is **Unit**. Therefore the quality " -"check is done by unit." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:99 -msgid "" -"The unit of measure can only be changed when the transfer status is " -"**Draft**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:103 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:74 -msgid "Delivery process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:105 -msgid "" -"The eggs are sold by the dozen. You can choose the unit of measure on the " -"sale order document. When doing it, the price is automatically computed from" -" the unit to the dozen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:112 -msgid "" -"In the delivery order, the initial demand is done in the sales order unit of" -" measure :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:118 -msgid "" -"But the transfer is done in the product unit of measure. Everything is " -"converted automatically :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:3 -msgid "When should you use packages, units of measure or kits?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:6 -msgid "Unit of measures" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Units of measures are an indication about the unit used to handle a product." -" Products can be expressed in multiple units of measure at once." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Activate this option if you are working with several ones in your warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:14 -msgid "" -"The purchase unit of measure might be different that the one you use in your" -" warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:17 -msgid "" -"The selling unit of measure is set on the sale order and can be different." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:24 -msgid "" -"The conversion between the different units of measures is done " -"automatically. The only condition is that all the units have to be in the " -"same category (Unit, Weight, Volume, Length,...)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:29 -msgid "Packages" -msgstr "Colli" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:31 -msgid "" -"The package is the physical container in which you put one or several " -"product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:38 -msgid "Packaging" -msgstr "Imballaggio" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:40 -msgid "Packaging is the physical container that protects your product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:42 -msgid "" -"If you are selling computers, the packaging contains the computer with the " -"notice and the power plug." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:45 -msgid "In Odoo, packagings are just used for indicative purpose." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:51 -msgid "" -"You can define on the **Packages** which **Packaging** it uses. But it is " -"only for indicative purpose." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:55 -msgid "When to use packages, packagings or unit of measures ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:57 -msgid "" -"For example, you are sellings eggs. In your warehouse, you manage the eggs " -"individually. Lots of eggs are scrapped and you do it egg by egg. The **unit" -" of measure** is ``Unit(s)``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:61 -msgid "" -"If you are selling eggs by the dozen, the selling **unit of measure** is the" -" ``Dozen``. You will set it on your sale order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The ``cardboard trays`` that contains the dozen of eggs is the " -"**packaging**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:66 -msgid "" -"When you are selling several trays, you might wrap all the trays into a " -"``box`` or in a ``plastic`` wrapping. It is the **package**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:70 -msgid ":doc:`../../overview/start/setup`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:71 -msgid ":doc:`uom`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:3 -msgid "Using product variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Product variants are used to manage products having different variations, " -"like size, color, etc. It allows managing the product at the template level " -"(for all variations) and at the variant level (specific attributes)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:10 -msgid "" -"As an example, a company selling t-shirts may have the following product:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:13 -msgid "B&C T-shirt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:15 -msgid "Sizes: S, M, L, XL, XXL" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:16 -msgid "Colors: Blue, Red, White, Black" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:18 -msgid "" -"In this example, **B&C T-Shirt** is called the product template and **B&C " -"T-Shirt, S, Blue** is a variant. Sizes and color are **attributes**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:22 -msgid "" -"The above example has a total of 20 different products (5 sizes x 4 colors)." -" Each one of these products has its own inventory, sales, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:26 -msgid "Impact of variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:28 -msgid "" -"**Barcode**: the code and barcode is associated to a variant, not the " -"template. Every variant may have its own barcode / SKU." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:31 -msgid "" -"**Price**: every product variant has its own public price that is computed " -"based on the template price ($20) with an optional extra for every variant " -"(+$3 for color red). However, you can define pricelist rules that apply on " -"the template or the variant." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:36 -msgid "" -"**Inventory**: the inventory is managed by product variant. You don't own " -"t-shirts, you only own \"T-shirts, S, Red\", or \"T-Shirts, M, Blue\". For " -"information purpose, on the product template form, you get the inventory " -"that is the sum of every variant. (but the actual inventory is computed by " -"variant)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:42 -msgid "" -"**Picture**: the picture is related to the variant, every variation of a " -"product may have its own primary picture." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:45 -msgid "" -"**Other fields**: most of the other fields belongs to the product template. " -"If you update them, it updates automatically all the variants. (example: " -"Income Account, Taxes)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:50 -msgid "Should you use variants?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:53 -msgid "When should you use variants?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:55 -msgid "Using variants has the following impacts:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:57 -msgid "" -"**eCommerce**: in your online shop, the customer will only see product " -"templates in the catalog page. Once the visitor click on such a product, he " -"will have options to choose amongst the variants (colors, sizes, …)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:62 -msgid "" -"**Manufacturing**: Using variants allows to define only one bill of material" -" for a product template and slight variations for some of the variants. " -"Example: instead of creating a Bill of Material for \"T-shirt, Red, S\", you" -" create a bill of material for \"T-shirt\" and add some lines that are " -"specific to the dimension S, and other lines specific to the color Red." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:69 -msgid "" -"**Pricing**: The default price of a product is computed using the price of " -"the product template and add the optional extra price on each dimension of " -"the variant. This way, variant prices are easier to maintain since you don't" -" have to set the price for every variant. However, it's possible to create " -"pricelist rules to fix price per variants too." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:77 -msgid "When should you avoid using variants?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:79 -msgid "" -"Using variants may add a level of complexity on the way you use Odoo. You " -"should consider using variants only if you need it to reduce the complexity " -"of managing lots of products that are similars." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:83 -msgid "" -"As an example, importing your initial product catalog is more complex if you" -" use variants. You can't just import a list of products, you must import " -"product templates and all their related variations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:87 -msgid "" -"In addition to that, you should also carefully select the dimensions that " -"you manage as separate product templates and those as variants. As an " -"example, a company having these products:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:91 -msgid "Quality: T-Shirts, Polos, Shirts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:93 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:105 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:110 -msgid "Color: Red, Blue" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:95 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:106 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:111 -msgid "Size: S, M, L, XL" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:97 -msgid "" -"In such a use case, you could create 1 template with three dimensions of " -"variants (Layout, T-Shirts, Polos). But, it's recommended to create two " -"different product templates as T-shirts may highly differ from polos or " -"shirts and customer expect to see these as two different products in the " -"e-Commerce:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:103 -msgid "Product Template: T-shirt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:108 -msgid "Product Template: Polos" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:117 -msgid "Activate the variant feature" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:119 -msgid "" -"Before you can use product variants, you must first activate the product " -"variants in the settings. To do so, you must go to the Sales app. In the " -"menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, locate the **Products " -"Variants** line, and tick the option **Products can have several " -"attributes**, then click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:129 -msgid "Creating products with variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:131 -msgid "" -"Once you have activated the variant option, you can add variants to your " -"products. To do so, go to the Sales module, :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Products`. It is also accessible from the Purchase and inventory modules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:135 -msgid "Now, click on the product you wish to add variants to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:137 -msgid "" -"In the product page, a new tab called Variants has appeared. The number in " -"purple written on top is the number of variants this product currently has. " -"To add new variants, click on the tile. In the new window, click on " -"**Create**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:142 -msgid "" -"In **Attributes**, click on the rolldown menu and select the type of " -"variance you wish to add. If the variant does not yet exist, you can create " -"it on the fly by clicking on Create and edit…" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:149 -msgid "" -"In the Attributes window, the **Value** field is the description of the " -"attribute such as Green, Plastic or 32GB. The **Attribute** field is the " -"type of variant such as Color, Material or Memory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:156 -msgid "" -"You can add a cost for the variant on the fly by adding it in the " -"**Attribute Price Extra** field, or choose to modify it later. Click on " -"**Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:160 -msgid "" -"You can also add a different barcode and internal reference to the variant." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:163 -msgid "" -"When you have entered all the specifications of the variant, click on " -"**Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:167 -msgid "Managing Product Variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:172 -msgid "" -"The examples below are all based on this product template that has two " -"variant attributes :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:175 -msgid "T-Shirt B&C" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:177 -msgid "Color: Red, Blue, White" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:179 -msgid "Size: S, M, L, XL, XXL" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:182 -msgid "Managing combination possibilities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:184 -msgid "" -"By default, with the above product template, you get 15 different products " -"(3 colors, 5 sizes). If the XXL size only exists for red and blue t-shirts, " -"you can deactivate the white product variant." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:188 -msgid "" -"To do this, click on the **Variants** button, select the XXL, White T-shirt." -" From the product form, uncheck the **Active** box of the T-shirt White, " -"XXL." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:197 -msgid "" -"That deactivating a product is different than having an inventory of 0." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:200 -msgid "Setting a price per variant" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:202 -msgid "" -"You can add a cost over the main price for some of the variants of a " -"product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:205 -msgid "" -"Once you have activated the variant option, you can add variants to your " -"products. To do so, go to the Sales module, open :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Products` and click on the product you want to modify. Click on the " -"**Variant Prices** button to access the list of variant values." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:213 -msgid "" -"Click on the variant name you wish to add a value to, to make the 3 fields " -"editable. In the **Attribute Price Extra** field, add the cost of the " -"variant that will be added to the original price." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:220 -msgid "When you have entered all the extra values, click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:3 -msgid "What is the difference between warehouses and locations?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, a **Warehouse** is the actual building/place in which your items " -"are stocked. You can setup multiple warehouses and create moves between " -"warehouses." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:9 -msgid "" -"A **Location**, is a specific space within your warehouse. It can be " -"considered as a sublocation of your warehouse, as a shelf, a floor, an " -"aisle, etc. Therefore, a location is part of one warehouse only and it is " -"not possible to link one location to multiple warehouses. You can configure " -"as much locations as you need under one warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:15 -msgid "There are 3 types of locations:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:17 -msgid "" -"The **Physical Locations** are internal locations that are part of the " -"warehouses for which you are the owner. They can be the loading and " -"unloading area of your warehouse, a shelf or a department, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:21 -msgid "" -"The **Partner Locations** are spaces within a customer and/or vendor's " -"warehouse. They work the same way as Physical Locations with the only " -"difference being that you are not the owner of the warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:25 -msgid "" -"The **Virtual Locations** are places that do not exist, but in which " -"products can be placed when they are not physically in an inventory yet (or " -"anymore). They come in handy when you want to place lost products out of " -"your stock (in the **Inventory loss**), or when you want to take into " -"account products that are on their way to your warehouse (**Procurements**)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:31 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, locations are structured hierarchically. You can structure your " -"locations as a tree, dependent on a parent-child relationship. This gives " -"you more detailed levels of analysis of your stock operations and the " -"organization of your warehouses." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:37 -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:44 -msgid ":doc:`warehouse_creation`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:38 -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:48 -msgid ":doc:`location_creation`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:3 -msgid "How to create a new location?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:9 -msgid "Creating a new location" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:11 -msgid "" -"In order to be able to create new locations, you must allow the system to " -"manage multiple locations. In the **Inventory** module, open the menu " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. In the **Location & Warehouse**" -" section, tick the **Manage several locations per warehouse** box, then " -"click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:20 -msgid "" -"In the **Inventory** module, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Warehouse Management --> Locations` In the Locations window, click on " -"**Create**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Type the name of the location in the **Location Name** field, and select the" -" **Parent Location** in the list. The parent location can be a physical, " -"partner or virtual location, and you can add as many sub-locations as needed" -" to a location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:29 -msgid "" -"You can also fill in the **Additional Information** fields and add a note to" -" describe your location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:35 -msgid "When you are finished, click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:38 -msgid "" -"A warehouse also corresponds to a location. As the locations are " -"hierarchical, Odoo will create the parent location of the warehouse, " -"containing all the sublocations in it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:43 -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:47 -msgid ":doc:`difference_warehouse_location`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:3 -msgid "How to create a new warehouse?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:11 -msgid "" -"In order to be able to create a new warehouse, you must allow the system to " -"manage multiple locations. In the **Inventory** module, open the menu " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configuration`. In the **Location & Warehouse**" -" section, tick the **Manage several locations per warehouse** box, then " -"click on **apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Open the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> " -"Warehouses`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:22 -msgid "" -"In the warehouses screen, click on **Create**. A new screen appears, with 3 " -"fields :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:25 -msgid "In **Warehouse Name**, insert the full name of the warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:27 -msgid "" -"In the **Short Name** field, insert a 5-characters code for your warehouse. " -"Keep in mind that this code is the one that will appear in the lists, so " -"make sure you choose a name that is easy to understand and easy to enter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:32 -msgid "" -"In the **Address** field, you can select an existing company or create one " -"on-the-go. Therefore, the address of your warehouse will be the same as the " -"one of the company you selected. You can also leave this field empty and " -"edit it afterwards." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:40 -msgid "Click on **Save** to finish configuring your new warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:43 -msgid "" -"When you create a warehouse, the system will create the necessary picking " -"types and main child locations for this main location in the background." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation.rst:3 -msgid "Shipping Operations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:3 -msgid "How to cancel a shipping request to a shipper?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. " -"Odoo will be linked with the transportation company tracking system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:12 -msgid "" -"It will allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the " -"destination." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:15 -msgid "You can easily cancel the request made to the carrier system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:18 -msgid "How to cancel a shipping request?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:20 -msgid "" -"If the delivery order is not **Validated**, then the request hasn't been " -"made. You can choose to cancel the delivery or to change the carrier." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:24 -msgid "" -"If you have clicked on **Validate**, the request has been made and you " -"should have received the tracking number and the label. You can still cancel" -" the request. Simply click on the **Cancel** button next to the **Carrier " -"Tracking Ref**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:32 -msgid "You will now see that the shipment has been cancelled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:37 -msgid "You can now change the carrier if you wish." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:40 -msgid "How to send a shipping request after cancelling one?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:42 -msgid "" -"After cancelling the shipping request, you can change the carrier you want " -"to use. Confirm it by clicking on the **Send to shipper** button. You will " -"get a new tracking number and a new label." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:50 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:115 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:83 -msgid ":doc:`invoicing`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:51 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:116 -msgid ":doc:`multipack`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:3 -msgid "How to invoice the shipping cost to the customer?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:8 -msgid "There are two ways to invoice the shipping costs:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:10 -msgid "Agree with the customer over a cost and seal it down in the sale order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:13 -msgid "Invoice the real cost of the shipping." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:18 -msgid "" -"To configure the price of your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** " -"app, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery --> Delivery " -"Methods`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:21 -msgid "" -"You can manually set a price for the shipping: It can be fixed or based on " -"rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Or you can use the transportation company computation system. Read the " -"document :doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:28 -msgid "How to invoice the shipping costs to the customer?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:31 -msgid "Invoice the price set on the sale order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:33 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:55 -msgid "" -"On your sale order, choose the carrier that will be used. Click on " -"**Delivery Method** to choose the right one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:39 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:36 -msgid "" -"The price is computed when you **save** the sale order or when you click on " -"**Set price**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:42 -msgid "" -"To invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, click on " -"**Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery method as a " -"product. It may vary from the real price." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:46 -msgid "" -"When you create the invoice, it will take the price set on the sale order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:53 -msgid "Invoice the real shipping costs" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:61 -msgid "" -"The price is computed when you **save** the sale order. Confirm the sale " -"order and proceed to deliver the product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The real shipping cost are computed when the delivery order is validated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Go back to the sale order, the real cost is now added to the sale order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:76 -msgid "" -"When you create the invoice, it will take the price computed by the carrier." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:83 -msgid "" -"If you split the delivery and make several ones, each delivery order will " -"add a line to the sale order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:87 -msgid ":doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:88 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:84 -msgid ":doc:`labels`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:3 -msgid "How to print shipping labels?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers " -"linked with the transportation company tracking system. It allows you to " -"manage the transport company, the real prices and the destination. And " -"finally, you will be able to print the shipping labels directly from Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:18 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:17 -msgid "Install the shipper company connector module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:20 -msgid "" -"In the **Inventory** module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies " -"you want to integrate :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:34 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:33 -msgid "Configure the delivery method" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:32 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:36 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:35 -msgid "" -"To configure your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** module, click on" -" :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery Methods`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:35 -msgid "" -"The delivery methods for the chosen shippers have been automatically " -"created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:41 -msgid "" -"In the **Pricing** tab, the name of the provider means that the delivery " -"will be handled and computed by the shipper system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:44 -msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:46 -msgid "" -"The first one is linked to **your account** (develop key, password,...). For" -" more information, please refer to the provider website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:49 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:62 -msgid "" -"The second column varies according to the **provider**. You can choose the " -"packaging type, the service type, the weight unit..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:52 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:65 -msgid "Uncheck **Test Mode** when you are done with the testings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:55 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:77 -msgid "Company configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:57 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:79 -msgid "" -"In order to compute the right price, the provider needs your company " -"information. Be sure your address and phone number are correctly encoded." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:64 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:86 -msgid "" -"To check your information, go to the **Settings** application and click on " -"**General Settings**. Click on the first link **Configure your company " -"data**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:68 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:90 -msgid "Product configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:70 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:92 -msgid "" -"The shipper companies need the weight of your product, otherwise the price " -"computation cannot be done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Go the **Sales** module, click on :menuselection:`Sales --> Products`. Open " -"the products you want to ship and set a weight on it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:80 -msgid "" -"The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to do" -" the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:85 -msgid "How to print shipping labels ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:87 -msgid "" -"The delivery order created from the sale order will take the shipping " -"information from it, but you can change the carrier if you want to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:90 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:135 -msgid "" -"If you create a delivery transfer from the inventory module, you can add the" -" third party shipper in the additional info tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:96 -msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number and **the label(s)**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:98 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:151 -msgid "" -"The label to stick on your package is available in the history underneath :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:104 -msgid "Click on it to open the document and print it :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:110 -msgid "" -"If you are doing multi-packages shippings, most of the time, there will be " -"one label per package. Each label will appear in the delivery history." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage multiple packs for the same delivery order?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:8 -msgid "" -"By default, Odoo considers that your delivery is composed of one package. " -"But you can easily ship your deliveries with more than one package. It is " -"fully integrated with the third-party shippers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:15 -msgid "" -"To configure the use of packages, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory " -"--> Configuration --> Settings`. Locate the **Packages** section and tick " -"**Record packages used on packing: pallets, boxes,...**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:23 -msgid "Click on **Apply** when you are done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:29 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:77 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:110 -msgid "Sale order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:34 -msgid "Click on a **Delivery Method** to choose the right one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:40 -msgid "Multi-packages Delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:42 -msgid "" -"The delivery created from the sale order will take the shipping information " -"from it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:48 -msgid "From here, you can split your delivery into multiple packages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Choose the quantity you want to put in the first pack in the **Done** " -"column, then click on the link **Put in Pack**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:56 -msgid "It will automatically create a pack with the requested quantity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:58 -msgid "Do the same steps for the other pieces you want to pack in." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:63 -msgid "Click on **Validate** when you are done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:66 -msgid "Multi-packages with a 3rd party-shipper" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Once the delivery order is validated, you will receive the tracking number. " -"The **carrier Tracking ref** field will automatically be filled. Click on " -"the **Tracking** button to check your delivery on the provider website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:76 -msgid "" -"The **labels** to stick on your packages are available in the history " -"underneath:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup.rst:3 -msgid "Shipping Setup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:3 -msgid "How to setup a delivery method?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, but it is not activated by " -"default. Delivery methods can be used for your sale orders, your deliveries " -"but also on your e-commerce." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Delivery methods allow you to manage the transport company, the price and " -"the destination. You can even integrate Odoo with external shippers to " -"compute the real price and the packagings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:20 -msgid "Install the inventory module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Delivery methods are handled by the **Delivery costs** module. Go to " -"**Apps** and search for the module. You should remove the **Apps** filter in" -" order to see it :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:29 -msgid "" -"If you want to integrate delivery methods in your e-commerce, you'll have to" -" install the **eCommerce Delivery** module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:39 -msgid "First set a name and a transporter company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Then you'll have to set the pricing. It can be fixed or based on rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:46 -msgid "" -"If the price is fixed, tick **Fixed price**. You'll just have to define the " -"price. If you want the delivery to be free above a certain amount, tick the " -"option **Free if Order total is more than** and set a price." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:54 -msgid "" -"If the price varies according to rules, tick **Based on Rules**. Click on " -"**add an item to a pricing rule**. Choose a condition based on either the " -"weight, the volume, the price or the quantity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Finally you can limit the delivery method to a few destinations. The limit " -"can be applied to some countries, states or even zip codes. This feature " -"limits the list of countries on your e-commerce." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:69 -msgid "" -"You can integrate Odoo with external shippers in order to compute the real " -"price and packagings, and handle the printing the shipping labels. See " -":doc:`third_party_shipper`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:82 -msgid "" -"You can now choose the **Delivery Method** on your sale order. If you want " -"to invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, click on " -"**Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery method as a " -"product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:88 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:130 -msgid "Delivery" -msgstr "Consegna" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:90 -msgid "You can add or change the delivery method on the delivery itself." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:95 -msgid "" -"On the delivery, check the **Carrier Information**. The carrier is the " -"chosen delivery method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:99 -msgid ":doc:`third_party_shipper`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:100 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:158 -msgid ":doc:`../operation/invoicing`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:3 -msgid "How to get DHL credentials for integration with Odoo?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:5 -msgid "In order to use the Odoo DHL API, you will need:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:7 -msgid "A DHL.com SiteID" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:9 -msgid "A DHL Password" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:11 -msgid "A DHL Account Number" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Getting SiteID and password for countries other than United States (UK and " -"Rest of the world)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:17 -msgid "" -"You should contact DHL account manager and request integration for XML " -"Express API. The presales should provide you live credentials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:20 -msgid "Getting SiteID and Password for United States" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:22 -msgid "" -"You need to write to xmlrequests@dhl.com along with your full Account " -"details like account number, region, address, etc. to get API Access." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:24 -msgid "" -"In meantime, for testing the solution, you can use the tests credentials as " -"given in the demo data:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:26 -msgid "**SiteID**: CustomerTest" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:28 -msgid "**Password**: alkd89nBV" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:30 -msgid "**DHL Account Number**: 803921577" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:3 -msgid "How to integrate a third party shipper?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. " -"Odoo can be linked with the transportation company tracking system. It will " -"allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the " -"destination." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:19 -msgid "" -"In the inventory module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies " -"you want to integrate :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:38 -msgid "" -"The delivery methods for the chosen shippers have been automatically " -"created. Most of the time, there will be **2** delivery methods for the same" -" provider: one for **international** shipping and the other for **domestic**" -" shipping." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:43 -msgid "" -"You can create other methods with the same provider with other " -"configuration, for example the **Packaging Type**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:46 -msgid "" -"You can change the **Name** of the delivery method. This is the name that " -"will appear on your ecommerce." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:49 -msgid "Flag **Shipping enabled** when you are ready to use it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:54 -msgid "" -"In the pricing tab, the name of the provider chosen under the **Price " -"computation** means that the pricing will be computed by the shipper system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:57 -msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:59 -msgid "" -"The first one is linked to **your account** (developer key, password,...). " -"For more information, please refer to the provider website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Finally you can limit the delivery method to a few destinations. You can " -"limit it to some countries, states or even zip codes. This feature limits " -"the list of countries on your e-commerce. It is useful for the domestic " -"providers. For example, USPS US only delivers from the United States to the " -"United States." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:95 -msgid "" -"Go the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> Products`. Open the products" -" you want to ship and set a weight on it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:102 -msgid "" -"The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to " -"make the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:115 -msgid "" -"You can now choose the carrier on your sale order. Click on **Delivery " -"method** to choose the right one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:118 -msgid "" -"The price is computed when you save the sale order or when you click on " -"**Set price**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:121 -msgid "" -"If you want to invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, " -"click on **Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery " -"method as a product. It may vary from the real price." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:125 -msgid "" -"Otherwise, the real price (computed when the delivery is validated) will " -"automatically be added to the invoice. For more information, please read the" -" document :doc:`../operation/invoicing`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:132 -msgid "" -"The delivery created from the sale order will take the shipping information " -"from it. You can change the carrier if you want to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:141 -msgid "" -"The weight is computed based on the products weights. The shipping cost will" -" be computed once the transfer is validated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:144 -msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number. The **Carrier Tracking" -" ref** field will automatically be filled. Click on the **Tracking** button " -"to check your delivery on the provider website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:159 -msgid ":doc:`../operation/labels`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:3 -msgid "How to get UPS credentials for integration with Odoo?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:5 -msgid "In order to use the Odoo UPS API, you will need:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:7 -msgid "A UPS.com user ID and password" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:9 -msgid "A UPS account number" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:11 -msgid "An Access Key" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:13 -msgid "" -"An Access Key is a 16 character alpha-numeric code that allows access to the" -" UPS Developer Kit API Development and Production servers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:17 -msgid "Create a UPS Account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Note that only customers located in the US can open a UPS account online. If" -" you are located outside the US, you will need to contact UPS Customer " -"Service in order to to open an account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:23 -msgid "" -"You can read additional information about opening a UPS account on the their" -" website, on the page, `How to Open a UPS Account Online " -"<https://www.ups.com/content/us/en/resources/sri/openaccountonline.html?srch_pos=2&srch_phr=open+ups+account>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:27 -msgid "" -"If you don't already have a UPS account, you can create one along with your " -"online profile by following these steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:30 -msgid "" -"1. Access the UPS.com web site at `www.ups.com <http://www.ups.com/>`__, and" -" click the **New User** link at the top of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:34 -msgid "" -"2. Click the **Register for MyUPS** button, and follow the prompts to " -"complete the registration process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:37 -msgid "" -"If you already have a UPS account, you can add it to your online profile as " -"follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:39 -msgid "" -"1. Log in to the UPS.com site (`http://www.ups.com <http://www.ups.com/>`__)" -" using your UPS.com User ID and Password." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:43 -msgid "Click the **My UPS** tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:45 -msgid "Click the **Account Summary** link." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:47 -msgid "" -"4. Click the **Add an Existing UPS Account** link in the **UPS Account " -"Details** section of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:50 -msgid "" -"5. In the **Add New Account** screen, enter the **UPS Account Number**, " -"**Account Name**, and **Postal Code** fields. The country defaults to United" -" States.q" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:54 -msgid "Click the **Next** button to continue." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:57 -msgid "Get an Access Key" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:59 -msgid "" -"After you have added your UPS account number to your user profile you can " -"request an Access Key from UPS using the steps below:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:62 -msgid "" -"1. Go to the **UPS Developer Kit** web page " -"`https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en\\_US " -"<https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en_US>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:65 -msgid "Log into UPS.com with your user ID and password" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:67 -msgid "Click on the link **Request an access key**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:69 -msgid "Verify your contact information" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:71 -msgid "Click the **Request Access Key** button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:73 -msgid "" -"The **Access Key** will be provided to you on the web page, and an email " -"with the Access Key will be sent to the email address of the primary " -"contact." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po deleted file mode 100644 index 046ae840d..000000000 --- a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,370 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Paolo Valier, 2019 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Paolo Valier, 2019\n" -"Language-Team: Italian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/it/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: it\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../iot.rst:5 -msgid "Internet of Things (IoT)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:3 -msgid "Connect an IoT Box to your database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:5 -msgid "Install the Internet of Things (IoT) App on your Odoo Database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:10 -msgid "Go in the IoT App and click on Connect on the IoT Boxes page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:15 -msgid "Follow the steps to connect your IoT Box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:21 -msgid "Ethernet Connection" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Connect to the IoT Box all the devices that have to be connected with cables" -" (ethernet, usb devices, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:26 -msgid "Power on the IoT Box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:28 -msgid "Then click on the Scan button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:34 -msgid "WiFi Connection" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:36 -msgid "Power on the IoT Box" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:38 -msgid "Copy the token" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Connect to the IoT Box WiFi Network (make sure there is no ethernet cable " -"plugged in your computer)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:49 -msgid "" -"You will be redirected to the IoT Box Homepage (if it doesn't work, connect " -"to the IP address of the box). Give a name to your IoT Box (not required) " -"and paste the token, then click on next." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:57 -msgid "" -"If you are on Runbot, do not forget to add the -all or -base in the token " -"(e.g. this token **http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-" -"f3f920.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401** should become " -"**http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-f3f920-all.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401**)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Choose the WiFi network you want to connect with (enter the password if " -"there is one) and click on Submit. Wait a few seconds before being " -"redirected to your database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:70 -msgid "You should now see the IoT Box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:76 -msgid "IoT Box Schema" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:3 -msgid "Use the IoT Box for the PoS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:9 -msgid "Prerequisites" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:11 -msgid "Before starting, make sure you have the following:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:13 -msgid "An IoT Box" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:15 -msgid "A 2A Power adapter with pi 3 b+ 2.5 A" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:17 -msgid "A computer or tablet with an up-to-date web browser" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:19 -msgid "" -"A running SaaS or Odoo instance with the Point of Sale and IoT apps " -"installed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:22 -msgid "A local network setup with DHCP (this is the default setting)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:24 -msgid "" -"An Epson USB TM-T20 Printer or another ESC/POS compatible printer " -"(officially supported printers are listed at the `POS Hardware page " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/pos-ipad-android-hardware>`__)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:28 -msgid "A Honeywell Eclipse USB Barcode Scanner or another compatible scanner" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:30 -msgid "An Epson compatible cash drawer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:32 -msgid "An RJ45 Ethernet Cable (optional, WiFi is built in)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:35 -msgid "Set Up" -msgstr "Imposta" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:37 -msgid "" -"To connect hardware to the PoS, the first step is to connect an IoT Box to " -"your database. For this, follow this `documentation " -"<https://docs.google.com/document/d/1vhWrSSlSdJcRYe4tjPpXKYVMTD47lVK3ysyYc7tJDlA/edit#>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:44 -msgid "Then, you have to connect the peripheral devices to your IoT Box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Officially supported hardware is listed on `the POS Hardware page " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/pos-ipad-android-hardware>`__, but other hardware" -" might work as well." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:50 -msgid "**Printer**: Connect an ESC/POS printer to a USB port and power it on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:53 -msgid "" -"**Cash drawer**: The cash drawer should be connected to the printer with an " -"RJ25 cable." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:56 -msgid "" -"**Barcode scanner**: Connect your barcode scanner. In order for your barcode" -" scanner to be compatible it must behave as a keyboard and must be " -"configured in **US QWERTY**. It also must end barcodes with an Enter " -"character (keycode 28). This is most likely the default configuration of " -"your barcode scanner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:62 -msgid "**Scale**: Connect your scale and power it on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:64 -msgid "" -"**Ethernet**: If you do not wish to use Wi-Fi, plug in the Ethernet cable. " -"Make sure this will connect the IoT Box to the same network as your POS " -"device." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:68 -msgid "" -"**Wi-Fi**: The current version of the IoT Box has Wi-Fi built in. Make sure " -"not to plug in an Ethernet cable when booting, because all Wi-Fi " -"functionality will be bypassed when a wired network connection is available " -"on boot." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Once it's done, you can connect the IoT Box to your PoS. For this, go in " -"Point of Sale > Configuration > PoS, tick the box \"IoT Box\" and select the" -" IoT Box you want to connect with. Save the changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:77 -msgid "Set up is done, you can launch a new PoS Session." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:80 -msgid "Troubleshoot" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:83 -msgid "The PoS cannot connect to the IoT Box" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:85 -msgid "" -"The easiest way to make sure the IoT Box is properly set-up is to turn it on" -" with the printer plugged in as it will print a receipt indicating any error" -" if encountered or the IoT Box's IP address in case of success. If no " -"receipt is printed, check the following steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:91 -msgid "" -"Make sure the IoT Box is powered on, indicated by a brightly lit red status " -"LED." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:94 -msgid "" -"Make sure the IoT Box is ready, this is indicated by a brightly lit green " -"status LED just next to the red power status LED. The IoT Box should be " -"ready ~2 minutes after it is started." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:98 -msgid "" -"Make sure the IoT Box is connected to the same network as your POS device. " -"Both the device and the IoT Box should be visible in the list of connected " -"devices on your network router." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:102 -msgid "" -"If you specified the IoT Box's IP address in the configuration, make sure it" -" corresponds to the ip address printed on the IoT Box's status receipt." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:106 -msgid "Make sure that the POS is not loaded over HTTPS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:108 -msgid "" -"A bug in Firefox's HTTP implementation might prevent the autodiscovery from " -"working reliably. You could also manually set up the IoT Box's IP address in" -" the POS configuration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:113 -msgid "The Barcode Scanner is not working" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:115 -msgid "" -"The barcode scanner must be configured in US QWERTY and emit an Enter after " -"each barcode. This is the default configuration of most barcode readers. " -"Refer to the barcode reader documentation for more information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:120 -msgid "" -"The IoT Box needs a 2A power supply to work with some barcode scanners. If " -"you are not using the provided power supply, make sure the one you use has " -"enough power." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:124 -msgid "" -"Some barcode scanners will need more than 2A and will not work, or will work" -" unreliably, even with the provided power supply. In those case you can plug" -" the barcode scanner in a self-powered USB hub." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:129 -msgid "" -"Some poorly built barcode scanners do not advertise themselves as barcode " -"scanners but as a usb keyboard instead, and will not be recognized by the " -"IoT Box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:134 -msgid "The Barcode Scanner is not working reliably" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:136 -msgid "" -"Make sure that no more than one device with 'Scan via Proxy'/'Barcode " -"Scanner' enabled are connected to the IoT Box at the same time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:140 -msgid "Printing the receipt takes too much time" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:142 -msgid "" -"A small delay before the first print is expected, as the IoT Box will do " -"some preprocessing to speed up the next printings. If you suffer delays " -"afterwards it is most likely due to poor network connection between the POS " -"and the IoT Box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:148 -msgid "Some characters are not correctly printed on the receipt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:150 -msgid "" -"The IoT Box does not support all languages and characters. It currently " -"supports Latin and Cyrillic based scripts, with basic Japanese support." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:155 -msgid "The printer is offline" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:157 -msgid "" -"Make sure the printer is connected, powered, has enough paper and has its " -"lid closed, and is not reporting an error. If the error persists, please " -"contact support." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:162 -msgid "The cashdrawer does not open" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:164 -msgid "" -"The cashdrawer should be connected to the printer and should be activated in" -" the POS configuration." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po deleted file mode 100644 index e4072da60..000000000 --- a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,198 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Sergio Zanchetta <primes2h@gmail.com>, 2019 -# mymage <stefano.consolaro@mymage.it>, 2019 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-07-23 12:10+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: mymage <stefano.consolaro@mymage.it>, 2019\n" -"Language-Team: Italian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/it/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: it\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:5 -msgid "Live Chat" -msgstr "Livechat" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:8 -msgid "Chat in live with website visitors" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:10 -msgid "" -"With Odoo Live Chat, you can establish a direct contact with your website " -"visitors. A simple dialog box will be available on their screen and will " -"allow them to get in touch with one of your sales representatives. This way," -" you can easily turn prospects into potential business opportunities. You " -"will also be able to provide assistance to your customers. Overall, this is " -"the perfect tool to improve customer satisfaction." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:19 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Configurazione" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:21 -msgid "" -"To get the Live Chat feature, open the Apps module, search for \"Live Chat\"" -" and then click on install." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:27 -msgid "" -"The Live Chat module provides you a direct access to your channels. There, " -"operators can easily join and leave the chat." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:34 -msgid "Add the live chat to an Odoo website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:36 -msgid "" -"If your website was created with Odoo, then the live chat is automatically " -"added to it. All that is left to do, is to go to :menuselection:`Website -->" -" Configuration --> Settings` to select the channel to be linked to the " -"website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:45 -msgid "Add the live chat to an external website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:47 -msgid "" -"If your website was not created with Odoo, go to the Live Chat module and " -"then select the channel to be linked. There, you can simply copy paste the " -"code available into your website. A specific url you can send to customers " -"or suppliers for them to access the live chat is also provided." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:54 -msgid "Hide / display the live chat according to rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Rules for the live chat can be defined on the channel form. For instance, " -"you can choose to display the chat in the countries you speak the language " -"of. On the contrary, you are able to hide the chat in countries your company" -" does not sell in. If you select *Auto popup*, you can also set the length " -"of time it takes for the chat to appear." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:66 -msgid "Prepare automatic messages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:68 -msgid "" -"On the channel form, in the *Options* section, several messages can be typed" -" to appear automatically on the chat. This will entice visitors to reach you" -" through the live chat." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:76 -msgid "Start chatting with customers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:78 -msgid "" -"In order to start chatting with customers, first make sure that the channel " -"is published on your website. To do so, select *Unpublished on Website* on " -"the top right corner of the channel form to toggle the *Published* setting. " -"Then, the live chat can begin once an operator has joined the channel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:88 -msgid "" -"If no operator is available and/or if the channel is unpublished on the " -"website, then the live chat button will not appear to visitors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:92 -msgid "" -"In practice, the conversations initiated by the visitors will appear in the " -"Discuss module and will also pop up as a direct message. Therefore, " -"inquiries can be answered wherever you are in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:96 -msgid "" -"If there several operators in charge of a channel, the system will dispatch " -"sessions randomly between them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:100 -msgid "Use commands" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:102 -msgid "" -"Commands are useful shortcuts for completing certain actions or to access " -"information you might need. To use this feature, simply type the commands " -"into the chat. The following actions are available :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:106 -msgid "**/help** : show a helper message." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:108 -msgid "**/helpdesk** : create a helpdesk ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:110 -msgid "**/helpdesk\\_search** : search for a helpdesk ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:112 -msgid "**/history** : see 15 last visited pages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:114 -msgid "**/lead** : create a new lead." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:116 -msgid "**/leave** : leave the channel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:119 -msgid "" -"If a helpdesk ticket is created from the chat, then the conversation it was " -"generated from will automatically appear as the description of the ticket. " -"The same goes for the creation of a lead." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:124 -msgid "Send canned responses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:126 -msgid "" -"Canned responses allow you to create substitutes to generic sentences you " -"frequently use. Typing a word instead of several will save you a lot of " -"time. To add canned responses, go to :menuselection:`LIVE CHAT --> " -"Configuration --> Canned Responses` and create as many as you need to. Then," -" to use them during a chat, simply type \":\" followed by the shortcut you " -"assigned." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:136 -msgid "" -"You now have all of the tools needed to chat in live with your website " -"visitors, enjoy !" -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po deleted file mode 100644 index 36c90d1fb..000000000 --- a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,523 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Sergio Zanchetta <primes2h@gmail.com>, 2019 -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Paolo Valier, 2019 -# Léonie Bouchat <lbo@odoo.com>, 2019 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Léonie Bouchat <lbo@odoo.com>, 2019\n" -"Language-Team: Italian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/it/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: it\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../manufacturing.rst:5 -msgid "Manufacturing" -msgstr "Produzione" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management.rst:5 -msgid "Manufacturing Management" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:3 -msgid "How to create a Bill of Materials" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A bill of materials (BoM) is a document that describes the component " -"products, the quantity of each component, and the process required to " -"manufacture a product, including a routing and individual steps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:9 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, each product may have multiple BoMs associated with it, but a BoM " -"can only be associated with a single product. A single BoM can, however, " -"describe multiple variants of the same product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:14 -msgid "Setting up a Basic BoM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:16 -msgid "" -"If you choose to manage your manufacturing operations using manufacturing " -"orders only, you will define basic bills of materials without routings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Before creating your first bill of materials, you will need to create a " -"product and at least one component (components are considered products in " -"Odoo). You can do so from :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products`, or on " -"the fly from the relevant fields on the BoM form. Review the Inventory " -"chapter for more information about configuring products. Once you have " -"created a product and at least one component, select them from the relevant " -"dropdown menus to add them to your bill of materials. A new bill of " -"materials can be created from :menuselection:`Master Data --> Bills of " -"Materials`, or using the button on the top of the product form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Under the **Miscellaneous** tab, you can fill additional fields. " -"**Sequence** defines the order in which your BoMs will be selected for " -"production orders, with lower numbers having higher priority. **Version** " -"allows you to track changes to your BoM over time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:35 -msgid "Adding a Routing to a BoM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:37 -msgid "" -"A routing defines a series of operations required to manufacture a product " -"and the work center at which each operation is performed. A routing may be " -"added to multiple BoMs, though a BoM may only have one routing. For more " -"information about configuring routings, review the chapter on routings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:43 -msgid "" -"After enabling routings from :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, " -"you will be able to add a routing to a bill of materials by selecting a " -"routing from the dropdown list or creating one on the fly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:47 -msgid "" -"You may define the work operation or step in which each component is " -"consumed using the field, **Consumed in Operation** under the **Components**" -" tab. Similarly, you can define the operation at which the product will be " -"produced under the **Miscellaneous** tab using the field **Produced at " -"Operation**. If this field is left blank, the products will be " -"consumed/produced at the final operation in the routing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:58 -msgid "Adding Byproducts to a BoM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:60 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, a byproduct is any product produced by a BoM in addition to the " -"primary product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:63 -msgid "" -"To add byproducts to a BoM, you will first need to enable them from " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Once byproducts are enabled, you can add them to your bills of materials " -"under the **Byproducts** tab of the bill of materials. You can add any " -"product or products as byproducts. Byproducts are produced in the same step " -"of the routing as the primary product of the BoM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:78 -msgid "Setting up a BoM for a Product With Sub-Assemblies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:80 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A subassembly is a manufactured product which is intended to be used as a " -"component of another manufactured product. You may wish to employ sub-" -"assemblies to simplify a complex BoM, to more accurately represent your " -"manufacturing flow, or to use the same subassembly in multiple BoMs. A BoM " -"that employs subassemblies is often referred to as a multi-level BoM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:87 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Multi-level bills of materials in Odoo are accomplished by creating a top-" -"level BoM and subassembly BoMs. Next, the procurement route of the " -"subassembly product is defined. This ensures that every time a manufacturing" -" order for the top-level product is created, a manufacturing order for each " -"subassembly is created as well." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:94 -msgid "Configure the Top-Level Product BoM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:96 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:21 -msgid "" -"To configure a multi-level BoM, create the top-level product and its BoM. " -"Include any subassemblies in the list of components. Create a BoM for each " -"subassembly as you would for any product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:104 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:29 -msgid "Configure the Subassembly Product Data" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:106 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:31 -msgid "" -"On the product form of the subassembly, you must select the routes " -"**Manufacture** and **Make To Order**. The **Manufacture** route takes " -"precedence over the **Buy** route, so selecting the latter will have no " -"effect." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:114 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:39 -msgid "" -"If you would like to be able to purchase the subassembly in addition to " -"manufacturing it, select **Can be Purchased**. All other fields on the " -"subassembly product form may be configured according to your preference." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:120 -msgid "Using a Single BoM to Describe Several Variants of a Single Product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:122 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo allows you to use one bill of materials for multiple variants of the " -"same product. Simply enable variants from :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:129 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:12 -msgid "" -"You will then be able to specify which component lines are to be used in the" -" manufacture of each product variant. You may specify multiple variants for " -"each line. If no variant is specified, the line will be used for all " -"variants." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:134 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:17 -msgid "" -"When defining variant BoMs on a line-item-basis, the **Product Variant** " -"field in the main section of the BoM should be left blank. This field is " -"used when creating a BoM for one variant of a product only." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:3 -msgid "How to Sell a Set of Products as a Kit" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A *kit* is a set of components that are delivered without first being " -"assembled or mixed. Kits are described in Odoo using *bills of materials*. " -"There are two basic ways to configure kits, depending on how stock of the " -"kit product is to be managed. In either case, both the Inventory and " -"Manufacturing apps must be installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:12 -msgid "Manage Stock of Component Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:14 -msgid "" -"If you would like to assemble kits as they are ordered, managing stock of " -"the kit *components* only, you will use a Kit BoM without a manufacturing " -"step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:18 -msgid "" -"A product using a Kit BoM will appear as a single line item on a quotation " -"and sales order, but will generate a delivery order with one line item for " -"each of the components of the kit. In the examples below, the image at left " -"shows a sales order for the kit \"Custom Computer Kit\", while the image at " -"right shows the corresponding delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:24 -msgid "|image0|\\ |image1|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:27 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:62 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Configurazione" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:29 -msgid "" -"From the **Products** menu in either the Inventory or Manufacturing app, " -"create each component product as you would any other product, then create " -"the top-level, or kit product. The kit product should have only the route " -"**Manufacture** set. Because you cannot track the stock of kit products, the" -" Product Type should be set to **Consumable**. Because a kit product cannot " -"be purchased, **Can be Purchased** should be unchecked." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:37 -msgid "" -"All other parameters on the kit product may be modified according to your " -"preference. The component products require no special configuration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Once the products are configured, create a bill of materials for the kit " -"product. Add each component and its quantity. Select the BoM Type **Ship " -"this product as a set of components**. All other options may be left with " -"their default values." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:53 -msgid "Manage Stock of Kit Product and Component Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:55 -msgid "" -"If you would like to manage stock of the top-level kit product, you will use" -" a standard BoM with a manufacturing step instead of a Kit BoM. When using a" -" standard BoM to assemble kits, a manufacturing order will be created. The " -"manufacturing order must be registered as completed before the kit product " -"will appear in your stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:64 -msgid "" -"On the kit product, select the route **Manufacture**. You may also select " -"**Make to Order**, which will create a manufacturing order whenever a sales " -"order is confirmed. Select the product type **Stockable Product** to enable " -"stock management." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:72 -msgid "" -"When you create the bill of materials, select the BoM Type **Manufacture " -"this product**. The assembly of the kit will be described by a manufacturing" -" order rather than a packing operation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:3 -msgid "How to process a manufacturing order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:6 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "Introduzione" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:8 -msgid "" -"There are two basic ways to manage manufacturing in Odoo. The first way " -"manages work with one document only. This document is the **manufacturing " -"order**. The second way uses additional documents to give you more precise " -"control over the manufacturing process. In this way, **Manufacturing " -"orders** are divided into one or more steps defined by **work orders**, " -"performed in an order defined by **routings**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:17 -msgid "How to manage manufacturing without routings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:19 -msgid "" -"You will most likely use manufacturing orders without routings if all the " -"work to produce your product is performed in one place, by one person, in " -"one step, and/or you do not need the level of granular control afforded by " -"work orders and routings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Managing your operations in this way is the default behavior in Odoo. There " -"are two basic phases from planning to production:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:27 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:52 -msgid "Create manufacturing orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:29 -msgid "Record Production" -msgstr "Registrare la produzione" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:32 -msgid "How to manage manufacturing with routings and work orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:34 -msgid "" -"To use work orders and routings, you will need to enable the option **Manage" -" production by work orders** From :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`. You will then be able to add routings to bills of materials, and " -"configure some additional related fields. You will also be able to create " -"**work centers**, the locations at which work orders are performed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:41 -msgid "" -"When manufacturing with routings and work orders, each work order is " -"scheduled individually. You will also have access to time and capacity " -"planning, and reports on costing and efficiency on a work center level." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Manufacturing using routings can be broken down into several steps. When " -"configuring your BoM, you will need to add a routing defining the component " -"work orders. After planning the manufacturing order, you will have the added" -" step of scheduling work orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:50 -msgid "The workflow is thus divided into three basic phases, as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:54 -msgid "Schedule the associated work orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:56 -msgid "Perform the scheduled work and record production." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage BoMs for product variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage semi-finished products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:19 -msgid "Configure the Top -Level Product BoM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:3 -msgid "Unbuild a product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In Odoo Manufacturing App, you can *Unbuild* products. Two use cases can be " -"managed: (1) you can unbuild products you have built yourself or (2) you can" -" unbuild products you have received." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Let's take the first case, you are manufacturing products yourself. If one " -"of your product presents some defect, you might want to unbuild it instead " -"of scrapping it completely, allowing you to reuse some components of the " -"product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:14 -msgid "" -"In the second case, you are buying products for the sole purpose of " -"unbuilding them and recycling them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:18 -msgid "Unbuild Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:20 -msgid "" -"While in the Manufacturing App, under the *Operations* tab you will find the" -" menu *Unbuild Orders*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:26 -msgid "" -"When creating a new one, you can either select a MO if you are unbuilding " -"something you manufactured or only select a product if you are unbuilding " -"something you received." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:33 -msgid "When you are done, just click unbuild and the process will be over." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:35 -msgid "" -"If you unbuild a product that you manufactured before, you will get the " -"components from the MO back in stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:38 -msgid "" -"If you unbuild a product you bought, you will get the components from the " -"BoM back in stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview.rst:5 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Panoramica" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair.rst:5 -msgid "Repair Management" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:3 -msgid "Repair products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The Odoo *Repair* app allows you to manage a complete after sales process " -"but also to simply repair products you have manufactured, if they present a " -"defect." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:10 -msgid "Create a Repair Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Once in the app, you can access your existing *Repair Orders* and create a " -"new one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:19 -msgid "Manage a repair" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:21 -msgid "" -"When a customer sends you a product for repair, create a new *Repair Order*." -" Fill it in with all the information you may need such as the product, the " -"customer, if it has to be invoiced after or before the repair, the parts you" -" might need, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Once everything is done, you can then send the repair quotation to your " -"customer. If it is approved, you can confirm the repair. You will then be " -"able to start & end the repair when it is completed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:36 -msgid "You can now invoice the repair." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po deleted file mode 100644 index 9607e9282..000000000 --- a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,120 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Sergio Zanchetta <primes2h@gmail.com>, 2019 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Sergio Zanchetta <primes2h@gmail.com>, 2019\n" -"Language-Team: Italian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/it/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: it\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:5 -msgid "Mobile" -msgstr "Dispositivo mobile" - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:8 -msgid "Setup your Firebase Cloud Messaging" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:10 -msgid "" -"In order to have mobile notifications in our Android app, you need an API " -"key." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:13 -msgid "" -"If it is not automatically configured (for instance for On-premise or " -"Odoo.sh) please follow these steps below to get an API key for the android " -"app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:18 -msgid "" -"The iOS app doesn't support mobile notifications for Odoo versions < 12." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:22 -msgid "Firebase Settings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:25 -msgid "Create a new project" -msgstr "Creazione di un nuovo progetto" - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:27 -msgid "" -"First, make sure you to sign in to your Google Account. Then, go to " -"`https://console.firebase.google.com " -"<https://console.firebase.google.com/>`__ and create a new project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Choose a project name, click on **Continue**, then click on **Create " -"project**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:37 -msgid "When you project is ready, click on **Continue**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:39 -msgid "" -"You will be redirected to the overview project page (see next screenshot)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:43 -msgid "Add an app" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:45 -msgid "In the overview page, click on the Android icon." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:50 -msgid "" -"You must use \"com.odoo.com\" as Android package name. Otherwise, it will " -"not work." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:56 -msgid "" -"No need to download the config file, you can click on **Next** twice and " -"skip the fourth step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:60 -msgid "Get generated API key" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:62 -msgid "On the overview page, go to Project settings:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:67 -msgid "" -"In **Cloud Messaging**, you will see the **API key** and the **Sender ID** " -"that you need to set in Odoo General Settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:74 -msgid "Settings in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:76 -msgid "Simply paste the API key and the Sender ID from Cloud Messaging." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po deleted file mode 100644 index 27f8683e1..000000000 --- a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1369 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Sergio Zanchetta <primes2h@gmail.com>, 2019 -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# mymage <stefano.consolaro@mymage.it>, 2019 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: mymage <stefano.consolaro@mymage.it>, 2019\n" -"Language-Team: Italian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/it/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: it\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../point_of_sale.rst:5 -msgid "Point of Sale" -msgstr "Punto vendita" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced topics" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:3 -msgid "Using barcodes in PoS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Using a barcode scanner to process point of sale orders improves your " -"efficiency and helps you to save time for you and your customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:9 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:9 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:25 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:8 -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:22 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:9 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:10 -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:10 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Configurazione" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:11 -msgid "" -"To use a barcode scanner, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " -"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Under the IoT Box / Hardware category, you will find *Barcode Scanner* " -"select it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:21 -msgid "You can find more about Barcode Nomenclature here (ADD HYPERLINK)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:25 -msgid "Add barcodes to product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Products` and select a " -"product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Under the general information tab, you can find a barcode field where you " -"can input any barcode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:37 -msgid "Scanning products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:39 -msgid "" -"From your PoS interface, scan any barcode with your barcode scanner. The " -"product will be added, you can scan the same product to add it multiple " -"times or change the quantity manually on the screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:3 -msgid "Using discount tags with a barcode scanner" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:5 -msgid "" -"If you want to sell your products with a discount, for a product getting " -"close to its expiration date for example, you can use discount tags. They " -"allow you to scan discount barcodes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:10 -msgid "" -"To use discount tags you will need to use a barcode scanner, you can see the" -" documentation about it `here <https://docs.google.com/document/d" -"/1tg7yarr2hPKTddZ4iGbp9IJO-cp7u15eHNVnFoL40Q8/edit>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:15 -msgid "Barcode Nomenclature" -msgstr "Nomenclatura codice a barre" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:17 -msgid "To use discounts tags, we need to learn about barcode nomenclature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Let's say you want to have a discount for the product with the following " -"barcode:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:25 -msgid "" -"You can find the *Default Nomenclature* under the settings of your PoS " -"interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Let's say you want 50% discount on a product you have to start your barcode " -"with 22 (for the discount barcode nomenclature) and then 50 (for the %) " -"before adding the product barcode. In our example, the barcode would be:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:43 -msgid "Scan the products & tags" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:45 -msgid "You first have to scan the desired product (in our case, a lemon)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:50 -msgid "" -"And then scan the discount tag. The discount will be applied and you can " -"finish the transaction." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:3 -msgid "Manage a loyalty program" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Encourage your customers to continue to shop at your point of sale with a " -"*Loyalty Program*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:11 -msgid "" -"To activate the *Loyalty Program* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " -"Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface. " -"Under the Pricing features, select *Loyalty Program*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:19 -msgid "From there you can create and edit your loyalty programs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:24 -msgid "" -"You can decide what type of program you wish to use, if the reward is a " -"discount or a gift, make it specific to some products or cover your whole " -"range. Apply rules so that it is only valid in specific situation and " -"everything in between." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:30 -msgid "Use the loyalty program in your PoS interface" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:32 -msgid "" -"When a customer is set, you will now see the points they will get for the " -"transaction and they will accumulate until they are spent. They are spent " -"using the button *Rewards* when they have enough points according to the " -"rules defined in the loyalty program." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:40 -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:45 -msgid "" -"You can see the price is instantly updated to reflect the pricelist. You can" -" finalize the order in your usual way." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:44 -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:49 -msgid "" -"If you select a customer with a default pricelist, it will be applied. You " -"can of course change it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:3 -msgid "Apply manual discounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:5 -msgid "" -"If you seldom use discounts, applying manual discounts might be the easiest " -"solution for your Point of Sale." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:8 -msgid "" -"You can either apply a discount on the whole order or on specific products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:12 -msgid "Apply a discount on a product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:14 -msgid "From your session interface, use *Disc* button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:19 -msgid "" -"You can then input a discount (in percentage) over the product that is " -"currently selected and the discount will be applied." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:23 -msgid "Apply a global discount" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:25 -msgid "" -"To apply a discount on the whole order, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales" -" --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Under the *Pricing* category, you will find *Global Discounts* select it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:34 -msgid "You now have a new *Discount* button in your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Once clicked you can then enter your desired discount (in percentages)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:44 -msgid "" -"On this example, you can see a global discount of 50% as well as a specific " -"product discount also at 50%." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:3 -msgid "Accept credit card payment using Mercury" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A MercuryPay account (see `*MercuryPay website* " -"<https://www.mercurypay.com/>`__) is required to accept credit card payments" -" in Odoo 11 PoS with an integrated card reader. MercuryPay only operates " -"with US and Canadian banks making this procedure only suitable for North " -"American businesses." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:11 -msgid "" -"An alternative to an integrated card reader is to work with a standalone " -"card reader, copy the transaction total from the Odoo POS screen into the " -"card reader, and record the transaction in Odoo POS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:16 -msgid "Install Mercury" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:18 -msgid "" -"To install Mercury go to :menuselection:`Apps` and search for the *Mercury* " -"module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:27 -msgid "" -"To configure mercury, you need to activate the developer mode. To do so go " -"to :menuselection:`Apps --> Settings` and select *Activate the developer " -"mode*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:34 -msgid "" -"While in developer mode, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " -"Configuration --> Mercury Configurations`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Create a new configuration for credit cards and enter your Mercury " -"credentials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Then go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment " -"Methods` and create a new one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Under *Point of Sale* when you select *Use in Point of Sale* you can then " -"select your Mercury credentials that you just created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:52 -msgid "" -"You now have a new option to pay by credit card when validating a payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:3 -msgid "Manage multiple cashiers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:5 -msgid "" -"With Odoo Point of Sale, you can easily manage multiple cashiers. This " -"allows you to keep track on who is working in the Point of Sale and when." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:9 -msgid "" -"There are three different ways of switching between cashiers in Odoo. They " -"are all explained below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:13 -msgid "" -"To manage multiple cashiers, you need to have several users (at least two)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:17 -msgid "Switch without pin codes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:19 -msgid "" -"The easiest way to switch cashiers is without a code. Simply press on the " -"name of the current cashier in your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:25 -msgid "You will then be able to change between different users." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:30 -msgid "And the cashier will be changed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:33 -msgid "Switch cashiers with pin codes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:35 -msgid "" -"You can also set a pin code on each user. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Manage Access rights` and select the user." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:41 -msgid "" -"On the user page, under the *Point of Sale* tab you can add a Security PIN." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:47 -msgid "Now when you switch users you will be asked to input a PIN password." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:53 -msgid "Switch cashiers with barcodes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:55 -msgid "You can also ask your cashiers to log themselves in with their badges." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:57 -msgid "Back where you put a security PIN code, you could also put a barcode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:62 -msgid "" -"When they scan their barcode, the cashier will be switched to that user." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:64 -msgid "Barcode nomenclature link later on" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:3 -msgid "Reprint Receipts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Use the *Reprint receipt* feature if you have the need to reprint a ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:10 -msgid "" -"To activate *Reprint Receipt*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " -"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Reprint Receipt* option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:20 -msgid "Reprint a receipt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:22 -msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Reprint receipt* button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:27 -msgid "When you use it, you can then reprint your last receipt." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze.rst:3 -msgid "Analyze sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:3 -msgid "View your Point of Sale statistics" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Keeping track of your sales is key for any business. That's why Odoo " -"provides you a practical view to analyze your sales and get meaningful " -"statistics." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:10 -msgid "View your statistics" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To access your statistics go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Reporting " -"--> Orders`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:15 -msgid "You can then see your various statistics in graph or pivot form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:21 -msgid "You can also access the stats views by clicking here" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm.rst:3 -msgid "Belgian Fiscal Data Module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:3 -msgid "Setting up the Fiscal Data Module with the Odoo POS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:6 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "Introduzione" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The Belgian government requires certain businesses to use a government-" -"certified device called a **Fiscal Data Module** (also known as a " -"**blackbox**). This device works together with the POS application and logs " -"certain transactions. On top of that, the used POS application must also be " -"certified by the government and must adhere to strict standards specified by" -" them. `Odoo 9 (Enterprise Edition) is a certified application " -"<http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/systemes-certifies>`_. More " -"information concerning the Fiscal Data Module can be found on `the official " -"website <http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:20 -msgid "Required hardware" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:22 -msgid "" -"A government certified `Fiscal Data Module " -"<http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/systemes-" -"certifies#FDM%20certifiés>`_ per POS, all of them should work, but the " -"Cleancash SC-B is recommended, you will also need:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Serial null modem cable per FDM (`example <http://www.startech.com/Cables" -"/Serial-Parallel-PS-2/DB9-DB25/10-ft-Cross-Wired-Serial-Null-Modem-Cable-" -"DB9-FM~SCNM9FM>`__)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Serial-to-USB adapter per FDM (`example " -"<http://trendnet.com/products/proddetail.asp?prod=265_TU-S9>`__)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:32 -msgid "A registered IoT Box per POS configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:35 -msgid "Setup" -msgstr "Impostazione" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:38 -msgid "IoT Box" -msgstr "Box IoT" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:40 -msgid "" -"In order to use a Fiscal Data Module, you will need a registered IoT Box. " -"These IoT Boxes are similar to the regular IoT Boxes we sell, but they are " -"registered with the Belgian government. This is required by law. Attempting " -"to use a Fiscal Data Module on a non-registered IoT Box will not work. You " -"can verify that the Fiscal Data Module is recognized by the IoT Box by going" -" to the *Hardware status page* via the IoT Box homepage." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:52 -msgid "Odoo" -msgstr "Odoo" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:54 -msgid "" -"An Odoo POS app can be given certified POS capabilities by installing the " -"**Belgian Registered Cash Register** app (technical name: " -"``pos_blackbox_be``). Because of government restrictions imposed on us, this" -" installation cannot be undone. After this, you will have to ensure that " -"each POS configuration has a unique registered IoT Box associated with it " -"(:menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and " -"ensure Hardware Proxy / IoT Box and the serial number of your IoT Box is " -"set). The first time you open the Point of Sale and attempt to do a " -"transaction, you will be asked to input the PIN that you received with your " -"VAT signing card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:69 -msgid "Certification & On-premise" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:71 -msgid "" -"The certification granted by the government is restricted to the use on " -"odoo.com SaaS instance. The usage of the module from the source or a " -"modified version will **not** be certified. For on-premise users, we also " -"support the Fiscal Data Module in such installations. The main restriction " -"is that this requires an obfuscated version of the ``pos_blackbox_be`` " -"module we will provide on request for Enterprise customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:79 -msgid "Restrictions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:81 -msgid "" -"As mentioned before, in order to get certified the POS application must " -"adhere to strict government guidelines. Because of this, a certified Odoo " -"POS has some limitations not present in the non-certified Odoo POS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:86 -msgid "Refunding is disabled" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:87 -msgid "Modifying orderline prices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:88 -msgid "Creating/modifying/deleting POS orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:89 -msgid "Selling products without a valid tax" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:90 -msgid "Multiple Odoo POS configurations per IoT Box are not allowed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:91 -msgid "Using the POS without a connection to the IoT Box (and thus FDM)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:92 -msgid "Blacklisted modules: pos_discount, pos_reprint, pos_loyalty" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview.rst:3 ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:6 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Panoramica" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:3 -msgid "Register customers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Registering your customers will give you the ability to grant them various " -"privileges such as discounts, loyalty program, specific communication. It " -"will also be required if they want an invoice and registering them will make" -" any future interaction with them faster." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:11 -msgid "Create a customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:13 -msgid "From your session interface, use the customer button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:18 -msgid "Create a new one by using this button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:23 -msgid "" -"You will be invited to fill out the customer form with their information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Use the save button when you are done. You can then select that customer in " -"any future transactions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:3 -msgid "Getting started with Odoo Point of Sale" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo's online Point of Sale application is based on a simple, user friendly " -"interface. The Point of Sale application can be used online or offline on " -"iPads, Android tablets or laptops." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Odoo Point of Sale is fully integrated with the Inventory and Accounting " -"applications. Any transaction in your point of sale will be automatically " -"registered in your stock and accounting entries but also in your CRM as the " -"customer can be identified from the app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:17 -msgid "" -"You will be able to run real time statistics and consolidations across all " -"your shops without the hassle of integrating several external applications." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:25 -msgid "Install the Point of Sale application" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:27 -msgid "Go to Apps and install the Point of Sale application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:33 -msgid "" -"If you are using Odoo Accounting, do not forget to install a chart of " -"accounts if it's not already done. This can be achieved in the accounting " -"settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:38 -msgid "Make products available in the Point of Sale" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:40 -msgid "" -"To make products available for sale in the Point of Sale, open a product, go" -" in the tab Sales and tick the box \"Available in Point of Sale\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:48 -msgid "" -"You can also define there if the product has to be weighted with a scale." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:52 -msgid "Configure your payment methods" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:54 -msgid "" -"To add a new payment method for a Point of Sale, go to :menuselection:`Point" -" of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale --> Choose a Point of Sale --> " -"Go to the Payments section` and click on the link \"Payment Methods\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:62 -msgid "" -"Now, you can create new payment methods. Do not forget to tick the box \"Use" -" in Point of Sale\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Once your payment methods are created, you can decide in which Point of Sale" -" you want to make them available in the Point of Sale configuration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:75 -msgid "Configure your Point of Sale" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and" -" select the Point of Sale you want to configure. From this menu, you can " -"edit all the settings of your Point of Sale." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:82 -msgid "Create your first PoS session" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:85 -msgid "Your first order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:87 -msgid "" -"You are now ready to make your first sales through the PoS. From the PoS " -"dashboard, you see all your points of sale and you can start a new session." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:94 -msgid "You now arrive on the PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:99 -msgid "" -"Once an order is completed, you can register the payment. All the available " -"payment methods appear on the left of the screen. Select the payment method " -"and enter the received amount. You can then validate the payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:104 -msgid "You can register the next orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:107 -msgid "Close the PoS session" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:109 -msgid "" -"At the end of the day, you will close your PoS session. For this, click on " -"the close button that appears on the top right corner and confirm. You can " -"now close the session from the dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:117 -msgid "" -"It's strongly advised to close your PoS session at the end of each day." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:119 -msgid "You will then see a summary of all transactions per payment method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:124 -msgid "" -"You can click on a line of that summary to see all the orders that have been" -" paid by this payment method during that PoS session." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:127 -msgid "" -"If everything is correct, you can validate the PoS session and post the " -"closing entries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:130 -msgid "It's done, you have now closed your first PoS session." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:133 -msgid "" -"To connect the PoS to hardware with an Odoo IoT Box, please see the section " -":doc:`../../../iot/connect` and :doc:`../../../iot/pos`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced Restaurant Features" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:3 -msgid "Print the Bill" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Use the *Bill Printing* feature to print the bill before the payment. This " -"is useful if the bill is still subject to evolve and is thus not the " -"definitive ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:10 -msgid "Configure Bill Printing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To activate *Bill Printing*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " -"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Bill Printing* option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:22 -msgid "Split a Bill" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:24 -msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Bill* button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:29 -msgid "When you use it, you can then print the bill." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:3 -msgid "Print orders at the kitchen or bar" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:5 -msgid "" -"To ease the workflow between the front of house and the back of the house, " -"printing the orders taken on the PoS interface right in the kitchen or bar " -"can be a tremendous help." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:10 -msgid "Activate the bar/kitchen printer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To activate the *Order printing* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " -"Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Under the IoT Box / Hardware Proxy category, you will find *Order Printers*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:19 -msgid "Add a printer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:21 -msgid "" -"In your configuration menu you will now have a *Order Printers* option where" -" you can add the printer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:28 -msgid "Print a kitchen/bar order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:33 -msgid "Select or create a printer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:36 -msgid "Print the order in the kitchen/bar" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:38 -msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Order* button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:43 -msgid "" -"When you press it, it will print the order on your kitchen/bar printer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:3 -msgid "Register multiple orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The Odoo Point of Sale App allows you to register multiple orders " -"simultaneously giving you all the flexibility you need." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:9 -msgid "Register an additional order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:11 -msgid "" -"When you are registering any order, you can use the *+* button to add a new " -"order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:14 -msgid "" -"You can then move between each of your orders and process the payment when " -"needed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:20 -msgid "" -"By using the *-* button, you can remove the order you are currently on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:3 -msgid "Setup PoS Restaurant/Bar" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Food and drink businesses have very specific needs that the Odoo Point of " -"Sale application can help you to fulfill." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:11 -msgid "" -"To activate the *Bar/Restaurant* features, go to :menuselection:`Point of " -"Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:15 -msgid "Select *Is a Bar/Restaurant*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:20 -msgid "" -"You now have various specific options to help you setup your point of sale. " -"You can see those options have a small knife and fork logo next to them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:3 -msgid "Offer a bill-splitting option" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Offering an easy bill splitting solution to your customers will leave them " -"with a positive experience. That's why this feature is available out-of-the-" -"box in the Odoo Point of Sale application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To activate the *Bill Splitting* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " -"Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find the Bill Splitting " -"option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:23 -msgid "Split a bill" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:25 -msgid "In your PoS interface, you now have a *Split* button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:30 -msgid "" -"When you use it, you will be able to select what that guest should had and " -"process the payment, repeating the process for each guest." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:3 -msgid "Configure your table management" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Once your point of sale has been configured for bar/restaurant usage, select" -" *Table Management* in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> " -"Point of sale`.." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:9 -msgid "Add a floor" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:11 -msgid "" -"When you select *Table management* you can manage your floors by clicking on" -" *Floors*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:18 -msgid "Add tables" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:20 -msgid "From your PoS interface, you will now see your floor(s)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:25 -msgid "" -"When you click on the pencil you will enter into edit mode, which will allow" -" you to create tables, move them, modify them, ..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:31 -msgid "" -"In this example I have 2 round tables for six and 2 square tables for four, " -"I color coded them to make them easier to find, you can also rename them, " -"change their shape, size, the number of people they hold as well as " -"duplicate them with the handy tool bar." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:36 -msgid "Once your floor plan is set, you can close the edit mode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:39 -msgid "Register your table(s) orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:41 -msgid "" -"When you select a table, you will be brought to your usual interface to " -"register an order and payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:44 -msgid "" -"You can quickly go back to your floor plan by selecting the floor button and" -" you can also transfer the order to another table." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:3 -msgid "Integrate a tip option into payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:5 -msgid "" -"As it is customary to tip in many countries all over the world, it is " -"important to have the option in your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:9 -msgid "Configure Tipping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:11 -msgid "" -"To activate the *Tips* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " -"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Tips*. Select it and " -"create a *Tip Product* such as *Tips* in this case." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:21 -msgid "Add Tips to the bill" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:23 -msgid "Once on the payment interface, you now have a new *Tip* button" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:31 -msgid "Add the tip your customer wants to leave and process to the payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:3 -msgid "Transfer customers between tables" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:5 -msgid "" -"If your customer(s) want to change table after they have already placed an " -"order, Odoo can help you to transfer the customers and their order to their " -"new table, keeping your customers happy without making it complicated for " -"you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:11 -msgid "Transfer customer(s)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:13 -msgid "Select the table your customer(s) is/are currently on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:18 -msgid "" -"You can now transfer the customers, simply use the transfer button and " -"select the new table" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced Shop Features" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:3 -msgid "Set-up Cash Control in Point of Sale" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Cash control allows you to check the amount of the cashbox at the opening " -"and closing. You can thus make sure no error has been made and that no cash " -"is missing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:10 -msgid "Activate Cash Control" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To activate the *Cash Control* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales" -" --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:16 -msgid "Under the payments category, you will find the cash control setting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:21 -msgid "" -"In this example, you can see I want to have 275$ in various denomination at " -"the opening and closing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:24 -msgid "" -"When clicking on **Opening/Closing Values** you will be able to create those" -" values." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:31 -msgid "Start a session" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:33 -msgid "" -"You now have a new button added when you open a session, *Set opening " -"Balance*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:42 -msgid "" -"By default it will use the values you added before, but you can always " -"modify it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:46 -msgid "Close a session" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:48 -msgid "" -"When you want to close your session, you now have a *Set Closing Balance* " -"button as well." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:51 -msgid "" -"You can then see the theoretical balance, the real closing balance (what you" -" have just counted) and the difference between the two." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:57 -msgid "" -"If you use the *Take Money Out* option to take out your transactions for " -"this session, you now have a zero-sum difference and the same closing " -"balance as your opening balance. You cashbox is ready for the next session." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:3 -msgid "Invoice from the PoS interface" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Some of your customers might request an invoice when buying from your Point " -"of Sale, you can easily manage it directly from the PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:9 -msgid "Activate invoicing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and" -" select your Point of Sale:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Under the *Bills & Receipts* you will see the invoicing option, tick it. " -"Don't forget to choose in which journal the invoices should be created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:25 -msgid "Select a customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:27 -msgid "From your session interface, use the customer button" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:32 -msgid "" -"You can then either select an existing customer and set it as your customer " -"or create a new one by using this button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:38 -msgid "" -"You will be invited to fill out the customer form with its information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:41 -msgid "Invoice your customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:43 -msgid "" -"From the payment screen, you now have an invoice option, use the button to " -"select it and validate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:49 -msgid "You can then print the invoice and move on to your next order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:52 -msgid "Retrieve invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Once out of the PoS interface (:menuselection:`Close --> Confirm` on the top" -" right corner) you will find all your orders in :menuselection:`Point of " -"Sale --> Orders --> Orders` and under the status tab you will see which ones" -" have been invoiced. When clicking on a order you can then access the " -"invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:3 -msgid "Accept returns and refund products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Having a well-thought-out return policy is key to attract - and keep - your " -"customers. Making it easy for you to accept and refund those returns is " -"therefore also a key aspect of your *Point of Sale* interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:10 -msgid "" -"From your *Point of Sale* interface, select the product your customer wants " -"to return, use the +/- button and enter the quantity they need to return. If" -" they need to return multiple products, repeat the process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:17 -msgid "" -"As you can see, the total is in negative, to end the refund you simply have " -"to process the payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:3 -msgid "Apply time-limited discounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Entice your customers and increase your revenue by offering time-limited or " -"seasonal discounts. Odoo has a powerful pricelist feature to support a " -"pricing strategy tailored to your business." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To activate the *Pricelists* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales " -"--> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Choose the pricelists you want to make available in this Point of Sale and " -"define the default pricelist. You can access all your pricelists by clicking" -" on *Pricelists*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:23 -msgid "Create a pricelist" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:25 -msgid "" -"By default, you have a *Public Pricelist* to create more, go to " -":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Pricelists`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:31 -msgid "" -"You can set several criterias to use a specific price: periods, min. " -"quantity (meet a minimum ordered quantity and get a price break), etc. You " -"can also chose to only apply that pricelist on specific products or on the " -"whole range." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:37 -msgid "Using a pricelist in the PoS interface" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:39 -msgid "" -"You now have a new button above the *Customer* one, use it to instantly " -"select the right pricelist." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po deleted file mode 100644 index 2303c2e56..000000000 --- a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,199 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Francesco Garganese <francesco.garganese@aeromnia.aero>, 2019 -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Sergio Zanchetta <primes2h@gmail.com>, 2019 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-07-23 12:10+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Sergio Zanchetta <primes2h@gmail.com>, 2019\n" -"Language-Team: Italian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/it/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: it\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:6 -msgid "My Odoo Portal" -msgstr "Portale Odoo" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In this section of the portal you will find all the communications between " -"you and Odoo, documents such Quotations, Sales Orders, Invoices and your " -"Subscriptions." -msgstr "" -"In questa sezione del portale saranno presenti tutte le comunicazioni " -"personali con Odoo, documenti come i preventivi, ordini di vendita, fatture " -"e iscrizioni." - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:11 -msgid "" -"To access this section you have to log with your username and password to " -"`Odoo <https://www.odoo.com/my/home>`__ . If you are already logged-in just " -"click on your name on the top-right corner and select \"My Account\"." -msgstr "" -"Per accedere a questa sezione è necessario effettuare l'accesso su `Odoo " -"<https://www.odoo.com/my/home>`__ con il proprio nome utente e password. Se " -"l'accesso è già stato effettuato, fare clic sul proprio nome nell'angolo in " -"alto a destra e selezionare \"My Account\"." - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:20 -msgid "Quotations" -msgstr "Preventivi" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Here you will find all the quotations sent to you by Odoo. For example, a " -"quotation can be generated for you after adding an Application or a User to " -"your database or if your contract has to be renewed." -msgstr "" -"Qui sono presenti tutti i preventivi inviati da Odoo. Ad esempio, un " -"preventivo può essere generato dopo l'aggiunta di un'applicazione o di un " -"utente al database o se il proprio contratto necessita di rinnovo." - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:29 -msgid "" -"The *Valid Until* column shows until when the quotation is valid; after that" -" date the quotation will be \"Expired\". By clicking on the quotation you " -"will see all the details of the offer, the pricing and other useful " -"information." -msgstr "" -"La colonna *Valido fino al* mostra fino a quando è valido il preventivo; " -"dopo tale data risulterà \"Scaduto\". Un clic sul preventivo permette di " -"visualizzare tutti i dettagli di offerta, prezzo e altre informazioni utili." - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:36 -msgid "" -"If you want to accept the quotation just click \"Accept & Pay\" and the " -"quote will get confirmed. If you don't want to accept it, or you need to ask" -" for some modifications, click on \"Ask Changes Reject\"." -msgstr "" -"Per accettare il preventivo basta fare clic su «Accetta e paga», dopo tale " -"operazione verrà confermato. Nel caso non si intenda confermarlo o siano " -"necessarie alcune modifiche, fare clic su \"Richiedi modifiche / Rifiuta\"." - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:41 -msgid "Sales Orders" -msgstr "Ordini di vendita" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:43 -msgid "" -"All your purchases within Odoo such as Upsells, Themes, Applications, etc. " -"will be registered under this section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:49 -msgid "" -"By clicking on the sale order you can review the details of the products " -"purchased and process the payment." -msgstr "" -"Un clic sull'ordine di vendita permette di esaminare i dettagli dei prodotti" -" acquistati e di elaborare il pagamento." - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:53 -msgid "Invoices" -msgstr "Fatture" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:55 -msgid "" -"All the invoices of your subscription(s), or generated by a sales order, " -"will be shown in this section. The tag before the Amount Due will indicate " -"you if the invoice has been paid." -msgstr "" -"In questa sezione verranno mostrate tutte le fatture delle proprie " -"iscrizioni o quelle generate da un ordine di vendita. L'etichetta prima di " -"\"Importo dovuto\" segnala l'avvenuto pagamento della fattura." - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:62 -msgid "" -"Just click on the Invoice if you wish to see more information, pay the " -"invoice or download a PDF version of the document." -msgstr "" -"Per avere maggiori informazioni, pagare la fattura o scaricare un PDF del " -"documento fare clic sulla fattura stessa." - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:66 -msgid "Tickets" -msgstr "Biglietti" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:68 -msgid "" -"When you submit a ticket through `Odoo Support " -"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__ a ticket will be created. Here you can find " -"all the tickets that you have opened, the conversation between you and our " -"Agents, the Status of the ticket and the ID (# Ref)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:77 -msgid "Subscriptions" -msgstr "Iscrizioni" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:79 -msgid "" -"You can access to your Subscription with Odoo from this section. The first " -"page shows you the subscriptions that you have and their status." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:85 -msgid "" -"By clicking on the Subscription you will access to all the details regarding" -" your plan: this includes the number of applications purchased, the billing " -"information and the payment method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:89 -msgid "" -"To change the payment method click on \"Change Payment Method\" and enter " -"the new credit card details." -msgstr "" -"Per cambiare il metodo di pagamento fare clic su \"Cambia metodo di " -"pagamento\" e inserire i dettagli della nuova carta di credito." - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:95 -msgid "" -"If you want to remove the credit cards saved, you can do it by clicking on " -"\"Manage you payment methods\" at the bottom of the page. Click then on " -"\"Delete\" to delete the payment method." -msgstr "" -"Per rimuovere le carte di credito salvate, fare clic su \"Gestire i metodi " -"di pagamento\" in fondo alla pagina. Quindi fare clic su «Elimina» per " -"eliminare il metodo di pagamento." - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:102 -msgid "" -"At the date of the next invoice, if there is no payment information provided" -" or if your credit card has expired, the status of your subscription will " -"change to \"To Renew\". You will then have 7 days to provide a valid method" -" of payment. After this delay, the subscription will be closed and you will " -"no longer be able to access the database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:109 -msgid "Success Packs" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:110 -msgid "" -"With a Success Pack/Partner Success Pack, you are assigned an expert to " -"provide unique personalized assistance to help you customize your solution " -"and optimize your workflows as part of your initial implementation. These " -"hours never expire allowing you to utilize them whenever you need support." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:116 -msgid "" -"If you need information about how to manage your database see " -":ref:`db_online`" -msgstr "" -"Per informazioni su come gestire il database consultare :ref:`db_online`" diff --git a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po deleted file mode 100644 index 6df798dac..000000000 --- a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,26 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Federico Castellano <castellano.federico@outlook.com>, 2019 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Federico Castellano <castellano.federico@outlook.com>, 2019\n" -"Language-Team: Italian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/it/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: it\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../practical.rst:3 -msgid "Practical Information" -msgstr "Informazioni pratiche" diff --git a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/project.po b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/project.po deleted file mode 100644 index d7e8ffa4b..000000000 --- a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/project.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1601 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Francesco Garganese <francesco.garganese@aeromnia.aero>, 2019 -# Paolo Valier, 2019 -# Sergio Zanchetta <primes2h@gmail.com>, 2019 -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Alessandro Forte <a.forte1010@gmail.com>, 2019 -# David Minneci <david@numeko.it>, 2019 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-07 15:38+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: David Minneci <david@numeko.it>, 2019\n" -"Language-Team: Italian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/it/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: it\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../project.rst:5 -msgid "Project" -msgstr "Progetto" - -#: ../../project/advanced.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced" -msgstr "Avanzato" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:3 -msgid "How to gather feedback from customers?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:6 -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:6 -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:6 ../../project/overview.rst:3 -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Panoramica" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:8 -msgid "" -"As a manager, it's not always simple to follow everything your teams do. " -"Having a simple customer feedback can be very interesting to evaluate the " -"performances of your teams. You can very easily gather feedbacks from your " -"customers using Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:13 -msgid "" -"An e-mail can be sent during the project to get the customer feedbacks. He " -"just has to choose between 3 smileys to assess your work (Smile, Neutral or " -"Sad)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:18 -msgid "How to gather feedbacks from customers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Before getting started some configuration is necessary. First of all it's " -"necessary to install the **Project** application. To do so simply go to the " -"apps module and install it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Moreover, in the same menu, you have to install the **Project Rating** " -"module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Next, go back into the back-end and enter the project module. Select the " -"**Configuration** button and click on **Settings** in the dropdown menu. " -"Next select **Allow activating customer rating on projects, at issue " -"completion**. Don't forget to apply your changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:42 -msgid "How to get a Customer feedback?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:44 -msgid "" -"A e-mail can be sent to the customers at each stage of the ongoing projects." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:47 -msgid "" -"First, you need to choose for which projects you want to get a feedback." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:50 -msgid "Project configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Go to the **Project** application, in the project settings select the " -"**Customer satisfaction** option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:59 -msgid "Email Template" -msgstr "Modello e-mail" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Go to the stage settings (click on the gear icon on the top of the stage " -"column, then select **Edit**). Choose the e-mail template that will be used." -" You can directly edit it from there." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:68 -msgid "Here is an email example that a customer can receive :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:74 -msgid "" -"The customer just has to click on a smiley (Smile, Neutral or Sad) to assess" -" your work. The customer can reply to the email to add more information. It " -"will be added to the chatter of the task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:79 -msgid "Reporting" -msgstr "Rendicontazione" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:81 -msgid "" -"You have a brief summary on the satisfaction in the upper right corner of " -"the project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:88 -msgid "How to display the ratings on your website?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:90 -msgid "" -"First of all it's necessary to install the **Website Builder** application. " -"To do so simply go to the apps module and search for the website builder." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:97 -msgid "" -"Moreover, in the same menu, you have to install the **Website Rating Project" -" Issue** module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:103 -msgid "" -"Then, you will be able to publish your result on your website by clicking on" -" the website button in the upper right corner and confirming it in the front" -" end of the website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:3 -msgid "How to create tasks from sales orders?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In this section, we will see the integration between Odoo's **Project " -"management** and **Sales** modules and more precisely how to generate tasks " -"from sales order lines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:9 -msgid "" -"In project management, a task is an activity that needs to be accomplished " -"within a defined period of time. For a company selling services, the task " -"typically represents the service that has been sold to the customer and that" -" needs to be delivered. This is why it is useful to be able to generate a " -"task from a sale order in order to streamline the process between the Sales " -"and Services departments." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:16 -msgid "" -"As an example, you may sell a pack of ``50 Hours`` of support at " -"``$25,000``. The price is fixed and charged initially. But you want to keep " -"track of the support service you did for the customer. On the sale order, " -"the service will trigger the creation of a task from which the consultant " -"will record timesheets and, if needed, reinvoice the client according to the" -" overtime spent on the project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:24 -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:12 -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:10 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Configurazione" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:27 -msgid "Install the required applications" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:29 -msgid "" -"In order to be able to generate a task from a sale order you will need to " -"install the **Sales Management** and **Project** application. Simply go into" -" the application module and install the following:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Moreover if you wish to be able to invoice your customers based on time " -"spent on the task, it is also necessary to install the **Timesheet** module." -" Simply go into the application module and install the following:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:47 -msgid "Create and set up a product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:49 -msgid "" -"You need to configure your service on the product form itself in order to " -"generate a task every time it will be sold. From the **Sales** module, use " -"the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Products` and create a new product with " -"the`following setup:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:54 -msgid "**Name**: Technical Support" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:56 -msgid "**Product Type**: Service" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:58 -msgid "" -"**Unit of Measure**: Hours (go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings` and, under **Unit of measures**, check the **Some products may be " -"sold/purchased in different unit of measures (advanced)** radio button)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:63 -msgid "" -"**Invoicing policy**: You can set up your invoice policy either on ordered " -"quantity or on delivered quantity. You can easily follow the amount of hours" -" that were delivered and/or invoiced to your client." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:68 -msgid "" -"**Track Service**: Create a task and track hours, as your product is a " -"service invoiceable by hours you have to set the units of measures of the " -"product to hours as well." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Link your task to an existing project or create a new one on the fly if the " -"product is specific to one project. Otherwise, you can leave it blank, odoo " -"will then create a project per SO." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:81 -msgid "Create the Sales Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Once the product is set up, you can create a quotation or a sale order with " -"the related product. Once the quotation is confirmed and transformed into a " -"sale order, the task will be created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:91 -msgid "Access the task generated from the sale order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:93 -msgid "On the Project module, your new task will appear :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:95 -msgid "" -"either on a related project if you have selected one in the product form" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:98 -msgid "" -"either on a new project with the name of related the sale order as title " -"(you can easily change the name of the project by clicking on " -":menuselection:`More --> Settings`)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:105 -msgid "" -"On the task itself, you will now be able to record timesheets and to invoice" -" your customers based on your invoicing policy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:109 -msgid "" -"On Odoo, the central document is the sales order, which means that the " -"source document of the task is the related sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:113 -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:137 -msgid ":doc:`../configuration/setup`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:114 -msgid ":doc:`../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/application.rst:3 -msgid "Awesome Timesheet App" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:3 -msgid "Demonstration Video" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:11 -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:11 -msgid "Transcript" -msgstr "Transcript" - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Awesome Timesheet is a mobile app that helps me to instantly record any time" -" spent on projects in just a click. It's so effortless." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Regardless of the device, the timesheet app is just one click away. Look at " -"the chrome plugin. No need to sign in, just click and start. It's smooth. It" -" works offline too and is automatically synchronized with my Odoo account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Plus, I get individual statistics via the mobile and chrome plugin. I can go" -" further in the analysis in my Odoo account. I receive reports of timesheets" -" per user, drill-down per project, and much more." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Awesome Timesheet is fully integrated with Odoo invoicing, the customer " -"billing is done automatically. But also with Odoo projects. It's time-" -"saving!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:28 -msgid "Download awesome timesheet now and gain in productivity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration.rst:3 -msgid "Configuration and basic usage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage & collaborate on tasks?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:6 -msgid "Responsibilities" -msgstr "Responsabilità" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:8 -msgid "In Odoo, you can assign the person who is in charge of the task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:10 -msgid "" -"When creating a task, by default you are responsible for it. You can change " -"this by simply typing the username of someone else and choosing it from the " -"suggestions in the drop down menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:15 -msgid "" -"If you add someone new, you can \"Create & Edit\" a new user on the fly. In " -"order to do so, you need the administrator rights." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:19 -msgid "Followers" -msgstr "Follower" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:21 -msgid "" -"In a task, you can add other users as **Followers**. Adding a follower means" -" that this person will be notified of any changes that might happen in the " -"task. The goal is to allow outside contribution from the chatter. This can " -"be invaluable when you need the advice of colleagues from other departments." -" You could also invite customers to take part in the task. They'll be " -"notified by email of the conversation in the chatter, and will be able to " -"take part in it simply by replying to the mail. The followers can see the " -"whole task like you, with the description and the chatter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:32 -msgid "Project: follow a project to follow the pipe" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:34 -msgid "" -"You can decide to follow a Project. In this situation, you'll be notified of" -" any changes from the project: tasks sliding from one stage to " -"another,conversation taking place,, etc. You'll receive all the information " -"in your inbox. This feature is perfect for a Project Manager who wants to " -"see the big picture all the time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:41 -msgid "Task: follow a specific task" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Following a task is the same idea as following a project, except you are " -"focused on a specific part of the project. All notifications or changes in " -"that task also appear in your inbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:48 -msgid "Choose which action to follow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:50 -msgid "" -"You can choose what you want to follow by clicking on the down arrow in the " -"Following button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:53 -msgid "" -"By default, you follow the discussions but you can also choose to be " -"notified when a note is logged in, when a task is created, blocked or ready " -"to go, and when the stage of the task has changed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:61 -msgid "Time management: analytic accounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Whether it helps you for estimation of future projects or data for billing " -"or invoicing, time tracking in Project Management is a real plus." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:67 -msgid "" -"The Odoo Timesheet app is perfectly integrated with Odoo Project and can " -"help you track time easily." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Once Odoo Timesheet is installed, the timesheet option is automatically " -"available in projects and on tasks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:73 -msgid "" -"To avoid any confusion, Odoo works with analytic accounts. An analytic " -"account is the name that will always be the reference for a specific project" -" or contract. Each time a project is created, an analytic account is " -"automatically created under the same name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:79 -msgid "Record a timesheet on a project:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:81 -msgid "Click on the settings of a project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:86 -msgid "Click on the Timesheet button in the top grey menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:91 -msgid "" -"You get the Odoo Timesheet. Click on Create and a line will appear with " -"today's date and time. Your project name is automatically selected as the " -"Analytic Account. No task is set, you can choose to add a specific task for " -"it, or not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:99 -msgid "" -"If you go now to Odoo Timesheet, your line will be recorded among your other" -" timesheets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:103 -msgid "Record a timesheet on a task:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:105 -msgid "Within a task, the timesheet option is also available." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:107 -msgid "" -"In the task, click on the Edit button. Go on the Timesheet tab and click on " -"Add an item." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:110 -msgid "" -"A line will appear with the name of the project already selected in the " -"Analytic account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Again, you'll find back these timesheet lines in the Odoo Timesheet " -"application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:119 -msgid "" -"At the end of your project, you can get a real idea of the time you spent on" -" it by searching based on the Analytic Account name of your project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:124 -msgid "Document Management in tasks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:126 -msgid "" -"You can manage documents related to tasks whether they're plans, pictures of" -" the formatting, etc. An image is sometimes more informative than a thousand" -" words! You have two ways to add a document to a task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:130 -msgid "" -"1. You can add an image/document to your task by clicking on the Attachment " -"tab on the top of the form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:136 -msgid "" -"2. You can add an image/document to your task through the Chatter. You can " -"log a note/send a message and attach a file to it. Or if someone sends an " -"email with an attachment, the document will be automatically saved in the " -"task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:145 -msgid "" -"If you have an important image that helps to understand the tasks you can " -"set it up as Cover Image. It'll show up in the Kanban view directly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:152 -msgid "Collaborate on tasks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:154 -msgid "" -"Tasks in Odoo Project are made to help you to work easily together with your" -" colleagues. This helps you save time and energy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:157 -msgid "" -"The idea is to stay up to date with what interests you. You can collaborate " -"with your colleagues by writing on the same task at the same time, with task" -" delegation and the Chatter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:162 -msgid "Create a task from an email" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:164 -msgid "" -"You can configure an email address linked to your project. When an email is " -"sent to that address, it automatically creates a task in the first step of " -"the project, with all the recipients (To/Cc/Bcc) as followers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:168 -msgid "" -"With Odoo Online, the mail gateway is already configured and so every " -"project gets an automatic email address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:171 -msgid "" -"The email is always the name of the project (with \"-\" instead of the " -"space), you'll see it under the name of your project in the Project " -"Dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:178 -msgid "" -"This email address create by default following the project name can be " -"changed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:181 -msgid "The alias of the email address can be changed by the project manager." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:183 -msgid "To do so, go to the Project Settings and click on the Email Tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:185 -msgid "You can directly edit your project email address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:191 -msgid "The Chatter, status and follow-up." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:193 -msgid "" -"The Chatter is a very useful tool. It is a communication tool and shows the " -"history of the task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:196 -msgid "" -"In the Chatter, you can see when the task has been created, when it has " -"passed from one stage to another, etc. Any changes made to that task are " -"logged into the Chatter automatically by the system. It also includes the " -"history of the interaction between you and your customer or colleagues. All " -"interactions are logged on the chatter, making it easy for the task leader " -"to remember past interactions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:203 -msgid "" -"You can interact with followers whether there are internal (your colleagues)" -" or external (the client for example) by logging a note or important " -"information. Also, if you want to send an email to all the followers of that" -" specific task, you can choose to add a message to notify all of them. For " -"both of these options, the date and time is saved on the entry." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:214 -msgid "The description of the task, the Pad" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:216 -msgid "" -"Odoo allows you to replace the task description field by an Etherpad " -"collaborative note (http://etherpad.org). This means that you can " -"collaborate on tasks in real time with several users contributing to the " -"same content. Every user has their own color and you can replay the whole " -"creation of the content." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:222 -msgid "" -"To activate this option, go to :menuselection:`Project Settings --> Pads`, " -"tick \"Collaborative rich text on task description\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:229 -msgid "" -"If you just need the pad and not the whole task page, you can click on the " -"icon on the top right to get to the pad directly in a full screen view. " -"Click on the ``</>`` icon to get the direct URL of the task description: " -"useful if you want to send it to someone without adding this person as a " -"follower." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:239 -msgid "Tasks states" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:242 -msgid "Set the state of a task" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:244 -msgid "" -"The status of the task is the easiest way to inform your colleagues when you" -" are working on a task, if the task is ready or if it is blocked. It is a " -"visual indicator that is seen in a glance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:248 -msgid "" -"You can change the status of the task from the kanban view or directly from " -"the task. Just click on the status ball to get the choices:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:258 -msgid "Custom states" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:260 -msgid "" -"You can decide what the different status mean for each stage of your " -"project. On the kanban view, click on the gear icon on the top of the stage," -" then click on edit:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:267 -msgid "Next to the color ball, write the explanation of the state." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:272 -msgid "Now, the explanation will be displayed instead of the generic text:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:278 -msgid "Color Tags" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:280 -msgid "" -"In every task, you can add a tag. Tags are very useful to categorize the " -"tasks. It helps you to highlight a task from the Kanban view or better find " -"them thanks to the filters." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:284 -msgid "" -"If you are always working with a specific type of tag, you can highlight the" -" tasks containing the tag with the colors. Each tag can get a specific " -"color, it's very visual on the Kanban view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:291 -msgid "" -"In order to make it appear on the kanban view, you have to set a color on " -"the tag, directly from the task:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:3 -msgid "How to set up & configure a project?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo Project allows you to manage a project together with your whole team, " -"and to communicate with any member for each project and task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:11 -msgid "" -"It works with projects containing tasks following customizable stages. A " -"project can be internal or customer-oriented. A task is something to perform" -" as part of a project. You will be able to give different tasks to several " -"employees working on this project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:17 -msgid "Installing the Project module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Open the **Apps** module, search for **Project Management**, and click on " -"**Install**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:26 -msgid "Creating a new project" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Open the **Project** application, and click on **Create**. From this window," -" you can specify the name of the project and set up the privacy of the " -"project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:32 -msgid "The privacy setting works as:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:34 -msgid "**Customer Project**: visible in portal if the customer is a follower." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:37 -msgid "**All Employees**: employees see all tasks or issues." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:39 -msgid "" -"**Private Project**: followers can see only the followed tasks or issues" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:42 -msgid "" -"You can also specify if the project is destined to a customer, or leave the " -"**Customer** field empty if not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:48 -msgid "When you have entered all the required details, click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:51 -msgid "Manage your project's stages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:54 -msgid "Add your project's stages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:56 -msgid "On your project's dashboard. Click on **# Tasks**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:61 -msgid "" -"In the new window, add a new column and name it according to the first stage" -" of your project, then add as many columns as there are stages in your " -"project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:68 -msgid "" -"For each stage, there are markers for the status of tasks within a stage, " -"that you can personalize to fit your needs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Drag your mouse pointer over a stage name, and click on the appearing " -"bearing, and on the opening menu, click on **Edit**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:77 -msgid "" -"A new window will open. The color dots and star icon correspond to " -"customizable markers applied on tasks, making it easier to know what task " -"requires attention. You can give them any signification you like." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:84 -msgid "Click on **Save** when you are done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:87 -msgid "Rearrange stages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:89 -msgid "" -"You can easily personalize this view to better suit your business needs by " -"creating new columns. From the Kanban view of your project, you can add " -"stages by clicking on **Add new column**. If you want to rearrange the order" -" of your stages, you can easily do so by dragging and dropping the column " -"you want to move to the desired location. You can also fold or unfold your " -"stages by using the **Setting** icon on your desired stage." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:100 -msgid ":doc:`visualization`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:101 -msgid ":doc:`collaboration`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:102 -msgid ":doc:`time_record`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:3 -msgid "How to record time spent?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo allows you to record the time spent per employee and per project, for " -"simple reports as well as for direct invoicing to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:14 -msgid "" -"In order to record the time spent on projects, you must first activate the " -"invoicing of timesheets. Into the **Project** application, open " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. In the **Timesheets** section " -"of the page, tick **Activate timesheets on issues**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Activating the option will install the Sales, Invoicing, Issue Tracking, " -"Employee and Timesheet apps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:27 -msgid "Recording timesheets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:29 -msgid "" -"You can record the time spent in projects straight from the projects " -"application. You can either record timesheets in a project, or in a task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:34 -msgid "Recording in a project" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:36 -msgid "" -"In the **Project** application dashboard, open the **More** menu of the " -"project you want to record timesheets for, and click on **Timesheets**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:42 -msgid "" -"In the new window, click on **Create** and insert the required details, then" -" click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:49 -msgid "Recording in a task" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:51 -msgid "" -"In the **Project** app, open the project you want to record timesheets for, " -"and open the task on which you have been working." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:54 -msgid "" -"In the task, click on **Edit**, open the **Timesheets** tab and click on " -"**Add an item**. Insert the required details, then click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:3 -msgid "Visualize a project's tasks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In day to day business, your company might struggle due to the important " -"amount of tasks to fulfill. Those tasks already are complex enough. Having " -"to remember them all and follow up on them can be a burden. Luckily, Odoo " -"enables you to efficiently visualize and organize the different tasks you " -"have to cope with." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:12 -msgid "Create a task" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:14 -msgid "" -"While in the project app, select an existing project or create a new one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:17 -msgid "In the project, create a new task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:22 -msgid "" -"In that task you can then assigned it to the right person, add tags, a " -"deadline, descriptions… and anything else you might need for that task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:29 -msgid "View your tasks with the Kanban view" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Once you created several tasks, they can be managed and followed up thanks " -"to the Kanban view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:34 -msgid "" -"The Kanban view is a post-it like view, divided in different stages. It " -"enables you to have a clear view on the stages your tasks are in and which " -"one have the higher priorities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:38 -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:53 -msgid "" -"The Kanban view is the default view when accessing a project, but if you are" -" on another view, you can go back to it any time by clicking the kanban view" -" logo in the upper right corner" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:45 -msgid "" -"You can also notify your colleagues about the status of a task right from " -"the Kanban view by using the little dot, it will notify follower of the task" -" and indicate if the task is ready." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:53 -msgid "Sort tasks in your Kanban view" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Tasks are ordered by priority, which you can give by clicking on the star " -"next to the clock and then by sequence, meaning if you manually move them " -"using drag & drop, they will be in that order and finally by their ID linked" -" to their creation date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Tasks that are past their deadline will appear in red in your Kanban view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:67 -msgid "" -"If you put a low priority task on top, when you go back to your dashboard " -"the next time, it will have moved back below the high priority tasks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:72 -msgid "Manage deadlines with the Calendar view" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:74 -msgid "" -"You also have the option to switch from a Kanban view to a calendar view, " -"allowing you to see every deadline for every task that has a deadline set " -"easily in a single window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:78 -msgid "" -"Tasks are color coded to the employee they are assigned to and you can " -"filter deadlines by employees by selecting who's deadline you wish to see." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:86 -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:133 -msgid "" -"You can easily change the deadline from the Calendar view by dragging and " -"dropping the task to another case." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:3 -msgid "Introduction to Odoo Project" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:13 -msgid "" -"As a business manager, I have a varied job involving multiple stakeholders. " -"To manage every task seamlessly, Odoo Projects is of great help." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:17 -msgid "" -"With Odoo Projects, our project team members can easily plan and execute the" -" launching of a new product line in Canada. I organized this project by " -"creating different stages. It allows us to clearly identify the status of " -"any task at any time, and for any user. It is convenient for any other " -"project manager too." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:24 -msgid "" -"These well-structured project stages are fully customizable. Here I identify" -" one missing stage, I can easily add it in just a click. In our project " -"management process, I proceed to a final review, so I add this stage. Odoo " -"projects is designed to work for any kind of business." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Once a task is done, each colleague can highlight it by changing its status." -" That will help the project manager to review the task before changing the " -"stage with a simple drag and drop. Easy, right?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:35 -msgid "" -"We can also organize the different tasks by adapting the view. Here, I " -"select the list view, which shows other information such as the working time" -" progress. If I click on my task, I land on the form view where I can edit " -"the planned hours and enter my timesheets. This is a great tool for any " -"project manager. Controlling the working time progress and the time spent " -"for each team member is essential. I set the time for the sales team " -"training to 24 hours. Today, I prepared the material, so I will log 4 hours " -"in the timesheet. The working time progress updates automatically. Thanks to" -" this timesheet integration, the project manager has a thorough follow-up on" -" the progress of each task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Another great feature in Odoo projects is the forecast tool. When it is " -"activated, I can plan resources per project and the workload. Therefore, the" -" time allocation for other projects is much easier. For this project, I have" -" to train members of the sales team. It will require 50% of my time until " -"the end of the week. As project manager, I can do this resource allocation " -"for any user and adapt it according to their other projects. This will " -"prevent any form of time overlap. I can reassign a task or adapt the " -"deadline. Odoo projects is the perfect app for strategic and executive " -"planning." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Plus, every aspect of any project can be analyzed, thanks to the reports. " -"For example, We can have a report of effective hours spent in comparison " -"with the planned hours. I can assess the profitability of any project, any " -"task, or any team member. I can also look at the number of hours assigned to" -" each team member." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Another element of an excellent project management is communication. This is" -" a key factor for the success of any project. While dealing with multiple " -"stakeholders, being able to share documents directly in the task is very " -"helpful. With Odoo projects, I can discuss through the chat feature that is " -"always one-click away. I can also start a new conversation with anyone in my" -" team." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:76 -msgid "" -"In addition to being a powerful app for managing projects seamlessy, Odoo " -"projects is also an effective customer service or after-sales app. With it, " -"I can follow any customer issue, even create a dedicated support project. " -"The app also automatically creates an invoice of time spent on tasks or " -"issues." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Odoo projects is a powerful, yet easy-to-use app. At first, I used the " -"planner to clearly state my objectives and set up the project app. Get this " -"app, it will help you get started quickly too." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:88 -msgid "Start your free trial now and better manage your projects with Odoo!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:91 -msgid "Start your free trial now with the CRM sales people love" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning.rst:3 -msgid "Planning your project" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:3 -msgid "How to plan and track employees' assignments?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Following and planning your employees' assignments can be a heavy challenge " -"especially when you manage several people. Luckily, using Odoo Project, you " -"can handle it in only a couple of clicks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:12 -msgid "" -"The only necessary configuration is to install the **Project Management** " -"module. To do so, go in the application module, search for project and " -"install the application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:19 -msgid "" -"If you wish to manage time estimation, you will need to enable timesheets on" -" tasks. From the **Project** application, go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the dropdown menu. Then, " -"under **Time Work Estimation**, select the **manage time estimation on " -"tasks** option. Do not forget to apply your changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:28 -msgid "" -"This feature will create a progress bar in the form view of your tasks. " -"Every time your salesperson will add working time in his timesheet, the bar " -"will be updated accordingly, based on the initially planned hours." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:36 -msgid "Manage tasks with views" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:38 -msgid "" -"You can have an overview of your different task thanks to the multiple views" -" available with Odoo. Three main views will help you to plan and follow up " -"on your employees' tasks: the kanban view, the list view (using timesheets) " -"and the calendar view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Create and edit tasks in order to fill up your pipeline. Don't forget to " -"fill in a responsible person and an estimated time if you have one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:47 -msgid "Get an overview of activities with the kanban view" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:49 -msgid "" -"The Kanban view is a post-it like view, divided in different stages. It " -"enables you to have a clear view on the stages your tasks are in and the " -"ones having the higher priorities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:61 -msgid "Add/rearrange stages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:63 -msgid "" -"You can easily personalize your project to suit your business needs by " -"creating new columns. From the Kanban view of your project, you can add " -"stages by clicking on **Add new column** (see image below). If you want to " -"rearrange the order of your stages, you can easily do so by dragging and " -"dropping the column you want to move to the desired location. You can also " -"fold or unfold your stages by using the **setting** icon on your desired " -"stage." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:75 -msgid "" -"Create one column per stage in your working process. For example, in a " -"development project, stages might be: Specifications, Development, Test, " -"Done." -msgstr "" -"Crea una colonna per fase nel tuo processo di lavoro. Per esempio, in un " -"progetto di sviluppo, fasi potrebbero essere: Caratteristiche Tecniche, " -"Sviluppo, Test, Fatto" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:80 -msgid "Sort tasks by priority" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:82 -msgid "" -"On each one of your columns, you have the ability to sort your tasks by " -"priority. Tasks with a higher priority will automatically be moved to the " -"top of the column. From the Kanban view, click on the star in the bottom " -"left of a task to tag it as **high priority**. For the tasks that are not " -"tagged, Odoo will automatically classify them according to their deadlines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:89 -msgid "" -"Note that dates that passed their deadlines will appear in red( in the list " -"view too) so you can easily follow up the progression of different tasks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:97 -msgid "Don't forget you can filter your tasks with the filter menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:100 -msgid "Track the progress of each task with the list view" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:102 -msgid "" -"If you enabled the **Manage Time Estimation on Tasks**, your employees will " -"be able to log their activities on tasks under the **Timesheets** sub-menu " -"along with their duration. The **Working Time Progress** bar will be updated" -" each time the employee will add an activity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:110 -msgid "" -"As a manager, you can easily overview the time spent on tasks for all " -"employees by using the list view. To do so, access the project of your " -"choice and click on the List view icon (see below). The last column will " -"show you the progression of each task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:119 -msgid "Keep an eye on deadlines with the Calendar view" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:121 -msgid "" -"If you add a deadline in your task, they will appear in the calendar view. " -"As a manager, this view enables you to keep an eye on all deadlines in a " -"single window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:128 -msgid "" -"All the tasks are tagged with a color corresponding to the employee assigned" -" to them. You can easily filter the deadlines by employees by ticking the " -"related boxes on the right of the calendar view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:138 -msgid ":doc:`forecast`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:3 -msgid "How to forecast tasks?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:6 -msgid "Introduction to forecast" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Scheduling and forecasting tasks is another way to manage projects. In Odoo," -" the Forecast option gives you access to the Gantt chart." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:11 -msgid "" -"So far, you've been working with the Kanban view, which shows you the " -"progress of a project and its related tasks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Now, with the Forecast option, the Gantt view gives you the big picture. " -"It's highly visual which is a real plus for complex projects, and it helps " -"team members to collaborate better." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:18 -msgid "" -"This option is a real benefit in terms of planning and organizing the " -"workload and human resources." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:22 -msgid "How to configure the projects?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:25 -msgid "Configure the project application" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:27 -msgid "" -"The **Forecast** option helps you to organize your projects. This is perfect" -" when you need to set up a project with a specific deadline. Therefore, each" -" task is assigned a specific timeframe (amount of hours) in which your " -"employee should complete it!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:32 -msgid "" -"First you need to activate the **Forecast** option for the whole project " -"application:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings`. Select the " -"Forecast option and click **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Once this is done, you still need to activate the **Forecast** option " -"specifically for your **Project** (maybe you don't need the Gantt chart for " -"all the projects that you manage)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:46 -msgid "Configure a specific project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:48 -msgid "" -"When creating a new project, make sure to select the option \"Allow " -"Forecast\" in your project settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:51 -msgid "You'll see the **Forecast** option appearing in the top menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:56 -msgid "" -"If you add the Forecasting option to an existing project, whether there are " -"task deadlines or not scheduled, the task won't be displayed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:59 -msgid "The tasks of a project are not related to a forecast." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:62 -msgid "How to create a forecast?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Before creating a project with forecast, list all the tasks with the " -"projected time they should take. It will help you to coordinate the work." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:68 -msgid "" -"In order to display the projects in the Gantt chart, you need to create the " -"forecast from the task page. To create a forecast, click on the top left " -"corner of the task, **Create a Forecast**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:76 -msgid "" -"You can also create a new Forecast easily by directly clicking on an empty " -"space in the Gantt chart calendar." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:79 -msgid "" -"The Forecast interface will fill in the name of the Project and the task " -"automatically. You just need to add the dates and the time the task should " -"take." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:87 -msgid "" -"The \"Effective hours\" field appears only if you have the **Timesheet** app" -" installed on your database. This option helps you to see the progress of a " -"task thanks to the integration with Timesheet." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:91 -msgid "" -"For example: When a user fills in a Timesheet with your Project name " -"(Analytic account), with 10 hours spent, the forecast will display 10 hours " -"in the Effective hours field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:96 -msgid "What are the difference between the views?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:98 -msgid "" -"In the **Project** app menu you have a **Forecast** menu. This sub-menu " -"helps you to see the Gantt chart from different points of view: by users or " -"by projects." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:103 -msgid "By users : people management" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:105 -msgid "" -"This option displays the Gantt chart with the people assigned. Odoo's Gantt " -"chart shows you who's involved; it gives you the big picture of the project." -" It's very useful to allocate your resources effectively." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:109 -msgid "" -"On the left side, first level, you can see which users are involved. Then, " -"on the second level you see which projects they are assigned to. On the " -"third, you see which tasks they're on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Each task is represented by a coloured rectangle. This rectangle reflects " -"the duration of the task in the calendar." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:116 -msgid "" -"The top rectangle on the first level is the sum of all the tasks compiled " -"from the third level. If it's green, it means that the total time allocated " -"to that user is less than 100%. When it's red, it means that this user is " -"assigned to multiple tasks which total more than 100% of his/her time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:126 -msgid "Plan the workload" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:128 -msgid "" -"When creating a forecast, you have to select the time the user should spend " -"on it. 100% means that your user should work on it full time during those " -"days. He/She has no other tasks to work on. So you can decide from 1 to 100%" -" how your users should organize their time between different tasks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:134 -msgid "" -"The power of integration helps you to avoid double booking an employee. For " -"example, if your expert is already at 40% on another task in another " -"project, you can book him/her for only 60% for that period." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:138 -msgid "" -"In the example below, the user \"Administrator\" is working on 2 projects " -"(\"IT1367 Delivery Phases\" and \"Implementation Process56\"). The user is " -"assigned to both projects with a total of 110% of their time. This is too " -"much so the Project Manager should change the users assigned to the task. " -"Otherwise, the PM can change the dedicated time or the dates, to make sure " -"that this is feasible." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:149 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:191 -msgid "Gantt view advantages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:151 -msgid "" -"This Gantt view ‘by user' helps you to better plan your human resources. You" -" avoid confusion about the the tasks and the assignations of the users. The " -"Gantt Chart is highly visual and helps to comprehend all the different " -"elements at once. Also, you immediately know what has to be done next. This " -"method helps you to better understand the relations between the tasks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:158 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:193 -msgid "The dynamic view of the Gantt in Odoo allows you to:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:160 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:195 -msgid "" -"change the time and date of a forecast by clicking and sliding the tasks in " -"the future or in the past" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:163 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:198 -msgid "create a new forecast into the Gantt chart immediately" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:165 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:200 -msgid "modify an existing forecast" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:167 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:202 -msgid "change the length of a task by extending or shortening the rectangle." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:170 -msgid "By projects: project management" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:172 -msgid "" -"The Gantt Chart is the perfect view of a project to better understand the " -"interactions between the tasks. You can avoid overlapping tasks or starting " -"one too early if another one isn't finished. Odoo Gantt chart is clear and " -"helps you to coordinate tasks efficiently." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:177 -msgid "" -"This option displays the Gantt chart by showing the projects on the first " -"level of hierarchy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:180 -msgid "" -"On the left side, first level, you can see the projects. Then, on the second" -" level you see which users are assigned. On the third, you see which tasks " -"they're on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:184 -msgid "" -"This view won't show your HR time. The colours don't apply. (see **By " -"Users** section)" -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po deleted file mode 100644 index e830fabce..000000000 --- a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2011 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Sergio Zanchetta <primes2h@gmail.com>, 2019 -# Francesco Garganese <francesco.garganese@aeromnia.aero>, 2019 -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Paolo Valier, 2019 -# Tiziano Zambelli <zstiziano@gmail.com>, 2019 -# maiolif <maiolif@mgftools.com>, 2019 -# Léonie Bouchat <lbo@odoo.com>, 2019 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-07 15:38+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Léonie Bouchat <lbo@odoo.com>, 2019\n" -"Language-Team: Italian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/it/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: it\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../purchase.rst:5 -msgid "Purchase" -msgstr "Acquisto" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases.rst:3 -msgid "Purchases" -msgstr "Acquisti" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master.rst:3 -msgid "Master Data" -msgstr "Anagrafiche" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:3 -msgid "Import vendors pricelists" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:5 -msgid "" -"It is key for companies to be able to import vendors pricelists to stay up " -"to date on products pricing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:9 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:22 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:18 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:24 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:9 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:31 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:13 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:9 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:14 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:14 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:10 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:9 -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:13 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Configurazione" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:11 -msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " -"--> Settings` and tick the box in front of \"Vendor Pricelists\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:15 -msgid "Don't forget to save your settings in the top left corner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:21 -msgid "Import a pricelist" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:23 -msgid "To import go to :menuselection:`Purchase --> Vendor Pricelists`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Load your file, then you can check if everything is correct before clicking " -"import." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:28 -msgid "See below a template of the columns used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:33 -msgid "" -"`Template download " -"<https://docs.google.com/spreadsheets/d/1N8c_eejLV_8NhYMGCfZau_oGCnRkUIT9nwdX7n0shhY/edit#gid=964193981>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:3 -msgid "Set multiple vendors on a product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:5 -msgid "" -"If you find yourself with the need to buy from multiple vendors for one " -"product, Odoo can let you directly link them with a single product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:9 -msgid "Add vendors in a product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:11 -msgid "" -"To use this feature, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Products`, then " -"select a product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:14 -msgid "" -"From there you can add existing vendors to your product or create a new one " -"on the fly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Note that every first time the product is purchased from a new vendor, Odoo " -"will automatically link the contact and price with the product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:24 -msgid "Add price & quantity as well as a validity period" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:26 -msgid "" -"When you're adding a vendor to a product, you're able to add the vendor " -"product name & code as well as set the minimal quantity, price and validity " -"period." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:34 -msgid "" -"This Odoo feature also works with variants of your products, such as one " -"t-shirt in different sizes!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:3 -msgid "Purchase in different unit of measures than sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In day-to-day business, it may happen that your supplier uses a different " -"unit of measure than you do in sales. This can cause confusion between sales" -" and purchase representative and even make you lose a lot of time converting" -" measures. Luckily in Odoo, you can handle different units of measures " -"between sales and purchase very easily." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:11 -msgid "Let's take the following examples:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:13 -msgid "" -"You buy water from a supplier. The supplier is american and sells his water " -"in **Gallons**. Your customers however are European. You would thus like to " -"see your purchases quantities expressed in **Gallons** and the sold " -"quantities in **Liters**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:18 -msgid "" -"You buy curtains from a supplier. The supplier sells you the curtains in the" -" unit **roll** and you sell the curtains in **square meters**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:25 -msgid "Install purchase and sales modules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:27 -msgid "" -"The first step is to make sure that the apps **Sales** and **Purchase** are " -"correctly installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:31 -msgid "|uom01|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:31 -msgid "|uom02|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:36 -msgid "Enable the Unit of Measures option" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Enter the purchase module, select :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings` and tick the **Some products may be sold/purchased in different " -"unit of measures (advanced)** box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:46 -msgid "Specify sales and purchase unit of measures" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:49 -msgid "Standard units of measures" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:51 -msgid "" -"Let's take the classic units of measures existing in Odoo as first example. " -"Please remember that differents units of measures between sales and purchase" -" necessarily need to share the same category. Categories include: **Unit**, " -"**weight**, **working time**, **volume**, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:57 -msgid "" -"It is possible to create your own category and unit of measure if it is not " -"standard in Odoo (see next chapter)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Let's assume we buy water from our vendors in **Gallons** and sell to our " -"customers in **Liters**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:63 -msgid "" -"We go into the purchase module select :menuselection:`Purchase --> " -"Products`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Create your own product or select an existing one. In the products general " -"information you have the possibility to select the **Unit of measure** (will" -" be used in sales, inventory,...) and the **Purchase Unit of Measure** (for " -"purchase)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:70 -msgid "" -"In this case select **Liters** for **Unit of Measure** and **Gallons** for " -"**Purchase Unit of Measure**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:77 -msgid "Create your own unit of measure and unit of measure category" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:79 -msgid "" -"Let's take now our second example (you buy curtains from a supplier, the " -"supplier sells you the curtains in the unit **roll** and you sell the " -"curtains in **square meters**)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:83 -msgid "" -"The two measures are part of two different categories. Remember, you cannot " -"relate an existing measure from one category with an existing measure of " -"another category. We thus first have to create a shared **Measure Category**" -" where both units have a conversion relationship." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:88 -msgid "" -"To do so, go into your sales module select :menuselection:`Configuration -->" -" Products --> Unit of Measure`. Create a new unit of **Measure Category** by" -" selecting the dropdown list and clicking on create and edit (see picture " -"below)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:96 -msgid "" -"Create a new unit of measure. In this case our category will be called " -"**Inter-Category-Computation**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:102 -msgid "" -"The next step is to create the **Rolls** and **Square meter** units of " -"measure and to link them to the new category. To do so, go into your " -"purchase module select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Products --> Units " -"of Measure`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:106 -msgid "Create two new units:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:108 -msgid "" -"The **Roll** unit who is part of the Inter-Category-Computation category and" -" is the **Reference Unit type** (see picture below). The Reference Unit type" -" is the measure set as a reference within the category. Meaning that other " -"measures will be converted depending on this measure (ex: 1 roll = 10 square" -" meters, 2 rolls = 20 square meters, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:118 -msgid "" -"For the **Square Meter**, we will specify that ``1 Roll = 10 square meters``" -" of curtain. It will thus be necessary to specify that as type, the square " -"meter is bigger than the reference unit. The **Bigger Ratio** is ``10`` as " -"``one Roll = 10 square meters``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:126 -msgid "" -"It is now possible to input **square meters** as Unit of measure and a " -"**Roll** as Purchase Unit of Measure in the product form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq.rst:3 -msgid "Request for Quotation and Purchase Orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:3 -msgid "Determine when to pay a vendor bill with 3-way matching" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In some industries, you may receive a bill from a vendor before receiving " -"the ordered products. However, you might not want to pay it until the " -"products have been received." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:9 -msgid "" -"To define whether the vendor bill should be paid or not, you can use what we" -" call *3-way matching*. It refers to the comparaison of the information " -"appearing on the *Purchase Order*, the *Vendor Bill* and the *Receipt*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:14 -msgid "" -"The 3-way matching helps you avoid paying incorrect or fraudulent vendor " -"bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:20 -msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " -"--> Settings` and activate the *3-way matching* feature" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:27 -msgid "Should I pay the vendor bill?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:29 -msgid "" -"With the feature activated you will have a new *Should be paid* line appear " -"on the vendor bill under the *Other info* tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:32 -msgid "" -"That way Odoo let's you easily know if you should pay the vendor bill or " -"not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:39 -msgid "" -"The status is defined automatically by Odoo. However, if you want to define " -"this status manually, you can tick the box Force Status and then you will be" -" able to set manually whether the vendor bill should be paid or not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:3 -msgid "Analyze the performance of my vendors" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:5 -msgid "" -"If your company regularly buys products from several suppliers, it would be " -"useful to get statistics on your purchases. There are several reasons to " -"track and analyze your vendor's performance :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:9 -msgid "You can see how dependant from a supplier your company is;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:11 -msgid "you can negotiate discounts on prices;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:13 -msgid "You can check the average delivery time per supplier;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:15 -msgid "Etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:17 -msgid "" -"For example, an IT products reseller that issues dozens of purchase orders " -"to several suppliers each week may want to measure for each product the " -"total price paid for each vendor and the delivery delay. The insights " -"gathered by the company will help it to better analyze, forecast and plan " -"their future orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:27 -msgid "Install the Purchase Management module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:29 -msgid "" -"From the **Apps** menu, search and install the **Purchase Management** " -"module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:36 -msgid "Issue some purchase orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Of course, in order to analyze your vendors' performance, you need to issue " -"some **Request For Quotations** (RfQ) and confirm some **Purchase Orders**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:43 -msgid "Analyzing your vendors" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:46 -msgid "Generate flexible reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:48 -msgid "" -"You have access to your vendors' performances on the Reports menu. By " -"default, the report groups all your purchase orders on a pivot table by " -"**total price**, **product quantity** and **average price** for the **each " -"month** and for **each supplier**. Simply by accessing this basic report, " -"you can get a quick overview of your actual performance. You can add a lot " -"of extra data to your report by clicking on the **Measures** icon." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:59 -msgid "" -"By clicking on the **+** and **-** icons, you can drill up and down your " -"report in order to change the way your information is displayed. For " -"example, if I want to see all the products bought for the current month, I " -"need to click on the **+** icon on the vertical axis and then on " -"\"Products\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Depending on the data you want to highlight, you may need to display your " -"reports in a more visual view. You can transform your report in just a click" -" in 3 graph views : a **Pie Chart**, a **Bar Chart** and a **Line Chart**: " -"These views are accessible through the icons highlighted on the screenshot " -"below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:76 -msgid "" -"On the contrary to the pivot table, a graph can only be computed with one " -"dependent and one independent measure." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:80 -msgid "Customize reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:82 -msgid "" -"You can easily customize your purchase reports depending on your needs. To " -"do so, use the **Advanced search view** located in the right hand side of " -"your screen, by clicking on the magnifying glass icon at the end of the " -"search bar button. This function allows you to highlight only selected data " -"on your report. The **filters** option is very useful in order to display " -"some categories of datas, while the **Group by** option improves the " -"readability of your reports. Note that you can filter and group by any " -"existing field, making your customization very flexible and powerful." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:96 -msgid "" -"You can save and reuse any customized filter by clicking on **Favorites** " -"from the **Advanced search view** and then on **Save current search**. The " -"saved filter will then be accessible from the **Favorites** menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:3 -msgid "Request managers approval for expensive orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In case of expensive purchases you may want a manager approval to validate " -"the orders, Odoo let's you easily set that up." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:11 -msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " -"--> Settings` and activate the *Order Approval* feature. From there you can " -"also set the minimum amount required to activate this feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:20 -msgid "Create a new Request for Quotation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:22 -msgid "" -"While working on a new RfQ, if the order is made by a user and not a manager" -" and the amount of the order is above the minimum amount you specified, a " -"new *To Approve* status will be introduced in the process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:31 -msgid "Approve the order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:33 -msgid "" -"If you are a purchase manager, you can now go to the purchase order and " -"approve the order if everything is alright with it. Giving you full control " -"of what your users can or can't do." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:37 -msgid "Once approved, the purchase order follows the normal process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:3 -msgid "Control supplier bills" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The **Purchase** application allows you to manage your purchase orders, " -"incoming products, and vendor bills all seamlessly in one place." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:8 -msgid "" -"If you want to set up a vendor bill control process, the first thing you " -"need to do is to have purchase data in Odoo. Knowing what has been purchased" -" and received is the first step towards understanding your purchase " -"management processes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:13 -msgid "Here is the standard work flow in Odoo:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:15 -msgid "" -"You begin with a **Request for Quotation (RFQ)** to send out to your " -"vendor(s)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Once the vendor has accepted the RFQ, confirm the RFQ into a **Purchase " -"Order (PO)**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Confirming the PO generates an **Incoming Shipment** if you purchased any " -"stockable products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Upon receiving a **Vendor Bill** from your Vendor, validate the bill with " -"products received in the previous step to ensure accuracy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:27 -msgid "" -"This process may be done by three different people within the company, or " -"only one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:34 -msgid "Installing the Purchase and Inventory applications" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:36 -msgid "" -"From the **Apps** application, search for the **Purchase** module and " -"install it. Due to certain dependencies, installing purchase will " -"automatically install the **Inventory** and **Accounting** applications." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:41 -msgid "Creating products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Creating products in Odoo is essential for quick and efficient purchasing " -"within Odoo. Simply navigate to the **Products** submenu under **Purchase**," -" and click **Create**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:50 -msgid "" -"When creating the product, Pay attention to the **Product Type** field, as " -"it is important:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Products that are set as **Stockable** or **Consumable** will allow you to " -"keep track of their inventory levels. These options imply stock management " -"and will allow for receiving these kinds of products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Conversely, products that are set as a **Service** or **Digital Product** " -"will not imply stock management, simply due to the fact that there is no " -"inventory to manage. You will not be able to receive products under either " -"of these designations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:64 -msgid "" -"It is recommended that you create a **Miscellaneous** product for all " -"purchases that occur infrequently and do not require inventory valuation or " -"management. If you create such a product, it is recommend to set the product" -" type to **Service**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:70 -msgid "Managing your Vendor Bills" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:73 -msgid "Purchasing products or services" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:75 -msgid "" -"From the purchase application, you can create a purchase order with as many " -"products as you need. If the vendor sends you a confirmation or quotation " -"for an order, you may record the order reference number in the **Vendor " -"Reference** field. This will enable you to easily match the PO with the the " -"vendor bill later (as the vendor bill will probably include the Vendor " -"Reference)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:85 -msgid "" -"Validate the purchase order and receive the products from the **Inventory** " -"application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:89 -msgid "Receiving Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:91 -msgid "" -"If you purchased any stockable products that you manage the inventory of, " -"you will need to receive the products from the **Inventory** application " -"after you confirm a purchase order. From the **Inventory** dashboard, you " -"should see a button linking you directly to the transfer of products. This " -"button is outlined in red below:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:100 -msgid "" -"Navigating this route will take you to a list of all orders awaiting to be " -"received." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:106 -msgid "" -"If you have a lot of awaiting orders, apply a filter using the search bar in" -" the upper right. With this search bar, you may filter based on the " -"**Vendor** (or **Partner**), the product, or the source document, also known" -" as the reference of your purchase order. You also have the capability to " -"group the orders by different criteria under **Group By**. Selecting an item" -" from this list will open the following screen where you then will receive " -"the products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:117 -msgid "Purchasing **Service** products does not trigger a delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:120 -msgid "Managing Vendor Bills" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:122 -msgid "" -"When you receive a **Vendor Bill** for a previous purchase, be sure to " -"record it in the **Purchases** application under the **Control Menu**. You " -"need to create a new vendor bill even if you already registered a purchase " -"order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:130 -msgid "" -"The first thing you will need to do upon creating a **Vendor Bill** is to " -"select the appropriate **Vendor** as this will also pull up any associated " -"accounting or pricelist information. From there, you can choose to specify " -"any one or multiple purchase orders to populate the vendor bill with. When " -"you select a purchase order from the list, Odoo will pull any uninvoiced " -"products associated to that purchase order and automatically populate that " -"information below. If you are having a hard time finding the appropriate " -"vendor bill, you may search through the list by inputting the vendor " -"reference number or your internal purchase order number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:144 -msgid "" -"While the invoice is in draft state, you can make any modifications you need" -" (i.e. remove or add product lines, modify quantities, and change prices)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:149 -msgid "Your vendor may send you several bills for the same purchase order if:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:151 -msgid "" -"Your vendor is in back-order and is sending you invoices as they ship the " -"products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:154 -msgid "Your vendor is sending you a partial bill or asking for a deposit." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:156 -msgid "" -"Every time you record a new vendor bill, Odoo will automatically populate " -"the product quantities based on what has been received from the vendor. If " -"this value is showing a zero, this means that you have not yet received this" -" product and simply serves as a reminder that the product is not in hand and" -" you may need to inquire further into this. At any point in time, before you" -" validate the vendor bill, you may override this zero quantity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:165 -msgid "Vendor Bill Matching" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:168 -msgid "What to do if your vendor bill does not match what you received" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:170 -msgid "" -"If the bill you receive from the vendor has different quantities than what " -"Odoo automatically populates as quantities, this could be due to several " -"reasons:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:174 -msgid "" -"The vendor is incorrectly charging you for products and/or services that you" -" have not ordered." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:177 -msgid "" -"The vendor is billing you for products that you might not have received yet," -" as the invoicing control may be based on ordered or received quantities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:181 -msgid "Or the vendor did not bill you for previously purchased products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:183 -msgid "" -"In these instances it is recommended that you verify that the bill, and any " -"associated purchase order to the vendor, are accurate and that you " -"understand what you have ordered and what you have already received." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:187 -msgid "" -"If you are unable to find a purchase order related to a vendor bill, this " -"could be due to one of a few reasons:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:190 -msgid "" -"The vendor has already invoiced you for this purchase order, therefore it is" -" not going to appear anywhere in the selection." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:193 -msgid "" -"Someone in the company forgot to record a purchase order for this vendor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:196 -msgid "Or the vendor is charging you for something you did not order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:199 -msgid "How product quantities are managed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:201 -msgid "" -"By default, services are managed based on ordered quantities, while " -"stockables and consumables are managed based on received quantities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:204 -msgid "" -"If you need to manage products based on ordered quantities over received " -"quantities, you will need to enable **Debug Mode** from the **About Odoo** " -"information. Once debug mode is activated, select the product(s) you wish to" -" modify, and you should see a new field appear, labeled **Control Purchase " -"Bills**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:213 -msgid "" -"You can then change the default management method for the selected product " -"to be based on either:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:216 -msgid "Ordered quantities" -msgstr "Quantità ordinate" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:218 -msgid "Received quantities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:221 -msgid "Batch Billing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:223 -msgid "" -"When creating a vendor bill and selecting the appropriate purchase order, " -"you may continue to select additional purchase orders and Odoo will add the " -"additional line items from that purchase order. If you have not deleted the " -"previous line items from the first purchase order the bill will be linked to" -" all the appropriate purchase orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:3 -msgid "Cancel a purchase order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Due to misunderstandings, human errors or change of plans, it is sometimes " -"necessary to cancel purchase orders sent to suppliers. Odoo allows you to do" -" it, even if some or even all of the ordered goods already arrived in your " -"warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:10 -msgid "" -"We will first take as example the case where you order **3 iPad mini** that " -"haven't arrived in your transfers yet. As the installation of the inventory " -"application is required when using the **Purchase** module, it is also " -"interesting to see the case of partially delivered goods that you want to " -"cancel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:17 -msgid "Create a Purchase Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:19 -msgid "" -"The first step to create a **Purchase Order** is to create a **Request for " -"Quotation (RFQ)** from the menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchase --> " -"Requests for quotation`. Confirm your RFQ to have a confirmed purchase order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:25 -msgid "Cancel your Purchase Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:28 -msgid "Use case 1 : you didn't receive your goods yet" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:30 -msgid "" -"If you confirmed your purchase order and did not received your goods yet, " -"you can simply cancel the PO it by clicking the cancel button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Odoo will automatically cancel the outstanding shipments related to this PO " -"and the status bar will switch from **Purchase order** to **Cancelled**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:43 -msgid "Use case 2 : partially delivered goods" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:45 -msgid "" -"In this case, **2** of the **3 iPad Mini** arrived before you needed to " -"cancel the PO." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:49 -msgid "Register good received and cancel backorder" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:51 -msgid "" -"The first thing to do will be to register the goods received and to cancel " -"the arrival of the **third iPad Mini** that is still supposed to be shipped." -" From the PO, click on **Receive products** and, on the **iPad Mini order " -"line**, manually change the received quantities under the Column **Done**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:61 -msgid "To learn more, see :doc:`reception`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:63 -msgid "" -"When clicking on **Validate**, Odoo will warn you that you have processed " -"less products than the initial demand (2 instead of 3 in our case) and will " -"ask you the permission to create a backorder." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Click on **No backorder** to cancel the supply of the remaining product. You" -" will notice than the quantity to receive has been changed accordingly and, " -"therefore, the delivery status has switched to **Done**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:78 -msgid "Create reverse transfer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:80 -msgid "" -"Now, you need to return the iPad Minis that you have received to your vendor" -" location. To do so, click on the **Reverse** button from the same document." -" A reverse transfer window will pop up. Enter the quantity to return and the" -" corresponding location and click on **Return**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:88 -msgid "" -"Process the return shipment and control that the stock move is from your " -"stock to your vendor location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:94 -msgid "" -"When the reverse transfer is done, the status of your purchase order will be" -" automatically set to done, meaning that your PO has been completely " -"cancelled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:99 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:116 -msgid ":doc:`bills`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:100 -msgid ":doc:`reception`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:3 -msgid "Create a Request for Quotation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A Request for Quotation (RfQ) is used when you plan to purchase some " -"products and you would like to receive a quote for those products. In Odoo, " -"the Request for Quotation is used to send your list of desired products to " -"your supplier. Once your supplier has answered your request, you can choose " -"to go ahead with the offer and purchase or to turn down the offer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:16 -msgid "Creating a Request for Quotation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:18 -msgid "" -"In the Purchases module, open :menuselection:`Purchase --> Requests for " -"Quotation` and click on **Create**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Select your supplier in the **Vendor** menu, or create it on-the-fly by " -"clicking on **Create and Edit**. In the **Order Date** field, select the " -"date to which you wish to proceed to the actual order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Receipt" -msgstr "Ricevuta" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Incoming Shipments" -msgstr "Spedizioni in Ingresso" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Vendor" -msgstr "Fornitore" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "You can find a vendor by its Name, TIN, Email or Internal Reference." -msgstr "" -"È possibile trovare un fornitore per nome, codice fiscale, e-mail o " -"riferimento interno." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Vendor Reference" -msgstr "Riferimento fornitore" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Reference of the sales order or bid sent by the vendor. It's used to do the " -"matching when you receive the products as this reference is usually written " -"on the delivery order sent by your vendor." -msgstr "" -"Riferimento all'ordine di vednita o all'offerta inviata dal Fornitore. E " -"utilizzato per controllare quando ricevi i prodotti ed è riportato " -"solitamente sul buono di consegna del fonitore" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Order Date" -msgstr "Data ordine" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Depicts the date where the Quotation should be validated and converted into " -"a purchase order." -msgstr "" -"Rappresenta la data di quando la quotazione sarà validata e convertita in un" -" ordine d'acquisto." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Source Document" -msgstr "Documento origine" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Reference of the document that generated this purchase order request (e.g. a" -" sales order)" -msgstr "" -"Riferimento al documento che ha creato questa richiesta di ordine di " -"acquisto (es. un ordine di vendita)" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Deliver To" -msgstr "Consegna a" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "This will determine operation type of incoming shipment" -msgstr "Questo determinerà il tipo di operazione dei ricevimenti" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Drop Ship Address" -msgstr "Indirizzo dropshipping" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Put an address if you want to deliver directly from the vendor to the " -"customer. Otherwise, keep empty to deliver to your own company." -msgstr "" -"Inserisci un indirizzo se vuoi spedire dal fornitore a cliente . Altrimenti " -", continua senza inserire l'indirizzo per consegnare alla tua azienda" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Destination Location Type" -msgstr "Tipo di Location di Destinazione" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Technical field used to display the Drop Ship Address" -msgstr "Campo tecnico utilizzato per visualizzare l'indirizzo Drop Ship" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Incoterm" -msgstr "Termine di resa" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "" -"International Commercial Terms are a series of predefined commercial terms " -"used in international transactions." -msgstr "" -"Gli Incoterm sono una serie di termini commerciali predefiniti usati nelle " -"transazioni internazionali" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:32 -msgid "View *Request for Quotation* in our Online Demonstration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:34 -msgid "" -"In **Products**, click on Add an item. Select the product you wish to order " -"in the **Product** menu. Specify the **Quantity** by inserting the number " -"and selecting the unit of measure. In the **Unit Price** field, specify the " -"price you would like to be offered (you can also leave the field blank if " -"you don't know what the price should be) , and add the expected delivery " -"date in the Scheduled Date field. Click on **Save**, then **Print Rfq** or " -"**Send Rfq by email** (make sure an email address is specified for this " -"supplier or enter a new one)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:48 -msgid "" -"After having clicked on **Send**, you will notice that the RFQ's status will" -" switch from **Draft** to **RFQ Sent**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Once your supplier has replied with an offer, update the RfQ by clicking on " -"**Edit** to fit the quotation (prices, taxes, expected delivery lead time, " -"payment terms, etc.), then click on **Save** to issue a Purchase Order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:59 -msgid "" -"To proceed with the order, click on **Confirm Order** to send the order to " -"the supplier. The RfQ's status will switch to **Purchase Order**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:65 -msgid "" -"The status of the RfQ will change to PURCHASE ORDER. Tabs in the upper right" -" corner of the order will show 1 Shipment and 0 Invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:3 -msgid "Dropship products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Dropshipping is a method in which the vendor does not keep products in stock" -" but instead transfers the products directly from the supplier to the " -"customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:10 -msgid "" -"You need the *Sales*, *Inventory* and *Purchases* modules for this feature " -"to work." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:14 -msgid "Activate the dropshipping feature" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration --> Settings` and select " -"*Dropshipping*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:22 -msgid "" -"A new route *Dropshipping* has been created. You can go on a product and " -"tick the dropshipping route. You also need to define to which vendor you " -"will buy the product. Now, each time this product will be sold, it will be " -"drop shipped." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:30 -msgid "" -"If you don't always dropship that product, you can go to " -":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and tick the box in " -"front of *Order-Specific Routes*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:37 -msgid "" -"When you create a quotation or sales order, you can now decide, order line " -"per order line, which products should be drop shipped by selecting the " -"dropship route on the SO line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:45 -msgid "Drop ship a product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Once a sale order with products to dropship is confirmed, a request for " -"quotation is generated by Odoo to buy the product to the vendor. If you " -"confirm that request for quotation into a purchase order, it will create a " -"transfer from your vendor directly to your customer. The products doesn't go" -" through your own stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:3 -msgid "Lock a purchase order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Once an order is confirmed, you can lock it preventing any further editing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:11 -msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " -"--> Settings` and activate the *Lock Confirmed Orders* feature" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:19 -msgid "Lock an order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:21 -msgid "" -"While working on a purchase order, when you confirm it, you can then lock " -"the order preventing any further modification on the document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:28 -msgid "You can unlock the document if you need to make additional changes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:3 -msgid "Control product received (entirely & partially)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The **Purchase** app allows you to manage your purchase orders, to control " -"products to receive and to control supplier bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:8 -msgid "" -"If you want to get product forecasts and receptions under control, the first" -" thing to do is to deploy the Odoo purchase process. Knowing what have been " -"purchased is the basis of forecasting and controlling receptions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:17 -msgid "Install the Purchase and Inventory applications" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Start by installing the Purchase application from the **Apps** module. This " -"will automatically trigger the installation of the **Inventory** app (among " -"others), which is required with **Purchase**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:27 -msgid "Create products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Then, you need to create the products you want to purchase. Go to the " -"**Purchase** app, then :menuselection:`Purchase --> Products`, and click on " -"**Create**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:36 -msgid "When creating the product, the **Product Type** field is important:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:38 -msgid "" -"**Stockable & Consumable**: products need to be received in the inventory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:41 -msgid "" -"**Services & Digital Products** (only when the **eCommerce** app is " -"installed): there is no control about what you receive or not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:45 -msgid "" -"It's always good to create a **Miscellaneous** product for all the products " -"you purchased rarely and for which you don't want to manage the stocks or " -"have purchase/sale statistics. If you create such a product, we recommend to" -" set his product type field as **Service**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:52 -msgid "Control products receptions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:55 -msgid "Purchase products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:57 -msgid "" -"From the purchase application, create a purchase order with a few products. " -"If the vendor sent you a sale order or a quotation, put its reference in the" -" **Vendor Reference** field. This will allow you to easily do the matching " -"with the delivery order later on (as the delivery order will probably " -"include the **Vendor Reference** of his sale order)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:67 -msgid "Receive Products" -msgstr "Ricevi Prodotti" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:69 -msgid "" -"If you purchased physical goods (stockable or consumable products), you can " -"receive the products from the **Inventory** application. From the " -"**Inventory** dashboard, you should see a button **X To Receive**, on the " -"receipt box of the related warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Click on this button and you access a list of all awaiting orders for this " -"warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:83 -msgid "" -"If you have a lot of awaiting orders, you can use the filter bar to search " -"on the **Vendor** (also called **Partner** in Odoo), the product or the " -"source document, which is the reference of your purchase order. You can open" -" the document that matches with the received delivery order and process all " -"the lines within it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:92 -msgid "" -"You may validate the whole document at once by clicking on the **Validate** " -"button or you can control all products, one by one, by manually change the " -"**Done** quantity (what has actually been received). When a line is green, " -"it means the quantity received matches to what have been expected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:99 -msgid "" -"If you work with lots or serial numbers, you can not set the processed " -"quantity, but you have to provide all the lots or serial numbers to record " -"the quantity received." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:103 -msgid "" -"When you validate the reception, if you have received less products than the" -" initial demand, Odoo will ask youthe permission to create a backorder." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:110 -msgid "" -"If you plan to receive the remaining product in the future, select **Create " -"Backorder**. Odoo will create a new documents for the awaiting products. If " -"you choose **No Backorder**, the order is considered as fulfilled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:117 -msgid ":doc:`cancel`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:3 -msgid "Raise warnings on purchase orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The *Warnings* feature allows you to raise warnings or blocking messages on " -"purchase orders based on a vendor or a product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:8 -msgid "" -"For example, if you often have a problem with a vendor, you might want to " -"raise a warning when purchasing from that vendor. If a product is about to " -"be discontinued, you may want to raise a blocking message on the purchase " -"order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:16 -msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " -"--> Settings` and activate the *Warnings* feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:24 -msgid "Add a warning on a vendor" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:26 -msgid "" -"When you activate the feature, you get a new option under the *Internal " -"Notes* tab on vendors. You can decide to write a simple warning or a " -"blocking message." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:34 -msgid "Add a warning on a product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:36 -msgid "" -"When you activate the feature, you get a new option under the *Purchase* tab" -" on the product page where you can add a warning or a blocking message." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:44 -msgid "Trying to buy with warnings or blocking messages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:46 -msgid "" -"If you try to validate a *Purchase Order* from a vendor or with a product " -"with a warning, a message will be raised. You can ignore it by clicking ok." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:53 -msgid "However, if it is a blocking message, you can not ignore it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender.rst:3 -msgid "Purchase Agreements" -msgstr "Contratti di acquisto" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:3 -msgid "Manage Blanket Orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A Blanket Order is a purchase order which a customer places with its " -"supplier to allow multiple delivery dates over a period of time, often " -"negotiated to take advantage of predetermined pricing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:12 -msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " -"--> Settings` and activate the *Purchase Agreements* feature" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:20 -msgid "Start a Blanket Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:22 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:21 -msgid "" -"To use this feature go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchase " -"Agreements`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Once you are creating the purchase agreement, access the *Agreement Type* " -"drop down menu and select *Blanket Order*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:30 -msgid "" -"You can then create your new blanket order, select your vendor, the " -"product(s), agreement deadline, ordering date and delivery date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:33 -msgid "" -"When you are satisfied with your purchase agreement, confirm it. Its status " -"will change from*Draft* to *Ongoing* and a new *RFQs/Orders* will appear in " -"the top right corner of the document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:41 -msgid "RFQ from the Blanket Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:43 -msgid "" -"From your blanket order you can create a new quotation, Odoo will auto-fill " -"the document with the product(s) from your blanket order, you only have to " -"choose the quantity and confirm the order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:47 -msgid "" -"When you will go back on the blanket order, you will see how many quantities" -" you have already ordered from your blanket order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:51 -msgid "Vendors prices on your product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:53 -msgid "" -"When a blanket order is validated, a new vendor line is added in your " -"product. You can see which one are linked to a blanket order and give " -"priority to the ones you want with the arrows on the left of the vendor " -"name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Thanks to this, a blanket order can be used for automated replenishment " -"(using *reordering rules* or *made to order* configuration)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:65 -msgid "" -"You can also create a *Request for Quotation* from the classic RFQ Menu and " -"link them with an existing *Blanket Order*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:3 -msgid "Manage Call for Tender" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A Call for Tender is a special procedure to request offers from multiple " -"vendors to obtain the most interesting price." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:11 -msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " -"--> Settings` and activate the *Purchase Agreements* feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:19 -msgid "Create a Call for Tender" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Create a new purchase agreement, access the *Agreement Type* drop down menu " -"and select *Call for Tender*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:26 -msgid "" -"When you are satisfied with your purchase agreement, confirm it will move " -"from *Draft* to *Confirmed* and a new *RFQs/Orders* appeared in the top " -"right corner of the document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:34 -msgid "Request new quotations from the Call for Tender" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:36 -msgid "" -"From the Call for Tender, Odoo will auto-fill the RFQ with the product(s) " -"from your Call for Tender." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:40 -msgid "Select the best offer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:42 -msgid "" -"The various RFQs and orders linked to the Call for Tenders will be under the" -" *RFQs/Orders* button where you can select and confirm the best offer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:50 -msgid "Close the Call for Tender" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:52 -msgid "Once you're done with your *Call for Tender* don't forget to close it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment.rst:3 -msgid "Replenishment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows.rst:3 -msgid "Replenishment Flows" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:3 -msgid "Schedule your receipts and deliveries" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:5 -msgid "" -"To manage your supply chain scheduling, you will need to use Odoo *Lead " -"Times*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:8 -msgid "" -"*Lead Times* are the expected times needed to receive, deliver or " -"manufacture products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:12 -msgid "Configure Lead Times" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:15 -msgid "Vendor Lead Time" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:17 -msgid "" -"The vendor lead time is the time needed by your vendor to deliver the " -"product to you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:20 -msgid "" -"To configure your vendor lead times, go to a product page, under the " -"purchase tab, click on a *Vendor* once there you can change the delivery " -"lead time for that Vendor & Product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:28 -msgid "Customer Lead Time" -msgstr "Tempi di consegna Cliente" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:30 -msgid "" -"The customer lead time, on the other hand, is the time you need to deliver " -"the product to your customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:33 -msgid "" -"To configure your customer lead time open a product and go under the " -"*Inventory* tab. You can then add how many days you need." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:40 -msgid "Manufacturing lead time" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:42 -msgid "" -"The manufacturing lead time is the time you need to manufacture the product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:45 -msgid "" -"To configure your manufacturing lead time open a product and go under the " -"*Inventory* tab. You can then add how many days you need." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:52 -msgid "Configure Security Lead Times" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Odoo also lets you configure *Security Days* allowing you to cope with " -"potential delays along the supply chain and make sure you meet your " -"engagements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:58 -msgid "" -"The easiest way is to go to *Settings* from any module and type **Lead " -"Time** in the search bar. From there, tick each box and configure your " -"various *Security Lead Time* for your needs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, you can go in the settings of the *Inventory* module and " -"*Manufacturing* module to configure those settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:69 -msgid "Lead & security times in a use case" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:71 -msgid "" -"For example you sell a car today (January 1st), that is purchased on order, " -"and you promise to deliver your customer within 20 days (January 20). Here " -"is your product’s configuration:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:75 -msgid "Security lead time for sales : 1 day" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:77 -msgid "Security lead time for purchase : 1 day" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:79 -msgid "Vendor delivery lead time : 9 days" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:81 -msgid "" -"In such a scenario, the scheduler will trigger the following events based on" -" your configuration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:84 -msgid "" -"January 19: scheduled delivery date (20th January - 1 day of security lead " -"time for Sales)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:87 -msgid "" -"January 18: scheduled receipt date (19th January - 1 day of security lead " -"time for Purchase)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:90 -msgid "" -"January 10: order date = deadline to order from your vendor (19th January - " -"9 days of vendor lead time)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:3 -msgid "Setup drop-shipping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:6 -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:6 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Panoramica" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Drop shipping allows to deliver the goods directly from the supplier to the " -"customer. It means that the products does not transit through your stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:15 -msgid "" -"First, configure the **Routes** and **Dropshipping**. Go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. Check **Advanced " -"routing of products using rules** in the **Routes** section and **Allow " -"suppliers to deliver directly to your customers** in the **Drop Shipping** " -"section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:24 -msgid "" -"You have to allow the choice of the route on the sale order. Go to the " -"**Sales** application, :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and tick " -"**Choose specific routes on sales order lines (advanced)**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:32 -msgid "How to use drop-shipping?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Create the sale order and select the route as **Dropshipping** on the " -"concerned order lines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Once the order has been confirmed, no move will be created from your stock. " -"The goods will be delivered directly from your vendor to your customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:45 -msgid "" -"In order to be able to invoice the delivery, you must set the invoice policy" -" of your product on **Ordered quantities**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:3 -msgid "Trigger purchase of products based on sales (Make to Order)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:5 -msgid "" -"If you don't keep stock of your products, you may need to trigger purchase " -"orders on each sale you make." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Thanks to being a fully integrated solution, Odoo lets you do that easily in" -" just one step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:12 -msgid "Configure the product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Open a product form and, under the inventory tab, tick the routes *Buy* and " -"*Make To Order*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:20 -msgid "Don't forget to also set a vendor under the *Purchase* tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:23 -msgid "" -"The *Inventory*, *Sales* and *Purchases* modules have to be installed in " -"Odoo for this feature to work." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:27 -msgid "Create a sales order using Buy & MTO" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Create a new sales order with your product. When you confirm the order, a " -"delivery order is created with the status *Waiting for another operation*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:33 -msgid "" -"A new RfQ will automatically be created in your *Purchases* module. Note " -"that you can see for which SO this RfQ has been created thanks to the " -"*Source Document* field, visible on the RfQ." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:40 -msgid "" -"When you confirm the RfQ into a purchase order, a receipt is automatically " -"created and directly accessible from your purchase order with the use of the" -" *Shipment* button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:47 -msgid "" -"You can validate the receipt of your products. When you will go back to the " -"delivery order, you will see that the products are now ready to be shipped." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:52 -msgid "" -"As long as your RfQ is not confirmed, Odoo will keep adding PO Lines " -"automatically under it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:57 -msgid ":doc:`../../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:3 -msgid "Don’t run out of stock thanks to Reordering Rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:5 -msgid "" -"To make sure you never run out of stock, you might want to define " -"*Reordering Rules* on products. Thanks to reordering rules, Odoo will help " -"you to replenish your stock when it reaches a minimum stock level." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:10 -msgid "Set a reordering rule" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:12 -msgid "Open a stockable product, you'll find the *Reordering Rules* tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:15 -msgid "" -"You can also access all your reordering rules from :menuselection:`Inventory" -" --> Master Data --> Reordering Rules`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Once in the next menu, you can create the reordering rules linked to your " -"product. From now on, every time this product reaches the minimum quantity " -"it will replenish your stock to your **maximum quantity**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:29 -msgid "" -"The replenishments will take place when the scheduler in the *Inventory* " -"module runs. By default in Odoo, the schedulers will run every night at " -"12:00PM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:33 -msgid "See also: :doc:`../../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:35 -msgid "" -"From now on, every time a product with a reordering rule reaches the minimum" -" stock, the system will automatically see how to fulfill that need based on " -"the product configuration (e.g create an RfQ, create an MO, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:41 -msgid "Troubleshooting" -msgstr "Risoluzione problemi" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:43 -msgid "" -"For your reordering rules to work, your product needs to be correctly " -"configured. If you are using *Buy* route, you need a vendor on the product. " -"If you are using *Manufacturing* route you will been a BoM on the product. " -"If the product is not fully configured or there is a mistake in your routes," -" a next activity will be logged on the product informing you there is an " -"issue with the configuration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany.rst:3 -msgid "Multi-Companies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:3 -msgid "How to setup a multi-company sale/purchase flow?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo is an outstanding solution to help small companies growing their " -"business. But it also perfectly meets the needs of multinational " -"companies.The inter-company feature helps you to buy and/or sell products " -"and services between different branches within your conglomerate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Purchase orders and sales orders can be related. If a company within your " -"group creates a purchase or a sales order, the corresponding document is " -"automatically created for your company. All you have to do is check that " -"everything is correct and confirm the sale. You can automate the validation " -"on your sales and purchase orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:24 -msgid "It is also possible to only handle invoices and refunds." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:27 -msgid "Manage intercompany rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings`. Flag **Manage multiple" -" companies** and then **Manage Inter Company**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:32 -msgid "Click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:37 -msgid "New options will appear." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:42 -msgid "" -"In the drop-down list, choose the company on which you want to add rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:45 -msgid "" -"If you click on **SO and PO setting for inter company**, you will get extra " -"options." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:51 -msgid "" -"When you are done, click on **Apply**, then you can repeat the same steps " -"for the other companies." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:55 -msgid "" -"In order to be able to manage the inter-company rules, be sure that your " -"user has the rights to manage the companies." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/recruitment.po b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/recruitment.po deleted file mode 100644 index b95f2fc0f..000000000 --- a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/recruitment.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,26 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Sergio Zanchetta <primes2h@gmail.com>, 2019 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 9.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-11-22 13:16+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Sergio Zanchetta <primes2h@gmail.com>, 2019\n" -"Language-Team: Italian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/it/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: it\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../recruitment.rst:5 -msgid "Recruitment" -msgstr "Selezione del personale" diff --git a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po deleted file mode 100644 index 4c874b356..000000000 --- a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1401 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Sergio Zanchetta <primes2h@gmail.com>, 2019 -# Léonie Bouchat <lbo@odoo.com>, 2019 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Léonie Bouchat <lbo@odoo.com>, 2019\n" -"Language-Team: Italian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/it/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: it\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../sales.rst:5 -msgid "Sales" -msgstr "Vendite" - -#: ../../sales/advanced.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced Topics" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:3 -msgid "How to give portal access rights to my customers?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:6 -msgid "What is Portal access/Who is a portal user?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:8 -msgid "" -"A portal access is given to a user who has the necessity to have access to " -"Odoo instance, to view certain documents or information in the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:12 -msgid "For Example, a long term client who needs to view online quotations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:14 -msgid "" -"A portal user has only read/view access. He or she will not be able to edit " -"any document in the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:18 -msgid "How to give portal access to customers?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:21 -msgid "From Contacts Module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:23 -msgid "" -"From the main menu, select **Contacts** menu. If the contact is not yet " -"created in the system, click on the create button to create new contact. " -"Enter details of the contact and click \"save\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Choose a contact, click on the **Action** menu in the top-center of the " -"interface and from the drop down." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:36 -msgid "Select **Portal Access Management**. A pop up window appears." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Enter the login **email ID**, check the box under **In Portal** and add the " -"content to be included in the email in the text field box below. Click on " -"**Apply** when you're done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:47 -msgid "" -"An email will be sent to the specified email address, indicating that the " -"contact is now a portal user of the respective instance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:3 -msgid "How to list a product?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:6 -msgid "Listing without variation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In order to list a product, you need to check the **use eBay** field on a " -"product form. The eBay tab will be available." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:14 -msgid "" -"When the **Use Stock Quantity** field is checked, the quantity sets on eBay " -"will be the Odoo **Forecast Quantity**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:17 -msgid "" -"The **Description Template** allows you to use templates for your listings. " -"The default template only use the **eBay Description** field of the product." -" You can use html inside the **Description Template** and in the **eBay " -"Description**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:21 -msgid "" -"To use pictures in your listing, you need to add them as **Attachments** on " -"the product template." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:24 -msgid "Listing with variations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:26 -msgid "" -"When the **use eBay** on a product with variations is checked and with " -"**Fixed Price** as **Listing Type**, the eBay form is sligthly different. In" -" the variants array, you can choose which variant will be listed on eBay as " -"well as set the price and the quantity for each variant." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:35 -msgid "Listing with item specifics" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:37 -msgid "" -"In order to add item specifics, you should create a product attribute with " -"one value in the **Variants** tab on the product form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:44 -msgid "Product Identifiers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Products identifiers such as EAN, UPC, Brand or MPN are required in most of " -"the eBay category. The module manages the EAN and UPC identifiers with the " -"**Barcode** field of the product variant. If the **Barcode** field is empty " -"or is value is not valid, the EAN and UPC values will be set as 'Does not " -"apply' as recommended by eBay. The Brand and MPN values are working as item " -"specifics and should be define in the **Variants** tab on the product form. " -"If theses values are not set, 'Does not apply' will be used for the eBay " -"listing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:3 -msgid "How to configure eBay in Odoo?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:6 -msgid "Create eBay tokens" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In order to create your tokens, you need to create a developer account on " -"the `developer portal <https://go.developer.ebay.com/>`_. Once you are " -"logged in, you can create **Sandbox Keys** and **Production Keys** by " -"clicking on the adequate buttons." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:16 -msgid "" -"After the creation of the keys, you can get the user token. To do so, click " -"on the **Get a User Token** link in the bottom of the page. Go through the " -"form, log in with you eBay account and you will get the keys and token " -"needed to configure the module in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:22 -msgid "Set up tokens in Odoo?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:24 -msgid "" -"To set up the eBay integration, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:29 -msgid "" -"First choose if you want to use the production or the sandbox eBay Site. " -"Then fill in the fields **Developer Key**, **Token**, **App Key**, **Cert " -"Key**. Apply the changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Once the page is reloaded, you need to synchronize information from eBay. " -"Push on **Sync countries and currencies**, then you can fill in all the " -"other fields." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:36 -msgid "" -"When all the fields are filled in, you can synchronize the categories and " -"the policies by clicking on the adequate buttons." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing.rst:3 -msgid "Invoicing Method" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:3 -msgid "Request a down payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A down payment is an initial, partial payment, with the agreement that the " -"rest will be paid later. For expensive orders or projects, it is a way to " -"protect yourself and make sure your customer is serious." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:10 -msgid "First time you request a down payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:12 -msgid "" -"When you confirm a sale, you can create an invoice and select a down payment" -" option. It can either be a fixed amount or a percentage of the total " -"amount." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:16 -msgid "" -"The first time you request a down payment you can select an income account " -"and a tax setting that will be reused for next down payments." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:22 -msgid "You will then see the invoice for the down payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:27 -msgid "" -"On the subsequent or final invoice, any prepayment made will be " -"automatically deducted." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:34 -msgid "Modify the income account and customer taxes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:36 -msgid "From the products list, search for *Down Payment*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:41 -msgid "" -"You can then edit it, under the invoicing tab you will be able to change the" -" income account & customer taxes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:3 -msgid "Re-invoice expenses to customers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:5 -msgid "" -"It often happens that your employees have to spend their personal money " -"while working on a project for your client. Let's take the example of an " -"consultant paying an hotel to work on the site of your client. As a company," -" you would like to be able to invoice that expense to your client." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:12 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:64 -msgid "Expenses configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:14 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:66 -msgid "" -"To track & invoice expenses, you will need the expenses app. Go to " -":menuselection:`Apps --> Expenses` to install it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:17 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:69 -msgid "" -"You should also activate the analytic accounts feature to link expenses to " -"the sales order, to do so, go to :menuselection:`Invoicing --> Configuration" -" --> Settings` and activate *Analytic Accounting*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:22 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:74 -msgid "Add expenses to your sales order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:24 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:76 -msgid "" -"From the expense app, you or your consultant can create a new one, e.g. the " -"hotel for the first week on the site of your customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:27 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:79 -msgid "" -"You can then enter a relevant description and select an existing product or " -"create a new one from right there." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:33 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:85 -msgid "Here, we are creating a *Hotel* product:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Under the invoicing tab, select *Delivered quantities* and either *At cost* " -"or *Sales price* as well depending if you want to invoice the cost of your " -"expense or a previously agreed on sales price." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:45 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:97 -msgid "" -"To modify or create more products go to :menuselection:`Expenses --> " -"Configuration --> Expense products`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:48 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:100 -msgid "" -"Back on the expense, add the original sale order in the expense to submit." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:54 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:106 -msgid "It can then be submitted to the manager, approved and finally posted." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:65 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:117 -msgid "It will then be in the sales order and ready to be invoiced." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:3 -msgid "Invoice based on delivered or ordered quantities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Depending on your business and what you sell, you have two options for " -"invoicing:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Invoice on ordered quantity: invoice the full order as soon as the sales " -"order is confirmed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Invoice on delivered quantity: invoice on what you delivered even if it's a " -"partial delivery." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:13 -msgid "Invoice on ordered quantity is the default mode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:15 -msgid "" -"The benefits of using *Invoice on delivered quantity* depends on your type " -"of business, when you sell material, liquids or food in large quantities the" -" quantity might diverge a little bit and it is therefore better to invoice " -"the actual delivered quantity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:21 -msgid "" -"You also have the ability to invoice manually, letting you control every " -"options: invoice ready to invoice lines, invoice a percentage (advance), " -"invoice a fixed advance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:26 -msgid "Decide the policy on a product page" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:28 -msgid "" -"From any products page, under the invoicing tab you will find the invoicing " -"policy and select the one you want." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:35 -msgid "Send the invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Once you confirm the sale, you can see your delivered and invoiced " -"quantities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:43 -msgid "" -"If you set it in ordered quantities, you can invoice as soon as the sale is " -"confirmed. If however you selected delivered quantities, you will first have" -" to validate the delivery." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Once the products are delivered, you can invoice your customer. Odoo will " -"automatically add the quantities to invoiced based on how many you delivered" -" if you did a partial delivery." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:3 -msgid "Invoice project milestones" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Milestone invoicing can be used for expensive or large-scale projects, with " -"each milestone representing a clear sequence of work that will incrementally" -" build up to the completion of the contract. This invoicing method is " -"comfortable both for the company which is ensured to get a steady cash flow " -"throughout the project lifetime and for the client who can monitor the " -"project's progress and pay in several installments." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:13 -msgid "Create milestone products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:15 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, each milestone of your project is considered as a product. To " -"configure products to work this way, go to any product form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:18 -msgid "" -"You have to set the product type as *Service* under general information and " -"select *Milestones* in the sales tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:25 -msgid "Invoice milestones" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:27 -msgid "" -"From the sales order, you can manually edit the quantity delivered as you " -"complete a milestone." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:33 -msgid "You can then invoice that first milestone." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:3 ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:22 -msgid "Send a pro-forma invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A pro-forma invoice is an abridged or estimated invoice in advance of a " -"delivery of goods. It notes the kind and quantity of goods, their value, and" -" other important information such as weight and transportation charges. Pro-" -"forma invoices are commonly used as preliminary invoices with a quotation, " -"or for customs purposes in importation. They differ from a normal invoice in" -" not being a demand or request for payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:13 -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:10 -msgid "Activate the feature" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the" -" *Pro-Forma Invoice* feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:24 -msgid "" -"From any quotation or sales order, you know have an option to send a pro-" -"forma invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:30 -msgid "" -"When you click on send, Odoo will send an email with the pro-forma invoice " -"in attachment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:3 -msgid "Sell subscriptions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Selling subscription products will give you predictable revenue, making " -"planning ahead much easier." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:9 -msgid "Make a subscription from a sales order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:11 -msgid "" -"From the sales app, create a quotation to the desired customer, and select " -"the subscription product your previously created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:14 -msgid "" -"When you confirm the sale the subscription will be created automatically. " -"You will see a direct link from the sales order to the Subscription in the " -"upper right corner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:3 -msgid "Invoice based on time and materials" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Time and Materials is generally used in projects in which it is not possible" -" to accurately estimate the size of the project, or when it is expected that" -" the project requirements would most likely change." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:9 -msgid "" -"This is opposed to a fixed-price contract in which the owner agrees to pay " -"the contractor a lump sum for the fulfillment of the contract no matter what" -" the contractors pay their employees, sub-contractors, and suppliers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:14 -msgid "" -"For this documentation I will use the example of a consultant, you will need" -" to invoice their time, their various expenses (transport, lodging, ...) and" -" purchases." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:19 -msgid "Invoice time configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:21 -msgid "" -"To keep track of progress in the project, you will need the *Project* app. " -"Go to :menuselection:`Apps --> Project` to install it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:24 -msgid "" -"In *Project* you will use timesheets, to do so go to :menuselection:`Project" -" --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Timesheets* feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:32 -msgid "Invoice your time spent" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:34 -msgid "" -"From a product page set as a service, you will find two options under the " -"invoicing tab, select both *Timesheets on tasks* and *Create a task in a new" -" project*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:41 -msgid "You could also add the task to an existing project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Once confirming a sales order, you will now see two new buttons, one for the" -" project overview and one for the current task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:49 -msgid "" -"You will directly be in the task if you click on it, you can also access it " -"from the *Project* app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Under timesheets, you can assign who works on it. You can or they can add " -"how many hours they worked on the project so far." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:58 -msgid "From the sales order, you can then invoice those hours." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:90 -msgid "" -"under the invoicing tab, select *Delivered quantities* and either *At cost* " -"or *Sales price* as well depending if you want to invoice the cost of your " -"expense or a previously agreed on sales price." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:120 -msgid "Invoice purchases" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:122 -msgid "" -"The last thing you might need to add to the sale order is purchases made for" -" it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:125 -msgid "" -"You will need the *Purchase Analytics* feature, to activate it, go to " -":menuselection:`Invoicing --> Configuration --> Settings` and select " -"*Purchase Analytics*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:129 -msgid "" -"While making the purchase order don't forget to add the right analytic " -"account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:135 -msgid "" -"Once the PO is confirmed and received, you can create the vendor bill, this " -"will automatically add it to the SO where you can invoice it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices.rst:3 -msgid "Products & Prices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices.rst:3 -msgid "Manage your pricing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:3 -msgid "How to sell in foreign currencies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:5 -msgid "Pricelists can also be used to manage prices in foreign currencies." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:7 -msgid "" -"Check *Allow multi currencies* in :menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> " -"Settings`. As admin, you need *Adviser* access rights on " -"Invoicing/Accounting apps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Create one pricelist per currency. A new *Currency* field shows up in " -"pricelist setup form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:13 -msgid "" -"To activate a new currency, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Currencies`, select it in the list and press *Activate* in" -" the top-right corner. Now it will show up in currencies drop-down lists." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:17 -msgid "Prices in foreign currencies can be defined in two fashions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:20 -msgid "Automatic conversion from public price" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:22 -msgid "" -"The public price is in your company's main currency (see " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings`) and is set in product detail form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:28 -msgid "" -"The conversion rates can be found in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Currencies`. They can be updated from Yahoo or the " -"European Central Bank at your convenience: manually, daily, weekly, etc. See" -" :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:40 -msgid "Set your own prices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:42 -msgid "" -"This is advised if you don't want your pricing to change along with currency" -" rates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:49 -msgid ":doc:`pricing`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:3 -msgid "How to adapt your prices to your customers and apply discounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo has a powerful pricelist feature to support a pricing strategy tailored" -" to your business. A pricelist is a list of prices or price rules that Odoo " -"searches to determine the suggested price. You can set several critarias to " -"use a specific price: periods, min. sold quantity (meet a minimum order " -"quantity and get a price break), etc. As pricelists only suggest prices, " -"they can be overridden by users completing sales orders. Choose your pricing" -" strategy from :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:16 -msgid "Several prices per product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:18 -msgid "" -"To apply several prices per product, select *Different prices per customer " -"segment* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`. Then open the *Sales* tab " -"in the product detail form. You can settle following strategies." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:23 -msgid "Prices per customer segment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Create pricelists for your customer segments: e.g. registered, premium, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:30 -msgid "" -"The default pricelist applied to any new customer is *Public Pricelist*. To " -"segment your customers, open the customer detail form and change the *Sale " -"Pricelist* in the *Sales & Purchases* tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:38 -msgid "Temporary prices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:40 -msgid "Apply deals for bank holidays, etc. Enter start and end dates dates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Make sure you have default prices set in the pricelist outside of the deals " -"period. Otherwise you might have issues once the period over." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:50 -msgid "Prices per minimum quantity" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:56 -msgid "" -"The prices order does not matter. The system is smart and applies first " -"prices that match the order date and/or the minimal quantities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:60 -msgid "Discounts, margins, roundings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:62 -msgid "" -"The third option allows to set price change rules. Changes can be relative " -"to the product list/catalog price, the product cost price, or to another " -"pricelist. Changes are calculated via discounts or surcharges and can be " -"forced to fit within floor (minumum margin) and ceilings (maximum margins). " -"Prices can be rounded to the nearest cent/dollar or multiple of either " -"(nearest 5 cents, nearest 10 dollars)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Once installed go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Pricelists`" -" (or :menuselection:`Website Admin --> Catalog --> Pricelists` if you use " -"e-Commerce)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Each pricelist item can be associated to either all products, to a product " -"internal category (set of products) or to a specific product. Like in second" -" option, you can set dates and minimum quantities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:84 -msgid "" -"Once again the system is smart. If a rule is set for a particular item and " -"another one for its category, Odoo will take the rule of the item." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:86 -msgid "Make sure at least one pricelist item covers all your products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:88 -msgid "There are 3 modes of computation: fix price, discount & formula." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:93 -msgid "Here are different price settings made possible thanks to formulas." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:96 -msgid "Discounts with roundings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:98 -msgid "e.g. 20% discounts with prices rounded up to 9.99." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:104 -msgid "Costs with markups (retail)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:106 -msgid "e.g. sale price = 2*cost (100% markup) with $5 of minimal margin." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:112 -msgid "Prices per country" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Pricelists can be set by countries group. Any new customer recorded in Odoo " -"gets a default pricelist, i.e. the first one in the list matching the " -"country. In case no country is set for the customer, Odoo takes the first " -"pricelist without any country group." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:116 -msgid "The default pricelist can be replaced when creating a sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:118 -msgid "You can change the pricelists sequence by drag & drop in list view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:121 -msgid "Compute and show discount % to customers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:123 -msgid "" -"In case of discount, you can show the public price and the computed discount" -" % on printed sales orders and in your eCommerce catalog. To do so:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:125 -msgid "" -"Check *Allow discounts on sales order lines* in :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Configuration --> Settings --> Quotations & Sales --> Discounts`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:126 -msgid "Apply the option in the pricelist setup form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:133 -msgid ":doc:`currencies`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:134 -msgid ":doc:`../../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products.rst:3 -msgid "Manage your products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:3 -msgid "How to import products with categories and variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Import templates are provided in the import tool of the most common data to " -"import (contacts, products, bank statements, etc.). You can open them with " -"any spreadsheets software (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, " -"etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:11 -msgid "How to customize the file" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Remove columns you don't need. We advise to not remove the *ID* one (see why" -" here below)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Don't change labels of columns you want to import. Otherwise Odoo won't " -"recognize them anymore and you will have to map them on your own in the " -"import screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:18 -msgid "" -"To add new columns,Feel free to add new columns but the fields need to exist" -" in Odoo. If Odoo fails in matching the column name with a field, you can " -"make it manually when importing by browsing a list of available fields." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:24 -msgid "Why an “ID” column" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:26 -msgid "" -"The ID is an unique identifier for the line item. Feel free to use the one " -"of your previous software to ease the transition to Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Setting an ID is not mandatory when importing but it helps in many cases:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Update imports: you can import the same file several times without creating " -"duplicates;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:32 -msgid "Import relation fields (see here below)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:35 -msgid "How to import relation fields" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:37 -msgid "" -"An Odoo object is always related to many other objects (e.g. a product is " -"linked to product categories, attributes, vendors, etc.). To import those " -"relations you need to import the records of the related object first from " -"their own list menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:41 -msgid "" -"You can do it using either the name of the related record or its ID. The ID " -"is expected when two records have the same name. In such a case add \" / " -"ID\" at the end of the column title (e.g. for product attributes: Product " -"Attributes / Attribute / ID)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/taxes.rst:3 -msgid "Set taxes" -msgstr "Applicazione delle imposte" - -#: ../../sales/sale_ebay.rst:3 -msgid "eBay" -msgstr "eBay" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations.rst:3 -msgid "Send Quotations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:3 -msgid "Stimulate customers with quotations deadline" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:5 -msgid "" -"As you send quotations, it is important to set a quotation deadline; Both to" -" entice your customer into action with the fear of missing out on an offer " -"and to protect yourself. You don't want to have to fulfill an order at a " -"price that is no longer cost effective for you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:11 -msgid "Set a deadline" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:13 -msgid "On every quotation or sales order you can add an *Expiration Date*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:19 -msgid "Use deadline in templates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:21 -msgid "" -"You can also set a default deadline in a *Quotation Template*. Each time " -"that template is used in a quotation, that deadline is applied. You can find" -" more info about quotation templates `here " -"<https://docs.google.com/document/d/11UaYJ0k67dA2p-" -"ExPAYqZkBNaRcpnItCyIdO6udgyOY/edit>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:29 -msgid "On your customer side, they will see this." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:3 -msgid "Deliver and invoice to different addresses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In Odoo you can configure different addresses for delivery and invoicing. " -"This is key, not everyone will have the same delivery location as their " -"invoice location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the" -" *Customer Addresses* feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:19 -msgid "Add different addresses to a quotation or sales order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:21 -msgid "" -"If you select a customer with an invoice and delivery address set, Odoo will" -" automatically use those. If there's only one, Odoo will use that one for " -"both but you can, of course, change it instantly and create a new one right " -"from the quotation or sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:30 -msgid "Add invoice & delivery addresses to a customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:32 -msgid "" -"If you want to add them to a customer before a quotation or sales order, " -"they are added to the customer form. Go to any customers form under " -":menuselection:`SALES --> Orders --> Customers`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:36 -msgid "From there you can add new addresses to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:42 -msgid "Various addresses on the quotation / sales orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:44 -msgid "" -"These two addresses will then be used on the quotation or sales order you " -"send by email or print." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:3 -msgid "Get paid to confirm an order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:5 -msgid "" -"You can use online payments to get orders automatically confirmed. Saving " -"the time of both your customers and yourself." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:9 -msgid "Activate online payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:11 -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the" -" *Online Signature & Payment* feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Once in the *Payment Acquirers* menu you can select and configure your " -"acquirers of choice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:20 -msgid "" -"You can find various documentation about how to be paid with payment " -"acquirers such as `Paypal <../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal>`_, " -"`Authorize.Net (pay by credit card) " -"<../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize>`_, and others under the " -"`eCommerce documentation <../../ecommerce>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:31 -msgid "" -"If you are using `quotation templates <../quote_template>`_, you can also " -"pick a default setting for each template." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:36 -msgid "Register a payment" -msgstr "Registrare un pagamento" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:38 -msgid "" -"From the quotation email you sent, your customer will be able to pay online." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:3 -msgid "Get a signature to confirm an order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:5 -msgid "" -"You can use online signature to get orders automatically confirmed. Both you" -" and your customer will save time by using this feature compared to a " -"traditional process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:10 -msgid "Activate online signature" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:19 -msgid "" -"If you are using `quotation templates <https://drive.google.com/open?id" -"=11UaYJ0k67dA2p-ExPAYqZkBNaRcpnItCyIdO6udgyOY>`_, you can also pick a " -"default setting for each template." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:23 -msgid "Validate an order with a signature" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:25 -msgid "" -"When you sent a quotation to your client, they can accept it and sign online" -" instantly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:30 -msgid "Once signed the quotation will be confirmed and delivery will start." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:3 -msgid "Increase your sales with suggested products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The use of suggested products is an attempt to offer related and useful " -"products to your client. For instance, a client purchasing a cellphone could" -" be shown accessories like a protective case, a screen cover, and headset." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:11 -msgid "Add suggested products to your quotation templates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:13 -msgid "Suggested products can be set on *Quotation Templates*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Once on a template, you can see a *Suggested Products* tab where you can add" -" related products or services." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:23 -msgid "You can also add or modify suggested products on the quotation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:26 -msgid "Add suggested products to the quotation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:28 -msgid "" -"When opening the quotation from the received email, the customer can add the" -" suggested products to the order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:37 -msgid "" -"The product(s) will be instantly added to their quotation when clicking on " -"any of the little carts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Depending on your confirmation process, they can either digitally sign or " -"pay to confirm the quotation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Each move done by the customer to the quotation will be tracked in the sales" -" order, letting the salesperson see it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:3 -msgid "Use quotation templates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:5 -msgid "" -"If you often sell the same products or services, you can save a lot of time " -"by creating custom quotation templates. By using a template you can send a " -"complete quotation in no time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:10 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Configurazione" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:12 -msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " -"Settings` and activate *Quotations Templates*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:19 -msgid "Create your first template" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:21 -msgid "" -"You will find the templates menu under :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Configuration`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:24 -msgid "" -"You can then create or edit an existing one. Once named, you will be able to" -" select the product(s) and their quantity as well as the expiration time for" -" the quotation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:31 -msgid "" -"On each template, you can also specify discounts if the option is activated " -"in the *Sales* settings. The base price is set in the product configuration " -"and can be alterated by customer pricelists." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:38 -msgid "Edit your template" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:40 -msgid "" -"You can edit the customer interface of the template that they see to accept " -"or pay the quotation. This lets you describe your company, services and " -"products. When you click on *Edit Template* you will be brought to the " -"quotation editor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:51 -msgid "" -"This lets you edit the description content thanks to drag & drop of building" -" blocks. To describe your products add a content block in the zone dedicated" -" to each product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:59 -msgid "" -"The description set for the products will be used in all quotations " -"templates containing those products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:63 -msgid "Use a quotation template" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:65 -msgid "When creating a quotation, you can select a template." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:70 -msgid "Each product in that template will be added to your quotation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:73 -msgid "" -"You can select a template to be suggested by default in the *Sales* " -"settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:77 -msgid "Confirm the quotation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:79 -msgid "" -"Templates also ease the confirmation process for customers with a digital " -"signature or online payment. You can select that in the template itself." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:86 -msgid "Every quotation will now have this setting added to it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:88 -msgid "" -"Of course you can still change it and make it specific for each quotation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:3 -msgid "Add terms & conditions on orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Specifying Terms and Conditions is essential to ensure a good relationship " -"between customers and sellers. Every seller has to declare all the formal " -"information which include products and company policy; allowing the customer" -" to read all those terms everything before committing to anything." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Odoo lets you easily include your default terms and conditions on every " -"quotation, sales order and invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:15 -msgid "Set up your default terms and conditions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate " -"*Default Terms & Conditions*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:23 -msgid "" -"In that box you can add your default terms & conditions. They will then " -"appear on every quotation, SO and invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:33 -msgid "Set up more detailed terms & conditions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:35 -msgid "" -"A good idea is to share more detailed or structured conditions is to publish" -" on the web and to refer to that link in the terms & conditions of Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:39 -msgid "" -"You can also attach an external document with more detailed and structured " -"conditions to the email you send to the customer. You can even set a default" -" attachment for all quotation emails sent." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/website.po b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/website.po deleted file mode 100644 index b8acf5893..000000000 --- a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/website.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1390 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Paolo Valier, 2019 -# Federico Castellano <castellano.federico@outlook.com>, 2019 -# Sergio Zanchetta <primes2h@gmail.com>, 2019 -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Simone Bernini <simone@aperturelabs.it>, 2019 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-07-23 12:10+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:16+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Simone Bernini <simone@aperturelabs.it>, 2019\n" -"Language-Team: Italian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/it/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: it\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../website.rst:5 -msgid "Website" -msgstr "Sito web" - -#: ../../website/optimize.rst:3 -msgid "Optimize" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:3 -msgid "How to track your website's traffic in Google Analytics" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:5 -msgid "To follow your website's traffic with Google Analytics:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:7 -msgid "" -"`Create a Google Analytics account <https://www.google.com/analytics/>`__ if" -" you don't have any." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Go through the creation form and accept the conditions to get the tracking " -"ID." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:15 -msgid "Copy the tracking ID to insert it in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Go to the *Configuration* menu of your Odoo's Website app. In the settings, " -"turn on Google Analytics and paste the tracking ID. Then save the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:27 -msgid "" -"To make your first steps in Google Analytics, refer to `Google " -"Documentation. " -"<https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/1008015?hl=en/>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:31 -msgid ":doc:`google_analytics_dashboard`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:3 -msgid "How to track your website traffic from your Odoo Dashboard" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:5 -msgid "" -"You can follow your traffic statistics straight from your Odoo Website " -"Dashboard thanks to Google Analytics." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:8 -msgid "" -"A preliminary step is creating a Google Analytics account and entering the " -"tracking ID in your Website's settings (see :doc:`google_analytics`)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Go to `Google APIs platform <https://console.developers.google.com>`__ to " -"generate Analytics API credentials. Log in with your Google account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:14 -msgid "Select Analytics API." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Create a new project and give it a name (e.g. Odoo). This project is needed " -"to store your API credentials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:25 -msgid "Enable the API." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:30 -msgid "Create credentials to use in Odoo." -msgstr "Crea le credenziali da usare in Odoo." - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Select *Web browser (Javascript)* as calling source and *User data* as kind " -"of data." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Then you can create a Client ID. Enter the name of the application (e.g. " -"Odoo) and the allowed pages on which you will be redirected. The *Authorized" -" JavaScript origin* is your Odoo's instance URL. The *Authorized redirect " -"URI* is your Odoo's instance URL followed by " -"'/google_account/authentication'." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:51 -msgid "" -"Go through the Consent Screen step by entering a product name (e.g. Google " -"Analytics in Odoo). Feel free to check the customizations options but this " -"is not mandatory. The Consent Screen will only show up when you enter the " -"Client ID in Odoo for the first time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Finally you are provided with your Client ID. Copy and paste it in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Open your Website Dashboard in Odoo and link your Analytics account. to past" -" your Client ID." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:67 -msgid "As a last step, authorize Odoo to access Google API." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:3 -msgid "How to do Search Engine Optimisation in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:6 -msgid "How is SEO handled in Odoo?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Search Engine Optimization (SEO) is a set of good practices to optimize your" -" website so that you get a better ranking in search engines like Google. In " -"short, a good SEO allows you to get more visitors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Some examples of SEO rules: your web pages should load faster, your page " -"should have one and only one title ``<h1>``, your website should have a " -"``/sitemap.xml`` file, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:16 -msgid "" -"The Odoo Website Builder is probably the most SEO-ready CMS out there. We " -"consider SEO a top priority. To guarantee Odoo Website and Odoo eCommerce " -"users have a great SEO, Odoo abstracts all the technical complexities of SEO" -" and handles everything for you, in the best possible way." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:23 -msgid "Page speed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:26 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "Introduzione" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:28 -msgid "" -"The time to load a page is an important criteria for Google. A faster " -"website not only improves your visitor's experience, but Google gives you a " -"better page ranking if your page loads faster than your competitors. Some " -"studies have shown that, if you divide the time to load your pages by two " -"(e.g. 2 seconds instead of 4 seconds), the visitor abandonment rate is also " -"divided by two. (25% to 12.5%). One extra second to load a page could `cost " -"$1.6b to Amazon in sales <http://www.fastcompany.com/1825005/how-one-second-" -"could-cost-amazon-16-billion-sales>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Fortunately, Odoo does all the magic for you. Below, you will find the " -"tricks Odoo uses to speed up your page loading time. You can compare how " -"your website ranks using these two tools:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:44 -msgid "" -"`Google Page Speed " -"<https://developers.google.com/speed/pagespeed/insights/>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:46 -msgid "`Pingdom Website Speed Test <http://tools.pingdom.com/fpt/>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:49 -msgid "Static resources: CSS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:51 -msgid "" -"All CSS files are pre-processed, concatenated, minified, compressed and " -"cached (server side and browser side). The result:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:54 -msgid "only one CSS file request is needed to load a page" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:56 -msgid "" -"this CSS file is shared and cached amongst pages, so that when the visitor " -"clicks on another page, the browser doesn't have to even load a single CSS " -"resource." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:60 -msgid "this CSS file is optimized to be small" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:62 -msgid "" -"**Pre-processed:** The CSS framework used by Odoo 9 is bootstrap 3. Although" -" a theme might use another framework, most of `Odoo themes " -"<https://www.odoo.com/apps/themes>`__ extend and customize bootstrap " -"directly. Since Odoo supports Less and Sass, so you can modify CSS rules, " -"instead of overwriting them through extra CSS lines, resulting in a smaller " -"file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:70 -msgid "**Both files in the <head>**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:70 -msgid "**What the visitor gets (only one file)**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:72 -msgid "/\\* From bootstrap.css \\*/" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:72 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:73 -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:79 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:121 -msgid ".text-muted {" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:73 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:80 -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:122 -msgid "color: #666;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:74 -msgid "color: #777;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:74 -msgid "background: yellow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:75 -msgid "background: yellow;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:75 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:76 -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:81 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:123 -msgid "}" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:78 -msgid "/\\* From my-theme.css \\*/" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:84 -msgid "" -"**Concatenated:** every module or library you might use in Odoo has its own " -"set of CSS, Less or Sass files (eCommerce, blog, theme, etc.) Having several" -" CSS files is great for the modularity, but not good for the performance " -"because most browsers can only perform 6 requests in parallel resulting in " -"lots of files that are loaded in series. The latency time to transfer a file" -" is usually much longer than the actual data transfer time, for small files " -"like .JS and .CSS. Thus, the time to load CSS resources depends more on the " -"number of requests to be done than the actual file size." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:94 -msgid "" -"To address this issue, all CSS / Less / Sass files are concatenated into a " -"single .CSS file to send to the browser. So a visitor has **only one .CSS " -"file to load** per page, which is particularly efficient. As the CSS is " -"shared amongst all pages, when the visitor clicks on another page, the " -"browser does not even have to load a new CSS file!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:100 -msgid "" -"The CSS sent by Odoo includes all CSS / Less / Sass of all pages / modules. " -"By doing this, additional page views from the same visitor will not have to " -"load CSS files at all. But some modules might include huge CSS/Javascript " -"resources that you do not want to prefetch at the first page because they " -"are too big. In this case, Odoo splits this resource into a second bundle " -"that is loaded only when the page using it is requested. An example of this " -"is the backend that is only loaded when the visitor logs in and accesses the" -" backend (/web)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:110 -msgid "" -"If the CSS file is very big, Odoo will split it into two smaller files to " -"avoid the 4095 selectors limit per sheet of Internet Explorer 8. But most " -"themes fit below this limit." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:114 -msgid "" -"**Minified:** After being pre-processed and concatenated, the resulting CSS " -"is minified to reduce its size." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:118 -msgid "**Before minification**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:118 -msgid "**After minification**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:120 -msgid "/\\* some comments \\*/" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:120 -msgid ".text-muted {color: #666}" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:126 -msgid "" -"The final result is then compressed, before being delivered to the browser." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:129 -msgid "" -"Then, a cached version is stored on the server side (so we do not have to " -"pre-process, concatenate, minify at every request) and the browser side (so " -"the same visitor will load the CSS only once for all pages he will visit)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:135 -msgid "" -"If you are in debug mode, the CSS resources are neither concatenated nor " -"minified. That way, it's easier to debug (but it's much slower)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:140 -msgid "Static resources: Javascript" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:142 -msgid "" -"As with CSS resources, Javascript resources are also concatenated, minified," -" compressed and cached (server side and browser side)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:145 -msgid "Odoo creates three Javascript bundles:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:147 -msgid "" -"One for all pages of the website (including code for parallax effects, form " -"validation, …)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:150 -msgid "" -"One for common Javascript code shared among frontend and backend (bootstrap)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:153 -msgid "" -"One for backend specific Javascript code (Odoo Web Client interface for your" -" employees using Odoo)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:156 -msgid "" -"Most visitors to your website will only need the first two bundles, " -"resulting in a maximum of two Javascript files to load to render one page. " -"As these files are shared across all pages, further clicks by the same " -"visitor will not load any other Javascript resource." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:162 -msgid "" -"If you work in debug mode, the CSS and javascript are neither concatenated, " -"nor minified. Thus, it's much slower. But it allows you to easily debug with" -" the Chrome debugger as CSS and Javascript resources are not transformed " -"from their original versions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:168 -msgid "Images" -msgstr "Immagini" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:170 -msgid "" -"When you upload new images using the website builder, Odoo automatically " -"compresses them to reduce their sizes. (lossless compression for .PNG and " -".GIF and lossy compression for .JPG)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:174 -msgid "" -"From the upload button, you have the option to keep the original image " -"unmodified if you prefer to optimize the quality of the image rather than " -"performance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:182 -msgid "" -"Odoo compresses images when they are uploaded to your website, not when " -"requested by the visitor. Thus, it's possible that, if you use a third-party" -" theme, it will provide images that are not compressed efficiently. But all " -"images used in Odoo official themes have been compressed by default." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:188 -msgid "" -"When you click on an image, Odoo shows you the Alt and title attributes of " -"the ``<img>`` tag. You can click on it to set your own title and Alt " -"attributes for the image." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:195 -msgid "When you click on this link, the following window will appear:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:200 -msgid "" -"Odoo's pictograms are implemented using a font (`Font Awesome " -"<https://fortawesome.github.io/Font-Awesome/icons/>`__ in most Odoo themes)." -" Thus, you can use as many pictograms as you want in your page, they will " -"not result in extra requests to load the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:209 -msgid "CDN" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:211 -msgid "" -"If you activate the CDN feature in Odoo, static resources (Javascript, CSS, " -"images) are loaded from a Content Delivery Network. Using a Content Delivery" -" Network has three advantages:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:215 -msgid "" -"Load resources from a nearby server (most CDN have servers in main countries" -" around the globe)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:218 -msgid "" -"Cache resources efficiently (no computation resources usage on your own " -"server)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:221 -msgid "" -"Split the resource loading on different services allowing to load more " -"resources in parallel (since the Chrome limit of 6 parallel requests is by " -"domain)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:225 -msgid "" -"You can configure your CDN options from the **Website Admin** app, using the" -" Configuration menu. Here is an example of configuration you can use:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:232 -msgid "HTML Pages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:234 -msgid "" -"The HTML pages can be compressed, but this is usually handled by your web " -"server (NGINX or Apache)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:237 -msgid "" -"The Odoo Website builder has been optimized to guarantee clean and short " -"HTML code. Building blocks have been developed to produce clean HTML code, " -"usually using bootstrap and the HTML editor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:241 -msgid "" -"As an example, if you use the color picker to change the color of a " -"paragraph to the primary color of your website, Odoo will produce the " -"following code:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:245 -msgid "``<p class=\"text-primary\">My Text</p>``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:247 -msgid "" -"Whereas most HTML editors (such as CKEditor) will produce the following " -"code:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:250 -msgid "``<p style=\"color: #AB0201\">My Text</p>``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:253 -msgid "Responsive Design" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:255 -msgid "" -"As of 2015, websites that are not mobile-friendly are negatively impacted in" -" Google Page ranking. All Odoo themes rely on Bootstrap 3 to render " -"efficiently according to the device: desktop, tablet or mobile phone." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:263 -msgid "" -"As all Odoo modules share the same technology, absolutely all pages in your " -"website are mobile friendly. (as opposed to traditional CMS which have " -"mobile friendly themes, but some specific modules or pages are not designed " -"to be mobile friendly as they all have their own CSS frameworks)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:270 -msgid "Browser caching" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:272 -msgid "" -"Javascript, images and CSS resources have an URL that changes dynamically " -"when their content change. As an example, all CSS files are loaded through " -"this URL: " -"`http://localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets\\_common.0.css " -"<http://localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets_common.0.css>`__. " -"The ``457-0da1d9d`` part of this URL will change if you modify the CSS of " -"your website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:279 -msgid "" -"This allows Odoo to set a very long cache delay (XXX) on these resources: " -"XXX secs, while being updated instantly if you update the resource." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:287 -msgid "Scalability" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:289 -msgid "" -"In addition to being fast, Odoo is also more scalable than traditional CMS' " -"and eCommerce (Drupal, Wordpress, Magento, Prestashop). The following link " -"provides an analysis of the major open source CMS and eCommerce compared to " -"Odoo when it comes to high query volumes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:294 -msgid "" -"`*https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/197* <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide" -"/odoo-cms-performance-comparison-and-optimisation-197>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:296 -msgid "" -"Here is the slide that summarizes the scalability of Odoo eCommerce and Odoo" -" CMS. (based on Odoo version 8, Odoo 9 is even faster)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:303 -msgid "URLs handling" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:306 -msgid "URLs Structure" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:308 -msgid "A typical Odoo URL will look like this:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:310 -msgid "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/my-great-product-31" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:312 -msgid "With the following components:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:314 -msgid "**https://** = Protocol" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:316 -msgid "**www.mysite.com** = your domain name" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:318 -msgid "" -"**/fr\\_FR** = the language of the page. This part of the URL is removed if " -"the visitor browses the main language of the website (english by default, " -"but you can set another language as the main one). Thus, the English version" -" of this page is: https://www.mysite.com/shop/product/my-great-product-31" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:324 -msgid "" -"**/shop/product** = every module defines its own namespace (/shop is for the" -" catalog of the eCommerce module, /shop/product is for a product page). This" -" name can not be customized to avoid conflicts in different URLs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:329 -msgid "" -"**my-great-product** = by default, this is the slugified title of the " -"product this page refers to. But you can customize it for SEO purposes. A " -"product named \"Pain carré\" will be slugified to \"pain-carre\". Depending " -"on the namespace, this could be different objects (blog post, page title, " -"forum post, forum comment, product category, etc)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:336 -msgid "**-31** = the unique ID of the product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:338 -msgid "" -"Note that any dynamic component of an URL can be reduced to its ID. As an " -"example, the following URLs all do a 301 redirect to the above URL:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:341 -msgid "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (short version)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:343 -msgid "http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (even shorter version)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:345 -msgid "" -"http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/other-product-name-31 (old product " -"name)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:348 -msgid "" -"This could be useful to easily get shorter version of an URL and handle " -"efficiently 301 redirects when the name of your product changes over time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:352 -msgid "" -"Some URLs have several dynamic parts, like this one (a blog category and a " -"post):" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:355 -msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/company-news-5/post/the-odoo-story-56" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:357 -msgid "In the above example:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:359 -msgid "Company News: is the title of the blog" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:361 -msgid "The Odoo Story: is the title of a specific blog post" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:363 -msgid "" -"When an Odoo page has a pager, the page number is set directly in the URL " -"(does not have a GET argument). This allows every page to be indexed by " -"search engines. Example:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:367 -msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/page/3" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:370 -msgid "" -"Having the language code as fr\\_FR is not perfect in terms of SEO. Although" -" most search engines treat now \"\\_\" as a word separator, it has not " -"always been the case. We plan to improve that for Odoo 10." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:375 -msgid "Changes in URLs & Titles" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:377 -msgid "" -"When the URL of a page changes (e.g. a more SEO friendly version of your " -"product name), you don't have to worry about updating all links:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:380 -msgid "Odoo will automatically update all its links to the new URL" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:382 -msgid "" -"If external websites still points to the old URL, a 301 redirect will be " -"done to route visitors to the new website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:385 -msgid "As an example, this URL:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:387 -msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/old-product-name-31" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:389 -msgid "Will automatically redirect to :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:391 -msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/new-and-better-product-name-31" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:393 -msgid "" -"In short, just change the title of a blog post or the name of a product, and" -" the changes will apply automatically everywhere in your website. The old " -"link still works for links coming from external website. (with a 301 " -"redirect to not lose the SEO link juice)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:399 -msgid "HTTPS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:401 -msgid "" -"As of August 2014, Google started to add a ranking boost to secure HTTPS/SSL" -" websites. So, by default all Odoo Online instances are fully based on " -"HTTPS. If the visitor accesses your website through a non HTTPS url, it gets" -" a 301 redirect to its HTTPS equivalent." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:407 -msgid "Links: nofollow strategy" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:409 -msgid "" -"Having website that links to your own page plays an important role on how " -"your page ranks in the different search engines. The more your page is " -"linked from external and quality websites, the better is it for your SEO." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:414 -msgid "Odoo follows the following strategies to manage links:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:416 -msgid "" -"Every link you create manually when creating page in Odoo is \"dofollow\", " -"which means that this link will contribute to the SEO Juice for the linked " -"page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:420 -msgid "" -"Every link created by a contributor (forum post, blog comment, ...) that " -"links to your own website is \"dofollow\" too." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:423 -msgid "" -"But every link posted by a contributor that links to an external website is " -"\"nofollow\". In that way, you do not run the risk of people posting links " -"on your website to third-party websites which have a bad reputation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:428 -msgid "" -"Note that, when using the forum, contributors having a lot of Karma can be " -"trusted. In such case, their links will not have a ``rel=\"nofollow\"`` " -"attribute." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:433 -msgid "Multi-language support" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:436 -msgid "Multi-language URLs" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:438 -msgid "" -"If you run a website in multiple languages, the same content will be " -"available in different URLs, depending on the language used:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:441 -msgid "" -"https://www.mywebsite.com/shop/product/my-product-1 (English version = " -"default)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:443 -msgid "" -"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1 (French " -"version)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:445 -msgid "" -"In this example, fr\\_FR is the language of the page. You can even have " -"several variations of the same language: pt\\_BR (Portuguese from Brazil) , " -"pt\\_PT (Portuguese from Portugal)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:450 -msgid "Language annotation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:452 -msgid "" -"To tell Google that the second URL is the French translation of the first " -"URL, Odoo will add an HTML link element in the header. In the HTML <head> " -"section of the English version, Odoo automatically adds a link element " -"pointing to the other versions of that webpage;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:457 -msgid "" -"<link rel=\"alternate\" hreflang=\"fr\" " -"href=\"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1\"/>" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:460 -msgid "With this approach:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:462 -msgid "" -"Google knows the different translated versions of your page and will propose" -" the right one according to the language of the visitor searching on Google" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:466 -msgid "" -"You do not get penalized by Google if your page is not translated yet, since" -" it is not a duplicated content, but a different version of the same " -"content." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:471 -msgid "Language detection" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:473 -msgid "" -"When a visitor lands for the first time at your website (e.g. " -"yourwebsite.com/shop), his may automatically be redirected to a translated " -"version according to his browser language preference: (e.g. " -"yourwebsite.com/fr\\_FR/shop)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:478 -msgid "" -"Odoo redirects visitors to their prefered language only the first time " -"visitors land at your website. After that, it keeps a cookie of the current " -"language to avoid any redirection." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:482 -msgid "" -"To force a visitor to stick to the default language, you can use the code of" -" the default language in your link, example: yourwebsite.com/en\\_US/shop. " -"This will always land visitors to the English version of the page, without " -"using the browser language preferences." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:489 -msgid "Meta Tags" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:492 -msgid "Titles, Keywords and Description" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:494 -msgid "" -"Every web page should define the ``<title>``, ``<description>`` and " -"``<keywords>`` meta data. These information elements are used by search " -"engines to rank and categorize your website according to a specific search " -"query. So, it is important to have titles and keywords in line with what " -"people search in Google." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:500 -msgid "" -"In order to write quality meta tags, that will boost traffic to your " -"website, Odoo provides a **Promote** tool, in the top bar of the website " -"builder. This tool will contact Google to give you information about your " -"keywords and do the matching with titles and contents in your page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:509 -msgid "" -"If your website is in multiple languages, you can use the Promote tool for " -"every language of a single page;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:512 -msgid "" -"In terms of SEO, content is king. Thus, blogs play an important role in your" -" content strategy. In order to help you optimize all your blog post, Odoo " -"provides a page that allows you to quickly scan the meta tags of all your " -"blog posts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:521 -msgid "" -"This /blog page renders differently for public visitors that are not logged " -"in as website administrator. They do not get the warnings and keyword " -"information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:526 -msgid "Sitemap" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:528 -msgid "" -"Odoo will generate a ``/sitemap.xml`` file automatically for you. For " -"performance reasons, this file is cached and updated every 12 hours." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:531 -msgid "" -"By default, all URLs will be in a single ``/sitemap.xml`` file, but if you " -"have a lot of pages, Odoo will automatically create a Sitemap Index file, " -"respecting the `sitemaps.org protocol " -"<http://www.sitemaps.org/protocol.html>`__ grouping sitemap URL's in 45000 " -"chunks per file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:537 -msgid "Every sitemap entry has 4 attributes that are computed automatically:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:539 -msgid "``<loc>`` : the URL of a page" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:541 -msgid "" -"``<lastmod>`` : last modification date of the resource, computed " -"automatically based on related object. For a page related to a product, this" -" could be the last modification date of the product or the page" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:546 -msgid "" -"``<priority>`` : modules may implement their own priority algorithm based on" -" their content (example: a forum might assign a priority based on the number" -" of votes on a specific post). The priority of a static page is defined by " -"it's priority field, which is normalized. (16 is the default)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:553 -msgid "Structured Data Markup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:555 -msgid "" -"Structured Data Markup is used to generate Rich Snippets in search engine " -"results. It is a way for website owners to send structured data to search " -"engine robots; helping them to understand your content and create well-" -"presented search results." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:560 -msgid "" -"Google supports a number of rich snippets for content types, including: " -"Reviews, People, Products, Businesses, Events and Organizations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:563 -msgid "" -"Odoo implements micro data as defined in the `schema.org " -"<http://schema.org>`__ specification for events, eCommerce products, forum " -"posts and contact addresses. This allows your product pages to be displayed " -"in Google using extra information like the price and rating of a product:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:573 -msgid "robots.txt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:575 -msgid "" -"Odoo automatically creates a ``/robots.txt`` file for your website. Its " -"content is:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:578 -msgid "User-agent: \\*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:580 -msgid "Sitemap: https://www.odoo.com/sitemap.xml" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:583 -msgid "Content is king" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:585 -msgid "" -"When it comes to SEO, content is usually king. Odoo provides several modules" -" to help you build your contents on your website:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:588 -msgid "" -"**Odoo Slides**: publish all your Powerpoint or PDF presentations. Their " -"content is automatically indexed on the web page. Example: " -"`https://www.odoo.com/slides/public-channel-1 <https://www.odoo.com/slides" -"/public-channel-1>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:592 -msgid "" -"**Odoo Forum**: let your community create contents for you. Example: " -"`https://odoo.com/forum/1 <https://odoo.com/forum/1>`__ (accounts for 30% of" -" Odoo.com landing pages)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:596 -msgid "" -"**Odoo Mailing List Archive**: publish mailing list archives on your " -"website. Example: `https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59 " -"<https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59>`__ (1000 pages created per month)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:601 -msgid "**Odoo Blogs**: write great contents." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:604 -msgid "" -"The 404 page is a regular page, that you can edit like any other page in " -"Odoo. That way, you can build a great 404 page to redirect to the top " -"content of your website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:609 -msgid "Social Features" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:612 -msgid "Twitter Cards" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:614 -msgid "" -"Odoo does not implement twitter cards yet. It will be done for the next " -"version." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:618 -msgid "Social Network" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:620 -msgid "" -"Odoo allows to link all your social network accounts in your website. All " -"you have to do is to refer all your accounts in the **Settings** menu of the" -" **Website Admin** application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:625 -msgid "Test Your Website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:627 -msgid "" -"You can compare how your website rank, in terms of SEO, against Odoo using " -"WooRank free services: `https://www.woorank.com <https://www.woorank.com>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish.rst:3 -msgid "Publish" -msgstr "Pubblicazione" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:3 -msgid "How to use my own domain name" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:5 -msgid "" -"By default, your Odoo Online instance and website have a *.odoo.com* domain " -"name, for both the URL and the emails. But you can change to a custom one " -"(e.g. www.yourcompany.com)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:10 -msgid "What is a good domain name" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Your website address is as important to your branding as the name of your " -"business or organization, so put some thought into changing it for a proper " -"domain. Here are some tips:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:15 -msgid "Simple and obvious" -msgstr "Semplice e ovvio" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:16 -msgid "Easy to remember and spell" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:17 -msgid "The shorter the better" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:18 -msgid "Avoid special characters" -msgstr "Evita di usare caratteri speciali" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:19 -msgid "Aim for a .com and/or your country extension" -msgstr "Punta a un dominio .com e/o a un dominio della tua nazionalità" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Read more: `How to Choose a Domain Name for Maximum SEO " -"<https://www.searchenginejournal.com/choose-a-domain-name-maximum-" -"seo/158951/>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:24 -msgid "How to buy a domain name" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:25 -msgid "Buy your domain name at a popular registrar:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:27 -msgid "`GoDaddy <https://www.godaddy.com>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:28 -msgid "`Namecheap <https://www.namecheap.com>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:29 -msgid "`OVH <https://www.ovh.com>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Steps to buy a domain name are pretty much straight forward. In case of " -"issue, check out those easy tutorials:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:34 -msgid "`GoDaddy <https://roadtoblogging.com/buy-domain-name-from-godaddy>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:35 -msgid "" -"`Namecheap <https://www.loudtips.com/buy-domain-name-hosting-namecheap//>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Feel free to buy an email server to have email addresses using your domain " -"name. However don't buy any extra service to create or host your website. " -"This is Odoo's job!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:45 -msgid "How to apply my domain name to my Odoo instance" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:46 -msgid "" -"First let's authorize the redirection (yourcompany.com -> " -"yourcompany.odoo.com):" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:48 -msgid "Open your Odoo.com account from your homepage." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:53 -msgid "Go to the *Manage Databases* page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Click on *Domains* to the right of the database you would like to redirect." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:63 -msgid "" -"A database domain prompt will appear. Enter your custom domain (e.g. " -"www.yourcompany.com)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:70 -msgid "" -"We can now apply the redirection from your domain name's manager account:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:72 -msgid "Log in to your account and search for the DNS Zones management page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:74 -msgid "" -"Create a CNAME record *www.yourdomain.com* pointing to *mywebsite.odoo.com*." -" If you want to use the naked domain (e.g. yourdomain.com), you need to " -"redirect *yourdomain.com* to *www.yourdomain.com*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:78 -msgid "Here are some specific guidelines to create a CNAME record:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:80 -msgid "`GoDaddy <https://be.godaddy.com/fr/help/add-a-cname-record-19236>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:81 -msgid "" -"`Namecheap " -"<https://www.namecheap.com/support/knowledgebase/article.aspx/9646/10/how-" -"can-i-set-up-a-cname-record-for-my-domain>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:82 -msgid "" -"`OVH " -"<https://www.ovh.co.uk/g1519.exchange_20132016_how_to_add_a_cname_record>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:85 -msgid "How to enable SSL (HTTPS) for my Odoo instance" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:87 -msgid "" -"To enable SSL, please use a third-party CDN service provider such as " -"CloudFlare.com." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:93 -msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/email_servers`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:3 -msgid "How to translate my website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:6 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Panoramica" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In addition to creating great modern websites, Odoo gives you the " -"possibility to translate it in different languages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:12 -msgid "Process" -msgstr "Processa" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Once your website is created, you have the opportunity to translate it in as" -" many different languages as you want." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:17 -msgid "" -"There are two ways to translate your website, you can do it manually or " -"automatically with the Gengo App. If you want to do it automatically, go to " -"the **App** module and Install **Automated translations through Gengo Api** " -"and **Website Gengo Translator**. If you want to do it manually, don't " -"install anything, and follow the next step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Now go to your website. On the bottom right corner of the page, click on " -"**Add a language**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Choose the language in which you want to translate your website and then " -"click on **Load.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:35 -msgid "" -"You will see that Now, next to English there is also French, which means " -"that the page for the translation has been created. You can also see that " -"some of the text has been translated automatically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:42 -msgid "" -"To translate the content of the website, click on **Translate** (here " -"**Traduire** since we want to translate the website in French)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:45 -msgid "" -"There, if you have installed the Gengo Translator, You will see that next to" -" the **Translate** button you also have a button **Translate " -"automatically**. Once you click on that button, you will be asked some " -"information on your account. If you don't have an account yet, go to " -"`*https://gengo.com/auth/form/login/* " -"<https://gengo.com/auth/form/login/>`__ in order to create one. You need to " -"ask for a public key and a private key." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:53 -msgid "" -"The content you wish to translate will then be translated automatically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Now you can see that most of the content is highlighted in yellow or in " -"green. The yellow represents the content that you have to translate by " -"yourself. The green represents the content that has already been translated " -"automatically." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/contributing.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/contributing.po deleted file mode 100644 index ddff6f249..000000000 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/contributing.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1731 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: nl\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../contributing.rst:5 -msgid "Contributing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation.rst:5 -msgid "Contributing to the documentation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:5 -msgid "Content guidelines" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:7 -msgid "" -"To give the community the best documentation possible, we listed here a few " -"guidelines, tips and tricks that will make your content shine at its " -"brightest! While we encourage you to adopt your own writing style, some " -"rules still apply to give the reader more clarity and comprehension." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:12 -msgid "" -"We strongly recommend contributors to carefully read the other documents in " -"this *Contribution* section of the documentation. Good knowledge of the ins " -"and outs of **RST writing** is required to write and submit your " -"contribution. Note that it also affects your writing style itself." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:16 -msgid ":doc:`introduction_guide`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:17 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:41 -msgid ":doc:`rst_cheat_sheet`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:18 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:42 -msgid ":doc:`rst_guidelines`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:23 -msgid "Writing style" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:25 -msgid "" -"**Writing for documentation** isn't the same as writing for a blog or " -"another medium. Readers are more likely to skim read until they've found the" -" information they are looking for. Keep in mind that the user documentation " -"is a place to inform and describe, not to convince and promote." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:32 -msgid "Consistency" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:34 -msgid "*Consistency is key to everything.*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Make sure that your writing style remains **consistent**. If you modify an " -"existing text, try to match the existing tone and presentation, or rewrite " -"it to match your own style." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:42 -msgid "Grammatical tenses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:44 -msgid "" -"In English, descriptions and instructions require the use of a **Present " -"Tense**, while a *future tense* is appropriate only when a specific event is" -" to happen ulteriorly. This logic might be different in other languages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "Good example (present):" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "" -"*Screenshots are automatically resized to fit the content block's width.*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "Bad example (future):" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "" -"*When you take a screenshot, remember that it will be automatically resized " -"to fit the content block's width.*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:57 -msgid "Paragraphing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:59 -msgid "" -"A paragraph comprises several sentences that are linked by a shared idea. " -"They usually are two to six lines long." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:62 -msgid "" -"In English, a new idea implies a new paragraph, rather than having a *line " -"break* as it is common to do in some other languages. *Line breaks* are " -"useful for layout purposes but shouldn't be used as a grammatical way of " -"separating ideas." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:67 -msgid "" -":ref:`RST cheat sheet: Break the line but not the paragraph <contributing" -"/line-break>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:72 -msgid "Titles" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:74 -msgid "To write a good title :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:76 -msgid "**Be concise.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:77 -msgid "**Avoid sentences**, questions, and titles starting with \"how to.\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:78 -msgid "**Don't use pronouns** in your titles, especially 2nd person (*your*)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:83 -msgid "Document's structure" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:85 -msgid "" -"Use different **headings levels** to organize your text by sections and sub-" -"sections. Your headings are also displayed in a dynamic *navigation bar* on " -"the side." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "**H1: Page Title**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Your *page title* gives your reader a quick and clear understanding of what " -"your content is about. It is also referenced in the section's *table of " -"contents*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:93 -msgid "" -"The *content* in this section describes the upcoming content from a " -"**business point of view**, and shouldn't put the emphasis on Odoo, as this " -"is documentation and not marketing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:97 -msgid "" -"Start first with a **Lead Paragraph**, which helps the reader make sure that" -" they've found the right page, then explain the **business aspects of this " -"topic** in the following paragraphs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "**H2: Section Title (configuration)**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "" -"This first H2 section is about the configuration of the feature, or the " -"prerequisites to achieve a specific goal. To add a path, make sure you use " -"the ``:menuselection:`` specialized directive (see link below)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "Example:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "" -"To do so, go to ``:menuselection:`App name --> Menu --> Sub-menu```, and " -"enable the XYZ feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "**H2: Section Title (main sections)**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Create as many main sections as you have actions or features to distinguish." -" The title can start with a verb, but try to avoid using \"Create ...\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "**H3: Subsection**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Subsections are perfect for assessing very specific points. The title can be" -" in the form of a question, if appropriate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:118 -msgid "**H2: Next Section**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:122 -msgid ":ref:`RST cheat sheet: headings <contributing/headings>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:123 -msgid "" -":ref:`RST cheat sheet: specialized directives <contributing/specialized-" -"directives>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:128 -msgid "Images" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:130 -msgid "" -"Adding a few images to illustrate your text helps the readers to understand " -"and memorize your content. However, avoid adding too many images: it isn't " -"necessary to illustrate all steps and features, and it may overload your " -"page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:135 -msgid "" -"Don't forget to :ref:`compress your PNG files with pngquant " -"<contributing/pngquant>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:140 -msgid "Screenshots" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:142 -msgid "" -"Screenshots are automatically resized to fit the content block's width. This" -" implies that screenshots can't be too wide, else they would appear very " -"small on-screen. Therefore, we recommend to avoid to take screenshots of a " -"full screen display of the app, unless it is relevant to do so." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:146 -msgid "A few tips to improve your screenshots:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:148 -msgid "**Zoom** in your browser. We recommend a 110% zoom for better results." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:149 -msgid "" -"**Resize** your browser's width, either by *resizing the window* itself or " -"by opening the *browser's developer tools* (press the ``F12`` key) and " -"resizing the width." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:151 -msgid "**Select** the relevant area, rather than keeping the full window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:152 -msgid "" -"If necessary, you can **edit** the screenshot to remove unnecessary fields " -"and to narrow even more Odoo's display." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:160 -msgid "" -"Resizing the window's width is the most important step to do as Odoo's " -"responsive design automatically resizes all fields to match the window's " -"width." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:166 -msgid "ALT tags" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:168 -msgid "" -"An **ALT tag** is a *text alternative* to an image. This text is displayed " -"if the browser fails to render the image. It is also helpful for users who " -"are visually impaired. Finally, it helps search engines, such as Google, to " -"understand what the image is about and index it correctly, which improves " -"the :abbr:`SEO (Search Engine Optimization)` significantly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:173 -msgid "Good ALT tags are:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:175 -msgid "**Short** (one line maximum)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:176 -msgid "**Not a repetition** of a previous sentence or title" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:177 -msgid "A **good description** of the action happening on the image" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:178 -msgid "Easily **understandable** if read aloud" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:181 -msgid ":ref:`RST cheat sheet: image directive <contributing/image>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:5 -msgid "Introduction guide" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:7 -msgid "" -"**First of all, thank you for landing here and helping us improve the user " -"documentation of Odoo!**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:9 -msgid "" -"This introductory guide will help you acquire the tools and knowledge you " -"need to write documentation, whether you plan to make a minor content change" -" or document an application from scratch." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:14 -msgid "" -"This tutorial only concerns the `user documentation " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/index.html>`_ of Odoo. The " -"documentation for `developing in Odoo " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/master/index.html>`_ in maintained " -"alongside the source code of Odoo at `github.com/odoo/odoo " -"<https://github.com/odoo/odoo/tree/master/doc>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:22 -msgid "reStructuredText" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Our documentation is written in **reStructuredText** (RST), a `lightweight " -"markup language " -"<https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lightweight_markup_language>`_ consisting of " -"normal text augmented with markup which allows including headings, images, " -"notes, and so on. This might seem a bit abstract but there is no need to " -"worry. :abbr:`RST (reStructuredText)` is not hard to learn, especially if " -"you intend to make only small changes to the content." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:30 -msgid "" -"If you need to learn about a specific markup, head over to :doc:`our cheat " -"sheet for RST <rst_cheat_sheet>` which contains all the information that you" -" should ever need for the user documentation of Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:35 -msgid "" -"We kindly ask you to observe a set of :doc:`content <content_guidelines>` " -"and :doc:`RST <rst_guidelines>` guidelines as you write documentation. This " -"ensures that you stay consistent with the rest of the documentation and " -"facilitates the approval of your content changes as they are reviewed by a " -"redactor at Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:43 -msgid ":doc:`content_guidelines`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:48 -msgid "Getting started" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:50 -msgid "" -"As our documentation is maintained on GitHub, you will need a free GitHub " -"account. Click `here <https://github.com/join>`_ to create one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Now, depending on whether you want to update existing content, or rather " -"work on new content and make file changes, you have two courses of action:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:56 -msgid "" -"**For small changes** in ``.rst`` files only, i.e. addition/edition of " -"paragraphs or typos, **we suggest that you use the GitHub interface**. This " -"is the easiest and fasted way to submit your request for changes for the " -"documentation and is suitable for non-technical people. Read " -":ref:`contributing/github-interface` to learn how to use this method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:60 -msgid "" -"**For more complex cases**, it is necessary to **use Git and work from a " -"local copy of the documentation**. This method seems intimidating but only " -"requires basic knowledge of Git. See :ref:`contributing/canonical-git-" -"workflow` for more information on this method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:67 -msgid "Use the GitHub interface" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Verify that you are browsing the documentation in the version that you " -"intend to change. The version can be selected from the dropdown in the top " -"menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:74 -msgid "" -"Head over to the page that you want to change and click on the **Edit on " -"GitHub** button in the bottom of the left menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:79 -msgid "" -"If you do not have edit rights on the repository (`odoo/documentation-user " -"<https://github.com/odoo/documentation-user>`_), you need to fork it by " -"clicking on the appropriate button. In other terms, you create a copy of the" -" entire repository on your own account. If you do have the edit rights, skip" -" this step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:86 -msgid "" -"Make the appropriate changes while taking care of following the " -":doc:`guidelines <rst_guidelines>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:89 -msgid "" -"Click on the **Preview changes** button to review your contribution in a " -"more human-readable format. Be aware that the preview is not able to handle " -"all markups correctly. Notes and tips, for instance, are not correctly " -"rendered. The version of your content published to the website will be, " -"however." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:94 -msgid "" -"Go to the bottom of the page to create a commit (:dfn:`what packs your " -"changes together and labels them with a commit message`) of your changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:0 -msgid "" -"In first text box, describe your changes. For instance, \"Fix a typo\" and " -"\"Add documentation for invoicing of sales orders\" are two clear commit " -"messages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:0 -msgid "" -"In the second text box, justify *why* you made these changes, if you feel " -"that it is not obvious." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:101 -msgid "" -"Select the option \"Create a new branch for this commit and start a pull " -"request.\" if you have the choice (if you have partial or full edit writes " -"on the repository). If not, skip this step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:104 -msgid "" -"Click on the green button. It is either labelled \"Commit changes\" or " -"\"Propose file change\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:108 -msgid "" -"In the dropdown for the selection of the base branch (i.e., the version of " -"the documentation that your changes concern), make sure to select the same " -"version as in the first step of this guide and click on the **Create pull " -"request** button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:114 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:392 -msgid "" -"Double-check your :abbr:`PR (Pull Request)` and, when ready, click again on " -"the **Create pull request** button to submit your changes for review by a " -"redactor at Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:119 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:397 -msgid "" -"You're done! If your changes are approved straight away they will appear in " -"the documentation the very next day. It may also be the case that the " -"reviewer has a question or a remark, so make sure to check your " -"notifications or your emails, depending on your account settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:126 -msgid "Use the canonical Git workflow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:131 -msgid "Prepare your machine" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:136 -msgid "Install Git" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:138 -msgid "" -"We use `Git <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Git>`_ to manage the files of the" -" user documentation. It is a tool that allows to track the history of " -"changes made to a file and, more importantly, to work on different versions " -"of those files at the same time. It means that you do not need to worry " -"about overwriting someone else’s pending work when you start editing the " -"documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:143 -msgid "" -"You must then configure Git to identify yourself as the author of your " -"future contribution. Enter the same email address as the one you used to " -"register on GitHub." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:146 -msgid "Download and install **Git** on your machine." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:147 -msgid "" -"Verify that `the installation folder of Git is included in your system's " -"PATH variable <win-add-to-path_>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:149 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:174 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:320 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:337 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:368 -msgid "Execute the following commands in a terminal:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:159 -msgid "Fetch the sources" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:161 -msgid "" -"As stated earlier, our documentation (in all its versions) is maintained on " -"GitHub at `github.com/odoo/documentation-user <https://github.com/odoo" -"/documentation-user>`_. A modification is made by the mean of a :abbr:`PR " -"(Pull Request)` (:dfn:`proposal of content changes`) to allow for a review " -"of the changes before updating the sources of the documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:166 -msgid "" -"Prior to submitting a modification, you need to make a copy of the sources " -"and download that copy on your machine." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:169 -msgid "" -"Go to `github.com/odoo/documentation-user <https://github.com/odoo" -"/documentation-user>`_ and click on the **Fork** button in the top right " -"corner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:182 -msgid "" -"If you do not have edit rights on the repository owned by Odoo, replace " -"\"odoo\" with your Github username in the URL of the command above. If you " -"do have edit rights, it is not necessary to fork the repository." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:186 -msgid "" -"In order to ease the collaboration between writers coming from many " -"different systems and teams, execute the following group of commands that " -"correspond to your :abbr:`OS (Operating System)` in a terminal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:190 -msgid "Windows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:198 -msgid "Linux or Mac OS:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:209 -msgid "Python" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:211 -msgid "" -"Because the documentation is written in :abbr:`RST (reStructuredText)`, it " -"needs to be built (:dfn:`converted to HTML`) in order to display nicely. " -"This is done by the documentation generator which takes the original " -":abbr:`RST (reStructuredText)` files as input, transforms the markups in a " -"human-readable format, and outputs HTML files to be read in your web " -"browser." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:216 -msgid "" -"The documentation generator that we use is called `Sphinx <http://www" -".sphinx-doc.org/en/master/>`_. and is written in `Python " -"<https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Python_(programming_language)>`_. You have to" -" install Python in order to use Sphinx. For the record, Sphinx is the " -"program and Python the programming language, but you do not need to know " -"much more about them so don't panic!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:221 -msgid "" -"Python comes with its own package manager: `pip " -"<https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pip_(package_manager)>`_. It allows " -"installing Python dependencies in a single command." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:225 -msgid "" -"Download and install the latest release of **Python 3** on your machine." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:226 -msgid "" -"Make sure to have **pip** installed on your machine (on Windows, you can " -"install pip alongside Python)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:228 -msgid "" -"Execute the following commands in a terminal to verify that both " -"installations finished successfully:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:236 -msgid "" -"Execute the following commands in a terminal to install the Python " -"dependencies of the documentation:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:245 -msgid "" -"Depending on your :abbr:`OS (Operating System)`, you may need to run the " -"commands ``python`` and ``pip`` instead of ``python3`` and ``pip3``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:251 -msgid "Make" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:253 -msgid "" -"`Make <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Make_(software)>`_ is a tool that packs" -" a bunch of command-lines into one to be easier to remember and to type. In " -"our case, it is used to execute complex Sphinx build commands by using a " -"single and simpler one instead." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:257 -msgid "Download and install **Make** on your machine." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:258 -msgid "" -"Verify that `the installation folder of Make is included in your system's " -"PATH variable <win-add-to-path_>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:264 -msgid "pngquant" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:266 -msgid "" -"`pngquant <https://pngquant.org/>`_ is a tool that we use to compress PNG " -"images so that the documentation does not end up weighting several Gigabytes" -" in a few year span." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:269 -msgid "Download and install **pngquant** on your machine." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:270 -msgid "" -"Verify that `the installation folder of pngquant is included in your " -"system's PATH variable <win-add-to-path_>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:276 -msgid "Prepare your version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:278 -msgid "" -"Now that your machine is all set up, it is time to do the same for your " -"version of the documentation files. As it would not be convenient to have " -"several people working on the version 14.0 in parallel (conflicts of content" -" would occur all the time), and in order to be able to create a :abbr:`PR " -"(Pull Request)`, you must `create a new branch " -"<https://www.atlassian.com/git/tutorials/using-branches>`_ starting from the" -" branch 14.0. In other words, you copy the entirety of this version’s files " -"and give it another name. For this example, we will go with " -"``14.0-my_contribution``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:286 -msgid "Execute the following commands in a terminal to..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:288 -msgid "Navigate to the documentation folder:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:294 -msgid "Switch to the version 14.0:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:300 -msgid "Create your own branch which will be a copy of 14.0:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:309 -msgid "Perform your changes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:311 -msgid "" -"You can now perform any change you want to the documentation files. These " -"changes must be compliant with :abbr:`RST (reStructuredText)` syntax (see " -":doc:`rst_cheat_sheet`) and with our :doc:`guidelines <rst_guidelines>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:316 -msgid "" -"If your changes include the addition of a new image, for instance " -":file:`my_image.png`, proceed as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:319 -msgid "Make sure that the image is in ``.png`` format." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:327 -msgid "Delete :file:`my_image.png`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:328 -msgid "Rename :file:`my_image-fs8.png` to :file:`my_image.png`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:333 -msgid "Preview your changes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:335 -msgid "" -"To preview your changes in a generated documentation, proceed as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:346 -msgid "" -"You can omit the :command:`make clean` command when no recent change has " -"been made to the hierarchy of documentation files." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:349 -msgid "Fix any error or warning shown in the logs of the build." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:350 -msgid "" -"Open the file :file:`documentation-user/_build/html/index.html` with your " -"default web browser." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:353 -msgid "" -"These steps have for only purpose to show you the final results of your " -"changes. They have no impact on the documentation source files." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:359 -msgid "Submit your changes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:362 -msgid "" -"We expect you to have basic knowledge of Git, which should be enough to " -"cover the basic flow of a one-time contribution. If you plan on submitting " -"several contributions, work on older versions of the documentation or " -"perform any other advanced action, we recommend you to be confident with " -"Git. Help yourself with `this manual of Git " -"<https://www.atlassian.com/git>`_ and `this interactive tutorial " -"<https://learngitbranching.js.org/>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:376 -msgid "" -"Go to `github.com/odoo/documentation-user/pulls <https://github.com/odoo" -"/documentation-user/pulls>`_ and click on the **New pull request** button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:382 -msgid "" -"If you forked the base repository in the section :ref:`contributing/fetch-" -"sources`, click on the link **compare across forks** If not, skip this step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:387 -msgid "" -"In the dropdown for the selection of the base branch (i.e., the version of " -"the documentation that your changes concern), make sure to select the " -"version that your changes target (here **14.0**)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:5 -msgid "RST cheat sheet" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:10 -msgid "Headings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:13 -msgid "" -"For each formatting line (e.g., ``===``), write as many symbols (``=``) as " -"there are characters in the header." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:17 -msgid "" -"The symbols used for the formatting are, in fact, not important. Only the " -"order in which they are written matters, as it determines the size of the " -"decorated heading. This means that you may encounter different heading " -"formatting and in a different order, in which case you should follow the " -"formatting in place in the document. In any other case, use the formatting " -"shown below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:20 -msgid "Heading size" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:20 -msgid "Formatting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:20 -msgid "Min/Max number of occurrences" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:22 -msgid "H1" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 -msgid "``=======``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 -msgid "``Heading``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:22 -msgid "1/1" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:26 -msgid "H2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:26 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:29 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:32 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:35 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:38 -msgid "0/∞" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:29 -msgid "H3" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 -msgid "``-------``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:32 -msgid "H4" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 -msgid "``~~~~~~~``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:35 -msgid "H5" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 -msgid "``*******``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:38 -msgid "H6" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 -msgid "``^^^^^^^``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:45 -msgid "Markup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:50 -msgid "Inline markup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:52 -msgid "Use the following markups to emphasize your text to your liking:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:55 -msgid "\\*\\*Text\\*\\*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:55 -msgid "**Text**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:57 -msgid "\\*Text\\*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:57 -msgid "*Text*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:59 -msgid "\\`\\`Text\\`\\`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:59 -msgid "``Text``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:63 -msgid ":ref:`contributing/specialized-directives`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:68 -msgid "Bulleted list" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:84 -msgid "Numbered list" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:99 -msgid "Nested lists" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:111 -msgid "Hyperlinks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:116 -msgid "Hyperlink references" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:118 -msgid "" -"Hyperlink references are links to a URL with a custom label. They follow " -"this syntax: ```label <URL>`_``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:122 -msgid "The URL can be a relative path to a file within the documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:125 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:146 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:192 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:232 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:263 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:288 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:313 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:19 -msgid "Example" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:127 -msgid "" -"This excerpt of :abbr:`RST (reStructuredText)`: ``For instance, `this is a " -"hyperlink reference <https://odoo.com>`_.`` is rendered as follows in HTML: " -"“For instance, `this is a hyperlink reference <https://odoo.com>`_.”" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:134 -msgid "External hyperlink targets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:136 -msgid "" -"External hyperlink targets allow creating shortcuts for hyperlink " -"references." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:137 -msgid "The definition syntax is as follows: ``.. _target: URL``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:138 -msgid "There are two ways to reference them, depending on the use case:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:140 -msgid "" -"``target_`` creates a hyperlink with the target name as label and the URL as" -" reference. Note that the ``_`` moved after the target!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:142 -msgid "" -"```label <target_>`_`` does exactly what you expect: the label replaces the " -"name of the target, and the target is replaced by the URL." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:149 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:195 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:235 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:266 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:291 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:316 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:352 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:373 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:392 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:413 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:432 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:453 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:490 -msgid "RST" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:159 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:211 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:243 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:274 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:299 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:330 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:361 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:381 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:401 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:421 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:441 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:461 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:499 -msgid "Render" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:161 -msgid "" -"A `proof-of-concept <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Proof_of_concept>`_ is a " -"simplified version, a prototype of what is expected to agree on the main " -"lines of expected changes. `PoC " -"<https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Proof_of_concept>`_ is a common abbreviation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:168 -msgid "Internal hyperlink targets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:170 -msgid "" -"Internal hyperlink targets follow the same syntax as external hyperlink " -"targets but without any URL. Indeed, they are internal. They allow " -"referencing a specific part of a document by using the target as an anchor. " -"When the user clicks on the reference, the documentation scrolls to the part" -" of the page containing the target." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:176 -msgid "" -"Targets can be referenced from other files than the ones in which they are " -"defined." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:178 -msgid "The definition syntax is: ``.. _target:``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:179 -msgid "" -"There are two ways to reference them, both using the ``ref`` directive:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:181 -msgid "" -"``:ref:`target``` creates a hyperlink to the anchor with the heading defined" -" below as label." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:182 -msgid "" -"``:ref:`label <target>``` creates a hyperlink to the anchor with the given " -"label." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:184 -msgid "" -"See :ref:`contributing/relative-links` to learn how to write proper relative" -" links for internal references." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:188 -msgid "" -"Notice that there is no ``_`` at the end, as it is done with :ref:`hyperlink" -" targets <contributing/hyperlink-references>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:213 -msgid "" -"This can easily be done by creating a new product, see `How to create a " -"product? <https://example.com/product>`_ for additional help." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:216 -msgid "**How to create a product?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:218 -msgid "" -"As explained at the `start of the page <https://example.com/scroll-to-start-" -"of-page>`_, ..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:223 -msgid "Implicit hyperlink targets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:227 -msgid "" -"Implicit hyperlink targets are a special kind of internal hyperlink targets:" -" they are automatically generated by section titles, footnotes, etc. " -"Consequently, they don’t have a definition syntax." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:229 -msgid "" -"They can be referenced the same first way as external hyperlink targets by " -"using the name of the section title as URL." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:245 -msgid "" -"This can easily be done by creating a new user, see `How to create a new " -"user? <https://example.com/how-to-create-a-user>`_ for additional help. ..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:251 -msgid "The ``doc`` directive" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:254 -msgid "" -"The ``doc`` directive allows referencing a documentation page wherever it is" -" in the file tree through a relative file path." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:255 -msgid "As usual, there are two ways to use the directive:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:257 -msgid "" -"``:doc:`path_to_doc_page``` creates a hyperlink reference to the " -"documentation page with the title of the page as label." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:259 -msgid "" -"``:doc:`label <path_to_doc_page>``` creates a hyperlink reference to the " -"documentation page with the given label." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:276 -msgid "" -"Please refer to `this documentation " -"<https://example.com/doc/accounting/invoices.html>`_ and to `Send a pro-" -"forma invoice <https://example.com/doc/sales/proforma.html>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:282 -msgid "The ``download`` directive" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:284 -msgid "" -"The ``download`` directive allows referencing files (that are not " -"necessarily :abbr:`RST (reStructuredText)` documents) within the source tree" -" to be downloaded." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:301 -msgid "" -"Download this `module structure template " -"<https://example.com/doc/odoosh/extras/my_module.zip>`_ to start building " -"your module in no time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:307 -msgid "The ``image`` directive" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:309 -msgid "" -"The ``image`` directive allows inserting images in a document. It comes with" -" a set of optional parameter directives that can individually be omitted if " -"considered redundant." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:344 -msgid "Admonitions (alert blocks)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:349 -msgid "Seealso" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:364 -msgid "" -"`Customer invoices <https://example.com/doc/accounting/invoices.html>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:365 -msgid "" -"`Pro-forma invoices <https://example.com/doc/sales/proforma.html#activate-" -"the-feature>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:370 -msgid "Note" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:384 -msgid "" -"Use this to get the attention of the reader about additional information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:389 -msgid "Tip" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:404 -msgid "" -"Use this to inform the reader about a useful trick that requires an action." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:410 -msgid "Important" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:424 -msgid "Use this to notify the reader about an important information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:429 -msgid "Warning" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:444 -msgid "" -"Use this to require the reader to proceed with caution with what is " -"described in the warning." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:450 -msgid "Danger" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:464 -msgid "Use this to alarm the reader about a serious threat." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:469 -msgid "Formatting tips" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:474 -msgid "Add banners on top of documents" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:480 -msgid "" -"The Odoo theme supports banner images at the top of documents. At the first " -"line of your documents, insert the directive ``:banner: " -"banners/file_name.png``. Replace ``file_name.png`` with the file that you " -"placed in :file:`_static/banners` to server as a banner of your document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:487 -msgid "Break the line but not the paragraph" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:502 -msgid "" -"First super long line that you break in two… here is rendered as a single " -"line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:503 -msgid "Second line that follows a line break." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:508 -msgid "Add comments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:510 -msgid "" -"If you made a particular choice of writing or formatting that a future " -"writer should be able to understand and take into account, consider writing " -"a comment. Comments are blocks of text that do not count as a part of the " -"documentation and that are used to pass a message to writers of the source " -"code. They consist of a line starting with two dots and a space, followed by" -" the comment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:515 -msgid "" -"``.. For instance, this line will not be rendered in the documentation.``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:520 -msgid "Use tables" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:522 -msgid "" -"Make use of `this convenient table generator " -"<https://www.tablesgenerator.com/text_tables>`_ to build your tables. Then, " -"copy-paste the generated formatting into your document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:528 -msgid "Spice up your writing with specialized directives" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:530 -msgid "Use these additional directives to fine-tune your content:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:533 -msgid "**Directive**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:533 -msgid "**Purpose**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:533 -msgid "**Example**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:535 -msgid "**RST**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:535 -msgid "**HTML**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:537 -msgid "``abbr``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:537 -msgid "Self-defining abbreviations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:537 -msgid "``:abbr:`SO (Sales Order)```" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:537 -msgid ":abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:539 -msgid "``command``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:539 -msgid "Highlight a command" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:539 -msgid "``:command:`python example.py```" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:539 -msgid ":command:`python example.py`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:541 -msgid "``dfn``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:541 -msgid "Define a term" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:541 -msgid "``:dfn:`a definition for a new term```" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:541 -msgid ":dfn:`a definition for a new term`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:543 -msgid "``file``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:543 -msgid "Indicate a file path" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:543 -msgid "``:file:`~/odoo/odoo-bin```" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:543 -msgid ":file:`~/odoo/odoo-bin`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:545 -msgid "``menuselection``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:545 -msgid "Guide a user through a sequence of menus" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:545 -msgid "``:menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings```" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:545 -msgid ":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:551 -msgid "Escape markup symbols (Advanced)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:553 -msgid "" -"Markup symbols escaped with backslashes (``\\``) are rendered normally. For " -"instance, ``this \\*\\*line of text\\*\\* with \\*markup\\* symbols`` is " -"rendered as “this \\*\\*line of text\\*\\* with \\*markup\\* symbols”." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:557 -msgid "" -"When it comes to backticks (`````), which are used in many case such as " -":ref:`hyperlink references <contributing/hyperlink-references>`, using " -"backslashes for escaping is no longer an option because the outer backticks " -"interpret enclosed backslashes and thus prevent them from escaping inner " -"backticks. For instance, ```\\`this formatting\\```` produces an ``[UNKNOWN " -"NODE title_reference]`` error. Instead, `````this formatting````` should be " -"used to produce the following result: ```this formatting```." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:5 -msgid "RST guidelines" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:10 -msgid "Use relative links for internal URLs" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:12 -msgid "" -"If you need to reference an internal documentation page or a file that is " -"not sitting in the same directory as your current page, always make use of " -"*relative file paths* rather than *absolute file paths*. An absolute file " -"path indicates the location of the target from the root of its file tree. A " -"relative file path makes use of smart notations (such as ``../`` git that " -"redirects to the parent folder) to indicate the location of the target " -"*relative* to that of the source document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:21 -msgid "Given the following source file tree:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:33 -msgid "" -"A reference to the rendered :file:`prices.html` and :file:`variants.html` " -"could be made from :file:`import.rst` as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:36 -msgid "Absolute:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:38 -msgid "" -"``https://odoo.com/documentation/user/14.0/sales/products_prices/prices.html``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:39 -msgid "" -"``https://odoo.com/documentation/user/14.0/sales/products_prices/products/variants.html``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:41 -msgid "Relative:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:43 -msgid "``../prices.html``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:44 -msgid "``variants.html``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:46 -msgid "" -"The relative links are clearly superior in terms of readability and " -"stability: the references survive version updates, folder name changes and " -"file tree restructurations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:52 -msgid "Start a new line before the 100th character" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:54 -msgid "" -"In RST, it is possible to break a line without forcing a line break on the " -"rendered HTML. Make use of this feature to write **lines of maximum 100 " -"characters**. A line break in a sentence results in an additional whitespace" -" in HTML. That means that you do not need to leave a trailing whitespace at " -"the end of a line to separate words." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:60 -msgid "" -"You can safely break a line around the separators (``-->``) of " -"``menuselection`` directives and anywhere in a hyperlink reference. For the " -"``doc``, ``ref`` and ``download`` directives, this is only true for the " -"label part of the reference." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:65 -msgid "Example: Line breaks within directive and inline markup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:74 -msgid "Be consistent with indentation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:76 -msgid "Use only spaces (never tabs)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:78 -msgid "" -"Use as many spaces at the beginning of an indented line as needed to align " -"it with the first character of the directive in the line above. This usually" -" implies 3 spaces but you only need 2 for bulleted lists." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:83 -msgid "Example: The first ``:`` is below the ``i`` (3 spaces)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Example: The ``:titlesonly:`` and page references start below the ``t`` (3 " -"spaces)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:103 -msgid "" -"Example: Continuation lines resume below the ``I``’s of “Invoice” (2 spaces)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:113 -msgid "Use the menuselection directive" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:115 -msgid "" -"Although chaining characters ``‣`` and menu names works fine to indicate a " -"user which menus to click, it is best to use the ``menuselection`` directive" -" (see :ref:`contributing/specialized-directives`) for the same result. " -"Indeed, it renders the menus chain consistently with the rest of the " -"documentation and would automatically adapt to the new graphic chart if we " -"were to switch to a new one. This directive is used inline as follows: " -"``:menuselection:`Settings --> Products --> Variants```." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:125 -msgid "Write resilient code" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:127 -msgid "" -"Prefer the use of ``#.`` in numbered lists instead of ``1.``, ``2.``, etc. " -"This removes the risk of breaking the numbering when adding new elements to " -"the list and is easier to maintain." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:129 -msgid "" -"Avoid using implicit hyperlink targets and prefer internal hyperlink targets" -" instead. Referencing the implicit target ``How to print quotations?`` is " -"more prone to break than a reference to the explicit target " -"``_print_quotation`` which never appears in the rendered HTML and is thus " -"even less likely to be modified." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:137 -msgid "Prefix hyperlink targets with application names" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:139 -msgid "" -"As hyperlink targets are visible from the entire documentation when " -"referenced with the ``ref`` directive, it is recommended to prefix the " -"target name with that of the related application. For instance, naming a " -"target ``_amazon/form`` instead of ``_form`` avoids unwanted behaviors and " -"makes the purpose of the target clear." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:147 -msgid "Don’t break hyperlink targets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:149 -msgid "" -"When refactoring (improving without adding new content) section headings or " -"hyperlink targets, take care not to break any hyperlink reference to these " -"targets or update them accordingly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:155 -msgid "Use single-underscore suffixes for hyperlink references" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:160 -msgid "" -"Although using a double-underscore suffix works most of the time for classic" -" hyperlink references, it is not recommended as double-underscores normally " -"indicate an anonymous hyperlink reference. This is a special kind of " -"hyperlink reference that makes use of nameless hyperlink targets consisting " -"only of two underscore." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:162 -msgid "" -"tl;dr: Double-underscore suffixes work until they don’t and are bad " -"practice, use single-underscore suffixes instead." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po deleted file mode 100644 index 574343f4c..000000000 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1172 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Nils van Odoo <nvo@odoo.com>, 2021 -# Martin Trigaux, 2021 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2021\n" -"Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: nl\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../crm.rst:5 -msgid "CRM" -msgstr "Relatiebeheer" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads.rst:3 -msgid "Acquire leads" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:3 -msgid "Convert leads into opportunities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The system can generate leads instead of opportunities, in order to add a " -"qualification step before converting a *Lead* into an *Opportunity* and " -"assigning to the right sales people." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:9 -msgid "" -"You can activate this mode from the CRM Settings. It applies to all your " -"sales channels by default. But you can make it specific for specific " -"channels from their configuration form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:14 -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:41 -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:8 -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:11 -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:27 -#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:9 -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:12 -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:12 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:16 -msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> " -"Settings` and activate the *Leads* feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:22 -msgid "" -"You will now have a new submenu *Leads* under *Leads* where they will " -"aggregate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:29 -msgid "Convert a lead into an opportunity" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:31 -msgid "" -"When you click on a *Lead* you will have the option to convert it to an " -"opportunity and decide if it should still be assigned to the same " -"channel/person and if you need to create a new customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:38 -msgid "" -"If you already have an opportunity with that customer Odoo will " -"automatically offer you to merge with that opportunity. In the same manner, " -"Odoo will automatically offer you to link to an existing customer if that " -"customer already exists." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:44 -msgid "Merge opportunities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Odoo will also automatically propose to merge opportunities if they have the" -" same email address. When merging opportunities, Odoo merges the information" -" into the opportunity which was created first, giving priority to the " -"information present on the first opportunity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:51 -msgid "" -"No information is lost: data from the other opportunity is logged in the " -"chatter and the information fields for easy access." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Would you find a duplicate yourself, ...you can also merge opportunities or " -"leads even if the system doesn't propose it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Here’s how, from the list view. Select the opportunities or leads you want " -"to merge and the action button will appear. Then, you can select merge." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:67 -msgid "It is also possible to merge more than 2 opportunities or leads." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:3 -msgid "Generate leads/opportunities from emails" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Automating the lead/opportunity generation will considerably improve your " -"efficiency. By default, any email sent to *sales@database\\_domain.ext* will" -" create an opportunity in the pipeline of the default sales channel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:11 -msgid "Configure email aliases" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Each sales teams can have its own email alias, to generate " -"leads/opportunities automatically assigned to it. It is useful if you manage" -" several sales teams with specific business processes. You will find the " -"configuration of sales teams under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Sales " -"Teams`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:3 -msgid "Generate leads/opportunities from your website contact page" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Automating the lead/opportunity generation will considerably improve your " -"efficiency. Any visitor using the contact form on your website will create a" -" lead/opportunity in the pipeline." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:10 -msgid "Use the contact us on your website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:12 -msgid "You should first go to your website app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:14 -msgid "|image0|\\ |image1|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:16 -msgid "" -"With the CRM app installed, you benefit from a ready-to-use contact form on " -"your Odoo website that will generate leads/opportunities automatically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:23 -msgid "" -"To change to a specific sales channel, go to :menuselection:`Website --> " -"Configuration --> Settings` under *Communication* you will find the Contact " -"Form info and where to change the *Sales Channel* or *Salesperson*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:32 -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:50 -msgid "Create a custom contact form" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:34 -msgid "" -"You may want to know more from your visitor when they use the contact form " -"to you will need to build a custom contact form on your website. These " -"contact forms can generate multiple types of records in the system (emails, " -"leads/opportunities, project tasks, helpdesk tickets, etc.)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:43 -msgid "" -"You will need to install the free *Form Builder* module, only available in " -"Odoo Enterprise." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:52 -msgid "" -"First, go to the page where you want to put your contact form. In edit mode," -" drag the form builder onto the page, and you will be able to add all the " -"fields you wish." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:59 -msgid "" -"By default, any new contact form will send an email. You can switch to " -"lead/opportunity generation in *Change Form Parameters*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:63 -msgid "" -"If the same visitor uses the contact form twice, the second entry will be " -"added to the first lead/opportunity in the chatter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:67 -msgid "Generate leads instead of opportunities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:69 -msgid "" -"When using a contact form, you should use a qualification step before " -"assigning the form to the right sales people. To do so, activate *Leads* in " -"CRM settings and refer to :doc:`convert`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:3 -msgid "Lead mining" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:4 -msgid "" -"In any business, getting quality leads is essential to keep the business " -"growing. Lead mining allows you to generate leads from scratch directly from" -" your database. Target your leads based on a set of criteria such as the " -"country, the size of the company, the industry your leads are coming from to" -" make them relevant to your business." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:10 -msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> " -"Settings` and activate the **Lead Mining** feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:17 -msgid "Start generating leads" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:18 -msgid "" -"You will now have a new button **Generate Leads** available in your " -"pipeline. You are also able to create lead mining requests from the " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Lead Mining Requests` and trough " -":menuselection:`Leads --> Leads` where you have the **Generate Leads** " -"button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:27 -msgid "" -"From there, click on the **Generate Leads** button, a window where you will " -"be able to pick your criteria will pop up." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:34 -msgid "" -"When choosing to target Companied and their contacts you can choose the " -"contacts you are getting based on Role or Seniority. When getting contact " -"information make sure to be aware of the latest EU regulation, get more " -"information about General Data Protection Regulation on `Odoo GDPR " -"<http://odoo.com/gdpr>`__," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:39 -msgid "" -"You can decide to filter the leads you are getting depending on the size " -"(number of employees) of the companies. You can pick the countries your " -"leads are coming from. It is possible to pick multiple countries. You can " -"pick the industries your leads are coming from. It is possible to pick " -"multiple industries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:43 -msgid "" -"You can choose the salesperson and the Salesteam the lead will be assigned " -"to. You can also add tags to track your generated leads." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:47 -msgid "The generated leads will have the name of the company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:50 -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:138 -#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:36 -msgid "Pricing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:51 -msgid "" -"This is an In-App Purchase feature, each generated lead will cost you one " -"credit. If you choose to get contact information each contact will also cost" -" us one additional credit. Here is the pricing for this `feature " -"<https://iap.odoo.com/iap/in-app-services/167?>`__, To buy credits you can " -"either go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Settings --> Buy " -"Credits`; or go to :menuselection:`Settings --> In-App Purchases --> View my" -" Services`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:65 -msgid "" -"The blue box will automatically tell you how many credits are going to be " -"consumed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:68 -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:169 -msgid "" -"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you " -"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:71 -msgid "" -":doc:`In-App Purchases (IAP) " -"<../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:3 -msgid "Send quotations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When you qualify a lead into an opportunity you will most likely need to " -"send them a quotation. You can directly do this in the CRM App with Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:12 -msgid "Create a new quotation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:14 -msgid "" -"By clicking on any opportunity or lead, you will see a *New Quotation* " -"button, it will bring you into a new menu where you can manage your quote." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:21 -msgid "" -"You will find all your quotes to that specific opportunity under the " -"*Quotations* menu on that page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:28 -msgid "Mark them won/lost" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Now you will need to mark your opportunity as won or lost to move the " -"process along." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:33 -msgid "" -"If you mark them as won, they will move to your *Won* column in your Kanban " -"view. If you however mark them as *Lost* they will be archived." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize.rst:3 -msgid "Optimize your Day-to-Day work" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:3 -msgid "How to motivate and reward my salespeople?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Challenging your employees to reach specific targets with goals and rewards " -"is an excellent way to reinforce good habits and improve your salespeople " -"productivity. The Gamification module gives you simple and creative ways to " -"motivate and evaluate your employees with real-time recognition and badges " -"inspired by game mechanics." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Install the *Gamification* module, or the *CRM gamification* one, which adds" -" some useful data (goals and challenges) that can be used on *CRM/Sale*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:21 -msgid "Create a challenge" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Now, create your first challenge by going to :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Gamification Tools --> Challenges`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:27 -msgid "" -"As the gamification tool is a one-time technical setup, you need to activate" -" the technical features in order to access the configuration. To do so, go " -"to *Settings* and *Activate the developer mode*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:35 -msgid "" -"A challenge is a mission that you send to your sales team. It can include " -"one or several goals, set for a specific period of time. Configure your " -"challenge as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:38 -msgid "Assign the salespeople to be challenged;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:39 -msgid "Assign a responsible;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:40 -msgid "Set up the periodicity along with the start and the end date;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:41 -msgid "Select your goals;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:42 -msgid "Set up your rewards (badges)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Badges are granted when a challenge is finished. This is either at the end " -"of a running period (eg: end of the month for a monthly challenge), at the " -"end date of a challenge (if no periodicity is set), or when the challenge is" -" manually closed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:49 -msgid "" -"In the example below, 2 employees are being challenged with a *Monthly Sales" -" Target*. The challenge is based on 2 goals: the total amount invoiced and " -"number of new leads generated. At the end of the month, the winner will be " -"granted with a badge." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:58 -msgid "Set up goals" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:60 -msgid "" -"The users can be evaluated using goals and numerical objectives to reach." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:62 -msgid "" -"**Goals** are assigned through *challenges* that evaluate (see image above) " -"and compare members of a team throughout time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:66 -msgid "" -"You can create a new goal on the fly from a *Challenge* by clicking on *Add " -"new item*, under *Goals*. Select the business object according to your " -"company's needs. Examples: number of new leads, time to qualify a lead, " -"total amount invoiced in a specific week, month or any other time frame " -"based on your management preferences, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Goals may include your database setup as well (e.g. set your company data " -"and a timezone, create new users, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:77 -msgid "Set up rewards" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:79 -msgid "" -"For non-numerical achievements, **Badges** can be granted to users. From a " -"simple thank you to an exceptional achievement, a badge is an easy way to " -"express gratitude to a user for their good work. To create and grant badges " -"to your employees based on their performance, go to :menuselection:`Settings" -" --> Gamification Tools --> Badges`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:3 -msgid "Outlook Extension" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The **Odoo CRM Extension** is a connector that bridges your Outlook mailbox " -"with your Odoo database. This extension allows you to:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:8 -msgid "Create leads from emails sent to your mailbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:9 -msgid "Centralize Prospects' emails into a CRM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:10 -msgid "Search and store insights on your contacts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:17 -msgid "" -"This extension is compatible with the Web version of Outlook as well as the " -"desktop apps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:20 -msgid "" -"The Outlook Extension uses *Partner Autocomplete IAP credits* to search and " -"store insights on your contacts. See the :ref:`Pricing section " -"<outlook_extension/pricing>` below for more information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:29 -msgid "" -"The Outlook Extension requires to be configured both in Odoo and in Outlook." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:34 -msgid "Enable the feature on your database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:36 -msgid "" -"To enable this feature on your Odoo database, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> " -"Configuration --> Lead Generation`, enable **Outlook CRM Extension**, and " -"click on *Save*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:42 -msgid "Install the add-in on Outlook" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:44 -msgid "" -"You can install the Outlook Extension as a **Custom Add-in**. To do so, " -"follow these steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:0 -msgid "URL of the **Odoo for Outlook** add-in's manifest file:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:0 -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:0 -msgid "``https://download.odoo.com/plugins/outlook/manifest.xml``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:50 -msgid "Todo" -msgstr "Te doen" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:50 -msgid "add copy button when the feature is added to the doc" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Connect to your Outlook mailbox, open any email, and click on the *More " -"actions* button, displayed as three little dots." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:59 -msgid "Click on *Get add-ins*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:65 -msgid "" -"In the new window, select the tab named *My add-ins*, click on *+ Add a " -"custom add-in*, and then on *Add from URL...*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Outlook prompts you to **enter the URL of the add-in's manifest file**. To " -"do so, copy the following URL, paste it in the box, and click on *OK*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:80 -msgid "" -"Outlook warns you that Microsoft hasn’t verified the add-in. Click on " -"*Install* to complete the installation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:84 -msgid "" -"The *Odoo for Outlook* add-in is not listed yet on Outlook's add-ins list. " -"This is why it is currently necessary to install it as a *custom add-in*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:90 -msgid "Add a shortcut to open the extension" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:92 -msgid "" -"By default, you can open the **Odoo for Outlook** extension from the *More " -"actions* menu. This section explains how to move the launcher next to the " -"other default actions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:99 -msgid "" -"In your Outlook mailbox, click on *Settings*, then on *View all Outlook " -"settings*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:100 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Mail --> Customize actions --> Message " -"surface`, select *Odoo for Outlook*, and click on *Save*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:109 -msgid "Connect to your database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:111 -msgid "" -"Open **Odoo for Outlook** from any email. This opens the extension as a " -"panel on the right side of your screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:113 -msgid "Click on *login* at the bottom of the extension." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:114 -msgid "Insert your database's URL then click on *Login*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:120 -msgid "" -"Log into your database by entering your credentials. Skip this step if you " -"are already logged in with this browser." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:122 -msgid "" -"A message asks you if you want to let Outlook access your Odoo database. " -"Click on *Allow* to complete the connection." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:126 -msgid "" -"Make sure first to :ref:`enable the feature on your database " -"<outlook_extension/enable-feature>`. Failing to do so would result in an " -"*error 404 message*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:130 -msgid "" -"The extension displays some information, even if you do not connect it to " -"any Odoo database. Note that only a limited amount of contact enrichment " -"requests are available as a trial, as this feature requires prepaid credits." -" See the :ref:`Pricing section <outlook_extension/pricing>` below for more " -"information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:140 -msgid "" -"The extension is **free** and doesn't require any purchase to be installed " -"and used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:142 -msgid "" -"However, this extension provides you with *Lead Enrichment* in the **Company" -" Insights** section. This service is part of a paid service known as **Lead " -"Generation**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:145 -msgid "" -"The extension allows you to test this service for free, whether you connect " -"the extension to a database or not. After a while, the extension asks you to" -" buy credits to keep using this additional service." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:155 -msgid "" -"You can buy more *Lead Generation* credits to keep using this service or " -"disregard this message and keep using the extension for free without *Lead " -"Enrichment*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:159 -msgid "In-App Purchase" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:162 -msgid "" -"*Lead Generation* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service, which requires " -"prepaid credits to be used. Each request consumes one credit." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:164 -#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:41 -msgid "" -"To buy credits, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Contacts --> Partner " -"Autocomplete or Odoo IAP --> View My Services` and select a package." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:167 -msgid "" -"If you run out of credits, the only information populated when clicking on " -"the suggested company is the website link and logo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:171 -#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Learn about our *Privacy Policy* `here " -"<https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#header_2>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:174 -msgid ":doc:`../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:175 -msgid "`Odoo Learn: Lead Enrichment <https://www.odoo.com/r/p73>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:3 -msgid "Enrich your contacts base with Partner Autocomplete" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Parter Autocomplete helps you to enrich your contacts database with " -"corporate data. Select one of the companies suggested in the dropdown, and " -"quickly get all the information you need." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Contacts` and activate the *Partner " -"Autocomplete* feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:18 -msgid "Enrich your contacts with corporate data" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:22 -msgid "" -"From any module, once you start to create a new contact typing the name of " -"it, the system will suggest a potential match. If you select it, the contact" -" will be populated with corporate data." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:23 -msgid "" -"For example, after typing *Odoo*, you will get the following information:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Partner Autocomplete also works if you enter a VAT number instead of a " -"company name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:39 -msgid "" -"*Partner Autocomplete* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service, which requires" -" prepaid credits to be used. Each request will consume one credit." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:44 -msgid "" -"If you run out of credits, the only information that will be populated when " -"clicking on the suggested company will be the website link and the logo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:46 -msgid "" -"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and you have the Enterprise version, you " -"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance.rst:3 -msgid "Analyze performance" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:3 -msgid "Check your Win/Loss Ratio" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:5 -msgid "" -"To see how well you are doing with your pipeline, take a look at the " -"Win/Loss ratio." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:8 -msgid "" -"To access this report, go to your *Pipeline* view under the *Reporting* tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:11 -msgid "" -"From there you can filter to which opportunities you wish to see, yours, the" -" ones from your sales channel, your whole company, etc. You can then click " -"on filter and check Won/Lost." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:18 -msgid "You can also change the *Measures* to *Total Revenue*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:23 -msgid "You also have the ability to switch to a pie chart view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline.rst:3 -msgid "Organize the pipeline" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:3 -msgid "Manage lost opportunities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:5 -msgid "" -"While working with your opportunities, you might lose some of them. You will" -" want to keep track of the reasons you lost them and also which ways Odoo " -"can help you recover them in the future." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:10 -msgid "Mark a lead as lost" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:12 -msgid "" -"While in your pipeline, select any opportunity you want and you will see a " -"*Mark Lost* button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:15 -msgid "" -"You can then select an existing *Lost Reason* or create a new one right " -"there." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:22 -msgid "Manage & create lost reasons" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:24 -msgid "" -"You will find your *Lost Reasons* under :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Lost Reasons`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:26 -msgid "" -"You can select & rename any of them as well as create a new one from there." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:30 -msgid "Retrieve lost opportunities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:32 -msgid "" -"To retrieve lost opportunities and do actions on them (send an email, make a" -" feedback call, etc.), select the *Lost* filter in the search bar." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:39 -msgid "You will then see all your lost opportunities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:41 -msgid "" -"If you want to refine them further, you can add a filter on the *Lost " -"Reason*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:44 -msgid "For Example, *Too Expensive*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:50 -msgid "Restore lost opportunities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:52 -msgid "" -"From the Kanban view with the filter(s) in place, you can select any " -"opportunity you wish and work on it as usual. You can also restore it by " -"clicking on *Archived*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:59 -msgid "" -"You can also restore items in batch from the Kanban view when they belong to" -" the same stage. Select *Restore Records* in the column options. You can " -"also archive the same way." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:66 -msgid "To select specific opportunities, you should switch to the list view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Then you can select as many or all opportunities and select the actions you " -"want to take." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:78 -msgid ":doc:`../performance/win_loss`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:3 -msgid "Manage multiple sales teams" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, you can manage several sales teams, departments or channels with " -"specific sales processes. To do so, we use the concept of *Sales Channel*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:10 -msgid "Create a new sales channel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To create a new *Sales Channel*, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Sales Channels`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:14 -msgid "" -"There you can set an email alias to it. Every message sent to that email " -"address will create a lead/opportunity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:21 -msgid "Add members to your sales channel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:23 -msgid "" -"You can add members to any channel; that way those members will see the " -"pipeline structure of the sales channel when opening it. Any " -"lead/opportunity assigned to them will link to the sales channel. Therefore," -" you can only be a member of one channel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:28 -msgid "This will ease the process review of the team manager." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:33 -msgid "" -"If you now filter on this specific channel in your pipeline, you will find " -"all of its opportunities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:40 -msgid "Sales channel dashboard" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:42 -msgid "" -"To see the operations and results of any sales channel at a glance, the " -"sales manager also has access to the *Sales Channel Dashboard* under " -"*Reporting*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:46 -msgid "" -"It is shared with the whole ecosystem so every revenue stream is included in" -" it: Sales, eCommerce, PoS, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads.rst:3 -msgid "Assign and track leads" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:3 -msgid "Assign leads based on scoring" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:5 -msgid "" -"With *Leads Scoring* you can automatically rank your leads based on selected" -" criterias." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:8 -msgid "" -"For example you could score customers from your country higher or the ones " -"that visited specific pages on your website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:14 -msgid "" -"To use scoring, install the free module *Lead Scoring* under your *Apps* " -"page (only available in Odoo Enterprise)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:21 -msgid "Create scoring rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:23 -msgid "" -"You now have a new tab in your *CRM* app called *Leads Management* where you" -" can manage your scoring rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Here's an example for a Canadian lead, you can modify for whatever criteria " -"you wish to score your leads on. You can add as many criterias as you wish." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Every hour every lead without a score will be automatically scanned and " -"assigned their right score according to your scoring rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:40 -msgid "Assign leads" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Once the scores computed, leads can be assigned to specific teams using the " -"same domain mechanism. To do so go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Leads " -"Management --> Team Assignation` and apply a specific domain on each team. " -"This domain can include scores." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Further on, you can assign to a specific vendor in the team with an even " -"more refined domain." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:52 -msgid "" -"To do so go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Leads Management --> Leads " -"Assignation`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:58 -msgid "" -"The team & leads assignation will assign the unassigned leads once a day." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:62 -msgid "Evaluate & use the unassigned leads" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Once your scoring rules are in place you will most likely still have some " -"unassigned leads. Some of them could still lead to an opportunity so it is " -"useful to do something with them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:68 -msgid "" -"In your leads page you can place a filter to find your unassigned leads." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Why not using :menuselection:`Email Marketing` or :menuselection:`Marketing " -"Automation` apps to send a mass email to them? You can also easily find such" -" unassigned leads from there." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:3 -msgid "Track your prospects visits" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Tracking your website pages will give you much more information about the " -"interests of your website visitors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Every tracked page they visit will be recorded on your lead/opportunity if " -"they use the contact form on your website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:14 -msgid "" -"To use this feature, install the free module *Lead Scoring* under your " -"*Apps* page (only available in Odoo Enterprise)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:21 -msgid "Track a webpage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Go to any static page you want to track on your website and under the " -"*Promote* tab you will find *Optimize SEO*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:29 -msgid "There you will see a *Track Page* checkbox to track this page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:35 -msgid "See visited pages in your leads/opportunities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Now each time a lead is created from the contact form it will keep track of " -"the pages visited by that visitor. You have two ways to see those pages, on " -"the top right corner of your lead/opportunity you can see a *Page Views* " -"button but also further down you will see them in the chatter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Both will update if the viewers comes back to your website and visits more " -"pages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:52 -msgid "" -"The feature will not repeat multiple viewings of the same pages in the " -"chatter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:55 -msgid "Your customers will no longer be able to keep any secrets from you!" -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po deleted file mode 100644 index 98f7dcf38..000000000 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1550 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2021 -# Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2021 -# Eric Geens <ericgeens@yahoo.com>, 2021 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Eric Geens <ericgeens@yahoo.com>, 2021\n" -"Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: nl\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:8 -msgid "Online Database management" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:10 -msgid "" -"To manage your databases, access the `database management page " -"<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__ (you will have to sign in). Then " -"click on the `Manage Your Databases " -"<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases/manage>`__ button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Make sure you are connected as the administrator of the database you want to" -" manage - many operations depends on indentifying you remotely to that " -"database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:22 -msgid "Several actions are available:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:28 -msgid ":ref:`Upgrade <upgrade_button>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Upgrade your database to the latest Odoo version to enjoy cutting-edge " -"features" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:32 -msgid ":ref:`Duplicate <duplicate_online>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Make an exact copy of your database, if you want to try out new apps or new " -"flows without compromising your daily operations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:34 -msgid ":ref:`Rename <rename_online_database>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:35 -msgid "Rename your database (and its URL)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:37 -msgid "**Backup**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Download an instant backup of your database; note that we back up databases " -"daily according to our Odoo Cloud SLA" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:40 -msgid ":ref:`Domains <custom_domain>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:40 -msgid "Configure custom domains to access your database via another URL" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:42 -msgid ":ref:`Delete <delete_online_database>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:43 -msgid "Delete a database instantly" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:46 -msgid "Contact Support" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Access our `support page <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__ with the correct " -"database already selected" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:51 ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:12 -msgid "Upgrade" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Upgrading your database to a newer version of Odoo is a complex operation " -"that require time and caution. It is extremely important that you fully test" -" the process before upgrading your production database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Odoo releases new versions regularly (at least once a year), and upgrading " -"your database to enjoy new Odoo features is part of the Odoo Online " -"experience." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:60 -msgid "" -"The upgrade process can take some time, especially if you use multiple apps " -"or apps that manage sensitive data (e.g. Accounting, Inventory, etc.). In " -"general, the 'smaller' the database, the quickest the upgrade. A single-user" -" database that uses only CRM will be processed faster than a multi-company, " -"multi-user database that uses Accounting, Sales, Purchase and Manufacturing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Unfortunately, it is impossible to give time estimates for every upgrade " -"request, since Odoo.com will test manually every database upgrade at least " -"once and will need to correct/adapt changes made to the standard Odoo Apps " -"(e.g. through Studio or through a Success Pack) on a case-by-case basis. " -"This can make the process slower, since requests are treated in the order " -"they arrive. This is especially true in the months following the release of " -"a new major version, which can lengthen the upgrade delay significantly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:74 -msgid "The upgrade process is quite simple from your point of view:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:76 -msgid "You request a test upgrade" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Once all tests have been validated **by you**, you upgrade your actual " -"database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:79 -msgid "" -"The process to request a test or a production (*actual*) upgrade is the " -"same." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:81 -msgid "" -"First, make sure to be connected to the database you want to upgrade and " -"access the `database management page <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:84 -msgid "" -"You have to have an active session with access to the Settings app in the " -"database you want to upgrade for the button to be visible." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:87 -msgid "" -"On the line of the database you want to upgrade, click on the \"Cog\" menu. " -"If an newer version of Odoo is available, you will see an 'Upgrade' button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:94 -msgid "" -"You have the possibility to choose the target version of the upgrade. By " -"default, we select the highest available version available for your " -"database; if you were already in the process of testing an upgrade, we will " -"automatically select the version you were already testing (even if we " -"released a more recent version during your tests)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:103 -msgid "" -"By clicking on the \"Test upgrade\" button, an upgrade request will be " -"generated. Only one request can be made at time for each database; if a " -"request has already been made, you will see an 'Upgrade Queued' note instead" -" and asking another request will not be possible." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:108 -msgid "" -"A test upgrade will create a copy of your database, upgrade it and make it " -"available to you automatically once successful. If this is the first test " -"you request for this particular database, a manual testing phase will be " -"done by Odoo.com - this could take time (up to several weeks). Subsequent " -"requests will not go through that manual testing step and will usually be " -"made available in a few hours. Once the test database is available, you " -"should receive an e-mail with the URL of the test database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:116 -msgid "" -"**Testing your database is the most important step of the upgrade process!**" -" Even though we test all upgrades manually, we do not know your work " -"processes. A change in standard worfklows of Odoo in new versions might " -"require you to change internal processes, or some of the customizations you " -"made through Odoo Studio might not work properly. *It is up to you to make " -"sure that everything works as it should!* You can report issues with your " -"test database through our `Support page <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:124 -msgid "" -"Make sure to do one last test of your upgrade right before the final upgrade" -" (e.g. the day before) to ensure everything will run smoothly. Downgrading " -"is not possible and post-poning an upgrade is always easier than being " -"prevented to work by an upgrade issue after the fact!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:129 -msgid "" -"Once you are ready and you have validated all your tests, you can click " -"again on the Upgrade button and confirm by clicking on Upgrade (the button " -"with the little rocket!) to switch your production database to the new " -"version. Your database will then be taken offline within the next 10 minutes" -" and will be upgraded automatically; you receive a confirmation e-mail once " -"the process is completed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:140 -msgid "" -"Your database will be taken offline during the upgrade (usually between " -"30min up to several hours for big databases), so make sure to plan your " -"migration during non-business hours." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:146 -msgid "Duplicating a database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:148 -msgid "" -"Database duplication, renaming, custom DNS, etc. is not available for trial " -"databases on our Online platform. Paid Databases and \"One App Free\" " -"database can duplicate without problem." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:153 -msgid "" -"In the line of the database you want to duplicate, you will have a few " -"buttons. To duplicate your database, just click **Duplicate**. You will have" -" to give a name to your duplicate, then click **Duplicate Database**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:160 -msgid "" -"If you do not check the \"For testing purposes\" checkbox when duplicating a" -" database, all external communication will remain active:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:163 -msgid "Emails are sent" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:165 -msgid "" -"Payments are processed (in the e-commerce or Subscriptions apps, for " -"example)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:168 -msgid "Delivery orders (shipping providers) are sent" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:170 -msgid "Etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:172 -msgid "" -"Make sure to check the checkbox \"For testing purposes\" if you want these " -"behaviours to be disabled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:175 -msgid "" -"After a few seconds, you will be logged in your duplicated database. Notice " -"that the url uses the name you chose for your duplicated database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:180 -msgid "Duplicate databases expire automatically after 15 days." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:188 -msgid "Rename a Database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:190 -msgid "" -"To rename your database, make sure you are connected to the database you " -"want to rename, access the `database management page " -"<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__ and click **Rename**. You will have " -"to give a new name to your database, then click **Rename Database**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:201 -msgid "Deleting a Database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:203 -msgid "You can only delete databases of which you are the administrator." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:205 -msgid "" -"When you delete your database all the data will be permanently lost. The " -"deletion is instant and for all the Users. We advise you to do an instant " -"backup of your database before deleting it, since the last automated daily " -"backup may be several hours old at that point." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:211 -msgid "" -"From the `database management page <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__, " -"on the line of the database you want to delete, click on the \"Delete\" " -"button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:218 -msgid "" -"Read carefully the warning message that will appear and proceed only if you " -"fully understand the implications of deleting a database:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:224 -msgid "" -"After a few seconds, the database will be deleted and the page will reload " -"automatically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:228 -msgid "" -"If you need to re-use this database name, it will be immediately available." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:230 -msgid "" -"It is not possible to delete a database if it is expired or linked to a " -"Subscription. In these cases contact `Odoo Support " -"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:234 -msgid "" -"If you want to delete your Account, please contact `Odoo Support " -"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:7 -msgid "On-premises Database management" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:10 -msgid "Register a database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To register your database, you just need to enter your Subscription Code in " -"the banner in the App Switcher. Make sure you do not add extra spaces before" -" or after your subscription code. If the registration is successful, it will" -" turn green and will provide you with the Expiration Date of your freshly-" -"registered database. You can check this Epiration Date in the About menu " -"(Odoo 9) or in the Settings Dashboard (Odoo 10)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:20 -msgid "Registration Error Message" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:22 -msgid "" -"If you are unable to register your database, you will likely encounter this " -"message:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:31 -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:110 -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:138 -msgid "Solutions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:33 -msgid "Do you have a valid Enterprise subscription?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Check if your subscription details get the tag \"In Progress\" on your `Odoo" -" Account <https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__ or with your Account" -" Manager" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:39 -msgid "Have you already linked a database with your subscription reference?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:41 -msgid "" -"You can link only one database per subscription. (Need a test or a " -"development database? `Find a partner <https://www.odoo.com/partners>`__)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:45 -msgid "" -"You can unlink the old database yourself on your `Odoo Contract " -"<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__ with the button \"Unlink " -"database\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:52 -msgid "" -"A confirmation message will appear; make sure this is the correct database " -"as it will be deactivated shortly:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:59 -msgid "Do you have the updated version of Odoo 9?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:61 -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:171 -msgid "" -"From July 2016 onward, Odoo 9 now automatically change the uuid of a " -"duplicated database; a manual operation is no longer required." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:64 -msgid "" -"If it's not the case, you may have multiple databases sharing the same UUID." -" Please check on your `Odoo Contract " -"<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__, a short message will appear " -"specifying which database is problematic:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:73 -msgid "" -"In this case, you need to change the UUID on your test databases to solve " -"this issue. You will find more information about this in :ref:`this section " -"<duplicate_premise>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:76 -msgid "" -"For your information, we identify database with UUID. Therefore, each " -"database should have a distinct UUID to ensure that registration and " -"invoicing proceed effortlessly for your and for us." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:80 -msgid "Check your network and firewall settings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:82 -msgid "" -"The Update notification must be able to reach Odoo's subscription validation" -" servers. In other words, make sure that the Odoo server is able to open " -"outgoing connections towards:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:86 -msgid "services.odoo.com on port 443 (or 80)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:87 -msgid "services.openerp.com on port 443 (or 80) for older deployments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:89 -msgid "" -"Once you activated your database, you must keep these ports open, as the " -"Update notification runs once a week." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:95 -msgid "Error message due to too many users" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:97 -msgid "" -"If you have more users in your local database than provisionned in your Odoo" -" Enterprise subscription, you may encounter this message:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:106 -msgid "" -"When the message appears you have 30 days before the expiration. The " -"countdown is updated everyday." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:112 -msgid "" -"**Add more users** on your subscription: follow the link and Validate the " -"upsell quotation and pay for the extra users." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:114 -msgid "" -"**Deactivate users** as explained in this `documentation <documentation.html" -"#deactivating-users>`_ and **Reject** the upsell quotation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:117 -msgid "" -"Once your database has the correct number of users, the expiration message " -"will disappear automatically after a few days, when the next verification " -"occurs. We understand that it can be a bit frightening to see the countdown," -" so you can :ref:`force an Update Notification <force_ping>` to make the " -"message disappear right away." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:124 -msgid "Database expired error message" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:126 -msgid "" -"If your database reaches its expiration date before your renew your " -"subscription, you will encounter this message:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:134 -msgid "" -"This **blocking** message appears after a non-blocking message that lasts 30" -" days. If you fail to take action before the end of the countdown, the " -"database is expired." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:142 -msgid "" -"Renew your subscription: follow the link and renew your subscription - note " -"that" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:141 -msgid "" -"if you wish to pay by Wire Transfer, your subscription will effectively be " -"renewed only when the payment arrives, which can take a few days. Credit " -"card payments are processed immediately." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:144 -msgid "Contact our `Support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:146 -msgid "" -"None of those solutions worked for you? Please contact our `Support " -"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:155 -msgid "Duplicate a database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:157 -msgid "" -"You can duplicate your database by accessing the database manager on your " -"server (<odoo-server>/web/database/manager). In this page, you can easily " -"duplicate your database (among other things)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:165 -msgid "" -"When you duplicate a local database, it is **strongly** advised to change " -"the duplicated database's uuid (Unniversally Unique Identifier), since this " -"uuid is how your database identifies itself with our servers. Having two " -"databases with the same uuid could result in invoicing problems or " -"registration problems down the line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:174 -msgid "" -"The database uuid is currently accessible from the menu " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> System Parameters`, we advise you" -" to use a `uuid generator <https://www.uuidtools.com>`_ or to use the unix " -"command ``uuidgen`` to generate a new uuid. You can then simply replace it " -"like any other record by clicking on it and using the edit button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:17 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Overzicht" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:22 -msgid "The upgrade process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:24 -msgid "" -"This documentation is for our *On-Premise* (self-hosted) and *Odoo.sh* " -"customers. If you are hosted Online, please check our :ref:`instruction page" -" for our Online (SaaS) customers <upgrade_button>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:30 -msgid "Definition" -msgstr "Definitie" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:32 -msgid "" -"An upgrade is switching to a newer version of Odoo (e.g., Odoo 13.0 to Odoo " -"14.0)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:34 -msgid "An upgrade does not cover:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:36 -msgid "" -"changing :ref:`Editions <db-upgrade/faq/editions-change>` (i.e., Community " -"to Enterprise edition)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:37 -msgid "" -"switching :ref:`hosting type <db-upgrade/faq/hosting-types-switch>` (i.e., " -"On-Premise to Online or Odoo.sh)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:39 -msgid "migration from another ERP to Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:41 ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:99 -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:231 -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:361 -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:370 -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:382 -msgid "|assistance-contact|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:46 -msgid "Process workflow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:48 -msgid "The upgrade process in a nutshell:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:50 -msgid "You create a test upgrade request." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:0 -msgid "The request is processed by Odoo:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:0 -msgid "" -"This happens via an automated process that runs the database through an " -"upgrade script and takes between 20 and 120 minutes. Only if an issue(s) " -"arises will we have to intervene manually and adjust the script specifically" -" to your database until the upgrade succeeds." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:55 -msgid "Odoo delivers a test database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:56 -msgid "" -"You test your database for possible discrepancies (see :ref:`db-upgrade" -"/test-guidance`)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:57 -msgid "" -"If there are any discrepancies, you report them to the Upgrade support team " -"via the :ref:`Help portal <db-upgrade/test-assistance>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:59 -msgid "We will fix the issues and send you a new test database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Once you completed the testing and are happy with the result, you decide on " -"a date and time when you stop users from accessing Odoo, freeze all data " -"entries and create an upgrade request for the production upgrade." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:63 -msgid "Odoo delivers the production database through the automated process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:64 -msgid "" -"You restore it in your Production environment a few short hours later and " -"continue working on the newly upgraded database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:70 -msgid "Service Level Agreement" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:73 -msgid "What is covered by the Enterprise Licence?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:75 -msgid "" -"Databases hosted on Odoo’s Cloud platforms (Saas and Odoo.sh) or On-Premise " -"(Self-Hosting) enjoy the following service at all times." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:78 -msgid "The upgrade of:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:80 -msgid "standard applications" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:81 -msgid "Studio customization (as long as the Studio app is still active)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:82 -msgid "" -"customizations done by our consulting and developer services *if* they are " -"covered by a ‘Maintenance of Customisations’ subscription" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:85 -msgid "" -"The Upgrade Service is limited to the technical conversion and adaptation of" -" your database (standard modules and data) to make it compatible with the " -"targeted version." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:89 -msgid "What upgrading does NOT cover" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:91 -msgid "The cleaning of pre-existing data & configuration while upgrading" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Any new developments and/or upgrade of your own :ref:`custom modules <db-" -"upgrade/faq/custom-modules>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:94 -msgid "`Training <https://www.odoo.com/learn>`_ on the new version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:96 -msgid "" -"You can get more information about your Enterprise Licence on our :ref:`Odoo" -" Enterprise Subscription Agreement <upgrade>` page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:104 -msgid "Get started" -msgstr "Beginnen" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:106 -msgid "The upgrade process varies depending on where your database is hosted." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:111 -msgid "Online (SaaS)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:113 -msgid "" -"If you are hosted Online, please check our :ref:`instruction page for our " -"Online (SaaS) customers <upgrade_button>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:119 -msgid "Odoo.sh" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:121 -msgid "" -"If you are Odoo.sh hosted, check our :doc:`specific instructions to be able " -"to upgrade <../odoo_sh/advanced/upgrade_your_database>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:127 -msgid "On-Premise" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:129 -msgid "There are two possibilities:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:131 -msgid "Via the interface of our `website form <https://upgrade.odoo.com>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:0 -msgid "" -"For technically-advanced users and partners, via the following command line " -"(to be used on the machine where your database is hosted):" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:0 -msgid "" -"``python <(curl -s beta.upgrade.odoo.com/upgrade) test -d <your db name> -t " -"14.0``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:137 -msgid "What does it do?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:139 -msgid "" -"The above command will dump your database to a file, then send it to the " -"upgrade platform for upgrade, displaying you the live logs, then restore the" -" upgraded database back on your server as a duplicate test database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:146 -msgid "Steps" -msgstr "Stappen" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:151 -msgid "The testing phase" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:156 -msgid "Test process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:158 -msgid "" -"Also referred to as the pre-production phase, the test phase allows you to " -"review an upgraded version of your database without affecting your " -"production database in any way." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:161 -msgid "" -"We suggest that you run the test upgrade process at least once, but you can " -"do it as often as you want (one at a time)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:164 -msgid "" -"Once you receive your upgraded test database, you should check that all " -"data, processes and functionality are still correct and working as expected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:167 -msgid "If you do find discrepancies, you'll be able to:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:0 -msgid ":ref:`Report your issues <db-upgrade/test-assistance>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:0 -msgid "and/or" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:171 -msgid "" -"Ask for a new :ref:`test request <db-upgrade/test-db-request>` after the " -"reported issues have been fixed in the upgrade script." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:174 -msgid "When you do not find any discrepancies, you'll be able to:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:176 -msgid "" -"Move on to the upgrade of your :ref:`production database <db-upgrade" -"/production-live>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:181 -msgid "Request a test database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:183 -msgid "" -"When filling the `website form <https://upgrade.odoo.com>`_, select " -"*Testing* purpose." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:192 -msgid "Test guidance" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:194 -msgid "" -"Every business and organization has its own operational needs and will have " -"to test its specific Odoo instance respectively. However, we recommend you " -"look at `the test scenario " -"<https://drive.google.com/open?id=1Lm4JqbsHBirB1wMi14UChoz_YHLjx5ec>`_ we " -"created, a high-level idea of what you should test and look out for." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:199 -msgid "Todo" -msgstr "Te doen" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:199 -msgid "change link \"test scenario\" once the related doc is published" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:204 -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:263 -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:395 -msgid "Assistance" -msgstr "Pechhulp" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:206 -msgid "" -"If you encounter issues or problems in the **test database**, please contact" -" the Odoo Upgrade Support:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:209 -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:268 -msgid "Connect to our `Odoo Support page <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:210 -msgid "" -"Under the *Ticket Description* section, select *An issue related to my " -"upgrade* ticket type." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:217 -msgid "" -"If you choose another *Ticket Description* type, the request will be " -"redirected to another team than the upgrade one and will slow down the " -"processing and response time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:220 -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:276 -msgid "" -"Please provide as much detail as you can. Where applicable, illustrate the " -"current and previous flows with videos and/or screenshots. This will avoid " -"clarifying questions and speed up the resolution process significantly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:229 -msgid "" -"The purpose of the test phase is not to correct existing data or " -"configurations in your database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:236 -msgid "The production launch" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:241 -msgid "Production goes live" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:243 -msgid "" -"The production upgrade request is when you decide to upgrade your current " -"database with all your production data (invoices, VAT returns, inventories, " -"current orders) to a new version of your choice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:246 -msgid "" -"After your :ref:`tests <db-upgrade/steps-test>` are completed to your " -"satisfaction, submit the request to upgrade your production database via our" -" `website form <https://upgrade.odoo.com>`_. Select *Production* purpose." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:255 -msgid "Going into production without first testing may lead to:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:257 -msgid "" -"business interruptions (e.g. no longer having the possibility to validate an" -" action)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:258 -msgid "" -"poor customer experiences (e.g. an eCommerce website that does not work " -"correctly)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:265 -msgid "" -"If you encounter issues or problems in the **production database**, please " -"contact the **Odoo Support**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:269 -msgid "" -"Under the *Ticket Description* section, select the appropriate type related " -"to your issue but **do not select** the option *An issue related to my " -"upgrade*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:273 -msgid "" -"After upgrading to production, the support will be provided by the Support " -"team instead of the Upgrade team." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:285 -msgid "" -"If you choose *An issue related to my upgrade* as ticket type, the request " -"will be redirected to another team than the support one and will slow down " -"the processing and response time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:291 -msgid "FAQ" -msgstr "FAQ" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:296 -msgid "Why upgrade?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:298 -msgid "" -"You benefit from the latest features of the :ref:`new major version <db-" -"upgrade/faq/release-notes>` released by Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:300 -msgid "" -"If you are in an :ref:`unsupported version <db-upgrade/supported-versions>`," -" you get a new version with support." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:306 -msgid "When to upgrade?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:308 -msgid "" -"Whenever you want. You can make your upgrade request as soon as a new " -"version is released on our `website form <https://upgrade.odoo.com>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:314 -msgid "Availability of the new version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:316 -msgid "" -"Please kindly note that as soon as we announce the release of a new major " -"version (usually at the end of year), the Upgrade Service team needs to " -"adapt the upgrade scripts to it, which is why the new version is not " -"immediately available for existing databases." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:323 -msgid "Finalization of the upgrade (:abbr:`ETA (Estimated Time of Arrival)`)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:325 -msgid "" -"Unfortunately, it is impossible to give time estimates for every upgrade " -"request. Odoo offers so many possibilities (e.g. branding, workflows, " -"customization, etc) that it can get tricky to upgrade, and translate to the " -"new structure. If you use multiple apps managing sensitive data (e.g., " -"Accounting, Inventory, etc.), some cases may still require a human " -"intervention, making the process slower." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:331 -msgid "" -"This is especially true during the first months following the release of a " -"new major version, which can significantly lengthen the upgrade delay." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:334 -msgid "" -"In general, the ‘smaller’ the database, the quickest the upgrade. A single-" -"user database that uses only CRM will be processed faster than a multi-" -"company, multi-user database that uses Accounting, Sales, Purchase, and " -"Manufacturing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:338 -msgid "So, in a nutshell, what can impact your upgrade lead time?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:340 -msgid "Source & targeted versions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:341 -msgid "Installed apps" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:342 -msgid "Volume of data" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:343 -msgid "" -"Amount of customization (models, fields, methods, workflows, reports, " -"website, etc.)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:344 -msgid "" -"Installation of new apps or configuration changes after the start of the " -"test phase" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:346 -msgid "" -"Usually, the delays experienced during the first request (waiting time " -"between the time you submitted your first request for a test upgrade) can " -"generally give you an idea of the time to wait for the production request." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:353 -msgid "Upgrade of the custom modules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:355 -msgid "" -"As stated in our :doc:`../legal/terms/enterprise`, section " -":ref:`charges_standard`, this optional service is subject to additional " -"fees." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:358 -msgid "" -"If you have a custom code, you can choose to have it upgraded by our " -"services, by one of our `partners <https://www.odoo.com/partners>`_ or you " -"can do it yourself." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:366 -msgid "Editions change (from Community to Enterprise)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:368 -msgid "" -"An upgrade does not cover a change of `Editions " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/editions>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:375 -msgid "Switching the hosting types (Self-hosted vs Online vs Odoo.sh)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:377 -msgid "" -"An upgrade does not cover a change of `Hosting types " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/hosting-types>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:379 -msgid "" -"Open the following link to get :doc:`more information about how to change " -"your hosting type <hosting_changes>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:387 -msgid "Release Notes by version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:389 -msgid "" -"Open our `Release Note <https://www.odoo.com/page/release-notes>`_ page to " -"get a summary of the new features and improvements made in each version." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:400 -msgid "Contact our Upgrade service support" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:402 -msgid "" -"Should you have any more questions about the upgrade, do not hesitate to " -"send a message to `Odoo Upgrade Team <mailto:upgrade@odoo.com>`_. We will be" -" very pleased to answer it as soon as possible." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:408 -msgid "Supported versions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:410 -msgid "" -"Please note that Odoo provides support and bug fixing only for the three " -"last major versions of Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:412 -msgid "" -"This is a factor to take into consideration before upgrading. If you are on " -"an older version, we suggest you to prefer the most recent version to " -"benefit from a longer support (before having to upgrade again)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:416 -msgid "" -"You can get more information about our :doc:`supported versions " -"<../support/supported_versions>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:7 -msgid "Users and Features" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:9 -msgid "" -"As the administrator of your database, you are responsible for its usage. " -"This includes the Apps you install as well as the number of users currently " -"in use." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Odoo is many things (ERP, CMS, CRM application, e-Commerce backend, etc.) " -"but it is *not* a smartphone. You should apply caution when adding/removing " -"features (especially Apps) on your database since this may impact your " -"subscription amount significantly (or switch you from a free account to a " -"paying one on our online platform)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:19 -msgid "" -"This page contains some information as to how you can manage your Odoo " -"instances. Before carrying any of these procedures, we **strongly** advise " -"to test them on a duplicate of your database first. That way, if something " -"goes wrong, your day-to-day business is not impacted." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:24 -msgid "" -"You can find guides on how to duplicate your databases both for :ref:`online" -" <duplicate_online>` and :ref:`on premise <duplicate_premise>` " -"installations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:28 -msgid "" -"If you have questions about the content of this page or if you encounter an " -"issue while carrying out these procedures, please contact us through our " -"`support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:34 -msgid "Deactivating Users" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Make sure you have sufficient **administrative rights** if you want to " -"change the status of any of your users." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:39 -msgid "" -"In your Odoo instance, click on **Settings**. You will have a section " -"showing you the active users on your database. Click on **Manage Users.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:43 -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:80 -msgid "|settings|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:43 -msgid "|browse_users|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:46 -msgid "You'll then see the list of your users." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:51 -msgid "" -"The pre-selected filter *Internal Users* shows your paying users (different " -"from the *Portal Users* which are free). If you remove this filter, you'll " -"get all your users (the ones you pay for and the portal ones)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:56 -msgid "" -"In your list of users, click on the user you want to deactivate. As soon as " -"you are on the userform, click on the Action drop down menu, and then click " -"on Archive." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:64 -msgid "The user is now deactivated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:66 -msgid "**Never** deactivate the main user (*admin*)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:69 -msgid "Uninstalling Apps" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Make sure you first test what you are about to do on a :ref:`duplicate " -"<duplicate_online>` of your database before making any changes (*especially*" -" installing/uninstalling apps)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:75 -msgid "" -"In your Odoo instance click on **Settings**; in this app, you will be able " -"to see how many applications you have installed. Click on **Browse Apps** to" -" access the list of your installed applications." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:80 -msgid "|browse_apps|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:83 -msgid "" -"In your applications' dashboard, you will see all the icons of your " -"applications. Click on the application you want to uninstall. Then, on the " -"form of the application, click on **Uninstall**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:90 -msgid "" -"Some applications have dependencies, like Invoicing, eCommerce, etc. " -"Therefore, the system will give you a warning message to advise you of what " -"is about to be removed. If you uninstall your application, all its " -"dependencies will be uninstalled as well (and the data in them will " -"permanently disappear). If you are sure you still want to uninstall it, then" -" click **Confirm**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:97 -msgid "" -"Last, after having checked the warning message (if any), click **Confirm**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:102 -msgid "You have finished uninstalling your application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:105 -msgid "Good to know" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:107 -msgid "" -"**Uninstalling apps, managing users, etc. is up to you**: no one else can " -"know if your business flow is broken better than you. If we were to " -"uninstall applications for you, we would never be able to tell if relevant " -"data had been removed or if one of your business flow was broken because we " -"*do not know how you work* and therefore cannot validate these kinds of " -"operations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:113 -msgid "" -"**Odoo Apps have dependencies**: this means that you may need to install " -"modules that you do not actively use to access some features of Odoo you " -"might need. For example, the Website Builder app is needed to be able to " -"show your customer their Quotes in a web page. Even though you might not " -"need or use the Website itself, it is needed for the Online Quotes feature " -"to work properly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:120 -msgid "" -"**Always test app installation/removal on a duplicate** (or on a free trial " -"database): that way you can know what other apps may be required, etc. This " -"will avoid surprises when uninstalling or when receiving your invoices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:7 -msgid "Hosting Changes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:9 -msgid "" -"You may want to move your Odoo database from one hosting solution to " -"another. Depending on the platforms, you have to do it by yourself or " -"contact our support team first." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:13 -msgid "From on-premises to Odoo Online" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:15 -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:49 -msgid "Odoo Online is not compatible with **non-standard apps**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Create a :ref:`duplicate <duplicate_premise>` of your database: in this " -"duplicate, uninstall all the **non-standard apps**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Grab a \"dump with filestore\" of your database by using the Database " -"Manager." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:19 -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:52 -msgid "" -"**If you have time constraints, contact us earlier to schedule the " -"transfer.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:20 -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:53 -msgid "" -"`Create a support ticket <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_ and attach the dump " -"(if the file is too large, use any file transfer service and attach the link" -" to your ticket). Also include your subscription number and the URL you want" -" to use for your database (e.g.: my-company.odoo.com)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:21 -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:54 -msgid "" -"We will make sure your database is compatible and upload it to our cloud. In" -" case of technical issues, we will get in touch with you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:22 -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:55 -msgid "It's done!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:25 -msgid "From on-premises to Odoo.sh" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:27 -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Follow the :ref:`Import your database section of the Odoo.sh documentation " -"<odoo_sh_import_your_database>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:28 -msgid "...and voilà!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:31 -msgid "From Odoo Online to on-premises" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:33 -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Log into `your Odoo Online user portal " -"<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/databases/manage>`_ and look for the version " -"number of your database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:34 -msgid "" -"If your database does not run a :ref:`major version <supported_versions>` of" -" Odoo, you cannot host it on-premises yet, you have to upgrade it first to a" -" new major version. (*e.g.: If your database runs Odoo 12.3 which is not a " -"major version, you have to upgrade it first to Odoo 13.0 or 14.0.*)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:35 -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Download a backup of your database by clicking on the \"Gear\" icon next to " -"your database name then :menuselection:`Download` (if the download fails due" -" to your backup file being too large, contact `our support " -"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`_)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:36 -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:61 -msgid "Restore it from the database manager on your local server." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:39 -msgid "From Odoo Online to Odoo.sh" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:42 -msgid "" -"If your database does not run a :ref:`major version <supported_versions>` of" -" Odoo, you cannot host it on Odoo.sh yet, you have to upgrade it first to a " -"new major version. (*e.g.: If your database runs Odoo 12.3 which is not a " -"major version, you have to upgrade it first to Odoo 13.0 or 14.0.*)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:47 -msgid "From Odoo.sh to Odoo Online" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:51 -msgid "" -"Uninstall all the **non-standard apps**: test it in a staging build first, " -"then do it in your production build." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:58 -msgid "From Odoo.sh to on-premises" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Grab a :ref:`backup of your Odoo.sh production database " -"<odoo_sh_branches_backups>`." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po deleted file mode 100644 index f35f8a56f..000000000 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,763 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: nl\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../discuss.rst:5 -msgid "Discuss" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:3 -msgid "How to Use my Mail Server to Send and Receive Emails in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:6 -msgid "If you are a user of Odoo Online or Odoo.sh..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:8 -msgid "" -"You have nothing to do! **Odoo sets up its own mail servers for your " -"database.** Outgoing and incoming emails work out-of-the-box!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Unless you plan to send large batches of mass mailing that could require the" -" use of an external mail server, simply enjoy your new Odoo database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:16 -msgid "Scope of this documentation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:18 -msgid "" -"This document is **mainly dedicated to Odoo on-premise users** who don't " -"benefit from an out-of-the-box solution to send and receive emails in Odoo, " -"unlike `Odoo Online <https://www.odoo.com/trial>`__ & `Odoo.sh " -"<https://www.odoo.sh>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:25 -msgid "" -"If no one in your company is used to manage email servers, we strongly " -"recommend that you opt for those Odoo hosting solutions. Their email system " -"works instantly and is monitored by professionals. Nevertheless you can " -"still use your own email servers if you want to manage your email server's " -"reputation yourself." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:31 -msgid "" -"You will find here below some useful information on how to integrate your " -"own email solution with Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Office 365 email servers don't easily allow to send external emails from " -"hosts like Odoo. Refer to `Microsoft's documentation " -"<https://support.office.com/en-us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-" -"device-or-application-to-send-email-using-" -"Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ to make it work." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:39 -msgid "How to manage outbound messages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:40 -msgid "" -"As a system admin, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and " -"check *External Email Servers*. Then, click *Outgoing Mail Servers* to " -"create one and reference the SMTP data of your email server. Once all the " -"information has been filled out, click on *Test Connection*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:45 -msgid "Here is a typical configuration for a G Suite server." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:50 -msgid "Then set your email domain name in the General Settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:53 -msgid "" -"If you get a ``[AUTHENTICATIONFAILED] Invalid credentials (Failure)`` " -"warning when you *Test Connection* on a Gmail address, activate the *Less " -"secure app access* option. A direct link can be `accessed here " -"<https://myaccount.google.com/lesssecureapps?pli=1>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:57 -msgid "In addition to that, enable the IMAP setting on your Gmail account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:61 -msgid "Can I use an Office 365 server" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:62 -msgid "" -"You can use an Office 365 server if you run Odoo on-premise. Office 365 SMTP" -" relays are not compatible with Odoo Online." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Please refer to `Microsoft's documentation <https://support.office.com/en-" -"us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-device-or-application-to-send-" -"email-using-Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ to configure" -" a SMTP relay for your Odoo's IP address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:69 -msgid "How to use a G Suite server" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:70 -msgid "" -"You can use an G Suite server for any Odoo hosting type. To do so you need " -"to setup the SMTP relay service. The configuration steps are explained in " -"`Google documentation " -"<https://support.google.com/a/answer/2956491?hl=en>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:77 -msgid "Be SPF-compliant" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:78 -msgid "" -"In case you use SPF (Sender Policy Framework) to increase the deliverability" -" of your outgoing emails, don't forget to authorize Odoo as a sending host " -"in your domain name settings. Here is the configuration for Odoo Online:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:82 -msgid "" -"If no TXT record is set for SPF, create one with following definition: " -"v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com ~all" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:84 -msgid "" -"In case a SPF TXT record is already set, add \"include:_spf.odoo.com\". e.g." -" for a domain name that sends emails via Odoo Online and via G Suite it " -"could be: v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com include:_spf.google.com ~all" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:88 -msgid "" -"Find `here <https://www.mail-tester.com/spf/>`__ the exact procedure to " -"create or modify TXT records in your own domain registrar." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:91 -msgid "" -"Your new SPF record can take up to 48 hours to go into effect, but this " -"usually happens more quickly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:94 -msgid "" -"Adding more than one SPF record for a domain can cause problems with mail " -"delivery and spam classification. Instead, we recommend using only one SPF " -"record by modifying it to authorize Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:99 -msgid "Allow DKIM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:100 -msgid "" -"You should do the same thing if DKIM (Domain Keys Identified Mail) is " -"enabled on your email server. In the case of Odoo Online & Odoo.sh, you " -"should add a DNS \"odoo._domainkey\" CNAME record to " -"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\". For example, for \"foo.com\" they should have " -"a record \"odoo._domainkey.foo.com\" that is a CNAME with the value " -"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:108 -msgid "Restriction" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:109 -msgid "" -"Please note that the port 25 is blocked for security reasons. Try using 587," -" 465 or 2525." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:112 -msgid "How to manage inbound messages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:114 -msgid "Odoo relies on generic email aliases to fetch incoming messages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:116 -msgid "" -"**Reply messages** of messages sent from Odoo are routed to their original " -"discussion thread (and to the inbox of all its followers) by the catchall " -"alias (**catchall@**)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:120 -msgid "" -"**Bounced messages** are routed to **bounce@** in order to track them in " -"Odoo. This is especially used in `Odoo Email Marketing " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/email-marketing>`__ to opt-out invalid " -"recipients." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:124 -msgid "" -"**Original messages**: Several business objects have their own alias to " -"create new records in Odoo from incoming emails:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:127 -msgid "" -"Sales Channel (to create Leads or Opportunities in `Odoo CRM " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/crm>`__)," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:129 -msgid "" -"Support Channel (to create Tickets in `Odoo Helpdesk " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/helpdesk>`__)," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:131 -msgid "" -"Projects (to create new Tasks in `Odoo Project <https://www.odoo.com/page" -"/project-management>`__)," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:133 -msgid "" -"Job Positions (to create Applicants in `Odoo Recruitment " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/recruitment>`__)," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:135 -msgid "etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:137 -msgid "" -"Depending on your mail server, there might be several methods to fetch " -"emails. The easiest and most recommended method is to manage one email " -"address per Odoo alias in your mail server." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:141 -msgid "" -"Create the corresponding email addresses in your mail server (catchall@, " -"bounce@, sales@, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:143 -msgid "Set your domain name in the General Settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:148 -msgid "" -"If you use Odoo on-premise, create an *Incoming Mail Server* in Odoo for " -"each alias. You can do it from the General Settings as well. Fill out the " -"form according to your email provider’s settings. Leave the *Actions to " -"Perform on Incoming Mails* blank. Once all the information has been filled " -"out, click on *TEST & CONFIRM*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:157 -msgid "" -"If you use Odoo Online or Odoo.sh, We do recommend to redirect incoming " -"messages to Odoo's domain name rather than exclusively use your own email " -"server. That way you will receive incoming messages without delay. Indeed, " -"Odoo Online is fetching incoming messages of external servers once per hour " -"only. You should set redirections for all the email addresses to Odoo's " -"domain name in your email server (e.g. *catchall@mydomain.ext* to " -"*catchall@mycompany.odoo.com*)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:167 -msgid "All the aliases are customizable in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:165 -msgid "" -"Object aliases can be edited from their respective configuration view. To " -"edit catchall and bounce aliases, you first need to activate the " -":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:169 -msgid "" -"Then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System " -"Parameters` to customize the aliases (*mail.catchall.alias* & * " -"mail.bounce.alias*)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:175 -msgid "" -"By default inbound messages are fetched every 5 minutes in Odoo on-premise. " -"You can change this value in :doc:`Developer mode " -"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Go to :menuselection:`Settings -->" -" Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions` and look for *Mail: " -"Fetchmail Service*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:3 -msgid "Email Templates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:5 -msgid "" -"We all know writing good emails is vital to get a high response rate, but " -"you do not want to rewrite the same structure every time, do you? That is " -"where email templates come in. Without the need to rewrite the entire email " -"structure every time, you save time to focus on the content. Multiple " -"templates also let you deliver the right message to the right audience, " -"improving their overall experience with the company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:12 -msgid "Enable it and understand a few concepts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:14 -msgid "" -"The :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` must be " -"activated. Then, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> " -"Templates`. A view of the existing templates is shown." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:18 -msgid "" -"**It is highly recommended not to change the content in existing templates " -"unless the user has prior knowledge about placeholders.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:21 -msgid "" -"To add a new one, click on *Create* and choose the type of document this " -"template is used with. In the example below, the template would be sent to " -"job applicants." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Under *Email Configuration*, fields such as *From*, *To (Emails)*, *To " -"(Partners)*, require placeholders. If the *From* field is not set, the " -"default value is the author’s email alias, if configured, or email address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Under *Advanced Settings*, if an *Outgoing Mail Server* is not set, the one " -"with the highest priority is used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:34 -msgid "" -"The option *Auto Delete* permanently deletes the emails after they are sent," -" saving space in your database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:37 -msgid "Writing content including placeholder expressions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Under the tab *Dynamic Placeholder Generator*, look for the *Field* you " -"would like to use." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Next, copy the *Placeholder Expression* and paste it in the *Body* of the " -"email, under the *Content* tab, using - essentially - the *Code View*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Deactivate the *Code View* option by simply clicking on it again, and easily" -" design the message. Click on *Preview* to check how the email looks before " -"sending it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:3 -msgid "Get Started with Discuss" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Discuss allows you to bring all of your company’s communication together " -"through messages, notes, and chat. Share information, projects, files, " -"prioritize tasks, and stay connected with colleagues and partners throughout" -" applications. Forge better relationships, increase productivity and " -"transparency by promoting a convenient way of communicating." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:11 -msgid "Choose your notifications preference" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Access your *Preferences* and choose how you would like your notifications " -"to be handled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:21 -msgid "" -"By default, the field is set as *Handle by Emails* making messages, notes, " -"and notifications where you were mentioned or that you follow, to be sent " -"through email. By choosing *Handle in Odoo*, they are shown in the *Inbox*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:22 -msgid "Messages can then be *Marked as Todo*, *Replied*, or *Marked as Read*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:28 -msgid "" -"The messages tagged as *Mark as Todo* are also shown in *Starred*, while the" -" ones *Marked as Read* are moved to *History*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:36 -msgid "Start Chatting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:38 -msgid "" -"The first time you log in to your account, OdooBot sends you a message " -"asking for permission to receive desktop notifications to chats. If " -"accepted, you receive push notifications to the messages sent to you despite" -" of where you are in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:48 -msgid "" -"To stop receiving desktop notifications, reset the notifications settings of" -" your browser." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:50 -msgid "" -"To start a chat, click on *New Message* on the *Messaging Menu*, or go to " -"*Discuss* and send a *Direct Message*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:58 -msgid "" -"You can also create :doc:`public and private channels <team_communication>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:61 -msgid "Mentions in the chat and on the Chatter" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:64 -msgid "" -"To mention a user within a chat or the chatter type *@user-name*; to refer " -"to a channel, type *#channel-name*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:66 -msgid "" -"A notification is sent to the user mentioned either to his *Inbox* or " -"through email, depending on his settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:73 -msgid "" -"When a user is mentioned, the search list (list of names) suggests values " -"first based on the task’s followers, and secondly on *Employees*. If the " -"record being searched does not match with either a follower or employee, the" -" scope of the search becomes all partners." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:78 -msgid "Chat status" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:80 -msgid "" -"It is helpful to see what colleagues are up to and how quickly they can " -"respond to messages by checking their *Status*. The status is shown on the " -"left side of a contact’s names on Discuss’ sidebar and on the *Messaging " -"menu*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:84 -msgid "Green = online" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:85 -msgid "Orange = away" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:86 -msgid "White = offline" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:87 -msgid "Airplane = out of the office" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:95 -#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:65 -msgid ":doc:`team_communication`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:96 -msgid ":doc:`../advanced/email_servers`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:3 -msgid "Get Organized by Planning Activities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When you plan activities you minimize the risk of uncertainties, as you " -"provide clear directions for the course of your next action. In addition to " -"that, you do not leave space for wasteful activities and reduce the chance " -"of having overlapping actions between team members." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:10 -msgid "Where do I see my schedule activities?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Access and manage your activities wherever you are in Odoo by the " -"*Activities* menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:20 -msgid "Plan activities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Activities can be planned and managed from the chatter by clicking on " -"*Schedule activity*, or through Kanban views." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:31 -msgid "Set your activity types" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:33 -msgid "" -"A number of activities types are available by default in Odoo (call, email, " -"meeting, etc.). However, you can set new ones going to " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Activity types`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:42 -msgid "" -"If you need to create an activity type with an available calendar, make sure" -" to create it with an *Action to Perform* set as *Meeting*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:46 -msgid "Recommend next activities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Odoo helps you to plan a flow of activities by allowing you to set " -"*Recommended Next Activities*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Once the respective activity is completed, select *Done & Schedule Next* and" -" next steps are suggested to you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:64 -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:115 -msgid ":doc:`get_started`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:3 -msgid "Efficiently Communicate Using Channels" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:5 -msgid "" -"You can use channels to organize discussions between individual teams, " -"departments, projects, or any other group that requires regular " -"communication. This way, you keep everyone in the loop updated with the " -"latest developments." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:10 -msgid "Public and Private channels" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:12 -msgid "" -"A *Public* channel can be seen by everyone, while a *Private* one is only " -"visible to users invited to it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:21 -msgid "" -"A public channel is best used when many employees need to access information" -" (such as company announcements), whereas a private channel could be used " -"whenever information should be limited to specific groups (such as a " -"specific department)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:26 -msgid "Configuration options" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:28 -msgid "" -"You can configure a channel’s name, description, email alias, and privacy by" -" clicking on the *Channel Settings* icon on the sidebar." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:36 -msgid "Privacy and Members" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Changing *Who can follow the group’s activities?* allows you to control " -"which groups can have access to the channel. Note that allowing *Everyone* " -"to follow a private channel lets other users view and join it, as they would" -" a public one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:42 -msgid "" -"If you choose *Invited people only*, go to the *Members* tab to add your " -"members, or, go to Discuss’ main page, select the channel and click on " -"*Invite*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:49 -msgid "" -"For *Selected group of users*, the option *Auto Subscribe Groups* " -"automatically add its members as followers. In other words, while " -"*Authorized Groups* limits which users can access the channel, *Auto " -"Subscribe Groups* automatically adds the user as a member as long as they " -"are part of the group." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:55 -msgid "Use a channel as a mailing list" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Choosing to *Send messages by email* configures the channel to behave as a " -"mailing list." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:59 -msgid "" -"Enabling this option allows you to *Moderate this channel*, meaning that " -"messages will need to be approved before being sent." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Under the *Moderation* tab choose as many moderators as you need, and if you" -" would like them to receive an *Automatic notification*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Mark *Send guidelines to new subscribers* to automatically send instructions" -" to newcomers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Moderators can: *Accept*, *Reject*, *Discard*, *Always Allow* or *Ban* " -"messages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:80 -msgid "" -"Members of a mailing channel receive messages through email regardless of " -"their :doc:`notification preference <get_started>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Once a channel is moderated, the menu *Ban List* allows you to add email " -"addresses per moderated channel to auto-ban them from sending messages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:91 -msgid "Quick search bar" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:93 -msgid "" -"Once at least 20 channels, direct message and live chat conversations (if " -"the module is installed on your database) are pinned in the sidebar, a " -"*Quick search…* bar is displayed. It is a clever way to filter conversations" -" and quickly find the one you need." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:103 -msgid "Finding channels" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:106 -msgid "" -"Click on *Channels* (on the sidebar), browse through the list of public " -"channels, and join or leave them from a single screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:108 -msgid "" -"Apply filters criteria and save it for later use. The search function " -"accepts wildcards by using the underscore character *(_)* to represent a " -"single character." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:116 -msgid ":doc:`plan_activities`" -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po deleted file mode 100644 index 6b5826520..000000000 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,817 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: nl\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../ecommerce.rst:5 -msgid "eCommerce" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started.rst:3 -msgid "Get started" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:3 -msgid "How to customize my catalog page" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:6 -msgid "Product Catalog" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:8 -msgid "" -"All your published items show up in your catalog page (or *Shop* page)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Most options are available in the *Customize* menu: display attributes, " -"website categories, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:20 -msgid "Highlight a product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Boost the visibility of your star/promoted products: push them to top, make " -"them bigger, add a ribbon that you can edit (Sale, New, etc.). Open the Shop" -" page, switch to Edit mode and click any item to start customizing the grid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:26 -msgid "" -"See how to do it: " -"https://www.odoo.com/openerp_website/static/src/video/e-commerce/editing.mp4" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:29 -msgid "Quick add to cart" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:31 -msgid "" -"If your customers buy a lot of items at once, make their process shorter by " -"enabling purchases from the catalog page. To do so, add product description " -"and add to cart button. Turn on the following options in *Customize* menu: " -"Product Description, Add to Cart, List View (to display product description " -"better)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:3 -msgid "How to build a product page" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:5 -msgid "On the website click *New Page* in the top-right corner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:7 -msgid "Then click *New Product* and follow the blinking tips." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:12 -msgid "Here are the main elements of the Product page:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:17 -msgid "Many elements can be made visible from the *Customize* menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:22 -msgid "See how to configure your products from links here below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:26 -msgid ":doc:`../managing_products/variants`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:27 -msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/taxes`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:28 -msgid ":doc:`../managing_products/stock`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:29 -msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/cross_selling`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:30 -msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/reviews`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:31 -msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:32 -msgid ":doc:`../../website/optimize/seo`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products.rst:3 -msgid "Manage my products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:3 -msgid "How to display several images per product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:5 -msgid "" -"By default your product web page displays the main image of your product " -"only. If you like to show your products under several angles, you can turn " -"the image into a carrousel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Check *Several images per product* in :menuselection:`Website Admin --> " -"Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Open a product detail form and upload images from *Images* tab. Hit *Create*" -" in Edit mode to get the upload wizard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:19 -msgid "Such extra image are common to all the product variants (if any)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:3 -msgid "How to show product availability" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The availability of your products can be shown on the website to reassure " -"your customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:10 -msgid "" -"To display this, open the *Sales* tab in the product detail form and select " -"an option in *Availability*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:16 -msgid "" -"A custom warning message can be anything related to a stock out, delivery " -"delay, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:22 -msgid "This tool does not require the Inventory app to be installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:25 -msgid "" -"If one item is no longer sellable, unpublish it from your website. If it " -"comes to one particular product variant, deactivate the variant in the " -"backend (see :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage product variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Product variants are used to offer variations of the same product to your " -"customers on the products page. For example, the customer chooses a T-shirt " -"and then selects its size and color. In the example below, the customer " -"chooses a phone, and then selects the memory; color and Wi-Fi band from the " -"available options." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:15 -msgid "How to create attributes & variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Turn on *Products can have several attributes, defining variants (Example: " -"size, color,...)* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:20 -msgid "Select a product from the Products list, go to the *Variants* tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Add as many attributes as you need from 3 different types: radio buttons, " -"drop-down menu or color buttons. You get several variants as soon as there " -"are 2 values for 1 attribute." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:30 -msgid "How to edit variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:32 -msgid "See all the variants from the product template detail form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:40 -msgid "You can edit following data:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:42 -msgid "Picture (will update in real time on the website)," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:43 -msgid "Barcode," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:44 -msgid "Internal Reference (SKU #)," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:45 -msgid "Volume," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:46 -msgid "Weight," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:47 -msgid "Active (available in quotes & website)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Both the Barcode and the Internal Reference are variant-specific. You need " -"to populate them once the variants generated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:54 -msgid "" -"See and edit all the variants from :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> " -"Product Variants` as well. This might be quicker if you manage lots of " -"variants." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:58 -msgid "How to set specific prices per variant" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:60 -msgid "" -"You can also set a specific public price per variant by clicking *Variant " -"Prices* in the product detail form (action in top-left corner)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:66 -msgid "" -"The Price Extra is added to the product price whenever the corresponding " -"attribute value is selected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Pricelist formulas let you set advanced price computation methods for " -"product variants. See :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:80 -msgid "How to disable/archive variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:82 -msgid "" -"You can disable/archive specific variants so that they are no longer " -"available in quotes & website (not existing in your stock, deprecated, " -"etc.). Simply uncheck *Active* in their detail form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:88 -msgid "" -"To retrieve such archived items, hit *Archived* on searching the variants " -"list. You can reactivate them the same way." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue.rst:3 -msgid "Maximize my revenue" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:3 -msgid "How to sell accessories and optional products (cross-selling)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:5 -msgid "" -"You sell computers. Why not stimulating your customers to buy a top-notch " -"screen or an extra-warranty? That's the goal of cross-selling " -"functionalities:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:8 -msgid "Accessory products on checkout page," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Optional products on a new *Add to Cart* screen (not installed by default)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:12 -msgid "Accessory products when checking out" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Accessories (e.g. for computers: mouse, keyboard) show up when the customer " -"reviews the cart before paying." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:20 -msgid "Select accessories in the *Sales* tab of the product detail page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:26 -msgid "" -"There is an algorithm to figure out the best accessories to display in case " -"several items are added to cart. If any item is the accessory of several " -"products added to cart, it is most likely that it will be atop the list of " -"suggested accessories." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:31 -msgid "Optional products when adding to cart" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Optional products are directly related to the item added to cart (e.g. for " -"computers: warranty, OS software, extra components). Whenever the main " -"product is added to cart, such a new screen pops up as an extra step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:40 -msgid "To publish optional products:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Install *eCommerce Optional Products* addon in *Apps* menu. Remove the " -"default filter to search on addons as well, otherwise only main apps show " -"up." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:48 -msgid "Select optional items from the *Sales* tab of the product detail form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:54 -msgid "" -"The quantity of optional items added to cart is the same than the main item." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:3 -msgid "How to adapt the prices to my website visitors" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:5 -msgid "This section sheds some light on pricing features of eCommerce app:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:7 -msgid "force a price by geo-localization," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:9 -msgid "let the customer choose the currency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:11 -msgid "" -"As a pre-requisite, check out how to managing produt pricing: " -":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:15 -msgid "Geo-IP to automatically apply the right price" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Assign country groups to your pricelists. That way, your visitors not yet " -"logged in will get their own currency when landing on your website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:20 -msgid "Once logged in, they get the pricelist matching their country." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:23 -msgid "Currency selector" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:25 -msgid "" -"In case you sell in several currencies, you can let your customers choose " -"their own currency. Check *Selectable* to add the pricelist to the website " -"drop-down menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:34 -msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:35 -msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:36 -msgid ":doc:`promo_code`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:3 -msgid "How to create & share promotional codes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Want to boost your sales for Xmas? Share promocodes through your marketing " -"campaigns and apply any kind of discounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:9 -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:13 -msgid "Setup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings` and choose *Advanced pricing based" -" on formula* for *Sale Price*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Website Admin --> Catalog --> Pricelists` and create a" -" new pricelist with the discount rule (see :doc:`pricing`). Then enter a " -"code." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Make the promocode field available on your *Shopping Cart* page (option in " -"*Customize* menu). Add a product to cart to reach it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Once turned on you see a new section on the right side. On clicking *Apply* " -"prices get automatically updated in the cart." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:33 -msgid "" -"The promocode used by the customer is stored in the system so you can " -"analyze the performance of your marketing campaigns." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:39 -msgid "Show sales per pricelists..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:43 -msgid ":doc:`pricing`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:3 -msgid "How to enable comments & rating" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Publishing and monitoring customer experience will help you gain the trust " -"of new customers and better engage with your community. In 2 clicks, allow " -"your customer to share their feedback!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Activate comments & rating from the *Customize* menu of the product web " -"page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Visitors must log in to share their comments. Make sure they are able to do " -"so (see Portal documentation)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:25 -msgid "Review the posts in real time" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Whenever a post is published, the product manager and all the product " -"followers get notified in their Inbox (*Discuss* menu)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:34 -msgid "" -"By default the user who created the product is automatically set as " -"follower." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Click the product name to open the detail form and review the comment (in " -"the product discussion thread)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:43 -msgid "Moderate & unpublish" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:45 -msgid "" -"You can easily moderate by using the chatter, either in the product detail " -"form or on the web page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:48 -msgid "" -"To unpublish the post, open the product web page and click the *Published* " -"button to turn it red (*Unpublished*)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:56 -msgid "..tip::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:55 -msgid "" -"You can access the web page from the detail form by clicking the *Published*" -" smart button (and vice versa)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:3 -msgid "How to sell pricier alternative products (upselling)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In order to maximize your revenue, suggesting pricier alternative products " -"is strongly advised for basic items. That way, your customer will spend more" -" time browsing your catalog." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:12 -msgid "To do so:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Select such *Alternative Products* in the *Sales* tab of the product detail " -"form. 3 alternatives are fine! Don't publish too many otherwise your " -"customers will be confused." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Turn on *Alternative Products* from the *Customize* menu of the product web " -"page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:3 -msgid "Introduction to Odoo eCommerce" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:10 -msgid "" -"The documentation will help you go live with your eCommerce website in no " -"time. The topics follow the buying process:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:13 -msgid "Product Page" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:14 -msgid "Shop Page" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:15 -msgid "Pricing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:16 -msgid "Taxes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:17 -msgid "Checkout process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:18 -msgid "Upselling & cross-selling" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:19 -msgid "Payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:20 -msgid "Shipping & Tracking" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:24 -msgid ":doc:`../../website/publish/domain_name`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/publish.rst:3 -msgid "Launch my website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience.rst:3 -msgid "Get paid" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage orders paid with payment acquirers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo confirms orders automatically as soon as the payment is authorized by a" -" payment acquirer. This triggers the delivery. If you invoice based on " -"ordered quantities, you are also requested to invoice the order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:12 -msgid "What are the payment status" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:13 -msgid "" -"At anytime, the salesman can check the transaction status from the order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:18 -msgid "*Draft*: transaction under processing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:20 -msgid "" -"*Pending*: the payment acquirer keeps the transaction on hold and you need " -"to authorize it from the acquirer interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:23 -msgid "" -"*Authorized*: the payment has been authorized but not yet captured. In Odoo," -" the order is already confirmed. Once the delivery done, you can capture the" -" amount from the acquirer interface (or from Odoo if you use Authorize.net)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:28 -msgid "" -"*Done*: the payment is authorized and captured. The order has been " -"confirmed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:30 -msgid "" -"*Error*: an error has occured during the transaction. The customer needs to " -"retry the payment. The order is still in draft." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:34 -msgid "" -"*Cancelled*: when the customer cancels the payment in the payment acquirer " -"form. They are taken back to Odoo in order to modify the order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Specific messages are provided to your customers for every payment status, " -"when they are redirected to Odoo after the transaction. To edit such " -"messages, go to the *Messages* tab of the payment method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:44 -msgid "Auto-validate invoices at order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:46 -msgid "" -"When the order is confirmed you can also have an invoice automatically " -"issued and paid. This fully-automated made for businesses that invoice " -"orders straight on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:54 -msgid "" -"If you choose this mode you are requested to select a payment journal in " -"order to record payments in your books. This payment is automatically " -"reconcilied with the invoice, marking it as paid. Select your **bank " -"account** if you get paid immediately on your bank account. If you don't you" -" can create a specific journal for the payment acquirer (type = Bank). That " -"way, you can track online payments in an intermediary account of your books " -"until you get paid into your bank account (see " -":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers`)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:63 -msgid "Capture the payment after the delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:64 -msgid "" -"With this mode, the order is confirmed but the amount is kept on hold. Once " -"the delivery processed, you can capture the payment from Odoo. This mode is " -"only available with Authorize.net." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:71 -msgid "" -"To capture the payment, open the transaction from the order. Then click " -"*Capture Transaction*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:77 -msgid "" -"With other payment acquirers, you can manage the capture in their own " -"interfaces, not from Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:3 -msgid "How customers can access their customer account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:5 -msgid "" -"It has never been so easy for your customers to access their customer " -"account. Forget endless signup forms, Odoo makes it as easy as ABC. They are" -" suggested to sign up (name, email, password) when the order is placed, and " -"not before. Indeed, nothing is more annoying than going through a signup " -"process before buying something." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:14 -msgid "Sign up" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:16 -msgid "" -"The invitation to sign up shows up when the customer wants to visualize the " -"order from order confirmation email." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:23 -msgid "Customer account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Once logged in the customer will access the account by clicking *My Account*" -" in the login dropdown menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:31 -msgid "" -"THere they find all their history. The main address (billing) can also be " -"modified." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:37 -msgid "" -"If the customer is set as a contact of a company in your address book, they " -"will see all the documents whose the customer belongs to this company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/taxes.rst:3 -msgid "Collect taxes" -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po deleted file mode 100644 index a1bb204c5..000000000 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,284 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: nl\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../email_marketing.rst:5 -msgid "Email Marketing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:3 -msgid "Work with Mailing Lists" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Mailing lists can be a goldmine for your company’s marketing department as " -"they can provide leads for sales, focus groups for testing new products, and" -" consumers to provide feedback on satisfaction, for example." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:10 -msgid "Create mailing lists" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Mailing lists --> Mailing lists --> Create`. Enable " -"the option *Is Public* to make the list visible for users when " -"unsubscribing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Once your mailing list is created, you can manually add contacts clicking on" -" *Create*. *Import* a list of contacts if you have it from a previous tool." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:23 -msgid "Linking a mailing list to my website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Create a mailing list called Newsletter, as you use this strategy to " -"advertise and communicate new ideas to subscribers interested in listening." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Go to your *Website*, add a *Newsletter* block and choose the respective " -"mailing list." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:34 -msgid "Contacts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Under :menuselection:`Mailing Lists --> Mailing List Contacts` see a list of" -" all contacts under all your mailing lists, and the ones you individually " -"created here." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Open a contact form to see or add different mailing lists to which the " -"contact is or will be part of." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:51 -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:46 -msgid ":doc:`send_emails`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:3 -msgid "Manage Unsubscriptions and Blacklist" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:5 -msgid "" -"It is best practice, and legally required, to allow recipients to " -"unsubscribe from mailing lists as you do not want your audience to think " -"that your company is using any tactics that are dishonest or spammy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:10 -msgid "Enable the Blacklist feature" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable the option " -"*Blacklist Option when Unsubscribing*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Now, once the user clicks on the *Unsubscribe* link on your email, he is " -"redirected to the following page:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:28 -msgid "" -"After clicking on the unsubscribe button when using the test feature, you " -"are sent to an error page (*error 403 - Access Denied*). If you want to be " -"sure the link is working properly, create your mass mail and send it only to" -" a personal email." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:32 -msgid "" -"In addition to having the option of unsubscribing from specific mailing " -"lists, the user can also blacklist himself, meaning that he will not receive" -" *any* more emails from you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:36 -msgid "" -"The mailing list has to be configured as *Public* in order to be visible for" -" users." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Blacklist`, blacklisted email " -"addresses are shown." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:39 -msgid "" -"When opening the record, as a *Log note*, a description-history is kept." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:47 -msgid ":doc:`mailing_lists`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:3 -msgid "Send Emails Marketing and Manage Campaigns" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Emails allow you to effectively, and at a low cost, reach a large number of " -"consumers while being able to customize your message in a way that resonates" -" with them. It is measurable, and a call-to-action oriented channel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:10 -msgid "Choose the right target and create the message" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:12 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Mailings --> Create`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Choosing *Contacts* as *Recipients* (for example), allows you to add " -"specifications to match just certain contacts, filtering your target." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:21 -msgid "" -"With a trial databases, you have a limit of 50 emails per day; on Odoo SH " -"Cloud Platform the limit is 200. There is a possibility to increase these " -"numbers by contacting Odoo Support. To contact Support, `click here " -"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Under *Mail Body*, choose a layout and make the modifications needed by " -"dragging, dropping and double-clicking on content. Note that it is possible " -"to start from scratch selecting the *blank* template option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Under *Settings*, you can assign someone else as the responsible sender if " -"you do not want it to be you. To do so, change the email address used as the" -" sender (*Send From*)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:37 -msgid "" -"With the *Reply To* radio button, you can also choose to gather answers " -"either on the respective recipients’ records or on a specific email address." -" Note that this option is not available if you target mailing contacts or " -"contacts as recipients." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:45 -msgid "Test, send or schedule a mailing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:53 -msgid "" -"*Save*: the work is allocated in the *draft* column in the Kanban view. " -"Modifications can be made while being in this stage. The option *Discard* " -"deletes the email." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Click on *Test* and send your message to one, or even multiple, test " -"contacts to avoid errors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:56 -msgid "" -"*Send* triggers the email with the next run and put the work on the *queue* " -"column in the Kanban view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:58 -msgid "" -"*Schedule* allows you to choose a date and time, and puts the email in the " -"*queue* column in the Kanban view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:61 -msgid "" -"The daily limit is applied for **all emails** sent, in other words, " -"throughout all applications. Therefore, if at the end of the day you have " -"remaining ones to be sent, note that they *will not* be sent automatically " -"the next day. You need to force that by opening the email and clicking on " -"*Retry*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:67 -msgid "Manage campaigns" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable *Mailing " -"Campaigns*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:71 -msgid "" -"The campaign option is effective as it allows you to organize your marketing" -" efforts and have a centralized view of its metrics." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:72 -msgid "Go to *Campaign* and click on *Create* to start one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:80 -msgid "" -"If you use the SMS and Social Marketing applications, as well as the Push " -"Notification feature, you see the option to create content for those " -"channels. You also see the *Campaign* menu within those applications. All of" -" this is possible because the applications work integrated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:85 -msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_servers`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:86 -msgid ":doc:`../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns`" -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/events.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/events.po deleted file mode 100644 index c4b95f160..000000000 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/events.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,429 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: nl\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../events.rst:5 -msgid "Events" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/integrations.rst:3 -msgid "Integrations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:3 -msgid "Communicating about my Event using SMS Text Messages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Using SMS as a communication strategy for your event establishes interaction" -" between organizers, attendees, speakers and further targets. It allows your" -" message to be heard whether the goal is to send out reminders, teasers or " -"to advertise." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:10 -#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:9 ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:9 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Under *Communication* SMS is a standard feature. That means nothing needs to" -" be enabled or installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:16 -msgid "" -"On the other hand, to contact the speakers of your event, you need the *SMS " -"Marketing* application installed, and to enable *Schedule & Tracks* under " -":menuselection:`Events --> Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:23 -msgid "" -"The *Schedule & Tracks* feature allows you to manage the agenda and speakers" -" of your event. For more details watch: `Creating an agenda for your event " -"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/create-an-agenda-for-your-" -"event-717?fullscreen=1>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:28 -msgid "Send SMSs to attendees" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Under *Communication*, the message’s target is the attendees of your event." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:32 -msgid "" -"You can choose to confirm each registration with the *Registration* " -"template, and to send a reminder shortly before the event takes place with " -"the *Reminder* template." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:38 -msgid "To make changes in an existing template, click on the external link." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:45 -msgid "Send SMSs to speakers and further targets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:47 -msgid "" -"The benefit of the integration with the *SMS Marketing* application is that " -"you can choose the target you would like your message to be delivered to. To" -" get started, click on *Contact Track Speakers*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:56 -msgid "" -"If *Event Track* is not your target (*Recipient*), choose the right one. " -"*Filters* are eligible here." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:58 -msgid "" -"In the example below, the SMS would be sent to the speakers who are in the " -"stage *Proposal* on *Event Track*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Credits are required to be able to send SMSs. For more information about " -"Pricing :doc:`click here <../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq>`, " -"and, about IAP Services :doc:`here " -"<../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:3 -msgid "Create your First Event" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:5 -msgid "Some of the reasons why hosting events is essential are:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:7 -msgid "To create an engaging experience with your audience;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:8 -msgid "To generate word of mouth about your company;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:9 -msgid "To allow networking;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:10 -msgid "" -"To provide an opportunity for sales representatives to walk their prospects " -"through the product and even their pipeline." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:14 -msgid "Get started" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Under the menu *Events*, have a view of all existing events and some key " -"information, such as the number of expected and confirmed attendees." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:23 -msgid "" -"To start a new one, click on *Create* and fill in the form with all the " -"needed information. Enable *Website Menu* to have the menus *Introduction*, " -"*Location*, and *Register* being shown on your event’s website page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:31 -msgid "" -"To personalize these pages, click on *Edit* to open the `website builder " -"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/website-basics-643?fullscreen=1>`_, and " -"edit content by dragging and dropping blocks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:40 -msgid "Tab: Tickets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Events --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " -":doc:`Tickets and Online Ticketing <tickets>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Now, under the *Tickets* Tab, add lines to include the different ticket " -"types you offer. Include the price, the start and end dates for " -"registrations, and even the maximum number of tickets that can be sold." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:48 -msgid "" -"The *Reserved Seats* and *Unconfirmed Seat Reservations* are counted as " -"attendees are marked as :doc:`confirmed <track_attendees>` or not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:55 -msgid "Tab: Communication" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Choose the email and/or SMS message template, as well as the frequency with " -"which you would like to communicate with your attendees under the tab " -"*Communication*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Create a template on the fly or choose an existing one. Define the " -"*Interval* (2, 7, 15..) for the *Unit* (days, hours, weeks, etc.), and the " -"*Trigger* action (after registration, after the event, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:68 -msgid "Tab: Questions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable *Questions*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:72 -msgid "" -"Now, under the tab *Questions*, edit your questions and answers, choosing if" -" you would like your questionnaire to be asked per order or per " -"registration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:75 -msgid "" -"Example of a registration for 3 attendees: if enabling the option *Ask each " -"attendee*, the questionnaire is shown 3 times, meaning that answers can vary" -" for each attendee; if *Ask each attendee* is not enabled, the questionnaire" -" is shown once, resulting in a global answer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:81 -msgid "" -"Once your event is *Confirmed*, you can manage attendees badges, and mark " -"the event as *Finished*. Events marked as *Finished* can be *Set to draft*, " -"putting the event back to an *Unconfirmed* stage from which it can be edited" -" and used again." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:90 -msgid "Publish your event" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:92 -msgid "*Go to Website* and turn *Published* on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:99 -msgid ":doc:`track_attendees`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:100 -#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:45 -msgid ":doc:`tickets`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:101 -#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:46 -msgid ":doc:`track_talks`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:3 -msgid "Selling Tickets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:5 -msgid "" -"If you automate processes, you save time. If you give attendees multiple " -"payment options to choose from, you allow flexibility and open margins for " -"more registrations to happen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate *Tickets* and" -" *Online Ticketing*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:13 -msgid "" -"*Tickets* allow tickets to be sold " -":ref:`events/create_event/through_sales_orders`. *Online Ticketing* allows " -"the sale of tickets to happen " -":ref:`events/create_event/through_the_website`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:22 -msgid "Through Sales Orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:24 -msgid "" -"On the *Sales* application, choose the event product you created and add it " -"as a product line. A window pops-up, allowing you to choose the event for " -"which you want to create the sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Remember to create a product form for the event registration, under " -"*Product*, in the *Sales* application, and to add that same product under " -"your event’s form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:43 -msgid "Through the Website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:45 -msgid "" -"On the website, once tickets are added to the cart, the user can continue " -"the transaction choosing among the payment methods you chose to have " -"available." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:53 -msgid ":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:3 -msgid "Track your Attendees" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Attendees are at the heart of your event. Keeping track of their number and " -"managing their registration and attendance is necessary for planning and " -"analyzing reasons." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:9 -msgid "Attendees list and attendance" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Once attendees have registered or bought their tickets, they are added to " -"the *Attendees* list." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Tickets sold through sales orders validate attendees as soon as the " -"quotation is confirmed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:18 -msgid "" -"The check mark button is used to confirm the registration. Once a " -"registration is confirmed, attendance can be marked." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:26 -msgid "Bagdes and cancellations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:28 -msgid "" -"On the attendees form, choose to send badges manually by clicking on *Send " -"By Email*. *Cancel Registration* to have that attendee being moved to the " -"*Cancelled* stage." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:36 -msgid "" -"To see a list of your canceled attendees, under *Filters*, add a *Custom " -"Filter* choosing *Status > is > Cancelled*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:44 -#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:49 -msgid ":doc:`../integrations/integration_sms`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:3 -msgid "Track and Manage Talks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Allow partners to submit talk proposals so they can share their knowledge " -"and expertise. Good speakers and talks are what make your event great." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Events --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " -"*Schedule & Tracks*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Now, in your event's form, once *Website menu* is enabled, the options " -"*Tracks on Website* and *Track Proposals on Website* become available. " -"Enabling them adds the menus *Talks*, *Talk Proposals*, and *Agenda* to your" -" website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Besides having the ability to suggest their own talks, the website now " -"allows users to see a list of the whole agenda and scheduled talks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:28 -msgid "" -"To handle tracks internally and not have the menus *Talks*, *Talk " -"Proposals*, and *Agenda* online, use the menu *Tracks* individually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:32 -msgid "Publishing speaker proposals" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Once partners have filled in the appropriate form and submitted their " -"proposals, a new *Proposal* is instantly created under the menu *Track*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:41 -msgid "" -"If the proposal is accepted and can go online, simply open its form and " -"click on *Go to Website*. From the website page, turn *Published* on." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po deleted file mode 100644 index cf2492af8..000000000 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,340 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: nl\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:5 -msgid "Expenses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:8 -msgid "How to set expense types" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:9 -msgid "" -"The first step to track expenses is to configure the expense types (managed " -"as products in Odoo) that your company allows, from the *Configuration* " -"menu. When a specific expense is reimbursed at a fixed price, set a cost on " -"the product. Otherwise keep the cost at 0.0 and employees will report the " -"real cost per expense." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:17 -msgid "Here are some examples to configure:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:19 -msgid "Restaurant:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:21 ../../expense/expense.rst:27 -msgid "Cost: 0.00 (the cost of the ticket will be recorded on every expense)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:22 -msgid "Travel with Personal Car:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:24 -msgid "Cost: 0.30 (the price per mile reimbursed by the company is fixed)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:25 -msgid "Hotel:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:29 -msgid "Others:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:31 -msgid "Cost: 0.0" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Don't forget to set an expense tax on each expense type (and an account if " -"you use Odoo Accounting). It's usually a good practice to use a tax that is " -"configured with :ref:`Tax Included in Price <taxes/included-in-price>`. That" -" way, employees report expenses with prices including taxes, which is " -"usually the expected behaviour." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:41 -msgid "" -"The *Sales* app allows you to specify unit of measures for your expense " -"types (units, miles, nights, etc.). Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Configuration --> Settings` and check *Some products may be sold/purchased " -"in different units of measure (advanced)*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:48 -msgid "How to record expenses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:51 -msgid "Manually" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:53 -msgid "" -"As an employee (Employee in user access rights), you can record expenses " -"from :menuselection:`My Expenses --> Expenses to Submit`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:59 -msgid "" -"Select the related product and enter either the total amount you paid (with " -"Quantity = 1) or the unit price if Quantity is countable (e.g. number of " -"hotel nights)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:62 -msgid "Enter the expense date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Choose if you paid the bill on your own (and expect to be reimbursed) or if " -"the company paid directly (e.g. if you used a company's credit card)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Set the bill reference, add some notes if requested and attach a photo/scan " -"of the receipt from the discussion thread. That will help the manager and " -"the accountant validate it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:73 -msgid "In one click from emails" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:74 -msgid "" -"Let your employees record their expenses from a simple email. Make a " -"snapshot of the receipt and send it by email, or simply forward a bill!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:77 -msgid "" -"The only thing to do is setting up an email alias in " -":menuselection:`Expenses --> Configuration --> Settings` (e.g. *expenses* " -"@mycompany.odoo.com). For security purposes, only authenticated employee " -"emails (cfr. *Work Email* in employee detail form) are accepted." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:83 -msgid "" -"The expense product is set automatically if the mail subject contains the " -"product's internal reference in first position. Type the expense amount in " -"the mail subject to set it on the expense too (e.g. Ref001 Food 100€)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:88 -msgid "How to submit expenses to managers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:90 -msgid "" -"When you are ready to submit your expenses to your manager (e.g. at the end " -"of a business trip, or once a month), go to the menu :menuselection:`My " -"Expenses --> Expenses to Submit`. Select all expenses from the list view and" -" click on :menuselection:`Action --> Submit to Manager`. Save the newly " -"created expense report (i.e. set of expenses), and wait for your manager to " -"approve it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:100 -msgid "" -"You can also submit expenses one by one from the *Submit to Manager* button " -"on the form view of an expense." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:103 -msgid "" -"All your submitted expense reports can be found in :menuselection:`Expenses " -"--> My Expenses --> Expense Reports`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:108 -msgid "How to approve expenses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:110 -msgid "" -"HR and team managers get an overview of all expense reports to validate from" -" the top menu :menuselection:`To Approve --> Expense Reports to Approve`. " -"Such users must have at least *Officers* access rights for *Expenses*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:117 -msgid "" -"They can review expense reports, approve or reject them, as well as " -"providing feedback thanks to the integrated communication tool." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:123 -msgid "" -"As a team manager you can easily find the expense reports of your team " -"members. You need to be set as manager in the detail form of those " -"employees." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:131 -msgid "How to post expenses in accounting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:133 -msgid "" -"Once expense reports approved by managers, the accounting department goes to" -" :menuselection:`Expenses --> Accountant --> Expense Reports To Post` to " -"check accounts, products and taxes. They can click *Post Journal Entries* to" -" post related journal entries into your books. To do so, the user must have " -"following access rights:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:139 -msgid "Accounting: Accountant or Adviser" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:140 -msgid "Expenses: Manager" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:143 -msgid "" -"To post an expense, a *Home Address* must be set on the employee. If you get" -" a related blocking message when posting, click the employee, go to " -"*Personal Information* tab and select/create the contact of your employee in" -" the address book. A contact has been automatically created if this person " -"is using Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:150 -msgid "How to reimburse employees" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:152 -msgid "" -"You can now see all the expense reports to reimburse in " -":menuselection:`Expenses --> Accountant --> Expense Reports To Pay`. To " -"record the payment or pay by check, click *Register a Payment*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:156 -msgid "See how you can easily manage the payment process in Odoo:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:158 -msgid ":doc:`../accounting/payables/pay/check`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:159 -msgid ":doc:`../accounting/payables/pay/sepa`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:163 -msgid "How to re-invoice expenses to your customers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:165 -msgid "" -"If you track expenses on customer projects, you can charge them back to your" -" customers automatically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:169 -msgid "Setup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:171 -msgid "Enable **Customer Billing** in the Expenses settings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:173 -msgid "" -"Go to the product configuration menu and set the invoicing method on all " -"your Expense types:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:176 -msgid "" -"Ordered quantities : it will invoice expenses based on the ordered quantity" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:179 -msgid "" -"Delivered quantities :it will invoice expenses based on the expenses " -"quantity" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:182 -msgid "At cost: will invoice expenses at their real cost." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:184 -msgid "" -"At sales price: will invoice based on a fixed sales price set on the sale " -"order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:191 -msgid "Create an order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:193 -msgid "" -"As a salesman, create and confirm a Sales Order for the services delivered " -"to your customer. If you don't put any expense in the order, it will be " -"added automatically once posted by the accountant." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:198 -msgid "Link the expense to the Sale Order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:204 -msgid "Submit, validate and post expenses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:206 -msgid "" -"As a manager, make sure the analytic account is set on every expense line on" -" approving expenses reports. Click the line to add one if missing. Employees" -" are already able to set one when submitting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:213 -msgid "As an accountant, post journal entries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:216 -msgid "Invoice expenses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:218 -msgid "" -"Now you can invoice the order. It shows up in :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Invoicing --> Sales` to Invoice. The expenses have been added automatically " -"in the order lines. Such items show up in blue (i.e. to invoice)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:226 -msgid "e (i.e. to invoice)." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/expenses.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/expenses.po deleted file mode 100644 index d77573c39..000000000 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/expenses.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,23 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 9.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-11-22 13:16+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2017\n" -"Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: nl\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../expenses.rst:5 -msgid "Expenses" -msgstr "Declaraties" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po similarity index 51% rename from locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po rename to locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po index bc01249c4..bf6f9affb 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po @@ -1,27 +1,28 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: -# Julia van Orsouw <Julia@vanorsouw-consultancy.nl>, 2021 -# Gunther Clauwaert <gclauwae@hotmail.com>, 2021 # Cas Vissers <c.vissers@brahoo.nl>, 2021 -# Odoo Experts Consultants <consultants@odooexperts.nl>, 2021 +# Cas Vissers <casvissers@brahoo.nl>, 2021 # Maxim Vandenbroucke <mxv@odoo.com>, 2021 -# Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2021 -# Martin Trigaux, 2021 +# Gunther Clauwaert <gclauwae@hotmail.com>, 2021 # Eric Geens <ericgeens@yahoo.com>, 2021 +# Martin Trigaux, 2021 # Erwin van der Ploeg <erwin@odooexperts.nl>, 2021 +# Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Julia van Orsouw <Julia@vanorsouw-consultancy.nl>, 2021 +# Odoo Experts Consultants <consultants@odooexperts.nl>, 2021 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-03-02 11:19+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Erwin van der Ploeg <erwin@odooexperts.nl>, 2021\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-18 07:12+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-05-18 05:17+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Odoo Experts Consultants <consultants@odooexperts.nl>, 2021\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -29,24 +30,28 @@ msgstr "" "Language: nl\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" -#: ../../accounting.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance.rst:3 +msgid "Finance" +msgstr "Boekhouding" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:4 msgid "Invoicing and Accounting" msgstr "Facturatie en Boekhouding" -#: ../../accounting/bank.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:3 msgid "Bank & Cash" msgstr "Bank en Kas" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds.rst:3 msgid "Bank Feeds" msgstr "Bank koppeling" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:145 msgid "Bank Statements" msgstr "Bankafschriften" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:5 msgid "" "Importing your bank statements in Odoo Accounting allows you to keep track " "of the financial movements that occur on your bank accounts and reconcile " @@ -56,216 +61,216 @@ msgstr "" " financiële transacties die plaatsvinden op de bankrekening. U kunt de " "afschriftregels afletteren met de aangemaakte boekingen in uw administratie." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:9 msgid "" "We recommend you use bank synchronization for more efficiency. Please read " "the related documentation: :doc:`bank_synchronization`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:12 msgid "" "However, if you don't want to use bank synchronization or if your bank is " "not a supported institution, you still have other options:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:15 msgid "Import the bank statement files delivered by your bank" msgstr "Importeer het bankafschrift dat wordt aangeleverd door uw bank" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:16 msgid "Register the bank statements manually" msgstr "Voer de afschriften handmatig in" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:19 msgid "Import bank statements files" msgstr "Importeer bankafschrift bestanden" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:21 msgid "Odoo supports multiple file formats to import bank statements:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:23 msgid "SEPA recommended Cash Management format (CAMT.053)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:24 msgid "Comma-separated values (.CSV)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:25 msgid "Open Financial Exchange (.OFX)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Open Financial Exchange (.OFX)" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:26 msgid "Quicken Interchange Format (.QIF)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Quicken Interchange Format (.QIF)" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:27 msgid "Belgium: Coded Statement of Account (.CODA)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:29 msgid "" "To import them, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Overview --> Bank`, " "click on *Import Statements*, or on the three dots, and then on *Import " "Statement*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:36 msgid "Next, select the file you want to import and click on *Import*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:38 msgid "" "Odoo opens an **import widget** to help you set the **Formatting Options** " "and **map** the different columns you want to import." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:46 msgid "" "Quicken Interchange Format (.QIF) is an older file format that is no longer " "supported since 2005. If possible, prefer OFX files over QIF." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:50 msgid "Register bank statements manually" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Registreer manueel bankafschriften" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:52 msgid "If needed, you can also record your bank statements manually." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:54 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Overview --> Bank`, click on " "*Create Statements*, or on the three dots, and then on *New Statement*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:57 msgid "" "Add a new line for each transaction written on the original bank statement." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:59 msgid "" "To ease the reconciliation process, make sure to fill out the *Partner* " "field. You can also write the payments’ references in the *Label* field." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:67 msgid "" "The *Ending Balance* and the *Computed Balance* should have the same amount." " If it is not the case, make sure that there is no mistake in the " "transactions’ amounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:122 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:109 msgid ":doc:`bank_synchronization`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:10 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:16 msgid "Todo" msgstr "Te doen" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:72 msgid "add doc link to new documentation about reconciliation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:3 msgid "Bank Synchronization: Automatic Import" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo can synchronize directly with your bank institution to get all bank " "statements imported automatically into your database." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:8 msgid "" "To check if your bank is compatible with Odoo, go to `Odoo Accounting " "Features <https://www.odoo.com/page/accounting-features>`_, and click on " "*See list of supported institutions*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:15 msgid "More than 20,000 institutions around the world are supported." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:17 msgid "To connect to the banks, Odoo uses multiple web-services:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:19 msgid "**Plaid**: United States of America and Canada" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:20 msgid "**Yodlee**: Worldwide" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:21 msgid "**Salt Edge**: Europe (:doc:`more information <saltedge>`)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:22 msgid "**Ponto**: Europe (:doc:`more information <ponto>`)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:25 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:24 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:19 -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:14 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:69 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:16 -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:22 -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:9 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:31 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:28 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:284 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:321 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:34 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:92 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:25 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:14 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:60 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:19 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:27 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:23 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:12 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:29 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:13 -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:21 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:18 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:16 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:16 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:15 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:22 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:11 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:30 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:31 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:13 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:20 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:37 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:15 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:20 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:39 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:331 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/vat_validation.rst:13 msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configuratie" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:28 msgid "On-Premise users" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:30 msgid "" "To be able to use this service, you need to have a valid Odoo Enterprise " "subscription. So make sure that your database is registered with your Odoo " @@ -274,34 +279,34 @@ msgid "" "don't have a firewall or a proxy blocking the following address:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:36 msgid "https://production.odoofin.com/" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:39 msgid "First Synchronization" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:41 msgid "" "You can start synchronization either by going to :menuselection:`Accounting " "--> Configuration --> Add a Bank Account` or via the configuration bar on " "the accounting dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:44 msgid "" "Now you can search for your bank institution. Select it and follow the steps" " to synchronize with it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:47 msgid "" "If you have any issues during your first synchronization, please verify that" " your web browser doesn't block pop-ups and that your adblocker is disabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:50 msgid "" "During your first synchronization, you will be asked for a phone number to " "secure your account. The reason we ask for such information is that we don't" @@ -312,38 +317,38 @@ msgid "" "bank institution. This information is not stored on Odoo's servers." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:57 msgid "" "By default, transactions fetched from an online source are grouped inside " "the same statement, and one bank statement is created per month. You can " "change the bank statement creation periodicity in your journal settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:61 msgid "" "You can find all your synchronizations by going to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Online Synchronization`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:65 msgid "Synchronize manually" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:67 msgid "" "After your first synchronization, the created journals are synchronized by " "default every 12 hours. If you wish, you can synchronize manually by " "clicking on the *Synchronize Now* button on the dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:75 msgid "" "Or you can go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Online " "Synchronization`, select your institution and then click on the *Fetch " "Transactions* button." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:83 msgid "" "Some institutions do not allow transactions to be fetched automatically. For" " such institutions, during the automatic synchronization of the account, you" @@ -353,15 +358,15 @@ msgid "" "synchronizations." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:89 msgid "Issues" msgstr "Issues" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:92 msgid "Synchronization in error" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:94 msgid "" "To report a connection error to the `Odoo support " "<https://www.odoo.com/help>`_, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " @@ -369,40 +374,40 @@ msgid "" "failed, and copy the error description and the reference." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:99 msgid "Synchronization disconnected" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:101 msgid "" "If your connection with the proxy is disconnected, you can reconnect with " "the proxy using the *Reconnect* button." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:105 msgid "" "This disconnection can be caused by the Odoo support. In this case, please " "contact the `support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_ directly with your client" " id or the reference of the error listed in the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:112 msgid "Migration process for users having installed Odoo before December 2020" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:114 msgid "" "If you are on-premise, please first make sure that your source is up-to-date" " with the latest version of Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:117 msgid "" "Users who have created a database before December 2020 need to install the " "new module manually to use the new functionalities." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:120 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Apps --> Update Apps List`, remove the " "default filter in the search bar and type: " @@ -410,13 +415,13 @@ msgid "" "button to install the new module." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:128 msgid "" "Finally, make sure all your users refresh their Odoo page by pressing " "CTRL+F5." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:132 msgid "" "All previous synchronizations are disconnected during the installation and " "won't work anymore. You can find them directly in the synchronization menu " @@ -425,29 +430,29 @@ msgid "" "ones." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:136 msgid "" "Please do not uninstall *account_online_sync* which is the previous module " "for online synchronization. The new one overrides it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:138 msgid "" "By default *account_online_synchronization* is installed automatically with " "Accounting." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:141 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:95 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:78 msgid "FAQ" -msgstr "" +msgstr "FAQ" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:144 msgid "The synchronization is not working in real-time. Is that normal?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:146 msgid "" "The process is not intended to work in real-time as third party providers " "synchronize your accounts at different intervals. To force the " @@ -459,7 +464,7 @@ msgid "" "transactions if you already performed such action earlier in the day." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:153 msgid "" "A transaction can be visible on your bank account, but not be fetched if it " "has the status *Pending*. Only transactions with the *Posted* status will be" @@ -467,32 +472,32 @@ msgid "" "status changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:158 msgid "Is the Online Bank Synchronization feature included in my contract?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:160 msgid "" "**Community Version**: No, this feature is not included in the Community " "Version." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:161 msgid "" "**Online Version**: Yes, even if you benefit from the One App Free contract." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:162 msgid "" "**Enterprise Version**: Yes, if you have a valid enterprise contract linked " "to your database." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:165 msgid "Some banks have a status \"Beta.\" What does this mean?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:167 msgid "" "This means that banking institutions are not yet fully supported by our " "Third Party Provider. Bugs or other problems may arise. Odoo does not " @@ -502,11 +507,11 @@ msgid "" " from the connection." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:173 msgid "Why do my transactions only synchronize when I refresh manually?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:175 msgid "" "Some banks have additional security measures and require extra steps, such " "as an SMS/email authentication code or another type of MFA. Because of this," @@ -514,21 +519,21 @@ msgid "" "provided." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:180 msgid "Not all of my past transactions are in Odoo, why?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:182 msgid "" "For some institutions, transactions can only be fetched up to 3 months in " "the past." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:185 msgid "Why don't I see any transactions?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:187 msgid "" "During your first synchronization, you selected the bank accounts you " "decided to synchronize with Odoo. If you didn't synchronize any of your " @@ -537,49 +542,49 @@ msgid "" "connection." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:191 msgid "There may also be no new transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:193 msgid "" "If your bank account is properly linked to a journal and posted transactions" " are not visible in your database, please `submit a support ticket " "<https://www.odoo.com/help>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:197 msgid "How can I update my bank credentials?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:199 msgid "" "You can update your credentials by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Online Synchronization`, open the connection you want to " "update your credentials and click on the *Update Credentials* button." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:204 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:124 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:111 msgid ":doc:`bank_statements`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:205 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:110 msgid ":doc:`ponto`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:206 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:123 msgid ":doc:`saltedge`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:3 msgid "Ponto as bank synchronization provider" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:5 msgid "" "**Ponto** is a service that allows companies and professionals to aggregate " "their accounts in one place and directly see all their transactions within " @@ -587,155 +592,155 @@ msgid "" "number of bank institutions that can be synchronized with Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:13 msgid "" "**Odoo** can synchronize directly with your bank to get all bank statements " "imported automatically into your database." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:16 msgid "" "Ponto is a paid third-party provider that can handle the synchronization " "between your bank accounts and Odoo. `Its pricing is 4€/month per " "account/integration <https://myponto.com/en#pricing>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:20 msgid "" "You can find more information about bank synchronization :doc:`on this page " "<bank_synchronization>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:27 msgid "Link your bank accounts with Ponto" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:29 msgid "Go to `Ponto's website (https://myponto.com) <https://myponto.com>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:30 msgid "Create an account if you don't have one yet." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:31 msgid "Once you are logged in, create an *organization*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounts --> Live`, and click on *Add account*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 msgid "You might have to add your **Billing Information** first." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:39 msgid "" "Select your country, your bank institutions, give your consent to Ponto, and" " follow the steps on-screen to link your bank account with your Ponto " "account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:46 msgid "" "Make sure to add all bank accounts you want to synchronize with your Odoo " "database before moving on to the next steps." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:50 msgid "Link your Ponto account with your Odoo database" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:52 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Add a Bank Account`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:53 msgid "" "Search your institution, make sure to select the right institution. By " "selecting the institution, you can verify that the third party provider is " "Ponto." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:55 msgid "Click on *Connect* and follow the steps." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:56 msgid "" "At some point, you will have to authorize the accounts you want to access in" " Odoo. Please select **all the accounts** you want to synchronize. Even the " "ones coming from other banking institutions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:64 msgid "Finish the flow." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:67 msgid "" "You have to authorize all the accounts you want to access in Odoo but, Odoo " "will filter the accounts based on the institution you selected at the second" " step." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:71 msgid "Update your synchronization credentials" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:73 msgid "" "You might have to update your Ponto credentials or modify the " "synchronization settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:75 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:87 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Online " "Synchronization` and select the institution you want to fetch the other " "accounts. Click on *Fetch Accounts* button to start the flow." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:79 msgid "" "During the update, select **all the accounts** you want to synchronize, even" " the ones coming from other banking institutions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:83 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:66 msgid "Fetch new accounts" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:85 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:68 msgid "You might want to add new online accounts to your connection." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:91 msgid "" "Don't forget to keep authorization for existing accounts (for all " "institutions that you have synchronized with Ponto)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:98 msgid "After my synchronization, no account appears" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:100 msgid "" "You selected an institution from the list and did not authorize any accounts" " from this institution." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:103 msgid "I have an error about that my authorization has expired" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:105 msgid "" "Every **3 months** (90 days) you must re-authorize the connection between " "your bank account and Ponto. This must be done from the `Ponto website " @@ -743,60 +748,60 @@ msgid "" "stop for these accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:110 msgid "I have some errors with my beta institution" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:112 msgid "" "Ponto provides institutions in *beta*, these institutions are not directly " "supported by Odoo and we advise you to contact Ponto directly." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:116 msgid "" "Using an institution in beta is beneficial for Ponto, it allows them to have" " real feedback on the connection with the institution." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:3 msgid "Salt Edge as bank synchronization provider" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:5 msgid "" "**Salt Edge** is a third-party provider that aggregates banking information " "from your bank accounts. It supports ~5000 institutions in more than 50 " "countries." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:13 msgid "" "Odoo can synchronize directly with your bank to get all bank statements " "imported automatically into your database." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:16 msgid "Salt Edge is a free third-party provider." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:22 msgid "Link your bank accounts with Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:24 msgid "" "Start synchronization by clicking on :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Add a Bank Account`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:26 msgid "" "Select the institution you want to synchronize. You can see if Salt Edge is " "the third party provider of the institution by selecting it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:28 msgid "" "After giving your phone number, you are asked for an email address. This " "email address is used to create your Salt Edge account. Please make sure you" @@ -804,31 +809,31 @@ msgid "" "your Salt Edge account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:37 msgid "" "After entering your email address, you are redirected to Salt Edge to " "continue the synchronization process." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:44 msgid "Make sure you give your consent by checking the consent checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:50 msgid "Complete the synchronization by following the steps." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:54 msgid "Update your credentials" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:56 msgid "" "You might have to update your Salt Edge credentials or modify the " "synchronization settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:58 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Online " "Synchronization` and select the institution you want to update credentials. " @@ -836,25 +841,25 @@ msgid "" "steps." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:62 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:74 msgid "" "Don't forget to check the consent checkbox. Otherwise, Odoo may not be able " "to access your information." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:70 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Online " "Synchronization` and select the institution to fetch the new accounts. Click" " on the *Fetch Accounts* button to start the flow and follow the steps." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:81 msgid "I have an error when I try to delete my synchronization within Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:83 msgid "" "Odoo can't permanently delete the connection you have created with the " "banking institution. However, it can revoke the consent you gave so that " @@ -867,25 +872,25 @@ msgid "" "record." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:92 msgid "I have an error saying that I have already synchronized this account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:94 msgid "" "You have probably already synchronized your bank account with Salt Edge, " "please check on your `dashboard <https://www.saltedge.com/dashboard>`_ that " "you don't already have a connection with the same credentials." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:98 msgid "" "In case you already have a synchronization with the same credentials present" " on your Salt Edge dashboard and this synchronization has not been created " "with Odoo, please delete it and create it from your Odoo database." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:102 msgid "" "In case you already have a connection with the same credentials present on " "your Salt Edge dashboard and this synchronization was created with Odoo, you" @@ -894,33 +899,34 @@ msgid "" "*Update Credentials* to reactivate the connection." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc.rst:3 ../../accounting/payables/misc.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc.rst:3 msgid "Miscellaneous" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Diversen" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:3 msgid "Do a bank wire transfer from one bank to another" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:5 msgid "" "A company might have several bank accounts or cash registers. Within odoo it" " is possible to handle internal transfers of money with only a couple of " "clicks." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:9 msgid "" "We will take the following example to illustrate. My company has two bank " "accounts and I want to transfer 50.000 euros from one of our bank accounts " "to the another one." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:17 msgid "Check your Chart of Accounts and default transfer account" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Controleer uw rekeningschema en standaard overboekingsrekening" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:19 msgid "" "To handle internal transfers you need a transfer account in your charts of " "account. Odoo will generate an account automatically based on the country of" @@ -929,24 +935,24 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:25 msgid "" "Your chart of accounts will be pre-installed depending on the country " "specified during your registration, it cannot be changed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:31 msgid "" "The default transfer account will automatically be generated as well " "depending on your country's legislation. If necessary it can be modified " "from the same page." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:39 msgid "Create a second bank account / Journal" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Maak een tweede bankrekening / dagboek" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:41 msgid "" "Before we can register an internal transfer we need to add a new bank to our" " accounting dashboard. To do so enter the accounting module, click on " @@ -955,66 +961,68 @@ msgid "" "your bank to specify your bank's details." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:50 msgid "By saving the changes you now have 2 bank accounts." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Door het bewaren van deze wijzigingen heeft u nu 2 bankrekeningen." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:56 msgid "Register an internal transfer from one bank to another." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Registreer een interne overplaatsing van één bank naar een andere." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:58 msgid "" "We will now transfer 50.000 euros from our **Bank** to our **Bank BE57 0633 " "9533 1498** account." msgstr "" +"We verplaatsen nu 50.000 euro's van uw **Bank** naar onze *BE57 0633 9533 " +"1498* bankrekening." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:62 msgid "Log an internal transfer" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Log een interne overplaatsing" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:64 msgid "" "The first step is to register the internal payment. To do so go into your " "accounting dashboard, click on the **more** button of one of your banks and " "select :menuselection:`New --> Internal transfer`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:71 msgid "" "Create a new payment. The payment type will automatically be set to internal" " transfer. Select the **Bank** you want to transfer to, specify the " "**Amount** and add a **Memo** if you wish." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:76 msgid "" "The memo is important if you wish to automatically reconcile (see `Import " "bank statements and reconcile`_)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:82 msgid "Save and confirm the changes to register the payment." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Bewaar en bevestig de wijzigingen om de betaling te registreren." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:84 msgid "" "In terms of accounting the money is now booked in the transfer account. " "We'll need to import bank statements to book the money in the final " "accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:89 msgid "Import bank statements and reconcile" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Importeer bankafschriften en letter af" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:91 msgid "" "Note that the bank balance computed by Odoo is different that the last " "statement of your bank." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:97 msgid "" "That is because we did not import the bank statement confirming the " "receiving and sending of the money. It's thus necessary to import your bank " @@ -1023,7 +1031,7 @@ msgid "" "the corresponding bank to import them." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:106 msgid "" "Fill in your **Transactions line**. Once done, Odoo will display a " "**Computed Balance**. that computed balance is the theorical end balance of " @@ -1032,18 +1040,18 @@ msgid "" "**Reconcile** button." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:114 msgid "The following window will open:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Het volgende venster zal zich openen:" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:119 msgid "" "You need to choose counterparts for the payment. Select the correct bank " "statement line corresponding to the payment and click on the **reconcile** " "button. Close the statement to finish the transaction" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:126 msgid "" "The same steps will need to be repeated once you receive your second bank " "statement. Note that if you specify the same amount and the same memo in " @@ -1051,18 +1059,18 @@ msgid "" "happen automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:177 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:80 -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:153 msgid "Bank Reconciliation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Bank afletteren" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:3 msgid "Reconciliation Models" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Afletterregels" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:5 msgid "" "Once the bank statements are correctly imported, it is essential to " "*reconcile* the records properly and ensure all *Journal Entries* are " @@ -1071,45 +1079,45 @@ msgid "" "with recurrent entries such as bank fees." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:10 msgid "" "Add a link to the Reconciliation process in the paragraph above, once the " "doc will have been updated." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:14 msgid "" "Reconciliation Models are also useful to handle *Cash Discounts*. Please " "refer to :doc:`this documentation " "<../../receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts>` for more information." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:21 msgid "Types of Reconciliation Models" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:23 msgid "There are three types of Reconciliation Models:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:25 msgid ":ref:`Write-off Button <reconciliation_models_button>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:26 msgid "" ":ref:`Suggestion of counterpart values <reconciliation_models_suggestion>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:27 msgid ":ref:`Match existing invoices/bills <reconciliation_models_match>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:32 msgid "Manually create a write-off on clicked button" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Maak handmatig een afschrijving op de aangeklikte knop" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:34 msgid "" "When you are reconciling an entry with an *Open Balance*, you can use the " "buttons available under the *Manual Operations* tab to pre-fill all the " @@ -1117,22 +1125,22 @@ msgid "" " different Reconciliation Model." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:45 msgid "Suggest counterpart values" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Stel tegenrekening voor" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:47 msgid "" "This type of Reconciliation Model suggests immediately counterpart values " "that only need to be validated. This automation is based on a set of rules " "defined in the reconciliation model." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:57 msgid "Match existing invoices/bills" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Match bestaande facturen/leveranciersfacturen." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:59 msgid "" "This type of Reconciliation Model automatically selects the right Customer " "Invoice or Vendor Bill that matches the payment. All that is left to do is " @@ -1140,7 +1148,7 @@ msgid "" " the reconciliation model." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:71 msgid "" "To manage or create new **Reconciliation Models**, go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reconciliation --> Reconciliation Models`. " @@ -1149,31 +1157,31 @@ msgid "" " on *Reconciliation Models*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:81 msgid "" "The first entry, named *Invoices Matching Rule*, is the one responsible for " "the current matching of invoices and bills. Therefore, it is advised to " "leave it at the top of the list and not to delete it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:85 msgid "" "Open the model you want to modify, or click on *Create* to create a new one," " then fill out the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:88 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:50 msgid "Type" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Soort" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:90 msgid "" "See :ref:`above <reconciliation_models_types>` for an explanation about the " "different types of Reconciliation Models." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:94 msgid "" "If the *Documents* application is installed on your database, an additional " "**Activity type** field appears when *To check* is ticked. Selecting the " @@ -1181,17 +1189,17 @@ msgid "" "*Request Document* window pops up to request a document from a user." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:100 msgid "Conditions on Bank Statement Line" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Condities op bankafschriftregel" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:102 msgid "" "Define here all the conditions that are required for a Reconciliation Model " "to be applied." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:105 msgid "" "If a record matches with several Reconciliation Models, the first one in the" " *sequence* of models will be applied. The sequence is simply the order of " @@ -1199,52 +1207,54 @@ msgid "" "dropping the handle next to the name." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:114 msgid "Counterpart Values" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tegenwaardes" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:116 msgid "" "This section comprises the values that are applied by the Reconciliation " "Model." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:118 msgid "" "If the value to reconcile needs to be written-off in two separate accounts, " "click on *Add a second line*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:127 msgid ":doc:`use_cases`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`use_cases`" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:128 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:108 msgid ":doc:`../feeds/bank_synchronization`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:129 msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:3 msgid "Bank reconciliation process - use cases" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/overview.rst:3 ../../accounting/reporting/overview.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Overzicht" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:8 msgid "" "Matching your bank statements with your accounting records can be a tedious " "task. You need to find the corresponding invoices, compare the amounts and " @@ -1253,39 +1263,39 @@ msgid "" "any other payment document with your bank statements." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:10 msgid "Two options of the reconciliation process exist in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:12 msgid "We can directly specify the payment on the invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:13 msgid "We can reconcile open invoices with bank statements" -msgstr "" +msgstr "We kunnen open facturen afletteren met bankafschriften" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:18 msgid "" "No special configuration is necessary to record invoices. All we need to do " "is to install the accounting app." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:25 msgid "Use cases" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:28 msgid "Case 1: Payments registration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Case 1: Betaling registratie" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:30 msgid "" "We received the proof of payment of our invoice in the amount of 2100 euros " "issued to Smith & Co." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:33 msgid "" "We start at our issued Invoice of 2100 euros for Smith & Co. Because the " "sold product is a service we demand an immediate payment. Our accountant " @@ -1294,195 +1304,204 @@ msgid "" " services to our customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:39 msgid "" "Our customer send us a payment confirmation. We can thus register a payment " "and mark the invoice as paid." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:45 msgid "" "By clicking on **register payment,** we are telling Odoo that our customer " "has paid the Invoice. We thus have to specify the amount and the payment " "method." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:52 msgid "" "Now we can always find the payment details in the Invoice by clicking on the" " :menuselection:`Info --> Open Payment`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:58 msgid "" "The invoice has been paid and **the reconciliation has been done " "automatically.**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "De factuur is betaald en **het afletteren is automatisch gedaan.**" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:62 msgid "Case 2: Bank statements reconciliations" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Case 2: Bankafschriften afletteren" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:64 msgid "" "We start at our issued Invoice of 3000 euros for Smith & Co. Let's also " "assume that other Invoices are open for different customers." msgstr "" +"We starten bij onze facturen van 3000 euro voor Smith & Co. Laten we er ook " +"vanuit gaan dat andere factureren openstaan voor verschillende klanten." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:70 msgid "" "We receive our bank statement and find that not only the invoice issued to " "Smith & Co has been paid, but the one to Buzz of 92 euros as well." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:73 msgid "" "**Import** or **Create** the bank statements. Please refer to the documents " "from the Bank Feeds section." msgstr "" +"**Importeer** of **Maak** de bankafschriften. Bekijk aub de documenten van " +"de sectie bankafschriften." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:79 msgid "On the dashboard, click on **Reconcile # Items**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Op het dashboard, klik op **Letter # Items af**" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:84 msgid "" "If everything was right (correct partner name, right amount) odoo will do " "the reconciliations **automatically**." msgstr "" +"Indien alles correct was (correcte relatienaam, juiste bedrag) zal Odoo " +"**automatisch** de aflettering doen." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:90 msgid "If some issues are found, you will need to take **manual actions**." msgstr "" +"Indien er fouten gevonden worden moet u **manuele acties** ondernemen." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:92 msgid "" "For example, if the partner is missing from your bank statement, just fill " "it in :" msgstr "" +"Bijvoorbeeld als de relatie mist op uw bankafschrift vult u gewoon in: " -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:98 msgid "" "If the payment is done with a down payment, just check if it is all right " "and validate all related payments :" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:105 msgid "Hit CTRL-Enter to reconcile all the balanced items in the sheet." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Druk op CTRL-Enter om alle gebalanceerde lijnen af te letteren." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:168 msgid "Setup" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Instellingen" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:3 msgid "Bank Accounts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Bankrekeningen" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:5 msgid "" "You can manage as many **Bank Accounts** as needed on your database. " "Configuring them well allows you to make sure that all your banking data is " "up to date and ready for the reconciliation with your *Journal Entries*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:9 msgid "" "In Odoo Accounting, each Bank Account is configured to have a dedicated " "*Journal* which is configured to post all entries in a dedicated *Account*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:12 msgid "" "Whenever you add a Bank Account, a dedicated journal and a dedicated account" " are automatically created and configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:15 msgid "" "Every **Bank Journal** is displayed by default on the **Accounting " "Overview** in the form of a convenient card. It includes action buttons that" " are displayed when appropriate." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:25 msgid "Add a new Bank Account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:27 msgid "" "You can either connect your bank account to your Odoo database, or configure" " your bank account manually and :doc:`upload the bank statements manually " "<../feeds/bank_statements>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:31 msgid "Bank Synchronization" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Bank synchronisatie" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:33 msgid "" "Connect your bank account to your database and have your bank statements " "synced automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:35 msgid "" "To synchronize a new bank account, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration`, click on *Add a Bank Account*, then find your bank in the " "list, click on *Connect*, and follow the instructions on-screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:40 msgid "" ":doc:`Click here <../../bank/feeds/bank_synchronization>` for more " "information about this bank synchronization." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:48 msgid "Manual configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:50 msgid "" "If your Bank Institution can’t be synchronized automatically, or if you " "prefer not to sync it with your database, you may also configure your bank " "account manually." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:53 msgid "" "To add a new bank account manually, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration`, click on *Add a Bank Account*, then on *Create it*, and fill" " out the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:65 msgid "**Name**: the bank account's name, as displayed on Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:57 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:66 msgid "**Account Number**: your bank account number (IBAN in Europe)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:67 msgid "" "**Bank**: click on *Create and Edit* to configure the bank's details. Add " "the bank institution's name and its Identifier Code (BIC or SWIFT)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:60 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:69 msgid "" "**Code**: this code is your Journal's *Short Code*, as displayed on Odoo. By" " default, Odoo creates a new Journal with this Short Code." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:62 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:71 msgid "" "**Journal**: This field is displayed if you have an existing Bank Journal " "that is not linked yet to a bank account. If so, then select the *Journal* " @@ -1490,24 +1509,24 @@ msgid "" "account or create a new one by clicking on *Create and Edit*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:67 msgid "" "Odoo detects the bank account type (e.g., IBAN) and enables some features " "accordingly." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:75 msgid "Advanced configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Geavanceerde configuratie" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:77 msgid "" "To edit an existing bank account, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Bank Accounts`, and open the bank account you want to " "modify." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:80 msgid "" "If you need to edit the bank account details, go to the *Bank Account* field" " and click on the *External Link* button next to the list arrow. There, you " @@ -1516,32 +1535,32 @@ msgid "" "the *Bank* field. These details are used to register some payments." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:85 msgid "" "You can configure which types of payments are enabled in the **Payment " "Method Types** section and how the bank statements are recorded and posted " "in the **Bank Statements** section." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:93 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:192 msgid ":doc:`../../bank/feeds/bank_synchronization`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:94 msgid ":doc:`../feeds/bank_statements`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:95 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:194 -msgid "`Odoo Learn: Accounting Basics <https://www.odoo.com/r/lsZ>`_" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:194 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Accounting Basics <https://www.odoo.com/r/lsZ>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:3 msgid "Manage a bank in a foreign currency" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:5 msgid "" "In Odoo, every transaction is recorded in the default currency of the " "company. Reports are all based on the currency of the company. But for " @@ -1550,31 +1569,31 @@ msgid "" "transaction." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:11 msgid "" "When you have a bank account in a foreign currencies, for every transaction," " Odoo stores two values:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:14 msgid "The debit/credit in the currency of the company" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:16 msgid "The debit/credit in the currency of the bank account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:18 msgid "" "Currency rates are updated automatically using yahoo.com, or the European " "Central bank web-services." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:25 msgid "Activate the multi-currency feature" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Activeer de multi valuta optie" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:27 msgid "" "In order to allow your company to work with multiple currencies, you should " "activate the multi-currency mode. In the accounting application, go into " @@ -1583,11 +1602,11 @@ msgid "" "**Currency Exchange Gain / Loss** account, then click on **Apply**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:34 msgid "Configure currencies" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configureer valuta" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:36 msgid "" "Once the Odoo is configured to support multiple currencies, you should " "activate the currencies you plan to work with. To do that, go to the menu " @@ -1596,69 +1615,69 @@ msgid "" " activate a currency, check its \"Active\" field)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:42 msgid "" "After having activated the currencies, you can configure the parameters to " "automate the currency rate update. These options are also in the settings of" " the Accounting application, in the bottom of the page:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:49 msgid "Click on the **Update Now** link to update the currency rates now." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Klik op de **Update nu** link om uw wisselkoersen te updaten." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:52 msgid "Create a new bank account" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Maak een nieuwe bankrekening aan" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:54 msgid "" "In the accounting application, we first go to :menuselection:`Configuration " "--> Accounting / Bank account`, and we create a new one." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:60 msgid "" "Once you save this bank account, Odoo will create all the documents for you:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:63 msgid "An account in the trial balance" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:65 msgid "A journal in your dashboard" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Een dagboek in uw dashboard" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:67 msgid "" "Information about the bank account in the footer of your invoices if checked" " the box **Show in Invoices Footer**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:71 msgid "Example: A vendor bill in a foreign currency" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:73 msgid "" "Based on the above example, let's assume we receive the following bill from " "a supplier in China." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:76 msgid "" "In the :menuselection:`Purchase --> Vendor Bills` , this is what you could " "see:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:81 msgid "" "Once you are ready to pay this bill, click on register payment on the bill " "to record a payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:87 msgid "" "That's all you have to do. Odoo will automatically post the foreign exchange" " gain or loss at the reconciliation of the payment with the invoice, " @@ -1666,31 +1685,31 @@ msgid "" "and the payment date." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:92 msgid "" "Note that you can pay a foreign bill with another currency. In such a case, " "Odoo will automatically convert between the two currencies." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:96 msgid "Customers Statements" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Klantafschriften" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:98 msgid "" "Customers and vendor statements are managed in the currency of the invoice. " "So, the amount due by your customer (to your vendor) is always expressed in " "the currency of the invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:102 msgid "" "If you have several invoices with different currencies for the same " "customer, Odoo will split the customer statement by currency, as shown in " "the report below." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:109 msgid "" "In the above report, the account receivable associated to Camptocamp is not " "managed in a secondary currency, which means that it keeps every transaction" @@ -1699,144 +1718,149 @@ msgid "" "be converted to this currency." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:115 msgid "" "In such a case, the customer statement always has only one currency. In " "general, this is not what the customer expect as he prefers to see the " "amounts in the currency of the invoices he received;" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:3 msgid "Manage a cash register" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:5 msgid "" "The cash register is a journal to register receivings and payments " "transactions. It calculates the total money in and out, computing the total " "balance." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:14 msgid "" "Configure the Cash journal in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " "--> Journals`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:17 msgid "" "In the tab Journal Entries, the Default Debit and Credit Account can be " "configured as well as the currency of the journal" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:21 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:256 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:34 msgid "Usage" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Gebruik" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:24 msgid "How to register cash payments?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hoe beheer ik contante betalingen?" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:26 msgid "" "To register a cash payment specific to another customer, you should follow " "these steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:29 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Dashboard --> Cash --> Register " "Transactions`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:32 msgid "Fill in the start and ending balance" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vul de begin en eindbalans in" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:34 msgid "" "Register the transactions, specifying the customers linked to the " "transaction" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:37 msgid "Put money in" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Stop geld erin" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:39 msgid "" "Put money in is used to placed your cash manually before starting your " "transactions. From the Register Transactions window, go to " ":menuselection:`More --> Put money in`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:47 msgid "Take money out" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Haal geld uit" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:49 msgid "" "Take money out is used to collect/get yor your cash manually after ending " "all your transactions. From the Register Transaction windows, go to " ":menuselection:`More --> Take money out`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:56 msgid "" "The transactions will be added to the current cash payment registration." msgstr "" +"De transactie wordt toegevoegd aan de huidige contante betaling registratie." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations.rst:3 msgid "Fiscal Localizations" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations.rst:3 msgid "Localizations" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lokalisaties" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:17 msgid "Argentina" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Argentinië" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:6 msgid "Webinars" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:8 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:8 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:8 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:8 msgid "" "Below you can find videos with a general description of the localization, " "and how to configure it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:10 msgid "`VIDEO WEBINAR OF A COMPLETE DEMO <https://youtu.be/c41-8cVaYAI>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:13 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:13 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:13 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:13 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:63 -msgid "Introduction" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:11 +msgid "`ECOMMERCE <https://youtu.be/5gUi2WWfRuI>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:63 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "Introductie" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:16 msgid "" "The Argentinean localization has been improved and extended in Odoo v13, in " "this version the next modules are available:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:19 msgid "" "**l10n_ar**: This module add accounting features for the Argentinian " "localization, which represent the minimal configuration needed for a company" @@ -1844,7 +1868,7 @@ msgid "" "Ingresos Públicos) regulations and guidelines." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:23 msgid "" "**l10n_ar_reports**: Add VAT Book report which is a legal requirement in " "Argentine and that holds the VAT detail info of sales or purchases recorded " @@ -1852,29 +1876,29 @@ msgid "" "that is used to analyze the invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:27 msgid "" "**l10n_ar_edi**: This module includes all technical and functional " "requirements to generate Electronic Invoice via web service, based on the " "AFIP regulations." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:35 msgid "Install the Argentinean localization modules" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:37 msgid "" "For this, go to *Apps* and search for Argentina. Then click *Install* for " "the first two modules." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:42 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:43 msgid "Configure your company" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:45 msgid "" "Once that the modules are installed, the first step is to set up your " "company data. Additional to the basic information, a key field to fill in " @@ -1882,12 +1906,12 @@ msgid "" "structure of the company:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:53 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:64 msgid "Chart of Account" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Rekeningschema" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:56 msgid "" "In Accounting settings there are three available packages of Chart of " "accounts, which are related to the AFIP responsibility type of the Company, " @@ -1895,38 +1919,38 @@ msgid "" " companies that gave more complex fiscal requirements:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:60 msgid "Monotributista (149 accounts)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:61 msgid "IVA Exempto (159 accounts)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:62 msgid "Responsables Inscriptos (166 Accounts)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:67 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:234 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:240 msgid "Configure Master data" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:71 msgid "Electronic Invoice Credentials" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:74 msgid "Environment" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Omgeving" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:76 msgid "" "The AFIP infrastructure is replicated in two separate environments, Testing " "and Production." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:78 msgid "" "Testing is provided so that the Companies can test their developments until " "they are ready to move into the Production environment. As these two " @@ -1934,36 +1958,36 @@ msgid "" "certificates of one instance are not valid in the other one." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:82 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Argentinian Localization` " "to select the environment:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:89 msgid "AFIP Certificates" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:90 msgid "" "The electronic invoice and other afip services work with WebServices (WS) " "provided by the AFIP." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:92 msgid "" "In order to enable communication with the AFIP, the first step is to request" " a Digital Certificate if you don’t have one already." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:95 msgid "" "Generate certificate Sign Request (Odoo). When this option is selected a " "file with extension ``.csr`` (certificate signing request) is generated to " "be used the AFIP portal to request the certificate." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:101 msgid "" "Generate Certificate (AFIP). Access the AFIP portal and follow the " "instructions described in the next document in order to get a certificate. " @@ -1971,34 +1995,34 @@ msgid "" "<http://www.afip.gob.ar/ws/WSAA/wsaa_obtener_certificado_produccion.pdf>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:105 msgid "" "Upload Certificate and Private Key (Odoo). Once the certificate has been " "generated, it needs to be uploaded in Odoo, using the pencil next in the " "field “Certificado” and selecting the corresponding file." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:112 msgid "" "In case you need to configure the Homologation Certificate, please refer to " "the AFIP official documentation: `Homologation Certificate " "<http://www.afip.gob.ar/ws/documentacion/certificados.asp>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:116 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:154 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:322 msgid "Partner" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Relatie" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:157 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:325 msgid "Identification Type and VAT" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:122 msgid "" "As part of the Argentinean localization, the document types defined by the " "AFIP are now available on the Partner form, this information is essential " @@ -2006,70 +2030,70 @@ msgid "" "default:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:130 msgid "" "The complete list of Identification types defined by the AFIP is included in" " Odoo but only the common ones are active." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:134 msgid "AFIP Responsibility Type" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:136 msgid "" "In Argentina the document type associated with customers and vendors " "transactions is defined based on the AFIP Responsibility type, this field " "should be defined in the partner form:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:142 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:192 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:122 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:69 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:237 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:3 msgid "Taxes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "BTW" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:145 msgid "" "As part of the localization module, the taxes are created automatically " "with their related financial account and configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:151 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:208 msgid "Taxes Types" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:154 msgid "Argentina has several tax types, the most common ones are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:156 msgid "VAT. Is the regular VAT and it can have several percentages." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:157 msgid "Perception. Advance payment of a tax that is applied on Invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:158 msgid "Retention. Advance payment of a tax that is applied on payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:159 msgid "Otros." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:162 msgid "Special Taxes" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:164 msgid "" "Some argentine taxes are not commonly used for all companies, these type of" " taxes are included as inactive by default, it's important that before " @@ -2077,13 +2101,13 @@ msgid "" "Inactive taxes:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:171 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:218 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:268 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:274 msgid "Document Types" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:174 msgid "" "In some Latin America countries, including Argentina, some accounting " "transactions like invoices and vendor bills are classified by document " @@ -2091,14 +2115,14 @@ msgid "" "AFIP)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:178 msgid "" "The document type is an essential information that needs to be displayed in " "the printed reports and that needs to be easily identified, within the set " "of invoices as well of account moves." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:181 msgid "" "Each document type can have a unique sequence per journal where it is " "assigned. As part of the localization, the Document Type include the country" @@ -2106,91 +2130,91 @@ msgid "" "when the localization module is installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:184 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:237 msgid "" "The information required for the document types is included by default so " "the user doesn't need to fill anything on this view:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:191 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:245 msgid "" "There are several document types that are inactive by default but can be " "activated if needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:195 msgid "Letters" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Brieven" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:196 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:197 msgid "" "For Argentina, the document types include a letter that helps that indicates" " the transaction/operation, example:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:200 msgid "" "When an invoice is related to a B2B transaction, a document type \"A\" must " "be used." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:201 msgid "" "When an invoice is related to a B2C transaction, a document type \"B\" must " "be used." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:202 msgid "" "When an invoice is related to exportation transaction, a document type \"E\"" " must be used." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:204 msgid "" "The documents included in the localization have the proper letter " "associated, the user doesn't need to configure anything additional." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:210 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:249 msgid "Use on Invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:212 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:251 msgid "The document type on each transaction will be determined by:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:215 msgid "" "The Journal related to the Invoice, identifying if the journal use " "documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:216 msgid "" "Condition applied based on the type of Issues and Receiver (ex. Type of " "fiscal regimen of the buyer and type of fiscal regimen of the vendor)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:219 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:253 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:140 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:296 msgid "Journals" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dagboeken" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:222 msgid "" "In the Argentinean localization the Journal can have a different approach " "depending on its usage and internal type, to configure you journals go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:226 msgid "" "For Sales and Purchase Journals it’s possible to enable the option *Use " "Documents*, this indicates the Journal enables a list of document types that" @@ -2198,43 +2222,43 @@ msgid "" "invoices, please refer to the section 2.3 Document Types." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:230 msgid "" "If the Sales/Purchase journal are used without the option *Use Documents* it" " because they won’t be used to generate fiscal invoices, but mostly for " "account moves related to internal control process." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:234 msgid "AFIP Information (also known as AFIP Point of Sale)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:239 msgid "" "**AFIP POS System**: This field is only visible for the Sales journals and " "defined the type of AFIP POS that will be used to manage the transactions " "for which the journal is created. The AFIP POS defines as well:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:243 msgid "The sequences of document types related to the Web service." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:244 msgid "The structure and data of the electronic invoice file." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:247 msgid "Web Services" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:248 msgid "" "``wsfev1: Electronic Invoice.`` This is the most common service, is used to " "generated invoices for document types A, B, C, M with no detail per item." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:250 msgid "" "``wsbfev1: Electronic Fiscal Bond.`` For those who invoice capital goods " "and wish to access the benefit of the Electronic Tax Bonds granted by the " @@ -2243,20 +2267,20 @@ msgid "" "capital>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:253 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:254 msgid "" "``wsfexv1: Electronic Exportation Invoice.`` Used to generate invoices for " "international customers and transactions that involve exportation process, " "the document type related is type “E”." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:260 msgid "" "**AFIP POS Number**: This is the number configured in the AFIP to identify " "the operations related to this AFIP POS." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:263 msgid "" "**AFIP POS Address**: This field is related to commercial address registered" " for the POS, which is usually the same address than the Company. For " @@ -2265,38 +2289,38 @@ msgid "" "invoice report." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:268 msgid "" "**Unified Book**: When AFIP POS System is Preimpresa the document types " "(applicable to the journal) with the same letter will share the same " "sequence. For example:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:270 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:271 msgid "Invoice: FA-A 0001-00000002." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:271 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:272 msgid "Credit Note: NC-A 0001-00000003." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:273 msgid "Debit Note: ND-A 0001-00000004." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:276 msgid "Sequences" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Reeksen" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:277 msgid "" "In case that you want to synchronize the next number in the sequence in Odoo" " based on the next number in the AFIP POS, the next button that is visible " -"under :doc:`developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` can " -"be used:" +"under :doc:`developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>` can be " +"used:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:285 msgid "" "When creating the Purchase journals, it's possible to define if they can be " "related to document types or not. In case that the option to use documents " @@ -2304,63 +2328,63 @@ msgid "" "sequences as the document number is provided by the vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:290 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:170 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:348 msgid "Usage and testing" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:293 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:294 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:173 msgid "Invoice" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Factuur" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:295 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:296 msgid "" "After the partners and journals are created and configured, when the " "invoices are created the will have the next behaviour:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:299 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:300 msgid "Document type assignation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:302 msgid "" "Once the partner is selected the document type will filled automatically, " "based on the AFIP document type:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:305 msgid "**Invoice for a customer IVA Responsable Inscripto, prefix A**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:310 msgid "**Invoice for an end customer, prefix B**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:315 msgid "**Exportation Invoice, prefix E**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:320 msgid "" "As it is shown in the invoices, all of them use the same journal but the " "prefix and sequence is given by the document type." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:322 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:323 msgid "" "The most common document type will be defined automatically for the " "different combinations of AFIP responsibility type but it can be updated " "manually by the user." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:327 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:328 msgid "Electronic Invoice elements" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:328 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:329 msgid "" "When using electronic invoice, if all the information is correct the Invoice" " is posted in the standard way, in case that something needs to be addressed" @@ -2369,212 +2393,212 @@ msgid "" "draft until the related data is corrected." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:333 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:334 msgid "" "Once the invoice is posted, the information related to the AFIP validation " "and status is displayed in the AFIP Tab, including:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:336 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:337 msgid "AFIP Autorisation: CAE number." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:338 msgid "" "Expiration date: Deadline to deliver the invoice to the customers. Normally " "10 days after the CAE is generated." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:339 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:340 msgid "Result:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:341 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:342 msgid "Aceptado en AFIP." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:343 msgid "Aceptado con Observaciones." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:349 msgid "Invoice Taxes" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:351 msgid "" "Based on the AFIP Responsibility type, the VAT tax can have a different " "behavior on the pdf report:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:353 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:354 msgid "" "**A. Tax excluded:** In this case the taxed amount needs to be clearly " "identified in the report. This condition applies when the customer has the " "following AFIP Responsibility type:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:356 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:357 msgid "Responsable Inscripto." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:361 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:362 msgid "" "**B. Tax amount included:** This means that the taxed amount is included as " "part of the product price, subtotal and totals. This condition applies when " "the customer has the following AFIP Responsibility types:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:365 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:366 msgid "IVA Sujeto Exento." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:366 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:367 msgid "Consumidor Final." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:367 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:368 msgid "Responsable Monotributo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:368 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:369 msgid "IVA liberado." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:375 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:376 msgid "Special Use Cases" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:378 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:379 msgid "Invoices for Services" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:379 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:380 msgid "" "For electronic invoices that include Services, the AFIP requires to report " "the service starting and ending date, this information can be filled in the" " tab “Other Info”:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:385 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:386 msgid "" "If the dates are not selected manually before the invoice is validated, the" " values will be filled automatically considering the beginning and day of " "the invoice month:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:393 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:394 msgid "Exportation Invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:394 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:395 msgid "" "The invoices related to Exportation transactions required a Journal that " "used the AFIP POS System “Expo Voucher - Web Service” so the proper document" " type be associated:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:400 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:401 msgid "" "When the customer selected in the Invoice has set the AFIP responsibility " "type as “Cliente / Proveedor del Exterior” or “IVA Liberado – Ley Nº " "19.640”, Odoo automatically assigned:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:403 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:404 msgid "Journal related to the exportation Web Service." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:404 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:405 msgid "Exportation document type ." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:405 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:406 msgid "Fiscal position: Compras/Ventas al exterior." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:406 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:407 msgid "Concepto AFIP: Products / Definitive export of goods." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:407 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:408 msgid "Exempt Taxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:413 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:414 msgid "" "The Exportation Documents required the Incoterm in :menuselection:`Other " "Info --> Accounting`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:420 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:421 msgid "Fiscal Bond" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:421 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:422 msgid "" "The Electronic Fiscal bond is used for those who invoice capital goods and " "wish to access the benefit of the Electronic Tax Bonds granted by the " "Ministry of Economy." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:424 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:449 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:425 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:450 msgid "" "For these transactions it’s important to have into consideration the next " "requirements:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:426 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:427 msgid "Currency (according to parameter table) and invoice quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:427 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:428 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:150 msgid "Taxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:428 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:429 msgid "Zone." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:429 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:430 msgid "Detail each item." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:431 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:432 msgid "Code according to the Common Nomenclator of Mercosur (NCM)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:432 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:433 msgid "Complete description." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:433 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:434 msgid "Unit Net Price." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:434 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:435 msgid "Quantity." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:435 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:436 msgid "Unit of measurement." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:436 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:437 msgid "Bonus." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:437 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:438 msgid "VAT rate." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:441 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:442 msgid "Electronic Credit Invoice MiPyme (FCE)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:443 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:444 msgid "" "**Invoices:** There are several document types classified as Mipyme also " "known as Electronic Credit Invoice (FCE in spanish), which is used to " @@ -2584,43 +2608,43 @@ msgid "" " to their clients and / or vendors." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:451 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:452 msgid "Specific document types (201, 202, 206, etc)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:452 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:453 msgid "The emisor should be eligible by the AFIP to MiPyme transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:453 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:454 msgid "The amount should be bigger than 100,000 ARS." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:454 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:455 msgid "" "A bank account type CBU must be related to the emisor, otherwise the invoice" " can’t be validated, having these errors messages for example:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:460 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:461 msgid "" "**Credit& Debit Notes:** When creating a Credit/Debit note related to a FCE " "document, it is important take the next points into consideration:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:463 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:464 msgid "" "Use the Credit and Debit Note buttons, so the correct reference of the " "originator document passed to the note." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:470 msgid "" "The document letter should be the same than the originator document (either " "A or B)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:470 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:471 msgid "" "The same currency as the source document must be used. When using a " "secondary currency there is an exchange difference if the currency rate is " @@ -2628,59 +2652,59 @@ msgid "" "create a credit/debit note to decrease/increase the amount to pay in ARS." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:475 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:476 msgid "In the workflow we can have two scenarios:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:477 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:478 msgid "" "The FCE is rejected so the Credit Note should have the field “FCE, is " "Cancellation?” as True." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:478 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:479 msgid "" "The Credit Note, is created with the negative amount to annulate the FCE " "document, in this case the field “FCE, is Cancellation?” must be empty " "(false)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:485 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:486 msgid "Invoice printed report" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:486 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:487 msgid "" "The PDF report related to electronic invoices that have been validated by " "the AFIP includes a barcode at the bottom of the format which represent the " "CAE number, the Expiration Date is also displayed as it’s legal requirement:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:495 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:496 msgid "Troubleshooting and Auditing" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:496 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:497 msgid "" "For auditing and troubleshooting purposes you can get the detailed " "information of an invoice number that has been previously sent to the AFIP," msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:506 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:507 msgid "" "You can also get the last number used in AFIP for a specific Document Type " "and POS Number as support for any possible issues on the sequence " "synchronization between Odoo and AFIP." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:514 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:621 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:515 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:645 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills.rst:3 msgid "Vendor Bills" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Leveranciersfacturen" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:516 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:517 msgid "" "Based on the purchase journal selected for the vendor bill, the document " "type is now a required field. This value is auto populated based on the AFIP" @@ -2688,25 +2712,25 @@ msgid "" "if necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:523 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:524 msgid "" "The document number needs to be registered manually and the format is " "validated automatically, in case that the format is invalid a user error " "will be displayed indicating the correct format that is expected." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:530 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:531 msgid "" "The vendor bill number is structured in the same way that the invoices with " "the difference that the document sequence is input by the user: “Document " "Prefix - Letter - Document number\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:535 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:536 msgid "Validate Vendor Bill number in AFIP" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:536 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:537 msgid "" "As most companies have internal controls to verify that the vendor bill is " "related to an AFIP valid document, an automatic validation can be set in " @@ -2714,66 +2738,66 @@ msgid "" "Validate document in the AFIP`, considering the following levels:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:540 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:541 msgid "" "**Not available:** The verification is not done (this is the default value)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:541 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:542 msgid "" "**Available:** The verification is done, in case the number is not valid " "it only raises a warning but it allows you to post the vendor bill." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:543 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:544 msgid "" "**Required:** The verification is done and it doesn't allow the user to " "post the vendor bill if the document number is not valid." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:550 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:551 msgid "How to use it in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:551 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:552 msgid "" "This tool incorporates in the vendor bill a new \"Verify on AFIP\" button " "located next to the AFIP Authorization code." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:557 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:558 msgid "" "In case it’s not a valid AFIP authorization the value “Rejected” will be " "displayed and the details of the validation will be added to the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:565 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:471 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:566 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:477 msgid "Special Use cases" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:567 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:568 msgid "Untaxed Concepts" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:568 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:569 msgid "" "There are some transactions that include items that are not part of the VAT " "base amount, this is commonly used in fuel and gasoline invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:571 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:572 msgid "" "The vendor bill will be registered using 1 item for each product that is " "part of the VAT base amount and an additional item to register the amount of" " the Exempt concept:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:578 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:579 msgid "Perception Taxes" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:579 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:580 msgid "" "The vendor bill will be registered using 1 item for each product that is " "part of the VAT base amount, the perception tax can be added in any of the " @@ -2781,61 +2805,61 @@ msgid "" "the perception, the perception default value is always 1.00." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:587 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:588 msgid "" "You should use the pencil that is the next to the Perception amount to edit " "it and set the correct amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:593 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:594 msgid "After this is done the invoice can be validated." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:597 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:598 msgid "Reports" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Rapportages" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:599 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:600 msgid "As part of the localization the next Financial reports were added:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:605 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:606 msgid "VAT Reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:608 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:609 msgid "Libro de IVA Ventas" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:614 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:615 msgid "Libro de IVA Compras" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:620 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:621 msgid "Resumen de IVA" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:626 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:627 msgid "IIBB - Reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:629 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:630 msgid "IIBB - Ventas por Jurisdicción" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:635 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:636 msgid "IIBB - Compras por Jurisdicción" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:3 msgid "Australia" msgstr "Australië" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:8 msgid "KeyPay Australian Payroll" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:10 msgid "" "The KeyPay Module synchronizes payslip accounting entries (e.g., expenses, " "social charges, liabilities, taxes) from KeyPay to Odoo automatically. " @@ -2843,75 +2867,75 @@ msgid "" "entries in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:15 msgid "Configuration Steps" msgstr "Configuratie stappen" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:17 msgid "Create a company located in Australia." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:18 msgid "" "Check that the Australian localization module (Australia - Accounting) is " "installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:19 msgid "Configure the *KeyPay API*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:25 msgid "" "More fields become visible after clicking on *Enable KeyPay Integration*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:31 msgid "" "You can find the API Key in the *My Account* section of the KeyPay platform." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:37 msgid "" "The **Payroll URL** is pre-filled with " "``https://keypay.yourpayroll.com.au``. *Please do not change it.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:39 msgid "You can find the **Business ID** in the KeyPay URL. (i.e., ``189241``)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:45 msgid "You can choose any Odoo journal to post the payslip entries." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:48 msgid "How does the API work?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:50 msgid "" "The API syncs the journal entries from KeyPay to Odoo and leaves them in " "draft mode. The reference includes the KeyPay payslip entry ID in brackets " "for the user to easily retrieve the same record in KeyPay and Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:59 msgid "The API sync is triggered by scheduled actions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:65 msgid "" "KeyPay payslip entries also work based on double-entry bookkeeping. Debit " "must equal credit (like in Odoo)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:68 msgid "" "The accounts used by KeyPay are defined in the section **Payroll settings**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:74 msgid "" "For the API to work, you need to create the same accounts as the default " "accounts of your KeyPay business (**same name and same code**) in Odoo. You " @@ -2919,21 +2943,27 @@ msgid "" "financial reports." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:3 msgid "Chile" +msgstr "Chili" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:10 +msgid "" +"`VIDEO WEBINAR OF CHILEAN LOCALIZATION: INTRO AND DEMO " +"<https://youtu.be/BHnByZiyYcM>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:10 -msgid "`VIDEO WEBINAR OF A COMPLETE DEMO <https://youtu.be/BHnByZiyYcM>`_." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:11 +msgid "`VIDEO WEBINAR OF DELIVERY GUIDE <https://youtu.be/X7i4PftnEdU>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:16 msgid "" "The Chilean localization has been improved and extended in Odoo v13. In this" " version, the next modules are available:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:19 msgid "" "**l10n_cl:** Adds accounting features for the Chilean localization, which " "represent the minimal configuration required for a company to operate in " @@ -2941,24 +2971,24 @@ msgid "" "guidelines." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:23 msgid "" "**l10n_cl_edi:** Includes all technical and functional requirements to " "generate and receive Electronic Invoice via web service, based on the SII " "regulations." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:26 msgid "" "**l10n_cl_reports:** Adds the reports Propuesta F29 y Balance Tributario (8" " columnas)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:32 msgid "Install the Chilean localization modules" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:34 msgid "" "For this, go to *Apps* and search for Chile. Then click *Install* in the " "module **Chile E-invoicing**. This module has a dependency with **Chile - " @@ -2966,17 +2996,17 @@ msgid "" "automatically with E-invoicing." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:43 msgid "" "When you install a database from scratch selecting Chile as country, Odoo " "will automatically install the base module: Chile - Accounting." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:48 msgid "Company Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Bedrijfsinstellingen" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:50 msgid "" "Once the modules are installed, the first step is to set up your company " "data. Additional to the basic information, you need to add all the data and " @@ -2984,22 +3014,35 @@ msgid "" " in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Chilean Localization`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:55 -msgid "Fiscal Information" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:56 +msgid "" +"All the following configuration and functionality is only available in Odoo " +"if your company already passed the `Certification process " +"<https://www.sii.cl/factura_electronica/ " +"factura_mercado/proceso_certificacion.htm>`_ in the SII - Sistema de " +"Facturación de Mercado, this certification enables you to generate " +"electronic invoices from your ERP and send them automatically to the SII. If" +" your company has not passed this certification yet, make sure you " +"communicate this to your Account Manager as a special process outside Odoo " +"is required in order to complete this certification." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:66 +msgid "Fiscal Information" +msgstr "Fiscale informatie" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:68 msgid "" "Fill in the fiscal information for your company according to the SII " "register, follow the instructions on each section." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:65 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:186 msgid "Electronic Invoice Data" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:78 msgid "" "This is part of the main information required to generate electronic " "Invoice, select your environment and the legal information, as well as the " @@ -3007,36 +3050,36 @@ msgid "" " send invoices to your customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:87 msgid "Configure DTE Incoming email server" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:89 msgid "" "In order to receive you the claim and acceptance emails from your customers," " it is crucial to define the DTE incoming email server, considering this " "configuration:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:97 msgid "" "For your Go-live make sure you archive/remove from your inbox all the emails" " related to vendor bills that are not required to be processed in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:90 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:215 msgid "Certificate" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Certificaat" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:103 msgid "" "In order to generate the electronic invoice signature, a digital certificate" " with the extension ``.pfx`` is required, proceed to this section and load " "your file and password." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:114 msgid "" "A certificate can be shared between several users. If this is the case leave" " the user field empty, so all your billing users can use the same one. On " @@ -3044,82 +3087,83 @@ msgid "" "user, just define the users in the certificate." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:108 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:672 -msgid "Financial Reports" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:119 +msgid "" +"In some cases, depending on the certificate format, it is possible that the " +"field Subject Serial Number is not loaded automatically. If this is the " +"case, you can manually edit this field by filling it with the Certificate’s " +"legal representative RUT." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:696 +msgid "Financial Reports" +msgstr "Financiële rapportages" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:126 msgid "" "The report Propuesta F29 requires two values that need to be defined as part" " of the company configuration:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:118 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:220 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:226 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies.rst:3 msgid "Multicurrency" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:136 msgid "" -"The official currency rate in Chile is provided by the SBIF, you can find " -"the SBIF synchronization service in the currency rate configuration and you " -"can set a predefined interval for the rate updates." +"The official currency rate in Chile is provided by the Chilean service " +"`mindicador.cl <https://mindicador.cl>`_. You can find this service in the " +"currency rate configuration, and you can set a predefined interval for the " +"rate updates." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:129 -msgid "" -"In order to configure your token, you need to enable developer mode and " -"access to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> System parameters` and " -"search the parameter ``sbif_api_key`` and in the field Value introduce your " -"token provided by the SBIF:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:145 msgid "Chart of accounts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Grootboekschema" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:147 msgid "" "The chart of accounts is installed by default as part of the set of data " "included in the localization module. The accounts are mapped automatically " "in:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:144 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:70 msgid "Default Account Payable." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:152 msgid "Default Account Receivable." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:153 msgid "Transfer Accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:154 msgid "Conversion Rate." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:158 msgid "Master Data" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Stamgegevens" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:166 msgid "" "As part of the Chilean localization, the identification types defined by the" " SII are now available on the Partner form. This information is essential " "for most transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:174 msgid "TaxpayerType" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:176 msgid "" "In Chile, the document type associated with customers and vendors " "transactions is defined based on the Taxpayer Type. This field should be " @@ -3127,59 +3171,59 @@ msgid "" "sure this value is set:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:188 msgid "" "As part of the information that is sent in the electronic Invoice, you need " "to define the email that is going to appear as the sender of the electronic " "invoice to your customer, and the Industry description." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:200 msgid "" "As part of the localization module, the taxes are created automatically with" " their related financial account and configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:210 msgid "Chile has several tax types, the most common ones are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:212 msgid "VAT. Is the regular VAT and it can have several rates." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:213 msgid "" "ILA (Impuesto a la Ley de Alcholes). Taxes for alcoholic drinks. It has a " "different rate." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:211 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:265 msgid "Fiscal Positions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fiscale posities" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:219 msgid "" "Based on the purchase transactions, the VAT can have different affections. " "This will be done in Odoo using the default purchase fiscal positions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:226 msgid "" "In some Latin American countries, including Chile, some accounting " "transactions like invoices and vendor bills are classified by document types" " defined by the government fiscal authorities (In Chile case: SII)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:230 msgid "" "The document type is essential information that needs to be displayed in the" " printed reports and that needs to be easily identified within the set of " "invoices as well of account moves." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:233 msgid "" "Each document type can have a unique sequence per company. As part of the " "localization, the Document Type includes the country on which the document " @@ -3187,67 +3231,67 @@ msgid "" "module is installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:253 msgid "" "The Journal related to the Invoice, identifying if the journal uses " "documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:254 msgid "" "Condition applied based on the type of Issues and Receiver (ex. Type of " "fiscal regimen of the buyer and type of fiscal regimen of the vendor)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:259 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:16 msgid "Sales" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Verkoop" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:261 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:267 msgid "" "Sales Journals in Odoo usually represent a business unit or location, " "example:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:269 msgid "Ventas Santiago." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:270 msgid "Ventas Valparaiso." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:272 msgid "For the retail stores is common to have one journal per POS:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:268 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:274 msgid "Cashier 1." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:269 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:275 msgid "Cashier 2." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:273 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 msgid "Purchases" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Inkoop" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:281 msgid "" "The transactions purchase can be managed with a single journal, but " "sometimes companies use more than one in order to handle some accounting " @@ -3255,19 +3299,19 @@ msgid "" "registered using this model, for example:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:285 msgid "Tax Payments to government." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:286 msgid "Employees payments." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:292 msgid "When creating sales journals the next information must be filled in:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:294 msgid "" "**Point of sale type**: If the Sales journal will be used for electronic " "documents, the option Online must be selected. Otherwise, if the journal is " @@ -3275,7 +3319,7 @@ msgid "" "SII portal “Facturación MiPyme“ you can use the option Manual." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:298 msgid "" "**Use Documents**: This field is used to define if the journal will use " "Document Types. It is only applicable to Purchase and Sales journals that " @@ -3283,24 +3327,25 @@ msgid "" "By default, all the sales journals created will use documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:308 msgid "" -"For the Chilean localization it’s important to define the default Debt and " -"Credit accounts as they are required for one of the debit notes use cases." +"For the Chilean localization, it is important to define the default Debit " +"and Credit accounts as they are required for one of the debit notes use " +"cases." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:312 msgid "CAF" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:308 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:314 msgid "" "A CAF (Folio Authorization Code) is required, for each document type that is" " issued to your customers, the CAF is a file the SII provides to the Emisor " "with the folio/sequence authorized for the electronic invoice documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:318 msgid "" "Your company can make several requests for folios and obtain several CAFs, " "each one associated with different ranges of folios. The CAFs are shared " @@ -3308,52 +3353,59 @@ msgid "" "document type and it will be applied on all journals." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:322 msgid "" "Please refer to the SII documentation to check the detail on how to acquire " "the CAF: `SII Timbraje <https://palena.sii.cl/dte/mn_timbraje.html>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:326 +msgid "" +"The CAFs required by the SII are different from Production to Test " +"(Certification mode). Make sure you have the correct CAF set depending on " +"your environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:333 msgid "" "Once you have the CAF files you need to associate them with a document type " "in Odoo, in order to add a CAF, just follow these steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:336 msgid "Access to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> CAF`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:327 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:337 msgid "Upload the file." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:328 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:338 msgid "Save the CAF." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:344 msgid "" "Once loaded, the status changes to *In Use*. At this moment, when a " "transaction is used for this document type, the invoice number takes the " "first folio in the sequence." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:338 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:348 msgid "" "In case you have used some folios in your previous system, make sure you set" " the next valid folio when the first transation is created." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:354 msgid "Usage and Testing" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:347 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:357 msgid "Electronic Invoice Workflow" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:349 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:359 msgid "" "In the Chilean localization the electronic Invoice workflow covers the " "Emission of Customer Invoices and the reception of Vendor Bills, in the next" @@ -3361,43 +3413,43 @@ msgid "" "the customers and Vendors." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:359 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:369 msgid "Customer invoice Emission" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:361 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:371 msgid "" "After the partners and journals are created and configured, the invoices are" " created in the standard way, for Chile one of the differentiators is the " "document type which is selected automatically based on the Taxpayer." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:365 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:375 msgid "You can manually change the document type if needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:373 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:383 msgid "Validation and DTE Status" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:375 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:385 msgid "" "When all the invoice information is filled, either manually or automatically" " when it’s created from a sales order, proceed to validate the invoice. " "After the invoice is posted:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:378 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:388 msgid "" "The DTE File (Electronic Tax Document) is created automatically and added in" " the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:379 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:389 msgid "The DTE SII status is set as: Pending to be sent." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:385 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:395 msgid "" "The DTE Status is updated automatically by Odoo with a scheduled action that" " runs every day at night, if you need to get the response from the SII " @@ -3405,7 +3457,7 @@ msgid "" "follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:394 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:404 msgid "" "In the first step the DTE is sent to the SII, you can manually send it using" " the button: Enviar Ahora, a SII Tack number is generated and assigned to " @@ -3413,38 +3465,38 @@ msgid "" "by email. The DTE status is updated to Ask for Status." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:399 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:409 msgid "" "Once the SII response is received Odoo updates the DTE Status, in case you " "want to do it manually just click on the button: Verify on SII. The result " "can either be Accepted, Accepted With Objection or Rejected." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:408 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:418 msgid "" "There are several internal status in the SII before you get Acceptance or " "Rejection, in case you click continuously the Button Verify in SII, you " "will receive in the chatter the detail of those intermediate statuses:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:416 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:426 msgid "The final response from the SII, can take on of these values:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:419 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:429 msgid "" "**Accepted:** Indicates the invoice information is correct, our document is " "now fiscally valid and it’s automatically sent to the customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:422 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:432 msgid "" "**Accepted with objections:** Indicates the invoice information is correct " "but a minor issue was identified, nevertheless our document is now fiscally " "valid and it’s automatically sent to the customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:440 msgid "" "**Rejected:** Indicates the information in the invoice is incorrect and " "needs to be corrected, the detail of the issue is received in the emails you" @@ -3452,28 +3504,28 @@ msgid "" "are also retrieved in the chatter once the email server is processed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:435 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:445 msgid "If the invoice is Rejected please follow this steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:437 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:447 msgid "Change the document to draft." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:438 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:448 msgid "" "Make the required corrections based on the message received from the SII." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:439 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:449 msgid "Post the invoice again." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:447 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:457 msgid "Crossed references" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:449 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:459 msgid "" "When the Invoice is created as a result of another fiscal document, the " "information related to the originator document must be registered in the Tab" @@ -3482,49 +3534,49 @@ msgid "" "credit and debit notes, they are set automatically by Odoo:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:459 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:444 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:450 msgid "Invoice PDF Report" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:461 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:471 msgid "" "After the invoice is Accepted and valdiated by the SII and the PDF is " "printed it includes the fiscal elements that indicates out document is " "fiscally valid:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:470 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:480 msgid "Commercial Validation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:472 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:482 msgid "Once the invoice has been sent to the customer:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:474 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:484 msgid "DTE partner status changes to “Sent”." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:475 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:485 msgid "The customer must send a reception confirmation email." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:476 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:486 msgid "" "Subsequently, if all the commercial terms and invoice data are correct, they" " will send the Acceptance confirmation, otherwise they send a Claim." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:478 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:488 msgid "The field DTE acceptation status is updated automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:486 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:496 msgid "Processed for Claimed invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:488 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:498 msgid "" "Once the invoice has been Accepted by the SII **it can not be cancelled in " "Odoo**. In case you get a Claim for your customer the correct way to " @@ -3532,60 +3584,86 @@ msgid "" "Please refer to the Credit Notes section for more details." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:497 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:420 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:507 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:426 msgid "Common Errors" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:499 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:509 msgid "" "There are multiple reasons behind a rejection from the SII, but these are " "some of the common errors you might have and which is the related solution." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:502 -msgid "Error: RECHAZO- DTE Sin Comuna Origen." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:512 +msgid "Error: ``RECHAZO- DTE Sin Comuna Origen.``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:504 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:514 msgid "" "*Hint:* Make sure the Company Address is properly filled including the State" " and City." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:506 -msgid "Error en Monto : - IVA debe declararse." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:516 +msgid "Error en Monto: ``- IVA debe declararse.``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:508 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:512 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:518 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:522 msgid "" "*Hint:* The invoice lines should include one VAT tax, make sure you add one " "on each invoice line." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:510 -msgid "Error: Rut No Autorizado a Firmar." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:520 +msgid "Error: ``Rut No Autorizado a Firmar.``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:514 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:524 msgid "" -"Error: Fecha/Número Resolucion Invalido RECHAZO- CAF Vencido : (Firma_DTE" -"[AAAA-MM-DD] - CAF[AAAA-MM-DD]) > 6 meses." +"Error: ``Fecha/Número Resolucion Invalido RECHAZO- CAF Vencido : (Firma_DTE" +"[AAAA-MM-DD] - CAF[AAAA-MM-DD]) > 6 meses.``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:517 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:527 msgid "" "*Hint:* Try to add a new CAF related to this document as the one you’re " "using is expired." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:522 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:550 -msgid "Credit Notes" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:529 +msgid "" +"Error: ``Element '{http://www.sii.cl/SiiDte%7DRutReceptor': This element is " +"not expected. Expected is ( {http://www.sii.cl/SiiDte%7DRutEnvia ).``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:524 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:532 +msgid "" +"*Hint:* Make sure the field Document Type and VAT are set either in the " +"Customer and in the main company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:535 +msgid "GLOSA: ``Usuario sin permiso de envio.``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:537 +msgid "" +"*Hint:* This error indicates that most likely, your company has not passed " +"the `Certification process " +"<https://www.sii.cl/factura_electronica/factura_mercado/proceso_certificacion.htm>`_" +" in the SII - Sistema de Facturación de Mercado. If this is the case, please" +" contact your Account Manager or Customer Support as this certification is " +"not part of the the Odoo services, but we can give you some alternatives." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:546 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:556 +msgid "Credit Notes" +msgstr "Creditfactuur" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:548 msgid "" "When a cancellation or correction is needed over a validated invoice, a " "credit note must be generated. It is important to consider that a CAF file " @@ -3593,33 +3671,33 @@ msgid "" "SII." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:533 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:557 msgid "" "Refer to the CAF section where we described the process to load the CAF on " "each document type." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:537 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:589 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:561 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:613 msgid "Use Cases" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Use cases" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:540 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:564 msgid "Cancel Referenced document" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:542 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:566 msgid "" "In case you need to cancel or invalid an Invoice, use the button Add Credit" " note and select Full Refund, in this case the SII reference Code is " "automatically set to: Anula Documento de referencia." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:550 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:574 msgid "Corrects Referenced Document Text" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:552 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:576 msgid "" "If a correction in the invoice information is required, for example the " "Street Name, use the button Add Credit note,select Partial Refund and select" @@ -3627,35 +3705,35 @@ msgid "" "automatically set to: Corrige el monto del Documento de Referencia." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:560 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:584 msgid "" "Odoo creates a Credit Note with the corrected text in an invoice and price " "0." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:567 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:591 msgid "" "It’s important to define the default credit account in the Sales journal as " "it is taken for this use case in specific." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:571 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:595 msgid "Corrects Referenced Document Amount" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:573 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:597 msgid "" "When a correction on the amounts is required, use the button Add Credit note" " and select Partial Refund. In this case the SII reference Code is " "automatically set to: Corrige el monto del Documento de Referencia." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:582 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:578 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:606 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:584 msgid "Debit Notes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Debetfacturen" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:584 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:608 msgid "" "As part of the Chilean localization, besides creating credit notes from an " "existing document you can also create debit Notes. For this just use the " @@ -3663,59 +3741,59 @@ msgid "" "detailed below." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:592 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:616 msgid "Add debt on Invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:594 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:618 msgid "" "The most common use case for debit notes is to increase the value of an " "existing invoice, you need to select option 3 in the field Reference code " "SII:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:602 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:626 msgid "" "In this case Odoo automatically includes the source invoice in the cross " "reference section:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:609 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:633 msgid "Cancel Credit Notes" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:611 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:635 msgid "" "In Chile the debits notes are used to cancel a validated Credit Note, in " "this case just select the button Add debit note and select the first option " "in the wizard: *1: Anula Documentos de referencia.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:623 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:647 msgid "" "As part of the Chilean localization, you can configure your Incoming email " "server as the same you have register in the SII in order to:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:626 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:650 msgid "" "Automatically receive the vendor bills DTE and create the vendor bill based " "on this information." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:627 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:651 msgid "Automatically Send the reception acknowledgement to your vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:628 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:652 msgid "Accept or Claim the document and send this status to your vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:632 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:656 msgid "Reception" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ontvangst" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:634 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:658 msgid "" "As soon as the vendor email with the attached DTE is received: 1. The vendor" " Bill mapping all the information included in the xml. 2. An email is sent " @@ -3723,11 +3801,11 @@ msgid "" "as: Acuse de Recibido Enviado" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:644 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:668 msgid "Acceptation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:646 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:670 msgid "" "If all the commercial information is correct on your vendor bill, you can " "accept the document using the button: Aceptar Documento, once this is done " @@ -3735,11 +3813,11 @@ msgid "" "is sent to the vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:656 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:680 msgid "Claim" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:658 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:682 msgid "" "In case there is a commercial issue or the information is not correct on " "your vendor bill, you can Claim the document before validating it, using " @@ -3747,18 +3825,18 @@ msgid "" "Claim and an email of acceptance is sent to the vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:666 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:690 msgid "" "If you claim a vendor bill, the status changes from draft to cancel " "automatically. Considering this as best practice, all the Claim documents " "should be canceled as they won’t be valid for your accounting records." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:675 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:699 msgid "Balance Tributario de 8 Columnas" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:677 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:701 msgid "" "This report presents the accounts in detail (with their respective " "balances), classifying them according to their origin and determining the " @@ -3766,18 +3844,18 @@ msgid "" " time, so that a real and complete knowledge of the status of a company." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:681 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:697 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:705 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:721 msgid "" "You can find this report in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " "Reports`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:688 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:712 msgid "Propuesta F29" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:690 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:714 msgid "" "The form F29 is a new system that the SII enabled to taxpayers, and that " "replaces the Purchase and Sales Books. This report is integrated by Purchase" @@ -3785,74 +3863,74 @@ msgid "" "transactions related to VAT, improving its control and declaration." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:694 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:718 msgid "" "This record is supplied by the electronic tax documents (DTE’s) that have " "been received by the SII." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:37 msgid "Colombia" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Colombia" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:10 msgid "`VIDEO WEBINAR OF A COMPLETE DEMO <https://youtu.be/BOzucXRUZDE>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:15 msgid "" "Electronic invoicing for Colombia is available from Odoo 12 and requires the" " next modules:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:18 msgid "" "**l10n_co**: All the basic data to manage the accounting module, contains " "the default setup for: chart of accounts, taxes, retentions, identification " "document types" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:21 msgid "" "**l10n_co_edi**: This module includes all the extra fields that are required" " for the Integration with Carvajal T&S and generate the electronic invoice, " "based on the DIAN legal requirements." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:27 msgid "Workflow" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Workflow" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:37 msgid "Install the Colombian localization modules" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:39 msgid "" "For this, go in Apps and search for Colombia. Then click Install for the " "first two modules." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:47 msgid "Configure credentials for Carvajal T&S web service" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:49 msgid "" "Once that the modules are installed, in order to be able to connect with " "Carvajal T&S Web Service, it's necessary to configure the user and " "credentials, this information will be provided by Carvajal T&S." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:53 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:75 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and look " "for the *Colombian Electronic Invoice* section." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:59 msgid "" "Using the Testing mode it is possible to connect with a Carvajal T&S testing" " environment. This allows users to test the complete workflow and " @@ -3860,142 +3938,142 @@ msgid "" "https://cenfinancierolab.cen.biz" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:64 msgid "" "Once that Odoo and Carvajal T&S is fully configured and ready for production" " the testing environment can be disabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:69 msgid "Configure your report data" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:71 msgid "" "As part of the configurable information that is sent in the XML, you can " "define the data for the fiscal section and the bank information in the PDF." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:83 msgid "Configure data required in the XML" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:89 msgid "Identification" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Identificatie" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:91 msgid "" "As part of the Colombian Localization, the document types defined by the " "DIAN are now available on the Partner form. Colombian partners have to have " "their identification number and document type set:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:98 msgid "" "When the document type is RUT the identification number needs to be " "configured in Odoo including the verification digit, Odoo will split this " "number when the data to the third party vendor is sent." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:105 msgid "Fiscal structure (RUT)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:107 msgid "" "The partner's responsibility codes (section 53 in the RUT document) are " "included as part of the electronic invoice module given that is part of the " "information required by the DIAN ." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:111 msgid "" "These fields can be found in :menuselection:`Partner --> Sales & Purchase " "Tab --> Fiscal Information`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:117 msgid "" "Additionally two booleans fields were added in order to specify the fiscal " "regimen of the partner." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:124 msgid "" "If your sales transactions include products with taxes, it's important to " "consider that an extra field *Value Type* needs to be configured per tax. " "This option is located in the Advanced Options tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:131 msgid "" "Retention tax types (ICA, IVA, Fuente) are also included in the options to " "configure your taxes. This configuration is used in order to correctly " "display taxes in the invoice PDF." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:142 msgid "" "Once the DIAN has assigned the official sequence and prefix for the " "electronic invoice resolution, the Sales journals related to your invoice " "documents need to be updated in Odoo. The sequence can be accessed using " -"the :doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`: " +"the :doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>`: " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Configuration Setting --> " "Journals`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:151 msgid "" "Once that the sequence is opened, the Prefix and Next Number fields should " "be configured and synchronized with the CEN Financiero." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:159 msgid "Users" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Gebruikers" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:161 msgid "" "The default template that is used by Odoo on the invoice PDF includes the " "job position of the salesperson, so these fields should be configured:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:175 msgid "" "When all your master data and credentials has been configured, it's possible" " to start testing the electronic invoice workflow." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:180 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:30 msgid "Invoice creation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Factuur aanmaken" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:182 msgid "" "The functional workflow that takes place before an invoice validation " "doesn't change. The main changes that are introduced with the electronic " "invoice are the next fields:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:189 msgid "There are three types of documents:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:191 msgid "" "**Factura Electronica**: This is the regular type of document and its " "applicable for Invoices, Credit Notes and Debit Notes." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:193 msgid "" "**Factura de Importación**: This should be selected for importation " "transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:195 msgid "" "**Factura de contingencia**: This is an exceptional type that is used as a " "manual backup in case that the company is not able to use the ERP and it's " @@ -4003,29 +4081,29 @@ msgid "" "the ERP, this invoice type should be selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:203 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:380 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:386 msgid "Invoice validation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:205 msgid "" "After the invoice is validated an XML file is created and sent automatically" " to Carvajal, this file is displayed in the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:211 msgid "" "An extra field is now displayed in \"Other Info\" tab with the name of the " "XML file. Additionally there is a second extra field that is displayed with " "the Electronic Invoice status, with the initial value \"In progress\":" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:221 msgid "Reception of legal XML and PDF" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:223 msgid "" "The electronic invoice vendor receives the XML file and proceeds to validate" " the structure and the information in it, if everything is correct the " @@ -4035,128 +4113,128 @@ msgid "" " invoice that includes a QR code and the CUFE is also generated." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:231 msgid "After this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:233 msgid "" "A ZIP containing the legal XML and the PDF is downloaded and displayed in " "the invoice chatter:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:240 msgid "The Electronic Invoice status changes to \"Accepted\"" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:244 msgid "Common errors" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:246 msgid "" "During the XML validation the most common errors are usually related to " "missing master data. In such cases, error messages are shown in the chatter " "after updating the electronic invoice status." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:253 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:253 msgid "" "After the master data is corrected, it's possible to reprocess the XML with " "the new data and send the updated version, using the following button:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:265 msgid "Additional use cases" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:267 msgid "" "The process for credit and debit notes is exactly the same as the invoice, " "the functional workflow remains the same as well." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:3 msgid "Colombia (ES)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:6 msgid "Introducción" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:8 msgid "" "La Facturación Electrónica para Colombia está disponible en Odoo 12 y " "requiere los siguientes Módulos:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:11 msgid "" "**l10n_co**: Contiene los datos básicos para manejar el módulo de " "contabilidad, incluyendo la configuración por defecto de los siguientes " "puntos:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:15 msgid "Plan Contable" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:16 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:124 msgid "Impuestos" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:17 msgid "Retenciones" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:18 msgid "Tipos de Documentos de Identificación" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:20 msgid "" "**l10n_co_edi**: Este módulo incluye todos los campos adicionales que son " "requeridos para la Integración entre Carvajal T&S y la generación de la " "Factura Electrónica, basado en los requisitos legales de la DIAN." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:26 msgid "Flujo General" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:33 msgid "Configuración" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:36 msgid "Instalación de los módulos de Localización Colombiana" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:38 msgid "" "Para esto ve a las aplicaciones y busca “Colombia”, luego da click en " "Instalar a los primeros dos módulos:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:46 msgid "Configuración de las credenciales del Servicio Web de Carvajal T&S" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:50 msgid "" "Una vez que los módulos están instalados, para poderte conectar con el " "Servicio Web de Carvajal T&S, es necesario configurar el Usuario y las " "Credenciales. Esta información será provista por Carvajal T&S." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:52 msgid "" "Ve a :menuselection:`Facturación --> Configuración --> Configuración` y " "busca la sección **Facturación Electrónica Colombiana**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:57 msgid "" "La funcionalidad de pruebas le permite conectarse e interactuar con el " "ambiente piloto de Carvajal T&S, esto permite a los usuarios probar el flujo" @@ -4165,7 +4243,7 @@ msgid "" "<https://cenfinancierolab.cen.biz>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:62 msgid "" "Una vez que el ambiente de producción está listo en Odoo y en Carvajal T&S " "el ambiente de pruebas debe ser deshabilitado para poder enviar la " @@ -4173,36 +4251,36 @@ msgid "" " la siguiente URL: `Cenfinanciero <https://cenfinancierolab.cen.biz>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:69 msgid "Configuración de Información para PDF" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:73 msgid "" "Como parte de la información configurable que es enviada en el XML, puedes " "definir los datos de la sección fiscal del PDF, así como de la información " "Bancaria." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:75 msgid "" "Ve a :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> Ajustes` y busca la " "sección **Facturación Electrónica Colombiana**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:82 msgid "Configuración de los Datos Principales Requeridos en el XML" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:85 msgid "Contacto (Tercero)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:88 msgid "Identificación" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:90 msgid "" "Como parte de la Localización Colombiana, los tipos de documentos definidos " "por la DIAN ahora están disponibles en el formulario de Contactos, por lo " @@ -4210,31 +4288,31 @@ msgid "" "de documento correspondiente." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:98 msgid "" "Nota: Cuando el tipo de documento es RUT la identificación necesita ser " "ingresada en Odoo incluyendo el Dígito de Verificación. Odoo separará este " "número cuando la información sea enviada a los proveedores terceros." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:105 msgid "Estructura Fiscal (RUT)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:107 msgid "" "Los Códigos de tipo de Obligación aplicables a los terceros (sección 53 en " "el documento de RUT), son incluidos como parte del módulo de Facturación " "Electrónica, dado que es información requerida por la DIAN." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:111 msgid "" "Estos campos se encuentran en :menuselection:`Contactos --> Pestaña de " "Ventas y Compras --> Información Fiscal`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:117 msgid "" "Adicionalmente dos últimos campos fueron agregados para especificar el " "régimen fiscal del contacto. Cabe aclarar que para envío de Factura " @@ -4243,7 +4321,7 @@ msgid "" "opciones." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:126 msgid "" "Si tus transacciones de ventas incluyen productos con impuestos, es " "importante considerar que un campo adicional llamado *Tipo de Valor* " @@ -4251,7 +4329,7 @@ msgid "" "--> Configuración --> Impuestos: --> Opciones Avanzadas --> Tipo de Valor`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:134 msgid "" "Los impuestos para Retenciones (ICA, IVA y Fuente) también están incluidos " "en las opciones para configurar tus impuestos, esta configuración es " @@ -4259,60 +4337,60 @@ msgid "" "gráfica de la Factura. (PDF)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:144 msgid "Diarios" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:146 msgid "" "Una vez que la DIAN ha asignado la secuencia y prefijo oficiales para la " "resolución de la Facturación Electrónica, los Diarios de Ventas relacionados" " con tus documentos de facturación necesitan ser actualizados en Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:151 msgid "" "La secuencia es configurada usando el modo de desarrollador en la siguiente " "ruta: :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> Diarios --> Liga de" " Secuencia`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:158 msgid "" "Una vez que la secuencia es abierta, los campos de Prefijo y Siguiente " "Número deben ser configurados y sincronizados con el CEN Financiero." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:166 msgid "Usuarios" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:168 msgid "" "La plantilla por defecto que es usada por Odoo en la representación gráfica " "incluye el nombre del Vendedor, así que estos campos deben ser considerados:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:177 msgid "Uso y Pruebas" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:180 msgid "Facturas" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:182 msgid "" "Una vez que toda la información principal y las credenciales han sido " "configuradas, es posible empezar a probar el flujo de la Facturación " "Electrónica siguiendo las instrucciones que se detallan a continuación:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:188 msgid "Invoice Creation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:190 msgid "" "El flujo de trabajo funcional que lleva lugar antes de la validación de una " "factura continua siendo igual con Facturación Electrónica, " @@ -4320,29 +4398,29 @@ msgid "" "manualmente." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:195 msgid "" "Los cambios principales que son introducidos con la Facturación Electrónica " "son los siguientes:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:198 msgid "Hay tres tipos de documentos" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:200 msgid "" "**Factura electrónica**. Este es el documento normal y aplica para Facturas," " Notas de Crédito y Notas de Débito." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:203 msgid "" "**Factura de Importación**. Debe ser seleccionada para transacciones de " "importación." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:206 msgid "" "**Factura de Contingencia**. Esta es un caso excepcional y es utilizada como" " un respaldo manual en caso que la compañía no pueda usar el ERP y hay " @@ -4350,18 +4428,18 @@ msgid "" "ERP, se debe seleccionar este tipo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:216 msgid "Invoice Validation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:218 msgid "" "Después que la factura fue validada, un archivo XML es creado y enviado " "automáticamente al proveedor de la factura electrónica. Este archivo es " "desplegado en el historial." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:225 msgid "" "Un campo adicional es ahora desplegado en la pestaña de “Otra Información” " "con el nombre del archivo XML. Adicionalmente hay un segundo campo adicional" @@ -4369,11 +4447,11 @@ msgid "" "inicial **En Proceso**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:235 msgid "Recepción del XML y PDF Legal" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:242 msgid "" "El proveedor de la Factura Electrónica recibe el archivo XML y procede a " "validar la información y la estructura contenida. Si todo es correcto, el " @@ -4383,34 +4461,34 @@ msgid "" "CUFE." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:246 msgid "" "Odoo envía una petición de actualización automáticamente para verificar que " "el XML fue creado. Si este es el caso, las siguientes acciones son hechas " "automáticamente:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:248 msgid "" "El XML Legal y el PDF son incluidos en un archivo ZIP y desplegados en el " "historial de la Factura." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:253 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:253 msgid "El estatus de la Factura Electrónica es cambiado a “Aceptado”." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:258 msgid "" "En caso que el PDF y el XML sean requeridos inmediatamente, es posible " "mandar manualmente la petición del estatus usando el siguiente botón:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:267 msgid "Errores Frecuentes" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:269 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:269 msgid "" "Durante la validación del XML los errores más comunes usualmente están " "relacionados con información principal faltante. En estos casos, los " @@ -4418,123 +4496,123 @@ msgid "" "desplegados en el historial." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:277 msgid "" "Si la información principal es corregida, es posible re procesar el XML con " "la nueva información y mandar la versión actualizada usando el siguiente " "botón:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:289 msgid "Casos de Uso adicionales" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:291 msgid "" "El proceso para las Notas de Crédito y Débito (Proveedores) es exactamente " "el mismo que en las Facturas. Su flujo de trabajo funcional se mantiene " "igual." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:296 msgid "Consideraciones del Anexo 1.7" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:299 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:299 msgid "Contexto" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:302 msgid "Contexto Normativo" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:304 msgid "Soporte Normativo:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:305 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:305 msgid "" "Resolución DIAN Número 000042 ( 5 de Mayo de 2020) Por la cual se " "desarrollan:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:307 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:307 msgid "Los sistemas de facturación," msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:308 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:308 msgid "Los proveedores tecnológicos," msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:309 msgid "El registro de la factura electrónica de venta como título valor," msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:310 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:310 msgid "Se expide el anexo técnico de factura electrónica de venta y" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:311 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:311 msgid "Se dictan otras disposiciones en materia de sistemas de facturación." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:314 msgid "Anexo 1.7: Principales Cambios" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:316 msgid "Cambios en la definición de Consumidor Final." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:317 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:317 msgid "Informar bienes cubiertos para los 3 dias sin IVA." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:318 msgid "Actualización de descripción de Impuestos." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:319 msgid "Se agrega concepto para IVA Excluido." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:320 msgid "Informar la fecha efectiva de entrega de los bienes." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:321 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:321 msgid "Adecuaciones en la representación Gráfica (PDF)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:324 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:324 msgid "Calendario" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:326 msgid "" "Se tiene varias fechas límites para la salida a producción bajo las " "condiciones del Anexo 1.7 las cuales dependen de los siguientes factores:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:329 msgid "" "Calendario de implementación de acuerdo con la actividad económica principal" " en el RUT:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:334 msgid "Calendario de implementación, para otros sujetos obligados:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:339 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:339 msgid "Calendario de implementación permanente:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:345 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:345 msgid "Requerimientos en Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:347 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:347 msgid "" "Con la finalidad de facilitar el proceso de preparación de las bases de Odoo" " estándar V12 y v13, únicamente será necesario que los administradores " @@ -4542,67 +4620,67 @@ msgid "" "nuevos procesos." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:352 msgid "Actualización de listado de Apps" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:354 msgid "" "Utilizando el modo desarrollador, acceder al módulo de Aplicaciones y " "seleccionar el menú *Actualizar Lista*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:361 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:361 msgid "Actualización de Módulos" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:363 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:363 msgid "" "Una vez actualizado Buscar *Colombia*, los siguientes módulos serán " "desplegados, se requieren actualizar dos módulos." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:366 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:366 msgid "Colombia - Contabilidad - l10n_co" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:367 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:367 msgid "" "Electronic invoicing for Colombia with Carvajal UBL 2.1 - " "l10n_co_edi_ubl_2_1" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:372 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:372 msgid "" "En cada módulo o ícono hay que desplegar el menú opciones utilizando los 3 " "puntos de la esquina superior derecha y seleccionamos *Actualizar*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:375 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:375 msgid "Primero lo hacemos con en el módulo l10n_co:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:380 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:380 msgid "Posteriormente lo hacemos con el módulo l10n_co_edi_ubl_2_1:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:386 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:386 msgid "Creación de Datos Maestros" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:388 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:388 msgid "" "Las bases de datos existentes a Junio 2020 tanto en V12 como V13, deberán " "crear algunos datos maestros necesarios para operar correctamente con los " "cambios del Anexo 1.7." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:392 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:491 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:392 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:491 msgid "Consumidor Final" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:394 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:394 msgid "" "La figura del consumidor final será utilizada para aquellas ventas sobre las" " cuales no es posible identificar toda la información fiscal y demográfica " @@ -4610,47 +4688,47 @@ msgid "" "genérico." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:398 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:398 msgid "" "Es importante coordinar y definir los casos de uso en los que dependiendo de" " su empresa se tendrá permitido utilizar este registro genérico." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:401 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:401 msgid "" "Dentro de Odoo se tendrá que crear un contacto con las siguientes " "características, es importante que se defina de esta manera debido a que son" " los parámetros definidos por la DIAN." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:404 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:404 msgid "**Tipo de contacto:** Individuo" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:405 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:405 msgid "**Nombre:** Consumidor Final" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:406 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:406 msgid "**Tipo de documento:** Cedula de Ciudadania" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:407 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:407 msgid "**Numero de Identificacion:** 222222222222" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:412 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:412 msgid "" "Dentro de la pestaña Ventas y Compras, en la sección Información Fiscal, del" " campo Obligaciones y Responsabilidades colocaremos el valor: **R-99-PN**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:419 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:506 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:419 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:506 msgid "IVA Excluido - Bienes Cubiertos" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:421 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:421 msgid "" "Para reportar las transacciones realizadas mediante Bienes Cubiertos para " "los tres días sin IVA, será necesario crear un nuevo Impuesto al cual se le " @@ -4658,19 +4736,19 @@ msgid "" " para agregar la sección requerida en el XML de factura electrónica." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:426 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:426 msgid "" "Para el crear el impuesto accederemos a Contabilidad dentro del menú " ":menuselection:`Configuración --> Impuestos`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:432 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:432 msgid "" "Procedemos a crear un nuevo Impuesto con importe 0% considerando los " "siguientes parámetros:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:437 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:437 msgid "" "El nombre del Impuesto puede ser definido a preferencia del usuario, sin " "embargo el campo clave es **Grupo de Impuestos** dentro de Opciones " @@ -4678,86 +4756,86 @@ msgid "" "Valor**: *IVA*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:445 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:445 msgid "Actualización de descripción de Departamentos" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:447 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:447 msgid "" "Es necesario actualizar la descripción de algunos departamentos, para lo " "cual accederemos a módulo de Contactos y dentro del menú de " ":menuselection:`Configuración --> Provincias`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:453 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:453 msgid "" "Posteriormente, podemos agregar por País para identificar claramente las " "provincias (Departamentos) de Colombia:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:459 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:459 msgid "" "Una vez agrupados buscar los siguientes departamentos para actualizarlos con" " el valor indicado en la columna **Nombre actualizado**:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:463 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:463 msgid "Nombre de provincia" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:463 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:463 msgid "Código de Provincia" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:463 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:463 msgid "Nombre actualizado" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:465 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:465 msgid "D.C." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:465 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:465 msgid "DC" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:465 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:465 msgid "Bogotá" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:467 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:467 msgid "Quindio" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:467 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:467 msgid "QUI" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:467 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:467 msgid "Quindío" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:469 msgid "Archipiélago de San Andrés, Providencia y Santa Catalina" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:469 msgid "SAP" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:469 msgid "San Andrés y Providencia" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:473 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:473 msgid "Ejemplo:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:479 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:479 msgid "Verificación de Código postal" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:481 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:481 msgid "" "Dentro del Anexo 1.7 se comienza a validar que el código postal de las " "direcciones para contactos colombianos corresponda a las tablas oficiales " @@ -4767,18 +4845,18 @@ msgid "" "<http://visor.codigopostal.gov.co/472/visor/Codigos_Postales_Nacionales.csv>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:488 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:488 msgid "Consideraciones Operativas" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:493 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:493 msgid "" "Una vez que resgistro de Consumidor final ha sido creado este deberá ser " "utilizado a demanda, generalmente será utilizado en las transacciones de " "facturación del punto de punto de venta." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:496 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:496 msgid "" "El proceso de validación de la Factura será realizado de forma convencional " "en Odoo y la factura será generada de la misma manera. Al detectar que el " @@ -4787,13 +4865,13 @@ msgid "" "correspondientes." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:500 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:500 msgid "" "Contablemente todos los registros de Consumidor final quedarán asociados al " "identificador generico:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:508 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:508 msgid "" "El 21 mayo del 2020 fue publicado el El Decreto 682 el cual establece " "Excepción especial en el Impuesto sobre las ventas. El principal objetivo de" @@ -4801,33 +4879,33 @@ msgid "" "generadas a causa del COVID." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:513 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:513 msgid "Fechas" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:515 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:515 msgid "" "Días de excención del impuesto sobre las ventas – IVA para bienes cubiertos " "(3 días SIN IVA)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:517 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:517 msgid "**Primer día**: 19 de junio de 2020" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:518 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:518 msgid "**Segundo día**: 3 de Julio de 2020" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:519 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:519 msgid "**Tercer día**: 19 de Julio de 2020" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:522 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:522 msgid "Condiciones" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:524 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:524 msgid "" "Debido a que estas transacciones serán generadas de forma excepcional y que " "se tiene una combinación de varios factores y condiciones, los productores " @@ -4836,7 +4914,7 @@ msgid "" "corresponda." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:529 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:529 msgid "" "A continuación se mencionan algunas de las principales condiciones, sin " "embargo, cabe mencionar que las empresas deben de verificar todos los " @@ -4844,103 +4922,103 @@ msgid "" "<https://dapre.presidencia.gov.co/normativa/normativa/DECRETO%20682%20DEL%2021%20DE%20MAYO%20DE%202020.pdf>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:533 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:533 msgid "Tipo de productos y precio Máximo:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:536 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:536 msgid "Tipo de Productos" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:536 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:536 msgid "Precio Máximo" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:538 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:538 msgid "Electrodomesticos" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:538 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:538 msgid "40 UVT: $1,4 millones." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:540 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:540 msgid "Vestuario y complementos" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 msgid "3 UVT: $106.000" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 msgid "En el caso de los complementos es:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:544 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:544 msgid "10 UVT- $356.000" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:544 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:544 msgid "Elementos deportivos" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:546 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:546 msgid "Juguetes y Utiles Escolares" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:546 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:548 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:546 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:548 msgid "5 UVT - $178.035" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:548 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:548 msgid "Utiles Escolares" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:550 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:550 msgid "Bienes o servicios para el sector agropecuario" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:550 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:550 msgid "80 UVT - $2.848.560" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:554 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:554 msgid "Métodos de Pago:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:556 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:556 msgid "" "El pago debe realizarse por medios electrónico por ejemplo tarjetas de " "crédito/débito o bien mecanismos de pago online." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:558 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:558 msgid "Limite de unidades:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:560 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:560 msgid "" "Cada cliente puede adquirir únicamente 3 unidades como máximo de cada " "producto." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:563 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:563 msgid "Medidas en Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:565 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:565 msgid "**Preparación de datos**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:567 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:567 msgid "" "Crear el Impuesto para Bienes cubiertos de acuerdo a lo indicado en este " "punto: Datos maestros." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:568 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:568 msgid "" "Identificar los productos y transacciones a los cuales les aplicará la " "Exclusión de IVA de acuerdo a las condiciones establecidas en el decreto " @@ -4948,109 +5026,109 @@ msgid "" "actualizar el impuesto de forma temporal en Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:571 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:571 msgid "" "Exportar un listado con los productos que serán afectados incluyendo el " "campo IVA Venta el cual será sustituido temporalmente por el IVA de Bienes " "Cubiertos." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:573 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:573 msgid "" "Al finalizar las operaciones del día anterior a las fechas establecidas de " "día sin IVA, se debe hacer la actualización temporal a IVA de Bienes " "Cubiertos." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:579 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:579 msgid "**Durante el día SIN IVA**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:581 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:581 msgid "" "Por defecto los productos previamente considerados con IVA de Bienes " "cubiertos serán generados con este parámetro tanto en Órdenes de venta como " "facturas creadas durante ese mismo día." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:587 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:587 msgid "" "Las órdenes de venta generadas con este impuesto deberán ser facturas el " "mismo día." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:588 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:588 msgid "" "En caso de que alguna de las condiciones no sea cumplida (ejemplo el pago es" " realizado en efectivo) el impuesto deberá ser actualizado manualmente al " "momento de facturar." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:591 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:591 msgid "**Posterior al día SIN IVA**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:593 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:593 msgid "" "Los productos que fueron actualizados deberá ser reconfigurados a su IVA " "original." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:594 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:594 msgid "" "En caso de que se detecte alguna Orden de venta facturar en la cual se " "incluya IVA de Bienes Cubiertos, se deberá realizar actualización manual " "correspondiente al IVA convencional." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:3 msgid "France" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Frankrijk" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:6 msgid "FEC" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:8 msgid "" "If you have installed the French Accounting, you will be able to download " "the FEC. For this, go in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> France" " --> FEC`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:12 msgid "" "If you do not see the submenu **FEC**, go in **Apps** and search for the " "module called **France-FEC** and verify if it is well installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:16 msgid "French Accounting Reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:18 msgid "" "If you have installed the French Accounting, you will have access to some " "accounting reports specific to France:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:20 msgid "Bilan comptable" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:21 msgid "Compte de résultats" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:22 msgid "Plan de Taxes France" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:25 msgid "Get the VAT anti-fraud certification with Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:27 msgid "" "As of January 1st 2018, a new anti-fraud legislation comes into effect in " "France and DOM-TOM. This new legislation stipulates certain criteria " @@ -5059,76 +5137,75 @@ msgid "" "through a module and a certificate of conformity to download." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:34 msgid "Is my company required to use an anti-fraud software?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:36 msgid "" "Your company is required to use an anti-fraud cash register software like " "Odoo (CGI art. 286, I. 3° bis) if:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:39 msgid "You are taxable (not VAT exempt) in France or any DOM-TOM," msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:40 msgid "Some of your customers are private individuals (B2C)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:42 msgid "" "This rule applies to any company size. Auto-entrepreneurs are exempted from " "VAT and therefore are not affected." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:46 msgid "Get certified with Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:48 msgid "Getting compliant with Odoo is very easy." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:50 msgid "" "Your company is requested by the tax administration to deliver a certificate" " of conformity testifying that your software complies with the anti-fraud " "legislation. This certificate is granted by Odoo SA to Odoo Enterprise users" " `here <https://www.odoo.com/my/contract/french-certification/>`_. If you " -"use Odoo Community, you should `upgrade to Odoo Enterprise " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/14.0/setup/enterprise.html>`_ or contact" -" your Odoo service provider." +"use Odoo Community, you should :doc:`upgrade to Odoo Enterprise " +"</administration/enterprise>` or contact your Odoo service provider." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:58 msgid "In case of non-conformity, your company risks a fine of €7,500." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:60 msgid "To get the certification just follow the following steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:62 msgid "" "Install the anti-fraud module fitting your Odoo environment from the *Apps* " "menu:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:65 msgid "" "if you use Odoo Point of Sale: *l10n_fr_pos_cert*: France - VAT Anti-Fraud " "Certification for Point of Sale (CGI 286 I-3 bis)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:66 msgid "" "in any other case: *l10n_fr_certification*: France - VAT Anti-Fraud " "Certification (CGI 286 I-3 bis)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:68 msgid "" "Make sure a country is set on your company, otherwise your entries won’t be " "encrypted for the inalterability check. To edit your company’s data, go to " @@ -5136,27 +5213,27 @@ msgid "" "country from the list; Do not create a new country." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:72 msgid "" "Download the mandatory certificate of conformity delivered by Odoo SA `here " "<https://www.odoo.com/my/contract/french-certification/>`__." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:75 msgid "" "To install the module in any system created before December 18th 2017, you " "should update the modules list. To do so, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " -"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Then go to the *Apps* menu and " +"</applications/general/developer_mode>`. Then go to the *Apps* menu and " "press *Update Modules List* in the top-menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:79 msgid "" "In case you run Odoo on-premise, you need to update your installation and " "restart your server beforehand." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:81 msgid "" "If you have installed the initial version of the anti-fraud module (prior to" " December 18th 2017), you need to update it. The module's name was *France -" @@ -5166,59 +5243,60 @@ msgid "" " installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:90 msgid "Anti-fraud features" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:92 msgid "The anti-fraud module introduces the following features:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:94 msgid "" "**Inalterability**: deactivation of all the ways to cancel or modify key " "data of POS orders, invoices and journal entries;" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:96 msgid "**Security**: chaining algorithm to verify the inalterability;" msgstr "" +"**Beveiliging**: ketenalgoritme om de onveranderbaarheid te verifiëren;" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:97 msgid "" "**Storage**: automatic sales closings with computation of both period and " "cumulative totals (daily, monthly, annually)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:101 msgid "Inalterability" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:103 msgid "" "All the possible ways to cancel and modify key data of paid POS orders, " "confirmed invoices and journal entries are deactivated, if the company is " "located in France or in any DOM-TOM." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:107 msgid "" "If you run a multi-companies environment, only the documents of such " "companies are impacted." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:111 msgid "Security" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Beveiliging" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:113 msgid "" "To ensure the inalterability, every order or journal entry is encrypted upon" " validation. This number (or hash) is calculated from the key data of the " "document as well as from the hash of the precedent documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:118 msgid "" "The module introduces an interface to test the data inalterability. If any " "information is modified on a document after its validation, the test will " @@ -5227,7 +5305,7 @@ msgid "" "document recorded in the system." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:124 msgid "" "Users with *Manager* access rights can launch the inalterability check. For " "POS orders, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Reporting --> French " @@ -5235,11 +5313,11 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Reporting --> French Statements`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:131 msgid "Storage" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Opslag" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:133 msgid "" "The system also processes automatic sales closings on a daily, monthly and " "annual basis. Such closings distinctly compute the sales total of the period" @@ -5247,24 +5325,24 @@ msgid "" "recorded in the system." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:139 msgid "" "Closings can be found in the *French Statements* menu of Point of Sale, " "Invoicing and Accounting apps." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:143 msgid "" "Closings compute the totals for journal entries of sales journals (Journal " "Type = Sales)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:145 msgid "" "For multi-companies environments, such closings are performed by company." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:147 msgid "" "POS orders are posted as journal entries at the closing of the POS session. " "Closing a POS session can be done anytime. To prompt users to do it on a " @@ -5272,7 +5350,7 @@ msgid "" " hours ago. Such a session must be closed before selling again." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:153 msgid "" "A period’s total is computed from all the journal entries posted after the " "previous closing of the same type, regardless of their posting date. If you " @@ -5280,76 +5358,76 @@ msgid "" "counted in the very next closing." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:158 msgid "" "For test & audit purposes such closings can be manually generated in the " -":doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Then go to" -" :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled " +":doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>`. Then go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled " "Actions`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:164 msgid "Responsibilities" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Verantwoordelijkheden" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:166 msgid "" "Do not uninstall the module! If you do so, the hashes will be reset and none" " of your past data will be longer guaranteed as being inalterable." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:169 msgid "" "Users remain responsible for their Odoo instance and must use it with due " "diligence. It is not permitted to modify the source code which guarantees " "the inalterability of data." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:173 msgid "" "Odoo absolves itself of all and any responsibility in case of changes in the" " module’s functions caused by 3rd party applications not certified by Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:178 msgid "More Information" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:180 msgid "" "You will find more information about this legislation in the official " "documents:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:182 msgid "" "`Frequently Asked Questions " "<https://www.economie.gouv.fr/files/files/directions_services/dgfip/controle_fiscal/actualites_reponses/logiciels_de_caisse.pdf>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:183 msgid "" "`Official Statement " "<http://bofip.impots.gouv.fr/bofip/10691-PGP.html?identifiant=BOI-TVA-" "DECLA-30-10-30-20160803>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:184 msgid "" "`Item 88 of Finance Law 2016 " "<https://www.legifrance.gouv.fr/affichTexteArticle.do?idArticle=JORFARTI000031732968&categorieLien=id&cidTexte=JORFTEXT000031732865>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:56 msgid "Germany" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Duitsland" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:6 msgid "German Chart of Accounts" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:8 msgid "" "The chart of accounts SKR03 and SKR04 are both supported in Odoo. You can " "choose the one you want by going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " @@ -5357,54 +5435,54 @@ msgid "" "section." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:12 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:17 msgid "" "Be careful, you can only change the accounting package as long as you have " "not created any accounting entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:16 msgid "" "When you create a new SaaS database, the SKR03 is installed by default." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:19 msgid "German Accounting Reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:21 msgid "" "Here is the list of German-specific reports available on Odoo Enterprise:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:23 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:27 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:30 msgid "Balance Sheet" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Balans" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:24 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:19 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:17 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:89 msgid "Profit & Loss" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Winst & Verlies" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:25 msgid "Tax Report (Umsatzsteuervoranmeldung)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:26 msgid "Partner VAT Intra" -msgstr "" +msgstr "BTW intra" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:29 msgid "Export from Odoo to Datev" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:31 msgid "" "It is possible to export your accounting entries from Odoo to Datev. To be " "able to use this feature, the german accounting localization needs to be " @@ -5413,11 +5491,11 @@ msgid "" "the **Export Datev (csv)** button." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:39 msgid "German Tax Accounting Standards: Odoo's guide to GoBD Compliance" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:41 msgid "" "**GoBD** stands for `Grundsätze zur ordnungsmäßigen Führung und Aufbewahrung" " von Büchern, Aufzeichnungen und Unterlagen in elektronischer Form sowie zum" @@ -5429,7 +5507,7 @@ msgid "" "and balance sheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:48 msgid "" "These principles have been written and published by the Federal Ministry of " "Finance (BMF) in November 2014. Since January 2015, **they have become the " @@ -5439,16 +5517,16 @@ msgid "" "solutions (cloud hosting, paperless companies, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:55 msgid "Odoo gives you **the means to be compliant with GoBD**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:58 msgid "" "What do you need to know about GoBD when relying on accounting software?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:61 msgid "" "If you can, the best way to understand GoBD is to Read the `Official GoBD " "text " @@ -5457,7 +5535,7 @@ msgid "" "what to expect:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:65 msgid "" "The **GoBD is binding for companies that have to present accounts, which " "includes SMEs, freelancers, and entrepreneurs, to the financial " @@ -5466,39 +5544,39 @@ msgid "" "mentioned financial and related data)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:70 msgid "" "Apart from software requirements, the user is required to ensure Internal " "control systems (*in accordance with sec. 146 of the Fiscal Code*):" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:73 msgid "Access rights control;" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:74 msgid "Segregation of Duties, Functional separating;" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:75 msgid "Entry controls (error notifications, plausibility checks);" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:76 msgid "Reconciliation checks at data entry;" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:77 msgid "Processing controls;" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:78 msgid "" "Measures to prevent intentional or unintentional manipulation of software, " "data, or documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:80 msgid "" "The user must distribute tasks within its organization to the relevant " "positions (*control*) and verify that the tasks are properly and completely " @@ -5508,11 +5586,11 @@ msgid "" "(*prevention*)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:86 msgid "What about data security?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:88 msgid "" "**The taxpayer must secure the system against any data loss due to " "deletion, removal, or theft of any data**. If the entries are not " @@ -5520,43 +5598,43 @@ msgid "" "with the GoBD guidelines." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:92 msgid "" "Once bookings have been finally posted, they can no longer be changed or " "deleted via the application." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:95 msgid "" "If Odoo is used in the cloud, regular backups are part of the SaaS service. " "In addition, regular backups can be downloaded and backed up on external " "systems." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:99 msgid "" "`Odoo Cloud Hosting - Service Level Agreement <https://www.odooo.com/cloud-" "sla>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:101 msgid "" "If the server is operated locally, it is the responsibility of the user to " "create the necessary backup infrastructure." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:105 msgid "" "In some cases, data has to be kept for ten years or more, so always have " "backups saved. It is even more important if you decide to change software " "provider." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:109 msgid "Responsibility of the software editor" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:111 msgid "" "Considering GoBD only applies between the taxpayer and the financial " "authority, **the software editor can by no means be held responsible for the" @@ -5565,11 +5643,11 @@ msgid "" "respect the software related guidelines described in the GoBD." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:117 msgid "How can Odoo help you achieve Compliance?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:119 msgid "" "The key words, when it comes to GoBD, are: **traceable, verifiable, true, " "clear, and continuous**. In short, you need to have audit-proof archiving in" @@ -5577,11 +5655,11 @@ msgid "" "objectives:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 msgid "**Traceability and verifiability**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 msgid "" "Each record in Odoo is stamped with the creator of the document, the " "creation date, the modification date, and who modified it. In addition, " @@ -5589,11 +5667,11 @@ msgid "" "whom in the chatter of the relevant object." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 msgid "**Completeness**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 msgid "" "All financial data must be recorded in the system, and there can be no gaps." " Odoo ensures that there is no gap in the numbering of the financial " @@ -5603,11 +5681,11 @@ msgid "" "vendor bills and miscellaneous operations completely." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 msgid "**Accuracy**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 msgid "" "Odoo ensures with the correct configuration that the correct accounts are " "used. In addition, the control mechanisms between purchase orders and sales " @@ -5617,11 +5695,11 @@ msgid "" "task*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 msgid "**Timely booking and record-keeping**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 msgid "" "As most financial data in Odoo is generated by the transactional objects " "(for example, the invoice is booked at confirmation), Odoo ensures out-of-" @@ -5630,11 +5708,11 @@ msgid "" "miscellaneous operations." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 msgid "**Order**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 msgid "" "Financial data stored in Odoo is per definition ordered and can be reordered" " according to most fields present in the model. A specific ordering is not " @@ -5643,22 +5721,22 @@ msgid "" "out-of-the-box." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 msgid "**Inalterability**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 msgid "" "With the German Odoo localization, Odoo is in standard configured in such a " "way that the inalterability clause can be adhered to without any further " "customization." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:154 msgid "Do you need a GoBD-Export?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:156 msgid "" "In the case of fiscal control, the fiscal authority can request three levels" " of access to the accounting system (Z1, Z2, Z3). These levels vary from " @@ -5666,7 +5744,7 @@ msgid "" "storage device." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:160 msgid "" "In case of a handover of the financial data on a storage device, the format " "is **not** enforced by the GoBD. It can be, for example, in XLS, CSV, XML, " @@ -5676,11 +5754,11 @@ msgid "" "zur Datenntträgerüberlassung\" §3) but it is not binding." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:167 msgid "What is the role and meaning of the compliance certification?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:169 msgid "" "The GoBD clearly states that due to the nature of a state of the art " "accounting software, their configuration possibilities, changing nature, and" @@ -5691,7 +5769,7 @@ msgid "" "other legal value (A. 12, § 181)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:175 msgid "" "A GoBD certificate states nothing more than that if you use the software " "according to its guidelines, the software will not refrain you from " @@ -5701,13 +5779,13 @@ msgid "" "not, however, offer our customer any legal certainty." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:182 msgid "" "The BMF actually states the following in the `Official GoBD text " "<https://www.bundesfinanzministerium.de/Content/DE/Downloads/BMF_Schreiben/Weitere_Steuerthemen/Abgabenordnung/2019-11-28-GoBD.pdf>`_:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:185 msgid "" "180. Positive attestations on the correctness of the bookkeeping - and thus " "on the correctness of IT-based bookkeeping systems - are not issued either " @@ -5715,14 +5793,14 @@ msgid "" "information." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:188 msgid "" "181. \"Certificates\" or \"attestations\" from third parties can serve as a " "decision criterion for the company when selecting a software product, but " "develop from the in margin no. 179 is not binding on the tax authorities." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:193 msgid "" "The previous content was `automatically translated from German with Google " "Translate " @@ -5731,25 +5809,25 @@ msgid "" "gest%C3%BCtzter%20Buchf%C3%BChrungssysteme%20-%20werden%20weder%20im%20Rahmen%20einer%20steuerlichen%20Au%C3%9Fenpr%C3%BCfung%20noch%20im%20Rahmen%20einer%20verbindlichen%20Auskunft%20erteilt.%0A%0A181.%0A%E2%80%9EZertifikate%E2%80%9C%20oder%20%E2%80%9ETestate%E2%80%9C%20Dritter%20k%C3%B6nnen%20bei%20der%20Auswahl%20eines%20Softwareproduktes%20dem%20Unternehmen%20als%20Entscheidungskriterium%20dienen%2C%20entfalten%20jedoch%20aus%20den%20in%20Rz.%20179%20genannten%20Gr%C3%BCnden%20gegen%C3%BCber%20der%20Finanzbeh%C3%B6rde%20keine%20Bindungswirkung.%20&op=translate>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:198 msgid "What happens if you are not compliant?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:200 msgid "" "In the event of an infringement, you can expect a fine but also a court " "order demanding the implementation of specific measures." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:3 msgid "Indonesia" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Indonesië" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:8 msgid "E-Faktur Module" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:10 msgid "" "The **E-Faktur Module** is installed by default with the Indonesian " "localization module. It allows one to generate a CSV file for one tax " @@ -5757,26 +5835,26 @@ msgid "" "e-Faktur** application." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:17 msgid "NPWP/NIK settings" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:0 msgid "**Your Company**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:0 msgid "" "This information is used in the FAPR line in the effect file format. You " "need to set a VAT number on the related partner of your Odoo company. If you" " don't, it won't be possible to create an e-Faktur from an invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:0 msgid "**Your Clients**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:0 msgid "" "You need to set the checkbox *ID PKP* to generate e-fakturs for a customer. " "You can use the VAT field on the customer's contact to set the NPWP needed " @@ -5784,11 +5862,11 @@ msgid "" "enter the NIK in the same VAT field." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:39 msgid "Generate Tax Invoice Serial Number" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:41 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> e-Faktur`. In order to be" " able to export customer invoices as e-Faktur for the Indonesian government," @@ -5798,7 +5876,7 @@ msgid "" "the invoices list and click on *Action*, then on *Download e-Faktur*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:46 msgid "" "After receiving new serial numbers from the Indonesian Revenue Department, " "you can create a set of tax invoice serial numbers group through this list " @@ -5807,30 +5885,30 @@ msgid "" "requested by the Indonesia Tax Revenue Department." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:50 msgid "" "There is a counter to inform you how many unused numbers are left in that " "group." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:58 msgid "Generate e-faktur csv for a single invoice or a batch invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:60 msgid "" "Create an invoice from :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> " "Invoices`. If the invoice customer's country is Indonesia and the customer " "is set as *ID PKP*, Odoo will allow you to create an e-Faktur." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:63 msgid "" "Set a Kode Transaksi for the e-Faktur. There are constraints related to the " "Kode transaksi and the type of VAT applied to invoice lines." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:69 msgid "" "Odoo will automatically pick the next available serial number from the " "e-Faktur number table (see the :ref:`section above " @@ -5840,24 +5918,24 @@ msgid "" "*Electronic Tax*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:77 msgid "" "Once the invoice is posted, you can generate and download the e-Faktur from " "the *Action* menu item *Download e-faktur*. The checkbox *CSV created* will " "be set." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:83 msgid "" "You can select multiple invoices in list view and generate a batch e-Faktur " ".csv." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:88 msgid "Kode Transaksi FP (Transaction Code)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:90 msgid "" "The following codes are available when generating an e-Faktur. - 01 Kepada " "Pihak yang Bukan Pemungut PPN (Customer Biasa) - 02 Kepada Pemungut " @@ -5868,26 +5946,26 @@ msgid "" "Penyerahan Aktiva (Pasal 16D UU PPN)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:103 msgid "" "Correct an invoice that has been posted and downloaded: Replace Invoice " "feature" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:105 msgid "" "Cancel the original wrong invoice in Odoo. For instance, we will change the " "Kode Transakski from 01 to 03 for the INV/2020/0001." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:107 msgid "" "Create a new invoice and set the canceled invoice in the *Replace Invoice* " "field. In this field, we can only select invoices in *Cancel* state from the" " same customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:109 msgid "" "As you validate, Odoo will automatically use the same e-Faktur serial number" " as the canceled and replaced invoice replacing the third digit of the " @@ -5895,31 +5973,31 @@ msgid "" "invoice in the e-Faktur app)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:120 msgid "" "Correct an invoice that has been posted but not downloaded yet: Reset " "e-Faktur" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:122 msgid "Reset the invoice to draft and cancel it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:123 msgid "Click on the button *Reset e-Faktur* on the invoice form view." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:124 msgid "" "The serial number will be unassigned, and we will be able to reset the " "invoice to draft, edit it and re-assign a new serial number." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:3 msgid "Italy (IT)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:5 msgid "" "Questa guida spiegherà come utilizzare la fattura elettronica in Odoo e come" " configurare correttamente i dati aziendali, i contatti e la contabilità. " @@ -5928,11 +6006,11 @@ msgid "" "l’interscambio di informazioni." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:13 msgid "Configurare le informazioni sulla tua Azienda" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:15 msgid "" "Il passo successivo è la configurazione delle informazioni necessarie al " "funzionamento della fatturazione elettronica. Si può accedere alla schermata" @@ -5941,29 +6019,30 @@ msgid "" " configurare la fatturazione elettronica." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:21 msgid "" "I dati necessari al funzionamento dello strumento di fatturazione " "elettronica sono i seguenti:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:24 msgid "" "Server PEC. Le informazioni sul server utilizzato dal tuo indirizzo di posta" " elettronica certificata sono fornite dal tuo fornitore o dal Ministero. Lo " "stesso server deve essere configurato come server che gestisce tutta la " "corrispondenza mail in Odoo, per saperne di più si puo’ consultare la " -"relativa :doc:`guida <../../../discuss/advanced/email_servers>`." +"relativa :doc:`guida " +"</applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:30 msgid "" "Indirizzo PEC dell’ Azienda, tale indirizzo deve essere lo stesso registrato" " presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate per l’utilizzo dei servizi di fatturazione " "elettronica." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:34 msgid "" "Indirizzo PEC dell’Agenzia delle Entrate. La mail sarà fornito al momento " "della registrazione della tua PEC presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate, ricorda " @@ -5971,34 +6050,34 @@ msgid "" "previa comunicazione." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:39 msgid "" "Partita IVA e Codice Fiscale. Per far si che la Fatturazione Elettronica " "funzioni correttamente, questi cambi devono essere compilati correttamente." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:43 msgid "" "Regime Fiscale. Il regime fiscale a cui è sottoposta l’Azienda deve essere " "selezionato scegliendo dalla lista precompilata fornita da Odoo. Chiedi al " "commercialista qual’è il corretto regime fiscale!" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:47 msgid "Numero di Iscrizione nel registro delle Imprese." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:54 msgid "Configurare le impostazioni per la Fatturazione Elettronica" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:56 msgid "" "Numero di iscrizione nel registro Imprese tenuto presso la Camera di " "Commercio." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:59 msgid "" "Rappresentate Fiscale. Questa opzione è dedicata ad aziende con sede al di " "fuori del territorio nazionale ma conducenti attività commerciali in Italia " @@ -6006,18 +6085,18 @@ msgid "" "l’Azienda si avvale di un Rappresentate Fiscale in Italia." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:70 msgid "Configurare il profilo dei clienti" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:72 msgid "" "Per un corretto utilizzo dell’applicazione, il profilo di clienti e " "fornitori, nell’applicazione contatti, deve essere configurato con le " "necessarie informazioni legali." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:76 msgid "" "Selezionando il nome del cliente e accedendo quindi ai suoi dati, si trovano" " i seguenti campi che devono essere compilati: Indirizzo PEC, Codice Fiscale" @@ -6025,11 +6104,11 @@ msgid "" "necessari per la comunicazione tramite fattura elettronica*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:87 msgid "Il processo di fatturazione" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:89 msgid "" "Si può procedere ad emettere una fattura seguendo le indicazioni " "dell’applicazione. Il momento che determina il formale invio della fattura è" @@ -6038,57 +6117,57 @@ msgid "" "tramite pop-up sulla parte iniziale della schermata della fattura." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:102 msgid "I messaggi che possono apparire sono i seguenti:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:104 msgid "Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:106 msgid "Invio fallito. Puoi modificare la fattura ed inviarla di nuovo" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:108 msgid "" "La fattura è stata correttamente inviata ed accettata dal destinatario." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:111 msgid "" "I vari stadi di spedizione e recezione della fattura sono visibili anche " "dall’elenco delle Fatture nella forma di icone, accanto alla colonna “Stato”" " dall’applicazione contabilità." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:115 msgid "*Icona Rossa*: Invio fallito" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:117 msgid "*Icona Gialla*: Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:119 msgid "*Icona Verde*: Fattura inviata e accettata dal destinatario" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:121 msgid "" "Per inviare la fattura tramite PEC e generare il file XML, basterà cliccare " "su invia. Il documento verrà poi mostrato tra gli allegati." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:3 msgid "Mexico" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mexico" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:10 msgid "`VIDEO WEBINAR OF A COMPLETE DEMO <https://youtu.be/JSqQo5eRqlI>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:15 msgid "" "Odoo Enterprise users in Mexico have free access to a set of modules that " "allow them to issue electronic invoices according to the specifications of " @@ -6099,7 +6178,7 @@ msgid "" "support for associated customs operations." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:21 msgid "" "With the Mexican location in Odoo you will not only be able to comply with " "the legal requirements to invoice in Mexico, but also use it as your " @@ -6107,29 +6186,29 @@ msgid "" "Odoo the perfect solution to manage your business in Mexico." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:26 msgid "Pre requirements" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:28 msgid "" "Before installing the modules and making the necessary configurations to " "have the Mexican localization in Odoo, it is necessary to meet the following" " requirements:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:31 msgid "Be registered with the SAT and have an RFC." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:32 msgid "" "Have a `Certificate of Digital Seal " "<https://www.gob.mx/sat/acciones-y-programas/certificado-de-sello-digital>`_" " (CSD)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:34 msgid "" "Choose a PAC and purchase stamps. Currently the Mexican location in Odoo " "works with two PACs: `Solución Factible <https://solucionfactible.com/>`_, " @@ -6137,25 +6216,24 @@ msgid "" " Sapien - Smarter Web <https://sw.com.mx/>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:37 msgid "" "Have knowledge and experience with billing, sales and accounting in Odoo. " "This documentation contains only the information necessary to enable the use" -" of Odoo in a company based in Mexico. For information on how to use these " -"applications, see the page :doc:`../../../index`." +" of Odoo in a company based in Mexico." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:41 msgid "Modules" msgstr "Modules" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:43 msgid "" "To install the Mexican localization module, go to :menuselection:`Apps`, " "then remove the default filter \"Apps\" and search for ``l10n_mx``." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:51 msgid "" "If you created the database from `www.odoo.com <https://www.odoo.com>`_ and " "chose \"Mexico\" as the country when creating your account, some of the " @@ -6164,44 +6242,44 @@ msgid "" "while others will instead have a label that says \"Installed\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:56 msgid "" "The following modules are necessary for all databases that require Mexican " "localization:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "**Mexico - Accounting (l10n_mx)**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "" "All the basic data to manage accounting, taxes and the chart of accounts. " "The installed chart of accounts is based on `the SAT account grouping code " "<https://www.gob.mx/cms/uploads/attachment/file/151586/codigo_agrupador.pdf>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "**EDI for Mexico (l10n_mx_edi)**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "" "Necessary for electronic transactions, CFDI 3.3, payment complement, and " "addenda on invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "**Odoo Mexican localization reports (l10n_mx_reports)**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "" "All mandatory reports for electronic accounting. (Requires the accounting " "application)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:67 msgid "" "The following modules are optional, and should be installed only if they " "meet a specific organization requirement. Installing these modules is not " @@ -6209,24 +6287,24 @@ msgid "" "unnecessarily complicate form filling." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "" "**EDI External Trade Complement for Mexico (l10n_mx_edi_external_trade)**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "" "For clients that export, add the foreign trade complement to the CFDI, and " "the logic for filling it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "" "**Odoo Mexico Localization for Invoice with customs Number " "(l10n_mx_edi_customs)**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "" "For importing customers, this module allows adding to the CFDI the request " "number with which the merchandise to be resold entered. When it is imported " @@ -6235,51 +6313,51 @@ msgid "" "\"pedimento\", and it is processed at customs." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "**Odoo Mexico Localization for Stock / Landing (l10n_mx_edi_landing)**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "" "Related to the import module (*l10n_mx_edi_customs*), this module allows " "managing the requests as part of the shipping costs." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "**Bank account payment to Mexico (l10n_mx_edi_payment_bank)**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "" "Add optional attributes to the payment plugin, allowing the user to select " "the bank account that was used to pay the bills." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "**Odoo Mexico Localization for Sale Coupon (l10n_mx_edi_sale_coupon)**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "" "Complements the Odoo coupon module (*sale_coupon*) to avoid errors in the " "generation of CFDIs." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "" "**Tax Cash Basis Entries at Payment Date (l10n_mx_tax_cash_basis)** Create " "journal entries for" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "taxes on the payment date (instead of the issue date)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:94 msgid "Enable electronic invoicing" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:96 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Accounting --> Customer Invoices`, and " "make sure that the option **Mexican Electronic Invoicing** is enabled. With " @@ -6288,11 +6366,11 @@ msgid "" "billing flow in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:108 msgid "Enter legal information" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:110 msgid "" "After verifying the general configuration, you must verify that the company " "is configured with the correct data. To do so, go to " @@ -6300,13 +6378,13 @@ msgid "" "*Update information* under your company name." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:118 msgid "" "In the resulting form, put your full address (including zip code), RFC (VAT " "number), and the rest of the data." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:122 msgid "" "Make sure that in the address, for the Country field, \"Mexico\" is chosen " "from the list of countries that Odoo shows, because if it is entered " @@ -6314,65 +6392,65 @@ msgid "" "it will result in errors later when the CFDIs are generated." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:131 msgid "" "If you want to test the Mexican localization, you can configure the company " "with a real address within Mexico (including all fields) and add " "``EKU9003173C9`` as RFC." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:135 msgid "Set the fiscal regime of the company" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:137 msgid "" "The following is to indicate what is the fiscal regime of the company that " "we are configuring, which is done through a pre-existing field in Odoo " "called \"Fiscal Regime\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:140 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Accounting --> Electronic Invoicing (MX) " "--> Fiscal Regime`, and select the option that applies to your company from " "the drop-down list." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:148 msgid "" "For the test environment: Select the option **General Law on Legal Persons**" " from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:152 msgid "Contacts Configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:154 msgid "" "When creating a contact to be invoiced in Odoo, the following information " "must be configured for invoice validation: **complete address** (including " "postal code, city, state, country, etc.) and the **VAT** number." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:163 msgid "Taxes Configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:165 msgid "" "A necessary configuration for electronic invoicing to work correctly in Odoo" " is to add the factor type associated with sales taxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:168 msgid "" "To make this configuration you first have to go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:171 msgid "" "Within the list of taxes that are pre-loaded, select the option *Sales* on " "the filter, this is to see only taxes associated with sales, which are those" @@ -6381,20 +6459,20 @@ msgid "" " **Factor Type** choose the option *Tasa*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:180 msgid "" "Do the same for all the sales taxes that the company needs, either those " "that come by default in Odoo, or those that you add that are necessary for " "your company bill." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:184 msgid "" "For the 0% VAT tax, select the option *Exento* instead of *Tasa* within the " "**Factor Type** field." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:187 msgid "" "When registering a payment, Odoo will carry out the movement of taxes from " "the **Cash Basis Transition Account** to the account set in the " @@ -6403,35 +6481,35 @@ msgid "" "eliminate this account**) in the Journal Entry when reclassifying taxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:197 msgid "Products Configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:199 msgid "" "All products to be sold need to have the SAT code associated with their " "classification so that the invoices do not give an error when validating." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:202 msgid "" "To configure products, go to the **General Information** tab and in the " "**UNSPSC Product Category** field select the category that represents that " "product. The process can be done manually or through a bulk import." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:211 msgid "PAC Configuration to sign invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:213 msgid "" "Another important step to configure electronic invoicing in Odoo is to enter" " the PAC which you are working with and the credentials. That way, " "electronic invoicing will be enabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:217 msgid "" "Remember that you must register directly with the PAC of your choice before " "you start creating invoices from Odoo. We have the following PACs available:" @@ -6440,7 +6518,7 @@ msgid "" "<https://sw.com.mx/>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:222 msgid "" "You must process your **Private Key (CSD)** with the SAT institution before " "following these steps. If you do not have this information, try with the " @@ -6448,21 +6526,21 @@ msgid "" "Credentials for your production environment to work with real transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:227 msgid "" "To add the credentials, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Accounting --> " "Electronic Invoicing (MX)`. Under the **PAC MX** section, enter the name of " "your PAC with your credentials (PAC username and PAC password)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:236 msgid "" "If you check the checkbox **Test Environment**, it is not necessary to enter" " a PAC username and/or password, but you must select a PAC from the drop-" "down list." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:239 msgid "" "Finally, upload the digital certificates of the company within the section " "**MX Certificates**. Click on *Add a line*, a window will open, click on " @@ -6470,53 +6548,53 @@ msgid "" "and your password. To finish, click on *Save and Close*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:248 msgid "" "If you still do not have one of the contracted PACs and you want to test " "electronic invoicing you can use the following SAT test certificates:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:252 -msgid ":download:`Certificate <../../../_static/files/certificate.cer>`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:251 +msgid ":download:`Certificate <files/certificate.cer>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:253 -msgid ":download:`Certificate Key <../../../_static/files/certificate.key>`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:252 +msgid ":download:`Certificate Key <files/certificate.key>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:254 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:253 msgid "**Password:** ``12345678a``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:255 msgid "" "You must also configure the company with a real address within Mexico " "(including all fields) and add ``EKU9003173C9`` as the **VAT** number." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:260 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:259 msgid "Workflows" msgstr "Workflows" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:262 msgid "Electronic invoicing" msgstr "Elektronische facturatie" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:264 msgid "" "The invoicing process in Odoo is based on `Annex 20 " "<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/tramitesyservicios/Paginas/anexo_20_version3-3.htm>`_" " version 3.3 of electronic invoicing of the SAT." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:269 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:268 msgid "" "To start invoicing from Odoo, an invoice must be created using the standard " "invoicing flow, that is, either from a sales order or from the invoice menu " "in the Accounting application." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:271 msgid "" "The invoice will be stamped after clicking on *Validate*, before that the " "status is still in draft mode and changes can be made to it. After " @@ -6524,7 +6602,7 @@ msgid "" "it would look like this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:279 msgid "" "The details of the invoice will be reflected in the Chatter, which is what " "you see on the right of the invoice in the attached image. There you can " @@ -6532,7 +6610,7 @@ msgid "" " was validated or not." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:283 msgid "" "To send the stamped invoice to your client, you can send the XML together " "with the PDF file directly from Odoo, by clicking the *Send and Print* " @@ -6540,21 +6618,21 @@ msgid "" "clicking the *Print* button and selecting the desired option." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:288 msgid "" "Depending on the size of the screen, the Chatter can be seen next to or " "below the document." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:291 msgid "Invoicing Special Cases" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:295 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:294 msgid "Foreign Trade Invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:297 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:296 msgid "" "The foreign trade invoicing process in Odoo is based on the corresponding " "`SAT regulation " @@ -6562,176 +6640,176 @@ msgid "" " SAT electronic invoicing version is 3.3." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:301 msgid "What do we mean when we talk about foreign trade?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:303 msgid "" "Since January 2018, the SAT requires a Foreign Trade Supplement in export " "transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:307 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:306 msgid "What is the Foreign Trade complement?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:308 msgid "" "It is an Annex to the electronic invoice that allows the identification of " "exporters and importers, in addition to expanding the description of the " "merchandise sold." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:313 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:312 msgid "What information can be incorporated in this new complement?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:314 msgid "Information on the operation type it covers." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:315 msgid "" "Tax identification data of the issuer, receiver or recipient of the " "merchandise." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:317 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:316 msgid "Description of the goods to be exported." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:319 msgid "Who is obliged to generate it?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:322 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:321 msgid "Taxpayers who carry out export operations of A1 type." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:325 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:324 msgid "To which exports does the A1 type apply?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:327 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:326 msgid "" "Entry of goods of foreign origin to remain in national territory for an " "unlimited time." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:328 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:327 msgid "Exit of goods from the country to stay abroad for an unlimited time." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:328 msgid "" "Definitive importation of vehicles by diplomatic and consular missions and " "offices of international organizations and their foreign personnel, in " "accordance with the import of vehicles in diplomatic exemption." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:333 msgid "Is Foreign Trade the same as Pedimentos?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:336 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:335 msgid "" "Not necessarily, the Pedimentos are directly related to the process of " "Importing goods, while the Foreign Trade Complement is related to the " "Exporting process." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:339 msgid "Required Modules" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:341 msgid "" "In order to generate foreign trade invoices, the following modules must be " "installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:343 msgid "EDI for Mexico (l10n_mx_edi)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:349 msgid "EDI for Mexico (l10n_mx_edi_extended)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:357 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:356 msgid "Company" msgstr "Bedrijf" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:359 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:358 msgid "" "Configure the company with a valid postal code, and if you have a colony " "code, this should match with the corresponding Zip Code. At the same time, " "remember to place the Tax Identification Number (VAT Number - RFC)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:368 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:367 msgid "Receiving Client" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:370 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:369 msgid "" "Generally it will be a foreign client, in which you must verify that you " "have at least the following fields completed with the corresponding " "information." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:378 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:377 msgid "The customer's delivery address must also contain the zip code." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:379 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:378 msgid "" "The format of the foreign VAT (Tax Identification Number) will be validated " "as appropriate in each Country (Example: Colombia ``123456789-1``)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:381 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:380 msgid "" "In the XML, the VAT is automatically replaced by the Generic VAT for abroad " "transactions: ``XEXX010101000``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:385 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:384 msgid "Products" msgstr "Producten" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:387 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:386 msgid "" "At the product level there must also configure some parameters in the " "following fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:398 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:397 msgid "" "You must select the **UMT Aduana** (Unit of Measure) in *KG* since it is " "only accepted by the SAT" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:399 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:398 msgid "The weight refers to **the unit weight** of the product" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:400 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:399 msgid "The tariff item must be from the code UoM of Kilograms (**UoM = 01**)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:402 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:401 msgid "" "Although the product is sold in pieces or in units, the value that must be " "registered with customs in the tariff item must be reported in Kilograms." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:406 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:405 msgid "Invoicing Flow" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:408 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:407 msgid "" "When creating the foreign sales invoice, you must select the **Incoterm** " "corresponding and the **Need external trade?** checkbox must be checked. " @@ -6740,11 +6818,11 @@ msgid "" "regulations." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:414 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:413 msgid "What is the certificate of origin and when is it used?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:416 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:415 msgid "" "The **Certificate Source** (or proof of origin) is the document that allows " "an importer or exporter to prove the country or region from which a good is " @@ -6752,45 +6830,45 @@ msgid "" "agreed in trade agreements." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:429 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:428 msgid "Assign Pedimentos" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:431 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:430 msgid "" "If your company imports products and you need to add the **Pedimentos** " "number in your invoices, you can also configure Odoo to record the process." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:434 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:433 msgid "" "First, go to :menuselection:`Apps`, remove the \"Apps\" filter and search " "for ``Mexico``, ``mx`` or ``l10n_mx``. Then, install **Odoo Mexico " "Localization for Stock / Landing module (l10n_mx_edi_landing)**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:443 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:442 msgid "" "The l10n_mx_edi_landing module depends on the **Inventory** and **Sales** " "apps, since the products must be entered into inventory to be able to add " "their Pedimentos number to the corresponding receipt of products." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:447 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:446 msgid "" "Then, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Settings --> Settings`. Within the" " options, activate **Landed Costs**. This option will allow adding the " "Pedimentos number to the corresponding product receptions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:456 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:455 msgid "" "In order to use landed costs, the accounting configuration of the inventory " "valuation of the products must be configured as *Automated* and its costing " "method *Average* or *FIFO* (first in, first out)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:460 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:459 msgid "" "To associate the Pedimentos number indicated with an import (merchandise " "reception) a new **Landed Cost** must be created. They can be accessed " @@ -6798,22 +6876,22 @@ msgid "" "you will find the option to attach the Pedimentos number." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:468 msgid "" "You can only add the Pedimentos number once, so be careful when associating " "the correct number with the transfer(s)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:473 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:472 msgid "" -":doc:`../../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs`." +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:476 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:475 msgid "Payment Terms" msgstr "Betalingscondities" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:478 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:477 msgid "" "The **Payment Terms** are already configured in Odoo when installing the " "Mexican localization, this means that if you go to " @@ -6821,18 +6899,18 @@ msgid "" "find the default list in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:486 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:485 msgid "" "In Mexico you can have 2 types of payments: PPD or PUE. These are given by " "the **Payment Term** chosen (or if there is no chosen payment term it will " "be based on the due date of the invoice)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:490 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:489 msgid "PPD Payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:492 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:491 msgid "" "To configure PPD payments (payment in installments or deferred) it is only " "necessary to choose a date expiration date for your invoice and Odoo will " @@ -6841,11 +6919,11 @@ msgid "" "will be PPDo PUE)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:498 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:497 msgid "PUE" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:500 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:499 msgid "" "To configure PUE payments (payment in a single payment) you must select an " "invoice due date within the same month or choose a payment term that does " @@ -6853,11 +6931,11 @@ msgid "" "falling within the current month)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:505 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:504 msgid "Payments" msgstr "Betalingen" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:507 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:506 msgid "" "`According to the SAT documentation <https://www.sat.gob.mx/consultas/92764" "/comprobante-de-recepcion-de-pagos>`_, there may be 2 types of payments: " @@ -6867,7 +6945,7 @@ msgid "" "Terms**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:513 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:512 msgid "" "If the payment is a PPD type, Odoo will generate the corresponding payment " "complement automatically when you *Confirm* it. If the payment is PUE, the " @@ -6876,31 +6954,31 @@ msgid "" "invoice date and the due date as parameters." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:522 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:521 msgid "" "When configuring the contacts that will be used when making payments, you " "must configure the banks in the **Accounting** tab, place both the Bank, " "Account Number and CLABE." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:530 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:529 msgid "Register PPD Payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:532 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:531 msgid "" "If at the time of registering a payment it is of type PPD then a Payment " "Complement (XML) will be generated with its details." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:535 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:572 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:534 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:571 msgid "" "The payment can be registered from the invoice and once it is confirmed, the" " invoice will be paid and with its payment associated." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:547 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:546 msgid "" "The journal will be the payment method where you receive or send the payment" " from. You must also associate a **Payment Way** and a Recipient Bank " @@ -6908,219 +6986,219 @@ msgid "" "the invoice)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:551 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:550 msgid "" "Once the payment is made, it will be associated with the corresponding " "invoice and its status will be *In Payment* since the payment will be " "effectively validated when it is bank reconciled." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:555 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:554 msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:562 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:561 msgid "" "The **Recipient Bank Account** is the one attached to the **Accounting** tab" " in the contact associated with the invoice, it must be valid so that the " "stamped payment complement can be created." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:567 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:566 msgid "Register PUE Payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:569 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:568 msgid "" "If at the time of registering a payment it is of the PUE type then in this " "case a Payment Complement (XML) will not be generated since it is not " "necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:588 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:587 msgid "" "In this case it is not created as a payment supplement by the nature of it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:591 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:590 msgid "Down Payments" msgstr "Aanbetalingen" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:593 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:592 msgid "" "This is a special case in which we must receive an advance payment from a " "client to later be applied to an invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:597 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:596 msgid "" "`The official documentation for registration of down payments in Mexico " "<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/tramitesyservicios/Paginas/documentos/Caso_uso_Anticipo.pdf>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:601 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:600 msgid "Process to create advance in Mexico" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:603 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:602 msgid "" "Issuance of electronic invoicing with the amount of the advance payment " "received." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:604 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:603 msgid "" "Issuance of the electronic invoice for the total value of the operation " "(full invoice). (CFDI Origin: 07 | Advance invoice, point 1)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:606 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:605 msgid "" "Issuance of the electronic invoice with the *Egreso* type. (CFDI Origin: 07 " "| Invoice_total, point 2)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:610 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:609 msgid "Steps to follow in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:612 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:611 msgid "Preparation: Create the product" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:613 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:612 msgid "" "Down Payment issuance of the electronic invoice for the amount of the " "advance payment received" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:614 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:613 msgid "" "Issuance of the electronic invoice for the total value of the operation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:615 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:614 msgid "Add a credit note from the down payment invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:618 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:617 msgid "Preparation: Create the Product" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:620 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:619 msgid "" "The Down Payment product must be type *Service* and must use the **NSPSC " "Product Category**: *84111506 Servicios de facturación*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:627 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:626 msgid "" "Add the down payment product as default to be used from the Odoo " "configurations." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:634 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:633 msgid "" "Issuance of the electronic invoice for the value of the advance received" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:636 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:635 msgid "" "Create the Advance Payment Invoice: From the sales order, create an advance " "payment invoice for the percentage of the purchase to be paid in advance (or" " for a fixed amount)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:643 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:642 msgid "Validate invoice with the down payment product." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:653 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:652 msgid "Register Payment to the advance payment invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:664 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:663 msgid "" "Issuance of the electronic invoice for the total value of the operation." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:666 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:665 msgid "" "From the sales order, create an invoice for the total, that is, for all the " "order lines without discounting the advance." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:674 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:673 msgid "Remove the check mark from the **Deduct down payments** field." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:676 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:675 msgid "" "Add the original CFDI of the advance payment invoice by adding ``07 |`` at " "the beginning + Folio Fiscal of the advance payment Invoice created in the " "previous step." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:679 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:678 msgid "Copy the Folio Fiscal of the following invoice following this example:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:685 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:684 msgid "" "And paste it in the draft invoice created from the Sales Order without " "deducting the advances:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:691 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:690 msgid "" "Validate and copy the Folio Fiscal for later (in the example the Folio " "Fiscal copy is: 50E4FF06-4341-4006-A7C3-A7F653CBEFAE )" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:695 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:694 msgid "Add credit note from invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:697 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:696 msgid "" "Create a **Credit Note** from the down payment invoice (the corrective " "invoice must be edited prior to confirming it, see explanation below the 2 " "following images)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:708 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:707 msgid "" "Before you *Confirm* the Credit Note, edit the Origin CFDI with ``07 | XXX``" " instead of the prefix ``01 | XXX``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:719 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:718 msgid "Now the invoice can be confirmed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:725 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:724 msgid "" "Now the Credit Note (Advance Payment) must be applied to the total invoice, " "this is added at the bottom below the amount owed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:736 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:735 msgid "" "Register a payment for the difference of the down payment and the total of " "the sale." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:742 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:741 msgid "" "If you go to the XML of the invoice, you should see in CFDI related the type" " of relationship 07 and the Folio Fiscal of the advance payment invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:750 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:749 msgid "Discounts based on payment days" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:752 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:751 msgid "" "Cash discounts are incentives that you can offer to motivate customers to " "pay within a specified time period. For example, you offer a 2% discount if " @@ -7129,22 +7207,22 @@ msgid "" "payments period." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:757 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:762 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:756 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:761 msgid "Create and assign the corresponding Payment Term" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:758 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:781 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:757 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:780 msgid "Register the Payment within the days of the discount" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:759 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:807 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:758 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:806 msgid "Create a credit note" msgstr "Maak een creditfactuur" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:764 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:763 msgid "" "To configure the discount for advance payment, go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Terms` and click on" @@ -7154,27 +7232,27 @@ msgid "" " type if necessary (in this example 30 days)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:774 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:773 msgid "" "Then when creating our Sales Order or Sales Invoice, assign the Payment Term" " created previously." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:783 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:782 msgid "" "Register the payment within the days in which the application of the " "discount was specified, in our case it is within 5 days after the creation " "of the Sales Invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:790 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:789 msgid "" "Then go to the bottom of the invoice where the totals are located and there " "you will see 2 payments created, reset to draft and cancel the payment that " "does not correspond - the one related to the discount." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:809 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:808 msgid "" "Finally to close the cycle we must close the invoice, but as in this case we" " apply a discount, to close it correctly we must create a credit note " @@ -7182,56 +7260,56 @@ msgid "" "Note**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:821 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:820 msgid "Adjust the amount to the remaining balance in the original invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:827 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:826 msgid "Add the Credit Note to the original invoice so that it is settled." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:834 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:833 msgid "Cancellation of invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:837 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:836 msgid "Before 72 Hours" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:839 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:838 msgid "" "If it is necessary to cancel an invoice validated and sent to the SAT in " "less than 72 hours follow the steps below." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:842 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:841 msgid "Request Cancellation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:848 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:847 msgid "The status of the **Electronic invoicing** changes to *Cancelled*" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:849 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:848 msgid "Click on *RESET TO DRAFT*" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:855 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:854 msgid "Click on *CANCEL ENTRY*" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:862 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:861 msgid "After 72 Hours" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:864 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:863 msgid "" "If It is necessary to cancel an invoice validated and sent to the SAT more " "than 72 hours, the client must be asked to accept the cancellation, for this" " the following steps must be followed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:867 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:866 msgid "" "Click on *Request EDI Cancellation* to inform the SAT that you want to " "cancel the invoice, in this case the client has to enter the SAT webpage and" @@ -7239,21 +7317,21 @@ msgid "" "changes to *To Cancel*)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:870 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:869 msgid "" "When the client (Receiver / Customer) approves the Cancellation in their SAT" " portal it is now possible to Change the invoice to Draft and then click on " "*Cancel entry*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:872 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:871 msgid "" "Odoo synchronizes with the SAT to update the status of the **Electronic " "invoicing** with a scheduled action, Invoices canceled in the SAT will be " "canceled in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:879 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:878 msgid "" "After clicking on **Request EDI cancellation**, the status of the " "**Electronic invoicing** field will be *To Cancel* but the status of the SAT" @@ -7261,7 +7339,7 @@ msgid "" " Recipient approves the cancellation in the SAT." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:887 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:886 msgid "" "Once canceled in the SAT, Odoo will synchronize the status of the SAT " "through scheduled actions that are executed every day to synchronize the " @@ -7269,33 +7347,33 @@ msgid "" "can be executed manually by entering with developer mode)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:891 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:890 msgid "" "If the invoice is canceled in the SAT, in Odoo it is also canceled, which " "allows you to switch the invoice to draft and finally cancel the invoice " "(*cancel entry*)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:899 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:898 msgid "Cancel Paid Invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:901 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:900 msgid "" "If the invoice has already been paid, a credit note must be created from the" " invoice so that the originating CFDI is recognized and later cancel the " "original invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:913 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:912 msgid "Cancel Invoices from the previous period" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:916 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:915 msgid "Problem" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:918 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:917 msgid "" "If the invoice is from the previous month and the period is closed, the " "income has already been declared in Financial Reports and to the government." @@ -7304,108 +7382,108 @@ msgid "" "problem because the income was already declared in the previous month." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:923 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:922 msgid "" "The problem resides when the fiscal period has been closed, in the current " "period you have to make the reverse entry and save the cancellation " "information." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:926 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:925 msgid "Invoice to be canceled" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:932 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:931 msgid "This is how the Balance Sheet looks like:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:938 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:937 msgid "" "If the invoice is canceled, the journal entry and the Balance Sheet looks " "like this after canceling:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:945 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:944 msgid "Solution" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:947 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:946 msgid "" "Close the fiscal period every month (Best Practice Mexican Localization)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:948 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:947 msgid "Cancel invoice in SAT" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:949 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:948 msgid "Create a Manual Reversion entry (Journal Entry)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:950 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:949 msgid "Reconcile the open invoice with the reversal entry (Journal Entry)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:951 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:950 msgid "Change Electronic invoicing status to Cancelled with server action" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:954 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:953 msgid "" "Close accounting period each month (Best Practice Mexican Localization)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:956 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:955 msgid "" "If the accounting period is closed due to the blocking dates, Odoo will not " "allow to modify or add accounting entries of a date corresponding to that " "accounting period." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:964 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:963 msgid "Cancel invoice in the SAT" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:966 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:965 msgid "" "If the accounting period is closed, and the invoice was canceled in the SAT," " the status in Odoo will be published while the **Electronic invoicing** " "status will be *Sent* and the SAT status is *Cancelled*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:975 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:974 msgid "Create Manual Reversal Journal Entry" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:977 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:976 msgid "" "The solution is to create the reversal journal entry manually dated in the " "current fiscal period and reconcile the open invoice with the reversion " "created manually." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:980 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:979 msgid "" "It must be clearly indicated in the reference that it is a cancellation (you" " can use a cancellation account for invoices from previous periods such as " "**Other Income**)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:988 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:987 msgid "Reconcile the open invoice with the reversal entry" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:998 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:997 msgid "" "In the Balance Sheet and Trial balance they are now with the correct " "balances." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1013 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1012 msgid "Change status of Electronic invoicing to Cancelled with server action" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1015 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1014 msgid "" "A server action can be created that modifies the status of the invoice to " "*Cancelled* once it is reconciled with the reversal entry (You should check " @@ -7413,57 +7491,57 @@ msgid "" "performing this action)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1028 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1027 msgid "Electronic Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1030 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1029 msgid "Accounting for Mexico in Odoo is composed of 3 reports:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1032 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1046 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1031 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1045 msgid "Electronic Chart of Accounts (Called and displayed as COA)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1033 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1032 msgid "Electronic Trial Balance." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1034 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1033 msgid "DIOT report." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1036 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1035 msgid "" "1. and 2. are considered electronic accounting, and DIOT is a report only " "available in the context of accounting." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1039 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1038 msgid "" "You can find all of those reports in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Reporting --> Mexico`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1048 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1047 msgid "" "Electronic invoicing has never been so easy, just go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting -> Reports -> Mexico -> COA` and click the button" " **Export for SAT (XML)**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1056 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1055 msgid "How to add new accounts ?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1058 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1057 msgid "" "If you add an account with the NNN.YY.ZZ encoding convention where NNN.YY is" " a SAT encoding group, your account will be set up automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1061 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1060 msgid "" "Example to add an Account for a new Bank account go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Chart of Account` and then " @@ -7473,11 +7551,11 @@ msgid "" "chosen to be used in the COA in XML." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1072 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1071 msgid "What is the meaning of the tags?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1074 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1073 msgid "" "To know all the possible labels, you can read `Annex 24 " "<http://www.sat.gob.mx/fichas_tematicas/buzon_tributario/Documents/Anexo24_05012015.pdf>`_" @@ -7485,7 +7563,7 @@ msgid "" "SAT**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1079 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1078 msgid "" "When you install the l10n_mx module and your chart of accounts depends on it" " (this happens automatically when you install the configuration of Mexico as" @@ -7493,11 +7571,11 @@ msgid "" "default. If the tag you need is not created, you can create it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1085 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1084 msgid "Trial Balance" msgstr "Proefbalans" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1087 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1086 msgid "" "Exactly like the COA but with the credit and debit of the initial balance, " "once you have correctly configured your COA, you can go to " @@ -7506,27 +7584,27 @@ msgid "" "(XML)** with the previous selection of the period you want to export." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1096 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1095 msgid "" "All normal analysis and listed functions are available here as well as any " "normal Odoo Report." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1099 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1098 msgid "DIOT Report (Requires Accounting App)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1101 msgid "What is DIOT and the importance of presenting it SAT" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1103 msgid "" "When it comes to procedures with the SAT Administration Service, we know " "that we should not neglect what we present." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1106 msgid "" "The DIOT is the Informative Declaration of Operations with Third Parties " "(DIOT), which is an additional obligation with VAT, where we must give the " @@ -7534,25 +7612,25 @@ msgid "" "with our suppliers." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1110 msgid "" "This applies to both individuals and Personas Morales, so if we have VAT to " "present to the SAT and also deal with suppliers it is necessary to send the " "DIOT." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1114 msgid "When to file the DIOT and in what format ?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1116 msgid "" "It is easy to present the DIOT, since, like all formats, you can obtain it " "on the SAT page, it is the electronic form A-29 that you can find on the SAT" " website." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1119 msgid "" "Every month if you have operations with third parties, it is necessary to " "present the DIOT, as we do with VAT, so if in January we have deals with " @@ -7560,24 +7638,24 @@ msgid "" "data." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1124 msgid "Where is DIOT presented?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1126 msgid "" "You can present DIOT in different ways, it is up to you which one you will " "choose and which one will be more comfortable for you since you will present" " it every month or every time you have dealings with suppliers." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1130 msgid "" "The A-29 form is electronic so you can present it on the SAT page, but this " "after having made up to 500 registrations." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1133 msgid "" "Once these 500 records have been entered in the SAT, you must submit them to" " the Local Taxpayer Services Administration (ALSC) with correspondence to " @@ -7587,18 +7665,18 @@ msgid "" "USB." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1140 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1139 msgid "One more thing to know: batch loading?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1141 msgid "" "When reviewing the official SAT documents in DIOT, you will find the Batch " "load, and of course the first thing we think is what is that ?, and " "according to the SAT site it is:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1144 msgid "" "The \"batch load\" is the conversion of databases from records of " "transactions with suppliers made by taxpayers in text files (.txt). These " @@ -7608,7 +7686,7 @@ msgid "" "integration for the presentation in time and form to the SAT." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1151 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1150 msgid "" "You can use it to present the DIOT, since it is allowed, which will " "facilitate this operation, so that it does not exist to avoid being in line " @@ -7616,43 +7694,43 @@ msgid "" "Third Parties." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1155 msgid "" "`official information " "<http://www.sat.gob.mx/fichas_tematicas/declaraciones_informativas/Paginas/declaracion_informativa_terceros.aspx>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1159 msgid "How to generate this report in Odoo?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1162 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1161 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports --> Mexico --> Transactions " "with third partied (DIOT)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1168 msgid "" "A report view is displayed, select the last month to report the immediately " "preceding month or leave the current month if it suits you." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1176 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1175 msgid "Click on *Export (XLSX)* or *Print (TXT)*" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1181 msgid "" "Save the downloaded file in a safe place, go to the SAT website and follow " "the necessary steps to declare it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1186 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1185 msgid "Important considerations about your supplier and invoice data for DIOT" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1188 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1187 msgid "" "All suppliers must have the fields configured in the accounting tab called " "\"DIOT Information\", the L10N MX Nationality field is completed by simply " @@ -7661,34 +7739,34 @@ msgid "" "your providers." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1197 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1196 msgid "" "There are 3 VAT options for this report, 16%, 0% and exempt, one invoice " "line in Odoo is considered exempt if there is no tax on it, the other 2 " "taxes are already configured correctly." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1199 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1198 msgid "" "Remember that to pay an invoice that represents a prepayment, you must first" " request the invoice and then pay it and properly reconcile the payment " "following the standard Odoo procedure." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1201 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1200 msgid "" "You do not need to fill in all your partner data to try to generate the " "supplier invoice, you can correct this information when you generate the " "report." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1203 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1202 msgid "" "Remember that this report only shows vendor invoices that were actually " "paid." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1205 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1204 msgid "" "If some of these considerations are not taken into account, a message like " "this will appear when you generate the DIOT in TXT with all the partners you" @@ -7698,74 +7776,74 @@ msgid "" "auditory process to see that all your partners are configured correctly." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1216 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1215 msgid "Closing Fiscal Period in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1217 msgid "" "Before proceeding to the close of the fiscal year, there are some steps that" " you should normally take to ensure that your accounting is correct, updated" " and accurate:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1221 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1220 msgid "" "Make sure that you have fully reconciled your bank account (s) through the " "end of the year and confirm that the closing book balances match the " "balances on your bank statements." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1223 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1222 msgid "Verify that all customer invoices have been entered and approved." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1224 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1223 msgid "Confirm that you have entered and approved all vendor bills." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1225 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1224 msgid "Validate all expenses, ensuring their accuracy." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1226 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1225 msgid "" "Check that all payments received have been entered and recorded exactly." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1229 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:23 msgid "Year-end checklist" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Jaareinde controlelijst" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1231 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1230 msgid "Run a **Tax Report**, and verify that your tax information is correct." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1231 msgid "Reconcile all accounts on your **Balance Sheet**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1234 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1233 msgid "" "Compare your bank balances in Odoo against the current bank balances on your" " statements. Use the report **Bank Reconciliation** to help you with this." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1236 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1235 msgid "" "Reconcile all cash and bank account transactions by running your **Old " "Accounts Receivable** and **Old Accounts Payable** reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1238 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1237 msgid "" "Audit your accounts, making sure you fully understand the transactions that " "affect them and the nature of the transactions, making sure to include loans" " and fixed assets." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1241 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1240 msgid "" "Run the optional function **Payments Matching**, under the *More* drop-down " "on the Journal options from the Accounting dashboard, validating any Vendor " @@ -7774,45 +7852,45 @@ msgid "" " reconciled, and it can lead to finding errors or mistakes in the system." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1245 msgid "" "Your accountant will probably like to check your items in the balance sheet " "and do some Journal Entries for:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1249 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1248 msgid "" "Manual year-end adjustments, using the **Journal Audit** report (For " "example, the **Current Earnings for the Year** and **Retained Earnings " "reports**)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1251 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1250 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:54 msgid "**Work in Progress**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Werk in voortgang**." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1252 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1251 msgid "**Depreciation Journals**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1253 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1252 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:58 msgid "**Loans**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Leningen**." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1254 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1253 msgid "**Tax Adjustments**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1256 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1255 msgid "" "If your accountant is on the year-end audit, they will want to have copies " "of the balance sheet items (such as loans, bank accounts, prepayments, sales" " tax reports, etc ...) to compare against. your balances in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1260 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1259 msgid "" "During this process, it is a good practice setting the **Closing Date for " "Non-Advisers** to the last day of the preceding financial year, which is set" @@ -7821,11 +7899,11 @@ msgid "" "books." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1270 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1269 msgid "Accounting Closing Process" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1272 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1271 msgid "" "In Odoo there is no need to make a specific year-end entry to close the " "reporting income accounts . The result of the exercise is automatically " @@ -7833,7 +7911,7 @@ msgid "" "between Income - Expenses will be accumulated to calculate it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1276 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1275 msgid "" "The reports are created in real-time, which means that the **Income Report**" " corresponds directly to the closing date of the year that you specify in " @@ -7842,25 +7920,25 @@ msgid "" "account balances will all be 0." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1281 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1280 msgid "" "As of December 31, the Balance Sheet shows the earnings of the Current Year " "that do not have been recognized (Account type Total Current Year " "Unallocated Earnings in MX account 305.01.01 ['current year earnings' type])" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1289 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1288 msgid "" "The accountant should create a Journal Entry to recognize the result of the " "year in Accumulated Earnings from previous years on the account \"previous " "years results\" account (304.01.01 in Mexico) - that is an equity account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1293 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1292 msgid "The simplified accounting entry would look like this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1299 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1298 msgid "" "Once the accountant has created the journal entry to locate the **Current " "Earnings for the Year**, they must set the **Closing Date** to the last day " @@ -7869,26 +7947,26 @@ msgid "" "balance 0." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1309 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1308 msgid "Extra Recommended features" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1312 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1311 msgid "Contacts App (Free)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1314 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1313 msgid "" "If you want to properly manage your customers, suppliers and addresses, this" " module, even if it is not a technical need, it is highly recommended to " "install it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1318 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1317 msgid "Multi-currency (Requires Accounting application)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1320 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1319 msgid "" "In Mexico, almost all companies send and receive payments in different " "currencies. If you want to do this you can enable the use of multi-currency." @@ -7897,97 +7975,97 @@ msgid "" " without having to manually create this information every day in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1325 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1324 msgid "Go to settings and enable the multi-currency feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1332 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1331 msgid "" "Enabling Explicit errors on the CFDI using the XSD local validator (CFDI " "3.3)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1334 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1333 msgid "" "Frequently you want receive explicit errors from the fields incorrectly set " "on the xml, those errors are better informed to the user if the check is " "enable, to enable the Check with xsd feature follow the next steps (with the" -" :doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` enabled)." +" :doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>` enabled)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1339 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1338 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Actions --> Server Actions`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1340 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1339 msgid "Look for the Action called \"Download XSD files to CFDI\"" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1341 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1340 msgid "Click on button \"Create Contextual Action\"" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1342 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1341 msgid "" "Go to the company form :menuselection:`Settings --> Users&Companies --> " "Companies`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1343 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1342 msgid "Open any company you have." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1344 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1343 msgid "Click on \"Action\" and then on \"Download XSD file to CFDI\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1350 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1349 msgid "" "Now you can make an invoice with any error (for example a product without " "code which is pretty common) and an explicit error will be shown instead a " "generic one with no explanation." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1355 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1354 msgid "If you see an error like this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "``The cfdi generated is not valid``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "" "``attribute decl. 'TipoRelacion', attribute 'type': The QName value " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_TipoRelacion' does " "not resolve to a(n) simple type definition., line 36``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1362 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1361 msgid "" "This can be caused by a database backup restored in anothe server, or when " "the XSD files are not correctly downloaded. Follow the same steps as above " "but:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1366 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1365 msgid "Go to the company in which the error occurs." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1367 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1366 msgid "Click on *Action* and then on *Download XSD file to CFDI*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1370 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1369 msgid "Common problems and errors" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1372 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1371 msgid "**Error messages** (Only applicable on CFDI 3.3):" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1374 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1373 msgid "" "``9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_MINLENGTH_VALID: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " @@ -7995,7 +8073,7 @@ msgid "" "allowed minimum length of '1'.``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1379 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1378 msgid "" "``9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_PATTERN_VALID: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " @@ -8003,36 +8081,36 @@ msgid "" "'[^|]{1,100}'.``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1383 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1382 msgid "" "**Solution**: You forgot to set the proper \"Reference\" field in the " "product, please go to the product form and set your internal reference " "properly." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1387 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1428 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1459 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1480 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1488 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1386 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1427 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1458 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1479 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1487 msgid "**Error messages**:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1389 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1388 msgid "" "``6:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}RegimenFiscal': The attribute 'Regimen' is " "required but missing.``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1392 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1391 msgid "" "``5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'RegimenFiscal' is " "required but missing.``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1395 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1394 msgid "" "**Solution**: You forgot to set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the " "partner of the company. Go to customers, remove the customer filter and look" @@ -8042,25 +8120,25 @@ msgid "" "considerations about fiscal positions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1402 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1401 msgid "" "You need to go to Fiscal Position settings and set the proper code (it is " "the first 3 numbers of the name), for example, for the test, you need to set" " 601, it will look like the picture." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1410 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1409 msgid "" "For testing purposes this value must be set to ``601 - General de Ley " "Personas Morales`` which is the one required for the VAT demo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1413 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1445 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1412 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1444 msgid "**Error message**:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1415 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1414 msgid "" "``2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'FormaPago': [facet " @@ -8069,19 +8147,19 @@ msgid "" "'26', '27', '28', '29', '30', '99'}``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1421 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1420 msgid "**Solution**: The payment method is required on your invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1430 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1429 msgid "" "``2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': " "[facet 'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'00``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1433 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1447 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1432 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1446 msgid "" "``2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': '' " @@ -8089,14 +8167,14 @@ msgid "" "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal'.``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1436 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1435 msgid "" "``5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'Rfc' is required but " "missing.``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1439 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1438 msgid "" "**Solution**: You must configure your company address correctly, this is a " "mandatory group of fields, you can go to your company configuration in " @@ -8105,96 +8183,96 @@ msgid "" " this section: :ref:`mx-legal-info`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1452 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1451 msgid "" "**Solution**: The postal code of your company address is not valid for " "Mexico, please correct it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1461 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1460 msgid "" "``18:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " "required but missing.``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1464 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1463 msgid "" "``34:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " "required but missing.\", '')``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1468 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1467 msgid "" "**Solution**: Set the Mexican name for the 0% and 16% tax in your system and" " use it on the invoice. Your tax, which represents 16% VAT and 0%, must have" " the **Factor Type** field set to *Tasa*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "``CCE159``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "" "``The XXXX attribute must be registered if the key of cce11: " "ComercioExterior: TipoOperacion registered is '1' or '2'.``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1486 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1485 msgid "**Solution**: It is necessary to specify the Incoterm." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "``CCE209``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "" "``The attribute cce11: Foreign Trade: Goods: Goods: Customs Unit must have " "the value specified in the catalog catCFDI: c_FraccionArancelaria column " "'UMT' when the attribute cce11: Foreign Trade: Goods: Me``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1495 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1494 msgid "" "**Solution**: The Tariff Fraction must have the code of the unit of measure " "01, corresponding to Kilograms." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1499 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1498 msgid "Glossary" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1501 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1500 msgid "" ":abbr:`CFDI (Comprobante Fiscal Digital por Internet)`: Online Digital Tax " "Receipt" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1502 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1501 msgid ":abbr:`CSD (Certificado de Sello Digital)`: Digital Seal Certificate" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1503 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1502 msgid "" ":abbr:`PAC (Proveedores Autorizados de Certificación)`: Authorized " "Certification Provider" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1504 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1503 msgid "Stamp: Digital signature of the electronic invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1505 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1504 msgid "" "Addenda: Complement of information that can be attached to an Internet " "Digital Tax Receipt (CFDI) normally required by certain companies in Mexico " "such as Walmart, Tiendas Sorianas, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1507 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1506 msgid "" ":abbr:`UUID (Universally Unique Identifier)`: It is the acronym in English " "of the Universally Unique Identifier. The UUID is the equivalent of Folio " @@ -8202,7 +8280,7 @@ msgid "" " by hyphens." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1510 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1509 msgid "" "LCO: List of Obliged Taxpayers (LCO) is a list issued by the SAT that " "accounts for all the taxpayers whom it authorizes the issuance of invoices " @@ -8210,16 +8288,16 @@ msgid "" "your clients, you must be in this database." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:2 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:2 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:100 msgid "Netherlands" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nederland" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:5 msgid "XAF Export" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:7 msgid "" "With the Dutch accounting localization installed, you will be able to export" " all your accounting entries in XAF format. For this, you have to go in " @@ -8228,36 +8306,36 @@ msgid "" "then you click on the button **EXPORT (XAF)**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:14 msgid "Dutch Accounting Reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:16 msgid "" "If you install the Dutch accounting localization, you will have access to " "some reports that are specific to the Netherlands such as :" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:21 msgid "Tax Report (Aangifte omzetbelasting)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:23 msgid "Intrastat Report (ICP)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:109 msgid "Peru" msgstr "Peru" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:8 msgid "" "The Peruvian localization has been improved and extended, in this version " "the next modules are available:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:11 msgid "" "**l10n_pe**: Adds accounting features for the Peruvian localization, which " "represent the minimal configuration required for a company to operate in " @@ -8265,7 +8343,7 @@ msgid "" "included in this module are: Chart of account, taxes, document types." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:16 msgid "" "**l10n_pe_edi**: includes all technical and functional requirements to " "generate and validate Electronic Invoice, based on the SUNAT specification " @@ -8277,24 +8355,24 @@ msgid "" "<https://www.sunat.gob.pe/legislacion/general/index.html/>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:28 msgid "Install the Peruvian localization modules" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:30 msgid "" "Go to *Apps* and search for Peru, then click Install in the module Peru EDI." " This module has a dependency with *Peru - Accounting*. In case this last " "one is not installed, Odoo installs it automatically within EDI." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:39 msgid "" "When you install a database from scratch selecting Peru as country, Odoo " "automatically installs the base module: Peru - Accounting." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:45 msgid "" "In addition to the basic information in the Company, we need to set Peru as " "the Country, this is essential for the Electronic Invoice to work properly. " @@ -8303,40 +8381,40 @@ msgid "" "Registration):" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:56 msgid "" "In case the Address type code is unknown, you can set it as the default " "value: 0000. Be aware that if an incorrect value is entered, the Electronic " "invoice validation might have errors." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:60 msgid "The NIF should be set following the RUC format." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:66 msgid "" "The chart of accounts is installed by default as part of the set of data " "included in the localization module, the accounts are mapped automatically " "in:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:71 msgid "Default Account Receivable" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:73 msgid "" "The chart of accounts for Peru is based on the most updated version of the " ":abbr:`PCGE (Plan Contable General Empresarial)`, which is grouped in " "several categories and is compatible with NIIF accounting." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:78 msgid "Accouting Seetings" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:80 msgid "" "Once the modules are installed and the basic information of your company is " "set, you need to configure the elements required for Electronic Invoice. For" @@ -8344,46 +8422,46 @@ msgid "" "Localization`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:85 msgid "Basic Concepts" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:87 msgid "Here are some terms that are essential on the Peruvian localization:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:89 msgid "" "**EDI**: Electronic Data Interchange, which in this refers to the Electronic" " Invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:90 msgid "" "**SUNAT**: is the organization that enforces customs and taxation in Peru." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:91 msgid "" "**OSE**: Electronic Service Operator, `OSE SUNAT's definition " "<https://cpe.sunat.gob.pe/aliados/ose#:~:text=El%20Operador%20de%20Servicios%20Electr%C3%B3nicos%20(OSE)%20es%20qui%C3%A9n%20se%20encarga,otro%20documento%20que%20se%20emita>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:93 msgid "**CDR**: Receipt certificate (Constancia de Recepción)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:94 msgid "" -"**SOL Credentials**: User and password provided by the SUNAT and grants " -"access to Online Operations systems." +"**SOL Credentials**: Sunat Operaciones en Línea. User and password are " +"provided by the SUNAT and grant access to Online Operations systems." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:99 msgid "Signature Provider" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:101 msgid "" "As part of the requirements for Electronic Invoice in Peru, your company " "needs to select a Signature Provider that will take care of the document " @@ -8391,114 +8469,114 @@ msgid "" "options:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:112 msgid "IAP (Odoo In-App Purchase)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:106 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:170 msgid "Digiflow" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:186 msgid "SUNAT" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:109 msgid "" "Please refer to the sections below to check the details and considerations " "for each option." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:114 msgid "" "This is the default and the suggested option, considering the digital " "ceritificate is included as part of the service." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:122 msgid "What is the IAP?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:124 msgid "" "This is a signature service offered directly by Odoo, the service takes care" " of the next process:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:126 msgid "" "Provides the Electronic invoice Certificate, so you do not need to acquire " "one by yourself." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:127 msgid "Send the document to the OSE, in this case, Digiflow." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:128 msgid "Receive the OSE validation and CDR." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:131 msgid "How does it work?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:133 msgid "" "The service requires Credits in order to process your electronic documents. " "Odoo provides 1000 credits for free in new databases. After these credits " "are consumed, you need to buy a Credit Package." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:138 msgid "Credits" msgstr "Krediet" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:138 msgid "EUR" msgstr "EUR" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:140 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:113 msgid "1000" -msgstr "" +msgstr "1000" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:140 msgid "22" msgstr "22" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:142 msgid "5000" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:142 msgid "110" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:144 msgid "10,000" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:144 msgid "220" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:146 msgid "20,000" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:146 msgid "440" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:149 msgid "The credits are consumed per each document that is sent to the OSE." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:152 msgid "" "If you have a validation error and the document needs to be sent one more " "time, one additional credit will be charged. Therefore, it is paramount that" @@ -8506,17 +8584,17 @@ msgid "" "OSE." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:157 msgid "What do you need to do?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:159 msgid "" "In Odoo, once your enterprise contract is activated and you start working in" " Production, you need to buy credits once the first 1000 are consumed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:161 msgid "" "As Digiflow is the OSE used in the IAP, you need to affiliate it as the " "official OSE for your company on the SUNAT website. This is a simple " @@ -8524,15 +8602,22 @@ msgid "" "<https://drive.google.com/file/d/1BkrMTZIiJyi5XI0lGMi3rbMzHddOL1pa/view?usp=sharing>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:165 +msgid "" +"Register Digiflow as the authorized PSE, please check `PSE Affiliation guide" +" " +"<https://drive.google.com/file/d/1QZoqWvtQERpS0pqp6LcKmw7EBlm9EroU/view?usp=sharing>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:172 msgid "" "This option can be used as an alternative, instead of using the IAP services" " you can send your document validation directly to Digiflow. In this case " "you need to consider:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:172 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:192 msgid "" "Buy your own digital Certificate: For more detail regarding the official " "vendor list, and the process to acquire it, please refer to `SUNAT Digital " @@ -8540,104 +8625,110 @@ msgid "" "<https://cpe.sunat.gob.pe/informacion_general/certificados_digitales/>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:178 msgid "" "Sign a service agreement directly with `Digiflow " "<https://www.digiflow.pe/>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:179 msgid "Provide your SOL credentials." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:188 msgid "" "In case your company wants to sign directly with the SUNAT, it is possible " "to select this option in your configuration. In this case you need to " "consider: - Get the SUNAT Certification process accepted." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:196 msgid "Provide you SOL credentials." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:199 +msgid "" +"When using direct connection with the SUNAT, the SOL User must be set with " +"the Company RUT + User Id. Example: ``20121888549JOHNSMITH``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:203 msgid "Testing environment" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:205 msgid "" "Odoo provides a testing environment that can be activated before your " "company goes into production." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:207 msgid "" "When using the testing environment and the IAP signature, you don’t need to " "buy testing credits for your transactions as all of them are validated by " "default." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:211 msgid "" "By default the databases are set to work on production, make sure to enable " "the testing mode if needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:217 msgid "" "In case you don’t use Odoo IAP, in order to generate the electronic invoice " "signature, a digital certificate with the extension ``.pfx`` is required. " "Proceed to this section and load your file and password." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:228 msgid "" "The official currency exchange rate in Peru is provided by the Bank of Peru." " Odoo can connect directly to its services and get the currency rate either " "automatically or manually." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:235 msgid "" "Please refer to the next section in our documentation for more information " "about :doc:`multicurrency <../../others/multicurrencies/how_it_works>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:245 msgid "" "As part of the localization module the taxes are created automatically with " "their related financial account and electronic invoice configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:253 msgid "EDI Configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:255 msgid "" "As part of the taxes configuration, there are three new fields required for " "electronic invoice, the taxes created by default have this data included, " "but in case you create new taxes make sure you fill in the fields:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:261 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:267 msgid "" "There are two main fiscal positions included by default when you install the" " Peruvian localization." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:269 msgid "" "**Extranjero - Exportación**: Set this fiscal position on customers for " "Exportation transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:271 msgid "**Local Peru**: Set this fiscal position on local customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:270 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:276 msgid "" "In some Latin American countries, including Peru, some accounting " "transactions like invoices and vendor bills are classified by document " @@ -8645,7 +8736,7 @@ msgid "" "SUNAT." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:280 msgid "" "Each document type can have a unique sequence per journal where it is " "assigned. As part of the localization, the Document Type includes the " @@ -8653,29 +8744,29 @@ msgid "" "automatically when the localization module is installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:278 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:284 msgid "" "The information required for the document types is included by default so " "the user does not need to fill anything on this view:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:292 msgid "" "Currently the documents supported on customer invoices are: Invoice, Boleta," " Debit Note and Credit Note." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:298 msgid "" "When creating Sales Journals, the following information must be filled, in " "addition to the standard fields on the Journals:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:302 msgid "Use Documents" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:304 msgid "" "This field is used to define if the journal uses Document Types. It is only " "applicable to Purchase and Sales journals, which are the ones that can be " @@ -8683,23 +8774,23 @@ msgid "" "default, all the sales journals created use documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:303 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:309 msgid "Electronic Data Interchange" msgstr "Electronic Data Interchange" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:305 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:311 msgid "" "This section indicates which EDI workflow is used in the invoice, for Peru " "we must select “Peru UBL 2.1”." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:313 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:319 msgid "" "By default, the value Factur-X (FR) is always displayed, make sure you can " "uncheck it manually." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:321 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:327 msgid "" "As part of the Peruvian localization, the identification types defined by " "the SUNAT are now available on the Partner form, this information is " @@ -8707,26 +8798,26 @@ msgid "" "customer, make sure you fill in this information in your records." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:331 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:337 msgid "Product" msgstr "Product" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:333 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:339 msgid "" "Additional to the basic information in your products, for the Peruvian " "localization, the UNSPC Code on the product is a required value to be " "configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:345 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:351 msgid "Customer invoice" msgstr "Klantfactuur" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:354 msgid "EDI Elements" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:356 msgid "" "Once you have configured your master data, the invoices can be created from " "your sales order or manually. Additional to the basic invoice information " @@ -8735,13 +8826,13 @@ msgid "" "fields required as part of the Peru EDI:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:355 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:361 msgid "" "**Document type**: The default value is “Factura Electronica” but you can " "manually change the document type if needed and select Boleta for example." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:362 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:368 msgid "" "**Operation type**: This value is required for Electronic Invoice and " "indicates the transaction type, the default value is “Internal Sale” but " @@ -8749,7 +8840,7 @@ msgid "" "Goods." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:370 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:376 msgid "" "**EDI Affectation Reason**: In the invoice lines, additional to the Tax " "there is a field “EDI Affectation Reason” that determines the tax scope " @@ -8758,7 +8849,7 @@ msgid "" "manually select another one when creating the invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:382 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:388 msgid "" "Once you check all the information in your invoice is correct, you can " "proceed to validate it. This action registers the account move and triggers " @@ -8766,18 +8857,18 @@ msgid "" "following message is displayed at the top of the invoice:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:390 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:396 msgid "" "Asynchronous means that the document is not sent automatically after the " "invoice has been posted." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:393 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:487 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:399 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:493 msgid "Electronic Invoice Status" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:395 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:401 msgid "" "**To be Sent**: To be sent: Indicates the document is ready to be sent to " "the OSE, this can be done either automatically by Odoo with a *cron* that " @@ -8785,46 +8876,46 @@ msgid "" "button “Sent now”." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:403 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:409 msgid "" "**Sent**: Indicates the document was sent to the OSE and was successfully " "validated. As part of the validation a ZIP file is downloaded and a message " "is logged in the chatter indicating the correct Government validation." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:411 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:417 msgid "" "In case there is a validation error the Electronic Invoice status remains in" " “To be sent” so the corrections can be made and the invoice can be sent " "again." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:415 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:421 msgid "" "One credit is consumed each time that you send a document for validation, in" " this sense if an error is detected on an invoice and you send it one more " "time, two credits are consumed in total." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:422 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:428 msgid "" "There are multiple reasons behind a rejection from the OSE or the SUNAT, " "when this happens Odoo sends a message at the top of the invoice indicating " "the error details and in the most common cases a hint to fix the issue." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:426 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:432 msgid "If a validation error is received, you have two options:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:428 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:434 msgid "" "In case the error is related to master data on the partner, customer or " "taxes, you can simply apply the change on the record (example customer " "identification type) and once it is done click on the Retry button." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:431 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:437 msgid "" "If the error is related to some data recorded on the invoice directly " "(Operation type, missing data on the invoice lines), the correct solution is" @@ -8832,49 +8923,49 @@ msgid "" " again to the SUNAT for another validation." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:440 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:446 msgid "" "For more detail please refert to `Common errors in SUNAT " "<https://www.nubefact.com/codigos-error-sunat/>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:446 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:452 msgid "" "After the invoice is accepted and validated by the SUNAT, the invoice PDF " "report can be printed. The report includes a QR code, indicating the invoice" " is a valid fiscal document." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:454 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:460 msgid "IAP Credits" msgstr "IAP Credits" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:456 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:462 msgid "" "Odoo’s Electronic IAP offers 1000 credits for free, after these credits are " "consumed in your production database, your company must buy new credits in " "order to process your transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:459 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:465 msgid "" "Once you run out of credits a red label is displayed at the top of the " "invoice indicating that additional credits are required, you can easily buy " "them by accessing the link provided in the message." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:467 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:473 msgid "" "In the IAP service includes packages with different pricing based on the " "number of credits. The price list in the IAP is always displayed in EUR." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:474 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:510 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:480 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:516 msgid "Cancelation process" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:476 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:482 msgid "" "Some scenarios require an invoice cancellation, for example, when an invoice" " was created by mistake. If the invoice was already sent and validated by " @@ -8882,11 +8973,11 @@ msgid "" "Cancellation:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:484 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:490 msgid "In order to cancel an invoice, please provide a cancellation Reason." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:489 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:495 msgid "" "**To Cancel**: Indicates the cancellation request is ready to be sent to " "the OSE, this can be done either automatically by Odoo with a *cron* that " @@ -8895,7 +8986,7 @@ msgid "" "result the next message and CDR File are logged in the chatter:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:498 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:504 msgid "" "**Cancelled**: Indicates the cancellation request was sent to the OSE and " "was successfully validated. As part of the validation a ZIP file is " @@ -8903,75 +8994,75 @@ msgid "" "Government validation." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:507 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:513 msgid "One credit is consumed on each cancellation request." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:512 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:518 msgid "" "When creating exportation invoices, take into account the next " "considerations:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:514 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:520 msgid "The Identification type on your customer must be Foreign ID." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:515 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:521 msgid "Operation type in your invoice must be an Exportation one." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:516 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:522 msgid "The taxes included in the invoice lines should be EXP taxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:523 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:529 msgid "Advance Payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:525 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:531 msgid "Create the advance payment Invoice and apply its related payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:526 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:532 msgid "Create the final invoice without considering the advance payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:527 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:533 msgid "" "Create a credit note for the Final invoice with the advance payment amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:528 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:534 msgid "Reconcile the Credit note with the final invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:529 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:535 msgid "" "The remaining balance on the final invoice should be paid with a regular " "payment transaction." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:533 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:539 msgid "Detraction Invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:535 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:541 msgid "" "When creating invoices that is subject to Detractions, take into account the" " next considerations:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:537 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:543 msgid "" "All the products included in the invoice must have these fields configured:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:543 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:549 msgid "Operation type in your invoice must be ``1001``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:552 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:558 msgid "" "When a correction or refund is needed over a validated invoice, a credit " "note must be generated, for this just click on the button “Add Credit Note”," @@ -8979,126 +9070,128 @@ msgid "" "selecting one of the options in the list." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:561 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:567 msgid "" "When creating your first credit Note, select the Credit Method: Partial " "Refund, this allows you to define the credit note sequence." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:564 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:570 msgid "By default the Credit Note is set in the document type:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:570 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:576 msgid "" "To finish the workflow please follow the instructions on :doc:`our page " "about Credit Notes <../../receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:574 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:580 msgid "" "The EDI workflow for the Credit notes works in the same way as the invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:580 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:586 msgid "" "As part of the Peruvian localization, besides creating credit notes from an " "existing document you can also create debit Notes. For this just use the " "button “Add Debit Note”." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:583 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:589 msgid "By default the Debit Note is set in the document type." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:3 msgid "Spain" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Spanje" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:6 msgid "Spanish Chart of Accounts" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:8 msgid "" "In Odoo, there are several Spanish Chart of Accounts that are available by " "default:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:10 msgid "PGCE PYMEs 2008" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:11 msgid "PGCE Completo 2008" -msgstr "" +msgstr "PGCE Completo 2008" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:12 msgid "PGCE Entitades" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:14 msgid "" "You can choose the one you want by going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration` then choose the package you want in the **Fiscal " "Localization** section." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:20 msgid "" "When you create a new SaaS database, the PGCE PYMEs 2008 is installed by " "default." msgstr "" +"Wanneer u een nieuwe SaaS database aanmaakt wordt de PGCE PYME's 2008 " +"automatisch geïnstalleerd." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:23 msgid "Spanish Accounting Reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:25 msgid "" "If the Spanish Accounting Localization is installed, you will have access to" " accounting reports specific to Spain:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:28 msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 111)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:29 msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 115)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:30 msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 303)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:3 msgid "Switzerland" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zwitserland" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:6 msgid "ISR (In-payment Slip with Reference number)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:8 msgid "" "The ISRs are payment slips used in Switzerland. You can print them directly " "from Odoo. On the customer invoices, there is a new button called *Print " "ISR*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:16 msgid "" "The button *Print ISR* only appears there is well a bank account defined on " "the invoice. You can use CH6309000000250097798 as bank account number and " "010391391 as CHF ISR reference." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:23 msgid "Then you open a pdf with the ISR." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vervolgens opent u een PDF bestand met de ISR." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:28 msgid "" "There exists two layouts for ISR: one with, and one without the bank " "coordinates. To choose which one to use, there is an option to print the " @@ -9107,17 +9200,17 @@ msgid "" "Invoices` and enable **Print bank on ISR**:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:38 msgid "ISR reference on invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:40 msgid "" "To ease the reconciliation process, you can add your ISR reference as " "**Payment Reference** on your invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:43 msgid "" "To do so, you need to configure the Journal you usually use to issue " "invoices. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, " @@ -9127,11 +9220,11 @@ msgid "" " *Save*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:53 msgid "Currency Rate Live Update" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:55 msgid "" "You can update automatically your currencies rates based on the Federal Tax " "Administration from Switzerland. For this, go in :menuselection:`Accounting " @@ -9139,28 +9232,28 @@ msgid "" "you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:64 msgid "Updated VAT for January 2018" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:66 msgid "" "Starting from the 1st January 2018, new reduced VAT rates will be applied in" " Switzerland. The normal 8.0% rate will switch to 7.7% and the specific rate" " for the hotel sector will switch from 3.8% to 3.7%." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:71 msgid "How to update your taxes in Odoo Enterprise (SaaS or On Premise)?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:73 msgid "" "If you have the V11.1 version, all the work is already been done, you don't " "have to do anything." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:76 msgid "" "If you have started on an earlier version, you first have to update the " "module \"Switzerland - Accounting Reports\". For this, you go in " @@ -9169,13 +9262,13 @@ msgid "" "\"upgrade\"`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:83 msgid "" "Once it has been done, you can work on creating new taxes for the updated " "rates." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:87 msgid "" "**Do not suppress or modify the existing taxes** (8.0% and 3.8%). You want " "to keep them since you may have to use both rates for a short period of " @@ -9183,235 +9276,235 @@ msgid "" "transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:92 msgid "The creation of such taxes should be done in the following manner:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:94 msgid "" "**Purchase taxes**: copy the origin tax, change its name, label on invoice, " "rate and tax group (effective from v10 only)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 msgid "" "**Sale taxes**: copy the origin tax, change its name, label on invoice, rate" " and tax group (effective from v10 only). Since the vat report now shows the" " details for old and new rates, you should also set the tags accordingly to" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:102 msgid "" "For 7.7% taxes: Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 base, Switzerland VAT Form: " "grid 302 tax" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 msgid "" "For 3.7% taxes: Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 base, Switzerland VAT Form: " "grid 342 tax" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:108 msgid "" "You'll find below, as examples, the correct configuration for all taxes " "included in Odoo by default" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 msgid "**Tax Name**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 msgid "**Rate**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 msgid "**Label on Invoice**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 msgid "**Tax Group (effective from V10)**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 msgid "**Tax Scope**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 msgid "**Tag**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 msgid "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (TN)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 msgid "7.7%" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 msgid "7.7% achat" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 msgid "TVA 7.7%" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 msgid "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 400" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 msgid "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TN)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 msgid "7.7% achat Incl." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 msgid "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TN)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 msgid "7.7% invest." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 msgid "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 405" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 msgid "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TN)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 msgid "7.7% invest. Incl." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 msgid "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (TS)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 msgid "3.7%" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 msgid "3.7% achat" -msgstr "" +msgstr "3.7% aankopen" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 msgid "TVA 3.7%" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 msgid "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TS)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 msgid "3.7% achat Incl." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 msgid "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TS)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 msgid "3.7% invest" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 msgid "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TS)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 msgid "3.7% invest Incl." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 msgid "TVA due a 7.7% (TN)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 msgid "" "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 base, Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 tax" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 msgid "TVA due à 7.7% (Incl. TN)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 msgid "7.7% Incl." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 msgid "TVA due à 3.7% (TS)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 msgid "" "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 base, Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 tax" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 msgid "TVA due a 3.7% (Incl. TS)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 msgid "3.7% Incl." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:139 msgid "" "If you have questions or remarks, please contact our support using " "odoo.com/help." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:143 msgid "" "Don't forget to update your fiscal positions. If you have a version 11.1 (or" " higher), there is nothing to do. Otherwise, you will also have to update " "your fiscal positions accordingly." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:3 msgid "Fiscal Localization Packages" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:5 msgid "" "**Fiscal Localization Packages** are country-specific modules that install " "pre-configured taxes, fiscal positions, chart of accounts, and legal " @@ -9420,526 +9513,8661 @@ msgid "" "app, following your fiscal administration requirements." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:11 msgid "" "Odoo continuously adds new localizations and improves the existing packages." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:16 msgid "" "Odoo automatically installs the appropriate package for your company, " "according to the country selected at the creation of the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:20 msgid "" "As long as you haven't posted any entry, you can still add and select " "another package." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:22 msgid "" "To install a new package, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration" " --> Fiscal Localization`, click on **Install More Packages**, and install " "your country's module." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:29 msgid "Once done, select your country's package, and click on *Save*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:36 msgid "Use" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Gebruiken" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:38 msgid "" "These packages require you to fine-tune your chart of accounts according to " "your needs, activate the taxes you use, and configure your country-specific " "statements and certifications." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:41 msgid "Please refer to the documentation listed below for more information." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:44 msgid ":doc:`localizations_list`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:45 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:254 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:195 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:194 msgid ":doc:`../../overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:46 -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:123 -msgid ":doc:`../../fiscality/taxes/taxes`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:123 +msgid ":doc:`../../taxation/taxes/taxes`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:48 msgid "" "update list of linked docs, and link with the future one about country-" "specific statements." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:3 msgid "List of supported countries" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo Accounting can be used in many countries out of the box by installing " "the appropriate module. Here is a list of all :doc:`Fiscal Localization " "Packages <fiscal_localization_packages>` that are available on Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:14 msgid "Fiscal Localization Packages available" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:16 msgid "Algeria - Accounting" msgstr "Algerije - Boekhouding" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:19 msgid "Argentinian Accounting" msgstr "Argentijnse boekhouding" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:20 msgid "Argentinian Accounting Reports" msgstr "Argentijnse boekhoudrapporten" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:21 msgid "Argentinian Electronic Invoicing" msgstr "Argentijnse elektronische facturering" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:23 msgid "Australian - Accounting" msgstr "Australië - Boekhouding" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:24 msgid "Austria - Accounting" msgstr "Oostenrijk - Boekhouding" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:25 msgid "Belgium - Accounting" msgstr "België - Boekhouding" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:26 msgid "Bolivia - Accounting" msgstr "Bolivië - Boekhouding" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:27 msgid "Brazilian - Accounting" msgstr "Brazilië - Boekhouding" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:28 msgid "Canada - Accounting" msgstr "Canada - Boekhouding" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:29 msgid "Chile - Accounting" msgstr "Chili - Boekhouding" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:30 msgid "China" msgstr "China" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:32 msgid "China - Accounting" msgstr "China - Boekhouding" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:33 msgid "China - City Data" msgstr "China - data steden" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:34 msgid "China - Small Business CoA" msgstr "China - Kleine bedrijven CoA" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:35 msgid "China - Standard CoA" msgstr "China - Standaard CoA" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:39 msgid "Colombian - Accounting" msgstr "Colombia - Boekhouding" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:40 msgid "Colombian - Point of Sale" msgstr "Colombia - Kassa" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:42 msgid "Costa Rica - Accounting" msgstr "Costa Rica - Boekhouding" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:43 msgid "Croatia - Accounting (RRIF 2012)" msgstr "Croatië - Boekhouding (RRIF 2012)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:44 msgid "Denmark" msgstr "Denemarken" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:46 msgid "Denmark - Accounting" msgstr "Denemarken - Boekhouding" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:47 msgid "Denmark - Accounting Reports" msgstr "Denemarken - Boekhoudrapportages" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:49 msgid "Dominican Republic - Accounting" msgstr "Dominicaanse Republiek - Boekhouding" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:50 msgid "Ecuador - Accounting" msgstr "Ecuador - Boekhouding" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:51 msgid "Ethiopia - Accounting" msgstr "Ethiopië - Boekhouding" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:52 msgid "EU Mini One Stop Shop (MOSS)" msgstr "EU Mini One Stop Shop (MOSS)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:53 msgid "Finnish Localization" msgstr "Fiscale lokalisatie voor Finland" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:54 msgid "France - Accounting" msgstr "Frankrijk - Boekhouding" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:55 msgid "Generic - Accounting" msgstr "Algemene boekhouding" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:58 msgid "Germany - Accounting" msgstr "Duitsland - Boekhouding" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:59 msgid "Germany SKR03 - Accounting" msgstr "Duitsland SKR03 - Boekhouding" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:60 msgid "Germany SKR04 - Accounting" msgstr "Duitsland SKR04 - Boekhouding" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:62 msgid "Greece - Accounting" msgstr "Griekenland - Boekhouding" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:63 msgid "Guatemala - Accounting" msgstr "Guatemala - Boekhouding" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:64 msgid "Honduras - Accounting" msgstr "Honduras - Boekhouding" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:65 msgid "Hong Kong - Accounting" msgstr "Hong Kong - Boekhouding" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:66 msgid "Hungarian - Accounting" msgstr "Hongarije - Boekhouding" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:67 msgid "India" msgstr "India" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:69 msgid "Indian - Accounting" msgstr "India - Boekhouding" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:70 msgid "Indian - Point of Sale" msgstr "India - Kassa" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:72 msgid "Indonesian - Accounting" msgstr "Indonesië - Boekhouding" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:73 msgid "Ireland - Accounting" msgstr "Ierland - Boekhouding" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:74 msgid "Israel - Accounting" msgstr "Israel - Boekhouding" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:75 msgid "Italy" msgstr "Italië" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:77 msgid "Italy - Accounting" msgstr "Italië - Boekhouding" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:78 msgid "Italy - E-invoicing" msgstr "Italië - E-invoicing" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:80 msgid "Japan - Accounting" msgstr "Japan - Boekhouding" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:81 msgid "LATAM" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:83 msgid "LATAM Localization Base" msgstr "LATAM localisatie basis" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:84 msgid "LATAM Document" msgstr "LATAM Document" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:86 msgid "Lithuania" msgstr "Litouwen" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:88 msgid "Lithuania - Accounting" msgstr "Litouwen - Boekhouding" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:89 msgid "LT - Accounting Reports" msgstr "LT - Boekhoudkundige rapporten" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:91 msgid "Luxembourg - Accounting" msgstr "Luxemburg - Boekhouding" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:92 msgid "Maroc - Accounting" msgstr "Marokko - Boekhouding" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:93 msgid "Mexico - Accounting" msgstr "Mexico - Boekhouding" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:94 msgid "Mongolia" msgstr "Mongolië" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:96 msgid "Mongolia - Accounting" msgstr "Boekhouding - Mongolië" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:97 msgid "Mongolia - Accounting Reports" msgstr "Mongolië - Boekhoudkundige rapporten" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:99 msgid "Multi Language Chart of Accounts" msgstr "Grootboekschema voor meerdere talen" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:102 msgid "Netherlands - Accounting" msgstr "Nederland - Boekhouding" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:103 msgid "Netherlands - Intrastat Declaration" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:105 msgid "New Zealand - Accounting" msgstr "New Zealand - Boekhouding" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:106 msgid "Norway - Accounting" msgstr "Noorwegen - Boekhouding" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:107 msgid "OHADA - Accounting" msgstr "OHADA - Boekhouding" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:108 msgid "Panama - Accounting" msgstr "Panama - Boekhouding" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:111 msgid "Peruvian Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:112 msgid "Peruvian Accounting Reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:113 msgid "Peruvian Electronic Invoicing" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:115 msgid "Poland - Accounting" msgstr "Polen - Boekhouding" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:116 msgid "Portugal - Accounting" msgstr "Portugal - Boekhouding" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:117 msgid "Romania - Accounting" msgstr "Roemenië - Boekhouding" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:118 msgid "Saudi Arabia - Accounting" msgstr "Saoedi-Arabië - Boekhouding" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:119 msgid "Singapore - Accounting" msgstr "Singapore - Boekhouding" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:120 msgid "Slovenian - Accounting" msgstr "Slovenië - Boekhouding" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:121 msgid "South Africa - Accounting" msgstr "Zuid-Afrika - Boekhouding" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:122 msgid "Spain - Accounting (PGCE 2008)" msgstr "Spanje - Boekhouding (PGCE 2008)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:123 msgid "Sweden" msgstr "Zweden" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:125 msgid "Sweden - Structured Communication OCR" msgstr "Zweden - OCR voor gestructureerde communicatie" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:126 msgid "Swedish - Accounting" msgstr "Boekhouding - Zweden" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:128 msgid "Switzerland - Accounting" msgstr "Zwitserland - Boekhouding" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:129 msgid "Thailand - Accounting" msgstr "Thailand - Boekhouding" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:130 msgid "Turkey - Accounting" msgstr "Turkije - Boekhouding" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:131 msgid "U.A.E. - Accounting" msgstr "U.A.E. - Boekhouding" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:132 msgid "UK - Accounting" msgstr "UK - Boekhouding" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:133 msgid "Ukraine - Accounting" msgstr "Oekraïne - Boekhouding" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:134 msgid "United States - Accounting" msgstr "Verenigde Staten - Boekhouding" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:135 msgid "Uruguay - Chart of Accounts" msgstr "Uruguay - Grootboekschema" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:136 msgid "Venezuela - Accounting" msgstr "Venezuela - Boekhouding" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:137 msgid "Vietnam - Accounting" msgstr "Vietnam - Boekhouding" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:140 msgid ":doc:`fiscal_localization_packages`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality.rst:3 -msgid "Fiscality" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:109 +msgid "Others" +msgstr "Andere" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser.rst:3 +msgid "Adviser" +msgstr "Controller" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:3 +msgid "Manage a financial budget" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Managing budgets is an essential part of running a business. Budgets help " +"people become more intentional with the way money is spent and direct people" +" to organize and prioritize their work to meet financial goals. They allows " +"you to plan your desired financial outcome and then measure your actual " +"performance against the plan. Odoo manages budgets using both General and " +"Analytic Accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:15 +msgid "" +"We will use the following example to illustrate. We just started a project " +"with Smith&Co and we would like to budget the incomes and expenses of that " +"project. We plan to have a revenue of 1000 and we don't want to spend more " +"than 700." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:23 +msgid "" +"First we need to install the relevant apps to use budgeting. The main module" +" is the accounting app. Go in the app module and install the **Accounting " +"and Finance** app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Further configuration is as well necessary. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting" +" module --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable the **Budget management**" +" feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:38 +msgid "Budgetary Positions" +msgstr "Budgetposten" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Budgetary positions are lists of accounts for which you want to keep budgets" +" (typically expense or income accounts). They need to be defined so Odoo can" +" know it which accounts he needs to go get the budget information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The budgetary positions act as a type of restriction on what can be recorded" +" in the 'practical amount' column in a budget." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Each budgetary position can have any number of accounts from the general " +"ledger (the main chart of accounts) assigned to it, though it must have at " +"least one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you record a transaction that has an analytic account assigned to it that" +" *is* included in a budget line but one of the general ledger accounts *is " +"not* included in the budgetary position for that same budget line, it will " +"not appear within the 'practical amount' column of that budget line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Some budgetary positions might be already installed with your chart of " +"accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:59 +msgid "" +"To define the positions enter the :menuselection:`Accounting module --> " +"Configuration --> Budgetary Positions`." +msgstr "" +"Om de posities in te geven gaat u naar :menuselection:`Boekhouding --> " +"Configuratie --> Budgetaire posities`." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:62 +msgid "" +"For our example we need to define what accounts relates to our project's " +"expenses. Create a position and add items to select the accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:68 +msgid "" +"In this case we select the three relevant accounts used wherein we will book" +" our expenses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:74 +msgid "Click on *Select*." +msgstr "Klik op *Selecteer*." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:79 +msgid "Save the changes to confirm your Budgetary position." +msgstr "Bewaar de wijzigingen om uw budgetaire positie te bevestigen." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Repeat this steps to create a revenue budgetary position. Only in this case " +"select the relevant income accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:85 +msgid "Analytical account" +msgstr "Analytische rekening" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Odoo needs to know which costs or expenses are relevant to a specified " +"budget. To do so we need to link our invoices and expenses to a defined " +"analytical account. Create an analytical account by entering the Accounting " +"module and clicking :menuselection:`Advisers --> Analytic Accounts --> Open " +"Charts`. Create a new Account called Smith&Co project and select the related" +" partner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:98 +msgid "Set a budget" +msgstr "Stel een budget in" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Let's now set our targets for our budget. We specified that we expect to " +"gain 1000 with this project and we would like not to spend more than 700." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To set those targets, enter the accounting app, select " +":menuselection:`Advisers --> Budgets` and create a new Budget." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:107 +msgid "" +"We have to give a name to the budget. In this case we'll call it \"Smith " +"Project\". Select the period wherein the budget will be applicable. Next add" +" an item to specify your targets in the Budget Line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Select the Budgetary Position related to the Budget Line. In other words, " +"select the position that points to the accounts you want to budget. In this " +"case we will start with our 700 maximum charge target. Select the \"Cost\" " +"Budgetary Position and specify the Planned Amount. As we are recording a " +"cost, we need to specify a **negative amount**. Finally, select the " +"corresponding analytic account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:124 +msgid "" +"Click on **Save & new** to input the revenue budget. The Budgetary Position " +"is Revenue and the Planned Amount is 1000. Save and close" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:127 +msgid "You'll need to **Confirm** and **Approve** the budget." +msgstr "U moet het budget **Bevestigen** en **Goedkeuren**." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:130 +msgid "Check your budget" +msgstr "Controleer uw budget" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:132 +msgid "" +"You can check your budget at any time. To see the evolution, let's book some" +" Invoices and Vendors Bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:136 +msgid "" +"If you use analytical accounts remember that you need to specify the account" +" in the invoice and/or purchase line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:140 +msgid "" +"For more information about booking invoices and purchase orders see " +":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/overview`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:143 +msgid "Go back in the budget list and find the Smith Project." +msgstr "Ga terug in de budgetlijst en zoek het Smith project." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:145 +msgid "" +"Via the analytical account, Odoo can account the invoice lines and purchase " +"lines booked in the accounts and will display them in the **Practical " +"Amount** column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:153 +msgid "" +"The theoretical amount represents the amount of money you theoretically " +"could have spend / should have received in function of the date. When your " +"budget is 1200 for 12 months (january to december), and today is 31 of " +"january, the theoretical amount will be 100, since this is the actual amount" +" that could have been realised." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic.rst:3 +msgid "Analytic" +msgstr "Kostenplaats" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:3 +msgid "Track costs of purchases, expenses, subcontracting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Thanks to analytical accounting we can track costs of purchases, expenses " +"and subcontracting in the accounting module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:11 +msgid "" +"We'll take the following example. We sold a consulting package for a " +"customer. The package is all inclusive meaning no extra cost can be added. " +"We would however like to follow which cost were attached to this transaction" +" as we need to pay for purchases, expenses, and subcontracting costs related" +" to the project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The following modules needs to be installed to track cost. Enter the app " +"module and install the following apps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Please note that the applications provided by these apps only allows us to " +"**track** the costs. We won't be able to automatically re invoice those " +"costs to our customers. To track and **re invoice costs** you should install" +" the Sales management app as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:37 +msgid "Enable Analytical accounting" +msgstr "Analytische boekhouding activeren" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Next step is to activate the analytical accounting. In the accounting app, " +"select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and thick the Analytic " +"accounting box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Moreover, scroll down and tick the **Analytic accounting for purchases** " +"box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:52 +msgid "Don't forget to save your changes." +msgstr "Vergeet uw wijzigingen niet te bewaren." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:55 +msgid "Create an Analytical account." +msgstr "Maak een analytische rekening." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:57 +msgid "" +"First of all you should create an Analytical account on which you can point " +"all your expenses. Enter the accounting app, select " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Analytic Accounts`. Create a new one. In " +"this case we will call it \"consulting pack\" for our customer Smith&Co." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:65 +msgid "We will point all our costs to this account to keep track of them." +msgstr "" +"We verwijzen al onze kosten door naar deze rekening om ze op te volgen." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:68 +msgid "Record an expense" +msgstr "Registreer een uitgave" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:70 +msgid "" +"We start by booking an expense. Our IT technician had to take a train to go " +"see our customer. He paid for his ticket himself." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:75 +msgid "Create an expense product" +msgstr "Maak een uitgave product" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:77 +msgid "" +"We first need to create an expense product. Enter the **Expense** module, " +"Click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Expense Products`. Create a new " +"product called Train ticket and set the cost price to 15.50 euros. Make sure" +" the **Can be expensed** box is ticked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:86 +msgid "Book the expense" +msgstr "Boek de uitgave" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Enter the Expense module, click on :menuselection:`My expenses --> Create`. " +"Select the Train ticket product and link it to the analytical account " +"discussed above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Submit to manager and wait for the manager to approve and post the journal " +"entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:99 +msgid "Create a Purchase Order linked to the analytical account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:102 +msgid "Purchase Product" +msgstr "Inkoopproduct" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:104 +msgid "" +"We also need to buy a software for our customers. In the purchase app create" +" a purchase order for the software product. Within the line we can link the " +"product's cost with the analytical account. Specify the order line and " +"select the correct analytical account. Confirm the sale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Accept the delivery and enter the invoice. Once the invoice is entered the " +"cost price (**Vendor Price** field) will be booked in the analytical " +"account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:117 +msgid "Subcontracting" +msgstr "Uitbestedingen" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:119 +msgid "" +"The purchase module can be used in the same way as seen previously to handle" +" subcontracting. if we purchase a service from another company we can re " +"invoice this cost by linking the purchase order line to the correct " +"analytical account. We simply need to create the correct vendors product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:126 +msgid "You can also track cost with timesheets, see: :doc:`timesheets`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:129 +msgid "Track costs in accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Now that everything is booked and points to the analytical account. Simply " +"open it to check the costs related to that account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:134 +msgid "" +"Enter the accounting module, click on :menuselection:`Advisers --> Analytic " +"Accounts --> Open Charts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Select \"consulting pack - Smith\" and click on the cost and revenue button " +"to have an overview of all cost linked to the account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:144 +msgid "" +"If you would like to have the revenue as well you should invoice the " +"Consulting Pack in the Invoice menu and link the invoice line to this same " +"analytical account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:3 +msgid "Track costs of human resources with timesheets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Human resource of course has a cost. It is interesting to see how much a " +"particular contract costs the company in term of human power in relation to " +"the invoiced amounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:9 +msgid "" +"We will take the following example: Our two employees **Harry Potter** and " +"**Cedric Digory** both work on a **Consultancy pack** for our customer " +"**Smith&Co**. Harry is paid 18€ p.h. and Cedric's salary is 12€ p.h. We " +"would like to track their timesheet costs within the accounting app, and " +"compare them with the revenue of the consultancy service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:18 +msgid "" +"First, install the three applications necessary to use this functionality, " +"namely **Accounting**, **Sales** and **Timesheet**. Enter the apps module " +"name and install them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Next you will need to enable analytical accounting. To do so enter the " +"**Accounting app**. Select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and " +"tick the **Analytic accounting** option (see picture below)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:38 +msgid "Apply your changes." +msgstr "Pas uw wijzigingen toe." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:41 +msgid "Create an employee" +msgstr "Maak een werknemer aan" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:43 +msgid "" +"In order to check the revenue of an employee you need to have one. To create" +" an employee enter the **Employee** app. Select **Employees** and create a " +"new employee, fill in the name and the basic information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:47 +msgid "" +"On the employee sheet enter the **HR settings** tab. Here you are able to " +"specify the **Timesheet Cost** of your employee. In this case Harry has a " +"cost of 18 euros / hours. We will thus fill in 18 in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:55 +msgid "" +"If you want the employee to be able to enter timesheets he needs to be " +"related to a User." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Repeat the operation to create the Cedric Digory employee. Don't forget to " +"specify its related user and **Timesheet Costs**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:62 +msgid "Issue a Sales Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:64 +msgid "" +"We created two employees called Harry Potter and Cedric Diggory in the " +"**Employee** app. Both of them will work on a consultancy contract for our " +"customer Smith&Co where they will point their hours on a timesheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:68 +msgid "" +"We thus need to create a **sales order** with a **service** product invoiced" +" **based on time and material** and tracked by timesheets with **hours** as " +"unit of measures." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:75 +msgid "" +"For more information on how to create a sales order based on time and " +"material please see " +":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:78 +msgid "" +"We save a Sales Order with the service product **External Consulting**. An " +"analytical account will automatically be generated once the **Sales Order** " +"is confirmed. Our employees will have to point to that account (in this case" +" **SO002-Smith&Co**) in order to be able to invoice their hours (see picture" +" below)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:88 +msgid "Fill in timesheet" +msgstr "Vul urenstaat in" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:90 +msgid "" +"As an employee linked to a user, Harry can enter the **Timesheet** app and " +"specify his timesheets for the contract. Logged on Harry's account we enter " +"the **Timesheet** app and enter a detailed line pointing to the **Analytical" +" Account** discussed above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:95 +msgid "Harry worked three hours on a SWOT analysis for Smith&Co." +msgstr "Harry heeft drie uur gewerkt aan een SWOT analyse voor Smith&Co." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:100 +msgid "" +"In the meantime, Cedric discussed businesses needs with the customer for 1 " +"hour and specified it as well in his personal timesheet, pointing as well on" +" the **Analytic Account**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:104 +msgid "" +"In the **Sales Order** we notice that the delivered amounts of hours is " +"automatically computed (see picture below)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:111 +msgid "Analytic accounting" +msgstr "Kostenplaatsen" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Thanks to analytic accounts we are able to have an overview of HR cost and " +"revenues. All the revenues and cost of this transactions have been " +"registered in the **SO002-Smith&Co** account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:117 +msgid "We can use two methods to analyze this situation." +msgstr "We kunnen twee methodes gebruiken om deze situatie te analyseren." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:120 +msgid "Without filters" +msgstr "Zonder filters" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:122 +msgid "" +"If we pointed all our costs and revenues of the project on the correct " +"analytical account we can easily retrieve the cost and revenues related to " +"this analytical account. Enter the *Accounting* app, select " +":menuselection:`Adviser --> Analytic Accounts --> Open Charts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:127 +msgid "" +"Note : you can specify a period for **Analysis**. If you want to open the " +"current situation you should keep the fields empty. We can already note the " +"credit and debit balance of the account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:134 +msgid "" +"If we click on the account a special button is provided to have the details " +"of cost and revenues (see picture below)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:140 +msgid "" +"Click the button **Cost/Revenue** to have an overview of cost and revenues " +"with the corresponding description." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:144 +msgid "With filters" +msgstr "Met filters" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:146 +msgid "We can thus filter this information from the **Analytic Entries**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:148 +msgid "" +"Enter the **Accounting** app, and click on :menuselection:`Adviser --> " +"Analytic Entries`. In this menu we have several options to analyse the human" +" resource cost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:151 +msgid "" +"We filter on the **Analytic account** so we can see the cost and revenues of" +" the project. Add a custom **Filter** where the **Analytic Account** " +"contains the **Sales Order** number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:158 +msgid "" +"In the results we see timesheets activities and invoiced lines with the " +"corresponding costs and revenues." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:164 +msgid "" +"We can group the different analytical accounts together and check their " +"respective revenues. Simply group by **Analytic account** and select the " +"**Graph view** to have a clear overview." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:3 +msgid "Analytic account use cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:5 +msgid "The analytic accounting can be used for several purposes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:7 +msgid "analyse costs of a company" +msgstr "Analyse van de kosten van een bedrijf" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:9 +msgid "reinvoice time to a customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:11 +msgid "analyse performance of a service or a project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To manage analytic accounting, you have to activate it in " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To illustrate analytic accounts clearly, you will follow three use cases, " +"each in one of three different types of company:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:22 +msgid "Industrial company: Costs Analyse" +msgstr "Industrieel bedrijf: Kostenanalyse" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:24 +msgid "Law Firm: reinvoice spent hours" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:26 +msgid "IT/Services Company: performance analysis" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:29 +msgid "Case 1: Industrial company: Costs Analyse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:31 +msgid "" +"In industry, you will often find analytic charts of accounts structured into" +" departments and products the company itself is built on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:34 +msgid "" +"The objective is to examine the costs, sales and margins by " +"department/resources and by product. The first level of the structure " +"comprises the different departments, and the lower levels represent the " +"product ranges the company makes and sells." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:39 +msgid "" +"**Analytic Chart of Accounts for an Industrial Manufacturing Company**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:41 +msgid "Marketing Department" +msgstr "Marketing afdeling" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:43 +msgid "Commercial Department" +msgstr "Commerciële afdeling" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:45 +msgid "Administration Department" +msgstr "Administratieve afdeling" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:80 +msgid "Production Range 1" +msgstr "Productie bereik 1" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:82 +msgid "Production Range 2" +msgstr "Productie bereik 2" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:51 +msgid "" +"In daily use, it is useful to mark the analytic account on each purchase " +"invoice. When the invoice is approved, it will automatically generate the " +"entries for both the general and the corresponding analytic accounts. For " +"each entry on the general accounts, there is at least one analytic entry " +"that allocates costs to the department which incurred them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Here is a possible breakdown of some general accounting entries for the " +"example above, allocated to various analytic accounts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:62 +msgid "**General accounts**" +msgstr "**Algemene rekeningen**" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:62 +msgid "**Analytic accounts**" +msgstr "**Analytische rekeningen**" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +msgid "**Title**" +msgstr "**Titel**" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +msgid "**Account**" +msgstr "**Rekening**" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 +msgid "**Debit**" +msgstr "**Debet**" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 +msgid "**Credit**" +msgstr "**Credet**" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +msgid "**Value**" +msgstr "**Waarde**" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 +msgid "Purchase of Raw Material" +msgstr "Aankoop van grondstof" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 +msgid "2122" +msgstr "2122" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 +msgid "1500" +msgstr "1500" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 +msgid "-1 500" +msgstr "-1 500" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 +msgid "Subcontractors" +msgstr "Uitbesteders" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 +msgid "450" +msgstr "450" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 +msgid "-450" +msgstr "-450" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 +msgid "Credit Note for defective materials" +msgstr "Kredietnota voor defecte materialen" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 +msgid "200" +msgstr "200" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 +msgid "Transport charges" +msgstr "Vervoerskosten" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 +msgid "Staff costs" +msgstr "Personeelskosten" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 +msgid "2121" +msgstr "2121" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 +msgid "10000" +msgstr "10000" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 +msgid "Marketing" +msgstr "Marketing" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:82 +msgid "-2 000" +msgstr "-2 000" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:76 +msgid "Commercial" +msgstr "Commercieel" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:76 +msgid "-3 000" +msgstr "-3 000" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 +msgid "Administrative" +msgstr "Administratief" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:78 +msgid "-1 000" +msgstr "-1 000" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 +msgid "PR" +msgstr "PR" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 +msgid "-400" +msgstr "-400" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:87 +msgid "" +"The analytic representation by department enables you to investigate the " +"costs allocated to each department in the company. The analytic chart of " +"accounts shows the distribution of the company's costs using the example " +"above:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:94 +msgid "" +"In this example of a hierarchical structure in Odoo, you can analyse not " +"only the costs of each product range, but also the costs of the whole " +"production. A report that relates both general accounts and analytic " +"accounts enables you to get a breakdown of costs within a given department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:103 +msgid "" +"The examples above are based on a breakdown of the costs of the company. " +"Analytic allocations can be just as effective for sales. That gives you the " +"profitability (sales - costs) of different departments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:107 +msgid "" +"This analytic representation by department is generally used by trading " +"companies and industries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:110 +msgid "" +"A variantion of this, is not to break it down by sales and marketing " +"departments, but to assign each cost to its corresponding product range. " +"This will give you an analysis of the profitability of each product range." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Choosing one over the other depends on how you look at your marketing " +"effort. Is it a global cost allocated in some general way, or is each " +"product range responsible for its own marketing costs?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:120 +msgid "Case 2: Law Firm: costs of human resources?" +msgstr "Case 2: advocatenkantoor: kost van personeel?" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Law firms generally adopt management by case, where each case represents a " +"current client file. All of the expenses and products are then attached to a" +" given file/analytic account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:126 +msgid "" +"A principal preoccupation of law firms is the invoicing of hours worked, and" +" the profitability by case and by employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Mechanisms used for encoding the hours worked will be covered in detail in " +"timesheet documentation. Like most system processes, hours worked are " +"integrated into the analytic accounting. In the employee form, specify the " +"cost of the employee. The hourly charge is a function of the employee's " +"cost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:135 +msgid "" +"So a law firm will opt for an analytic representation which reflects the " +"management of the time that employees work on the different customer cases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Billing for the different cases is a bit unusual. The cases do not match any" +" entry in the general account nor do they come from purchase or sales " +"invoices. They are represented by the various analytic operations and do not" +" have exact counterparts in the general accounts. They are calculated on the" +" basis of the hourly cost per employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:145 +msgid "" +"At the end of the month when you pay salaries and benefits, you integrate " +"them into the general accounts but not in the analytic accounts, because " +"they have already been accounted for in billing each account. A report that " +"relates data from the analytic and general accounts then lets you compare " +"the totals, so you can readjust your estimates of hourly cost per employee " +"depending on the time actually worked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:153 +msgid "" +"The following table shows an example of different analytic entries that you " +"can find for your analytic account:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +msgid "**Amount**" +msgstr "**Bedrag**" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +msgid "**General Account**" +msgstr "**Algemene rekening**" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 +msgid "Study the file (1 h)" +msgstr "Bestudeer het bestand (1u)" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 +msgid "Case 1.1" +msgstr "Case 1.1" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 +msgid "-15" +msgstr "-15" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 +msgid "Search for information (3 h)" +msgstr "Zoek voor informatie (3u)" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 +msgid "-45" +msgstr "-45" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 +msgid "Consultation (4 h)" +msgstr "Consultatie (4u)" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 +msgid "Case 2.1" +msgstr "Case 2.1" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 +msgid "-60" +msgstr "-60" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 +msgid "Service charges" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 +msgid "280" +msgstr "280" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 +msgid "705 – Billing services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 +msgid "Stationery purchase" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 +msgid "-42" +msgstr "-42" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 +msgid "601 – Furniture purchase" +msgstr "601 - Meubel aankoop" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 +msgid "42" +msgstr "42" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 +msgid "Fuel Cost -Client trip" +msgstr "Bezine kost - bezoek klant" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 +msgid "-35" +msgstr "-35" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 +msgid "613 – Transports" +msgstr "613 – Transport" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 +msgid "35" +msgstr "35" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 +msgid "Staff salaries" +msgstr "Personeels salaris" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 +msgid "6201 – Salaries" +msgstr "6201 – Lonen" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 +msgid "3 000" +msgstr "3 000" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:174 +msgid "" +"Such a structure allows you to make a detailed study of the profitability of" +" various transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:177 +msgid "" +"For more details about profitablity, please read the following document: " +":doc:`timesheets`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:180 +msgid "" +"But analytical accounting is not limited to a simple analysis of the " +"profitability of different customer. The same data can be used for automatic" +" recharging of the services to the customer at the end of the month. To " +"invoice customers, just link the analytic account to a sale order and sell " +"products that manage timesheet or expenses ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:187 +msgid "Case 3: IT Services Company: perfomance analysis" +msgstr "Case 3: IT diensten bedrijf: performantie analyse" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:189 +msgid "Most IT service companies face the following problems:" +msgstr "De meeste IT diensten bedrijven ondervinden de volgende problemen:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:191 +msgid "project planning," +msgstr "project planning," + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:193 +msgid "invoicing, profitability and financial follow-up of projects," +msgstr "Facturatie, winstgevendheid en financiële opvolging van projecten," + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:195 +msgid "managing support contracts." +msgstr "ondersteuningscontracten beheren." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:197 +msgid "" +"To deal with these problems, you would use an analytic chart of accounts " +"structured by project and by sale order." +msgstr "" +"Om met deze problemen om te gaan gebruikt u een analytisch rekeningschema " +"gestructureerd op project en op verkooporder." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:200 +msgid "" +"The management of services, expenditures and sales is similar to that " +"presented above for lawyers. Invoicing and the study of profitability are " +"also similar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:204 +msgid "" +"But now look at support contracts. These contracts are usually limited to a " +"prepaid number of hours. Each service posted in the analytic accounts shows " +"the remaining hours of support. To manage support contracts, you would " +"create a product configured to invoice on order and link the sale order to " +"an analytic account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:210 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, each analytic line lists the number of units sold or used, as well " +"as what you would usually find there – the amount in currency units (USD or " +"GBP, or whatever other choice you make). So you can sum the quantities sold " +"and used on each sale order to determine whether any hours of the support " +"contract remain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:217 +msgid "Conclusion" +msgstr "Conclusie" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:219 +msgid "" +"Analytic accounting helps you to analyse costs and revenues whatever the use" +" case. You can sell or purchase services, track time or analyse the " +"production performance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:223 +msgid "" +"Analytic accounting is flexible and easy to use through all Odoo " +"applications (sales, purchase, timesheet, production, invoice, …)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory.rst:3 +msgid "Inventory" +msgstr "Voorraad" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:3 +msgid "Impact on the average price valuation when returning goods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:5 +msgid "" +"As stated in the `*inventory valuation page* " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/functional/valuation.html>`__, one of " +"the possible costing method you can use in perpetual stock valuation, is the" +" average cost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:10 +msgid "" +"This document answers to one recurrent question for companies using that " +"method to make their stock valuation: how does a shipping returned to its " +"supplier impact the average cost and the accounting entries? This document " +"is **only** for the specific use case of a perpetual valuation (as opposed " +"to the periodic one) and in average price costing method (as opposed to " +"standard of FIFO)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:18 +msgid "Definition of average cost" +msgstr "Definitie van een gemiddelde kost" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The average cost method calculates the cost of ending inventory and cost of " +"goods sold on the basis of weighted average cost per unit of inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The weighted average cost per unit is calculated using the following " +"formula:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:27 +msgid "" +"When new products arrive in a warehouse, the new average cost is recomputed " +"as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:33 +msgid "" +"When products leave the warehouse: the average cost **does not** change" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:36 +msgid "Defining the purchase price" +msgstr "De inkoopprijs definieren" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:38 +msgid "" +"The purchase price is estimated at the reception of the products (you might " +"not have received the vendor bill yet) and reevaluated at the reception of " +"the vendor bill. The purchase price includes the cost you pay for the " +"products, but it may also includes additional costs, like landed costs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:45 +msgid "Average cost example" +msgstr "Gemiddelde kost voorbeeld" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +msgid "Operation" +msgstr "Handeling" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +msgid "Delta Value" +msgstr "Delta waarde" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +msgid "Inventory Value" +msgstr "Voorraadwaarde" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +msgid "Qty On Hand" +msgstr "Beschikbare Hvh" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +msgid "Avg Cost" +msgstr "Gemiddelde kost" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +msgid "$0" +msgstr "$0" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 +msgid "0" +msgstr "0" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +msgid "Receive 8 Products at $10" +msgstr "Ontvang 8 producten aan $10" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +msgid "+8\\*$10" +msgstr "+8\\*$10" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +msgid "$80" +msgstr "$80" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +msgid "8" +msgstr "8" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +msgid "$10" +msgstr "$10" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +msgid "Receive 4 Products at $16" +msgstr "Ontvang 4 producten aan $16" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +msgid "+4\\*$16" +msgstr "+4\\*$16" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +msgid "$144" +msgstr "$144" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +msgid "12" +msgstr "12" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +msgid "$12" +msgstr "$12" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +msgid "Deliver 10 Products" +msgstr "Lever 10 producten" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +msgid "-10\\*$12" +msgstr "-10\\*$12" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +msgid "$24" +msgstr "$24" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +msgid "2" +msgstr "2" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:60 +msgid "" +"At the beginning, the Avg Cost is set to 0 set as there is no product in the" +" inventory. When the first reception is made, the average cost becomes " +"logically the purchase price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:64 +msgid "" +"At the second reception, the average cost is updated because the total " +"inventory value is now ``$80 + 4*$16 = $144``. As we have 12 units on hand, " +"the average price per unit is ``$144 / 12 = $12``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:68 +msgid "" +"By definition, the delivery of 10 products does not change the average cost." +" Indeed, the inventory value is now $24 as we have only 2 units remaining of" +" each ``$24 / 2 = $12``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:73 +msgid "Purchase return use case" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:75 +msgid "" +"In case of a product returned to its supplier after reception, the inventory" +" value is reduced using the average cost formulae (not at the initial price " +"of these products!)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:79 +msgid "Which means that the above table will be updated as follow:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +msgid "Return of 1 Product initially bought at $10" +msgstr "Terugkeer van product dat origineel gekocht is aan $10" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +msgid "-1\\*$12" +msgstr "-1\\*$12" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +msgid "1" +msgstr "1" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:90 +msgid "Explanation: counter example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Remember the definition of **Average Cost**, saying that we do not update " +"the average cost of a product leaving the inventory. If you break this rule," +" you may lead to inconsistencies in your inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:96 +msgid "" +"As an example, here is the scenario when you deliver one piece to the " +"customer and return the other one to your supplier (at the cost you " +"purchased it). Here is the operation:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +msgid "Customer Shipping 1 product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +msgid "-1\\*$10" +msgstr "-1\\*$10" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +msgid "**$2**" +msgstr "**$2**" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +msgid "**0**" +msgstr "**0**" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:110 +msgid "" +"As you can see in this example, this is not correct: an inventory valuation " +"of $2 for 0 pieces in the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:113 +msgid "" +"The correct scenario should be to return the goods at the current average " +"cost:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +msgid "**$0**" +msgstr "**$0**" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:126 +msgid "" +"On the other hand, using the average cost to value the return ensure a " +"correct inventory value at all times." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:130 +msgid "Further thoughts on anglo saxon mode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:132 +msgid "" +"For people in using the **anglo saxon accounting** principles, there is " +"another concept to take into account: the stock input account of the " +"product, which is intended to hold at any time the value of vendor bills to " +"receive. So the stock input account will increase on reception of incoming " +"shipments and will decrease when receiving the related vendor bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Back to our example, we see that when the return is valued at the average " +"price, the amount booked in the stock input account is the original purchase" +" price:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +msgid "stock input" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +msgid "price diff" +msgstr "prijs verschil" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +msgid "($80)" +msgstr "($80)" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +msgid "Receive vendor bill $80" +msgstr "Ontvang leveranciersrekening van $80" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +msgid "($64)" +msgstr "($64)" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +msgid "Receive vendor bill $64" +msgstr "Ontvang leveranciersrekening van $64" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +msgid "**$10**" +msgstr "**$10**" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +msgid "**$12**" +msgstr "**$12**" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +msgid "Receive vendor refund $10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +msgid "$2" +msgstr "$2" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:163 +msgid "" +"This is because the vendor refund will be made using the original purchase " +"price, so to zero out the effect of the return in the stock input in last " +"operation, we need to reuse the original price. The price difference account" +" located on the product category is used to book the difference between the " +"average cost and the original purchase price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:3 +msgid "Record exchange rates at payments" +msgstr "Wisselkoersen toepassen op betalingen" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Any company doing international trade faces the case where the payments are " +"in a different currency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:11 +msgid "" +"After receiving their payments, you have the option to convert the amount " +"into your company currency. Multi currency payment implies rates " +"fluctuations. The rate differences are automatically recorded by Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:19 +msgid "Enable multi-currencies" +msgstr "Multi valuta inschakelen" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:21 +msgid "" +"In the accounting module, Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " +"and flag **Allow multi currencies**, then click on **apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Configure the currency rates in :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Currencies`. Write down the rate and make sure the currency is active." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:33 +msgid "" +"In this document, the base currency is **Euro** and we will record payments " +"in **Dollars**." +msgstr "" +"In dit document is de basis valuta **Euro** en we registreren betalingen in " +"**dollar**." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:40 +msgid "" +"You can automatically fetch the currency rates from the **European Central " +"Bank** or from **Yahoo**. Please read the document : :doc:`how_it_works`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:31 +msgid "Configure your journal" +msgstr "Configureer uw dagboek" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:47 +msgid "" +"In order to register payments in other currencies, you have to **remove the " +"currency constraint** on the journal. Go to the accounting application, " +"Click on **More** on the journal and **Settings**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Check if the **Currency** field is empty or in the foreign currency in which" +" you will register the payments. If a currency is filled in, it means that " +"you can register payments only in this currency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:62 +msgid "Record a payment in a different currency" +msgstr "Een betaling maken in een andere valuta" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:64 +msgid "" +"In the **Accounting** application, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Payments`. Register the payment and indicate that it was done in the foreign" +" currency. Then click on **confirm**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:83 +msgid "The journal entry has been posted but not allocated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Go back to your invoice (:menuselection:`Sales --> Customer Invoices`) and " +"click on **Add** to allocate the payment." +msgstr "" +"Ga terug naar uw factuur (:menuselection:`Verkopen --> Klantfacturen`) en " +"klik op **toevoegen** om de betaling toe te wijzen." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:80 +msgid "Record a bank statement in a different currency" +msgstr "Een bankafschrift maken in een andere valuta" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Create or import the bank statement of your payment. The **Amount** is in " +"the company currency. There are two complementary fields, the **Amount " +"currency**, which is the amount that was actually paid and the **Currency** " +"in which it was paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:89 +msgid "" +"When reconciling it, Odoo will directly match the payment with the right " +"**Invoice**. You will get the invoice price in the invoice currency and the " +"amount in your company currency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:97 +msgid "Check the exchange rate differences" +msgstr "Controleer de wisselkoers verschillen" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` and look for the " +"**Exchange difference** journal entries. All the exchange rates differences " +"are recorded in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:106 +msgid "" +"The Exchange difference journal can be changed in your accounting settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/full_reconcile_warning.rst:2 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/full_reconcile_warning.rst:2 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/full_reconcile_warning.rst:2 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/full_reconcile_warning.rst:2 +msgid "" +"In order for an exchange difference entry to be created automatically, the " +"corresponding invoices and payments need to be fully reconciled. This means " +"the invoices are fully paid and the payments are fully spent on invoices. If" +" you partially pay 3 invoices from 2 payments, and the last invoice still " +"has an amount due, there will be no exchange difference entry for any of " +"them until that final amount is paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:68 +msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:136 +msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:3 +msgid "Odoo's multi-currency system" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Choosing to use the multi-currency option in Odoo will allow you to send " +"sales invoices, quotes and purchase orders or receive bills and payments in " +"currencies other than your own. With multi-currency, you can also set up " +"bank accounts in other currencies and run reports on your foreign currency " +"activities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:18 +msgid "Turn on multi-currency" +msgstr "Multi valuta inschakelen" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:20 +msgid "" +"In the accounting module, Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " +"and flag **Allow multi currencies**, then click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:109 +msgid "Exchange Rate Journal" +msgstr "Wisselkoers dagboek" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The **Rate Difference Journal** records the differences between the payment " +"registration and the expected amount. For example, if a payment is paid 1 " +"month after the invoice was issued, the exchange rate has probably changed. " +"The fluctuation implies some loss or profit that are recorded by Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:35 +msgid "You can change it in the settings:" +msgstr "U kan het wijzigen in de instellingen:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:41 +msgid "View or edit rate being used" +msgstr "Bekijk of wijzig het gebruikte tarief" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:43 +msgid "" +"You can manually configure the currency rates in " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Currencies`. Open the currencies you want " +"to use in Odoo and edit it. Make sure the currency is active." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:50 +msgid "Click on **View Rates** to edit it and to see the history :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Click on **Create** to add the rate. Fill in the date and the rate. Click on" +" **Save** when you are done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:62 +msgid "Live Currency Rate" +msgstr "Live wisselkoers" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:64 +msgid "" +"By default, the currencies need to be updated manually. But you can " +"synchronize it with `Yahoo <https://finance.yahoo.com/currency-" +"converter/>`__ or the `European Central Bank <http://www.ecb.europa.eu>`__. " +"In :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, go to the **Live Currency " +"Rate** section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Choose the interval : Manually, Daily, Weekly or Monthly. You can always " +"force the update by clicking on **Update Now**. Select the provider, and you" +" are set !" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:77 +msgid "Only the **active** currencies are updated" +msgstr "Enkel de **actieve** valuta's worden geupdatet" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:80 +msgid "Configure your charts of account" +msgstr "Uw grootboekschema configureren" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:82 +msgid "" +"In the accounting application, go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Charts of " +"Accounts`. On each account, you can set a currency. It will force all moves " +"for this account to have the account currency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:86 +msgid "" +"If you leave it empty, it means that it can handle all currencies that are " +"Active." +msgstr "" +"Indien u het leeg laat betekend dit dat het alle valuta's kan afhandelen die" +" actief zijn." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:93 +msgid "Configure your journals" +msgstr "Configureer uw dagboeken" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:95 +msgid "" +"In order to register payments in other currencies, you have to remove the " +"currency constraint on the journal. Go to the accounting application, Click " +"on **More** on the journal and **Settings**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Check if the currency field is empty or in the foreign currency in which you" +" will register the payments. If a currency is filled in, it means that you " +"can register payments only in this currency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:110 +msgid "How is Odoo's multi-currency working?" +msgstr "Hoe werkt de Odoo multi valuta?" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Now that you are working in a multi-currency environment, all accountable " +"items will be linked to a currency, domestic or foreign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:116 +msgid "Sales Orders and Invoices" +msgstr "Verkooporders en facturen" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:56 +msgid "" +"You are now able to set a different currency than the company one on your " +"sale orders and on your invoices. The currency is set for the whole " +"document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:126 +msgid "Purchases orders and Vendor Bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:66 +msgid "" +"You are now able to set a different currency than the company one on your " +"purchase orders and on your vendor bills. The currency is set for the whole " +"document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:136 +msgid "Payment Registrations" +msgstr "Betalingsregistraties" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:138 +msgid "" +"In the accounting application, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. " +"Register the payment and set the currency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:94 +msgid "" +"When creating or importing bank statements, the amount is in the company " +"currency. But there are now two complementary fields, the amount that was " +"actually paid and the currency in which it was paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:154 +msgid "" +"When reconciling it, Odoo will directly match the payment with the right " +"Invoice. You will get the invoice price in the invoice currency and the " +"amount in your company currency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:161 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` and look for the Exchange" +" difference journal entries. All the exchange rates differences are recorded" +" in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:170 +msgid ":doc:`invoices_payments`" +msgstr ":doc:`invoices_payments`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:121 +msgid ":doc:`exchange`" +msgstr ":doc:`exchange`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:3 +msgid "Manage invoices and payment in multiple currencies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo provides multi-currency support with automatic currency gross or loss " +"entry adjustment. There are a few things Odoo has been to ease the user's " +"life." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:12 +msgid "" +"All the account transactions will be done using the company currency. " +"However you can see two extra fields with the journal entry where secondary " +"currency and amount will visible. You can create multi-currency journals of " +"force a specific currency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:17 +msgid "" +"When creating an invoice, the currency can be changed very easily; however " +"Odoo takes the company currency as a default assignment. It will convert all" +" the amounts automatically using that currency." +msgstr "" +"Wanneer een factuur wordt aangemaakt kan de valuta heel gemakkelijk " +"gewijzigd worden; Odoo gebruikt wel de bedrijfsvaluta als standaard " +"toewijzing. Het converteert automatisch de aantallen die deze valuta " +"gebruiken." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:25 +msgid "Enable Multi-Currency" +msgstr "Multi valuta inschakelen" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:27 +msgid "" +"For information about enabling Multi-Currency, please read the document: " +":doc:`how_it_works`" +msgstr "" +"Gelieve de documentatie te lezen voor informatie over meerdere valuta: " +":doc:`how_it_works`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:33 +msgid "" +"In order to register payments in other currencies, you have to remove the " +"currency constraint on the journal. Go to the accounting application, on the" +" journal, click on :menuselection:`More --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:48 +msgid "Multi-currency invoices & Vendor Bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:54 +msgid "Invoices" +msgstr "Facturen" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:74 +msgid "Multi-currency Payments" +msgstr "Multi-valuta betalingen" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:76 +msgid "" +"In the accounting application, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. " +"Register the payment and indicate that it was done in the foreign currency. " +"Then click on **Confirm**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:92 +msgid "Multi- Currency Bank Statements" +msgstr "Bank afschriften in meerdere valuta" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:101 +msgid "" +"When reconciling it, Odoo will directly match the payment with the right " +"invoice. You will get the invoice price in the invoice currency and the " +"amount in your company currency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` and look for the " +"**Exchange Difference** journal entries. All the exchange rates differences " +"are recorded in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:120 +msgid ":doc:`how_it_works`" +msgstr ":doc:`how_it_works`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started.rst:3 +msgid "Getting Started" +msgstr "Aan de slag" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:69 +msgid "Chart of Accounts" +msgstr "Grootboekschema" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The **Chart of Accounts (COA)** is the list of all the accounts used to " +"record financial transactions in the general ledger of an organization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The accounts are usually listed in the order of appearance in the financial " +"reports. Most of the time, they are listed as follows :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:11 +msgid "Balance Sheet accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 +msgid "Assets" +msgstr "Middelen" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:77 +msgid "Liabilities" +msgstr "Passiva" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:85 +msgid "Equity" +msgstr "Eigen vermogen" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:89 +msgid "Income" +msgstr "Omzet" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:93 +msgid "Expense" +msgstr "Kosten" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:22 +msgid "" +"When browsing your Chart of Accounts, you can filter the accounts by number," +" in the left column, and also group them by Account Type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:30 +msgid "Configuration of an Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:32 +msgid "" +"The country you select at the creation of your database (or additional " +"company on your database) determines which **Fiscal Localization Package** " +"is installed by default. This package includes a standard Chart of Accounts " +"already configured according to the country's regulations. You can use it " +"directly or set it according to your company's needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:38 +msgid "" +"It is not possible to modify the **Fiscal Localization** of a company once a" +" Journal Entry has been posted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To create a new account, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Chart of Accounts`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:45 +msgid "Code and Name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Each account is identified by its **Code** and **Name**, which also " +"indicates the account's purpose." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Configuring correctly the **Account Type** is critical as it serves multiple" +" purposes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:54 +msgid "Information on the account's purpose and behavior" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:55 +msgid "Generate country-specific legal and financial reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:56 +msgid "Set the rules to close a fiscal year" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:57 +msgid "Generate opening entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:59 +msgid "" +"To configure an account type, open the **Type** field's drop-down selector " +"and select the right type among the following list:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 +msgid "Report" +msgstr "Rapport" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 +msgid "Category" +msgstr "Categorie" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 +msgid "Account Types" +msgstr "Grootboekrekeningen categorieën" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 +msgid "Receivable" +msgstr "Debiteuren" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:67 +msgid "Bank and Cash" +msgstr "Bank en kas" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:69 +msgid "Current Assets" +msgstr "Vlottende activa" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:71 +msgid "Non-current Assets" +msgstr "Langlopende activa" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:73 +msgid "Prepayments" +msgstr "Vooruitbetalingen" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:75 +msgid "Fixed Assets" +msgstr "Vaste activa" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:77 +msgid "Payable" +msgstr "Crediteuren" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:79 +msgid "Credit Card" +msgstr "Creditcard" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:81 +msgid "Current Liabilities" +msgstr "Kort vreemd vermogen" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:83 +msgid "Non-current Liabilities" +msgstr "Lang vreemd vermogen" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:87 +msgid "Current Year Earnings" +msgstr "Huidige jaarwinst" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:91 +msgid "Other Income" +msgstr "Overige opbrengsten" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:95 +msgid "Depreciation" +msgstr "Afschrijving" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:97 +msgid "Cost of Revenue" +msgstr "Inkoopwaarde van de omzet" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 +msgid "Other" +msgstr "Overige" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 +msgid "Off-Balance Sheet" +msgstr "Niet opgenomen in balans" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:103 +msgid "Assets, Deferred Expenses, and Deferred Revenues Automation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Some Account Types display a new field **to automate** the creation of " +":ref:`Assets <assets-automation>` entries, :ref:`Deferred Expenses " +"<deferred-expenses-automation>` entries, and :ref:`Deferred Revenues " +"<deferred-revenues-automation>` entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:109 +msgid "You have three choices for the **Automation** field:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:177 +msgid "**No:** this is the default value. Nothing happens." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:112 +msgid "" +"**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " +"draft entry is created, but not validated. You must first fill out the " +"corresponding form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:114 +msgid "" +"**Create and validate:** you must also select a Model. Whenever a " +"transaction is posted on the account, an entry is created and immediately " +"validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:118 +msgid "Please refer to the related documentation for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:3 +msgid "Default Taxes" +msgstr "Standaard BTW" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Select a **default tax** that will be applied when this account is chosen " +"for a product sale or purchase." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:127 +msgid "Tags" +msgstr "Labels" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Some accounting reports require **tags** to be set on the relevant accounts." +" By default, you can choose among the tags that are used by the *Cash Flow " +"Statement*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:133 +msgid "Account Groups" +msgstr "Rubrieken" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:135 +msgid "" +"**Account Groups** are useful to list multiple accounts as *sub-accounts* of" +" a bigger account and thus consolidate reports such as the **Trial " +"Balance**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:138 +msgid "" +"To create a new Account Group, open the account you want to configure as " +"sub-account, click on the *Group* drop-down selector, select *Create and " +"Edit...*, fill out the form, and save. Next, set all the sub-accounts with " +"the right Account Group." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:142 +msgid "" +"To display your **Trial Balance** report with your Account Groups, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Trial Balance`, then open the " +"*Options* menu and select **Hierarchy and Subtotals**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:151 +msgid "Allow Reconciliation" +msgstr "Afletteren toestaan" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Some accounts, such as accounts made to record the transactions of a payment" +" method, can be used for the reconciliation of journal entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:156 +msgid "" +"For example, an invoice paid with a credit card can be *marked as paid* if " +"reconciled with the payment. Therefore, the account used to record credit " +"card payments needs to be configured as *allowing reconciliation*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:160 +msgid "To do so, check the **Allow Reconciliation** box and save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:163 +msgid "Deprecated" +msgstr "Vervallen" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:165 +msgid "" +"It is not possible to delete an account once a transaction has been recorded" +" on it. You can make them unusable by using the **Deprecated** feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:168 +msgid "To do so, check the **Deprecated** box and save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:171 +msgid ":doc:`../../payables/supplier_bills/assets`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:172 +msgid ":doc:`../../payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:173 +msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:40 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Initial setup of Odoo Accounting and Odoo Invoicing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you first open your Odoo Accounting app, the *Accounting Overview* page" +" welcomes you with a step-by-step onboarding banner, a wizard that helps you" +" get started. This onboarding banner is displayed until you choose to close " +"it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:9 +msgid "" +"The settings visible in the onboarding banner can still be modified later by" +" going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Odoo Accounting automatically installs the appropriate **Fiscal Localization" +" Package** for your company, according to the country selected at the " +"creation of the database. This way, the right accounts, reports, and taxes " +"are ready-to-go. :doc:`Click here " +"<../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>` for more" +" information about Fiscal Localization Packages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:20 +msgid "Accounting onboarding banner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The step-by-step Accounting onboarding banner is composed of four steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:28 +msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-company`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:29 +msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-bank`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:30 +msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-periods`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:31 +msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-chart`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:140 +msgid "Company Data" +msgstr "Bedrijfsgegevens" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:38 +msgid "" +"This menu allows you to add your company’s details such as the name, " +"address, logo, website, phone number, email address, and Tax ID, or VAT " +"number. These details are then displayed on your documents, such as on " +"invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:47 +msgid "" +"You can also change these settings by going to :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"General Settings --> Settings --> Companies` and clicking on **Update " +"Info**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:53 +msgid "Bank Account" +msgstr "Bankrekening" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Connect your bank account to your database and have your bank statements " +"synced automatically. To do so, find your bank in the list, click on " +"*Connect*, and follow the instructions on-screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:59 +msgid "" +":doc:`Click here <../../bank/feeds/bank_synchronization>` for more " +"information about this feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:61 +msgid "" +"If your Bank Institution can’t be synchronized automatically, or if you " +"prefer not to sync it with your database, you may also configure your bank " +"account manually by clicking on *Create it*, and filling out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:76 +msgid "" +"You can add as many bank accounts as needed with this tool by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration`, and clicking on *Add a Bank " +"Account*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:78 +msgid "" +":doc:`Click here <../../bank/setup/bank_accounts>` for more information " +"about Bank Accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:84 +msgid "Accounting Periods" +msgstr "Boekhoud periodes" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Define here your **Fiscal Years**’ opening and closing dates, which are used" +" to generate reports automatically, and your **Tax Return Periodicity**, " +"along with a reminder to never miss a tax return deadline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:90 +msgid "" +"By default, the opening date is set on the 1st of January and the closing " +"date on the 31st of December, as this is the most common use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:94 +msgid "" +"You can also change these settings by going to :menuselection:`Accounting " +"--> Configuration --> Settings --> Fiscal Periods` and updating the values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:102 +msgid "" +"With this menu, you can add accounts to your **Chart of Accounts** and " +"indicate their initial opening balances." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Basic settings are displayed on this page to help you review your Chart of " +"Accounts. To access all the settings of an account, click on the *double " +"arrow button* at the end of the line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:113 +msgid "" +":doc:`Click here <chart_of_accounts>` for more information on how to " +"configure your Chart of Accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:117 +msgid "Invoicing onboarding banner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:119 +msgid "" +"There is another step-by-step onboarding banner that helps you take " +"advantage of your Odoo Invoicing and Accounting apps. The *Invoicing " +"onboarding banner* is the one that welcomes you if you use the Invoicing app" +" rather than the Accounting app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:123 +msgid "" +"If you have Odoo Accounting installed on your database, you can reach it by " +"going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Invoices`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:126 +msgid "The Invoicing onboarding banner is composed of four main steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:132 +msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-company`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:133 +msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-layout`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:134 +msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-payment`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:135 +msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-sample`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:142 +msgid "" +"This form is the same as :ref:`the one presented in the Accounting " +"onboarding banner <accounting-setup-company>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:148 +msgid "Invoice Layout" +msgstr "Factuurlayout" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:150 +msgid "" +"With this tool, you can design the appearance of your documents by selecting" +" which layout tamplate, paper format, colors, font, and logo you want to " +"use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:153 +msgid "" +"You can also add your *Company Tagline* and the content of the documents’ " +"*footer*. Note that Odoo automatically adds the company's phone number, " +"email, website URL, and Tax ID (or VAT number) to the footer, according to " +"the values you previously configured in the :ref:`Company Data <accounting-" +"setup-company>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:163 +msgid "" +"Add your **bank account number** and a link to your **General Terms & " +"Condition** in the footer. This way, your contacts can find the full content" +" of your GT&C online without having to print them on the invoices you issue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:168 +msgid "" +"These settings can also be modified by going to :menuselection:`Settings -->" +" General Settings`, under the *Business Documents* section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:174 +msgid "Payment Method" +msgstr "Betaalmethode" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:176 +msgid "" +"This menu helps you configure the payment methods with which your customers " +"can pay you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:179 +msgid "" +"Configuring a *Payment Acquirer* with this tool also activates the *Invoice " +"Online Payment* option automatically. With this, users can directly pay " +"online, from their Customer Portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:185 +msgid "Sample Invoice" +msgstr "Voorbeeldfactuur" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:187 +msgid "" +"Send yourself a sample invoice by email to make sure everything is correctly" +" configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:146 +msgid ":doc:`../../bank/setup/bank_accounts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:191 +msgid ":doc:`chart_of_accounts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts.rst:3 +msgid "Main Concepts" +msgstr "Belangrijkste concepten" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:3 +msgid "The Accounting behind Odoo" +msgstr "De boekhouding achter Odoo" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:5 +msgid "" +"This page summarises the way Odoo deals with typical accounts and " +"transactions." +msgstr "" +"Deze pagina vat samen hoe Odoo omgaat met typische boekhouding en " +"transacties." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:9 +msgid "Double-entry bookkeeping" +msgstr "Dubbele boekhouding" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically creates all the behind-the-scenes journal entries for " +"each of your accounting transactions: customer invoices, point of sale " +"order, expenses, inventory moves, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses the rules of double-entry bookkeeping system: all journal entries " +"are automatically balanced (sum of debits = sum of credits)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:19 +msgid "" +"`Understand Odoo's accounting transactions per document " +"<https://odoo.com/documentation/functional/accounting.html>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:23 +msgid "Accrual and Cash Basis Methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Odoo supports both accrual and cash basis reporting. This allows you to " +"report income / expense at the time transactions occur (i.e., accrual " +"basis), or when payment is made or received (i.e., cash basis)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:30 +msgid "Multi-companies" +msgstr "Multi-bedrijven" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows one to manage several companies within the same database. Each " +"company has its own chart of accounts and rules. You can get consolidation " +"reports following your consolidation rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Users can access several companies but always work in one company at a time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:40 +msgid "Multi-currencies" +msgstr "Multi-valuta" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Every transaction is recorded in the default currency of the company. For " +"transactions occurring in another currency, Odoo stores both the value in " +"the currency of the company and the value in the currency of the " +"transaction. Odoo can generate currencies gains and losses after the " +"reconciliation of the journal items." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Currency rates are updated once a day using a yahoo.com online web-service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:52 +msgid "International Standards" +msgstr "Internationale standaarden" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Odoo accounting supports more than 50 countries. The Odoo core accounting " +"implements accounting standards that are common to all countries. Specific " +"modules exist per country for the specificities of the country like the " +"chart of accounts, taxes, or bank interfaces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:60 +msgid "In particular, Odoo's core accounting engine supports:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Anglo-Saxon Accounting (U.S., U.K.,, and other English-speaking countries " +"including Ireland, Canada, Australia, and New Zealand) where costs of good " +"sold are reported when products are sold/delivered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:66 +msgid "European accounting where expenses are accounted at the supplier bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:69 +msgid "Odoo has modules to comply with IFRS rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:72 +msgid "Accounts Receivable & Payable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:74 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo uses a single account for all account receivable entries " +"and one for all accounts payable entries. You can create separate accounts " +"per customers/suppliers, but you don't need to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:79 +msgid "" +"As transactions are associated to customers or suppliers, you get reports to" +" perform analysis per customer/supplier such as the customer statement, " +"revenues per customers, aged receivable/payables, ..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:84 +msgid "Wide range of financial reports" +msgstr "Breed gamma aan financiële rapporten" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:86 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, you can generate financial reports in real time. Odoo's reports " +"range from basic accounting reports to advanced management reports. Odoo's " +"reports include:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:90 +msgid "Performance reports (such as Profit and Loss, Budget Variance)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Position reports (such as Balance Sheet, Aged Payables, Aged Receivables)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:93 +msgid "Cash reports (such as Bank Summary)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:94 +msgid "Detail reports (such as Trial Balance and General Ledger)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:95 +msgid "Management reports (such as Budgets, Executive Summary)" +msgstr "Management rapporten (zoals budgetten, managementsamenvatting)" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Odoo's report engine allows you to customize your own report based on your " +"own formulae." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:101 +msgid "Import bank feeds automatically" +msgstr "Importeer automatisch bankafschriften" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Bank reconciliation is a process that matches your bank statement lines, as " +"supplied by the bank, to your accounting transactions in the general ledger." +" Odoo makes bank reconciliation easy by frequently importing bank statement " +"lines from your bank directly into your Odoo account. This means you can " +"have a daily view of your cashflow without having to log into your online " +"banking or wait for your paper bank statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Odoo speeds up bank reconciliation by matching most of your imported bank " +"statement lines to your accounting transactions. Odoo also remembers how " +"you've treated other bank statement lines and provides suggested general " +"ledger transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:117 +msgid "Calculate the tax you owe your tax authority" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Odoo totals all your accounting transactions for your tax period and uses " +"these totals to calculate your tax obligation. You can then check your sales" +" tax by running Odoo's Tax Report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:124 +msgid "Inventory Valuation" +msgstr "Voorraadwaardering" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Odoo support both periodic (manual) and perpetual (automated) inventory " +"valuations. The available methods are standard price, average price, LIFO " +"(for countries allowing it) and FIFO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:131 +msgid "" +"`View impact of the valuation method on your transactions " +"<https://odoo.com/documentation/functional/valuation.html>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:135 +msgid "Easy retained earnings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Retained earnings are the portion of income retained by your business. Odoo " +"automatically calculates your current year earnings in real time so no year-" +"end journal or rollover is required. This is calculated by reporting the " +"profit and loss balance to your balance sheet report automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:7 +msgid "Accounting Memento For Entrepreneurs (US GAAP)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:13 +msgid "" +"The **Profit and Loss** (P&L) report shows the performance of the company " +"over a specific period (usually the current year)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:18 +msgid "" +"The **Gross Profit** equals the revenues from sales minus the cost of goods " +"sold." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:23 +msgid "" +"**Operating Expenses** (OPEX) include administration, sales and R&D salaries" +" as well as rent and utilities, miscellaneous costs, insurances, … anything " +"beyond the costs of products sold." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The **Balance Sheet** is a snapshot of the company's finances at a specific " +"date (as opposed to the Profit and Loss which is an analysis over a period)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:34 +msgid "" +"**Assets** represent the company's wealth, things it owns. Fixed assets " +"includes building and offices, current assets include bank accounts and " +"cash. A client owing money is an asset. An employee is not an asset." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:40 +msgid "" +"**Liabilities** are obligations from past events that the company will have " +"to pay in the future (utility bills, debts, unpaid suppliers)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:45 +msgid "" +"**Equity** is the amount of the funds contributed by the owners (founders or" +" shareholders) plus previously retained earnings (or losses)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:50 +msgid "Each year, net profits (or losses) are reported to retained earnings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:56 +msgid "" +"What is owned (an asset) has been financed through debts to reimburse " +"(liabilities) or equity (profits, capital)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:59 +msgid "" +"A difference is made between buying an assets (e.g. a building) and expenses" +" (e.g. fuel). Assets have an intrinsic value over time, versus expenses " +"having value in them being consumed for the company to \"work\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:66 +msgid "Assets = Liabilities + Equity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The **chart of accounts** lists all the accounts, whether they are balance " +"sheet accounts or P&L accounts. Every financial transaction (e.g. a payment," +" an invoice) impacts accounts by moving value from one account (credit) to " +"an other account (debit)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:78 +msgid "Balance = Debit - Credit" +msgstr "Balans = Debet - Credit" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:90 +msgid "Journal Entries" +msgstr "Boekingen" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Every financial document of the company (e.g. an invoice, a bank statement, " +"a pay slip, a capital increase contract) is recorded as a journal entry, " +"impacting several accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:92 +msgid "" +"For a journal entry to be *balanced*, the sum of all its debits must be " +"equal to the sum of all its credits." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:97 +msgid "examples of accounting entries for various transactions. Example:" +msgstr "" +"voorbeelden van boekhoudkundige boekingen voor verschillende transacties. " +"Bijvoorbeeld:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:99 +msgid "Example 1: Customer Invoice:" +msgstr "Voorbeeld 1: Factuur klant:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:119 +msgid "Explanation:" +msgstr "Uitleg:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:103 +msgid "You generate a revenue of $1,000" +msgstr "U genereert een omzet van $1,000" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:104 +msgid "You have a tax to pay of $90" +msgstr "U moet voor $90 aan belastingen betalen" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:105 +msgid "The customer owes $1,090" +msgstr "De klant is u $1,090 verschuldigd" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:124 +msgid "Configuration:" +msgstr "Configuratie:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:109 +msgid "Income: defined on the product, or the product category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:127 +msgid "Account Receivable: defined on the customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:111 +msgid "Tax: defined on the tax set on the invoice line" +msgstr "Belasting: gedefinieerd op de belasting ingesteld op de factuurlijn" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:113 +msgid "" +"The fiscal position used on the invoice may have a rule that replaces the " +"Income Account or the tax defined on the product by another one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:117 +msgid "Example 2: Customer Payment:" +msgstr "Voorbeeld 2: Klantbetaling:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:121 +msgid "Your customer owes $1,090 less" +msgstr "Uw klant is u $1,090 minder schuldig" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:122 +msgid "Your receive $1,090 on your bank account" +msgstr "U ontvangt $1,090 op uw bankrekening" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:126 +msgid "Bank Account: defined on the related bank journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 +msgid "Reconciliation" +msgstr "Aflettering" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:134 +msgid "" +"Reconciliation is the process of linking journal items of a specific " +"account, matching credits and debits." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Its primary purpose is to link payments to their related invoices in order " +"to mark invoices that are paid and clear the customer statement. This is " +"done by doing a reconciliation on the *Accounts Receivable* account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:141 +msgid "" +"An invoice is marked as paid when its Accounts Receivable journal items are " +"reconciled with the related payment journal items." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:144 +msgid "Reconciliation is performed automatically by the system when:" +msgstr "Afletteren gebeurd automatisch door het systeem wanneer:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:146 +msgid "the payment is registered directly on the invoice" +msgstr "de betaling is rechtstreekt op e factuur geregistreerd." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:147 +msgid "" +"the links between the payments and the invoices are detected at the bank " +"matching process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:0 +msgid "Customer Statement Example" +msgstr "Rekeningoverzicht voorbeeld" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 +msgid "Accounts Receivable" +msgstr "Debiteuren rekeningen" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 +msgid "Debit" +msgstr "Debet" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 +msgid "Credit" +msgstr "Credit" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:160 +msgid "Invoice 1" +msgstr "Factuur 1" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:104 +msgid "100" +msgstr "100" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:162 +msgid "Payment 1.1" +msgstr "Betaling 1.1" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:162 +msgid "70" +msgstr "70" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:164 +msgid "Invoice 2" +msgstr "Factuur 2" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:168 +msgid "65" +msgstr "65" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:166 +msgid "Payment 1.2" +msgstr "Betaling 1.2" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:166 +msgid "30" +msgstr "30" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:168 +msgid "Payment 2" +msgstr "Betaling 2" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:170 +msgid "Invoice 3" +msgstr "Factuur 3" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:174 +msgid "50" +msgstr "50" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:174 +msgid "Total To Pay" +msgstr "Totaal te betalen" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:181 +msgid "" +"Bank reconciliation is the matching of bank statement lines (provided by " +"your bank) with transactions recorded internally (payments to suppliers or " +"from customers). For each line in a bank statement, it can be:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:186 +msgid "matched with a previously recorded payment:" +msgstr "overeenkomst met een vorige geregistreerde betaling:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:186 +msgid "" +"a payment is registered when a check is received from a customer, then " +"matched when checking the bank statement" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:190 +msgid "recorded as a new payment:" +msgstr "geregistreerd als een nieuwe betaling:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:189 +msgid "" +"the payment's journal entry is created and :ref:`reconciled " +"<accounting/reconciliation>` with the related invoice when processing the " +"bank statement" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:193 +msgid "recorded as another transaction:" +msgstr "geregistreerd als een andere transactie:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:193 +msgid "bank transfer, direct charge, etc." +msgstr "bankoverschrijving, direct afrekening, enz." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:195 +msgid "" +"Odoo should automatically reconcile most transactions, only a few of them " +"should need manual review. When the bank reconciliation process is finished," +" the balance on the bank account in Odoo should match the bank statement's " +"balance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:203 +msgid "Checks Handling" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:205 +msgid "There are two approaches to manage checks and internal wire transfer:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:207 +msgid "Two journal entries and a reconciliation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:208 +msgid "One journal entry and a bank reconciliation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:212 +msgid "" +"The first journal entry is created by registering the payment on the " +"invoice. The second one is created when registering the bank statement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 +msgid "Account" +msgstr "Rekening" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 +msgid "Account Receivable" +msgstr "Debiteurenrekening" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 +msgid "Invoice ABC" +msgstr "Factuur ABC" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 +msgid "Undeposited funds" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 +msgid "Check 0123" +msgstr "Cheque 0123" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:135 +msgid "Bank" +msgstr "Bank" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:237 +msgid "" +"A journal entry is created by registering the payment on the invoice. When " +"reconciling the bank statement, the statement line is linked to the existing" +" journal entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 +msgid "Bank Statement" +msgstr "Bankafschrift" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:248 +msgid "Statement XYZ" +msgstr "Afschrift XYZ" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview.rst:3 +msgid "Process overview" +msgstr "Proces overzicht" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:3 +msgid "From Customer Invoice to Payments Collection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo supports multiple invoicing and payment workflows, so you can choose " +"and use the ones that match your business needs. Whether you want to accept " +"a single payment for a single invoice, or process a payment spanning " +"multiple invoices and taking discounts for early payments, you can do so " +"efficiently and accurately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:12 +msgid "From Draft Invoice to Profit and Loss" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If we pick up at the end of a typical 'order to cash' scenario, after the " +"goods have been shipped, you will: issue an invoice; receive payment; " +"deposit that payment at the bank; make sure the Customer Invoice is closed; " +"follow up if Customers are late; and finally present your Income on the " +"Profit and Loss report and show the decrease in Assets on the Balance Sheet " +"report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Invoicing in most countries occurs when a contractual obligation is met. If " +"you ship a box to a customer, you have met the terms of the contract and can" +" bill them. If your supplier sends you a shipment, they have met the terms " +"of that contract and can bill you. Therefore, the terms of the contract is " +"fulfilled when the box moves to or from the truck. At this point, Odoo " +"supports the creation of what is called a Draft Invoice by Warehouse staff." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Draft invoices can be manually generated from other documents such as Sales " +"Orders, Purchase Orders,etc. Although you can create a draft invoice " +"directly if you would like." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:36 +msgid "" +"An invoice must be provided to the customer with the necessary information " +"in order for them to pay for the goods and services ordered and delivered. " +"It must also include other information needed to pay the invoice in a timely" +" and precise manner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:42 +msgid "Draft invoices" +msgstr "Concept facturen" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:44 +msgid "" +"The system generates invoice which are initially set to the Draft state. " +"While these invoices" +msgstr "" +"Het systeem genereert facturen die initieel in de concept fase zaten. " +"Terwijl deze facturen" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:47 +msgid "" +"remain unvalidated, they have no accounting impact within the system. There " +"is nothing to stop users from creating their own draft invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:50 +msgid "Let's create a customer invoice with following information:" +msgstr "Laten we een factuur aanmaken met de volgende informatie:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:52 +msgid "Customer: Agrolait" +msgstr "Klant: Agrolait" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:53 +msgid "Product: iMac" +msgstr "Product: iMac" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:54 +msgid "Quantity: 1" +msgstr "Hoeveelheid: 1" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:55 +msgid "Unit Price: 100" +msgstr "Eenheidsprijs: 100" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:56 +msgid "Taxes: Tax 15%" +msgstr "Belastingen: BTW 15%" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:64 +msgid "The document is composed of three parts:" +msgstr "Het document is samengesteld uit drie delen:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:66 +msgid "the top of the invoice, with customer information," +msgstr "de bovenkant van de factuur, met klant informatie," + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:67 +msgid "the main body of the invoice, with detailed invoice lines," +msgstr "de hoofdinhoud van de factuur, met gedetailleerde factuurlijnen," + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:68 +msgid "the bottom of the page, with detail about the taxes, and the totals." +msgstr "" +"de onderkant van de pagina, met details over de belastingen en de totalen." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:71 +msgid "Open or Pro-forma invoices" +msgstr "Open of proforma facturen" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:73 +msgid "" +"An invoice will usually include the quantity and the price of goods and/or " +"services, the date, any parties involved, the unique invoice number, and any" +" tax information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:77 +msgid "" +"\"Validate\" the invoice when you are ready to approve it. The invoice then " +"moves from the Draft state to the Open state." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:80 +msgid "" +"When you have validated an invoice, Odoo gives it a unique number from a " +"defined, and modifiable, sequence." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Accounting entries corresponding to this invoice are automatically generated" +" when you validate the invoice. You can see the details by clicking on the " +"entry in the Journal Entry field in the \"Other Info\" tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:95 +msgid "Send the invoice to customer" +msgstr "Verzend de factuur naar de klant" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:97 +msgid "" +"After validating the customer invoice, you can directly send it to the " +"customer via the 'Send by email' functionality." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:103 +msgid "" +"A typical journal entry generated from a validated invoice will look like as" +" follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +msgid "**Partner**" +msgstr "**Relatie**" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +msgid "**Due date**" +msgstr "**Vervaldatum**" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 +msgid "Agrolait" +msgstr "Agrolait" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 +msgid "01/07/2015" +msgstr "01/07/2015" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 +msgid "115" +msgstr "115" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 +msgid "15" +msgstr "15" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:117 +msgid "Payment" +msgstr "Betaling" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:119 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, an invoice is considered to be paid when the associated accounting " +"entry has been reconciled with the payment entries. If there has not been a " +"reconciliation, the invoice will remain in the Open state until you have " +"entered the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:124 +msgid "" +"A typical journal entry generated from a payment will look like as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:136 +msgid "Receive a partial payment through the bank statement" +msgstr "Ontvang een gedeeltelijke betaling via het bankafschrift" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:138 +msgid "" +"You can manually enter your bank statements in Odoo, or you can import them " +"in from a csv file or from several other predefined formats according to " +"your accounting localisation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:142 +msgid "" +"Create a bank statement from the accounting dashboard with the related " +"journal and enter an amount of $100 ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:149 +msgid "Reconcile" +msgstr "Afletteren" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:151 +msgid "Now let's reconcile!" +msgstr "Laten we nu afletteren!" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:156 +msgid "" +"You can now go through every transaction and reconcile them or you can mass " +"reconcile with instructions at the bottom." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:158 +msgid "" +"After reconciling the items in the sheet, the related invoice will now " +"display \"You have outstanding payments for this customer. You can reconcile" +" them to pay this invoice. \"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:168 +msgid "" +"Apply the payment. Below, you can see that the payment has been added to the" +" invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:175 +msgid "Payment Followup" +msgstr "Betaling opvolging" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:177 +msgid "" +"There's a growing trend of customers paying bills later and later. " +"Therefore, collectors must make every effort to collect money and collect it" +" faster." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:181 +msgid "" +"Odoo will help you define your follow-up strategy. To remind customers to " +"pay their outstanding invoices, you can define different actions depending " +"on how severely overdue the customer is. These actions are bundled into " +"follow-up levels that are triggered when the due date of an invoice has " +"passed a certain number of days. If there are other overdue invoices for the" +" same customer, the actions of the most overdue invoice will be executed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:189 +msgid "" +"By going to the customer record and diving into the \"Overdue Payments\" you" +" will see the follow-up message and all overdue invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:199 +msgid "Customer aging report:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:201 +msgid "" +"The customer aging report will be an additional key tool for the collector " +"to understand the customer credit issues, and to prioritize their work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Use the aging report to determine which customers are overdue and begin your" +" collection efforts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:212 +msgid "Profit and loss" +msgstr "Winst en verlies" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:214 +msgid "" +"The Profit and Loss statement displays your revenue and expense details. " +"Ultimately, this gives you a clear image of your Net Profit and Loss. It is " +"sometimes referred to as the \"Income Statement\" or \"Statement of Revenues" +" and Expenses.\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:223 +msgid "Balance sheet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:225 +msgid "" +"The balance sheet summarizes your company's liabilities, assets and equity " +"at a specific moment in time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:234 +msgid "" +"For example, if you manage your inventory using the perpetual accounting " +"method, you should expect a decrease in account \"Current Assets\" once the " +"material has been shipped to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:15 +msgid "From Vendor Bill to Payment" +msgstr "Van leveranciersrekening naar betaling" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Once vendor bills are registered in Odoo, you can easily pay vendors for the" +" correct amount and at the right time (not too late, not too early; " +"depending on your vendor policy). Odoo also offers reports to track your " +"aged payable balances." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:10 +msgid "" +"If you want to control vendor bills received from your vendors, you can use " +"the Odoo Purchase application that allows you to control and pre-complete " +"them automatically based on past purchase orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:18 +msgid "Record a new vendor bill" +msgstr "Maak een nieuwe leveranciersfactuur" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:20 +msgid "" +"When a vendor bill is received, you can record it from " +":menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendor Bills` in the Accounting application. " +"As a shortcut, you can also use the **New Bill** feature on the accounting " +"dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To register a new vendor bill, start by selecting a vendor and inputting " +"their invoice as the **Vendor Reference**, then add and confirm the product " +"lines, making sure to have the right product quantities, taxes and prices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Save the invoice to update the pre tax and tax amounts at the bottom of the " +"screen. You will most likely need to configure the prices of your products " +"without taxes as Odoo will compute the tax for you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:40 +msgid "" +"On the bottom left corner, Odoo shows a summary table of all taxes on the " +"vendor bill. In several countries, different methods are accepted to round " +"the totals (round per line, or round globally). The default rounding method " +"in Odoo is to round the final prices per line (as you may have different " +"taxes per product. E.g. Alcohol and cigarettes). However if your vendor has " +"a different tax amount on their bill, you can change the amount in the " +"bottom left table to adjust and match." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:48 +msgid "Validate The Vendor Bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Once the vendor bill is validated, a journal entry will be generated based " +"on the configuration on the invoice. This journal entry may differ depending" +" on the the accounting package you choose to use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:54 +msgid "" +"For most European countries, the journal entry will use the following " +"accounts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:66 +msgid "**Accounts Payable:** defined on the vendor form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:68 +msgid "**Taxes:** defined on the products and per line" +msgstr "**Belastingen:** gedefinieerd op de producten en per lijn" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:61 +msgid "**Expenses:** defined on the line item product used" +msgstr "**Kosten:** gedefinieerd op de lijn van het gebruikte product" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:63 +msgid "" +"For Anglo-Saxon (US) accounting, the journal entry will use the following " +"accounts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:70 +msgid "**Goods Received:** defined on the product form" +msgstr "**Goederen ontvangen:** gedefinieerd op het product formulier" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:72 +msgid "" +"You can check your Profit & Loss or the Balance Sheet reports after having " +"validated a couple of vendor bills to see the impact on your general ledger." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:77 +msgid "Pay a bill" +msgstr "Betaal een rekening" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To create a payment for an open vendor bill directly, you can click on " +"**Register a Payment** at the top of the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:82 +msgid "" +"From there, you select the payment method (i.e. Checking account, credit " +"card, check, etc…) and the amount you wish to pay. By default, Odoo will " +"propose the entire remaining balance on the bill for payment. In the memo " +"field, we recommend you set the vendor invoice number as a reference (Odoo " +"will auto fill this field from the from the vendor bill if set it " +"correctly)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:94 +msgid "" +"You can also register a payment to a vendor directly without applying it to " +"a vendor bill. To do that, :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. Then, " +"from the vendor bill you will be able to reconcile this payment with " +"directly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:99 +msgid "Printing vendor Checks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:101 +msgid "" +"If you choose to pay your vendor bills by check, Odoo offers a method to do " +"so directly from your vendor payments within Odoo. Whether you do so on a " +"daily basis or prefer to do so at the end of the week, you can print in " +"checks in batches." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:106 +msgid "" +"If you have checks to print, Odoo's accounting dashboard acts as a to do " +"list and reminds you of how many checks you have left to be printed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:112 +msgid "" +"By selecting the amount of checks to be printed, you can dive right into a " +"list of all payments that are ready to be processed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Select all the checks you wish to print (use the first checkbox to select " +"them all) and set the action to **Print Checks**. Odoo will ask you to set " +"the next check number in the sequence and will then print all the checks at " +"once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:3 +msgid "Reporting" +msgstr "Rapportages" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:127 +msgid "Aged payable balance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:129 +msgid "" +"In order to get a list of open vendor bills and their related due dates, you" +" can use the **Aged Payable** report, under the reporting menu, (in " +":menuselection:`Reporting --> Business Statement --> Aged payable`) to get a" +" visual of all of your outstanding bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:137 +msgid "" +"From here, you can click directly on a vendors name to open up the details " +"of all outstanding bills and the amounts due, or you can annotate any line " +"for managements information. At any point in time while you're looking " +"through the report, you can print directly to Excel or PDF and get exactly " +"what you see on the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:144 +msgid ":doc:`customer_invoice`" +msgstr ":doc:`customer_invoice`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables.rst:3 +msgid "Account Payables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:3 +msgid "Forecast future bills to pay" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you get hundreds of vendor bills per month with each of them having " +"different payment terms, it could be complex to follow what you have to pay " +"and when. Paying your vendors too early can decrease your cash " +"availabilities and paying too late can lead to extra charges." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Fortunately, Odoo provides you the right tools to manage payment orders to " +"vendors efficiently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:14 +msgid "Configuration: payment terms" +msgstr "Configuratie: betalingstermijnen" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In order to track the vendor conditions, we use payment terms in Odoo. " +"Payment terms allow to keep track of the conditions to compute the due date " +"on an invoice. As an example, a payment term can be:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:20 +msgid "50% within 30 days" +msgstr "50% binnen 30 dagen" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:22 +msgid "50% within 45 days" +msgstr "50% binnen 45 dagen" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To create your most common payment terms, use the menu: " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Management --> Payment Terms` in the " +"**Accounting** application. The following example show a payment term of 30%" +" directly and the balance after 30 days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Once payment terms are defined, you can assign them to your vendor by " +"default. Set the Vendor Payment Term field on the Accounting tab of a vendor" +" form. That way, every time you will purchase to this vendor, Odoo will " +"propose you automatically the right payment term." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:42 +msgid "" +"If you do not set a specific payment term on a vendor, you will still be " +"able to set a specific payment term on the vendor bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:46 +msgid "Forecast bills to pay with the Aged Payables report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:48 +msgid "" +"In order to track amounts to be paid to the vendors, use the Aged Payable " +"report. You can get it from the Reports menu of the Accounting application. " +"This report gives you a summary per vendor of the amounts to pay, compared " +"to their due date (the due date being computed on each bill using the " +"payment term)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:57 +msgid "" +"This reports tells you how much you will have to pay within the next months." +msgstr "" +"Dit rapport verteld u hoeveel u de komende maanden zult moeten betalen." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:61 +msgid "Select bills to pay" +msgstr "Selecteer te betalen rekening" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Using the menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendor Bills`, you can get a " +"list of vendor bills. Using the advanced filters, you can list all the bills" +" that you should pay or the bills that are overdue (you are late on the " +"payment)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:70 +msgid "" +"From this screen, you can also switch to the pivot table or the graph view " +"to get statistics on the amount due over the next month, using the group by " +"\"Due Date\" feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay.rst:3 +msgid "Vendor Payments" +msgstr "Leverancierbetalingenen" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:3 +msgid "Pay by Checks" +msgstr "Betaling met cheques" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Once you decide to pay a supplier bill, you can select to pay by check. " +"Then, at the end of the day, the manager can print all checks by batch. " +"Finally, the bank reconciliation process will match the checks you sent to " +"suppliers with actual bank statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:33 +msgid "Install the required module" +msgstr "Installeer de vereiste module" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To record supplier payments by checks, you must install the **Check " +"Writing** module. This module handle the process of recording checks in " +"Odoo. Others modules are necessary to print checks, according to the " +"country. As an example, the **U.S. Check Printing** module is required to " +"print U.S. checks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:23 +msgid "" +"According to your country and the chart of account you use, those modules " +"may be installed by default. (example: United States users have nothing to " +"install, it's configured by default)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:28 +msgid "Activate checks payment methods" +msgstr "Activeer cheque betalingsmethode" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:30 +msgid "" +"In order to allow payments by checks, you must activate the payment method " +"on related bank journals. From the accounting dashboard (the screen you get " +"when you enter the accounting application), click on your bank account on " +":menuselection:`More --> Settings` option. On the **Payment Method** field, " +"set **Check**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:40 +msgid "Compatible check stationery for printing checks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:43 +msgid "United States" +msgstr "Verenigde Staten" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:45 +msgid "For the United States, Odoo supports by default the check formats of:" +msgstr "" +"Voor de Verenigde Staten ondersteunt Odoo standaard de cheque formaten van:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:47 +msgid "**Quickbooks & Quicken**: check on top, stubs in the middle and bottom" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:48 +msgid "**Peachtree**: check in the middle, stubs on top and bottom" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:49 +msgid "**ADP**: check in the bottom, and stubs on the top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:51 +msgid "" +"It is also possible to customize your own check format through " +"customizations." +msgstr "" +"Het is ook mogelijk om uw eigen cheque formaat te wijzigen door middel van " +"aanpassingen." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:54 +msgid "Pay a supplier bill with a check" +msgstr "Betaal een leveranciersfactuur met een cheque" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:56 +msgid "Paying a supplier with a check is done in three steps:" +msgstr "Een leverancier betalen met een cheque gebeurd in drie stappen:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:58 +msgid "registering a payment you'd like to do on the bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:59 +msgid "printing checks in batch for all registered payments" +msgstr "Checks in batch afdrukken voor alle geregistreerde betalingen" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:60 +msgid "reconcile bank statements" +msgstr "bankafschriften afletteren" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:63 +msgid "Register a payment by check" +msgstr "Registreer een betaling via cheque" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To register a payment on a bill, open any supplier bill from the menu " +":menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendor Bills`. Once the supplier bill is " +"validated, you can register a payment. Set the **Payment Method** to " +"**Check** and validate the payment dialog." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:74 +msgid "Print checks" +msgstr "Print cheques" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:76 +msgid "" +"From the accounting dashboard, on your bank account, you should see a link " +"\"X checks to print\". Click on this link and you will get the list of all " +"checks that are not printed yet. From this screen, you can print all checks " +"in batch or review them one by one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:81 +msgid "" +"If you want to review every payment one by one before printing the check, " +"open on the payment and click on **Print Check** if you accept it. A dialog " +"will ask you the number of the check. It automatically proposes you the next" +" number, but you can change it if it does not match your next check number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:87 +msgid "" +"To print all checks in batch, select all payments from the list view and " +"Print Check from the top \"print\" menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:94 +msgid "Reconcile bank statements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Once you process your bank statement, when the check is credited from your " +"bank account, Odoo will propose you automatically to match it with the " +"payment. This will mark the payment as **Reconciled**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:101 +msgid "" +"To review checks that have not been credited, open the list of payments and " +"filter on the Sent state. Review those payments that have a date more than 2" +" weeks ago." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:106 +msgid "Pay anything with a check" +msgstr "Betaal eender wat met een cheque" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:108 +msgid "" +"You can register a payment that is not related to a supplier bill. To do so," +" use the top menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. Register your " +"payment and select a payment method by check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:112 +msgid "" +"If you pay a specific supplier bill, put the reference of the bill in the " +"**Memo** field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Once your payment by check is registered, don't forget to **Confirm** it. " +"Once confirmed, you can use **Print Check** directly or follow the preceding" +" flow to print checks in batch:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:122 +msgid "`Print checks`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:123 +msgid "`Reconcile bank statements`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:3 +msgid "Pay several bills at once" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo provides a simple and effective way to handle several bills at once, " +"with various quick or complex options. With one single process, anyone is " +"able to handle bills and payment in just a few clicks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:10 +msgid "Pay multiple bills with one payment" +msgstr "Betaal meerdere rekeningen met één betaling" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:13 +msgid "Record several payments" +msgstr "Registreer verschillende betalingen" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:15 +msgid "" +"In the following example, we will generate some bills. You can control the " +"whole process from your accounting dashboard (first screen you get when you " +"open the accounting application)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To create a bill, open the Dashboard menu and click on **Vendor Bills**. In " +"the Vendor Bills window, click on **Create**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Choose the vendor from which you wish to purchase the product, and click on " +"Add an item to add one (or more) product(s). Click on **Save** and then " +"**Validate**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:33 +msgid "Pay supplier bills, one after the other" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:38 +msgid "" +"We will now record a payment for one bill only. Open the bill, then click on" +" **Register Payment**. Insert the Payment Method, Date and Amount, and click" +" on **Validate**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Once you have validated the payment, the system will automatically reconcile" +" the payment with the bill, and set the bill as **Paid**. The system will " +"also generate a move from the payment account and reconcile it with the " +"expense transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:51 +msgid "Pay several bills altogether" +msgstr "Betaal verschillende rekeningen samen" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:53 +msgid "" +"In order to illustrate the process thoroughly, create at least 2 more bills " +"following the above standing guide. **Make sure all bills come from the same" +" vendor.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:60 +msgid "" +"In the Vendors Bills, select the new bills you have just created by checking" +" the box next to each of them. In the Action menu located in the middle of " +"the page, click on **Register Payment**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Insert the details of the payment. The system calculated the total amount " +"for both bills, but you can modify it freely. Click on **Validate**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:71 +msgid "Record the payment, reconcile afterwards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:73 +msgid "" +"You can also reconcile a payment with bills after the payment has been " +"recorded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:76 +msgid "First, we need to create a payment" +msgstr "Eerst moeten we een betaling aanmaken" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:78 +msgid "" +"This will handle from :menuselection:`Dashboard --> Bank journal --> More " +"Option --> Send Money`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Creating payment order with check payment method. Selecting related Vendor " +"and amount which remain to pay. After filling all details, we will confirm " +"the payment order which will generate payment transaction with the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:92 +msgid "" +"As you can see, bill payment status show what is posted and what is " +"remaining to reconcile." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:95 +msgid "" +"After receiving bank statement from the bank with payment detail, you can " +"reconcile the transaction from the Dashboard. It will automatically map the " +"transaction amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:103 +msgid "Partial payments of several supplier bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:106 +msgid "How to pay several supplier bills having cash discounts at once?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:108 +msgid "" +"You already learned how to pay bills in various way but what about partial " +"payment? We are taking another example where we will do partial payment for " +"various bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:112 +msgid "" +"We are creating multiple bills and partially pay them through bank " +"statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:115 +msgid "" +"We are adding payment terms which allow some cash discount where vendor " +"offer us early payment discount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:121 +msgid "" +"We are creating the following bills with the assignment of the above payment" +" term." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:127 +msgid "We have created the following bills:" +msgstr "We hebben de volgende rekeningen aangemaakt:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:132 +msgid "" +"We will pay the invoices by creating bank statement where we will adjust the" +" cash discount our vendor provided under payment terms." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:138 +msgid "" +"Before reconciling this bank statement, we need to create one statement " +"model for cash discount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:144 +msgid "Now we are going back to bank statement and opening reconcile view." +msgstr "" +"Nu gaan we terug naar het bankafschrift en openen we de afletter weergave." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:69 +msgid "Pay with SEPA" +msgstr "Betaal met SEPA" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:5 +msgid "" +"SEPA, the Single Euro Payments Area, is a payment-integration initiative of " +"the European union for simplification of bank transfers denominated in EURO." +" SEPA allows you to send payment orders to your bank to automate bank wire " +"transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:10 +msgid "" +"SEPA is supported by the banks of the 28 EU member states as well as " +"Iceland, Norway, Switzerland, Andorra, Monaco and San Marino." +msgstr "" +"SEPA is ondersteund door de banken van de 28 EU lidstaten en ook door " +"Ijsland, Noorwegen, Zwitserland, Andorra, Monaco en San Marino." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:13 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, once you decide to pay a vendor, you can select to pay the bill " +"with SEPA. Then, at the end of the day, the manager can generate the SEPA " +"file containing all bank wire transfers and send it to the bank." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:18 +msgid "" +"By default,the file follows the SEPA Credit Transfer **'pain.001.001.03'** " +"specifications. This is a well-defined standard that makes consensus among " +"banks. However, according to the country set on your company, another format" +" can be used : **'pain.001.001.03.ch.02'** for Switzerland and " +"**'pain.001.003.03'** for Germany." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Once the payments are processed by your bank, you can directly import the " +"account statement inside Odoo. The bank reconciliation process will " +"seamlessly match the SEPA orders you sent to your bank with actual bank " +"statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To pay suppliers with SEPA, you must install the **SEPA Credit Transfer** " +"module. This module handle the process of generating SEPA files based on " +"Odoo payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:40 +msgid "" +"According to your country and the chart of account you use, this module may " +"be installed by default." +msgstr "" +"Volgens uw land en grootboekschema kan deze module standaard worden " +"geïnstalleerd." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:44 +msgid "Activate SEPA payment methods on banks" +msgstr "Activeer SEPA betalingsmethodes op banken" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:46 +msgid "" +"In order to allow payments by SEPA, you must activate the payment method on " +"related bank journals. From the accounting dashboard (the screen you get " +"when you enter the accounting application), click on \"More\" on your bank " +"account and select the \"Settings\" option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:51 +msgid "" +"To activate SEPA, click the **Advanced Settings** tab and, in the **Payment " +"Methods** part of the **Miscellaneous** section, check the box **Sepa Credit" +" Transfer**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Make sure to specify the IBAN account number (domestic account number won't " +"work with SEPA) and the BIC (bank identifier code) on your bank journal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:60 +msgid "" +"By default, the payments you send using SEPA will use your company name as " +"initiating party name. This is what appears on the recipient's bank " +"statement in the **payment from** field. You can customize it in your " +"company settings, in the tab **Configuration**, under the **SEPA** section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:72 +msgid "Register your payments" +msgstr "Registreer uw betalingen" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:74 +msgid "" +"You can register a payment that is not related to a supplier bill. To do so," +" use the top menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. Register your " +"payment and select a payment method by Sepa Credit Transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:78 +msgid "" +"If it's the first time you pay this vendor, you will have to fill in the " +"Recipient Bank Account field with, at least, the bank name, IBAN and BIC " +"(Bank Identifier Code). Odoo will automatically verify the IBAN format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:82 +msgid "" +"For future payments to this vendor, Odoo will propose you automatically the " +"bank accounts but you will be able to select another one or create a new " +"one." +msgstr "" +"Voor toekomstige betalingen aan deze leverancier stelt Odoo u automatisch de" +" rekeningen voor maar u kan andere selecteren of aanmaken." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:86 +msgid "" +"If you pay a specific supplier bill, put the reference of the bill in the " +"**memo** field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Once your payment is registered, don't forget to Confirm it. You can also " +"pay vendor bills from the bill directly using the Register Payment button on" +" top of a vendor bill. The form is the same, but the payment is directly " +"linked to the bill and will be automatically reconciled to it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:98 +msgid "Generate SEPA files" +msgstr "Genereer SEPA bestanden" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:100 +msgid "" +"From your accounting dashboard, you should see if there are SEPA files to " +"generate for every bank account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:106 +msgid "" +"Click on the link to check all the payments that are ready to transfer via " +"SEPA. Then, select all the payments you want to send (or check the top box " +"to select all payment at once) and click on :menuselection:`More --> " +"Download SEPA Payments`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:115 +msgid "Troubleshooting" +msgstr "Problemen oplossen" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:118 +msgid "The bank refuses my SEPA file" +msgstr "De bank weigert mijn SEPA bestand" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:120 +msgid "" +"Ask your bank if they support the **SEPA Credit Transfer specification** " +"(the SEPA pain version depends on the country set on your company). If they " +"don't, or cannot provide relevant informations, please forward the error " +"message to your Odoo partner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:126 +msgid "There is no Bank Identifier Code recorded for bank account ..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:128 +msgid "" +"In order to send a SEPA payment, the recipient must be identified by a valid" +" IBAN and BIC. If this message appear, you probably encoded an IBAN account " +"for the partner you are paying but forgot to fill in the BIC field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:125 +msgid ":doc:`check`" +msgstr ":doc:`check`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:3 +msgid "Non-current Assets and Fixed Assets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Non-current Assets**, also known as **long-term assets**, are investments " +"that are expected to be realized after one year. They are capitalized rather" +" than being expensed and appear on the company's balance sheet. Depending on" +" their nature, they may undergo **depreciation**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:9 +msgid "" +"**Fixed Assets** are a type of Non-current Assets and include the properties" +" bought for their productive aspects, such as buildings, vehicles, " +"equipment, land, and software." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:12 +msgid "" +"For example, let's say we buy a car for $ 27,000. We plan to amortize it " +"over five years, and we will sell it for $ 7,000 afterward. Using the " +"linear, or straight-line, depreciation method, $ 4,000 are expensed each " +"year as **depreciation expenses**. After five years, the **Accumulated " +"Depreciation** amount reported on the balance sheet equals $ 20,000, leaving" +" us with $ 7,000 of **Not Depreciable Value**, or Salvage value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Odoo Accounting handles depreciation by creating all depreciation entries " +"automatically in *draft mode*. They are then posted periodically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:21 +msgid "Odoo supports the following **Depreciation Methods**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:23 +msgid "Straight Line" +msgstr "Rechte lijn" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:24 +msgid "Declining" +msgstr "Dalend" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:25 +msgid "Declining Then Straight Line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The server checks once a day if an entry must be posted. It might then take " +"up to 24 hours before you see a change from *draft* to *posted*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:19 +msgid "Prerequisites" +msgstr "Vereisten" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Such transactions must be posted on an **Assets Account** rather than on the" +" default expense account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:38 +msgid "Configure an Assets Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To configure your account in the **Chart of Accounts**, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Chart of Accounts`, click " +"on *Create*, and fill out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:48 +msgid "" +"This account's type must be either *Fixed Assets* or *Non-current Assets*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:48 +msgid "Post an expense to the right account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:51 +msgid "Select the account on a draft bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:56 +msgid "" +"On a draft bill, select the right account for all the assets you are buying." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:61 +msgid "Choose a different Expense Account for specific products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Start editing the product, go to the *Accounting* tab, select the right " +"**Expense Account**, and save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:75 +msgid "" +"It is possible to :ref:`automate the creation of assets entries <assets-" +"automation>` for these products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:74 +msgid "Change the account of a posted journal item" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To do so, open your Purchases Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting" +" --> Accounting --> Purchases`, select the journal item you want to modify, " +"click on the account, and select the right one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:92 +msgid "Assets entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:88 +msgid "Create a new entry" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:99 +msgid "" +"An **Asset entry** automatically generates all journal entries in *draft " +"mode*. They are then posted one by one at the right time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:102 +msgid "" +"To create a new entry, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " +"Assets`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Click on **select related purchases** to link an existing journal item to " +"this new entry. Some fields are then automatically filled out, and the " +"journal item is now listed under the **Related Purchase** tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Once done, you can click on *Compute Depreciation* (next to the *Confirm* " +"button) to generate all the values of the **Depreciation Board**. This board" +" shows you all the entries that Odoo will post to depreciate your asset, and" +" at which date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:113 +msgid "What does \"Prorata Temporis\" mean?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:124 +msgid "" +"The **Prorata Temporis** feature is useful to depreciate your assets the " +"most accurately possible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:126 +msgid "" +"With this feature, the first entry on the Depreciation Board is computed " +"based on the time left between the *Prorata Date* and the *First " +"Depreciation Date* rather than the default amount of time between " +"depreciations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:130 +msgid "" +"For example, the Depreciation Board above has its first depreciation with an" +" amount of $ 241.10 rather than $ 4,000.00. Consequently, the last entry is " +"also lower and has an amount of $ 3758.90." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:134 +msgid "What are the different Depreciation Methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:136 +msgid "" +"The **Straight Line Depreciation Method** divides the initial Depreciable " +"Value by the number of depreciations planned. All depreciation entries have " +"the same amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:139 +msgid "" +"The **Declining Depreciation Method** multiplies the Depreciable Value by " +"the **Declining Factor** for each entry. Each depreciation entry has a lower" +" amount than the previous entry. The last depreciation entry doesn't use the" +" declining factor but instead has an amount corresponding to the balance of " +"the depreciable value so that it reaches $0 by the end of the specified " +"duration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:144 +msgid "" +"The **Declining Then Straight Line Depreciation Method** uses the Declining " +"Method, but with a minimum Depreciation equal to the Straight Line Method. " +"This method ensures a fast depreciation at the beginning, followed by a " +"constant one afterward." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:149 +msgid "Assets from the Purchases Journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:151 +msgid "" +"You can create an asset entry from a specific journal item in your " +"**Purchases Journal**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:153 +msgid "" +"To do so, open your Purchases Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting" +" --> Accounting --> Purchases`, and select the journal item you want to " +"record as an asset. Make sure that it is posted in the right account (see: " +":ref:`journal-assets-account`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:157 +msgid "" +"Then, click on *Action*, select **Create Asset**, and fill out the form the " +"same way you would do to :ref:`create a new entry <create-assets-entry>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:165 +msgid "Modification of an Asset" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:167 +msgid "" +"You can modify the values of an asset to increase or decrease its value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:169 +msgid "" +"To do so, open the asset you want to modify, and click on *Modify " +"Depreciation*. Then, fill out the form with the new depreciation values and " +"click on *Modify*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:172 +msgid "" +"A **decrease in value** posts a new Journal Entry for the **Value Decrease**" +" and modifies all the future *unposted* Journal Entries listed in the " +"Depreciation Board." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:175 +msgid "" +"An **increase in value** requires you to fill out additional fields related " +"to the account movements and creates a new Asset entry with the **Value " +"Increase**. The Gross Increase Asset Entry can be accessed with a Smart " +"Button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:184 +msgid "Disposal of Fixed Assets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:186 +msgid "" +"To **sell** an asset or **dispose** of it implies that it must be removed " +"from the Balance Sheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:188 +msgid "" +"To do so, open the asset you want to dispose of, click on *Sell or Dispose*," +" and fill out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:194 +msgid "" +"Odoo Accounting then generates all the journal entries necessary to dispose " +"of the asset, including the gain or loss on sale, which is based on the " +"difference between the asset's book value at the time of the sale and the " +"amount it is sold for." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:199 +msgid "" +"To record the sale of an asset, you must first post the related Customer " +"Invoice so you can link the sale of the asset with it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:203 +msgid "Assets Models" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:205 +msgid "" +"You can create **Assets Models** to create your Asset entries faster. It is " +"particularly useful if you recurrently buy the same kind of assets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:208 +msgid "" +"To create a model, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Assets Models`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form the same way you " +"would do to create a new entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:212 +msgid "" +"You can also convert a *confirmed Asset entry* into a model by opening it " +"from :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Assets` and then, by " +"clicking on the button *Save Model*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:217 +msgid "Apply an Asset Model to a new entry" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:219 +msgid "" +"When you create a new Asset entry, fill out the **Fixed Asset Account** " +"with the right asset account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:160 +msgid "" +"New buttons with all the models linked to that account appear at the top of " +"the form. Clicking on a model button fills out the form according to that " +"model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:232 +msgid "Automate the Assets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:234 +msgid "" +"When you create or edit an account of which the type is either *Non-current " +"Assets* or *Fixed Assets*, you can configure it to create assets for the " +"expenses that are credited on it automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:238 +msgid "You have three choices for the **Automate Assets** field:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:241 +msgid "" +"**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " +"draft *Assets entry* is created, but not validated. You must first fill out " +"the form in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Assets`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:244 +msgid "" +"**Create and validate:** you must also select an Asset Model (see: `Assets " +"Models`_). Whenever a transaction is posted on the account, an *Assets " +"entry* is created and immediately validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:252 +msgid "" +"You can, for example, select this account as the default **Expense Account**" +" of a product to fully automate its purchase. (see: :ref:`product-assets-" +"account`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:3 +msgid "Deferred Expenses and Prepayments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Deferred expenses** and **prepayments** (also known as **prepaid " +"expense**), are both costs that have already occurred for unconsumed " +"products or services yet to receive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Such costs are **assets** for the company that pays them since it already " +"paid for products and services still to receive or that are yet to be used. " +"The company cannot report them on the current **Profit and Loss statement**," +" or *Income Statement*, since the payments will be effectively expensed in " +"the future." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:13 +msgid "" +"These future expenses must be deferred on the company's balance sheet until " +"the moment in time they can be **recognized**, at once or over a defined " +"period, on the Profit and Loss statement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:16 +msgid "" +"For example, let's say we pay $ 1200 at once for one year of insurance. We " +"already pay the cost now but haven't used the service yet. Therefore, we " +"post this new expense in a *prepayment account* and decide to recognize it " +"on a monthly basis. Each month, for the next 12 months, $ 100 will be " +"recognized as an expense." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Odoo Accounting handles deferred expenses and prepayments by spreading them " +"in multiple entries that are automatically created in *draft mode* and then " +"posted periodically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Such transactions must be posted on a **Deferred Expense Account** rather " +"than on the default expense account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:35 +msgid "Configure a Deferred Expense Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:45 +msgid "This account's type must be either *Current Assets* or *Prepayments*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:53 +msgid "" +"On a draft bill, select the right account for all the products of which the " +"expenses must be deferred." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:71 +msgid "" +"It is possible to automate the creation of expense entries for these " +"products (see: `Automate the Deferred Expenses`_)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:86 +msgid "Deferred Expenses entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:91 +msgid "" +"A **Deferred Expense entry** automatically generates all journal entries in " +"*draft mode*. They are then posted one by one at the right time until the " +"full amount of the expense is recognized." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To create a new entry, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " +"Deferred Expense`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Click on **select related purchases** to link an existing journal item to " +"this new entry. Some fields are then automatically filled out, and the " +"journal item is now listed under the **Related Expenses** tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Once done, you can click on *Compute Deferral* (next to the *Confirm* " +"button) to generate all the values of the **Expense Board**. This board " +"shows you all the entries that Odoo will post to recognize your expense, and" +" at which date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:116 +msgid "" +"The **Prorata Temporis** feature is useful to recognize your expense the " +"most accurately possible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:118 +msgid "" +"With this feature, the first entry on the Expense Board is computed based on" +" the time left between the *Prorata Date* and the *First Recognition Date* " +"rather than the default amount of time between recognitions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:122 +msgid "" +"For example, the Expense Board above has its first expense with an amount of" +" $ 70.97 rather than $ 100.00. Consequently, the last entry is also lower " +"and has an amount of $ 29.03." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:126 +msgid "Deferred Entry from the Purchases Journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:128 +msgid "" +"You can create a deferred entry from a specific journal item in your " +"**Purchases Journal**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:130 +msgid "" +"To do so, open your Purchases Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting" +" --> Accounting --> Purchases`, and select the journal item you want to " +"defer. Make sure that it is posted in the right account (see: `Change the " +"account of a posted journal item`_)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:134 +msgid "" +"Then, click on *Action*, select **Create Deferred Entry**, and fill out the " +"form the same way you would do to `create a new entry`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:142 +msgid "Deferred Expense Models" +msgstr "Uitgestelde kostenmodellen" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:144 +msgid "" +"You can create **Deferred Expense Models** to create your Deferred Expense " +"entries faster." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:146 +msgid "" +"To create a model, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Deferred Expense Models`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form the same " +"way you would do to create a new entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:150 +msgid "" +"You can also convert a *confirmed Deferred Expense entry* into a model by " +"opening it from :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Deferred " +"Expenses` and then, by clicking on the button *Save Model*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:155 +msgid "Apply a Deferred Expense Model to a new entry" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:157 +msgid "" +"When you create a new Deferred Expense entry, fill out the **Deferred " +"Expense Account** with the right recognition account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:170 +msgid "Automate the Deferred Expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:172 +msgid "" +"When you create or edit an account of which the type is either *Current " +"Assets* or *Prepayments*, you can configure it to defer the expenses that " +"are credited on it automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:175 +msgid "You have three choices for the **Automate Deferred Expense** field:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:178 +msgid "" +"**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " +"draft *Deferred Expenses entry* is created, but not validated. You must " +"first fill out the form in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " +"Deferred Expenses`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:181 +msgid "" +"**Create and validate:** you must also select a Deferred Expense Model (see:" +" `Deferred Expense Models`_). Whenever a transaction is posted on the " +"account, a *Deferred Expenses entry* is created and immediately validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:190 +msgid "" +"You can, for example, select this account as the default **Expense Account**" +" of a product to fully automate its purchase. (see: `Choose a different " +"Expense Account for specific products`_)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:3 +msgid "Manage vendor Bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The **Purchase** application allows you to manage your purchase orders, " +"incoming products, and vendor bills all seamlessly in one place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If you want to set up a vendor bill control process, the first thing you " +"need to do is to have purchase data in Odoo. Knowing what has been purchased" +" and received is the first step towards understanding your purchase " +"management processes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:13 +msgid "Here is the standard work flow in Odoo:" +msgstr "Hier is de standaard werk flow in Odoo:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:15 +msgid "" +"You begin with a **Request for Quotation (RFQ)** to send out to your " +"vendor(s)." +msgstr "" +"U begint met een **Offerteaanvraag (RFQ)** om uit te zenden naar uw " +"leverancier(s)." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Once the vendor has accepted the RFQ, confirm the RFQ into a **Purchase " +"Order (PO)**." +msgstr "" +"Eenmaal de leverancier uw RFQ heeft geaccepteerd bevestigd u de RFQ naar een" +" **Inkooporder (PO)**." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Confirming the PO generates an **Incoming Shipment** if you purchased any " +"stockable products." +msgstr "" +"De PO bevestigen genereert een **Inkomende zending** indien u " +"voorraadproducten heeft aangekocht." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Upon receiving a **Vendor Bill** from your Vendor, validate the bill with " +"products received in the previous step to ensure accuracy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:27 +msgid "" +"This process may be done by three different people within the company, or " +"only one." +msgstr "" +"Het proces kan gedaan worden door drie verschillende mensen binnen het " +"bedrijf, maar ook door één iemand." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:34 +msgid "Installing the Purchase and Inventory applications" +msgstr "De Inkoop en Magazijn applicaties installeren" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:36 +msgid "" +"From the **Apps** application, search for the **Purchase** module and " +"install it. Due to certain dependencies, installing Purchase will " +"automatically install the **Inventory** and **Accounting** applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:41 +msgid "Creating products" +msgstr "Producten aanmaken" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Creating products in Odoo is essential for quick and efficient purchasing " +"within Odoo. Simply navigate to the Products submenu under Purchase and " +"click create." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:50 +msgid "" +"When creating the product, pay attention to the **Product Type** field, " +"since it is important:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Products that are set as **Stockable or Consumable** will allow you to keep " +"track of their inventory levels. These options imply stock management and " +"will allow for receiving these kinds of products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Conversely, products that are set as a **Service or Digital Product** will " +"not imply stock management, simply due to the fact that there is no " +"inventory to manage. You will not be able to receive products under either " +"of these designations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:64 +msgid "" +"It is recommended that you create a **Miscellaneous** product for all " +"purchases that occur infrequently and do not require inventory valuation or " +"management. If you create such a product, it is recommended to set the " +"product type to **Service**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:69 +msgid "Managing your Vendor Bills" +msgstr "Beheer uw leveranciersrekeningen" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:72 +msgid "Purchasing products or services" +msgstr "Koop producten of diensten" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:74 +msgid "" +"From the purchase application, you can create a purchase order with as many " +"products as you need. If the vendor sends you a confirmation or quotation " +"for an order, you may record the order reference number in the **Vendor " +"Reference** field. This will enable you to easily match the PO with the the " +"vendor bill later (as the vendor bill will probably include the Vendor " +"Reference)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Validate the purchase order and receive the products from the Inventory " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:88 +msgid "Receiving Products" +msgstr "Producten ontvangen" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:90 +msgid "" +"If you purchased any stockable products that you manage the inventory of, " +"you will need to receive the products from the Inventory application after " +"you confirm a purchase order. From the **Inventory dashboard**, you should " +"see a button linking you directly to the transfer of products. This button " +"is outlined in red below:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Navigating this route will take you to a list of all orders waiting to be " +"received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:105 +msgid "" +"If you have a lot of awaiting orders, apply a filter using the search bar in" +" the upper right. With this search bar, you may filter based on the vendor " +"(partner), the product, or the source document (also known as the reference " +"of your purchase order). You can also group the orders by different criteria" +" under **Group By**. Selecting an item from this list will open the " +"following screen where you then will receive the products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:116 +msgid "Purchasing service products does not trigger a delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:119 +msgid "Managing Vendor Bills" +msgstr "Beheer leverancier rekeningen" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:121 +msgid "" +"When you receive a vendor bill for a previous purchase, be sure to record it" +" in the Purchases application under the **Control Menu**. You need to create" +" a new vendor bill even if you already registered a purchase order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:129 +msgid "" +"The first thing you will need to do upon creating a vendor bill is to select" +" the appropriate vendor, since doing so will also pull up any associated " +"accounting or pricelist information. From there, you can choose to specify " +"one or multiple Purchase Orders to populate the Vendor Bill with. When you " +"select a Purchase Order from the list, Odoo will pull any uninvoiced " +"products associated to that Purchase Order and automatically populate that " +"information below. If you are having a hard time finding the appropriate " +"vendor bill, you may search through the list by inputting the vendor " +"reference number or your internal purchase order number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:143 +msgid "" +"While the invoice is in a draft state, you can make any modifications you " +"need (i.e. remove or add product lines, modify quantities, and change " +"prices)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:148 +msgid "Your vendor may send you several bills for the same Purchase Order if:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:150 +msgid "" +"Your vendor is in back-order and is sending you invoices as they ship the " +"products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:151 +msgid "Your vendor is sending you a partial bill or asking for a deposit." +msgstr "" +"Uw leverancier stuurt u een gedeeltelijke rekening of vraagt een voorschot." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Every time you record a new vendor bill, Odoo will automatically populate " +"the product quantities based on what has been received from the vendor. If " +"this value is showing a zero, this means that you have not yet received this" +" product and simply serves as a reminder that the product is not in hand and" +" you may need to inquire further into this. At any point in time, before you" +" validate the Vendor Bill, you may override this zero quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:162 +msgid "Vendor Bill Matching" +msgstr "Factuur fabrikant matching" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:165 +msgid "What to do if your vendor bill does not match what you received" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:167 +msgid "" +"If the bill you receive from the vendor has quantities that do not match the" +" quantities automatically populated by Odoo, this could be due to several " +"reasons:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:171 +msgid "" +"The vendor is incorrectly charging you for products and/or services that you" +" have not ordered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:174 +msgid "" +"The vendor is billing you for products that you might not have received yet," +" as the invoicing control may be based on ordered or received quantities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:178 +msgid "The vendor did not bill you for previously purchased products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:180 +msgid "" +"In these instances it is recommended that you verify that the bill, and any " +"associated purchase order to the vendor, are accurate and that you " +"understand what you have ordered and what you have already received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:184 +msgid "" +"If you are unable to find a purchase order related to a vendor bill, this " +"could be due to one of a few reasons:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:187 +msgid "" +"The vendor has already invoiced you for this purchase order; therefore it is" +" not going to appear anywhere in the selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:190 +msgid "" +"Someone in the company forgot to record a purchase order for this vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:193 +msgid "The vendor is charging you for something you did not order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:198 +msgid "How product quantities are managed" +msgstr "Hoe producthoeveelheden beheerd worden" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:200 +msgid "" +"By default, services are managed based on ordered quantities, while " +"stockables and consumables are managed based on received quantities." +msgstr "" +"Standaard zijn diensten gebaseerd op bestelde hoeveelheden, terwijl " +"voorraadproducten en verbruiksartikelen beheerd worden gebaseerd op " +"ontvangen hoeveelheden." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:203 +msgid "" +"If you need to manage products based on ordered quantities over received " +"quantities, you will need to belong to the group **Purchase Manager**. Ask " +"your system administrator to enable these access on :menuselection:`Settings" +" --> Users --> Users --> Access Rights`. Once you belong to the correct " +"group, select the product(s) you wish to modify, and you should see a new " +"field appear, labeled **Control Purchase Bills**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:213 +msgid "" +"You can then change the default management method for the selected product " +"to be based on either:" +msgstr "" +"U kan vervolgens de standaard beheer methode van het geselecteerde product " +"wijzigen om gebaseerd te zijn op:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:216 +msgid "Ordered quantities" +msgstr "Bestelde hoeveelheden" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:218 +msgid "or Received quantities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:221 +msgid "Batch Billing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:223 +msgid "" +"When creating a vendor bill and selecting the appropriate purchase order, " +"you may continue to select additional purchase orders. Odoo will add the " +"additional line items from the purchase orders you select. If you have not " +"deleted the previous line items from the first purchase order, the bill will" +" be linked to all the appropriate purchase orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:3 +msgid "Digitize Vendor Bills with Optical Character Recognition (OCR)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Encoding bills manually can be a time-consuming task. Having a solution that" +" allows you to digitize them and automatically import the data to your " +"database reduces errors and saves you time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:9 +msgid "Set up the feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Bill Digitalization`, and " +"choose whether the bills should be processed automatically or manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:19 +msgid "Start digitizing your bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Scan your bills and then go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> " +"Bills` and upload your document. Based on your configuration, it either " +"processes the documents automatically, or you need to click on *Send for " +"Digitalization* to do it manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:26 +msgid "" +"You can also create a vendor bill through the *Documents* app or by using an" +" email alias on your journals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Once the data is extracted from the PDF, you can correct it if necessary by " +"clicking on the respective tag (available in *Edit* mode), and selecting the" +" right information instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:38 +msgid "" +"The more bills you scan, the better the system gets at identifying the " +"correct data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:34 +msgid "Pricing" +msgstr "Prijzen" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:44 +msgid "" +"The *Bill Digitalization* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service which " +"requires prepaid credits to work. Digitalizing one document consumes one " +"credit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:47 +msgid "" +"To buy credits, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Settings --> Bill Digitalization` and click on *Buy credits*, or go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Odoo IAP` and click on *View My Services*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you " +"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Click `here <https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#header_4>`_ to know about our " +"*Privacy Policy*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:3 +msgid "Purchase Receipts" +msgstr "Inkoopbewijs" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Purchase Receipts** are not invoices but rather confirmations of received " +"payments, such as a ticket or a receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:8 +msgid "" +"This feature is meant to be used when you pay directly with your company's " +"money for an expense. **Vendor Bills**, on the other hand, are recorded when" +" an invoice is issued to you and that the amount is first credited on a debt" +" account before a later payment reconciliation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Expenses paid by employees can be managed with **Odoo Expenses**, an app " +"dedicated to the approval of such expenses and the payments management. " +"Click :doc:`here </applications/finance/expense/expense>` for more " +"information on how to use Odoo Expenses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:18 +msgid "Register a receipt" +msgstr "Registreer een ticket" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To record a new receipt, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> " +"Receipts`, click on *Create*, fill out the form, and click on *Post*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:27 +msgid "" +"You can register the payment by clicking on *Register Payment*, then filling" +" out the payment's details, and clicking on *Validate*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:31 +msgid "Edit the Journal Entry before posting it" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Once you have filled out the *Invoice Lines* tab, you can modify the " +"**Journal Entry** before you post it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To do so, click on the **Journal Items** tab, change the accounts and values" +" according to your needs, and click on *Post*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:44 +msgid ":doc:`manage`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:45 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/expense/expense`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables.rst:3 +msgid "Account Receivables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:99 +msgid "Customer Invoices" +msgstr "Klantfacturen" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:3 +msgid "Offer cash discounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Cash discounts are incentives you can offer to customers to motivate them to" +" pay within a specific time frame. For instance, you offer a 2% discount if " +"the customer pays you within the first 5 days of the invoice, when it is due" +" in 30 days. This approach can greatly improve your average collection " +"period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:12 +msgid "Set up a cash discount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To set up a cash discount, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Management --> Payment Terms` and click on *Create*. Add a" +" *Percent* type of term with a corresponding value (e.g. 98% of the total " +"price for a 2% discount) and the number of days during which the offer is " +"valid. You can also change the default balance term if needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:25 +msgid "Start offering the cash discount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Now, you can create a customer invoice and select the cash discount payment " +"term you added. Once the invoice is validated, Odoo will automatically split" +" the account receivables part of the journal entry into two installments " +"having different due dates. Since the discounted price is already " +"calculated, your payment controls will be simplified." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:37 +msgid "Grant the cash discount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:39 +msgid "" +"The customer fulfilled the payment terms and therefore benefits from the " +"cash discount. When you process the bank statement, match the payment with " +"the related journal entry. Then, select the remaining cash discount and " +"click on *Create Write-off* to reconcile it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:48 +msgid "" +"You can also create a dedicated reconciliation model to make the process " +"easier. In this case, you should add a tax to the model based on the taxes " +"applied to your invoices. This means that if you handle multiple tax rates, " +"you need to create several reconciliation models. Note that depending on " +"your localisation, you might already have a Cash Discount model available by" +" default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:56 +msgid "Register the full payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:58 +msgid "" +"In this case, the customer has not fulfilled the payment term and cannot " +"benefit from the cash discount. When you process the bank statement, match " +"the payment with the two related journal entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:67 +msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:3 +msgid "Cash Rounding" +msgstr "Kasafronding" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Cash rounding** is required when the lowest physical denomination of " +"currency, or the smallest coin, is higher than the minimum unit of account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:9 +msgid "" +"For example, some countries require their companies to round up or down the " +"total amount of an invoice to the nearest five cents, when the payment is " +"made in cash." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " +"*Cash Rounding*, then click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Cash Roundings`, and " +"click on *Create*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Define here your *Rounding Precision*, *Rounding Strategy*, and *Rounding " +"Method*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:28 +msgid "Odoo supports two **rounding strategies**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:30 +msgid "" +"**Add a rounding line**: a *rounding* line is added on the invoice. You have" +" to define which account records the cash roundings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:33 +msgid "**Modify tax amount**: the rounding is applied in the taxes section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:36 +msgid "Apply roundings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:38 +msgid "" +"When editing a draft invoice, open the *Other Info* tab, go to the " +"*Accounting Information* section, and select the appropriate *Cash Rounding " +"Method*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:3 +msgid "Credit Notes and Refunds" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:4 +msgid "" +"A **credit note**, or **credit memo**, is a document issued to a customer " +"that notifies them that they have been credited a certain amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:11 +msgid "There are several reasons that can lead to a credit note, such as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:9 +msgid "a mistake in the invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:10 +msgid "a return of the goods, or a rejection of the services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:11 +msgid "the goods delivered are damaged" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Issuing a credit note is the only legal way to cancel, refund or modify a " +"validated invoice. Don’t forget to *register the payment* afterward if you " +"need to send money back to your customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:20 +msgid "Issue a Credit Note" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:21 +msgid "" +"You can create a credit note from scratch by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Credit Notes`, and by clicking " +"on *Create*. Filling the Credit Note’s form works the same way as the " +"Invoice’s form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:26 +msgid "" +"However, most of the time, credit notes are generated directly from the " +"invoices they are related to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:29 +msgid "To do so, open the *Customer Invoice*, and click on *Add Credit Note*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:37 +msgid "You can choose between three options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:44 +msgid "Partial Refund" +msgstr "Gedeeltelijk crediteren" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:55 +msgid "Full Refund" +msgstr "Volledige creditering" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:66 +msgid "Full refund and new draft invoice" +msgstr "Volledige creditering en nieuwe conceptfactuur" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Credit Notes’ numbers start with “R” and are followed by the number of the " +"document they are related to (e.g., RINV/2019/0004)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Odoo creates a draft credit note already prefilled with all the necessary " +"information from the original invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:48 +msgid "" +"This is the option to choose to do a partial refund, or if you want to " +"modify any detail on the credit note." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:52 +msgid "" +"This is the only option available for invoices that are already marked as " +"*Paid*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Odoo creates a credit note, automatically validates it, and reconciles the " +"original invoice with it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:62 +msgid "" +"This is the option to choose to do a full refund or cancel a validated " +"invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Odoo creates a credit note, automatically validates it, reconciles the " +"original invoice with it, and open a new draft invoice prefilled with the " +"same details from the original invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:71 +msgid "" +"This is the option to choose to modify the content of a validated invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:74 +msgid "Record a Vendor Refund" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:75 +msgid "" +"**Vendor Refunds** are recorded the same way you would do with invoices’ " +"credit notes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:77 +msgid "" +"You can either create a credit note from scratch by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> Refund`, and by clicking on " +"*Create*, or by opening the validated *Vendor Bill*, and clicking on *Add " +"Credit Note*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Issuing a credit note from an invoice creates a **reverse entry** that " +"zeroes out the journal items generated by the original invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:87 +msgid "Here is an example of an invoice’s journal entry:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:92 +msgid "" +"And here is the credit note’s journal entry generated to reverse the " +"original invoice above:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:3 +msgid "Deferred Revenues" +msgstr "Uitgestelde omzet" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Deferred revenues**, or **unearned revenue**, are payments made in advance" +" by customers for products yet to deliver or services yet to render." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Such payments are a **liability** for the company that receives them since " +"it still owes its customers these products or services. The company cannot " +"report them on the current **Profit and Loss statement**, or *Income " +"Statement*, since the payments will be effectively earned in the future." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:12 +msgid "" +"These future revenues must be deferred on the company's balance sheet until " +"the moment in time they can be **recognized**, at once or over a defined " +"period, on the Profit and Loss statement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:15 +msgid "" +"For example, let's say we sell a five-year extended warranty for $ 350. We " +"already receive the money now but haven't earned it yet. Therefore, we post " +"this new income in a deferred revenue account and decide to recognize it on " +"a yearly basis. Each year, for the next 5 years, $ 70 will be recognized as " +"revenue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Odoo Accounting handles deferred revenues by spreading them in multiple " +"entries that are automatically created in *draft mode* and then posted " +"periodically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Such transactions must be posted on a **Deferred Revenue Account** rather " +"than on the default income account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:34 +msgid "Configure a Deferred Revenue Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:44 +msgid "" +"This account's type must be either *Current Liabilities* or *Non-current " +"Liabilities*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:47 +msgid "Post an income to the right account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:50 +msgid "Select the account on a draft invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:52 +msgid "" +"On a draft invoice, select the right account for all the products of which " +"the incomes must be deferred." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:60 +msgid "Choose a different Income Account for specific products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Start editing the product, go to the *Accounting* tab, select the right " +"**Income Account**, and save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:70 +msgid "" +"It is possible to automate the creation of revenue entries for these " +"products (see: `Automate the Deferred Revenues`_)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To do so, open your Sales Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting -->" +" Accounting --> Sales`, select the journal item you want to modify, click on" +" the account, and select the right one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:85 +msgid "Deferred Revenues entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:90 +msgid "" +"A **Deferred Revenues entry** automatically generates all journal entries in" +" *draft mode*. They are then posted one by one at the right time until the " +"full amount of the income is recognized." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:93 +msgid "" +"To create a new entry, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " +"Deferred Revenues`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Click on **select related purchases** to link an existing journal item to " +"this new entry. Some fields are then automatically filled out, and the " +"journal item is now listed under the **Related Sales** tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Once done, you can click on *Compute Revenue* (next to the *Confirm* button)" +" to generate all the values of the **Revenue Board**. This board shows you " +"all the entries that Odoo will post to recognize your revenue, and at which " +"date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:115 +msgid "" +"The **Prorata Temporis** feature is useful to recognize your revenue the " +"most accurately possible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:117 +msgid "" +"With this feature, the first entry on the Revenue Board is computed based on" +" the time left between the *Prorata Date* and the *First Recognition Date* " +"rather than the default amount of time between recognitions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:121 +msgid "" +"For example, the Revenue Board above has its first revenue with an amount of" +" $ 4.22 rather than $ 70.00. Consequently, the last entry is also lower and " +"has an amount of $ 65.78." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:125 +msgid "Deferred Entry from the Sales Journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:127 +msgid "" +"You can create a deferred entry from a specific journal item in your **Sales" +" Journal**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:129 +msgid "" +"To do so, open your Sales Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting -->" +" Accounting --> Sales`, and select the journal item you want to defer. Make " +"sure that it is posted in the right account (see: `Change the account of a " +"posted journal item`_)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:142 +msgid "Deferred Revenue Models" +msgstr "Uitgestelde omzetmodellen" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:144 +msgid "" +"You can create **Deferred Revenue Models** to create your Deferred Revenue " +"entries faster." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:146 +msgid "" +"To create a model, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Deferred Revenue Models`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form the same " +"way you would do to create a new entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:150 +msgid "" +"You can also convert a *confirmed Deferred Revenue entry* into a model by " +"opening it from :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Deferred " +"Revenues` and then, by clicking on the button *Save Model*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:155 +msgid "Apply a Deferred Revenue Model to a new entry" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:157 +msgid "" +"When you create a new Deferred Revenue entry, fill out the **Deferred " +"Revenue Account** with the right recognition account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:170 +msgid "Automate the Deferred Revenues" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:172 +msgid "" +"When you create or edit an account of which the type is either *Current " +"Liabilities* or *Non-current Liabilities*, you can configure it to defer the" +" revenues that are credited on it automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:175 +msgid "You have three choices for the **Automate Deferred Revenue** field:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:178 +msgid "" +"**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " +"draft *Deferred Revenues entry* is created, but not validated. You must " +"first fill out the form in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " +"Deferred Revenues`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:181 +msgid "" +"**Create and validate:** you must also select a Deferred Revenue Model (see:" +" `Deferred Revenue Models`_). Whenever a transaction is posted on the " +"account, a *Deferred Revenues entry* is created and immediately validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:190 +msgid "" +"You can, for example, select this account as the default **Income Account** " +"of a product to fully automate its sale. (see: `Choose a different Income " +"Account for specific products`_)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:195 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Academy: Deferred Revenues (Recognition) " +"<https://www.odoo.com/r/EWO>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:3 +msgid "Add EPC QR Codes to invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:4 +msgid "" +"European Payments Council Quick Response Code, or **EPC QR Code**, are two-" +"dimensional barcodes that customers can scan with their **mobile banking " +"applications** to initiate a **SEPA Credit Transfer (SCT)**, and pay their " +"invoices instantly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:10 +msgid "" +"In addition to bringing ease of use and speed, it greatly reduces typing " +"errors that would potentially make for payment issues." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:15 +msgid "" +"This feature is only available in several European countries such as " +"Austria, Belgium, Finland, Germany, and The Netherlands." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and " +"activate the **SEPA QR Code** feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:28 +msgid "Configure your Bank Account’s journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Make sure that your *Bank Account* is correctly configured on Odoo with your" +" IBAN and BIC." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, " +"open your *bank journal*, then fill out the *Bank Account* and *Bank* under " +"the *Bank Account* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:40 +msgid "Issue Invoices with EPC QR Codes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:41 +msgid "" +"EPC QR Codes are added automatically to your invoices, as long as you issue " +"them to customers that are located in a country where this feature is " +"available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Invoices`, and create a " +"new invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Before posting it, open the *Other Info* tab. Odoo automatically fills out " +"the *Bank Account* field with your IBAN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Make sure that the account indicated is the one you want to use to receive " +"your customer’s payment as Odoo uses this field to generate the EPC QR Code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If you want to issue an invoice without an EPC QR Code, remove the IBAN " +"indicated in the *Bank Account* field, under the *Other Info* tab of the " +"invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:65 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Academy: QR Code on Invoices for European Customers " +"<https://www.odoo.com/r/VuU>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview of the invoicing process" +msgstr "Overzicht van de factureringsprocessen" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Depending on your business and the application you use, there are different " +"ways to automate the customer invoice creation in Odoo. Usually, draft " +"invoices are created by the system (with information coming from other " +"documents like sales order or contracts) and accountant just have to " +"validate draft invoices and send the invoices in batch (by regular mail or " +"email)." +msgstr "" +"Afhankelijk van de zaak en de applicatie die u gebruikt zijn er " +"verschillende manieren om het facturatieproces te automatiseren naar " +"klanten. Meestal worden concept facturen aangemaakt door het systeem (met " +"informatie komende van andere documenten zoals verkooporders of contracten) " +"en moet de boekhouder enkel de concept facturen valideren en de facturen in " +"batchen uitzenden (via reguliere mail of e-mail)." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Depending on your business, you may opt for one of the following way to " +"create draft invoices:" +msgstr "" +"Afhankelijk van uw zaak kan u kiezen voor één van de volgende manieren om " +"conceptfacturen te maken:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:19 +msgid "Sales Order ‣ Invoice" +msgstr "Verkooporder ‣ Factuur" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:21 +msgid "" +"In most companies, salespeople create quotations that become sales order " +"once they are validated. Then, draft invoices are created based on the sales" +" order. You have different options like:" +msgstr "" +"In de meeste bedrijven maken verkopers offertes die vervolgens verkooporders" +" worden wanneer ze gevalideerd worden. Vervolgens worden conceptfacturen " +"aangemaakt gebaseerd op de verkooporders. U heeft verschillende opties " +"zoals:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Invoice manually: use a button on the sale order to trigger the draft " +"invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Invoice before delivery: invoice the full order before triggering the " +"delivery order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:31 +msgid "Invoice based on delivery order: see next section" +msgstr "Factuur gebaseerd op lever order: zie volgende sectie" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Invoice before delivery is usually used by the eCommerce application when " +"the customer pays at the order and we deliver afterwards. (pre-paid)" +msgstr "" +"Factureren voor levering wordt meestal gebruikt door de e-commerce " +"applicatie wanneer de klant het order betaald en wij hierna leveren. (pre-" +"paid)" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:37 +msgid "" +"For most other use cases, it's recommended to invoice manually. It allows " +"the salesperson to trigger the invoice on demand with options: invoice the " +"whole order, invoice a percentage (advance), invoice some lines, invoice a " +"fixed advance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:42 +msgid "This process is good for both services and physical products." +msgstr "Het proces is goed voor beide diensten en fysieke producten." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:45 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:48 +msgid "Sales Order ‣ Delivery Order ‣ Invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Retailers and eCommerce usually invoice based on delivery orders, instead of" +" sales order. This approach is suitable for businesses where the quantities " +"you deliver may differs from the ordered quantities: foods (invoice based on" +" actual Kg)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:55 +msgid "" +"This way, if you deliver a partial order, you only invoice for what you " +"really delivered. If you do back orders (deliver partially and the rest " +"later), the customer will receive two invoices, one for each delivery order." +msgstr "" +"Op deze manier, indien u een deel van een order levert, factureert u enkel " +"wat echt geleverd is. Indien u backorders doet (deels leveren en de rest " +"later), zal de klant twee facturen ontvangen, één voor elke leveringsorder." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:61 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:64 +msgid "eCommerce Order ‣ Invoice" +msgstr "eCommerce Order ‣ Factuur" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:66 +msgid "" +"An eCommerce order will also trigger the creation of the order when it is " +"fully paid. If you allow paying orders by check or wire transfer, Odoo only " +"creates an order and the invoice will be triggered once the payment is " +"received." +msgstr "" +"Een e-commerce order doet ook het aanmaken van het order afgaan wanneer deze" +" volledig betaald is. Indien u toestaat dat Orders betaald worden via cheque" +" of overschrijving zal Odoo enkel een order aanmaken en wordt de factuur " +"aangemaakt wanneer de betaling ontvangen is." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:72 +msgid "Contracts" +msgstr "Contracten" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:75 +msgid "Regular Contracts ‣ Invoices" +msgstr "Reguliere contracten ‣ Facturen" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:77 +msgid "" +"If you use contracts, you can trigger invoice based on time and material " +"spent, expenses or fixed lines of services/products. Every month, the " +"salesperson will trigger invoice based on activities on the contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:81 +msgid "Activities can be:" +msgstr "Activiteiten kunnen zijn:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:83 +msgid "" +"fixed products/services, coming from a sale order linked to this contract" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:84 +msgid "materials purchased (that you will re-invoice)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:85 +msgid "time and material based on timesheets or purchases (subcontracting)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:86 +msgid "" +"expenses like travel and accommodation that you re-invoice to the customer" +msgstr "kosten zoals reizen en verblijf die u door factureert naar de klant" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:88 +msgid "" +"You can invoice at the end of the contract or trigger intermediate invoices." +" This approach is used by services companies that invoice mostly based on " +"time and material. For services companies that invoice on fix price, they " +"use a regular sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:94 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:95 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:96 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:99 +msgid "Recurring Contracts ‣ Invoices" +msgstr "Herhalende contracten ‣ Facturen" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:101 +msgid "" +"For subscriptions, an invoice is triggered periodically, automatically. The " +"frequency of the invoicing and the services/products invoiced are defined on" +" the contract." +msgstr "" +"Voor abonnementen wordt er automatisch, periodiek, een factuur aangemaakt. " +"De frequentie van het factuur en de diensten/producten die gefactureerd " +"worden zijn gedefinieerd op het contract." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:106 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/subscriptions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:112 +msgid "Creating an invoice manually" +msgstr "Manueel een factuur aanmaken" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Users can also create invoices manually without using contracts or a sales " +"order. It's a recommended approach if you do not need to manage the sales " +"process (quotations), or the delivery of the products or services." +msgstr "" +"Gebruikers kunnen ook manueel facturen of orders aanmaken zonder contracten " +"te gebruiken. Het is een aanbevolen aanpak indien u niet het beheerproces " +"moet beheren (offertes), of de levering van de producten of diensten." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Even if you generate the invoice from a sales order, you may need to create " +"invoices manually in exceptional use cases:" +msgstr "" +"Zelfs als u het factuur genereert van een verkooporder moet u mogelijk nog " +"manueel factureren aanmaken in uitzonderlijke situaties:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:122 +msgid "if you need to create a refund" +msgstr "Indien u een terugbetaling moet aanmaken" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:124 +msgid "If you need to give a discount" +msgstr "Indien u een korting moet geven" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:126 +msgid "if you need to change an invoice created from a sales order" +msgstr "" +"Indien u een aangemaakte factuur moet wijzigen vanuit een verkooporder" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:128 +msgid "if you need to invoice something not related to your core business" +msgstr "" +"Indien u iets moet factureren dat niet gerelateerd is met de hoofdzaken" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:131 +msgid "Specific modules" +msgstr "Specifieke modules" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:133 +msgid "Some specific modules are also able to generate draft invoices:" +msgstr "Sommige specifieke modules kunnen ook concept facturen aanmaken:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:135 +msgid "**membership**: invoice your members every year" +msgstr "**lidmaatschap**: Factuur uw leden elk jaar" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:137 +msgid "**repairs**: invoice your after-sale services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:3 +msgid "Payment Terms and Installment Plans" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Payment Terms** specify all the conditions under which a sale is paid, " +"mostly to ensure customers pay their invoices correctly and on time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Payment Terms can be applied to sales orders, customer invoices, supplier " +"bills, and contacts. These conditions cover:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:11 +msgid "The due date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:12 +msgid "Some discounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:13 +msgid "Any other condition on the payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Defining Payment Terms automatically calculates the payments' due dates. " +"This is particularly helpful for managing installment plans." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:18 +msgid "" +"An **installment plan** allows the customers to pay an invoice in parts, " +"with the amounts and payment dates defined beforehand by the seller." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:21 +msgid "**Examples of Payment Terms:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**Immediate Payment**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "The full payment is due on the day of the invoice's issuance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**15 Days** (or **Net 15**)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "The full payment is due 15 days after the invoice date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**21 MFI**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "" +"The full payment is due by the 21st of the month following the invoice date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**2% 10, Net 30 EOM**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "" +"2% :doc:`cash discount <cash_discounts>` if the payment is received within " +"ten days. Otherwise, the full payment is due at the end of the month " +"following the invoice date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Payment terms are not to be confused with down payment invoices. If, for a " +"specific order, you issue several invoices to your customer, that is neither" +" a payment term nor an installment plan, but an invoicing policy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:39 +msgid "" +"This document is about the *Payment Terms* feature, not *Terms & " +"Conditions*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Terms` and " +"click on *Create*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The **Description on the Invoice** is the text displayed on the document " +"(sale order, invoice, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:49 +msgid "" +"In the **Terms** section, you can add a set of rules, called *terms*, to " +"define what needs to be paid and by which due date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:52 +msgid "" +"To add a term, click on *Add a line*, and define its *Type*, *Value*, and " +"*Due Date Computation*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:55 +msgid "Terms are computed in the order they are set up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:56 +msgid "The **balance** should always be used for the last line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 +msgid "" +"In the following example, 30% is due on the day of issuance, and the balance" +" is due at the end of the following month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:67 +msgid "Using Payment Terms" +msgstr "Betalingstermijnen gebruiken" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Payment Terms can be defined in the **Due Date** field, with the **Terms** " +"drop-down list, on:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**Quotations**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "" +"To set specific payment terms automatically on all invoices generated from a" +" quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**Customer Invoices**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "To set specific payment terms on an invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**Vendor Bills**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "" +"To set specific payment terms on a bill. This is mostly useful when you need" +" to manage vendor terms with several installments. Otherwise, setting the " +"*Due Date* is enough." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:80 +msgid "" +"You can also define a **Due Date** manually. If Payment Terms are already " +"defined, empty the field so you can select a date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:83 +msgid "Payment Terms can be defined with the **Payment Terms** field on:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**Contacts**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "" +"To set specific payment terms automatically on new sales orders, invoices, " +"and bills of a contact. This can be modified in the contact’s *Form View*, " +"under the *Sales & Purchase* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Invoices with specific Payment Terms generate different *Journal Entries*, " +"with one *Journal Item* for every computed *Due Date*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:95 +msgid "" +"This makes for easier *Follow-ups* and *Reconciliation* since Odoo takes " +"each due date into account, rather than just the balance due date. It also " +"helps to get an accurate *Aged Receivable report*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:103 +msgid "" +"In this example, an invoice of $1000 has been issued with the following " +"payment terms: *30% is due on the day of issuance, and the balance is due at" +" the end of the following month.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:107 +msgid "Due date" +msgstr "Vervaldatum" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:109 +msgid "February 21" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:109 +msgid "300" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:111 +msgid "March 31" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:111 +msgid "700" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:113 +msgid "Product Sales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:116 +msgid "" +"The $1000 debited on the Account Receivable is split into two distinct " +"*Journal Items*. Both of them have their own **Due Date**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:120 +msgid ":doc:`cash_discounts`" +msgstr ":doc:`cash_discounts`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:121 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Terms and Conditions (T&C) and Payment Terms " +"<https://www.odoo.com/r/fpv>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:3 +msgid "Send your Invoices by Post (Snailmail)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Direct mail is a great way to capture individuals’ attention at a time where" +" inboxes are always full. Odoo allows you to send invoices and follow-up " +"reports by post, worldwide, directly from your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:10 +msgid "Set up Snailmail" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Snailmail` and activate " +"the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If you would like this option to be a default feature, enable *Send by Post*" +" under *Default Sending Options*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:21 +msgid "Send your invoices by post" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Open your Invoice, click on the *Send & Print* button and select *Send by " +"Post*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Make sure to have your customer’s address set correctly, and that it " +"includes a country, before sending the letter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:37 +msgid "" +"*Snailmail* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service which requires prepaid " +"stamps (=credits) to work. Sending one document consumes one stamp." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To buy stamps, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Settings --> Snailmail` and click on *Buy credits*, or go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Odoo IAP` and click on *View my Services*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments.rst:3 +msgid "Customer Payments" +msgstr "Klantbetalingen" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:3 +msgid "Batch Payments: Batch Deposits (checks, cash etc.)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A **Batch Deposit** groups multiple payments in a single batch. This allows " +"you to deposit several payments into your bank account with a single " +"transaction. This is particularly useful to deposit cash and checks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:9 +msgid "" +"This feature allows you to list several customer payments and print a " +"**deposit slip**. This ticket contains the details of the transactions and a" +" reference to the batch deposit. You can then select this reference during a" +" bank reconciliation to match the single bank statement line with all the " +"transactions listed in the batch deposit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:17 +msgid "" +"To activate the feature, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Settings --> Customer Payments`, activate **Batch Payments**, and click " +"on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:21 +msgid "Payment Method Types" +msgstr "Betalingsmethodesoorten" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To record new payments as part of a Batch Deposit, you have to configure " +"first the Journal on which you record them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, " +"open the Journal you want to edit, click on *Edit*, and open the *Advanced " +"Settings* tab. In the *Payment Method Types* section, enable **Batch " +"Deposit**, and click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Your main bank accounts are automatically configured to process batch " +"payments when you activate the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:39 +msgid "Deposit multiple payments in batch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:42 +msgid "Record payments to deposit in batch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:44 +msgid "" +":doc:`Register the payments <recording>` on the bank account on which you " +"plan to deposit them by opening the *Customer Invoice* for which you " +"received a payment, and clicking on *Register Payment*. There, select the " +"appropriate Journal linked to your bank account and select *Batch Deposit* " +"as Payment Method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:53 +msgid "Do this step for all checks or payments you want to process in batch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:56 +msgid "Make sure to write the payment reference in the **Memo** field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:59 +msgid "Add payments to a Batch Deposit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To add the payments to a Batch Deposit, go to :menuselection:`Accounting -->" +" Customers --> Batch Payments`, and click on *Create*. Next, select the Bank" +" and Payment Method, then click on *Add a line*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Select all payments to include in the current Batch Deposit and click on " +"*Select*. You can also record a new payment and add it to the list by " +"clicking on *Create*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Once done, click on *Validate* to finalize your Batch Deposit. You can then " +"click on *Print* to download a PDF file to include with the deposit slip " +"that the bank usually requires to fill out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Once the bank statements are on your database, you can reconcile the bank " +"statement line with the *Batch Payment* reference. To do so, start your " +"**Bank Reconciliation** by going to your Accounting dashboard and clicking " +"on *Reconcile Items* on the related bank account. At the bank statement " +"line, click on *Choose counterpart or Create Write-off* to display more " +"options, open the *Batch Payments* tab, and select your Batch Payment. All " +"related payments are automatically added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:89 +msgid "" +"The *Batch Payments* tab won't appear if a Partner is selected for this bank" +" statement line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:95 +msgid "" +"If a check, or a payment, couldn't be processed by the bank and is missing, " +"remove the related payment before validating the bank reconciliation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:99 +msgid ":doc:`recording`" +msgstr ":doc:`recording`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:100 +msgid ":doc:`batch_sdd`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:3 +msgid "Batch Payments: SEPA Direct Debit (SDD)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:5 +msgid "" +"SEPA, the Single Euro Payments Area, is a payment-integration initiative of " +"the European Union for simplification of bank transfers denominated in EURO." +" With **SEPA Direct Debit**, your customers can sign a **mandate** that " +"authorizes you to collect future payments from their bank accounts. This is " +"particularly useful for recurring payments based on a subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:10 +msgid "" +"You can record customer mandates in Odoo, and generate XML files containing " +"pending payments made with an SDD mandate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:0 +msgid "" +"SDD is supported by all SEPA countries, which includes the 27 member states " +"of the European Union as well as additional countries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:0 +msgid "" +"`List of all SEPA countries <https://www.europeanpaymentscouncil.eu" +"/document-library/other/epc-list-sepa-scheme-countries>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`, activate " +"**SEPA Direct Debit (SDD)** and click on *Save*. Enter your company's " +"**Creditor Identifier**. This number is provided by your bank institution, " +"or the authority responsible for delivering them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:31 +msgid "SEPA Direct Debit Mandates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:34 +msgid "Create a mandate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The SEPA Direct Debit Mandate is the document that your customers sign to " +"authorize you to collect money directly from their bank accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To create a new mandate, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> " +"Direct Debit Mandates`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Export the PDF file by clicking on *Print*. It is then up to your customer " +"to sign this document. Once done, upload the signed file in the **Original " +"Document** field, and click on *Validate* to start running the mandate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Make sure that the **IBAN bank accounts details** are correctly recorded on " +"the debtor’s contact form, under the *Accounting* tab, and in your own " +":doc:`Bank Account <../../bank/setup/bank_accounts>` settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:56 +msgid "SEPA Direct Debit as a Payment Method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:58 +msgid "" +"SEPA Direct Debit can be used as a payment method both on your **eCommerce**" +" or on the **Customer Portal** by activating SDD as a **Payment Acquirer**. " +"With this method, your customers can create and sign their mandates " +"themselves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:62 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment " +"Acquirers`, click on *SEPA Direct Debit*, and set it up according to your " +"needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Make sure to change the **State** field to *Enabled*, and to check **Online " +"Signature**, as this is necessary to let your customers sign their mandates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Customers using SDD as payment method get prompted to add their IBAN, email " +"address, and to sign their SEPA Direct Debit mandate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:73 +msgid "Add link to future **Payment Acquirer** documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:76 +msgid "Close or revoke a mandate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Direct Debit mandates are closed automatically after their *End Date*. If " +"this field is left blank, the mandate keeps being *Active* until it is " +"*Closed* or *Revoked*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Clicking on **Close** updates the mandate’s end day to the current day. This" +" means that invoices issued after the present day will not be processed with" +" an SDD payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Clicking on **Revoke** disables the mandate immediately. No SDD payment can " +"be registered anymore, regardless of the invoice’s date. However, payments " +"that have already been registered are still included in the next SDD XML " +"file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Once a mandate has been *closed* or *revoked*, it cannot be reactivated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:96 +msgid "Get paid with SDD Batch Payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:101 +msgid "" +"You can register SDD payments for invoices issued to customers who have an " +"active SDD mandate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:103 +msgid "" +"To do so, open the invoice, click on *Register Payment*, and choose *SEPA " +"Direct Debit* as payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:107 +msgid "Generate SEPA Direct Debit XML files to submit payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:109 +msgid "" +"**XML files** with all SDD payment instructions can be uploaded to your " +"online banking interface to process all payments at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:113 +msgid "" +"The files generated by Odoo follow the SEPA Direct Debit **PAIN.008.001.02**" +" specifications, as required by the SEPA customer-to-bank Implementation " +"Guidelines, which ensures compatibility with the banks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:117 +msgid "" +"To generate your XML file for the pending SDD payments, go to the related " +"*bank journal* on your *Accounting dashboard*, then click on *Direct Debit " +"Payments to Collect*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:124 +msgid "" +"Select all the payments you want to include in your SDD XML file, then click" +" on *Action* and select *Create Batch Payment*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Odoo then takes you to your *Batch Payment*’s form. Click on *Validate* and " +"download the SDD XML file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:138 +msgid "" +"Finally, upload this file to your online banking interface to process the " +"payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:141 +msgid "" +"You can retrieve all the generated SDD XML files by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Customers --> Batch " +"Payments`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:145 +msgid ":doc:`batch`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:147 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Academy: SEPA Direct Debit Mandates (SDD) " +"<https://www.odoo.com/r/Zxs>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:148 +msgid "" +"`List of all SEPA countries <https://www.europeanpaymentscouncil.eu" +"/document-library/other/epc-list-sepa-scheme-countries>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:3 +msgid "Register customer payments by checks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:5 +msgid "" +"There are two ways to handle payments received by checks. Odoo support both " +"approaches so that you can use the one that better fits your habits." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:9 +msgid "" +"**Undeposited Funds:** once you receive the check, you record a payment by " +"check on the invoice. (using a Check journal and posted on the Undeposited " +"Fund account) Then, once the check arrives in your bank account, move money " +"from Undeposited Funds to your bank account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:16 +msgid "" +"**One journal entry only:** once your receive the check, you record a " +"payment on your bank, paid by check, without going through the **Undeposited" +" Funds**. Once you process your bank statement, you do the matching with " +"your bank feed and the check payment, without creating a dedicated journal " +"entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:23 +msgid "" +"We recommend the first approach as it is more accurate (your bank account " +"balance is accurate, taking into accounts checks that have not been cashed " +"yet). Both approaches require the same effort." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Even if the first method is cleaner, Odoo support the second approach " +"because some accountants are used to it (quickbooks and peachtree users)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:32 +msgid "" +"You may have a look at the *Deposit Ticket feature* if you deposit several " +"checks to your bank accounts in batch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:36 +msgid "Option 1: Undeposited Funds" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:41 +msgid "Create a journal **Checks**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:43 +msgid "Set **Undeposited Checks** as a defaut credit/debit account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Set the bank account related to this journal as **Allow Reconciliation**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:109 +msgid "From check payments to bank statements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The first way to handle checks is to create a check journal. Thus, checks " +"become a payment method in itself and you will record two transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Once you receive a customer check, go to the related invoice and click on " +"**Register Payment**. Fill in the information about the payment:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Payment method: Check Journal (that you configured with the debit and credit" +" default accounts as **Undeposited Funds**)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:60 +msgid "Memo: write the Check number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:65 +msgid "This operation will produce the following journal entry:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 +msgid "Statement Match" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:135 +msgid "100.00" +msgstr "100.00" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 +msgid "Undeposited Funds" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:121 +msgid "The invoice is marked as paid as soon as you record the check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Then, once you get the bank statements, you will match this statement with " +"the check that is in Undeposited Funds." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 +msgid "X" +msgstr "X" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:89 +msgid "" +"If you use this approach to manage received checks, you get the list of " +"checks that have not been cashed in the **Undeposit Funds** account " +"(accessible, for example, from the general ledger)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Both methods will produce the same data in your accounting at the end of the" +" process. But, if you have checks that have not been cashed, this one is " +"cleaner because those checks have not been reported yet on your bank " +"account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:100 +msgid "Option 2: One journal entry only" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:105 +msgid "" +"These is nothing to configure if you plan to manage your checks using this " +"method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:114 +msgid "**Payment method:** the bank that will be used for the deposit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:116 +msgid "Memo: write the check number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Once you will receive the bank statements, you will do the matching with the" +" statement and this actual payment. (technically: point this payment and " +"relate it to the statement line)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:127 +msgid "" +"With this approach, you will get the following journal entry in your books:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:139 +msgid "" +"You may also record the payment directly without going on the customer " +"invoice, using the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. This method may" +" be more convenient if you have a lot of checks to record in a batch but you" +" will have to reconcile entries afterwards (matching payments with invoices)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:145 +msgid "" +"If you use this approach to manage received checks, you can use the report " +"**Bank Reconciliation Report** to verify which checks have been received or " +"paid by the bank. (this report is available from the **More** option from " +"the Accounting dashboard on the related bank account)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:3 +msgid "Follow-up on invoices and get paid faster" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:5 +msgid "" +"It is essential for your business to collect payments when they are overdue." +" Odoo will help you identify payments that are late and will allow you to " +"send the appropriate reminders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:10 +msgid "Manage your follow-ups" +msgstr "Beheer uw opvolging" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:13 +msgid "" +"We recommend that you reconcile your bank statements before launching your " +"follow-up process. It will avoid you the trouble of sending a statement to a" +" customer that has already paid you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The overdue invoices you need to follow-up on are available by default in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Sales --> Follow-up Reports`. There, you can " +"easily send a reminder by email or print it as a letter. Then, you can click" +" on the *Done* button to view the next follow-up that needs your attention." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Otherwise, if now is not the time for a reminder, click on *Remind me " +"later*. You will get the next report according to the *Next Reminder Date* " +"set on the statement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To avoid sending too many reminders in a short period of time, change the " +"number of days calculated between each report by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Payment " +"Follow-up`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:33 +msgid "" +"You can also set a trust level for your customers by marking them as bad, " +"normal or good debtors on the follow-up reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:40 +msgid "Send reminders in batch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To get your follow-up process easier, you can send reminder emails in batch " +"from your follow-up reports page. Select all the reports you would like to " +"process, click on *Action* and then on *Process Follow-ups*. A pdf document " +"containing all of the follow-up letters for you to print will also be " +"automatically generated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:52 +msgid "Plan a follow-up process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To plan a follow-up process, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Follow-up Levels* feature " +"under the *Customer Payments* section. Then, click on the new *Follow-up " +"Levels* button that has appeared on your settings page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:59 +msgid "" +"A follow-up plan with several actions is available by default in Odoo, but " +"you can customize it any way you want. Depending on a specific number of " +"overdue days, plan to send an email, a letter or to undertake a manual " +"action. You can also edit the template used for the statement according to " +"the stage of the process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:69 +msgid "" +"If you would like to get a reminder before the actual due date, set a " +"negative number of due days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:3 +msgid "Invoice Online Payment" +msgstr "Betaal facturen online" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To make it more convenient for your customers to pay the invoices you issue," +" you can activate the **Invoice Online Payment** feature, which adds a *Pay " +"Now* button on their **Customer Portal**. This allows your customers to see " +"their invoices online and pay directly with their favorite payment method, " +"making the payment process much easier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Make sure your :ref:`Payment Acquirers are correctly configured " +"<payment_acquirers/configuration>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:20 +msgid "" +"By default, \":doc:`Wire Transfer " +"</applications/general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer>`\" is the only " +"Payment Acquirer activated, but you still have to fill out the payment " +"details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To activate the Invoice Online Payment, go to :menuselection:`Accounting -->" +" Configuration --> Settings --> Customer Payments`, enable **Invoice Online " +"Payment**, and click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:27 +msgid "Customer Portal" +msgstr "Klantenportaal" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:29 +msgid "" +"After issuing the invoice, click on *Send & Print* and send the invoice by " +"email to the customer. They will receive an email with a link that redirects" +" them to the invoice on their **Customer Portal**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:37 +msgid "" +"They can choose which Payment Acquirer to use by clicking on *Pay Now*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:45 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:3 +msgid "Different ways to record a payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, a payment can either be linked directly to an invoice or be a stand" +" alone record for use on a later date:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If a payment is linked to an invoice, it reduces the amount due of the " +"invoice. You can have multiple payments linked to the same invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:12 +msgid "" +"If a payment is not linked to an invoice, the customer has an outstanding " +"credit with your company, or your company as an outstanding balance with a " +"vendor. You can use this outstanding credit/debit to pay future invoices or " +"bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:18 +msgid "Paying an invoice" +msgstr "Een factuur betalen" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If you register a payment on a customer invoice or a vendor bill, the " +"payment is automatically reconciled with the invoice reducing the amount " +"due." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:27 +msgid "" +"The green icon near the payment line will display more information about the" +" payment. From there you can choose to open the journal entry or reconcile " +"the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:32 +msgid "" +"If you unreconcile a payment, it is still registered in your books but not " +"linked to the specific invoice any longer. If you unreconcile a payment in a" +" different currency, Odoo will create a journal entry to reverse the " +"Currency Exchange Loss/Gain posted at the time of reconciliation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:38 +msgid "Payments not tied to an invoice" +msgstr "Betalingen niet gekoppeld aan een factuur" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:41 +msgid "Registering a payment" +msgstr "Een betaling registreren" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:43 +msgid "" +"In the Accounting application, you can create a new payment from the Sales " +"menu (register a customer payment) or the Purchases menu (pay a vendor). If " +"you use these menus, the payment is not linked to an invoice, but can easily" +" be reconciled on an invoice later on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:51 +msgid "" +"When registering a new payment, you must select a customer or vendor, the " +"payment method, and the amount of the payment. The currency of the " +"transaction is defined by the payment method. If the payment refers to a " +"document (sale order, purchase order or invoice), set the reference of this " +"document in the memo field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Once confirmed, a journal entry will be posted reflecting the transaction " +"just made in the accounting application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:61 +msgid "Reconciling invoice payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:63 +msgid "" +"The easiest way of reconciling a payment with an invoice is to do so on the " +"invoice directly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:66 +msgid "" +"When validating a new invoice, Odoo will warn you that an outstanding " +"payment for this customer or vendor is available. In this case, you can " +"reconcile this payment to the invoice near the totals at the bottom, under " +"\"Outstanding Payments\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:75 +msgid "Reconciling all your outstanding payments and invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:77 +msgid "" +"If you want to reconcile all outstanding payments and invoices at once " +"(instead of doing so one by one), you can use the batch reconciliation " +"feature within Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:81 +msgid "" +"The batch reconciliation feature is available from the dashboard on the " +"Customer Invoices card and the Vendor Bills card for reconciling Accounts " +"Receivable and Payable, respectively." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:88 +msgid "" +"The payments matching tool will open all unreconciled customers or vendors " +"and will give you the opportunity to process them all one by one, doing the " +"matching of all their payments and invoices at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:95 +msgid "" +"During the reconciliation, if the sum of the debits and credits do not " +"match, it means there is still a remaining balance that either needs to be " +"reconciled at a later date, or needs to be written off directly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:100 +msgid "Transferring money from one bank account to another" +msgstr "Overboeking van geld van een bankrekening naar een andere" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Just like making a customer or vendor payment, you transfer cash internally " +"between your bank accounts from the dashboard or from the menus up top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:109 +msgid "" +"This will take you to the same screen you have for receiving and making " +"payments." +msgstr "Dit brengt u naar hetzelfde scherm als ontvangsten en betalingen." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:116 +msgid "" +"When making an internal transfer from one bank account to another, select " +"the bank you want to apply the transfer from in the dashboard, and in the " +"register payments screen, you select the transfer to account. Do not go " +"through this process again in the other bank account or else you will end up" +" with two journal entries for the same transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:124 +msgid ":doc:`online_payment`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:126 +msgid ":doc:`followup`" +msgstr ":doc:`followup`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations.rst:3 +msgid "Declarations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:3 +msgid "Tax Return (VAT Declaration)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Companies that are registered for **VAT (Value Added Tax)** must file a " +"**Tax return** on a monthly or quarterly basis, depending on their turnover " +"and the regulation of the country in which they are registered. A Tax return" +" - or VAT return - gives the tax authorities information about the taxable " +"transactions made by the company, the *output tax* it has charged its " +"customers, and the *input tax* its vendors have charged it. Based on these " +"values, the company can calculate the tax amount they have to pay or be " +"refunded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:13 +msgid "" +"You can find information about VAT and its mechanism on `this page from the " +"European Commission <https://ec.europa.eu/taxation_customs/business/vat" +"/what-is-vat_en>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:16 +msgid "add doc about intracom listing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:22 +msgid "Tax Return Periodicity" +msgstr "BTW aangifteperiode" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The configuration of the **Tax Return Periodicity** allows Odoo Accounting " +"to compute your Tax Return correctly and also to send you a reminder to " +"never miss a tax return deadline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings " +"--> Fiscal Periods`, and go to the **Tax Return Periodicity** section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:30 +msgid "" +"**Periodicity**: define here whether you file your tax return each month or " +"every three months." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:31 +msgid "" +"**Reminder**: define when Odoo should remind you to file your tax return." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:32 +msgid "**Journal**: select the journal in which to record the tax return." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:39 +msgid "" +"This is usually configured during the :doc:`app's initial set up " +"<../../overview/getting_started/setup>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:43 +msgid "Tax Grids" +msgstr "BTW rubriek" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Odoo generates Tax Reports based on the **Tax Grids** settings that are " +"configured on your taxes. Therefore, it is crucial to make sure that all the" +" recorded transactions use the right taxes. You can see on each Journal Item" +" which Tax Grid is used for that transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:53 +msgid "" +"To configure your taxes' Tax Grids, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Taxes`, and open the tax you want to modify. There, you " +"can edit your tax settings, along with the tax grids that are used to record" +" invoices or credit notes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Taxes and reports are usually already pre-configured: a *Fiscal Localization" +" Package* is installed according to the country you select at the creation " +"of your database. :doc:`Click here " +"<../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>` for more" +" information about Fiscal Localization Packages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:70 +msgid "Close a tax period" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:73 +msgid "Tax Lock Date" +msgstr "BTW blokkeerdatum" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Any new transaction which accounting date is prior to the **Tax Lock Date** " +"has its tax values moved to the next open tax period. This is useful to make" +" sure that no change can be made to a report once its period is closed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Therefore, we recommend locking your tax date before working on your " +"*Closing Journal Entry*. This way, other users can't modify or add " +"transactions that would have an impact on the Closing Journal Entry, which " +"helps you avoid some tax declaration errors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:83 +msgid "" +"To check the current **Tax Lock Date**, or to edit it, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Lock Dates`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:144 +msgid "Tax Report" +msgstr "BTW rapportage" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Once all the transactions involving taxes have been posted for the period " +"you want to report, open your **Tax Report**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Tax Report`. " +"You can also click on *TAX Report* from your *Accounting Overview*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Make sure to select the right period you want to declare by using the date " +"filter. You can see an overview of your tax report. Then, click on the " +"button *Closing Journal Entry*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:106 +msgid "" +"After having reviewed the generated Journal Entry, click on *Post*. In " +"addition to posting the entry, Odoo automatically creates a PDF file with " +"the **Tax Report** that you can download from the chatter and preview on the" +" right column. It includes all the values to report to the tax authorities, " +"along with the amount you have to pay or be refunded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:116 +msgid "" +"If you forgot to :ref:`lock your tax date <tax_return_lock>` before clicking" +" on *Closing Journal Entry*, then Odoo automatically locks your fiscal " +"period on the same date as the Accounting Date of your entry. This automatic" +" lock happens when you click on *Post*. This safety mechanism can prevent " +"some fiscal errors, but it is advised to lock your tax date manually before," +" as described above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:124 +msgid ":doc:`../../overview/getting_started/setup`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:3 +msgid "Create a customized reports with your own formulas" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo 13 comes with a powerful and easy-to-use reporting framework. Creating " +"new reports (such as a tax report or a balance sheet or income statement " +"with specific groupings and layout ) to suit your needs is now easier than " +"ever." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:14 +msgid "Activate the developer mode" +msgstr "Activeer de ontwikkelaars mode" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In order to have access to the financial report creation interface, the " +":doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>` needs to be " +"activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:20 +msgid "Create your financial report" +msgstr "Maak uw financieel rapport" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:22 +msgid "" +"First, you need to create your financial report. To do that, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Financial Reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Once the name is entered, there are two other parameters that need to be " +"configured:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:31 +msgid "**Show Credit and Debit Columns**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:33 +msgid "**Analysis Period** :" +msgstr "**Analyse Periode**:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:35 +msgid "Based on date ranges (e.g. Profit and Loss)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:37 +msgid "Based on a single date (e.g. Balance Sheet)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Based on date ranges with 'older' and 'total' columns and last 3 months " +"(e.g. Aged Partner Balances)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:42 +msgid "Bases on date ranges and cash basis method (e.g. Cash Flow Statement)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:46 +msgid "Add lines in your custom reports" +msgstr "Voeg lijnen toe in uw gepersonaliseerde rapporten" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:48 +msgid "" +"After you've created the report, you need to fill it with lines. They all " +"need a **name**, a **code** (that is used to refer to the line), a " +"**sequence number** and a **level** (Used for the line rendering)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:55 +msgid "" +"In the **formulas** field you can add one or more formulas to assign a value" +" to the balance column (and debit and credit column if applicable – " +"separated by ;)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:59 +msgid "You have several objects available in the formula :" +msgstr "U heeft verschillende beschikbare objecten in de formule:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:61 +msgid "" +"``Ndays`` : The number of days in the selected period (for reports with a " +"date range)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Another report, referenced by its code. Use ``.balance`` to get its balance " +"value (also available are ``.credit``, ``.debit`` and ``.amount_residual``)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:68 +msgid "" +"A line can also be based on the sum of account move lines on a selected " +"domain. In which case you need to fill the domain field with an Odoo domain " +"on the account move line object. Then an extra object is available in the " +"formulas field, namely ``sum``, the sum of the account move lines in the " +"domain. You can also use the group by field to group the account move lines " +"by one of their columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:75 +msgid "Other useful fields :" +msgstr "Andere handige velden:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:77 +msgid "**Type** : Type of the result of the formula." +msgstr "**Type**: Type van het resultaat van de formule." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:79 +msgid "" +"**Is growth good when positive** : Used when computing the comparison " +"column. Check if growth is good (displayed in green) or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:82 +msgid "" +"**Special date changer** : If a specific line in a report should not use the" +" same dates as the rest of the report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:85 +msgid "" +"**Show domain** : How the domain of a line is displayed. Can be foldable " +"(``default``, hidden at the start but can be unfolded), ``always`` (always " +"displayed) or ``never`` (never shown)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:90 +msgid ":doc:`main_reports`" +msgstr ":doc:`main_reports`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:3 +msgid "Main reports available" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Besides the reports created specifically in each localisation module, a few " +"very useful **generic** and **dynamic reports** are available for all " +"countries :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:9 +msgid "**Balance Sheet**" +msgstr "**Saldo overzicht**" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:10 +msgid "**Profit and Loss**" +msgstr "**Winst en Verlies**" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:11 +msgid "**Chart of Account**" +msgstr "**Grootboekschema**" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:12 +msgid "**Executive Summary**" +msgstr "**Managementsamenvatting**" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:13 +msgid "**General Ledger**" +msgstr "**Grootboek**" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:14 +msgid "**Aged Payable**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:15 +msgid "**Aged Receivable**" +msgstr "**Te late betalers**" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:16 +msgid "**Cash Flow Statement**" +msgstr "**Cashflow afschriften**" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:17 +msgid "**Tax Report**" +msgstr "**Belasting rapport**" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:18 +msgid "**Bank Reconciliation**" +msgstr "**Afletteren bank**" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:20 +msgid "" +"You can annotate every reports to print them and report to your adviser. " +"Export to xls to manage extra analysis. Drill down in the reports to see " +"more details (payments, invoices, journal items, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You can also compare values with another period. Choose how many periods you" +" want to compare the chosen time period with. You can choose up to 12 " +"periods back from the date of the report if you don't want to use the " +"default **Previous 1 Period** option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:32 +msgid "" +"The **Balance Sheet** shows a snapshot of the assets, liabilities and equity" +" of your organisation as at a particular date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:39 +msgid "Profit and Loss" +msgstr "Winst en Verlies" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The **Profit and Loss** report (or **Income Statement**) shows your " +"organisation's net income, by deducting expenses from revenue for the report" +" period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:49 +msgid "Chart of account" +msgstr "Rekeningschema" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:51 +msgid "A listing of all your accounts grouped by class." +msgstr "Een overzicht van al uw rekeningen gegroepeerd per klasse." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:57 +msgid "Executive Summary" +msgstr "Managementsamenvatting" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:59 +msgid "" +"The **Executive Summary** allows for a quick look at all the important " +"figures you need to run your company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:62 +msgid "" +"In very basic terms, this is what each of the items in this section is " +"reporting :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:77 +msgid "**Performance:**" +msgstr "**Performantie:**" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:68 +msgid "**Gross profit margin:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:67 +msgid "" +"The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " +"costs needed to make those sales (things like labour, materials, etc)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:74 +msgid "**Net profit margin:**" +msgstr "**netto winst marge:**" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " +"costs needed to make those sales, as well as any fixed overheads your " +"company has (things like rent, electricity, taxes you need to pay as a " +"result of those sales)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:77 +msgid "**Return on investment (p.a.):**" +msgstr "**Rendement op investering (p.a):**" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:77 +msgid "" +"The ratio of net profit made, to the amount of assets the company used to " +"make those profits." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:97 +msgid "**Position:**" +msgstr "**Positie:**" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:81 +msgid "**Average debtor days:**" +msgstr "**Gemiddeld aantal dagen debiteuren:**" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:81 +msgid "" +"The average number of days it takes your customers to pay you (fully), " +"across all your customer invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:84 +msgid "**Average creditor days:**" +msgstr "**Gemiddeld aantal dagen debiteuren:**" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:84 +msgid "" +"The average number of days it takes you to pay your suppliers (fully) across" +" all your bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:89 +msgid "**Short term cash forecast:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:87 +msgid "" +"How much cash is expected in or out of your organisation in the next month " +"i.e. balance of your **Sales account** for the month less the balance of " +"your **Purchases account** for the month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:97 +msgid "**Current assets to liabilities:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Also referred to as **current ratio**, this is the ratio of current assets " +"(assets that could be turned into cash within a year) to the current " +"liabilities (liabilities which will be due in the next year). This is " +"typically used as as a measure of a company's ability to service its debt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:103 +msgid "General Ledger" +msgstr "Grootboek" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:105 +msgid "" +"The **General Ledger Report** shows all transactions from all accounts for a" +" chosen date range. The initial summary report shows the totals for each " +"account and from there you can view a detailed transaction report or any " +"exceptions. This report is useful for checking every transaction that " +"occurred during a certain period of time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:115 +msgid "Aged Payable" +msgstr "Ouderdomsanalyse leveranciersfacturen" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Run the **Aged Payable Details** report to display information on individual" +" bills, credit notes and overpayments owed by you, and how long these have " +"gone unpaid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:125 +msgid "Aged Receivable" +msgstr "Ouderdomsanalyse klantfacturen" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:127 +msgid "" +"The **Aged Receivables** report shows the sales invoices that were awaiting " +"payment during a selected month and several months prior." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:134 +msgid "Cash Flow Statement" +msgstr "Cashflow" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:136 +msgid "" +"The **Cash Flow Statement** shows how changes in balance sheet accounts and " +"income affect cash and cash equivalents, and breaks the analysis down to " +"operating, investing and financing activities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:146 +msgid "" +"This report allows you to see the **net** and **tax amounts** for all the " +"taxes grouped by type (sale/purchase)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation.rst:3 +msgid "Taxation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year.rst:3 msgid "Fiscal Year" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Boekjaar" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:3 msgid "Do a year end in Odoo (close a fiscal year)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:5 msgid "" "Before going ahead with closing a fiscal year, there are a few steps one " "should typically take to ensure that your accounting is correct, up to date," " and accurate:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:9 msgid "" "Make sure you have fully reconciled your **bank account(s)** up to year end " "and confirm that your ending book balances agree with your bank statement " "balances." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:13 msgid "Verify that all **customer invoices** have been entered and approved." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:15 msgid "Confirm that you have entered and agreed all **vendor bills**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:17 msgid "Validate all **expenses**, ensuring their accuracy." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:19 msgid "" "Corroborate that all **received payments** have been entered and recorded " "accurately." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:25 msgid "Run a **Tax report**, and verify that your tax information is correct." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:27 msgid "Reconcile all accounts on your **Balance Sheet**:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:29 msgid "" "Agree your bank balances in Odoo against your actual bank balances on your " "statements. Utilize the **Bank Reconciliation** report to assist with this." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:33 msgid "" "Reconcile all transactions in your cash and bank accounts by running your " "**Aged Receivables** and **Aged Payables** reports." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:36 msgid "" "Audit your accounts, being sure to fully understand the transactions " "affecting them and the nature of the transactions, making sure to include " "loans and fixed assets." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:40 msgid "" "Run the optional **Payments Matching** feature, under the **More** dropdown " "on the dashboard, validating any open **Vendor Bills** and **Customer " @@ -9948,27 +18176,27 @@ msgid "" "reconciled, and could lead finding errors or mistakes in the system." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:47 msgid "" "Your accountant/bookkeeper will likely verify your balance sheet items and " "book entries for:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:50 msgid "" "Year-end manual adjustments, using the **Adviser Journal Entries** menu (For" " example, the **Current Year Earnings** and **Retained Earnings** reports)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:56 msgid "**Depreciation Journal Entries**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:60 msgid "**Tax adjustments**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Belasting aanpassingen**." -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:62 msgid "" "If your accountant/bookkeeper is going through end of the year auditing, " "they may want to have paper copies of all balance sheet items (such as " @@ -9976,7 +18204,7 @@ msgid "" "these against your Odoo balances." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:67 msgid "" "During this process, it is good practice to set the **Lock date for Non-" "Advisers** to the last day of the preceding financial year, which is set " @@ -9985,11 +18213,11 @@ msgid "" "auditing the books." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:77 msgid "Closing the fiscal year" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Het fiscale jaar afsluiten" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:79 msgid "" "In Odoo there is no need to do a specific year end closing entry in order to" " close out income statement accounts. The reports are created in real-time, " @@ -9999,7 +18227,7 @@ msgid "" "**Fiscal Year** and the account balances will all be 0." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:86 msgid "" "Once the accountant/bookkeeper has created the journal entry to allocate the" " **Current Year Earnings**, you should set the **Lock Date** to the last day" @@ -10008,62 +18236,66 @@ msgid "" "reporting a 0 balance." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:93 msgid ":doc:`fiscal_year`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:3 msgid "Manage Fiscal Years" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:5 msgid "" "In most cases, the fiscal years last 12 months. If it is your case, you just" " have to define what is the last day of your fiscal year in the accounting " "settings. By default, it is set on the 31st December." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:12 msgid "" "However, there might be some exceptions. For example, if it is the first " "fiscal year of your business, it could last more or less than 12 months. In " "this case, some additional configuration is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:16 msgid "" "Go in :menuselection:`accounting --> configuration --> settings` and " "activate the fiscal years." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:22 msgid "" "You can then configure your fiscal years in :menuselection:`accounting --> " "configuration --> fiscal years`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:29 msgid "" "You only have to create fiscal years if they last more or less than 12 " "months." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:34 msgid ":doc:`close_fiscal_year`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:3 msgid "Manage prices for B2B (tax excluded) and B2C (tax included)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:5 msgid "" "When working with consumers, prices are usually expressed with taxes " "included in the price (e.g., in most eCommerce). But, when you work in a B2B" " environment, companies usually negotiate prices with taxes excluded." msgstr "" +"Wanneer u werkt met consumenten worden prijzen vaak uitgedrukt inclusief " +"belastingen (bijvoorbeeld op de meeste e-commerce platformen). Maar, wanneer" +" u werkt in een B2B omgeving onderhandelen bedrijven meestal over prijzen " +"exclusief belastingen." -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:9 msgid "" "Odoo manages both use cases easily, as long as you register your prices on " "the product with taxes excluded or included, but not both together. If you " @@ -10071,8 +18303,13 @@ msgid "" "easily do sales order with a price having taxes excluded (or included): " "that's easy." msgstr "" +"Odoo beheert beide usecases gemakkelijk, zolang u uw prijzen registreert op " +"uw producten inclusief belastingen of exclusief belastingen, maar niet beide" +" samen. Indien u alle prijzen inclusief belastingen beheert (of exclusief) " +"kan u nog gemakkelijk een verkooporder maken met prijzen zonder belastingen " +"(of inclusief): dat is gemakkelijk." -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:15 msgid "" "This documentation is only for the specific use case where you need to have " "two references for the price (tax included or excluded), for the same " @@ -10080,55 +18317,74 @@ msgid "" "relationship with prices included and prices excluded, as shown in this use " "case, in belgium with a tax of 21%:" msgstr "" +"Deze documentatie is enkel voor deze specifieke usecase waar u twee " +"referenties moet hebben voor de prijs (inclusief of exclusief belastingen), " +"voor hetzelfde product. De reden van de complexiteit is omdat er geen " +"symetrische relatie is met prijzen inclusief en prijzen exclusief " +"belastingen, zoals getoond in deze usecase, in België met een belasting van " +"21%:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:21 msgid "Your eCommerce has a product at **10€ (taxes included)**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Uw e-commerce heeft een product aan **10€ (belastingen inbegrepen)**" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:23 msgid "This would do **8.26€ (taxes excluded)** and a **tax of 1.74€**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dit is **8.26€ (zonder belastingen)** en een **belasting van 1.74€**" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:25 msgid "" "But for the same use case, if you register the price without taxes on the " "product form (8.26€), you get a price with tax included at 9.99€, because:" msgstr "" +"Maar voor dezelfde uscase, indien u een prijs registreert zonder belastingen" +" op het productformulier (8.26€), krijgt u een prijs met een inbegrepen " +"belasting van 9.99€, omdat:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:29 msgid "**8.26€ \\* 1.21 = 9.99€**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**8.26€ \\* 1.21 = 9.99€**" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:31 msgid "" "So, depending on how you register your prices on the product form, you will " "have different results for the price including taxes and the price excluding" " taxes:" msgstr "" +"Dus, afhankelijk van hoe u uw prijzen registreert op het productformulier " +"krijgt u verschillende resultaten voor de prijs inclusief belastingen en de " +"prijs exclusief belastingen:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:35 msgid "Taxes Excluded: **8.26€ & 10.00€**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Exclusief belastingen: **8.26€ & 10.00€**" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:37 msgid "Taxes Included: **8.26€ & 9.99€**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Inclusief belastingen: **8.26€ & 9.99€**" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:40 msgid "" "If you buy 100 pieces at 10€ taxes included, it gets even more tricky. You " "will get: **1000€ (taxes included) = 826.45€ (price) + 173.55€ (taxes)** " "Which is very different from a price per piece at 8.26€ tax excluded." msgstr "" +"Indien u 100 stuks koopt aan 10€ inclusief belastingen, wordt het nog " +"complexer. U krijgt **1000€ (inclusief belastingen) = 826.45€ (prijs) + " +"173.55€ (belastingen)**. Wat totaal anders is dan een prijs per stuk van " +"8.26€ exclusief belastingen." -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:45 msgid "" "This documentation explains how to handle the very specific use case where " "you need to handle the two prices (tax excluded and included) on the product" " form within the same company." msgstr "" +"Deze documentatie legt u uit hoe u deze specifieke usecase moet afhandelen " +"wanneer u twee prijzen moet afhandelen (inclusief en exclusief belastingen) " +"op het productformulier binnen hetzelfde bedrijf." -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:50 msgid "" "In terms of finance, you have no more revenues selling your product at 10€ " "instead of 9.99€ (for a 21% tax), because your revenue will be exactly the " @@ -10139,8 +18395,17 @@ msgid "" "everything tax excluded, which is less error prone and easier for your " "salespeople." msgstr "" +"Wat betreft de financiën heeft u geen inkomsten meer bij het verkopen van uw" +" product aan 10€ in plaats van 9.99€ (voor een 21% belasting), omdat uw " +"inkomsten exact hetzelfde zijn aan 9.99€, enkel de belasting is 0.01€ hoger." +" Dus, als u een e-commerce heeft in België doe uw klant dan een plezier en " +"stel uw prijs in op 9.99€ in plaats van 10€. Merk op dat dit niet van " +"toepassing is op 20€ of 30€, of andere belastingen, of een hoeveelheid >1. U" +" doet ook zichzelf een plezier aangezien u gemakkelijk alles kan beheren " +"exclusief belastingen, wat minder fouten kan bevatten en gemakkelijker is " +"voor uw verkoper." -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:65 msgid "" "The best way to avoid this complexity is to choose only one way of managing " "your prices and stick to it: price without taxes or price with taxes " @@ -10150,54 +18415,74 @@ msgid "" "contracts with customers accordingly. This perfectly works out-of-the-box " "and you have no specific configuration to do." msgstr "" +"De beste manier om deze complexiteit te vermijden is om slechts één manier " +"te gebruiken voor het beheren van uw prijzen en deze aan te houden: prijzen " +"exclusief belastingen of inclusief belastingen. Definieer welke de standaard" +" bewaarde optie is op het productformulier (op de standaard belasting " +"gerelateerd aan het product), en laat Odoo de andere automatisch berekenen, " +"gebaseerd op de prijslijst en fiscale positie. Onderhandel uw contracten met" +" klanten hier naar. Dit werkt perfect out-of-the-box en u hoeft geen " +"specifieke configuratie te doen." -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:73 msgid "" "If you can not do that and if you really negotiate some prices with tax " "excluded and, for other customers, others prices with tax included, you " "must:" msgstr "" +"Indien u dit niet kan doen en u echt moet onderhandelen over prijzen " +"exclusief belastingen en voor andere klanten andere prijzen inclusief " +"belastingen moet doen, moet u:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:77 msgid "" "always store the default price TAX EXCLUDED on the product form, and apply a" " tax (price included on the product form)" msgstr "" +"bewaar altijd de standaard prijs EXCLUSIEF BELASTINGEN op het product " +"formulier en pas een belasting toe (prijs inclusief op het productformulier)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:80 msgid "create a pricelist with prices in TAX INCLUDED, for specific customers" msgstr "" +"maak een prijslijst met prijzen in BELASTING INBEGREPEN, voor specifieke " +"klanten" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:83 msgid "" "create a fiscal position that switches the tax excluded to a tax included" msgstr "" +"maak een fiscale positie die de belastingen wijzigt van exclusief naar " +"inclusief" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:86 msgid "" "assign both the pricelist and the fiscal position to customers who want to " "benefit to this pricelist and fiscal position" msgstr "" +"wijs beide de prijslijst en de fiscale positie toe aan klanten die willen " +"profiteren van deze prijslijst en fiscale positie" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:89 msgid "For the purpose of this documentation, we will use the above use case:" msgstr "" +"Voor het doel van deze documentatie gebruiken we de bovenstaande case:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:91 msgid "your product default sale price is 8.26€ tax excluded" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:93 msgid "" "but we want to sell it at 10€, tax included, in our shops or eCommerce " "website" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:97 msgid "Setting your products" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Uw producten instellen" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:99 msgid "" "Your company must be configured with tax excluded by default. This is " "usually the default configuration, but you can check your **Default Sale " @@ -10205,68 +18490,90 @@ msgid "" "Accounting application." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:107 msgid "" "Once done, you can create a **B2C** pricelist. You can activate the " "pricelist feature per customer from the menu: :menuselection:`Configuration " "--> Settings` of the Sale application. Choose the option **different prices " "per customer segment**." msgstr "" +"Eenmaal dit klaar is kan u een **B2C** prijslijst aanmaken. U kan de " +"prijslijst optie activeren per klant vanuit het menu " +":menuselection:`Configuratie --> Instellingen` van de verkopen applicatie. " +"Kies de optie **verschillende prijzen per klantensegment**. " -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:112 msgid "" "Once done, create a B2C pricelist from the menu " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Pricelists`. It's also good to rename the " "default pricelist into B2B to avoid confusion." msgstr "" +"Eenmaal dit klaar is maakt u een B2C prijslijst vanuit het " +":menuselection:`Configuratie --> Prijslijsten` menu. Het is ook goed om de " +"standaard prijslijst te hernoemen naar B2B om verwarring te vermijden." -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:116 msgid "" "Then, create a product at 8.26€, with a tax of 21% (defined as tax not " "included in price) and set a price on this product for B2C customers at 10€," " from the :menuselection:`Sales --> Products` menu of the Sales application:" msgstr "" +"Maak vervolgens een product aan voor 8.26€, met een belasting van 21% " +"(gedefinieerd als belasting die niet inbegrepen is in de prijs) en stel een " +"prijs in voor dit product van 10€ voor de B2C klant, vanuit het " +":menuselection:`Verkopen --> Producten` menu vanuit de verkopen applicatie: " -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:125 msgid "Setting the B2C fiscal position" -msgstr "" +msgstr "De B2C fiscale positie instellen" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:127 msgid "" "From the accounting application, create a B2C fiscal position from this " "menu: :menuselection:`Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`. This fiscal " "position should map the VAT 21% (tax excluded of price) with a VAT 21% (tax " "included in price)" msgstr "" +"Maak een B2C fiscale positie aan vanuit de boekhouding applicatie vanuit dit" +" menu: :menuselection:`Configuratie --> Fiscale posities`. Deze fiscale " +"positie moet linken naar de BTW 21% (prijs exclusief belastingen) met een " +"BTW 21% (prijs inclusief belastingen)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:136 msgid "Test by creating a quotation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Test door een offerte aan te maken" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:138 msgid "" "Create a quotation from the Sale application, using the " ":menuselection:`Sales --> Quotations` menu. You should have the following " "result: 8.26€ + 1.73€ = 9.99€." msgstr "" +"Maak een offerte vanuit de verkopen applicatie via het " +":menuselection:`Verkopen --> Offertes` menu. U moet het volgende resultaat " +"hebben: 8.26€ + 1.73€ = 9.99€." -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:145 msgid "" "Then, create a quotation but **change the pricelist to B2C and the fiscal " "position to B2C** on the quotation, before adding your product. You should " "have the expected result, which is a total price of 10€ for the customer: " "8.26€ + 1.74€ = 10.00€." msgstr "" +"Maak dan een offerte aan maar **wijzig de prijslijst naar B2C en de fiscale " +"positie naar B2C** op de offerte, voor u het product toevoegt. U zou het " +"verwachte resultaat moeten krijgen, wat een totaalprijs van 10€ is voor de " +"klant: 8.26€ + 1.74€ = 10.00€." -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:153 msgid "This is the expected behavior for a customer of your shop." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dit is het verwachte gedrag van een klant voor uw winkel." -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:156 msgid "Avoid changing every sale order" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vermijd het wijzigen van elk verkooporder" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:158 msgid "" "If you negotiate a contract with a customer, whether you negotiate tax " "included or tax excluded, you can set the pricelist and the fiscal position " @@ -10274,25 +18581,32 @@ msgid "" "of this customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:163 msgid "" "The pricelist is in the **Sales & Purchases** tab of the customer form, and " "the fiscal position is in the accounting tab." msgstr "" +"De prijslijst is onder het **Verkopen & Inkopen** tabblad van het " +"klantenformulier en de fiscale positie is in het boekhoud tabblad." -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:166 msgid "" "Note that this is error prone: if you set a fiscal position with tax " "included in prices but use a pricelist that is not included, you might have " "wrong prices calculated for you. That's why we usually recommend companies " "to only work with one price reference." msgstr "" +"Merk op dat dit gevoelig is voor fouten: als u een fiscale positie instelt " +"met belastingen inbegrepen in de prijzen maar u een prijslijst gebruikt " +"waarin dit niet is inbegrepen krijgt u mogelijk foutieve berekende prijzen. " +"Dat is waarom we meestal bedrijven aanbevelen om met slechts één " +"prijsreferentie te werken." -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:3 msgid "Manage cash basis taxes" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:5 msgid "" "The cash basis taxes are due when the payment has been done and not at the " "validation of the invoice (as it is the case with standard taxes). Reporting" @@ -10300,7 +18614,7 @@ msgid "" "method is legal in some countries and under some conditions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:10 msgid "" "Example : You sell a product in the 1st quarter of your fiscal year and " "receive the payment the 2nd quarter of your fiscal year. Based on the cash " @@ -10308,25 +18622,25 @@ msgid "" "2nd quarter." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:16 msgid "How to configure cash basis taxes ?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hoe kasbasis belastingen configureren?" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:18 msgid "" "You first have to activate the setting in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Settings --> Allow Tax Cash Basis`. You will be asked to " "define the Tax Cash Basis Journal." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:27 msgid "" "Once this is done, you can configure your taxes in " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. At first set the " "proper transitional accounts to post taxes until you register the payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:35 msgid "" "In the *Advanced Options* tab you will turn *Tax Due* to *Based on Payment*." " You will then have to define the *Tax Received* account in which to post " @@ -10334,83 +18648,63 @@ msgid "" "Account* to post the base tax amount for an accurate tax report." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:45 msgid "What is the impact of cash basis taxes in my accounting ?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Wat is de impact van kasbasis belastingen op mijn boekhouding?" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:47 msgid "" "Let’s take an example. You make a sale of $100 with a 15% cash basis tax. " "When you validate the customer invoice, the following entry is created in " "your accounting:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:52 msgid "Customer Invoices Journal" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Klantfacturen dagboek" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 -msgid "**Debit**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 -msgid "**Credit**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:72 msgid "Receivables $115" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ontvangsten $115" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:82 msgid "Temporary Tax Account $15" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:60 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:88 msgid "Income Account $100" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Omzetrekening $100" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:63 msgid "A few days later, you receive the payment:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Een paar dagen later kan u de betaling ontvangen:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:66 msgid "Bank Journal" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Bankdagboek" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:70 msgid "Bank $115" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Bank $115" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:75 msgid "" "When you reconcile the invoice and the payment, this entry is generated:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:78 msgid "Tax Cash Basis Journal" -msgstr "" +msgstr "BTW kasstelsel dagboek" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:84 msgid "Tax Received Account $15" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:92 msgid "" "The last two journal items are neutral but they are needed to insure correct" " tax reports in Odoo with accurate base tax amounts. We advise to use a " @@ -10418,12 +18712,7 @@ msgid "" "zero." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:121 -msgid "Default Taxes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:5 msgid "" "**Default Taxes** define which :doc:`taxes <taxes>` are automatically " "selected when there is no other indication about which tax to use. For " @@ -10431,7 +18720,7 @@ msgid "" "create a new product or add a new line on an invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:14 msgid "" ":doc:`Fiscal Positions <fiscal_positions>` take the Default Tax into " "account. Therefore, if a Fiscal Position is applied to an invoice, Odoo " @@ -10439,7 +18728,7 @@ msgid "" "Fiscal Position." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:21 msgid "" "**Default Taxes** are automatically set up according to the country selected" " at the creation of your database, or when you set up a :doc:`Fiscal " @@ -10448,7 +18737,7 @@ msgid "" " company." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:25 msgid "" "To change your **Default Taxes**, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes --> Default Taxes`, select the " @@ -10456,37 +18745,29 @@ msgid "" "click on *Save*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:34 msgid "" "Databases with multiple companies: the Default Taxes values are company-" "specific." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:38 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:70 msgid ":doc:`taxes`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:39 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:93 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:279 msgid ":doc:`fiscal_positions`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:40 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:174 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:193 -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:125 -msgid "" -":doc:`../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:3 msgid "Fiscal Positions (tax and account mapping)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:5 msgid "" "Default taxes and accounts are set on products and customers to create new " "transactions on the fly. However, you might have to use different taxes and " @@ -10494,122 +18775,122 @@ msgid "" "and providers' localizations and business types." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:9 msgid "" "**Fiscal Positions** allow you to create *sets of rules* to automatically " "adapt the taxes and the accounts used for a transaction." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:16 msgid "They can be applied in various ways:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:18 msgid "" ":ref:`automatically applied, based on some rules " "<fiscal_positions/automatic>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:19 msgid ":ref:`manually applied on a transaction <fiscal_positions/partner>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:20 msgid "" ":ref:`assigned to a partner, on its contact form " "<fiscal_positions/transaction>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:23 msgid "" "A few Fiscal Positions are already preconfigured on your database, as part " "of your :doc:`Fiscal Localization Package " "<../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:30 msgid "Tax and Account Mapping" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:32 msgid "" "To edit or create a Fiscal Position, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`, and open the entry you want to modify " "or click on *Create*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:35 msgid "" "The mapping of taxes and accounts is based on the default taxes and accounts" " defined in the products' forms." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:38 msgid "" "To map to another tax or account, fill out the right column (**Tax to " "Apply**/**Account to Use Instead**)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:40 msgid "" "To remove a tax, rather than replacing it with another, leave the field " "**Tax to Apply** empty." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:41 msgid "" "To replace a tax with multiple other taxes, add multiple lines with the same" " **Tax on Product**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:44 msgid "" "The mapping only works with *active* taxes. Therefore, make sure they are " "active by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:50 msgid "Automatic application" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:52 msgid "" "You can configure your Fiscal Positions to be applied automatically, " "following a set of conditions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:54 msgid "" "To do so, open the Fiscal Position you want to modify and click on **Detect " "Automatically**. You can configure a few conditions:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:57 msgid "" "**VAT Required**: The VAT number *must* be indicated in the customer's " "contact form." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:58 msgid "" "**Country Group** / **Country**: The Fiscal Position is applied to these " "countries." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:65 msgid "" "Taxes on **eCommerce orders** are automatically updated once the visitor has" " logged in or filled out their billing details." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:69 msgid "" "The Fiscal Positions' **sequence** - the order in which they are arranged - " "defines which Fiscal Position to apply if the conditions are met in multiple" " Fiscal Positions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:72 msgid "" "For example, if the first Fiscal Position targets *country A*, and the " "second Fiscal Position targets a *Country Group* that also comprises " @@ -10617,52 +18898,52 @@ msgid "" "from *country A*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:79 msgid "Application" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Applicatie" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:84 msgid "Assign a Fiscal Position to a partner" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:86 msgid "" "You can manually define which Fiscal Position must be used by default for a " "specific partner." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:88 msgid "" "To do so, open the partner's contact form, go to the **Sales & Purchase** " "tab, edit the **Fiscal Position** field, and click on *Save*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:98 msgid "Choose Fiscal Positions manually on Sales Orders, Invoices, and Bills" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:100 msgid "" "To manually select which Fiscal Position to use for a new Sales Order, " "Invoice, or Bill, go to the **Other Info** tab and select the right **Fiscal" " Position** *before* adding product lines." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:110 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:281 msgid ":doc:`taxcloud`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`taxcloud`" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:280 msgid ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:3 msgid "Manage withholding taxes" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:5 msgid "" "A withholding tax, also called a retention tax, is a government requirement " "for the payer of a customer invoice to withhold or deduct tax from the " @@ -10670,63 +18951,63 @@ msgid "" "withholding tax applies to employment income." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:10 msgid "" "With normal taxes, the tax is added to the subtotal to give you the total to" " pay. As opposed to normal taxes, withholding taxes are deducted from the " "amount to pay, as the tax will be paid by the customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:14 msgid "As, an example, in Colombia you may have the following invoice:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Als een voorbeeld, in Colombia heeft u mogelijk de volgende factuur:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:19 msgid "" "In this example, the **company** who sent the invoice owes $20 of taxes to " "the **government** and the **customer** owes $10 of taxes to the " "**government**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:25 msgid "" "In Odoo, a withholding tax is defined by creating a negative tax. For a " "retention of 10%, you would configure the following tax (accessible through " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Taxes`):" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:32 msgid "" "In order to make it appear as a retention on the invoice, you should set a " "specific tax group **Retention** on your tax, in the **Advanced Options** " "tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:39 msgid "" "Once the tax is defined, you can use it in your products, sales order or " "invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:43 msgid "" "If the retention is a percentage of a regular tax, create a Tax with a **Tax" " Computation** as a **Tax Group** and set the two taxes in this group " "(normal tax and retention)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:48 msgid "Applying retention taxes on invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:50 msgid "" "Once your tax is created, you can use it on customer forms, sales order or " "customer invoices. You can apply several taxes on a single customer invoice " "line." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:58 msgid "" "When you see the customer invoice on the screen, you get only a **Taxes " "line** summarizing all the taxes (normal taxes & retentions). But when you " @@ -10734,15 +19015,17 @@ msgid "" "taxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:63 msgid "The printed invoice will show the different amounts in each tax group." msgstr "" +"Het uitgeprinte rapport toont de verschillende bedragen in elke " +"belastingscategorie." -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:3 msgid "Get correct tax rates in the United States using TaxCloud" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:5 msgid "" "The **TaxCloud** integration allows you to correctly calculate the sales tax" " for every address in the United States and keeps track of which products " @@ -10751,120 +19034,120 @@ msgid "" "special jurisdiction in the United States." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:15 msgid "In TaxCloud" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:16 msgid "" "Create a free account on `TaxCloud <https://taxcloud.com/#register>`__ " "website." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:18 msgid "" "Register your Odoo website on TaxCloud to get an *API ID* and an *API Key*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:23 msgid "" "In Settings on TaxCloud, click *Locations* to enter the location of your " "Office(s) & Warehouse(s)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:24 msgid "" "In Settings on TaxCloud, click *Manage Tax States* to verify the states " "where you collect sales tax." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:27 msgid "In Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "In Odoo" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:28 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Invoicing / Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`" " and check *TaxCloud - Compute tax rates based on U.S. ZIP codes* (note: " "actually uses complete street address)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:30 msgid "Enter your TaxCloud credentials." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:31 msgid "Click SAVE to store your credentials." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:36 msgid "" "Click the Refresh Icon next to *Default Category* to import the TIC product " "categories from TaxCloud (Taxability Information Codes). Some categories may" " imply specific rates or attract product/service type exemptions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:38 msgid "" "Select your default *TIC Code*. This will apply to any new product created." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:40 msgid "" "Set a specific TaxCloud TIC Category on the *General Information* tab of the" " Product, or on the Product Category." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:42 msgid "" "Make sure your company address is complete (including the state and the zip " "code). Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies` " "to open and edit your Company record." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:47 msgid "How it works" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hoe het werkt" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:49 msgid "" "Salestax is calculated in Odoo based on fiscal positions (see " ":doc:`fiscal_positions`). A Fiscal Position for the United States is created" " when installing *TaxCloud*. Everything works out-of-the-box." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:54 msgid "" "You can configure Odoo to automtically detect which Customers should use " "this fiscal position. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " "--> Fiscal Positions` to open and edit the record." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:61 msgid "" "Now, this fiscal position is automatically set on any sales order, web " "order, or invoice when the customer country is *United States*. This " "triggers the automated tax computation." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:68 msgid "" "Add your product(s). You have two options to get Sales Tax on the Order. " "You can confirm it, or you can save it and from the *Action* Menu choose " "**Update Taxes with TaxCloud**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:73 msgid "Coupons & Promotions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kortingsbonnen & Promoties" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:75 msgid "" "If you use the Coupon or Promotion Programs, the integration with Taxcloud " "might seem a bit odd." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:77 msgid "" "The problem lies with the fact that Taxcloud does not accept lines with " "negative amounts as part of the tax computation. This means that the amount " @@ -10875,7 +19158,7 @@ msgid "" "deliveries, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:83 msgid "" "Another specific oddity is possible in the UI: imagine that you sell a " "product from the Taxcloud category *[20110] Computers* and that you have a " @@ -10889,7 +19172,7 @@ msgid "" "from a user point of view." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:5 msgid "" "There are numerous types of **taxes**, and their application varies greatly," " depending mostly on your company's localization. To make sure they are " @@ -10897,11 +19180,11 @@ msgid "" "computations." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:12 msgid "Activate Sales Taxes from the List view" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:14 msgid "" "As part of your :doc:`Fiscal Localization Package " "<../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>`, most of" @@ -10910,319 +19193,307 @@ msgid "" "activate only the ones relevant for your business." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:19 msgid "" "To activate Sale Taxes, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " "--> Taxes` and use the *Activate* toggle button to activate or deactivate a " "tax." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:31 msgid "" "To edit or create a **Tax**, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Taxes` and open a tax or click on *Create*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:41 msgid "" "Taxes have three different labels, each one having a specific use. Refer to " "the following table to see where they are displayed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:45 msgid ":ref:`Tax Name <taxes/name>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:45 msgid ":ref:`Label on Invoice <taxes/label-invoices>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:45 msgid ":ref:`Tax Group <taxes/tax-group>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:48 msgid "Back end" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:48 msgid "*Taxes* column on exported invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:48 msgid "Above the *Total* line on exported invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:53 msgid "Basic Options" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:58 msgid "Tax Name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "BTW naam" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:60 msgid "" "The **Tax Name** as you want to display it for backend users. This is the " ":ref:`label <taxes/labels>` you see while editing Sales Orders, Invoices, " "Products, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:66 msgid "Tax Computation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "BTW berekening" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:68 msgid "**Group of Taxes**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:70 msgid "" "The tax is a combination of multiple sub-taxes. You can add as many taxes " "you want, in the order you want them to be applied." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:74 msgid "" "Make sure that the tax sequence is correct, as the order in which they are " "may impact the taxes' amounts computation, especially if one of the taxes " ":ref:`affects the base of the subsequent ones <taxes/base-subsequent>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:78 msgid "**Fixed**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:80 msgid "" "The tax has a fixed amount in the default currency. The amount remains the " "same, regardless of the Sales Price." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:83 msgid "" "For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *$10 " "fixed* tax. We then have:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:231 msgid "Product's Sales Price" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:231 msgid "Price without tax" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:231 msgid "Tax" -msgstr "" +msgstr "BTW" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:231 msgid "Total" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Totaal" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:89 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:89 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:104 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:104 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:118 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:118 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:234 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:234 msgid "1,000" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:89 msgid "10" -msgstr "" +msgstr "10" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:89 msgid "1,010.00" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:92 msgid "**Percentage of Price**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:94 msgid "" "The *Sales Price* is the taxable basis: the tax's amount is computed by " "multiplying the Sales Price by the tax's percentage." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:97 msgid "" "For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *10% of " "Price* tax. We then have:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:104 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 -msgid "100" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:104 msgid "1,100.00" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:107 msgid "**Percentage of Price Tax Included**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:109 msgid "" "The *Total* is the taxable basis: the tax's amount is a percentage of the " "Total." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:111 msgid "" "For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *10% of " "Price Tax Included* tax. We then have:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:118 msgid "111.11" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:118 msgid "1,111.11" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:124 msgid "Active" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Actief" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:126 msgid "Only **Active** taxes can be added to new documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:129 msgid "" "It is not possible to delete taxes that have already been used. Instead, you" " can deactivate them to prevent future use." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:133 msgid "" "This field can be modified from the *List View*. See :ref:`above " "<taxes/list_activation>` for more information." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:139 msgid "Tax Scope" -msgstr "" +msgstr "BTW over" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:141 msgid "" "The **Tax Scope** determines the tax's application, which also restricts " "where it is displayed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:143 msgid "**Sales**: Customer Invoices, Product's Customer Taxes, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:144 msgid "**Purchase**: Vendor Bills, Product's Vendor Taxes, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:145 msgid "**None**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:148 msgid "" "You can use **None** for taxes that you want to include in a :ref:`Group of " "Taxes <taxes/computation>` but that you don't want to list along with other " "Sales or Purchase taxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:154 msgid "Definition tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:156 msgid "" "Allocate with precision the amount of the taxable basis or percentages of " "the computed tax to multiple accounts and Tax Grids." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:163 msgid "**Based On**:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:165 msgid "Base: the price on the invoice line" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:166 msgid "% of tax: a percentage of the computed tax." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:168 msgid "**Account**: if defined, an additional Journal Item is recorded." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:169 msgid "" "**Tax Grids**: used to generate :doc:`Tax Reports " "<../../reporting/declarations/tax_returns>` automatically, according to your" " country's regulations." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:175 msgid "Advanced Options tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:180 msgid "Label on Invoices" msgstr "Omschrijving op facturen" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:182 msgid "" "The label of the tax, as displayed on each invoice line in the **Taxes** " "column. This is the :ref:`label <taxes/labels>` visible to *front end* " "users, on exported invoices, on their Customer Portals, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:193 msgid "Tax Group" -msgstr "" +msgstr "BTW-groep" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:195 msgid "" "Select to which **Tax Group** the tax belongs. The Tax Group name is the " ":ref:`label <taxes/labels>` displayed above the *Total* line on exported " "invoices, and the Customer Portals." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:198 msgid "" "Tax groups include different iterations of the same tax. This can be useful " "when you must record differently the same tax according to :doc:`Fiscal " "Positions <fiscal_positions>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:205 msgid "" "In the example above, we see a 0% tax for Intra-Community customers in " "Europe. It records amounts on specific accounts and with specific tax grids." @@ -11231,55 +19502,55 @@ msgid "" "above the *Total* line, indicates *0%*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:213 msgid "Include in Analytic Cost" -msgstr "" +msgstr "In kostenplaatsen inbegrijpen" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:215 msgid "" "With this option activated, the tax's amount is assigned to the same " "**Analytic Account** as the invoice line." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:221 msgid "Included in Price" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Inclusief BTW" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:223 msgid "" "With this option activated, the total (including the tax) equals the **Sales" " Price**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:225 msgid ":dfn:`Total = Sales Price = Computed Tax-Excluded price + Tax`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:227 msgid "" "For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *10% of " "Price* tax, which is *included in the price*. We then have:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:234 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:234 msgid "900.10" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:234 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:234 msgid "90.9" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:234 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:234 msgid "1,000.00" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:238 msgid "" "If you need to define prices accurately, both tax-included and tax-excluded," " please refer to the following documentation: :doc:`B2B_B2C`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:242 msgid "" "**Invoices**: By default, the Line Subtotals displayed on your invoices are " "*Tax-Excluded*. To display *Tax-Included* Line Subtotals, go to " @@ -11288,7 +19559,7 @@ msgid "" "field, then click on *Save*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:246 msgid "" "**eCommerce**: By default, the prices displayed on your eCommerce website " "are *Tax-Excluded*. To display *Tax-Included* prices, go to " @@ -11296,8077 +19567,533 @@ msgid "" "select *Tax-Included* in the **Product Prices** field, then click on *Save*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:253 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:253 msgid "Affect Base of Subsequent Taxes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Beïnvloed grondslag van daarop volgende BTW's" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:255 msgid "" "With this option, the total tax-included becomes the taxable basis for the " "other taxes applied to the same product." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:258 msgid "" "You can configure a new :ref:`Group of Taxes <taxes/computation>` to include" " this tax, or add it directly to a product line." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:266 msgid "" "The order in which you add the taxes on a product line has no effect on how " "amounts are computed. If you add taxes directly on a product line, only the " "tax sequence determines the order in which they are applied." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:270 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:270 msgid "" "To reorder the sequence, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " "--> Taxes`, and drag and drop the lines with the handles next to the tax " "names." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:282 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:282 msgid ":doc:`../../reporting/declarations/tax_returns`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/vat_validation.rst:3 msgid "VIES VAT numbers validation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/vat_validation.rst:5 msgid "" "**VAT Information Exchange System** - abbreviated **VIES** - is a tool " "provided by the European Commission that allows you to check the validity of" " VAT numbers of companies registered in the European Union." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/vat_validation.rst:9 msgid "" "Odoo provides a feature to **Verify VAT Numbers** when you save a contact. " "This helps you make sure that your contacts provided you with a valid VAT " "number without leaving Odoo interface." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/vat_validation.rst:15 msgid "" "To enable this feature, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " "--> Settings --> Taxes`, enable the **Verify VAT Numbers** feature, and " "click on *Save*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/vat_validation.rst:23 msgid "VAT Number validation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/vat_validation.rst:25 msgid "" "Whenever you create or modify a contact, make sure to fill out the " "**Country** and **VAT** fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/vat_validation.rst:31 msgid "" "When you click on *Save*, Odoo runs a VIES VAT number check, and displays an" " error message if the VAT number is invalid." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/vat_validation.rst:39 msgid "" "This tool checks the VAT number's validity but does not check the other " "fields' validity." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/vat_validation.rst:43 msgid "" "`European Commission: VIES search engine " "<https://ec.europa.eu/taxation_customs/vies/vatRequest.html>`__" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:109 -msgid "Others" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser.rst:3 -msgid "Adviser" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:3 -msgid "Manage a financial budget" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Managing budgets is an essential part of running a business. Budgets help " -"people become more intentional with the way money is spent and direct people" -" to organize and prioritize their work to meet financial goals. They allows " -"you to plan your desired financial outcome and then measure your actual " -"performance against the plan. Odoo manages budgets using both General and " -"Analytic Accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:15 -msgid "" -"We will use the following example to illustrate. We just started a project " -"with Smith&Co and we would like to budget the incomes and expenses of that " -"project. We plan to have a revenue of 1000 and we don't want to spend more " -"than 700." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:23 -msgid "" -"First we need to install the relevant apps to use budgeting. The main module" -" is the accounting app. Go in the app module and install the **Accounting " -"and Finance** app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Further configuration is as well necessary. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting" -" module --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable the **Budget management**" -" feature" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:38 -msgid "Budgetary Positions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Budgetary positions are lists of accounts for which you want to keep budgets" -" (typically expense or income accounts). They need to be defined so Odoo can" -" know it which accounts he needs to go get the budget information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:45 -msgid "" -"The budgetary positions act as a type of restriction on what can be recorded" -" in the 'practical amount' column in a budget." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Each budgetary position can have any number of accounts from the general " -"ledger (the main chart of accounts) assigned to it, though it must have at " -"least one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:51 -msgid "" -"If you record a transaction that has an analytic account assigned to it that" -" *is* included in a budget line but one of the general ledger accounts *is " -"not* included in the budgetary position for that same budget line, it will " -"not appear within the 'practical amount' column of that budget line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Some budgetary positions might be already installed with your chart of " -"accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:59 -msgid "" -"To define the positions enter the :menuselection:`Accounting module --> " -"Configuration --> Budgetary Positions`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:62 -msgid "" -"For our example we need to define what accounts relates to our project's " -"expenses. Create a position and add items to select the accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:68 -msgid "" -"In this case we select the three relevant accounts used wherein we will book" -" our expenses." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:74 -msgid "Click on *Select*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:79 -msgid "Save the changes to confirm your Budgetary position." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:81 -msgid "" -"Repeat this steps to create a revenue budgetary position. Only in this case " -"select the relevant income accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:85 -msgid "Analytical account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:87 -msgid "" -"Odoo needs to know which costs or expenses are relevant to a specified " -"budget. To do so we need to link our invoices and expenses to a defined " -"analytical account. Create an analytical account by entering the Accounting " -"module and clicking :menuselection:`Advisers --> Analytic Accounts --> Open " -"Charts`. Create a new Account called Smith&Co project and select the related" -" partner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:98 -msgid "Set a budget" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:100 -msgid "" -"Let's now set our targets for our budget. We specified that we expect to " -"gain 1000 with this project and we would like not to spend more than 700." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:104 -msgid "" -"To set those targets, enter the accounting app, select " -":menuselection:`Advisers --> Budgets` and create a new Budget." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:107 -msgid "" -"We have to give a name to the budget. In this case we'll call it \"Smith " -"Project\". Select the period wherein the budget will be applicable. Next add" -" an item to specify your targets in the Budget Line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:114 -msgid "" -"Select the Budgetary Position related to the Budget Line. In other words, " -"select the position that points to the accounts you want to budget. In this " -"case we will start with our 700 maximum charge target. Select the \"Cost\" " -"Budgetary Position and specify the Planned Amount. As we are recording a " -"cost, we need to specify a **negative amount**. Finally, select the " -"corresponding analytic account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:124 -msgid "" -"Click on **Save & new** to input the revenue budget. The Budgetary Position " -"is Revenue and the Planned Amount is 1000. Save and close" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:127 -msgid "You'll need to **Confirm** and **Approve** the budget." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:130 -msgid "Check your budget" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:132 -msgid "" -"You can check your budget at any time. To see the evolution, let's book some" -" Invoices and Vendors Bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:136 -msgid "" -"If you use analytical accounts remember that you need to specify the account" -" in the invoice and/or purchase line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:140 -msgid "" -"For more information about booking invoices and purchase orders see " -":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/overview`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:143 -msgid "Go back in the budget list and find the Smith Project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:145 -msgid "" -"Via the analytical account, Odoo can account the invoice lines and purchase " -"lines booked in the accounts and will display them in the **Practical " -"Amount** column." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:153 -msgid "" -"The theoretical amount represents the amount of money you theoretically " -"could have spend / should have received in function of the date. When your " -"budget is 1200 for 12 months (january to december), and today is 31 of " -"january, the theoretical amount will be 100, since this is the actual amount" -" that could have been realised." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic.rst:3 -msgid "Analytic" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:3 -msgid "Track costs of purchases, expenses, subcontracting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Thanks to analytical accounting we can track costs of purchases, expenses " -"and subcontracting in the accounting module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:11 -msgid "" -"We'll take the following example. We sold a consulting package for a " -"customer. The package is all inclusive meaning no extra cost can be added. " -"We would however like to follow which cost were attached to this transaction" -" as we need to pay for purchases, expenses, and subcontracting costs related" -" to the project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:20 -msgid "" -"The following modules needs to be installed to track cost. Enter the app " -"module and install the following apps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Please note that the applications provided by these apps only allows us to " -"**track** the costs. We won't be able to automatically re invoice those " -"costs to our customers. To track and **re invoice costs** you should install" -" the Sales management app as well." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:37 -msgid "Enable Analytical accounting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Next step is to activate the analytical accounting. In the accounting app, " -"select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and thick the Analytic " -"accounting box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Moreover, scroll down and tick the **Analytic accounting for purchases** " -"box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:52 -msgid "Don't forget to save your changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:55 -msgid "Create an Analytical account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:57 -msgid "" -"First of all you should create an Analytical account on which you can point " -"all your expenses. Enter the accounting app, select " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Analytic Accounts`. Create a new one. In " -"this case we will call it \"consulting pack\" for our customer Smith&Co." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:65 -msgid "We will point all our costs to this account to keep track of them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:68 -msgid "Record an expense" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:70 -msgid "" -"We start by booking an expense. Our IT technician had to take a train to go " -"see our customer. He paid for his ticket himself." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:75 -msgid "Create an expense product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:77 -msgid "" -"We first need to create an expense product. Enter the **Expense** module, " -"Click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Expense Products`. Create a new " -"product called Train ticket and set the cost price to 15.50 euros. Make sure" -" the **Can be expensed** box is ticked." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:86 -msgid "Book the expense" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:88 -msgid "" -"Enter the Expense module, click on :menuselection:`My expenses --> Create`. " -"Select the Train ticket product and link it to the analytical account " -"discussed above." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:95 -msgid "" -"Submit to manager and wait for the manager to approve and post the journal " -"entries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:99 -msgid "Create a Purchase Order linked to the analytical account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:102 -msgid "Purchase Product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:104 -msgid "" -"We also need to buy a software for our customers. In the purchase app create" -" a purchase order for the software product. Within the line we can link the " -"product's cost with the analytical account. Specify the order line and " -"select the correct analytical account. Confirm the sale." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Accept the delivery and enter the invoice. Once the invoice is entered the " -"cost price (**Vendor Price** field) will be booked in the analytical " -"account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:117 -msgid "Subcontracting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:119 -msgid "" -"The purchase module can be used in the same way as seen previously to handle" -" subcontracting. if we purchase a service from another company we can re " -"invoice this cost by linking the purchase order line to the correct " -"analytical account. We simply need to create the correct vendors product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:126 -msgid "You can also track cost with timesheets, see: :doc:`timesheets`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:129 -msgid "Track costs in accounting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:131 -msgid "" -"Now that everything is booked and points to the analytical account. Simply " -"open it to check the costs related to that account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:134 -msgid "" -"Enter the accounting module, click on :menuselection:`Advisers --> Analytic " -"Accounts --> Open Charts`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:137 -msgid "" -"Select \"consulting pack - Smith\" and click on the cost and revenue button " -"to have an overview of all cost linked to the account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:144 -msgid "" -"If you would like to have the revenue as well you should invoice the " -"Consulting Pack in the Invoice menu and link the invoice line to this same " -"analytical account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:3 -msgid "Track costs of human resources with timesheets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Human resource of course has a cost. It is interesting to see how much a " -"particular contract costs the company in term of human power in relation to " -"the invoiced amounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:9 -msgid "" -"We will take the following example: Our two employees **Harry Potter** and " -"**Cedric Digory** both work on a **Consultancy pack** for our customer " -"**Smith&Co**. Harry is paid 18€ p.h. and Cedric's salary is 12€ p.h. We " -"would like to track their timesheet costs within the accounting app, and " -"compare them with the revenue of the consultancy service." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:18 -msgid "" -"First, install the three applications necessary to use this functionality, " -"namely **Accounting**, **Sales** and **Timesheet**. Enter the apps module " -"name and install them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Next you will need to enable analytical accounting. To do so enter the " -"**Accounting app**. Select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and " -"tick the **Analytic accounting** option (see picture below)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:38 -msgid "Apply your changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:41 -msgid "Create an employee" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:43 -msgid "" -"In order to check the revenue of an employee you need to have one. To create" -" an employee enter the **Employee** app. Select **Employees** and create a " -"new employee, fill in the name and the basic information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:47 -msgid "" -"On the employee sheet enter the **HR settings** tab. Here you are able to " -"specify the **Timesheet Cost** of your employee. In this case Harry has a " -"cost of 18 euros / hours. We will thus fill in 18 in this field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:55 -msgid "" -"If you want the employee to be able to enter timesheets he needs to be " -"related to a User." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Repeat the operation to create the Cedric Digory employee. Don't forget to " -"specify its related user and **Timesheet Costs**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:62 -msgid "Issue a Sales Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:64 -msgid "" -"We created two employees called Harry Potter and Cedric Diggory in the " -"**Employee** app. Both of them will work on a consultancy contract for our " -"customer Smith&Co where they will point their hours on a timesheet." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:68 -msgid "" -"We thus need to create a **sales order** with a **service** product invoiced" -" **based on time and material** and tracked by timesheets with **hours** as " -"unit of measures." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:75 -msgid "" -"For more information on how to create a sales order based on time and " -"material please see :doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/time_materials`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:78 -msgid "" -"We save a Sales Order with the service product **External Consulting**. An " -"analytical account will automatically be generated once the **Sales Order** " -"is confirmed. Our employees will have to point to that account (in this case" -" **SO002-Smith&Co**) in order to be able to invoice their hours (see picture" -" below)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:88 -msgid "Fill in timesheet" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:90 -msgid "" -"As an employee linked to a user, Harry can enter the **Timesheet** app and " -"specify his timesheets for the contract. Logged on Harry's account we enter " -"the **Timesheet** app and enter a detailed line pointing to the **Analytical" -" Account** discussed above." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:95 -msgid "Harry worked three hours on a SWOT analysis for Smith&Co." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:100 -msgid "" -"In the meantime, Cedric discussed businesses needs with the customer for 1 " -"hour and specified it as well in his personal timesheet, pointing as well on" -" the **Analytic Account**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:104 -msgid "" -"In the **Sales Order** we notice that the delivered amounts of hours is " -"automatically computed (see picture below)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:111 -msgid "Analytic accounting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Thanks to analytic accounts we are able to have an overview of HR cost and " -"revenues. All the revenues and cost of this transactions have been " -"registered in the **SO002-Smith&Co** account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:117 -msgid "We can use two methods to analyze this situation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:120 -msgid "Without filters" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:122 -msgid "" -"If we pointed all our costs and revenues of the project on the correct " -"analytical account we can easily retrieve the cost and revenues related to " -"this analytical account. Enter the *Accounting* app, select " -":menuselection:`Adviser --> Analytic Accounts --> Open Charts`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:127 -msgid "" -"Note : you can specify a period for **Analysis**. If you want to open the " -"current situation you should keep the fields empty. We can already note the " -"credit and debit balance of the account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:134 -msgid "" -"If we click on the account a special button is provided to have the details " -"of cost and revenues (see picture below)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:140 -msgid "" -"Click the button **Cost/Revenue** to have an overview of cost and revenues " -"with the corresponding description." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:144 -msgid "With filters" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:146 -msgid "We can thus filter this information from the **Analytic Entries**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:148 -msgid "" -"Enter the **Accounting** app, and click on :menuselection:`Adviser --> " -"Analytic Entries`. In this menu we have several options to analyse the human" -" resource cost." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:151 -msgid "" -"We filter on the **Analytic account** so we can see the cost and revenues of" -" the project. Add a custom **Filter** where the **Analytic Account** " -"contains the **Sales Order** number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:158 -msgid "" -"In the results we see timesheets activities and invoiced lines with the " -"corresponding costs and revenues." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:164 -msgid "" -"We can group the different analytical accounts together and check their " -"respective revenues. Simply group by **Analytic account** and select the " -"**Graph view** to have a clear overview." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:3 -msgid "Analytic account use cases" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:5 -msgid "The analytic accounting can be used for several purposes:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:7 -msgid "analyse costs of a company" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:9 -msgid "reinvoice time to a customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:11 -msgid "analyse performance of a service or a project" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:13 -msgid "" -"To manage analytic accounting, you have to activate it in " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:19 -msgid "" -"To illustrate analytic accounts clearly, you will follow three use cases, " -"each in one of three different types of company:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:22 -msgid "Industrial company: Costs Analyse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:24 -msgid "Law Firm: reinvoice spent hours" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:26 -msgid "IT/Services Company: performance analysis" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:29 -msgid "Case 1: Industrial company: Costs Analyse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:31 -msgid "" -"In industry, you will often find analytic charts of accounts structured into" -" departments and products the company itself is built on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:34 -msgid "" -"The objective is to examine the costs, sales and margins by " -"department/resources and by product. The first level of the structure " -"comprises the different departments, and the lower levels represent the " -"product ranges the company makes and sells." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:39 -msgid "" -"**Analytic Chart of Accounts for an Industrial Manufacturing Company**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:41 -msgid "Marketing Department" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:43 -msgid "Commercial Department" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:45 -msgid "Administration Department" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:47 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:80 -msgid "Production Range 1" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:49 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:82 -msgid "Production Range 2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:51 -msgid "" -"In daily use, it is useful to mark the analytic account on each purchase " -"invoice. When the invoice is approved, it will automatically generate the " -"entries for both the general and the corresponding analytic accounts. For " -"each entry on the general accounts, there is at least one analytic entry " -"that allocates costs to the department which incurred them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Here is a possible breakdown of some general accounting entries for the " -"example above, allocated to various analytic accounts:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:62 -msgid "**General accounts**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:62 -msgid "**Analytic accounts**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -msgid "**Title**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 -msgid "**Account**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -msgid "**Value**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 -msgid "Purchase of Raw Material" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 -msgid "2122" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 -msgid "1500" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 -msgid "-1 500" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 -msgid "Subcontractors" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 -msgid "450" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 -msgid "-450" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 -msgid "Credit Note for defective materials" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 -msgid "200" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 -msgid "Transport charges" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 -msgid "Staff costs" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 -msgid "2121" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 -msgid "10000" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 -msgid "Marketing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:80 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:82 -msgid "-2 000" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:76 -msgid "Commercial" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:76 -msgid "-3 000" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:78 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 -msgid "Administrative" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:78 -msgid "-1 000" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 -msgid "PR" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 -msgid "-400" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:87 -msgid "" -"The analytic representation by department enables you to investigate the " -"costs allocated to each department in the company. The analytic chart of " -"accounts shows the distribution of the company's costs using the example " -"above:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:94 -msgid "" -"In this example of a hierarchical structure in Odoo, you can analyse not " -"only the costs of each product range, but also the costs of the whole " -"production. A report that relates both general accounts and analytic " -"accounts enables you to get a breakdown of costs within a given department." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:103 -msgid "" -"The examples above are based on a breakdown of the costs of the company. " -"Analytic allocations can be just as effective for sales. That gives you the " -"profitability (sales - costs) of different departments." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:107 -msgid "" -"This analytic representation by department is generally used by trading " -"companies and industries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:110 -msgid "" -"A variantion of this, is not to break it down by sales and marketing " -"departments, but to assign each cost to its corresponding product range. " -"This will give you an analysis of the profitability of each product range." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:115 -msgid "" -"Choosing one over the other depends on how you look at your marketing " -"effort. Is it a global cost allocated in some general way, or is each " -"product range responsible for its own marketing costs?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:120 -msgid "Case 2: Law Firm: costs of human resources?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:122 -msgid "" -"Law firms generally adopt management by case, where each case represents a " -"current client file. All of the expenses and products are then attached to a" -" given file/analytic account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:126 -msgid "" -"A principal preoccupation of law firms is the invoicing of hours worked, and" -" the profitability by case and by employee." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:129 -msgid "" -"Mechanisms used for encoding the hours worked will be covered in detail in " -"timesheet documentation. Like most system processes, hours worked are " -"integrated into the analytic accounting. In the employee form, specify the " -"cost of the employee. The hourly charge is a function of the employee's " -"cost." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:135 -msgid "" -"So a law firm will opt for an analytic representation which reflects the " -"management of the time that employees work on the different customer cases." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:139 -msgid "" -"Billing for the different cases is a bit unusual. The cases do not match any" -" entry in the general account nor do they come from purchase or sales " -"invoices. They are represented by the various analytic operations and do not" -" have exact counterparts in the general accounts. They are calculated on the" -" basis of the hourly cost per employee." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:145 -msgid "" -"At the end of the month when you pay salaries and benefits, you integrate " -"them into the general accounts but not in the analytic accounts, because " -"they have already been accounted for in billing each account. A report that " -"relates data from the analytic and general accounts then lets you compare " -"the totals, so you can readjust your estimates of hourly cost per employee " -"depending on the time actually worked." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:153 -msgid "" -"The following table shows an example of different analytic entries that you " -"can find for your analytic account:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -msgid "**Amount**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -msgid "**General Account**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 -msgid "Study the file (1 h)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 -msgid "Case 1.1" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 -msgid "-15" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 -msgid "Search for information (3 h)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 -msgid "-45" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 -msgid "Consultation (4 h)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 -msgid "Case 2.1" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 -msgid "-60" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 -msgid "Service charges" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 -msgid "280" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 -msgid "705 – Billing services" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 -msgid "Stationery purchase" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 -msgid "-42" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 -msgid "601 – Furniture purchase" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 -msgid "42" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 -msgid "Fuel Cost -Client trip" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 -msgid "-35" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 -msgid "613 – Transports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 -msgid "35" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 -msgid "Staff salaries" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 -msgid "6201 – Salaries" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 -msgid "3 000" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:174 -msgid "" -"Such a structure allows you to make a detailed study of the profitability of" -" various transactions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:177 -msgid "" -"For more details about profitablity, please read the following document: " -":doc:`timesheets`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:180 -msgid "" -"But analytical accounting is not limited to a simple analysis of the " -"profitability of different customer. The same data can be used for automatic" -" recharging of the services to the customer at the end of the month. To " -"invoice customers, just link the analytic account to a sale order and sell " -"products that manage timesheet or expenses ." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:187 -msgid "Case 3: IT Services Company: perfomance analysis" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:189 -msgid "Most IT service companies face the following problems:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:191 -msgid "project planning," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:193 -msgid "invoicing, profitability and financial follow-up of projects," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:195 -msgid "managing support contracts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:197 -msgid "" -"To deal with these problems, you would use an analytic chart of accounts " -"structured by project and by sale order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:200 -msgid "" -"The management of services, expenditures and sales is similar to that " -"presented above for lawyers. Invoicing and the study of profitability are " -"also similar." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:204 -msgid "" -"But now look at support contracts. These contracts are usually limited to a " -"prepaid number of hours. Each service posted in the analytic accounts shows " -"the remaining hours of support. To manage support contracts, you would " -"create a product configured to invoice on order and link the sale order to " -"an analytic account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:210 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, each analytic line lists the number of units sold or used, as well " -"as what you would usually find there – the amount in currency units (USD or " -"GBP, or whatever other choice you make). So you can sum the quantities sold " -"and used on each sale order to determine whether any hours of the support " -"contract remain." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:217 -msgid "Conclusion" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:219 -msgid "" -"Analytic accounting helps you to analyse costs and revenues whatever the use" -" case. You can sell or purchase services, track time or analyse the " -"production performance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:223 -msgid "" -"Analytic accounting is flexible and easy to use through all Odoo " -"applications (sales, purchase, timesheet, production, invoice, …)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory.rst:3 -msgid "Inventory" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:3 -msgid "Impact on the average price valuation when returning goods" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:5 -msgid "" -"As stated in the `*inventory valuation page* " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/functional/valuation.html>`__, one of " -"the possible costing method you can use in perpetual stock valuation, is the" -" average cost." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:10 -msgid "" -"This document answers to one recurrent question for companies using that " -"method to make their stock valuation: how does a shipping returned to its " -"supplier impact the average cost and the accounting entries? This document " -"is **only** for the specific use case of a perpetual valuation (as opposed " -"to the periodic one) and in average price costing method (as opposed to " -"standard of FIFO)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:18 -msgid "Definition of average cost" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:20 -msgid "" -"The average cost method calculates the cost of ending inventory and cost of " -"goods sold on the basis of weighted average cost per unit of inventory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:24 -msgid "" -"The weighted average cost per unit is calculated using the following " -"formula:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:27 -msgid "" -"When new products arrive in a warehouse, the new average cost is recomputed " -"as:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:33 -msgid "" -"When products leave the warehouse: the average cost **does not** change" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:36 -msgid "Defining the purchase price" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:38 -msgid "" -"The purchase price is estimated at the reception of the products (you might " -"not have received the vendor bill yet) and reevaluated at the reception of " -"the vendor bill. The purchase price includes the cost you pay for the " -"products, but it may also includes additional costs, like landed costs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:45 -msgid "Average cost example" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 -msgid "Operation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 -msgid "Delta Value" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 -msgid "Inventory Value" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 -msgid "Qty On Hand" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 -msgid "Avg Cost" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 -msgid "$0" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 -msgid "0" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 -msgid "Receive 8 Products at $10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 -msgid "+8\\*$10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 -msgid "$80" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 -msgid "8" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 -msgid "$10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 -msgid "Receive 4 Products at $16" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 -msgid "+4\\*$16" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 -msgid "$144" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 -msgid "12" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 -msgid "$12" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 -msgid "Deliver 10 Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 -msgid "-10\\*$12" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 -msgid "$24" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 -msgid "2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:60 -msgid "" -"At the beginning, the Avg Cost is set to 0 set as there is no product in the" -" inventory. When the first reception is made, the average cost becomes " -"logically the purchase price." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:64 -msgid "" -"At the second reception, the average cost is updated because the total " -"inventory value is now ``$80 + 4*$16 = $144``. As we have 12 units on hand, " -"the average price per unit is ``$144 / 12 = $12``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:68 -msgid "" -"By definition, the delivery of 10 products does not change the average cost." -" Indeed, the inventory value is now $24 as we have only 2 units remaining of" -" each ``$24 / 2 = $12``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:73 -msgid "Purchase return use case" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:75 -msgid "" -"In case of a product returned to its supplier after reception, the inventory" -" value is reduced using the average cost formulae (not at the initial price " -"of these products!)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:79 -msgid "Which means that the above table will be updated as follow:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 -msgid "Return of 1 Product initially bought at $10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 -msgid "-1\\*$12" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 -msgid "1" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:90 -msgid "Explanation: counter example" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Remember the definition of **Average Cost**, saying that we do not update " -"the average cost of a product leaving the inventory. If you break this rule," -" you may lead to inconsistencies in your inventory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:96 -msgid "" -"As an example, here is the scenario when you deliver one piece to the " -"customer and return the other one to your supplier (at the cost you " -"purchased it). Here is the operation:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 -msgid "Customer Shipping 1 product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 -msgid "-1\\*$10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 -msgid "**$2**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 -msgid "**0**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:110 -msgid "" -"As you can see in this example, this is not correct: an inventory valuation " -"of $2 for 0 pieces in the warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:113 -msgid "" -"The correct scenario should be to return the goods at the current average " -"cost:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 -msgid "**$0**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:126 -msgid "" -"On the other hand, using the average cost to value the return ensure a " -"correct inventory value at all times." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:130 -msgid "Further thoughts on anglo saxon mode" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:132 -msgid "" -"For people in using the **anglo saxon accounting** principles, there is " -"another concept to take into account: the stock input account of the " -"product, which is intended to hold at any time the value of vendor bills to " -"receive. So the stock input account will increase on reception of incoming " -"shipments and will decrease when receiving the related vendor bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:139 -msgid "" -"Back to our example, we see that when the return is valued at the average " -"price, the amount booked in the stock input account is the original purchase" -" price:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 -msgid "stock input" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 -msgid "price diff" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 -msgid "($80)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 -msgid "Receive vendor bill $80" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 -msgid "($64)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 -msgid "Receive vendor bill $64" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 -msgid "**$10**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 -msgid "**$12**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 -msgid "Receive vendor refund $10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 -msgid "$2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:163 -msgid "" -"This is because the vendor refund will be made using the original purchase " -"price, so to zero out the effect of the return in the stock input in last " -"operation, we need to reuse the original price. The price difference account" -" located on the product category is used to book the difference between the " -"average cost and the original purchase price." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:3 -msgid "Record exchange rates at payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Any company doing international trade faces the case where the payments are " -"in a different currency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:11 -msgid "" -"After receiving their payments, you have the option to convert the amount " -"into your company currency. Multi currency payment implies rates " -"fluctuations. The rate differences are automatically recorded by Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:19 -msgid "Enable multi-currencies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:21 -msgid "" -"In the accounting module, Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " -"and flag **Allow multi currencies**, then click on **apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Configure the currency rates in :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Currencies`. Write down the rate and make sure the currency is active." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:33 -msgid "" -"In this document, the base currency is **Euro** and we will record payments " -"in **Dollars**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:40 -msgid "" -"You can automatically fetch the currency rates from the **European Central " -"Bank** or from **Yahoo**. Please read the document : :doc:`how_it_works`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:45 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:31 -msgid "Configure your journal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:47 -msgid "" -"In order to register payments in other currencies, you have to **remove the " -"currency constraint** on the journal. Go to the accounting application, " -"Click on **More** on the journal and **Settings**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Check if the **Currency** field is empty or in the foreign currency in which" -" you will register the payments. If a currency is filled in, it means that " -"you can register payments only in this currency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:62 -msgid "Record a payment in a different currency" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:64 -msgid "" -"In the **Accounting** application, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Payments`. Register the payment and indicate that it was done in the foreign" -" currency. Then click on **confirm**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:83 -msgid "The journal entry has been posted but not allocated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:73 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:85 -msgid "" -"Go back to your invoice (:menuselection:`Sales --> Customer Invoices`) and " -"click on **Add** to allocate the payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:80 -msgid "Record a bank statement in a different currency" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:82 -msgid "" -"Create or import the bank statement of your payment. The **Amount** is in " -"the company currency. There are two complementary fields, the **Amount " -"currency**, which is the amount that was actually paid and the **Currency** " -"in which it was paid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:89 -msgid "" -"When reconciling it, Odoo will directly match the payment with the right " -"**Invoice**. You will get the invoice price in the invoice currency and the " -"amount in your company currency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:97 -msgid "Check the exchange rate differences" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:99 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` and look for the " -"**Exchange difference** journal entries. All the exchange rates differences " -"are recorded in it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:106 -msgid "" -"The Exchange difference journal can be changed in your accounting settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/full_reconcile_warning.rst:2 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/full_reconcile_warning.rst:2 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/full_reconcile_warning.rst:2 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/full_reconcile_warning.rst:2 -msgid "" -"In order for an exchange difference entry to be created automatically, the " -"corresponding invoices and payments need to be fully reconciled. This means " -"the invoices are fully paid and the payments are fully spent on invoices. If" -" you partially pay 3 invoices from 2 payments, and the last invoice still " -"has an amount due, there will be no exchange difference entry for any of " -"them until that final amount is paid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:147 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:68 -msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:112 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:100 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:136 -msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:3 -msgid "Odoo's multi-currency system" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Choosing to use the multi-currency option in Odoo will allow you to send " -"sales invoices, quotes and purchase orders or receive bills and payments in " -"currencies other than your own. With multi-currency, you can also set up " -"bank accounts in other currencies and run reports on your foreign currency " -"activities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:18 -msgid "Turn on multi-currency" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:20 -msgid "" -"In the accounting module, Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " -"and flag **Allow multi currencies**, then click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:27 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:159 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:109 -msgid "Exchange Rate Journal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:29 -msgid "" -"The **Rate Difference Journal** records the differences between the payment " -"registration and the expected amount. For example, if a payment is paid 1 " -"month after the invoice was issued, the exchange rate has probably changed. " -"The fluctuation implies some loss or profit that are recorded by Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:35 -msgid "You can change it in the settings:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:41 -msgid "View or edit rate being used" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:43 -msgid "" -"You can manually configure the currency rates in " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Currencies`. Open the currencies you want " -"to use in Odoo and edit it. Make sure the currency is active." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:50 -msgid "Click on **View Rates** to edit it and to see the history :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Click on **Create** to add the rate. Fill in the date and the rate. Click on" -" **Save** when you are done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:62 -msgid "Live Currency Rate" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:64 -msgid "" -"By default, the currencies need to be updated manually. But you can " -"synchronize it with `Yahoo <https://finance.yahoo.com/currency-" -"converter/>`__ or the `European Central Bank <http://www.ecb.europa.eu>`__. " -"In :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, go to the **Live Currency " -"Rate** section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Choose the interval : Manually, Daily, Weekly or Monthly. You can always " -"force the update by clicking on **Update Now**. Select the provider, and you" -" are set !" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:77 -msgid "Only the **active** currencies are updated" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:80 -msgid "Configure your charts of account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:82 -msgid "" -"In the accounting application, go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Charts of " -"Accounts`. On each account, you can set a currency. It will force all moves " -"for this account to have the account currency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:86 -msgid "" -"If you leave it empty, it means that it can handle all currencies that are " -"Active." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:93 -msgid "Configure your journals" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:95 -msgid "" -"In order to register payments in other currencies, you have to remove the " -"currency constraint on the journal. Go to the accounting application, Click " -"on **More** on the journal and **Settings**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:102 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Check if the currency field is empty or in the foreign currency in which you" -" will register the payments. If a currency is filled in, it means that you " -"can register payments only in this currency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:110 -msgid "How is Odoo's multi-currency working?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:112 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Now that you are working in a multi-currency environment, all accountable " -"items will be linked to a currency, domestic or foreign." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:116 -msgid "Sales Orders and Invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:118 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:56 -msgid "" -"You are now able to set a different currency than the company one on your " -"sale orders and on your invoices. The currency is set for the whole " -"document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:126 -msgid "Purchases orders and Vendor Bills" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:128 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:66 -msgid "" -"You are now able to set a different currency than the company one on your " -"purchase orders and on your vendor bills. The currency is set for the whole " -"document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:136 -msgid "Payment Registrations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:138 -msgid "" -"In the accounting application, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. " -"Register the payment and set the currency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:147 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:94 -msgid "" -"When creating or importing bank statements, the amount is in the company " -"currency. But there are now two complementary fields, the amount that was " -"actually paid and the currency in which it was paid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:154 -msgid "" -"When reconciling it, Odoo will directly match the payment with the right " -"Invoice. You will get the invoice price in the invoice currency and the " -"amount in your company currency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:161 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` and look for the Exchange" -" difference journal entries. All the exchange rates differences are recorded" -" in it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:170 -msgid ":doc:`invoices_payments`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:171 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:121 -msgid ":doc:`exchange`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:3 -msgid "Manage invoices and payment in multiple currencies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo provides multi-currency support with automatic currency gross or loss " -"entry adjustment. There are a few things Odoo has been to ease the user's " -"life." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:12 -msgid "" -"All the account transactions will be done using the company currency. " -"However you can see two extra fields with the journal entry where secondary " -"currency and amount will visible. You can create multi-currency journals of " -"force a specific currency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:17 -msgid "" -"When creating an invoice, the currency can be changed very easily; however " -"Odoo takes the company currency as a default assignment. It will convert all" -" the amounts automatically using that currency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:25 -msgid "Enable Multi-Currency" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:27 -msgid "" -"For information about enabling Multi-Currency, please read the document: " -":doc:`how_it_works`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:33 -msgid "" -"In order to register payments in other currencies, you have to remove the " -"currency constraint on the journal. Go to the accounting application, on the" -" journal, click on :menuselection:`More --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:48 -msgid "Multi-currency invoices & Vendor Bills" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:54 -msgid "Invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:74 -msgid "Multi-currency Payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:76 -msgid "" -"In the accounting application, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. " -"Register the payment and indicate that it was done in the foreign currency. " -"Then click on **Confirm**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:92 -msgid "Multi- Currency Bank Statements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:101 -msgid "" -"When reconciling it, Odoo will directly match the payment with the right " -"invoice. You will get the invoice price in the invoice currency and the " -"amount in your company currency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:111 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` and look for the " -"**Exchange Difference** journal entries. All the exchange rates differences " -"are recorded in it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:120 -msgid ":doc:`how_it_works`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started.rst:3 -msgid "Getting Started" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:100 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:67 -msgid "Chart of Accounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The **Chart of Accounts (COA)** is the list of all the accounts used to " -"record financial transactions in the general ledger of an organization." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The accounts are usually listed in the order of appearance in the financial " -"reports. Most of the time, they are listed as follows :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:11 -msgid "Balance Sheet accounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:13 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 -msgid "Assets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:14 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:77 -msgid "Liabilities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:15 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:85 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:85 -msgid "Equity" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:19 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:89 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:89 -msgid "Income" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:20 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:93 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:93 -msgid "Expense" -msgstr "Kosten" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:22 -msgid "" -"When browsing your Chart of Accounts, you can filter the accounts by number," -" in the left column, and also group them by Account Type." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:30 -msgid "Configuration of an Account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:32 -msgid "" -"The country you select at the creation of your database (or additional " -"company on your database) determines which **Fiscal Localization Package** " -"is installed by default. This package includes a standard Chart of Accounts " -"already configured according to the country's regulations. You can use it " -"directly or set it according to your company's needs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:38 -msgid "" -"It is not possible to modify the **Fiscal Localization** of a company once a" -" Journal Entry has been posted." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:41 -msgid "" -"To create a new account, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " -"--> Chart of Accounts`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:45 -msgid "Code and Name" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Each account is identified by its **Code** and **Name**, which also " -"indicates the account's purpose." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Configuring correctly the **Account Type** is critical as it serves multiple" -" purposes:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:54 -msgid "Information on the account's purpose and behavior" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:55 -msgid "Generate country-specific legal and financial reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:56 -msgid "Set the rules to close a fiscal year" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:57 -msgid "Generate opening entries" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:59 -msgid "" -"To configure an account type, open the **Type** field's drop-down selector " -"and select the right type among the following list:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 -msgid "Report" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 -msgid "Category" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 -msgid "Account Types" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 -msgid "Receivable" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:67 -msgid "Bank and Cash" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:69 -msgid "Current Assets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:71 -msgid "Non-current Assets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:73 -msgid "Prepayments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:75 -msgid "Fixed Assets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:77 -msgid "Payable" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:79 -msgid "Credit Card" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:81 -msgid "Current Liabilities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:83 -msgid "Non-current Liabilities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:87 -msgid "Current Year Earnings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:91 -msgid "Other Income" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:95 -msgid "Depreciation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:97 -msgid "Cost of Revenue" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 -msgid "Other" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 -msgid "Off-Balance Sheet" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:103 -msgid "Assets, Deferred Expenses, and Deferred Revenues Automation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:105 -msgid "" -"Some Account Types display a new field **to automate** the creation of " -":ref:`Assets <assets-automation>` entries, :ref:`Deferred Expenses " -"<deferred-expenses-automation>` entries, and :ref:`Deferred Revenues " -"<deferred-revenues-automation>` entries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:109 -msgid "You have three choices for the **Automation** field:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:238 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:177 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:177 -msgid "**No:** this is the default value. Nothing happens." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:112 -msgid "" -"**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " -"draft entry is created, but not validated. You must first fill out the " -"corresponding form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:114 -msgid "" -"**Create and validate:** you must also select a Model. Whenever a " -"transaction is posted on the account, an entry is created and immediately " -"validated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:118 -msgid "Please refer to the related documentation for more information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:123 -msgid "" -"Select a **default tax** that will be applied when this account is chosen " -"for a product sale or purchase." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:127 -msgid "Tags" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:129 -msgid "" -"Some accounting reports require **tags** to be set on the relevant accounts." -" By default, you can choose among the tags that are used by the *Cash Flow " -"Statement*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:133 -msgid "Account Groups" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:135 -msgid "" -"**Account Groups** are useful to list multiple accounts as *sub-accounts* of" -" a bigger account and thus consolidate reports such as the **Trial " -"Balance**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:138 -msgid "" -"To create a new Account Group, open the account you want to configure as " -"sub-account, click on the *Group* drop-down selector, select *Create and " -"Edit...*, fill out the form, and save. Next, set all the sub-accounts with " -"the right Account Group." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:142 -msgid "" -"To display your **Trial Balance** report with your Account Groups, go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Trial Balance`, then open the " -"*Options* menu and select **Hierarchy and Subtotals**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:151 -msgid "Allow Reconciliation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:153 -msgid "" -"Some accounts, such as accounts made to record the transactions of a payment" -" method, can be used for the reconciliation of journal entries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:156 -msgid "" -"For example, an invoice paid with a credit card can be *marked as paid* if " -"reconciled with the payment. Therefore, the account used to record credit " -"card payments needs to be configured as *allowing reconciliation*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:160 -msgid "To do so, check the **Allow Reconciliation** box and save." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:163 -msgid "Deprecated" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:165 -msgid "" -"It is not possible to delete an account once a transaction has been recorded" -" on it. You can make them unusable by using the **Deprecated** feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:168 -msgid "To do so, check the **Deprecated** box and save." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:171 -msgid ":doc:`../../payables/supplier_bills/assets`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:172 -msgid ":doc:`../../payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:173 -msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:3 -msgid "Initial setup of Odoo Accounting and Odoo Invoicing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When you first open your Odoo Accounting app, the *Accounting Overview* page" -" welcomes you with a step-by-step onboarding banner, a wizard that helps you" -" get started. This onboarding banner is displayed until you choose to close " -"it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:9 -msgid "" -"The settings visible in the onboarding banner can still be modified later by" -" going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Odoo Accounting automatically installs the appropriate **Fiscal Localization" -" Package** for your company, according to the country selected at the " -"creation of the database. This way, the right accounts, reports, and taxes " -"are ready-to-go. :doc:`Click here " -"<../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>` for more" -" information about Fiscal Localization Packages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:20 -msgid "Accounting onboarding banner" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:22 -msgid "" -"The step-by-step Accounting onboarding banner is composed of four steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:28 -msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-company`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:29 -msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-bank`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:30 -msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-periods`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:31 -msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-chart`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:36 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:140 -msgid "Company Data" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:38 -msgid "" -"This menu allows you to add your company’s details such as the name, " -"address, logo, website, phone number, email address, and Tax ID, or VAT " -"number. These details are then displayed on your documents, such as on " -"invoices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:47 -msgid "" -"You can also change these settings by going to :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"General Settings --> Settings --> Companies` and clicking on **Update " -"Info**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:53 -msgid "Bank Account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Connect your bank account to your database and have your bank statements " -"synced automatically. To do so, find your bank in the list, click on " -"*Connect*, and follow the instructions on-screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:59 -msgid "" -":doc:`Click here <../../bank/feeds/bank_synchronization>` for more " -"information about this feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:61 -msgid "" -"If your Bank Institution can’t be synchronized automatically, or if you " -"prefer not to sync it with your database, you may also configure your bank " -"account manually by clicking on *Create it*, and filling out the form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:76 -msgid "" -"You can add as many bank accounts as needed with this tool by going to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration`, and clicking on *Add a Bank " -"Account*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:78 -msgid "" -":doc:`Click here <../../bank/setup/bank_accounts>` for more information " -"about Bank Accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:84 -msgid "Accounting Periods" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:86 -msgid "" -"Define here your **Fiscal Years**’ opening and closing dates, which are used" -" to generate reports automatically, and your **Tax Return Periodicity**, " -"along with a reminder to never miss a tax return deadline." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:90 -msgid "" -"By default, the opening date is set on the 1st of January and the closing " -"date on the 31st of December, as this is the most common use." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:94 -msgid "" -"You can also change these settings by going to :menuselection:`Accounting " -"--> Configuration --> Settings --> Fiscal Periods` and updating the values." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:102 -msgid "" -"With this menu, you can add accounts to your **Chart of Accounts** and " -"indicate their initial opening balances." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:105 -msgid "" -"Basic settings are displayed on this page to help you review your Chart of " -"Accounts. To access all the settings of an account, click on the *double " -"arrow button* at the end of the line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:113 -msgid "" -":doc:`Click here <chart_of_accounts>` for more information on how to " -"configure your Chart of Accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:117 -msgid "Invoicing onboarding banner" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:119 -msgid "" -"There is another step-by-step onboarding banner that helps you take " -"advantage of your Odoo Invoicing and Accounting apps. The *Invoicing " -"onboarding banner* is the one that welcomes you if you use the Invoicing app" -" rather than the Accounting app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:123 -msgid "" -"If you have Odoo Accounting installed on your database, you can reach it by " -"going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Invoices`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:126 -msgid "The Invoicing onboarding banner is composed of four main steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:132 -msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-company`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:133 -msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-layout`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:134 -msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-payment`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:135 -msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-sample`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:142 -msgid "" -"This form is the same as :ref:`the one presented in the Accounting " -"onboarding banner <accounting-setup-company>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:148 -msgid "Invoice Layout" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:150 -msgid "" -"With this tool, you can design the appearance of your documents by selecting" -" which layout tamplate, paper format, colors, font, and logo you want to " -"use." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:153 -msgid "" -"You can also add your *Company Tagline* and the content of the documents’ " -"*footer*. Note that Odoo automatically adds the company's phone number, " -"email, website URL, and Tax ID (or VAT number) to the footer, according to " -"the values you previously configured in the :ref:`Company Data <accounting-" -"setup-company>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:163 -msgid "" -"Add your **bank account number** and a link to your **General Terms & " -"Condition** in the footer. This way, your contacts can find the full content" -" of your GT&C online without having to print them on the invoices you issue." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:168 -msgid "" -"These settings can also be modified by going to :menuselection:`Settings -->" -" General Settings`, under the *Business Documents* section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:174 -msgid "Payment Method" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:176 -msgid "" -"This menu helps you configure the payment methods with which your customers " -"can pay you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:179 -msgid "" -"Configuring a *Payment Acquirer* with this tool also activates the *Invoice " -"Online Payment* option automatically. With this, users can directly pay " -"online, from their Customer Portal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:185 -msgid "Sample Invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:187 -msgid "" -"Send yourself a sample invoice by email to make sure everything is correctly" -" configured." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:190 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:135 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:146 -msgid ":doc:`../../bank/setup/bank_accounts`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:191 -msgid ":doc:`chart_of_accounts`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts.rst:3 -msgid "Main Concepts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:3 -msgid "The Accounting behind Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:5 -msgid "" -"This page summarises the way Odoo deals with typical accounts and " -"transactions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:9 -msgid "Double-entry bookkeeping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Odoo automatically creates all the behind-the-scenes journal entries for " -"each of your accounting transactions: customer invoices, point of sale " -"order, expenses, inventory moves, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Odoo uses the rules of double-entry bookkeeping system: all journal entries " -"are automatically balanced (sum of debits = sum of credits)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:19 -msgid "" -"`Understand Odoo's accounting transactions per document " -"<https://odoo.com/documentation/functional/accounting.html>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:23 -msgid "Accrual and Cash Basis Methods" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Odoo supports both accrual and cash basis reporting. This allows you to " -"report income / expense at the time transactions occur (i.e., accrual " -"basis), or when payment is made or received (i.e., cash basis)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:30 -msgid "Multi-companies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Odoo allows one to manage several companies within the same database. Each " -"company has its own chart of accounts and rules. You can get consolidation " -"reports following your consolidation rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Users can access several companies but always work in one company at a time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:40 -msgid "Multi-currencies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Every transaction is recorded in the default currency of the company. For " -"transactions occurring in another currency, Odoo stores both the value in " -"the currency of the company and the value in the currency of the " -"transaction. Odoo can generate currencies gains and losses after the " -"reconciliation of the journal items." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Currency rates are updated once a day using a yahoo.com online web-service." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:52 -msgid "International Standards" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Odoo accounting supports more than 50 countries. The Odoo core accounting " -"implements accounting standards that are common to all countries. Specific " -"modules exist per country for the specificities of the country like the " -"chart of accounts, taxes, or bank interfaces." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:60 -msgid "In particular, Odoo's core accounting engine supports:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:62 -msgid "" -"Anglo-Saxon Accounting (U.S., U.K.,, and other English-speaking countries " -"including Ireland, Canada, Australia, and New Zealand) where costs of good " -"sold are reported when products are sold/delivered." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:66 -msgid "European accounting where expenses are accounted at the supplier bill." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:69 -msgid "Odoo has modules to comply with IFRS rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:72 -msgid "Accounts Receivable & Payable" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:74 -msgid "" -"By default, Odoo uses a single account for all account receivable entries " -"and one for all accounts payable entries. You can create separate accounts " -"per customers/suppliers, but you don't need to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:79 -msgid "" -"As transactions are associated to customers or suppliers, you get reports to" -" perform analysis per customer/supplier such as the customer statement, " -"revenues per customers, aged receivable/payables, ..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:84 -msgid "Wide range of financial reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:86 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, you can generate financial reports in real time. Odoo's reports " -"range from basic accounting reports to advanced management reports. Odoo's " -"reports include:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:90 -msgid "Performance reports (such as Profit and Loss, Budget Variance)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:91 -msgid "" -"Position reports (such as Balance Sheet, Aged Payables, Aged Receivables)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:93 -msgid "Cash reports (such as Bank Summary)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:94 -msgid "Detail reports (such as Trial Balance and General Ledger)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:95 -msgid "Management reports (such as Budgets, Executive Summary)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:97 -msgid "" -"Odoo's report engine allows you to customize your own report based on your " -"own formulae." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:101 -msgid "Import bank feeds automatically" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:103 -msgid "" -"Bank reconciliation is a process that matches your bank statement lines, as " -"supplied by the bank, to your accounting transactions in the general ledger." -" Odoo makes bank reconciliation easy by frequently importing bank statement " -"lines from your bank directly into your Odoo account. This means you can " -"have a daily view of your cashflow without having to log into your online " -"banking or wait for your paper bank statements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:111 -msgid "" -"Odoo speeds up bank reconciliation by matching most of your imported bank " -"statement lines to your accounting transactions. Odoo also remembers how " -"you've treated other bank statement lines and provides suggested general " -"ledger transactions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:117 -msgid "Calculate the tax you owe your tax authority" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:119 -msgid "" -"Odoo totals all your accounting transactions for your tax period and uses " -"these totals to calculate your tax obligation. You can then check your sales" -" tax by running Odoo's Tax Report." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:124 -msgid "Inventory Valuation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:126 -msgid "" -"Odoo support both periodic (manual) and perpetual (automated) inventory " -"valuations. The available methods are standard price, average price, LIFO " -"(for countries allowing it) and FIFO." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:131 -msgid "" -"`View impact of the valuation method on your transactions " -"<https://odoo.com/documentation/functional/valuation.html>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:135 -msgid "Easy retained earnings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:137 -msgid "" -"Retained earnings are the portion of income retained by your business. Odoo " -"automatically calculates your current year earnings in real time so no year-" -"end journal or rollover is required. This is calculated by reporting the " -"profit and loss balance to your balance sheet report automatically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:5 -msgid "Accounting Memento For Entrepreneurs (US GAAP)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:11 -msgid "" -"The **Profit and Loss** (P&L) report shows the performance of the company " -"over a specific period (usually the current year)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:16 -msgid "" -"The **Gross Profit** equals the revenues from sales minus the cost of goods " -"sold." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:21 -msgid "" -"**Operating Expenses** (OPEX) include administration, sales and R&D salaries" -" as well as rent and utilities, miscellaneous costs, insurances, … anything " -"beyond the costs of products sold." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:27 -msgid "" -"The **Balance Sheet** is a snapshot of the company's finances at a specific " -"date (as opposed to the Profit and Loss which is an analysis over a period)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:32 -msgid "" -"**Assets** represent the company's wealth, things it owns. Fixed assets " -"includes building and offices, current assets include bank accounts and " -"cash. A client owing money is an asset. An employee is not an asset." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:38 -msgid "" -"**Liabilities** are obligations from past events that the company will have " -"to pay in the future (utility bills, debts, unpaid suppliers)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:43 -msgid "" -"**Equity** is the amount of the funds contributed by the owners (founders or" -" shareholders) plus previously retained earnings (or losses)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:48 -msgid "Each year, net profits (or losses) are reported to retained earnings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:54 -msgid "" -"What is owned (an asset) has been financed through debts to reimburse " -"(liabilities) or equity (profits, capital)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:57 -msgid "" -"A difference is made between buying an assets (e.g. a building) and expenses" -" (e.g. fuel). Assets have an intrinsic value over time, versus expenses " -"having value in them being consumed for the company to \"work\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:64 -msgid "Assets = Liabilities + Equity" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:69 -msgid "" -"The **chart of accounts** lists all the accounts, whether they are balance " -"sheet accounts or P&L accounts. Every financial transaction (e.g. a payment," -" an invoice) impacts accounts by moving value from one account (credit) to " -"an other account (debit)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:76 -msgid "Balance = Debit - Credit" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:84 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:83 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:76 -msgid "Journal Entries" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:86 -msgid "" -"Every financial document of the company (e.g. an invoice, a bank statement, " -"a pay slip, a capital increase contract) is recorded as a journal entry, " -"impacting several accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:90 -msgid "" -"For a journal entry to be *balanced*, the sum of all its debits must be " -"equal to the sum of all its credits." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:95 -msgid "examples of accounting entries for various transactions. Example:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:97 -msgid "Example 1: Customer Invoice:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:99 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:117 -msgid "Explanation:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:101 -msgid "You generate a revenue of $1,000" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:102 -msgid "You have a tax to pay of $90" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:103 -msgid "The customer owes $1,090" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:122 -msgid "Configuration:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:107 -msgid "Income: defined on the product, or the product category" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:108 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:125 -msgid "Account Receivable: defined on the customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:109 -msgid "Tax: defined on the tax set on the invoice line" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:111 -msgid "" -"The fiscal position used on the invoice may have a rule that replaces the " -"Income Account or the tax defined on the product by another one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:115 -msgid "Example 2: Customer Payment:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:119 -msgid "Your customer owes $1,090 less" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:120 -msgid "Your receive $1,090 on your bank account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:124 -msgid "Bank Account: defined on the related bank journal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:130 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 -msgid "Reconciliation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:132 -msgid "" -"Reconciliation is the process of linking journal items of a specific " -"account, matching credits and debits." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:135 -msgid "" -"Its primary purpose is to link payments to their related invoices in order " -"to mark invoices that are paid and clear the customer statement. This is " -"done by doing a reconciliation on the *Accounts Receivable* account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:139 -msgid "" -"An invoice is marked as paid when its Accounts Receivable journal items are " -"reconciled with the related payment journal items." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:142 -msgid "Reconciliation is performed automatically by the system when:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:144 -msgid "the payment is registered directly on the invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:145 -msgid "" -"the links between the payments and the invoices are detected at the bank " -"matching process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:0 -msgid "Customer Statement Example" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:156 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 -msgid "Accounts Receivable" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:156 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:96 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 -msgid "Debit" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:156 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:96 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 -msgid "Credit" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 -msgid "Invoice 1" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:160 -msgid "Payment 1.1" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:160 -msgid "70" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:162 -msgid "Invoice 2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:162 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:166 -msgid "65" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:164 -msgid "Payment 1.2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:164 -msgid "30" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:166 -msgid "Payment 2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:168 -msgid "Invoice 3" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:168 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:172 -msgid "50" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:172 -msgid "Total To Pay" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:179 -msgid "" -"Bank reconciliation is the matching of bank statement lines (provided by " -"your bank) with transactions recorded internally (payments to suppliers or " -"from customers). For each line in a bank statement, it can be:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:184 -msgid "matched with a previously recorded payment:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:184 -msgid "" -"a payment is registered when a check is received from a customer, then " -"matched when checking the bank statement" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:188 -msgid "recorded as a new payment:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:187 -msgid "" -"the payment's journal entry is created and :ref:`reconciled " -"<accounting/reconciliation>` with the related invoice when processing the " -"bank statement" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:191 -msgid "recorded as another transaction:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:191 -msgid "bank transfer, direct charge, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:193 -msgid "" -"Odoo should automatically reconcile most transactions, only a few of them " -"should need manual review. When the bank reconciliation process is finished," -" the balance on the bank account in Odoo should match the bank statement's " -"balance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:201 -msgid "Checks Handling" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:203 -msgid "There are two approaches to manage checks and internal wire transfer:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:205 -msgid "Two journal entries and a reconciliation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:206 -msgid "One journal entry and a bank reconciliation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:210 -msgid "" -"The first journal entry is created by registering the payment on the " -"invoice. The second one is created when registering the bank statement." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:96 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 -msgid "Account" -msgstr "Rekening" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:98 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:100 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 -msgid "Account Receivable" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 -msgid "Invoice ABC" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 -msgid "Undeposited funds" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 -msgid "Check 0123" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:85 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:135 -msgid "Bank" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:235 -msgid "" -"A journal entry is created by registering the payment on the invoice. When " -"reconciling the bank statement, the statement line is linked to the existing" -" journal entry." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 -msgid "Bank Statement" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 -msgid "Statement XYZ" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview.rst:3 -msgid "Process overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:3 -msgid "From Customer Invoice to Payments Collection" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo supports multiple invoicing and payment workflows, so you can choose " -"and use the ones that match your business needs. Whether you want to accept " -"a single payment for a single invoice, or process a payment spanning " -"multiple invoices and taking discounts for early payments, you can do so " -"efficiently and accurately." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:12 -msgid "From Draft Invoice to Profit and Loss" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:14 -msgid "" -"If we pick up at the end of a typical 'order to cash' scenario, after the " -"goods have been shipped, you will: issue an invoice; receive payment; " -"deposit that payment at the bank; make sure the Customer Invoice is closed; " -"follow up if Customers are late; and finally present your Income on the " -"Profit and Loss report and show the decrease in Assets on the Balance Sheet " -"report." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Invoicing in most countries occurs when a contractual obligation is met. If " -"you ship a box to a customer, you have met the terms of the contract and can" -" bill them. If your supplier sends you a shipment, they have met the terms " -"of that contract and can bill you. Therefore, the terms of the contract is " -"fulfilled when the box moves to or from the truck. At this point, Odoo " -"supports the creation of what is called a Draft Invoice by Warehouse staff." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Draft invoices can be manually generated from other documents such as Sales " -"Orders, Purchase Orders,etc. Although you can create a draft invoice " -"directly if you would like." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:36 -msgid "" -"An invoice must be provided to the customer with the necessary information " -"in order for them to pay for the goods and services ordered and delivered. " -"It must also include other information needed to pay the invoice in a timely" -" and precise manner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:42 -msgid "Draft invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:44 -msgid "" -"The system generates invoice which are initially set to the Draft state. " -"While these invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:47 -msgid "" -"remain unvalidated, they have no accounting impact within the system. There " -"is nothing to stop users from creating their own draft invoices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:50 -msgid "Let's create a customer invoice with following information:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:52 -msgid "Customer: Agrolait" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:53 -msgid "Product: iMac" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:54 -msgid "Quantity: 1" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:55 -msgid "Unit Price: 100" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:56 -msgid "Taxes: Tax 15%" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:64 -msgid "The document is composed of three parts:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:66 -msgid "the top of the invoice, with customer information," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:67 -msgid "the main body of the invoice, with detailed invoice lines," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:68 -msgid "the bottom of the page, with detail about the taxes, and the totals." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:71 -msgid "Open or Pro-forma invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:73 -msgid "" -"An invoice will usually include the quantity and the price of goods and/or " -"services, the date, any parties involved, the unique invoice number, and any" -" tax information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:77 -msgid "" -"\"Validate\" the invoice when you are ready to approve it. The invoice then " -"moves from the Draft state to the Open state." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:80 -msgid "" -"When you have validated an invoice, Odoo gives it a unique number from a " -"defined, and modifiable, sequence." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:86 -msgid "" -"Accounting entries corresponding to this invoice are automatically generated" -" when you validate the invoice. You can see the details by clicking on the " -"entry in the Journal Entry field in the \"Other Info\" tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:95 -msgid "Send the invoice to customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:97 -msgid "" -"After validating the customer invoice, you can directly send it to the " -"customer via the 'Send by email' functionality." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:103 -msgid "" -"A typical journal entry generated from a validated invoice will look like as" -" follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 -msgid "**Partner**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 -msgid "**Due date**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 -msgid "Agrolait" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 -msgid "01/07/2015" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 -msgid "115" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 -msgid "15" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:117 -msgid "Payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:119 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, an invoice is considered to be paid when the associated accounting " -"entry has been reconciled with the payment entries. If there has not been a " -"reconciliation, the invoice will remain in the Open state until you have " -"entered the payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:124 -msgid "" -"A typical journal entry generated from a payment will look like as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:136 -msgid "Receive a partial payment through the bank statement" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:138 -msgid "" -"You can manually enter your bank statements in Odoo, or you can import them " -"in from a csv file or from several other predefined formats according to " -"your accounting localisation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:142 -msgid "" -"Create a bank statement from the accounting dashboard with the related " -"journal and enter an amount of $100 ." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:149 -msgid "Reconcile" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:151 -msgid "Now let's reconcile!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:156 -msgid "" -"You can now go through every transaction and reconcile them or you can mass " -"reconcile with instructions at the bottom." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:158 -msgid "" -"After reconciling the items in the sheet, the related invoice will now " -"display \"You have outstanding payments for this customer. You can reconcile" -" them to pay this invoice. \"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:168 -msgid "" -"Apply the payment. Below, you can see that the payment has been added to the" -" invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:175 -msgid "Payment Followup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:177 -msgid "" -"There's a growing trend of customers paying bills later and later. " -"Therefore, collectors must make every effort to collect money and collect it" -" faster." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:181 -msgid "" -"Odoo will help you define your follow-up strategy. To remind customers to " -"pay their outstanding invoices, you can define different actions depending " -"on how severely overdue the customer is. These actions are bundled into " -"follow-up levels that are triggered when the due date of an invoice has " -"passed a certain number of days. If there are other overdue invoices for the" -" same customer, the actions of the most overdue invoice will be executed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:189 -msgid "" -"By going to the customer record and diving into the \"Overdue Payments\" you" -" will see the follow-up message and all overdue invoices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:199 -msgid "Customer aging report:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:201 -msgid "" -"The customer aging report will be an additional key tool for the collector " -"to understand the customer credit issues, and to prioritize their work." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:205 -msgid "" -"Use the aging report to determine which customers are overdue and begin your" -" collection efforts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:212 -msgid "Profit and loss" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:214 -msgid "" -"The Profit and Loss statement displays your revenue and expense details. " -"Ultimately, this gives you a clear image of your Net Profit and Loss. It is " -"sometimes referred to as the \"Income Statement\" or \"Statement of Revenues" -" and Expenses.\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:223 -msgid "Balance sheet" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:225 -msgid "" -"The balance sheet summarizes your company's liabilities, assets and equity " -"at a specific moment in time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:234 -msgid "" -"For example, if you manage your inventory using the perpetual accounting " -"method, you should expect a decrease in account \"Current Assets\" once the " -"material has been shipped to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:15 -msgid "From Vendor Bill to Payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Once vendor bills are registered in Odoo, you can easily pay vendors for the" -" correct amount and at the right time (not too late, not too early; " -"depending on your vendor policy). Odoo also offers reports to track your " -"aged payable balances." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:10 -msgid "" -"If you want to control vendor bills received from your vendors, you can use " -"the Odoo Purchase application that allows you to control and pre-complete " -"them automatically based on past purchase orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:18 -msgid "Record a new vendor bill" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:20 -msgid "" -"When a vendor bill is received, you can record it from " -":menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendor Bills` in the Accounting application. " -"As a shortcut, you can also use the **New Bill** feature on the accounting " -"dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:27 -msgid "" -"To register a new vendor bill, start by selecting a vendor and inputting " -"their invoice as the **Vendor Reference**, then add and confirm the product " -"lines, making sure to have the right product quantities, taxes and prices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Save the invoice to update the pre tax and tax amounts at the bottom of the " -"screen. You will most likely need to configure the prices of your products " -"without taxes as Odoo will compute the tax for you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:40 -msgid "" -"On the bottom left corner, Odoo shows a summary table of all taxes on the " -"vendor bill. In several countries, different methods are accepted to round " -"the totals (round per line, or round globally). The default rounding method " -"in Odoo is to round the final prices per line (as you may have different " -"taxes per product. E.g. Alcohol and cigarettes). However if your vendor has " -"a different tax amount on their bill, you can change the amount in the " -"bottom left table to adjust and match." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:48 -msgid "Validate The Vendor Bill" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Once the vendor bill is validated, a journal entry will be generated based " -"on the configuration on the invoice. This journal entry may differ depending" -" on the the accounting package you choose to use." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:54 -msgid "" -"For most European countries, the journal entry will use the following " -"accounts:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:57 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:66 -msgid "**Accounts Payable:** defined on the vendor form" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:59 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:68 -msgid "**Taxes:** defined on the products and per line" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:61 -msgid "**Expenses:** defined on the line item product used" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:63 -msgid "" -"For Anglo-Saxon (US) accounting, the journal entry will use the following " -"accounts:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:70 -msgid "**Goods Received:** defined on the product form" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:72 -msgid "" -"You can check your Profit & Loss or the Balance Sheet reports after having " -"validated a couple of vendor bills to see the impact on your general ledger." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:77 -msgid "Pay a bill" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:79 -msgid "" -"To create a payment for an open vendor bill directly, you can click on " -"**Register a Payment** at the top of the form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:82 -msgid "" -"From there, you select the payment method (i.e. Checking account, credit " -"card, check, etc…) and the amount you wish to pay. By default, Odoo will " -"propose the entire remaining balance on the bill for payment. In the memo " -"field, we recommend you set the vendor invoice number as a reference (Odoo " -"will auto fill this field from the from the vendor bill if set it " -"correctly)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:94 -msgid "" -"You can also register a payment to a vendor directly without applying it to " -"a vendor bill. To do that, :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. Then, " -"from the vendor bill you will be able to reconcile this payment with " -"directly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:99 -msgid "Printing vendor Checks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:101 -msgid "" -"If you choose to pay your vendor bills by check, Odoo offers a method to do " -"so directly from your vendor payments within Odoo. Whether you do so on a " -"daily basis or prefer to do so at the end of the week, you can print in " -"checks in batches." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:106 -msgid "" -"If you have checks to print, Odoo's accounting dashboard acts as a to do " -"list and reminds you of how many checks you have left to be printed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:112 -msgid "" -"By selecting the amount of checks to be printed, you can dive right into a " -"list of all payments that are ready to be processed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:115 -msgid "" -"Select all the checks you wish to print (use the first checkbox to select " -"them all) and set the action to **Print Checks**. Odoo will ask you to set " -"the next check number in the sequence and will then print all the checks at " -"once." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:124 -#: ../../accounting/reporting.rst:3 -msgid "Reporting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:127 -msgid "Aged payable balance" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:129 -msgid "" -"In order to get a list of open vendor bills and their related due dates, you" -" can use the **Aged Payable** report, under the reporting menu, (in " -":menuselection:`Reporting --> Business Statement --> Aged payable`) to get a" -" visual of all of your outstanding bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:137 -msgid "" -"From here, you can click directly on a vendors name to open up the details " -"of all outstanding bills and the amounts due, or you can annotate any line " -"for managements information. At any point in time while you're looking " -"through the report, you can print directly to Excel or PDF and get exactly " -"what you see on the screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:144 -msgid ":doc:`customer_invoice`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables.rst:3 -msgid "Account Payables" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:3 -msgid "Forecast future bills to pay" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When you get hundreds of vendor bills per month with each of them having " -"different payment terms, it could be complex to follow what you have to pay " -"and when. Paying your vendors too early can decrease your cash " -"availabilities and paying too late can lead to extra charges." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Fortunately, Odoo provides you the right tools to manage payment orders to " -"vendors efficiently." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:14 -msgid "Configuration: payment terms" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:16 -msgid "" -"In order to track the vendor conditions, we use payment terms in Odoo. " -"Payment terms allow to keep track of the conditions to compute the due date " -"on an invoice. As an example, a payment term can be:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:20 -msgid "50% within 30 days" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:22 -msgid "50% within 45 days" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:24 -msgid "" -"To create your most common payment terms, use the menu: " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Management --> Payment Terms` in the " -"**Accounting** application. The following example show a payment term of 30%" -" directly and the balance after 30 days." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Once payment terms are defined, you can assign them to your vendor by " -"default. Set the Vendor Payment Term field on the Accounting tab of a vendor" -" form. That way, every time you will purchase to this vendor, Odoo will " -"propose you automatically the right payment term." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:42 -msgid "" -"If you do not set a specific payment term on a vendor, you will still be " -"able to set a specific payment term on the vendor bill." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:46 -msgid "Forecast bills to pay with the Aged Payables report" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:48 -msgid "" -"In order to track amounts to be paid to the vendors, use the Aged Payable " -"report. You can get it from the Reports menu of the Accounting application. " -"This report gives you a summary per vendor of the amounts to pay, compared " -"to their due date (the due date being computed on each bill using the " -"payment term)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:57 -msgid "" -"This reports tells you how much you will have to pay within the next months." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:61 -msgid "Select bills to pay" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Using the menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendor Bills`, you can get a " -"list of vendor bills. Using the advanced filters, you can list all the bills" -" that you should pay or the bills that are overdue (you are late on the " -"payment)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:70 -msgid "" -"From this screen, you can also switch to the pivot table or the graph view " -"to get statistics on the amount due over the next month, using the group by " -"\"Due Date\" feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay.rst:3 -msgid "Vendor Payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:3 -msgid "Pay by Checks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Once you decide to pay a supplier bill, you can select to pay by check. " -"Then, at the end of the day, the manager can print all checks by batch. " -"Finally, the bank reconciliation process will match the checks you sent to " -"suppliers with actual bank statements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:14 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:33 -msgid "Install the required module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:16 -msgid "" -"To record supplier payments by checks, you must install the **Check " -"Writing** module. This module handle the process of recording checks in " -"Odoo. Others modules are necessary to print checks, according to the " -"country. As an example, the **U.S. Check Printing** module is required to " -"print U.S. checks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:23 -msgid "" -"According to your country and the chart of account you use, those modules " -"may be installed by default. (example: United States users have nothing to " -"install, it's configured by default)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:28 -msgid "Activate checks payment methods" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:30 -msgid "" -"In order to allow payments by checks, you must activate the payment method " -"on related bank journals. From the accounting dashboard (the screen you get " -"when you enter the accounting application), click on your bank account on " -":menuselection:`More --> Settings` option. On the **Payment Method** field, " -"set **Check**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:40 -msgid "Compatible check stationery for printing checks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:43 -msgid "United States" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:45 -msgid "For the United States, Odoo supports by default the check formats of:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:47 -msgid "**Quickbooks & Quicken**: check on top, stubs in the middle and bottom" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:48 -msgid "**Peachtree**: check in the middle, stubs on top and bottom" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:49 -msgid "**ADP**: check in the bottom, and stubs on the top." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:51 -msgid "" -"It is also possible to customize your own check format through " -"customizations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:54 -msgid "Pay a supplier bill with a check" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:56 -msgid "Paying a supplier with a check is done in three steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:58 -msgid "registering a payment you'd like to do on the bill" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:59 -msgid "printing checks in batch for all registered payments" -msgstr "Checks in batch afdrukken voor alle geregistreerde betalingen" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:60 -msgid "reconcile bank statements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:63 -msgid "Register a payment by check" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:65 -msgid "" -"To register a payment on a bill, open any supplier bill from the menu " -":menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendor Bills`. Once the supplier bill is " -"validated, you can register a payment. Set the **Payment Method** to " -"**Check** and validate the payment dialog." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:74 -msgid "Print checks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:76 -msgid "" -"From the accounting dashboard, on your bank account, you should see a link " -"\"X checks to print\". Click on this link and you will get the list of all " -"checks that are not printed yet. From this screen, you can print all checks " -"in batch or review them one by one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:81 -msgid "" -"If you want to review every payment one by one before printing the check, " -"open on the payment and click on **Print Check** if you accept it. A dialog " -"will ask you the number of the check. It automatically proposes you the next" -" number, but you can change it if it does not match your next check number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:87 -msgid "" -"To print all checks in batch, select all payments from the list view and " -"Print Check from the top \"print\" menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:94 -msgid "Reconcile bank statements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:96 -msgid "" -"Once you process your bank statement, when the check is credited from your " -"bank account, Odoo will propose you automatically to match it with the " -"payment. This will mark the payment as **Reconciled**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:101 -msgid "" -"To review checks that have not been credited, open the list of payments and " -"filter on the Sent state. Review those payments that have a date more than 2" -" weeks ago." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:106 -msgid "Pay anything with a check" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:108 -msgid "" -"You can register a payment that is not related to a supplier bill. To do so," -" use the top menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. Register your " -"payment and select a payment method by check." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:112 -msgid "" -"If you pay a specific supplier bill, put the reference of the bill in the " -"**Memo** field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:118 -msgid "" -"Once your payment by check is registered, don't forget to **Confirm** it. " -"Once confirmed, you can use **Print Check** directly or follow the preceding" -" flow to print checks in batch:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:122 -msgid "`Print checks`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:123 -msgid "`Reconcile bank statements`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:3 -msgid "Pay several bills at once" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo provides a simple and effective way to handle several bills at once, " -"with various quick or complex options. With one single process, anyone is " -"able to handle bills and payment in just a few clicks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:10 -msgid "Pay multiple bills with one payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:13 -msgid "Record several payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:15 -msgid "" -"In the following example, we will generate some bills. You can control the " -"whole process from your accounting dashboard (first screen you get when you " -"open the accounting application)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:22 -msgid "" -"To create a bill, open the Dashboard menu and click on **Vendor Bills**. In " -"the Vendor Bills window, click on **Create**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Choose the vendor from which you wish to purchase the product, and click on " -"Add an item to add one (or more) product(s). Click on **Save** and then " -"**Validate**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:33 -msgid "Pay supplier bills, one after the other" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:38 -msgid "" -"We will now record a payment for one bill only. Open the bill, then click on" -" **Register Payment**. Insert the Payment Method, Date and Amount, and click" -" on **Validate**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Once you have validated the payment, the system will automatically reconcile" -" the payment with the bill, and set the bill as **Paid**. The system will " -"also generate a move from the payment account and reconcile it with the " -"expense transaction." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:51 -msgid "Pay several bills altogether" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:53 -msgid "" -"In order to illustrate the process thoroughly, create at least 2 more bills " -"following the above standing guide. **Make sure all bills come from the same" -" vendor.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:60 -msgid "" -"In the Vendors Bills, select the new bills you have just created by checking" -" the box next to each of them. In the Action menu located in the middle of " -"the page, click on **Register Payment**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Insert the details of the payment. The system calculated the total amount " -"for both bills, but you can modify it freely. Click on **Validate**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:71 -msgid "Record the payment, reconcile afterwards" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:73 -msgid "" -"You can also reconcile a payment with bills after the payment has been " -"recorded." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:76 -msgid "First, we need to create a payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:78 -msgid "" -"This will handle from :menuselection:`Dashboard --> Bank journal --> More " -"Option --> Send Money`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:84 -msgid "" -"Creating payment order with check payment method. Selecting related Vendor " -"and amount which remain to pay. After filling all details, we will confirm " -"the payment order which will generate payment transaction with the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:92 -msgid "" -"As you can see, bill payment status show what is posted and what is " -"remaining to reconcile." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:95 -msgid "" -"After receiving bank statement from the bank with payment detail, you can " -"reconcile the transaction from the Dashboard. It will automatically map the " -"transaction amount." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:103 -msgid "Partial payments of several supplier bills" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:106 -msgid "How to pay several supplier bills having cash discounts at once?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:108 -msgid "" -"You already learned how to pay bills in various way but what about partial " -"payment? We are taking another example where we will do partial payment for " -"various bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:112 -msgid "" -"We are creating multiple bills and partially pay them through bank " -"statements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:115 -msgid "" -"We are adding payment terms which allow some cash discount where vendor " -"offer us early payment discount." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:121 -msgid "" -"We are creating the following bills with the assignment of the above payment" -" term." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:127 -msgid "We have created the following bills:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:132 -msgid "" -"We will pay the invoices by creating bank statement where we will adjust the" -" cash discount our vendor provided under payment terms." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:138 -msgid "" -"Before reconciling this bank statement, we need to create one statement " -"model for cash discount." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:144 -msgid "Now we are going back to bank statement and opening reconcile view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:69 -msgid "Pay with SEPA" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:5 -msgid "" -"SEPA, the Single Euro Payments Area, is a payment-integration initiative of " -"the European union for simplification of bank transfers denominated in EURO." -" SEPA allows you to send payment orders to your bank to automate bank wire " -"transfer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:10 -msgid "" -"SEPA is supported by the banks of the 28 EU member states as well as " -"Iceland, Norway, Switzerland, Andorra, Monaco and San Marino." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:13 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, once you decide to pay a vendor, you can select to pay the bill " -"with SEPA. Then, at the end of the day, the manager can generate the SEPA " -"file containing all bank wire transfers and send it to the bank." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:18 -msgid "" -"By default,the file follows the SEPA Credit Transfer **'pain.001.001.03'** " -"specifications. This is a well-defined standard that makes consensus among " -"banks. However, according to the country set on your company, another format" -" can be used : **'pain.001.001.03.ch.02'** for Switzerland and " -"**'pain.001.003.03'** for Germany." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Once the payments are processed by your bank, you can directly import the " -"account statement inside Odoo. The bank reconciliation process will " -"seamlessly match the SEPA orders you sent to your bank with actual bank " -"statements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:35 -msgid "" -"To pay suppliers with SEPA, you must install the **SEPA Credit Transfer** " -"module. This module handle the process of generating SEPA files based on " -"Odoo payments." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:40 -msgid "" -"According to your country and the chart of account you use, this module may " -"be installed by default." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:44 -msgid "Activate SEPA payment methods on banks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:46 -msgid "" -"In order to allow payments by SEPA, you must activate the payment method on " -"related bank journals. From the accounting dashboard (the screen you get " -"when you enter the accounting application), click on \"More\" on your bank " -"account and select the \"Settings\" option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:51 -msgid "" -"To activate SEPA, click the **Advanced Settings** tab and, in the **Payment " -"Methods** part of the **Miscellaneous** section, check the box **Sepa Credit" -" Transfer**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Make sure to specify the IBAN account number (domestic account number won't " -"work with SEPA) and the BIC (bank identifier code) on your bank journal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:60 -msgid "" -"By default, the payments you send using SEPA will use your company name as " -"initiating party name. This is what appears on the recipient's bank " -"statement in the **payment from** field. You can customize it in your " -"company settings, in the tab **Configuration**, under the **SEPA** section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:72 -msgid "Register your payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:74 -msgid "" -"You can register a payment that is not related to a supplier bill. To do so," -" use the top menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. Register your " -"payment and select a payment method by Sepa Credit Transfer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:78 -msgid "" -"If it's the first time you pay this vendor, you will have to fill in the " -"Recipient Bank Account field with, at least, the bank name, IBAN and BIC " -"(Bank Identifier Code). Odoo will automatically verify the IBAN format." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:82 -msgid "" -"For future payments to this vendor, Odoo will propose you automatically the " -"bank accounts but you will be able to select another one or create a new " -"one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:86 -msgid "" -"If you pay a specific supplier bill, put the reference of the bill in the " -"**memo** field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Once your payment is registered, don't forget to Confirm it. You can also " -"pay vendor bills from the bill directly using the Register Payment button on" -" top of a vendor bill. The form is the same, but the payment is directly " -"linked to the bill and will be automatically reconciled to it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:98 -msgid "Generate SEPA files" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:100 -msgid "" -"From your accounting dashboard, you should see if there are SEPA files to " -"generate for every bank account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:106 -msgid "" -"Click on the link to check all the payments that are ready to transfer via " -"SEPA. Then, select all the payments you want to send (or check the top box " -"to select all payment at once) and click on :menuselection:`More --> " -"Download SEPA Payments`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:115 -msgid "Troubleshooting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:118 -msgid "The bank refuses my SEPA file" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:120 -msgid "" -"Ask your bank if they support the **SEPA Credit Transfer specification** " -"(the SEPA pain version depends on the country set on your company). If they " -"don't, or cannot provide relevant informations, please forward the error " -"message to your Odoo partner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:126 -msgid "There is no Bank Identifier Code recorded for bank account ..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:128 -msgid "" -"In order to send a SEPA payment, the recipient must be identified by a valid" -" IBAN and BIC. If this message appear, you probably encoded an IBAN account " -"for the partner you are paying but forgot to fill in the BIC field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:134 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:125 -msgid ":doc:`check`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:3 -msgid "Non-current Assets and Fixed Assets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:5 -msgid "" -"**Non-current Assets**, also known as **long-term assets**, are investments " -"that are expected to be realized after one year. They are capitalized rather" -" than being expensed and appear on the company's balance sheet. Depending on" -" their nature, they may undergo **depreciation**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:9 -msgid "" -"**Fixed Assets** are a type of Non-current Assets and include the properties" -" bought for their productive aspects, such as buildings, vehicles, " -"equipment, land, and software." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:12 -msgid "" -"For example, let's say we buy a car for $ 27,000. We plan to amortize it " -"over five years, and we will sell it for $ 7,000 afterward. Using the " -"linear, or straight-line, depreciation method, $ 4,000 are expensed each " -"year as **depreciation expenses**. After five years, the **Accumulated " -"Depreciation** amount reported on the balance sheet equals $ 20,000, leaving" -" us with $ 7,000 of **Not Depreciable Value**, or Salvage value." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Odoo Accounting handles depreciation by creating all depreciation entries " -"automatically in *draft mode*. They are then posted periodically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:21 -msgid "Odoo supports the following **Depreciation Methods**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:23 -msgid "Linear" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:24 -msgid "Degressive" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:25 -msgid "Accelerated Degressive" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:28 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:25 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:24 -msgid "" -"The server checks once a day if an entry must be posted. It might then take " -"up to 24 hours before you see a change from *draft* to *posted*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:32 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:29 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:28 -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:19 -msgid "Prerequisites" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Such transactions must be posted on an **Assets Account** rather than on the" -" default expense account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:38 -msgid "Configure an Assets Account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:40 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:37 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:36 -msgid "" -"To configure your account in the **Chart of Accounts**, go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Chart of Accounts`, click " -"on *Create*, and fill out the form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:48 -msgid "" -"This account's type must be either *Fixed Assets* or *Non-current Assets*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:51 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:48 -msgid "Post an expense to the right account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:51 -msgid "Select the account on a draft bill" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:56 -msgid "" -"On a draft bill, select the right account for all the assets you are buying." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:65 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:61 -msgid "Choose a different Expense Account for specific products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:67 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Start editing the product, go to the *Accounting* tab, select the right " -"**Expense Account**, and save." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:75 -msgid "" -"It is possible to :ref:`automate the creation of assets entries <assets-" -"automation>` for these products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:75 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:74 -msgid "Change the account of a posted journal item" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:83 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:77 -msgid "" -"To do so, open your Purchases Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting" -" --> Accounting --> Purchases`, select the journal item you want to modify, " -"click on the account, and select the right one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:92 -msgid "Assets entries" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:97 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:89 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:88 -msgid "Create a new entry" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:99 -msgid "" -"An **Asset entry** automatically generates all journal entries in *draft " -"mode*. They are then posted one by one at the right time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:102 -msgid "" -"To create a new entry, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " -"Assets`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:105 -msgid "" -"Click on **select related purchases** to link an existing journal item to " -"this new entry. Some fields are then automatically filled out, and the " -"journal item is now listed under the **Related Purchase** tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Once done, you can click on *Compute Depreciation* (next to the *Confirm* " -"button) to generate all the values of the **Depreciation Board**. This board" -" shows you all the entries that Odoo will post to depreciate your asset, and" -" at which date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:122 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:114 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:113 -msgid "What does \"Prorata Temporis\" mean?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:124 -msgid "" -"The **Prorata Temporis** feature is useful to depreciate your assets the " -"most accurately possible." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:126 -msgid "" -"With this feature, the first entry on the Depreciation Board is computed " -"based on the time left between the *Prorata Date* and the *First " -"Depreciation Date* rather than the default amount of time between " -"depreciations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:130 -msgid "" -"For example, the Depreciation Board above has its first depreciation with an" -" amount of $ 241.10 rather than $ 4,000.00. Consequently, the last entry is " -"also lower and has an amount of $ 3758.90." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:134 -msgid "What are the different Depreciation Methods" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:136 -msgid "" -"The **Linear Depreciation Method** divides the initial Depreciable Value by " -"the number of depreciations planned. All depreciation entries have the same " -"amount." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:139 -msgid "" -"The **Degressive Depreciation Method** multiplies the Depreciable Value by " -"the **Degressive Factor** for each entry. Each depreciation entry has a " -"lower amount than the previous entry." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:142 -msgid "" -"The **Accelerated Degressive Depreciation Method** uses the Degressive " -"Method, but with a minimum Depreciation equal to the Linear Method. This " -"method ensures a fast depreciation at the beginning, followed by a constant " -"one afterward." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:147 -msgid "Assets from the Purchases Journal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:149 -msgid "" -"You can create an asset entry from a specific journal item in your " -"**Purchases Journal**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:151 -msgid "" -"To do so, open your Purchases Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting" -" --> Accounting --> Purchases`, and select the journal item you want to " -"record as an asset. Make sure that it is posted in the right account (see: " -":ref:`journal-assets-account`)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:155 -msgid "" -"Then, click on *Action*, select **Create Asset**, and fill out the form the " -"same way you would do to :ref:`create a new entry <create-assets-entry>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:163 -msgid "Modification of an Asset" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:165 -msgid "" -"You can modify the values of an asset to increase or decrease its value." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:167 -msgid "" -"To do so, open the asset you want to modify, and click on *Modify " -"Depreciation*. Then, fill out the form with the new depreciation values and " -"click on *Modify*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:170 -msgid "" -"A **decrease in value** posts a new Journal Entry for the **Value Decrease**" -" and modifies all the future *unposted* Journal Entries listed in the " -"Depreciation Board." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:173 -msgid "" -"An **increase in value** requires you to fill out additional fields related " -"to the account movements and creates a new Asset entry with the **Value " -"Increase**. The Gross Increase Asset Entry can be accessed with a Smart " -"Button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:182 -msgid "Disposal of Fixed Assets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:184 -msgid "" -"To **sell** an asset or **dispose** of it implies that it must be removed " -"from the Balance Sheet." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:186 -msgid "" -"To do so, open the asset you want to dispose of, click on *Sell or Dispose*," -" and fill out the form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:192 -msgid "" -"Odoo Accounting then generates all the journal entries necessary to dispose " -"of the asset, including the gain or loss on sale, which is based on the " -"difference between the asset's book value at the time of the sale and the " -"amount it is sold for." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:197 -msgid "" -"To record the sale of an asset, you must first post the related Customer " -"Invoice so you can link the sale of the asset with it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:201 -msgid "Assets Models" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:203 -msgid "" -"You can create **Assets Models** to create your Asset entries faster. It is " -"particularly useful if you recurrently buy the same kind of assets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:206 -msgid "" -"To create a model, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " -"Assets Models`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form the same way you " -"would do to create a new entry." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:210 -msgid "" -"You can also convert a *confirmed Asset entry* into a model by opening it " -"from :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Assets` and then, by " -"clicking on the button *Save Model*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:215 -msgid "Apply an Asset Model to a new entry" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:217 -msgid "" -"When you create a new Asset entry, fill out the **Fixed Asset Account** " -"with the right asset account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:220 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:160 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:160 -msgid "" -"New buttons with all the models linked to that account appear at the top of " -"the form. Clicking on a model button fills out the form according to that " -"model." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:230 -msgid "Automate the Assets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:232 -msgid "" -"When you create or edit an account of which the type is either *Non-current " -"Assets* or *Fixed Assets*, you can configure it to create assets for the " -"expenses that are credited on it automatically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:236 -msgid "You have three choices for the **Automate Assets** field:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:239 -msgid "" -"**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " -"draft *Assets entry* is created, but not validated. You must first fill out " -"the form in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Assets`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:242 -msgid "" -"**Create and validate:** you must also select an Asset Model (see: `Assets " -"Models`_). Whenever a transaction is posted on the account, an *Assets " -"entry* is created and immediately validated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:250 -msgid "" -"You can, for example, select this account as the default **Expense Account**" -" of a product to fully automate its purchase. (see: :ref:`product-assets-" -"account`)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:3 -msgid "Deferred Expenses and Prepayments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:5 -msgid "" -"**Deferred expenses** and **prepayments** (also known as **prepaid " -"expense**), are both costs that have already occurred for unconsumed " -"products or services yet to receive." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Such costs are **assets** for the company that pays them since it already " -"paid for products and services still to receive or that are yet to be used. " -"The company cannot report them on the current **Profit and Loss statement**," -" or *Income Statement*, since the payments will be effectively expensed in " -"the future." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:13 -msgid "" -"These future expenses must be deferred on the company's balance sheet until " -"the moment in time they can be **recognized**, at once or over a defined " -"period, on the Profit and Loss statement." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:16 -msgid "" -"For example, let's say we pay $ 1200 at once for one year of insurance. We " -"already pay the cost now but haven't used the service yet. Therefore, we " -"post this new expense in a *prepayment account* and decide to recognize it " -"on a monthly basis. Each month, for the next 12 months, $ 100 will be " -"recognized as an expense." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Odoo Accounting handles deferred expenses and prepayments by spreading them " -"in multiple entries that are automatically created in *draft mode* and then " -"posted periodically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Such transactions must be posted on a **Deferred Expense Account** rather " -"than on the default expense account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:35 -msgid "Configure a Deferred Expense Account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:45 -msgid "This account's type must be either *Current Assets* or *Prepayments*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:53 -msgid "" -"On a draft bill, select the right account for all the products of which the " -"expenses must be deferred." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:71 -msgid "" -"It is possible to automate the creation of expense entries for these " -"products (see: `Automate the Deferred Expenses`_)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:86 -msgid "Deferred Expenses entries" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:91 -msgid "" -"A **Deferred Expense entry** automatically generates all journal entries in " -"*draft mode*. They are then posted one by one at the right time until the " -"full amount of the expense is recognized." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:94 -msgid "" -"To create a new entry, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " -"Deferred Expense`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:97 -msgid "" -"Click on **select related purchases** to link an existing journal item to " -"this new entry. Some fields are then automatically filled out, and the " -"journal item is now listed under the **Related Expenses** tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:105 -msgid "" -"Once done, you can click on *Compute Deferral* (next to the *Confirm* " -"button) to generate all the values of the **Expense Board**. This board " -"shows you all the entries that Odoo will post to recognize your expense, and" -" at which date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:116 -msgid "" -"The **Prorata Temporis** feature is useful to recognize your expense the " -"most accurately possible." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:118 -msgid "" -"With this feature, the first entry on the Expense Board is computed based on" -" the time left between the *Prorata Date* and the *First Recognition Date* " -"rather than the default amount of time between recognitions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:122 -msgid "" -"For example, the Expense Board above has its first expense with an amount of" -" $ 70.97 rather than $ 100.00. Consequently, the last entry is also lower " -"and has an amount of $ 29.03." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:126 -msgid "Deferred Entry from the Purchases Journal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:128 -msgid "" -"You can create a deferred entry from a specific journal item in your " -"**Purchases Journal**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:130 -msgid "" -"To do so, open your Purchases Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting" -" --> Accounting --> Purchases`, and select the journal item you want to " -"defer. Make sure that it is posted in the right account (see: `Change the " -"account of a posted journal item`_)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:134 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:134 -msgid "" -"Then, click on *Action*, select **Create Deferred Entry**, and fill out the " -"form the same way you would do to `create a new entry`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:142 -msgid "Deferred Expense Models" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:144 -msgid "" -"You can create **Deferred Expense Models** to create your Deferred Expense " -"entries faster." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:146 -msgid "" -"To create a model, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " -"Deferred Expense Models`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form the same " -"way you would do to create a new entry." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:150 -msgid "" -"You can also convert a *confirmed Deferred Expense entry* into a model by " -"opening it from :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Deferred " -"Expenses` and then, by clicking on the button *Save Model*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:155 -msgid "Apply a Deferred Expense Model to a new entry" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:157 -msgid "" -"When you create a new Deferred Expense entry, fill out the **Deferred " -"Expense Account** with the right recognition account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:170 -msgid "Automate the Deferred Expenses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:172 -msgid "" -"When you create or edit an account of which the type is either *Current " -"Assets* or *Prepayments*, you can configure it to defer the expenses that " -"are credited on it automatically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:175 -msgid "You have three choices for the **Automate Deferred Expense** field:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:178 -msgid "" -"**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " -"draft *Deferred Expenses entry* is created, but not validated. You must " -"first fill out the form in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " -"Deferred Expenses`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:181 -msgid "" -"**Create and validate:** you must also select a Deferred Expense Model (see:" -" `Deferred Expense Models`_). Whenever a transaction is posted on the " -"account, a *Deferred Expenses entry* is created and immediately validated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:190 -msgid "" -"You can, for example, select this account as the default **Expense Account**" -" of a product to fully automate its purchase. (see: `Choose a different " -"Expense Account for specific products`_)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:3 -msgid "Manage vendor Bills" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The **Purchase** application allows you to manage your purchase orders, " -"incoming products, and vendor bills all seamlessly in one place." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:8 -msgid "" -"If you want to set up a vendor bill control process, the first thing you " -"need to do is to have purchase data in Odoo. Knowing what has been purchased" -" and received is the first step towards understanding your purchase " -"management processes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:13 -msgid "Here is the standard work flow in Odoo:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:15 -msgid "" -"You begin with a **Request for Quotation (RFQ)** to send out to your " -"vendor(s)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Once the vendor has accepted the RFQ, confirm the RFQ into a **Purchase " -"Order (PO)**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Confirming the PO generates an **Incoming Shipment** if you purchased any " -"stockable products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Upon receiving a **Vendor Bill** from your Vendor, validate the bill with " -"products received in the previous step to ensure accuracy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:27 -msgid "" -"This process may be done by three different people within the company, or " -"only one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:34 -msgid "Installing the Purchase and Inventory applications" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:36 -msgid "" -"From the **Apps** application, search for the **Purchase** module and " -"install it. Due to certain dependencies, installing Purchase will " -"automatically install the **Inventory** and **Accounting** applications." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:41 -msgid "Creating products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Creating products in Odoo is essential for quick and efficient purchasing " -"within Odoo. Simply navigate to the Products submenu under Purchase and " -"click create." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:50 -msgid "" -"When creating the product, pay attention to the **Product Type** field, " -"since it is important:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Products that are set as **Stockable or Consumable** will allow you to keep " -"track of their inventory levels. These options imply stock management and " -"will allow for receiving these kinds of products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Conversely, products that are set as a **Service or Digital Product** will " -"not imply stock management, simply due to the fact that there is no " -"inventory to manage. You will not be able to receive products under either " -"of these designations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:64 -msgid "" -"It is recommended that you create a **Miscellaneous** product for all " -"purchases that occur infrequently and do not require inventory valuation or " -"management. If you create such a product, it is recommended to set the " -"product type to **Service**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:69 -msgid "Managing your Vendor Bills" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:72 -msgid "Purchasing products or services" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:74 -msgid "" -"From the purchase application, you can create a purchase order with as many " -"products as you need. If the vendor sends you a confirmation or quotation " -"for an order, you may record the order reference number in the **Vendor " -"Reference** field. This will enable you to easily match the PO with the the " -"vendor bill later (as the vendor bill will probably include the Vendor " -"Reference)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:84 -msgid "" -"Validate the purchase order and receive the products from the Inventory " -"application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:88 -msgid "Receiving Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:90 -msgid "" -"If you purchased any stockable products that you manage the inventory of, " -"you will need to receive the products from the Inventory application after " -"you confirm a purchase order. From the **Inventory dashboard**, you should " -"see a button linking you directly to the transfer of products. This button " -"is outlined in red below:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:99 -msgid "" -"Navigating this route will take you to a list of all orders waiting to be " -"received." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:105 -msgid "" -"If you have a lot of awaiting orders, apply a filter using the search bar in" -" the upper right. With this search bar, you may filter based on the vendor " -"(partner), the product, or the source document (also known as the reference " -"of your purchase order). You can also group the orders by different criteria" -" under **Group By**. Selecting an item from this list will open the " -"following screen where you then will receive the products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:116 -msgid "Purchasing service products does not trigger a delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:119 -msgid "Managing Vendor Bills" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:121 -msgid "" -"When you receive a vendor bill for a previous purchase, be sure to record it" -" in the Purchases application under the **Control Menu**. You need to create" -" a new vendor bill even if you already registered a purchase order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:129 -msgid "" -"The first thing you will need to do upon creating a vendor bill is to select" -" the appropriate vendor, since doing so will also pull up any associated " -"accounting or pricelist information. From there, you can choose to specify " -"one or multiple Purchase Orders to populate the Vendor Bill with. When you " -"select a Purchase Order from the list, Odoo will pull any uninvoiced " -"products associated to that Purchase Order and automatically populate that " -"information below. If you are having a hard time finding the appropriate " -"vendor bill, you may search through the list by inputting the vendor " -"reference number or your internal purchase order number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:143 -msgid "" -"While the invoice is in a draft state, you can make any modifications you " -"need (i.e. remove or add product lines, modify quantities, and change " -"prices)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:148 -msgid "Your vendor may send you several bills for the same Purchase Order if:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:150 -msgid "" -"Your vendor is in back-order and is sending you invoices as they ship the " -"products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:151 -msgid "Your vendor is sending you a partial bill or asking for a deposit." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:153 -msgid "" -"Every time you record a new vendor bill, Odoo will automatically populate " -"the product quantities based on what has been received from the vendor. If " -"this value is showing a zero, this means that you have not yet received this" -" product and simply serves as a reminder that the product is not in hand and" -" you may need to inquire further into this. At any point in time, before you" -" validate the Vendor Bill, you may override this zero quantity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:162 -msgid "Vendor Bill Matching" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:165 -msgid "What to do if your vendor bill does not match what you received" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:167 -msgid "" -"If the bill you receive from the vendor has quantities that do not match the" -" quantities automatically populated by Odoo, this could be due to several " -"reasons:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:171 -msgid "" -"The vendor is incorrectly charging you for products and/or services that you" -" have not ordered." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:174 -msgid "" -"The vendor is billing you for products that you might not have received yet," -" as the invoicing control may be based on ordered or received quantities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:178 -msgid "The vendor did not bill you for previously purchased products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:180 -msgid "" -"In these instances it is recommended that you verify that the bill, and any " -"associated purchase order to the vendor, are accurate and that you " -"understand what you have ordered and what you have already received." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:184 -msgid "" -"If you are unable to find a purchase order related to a vendor bill, this " -"could be due to one of a few reasons:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:187 -msgid "" -"The vendor has already invoiced you for this purchase order; therefore it is" -" not going to appear anywhere in the selection." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:190 -msgid "" -"Someone in the company forgot to record a purchase order for this vendor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:193 -msgid "The vendor is charging you for something you did not order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:198 -msgid "How product quantities are managed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:200 -msgid "" -"By default, services are managed based on ordered quantities, while " -"stockables and consumables are managed based on received quantities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:203 -msgid "" -"If you need to manage products based on ordered quantities over received " -"quantities, you will need to belong to the group **Purchase Manager**. Ask " -"your system administrator to enable these access on :menuselection:`Settings" -" --> Users --> Users --> Access Rights`. Once you belong to the correct " -"group, select the product(s) you wish to modify, and you should see a new " -"field appear, labeled **Control Purchase Bills**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:213 -msgid "" -"You can then change the default management method for the selected product " -"to be based on either:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:216 -msgid "Ordered quantities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:218 -msgid "or Received quantities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:221 -msgid "Batch Billing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:223 -msgid "" -"When creating a vendor bill and selecting the appropriate purchase order, " -"you may continue to select additional purchase orders. Odoo will add the " -"additional line items from the purchase orders you select. If you have not " -"deleted the previous line items from the first purchase order, the bill will" -" be linked to all the appropriate purchase orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:3 -msgid "Digitize Vendor Bills with Optical Character Recognition (OCR)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Encoding bills manually can be a time-consuming task. Having a solution that" -" allows you to digitize them and automatically import the data to your " -"database reduces errors and saves you time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:9 -msgid "Set up the feature" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Bill Digitalization`, and " -"choose whether the bills should be processed automatically or manually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:19 -msgid "Start digitizing your bills" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Scan your bills and then go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> " -"Bills` and upload your document. Based on your configuration, it either " -"processes the documents automatically, or you need to click on *Send for " -"Digitalization* to do it manually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:26 -msgid "" -"You can also create a vendor bill through the *Documents* app or by using an" -" email alias on your journals." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Once the data is extracted from the PDF, you can correct it if necessary by " -"clicking on the respective tag (available in *Edit* mode), and selecting the" -" right information instead." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:38 -msgid "" -"The more bills you scan, the better the system gets at identifying the " -"correct data." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:41 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:34 -msgid "Pricing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:44 -msgid "" -"The *Bill Digitalization* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service which " -"requires prepaid credits to work. Digitalizing one document consumes one " -"credit." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:47 -msgid "" -"To buy credits, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " -"Settings --> Bill Digitalization` and click on *Buy credits*, or go to " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Odoo IAP` and click on *View My Services*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:50 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:43 -msgid "" -"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you " -"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:52 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Click `here <https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#header_4>`_ to know about our " -"*Privacy Policy*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:3 -msgid "Purchase Receipts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:5 -msgid "" -"**Purchase Receipts** are not invoices but rather confirmations of received " -"payments, such as a ticket or a receipt." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:8 -msgid "" -"This feature is meant to be used when you pay directly with your company's " -"money for an expense. **Vendor Bills**, on the other hand, are recorded when" -" an invoice is issued to you and that the amount is first credited on a debt" -" account before a later payment reconciliation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Expenses paid by employees can be managed with **Odoo Expenses**, an app " -"dedicated to the approval of such expenses and the payments management. " -"Click :doc:`here <../../../expense/expense>` for more information on how to " -"use Odoo Expenses." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:18 -msgid "Register a receipt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:20 -msgid "" -"To record a new receipt, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> " -"Receipts`, click on *Create*, fill out the form, and click on *Post*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:27 -msgid "" -"You can register the payment by clicking on *Register Payment*, then filling" -" out the payment's details, and clicking on *Validate*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:31 -msgid "Edit the Journal Entry before posting it" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Once you have filled out the *Invoice Lines* tab, you can modify the " -"**Journal Entry** before you post it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:36 -msgid "" -"To do so, click on the **Journal Items** tab, change the accounts and values" -" according to your needs, and click on *Post*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:44 -msgid ":doc:`manage`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:45 -msgid ":doc:`../../../expense/expense`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables.rst:3 -msgid "Account Receivables" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:99 -msgid "Customer Invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:3 -msgid "Offer cash discounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Cash discounts are incentives you can offer to customers to motivate them to" -" pay within a specific time frame. For instance, you offer a 2% discount if " -"the customer pays you within the first 5 days of the invoice, when it is due" -" in 30 days. This approach can greatly improve your average collection " -"period." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:12 -msgid "Set up a cash discount" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:14 -msgid "" -"To set up a cash discount, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Management --> Payment Terms` and click on *Create*. Add a" -" *Percent* type of term with a corresponding value (e.g. 98% of the total " -"price for a 2% discount) and the number of days during which the offer is " -"valid. You can also change the default balance term if needed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:25 -msgid "Start offering the cash discount" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Now, you can create a customer invoice and select the cash discount payment " -"term you added. Once the invoice is validated, Odoo will automatically split" -" the account receivables part of the journal entry into two installments " -"having different due dates. Since the discounted price is already " -"calculated, your payment controls will be simplified." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:37 -msgid "Grant the cash discount" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:39 -msgid "" -"The customer fulfilled the payment terms and therefore benefits from the " -"cash discount. When you process the bank statement, match the payment with " -"the related journal entry. Then, select the remaining cash discount and " -"click on *Create Write-off* to reconcile it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:48 -msgid "" -"You can also create a dedicated reconciliation model to make the process " -"easier. In this case, you should add a tax to the model based on the taxes " -"applied to your invoices. This means that if you handle multiple tax rates, " -"you need to create several reconciliation models. Note that depending on " -"your localisation, you might already have a Cash Discount model available by" -" default." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:56 -msgid "Register the full payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:58 -msgid "" -"In this case, the customer has not fulfilled the payment term and cannot " -"benefit from the cash discount. When you process the bank statement, match " -"the payment with the two related journal entries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:67 -msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:3 -msgid "Cash Rounding" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:4 -msgid "" -"**Cash rounding** is required when the lowest physical denomination of " -"currency, or the smallest coin, is higher than the minimum unit of account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:8 -msgid "" -"For example, some countries require their companies to round up or down the " -"total amount of an invoice to the nearest five cents, when the payment is " -"made in cash." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " -"*Cash Rounding*, then click on *Save*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Cash Roundings`, and " -"click on *Create*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Define here your *Rounding Precision*, *Rounding Strategy*, and *Rounding " -"Method*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:26 -msgid "Odoo supports two **rounding strategies**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:28 -msgid "" -"**Add a rounding line**: a *rounding* line is added on the invoice. You have" -" to define which account records the cash roundings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:31 -msgid "**Modify tax amount**: the rounding is applied in the taxes section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:34 -msgid "Apply roundings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:35 -msgid "" -"When editing a draft invoice, open the *Other Info* tab, go to the " -"*Accounting Information* section, and select the appropriate *Cash Rounding " -"Method*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:3 -msgid "Credit Notes and Refunds" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:4 -msgid "" -"A **credit note**, or **credit memo**, is a document issued to a customer " -"that notifies them that they have been credited a certain amount." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:11 -msgid "There are several reasons that can lead to a credit note, such as:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:9 -msgid "a mistake in the invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:10 -msgid "a return of the goods, or a rejection of the services" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:11 -msgid "the goods delivered are damaged" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Issuing a credit note is the only legal way to cancel, refund or modify a " -"validated invoice. Don’t forget to *register the payment* afterward if you " -"need to send money back to your customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:20 -msgid "Issue a Credit Note" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:21 -msgid "" -"You can create a credit note from scratch by going to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Credit Notes`, and by clicking " -"on *Create*. Filling the Credit Note’s form works the same way as the " -"Invoice’s form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:26 -msgid "" -"However, most of the time, credit notes are generated directly from the " -"invoices they are related to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:29 -msgid "To do so, open the *Customer Invoice*, and click on *Add Credit Note*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:37 -msgid "You can choose between three options:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:35 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:44 -msgid "Partial Refund" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:36 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:55 -msgid "Full Refund" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:37 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:66 -msgid "Full refund and new draft invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Credit Notes’ numbers start with “R” and are followed by the number of the " -"document they are related to (e.g., RINV/2019/0004)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Odoo creates a draft credit note already prefilled with all the necessary " -"information from the original invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:48 -msgid "" -"This is the option to choose to do a partial refund, or if you want to " -"modify any detail on the credit note." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:52 -msgid "" -"This is the only option available for invoices that are already marked as " -"*Paid*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Odoo creates a credit note, automatically validates it, and reconciles the " -"original invoice with it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:62 -msgid "" -"This is the option to choose to do a full refund or cancel a validated " -"invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Odoo creates a credit note, automatically validates it, reconciles the " -"original invoice with it, and open a new draft invoice prefilled with the " -"same details from the original invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:71 -msgid "" -"This is the option to choose to modify the content of a validated invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:74 -msgid "Record a Vendor Refund" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:75 -msgid "" -"**Vendor Refunds** are recorded the same way you would do with invoices’ " -"credit notes:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:77 -msgid "" -"You can either create a credit note from scratch by going to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> Refund`, and by clicking on " -"*Create*, or by opening the validated *Vendor Bill*, and clicking on *Add " -"Credit Note*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:84 -msgid "" -"Issuing a credit note from an invoice creates a **reverse entry** that " -"zeroes out the journal items generated by the original invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:87 -msgid "Here is an example of an invoice’s journal entry:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:92 -msgid "" -"And here is the credit note’s journal entry generated to reverse the " -"original invoice above:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:3 -msgid "Deferred Revenues" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:5 -msgid "" -"**Deferred revenues**, or **unearned revenue**, are payments made in advance" -" by customers for products yet to deliver or services yet to render." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Such payments are a **liability** for the company that receives them since " -"it still owes its customers these products or services. The company cannot " -"report them on the current **Profit and Loss statement**, or *Income " -"Statement*, since the payments will be effectively earned in the future." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:12 -msgid "" -"These future revenues must be deferred on the company's balance sheet until " -"the moment in time they can be **recognized**, at once or over a defined " -"period, on the Profit and Loss statement." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:15 -msgid "" -"For example, let's say we sell a five-year extended warranty for $ 350. We " -"already receive the money now but haven't earned it yet. Therefore, we post " -"this new income in a deferred revenue account and decide to recognize it on " -"a yearly basis. Each year, for the next 5 years, $ 70 will be recognized as " -"revenue." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Odoo Accounting handles deferred revenues by spreading them in multiple " -"entries that are automatically created in *draft mode* and then posted " -"periodically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Such transactions must be posted on a **Deferred Revenue Account** rather " -"than on the default income account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:34 -msgid "Configure a Deferred Revenue Account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:44 -msgid "" -"This account's type must be either *Current Liabilities* or *Non-current " -"Liabilities*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:47 -msgid "Post an income to the right account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:50 -msgid "Select the account on a draft invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:52 -msgid "" -"On a draft invoice, select the right account for all the products of which " -"the incomes must be deferred." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:60 -msgid "Choose a different Income Account for specific products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:62 -msgid "" -"Start editing the product, go to the *Accounting* tab, select the right " -"**Income Account**, and save." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:70 -msgid "" -"It is possible to automate the creation of revenue entries for these " -"products (see: `Automate the Deferred Revenues`_)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:76 -msgid "" -"To do so, open your Sales Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting -->" -" Accounting --> Sales`, select the journal item you want to modify, click on" -" the account, and select the right one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:85 -msgid "Deferred Revenues entries" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:90 -msgid "" -"A **Deferred Revenues entry** automatically generates all journal entries in" -" *draft mode*. They are then posted one by one at the right time until the " -"full amount of the income is recognized." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:93 -msgid "" -"To create a new entry, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " -"Deferred Revenues`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:96 -msgid "" -"Click on **select related purchases** to link an existing journal item to " -"this new entry. Some fields are then automatically filled out, and the " -"journal item is now listed under the **Related Sales** tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:104 -msgid "" -"Once done, you can click on *Compute Revenue* (next to the *Confirm* button)" -" to generate all the values of the **Revenue Board**. This board shows you " -"all the entries that Odoo will post to recognize your revenue, and at which " -"date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:115 -msgid "" -"The **Prorata Temporis** feature is useful to recognize your revenue the " -"most accurately possible." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:117 -msgid "" -"With this feature, the first entry on the Revenue Board is computed based on" -" the time left between the *Prorata Date* and the *First Recognition Date* " -"rather than the default amount of time between recognitions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:121 -msgid "" -"For example, the Revenue Board above has its first revenue with an amount of" -" $ 4.22 rather than $ 70.00. Consequently, the last entry is also lower and " -"has an amount of $ 65.78." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:125 -msgid "Deferred Entry from the Sales Journal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:127 -msgid "" -"You can create a deferred entry from a specific journal item in your **Sales" -" Journal**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:129 -msgid "" -"To do so, open your Sales Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting -->" -" Accounting --> Sales`, and select the journal item you want to defer. Make " -"sure that it is posted in the right account (see: `Change the account of a " -"posted journal item`_)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:142 -msgid "Deferred Revenue Models" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:144 -msgid "" -"You can create **Deferred Revenue Models** to create your Deferred Revenue " -"entries faster." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:146 -msgid "" -"To create a model, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " -"Deferred Revenue Models`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form the same " -"way you would do to create a new entry." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:150 -msgid "" -"You can also convert a *confirmed Deferred Revenue entry* into a model by " -"opening it from :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Deferred " -"Revenues` and then, by clicking on the button *Save Model*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:155 -msgid "Apply a Deferred Revenue Model to a new entry" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:157 -msgid "" -"When you create a new Deferred Revenue entry, fill out the **Deferred " -"Revenue Account** with the right recognition account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:170 -msgid "Automate the Deferred Revenues" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:172 -msgid "" -"When you create or edit an account of which the type is either *Current " -"Liabilities* or *Non-current Liabilities*, you can configure it to defer the" -" revenues that are credited on it automatically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:175 -msgid "You have three choices for the **Automate Deferred Revenue** field:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:178 -msgid "" -"**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " -"draft *Deferred Revenues entry* is created, but not validated. You must " -"first fill out the form in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " -"Deferred Revenues`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:181 -msgid "" -"**Create and validate:** you must also select a Deferred Revenue Model (see:" -" `Deferred Revenue Models`_). Whenever a transaction is posted on the " -"account, a *Deferred Revenues entry* is created and immediately validated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:190 -msgid "" -"You can, for example, select this account as the default **Income Account** " -"of a product to fully automate its sale. (see: `Choose a different Income " -"Account for specific products`_)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:195 -msgid "" -"`Odoo Academy: Deferred Revenues (Recognition) " -"<https://www.odoo.com/r/EWO>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:3 -msgid "Add EPC QR Codes to invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:4 -msgid "" -"European Payments Council Quick Response Code, or **EPC QR Code**, are two-" -"dimensional barcodes that customers can scan with their **mobile banking " -"applications** to initiate a **SEPA Credit Transfer (SCT)**, and pay their " -"invoices instantly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:10 -msgid "" -"In addition to bringing ease of use and speed, it greatly reduces typing " -"errors that would potentially make for payment issues." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:15 -msgid "" -"This feature is only available in several European countries such as " -"Austria, Belgium, Finland, Germany, and The Netherlands." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and " -"activate the **SEPA QR Code** feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:28 -msgid "Configure your Bank Account’s journal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Make sure that your *Bank Account* is correctly configured on Odoo with your" -" IBAN and BIC." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:32 -msgid "" -"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, " -"open your *bank journal*, then fill out the *Bank Account* and *Bank* under " -"the *Bank Account* tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:40 -msgid "Issue Invoices with EPC QR Codes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:41 -msgid "" -"EPC QR Codes are added automatically to your invoices, as long as you issue " -"them to customers that are located in a country where this feature is " -"available." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Invoices`, and create a " -"new invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Before posting it, open the *Other Info* tab. Odoo automatically fills out " -"the *Bank Account* field with your IBAN." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:51 -msgid "" -"Make sure that the account indicated is the one you want to use to receive " -"your customer’s payment as Odoo uses this field to generate the EPC QR Code." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:59 -msgid "" -"If you want to issue an invoice without an EPC QR Code, remove the IBAN " -"indicated in the *Bank Account* field, under the *Other Info* tab of the " -"invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:65 -msgid "" -"`Odoo Academy: QR Code on Invoices for European Customers " -"<https://www.odoo.com/r/VuU>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview of the invoicing process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Depending on your business and the application you use, there are different " -"ways to automate the customer invoice creation in Odoo. Usually, draft " -"invoices are created by the system (with information coming from other " -"documents like sales order or contracts) and accountant just have to " -"validate draft invoices and send the invoices in batch (by regular mail or " -"email)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Depending on your business, you may opt for one of the following way to " -"create draft invoices:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:19 -msgid "Sales Order ‣ Invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:21 -msgid "" -"In most companies, salespeople create quotations that become sales order " -"once they are validated. Then, draft invoices are created based on the sales" -" order. You have different options like:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Invoice manually: use a button on the sale order to trigger the draft " -"invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Invoice before delivery: invoice the full order before triggering the " -"delivery order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:31 -msgid "Invoice based on delivery order: see next section" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Invoice before delivery is usually used by the eCommerce application when " -"the customer pays at the order and we deliver afterwards. (pre-paid)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:37 -msgid "" -"For most other use cases, it's recommended to invoice manually. It allows " -"the salesperson to trigger the invoice on demand with options: invoice the " -"whole order, invoice a percentage (advance), invoice some lines, invoice a " -"fixed advance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:42 -msgid "This process is good for both services and physical products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:45 -msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/proforma`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:48 -msgid "Sales Order ‣ Delivery Order ‣ Invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Retailers and eCommerce usually invoice based on delivery orders, instead of" -" sales order. This approach is suitable for businesses where the quantities " -"you deliver may differs from the ordered quantities: foods (invoice based on" -" actual Kg)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:55 -msgid "" -"This way, if you deliver a partial order, you only invoice for what you " -"really delivered. If you do back orders (deliver partially and the rest " -"later), the customer will receive two invoices, one for each delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:61 -msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:64 -msgid "eCommerce Order ‣ Invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:66 -msgid "" -"An eCommerce order will also trigger the creation of the order when it is " -"fully paid. If you allow paying orders by check or wire transfer, Odoo only " -"creates an order and the invoice will be triggered once the payment is " -"received." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:72 -msgid "Contracts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:75 -msgid "Regular Contracts ‣ Invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:77 -msgid "" -"If you use contracts, you can trigger invoice based on time and material " -"spent, expenses or fixed lines of services/products. Every month, the " -"salesperson will trigger invoice based on activities on the contract." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:81 -msgid "Activities can be:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:83 -msgid "" -"fixed products/services, coming from a sale order linked to this contract" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:84 -msgid "materials purchased (that you will re-invoice)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:85 -msgid "time and material based on timesheets or purchases (subcontracting)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:86 -msgid "" -"expenses like travel and accommodation that you re-invoice to the customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:88 -msgid "" -"You can invoice at the end of the contract or trigger intermediate invoices." -" This approach is used by services companies that invoice mostly based on " -"time and material. For services companies that invoice on fix price, they " -"use a regular sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:94 -msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/time_materials`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:95 -msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/expense`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:96 -msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/milestone`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:99 -msgid "Recurring Contracts ‣ Invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:101 -msgid "" -"For subscriptions, an invoice is triggered periodically, automatically. The " -"frequency of the invoicing and the services/products invoiced are defined on" -" the contract." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:106 -msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:112 -msgid "Creating an invoice manually" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:114 -msgid "" -"Users can also create invoices manually without using contracts or a sales " -"order. It's a recommended approach if you do not need to manage the sales " -"process (quotations), or the delivery of the products or services." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:119 -msgid "" -"Even if you generate the invoice from a sales order, you may need to create " -"invoices manually in exceptional use cases:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:122 -msgid "if you need to create a refund" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:124 -msgid "If you need to give a discount" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:126 -msgid "if you need to change an invoice created from a sales order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:128 -msgid "if you need to invoice something not related to your core business" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:131 -msgid "Specific modules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:133 -msgid "Some specific modules are also able to generate draft invoices:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:135 -msgid "**membership**: invoice your members every year" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:137 -msgid "**repairs**: invoice your after-sale services" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:3 -msgid "Payment Terms and Installment Plans" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:5 -msgid "" -"**Payment Terms** regroup all the conditions under which a sale is completed" -" and paid. They can be applied to sales orders, customer invoices, and " -"supplier bills, mostly to ensure that they will be correctly paid, and on " -"time. These conditions cover:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:9 -msgid "The due date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:10 -msgid "Some discounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:11 -msgid "Any other condition on the payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Defining Payment Terms automates the computation of payments due dates, both" -" for invoices and bills. This is particularly helpful in managing " -"installment plans." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:16 -msgid "" -"An **installment plan** allows the customers to pay an invoice in parts, " -"with the amounts and payment dates defined beforehand by the seller." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:19 -msgid "**Examples of Payment Terms:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 -msgid "**Immediate Payment**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 -msgid "The full payment is due on the day of the invoice's issuance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 -msgid "**15 Days** (or **Net 15**)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 -msgid "The full payment is due 15 days after the invoice date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 -msgid "**21 MFI**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 -msgid "" -"The full payment is due by the 21st of the month following the invoice date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 -msgid "**2% 10, Net 30 EOM**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 -msgid "" -"2% :doc:`cash discount <cash_discounts>` if the payment is received within " -"ten days. Otherwise, the full payment is due at the end of the month " -"following the invoice date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Payment terms are not to be confused with payment in several parts. If, for " -"a specific order, you invoice the customer in two parts, that is nor a " -"payment term nor an installment plan, but an invoicing policy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Terms` and " -"click on *Create*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:41 -msgid "" -"The **Description on the Invoice** is the displayed text on a sale order, " -"invoice, or bill." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:43 -msgid "" -"In the **Terms** section, you can add a set of rules, that we call *terms*, " -"to define what needs to be paid, and by which due date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:46 -msgid "" -"To add a term, click on *Add a line*, and define its *Type*, *Value*, and " -"*Due Date Computation*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:49 -msgid "Terms are computed in the order they are set up." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:50 -msgid "The **balance** should always be used for the last line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:52 -msgid "" -"In the following example, 30% of the invoice is due on the day of issuance " -"of the invoice, and the balance is due at the end of the following month." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:60 -msgid "Using Payment Terms" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:62 -msgid "Payment Terms can be defined with the **Payment Terms** field on:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 -msgid "**Contacts**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 -msgid "" -"To set specific payment terms automatically on new sales orders, invoices, " -"and bills of a contact. This can be modified in the contact’s *Form View*, " -"under the *Sales & Purchase* tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 -msgid "**Quotations**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 -msgid "" -"To set specific payment terms automatically on all invoices generated from a" -" quotation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 -msgid "**Customer Invoices**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 -msgid "To set specific payment terms on an invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 -msgid "**Vendor Bills**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 -msgid "" -"To set specific payment terms on a bill. This is mostly useful when you need" -" to manage vendor terms with several installments. Otherwise, setting the " -"*Due Date* is enough." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Invoices with specific Payment Terms generate different *Journal Entries*, " -"with one *Journal Item* for each different *Due Date* computed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:80 -msgid "" -"This makes for easier *Follow-ups* and *Reconciliation* since Odoo takes " -"each due date into account, rather than just the balance due date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:83 -msgid "" -"In the following example, an invoice of $1000 has been issued with the " -"following payment terms: 30% of the invoice is due on the day of issuance of" -" the invoice, and the balance is due at the end of the following month." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:92 -msgid "" -"The $1000 debited on the Account Receivable is split into two distinct " -"*Journal Items*. Both of them have their own **Due Date**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:96 -msgid "Due date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:98 -msgid "February 21" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:98 -msgid "300" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:100 -msgid "March 31" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:100 -msgid "700" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:102 -msgid "Product Sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:105 -msgid "" -"This allows for easier reconciliation and to accurately follow up late " -"payments." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:108 -msgid ":doc:`cash_discounts`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:109 -msgid "" -"`Odoo Learn: Terms and Conditions (T&C) and Payment Terms " -"<https://www.odoo.com/r/fpv>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:3 -msgid "Send your Invoices by Post (Snailmail)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Direct mail is a great way to capture individuals’ attention at a time where" -" inboxes are always full. Odoo allows you to send invoices and follow-up " -"reports by post, worldwide, directly from your database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:10 -msgid "Set up Snailmail" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Snailmail` and activate " -"the feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:14 -msgid "" -"If you would like this option to be a default feature, enable *Send by Post*" -" under *Default Sending Options*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:21 -msgid "Send your invoices by post" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Open your Invoice, click on the *Send & Print* button and select *Send by " -"Post*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Make sure to have your customer’s address set correctly, and that it " -"includes a country, before sending the letter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:37 -msgid "" -"*Snailmail* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service which requires prepaid " -"stamps (=credits) to work. Sending one document consumes one stamp." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:40 -msgid "" -"To buy stamps, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " -"Settings --> Snailmail` and click on *Buy credits*, or go to " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Odoo IAP` and click on *View my Services*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments.rst:3 -msgid "Customer Payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:3 -msgid "Batch Payments: Batch Deposits (checks, cash etc.)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A **Batch Deposit** groups multiple payments in a single batch. This allows " -"you to deposit several payments into your bank account with a single " -"transaction. This is particularly useful to deposit cash and checks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:9 -msgid "" -"This feature allows you to list several customer payments and print a " -"**deposit slip**. This ticket contains the details of the transactions and a" -" reference to the batch deposit. You can then select this reference during a" -" bank reconciliation to match the single bank statement line with all the " -"transactions listed in the batch deposit." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:17 -msgid "" -"To activate the feature, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " -"--> Settings --> Customer Payments`, activate **Batch Payments**, and click " -"on *Save*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:21 -msgid "Payment Method Types" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:23 -msgid "" -"To record new payments as part of a Batch Deposit, you have to configure " -"first the Journal on which you record them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:26 -msgid "" -"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, " -"open the Journal you want to edit, click on *Edit*, and open the *Advanced " -"Settings* tab. In the *Payment Method Types* section, enable **Batch " -"Deposit**, and click on *Save*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Your main bank accounts are automatically configured to process batch " -"payments when you activate the feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:39 -msgid "Deposit multiple payments in batch" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:42 -msgid "Record payments to deposit in batch" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:44 -msgid "" -":doc:`Register the payments <recording>` on the bank account on which you " -"plan to deposit them by opening the *Customer Invoice* for which you " -"received a payment, and clicking on *Register Payment*. There, select the " -"appropriate Journal linked to your bank account and select *Batch Deposit* " -"as Payment Method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:53 -msgid "Do this step for all checks or payments you want to process in batch." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:56 -msgid "Make sure to write the payment reference in the **Memo** field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:59 -msgid "Add payments to a Batch Deposit" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:61 -msgid "" -"To add the payments to a Batch Deposit, go to :menuselection:`Accounting -->" -" Customers --> Batch Payments`, and click on *Create*. Next, select the Bank" -" and Payment Method, then click on *Add a line*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Select all payments to include in the current Batch Deposit and click on " -"*Select*. You can also record a new payment and add it to the list by " -"clicking on *Create*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Once done, click on *Validate* to finalize your Batch Deposit. You can then " -"click on *Print* to download a PDF file to include with the deposit slip " -"that the bank usually requires to fill out." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:82 -msgid "" -"Once the bank statements are on your database, you can reconcile the bank " -"statement line with the *Batch Payment* reference. To do so, start your " -"**Bank Reconciliation** by going to your Accounting dashboard and clicking " -"on *Reconcile Items* on the related bank account. At the bank statement " -"line, click on *Choose counterpart or Create Write-off* to display more " -"options, open the *Batch Payments* tab, and select your Batch Payment. All " -"related payments are automatically added." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:89 -msgid "" -"The *Batch Payments* tab won't appear if a Partner is selected for this bank" -" statement line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:95 -msgid "" -"If a check, or a payment, couldn't be processed by the bank and is missing, " -"remove the related payment before validating the bank reconciliation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:99 -msgid ":doc:`recording`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:100 -msgid ":doc:`batch_sdd`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:3 -msgid "Batch Payments: SEPA Direct Debit (SDD)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:5 -msgid "" -"SEPA, the Single Euro Payments Area, is a payment-integration initiative of " -"the European Union for simplification of bank transfers denominated in EURO." -" With **SEPA Direct Debit**, your customers can sign a **mandate** that " -"authorizes you to collect future payments from their bank accounts. This is " -"particularly useful for recurring payments based on a subscription." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:10 -msgid "" -"You can record customer mandates in Odoo, and generate XML files containing " -"pending payments made with an SDD mandate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:0 -msgid "" -"SDD is supported by all SEPA countries, which includes the 27 member states " -"of the European Union as well as additional countries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:0 -msgid "" -"`List of all SEPA countries <https://www.europeanpaymentscouncil.eu" -"/document-library/other/epc-list-sepa-scheme-countries>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`, activate " -"**SEPA Direct Debit (SDD)** and click on *Save*. Enter your company's " -"**Creditor Identifier**. This number is provided by your bank institution, " -"or the authority responsible for delivering them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:31 -msgid "SEPA Direct Debit Mandates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:34 -msgid "Create a mandate" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:36 -msgid "" -"The SEPA Direct Debit Mandate is the document that your customers sign to " -"authorize you to collect money directly from their bank accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:39 -msgid "" -"To create a new mandate, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> " -"Direct Debit Mandates`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Export the PDF file by clicking on *Print*. It is then up to your customer " -"to sign this document. Once done, upload the signed file in the **Original " -"Document** field, and click on *Validate* to start running the mandate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:51 -msgid "" -"Make sure that the **IBAN bank accounts details** are correctly recorded on " -"the debtor’s contact form, under the *Accounting* tab, and in your own " -":doc:`Bank Account <../../bank/setup/bank_accounts>` settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:56 -msgid "SEPA Direct Debit as a Payment Method" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:58 -msgid "" -"SEPA Direct Debit can be used as a payment method both on your **eCommerce**" -" or on the **Customer Portal** by activating SDD as a **Payment Acquirer**. " -"With this method, your customers can create and sign their mandates " -"themselves." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:62 -msgid "" -"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment " -"Acquirers`, click on *SEPA Direct Debit*, and set it up according to your " -"needs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Make sure to change the **State** field to *Enabled*, and to check **Online " -"Signature**, as this is necessary to let your customers sign their mandates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Customers using SDD as payment method get prompted to add their IBAN, email " -"address, and to sign their SEPA Direct Debit mandate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:73 -msgid "Add link to future **Payment Acquirer** documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:76 -msgid "Close or revoke a mandate" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:78 -msgid "" -"Direct Debit mandates are closed automatically after their *End Date*. If " -"this field is left blank, the mandate keeps being *Active* until it is " -"*Closed* or *Revoked*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:85 -msgid "" -"Clicking on **Close** updates the mandate’s end day to the current day. This" -" means that invoices issued after the present day will not be processed with" -" an SDD payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:88 -msgid "" -"Clicking on **Revoke** disables the mandate immediately. No SDD payment can " -"be registered anymore, regardless of the invoice’s date. However, payments " -"that have already been registered are still included in the next SDD XML " -"file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:93 -msgid "" -"Once a mandate has been *closed* or *revoked*, it cannot be reactivated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:96 -msgid "Get paid with SDD Batch Payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:101 -msgid "" -"You can register SDD payments for invoices issued to customers who have an " -"active SDD mandate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:103 -msgid "" -"To do so, open the invoice, click on *Register Payment*, and choose *SEPA " -"Direct Debit* as payment method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:107 -msgid "Generate SEPA Direct Debit XML files to submit payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:109 -msgid "" -"**XML files** with all SDD payment instructions can be uploaded to your " -"online banking interface to process all payments at once." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:113 -msgid "" -"The files generated by Odoo follow the SEPA Direct Debit **PAIN.008.001.02**" -" specifications, as required by the SEPA customer-to-bank Implementation " -"Guidelines, which ensures compatibility with the banks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:117 -msgid "" -"To generate your XML file for the pending SDD payments, go to the related " -"*bank journal* on your *Accounting dashboard*, then click on *Direct Debit " -"Payments to Collect*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:124 -msgid "" -"Select all the payments you want to include in your SDD XML file, then click" -" on *Action* and select *Create Batch Payment*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:131 -msgid "" -"Odoo then takes you to your *Batch Payment*’s form. Click on *Validate* and " -"download the SDD XML file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:138 -msgid "" -"Finally, upload this file to your online banking interface to process the " -"payments." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:141 -msgid "" -"You can retrieve all the generated SDD XML files by going to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Customers --> Batch " -"Payments`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:145 -msgid ":doc:`batch`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:147 -msgid "" -"`Odoo Academy: SEPA Direct Debit Mandates (SDD) " -"<https://www.odoo.com/r/Zxs>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:148 -msgid "" -"`List of all SEPA countries <https://www.europeanpaymentscouncil.eu" -"/document-library/other/epc-list-sepa-scheme-countries>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:3 -msgid "Register customer payments by checks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:5 -msgid "" -"There are two ways to handle payments received by checks. Odoo support both " -"approaches so that you can use the one that better fits your habits." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:9 -msgid "" -"**Undeposited Funds:** once you receive the check, you record a payment by " -"check on the invoice. (using a Check journal and posted on the Undeposited " -"Fund account) Then, once the check arrives in your bank account, move money " -"from Undeposited Funds to your bank account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:16 -msgid "" -"**One journal entry only:** once your receive the check, you record a " -"payment on your bank, paid by check, without going through the **Undeposited" -" Funds**. Once you process your bank statement, you do the matching with " -"your bank feed and the check payment, without creating a dedicated journal " -"entry." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:23 -msgid "" -"We recommend the first approach as it is more accurate (your bank account " -"balance is accurate, taking into accounts checks that have not been cashed " -"yet). Both approaches require the same effort." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Even if the first method is cleaner, Odoo support the second approach " -"because some accountants are used to it (quickbooks and peachtree users)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:32 -msgid "" -"You may have a look at the *Deposit Ticket feature* if you deposit several " -"checks to your bank accounts in batch." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:36 -msgid "Option 1: Undeposited Funds" -msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:4 +msgid "Expenses" +msgstr "Declaraties" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:41 -msgid "Create a journal **Checks**" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:7 +msgid "How to set expense types" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:43 -msgid "Set **Undeposited Checks** as a defaut credit/debit account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Set the bank account related to this journal as **Allow Reconciliation**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:109 -msgid "From check payments to bank statements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:50 -msgid "" -"The first way to handle checks is to create a check journal. Thus, checks " -"become a payment method in itself and you will record two transactions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:111 -msgid "" -"Once you receive a customer check, go to the related invoice and click on " -"**Register Payment**. Fill in the information about the payment:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Payment method: Check Journal (that you configured with the debit and credit" -" default accounts as **Undeposited Funds**)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:60 -msgid "Memo: write the Check number" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:65 -msgid "This operation will produce the following journal entry:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 -msgid "Statement Match" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:85 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:135 -msgid "100.00" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 -msgid "Undeposited Funds" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:75 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:121 -msgid "The invoice is marked as paid as soon as you record the check." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Then, once you get the bank statements, you will match this statement with " -"the check that is in Undeposited Funds." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 -msgid "X" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:89 -msgid "" -"If you use this approach to manage received checks, you get the list of " -"checks that have not been cashed in the **Undeposit Funds** account " -"(accessible, for example, from the general ledger)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:94 -msgid "" -"Both methods will produce the same data in your accounting at the end of the" -" process. But, if you have checks that have not been cashed, this one is " -"cleaner because those checks have not been reported yet on your bank " -"account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:100 -msgid "Option 2: One journal entry only" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:105 -msgid "" -"These is nothing to configure if you plan to manage your checks using this " -"method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:114 -msgid "**Payment method:** the bank that will be used for the deposit" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:116 -msgid "Memo: write the check number" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:123 -msgid "" -"Once you will receive the bank statements, you will do the matching with the" -" statement and this actual payment. (technically: point this payment and " -"relate it to the statement line)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:127 -msgid "" -"With this approach, you will get the following journal entry in your books:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:139 -msgid "" -"You may also record the payment directly without going on the customer " -"invoice, using the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. This method may" -" be more convenient if you have a lot of checks to record in a batch but you" -" will have to reconcile entries afterwards (matching payments with invoices)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:145 -msgid "" -"If you use this approach to manage received checks, you can use the report " -"**Bank Reconciliation Report** to verify which checks have been received or " -"paid by the bank. (this report is available from the **More** option from " -"the Accounting dashboard on the related bank account)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:3 -msgid "Follow-up on invoices and get paid faster" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:5 -msgid "" -"It is essential for your business to collect payments when they are overdue." -" Odoo will help you identify payments that are late and will allow you to " -"send the appropriate reminders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:10 -msgid "Manage your follow-ups" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:13 -msgid "" -"We recommend that you reconcile your bank statements before launching your " -"follow-up process. It will avoid you the trouble of sending a statement to a" -" customer that has already paid you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:17 -msgid "" -"The overdue invoices you need to follow-up on are available by default in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Sales --> Follow-up Reports`. There, you can " -"easily send a reminder by email or print it as a letter. Then, you can click" -" on the *Done* button to view the next follow-up that needs your attention." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Otherwise, if now is not the time for a reminder, click on *Remind me " -"later*. You will get the next report according to the *Next Reminder Date* " -"set on the statement." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:28 -msgid "" -"To avoid sending too many reminders in a short period of time, change the " -"number of days calculated between each report by going to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Payment " -"Follow-up`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:33 -msgid "" -"You can also set a trust level for your customers by marking them as bad, " -"normal or good debtors on the follow-up reports." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:40 -msgid "Send reminders in batch" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:42 -msgid "" -"To get your follow-up process easier, you can send reminder emails in batch " -"from your follow-up reports page. Select all the reports you would like to " -"process, click on *Action* and then on *Process Follow-ups*. A pdf document " -"containing all of the follow-up letters for you to print will also be " -"automatically generated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:52 -msgid "Plan a follow-up process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:54 -msgid "" -"To plan a follow-up process, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Follow-up Levels* feature " -"under the *Customer Payments* section. Then, click on the new *Follow-up " -"Levels* button that has appeared on your settings page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:59 -msgid "" -"A follow-up plan with several actions is available by default in Odoo, but " -"you can customize it any way you want. Depending on a specific number of " -"overdue days, plan to send an email, a letter or to undertake a manual " -"action. You can also edit the template used for the statement according to " -"the stage of the process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:69 -msgid "" -"If you would like to get a reminder before the actual due date, set a " -"negative number of due days." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:3 -msgid "Invoice Online Payment" -msgstr "Betaal facturen online" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:5 -msgid "" -"To make it more convenient for your customers to pay the invoices you issue," -" you can activate the **Invoice Online Payment** feature, which adds a *Pay " -"Now* button on their **Customer Portal**. This allows your customers to see " -"their invoices online and pay directly with their favorite payment method, " -"making the payment process much easier." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Make sure your :ref:`Payment Acquirers are correctly configured " -"<payment_acquirers/configuration>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:20 -msgid "" -"By default, \":doc:`Wire Transfer " -"<../../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer>`\" is the only Payment " -"Acquirer activated, but you still have to fill out the payment details." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:23 -msgid "" -"To activate the Invoice Online Payment, go to :menuselection:`Accounting -->" -" Configuration --> Settings --> Customer Payments`, enable **Invoice Online " -"Payment**, and click on *Save*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:27 -msgid "Customer Portal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:29 -msgid "" -"After issuing the invoice, click on *Send & Print* and send the invoice by " -"email to the customer. They will receive an email with a link that redirects" -" them to the invoice on their **Customer Portal**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:37 -msgid "" -"They can choose which Payment Acquirer to use by clicking on *Pay Now*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:45 -msgid ":doc:`../../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:3 -msgid "Different ways to record a payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, a payment can either be linked directly to an invoice or be a stand" -" alone record for use on a later date:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:8 -msgid "" -"If a payment is linked to an invoice, it reduces the amount due of the " -"invoice. You can have multiple payments linked to the same invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:12 -msgid "" -"If a payment is not linked to an invoice, the customer has an outstanding " -"credit with your company, or your company as an outstanding balance with a " -"vendor. You can use this outstanding credit/debit to pay future invoices or " -"bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:18 -msgid "Paying an invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:20 -msgid "" -"If you register a payment on a customer invoice or a vendor bill, the " -"payment is automatically reconciled with the invoice reducing the amount " -"due." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:27 -msgid "" -"The green icon near the payment line will display more information about the" -" payment. From there you can choose to open the journal entry or reconcile " -"the payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:32 -msgid "" -"If you unreconcile a payment, it is still registered in your books but not " -"linked to the specific invoice any longer. If you unreconcile a payment in a" -" different currency, Odoo will create a journal entry to reverse the " -"Currency Exchange Loss/Gain posted at the time of reconciliation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:38 -msgid "Payments not tied to an invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:41 -msgid "Registering a payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:43 -msgid "" -"In the Accounting application, you can create a new payment from the Sales " -"menu (register a customer payment) or the Purchases menu (pay a vendor). If " -"you use these menus, the payment is not linked to an invoice, but can easily" -" be reconciled on an invoice later on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:51 -msgid "" -"When registering a new payment, you must select a customer or vendor, the " -"payment method, and the amount of the payment. The currency of the " -"transaction is defined by the payment method. If the payment refers to a " -"document (sale order, purchase order or invoice), set the reference of this " -"document in the memo field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Once confirmed, a journal entry will be posted reflecting the transaction " -"just made in the accounting application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:61 -msgid "Reconciling invoice payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:63 -msgid "" -"The easiest way of reconciling a payment with an invoice is to do so on the " -"invoice directly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:66 -msgid "" -"When validating a new invoice, Odoo will warn you that an outstanding " -"payment for this customer or vendor is available. In this case, you can " -"reconcile this payment to the invoice near the totals at the bottom, under " -"\"Outstanding Payments\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:75 -msgid "Reconciling all your outstanding payments and invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:77 -msgid "" -"If you want to reconcile all outstanding payments and invoices at once " -"(instead of doing so one by one), you can use the batch reconciliation " -"feature within Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:81 -msgid "" -"The batch reconciliation feature is available from the dashboard on the " -"Customer Invoices card and the Vendor Bills card for reconciling Accounts " -"Receivable and Payable, respectively." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:8 msgid "" -"The payments matching tool will open all unreconciled customers or vendors " -"and will give you the opportunity to process them all one by one, doing the " -"matching of all their payments and invoices at once." +"The first step to track expenses is to configure the expense types (managed " +"as products in Odoo) that your company allows, from the *Configuration* " +"menu. When a specific expense is reimbursed at a fixed price, set a cost on " +"the product. Otherwise keep the cost at 0.0 and employees will report the " +"real cost per expense." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:95 -msgid "" -"During the reconciliation, if the sum of the debits and credits do not " -"match, it means there is still a remaining balance that either needs to be " -"reconciled at a later date, or needs to be written off directly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:100 -msgid "Transferring money from one bank account to another" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:16 +msgid "Here are some examples to configure:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:102 -msgid "" -"Just like making a customer or vendor payment, you transfer cash internally " -"between your bank accounts from the dashboard or from the menus up top." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:18 +msgid "Restaurant:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:109 -msgid "" -"This will take you to the same screen you have for receiving and making " -"payments." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:26 +msgid "Cost: 0.00 (the cost of the ticket will be recorded on every expense)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:116 -msgid "" -"When making an internal transfer from one bank account to another, select " -"the bank you want to apply the transfer from in the dashboard, and in the " -"register payments screen, you select the transfer to account. Do not go " -"through this process again in the other bank account or else you will end up" -" with two journal entries for the same transaction." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:21 +msgid "Travel with Personal Car:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:124 -msgid ":doc:`online_payment`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:23 +msgid "Cost: 0.30 (the price per mile reimbursed by the company is fixed)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:126 -msgid ":doc:`followup`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:24 +msgid "Hotel:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations.rst:3 -msgid "Declarations" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:28 +msgid "Others:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:3 -msgid "Tax Return (VAT Declaration)" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:30 +msgid "Cost: 0.0" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:32 msgid "" -"Companies that are registered for **VAT (Value Added Tax)** must file a " -"**Tax return** on a monthly or quarterly basis, depending on their turnover " -"and the regulation of the country in which they are registered. A Tax return" -" - or VAT return - gives the tax authorities information about the taxable " -"transactions made by the company, the *output tax* it has charged its " -"customers, and the *input tax* its vendors have charged it. Based on these " -"values, the company can calculate the tax amount they have to pay or be " -"refunded." +"Don't forget to set an expense tax on each expense type (and an account if " +"you use Odoo Accounting). It's usually a good practice to use a tax that is " +"configured with :ref:`Tax Included in Price <taxes/included-in-price>`. That" +" way, employees report expenses with prices including taxes, which is " +"usually the expected behaviour." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:40 msgid "" -"You can find information about VAT and its mechanism on `this page from the " -"European Commission <https://ec.europa.eu/taxation_customs/business/vat" -"/what-is-vat_en>`_." +"The *Sales* app allows you to specify unit of measures for your expense " +"types (units, miles, nights, etc.). Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and check *Some products may be sold/purchased " +"in different units of measure (advanced)*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:16 -msgid "add doc about intracom listing" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:47 +msgid "How to record expenses" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:22 -msgid "Tax Return Periodicity" -msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:50 +msgid "Manually" +msgstr "Handmatig" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:52 msgid "" -"The configuration of the **Tax Return Periodicity** allows Odoo Accounting " -"to compute your Tax Return correctly and also to send you a reminder to " -"never miss a tax return deadline." +"As an employee (Employee in user access rights), you can record expenses " +"from :menuselection:`My Expenses --> Expenses to Submit`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:58 msgid "" -"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings " -"--> Fiscal Periods`, and go to the **Tax Return Periodicity** section." +"Select the related product and enter either the total amount you paid (with " +"Quantity = 1) or the unit price if Quantity is countable (e.g. number of " +"hotel nights)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:30 -msgid "" -"**Periodicity**: define here whether you file your tax return each month or " -"every three months." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:61 +msgid "Enter the expense date." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:62 msgid "" -"**Reminder**: define when Odoo should remind you to file your tax return." +"Choose if you paid the bill on your own (and expect to be reimbursed) or if " +"the company paid directly (e.g. if you used a company's credit card)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:32 -msgid "**Journal**: select the journal in which to record the tax return." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:64 msgid "" -"This is usually configured during the :doc:`app's initial set up " -"<../../overview/getting_started/setup>`." +"Set the bill reference, add some notes if requested and attach a photo/scan " +"of the receipt from the discussion thread. That will help the manager and " +"the accountant validate it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:43 -msgid "Tax Grids" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:72 +msgid "In one click from emails" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:73 msgid "" -"Odoo generates Tax Reports based on the **Tax Grids** settings that are " -"configured on your taxes. Therefore, it is crucial to make sure that all the" -" recorded transactions use the right taxes. You can see on each Journal Item" -" which Tax Grid is used for that transaction." +"Let your employees record their expenses from a simple email. Make a " +"snapshot of the receipt and send it by email, or simply forward a bill!" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:76 msgid "" -"To configure your taxes' Tax Grids, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Taxes`, and open the tax you want to modify. There, you " -"can edit your tax settings, along with the tax grids that are used to record" -" invoices or credit notes." +"The only thing to do is setting up an email alias in " +":menuselection:`Expenses --> Configuration --> Settings` (e.g. *expenses* " +"@mycompany.odoo.com). For security purposes, only authenticated employee " +"emails (cfr. *Work Email* in employee detail form) are accepted." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:82 msgid "" -"Taxes and reports are usually already pre-configured: a *Fiscal Localization" -" Package* is installed according to the country you select at the creation " -"of your database. :doc:`Click here " -"<../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>` for more" -" information about Fiscal Localization Packages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:70 -msgid "Close a tax period" +"The expense product is set automatically if the mail subject contains the " +"product's internal reference in first position. Type the expense amount in " +"the mail subject to set it on the expense too (e.g. Ref001 Food 100€)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:73 -msgid "Tax Lock Date" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:87 +msgid "How to submit expenses to managers" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:89 msgid "" -"Any new transaction which accounting date is prior to the **Tax Lock Date** " -"has its tax values moved to the next open tax period. This is useful to make" -" sure that no change can be made to a report once its period is closed." +"When you are ready to submit your expenses to your manager (e.g. at the end " +"of a business trip, or once a month), go to the menu :menuselection:`My " +"Expenses --> Expenses to Submit`. Select all expenses from the list view and" +" click on :menuselection:`Action --> Submit to Manager`. Save the newly " +"created expense report (i.e. set of expenses), and wait for your manager to " +"approve it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:99 msgid "" -"Therefore, we recommend locking your tax date before working on your " -"*Closing Journal Entry*. This way, other users can't modify or add " -"transactions that would have an impact on the Closing Journal Entry, which " -"helps you avoid some tax declaration errors." +"You can also submit expenses one by one from the *Submit to Manager* button " +"on the form view of an expense." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:102 msgid "" -"To check the current **Tax Lock Date**, or to edit it, go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Lock Dates`." +"All your submitted expense reports can be found in :menuselection:`Expenses " +"--> My Expenses --> Expense Reports`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:144 -msgid "Tax Report" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:107 +msgid "How to approve expenses" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:109 msgid "" -"Once all the transactions involving taxes have been posted for the period " -"you want to report, open your **Tax Report**." +"HR and team managers get an overview of all expense reports to validate from" +" the top menu :menuselection:`To Approve --> Expense Reports to Approve`. " +"Such users must have at least *Officers* access rights for *Expenses*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:116 msgid "" -"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Tax Report`. " -"You can also click on *TAX Report* from your *Accounting Overview*." +"They can review expense reports, approve or reject them, as well as " +"providing feedback thanks to the integrated communication tool." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:122 msgid "" -"Make sure to select the right period you want to declare by using the date " -"filter. You can see an overview of your tax report. Then, click on the " -"button *Closing Journal Entry*." +"As a team manager you can easily find the expense reports of your team " +"members. You need to be set as manager in the detail form of those " +"employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:106 -msgid "" -"After having reviewed the generated Journal Entry, click on *Post*. In " -"addition to posting the entry, Odoo automatically creates a PDF file with " -"the **Tax Report** that you can download from the chatter and preview on the" -" right column. It includes all the values to report to the tax authorities, " -"along with the amount you have to pay or be refunded." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:130 +msgid "How to post expenses in accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:132 msgid "" -"If you forgot to :ref:`lock your tax date <tax_return_lock>` before clicking" -" on *Closing Journal Entry*, then Odoo automatically locks your fiscal " -"period on the same date as the Accounting Date of your entry. This automatic" -" lock happens when you click on *Post*. This safety mechanism can prevent " -"some fiscal errors, but it is advised to lock your tax date manually before," -" as described above." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:124 -msgid ":doc:`../../overview/getting_started/setup`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:3 -msgid "Create a customized reports with your own formulas" +"Once expense reports approved by managers, the accounting department goes to" +" :menuselection:`Expenses --> Accountant --> Expense Reports To Post` to " +"check accounts, products and taxes. They can click *Post Journal Entries* to" +" post related journal entries into your books. To do so, the user must have " +"following access rights:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo 13 comes with a powerful and easy-to-use reporting framework. Creating " -"new reports (such as a tax report or a balance sheet or income statement " -"with specific groupings and layout ) to suit your needs is now easier than " -"ever." -msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:138 +msgid "Accounting: Accountant or Adviser" +msgstr "Boekhouding: boekhouder of adviseur" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:14 -msgid "Activate the developer mode" -msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:139 +msgid "Expenses: Manager" +msgstr "Declaraties: Manage" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:142 msgid "" -"In order to have access to the financial report creation interface, the " -":doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` needs to be" -" activated." +"To post an expense, a *Home Address* must be set on the employee. If you get" +" a related blocking message when posting, click the employee, go to " +"*Personal Information* tab and select/create the contact of your employee in" +" the address book. A contact has been automatically created if this person " +"is using Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:20 -msgid "Create your financial report" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:149 +msgid "How to reimburse employees" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:151 msgid "" -"First, you need to create your financial report. To do that, go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Financial Reports`" +"You can now see all the expense reports to reimburse in " +":menuselection:`Expenses --> Accountant --> Expense Reports To Pay`. To " +"record the payment or pay by check, click *Register a Payment*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Once the name is entered, there are two other parameters that need to be " -"configured:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:31 -msgid "**Show Credit and Debit Columns**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:33 -msgid "**Analysis Period** :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:35 -msgid "Based on date ranges (e.g. Profit and Loss)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:37 -msgid "Based on a single date (e.g. Balance Sheet)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Based on date ranges with 'older' and 'total' columns and last 3 months " -"(e.g. Aged Partner Balances)" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:155 +msgid "See how you can easily manage the payment process in Odoo:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:42 -msgid "Bases on date ranges and cash basis method (e.g. Cash Flow Statement)" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:157 +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/payables/pay/check`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:46 -msgid "Add lines in your custom reports" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:158 +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/payables/pay/sepa`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:48 -msgid "" -"After you've created the report, you need to fill it with lines. They all " -"need a **name**, a **code** (that is used to refer to the line), a " -"**sequence number** and a **level** (Used for the line rendering)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:162 +msgid "How to re-invoice expenses to your customers" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:164 msgid "" -"In the **formulas** field you can add one or more formulas to assign a value" -" to the balance column (and debit and credit column if applicable – " -"separated by ;)" +"If you track expenses on customer projects, you can charge them back to your" +" customers automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:59 -msgid "You have several objects available in the formula :" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:170 +msgid "Enable **Customer Billing** in the Expenses settings" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:172 msgid "" -"``Ndays`` : The number of days in the selected period (for reports with a " -"date range)." +"Go to the product configuration menu and set the invoicing method on all " +"your Expense types:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:175 msgid "" -"Another report, referenced by its code. Use ``.balance`` to get its balance " -"value (also available are ``.credit``, ``.debit`` and ``.amount_residual``)" +"Ordered quantities : it will invoice expenses based on the ordered quantity" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:178 msgid "" -"A line can also be based on the sum of account move lines on a selected " -"domain. In which case you need to fill the domain field with an Odoo domain " -"on the account move line object. Then an extra object is available in the " -"formulas field, namely ``sum``, the sum of the account move lines in the " -"domain. You can also use the group by field to group the account move lines " -"by one of their columns." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:75 -msgid "Other useful fields :" +"Delivered quantities :it will invoice expenses based on the expenses " +"quantity" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:77 -msgid "**Type** : Type of the result of the formula." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:181 +msgid "At cost: will invoice expenses at their real cost." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:183 msgid "" -"**Is growth good when positive** : Used when computing the comparison " -"column. Check if growth is good (displayed in green) or not." +"At sales price: will invoice based on a fixed sales price set on the sale " +"order." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:82 -msgid "" -"**Special date changer** : If a specific line in a report should not use the" -" same dates as the rest of the report." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:190 +msgid "Create an order" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:192 msgid "" -"**Show domain** : How the domain of a line is displayed. Can be foldable " -"(``default``, hidden at the start but can be unfolded), ``always`` (always " -"displayed) or ``never`` (never shown)." +"As a salesman, create and confirm a Sales Order for the services delivered " +"to your customer. If you don't put any expense in the order, it will be " +"added automatically once posted by the accountant." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:90 -msgid ":doc:`main_reports`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:197 +msgid "Link the expense to the Sale Order." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:3 -msgid "Main reports available" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:203 +msgid "Submit, validate and post expenses" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:205 msgid "" -"Besides the reports created specifically in each localisation module, a few " -"very useful **generic** and **dynamic reports** are available for all " -"countries :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:9 -msgid "**Balance Sheet**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:10 -msgid "**Profit and Loss**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:11 -msgid "**Chart of Account**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:12 -msgid "**Executive Summary**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:13 -msgid "**General Ledger**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:14 -msgid "**Aged Payable**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:15 -msgid "**Aged Receivable**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:16 -msgid "**Cash Flow Statement**" +"As a manager, make sure the analytic account is set on every expense line on" +" approving expenses reports. Click the line to add one if missing. Employees" +" are already able to set one when submitting." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:17 -msgid "**Tax Report**" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:212 +msgid "As an accountant, post journal entries." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:18 -msgid "**Bank Reconciliation**" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:215 +msgid "Invoice expenses" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:217 msgid "" -"You can annotate every reports to print them and report to your adviser. " -"Export to xls to manage extra analysis. Drill down in the reports to see " -"more details (payments, invoices, journal items, etc.)." +"Now you can invoice the order. It shows up in :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Invoicing --> Sales` to Invoice. The expenses have been added automatically " +"in the order lines. Such items show up in blue (i.e. to invoice)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:24 -msgid "" -"You can also compare values with another period. Choose how many periods you" -" want to compare the chosen time period with. You can choose up to 12 " -"periods back from the date of the report if you don't want to use the " -"default **Previous 1 Period** option." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:225 +msgid "e (i.e. to invoice)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:32 -msgid "" -"The **Balance Sheet** shows a snapshot of the assets, liabilities and equity" -" of your organisation as at a particular date." -msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:3 +msgid "Sign" +msgstr "E-sign" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:39 -msgid "Profit and Loss" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:3 +msgid "Validity of electronic signatures" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:5 msgid "" -"The **Profit and Loss** report (or **Income Statement**) shows your " -"organisation's net income, by deducting expenses from revenue for the report" -" period." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:49 -msgid "Chart of account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:51 -msgid "A listing of all your accounts grouped by class." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:57 -msgid "Executive Summary" +"The legal validity of electronic signatures generated by Odoo depends on the" +" legislation of your country. Companies doing business abroad should " +"consider electronic signature laws of other countries as well." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:59 -msgid "" -"The **Executive Summary** allows for a quick look at all the important " -"figures you need to run your company." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:10 +msgid "In the European Union" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:12 msgid "" -"In very basic terms, this is what each of the items in this section is " -"reporting :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:77 -msgid "**Performance:**" +"The `eIDAS regulation <http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2014/910/oj>`_ " +"establishes the framework for electronic signatures in all `27 member states" +" of the European Union <https://europa.eu/european-union/about-" +"eu/countries_en>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:68 -msgid "**Gross profit margin:**" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:16 +msgid "It distinguishes three types of electronic signatures:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:67 -msgid "" -"The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " -"costs needed to make those sales (things like labour, materials, etc)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:74 -msgid "**Net profit margin:**" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:18 +msgid "Electronic signatures" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:71 -msgid "" -"The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " -"costs needed to make those sales, as well as any fixed overheads your " -"company has (things like rent, electricity, taxes you need to pay as a " -"result of those sales)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:19 +msgid "Advanced electronic signatures" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:77 -msgid "**Return on investment (p.a.):**" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:20 +msgid "Qualified electronic signatures" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:22 msgid "" -"The ratio of net profit made, to the amount of assets the company used to " -"make those profits." +"Odoo generates the first type, regular electronic signatures, and these " +"signatures can produce legal effects in the EU, as the regulation states " +"that “an electronic signature shall not be denied legal effect and " +"admissibility as evidence in legal proceedings solely on the grounds that it" +" is in an electronic form or that it does not meet the requirements for " +"qualified electronic signatures.”" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:97 -msgid "**Position:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:81 -msgid "**Average debtor days:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:27 msgid "" -"The average number of days it takes your customers to pay you (fully), " -"across all your customer invoices." +"Note that electronic signatures may not be automatically recognized as " +"valid. You may need to bring supporting evidence of a signature’s validity." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:84 -msgid "**Average creditor days:**" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:31 +msgid "In the United States of America" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:33 msgid "" -"The average number of days it takes you to pay your suppliers (fully) across" -" all your bills." +"The `ESIGN Act (Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act) " +"<https://www.fdic.gov/regulations/compliance/manual/10/X-3.1.pdf>`_, at the " +"interstate and international levels, and the `UETA (Uniform Electronic " +"Transactions Act) <https://www.uniformlaws.org/committees/community-" +"home/librarydocuments?communitykey=2c04b76c-2b7d-4399-977e-" +"d5876ba7e034&tab=librarydocuments>`_, at the state level, provide the legal " +"framework for electronic signatures. Note that `Illinois " +"<https://www.ilga.gov/legislation/ilcs/ilcs5.asp?ActID=89&>`_ and `New York " +"<https://its.ny.gov/electronic-signatures-and-records-act-esra>`_ have not " +"adopted the UETA, but similar acts instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:89 -msgid "**Short term cash forecast:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:42 msgid "" -"How much cash is expected in or out of your organisation in the next month " -"i.e. balance of your **Sales account** for the month less the balance of " -"your **Purchases account** for the month." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:97 -msgid "**Current assets to liabilities:**" +"Overall, to be recognized as valid, electronic signatures have to meet five " +"criteria:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:44 msgid "" -"Also referred to as **current ratio**, this is the ratio of current assets " -"(assets that could be turned into cash within a year) to the current " -"liabilities (liabilities which will be due in the next year). This is " -"typically used as as a measure of a company's ability to service its debt." +"A signer must show a clear intent to sign. For example, using a mouse to " +"draw a signature can show intent. The signer must also have the option to " +"opt-out of electronically signing a document." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:103 -msgid "General Ledger" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:47 msgid "" -"The **General Ledger Report** shows all transactions from all accounts for a" -" chosen date range. The initial summary report shows the totals for each " -"account and from there you can view a detailed transaction report or any " -"exceptions. This report is useful for checking every transaction that " -"occurred during a certain period of time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:115 -msgid "Aged Payable" +"A signer must first express or imply their consent to conduct business " +"electronically." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:48 msgid "" -"Run the **Aged Payable Details** report to display information on individual" -" bills, credit notes and overpayments owed by you, and how long these have " -"gone unpaid." +"The signature must be clearly attributed. In Odoo, metadata, such as the " +"signer’s IP address, is added to the signature, which can be used as " +"supporting evidence." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:125 -msgid "Aged Receivable" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:50 msgid "" -"The **Aged Receivables** report shows the sales invoices that were awaiting " -"payment during a selected month and several months prior." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:134 -msgid "Cash Flow Statement" +"The signature must be associated with the document being signed, for " +"example, by keeping a record detailing how the signature was captured." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:52 msgid "" -"The **Cash Flow Statement** shows how changes in balance sheet accounts and " -"income affect cash and cash equivalents, and breaks the analysis down to " -"operating, investing and financing activities." +"Electronically signed documents need to be retained and available for later " +"reference by all parties involved, for example, by providing the signer " +"either a fully-executed copy or the option to download a copy." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:57 msgid "" -"This report allows you to see the **net** and **tax amounts** for all the " -"taxes grouped by type (sale/purchase)." +"The information provided here does not constitute legal advice; it is " +"provided for general informational purposes only. As laws governing " +"electronic signatures evolve rapidly, we cannot guarantee that the " +"information is up to date. We advise you to should contact a local attorney " +"to obtain legal advice." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po deleted file mode 100644 index 82a81046e..000000000 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,113 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# dpms <pieter.van.de.wygaert@telenet.be>, 2021 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: dpms <pieter.van.de.wygaert@telenet.be>, 2021\n" -"Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: nl\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../fsm.rst:5 -msgid "Field Service" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/helpdesk.rst:3 -msgid "Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:3 -msgid "Plan onsite interventions from helpdesk tickets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:4 -msgid "" -"The integration with the Helpdesk app lets your helpdesk team manage " -"intervention requests directly. Planning field service tasks from tickets " -"speeds up your processes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:8 -msgid "Configure the helpdesk team" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`. Select" -" a team and enable *Onsite Interventions*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:16 -msgid "" -"The helpdesk tickets of the team now display the *Plan Intervention* button." -" Click on it to create a new task under your field service project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/sales.rst:3 -msgid "Sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:3 -msgid "Create onsite interventions from sales orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:4 -msgid "" -"Allowing your sales team to open onsite interventions creates a seamless " -"experience for your customers. They can receive a quotation they first have " -"to approve before the work even starts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:8 -msgid "Configure a product" -msgstr "Configureer een product" - -#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration --> Products` and " -"create or edit a product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Under the *General Information* tab, select *Service* as *Product Type*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Under the *Sales* tab, select *Timesheets on tasks* as *Service Invoicing " -"Policy*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:15 -msgid "Select *Create a task in an existing project* as *Service Tracking*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:17 -msgid "Select your *Project*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:19 -msgid "" -"If you use them, select your *Worksheet Template* and then click on *Save*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:25 -msgid "" -"From the *Sales* app, create a quotation with the product and confirm it. A " -"task is automatically set up under your Field Service project. It is " -"directly accessible from the sales order." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/general.po index 205cece0a..d022906ae 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -1,26 +1,27 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: # Nils van Odoo <nvo@odoo.com>, 2021 -# Martin Trigaux, 2021 # Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2021 # Gunther Clauwaert <gclauwae@hotmail.com>, 2021 # Pol Van Dingenen <pol.vandingenen@vanroey.be>, 2021 # Maxim Vandenbroucke <mxv@odoo.com>, 2021 # Yip132 <yannick.renders@gmail.com>, 2021 # Bilal el Attar <bilal.attar@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Martin Trigaux, 2021 +# Cas Vissers <casvissers@brahoo.nl>, 2021 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-18 07:12+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Bilal el Attar <bilal.attar@gmail.com>, 2021\n" +"Last-Translator: Cas Vissers <casvissers@brahoo.nl>, 2021\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -28,19 +29,19 @@ msgstr "" "Language: nl\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" -#: ../../general.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:3 msgid "General" msgstr "Algemeen" -#: ../../general/auth.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth.rst:3 msgid "Authentication" msgstr "Authenticatie" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:3 msgid "Two-factor Authentication" msgstr "Tweestapsverificatie" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:5 msgid "" "Two-factor authentication (\"2FA\") is a good way to improve the security of" " an account, to make it less likely that an other person will manage to log " @@ -50,7 +51,7 @@ msgstr "" "Hierdoor wordt de kans verkleind dat een andere gebruiker ook toegang kan " "krijgen tot uw account." -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:9 msgid "" "Practically, it means storing a secret inside an *authenticator* (usually " "your cell phone) and exchanging a code from the authenticator when you try " @@ -59,7 +60,7 @@ msgstr "" "Dit betekent dat er een toegangscode nodig is vanuit een authenticator " "(meestal uw mobiele telefoon) wanneer u probeert in te loggen." -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:13 msgid "" "This means an attacker needs *both* to have guessed (or found) your password" " and to access (or steal) your authenticator, a more difficult proposition " @@ -68,22 +69,22 @@ msgstr "" "Hackers hebben aan uw wachtwoord of authenticator alleen niet genoeg om in " "te loggen. Beiden zijn vereist om toegang tot uw account te krijgen. " -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:18 msgid "Requirements" msgstr "Vereisten" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:20 msgid "" "These lists are just examples, they are not endorsements of any specific " "software." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:23 msgid "" "If you don't already have one, you will need to choose an authenticator." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:26 msgid "" "Phone-based authenticators are the easiest and most common so we will assume" " you'll pick and install one on your phone, examples include `Authy " @@ -97,177 +98,177 @@ msgid "" " <https://bitwarden.com/help/article/authenticator-keys/>`_, ..." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:39 msgid "" "For the sake of demonstration we will be using Google Authenticator (not " "because it is any good but because it is quite common)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:43 msgid "Setting up two-factor authentication" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:45 msgid "" "Once you have your authenticator of choice, go to the Odoo instance you want" " to setup :abbr:`2FA (two-factor authentication)`, then open " ":guilabel:`Preferences` (or :guilabel:`My Profile`):" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:52 msgid "" "Open the :guilabel:`Account Security` tab, then click the :guilabel:`Enable " "two-factor authentication` button:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:58 msgid "" "Because this is a security-sensitive action, you will need to input your " "password:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:64 msgid "After which you will see this screen with a barcode:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:69 msgid "" "In most applications, you can simply *scan the barcode* via the " "authenticator of your choice, the authenticator will then take care of all " "the setup:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:78 msgid "" "If you can not scan the screen (e.g. because you are doing this set-up on " "the same phone as the authenticator application), you can click the provided" " link, or copy the secret to manually set-up your authenticator:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:89 msgid "" "Once this is done, the authenticator should display a *verification code* " "with some useful identifying information (e.g. the domain and login for " "which the code is):" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:96 msgid "" "You can now input the code into the :guilabel:`Verification Code` field, " "then click the :guilabel:`Enable two-factor authentication` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:100 msgid "" "Congratulation, your account is now protected by two-factor authentication!" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:107 msgid "Logging in" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:109 msgid "You should now :guilabel:`Log out` to follow along." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:111 msgid "" "On the login page, input the username and password of the account for which " "you set up :abbr:`2FA (two-factor authentication)`, rather than immediately " "enter Odoo you will now get a second log-in screen:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:118 msgid "" "Get your authenticator, input the code it provides for the domain and " "account, validate, and you're now in." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:121 msgid "" "And that's it. From now on, unless you disable :abbr:`2FA (two-factor " "authentication)` you will have a two-step log-in process rather than the old" " one-step process." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:125 msgid "" "Don't lose your authenticator, if you do, you will need an *Odoo " "Administrator* to disable :abbr:`2FA (two-factor authentication)` on the " "account." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/azure.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:3 msgid "OAuth" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/azure.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:5 msgid "" "Due to specific requirements in Azure's OAuth implementation, Microsoft " "Azure OAuth identification is NOT compatible with Odoo at the moment." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:3 msgid "How to allow users to sign in with their Google account" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:5 msgid "" "Connect to your Google account and go to the `Google API Dashboard " "<https://console.developers.google.com/>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:8 msgid "" "Click on **Create Project** and enter the project name and other details." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:16 msgid "Click on **Use Google APIs**" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:21 msgid "" "On the left side menu, select the sub menu **Credentials** (from **API " "Manager**) then select **OAuth consent screen**." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:26 msgid "" "Fill in your address, email and the product name (for example odoo) and then" " save." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:31 msgid "" "Then click on **Add Credentials** and select the second option (OAuth 2.0 " "Client ID)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:39 msgid "" "Check that the application type is set on **Web Application**. Now configure" " the allowed pages on which you will be redirected." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:41 msgid "" "To achieve this, complete the field **Authorized redirect URIs**. Copy paste" " the following link in the box: http://mydomain.odoo.com/auth_oauth/signin. " "Then click on **Create**" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:49 msgid "" "Once done, you receive two information (your Client ID and Client Secret). " "You have to insert your Client ID in the **General Settings**." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:3 msgid "How to use Google Spreadsheet in Addition to my Data?" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:5 msgid "" "Create custom dashboards in Google Spreadsheet that retrieves data directly " "from Odoo using spreadsheet formula. You can use it to create sales " @@ -275,71 +276,72 @@ msgid "" "Python but programming skills are not required." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:10 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:84 -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:16 ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:13 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:12 msgid "" "From the *General Settings*, active *Google Drive* and *Google Spreadsheet*." " The options *Authorization Code* and *Get Authorization Code* are now " "available." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:19 msgid "" "Now, link your Google account with Odoo going to :menuselection:`Get " "Authorization Code --> select your Google account --> enter your password " "--> copy the code --> paste it into the Authorization Code field`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:24 msgid "Create a new Spreadsheet" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:26 msgid "" "From the *CRM* app, for example, go to *Favorites* and click on *Add to " "Google Spreadsheet*." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:32 msgid "A new spreadsheet will be automatically created in your Google Drive." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:35 msgid "" "When you opening this new file, a second sheet is created automatically by " "Odoo with a tutorial/documentation on *How to use Google Spreadsheet*." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:39 msgid "Link a Spreadsheet with Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:41 msgid "From this new file, configure your database." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:42 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Odoo --> Server Settings --> Database Name --> " "Username --> Password`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:49 msgid "Applications" msgstr "Applicaties" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:51 msgid "" "You have 2 different formulas of using Google Spreadsheet in Odoo: retrieve " "data and retrieve grouped sums." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:55 msgid "" "Google Drive limits the execution time of scripts; if the data you requested" " takes too long to be delivered, you might get an error. There is no " @@ -348,109 +350,109 @@ msgid "" "usually fine." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:62 msgid "Retrieve Data" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:66 msgid "" "The theoretical formula is :command:`= oe_browse " "(table;columns;filters;orderby:limit)`. Used it if you want to display the " "information without grouping it (e.g.: each sales order in the database)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:67 msgid "Find some the arguments in the table below." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:74 msgid "Retrieve Grouped Sums" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:77 msgid "" "The theoretical formula is :command:`= oe_read_group " "(table;columns;group_by;filters;orderby:limit)`. Use it when you want to " "display a sum of data (e.g.: total invoiced)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:78 msgid "Find some arguments in the table below." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:85 msgid "Other uses" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:87 msgid "" "Mix Odoo data with spreadsheet data, add traditional formulas, and create " "Dynamic Tabled and Graphs." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:3 msgid "How to allow users to sign in with LDAP" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:5 msgid "Install the LDAP module in General Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:7 msgid "Click on **Create** in Setup your LDAP Server." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:15 msgid "Choose the company about to use the LDAP." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:20 msgid "" "In **Server Information**, enter the IP address of your server and the port " "it listens to." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:22 msgid "Tick **User TLS** if your server is compatible." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:27 msgid "" "In **Login Information**, enter ID and password of the account used to query" " the server. If left empty, the server will be queried anonymously." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:32 msgid "" "In **Process Parameter**, enter the domain name of your LDAP server in LDAP " "nomenclature (e.g. ``dc=example,dc=com``)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:34 msgid "In **LDAP filter**, enter ``uid=%s``" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:39 msgid "" "In **User Information**, tick *Create User* if you want Odoo to create a " "User profile the first time someone log in with LDAP." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:41 msgid "" "In **Template User**, indicate a template for the new profiles created. If " "left blanked, the admin profile will be used as template." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import.rst:3 msgid "Data Import" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:3 msgid "How to adapt an import template" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:5 msgid "" "Import templates are provided in the import tool of the most common data to " "import (contacts, products, bank statements, etc.). You can open them with " @@ -458,66 +460,66 @@ msgid "" "etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:11 msgid "How to customize the file" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:13 msgid "" "Remove columns you don't need. We advise to not remove the *ID* one (see why" " here below)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:15 -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:27 msgid "" "Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:20 msgid "" "When you add a new column, Odoo might not be able to map it automatically if" " its label doesn't fit any field of the system. If so, find the " "corresponding field using the search." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:27 msgid "" "Then, use the label you found in your import template in order to make it " "work straight away the very next time you try to import." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:31 msgid "Why an “ID” column" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:33 msgid "" "The **ID** (External ID) is an unique identifier for the line item. Feel " "free to use the one of your previous software to ease the transition to " "Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:36 msgid "" "Setting an ID is not mandatory when importing but it helps in many cases:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:38 msgid "" "Update imports: you can import the same file several times without creating " "duplicates;" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:39 msgid "Import relation fields (see here below)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:42 msgid "How to import relation fields" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:44 msgid "" "An Odoo object is always related to many other objects (e.g. a product is " "linked to product categories, attributes, vendors, etc.). To import those " @@ -525,7 +527,7 @@ msgid "" "their own list menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:48 msgid "" "You can do it using either the name of the related record or its ID. The ID " "is expected when two records have the same name. In such a case add \" / " @@ -533,47 +535,47 @@ msgid "" "Attributes / Attribute / ID)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:3 msgid "Import data" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:6 msgid "How to start" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:8 msgid "" "You can import data on any Odoo's business object using either Excel (.xlsx)" " or CSV (.csv) formats: contacts, products, bank statements, journal entries" " and even orders!" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:12 msgid "" "Open the view of the object you want to populate and click on " ":menuselection:`Favorites --> Import records`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:18 msgid "" "There you are provided with templates you can easily populate with your own " "data. Such templates can be imported in one click; The data mapping is " "already done." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:23 msgid "How to adapt the template" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:25 msgid "Add, remove and sort columns to fit at best your data structure." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:26 msgid "We advise to not remove the **ID** one (see why in the next section)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:32 msgid "" "When you add a new column, Odoo might not be able to map it automatically if" " its label doesn't fit any field in Odoo. Don't worry! You can map new " @@ -581,17 +583,17 @@ msgid "" "corresponding field." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:40 msgid "" "Then, use this field's label in your file in order to make it work straight " "on the very next time." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:45 msgid "How to import from another application" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:47 msgid "" "In order to re-create relationships between different records, you should " "use the unique identifier from the original application and map it to the " @@ -601,18 +603,18 @@ msgid "" " be stuck if at least 2 records have the same name." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:55 msgid "" "The **ID** will also be used to update the original import if you need to " "re-import modified data later, it's thus good practice to specify it " "whenever possible." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:61 msgid "I cannot find the field I want to map my column to" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:63 msgid "" "Odoo tries to find with some heuristic, based on the first ten lines of the " "files, the type of field for each column inside your file. For example if " @@ -623,18 +625,18 @@ msgid "" " default." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:72 msgid "" "If that happens, you just have to check the ** Show fields of relation " "fields (advanced)** option, you will then be able to choose from the " "complete list of fields for each column." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:80 msgid "Where can I change the date import format?" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:82 msgid "" "Odoo can automatically detect if a column is a date, and it will try to " "guess the date format from a set of most commonly used date formats. While " @@ -644,7 +646,7 @@ msgid "" "the month in a date such as '01-03-2016'." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:88 msgid "" "To view which date format Odoo has found from your file you can check the " "**Date Format** that is shown when clicking on **Options** under the file " @@ -652,7 +654,7 @@ msgid "" " the *ISO 8601* to define the format." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:93 msgid "" "If you are importing an excel (.xls, .xlsx) file, you can use date cells to " "store dates as the display of dates in excel is different from the way it is" @@ -660,11 +662,11 @@ msgid "" "whatever your locale date format is." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:98 msgid "Can I import numbers with currency sign (e.g.: $32.00)?" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:100 msgid "" "Yes, we fully support numbers with parenthesis to represent negative sign as" " well as numbers with currency sign attached to them. Odoo also " @@ -674,56 +676,56 @@ msgid "" "crash." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:105 msgid "" "Examples of supported numbers (using thirty-two thousands as an example):" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:107 msgid "32.000,00" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:108 msgid "32000,00" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:109 msgid "32,000.00" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:110 msgid "-32000.00" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:111 msgid "(32000.00)" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:112 msgid "$ 32.000,00" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:113 msgid "(32000.00 €)" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:115 msgid "Example that will not work:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:117 msgid "ABC 32.000,00" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:118 msgid "$ (32.000,00)" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:121 msgid "What can I do when the Import preview table isn't displayed correctly?" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:123 msgid "" "By default the Import preview is set on commas as field separators and " "quotation marks as text delimiters. If your csv file does not have these " @@ -731,20 +733,20 @@ msgid "" " CSV file bar after you select your file)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:127 msgid "" "Note that if your CSV file has a tabulation as separator, Odoo will not " "detect the separations. You will need to change the file format options in " "your spreadsheet application. See the following question." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:132 msgid "" "How can I change the CSV file format options when saving in my spreadsheet " "application?" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:134 msgid "" "If you edit and save CSV files in spreadsheet applications, your computer's " "regional settings will be applied for the separator and delimiter. We " @@ -753,18 +755,18 @@ msgid "" "the box 'Edit filter settings' --> Save`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:139 msgid "" "Microsoft Excel will allow you to modify only the encoding when saving (in " ":menuselection:`'Save As' dialog box --> click 'Tools' dropdown list --> " "Encoding tab`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:143 msgid "What's the difference between Database ID and External ID?" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:145 msgid "" "Some fields define a relationship with another object. For example, the " "country of a contact is a link to a record of the 'Country' object. When you" @@ -774,58 +776,58 @@ msgid "" "import." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:150 msgid "" "For example, to reference the country of a contact, Odoo proposes you 3 " "different fields to import:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:152 msgid "Country: the name or code of the country" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:153 msgid "" "Country/Database ID: the unique Odoo ID for a record, defined by the ID " "postgresql column" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:154 msgid "" "Country/External ID: the ID of this record referenced in another application" " (or the .XML file that imported it)" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:157 msgid "For the country Belgium, you can use one of these 3 ways to import:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:159 msgid "Country: Belgium" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:160 msgid "Country/Database ID: 21" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:161 msgid "Country/External ID: base.be" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:163 msgid "" "According to your need, you should use one of these 3 ways to reference " "records in relations. Here is when you should use one or the other, " "according to your need:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:166 msgid "" "Use Country: This is the easiest way when your data come from CSV files that" " have been created manually." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:168 msgid "" "Use Country/Database ID: You should rarely use this notation. It's mostly " "used by developers as it's main advantage is to never have conflicts (you " @@ -833,13 +835,13 @@ msgid "" "Database ID)" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:171 msgid "" "Use Country/External ID: Use External ID when you import data from a third " "party application." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:173 msgid "" "When you use External IDs, you can import CSV files with the \"External ID\"" " column to define the External ID of each record you import. Then, you will " @@ -848,23 +850,23 @@ msgid "" "Products and their Categories." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:178 msgid "" ":download:`CSV file for categories " -"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_product_categories.csv>`." +"<files/External_id_3rd_party_application_product_categories.csv>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:181 msgid "" ":download:`CSV file for Products " -"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_products.csv>`." +"<files/External_id_3rd_party_application_products.csv>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:185 msgid "What can I do if I have multiple matches for a field?" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:187 msgid "" "If for example you have two product categories with the child name " "\"Sellable\" (ie. \"Misc. Products/Sellable\" & \"Other " @@ -875,20 +877,20 @@ msgid "" "the duplicates' values or your product category hierarchy." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:193 msgid "" "However if you do not wish to change your configuration of product " "categories, we recommend you use make use of the external ID for this field " "'Category'." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:197 msgid "" "How can I import a many2many relationship field (e.g. a customer that has " "multiple tags)?" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:199 msgid "" "The tags should be separated by a comma without any spacing. For example, if" " you want your customer to be linked to both tags 'Manufacturer' and " @@ -896,19 +898,19 @@ msgid "" " of your CSV file." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:203 msgid "" ":download:`CSV file for Manufacturer, Retailer " -"<../../_static/example_files/m2m_customers_tags.csv>`" +"<files/m2m_customers_tags.csv>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:207 msgid "" "How can I import a one2many relationship (e.g. several Order Lines of a " "Sales Order)?" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:209 msgid "" "If you want to import sales order having several order lines; for each order" " line, you need to reserve a specific row in the CSV file. The first order " @@ -919,41 +921,41 @@ msgid "" "quotations you can import, based on demo data." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:216 msgid "" ":download:`File for some Quotations " -"<../../_static/example_files/purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.csv>`." +"<files/purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.csv>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:218 msgid "" "The following CSV file shows how to import purchase orders with their " "respective purchase order lines:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:221 msgid "" ":download:`Purchase orders with their respective purchase order lines " -"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_purchase_order_lines.csv>`." +"<files/o2m_purchase_order_lines.csv>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:223 msgid "" "The following CSV file shows how to import customers and their respective " "contacts:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:225 msgid "" ":download:`Customers and their respective contacts " -"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_customers_contacts.csv>`." +"<files/o2m_customers_contacts.csv>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:228 msgid "Can I import several times the same record?" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:230 msgid "" "If you import a file that contains one of the column \"External ID\" or " "\"Database ID\", records that have already been imported will be modified " @@ -963,17 +965,17 @@ msgid "" "depending if it's new or not." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:235 msgid "" "This feature allows you to use the Import/Export tool of Odoo to modify a " "batch of records in your favorite spreadsheet application." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:239 msgid "What happens if I do not provide a value for a specific field?" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:241 msgid "" "If you do not set all fields in your CSV file, Odoo will assign the default " "value for every non defined fields. But if you set fields with empty values " @@ -981,11 +983,11 @@ msgid "" "assigning the default value." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:246 msgid "How to export/import different tables from an SQL application to Odoo?" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:251 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:248 msgid "" "If you need to import data from different tables, you will have to recreate " "relations between records belonging to different tables. (e.g. if you import" @@ -993,7 +995,7 @@ msgid "" "person and the company they work for)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:252 msgid "" "To manage relations between tables, you can use the \"External ID\" " "facilities of Odoo. The \"External ID\" of a record is the unique identifier" @@ -1003,36 +1005,36 @@ msgid "" "'company_1', 'person_1' instead of '1')" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:261 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:258 msgid "" "As an example, suppose you have a SQL database with two tables you want to " "import: companies and persons. Each person belong to one company, so you " "will have to recreate the link between a person and the company he work for." " (If you want to test this example, here is a :download:`dump of such a " -"PostgreSQL database <../../_static/example_files/database_import_test.sql>`)" +"PostgreSQL database <files/database_import_test.sql>`)" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:263 msgid "" "We will first export all companies and their \"External ID\". In PSQL, write" " the following command:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:269 msgid "This SQL command will create the following CSV file:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:278 msgid "" "To create the CSV file for persons, linked to companies, we will use the " "following SQL command in PSQL:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:284 msgid "It will produce the following CSV file:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:297 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:294 msgid "" "As you can see in this file, Fabien and Laurence are working for the Bigees " "company (company_1) and Eric is working for the Organi company. The relation" @@ -1042,7 +1044,7 @@ msgid "" " who shared the same ID 1 in the original database)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:303 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:300 msgid "" "The two files produced are ready to be imported in Odoo without any " "modifications. After having imported these two CSV files, you will have 4 " @@ -1050,15 +1052,15 @@ msgid "" "company). You must first import the companies and then the persons." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars.rst:3 msgid "Calendars" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:3 msgid "Synchronize Google Calendar with Odoo" msgstr "Synchroniseer Google agenda met Odoo" -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo is perfectly integrated with Google Calendar so that you can see & " "manage your meetings from both platforms (updates go through both " @@ -1067,11 +1069,11 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo is perfect geïntegreerd met Google Kalender zodat u meetings kan zien &" " beheren vanuit beide platformen (updates werken in beide richtingen)." -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:10 msgid "Setup in Google" msgstr "Opzet in Google" -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:11 msgid "" "Go to `Google APIs platform <https://console.developers.google.com>`__ to " "generate Google Calendar API credentials. Log in with your Google account." @@ -1080,19 +1082,19 @@ msgstr "" "om Google Kalender API login gegevens te genereren. Login met uw Google " "account." -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:14 msgid "Go to the API & Services page." msgstr "Ga naar de API & Diensten pagina." -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:19 msgid "Search for *Google Calendar API* and select it." msgstr "Zoek voor *Google Kalender API* en selecteer deze." -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:27 msgid "Enable the API." msgstr "Schakel de API in." -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:32 msgid "" "Select or create an API project to store the credentials if not yet done " "before. Give it an explicit name (e.g. Odoo Sync)." @@ -1101,11 +1103,11 @@ msgstr "" "dit nog niet heeft gedaan. Geef het een expliciete naam (bijvoorbeeld Odoo " "sync)." -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:35 msgid "Create credentials." msgstr "Maak logingegevens aan." -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:40 msgid "" "Select *Web browser (Javascript)* as calling source and *User data* as kind " "of data." @@ -1113,7 +1115,7 @@ msgstr "" "Selecteer *web browser (Javascript) als bron en *Gebruiker data* als type " "data." -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:46 msgid "" "Then you can create a Client ID. Enter the name of the application (e.g. " "Odoo Calendar) and the allowed pages on which you will be redirected. The " @@ -1122,7 +1124,7 @@ msgid "" "'/google_account/authentication'." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:55 msgid "" "Go through the Consent Screen step by entering a product name (e.g. Odoo " "Calendar). Feel free to check the customizations options but this is not " @@ -1130,23 +1132,23 @@ msgid "" " in Odoo for the first time." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:60 msgid "" "Finally you are provided with your **Client ID**. Go to *Credentials* to get" " the **Client Secret** as well. Both of them are required in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:67 msgid "Setup in Odoo" msgstr "Opzetten in Odoo" -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:69 msgid "" "Install the **Google Calendar** App from the *Apps* menu or by checking the " "option in :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:75 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and enter your **Client" " ID** and **Client Secret** in Google Calendar option." @@ -1154,7 +1156,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ga naar: menuselectie: `Instellingen -> Algemene instellingen` activeer " "Google Agenda en voer je ** Client ID ** en ** Client Secret ** in ." -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:81 msgid "" "The setup is now ready. Open your Odoo Calendar and sync with Google. The " "first time you do it you are redirected to Google to authorize the " @@ -1166,25 +1168,25 @@ msgstr "" "connectie te goed te keuren. Eenmaal terug in Odoo, druk nogmaals op de " "sync knop. Je kan erop klikken telkens je jou kalender wilt synchroniseren." -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:89 msgid "As of now you no longer have excuses to miss a meeting!" msgstr "Vanaf nu heeft u geen excuses meer om een meeting te missen!" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:3 msgid "Synchronization with Outlook's Calendar" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:5 msgid "" "Synchronizing your **main** Outlook Calendar with Odoo is useful to keep " "track of your tasks and appointments, and across all related applications." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:9 msgid "Register your application with the Microsoft identity platform" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:13 msgid "" "In order to be able to sync your Outlook Calendar with Odoo's Calendar, a " "Microsoft Azure account is needed. The creation of an account is free for " @@ -1192,7 +1194,7 @@ msgid "" "here <https://azure.microsoft.com/en-us/free/?WT.mc_id=A261C142F>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:15 msgid "" "Following, `Set up an Azure AD Tenant <https://docs.microsoft.com/en-" "us/azure/active-directory/develop/quickstart-create-new-tenant>`_, also " @@ -1200,69 +1202,69 @@ msgid "" "and register apps." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:17 msgid "" "Ultimately, `Register an Application <https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure" "/active-directory/develop/quickstart-register-app>`_, choosing the " "appropriate supported account type." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:20 msgid "When configuring your platform settings, choose *Web*." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:0 msgid "" "For the **Redirect URI restrictions**, copy your Odoo database URI followed " "by ``/microsoft_account/authentication``. Example:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:0 msgid "" "For more information on the restrictions and limitations of URIs, `check " "this page <https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/active-directory/develop" "/reply-url>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:37 msgid "" "Regarding credentials, you *must* **Add a client secret**, called *Client " "Secret* in Odoo, which allows Odoo to authenticate itself, requiring no " "interaction from your side. *Certificates* are optional." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:42 msgid "Configuration in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:44 msgid "Go to general *Settings* and activate the *Outlook Calendar* feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:50 msgid "" "From your Azure portal, under *Overview*, copy your *Application (client) " "ID*, and paste it to *Client ID* in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:57 msgid "" "Going back to your Azure portal, now under *Certificates & secrets*, copy " "your *Client Secret Value* and paste it to *Client Secret* in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:67 msgid "Sync with Outlook" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:0 msgid "" "Odoo Calendar sends a confirmation email at the creation of an event to its " "attendees. But, on the **first** sync, Outlook will also send confirmation " "emails of all scheduled events (including past ones)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:0 msgid "" "To avoid this situation, we recommend *archiving all past events, and " "removing yourself from future ones in Odoo Calendar before the first sync*. " @@ -1271,20 +1273,20 @@ msgid "" "sync, events will only send one confirmation email." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:82 msgid "" "Go to the *Calendar* application and *Sync with Outlook*. You are asked to " "log in to your account, if you are not already, and grant the required " "permissions." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:89 msgid "" "The synchronization is a two-way process, meaning that events are reconciled" " in both accounts (Outlook and Odoo)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:97 msgid "" "All users that want to use the synchronization simply need to :ref:`sync " "their calendar with Outlook <outlook_calendar/sync_with_outlook>`. The " @@ -1294,137 +1296,137 @@ msgid "" "external users." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:103 -msgid ":doc:`../../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension`" +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:103 +msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:104 msgid ":doc:`../google/google_calendar_credentials`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/developer_mode.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:3 msgid "Developer Mode" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:3 msgid "Activate the Developer (Debug) Mode" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:5 msgid "" "The Developer or Debug Mode gives you access to extra and advanced tools." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:8 msgid "Through the Settings application" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:10 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Activate the developer mode`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:17 msgid "" "*Activate the developer mode (with assets)* is used by developers; *Activate" " the developer mode (with tests assets)* is used by developers and testers." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:20 msgid "" "Once activated, the *Deactivate the developer mode* option becomes " "available." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:23 msgid "Through a browser extension" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:26 msgid "" "Go to the settings and extensions of your web browser, and search for *Odoo " "Debug*. Once the extension is installed, a new icon will be shown on your " "toolbar." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:28 msgid "" "For the *Odoo Debug* extension, a single click enables a normal version of " "the mode, while a double click enables it with assets. To deactivate it, use" " a single click." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:35 msgid "Through the URL" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:37 msgid "In the URL add ``?debug=1`` or ``?debug=true`` after *web*." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:44 msgid "Developers: type ``?debug=assets`` and activate the mode with assets." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:47 msgid "Locate the mode tools" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:49 msgid "" "The Developer mode tools can be accessed from the *Open Developer Tools* " "button, located on the header of your pages." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:3 msgid "In-App Purchase" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:3 msgid "General guide about In-App Purchase (IAP) Services" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:5 msgid "" "In-App Purchases (IAP) gives access to additional services through Odoo. For" " instance, it allows me to send SMS Text Messages or to send Invoices by " "post directly from my database." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:9 msgid "Buying Credits" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:11 msgid "" "Each IAP Service relies on prepaid credits to work and has its own pricing. " "To consult my current balance or to recharge my account, go to " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Odoo IAP --> View my Services`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:19 msgid "" "If I am on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, I benefit " "from free credits to test our IAP features." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:23 msgid "IAP accounts" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:25 msgid "" "Credits to use IAP services are stored on IAP accounts, which are specific " "to each service and database. By default, IAP accounts are common to all " "companies, but can be restricted to specific ones. Activate the " -":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, then go to " +":doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>`, then go to " ":menuselection:`Technical Settings --> IAP Account`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:34 msgid "IAP Portal" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:36 msgid "" "The IAP Portal is a platform regrouping my IAP Services. It is accessible " "from :menuselection:`Settings app --> Odoo IAP --> View my Services`. From " @@ -1432,11 +1434,11 @@ msgid "" "consumption and set a reminder to when credits are low." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:44 msgid "Get notified when credits are low" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:46 msgid "" "To be notified when it’s time to recharge my credits, I’ll go to my IAP " "Portal through :menuselection:`Settings app --> Odoo IAP --> View my " @@ -1446,48 +1448,68 @@ msgid "" "by email!" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:56 msgid "IAP services available" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:58 msgid "" "Different services are available depending on the hosting type of your " "Database:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:60 msgid "" "*Odoo Online (SAAS)*: only the IAP services provided by Odoo can be used " "(i.e. the SMS, Snailmail, Reveal and Partner Autocomplete features);" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:62 msgid "" "*Odoo.sh and Odoo Enterprise (on-premise)*: both the services provided by " "Odoo and by third-party apps can be used." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:66 msgid "Offering my own services" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:68 msgid "" "I am more than welcome to offer my own IAP services through Odoo Apps! It is" " the perfect opportunity to get recurring revenue for an ongoing service use" " rather than — and possibly instead of — a sole initial purchase. Please, " -"find more information at: `In-App Purchase " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/14.0/webservices/iap.html>`_" +"find more information at: :doc:`In-App Purchase " +"</developer/webservices/iap>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies.rst:3 -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:2 -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/general/mobile.rst:4 +msgid "Mobile" +msgstr "Mobiel" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/mobile.rst:7 +msgid "Push Notifications" +msgstr "Push notificatie" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/mobile.rst:9 +msgid "" +"As of Odoo 12.0, 13.0 or above, there is no more complex configuration to " +"enable push notifications in the mobile app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/mobile.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Simply go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Odoo Cloud " +"Notification (OCN)` and make sure that **Push Notifications** is checked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:2 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:189 msgid "Multi Companies" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:4 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:4 msgid "" "A centralized management environment allows you to select multiple companies" " simultaneously and set their specific warehouses, customers, equipment, and" @@ -1496,11 +1518,11 @@ msgid "" "overall management process." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:10 msgid "Manage companies and records" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:12 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Manage Companies` and fill in the form " "with your company’s information. If a *Parent Company* is selected, records " @@ -1508,15 +1530,15 @@ msgid "" "active)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:21 msgid "" -"Activate the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` " -"to choose a *Favicon* for each of your companies, and easily identify them " -"by the browser tabs. Set your favicons’ files size to 16x16 or 32x32 pixels." -" JPG, PNG, GIF, and ICO are extensions accepted." +"Activate the :doc:`Developer mode <../developer_mode/activate>` to choose a " +"*Favicon* for each of your companies, and easily identify them by the " +"browser tabs. Set your favicons’ files size to 16x16 or 32x32 pixels. JPG, " +"PNG, GIF, and ICO are extensions accepted." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:30 msgid "" "Switch between or select multiple companies by enabling their selection " "boxes to activate them. The grayed company is the one which environment is " @@ -1525,118 +1547,114 @@ msgid "" "environment in use is of *JS Store US*." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:39 msgid "" "Data such as Products, Contacts, and Equipment can be shared or set to be " "shown for a specific company only. To do so, on their forms, choose between:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:42 msgid "*A blank field*: the record is shared within all companies." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:43 msgid "" "*Adding a company*: the record is visible to users logged in to that " -"specific company and its child companies." +"specific company." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:50 msgid "Employees' access" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:52 msgid "" "Once companies are created, manage your employees' :doc:`Access Rights " -"<../odoo_basics/add_user>` for *Multi Companies*." +"<../odoo_basics/users>` for *Multi Companies*." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:61 msgid "" "If a user has multiple companies *activated* on his database, and he is " "**editing** a record, the editing happens on the record's related company." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:64 msgid "" "Example: if editing a sale order issued under JS Store US while working on " "the JS Store Belgium environment, the changes are applied under JS Store US " "(the company from which the sale order was issued)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:65 msgid "When **creating** a record, the company taken into account is:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:67 msgid "The current company (the one active) or," msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:68 msgid "No company is set (on products and contacts’ forms for example) or," msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:69 msgid "" "The company set is the one linked to the document (the same as if a record " "is being edited)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:72 msgid "Documents’ format" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:74 msgid "" "To set documents' formats according to each company, *activate* and *select*" " the respective one and, under *Settings*, click on *Configure Document " "Layout*." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:82 msgid "Inter-Company Transactions" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:84 msgid "" "First, make sure each one of your companies is properly set in relation to:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:86 msgid "" ":doc:`Chart of Accounts " -"<../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts>`" +"<../../finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:88 -msgid ":doc:`Taxes <../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes>`" +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:87 +msgid ":doc:`Taxes <../../finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:88 msgid "" -":doc:`Fiscal Positions <../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions>`" +":doc:`Fiscal Positions " +"<../../finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:90 -msgid ":doc:`Journals <../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts>`" +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:89 +msgid ":doc:`Journals <../../finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:90 msgid "" ":doc:`Fiscal Localizations " -"<../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>`" +"<../../finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:92 -msgid ":doc:`Pricelists <../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing>`" +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:91 +msgid ":doc:`Pricelists <../../sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:93 -msgid "" -":doc:`Warehouses <../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:93 msgid "" "Now, activate the *Inter-Company Transactions* option under *Settings*. With" " the respective company *activated* and *selected*, choose if you would like" @@ -1644,20 +1662,20 @@ msgid "" "or at a sales/purchase orders level." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:101 msgid "" "**Synchronize invoice/bills**: generates a bill/invoice when a company " "confirms a bill/invoice for the selected company." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:104 msgid "" "*Example:* an invoice posted on JS Store Belgium, for JS Store US, " "automatically creates a vendor bill on the JS Store US, from the JS Store " "Belgium." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:111 msgid "" "**Synchronize sales/purchase order**: generates a drafted purchase/sales " "order using the selected company warehouse when a sales/purchase order is " @@ -1665,276 +1683,100 @@ msgid "" "order you rather have it validated, enable *Automatic Validation*." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:115 msgid "" "*Example:* when a sale order for JS Store US is confirmed on JS Store " "Belgium, a purchase order on JS Store Belgium is automatically created (and " "confirmed if the *Automatic Validation* feature was enabled)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:126 -msgid "Products have to be configured as *Can be sold*." +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:124 +msgid "" +"Products have to be configured as *Can be sold* and must be shared between " +"the companies." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:127 msgid "" "Remember to test all workflows as an user other than the administrator." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:132 -msgid "" -"`Multi-company Guidelines " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/14.0/howtos/company.html>`_" +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:130 +msgid ":doc:`Multi-company Guidelines </developer/howtos/company>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:133 -msgid ":doc:`../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works`" +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:131 +msgid ":doc:`../../finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics.rst:3 msgid "Basics" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:3 -msgid "Add Users and Manage Access Rights" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo defines a *user* as someone who has access to a database to perform " -"daily tasks. You can add as many users as you need and, in order to restrict" -" the type of information each user can access, rules can be applied. Users " -"and access rights can be added and changed at any point." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:12 -msgid "Add individual users" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Manage Users` and click on *Create*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Fill in the form with the needed information. Under the tab :ref:`Access " -"Rights <general/odoo_basics/add_user/access_rights>` choose the group within" -" each application the user can have access to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:24 -msgid "" -"The list of applications shown is based on the applications installed on the" -" database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:30 -msgid "" -"When you are done editing the page and have *Saved* it, an invitation email " -"is automatically sent to the user. The user must click on it to accept the " -"invitation and create a login." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Remember that subscription prices follow the number of users. Refer to our " -"`pricing page <https://www.odoo.com/pricing>`_ for more information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:42 -msgid "" -"With the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` " -"activated, *User Types* can be selected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:50 -msgid "" -"The *Portal* and *Public* options do not allow you to choose access rights. " -"Members have specific ones (such as record rules and restricted menus) and " -"usually do not belong to the usual Odoo groups." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:57 -msgid "Access Rights in detail" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:59 -msgid "" -"Activate the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, " -"then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Groups`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:63 -msgid "Groups" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:68 -msgid "" -"When choosing the groups the user can have access under :ref:`Access Rights " -"<general/odoo_basics/add_individual_user>`, details of the rules and " -"inheritances of that group are not shown, so this is when the menu *Groups* " -"comes along. *Groups* are created to define rules to models within an " -"application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Under *Users*, have a list of the current ones. The ones with administrative" -" rights are shown in black." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:76 -msgid "" -"*Inherited* means that users added to this application group are " -"automatically added to the following ones. In the example below, users who " -"have access to the group *Administrator* of *Sales* also have access to " -"*Website/Restricted Editor* and *Sales/User: All Documents*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:86 -msgid "" -"Remember to always test the settings being changed in order to ensure that " -"they are being applied to the needed and right users." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:89 -msgid "" -"The *Menus* tab is where you define which menus (models) the user can have " -"access to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:96 -msgid "" -"*Access Rights* rules are the first level of rights. The field is composed " -"of the object name, which is the technical name given to a model. For each " -"model, enable the following options as appropriate:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:99 -msgid "*Read*: the values of that object can be only seen by the user." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:100 -msgid "*Write*: the values of that object can be edited by the user." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:101 -msgid "*Create*: values for that object can be created by the user." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:102 -msgid "*Delete*: the values of that object can be deleted by the user." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:109 -msgid "" -"As a second layer of editing and visibility rules, *Record Rules* can be " -"formed. They overwrite, or refine, the *Access Rights*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:112 -msgid "" -"A record rule is written using a *Domain*. Domains are conditions used to " -"filter or searching data. Therefore, a domain expression is a list of " -"conditions. For each rule, choose among the following options: *Read*, " -"*Write*, *Create* and *Delete* values." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:119 -msgid "" -"Making changes in access rights can have a big impact on the database. For " -"this reason, we recommend you to contact your Odoo Business Analyst or our " -"Support Team, unless you have knowledge about Domains in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:126 -msgid "" -"The *Multi Companies* field allows you to set to which of the multiple " -"companies database you hold the user can have access." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:130 -msgid "" -"Note that if not handled correctly, it may be the source of a lot of " -"inconsistent multi-company behaviors. Therefore, a good knowledge of Odoo is" -" required. For technical explanations refer to `this " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/14.0/howtos/company.html>`_ " -"documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:140 -msgid ":doc:`../multi_companies/manage_multi_companies`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:141 -msgid ":doc:`../../db_management/documentation`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:3 msgid "Manage Odoo in your own language" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo provides you with the option to manage Odoo in different languages, and" " each user can use Odoo in his own language ." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:9 msgid "Load your desired language" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:11 msgid "" "The first thing to do is to load your desired language on your Odoo " "instance." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:14 msgid "" "From the general dashboard click on the **Settings** app; on the top left of" " the page select :menuselection:`Translations --> Load a Translation`, " "select a language to install and click on **LOAD.**" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:23 msgid "" "If you check the \"Websites to translate\" checkbox you will have the option" " to change the navigation language on your website." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:27 msgid "Change your language" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:29 msgid "" "You can change the language to the installed language by going to the drop-" "down menu at the top right side of the screen, choose **Preferences**." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:36 msgid "" "Then change the Language setting to your installed language and click " "**SAVE.**" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:42 msgid "Open a new menu to view the changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:45 msgid "Change another user's language" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:47 msgid "" "Odoo also gives you the possibility for each user to choose his preferred " "language." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:50 msgid "" "To change the language for a different user, choose :menuselection:`Users " "--> Users` from the Settings app. Here you have a list of all users and you " @@ -1944,15 +1786,15 @@ msgid "" "**SAVE.**" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:61 -msgid ":doc:`../../website/publish/translate`" +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:61 +msgid ":doc:`../../websites/website/publish/translate`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:3 msgid "Export Data From Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:5 msgid "" "When working with a database, it sometimes is necessary to export your data " "in a distinct file. Doing so can help to do reporting over your activities " @@ -1960,21 +1802,21 @@ msgid "" "application)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:9 msgid "" "With Odoo, you can export the values from any field in any record. To do so," " activate the list view on the items that need to be exported, click on " "*Action*, and, then, on *Export*." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:17 msgid "" "Pretty simple, this action still comes with some specificities. In fact, " "when clicking on *Export*, a pop-up window appears with several options for " "the data to export:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:25 msgid "" "With the *I want to update data* option ticked, the system only shows the " "fields which can be imported. This is very helpful in case you want to " @@ -1983,14 +1825,14 @@ msgid "" "not just the ones which can be imported." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:31 msgid "" "When exporting, you can choose between two formats: .csv and .xls. With " ".csv, items are separated with a comma, while .xls holds information about " "all the worksheets in a file, including both content and formatting." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:34 msgid "" "Those are the items you may want to export. Use the arrows to display more " "sub-field options. Of course, you can use the search bar to find specific " @@ -1998,22 +1840,22 @@ msgid "" "the fields by clicking on all the arrows!" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:39 msgid "The + button is there to add fields to the “to export” list." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:40 msgid "" "The “handles” next to the selected fields allow you to move the fields up " "and down to change the order in which they must be displayed in the exported" " file." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:43 msgid "The trashcan is there if you need to remove fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:44 msgid "" "For recurring reports, it might be interesting to save export presets. " "Select all the needed ones and click on the template bar. There, click on " @@ -2021,65 +1863,314 @@ msgid "" "the same list, simply select the related template." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:51 msgid "" "It’s good to keep the field’s external identifier in mind. For example, " "*Related Company* is equal to *parent_id*. Doing so helps export only what " "you would like to import next." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers.rst:3 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:3 +msgid "Users and Access Rights" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo defines a *user* as someone who has access to a database to perform " +"daily tasks. You can add as many users as you need and, in order to restrict" +" the type of information each user can access, rules can be applied. Users " +"and access rights can be added and changed at any point." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:12 +msgid "Add individual users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Manage Users` and click on *Create*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Fill in the form with the needed information. Under the tab :ref:`Access " +"Rights <general/odoo_basics/users/access_rights>` choose the group within " +"each application the user can have access to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The list of applications shown is based on the applications installed on the" +" database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:30 +msgid "" +"When you are done editing the page and have *Saved* it, an invitation email " +"is automatically sent to the user. The user must click on it to accept the " +"invitation and create a login." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Remember that subscription prices follow the number of users. Refer to our " +"`pricing page <https://www.odoo.com/pricing>`_ for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:42 +msgid "" +"With the :doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>` " +"activated, *User Types* can be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The *Portal* and *Public* options do not allow you to choose access rights. " +"Members have specific ones (such as record rules and restricted menus) and " +"usually do not belong to the usual Odoo groups." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:57 +msgid "Passwords management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:62 +msgid "Reset passwords" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:67 +msgid "Enable password resets from login page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:69 +msgid "It is possible to enable password resets directly from the login page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:71 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Permissions`, activate " +"**Password Reset** and *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:80 +msgid "Send reset instructions to users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Users`, select the " +"user out of the list and click on *Send Password Reset Instructions* on its " +"user form. An email is automatically sent to them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:87 +msgid "" +"The *Send Password Reset Instructions* button only appears if the Odoo " +"invitation email has already been confirmed by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:90 +msgid "" +"This email contains all the instructions needed to reset the password, along" +" with a link redirecting the user to an Odoo login page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:100 +msgid "Change users’ passwords" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Users` and select " +"a user to access its form. Click on the *Action* button and select *Change " +"Password*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:109 +msgid "Enter a new password and confirm by clicking on *Change Password*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:112 +msgid "" +"This operation only modifies the password of the users locally and does not " +"affect their odoo.com account. If you want to change the odoo.com password, " +"you can :ref:`send the password reset instructions <users/reset-password-" +"email>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Click on *Change Password* one more time. You are then redirected to an Odoo" +" login page where you can reaccess your database using your new password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:122 +msgid "Access Rights in detail" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:124 +msgid "" +"Activate the :doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>`, " +"then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Groups`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:128 +msgid "Groups" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:133 +msgid "" +"When choosing the groups the user can have access under :ref:`Access Rights " +"<general/odoo_basics/add_individual_user>`, details of the rules and " +"inheritances of that group are not shown, so this is when the menu *Groups* " +"comes along. *Groups* are created to define rules to models within an " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Under *Users*, have a list of the current ones. The ones with administrative" +" rights are shown in black." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:141 +msgid "" +"*Inherited* means that users added to this application group are " +"automatically added to the following ones. In the example below, users who " +"have access to the group *Administrator* of *Sales* also have access to " +"*Website/Restricted Editor* and *Sales/User: All Documents*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Remember to always test the settings being changed in order to ensure that " +"they are being applied to the needed and right users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:154 +msgid "" +"The *Menus* tab is where you define which menus (models) the user can have " +"access to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:161 +msgid "" +"*Access Rights* rules are the first level of rights. The field is composed " +"of the object name, which is the technical name given to a model. For each " +"model, enable the following options as appropriate:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:164 +msgid "*Read*: the values of that object can be only seen by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:165 +msgid "*Write*: the values of that object can be edited by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:166 +msgid "*Create*: values for that object can be created by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:167 +msgid "*Delete*: the values of that object can be deleted by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:174 +msgid "" +"As a second layer of editing and visibility rules, *Record Rules* can be " +"formed. They overwrite, or refine, the *Access Rights*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:177 +msgid "" +"A record rule is written using a *Domain*. Domains are conditions used to " +"filter or searching data. Therefore, a domain expression is a list of " +"conditions. For each rule, choose among the following options: *Read*, " +"*Write*, *Create* and *Delete* values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:184 +msgid "" +"Making changes in access rights can have a big impact on the database. For " +"this reason, we recommend you to contact your Odoo Business Analyst or our " +"Support Team, unless you have knowledge about Domains in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:191 +msgid "" +"The *Multi Companies* field allows you to set to which of the multiple " +"companies database you hold the user can have access." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:195 +msgid "" +"Note that if not handled correctly, it may be the source of a lot of " +"inconsistent multi-company behaviors. Therefore, a good knowledge of Odoo is" +" required. For technical explanations refer to :doc:`this " +"</developer/howtos/company>` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:205 +msgid ":doc:`../multi_companies/manage_multi_companies`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:206 +msgid ":doc:`../../settings/users_and_features`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:27 msgid "Payment Acquirers" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:3 msgid "Authorize.Net" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:5 msgid "" "`Authorize.Net <https://www.authorize.net>`__ is a United States-based " "online payment solution provider, allowing businesses to accept **credit " "cards**." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:12 msgid "" "This Payment Acquirer offers additional options that are not available for " "other :doc:`Payment Acquirers <payment_acquirers>`, such as the ability to " "process your customer's payment after delivery." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:17 msgid "Authorize.Net account" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:19 msgid "" "If not done yet, choose a plan and `Sign Up for an Authorize.Net account " "<https://www.authorize.net/sign-up.html>`__." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:22 msgid "" "Odoo needs your **API Credentials & Keys** to connect with your " "Authorize.Net account, which comprise:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:25 msgid "API Login ID" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:26 msgid "Transaction Key" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:27 msgid "Signature Key" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:29 msgid "" "To retrieve them, log into your Authorize.Net account, go to " ":menuselection:`Account --> Security Settings --> General Security Settings " @@ -2087,19 +2178,19 @@ msgid "" "**Signature Key**." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:39 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:114 msgid "" "`Authorize.Net: Getting Started Guide " "<https://support.authorize.net/s/article/Authorize-Net-Getting-Started-" "Guide>`__" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:43 msgid "Payment Acquirer Configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:45 msgid "" "To configure Authorize.Net as Payment Acquirer in Odoo, go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Acquirers`, open " @@ -2107,43 +2198,43 @@ msgid "" "click on *Save* once you've set everything up." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:50 msgid "" "Please refer to the :doc:`Payment Acquirers documentation " "<payment_acquirers>` to read how to configure this payment acquirer." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:54 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:133 msgid "Credentials" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:56 msgid "" "Copy your credentials from your Authorize.Net account (API Login Id, API " "Transaction Key, and API Signature Key), paste them in the related fields " "under the **Credentials** tab, then click on **Generate Client Key**." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:61 msgid "" "The **API Client Key** is necessary only if you select *Payment from Odoo* " "option as :ref:`Payment Flow <payment_acquirers/payment_flow>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:65 msgid "" "If you are trying Authorize.Net as a test, with a *sandbox account*, change " "the **State** to *Test Mode*. We recommend doing this on a test Odoo " "database, rather than on your main database." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:69 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:151 msgid "Payment Flow" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:71 msgid "" "The **Payment Flow** lets you decide if to redirect the user to the payment " "acquirer's portal to authenticate the payment, or if to stay on the current " @@ -2151,89 +2242,89 @@ msgid "" "**Configuration** tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:75 msgid "" "If you select *Redirection to the acquirer website*, make sure you add a " "**Default Receipt URL** and a **Default Relay Response URL** to your " "Authorize.net account." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:78 msgid "" "To do so, log into your Authorize.Net account, go to :menuselection:`Account" " --> Transaction Format Settings --> Transaction Response Settings --> " "Response/Receipt URLs`, and set the default links:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 msgid "Default Receipt URL:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 msgid "*https://[yourcompany.odoo.com]*/**payment/authorize/return**" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 msgid "Default Relay Response URL:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 msgid "*https://[yourcompany.odoo.com]*/**shop/confirmation**" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 msgid "Failing to complete this step results in the following error:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 msgid "*The referrer, relay response or receipt link URL is invalid.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:91 msgid "Capture the payment after the delivery" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:93 msgid "" "The **Capture Amount Manually** field is under the **Configuration** tab. If" " enabled, the funds are reserved for 30 days on the customer's card, but not" " charged yet." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:100 msgid "" "To capture the payment, go to the related Sales Order and click on *Capture " "Transaction*. If the order is canceled, you can click on *Void Transaction* " "to unlock the funds from the customer's card." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:108 msgid "" "After **30 days**, the transaction is **voided automatically** by " "Authorize.net." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:111 msgid "" "With other payment acquirers, you can manage the capture in their own " "interfaces, not from Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:116 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:206 msgid ":doc:`payment_acquirers`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:117 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:207 -msgid ":doc:`../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer`" +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:207 +msgid ":doc:`../../websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:3 msgid "Payment Acquirers (Credit Cards, Online Payment)" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo embeds several **payment methods** that allow your customers to pay on " "their *Customer Portals* or your *eCommerce website*. They can pay Sales " @@ -2242,14 +2333,14 @@ msgid "" "accept **Credit Cards**." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:10 msgid "" "Having several payment methods increases the chances of getting paid in " "time, or even immediately, as you make it more convenient for your customers" " to pay with the payment method they prefer and trust." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:19 msgid "" "Odoo does not keep Credit Card numbers or credentials on its servers, nor is" " it stored on Odoo databases hosted elsewhere. Instead, Odoo apps use a " @@ -2258,7 +2349,7 @@ msgid "" "credentials for the payment acquirer." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:29 msgid "" "From an accounting perspective, we can distinguish two types of payment " "acquirers: the payments that go directly on the bank account and follow the " @@ -2266,131 +2357,131 @@ msgid "" "party services and require you to follow another accounting workflow." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:36 msgid "Bank Payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 msgid ":doc:`Wire Transfer <wire_transfer>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 msgid "" "When selected, Odoo displays your payment information with a payment " "reference. You have to approve the payment manually once you have received " "it on your bank account." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 msgid "SEPA Direct Debit" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 msgid "" "Your customers can sign a SEPA Direct Debit mandate online and get their " "bank account charged directly. :doc:`Click here " -"<../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd>` for more " -"information about this payment method." +"<../../finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd>` for more" +" information about this payment method." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:49 msgid "Online Payment Providers" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 msgid "Redirection to the acquirer website" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 msgid "Payment from Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 msgid "Save Cards" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 msgid "Capture Amount Manually" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:55 msgid "Adyen" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:55 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:57 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:61 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:65 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:67 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:69 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 msgid "✔" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:57 msgid "Alipay" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 msgid ":doc:`Authorize.Net <authorize>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:61 msgid "Buckaroo" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 msgid "Ingenico" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:65 msgid ":doc:`PayPal <paypal>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:67 msgid "PayUMoney" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:69 msgid "SIPS" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:3 msgid "Stripe" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:75 msgid "" "Some of these Online Payment Providers can also be added as :doc:`Bank " -"Accounts <../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts>`, but this is **not** " -"the same process as adding them as Payment Acquirers. Payment Acquirers " -"allow customers to pay online, and Bank Accounts are added and configured on" -" your Accounting app to do a bank reconciliation, which is an accounting " -"control process." +"Accounts <../../finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts>`, but this is " +"**not** the same process as adding them as Payment Acquirers. Payment " +"Acquirers allow customers to pay online, and Bank Accounts are added and " +"configured on your Accounting app to do a bank reconciliation, which is an " +"accounting control process." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:86 msgid "" "Some of the features described in this section are available only with some " "Payment Acquirers. Refer to :ref:`the table above " "<payment_acquirers/online_providers>` for more details." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:92 msgid "Add a new Payment Acquirer" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:94 msgid "" "To add a new Payment acquirer and make it available to your customers, go to" " :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Acquirers`, look " @@ -2399,7 +2490,7 @@ msgid "" "*Enabled*." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:104 msgid "" "We recommend using the *Test Mode* on a duplicated database or a test " "database. The Test Mode is meant to be used with your test/sandbox " @@ -2409,11 +2500,11 @@ msgid "" "your main database." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:112 msgid "Credentials tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:114 msgid "" "If not done yet, go to the **Online Payment Provider**'s website, create an " "account, and make sure to have the credentials required for third-party use." @@ -2421,28 +2512,28 @@ msgid "" "and get the confirmation of the *payment authentication*." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:118 msgid "" "The form in this section is specific to the Payment Acquirer you are " "configuring. Please refer to the related documentation for more information." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:124 msgid "Configuration tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:126 msgid "" "You can change the Payment Acquirer front-end appearance by modifying its " "name under the **Displayed as** field and which credit card icons to display" " under the **Supported Payment Icons** field." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:132 msgid "Save and reuse Credit Cards" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:134 msgid "" "With the **Save Cards** feature, Odoo can store **Payment Tokens** in your " "database, which can be used for subsequent payments, without having to " @@ -2450,11 +2541,11 @@ msgid "" "recurring payments." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:141 msgid "Place a hold on a card" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:143 msgid "" "If the **Capture Amount Manually** field is enabled, the funds are reserved " "for a few days on the customer's card, but not charged yet. You must then go" @@ -2463,40 +2554,40 @@ msgid "" "the customer's card." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:153 msgid "" "Choose in the **Payment Flow** field if to redirect the user to the payment " "acquirer's portal to authenticate the payment, or if to stay on the current " "page and authenticate the payment from Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:157 msgid "" "Some features are available only if you select *Redirection to the acquirer " "website*." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:162 msgid "Countries" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:164 msgid "" "Restrict the use of the Payment Acquirer to a selection of countries. Leave " "this field blank to make the Payment Acquirer available to all countries." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:170 msgid "Payment Journal" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:172 msgid "" "The **Payment Journal** selected for your Payment Acquirer must be a *Bank* " "journal." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:175 msgid "" "In many cases, Odoo automatically creates a new **Journal** and a new " "**Account** when you activate a new Payment Acquirer. Both of them are " @@ -2505,21 +2596,21 @@ msgid "" " them if necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:183 msgid "Messages tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:185 msgid "" "Change here the messages displayed by Odoo after a payment's confirmation or" " failure." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:190 msgid "Accounting perspective" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:192 msgid "" "The **Bank Payments** that go directly to one of your bank accounts follow " "their usual reconciliation workflows. However, payments recorded with " @@ -2528,7 +2619,7 @@ msgid "" "advice." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:197 msgid "" "Odoo default method is to record the payments on a *Current Assets Account*," " on a dedicated *Bank Journal*, once the *Payment Authentication* is " @@ -2536,76 +2627,77 @@ msgid "" " to your *Bank Account*." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:201 msgid "Here are the requirements for this to work:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:203 msgid "Bank Journal" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:205 msgid "The Journal's **type** must be *Bank Journal*." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:206 msgid "" "Select the right **Default Debit Account** and **Default Credit Account**." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 msgid "" "Under the *Advanced Settings* tab, make sure that **Posting** is set as " "*Post At Payment Validation*." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 msgid "" "This implies that the Journal Entry is recorded directly when your Odoo " "database receives the confirmation of the *Payment Authentication* from the " "Online Payment Provider." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:212 msgid "Current Asset Account" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:214 msgid "The Account's **type** is *Current Assets*" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:215 msgid "The Account must **Allow Reconciliation**" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:218 msgid "" "In many cases, Odoo automatically creates a new **Journal** and a new " "**Current Asset Account** when you activate a new Payment Acquirer. You can " "modify them if necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:223 -msgid ":doc:`../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording`" +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:223 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:224 msgid ":doc:`wire_transfer`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:225 msgid ":doc:`authorize`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:226 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:226 msgid ":doc:`paypal`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:3 msgid "Configure your Paypal account" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:5 msgid "" "Paypal is available and popular worldwide. It doesn’t charge any " "subscription fee and creating an account is very easy. That’s why we " @@ -2613,11 +2705,11 @@ msgid "" "where the customer is routed to Paypal website to register the payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:12 msgid "Paypal account" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:14 msgid "" "A business account is needed to get paid with Paypal. Create a `Paypal " "Business Account <https://www.paypal.com/us/merchantsignup/ " @@ -2627,27 +2719,27 @@ msgid "" "configuration steps." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:23 msgid "Settings in Paypal" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:26 msgid "" "First, let’s see how to set up your Paypal account in order to build a " "seamless customer experience with Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:28 msgid "" "Log in and open the settings. Go to :menuselection:`Products & Services --> " "Website payments` and click **Update** on **Website preferences**." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:34 msgid "Auto Return" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:36 msgid "" "*Auto Return* automatically redirects your customers to Odoo once the " "payment is processed. Check *Auto Return* and enter your domain name with " @@ -2655,18 +2747,18 @@ msgid "" "``https://yourcompany.odoo.com/shop/confirmation``)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:41 msgid "" "This URL is requested in Paypal but not used in practice as Odoo transmits " "it at each transaction. Don’t worry if you manage several sales channels or " "Odoo databases." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:49 msgid "Payment Data Transfer (PDT)" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:51 msgid "" "*Payment Data Transfer* delivers the payment confirmation to Odoo as soon as" " it is processed. Without it, Odoo cannot end the sales flow. This setting " @@ -2674,22 +2766,22 @@ msgid "" "You will be later requested to enter it in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:59 msgid "Paypal Account Optional" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:61 msgid "" "We advise you to not prompt customers to log in with a Paypal account when " "they get to pay. Let them pay with debit/credit cards as well, or you might " "lose some deals. Make sure this setting is turned on." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:68 msgid "Instant Payment Notification (IPN)" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:70 msgid "" "PDT sends order confirmations once and only once. As a result, your site " "must be running when it happens; otherwise, it will never receive the " @@ -2699,67 +2791,67 @@ msgid "" "receipt." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:77 msgid "" "To activate IPN, get back to *Website payments* menu and click *Update* in " "*Instant Payment Notification*." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:79 msgid "" "The *Notification URL* to set is your domain name + “payment/paypal/ipn” " "(e.g. ``https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/paypal/ipn``)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:85 msgid "Payment Messages Format" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:87 msgid "" "If you use accented characters (or anything else than basic Latin " "characters) for your customer names, addresses... you MUST configure the " "encoding format of the payment request sent by Odoo to Paypal." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:93 msgid "" "If you don't configure this setting, some transactions fail without notice." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:95 msgid "To do so, open:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:97 msgid "" "`this page for a test account <https://sandbox.paypal.com/cgi-" "bin/customerprofileweb?cmd=_profile-language-encoding>`__" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:99 msgid "" "`this page for a production account <https://www.paypal.com/cgi-" "bin/customerprofileweb?cmd=_profile-language-encoding>`__" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:101 msgid "" "Then, click *More Options* and set the two default encoding formats as " "**UTF-8**." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:109 msgid "Your Paypal account is ready!" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:112 msgid "" "If you want your customers to pay without creating a Paypal account, *Paypal" " Account Optional* needs to be turned on." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:118 msgid "" "For Encrypted Website Payments & EWP_SETTINGS error, please check the " "`Paypal documentation <https://developer.paypal.com/docs/ classic/paypal-" @@ -2767,82 +2859,82 @@ msgid "" "website-payments-ewp>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:124 msgid "Settings in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:127 msgid "Activation" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:129 msgid "" "Activate *Paypal* from the config bar of Sales, Invoicing and eCommerce " "apps, or from the configuration menu of *Payment Acquirers*." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:135 msgid "Odoo requires three Paypal credentials:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:137 msgid "*Email ID* is your login email address in Paypal." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:138 msgid "" "*Merchant ID* can be found in the settings of your Paypal account, in " ":menuselection:`Account Settings --> Business information`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:140 msgid "" "*Paypal PDT Token* is given in *Website payments* configuration as explained" " here above." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:146 msgid "Transaction fees" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:148 msgid "" "You can charge extra fees to your customers for paying with Paypal; This to " "cover the transaction fees Paypal charges you. Once redirected to Paypal, " "your customer sees an extra applied to the order amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:151 msgid "" "To activate this, go to the Configuration tab of Paypal configuration in " "Odoo and check *Add Extra Fees*." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:157 msgid "" "You can refer to `Paypal Fees <https://www.paypal.com/webapps/mpp/paypal-" "fees>`__ to set up fees." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:161 msgid "" "`Traders in the EU <https://europa.eu/youreurope/citizens/consumers/shopping" "/pricing-payments/ index_en.htm>`_ are not allowed to charge extra fees for " "paying with credit cards." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:165 msgid "Go live!" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:167 msgid "" "Your configuration is ready to roll. Make sure *Production* mode is on. Then" " publish the payment method by clicking the *Published* button right next to" " it." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:176 msgid "" "Paypal is now available in your payment form available in eCommerce, Sales " "and Invoicing apps. Customers are redirected to Paypal website when hitting " @@ -2850,40 +2942,40 @@ msgid "" "processed." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:185 msgid "Test environment" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:187 msgid "" "You can test the entire payment flow in Odoo thanks to Paypal Sandbox " "accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:189 msgid "" "Log in to `Paypal Developer Site <https://developer.paypal.com/>`__ with " "your Paypal credentials." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:191 msgid "This will create two sandbox accounts:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:193 msgid "" "A business account (to use as merchant, e.g. " "`pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com " "<mailto:pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com>`__)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:195 msgid "" "A default personal account (to use as shopper, e.g. " "`pp.merch01-buyer@example.com <mailto:pp.merch01-buyer@example.com>`__)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:197 msgid "" "Log in to Paypal Sandbox with the merchant account and follow the same " "configuration instructions. Enter your sandbox credentials in Odoo and make " @@ -2892,53 +2984,53 @@ msgid "" "generate invoices when a fictitious transaction is completed." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:203 msgid "Run a test transaction from Odoo using the sandbox personal account." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:5 msgid "" "`Stripe <https://stripe.com/>`_ is a United States-based online payment " "solution provider, allowing businesses to accept **credit cards** and other " "payment methods." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:9 msgid "Enable Local Payment Methods" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:11 msgid "" "Local payment methods are payment methods that are only available for " "certain merchants and customers countries and currencies." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:14 msgid "" "The Stripe connector in Odoo supports the following local payment methods:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:16 msgid "Bancontact" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:17 msgid "EPS" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:18 msgid "Giropay" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:19 msgid "iDeal:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:20 msgid "Przelewy24 (P24)" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:22 msgid "" "To enable specific Local Payment Methods with Stripe, list them as supported" " payment icons. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Payment Acquirers --> Stripe" @@ -2947,17 +3039,17 @@ msgid "" "don't have anything to do." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:31 msgid "" "If a payment method icon doesn't exist at all in the database, the " "corresponding local payment method is always offered to customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:3 msgid "How to get paid with wire transfers" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:5 msgid "" "**Wire Transfer** is the default payment method available. The aim is " "providing your customers with your bank details so they can pay on their " @@ -2965,77 +3057,77 @@ msgid "" "Opt for payment acquirers as soon as you can!" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:13 msgid "How to provide customers with payment instructions" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:14 msgid "" "Put your payment instructions in the **Thanks Message** of your payment " "method." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:19 msgid "They will appear to the customers when they place an order." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:26 msgid "How to manage an order once you get paid" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:28 msgid "" "Whenever a customer pays by wire transfer, the order stays in an " "intermediary stage **Quotation Sent** (i.e. unpaid order). When you get " "paid, you confirm the order manually to launch the delivery." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:35 msgid "How to create other manual payment methods" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:37 msgid "" "If you manage a B2B business, you can create other manually-processed " "payment methods like paying by check. To do so, just rename *Wire Transfer* " "or duplicate it." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash.rst:3 msgid "Unsplash" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:3 msgid "How to generate an Unsplash access key" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:6 msgid "" "**As an SaaS user**, you are ready to use Unsplash. You won't need to follow" " this guide to set up Unsplash informations, since you will use our own Odoo" " Unsplash key in a transparent way." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:9 msgid "Generate an Unsplash access key for **non-Saas** users" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:11 msgid "Create an account on `Unsplash.com <https://unsplash.com/join>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:13 msgid "" "Go to your `applications dashboard " "<https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications>`_ and click on **New " "Application**." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:18 msgid "Accept the conditions and click on **Accept terms**." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:23 msgid "" "You will be prompted to insert an **Application name** and a " "**Description**. Please prefix your application name by \"**Odoo:** \" so " @@ -3043,122 +3135,122 @@ msgid "" "**Create application**." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:28 msgid "" "You should be redirected to your application details page. Scroll down a bit" " to find your **access key**." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:34 msgid "" "**As a non-SaaS user**, you won't be able to register for a production " "Unsplash key and will be limited to your test key that has a restriction of " "50 Unsplash requests per hour." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:37 msgid ":doc:`unsplash_application_id`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:3 msgid "How to generate an Unsplash application ID" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:6 msgid "" "You should first create and set up your Unsplash application with this " "tutorial: :doc:`unsplash_access_key`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:8 msgid "" "Go to your `applications dashboard " "<https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications>`_ and click on your newly created " "Unsplash application under **Your applications**." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:13 msgid "" "You will be redirected to your application details page. The **application " "ID** will be visible in your browser's URL. The URL should be something like" " ``https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications/<application_id>``" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:19 msgid "" "**As a non-SaaS user**, you won't be able to register for a production " "Unsplash key and will be limited to your test key that has a 50 Unsplash " "requests per hour restriction." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip.rst:3 msgid "VoIP (Voice over Internet Protocol)" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:3 msgid "Configure your VoIP Asterisk server for Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:6 msgid "Installing Asterisk server" msgstr "Asterisk server installeren" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:9 msgid "Dependencies" msgstr "Afhankelijkheden" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:11 msgid "" "Before installing Asterisk you need to install the following dependencies:" msgstr "" "Voordat u Asterisk installeert moet u de volgende afhankelijkheden " "installeren:" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:13 msgid "wget" msgstr "wget" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:14 msgid "gcc" msgstr "gcc" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:15 msgid "g++" msgstr "g++" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:16 msgid "ncurses-devel" msgstr "ncurses-devel" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:17 msgid "libxml2-devel" msgstr "libxml2-devel" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:18 msgid "sqlite-devel" msgstr "sqlite-devel" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:19 msgid "libsrtp-devel" msgstr "libsrtp-devel" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:20 msgid "libuuid-devel" msgstr "libuuid-devel" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:21 msgid "openssl-devel" msgstr "openssl-devel" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:22 msgid "pkg-config" msgstr "pkg-config" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:24 msgid "In order to install libsrtp, follow the instructions below:" msgstr "Om libsrtp te installeren volgt u onderstaande instructies:" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:35 msgid "" "You also need to install PJSIP, you can download the source `here " "<http://www.pjsip.org/download.htm>`_. Once the source directory is " @@ -3168,35 +3260,35 @@ msgstr "" "<http://www.pjsip.org/download.htm>`_ downloaden. Eenmaal de broncode " "directory uitgepakt is:" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:37 msgid "**Change to the pjproject source directory:**" msgstr "**Wijzig naar de pjproject map:**" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:43 msgid "**run:**" msgstr "**run:**" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:49 msgid "**Build and install pjproject:**" msgstr "**Bouw en installeer pjproject:**" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:57 msgid "**Update shared library links:**" msgstr "**Update gedeelde library links:**" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:63 msgid "**Verify that pjproject is installed:**" msgstr "**Verifieer dat pjproject geïnstalleerd is:**" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:69 msgid "**The result should be:**" msgstr "**Het resultaat zou moeten zijn:**" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:86 msgid "Asterisk" msgstr "Asterisk" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:88 msgid "" "In order to install Asterisk 13.7.0, you can download the source directly " "`there <http://downloads.asterisk.org/pub/telephony/asterisk/old-" @@ -3206,23 +3298,23 @@ msgstr "" "<http://downloads.asterisk.org/pub/telephony/asterisk/old-" "releases/asterisk-13.7.0.tar.gz>`_." -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:90 msgid "Extract Asterisk:" msgstr "Extract Asterisk:" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:96 msgid "Enter the Asterisk directory:" msgstr "Geef de Asterisk map in:" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:102 msgid "Run the Asterisk configure script:" msgstr "Voer het Asterisk configuratie script uit:" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:108 msgid "Run the Asterisk menuselect tool:" msgstr "Voer de Asteriks menuselect tool uit:" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:114 msgid "" "In the menuselect, go to the resources option and ensure that res_srtp is " "enabled. If there are 3 x’s next to res_srtp, there is a problem with the " @@ -3234,11 +3326,11 @@ msgstr "" "met de srtp bibliotheek en moet je deze herinstalleren. Sla de configuratie " "op (druk op x). Je zou ook sterren moeten zien voor de res_pjsip lijnen." -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:116 msgid "Compile and install Asterisk:" msgstr "Compileer en installeer Asterisk:" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:122 msgid "" "If you need the sample configs you can run 'make samples' to install the " "sample configs. If you need to install the Asterisk startup script you can " @@ -3248,19 +3340,19 @@ msgstr "" "uitvoeren om voorbeeld configuraties te installeren. Als je het Asterisk " "opstart script moet installeren kan je dit 'maak configuratie' runnen." -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:125 msgid "DTLS Certificates" msgstr "DTLS certificaten" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:127 msgid "After you need to setup the DTLS certificates." msgstr "Hierna moet u de DTLS certificaten opzetten." -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:133 msgid "Enter the Asterisk scripts directory:" msgstr "Geef de Asterisk scripts map in:" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:139 msgid "" "Create the DTLS certificates (replace pbx.mycompany.com with your ip address" " or dns name, replace My Super Company with your company name):" @@ -3268,11 +3360,11 @@ msgstr "" "Creëer de DTLS certificaten (vervang pbx.mycompany.com met jou ip adres of " "dns naam, vervang My Super Company met jou bedrijfsnaam):" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:146 msgid "Configure Asterisk server" msgstr "Configureer Asterisk server" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:148 msgid "" "For WebRTC, a lot of the settings that are needed MUST be in the peer " "settings. The global settings do not flow down into the peer settings very " @@ -3286,7 +3378,7 @@ msgstr "" " in /etc/asterisk/. Start door http.conf te editeren en verifieer dat " "volgende lijnen uit commentaar staan:" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:158 msgid "" "Next, edit sip.conf. The WebRTC peer requires encryption, avpf, and " "icesupport to be enabled. In most cases, directmedia should be disabled. " @@ -3295,7 +3387,7 @@ msgid "" "peer itself; setting these config lines globally might not work:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:186 msgid "" "In the sip.conf and rtp.conf files you also need to add or uncomment the " "lines:" @@ -3303,64 +3395,65 @@ msgstr "" "In de sip.conf en rtp.conf bestanden moet u ook de volgende lijnen toevoegen" " of uit commentaar halen:" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:193 msgid "Lastly, set up extensions.conf:" msgstr "Stel als laatste extensions.conf in:" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:202 msgid "Configure Odoo VOIP" msgstr "Configureer Odoo VOIP" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:204 msgid "In Odoo, the configuration should be done in the user's preferences." msgstr "" "De configuratie moet in Odoo gedaan worden onder de gebruikersvoorkeuren." -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:210 msgid "" "The SIP Login/Browser's Extension is the number you configured previously in" " the sip.conf file (in our example: 1060)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:212 msgid "The SIP Password is the secret you chose in the sip.conf file." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:214 msgid "" "The extension of your office's phone is not a required field but it is used " "if you want to transfer your call from Odoo to an external phone also " "configured in the sip.conf file." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:217 msgid "" "The configuration should also be done in the General Settings under the " "\"Integrations\" section." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:222 msgid "" "The PBX Server IP should be the same as the IP you define in the http.conf " "file." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:224 msgid "" "The WebSocket should be: ws://localhost:XXXX/ws where \"localhost\" needs to" " be the same as the IP defined previously and \"XXXX\" needs to be the port " "defined in the http.conf file." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:3 msgid "Use VoIP services in Odoo with Axivox" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:6 ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:6 msgid "Introduction" msgstr "Introductie" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo VoIP can be set up to work together with `Axivox " "<https://www.axivox.com/>`_. In that case, an :doc:`Asterisk server " @@ -3368,85 +3461,85 @@ msgid "" "Axivox." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:12 msgid "" "To use this service, `contact Axivox <https://www.axivox.com/contact/>`_ to " "open an account. Before doing so, verify that Axivox covers your area and " "the areas you wish to call." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:18 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Apps` and install the **VoIP Module**." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:24 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Integrations`, and " "fill out the **Asterisk (VoIP)** field:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:27 msgid "" "**PBX Server IP**: set the domain created by Axivox for your account (e.g., " "*yourcompany.axivox.com*)" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:29 msgid "**WebSocket**: type in ``wss://pabx.axivox.com:3443``" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:30 msgid "**VoIP Environment**: set as *Production*" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:36 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Users`, then open " "the user's form you want to configure. Under the **Preferences** tab, fill " "out the section **PBX Configuration**:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:39 msgid "**SIP Login / Browser's Extension**: the Axivox *username*" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:40 msgid "**SIP Password**: the Axivox *SIP Password*" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:43 msgid "" "You can find all this information by logging in at " "https://manage.axivox.com/, selecting the user you want to configure, and " "referring to the fields as pictured below." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:51 msgid "Phone Calls" msgstr "Telefoongesprekken" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:53 msgid "" "You can make phone calls by clicking on the phone icon in the navigation " "bar." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:55 msgid "" "You can also receive phone calls. Odoo rings and displays a notification." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:58 msgid "Your number is the one provided by Axivox." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:65 msgid "" "If you see a *Missing Parameter* message in the **Odoo softphone**, refresh " "your Odoo window and try again." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:73 msgid "" "If you see an *Incorrect Number* message in the Odoo softphone, make sure to" " use the international format, leading with the plus (+) sign followed by " @@ -3454,18 +3547,18 @@ msgid "" "international prefix for the United States)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:3 msgid "Use VoIP services in Odoo with OnSIP" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo VoIP can be set up to work together with OnSIP (www.onsip.com). In that" " case, the installation and setup of an Asterisk server is not necessary as " "the whole infrastructure is hosted and managed by OnSIP." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:10 msgid "" "You will need to open an account with OnSIP to use this service. Before " "doing so, make sure that your area and the areas you wish to call are " @@ -3473,11 +3566,11 @@ msgid "" "configuration procedure below." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:15 msgid "Go to Apps and install the module **VoIP OnSIP**." msgstr "Ga naar de Apps en installeer de module **VoIP OnSIP**." -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:20 msgid "" "Go to Settings/General Settings. In the section Integrations/Asterisk " "(VoIP), fill in the 3 fields:" @@ -3485,44 +3578,44 @@ msgstr "" "Ga naar de Instellingen/Algemene Instellingen. In deze sectie " "Integraties/Asterisk (VoIP), vul je de 3 velden in: " -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:22 msgid "" "**OnSIP Domain** is the domain you chose when creating an account on " "www.onsip.com. If you don't know it, log in to https://admin.onsip.com/ and " "you will see it in the top right corner of the screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:23 msgid "**WebSocket** should contain wss://edge.sip.onsip.com" msgstr "**WebSocket** zou moeten bevatten wss://edge.sip.onsip.com" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:24 msgid "**Mode** should be Production" msgstr "**Mode** moet productie zijn" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:29 msgid "" "Go to **Settings/Users**. In the form view of each VoIP user, in the " "Preferences tab, fill in the section **PBX Configuration**:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:31 msgid "**SIP Login / Browser's Extension**: the OnSIP 'Username'" msgstr "**SIP Login / Browser's extensie**: de OnSIP 'Gebruikersnaam'" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:32 msgid "**OnSIP authorization User**: the OnSIP 'Auth Username'" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:33 msgid "**SIP Password**: the OnSIP 'SIP Password'" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:34 msgid "**Handset Extension**: the OnSIP 'Extension'" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:36 msgid "" "You can find all this information by logging in at " "https://admin.onsip.com/users, then select the user you want to configure " @@ -3532,7 +3625,7 @@ msgstr "" "https://admin.onsip.com/users, vervolgens selecteer je de gebruiker die je " "wilt configureren en verwijs je naar de velden zoals hieronder weergegeven. " -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:41 msgid "" "You can now make phone calls by clicking the phone icon in the top right " "corner of Odoo (make sure you are logged in as a user properly configured in" @@ -3542,13 +3635,13 @@ msgstr "" " Odoo (zorg er wel voor dat je ingelogd bent als een gebruiker die goed is " "geconfigureerd in Odoo en in OnSIP)." -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:45 msgid "" "If you see a *Missing Parameters* message in the Odoo softphone, make sure " "to refresh your Odoo window and try again." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:52 msgid "" "If you see an *Incorrect Number* message in the Odoo softphone, make sure to" " use the international format, leading with the plus (+) sign followed by " @@ -3556,7 +3649,7 @@ msgid "" "international prefix for the United States)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:57 msgid "" "You can now also receive phone calls. Your number is the one provided by " "OnSIP. Odoo will ring and display a notification." @@ -3565,11 +3658,11 @@ msgstr "" "voorzien door OnSip. Odoo zal het belgeluid laten horen aan de gebruiker en " "een notificatie weergeven. " -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:63 msgid "OnSIP on Your Cell Phone" msgstr "OnSIP op uw GSM" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:65 msgid "" "In order to make and receive phone calls when you are not in front of your " "computer, you can use a softphone app on your cell phone in parallel of Odoo" @@ -3577,7 +3670,7 @@ msgid "" "incoming calls, or simply for convenience. Any SIP softphone will work." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:67 msgid "" "On Android and iOS, OnSIP has been successfully tested with `Grandstream " "Wave <https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.grandstream.wave>`_." @@ -3585,27 +3678,27 @@ msgid "" "then have to configure it as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:69 msgid "**Account name**: OnSIP" msgstr "**Account naam**: OnSIP" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:70 msgid "**SIP Server**: the OnSIP 'Domain'" msgstr "**SIP Server**: Het OnSIP 'domein'" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:71 msgid "**SIP User ID**: the OnSIP 'Username'" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:72 msgid "**SIP Authentication ID**: the OnSIP 'Auth Username'" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:73 msgid "**Password**: the OnSIP 'SIP Password'" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:75 msgid "" "Aside from initiating calls from Grandstream Wave on your phone, you can " "also initiate calls by clicking phone numbers in your browser on your PC. " @@ -3616,7 +3709,7 @@ msgid "" "assistant/pceelmncccldedfkcgjkpemakjbapnpg?hl=en>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:79 msgid "" "The downside of using a softphone on your cell phone is that your calls will" " not be logged in Odoo as the softphone acts as an independent separate app." diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po deleted file mode 100644 index dd7d2cdaf..000000000 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,379 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: nl\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:5 -msgid "Basics of the QuickStart Methodology" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:7 -msgid "" -"This document summarizes Odoo Online's services, our Success Pack " -"implementation methodology, and best practices to get started with our " -"product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:12 -msgid "The SPoC (*Single Point of Contact*) and the Consultant" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Within the context of your project, it is highly recommended to designate " -"and maintain on both sides (your side and ours) **one and only single person" -" of contact** who will take charge and assume responsibilities regarding the" -" project. He also has to have **the authority** in terms of decision making." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:20 -msgid "" -"**The Odoo Consultant ensures the project implementation from A to Z**: From" -" the beginning to the end of the project, he ensures the overall consistency" -" of the implementation in Odoo and shares his expertise in terms of good " -"practices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:25 -msgid "" -"**One and only decision maker on the client side (SPoC)**: He is responsible" -" for the business knowledge transmission (coordinate key users intervention " -"if necessary) and the consistency of the implementation from a business " -"point of view (decision making, change management, etc.)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:31 -msgid "" -"**Meetings optimization**: The Odoo consultant is not involved in the " -"process of decision making from a business point of view nor to precise " -"processes and company's internal procedures (unless a specific request or an" -" exception). Project meetings, who will take place once or twice a week, are" -" meant to align on the business needs (SPoC) and to define the way those " -"needs will be implemented in Odoo (Consultant)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:39 -msgid "" -"**Train the Trainer approach**: The Odoo consultant provides functional " -"training to the SPoC so that he can pass on this knowledge to his " -"collaborators. In order for this approach to be successful, it is necessary " -"that the SPoC is also involved in its own rise in skills through self-" -"learning via the :doc:`Odoo documentation <../index>`, `The elearning " -"platform <https://odoo.com/learn>`_ and the testing of functionalities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:49 -msgid "Project Scope" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:51 -msgid "" -"To make sure all the stakeholders involved are always aligned, it is " -"necessary to define and to make the project scope evolve as long as the " -"project implementation is pursuing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:55 -msgid "" -"**A clear definition of the initial project scope**: A clear definition of " -"the initial needs is crucial to ensure the project is running smoothly. " -"Indeed, when all the stakeholders share the same vision, the evolution of " -"the needs and the resulting decision-making process are more simple and more" -" clear." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:61 -msgid "" -"**Phasing the project**: Favoring an implementation in several coherent " -"phases allowing regular production releases and an evolving takeover of Odoo" -" by the end users have demonstrated its effectiveness over time. This " -"approach also helps to identify gaps and apply corrective actions early in " -"the implementation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:68 -msgid "" -"**Adopting standard features as a priority**: Odoo offers a great " -"environment to implement slight improvements (customizations) or more " -"important ones (developments). Nevertheless, adoption of the standard " -"solution will be preferred as often as possible in order to optimize project" -" delivery times and provide the user with a long-term stability and fluid " -"scalability of his new tool. Ideally, if an improvement of the software " -"should still be realized, its implementation will be carried out after an " -"experiment of the standard in production." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:82 -msgid "Managing expectations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:84 -msgid "" -"The gap between the reality of an implementation and the expectations of " -"future users is a crucial factor. Three important aspects must be taken into" -" account from the beginning of the project:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:88 -msgid "" -"**Align with the project approach**: Both a clear division of roles and " -"responsibilities and a clear description of the operating modes (validation," -" problem-solving, etc.) are crucial to the success of an Odoo " -"implementation. It is therefore strongly advised to take the necessary time " -"at the beginning of the project to align with these topics and regularly " -"check that this is still the case." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:96 -msgid "" -"**Focus on the project success, not on the ideal solution**: The main goal " -"of the SPoC and the Consultant is to carry out the project entrusted to them" -" in order to provide the most effective solution to meet the needs " -"expressed. This goal can sometimes conflict with the end user's vision of an" -" ideal solution. In that case, the SPoC and the consultant will apply the " -"80-20 rule: focus on 80% of the expressed needs and take out the remaining " -"20% of the most disadvantageous objectives in terms of cost/benefit ratio " -"(those proportions can of course change over time). Therefore, it will be " -"considered acceptable to integrate a more time-consuming manipulation if a " -"global relief is noted. Changes in business processes may also be proposed " -"to pursue this same objective." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:110 -msgid "" -"**Specifications are always EXPLICIT**: Gaps between what is expected and " -"what is delivered are often a source of conflict in a project. In order to " -"avoid being in this delicate situation, we recommend using several types of " -"tools\\* :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:115 -msgid "" -"**The GAP Analysis**: The comparison of the request with the standard " -"features proposed by Odoo will make it possible to identify the gap to be " -"filled by developments/customizations or changes in business processes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:120 -msgid "" -"**The User Story**: This technique clearly separates the responsibilities " -"between the SPoC, responsible for explaining the WHAT, the WHY and the WHO, " -"and the Consultant who will provide a response to the HOW." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:128 -msgid "" -"`The Proof of Concept <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Proof_of_concept>`__ A " -"simplified version, a prototype of what is expected to agree on the main " -"lines of expected changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:132 -msgid "" -"**The Mockup**: In the same idea as the Proof of Concept, it will align with" -" the changes related to the interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:135 -msgid "" -"To these tools will be added complete transparency on the possibilities and " -"limitations of the software and/or its environment so that all project " -"stakeholders have a clear idea of what can be expected/achieved in the " -"project. We will, therefore, avoid basing our work on hypotheses without " -"verifying its veracity beforehand." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:141 -msgid "" -"*This list can, of course, be completed by other tools that would more " -"adequately meet the realities and needs of your project*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:145 -msgid "Communication Strategy" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:147 -msgid "" -"The purpose of the QuickStart methodology is to ensure quick ownership of " -"the tool for end users. Effective communication is therefore crucial to the " -"success of this approach. Its optimization will, therefore, lead us to " -"follow those principles:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:152 -msgid "" -"**Sharing the project management documentation**: The best way to ensure " -"that all stakeholders in a project have the same level of knowledge is to " -"provide direct access to the project's tracking document (Project " -"Organizer). This document will contain at least a list of tasks to be " -"performed as part of the implementation for which the priority level and the" -" manager are clearly defined." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:160 -msgid "" -"The Project Organizer is a shared project tracking tool that allows both " -"detailed tracking of ongoing tasks and the overall progress of the project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:164 -msgid "" -"**Report essential information**: In order to minimize the documentation " -"time to the essentials, we will follow the following good practices:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:168 -msgid "Meeting minutes will be limited to decisions and validations;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:170 -msgid "" -"Project statuses will only be established when an important milestone is " -"reached;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:173 -msgid "" -"Training sessions on the standard or customized solution will be organized." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:177 -msgid "Customizations and Development" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:179 -msgid "" -"Odoo is a software known for its flexibility and its important evolution " -"capacity. However, a significant amount of development contradicts a fast " -"and sustainable implementation. This is the reason why it is recommended to:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:184 -msgid "" -"**Develop only for a good reason**: The decision to develop must always be " -"taken when the cost-benefit ratio is positive (saving time on a daily basis," -" etc.). For example, it will be preferable to realize a significant " -"development in order to reduce the time of a daily operation, rather than an" -" operation to be performed only once a quarter. It is generally accepted " -"that the closer the solution is to the standard, the lighter and more fluid " -"the migration process, and the lower the maintenance costs for both parties." -" In addition, experience has shown us that 60% of initial development " -"requests are dropped after a few weeks of using standard Odoo (see " -"\"Adopting the standard as a priority\")." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:196 -msgid "" -"**Replace, without replicate**: There is a good reason for the decision to " -"change the management software has been made. In this context, the moment of" -" implementation is THE right moment to accept and even be a change initiator" -" both in terms of how the software will be used and at the level of the " -"business processes of the company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:204 -msgid "Testing and Validation principles" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:206 -msgid "" -"Whether developments are made or not in the implementation, it is crucial to" -" test and validate the correspondence of the solution with the operational " -"needs of the company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:210 -msgid "" -"**Role distribution**: In this context, the Consultant will be responsible " -"for delivering a solution corresponding to the defined specifications; the " -"SPoC will have to test and validate that the solution delivered meets the " -"requirements of the operational reality." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:216 -msgid "" -"**Change management**: When a change needs to be made to the solution, the " -"noted gap is caused by:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:220 -msgid "" -"A difference between the specification and the delivered solution - This is " -"a correction for which the Consultant is responsible" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:223 -msgid "**or**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:225 -msgid "" -"A difference between the specification and the imperatives of operational " -"reality - This is a change that is the responsibility of SPoC." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:229 -msgid "Data Imports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:231 -msgid "" -"Importing the history of transactional data is an important issue and must " -"be answered appropriately to allow the project running smoothly. Indeed, " -"this task can be time-consuming and, if its priority is not well defined, " -"prevent production from happening in time. To do this as soon as possible, " -"it will be decided :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:237 -msgid "" -"**Not to import anything**: It often happens that after reflection, " -"importing data history is not considered necessary, these data being, " -"moreover, kept outside Odoo and consolidated for later reporting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:242 -msgid "" -"**To import a limited amount of data before going into production**: When " -"the data history relates to information being processed (purchase orders, " -"invoices, open projects, for example), the need to have this information " -"available from the first day of use in production is real. In this case, the" -" import will be made before the production launch." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:249 -msgid "" -"**To import after production launch**: When the data history needs to be " -"integrated with Odoo mainly for reporting purposes, it is clear that these " -"can be integrated into the software retrospectively. In this case, the " -"production launch of the solution will precede the required imports." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:256 -msgid "Support" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:258 -msgid "" -"When your project is put in production, our support teams take care of your " -"questions or technical issues." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:261 -msgid "See :ref:`support-expectations`." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po deleted file mode 100644 index f68727cbc..000000000 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,875 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2021 -# Erwin van der Ploeg (Odoo Experts) <erwin@odooexperts.nl>, 2021 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Erwin van der Ploeg (Odoo Experts) <erwin@odooexperts.nl>, 2021\n" -"Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: nl\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../helpdesk.rst:5 -msgid "Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:3 -msgid "After Sales Features" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:5 -msgid "" -"As your business grows, having the right tool to support your helpdesk team " -"on recording, tracking and managing issues raised easy and efficiently, is " -"key. Odoo’s Helpdesk application allows you to generate credit notes, manage" -" returns, products, repairs, grant coupons, and even plan onsite " -"interventions from a ticket’s page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:11 -msgid "Set up the after sales services" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " -"enable the after sales options: *Refunds, Returns, Coupons, Repairs and " -"Onsite Interventions*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:20 -msgid "Generate credit notes from tickets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:22 -msgid "" -"You can use a credit note to refund a customer or adjust the amount due. For" -" that, simply go to your ticket page, click on *Refund* and select the " -"corresponding *Invoice*. Clicking on *Reverse* generates a credit note, and " -"you can *Post* it while still being in the *Helpdesk* app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:30 -msgid "Allow product returns from tickets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:32 -msgid "" -"The process of a product return from your customer back to your warehouse is" -" taken into action when, at the ticket page, you choose the option *Return*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:39 -msgid "Grant coupons from tickets" -msgstr "Geef kortingsbonnen van tickets" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:41 -msgid "" -"First, be sure to have your *Coupon Program* planned in the *Sales* or " -"*Website* application. Then, in *Helpdesk*, open your ticket, click on " -"*Coupon*, and choose the respective one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:48 -msgid "Repairs from tickets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Clicking on *Repair* option, on your ticket page, a new repair order form is" -" shown. Fill in the information as needed and choose the next step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:57 -msgid "Plan onsite interventions from tickets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:59 -msgid "" -"At the ticket's page click on *Plan Intervention*, and set up your onsite " -"intervention exactly the same way as if you were on the *Field Service* " -"application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:67 -msgid "" -"`Coupons <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/coupon-" -"programs-640?fullscreen=1>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:68 -msgid ":doc:`../../manufacturing/repair/repair`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:3 -msgid "Allow Customers to Close their Tickets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Allowing customers to close their tickets gives them autonomy and minimize " -"misunderstandings about when an issue is considered solved, or not. It makes" -" communication and actions more efficient." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:9 -msgid "Configure the feature" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:11 -msgid "" -"To configure the feature go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Settings --> " -"Helpdesk Teams --> Edit` and enable *Ticket closing*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:18 -msgid "" -"In order to designate to which stage the ticket migrates to once it is " -"closed, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Overview --> Tickets`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:25 -msgid "" -"You can either create a new Kanban stage or work with an existing one. For " -"both scenarios, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Settings --> Edit Stage` " -"and enable *Closing Stage*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:32 -msgid "" -"If a closing stage is not specified, by default, the ticket is moved to the " -"last stage; contrarily, if you have more than one stage set as closing, the " -"ticket is put in the first one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:36 -msgid "The Costumer Portal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Now, once the user logs into his Portal, the option *Close this ticket* is " -"available." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:45 -msgid "Get reports on tickets closed by costumers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:47 -msgid "" -"To do an analysis of the tickets that have been closed by costumers go to " -":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting --> Tickets --> Filters --> Add " -"Custom filter --> Closed by partner --> Applied`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:3 -msgid "Forum and eLearning" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:6 -msgid "Forum" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:8 -msgid "" -"To go above and beyond email, live chat, web forms, and phone lines, offer " -"your customers a support forum. This way, customers might become more " -"attached to your company as they would be investing time to get into details" -" of your business. You also encourage the exchange of experiences and " -"knowledge, supporting the feeling of belonging to a community (your " -"community!)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:14 -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:52 -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:10 -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:11 -msgid "Set up" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Team` and " -"enable *Help Center*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Create, or edit a forum by clicking on the external link. Among the editing " -"options, choose if you would like the *Forum Mode* to be *Questions*: only " -"one answer is allowed per question or *Discussions*: multiple answers are " -"allowed per question." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:31 -msgid "" -"From now on, logged in users can start their discussions. To keep track of " -"posts, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Forum --> Posts`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Turn tickets into forum posts by simply clicking on *Share on the Forum* on " -"the ticket's page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:45 -msgid "eLearning" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:47 -msgid "" -"In addition to a forum, offer online courses. When doing so, you link your " -"customers and users’ needs and questions to useful content, helping to boost" -" efficiency as they can also find their answers there." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " -"enable *eLearning*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Once the structure and content of your course are ready, *Publish* it by " -"clicking on *Unpublished*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:67 -msgid "" -"To keep track of your course statistics, go to *eLearning* and *View " -"Course*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:73 -msgid "Todo" -msgstr "Te doen" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:73 -msgid "" -"DETAILS/INFO SHOULD COME FROM ELEARNING DOCS. THEREFORE, LINK DOCS ONCE " -"AVAILABLE!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:3 -msgid "Getting Started" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Helpdesk teams provide your customers with support to queries or errors they" -" might encounter while using your product/service. Therefore, a successful " -"scheme where you can organize multiple teams with their customized pipeline," -" visibilities settings, and ticket traceability is essential." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:10 -msgid "Set up teams" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To modify or create teams, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration " -"--> Helpdesk Teams`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Setting up multiple teams allows you to group tickets by your channels " -"(example: BE/US), or by your support services' types (example: IT, " -"accounting, admin, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:21 -msgid "Team’s productivity and visibility" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Teams can have individual *Assignment Methods* to ensure that tickets get " -"redirected to the right person:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:26 -msgid "" -"*Manually*: tickets are manually assigned, allowing employees to manage " -"their own workload and target tickets they are experts at;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:28 -msgid "" -"*Random*: tickets are randomly assigned and everyone gets the same amount. " -"This method ensures that all tickets are handled as the assignment happens " -"automatically;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:30 -msgid "" -"*Balanced*: tickets are assigned to the person with the least amount of " -"tickets so that everyone fairly gets the same amount. Thereby, you ensure " -"that all tickets get to be taken care of." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:40 -msgid "" -"For the *Random* and *Balanced* assignment methods, you can set the *Team " -"Members* among whom tickets are assigned. Leave the field empty to include " -"all employees (with the proper access rights)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:43 -msgid "" -"The *Team Visibility* feature allows you to specify who can see and access " -"the team’s tickets. Therefore, ticket’s with sensible information are only " -"seen by the right people. Leave the field empty to include all employees " -"(with the proper access rights)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:46 -msgid "Set up stages and share it among teams" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:48 -msgid "" -"To set up stages, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> " -"Stages`. Then, create and/or edit stages as you need and set specific teams " -"to use certain stages under *Team*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Stages can be shared between one or multiple teams, allowing you to adapt " -"the pipeline to your individual needs. They also apply a visibility and " -"access rule, as other teams are not able to see or use the stage." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:64 -msgid ":doc:`../../general/odoo_basics/add_user`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:3 -msgid "Ratings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Allow customers to rate their experience with your helpdesk teams to " -"strengthen your credibility and gain their trust. Reviews can also influence" -" a customer’s decision and open space for feedback that can help you improve" -" the quality of your services." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " -"enable *Ratings on tickets*. The feature automatically adds a default email " -"template on the non-folded *closing stage(s)* of that team." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:21 -msgid "" -"To edit the email template and the stage(s) set as the closing ones, go to " -"the Kanban view of your helpdesk team and click on *Settings*, then on *Edit" -" Stage*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Now, once a ticket reaches the stage(s) designated as the *Closing Stage*, " -"an email is sent to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Ratings can be seen on the chatter of each ticket, under the *See Customer " -"Satisfaction* link on the main dashboard, and through *Reporting*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:39 -msgid "Ratings visible on the customer portal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " -"enable *Display Rating on Customer Portal*. Now, by clicking on the helpdesk" -" team’s name on their ticket, customers can see its ratings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:51 -msgid ":doc:`../../portal/my_odoo_portal`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:52 -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:88 -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:47 -msgid ":doc:`../advanced/close_tickets`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:3 -msgid "Start Receiving Tickets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Offering a variety of channels from where your customers can contact you " -"grants them flexibility and the right to choose the best one for themselves." -" And, in order to make sure inquiries across all channels get addressed, it " -"is essential to have a solution where all interactions come in one place." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:11 -msgid "Channels options to submit tickets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`, and " -"enable the following features as you want them to be available to your " -"users." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:21 -msgid "Email Alias" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Let your customers submit tickets by sending an email to your support email " -"address. The subject line of the email becomes the title of the ticket and " -"the content is shown in the Chatter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Select *Configure domain name* to be redirected to *Settings* and, from " -"there, enable *External Email Servers* to determine or change your *Alias " -"Domain*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Using your own email server is required to send and receive emails in Odoo " -"Community and Enterprise. Online users benefit from a ready-to-use email " -"server." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:39 -msgid "Website Form" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Allow your customers to submit a ticket by filling in a form through your " -"website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Once the feature is activated, get redirected to your website by clicking on" -" *Go to Website*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:49 -msgid "" -"From the website page customize the form as you like. Then, publish it by " -"clicking on *Unpublished*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:56 -msgid "Live Chat" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:59 -msgid "" -"Through live interactions with your website visitors, helpdesk tickets can " -"be instantly created and redirected to the right person." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Click on your helpdesk team's name - for the example below: *Customer Care* " -"- and :doc:`set up your channel <../../livechat/overview/get_started>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Now, your operators can create tickets by using the :doc:`command " -"<../../livechat/overview/responses>` */helpdesk (subject_of_ticket)*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:72 -msgid "Prioritize tickets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:74 -msgid "" -"Use the stars to prioritize your tickets. The most urgent ones appear at the" -" top of your list on the Kanban view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:77 -msgid "1 star = *Low priority*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:78 -msgid "2 stars = *High priority*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:79 -msgid "3 stars = *Urgent*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:87 -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:60 -msgid ":doc:`sla`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:89 -msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_servers`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:3 -msgid "Reports for a Better Support" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:5 -msgid "" -"An efficient customer service solution should have a built-in reporting " -"option. Reports allow you to track trends, identify areas for improvement, " -"manage employees’ workloads and, most importantly, meet your customer’s " -"expectations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:10 -msgid "Cases" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:12 -msgid "Some examples of the reports Odoo Helpdesk can generate include:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:14 -msgid "The number of tickets *grouped by* team and ticket type." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:17 -msgid "" -"In this manner, you are able to evaluate which ticket types have been the " -"most frequent ones, plus the workload of your teams." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Apply *Time Ranges* if you would like to make comparisons to a *Previous " -"Period* or a *Previous Year*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:25 -msgid "The number of tickets closed per day, per team." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Get an overview of how many requests each team is closing per day in order " -"to measure their performance. Identify productivity levels to understand how" -" many requests they are able to handle." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Filter it by *Assignee* to see Key Performance Indicators (KPI) per agent." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:37 -msgid "" -"The number of hours tickets are taking to be solved, grouped by team and " -"ticket type." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Check if your expectations are met by *measuring* the *Time to close " -"(hours)*. Your customers not only expect fast responses but they also want " -"their issues to be handled quickly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:48 -msgid "Save filters" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Save the filters you use the most and avoid having to reconstruct them every" -" time they are needed. To do so, set the groups, filters, and measures " -"needed. Then, go to *Favorites*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:59 -msgid ":doc:`receiving_tickets`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:3 -msgid "Service Level Agreements (SLA)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Service Level Agreements (SLA) are commitments you make with your customers " -"to outline how a service is delivered. It bolsters trust between you and " -"your customers as it makes clear what needs to be done, to what standard, " -"and when." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:10 -msgid "Create your policies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:13 -msgid "" -"First, enable the feature on the settings of the team you would like " -"policies to be applied, going to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration " -"--> Helpdesk Teams`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Create your policies through the team’s settings page or go to " -":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> SLA Policies`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Choose to which **Team** the policy is relevant and the **Minimum Priority**" -" a ticket needs to have for the policy to be applied." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:27 -msgid "" -"**Target** is the stage a ticket needs to reach within the period defined to" -" satisfy the SLA. The period is based on the ticket’s creation date, and a " -"deadline is set on the ticket’s form once it matches an SLA policy rule. If " -"a ticket has more than one policy applied to it, the closest deadline of all" -" SLAs is the one considered." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:29 -msgid "" -"When a ticket has satisfied an SLA policy, the SLA tag appears in green and " -"the deadline field is not shown anymore." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:37 -msgid "SLA Analysis" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting --> SLA Status Analysis`. Apply" -" *Filters* and *Group by* to identify tickets that should be prioritized and" -" keep track of upcoming deadlines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice.rst:3 -msgid "Timesheet and Invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:3 -msgid "Invoice Time Spent on Tickets (Prepaid Support Services)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Have the option to work with prepaid support services, meaning that a sales " -"order and a corresponding invoice are issued and, once the service is done, " -"you can deduct the time spent. Odoo allows it to happen because the " -"applications are fully integrated, resulting in faster responses to your " -"customer needs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:14 -msgid "Step 1: Set up a helpdesk team" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`, create" -" or edit an existing team, and enable *Timesheet on Ticket* and *Time " -"Reinvoicing*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Select or create a project under *Timesheet on Ticket*. The selected/created" -" is the one at which employees timesheet on by default. However, it can be " -"ultimately modified on each ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:28 -msgid "Step 2: Set up a service" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " -"*Units of Measure* to optionally be able to choose *hours* (for example) as " -"the unit of measure of your service." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Then, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`, create or edit" -" an existing one, and set its *Product Type* as *Service*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Now, select the invoicing management you would like to have under the " -"*Sales* tab. We recommend the following configuration:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:47 -msgid "" -"This configuration ensures that the customer is invoiced by the number of " -"hours predicted in the sales order, meaning that less or extra hours " -"recorded are not taken into account. It also ensures that every time a sales" -" order is confirmed, a new task is created under the right project, " -"automating the process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:53 -msgid "" -"We recommend setting up a specific project, as it was done for this flow " -"example. The important thing to remember is that the sales order item needs " -"to be set on the corresponding project or task, in order to reinvoice the " -"time spent on a ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:58 -msgid "Prevision an invoice and record time" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:61 -msgid "Step 1: Place an order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> Orders` and create one for the " -"helpdesk service product you have previously set up, with the customer who " -"needs the ticket to be opened. Set the number of hours needed to assist the " -"customer and *Confirm* the order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:72 -msgid "Step 2: Invoice the customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:74 -msgid "In *Sales*, select the respective sales order to *Create Invoice*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:82 -msgid "Step 3: Link the task to the ticket" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:84 -msgid "" -"Now, in *Helpdesk*, create or edit the respective ticket and link it to the " -"task created by the confirmation of the sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:92 -msgid "Step 4: Record the time spent" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:94 -msgid "" -"Still on the respective helpdesk ticket, record the hours performed under " -"the *Timesheets* tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:100 -msgid "" -"Note that the hours recorded on the ticket form are shown on the *Delivered*" -" column in the sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:108 -msgid "" -"Hours recorded on the ticket are automatically shown in *Timesheets* and on " -"the dedicated task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:111 -msgid ":doc:`reinvoice_from_project`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:112 -msgid ":doc:`../../inventory/management/products/uom`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:3 -msgid "Invoice Time Spent on Tickets (Postpaid Support Services)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Directly pull the billable time you have tracked on your helpdesk tickets " -"into sales orders and invoices through a project task. It gives you more " -"control over what you charge your client, and it is more efficient." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:10 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk team --> Edit`" -" and enable the options *Timesheet on Ticket* and *Time Reinvoicing*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Under *Timesheet on Ticket*, choose the *Project* to which tickets (and " -"timesheets) will be linked by default. Open its *External link* to enable " -"the feature *Bill from tasks*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:22 -msgid "Create a sales order and an invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Now, once you have recorded the time you spent on the helpdesk ticket, under" -" the *Timesheets* tab, access the task clicking on its name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:31 -msgid "*Create Sales Order* and proceed to create the invoice." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/index.po index 3bb826b00..6f4db1f4f 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/index.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/index.po @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-18 07:12+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" @@ -17,10 +17,6 @@ msgstr "" "Language: nl\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" -#: ../../index.rst:7 ../../index.rst:7 -msgid "Index" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../index.rst:3 -msgid "Odoo User Documentation" +#: ../../content/index.rst:3 +msgid "Odoo Documentation" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po deleted file mode 100644 index 8069ef2ea..000000000 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,6656 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Erwin van der Ploeg <erwin@odooexperts.nl>, 2021 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Erwin van der Ploeg <erwin@odooexperts.nl>, 2021\n" -"Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: nl\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../inventory.rst:5 -msgid "Inventory" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode.rst:3 -msgid "Barcodes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations.rst:3 -msgid "Daily Operations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3 -msgid "Process to an Inventory Adjustment with Barcodes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:5 -msgid "" -"To process an inventory adjustment by using barcodes, you first need to open" -" the *Barcode* app. Then, from the application, click on *Inventory " -"Adjustments*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:13 -msgid "" -"If you want to fully work with barcodes, you can download the sheet " -"*Commands for Inventory*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Once you have clicked on *Inventory Adjustments*, Odoo will automatically " -"create one. Note that, if you work with multi-location, you first need to " -"specify in which location the inventory adjustment takes place." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:24 -msgid "" -"If you don’t work with multi-location, you will be able to scan the " -"different products you want to include in the inventory adjustment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:31 -msgid "" -"If you have 5 identical articles, scan it 5 times or use the keyboard to set" -" the quantity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Besides using the barcode scanner, you can also manually add a product if " -"necessary. To do so, click on *Add Product* and fill the information in " -"manually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:44 -msgid "" -"When you have scanned all the items of the location, validate the inventory " -"manually or scan the *Validate* barcode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:3 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/overview.rst:3 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:6 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:5 -msgid "" -"There are different situations in which barcode nomenclatures can be useful." -" A well-known use case is the one of a point of sale which sells products in" -" bulk, in which the customers will scale their products themselves and get " -"the printed barcode to stick on the product. This barcode will contain the " -"weight of the product and help compute the price accordingly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:13 -msgid "Create a Barcode Nomenclature" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Odoo supports Barcode Nomenclatures, which determine the mapping and " -"interpretation of the encoded information. You can configure your barcode " -"nomenclature being in :doc:`Developer mode " -"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Barcode Nomenclature`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:20 -msgid "" -"You can create a barcode nomenclature from there, and then add a line to " -"create your first rule." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:26 -msgid "" -"The first step is to specify the **rule name**, for example Weight Barcode " -"with 3 Decimals. You then have to specify the type for barcode nomenclature," -" in our case it will be Weighted Product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:33 -msgid "" -"The Barcode Pattern is a regular expression that defines the structure of " -"the barcode. In this example 21 defines the products on which the rule will " -"be applied, those are the numbers by which the product barcode should start." -" The 5 “dots” are the following numbers of the product barcode and are there" -" simply to identify the product in question. The “N” define a number and the" -" “D” define the decimals." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:40 -msgid "" -"The encoding allows to specify the barcode encoding on which the rule should" -" be applied." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:44 -msgid "" -"You can define different rules and order their priority thanks to the " -"sequence. The first rule which matches the scanned barcode will be applied." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:49 -msgid "Configure your Product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:51 -msgid "The barcode of the product should start by “21”;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:52 -msgid "" -"The 5 “dots” are the other numbers of your product barcode, allowing to " -"identify the product;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:53 -msgid "" -"The barcode should contain 0’s where you did defined D’s or N’s. In our case" -" we need to set 5 zeros because we configured “21…..{NNDDD}”;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:54 -msgid "" -"In EAN-13, the last number is a check number, use an EAN13 generator to know" -" which digit it should be in your case." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:59 -msgid "" -"In case you weight 1,5 Kg of pasta, the balance will print you the following" -" barcode 2112345015002. If you scan this barcode in your POS or when " -"receiving products in your barcode application, Odoo will automatically " -"create a new line for the Pasta product for a quantity of 1.5 Kg. For the " -"point of sale, a price depending on the quantity will also be computed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:70 -msgid "Rule Types" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:72 -msgid "" -"**Priced Product**: allows you to identify the product and specify its " -"price, used in POS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:73 -msgid "" -"**Discounted Product**: allows you to create one barcode per applied " -"discount. You can then scan your product in the POS and then scan the " -"discount barcode, discount will be applied on the normal price of the " -"product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:74 -msgid "" -"**Weighted Product**: allows you to identify the product and specify its " -"weight, used in both POS (in which the price is computed based on the " -"weight) and in inventory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:75 -msgid "" -"**Client**: allows you to identify the customer, for example used with " -"loyalty program." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:76 -msgid "**Cashier**: allows you to identify the cashier when entering the POS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:77 -msgid "" -"**Location**: allows you to identify the location on a transfer when multi-" -"location is activated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:78 -msgid "" -"**Package**: allows you to identify packages on a transfer when packages are" -" activated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:79 -msgid "" -"**Lot**: allows you to identify the lot number of a product on a transfer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:80 -msgid "" -"**Credit Card**: doesn’t need manual modification, exists for data from the " -"Mercury module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:81 -msgid "" -"**Unit Product**: allows you to identify a product for both POS and " -"transfers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:84 -msgid "" -"When the barcode pattern contains .*, it means that it can contain any " -"number of characters, those characters being any number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:3 -msgid "Process to Transfers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:6 -msgid "Simple Transfers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:8 -msgid "" -"To process a transfer from the *Barcode* app, the first step is to go to " -"*Operations*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Then, you have the choice to either enter an existing transfer, by going to " -"the corresponding operation type and manually selecting the one you want to " -"enter, or by scanning the barcode of the transfer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:24 -msgid "" -"From there, you will be able to scan the products that are part of the " -"existing transfer and/or add new products to this transfer. Once all the " -"products have been scanned, you can validate the transfer to proceed with " -"the stock moves." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:33 -msgid "" -"If you have different storage locations in your warehouse, you can add " -"additional steps for the different operation types." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:37 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:50 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:45 -msgid "Receipts" -msgstr "Bonnetjes" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:39 -msgid "" -"When receiving a product in stock, you need to scan its barcode in order to " -"identify it in the system. Once done, you can either make it enter the main " -"location of the transfer, for example WH/Stock, or scan a location barcode " -"to make it enter a sub-location of the main location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:48 -msgid "" -"If you want the product to enter WH/Stock in our example, you can simply " -"scan the next product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:52 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery.rst:3 -msgid "Delivery Orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:54 -msgid "" -"When delivering a product, you have to scan the source location if it is " -"different than the one initially set on the transfer. Then, you can start " -"scanning the products that are delivered from this specific location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:62 -msgid "" -"Once the different products have been scanned, you have the possibility to " -"scan another location, such as WH/Stock, and another page will be added to " -"your delivery order. You can move from one to the other thanks to the " -"*Previous* and *Next* buttons." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Now, you can validate your transfer. To do so, click on *Next* until you " -"reach the last page of the transfer. There, you will be able to validate it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:78 -msgid "Internal Transfers" -msgstr "Interne verplaatsingen" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:80 -msgid "" -"When realizing an internal transfer with multi-location, you first have to " -"scan the source location of the product. Then, you can scan the product in " -"itself, before having to scan the barcode of the destination location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:85 -msgid "" -"If the source and destination of the internal transfers are already correct," -" you don’t need to scan them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:89 -msgid "Transfers with Tracked Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:91 -msgid "" -"If you work with products tracked by lot/serial numbers, you have two ways " -"of working:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:94 -msgid "" -"If you work with serial/lot numbers taking all products into consideration, " -"you can scan the barcode of the lot/serial number and Odoo will increase the" -" quantity of the product, setting its lot/serial number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:99 -msgid "" -"If you have the same lot/serial number for different products, you can work " -"by scanning the product barcode first, and then the barcode of the " -"lot/serial number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:3 -msgid "Create a Transfer from Scratch" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:5 -msgid "" -"To create a transfer from the *Barcode* application, you first need to print" -" the operation type barcodes. To do so, you can download the *Stock barcode " -"sheet* from the home page of the app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Once done, you can scan the one for which you want to create a new document." -" Then, an empty document will be created and you will be able to scan your " -"products to populate it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup.rst:3 -msgid "Setup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:3 -msgid "Set up your barcode scanner" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Getting started with barcode scanning in Odoo is fairly easy. Yet, a good " -"user experience relies on an appropriate hardware setup. This guide will " -"help you through the task of choosing and configuring the barcode scanner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:11 -msgid "Find the barcode scanner that suits your needs" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:13 -msgid "" -"The 3 recommended type of barcode scanners to work with the Odoo " -"**Inventory** and **Barcode Scanning** apps are the **USB scanner**, **the " -"bluetooth scanner** and the **mobile computer scanner**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:20 -msgid "" -"If you scan products at a computer location, the **USB scanner** is the way " -"to go. Simply plug it in the computer to start scanning. Just make sure when" -" you buy it that the scanner is compatible with your keyboard layout or can " -"be configured to be so." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:25 -msgid "" -"The **bluetooth scanner** can be paired with a smartphone or a tablet and is" -" a good choice if you want to be mobile but don't need a big investment. An " -"approach is to log in Odoo on you smartphone, pair the bluetooth scanner " -"with the smartphone and work in the warehouse with the possibility to check " -"your smartphone from time to time and use the software 'manually'." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:32 -msgid "" -"For heavy use, the **mobile computer scanner** is the handiest solution. It " -"consists of a small computer with a built-in barcode scanner. This one can " -"turn out to be a very productive solution, however you need to make sure " -"that is is capable of running Odoo smoothly. The most recent models using " -"Android + Google Chrome or Windows + Internet Explorer Mobile should do the " -"job. However, due to the variety of models and configurations on the market," -" it is essential to test it first." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:42 -msgid "Configure your barcode scanner" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:45 -msgid "Keyboard layout" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:50 -msgid "" -"An USB barcode scanner needs to be configured to use the same keyboard " -"layout as your operating system. Otherwise, your scanner won't translate " -"characters correctly (replacing a 'A' with a 'Q' for example). Most scanners" -" are configured by scanning the appropriate barcode in the user manual." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:57 -msgid "Automatic carriage return" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:59 -msgid "" -"By default, Odoo has a 50 milliseconds delay between each successive scan " -"(it helps avoid accidental double scanning). If you want to suppress this " -"delay, you can configure your scanner to insert a carriage return at the end" -" of each barcode. This is usually the default configuration and can be " -"explicitly configured by scanning a specific barcode in the user manual ('CR" -" suffix ON', 'Apply Enter for suffix', etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:3 -msgid "Activate the Barcodes in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The barcode scanning features can save you a lot of time usually lost " -"switching between the keyboard, the mouse and the scanner. Properly " -"attributing barcodes to products, pickings locations, etc. allows you to " -"work more efficiently by controlling the software almost exclusively with " -"the barcode scanner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:12 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:12 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:37 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:9 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:50 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:18 -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:19 -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:16 -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:21 -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:15 -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:14 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:10 -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:10 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:16 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:15 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:17 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:14 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:14 -msgid "" -"To use this feature, you first need to activate the *Barcode* functionality " -"via :menuselection:`Inventory --> Settings --> Barcode Scanner`. Once you " -"have ticked the feature, you can hit save." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:22 -msgid "Set Product Barcodes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:24 -msgid "" -"You can easily assign barcodes to your different products via the " -"*Inventory* app. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " -"Products Barcodes`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Then, you have the possibility to assign barcodes to your products directly " -"at creation on the product form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Be careful to add barcodes directly on the product variants and not on the " -"template product. Otherwise, you won’t be able to differentiate them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:45 -msgid "Set Locations Barcodes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:47 -msgid "" -"If you manage multiple locations, you will find useful to attribute a " -"barcode to each location and stick it on the location. You can configure the" -" locations barcodes in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " -"Locations`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:58 -msgid "" -"You can easily print the barcode you allocate to the locations via the " -"*Print* menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:62 -msgid "Barcode Formats" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Most retail products use EAN-13 barcodes. They cannot be made up without " -"proper authorization. You must pay the International Article Numbering " -"Association a fee in exchange for an EAN code sequence." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Still, as Odoo supports any string as a barcode, you can always define your " -"own barcode format for internal use." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management.rst:3 -msgid "Warehouse Management" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:3 -msgid "How do I cancel a delivery order?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo gives you the possibility to cancel a delivery method whether it has " -"been validated to fast, it needs to be modified or for any other reason." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Some carriers are more flexible than others, so make sure to cancel your " -"delivery order as fast as possible if it needs to be done so you don't have " -"any bad surprise." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:17 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:26 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:107 -msgid "Sale process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Go to the **Sales** module, click on **Sales** and then on **Sales Order**. " -"Then click on the sale order you want to cancel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Click on the **Delivery** button, in the upper right corner of the sale " -"order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Now, click on the **Additional info** tab and you will see that next to the " -"**Carrier Tracking Reference**, there is a **Cancel** button. Click on it to" -" cancel the delivery." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:38 -msgid "" -"To make sure that your delivery is cancelled, check in the history, you will" -" receive the confirmation of the cancellation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:3 -msgid "How can I limit a delivery method to a certain number of countries?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:8 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can have different types of delivery methods, and you can " -"limit them to a certain number of countries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Go to the **Inventory** module, click on **Configuration** and then on " -"**Delivery Methods**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Select the delivery method that you want to change, or create a new one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:25 -msgid "" -"In the **Destination** tab, choose the countries to which you want to apply " -"this delivery method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:28 -msgid "Now, that this is done, Let's see the result." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:30 -msgid "" -"If you go to the website, and you try to buy something, once you've entered " -"your details and you proceed to the payment, the website will propose you " -"only the delivery methods that apply to your shipping address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:39 -msgid "" -"This process doesn't work in backend. We assume that when you create a Sale " -"Order, you know which delivery method you can use since you created them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:3 -msgid "Send Products to Customers Directly from Suppliers (Drop-shipping)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:6 -msgid "What is Drop-Shipping?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Drop-Shipping is a system that allows orders taken from your store to be " -"shipped straight from your supplier to your customer. On a usual delivery " -"system, products are sent from your supplier to your warehouse to be put in " -"stock and then shipped to your customers after ordering." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:13 -msgid "" -"With drop-shipping, no item is stocked. When a customer places an order in " -"your shop, the item is delivered straight from the supplier to the customer." -" Therefore, the product doesn't need to get through your warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:19 -msgid "Points to be Considered while Implementing Drop-Shipping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Use drop-shipping only for the products you can't or don't want to keep in " -"stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:22 -msgid "" -"One reason is that you'll always make smaller margins on items that are " -"drop-shipped, so you should keep it only for items that take up a lot of " -"space in your warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:30 -msgid "Drop-shipping is best for niche products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Chances are that products that are in high demand are being offered by large" -" suppliers at a fraction of the price you'll be able to charge, so using a " -"more costly shipping method won't be financially rewarding. But if your " -"product is unique, then it makes sense!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:33 -msgid "To protect your customers from bad experiences." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Test drop-shipping companies for yourself beforehand and list the best ones." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:37 -msgid "Make sure time is not against you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Drop-shipping should take a reasonable amount of time and surely not more " -"than it would have taken you to handle it all by yourself. It's also nice to" -" be able to provide your customers with a tracking number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:44 -msgid "Items have to be available from your supplier." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:40 -msgid "" -"It's good to know if the product you're selling is available upstream. If " -"you don't have that information, inform your customers that you don't hold " -"the item in stock and that it's subject to availability from a third party." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:47 -msgid "" -"For more information and insights about Drop-Shipping, you can read our " -"blog: `*What is drop-shipping and how to use it* <https://www.odoo.com/blog" -"/business-hacks-1/post/what-is-drop-shipping-and-how-to-use-it-250>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:52 -msgid "Configure Drop-Shipping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Activate the functionality in the *Purchase* application by going to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Then, go to the *Inventory* app, in :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings` to activate the *Multi-Step Routes* feature. It will allow you to " -"make the *Route* field appear on the sale order lines to specify you send a " -"product via drop-shipping." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Now, in the *Sales* app, go to :menuselection:`Products --> Products`. " -"Select the product you would like to drop-ship and add a vendor pricelist " -"which contains the right supplier, via the purchase tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:76 -msgid "Send Products from the Suppliers Directly to the Customers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:78 -msgid "" -"Create a *Sales Order* and add the product on which you just set the vendor." -" Add the *Route* field thanks to the widget on the right of the sale order " -"line. Now, you are able to specify that your products’ route is *Drop-" -"Shipping*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:89 -msgid "" -"Once the sale order is confirmed, Odoo automatically generates a *Request " -"for Quotation* for the supplier who will proceed to the drop-shipping. You " -"can find it in the *Purchase* app, with the sale order as *Source Document*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:97 -msgid "" -"Once this *Purchase Order* is confirmed, a *Receipt Order* is created and " -"linked to it. The source location is the vendor location and the destination" -" location is the customer location. Then, the product won’t go through your " -"own stock when you validate the dropship document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:105 -msgid "" -"You can also easily access the dropship document directly from your " -"inventory dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:3 -msgid "How to choose the right inventory flow to handle delivery orders?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Depending on factors such as the type of items you sell, the size of your " -"warehouse, the number of orders you register everyday... the way you handle " -"deliveries to your customers can vary a lot." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Odoo allows you to handle shipping from your warehouse in 3 different ways:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:12 -msgid "**One step (shipping)**: Ship directly from stock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:14 -msgid "" -"**Two steps (pick + ship)**: Bring goods to output location before shipping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:17 -msgid "" -"**Three steps (pick + pack + ship)**: Make packages into a dedicated " -"location, then bring them to the output location for shipping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:20 -msgid "" -"For companies having a rather small warehouse and that do not require high " -"stock of items or don't sell perishable items, a one step shipping is the " -"simplest solution, as it does not require a lot of configuration and allows " -"to handle orders very quickly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Using inventory methods such as FIFO, LIFO and FEFO require to have at least" -" two steps to handle a shipment. The picking method will be determined by " -"the removal strategy, and the items removed will then be shipped to the " -"customer. This method is also interesting if you hold larger stocks and " -"especially when the items you stock are big in size." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:31 -msgid "" -"The three steps system becomes useful in more specific situations, the main " -"one being for handling very large stocks. The items are transferred to a " -"packing area, where they will be assembled by area of destination, and then " -"set to outbound trucks for final delivery to the customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:40 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:53 -msgid "One step flow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:42 -msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`one_step`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:45 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:58 -msgid "Two steps flow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:47 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:60 -msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`two_steps`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:50 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:63 -msgid "Three steps flow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:52 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:65 -msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`three_steps`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:3 -msgid "How can I change the label type?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:8 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can choose among different types of labels for your delivery " -"orders. Follow the steps below and give an appropriate label type to your " -"delivery." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:15 -msgid "" -"In the **Inventory** module, Go to **Configuration** and click on **Delivery" -" methods**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:18 -msgid "Choose a delivery method and then click on **Edit**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:23 -msgid "" -"In the **Pricing** tab, under **Fedex label stock type**, you can choose one" -" of the label types available. The availability will vary depending on the " -"carrier." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Once this is done, you can see the result if you go to the Sales module and " -"you create a new sale order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:33 -msgid "" -"As you confirm the sale and validate the delivery with the carrier for which" -" you have modified the label type, The label will appear in your history." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:46 -msgid "" -"The default label type is paper letter, and if you choose the label type " -"bottom half for example, here is the difference :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:3 -msgid "Process Delivery Orders in one Step (Shipping)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:5 -msgid "" -"There is no configuration needed to deliver in one step. The default " -"outgoing shipments are configured to be directly delivered from the stock to" -" the customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:9 -msgid "" -"However, if advanced routes have been activated and you set another shipping" -" configuration on your warehouse, you can set it back to the one-step " -"delivery configuration. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " -"--> Warehouses` and edit the warehouse in question." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Then, choose *Deliver goods directly* as your *Outgoing Shipments* strategy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:21 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:45 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:47 -msgid "Create a Sales Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:23 -msgid "" -"In the *Sales* application, create a quotation with some storable products " -"to deliver and confirm it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Notice that we now see 1 delivery associated with this *sales order* in the " -"stat button above the sales order. If you click on the 1 Delivery stat " -"button, you should now see your delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:34 -msgid "Process a Delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:36 -msgid "" -"You can also find the *delivery order* directly from the *Inventory* " -"application. In the dashboard, you can click the *1 TO PROCESS* button under" -" the Delivery Orders Kanban card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Enter the picking that you want to process. You will be able to click on " -"*Validate* to complete the move if you have products in stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Once you *Validate* the delivery order, the products leave your *WH/Stock " -"location* and are moved to the *Customer location*. You can easily see that " -"the delivery took place thanks to the status of the document which is now " -"*Done*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:3 -msgid "Deliver Products in Packages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, you have the possibility to deliver your products in different " -"packages, depending on the volume and or weight of your products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:11 -msgid "" -"First, you need to activate the *Delivery Packages* feature in the " -":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:18 -msgid "Proceed to a Delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Now, you can create a planned delivery with some products in it. You will " -"have the possibility to create new packages and assign them to the stock " -"move lines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Then, you can define the package type from this window. Once the delivery " -"order is validated, you can retrieve which products have been included in " -"the package." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:34 -msgid "" -"A button will appear at the delivery stage, allowing you to find all the " -"packages which were part of the delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:44 -msgid "Use the Put in Pack button" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Another way to put products in packs is to use the *Put in Pack* button. It " -"will automatically assign a pack to the number of products which is set as " -"*Done* and duplicate the stock move line if necessary." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Then, you will be able to update the different packages created this way, " -"directly via the *Packages* button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:3 -msgid "Process Delivery Orders in three Steps (Pick + Pack + Ship)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is " -"set up by default to utilize a one-step operation: once all goods are " -"available, they are able to be shipped in a single delivery order. However, " -"that process may not reflect reality and your company could require more " -"steps before shipping." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:11 -msgid "" -"With the delivery in 3 steps (Pick + Pack + Ship), the items will be picked " -"to be transferred to a packing area. Then, they will be moved to an output " -"location before being effectively shipped to the customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:16 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:15 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:18 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:19 -msgid "Activate Multi-Step Routes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:18 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:17 -msgid "" -"The first step is to allow using *multi-step routes*. Indeed, routes provide" -" a mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we will " -"chain the picking step to the shipping step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:22 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:21 -msgid "" -"To allow *multi-step routes*, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Settings` and activate the option. Note that activating " -"*Multi-Step Routes* will also activate *Storage Locations*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:30 -msgid "Configure Warehouse for Delivery in 3 Steps" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Once *Multi-Step Routes* has been activated, you can go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the " -"warehouse which will use delivery in 3 steps. You can then select the option" -" *Pack goods, send goods in output and then deliver (3 steps)* for *Outgoing" -" Shipments*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Activating this option will lead to the creation of two new locations, " -"*Output* and *Packing Zone*. If you want to rename it go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, *Select* the one" -" you want to rename and update its name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:47 -msgid "" -"In the *Sales* application, you can create a quotation with some storable " -"products to deliver. Once you confirm the quotation, three pickings will be " -"created and automatically linked to your sale order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:54 -msgid "If you click the button, you should now see three different pickings:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:56 -msgid "The first one with a reference PICK to designate the picking process," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:58 -msgid "The second one with the reference PACK that is the packing process," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:60 -msgid "The last one with a reference OUT to designate the shipping process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:66 -msgid "Process the Picking, Packing, and Delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:68 -msgid "" -"The picking operation is the first one to be processed and has a *Ready* " -"status while the other ones are *Waiting Another Operation*. The Packing " -"operation will become *Ready* as soon as the picking one is marked as done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:73 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:71 -msgid "" -"You can enter the picking operation from here, or access it through the " -"inventory dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:79 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:77 -msgid "" -"In case you have the product in stock, it has automatically been reserved " -"and you can simply validate the picking document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:85 -msgid "" -"Once the picking has been validated, the packing order is ready to be " -"processed. Thanks to the fact that the documents are chained, the products " -"which have been previously picked are automatically reserved on the packing " -"order which can be directly validated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:96 -msgid "" -"Once the packing has been validated, the delivery order is ready to be " -"processed. Here again, it is directly ready to be validated in order to " -"transfer the products to the customer location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:3 -msgid "Process Delivery Orders in two Steps (Pick + Ship)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is " -"set up by default to utilize a one-step operation: once all goods are " -"available, they are able to be shipped in a single delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:9 -msgid "" -"However, your company's business process may have one or more steps that " -"happen before shipping. In the two steps process, the products which are " -"part of the delivery order are picked in the warehouse and brought to an " -"output location before being effectively shipped." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:29 -msgid "Warehouse configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Once *Multi-Step Routes* has been activated, you can go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the " -"warehouse which will use delivery in 2 steps. You can then select the option" -" *Send goods in output and then deliver (2 steps)* for Outgoing Shipments." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Activating this option will lead to the creation of a new *Output* location." -" If you want to rename it go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " -"--> Locations`, Select Output and update its name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:49 -msgid "" -"In the *Sales* application, you can create a quotation with some storable " -"products to deliver. Once you confirm the quotation, two pickings will be " -"created and automatically linked to your sale order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:56 -msgid "" -"If you click on the *2 Delivery* button, you should now see two different " -"pickings, one with a reference *PICK* to designate the picking process and " -"another one with a reference *OUT* to designate the shipping process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:65 -msgid "Process the Picking and the Delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:67 -msgid "" -"The picking operation is the first one to be processed and has a *Ready* " -"status while the delivery operation will only become *Ready* once the " -"picking operation has been marked as done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Once the picking has been validated, the delivery order is ready to be " -"processed. Thanks to the fact that the documents are chained, the products " -"which have been previously picked are automatically reserved on the delivery" -" order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming.rst:3 -msgid "Incoming Shipments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:3 -msgid "How to choose the right flow to handle receipts?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Depending on factors such as the type of items you receive, the size of your" -" warehouse, the number of receipt you register everyday... the way you " -"handle receipts to your customers can vary a lot." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Odoo allows you to handle receipts from your warehouse in 3 different ways:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:15 -msgid "**One step**: Receive goods directly in stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:17 -msgid "**Two steps**: Unload in input location then go to stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:19 -msgid "" -"**Three steps**: Unload in input location, go through a quality control " -"before being admitted in stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Odoo uses **routes** to define exactly how you will handle the different " -"receipt steps. The configuration is done at the level of the warehouse. In " -"standard, the reception is a one step process, but changing the " -"configuration can allow to have 2 or even 3 steps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:27 -msgid "The principles are the following:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:29 -msgid "**One step**: You receive the goods directly in your stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:31 -msgid "" -"**Two steps**: You receive the goods in an input area then transfer them " -"from input area to your stock. As long as the goods are not transferred in " -"your stock, they will not be available for further processing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:36 -msgid "" -"**Three steps**: In many companies, it is necessary to assess the received " -"good. The goal is to check that the products correspond to the quality " -"requirements agreed with the suppliers. Adding a quality control step in the" -" goods receipt process can become essential." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:42 -msgid "" -"You receive the goods in an input area, then transfer them into quality area" -" for quality control. When your quality check process finishes then you can " -"move the goods from QC to stock. Of course, you may change the quantity and " -"only transfer to Stock the quantity that is valid and decide that you will " -"return the quantity that is not good." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:55 -msgid "This is the default configuration in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:68 -msgid ":doc:`../delivery/inventory_flow`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:69 -msgid ":doc:`../../../purchase/advanced/analyze`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:3 -msgid "Process a Receipt in one step (Receipt)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:5 -msgid "" -"There is no configuration needed to receive in one step. The default " -"incoming shipments are configured to be directly received from the vendors " -"to the stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:9 -msgid "" -"However, if advanced routes have been activated and you set another incoming" -" configuration on your warehouse, you can set it back to the one-step " -"receipt configuration. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Warehouses` and edit the warehouse in question." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Set the *Incoming Shipments* option to *Receive goods directly (1 step)*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:21 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:50 -msgid "Create a Purchase Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:23 -msgid "" -"To create a *Request for Quotation*, go to the *Purchase* application and " -"click on *Create*. Then, add some storable products to receive and confirm " -"the *RfQ*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Notice that, now, we see 1 receipt associated with the purchase order you " -"just created. If you click on the button, you will see your receipt order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:35 -msgid "Process a Receipt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:37 -msgid "" -"You can also fin the receipt directly from the *Inventory* app. When on the " -"dashboard, you can click the *1 TO PROCESS* button under the *Receipts* " -"Kanban card. Then, you will see your receipt." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Now, enter the picking that you want to process. You will be able to click " -"on *Validate* to complete the move directly as products coming from " -"suppliers are considered as being always available." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:51 -msgid "" -"Once you *Validate* the receipt, the products leave the *Supplier Location* " -"to enter your *WH/Stock Location*. You can easily see that the receipt took " -"place thanks to the status of the document, which is now *Done*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:3 -msgid "Process a Receipt in three steps (Input + Quality + Stock)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Quality is essential for most companies. To make sure we maintain quality " -"throughout the supply chain, it only makes sense that we assess the quality " -"of the products received from suppliers. To do so, we will add a quality " -"control step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Odoo uses routes to define how to handle the different receipt steps. " -"Configuration of those routes is done at the warehouse level. By default, " -"the reception is a one-step process, but it can also be configured to have " -"two-steps or three-steps processes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:13 -msgid "" -"The three-steps flow works as follows: you receive the goods in your " -"receiving area, then transfer them into a quality area for quality control " -"(QC). When the quality check is completed, the goods that match the QC " -"requirements are moved to stock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:20 -msgid "" -"The first step is to allow the use of *Multi-Step Routes*. Routes provide a " -"mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we will chain " -"the picking step to the shipping step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:23 -msgid "" -"To enable *Multi-Step Routes*, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Settings` and activate the option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:31 -msgid "" -"By default, activating *Multi-Step Routes* also activates *Storage " -"Locations*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:35 -msgid "Configure warehouse for receipt in 3-steps" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Once *Multi-Step Routes* has been activated, go to :menuselection:`Inventory" -" --> Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the warehouse which should work " -"with the 3-steps reception. Then, select *Receive goods in input, then " -"quality and then stock (3 steps)* for *Incoming Shipments*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Activating this option leads to the creation of two new locations: *Input* " -"and *Quality Control*. To rename them, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Locations` and select the one you want to rename." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:52 -msgid "" -"To start the 3-steps reception process, create a *Request for Quotation* " -"from the *Purchase* app, add some storable products to it and confirm. Then," -" three pickings are created with your *Purchase Order* as the source " -"document:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:56 -msgid "The first one with a reference *IN* to designate the receipt process;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:59 -msgid "" -"The second one with a reference *INT*, which is the move to the quality " -"control zone;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:62 -msgid "The last one with a reference *INT* to designate the move to stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:69 -msgid "Process the receipt, quality control and entry in stock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:71 -msgid "" -"As the receipt operation is the first one to be processed, it has a *Ready* " -"status while the others are *Waiting Another Operation*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:74 -msgid "" -"To access the receipt operation, click on the button from the *Purchase " -"Order* or go back to the *Inventory* app dashboard and click on *Receipts*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:81 -msgid "" -"In the receipt order, products are always considered available because they " -"come from the supplier. Then, the receipt can be validated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:88 -msgid "" -"Once the receipt has been validated, the transfer to quality becomes " -"*Ready*. And, because the documents are chained to each other, products " -"previously received are automatically reserved on the transfer. Then, the " -"transfer can be directly validated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:100 -msgid "" -"Now, the transfer that enters the products to stock is *Ready*. Here, it is " -"again ready to be validated in order to transfer the products to your stock " -"location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:3 -msgid "Process a Receipt in two steps (Input + Stock)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo uses routes to define exactly how you will handle the different receipt" -" steps. The configuration is done at the *Warehouse* level. By default, the " -"reception is a one-step process, but changing the configuration can allow " -"you to have 2 steps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:13 -msgid "" -"The 2 steps flow is like this: you receive the goods in an input area, then " -"transfer them to your stock. As long as the goods are not transferred in " -"your stock, they will not be available for further processing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:21 -msgid "" -"The first step is to allow using *multi-step routes*. Indeed, routes provide" -" a mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we will " -"chain the unload step in the input area to the step entering the products in" -" stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:26 -msgid "" -"To allow *multi-step routes*, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings` and activate the feature. By default, activating *multi-step " -"routes* will also activate *Storage Locations*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:34 -msgid "Configure warehouse for receipt in 2 steps" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Once *multi-step routes* is activated, you can go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the warehouse which " -"will use receipt in 2 steps. Then, you can select the option *Receive goods " -"in input and then stock (2 steps)* for *Incoming Shipments*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Activating this option will lead to the creation of a new *Input* location. " -"If you want to rename it, you can go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Locations --> Select Input` and update its name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:52 -msgid "Create a purchase order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:54 -msgid "" -"In the *Purchase* application, you can create a *Request for Quotation* with" -" some storable products to receive from a supplier. Once the *RfQ* is " -"confirmed, the receipt picking will be created and automatically linked to " -"your purchase order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:62 -msgid "" -"Now, by clicking on the *1 Receipt* button, you will see the first picking " -"which will allow entering the product in the *input location*. Then, another" -" picking, an internal transfer, has been created in order to move the " -"products to *Stock*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:68 -msgid "Process the receipt and the internal transfer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:70 -msgid "" -"The receipt is the first one to be processed and has a *Ready* status while " -"the internal transfer will only become *Ready* once the receipt has been " -"marked as *Done*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:74 -msgid "" -"You can enter the receipt operation from the purchase order, or access it " -"through the inventory dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:80 -msgid "" -"By default, a receipt is always considered as ready to be processed. Then, " -"you will be able to directly click on *Validate* to mark it as done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:87 -msgid "" -"Once the receipt has been validated, the internal transfer is ready to be " -"processed. As documents are chained, the products which have been received " -"are automatically reserved on the internal transfer. Once the transfer is " -"validated, those products enter the stock and you will be able to use them " -"to fulfill customer deliveries or manufacture products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers.rst:3 -msgid "Lots and Serial Numbers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:3 -msgid "What's the difference between lots and serial numbers?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:6 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, lots and serial numbers have similarities in their functional " -"system but are different in their behavior. They are both managed within the" -" **Inventory**, **Purchases** and **Sales** app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:12 -msgid "" -"**Lots** correspond to a certain number of products you received and store " -"altogether in one single pack." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:15 -msgid "" -"**Serial numbers** are identification numbers given to one product in " -"particular, to allow to track the history of the item from reception to " -"delivery and after-sales." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:20 -msgid "When to use" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:22 -msgid "" -"**Lots** are interesting for products you receive in great quantity and for " -"which a lot number can help in reportings, quality controls, or any other " -"info. Lots will help identify a number of pieces having for instance a " -"production fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or " -"food." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:28 -msgid "" -"**Serial numbers** are interesting for items that could require after-sales " -"service, such as smartphones, laptops, fridges, and any electronic devices. " -"You could use the manufacturer's serial number or your own, depending on the" -" way you manage these products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:34 -msgid "When not to use" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Storing consumable products such as kitchen roll, toilet paper, pens and " -"paper blocks in lots would make no sense at all, as there are very few " -"chances that you can return them for production fault." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:40 -msgid "" -"On the other hand, giving a serial number to every product is a time-" -"consuming task that will have a purpose only in the case of items that have " -"a warranty and/or after-sales services. Putting a serial number on bread, " -"for instance, makes no sense at all." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:46 -msgid ":doc:`serial_numbers`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:47 -msgid ":doc:`lots`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:3 -msgid "Manage expiration dates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In many companies, products have expiration dates and they should be tracked" -" based on those dates. In the food industry, for example, tracking stocks " -"based on expiration dates is mandatory to avoid selling expired products to " -"customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:10 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can track your products based on their expiration dates, even" -" if they are already tracked by lots or serial numbers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:14 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:15 -msgid "Configurations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:17 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:18 -msgid "Application configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:19 -msgid "" -"To use expiration dates tracking, open the *Inventory* application and go to" -" :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Lots & Serial" -" Numbers* and *Expiration Dates* features." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:27 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:28 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:68 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:90 -msgid "Product configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Now, you have the possibility to define different dates in the *inventory " -"tab* of the product form:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Product Use Time: it’s the number of days before the goods start " -"deteriorating, without being dangerous yet. It will be computed using the " -"lot/serial number;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Product Life Time: refers to the number of days before the goods may become " -"dangerous and must not be consumed. It will be computed on the lot/serial " -"number;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Product Removal Time: shows the number of days before the goods should be " -"removed from the stock. It will be computed on the lot/serial number;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Product Alert Time: refers to the number of days before an alert should be " -"raised on the lot/serial number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:44 -msgid "Expiration Date on Lots/Serial Numbers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:46 -msgid "" -"When receiving a product in stock, the dates will automatically be updated " -"on the corresponding lot/serial number. This update will be based on the " -"reception date of the product and the times set on the product form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:58 -msgid "Expiration Alerts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:60 -msgid "" -"You can access all your expiration alerts from the *inventory* app. To do " -"so, go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. There, you " -"can use the pre-existing filter that shows all the lots/serial numbers that " -"exceeded their alert date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:3 -msgid "Manage lots of identical products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Lots are useful for products you receive in great quantity and for which a " -"lot number can help in reporting, quality controls, or any other info. Lots " -"will help identify a number of pieces having, for instance, a production " -"fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or food." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Odoo has the capacity to manage lots, ensuring compliance with the " -"traceability requirements imposed by the majority of industries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:14 -msgid "" -"The double-entry management in Odoo enables you to run very advanced " -"traceability." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:18 -msgid "Setting Up" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:21 -msgid "Application Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:23 -msgid "" -"First, you need to activate the tracking of lot numbers. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and tick *Lots & " -"Serial Numbers*. Then, click on save." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:31 -msgid "Product Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Now, you have to configure which products you want to track by serial " -"numbers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products` and open the product of your" -" choice. There, click on *Edit* and select *Tracking by Lots* in the " -"inventory tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:47 -msgid "Manage Lots" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:52 -msgid "" -"In order to receive a product tracked by lots, you have to specify its lot " -"numbers. You have several ways of doing so:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:55 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:65 -msgid "Manually assign the different lot numbers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:57 -msgid "Copy/paste lot numbers from an Excel file" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:59 -msgid "First, you need to open the detailed operations of your picking." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:67 -msgid "" -"When opening the detailed operations, you can click on *Add a line*. Then, " -"you will be able to fill the lot number in. Once done, you can click on *Add" -" a line* again to register a new lot number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:75 -msgid "Copy/paste lot number from an Excel file" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Once the spreadsheet containing the lot numbers you received from your " -"supplier and copy the list. Then, you can paste them in the *Lot/Serial " -"Number Name* column for Odoo to automatically create the necessary lines. " -"After that, you will have to manually enter the number of products that are " -"contained in each one of the lots." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:93 -msgid "Operation Types" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:95 -msgid "" -"Of course, you also have the possibility to define how you will manage lots " -"for each operation type. To do so, open the *Inventory* app and go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Operation Types`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:99 -msgid "" -"For each type (receipts, internal transfers, deliveries, …), you can decide " -"if you allow to create new lot numbers or only use existing ones. By " -"default, the creation of new lots is only allowed at product reception, and " -"using existing lot numbers isn’t allowed in this operation. If you have " -"inter-warehouse transfers and track products by lots, it can be useful to " -"allow using existing lot numbers in receipts too." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:111 -msgid "Lots traceability" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:113 -msgid "" -"The lot number given to the products allows you to keep track of where they " -"were received, put in stock, to whom they were sold and where they were " -"shipped to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:117 -msgid "" -"To track an item, open the *Inventory* module and, in :menuselection:`Master" -" Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers`, click on the lot number corresponding to " -"your search." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:124 -msgid "" -"When you open the *Traceability* information, you see in which documents the" -" lot number has been used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:130 -msgid "" -"Now, if you want to locate the lot number, you can do so by clicking on the " -"*Location* stat button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:3 -msgid "Work with serial numbers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:5 -msgid "" -"To track products with serial numbers, you can use the serial number " -"tracking. With them, you can track the current location of the product and, " -"when the products are moved from one location to another, the system will " -"automatically identify the current location of the product, based on its " -"last movement." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:11 -msgid "" -"If you want to do it or run very advanced traceability, the Odoo double-" -"entry management is the feature you need." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:20 -msgid "" -"First, you need to activate the serial numbers tracking. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the *Inventory* application. " -"Then, enable the feature and hit save." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Now, you have to configure the products you want to track by serial numbers." -" To do so, go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products` and open the " -"product of your choice. Edit it and select *Tracking By Unique Serial " -"Number* in the *Inventory tab*. Then, click on save." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:42 -msgid "Manage Serial Numbers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:47 -msgid "" -"To receive a product that is tracked by serial number, you have to specify " -"its serial number. Of course, you have several ways of doing so:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:50 -msgid "Manual assignation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:52 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:73 -msgid "Multi-assignation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:54 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:89 -msgid "Copy/pasting from an Excel file" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Whatever could be your favorite way to assign serial numbers, you firstly " -"need to open the detailed operations of your picking." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:63 -msgid "Manual assignation of the different serial numbers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:65 -msgid "" -"When opening the detailed operations, you can click on *Add a line*. Then, " -"you will be able to fill in the serial number field. Once done, you can " -"click again on *Add a line* to register a new serial number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:75 -msgid "" -"By using the multi-assignation of serial numbers, Odoo will automatically " -"create the necessary lines. To do so, you have to enter the first serial " -"number of your set and the number of products you have to assign a serial " -"number to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:80 -msgid "Once done, click on *Assign Serial Numbers* and Odoo will do the rest." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:91 -msgid "" -"To use copy/pasting, open the spreadsheet containing the serial numbers you " -"received and copy the list. Then, past them in the *Lot/Serial Number Name* " -"column of the wizard. Doing so, Odoo will automatically create the lines you" -" need." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:106 -msgid "Operation types" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:108 -msgid "" -"You also have the possibility to define how you will manage lots for each " -"operation type. To define it, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Operation Types` in the *Inventory* app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:112 -msgid "" -"For each type, you can decide if you allow the creation of new lot numbers " -"or want to use existing ones. By default, the creation of new lots is only " -"allowed at product reception." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:120 -msgid "" -"If you have inter-warehouse transfers and track products by lots, it can be " -"useful to allow using existing lot numbers in receipts too." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:124 -msgid "Serial Number traceability" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:126 -msgid "" -"Using serial numbers allows you to keep track of where the products were " -"received, put in stock, to whom they were sold, and where they were shipped " -"to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:130 -msgid "" -"Tracking an item is easy: open the *Inventory* app, and go to " -":menuselection:`Master Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers` and click on the serial" -" number corresponding to your search. Then, open the *Traceability* " -"information. There, you will see in which documents the serial number has " -"been used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:140 -msgid "" -"And, if you want to locate a serial number, you can do so by clicking on the" -" *Location* button available on the serial number form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc.rst:3 -msgid "Miscellaneous Operations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:3 -msgid "Process Batch Transfers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Batch picking allows a single picker to handle a batch of orders, reducing " -"the number of times he must visit the same location. In Odoo, it means you " -"can regroup several transfers into the same batch transfer, then process it," -" either via the barcode application or in the form view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:11 -msgid "Create a Batch Transfer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:13 -msgid "" -"To activate the batch picking option, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Configuration` and enable *Batch Pickings*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Then, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Batch Transfers` " -"and hit the create button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Now, determine the batch transfer responsible and the type of transfers you " -"want to include in the batch. To add the types of transfers, click on *Add a" -" line*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:34 -msgid "" -"In the example below, a filter was applied to only see the transfers that " -"are in the *Pick* step. After that, the different transfers that needed to " -"be included in the batch transfer were selected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:42 -msgid "" -"To see the products to pick for the different transfers, click on *Select*. " -"If *Multi-locations* has been activated, the document also shows the " -"locations they have been reserved from." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:51 -msgid "" -"For more info about *Multi-Locations*, please refer to this doc: " -":doc:`../warehouses/location_creation`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:54 -msgid "Create a Batch Transfer from the Transfers List View" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:56 -msgid "" -"From the *Transfers List View*, select transfers that should be included in " -"the Batch. Then, select *Add to batch* from the *Action* list." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Next, determine if you want to add the transfers to an existing draft batch " -"transfer or create a new one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:72 -msgid "Process a Batch Transfer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:74 -msgid "" -"While gathering the products, you can edit the batch transfer and update the" -" *Quantity done* for each product. Once everything has been picked, select " -"*Validate* so the different transfers contained in the batch are validated " -"too." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:83 -msgid "" -"In case all the products cannot be picked, you can create backorders for " -"each individual transfer which couldn’t be completely processed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:96 -msgid "Process a Batch Transfer from the Barcode app" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:98 -msgid "Enter the *Barcode* application, select the *Batch Transfers* menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:104 -msgid "" -"Then, you can enter the batch transfer on which you want to work. Batch " -"transfers can easily be grouped per responsible if necessary." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:111 -msgid "" -"In the batch transfer, products are classified per location. The source " -"document is visible on each line and a color-code helps differentiate them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:119 -msgid "" -"To see the products to pick from another location, click on the *Next* " -"button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:126 -msgid "" -"Once all the products have been picked, click on *Validate* (on the last " -"page) to mark the batch transfer as done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:3 -msgid "Send Automated Emails at Delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:8 -msgid "" -"First, go to the *Inventory* app, then to *Settings* and activate the *Email" -" Confirmation* feature. If you work in multi-company, this configuration is " -"company-specific." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:15 -msgid "" -"When you enable this feature, Odoo automatically creates an email template. " -"Of course, you can modify it if necessary by clicking on the small arrow " -"next to its name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:23 -msgid "Send email at delivery validation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:25 -msgid "" -"On the inventory dashboard, click on *Create* and fill the form for a " -"specific partner. Once you have added some products in it, *Validate* it and" -" do the same for the delivery." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Doing so, an automated email will be sent and will appear in the chatter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:38 -msgid "" -"If you work with a shipping method, and then have a tracking link, it will " -"be included in the standard email template." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:3 -msgid "Manage Stock that you don't own" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Sometimes, suppliers can offer you to store and sell products without having" -" to buy those items. This technique is called *consignee stock*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Consignee stock is a great way for manufacturers and suppliers to launch new" -" products. As resellers may be reluctant to buy a product they are not sure " -"to be able to sell, consignee stock will allow them to offer an item to " -"check its market without having to pay for it in the first place." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Of course, Odoo has the ability to manage those consignee stocks through " -"advanced settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:20 -msgid "" -"To use this feature, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " -"Settings` in the inventory app. Then, enable the *Consignment* feature in " -"the *Traceability* section. Now, hit save." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:28 -msgid "Reception of Consignee Stock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:30 -msgid "" -"When in the *Inventory* app, open the receipts and create a new reception. " -"On the right side, you will see that a new line called *Assign Owner* has " -"appeared. There, you can specify the partner which owns the stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:39 -msgid "If you are the owner, you can leave the field blank." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Once the receipt is validated, the products enter your stock but still " -"belong to the owner. They don’t impact your inventory valuation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:3 -msgid "Scrap Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In your warehouse, you sometimes find products that are damaged or that are " -"unusable due to expiry or for some other reasons. You often notice this " -"during picking or physical inventory. Since those products cannot be sold or" -" stored, you have to scrap them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:10 -msgid "" -"When goods are scrapped, they are not reflected in the system as a part of " -"the inventory. The scrapped material will be physically moved to the scrap " -"area and not taken into account into inventory valuation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Scrap means waste that either has no economic value or only the value of its" -" basic material content, recoverable through recycling." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:21 -msgid "" -"When you install the *Inventory* app, Odoo automatically creates a scrap " -"location. It’s named *Virtual Location/Scap*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Of course, you can create new scrap areas if needed. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the " -"*Storage Locations* feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Now, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations` and create your " -"scrap location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:34 -msgid "" -"You have to check *Is a Scrap Location?* on the location form. In fact, " -"scrap locations cannot be used as normal storage locations and then, a " -"virtual location will be created for scrapped products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:39 -msgid "Different ways to scrap products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:41 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, you have several ways to scrap products: from receipts, from a " -"delivery order, and from an internal transfer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:45 -msgid "Scrap from receipt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Scrapping products from receipts is easy. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory " -"--> Dashboard --> Receipts` or click on *1 TO PROCESS* under the receipts " -"location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Now, open the receipt and validate the picking. Once the products entered " -"your stock, the Scrap button appears on the top left corner of your screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:57 -msgid "" -"You can scrap products that were part of the receipt from there. If you do " -"so, it will move them from available stock to the virtual scrap location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:68 -msgid "Scrap from delivery order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:70 -msgid "" -"To scrap products from a delivery order, go to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" -" Dashboard --> Delivery orders` or click on *1 TO PROCESS*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Once done, open the delivery order. You can see the scrap button in the " -"upper left of the document. If you scrap the product from there, it will be " -"moved from your available stock to the virtual scrap location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:80 -msgid "" -"You can find all the scrap orders made from the picking by clicking on the " -"button on the top right corner of the document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:93 -msgid "Scrap from an internal transfer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:95 -msgid "" -"To do this, the flow is almost the same. In fact, you just have to go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Dashboard --> Internal Transfers`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:101 -msgid "" -"There, open the internal transfer that interests you. Now, click on the " -"scrap button that is on the top left of the document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:104 -msgid "" -"When scrapping before validating the internal transfer, the product is, by " -"default, moved from the source location to the virtual scrap location. But, " -"if you scrap after validating the internal transfer, it will be moved from " -"the destination location, as opposed to the source location, to the virtual " -"scrap location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:110 -msgid "" -"Of course, you can manually update the source location of the scrap order if" -" necessary." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:3 -msgid "Send Automated SMS at Delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:8 -msgid "" -"To send automated SMS, you need to activate the *SMS Confirmation* feature. " -"To do so, go to the *Inventory* app *Settings* and enable the feature. In " -"multi-company, this feature is company-specific." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Of course, an SMS template already exists by default in Odoo. You can modify" -" it by clicking on the arrow on the right." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:22 -msgid "Send SMS at delivery validation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:24 -msgid "" -"To use this feature, try to *Create* a delivery order for a specific partner" -" and add some products to it. Then, *Validate* the delivery." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:30 -msgid "Now, the automated SMS that has been sent appears in the chatter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:36 -msgid "" -"The partner which is set on the transfer needs to have a phone number " -"specified in its contact form for the SMS to be sent." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:39 -msgid "" -"If you work with a shipping method, and then have a tracking link, it will " -"be included in the SMS template." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning.rst:3 -msgid "Planning" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:3 -msgid "How is the Scheduled Delivery Date Computed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Providing the best possible service to customers is vital for business. It " -"implies planning every move: manufacturing orders, deliveries, receptions, " -"and so on. To do so, you need to configure lead time properly and coordinate" -" scheduled dates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:9 -msgid "" -"By using lead times, Odoo provides end dates, the **Commitment Date**, for " -"each process. On a sales order, for example, this is the date your customer " -"will get the products he ordered." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:13 -msgid "" -"From the customers’ side, the commitment date is important because it gives " -"them an estimation of when they will receive their products. The dates take " -"all other lead times, such as manufacturing, delivery, or suppliers, into " -"account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:19 -msgid "How are Lead Times Calculated?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:27 -msgid "" -"As said above, there are several types of lead times. Each is calculated " -"based on various indicators. Before going through the configuration, here is" -" a brief summary of how lead times are calculated and what they are:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:32 -msgid "" -"**Customer Lead Time**: the customer lead time is the default duration you " -"set. Therefore, the expected date on the sales orders is today + customer " -"lead time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:36 -msgid "" -"**Sales Security Lead Time**: the purpose is to be ready shipping that many " -"days before the actual commitment taken with the customer. Then, the default" -" scheduled date on the delivery order is **SO delivery date - Security Lead " -"Time**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:41 -msgid "" -"**Purchase Security Lead Time**: additional time to mitigate the risk of a " -"vendor delay. The receipt will be scheduled that many days earlier to cope " -"with unexpected vendor delays. In case of a *Replenish to Order*, the " -"**Delivery order scheduled date - Security lead time** for purchase will be " -"the default *Receipt* scheduled date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:48 -msgid "" -"**Purchase Delivery Lead Time**: this is the expected time between a PO " -"being confirmed and the receipt of the ordered products. The **Receipt " -"scheduled date - Vendor delivery date** is the default *PO Order By* date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:53 -msgid "" -"**Days to Purchase**: number of days the purchasing department takes to " -"validate a PO. If another RFQ to the same vendor is already opened, Odoo " -"adds the line to the RFQ instead of creating a new one. Then, the specific " -"date is set on the line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:58 -msgid "" -"**Manufacturing Lead Time**: this is the expected time it takes to " -"manufacture a product. This lead time is independent of the quantity to " -"produce and does not take the routing time into account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:63 -msgid "" -"**Manufacturing Security Lead Time**: additional time to mitigate the risk " -"of a manufacturing delay. In case of a *Replenish to Order*, the **Delivery " -"Order scheduled date - Manufacturing Lead Time - Manufacturing Security Lead" -" Time** is the default *Manufacturing Order* planned date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:70 -msgid "Sales - Lead Times" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:72 -msgid "" -"In the *Sales* app, there is an option called *Delivery Date*. It allows " -"seeing an additional field on the sales orders, *Expected Date*. This one is" -" automatically computed based on the different lead times previously " -"configured." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:81 -msgid "" -"If the set up *Delivery Date* is earlier than the the *Expected Date*, a " -"warning message is displayed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:89 -msgid "" -"But, for all of this properly working, it is still necessary to configure " -"all the lead times that could occur." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:93 -msgid "Customer Lead Time" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:95 -msgid "" -"The *Customer Lead Time* is the time needed for your product to go from your" -" warehouse to the customer place. It can be configured on any product by " -"going to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`. There, open your " -"product form, go in the inventory tab, and add your *Customer Lead Time*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:105 -msgid "" -"For example, product B is ordered on the 2nd of April but the *Customer Lead" -" Time* is two days. In that case, the expected delivery date is the 4th of " -"April." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:110 -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:182 -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:219 -msgid "Security Lead Time" -msgstr "Veiligheid productietijd" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:112 -msgid "" -"In sales, *Security Lead Time* corresponds to backup days to ensure you are " -"able to deliver the products in time. The purpose is to be ready shipping " -"earlier in order to arrive on time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:116 -msgid "" -"The number of security days is subtracted from the calculation to compute a " -"scheduled date earlier than the one promised to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:119 -msgid "" -"To set this up, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " -"Settings` and enable the feature *Security Lead Time for Sales*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:126 -msgid "" -"For example, product B is scheduled to be delivered on the 6th of April but " -"the *Security Lead Time* is one day. In that case, the scheduled date for " -"the delivery order is the 5th of April." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:131 -msgid "Deliver several products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:133 -msgid "" -"In many cases, customers order several products at the same time. Those can " -"have different lead times but still need to be delivered, at once or " -"separately. Fortunately, Odoo can help you handle these cases easily." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:137 -msgid "" -"From the *Other Info* tab of your *Sale Order*, you can choose between *When" -" all products are ready* and *As soon as possible*. The first one is to " -"deliver products at once, while the second is to deliver them separately." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:142 -msgid "" -"For example, products A and B are ordered at the same time. A has 8 lead " -"days and B has 5. With the first option, the *Expected Date* is calculated " -"based on the product with the most lead days, here A. If the order is " -"confirmed on the 2nd of April, then the *Expected Date* is on the 10th of " -"April." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:148 -msgid "" -"With the second option, the *Expected Date* is calculated based on the " -"product with the least customer lead days. In this example, B is the product" -" with the least lead days. So, the *Expected Date* is on the 7th of April." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:154 -msgid "Purchase - Lead Times" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:157 -msgid "Supplier Lead Time" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:159 -msgid "" -"The *Supplier Lead Time* is the time needed for a product you purchased to " -"be delivered. To configure it, open a product from :menuselection:`Purchase " -"--> Products --> Products` and add a vendor under the *Purchase* tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:168 -msgid "" -"By clicking on *Add a line*, a new window is displayed. You can specify the " -"*Delivery Lead Time* there. If done so, the delivery day for every purchase " -"of that product is now equal to *Date of the Purchase Order + Delivery Lead " -"Time*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:178 -msgid "" -"It is possible to add different vendors and, thus, different lead times " -"depending on the vendor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:184 -msgid "" -"The *Security Lead Time* for purchase follows the same logic as the one for " -"*Sales*, except that you are the customer. Then, it is the margin of error " -"for your supplier to deliver your order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:188 -msgid "" -"To set up *Security Lead Time* for purchase, go to :menuselection:`Inventory" -" --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable the feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:196 -msgid "" -"Doing so, every time the system generates purchase orders, those are " -"scheduled that many days earlier to cope with unexpected vendor delays." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:200 -msgid "Manufacturing - Lead Times" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:203 -msgid "Manufacturing Lead Time" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:205 -msgid "" -"The *Manufacturing Lead Time* is the time needed to manufacture the product." -" To specify it, open the *Inventory* tab of your product form and add the " -"number of days the manufacturing takes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:213 -msgid "" -"When working with *Manufacturing Lead Times*, the *Deadline Start* of the " -"*MO* is **Commitment Date - Manufacturing Lead Time**. For example, the MO’s" -" deadline start date for an order having a commitment date on the 10th of " -"July is June 27th." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:221 -msgid "" -"The *Security Lead Time* for manufacturing allows generating manufacturing " -"orders earlier to cope with the risk of manufacturing delays." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:225 -msgid "" -"To enable it, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> " -"Settings` and tick *Security Lead Time*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:232 -msgid "" -"For example, a customer orders B with a delivery date scheduled on the 20th " -"of June. The *Manufacturing Lead Time* is 14 days and the *Security Lead " -"Time* is 3 days, so the manufacturing of B needs to start at the latest on " -"the 3rd of June, which is the MO’s planned date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:238 -msgid "Global Example" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:240 -msgid "Here is a configuration:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:242 -msgid "1 day of security lead time for Sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:243 -msgid "2 days of security lead time for Manufacturing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:244 -msgid "3 days of manufacturing lead time" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:245 -msgid "1 day of security lead time for Purchase" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:246 -msgid "4 days of supplier lead time" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:248 -msgid "" -"Let’s say that a customer orders B on the 1st of September and the delivery " -"date is planned to be within 20 days (September 20th). In such a scenario, " -"here is when all the various steps are triggered." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:252 -msgid "**September 1st**: the sales order is created" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:253 -msgid "" -"**September 10th**: the deadline to order components from the supplier " -"because of the manufacturing process (4 days of supplier lead time)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:256 -msgid "" -"**September 13th**: the reception of the product from the supplier (1 day of" -" security lead time for Purchase)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:258 -msgid "" -"**September 14th**: the deadline start date for the manufacturing (19th - 3 " -"days of manufacturing lead time - 2 days of security lead time for " -"Manufacturing)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:261 -msgid "" -"**September 19th**: the expected date on the delivery order form (1 day of " -"security lead time for sales)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:3 -msgid "Configure and Run Schedulers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:6 -msgid "What is a scheduler?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The scheduler is the calculation engine that plans and prioritizes " -"production and purchasing. It does it automatically, according to the rules " -"defined on products. By default, the scheduler is set to run once a day." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:14 -msgid "Calculating Requirements / Scheduling" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Scheduling only validates procurements that are confirmed but not yet " -"started. These procurement reservations will start production, tasks or " -"purchases themselves, depending on the configuration of the requested " -"product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:21 -msgid "" -"As a human would do, the scheduler takes the priority of operations into " -"account when starting reservations and procurements. Urgent requests will be" -" started first." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:26 -msgid "" -"In case there are not enough products in stock to satisfy all the requests, " -"you can be sure that the most urgent ones will be produced first." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:31 -msgid "Configure and run the scheduler" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:34 -msgid "Run the scheduler manually" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:36 -msgid "" -"To start the scheduler manually, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Operations --> Run Schedulers`. The scheduler uses all the relevant " -"parameters defined for products, suppliers and the company to prioritize the" -" different production orders, deliveries and supplier purchases." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:45 -msgid "Configure and run the scheduler (for advanced users)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:47 -msgid "" -"To use this feature, you have to enable the :doc:`Developer mode " -"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` mode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Then, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> " -"Scheduled Actions` and modify the *Run MRP Scheduler Configuration*. There, " -"you can set the starting time of the scheduler." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products.rst:3 -msgid "Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:3 -msgid "How to select the right replenishment strategy" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Minimum Stock rules and Make to Order have similar consequences but " -"different rules. They should be used depending on your manufacturing and " -"delivery strategies." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:10 -msgid "Terminology" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:13 -msgid "Minimum stock rule" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Minimum Stock rules are used to ensure that you always have the minimum " -"amount of a product in stock in order to manufacture your products and/or " -"answer to your customer needs. When the stock level of a product reaches its" -" minimum the system will automatically generate a procurement order with the" -" quantity needed to reach the maximum stock level." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:22 -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:58 -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:67 -msgid "Make to Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:24 -msgid "" -"The Make to Order function will trigger a Purchase Order of the amount of " -"the Sales Order related to the product. The system will **not** check the " -"current stock. This means that a draft purchase order will be generated " -"regardless of the quantity on hand of the product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:33 -msgid "Minimum stock rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:35 -msgid "" -"The Minimum Stock Rules configuration is available through your Inventory " -"module. In the Inventory Control menu select \"Reordering Rule\" in the drop" -" down menu. There, click on \"Create\" to set minimum and maximum stock " -"values for a given product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Show tooltips for \"minimum quantity\", \"maximum quantity\" and \"quantity " -"multiple\" fields" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Then, click on your product to access the related product form and, on the " -"\"Inventory submenu\", do not forget to select a supplier." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Don't forget to select the right product type. A consumable can not be " -"stocked and will thus not be accounted for in the stock valuation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:60 -msgid "" -"The Make to Order configuration is available on your product form through " -"your :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory control --> Products` (or any " -"other module where products are available)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:64 -msgid "On the product form, under Inventory, click on \"Make To Order\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:70 -msgid "Choice between the two options" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:72 -msgid "" -"The choice between the two options is thus dependent of your inventory " -"strategy. If you prefer to have a buffer and always have at least a minimum " -"amount, the minimum stock rule should be used. If you want to reorder your " -"stocks only if your sale is confirmed it is better to use the Make to Order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:3 -msgid "Use Different Units of Measure" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In some cases, handling products in different units of measure is necessary." -" For example, if you buy products in a country where the metric system is of" -" application and sell in a country where the imperial system is used, you " -"will need to convert the units. Another common use case is buying products " -"in bigger packs to your supplier and selling them in units to your " -"customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:12 -msgid "" -"You can set up Odoo to work with different units of measure for one product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:18 -msgid "" -"In the *Inventory* application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`. In the *Products* section, activate *Units of Measure*, then " -"*Save*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:25 -msgid "Create New Units of Measure" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:27 -msgid "" -"In the *Inventory* application go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> UoM`." -" There, hit *Create*. As an example, we will create a Box of 6 units that we" -" will use for the Egg product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:34 -msgid "" -"The category is important for unit conversion, you will be able to convert " -"products from one unit to another only if those units belong to the same " -"category. The box of 6 is 6 times bigger than the reference unit of measure " -"for the category which is “Units” here." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:43 -msgid "Specify Units of Measure on your Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:45 -msgid "" -"In the :menuselection:`Inventory application --> Master Data --> Products`, " -"open the product which you would like to change the purchase/sale unit of " -"measure, and click on *Edit*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:49 -msgid "" -"In the *General Information* tab, you can select the *Unit of Measure* in " -"which the product will be sold, which is also the unit in which internal " -"transfers will take place. You can also select the *Purchase Unit of " -"Measure*, which is the unit in which you purchase the product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:59 -msgid "Transfer from One Unit to Another" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:62 -msgid "Buy in the Pruchase UoM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:64 -msgid "" -"In the *Purchase* application, *Create* a new request for quotation in which" -" you include the product with the different *Units of Measure* and *Confirm*" -" it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:71 -msgid "" -"On the automatically generated purchase orders, the UoM used is the Box of " -"6, meaning the Purchase UoM. You have of course the possibility to manually " -"modify the UoM if necessary. When you enter the *Receipt* which is linked to" -" the purchase order, you can observe that the 10 boxes of 6 units have been " -"converted in 60 units. Indeed, the stock is managed in units." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:82 -msgid "Replenishment" -msgstr "Voorraadaanvullen" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:84 -msgid "" -"When doing a replenishment via the *Replenish* button on the product form, " -"you have the possibility to use a different unit of measure." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:94 -msgid "Sell in bigger UoM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:96 -msgid "" -"You can choose the unit of measure on the sale order document and decide to " -"sell the eggs by the dozen. When doing so, the price is automatically " -"computed from Units UoM to adapt to the selected *UoM*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:103 -msgid "" -"In the delivery order, the *UoM* used in the sale order is converted to the " -"*UoM* used for stock management, in our use case, the Units." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:3 -msgid "When Should you Use Packages, Units of Measure or Special Packaging?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:6 -msgid "Units of Measure" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Units of measure specify the unit used to handle a product. In Odoo, you " -"have the possibility to specify the unit of measure in which you manage your" -" stock and the one which is used when purchasing the product to your " -"supplier." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:16 -msgid "" -"The *conversion* between the different units of measure is done " -"automatically. The only condition is that all the units have to be in the " -"*same category* (Unit, Weight, Volume, Length,...)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:20 -msgid "" -"For example, if I have the following reordering rule for the egg and I run " -"the scheduler, the quantity added in the automatically generated purchase " -"order will be in dozens but what will enter the stock will be units." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:35 -msgid "Packages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:37 -msgid "" -"The package is the physical container in which you put one or several " -"products from a picking. For example, when you deliver a product, you can " -"decide to separate the quantity into two different packages. It then allows " -"you to have a report with the quantity of products for each package." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:43 -msgid "" -"To separate a delivery into different packages you will have to set the done" -" quantity to the desired package quantity then click on \"PUT IN PACK\", do " -"this for each package." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:54 -msgid "Packaging" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:56 -msgid "" -"The packaging is the physical container that protects your product. If you " -"are selling computers, the packaging contains the computer with the notice " -"and the power plug." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:60 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, packagings are used for indicative purposes on sale orders. They " -"can be specified on the product form, in the inventory tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Another useful use of the packaging is for product reception. By scanning " -"the barcode of the packaging, Odoo adds the number of units contained in the" -" packing on the picking." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies.rst:3 -msgid "Inventory Adjustment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:3 -msgid "Choose Between Reordering Rules and Make to Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:5 -msgid "" -"*Reordering rules* and *make to order* do both allow to automatically " -"replenish products when necessary. The difference between those tools is how" -" they are triggered." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:9 -msgid "" -"*Reordering rules* are used to ensure that you always have a minimum amount " -"of a product in stock in order to manufacture your products and/or answer to" -" your customer needs. When the stock level of a product reaches its minimum " -"the system will automatically generate a procurement with the needed " -"quantity to reach the maximum stock level." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:15 -msgid "" -"The *Make to Order* route will trigger a procurement (purchase order or " -"manufacturing order) with the necessary quantity to fulfill a product " -"request (coming from a sale order or a manufacturing order). The system will" -" not check the quantity on hand for the corresponding product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:24 -msgid "Reordering Rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:26 -msgid "" -"The *Reordering Rules* configuration is available through the menu " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Master Data --> Reordering Rules`. There, " -"click on *Create* to set minimum and maximum stock values for a given " -"product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:33 -msgid "" -"When the forecasted stock goes below the *Minimum Quantity* specified in " -"this field, Odoo generates a procurement to bring the forecasted quantity to" -" the *Maximum Quantity*. The *Quantity Multiple* is used to round the " -"procurement quantity up to this multiple. If it is 0, the exact quantity " -"will be used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:42 -msgid "" -"The *Lead time* is the number of days after the order point is triggered to " -"receive the products or to order them to the vendor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:45 -msgid "" -"In case you work with multi-warehouses and/or multi-locations, you will be " -"able to specify different reordering rules for the same product in each " -"location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:50 -msgid "" -"For the reordering rules to be triggered, on the corresponding product, a " -"route should be specified. In case you manufacture your products, make sure " -"to select the route *Manufacture* and create a *Bill of Material* for the " -"product. In case you purchase your products, make sure to select the route " -"*Buy* and add a *Vendor Pricelist*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:62 -msgid "" -"Don't forget to select the product type *storable* in the product form. A " -"consumable can not be stocked and won’t trigger reordering rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:69 -msgid "" -"The *Make To Order* configuration is available on your product form through " -"your :menuselection:`Inventory module --> Master Data --> Products` (or in " -"any other module where products are available)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:73 -msgid "" -"On the product form, in the *Inventory tab*, you can set a route. You can " -"choose *Make To Order* and another route, either *Buy* or *Manufacture*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Again, if the *Buy* route is selected, make sure to set a *Vendor pricelist*" -" in the *Purchase tab*. In case you have set a *Manufacture* route, make " -"sure you have a *BoM* for this product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:3 -msgid "Resupply from another Warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In order to be able to resupply from another warehouse, you need to activate" -" \\*multi-warehouses\\* and \\*multi-step routes\\*. Storage locations will " -"be automatically activated when activating multi-warehouses." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:16 -msgid "" -"You can then access your warehouses via :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Warehouses`. Create the necessary warehouses following " -"this :doc:`documentation <../warehouses/warehouse_creation>`. Enter the " -"warehouse which should be resupplied by another one. You will have the " -"possibility to directly indicate through which warehouse it gets resupplied." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:26 -msgid "" -"By activating this option, a new route will now be available on your " -"products \\*Supply Product from Second warehouse\\*. It can now be selected," -" along with either a \\*reordering rule\\* or a \\*make to order\\*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:34 -msgid "" -"For the demonstration, I set a reordering rule with a minimum of 5 units in " -"stock and a maximum of 10 units in stock, having currently 0 units on hand. " -"I will run the scheduler by going to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Operations --> Run scheduler`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:42 -msgid "" -"The system automatically creates two pickings, one \\*delivery order\\* from" -" my Second Warehouse which contains the necessary products, and a receipt in" -" my main warehouse WH/Stock for the same products. The source document is " -"the \\*reordering rule\\* which triggered the route \\*Supply Product from " -"Second warehouse\\*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting.rst:3 -msgid "Valuation Methods" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:3 -msgid "Integrating additional costs to products (landed costs)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The landed cost feature in Odoo allows to include additional costs " -"(shipment, insurance, customs duties, etc.) into the cost of the product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Landed costs can only be applied to products with a FIFO or AVCO costing " -"method and an automated inventory valuation (which requires the accounting " -"application to be installed)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:17 -msgid "" -"First, you need to go in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " -"Settings` and activate the landed costs feature. You can also determine the " -"default journal in which the landed cost accounting entries will be " -"recorded." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:25 -msgid "Add costs to products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:28 -msgid "Receive the vendor bill" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Let’s imagine I receive a bill from custom duties for a shipment. I’ll tick " -"the box *Landed Costs* on the vendor bill line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:37 -msgid "The landed cost product must be of type service." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:39 -msgid "" -"If this product is always a landed cost, you can also define it on the " -"product and avoid having to tick the box on each vendor bill." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:45 -msgid "" -"At the top of my vendor bill, I’ll see a button *create landed costs*. I " -"click on this button and a landed cost is automatically created. I can now " -"decide on which picking those additional costs should apply." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:52 -msgid "" -"I can now click on *Compute* and go in the tab *Valuation Adjustments* to " -"see the impact on my products costs. The last step is to validate the landed" -" cost." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:56 -msgid "" -"I can access the journal entry that has been created by the landed cost by " -"clicking on the journal entry." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:63 -msgid "" -"You are not forced to start from the vendor bill, you can also go in " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Landed Costs` and directly " -"create the landed cost from there." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:5 -msgid "Inventory valuation configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:7 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Inventory valuation refers to how you value your stock. It’s a very " -"important aspect of a business as the inventory can be the biggest asset of " -"a company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:11 -msgid "Inventory valuation implies two main choices:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:13 -msgid "The cost method you use to value your goods (standard, fifo, avco)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:14 -msgid "" -"The way you record this value into your accounting books (manually or " -"automatically)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:16 -msgid "Those two concepts are explained in the sections below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:19 -msgid "Costing Methods: Standard, FIFO, AVCO" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:21 -msgid "" -"The costing method is defined in the product category. There are three " -"options available. Each of them is explained in detail below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:69 -msgid "Standard Price" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:34 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:79 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:125 -msgid "Operation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:35 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:80 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:126 -msgid "Unit Cost" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:36 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:81 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:127 -msgid "Qty On Hand" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:37 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:82 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:128 -msgid "Delta Value" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:38 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:83 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:129 -msgid "Inventory Value" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:40 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:45 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:50 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:55 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:61 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:90 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:136 -msgid "€10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:41 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:86 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:132 -msgid "0" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:43 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:85 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:88 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:131 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:134 -msgid "€0" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:44 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:89 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:135 -msgid "Receive 8 Products at €10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:46 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:91 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:137 -msgid "8" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:47 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:92 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:138 -msgid "+8*€10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:48 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:93 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:139 -msgid "€80" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:49 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:94 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:140 -msgid "Receive 4 Products at €16" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:51 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:96 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:142 -msgid "12" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:52 -msgid "+4*€10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:53 -msgid "€120" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:54 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:99 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:145 -msgid "Deliver 10 Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:56 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:101 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:147 -msgid "2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 -msgid "-10*€10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:59 -msgid "€20" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:60 -msgid "Receive 2 Products at €9" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:62 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:107 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:153 -msgid "4" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:63 -msgid "+2*€10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:64 -msgid "€40" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:66 -msgid "" -"In **Standard Price**, any product will be valued at the cost that you " -"defined manually on the product form. Usually, this cost is an estimation " -"based on the material and labor needed to obtain the product. This cost must" -" be reviewed periodically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:115 -msgid "Average Price" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:95 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:100 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:141 -msgid "€12" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:97 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:143 -msgid "+4*€16" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:98 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:144 -msgid "€144" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 -msgid "-10*€12" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:104 -msgid "€24" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:105 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:151 -msgid "Receive 2 Products at €6" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:106 -msgid "€9" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:108 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:154 -msgid "+2*€6" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:109 -msgid "€36" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:111 -msgid "" -"In **AVCO (Average Cost)**, each product has the same value and this value " -"is the average purchase cost of the product. With this costing method, the " -"cost of the product is recomputed as each receipt." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:115 -msgid "The average cost does not change when products leave the warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:166 -msgid "FIFO" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:146 -msgid "€16" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 -msgid "-8*€10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 -msgid "-2*€16" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:150 -msgid "€32" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:152 -msgid "€11" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:155 -msgid "€44" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:157 -msgid "" -"In **FIFO (First In First Out)**, the products are valued at their purchase " -"cost. When a product leaves the stock, that’s the “First in, first out” rule" -" that applies." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:161 -msgid "" -"Pay attention, that this is a financial FIFO. The first value “in” is the " -"first value “out”, no matter the storage location, warehouse or serial " -"number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:165 -msgid "" -"FIFO is advised if you manage all your workflows into Odoo (Sales, " -"Purchases, Inventory). It suits any kind of users." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:169 -msgid "Inventory Valuation: Manual or Automated" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:171 -msgid "" -"There are two ways to record your inventory valuation in your accounting " -"books. As the costing method, this is defined in your product category. " -"Those two methods are detailed below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:175 -msgid "" -"It is important to also note that the accounting entries will depend on your" -" accounting mode: it can be continental or anglo-saxon. In continental " -"accounting, the cost of a good is taken into account as soon as the product " -"is received in stock. In anglo-saxon accounting, the cost of a good is only " -"recorded as an expense when this good is invoiced to a final customer. In " -"the tables below, you can easily compare those two accounting modes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:183 -msgid "" -"Usually, based on your country, the correct accounting mode will be chosen " -"by default. If you want to verify your accounting mode, activate the " -":doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` and open " -"your accounting settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:189 -msgid "Manual Inventory Valuation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:191 -msgid "" -"In this case, goods receipts and deliveries won’t have any direct impact on " -"your accounting books. Periodically, you create a manual journal entry " -"representing the value of what you have in stock. To know that value, go in " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Inventory Valuation`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:196 -msgid "" -"This is the default configuration in Odoo and it works out-of-the-box. Check" -" following operations and find out how Odoo is managing the accounting " -"postings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:201 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:360 -msgid "Continental Accounting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:218 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:292 -msgid "Vendor Bill" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:209 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:226 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:260 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:282 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:300 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:339 -msgid "\\" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:209 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:226 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:260 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:282 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:300 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:339 -msgid "Debit" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:209 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:226 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:260 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:282 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:300 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:339 -msgid "Credit" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:211 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:262 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:284 -msgid "Assets: Inventory" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:211 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:284 -msgid "50" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:212 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:285 -msgid "Assets: Deferred Tax Assets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:212 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:285 -msgid "4.68" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:213 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:286 -msgid "Liabilities: Accounts Payable" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:213 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:286 -msgid "54.68" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:218 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:236 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:292 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:311 -msgid "Configuration:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:217 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:290 -msgid "" -"Purchased Goods: defined on the product or on the internal category of " -"related product (Expense Account field)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:218 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:292 -msgid "" -"Deferred Tax Assets: defined on the tax used on the purchase order line" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:219 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:293 -msgid "Accounts Payable: defined on the vendor related to the bill" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:220 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:294 -msgid "Goods Receptions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:221 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:241 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:243 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:295 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:316 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:318 -msgid "No Journal Entry" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:238 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:313 -msgid "Customer Invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:228 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:302 -msgid "Revenues: Sold Goods" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:228 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:302 -msgid "100" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:229 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:303 -msgid "Liabilities: Deferred Tax Liabilities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:229 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:303 -msgid "9" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:230 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:304 -msgid "Assets: Accounts Receivable" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:230 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:304 -msgid "109" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:234 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:308 -msgid "" -"Revenues: defined on the product or on the internal category of related " -"product (Income Account field)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:235 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:310 -msgid "Deferred Tax Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:236 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:311 -msgid "Accounts Receivable: defined on the customer (Receivable Account)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:238 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:313 -msgid "" -"The fiscal position used on the invoice may have a rule that replaces the " -"Income Account or the tax defined on the product by another one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:240 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:315 -msgid "Customer Shipping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:243 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:318 -msgid "Manufacturing Orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:249 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:324 -msgid "" -"At the end of the month/year, your company does a physical inventory or just" -" relies on the inventory in Odoo to value the stock into your books." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:252 -msgid "" -"Create a journal entry to move the stock variation value from your " -"Profit&Loss section to your assets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:262 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:263 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:341 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:342 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:343 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:344 -msgid "X" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:263 -msgid "Expenses: Inventory Variations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:266 -msgid "" -"If the stock value decreased, the **Inventory** account is credited and te " -"**Inventory Variations** debited." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:274 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:387 -msgid "Anglo-Saxon Accounting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:327 -msgid "" -"Then you need to break down the purchase balance into both the inventory and" -" the cost of goods sold using the following formula:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:330 -msgid "" -"Cost of goods sold (COGS) = Starting inventory value + Purchases – Closing " -"inventory value" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:332 -msgid "To update the stock valuation in your books, record such an entry:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:341 -msgid "Assets: Inventory (closing value)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:342 -msgid "Expenses: Cost of Good Sold" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:343 -msgid "Expenses: Purchased Goods" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:344 -msgid "Assets: Inventory (starting value)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:348 -msgid "Automated Inventory Valuation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:350 -msgid "" -"In that case, when a product enters or leaves your stock, an accounting " -"entry will be automatically created. This means your accounting books are " -"always up-to-date. This mode is dedicated to expert accountants and advanced" -" users only. As opposed to periodic valuation, it requires some extra " -"configuration & testing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:356 -msgid "" -"First, you need to define the accounts that will be used for those " -"accounting entries. This is done on the product category." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:372 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:399 -msgid "**Configuration:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:374 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:401 -msgid "Accounts Receivable/Payable: defined on the partner (Accounting tab)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:376 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:403 -msgid "" -"Deferred Tax Assets/Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:378 -msgid "" -"Revenues/Expenses: defined by default on product's internal category; can be" -" also set in product form (Accounting tab) as a replacement value." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:381 -msgid "" -"Inventory Variations: to set as Stock Input/Output Account in product's " -"internal category" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:384 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:419 -msgid "" -"Inventory: to set as Stock Valuation Account in product's internal category" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:406 -msgid "" -"Revenues: defined on the product category as a default, or specifically to a" -" specific product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:409 -msgid "" -"Expenses: this is where you should set the \"Cost of Goods Sold\" account. " -"Defined on the product category as a default value, or specifically on the " -"product form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:413 -msgid "" -"Goods Received Not Purchased: to set as Stock Input Account in product's " -"internal category" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:416 -msgid "" -"Goods Issued Not Invoiced: to set as Stock Output Account in product's " -"internal category" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:421 -msgid "" -"Price Difference: to set in product's internal category or in product form " -"as a specific replacement value" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:3 -msgid "Using the inventory valuation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:9 -msgid "" -"In this documentation, we will explain how the inventory valuation works in " -"Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:13 -msgid "Inventory valuation: the basics" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:16 -msgid "Receive a product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Each time a product enters or leaves your stock, the value of your inventory" -" is impacted. The way it is impacted depends on the configuration of your " -"product (more info here)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Let’s take an example with a product - a table - configured with a *FIFO " -"costing method* and an automated inventory valuation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:25 -msgid "I purchase 10 tables at a cost of $10." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:30 -msgid "" -"When I’ll confirm the receipt of the products, the value of my inventory " -"will be impacted. If I want to know what this impact is, I can click on the " -"valuation stat button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:35 -msgid "" -"The consignment feature allows you to set owners on your stock (discover " -"more about the consignment feature). When you receive products that are " -"owned by another company, they are not taken into account in your inventory " -"valuation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:44 -msgid "You need access rights on the accounting module to see that button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:46 -msgid "" -"In this case, I can see that the 10 tables entered the stock for a total " -"value of $100." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:52 -msgid "" -"I can also easily access the accounting entry that has been generated (in " -"case of automated inventory valuation)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:59 -msgid "Deliver a product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:61 -msgid "" -"In the same logic, when a table will be delivered, the stock valuation will " -"be impacted and you will have access to a similar information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:68 -msgid "The inventory valuation report" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:70 -msgid "" -"The summary of this is accessible via the inventory valuation report " -"(accessible from :menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Inventory " -"Valuation`). It gives you, product per product, the value of your stock. By " -"clicking on the button *Inventory At Date*, you can have the same " -"information for a past date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses.rst:3 -msgid "Warehouses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:3 -msgid "What is the difference between warehouses and locations?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, a **Warehouse** is the actual building/place in which your items " -"are stocked. You can setup multiple warehouses and create moves between " -"warehouses." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:9 -msgid "" -"A **Location**, is a specific space within your warehouse. It can be " -"considered as a sublocation of your warehouse, as a shelf, a floor, an " -"aisle, etc. Therefore, a location is part of one warehouse only and it is " -"not possible to link one location to multiple warehouses. You can configure " -"as much locations as you need under one warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:15 -msgid "There are 3 types of locations:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:17 -msgid "" -"The **Physical Locations** are internal locations that are part of the " -"warehouses for which you are the owner. They can be the loading and " -"unloading area of your warehouse, a shelf or a department, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:21 -msgid "" -"The **Partner Locations** are spaces within a customer and/or vendor's " -"warehouse. They work the same way as Physical Locations with the only " -"difference being that you are not the owner of the warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:25 -msgid "" -"The **Virtual Locations** are places that do not exist, but in which " -"products can be placed when they are not physically in an inventory yet (or " -"anymore). They come in handy when you want to place lost products out of " -"your stock (in the **Inventory loss**), or when you want to take into " -"account products that are on their way to your warehouse (**Procurements**)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:31 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, locations are structured hierarchically. You can structure your " -"locations as a tree, dependent on a parent-child relationship. This gives " -"you more detailed levels of analysis of your stock operations and the " -"organization of your warehouses." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:37 -msgid ":doc:`warehouse_creation`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:38 -msgid ":doc:`location_creation`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:3 -msgid "Create a New Location" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In order to be able to create different locations, you will need to activate" -" *Multi-Locations* in the settings which can be done from the " -":menuselection:`Inventory application --> Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:15 -msgid "" -"In the *Inventory application*, you can now go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations` and hit *Create* in order to " -"create a new location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Type the name of the location in the *Location Name* field, and select the " -"*Parent Location* in the list. The parent location can be a physical, " -"partner or virtual location, and you can add as many sub-locations as needed" -" to a location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:29 -msgid "" -"In case you want the location to be suggested when creating a Return or when" -" Scrapping a product, you should check *Is a Scrap Location?* and *Is a " -"Return Location?*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:33 -msgid "" -"If you have the *Barcode* application installed, you can specify the barcode" -" which will correspond to this location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:37 -msgid "" -"A warehouse also corresponds to a location. As the locations are " -"hierarchical, Odoo will create the parent location of the warehouse, " -"containing all the sublocations in it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:3 -msgid "Create a New Warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In order to create a new warehouse, you should activate the *Multi-" -"Warehouse* settings. Note that the *Multi-Locations* settings will be " -"automatically activated at the same time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:12 -msgid "" -"In order to do so, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration" -" --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:18 -msgid "" -"You can then go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " -"Warehouses` and hit *Create* to add a new warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:24 -msgid "" -"You will be able to enter your warehouse name. You should also choose a " -"short name for your warehouse which is 5-characters long and is used on the " -"different warehouse documents." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:28 -msgid "" -"In the Address field, you can select an existing company or create one on-" -"the-go. Therefore, the address of your warehouse will be the same as the one" -" of the company you selected. You can also leave this field empty and edit " -"it afterward." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:36 -msgid "" -"After the creation of your new warehouse, you can go back to the *Dashboard*" -" and you will see the new operation types automatically created by Odoo due " -"to the creation of a new warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process.rst:3 -msgid "Process Overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:3 -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:25 -msgid "Deliver Products from Stock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:6 -msgid "Create Storable/Consumable Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:8 -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:5 -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The first step to use the inventory application is to create products in " -"your database via the menu :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products`. Click " -"the Create button and enter the name of your product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:15 -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:12 -msgid "" -"In case you set the product as *storable*, you will track the stock for this" -" product and know how many units are in stock and what is the forecasted " -"number of units. If you want to include a product on receipts/deliveries but" -" don’t need to track its stock, you can set it as *consumable*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Once you have existing products, you can decide to create a delivery to " -"deliver products to your customers. The process in order to do so is " -"described in the following print screens." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:37 -msgid "" -"On the delivery order, you can specify to whom the products will be " -"delivered along with the different products and their respective quantities." -" When the delivery is complete you can hit *Validate* and the products will " -"go out of your stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:45 -msgid "" -"In case you have a delivery that is planned but shouldn’t be immediately " -"validated, you can create a *planned delivery* with a scheduled date in the " -"future. You can indicate the initial demand for each product, corresponding " -"to what has been ordered by your customer. Once the document is filled in, " -"you can hit “Mark as to do” in order to consider it in your product " -"forecasts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:51 -msgid "" -"The default setting is the immediate transfer where you do not need to “Mark" -" as to do” and “Check availability” when delivering a product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:54 -msgid "Deliver Products from Stock from a Sale Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:56 -msgid "" -"If you have the *Sales* application installed, delivery can be directly " -"created by *validating a quotation*. You will be able to find the " -"corresponding delivery directly on the *sale order*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:3 -msgid "Set your Initial Stock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Set the product as *storable*, in order to track the stock for this product " -"and be able to include it in an inventory adjustment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:19 -msgid "Inventory Adjustment for Multiple Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Once you have created all your *storable products*, you can create an " -"*inventory adjustment* to determine their current stock level in Odoo. You " -"therefore need to go to :menuselection:`Operations --> Inventory " -"Adjustments` and create a new one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:29 -msgid "" -"You have to enter a title for your *inventory adjustment* and you can then " -"decide if you want to proceed to the *inventory adjustment* of all products " -"or only some of them. For a first *inventory adjustment*, I suggest you to " -"keep the *Products* field empty. You can then *Start Inventory*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:38 -msgid "" -"If you already have some products in stock, Odoo will add the lines with the" -" theoretical quantity currently in stock. You can also add new lines with " -"your other products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:46 -msgid "" -"If your products are tracked by Serial/Lot numbers, you will have an " -"additional column allowing you to specify those for the different units " -"added to the inventory adjustment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Odoo will highlight in red the lines for which there is a difference between" -" the theoretical quantity on hand, which is automatically computed by the " -"system, and the counted quantity you manually entered. Once all the " -"necessary products have been entered, you can hit *Validate Inventory* and " -"the quantities on hand of your different products will be updated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:58 -msgid "Inventory Adjustment for one Product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:60 -msgid "" -"On each storable product, you have access to the *Update Quantity* button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:66 -msgid "" -"When clicking this button, you see the current stock you have for this " -"product. You can edit the existing lines or create new ones to add stock of " -"your product in different locations and/or add new serial/lot numbers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:74 -msgid "" -"Once you come back to your product, you see that the quantity on hand as " -"been updated taking your modification into account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:81 -msgid "" -"If you work with product variants, the quantity on hand will show you the " -"total quantity in stock for the product template, taking the different " -"variants into account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:85 -msgid "" -"By default, the quantity on hand of the product form will show you the " -"number of products that are part of your warehouse view location, meaning " -"which are part of an internal type sub-location of this warehouse. It means " -"that if you have any product in a location that isn’t under the main " -"warehouse location, they won’t appear in the stock on hand stat button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:3 -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:22 -msgid "Receive Products in Stock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Once you have existing products, you can decide to create a receipt to enter" -" products from your supplier in stock. The process in order to do so is " -"described in the following print screens." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:34 -msgid "" -"On the receipt document, you can select the quantity of the different " -"products you receive and the supplier from who you received them. When the " -"receipt is complete, you can hit *Validate* and the products will enter your" -" stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:42 -msgid "" -"In case you have a receipt that is planned but shouldn’t be immediately " -"validated, you can create a *planned receipt* with a scheduled date in the " -"future. You can indicate the initial demand for each product, corresponding " -"to what has been ordered to your supplier. Once the document is filled in, " -"you can hit “Mark as to do” in order to consider it in your product " -"forecasts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:56 -msgid "Receive Products in Stock from Purchase Orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:58 -msgid "" -"If you have the *Purchase* application installed, receipts can be directly " -"created by validating a *request for quotation*. You will be able to find " -"the corresponding receipt directly on the *purchase order*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced Routes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts.rst:3 -msgid "Concepts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:3 -msgid "Organize a cross-dock in a warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Cross-docking is the process of sending products that are received directly " -"to the customers, without making them enter the stock. The trucks are simply" -" unloaded in a *Cross-Dock* area in order to reorganize products and load " -"another truck." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:11 -msgid "" -"For more information on how to organize your warehouse, read our blog: `What" -" is cross-docking and is it for me? <https://www.odoo.com/blog/business-" -"hacks-1/post/what-is-cross-docking-and-is-it-for-me-270>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:16 -msgid "" -"In the *Inventory* app, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and" -" activate the *Multi-Step Routes*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:22 -msgid "Doing so will also enable the *Storage Locations* feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Now, both *Incoming* and *Outgoing* shipments should be configured to work " -"with 2 steps. To adapt the configuration, go to :menuselection:`Inventory " -"--> Configuration --> Warehouses` and edit your warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:31 -msgid "" -"This modification will lead to the creation of a *Cross-Docking* route that " -"can be found in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:38 -msgid "Configure products with Cross-Dock Route" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Create the product that uses the *Cross-Dock Route* and then, in the " -"inventory tab, select the routes *Buy* and *Cross-Dock*. Now, in the " -"purchase tab, specify the vendor to who you buy the product and set a price " -"for it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Once done, create a sale order for the product and confirm it. Odoo will " -"automatically create two transfers which will be linked to the sale order. " -"The first one is the transfer from the *Input Location* to the *Output " -"Location*, corresponding to the move of the product in the *Cross-Dock* " -"area. The second one is the delivery order from the *Output Location* to " -"your *Customer Location. Both are in state *Waiting Another Operation* " -"because we still need to order the product to our supplier." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Now, go to the *Purchase* app. There, you will find the purchase order that " -"has been automatically triggered by the system. Validate it and receive the " -"products in the *Input Location*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:64 -msgid "" -"When the products have been received from the supplier, you can go back to " -"your initial sale order and validate the internal transfer from *Input* to " -"*Output*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:72 -msgid "" -"The delivery order is now ready to be processed and can be validated too." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:3 -msgid "How to do inter-warehouses transfers?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:5 -msgid "" -"If you own different warehouses you might want to transfer goods from one " -"warehouse to the other. This is very easy thanks to the inventory " -"application in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:12 -msgid "" -"First of all you have to select the multi locations option. Go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the **Inventory " -"application**. Then tick the **Manage several locations per warehouse** " -"option. Please don't forget to **apply** your changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:21 -msgid "" -"This option should also be ticked if you wish to manage different locations " -"and routes in your warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:25 -msgid "Creating a new warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:27 -msgid "" -"The next step is to create your new warehouse. In the Inventory application " -"click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> " -"Warehouses`. You are now able to create your warehouse by clicking on " -"**Create**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Fill in a **Warehouse Name** and a **Short Name**. The short name is 5 " -"characters maximum." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Please note that the **Short Name** is very important as it will appear on " -"your transfer orders and other warehouse documents. It might be smart to use" -" an understandable one (e.g.: WH/[first letters of location])." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:44 -msgid "" -"If you go back to your dashboard, new operations will automatically have " -"been generated for your new warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:51 -msgid "Creating a new inventory" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:53 -msgid "" -"If you create a new warehouse you might already have an existing physical " -"inventory in it. In that case you should create an inventory in Odoo, if not" -" you can skip this step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Go into the inventory application, select :menuselection:`Inventory Control " -"--> Inventory Adjustment`. You can then create a new inventory by clicking " -"on **Create**. Fill in the **Inventory Reference**, **Date** and be sure to " -"select the right warehouse and location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Next, click on **Start Inventory**. A new window will open where you will be" -" able to input your existing products. Select add an item and indicate the " -"**Real Quantity** available in the warehouse. The theoretical quantity can " -"not be changed as it represents a computed quantity from purchase and sales " -"orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:74 -msgid "" -"Don't forget to validate your inventory once you have recorder the state of " -"all yours product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:78 -msgid "Create an internal transfer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:80 -msgid "" -"The final step is to create your internal transfer. If you want to tranfer 2" -" units of a product from your first warehouse to another one in Brussels, " -"proceed as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:84 -msgid "" -"From your dashboard, select a internal movement of one of the two " -"warehouses. To do so, click on :menuselection:`More --> Transfer`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:90 -msgid "" -"A new window will open where you will be able to select the source location " -"zone (in this case our \"old warehouse\") and the destination location zone " -"(in this case our \"new\" warehouse located in Brussels)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:94 -msgid "" -"Add the products you want to transfer by clicking on **Add an Item** and " -"don't forget to **Validate** or **Mark as TODO** once you are done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:100 -msgid "" -"If you select **Validate**, Odoo will process all quantities to transfer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:102 -msgid "" -"If you select **Mark as TODO**, Odoo will put the transfer in **Waiting " -"Availability** status. Click on **Reserve** to reserve the amount of " -"products in your source warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:106 -msgid "It is also possible to manually transfer each product:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:108 -msgid "Via your dashboard, select the transfer order in the source location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:113 -msgid "Select the right transfer order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:118 -msgid "" -"3. Click on the little pencil logo in the lower right corner in order to " -"open the operation details window. In this new window you can manually " -"indicate how much products you process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:126 -msgid "" -"If you decide to partially process the transfer order (e.g. a part of the " -"products can't be shipped yet due to an unexpected event), Odoo will " -"automatically ask if you wish to create a **backorder**. Create a backorder " -"if you expect to process the remaining products later, do not create a " -"backorder if you will not supply/receive the remaining products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:3 -msgid "Taking stock from different warehouses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When you plan to deliver a customer, you don’t know in advance if the " -"products will come from Warehouse A or Warehouse B. You may, in some cases, " -"need to take stock from different warehouses. With *Odoo*, you can configure" -" this by using the concept of virtual warehouses. Let us show you how to set" -" those virtual warehouses." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:8 -msgid "Set up virtual warehouses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Let’s say you have two warehouses: Warehouse A and Warehouse B. Create a new" -" warehouse, that will be a virtual one. It will allow you to take the stock " -"from A or B. To do so, go to your inventory app settings and enable the " -"multi-warehouses feature. Then, go to the warehouses menu and click on " -"create." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:16 -msgid "" -"The *Storage Location* feature will be automatically enabled. Good news, " -"because you will need it later in the process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Now, you have to make sure that the main stock locations of warehouse A and " -"warehouse B are children locations of the main stock location of warehouse A" -" + B. Go to the locations menu, and edit the main location of your two " -"warehouses. Then, change their parent location to main location of warehouse" -" A+B." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:24 -msgid "Sell a product from the virtual warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Let’s say you have two products, one stored in warehouse A and one stored in" -" warehouse B. Now, you can create a new quotation for one of each product. " -"Go to other information and choose Warehouse A+B in the shipping " -"information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Once you have done it, you can convert it to a sales order. Then, a delivery" -" order will be automatically generated, with a product reserved in warehouse" -" A and one in warehouse B." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:3 -msgid "Using Routes and Pull/Push Rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In inventory management, the supply chain strategy determines when products " -"should be fabricated, delivered to distribution centers, and made available " -"in the retail channel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:9 -msgid "" -"This kind of strategic process can be configured using *Routes*, featuring " -"*Pull and Push Rules*. Once everything is properly configured, the inventory" -" app can automatically generate transfers following the instructions given " -"by the rules. Yes, Odoo simplifies your life." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:16 -msgid "Inside the warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Let’s imagine a generic warehouse plan, where you can find receiving docks, " -"a quality control area, storage locations, picking and packing areas, and " -"shipping docks. All products go through all these locations, which also " -"trigger all the route's rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:27 -msgid "" -"In this example, vendor trucks unload pallets of ordered goods at receiving " -"docks. Operators then scan the products in the receiving area. Some of these" -" products are sent to a quality control area (those devoted to being used " -"during the manufacturing process, for example), while others are directly " -"stored in their respective locations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Here is an example of a fulfillment route. In the morning, items are picked " -"for all the orders that need to be prepared during the day. These items are " -"picked from storage locations and moved to the picking area, close to where " -"the orders are packed. Then, the orders are packed in their respective boxes" -" and conveyors bring them close to the shipping docks, ready to be delivered" -" to customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:48 -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:45 -msgid "How does it work?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:51 -msgid "Pull Rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:53 -msgid "" -"With *Pull Rules*, a demand for some products triggers procurements, while " -"*Push Rules* are triggered by products arriving in a specific location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:57 -msgid "" -"We can say that *Pull Rules* are used to fulfill a customer order, a sale " -"order. So, Odoo generates a need at the *Customer Location* for each product" -" in the order. Because *Pull Rules* are triggered by a need, Odoo looks for " -"a *Pull Rule* defined on the *Customer Location*. In our case, a delivery " -"order pull rule that transfers products from the *Shipping Area* to the " -"*Customer Location* is found, and a transfer between the two locations is " -"created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Then, Odoo finds another pull rule that tries to fulfill the need for the " -"*Shipping Area*: the *Packing Rule* that transfers products from the " -"*Packing Area* to the *Shipping Area*. And, finally, other rules are " -"triggered until a transfer between the *Stock* and the *Picking Area* is " -"created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:72 -msgid "" -"All theses transfers are pre-generated by Odoo, starting from the end and " -"going backwards. While working, the operator process these transfers in the " -"opposite order: first the picking, then the packing, then the delivery " -"order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:77 -msgid "Push Rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:79 -msgid "" -"On the other hand, *Push Rules* are much easier to understand. Instead of " -"pre-generating documents based on needs, they are live-triggered when " -"products arrive in a specific location. *Push Rules* basically say: \"when a" -" product arrives at a specific location, move it to another location.\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:84 -msgid "" -"A simple example would be: when a product arrives in the *Receipt Area*, " -"move them to the *Storage Location*. As different rules can be applied to " -"different products, you can assign different storage locations for different" -" products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:89 -msgid "" -"Another rule could be: when products arrive at a location, move them to the " -"*Quality Control Area*. Then, once the quality check is done, move them to " -"their *Storage Location*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:94 -msgid "" -"*Push Rules* can be triggered only if no *Pull Rule* pre-generated the " -"upstream transfers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:98 -msgid "" -"Sets of rules like those are called routes. The grouping on the rule defines" -" how products are grouped in the same transfer or not. For example, during " -"the picking operation, all orders are grouped in one transfer, whereas the " -"packing operation respects the grouping per customer order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:105 -msgid "Use Routes and Rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:107 -msgid "" -"Since *Routes* are a collection of *Push and Pull Rules*, Odoo helps you " -"manage advanced routes configuration such as:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:110 -msgid "Manage product manufacturing chains;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:111 -msgid "Manage default locations per product;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:112 -msgid "" -"Define routes within your warehouse according to business needs, such as " -"quality control, after-sales services, or supplier returns;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:114 -msgid "" -"Help rental management by generating automated return moves for rented " -"products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:117 -msgid "" -"To configure a route such as one of those above, open the **Inventory " -"Application** and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. Then, " -"enable the *Multi-Step Routes* feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:126 -msgid "" -"The *Storage Locations* feature is automatically activated with the *Multi-" -"Step Routes*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:129 -msgid "" -"Once this first step is completed, you have the choice between pre-" -"configured routes or custom ones. Both are explained below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:133 -msgid "Pre-configured Routes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:135 -msgid "" -"Odoo’s pre-configured routes are available in the warehouses’ menu. To find " -"it, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses`. " -"There, open your warehouse and edit it to see the pre-configured routes for " -"incoming and outgoing shipments." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:144 -msgid "" -"Some more advanced routes, such as pick-pack-ship, are already configured to" -" make your life easier. Those are based on your choice for shipments. Once " -"you made your choice, head to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " -"--> Routes` to see the routes Odoo generated for you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:153 -msgid "" -"Opening one of those routes allows you to see on what you can apply the " -"route. Here, all the selected product categories in the *YourCompany* " -"warehouse are set up to follow the 3-steps route." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:161 -msgid "" -"Easier for many businesses, this process might not fit yours. Thus, you can " -"configure custom routes in which you can define your own rules, but also the" -" source and destination location of each action. As an example, here are the" -" rules for the pre-configured route." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:171 -msgid "Custom Routes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:173 -msgid "" -"To create a custom route, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " -"--> Routes`, click on create, and choose the places where this route can be " -"selected. Of course, combinations are available." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:182 -msgid "" -"Each place has a different behavior, so it is important to tick only the " -"useful ones and adapt each route accordingly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:185 -msgid "" -"When applying the route on a product category (:menuselection:`Inventory -->" -" Configuration --> Product Categories`), all the rules configured in the " -"route are applied to **every** product of the category. For example, this " -"can be useful if you use the dropshipping process for all the products from " -"the same category." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:195 -msgid "" -"The same behavior applies to the warehouses. If you tick *Warehouses*, all " -"the transfers occurring inside the chosen warehouse, and meeting the " -"conditions of the linked rules, then follow that route." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:203 -msgid "" -"For the *Sales Order Lines*, it is more or less the opposite. You have to " -"choose the route yourself when creating a quotation. This is pretty useful " -"if some products go through different routes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:211 -msgid "" -"If you work with this kind of route, it is important to keep in mind that it" -" must be selected on the sales order, such as below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:218 -msgid "Then, the route can be chosen on each line of the document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:224 -msgid "" -"Finally, there are routes that can be applied to products. Those work more " -"or less like the product categories: once selected, you have to manually set" -" on which product it must be applied." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:232 -msgid "" -"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Master Data --> Products` and " -"open the one on which you want to apply the route. Then go to the *Inventory" -" tab* and select the route you’ve created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:240 -msgid "" -"If, prima facie, the routes’ configuration can appear quite easy, don’t " -"forget that we haven’t set up any rule yet. If not harder to set up, those " -"are vital to have working routings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:245 -msgid "Rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:247 -msgid "" -"The rules are to be defined on the routes. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`, then to the *Rules*" -" section, and click on *Add a line* button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:255 -msgid "" -"The available rules trigger various actions. If Odoo offers *Push* and " -"*Pull* rules, others are also available. Here are some explanations for all " -"of them:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:259 -msgid "" -"**Pull From**: this rule is triggered by a need for the product in a " -"specific stock location. The need can come from a sale order which has been " -"validated or for a manufacturing order which requires a specific component. " -"When the need appears in the source location, Odoo generates a picking to " -"fulfill this need." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:264 -msgid "" -"**Push To**: this rule is triggered by the arrival of some products in the " -"defined source location. In case you move products to the source location, " -"Odoo generates a picking to move those products to the destination location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:268 -msgid "" -"**Push & Pull**: it allows to generate pickings in the two different " -"situations explained above. It means that when products are required at a " -"specific location, a transfer is created from the previous location to " -"fulfill that need. Then, a need is created in the previous location and a " -"rule is triggered to fulfill it. Once the second need fulfilled, the " -"products are pushed to the first location and all the needs are fulfilled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:274 -msgid "" -"**Buy**: when products are needed at the destination location, a request for" -" quotation is created to fulfill the need." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:276 -msgid "" -"**Manufacture**: when products are needed in the source location, a " -"manufacturing order is created to fulfill the need." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:283 -msgid "" -"You must also define the *Operation Type*. This operation allows defining " -"which kind of picking is created from the rule. With our above screenshot, " -"the created picking is, for example, an internal transfer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:288 -msgid "" -"On the other hand, the *Supply Method*, allows defining what happens at the " -"source location:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:291 -msgid "" -"**Take From Stock**: the products are taken from the available stock of the " -"source location;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:293 -msgid "" -"**Trigger Another Rule**: the system tries to find a stock rule to bring the" -" products to the source location. The available stock is ignored." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:296 -msgid "" -"**Take From Stock, if Unavailable, Trigger Another Rule**: the products are " -"taken from the available stock of the source location. If there is no stock " -"available, the system tries to find a rule to bring the products to the " -"source location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:301 -msgid "" -"In the *Scheduling* section, you can determine how Odoo behaves when one of " -"the chain's pickings is rescheduled. In case you decide to **Propagate " -"Rescheduling**, the next move is also to be rescheduled. If you prefer " -"having the choice to reschedule the next move, you can decide to receive an " -"alert in the form of a *next activity*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:309 -msgid "What about a full flow?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:311 -msgid "" -"Do you remember our Pick - Pack - Ship custom route? Let’s use it to try a " -"full flow with an advanced custom route." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:314 -msgid "" -"First, a quick look at our rules and their supply methods: we have three " -"rules, all **Pull From** rules. The supply methods are the following:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:318 -msgid "" -"**Take From Stock**: When products are needed in WH/Packing Zone, *Picks* " -"(internal transfers from WH/Stock to WH/Packing Zone) are created from " -"WH/Stock to fulfill the need." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:321 -msgid "" -"**Trigger Another Rule**: When products are needed in WH/Output, *Packs* " -"(internal transfers from WH/Packing Zone to WH/Output) are created from " -"WH/Packing Zone to fulfill the need." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:324 -msgid "" -"**Trigger Another Rule**: When products are needed in Partner " -"Locations/Customers, Delivery Orders are created from WH/Output to fulfill " -"the need." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:332 -msgid "" -"This means that, when a customer orders products, a delivery order is " -"created to fulfill the order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:340 -msgid "" -"If the source document is the same sale order, the status is not the same. " -"In fact, the status is **Waiting Another Operation** if the previous " -"transfer in the list is not done yet." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:348 -msgid "" -"To prepare the order, conveyors need products packed at the output area, so " -"an internal transfer is requested from the packing zone." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:355 -msgid "" -"Obviously, the packing zone needs products ready to be packed. So, an " -"internal transfer is requested to the stock and employees can gather the " -"required products from the warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:363 -msgid "" -"As explained in this documentation introduction, the last step in the " -"process (here the delivery order) is the first to be triggered, which then " -"triggers other rules until we reach the first step in the process (here, the" -" internal transfer from to stock to the packing area). Now, everything is " -"ready to be processed so the customer can get the ordered items." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:370 -msgid "" -"In our case, the product is delivered to the customer when all the rules " -"have been triggered and the transfers done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies.rst:3 -msgid "Putaway & Removal Strategies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:3 -msgid "What is a Putaway Rule?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A good warehouse implementation takes care that products automatically move " -"to their appropriate destination location. To make that process easier, Odoo" -" uses *Putaway rules*. But what is a putaway rule? Putaway is the process of" -" taking products off the receiving shipments and directly putting them into " -"the most appropriate location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:7 -msgid "" -"If, for example, a warehouse contains volatile substances, it is important " -"to make sure that certain products are not stored close to each other " -"because of a potential chemical reaction. That’s where putaway rules " -"intervene, to avoid storing products wrongly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:12 -msgid "" -"In the *Inventory* app, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " -"and activate the *Multi-Step Routes*. By doing so, the *Storage Locations* " -"will be automatically activated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:19 -msgid "Setting up a Putaway Rule" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:21 -msgid "" -"In some cases, like for a retail shop storing vegetables and fruits, we have" -" to store products in different locations to maintain product quality." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Let’s suppose there are one warehouse location *WH/Stock* and two sub-" -"locations *WH/Stock/Vegatable* and *WH/Stock/Fruits*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:25 -msgid "" -"To manage those locations, we will create putaway rules. To do so, open the " -"*Inventory* app and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Putaway Rules`. " -"Then, click on create and configure your first rule indicating the main " -"location the product will enter before being redirected to the right " -"location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:31 -msgid "" -"The putaway rules can be defined either per product or per product category." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Now, if I purchase apples and carrots to my supplier, they will be grouped " -"in the same receipt but redirected to the right location automatically, " -"thanks to putaway rules. This information is available from *Inventory " -"Report*, under the reporting menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:3 -msgid "What is a Removal Strategy (FIFO, LIFO, and FEFO)?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Usually, *Removal Strategies* are defined in picking operations to select " -"the best products to optimize the distance for the worker, for quality " -"control purposes, or to first move the products with the closest expiration " -"date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:9 -msgid "" -"When a product movement needs to be done, Odoo finds available products that" -" can be assigned to the transfer. The way Odoo assigns these products " -"depends on the *Removal Strategy* defined in the *Product Category* or on " -"the *Location*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:14 -msgid "What happens inside the warehouse?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Imagine a generic warehouse plan, with receiving docks and area, storage " -"locations, picking and packing areas, and shipping docks. All products go " -"through all these locations, but some rules, such as removal strategies, can" -" have an effect on which products are taken for the pickings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Here, vendor trucks unload pallets of goods at the docks. Then, operators " -"scan the products in the receiving area, with the receiving date and, if the" -" product has an expiration date, the expiration date. After that, products " -"are stored in their respective locations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Next, several orders for the same product are made, but you didn’t receive " -"the goods the same day and they don’t have the same expiration date. In that" -" situation, you logically prefer sending those with the closest date first. " -"Depending on the removal strategy you chose, Odoo generates a transfer with " -"the products fitting your settings the best." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:42 -msgid "" -"On the transfer form, you can find the product’s lot/serial number to pick " -"for delivery." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:48 -msgid "First In, First Out (FIFO)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:50 -msgid "" -"When using a **First In, First Out** strategy, a demand for some products " -"triggers a removal rule which requests a transfer for the lot/serial number " -"that has entered your stock the first." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:53 -msgid "" -"To be clearer, let’s imagine that you have three lots of nails in your " -"warehouse. Those three have the following lot numbers: 00001, 00002, 00003, " -"each with 5 nails boxes in it. 00001 entered the stock on the 23rd of May, " -"00002 on the 25th of May, and 00003 on the 1st of June. A customer orders " -"you 6 boxes on the 11th of June. With the *FIFO* strategy selected, a " -"transfer is requested for the five boxes of 00001 and one of the boxes in " -"00002 because 00001 has entered your stock before the others. The box from " -"00002 is taken because it has the oldest enter date after 00001." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:60 -msgid "" -"So, for every order of a product with the *FIFO* strategy selected, Odoo " -"requests a transfer for the good that has been in your stock for the longest" -" period." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:64 -msgid "Last In, First Out (LIFO)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:66 -msgid "" -"The same way as for FIFO, the **Last In, First Out** strategy is based on " -"moving products based on the date they entered the stock. Here, a demand for" -" some products triggers a removal rule that requests a transfer for the " -"lot/serial number that has entered your stock the last." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:70 -msgid "" -"To better understand, let’s imagine three lots of screws in your warehouse. " -"Those three have the following numbers: 10001, 10002, 10003, each with 10 " -"screw boxes in it. 10001 has entered the stock on the 1st of June, 10002 on " -"the 3rd of June, and 10003 on the 6th of June. A customer orders 7 boxes on " -"the 8th of June. With the *LIFO* strategy selected, a transfer is requested " -"for seven boxes of 10003 because that lot is the last one to have entered " -"the stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:76 -msgid "" -"So, basically, for every order of a product with the *LIFO* strategy used, a" -" transfer for the last one to have entered the stock is requested." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:80 -msgid "" -"This strategy is banned in many countries and can lead to only have old or " -"obsolete products in your stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:84 -msgid "First Expire, First Out (FEFO)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:86 -msgid "" -"The **First Expire, First Out** strategy is a bit different from the two " -"others. Here, it is the expiration date that is important and not the date " -"the product entered the stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:89 -msgid "" -"Let’s imagine three lots of 6-eggs boxes (in this specific case, don’t " -"forget to use :doc:`units of measure <../../management/products/uom>`). " -"Those three have the following numbers: 20001, 20002, and 20003, each with 5" -" boxes in it. 20001 has entered the stock on the 1st of July and expires on " -"the 15th of July, 20002 on the 2nd and expires on the 14th of July, and " -"20003 on the 4th and expires on the 21st of July. A customer orders 6 boxes " -"on the 5th of July. With the *FEFO* strategy selected, a transfer is " -"requested for the five boxes of 20002 and one from 20001. The transfer for " -"all the boxes of the lot 20002 is because they have the closest expiration " -"date. The transfer also requests one box from 20001 because it’s the lot " -"that expires the sooner after 20002." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:98 -msgid "" -"Then, you can remember that for every order of a product with the *FEFO* " -"strategy, a transfer is requested for the product that has the nearest " -"expiration date from the order date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:102 -msgid "Use Removal Strategies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:104 -msgid "" -"To identify some units from other ones, you need to track them, either by " -"*lot* or by *serial number*. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration " -"--> Settings`. Then, activate *Storage Location*, *Multi-Steps Routes*, and " -"*Lots & Serial Numbers*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:113 -msgid "" -"To work with the *FEFO* strategy, activate the *Expiration Dates* feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:115 -msgid "" -"Next, you need to define your removal strategy, on *Product Categories* via " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:123 -msgid "FIFO (First In, First Out)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:125 -msgid "" -"As said, a *FIFO* strategy implies that products stocked first move out " -"first. Companies should use that method if they are selling products with " -"short demand cycles, such as clothes, and to ensure they are not stuck with " -"outdated styles in stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:129 -msgid "" -"For this example, we created three lots of white shirts. Those are from the " -"All/Clothes category, where we put *FIFO* as the removal strategy. In our " -"stock location (WH/Stock), we now find the three lots available." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:137 -msgid "" -"The lot 000001 contains 5 shirts, 000002 contains 3 shirts, and 000003 " -"contains 2. As it can be seen above, 000001 has entered the stock first. " -"Let’s create a sale order of six white shirts to check that products from " -"that lot are the first ones to move out." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:141 -msgid "" -"On the delivery order linked to the picking, you can see that the oldest lot" -" numbers have been reserved thanks to the *FIFO* strategy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:149 -msgid "LIFO (Last In, First Out)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:151 -msgid "" -"With a *LIFO* strategy, that’s quite the opposite. In fact, the products " -"that are brought the last move out the first. It is mostly used in case of " -"products without a shelf life." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:154 -msgid "" -"Even if our white shirts are clothes, we can say that they are timeless. So," -" let’s use them to test our *LIFO* strategy. Once again, open the product " -"category via :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product " -"Categories` and change the removal strategy to *LIFO*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:162 -msgid "" -"Now, create a sale order for 4 white shirts and check that the reserved " -"products are from lots 000003 and 000002." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170 -msgid "Don’t forget that the *LIFO* strategy is banned in many countries!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:173 -msgid "FEFO (First Expiry, First Out)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:175 -msgid "" -"With the *FEFO* strategy, the way products are picked is not based on the " -"reception date. In this particular case, they are dispatched according to " -"their expiration date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:179 -msgid "" -"To have more information about Expiration date, please have a look at " -":doc:`the related doc " -"<../../management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:182 -msgid "" -"By activating *Expiration Dates*, it becomes possible to define different " -"dates on the serial/lot numbers to be used in *FEFO*. These dates can be set" -" by going to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Master Data --> Lots/Serial " -"Numbers`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:190 -msgid "" -"Lots are picked based on their removal date, from earliest to latest. Lots " -"without a removal date defined are picked after lots with removal dates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:194 -msgid "" -"Other dates are for informational and reporting purposes only. If not " -"removed from the stock, lots that are past the expiration dates may still be" -" picked for delivery orders!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:197 -msgid "" -"To use the *FEFO* strategy, once again go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Product Categories` and choose *FEFO* as the *Force " -"Removal Strategy*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:204 -msgid "" -"For this particular case, let’s use hand cream. As usual, we have three lots" -" of them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:207 -msgid "**Lot / Serial No**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:207 -msgid "**Product**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:207 -msgid "**Expiration Date**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:209 -msgid "0000001" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:209 -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:211 -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:213 -msgid "Hand Cream" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:209 -msgid "09/30/2019" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:211 -msgid "0000002" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:211 -msgid "11/30/2019" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:213 -msgid "0000003" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:213 -msgid "10/31/2019" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:216 -msgid "" -"When we realize a sale for 25 units of Hand Cream, we can see that the lot " -"numbers which have been automatically reserved by Odoo are the ones with the" -" closest expiration date, meaning 0000001 and 0000003." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping.rst:3 -msgid "Shipping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation.rst:3 -msgid "Shipping Operations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:3 -msgid "How to cancel a shipping request to a shipper?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. " -"Odoo will be linked with the transportation company tracking system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:12 -msgid "" -"It will allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the " -"destination." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:15 -msgid "You can easily cancel the request made to the carrier system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:18 -msgid "How to cancel a shipping request?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:20 -msgid "" -"If the delivery order is not **Validated**, then the request hasn't been " -"made. You can choose to cancel the delivery or to change the carrier." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:24 -msgid "" -"If you have clicked on **Validate**, the request has been made and you " -"should have received the tracking number and the label. You can still cancel" -" the request. Simply click on the **Cancel** button next to the **Carrier " -"Tracking Ref**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:32 -msgid "You will now see that the shipment has been cancelled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:37 -msgid "You can now change the carrier if you wish." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:40 -msgid "How to send a shipping request after cancelling one?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:42 -msgid "" -"After cancelling the shipping request, you can change the carrier you want " -"to use. Confirm it by clicking on the **Send to shipper** button. You will " -"get a new tracking number and a new label." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:50 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:115 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:83 -msgid ":doc:`invoicing`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:51 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:116 -msgid ":doc:`multipack`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:3 -msgid "How to invoice the shipping cost to the customer?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:8 -msgid "There are two ways to invoice the shipping costs:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:10 -msgid "Agree with the customer over a cost and seal it down in the sale order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:13 -msgid "Invoice the real cost of the shipping." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:18 -msgid "" -"To configure the price of your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** " -"app, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery --> Delivery " -"Methods`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:21 -msgid "" -"You can manually set a price for the shipping: It can be fixed or based on " -"rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Or you can use the transportation company computation system. Read the " -"document :doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:28 -msgid "How to invoice the shipping costs to the customer?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:31 -msgid "Invoice the price set on the sale order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:33 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:55 -msgid "" -"On your sale order, choose the carrier that will be used. Click on " -"**Delivery Method** to choose the right one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:39 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:36 -msgid "" -"The price is computed when you **save** the sale order or when you click on " -"**Set price**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:42 -msgid "" -"To invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, click on " -"**Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery method as a " -"product. It may vary from the real price." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:46 -msgid "" -"When you create the invoice, it will take the price set on the sale order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:53 -msgid "Invoice the real shipping costs" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:61 -msgid "" -"The price is computed when you **save** the sale order. Confirm the sale " -"order and proceed to deliver the product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The real shipping cost is computed when the delivery order is validated, you" -" can see the real cost in the chatter of the delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Go back to the sale order, the real cost is now added to the sale order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:76 -msgid "" -"When you create the invoice, it will take the price computed by the carrier." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:83 -msgid "" -"If you split the delivery and make several ones, each delivery order will " -"add a line to the sale order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:87 -msgid ":doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:88 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:84 -msgid ":doc:`labels`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:3 -msgid "How to print shipping labels?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers " -"linked with the transportation company tracking system. It allows you to " -"manage the transport company, the real prices and the destination. And " -"finally, you will be able to print the shipping labels directly from Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:18 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:17 -msgid "Install the shipper company connector module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:20 -msgid "" -"In the **Inventory** module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies " -"you want to integrate :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:27 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:26 -msgid "Then click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:34 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:33 -msgid "Configure the delivery method" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:32 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:36 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:35 -msgid "" -"To configure your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** module, click on" -" :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery Methods`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:35 -msgid "" -"The delivery methods for the chosen shippers have been automatically " -"created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:41 -msgid "" -"In the **Pricing** tab, the name of the provider means that the delivery " -"will be handled and computed by the shipper system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:44 -msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:46 -msgid "" -"The first one is linked to **your account** (develop key, password,...). For" -" more information, please refer to the provider website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:49 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:62 -msgid "" -"The second column varies according to the **provider**. You can choose the " -"packaging type, the service type, the weight unit..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:52 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:65 -msgid "Uncheck **Test Mode** when you are done with the testings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:55 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:77 -msgid "Company configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:57 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:79 -msgid "" -"In order to compute the right price, the provider needs your company " -"information. Be sure your address and phone number are correctly encoded." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:64 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:86 -msgid "" -"To check your information, go to the **Settings** application and click on " -"**General Settings**. Click on the first link **Configure your company " -"data**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:70 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:92 -msgid "" -"The shipper companies need the weight of your product, otherwise the price " -"computation cannot be done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Go the **Sales** module, click on :menuselection:`Sales --> Products`. Open " -"the products you want to ship and set a weight on it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:80 -msgid "" -"The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to do" -" the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:85 -msgid "How to print shipping labels ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:87 -msgid "" -"The delivery order created from the sale order will take the shipping " -"information from it, but you can change the carrier if you want to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:90 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:135 -msgid "" -"If you create a delivery transfer from the inventory module, you can add the" -" third party shipper in the additional info tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:96 -msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number and **the label(s)**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:98 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:151 -msgid "" -"The label to stick on your package is available in the history underneath :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:104 -msgid "Click on it to open the document and print it :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:110 -msgid "" -"If you are doing multi-packages shippings, most of the time, there will be " -"one label per package. Each label will appear in the delivery history." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage multiple packs for the same delivery order?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:8 -msgid "" -"By default, Odoo considers that your delivery is composed of one package. " -"But you can easily ship your deliveries with more than one package. It is " -"fully integrated with the third-party shippers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:15 -msgid "" -"To configure the use of packages, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory " -"--> Configuration --> Settings`. Locate the **Packages** section and tick " -"**Record packages used on packing: pallets, boxes,...**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:23 -msgid "Click on **Apply** when you are done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:29 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:77 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:110 -msgid "Sale order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:34 -msgid "Click on a **Delivery Method** to choose the right one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:40 -msgid "Multi-packages Delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:42 -msgid "" -"The delivery created from the sale order will take the shipping information " -"from it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:48 -msgid "From here, you can split your delivery into multiple packages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Choose the quantity you want to put in the first pack in the **Done** " -"column, then click on the link **Put in Pack**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:56 -msgid "It will automatically create a pack with the requested quantity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:58 -msgid "Do the same steps for the other pieces you want to pack in." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:63 -msgid "Click on **Validate** when you are done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:66 -msgid "Multi-packages with a 3rd party-shipper" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Once the delivery order is validated, you will receive the tracking number. " -"The **carrier Tracking ref** field will automatically be filled. Click on " -"the **Tracking** button to check your delivery on the provider website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:76 -msgid "" -"The **labels** to stick on your packages are available in the history " -"underneath:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup.rst:3 -msgid "Shipping Setup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:3 -msgid "How to setup a delivery method?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, but it is not activated by " -"default. Delivery methods can be used for your sale orders, your deliveries " -"but also on your e-commerce." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Delivery methods allow you to manage the transport company, the price and " -"the destination. You can even integrate Odoo with external shippers to " -"compute the real price and the packagings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:20 -msgid "Install the inventory module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Delivery methods are handled by the **Delivery costs** module. Go to " -"**Apps** and search for the module. You should remove the **Apps** filter in" -" order to see it :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:29 -msgid "" -"If you want to integrate delivery methods in your e-commerce, you'll have to" -" install the **eCommerce Delivery** module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:39 -msgid "First set a name and a transporter company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Then you'll have to set the pricing. It can be fixed or based on rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:46 -msgid "" -"If the price is fixed, tick **Fixed price**. You'll just have to define the " -"price. If you want the delivery to be free above a certain amount, tick the " -"option **Free if Order total is more than** and set a price." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:54 -msgid "" -"If the price varies according to rules, tick **Based on Rules**. Click on " -"**add an item to a pricing rule**. Choose a condition based on either the " -"weight, the volume, the price or the quantity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Finally you can limit the delivery method to a few destinations. The limit " -"can be applied to some countries, states or even zip codes. This feature " -"limits the list of countries on your e-commerce." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:69 -msgid "" -"You can integrate Odoo with external shippers in order to compute the real " -"price and packagings, and handle the printing the shipping labels. See " -":doc:`third_party_shipper`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:74 -msgid "Delivery process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:82 -msgid "" -"You can now choose the **Delivery Method** on your sale order. If you want " -"to invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, click on " -"**Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery method as a " -"product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:88 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:130 -msgid "Delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:90 -msgid "You can add or change the delivery method on the delivery itself." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:95 -msgid "" -"On the delivery, check the **Carrier Information**. The carrier is the " -"chosen delivery method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:99 -msgid ":doc:`third_party_shipper`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:100 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:158 -msgid ":doc:`../operation/invoicing`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:3 -msgid "How to get DHL credentials for integration with Odoo?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:5 -msgid "In order to use the Odoo DHL API, you will need:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:7 -msgid "A DHL.com SiteID" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:9 -msgid "A DHL Password" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:11 -msgid "A DHL Account Number" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Getting SiteID and password for countries other than United States (UK and " -"Rest of the world)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:17 -msgid "" -"You should contact DHL account manager and request integration for XML " -"Express API. The presales should provide you live credentials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:20 -msgid "Getting SiteID and Password for United States" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:22 -msgid "" -"You need to write to xmlrequests@dhl.com along with your full Account " -"details like account number, region, address, etc. to get API Access." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:24 -msgid "" -"In meantime, for testing the solution, you can use the tests credentials as " -"given in the demo data:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:26 -msgid "**SiteID**: CustomerTest" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:28 -msgid "**Password**: alkd89nBV" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:30 -msgid "**DHL Account Number**: 803921577" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:3 -msgid "How to integrate a third party shipper?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. " -"Odoo can be linked with the transportation company tracking system. It will " -"allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the " -"destination." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:19 -msgid "" -"In the inventory module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies " -"you want to integrate :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:38 -msgid "" -"The delivery methods for the chosen shippers have been automatically " -"created. Most of the time, there will be **2** delivery methods for the same" -" provider: one for **international** shipping and the other for **domestic**" -" shipping." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:43 -msgid "" -"You can create other methods with the same provider with other " -"configuration, for example the **Packaging Type**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:46 -msgid "" -"You can change the **Name** of the delivery method. This is the name that " -"will appear on your ecommerce." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:49 -msgid "Flag **Shipping enabled** when you are ready to use it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:54 -msgid "" -"In the pricing tab, the name of the provider chosen under the **Price " -"computation** means that the pricing will be computed by the shipper system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:57 -msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:59 -msgid "" -"The first one is linked to **your account** (developer key, password,...). " -"For more information, please refer to the provider website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Finally you can limit the delivery method to a few destinations. You can " -"limit it to some countries, states or even zip codes. This feature limits " -"the list of countries on your e-commerce. It is useful for the domestic " -"providers. For example, USPS US only delivers from the United States to the " -"United States." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:95 -msgid "" -"Go the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> Products`. Open the products" -" you want to ship and set a weight on it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:102 -msgid "" -"The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to " -"make the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:115 -msgid "" -"You can now choose the carrier on your sale order. Click on **Delivery " -"method** to choose the right one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:118 -msgid "" -"The price is computed when you save the sale order or when you click on " -"**Set price**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:121 -msgid "" -"If you want to invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, " -"click on **Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery " -"method as a product. It may vary from the real price." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:125 -msgid "" -"Otherwise, the real price (computed when the delivery is validated) will " -"automatically be added to the invoice. For more information, please read the" -" document :doc:`../operation/invoicing`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:132 -msgid "" -"The delivery created from the sale order will take the shipping information " -"from it. You can change the carrier if you want to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:141 -msgid "" -"The weight is computed based on the products weights. The shipping cost will" -" be computed once the transfer is validated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:144 -msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number. The **Carrier Tracking" -" ref** field will automatically be filled. Click on the **Tracking** button " -"to check your delivery on the provider website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:159 -msgid ":doc:`../operation/labels`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:3 -msgid "How to get UPS credentials for integration with Odoo?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:5 -msgid "In order to use the Odoo UPS API, you will need:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:7 -msgid "A UPS.com user ID and password" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:9 -msgid "A UPS account number" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:11 -msgid "An Access Key" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:13 -msgid "" -"An Access Key is a 16 character alpha-numeric code that allows access to the" -" UPS Developer Kit API Development and Production servers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:17 -msgid "Create a UPS Account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Note that only customers located in the US can open a UPS account online. If" -" you are located outside the US, you will need to contact UPS Customer " -"Service in order to to open an account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:23 -msgid "" -"You can read additional information about opening a UPS account on the their" -" website, on the page, `How to Open a UPS Account Online " -"<https://www.ups.com/content/us/en/resources/sri/openaccountonline.html?srch_pos=2&srch_phr=open+ups+account>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:27 -msgid "" -"If you don't already have a UPS account, you can create one along with your " -"online profile by following these steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:30 -msgid "" -"1. Access the UPS.com web site at `www.ups.com <http://www.ups.com/>`__, and" -" click the **New User** link at the top of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:34 -msgid "" -"2. Click the **Register for MyUPS** button, and follow the prompts to " -"complete the registration process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:37 -msgid "" -"If you already have a UPS account, you can add it to your online profile as " -"follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Log in to the `UPS.com website <http://www.ups.com/>`_) using your UPS.com " -"User ID and Password." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:41 -msgid "Click the **My UPS** tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:43 -msgid "Click the **Account Summary** link." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:45 -msgid "" -"4. Click the **Add an Existing UPS Account** link in the **UPS Account " -"Details** section of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:48 -msgid "" -"5. In the **Add New Account** screen, enter the **UPS Account Number**, " -"**Account Name**, and **Postal Code** fields. The country defaults to United" -" States.q" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:52 -msgid "Click the **Next** button to continue." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:55 -msgid "Get an Access Key" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:57 -msgid "" -"After you have added your UPS account number to your user profile you can " -"request an Access Key from UPS using the steps below:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Go to the `UPS Developer Kit web page " -"<https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en_US>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:61 -msgid "Log into UPS.com with your user ID and password" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:62 -msgid "Click on the link **Request an access key**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:63 -msgid "Verify your contact information" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:64 -msgid "Click the **Request Access Key** button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:66 -msgid "" -"The **Access Key** will be provided to you on the web page, and an email " -"with the Access Key will be sent to the email address of the primary " -"contact." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..88f44452e --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po @@ -0,0 +1,7696 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Cas Vissers <casvissers@brahoo.nl>, 2021 +# Erwin van der Ploeg <erwin@odooexperts.nl>, 2021 +# Gunther Clauwaert <gclauwae@hotmail.com>, 2021 +# Martin Trigaux, 2021 +# Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2021 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-18 07:12+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-05-18 05:18+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2021\n" +"Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: nl\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp.rst:3 +msgid "Inventory & Mrp" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:4 +msgid "Inventory" +msgstr "Voorraad" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode.rst:3 +msgid "Barcodes" +msgstr "Barcodes" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations.rst:3 +msgid "Daily Operations" +msgstr "Dagelijkse bewerkingen" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3 +msgid "Process to an Inventory Adjustment with Barcodes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To process an inventory adjustment by using barcodes, you first need to open" +" the *Barcode* app. Then, from the application, click on *Inventory " +"Adjustments*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:13 +msgid "" +"If you want to fully work with barcodes, you can download the sheet " +"*Commands for Inventory*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Once you have clicked on *Inventory Adjustments*, Odoo will automatically " +"create one. Note that, if you work with multi-location, you first need to " +"specify in which location the inventory adjustment takes place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you don’t work with multi-location, you will be able to scan the " +"different products you want to include in the inventory adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:31 +msgid "" +"If you have 5 identical articles, scan it 5 times or use the keyboard to set" +" the quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Besides using the barcode scanner, you can also manually add a product if " +"necessary. To do so, click on *Add Product* and fill the information in " +"manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:44 +msgid "" +"When you have scanned all the items of the location, validate the inventory " +"manually or scan the *Validate* barcode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:6 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Overzicht" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:5 +msgid "" +"There are different situations in which barcode nomenclatures can be useful." +" A well-known use case is the one of a point of sale which sells products in" +" bulk, in which the customers will scale their products themselves and get " +"the printed barcode to stick on the product. This barcode will contain the " +"weight of the product and help compute the price accordingly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:13 +msgid "Create a Barcode Nomenclature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Odoo supports Barcode Nomenclatures, which determine the mapping and " +"interpretation of the encoded information. You can configure your barcode " +"nomenclature being in :doc:`Developer mode " +"</applications/general/developer_mode>`. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Barcode Nomenclature`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:20 +msgid "" +"You can create a barcode nomenclature from there, and then add a line to " +"create your first rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The first step is to specify the **rule name**, for example Weight Barcode " +"with 3 Decimals. You then have to specify the type for barcode nomenclature," +" in our case it will be Weighted Product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:33 +msgid "" +"The Barcode Pattern is a regular expression that defines the structure of " +"the barcode. In this example 21 defines the products on which the rule will " +"be applied, those are the numbers by which the product barcode should start." +" The 5 “dots” are the following numbers of the product barcode and are there" +" simply to identify the product in question. The “N” define a number and the" +" “D” define the decimals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:40 +msgid "" +"The encoding allows to specify the barcode encoding on which the rule should" +" be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:44 +msgid "" +"You can define different rules and order their priority thanks to the " +"sequence. The first rule which matches the scanned barcode will be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:49 +msgid "Configure your Product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:51 +msgid "The barcode of the product should start by “21”;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:52 +msgid "" +"The 5 “dots” are the other numbers of your product barcode, allowing to " +"identify the product;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:53 +msgid "" +"The barcode should contain 0’s where you did defined D’s or N’s. In our case" +" we need to set 5 zeros because we configured “21…..{NNDDD}”;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:54 +msgid "" +"In EAN-13, the last number is a check number, use an EAN13 generator to know" +" which digit it should be in your case." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:59 +msgid "" +"In case you weight 1,5 Kg of pasta, the balance will print you the following" +" barcode 2112345015002. If you scan this barcode in your POS or when " +"receiving products in your barcode application, Odoo will automatically " +"create a new line for the Pasta product for a quantity of 1.5 Kg. For the " +"point of sale, a price depending on the quantity will also be computed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:70 +msgid "Rule Types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:72 +msgid "" +"**Priced Product**: allows you to identify the product and specify its " +"price, used in POS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:73 +msgid "" +"**Discounted Product**: allows you to create one barcode per applied " +"discount. You can then scan your product in the POS and then scan the " +"discount barcode, discount will be applied on the normal price of the " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:74 +msgid "" +"**Weighted Product**: allows you to identify the product and specify its " +"weight, used in both POS (in which the price is computed based on the " +"weight) and in inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:75 +msgid "" +"**Client**: allows you to identify the customer, for example used with " +"loyalty program." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:76 +msgid "**Cashier**: allows you to identify the cashier when entering the POS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:77 +msgid "" +"**Location**: allows you to identify the location on a transfer when multi-" +"location is activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:78 +msgid "" +"**Package**: allows you to identify packages on a transfer when packages are" +" activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:79 +msgid "" +"**Credit Card**: doesn’t need manual modification, exists for data from the " +"Mercury module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:80 +msgid "" +"**Unit Product**: allows you to identify a product for both POS and " +"transfers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:83 +msgid "" +"When the barcode pattern contains .*, it means that it can contain any " +"number of characters, those characters being any number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:3 +msgid "Process to Transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:6 +msgid "Simple Transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To process a transfer from the *Barcode* app, the first step is to go to " +"*Operations*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Then, you have the choice to either enter an existing transfer, by going to " +"the corresponding operation type and manually selecting the one you want to " +"enter, or by scanning the barcode of the transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:24 +msgid "" +"From there, you will be able to scan the products that are part of the " +"existing transfer and/or add new products to this transfer. Once all the " +"products have been scanned, you can validate the transfer to proceed with " +"the stock moves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you have different storage locations in your warehouse, you can add " +"additional steps for the different operation types." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:45 +msgid "Receipts" +msgstr "Betaalbewijzen" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:39 +msgid "" +"When receiving a product in stock, you need to scan its barcode in order to " +"identify it in the system. Once done, you can either make it enter the main " +"location of the transfer, for example WH/Stock, or scan a location barcode " +"to make it enter a sub-location of the main location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:48 +msgid "" +"If you want the product to enter WH/Stock in our example, you can simply " +"scan the next product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery.rst:3 +msgid "Delivery Orders" +msgstr "Leveringen" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:54 +msgid "" +"When delivering a product, you have to scan the source location if it is " +"different than the one initially set on the transfer. Then, you can start " +"scanning the products that are delivered from this specific location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Once the different products have been scanned, you have the possibility to " +"scan another location, such as WH/Stock, and another page will be added to " +"your delivery order. You can move from one to the other thanks to the " +"*Previous* and *Next* buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Now, you can validate your transfer. To do so, click on *Next* until you " +"reach the last page of the transfer. There, you will be able to validate it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:78 +msgid "Internal Transfers" +msgstr "Interne verplaatsingen" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:80 +msgid "" +"When realizing an internal transfer with multi-location, you first have to " +"scan the source location of the product. Then, you can scan the product in " +"itself, before having to scan the barcode of the destination location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:85 +msgid "" +"If the source and destination of the internal transfers are already correct," +" you don’t need to scan them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:89 +msgid "Transfers with Tracked Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:91 +msgid "" +"If you work with products tracked by lot/serial numbers, you have two ways " +"of working:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:94 +msgid "" +"If you work with serial/lot numbers taking all products into consideration, " +"you can scan the barcode of the lot/serial number and Odoo will increase the" +" quantity of the product, setting its lot/serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:99 +msgid "" +"If you have the same lot/serial number for different products, you can work " +"by scanning the product barcode first, and then the barcode of the " +"lot/serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:3 +msgid "Create a Transfer from Scratch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To create a transfer from the *Barcode* application, you first need to print" +" the operation type barcodes. To do so, you can download the *Stock barcode " +"sheet* from the home page of the app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Once done, you can scan the one for which you want to create a new document." +" Then, an empty document will be created and you will be able to scan your " +"products to populate it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "Instellingen" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:3 +msgid "Set up your barcode scanner" +msgstr "Zet uw barcode scanner op" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Getting started with barcode scanning in Odoo is fairly easy. Yet, a good " +"user experience relies on an appropriate hardware setup. This guide will " +"help you through the task of choosing and configuring the barcode scanner." +msgstr "" +"Aan de slag met het scannen van barcodes in Odoo is vrij eenvoudig. Toch is " +"een goede gebruikerservaring afhankelijk van een geschikte hardware-" +"installatie. Deze handleiding helpt u bij het kiezen en configureren van de " +"barcodescanner." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:11 +msgid "Find the barcode scanner that suits your needs" +msgstr "Vind de barcode scanner die voldoet aan uw noden" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:13 +msgid "" +"The 3 recommended type of barcode scanners to work with the Odoo " +"**Inventory** and **Barcode Scanning** apps are the **USB scanner**, **the " +"bluetooth scanner** and the **mobile computer scanner**." +msgstr "" +"Het 3 aanbevolen type barcodescanners om te werken met de Odoo ** voorraad " +"** en ** barcodescanning ** apps zijn de ** USB-scanner **, ** de bluetooth-" +"scanner ** en de ** mobiele-computer scanner ** ." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If you scan products at a computer location, the **USB scanner** is the way " +"to go. Simply plug it in the computer to start scanning. Just make sure when" +" you buy it that the scanner is compatible with your keyboard layout or can " +"be configured to be so." +msgstr "" +"Als u producten scant op een computerlocatie, is de ** USB-scanner ** de " +"juiste keuze. Sluit hem gewoon op de computer aan om te beginnen met " +"scannen. Zorg er voor dat de scanner compatibel is met uw " +"toetsenbordindeling of zo kan worden geconfigureerd." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:25 +msgid "" +"The **bluetooth scanner** can be paired with a smartphone or a tablet and is" +" a good choice if you want to be mobile but don't need a big investment. An " +"approach is to log in Odoo on you smartphone, pair the bluetooth scanner " +"with the smartphone and work in the warehouse with the possibility to check " +"your smartphone from time to time and use the software 'manually'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:32 +msgid "" +"For heavy use, the **mobile computer scanner** is the handiest solution. It " +"consists of a small computer with a built-in barcode scanner. This one can " +"turn out to be a very productive solution, however you need to make sure " +"that is is capable of running Odoo smoothly. The most recent models using " +"Android + Google Chrome or Windows + Internet Explorer Mobile should do the " +"job. However, due to the variety of models and configurations on the market," +" it is essential to test it first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:42 +msgid "Configure your barcode scanner" +msgstr "Configureer uw barcode scanner" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:45 +msgid "Keyboard layout" +msgstr "Toetsenbord layout" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:50 +msgid "" +"An USB barcode scanner needs to be configured to use the same keyboard " +"layout as your operating system. Otherwise, your scanner won't translate " +"characters correctly (replacing a 'A' with a 'Q' for example). Most scanners" +" are configured by scanning the appropriate barcode in the user manual." +msgstr "" +"U barcode scanner moet geconfigureerd worden om dezelfde toetsenbord lay-out" +" te gebruiken als uw besturingssysteem. Anders zal uw scanner karakters niet" +" correct vertalen (een 'A' vervangen met een 'Q' bijvoorbeeld). De meeste " +"scanners worden geconfigureerd door de correcte streepjescode uit de " +"gebruikshandleiding te scannen." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:57 +msgid "Automatic carriage return" +msgstr "Automatisch harde return" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:59 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo has a 50 milliseconds delay between each successive scan " +"(it helps avoid accidental double scanning). If you want to suppress this " +"delay, you can configure your scanner to insert a carriage return at the end" +" of each barcode. This is usually the default configuration and can be " +"explicitly configured by scanning a specific barcode in the user manual ('CR" +" suffix ON', 'Apply Enter for suffix', etc.)." +msgstr "" +"Standaard heeft Odoo een vertraging van 50 milliseconden tussen elke " +"succesvolle scan (het helpt dubbele scans tegen te gaan die per ongeluk " +"gebeuren). Als u deze vertraging wilt onderdrukken kan u uw scanner " +"configureren om een harde return toe te voegen aan het einde van de barcode." +" Dit is vaak de standaard configuratie en kan expliciet worden toegepast " +"door een specifieke barcode te scannen die u kan vinden in uw handleiding " +"('CR suffix AAN', 'Voeg enter toe na suffix', enz.)" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:3 +msgid "Activate the Barcodes in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The barcode scanning features can save you a lot of time usually lost " +"switching between the keyboard, the mouse and the scanner. Properly " +"attributing barcodes to products, pickings locations, etc. allows you to " +"work more efficiently by controlling the software almost exclusively with " +"the barcode scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:9 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Configuratie" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To use this feature, you first need to activate the *Barcode* functionality " +"via :menuselection:`Inventory --> Settings --> Barcode Scanner`. Once you " +"have ticked the feature, you can hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:22 +msgid "Set Product Barcodes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You can easily assign barcodes to your different products via the " +"*Inventory* app. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"Products Barcodes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Then, you have the possibility to assign barcodes to your products directly " +"at creation on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Be careful to add barcodes directly on the product variants and not on the " +"template product. Otherwise, you won’t be able to differentiate them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:45 +msgid "Set Locations Barcodes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:47 +msgid "" +"If you manage multiple locations, you will find useful to attribute a " +"barcode to each location and stick it on the location. You can configure the" +" locations barcodes in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " +"Locations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:58 +msgid "" +"You can easily print the barcode you allocate to the locations via the " +"*Print* menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:62 +msgid "Barcode Formats" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Most retail products use EAN-13 barcodes. They cannot be made up without " +"proper authorization. You must pay the International Article Numbering " +"Association a fee in exchange for an EAN code sequence." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Still, as Odoo supports any string as a barcode, you can always define your " +"own barcode format for internal use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management.rst:3 +msgid "Warehouse Management" +msgstr "Magazijnbeheer" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:3 +msgid "Send Products to Customers Directly from Suppliers (Drop-shipping)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:6 +msgid "What is Drop-Shipping?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Drop-Shipping is a system that allows orders taken from your store to be " +"shipped straight from your supplier to your customer. On a usual delivery " +"system, products are sent from your supplier to your warehouse to be put in " +"stock and then shipped to your customers after ordering." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:13 +msgid "" +"With drop-shipping, no item is stocked. When a customer places an order in " +"your shop, the item is delivered straight from the supplier to the customer." +" Therefore, the product doesn't need to get through your warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:19 +msgid "Points to be Considered while Implementing Drop-Shipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Use drop-shipping only for the products you can't or don't want to keep in " +"stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:22 +msgid "" +"One reason is that you'll always make smaller margins on items that are " +"drop-shipped, so you should keep it only for items that take up a lot of " +"space in your warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:30 +msgid "Drop-shipping is best for niche products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Chances are that products that are in high demand are being offered by large" +" suppliers at a fraction of the price you'll be able to charge, so using a " +"more costly shipping method won't be financially rewarding. But if your " +"product is unique, then it makes sense!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:33 +msgid "To protect your customers from bad experiences." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Test drop-shipping companies for yourself beforehand and list the best ones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:37 +msgid "Make sure time is not against you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Drop-shipping should take a reasonable amount of time and surely not more " +"than it would have taken you to handle it all by yourself. It's also nice to" +" be able to provide your customers with a tracking number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:44 +msgid "Items have to be available from your supplier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:40 +msgid "" +"It's good to know if the product you're selling is available upstream. If " +"you don't have that information, inform your customers that you don't hold " +"the item in stock and that it's subject to availability from a third party." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:47 +msgid "" +"For more information and insights about Drop-Shipping, you can read our " +"blog: `*What is drop-shipping and how to use it* <https://www.odoo.com/blog" +"/business-hacks-1/post/what-is-drop-shipping-and-how-to-use-it-250>`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:52 +msgid "Configure Drop-Shipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Activate the functionality in the *Purchase* application by going to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Then, go to the *Inventory* app, in :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings` to activate the *Multi-Step Routes* feature. It will allow you to " +"make the *Route* field appear on the sale order lines to specify you send a " +"product via drop-shipping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Now, in the *Sales* app, go to :menuselection:`Products --> Products`. " +"Select the product you would like to drop-ship and add a vendor pricelist " +"which contains the right supplier, via the purchase tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:76 +msgid "Send Products from the Suppliers Directly to the Customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Create a *Sales Order* and add the product on which you just set the vendor." +" Add the *Route* field thanks to the widget on the right of the sale order " +"line. Now, you are able to specify that your products’ route is *Drop-" +"Shipping*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Once the sale order is confirmed, Odoo automatically generates a *Request " +"for Quotation* for the supplier who will proceed to the drop-shipping. You " +"can find it in the *Purchase* app, with the sale order as *Source Document*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Once this *Purchase Order* is confirmed, a *Receipt Order* is created and " +"linked to it. The source location is the vendor location and the destination" +" location is the customer location. Then, the product won’t go through your " +"own stock when you validate the dropship document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:105 +msgid "" +"You can also easily access the dropship document directly from your " +"inventory dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:3 +msgid "How to choose the right inventory flow to handle delivery orders?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Depending on factors such as the type of items you sell, the size of your " +"warehouse, the number of orders you register everyday... the way you handle " +"deliveries to your customers can vary a lot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows you to handle shipping from your warehouse in 3 different ways:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:12 +msgid "**One step (shipping)**: Ship directly from stock" +msgstr "**Een stap (verzending)**: Verzend direct vanuit stock" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:14 +msgid "" +"**Two steps (pick + ship)**: Bring goods to output location before shipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:17 +msgid "" +"**Three steps (pick + pack + ship)**: Make packages into a dedicated " +"location, then bring them to the output location for shipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:20 +msgid "" +"For companies having a rather small warehouse and that do not require high " +"stock of items or don't sell perishable items, a one step shipping is the " +"simplest solution, as it does not require a lot of configuration and allows " +"to handle orders very quickly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Using inventory methods such as FIFO, LIFO and FEFO require to have at least" +" two steps to handle a shipment. The picking method will be determined by " +"the removal strategy, and the items removed will then be shipped to the " +"customer. This method is also interesting if you hold larger stocks and " +"especially when the items you stock are big in size." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:31 +msgid "" +"The three steps system becomes useful in more specific situations, the main " +"one being for handling very large stocks. The items are transferred to a " +"packing area, where they will be assembled by area of destination, and then " +"set to outbound trucks for final delivery to the customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:53 +msgid "One step flow" +msgstr "één stap flow" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:42 +msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`one_step`" +msgstr "Lees aub de documentatie op :doc:`one_step`" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:58 +msgid "Two steps flow" +msgstr "Twee stappen flow" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:60 +msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`two_steps`" +msgstr "Gelieve de documentatie te lezen op :doc:`two_steps`" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:63 +msgid "Three steps flow" +msgstr "Drie stappen flow" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:65 +msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`three_steps`" +msgstr "Gelieve de documentatie te lezen op :doc:`three_steps`" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:3 +msgid "How can I change the label type?" +msgstr "Hoe kan ik het type label wijzigen?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:8 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can choose among different types of labels for your delivery " +"orders. Follow the steps below and give an appropriate label type to your " +"delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:15 +msgid "" +"In the **Inventory** module, Go to **Configuration** and click on **Delivery" +" methods**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:18 +msgid "Choose a delivery method and then click on **Edit**." +msgstr "Kies een levermethode en klik vervolgens op **Wijzigen**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:23 +msgid "" +"In the **Pricing** tab, under **Fedex label stock type**, you can choose one" +" of the label types available. The availability will vary depending on the " +"carrier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Once this is done, you can see the result if you go to the Sales module and " +"you create a new sale order." +msgstr "" +"Eenmaal dit gedaan is kan u het resultaat zien wanneer u de Verkoop module " +"opent en een nieuwe verkooporder aanmaakt." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:33 +msgid "" +"As you confirm the sale and validate the delivery with the carrier for which" +" you have modified the label type, The label will appear in your history." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The default label type is paper letter, and if you choose the label type " +"bottom half for example, here is the difference :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:3 +msgid "Process Delivery Orders in one Step (Shipping)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:5 +msgid "" +"There is no configuration needed to deliver in one step. The default " +"outgoing shipments are configured to be directly delivered from the stock to" +" the customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:9 +msgid "" +"However, if advanced routes have been activated and you set another shipping" +" configuration on your warehouse, you can set it back to the one-step " +"delivery configuration. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " +"--> Warehouses` and edit the warehouse in question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Then, choose *Deliver goods directly* as your *Outgoing Shipments* strategy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:47 +msgid "Create a Sales Order" +msgstr "Maak een verkooporder aan" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:23 +msgid "" +"In the *Sales* application, create a quotation with some storable products " +"to deliver and confirm it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Notice that we now see 1 delivery associated with this *sales order* in the " +"stat button above the sales order. If you click on the 1 Delivery stat " +"button, you should now see your delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:34 +msgid "Process a Delivery" +msgstr "Verwerk een levering" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:36 +msgid "" +"You can also find the *delivery order* directly from the *Inventory* " +"application. In the dashboard, you can click the *1 TO PROCESS* button under" +" the Delivery Orders Kanban card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Enter the picking that you want to process. You will be able to click on " +"*Validate* to complete the move if you have products in stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Once you *Validate* the delivery order, the products leave your *WH/Stock " +"location* and are moved to the *Customer location*. You can easily see that " +"the delivery took place thanks to the status of the document which is now " +"*Done*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:3 +msgid "Process Delivery Orders in three Steps (Pick + Pack + Ship)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is " +"set up by default to utilize a one-step operation: once all goods are " +"available, they are able to be shipped in a single delivery order. However, " +"that process may not reflect reality and your company could require more " +"steps before shipping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:11 +msgid "" +"With the delivery in 3 steps (Pick + Pack + Ship), the items will be picked " +"to be transferred to a packing area. Then, they will be moved to an output " +"location before being effectively shipped to the customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:19 +msgid "Activate Multi-Step Routes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The first step is to allow using *multi-step routes*. Indeed, routes provide" +" a mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we will " +"chain the picking step to the shipping step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To allow *multi-step routes*, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and activate the option. Note that activating " +"*Multi-Step Routes* will also activate *Storage Locations*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:30 +msgid "Configure Warehouse for Delivery in 3 Steps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Once *Multi-Step Routes* has been activated, you can go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the " +"warehouse which will use delivery in 3 steps. You can then select the option" +" *Pack goods, send goods in output and then deliver (3 steps)* for *Outgoing" +" Shipments*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Activating this option will lead to the creation of two new locations, " +"*Output* and *Packing Zone*. If you want to rename it go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, *Select* the one" +" you want to rename and update its name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:47 +msgid "" +"In the *Sales* application, you can create a quotation with some storable " +"products to deliver. Once you confirm the quotation, three pickings will be " +"created and automatically linked to your sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:54 +msgid "If you click the button, you should now see three different pickings:" +msgstr "" +"Indien u op de knop klikt zou u nu drie verschillende verzamellijsten moeten" +" zien:" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:56 +msgid "The first one with a reference PICK to designate the picking process," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:58 +msgid "The second one with the reference PACK that is the packing process," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:60 +msgid "The last one with a reference OUT to designate the shipping process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:66 +msgid "Process the Picking, Packing, and Delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The picking operation is the first one to be processed and has a *Ready* " +"status while the other ones are *Waiting Another Operation*. The Packing " +"operation will become *Ready* as soon as the picking one is marked as done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:71 +msgid "" +"You can enter the picking operation from here, or access it through the " +"inventory dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:77 +msgid "" +"In case you have the product in stock, it has automatically been reserved " +"and you can simply validate the picking document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Once the picking has been validated, the packing order is ready to be " +"processed. Thanks to the fact that the documents are chained, the products " +"which have been previously picked are automatically reserved on the packing " +"order which can be directly validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Once the packing has been validated, the delivery order is ready to be " +"processed. Here again, it is directly ready to be validated in order to " +"transfer the products to the customer location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:3 +msgid "Process Delivery Orders in two Steps (Pick + Ship)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is " +"set up by default to utilize a one-step operation: once all goods are " +"available, they are able to be shipped in a single delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:9 +msgid "" +"However, your company's business process may have one or more steps that " +"happen before shipping. In the two steps process, the products which are " +"part of the delivery order are picked in the warehouse and brought to an " +"output location before being effectively shipped." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:29 +msgid "Warehouse configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Once *Multi-Step Routes* has been activated, you can go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the " +"warehouse which will use delivery in 2 steps. You can then select the option" +" *Send goods in output and then deliver (2 steps)* for Outgoing Shipments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Activating this option will lead to the creation of a new *Output* location." +" If you want to rename it go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " +"--> Locations`, Select Output and update its name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:49 +msgid "" +"In the *Sales* application, you can create a quotation with some storable " +"products to deliver. Once you confirm the quotation, two pickings will be " +"created and automatically linked to your sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:56 +msgid "" +"If you click on the *2 Delivery* button, you should now see two different " +"pickings, one with a reference *PICK* to designate the picking process and " +"another one with a reference *OUT* to designate the shipping process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:65 +msgid "Process the Picking and the Delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:67 +msgid "" +"The picking operation is the first one to be processed and has a *Ready* " +"status while the delivery operation will only become *Ready* once the " +"picking operation has been marked as done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Once the picking has been validated, the delivery order is ready to be " +"processed. Thanks to the fact that the documents are chained, the products " +"which have been previously picked are automatically reserved on the delivery" +" order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming.rst:3 +msgid "Incoming Shipments" +msgstr "Ontvangsten" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:3 +msgid "How to choose the right flow to handle receipts?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Depending on factors such as the type of items you receive, the size of your" +" warehouse, the number of receipt you register everyday... the way you " +"handle receipts to your customers can vary a lot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows you to handle receipts from your warehouse in 3 different ways:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:15 +msgid "**One step**: Receive goods directly in stock." +msgstr "**één stap**: Ontvang goederen direct in stock." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:17 +msgid "**Two steps**: Unload in input location then go to stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:19 +msgid "" +"**Three steps**: Unload in input location, go through a quality control " +"before being admitted in stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses **routes** to define exactly how you will handle the different " +"receipt steps. The configuration is done at the level of the warehouse. In " +"standard, the reception is a one step process, but changing the " +"configuration can allow to have 2 or even 3 steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:27 +msgid "The principles are the following:" +msgstr "De principes zijn de volgende:" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:29 +msgid "**One step**: You receive the goods directly in your stock." +msgstr "**één stap**: U ontvangt de goederen direct in uw stock." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:31 +msgid "" +"**Two steps**: You receive the goods in an input area then transfer them " +"from input area to your stock. As long as the goods are not transferred in " +"your stock, they will not be available for further processing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:36 +msgid "" +"**Three steps**: In many companies, it is necessary to assess the received " +"good. The goal is to check that the products correspond to the quality " +"requirements agreed with the suppliers. Adding a quality control step in the" +" goods receipt process can become essential." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:42 +msgid "" +"You receive the goods in an input area, then transfer them into quality area" +" for quality control. When your quality check process finishes then you can " +"move the goods from QC to stock. Of course, you may change the quantity and " +"only transfer to Stock the quantity that is valid and decide that you will " +"return the quantity that is not good." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:55 +msgid "This is the default configuration in Odoo." +msgstr "Dit is de standaard configuratie in Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:68 +msgid ":doc:`../delivery/inventory_flow`" +msgstr ":doc:`../delivery/inventory_flow`" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:69 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:3 +msgid "Process a Receipt in one step (Receipt)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:5 +msgid "" +"There is no configuration needed to receive in one step. The default " +"incoming shipments are configured to be directly received from the vendors " +"to the stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:9 +msgid "" +"However, if advanced routes have been activated and you set another incoming" +" configuration on your warehouse, you can set it back to the one-step " +"receipt configuration. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Warehouses` and edit the warehouse in question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Set the *Incoming Shipments* option to *Receive goods directly (1 step)*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:50 +msgid "Create a Purchase Order" +msgstr "Maak een inkooporder" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To create a *Request for Quotation*, go to the *Purchase* application and " +"click on *Create*. Then, add some storable products to receive and confirm " +"the *RfQ*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Notice that, now, we see 1 receipt associated with the purchase order you " +"just created. If you click on the button, you will see your receipt order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:35 +msgid "Process a Receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:37 +msgid "" +"You can also fin the receipt directly from the *Inventory* app. When on the " +"dashboard, you can click the *1 TO PROCESS* button under the *Receipts* " +"Kanban card. Then, you will see your receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Now, enter the picking that you want to process. You will be able to click " +"on *Validate* to complete the move directly as products coming from " +"suppliers are considered as being always available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Once you *Validate* the receipt, the products leave the *Supplier Location* " +"to enter your *WH/Stock Location*. You can easily see that the receipt took " +"place thanks to the status of the document, which is now *Done*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:3 +msgid "Process a Receipt in three steps (Input + Quality + Stock)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Quality is essential for most companies. To make sure we maintain quality " +"throughout the supply chain, it only makes sense that we assess the quality " +"of the products received from suppliers. To do so, we will add a quality " +"control step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses routes to define how to handle the different receipt steps. " +"Configuration of those routes is done at the warehouse level. By default, " +"the reception is a one-step process, but it can also be configured to have " +"two-steps or three-steps processes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:13 +msgid "" +"The three-steps flow works as follows: you receive the goods in your " +"receiving area, then transfer them into a quality area for quality control " +"(QC). When the quality check is completed, the goods that match the QC " +"requirements are moved to stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The first step is to allow the use of *Multi-Step Routes*. Routes provide a " +"mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we will chain " +"the picking step to the shipping step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To enable *Multi-Step Routes*, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and activate the option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:31 +msgid "" +"By default, activating *Multi-Step Routes* also activates *Storage " +"Locations*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:35 +msgid "Configure warehouse for receipt in 3-steps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Once *Multi-Step Routes* has been activated, go to :menuselection:`Inventory" +" --> Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the warehouse which should work " +"with the 3-steps reception. Then, select *Receive goods in input, then " +"quality and then stock (3 steps)* for *Incoming Shipments*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Activating this option leads to the creation of two new locations: *Input* " +"and *Quality Control*. To rename them, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Locations` and select the one you want to rename." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:52 +msgid "" +"To start the 3-steps reception process, create a *Request for Quotation* " +"from the *Purchase* app, add some storable products to it and confirm. Then," +" three pickings are created with your *Purchase Order* as the source " +"document:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:56 +msgid "The first one with a reference *IN* to designate the receipt process;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:59 +msgid "" +"The second one with a reference *INT*, which is the move to the quality " +"control zone;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:62 +msgid "The last one with a reference *INT* to designate the move to stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:69 +msgid "Process the receipt, quality control and entry in stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:71 +msgid "" +"As the receipt operation is the first one to be processed, it has a *Ready* " +"status while the others are *Waiting Another Operation*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To access the receipt operation, click on the button from the *Purchase " +"Order* or go back to the *Inventory* app dashboard and click on *Receipts*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:81 +msgid "" +"In the receipt order, products are always considered available because they " +"come from the supplier. Then, the receipt can be validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Once the receipt has been validated, the transfer to quality becomes " +"*Ready*. And, because the documents are chained to each other, products " +"previously received are automatically reserved on the transfer. Then, the " +"transfer can be directly validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Now, the transfer that enters the products to stock is *Ready*. Here, it is " +"again ready to be validated in order to transfer the products to your stock " +"location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:3 +msgid "Process a Receipt in two steps (Input + Stock)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses routes to define exactly how you will handle the different receipt" +" steps. The configuration is done at the *Warehouse* level. By default, the " +"reception is a one-step process, but changing the configuration can allow " +"you to have 2 steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:13 +msgid "" +"The 2 steps flow is like this: you receive the goods in an input area, then " +"transfer them to your stock. As long as the goods are not transferred in " +"your stock, they will not be available for further processing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:21 +msgid "" +"The first step is to allow using *multi-step routes*. Indeed, routes provide" +" a mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we will " +"chain the unload step in the input area to the step entering the products in" +" stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To allow *multi-step routes*, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings` and activate the feature. By default, activating *multi-step " +"routes* will also activate *Storage Locations*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:34 +msgid "Configure warehouse for receipt in 2 steps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Once *multi-step routes* is activated, you can go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the warehouse which " +"will use receipt in 2 steps. Then, you can select the option *Receive goods " +"in input and then stock (2 steps)* for *Incoming Shipments*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Activating this option will lead to the creation of a new *Input* location. " +"If you want to rename it, you can go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Locations --> Select Input` and update its name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:52 +msgid "Create a purchase order" +msgstr "Maak een inkooporder" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:54 +msgid "" +"In the *Purchase* application, you can create a *Request for Quotation* with" +" some storable products to receive from a supplier. Once the *RfQ* is " +"confirmed, the receipt picking will be created and automatically linked to " +"your purchase order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Now, by clicking on the *1 Receipt* button, you will see the first picking " +"which will allow entering the product in the *input location*. Then, another" +" picking, an internal transfer, has been created in order to move the " +"products to *Stock*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:68 +msgid "Process the receipt and the internal transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:70 +msgid "" +"The receipt is the first one to be processed and has a *Ready* status while " +"the internal transfer will only become *Ready* once the receipt has been " +"marked as *Done*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:74 +msgid "" +"You can enter the receipt operation from the purchase order, or access it " +"through the inventory dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:80 +msgid "" +"By default, a receipt is always considered as ready to be processed. Then, " +"you will be able to directly click on *Validate* to mark it as done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Once the receipt has been validated, the internal transfer is ready to be " +"processed. As documents are chained, the products which have been received " +"are automatically reserved on the internal transfer. Once the transfer is " +"validated, those products enter the stock and you will be able to use them " +"to fulfill customer deliveries or manufacture products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers.rst:3 +msgid "Lots and Serial Numbers" +msgstr "Partijen en serienummers" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:3 +msgid "What's the difference between lots and serial numbers?" +msgstr "Wat is het verschil tussen partijen en serienummers?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:6 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "Introductie" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, lots and serial numbers have similarities in their functional " +"system but are different in their behavior. They are both managed within the" +" **Inventory**, **Purchases** and **Sales** app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:12 +msgid "" +"**Lots** correspond to a certain number of products you received and store " +"altogether in one single pack." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:15 +msgid "" +"**Serial numbers** are identification numbers given to one product in " +"particular, to allow to track the history of the item from reception to " +"delivery and after-sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:20 +msgid "When to use" +msgstr "Wanneer te gebruiken" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:22 +msgid "" +"**Lots** are interesting for products you receive in great quantity and for " +"which a lot number can help in reportings, quality controls, or any other " +"info. Lots will help identify a number of pieces having for instance a " +"production fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or " +"food." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:28 +msgid "" +"**Serial numbers** are interesting for items that could require after-sales " +"service, such as smartphones, laptops, fridges, and any electronic devices. " +"You could use the manufacturer's serial number or your own, depending on the" +" way you manage these products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:34 +msgid "When not to use" +msgstr "Wanneer niet te gebruiken" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Storing consumable products such as kitchen roll, toilet paper, pens and " +"paper blocks in lots would make no sense at all, as there are very few " +"chances that you can return them for production fault." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:40 +msgid "" +"On the other hand, giving a serial number to every product is a time-" +"consuming task that will have a purpose only in the case of items that have " +"a warranty and/or after-sales services. Putting a serial number on bread, " +"for instance, makes no sense at all." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:46 +msgid ":doc:`serial_numbers`" +msgstr ":doc:`serial_numbers`" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:47 +msgid ":doc:`lots`" +msgstr ":doc:`lots`" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:3 +msgid "Manage expiration dates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In many companies, products have expiration dates and they should be tracked" +" based on those dates. In the food industry, for example, tracking stocks " +"based on expiration dates is mandatory to avoid selling expired products to " +"customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:10 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can track your products based on their expiration dates, even" +" if they are already tracked by lots or serial numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:15 +msgid "Configurations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:18 +msgid "Application configuration" +msgstr "Applicatie configuratie" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To use expiration dates tracking, open the *Inventory* application and go to" +" :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Lots & Serial" +" Numbers* and *Expiration Dates* features." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:90 +msgid "Product configuration" +msgstr "Product configuratie" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Now, you have the possibility to define different dates in the *inventory " +"tab* of the product form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Product Use Time: it’s the number of days before the goods start " +"deteriorating, without being dangerous yet. It will be computed using the " +"lot/serial number;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Product Life Time: refers to the number of days before the goods may become " +"dangerous and must not be consumed. It will be computed on the lot/serial " +"number;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Product Removal Time: shows the number of days before the goods should be " +"removed from the stock. It will be computed on the lot/serial number;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Product Alert Time: refers to the number of days before an alert should be " +"raised on the lot/serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:44 +msgid "Expiration Date on Lots/Serial Numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:46 +msgid "" +"When receiving a product in stock, the dates will automatically be updated " +"on the corresponding lot/serial number. This update will be based on the " +"reception date of the product and the times set on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:58 +msgid "Expiration Alerts" +msgstr "Verval waarschuwingen" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:60 +msgid "" +"You can access all your expiration alerts from the *inventory* app. To do " +"so, go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. There, you " +"can use the pre-existing filter that shows all the lots/serial numbers that " +"exceeded their alert date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:3 +msgid "Manage lots of identical products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Lots are useful for products you receive in great quantity and for which a " +"lot number can help in reporting, quality controls, or any other info. Lots " +"will help identify a number of pieces having, for instance, a production " +"fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or food." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Odoo has the capacity to manage lots, ensuring compliance with the " +"traceability requirements imposed by the majority of industries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The double-entry management in Odoo enables you to run very advanced " +"traceability." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:18 +msgid "Setting Up" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:21 +msgid "Application Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:23 +msgid "" +"First, you need to activate the tracking of lot numbers. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and tick *Lots & " +"Serial Numbers*. Then, click on save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:31 +msgid "Product Configuration" +msgstr "Product configuratie" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Now, you have to configure which products you want to track by serial " +"numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products` and open the product of your" +" choice. There, click on *Edit* and select *Tracking by Lots* in the " +"inventory tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:47 +msgid "Manage Lots" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:52 +msgid "" +"In order to receive a product tracked by lots, you have to specify its lot " +"numbers. You have several ways of doing so:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:65 +msgid "Manually assign the different lot numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:57 +msgid "Copy/paste lot numbers from an Excel file" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:59 +msgid "First, you need to open the detailed operations of your picking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:67 +msgid "" +"When opening the detailed operations, you can click on *Add a line*. Then, " +"you will be able to fill the lot number in. Once done, you can click on *Add" +" a line* again to register a new lot number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:75 +msgid "Copy/paste lot number from an Excel file" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Once the spreadsheet containing the lot numbers you received from your " +"supplier and copy the list. Then, you can paste them in the *Lot/Serial " +"Number Name* column for Odoo to automatically create the necessary lines. " +"After that, you will have to manually enter the number of products that are " +"contained in each one of the lots." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:93 +msgid "Operation Types" +msgstr "Bewerkingsoorten" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Of course, you also have the possibility to define how you will manage lots " +"for each operation type. To do so, open the *Inventory* app and go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Operation Types`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:99 +msgid "" +"For each type (receipts, internal transfers, deliveries, …), you can decide " +"if you allow to create new lot numbers or only use existing ones. By " +"default, the creation of new lots is only allowed at product reception, and " +"using existing lot numbers isn’t allowed in this operation. If you have " +"inter-warehouse transfers and track products by lots, it can be useful to " +"allow using existing lot numbers in receipts too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:111 +msgid "Lots traceability" +msgstr "Partij traceerbaarheid" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:113 +msgid "" +"The lot number given to the products allows you to keep track of where they " +"were received, put in stock, to whom they were sold and where they were " +"shipped to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:117 +msgid "" +"To track an item, open the *Inventory* module and, in :menuselection:`Master" +" Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers`, click on the lot number corresponding to " +"your search." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:124 +msgid "" +"When you open the *Traceability* information, you see in which documents the" +" lot number has been used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Now, if you want to locate the lot number, you can do so by clicking on the " +"*Location* stat button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:3 +msgid "Work with serial numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To track products with serial numbers, you can use the serial number " +"tracking. With them, you can track the current location of the product and, " +"when the products are moved from one location to another, the system will " +"automatically identify the current location of the product, based on its " +"last movement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:11 +msgid "" +"If you want to do it or run very advanced traceability, the Odoo double-" +"entry management is the feature you need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:20 +msgid "" +"First, you need to activate the serial numbers tracking. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the *Inventory* application. " +"Then, enable the feature and hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Now, you have to configure the products you want to track by serial numbers." +" To do so, go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products` and open the " +"product of your choice. Edit it and select *Tracking By Unique Serial " +"Number* in the *Inventory tab*. Then, click on save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:42 +msgid "Manage Serial Numbers" +msgstr "Serienummers beheren" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:47 +msgid "" +"To receive a product that is tracked by serial number, you have to specify " +"its serial number. Of course, you have several ways of doing so:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:50 +msgid "Manual assignation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:73 +msgid "Multi-assignation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:89 +msgid "Copy/pasting from an Excel file" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Whatever could be your favorite way to assign serial numbers, you firstly " +"need to open the detailed operations of your picking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:63 +msgid "Manual assignation of the different serial numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:65 +msgid "" +"When opening the detailed operations, you can click on *Add a line*. Then, " +"you will be able to fill in the serial number field. Once done, you can " +"click again on *Add a line* to register a new serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:75 +msgid "" +"By using the multi-assignation of serial numbers, Odoo will automatically " +"create the necessary lines. To do so, you have to enter the first serial " +"number of your set and the number of products you have to assign a serial " +"number to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:80 +msgid "Once done, click on *Assign Serial Numbers* and Odoo will do the rest." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:91 +msgid "" +"To use copy/pasting, open the spreadsheet containing the serial numbers you " +"received and copy the list. Then, past them in the *Lot/Serial Number Name* " +"column of the wizard. Doing so, Odoo will automatically create the lines you" +" need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:106 +msgid "Operation types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:108 +msgid "" +"You also have the possibility to define how you will manage lots for each " +"operation type. To define it, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Operation Types` in the *Inventory* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:112 +msgid "" +"For each type, you can decide if you allow the creation of new lot numbers " +"or want to use existing ones. By default, the creation of new lots is only " +"allowed at product reception." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:120 +msgid "" +"If you have inter-warehouse transfers and track products by lots, it can be " +"useful to allow using existing lot numbers in receipts too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:124 +msgid "Serial Number traceability" +msgstr "Traceerbaarheid serienummer" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Using serial numbers allows you to keep track of where the products were " +"received, put in stock, to whom they were sold, and where they were shipped " +"to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Tracking an item is easy: open the *Inventory* app, and go to " +":menuselection:`Master Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers` and click on the serial" +" number corresponding to your search. Then, open the *Traceability* " +"information. There, you will see in which documents the serial number has " +"been used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:140 +msgid "" +"And, if you want to locate a serial number, you can do so by clicking on the" +" *Location* button available on the serial number form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc.rst:3 +msgid "Miscellaneous Operations" +msgstr "Memoriaal" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:3 +msgid "Process Batch Transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Batch picking allows a single picker to handle a batch of orders, reducing " +"the number of times he must visit the same location. In Odoo, it means you " +"can regroup several transfers into the same batch transfer, then process it," +" either via the barcode application or in the form view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:11 +msgid "Create a Batch Transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To activate the batch picking option, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Configuration` and enable *Batch Pickings*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Then, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Batch Transfers` " +"and hit the create button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Now, determine the batch transfer responsible and the type of transfers you " +"want to include in the batch. To add the types of transfers, click on *Add a" +" line*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:34 +msgid "" +"In the example below, a filter was applied to only see the transfers that " +"are in the *Pick* step. After that, the different transfers that needed to " +"be included in the batch transfer were selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To see the products to pick for the different transfers, click on *Select*. " +"If *Multi-locations* has been activated, the document also shows the " +"locations they have been reserved from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:51 +msgid "Create a Batch Transfer from the Transfers List View" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:53 +msgid "" +"From the *Transfers List View*, select transfers that should be included in " +"the Batch. Then, select *Add to batch* from the *Action* list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Next, determine if you want to add the transfers to an existing draft batch " +"transfer or create a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:69 +msgid "Process a Batch Transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:71 +msgid "" +"While gathering the products, you can edit the batch transfer and update the" +" *Quantity done* for each product. Once everything has been picked, select " +"*Validate* so the different transfers contained in the batch are validated " +"too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:80 +msgid "" +"In case all the products cannot be picked, you can create backorders for " +"each individual transfer which couldn’t be completely processed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:93 +msgid "Process a Batch Transfer from the Barcode app" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:95 +msgid "Enter the *Barcode* application, select the *Batch Transfers* menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Then, you can enter the batch transfer on which you want to work. Batch " +"transfers can easily be grouped per responsible if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:108 +msgid "" +"In the batch transfer, products are classified per location. The source " +"document is visible on each line and a color-code helps differentiate them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:116 +msgid "" +"To see the products to pick from another location, click on the *Next* " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Once all the products have been picked, click on *Validate* (on the last " +"page) to mark the batch transfer as done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Stock that you don't own" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Sometimes, suppliers can offer you to store and sell products without having" +" to buy those items. This technique is called *consignee stock*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Consignee stock is a great way for manufacturers and suppliers to launch new" +" products. As resellers may be reluctant to buy a product they are not sure " +"to be able to sell, consignee stock will allow them to offer an item to " +"check its market without having to pay for it in the first place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Of course, Odoo has the ability to manage those consignee stocks through " +"advanced settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To use this feature, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` in the inventory app. Then, enable the *Consignment* feature in " +"the *Traceability* section. Now, hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:28 +msgid "Reception of Consignee Stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:30 +msgid "" +"When in the *Inventory* app, open the receipts and create a new reception. " +"On the right side, you will see that a new line called *Assign Owner* has " +"appeared. There, you can specify the partner which owns the stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:39 +msgid "If you are the owner, you can leave the field blank." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Once the receipt is validated, the products enter your stock but still " +"belong to the owner. They don’t impact your inventory valuation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning.rst:3 +msgid "Planning" +msgstr "Planning" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:3 +msgid "How is the Scheduled Delivery Date Computed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Providing the best possible service to customers is vital for business. It " +"implies planning every move: manufacturing orders, deliveries, receptions, " +"and so on. To do so, you need to configure lead time properly and coordinate" +" scheduled dates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:9 +msgid "" +"By using lead times, Odoo provides end dates, the **Commitment Date**, for " +"each process. On a sales order, for example, this is the date your customer " +"will get the products he ordered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:13 +msgid "" +"From the customers’ side, the commitment date is important because it gives " +"them an estimation of when they will receive their products. The dates take " +"all other lead times, such as manufacturing, delivery, or suppliers, into " +"account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:19 +msgid "How are Lead Times Calculated?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:27 +msgid "" +"As said above, there are several types of lead times. Each is calculated " +"based on various indicators. Before going through the configuration, here is" +" a brief summary of how lead times are calculated and what they are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:32 +msgid "" +"**Customer Lead Time**: the customer lead time is the default duration you " +"set. Therefore, the expected date on the sales orders is today + customer " +"lead time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:36 +msgid "" +"**Sales Security Lead Time**: the purpose is to be ready shipping that many " +"days before the actual commitment taken with the customer. Then, the default" +" scheduled date on the delivery order is **SO delivery date - Security Lead " +"Time**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:41 +msgid "" +"**Purchase Security Lead Time**: additional time to mitigate the risk of a " +"vendor delay. The receipt will be scheduled that many days earlier to cope " +"with unexpected vendor delays. In case of a *Replenish to Order*, the " +"**Delivery order scheduled date - Security lead time** for purchase will be " +"the default *Receipt* scheduled date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:48 +msgid "" +"**Purchase Delivery Lead Time**: this is the expected time between a PO " +"being confirmed and the receipt of the ordered products. The **Receipt " +"scheduled date - Vendor delivery date** is the default *PO Order By* date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:53 +msgid "" +"**Days to Purchase**: number of days the purchasing department takes to " +"validate a PO. If another RFQ to the same vendor is already opened, Odoo " +"adds the line to the RFQ instead of creating a new one. Then, the specific " +"date is set on the line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:58 +msgid "" +"**Manufacturing Lead Time**: this is the expected time it takes to " +"manufacture a product. This lead time is independent of the quantity to " +"produce and does not take the routing time into account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:63 +msgid "" +"**Manufacturing Security Lead Time**: additional time to mitigate the risk " +"of a manufacturing delay. In case of a *Replenish to Order*, the **Delivery " +"Order scheduled date - Manufacturing Lead Time - Manufacturing Security Lead" +" Time** is the default *Manufacturing Order* planned date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:70 +msgid "Sales - Lead Times" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:72 +msgid "" +"In the *Sales* app, there is an option called *Delivery Date*. It allows " +"seeing an additional field on the sales orders, *Expected Date*. This one is" +" automatically computed based on the different lead times previously " +"configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:81 +msgid "" +"If the set up *Delivery Date* is earlier than the the *Expected Date*, a " +"warning message is displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:89 +msgid "" +"But, for all of this properly working, it is still necessary to configure " +"all the lead times that could occur." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:93 +msgid "Customer Lead Time" +msgstr "Levertijd aan klant" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:95 +msgid "" +"The *Customer Lead Time* is the time needed for your product to go from your" +" warehouse to the customer place. It can be configured on any product by " +"going to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`. There, open your " +"product form, go in the inventory tab, and add your *Customer Lead Time*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:105 +msgid "" +"For example, product B is ordered on the 2nd of April but the *Customer Lead" +" Time* is two days. In that case, the expected delivery date is the 4th of " +"April." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:219 +msgid "Security Lead Time" +msgstr "Veiligheid productietijd" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:112 +msgid "" +"In sales, *Security Lead Time* corresponds to backup days to ensure you are " +"able to deliver the products in time. The purpose is to be ready shipping " +"earlier in order to arrive on time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:116 +msgid "" +"The number of security days is subtracted from the calculation to compute a " +"scheduled date earlier than the one promised to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:119 +msgid "" +"To set this up, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` and enable the feature *Security Lead Time for Sales*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:126 +msgid "" +"For example, product B is scheduled to be delivered on the 6th of April but " +"the *Security Lead Time* is one day. In that case, the scheduled date for " +"the delivery order is the 5th of April." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:131 +msgid "Deliver several products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:133 +msgid "" +"In many cases, customers order several products at the same time. Those can " +"have different lead times but still need to be delivered, at once or " +"separately. Fortunately, Odoo can help you handle these cases easily." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:137 +msgid "" +"From the *Other Info* tab of your *Sale Order*, you can choose between *When" +" all products are ready* and *As soon as possible*. The first one is to " +"deliver products at once, while the second is to deliver them separately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:142 +msgid "" +"For example, products A and B are ordered at the same time. A has 8 lead " +"days and B has 5. With the first option, the *Expected Date* is calculated " +"based on the product with the most lead days, here A. If the order is " +"confirmed on the 2nd of April, then the *Expected Date* is on the 10th of " +"April." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:148 +msgid "" +"With the second option, the *Expected Date* is calculated based on the " +"product with the least customer lead days. In this example, B is the product" +" with the least lead days. So, the *Expected Date* is on the 7th of April." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:154 +msgid "Purchase - Lead Times" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:157 +msgid "Supplier Lead Time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:159 +msgid "" +"The *Supplier Lead Time* is the time needed for a product you purchased to " +"be delivered. To configure it, open a product from :menuselection:`Purchase " +"--> Products --> Products` and add a vendor under the *Purchase* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:168 +msgid "" +"By clicking on *Add a line*, a new window is displayed. You can specify the " +"*Delivery Lead Time* there. If done so, the delivery day for every purchase " +"of that product is now equal to *Date of the Purchase Order + Delivery Lead " +"Time*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:178 +msgid "" +"It is possible to add different vendors and, thus, different lead times " +"depending on the vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:184 +msgid "" +"The *Security Lead Time* for purchase follows the same logic as the one for " +"*Sales*, except that you are the customer. Then, it is the margin of error " +"for your supplier to deliver your order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:188 +msgid "" +"To set up *Security Lead Time* for purchase, go to :menuselection:`Inventory" +" --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:196 +msgid "" +"Doing so, every time the system generates purchase orders, those are " +"scheduled that many days earlier to cope with unexpected vendor delays." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:200 +msgid "Manufacturing - Lead Times" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:203 +msgid "Manufacturing Lead Time" +msgstr "Productietijd" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:205 +msgid "" +"The *Manufacturing Lead Time* is the time needed to manufacture the product." +" To specify it, open the *Inventory* tab of your product form and add the " +"number of days the manufacturing takes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:213 +msgid "" +"When working with *Manufacturing Lead Times*, the *Deadline Start* of the " +"*MO* is **Commitment Date - Manufacturing Lead Time**. For example, the MO’s" +" deadline start date for an order having a commitment date on the 10th of " +"July is June 27th." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:221 +msgid "" +"The *Security Lead Time* for manufacturing allows generating manufacturing " +"orders earlier to cope with the risk of manufacturing delays." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:225 +msgid "" +"To enable it, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` and tick *Security Lead Time*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:232 +msgid "" +"For example, a customer orders B with a delivery date scheduled on the 20th " +"of June. The *Manufacturing Lead Time* is 14 days and the *Security Lead " +"Time* is 3 days, so the manufacturing of B needs to start at the latest on " +"the 3rd of June, which is the MO’s planned date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:238 +msgid "Global Example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:240 +msgid "Here is a configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:242 +msgid "1 day of security lead time for Sales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:243 +msgid "2 days of security lead time for Manufacturing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:244 +msgid "3 days of manufacturing lead time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:245 +msgid "1 day of security lead time for Purchase" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:246 +msgid "4 days of supplier lead time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:248 +msgid "" +"Let’s say that a customer orders B on the 1st of September and the delivery " +"date is planned to be within 20 days (September 20th). In such a scenario, " +"here is when all the various steps are triggered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:252 +msgid "**September 1st**: the sales order is created" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:253 +msgid "" +"**September 10th**: the deadline to order components from the supplier " +"because of the manufacturing process (4 days of supplier lead time)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:256 +msgid "" +"**September 13th**: the reception of the product from the supplier (1 day of" +" security lead time for Purchase)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:258 +msgid "" +"**September 14th**: the deadline start date for the manufacturing (19th - 3 " +"days of manufacturing lead time - 2 days of security lead time for " +"Manufacturing)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:261 +msgid "" +"**September 19th**: the expected date on the delivery order form (1 day of " +"security lead time for sales)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products.rst:3 +msgid "Products" +msgstr "Producten" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:3 +msgid "How to select the right replenishment strategy" +msgstr "Hoe de correcte bevoorrading strategie te kiezen" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Minimum Stock rules and Make to Order have similar consequences but " +"different rules. They should be used depending on your manufacturing and " +"delivery strategies." +msgstr "" +"Minimale voorraadregels en Maak op Order hebben soortgelijke gevolgen maar " +"verschillende regels. Ze moeten worden gebruikt, afhankelijk van uw " +"productie- en levering- strategieën." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:10 +msgid "Terminology" +msgstr "Terminologie" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:13 +msgid "Minimum stock rule" +msgstr "Minimale stockregel" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Minimum Stock rules are used to ensure that you always have the minimum " +"amount of a product in stock in order to manufacture your products and/or " +"answer to your customer needs. When the stock level of a product reaches its" +" minimum the system will automatically generate a procurement order with the" +" quantity needed to reach the maximum stock level." +msgstr "" +"Minimum voorraadregels worden gebruikt om ervoor te zorgen dat u altijd het " +"minimale aantal producten op voorraad heeft om uw producten te kunnen " +"vervaardigen en / of te beantwoorden aan uw klantenbehoeften. Wanneer het " +"voorraadniveau van een product het minimum bereikt, zal het systeem " +"automatisch een inkooporder genereren met de hoeveelheid die nodig is om het" +" maximale voorraadniveau te bereiken." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:58 +msgid "Make to Order" +msgstr "Maak op order" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The Make to Order function will trigger a Purchase Order of the amount of " +"the Sales Order related to the product. The system will **not** check the " +"current stock. This means that a draft purchase order will be generated " +"regardless of the quantity on hand of the product." +msgstr "" +"Met de functie Maak op Order wordt een aankooporder geactiveerd dat gelijk " +"is aan het aantal bestelde producten. Het systeem zal de huidige voorraad **" +" niet ** controleren. Dit betekent dat een concept aankooporder wordt " +"gegenereerd, ongeacht de beschikbare hoeveelheid." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:33 +msgid "Minimum stock rules" +msgstr "Minimale stockregels" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The Minimum Stock Rules configuration is available through your Inventory " +"module. In the Inventory Control menu select \"Reordering Rule\" in the drop" +" down menu. There, click on \"Create\" to set minimum and maximum stock " +"values for a given product." +msgstr "" +"De Minimum voorraad regels configuratie is beschikbaar door de Voorraad " +"module. In het Voorraadbeheer menu selecteer \"Aanvulopdracht regels\" in " +"het drop down menu. Druk daar op \"Aanmaken\" om minimum en maximum stock " +"waarden in te geven voor een bepaald product." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Show tooltips for \"minimum quantity\", \"maximum quantity\" and \"quantity " +"multiple\" fields" +msgstr "" +"Toon tooltips voor de velden *minimale hoeveelheid*, *maximale hoeveelheid* " +"en *meerdere hoeveelheden*" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Then, click on your product to access the related product form and, on the " +"\"Inventory submenu\", do not forget to select a supplier." +msgstr "" +"Klik vervolgens op uw product om het gerelateerde productformulier en het " +"\"Voorraad submenu\" te zien, vergeet geen leverancier aan te duiden." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to select the right product type. A consumable can not be " +"stocked and will thus not be accounted for in the stock valuation." +msgstr "" +"Vergeet niet het juiste soort product te selecteren. Een verbruik product " +"kan niet gestockeerd worden en wordt dus niet gebruikt in de stock " +"berekening." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:60 +msgid "" +"The Make to Order configuration is available on your product form through " +"your :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory control --> Products` (or any " +"other module where products are available)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:64 +msgid "On the product form, under Inventory, click on \"Make To Order\"." +msgstr "Klik in het product scherm onder Inventaris op \"Maak op Order\"." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:70 +msgid "Choice between the two options" +msgstr "Kies tussen de twee opties" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:72 +msgid "" +"The choice between the two options is thus dependent of your inventory " +"strategy. If you prefer to have a buffer and always have at least a minimum " +"amount, the minimum stock rule should be used. If you want to reorder your " +"stocks only if your sale is confirmed it is better to use the Make to Order." +msgstr "" +"De keuze tussen de twee opties is dus afhankelijk van uw voorraadstrategie. " +"Als u de voorkeur geeft aan een buffer en steeds een minimum aantal op " +"voorraad wenst, moet de minimumvoorraadregel worden gebruikt. Als u uw " +"voorraden alleen wenst aan te vullen als uw verkoop is bevestigd, is het " +"beter om de Maak op order route te gebruiken." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:3 +msgid "Use Different Units of Measure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In some cases, handling products in different units of measure is necessary." +" For example, if you buy products in a country where the metric system is of" +" application and sell in a country where the imperial system is used, you " +"will need to convert the units. Another common use case is buying products " +"in bigger packs to your supplier and selling them in units to your " +"customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:12 +msgid "" +"You can set up Odoo to work with different units of measure for one product." +msgstr "" +"U kan Odoo opzetten om te werken met meerdere maateenheden voor een product." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:18 +msgid "" +"In the *Inventory* application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`. In the *Products* section, activate *Units of Measure*, then " +"*Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:25 +msgid "Create New Units of Measure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:27 +msgid "" +"In the *Inventory* application go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> UoM`." +" There, hit *Create*. As an example, we will create a Box of 6 units that we" +" will use for the Egg product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:34 +msgid "" +"The category is important for unit conversion, you will be able to convert " +"products from one unit to another only if those units belong to the same " +"category. The box of 6 is 6 times bigger than the reference unit of measure " +"for the category which is “Units” here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:43 +msgid "Specify Units of Measure on your Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:45 +msgid "" +"In the :menuselection:`Inventory application --> Master Data --> Products`, " +"open the product which you would like to change the purchase/sale unit of " +"measure, and click on *Edit*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:49 +msgid "" +"In the *General Information* tab, you can select the *Unit of Measure* in " +"which the product will be sold, which is also the unit in which internal " +"transfers will take place. You can also select the *Purchase Unit of " +"Measure*, which is the unit in which you purchase the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:59 +msgid "Transfer from One Unit to Another" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:62 +msgid "Buy in the Purchase UoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:64 +msgid "" +"In the *Purchase* application, *Create* a new request for quotation in which" +" you include the product with the different *Units of Measure* and *Confirm*" +" it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:71 +msgid "" +"On the automatically generated purchase orders, the UoM used is the Box of " +"6, meaning the Purchase UoM. You have of course the possibility to manually " +"modify the UoM if necessary. When you enter the *Receipt* which is linked to" +" the purchase order, you can observe that the 10 boxes of 6 units have been " +"converted in 60 units. Indeed, the stock is managed in units." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:82 +msgid "Replenishment" +msgstr "Voorraadaanvullen" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:84 +msgid "" +"When doing a replenishment via the *Replenish* button on the product form, " +"you have the possibility to use a different unit of measure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:94 +msgid "Sell in bigger UoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:96 +msgid "" +"You can choose the unit of measure on the sale order document and decide to " +"sell the eggs by the dozen. When doing so, the price is automatically " +"computed from Units UoM to adapt to the selected *UoM*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:103 +msgid "" +"In the delivery order, the *UoM* used in the sale order is converted to the " +"*UoM* used for stock management, in our use case, the Units." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:3 +msgid "When Should you Use Packages, Units of Measure or Special Packaging?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:6 +msgid "Units of Measure" +msgstr "Maateenheden" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Units of measure specify the unit used to handle a product. In Odoo, you " +"have the possibility to specify the unit of measure in which you manage your" +" stock and the one which is used when purchasing the product to your " +"supplier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The *conversion* between the different units of measure is done " +"automatically. The only condition is that all the units have to be in the " +"*same category* (Unit, Weight, Volume, Length,...)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:20 +msgid "" +"For example, if I have the following reordering rule for the egg and I run " +"the scheduler, the quantity added in the automatically generated purchase " +"order will be in dozens but what will enter the stock will be units." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:35 +msgid "Packages" +msgstr "Verpakkingen" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:37 +msgid "" +"The package is the physical container in which you put one or several " +"products from a picking. For example, when you deliver a product, you can " +"decide to separate the quantity into two different packages. It then allows " +"you to have a report with the quantity of products for each package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To separate a delivery into different packages you will have to set the done" +" quantity to the desired package quantity then click on \"PUT IN PACK\", do " +"this for each package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:54 +msgid "Packaging" +msgstr "Verpakking" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:56 +msgid "" +"The packaging is the physical container that protects your product. If you " +"are selling computers, the packaging contains the computer with the notice " +"and the power plug." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:60 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, packagings are used for indicative purposes on sale orders. They " +"can be specified on the product form, in the inventory tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Another useful use of the packaging is for product reception. By scanning " +"the barcode of the packaging, Odoo adds the number of units contained in the" +" packing on the picking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies.rst:3 +msgid "Inventory Adjustment" +msgstr "Voorraadaanpassing" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:3 +msgid "Resupply from another Warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In order to be able to resupply from another warehouse, you need to activate" +" \\*multi-step routes\\*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:15 +msgid "" +"You can then access your warehouses via :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Warehouses`. Enter the warehouse which should be " +"resupplied by another one. You will have the possibility to directly " +"indicate through which warehouse it gets resupplied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:24 +msgid "" +"By activating this option, a new route will now be available on your " +"products \\*Supply Product from Second warehouse\\*. It can now be selected," +" along with either a \\*reordering rule\\* or a \\*make to order\\*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:32 +msgid "" +"For the demonstration, I set a reordering rule with a minimum of 5 units in " +"stock and a maximum of 10 units in stock, having currently 0 units on hand. " +"I will run the scheduler by going to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Operations --> Run scheduler`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:40 +msgid "" +"The system automatically creates two pickings, one \\*delivery order\\* from" +" my Second Warehouse which contains the necessary products, and a receipt in" +" my main warehouse WH/Stock for the same products. The source document is " +"the \\*reordering rule\\* which triggered the route \\*Supply Product from " +"Second warehouse\\*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting.rst:3 +msgid "Valuation Methods" +msgstr "Waarderingsmethoden" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:3 +msgid "Integrating additional costs to products (landed costs)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The landed cost feature in Odoo allows to include additional costs " +"(shipment, insurance, customs duties, etc.) into the cost of the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Landed costs can only be applied to products with a FIFO or AVCO costing " +"method and an automated inventory valuation (which requires the accounting " +"application to be installed)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:17 +msgid "" +"First, you need to go in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` and activate the landed costs feature. You can also determine the " +"default journal in which the landed cost accounting entries will be " +"recorded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:25 +msgid "Add costs to products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:28 +msgid "Receive the vendor bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Let’s imagine I receive a bill from custom duties for a shipment. I’ll tick " +"the box *Landed Costs* on the vendor bill line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:37 +msgid "The landed cost product must be of type service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If this product is always a landed cost, you can also define it on the " +"product and avoid having to tick the box on each vendor bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:45 +msgid "" +"At the top of my vendor bill, I’ll see a button *create landed costs*. I " +"click on this button and a landed cost is automatically created. I can now " +"decide on which picking those additional costs should apply." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:52 +msgid "" +"I can now click on *Compute* and go in the tab *Valuation Adjustments* to " +"see the impact on my products costs. The last step is to validate the landed" +" cost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:56 +msgid "" +"I can access the journal entry that has been created by the landed cost by " +"clicking on the journal entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:63 +msgid "" +"You are not forced to start from the vendor bill, you can also go in " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Landed Costs` and directly " +"create the landed cost from there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:7 +msgid "Inventory valuation configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Inventory valuation refers to how you value your stock. It’s a very " +"important aspect of a business as the inventory can be the biggest asset of " +"a company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:13 +msgid "Inventory valuation implies two main choices:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:15 +msgid "The cost method you use to value your goods (standard, fifo, avco)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The way you record this value into your accounting books (manually or " +"automatically)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:18 +msgid "Those two concepts are explained in the sections below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:21 +msgid "Costing Methods: Standard, FIFO, AVCO" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:23 +msgid "" +"The costing method is defined in the product category. There are three " +"options available. Each of them is explained in detail below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:71 +msgid "Standard Price" +msgstr "Kostprijs" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:127 +msgid "Operation" +msgstr "Handeling" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:128 +msgid "Unit Cost" +msgstr "Kostprijs per stuk" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:129 +msgid "Qty On Hand" +msgstr "Beschikbare Hvh" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:130 +msgid "Delta Value" +msgstr "Delta waarde" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:131 +msgid "Inventory Value" +msgstr "Voorraadwaarde" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:138 +msgid "€10" +msgstr "€10" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:134 +msgid "0" +msgstr "0" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:136 +msgid "€0" +msgstr "€0" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:137 +msgid "Receive 8 Products at €10" +msgstr "Ontvang 8 producten aan €10" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:139 +msgid "8" +msgstr "8" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:140 +msgid "+8*€10" +msgstr "+8*€10" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:141 +msgid "€80" +msgstr "€80" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:142 +msgid "Receive 4 Products at €16" +msgstr "Ontvang 4 producten aan €16" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:144 +msgid "12" +msgstr "12" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:54 +msgid "+4*€10" +msgstr "+4*€10" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:55 +msgid "€120" +msgstr "€120" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:147 +msgid "Deliver 10 Products" +msgstr "Lever 10 producten" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:149 +msgid "2" +msgstr "2" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +msgid "-10*€10" +msgstr "-10*€10" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:61 +msgid "€20" +msgstr "€20" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:62 +msgid "Receive 2 Products at €9" +msgstr "Ontvang 2 producten aan €9" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:155 +msgid "4" +msgstr "4" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:65 +msgid "+2*€10" +msgstr "+2*€10" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:66 +msgid "€40" +msgstr "€40" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:68 +msgid "" +"In **Standard Price**, any product will be valued at the cost that you " +"defined manually on the product form. Usually, this cost is an estimation " +"based on the material and labor needed to obtain the product. This cost must" +" be reviewed periodically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:117 +msgid "Average Price" +msgstr "Gemiddelde prijs" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:143 +msgid "€12" +msgstr "€12" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:145 +msgid "+4*€16" +msgstr "+4*€16" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:146 +msgid "€144" +msgstr "€144" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +msgid "-10*€12" +msgstr "-10*€12" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:106 +msgid "€24" +msgstr "€24" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:153 +msgid "Receive 2 Products at €6" +msgstr "Ontvang 2 producten aan €6" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:108 +msgid "€9" +msgstr "€9" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:156 +msgid "+2*€6" +msgstr "+2*€6" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:111 +msgid "€36" +msgstr "€36" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:113 +msgid "" +"In **AVCO (Average Cost)**, each product has the same value and this value " +"is the average purchase cost of the product. With this costing method, the " +"cost of the product is recomputed as each receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:117 +msgid "The average cost does not change when products leave the warehouse." +msgstr "" +"De gemiddelde kost veranderd niet wanneer producten het magazijn verlaten." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:168 +msgid "FIFO" +msgstr "FIFO" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:148 +msgid "€16" +msgstr "€16" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +msgid "-8*€10" +msgstr "-8*€10" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +msgid "-2*€16" +msgstr "-2*€16" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:152 +msgid "€32" +msgstr "€32" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:154 +msgid "€11" +msgstr "€11" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:157 +msgid "€44" +msgstr "€44" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:159 +msgid "" +"In **FIFO (First In First Out)**, the products are valued at their purchase " +"cost. When a product leaves the stock, that’s the “First in, first out” rule" +" that applies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:163 +msgid "" +"Pay attention, that this is a financial FIFO. The first value “in” is the " +"first value “out”, no matter the storage location, warehouse or serial " +"number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:167 +msgid "" +"FIFO is advised if you manage all your workflows into Odoo (Sales, " +"Purchases, Inventory). It suits any kind of users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:171 +msgid "Inventory Valuation: Manual or Automated" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:173 +msgid "" +"There are two ways to record your inventory valuation in your accounting " +"books. As the costing method, this is defined in your product category. " +"Those two methods are detailed below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:177 +msgid "" +"It is important to also note that the accounting entries will depend on your" +" accounting mode: it can be continental or anglo-saxon. In continental " +"accounting, the cost of a good is taken into account as soon as the product " +"is received in stock. In anglo-saxon accounting, the cost of a good is only " +"recorded as an expense when this good is invoiced to a final customer. In " +"the tables below, you can easily compare those two accounting modes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:185 +msgid "" +"Usually, based on your country, the correct accounting mode will be chosen " +"by default. If you want to verify your accounting mode, activate the " +":doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>` and open your " +"accounting settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:191 +msgid "Manual Inventory Valuation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:193 +msgid "" +"In this case, goods receipts and deliveries won’t have any direct impact on " +"your accounting books. Periodically, you create a manual journal entry " +"representing the value of what you have in stock. To know that value, go in " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Inventory Valuation`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:198 +msgid "" +"This is the default configuration in Odoo and it works out-of-the-box. Check" +" following operations and find out how Odoo is managing the accounting " +"postings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:362 +msgid "Continental Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:294 +msgid "Vendor Bill" +msgstr "Leveranciersfactuur" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:341 +msgid "\\" +msgstr "\\" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:341 +msgid "Debit" +msgstr "Debet" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:341 +msgid "Credit" +msgstr "Credit" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:286 +msgid "Assets: Inventory" +msgstr "Activa: Voorraad" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:286 +msgid "50" +msgstr "50" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:287 +msgid "Assets: Deferred Tax Assets" +msgstr "Activa: Uitgestelde belasting activa" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:287 +msgid "4.68" +msgstr "4.68" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:288 +msgid "Liabilities: Accounts Payable" +msgstr "Passiva: Crediteur rekeningen" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:288 +msgid "54.68" +msgstr "54.68" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:294 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:313 +msgid "Configuration:" +msgstr "Configuratie:" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:292 +msgid "" +"Purchased Goods: defined on the product or on the internal category of " +"related product (Expense Account field)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:294 +msgid "" +"Deferred Tax Assets: defined on the tax used on the purchase order line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:295 +msgid "Accounts Payable: defined on the vendor related to the bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:296 +msgid "Goods Receptions" +msgstr "Goederen ontvangsten" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:297 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:320 +msgid "No Journal Entry" +msgstr "Geen boekingen" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:315 +msgid "Customer Invoice" +msgstr "Verkoopfactuur" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:230 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:304 +msgid "Revenues: Sold Goods" +msgstr "Inkomsten: verkochte goederen" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:230 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:304 +msgid "100" +msgstr "100" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:305 +msgid "Liabilities: Deferred Tax Liabilities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:305 +msgid "9" +msgstr "9" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:306 +msgid "Assets: Accounts Receivable" +msgstr "Activa: debiteuren rekeningen" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:306 +msgid "109" +msgstr "109" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:310 +msgid "" +"Revenues: defined on the product or on the internal category of related " +"product (Income Account field)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:312 +msgid "Deferred Tax Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:313 +msgid "Accounts Receivable: defined on the customer (Receivable Account)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:315 +msgid "" +"The fiscal position used on the invoice may have a rule that replaces the " +"Income Account or the tax defined on the product by another one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:317 +msgid "Customer Shipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:320 +msgid "Manufacturing Orders" +msgstr "Productieorders" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:251 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:326 +msgid "" +"At the end of the month/year, your company does a physical inventory or just" +" relies on the inventory in Odoo to value the stock into your books." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:254 +msgid "" +"Create a journal entry to move the stock variation value from your " +"Profit&Loss section to your assets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:343 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:345 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:346 +msgid "X" +msgstr "X" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:265 +msgid "Expenses: Inventory Variations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:268 +msgid "" +"If the stock value decreased, the **Inventory** account is credited and te " +"**Inventory Variations** debited." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:389 +msgid "Anglo-Saxon Accounting" +msgstr "Angelsaksische boekhouding" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:329 +msgid "" +"Then you need to break down the purchase balance into both the inventory and" +" the cost of goods sold using the following formula:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:332 +msgid "" +"Cost of goods sold (COGS) = Starting inventory value + Purchases – Closing " +"inventory value" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:334 +msgid "To update the stock valuation in your books, record such an entry:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:343 +msgid "Assets: Inventory (closing value)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:344 +msgid "Expenses: Cost of Good Sold" +msgstr "Uitgaven: kost van verkocht product" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:345 +msgid "Expenses: Purchased Goods" +msgstr "Uitgaven: Aangekochte goederen" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:346 +msgid "Assets: Inventory (starting value)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:350 +msgid "Automated Inventory Valuation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:352 +msgid "" +"In that case, when a product enters or leaves your stock, an accounting " +"entry will be automatically created. This means your accounting books are " +"always up-to-date. This mode is dedicated to expert accountants and advanced" +" users only. As opposed to periodic valuation, it requires some extra " +"configuration & testing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:358 +msgid "" +"First, you need to define the accounts that will be used for those " +"accounting entries. This is done on the product category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:374 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:401 +msgid "**Configuration:**" +msgstr "**Configuratie:**" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:376 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:403 +msgid "Accounts Receivable/Payable: defined on the partner (Accounting tab)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:378 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:405 +msgid "" +"Deferred Tax Assets/Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:380 +msgid "" +"Revenues/Expenses: defined by default on product's internal category; can be" +" also set in product form (Accounting tab) as a replacement value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:383 +msgid "" +"Inventory Variations: to set as Stock Input/Output Account in product's " +"internal category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:386 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:421 +msgid "" +"Inventory: to set as Stock Valuation Account in product's internal category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:408 +msgid "" +"Revenues: defined on the product category as a default, or specifically to a" +" specific product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:411 +msgid "" +"Expenses: this is where you should set the \"Cost of Goods Sold\" account. " +"Defined on the product category as a default value, or specifically on the " +"product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:415 +msgid "" +"Goods Received Not Purchased: to set as Stock Input Account in product's " +"internal category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:418 +msgid "" +"Goods Issued Not Invoiced: to set as Stock Output Account in product's " +"internal category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:423 +msgid "" +"Price Difference: to set in product's internal category or in product form " +"as a specific replacement value" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:3 +msgid "Using the inventory valuation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:9 +msgid "" +"In this documentation, we will explain how the inventory valuation works in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:13 +msgid "Inventory valuation: the basics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:16 +msgid "Receive a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Each time a product enters or leaves your stock, the value of your inventory" +" is impacted. The way it is impacted depends on the configuration of your " +"product (more info here)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Let’s take an example with a product - a table - configured with a *FIFO " +"costing method* and an automated inventory valuation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:25 +msgid "I purchase 10 tables at a cost of $10." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:30 +msgid "" +"When I’ll confirm the receipt of the products, the value of my inventory " +"will be impacted. If I want to know what this impact is, I can click on the " +"valuation stat button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The consignment feature allows you to set owners on your stock (discover " +"more about the consignment feature). When you receive products that are " +"owned by another company, they are not taken into account in your inventory " +"valuation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:44 +msgid "You need access rights on the accounting module to see that button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:46 +msgid "" +"In this case, I can see that the 10 tables entered the stock for a total " +"value of $100." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:52 +msgid "" +"I can also easily access the accounting entry that has been generated (in " +"case of automated inventory valuation)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:59 +msgid "Deliver a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:61 +msgid "" +"In the same logic, when a table will be delivered, the stock valuation will " +"be impacted and you will have access to a similar information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:68 +msgid "The inventory valuation report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:70 +msgid "" +"The summary of this is accessible via the inventory valuation report " +"(accessible from :menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Inventory " +"Valuation`). It gives you, product per product, the value of your stock. By " +"clicking on the button *Inventory At Date*, you can have the same " +"information for a past date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses.rst:3 +msgid "Warehouses" +msgstr "Magazijnen" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:3 +msgid "What is the difference between warehouses and locations?" +msgstr "Wat is het verschil tussen magazijnen en locaties?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, a **Warehouse** is the actual building/place in which your items " +"are stocked. You can setup multiple warehouses and create moves between " +"warehouses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:9 +msgid "" +"A **Location**, is a specific space within your warehouse. It can be " +"considered as a sublocation of your warehouse, as a shelf, a floor, an " +"aisle, etc. Therefore, a location is part of one warehouse only and it is " +"not possible to link one location to multiple warehouses. You can configure " +"as much locations as you need under one warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:15 +msgid "There are 3 types of locations:" +msgstr "Er zijn 3 soorten locaties:" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The **Physical Locations** are internal locations that are part of the " +"warehouses for which you are the owner. They can be the loading and " +"unloading area of your warehouse, a shelf or a department, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:21 +msgid "" +"The **Partner Locations** are spaces within a customer and/or vendor's " +"warehouse. They work the same way as Physical Locations with the only " +"difference being that you are not the owner of the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:25 +msgid "" +"The **Virtual Locations** are places that do not exist, but in which " +"products can be placed when they are not physically in an inventory yet (or " +"anymore). They come in handy when you want to place lost products out of " +"your stock (in the **Inventory loss**), or when you want to take into " +"account products that are on their way to your warehouse (**Procurements**)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:31 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, locations are structured hierarchically. You can structure your " +"locations as a tree, dependent on a parent-child relationship. This gives " +"you more detailed levels of analysis of your stock operations and the " +"organization of your warehouses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Routes" +msgstr "Geavanceerde routes" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts.rst:3 +msgid "Concepts" +msgstr "Concepten" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:3 +msgid "Organize a cross-dock in a warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Cross-docking is the process of sending products that are received directly " +"to the customers, without making them enter the stock. The trucks are simply" +" unloaded in a *Cross-Dock* area in order to reorganize products and load " +"another truck." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:11 +msgid "" +"For more information on how to organize your warehouse, read our blog: `What" +" is cross-docking and is it for me? <https://www.odoo.com/blog/business-" +"hacks-1/post/what-is-cross-docking-and-is-it-for-me-270>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In the *Inventory* app, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and" +" activate the *Multi-Step Routes*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:22 +msgid "Doing so will also enable the *Storage Locations* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Now, both *Incoming* and *Outgoing* shipments should be configured to work " +"with 2 steps. To adapt the configuration, go to :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Configuration --> Warehouses` and edit your warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:31 +msgid "" +"This modification will lead to the creation of a *Cross-Docking* route that " +"can be found in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:38 +msgid "Configure products with Cross-Dock Route" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Create the product that uses the *Cross-Dock Route* and then, in the " +"inventory tab, select the routes *Buy* and *Cross-Dock*. Now, in the " +"purchase tab, specify the vendor to who you buy the product and set a price " +"for it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Once done, create a sale order for the product and confirm it. Odoo will " +"automatically create two transfers which will be linked to the sale order. " +"The first one is the transfer from the *Input Location* to the *Output " +"Location*, corresponding to the move of the product in the *Cross-Dock* " +"area. The second one is the delivery order from the *Output Location* to " +"your *Customer Location. Both are in state *Waiting Another Operation* " +"because we still need to order the product to our supplier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Now, go to the *Purchase* app. There, you will find the purchase order that " +"has been automatically triggered by the system. Validate it and receive the " +"products in the *Input Location*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:64 +msgid "" +"When the products have been received from the supplier, you can go back to " +"your initial sale order and validate the internal transfer from *Input* to " +"*Output*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:72 +msgid "" +"The delivery order is now ready to be processed and can be validated too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:3 +msgid "Inter-warehouse transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When owning several warehouses, you might need to transfer goods from one " +"warehouse to another. Proceeding to such behavior is called *inter-warehouse" +" transfers*. If this action is physically easy to perform, the " +"administrative part can be arduous. Fortunately, Odoo comes with an " +"intuitive flow that helps save time when registering those transfers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:13 +msgid "" +"First of all, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable " +"**Storage Locations**. Then, hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:21 +msgid "" +"If you want to manage several routes within your warehouses, then enable " +"**Multi-Step Routes** and check :doc:`use-routes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:25 +msgid "Creating a new warehouse" +msgstr "Nieuw magazijn aanmaken" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:27 +msgid "" +"The next step is to create your new warehouse. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> Warehouses` and " +"click on **Create**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Fill out a **Warehouse Name** and a **Short Name**. The short name is five " +"characters maximum." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:37 +msgid "" +"The **Short Name** appears on your transfer orders and other warehouse " +"documents. We recommend using an understandable one (e.g.: WH/[first letters" +" of location])." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Now, go back to your dashboard. There, new operations related to your " +"warehouse have been automatically generated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:48 +msgid "Creating a new inventory" +msgstr "Een nieuwe voorraad aanmaken" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If you create a new warehouse, you might already have an existing inventory " +"in it. In that case, you should create an inventory in Odoo. If this is not " +"the case, you can skip this step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Into the inventory application, select :menuselection:`Operations --> " +"Inventory Adjustment`. Then, create a new inventory by clicking on " +"**Create**. Fill in the **Inventory Reference**, **Date** and make sure to " +"select the right warehouse and location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Next, click on **Start Inventory**. You will be able to input your existing " +"products in the new window. Select add an item and indicate the **Real " +"Quantity** available in the warehouse. The theoretical quantity can not be " +"changed as it represents a computed one from purchase and sales orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to validate your inventory once you have recorded the state of " +"all your products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:74 +msgid "Create an internal transfer" +msgstr "Interne overplaatsing aanmaken" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:76 +msgid "" +"The final step is to create your internal transfer. If you want to transfer " +"eight units of a product from your first warehouse to another one, proceed " +"as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:79 +msgid "" +"From your dashboard, select an internal movement of one of the two " +"warehouses. To do so, click on :menuselection:`Manage --> Planned " +"Transfer`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:86 +msgid "" +"On the new window, select the source location zone (in this case, your " +"\"old\" warehouse) and the destination location zone (in this case, your " +"\"new\" warehouse)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Add the products you want to transfer by clicking on **Add an Item**, then " +"click on **Save** and **Mark as TODO** once you are done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:96 +msgid "" +"If you selected **Immediate Transfer**, Odoo processes the transfer " +"automatically after you clicked on **Validate**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:99 +msgid "" +"If you select **Mark as TODO**, Odoo puts the transfer in **Waiting " +"Availability** status. Click on **Reserve** to reserve the number of " +"products in your source warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:102 +msgid "It is also possible to manually transfer each product:" +msgstr "Het is ook mogelijk om manueel elk product te verplaatsen:" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:104 +msgid "Via your dashboard, select the transfer order in the source location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:110 +msgid "Select the right transfer order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Click on the little pencil logo in the lower right corner to open the " +"operation details window. In this new window you can manually indicate how " +"many products you process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:124 +msgid "" +"If you decide to process the transfer order partially (e.g., a part of the " +"products can't be shipped yet due to an unexpected event), Odoo " +"automatically asks if you wish to create a **backorder**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Create a backorder if you expect to process the remaining products later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Do not create a backorder if you will not supply/receive the remaining " +"products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:3 +msgid "Taking stock from different warehouses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you plan to deliver a customer, you don’t know in advance if the " +"products will come from Warehouse A or Warehouse B. You may, in some cases, " +"need to take stock from different warehouses. With *Odoo*, you can configure" +" this by using the concept of virtual warehouses. Let us show you how to set" +" those virtual warehouses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:8 +msgid "Set up virtual warehouses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Let’s say you have two warehouses: Warehouse A and Warehouse B. Create a new" +" warehouse, that will be a virtual one. It will allow you to take the stock " +"from A or B. To do so, go to your inventory app settings and enable the " +"multi-warehouses feature. Then, go to the warehouses menu and click on " +"create." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The *Storage Location* feature will be automatically enabled. Good news, " +"because you will need it later in the process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Now, you have to make sure that the main stock locations of warehouse A and " +"warehouse B are children locations of the main stock location of warehouse A" +" + B. Go to the locations menu, and edit the main location of your two " +"warehouses. Then, change their parent location to main location of warehouse" +" A+B." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:24 +msgid "Sell a product from the virtual warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Let’s say you have two products, one stored in warehouse A and one stored in" +" warehouse B. Now, you can create a new quotation for one of each product. " +"Go to other information and choose Warehouse A+B in the shipping " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Once you have done it, you can convert it to a sales order. Then, a delivery" +" order will be automatically generated, with a product reserved in warehouse" +" A and one in warehouse B." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:3 +msgid "Using Routes and Pull/Push Rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In inventory management, the supply chain strategy determines when products " +"should be fabricated, delivered to distribution centers, and made available " +"in the retail channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:9 +msgid "" +"This kind of strategic process can be configured using *Routes*, featuring " +"*Pull and Push Rules*. Once everything is properly configured, the inventory" +" app can automatically generate transfers following the instructions given " +"by the rules. Yes, Odoo simplifies your life." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:16 +msgid "Inside the warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Let’s imagine a generic warehouse plan, where you can find receiving docks, " +"a quality control area, storage locations, picking and packing areas, and " +"shipping docks. All products go through all these locations, which also " +"trigger all the route's rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:27 +msgid "" +"In this example, vendor trucks unload pallets of ordered goods at receiving " +"docks. Operators then scan the products in the receiving area. Some of these" +" products are sent to a quality control area (those devoted to being used " +"during the manufacturing process, for example), while others are directly " +"stored in their respective locations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Here is an example of a fulfillment route. In the morning, items are picked " +"for all the orders that need to be prepared during the day. These items are " +"picked from storage locations and moved to the picking area, close to where " +"the orders are packed. Then, the orders are packed in their respective boxes" +" and conveyors bring them close to the shipping docks, ready to be delivered" +" to customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:45 +msgid "How does it work?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:51 +msgid "Pull Rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:53 +msgid "" +"With *Pull Rules*, a demand for some products triggers procurements, while " +"*Push Rules* are triggered by products arriving in a specific location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:57 +msgid "" +"We can say that *Pull Rules* are used to fulfill a customer order, a sale " +"order. So, Odoo generates a need at the *Customer Location* for each product" +" in the order. Because *Pull Rules* are triggered by a need, Odoo looks for " +"a *Pull Rule* defined on the *Customer Location*. In our case, a delivery " +"order pull rule that transfers products from the *Shipping Area* to the " +"*Customer Location* is found, and a transfer between the two locations is " +"created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Then, Odoo finds another pull rule that tries to fulfill the need for the " +"*Shipping Area*: the *Packing Rule* that transfers products from the " +"*Packing Area* to the *Shipping Area*. And, finally, other rules are " +"triggered until a transfer between the *Stock* and the *Picking Area* is " +"created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:72 +msgid "" +"All theses transfers are pre-generated by Odoo, starting from the end and " +"going backwards. While working, the operator process these transfers in the " +"opposite order: first the picking, then the packing, then the delivery " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:77 +msgid "Push Rules" +msgstr "Push regels" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:79 +msgid "" +"On the other hand, *Push Rules* are much easier to understand. Instead of " +"pre-generating documents based on needs, they are live-triggered when " +"products arrive in a specific location. *Push Rules* basically say: \"when a" +" product arrives at a specific location, move it to another location.\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:84 +msgid "" +"A simple example would be: when a product arrives in the *Receipt Area*, " +"move them to the *Storage Location*. As different rules can be applied to " +"different products, you can assign different storage locations for different" +" products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Another rule could be: when products arrive at a location, move them to the " +"*Quality Control Area*. Then, once the quality check is done, move them to " +"their *Storage Location*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:94 +msgid "" +"*Push Rules* can be triggered only if no *Pull Rule* pre-generated the " +"upstream transfers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:98 +msgid "" +"Sets of rules like those are called routes. The grouping on the rule defines" +" how products are grouped in the same transfer or not. For example, during " +"the picking operation, all orders are grouped in one transfer, whereas the " +"packing operation respects the grouping per customer order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:105 +msgid "Use Routes and Rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Since *Routes* are a collection of *Push and Pull Rules*, Odoo helps you " +"manage advanced routes configuration such as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:110 +msgid "Manage product manufacturing chains;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:111 +msgid "Manage default locations per product;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Define routes within your warehouse according to business needs, such as " +"quality control, after-sales services, or supplier returns;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Help rental management by generating automated return moves for rented " +"products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:117 +msgid "" +"To configure a route such as one of those above, open the **Inventory " +"Application** and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. Then, " +"enable the *Multi-Step Routes* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:126 +msgid "" +"The *Storage Locations* feature is automatically activated with the *Multi-" +"Step Routes*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Once this first step is completed, you have the choice between pre-" +"configured routes or custom ones. Both are explained below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:133 +msgid "Pre-configured Routes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Odoo’s pre-configured routes are available in the warehouses’ menu. To find " +"it, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses`. " +"There, open your warehouse and edit it to see the pre-configured routes for " +"incoming and outgoing shipments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Some more advanced routes, such as pick-pack-ship, are already configured to" +" make your life easier. Those are based on your choice for shipments. Once " +"you made your choice, head to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " +"--> Routes` to see the routes Odoo generated for you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Opening one of those routes allows you to see on what you can apply the " +"route. Here, all the selected product categories in the *YourCompany* " +"warehouse are set up to follow the 3-steps route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:161 +msgid "" +"Easier for many businesses, this process might not fit yours. Thus, you can " +"configure custom routes in which you can define your own rules, but also the" +" source and destination location of each action. As an example, here are the" +" rules for the pre-configured route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:171 +msgid "Custom Routes" +msgstr "Aangepaste routes" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:173 +msgid "" +"To create a custom route, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " +"--> Routes`, click on create, and choose the places where this route can be " +"selected. Of course, combinations are available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:182 +msgid "" +"Each place has a different behavior, so it is important to tick only the " +"useful ones and adapt each route accordingly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:185 +msgid "" +"When applying the route on a product category (:menuselection:`Inventory -->" +" Configuration --> Product Categories`), all the rules configured in the " +"route are applied to **every** product of the category. For example, this " +"can be useful if you use the dropshipping process for all the products from " +"the same category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:195 +msgid "" +"The same behavior applies to the warehouses. If you tick *Warehouses*, all " +"the transfers occurring inside the chosen warehouse, and meeting the " +"conditions of the linked rules, then follow that route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:203 +msgid "" +"For the *Sales Order Lines*, it is more or less the opposite. You have to " +"choose the route yourself when creating a quotation. This is pretty useful " +"if some products go through different routes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:211 +msgid "" +"If you work with this kind of route, it is important to keep in mind that it" +" must be selected on the sales order, such as below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:218 +msgid "Then, the route can be chosen on each line of the document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:224 +msgid "" +"Finally, there are routes that can be applied to products. Those work more " +"or less like the product categories: once selected, you have to manually set" +" on which product it must be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:232 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Master Data --> Products` and " +"open the one on which you want to apply the route. Then go to the *Inventory" +" tab* and select the route you’ve created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:240 +msgid "" +"If, prima facie, the routes’ configuration can appear quite easy, don’t " +"forget that we haven’t set up any rule yet. If not harder to set up, those " +"are vital to have working routings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:245 +msgid "Rules" +msgstr "Regels" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:247 +msgid "" +"The rules are to be defined on the routes. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`, then to the *Rules*" +" section, and click on *Add a line* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:255 +msgid "" +"The available rules trigger various actions. If Odoo offers *Push* and " +"*Pull* rules, others are also available. Here are some explanations for all " +"of them:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:259 +msgid "" +"**Pull From**: this rule is triggered by a need for the product in a " +"specific stock location. The need can come from a sale order which has been " +"validated or for a manufacturing order which requires a specific component. " +"When the need appears in the source location, Odoo generates a picking to " +"fulfill this need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:264 +msgid "" +"**Push To**: this rule is triggered by the arrival of some products in the " +"defined source location. In case you move products to the source location, " +"Odoo generates a picking to move those products to the destination location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:268 +msgid "" +"**Push & Pull**: it allows to generate pickings in the two different " +"situations explained above. It means that when products are required at a " +"specific location, a transfer is created from the previous location to " +"fulfill that need. Then, a need is created in the previous location and a " +"rule is triggered to fulfill it. Once the second need fulfilled, the " +"products are pushed to the first location and all the needs are fulfilled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:274 +msgid "" +"**Buy**: when products are needed at the destination location, a request for" +" quotation is created to fulfill the need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:276 +msgid "" +"**Manufacture**: when products are needed in the source location, a " +"manufacturing order is created to fulfill the need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:283 +msgid "" +"You must also define the *Operation Type*. This operation allows defining " +"which kind of picking is created from the rule. With our above screenshot, " +"the created picking is, for example, an internal transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:288 +msgid "" +"On the other hand, the *Supply Method*, allows defining what happens at the " +"source location:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:291 +msgid "" +"**Take From Stock**: the products are taken from the available stock of the " +"source location;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:293 +msgid "" +"**Trigger Another Rule**: the system tries to find a stock rule to bring the" +" products to the source location. The available stock is ignored." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:296 +msgid "" +"**Take From Stock, if Unavailable, Trigger Another Rule**: the products are " +"taken from the available stock of the source location. If there is no stock " +"available, the system tries to find a rule to bring the products to the " +"source location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:301 +msgid "" +"In the *Scheduling* section, you can determine how Odoo behaves when one of " +"the chain's pickings is rescheduled. In case you decide to **Propagate " +"Rescheduling**, the next move is also to be rescheduled. If you prefer " +"having the choice to reschedule the next move, you can decide to receive an " +"alert in the form of a *next activity*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:309 +msgid "What about a full flow?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:311 +msgid "" +"Do you remember our Pick - Pack - Ship custom route? Let’s use it to try a " +"full flow with an advanced custom route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:314 +msgid "" +"First, a quick look at our rules and their supply methods: we have three " +"rules, all **Pull From** rules. The supply methods are the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:318 +msgid "" +"**Take From Stock**: When products are needed in WH/Packing Zone, *Picks* " +"(internal transfers from WH/Stock to WH/Packing Zone) are created from " +"WH/Stock to fulfill the need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:321 +msgid "" +"**Trigger Another Rule**: When products are needed in WH/Output, *Packs* " +"(internal transfers from WH/Packing Zone to WH/Output) are created from " +"WH/Packing Zone to fulfill the need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:324 +msgid "" +"**Trigger Another Rule**: When products are needed in Partner " +"Locations/Customers, Delivery Orders are created from WH/Output to fulfill " +"the need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:332 +msgid "" +"This means that, when a customer orders products, a delivery order is " +"created to fulfill the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:340 +msgid "" +"If the source document is the same sale order, the status is not the same. " +"In fact, the status is **Waiting Another Operation** if the previous " +"transfer in the list is not done yet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:348 +msgid "" +"To prepare the order, conveyors need products packed at the output area, so " +"an internal transfer is requested from the packing zone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:355 +msgid "" +"Obviously, the packing zone needs products ready to be packed. So, an " +"internal transfer is requested to the stock and employees can gather the " +"required products from the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:363 +msgid "" +"As explained in this documentation introduction, the last step in the " +"process (here the delivery order) is the first to be triggered, which then " +"triggers other rules until we reach the first step in the process (here, the" +" internal transfer from to stock to the packing area). Now, everything is " +"ready to be processed so the customer can get the ordered items." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:370 +msgid "" +"In our case, the product is delivered to the customer when all the rules " +"have been triggered and the transfers done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies.rst:3 +msgid "Putaway & Removal Strategies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:3 +msgid "What is a Putaway Rule?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A good warehouse implementation takes care that products automatically move " +"to their appropriate destination location. To make that process easier, Odoo" +" uses *Putaway rules*. But what is a putaway rule? Putaway is the process of" +" taking products off the receiving shipments and directly putting them into " +"the most appropriate location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:7 +msgid "" +"If, for example, a warehouse contains volatile substances, it is important " +"to make sure that certain products are not stored close to each other " +"because of a potential chemical reaction. That’s where putaway rules " +"intervene, to avoid storing products wrongly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:12 +msgid "" +"In the *Inventory* app, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " +"and activate the *Multi-Step Routes*. By doing so, the *Storage Locations* " +"will be automatically activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:19 +msgid "Setting up a Putaway Rule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:21 +msgid "" +"In some cases, like for a retail shop storing vegetables and fruits, we have" +" to store products in different locations to maintain product quality." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Let’s suppose there are one warehouse location *WH/Stock* and two sub-" +"locations *WH/Stock/Vegatable* and *WH/Stock/Fruits*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To manage those locations, we will create putaway rules. To do so, open the " +"*Inventory* app and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Putaway Rules`. " +"Then, click on create and configure your first rule indicating the main " +"location the product will enter before being redirected to the right " +"location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:31 +msgid "" +"The putaway rules can be defined either per product or per product category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Now, if I purchase apples and carrots to my supplier, they will be grouped " +"in the same receipt but redirected to the right location automatically, " +"thanks to putaway rules. This information is available from *Inventory " +"Report*, under the reporting menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:3 +msgid "What is a Removal Strategy (FIFO, LIFO, and FEFO)?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Usually, *Removal Strategies* are defined in picking operations to select " +"the best products to optimize the distance for the worker, for quality " +"control purposes, or to first move the products with the closest expiration " +"date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:9 +msgid "" +"When a product movement needs to be done, Odoo finds available products that" +" can be assigned to the transfer. The way Odoo assigns these products " +"depends on the *Removal Strategy* defined in the *Product Category* or on " +"the *Location*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:14 +msgid "What happens inside the warehouse?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Imagine a generic warehouse plan, with receiving docks and area, storage " +"locations, picking and packing areas, and shipping docks. All products go " +"through all these locations, but some rules, such as removal strategies, can" +" have an effect on which products are taken for the pickings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Here, vendor trucks unload pallets of goods at the docks. Then, operators " +"scan the products in the receiving area, with the receiving date and, if the" +" product has an expiration date, the expiration date. After that, products " +"are stored in their respective locations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Next, several orders for the same product are made, but you didn’t receive " +"the goods the same day and they don’t have the same expiration date. In that" +" situation, you logically prefer sending those with the closest date first. " +"Depending on the removal strategy you chose, Odoo generates a transfer with " +"the products fitting your settings the best." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:42 +msgid "" +"On the transfer form, you can find the product’s lot/serial number to pick " +"for delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:48 +msgid "First In, First Out (FIFO)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:50 +msgid "" +"When using a **First In, First Out** strategy, a demand for some products " +"triggers a removal rule which requests a transfer for the lot/serial number " +"that has entered your stock the first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:53 +msgid "" +"To be clearer, let’s imagine that you have three lots of nails in your " +"warehouse. Those three have the following lot numbers: 00001, 00002, 00003, " +"each with 5 nails boxes in it. 00001 entered the stock on the 23rd of May, " +"00002 on the 25th of May, and 00003 on the 1st of June. A customer orders " +"you 6 boxes on the 11th of June. With the *FIFO* strategy selected, a " +"transfer is requested for the five boxes of 00001 and one of the boxes in " +"00002 because 00001 has entered your stock before the others. The box from " +"00002 is taken because it has the oldest enter date after 00001." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:60 +msgid "" +"So, for every order of a product with the *FIFO* strategy selected, Odoo " +"requests a transfer for the good that has been in your stock for the longest" +" period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:64 +msgid "Last In, First Out (LIFO)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:66 +msgid "" +"The same way as for FIFO, the **Last In, First Out** strategy is based on " +"moving products based on the date they entered the stock. Here, a demand for" +" some products triggers a removal rule that requests a transfer for the " +"lot/serial number that has entered your stock the last." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To better understand, let’s imagine three lots of screws in your warehouse. " +"Those three have the following numbers: 10001, 10002, 10003, each with 10 " +"screw boxes in it. 10001 has entered the stock on the 1st of June, 10002 on " +"the 3rd of June, and 10003 on the 6th of June. A customer orders 7 boxes on " +"the 8th of June. With the *LIFO* strategy selected, a transfer is requested " +"for seven boxes of 10003 because that lot is the last one to have entered " +"the stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:76 +msgid "" +"So, basically, for every order of a product with the *LIFO* strategy used, a" +" transfer for the last one to have entered the stock is requested." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:80 +msgid "" +"This strategy is banned in many countries and can lead to only have old or " +"obsolete products in your stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:84 +msgid "First Expire, First Out (FEFO)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:86 +msgid "" +"The **First Expire, First Out** strategy is a bit different from the two " +"others. Here, it is the expiration date that is important and not the date " +"the product entered the stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Let’s imagine three lots of 6-eggs boxes (in this specific case, don’t " +"forget to use :doc:`units of measure <../../management/products/uom>`). " +"Those three have the following numbers: 20001, 20002, and 20003, each with 5" +" boxes in it. 20001 has entered the stock on the 1st of July and expires on " +"the 15th of July, 20002 on the 2nd and expires on the 14th of July, and " +"20003 on the 4th and expires on the 21st of July. A customer orders 6 boxes " +"on the 5th of July. With the *FEFO* strategy selected, a transfer is " +"requested for the five boxes of 20002 and one from 20001. The transfer for " +"all the boxes of the lot 20002 is because they have the closest expiration " +"date. The transfer also requests one box from 20001 because it’s the lot " +"that expires the sooner after 20002." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:98 +msgid "" +"Then, you can remember that for every order of a product with the *FEFO* " +"strategy, a transfer is requested for the product that has the nearest " +"expiration date from the order date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:102 +msgid "Use Removal Strategies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To identify some units from other ones, you need to track them, either by " +"*lot* or by *serial number*. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration " +"--> Settings`. Then, activate *Storage Location*, *Multi-Steps Routes*, and " +"*Lots & Serial Numbers*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:113 +msgid "" +"To work with the *FEFO* strategy, activate the *Expiration Dates* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Next, you need to define your removal strategy, on *Product Categories* via " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:123 +msgid "FIFO (First In, First Out)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:125 +msgid "" +"As said, a *FIFO* strategy implies that products stocked first move out " +"first. Companies should use that method if they are selling products with " +"short demand cycles, such as clothes, and to ensure they are not stuck with " +"outdated styles in stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:129 +msgid "" +"For this example, we created three lots of white shirts. Those are from the " +"All/Clothes category, where we put *FIFO* as the removal strategy. In our " +"stock location (WH/Stock), we now find the three lots available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:137 +msgid "" +"The lot 000001 contains 5 shirts, 000002 contains 3 shirts, and 000003 " +"contains 2. As it can be seen above, 000001 has entered the stock first. " +"Let’s create a sale order of six white shirts to check that products from " +"that lot are the first ones to move out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:141 +msgid "" +"On the delivery order linked to the picking, you can see that the oldest lot" +" numbers have been reserved thanks to the *FIFO* strategy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:149 +msgid "LIFO (Last In, First Out)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:151 +msgid "" +"With a *LIFO* strategy, that’s quite the opposite. In fact, the products " +"that are brought the last move out the first. It is mostly used in case of " +"products without a shelf life." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:154 +msgid "" +"Even if our white shirts are clothes, we can say that they are timeless. So," +" let’s use them to test our *LIFO* strategy. Once again, open the product " +"category via :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product " +"Categories` and change the removal strategy to *LIFO*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:162 +msgid "" +"Now, create a sale order for 4 white shirts and check that the reserved " +"products are from lots 000003 and 000002." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170 +msgid "Don’t forget that the *LIFO* strategy is banned in many countries!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:173 +msgid "FEFO (First Expiry, First Out)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:175 +msgid "" +"With the *FEFO* strategy, the way products are picked is not based on the " +"reception date. In this particular case, they are dispatched according to " +"their expiration date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:179 +msgid "" +"To have more information about Expiration date, please have a look at " +":doc:`the related doc " +"<../../management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:182 +msgid "" +"By activating *Expiration Dates*, it becomes possible to define different " +"dates on the serial/lot numbers to be used in *FEFO*. These dates can be set" +" by going to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Master Data --> Lots/Serial " +"Numbers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:190 +msgid "" +"Lots are picked based on their removal date, from earliest to latest. Lots " +"without a removal date defined are picked after lots with removal dates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:194 +msgid "" +"Other dates are for informational and reporting purposes only. If not " +"removed from the stock, lots that are past the expiration dates may still be" +" picked for delivery orders!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:197 +msgid "" +"To use the *FEFO* strategy, once again go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Product Categories` and choose *FEFO* as the *Force " +"Removal Strategy*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:204 +msgid "" +"For this particular case, let’s use hand cream. As usual, we have three lots" +" of them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:207 +msgid "**Lot / Serial No**" +msgstr "**Lot / Serie Nr**" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:207 +msgid "**Product**" +msgstr "**Product**" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:207 +msgid "**Expiration Date**" +msgstr "**Vervaldatum**" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:209 +msgid "0000001" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:213 +msgid "Hand Cream" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:209 +msgid "09/30/2019" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:211 +msgid "0000002" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:211 +msgid "11/30/2019" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:213 +msgid "0000003" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:213 +msgid "10/31/2019" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:216 +msgid "" +"When we realize a sale for 25 units of Hand Cream, we can see that the lot " +"numbers which have been automatically reserved by Odoo are the ones with the" +" closest expiration date, meaning 0000001 and 0000003." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping.rst:3 +msgid "Shipping" +msgstr "Afleveradres" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation.rst:3 +msgid "Shipping Operations" +msgstr "Verzend operaties" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:3 +msgid "How to cancel a shipping request to a shipper?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. " +"Odoo will be linked with the transportation company tracking system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:12 +msgid "" +"It will allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the " +"destination." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:15 +msgid "You can easily cancel the request made to the carrier system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:18 +msgid "How to cancel a shipping request?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If the delivery order is not **Validated**, then the request hasn't been " +"made. You can choose to cancel the delivery or to change the carrier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you have clicked on **Validate**, the request has been made and you " +"should have received the tracking number and the label. You can still cancel" +" the request. Simply click on the **Cancel** button next to the **Carrier " +"Tracking Ref**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:32 +msgid "You will now see that the shipment has been cancelled." +msgstr "U zal nu zien dat de verzending geannuleerd is." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:37 +msgid "You can now change the carrier if you wish." +msgstr "U kan nu de leverancier wijzigen indien u dit wenst." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:40 +msgid "How to send a shipping request after cancelling one?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:42 +msgid "" +"After cancelling the shipping request, you can change the carrier you want " +"to use. Confirm it by clicking on the **Send to shipper** button. You will " +"get a new tracking number and a new label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:83 +msgid ":doc:`invoicing`" +msgstr ":doc:`invoicing`" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:116 +msgid ":doc:`multipack`" +msgstr ":doc:`multipack`" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:3 +msgid "How to invoice the shipping cost to the customer?" +msgstr "Hoe de verzendkosten te factureren aan de klant?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:8 +msgid "There are two ways to invoice the shipping costs:" +msgstr "Er zijn twee manieren om de verzendkosten te factureren:" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:10 +msgid "Agree with the customer over a cost and seal it down in the sale order" +msgstr "" +"Ga akkoord met de klant over een kost en verzegel het in de verkooporder" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:13 +msgid "Invoice the real cost of the shipping." +msgstr "Factureer de echte kost van de verzending." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To configure the price of your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** " +"app, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery --> Delivery " +"Methods`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:21 +msgid "" +"You can manually set a price for the shipping: It can be fixed or based on " +"rules." +msgstr "" +"U kan manueel een prijs instellen voor de verzending: dit kan een vast " +"bedrag zijn of gebaseerd zijn op regels." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Or you can use the transportation company computation system. Read the " +"document :doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:28 +msgid "How to invoice the shipping costs to the customer?" +msgstr "Hoe de verzendkosten te factureren aan de klant?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:31 +msgid "Invoice the price set on the sale order" +msgstr "Factureer de prijs ingesteld op de verkooporder" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:55 +msgid "" +"On your sale order, choose the carrier that will be used. Click on " +"**Delivery Method** to choose the right one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The price is computed when you **save** the sale order or when you click on " +"**Set price**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, click on " +"**Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery method as a " +"product. It may vary from the real price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:46 +msgid "" +"When you create the invoice, it will take the price set on the sale order." +msgstr "" +"Wanneer u de factuur aanmaakt neemt het de prijs die is ingesteld op het " +"verkooporder." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:53 +msgid "Invoice the real shipping costs" +msgstr "Factureer de echte verzendkosten" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The price is computed when you **save** the sale order. Confirm the sale " +"order and proceed to deliver the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:64 +msgid "" +"The real shipping cost is computed when the delivery order is validated, you" +" can see the real cost in the chatter of the delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Go back to the sale order, the real cost is now added to the sale order." +msgstr "" +"Ga terug naar de verkooporder, de echte kost is nu toegevoegd aan het " +"verkooporder." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:76 +msgid "" +"When you create the invoice, it will take the price computed by the carrier." +msgstr "" +"Wanneer u de factuur aanmaakt neemt het de berekende prijs van de " +"transporteur." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:83 +msgid "" +"If you split the delivery and make several ones, each delivery order will " +"add a line to the sale order." +msgstr "" +"Indien u de levering splitst en verschillende leveringen maakt zal elke " +"leverorder een lijn toevoegen aan het verkooporder." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:87 +msgid ":doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`" +msgstr ":doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:84 +msgid ":doc:`labels`" +msgstr ":doc:`labels`" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:3 +msgid "How to print shipping labels?" +msgstr "Hoe verzendlabels af te printen?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers " +"linked with the transportation company tracking system. It allows you to " +"manage the transport company, the real prices and the destination. And " +"finally, you will be able to print the shipping labels directly from Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:17 +msgid "Install the shipper company connector module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:20 +msgid "" +"In the **Inventory** module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies " +"you want to integrate :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:26 +msgid "Then click on **Apply**." +msgstr "Klik vervolgens op **Toepassen**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:33 +msgid "Configure the delivery method" +msgstr "Configureer de aflevermethode" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To configure your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** module, click on" +" :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery Methods`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The delivery methods for the chosen shippers have been automatically " +"created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:41 +msgid "" +"In the **Pricing** tab, the name of the provider means that the delivery " +"will be handled and computed by the shipper system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:44 +msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns :" +msgstr "" +"De configuratie van de transporteur is onderverdeeld in twee kolommen:" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The first one is linked to **your account** (develop key, password,...). For" +" more information, please refer to the provider website." +msgstr "" +"De eerste is gelinkt aan **uw account** (ontwikkelaar sleutel, wachtwoord, " +"...). Voor meer informatie kan u terecht op de website van de provider." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:62 +msgid "" +"The second column varies according to the **provider**. You can choose the " +"packaging type, the service type, the weight unit..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:65 +msgid "Uncheck **Test Mode** when you are done with the testings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:77 +msgid "Company configuration" +msgstr "Bedrijfsconfiguratie" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:79 +msgid "" +"In order to compute the right price, the provider needs your company " +"information. Be sure your address and phone number are correctly encoded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To check your information, go to the **Settings** application and click on " +"**General Settings**. Click on the first link **Configure your company " +"data**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:92 +msgid "" +"The shipper companies need the weight of your product, otherwise the price " +"computation cannot be done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Go the **Sales** module, click on :menuselection:`Sales --> Products`. Open " +"the products you want to ship and set a weight on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:80 +msgid "" +"The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to do" +" the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:85 +msgid "How to print shipping labels ?" +msgstr "Hoe verzendlabels afdrukken?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:87 +msgid "" +"The delivery order created from the sale order will take the shipping " +"information from it, but you can change the carrier if you want to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:135 +msgid "" +"If you create a delivery transfer from the inventory module, you can add the" +" third party shipper in the additional info tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number and **the label(s)**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:151 +msgid "" +"The label to stick on your package is available in the history underneath :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:104 +msgid "Click on it to open the document and print it :" +msgstr "Klik erop om het document te openen en te printen:" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:110 +msgid "" +"If you are doing multi-packages shippings, most of the time, there will be " +"one label per package. Each label will appear in the delivery history." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage multiple packs for the same delivery order?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:8 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo considers that your delivery is composed of one package. " +"But you can easily ship your deliveries with more than one package. It is " +"fully integrated with the third-party shippers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To configure the use of packages, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Configuration --> Settings`. Locate the **Packages** section and tick " +"**Record packages used on packing: pallets, boxes,...**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:23 +msgid "Click on **Apply** when you are done." +msgstr "Klik op **Toepassen** wanneer u klaar bent." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:107 +msgid "Sale process" +msgstr "Verkoopproces" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:110 +msgid "Sale order" +msgstr "Verkooporder" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:34 +msgid "Click on a **Delivery Method** to choose the right one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:40 +msgid "Multi-packages Delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:42 +msgid "" +"The delivery created from the sale order will take the shipping information " +"from it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:48 +msgid "From here, you can split your delivery into multiple packages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Choose the quantity you want to put in the first pack in the **Done** " +"column, then click on the link **Put in Pack**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:56 +msgid "It will automatically create a pack with the requested quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:58 +msgid "Do the same steps for the other pieces you want to pack in." +msgstr "Doe dezelfde stap met de andere onderdelen die u wilt inpakken." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:63 +msgid "Click on **Validate** when you are done." +msgstr "Klik op **Valideren** wanneer u klaar bent." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:66 +msgid "Multi-packages with a 3rd party-shipper" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Once the delivery order is validated, you will receive the tracking number. " +"The **carrier Tracking ref** field will automatically be filled. Click on " +"the **Tracking** button to check your delivery on the provider website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:76 +msgid "" +"The **labels** to stick on your packages are available in the history " +"underneath:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Shipping Setup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:3 +msgid "How to setup a delivery method?" +msgstr "Hoe een aflevermethode op te zetten?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, but it is not activated by " +"default. Delivery methods can be used for your sale orders, your deliveries " +"but also on your e-commerce." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Delivery methods allow you to manage the transport company, the price and " +"the destination. You can even integrate Odoo with external shippers to " +"compute the real price and the packagings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:20 +msgid "Install the inventory module" +msgstr "Installeer de Voorraad module" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Delivery methods are handled by the **Delivery costs** module. Go to " +"**Apps** and search for the module. You should remove the **Apps** filter in" +" order to see it :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to integrate delivery methods in your e-commerce, you'll have to" +" install the **eCommerce Delivery** module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:39 +msgid "First set a name and a transporter company." +msgstr "Stel eerst een naam en transportbedrijf in." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Then you'll have to set the pricing. It can be fixed or based on rules." +msgstr "" +"Vervolgens moet u de prijs instellen. Het kan een vaste prijs zijn of " +"gebaseerd zijn op regels." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:46 +msgid "" +"If the price is fixed, tick **Fixed price**. You'll just have to define the " +"price. If you want the delivery to be free above a certain amount, tick the " +"option **Free if Order total is more than** and set a price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:54 +msgid "" +"If the price varies according to rules, tick **Based on Rules**. Click on " +"**add an item to a pricing rule**. Choose a condition based on either the " +"weight, the volume, the price or the quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Finally you can limit the delivery method to a few destinations. The limit " +"can be applied to some countries, states or even zip codes. This feature " +"limits the list of countries on your e-commerce." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:69 +msgid "" +"You can integrate Odoo with external shippers in order to compute the real " +"price and packagings, and handle the printing the shipping labels. See " +":doc:`third_party_shipper`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:74 +msgid "Delivery process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:82 +msgid "" +"You can now choose the **Delivery Method** on your sale order. If you want " +"to invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, click on " +"**Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery method as a " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:130 +msgid "Delivery" +msgstr "Levering" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:90 +msgid "You can add or change the delivery method on the delivery itself." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:95 +msgid "" +"On the delivery, check the **Carrier Information**. The carrier is the " +"chosen delivery method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:99 +msgid ":doc:`third_party_shipper`" +msgstr ":doc:`third_party_shipper`" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:158 +msgid ":doc:`../operation/invoicing`" +msgstr ":doc:`../operation/invoicing`" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:3 +msgid "How to get DHL credentials for integration with Odoo?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:5 +msgid "In order to use the Odoo DHL API, you will need:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:7 +msgid "A DHL.com SiteID" +msgstr "Een DHL.com SiteID" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:9 +msgid "A DHL Password" +msgstr "Een DHL wachtwoord" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:11 +msgid "A DHL Account Number" +msgstr "Een DHL rekeningnummer" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Getting SiteID and password for countries other than United States (UK and " +"Rest of the world)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:17 +msgid "" +"You should contact DHL account manager and request integration for XML " +"Express API. The presales should provide you live credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:20 +msgid "Getting SiteID and Password for United States" +msgstr "SiteID en wachtwoord ophalen voor verenigde staten" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:22 +msgid "" +"You need to write to xmlrequests@dhl.com along with your full Account " +"details like account number, region, address, etc. to get API Access." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:3 +msgid "How to integrate a third party shipper?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. " +"Odoo can be linked with the transportation company tracking system. It will " +"allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the " +"destination." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:19 +msgid "" +"In the inventory module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies " +"you want to integrate :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:38 +msgid "" +"The delivery methods for the chosen shippers have been automatically " +"created. Most of the time, there will be **2** delivery methods for the same" +" provider: one for **international** shipping and the other for **domestic**" +" shipping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:43 +msgid "" +"You can create other methods with the same provider with other " +"configuration, for example the **Packaging Type**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:46 +msgid "" +"You can change the **Name** of the delivery method. This is the name that " +"will appear on your ecommerce." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:49 +msgid "Flag **Shipping enabled** when you are ready to use it." +msgstr "Vink **Verzending ingeschakeld** aan wanneer u het wilt gebruiken." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:54 +msgid "" +"In the pricing tab, the name of the provider chosen under the **Price " +"computation** means that the pricing will be computed by the shipper system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:57 +msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:59 +msgid "" +"The first one is linked to **your account** (developer key, password,...). " +"For more information, please refer to the provider website." +msgstr "" +"De eerste is gelinkt aan **uw account** (ontwikkelaar sleutel, wachtwoord, " +"...). Voor meer informatie kan u terecht op de website van de provider." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Finally you can limit the delivery method to a few destinations. You can " +"limit it to some countries, states or even zip codes. This feature limits " +"the list of countries on your e-commerce. It is useful for the domestic " +"providers. For example, USPS US only delivers from the United States to the " +"United States." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Go the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> Products`. Open the products" +" you want to ship and set a weight on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:102 +msgid "" +"The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to " +"make the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:115 +msgid "" +"You can now choose the carrier on your sale order. Click on **Delivery " +"method** to choose the right one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:118 +msgid "" +"The price is computed when you save the sale order or when you click on " +"**Set price**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:121 +msgid "" +"If you want to invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, " +"click on **Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery " +"method as a product. It may vary from the real price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:125 +msgid "" +"Otherwise, the real price (computed when the delivery is validated) will " +"automatically be added to the invoice. For more information, please read the" +" document :doc:`../operation/invoicing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:132 +msgid "" +"The delivery created from the sale order will take the shipping information " +"from it. You can change the carrier if you want to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:141 +msgid "" +"The weight is computed based on the products weights. The shipping cost will" +" be computed once the transfer is validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number. The **Carrier Tracking" +" ref** field will automatically be filled. Click on the **Tracking** button " +"to check your delivery on the provider website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:159 +msgid ":doc:`../operation/labels`" +msgstr ":doc:`../operation/labels`" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:3 +msgid "How to get UPS credentials for integration with Odoo?" +msgstr "Hoe UPS login gegevens krijgen voor integratie met Odoo?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:5 +msgid "In order to use the Odoo UPS API, you will need:" +msgstr "Om de Odoo UPS API te gebruiken moet u:" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:7 +msgid "A UPS.com user ID and password" +msgstr "Een UPS.com gebruikersid en wachtwoord" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:9 +msgid "A UPS account number" +msgstr "Een UPS rekeningnummer" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:11 +msgid "An Access Key" +msgstr "Een toegangssleutel" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:13 +msgid "" +"An Access Key is a 16 character alpha-numeric code that allows access to the" +" UPS Developer Kit API Development and Production servers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:17 +msgid "Create a UPS Account" +msgstr "Maak een UPS rekening" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Note that only customers located in the US can open a UPS account online. If" +" you are located outside the US, you will need to contact UPS Customer " +"Service in order to to open an account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You can read additional information about opening a UPS account on the their" +" website, on the page, `How to Open a UPS Account Online " +"<https://www.ups.com/content/us/en/resources/sri/openaccountonline.html?srch_pos=2&srch_phr=open+ups+account>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:27 +msgid "" +"If you don't already have a UPS account, you can create one along with your " +"online profile by following these steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:30 +msgid "" +"1. Access the UPS.com web site at `www.ups.com <http://www.ups.com/>`__, and" +" click the **New User** link at the top of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:34 +msgid "" +"2. Click the **Register for MyUPS** button, and follow the prompts to " +"complete the registration process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:37 +msgid "" +"If you already have a UPS account, you can add it to your online profile as " +"follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Log in to the `UPS.com website <http://www.ups.com/>`_) using your UPS.com " +"User ID and Password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:41 +msgid "Click the **My UPS** tab." +msgstr "Klik op het **Mijn UPS** tabblad." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:43 +msgid "Click the **Account Summary** link." +msgstr "Klik op de **Rekening samenvatting** link." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:45 +msgid "" +"4. Click the **Add an Existing UPS Account** link in the **UPS Account " +"Details** section of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:48 +msgid "" +"5. In the **Add New Account** screen, enter the **UPS Account Number**, " +"**Account Name**, and **Postal Code** fields. The country defaults to United" +" States.q" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:52 +msgid "Click the **Next** button to continue." +msgstr "Klik op de **Volgende** knop om verder te gaan." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:55 +msgid "Get an Access Key" +msgstr "Krijg een toegangssleutel" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:57 +msgid "" +"After you have added your UPS account number to your user profile you can " +"request an Access Key from UPS using the steps below:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Go to the `UPS Developer Kit web page " +"<https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en_US>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:61 +msgid "Log into UPS.com with your user ID and password" +msgstr "Login bij UPS.com met uw gebruikersid en wachtwoord" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:62 +msgid "Click on the link **Request an access key**." +msgstr "Klik op de link **Toegangssleutel aanvragen**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:63 +msgid "Verify your contact information" +msgstr "Controleer uw contactgegevens" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:64 +msgid "Click the **Request Access Key** button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:66 +msgid "" +"The **Access Key** will be provided to you on the web page, and an email " +"with the Access Key will be sent to the email address of the primary " +"contact." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:4 +msgid "Manufacturing" +msgstr "Productie" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management.rst:4 +msgid "Manufacturing Management" +msgstr "Productie beheer" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:3 +msgid "Using an alternative Work Center" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:5 +msgid "" +"For many manufacturing companies, a common issue is to have to manufacture, " +"at the same time, several products usually produced at the same work center." +" If in practice, employees can manufacture the goods at another work center," +" it is not that simple." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:10 +msgid "" +"You need to keep track of the job: which work center has been used and when," +" so you can schedule maintenance efficiently. With Odoo, you can configure " +"it so you can keep tracking manufacturing orders and your employees have an " +"alternative work center to use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:15 +msgid "" +"This way, your process becomes more efficient, and less non-productive time " +"will be noticed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:20 +msgid "Configure your Work Centers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The first thing to do is to go to the *Manufacturing* app settings. Then, " +"enable the *Work Orders* feature and hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Now, go to the *Work Centers* menu under *Master Data* and create two new " +"work centers. Add the second work centers as an alternative to the first and" +" vice versa." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:39 +msgid "" +"The next step is to create your *routing*. Add your work center and an " +"operation to it before saving." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Then, you can create your *Bill of Materials* and add components and routing" +" to it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:56 +msgid "Create your Work Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Now that everything is configured, you can create your *Work Orders*. Go to " +"the *Manufacturing Orders* menu and hit *Create*. There, add your product " +"and plan it. In the *Work Orders* list, you can find it ready to be " +"assembled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Each new *Work Order*, which will be created before the end of the first " +"one, will be scheduled at the alternative work center you configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Keep in mind that, if you add time after production to your work center, you" +" may have work orders scheduled for your alternative work center even if the" +" usual one is free." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:3 +msgid "Create Bills of Materials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A *Bill of Materials* is a document defining the quantity of each component " +"required to manufacture a finished product. It also includes the routing and" +" individual steps of the manufacturing process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:9 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can link multiple BoMs to each product and use it to describe" +" multiple variants of them. Each BoM will, yet, be associated with one " +"product only." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:13 +msgid "" +"This feature will help optimize your manufacturing process while saving you " +"time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:17 +msgid "Setting up a BoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:19 +msgid "" +"You can use BoMs without routings. You will use this if you choose to manage" +" your manufacturing operations using manufacturing orders only. In other " +"words, you choose to realize your manufacturing process in one step and do " +"not track the steps the product goes through." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Before creating your *BoM*, you have to create the product using the *BoM* " +"and, at least, one of the components. Go to the :menuselection:`Master Data " +"menu --> Products` and create both the finished product and the component." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Once done, go to the *Bills of Materials* menu under *Master Data*. Now, " +"create it. Choose the product from the dropdown menu and add your components" +" and the quantity. In this case, keep the default *BoM* type, which is " +"*Manufacture this Product*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:37 +msgid "Using the same BoM to describe Variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:39 +msgid "" +"As said above, you can use *BoM* for *Product Variants*. It is basically the" +" same as for the standard product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:42 +msgid "" +"If your *BoM* is for one variant only, then specify which one in the " +"*Product Variant* field. If not, specify the variant it is consumed for on " +"each component line. You can add several variants for each component." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:51 +msgid "Adding a routing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:53 +msgid "" +"You can add routing to your *BoM*. You will do this if you need to define a " +"series of operations required by your manufacturing process. To use it, " +"enable the *Work Orders* feature in the *Manufacturing* app settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Each *BoM* can have only one routing while each routing can be used multiple" +" times." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Now that you have created your routing, add it to your *BoM*. You can select" +" when, in the work operations, your components are consumed with the " +"dropdown menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:73 +msgid "Adding By-Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:75 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, a *by-product* is any product produced by a *BoM* in addition to " +"the primary product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:78 +msgid "" +"To add *by-products* to a *BoM*, you will first need to enable them from the" +" *Manufacturing* app settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Once the feature is enabled, you can add your *By-Products* to your *BoMs*. " +"You can add as many *By-Products* as you want. Just keep in mind that you " +"need to register during which operation your by-product is produced." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:3 +msgid "Sell sets of products as kits" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A *kit* is a set of components that are delivered without first being " +"assembled or mixed. *Kits* are described in Odoo using *Bills of Materials*." +" There are two basic ways to configure *kits*, depending on how the stock of" +" the kit product is to be managed. In either case, both the *Inventory* and " +"*Manufacturing* apps must be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:12 +msgid "Manage Stock of Component Products" +msgstr "Beheer de Voorraad van Componenten" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If you want to assemble kits as they are ordered, managing stock of the kit " +"components only, you will use a *Kit BoM* without a manufacturing step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:18 +msgid "" +"A product using a *Kit BoM* will appear as a single line item on a quotation" +" and sales order, but will generate a delivery order with one line item for " +"each of the components of the kit. In the examples below, the first image " +"shows a sales order for the kit *Custom Computer Kit*, while the second " +"image shows the corresponding delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:33 +msgid "" +"From the *Products menu* in either the *Inventory* or *Manufacturing* app, " +"create each component product as you would with any other product, then " +"create the top-level, or kit product. The kit product should have only the " +"*route Manufacture* set, in the *Inventory tab*. Because you cannot track " +"the stock of kit products, the *Product Type* should be set to Consumable. " +"Because a kit product cannot be purchased, then, *Can be Purchased* should " +"be unchecked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:41 +msgid "" +"All other parameters on the kit product may be modified according to your " +"preference. The component products require no particular configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Once the products are configured, create a *bill of materials* for the kit " +"product. Add each component and its quantity. Select the *BoM Type Ship this" +" product as a set of components*. All other options may be left with their " +"default values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:57 +msgid "Manage Stock of Kit Product and Component Products" +msgstr "Beheer de Voorraad van Kits en Componenten" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If you want to manage stock of the *top-level kit product*, you will use a " +"standard *BoM* with a manufacturing step instead of a *Kit BoM*. When using " +"a standard BoM to assemble kits, a *manufacturing order* will be created. " +"The *manufacturing order* must be registered as completed before the kit " +"product will appear in your stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:68 +msgid "" +"On the kit product, select the *route Manufacture*. You may also select " +"*Make to Order*, which will create a *manufacturing order* whenever a sales " +"order is confirmed. Select the product type *Storable Product* to enable " +"stock management." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:76 +msgid "" +"When you create the *bill of materials*, select the BoM Type *Manufacture " +"this product*. The assembly of the kit will be described by a *manufacturing" +" order* rather than a packing operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage BoMs for product variants" +msgstr "Hoe materiaallijsten (BoMs) beheren voor productvarianten?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows you to use one bill of materials for multiple variants of the " +"same product. Simply enable variants from :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`." +msgstr "" +"Odoo stelt u in staat om één materiaallijst te gebruiken voor meerdere " +"varianten van hetzelfde product. Schakel varianten in via: menuselectie " +"binnen Productie: Instellingen-> \"Instellingen\"." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:12 +msgid "" +"You will then be able to specify which component lines are to be used in the" +" manufacture of each product variant. You may specify multiple variants for " +"each line. If no variant is specified, the line will be used for all " +"variants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:17 +msgid "" +"When defining variant BoMs on a line-item-basis, the **Product Variant** " +"field in the main section of the BoM should be left blank. This field is " +"used when creating a BoM for one variant of a product only." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:3 +msgid "Set routings on kit Bills of materials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:5 +msgid "" +"It often happens that you want to use kit BoM’s within manufactured product " +"BoM’s in order to lighten the list of components for this manufactured " +"product. When doing so, you would like to have the possibility to specify, " +"for each kit component, in which operation they are consumed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:11 +msgid "" +"We will see the three use cases that you can face in these kinds of " +"configurations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:15 +msgid "Finished Product & Kit Component have the same Routing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:107 +msgid "Create BoM for the Finished Product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Create a manufactured BoM for the finished product which includes a kit " +"component. Set a routing on your BoM, for example, *Assemble Furniture*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:117 +msgid "Create a Kit BoM for the Kit Component" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Update the kit component to define its BoM. Make sure that the routing which" +" is set on this BoM is the same one than on the Finished Product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:36 +msgid "" +"You can define the operations in which the kit components are used directly " +"in the BoM of the kit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:127 +msgid "Manufacturing Order" +msgstr "Productieorder" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:42 +msgid "" +"In the list of components, the kit is split. Two work orders are created as " +"we have two operations defined in the *Assemble Furniture* routing. The " +"components of the kits are well consumed in the operations defined in the " +"kit BoM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:57 +msgid "Finished Product & Kit Component haven’t the same Routing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:60 +msgid "Kit Consumption set on Finished Product BoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Update the kit component to define its BoM. In this use case, the routing " +"which is set on this Kit BoM is different than the one of the Finished " +"Product. Specify the operations at which the kit components are consumed in " +"this BoM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:129 +msgid "" +"When the manufacturing order is created for the Manufactured product, the " +"kit is split among its components. When the manufacturing order is planned, " +"three work orders are created in our case, one coming from the routing of " +"the manufactured products, the two other ones coming from the routing of the" +" kit BoM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:95 +msgid "The components are all consumed during their respective operations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:104 +msgid "Kit Consumption set on Kit BoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:109 +msgid "" +"Create a manufactured BoM for the finished product which includes a kit " +"component. Set a routing on your BoM, for example, *Assemble Furniture*. " +"Precise the consumption of the components on this BoM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Update the kit component to define its BoM. In this use case, the routing " +"which is set on this Kit BoM is different than the one of the Finished " +"Product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:138 +msgid "" +"All the components of the kits are consumed during the first operation. The " +"last component is consumed during the second operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:3 +msgid "Manage semi-finished products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, you can use subassembly products to simplify a complex *Bill of " +"Materials* or to represent your manufacturing flow more accurately. A " +"*subassembly product* is a manufactured product that is used as a component " +"to make another one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:10 +msgid "" +"A *BoM* that employs *subassemblies* is referred to as a multi-level BoM. " +"Those are accomplished by creating a *top-level BoM* and *subassembly ones*." +" This process requires a route that will ensure that every time a " +"manufacturing order for the top-level product is created, another one will " +"be for subassemblies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:17 +msgid "Configure the Subassembly Product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To configure a *multi-level BoM*, you will need a top-level product but also" +" its subassemblies. The first step is to create a product form for each of " +"the subassemblies. Select the routes *Manufacture* and *Replenish on Order*." +" Now, hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:27 +msgid "" +"In the *Bill of Materials* menu, under *Master Data*, create a new *Bill of " +"Materials*. Choose the product you just created and add its components." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:35 +msgid "Configure the Main BoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Now, you can configure the top-level product and its *BoM*. Include any " +"subassemblies in the list of components." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Now, each time you will plan a manufacturing order for the top-level " +"product, a manufacturing order will be created for the subassembly one. " +"Then, you will have to manufacture the subassembly in order to make it " +"available before manufacturing the finished product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:3 +msgid "Subcontract your Manufacturing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Outsourcing a portion of some or all your company’s manufacturing needs is " +"not easy. To make it work right, you have to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:8 +msgid "Manage the inventory of raw materials at your subcontractor;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Ship new materials to your subcontractors based on your forecasted demand;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Keep track of manufacturing operations done at the subcontractor location;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:13 +msgid "Control incoming goods quality;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:14 +msgid "Control subcontractors bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Here is an example of subcontracting the manufacturing of “C”, which is " +"produced out of raw materials “A” and “B”." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:23 +msgid "" +"With its subcontracting feature, Odoo helps you handle this flow easily." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To use the subcontracting feature, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and tick the box *Subcontracting*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To define if a product must be subcontracted, use a *Bill of Materials " +"(BoM)* of type *Subcontracting*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To create a new *BoM*, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Master Data " +"--> Bill of Materials` and hit create. Then, list the components your " +"subcontractor needs to manufacture the product. For costing purposes, you " +"might want to register all the components, even the ones that are sourced " +"directly from the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Once you have set the *BoM Type* to *Subcontracting*, specify one or several" +" subcontractors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:52 +msgid "Basic Subcontracting Flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To let your subcontractor know how many products you need, create and send " +"them purchase orders (PO). To do so, open the *Purchase* app and create a " +"new one. Be sure to send the PO to a vendor that is defined as a " +"subcontractor on the *BoM*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Once the *PO* is validated (1), a pending receipt is created. When the " +"products are received, validate the receipt (2), with the actual quantity " +"received. Then Odoo automatically created several inventory moves:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Consume the components at the subcontractor’s location, based on the *BoM* " +"(3);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:70 +msgid "Produce finished goods at the subcontractor’s location (4);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Move products from the subcontractor’s location to YourCompany through the " +"validated receipt (5)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Of course, Odoo does all the transactions for you, automatically. Simply " +"control the vendor bill with the usual matching process with the purchase " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:79 +msgid "" +"The *PO* is optional. If you create a receipt manually, with the right " +"subcontractor, Odoo still performs all the moves. Useful if the " +"subcontractor does not bill a fixed price per item, but rather the time and " +"materials used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:85 +msgid "Inventory Valuation" +msgstr "Voorraadwaardering" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:87 +msgid "The cost of the manufactured product “C” is defined as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:89 +msgid "**C = A + B + s**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:91 +msgid "With:" +msgstr "Met:" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:93 +msgid "**A**: Cost of raw materials coming from YourCompany;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:96 +msgid "**B**: Cost of raw materials sourced directly from the" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:96 +msgid "subcontractor;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:98 +msgid "**s**: Cost of the subcontracted service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Sending raw materials to your subcontractors (**A**) does not impact the " +"inventory valuation, the components still belonging to your company. To " +"manage this, the *Subcontracting Location* is configured as an *Internal " +"Location* so that the components are still valued in the inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:106 +msgid "" +"Then, the vendor price set on the product C form has to be what has to be " +"paid to the subcontractor for his parts and service time: **B + s**. The " +"product cost has to be: **A + B + s**, how much the product is valued in the" +" accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Finally, the subcontractor bill matches the purchase order, with the " +"proposed price coming from the finished products C." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:115 +msgid "" +"If managing the replenishment of raw materials **B** at your subcontractor’s" +" location is not needed, simply include the cost of **B** in the " +"subcontractor’s price **s** and remove the products *B* from the *BoM*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:121 +msgid "Traceability" +msgstr "Traceability" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:123 +msgid "" +"In case the products received from the subcontractor contain tracked " +"components, their serial or lot numbers need to be specified during the " +"receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:127 +msgid "" +"On the receipt of the subcontracted product, a *Record Components* button " +"appears when necessary. Click on it to open a dialog and record the " +"serial/lot numbers of the components. If the finished product is also " +"tracked, its serial/lot number can be registered here too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:136 +msgid "" +"For audit purposes, it is possible to check the lot numbers recorded on a " +"receipt by using the icon on the right of the finished products:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:144 +msgid "Automate Replenishment of Subcontractors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:146 +msgid "" +"To manage the resupply of your subcontractor, activate *Multi-locations* in " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Configuration`. Then, the " +"inventory at the subcontractor location can be tracked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:151 +msgid "" +"It is possible to resupply subcontractors by sending products from the " +"company locations, or by sending products from another supplier to the " +"subcontractors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:156 +msgid "Replenishment from the warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:158 +msgid "" +"Resupplying subcontractors manually is the simplest approach. To do so, " +"create delivery orders in which the subcontractor is set as a delivery " +"address and fill the components to deliver." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:162 +msgid "" +"To automate the subcontractors’ replenishment propositions, there are two " +"approaches:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:165 +msgid "Reordering rules;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:166 +msgid "Replenish on order flow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:168 +msgid "" +"For the first one, just define a reordering rule on the subcontracting " +"location, with a minimum and maximum inventory level. When the reordering " +"rule is triggered, a delivery order is created to ship the components to the" +" subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:177 +msgid "" +"The second approach is to use a “pull” flow. Here, the demand in the " +"finished product (real demand or forecasted one through the Master " +"Production Schedule) triggers the replenishment of the subcontractor. To do " +"so, select the route *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* on the wanted " +"components." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:188 +msgid "Replenishment from another supplier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:190 +msgid "" +"When purchasing items to another supplier, it is possible to ask him to " +"deliver the subcontractor directly. To do so, activate the *Drop Shipping* " +"feature in :menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> Configuration`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:195 +msgid "" +"Now, set the *Dropship* option in the *Deliver To* field of the *Other " +"Information* tab. Then, provide the address of the subcontractor for the " +"shipping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:203 +msgid "" +"That way, the supplier can ship items directly and you simply receive and " +"pay the bill. However, it is still required to validate receipts for the " +"subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:212 +msgid "Quality Control" +msgstr "Kwaliteitscontrole" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:214 +msgid "" +"Controlling the quality of the products manufactured by subcontractors is " +"possible thanks to the Odoo Quality app. Quality checks can be made on a " +"manufacturing step but, because the manufacturing process is handled by an " +"external party, it can be defined on the product reception." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:224 +msgid "" +"To create a quality check at the receipt, open the *Quality* app and create " +"a new *Control Point* on the reception." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:231 +msgid "" +"By doing so, a quality check is automatically created each time a finished " +"product is received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:3 +msgid "Use the Master Production Schedule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The Master Production Schedule (MPS) is a valuable tool to plan your " +"production based on your demand forecast." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to the :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings` " +"and activate the Master Production Schedule feature before hitting save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:18 +msgid "" +"In the manufacturing settings, you can define the time range of your MPS " +"(month/week/day) and the number of periods you want to display." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Now, go in :menuselection:`Planning --> Master Production Schedule` and " +"click on add a product. You can now define your safety stock target (= the " +"stock you want to have on hand at the end of the period) and the minimum and" +" maximum quantities to replenish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The products are ordered in the MPS based on their sequence. You can " +"rearrange that sequence by going on the list of your products and reorganize" +" them with drag and drop." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:36 +msgid "" +"In the MPS view, you can decide which information you would like to show by " +"clicking on *rows*. Some fields can be added to the view, such as *Actual " +"demand*, which will show which quantity of products has already been ordered" +" for the period, or *Available to Promise*, which allows you to know what " +"can still be sold during the period (what you plan to replenish - what is " +"already sold during the period). You can also decide to hide some " +"information if it isn’t necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:48 +msgid "Estimate your demand and launch replenishment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The next step is to estimate the demand for the period. This estimation " +"should be entered in the row *Demand Forecast*. You can easily, at any time," +" compare the demand forecast with the actual demand (= confirmed sales). The" +" demand forecast for a finished product will impact the indirect demand for " +"its components." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Then, the quantity to replenish for the different periods will be " +"automatically computed. The replenishments you are supposed to launch based " +"on your lead times (vendor lead time or manufacturing lead time) are " +"displayed in green. You can now launch the replenishment by clicking on the " +"replenish button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Depending on the configuration of the product (buy vs. manufacture), " +"requests for quotations or manufacturing orders will be created. You can " +"easily access those by clicking on the *Actual Replenishment* cell." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:75 +msgid "" +"In case you manually edit the *To replenish* quantity, a small cross will " +"appear on the left. In case you want to go back to the automatically " +"computed value given by Odoo, you can click the cross." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:83 +msgid "Cells color signification" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:85 +msgid "" +"The cells, which are part of the *To replenish* line, can take different " +"colors depending on the situation:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:88 +msgid "" +"**Green**: quantity of products which should be replenished to reach the " +"expected safety stock considering the demand forecast and the indirect " +"demand forecast." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:90 +msgid "" +"**Grey**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity " +"still matches current data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:92 +msgid "" +"**Red**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity " +"was too high considering current data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:94 +msgid "" +"**Orange**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity" +" was too low considering current data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:96 +msgid "" +"The *Forecasted stock* line can also contain red cells, which means the " +"stock will be negative during the period in question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:100 +msgid "What if I have underestimated the demand?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:102 +msgid "" +"You can still increase the demand forecast. It will impact the quantity to " +"replenish. The cell will become orange, and you’ll be able to launch a new " +"replenishment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:107 +msgid "What if I have overestimated the demand?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:109 +msgid "" +"You can decrease the demand forecast. The cell will become red to inform you" +" that you’ve ordered more than planned. If you’re still able to do it, you " +"can cancel some RFQ or MO manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:114 +msgid "What if I wrongly added a product to the MPS?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:116 +msgid "" +"You can easily remove a product from the MPS by clicking the small bin on " +"the right of its name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:4 +msgid "Purchase" +msgstr "Inkoop" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced" +msgstr "Geavanceerd" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:3 +msgid "Analyze the performance of your purchases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:5 +msgid "" +"If your company regularly purchases products, you have several reasons to " +"track and analyze your performance. The insights gathered can help you to " +"better forecast and plan your future orders. For example, you can assess if " +"your business is dependent on particular vendors, and the data can help you " +"negotiate discounts on prices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:11 +msgid "Generate customized reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Go to *Reporting* to access the purchase analysis. Simply by accessing the " +"reporting dashboard, you can get a quick overview of your actual " +"performance. By default, the reporting dashboard displays a line chart " +"presenting the untaxed amount of your purchase orders per day, and below it," +" key metrics and a pivot table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:22 +msgid "" +"While the data initially presented is useful, there are several tools and " +"features you can use to get even more insights on your purchases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:26 +msgid "Use filters to select the data you need" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Odoo offers several default filters you can use and combine by clicking on " +"*Filters*. When you select one or several filters, Odoo looks for all the " +"orders that match at least one of the filters you have chosen and populates " +"the chart, key metrics, and pivot table with the data. The pre-configured " +"filters are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:33 +msgid "All *Requests for Quotation*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:35 +msgid "All *Purchase Orders*, except canceled ones" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:37 +msgid "" +"*Confirmation Date Last Year* includes all orders that were confirmed the " +"previous year, canceled purchase orders included" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:40 +msgid "" +"*Order Date* includes all orders - request for quotations and purchases " +"orders (canceled ones included) - depending on their date of creation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:43 +msgid "" +"*Confirmation Date* includes all confirmed orders, canceled ones included, " +"depending on their date of confirmation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:47 +msgid "" +"When you have to select a period, you can use multiple years, and, with at " +"least one year selected, multiple quarters and the three most recent months." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you use the *Order Date* or *Confirmation Date* filters, the *Comparison*" +" feature appears next to *Filters*. It enables you to compare the period you" +" filtered with the previous one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:59 +msgid "Add custom filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Thanks to the 31 filtering options to choose from, the possibilities of your" +" customizing your dataset are almost limitless. Go to " +":menuselection:`Filters --> Add Custom Filter`, specify the condition the " +"filtering option should meet (e.g. *is equal to*, *contains*, etc.), and " +"click on *Apply*. If you want to select orders matching several conditions " +"simultaneously (*and* operator), repeat the process to add another custom " +"filter. If you want to use the *or* operator, don't click on *Apply*, and " +"click on *Add a condition* instead. Once you have added all the desired " +"filtering options, click on *Apply*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To avoid having to recreate custom filters every time, save them by clicking" +" on :menuselection:`Favorites --> Save current search --> Save`. The " +"customized search filter can then be accessed by clicking on *Favorites* or " +"can even be set as the default filter when you open the reporting dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:80 +msgid "Measure exactly what you need" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Before selecting what you want to measure, you need to decide whether you " +"prefer using the graph view or the pivot view. By default, the dashboard " +"presents both views. However, the measures you select won't be applied to " +"both views. You can access each view separately by clicking on the icons at " +"the top right of the dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:92 +msgid "Visualize your data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:94 +msgid "" +"You can transform the main graph in just a click by selecting one of the " +"three charts: bar, line or pie. Fourteen different measures are available, " +"but you can only use one at a time. However, you can group the measure using" +" one or several of the 19 *Groups*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:102 +msgid "" +"For bar and line charts, the selected measure is your y-axis, and the first " +"group you select is used to create the x-axis. Adding more group adds " +"additional lines (line chart) or transforms your bar chart into a stacked " +"bar chart. For pie charts, the more groups you select, the more slices are " +"displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:108 +msgid "Explore your data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:110 +msgid "" +"The pivot table view enables you to explore your data in great detail. " +"Unlike the graph view, the pivot table enables you to add several measures " +"at the same time. By clicking on *Measures* or on the **+** sign in the " +"*Total* column, you can add as many as you want, each assigned to a new " +"column. By clicking on the **+** sign in the *Total* row, you can add " +"*Groups*. If you click on a group's **+** sign, you can add a sub-group, and" +" so on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:121 +msgid "" +"You can insert your pivot table's data directly in the Spreadsheet app or " +"export it as an Excel file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals.rst:3 +msgid "Manage deals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:3 +msgid "Purchase agreements: blanket orders and calls for tenders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:5 +msgid "" +"There are two main types of purchase agreements preconfigured in Odoo: " +"blanket orders and call for tenders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Blanket orders are long-term agreements between a company and a vendor to " +"deliver products on a recurring basis with predetermined pricing. Your " +"company should consider using them when you frequently purchase the same " +"products from the same vendor in varying quantities and/or at different " +"times. Among their many benefits, you can save time as the ordering process " +"is simplified, and money thanks to more advantageous bulk pricing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Calls for tenders use a special procedure to request offers from multiple " +"vendors at the same time. While public sector organizations are often " +"legally bound to release calls for tenders when they want to purchase goods " +"or services, private organizations can also use them to get the best deal " +"among several vendors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:20 +msgid "Enable purchase agreements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:22 +msgid "" +"From the Purchase app, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and" +" activate *Purchase Agreements*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:30 +msgid "Configure or create new types of purchase agreements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Before you start using purchase agreements, make sure they are configured " +"the way you want by going to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Purchase " +"Agreement Types`. From there, you can edit the way blanket orders and calls " +"for tenders or *Create* a new type of purchase agreement. You can configure " +"the:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:37 +msgid "Agreement Type: the name you want to give to the agreement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Agreement Selection Type: you can either select multiple offers using " +"*Select multiple RFQ (non-exclusive)*, which is the default setting for both" +" blanket orders and calls for tenders, or a single offer using *Select only " +"one RFQ (exclusive)*, which is sometimes needed for calls for tenders where " +"you only want to select a single vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Lines: generally, you would always want to select *Use lines of agreement*, " +"which are the different product lines you can configure when you set up your" +" purchase agreement. However, you can select *Do not create RfQ lines " +"automatically* if you don't want your requests for quotations to be pre-" +"filled in with that information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Quantities: if you use lines of agreements, you can also specify " +"independently if the products' quantities should be used to pre-fill new " +"requests for quotations. The default option for blanket orders is *Set " +"quantities manually*, while for calls for tenders are set to *Use quantities" +" of agreement*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:59 +msgid "Set up a blanket order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Orders --> Purchase Agreements` and click on *Create*." +" Select *Blanket Order* as your *Agreement Type*. Next, select the vendor. " +"The other fields aren't mandatory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Next, add the products you want to order and their price. Note that you can " +"also add a *Quantity* for each product, for example, if you have agreed with" +" your vendor to order a specific minimum quantity each time or in total. If " +"you have configured your blanket order to *Set quantities manually*, this is" +" only used for informational purposes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:73 +msgid "" +"You can also write any *Terms and Conditions* at the bottom of the " +"agreement. Once you are satisfied with your blanket order, click on " +"*Confirm*. Its status then changes from *Draft* to *Ongoing* and it's ready " +"to be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:78 +msgid "Create requests for quotation from the blanket order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:80 +msgid "" +"You can now create new quotations from the blanket order whenever you need " +"it by clicking on *New Quotation*. Odoo automatically fills in requests for " +"quotation with the information initially defined when you set up the blanket" +" order. Depending on the way you configured the *Purchase Agreement Type*, " +"product lines can also be pre-filled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:85 +msgid "" +"From here, you can quickly view all the requests for quotations made under " +"that blanket order by clicking on *RFQs/Orders*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:93 +msgid "" +"You can also create a *Request for Quotation* the usual way and then link it" +" to an existing *Blanket Order*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:97 +msgid "Blanket orders and replenishment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Blanket orders can be used for :doc:`automated replenishment " +"<../../purchase/products/reordering>`, as once a blanket order is confirmed," +" a new vendor line is added to your product. Make sure the related vendor is" +" in the first position if you have several vendors linked to your product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:108 +msgid "Set up a call for tenders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Orders --> Purchase Agreements` and click on *Create*." +" Select *Call for Tenders* as your *Agreement Type*. The other fields aren't" +" mandatory, but you can add the date you want to be delivered and set an " +"agreement deadline. You usually don't want to select a vendor for calls for " +"tenders as you are looking to get quotations from multiple vendors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Next, add the products you want to order and in what quantity. For calls for" +" tenders, you typically don't add a price, as the vendors should give you " +"their best quote." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:118 +msgid "" +"You can also write any *Terms and Conditions* at the bottom of the " +"agreement. Once you are ready, click on *Confirm*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:126 +msgid "Requests quotations from the call for tenders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:128 +msgid "" +"You can now request new quotations from the call for tenders. Click on *New " +"Quotation* and select one of your vendors you want to invite to the call for" +" tenders. Product lines should also be pre-filled in, depending on how you " +"configured the *Purchase Agreement Type*. Click on *Send by email* to send " +"it to the vendor. Go back to the call for tenders and repeat this process " +"for each vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:138 +msgid "" +"Once you have sent a request for quotation to every vendor and receiving " +"their quotes, click on *Validate* to proceed to the bid selection. Next, " +"click on the RFQs/Orders smart button to view all your vendors' quotations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:146 +msgid "" +"Click on each request for quotation to add the price communicated by your " +"vendors manually. When that's done, select the most advantageous offer and " +"click on *Confirm Order*. This automatically closes the call for tenders. " +"You can now proceed with the purchase order as you would for a regular one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:3 +msgid "Control and know when vendor bills should be paid" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can define how your vendor bills are controlled. For each " +"purchase order, you can decide when the related vendor bill should be paid: " +"either before or after you have received your products. You can also check " +"at a glance what is the billing status of each purchase order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:9 +msgid "" +"With the 3-way matching feature, Odoo compares the information appearing on " +"the *Purchase Order*, the *Vendor Bill* and the *Receipt*, and lets you know" +" if you should pay the bill. This way you can avoid paying incorrect or " +"fraudulent vendor bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:14 +msgid "Vendor bills default control policy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:16 +msgid "" +"As a first step, open your Purchase app and go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` to set the default bill control " +"policy for all the products created onwards." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:23 +msgid "" +"By selecting *On ordered quantities*, you can create a vendor bill as soon " +"as you confirm an order. The quantities mentioned in the purchase order are " +"used to generate the draft bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you choose *On received quantities* instead, you can only create one once" +" you have at least received some of the products you have ordered. The " +"quantities you have received are used to generate the draft bill. If you try" +" to create one without having received any product, you get an error " +"message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:36 +msgid "Change a specific product's control policy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:38 +msgid "" +"If you want to modify a specific product's control policy, go to " +":menuselection:`Products --> Products`, open it, click on *Edit* and go to " +"the *Purchase tab*. There you can change a product's default bill control " +"policy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:47 +msgid "View a purchase order's billing status" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Once you confirm an order, you can view its *Billing Status* by going to the" +" *Other Information* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Below you can find a list of the different *Billing Status*, and when they " +"are displayed, depending on the products' bill control policy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:60 +msgid "**Billing status**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:60 +msgid "**Conditions**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:62 +msgid "*On received quantities*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:62 +msgid "*On ordered quantities*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:64 +msgid "*Nothing to Bill*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:64 +msgid "PO confirmed; no products received" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:64 +msgid "*(Not applicable)*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:66 +msgid "*Waiting Bills*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:66 +msgid "All/some products received; bill not created" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:66 +msgid "PO confirmed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:68 +msgid "*Fully Billed*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:68 +msgid "All/some products received; draft bill created" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:68 +msgid "Draft bill created" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:72 +msgid "Determine when to pay with 3-way matching" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:74 +msgid "" +"First, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate *3-way" +" matching*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:81 +msgid "" +"3-way matching is intended to work with the bill control policy set to *On " +"received quantities*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:84 +msgid "Should I pay the vendor bill?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:86 +msgid "" +"With the feature activated, your vendor bills now display the *Should Be " +"Paid* field under the *Other info* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:93 +msgid "" +"As you can't create a bill until you have received your products - and if " +"you haven't received all of them, Odoo only includes the products you have " +"received in the draft bill - the *Should Be Paid* status is set to *Yes* " +"when you create one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:97 +msgid "" +"If you edit a draft bill to increase the billed quantity, change the price, " +"or add other products, the *Should Be Paid* status is set to *Exception*. It" +" means Odoo notices the discrepancy, but that you might have a valid reason " +"to have done so." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Once the payment has been registered and mentions *Paid*, the *Should Be " +"Paid* status is set to *No*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:109 +msgid "" +"The *Should Be Paid* status is set automatically by Odoo. However, you can " +"change the status manually when you are viewing a bill in edit mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:3 +msgid "Don’t run out of stock with reordering rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To make sure you never run out of stock, you can define *Reordering Rules* " +"on products. Thanks to them, Odoo can help you replenish your stock " +"automatically when it reaches set quantities or whenever a sales order is " +"created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:9 +msgid "You need to install the *Inventory app* to use reordering rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:12 +msgid "Configure your storable product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Open or create a product with its *Product Type* set to *Storable Product*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:20 +msgid "" +"As you are purchasing this product from a vendor, go to the product's " +"*Purchase tab* and add a vendor by clicking on *Add a line*. You can add " +"multiple vendors, but make sure to order them correctly, since reordering " +"rules always use the first vendor in a list. You can add a price, but it " +"isn't necessary for the reordering rule to work. In addition, you can add a " +"minimum quantity you must order to benefit from that price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:27 +msgid "" +"If the quantity Odoo has to reorder doesn't match the minimum quantity " +"specified, Odoo selects the next vendor on your list. If you don't have " +"another vendor on your list, the reordering rule won't work. For that " +"purpose, you can add the same vendor multiple times with different prices " +"for different quantities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:37 +msgid "" +"By default, a draft purchase order is created. However, if you have enabled " +"*Purchase Agreements*, you can *Propose a call for tenders* instead as shown" +" in the image above. For more information, see " +":doc:`../manage_deals/agreements`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Next, make sure the correct route is selected under the Inventory tab of " +"your product. If you created your product within the Purchase app, the *Buy*" +" route is selected by default. If you are looking to dropship your product, " +"select *Dropship*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:50 +msgid "Set up your reordering rule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:52 +msgid "Open your product and click on the *Reordering Rules* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Once you are on the product's reordering rules page, click on *Create*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:61 +msgid "" +"You can access and create reordering rules from :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Configuration --> Reordering Rules` and from :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Operations --> Replenishment`. By default, the replenishment view " +"presents a summary of all the products that you might need to purchase to " +"fulfill your sales orders. From there, you can ask Odoo with a single click " +"to order a product once or automate all orders for that product, future " +"orders included." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:68 +msgid "Define quantities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:70 +msgid "" +"You can set a **minimum quantity** your stock should always have. Once set, " +"if your stock goes below the minimum quantity, and if you selected the Buy " +"route, a request for quotation is automatically generated to reach that " +"minimum quantity, plus any additional quantity needed to fill in a sales " +"order for example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:75 +msgid "" +"If you set a **maximum quantity**, every time the product has to be " +"replenished, enough products are reordered to reach the maximum quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:78 +msgid "" +"If you want to order only the exact quantity needed to fill in a sales order" +" for example, set both both the minimum and maximum quantity to **zero**. " +"The quantity mentioned in the sales order is then used by the reordering " +"rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:82 +msgid "" +"You can also add a **quantity multiple** to only order products in batches " +"of a certain quantity. Click on the optional columns drop-down menu, and " +"select *Multiple Quantity* to show the column. Bear in mind that you might " +"go over the maximum quantity you set if your rule includes a quantity " +"multiple, as Odoo orders enough products to reach the maximum quantity and " +"respect the set quantity multiple." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:92 +msgid "" +"If you selected multiple routes for the same product under its Inventory " +"tab, make sure to select your *Preferred Route* on your reordering rule by " +"clicking on the optional columns drop-down menu, adding the *Preferred " +"Route* column, and selecting the right route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:3 +msgid "Purchase in different units of measure than sales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you purchase a product, it may happen that your vendor uses a different" +" unit of measure than you do when you sell it. This can cause confusion " +"between sales and purchase representatives. It is also time-consuming to " +"convert measures manually every time. With Odoo, you can configure your " +"product once and let Odoo handle the conversion." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:10 +msgid "Consider the following examples:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:12 +msgid "" +"You purchase orange juice from an American vendor, and they use **gallons**." +" However, your customers are European and use **liters**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:15 +msgid "" +"You buy curtains from a vendor in the form of **rolls** and you sell pieces " +"of the rolls to your customers using **square meters**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:19 +msgid "Enable units of measure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Open your Sales app and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. " +"Under Product Catalog, enable *Units of Measure*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:29 +msgid "Specify sales and purchase units of measure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:32 +msgid "Standard units of measure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:34 +msgid "" +"A variety of units of measure are available by default in your database. " +"Each belongs to one of the five pre-configured units of measure categories: " +"*Length / Distance*, *Unit*, *Volume*, *Weight* and *Working Time*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:39 +msgid "" +"You can create your new units of measure and units of measure categories " +"(see next section)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To specify different units of measures for sales and purchases, open the " +"Purchase app and go to :menuselection:`Products --> Products`. Create a " +"product or select an existing one. Under the product's *General Information*" +" tab, first select the *Unit of Measure* to be used for sales (as well as " +"for other apps such as inventory). Then, select the *Purchase Unit of " +"Measure* to be used for purchases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Back to the first example, if you purchase orange juice from your vendor in " +"**gallons** and sell it to your customers in **liters**, first select *L* " +"(liters) as the *Unit of Measure*, and *gal (US)* (gallons) as the *Purchase" +" Unit of Measure*, then click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:56 +msgid "Create new units of measure and units of measure categories" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Sometimes you need to create your own units and categories, either because " +"the measure is not pre-configured in Odoo or because the units do not relate" +" with each other (e.g. kilos and centimeters)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:62 +msgid "" +"If you take the second example where you buy curtains from a vendor in the " +"form of **rolls** and you sell pieces of the rolls using **square meters**, " +"you need to create a new *Units of Measure Category* in order to relate both" +" units of measure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:66 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Units of Measure " +"Categories`. Click on *Create* and name the category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:73 +msgid "" +"The next step is to create the two units of measures. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Units of Measure`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:76 +msgid "" +"First, create the unit of measure used as the reference point for converting" +" to other units of measure inside the category by clicking on *Create*. Name" +" the unit and select the units of measure category you just created. For the" +" *Type*, select *Reference Unit of Measure for this category type*. Enter " +"the *Rounding Precision* you would like to use. The quantity computed by " +"Odoo is always a multiple of this value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:82 +msgid "" +"In the example, as you cannot purchase less than 1 roll and won't use " +"fractions of a roll as a unit of measure, you can enter 1." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:89 +msgid "" +"If you use a *Rounding Precision* inferior to 0.01, a warning message might " +"appear stating that it is higher than the *Decimal Accuracy* and that it " +"might cause inconsistencies. If you wish to use a *Rounding Precision* lower" +" than 0.01, first :doc:`activate the Developer Mode " +"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, then go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Database Structure --> Decimal " +"Accuracy`, select *Product Unit of Measure* and edit *Digits* accordingly. " +"For example, if you want to use a rounding precision of 0.00001, set " +"*Digits* to 5." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Next, create a second unit of measure, name it, and select the same units of" +" measure category as your reference unit. As *Type*, select *Smaller* or " +"*Bigger than the reference Unit of Measure*, depending on your situation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:100 +msgid "" +"As the curtain roll equals to 100 square meters, you should select " +"*Smaller*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Next, you need to enter the *Ratio* between your reference unit and the " +"second one. If the second unit is smaller, the *Ratio* should be greater " +"than 1. If the second unit is larger, the ratio should be smaller than 1." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:106 +msgid "For your curtain roll, the ratio should be set to 100." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:112 +msgid "" +"You can now configure your product just as you would using Odoo's standard " +"units of measure." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po deleted file mode 100644 index 6e547bf1f..000000000 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,794 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" -"Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: nl\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../iot.rst:5 -msgid "Internet of Things (IoT)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config.rst:3 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:3 -msgid "Connect an IoT Box to your database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:5 -msgid "Install the Internet of Things (IoT) App on your Odoo Database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:10 -msgid "Go in the IoT App and click on Connect on the IoT Boxes page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:15 -msgid "Follow the steps to connect your IoT Box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:21 -msgid "Ethernet Connection" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Connect to the IoT Box all the devices that have to be connected with cables" -" (ethernet, usb devices, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:26 -msgid "Power on the IoT Box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Read the Pairing Code from a screen or a receipt printer connected to the " -"IoT Box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:32 -msgid "Input the Pairing Code and click on the Pair button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Recent changes in modern web browsers forced us to modify the connection " -"wizard. If your screen is different from the screenshots, make sure that the" -" ``iot_pairing`` module is installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:40 -msgid "WiFi Connection" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:42 -msgid "Power on the IoT Box" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:44 -msgid "Copy the token" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Connect to the IoT Box WiFi Network (make sure there is no ethernet cable " -"plugged in your computer)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:53 -msgid "" -"You will be redirected to the IoT Box Homepage (if it doesn't work, connect " -"to the IP address of the box). Give a name to your IoT Box (not required) " -"and paste the token, then click on next." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:60 -msgid "" -"If you are on Runbot, do not forget to add the -all or -base in the token " -"(e.g. this token **http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-" -"f3f920.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401** should become " -"**http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-f3f920-all.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401**)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Choose the WiFi network you want to connect with (enter the password if " -"there is one) and click on Submit. Wait a few seconds before being " -"redirected to your database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:72 -msgid "You should now see the IoT Box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:78 -msgid "IoT Box Schema" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:3 -msgid "Flashing your SD Card" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In some case, you may need to reflash your IoT Box’s SD Card to benefit from" -" our latest updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:9 -msgid "Upgrade from the IoT Box homepage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Go to the IoT Box homepage, click on *Update*, next to the version number. " -"If a new version of the IoT Box image is available, you will see a *Upgrade " -"to ___* button a the bottom of the page, the IoT Box will then flash itself " -"to the new version of the IoT Box. All of your configurations will be saved." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:18 -msgid "" -"This process can take more than 30 minutes. Do not turn off or unplug the " -"IoT Box as it would leave it in an inconsistent state." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:25 -msgid "Upgrade with Etcher" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Go to Balena’s website and download `Etcher <https://www.balena.io/>`__. " -"It’s a free and open-source utility used for burning image files. Install " -"and launch it. Download the latest image from `nightly " -"<http://nightly.odoo.com/master/iotbox/>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Then, open *Etcher* and select *Flash from file*, find the image you just " -"downloaded. Insert the IoT Box SD card into your computer and select it. " -"Click on *Flash* and wait for the process to finish." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:3 -msgid "Use the IoT Box for the PoS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:9 -msgid "Prerequisites" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:11 -msgid "Before starting, make sure you have the following:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:13 -msgid "An IoT Box, with its power adapter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:15 -msgid "A computer or tablet with an up-to-date web browser" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:17 -msgid "" -"A running SaaS or Odoo instance with the Point of Sale and IoT apps " -"installed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:20 -msgid "A local network setup with DHCP (this is the default setting)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:22 -msgid "An RJ45 Ethernet Cable (optional, WiFi is built in)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Any of the supported hardware (receipt printer, barcode scanner, cash " -"drawer, payment terminal, scale, customer display, etc.). The list of " -"supported hardware can be found on the `POS Hardware page " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/point-of-sale-hardware>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:30 -msgid "Set Up" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:32 -msgid "" -"To connect hardware to the PoS, the first step is to connect an IoT Box to " -"your database. For this, follow this :doc:`documentation <connect>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:36 -msgid "Then, you have to connect the peripheral devices to your IoT Box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:38 -msgid "" -"**Printer**: Connect a supported receipt printer to a USB port or to the " -"network and power it on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:41 -msgid "" -"**Cash drawer**: The cash drawer should be connected to the printer with an " -"RJ25 cable." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:44 -msgid "" -"**Barcode scanner**: Connect your barcode scanner. In order for your barcode" -" scanner to be compatible it must end barcodes with an Enter character " -"(keycode 28). This is most likely the default configuration of your barcode " -"scanner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:49 -msgid "**Scale**: Connect your scale and power it on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:51 -msgid "" -"**Customer Display**: Connect a monitor to the IoT Box using an HDMI cable. " -"You can also access the Customer Display from any other computer by " -"accessing the IoT Box homepage and clicking on the *POS Display* button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:56 -msgid "" -"**Payment terminal**: The connection process depends on the terminal, please" -" refer to the :doc:`payment terminals documentation " -"<../../point_of_sale/payment>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Once it's done, you can connect the IoT Box to your PoS. For this, go in " -":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> PoS`, tick *IoT Box* and" -" select the devices you want to use in this Point of Sale. Save the changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:68 -msgid "Set up is done, you can launch a new PoS Session." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:3 -msgid "Troubleshooting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:6 -msgid "IoT Box Connection" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:9 -msgid "I can't find the pairing code to connect my IoT Box" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:11 -msgid "" -"The pairing code should be printed on receipt printers connected to the IoT " -"Box and should also be displayed on connected monitors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:14 -msgid "The pairing code doesn't show under the following circumstances:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:16 -msgid "The IoT Box is already connected to an Odoo database;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:18 -msgid "The IoT Box is not connected to the Internet;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:20 -msgid "" -"The code is only valid for 5 minutes after the IoT Box has started. It's " -"automatically removed from connected displays when this delay has expired;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:23 -msgid "" -"The version of the IoT Box image is too old. It should use version 20.06 or " -"more recent. If your IoT Box image is from an earlier version, then you will" -" have to reflash the SD card of your IoT Box to update the image (see " -":doc:`Flashing your SD Card <flash_sdcard>`)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:28 -msgid "" -"If you are not in any of the cases listed above, make sure that the IoT Box " -"has correctly started, by checking that a fixed green LED is showing next to" -" the micro-USB port." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:33 -msgid "I've connected my IoT Box but it's not showing in my database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:35 -msgid "" -"When you connect an IoT Box to a database, the IoT Box might restart, if " -"that is the case, it might take up to one minute before appearing in your " -"database. If after some time the IoT is still not showing, make sure that " -"your database can be reached from the IoT Box and that your server doesn't " -"use a multi-database environment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:42 -msgid "My IoT Box is connected to my database, but cannot be reached" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Make sure that the IoT Box and the device running the browser are located on" -" the same network as the IoT Box cannot be reached from outside the local " -"network." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:49 -msgid "Printer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:52 -msgid "My printer is not detected" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:54 -msgid "" -"If one of your printers doesn't show up in your devices list, go to the IoT " -"Box homepage and make sure that it is listed under *Printers*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:60 -msgid "" -"If your printer is not present on the IoT Box homepage, hit *Printers " -"Server*, go to the *Administration* tab and click on *Add Printer*. If you " -"can't find your printer in the list, it's probably not connected properly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:66 -msgid "My printer outputs random text" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:68 -msgid "" -"For most printers, the correct driver should be automatically detected and " -"selected. However, in some cases, the automatic detection mechanism might " -"not be enough, and if no driver is found the printer might print random " -"characters." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:73 -msgid "" -"The solution is to manually select the corresponding driver. On the IoT Box " -"homepage, click on *Printers Server*, go to the *Printers* tab and select " -"the printer in the list. In the Administration dropdown, click on *Modify " -"Printer*. Follow the steps and select the Make and Model corresponding to " -"your printer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Epson and Star receipt printers and Zebra label printers do not need a " -"driver to work. Make sure that no driver is selected for those printers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:88 -msgid "My Zebra Printer doesn't print anything" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:90 -msgid "" -"Zebra printers are quite sensitive to the format of the ZPL code that is " -"printed. If nothing comes out of the printer or blank labels are printed, " -"try changing the format of the report that is sent to the printer by " -"accessing :menuselection:`Settings ~~> Technical ~~> Views` in developer " -"mode and look for the corresponding template." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:97 -msgid "Barcode Scanner" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:100 -msgid "The characters read by the barcode scanner don't match the barcode" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:102 -msgid "" -"By default, we assume that your barcode scanner is configured in US QWERTY. " -"This is the default configuration of most barcode readers. If your barcode " -"scanner uses a different layout, please go to the form view of your device " -"and select the correct one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:108 -msgid "Nothing happens when a barcode is scanned" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:110 -msgid "" -"Make sure that the correct device is selected in your Point of Sale " -"configuration and that your barcode is configured to send an ENTER character" -" (keycode 28) at the end of every barcode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:115 -msgid "The barcode scanner is detected as a keyboard" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:117 -msgid "" -"Some poorly built barcode scanners do not advertise themselves as barcode " -"scanners but as a USB keyboard instead, and will not be recognized by the " -"IoT Box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:121 -msgid "" -"You can manually change the device type by going to its form view and " -"activating the *Is scanner* option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:128 -msgid "Cashdrawer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:131 -msgid "The cashdrawer does not open" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:133 -msgid "" -"The cashdrawer should be connected to the printer and the *Cashdrawer* " -"checkbox should be ticked in the POS configuration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices.rst:3 -msgid "Devices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:3 -msgid "Connect a Camera" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When using your *IoT Box* in Odoo, you could need to use a camera. As it can" -" be done in a few steps, this device is really easy to configure. Then, you " -"can use it in your manufacturing process and link it to a control point. " -"Doing so will allow you to take pictures when you reach the chosen quality " -"control point." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:12 ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:13 -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:11 -msgid "Connection" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:14 -msgid "" -"To connect the camera to the *IoT Box*, simply connect the two by cable." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:17 -msgid "" -"If your camera is a `*supported one* <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-" -"hardware>`__, there is no need to set up anything as it will be detected as " -"soon as it is connected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:25 -msgid "Link a Camera to a Quality Control Point" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:28 ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:34 -msgid "With the Manufacturing app" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:30 -msgid "" -"In your *Quality app*, you can setup the device on a *Quality Control " -"Point*. Go to the *Control Points* menu, under *Quality Control* and open " -"the control point you want to link with the camera." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Now, you can edit the control point and select the device from the dropdown " -"list. Now, hit save." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Then, your camera can be used with the picked *Control Point*. During the " -"manufacturing process, reaching the *Quality Control Point* you chose before" -" will allow you to take a picture." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:3 -msgid "Connect a Footswitch" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When working, it is always better to have your two hands available. Using " -"Odoo’s *IoT Box* and a footswitch will allow it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In fact, you will be able to go from one screen to another and perform " -"actions by using your foot and the footswitch. Really convenient, it can be " -"configured in a few steps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Connecting the footswitch to the *IoT Box* is easy, you just have to connect" -" the two by cable." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:18 -msgid "" -"If your footswitch is a `supported one <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-" -"hardware>`__, there is no need to set up anything since it will be " -"automatically detected when connected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:26 -msgid "Link a Footswitch to a Workcenter" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:28 -msgid "" -"To link the footswitch to an action, it needs to be configured on a " -"workcenter. Go to the workcenter you want to use the footswitch in and add " -"the device in the *IoT Triggers* tab. Then, you can link it to an action and" -" also add a key to trigger it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Note that the one that is first in the list will be chosen. So, the order " -"matters! In the picture above, using the footswitch will, for example, " -"automatically skip the current part of the process you work on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:41 -msgid "" -"When you are on the work order screen, a status button indicates if you are " -"correctly connected to the footswitch." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:3 -msgid "Connect a Measurement Tool" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:5 -msgid "" -"With Odoo’s *IoT Box*, it is possible to connect measurement tools to your " -"database. Find the list of supported devices here: `Supported devices " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-hardware>`__,." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:10 -msgid "Connect in USB" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To add a device connected by USB, just plug the USB cable in the *IoT Box*, " -"and the device should appear in your Odoo database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:19 -msgid "Connect in Bluetooth" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Activate the Bluetooth on your device (see your device manual for further " -"explanation) and the IoT Box will automatically try to connect to the " -"device." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:25 -msgid "Here is an example of what it should look like:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:31 -msgid "Link a measurement tool to a quality control point" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:36 -msgid "" -"In your *Quality app*, you can setup a device on your *Quality Control " -"Points*. To do so, go to the *Control Points* menu, under *Quality Control* " -"and open the control point to which you want to assign a measurement tool." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Now, you can edit the control point and choose the device from the dropdown " -"list. Then, hit save." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Now, your measurement tool is linked to the chosen *Control Point*. The " -"value, which needs to be changed manually, will be automatically updated " -"while the tool is being used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:3 -msgid "Connect a Printer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When using your *IoT Box* in Odoo, you could need to use a printer. Doing so" -" is easy and convenient as it can be done in a few steps. Then, you can use " -"it to print receipts, orders or even reports in different Odoo apps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:13 -msgid "" -"The IoT Box supports printers connected through USB, network or Bluetooth. " -"`Supported printers <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-hardware>`__ will be " -"detected automatically and will appear in the *Devices* list of your IoT " -"app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:18 -msgid "The printer can take up to two minutes to appear in your devices list." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:24 -msgid "Link the Printer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:27 -msgid "To Work Orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:29 -msgid "" -"You can link *Work Orders* to printers via a *Quality Control Point* to " -"print labels for manufactured products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:32 -msgid "" -"To do so, you need to create a *Quality Control Point* from the *Quality* " -"app. Then, you can select the correct manufacturing operation and the work " -"order operation. In type, choose *Print Label* and hit save." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Now, each time you reach the quality control point for the chosen product, a" -" *Print Label* button will appear." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:47 -msgid "To Reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:49 -msgid "" -"You can also link a type of report to a certain printer. In the *IoT* app, " -"go to the *Devices* menu and select the printer you want to set up." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:56 -msgid "Now, go to the *Printer Reports* tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Hit edit and then, click on *Add a line*. In the window that shows up, check" -" all the types of reports that should be linked to this printer. Click on " -"select and save." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Now, each time you click on *Print* in the control panel, instead of " -"downloading a PDF, it will send it to the selected printer and automatically" -" print it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:73 -msgid "Print Receipts from the PoS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:75 -msgid "" -"You can link a printer to your *Point of Sale* app so you can print receipts" -" directly from your *PoS*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:78 -msgid "" -"Doing so is really easy. Go to your *Point of Sale* app and open your *Point" -" of Sale* settings, under *Configuration*. There, click on *Edit* and check " -"the *IoT Box* feature. Then, choose your *Receipt Printer* from the " -"dropdown." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:86 -msgid "" -"Now, you will be able to print different kinds of tickets from your *POS*: " -"**receipts**, **sale details** and **bills**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:89 -msgid "" -"Receipts are printed once the order is validated. The process is automated " -"when you enable the feature in your *PoS* configuration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Sales details can be printed by clicking on the printer icon on the navbar " -"at the top of the *PoS*. It will print the details of the sales of the " -"current day." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:99 -msgid "" -"As for the bill, it is only available in restaurant mode. In your restaurant" -" settings, activate *Print Bills* and a *Bill* button will appear in the " -"left panel of the *PoS*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:107 -msgid "Print Orders in the kitchen" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:109 -msgid "In restaurant mode, you can send order tickets to the kitchen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:111 -msgid "" -"To do so, go to the *PoS* app and open your *PoS* settings. Then, tick " -"*Order Printer*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:117 -msgid "" -"Now, go to the *Printers* menu. Hit create, select the printer from the " -"dropdown and, in the *Printer Product Categories* field, choose all the " -"categories of products that should be printed on this printer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:124 -msgid "" -"In the *PoS*, when you add or remove a product from one of the selected " -"categories, the button *Order* will be green. If you click on it, the IoT " -"Box will print a receipt on the corresponding printer." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po deleted file mode 100644 index 60c8a0a88..000000000 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,269 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" -"Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: nl\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../livechat/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:3 -msgid "Get Started with Live Chat" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Live Chat has the highest satisfaction rating of any communication tool. It " -"allows fast responses and it is accessible and convenient, as your customers" -" can keep doing what they are doing while interacting with you. Remember: " -"your customers want to talk to you, so let's make it easy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:10 -msgid "Set up" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Once *Live Chat* is installed on your database, if your website was created " -"with Odoo, the application is automatically added to it. All that is left to" -" do is to go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> " -"Live Chat`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Select the channel to be linked to your website or create one on the fly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:27 -msgid "For both scenarios, under:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:30 -msgid "" -"- **Operators**: add agents to respond to the chat requests. Add as many as " -"you like, and keep in mind that operators that do not show any activity in " -"Odoo for more than 30min are considered disconnected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:33 -msgid "" -"- **Options**: set the default text to be shown on the live chat button; an " -"automated welcome message to be seen by visitors when a conversation is " -"initiated, and the text that prompts the user to initiate a chat." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:36 -msgid "" -"- **Channel Rules**: choose an action for a given URL, and/or per country. " -"In the example below, the chat window automatically pops-up 3 seconds after " -"users (from any country) land on the contact us page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:43 -msgid "" -"GeoIP, which refers to the process of finding a computer terminal’s " -"geographical location by its IP address, must be installed on your server. " -"Otherwise, under *Channel Rules*, countries are not taken into account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:48 -msgid "External options" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:51 -msgid "" -"If your website was not created with Odoo, you can find the code to be added" -" to your own, under the *Widget* tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Odoo also offers an URL you can send to users so they can have access to a " -"single live chat page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:59 -msgid "Managing chat requests" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Conversations initiated by visitors pop up as a direct message, and are " -"shown in *Discuss*. Therefore, inquiries can be answered wherever you are in" -" Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Conversations are dispatched based on the current workload of the online " -"operators." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:72 -msgid "Leave or join a channel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:74 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, access your " -"channel under *Live Chat*, and *Join Channel* or *Leave Channel*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:82 -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:48 -msgid ":doc:`ratings`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:83 -#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:45 -msgid ":doc:`responses`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:3 -msgid "Ratings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Giving users the opportunity to rate their interactions can help you " -"improving the experience you offer. That means staying on top of your " -"customers' needs, besides keeping track of your operators’ performances." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:10 -msgid "Customer Rating" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Once the user chooses to close the chat window, he can rate his interaction." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:14 -msgid "" -"If the user is *Not satisfied* or *Highly dissatisfied*, a field allowing " -"for an explanation is shown." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:15 -msgid "A copy of the conversation can also be sent by email." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:22 -msgid "The rating is shown on the chat window itself for the operator." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:28 -msgid "And under :menuselection:`Report --> Customer Ratings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:35 -msgid "Make the rating public" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, access your " -"channel form, click on *Go to Website* and on *Unpublished*, to publish the " -"rating of that channel on your website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:3 -msgid "Commands and Canned Responses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Using canned responses can help you save time and have a previous, well-" -"thought response, to some of your most common questions and comments." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:9 -msgid "Use commands" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Commands are shortcuts that do specific actions within the chat window:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:13 -msgid "**/help**: shows a help message." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:14 -msgid "**/helpdesk**: creates a helpdesk ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:15 -msgid "**/helpdesk_search**: searches for a helpdesk ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:16 -msgid "**/history**: shows the last 15 visited pages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:17 -msgid "**/lead**: creates a new lead." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:18 -msgid "**/leave**: leaves the channel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:0 -msgid "" -"- For *helpdesk tickets*: make sure the application is installed on your " -"database and the option *Live Chat* under :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> " -"Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` is enabled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:0 -msgid "" -"- For *leads*: the *CRM* application must be installed on your database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:26 -msgid "" -"To access the ticket or lead created from the chat, click on the shortcut " -"link." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Helpdesk tickets created from the chat automatically add the conversation as" -" a description of the ticket. The same goes for the creation of a lead." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:37 -msgid "Send canned responses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Canned responses allow you to have a full piece of text being placed when " -"you type a shortcut word. To create them, go to :menuselection:`Live Chat " -"--> Configuration --> Canned Responses`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:41 -msgid "" -"To use them during a conversation, simply type **:** followed by the " -"shortcut word you created." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po deleted file mode 100644 index 16caa2bdf..000000000 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1326 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" -"Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: nl\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../manufacturing.rst:5 -msgid "Manufacturing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management.rst:5 -msgid "Manufacturing Management" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:3 -msgid "Using an alternative Work Center" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:5 -msgid "" -"For many manufacturing companies, a common issue is to have to manufacture, " -"at the same time, several products usually produced at the same work center." -" If in practice, employees can manufacture the goods at another work center," -" it is not that simple." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:10 -msgid "" -"You need to keep track of the job: which work center has been used and when," -" so you can schedule maintenance efficiently. With Odoo, you can configure " -"it so you can keep tracking manufacturing orders and your employees have an " -"alternative work center to use." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:15 -msgid "" -"This way, your process becomes more efficient, and less non-productive time " -"will be noticed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:20 -msgid "Configure your Work Centers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:22 -msgid "" -"The first thing to do is to go to the *Manufacturing* app settings. Then, " -"enable the *Work Orders* feature and hit save." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Now, go to the *Work Centers* menu under *Master Data* and create two new " -"work centers. Add the second work centers as an alternative to the first and" -" vice versa." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:39 -msgid "" -"The next step is to create your *routing*. Add your work center and an " -"operation to it before saving." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Then, you can create your *Bill of Materials* and add components and routing" -" to it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:56 -msgid "Create your Work Orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Now that everything is configured, you can create your *Work Orders*. Go to " -"the *Manufacturing Orders* menu and hit *Create*. There, add your product " -"and plan it. In the *Work Orders* list, you can find it ready to be " -"assembled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Each new *Work Order*, which will be created before the end of the first " -"one, will be scheduled at the alternative work center you configured." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:78 -msgid "" -"Keep in mind that, if you add time after production to your work center, you" -" may have work orders scheduled for your alternative work center even if the" -" usual one is free." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:3 -msgid "Create Bills of Materials" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A *Bill of Materials* is a document defining the quantity of each component " -"required to manufacture a finished product. It also includes the routing and" -" individual steps of the manufacturing process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:9 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can link multiple BoMs to each product and use it to describe" -" multiple variants of them. Each BoM will, yet, be associated with one " -"product only." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:13 -msgid "" -"This feature will help optimize your manufacturing process while saving you " -"time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:17 -msgid "Setting up a BoM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:19 -msgid "" -"You can use BoMs without routings. You will use this if you choose to manage" -" your manufacturing operations using manufacturing orders only. In other " -"words, you choose to realize your manufacturing process in one step and do " -"not track the steps the product goes through." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Before creating your *BoM*, you have to create the product using the *BoM* " -"and, at least, one of the components. Go to the :menuselection:`Master Data " -"menu --> Products` and create both the finished product and the component." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Once done, go to the *Bills of Materials* menu under *Master Data*. Now, " -"create it. Choose the product from the dropdown menu and add your components" -" and the quantity. In this case, keep the default *BoM* type, which is " -"*Manufacture this Product*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:37 -msgid "Using the same BoM to describe Variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:39 -msgid "" -"As said above, you can use *BoM* for *Product Variants*. It is basically the" -" same as for the standard product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:42 -msgid "" -"If your *BoM* is for one variant only, then specify which one in the " -"*Product Variant* field. If not, specify the variant it is consumed for on " -"each component line. You can add several variants for each component." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:51 -msgid "Adding a routing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:53 -msgid "" -"You can add routing to your *BoM*. You will do this if you need to define a " -"series of operations required by your manufacturing process. To use it, " -"enable the *Work Orders* feature in the *Manufacturing* app settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:62 -msgid "" -"Each *BoM* can have only one routing while each routing can be used multiple" -" times." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Now that you have created your routing, add it to your *BoM*. You can select" -" when, in the work operations, your components are consumed with the " -"dropdown menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:73 -msgid "Adding By-Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:75 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, a *by-product* is any product produced by a *BoM* in addition to " -"the primary product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:78 -msgid "" -"To add *by-products* to a *BoM*, you will first need to enable them from the" -" *Manufacturing* app settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:84 -msgid "" -"Once the feature is enabled, you can add your *By-Products* to your *BoMs*. " -"You can add as many *By-Products* as you want. Just keep in mind that you " -"need to register during which operation your by-product is produced." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:3 -msgid "Use flexible components consumption" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Sometimes, you might need more components than usual to manufacture a " -"product. Let’s say that you produce a desk combination of 4 desks and two " -"chairs but your customer asks you one more desk. Alright, you can do that. " -"But you will need to register it!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:10 -msgid "" -"In case this happens, Odoo has the *flexible components consumption* feature" -" available. If you enable it, you will be able to consume as many components" -" as needed and it will make you save time in the registration of your items " -"consumption." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:16 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:31 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:66 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:26 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:9 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Using flexible component consumption is easy and can be done in a few steps." -" All you need is a *BoM* and a *Quality Control Point*. Therefore, you will " -"need to activate the feature *Quality* in the *MRP* app settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:23 -msgid "" -"First, open the *BoM* you want to use for flexible component consumption and" -" edit it. In the *Miscellaneous* tab, choose *Flexible* as the consumption " -"type. Then, save." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Now, in the *Quality* app, open the *Control Point* menu, under *Quality " -"Control* and create a new *Quality Control Point*. Choose your product, your" -" operation and work order operation. Then, choose *Register Consumed " -"Materials* as type." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Next, go back to your *Manufacturing* app and create a *Manufacturing " -"order*. Choose the product for which you have created the flexible *BoM*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Then, confirm it and launch the process step. While processing, you will " -"have the possibility to consume more components than expected in the *BoM*. " -"To do so, click on *Continue Consumption*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:49 -msgid "" -"When the job is over, you will find a summary of your component consumption " -"in the *Finished Steps* tab of your work order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:3 -msgid "Sell sets of products as kits" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A *kit* is a set of components that are delivered without first being " -"assembled or mixed. *Kits* are described in Odoo using *Bills of Materials*." -" There are two basic ways to configure *kits*, depending on how the stock of" -" the kit product is to be managed. In either case, both the *Inventory* and " -"*Manufacturing* apps must be installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:12 -msgid "Manage Stock of Component Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:14 -msgid "" -"If you want to assemble kits as they are ordered, managing stock of the kit " -"components only, you will use a *Kit BoM* without a manufacturing step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:18 -msgid "" -"A product using a *Kit BoM* will appear as a single line item on a quotation" -" and sales order, but will generate a delivery order with one line item for " -"each of the components of the kit. In the examples below, the first image " -"shows a sales order for the kit *Custom Computer Kit*, while the second " -"image shows the corresponding delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:33 -msgid "" -"From the *Products menu* in either the *Inventory* or *Manufacturing* app, " -"create each component product as you would with any other product, then " -"create the top-level, or kit product. The kit product should have only the " -"*route Manufacture* set, in the *Inventory tab*. Because you cannot track " -"the stock of kit products, the *Product Type* should be set to Consumable. " -"Because a kit product cannot be purchased, then, *Can be Purchased* should " -"be unchecked." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:41 -msgid "" -"All other parameters on the kit product may be modified according to your " -"preference. The component products require no particular configuration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Once the products are configured, create a *bill of materials* for the kit " -"product. Add each component and its quantity. Select the *BoM Type Ship this" -" product as a set of components*. All other options may be left with their " -"default values." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:57 -msgid "Manage Stock of Kit Product and Component Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:59 -msgid "" -"If you want to manage stock of the *top-level kit product*, you will use a " -"standard *BoM* with a manufacturing step instead of a *Kit BoM*. When using " -"a standard BoM to assemble kits, a *manufacturing order* will be created. " -"The *manufacturing order* must be registered as completed before the kit " -"product will appear in your stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:68 -msgid "" -"On the kit product, select the *route Manufacture*. You may also select " -"*Make to Order*, which will create a *manufacturing order* whenever a sales " -"order is confirmed. Select the product type *Storable Product* to enable " -"stock management." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:76 -msgid "" -"When you create the *bill of materials*, select the BoM Type *Manufacture " -"this product*. The assembly of the kit will be described by a *manufacturing" -" order* rather than a packing operation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:3 -msgid "Process Manufacturing Orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, you can manage your manufacturing process in two different ways. " -"You can work with one document, or decide to have more information and " -"control over it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:9 -msgid "" -"In the first case, Odoo makes things easier and helps you manage work with " -"one document only: the manufacturing order. No complex steps during the " -"process, you just have to schedule the job and record the production." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:14 -msgid "" -"But, if you need more control, you can use additional documents (steps) to " -"your manufacturing process. This way, *Manufacturing Orders* are divided " -"into one or more steps defined by *Work Orders* and performed in a sequence " -"defined by *routings*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Using Odoo will allow you to precisely schedule the job, analyze your " -"efficiency but also have ease when realizing each step of your manufacturing" -" process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:24 -msgid "Manage Manufacturing Without Routings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:26 -msgid "" -"If your manufacturing process is limited to one place, one person and one " -"step, you will probably use manufacturing orders without routings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:29 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, it is the default behavior. If work this way, there are two basic " -"phases from planning to production:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:32 -msgid "Create a manufacturing order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:34 -msgid "Record the production" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:37 -msgid "Manage Manufacturing with Routings and Work Centers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:39 -msgid "" -"To use *Work Centers* and *Routings*, you will need to enable the *Work " -"Orders* feature. To do so, go to the *Manufacturing* app settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Now, you can add routings to *BoMs* and configure your operations taking " -"place at different *work centers*. The *Work Centers* are the locations at " -"which work orders are performed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:53 -msgid "" -"When manufacturing this way, each *Work Order* is scheduled individually. " -"You will also have access to time and capacity planning, as well as reports " -"on costing and efficiency for each *Work Center*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:60 -msgid "Thus, the workflow is divided into three basic phases:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:62 -msgid "Create the manufacturing order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:67 -msgid "Schedule the associated work orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:72 -msgid "Perform the scheduled work and record production" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:3 -msgid "Plan Work Orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In some cases, companies need to schedule their work orders. Doing so, they " -"can organize the work for the whole day and be sure everything goes well. It" -" helps to avoid scheduling multiple work orders at the same time when you " -"don’t have the capacity to do so." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:10 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, companies can schedule the planned start date for their " -"manufacturing orders. No possible duplication, no potential issues with the " -"planning. And, if you plan two work orders at the same work center, at the " -"same hour, the second one will be scheduled right after the first one, " -"avoiding work superposition." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:17 -msgid "Create the Work Orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:19 -msgid "" -"The first thing you need to do is to open the *Manufacturing* app. Then, Go " -"to the settings and enable the *Work Orders* feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Now, go to the *Manufacturing Orders* menu and hit *Create*. Choose your " -"product and add a *Planned Start Date*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:32 -msgid "" -"The “Deadline Start” field is informative. It shows you until when you can " -"launch the manufacturing order to fulfill the initial demand." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Mark your *Manufacturing Order* as todo and plan it. By going to the " -"*Planning* menu, you can access to the scheduled orders. Here is the one we " -"just created:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:43 -msgid "" -"If you plan two work orders at the same hour, the second one will be " -"scheduled after the first one if the jobs need to be done at the same work " -"center. The start date will, then, be automatically updated considering the " -"first free slot on the work center." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:48 -msgid "" -"If you overrun the planned date and begin the job later, you will have a " -"track of it in the *Time Tracking* tab of your work order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage BoMs for product variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo allows you to use one bill of materials for multiple variants of the " -"same product. Simply enable variants from :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:12 -msgid "" -"You will then be able to specify which component lines are to be used in the" -" manufacture of each product variant. You may specify multiple variants for " -"each line. If no variant is specified, the line will be used for all " -"variants." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:17 -msgid "" -"When defining variant BoMs on a line-item-basis, the **Product Variant** " -"field in the main section of the BoM should be left blank. This field is " -"used when creating a BoM for one variant of a product only." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:3 -msgid "Set routings on kit Bills of materials" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:5 -msgid "" -"It often happens that you want to use kit BoM’s within manufactured product " -"BoM’s in order to lighten the list of components for this manufactured " -"product. When doing so, you would like to have the possibility to specify, " -"for each kit component, in which operation they are consumed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:11 -msgid "" -"We will see the three use cases that you can face in these kinds of " -"configurations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:15 -msgid "Finished Product & Kit Component have the same Routing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:18 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:63 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:107 -msgid "Create BoM for the Finished Product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:20 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Create a manufactured BoM for the finished product which includes a kit " -"component. Set a routing on your BoM, for example, *Assemble Furniture*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:28 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:73 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:117 -msgid "Create a Kit BoM for the Kit Component" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Update the kit component to define its BoM. Make sure that the routing which" -" is set on this BoM is the same one than on the Finished Product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:36 -msgid "" -"You can define the operations in which the kit components are used directly " -"in the BoM of the kit." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:40 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:84 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:127 -msgid "Manufacturing Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:42 -msgid "" -"In the list of components, the kit is split. Two work orders are created as " -"we have two operations defined in the *Assemble Furniture* routing. The " -"components of the kits are well consumed in the operations defined in the " -"kit BoM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:57 -msgid "Finished Product & Kit Component haven’t the same Routing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:60 -msgid "Kit Consumption set on Finished Product BoM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:75 -msgid "" -"Update the kit component to define its BoM. In this use case, the routing " -"which is set on this Kit BoM is different than the one of the Finished " -"Product. Specify the operations at which the kit components are consumed in " -"this BoM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:86 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:129 -msgid "" -"When the manufacturing order is created for the Manufactured product, the " -"kit is split among its components. When the manufacturing order is planned, " -"three work orders are created in our case, one coming from the routing of " -"the manufactured products, the two other ones coming from the routing of the" -" kit BoM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:95 -msgid "The components are all consumed during their respective operations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:104 -msgid "Kit Consumption set on Kit BoM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:109 -msgid "" -"Create a manufactured BoM for the finished product which includes a kit " -"component. Set a routing on your BoM, for example, *Assemble Furniture*. " -"Precise the consumption of the components on this BoM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:119 -msgid "" -"Update the kit component to define its BoM. In this use case, the routing " -"which is set on this Kit BoM is different than the one of the Finished " -"Product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:138 -msgid "" -"All the components of the kits are consumed during the first operation. The " -"last component is consumed during the second operation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:3 -msgid "Manage semi-finished products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, you can use subassembly products to simplify a complex *Bill of " -"Materials* or to represent your manufacturing flow more accurately. A " -"*subassembly product* is a manufactured product that is used as a component " -"to make another one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:10 -msgid "" -"A *BoM* that employs *subassemblies* is referred to as a multi-level BoM. " -"Those are accomplished by creating a *top-level BoM* and *subassembly ones*." -" This process requires a route that will ensure that every time a " -"manufacturing order for the top-level product is created, another one will " -"be for subassemblies." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:17 -msgid "Configure the Subassembly Product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:19 -msgid "" -"To configure a *multi-level BoM*, you will need a top-level product but also" -" its subassemblies. The first step is to create a product form for each of " -"the subassemblies. Select the routes *Manufacture* and *Replenish on Order*." -" Now, hit save." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:27 -msgid "" -"In the *Bill of Materials* menu, under *Master Data*, create a new *Bill of " -"Materials*. Choose the product you just created and add its components." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:35 -msgid "Configure the Main BoM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Now, you can configure the top-level product and its *BoM*. Include any " -"subassemblies in the list of components." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Now, each time you will plan a manufacturing order for the top-level " -"product, a manufacturing order will be created for the subassembly one. " -"Then, you will have to manufacture the subassembly in order to make it " -"available before manufacturing the finished product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:3 -msgid "Subcontract your Manufacturing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Outsourcing a portion of some or all your company’s manufacturing needs is " -"not easy. To make it work right, you have to:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:8 -msgid "Manage the inventory of raw materials at your subcontractor;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Ship new materials to your subcontractors based on your forecasted demand;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Keep track of manufacturing operations done at the subcontractor location;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:13 -msgid "Control incoming goods quality;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:14 -msgid "Control subcontractors bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Here is an example of subcontracting the manufacturing of “C”, which is " -"produced out of raw materials “A” and “B”." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:23 -msgid "" -"With its subcontracting feature, Odoo helps you handle this flow easily." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:28 -msgid "" -"To use the subcontracting feature, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " -"Configuration --> Settings` and tick the box *Subcontracting*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:35 -msgid "" -"To define if a product must be subcontracted, use a *Bill of Materials " -"(BoM)* of type *Subcontracting*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:38 -msgid "" -"To create a new *BoM*, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Master Data " -"--> Bill of Materials` and hit create. Then, list the components your " -"subcontractor needs to manufacture the product. For costing purposes, you " -"might want to register all the components, even the ones that are sourced " -"directly from the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Once you have set the *BoM Type* to *Subcontracting*, specify one or several" -" subcontractors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:52 -msgid "Basic Subcontracting Flow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:54 -msgid "" -"To let your subcontractor know how many products you need, create and send " -"them purchase orders (PO). To do so, open the *Purchase* app and create a " -"new one. Be sure to send the PO to a vendor that is defined as a " -"subcontractor on the *BoM*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Once the *PO* is validated (1), a pending receipt is created. When the " -"products are received, validate the receipt (2), with the actual quantity " -"received. Then Odoo automatically created several inventory moves:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Consume the components at the subcontractor’s location, based on the *BoM* " -"(3);" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:70 -msgid "Produce finished goods at the subcontractor’s location (4);" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Move products from the subcontractor’s location to YourCompany through the " -"validated receipt (5)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:74 -msgid "" -"Of course, Odoo does all the transactions for you, automatically. Simply " -"control the vendor bill with the usual matching process with the purchase " -"order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:79 -msgid "" -"The *PO* is optional. If you create a receipt manually, with the right " -"subcontractor, Odoo still performs all the moves. Useful if the " -"subcontractor does not bill a fixed price per item, but rather the time and " -"materials used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:85 -msgid "Inventory Valuation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:87 -msgid "The cost of the manufactured product “C” is defined as:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:89 -msgid "**C = A + B + s**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:91 -msgid "With:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:93 -msgid "**A**: Cost of raw materials coming from YourCompany;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:96 -msgid "**B**: Cost of raw materials sourced directly from the" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:96 -msgid "subcontractor;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:98 -msgid "**s**: Cost of the subcontracted service." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:100 -msgid "" -"Sending raw materials to your subcontractors (**A**) does not impact the " -"inventory valuation, the components still belonging to your company. To " -"manage this, the *Subcontracting Location* is configured as an *Internal " -"Location* so that the components are still valued in the inventory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:106 -msgid "" -"Then, the vendor price set on the product C form has to be what has to be " -"paid to the subcontractor for his parts and service time: **B + s**. The " -"product cost has to be: **A + B + s**, how much the product is valued in the" -" accounting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:111 -msgid "" -"Finally, the subcontractor bill matches the purchase order, with the " -"proposed price coming from the finished products C." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:115 -msgid "" -"If managing the replenishment of raw materials **B** at your subcontractor’s" -" location is not needed, simply include the cost of **B** in the " -"subcontractor’s price **s** and remove the products *B* from the *BoM*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:121 -msgid "Traceability" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:123 -msgid "" -"In case the products received from the subcontractor contain tracked " -"components, their serial or lot numbers need to be specified during the " -"receipt." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:127 -msgid "" -"On the receipt of the subcontracted product, a *Record Components* button " -"appears when necessary. Click on it to open a dialog and record the " -"serial/lot numbers of the components. If the finished product is also " -"tracked, its serial/lot number can be registered here too." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:136 -msgid "" -"For audit purposes, it is possible to check the lot numbers recorded on a " -"receipt by using the icon on the right of the finished products:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:144 -msgid "Automate Replenishment of Subcontractors" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:146 -msgid "" -"To manage the resupply of your subcontractor, activate *Multi-locations* in " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Configuration`. Then, the " -"inventory at the subcontractor location can be tracked." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:151 -msgid "" -"It is possible to resupply subcontractors by sending products from the " -"company locations, or by sending products from another supplier to the " -"subcontractors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:156 -msgid "Replenishment from the warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:158 -msgid "" -"Resupplying subcontractors manually is the simplest approach. To do so, " -"create delivery orders in which the subcontractor is set as a delivery " -"address and fill the components to deliver." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:162 -msgid "" -"To automate the subcontractors’ replenishment propositions, there are two " -"approaches:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:165 -msgid "Reordering rules;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:166 -msgid "Replenish on order flow." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:168 -msgid "" -"For the first one, just define a reordering rule on the subcontracting " -"location, with a minimum and maximum inventory level. When the reordering " -"rule is triggered, a delivery order is created to ship the components to the" -" subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:177 -msgid "" -"The second approach is to use a “pull” flow. Here, the demand in the " -"finished product (real demand or forecasted one through the Master " -"Production Schedule) triggers the replenishment of the subcontractor. To do " -"so, select the route *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* on the wanted " -"components." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:188 -msgid "Replenishment from another supplier" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:190 -msgid "" -"When purchasing items to another supplier, it is possible to ask him to " -"deliver the subcontractor directly. To do so, activate the *Drop Shipping* " -"feature in :menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> Configuration`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:195 -msgid "" -"Now, set the *Dropship* option in the *Deliver To* field of the *Other " -"Information* tab. Then, provide the address of the subcontractor for the " -"shipping." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:203 -msgid "" -"That way, the supplier can ship items directly and you simply receive and " -"pay the bill. However, it is still required to validate receipts for the " -"subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:212 -msgid "Quality Control" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:214 -msgid "" -"Controlling the quality of the products manufactured by subcontractors is " -"possible thanks to the Odoo Quality app. Quality checks can be made on a " -"manufacturing step but, because the manufacturing process is handled by an " -"external party, it can be defined on the product reception." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:224 -msgid "" -"To create a quality check at the receipt, open the *Quality* app and create " -"a new *Control Point* on the reception." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:231 -msgid "" -"By doing so, a quality check is automatically created each time a finished " -"product is received." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:3 -msgid "Unbuild a product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In Odoo Manufacturing App, you can *Unbuild* products. Two use cases can be " -"managed: (1) you can unbuild products you have built yourself or (2) you can" -" unbuild products you have received." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Let's take the first case, you are manufacturing products yourself. If one " -"of your product presents some defect, you might want to unbuild it instead " -"of scrapping it completely, allowing you to reuse some components of the " -"product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:14 -msgid "" -"In the second case, you are buying products for the sole purpose of " -"unbuilding them and recycling them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:18 -msgid "Unbuild Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:20 -msgid "" -"While in the Manufacturing App, under the *Operations* tab you will find the" -" menu *Unbuild Orders*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:26 -msgid "" -"When creating a new one, you can either select a MO if you are unbuilding " -"something you manufactured or only select a product if you are unbuilding " -"something you received." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:33 -msgid "When you are done, just click unbuild and the process will be over." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:35 -msgid "" -"If you unbuild a product that you manufactured before, you will get the " -"components from the MO back in stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:38 -msgid "" -"If you unbuild a product you bought, you will get the components from the " -"BoM back in stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:3 -msgid "Use the Master Production Schedule" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The Master Production Schedule (MPS) is a valuable tool to plan your " -"production based on your demand forecast." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Go to the :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings` " -"and activate the Master Production Schedule feature before hitting save." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:18 -msgid "" -"In the manufacturing settings, you can define the time range of your MPS " -"(month/week/day) and the number of periods you want to display." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Now, go in :menuselection:`Planning --> Master Production Schedule` and " -"click on add a product. You can now define your safety stock target (= the " -"stock you want to have on hand at the end of the period) and the minimum and" -" maximum quantities to replenish." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:29 -msgid "" -"The products are ordered in the MPS based on their sequence. You can " -"rearrange that sequence by going on the list of your products and reorganize" -" them with drag and drop." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:36 -msgid "" -"In the MPS view, you can decide which information you would like to show by " -"clicking on *rows*. Some fields can be added to the view, such as *Actual " -"demand*, which will show which quantity of products has already been ordered" -" for the period, or *Available to Promise*, which allows you to know what " -"can still be sold during the period (what you plan to replenish - what is " -"already sold during the period). You can also decide to hide some " -"information if it isn’t necessary." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:48 -msgid "Estimate your demand and launch replenishment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:50 -msgid "" -"The next step is to estimate the demand for the period. This estimation " -"should be entered in the row *Demand Forecast*. You can easily, at any time," -" compare the demand forecast with the actual demand (= confirmed sales). The" -" demand forecast for a finished product will impact the indirect demand for " -"its components." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:59 -msgid "" -"Then, the quantity to replenish for the different periods will be " -"automatically computed. The replenishments you are supposed to launch based " -"on your lead times (vendor lead time or manufacturing lead time) are " -"displayed in green. You can now launch the replenishment by clicking on the " -"replenish button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Depending on the configuration of the product (buy vs. manufacture), " -"requests for quotations or manufacturing orders will be created. You can " -"easily access those by clicking on the *Actual Replenishment* cell." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:75 -msgid "" -"In case you manually edit the *To replenish* quantity, a small cross will " -"appear on the left. In case you want to go back to the automatically " -"computed value given by Odoo, you can click the cross." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:83 -msgid "Cells color signification" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:85 -msgid "" -"The cells, which are part of the *To replenish* line, can take different " -"colors depending on the situation:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:88 -msgid "" -"**Green**: quantity of products which should be replenished to reach the " -"expected safety stock considering the demand forecast and the indirect " -"demand forecast." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:90 -msgid "" -"**Grey**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity " -"still matches current data." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:92 -msgid "" -"**Red**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity " -"was too high considering current data." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:94 -msgid "" -"**Orange**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity" -" was too low considering current data." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:96 -msgid "" -"The *Forecasted stock* line can also contain red cells, which means the " -"stock will be negative during the period in question." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:100 -msgid "What if I have underestimated the demand?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:102 -msgid "" -"You can still increase the demand forecast. It will impact the quantity to " -"replenish. The cell will become orange, and you’ll be able to launch a new " -"replenishment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:107 -msgid "What if I have overestimated the demand?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:109 -msgid "" -"You can decrease the demand forecast. The cell will become red to inform you" -" that you’ve ordered more than planned. If you’re still able to do it, you " -"can cancel some RFQ or MO manually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:114 -msgid "What if I wrongly added a product to the MPS?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:116 -msgid "" -"You can easily remove a product from the MPS by clicking the small bin on " -"the right of its name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview.rst:7 -msgid "I want to use Odoo Manufacturing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview.rst:5 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair.rst:5 -msgid "Repair Management" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:5 -msgid "Repair products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:7 -msgid "" -"The Odoo *Repair* app allows you to manage a complete after sales process " -"but also to simply repair products you have manufactured, if they present a " -"defect." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:12 -msgid "Create a Repair Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Once in the app, you can access your existing *Repair Orders* and create a " -"new one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:21 -msgid "Manage a repair" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:23 -msgid "" -"When a customer sends you a product for repair, create a new *Repair Order*." -" Fill it in with all the information you may need such as the product, the " -"customer, if it has to be invoiced after or before the repair, the parts you" -" might need, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Once everything is done, you can then send the repair quotation to your " -"customer. If it is approved, you can confirm the repair. You will then be " -"able to start & end the repair when it is completed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:38 -msgid "You can now invoice the repair." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..19e11ff0f --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po @@ -0,0 +1,570 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2021 +# Erwin van der Ploeg <erwin@odooexperts.nl>, 2021 +# Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Eric Geens <ericgeens@yahoo.com>, 2021 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-18 07:12+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-05-18 05:18+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Eric Geens <ericgeens@yahoo.com>, 2021\n" +"Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: nl\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing.rst:3 +msgid "Marketing" +msgstr "Marketing" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation.rst:3 +msgid "Marketing Automation" +msgstr "Marketing" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced" +msgstr "Geavanceerd" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:3 +msgid "Understanding Metrics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Metrics are values that help you measure progress and can be a powerful way " +"of linking your employees to goals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:9 +msgid "" +"When you create a workflow in Odoo, its visual content already shows metrics" +" in a graph form and in numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:10 +msgid "Let’s consider the example below:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:19 +msgid "" +"The *Target* - business object - is *Lead/Opportunity* and was narrowed down" +" to the ones whose *Tag Name* contain the description “Product”, and have an" +" email address set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:20 +msgid "A total number of 20 records match the criteria." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Out of those 20 records, 25 have become participants, in other words, they " +"have matched the criteria." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Every time the system runs, updating numbers and triggering actions, it will" +" look at the *Target* model and check if new records have been added or " +"modified, keeping the flow up-to-date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The filter here is applied to *all* activities. Leads that lose the tag in " +"the meantime will be excluded from later activities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:45 +msgid "" +"*Records* is a real-time number, therefore while the workflow is running, " +"changes in opportunity records can be made - delete, add, adjustment - " +"updating the number of records, but not changing the number of participants," +" as the metric *will not* exclude opportunities that have been set as " +"participants before. It will just add new ones. For this reason, the number " +"of *Records* can be different from the number of *Participants*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 +msgid "" +"You can also have filters applied to activities individually, under " +"*Domain*. A useful feature to specify an individual filter that will only be" +" performed if the records satisfied both filters, the activity and its " +"domain one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Example: for an activity sending an SMS, you could make sure a phone number " +"is set to avoid triggering a SMS that would never be sent and crash." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:64 +msgid "" +"*Success* is the number of times the searching for participants - that match" +" the filter(s) of that activity - was performed successfully in relation to " +"the total number of participants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:65 +msgid "" +"If a participant does not match the conditions, it will be added to " +"*Rejected*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Hovering over the graph, you can see the number of successful and rejected " +"participants, per day, for the last 15 days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Every time a new record is added to the *Target* model, it will be " +"automatically added to the workflow, and, it will start the workflow from " +"the beginning (parent action)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing.rst:3 +msgid "SMS Marketing" +msgstr "SMS marketing" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing.rst:3 +msgid "Pricing and FAQ" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:3 +msgid "SMS Pricing and FAQ" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:6 +msgid "What do I need to send SMSs?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:7 +msgid "" +"SMS Text Messaging is an In-App Purchase (IAP) service that *requires " +"prepaid credits* to work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:11 +msgid "How many types of SMSs are there?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:12 +msgid "There are 2 types: GSM7 and UNICODE." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:14 +msgid "" +"**GSM7** is the standard format, with a limit of 160 characters per message," +" that includes the following characters:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:23 +msgid "" +"**UNICODE** is the format applied if a special character, that *is not* in " +"the GSM7 list, is used. Limit per SMS: 70 characters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:27 +msgid "" +"For GSM7 SMS the size limit is 160 characters, and for Unicode is 70. *Above" +" these limits, the content is divided into a multi-part message* and the " +"limit of characters is lowered to 153 for GSM7 and to 67 for Unicode. The " +"system will inform you in real-time about the number of SMS your message " +"represents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:34 +msgid "How much does it cost to send an SMS?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The price of an SMS depends on the destination and the length (number of " +"characters) of the message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To see the **price per country, please consult**: `Odoo SMS - FAQ <https" +"://iap-services.odoo.com/iap/sms/pricing#sms_faq_01>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:39 +msgid "" +"The number of SMSs a message represents will be always available to you in " +"your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:49 +msgid "How do I buy credits?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:50 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Buy Credits`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:57 +msgid "Or go to :menuselection:`Settings --> View my Services`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:65 +msgid "" +"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you " +"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:70 +msgid "More common questions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:72 +msgid "**Is there an expiration time for my credits?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:74 +msgid "No, credits do not expire." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:77 +msgid "" +"**Can I send an SMS to a phone number (which is not a mobile phone) because " +"I see the icon in front of the field “phone”?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:80 +msgid "Only if that phone number supports SMS (e.g. SIP phones)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:83 +msgid "**Do I receive an invoice to buy my credits?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:85 +msgid "Yes." +msgstr "Ja." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:88 +msgid "**Can the recipient answer to me?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:90 +msgid "No, it is not possible to reply to the SMS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:93 +msgid "" +"**What happens if I send multiple SMS but I do not have enough credits to " +"send them all?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:95 +msgid "" +"The whole transaction is counted as a single one, so no SMS will be sent " +"until you have enough credits to send them all." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:99 +msgid "**Do I have a history of the sent SMSs?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Yes, the SMS is logged as a note under the chatter of the corresponding " +"record, and a complete history of the SMSs sent is available on " +":doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode/activate>` under " +":menuselection:`Technical --> SMS`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:107 +msgid "**Can I send as many SMSs I want at once?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:109 +msgid "Yes, if you have enough credits." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:112 +msgid "" +"**If I have a number that does not exist in the list of recipients, will I " +"lose credits?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Not if the phone number is in the wrong format (e.g. too many digits). " +"Otherwise, if the SMS is sent to the wrong person or to a fake number, the " +"credit will be lost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:118 +msgid "" +"**What happens if I send my SMS to a paying number (e.g.: a contest to win a" +" ticket for a festival)?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:120 +msgid "" +"The SMS will not be delivered to that kind of number, so you won’t be " +"charged." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:123 +msgid "" +"**Can I identify the numbers that do not exist when I send several SMSs?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:125 +msgid "Only the ones that have an invalid format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:128 +msgid "**How does the GDPR regulation affect this service?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Please find our `Privacy Policy here <https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#sms>`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:132 +msgid "**Can I use my own SMS provider?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:134 +msgid "" +"Yes, but it is not possible out of the box. Our experts can help you " +"customize your database to make it happen. Please, check our success packs " +"`here <https://www.odoo.com/pricing-packs>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey.rst:3 +msgid "Survey" +msgstr "Enquête" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Overzicht" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:3 +msgid "Get Started with Surveys" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Surveys can be used for a range of purposes that can go from collecting " +"customer feedback, evaluate the success of an event, measure how pleased " +"customers are with your products/services, gauge whether employees are happy" +" and satisfied with their work environment, and even to find out what your " +"market is thinking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:11 +msgid "Get started" +msgstr "Beginnen" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:13 +msgid "" +"When creating your survey, choose a *Title* and *Category*. The *Category* " +"field is used to know in which context the survey is being conducted, as " +"different applications might use it for different purposes such as " +"recruitment, certification, or employee appraisal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:22 +msgid "Tab: Questions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:24 +msgid "Add sections and questions by clicking on the respective links." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:27 +msgid "" +"On the *Sections and Questions* form, once the question type is chosen and " +"the answer added, under the tab *Options*, enable *Mandatory Answer*, and " +"set an *Error message* to be shown when the user tries to submit the survey " +"without answering the respective question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Depending on the *Question Type*, the tab *Options* aggregates extra and " +"different possibilities. Examples:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:31 +msgid "" +"*Single Line Text Box* - can choose a minimum and maximum text length " +"(number of characters - spaces do not count), and its error message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:33 +msgid "" +"*Multiple choice: multiple answers allowed*: choose between radio buttons or" +" a dropdown menu list, and if you would like to have a comment field. If the" +" user select an answer and type a comment, the values are separately " +"recorded. Or, enable the comment field to be displayed as an answer choice, " +"with which a text type field is displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:37 +msgid "" +"*Matrix Type*: choose if you would like to have one or multiple choices per " +"row." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:44 +msgid "Tab: Description" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Write a *Description* to be displayed under the title of the survey's " +"homepage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:53 +msgid "Click on *Edit* to personalize your pages with the website builder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:56 +msgid "Tab: Options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Under the tab *Options*, choose the *Layout* of your questions. If choosing " +"*One page per section* or *One page per question*, an option *Back Button* " +"becomes available, which allows the user to go back pages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:67 +msgid "Test and share the survey" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Once your Survey is ready, *Test* it to avoid *Sharing* it with potential " +"errors. As answers get collected, click on *Answers* to access all the " +"details of the respondent and his answers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:72 +msgid "" +"By default, a filter *Except Test Entries* is applied to keep the list of " +"entries clean with only real participants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Another way to access detailed answers is by going to " +":menuselection:`Participations --> Participations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:80 +msgid "Click on *See results* to be redirected to an analytical page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:34 +msgid ":doc:`scoring`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/scoring.rst:35 +msgid ":doc:`time_random`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/scoring.rst:3 +msgid "Scoring Surveys" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/scoring.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To measure your respondent’s performance, knowledge of a subject, or overall" +" satisfaction, attach points to the answers of specific questions. The " +"points are summed up to give your respondent a final score." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/scoring.rst:9 +msgid "" +"On your survey’s form, click on *Add a question* and, under the tab " +"*Options*, choose between *Scoring with answers at the end* or *Scoring " +"without answers at the end*. Now, on your question’s form, set the right " +"answer and score." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/scoring.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Set the percentage score the user needs to achieve to have successfully " +"taken the survey. If enabling *Certificate*, choose its template. The " +"certification is automatically sent by email to the users who successfully " +"finish it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/scoring.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Enable *Login required* to be able to *Give Badges*. Badges are related to " +"the eLearning section of your website. Besides the logged-in user, visitors " +"of the website that access the page *Courses* can also see the granted " +"badges." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:3 +msgid "Time and Randomize Questions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:6 +msgid "Time Limit" +msgstr "Tijdslimiet" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:10 +msgid "" +"On timed surveys, respondents need to complete the survey within a certain " +"period of time. It can be used to ensure that all respondents get the same " +"amount of time to find the answers, or to decrease the chance of having them" +" looking at external resources." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:11 +msgid "Set the *Time limit* under the tab *Options*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:17 +msgid "" +"A timer is shown on the pages so the user can keep track of the remaining " +"time. Surveys not \\ submitted by the *Time limit* do not have their answers" +" saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:21 +msgid "Selection" +msgstr "Selectie" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:25 +msgid "" +"When you randomize a survey, you allow for the questions to be shuffled in a" +" random order every time someone opens the questionnaire. This can be useful" +" to avoid having respondents looking at each others' answers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To do so, under the tab *Options*, enable *Randomized per section*. Now, " +"under the tab *Questions*, set how many of the questions in that section " +"should be taken into account during the shuffling." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po deleted file mode 100644 index 1d92416ea..000000000 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,371 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" -"Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: nl\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../marketing_automation.rst:5 -msgid "Marketing Automation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:3 -msgid "Understanding Metrics" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:4 -msgid "" -"Metrics are values that help you measure progress and can be a powerful way " -"of linking your employees to goals." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:9 -msgid "" -"When you create a workflow in Odoo, its visual content already shows metrics" -" in a graph form and in numbers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:10 -msgid "Let’s consider the example below:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:19 -msgid "" -"The *Target* - business object - is *Lead/Opportunity* and was narrowed down" -" to the ones whose *Tag Name* contain the description “Product”, and have an" -" email address set." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:20 -msgid "A total number of 20 records match the criteria." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Out of those 20 records, 25 have become participants, in other words, they " -"have matched the criteria." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Every time the system runs, updating numbers and triggering actions, it will" -" look at the *Target* model and check if new records have been added or " -"modified, keeping the flow up-to-date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:41 -msgid "" -"The filter here is applied to *all* activities. Leads that lose the tag in " -"the meantime will be excluded from later activities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:45 -msgid "" -"*Records* is a real-time number, therefore while the workflow is running, " -"changes in opportunity records can be made - delete, add, adjustment - " -"updating the number of records, but not changing the number of participants," -" as the metric *will not* exclude opportunities that have been set as " -"participants before. It will just add new ones. For this reason, the number " -"of *Records* can be different from the number of *Participants*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 -msgid "" -"You can also have filters applied to activities individually, under " -"*Domain*. A useful feature to specify an individual filter that will only be" -" performed if the records satisfied both filters, the activity and its " -"domain one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Example: for an activity sending an SMS, you could make sure a phone number " -"is set to avoid triggering a SMS that would never be sent and crash." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:64 -msgid "" -"*Success* is the number of times the searching for participants - that match" -" the filter(s) of that activity - was performed successfully in relation to " -"the total number of participants." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:65 -msgid "" -"If a participant does not match the conditions, it will be added to " -"*Rejected*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Hovering over the graph, you can see the number of successful and rejected " -"participants, per day, for the last 15 days." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:75 -msgid "" -"Every time a new record is added to the *Target* model, it will be " -"automatically added to the workflow, and, it will start the workflow from " -"the beginning (parent action)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:79 -msgid ":doc:`../overview/automate_actions`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:80 -msgid ":doc:`../overview/segment`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:81 -msgid ":doc:`../overview/test`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:3 -msgid "Automate Actions and Create a Workflow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:4 -msgid "" -"Automated workflows are a sign that you are building intelligent, data-" -"driven, multifaceted campaigns to enable the delivery of the right message, " -"to the right prospects, at the right time. It also speeds up processes and " -"creates a seamless experience for employees." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:9 -msgid "Segment and create a campaign" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:10 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Campaigns --> Create`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:12 -msgid "" -"In the example below, the *Marketing Automation* application is fully " -"integrated with *Contacts*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:14 -msgid "" -"But it can also be integrated with other apps like CRM, as long as they are " -"installed in your database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Depending on the criteria, the *target model updates itself* while the " -"campaign is running. That means that every new record that meets the " -"criteria will be added to the workflow." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Example: a campaign starts for leads that have no salesman assigned. If at " -"some point, those leads get to have a salesman assigned to it, the campaign " -"will stop running." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:29 -msgid "Create a parent activity and start to build a workflow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:30 -msgid "Click on *Add new activity*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:37 -msgid "" -"*Trigger* is the field to set for the activity to start to de deployed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Adopt an *Expiry Duration* if you would like to stop actions from being " -"executed after a certain amount of time and in subsequence to the trigger." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Under *Domain* you can narrow down your target, even more, applying filters " -"for this specific activity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:47 -msgid "Add Child Activities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:48 -msgid "" -"A *child activity* is an action that will take place based on a condition." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:50 -msgid "" -"You can either create or add a child activity if on the previous one: the " -"email was opened or not, the email was replied or not, the link was clicked " -"or not, the email bounced back." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:59 -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:53 -msgid ":doc:`segment`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:3 -msgid "Segment the Database with Filters" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:4 -msgid "Filters let you reach a granular level of detail in your records." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:7 -msgid "How to work with filters" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:8 -msgid "" -"When working with filters, you will see that some of the rules have an arrow" -" button next to it, informing you that the parameter has more variables " -"within it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:18 -msgid "" -"More than one parameter line - *node* (+) - can be added under what is " -"called a *branch* (...)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:19 -msgid "To exclude a *node* or a *branch*, click on *Delete node* (x)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Every time a new branch is created, you can choose if you would like the " -"records to match *all* criteria of the upcoming rules, or *any*, meaning one" -" rule or the other." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:32 -msgid "Use cases" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:34 -msgid "" -"**Scenario**: narrow the target down to new opportunities in the pipeline." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:39 -msgid "**Scenario**: narrow the target down to suppliers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:44 -msgid "" -"**Scenario**: narrow the leads down to the ones that contain a certain tag " -"name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:49 -msgid "" -"**Scenario**: narrow the target down to the attendees of a specific event " -"that purchase a specific category of ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:55 -msgid "**Scenario**: narrow the target down to the employees who have kids." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:60 -msgid "" -"**Scenario**: narrow the target down to records with a helpdesk ticket " -"solved." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:66 -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:52 -msgid ":doc:`automate_actions`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:3 -msgid "Launch a Test and Start a Campaign" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:4 -msgid "" -"Before starting a campaign, launching a test allows you to run the workflow " -"on a test contact and view the sequence of events in action, avoiding " -"mistakes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:8 -msgid "Launch a test" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:9 -msgid "Click on *Launch a test*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Once you have selected the test contact, *Run* the parent activity and the " -"subsequent ones as needed. *Run* and *Stop* activities individually. To stop" -" the whole workflow click on *Stop*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Launching a test does not add data to your metrics with the purpose of not " -"introducing wrong inputs to reports." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:27 -msgid "Start and stop a workflow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Click on *Start* to run the workflow, and on *Stop* to interrupt it. The " -"interruption and new start can happen at any moment. The current status will" -" be shown on the status bar." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:38 -msgid "Participants and their specific workflow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:39 -msgid "" -"*Participants* are all the records that have ever been involved in the " -"campaign." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:47 -msgid "" -"If you click on *Participants* and open a record, you will find the specific" -" activities the record went/are/will go through, as well as when the " -"workflow was triggered to him. If you wish to cancel an activity click on " -"*Cancel*." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po deleted file mode 100644 index 7058d2ec3..000000000 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,38 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" -"Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: nl\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:5 -msgid "Mobile" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:8 -msgid "Push Notifications" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:10 -msgid "" -"As of Odoo 12.0, 13.0 or above, there is no more complex configuration to " -"enable push notifications in the mobile app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Simply go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Odoo Cloud " -"Notification (OCN)` and make sure that **Push Notifications** is checked." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/planning.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/planning.po deleted file mode 100644 index d2b9b4cc9..000000000 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/planning.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,152 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" -"Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: nl\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../planning.rst:5 -msgid "Planning" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:3 -msgid "Create a Schedule and Make Encoding Easier" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Organize regular schedules or forecast projects in a long term basis. Create" -" shifts to manage your tasks, assign employees, and stay organized at a high" -" level." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:9 -msgid "Organize your team by roles" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Roles --> Create`. Optionally, go to" -" the *Employees* application, select the respective employee, and under " -"*Work Information* select the *Default Planning Role*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:20 -msgid "Make shifts recurrent" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:22 -msgid "" -"While creating a shift, select *Repeat* and configure as needed, saving you " -"from the need of re-planning it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Repeated shifts are generated for the next six months. A modification is " -"possible in :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, " -"from *Settings*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:38 -msgid "To duplicate a shift in the Gantt view, press CTRL + drag and drop." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:41 -msgid "Save shifts as templates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:43 -msgid "" -"If creating a shift on the fly and know you might use that template in the " -"future, click on *Save as a Template*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:51 -msgid "" -"To create a template in advance, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Shifts Templates --> Create`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:55 -msgid "Duplicate a planning from the previous week" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:57 -msgid "" -"When in the Gantt view, either under *Schedule by Employee, Role or " -"Project*, instead of re-planning shifts that have been planned before, " -"simply click on *Copy Previous Week*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:65 -msgid "" -"The integration with the *Time off* and *Employee* applications, show you " -"grayed cells to the days when the employee does not work and is on vacation " -"time, for example." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:3 -msgid "Send Planned Shifts and Give Employees Autonomy Over Shifts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:5 -msgid "" -"If you are not on top of your tasks and shifts you might fall behind, losing" -" productivity. Allowing your employees to have a say over shifts helps you " -"to be on top of your workload, and gives them flexibility." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:10 -msgid "Publish and send the planned week by email" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Once you have your shifts planned, click on *Send Schedule*. Select *Include" -" Open shift* if you would like the *Unassigned* shifts to be seen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Choose if you just want to *Publish* or *Publish and Send*. If you *Publish " -"and Send*, employees get an email that redirects them to their planned " -"tasks:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Employees will not be able to see shifts until they have been published." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:29 -msgid "Let employees unassign themselves from shifts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Go to *Configuration* and enable *Allow Unassignment*. From now on, when an " -"employee opens his tasks, he can indicate his unavailability clicking on *I " -"am unavailable*. The shift will be opened again, allowing someone else to " -"take it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:44 -msgid "Employees have portal access; users have access to the database." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po deleted file mode 100644 index f366fda88..000000000 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1624 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" -"Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: nl\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../point_of_sale.rst:5 -msgid "Point of Sale" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features.rst:3 -msgid "Pricing Features" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:3 -msgid "Using discount tags with a barcode scanner" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:5 -msgid "" -"If you want to sell your products with a discount, for a product getting " -"close to its expiration date for example, you can use discount tags. They " -"allow you to scan discount barcodes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:10 -msgid "To use discount tags you will need to use a barcode scanner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:13 -msgid "Barcode Nomenclature" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:15 -msgid "To use discounts tags, we need to learn about barcode nomenclature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Let's say you want to have a discount for the product with the following " -"barcode:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:23 -msgid "" -"You can find the *Default Nomenclature* under the settings of your PoS " -"interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Let's say you want 50% discount on a product you have to start your barcode " -"with 22 (for the discount barcode nomenclature) and then 50 (for the %) " -"before adding the product barcode. In our example, the barcode would be:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:41 -msgid "Scan the products & tags" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:43 -msgid "You first have to scan the desired product (in our case, a lemon)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:48 -msgid "" -"And then scan the discount tag. The discount will be applied and you can " -"finish the transaction." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:3 -msgid "Apply Discounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:5 -msgid "" -"By offering discounts, you can entice your customers and drastically " -"increase your revenue. It is vital to offer discounts, whether they are " -"time-limited, seasonal or manually given." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:9 -msgid "" -"To manage discounts, Odoo has powerful features that help set up a pricing " -"strategy tailored to every business." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:13 -msgid "Apply manual discounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:15 -msgid "" -"If you seldom use discounts, applying manual ones might be the easiest " -"solution for your Point of Sale." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:18 -msgid "" -"You can either apply a discount on the whole order or on specific products " -"inside an order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:22 -msgid "Apply a discount on a product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:24 -msgid "From your PoS session interface, use the *Disc* button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Then, you can input a discount over the product that is currently selected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:34 -msgid "Apply a global discount" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:36 -msgid "" -"To apply a discount on the whole order, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales" -" --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and select your PoS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Once on your PoS form, select *Global Discounts*, under the *Pricing* " -"category." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:45 -msgid "Now, you have a new *Discount* button appearing on your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:51 -msgid "Click on it and enter the wanted discount." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:58 -msgid "" -"On this example, there is a global discount of 50% as well as a specific 50%" -" discount on oranges." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:62 -msgid "Apply time-limited discounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:64 -msgid "" -"To activate time-limited discounts, you must activate the *Pricelists* " -"feature. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Configuration " -"--> Point of Sale` and open your PoS. Then, enable the pricelist feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Once activated, you must choose the pricelists you want to make available in" -" the PoS and define a default one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:77 -msgid "Create a pricelist" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:79 -msgid "" -"By default, Odoo has a *Public Pricelist* configured. To create more, go to " -":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Products --> Pricelists`. Then click on " -"create." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:83 -msgid "" -"When creating a pricelist, you can set several criteria to use a specific " -"price: period, min. quantity, etc. You can also decide to apply that " -"pricelist on specific products or on the whole range." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:92 -msgid "Using a pricelist with the PoS interface" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:94 -msgid "" -"On the PoS interface, a new button appears. Use it to select a pricelist." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:101 -msgid "" -"Click on it to instantly update the prices with the selected pricelist. " -"Then, you can finalize the order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:3 -msgid "Manage a loyalty program" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Encourage your customers to continue to shop at your point of sale with a " -"*Loyalty Program*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:9 -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:14 -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:12 -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:15 -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:13 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:14 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:10 -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:9 -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:20 -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:8 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:11 -msgid "" -"To activate the *Loyalty Program* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " -"Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface. " -"Under the Pricing features, select *Loyalty Program*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:19 -msgid "From there you can create and edit your loyalty programs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:24 -msgid "" -"You can decide what type of program you wish to use, if the reward is a " -"discount or a gift, make it specific to some products or cover your whole " -"range. Apply rules so that it is only valid in specific situation and " -"everything in between." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:30 -msgid "Use the loyalty program in your PoS interface" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:32 -msgid "" -"When a customer is set, you will now see the points they will get for the " -"transaction and they will accumulate until they are spent. They are spent " -"using the button *Rewards* when they have enough points according to the " -"rules defined in the loyalty program." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:40 -msgid "" -"You can see the price is instantly updated to reflect the pricelist. You can" -" finalize the order in your usual way." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:44 -msgid "" -"If you select a customer with a default pricelist, it will be applied. You " -"can of course change it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:3 -msgid "Using Pricelists in Point of Sale" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:5 -msgid "" -"You probably know the concept of happy hour: during a certain period of " -"time, the barman gives a discount on some drinks (usually 50% off or a buy " -"one get one free). When the period is over, prices go back to normal. But " -"how does that relate with Odoo?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:10 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, you can set up happy hours. It’s one of the many possible uses of " -"*Pricelists*. Those *Pricelists* allow the creation of multiple prices for " -"the same product: a regular one and a special one for happy hours. Available" -" in the *PoS* app, those are really convenient." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:17 -msgid "Set up Pricelists" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:19 -msgid "" -"To set up a *Pricelist*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " -"Configuration --> Configuration` and enable the *Pricelist* feature. Then, " -"go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and" -" enable *Pricelist* for the *PoS*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Now, you can create *Pricelists* by clicking on the *Pricelists* link. Then," -" set it up by choosing the product category you want to include in your " -"happy hour and the discount." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Go back to your *PoS* settings and add the Happy Hour pricelist to the list." -" You can even choose a default pricelist if needed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:39 -msgid "" -"From now on, on the *PoS* interface, a new button is available, allowing you" -" to choose among the different *pricelists* you added before." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:46 -msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm.rst:3 -msgid "Fiscal Data Modules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:3 -msgid "Setting up the Fiscal Data Module with the Odoo POS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:6 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The Belgian government requires certain businesses to use a government-" -"certified device called a **Fiscal Data Module** (also known as a " -"**blackbox**). This device works together with the POS application and logs " -"certain transactions. On top of that, the used POS application must also be " -"certified by the government and must adhere to strict standards specified by" -" them. `Odoo 9 (Enterprise Edition) is a certified application " -"<http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/systemes-certifies>`_. More " -"information concerning the Fiscal Data Module can be found on `the official " -"website <http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:20 -msgid "Required hardware" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:22 -msgid "" -"A government certified `Fiscal Data Module " -"<http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/systemes-" -"certifies#FDM%20certifiés>`_ per POS, all of them should work, but the " -"Cleancash SC-B is recommended, you will also need:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Serial null modem cable per FDM (`example <http://www.startech.com/Cables" -"/Serial-Parallel-PS-2/DB9-DB25/10-ft-Cross-Wired-Serial-Null-Modem-Cable-" -"DB9-FM~SCNM9FM>`__)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Serial-to-USB adapter per FDM (`example " -"<http://trendnet.com/products/proddetail.asp?prod=265_TU-S9>`__)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:32 -msgid "A registered IoT Box per POS configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:35 -msgid "Setup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:38 -msgid "IoT Box" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:40 -msgid "" -"In order to use a Fiscal Data Module, you will need a registered IoT Box. " -"These IoT Boxes are similar to the regular IoT Boxes we sell, but they are " -"registered with the Belgian government. This is required by law. Attempting " -"to use a Fiscal Data Module on a non-registered IoT Box will not work. You " -"can verify that the Fiscal Data Module is recognized by the IoT Box by going" -" to the *Hardware status page* via the IoT Box homepage." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:52 -msgid "Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:54 -msgid "" -"An Odoo POS app can be given certified POS capabilities by installing the " -"**Belgian Registered Cash Register** app (technical name: " -"``pos_blackbox_be``). Because of government restrictions imposed on us, this" -" installation cannot be undone. After this, you will have to ensure that " -"each POS configuration has a unique registered IoT Box associated with it " -"(:menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and " -"ensure Hardware Proxy / IoT Box and the serial number of your IoT Box is " -"set). The first time you open the Point of Sale and attempt to do a " -"transaction, you will be asked to input the PIN that you received with your " -"VAT signing card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:69 -msgid "Certification & On-premise" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:71 -msgid "" -"The certification granted by the government is restricted to the use on " -"odoo.com SaaS instance. The usage of the module from the source or a " -"modified version will **not** be certified. For on-premise users, we also " -"support the Fiscal Data Module in such installations. The main restriction " -"is that this requires an obfuscated version of the ``pos_blackbox_be`` " -"module we will provide on request for Enterprise customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:79 -msgid "Restrictions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:81 -msgid "" -"As mentioned before, in order to get certified the POS application must " -"adhere to strict government guidelines. Because of this, a certified Odoo " -"POS has some limitations not present in the non-certified Odoo POS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:86 -msgid "Refunding is disabled" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:87 -msgid "Modifying orderline prices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:88 -msgid "Creating/modifying/deleting POS orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:89 -msgid "Selling products without a valid tax" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:90 -msgid "Multiple Odoo POS configurations per IoT Box are not allowed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:91 -msgid "Using the POS without a connection to the IoT Box (and thus FDM)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:92 -msgid "Blacklisted modules: pos_discount, pos_reprint, pos_loyalty" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:3 -msgid "Getting started" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When working with a Point of Sale application, employees want a simple, and " -"user-friendly solution. A solution that works online or offline and with any" -" device." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:9 -msgid "" -"A Point of Sale system is a fully integrated application that allows any " -"transaction, automatically registers product moves in your stock, and gives " -"you real-time statistics and consolidations across all shops." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:17 -msgid "Make products available in the PoS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:19 -msgid "" -"To make products available for sale, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale -->" -" Products --> Products` and open a product. In the *Sales* tab, enable " -"*Available in Point of Sale*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:28 -msgid "You can also define if the product has to be weighted or not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:31 -msgid "Configure your payment methods" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:33 -msgid "" -"To add a payment method, you first need to create it. Go to " -":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment Methods` and " -"click on create. Then, you can name your payment method and set it up." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:43 -msgid "Don’t forget your credentials for methods using a payment terminal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Now, you can select the payment method in your PoS settings. To do so, go to" -" :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and open" -" the PoS in which you want to include the payment method. Then, add the " -"payment method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:55 -msgid "" -"*Configuration* is the menu where you can edit all your point of sale " -"settings. Some more features are available for restaurants." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:59 -msgid "Your first PoS session" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:62 -msgid "Your first order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:64 -msgid "Open a new session from the dashboard by clicking on *New Session*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:70 -msgid "After the loading screen, you arrive on the PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Once an order is completed, you can register the payment. All the available " -"payment methods appear on the left of the screen. Select the payment method " -"and enter the received amount. Then, you can validate the payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:82 -msgid "Return and refund products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:84 -msgid "" -"Having a well-thought-out return policy is key to keep customers satisfied " -"and make the process of accepting returns and refunds easy for you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:87 -msgid "" -"To do that, from the PoS interface, select the product and quantity (with " -"the +/- button) that the customer wants to return. For multiple products, " -"repeat the process individually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:94 -msgid "" -"When on the payment interface, the total is negative. To end the refund, " -"process the payment and validate it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:102 -msgid "Close the PoS session" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:104 -msgid "" -"To close your session at the end of the day, click on the close button on " -"the upper right corner of your screen and confirm. Now, close the session on" -" the dashboard view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:112 -msgid "" -"It’s strongly advised to close your PoS session at the end of each day." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:114 -msgid "" -"Once a session is closed, you can see a summary of all transactions per " -"payment method. Then, click on a line to see all orders that were paid " -"during your PoS session. If everything is correct, validate the session and " -"post the closing entries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:123 -msgid "" -"To connect the PoS hardware with an Odoo IoT Box, please refer to these " -"docs: :doc:`Connect an IoT Box to your database <../../iot/config/connect>` " -"and :doc:`Use the IoT Box for the PoS <../../iot/config/pos>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:129 -msgid "View your statistics" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:131 -msgid "" -"Keeping track of your sales is essential to get meaningful statistics. " -"That’s why Odoo provides analyzes about your sales." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:134 -msgid "" -"To access your statistics, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> " -"Reporting --> Orders`. There, you can see various statistics in graph or " -"pivot form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:142 -msgid "You can also access them through the dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:3 -msgid "Register customers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Registering your customers will give you the ability to grant them various " -"privileges such as discounts, loyalty program, specific communication. It " -"will also be required if they want an invoice and registering them will make" -" any future interaction with them faster." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:11 -msgid "Create a customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:13 -msgid "From your session interface, use the customer button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:18 -msgid "Create a new one by using this button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:23 -msgid "" -"You will be invited to fill out the customer form with their information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Use the save button when you are done. You can then select that customer in " -"any future transactions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment.rst:3 -msgid "Payment Terminals" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:3 -msgid "Connect an Ingenico Payment Terminal to your PoS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Connecting a payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid payment flow to " -"your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Please note that Ingenico is currently only available for customers in the " -"Benelux." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:15 -msgid "Connect an IoT Box" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Connecting an Ingenico Payment Terminal to Odoo is a feature that requires " -"an IoT Box. For more information on how to connect an IoT Box to your " -"database, please refer to the :doc:`IoT documentation " -"<../../iot/config/connect>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:22 -msgid "Configure the Lane/5000 for Ingenico BENELUX" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Click on the F button of the terminal, then go in the :menuselection:`PoS " -"Menu --> Settings` and enter the settings password." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Now, click on connexion change and TCP/IP. Type the IP of your *IoT Box* " -"(you can find it on the form view of your IoT Box). Then, enter 9000 as " -"port. The terminal will restart. Once it is done, go on your *IoT Box* form " -"in Odoo and verify that the terminal has been found." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:36 -msgid "Configure the payment method" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:38 -msgid "" -"First, go in the general settings of the POS app, and activate the Ingenico " -"setting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Go back in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of " -"Sale`, go in the payments section and access your payment methods. Create a " -"new payment method for Ingenico, select the payment terminal option " -"Ingenico, and select your payment terminal device." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:53 -msgid "Pay with a payment terminal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:55 -msgid "" -"In your *PoS interface*, when processing a payment, select a *Payment " -"Method* using a payment terminal. Check that the amount in the tendered " -"column is the one that has to be sent to the payment terminal and click on " -"*Send*. When the payment is successful, the status will change to *Payment " -"Successful*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:64 -msgid "" -"If you want to cancel the payment request, click on cancel. You can still " -"retry to send the payment request." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:67 -msgid "" -"If there is any issue with the payment terminal, you can still force the " -"payment using the *Force Done*. This will allow you to validate the order in" -" Odoo even if the connexion between the terminal and Odoo has issues." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:73 -msgid "" -"This option will only be available if you received an error message telling " -"you the connexion failed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Once your payment is processed, on the payment record, you’ll find the type " -"of card that has been used and the transaction ID." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:3 -msgid "Connect a SIX Payment Terminal to your PoS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Connecting a SIX payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid payment flow " -"to your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Even though Worldline has recently acquired SIX Payment Services and both " -"companies use Yomani payment terminals, the firmware they run is different. " -"Terminals received from Worldline are therefore not compatible with this " -"integration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:18 -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:16 -msgid "Configure the Payment Method" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:20 -msgid "" -"First, make sure that the POS Six module is installed. For this, go to " -"*Apps*, remove the \"Apps\" filter and search for \"POS Six\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Back in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment " -"Methods`, Create a new payment method for SIX, select the payment terminal " -"option \"SIX without IoT Box\", and enter your payment terminal IP address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:34 -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:40 -msgid "Pay with a Payment Terminal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:36 -msgid "" -"In your PoS interface, at the moment of the payment, select a payment method" -" using a payment terminal. Verify that the amount in the tendered column is " -"the one that has to be sent to the payment terminal and click on *Send*. If " -"you want to cancel the payment request, click on cancel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:44 -msgid "" -"When the payment is done, the status will change to *Payment Successful*. " -"You can always reverse the last transaction by clicking on *Reverse*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:51 -msgid "" -"If there is any issue with the payment terminal, you can still force the " -"payment using the *Force Done*. This will allow you to validate the order in" -" Odoo even if the connexion between the terminal and Odoo encounters issues." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:3 -msgid "Connect a Vantiv Payment Terminal to your PoS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Connecting a Vantiv payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid payment " -"flow to your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Please note MercuryPay only operates with US and Canadian banks, making this" -" procedure only suitable for North American businesses." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:18 -msgid "" -"First, go in the general settings of the POS app, and activate the Vantiv " -"setting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Back in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, " -"go in the payments section and access your payment methods. Create a new " -"payment method for Vantiv, select the payment terminal option Vantiv, and " -"create new Vantiv credentials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:32 -msgid "" -"To create new Vantiv credentials, fill in your merchant ID and password, " -"then save. Make sure the credentials you just created are selected, then " -"save the payment method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:42 -msgid "" -"In your PoS interface, at the moment of the payment, select your Vantiv " -"payment method and… that’s all." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:3 -msgid "Restaurant Features" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:3 -msgid "Print the Bill" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Use the *Bill Printing* feature to print the bill before the payment. This " -"is useful if the bill is still subject to evolve and is thus not the " -"definitive ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:10 -msgid "Configure Bill Printing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To activate *Bill Printing*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " -"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Bill Printing* option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:22 -msgid "Split a Bill" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:24 -msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Bill* button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:29 -msgid "When you use it, you can then print the bill." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:3 -msgid "Using fiscal positions in PoS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, *Fiscal Positions* let you apply different taxes based on the " -"customer location. In a *Point of Sale*, such as a restaurant, it can be " -"used to apply different taxes depending if the customer eats in or takes " -"away." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:11 -msgid "Set up fiscal positions for PoS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:13 -msgid "" -"To enable this feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " -"Configuration --> Point of Sale` and check *Fiscal Position per Order*. Now," -" you can choose the fiscal positions you want for your *PoS*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:21 -msgid "You need to create your fiscal positions before using this feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:24 -msgid "Using fiscal positions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Once on your *PoS* interface, click on the *Tax* button. Now, choose the " -"fiscal position you need for the current order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:33 -msgid "Set up a default fiscal position" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:35 -msgid "" -"If you want to use a default fiscal position, meaning that a preexisting " -"value is always automatically assigned, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale " -"--> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and enable *Fiscal Position*. Now, " -"choose one to set as the default one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Now, the *tax* button is replaced by a *on site* button when on the *PoS* " -"interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:3 -msgid "Print orders at the kitchen or bar" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:5 -msgid "" -"To ease the workflow between the front of house and the back of the house, " -"printing the orders taken on the PoS interface right in the kitchen or bar " -"can be a tremendous help." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:10 -msgid "Activate the bar/kitchen printer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To activate the *Order printing* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " -"Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Under the IoT Box / Hardware Proxy category, you will find *Order Printers*." -" Note that you need an IoT Box to connect your Printer to the PoS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:20 -msgid "Add a printer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:22 -msgid "" -"In your configuration menu you will now have a *Order Printers* option where" -" you can add the printer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:29 -msgid "Print a kitchen/bar order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:34 -msgid "Select or create a printer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:37 -msgid "Print the order in the kitchen/bar" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:39 -msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Order* button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:44 -msgid "" -"When you press it, it will print the order on your kitchen/bar printer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:3 -msgid "Manage your tables" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Restaurants have specific needs that shops don’t have. That’s why Odoo gives" -" restaurant owners several unique features to help them manage their " -"business in the best possible way." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Floor and table management, bill splitting, or even the possibility to print" -" orders from the kitchen, everything is there to help your business shine " -"and your employees to work efficiently." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:16 -msgid "" -"To activate the bar/restaurant features, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale" -" --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and open your PoS. Now, select *Is a " -"Bar/Restaurant*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:24 -msgid "" -"New features are shown with a fork and a knife next to it, indicating that " -"they are restaurant-specific." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:32 -msgid "Add a floor" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Once your *Point of Sale* has been configured, select *Table Management* " -"under :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`. " -"Then, click on *Floors* to create and name your floor and tables." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:47 -msgid "Don’t forget to link your floor to your point of sale." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:50 -msgid "Add tables" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:52 -msgid "" -"To add tables, you can also open your PoS interface to see your floor(s)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:59 -msgid "" -"Then, click on *Edit Mode* (pencil icon on the upper right corner) to be " -"allowed to create, move, modify tables, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:67 -msgid "" -"To make your table easier to be found, you can rename them, change their " -"shape, size or even color. It is also possible to add the maximum number of " -"sits the table can have." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:72 -msgid "Register your table(s) orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:74 -msgid "" -"To register an order, click on the respective table. By doing so, you are " -"taken to your main interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:82 -msgid "Transfer customer(s)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:84 -msgid "" -"If your customers want to move to another table after they already ordered, " -"use the transfer button. This way, the order is also moved to the new table." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:88 -msgid "To do so, select the table your customer is currently on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:94 -msgid "" -"Now, click on the transfer button and select the table to which you are " -"transferring your customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:103 -msgid "Register an additional order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:105 -msgid "" -"When registering an order, use the + button to simultaneously proceed to " -"another one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:108 -msgid "" -"Then, you can shift between your orders and process the payment when needed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:116 -msgid "The - button allows you to remove the order you are currently on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:3 -msgid "Offer a bill-splitting option" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Offering an easy bill splitting solution to your customers will leave them " -"with a positive experience. That's why this feature is available out-of-the-" -"box in the Odoo Point of Sale application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To activate the *Bill Splitting* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " -"Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find the Bill Splitting " -"option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:23 -msgid "Split a bill" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:25 -msgid "In your PoS interface, you now have a *Split* button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:30 -msgid "" -"When you use it, you will be able to select what that guest should had and " -"process the payment, repeating the process for each guest." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:3 -msgid "Integrate a tip option into payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:5 -msgid "" -"As it is customary to tip in many countries all over the world, it is " -"important to have the option in your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:9 -msgid "Configure Tipping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:11 -msgid "" -"To activate the *Tips* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " -"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Tips*. Select it and " -"create a *Tip Product* such as *Tips* in this case." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:21 -msgid "Add Tips to the bill" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:23 -msgid "Once on the payment interface, you now have a new *Tip* button" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:28 -msgid "Add the tip your customer wants to leave and process to the payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop.rst:3 -msgid "Shop Features" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:3 -msgid "Using barcodes in PoS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Using a barcode scanner to process point of sale orders improves your " -"efficiency and helps you to save time for you and your customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:11 -msgid "" -"To use a barcode scanner, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " -"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Under the IoT Box / Hardware category, you will find *Barcode Scanner* " -"select it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:21 -msgid "Add barcodes to product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Products` and select a " -"product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Under the general information tab, you can find a barcode field where you " -"can input any barcode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:33 -msgid "Scanning products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:35 -msgid "" -"From your PoS interface, scan any barcode with your barcode scanner. The " -"product will be added, you can scan the same product to add it multiple " -"times or change the quantity manually on the screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:3 -msgid "Set-up Cash Control in Point of Sale" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Cash control allows you to check the amount of the cashbox at the opening " -"and closing. You can thus make sure no error has been made and that no cash " -"is missing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:10 -msgid "Activate Cash Control" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To activate the *Cash Control* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales" -" --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:16 -msgid "Under the payments category, you will find the cash control setting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:21 -msgid "" -"In this example, you can see I want to have 275$ in various denomination at " -"the opening and closing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:24 -msgid "" -"When clicking on **Opening/Closing Values** you will be able to create those" -" values." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:31 -msgid "Start a session" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:33 -msgid "" -"You now have a new button added when you open a session, *Set opening " -"Balance*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:42 -msgid "" -"By default it will use the values you added before, but you can always " -"modify it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:46 -msgid "Close a session" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:48 -msgid "" -"When you want to close your session, you now have a *Set Closing Balance* " -"button as well." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:51 -msgid "" -"You can then see the theoretical balance, the real closing balance (what you" -" have just counted) and the difference between the two." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:57 -msgid "" -"If you use the *Take Money Out* option to take out your transactions for " -"this session, you now have a zero-sum difference and the same closing " -"balance as your opening balance. You cashbox is ready for the next session." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:3 -msgid "Cash Rounding" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:4 -msgid "" -"**Cash rounding** is required when the lowest physical denomination of " -"currency, or the smallest coin, is higher than the minimum unit of account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:8 -msgid "" -"For example, some countries require their companies to round up or down the " -"total amount of an invoice to the nearest five cents, when the payment is " -"made in cash." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Each point of sale in Odoo can be configured to apply cash rounding to the " -"totals of its bills or receipts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:16 -msgid "" -"This feature will soon be added to Odoo. We are currently working to make it" -" available for all supported versions as soon as possible." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings` and " -"enable *Cash Rounding*, then click on *Save*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, " -"open the point of sale you want to configure, and enable the *Cash Rounding*" -" option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:31 -msgid "" -"To define the **Rounding Method**, open the drop-down list and click on " -"*Create and Edit...*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Define here your *Rounding Precision*, *Profit Account*, and *Loss Account*," -" then save both the Rounding Method and your Point of Sale settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:41 -msgid "" -"All total amounts of this point of sale now add a line to apply the rounding" -" according to your settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Odoo Point of Sale only support the *Add a rounding line* rounding " -"strategies and *Half-up* rounding methods." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:3 -msgid "Invoice from the PoS interface" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Some of your customers might request an invoice when buying from your Point " -"of Sale, you can easily manage it directly from the PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:9 -msgid "Activate invoicing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and" -" select your Point of Sale:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Under the *Bills & Receipts* you will see the invoicing option, tick it. " -"Don't forget to choose in which journal the invoices should be created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:25 -msgid "Select a customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:27 -msgid "From your session interface, use the customer button" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:32 -msgid "" -"You can then either select an existing customer and set it as your customer " -"or create a new one by using this button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:38 -msgid "" -"You will be invited to fill out the customer form with its information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:41 -msgid "Invoice your customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:43 -msgid "" -"From the payment screen, you now have an invoice option, use the button to " -"select it and validate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:49 -msgid "You can then print the invoice and move on to your next order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:52 -msgid "Retrieve invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Once out of the PoS interface (:menuselection:`Close --> Confirm` on the top" -" right corner) you will find all your orders in :menuselection:`Point of " -"Sale --> Orders --> Orders` and under the status tab you will see which ones" -" have been invoiced. When clicking on a order you can then access the " -"invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:3 -msgid "Log in with employee" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:5 -msgid "" -"With Odoo *Point of Sale*, you can manage multiple cashiers. This feature " -"allows you to keep track of who is working, when and how much each cashier " -"made for that session." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:9 -msgid "" -"There are three ways to switch cashiers in Odoo: by *selecting the cashier*," -" by *entering a PIN code* or by *scanning a barcode*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:13 -msgid "" -"To manage multiple cashiers, you need several employees (at least two)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:16 -msgid "Set up log in with employees" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:18 -msgid "" -"To enable the feature, go to your *PoS settings* and check log in with " -"employees on your *PoS form*. Then, add the employees that have access to " -"the cash register." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:25 -msgid "Now, you can switch cashier easily." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:28 -msgid "Switch without pin codes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:30 -msgid "" -"The easiest way to switch cashiers is without a code. To do so, click on the" -" cashier name in your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:36 -msgid "Now, you just have to click on your name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:42 -msgid "Switch cashier with pin codes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:44 -msgid "" -"You can set a pin code on each cashier. To set up a pin code, go to the " -"employee form and add a security PIN, in the *HR settings tab*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:50 -msgid "Now, when switching cashier, a PIN password will be asked." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:56 -msgid "Switch cashier with barcodes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:58 -msgid "" -"You can ask your employees to log themselves with their badges. To do so, " -"set up a barcode at the same place you add the PIN code. Print the badge and" -" when they will scan it, the cashier will be switched to that employee." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:67 -msgid "Find who was the cashier" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Once you have closed your *PoS session*, you can have an overview of the " -"amount each cashier sold for. To do so, go to the orders menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:75 -msgid "Now, you can open the order and have a summary of the sold products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:3 -msgid "Reprint Receipts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Use the *Reprint receipt* feature if you have the need to reprint a ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:10 -msgid "" -"To activate *Reprint Receipt*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " -"Configuration --> Point of sale`. and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Reprint Receipt* option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:17 -msgid "" -"In order to allow the option reprint receipt, you need to activate the " -"receipt printer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:23 -msgid "Reprint a receipt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:25 -msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Reprint receipt* button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:30 -msgid "When you use it, you can then reprint your last receipt." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po deleted file mode 100644 index ccb252261..000000000 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,185 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" -"Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: nl\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:6 ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:9 -msgid "My Odoo Portal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:11 -msgid "" -"In this section of the portal, you will find all the communications between " -"you and Odoo: documents such as quotations, sales orders, invoices and " -"subscriptions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:15 -msgid "" -"To access this section, you have to log with your username and password to " -"`Odoo <https://www.odoo.com/my/home>`_. If you are already logged in, just " -"click on your name on the top-right corner and select \"My Account\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:23 -msgid "Quotations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Here you will find all the quotations sent to you by Odoo. For example, a " -"quotation can be generated for you after adding an application or a user to " -"your database or if your contract has to be renewed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:32 -msgid "" -"The *Valid Until* column shows the date through which the quotation is " -"valid; after that date, the quotation will be \"Expired\". By clicking on " -"the quotation, you will see all the details of the offer, such as the " -"pricing and other useful information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:39 -msgid "" -"If you want to accept the quotation, just click \"Accept & Pay,\" and the " -"quote will get confirmed. If you don't want to accept it, or you need to ask" -" for some modifications, click on \"Ask Changes Reject.\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:44 -msgid "Sales Orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:46 -msgid "" -"All your purchases within Odoo (Upsells, Themes, Applications, etc.) will be" -" registered under this section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:52 -msgid "" -"By clicking on the sale order, you can review the details of the products " -"purchased and process the payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:56 -msgid "Invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:58 -msgid "" -"All the invoices of your subscriptions and/or sales orders will be shown in " -"this section. The tag before the Amount Due will indicate if the invoice has" -" been paid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Just click on the invoice if you wish to see more information, pay the " -"invoice, or download a PDF version of the document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:69 -msgid "Tickets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:71 -msgid "" -"When you submit a ticket through `Odoo Support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`," -" a ticket will be created. Here you can find all the tickets that you have " -"opened, the conversations between you and our Agents, and the statuses and " -"IDs (# Ref) of the tickets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:79 -msgid "Subscriptions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:81 -msgid "" -"You can access your subscriptions with Odoo from this section. The first " -"page shows you the subscriptions that you have and their status." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:87 -msgid "" -"By clicking on the subscription you will access all the details regarding " -"your plan: the number of applications purchased, the billing information, " -"and the payment method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:91 -msgid "" -"To change the payment method, click on \"Change Payment Method\" and enter " -"the new credit card details." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:97 -msgid "" -"If you want to remove the credit cards that are saved, you can do so by " -"clicking on \"Manage your payment methods\" at the bottom of the page. Click" -" \"Delete\" to delete the payment method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:105 -msgid "" -"At the date of the next invoice, if there is no payment information provided" -" or if your credit card has expired, the status of your subscription will " -"change to \"To Renew\". You will then have 7 days to provide a valid method " -"of payment. After this delay, the subscription will be closed, and you will " -"no longer be able to access the database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:111 -msgid "Success Packs" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:112 -msgid "" -"With a Success Pack/Partner Success Pack, you are assigned an expert to " -"provide unique personalized assistance to help you customize your solution " -"and optimize your workflows as part of your initial implementation. These " -"hours never expire, allowing you to utilize them whenever you need support." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:118 -msgid "" -"If you need information about how to manage your database see " -":ref:`db_online`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:121 -msgid "Delete your Odoo.com account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:123 -msgid "" -"In order to delete your Odoo.com account, you have to reach out to our " -"`Support Services <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:126 -msgid "If you want to delete one of your databases, see :ref:`db_online`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:129 -msgid "" -"If you wish instead to formally request the deletion of all the information " -"connected to your email address as per the European Union General Data " -"Protection Regulation (GDPR), please send an email to privacy@odoo.com." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po deleted file mode 100644 index 396e6d9dc..000000000 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,22 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" -"Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: nl\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../practical.rst:3 -msgid "Practical Information" -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..25717fe03 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po @@ -0,0 +1,2593 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2021 +# Cas Vissers <casvissers@brahoo.nl>, 2021 +# Erwin van der Ploeg <erwin@odooexperts.nl>, 2021 +# Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Gunther Clauwaert <gclauwae@hotmail.com>, 2021 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-18 07:12+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-05-18 05:18+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Gunther Clauwaert <gclauwae@hotmail.com>, 2021\n" +"Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: nl\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity.rst:3 +msgid "Productivity" +msgstr "Productiviteit" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss.rst:4 +msgid "Discuss" +msgstr "Discussieer" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced" +msgstr "Geavanceerd" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:3 +msgid "How to Use my Mail Server to Send and Receive Emails in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:6 +msgid "If you are a user of Odoo Online or Odoo.sh..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:8 +msgid "" +"You have nothing to do! **Odoo sets up its own mail servers for your " +"database.** Outgoing and incoming emails work out-of-the-box!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Unless you plan to send large batches of mass mailing that could require the" +" use of an external mail server, simply enjoy your new Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:16 +msgid "Scope of this documentation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:18 +msgid "" +"This document is **mainly dedicated to Odoo on-premise users** who don't " +"benefit from an out-of-the-box solution to send and receive emails in Odoo, " +"unlike `Odoo Online <https://www.odoo.com/trial>`__ & `Odoo.sh " +"<https://www.odoo.sh>`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:25 +msgid "" +"If no one in your company is used to manage email servers, we strongly " +"recommend that you opt for those Odoo hosting solutions. Their email system " +"works instantly and is monitored by professionals. Nevertheless you can " +"still use your own email servers if you want to manage your email server's " +"reputation yourself." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:31 +msgid "" +"You will find here below some useful information on how to integrate your " +"own email solution with Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Office 365 email servers don't easily allow to send external emails from " +"hosts like Odoo. Refer to `Microsoft's documentation " +"<https://support.office.com/en-us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-" +"device-or-application-to-send-email-using-" +"Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ to make it work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:39 +msgid "How to manage outbound messages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:40 +msgid "" +"As a system admin, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and " +"check *External Email Servers*. Then, click *Outgoing Mail Servers* to " +"create one and reference the SMTP data of your email server. Once all the " +"information has been filled out, click on *Test Connection*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:45 +msgid "Here is a typical configuration for a G Suite server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:50 +msgid "Then set your email domain name in the General Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:53 +msgid "" +"If you get a ``[AUTHENTICATIONFAILED] Invalid credentials (Failure)`` " +"warning when you *Test Connection* on a Gmail address, activate the *Less " +"secure app access* option. A direct link can be `accessed here " +"<https://myaccount.google.com/lesssecureapps?pli=1>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:57 +msgid "In addition to that, enable the IMAP setting on your Gmail account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:61 +msgid "Can I use an Office 365 server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:62 +msgid "" +"You can use an Office 365 server if you run Odoo on-premise. Office 365 SMTP" +" relays are not compatible with Odoo Online." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Please refer to `Microsoft's documentation <https://support.office.com/en-" +"us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-device-or-application-to-send-" +"email-using-Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ to configure" +" a SMTP relay for your Odoo's IP address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:69 +msgid "How to use a G Suite server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:70 +msgid "" +"You can use an G Suite server for any Odoo hosting type. To do so you need " +"to setup the SMTP relay service. The configuration steps are explained in " +"`Google documentation " +"<https://support.google.com/a/answer/2956491?hl=en>`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:77 +msgid "Be SPF-compliant" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:78 +msgid "" +"In case you use SPF (Sender Policy Framework) to increase the deliverability" +" of your outgoing emails, don't forget to authorize Odoo as a sending host " +"in your domain name settings. Here is the configuration for Odoo Online:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:82 +msgid "" +"If no TXT record is set for SPF, create one with following definition: " +"v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com ~all" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:84 +msgid "" +"In case a SPF TXT record is already set, add \"include:_spf.odoo.com\". e.g." +" for a domain name that sends emails via Odoo Online and via G Suite it " +"could be: v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com include:_spf.google.com ~all" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Find `here <https://www.mail-tester.com/spf/>`__ the exact procedure to " +"create or modify TXT records in your own domain registrar." +msgstr "" +"Vind `hier <https://www.mail-tester.com/spf/>`__ de exacte procedure om een " +"TXT record aan te maken of te wijzigen bij uw eigen domein provider." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Your new SPF record can take up to 48 hours to go into effect, but this " +"usually happens more quickly." +msgstr "" +"Uw nieuwe SPF record kan tot 48 uur nodig hebben om actief te zijn, maar " +"normaal gezien gebeurd dit al veel sneller." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Adding more than one SPF record for a domain can cause problems with mail " +"delivery and spam classification. Instead, we recommend using only one SPF " +"record by modifying it to authorize Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:99 +msgid "Allow DKIM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:100 +msgid "" +"You should do the same thing if DKIM (Domain Keys Identified Mail) is " +"enabled on your email server. In the case of Odoo Online & Odoo.sh, you " +"should add a DNS \"odoo._domainkey\" CNAME record to " +"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\". For example, for \"foo.com\" they should have " +"a record \"odoo._domainkey.foo.com\" that is a CNAME with the value " +"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:108 +msgid "Restriction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:109 +msgid "" +"Please note that the port 25 is blocked for security reasons. Try using 587," +" 465 or 2525." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:114 +msgid "How to manage inbound messages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:116 +msgid "Odoo relies on generic email aliases to fetch incoming messages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:118 +msgid "" +"**Reply messages** of messages sent from Odoo are routed to their original " +"discussion thread (and to the inbox of all its followers) by the catchall " +"alias (**catchall@**)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:122 +msgid "" +"**Bounced messages** are routed to **bounce@** in order to track them in " +"Odoo. This is especially used in `Odoo Email Marketing " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/email-marketing>`__ to opt-out invalid " +"recipients." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:126 +msgid "" +"**Original messages**: Several business objects have their own alias to " +"create new records in Odoo from incoming emails:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Sales Channel (to create Leads or Opportunities in `Odoo CRM " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/crm>`__)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Support Channel (to create Tickets in `Odoo Helpdesk " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/helpdesk>`__)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:133 +msgid "" +"Projects (to create new Tasks in `Odoo Project <https://www.odoo.com/page" +"/project-management>`__)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Job Positions (to create Applicants in `Odoo Recruitment " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/recruitment>`__)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:137 +msgid "etc." +msgstr "etc." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Depending on your mail server, there might be several methods to fetch " +"emails. The easiest and most recommended method is to manage one email " +"address per Odoo alias in your mail server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Create the corresponding email addresses in your mail server (catchall@, " +"bounce@, sales@, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:145 +msgid "Set your domain name in the General Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:150 +msgid "" +"If you use Odoo on-premise, create an *Incoming Mail Server* in Odoo for " +"each alias. You can do it from the General Settings as well. Fill out the " +"form according to your email provider’s settings. Leave the *Actions to " +"Perform on Incoming Mails* blank. Once all the information has been filled " +"out, click on *TEST & CONFIRM*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:159 +msgid "" +"If you use Odoo Online or Odoo.sh, We do recommend to redirect incoming " +"messages to Odoo's domain name rather than exclusively use your own email " +"server. That way you will receive incoming messages without delay. Indeed, " +"Odoo Online is fetching incoming messages of external servers once per hour " +"only. You should set redirections for all the email addresses to Odoo's " +"domain name in your email server (e.g. *catchall@mydomain.ext* to " +"*catchall@mycompany.odoo.com*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:169 +msgid "All the aliases are customizable in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:167 +msgid "" +"Object aliases can be edited from their respective configuration view. To " +"edit catchall and bounce aliases, you first need to activate the " +":doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:171 +msgid "" +"Then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System " +"Parameters` to customize the aliases (*mail.catchall.alias* & * " +"mail.bounce.alias*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:177 +msgid "" +"By default inbound messages are fetched every 5 minutes in Odoo on-premise. " +"You can change this value in :doc:`Developer mode " +"</applications/general/developer_mode>`. Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions` and look for *Mail: " +"Fetchmail Service*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:186 +msgid "Set up different dedicated servers for transactional and mass mails" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:188 +msgid "" +"Odoo's e-mail server has the capability of sending 200 e-mails per day on " +"Odoo SH Cloud Platform. However, if needed, you can use a separate Mail " +"Transfer Agent (MTA) servers for transactional e-mails and mass mailings. " +"Example: use Odoo's own mail server for transactional e-mails, and Sendgrid," +" Amazon SES, or Mailgun for mass mailings. Another alternative is to use " +"Postmark for transactional e-mails, and Amazon SES or Sendgrid for mass " +"mailings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:196 +msgid "" +"A default outgoing email server is already configured. You should not create" +" an alternative one unless you want to use a specific external outgoing " +"email server for technical reasons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:199 +msgid "" +"To do this, you should first enable the :doc:`Developer mode " +"</applications/general/developer_mode>` and then go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Outgoing` e-mail servers. There " +"you have to create two e-mail MTA server settings. One for transactional " +"e-mails and one for mass mail servers. Be sure to mark the priority of " +"transactional e-mail servers as low as the mass email servers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Now, go to :menuselection:`Email Marketing --> Settings` and enable " +"*Dedicated Server*. With these settings, Odoo uses the server with the lower" +" priority for transactional emails, and the server here selected for mass " +"mails. Note that in this case, you have to set your domain's Sender Policy " +"Framework (SPF) records to include both transactional and mass mail servers." +" If your server resides with xxxx.odoo.com, the available options are " +"Sendinblue and Mailchimp, as your e-mails would be originated from the " +"xxxx.odoo.com domain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:3 +msgid "Email Templates" +msgstr "E-mail-sjablonen" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:5 +msgid "" +"We all know writing good emails is vital to get a high response rate, but " +"you do not want to rewrite the same structure every time, do you? That is " +"where email templates come in. Without the need to rewrite the entire email " +"structure every time, you save time to focus on the content. Multiple " +"templates also let you deliver the right message to the right audience, " +"improving their overall experience with the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:12 +msgid "Enable it and understand a few concepts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The :doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>` must be " +"activated. Then, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> " +"Templates`. A view of the existing templates is shown." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:18 +msgid "" +"**It is highly recommended not to change the content in existing templates " +"unless the user has prior knowledge about placeholders.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To add a new one, click on *Create* and choose the type of document this " +"template is used with. In the example below, the template would be sent to " +"job applicants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Under *Email Configuration*, fields such as *From*, *To (Emails)*, *To " +"(Partners)*, require placeholders. If the *From* field is not set, the " +"default value is the author’s email alias, if configured, or email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Under *Advanced Settings*, if an *Outgoing Mail Server* is not set, the one " +"with the highest priority is used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:34 +msgid "" +"The option *Auto Delete* permanently deletes the emails after they are sent," +" saving space in your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:37 +msgid "Writing content including placeholder expressions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Under the tab *Dynamic Placeholder Generator*, look for the *Field* you " +"would like to use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Next, copy the *Placeholder Expression* and paste it in the *Body* of the " +"email, under the *Content* tab, using - essentially - the *Code View*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Deactivate the *Code View* option by simply clicking on it again, and easily" +" design the message. Click on *Preview* to check how the email looks before " +"sending it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Overzicht" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:3 +msgid "Get Started with Discuss" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Discuss allows you to bring all of your company’s communication together " +"through messages, notes, and chat. Share information, projects, files, " +"prioritize tasks, and stay connected with colleagues and partners throughout" +" applications. Forge better relationships, increase productivity and " +"transparency by promoting a convenient way of communicating." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:11 +msgid "Choose your notifications preference" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Access your *Preferences* and choose how you would like your notifications " +"to be handled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:21 +msgid "" +"By default, the field is set as *Handle by Emails* making messages, notes, " +"and notifications where you were mentioned or that you follow, to be sent " +"through email. By choosing *Handle in Odoo*, they are shown in the *Inbox*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:22 +msgid "Messages can then be *Marked as Todo*, *Replied*, or *Marked as Read*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:28 +msgid "" +"The messages tagged as *Mark as Todo* are also shown in *Starred*, while the" +" ones *Marked as Read* are moved to *History*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:36 +msgid "Start Chatting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:38 +msgid "" +"The first time you log in to your account, OdooBot sends you a message " +"asking for permission to receive desktop notifications to chats. If " +"accepted, you receive push notifications to the messages sent to you despite" +" of where you are in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To stop receiving desktop notifications, reset the notifications settings of" +" your browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:50 +msgid "" +"To start a chat, click on *New Message* on the *Messaging Menu*, or go to " +"*Discuss* and send a *Direct Message*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:58 +msgid "" +"You can also create :doc:`public and private channels <team_communication>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:61 +msgid "Mentions in the chat and on the Chatter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To mention a user within a chat or the chatter type *@user-name*; to refer " +"to a channel, type *#channel-name*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:66 +msgid "" +"A notification is sent to the user mentioned either to his *Inbox* or " +"through email, depending on his settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:73 +msgid "" +"When a user is mentioned, the search list (list of names) suggests values " +"first based on the task’s followers, and secondly on *Employees*. If the " +"record being searched does not match with either a follower or employee, the" +" scope of the search becomes all partners." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:78 +msgid "Chat status" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:80 +msgid "" +"It is helpful to see what colleagues are up to and how quickly they can " +"respond to messages by checking their *Status*. The status is shown on the " +"left side of a contact’s names on Discuss’ sidebar and on the *Messaging " +"menu*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:84 +msgid "Green = online" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:85 +msgid "Orange = away" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:86 +msgid "White = offline" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:87 +msgid "Airplane = out of the office" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:65 +msgid ":doc:`team_communication`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:96 +msgid ":doc:`../advanced/email_servers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:3 +msgid "Get Organized by Planning Activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you plan activities you minimize the risk of uncertainties, as you " +"provide clear directions for the course of your next action. In addition to " +"that, you do not leave space for wasteful activities and reduce the chance " +"of having overlapping actions between team members." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:10 +msgid "Where do I see my schedule activities?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Access and manage your activities wherever you are in Odoo by the " +"*Activities* menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:20 +msgid "Plan activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Activities can be planned and managed from the chatter by clicking on " +"*Schedule activity*, or through Kanban views." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:31 +msgid "Set your activity types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:33 +msgid "" +"A number of activities types are available by default in Odoo (call, email, " +"meeting, etc.). However, you can set new ones going to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Activity types`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:42 +msgid "" +"If you need to create an activity type with an available calendar, make sure" +" to create it with an *Action to Perform* set as *Meeting*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:46 +msgid "Recommend next activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Odoo helps you to plan a flow of activities by allowing you to set " +"*Recommended Next Activities*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Once the respective activity is completed, select *Done & Schedule Next* and" +" next steps are suggested to you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:115 +msgid ":doc:`get_started`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:3 +msgid "Efficiently Communicate Using Channels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You can use channels to organize discussions between individual teams, " +"departments, projects, or any other group that requires regular " +"communication. This way, you keep everyone in the loop updated with the " +"latest developments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:10 +msgid "Public and Private channels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:12 +msgid "" +"A *Public* channel can be seen by everyone, while a *Private* one is only " +"visible to users invited to it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:21 +msgid "" +"A public channel is best used when many employees need to access information" +" (such as company announcements), whereas a private channel could be used " +"whenever information should be limited to specific groups (such as a " +"specific department)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:26 +msgid "Configuration options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:28 +msgid "" +"You can configure a channel’s name, description, email alias, and privacy by" +" clicking on the *Channel Settings* icon on the sidebar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:36 +msgid "Privacy and Members" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Changing *Who can follow the group’s activities?* allows you to control " +"which groups can have access to the channel. Note that allowing *Everyone* " +"to follow a private channel lets other users view and join it, as they would" +" a public one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:42 +msgid "" +"If you choose *Invited people only*, go to the *Members* tab to add your " +"members, or, go to Discuss’ main page, select the channel and click on " +"*Invite*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:49 +msgid "" +"For *Selected group of users*, the option *Auto Subscribe Groups* " +"automatically add its members as followers. In other words, while " +"*Authorized Groups* limits which users can access the channel, *Auto " +"Subscribe Groups* automatically adds the user as a member as long as they " +"are part of the group." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:55 +msgid "Use a channel as a mailing list" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Choosing to *Send messages by email* configures the channel to behave as a " +"mailing list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Enabling this option allows you to *Moderate this channel*, meaning that " +"messages will need to be approved before being sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Under the *Moderation* tab choose as many moderators as you need, and if you" +" would like them to receive an *Automatic notification*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Mark *Send guidelines to new subscribers* to automatically send instructions" +" to newcomers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Moderators can: *Accept*, *Reject*, *Discard*, *Always Allow* or *Ban* " +"messages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Members of a mailing channel receive messages through email regardless of " +"their :doc:`notification preference <get_started>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Once a channel is moderated, the menu *Ban List* allows you to add email " +"addresses per moderated channel to auto-ban them from sending messages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:91 +msgid "Quick search bar" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Once at least 20 channels, direct message and live chat conversations (if " +"the module is installed on your database) are pinned in the sidebar, a " +"*Quick search…* bar is displayed. It is a clever way to filter conversations" +" and quickly find the one you need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:103 +msgid "Finding channels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:106 +msgid "" +"Click on *Channels* (on the sidebar), browse through the list of public " +"channels, and join or leave them from a single screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Apply filters criteria and save it for later use. The search function " +"accepts wildcards by using the underscore character *(_)* to represent a " +"single character." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:116 +msgid ":doc:`plan_activities`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot.rst:4 +msgid "Internet of Things (IoT)" +msgstr "Internet of Things (IoT)" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config.rst:3 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Configuratie" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:3 +msgid "Connect an IoT Box to your database" +msgstr "Verbind een IoT box aan uw databank" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:5 +msgid "Install the Internet of Things (IoT) App on your Odoo Database." +msgstr "Installeer de Internet of Things (IoT) App in uw Odoo Databank." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:10 +msgid "Go in the IoT App and click on Connect on the IoT Boxes page." +msgstr "Ga naar de IoT App en klik op Connecteer met de IoT Boxes pagina." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:15 +msgid "Follow the steps to connect your IoT Box." +msgstr "Volg de stappen om uw IoT Box te connecteren" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:21 +msgid "Ethernet Connection" +msgstr "Ethernet Verbinding" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Connect to the IoT Box all the devices that have to be connected with cables" +" (ethernet, usb devices, etc.)." +msgstr "" +"Connecteer aan de IoT Box alle apparaten die moeten worden verbonden met " +"kabels (ethernet, usb-apparaten, enz.)." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:26 +msgid "Power on the IoT Box." +msgstr "Schakel de IoT box in." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Read the Pairing Code from a screen or a receipt printer connected to the " +"IoT Box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:32 +msgid "Input the Pairing Code and click on the Pair button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Recent changes in modern web browsers forced us to modify the connection " +"wizard. If your screen is different from the screenshots, make sure that the" +" ``iot_pairing`` module is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:40 +msgid "WiFi Connection" +msgstr "WiFi Verbinding" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:42 +msgid "Power on the IoT Box" +msgstr "Schakel de IoT box in." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:44 +msgid "Copy the token" +msgstr "Kopieer de token" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Connect to the IoT Box WiFi Network (make sure there is no ethernet cable " +"plugged in your computer)." +msgstr "" +"Maak verbinding met het IoT Box WiFi-netwerk (zorg ervoor dat er geen " +"ethernetkabel op uw computer is aangesloten)." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:53 +msgid "" +"You will be redirected to the IoT Box Homepage (if it doesn't work, connect " +"to the IP address of the box). Give a name to your IoT Box (not required) " +"and paste the token, then click on next." +msgstr "" +"U wordt doorverwezen naar de IoT Box Homepagina (indien dit niet lukt, kan u" +" verbinden met het IP-adres van de box). Geef een naam aan uw IoT-box (niet " +"verplicht) en gebruik het token, klik vervolgens op Volgende." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:60 +msgid "" +"If you are on Runbot, do not forget to add the -all or -base in the token " +"(e.g. this token **http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-" +"f3f920.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401** should become " +"**http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-f3f920-all.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401**)." +msgstr "" +"Gebruik je Runbot, vergeet dan niet om de -all of -base in het token (bvb. " +"dit token **http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-" +"f3f920.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401** moet worden " +"**http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-f3f920-all.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401**)." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Choose the WiFi network you want to connect with (enter the password if " +"there is one) and click on Submit. Wait a few seconds before being " +"redirected to your database." +msgstr "" +"Kies het WiFi-netwerk waarmee u verbinding wilt maken (voer het wachtwoord " +"in als dit er is) en klik op Verzenden. Wacht een paar seconden voordat u " +"wordt omgeleid naar uw database." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:72 +msgid "You should now see the IoT Box." +msgstr "Je zou nu de IoT Box moeten zien." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:78 +msgid "IoT Box Schema" +msgstr "IoT Box Schema" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:3 +msgid "Flashing your SD Card" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In some case, you may need to reflash your IoT Box’s SD Card to benefit from" +" our latest updates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:9 +msgid "Upgrade from the IoT Box homepage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to the IoT Box homepage, click on *Update*, next to the version number. " +"If a new version of the IoT Box image is available, you will see a *Upgrade " +"to ___* button a the bottom of the page, the IoT Box will then flash itself " +"to the new version of the IoT Box. All of your configurations will be saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:18 +msgid "" +"This process can take more than 30 minutes. Do not turn off or unplug the " +"IoT Box as it would leave it in an inconsistent state." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:25 +msgid "Upgrade with Etcher" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Go to Balena’s website and download `Etcher <https://www.balena.io/>`__. " +"It’s a free and open-source utility used for burning image files. Install " +"and launch it. Download the latest image from `nightly " +"<http://nightly.odoo.com/master/iotbox/>`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Then, open *Etcher* and select *Flash from file*, find the image you just " +"downloaded. Insert the IoT Box SD card into your computer and select it. " +"Click on *Flash* and wait for the process to finish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:3 +msgid "Use the IoT Box for the PoS" +msgstr "Gebruik de IoT Box voor de Kassa" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:9 +msgid "Prerequisites" +msgstr "Vereisten" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:11 +msgid "Before starting, make sure you have the following:" +msgstr "Controleer voordat u begint of u over het volgende beschikt:" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:13 +msgid "An IoT Box, with its power adapter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:15 +msgid "A computer or tablet with an up-to-date web browser" +msgstr "Een computer of tablet met een geüpdatet webbrowser" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:17 +msgid "" +"A running SaaS or Odoo instance with the Point of Sale and IoT apps " +"installed" +msgstr "Een functionerende SaaS of Odoo instantie met de Kassa geïnstalleerd" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:20 +msgid "A local network setup with DHCP (this is the default setting)" +msgstr "Een lokale netwerk opzet met DHCP (dit is de standaard instelling)" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:22 +msgid "An RJ45 Ethernet Cable (optional, WiFi is built in)" +msgstr "Een RJ45 Ethernet kabel (optioneel, WiFi is ingebouwd)" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Any of the supported hardware (receipt printer, barcode scanner, cash " +"drawer, payment terminal, scale, customer display, etc.). The list of " +"supported hardware can be found on the `POS Hardware page " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/point-of-sale-hardware>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:30 +msgid "Set Up" +msgstr "Instellen" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To connect hardware to the PoS, the first step is to connect an IoT Box to " +"your database. For this, follow this :doc:`documentation <connect>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:36 +msgid "Then, you have to connect the peripheral devices to your IoT Box." +msgstr "Vervolgens moet u de randapparatuur op uw IoT Box aansluiten." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:38 +msgid "" +"**Printer**: Connect a supported receipt printer to a USB port or to the " +"network and power it on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:41 +msgid "" +"**Cash drawer**: The cash drawer should be connected to the printer with an " +"RJ25 cable." +msgstr "" +"**Kassalade**: De kassalade moet geconnecteerd zijn met de printer via een " +"RJ25 kabel." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:44 +msgid "" +"**Barcode scanner**: Connect your barcode scanner. In order for your barcode" +" scanner to be compatible it must end barcodes with an Enter character " +"(keycode 28). This is most likely the default configuration of your barcode " +"scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:49 +msgid "**Scale**: Connect your scale and power it on." +msgstr "**Weegschaal**: Connecteer uw weegschaal en zet ze aan." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:51 +msgid "" +"**Customer Display**: Connect a monitor to the IoT Box using an HDMI cable. " +"You can also access the Customer Display from any other computer by " +"accessing the IoT Box homepage and clicking on the *POS Display* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:56 +msgid "" +"**Payment terminal**: The connection process depends on the terminal, please" +" refer to the :doc:`payment terminals documentation " +"</applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Once it's done, you can connect the IoT Box to your PoS. For this, go in " +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> PoS`, tick *IoT Box* and" +" select the devices you want to use in this Point of Sale. Save the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:68 +msgid "Set up is done, you can launch a new PoS Session." +msgstr "De installatie is voltooid, u kunt een nieuwe Kassa-sessie starten." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:3 +msgid "Troubleshooting" +msgstr "Problemen oplossen" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:6 +msgid "IoT Box Connection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:9 +msgid "I can't find the pairing code to connect my IoT Box" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:11 +msgid "" +"The pairing code should be printed on receipt printers connected to the IoT " +"Box and should also be displayed on connected monitors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:14 +msgid "The pairing code doesn't show under the following circumstances:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:16 +msgid "The IoT Box is already connected to an Odoo database;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:18 +msgid "The IoT Box is not connected to the Internet;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The code is only valid for 5 minutes after the IoT Box has started. It's " +"automatically removed from connected displays when this delay has expired;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:23 +msgid "" +"The version of the IoT Box image is too old. It should use version 20.06 or " +"more recent. If your IoT Box image is from an earlier version, then you will" +" have to reflash the SD card of your IoT Box to update the image (see " +":doc:`Flashing your SD Card <flash_sdcard>`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:28 +msgid "" +"If you are not in any of the cases listed above, make sure that the IoT Box " +"has correctly started, by checking that a fixed green LED is showing next to" +" the micro-USB port." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:33 +msgid "I've connected my IoT Box but it's not showing in my database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:35 +msgid "" +"When you connect an IoT Box to a database, the IoT Box might restart, if " +"that is the case, it might take up to one minute before appearing in your " +"database. If after some time the IoT is still not showing, make sure that " +"your database can be reached from the IoT Box and that your server doesn't " +"use a multi-database environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:42 +msgid "My IoT Box is connected to my database, but cannot be reached" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Make sure that the IoT Box and the device running the browser are located on" +" the same network as the IoT Box cannot be reached from outside the local " +"network." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:49 +msgid "Printer" +msgstr "Printer" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:52 +msgid "My printer is not detected" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:54 +msgid "" +"If one of your printers doesn't show up in your devices list, go to the IoT " +"Box homepage and make sure that it is listed under *Printers*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:60 +msgid "" +"If your printer is not present on the IoT Box homepage, hit *Printers " +"Server*, go to the *Administration* tab and click on *Add Printer*. If you " +"can't find your printer in the list, it's probably not connected properly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:66 +msgid "My printer outputs random text" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:68 +msgid "" +"For most printers, the correct driver should be automatically detected and " +"selected. However, in some cases, the automatic detection mechanism might " +"not be enough, and if no driver is found the printer might print random " +"characters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:73 +msgid "" +"The solution is to manually select the corresponding driver. On the IoT Box " +"homepage, click on *Printers Server*, go to the *Printers* tab and select " +"the printer in the list. In the Administration dropdown, click on *Modify " +"Printer*. Follow the steps and select the Make and Model corresponding to " +"your printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Epson and Star receipt printers and Zebra label printers do not need a " +"driver to work. Make sure that no driver is selected for those printers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:88 +msgid "My Zebra Printer doesn't print anything" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Zebra printers are quite sensitive to the format of the ZPL code that is " +"printed. If nothing comes out of the printer or blank labels are printed, " +"try changing the format of the report that is sent to the printer by " +"accessing :menuselection:`Settings ~~> Technical ~~> Views` in developer " +"mode and look for the corresponding template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:97 +msgid "Barcode Scanner" +msgstr "Barcodescanner" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:100 +msgid "The characters read by the barcode scanner don't match the barcode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:102 +msgid "" +"By default, we assume that your barcode scanner is configured in US QWERTY. " +"This is the default configuration of most barcode readers. If your barcode " +"scanner uses a different layout, please go to the form view of your device " +"and select the correct one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:108 +msgid "Nothing happens when a barcode is scanned" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Make sure that the correct device is selected in your Point of Sale " +"configuration and that your barcode is configured to send an ENTER character" +" (keycode 28) at the end of every barcode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:115 +msgid "The barcode scanner is detected as a keyboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Some poorly built barcode scanners do not advertise themselves as barcode " +"scanners but as a USB keyboard instead, and will not be recognized by the " +"IoT Box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:121 +msgid "" +"You can manually change the device type by going to its form view and " +"activating the *Is scanner* option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:128 +msgid "Cashdrawer" +msgstr "Kassa" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:131 +msgid "The cashdrawer does not open" +msgstr "De kassalade opent niet" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The cashdrawer should be connected to the printer and the *Cashdrawer* " +"checkbox should be ticked in the POS configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices.rst:3 +msgid "Devices" +msgstr "Apparaten" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Camera" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When using your *IoT Box* in Odoo, you could need to use a camera. As it can" +" be done in a few steps, this device is really easy to configure. Then, you " +"can use it in your manufacturing process and link it to a control point. " +"Doing so will allow you to take pictures when you reach the chosen quality " +"control point." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:10 +msgid "Connection" +msgstr "Connectie" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To connect the camera to the *IoT Box*, simply connect the two by cable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If your camera is a `*supported one* <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-" +"hardware>`__, there is no need to set up anything as it will be detected as " +"soon as it is connected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:25 +msgid "Link a Camera to a Quality Control Point" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:34 +msgid "With the Manufacturing app" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:30 +msgid "" +"In your *Quality app*, you can setup the device on a *Quality Control " +"Point*. Go to the *Control Points* menu, under *Quality Control* and open " +"the control point you want to link with the camera." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Now, you can edit the control point and select the device from the dropdown " +"list. Now, hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Then, your camera can be used with the picked *Control Point*. During the " +"manufacturing process, reaching the *Quality Control Point* you chose before" +" will allow you to take a picture." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Footswitch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When working, it is always better to have your two hands available. Using " +"Odoo’s *IoT Box* and a footswitch will allow it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In fact, you will be able to go from one screen to another and perform " +"actions by using your foot and the footswitch. Really convenient, it can be " +"configured in a few steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Connecting the footswitch to the *IoT Box* is easy, you just have to connect" +" the two by cable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:18 +msgid "" +"If your footswitch is a `supported one <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-" +"hardware>`__, there is no need to set up anything since it will be " +"automatically detected when connected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:26 +msgid "Link a Footswitch to a Workcenter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To link the footswitch to an action, it needs to be configured on a " +"workcenter. Go to the workcenter you want to use the footswitch in and add " +"the device in the *IoT Triggers* tab. Then, you can link it to an action and" +" also add a key to trigger it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Note that the one that is first in the list will be chosen. So, the order " +"matters! In the picture above, using the footswitch will, for example, " +"automatically skip the current part of the process you work on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:41 +msgid "" +"When you are on the work order screen, a status button indicates if you are " +"correctly connected to the footswitch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Measurement Tool" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With Odoo’s *IoT Box*, it is possible to connect measurement tools to your " +"database. Find the list of supported devices here: `Supported devices " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-hardware>`__,." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:10 +msgid "Connect in USB" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To add a device connected by USB, just plug the USB cable in the *IoT Box*, " +"and the device should appear in your Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:19 +msgid "Connect in Bluetooth" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Activate the Bluetooth on your device (see your device manual for further " +"explanation) and the IoT Box will automatically try to connect to the " +"device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:25 +msgid "Here is an example of what it should look like:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:31 +msgid "Link a measurement tool to a quality control point" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:36 +msgid "" +"In your *Quality app*, you can setup a device on your *Quality Control " +"Points*. To do so, go to the *Control Points* menu, under *Quality Control* " +"and open the control point to which you want to assign a measurement tool." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Now, you can edit the control point and choose the device from the dropdown " +"list. Then, hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Now, your measurement tool is linked to the chosen *Control Point*. The " +"value, which needs to be changed manually, will be automatically updated " +"while the tool is being used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Printer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When using your *IoT Box* in Odoo, you could need to use a printer. Doing so" +" is easy and convenient as it can be done in a few steps. Then, you can use " +"it to print receipts, orders or even reports in different Odoo apps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:13 +msgid "" +"The IoT Box supports printers connected through USB, network or Bluetooth. " +"`Supported printers <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-hardware>`__ will be " +"detected automatically and will appear in the *Devices* list of your IoT " +"app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:18 +msgid "The printer can take up to two minutes to appear in your devices list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:24 +msgid "Link the Printer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:27 +msgid "To Work Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:29 +msgid "" +"You can link *Work Orders* to printers via a *Quality Control Point* to " +"print labels for manufactured products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To do so, you need to create a *Quality Control Point* from the *Quality* " +"app. Then, you can select the correct manufacturing operation and the work " +"order operation. In type, choose *Print Label* and hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Now, each time you reach the quality control point for the chosen product, a" +" *Print Label* button will appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:47 +msgid "To Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:49 +msgid "" +"You can also link a type of report to a certain printer. In the *IoT* app, " +"go to the *Devices* menu and select the printer you want to set up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:56 +msgid "Now, go to the *Printer Reports* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Hit edit and then, click on *Add a line*. In the window that shows up, check" +" all the types of reports that should be linked to this printer. Click on " +"select and save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Now, each time you click on *Print* in the control panel, instead of " +"downloading a PDF, it will send it to the selected printer and automatically" +" print it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:73 +msgid "Print Receipts from the PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:75 +msgid "" +"You can link a printer to your *Point of Sale* app so you can print receipts" +" directly from your *PoS*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Doing so is really easy. Go to your *Point of Sale* app and open your *Point" +" of Sale* settings, under *Configuration*. There, click on *Edit* and check " +"the *IoT Box* feature. Then, choose your *Receipt Printer* from the " +"dropdown." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Now, you will be able to print different kinds of tickets from your *POS*: " +"**receipts**, **sale details** and **bills**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Receipts are printed once the order is validated. The process is automated " +"when you enable the feature in your *PoS* configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Sales details can be printed by clicking on the printer icon on the navbar " +"at the top of the *PoS*. It will print the details of the sales of the " +"current day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:99 +msgid "" +"As for the bill, it is only available in restaurant mode. In your restaurant" +" settings, activate *Print Bills* and a *Bill* button will appear in the " +"left panel of the *PoS*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:107 +msgid "Print Orders in the kitchen" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:109 +msgid "In restaurant mode, you can send order tickets to the kitchen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:111 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to the *PoS* app and open your *PoS* settings. Then, tick " +"*Order Printer*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Now, go to the *Printers* menu. Hit create, select the printer from the " +"dropdown and, in the *Printer Product Categories* field, choose all the " +"categories of products that should be printed on this printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:124 +msgid "" +"In the *PoS*, when you add or remove a product from one of the selected " +"categories, the button *Order* will be green. If you click on it, the IoT " +"Box will print a receipt on the corresponding printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Scale" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When using your **IoT Box** in Odoo, you could need to use a scale. Doing so" +" is easy and convenient as it can be done in a few steps. Then, you can use " +"it in your **Point of Sale app** to weigh your products, which is helpful if" +" their price are based on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:12 +msgid "To link the scale to the **IoT Box**, connect them with a cable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:15 +msgid "In some cases, a serial to USB adapter may be needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If your scale is `compatibale with Odoo IoT Box <https://www.odoo.com/page" +"/iot-hardware>`_, there is no need to set up anything because it will be " +"automatically detected as soon as it is connected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You may need to restart the box and download your scales’ drivers from the " +"box in some cases. To do so, go to the *IoT Box Home Page* and click on " +"*drivers list*. Then, click on load drivers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:32 +msgid "Use a Scale in Point of Sale" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To use the scale in your *Point of Sale* app, go to :menuselection:`Point of" +" Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, open the one you want to " +"configure, then click on *Edit* and enable the *IoT Box* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Now, choose the *IoT Box* in the dropdown menu and check the *Electronic " +"Scale* option. Then, you hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:49 +msgid "" +"The scale is now available in all your *PoS* sessions. Then, if a product " +"has a price per weight set, clicking on it on the *PoS* screen opens the " +"scale screen, where the cashier can weigh the product and add the correct " +"price to the cart." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:3 +msgid "Studio" +msgstr "Studio" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts.rst:3 +msgid "Concepts" +msgstr "Concepten" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:3 +msgid "Understanding Automated Actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:6 +msgid "" +"Automated actions are used to trigger actions. They are based on conditions " +"and happen on top of Odoo’s default business logic." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Examples of automated actions include: creating a next activity upon a " +"quote's confirmation; adding a user as a follower of a confirmed invoice if " +"its total is higher than a certain amount; or preventing a lead from " +"changing stage if a field is not filled in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Let's understand how to properly define *when* an automated action runs and " +"*how* to create one:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:18 +msgid "" +"The first step is to choose the :doc:`Model <understanding_general>` on " +"which the action is applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:19 +msgid "" +"The **Trigger** field defines the event that causes the automated action to " +"happen:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:21 +msgid "" +"*On Creation*: when a new record is created. Note that the record is created" +" once saved for the first time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:23 +msgid "" +"*On Update*: when the record is updated. Note that the update happens once " +"the record is saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:24 +msgid "" +"*On Creation & Update*: on the creation and/or on the update of a record " +"once the form is saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:25 +msgid "*On Deletion*: on the removal of a record under the condition set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:26 +msgid "" +"*Based on Form Modification*: when the value of the specified *Trigger* " +"field is changed in the interface (user sees the changes before saving the " +"record). Note that this action can only be used with the *Execute Python " +"Code* action type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:29 +msgid "" +"*Based on Timed Condition*: a delay happens after a specific date/time. Set " +"a *Delay after trigger date* if you need a delay to happen before the " +"*Trigger Date*. Example: to send a reminder 15min before a meeting. If the " +"date/time is not set on the form of the model chosen, the date/time " +"considered is the one of the creation/update of the record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:34 +msgid "For every Trigger option, **conditions** can be applied, such as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:36 +msgid "" +"*Before Update Domain*: if designated, this condition must be satisfied " +"before the record is updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:38 +msgid "" +"*Apply on*: if designated, this condition must be satisfied before executing" +" the action rule (*Action To Do*), and after the update." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The **Active** option is to be turned off when the rule should be hidden and" +" not executed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Under **Action To Do** choose the type of server action that must be " +"executed once records meet the *Trigger* conditions:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:45 +msgid "" +"*Execute Python Code*: a block of code is executed. A *Help* tab with the " +"variables that can be used is available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:47 +msgid "*Create New Record*: a new record with new values is created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:48 +msgid "*Update a Record*: updates the record that triggered the action." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:49 +msgid "" +"*Execute several actions*: defines an action that triggers other server " +"actions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:50 +msgid "" +"*Send Email*: an automatic :doc:`email " +"<../../discuss/advanced/email_template>` is sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:51 +msgid "*Add Followers*: followers are notified of changes in the task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:52 +msgid "" +"*Create Next Activity*: creates an activity such as: *Call*, *Email*, " +"*Reminder*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:53 +msgid "" +"*Send SMS Text Message*: sends an :doc:`SMS " +"</applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:56 +msgid "Example" +msgstr "Voorbeeld" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:58 +msgid "" +"This is the process of which the update of the *Email* field on the " +"Lead/Opportunity *Model*, with a *Trigger Condition* set to *On Update*, " +"goes through:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:65 +msgid "The user creates the record without an email address set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:66 +msgid "The user updates the record defining an email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Once the change is saved, the automation checks if any of the *Watched " +"Fields* are being updated (for the example: field name *email_from* (Email)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:69 +msgid "" +"If true, it checks if the record matches the *Before Update Domain* (for the" +" example: *email is not set*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:71 +msgid "" +"If true, it checks (*after the update*) whether the record matches the " +"*Apply on* domain (for the example: *email is set*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:73 +msgid "If true, the chosen *Action To Do* is performed on the record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:76 +msgid ":doc:`understanding_general`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:77 +msgid ":doc:`../use_cases/automated_actions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:3 +msgid "Understanding General Concepts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Odoo Studio is a toolbox that allows you to add models or adapt " +"functionalities on top of Odoo’s standard behavior without coding knowledge." +" You can also create custom views and modify existing ones without having to" +" get into the XML code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Even for experienced developers, typing out code requires time. By using " +"Odoo Studio, you can quickly get your models up and going and focus on the " +"crucial parts of your application. The result is a user-friendly solution " +"that makes customizations and designing new applications easy with or " +"without programming skills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:15 +msgid "Getting started" +msgstr "Starten" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:17 +msgid "" +"One you start using Odoo Studio, you automatically create a new *module* " +"that contains all your modifications. These modifications can be done on " +"existing screens (*views*), by adding new *fields* in existing applications," +" or by creating an entirely new *model*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:22 +msgid "What is a Module?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:25 +msgid "" +"An Odoo **Module** can contain a number of elements, such as: business " +"objects (models), object views, data files, web controllers, and static web " +"data. An application is a collection of modules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:29 +msgid "" +"In object-oriented programming, models usually represent a concept from the " +"real world. Example: Odoo has models for Sales Orders, Users, Countries, " +"etc. If you were to build an application to manage Real Estate sales, a " +"model that represents the Properties for sale would probably be your first " +"step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:38 +msgid "What is a Model (also called Object)?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:40 +msgid "" +"A **Model** determines the logical structure of a database and fundamentally" +" determines in which manner data can be stored, organized, and manipulated. " +"In other words, a model is a table of information that can be bridged with " +"other tables." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:45 +msgid "What are Fields?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:47 +msgid "" +"**Fields** compose models. It is where a record (a piece of data) is " +"registered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Example: on the Real Estate application, fields on the Properties model " +"would include the price, address, a picture, a link to the current owner, " +"etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:50 +msgid "" +"There are 2 main types of fields in Odoo: *basic (or scalar) fields* and " +"*relational fields*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Basic fields represent simple values, like numbers or text. Relational " +"fields represent relations between models. So, if you have a model for " +"*Customers* and another one for *Properties*, you would use a relational " +"field to link each Property to its Customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:56 +msgid "Relational Fields in detail" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:59 +msgid "" +"**Relational Fields** provide the option to link the data of one model with " +"the data of another model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:60 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, relational field types are: *One2many*, *Many2one*, *Many2many*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:66 +msgid "" +"An **One2many** field is a *one-way* direction of selecting *multiple* " +"records from a table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Example: a Sales Order can contain multiple Sales Order Lines, which also " +"contain multiple fields of information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:69 +msgid "" +"A **Many2one** field is a *one-way* direction of selecting *one* record from" +" a table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Example: you can have many product categories, but each product can only " +"belong to one category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:71 +msgid "" +"A **Many2many** field is a *two-way* direction of selecting records from a " +"table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:72 +msgid "Example: multiple tags can be added to a lead’s form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:75 +msgid "An *One2many* field must have a *Many2one* related to it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:78 +msgid "What are Views?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:80 +msgid "" +"**Views** define how records are displayed. They are specified in XML which " +"means that they can be edited independently from the models that they " +"represent. There are various types of views in Odoo, and each of them " +"represents a mode of visualization. Some examples are: *form*, *list*, " +"*kanban*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:85 +msgid "What is a Menu?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:87 +msgid "" +"A **Menu** is a button that executes and action. In Odoo Studio, to create " +"menus (models) and rearrange their hierarchy, click on *Edit Menu*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:95 +msgid "`Studio Basics <https://www.odoo.com/fr_FR/slides/studio-31>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to.rst:3 +msgid "How To" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/export_import.rst:3 +msgid "Export and Import Modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/export_import.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you do customizations in Odoo Studio, a new module is created in your " +"database, making it easy to use Studio for prototyping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/export_import.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To export these customizations, activate Studio on the main dashboard and, " +"under the menu *Customizations*, click on *Export*. The default filename is " +"*customizations.zip*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/export_import.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The module created contains the definition of custom models and fields, as " +"well as the UI elements of any customization in an XML format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/export_import.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To import and install the customizations in another instance, connect to the" +" destination database, activate Studio and, under *Customizations*, click on" +" *Import*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/export_import.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Studio does not know which apps are customized (because the same view can be" +" modified on different apps), therefore, it *does not* add the underlying " +"modules as dependencies of the exported module. In other words, the " +"applications installed on the source database should be installed on the " +"destination database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:3 +msgid "Customizing the Rainbow Man" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The Rainbow Man in Odoo is an animation shown once the user completes " +"certain tasks and clicks on certain buttons. It is a way to make the " +"software fun to use, and rewarding, for employees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:13 +msgid "" +"On most buttons in Odoo, such as *Send by Email*, *Confirm* or *Cancel*, " +"once they are selected in Studio, under their *Properties*, the *Rainbow " +"Man* effect can be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:14 +msgid "By default, the feature is active:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:16 +msgid "when opportunities are marked as won;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:17 +msgid "when users empty their inboxes;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:18 +msgid "when the user finishes a tour;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:19 +msgid "when the user finishes doing reconciliations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:3 +msgid "Customizing Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses HTML and CSS technologies to create reports. HTML is a markup " +"language that uses tags, also called elements. It is the core of any webpage" +" because it provides its basic structure. CSS interacts with HTML elements " +"to add style to the page, establishing how the HTML is shown to the user. " +"Odoo’s reports also use Bootstrap’s grid layout, which is the containers, " +"rows, and columns to align content, and support Odoo's website themes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:11 +msgid "" +"When creating a new report, choose the purpose of it and if you would like " +"the report to include header and footer (company logo, name, address, phone," +" email address, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Under the tab **Add**, you find the fields to be dragged and dropped to the " +"view. *Fields*, *Data tables*, *Subtotal & Total*, and *Address Book* are " +"dynamic elements (meaning that they need a :doc:`one2many or a many2many " +"<../concepts/understanding_general>` related object). *Text*, *Title Block*," +" *Image*, and *Text in Cell* are static elements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Once the element is added to the view, select it to see its **Options**. The" +" first section shows the hierarchy of the selected object and its " +"properties, allowing you to individually edit them. Fields with related " +"objects have their directives shown on *Field Expression*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Under **Visible if**, define the rule(s) to set visibility conditions to " +"fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Example: if choosing to display a product image, you could set a visibility " +"rule to only display the ones that are *set* in the product form, avoiding " +"having a plain icon when they are not set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:40 +msgid "" +"**Visible for** is used to set which :doc:`groups " +"</applications/general/odoo_basics/users>` can have access to specific " +"elements in the report. **Limit visibility to groups**, under *Report*, sets" +" the visibility of the report to specifics groups, meaning that users " +"belonging to other groups do not see the same final document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Under the **Report** tab, name your report, choose the paper format, and if " +"the report should be added to the *Print* menu list on its respective " +"document form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:53 +msgid "" +"If activating the :doc:`Developer mode " +"</applications/general/developer_mode/activate>`, additional fields such as " +"*Class* under *Options*, and *Reload from attachment* under *Report*, become" +" visible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:56 +msgid "" +"*Class*: add custom CSS classes to the selected element (e.g. Bootstrap " +"classes such as *text-danger*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:59 +msgid "" +"*Reload from attachment*: saves the report as an attachment of the document " +"when printed. When the report is reprinted, it re-downloads that attachment " +"instead of re-printing it. This means that if the underlying record (e.g. " +"Invoice) changes when compared to the first impression, the report does not " +"reflect the changes because they were done after the attachment was created." +" This is typically useful for reports linked to documents that should not " +"change, such as Invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Actions in Odoo Studio can be undone until you *Close* the toolbox. Once you" +" have closed Studio, changes can not be undone anymore." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases.rst:3 +msgid "Use Cases" +msgstr "Use cases" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Use Cases: Automated Actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 1: when a Belgian lead is created, a 3-stars priority should" +" be automatically applied.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:8 +msgid "Under *Automations*, click on *Create* and set the following rules:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:10 +msgid "*Model*: Lead/Opportunity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:11 +msgid "*Active*: On" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:12 +msgid "*Trigger*: On Creation & Update" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:13 +msgid "*Apply on*: Country > Country Name = Belgium" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:53 +msgid "*Action To Do*: Update the Record" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:15 +msgid "*Data to Write*: Lead/Opportunity > Value > 3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Check :doc:`this doc <filters_status_bar>` in order to have another " +"automated action example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:25 +msgid ":doc:`../concepts/understanding_automated_actions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/views.rst:28 +msgid ":doc:`../concepts/understanding_general`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Use Cases: Filters and Status Bar" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 1: on Sales, set a filter on Belgian customers and define it" +" as the default one (the user should still be able to unset the filter).**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:8 +msgid "" +"On your customer’s page, use *Filters* > *Add Custom Filter* to group " +"customers by country. Now, under *Favorites*, *Save Current Search* enabling" +" *Use by default* and *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:15 +msgid "" +"On *Filter Rules* in Studio mode, select the respective filter and enable " +"*Default Filter*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:21 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 2: add a status bar on the product form to manage its life " +"cycle. Set the values: ‘Prototype’, ‘In use’ and ‘Deprecated’. By default, " +"the Kanban view must be grouped by status.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:26 +msgid "" +"On your product form, *Add a pipeline status bar* and name its values. " +"Status bars are *selection* fields that give you the ability to follow a " +"specific flow. They are useful to show you the progress that has been made." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:28 +msgid "" +"On the *Views* menu, access *Kanban* and, under its *View* options, set the " +"*Default Group by* as *Pipeline status bar*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Now, open your product form and set the right status for that product. As " +"you move products throughout stages (also through the product’s form), " +"stages are shown in the Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To make modifications in the pipeline status bar, for example, remember to " +"go back to *Form View*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:44 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 2.a: when a product goes from ‘In use’ to ‘Deprecate’, set " +"its cost to 0€.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Create an :doc:`automated action " +"<../concepts/understanding_automated_actions>` with the selected values:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:49 +msgid "*Model*: Product Template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:50 +msgid "*Trigger*: On Update" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:51 +msgid "*First Domain*: Pipeline status bar = In use" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:52 +msgid "*Second Domain*: Pipeline status bar = Deprecated" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:54 +msgid "*Data to Write*: Cost (Product Template) > Value > 0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Use Cases: Creating Models and Adding Fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 1: on the leads’ form, if the chosen country is France, show" +" a field 'Pay by check?'**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:8 +msgid "" +"On your leads’ form, add a *Related Field* to *Country > Country Name*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Now, add a *Checkbox* field and define its invisibility options as *Country*" +" (carefully select the one just created) *> is not = > France.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:11 +msgid "You can now hide the related field created (*Country*) if you wish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Another approach is to use the country’s ID. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Contacts --> Configuration --> Countries`, select France " +"(for example), and on the URL check its *ID*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:21 +msgid "" +"The related field invisibility path should now be *Country* (carefully " +"select the one just created) *> is not = > 75*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:22 +msgid "Again, hide the related field with the country’s ID if you prefer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:28 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 2: create a model called 'Properties' and add fields called:" +" company, value, name, address, active, image.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:31 +msgid "" +"From the dashboard, (optionally) start a new module. Then, click on *Edit " +"Menu* and start a *New Menu* (model). Set your menu name and *Confirm*. Now," +" on its form, drag & drop the necessary fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:39 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 2.a: now, you would like to have a model called 'Regions' to" +" which each property must be linked. And, on 'Regions', you would like to " +"see the properties for each region.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Go to *Edit Menu > New Menu* and create your menu, calling it *Regions*. Add" +" the necessary fields on its form by dragging & dropping them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Now, in the form view of *Properties*, add a *Many2one* field with a " +"relation to your model *Region*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:48 +msgid "" +"The *Existing Fields* are the ones that are on the current model but not yet" +" in the view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Now, go to the model *Regions*, select the form view, and add a status " +"button selecting *Regions (Properties)* as your relational field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:62 +msgid "" +"*Status buttons* are computed fields, meaning that they count the numbers of" +" records on the related model, and allow you to access them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:69 +msgid "" +"When searching for relations, click on *Search more* and filter it by " +"*Custom*. This way you avoid creating duplicates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:76 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 2.b: in the model 'Properties', show all the tags as " +"checkboxes instead of tags.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Once the field *Tags* is added to the form, select it and, under its " +"*Properties > Widgets*, choose *Checkboxes*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:85 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 3: on the leads’ form, add a selection field with the " +"values:'Tags' & 'List' & 'Checkboxes'. According to the value of the field, " +"show tags as many2many_tags, many2many_radio, or many2many(_list).**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:89 +msgid "" +"In your form view, add a *Tags* field and relate it to *Partners Tag*. Under" +" *Properties*, define its *Widget* as *Many2many*. Do the same process " +"another 2 times for *Checkboxes* and *Tags*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:96 +msgid "Now, add a *Selection* field and the necessary values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Continue by selecting your *Tags* fields, one by one, to set their " +"*Invisible* options according to their *Widget*. In the example below, the " +"invisibility rule for the *Partner Tags* is set as: *Select Tag type > is " +"not = > Tags.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:105 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 4: on a quotation’s form, add a selection field called " +"'Manager Validation' with the values: ‘Accepted’ and ‘Refused’. Only a sales" +" manager can see it, and the field should be set as mandatory if the untaxed" +" amount is higher than 500€.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:109 +msgid "" +"On your quotation form, add a *Selection* field with the values *Accepted* " +"and *Refused*. Set its *Required* condition as *Untaxed Amount > 500* and " +"the *Limit visibility to groups* as *Sales / Administrator* or managers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:117 +msgid "**Case scenario 5: change the tooltip of a field for all views.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Activate the :doc:`Developer mode " +"</applications/general/developer_mode/activate>` and open Studio." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Select the necessary field and, under *Properties*, click on *More* to write" +" your tooltip message on *Field Help*. The tooltip message is the " +"explanatory message shown when the user hovers the field. The message here " +"written is displayed on all views forms where the field is added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:129 +msgid "" +"The *Field Help* message can only be applied to *new* fields. If you would " +"like to change/apply a tooltip for a specific field, use the *Help Tooltip* " +"option under *Properties*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/views.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Use Cases: Views" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/views.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 1: in Sales, show orders in a Kanban View instead of a List " +"View.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/views.rst:7 +msgid "" +"From the Sales page, access Studio and, under *Views*, set the *Kanban* " +"option as the default one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/views.rst:14 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 2: allow for the list of leads to be edited inline without " +"having to switch to the form view.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/views.rst:19 +msgid "" +"On the *List View*, under *View* > *Editable*, choose between *New record on" +" top* or *New record at the bottom*. This way, besides defining the order in" +" which new records are displayed in the view, you are able to edit them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/views.rst:21 +msgid "" +"If the field is left blank, no editing is possible and records are shown " +"based on your column preferences on the lead's page (front-end)." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/project.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/project.po deleted file mode 100644 index cf4a9c389..000000000 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/project.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,140 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" -"Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: nl\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../project.rst:5 -msgid "Project" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning.rst:3 -msgid "Planning" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:3 -msgid "Forecast Resources Across Projects" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Allocate the needed time for specific tasks under a planned shift. Once that" -" is done, analyse Key Performance Indicators (KPIs), so you can evaluate " -"your employees’ performance and workload, besides the progress of your " -"projects/tasks when comparing the planned and effective hours." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:10 -msgid "Allocate times under shifts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:12 -msgid "" -"When planning a shift, in the *Planning* application, create a project and a" -" task on the fly, or simply select the one you want." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:20 -msgid "" -"*Allocated Time (%)* allows you to define the percentage of time you would " -"like your employee to work on that specific task during his shift. See that " -"information in hours on *Allocated hours*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:22 -msgid "" -"The calculation shows you how many hours out of the total shift time (*End " -"date* - *Start date*) are spent by the employee on that task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:24 -msgid "" -"On :menuselection:`Project --> Planning --> By Project`, immediately see the" -" total number of employees allocated per project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:31 -msgid "Compare forecast hours with the effective ones" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Now, once the employee has timesheeted his hours in the task, go to " -"*Project* and with the *View list*, under *All Tasks*, conveniently see the " -"*Planned Hours* compared to the *Remaining Hours*, and a calculation of the " -"*Progress*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:42 -msgid "Reminder: the option *Timesheets* has to be enabled on your project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks.rst:3 -msgid "Tasks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:3 -msgid "Create Project's Tasks from an Email Alias" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When you already have an email address that customers know from the top of " -"their heads, changing it is the last thing you want to do. Instead, link " -"that address to your project and transform those conversations into " -"structured work. It automatically creates a task in the first stage of a " -"project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:11 -msgid "Set up an incoming email server" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:14 -msgid "" -"On the *Settings* application, enable *External Email Servers* and define " -"the incoming email alias you would like to use." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:15 -msgid "**For more information**: :doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_servers`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:18 -msgid "Configure the email alias in your project" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Now that you have the incoming email server set up, go to " -":menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects --> Edit`. Under the " -"*Emails* tab, define the wanted email alias and choose the policy to receive" -" a message." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:23 -msgid "In addition, you can now directly set it when creating a new project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:30 -msgid "" -"All the recipients of the email (To/Cc/Bcc) are automatically added as " -"followers of the task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:32 -msgid "The email can be seen under the name of your project on the dashboard." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po deleted file mode 100644 index 6bee8c2ef..000000000 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,884 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2021 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-11 09:05+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2021\n" -"Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: nl\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../purchase.rst:5 -msgid "Purchase" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced" -msgstr "Geavanceerd" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:3 -msgid "Analyze the performance of your purchases" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:5 -msgid "" -"If your company regularly purchases products, you have several reasons to " -"track and analyze your performance. The insights gathered can help you to " -"better forecast and plan your future orders. For example, you can assess if " -"your business is dependent on particular vendors, and the data can help you " -"negotiate discounts on prices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:11 -msgid "Generate customized reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Go to *Reporting* to access the purchase analysis. Simply by accessing the " -"reporting dashboard, you can get a quick overview of your actual " -"performance. By default, the reporting dashboard displays a line chart " -"presenting the untaxed amount of your purchase orders per day, and below it," -" key metrics and a pivot table." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:22 -msgid "" -"While the data initially presented is useful, there are several tools and " -"features you can use to get even more insights on your purchases." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:26 -msgid "Use filters to select the data you need" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Odoo offers several default filters you can use and combine by clicking on " -"*Filters*. When you select one or several filters, Odoo looks for all the " -"orders that match at least one of the filters you have chosen and populates " -"the chart, key metrics, and pivot table with the data. The pre-configured " -"filters are:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:33 -msgid "All *Requests for Quotation*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:35 -msgid "All *Purchase Orders*, except canceled ones" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:37 -msgid "" -"*Confirmation Date Last Year* includes all orders that were confirmed the " -"previous year, canceled purchase orders included" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:40 -msgid "" -"*Order Date* includes all orders - request for quotations and purchases " -"orders (canceled ones included) - depending on their date of creation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:43 -msgid "" -"*Confirmation Date* includes all confirmed orders, canceled ones included, " -"depending on their date of confirmation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:47 -msgid "" -"When you have to select a period, you can use multiple years, and, with at " -"least one year selected, multiple quarters and the three most recent months." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:51 -msgid "" -"If you use the *Order Date* or *Confirmation Date* filters, the *Comparison*" -" feature appears next to *Filters*. It enables you to compare the period you" -" filtered with the previous one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:59 -msgid "Add custom filters" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Thanks to the 31 filtering options to choose from, the possibilities of your" -" customizing your dataset are almost limitless. Go to " -":menuselection:`Filters --> Add Custom Filter`, specify the condition the " -"filtering option should meet (e.g. *is equal to*, *contains*, etc.), and " -"click on *Apply*. If you want to select orders matching several conditions " -"simultaneously (*and* operator), repeat the process to add another custom " -"filter. If you want to use the *or* operator, don't click on *Apply*, and " -"click on *Add a condition* instead. Once you have added all the desired " -"filtering options, click on *Apply*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:74 -msgid "" -"To avoid having to recreate custom filters every time, save them by clicking" -" on :menuselection:`Favorites --> Save current search --> Save`. The " -"customized search filter can then be accessed by clicking on *Favorites* or " -"can even be set as the default filter when you open the reporting dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:80 -msgid "Measure exactly what you need" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:82 -msgid "" -"Before selecting what you want to measure, you need to decide whether you " -"prefer using the graph view or the pivot view. By default, the dashboard " -"presents both views. However, the measures you select won't be applied to " -"both views. You can access each view separately by clicking on the icons at " -"the top right of the dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:92 -msgid "Visualize your data" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:94 -msgid "" -"You can transform the main graph in just a click by selecting one of the " -"three charts: bar, line or pie. Fourteen different measures are available, " -"but you can only use one at a time. However, you can group the measure using" -" one or several of the 19 *Groups*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:102 -msgid "" -"For bar and line charts, the selected measure is your y-axis, and the first " -"group you select is used to create the x-axis. Adding more group adds " -"additional lines (line chart) or transforms your bar chart into a stacked " -"bar chart. For pie charts, the more groups you select, the more slices are " -"displayed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:108 -msgid "Explore your data" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:110 -msgid "" -"The pivot table view enables you to explore your data in great detail. " -"Unlike the graph view, the pivot table enables you to add several measures " -"at the same time. By clicking on *Measures* or on the **+** sign in the " -"*Total* column, you can add as many as you want, each assigned to a new " -"column. By clicking on the **+** sign in the *Total* row, you can add " -"*Groups*. If you click on a group's **+** sign, you can add a sub-group, and" -" so on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:121 -msgid "" -"You can insert your pivot table's data directly in the Spreadsheet app or " -"export it as an Excel file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals.rst:3 -msgid "Manage deals" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:3 -msgid "Purchase agreements: blanket orders and calls for tenders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:5 -msgid "" -"There are two main types of purchase agreements preconfigured in Odoo: " -"blanket orders and call for tenders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Blanket orders are long-term agreements between a company and a vendor to " -"deliver products on a recurring basis with predetermined pricing. Your " -"company should consider using them when you frequently purchase the same " -"products from the same vendor in varying quantities and/or at different " -"times. Among their many benefits, you can save time as the ordering process " -"is simplified, and money thanks to more advantageous bulk pricing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Calls for tenders use a special procedure to request offers from multiple " -"vendors at the same time. While public sector organizations are often " -"legally bound to release calls for tenders when they want to purchase goods " -"or services, private organizations can also use them to get the best deal " -"among several vendors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:20 -msgid "Enable purchase agreements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:22 -msgid "" -"From the Purchase app, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and" -" activate *Purchase Agreements*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:30 -msgid "Configure or create new types of purchase agreements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Before you start using purchase agreements, make sure they are configured " -"the way you want by going to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Purchase " -"Agreement Types`. From there, you can edit the way blanket orders and calls " -"for tenders or *Create* a new type of purchase agreement. You can configure " -"the:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:37 -msgid "Agreement Type: the name you want to give to the agreement." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Agreement Selection Type: you can either select multiple offers using " -"*Select multiple RFQ (non-exclusive)*, which is the default setting for both" -" blanket orders and calls for tenders, or a single offer using *Select only " -"one RFQ (exclusive)*, which is sometimes needed for calls for tenders where " -"you only want to select a single vendor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Lines: generally, you would always want to select *Use lines of agreement*, " -"which are the different product lines you can configure when you set up your" -" purchase agreement. However, you can select *Do not create RfQ lines " -"automatically* if you don't want your requests for quotations to be pre-" -"filled in with that information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Quantities: if you use lines of agreements, you can also specify " -"independently if the products' quantities should be used to pre-fill new " -"requests for quotations. The default option for blanket orders is *Set " -"quantities manually*, while for calls for tenders are set to *Use quantities" -" of agreement*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:59 -msgid "Set up a blanket order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Orders --> Purchase Agreements` and click on *Create*." -" Select *Blanket Order* as your *Agreement Type*. Next, select the vendor. " -"The other fields aren't mandatory, but you usually want to define an " -"*Agreement Deadline* after which the blanket order won't be valid anymore." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Next, add the products you want to order and their price. Note that you can " -"also add a *Quantity* for each product, for example, if you have agreed with" -" your vendor to order a specific minimum quantity each time or in total. If " -"you have configured your blanked order to *Set quantities manually*, this is" -" only used for informational purposes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:74 -msgid "" -"You can also write any *Terms and Conditions* at the bottom of the " -"agreement. Once you are satisfied with your blanket order, click on " -"*Confirm*. Its status then changes from *Draft* to *Ongoing* and it's ready " -"to be used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:79 -msgid "Create requests for quotation from the blanket order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:81 -msgid "" -"You can now create new quotations from the blanket order whenever you need " -"it by clicking on *New Quotation*. Odoo automatically fills in requests for " -"quotation with the information initially defined when you set up the blanket" -" order. Depending on the way you configured the *Purchase Agreement Type*, " -"product lines can also be pre-filled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:86 -msgid "" -"From here, you can quickly view all the requests for quotations made under " -"that blanket order by clicking on *RFQs/Orders*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:94 -msgid "" -"You can also create a *Request for Quotation* the usual way and then link it" -" to an existing *Blanket Order*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:98 -msgid "Blanket orders and replenishment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:100 -msgid "" -"Blanket orders can be used for :doc:`automated replenishment " -"<../../purchase/products/reordering>`, as once a blanket order is confirmed," -" a new vendor line is added to your product. Make sure the related vendor is" -" in the first position if you have several vendors linked to your product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:109 -msgid "Set up a call for tenders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:111 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Orders --> Purchase Agreements` and click on *Create*." -" Select *Call for Tenders* as your *Agreement Type*. The other fields aren't" -" mandatory, but you can add the date you want to be delivered and set an " -"agreement deadline. You usually don't want to select a vendor for calls for " -"tenders as you are looking to get quotations from multiple vendors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:116 -msgid "" -"Next, add the products you want to order and in what quantity. For calls for" -" tenders, you typically don't add a price, as the vendors should give you " -"their best quote." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:119 -msgid "" -"You can also write any *Terms and Conditions* at the bottom of the " -"agreement. Once you are ready, click on *Confirm*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:127 -msgid "Requests quotations from the call for tenders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:129 -msgid "" -"You can now request new quotations from the call for tenders. Click on *New " -"Quotation* and select one of your vendors you want to invite to the call for" -" tenders. Product lines should also be pre-filled in, depending on how you " -"configured the *Purchase Agreement Type*. Click on *Send by email* to send " -"it to the vendor. Go back to the call for tenders and repeat this process " -"for each vendor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:139 -msgid "" -"Once you have sent a request for quotation to every vendor and receiving " -"their quotes, click on *Validate* to proceed to the bid selection. Next, " -"click on the RFQs/Orders smart button to view all your vendors' quotations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:147 -msgid "" -"Click on each request for quotation to add the price communicated by your " -"vendors manually. When that's done, select the most advantageous offer and " -"click on *Confirm Order*. This automatically closes the call for tenders. " -"You can now proceed with the purchase order as you would for a regular one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:3 -msgid "Control and know when vendor bills should be paid" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:5 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can define how your vendor bills are controlled. For each " -"purchase order, you can decide when the related vendor bill should be paid: " -"either before or after you have received your products. You can also check " -"at a glance what is the billing status of each purchase order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:9 -msgid "" -"With the 3-way matching feature, Odoo compares the information appearing on " -"the *Purchase Order*, the *Vendor Bill* and the *Receipt*, and lets you know" -" if you should pay the bill. This way you can avoid paying incorrect or " -"fraudulent vendor bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:14 -msgid "Vendor bills default control policy" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:16 -msgid "" -"As a first step, open your Purchase app and go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` to set the default bill control " -"policy for all the products created onwards." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:23 -msgid "" -"By selecting *On ordered quantities*, you can create a vendor bill as soon " -"as you confirm an order. The quantities mentioned in the purchase order are " -"used to generate the draft bill." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:26 -msgid "" -"If you choose *On received quantities* instead, you can only create one once" -" you have at least received some of the products you have ordered. The " -"quantities you have received are used to generate the draft bill. If you try" -" to create one without having received any product, you get an error " -"message." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:36 -msgid "Change a specific product's control policy" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:38 -msgid "" -"If you want to modify a specific product's control policy, go to " -":menuselection:`Products --> Products`, open it, click on *Edit* and go to " -"the *Purchase tab*. There you can change a product's default bill control " -"policy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:47 -msgid "View a purchase order's billing status" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Once you confirm an order, you can view its *Billing Status* by going to the" -" *Other Information* tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Below you can find a list of the different *Billing Status*, and when they " -"are displayed, depending on the products' bill control policy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:60 -msgid "**Billing status**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:60 -msgid "**Conditions**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:62 -msgid "*On received quantities*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:62 -msgid "*On ordered quantities*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:64 -msgid "*Nothing to Bill*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:64 -msgid "PO confirmed; no products received" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:64 -msgid "*(Not applicable)*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:66 -msgid "*Waiting Bills*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:66 -msgid "All/some products received; bill not created" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:66 -msgid "PO confirmed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:68 -msgid "*Fully Billed*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:68 -msgid "All/some products received; draft bill created" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:68 -msgid "Draft bill created" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:72 -msgid "Determine when to pay with 3-way matching" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:74 -msgid "" -"First, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate *3-way" -" matching*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:81 -msgid "" -"3-way matching is intended to work with the bill control policy set to *On " -"received quantities*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:84 -msgid "Should I pay the vendor bill?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:86 -msgid "" -"With the feature activated, your vendor bills now display the *Should Be " -"Paid* field under the *Other info* tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:93 -msgid "" -"As you can't create a bill until you have received your products - and if " -"you haven't received all of them, Odoo only includes the products you have " -"received in the draft bill - the *Should Be Paid* status is set to *Yes* " -"when you create one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:97 -msgid "" -"If you edit a draft bill to increase the billed quantity, change the price, " -"or add other products, the *Should Be Paid* status is set to *Exception*. It" -" means Odoo notices the discrepancy, but that you might have a valid reason " -"to have done so." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:101 -msgid "" -"Once the payment has been registered and mentions *Paid*, the *Should Be " -"Paid* status is set to *No*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:109 -msgid "" -"The *Should Be Paid* status is set automatically by Odoo. However, you can " -"change the status manually when you are viewing a bill in edit mode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products.rst:3 -msgid "Products" -msgstr "Producten" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:3 -msgid "Don’t run out of stock with reordering rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:5 -msgid "" -"To make sure you never run out of stock, you can define *Reordering Rules* " -"on products. Thanks to them, Odoo can help you replenish your stock " -"automatically when it reaches set quantities or whenever a sales order is " -"created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:9 -msgid "You need to install the *Inventory app* to use reordering rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:12 -msgid "Configure your storable product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Open or create a product with its *Product Type* set to *Storable Product*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:20 -msgid "" -"As you are purchasing this product from a vendor, go to the product's " -"*Purchase tab* and add a vendor by clicking on *Add a line*. You can add " -"multiple vendors, but make sure to order them correctly, since reordering " -"rules always use the first vendor in a list. You can add a price, but it " -"isn't necessary for the reordering rule to work. In addition, you can add a " -"minimum quantity you must order to benefit from that price." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:27 -msgid "" -"If the quantity Odoo has to reorder doesn't match the minimum quantity " -"specified, Odoo selects the next vendor on your list. If you don't have " -"another vendor on your list, the reordering rule won't work. For that " -"purpose, you can add the same vendor multiple times with different prices " -"for different quantities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:37 -msgid "" -"By default, a draft purchase order is created. However, if you have enabled " -"*Purchase Agreements*, you can *Propose a call for tenders* instead as shown" -" in the image above. For more information, see " -":doc:`../manage_deals/agreements`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Next, make sure the correct route is selected under the Inventory tab of " -"your product. If you created your product within the Purchase app, the *Buy*" -" route is selected by default. If you are looking to dropship your product, " -"select *Dropship*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:50 -msgid "Set up your reordering rule" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:52 -msgid "Open your product and click on the *Reordering Rules* button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Once you are on the product's reordering rules page, click on *Create*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:61 -msgid "" -"You can access and create reordering rules from :menuselection:`Inventory " -"--> Configuration --> Reordering Rules` and from :menuselection:`Inventory " -"--> Operations --> Replenishment`. By default, the replenishment view " -"presents a summary of all the products that you might need to purchase to " -"fulfill your sales orders. From there, you can ask Odoo with a single click " -"to order a product once or automate all orders for that product, future " -"orders included." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:68 -msgid "Define quantities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:70 -msgid "" -"You can set a **minimum quantity** your stock should always have. Once set, " -"if your stock goes below the minimum quantity, and if you selected the Buy " -"route, a request for quotation is automatically generated to reach that " -"minimum quantity, plus any additional quantity needed to fill in a sales " -"order for example." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:75 -msgid "" -"If you set a **maximum quantity**, every time the product has to be " -"replenished, enough products are reordered to reach the maximum quantity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:78 -msgid "" -"If you want to order only the exact quantity needed to fill in a sales order" -" for example, set both both the minimum and maximum quantity to **zero**. " -"The quantity mentioned in the sales order is then used by the reordering " -"rule." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:82 -msgid "" -"You can also add a **quantity multiple** to only order products in batches " -"of a certain quantity. Click on the optional columns drop-down menu, and " -"select *Multiple Quantity* to show the column. Bear in mind that you might " -"go over the maximum quantity you set if your rule includes a quantity " -"multiple, as Odoo orders enough products to reach the maximum quantity and " -"respect the set quantity multiple." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:92 -msgid "" -"If you selected multiple routes for the same product under its Inventory " -"tab, make sure to select your *Preferred Route* on your reordering rule by " -"clicking on the optional columns drop-down menu, adding the *Preferred " -"Route* column, and selecting the right route." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:3 -msgid "Purchase in different units of measure than sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When you purchase a product, it may happen that your vendor uses a different" -" unit of measure than you do when you sell it. This can cause confusion " -"between sales and purchase representatives. It is also time-consuming to " -"convert measures manually every time. With Odoo, you can configure your " -"product once and let Odoo handle the conversion." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:10 -msgid "Consider the following examples:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:12 -msgid "" -"You purchase orange juice from an American vendor, and they use **gallons**." -" However, your customers are European and use **liters**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:15 -msgid "" -"You buy curtains from a vendor in the form of **rolls** and you sell pieces " -"of the rolls to your customers using **square meters**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:19 -msgid "Enable units of measure" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Open your Sales app and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. " -"Under Product Catalog, enable *Units of Measure*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:29 -msgid "Specify sales and purchase units of measure" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:32 -msgid "Standard units of measure" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:34 -msgid "" -"A variety of units of measure are available by default in your database. " -"Each belongs to one of the five pre-configured units of measure categories: " -"*Length / Distance*, *Unit*, *Volume*, *Weight* and *Working Time*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:39 -msgid "" -"You can create your new units of measure and units of measure categories " -"(see next section)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:41 -msgid "" -"To specify different units of measures for sales and purchases, open the " -"Purchase app and go to :menuselection:`Products --> Products`. Create a " -"product or select an existing one. Under the product's *General Information*" -" tab, first select the *Unit of Measure* to be used for sales (as well as " -"for other apps such as inventory). Then, select the *Purchase Unit of " -"Measure* to be used for purchases." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Back to the first example, if you purchase orange juice from your vendor in " -"**gallons** and sell it to your customers in **liters**, first select *L* " -"(liters) as the *Unit of Measure*, and *gal (US)* (gallons) as the *Purchase" -" Unit of Measure*, then click on *Save*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:56 -msgid "Create new units of measure and units of measure categories" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Sometimes you need to create your own units and categories, either because " -"the measure is not pre-configured in Odoo or because the units do not relate" -" with each other (e.g. kilos and centimeters)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:62 -msgid "" -"If you take the second example where you buy curtains from a vendor in the " -"form of **rolls** and you sell pieces of the rolls using **square meters**, " -"you need to create a new *Units of Measure Category* in order to relate both" -" units of measure." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:66 -msgid "" -"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Units of Measure " -"Categories`. Click on *Create* and name the category." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:73 -msgid "" -"The next step is to create the two units of measures. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Units of Measure`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:76 -msgid "" -"First, create the unit of measure used as the reference point for converting" -" to other units of measure inside the category by clicking on *Create*. Name" -" the unit and select the units of measure category you just created. For the" -" *Type*, select *Reference Unit of Measure for this category type*. Enter " -"the *Rounding Precision* you would like to use. The quantity computed by " -"Odoo is always a multiple of this value." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:82 -msgid "" -"In the example, as you cannot purchase less than 1 roll and won't use " -"fractions of a roll as a unit of measure, you can enter 1." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:89 -msgid "" -"If you use a *Rounding Precision* inferior to 0.01, a warning message might " -"appear stating that it is higher than the *Decimal Accuracy* and that it " -"might cause inconsistencies. If you wish to use a *Rounding Precision* lower" -" than 0.01, first :doc:`activate the Developer Mode " -"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, then go to " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Database Structure --> Decimal " -"Accuracy`, select *Product Unit of Measure* and edit *Digits* accordingly. " -"For example, if you want to use a rounding precision of 0.00001, set " -"*Digits* to 5." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:96 -msgid "" -"Next, create a second unit of measure, name it, and select the same units of" -" measure category as your reference unit. As *Type*, select *Smaller* or " -"*Bigger than the reference Unit of Measure*, depending on your situation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:100 -msgid "" -"As the curtain roll equals to 100 square meters, you should select " -"*Smaller*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:102 -msgid "" -"Next, you need to enter the *Ratio* between your reference unit and the " -"second one. If the second unit is smaller, the *Ratio* should be greater " -"than 1. If the second unit is larger, the ratio should be smaller than 1." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:106 -msgid "For your curtain roll, the ratio should be set to 100." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:112 -msgid "" -"You can now configure your product just as you would using Odoo's standard " -"units of measure." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/quality.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/quality.po deleted file mode 100644 index 4da121c5a..000000000 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/quality.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,461 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" -"Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: nl\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../quality.rst:5 -msgid "Quality" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert.rst:3 -msgid "Alert" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:3 -msgid "Generate a Quality Alert from a Manufacturing Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Speaking of manufacturing orders, you have two different situations to " -"consider in Odoo. Those two will result in two different processes:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:8 -msgid "You work with a simple manufacturing flow;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:10 -msgid "You work with a complex manufacturing flow that includes routings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:13 -msgid "Simple manufacturing flow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:15 -msgid "" -"If you work with simple manufacturing orders, the *Quality Alerts* will be " -"launched from the manufacturing order itself. When manufacturing a product " -"for which you need to process quality controls, a button *Quality Alert* " -"will appear on the top of your manufacturing order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:23 -msgid "" -"By clicking on the button, you can specify the quality problem that arose " -"during the process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:29 -msgid "" -"If one of the quality checks failed, the button will be highlighted on the " -"document. If not, the button won’t be highlighted." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:36 ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:50 -msgid "Manufacturing Flow with Routings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:38 -msgid "" -"If you work with routings defined on your manufacturing orders, the quality " -"alerts will be launched directly from the work orders on which the quality " -"checks took place." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Then, a button *Quality Alert* will be available from the work order view. " -"When you click on the button, you can specify the quality problem that " -"appeared during the process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:3 -msgid "Generate a Quality Alert from a Transfer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:6 -msgid "Use the Quality Alert" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Every time you perform some *Quality Checks* on a transfer, a *Quality " -"Alert* button appears. You can always use it. The button is automatically " -"highlighted once you have a failed quality check for the transfer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:16 -msgid "" -"If you click on that *Quality Alert* button, you can specify what was the " -"problem with the product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:22 -msgid "" -"The *Quality Alert* that is created from the transfer can be found via the " -"button appearing on the top right corner of the transfer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:28 -msgid "" -"You can also access all your *Quality Alerts* via the menu, accessible under" -" *Control*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks.rst:3 -msgid "Checks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:3 -msgid "Perform Quality Checks on Manufacturing Orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:5 -msgid "" -"There are two different situations to consider and that will differ in Odoo " -"processes:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:8 -msgid "You work with simple manufacturing flows;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:10 -msgid "" -"You work with complex manufacturing flows that are represented by the use of" -" routings in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:13 -msgid "Simple Manufacturing Flow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:16 -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:53 -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:6 -msgid "Create the Quality Control Point" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:18 -msgid "" -"To create a quality control point, open the quality app and go to " -":menuselection:`Control --> Control Points`. There, hit create. Make sure to" -" select *Manufacturing* as operation and choose the type of quality check " -"you want to perform." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:27 -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:69 -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:17 -msgid "Process the Quality Check" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Once your *Quality Control Point* has been created, you can create a " -"manufacturing order for your product. Now, and before marking the " -"manufacturing as done, you can register the *Quality Checks*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Once you have performed your quality checks, you can find them via the " -"*Quality Checks* button available on the manufacturing order form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:46 -msgid "" -"If you want to access all your quality checks, you can do this by opening " -"the quality checks menu, under quality control." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:55 -msgid "" -"If you want to create a *Quality Control Point*, open the *Quality* app and " -"go to :menuselection:`Control --> Control Points`. Then, click on create. " -"Make sure to select *Manufacturing* as operation and select the work order " -"operation on which the quality check should be performed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Choosing the work order operation is necessary if you want the quality " -"checks to be performed in the work orders. After that, you can choose the " -"type of quality check." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Once your *Quality Control Point* has been configured, create a " -"manufacturing order for your product. You have to plan it if you want to " -"generate the necessary work orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:78 -msgid "" -"Now, process the work order and your quality check will appear. In this " -"example, the quality check requests to enter the serial number of the Table " -"Top component." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:3 -msgid "Perform Quality Checks on Transfers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:8 -msgid "" -"To create a *Quality Control Point*, open the *Quality* application. Then, " -"go to :menuselection:`Quality Control --> Control Points --> Create`. Now, " -"you can define the quality control point you want to apply to a specific " -"product. Don’t forget to select a transfer operation type." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Let’s say that we will receive a laptop. First, create a planned receipt for" -" the product. Then, on the receipt, you will see a *Quality Checks* button " -"that appears to proceed to the quality check you configured before." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:27 -msgid "" -"By clicking on it, the instruction set on the quality control point will be " -"displayed and will require the check value." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Once the quality check is done, you can find it linked to the corresponding " -"transfer and access it by clicking on the button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:39 -msgid "" -"But, if the quality check failed, the stat button will appear in red " -"(instead of green) and Odoo will suggest you to create a *Quality Alert* by " -"highlighting the corresponding button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:46 -msgid "" -"The quality checks can also be found in the *Quality* application by opening" -" the *Quality Checks* menu, under *Quality Control*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control.rst:3 -msgid "Control" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:3 -msgid "Define Quality Control Points" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Quality is an important factor when it comes to products or services. " -"Nowadays, quality has become the differentiating factor for all goods and " -"services. It is vital for businesses to deliver products that meet or exceed" -" expectations. It also helps minimize waste." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:10 -msgid "" -"That is why most manufacturers would not think of eliminating the quality " -"control from their manufacturing process. After all, removing quality " -"controls would dramatically increase the number of defective products that " -"the company then has to rework or scrap." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Then, using business applications to ensure data quality is important. With " -"Odoo insuring the rear, any major problem can be avoided before occurring!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:20 -msgid "Quality Control Points" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:22 -msgid "" -"To create a *Quality Control Point*, go to :menuselection:`Quality --> " -"Quality Control --> Control Points`. Once there, define the product on which" -" the quality control point should take place. The operation at which it " -"takes place also is to be defined here." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:27 -msgid "" -"The *Quality Control Points* take place during transfers or during the " -"manufacturing process of the products. If working with routings on *Bill of " -"Materials*, you have to precise at which step of the manufacturing process " -"the quality control point needs to be applied." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:32 -msgid "" -"The *Control Type* defines at which frequency the quality checks should take" -" place:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:35 -msgid "" -"**All operations**: all the operations automatically generate quality checks" -" to perform;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:38 -msgid "" -"**Randomly**: the quality checks only perform on x% of the operation. The " -"percentage needs to be defined on the control point;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:41 -msgid "" -"**Periodically**: the quality checks are performed periodically. The " -"periodicity is based on the defined period (once a day, once a week)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:50 -msgid "Quality Control Point Types" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Now, one thing remains to be configured: the type of quality check. There " -"are several types that can be used: text, take a picture, pass-fail, take a " -"measure, register consumed material, register by-product, and print label." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Some types are available only with the manufacturing application installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:62 -msgid "Text" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:64 -msgid "" -"This control point type allows giving instructions to workers during the " -"transfer or during the manufacturing process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:80 -msgid "Take a Picture" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:82 -msgid "" -"This control point type asks to take a picture of the product applied in a " -"transfer or when manufacturing it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:98 -msgid "" -"This process can be simplified by using a connected :doc:`camera " -"<../../iot/devices/measurement_tool>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:102 -msgid "Pass-Fail" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:104 -msgid "" -"*Pass-Fail* requires to specify if the products pass or fail specific " -"criteria. It can be applied for both transfers or manufacturing orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:111 -msgid "" -"For this kind of type, there is the possibility to define a failure message " -"giving instructions to follow in case of failure." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:127 -msgid "Take a Measure" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:129 -msgid "" -"Taking measures requires to enter the product’s measurements during a " -"transfer or during the manufacturing process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:132 -msgid "" -"To use it, it necessary to specify the norm for your product’s measurements," -" but also a tolerance threshold. Doing so, all the products with good " -"measures can are automatically accepted." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:140 -msgid "" -"As for *Pass-Fail*, this type allows defining a failure message that gives " -"instructions to the worker." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:156 -msgid "" -"This process can be simplified by using connected :doc:`measurement tools " -"<../../iot/devices/camera>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:159 -msgid "Register Consumed Materials" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:161 -msgid "" -"When using *Register Consumed Materials*, it is required to register the " -"component’s serial/lot numbers during the manufacturing process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:165 -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:182 -msgid "This type is only available when working with routings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:176 -msgid "Register By-Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:178 -msgid "" -"With *Register By-Products*, it is required to register the serial/lot " -"number of the by-products that are manufactured." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:193 -msgid "Print Label" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:195 -msgid "" -"*Print Label*, as its name points out, allows printing labels to add to the " -"product during the manufacturing process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:207 -msgid "" -"This process can be simplified by using a connected :doc:`printer " -"<../../iot/devices/printer>`." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/recruitment.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/recruitment.po deleted file mode 100644 index e38d03e13..000000000 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/recruitment.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,23 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 9.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-11-22 13:16+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: Erwin van der Ploeg <erwin@odooexperts.nl>, 2017\n" -"Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: nl\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../recruitment.rst:5 -msgid "Recruitment" -msgstr "Werving & Selectie" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index 3cf68e886..40ed67152 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -1,15 +1,26 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # +# Translators: +# Jurre Claassen <JurreCl@me.com>, 2021 +# Erwin van der Ploeg <erwin@odooexperts.nl>, 2021 +# Eric Geens <eric.geens@vitabiz.be>, 2021 +# Nils van Odoo <nvo@odoo.com>, 2021 +# Martin Trigaux, 2021 +# Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Gunther Clauwaert <gclauwae@hotmail.com>, 2021 +# Louisa Van Cauwenberghe <vcl@odoo.com>, 2021 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-18 07:12+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Louisa Van Cauwenberghe <vcl@odoo.com>, 2021\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -17,323 +28,3138 @@ msgstr "" "Language: nl\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" -#: ../../sales.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales.rst:4 msgid "Sales" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/advanced.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm.rst:4 +msgid "CRM" +msgstr "Relatiebeheer" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads.rst:3 +msgid "Acquire leads" +msgstr "Verwerven van leads" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:3 +msgid "Convert leads into opportunities" +msgstr "Converteer leads naar prospects" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The system can generate leads instead of opportunities, in order to add a " +"qualification step before converting a *Lead* into an *Opportunity* and " +"assigning to the right sales people." +msgstr "" +"Het systeem kan leads genereren in plaats van opportuniteiten, om zo een " +"kwalificatie stap toe te voegen voordat u een * Lead * in een * " +"Opportuniteit* omzet en aan een verkoopmedewerker toewijst. U kunt deze " +"modus activeren via de CRM-instellingen. " + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:9 +msgid "" +"You can activate this mode from the CRM Settings. It applies to all your " +"sales channels by default. But you can make it specific for specific " +"channels from their configuration form." +msgstr "" +"U kan deze modus activeren via de CRM-instellingen. Dit is standaard van " +"toepassing op al uw verkoopkanalen. Maar u kan dit specificiëren voor ieder " +"kanaal via de configuratie. " + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:25 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:16 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` and activate the *Leads* feature." +msgstr "" +"Ga voor deze functie naar: menuselectie: `CRM -> Configuratie -> " +"Instellingen` en activeer de * Leads * functie." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:22 +msgid "" +"You will now have a new submenu *Leads* under *Leads* where they will " +"aggregate." +msgstr "" +"U heeft nu een nieuw submenu * Leads * onder * Pijplijn * waar leads zullen " +"toegevoegd worden." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:29 +msgid "Convert a lead into an opportunity" +msgstr "Converteer een lead in een opportuniteit" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:31 +msgid "" +"When you click on a *Lead* you will have the option to convert it to an " +"opportunity and decide if it should still be assigned to the same " +"channel/person and if you need to create a new customer." +msgstr "" +"Wanneer u op * Lead * klikt, hebt u de mogelijkheid om deze om te zetten in " +"een opportuniteit en te beslissen of deze nog steeds moet worden toegewezen " +"aan hetzelfde kanaal / dezelfde persoon en of u een nieuwe klant moet maken." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:38 +msgid "" +"If you already have an opportunity with that customer Odoo will " +"automatically offer you to merge with that opportunity. In the same manner, " +"Odoo will automatically offer you to link to an existing customer if that " +"customer already exists." +msgstr "" +"Als u al een opportuniteit heeft met die klant, biedt Odoo u automatisch de " +"mogelijkheid om ze samen te smelten. Op dezelfde manier biedt Odoo u " +"automatisch een link naar een bestaande klant als die klant al bestaat." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:44 +msgid "Merge opportunities" +msgstr "Prospects samenvoegen" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Odoo will also automatically propose to merge opportunities if they have the" +" same email address. When merging opportunities, Odoo merges the information" +" into the opportunity which was created first, giving priority to the " +"information present on the first opportunity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:51 +msgid "" +"No information is lost: data from the other opportunity is logged in the " +"chatter and the information fields for easy access." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Would you find a duplicate yourself, ...you can also merge opportunities or " +"leads even if the system doesn't propose it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Here’s how, from the list view. Select the opportunities or leads you want " +"to merge and the action button will appear. Then, you can select merge." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:67 +msgid "It is also possible to merge more than 2 opportunities or leads." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:3 +msgid "Generate leads/opportunities from emails" +msgstr "Genereer leads/opportuniteiten vanuit e-mails" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Automating the lead/opportunity generation will considerably improve your " +"efficiency. By default, any email sent to *sales@database\\_domain.ext* will" +" create an opportunity in the pipeline of the default sales channel." +msgstr "" +"Het automatiseren van de lead / opportuniteit-generatie zal uw efficiëntie " +"aanzienlijk verbeteren. Standaard zal odoo een opportuniteit in de pijplijn " +"van het standaard verkoopkanaal toevoegen voor elke e-mail die wordt " +"verzonden naar * sales@database\\ _domain.ext *." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:11 +msgid "Configure email aliases" +msgstr "Configureer e-mail aliassen" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Each sales teams can have its own email alias, to generate " +"leads/opportunities automatically assigned to it. It is useful if you manage" +" several sales teams with specific business processes. You will find the " +"configuration of sales teams under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Sales " +"Teams`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:3 +msgid "Generate leads/opportunities from your website contact page" +msgstr "Genereer leads/opportuniteiten vanaf uw website contact pagina" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Automating the lead/opportunity generation will considerably improve your " +"efficiency. Any visitor using the contact form on your website will create a" +" lead/opportunity in the pipeline." +msgstr "" +"Het automatiseren van de lead / opportuniteit-generatie zal uw efficiëntie " +"aanzienlijk verbeteren. Een lead/opportuniteit zal in de pijplijn gecreëerd " +"worden voor elke bezoeker die het contactformulier op uw website gebruikt." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:10 +msgid "Use the contact us on your website" +msgstr "Gebruik de contacteer ons op uw website" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:12 +msgid "You should first go to your website app." +msgstr "U moet eerst naar de website app gaan." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:14 +msgid "|image0|\\ |image1|" +msgstr "|image0|\\ |image1|" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:16 +msgid "" +"With the CRM app installed, you benefit from a ready-to-use contact form on " +"your Odoo website that will generate leads/opportunities automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To change to a specific sales channel, go to :menuselection:`Website --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` under *Communication* you will find the Contact " +"Form info and where to change the *Sales Channel* or *Salesperson*." +msgstr "" +"Om naar een specifiek verkoopkanaal te gaan, ga naar: menuselectie: `Website" +" -> Configuratie -> Instellingen` onder * Communicatie * vindt u de " +"informatie over het Contactformulier en waar u het * Verkoopkanaal * of * " +"Verkoopmedewerker * kunt wijzigen." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:50 +msgid "Create a custom contact form" +msgstr "Maak een gepersonaliseerd contact formulier" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:34 +msgid "" +"You may want to know more from your visitor when they use the contact form " +"to you will need to build a custom contact form on your website. These " +"contact forms can generate multiple types of records in the system (emails, " +"leads/opportunities, project tasks, helpdesk tickets, etc.)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:43 +msgid "" +"You will need to install the free *Form Builder* module, only available in " +"Odoo Enterprise." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:52 +msgid "" +"First, go to the page where you want to put your contact form. In edit mode," +" drag the form builder onto the page, and you will be able to add all the " +"fields you wish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:59 +msgid "" +"By default, any new contact form will send an email. You can switch to " +"lead/opportunity generation in *Change Form Parameters*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:63 +msgid "" +"If the same visitor uses the contact form twice, the second entry will be " +"added to the first lead/opportunity in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:67 +msgid "Generate leads instead of opportunities" +msgstr "Genereer leads i.p.v. opportuniteiten" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:69 +msgid "" +"When using a contact form, you should use a qualification step before " +"assigning the form to the right sales people. To do so, activate *Leads* in " +"CRM settings and refer to :doc:`convert`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:3 +msgid "Lead mining" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:4 +msgid "" +"In any business, getting quality leads is essential to keep the business " +"growing. Lead mining allows you to generate leads from scratch directly from" +" your database. Target your leads based on a set of criteria such as the " +"country, the size of the company, the industry your leads are coming from to" +" make them relevant to your business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:10 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` and activate the **Lead Mining** feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:17 +msgid "Start generating leads" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:18 +msgid "" +"You will now have a new button **Generate Leads** available in your " +"pipeline. You are also able to create lead mining requests from the " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Lead Mining Requests` and trough " +":menuselection:`Leads --> Leads` where you have the **Generate Leads** " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:27 +msgid "" +"From there, click on the **Generate Leads** button, a window where you will " +"be able to pick your criteria will pop up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:34 +msgid "" +"When choosing to target Companied and their contacts you can choose the " +"contacts you are getting based on Role or Seniority. When getting contact " +"information make sure to be aware of the latest EU regulation, get more " +"information about General Data Protection Regulation on `Odoo GDPR " +"<http://odoo.com/gdpr>`__," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:39 +msgid "" +"You can decide to filter the leads you are getting depending on the size " +"(number of employees) of the companies. You can pick the countries your " +"leads are coming from. It is possible to pick multiple countries. You can " +"pick the industries your leads are coming from. It is possible to pick " +"multiple industries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:43 +msgid "" +"You can choose the salesperson and the Salesteam the lead will be assigned " +"to. You can also add tags to track your generated leads." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:47 +msgid "The generated leads will have the name of the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:36 +msgid "Pricing" +msgstr "Prijzen" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:51 +msgid "" +"This is an In-App Purchase feature, each generated lead will cost you one " +"credit. If you choose to get contact information each contact will also cost" +" us one additional credit. Here is the pricing for this `feature " +"<https://iap.odoo.com/iap/in-app-services/167?>`__, To buy credits you can " +"either go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Settings --> Buy " +"Credits`; or go to :menuselection:`Settings --> In-App Purchases --> View my" +" Services`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:65 +msgid "" +"The blue box will automatically tell you how many credits are going to be " +"consumed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:169 +msgid "" +"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you " +"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:71 +msgid "" +":doc:`In-App Purchases (IAP) " +"</applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:3 +msgid "Send quotations" +msgstr "Verstuur offertes" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you qualify a lead into an opportunity you will most likely need to " +"send them a quotation. You can directly do this in the CRM App with Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:12 +msgid "Create a new quotation" +msgstr "Maak een nieuwe offerte" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:14 +msgid "" +"By clicking on any opportunity or lead, you will see a *New Quotation* " +"button, it will bring you into a new menu where you can manage your quote." +msgstr "" +"Door op een opportuniteit of lead te klikken, zal de knop * Nieuwe Offerte *" +" beschikbaar zijn. Deze brengt u naar een nieuw menu waar u uw offerte kunt " +"opmaken en beheren." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:21 +msgid "" +"You will find all your quotes to that specific opportunity under the " +"*Quotations* menu on that page." +msgstr "" +"U vindt al uw offertes voor die specifieke opportuniteit in het menu * " +"Offerte(s) *." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:28 +msgid "Mark them won/lost" +msgstr "Markeer ze als gewonnen/verloren" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Now you will need to mark your opportunity as won or lost to move the " +"process along." +msgstr "" +"Nu moet u uw opportuniteit markeren als gewonnen of verloren om het proces " +"verder te zetten." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you mark them as won, they will move to your *Won* column in your Kanban " +"view. If you however mark them as *Lost* they will be archived." +msgstr "" +"Als u ze markeert als gewonnen, worden ze verplaatst naar de kolom * " +"Gewonnen * in de Kanban-weergave. Als u ze echter als * Verloren* markeert, " +"worden ze gearchiveerd." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize.rst:3 +msgid "Optimize your Day-to-Day work" +msgstr "Optimaliseer uw dagelijks werk" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:3 +msgid "How to motivate and reward my salespeople?" +msgstr "Hoe motiveer en beloon ik mijn verkopers?" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Challenging your employees to reach specific targets with goals and rewards " +"is an excellent way to reinforce good habits and improve your salespeople " +"productivity. The Gamification module gives you simple and creative ways to " +"motivate and evaluate your employees with real-time recognition and badges " +"inspired by game mechanics." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Install the *Gamification* module, or the *CRM gamification* one, which adds" +" some useful data (goals and challenges) that can be used on *CRM/Sale*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:21 +msgid "Create a challenge" +msgstr "Een uitdaging aanmaken" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Now, create your first challenge by going to :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Gamification Tools --> Challenges`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:27 +msgid "" +"As the gamification tool is a one-time technical setup, you need to activate" +" the technical features in order to access the configuration. To do so, go " +"to *Settings* and *Activate the developer mode*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:35 +msgid "" +"A challenge is a mission that you send to your sales team. It can include " +"one or several goals, set for a specific period of time. Configure your " +"challenge as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:38 +msgid "Assign the salespeople to be challenged;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:39 +msgid "Assign a responsible;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:40 +msgid "Set up the periodicity along with the start and the end date;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:41 +msgid "Select your goals;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:42 +msgid "Set up your rewards (badges)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Badges are granted when a challenge is finished. This is either at the end " +"of a running period (eg: end of the month for a monthly challenge), at the " +"end date of a challenge (if no periodicity is set), or when the challenge is" +" manually closed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:49 +msgid "" +"In the example below, 2 employees are being challenged with a *Monthly Sales" +" Target*. The challenge is based on 2 goals: the total amount invoiced and " +"number of new leads generated. At the end of the month, the winner will be " +"granted with a badge." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:58 +msgid "Set up goals" +msgstr "Zet doelen op" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:60 +msgid "" +"The users can be evaluated using goals and numerical objectives to reach." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:62 +msgid "" +"**Goals** are assigned through *challenges* that evaluate (see image above) " +"and compare members of a team throughout time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:66 +msgid "" +"You can create a new goal on the fly from a *Challenge* by clicking on *Add " +"new item*, under *Goals*. Select the business object according to your " +"company's needs. Examples: number of new leads, time to qualify a lead, " +"total amount invoiced in a specific week, month or any other time frame " +"based on your management preferences, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Goals may include your database setup as well (e.g. set your company data " +"and a timezone, create new users, etc.)." +msgstr "" +"Doelstellingen kunnen een impact hebben op de structuur van uw database " +"(zoals het invoeren van uw bedrijfsgegevens, het instellen van uw tijdszone," +" het aanmaken van nieuwe gebruikers, en zo verder)." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:77 +msgid "Set up rewards" +msgstr "Zet beloningen op" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:79 +msgid "" +"For non-numerical achievements, **Badges** can be granted to users. From a " +"simple thank you to an exceptional achievement, a badge is an easy way to " +"express gratitude to a user for their good work. To create and grant badges " +"to your employees based on their performance, go to :menuselection:`Settings" +" --> Gamification Tools --> Badges`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:3 +msgid "Outlook Extension" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The **Odoo CRM Extension** is a connector that bridges your Outlook mailbox " +"with your Odoo database. This extension allows you to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:8 +msgid "Create leads from emails sent to your mailbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:9 +msgid "Centralize Prospects' emails into a CRM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:10 +msgid "Search and store insights on your contacts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:17 +msgid "" +"This extension is compatible with the Web version of Outlook as well as the " +"desktop apps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The Outlook Extension uses *Partner Autocomplete IAP credits* to search and " +"store insights on your contacts. See the :ref:`Pricing section " +"<outlook_extension/pricing>` below for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The Outlook Extension requires to be configured both in Odoo and in Outlook." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:34 +msgid "Enable the feature on your database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To enable this feature on your Odoo database, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> " +"Configuration --> Lead Generation`, enable **Outlook CRM Extension**, and " +"click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:42 +msgid "Install the add-in on Outlook" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:44 +msgid "" +"You can install the Outlook Extension as a **Custom Add-in**. To do so, " +"follow these steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:0 +msgid "URL of the **Odoo for Outlook** add-in's manifest file:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:0 +msgid "``https://download.odoo.com/plugins/outlook/manifest.xml``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:50 +msgid "Todo" +msgstr "Te doen" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:50 +msgid "add copy button when the feature is added to the doc" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Connect to your Outlook mailbox, open any email, and click on the *More " +"actions* button, displayed as three little dots." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:59 +msgid "Click on *Get add-ins*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:65 +msgid "" +"In the new window, select the tab named *My add-ins*, click on *+ Add a " +"custom add-in*, and then on *Add from URL...*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Outlook prompts you to **enter the URL of the add-in's manifest file**. To " +"do so, copy the following URL, paste it in the box, and click on *OK*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Outlook warns you that Microsoft hasn’t verified the add-in. Click on " +"*Install* to complete the installation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:84 +msgid "" +"The *Odoo for Outlook* add-in is not listed yet on Outlook's add-ins list. " +"This is why it is currently necessary to install it as a *custom add-in*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:90 +msgid "Add a shortcut to open the extension" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:92 +msgid "" +"By default, you can open the **Odoo for Outlook** extension from the *More " +"actions* menu. This section explains how to move the launcher next to the " +"other default actions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:99 +msgid "" +"In your Outlook mailbox, click on *Settings*, then on *View all Outlook " +"settings*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Mail --> Customize actions --> Message " +"surface`, select *Odoo for Outlook*, and click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:109 +msgid "Connect to your database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Open **Odoo for Outlook** from any email. This opens the extension as a " +"panel on the right side of your screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:113 +msgid "Click on *login* at the bottom of the extension." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:114 +msgid "Insert your database's URL then click on *Login*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:120 +msgid "" +"Log into your database by entering your credentials. Skip this step if you " +"are already logged in with this browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:122 +msgid "" +"A message asks you if you want to let Outlook access your Odoo database. " +"Click on *Allow* to complete the connection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Make sure first to :ref:`enable the feature on your database " +"<outlook_extension/enable-feature>`. Failing to do so would result in an " +"*error 404 message*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:130 +msgid "" +"The extension displays some information, even if you do not connect it to " +"any Odoo database. Note that only a limited amount of contact enrichment " +"requests are available as a trial, as this feature requires prepaid credits." +" See the :ref:`Pricing section <outlook_extension/pricing>` below for more " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:140 +msgid "" +"The extension is **free** and doesn't require any purchase to be installed " +"and used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:142 +msgid "" +"However, this extension provides you with *Lead Enrichment* in the **Company" +" Insights** section. This service is part of a paid service known as **Lead " +"Generation**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:145 +msgid "" +"The extension allows you to test this service for free, whether you connect " +"the extension to a database or not. After a while, the extension asks you to" +" buy credits to keep using this additional service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:155 +msgid "" +"You can buy more *Lead Generation* credits to keep using this service or " +"disregard this message and keep using the extension for free without *Lead " +"Enrichment*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:159 +msgid "In-App Purchase" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:162 +msgid "" +"*Lead Generation* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service, which requires " +"prepaid credits to be used. Each request consumes one credit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To buy credits, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Contacts --> Partner " +"Autocomplete or Odoo IAP --> View My Services` and select a package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:167 +msgid "" +"If you run out of credits, the only information populated when clicking on " +"the suggested company is the website link and logo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Learn about our *Privacy Policy* `here " +"<https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#header_2>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:174 +msgid ":doc:`../../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:175 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Lead Enrichment <https://www.odoo.com/r/p73>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:3 +msgid "Enrich your contacts base with Partner Autocomplete" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Parter Autocomplete helps you to enrich your contacts database with " +"corporate data. Select one of the companies suggested in the dropdown, and " +"quickly get all the information you need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Contacts` and activate the *Partner " +"Autocomplete* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:18 +msgid "Enrich your contacts with corporate data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:22 +msgid "" +"From any module, once you start to create a new contact typing the name of " +"it, the system will suggest a potential match. If you select it, the contact" +" will be populated with corporate data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:23 +msgid "" +"For example, after typing *Odoo*, you will get the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Partner Autocomplete also works if you enter a VAT number instead of a " +"company name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:39 +msgid "" +"*Partner Autocomplete* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service, which requires" +" prepaid credits to be used. Each request will consume one credit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:44 +msgid "" +"If you run out of credits, the only information that will be populated when " +"clicking on the suggested company will be the website link and the logo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:46 +msgid "" +"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and you have the Enterprise version, you " +"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance.rst:3 +msgid "Analyze performance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:3 +msgid "Check your Win/Loss Ratio" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To see how well you are doing with your pipeline, take a look at the " +"Win/Loss ratio." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To access this report, go to your *Pipeline* view under the *Reporting* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:11 +msgid "" +"From there you can filter to which opportunities you wish to see, yours, the" +" ones from your sales channel, your whole company, etc. You can then click " +"on filter and check Won/Lost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:18 +msgid "You can also change the *Measures* to *Total Revenue*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:23 +msgid "You also have the ability to switch to a pie chart view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline.rst:3 +msgid "Organize the pipeline" +msgstr "Organiseer uw pijplijn" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:3 +msgid "Manage lost opportunities" +msgstr "Beheer verloren opportuniteiten" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:5 +msgid "" +"While working with your opportunities, you might lose some of them. You will" +" want to keep track of the reasons you lost them and also which ways Odoo " +"can help you recover them in the future." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:10 +msgid "Mark a lead as lost" +msgstr "Markeer een lead als verloren" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:12 +msgid "" +"While in your pipeline, select any opportunity you want and you will see a " +"*Mark Lost* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:15 +msgid "" +"You can then select an existing *Lost Reason* or create a new one right " +"there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:22 +msgid "Manage & create lost reasons" +msgstr "Beheer & Definieer verlies redenen" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You will find your *Lost Reasons* under :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Lost Reasons`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:26 +msgid "" +"You can select & rename any of them as well as create a new one from there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:30 +msgid "Retrieve lost opportunities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To retrieve lost opportunities and do actions on them (send an email, make a" +" feedback call, etc.), select the *Lost* filter in the search bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:39 +msgid "You will then see all your lost opportunities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:41 +msgid "" +"If you want to refine them further, you can add a filter on the *Lost " +"Reason*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:44 +msgid "For Example, *Too Expensive*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:50 +msgid "Restore lost opportunities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:52 +msgid "" +"From the Kanban view with the filter(s) in place, you can select any " +"opportunity you wish and work on it as usual. You can also restore it by " +"clicking on *Archived*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:59 +msgid "" +"You can also restore items in batch from the Kanban view when they belong to" +" the same stage. Select *Restore Records* in the column options. You can " +"also archive the same way." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:66 +msgid "To select specific opportunities, you should switch to the list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Then you can select as many or all opportunities and select the actions you " +"want to take." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:78 +msgid ":doc:`../performance/win_loss`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:3 +msgid "Manage multiple sales teams" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, you can manage several sales teams, departments or channels with " +"specific sales processes. To do so, we use the concept of *Sales Channel*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:10 +msgid "Create a new sales channel" +msgstr "Maak een nieuw verkoopkanaal" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To create a new *Sales Channel*, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Sales Channels`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:14 +msgid "" +"There you can set an email alias to it. Every message sent to that email " +"address will create a lead/opportunity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:21 +msgid "Add members to your sales channel" +msgstr "Voeg leden toe aan het verkoopkanaal" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You can add members to any channel; that way those members will see the " +"pipeline structure of the sales channel when opening it. Any " +"lead/opportunity assigned to them will link to the sales channel. Therefore," +" you can only be a member of one channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:28 +msgid "This will ease the process review of the team manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you now filter on this specific channel in your pipeline, you will find " +"all of its opportunities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:40 +msgid "Sales channel dashboard" +msgstr "Verkoopkanaal dashboard" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To see the operations and results of any sales channel at a glance, the " +"sales manager also has access to the *Sales Channel Dashboard* under " +"*Reporting*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:46 +msgid "" +"It is shared with the whole ecosystem so every revenue stream is included in" +" it: Sales, eCommerce, PoS, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads.rst:3 +msgid "Assign and track leads" +msgstr "Leads toewijzen en traceren" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:3 +msgid "Assign leads based on scoring" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With *Leads Scoring* you can automatically rank your leads based on selected" +" criterias." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:8 +msgid "" +"For example you could score customers from your country higher or the ones " +"that visited specific pages on your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To use scoring, install the free module *Lead Scoring* under your *Apps* " +"page (only available in Odoo Enterprise)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:21 +msgid "Create scoring rules" +msgstr "Maak een scoreregel aan" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You now have a new tab in your *CRM* app called *Leads Management* where you" +" can manage your scoring rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Here's an example for a Canadian lead, you can modify for whatever criteria " +"you wish to score your leads on. You can add as many criterias as you wish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Every hour every lead without a score will be automatically scanned and " +"assigned their right score according to your scoring rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:40 +msgid "Assign leads" +msgstr "Leads toewijzen" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Once the scores computed, leads can be assigned to specific teams using the " +"same domain mechanism. To do so go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Leads " +"Management --> Team Assignation` and apply a specific domain on each team. " +"This domain can include scores." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Further on, you can assign to a specific vendor in the team with an even " +"more refined domain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:52 +msgid "" +"To do so go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Leads Management --> Leads " +"Assignation`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:58 +msgid "" +"The team & leads assignation will assign the unassigned leads once a day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:62 +msgid "Evaluate & use the unassigned leads" +msgstr "Evalueer & gebruik de niet toegewezen leads" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Once your scoring rules are in place you will most likely still have some " +"unassigned leads. Some of them could still lead to an opportunity so it is " +"useful to do something with them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:68 +msgid "" +"In your leads page you can place a filter to find your unassigned leads." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Why not using :menuselection:`Email Marketing` or :menuselection:`Marketing " +"Automation` apps to send a mass email to them? You can also easily find such" +" unassigned leads from there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:3 +msgid "Track your prospects visits" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Tracking your website pages will give you much more information about the " +"interests of your website visitors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Every tracked page they visit will be recorded on your lead/opportunity if " +"they use the contact form on your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To use this feature, install the free module *Lead Scoring* under your " +"*Apps* page (only available in Odoo Enterprise)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:21 +msgid "Track a webpage" +msgstr "Volg een webpagina" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Go to any static page you want to track on your website and under the " +"*Promote* tab you will find *Optimize SEO*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:29 +msgid "There you will see a *Track Page* checkbox to track this page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:35 +msgid "See visited pages in your leads/opportunities" +msgstr "Bekijk bezochte pagina's in uw leads/prospects" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Now each time a lead is created from the contact form it will keep track of " +"the pages visited by that visitor. You have two ways to see those pages, on " +"the top right corner of your lead/opportunity you can see a *Page Views* " +"button but also further down you will see them in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Both will update if the viewers comes back to your website and visits more " +"pages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:52 +msgid "" +"The feature will not repeat multiple viewings of the same pages in the " +"chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:55 +msgid "Your customers will no longer be able to keep any secrets from you!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:4 +msgid "Point of Sale" +msgstr "Kassa" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features.rst:3 +msgid "Pricing Features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:3 +msgid "Using discount tags with a barcode scanner" +msgstr "Korting labels gebruiken met een barcode scanner" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:5 +msgid "" +"If you want to sell your products with a discount, for a product getting " +"close to its expiration date for example, you can use discount tags. They " +"allow you to scan discount barcodes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:10 +msgid "To use discount tags you will need to use a barcode scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:13 +msgid "Barcode Nomenclature" +msgstr "Barcode nomenclatuur" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:15 +msgid "To use discounts tags, we need to learn about barcode nomenclature." +msgstr "" +"Om korting labels te gebruiken moeten we de barcode nomenclaturen leren." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Let's say you want to have a discount for the product with the following " +"barcode:" +msgstr "" +"Laten we zeggen dat u een korting wilt voor het product met de volgende " +"barcode:" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You can find the *Default Nomenclature* under the settings of your PoS " +"interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Let's say you want 50% discount on a product you have to start your barcode " +"with 22 (for the discount barcode nomenclature) and then 50 (for the %) " +"before adding the product barcode. In our example, the barcode would be:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:41 +msgid "Scan the products & tags" +msgstr "Scan de producten & labels" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:43 +msgid "You first have to scan the desired product (in our case, a lemon)." +msgstr "U moet eerst het gewenste product scannen (in ons geval een citroen)." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:48 +msgid "" +"And then scan the discount tag. The discount will be applied and you can " +"finish the transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:3 +msgid "Apply Discounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"By offering discounts, you can entice your customers and drastically " +"increase your revenue. It is vital to offer discounts, whether they are " +"time-limited, seasonal or manually given." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:9 +msgid "" +"To manage discounts, Odoo has powerful features that help set up a pricing " +"strategy tailored to every business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:13 +msgid "Apply manual discounts" +msgstr "Manuele kortingen toepassen" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:15 +msgid "" +"If you seldom use discounts, applying manual ones might be the easiest " +"solution for your Point of Sale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:18 +msgid "" +"You can either apply a discount on the whole order or on specific products " +"inside an order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:22 +msgid "Apply a discount on a product" +msgstr "Een korting toepassen op een product" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:24 +msgid "From your PoS session interface, use the *Disc* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Then, you can input a discount over the product that is currently selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:34 +msgid "Apply a global discount" +msgstr "Een globale korting toepassen" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To apply a discount on the whole order, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales" +" --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and select your PoS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Once on your PoS form, select *Global Discounts*, under the *Pricing* " +"category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:45 +msgid "Now, you have a new *Discount* button appearing on your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:51 +msgid "Click on it and enter the wanted discount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:58 +msgid "" +"On this example, there is a global discount of 50% as well as a specific 50%" +" discount on oranges." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:62 +msgid "Apply time-limited discounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To activate time-limited discounts, you must activate the *Pricelists* " +"feature. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Configuration " +"--> Point of Sale` and open your PoS. Then, enable the pricelist feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Once activated, you must choose the pricelists you want to make available in" +" the PoS and define a default one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:77 +msgid "Create a pricelist" +msgstr "Maak een prijslijst" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:79 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo has a *Public Pricelist* configured. To create more, go to " +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Products --> Pricelists`. Then click on " +"create." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:83 +msgid "" +"When creating a pricelist, you can set several criteria to use a specific " +"price: period, min. quantity, etc. You can also decide to apply that " +"pricelist on specific products or on the whole range." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:92 +msgid "Using a pricelist with the PoS interface" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:94 +msgid "" +"On the PoS interface, a new button appears. Use it to select a pricelist." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Click on it to instantly update the prices with the selected pricelist. " +"Then, you can finalize the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:3 +msgid "Manage a loyalty program" +msgstr "Beheer een loyaliteitsprogramma" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Encourage your customers to continue to shop at your point of sale with a " +"*Loyalty Program*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To activate the *Loyalty Program* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " +"Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface. " +"Under the Pricing features, select *Loyalty Program*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:19 +msgid "From there you can create and edit your loyalty programs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You can decide what type of program you wish to use, if the reward is a " +"discount or a gift, make it specific to some products or cover your whole " +"range. Apply rules so that it is only valid in specific situation and " +"everything in between." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:30 +msgid "Use the loyalty program in your PoS interface" +msgstr "Gebruik het loyaliteitsprogramma in uw kassa interface" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:32 +msgid "" +"When a customer is set, you will now see the points they will get for the " +"transaction and they will accumulate until they are spent. They are spent " +"using the button *Rewards* when they have enough points according to the " +"rules defined in the loyalty program." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:40 +msgid "" +"You can see the price is instantly updated to reflect the pricelist. You can" +" finalize the order in your usual way." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:44 +msgid "" +"If you select a customer with a default pricelist, it will be applied. You " +"can of course change it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:3 +msgid "Using Pricelists in Point of Sale" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You probably know the concept of happy hour: during a certain period of " +"time, the barman gives a discount on some drinks (usually 50% off or a buy " +"one get one free). When the period is over, prices go back to normal. But " +"how does that relate with Odoo?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:10 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, you can set up happy hours. It’s one of the many possible uses of " +"*Pricelists*. Those *Pricelists* allow the creation of multiple prices for " +"the same product: a regular one and a special one for happy hours. Available" +" in the *PoS* app, those are really convenient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:17 +msgid "Set up Pricelists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To set up a *Pricelist*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Configuration` and enable the *Pricelist* feature. Then, " +"go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and" +" enable *Pricelist* for the *PoS*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Now, you can create *Pricelists* by clicking on the *Pricelists* link. Then," +" set it up by choosing the product category you want to include in your " +"happy hour and the discount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Go back to your *PoS* settings and add the Happy Hour pricelist to the list." +" You can even choose a default pricelist if needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:39 +msgid "" +"From now on, on the *PoS* interface, a new button is available, allowing you" +" to choose among the different *pricelists* you added before." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:46 +msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm.rst:3 +msgid "Fiscal Data Modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Setting up the Fiscal Data Module with the Odoo POS" +msgstr "De fiscale data module opzetten met de Odoo kassa" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:170 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The Belgian government requires certain businesses to use a government-" +"certified device called a **Fiscal Data Module** (also known as a " +"**blackbox**). This device works together with the POS application and logs " +"certain transactions. On top of that, the used POS application must also be " +"certified by the government and must adhere to strict standards specified by" +" them. `Odoo 9 (Enterprise Edition) is a certified application " +"<http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/systemes-certifies>`_. More " +"information concerning the Fiscal Data Module can be found on `the official " +"website <http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:20 +msgid "Required hardware" +msgstr "Vereiste hardware" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:22 +msgid "" +"A government certified `Fiscal Data Module " +"<http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/systemes-" +"certifies#FDM%20certifiés>`_ per POS, all of them should work, but the " +"Cleancash SC-B is recommended, you will also need:" +msgstr "" +"Een door de regering gecertificeerd `Fiscale data module " +"<http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/systemes-" +"certifies#FDM%20certifiés>`_ per Kassa, ze zouden allemaal moeten werken, " +"maar de Cleancash SC-B is aanbevolen, u heeft ook het volgende nodig:" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Serial null modem cable per FDM (`example <http://www.startech.com/Cables" +"/Serial-Parallel-PS-2/DB9-DB25/10-ft-Cross-Wired-Serial-Null-Modem-Cable-" +"DB9-FM~SCNM9FM>`__)" +msgstr "" +"Seriële nul modem kabel per FDM (`bijvoorbeeld " +"<http://www.startech.com/Cables/Serial-Parallel-PS-2/DB9-DB25/10-ft-Cross-" +"Wired-Serial-Null-Modem-Cable-DB9-FM~SCNM9FM>`__)" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Serial-to-USB adapter per FDM (`example " +"<http://trendnet.com/products/proddetail.asp?prod=265_TU-S9>`__)" +msgstr "" +"Serieel-naar-USB adaptor per FDM (`voorbeeld " +"<http://trendnet.com/products/proddetail.asp?prod=265_TU-S9>`__)" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:32 +msgid "A registered IoT Box per POS configuration" +msgstr "Een geregistreerde IoT box per kassa configuratie" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:35 +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "Instellingen" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:38 +msgid "IoT Box" +msgstr "IoT Box" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In order to use a Fiscal Data Module, you will need a registered IoT Box. " +"These IoT Boxes are similar to the regular IoT Boxes we sell, but they are " +"registered with the Belgian government. This is required by law. Attempting " +"to use a Fiscal Data Module on a non-registered IoT Box will not work. You " +"can verify that the Fiscal Data Module is recognized by the IoT Box by going" +" to the *Hardware status page* via the IoT Box homepage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:52 +msgid "Odoo" +msgstr "Odoo" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:54 +msgid "" +"An Odoo POS app can be given certified POS capabilities by installing the " +"**Belgian Registered Cash Register** app (technical name: " +"``pos_blackbox_be``). Because of government restrictions imposed on us, this" +" installation cannot be undone. After this, you will have to ensure that " +"each POS configuration has a unique registered IoT Box associated with it " +"(:menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and " +"ensure Hardware Proxy / IoT Box and the serial number of your IoT Box is " +"set). The first time you open the Point of Sale and attempt to do a " +"transaction, you will be asked to input the PIN that you received with your " +"VAT signing card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:69 +msgid "Certification & On-premise" +msgstr "Certificering & on-premise" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The certification granted by the government is restricted to the use on " +"odoo.com SaaS instance. The usage of the module from the source or a " +"modified version will **not** be certified. For on-premise users, we also " +"support the Fiscal Data Module in such installations. The main restriction " +"is that this requires an obfuscated version of the ``pos_blackbox_be`` " +"module we will provide on request for Enterprise customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:79 +msgid "Restrictions" +msgstr "Restricties" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:81 +msgid "" +"As mentioned before, in order to get certified the POS application must " +"adhere to strict government guidelines. Because of this, a certified Odoo " +"POS has some limitations not present in the non-certified Odoo POS." +msgstr "" +"Zoals voordien vermeld moet de POS applicatie, om gecertificeerd te zijn, " +"voldoen aan strenge eisen van de staat. Hierdoor heeft een gecertificeerde " +"Odoo kassa limitaties die niet aanwezig zijn in niet gecertificeerde Odoo " +"kassa's." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:86 +msgid "Refunding is disabled" +msgstr "Terugbetalen is uitgeschakeld" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:87 +msgid "Modifying orderline prices" +msgstr "Prijzen van orderlijnen wijzigen" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:88 +msgid "Creating/modifying/deleting POS orders" +msgstr "Maken/wijzigen/verwijderen van kassa orders" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:89 +msgid "Selling products without a valid tax" +msgstr "Producten verkopen zonder een valide belasting" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:90 +msgid "Multiple Odoo POS configurations per IoT Box are not allowed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:91 +msgid "Using the POS without a connection to the IoT Box (and thus FDM)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:92 +msgid "Blacklisted modules: pos_discount, pos_reprint, pos_loyalty" +msgstr "Zwarte lijst modules: pos_discount, pos_reprint, pos_loyalty" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Overzicht" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:3 +msgid "Getting started" +msgstr "Starten" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When working with a Point of Sale application, employees want a simple, and " +"user-friendly solution. A solution that works online or offline and with any" +" device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:9 +msgid "" +"A Point of Sale system is a fully integrated application that allows any " +"transaction, automatically registers product moves in your stock, and gives " +"you real-time statistics and consolidations across all shops." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:17 +msgid "Make products available in the PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To make products available for sale, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale -->" +" Products --> Products` and open a product. In the *Sales* tab, enable " +"*Available in Point of Sale*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:28 +msgid "You can also define if the product has to be weighted or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:31 +msgid "Configure your payment methods" +msgstr "Configureer uw betaalmethodes" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:33 +msgid "" +"To add a payment method, you first need to create it. Go to " +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment Methods` and " +"click on create. Then, you can name your payment method and set it up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:43 +msgid "Don’t forget your credentials for methods using a payment terminal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Now, you can select the payment method in your PoS settings. To do so, go to" +" :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and open" +" the PoS in which you want to include the payment method. Then, add the " +"payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:55 +msgid "" +"*Configuration* is the menu where you can edit all your point of sale " +"settings. Some more features are available for restaurants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:59 +msgid "Your first PoS session" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:62 +msgid "Your first order" +msgstr "Uw eerste order" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:64 +msgid "Open a new session from the dashboard by clicking on *New Session*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:70 +msgid "After the loading screen, you arrive on the PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Once an order is completed, you can register the payment. All the available " +"payment methods appear on the left of the screen. Select the payment method " +"and enter the received amount. Then, you can validate the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:82 +msgid "Return and refund products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Having a well-thought-out return policy is key to keep customers satisfied " +"and make the process of accepting returns and refunds easy for you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:87 +msgid "" +"To do that, from the PoS interface, select the product and quantity (with " +"the +/- button) that the customer wants to return. For multiple products, " +"repeat the process individually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:94 +msgid "" +"When on the payment interface, the total is negative. To end the refund, " +"process the payment and validate it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:102 +msgid "Close the PoS session" +msgstr "Sluit de kassa sessie af" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To close your session at the end of the day, click on the close button on " +"the upper right corner of your screen and confirm. Now, close the session on" +" the dashboard view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:112 +msgid "" +"It’s strongly advised to close your PoS session at the end of each day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Once a session is closed, you can see a summary of all transactions per " +"payment method. Then, click on a line to see all orders that were paid " +"during your PoS session. If everything is correct, validate the session and " +"post the closing entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:123 +msgid "" +"To connect the PoS hardware with an Odoo IoT Box, please refer to these " +"docs: :doc:`Connect an IoT Box to your database " +"</applications/productivity/iot/config/connect>` and :doc:`Use the IoT Box " +"for the PoS </applications/productivity/iot/config/pos>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:129 +msgid "View your statistics" +msgstr "Bekijk uw statistieken" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Keeping track of your sales is essential to get meaningful statistics. " +"That’s why Odoo provides analyzes about your sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:134 +msgid "" +"To access your statistics, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> " +"Reporting --> Orders`. There, you can see various statistics in graph or " +"pivot form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:142 +msgid "You can also access them through the dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:3 +msgid "Register customers" +msgstr "Registreer klanten" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Registering your customers will give you the ability to grant them various " +"privileges such as discounts, loyalty program, specific communication. It " +"will also be required if they want an invoice and registering them will make" +" any future interaction with them faster." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:11 +msgid "Create a customer" +msgstr "Maak een klant aan" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:13 +msgid "From your session interface, use the customer button." +msgstr "Vanuit uw sessie interface gebruikt u de klanten knop." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:18 +msgid "Create a new one by using this button." +msgstr "Maak een nieuwe door deze knop te gebruiken." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You will be invited to fill out the customer form with their information." +msgstr "U wordt gevraagd om de klant zijn informatie in te vullen." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Use the save button when you are done. You can then select that customer in " +"any future transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment.rst:3 +msgid "Payment Terminals" +msgstr "Betaalterminals" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:3 +msgid "Connect an Ingenico Payment Terminal to your PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Connecting a payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid payment flow to " +"your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Please note that Ingenico is currently only available for customers in the " +"Benelux." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:15 +msgid "Connect an IoT Box" +msgstr "Verbind een IoT box" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Connecting an Ingenico Payment Terminal to Odoo is a feature that requires " +"an IoT Box. For more information on how to connect an IoT Box to your " +"database, please refer to the :doc:`IoT documentation " +"</applications/productivity/iot/config/connect>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:22 +msgid "Configure the Lane/5000 for Ingenico BENELUX" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Click on the F button of the terminal, then go in the :menuselection:`PoS " +"Menu --> Settings` and enter the settings password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Now, click on connexion change and TCP/IP. Type the IP of your *IoT Box* " +"(you can find it on the form view of your IoT Box). Then, enter 9000 as " +"port. The terminal will restart. Once it is done, go on your *IoT Box* form " +"in Odoo and verify that the terminal has been found." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:36 +msgid "Configure the payment method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:38 +msgid "" +"First, go in the general settings of the POS app, and activate the Ingenico " +"setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Go back in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of " +"Sale`, go in the payments section and access your payment methods. Create a " +"new payment method for Ingenico, select the payment terminal option " +"Ingenico, and select your payment terminal device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:53 +msgid "Pay with a payment terminal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:55 +msgid "" +"In your *PoS interface*, when processing a payment, select a *Payment " +"Method* using a payment terminal. Check that the amount in the tendered " +"column is the one that has to be sent to the payment terminal and click on " +"*Send*. When the payment is successful, the status will change to *Payment " +"Successful*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:64 +msgid "" +"If you want to cancel the payment request, click on cancel. You can still " +"retry to send the payment request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:67 +msgid "" +"If there is any issue with the payment terminal, you can still force the " +"payment using the *Force Done*. This will allow you to validate the order in" +" Odoo even if the connexion between the terminal and Odoo has issues." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:73 +msgid "" +"This option will only be available if you received an error message telling " +"you the connexion failed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Once your payment is processed, on the payment record, you’ll find the type " +"of card that has been used and the transaction ID." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a SIX Payment Terminal to your PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Connecting a SIX payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid payment flow " +"to your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Even though Worldline has recently acquired SIX Payment Services and both " +"companies use Yomani payment terminals, the firmware they run is different. " +"Terminals received from Worldline are therefore not compatible with this " +"integration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:16 +msgid "Configure the Payment Method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:20 +msgid "" +"First, make sure that the POS Six module is installed. For this, go to " +"*Apps*, remove the \"Apps\" filter and search for \"POS Six\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Back in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment " +"Methods`, Create a new payment method for SIX, select the payment terminal " +"option \"SIX without IoT Box\", and enter your payment terminal IP address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:40 +msgid "Pay with a Payment Terminal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:36 +msgid "" +"In your PoS interface, at the moment of the payment, select a payment method" +" using a payment terminal. Verify that the amount in the tendered column is " +"the one that has to be sent to the payment terminal and click on *Send*. If " +"you want to cancel the payment request, click on cancel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:44 +msgid "" +"When the payment is done, the status will change to *Payment Successful*. " +"You can always reverse the last transaction by clicking on *Reverse*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If there is any issue with the payment terminal, you can still force the " +"payment using the *Force Done*. This will allow you to validate the order in" +" Odoo even if the connexion between the terminal and Odoo encounters issues." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Vantiv Payment Terminal to your PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Connecting a Vantiv payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid payment " +"flow to your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Please note MercuryPay only operates with US and Canadian banks, making this" +" procedure only suitable for North American businesses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:18 +msgid "" +"First, go in the general settings of the POS app, and activate the Vantiv " +"setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Back in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, " +"go in the payments section and access your payment methods. Create a new " +"payment method for Vantiv, select the payment terminal option Vantiv, and " +"create new Vantiv credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To create new Vantiv credentials, fill in your merchant ID and password, " +"then save. Make sure the credentials you just created are selected, then " +"save the payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:42 +msgid "" +"In your PoS interface, at the moment of the payment, select your Vantiv " +"payment method and… that’s all." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:3 +msgid "Restaurant Features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:3 +msgid "Print the Bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Use the *Bill Printing* feature to print the bill before the payment. This " +"is useful if the bill is still subject to evolve and is thus not the " +"definitive ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:10 +msgid "Configure Bill Printing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To activate *Bill Printing*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Bill Printing* option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:22 +msgid "Split a Bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:24 +msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Bill* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:29 +msgid "When you use it, you can then print the bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:3 +msgid "Using fiscal positions in PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, *Fiscal Positions* let you apply different taxes based on the " +"customer location. In a *Point of Sale*, such as a restaurant, it can be " +"used to apply different taxes depending if the customer eats in or takes " +"away." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:11 +msgid "Set up fiscal positions for PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To enable this feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of Sale` and check *Fiscal Position per Order*. Now," +" you can choose the fiscal positions you want for your *PoS*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:21 +msgid "You need to create your fiscal positions before using this feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:24 +msgid "Using fiscal positions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Once on your *PoS* interface, click on the *Tax* button. Now, choose the " +"fiscal position you need for the current order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:33 +msgid "Set up a default fiscal position" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:35 +msgid "" +"If you want to use a default fiscal position, meaning that a preexisting " +"value is always automatically assigned, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale " +"--> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and enable *Fiscal Position*. Now, " +"choose one to set as the default one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Now, the *tax* button is replaced by a *on site* button when on the *PoS* " +"interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:3 +msgid "Print orders at the kitchen or bar" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To ease the workflow between the front of house and the back of the house, " +"printing the orders taken on the PoS interface right in the kitchen or bar " +"can be a tremendous help." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:10 +msgid "Activate the bar/kitchen printer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To activate the *Order printing* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " +"Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Under the IoT Box / Hardware Proxy category, you will find *Order Printers*." +" Note that you need an IoT Box to connect your Printer to the PoS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:20 +msgid "Add a printer" +msgstr "Voeg een printer toe" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:22 +msgid "" +"In your configuration menu you will now have a *Order Printers* option where" +" you can add the printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:29 +msgid "Print a kitchen/bar order" +msgstr "Print een keuken/bar order" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:34 +msgid "Select or create a printer." +msgstr "Selecteer een printer of maak een printer aan." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:37 +msgid "Print the order in the kitchen/bar" +msgstr "Print de order in de keuken/bar" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:39 +msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Order* button." +msgstr "In uw kassa interface heeft u nu een *order* knop." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:44 +msgid "" +"When you press it, it will print the order on your kitchen/bar printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:3 +msgid "Manage your tables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Restaurants have specific needs that shops don’t have. That’s why Odoo gives" +" restaurant owners several unique features to help them manage their " +"business in the best possible way." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Floor and table management, bill splitting, or even the possibility to print" +" orders from the kitchen, everything is there to help your business shine " +"and your employees to work efficiently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To activate the bar/restaurant features, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale" +" --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and open your PoS. Now, select *Is a " +"Bar/Restaurant*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:24 +msgid "" +"New features are shown with a fork and a knife next to it, indicating that " +"they are restaurant-specific." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:32 +msgid "Add a floor" +msgstr "Voeg een verdieping toe" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Once your *Point of Sale* has been configured, select *Table Management* " +"under :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`. " +"Then, click on *Floors* to create and name your floor and tables." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:47 +msgid "Don’t forget to link your floor to your point of sale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:50 +msgid "Add tables" +msgstr "Voeg tafels toe" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:52 +msgid "" +"To add tables, you can also open your PoS interface to see your floor(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Then, click on *Edit Mode* (pencil icon on the upper right corner) to be " +"allowed to create, move, modify tables, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To make your table easier to be found, you can rename them, change their " +"shape, size or even color. It is also possible to add the maximum number of " +"sits the table can have." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:72 +msgid "Register your table(s) orders" +msgstr "Registreer uw tafel orders" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To register an order, click on the respective table. By doing so, you are " +"taken to your main interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:82 +msgid "Transfer customer(s)" +msgstr "Klanten overplaatsen" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:84 +msgid "" +"If your customers want to move to another table after they already ordered, " +"use the transfer button. This way, the order is also moved to the new table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:88 +msgid "To do so, select the table your customer is currently on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Now, click on the transfer button and select the table to which you are " +"transferring your customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:103 +msgid "Register an additional order" +msgstr "Registreer een bijkomende order" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:105 +msgid "" +"When registering an order, use the + button to simultaneously proceed to " +"another one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Then, you can shift between your orders and process the payment when needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:116 +msgid "The - button allows you to remove the order you are currently on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:3 +msgid "Offer a bill-splitting option" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Offering an easy bill splitting solution to your customers will leave them " +"with a positive experience. That's why this feature is available out-of-the-" +"box in the Odoo Point of Sale application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To activate the *Bill Splitting* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " +"Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find the Bill Splitting " +"option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:23 +msgid "Split a bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:25 +msgid "In your PoS interface, you now have a *Split* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:30 +msgid "" +"When you use it, you will be able to select what that guest should had and " +"process the payment, repeating the process for each guest." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:3 +msgid "Integrate a tip option into payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:5 +msgid "" +"As it is customary to tip in many countries all over the world, it is " +"important to have the option in your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:9 +msgid "Configure Tipping" +msgstr "Configureer fooien" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To activate the *Tips* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Tips*. Select it and " +"create a *Tip Product* such as *Tips* in this case." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:21 +msgid "Add Tips to the bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:23 +msgid "Once on the payment interface, you now have a new *Tip* button" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:28 +msgid "Add the tip your customer wants to leave and process to the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop.rst:3 +msgid "Shop Features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:3 +msgid "Using barcodes in PoS" +msgstr "Barcodes gebruiken in de kassa" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Using a barcode scanner to process point of sale orders improves your " +"efficiency and helps you to save time for you and your customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To use a barcode scanner, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Under the IoT Box / Hardware category, you will find *Barcode Scanner* " +"select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:21 +msgid "Add barcodes to product" +msgstr "Barcodes toevoegen aan een product" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Products` and select a " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Under the general information tab, you can find a barcode field where you " +"can input any barcode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:33 +msgid "Scanning products" +msgstr "Producten scannen" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:35 +msgid "" +"From your PoS interface, scan any barcode with your barcode scanner. The " +"product will be added, you can scan the same product to add it multiple " +"times or change the quantity manually on the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:3 +msgid "Set-up Cash Control in Point of Sale" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Cash control allows you to check the amount of the cashbox at the opening " +"and closing. You can thus make sure no error has been made and that no cash " +"is missing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:10 +msgid "Activate Cash Control" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To activate the *Cash Control* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales" +" --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:16 +msgid "Under the payments category, you will find the cash control setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:21 +msgid "" +"In this example, you can see I want to have 275$ in various denomination at " +"the opening and closing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:24 +msgid "" +"When clicking on **Opening/Closing Values** you will be able to create those" +" values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:31 +msgid "Start a session" +msgstr "Start een sessie" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:33 +msgid "" +"You now have a new button added when you open a session, *Set opening " +"Balance*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:42 +msgid "" +"By default it will use the values you added before, but you can always " +"modify it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:46 +msgid "Close a session" +msgstr "Een sessie afsluiten" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:48 +msgid "" +"When you want to close your session, you now have a *Set Closing Balance* " +"button as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:51 +msgid "" +"You can then see the theoretical balance, the real closing balance (what you" +" have just counted) and the difference between the two." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:57 +msgid "" +"If you use the *Take Money Out* option to take out your transactions for " +"this session, you now have a zero-sum difference and the same closing " +"balance as your opening balance. You cashbox is ready for the next session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:3 +msgid "Cash Rounding" +msgstr "Kasafronding" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Cash rounding** is required when the lowest physical denomination of " +"currency, or the smallest coin, is higher than the minimum unit of account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:9 +msgid "" +"For example, some countries require their companies to round up or down the " +"total amount of an invoice to the nearest five cents, when the payment is " +"made in cash." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Each point of sale in Odoo can be configured to apply cash rounding to the " +"totals of its bills or receipts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings` and " +"enable *Cash Rounding*, then click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, " +"open the point of sale you want to configure, and enable the *Cash Rounding*" +" option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:29 +msgid "" +"To define the **Rounding Method**, open the drop-down list and click on " +"*Create and Edit...*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Define here your *Rounding Precision*, *Profit Account*, and *Loss Account*," +" then save both the Rounding Method and your Point of Sale settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:39 +msgid "" +"All total amounts of this point of sale now add a line to apply the rounding" +" according to your settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Odoo Point of Sale only support the *Add a rounding line* rounding " +"strategies and *Half-up* rounding methods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:3 +msgid "Invoice from the PoS interface" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Some of your customers might request an invoice when buying from your Point " +"of Sale, you can easily manage it directly from the PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:9 +msgid "Activate invoicing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and" +" select your Point of Sale:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Under the *Bills & Receipts* you will see the invoicing option, tick it. " +"Don't forget to choose in which journal the invoices should be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:25 +msgid "Select a customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:27 +msgid "From your session interface, use the customer button" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:32 +msgid "" +"You can then either select an existing customer and set it as your customer " +"or create a new one by using this button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:38 +msgid "" +"You will be invited to fill out the customer form with its information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:41 +msgid "Invoice your customer" +msgstr "Factureer uw klant" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:43 +msgid "" +"From the payment screen, you now have an invoice option, use the button to " +"select it and validate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:49 +msgid "You can then print the invoice and move on to your next order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:52 +msgid "Retrieve invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Once out of the PoS interface (:menuselection:`Close --> Confirm` on the top" +" right corner) you will find all your orders in :menuselection:`Point of " +"Sale --> Orders --> Orders` and under the status tab you will see which ones" +" have been invoiced. When clicking on a order you can then access the " +"invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:3 +msgid "Log in with employee" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With Odoo *Point of Sale*, you can manage multiple cashiers. This feature " +"allows you to keep track of who is working, when and how much each cashier " +"made for that session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:9 +msgid "" +"There are three ways to switch cashiers in Odoo: by *selecting the cashier*," +" by *entering a PIN code* or by *scanning a barcode*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To manage multiple cashiers, you need several employees (at least two)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:16 +msgid "Set up log in with employees" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To enable the feature, go to your *PoS settings* and check log in with " +"employees on your *PoS form*. Then, add the employees that have access to " +"the cash register." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:25 +msgid "Now, you can switch cashier easily." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:28 +msgid "Switch without pin codes" +msgstr "Wissel van kassier zonder pincode" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The easiest way to switch cashiers is without a code. To do so, click on the" +" cashier name in your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:36 +msgid "Now, you just have to click on your name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:42 +msgid "Switch cashier with pin codes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:44 +msgid "" +"You can set a pin code on each cashier. To set up a pin code, go to the " +"employee form and add a security PIN, in the *HR settings tab*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:50 +msgid "Now, when switching cashier, a PIN password will be asked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:56 +msgid "Switch cashier with barcodes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:58 +msgid "" +"You can ask your employees to log themselves with their badges. To do so, " +"set up a barcode at the same place you add the PIN code. Print the badge and" +" when they will scan it, the cashier will be switched to that employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:67 +msgid "Find who was the cashier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Once you have closed your *PoS session*, you can have an overview of the " +"amount each cashier sold for. To do so, go to the orders menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:75 +msgid "Now, you can open the order and have a summary of the sold products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:3 +msgid "Reprint Receipts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Use the *Reprint receipt* feature if you have the need to reprint a ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To activate *Reprint Receipt*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of sale`. and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Reprint Receipt* option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:17 +msgid "" +"In order to allow the option reprint receipt, you need to activate the " +"receipt printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:23 +msgid "Reprint a receipt" +msgstr "Een ticket opnieuw afdrukken" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:25 +msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Reprint receipt* button." +msgstr "" +"In uw kassa interface heeft u nu een *Kassabon opnieuw afdrukken* knop." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:30 +msgid "When you use it, you can then reprint your last receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced.rst:3 msgid "Advanced Topics" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:3 msgid "How to give portal access rights to my customers?" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:6 msgid "What is Portal access/Who is a portal user?" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:8 msgid "" "A portal access is given to a user who has the necessity to have access to " "Odoo instance, to view certain documents or information in the system." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:12 msgid "For Example, a long term client who needs to view online quotations." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:14 msgid "" "A portal user has only read/view access. He or she will not be able to edit " "any document in the system." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:18 msgid "How to give portal access to customers?" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:21 msgid "From Contacts Module" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:23 msgid "" "From the main menu, select **Contacts** menu. If the contact is not yet " "created in the system, click on the create button to create new contact. " "Enter details of the contact and click \"save\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:33 msgid "" "Choose a contact, click on the **Action** menu in the top-center of the " "interface and from the drop down." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:36 msgid "Select **Portal Access Management**. A pop up window appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:41 msgid "" "Enter the login **email ID**, check the box under **In Portal** and add the " "content to be included in the email in the text field box below. Click on " "**Apply** when you're done." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:47 msgid "" "An email will be sent to the specified email address, indicating that the " "contact is now a portal user of the respective instance." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector.rst:3 msgid "Amazon Connector" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:3 msgid "Amazon Connector Features" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:5 msgid "" "The **Amazon Connector** synchronizes the orders between Amazon and your " "Odoo database, which reduces considerably the amount of time spent on your " "Amazon Seller Central dashboard, making your daily routine a lot easier." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:10 msgid "Supported Features" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:12 msgid "The connector is able to:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:14 msgid "" "Synchronize (Amazon to Odoo) all confirmed orders (both FBA and FBM) and " "their order items which include:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:17 msgid "the product’s name, description and quantity" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:18 msgid "the shipping costs for the product" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:19 msgid "the gift wrapping charges" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:21 msgid "" "Create on Odoo any missing partner related to an order (contact types " "supported: contact and delivery)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:23 msgid "" "Notify Amazon of a shipping confirmed on Odoo (FBM) in order to get paid." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:25 msgid "Support multiple seller accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:26 msgid "Support multiple marketplaces per seller account." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:29 msgid "Fulfilled By Amazon (FBA)" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:29 msgid "Fulfilled By Merchant (FBM)" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:31 msgid "**Orders**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:31 msgid "Synchronize shipped and canceled orders" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:31 msgid "Synchronize unshipped and canceled orders" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 msgid "**Shipping**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 msgid "Charges" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:35 msgid "Delivery created" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 msgid "**Gift Wrapping**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:43 msgid "Handled by Amazon" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 msgid "Gift wrapping charges" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:38 msgid "Gift message" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 msgid "**Stock Management**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 msgid "One stock move created per sales order item" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 msgid "Handled by the delivery" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:43 msgid "**Confirmation**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:43 msgid "Notify Amazon when confirming delivery" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:48 msgid "" "The connector is designed to synchronize orders' data as detailed above. " "Other actions, such as downloading monthly fees reports, handling disputes, " "or issuing refunds must be managed from Amazon Seller Central, as usual." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:55 msgid "Supported Marketplaces" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:57 msgid "" "The Amazon Connector currently supports 9 marketplaces. If a marketplace is " "not listed below, it may be possible for you to :ref:`add it as an " "unsupported marketplace <amazon/add-unsupported-marketplace>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:62 msgid "**North America region**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:64 msgid "Canada" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:64 msgid "Amazon.ca" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:66 msgid "Mexico" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:66 msgid "Amazon.com.mx" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:68 msgid "US" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:68 msgid "Amazon.com" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:72 msgid "**Europe region**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:74 msgid "Germany" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:74 msgid "Amazon.de" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:76 msgid "Spain" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:76 msgid "Amazon.es" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:78 msgid "France" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:78 msgid "Amazon.fr" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:80 msgid "UK" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:80 msgid "Amazon.co.uk" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:82 msgid "Italy" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:82 msgid "Amazon.it" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:84 msgid "Netherlands" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:84 msgid "Amazon.nl" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:88 -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:98 msgid ":doc:`setup`" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:89 -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:162 msgid ":doc:`manage`" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:3 msgid "Manage Amazon orders in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:6 msgid "Synchronization of orders" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:8 msgid "" "Orders are automatically fetched from Amazon and synchronized in Odoo at " "regular intervals. The synchronization is based on the Amazon status: only " @@ -345,35 +3171,35 @@ msgid "" " are not yet registered." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:15 msgid "" "When an order is canceled in Amazon and was already synchronized in Odoo, " "the corresponding sales order is automatically canceled in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:19 msgid "" "To force the synchronization of an order whose status has not changed since " "the last synchronization, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " -"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, navigate to your Amazon account " -"and modify the date under :menuselection:`Orders Follow-up --> Last Order " +"</applications/general/developer_mode>`, navigate to your Amazon account and" +" modify the date under :menuselection:`Orders Follow-up --> Last Order " "Sync`. Pick a date anterior to the last status change of the order that you " "wish to synchronize and save." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:26 msgid "" "To synchronize immediately the orders of your Amazon account switch to " -":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, head to your " +":doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>`, head to your " "Amazon account and click on **SYNC ORDERS**. The same can be done with " "pickings by clicking on **SYNC PICKINGS**." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:31 msgid "Manage deliveries in FBM" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:33 msgid "" "When a **FBM** (Fulfilled by Merchant) order is synchronized in Odoo, a " "picking is created along with the sales order and the customer. You can " @@ -381,18 +3207,18 @@ msgid "" "products partially by using backorders." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:37 msgid "" "When a picking related to the order is confirmed, a notification is sent to " "Amazon who will, in turn, notify the customer that the order (or a part of " "it) is on its way." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:41 msgid "Follow deliveries in FBA" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:43 msgid "" "When a **FBA** (Fulfilled by Amazon) order is synchronized in Odoo, a stock " "move is recorded for each sales order item so that it is saved in your " @@ -403,14 +3229,14 @@ msgid "" "under the FBA program." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:50 msgid "" "To follow your Amazon (FBA) stock in Odoo, you can make an inventory " "adjustment after replenishing it. You can also trigger an automated " "replenishment from reordering rules on the Amazon location." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:55 msgid "" "The Amazon location is configurable by Amazon account managed in Odoo. All " "accounts of the same company use the same location by default. It is however" @@ -422,24 +3248,24 @@ msgid "" " your account." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:63 msgid "Issue invoices and register payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:65 msgid "" "You can issue invoices for Amazon orders in Odoo. Click **Create Invoice** " "in the sales order to do so. You can also do it in batch from the list view " "of orders. Then, confirm and send the invoices to your customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:70 msgid "" "To display only Amazon-related orders on the list view, you can filter " "orders based on the sales team." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:73 msgid "" "As the customer has paid Amazon as an intermediary, you should register " "invoice payments in a payment journal dedicated to Amazon (e.g. Amazon " @@ -450,11 +3276,11 @@ msgid "" "account by the amount received." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:80 msgid "Follow your Amazon sales in sales reporting" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:82 msgid "" "As a sales team is set on your account under the tab **Order Follow-up**, " "this helps you give quick glances at the figures in just a few clicks in " @@ -462,13 +3288,13 @@ msgid "" " of your company's accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:86 msgid "" "If you wish, you can change the sales team on your account for another to " "perform a separate reporting for the sales of this account." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:90 msgid "" "It is also possible to perform reporting on a per-marketplace basis in a " "similar fashion. First, remove the marketplace you wish to track separately " @@ -478,20 +3304,20 @@ msgid "" "two registrations of your account." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:97 -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:161 msgid ":doc:`features`" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:3 msgid "Configure Amazon Connector in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:6 msgid "Generate an Authorization Token in Seller Central" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:10 msgid "" "The Amazon Connector uses an Authorization Token that allows Odoo to fetch " "data from your Amazon Seller Central account. This token can be obtained " @@ -499,7 +3325,7 @@ msgid "" "your Odoo database configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:14 msgid "" "Connect to your Seller Central account for the marketplace you initially " "signed up (e.g. if you created your account on Amazon Germany, go to `Amazon" @@ -507,53 +3333,53 @@ msgid "" "administrator account." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:19 msgid "" "You might need to use the *main* (or first) administrator account and not " "one added subsequently." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:22 msgid "" "In the main menu, select :menuselection:`Apps & Services --> Manage Your " "Apps`; in the page that displays, click on the ``Authorize new developper`` " "button:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:28 msgid "Fill in the form depending on your Marketplace:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:33 msgid "" "If your seller account is registered in the **North America** region, use " "these values:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:35 -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:40 msgid "Developer's Name: ``Odoo S.A.``" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:36 msgid "Developer ID: ``586127723692``" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:38 msgid "For the **Europe** region, use these values:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:41 msgid "Developer ID: ``579095187166``" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:43 msgid "" "Amazon will then inform you that by submitting the form, you are giving " "access to your Seller Central Information to Odoo S.A." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:47 msgid "" "Odoo S.A. is unable to access your Amazon account's information without the " "Authorization Token which is stored in your Odoo database - we do not store " @@ -561,18 +3387,18 @@ msgid "" "your account's information outside of the Amazon Connector normal flows." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:53 msgid "Register your Amazon account in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:57 msgid "" "To register your seller account in Odoo, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales " "--> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Amazon " "Accounts` and click on **CREATE**." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:60 msgid "" "The **Seller ID** can be found in Seller Central under the link **Your " "Merchant Token** on the **Seller Account Information** page. The " @@ -580,14 +3406,14 @@ msgid "" "<amazon/generate_auth_token>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:64 msgid "" "Upon saving, your credentials are checked. In case of issues, an error will " "be displayed - the information cannot be saved until your credentials are " "recognized by Amazon." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:67 msgid "" "Once the account is registered, the marketplaces available to this account " "are synchronized and listed under the **Marketplaces** tab. If you wish, you" @@ -595,11 +3421,11 @@ msgid "" " their synchronization." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:72 msgid "Match database products in Amazon" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:74 msgid "" "When an Amazon order is synchronized, up to three sales order items are " "created in Odoo for each product sold on Amazon: one for the marketplace " @@ -607,7 +3433,7 @@ msgid "" " charges (if any)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:80 msgid "" "The selection of a database product for a sales order item is done by " "matching its **internal reference** with the **SKU** for marketplace items, " @@ -615,7 +3441,7 @@ msgid "" "for gift wrapping charges." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:84 msgid "" "For marketplace products, pairings are saved as **Amazon Offers** which are " "listed under the **Offers** stat button on the account form. Offers are " @@ -624,7 +3450,7 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`the internal reference is used instead <amazon/matching>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:90 msgid "" "It is possible to force the pairing of a marketplace item with a specific " "product by changing either the product or the SKU of an offer. The offer can" @@ -633,7 +3459,7 @@ msgid "" " under different conditions." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:95 msgid "" "If no database product with a matching internal reference is found for a " "given SKU or gift wrapping code, a default database product **Amazon Sale** " @@ -641,19 +3467,19 @@ msgid "" "the shipping code." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:100 msgid "" "To modify the default products, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " -"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>` and navigate to " +"</applications/general/developer_mode>` and navigate to " ":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> " "Amazon Sync --> Default Products`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:106 msgid "Configure taxes of products" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:108 msgid "" "To allow for tax reporting of Amazon sales with Odoo, the taxes applied to " "the sales order items are those set on the product or determined by the " @@ -662,7 +3488,7 @@ msgid "" " subtotals between Seller Central and Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:114 msgid "" "As Amazon does not necessarily apply the same taxes as those configured in " "Odoo, it may happen that order totals differ by a few cents from that on " @@ -670,11 +3496,11 @@ msgid "" "reconciling the payments in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:121 msgid "Add an unsupported marketplace" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:123 msgid "" "Some Amazon Marketplaces, such as Amazon Brazil, are not officially " "supported by Odoo but might be compatible with your seller account. These " @@ -683,7 +3509,7 @@ msgid "" "natively supported marketplaces." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:129 msgid "" "To find out if a marketplace is eventually compatible, check the `Amazon " "Documentation " @@ -692,19 +3518,19 @@ msgid "" "account." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:133 msgid "" "To add a new marketplace, you must first enable :doc:`Developer mode " -"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." +"</applications/general/developer_mode>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:136 msgid "" "Once that is done, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " "Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Amazon Marketplaces`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:139 msgid "" "From there, you can create a new marketplace record. You will need the " "Marketplace ID and Endpoint for your marketplace as described in the `Amazon" @@ -712,7 +3538,7 @@ msgid "" "<https://docs.developer.amazonservices.com/en_US/dev_guide/DG_Endpoints.html>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:143 msgid "" "Set the name of the record to ``Amazon.<domain>`` to easily retrieve it (for" " instance: ``Amazon.se``). The **Code**, **Domain** and **API Identifier** " @@ -720,7 +3546,7 @@ msgid "" "and *MarketplaceId* values from the Amazon Documentation." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:147 msgid "" "Once the marketplace is saved, you should then update the Amazon Account " "configuration by going to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " @@ -733,38 +3559,38 @@ msgid "" " it is either incompatible or unavailable for your seller account." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:156 msgid "" "As manually added marketplaces are not officially supported by Odoo, there " "is no guarantee that adding one as described above will work, nor can this " "be considered as a bug when contacting Odoo Support." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector.rst:3 msgid "eBay Connector" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:3 msgid "How to list a product?" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:6 msgid "Listing without variation" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:8 msgid "" "In order to list a product, you need to check the **use eBay** field on a " "product form. The eBay tab will be available." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:14 msgid "" "When the **Use Stock Quantity** field is checked, the quantity sets on eBay " "will be the Odoo **Forecast Quantity**." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:17 msgid "" "The **Description Template** allows you to use templates for your listings. " "The default template only use the **eBay Description** field of the product." @@ -772,17 +3598,17 @@ msgid "" "Description**." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:21 msgid "" "To use pictures in your listing, you need to add them as **Attachments** on " "the product template." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:24 msgid "Listing with variations" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:26 msgid "" "When the **use eBay** on a product with variations is checked and with " "**Fixed Price** as **Listing Type**, the eBay form is sligthly different. In" @@ -790,21 +3616,21 @@ msgid "" "well as set the price and the quantity for each variant." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:35 msgid "Listing with item specifics" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:37 msgid "" "In order to add item specifics, you should create a product attribute with " "one value in the **Variants** tab on the product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:44 msgid "Product Identifiers" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:46 msgid "" "Products identifiers such as EAN, UPC, Brand or MPN are required in most of " "the eBay category. The module manages the EAN and UPC identifiers with the " @@ -816,15 +3642,15 @@ msgid "" "listing." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:3 msgid "How to configure eBay in Odoo?" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:6 msgid "Create eBay tokens" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:8 msgid "" "In order to create your tokens, you need to create a developer account on " "the `developer portal <https://go.developer.ebay.com/>`_. Once you are " @@ -832,7 +3658,7 @@ msgid "" "clicking on the adequate buttons." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:16 msgid "" "After the creation of the keys, you can get the user token. To do so, click " "on the **Get a User Token** link in the bottom of the page. Go through the " @@ -840,101 +3666,101 @@ msgid "" "needed to configure the module in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:22 msgid "Set up tokens in Odoo?" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:24 msgid "" "To set up the eBay integration, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " "Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:29 msgid "" "First choose if you want to use the production or the sandbox eBay Site. " "Then fill in the fields **Developer Key**, **Token**, **App Key**, **Cert " "Key**. Apply the changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:33 msgid "" "Once the page is reloaded, you need to synchronize information from eBay. " "Push on **Sync countries and currencies**, then you can fill in all the " "other fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:36 msgid "" "When all the fields are filled in, you can synchronize the categories and " "the policies by clicking on the adequate buttons." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:40 msgid "Using the updated synchronisation method" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:42 msgid "" "If you have a lot of products, the eBay API can sometimes refuse some " "synchronization calls due to a time-based limit on the number of requests " "that eBay enforces." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:45 msgid "" "To fix this issue, a new implementation mechanism has been developped; " "however this updated mechanism is disabled by default to avoid having the 2 " "systems running in parallel in existing installations." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:49 msgid "To switch to the new synchronization mechanism:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:51 msgid "" -"Enable the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." +"Enable the :doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:52 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Scheduled Actions`" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:53 msgid "" "Archive the old synchronization actions (both are named *Ebay: update " "product status*)" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:54 msgid "" "Activate the new synchronization actions (*Ebay: get new orders* which runs " "every 15min by default and *Ebay: synchronise stock (for 'get new orders' " "synchronisation)* which runs once a day per default)" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:55 msgid "" "Ensure that the **Next Execution Date** for both these actions are in the " "near future" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:57 msgid "" "Starting with the next execution date, the new method will be used instead " "of the old one." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing.rst:3 msgid "Invoicing Method" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:3 msgid "Request a down payment" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:5 msgid "" "A down payment is a partial payment made by the buyer when a sales contract " "is concluded. This implies both parties' full commitment (seller and buyer) " @@ -943,17 +3769,17 @@ msgid "" "obliged to provide the goods by accepting it." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:10 msgid "" "Sometimes a down payment is required for expensive orders or projects. That " "way, you can protect yourself and make sure that your customer is reliable." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:14 msgid "First time you request a down payment" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:16 msgid "" "When a sales order is confirmed, you then have the possibility to create an " "invoice. Invoices are automatically created in drafts so that you can review" @@ -961,19 +3787,19 @@ msgid "" "options:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:20 msgid "Regular invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:21 msgid "Down payment (percentage)" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:22 msgid "Down payment (fixed amount)" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:24 msgid "" "In terms of down payment, it can either be a fixed amount or a percentage of" " the total amount. The first time you request a down payment, you can set a " @@ -981,7 +3807,7 @@ msgid "" "account and taxes. These settings will be reused for future down payments." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:34 msgid "" "When you request your first down payment, a new product called **Down " "payment** will be created. This product will be registered as a **service** " @@ -991,11 +3817,11 @@ msgid "" " to create an invoice**." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:41 msgid "Basic sales flow using down payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:43 msgid "" "For this first example, we will use a 50% amount down payment with a product" " using **ordered quantities** as invoicing policy. Make sure to check out " @@ -1005,7 +3831,7 @@ msgid "" "down payment (as you can see below)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:53 msgid "" "There, you can post the invoice and register the payment of your customer. " "But, we all know that in real life this flow does not happen immediately. " @@ -1016,7 +3842,7 @@ msgid "" " and draft invoice)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:63 msgid "" "To complete the flow, when the customer wants to pay the rest of his sales " "order, you must create another invoice. Once again, you will have the choice" @@ -1024,13 +3850,13 @@ msgid "" "paying the rest of the invoice as a regular invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:71 msgid "" "This flow is also possible with a down payment taking into account a fixed " "amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:74 msgid "" "Be careful that if you do a down payment with a product using **delivered " "quantities** as invoicing policy, you won’t be able to deduct all the down " @@ -1042,15 +3868,15 @@ msgid "" "delivered quantity manually on the sales order." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:82 msgid "Modify the income account and customer taxes" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:84 msgid "From the products list, search for the **Down Payment** product." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:90 msgid "" "You can edit it and under the **General Information Tab** you will be able " "to change the customer taxes. Now, to change the income account, you will " @@ -1058,15 +3884,15 @@ msgid "" "**Accounting Tab** on the product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:99 msgid ":doc:`invoicing_policy`" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:3 msgid "Re-invoice expenses to customers" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:5 msgid "" "It often happens that your employees have to spend their personal money " "while working on a project for your client. Let's take the example of an " @@ -1074,96 +3900,96 @@ msgid "" " you would like to be able to invoice that expense to your client." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:12 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:64 msgid "Expenses configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:14 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:66 msgid "" "To track & invoice expenses, you will need the expenses app. Go to " ":menuselection:`Apps --> Expenses` to install it." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:17 msgid "" "You should also activate the analytic accounts feature to link expenses to " "the sales order, to do so, go to :menuselection:`Invoicing --> Configuration" " --> Settings` and activate *Analytic Accounting*." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:22 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:74 msgid "Add expenses to your sales order" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:24 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:76 msgid "" "From the expense app, you or your consultant can create a new one, e.g. the " "hotel for the first week on the site of your customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:27 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:79 msgid "" "You can then enter a relevant description and select an existing product or " "create a new one from right there." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:33 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:85 msgid "Here, we are creating a *Hotel* product:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:38 msgid "" "Under the invoicing tab, select *Delivered quantities* and either *At cost* " "or *Sales price* as well depending if you want to invoice the cost of your " "expense or a previously agreed on sales price." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:45 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:97 msgid "" "To modify or create more products go to :menuselection:`Expenses --> " "Configuration --> Expense products`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:48 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:100 msgid "" "Back on the expense, add the original sale order in the expense to submit." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:54 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:106 msgid "It can then be submitted to the manager, approved and finally posted." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:65 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:117 msgid "It will then be in the sales order and ready to be invoiced." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:3 msgid "Invoice based on delivered or ordered quantities" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:5 msgid "" "Different business policies might require different options for invoicing:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:7 msgid "" "The **Invoice what is ordered** rule is used as **default mode** in Odoo " "Sales, which means that customers will be invoiced once the sales order is " "confirmed." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:10 msgid "" "The **Invoice what is delivered** rule will invoice customers once the " "delivery is done. This rule concerns businesses that sell materials, liquids" @@ -1172,58 +3998,58 @@ msgid "" " delivered." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:15 msgid "" "Being able to have different invoicing options allow you more flexibility. " "Indeed, you need to know exactly how to invoice your customers for different" " situations." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:19 msgid "Activate these features" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:21 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and under " "**Invoicing policy** choose the rule you want to apply." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:30 msgid "" "If you decide to choose the **Invoice what is delivered** rule, you will not" " be able to activate the feature called **Automatic invoice**, which " "automatically generates invoices when the online payment is confirmed." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:35 msgid "Choose an invoicing policy on a product form" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:37 msgid "" "From any product page, under the **Sales tab**, you will find the invoicing " "policy, which can be manually changed." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:46 msgid "Impact on sales flow" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:48 msgid "" "On Odoo Sales, the basic sales flow will be to create a quotation, send it " "to your customer, wait for confirmation, confirm the sales order and create " "an invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:51 msgid "" "**Invoice what is ordered**: No impact on this basic sales flow. Indeed, you" " can invoice as soon as the sale is confirmed." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:54 msgid "" "**Invoice what is delivered**: Small impact on sales flow because you will " "have to manually enter the delivered quantity on the sales order or to " @@ -1233,36 +4059,36 @@ msgid "" "error message as below." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:65 msgid "" "Once the quotation is confirmed and that the status went from **Quotation " "sent** to **Sales order**, you are able to see your delivered and invoiced " "quantities directly from your sales order (it is true for both rules)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:74 msgid "" "Odoo will automatically add the quantities to the invoice (even if it is a " "partial delivery)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:76 msgid "" "Finally, to create an invoice, you will have different possibilities: " "regular invoice or down payment (percentage or fixed amount)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:80 msgid "" "Be sure to check out our documentation about down payment here: " ":doc:`down_payment`, to master this incredible feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:3 msgid "Invoice project milestones" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:5 msgid "" "Milestone invoicing can be used for expensive or large-scale projects, with " "each milestone representing a clear sequence of work that will incrementally" @@ -1272,41 +4098,42 @@ msgid "" "project's progress and pay in several installments." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:13 msgid "Create milestone products" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:15 msgid "" "In Odoo, each milestone of your project is considered as a product. To " "configure products to work this way, go to any product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:18 msgid "" "You have to set the product type as *Service* under general information and " "select *Milestones* in the sales tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:25 msgid "Invoice milestones" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:27 msgid "" "From the sales order, you can manually edit the quantity delivered as you " "complete a milestone." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:33 msgid "You can then invoice that first milestone." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:3 ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:22 msgid "Send a pro-forma invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:5 msgid "" "A pro-forma invoice is an abridged or estimated invoice in advance of a " "delivery of goods. It notes the kind and quantity of goods, their value, and" @@ -1316,228 +4143,228 @@ msgid "" " not being a demand or request for payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:13 -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:10 msgid "Activate the feature" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:15 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the" " *Pro-Forma Invoice* feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:24 msgid "" "From any quotation or sales order, you know have an option to send a pro-" "forma invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:30 msgid "" "When you click on send, Odoo will send an email with the pro-forma invoice " "in attachment." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:3 msgid "Sell subscriptions" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:5 msgid "" "Selling subscription products will give you predictable revenue, making " "planning ahead much easier." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:9 msgid "Make a subscription from a sales order" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:11 msgid "" "From the sales app, create a quotation to the desired customer, and select " "the subscription product your previously created from the Subscriptions App." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:14 msgid "" "When you confirm the sale the subscription will be created automatically. " "You will see a direct link from the sales order to the Subscription in the " "upper right corner." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:3 msgid "Invoice based on time and materials" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:5 msgid "" "Time and Materials is generally used in projects in which it is not possible" " to accurately estimate the size of the project, or when it is expected that" " the project requirements would most likely change." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:9 msgid "" "This is opposed to a fixed-price contract in which the owner agrees to pay " "the contractor a lump sum for the fulfillment of the contract no matter what" " the contractors pay their employees, sub-contractors, and suppliers." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:14 msgid "" "For this documentation I will use the example of a consultant, you will need" " to invoice their time, their various expenses (transport, lodging, ...) and" " purchases." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:19 msgid "Invoice time configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:21 msgid "" "To keep track of progress in the project, you will need the *Project* app. " "Go to :menuselection:`Apps --> Project` to install it." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:24 msgid "" "In *Project* you will use timesheets, to do so go to :menuselection:`Project" " --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Timesheets* feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:32 msgid "Invoice your time spent" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:34 msgid "" "From a product page set as a service, you will find two options under the " "invoicing tab, select both *Timesheets on tasks* and *Create a task in a new" " project*." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:41 msgid "You could also add the task to an existing project." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:43 msgid "" "Once confirming a sales order, you will now see two new buttons, one for the" " project overview and one for the current task." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:49 msgid "" "You will directly be in the task if you click on it, you can also access it " "from the *Project* app." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:52 msgid "" "Under timesheets, you can assign who works on it. You can or they can add " "how many hours they worked on the project so far." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:58 msgid "From the sales order, you can then invoice those hours." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:69 msgid "" "You should also activate the analytic accounts feature to link expenses to " "the sales order, to do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Settings` and activate *Analytic Accounting*." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:90 msgid "" "under the invoicing tab, select *Delivered quantities* and either *At cost* " "or *Sales price* as well depending if you want to invoice the cost of your " "expense or a previously agreed on sales price." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:120 msgid "Invoice purchases" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:122 msgid "" "The last thing you might need to add to the sale order is purchases made for" " it." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:125 msgid "" "You will need the *Purchase Analytics* feature, to activate it, go to " ":menuselection:`Invoicing --> Configuration --> Settings` and select " "*Purchase Analytics*." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:129 msgid "" "While making the purchase order don't forget to add the right analytic " "account." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:135 msgid "" "Once the PO is confirmed and received, you can create the vendor bill, this " "will automatically add it to the SO where you can invoice it." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices.rst:3 msgid "Products & Prices" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices.rst:3 msgid "Manage your pricing" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:3 msgid "How to sell in foreign currencies" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:5 msgid "Pricelists can also be used to manage prices in foreign currencies." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:7 msgid "" "Check *Allow multi currencies* in :menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> " "Settings`. As admin, you need *Adviser* access rights on " "Invoicing/Accounting apps." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:10 msgid "" "Create one pricelist per currency. A new *Currency* field shows up in " "pricelist setup form." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:13 msgid "" "To activate a new currency, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Currencies`, select it in the list and press *Activate* in" " the top-right corner. Now it will show up in currencies drop-down lists." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:17 msgid "Prices in foreign currencies can be defined in two fashions." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:20 msgid "Automatic conversion from public price" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:22 msgid "" "The public price is in your company's main currency (see " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings`) and is set in product detail form." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:28 msgid "" "The conversion rates can be found in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Currencies`. They can be updated from Yahoo or the " @@ -1545,25 +4372,25 @@ msgid "" " :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:40 msgid "Set your own prices" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:42 msgid "" "This is advised if you don't want your pricing to change along with currency" " rates." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:49 msgid ":doc:`pricing`" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:3 msgid "How to adapt your prices to your customers and apply discounts" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo has a powerful pricelist feature to support a pricing strategy tailored" " to your business. A pricelist is a list of prices or price rules that Odoo " @@ -1572,87 +4399,87 @@ msgid "" "quantity and get a price break), etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:9 msgid "" "As pricelists only suggest prices, they can be overridden by vendors " "completing sales orders. Choose your pricing strategy from " ":menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:18 msgid "" "*A single sale price per product :* doesn't let you adapt prices, it use " "default product price ;" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:19 msgid "" "*Different prices per customer segment :* you will set several prices per " "products ;" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:20 msgid "" "*Advanced pricing based on formula :* will let you apply discounts, margins " "and roundings." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:23 msgid "Several prices per product" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:25 msgid "" "To apply several prices per product, select *Different prices per customer " "segment* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`. Then open the *Sales* tab " "in the product detail form. You can settle following strategies." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:30 msgid "Prices per customer segment" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:32 msgid "" "Create pricelists for your customer segments: e.g. registered, premium, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:37 msgid "" "The default pricelist applied to any new customer is *Public Pricelist*. To " "segment your customers, open the customer detail form and change the *Sale " "Pricelist* in the *Sales & Purchases* tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:45 msgid "Temporary prices" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:47 msgid "Apply deals for bank holidays, etc. Enter start and end dates dates." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:53 msgid "" "Make sure you have default prices set in the pricelist outside of the deals " "period. Otherwise you might have issues once the period over." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:57 msgid "Prices per minimum quantity" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:63 msgid "" "The prices order does not matter. The system is smart and applies first " "prices that match the order date and/or the minimal quantities." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:67 msgid "Discounts, margins, roundings" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:69 msgid "" "*Advanced pricing based on formula* allows to set price change rules. " "Changes can be relative to the product list/catalog price, the product cost " @@ -1662,59 +4489,59 @@ msgid "" " or multiple of either (nearest 5 cents, nearest 10 dollars)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:76 msgid "" "Once installed go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Pricelists`" " (or :menuselection:`Website Admin --> Catalog --> Pricelists` if you use " "e-Commerce)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:84 msgid "" "Each pricelist item can be associated to either all products, to a product " "internal category (set of products) or to a specific product. Like in second" " option, you can set dates and minimum quantities." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:91 msgid "" "Once again the system is smart. If a rule is set for a particular item and " "another one for its category, Odoo will take the rule of the item." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:93 msgid "Make sure at least one pricelist item covers all your products." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:95 msgid "There are 3 modes of computation: fix price, discount & formula." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:100 msgid "Here are different price settings made possible thanks to formulas." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:103 msgid "Discounts with roundings" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:105 msgid "e.g. 20% discounts with prices rounded up to 9.99." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:111 msgid "Costs with markups (retail)" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:113 msgid "e.g. sale price = 2*cost (100% markup) with $5 of minimal margin." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:119 msgid "Prices per country" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:120 msgid "" "Pricelists can be set by countries group. Any new customer recorded in Odoo " "gets a default pricelist, i.e. the first one in the list matching the " @@ -1722,183 +4549,183 @@ msgid "" "pricelist without any country group." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:123 msgid "The default pricelist can be replaced when creating a sales order." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:125 msgid "You can change the pricelists sequence by drag & drop in list view." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:128 msgid "Compute and show discount % to customers" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:130 msgid "" "In case of discount, you can show the public price and the computed discount" " % on printed sales orders and in your eCommerce catalog. To do so:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:132 msgid "" "Check *Allow discounts on sales order lines* in :menuselection:`Sales --> " "Configuration --> Settings --> Quotations & Sales --> Discounts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:133 msgid "Apply the option in the pricelist setup form." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:140 msgid ":doc:`currencies`" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:141 -msgid ":doc:`../../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing`" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:141 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing`" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products.rst:3 msgid "Manage your products" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:3 -msgid "How to import products with categories and variants" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:3 +msgid "How to import Products with Categories and Variants" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:5 msgid "" -"Import templates are provided in the import tool of the most common data to " -"import (contacts, products, bank statements, etc.). You can open them with " -"any spreadsheets software (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, " +"Import templates are provided in the **Import Tool** of the most common data" +" to import (contacts, products, bank statements, etc.). You can open them " +"with any spreadsheet software (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, " "etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:11 msgid "How to customize the file" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:13 msgid "" -"Remove columns you don't need. We advise to not remove the *ID* one (see why" -" here below)." +"Remove columns you don't need. However, we advise you to not remove the *ID*" +" column (see why below)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:15 msgid "" "Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:16 msgid "" -"Don't change labels of columns you want to import. Otherwise Odoo won't " -"recognize them anymore and you will have to map them on your own in the " +"Don't change the labels of columns you want to import. Otherwise, Odoo won't" +" recognize them anymore, and you will have to map them on your own in the " "import screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:18 msgid "" -"To add new columns,Feel free to add new columns but the fields need to exist" -" in Odoo. If Odoo fails in matching the column name with a field, you can " -"make it manually when importing by browsing a list of available fields." +"Feel free to add new columns, but the fields need to exist in Odoo. If Odoo " +"fails in matching the column name with a field, you can match it manually " +"when importing by browsing a list of available fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:24 -msgid "Why an “ID” column" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:24 +msgid "Why an “ID” column?" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:26 msgid "" -"The ID is an unique identifier for the line item. Feel free to use the one " -"of your previous software to ease the transition to Odoo." +"The ID is a truly unique identifier for the line item. Feel free to use one" +" of your previous software to ease the transition into Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:29 msgid "" -"Setting an ID is not mandatory when importing but it helps in many cases:" +"Setting an ID is not mandatory when importing, but it helps in many cases:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:31 msgid "" "Update imports: you can import the same file several times without creating " -"duplicates;" +"duplicates." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:32 msgid "Import relation fields (see here below)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:35 msgid "How to import relation fields" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:37 msgid "" -"An Odoo object is always related to many other objects (e.g. a product is " +"An Odoo object is always related to many other objects (e.g., a product is " "linked to product categories, attributes, vendors, etc.). To import those " -"relations you need to import the records of the related object first from " +"relations, you need to import the records of the related object first from " "their own list menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:41 msgid "" -"You can do it using either the name of the related record or its ID. The ID " -"is expected when two records have the same name. In such a case add \" / " -"ID\" at the end of the column title (e.g. for product attributes: Product " +"You can do this using the name of the related record or its ID. The ID is " +"expected when two records have the same name. In such a case, add \" / ID\" " +"at the end of the column title (e.g., for product attributes: Product " "Attributes / Attribute / ID)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:3 msgid "Using product variants" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:5 msgid "" "Product variants are used to manage products having different variations, " "like size, color, etc. It allows managing the product at the template level " "(for all variations) and at the variant level (specific attributes)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:10 msgid "" "As an example, a company selling t-shirts may have the following product:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:13 msgid "B&C T-shirt" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:15 msgid "Sizes: S, M, L, XL, XXL" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:16 msgid "Colors: Blue, Red, White, Black" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:18 msgid "" "In this example, **B&C T-Shirt** is called the product template and **B&C " "T-Shirt, S, Blue** is a variant. Sizes and color are **attributes**." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:22 msgid "" "The above example has a total of 20 different products (5 sizes x 4 colors)." " Each one of these products has its own inventory, sales, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:26 msgid "Impact of variants" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:28 msgid "" "**Barcode**: the code and barcode is associated to a variant, not the " "template. Every variant may have its own barcode / SKU." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:31 msgid "" "**Price**: every product variant has its own public price that is computed " "based on the template price ($20) with an optional extra for every variant " @@ -1906,7 +4733,7 @@ msgid "" "the template or the variant." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:36 msgid "" "**Inventory**: the inventory is managed by product variant. You don't own " "t-shirts, you only own \"T-shirts, S, Red\", or \"T-Shirts, M, Blue\". For " @@ -1915,39 +4742,39 @@ msgid "" "variant)" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:42 msgid "" "**Picture**: the picture is related to the variant, every variation of a " "product may have its own primary picture." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:45 msgid "" "**Other fields**: most of the other fields belongs to the product template. " "If you update them, it updates automatically all the variants. (example: " "Income Account, Taxes)" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:50 msgid "Should you use variants?" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:53 msgid "When should you use variants?" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:55 msgid "Using variants has the following impacts:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:57 msgid "" "**eCommerce**: in your online shop, the customer will only see product " "templates in the catalog page. Once the visitor click on such a product, he " "will have options to choose amongst the variants (colors, sizes, …)" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:62 msgid "" "**Manufacturing**: Using variants allows to define only one bill of material" " for a product template and slight variations for some of the variants. " @@ -1956,7 +4783,7 @@ msgid "" "specific to the dimension S, and other lines specific to the color Red." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:69 msgid "" "**Pricing**: The default price of a product is computed using the price of " "the product template and add the optional extra price on each dimension of " @@ -1965,48 +4792,48 @@ msgid "" "pricelist rules to fix price per variants too." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:77 msgid "When should you avoid using variants?" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:79 msgid "" "Using variants may add a level of complexity on the way you use Odoo. You " "should consider using variants only if you need it to reduce the complexity " "of managing lots of products that are similars." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:83 msgid "" "As an example, importing your initial product catalog is more complex if you" " use variants. You can't just import a list of products, you must import " "product templates and all their related variations." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:87 msgid "" "In addition to that, you should also carefully select the dimensions that " "you manage as separate product templates and those as variants. As an " "example, a company having these products:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:91 msgid "Quality: T-Shirts, Polos, Shirts" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:93 -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:105 -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:110 msgid "Color: Red, Blue" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:95 -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:106 -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:111 msgid "Size: S, M, L, XL" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:97 msgid "" "In such a use case, you could create 1 template with three dimensions of " "variants (Layout, T-Shirts, Polos). But, it's recommended to create two " @@ -2015,25 +4842,19 @@ msgid "" "e-Commerce:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:103 msgid "Product Template: T-shirt" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:108 msgid "Product Template: Polos" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:114 -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:9 -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:16 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:117 msgid "Activate the variant feature" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:119 msgid "" "Before you can use product variants, you must first activate the product " "variants in the settings. To do so, you must go to the Sales app. In the " @@ -2042,22 +4863,22 @@ msgid "" "attributes**, then click on **Apply**." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:129 msgid "Creating products with variants" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:131 msgid "" "Once you have activated the variant option, you can add variants to your " "products. To do so, go to the Sales module, :menuselection:`Sales --> " "Products`. It is also accessible from the Purchase and inventory modules." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:135 msgid "Now, click on the product you wish to add variants to." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:137 msgid "" "In the product page, a new tab called Variants has appeared. The number in " "purple written on top is the number of variants this product currently has. " @@ -2065,98 +4886,94 @@ msgid "" "**Create**." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:142 msgid "" "In **Attributes**, click on the rolldown menu and select the type of " "variance you wish to add. If the variant does not yet exist, you can create " "it on the fly by clicking on Create and edit…" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:149 msgid "" "In the Attributes window, the **Value** field is the description of the " "attribute such as Green, Plastic or 32GB. The **Attribute** field is the " "type of variant such as Color, Material or Memory." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:156 msgid "" "You can add a cost for the variant on the fly by adding it in the " "**Attribute Price Extra** field, or choose to modify it later. Click on " "**Save**." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:160 msgid "" "You can also add a different barcode and internal reference to the variant." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:163 msgid "" "When you have entered all the specifications of the variant, click on " "**Save**." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:167 msgid "Managing Product Variants" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:170 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:172 msgid "" "The examples below are all based on this product template that has two " "variant attributes :" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:175 msgid "T-Shirt B&C" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:177 msgid "Color: Red, Blue, White" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:179 msgid "Size: S, M, L, XL, XXL" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:182 msgid "Managing combination possibilities" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:184 msgid "" "By default, with the above product template, you get 15 different products " "(3 colors, 5 sizes). If the XXL size only exists for red and blue t-shirts, " "you can deactivate the white product variant." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:188 msgid "" "To do this, click on the **Variants** button, select the XXL, White T-shirt." " From the product form, uncheck the **Active** box of the T-shirt White, " "XXL." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:197 msgid "" "That deactivating a product is different than having an inventory of 0." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:200 msgid "Setting a price per variant" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:202 msgid "" "You can add a cost over the main price for some of the variants of a " "product." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:205 msgid "" "Once you have activated the variant option, you can add variants to your " "products. To do so, go to the Sales module, open :menuselection:`Sales --> " @@ -2164,40 +4981,42 @@ msgid "" "**Variant Prices** button to access the list of variant values." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:213 msgid "" "Click on the variant name you wish to add a value to, to make the 3 fields " "editable. In the **Attribute Price Extra** field, add the cost of the " "variant that will be added to the original price." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:220 msgid "When you have entered all the extra values, click on **Save**." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:223 msgid "" "`Accounting Memento: Details of Journal Entries " -"<../../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.html#journal-entries>`_" +"</applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.html" +"#journal-entries>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:225 -msgid ":doc:`../../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill`" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:225 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill`" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/taxes.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/taxes.rst:3 msgid "Set taxes" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations.rst:3 msgid "Send Quotations" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:3 msgid "Use quotations deadline to stimulate your customers" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:5 msgid "" "When sending quotations, it is important to set a deadline to encourage your" " customers to act. Indeed, this will stimulate them because they will be " @@ -2206,21 +5025,21 @@ msgid "" "profitable for you." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:11 msgid "Set a deadline" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:13 msgid "" "With Odoo Sales, it is possible to instantly add an **Expiration Date** from" " the quotation or the sales order." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:22 msgid "Use deadline in your quotation templates" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:24 msgid "" "It is also possible to add a deadline to every quotation template created. " "Whenever a specific quotation template is used in a quote, its associated " @@ -2228,26 +5047,26 @@ msgid "" "documentation about :doc:`quote_template` to excel in their use." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:34 msgid "" "By clicking on the **Customer Preview** button, you will be able to see when" " the offer expires. For your information, the number of days will be the " "same as those mentioned in the quotation template." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:44 -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:50 -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:51 -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:65 -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:115 msgid ":doc:`quote_template`" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:3 msgid "Deliver and invoice to different addresses" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:5 msgid "" "With Odoo Sales, you can configure different addresses for delivery and " "invoicing. For some customers, it will be very practical to define specific " @@ -2255,17 +5074,17 @@ msgid "" "delivery location as the invoicing location." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:12 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the" " **Customer Addresses** feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:21 msgid "Add addresses from a quotation" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:23 msgid "" "When you create a quotation, you must add a customer. This customer can be a" " company or a person with specific billing and shipping addresses already " @@ -2275,7 +5094,7 @@ msgid "" "able to add, delete and modify invoice and delivery addresses." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:35 msgid "" "If you select a customer with defined invoice and delivery addresses, Odoo " "will automatically use them to fill in the fields. Now, if you want to " @@ -2283,11 +5102,11 @@ msgid "" "the sales order." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:40 msgid "Add addresses from a contact form" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:42 msgid "" "Previously, we talked about the contact form that you can fill in directly " "from a quotation or a sales order to add billing and shipping addresses to " @@ -2297,11 +5116,11 @@ msgid "" " quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:54 msgid "Deal with different addresses" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:56 msgid "" "Like for the previous example, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> " "Customers` and create a new customer. There, you can add company information" @@ -2309,7 +5128,7 @@ msgid "" "the **Contacts & Addresses** tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:65 msgid "" "Once done, you can return to your Sales dashboard and create a new " "quotation. Now, if you enter your new customer, you will see that the other " @@ -2317,17 +5136,17 @@ msgid "" "billing and shipping addresses." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:74 msgid "" "With Odoo Sales, it is now very convenient to play with various addresses in" " terms of invoice and delivery features." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:3 msgid "Get paid to confirm an order" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:5 msgid "" "In general, online payments are considered as a fast and secure alternative " "to traditional payment methods. It is generally cheaper, easier and faster " @@ -2337,67 +5156,67 @@ msgid "" "it's very convenient and saves lots of time in a basic sales process." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:12 msgid "Enable online payment" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:14 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the" " **Online Payment** feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:22 msgid "" "There, you will have direct access to the **Payment Acquirers** page. It " "will allow you to select and configure your acquirers of choice. Before " "creating or modifying a payment acquirer, be sure to check out our " "documentation about how to be paid with payment acquirers such as " -":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal`, " -":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize`, and others in the " -":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers` documentation." +":doc:`/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal`, " +":doc:`/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize`, and others in the " +":doc:`/applications/general/payment_acquirers` documentation." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:30 msgid "" "If you are familiar with this documentation: :doc:`quote_template`; you can " "activate or not the **Online Payment** feature for each template you use, " "under their confirmation tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:35 msgid "Register a payment" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:37 msgid "" "After opening quotations from their received email, your customers will have" " different possibilities to make their online payments. For example:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:46 msgid "" "By clicking on the **Customer Preview** button, you will be able to see what" " your customers will have to choose when it comes to payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:51 -msgid ":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers`" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:51 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/payment_acquirers`" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:52 -msgid ":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal`" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:52 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal`" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:53 -msgid ":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize`" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:53 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize`" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:3 msgid "Get a signature to confirm an order" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:5 msgid "" "Online signatures are like electronic \"fingerprints\". By using them on " "Odoo, you will get automatic orders confirmation. You and your customers " @@ -2405,28 +5224,28 @@ msgid "" "process." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:10 msgid "Activate online signature" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:12 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the" " **Online Signature** feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:21 msgid "" "If you are familiar with this documentation: :doc:`quote_template`, you can " "activate or not the **Online Signature** feature for each quotation template" " you use, under their confirmation tab. Example:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:31 msgid "Confirm an order with a signature" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:33 msgid "" "When you send quotations to clients, they can instantly accept and sign it " "online. When they click on **Sign & Pay**, they have the choice to draw " @@ -2435,24 +5254,24 @@ msgid "" "of an automated signature:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:43 msgid "" "Once signed, you will have the possibility to choose your payment methods. " "Then, when the quotation will be paid and confirmed, a delivery order will " "be created automatically by Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:47 msgid "" "Be careful that delivery orders are only generated for storable products and" " if the **Inventory app** is already installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:3 msgid "Add optional products" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:5 msgid "" "The use of optional products is a marketing strategy for cross-selling " "products along with a core product. The aim is to offer useful and related " @@ -2461,24 +5280,24 @@ msgid "" "or not to order such high-quality products and simply buy his car." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:11 msgid "Add optional products to your quotations" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:13 msgid "" "With Odoo Sales, it is possible to add or modify optional products directly " "on quotations (under the **Optional Products** tab, as you can see below)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:22 msgid "" "By clicking on the **Customer Preview** button, you will be able to see what" " your customers will have as possibilities after opening a quotation from " "their received email." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:30 msgid "" "In practice, your customers will be able to add different optional products " "to their order by using associated carts, with a user-friendly layout. More " @@ -2487,85 +5306,86 @@ msgid "" "salesman." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:40 msgid "" "Like this, salespeople will see each movement made by the customer and " "tracking the order will be all the better." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:49 msgid "Add optional products to your quotation templates" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:51 msgid "" "Be sure to check out our documentation about :doc:`quote_template` to " "understand how you can enable, create, design and manage your own quotation " "templates before reading this part." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:54 msgid "" "For quotation templates, you also have an **Optional Products** tab where " "you can add related products or services." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:62 msgid "" "With Odoo Sales, it is now very easy to understand your customer's needs." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:3 msgid "Use quotation templates" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:5 msgid "" "By creating custom quotation templates, you will save a lot of time. Indeed," " with the use of templates, you will be able to send complete quotations at " "a fast pace." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:11 msgid "" "To enable this feature, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " "Settings` and activate **Quotation Templates**." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:19 msgid "" "For even more convenience, it is also recommended to add the **Quotation " "Builder** feature which will help you design your quotation templates very " "easily. This option will automatically install the Odoo Website App." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:47 msgid "Create your first template" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:31 msgid "" "Quotation templates are under :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:33 msgid "" "You can create a new template or edit an existing one. Once named, you will " "be able to select products and quantities as well as the expiration time of " "the quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:42 msgid "" "On each template, you can also specify discounts if the option is activated " "in the **Sales** settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:46 msgid "Design your template" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:48 msgid "" "You will have the possibility to design your template and edit the customer " "interface in order to manage what clients will see before accepting and " @@ -2574,59 +5394,59 @@ msgid "" "**Edit** and you will be brought to the quotation builder." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:58 msgid "" "You can easily edit the content of your template by dragging & dropping " "different building blocks to organize your quotation. For example, you can " "add a content block to describe your products." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:67 msgid "Use a quotation template" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:69 msgid "When creating a quotation, you can choose a specific template." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:77 msgid "" "You can select any template of your choice and suggest it as the default " "template in the **Sales** settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:81 msgid "Confirm the quotation" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:83 msgid "" "Templates facilitate the confirmation process by allowing customers to sign " "electronically or to pay online. You can activate these two options directly" " in the quotation template itself." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:92 msgid "" "Every quotation will now have this setting. Of course you can always change " "it and make it specific for each quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:96 -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:116 msgid ":doc:`get_signature_to_validate`" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:97 -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:117 msgid ":doc:`get_paid_to_validate`" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:3 msgid "Add terms & conditions" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:5 msgid "" "Specifying terms and conditions is essential to set out important " "contractual points such as payment terms, limitation of liability and " @@ -2638,17 +5458,17 @@ msgid "" "manage." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:13 msgid "Default Terms & Conditions" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:18 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and " "activate *Default Terms & Conditions*." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:27 msgid "" "Please note that this feature is activated via the settings of the " "**Invoicing App** and **not** via the settings of the **Sales App**. " @@ -2656,73 +5476,73 @@ msgid "" "done automatically with the installation of the sales application." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:32 msgid "DT&C on your quotations, sales orders, and invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:34 msgid "" "In the settings of the **Invoicing App**, you have the possibility to insert" " your default terms and conditions." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:42 msgid "They appear subsequently on every quotation, sales order, and invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:45 msgid "DT&C on your quotation templates" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:47 msgid "" "According to your business needs, you can specify your terms and conditions " "on your quotation templates. This is interesting if you have different terms" " and conditions within your company." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:56 msgid "" "Be sure to check out our documentation about quotation templates: " ":doc:`quote_template`, to master each step of this amazing feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:60 msgid "General Terms & Conditions" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:63 msgid "GT&C on your website" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:65 msgid "" "Use the **Website App** and create your own general terms and conditions " "page. For example, here is the Odoo terms and conditions page:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:73 msgid "" "You can refer to this page in the footer of all your documents. The layout " "is available in the **General Settings** under the **Business Documents** " "category. For example, this footer appears in every document from Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:83 msgid "GT&C as attachment in your emails" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:85 msgid "" "Attach an external document with your general terms and conditions when you " "are about to send your quotation by email to your customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:94 msgid "GT&C as attachment in your quotation templates" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:96 msgid "" "Create and edit email templates to set a default attachment for all " "quotation emails that you will send in the future. To do so, you have to go " @@ -2734,12 +5554,924 @@ msgid "" "conditions." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:109 msgid "" "To customize your email templates, activate the **developer mode** and go to" " :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Email --> Templates`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:112 msgid "With Odoo Sales it is now very simple to deal with terms & conditions." msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:3 +msgid "Subscriptions" +msgstr "Abonnementen" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:3 +msgid "Add subscription products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To properly sell your subscriptions using our amazing **Odoo Subscriptions**" +" application, you must follow these steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:8 +msgid "**Create your own subscription templates**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:9 +msgid "**Create your own subscription products with the right settings**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:11 +msgid "" +"As a result, you will be able to manage your subscriptions like any other " +"product, create your quotations and continue the sales flow to track the " +"number of subscriptions you sell and manage the revenue they generate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Subscription products` to learn how " +"you can configure your own subscription products. You have the possibility " +"to create a new product or edit an existing one. Once named, be careful to " +"select the option *Can be sold* and deselect *Can be purchased*. For the " +"product type, it is recommended to use *Service* for subscription products " +"as they are non-material products that you provide to your customers. " +"Finally, you can adapt your prices and also add an internal reference." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:30 +msgid "" +"In the Sales tab, underneath the Subscriptions section, make sure the " +"*Subscription products* option is activated. In fact, if you create a " +"subscription product from the **Odoo Subscriptions** application, this " +"option is selected by default. However, if you create a product from another" +" application, it is not the case." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:39 +msgid "You can also choose the subscription templates you want to use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Be sure to check out our documentation on how to create, edit and manage " +"your own :doc:`Subscription templates " +"<../../subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates>` before creating " +"your own subscription products. Once created, check out our documentation on" +" how to :doc:`Create a quotation using subscription products " +"<../../subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation>`, to complete the sales " +"flow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:83 +msgid ":doc:`../../subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:85 +msgid ":doc:`../../subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:3 +msgid "Use subscription templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The subscription business model is becoming more popular. Are you wondering " +"why?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:7 +msgid "For **customers**, value lies in **convenience**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Subscriptions simplify the business process. Indeed, subscribers never have " +"to remember to renew their orders every month, which gives them the " +"assurance that they will have everything they need before they actually need" +" it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:12 +msgid "Subscriptions help customers stay on budget." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:14 +msgid "" +"For **businesses**, value lies in the **ability to predict recurring " +"revenue**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Subscriptions reduce customer churn rate and significantly increase customer" +" retention." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Subscriptions provide much higher payment security for your business. They " +"stabilize and maintain recurring revenue streams by guaranteeing monthly " +"revenues and adding value to your business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:27 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Subscriptions** help you save time and money. Subscription templates " +"can help you generate recurring invoices and manage renewals at a fast pace." +" With Odoo you have the possibility to create, edit, and manage your own " +"subscription templates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Configuration --> Subscription " +"templates`. By default, Odoo suggests you two types of subscription (MON - " +"Monthly subscription *vs* YEA - Yearly subscription). You can also create " +"your own ones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:43 +msgid "" +"The **Odoo Subscriptions** application automatically installs **Odoo Sales**" +" and **Odoo Invoicing** as they work integrated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:49 +msgid "" +"You can create a new template or edit an existing one. The first thing you " +"need to do is give your template a name. After that, choose an *Invoicing " +"period* and specify whether you would like to invoice your customers per " +"*Days*, *Weeks*, *Months* or *Years*. On *Duration*, determine if the " +"subscription must go on *Forever* (until it’s manually closed), or for a " +"*Fixed amount* of time. Among the payment options, an additional field " +"called *Invoice email* appears when you choose *Send*, *Send & try to " +"charge* or *Send after successful payment*. This field allows you to add an " +"invoice email template to your subscription templates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:61 +msgid "" +"For each template, you can also choose if you want your customers to be able" +" to close their subscriptions or not. If enabled, you can set an *Automatic " +"closing* limit and specify the *Group of subscription* and *Journal* " +"options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:66 +msgid "" +"On each template, you can add your **Terms and Conditions**. Specifying " +"terms and conditions is essential to set out important contractual points " +"between the customers and the sellers (payment, refund policy, cancellation," +" complaints, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Finally, if you want to know the basic running health status of your " +"subscriptions, you also have access to a specific tab called **Health " +"Check**. There, you can edit and create your own filters to define what is a" +" subscription in good health *vs* bad health. The system automatically " +"summarizes all the records corresponding to these filters and you are able " +"to manage them in one click." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:85 +msgid "" +"After creating your own subscription templates, be sure to check out our " +"documentation on how to create, edit and manage your own :doc:`Subscription " +"products <../../subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products>`, to " +"complete the sales flow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:84 +msgid ":doc:`../../subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up.rst:3 +msgid "Follow-up" +msgstr "Opvolging" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:3 +msgid "Set up automatic alerts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Now that your subscriptions are up and running, you want to stay up-to-date " +"with your customers. Some automation would be appreciated since you would " +"not want to go through the list of all your subscribers to check how things " +"are going. This is what the *Automatic Alerts* feature is for." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:9 +msgid "" +"For example, when customers subscribe to your magazine, you would probably " +"want to send them an email to welcome them and express your gratitude. Or, " +"if the satisfaction rate of your customers drops below 50%, you would " +"probably want to schedule a call with them to understand the reasons for " +"their dissatisfaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:14 +msgid "" +"With **Odoo Subscriptions**, you can set automatic emails, create a \"Call\"" +" task for one of your salespeople so that he/she can try to understand your " +"customer's dissatisfaction, and finally, why not automatically send " +"satisfaction surveys so customers can evaluate your services? All of that is" +" now possible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:20 +msgid "Create a new automatic alert" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The following example shows how to create a new automatic alert to send " +"satisfaction surveys to your customers, by email, after one month of " +"subscription. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> " +"Configuration --> Alerts`, and create a new alert." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:30 +msgid "" +"On the *Apply on* section, first give the alert a name. Then, you can choose" +" to apply this alert on a subscription template, on a specific customer, or " +"even on a specific product. If you want to add more specifications, you can " +"also specify the value of your MRR, the change rate of your MRR over a " +"certain period of time, the value of the satisfaction rate, and even the " +"stage to which you want to apply this alert." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:37 +msgid "" +"In this example, the alert is applied to a specific product, and the stage " +"goes from *Undefined* to *In Progress*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:40 +msgid "" +"For the *Action* section, specify the *Action* and the *Trigger on*. If the " +"*Trigger on* is set to *Modification*, the action is triggered every time " +"there is a change or anything added to the subscription, and all the " +"conditions on the *Apply on* section are met. Now, if the *Trigger on* is " +"set to *Timed condition*, it means that the action is triggered based on the" +" type of *Trigger date*. After that, you can choose your *Action*. You have " +"the choice between *Create next activity*, *Set a tag on the subscription*, " +"*Set a stage on the subscription*, *Mark as To Renew*, *Send an email to the" +" customer* and *Send an SMS Text Message to the customer*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:50 +msgid "" +"In the example above, the *Trigger on* is set to *Timed condition*, " +"therefore, a *Trigger date* and *Delay after trigger* need to be specified. " +"And because the *Send an email to the customer* action was adopted, an " +"*Email template* can be chosen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:54 +msgid "" +"As a result, this alert will send a rating survey after one month, to the " +"customers who have purchased that specific product. The survey will appear " +"in the chatter of your respective subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:63 +msgid "Modify an existing automatic alert" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:65 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo suggests you an automatic alert called *Take action on less" +" satisfied clients*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:71 +msgid "" +"This alert is applied to the *Rating Satisfaction* of your customers, and " +"the action is triggered on *Timed condition*. If their satisfaction rate is " +"lower than 50%, a salesperson contacts the customer. This action is " +"automatically assigned to the salesperson who manages the subscription, and " +"the due date is 5 days after the triggering of this action. This alert " +"ensures that your clients are happy and that you are taking actions if they " +"are not. It helps to keep your customer retention rates very high." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:79 +msgid "" +"By editing the alert, you can modify the *Apply on*, the *Action* and " +"*Activity* sections, and adapt them to your own needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:86 +msgid ":doc:`../../subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting.rst:3 +msgid "Reporting" +msgstr "Rapportages" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:3 +msgid "Generate subscription reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:5 +msgid "" +"As we know, understanding how our business is going, and where it is going, " +"is key to success. And particularly so when we offer subscription services " +"or products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Before getting to the heart of the matter, it is very important to recall " +"certain essential concepts to the proper understanding of the following " +"reports:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:11 +msgid "" +"**Monthly Recurring Revenue (MRR)**: MRR is arguably the most important " +"metric for subscription businesses. It shows the monthly revenue earned with" +" subscription-based products or services. It is a consistent number used to " +"track all recurring revenue over time, in monthly increments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:15 +msgid "" +"**Annual Run-Rate (ARR)**: ARR is the yearly version of MRR, which is based " +"on the current MRR, to estimate the coming year's performance. However, this" +" estimation does not take variations and growth into account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:23 +msgid "" +"**Non-Recurring Revenue (NRR)**: NRR shows the revenue earned for everything" +" else than subscription-based products or services. This includes gains of a" +" rare or unique nature that are unlikely to occur in the ordinary course of " +"businesses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:27 +msgid "" +"**Customer Retention**: Practices to engage existing customers to continue " +"buying products or services from your business. Customer retention can be a " +"challenge, because you must prove you are worthy of your customers' trust." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:31 +msgid "" +"**Churn Rate**: Also known as the Rate of Attrition or Customer Churn, the " +"churn rate can be defined, in this case, as the percentage of subscribers " +"who discontinued their subscriptions within a given time period. We can " +"distinguish two types of Churn:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:35 +msgid "**Logo Churn**: It corresponds to the subscription cancellation rate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:37 +msgid "" +"**Revenue Churn**: It corresponds to the monthly recurring revenue loss " +"rate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:39 +msgid "Let's imagine a 2$ increase in a subscription service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:42 +msgid "" +"We lost 3 customers out of the initial 20, which generates a **Logo Churn** " +"of 15%." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Therefore, the 56$ of MRR difference out of the initial 600$ causes a " +"**Revenue Churn**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:0 +msgid "of 9,33%." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Reminder: even though they seem to evolve in the same direction most of the " +"time, it might not be the case all the time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:53 +msgid "" +"**Customer Lifetime Value (CLV)**: Indicates how much revenue can be " +"expected for a customer during his/her entire contract. This approach " +"emphasizes the importance of customer retention, shifting our focus from a " +"quarterly or yearly approach to a long-term one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Check out the different kinds of reports you can access from the **Odoo " +"Subscriptions** application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:61 +msgid "Subscriptions analysis report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Reporting --> Subscriptions`. From " +"there, you can change the *Measures*. By default, Odoo uses the *Monthly " +"Recurring Revenue*. In addition to that, you can choose *Quantity*, " +"*Recurring Price*, *Yearly Recurring Revenue* and *Count*. For this example," +" *Quantity* is added. This way, you can review both of these measures at the" +" same time. You can even *Group By Start Date* and, more precisely, by " +"*Week*, to get a clear view of your report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:74 +msgid "Retention analysis report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Reporting --> Retention`. The " +"default measure applied is *Count*, but you can change to the appropriate " +"one for you. For the example below, *Monthly Recurring Revenue* was chosen, " +"and the *Month* periodicity remains intact. By using these criteria, you can" +" see the progression of the retention from its start." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:86 +msgid "Revenue KPIs report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Reporting --> Revenue KPIs`. From " +"there, you can check different KPIs: *Monthly Recurring Revenue*, *Net " +"Revenue*, *Non-Recurring Revenue*, *Revenue per Subscription*, *Annual Run-" +"Rate*, *Lifetime Value*, and more. You can also filter this information on " +"subscriptions, companies, and sales teams. This is useful if you are looking" +" for specific information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:98 +msgid "" +"The example below shows the *Monthly Recurring Revenue* detailed report. At " +"the moment, there is no data, which is the typical scenario for a new " +"business. But, as your company grows over the months, these graphs get " +"populated with more and more data. Once again, you can filter these specific" +" KPIs on subscriptions, companies, and sales teams." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:108 +msgid "Salesperson dashboard report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Reporting --> Salesperson " +"Dashboard`. This page gives you a summary of your *Monthly Recurring " +"Revenue*, *Non-Recurring Revenue*, *Subscription modifications*, and *Non-" +"Recurring Invoices* for each of your salespeople. You can choose the period " +"you want to apply and the salesperson you want to analyze." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow.rst:3 +msgid "Sales flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:3 +msgid "Close a subscription" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Losing a customer is always difficult, especially if you put a lot of effort" +" into getting them to sign up for your products/services. However, many " +"companies come up with dubious methods to reduce the probability of this " +"happening." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If you adopt such methods, you are among companies that actively and " +"indirectly spread the phobia of subscriptions, who do not think about how " +"negatively dissatisfied customers could impact their business and, who " +"frustrate the customers in a way or another. However, at some point, it is " +"understandable that you do not want your customers to be involved in your " +"subscription status." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If you do not adopt such methods, you are among companies that continue to " +"evolve in a long-term subscription business model, especially in an era of " +"ultra-fast communications between dissatisfied customers, and who retain " +"their customers by making it easier for them to leave if they want to. By " +"giving them the opportunity to close their own subscriptions, your customers" +" do not feel trapped because they subscribed to your products/services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In summary, the **Odoo Subscriptions** application gives you the " +"**possibility to choose what you want to apply**. Indeed, you can decide " +"whether to give your customers the option to close their subscriptions " +"whenever they want to or to restrict this possibility. It depends on you and" +" we will show you how to do that in our amazing application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Configuration --> Subscription " +"templates`. From there, you can create a new *Subscription template* or " +"modify an existing one. When editing your template, underneath the Invoicing" +" tab, you have the possibility to activate the option *Closable by " +"customer*. Once enabled, this option gives your customers the right to close" +" their own subscriptions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Be sure to check out our documentation on how to :doc:`Use subscription " +"templates <../../subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates>` to " +"fully understand the importance of this feature in a basic flow using the " +"**Odoo Subscriptions** application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:49 +msgid "Close your first subscription" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:52 +msgid "Administrator view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Once confirmed, a quotation becomes a sales order and a new subscription is " +"automatically created. Therefore, this subscription has the status *In " +"progress*. From there, you have the possibility to close the subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:62 +msgid "" +"By using the smart button *Close*, you have to enter a close reason. For " +"example, \"Subscription too expensive\", \"Subscription does not meet my " +"requirements\", \"Subscription reached its end date\", etc. Immediately " +"after confirming your close reason, you can observe that the status of the " +"subscription is now *Closed* and that the close reason is mentioned on the " +"subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:72 +msgid "Customer view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:74 +msgid "" +"As previously explained in the *Administrator view* part, from the " +"subscription form, you also have the possibility to visualize what your " +"customers see when managing their subscriptions thanks to the *Customer " +"preview* button. In this example, the customer has the choice to close " +"his/her subscription whenever he/she wants to, due to the *Close " +"Subscription* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:83 +msgid "" +"By using this button, the customer can specify the reason for cancelling " +"his/her subscription and he/she can even leave a message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:90 +msgid "" +"By confirming the cancellation, the customer is redirected to his/her " +"portal. The administrator is informed of this modification. Indeed, the " +"status of the subscription becomes *Closed* and a note appears in the " +"chatter with the new stage, the end date, the close reason, and the closing " +"text added by the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Before closing a subscription, check out our documentation on how to " +":doc:`Create a quotation using subscription products " +"<../../subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation>` to understand how " +"subscriptions are managed in the **Odoo Subscriptions** application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:3 +msgid "Create a quotation using subscription products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Selling a digital product or service gives instant gratification. However, " +"you have to work hard for a new customer to make a purchase. It costs time " +"and money. By convincing customers to sign up for a subscription, you " +"maximize your income and streamline your cash flow. You can sell any type of" +" product or service through a subscription business model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Here is a scenario using **Odoo Subscriptions** to create a quotation " +"including subscription products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:19 +msgid "Create your first quotation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Before creating your first quotation, be sure to check out our documentation" +" on how to create and manage your own :doc:`Subscription templates " +"<../../subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates>` and on how to " +"add :doc:`Subscription products " +"<../../subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products>` to your " +"templates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:30 +msgid "" +"These steps are **mandatory** to make a basic sales flow using **Odoo " +"Subscriptions**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Go to **Odoo Sales** and create a new quotation. Then, choose a customer and" +" add a product. Be careful to select a product that you previously " +"configured as a *Subscription product*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:39 +msgid "" +"When your quotation is ready, you have the possibility to send it to your " +"customers or to confirm it. It is better to first *Send by email* the " +"quotation to your customers to have their confirmation and, then, *Confirm* " +"it in **Odoo Sales**. By clicking on *Customer preview*, you have an idea of" +" what your customers will see when receiving your quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:48 +msgid "" +"From there, your customers have three choices: *Sign & Pay* the quotation, " +"give you a *Feedback* or *Reject* the quotation. It appears that they are " +"very happy and accept the option *Sign & Pay*. Then, they have to validate " +"the order with a signature and by choosing a payment method. When it is " +"done, you can check out the quotation in **Odoo Sales** and *Confirm* it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:54 +msgid "Manage your subscriptions from your SO" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Once confirmed, the quotation becomes a sales order and a new button " +"appears, *Subscriptions*. Indeed, a subscription is automatically created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:63 +msgid "" +"By clicking on the *Subscriptions* button, you can see that the status of " +"the subscription is *In progress*. From there, you will have three options: " +":doc:`Renew <../../subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals>`, :doc:`Close " +"<../../subscriptions/sales_flow/closing>` or :doc:`Upsell " +"<../../subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling>` your subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:73 +msgid "" +"In the top-right corner, you can see the status of the subscription. When a " +"subscription is new and created from **Odoo Subscriptions**, the status is " +"*Draft*. When a sales order has been validated, the status is *In progress*." +" Finally, when a customer decides to close his subscription, the status " +"becomes *Closed*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:81 +msgid ":doc:`../../subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:82 +msgid ":doc:`../../subscriptions/sales_flow/closing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:83 +msgid ":doc:`../../subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:3 +msgid "Renew a subscription" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The key feature of a subscription business model is the recurring nature of " +"payments. In this model, customers pay a recurring amount in exchange for " +"access to a product or a service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Each subscriber experiences this renewal process monthly, annually, or " +"sometimes more, depending on the duration of the contract. Most subscription" +" companies choose to automate their renewal processes but, in some cases, " +"manual subscription renewals are still the preferred option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:18 +msgid "" +"With **Odoo Subscriptions**, you can have all your subscriptions in one " +"application, suggest an automatic subscription renewal to your customers (as" +" well as a manual one) and, finally, filter all your subscriptions and " +"easily find those to renew (with the help of the tag *To renew*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:23 +msgid "Renew your first subscription" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Before renewing a subscription, be sure to check out our documentation on " +"how to :doc:`Create a quotation " +"<../../subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation>` using subscription " +"products. Indeed, once confirmed, a quotation becomes a sales order and a " +"new subscription is automatically created. Therefore, this subscription has " +"the status *In progress*. From there, you have the possibility to renew the " +"subscription. In the Other Info tab, underneath the To Renew section, you " +"can activate the *To renew* option. When activated, a yellow tag " +"automatically appears in the upper right corner of the subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:38 +msgid "" +"The *To renew* tag is automatically ticked when a payment fails. This " +"indicator also appears on the customer portal. To visualize that, you just " +"have to click on the *Customer preview* button. The tag *To renew* appears " +"on the top right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:46 +msgid "" +"When a subscription needs to be renewed, you have the possibility to use a " +"new button called *Renewal quotation*. By clicking on it, a new quotation is" +" created. From there, start a basic sales flow allowing you to send the " +"quotation by email to your customers or to confirm it. It is better to first" +" *Send by email* the quotation to your customers in order to have their " +"confirmation and, then, *Confirm* it in **Odoo Sales**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:53 +msgid "" +"In the Chatter of this new quotation, it is mentioned that \"This renewal " +"order has been created from the previous subscription\". Once confirmed by " +"your customers, this quotation becomes a sales order and a new sale is " +"mentioned in the upper right corner of the subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:61 +msgid "" +"By clicking on the *Sales* button, you have a summary of your sales orders " +"in a list view. The only difference between your two quotations is the " +"description underneath the *Subscription Management* category. There, you " +"can easily visualize which one is your renewal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:70 +msgid "Visualize your subscriptions to renew" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Finally, if you want to visualize all your subscriptions and easily find " +"those to renew, you can go to your *Subscriptions dashboard* and use the " +"filter *To renew*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:3 +msgid "Upsell a subscription" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Subscriptions are recurrent and go on indefinitely. As time passes by, our " +"customers may want to modify them. We must then be able to adapt the prices " +"or change the products’ quantities to accommodate their needs. Two " +"situations can happen:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:9 +msgid "" +"**Loyal customers:** This kind of customers already trust you as a brand. " +"Therefore, you are confident regarding what you offer since they keep paying" +" for your products and services. Consequently, it is easier to sell them " +"something additional than it would be to a new customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:14 +msgid "" +"**New customers:** For this kind of customers, you have to come with " +"something new, something attractive. What about discounts? Typically, every " +"subscription ends after a certain given time. Making these types of offers " +"for new customers strengthens your relationships with them and also " +"increases their retention." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:27 +msgid "" +"As previously explained, to upsell a subscription to new customers, it is " +"recommended to offer *Discounts*. To activate this option, go to " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and, under the " +"*Pricing* category, you have the possibility to grant discounts on sales " +"order lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:36 +msgid "Upsell your first subscription" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Before upselling a subscription, be sure to check out our documentation on " +"how to :doc:`Create a quotation " +"<../../subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation>` using subscription " +"products. Indeed, once confirmed, a quotation becomes a sales order and a " +"new subscription is automatically created. Therefore, this subscription has " +"the status *In progress*. From there, you have the possibility to upsell " +"your subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:48 +msgid "" +"By using the smart button *Upsell*, you are able to create a new quotation " +"with new subscription products and send it to your customers for approval." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:56 +msgid "" +"When the quotation is confirmed by your customers, the products are added to" +" the initial subscription. Quotation prices are, then, prorated to the " +"remaining time of the current invoicing period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Of course, before sending this new quotation to your customers, you can " +"change the unit price, taxes, and, even the discount you want to offer. The " +"smart button *Customer preview* is useful for mimicking the customer's " +"reaction. In this case, we can confidently say that the customer will *Sign " +"and pay* this new quotation. When it is done, you have to go back in edit " +"mode, confirm the quotation, and click on the smart button *Subscriptions* " +"to visualize all updates. From there, you can see that an additional line " +"has been added to the subscription with the new extra service the customer " +"wanted to purchase." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:72 +msgid "" +"In addition, by clicking on the *Sales* button, you have a summary of your " +"sales orders in a list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:79 +msgid "" +"The only difference between your two sales orders is the description " +"underneath the *Subscription Management* category. There, you can easily " +"visualize which one is your upselling." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/services.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/services.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9fa5f0032 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/services.po @@ -0,0 +1,1526 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Erwin van der Ploeg <erwin@odooexperts.nl>, 2021 +# Cas Vissers <casvissers@brahoo.nl>, 2021 +# dpms <pieter.van.de.wygaert@telenet.be>, 2021 +# Martin Trigaux, 2021 +# Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2021 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-18 07:12+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-05-18 05:18+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2021\n" +"Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: nl\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: ../../content/applications/services.rst:3 ../../content/services.rst:3 +msgid "Services" +msgstr "Diensten" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm.rst:4 +msgid "Field Service" +msgstr "Buitendienst" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/helpdesk.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:4 +msgid "Helpdesk" +msgstr "Helpdesk" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:3 +msgid "Plan onsite interventions from helpdesk tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:4 +msgid "" +"The integration with the Helpdesk app lets your helpdesk team manage " +"intervention requests directly. Planning field service tasks from tickets " +"speeds up your processes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:8 +msgid "Configure the helpdesk team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`. Select" +" a team and enable *Onsite Interventions*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The helpdesk tickets of the team now display the *Plan Intervention* button." +" Click on it to create a new task under your field service project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales.rst:3 +msgid "Sales" +msgstr "Verkoop" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:3 +msgid "Create onsite interventions from sales orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Allowing your sales team to open onsite interventions creates a seamless " +"experience for your customers. They can receive a quotation they first have " +"to approve before the work even starts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:8 +msgid "Configure a product" +msgstr "Configureer een product" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration --> Products` and " +"create or edit a product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Under the *General Information* tab, select *Service* as *Product Type*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Under the *Sales* tab, select *Timesheets on tasks* as *Service Invoicing " +"Policy*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:15 +msgid "Select *Create a task in an existing project* as *Service Tracking*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:17 +msgid "Select your *Project*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If you use them, select your *Worksheet Template* and then click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:25 +msgid "" +"From the *Sales* app, create a quotation with the product and confirm it. A " +"task is automatically set up under your Field Service project. It is " +"directly accessible from the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced" +msgstr "Geavanceerd" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:3 +msgid "After Sales Features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:5 +msgid "" +"As your business grows, having the right tool to support your helpdesk team " +"on recording, tracking and managing issues raised easy and efficiently, is " +"key. Odoo’s Helpdesk application allows you to generate credit notes, manage" +" returns, products, repairs, grant coupons, and even plan onsite " +"interventions from a ticket’s page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:11 +msgid "Set up the after sales services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " +"enable the after sales options: *Refunds, Returns, Coupons, Repairs and " +"Onsite Interventions*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:20 +msgid "Generate credit notes from tickets" +msgstr "Genereer creditfacturen van tickets" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:22 +msgid "" +"You can use a credit note to refund a customer or adjust the amount due. For" +" that, simply go to your ticket page, click on *Refund* and select the " +"corresponding *Invoice*. Clicking on *Reverse* generates a credit note, and " +"you can *Post* it while still being in the *Helpdesk* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:30 +msgid "Allow product returns from tickets" +msgstr "Sta productretouren toe op tickets" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:32 +msgid "" +"The process of a product return from your customer back to your warehouse is" +" taken into action when, at the ticket page, you choose the option *Return*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:39 +msgid "Grant coupons from tickets" +msgstr "Geef kortingsbonnen van tickets" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:41 +msgid "" +"First, be sure to have your *Coupon Program* planned in the *Sales* or " +"*Website* application. Then, in *Helpdesk*, open your ticket, click on " +"*Coupon*, and choose the respective one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:48 +msgid "Repairs from tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Clicking on *Repair* option, on your ticket page, a new repair order form is" +" shown. Fill in the information as needed and choose the next step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:57 +msgid "Plan onsite interventions from tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:59 +msgid "" +"At the ticket's page click on *Plan Intervention*, and set up your onsite " +"intervention exactly the same way as if you were on the *Field Service* " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:67 +msgid "" +"`Coupons <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/coupon-" +"programs-640?fullscreen=1>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:3 +msgid "Allow Customers to Close their Tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Allowing customers to close their tickets gives them autonomy and minimize " +"misunderstandings about when an issue is considered solved, or not. It makes" +" communication and actions more efficient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:9 +msgid "Configure the feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To configure the feature go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Settings --> " +"Helpdesk Teams --> Edit` and enable *Ticket closing*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:18 +msgid "" +"In order to designate to which stage the ticket migrates to once it is " +"closed, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Overview --> Tickets`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:25 +msgid "" +"You can either create a new Kanban stage or work with an existing one. For " +"both scenarios, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Settings --> Edit Stage` " +"and enable *Closing Stage*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:32 +msgid "" +"If a closing stage is not specified, by default, the ticket is moved to the " +"last stage; contrarily, if you have more than one stage set as closing, the " +"ticket is put in the first one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:36 +msgid "The Costumer Portal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Now, once the user logs into his Portal, the option *Close this ticket* is " +"available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:45 +msgid "Get reports on tickets closed by costumers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:47 +msgid "" +"To do an analysis of the tickets that have been closed by costumers go to " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting --> Tickets --> Filters --> Add " +"Custom filter --> Closed by partner --> Applied`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Overzicht" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:3 +msgid "Forum and eLearning" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:6 +msgid "Forum" +msgstr "Forum" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To go above and beyond email, live chat, web forms, and phone lines, offer " +"your customers a support forum. This way, customers might become more " +"attached to your company as they would be investing time to get into details" +" of your business. You also encourage the exchange of experiences and " +"knowledge, supporting the feeling of belonging to a community (your " +"community!)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:11 +msgid "Set up" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Team` and " +"enable *Help Center*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Create, or edit a forum by clicking on the external link. Among the editing " +"options, choose if you would like the *Forum Mode* to be *Questions*: only " +"one answer is allowed per question or *Discussions*: multiple answers are " +"allowed per question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:31 +msgid "" +"From now on, logged in users can start their discussions. To keep track of " +"posts, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Forum --> Posts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Turn tickets into forum posts by simply clicking on *Share on the Forum* on " +"the ticket's page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:45 +msgid "eLearning" +msgstr "eLearning" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:47 +msgid "" +"In addition to a forum, offer online courses. When doing so, you link your " +"customers and users’ needs and questions to useful content, helping to boost" +" efficiency as they can also find their answers there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " +"enable *eLearning*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Once the structure and content of your course are ready, *Publish* it by " +"clicking on *Unpublished*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To keep track of your course statistics, go to *eLearning* and *View " +"Course*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:73 +msgid "Todo" +msgstr "Te doen" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:73 +msgid "" +"DETAILS/INFO SHOULD COME FROM ELEARNING DOCS. THEREFORE, LINK DOCS ONCE " +"AVAILABLE!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:3 +msgid "Getting Started" +msgstr "Aan de slag" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Helpdesk teams provide your customers with support to queries or errors they" +" might encounter while using your product/service. Therefore, a successful " +"scheme where you can organize multiple teams with their customized pipeline," +" visibilities settings, and ticket traceability is essential." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:10 +msgid "Set up teams" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To modify or create teams, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration " +"--> Helpdesk Teams`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Setting up multiple teams allows you to group tickets by your channels " +"(example: BE/US), or by your support services' types (example: IT, " +"accounting, admin, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:21 +msgid "Team’s productivity and visibility" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Teams can have individual *Assignment Methods* to ensure that tickets get " +"redirected to the right person:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:26 +msgid "" +"*Manually*: tickets are manually assigned, allowing employees to manage " +"their own workload and target tickets they are experts at;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:28 +msgid "" +"*Random*: tickets are randomly assigned and everyone gets the same amount. " +"This method ensures that all tickets are handled as the assignment happens " +"automatically;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:30 +msgid "" +"*Balanced*: tickets are assigned to the person with the least amount of " +"tickets so that everyone fairly gets the same amount. Thereby, you ensure " +"that all tickets get to be taken care of." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:40 +msgid "" +"For the *Random* and *Balanced* assignment methods, you can set the *Team " +"Members* among whom tickets are assigned. Leave the field empty to include " +"all employees (with the proper access rights)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:43 +msgid "" +"The *Team Visibility* feature allows you to specify who can see and access " +"the team’s tickets. Therefore, ticket’s with sensible information are only " +"seen by the right people. Leave the field empty to include all employees " +"(with the proper access rights)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:46 +msgid "Set up stages and share it among teams" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To set up stages, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> " +"Stages`. Then, create and/or edit stages as you need and set specific teams " +"to use certain stages under *Team*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Stages can be shared between one or multiple teams, allowing you to adapt " +"the pipeline to your individual needs. They also apply a visibility and " +"access rule, as other teams are not able to see or use the stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:64 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/odoo_basics/users`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:3 +msgid "Ratings" +msgstr "Beoordelingen" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Allow customers to rate their experience with your helpdesk teams to " +"strengthen your credibility and gain their trust. Reviews can also influence" +" a customer’s decision and open space for feedback that can help you improve" +" the quality of your services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " +"enable *Ratings on tickets*. The feature automatically adds a default email " +"template on the non-folded *closing stage(s)* of that team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To edit the email template and the stage(s) set as the closing ones, go to " +"the Kanban view of your helpdesk team and click on *Settings*, then on *Edit" +" Stage*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Now, once a ticket reaches the stage(s) designated as the *Closing Stage*, " +"an email is sent to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Ratings can be seen on the chatter of each ticket, under the *See Customer " +"Satisfaction* link on the main dashboard, and through *Reporting*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:39 +msgid "Ratings visible on the customer portal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " +"enable *Display Rating on Customer Portal*. Now, by clicking on the helpdesk" +" team’s name on their ticket, customers can see its ratings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:47 +msgid ":doc:`../advanced/close_tickets`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:3 +msgid "Start Receiving Tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Offering a variety of channels from where your customers can contact you " +"grants them flexibility and the right to choose the best one for themselves." +" And, in order to make sure inquiries across all channels get addressed, it " +"is essential to have a solution where all interactions come in one place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:11 +msgid "Channels options to submit tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`, and " +"enable the following features as you want them to be available to your " +"users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:21 +msgid "Email Alias" +msgstr "E-mail alias" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Let your customers submit tickets by sending an email to your support email " +"address. The subject line of the email becomes the title of the ticket and " +"the content is shown in the Chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Select *Configure domain name* to be redirected to *Settings* and, from " +"there, enable *External Email Servers* to determine or change your *Alias " +"Domain*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Using your own email server is required to send and receive emails in Odoo " +"Community and Enterprise. Online users benefit from a ready-to-use email " +"server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:39 +msgid "Website Form" +msgstr "Website formulier" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Allow your customers to submit a ticket by filling in a form through your " +"website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Once the feature is activated, get redirected to your website by clicking on" +" *Go to Website*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:49 +msgid "" +"From the website page customize the form as you like. Then, publish it by " +"clicking on *Unpublished*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:56 +msgid "Live Chat" +msgstr "Live Chat" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Through live interactions with your website visitors, helpdesk tickets can " +"be instantly created and redirected to the right person." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Click on your helpdesk team's name - for the example below: *Customer Care* " +"- and :doc:`set up your channel " +"</applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Now, your operators can create tickets by using the :doc:`command " +"</applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses>` */helpdesk " +"(subject_of_ticket)*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:72 +msgid "Prioritize tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Use the stars to prioritize your tickets. The most urgent ones appear at the" +" top of your list on the Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:77 +msgid "1 star = *Low priority*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:78 +msgid "2 stars = *High priority*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:79 +msgid "3 stars = *Urgent*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:60 +msgid ":doc:`sla`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:89 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:3 +msgid "Reports for a Better Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:5 +msgid "" +"An efficient customer service solution should have a built-in reporting " +"option. Reports allow you to track trends, identify areas for improvement, " +"manage employees’ workloads and, most importantly, meet your customer’s " +"expectations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:10 +msgid "Cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:12 +msgid "Some examples of the reports Odoo Helpdesk can generate include:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:14 +msgid "The number of tickets *grouped by* team and ticket type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:17 +msgid "" +"In this manner, you are able to evaluate which ticket types have been the " +"most frequent ones, plus the workload of your teams." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Apply *Time Ranges* if you would like to make comparisons to a *Previous " +"Period* or a *Previous Year*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:25 +msgid "The number of tickets closed per day, per team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Get an overview of how many requests each team is closing per day in order " +"to measure their performance. Identify productivity levels to understand how" +" many requests they are able to handle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Filter it by *Assignee* to see Key Performance Indicators (KPI) per agent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:37 +msgid "" +"The number of hours tickets are taking to be solved, grouped by team and " +"ticket type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Check if your expectations are met by *measuring* the *Time to close " +"(hours)*. Your customers not only expect fast responses but they also want " +"their issues to be handled quickly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:48 +msgid "Save filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Save the filters you use the most and avoid having to reconstruct them every" +" time they are needed. To do so, set the groups, filters, and measures " +"needed. Then, go to *Favorites*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:59 +msgid ":doc:`receiving_tickets`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:3 +msgid "Service Level Agreements (SLA)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Service Level Agreements (SLA) are commitments you make with your customers " +"to outline how a service is delivered. It bolsters trust between you and " +"your customers as it makes clear what needs to be done, to what standard, " +"and when." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:10 +msgid "Create your policies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:13 +msgid "" +"First, enable the feature on the settings of the team you would like " +"policies to be applied, going to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration " +"--> Helpdesk Teams`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Create your policies through the team’s settings page or go to " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> SLA Policies`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Choose to which **Team** the policy is relevant and the **Minimum Priority**" +" a ticket needs to have for the policy to be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:27 +msgid "" +"**Target** is the stage a ticket needs to reach within the period defined to" +" satisfy the SLA. The period is based on the ticket’s creation date, and a " +"deadline is set on the ticket’s form once it matches an SLA policy rule. If " +"a ticket has more than one policy applied to it, the closest deadline of all" +" SLAs is the one considered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:29 +msgid "" +"When a ticket has satisfied an SLA policy, the SLA tag appears in green and " +"the deadline field is not shown anymore." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:37 +msgid "SLA Analysis" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting --> SLA Status Analysis`. Apply" +" *Filters* and *Group by* to identify tickets that should be prioritized and" +" keep track of upcoming deadlines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice.rst:3 +msgid "Timesheet and Invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:3 +msgid "Invoice Time Spent on Tickets (Prepaid Support Services)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Have the option to work with prepaid support services, meaning that a sales " +"order and a corresponding invoice are issued and, once the service is done, " +"you can deduct the time spent. Odoo allows it to happen because the " +"applications are fully integrated, resulting in faster responses to your " +"customer needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:14 +msgid "Step 1: Set up a helpdesk team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`, create" +" or edit an existing team, and enable *Timesheet on Ticket* and *Time " +"Reinvoicing*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Select or create a project under *Timesheet on Ticket*. The selected/created" +" is the one at which employees timesheet on by default. However, it can be " +"ultimately modified on each ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:28 +msgid "Step 2: Set up a service" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " +"*Units of Measure* to optionally be able to choose *hours* (for example) as " +"the unit of measure of your service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Then, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`, create or edit" +" an existing one, and set its *Product Type* as *Service*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Now, select the invoicing management you would like to have under the " +"*Sales* tab. We recommend the following configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:47 +msgid "" +"This configuration ensures that the customer is invoiced by the number of " +"hours predicted in the sales order, meaning that less or extra hours " +"recorded are not taken into account. It also ensures that every time a sales" +" order is confirmed, a new task is created under the right project, " +"automating the process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:53 +msgid "" +"We recommend setting up a specific project, as it was done for this flow " +"example. The important thing to remember is that the sales order item needs " +"to be set on the corresponding project or task, in order to reinvoice the " +"time spent on a ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:58 +msgid "Prevision an invoice and record time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:61 +msgid "Step 1: Place an order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> Orders` and create one for the " +"helpdesk service product you have previously set up, with the customer who " +"needs the ticket to be opened. Set the number of hours needed to assist the " +"customer and *Confirm* the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:72 +msgid "Step 2: Invoice the customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:74 +msgid "In *Sales*, select the respective sales order to *Create Invoice*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:82 +msgid "Step 3: Link the task to the ticket" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Now, in *Helpdesk*, create or edit the respective ticket and link it to the " +"task created by the confirmation of the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:92 +msgid "Step 4: Record the time spent" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Still on the respective helpdesk ticket, record the hours performed under " +"the *Timesheets* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Note that the hours recorded on the ticket form are shown on the *Delivered*" +" column in the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Hours recorded on the ticket are automatically shown in *Timesheets* and on " +"the dedicated task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:111 +msgid ":doc:`reinvoice_from_project`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:112 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:3 +msgid "Invoice Time Spent on Tickets (Postpaid Support Services)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Directly pull the billable time you have tracked on your helpdesk tickets " +"into sales orders and invoices through a project task. It gives you more " +"control over what you charge your client, and it is more efficient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:10 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Configuratie" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk team --> Edit`" +" and enable the options *Timesheet on Ticket* and *Time Reinvoicing*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Under *Timesheet on Ticket*, choose the *Project* to which tickets (and " +"timesheets) will be linked by default. Open its *External link* to enable " +"the feature *Bill from tasks*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:22 +msgid "Create a sales order and an invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Now, once you have recorded the time you spent on the helpdesk ticket, under" +" the *Timesheets* tab, access the task clicking on its name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:31 +msgid "*Create Sales Order* and proceed to create the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project.rst:4 +msgid "Project" +msgstr "Project" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks.rst:3 +msgid "Tasks" +msgstr "Taken" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:3 +msgid "Create Project's Tasks from an Email Alias" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you already have an email address that customers know from the top of " +"their heads, changing it is the last thing you want to do. Instead, link " +"that address to your project and transform those conversations into " +"structured work. It automatically creates a task in the first stage of a " +"project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:11 +msgid "Set up an incoming email server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:14 +msgid "" +"On the *Settings* application, enable *External Email Servers* and define " +"the incoming email alias you would like to use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:15 +msgid "" +"**For more information**: " +":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:18 +msgid "Configure the email alias in your project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Now that you have the incoming email server set up, go to " +":menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects --> Edit`. Under the " +"*Emails* tab, define the wanted email alias and choose the policy to receive" +" a message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:23 +msgid "In addition, you can now directly set it when creating a new project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:30 +msgid "" +"All the recipients of the email (To/Cc/Bcc) are automatically added as " +"followers of the task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:32 +msgid "The email can be seen under the name of your project on the dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets.rst:4 +msgid "Timesheets" +msgstr "Urenstaten" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:3 +msgid "Create Timesheets upon Time Off Validation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically timesheets on project/tasks upon time off requests. This " +"allows for better overall control over the validation of timesheets, as it " +"does not leave place for forgetfulness and questions after hours that have " +"not been timesheeted by the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Activate the :doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>`, " +"go to *Timesheets*, and change the *Project* and *Task* set by default, if " +"you like." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Time Off --> Configuration --> Time Off Types`. Select" +" or create the needed type, and decide if you would like the requests to be " +"validated or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Now, once the employee has requested his time off and the request has been " +"validated (or not, depending on the setting chosen), the time is " +"automatically allocated on *Timesheets*, under the respective project and " +"task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:27 +msgid "" +"On the example below, the user requested *Paid Time off* from July 13th to " +"15th." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Considering that validation is not required, the requested time off is " +"automatically displayed in *Timesheets*. If validation is necessary, the " +"time is automatically allocated after the responsible person for validating " +"does it so." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Click on the magnifying glass, hovering over the concerned cell, to access " +"all the aggregated data on that cell (day), and see details regarding the " +"project/task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support.rst:4 +msgid "Support" +msgstr "Ondersteuning" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:6 +msgid "Supported versions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo provides support and bug fixing **for the 3 last major versions** of " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Users hosted on **Odoo Online** may use intermediary versions (sometimes " +"called *SaaS versions*) that are supported as well. These versions are not " +"published for Odoo.sh or On-Premise installations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:17 +msgid "What's the support status of my Odoo?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:19 +msgid "This matrix shows the support status of every version." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:21 +msgid "**Major releases are in bold type.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:24 +msgid "Odoo Online" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:24 +msgid "Odoo.sh" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:24 +msgid "On-Premise" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:24 +msgid "Release date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:26 +msgid "**Odoo 14.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:26 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:26 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:26 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:28 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:30 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:30 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:30 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:32 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:34 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:34 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:34 +msgid "|green|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:26 +msgid "October 2020" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:28 +msgid "Odoo 13.saas~4" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:28 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:28 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:32 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:32 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:36 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:36 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:40 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:40 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:42 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:42 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:46 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:46 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:48 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:50 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:50 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:52 +msgid "N/A" +msgstr "N/B" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:28 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:32 +msgid "August 2019" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:30 +msgid "**Odoo 13.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:30 +msgid "October 2019" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:32 +msgid "Odoo 12.saas~3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:34 +msgid "**Odoo 12.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:34 +msgid "October 2018" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:34 +msgid "*End-of-support is planned for October 2021*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:36 +msgid "Odoo 11.saas~3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:36 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:38 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:38 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:40 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:42 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:44 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:44 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:46 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:48 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:50 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:52 +msgid "|orange|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:36 +msgid "April 2018" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:38 +msgid "**Odoo 11.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:38 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:44 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:48 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:52 +msgid "|red|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:38 +msgid "October 2017" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:40 +msgid "Odoo 10.saas~15" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:40 +msgid "March 2017" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:42 +msgid "Odoo 10.saas~14" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:42 +msgid "January 2017" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:44 +msgid "**Odoo 10.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:44 +msgid "October 2016" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:46 +msgid "Odoo 9.saas~11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:46 +msgid "May 2016" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:48 +msgid "**Odoo 9.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:48 +msgid "October 2015" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:50 +msgid "Odoo 8.saas~6" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:50 +msgid "February 2015" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:52 +msgid "**Odoo 8.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:52 +msgid "September 2014" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:58 +msgid "|green| Supported version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:60 +msgid "|red| End-of-support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:62 +msgid "N/A Never released for this platform" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:64 +msgid "" +"|orange| Some of our older customers may still run this version on our Odoo " +"Online servers, we provide help only on blocking issues and advise you to " +"upgrade." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:66 +msgid "🏁 Future version, not released yet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:79 +msgid "I run an older version of Odoo/OpenERP/TinyERP" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:81 +msgid "" +"OpenERP 7.0, 6.1, 6.0 and 5.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:83 +msgid "" +"TinyERP 4.0, 3.0, 2.0 and 1.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:85 +msgid "" +"You should consider `upgrading <https://upgrade.odoo.com/>`_ your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:6 +msgid "What can I expect from the support service?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:10 +msgid "5 days a week" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Your Odoo Online subscription includes **unlimited 24hr support at no extra " +"cost, Monday to Friday**. Our teams are located around the world to ensure " +"you have support, no matter your location. Your support representative could" +" be communicating to you from San Francisco, Belgium, or India!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Our support team can be contacted through our `online support form " +"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:21 +msgid "What kind of support is included?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Providing you with relevant material (guidelines, product documentation, " +"etc...)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Answers to issues that you may encounter in your standard Odoo database (eg." +" “I cannot close my Point of Sale” or “I cannot find my sales KPIs?”)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:27 +msgid "Questions related to your account, subscription, or billing" +msgstr "Vragen gerelateerd aan uw account, abonnement of facturatie" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Bug resolution (blocking issues or unexpected behaviour not due to " +"misconfiguration or customization)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Issues that might occur in a test database after upgrading to a newer " +"version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:32 +msgid "" +"*Odoo Support does not make changes to your production database without your" +" agreement and gives you the material and knowledge to do it yourself!*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:37 +msgid "What kind of support is not included?" +msgstr "Wat voor ondersteuning is niet inbegrepen?" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Questions that require us to understand your business processes in order to " +"help you implement your database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Training on how to use our software (we will direct you to our many " +"resources)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:42 +msgid "Import of documents into your database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Guidance on which configurations to apply inside of an application or the " +"database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:44 +msgid "" +"How to set up configuration models (Examples include: Inventory Routes, " +"Payment Terms, Warehouses, etc)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:46 +msgid "Any intervention on your own servers/deployments of Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Any intervention on your own third party account (Ingenico, Authorize, UPS, " +"etc)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Questions or issues related to specific developments or customizations done " +"either by Odoo or a third party (this is specific only to your database or " +"involving code)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:52 +msgid "" +"You can get this type of support with a `Success Pack <https://www.odoo.com" +"/pricing-packs>`__. With a pack, one of our consultants will analyze the way" +" your business runs and tell you how you can get the most out of your Odoo " +"Database. We will handle all configurations and coach you on how to use " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:4 +msgid "Where to find help?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:8 +msgid "Odoo Enterprise" +msgstr "Odoo Enterprise" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Users who have a valid Odoo Enterprise subscription may always contact our " +"support teams through our `support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_, no " +"matter the hosting type you chose (Odoo Online, Odoo.sh or on your own " +"server)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:14 +msgid "Please include in your request:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:16 +msgid "your subscription number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:17 +msgid "" +"the URL of your database if your database is hosted by Odoo (Odoo Online or " +"Odoo.sh)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:19 +msgid "Our agents will get back to you as soon as possible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:23 +msgid "Odoo Community" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:25 +msgid "*Odoo Community users don't get access to the support service.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:27 +msgid "Here are some resources that might help you:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:29 +msgid "Our `documentation pages <https://www.odoo.com/page/docs>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Ask your question on the `community forum " +"<https://www.odoo.com/forum/help-1>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:31 +msgid "" +":doc:`Buy Odoo Enterprise </administration/enterprise>` to get the support " +"and bugfix services." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8ae5d3fc7 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po @@ -0,0 +1,212 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2021 +# Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2021 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-18 07:12+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-05-18 05:18+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2021\n" +"Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: nl\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings.rst:3 +msgid "Settings" +msgstr "Instellingen" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:6 +msgid "Users and Features" +msgstr "Gebruikers en mogelijkheden" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:8 +msgid "" +"As the administrator of your database, you are responsible for its usage. " +"This includes the Apps you install as well as the number of users currently " +"in use." +msgstr "" +"Als administrator van uw database bent u verantwoordelijk voor het gebruik. " +"Dit omvat ook de apps die u installeert en het aantal gebruikers dat " +"momenteel in gebruik is." + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Odoo is many things (ERP, CMS, CRM application, e-Commerce backend, etc.) " +"but it is *not* a smartphone. You should apply caution when adding/removing " +"features (especially Apps) on your database since this may impact your " +"subscription amount significantly (or switch you from a free account to a " +"paying one on our online platform)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:18 +msgid "" +"This page contains some information as to how you can manage your Odoo " +"instances. Before carrying any of these procedures, we **strongly** advise " +"to test them on a duplicate of your database first. That way, if something " +"goes wrong, your day-to-day business is not impacted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You can find guides on how to duplicate your databases both for :ref:`online" +" <duplicate_online>` and :ref:`on premise <duplicate_premise>` " +"installations." +msgstr "" +"U kan handleidingen vinden over hoe uw database te dupliceren voor beide " +":ref:`online <duplicate_online>` en :ref:`lokale <duplicate_premise>` " +"installaties." + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:27 +msgid "" +"If you have questions about the content of this page or if you encounter an " +"issue while carrying out these procedures, please contact us through our " +"`support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:33 +msgid "Deactivating Users" +msgstr "Gebruikers deactiveren" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Make sure you have sufficient **administrative rights** if you want to " +"change the status of any of your users." +msgstr "" +"Verzeker u er van dat u genoeg **administratieve rechten** hebt indien u de " +"status van eender welke gebruiker wilt wijzigen." + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:38 +msgid "" +"In your Odoo instance, click on **Settings**. You will have a section " +"showing you the active users on your database. Click on **Manage Users.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:79 +msgid "|settings|" +msgstr "|settings|" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:42 +msgid "|browse_users|" +msgstr "|browse_users|" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:45 +msgid "You'll then see the list of your users." +msgstr "U ziet vervolgens de lijst van uw gebruikers." + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The pre-selected filter *Internal Users* shows your paying users (different " +"from the *Portal Users* which are free). If you remove this filter, you'll " +"get all your users (the ones you pay for and the portal ones)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:55 +msgid "" +"In your list of users, click on the user you want to deactivate. As soon as " +"you are on the userform, click on the Action drop down menu, and then click " +"on Archive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:63 +msgid "The user is now deactivated." +msgstr "De gebruiker is nu gedeactiveerd." + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:65 +msgid "**Never** deactivate the main user (*admin*)" +msgstr "Deactiveer **nooit** de hoofdgebruiker (*admin*)" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:68 +msgid "Uninstalling Apps" +msgstr "Apps deïnstalleren" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Make sure you first test what you are about to do on a :ref:`duplicate " +"<duplicate_online>` of your database before making any changes (*especially*" +" installing/uninstalling apps)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:74 +msgid "" +"In your Odoo instance click on **Settings**; in this app, you will be able " +"to see how many applications you have installed. Click on **Browse Apps** to" +" access the list of your installed applications." +msgstr "" +"Klik in uw Odoo instantie op **Instellingen**. In deze app kan u zien " +"hoeveel applicaties u geïnstalleerd hebt. Klik op **Doorzoek apps** om de " +"lijst van geïnstalleerde apps te bekijken." + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:79 +msgid "|browse_apps|" +msgstr "|browse_apps|" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:82 +msgid "" +"In your applications' dashboard, you will see all the icons of your " +"applications. Click on the application you want to uninstall. Then, on the " +"form of the application, click on **Uninstall**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Some applications have dependencies, like Invoicing, eCommerce, etc. " +"Therefore, the system will give you a warning message to advise you of what " +"is about to be removed. If you uninstall your application, all its " +"dependencies will be uninstalled as well (and the data in them will " +"permanently disappear). If you are sure you still want to uninstall it, then" +" click **Confirm**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Last, after having checked the warning message (if any), click **Confirm**." +msgstr "" +"Klik als laatste, na het controleren van de waarschuwing (indien er een is)," +" op **Bevestigen**." + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:101 +msgid "You have finished uninstalling your application." +msgstr "U bent klaar met het verwijderen van uw applicatie." + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:104 +msgid "Good to know" +msgstr "Goed om te weten" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:106 +msgid "" +"**Uninstalling apps, managing users, etc. is up to you**: no one else can " +"know if your business flow is broken better than you. If we were to " +"uninstall applications for you, we would never be able to tell if relevant " +"data had been removed or if one of your business flow was broken because we " +"*do not know how you work* and therefore cannot validate these kinds of " +"operations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:112 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Apps have dependencies**: this means that you may need to install " +"modules that you do not actively use to access some features of Odoo you " +"might need. For example, the Website Builder app is needed to be able to " +"show your customer their Quotes in a web page. Even though you might not " +"need or use the Website itself, it is needed for the Online Quotes feature " +"to work properly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:119 +msgid "" +"**Always test app installation/removal on a duplicate** (or on a free trial " +"database): that way you can know what other apps may be required, etc. This " +"will avoid surprises when uninstalling or when receiving your invoices." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/sign.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/sign.po deleted file mode 100644 index 0f85a560d..000000000 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/sign.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,152 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Erwin van der Ploeg (Odoo Experts) <erwin@odooexperts.nl>, 2021 -# Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2021 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-02-04 10:31+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2021\n" -"Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: nl\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../sign.rst:5 -msgid "Sign" -msgstr "E-sign" - -#: ../../sign/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Overzicht" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:3 -msgid "Validity of electronic signatures" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The legal validity of electronic signatures generated by Odoo depends on the" -" legislation of your country. Companies doing business abroad should " -"consider electronic signature laws of other countries as well." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:10 -msgid "In the European Union" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:12 -msgid "" -"The `eIDAS regulation <http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2014/910/oj>`_ " -"establishes the framework for electronic signatures in all `27 member states" -" of the European Union <https://europa.eu/european-union/about-" -"eu/countries_en>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:16 -msgid "It distinguishes three types of electronic signatures:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:18 -msgid "Electronic signatures" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:19 -msgid "Advanced electronic signatures" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:20 -msgid "Qualified electronic signatures" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Odoo generates the first type, regular electronic signatures, and these " -"signatures can produce legal effects in the EU, as the regulation states " -"that “an electronic signature shall not be denied legal effect and " -"admissibility as evidence in legal proceedings solely on the grounds that it" -" is in an electronic form or that it does not meet the requirements for " -"qualified electronic signatures.”" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Note that electronic signatures may not be automatically recognized as " -"valid. You may need to bring supporting evidence of a signature’s validity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:31 -msgid "In the United States of America" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:33 -msgid "" -"The `ESIGN Act (Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act) " -"<https://www.fdic.gov/regulations/compliance/manual/10/X-3.1.pdf>`_, at the " -"interstate and international levels, and the `UETA (Uniform Electronic " -"Transactions Act) <https://www.uniformlaws.org/committees/community-" -"home/librarydocuments?communitykey=2c04b76c-2b7d-4399-977e-" -"d5876ba7e034&tab=librarydocuments>`_, at the state level, provide the legal " -"framework for electronic signatures. Note that `Illinois " -"<https://www.ilga.gov/legislation/ilcs/ilcs5.asp?ActID=89&>`_ and `New York " -"<https://its.ny.gov/electronic-signatures-and-records-act-esra>`_ have not " -"adopted the UETA, but similar acts instead." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Overall, to be recognized as valid, electronic signatures have to meet five " -"criteria:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:44 -msgid "" -"A signer must show a clear intent to sign. For example, using a mouse to " -"draw a signature can show intent. The signer must also have the option to " -"opt-out of electronically signing a document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:47 -msgid "" -"A signer must first express or imply their consent to conduct business " -"electronically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:48 -msgid "" -"The signature must be clearly attributed. In Odoo, metadata, such as the " -"signer’s IP address, is added to the signature, which can be used as " -"supporting evidence." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:50 -msgid "" -"The signature must be associated with the document being signed, for " -"example, by keeping a record detailing how the signature was captured." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Electronically signed documents need to be retained and available for later " -"reference by all parties involved, for example, by providing the signer " -"either a fully-executed copy or the option to download a copy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:57 -msgid "" -"The information provided here does not constitute legal advice; it is " -"provided for general informational purposes only. As laws governing " -"electronic signatures evolve rapidly, we cannot guarantee that the " -"information is up to date. We advise you to should contact a local attorney " -"to obtain legal advice." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po deleted file mode 100644 index e52aa841a..000000000 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,562 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" -"Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: nl\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../sms_marketing.rst:5 -msgid "SMS Marketing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:3 -msgid "Contact Lists and Blacklist" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Creating your own list of contacts, or importing it, is useful when you want" -" to create specific groups of people, such as the subscribers of your " -"newsletter. It is also the best way to get started if you are coming from " -"another system and already have built an audience. It makes the SMS " -"distribution easier." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:11 -msgid "Contact lists" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:13 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Contacts lists --> Contacts lists --> Create`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Choose a name for your *Mailing list*, and activate the option *Is Public* " -"if you would like to make the mailing list accessible to your recipients in " -"the unsubscription page (allowing users to update their subscription " -"preferences)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:22 -msgid "History with the Log Notes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:25 -msgid "" -"A record of the mailings sent is kept on the recipient's chatter (whether it" -" is a contact or an opportunity, for example)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:28 -msgid "" -"This is important as you and team members can easily keep track and see a " -"history of the interactions with your contacts or prospects. Example: your " -"sales representative can easily find out which SMS mailing promotions a " -"customer has received or not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:35 -msgid "Blacklist" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:38 -msgid "" -"If you are coming from another software and have a list of clients who have " -"already asked to be blacklisted, you can import those entries to your " -"database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:39 -msgid "" -"For that, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Phone Blacklist --> " -"Import`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:3 -msgid "Integrations and Templates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Using SMS to reach people can be a strategy not just used for advertisement " -"purposes, but also as a reminder of events or issued invoices to your " -"costumers, for example." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:9 -msgid "Campaigns" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:11 -msgid "" -"First, make sure to have the necessary feature activated. Go to the " -":menuselection:`Email Marketing app --> Configuration --> Settings` and " -"enable *Mailing Campaigns*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Now, the menu *Campaigns* is also available on the *SMS Marketing* app, " -"allowing you to manage and have an overview of your SMS mailings under " -"campaigns." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:23 -msgid "" -"This feature is especially useful if you have aggregated campaigns, as you " -"have a global reporting view. In addition to that, you can create stages in " -"your Kanban view to better organize the work being done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:31 -msgid "Sending SMSs through the Contacts app" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Sending SMSs through the contact’s form is available by default in Odoo. It " -"makes your work easier if you need to send an SMS to a specific contact, for" -" example." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:36 -msgid "" -"For that, go to the *Contacts* app, select the contact and click on the " -"*SMS* icon next to the phone number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:41 -msgid "" -"If you would like to send a message to multiple contacts at once, choose the" -" *List View*, select all the contacts needed, and under *Action* select " -"*Send SMS*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:48 -msgid "Set up SMS templates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:50 -msgid "" -"To set up *SMS Templates*, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " -"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, then go to " -":menuselection:`Technical --> SMS Templates`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Use *Dynamic Placeholders* to adapt automatically the content of the SMS to " -"the context." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:63 -msgid "SMS Text Messaging is available throughout Odoo:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:65 -msgid "*CRM*: send SMSs to your leads and opportunities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:66 -msgid "*Subscription*: alert customers about their subscription." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:67 -msgid "*Accounting*: send payment reminders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:68 -msgid "*Marketing Automation*: automate your SMS marketing campaigns." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:69 -msgid "" -"*Inventory*: send an automatic confirmation when a delivery order is done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:70 -msgid "" -"*Sign*: receive a validation code to verify your identity before signing a " -"document online." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:71 -msgid "" -"*SEPA debit payment provider*: send a verification code to your customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:72 -msgid "" -"*Studio*: send an SMS according to your needs by using automated actions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:75 -msgid "" -"For more information about SMS integrations in Odoo and a list of frequently" -" asked questions, go to :doc:`../pricing/pricing_and_faq`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:79 -msgid ":doc:`../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:80 -msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_template`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:3 -msgid "Build, Send and Get Reports from a SMS Mailing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Using SMS Marketing as part of your communication strategies can empower you" -" to expand your markets, considering that in some countries emails are not " -"very used or used at all. It also helps to boost conversion rates, as this " -"strategy has a high open-rate percentage among people who use smartphones." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:11 -msgid "Get started" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:13 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`SMS Marketing --> Create`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Specify a *subject* name to help you remembering what the mailing is about." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Under *Recipients*, choose to whom you would like the SMS to be sent. If you" -" choose *Contact*, all your Odoo contacts (vendor, customers, etc.) receive " -"your SMS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:22 -msgid "" -"From there, you can refine your recipient list with the *add filter* option." -" In the example below, the message would be sent to the contacts living in " -"Belgium." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:27 -msgid "" -"The *Mailing list* option, on the other hand, allows you to choose the " -"specific mailing lists you created to group specific contacts. You are " -"allowed to select multiple ones." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Under the *SMS Content* tab, links can be included and Odoo automatically " -"generates *link trackers* in order to generate data about these links." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Under *Settings* you have the option *Include opt-out link*. If activated, " -"the contact is able to unsubscribe from the mailing list." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:43 -msgid "" -"In the *Link Tracker* menu under *Configuration*, you can see the history of" -" your sent links, access them and look at statistics." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:50 -msgid "Double-check that you have the phone number of your contacts saved." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:53 -msgid "Send a mailing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Once you have your mailing created, you must choose when you would like it " -"to be delivered:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:59 -msgid "" -"*Put in Queue*: the mailing is triggered with the next automatic run. " -"Interesting option if you do not need the message to be sent at a specific " -"time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:61 -msgid "" -"*Send Now*: sends the message immediately. Use this option if the recipient " -"list is not excessive." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:62 -msgid "" -"*Schedule*: allows you to choose a day and time. Best option for mailings " -"that you would like to send during a specific event, to promote an offer " -"while it is active, or to simply plan your content strategy in advance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:65 -msgid "" -"*Test*: allows you to send an SMS to one or multiple numbers for test " -"purposes. Check, for example, if the link provided lands on the right page " -"while making sure they are responsive. If sending it to multiple numbers, " -"you must remember to use a comma between them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:70 -msgid "Visualize reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:72 -msgid "" -"Under the *Reporting* menu apply filters, measures, and adopt different " -"layouts to do analyses of the performance of your SMS mailings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:79 -msgid "" -"You can also check the price to send an SMS for your country by clicking on " -"the *Information* icon." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:86 -msgid "" -"**Buy Credits:** in order to take advantage of the app and its features, " -"make sure you have purchased credits. For more information: " -":doc:`../pricing/pricing_and_faq`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing.rst:3 -msgid "Pricing and FAQ" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:3 -msgid "SMS Pricing and FAQ" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:6 -msgid "What do I need to send SMSs?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:7 -msgid "" -"SMS Text Messaging is an In-App Purchase (IAP) service that *requires " -"prepaid credits* to work." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:11 -msgid "How many types of SMSs are there?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:12 -msgid "There are 2 types: GSM7 and UNICODE." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:14 -msgid "" -"**GSM7** is the standard format, with a limit of 160 characters per message," -" that includes the following characters:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:23 -msgid "" -"**UNICODE** is the format applied if a special character, that *is not* in " -"the GSM7 list, is used. Limit per SMS: 70 characters." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:27 -msgid "" -"For GSM7 SMS the size limit is 160 characters, and for Unicode is 70. *Above" -" these limits, the content is divided into a multi-part message* and the " -"limit of characters is lowered to 153 for GSM7 and to 67 for Unicode. The " -"system will inform you in real-time about the number of SMS your message " -"represents." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:34 -msgid "How much does it cost to send an SMS?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:35 -msgid "" -"The price of an SMS depends on the destination and the length (number of " -"characters) of the message." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:37 -msgid "" -"To see the **price per country, please consult**: `Odoo SMS - FAQ <https" -"://iap-services.odoo.com/iap/sms/pricing#sms_faq_01>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:39 -msgid "" -"The number of SMSs a message represents will be always available to you in " -"your database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:49 -msgid "How do I buy credits?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:50 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Buy Credits`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:57 -msgid "Or go to :menuselection:`Settings --> View my Services`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:65 -msgid "" -"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you " -"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:70 -msgid "More common questions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:72 -msgid "**Is there an expiration time for my credits?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:74 -msgid "No, credits do not expire." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:77 -msgid "" -"**Can I send an SMS to a phone number (which is not a mobile phone) because " -"I see the icon in front of the field “phone”?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:80 -msgid "Only if that phone number supports SMS (e.g. SIP phones)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:83 -msgid "**Do I receive an invoice to buy my credits?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:85 -msgid "Yes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:88 -msgid "**Can the recipient answer to me?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:90 -msgid "No, it is not possible to reply to the SMS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:93 -msgid "" -"**What happens if I send multiple SMS but I do not have enough credits to " -"send them all?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:95 -msgid "" -"The whole transaction is counted as a single one, so no SMS will be sent " -"until you have enough credits to send them all." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:99 -msgid "**Do I have a history of the sent SMSs?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:101 -msgid "" -"Yes, the SMS is logged as a note under the chatter of the corresponding " -"record, and a complete history of the SMSs sent is available on " -":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` under " -":menuselection:`Technical --> SMS`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:107 -msgid "**Can I send as many SMSs I want at once?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:109 -msgid "Yes, if you have enough credits." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:112 -msgid "" -"**If I have a number that does not exist in the list of recipients, will I " -"lose credits?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:114 -msgid "" -"Not if the phone number is in the wrong format (e.g. too many digits). " -"Otherwise, if the SMS is sent to the wrong person or to a fake number, the " -"credit will be lost." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:118 -msgid "" -"**What happens if I send my SMS to a paying number (e.g.: a contest to win a" -" ticket for a festival)?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:120 -msgid "" -"The SMS will not be delivered to that kind of number, so you won’t be " -"charged." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:123 -msgid "" -"**Can I identify the numbers that do not exist when I send several SMSs?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:125 -msgid "Only the ones that have an invalid format." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:128 -msgid "**How does the GDPR regulation affect this service?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:130 -msgid "" -"Please find our `Privacy Policy here <https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#sms>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:132 -msgid "**Can I use my own SMS provider?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:134 -msgid "" -"Yes, but it is not possible out of the box. Our experts can help you " -"customize your database to make it happen. Please, check our success packs " -"`here <https://www.odoo.com/pricing-packs>`_." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po deleted file mode 100644 index 4998495d8..000000000 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,356 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:42+0000\n" -"Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: nl\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../social_marketing.rst:5 -msgid "Social Marketing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:3 -msgid "Connecting to my Marketplace with Campaigns" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Whether your goal is to sell a new product, explain the value of your " -"services or advertise your event, a campaign helps you to connect with your " -"marketplace. They normally involve multiple channels, so it is fundamental " -"to have a solution with which you can plan, execute, track, and analyze your" -" content." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:10 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Campaigns --> Create`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:16 -msgid "" -"As you create content, tabs for that specific channel are shown. The " -"overview of the campaign displays global metrics such as:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:19 -msgid "" -"*Revenue*: number of users who, from a link in your content, finished a " -"transaction (paid)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:20 -msgid "" -"*Quotations*: number of users who, from a link in your content, have started" -" but not finished a transaction (did not pay)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:22 -msgid "" -"*Leads*: users who have filled out your contact form, from a link in your " -"content." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:25 -msgid "" -"To be able to *Send New Mailing*, make sure the feature is enabled in the " -"*Email Marketing* application, under :menuselection:`Email Marketing --> " -"Configuration --> Settings`. To be able to *Send SMS*, the *SMS Marketing* " -"application must be installed on your database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:30 -msgid "" -"*Social Marketing* works integrated with other applications such as *Sales*," -" *Invoicing*, *CRM* and *Website*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:34 -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:77 -msgid ":doc:`./push_notifications`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:35 -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:66 -msgid ":doc:`./manage_social`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:3 -msgid "Interact with Customers and Visitors with Live Chat" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:5 -msgid "" -"One of the ways you can build stronger relationships with your customers is " -"by making yourself available through live chat. Live chats can have a big " -"impact not just on your customer service, but also on sales performance, as " -"it gives users a chance of having real-time, fast, and effective " -"interaction." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:11 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Live Chat` " -"select the appropriate channel, and set it up." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Under *Channel Rules*, choose when the chat pop-up appears, and an action " -"for a given URL and/or country. Note that to take the country into account, " -"GeoIP must be installed on your server." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:24 -msgid "The *Live Chat* application must be installed on your database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:27 -msgid "Monitor your visitors" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Under the *Visitors* menu, see the visitors that landed on one of your " -":ref:`social_marketing/website_tracked_pages` online or offline." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:34 -msgid "" -"You can send emails (if an email address has been saved), send SMSs (if a " -"phone number has been saved), send a push notification (if the user has " -"subscribed to it), and even send a live chat request that will be received " -"by the user once they move to a tracked page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Open a record to see details including the visited pages, and the first and " -"last date and time the user was connected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Your online visitors will be authenticated if they are linked to a lead or " -"an existing partner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:44 -msgid "" -"If you do not use the *Website* app, you can add a live chat widget to your " -"own website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:49 -msgid "Website’s tracked pages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:51 -msgid "" -"To define which pages are tracked, on the *Website* application, go to " -":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Pages` and enable the option " -"*Track*, on the respective pages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:60 -msgid ":doc:`../../livechat/overview/get_started`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:3 -msgid "Manage Social Media Pages and Create Content" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Once you are present on social media platforms, it is important to keep them" -" up-to-date. However, that might feel like a full-time job. Having a " -"solution that allows you to create, schedule, keep track, engage with your " -"audience and measure results saves you time and helps you to successfully " -"execute your online strategy, from posts to results." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:12 -msgid "Add accounts and create your feed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Click on *Add Stream* and grant the required permissions to add your " -"accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:21 -msgid "You can link a Facebook page for which you are the admin." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:23 -msgid "" -"You are then redirected to your *Feed* and a column with the publications is" -" automatically added." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:25 -msgid "" -"You can then add new accounts and/or streams, such as Facebook mentions, and" -" customize your Kanban view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Adding social media accounts to your feed will also link KPIs. To get " -"redirected to the statistics page of the social account, click on " -"*Insights*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:39 -msgid "Link a LinkedIn account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Configuration --> Social Media`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:48 -msgid "" -"LinkedIn is in Beta Version, therefore, the feed is not available. Only the " -"creation of content." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:51 -msgid "Publish content" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Click on :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Feed --> New Post`, or go to " -":menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Posts → Create`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:60 -msgid "Choose to upload your post right away or to schedule it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:61 -msgid "Saving your post will apply a draft status to it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:64 -msgid "Overview and plan your posts with a calendar view" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Through the calendar view, besides having an overview of your planned day, " -"week or month, also see your drafted, scheduled and published posts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:68 -msgid "Drag and drop (scheduled posts) to change their scheduled date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Double-click on a date to create a post directly from the *Calendar view*, " -"and click on an existing one to edit it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:78 -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:67 -msgid ":doc:`./campaigns`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:79 -msgid ":doc:`./livechat`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:3 -msgid "Use Web Push Notifications" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Web Push Notifications deliver messages to your user’s device without the " -"need to be on your website, or for them to give personal information. They " -"can be used to inform your users about news, articles and content posted, " -"practical messages like traffic and weather updates, flight information, " -"sales alerts, coupons, and product updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:11 -msgid "Ask users for permission" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:13 -msgid "" -"In the *Website* application go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration" -" --> Settings` and enable *Web Push Notifications*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Choose your message, icon, and delay time (which is the wait time for the " -"permission request to be shown once the user lands on your page)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:28 -msgid "Send notifications" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:31 -msgid "Individually" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:33 -msgid "You can send individual messages through the menu *Visitors*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:40 -msgid "To a group" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Target a bigger segment by selecting multiple visitors in the *View List* " -"(e.g.: all visitors that visited your Homepage)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Visitors records are kept under *Visitors* for a week, before getting " -"archived." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:53 -msgid "By rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Or go to :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Posts --> Create`. Under *Web " -"Notification options*, apply filters to send your message to the records " -"that match the rules you set." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:63 -msgid "The feature only works with Odoo Website application." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/studio.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/studio.po deleted file mode 100644 index 24b7f06ff..000000000 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/studio.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,934 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:42+0000\n" -"Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: nl\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../studio.rst:5 -msgid "Studio" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts.rst:3 -msgid "Concepts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:3 -msgid "Understanding Automated Actions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:6 -msgid "" -"Automated actions are used to trigger actions. They are based on conditions " -"and happen on top of Odoo’s default business logic." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Examples of automated actions include: creating a next activity upon a " -"quote's confirmation; adding a user as a follower of a confirmed invoice if " -"its total is higher than a certain amount; or preventing a lead from " -"changing stage if a field is not filled in." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Let's understand how to properly define *when* an automated action runs and " -"*how* to create one:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:18 -msgid "" -"The first step is to choose the :doc:`Model <understanding_general>` on " -"which the action is applied." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:19 -msgid "" -"The **Trigger** field defines the event that causes the automated action to " -"happen:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:21 -msgid "" -"*On Creation*: when a new record is created. Note that the record is created" -" once saved for the first time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:23 -msgid "" -"*On Update*: when the record is updated. Note that the update happens once " -"the record is saved." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:24 -msgid "" -"*On Creation & Update*: on the creation and/or on the update of a record " -"once the form is saved." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:25 -msgid "*On Deletion*: on the removal of a record under the condition set." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:26 -msgid "" -"*Based on Form Modification*: when the value of the specified *Trigger* " -"field is changed in the interface (user sees the changes before saving the " -"record). Note that this action can only be used with the *Execute Python " -"Code* action type." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:29 -msgid "" -"*Based on Timed Condition*: a delay happens after a specific date/time. Set " -"a *Delay after trigger date* if you need a delay to happen before the " -"*Trigger Date*. Example: to send a reminder 15min before a meeting. If the " -"date/time is not set on the form of the model chosen, the date/time " -"considered is the one of the creation/update of the record." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:34 -msgid "For every Trigger option, **conditions** can be applied, such as:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:36 -msgid "" -"*Before Update Domain*: if designated, this condition must be satisfied " -"before the record is updated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:38 -msgid "" -"*Apply on*: if designated, this condition must be satisfied before executing" -" the action rule (*Action To Do*), and after the update." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:41 -msgid "" -"The **Active** option is to be turned off when the rule should be hidden and" -" not executed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Under **Action To Do** choose the type of server action that must be " -"executed once records meet the *Trigger* conditions:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:45 -msgid "" -"*Execute Python Code*: a block of code is executed. A *Help* tab with the " -"variables that can be used is available." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:47 -msgid "*Create New Record*: a new record with new values is created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:48 -msgid "*Update a Record*: updates the record that triggered the action." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:49 -msgid "" -"*Execute several actions*: defines an action that triggers other server " -"actions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:50 -msgid "" -"*Send Email*: an automatic :doc:`email " -"<../../discuss/advanced/email_template>` is sent." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:51 -msgid "*Add Followers*: followers are notified of changes in the task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:52 -msgid "" -"*Create Next Activity*: creates an activity such as: *Call*, *Email*, " -"*Reminder*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:53 -msgid "" -"*Send SMS Text Message*: sends an :doc:`SMS " -"<../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:56 -msgid "Example" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:58 -msgid "" -"This is the process of which the update of the *Email* field on the " -"Lead/Opportunity *Model*, with a *Trigger Condition* set to *On Update*, " -"goes through:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:65 -msgid "The user creates the record without an email address set." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:66 -msgid "The user updates the record defining an email address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Once the change is saved, the automation checks if any of the *Watched " -"Fields* are being updated (for the example: field name *email_from* (Email)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:69 -msgid "" -"If true, it checks if the record matches the *Before Update Domain* (for the" -" example: *email is not set*)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:71 -msgid "" -"If true, it checks (*after the update*) whether the record matches the " -"*Apply on* domain (for the example: *email is set*)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:73 -msgid "If true, the chosen *Action To Do* is performed on the record." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:76 -msgid ":doc:`understanding_general`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:77 -msgid ":doc:`../use_cases/automated_actions`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:3 -msgid "Understanding General Concepts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:7 -msgid "" -"Odoo Studio is a toolbox that allows you to add models or adapt " -"functionalities on top of Odoo’s standard behavior without coding knowledge." -" You can also create custom views and modify existing ones without having to" -" get into the XML code." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Even for experienced developers, typing out code requires time. By using " -"Odoo Studio, you can quickly get your models up and going and focus on the " -"crucial parts of your application. The result is a user-friendly solution " -"that makes customizations and designing new applications easy with or " -"without programming skills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:15 -msgid "Getting started" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:17 -msgid "" -"One you start using Odoo Studio, you automatically create a new *module* " -"that contains all your modifications. These modifications can be done on " -"existing screens (*views*), by adding new *fields* in existing applications," -" or by creating an entirely new *model*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:22 -msgid "What is a Module?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:25 -msgid "" -"An Odoo **Module** can contain a number of elements, such as: business " -"objects (models), object views, data files, web controllers, and static web " -"data. An application is a collection of modules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:29 -msgid "" -"In object-oriented programming, models usually represent a concept from the " -"real world. Example: Odoo has models for Sales Orders, Users, Countries, " -"etc. If you were to build an application to manage Real Estate sales, a " -"model that represents the Properties for sale would probably be your first " -"step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:38 -msgid "What is a Model (also called Object)?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:40 -msgid "" -"A **Model** determines the logical structure of a database and fundamentally" -" determines in which manner data can be stored, organized, and manipulated. " -"In other words, a model is a table of information that can be bridged with " -"other tables." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:45 -msgid "What are Fields?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:47 -msgid "" -"**Fields** compose models. It is where a record (a piece of data) is " -"registered." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Example: on the Real Estate application, fields on the Properties model " -"would include the price, address, a picture, a link to the current owner, " -"etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:50 -msgid "" -"There are 2 main types of fields in Odoo: *basic (or scalar) fields* and " -"*relational fields*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Basic fields represent simple values, like numbers or text. Relational " -"fields represent relations between models. So, if you have a model for " -"*Customers* and another one for *Properties*, you would use a relational " -"field to link each Property to its Customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:56 -msgid "Relational Fields in detail" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:59 -msgid "" -"**Relational Fields** provide the option to link the data of one model with " -"the data of another model." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:60 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, relational field types are: *One2many*, *Many2one*, *Many2many*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:66 -msgid "" -"An **One2many** field is a *one-way* direction of selecting *multiple* " -"records from a table." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Example: a Sales Order can contain multiple Sales Order Lines, which also " -"contain multiple fields of information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:69 -msgid "" -"A **Many2one** field is a *one-way* direction of selecting *one* record from" -" a table." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Example: you can have many product categories, but each product can only " -"belong to one category." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:71 -msgid "" -"A **Many2many** field is a *two-way* direction of selecting records from a " -"table." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:72 -msgid "Example: multiple tags can be added to a lead’s form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:75 -msgid "An *One2many* field must have a *Many2one* related to it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:78 -msgid "What are Views?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:80 -msgid "" -"**Views** define how records are displayed. They are specified in XML which " -"means that they can be edited independently from the models that they " -"represent. There are various types of views in Odoo, and each of them " -"represents a mode of visualization. Some examples are: *form*, *list*, " -"*kanban*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:85 -msgid "What is a Menu?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:87 -msgid "" -"A **Menu** is a button that executes and action. In Odoo Studio, to create " -"menus (models) and rearrange their hierarchy, click on *Edit Menu*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:95 -msgid "`Studio Basics <https://www.odoo.com/fr_FR/slides/studio-31>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to.rst:3 -msgid "How To" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/export_import.rst:3 -msgid "Export and Import Modules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/export_import.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When you do customizations in Odoo Studio, a new module is created in your " -"database, making it easy to use Studio for prototyping." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/export_import.rst:8 -msgid "" -"To export these customizations, activate Studio on the main dashboard and, " -"under the menu *Customizations*, click on *Export*. The default filename is " -"*customizations.zip*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/export_import.rst:16 -msgid "" -"The module created contains the definition of custom models and fields, as " -"well as the UI elements of any customization in an XML format." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/export_import.rst:18 -msgid "" -"To import and install the customizations in another instance, connect to the" -" destination database, activate Studio and, under *Customizations*, click on" -" *Import*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/export_import.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Studio does not know which apps are customized (because the same view can be" -" modified on different apps), therefore, it *does not* add the underlying " -"modules as dependencies of the exported module. In other words, the " -"applications installed on the source database should be installed on the " -"destination database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:3 -msgid "Customizing the Rainbow Man" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The Rainbow Man in Odoo is an animation shown once the user completes " -"certain tasks and clicks on certain buttons. It is a way to make the " -"software fun to use, and rewarding, for employees." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:13 -msgid "" -"On most buttons in Odoo, such as *Send by Email*, *Confirm* or *Cancel*, " -"once they are selected in Studio, under their *Properties*, the *Rainbow " -"Man* effect can be applied." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:14 -msgid "By default, the feature is active:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:16 -msgid "when opportunities are marked as won;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:17 -msgid "when users empty their inboxes;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:18 -msgid "when the user finishes a tour;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:19 -msgid "when the user finishes doing reconciliations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:3 -msgid "Customizing Reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Odoo uses HTML and CSS technologies to create reports. HTML is a markup " -"language that uses tags, also called elements. It is the core of any webpage" -" because it provides its basic structure. CSS interacts with HTML elements " -"to add style to the page, establishing how the HTML is shown to the user. " -"Odoo’s reports also use Bootstrap’s grid layout, which is the containers, " -"rows, and columns to align content, and support Odoo's website themes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:11 -msgid "" -"When creating a new report, choose the purpose of it and if you would like " -"the report to include header and footer (company logo, name, address, phone," -" email address, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Under the tab **Add**, you find the fields to be dragged and dropped to the " -"view. *Fields*, *Data tables*, *Subtotal & Total*, and *Address Book* are " -"dynamic elements (meaning that they need a :doc:`one2many or a many2many " -"<../concepts/understanding_general>` related object). *Text*, *Title Block*," -" *Image*, and *Text in Cell* are static elements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Once the element is added to the view, select it to see its **Options**. The" -" first section shows the hierarchy of the selected object and its " -"properties, allowing you to individually edit them. Fields with related " -"objects have their directives shown on *Field Expression*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Under **Visible if**, define the rule(s) to set visibility conditions to " -"fields." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Example: if choosing to display a product image, you could set a visibility " -"rule to only display the ones that are *set* in the product form, avoiding " -"having a plain icon when they are not set." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:40 -msgid "" -"**Visible for** is used to set which :doc:`groups " -"<../../general/odoo_basics/add_user>` can have access to specific elements " -"in the report. **Limit visibility to groups**, under *Report*, sets the " -"visibility of the report to specifics groups, meaning that users belonging " -"to other groups do not see the same final document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Under the **Report** tab, name your report, choose the paper format, and if " -"the report should be added to the *Print* menu list on its respective " -"document form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:53 -msgid "" -"If activating the :doc:`Developer mode " -"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, additional fields such as *Class* " -"under *Options*, and *Reload from attachment* under *Report*, become " -"visible." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:56 -msgid "" -"*Class*: add custom CSS classes to the selected element (e.g. Bootstrap " -"classes such as *text-danger*)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:59 -msgid "" -"*Reload from attachment*: saves the report as an attachment of the document " -"when printed. When the report is reprinted, it re-downloads that attachment " -"instead of re-printing it. This means that if the underlying record (e.g. " -"Invoice) changes when compared to the first impression, the report does not " -"reflect the changes because they were done after the attachment was created." -" This is typically useful for reports linked to documents that should not " -"change, such as Invoices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Actions in Odoo Studio can be undone until you *Close* the toolbox. Once you" -" have closed Studio, changes can not be undone anymore." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases.rst:3 -msgid "Use Cases" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced Use Cases: Automated Actions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:5 -msgid "" -"**Case scenario 1: when a Belgian lead is created, a 3-stars priority should" -" be automatically applied.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:8 -msgid "Under *Automations*, click on *Create* and set the following rules:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:10 -msgid "*Model*: Lead/Opportunity" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:11 -msgid "*Active*: On" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:12 -msgid "*Trigger*: On Creation & Update" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:13 -msgid "*Apply on*: Country > Country Name = Belgium" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:14 -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:53 -msgid "*Action To Do*: Update the Record" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:15 -msgid "*Data to Write*: Lead/Opportunity > Value > 3" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Check :doc:`this doc <filters_status_bar>` in order to have another " -"automated action example." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:25 -msgid ":doc:`../concepts/understanding_automated_actions`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:26 -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:61 -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:138 -#: ../../studio/use_cases/views.rst:28 -msgid ":doc:`../concepts/understanding_general`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced Use Cases: Filters and Status Bar" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:5 -msgid "" -"**Case scenario 1: on Sales, set a filter on Belgian customers and define it" -" as the default one (the user should still be able to unset the filter).**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:8 -msgid "" -"On your customer’s page, use *Filters* > *Add Custom Filter* to group " -"customers by country. Now, under *Favorites*, *Save Current Search* enabling" -" *Use by default* and *Save*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:15 -msgid "" -"On *Filter Rules* in Studio mode, select the respective filter and enable " -"*Default Filter*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:21 -msgid "" -"**Case scenario 2: add a status bar on the product form to manage its life " -"cycle. Set the values: ‘Prototype’, ‘In use’ and ‘Deprecated’. By default, " -"the Kanban view must be grouped by status.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:26 -msgid "" -"On your product form, *Add a pipeline status bar* and name its values. " -"Status bars are *selection* fields that give you the ability to follow a " -"specific flow. They are useful to show you the progress that has been made." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:28 -msgid "" -"On the *Views* menu, access *Kanban* and, under its *View* options, set the " -"*Default Group by* as *Pipeline status bar*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Now, open your product form and set the right status for that product. As " -"you move products throughout stages (also through the product’s form), " -"stages are shown in the Kanban view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:38 -msgid "" -"To make modifications in the pipeline status bar, for example, remember to " -"go back to *Form View*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:44 -msgid "" -"**Case scenario 2.a: when a product goes from ‘In use’ to ‘Deprecate’, set " -"its cost to 0€.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Create an :doc:`automated action " -"<../concepts/understanding_automated_actions>` with the selected values:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:49 -msgid "*Model*: Product Template" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:50 -msgid "*Trigger*: On Update" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:51 -msgid "*First Domain*: Pipeline status bar = In use" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:52 -msgid "*Second Domain*: Pipeline status bar = Deprecated" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:54 -msgid "*Data to Write*: Cost (Product Template) > Value > 0" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced Use Cases: Creating Models and Adding Fields" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:5 -msgid "" -"**Case scenario 1: on the leads’ form, if the chosen country is France, show" -" a field 'Pay by check?'**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:8 -msgid "" -"On your leads’ form, add a *Related Field* to *Country > Country Name*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Now, add a *Checkbox* field and define its invisibility options as *Country*" -" (carefully select the one just created) *> is not = > France.*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:11 -msgid "You can now hide the related field created (*Country*) if you wish." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Another approach is to use the country’s ID. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Contacts --> Configuration --> Countries`, select France " -"(for example), and on the URL check its *ID*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:21 -msgid "" -"The related field invisibility path should now be *Country* (carefully " -"select the one just created) *> is not = > 75*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:22 -msgid "Again, hide the related field with the country’s ID if you prefer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:28 -msgid "" -"**Case scenario 2: create a model called 'Properties' and add fields called:" -" company, value, name, address, active, image.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:31 -msgid "" -"From the dashboard, (optionally) start a new module. Then, click on *Edit " -"Menu* and start a *New Menu* (model). Set your menu name and *Confirm*. Now," -" on its form, drag & drop the necessary fields." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:39 -msgid "" -"**Case scenario 2.a: now, you would like to have a model called 'Regions' to" -" which each property must be linked. And, on 'Regions', you would like to " -"see the properties for each region.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Go to *Edit Menu > New Menu* and create your menu, calling it *Regions*. Add" -" the necessary fields on its form by dragging & dropping them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Now, in the form view of *Properties*, add a *Many2one* field with a " -"relation to your model *Region*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:48 -msgid "" -"The *Existing Fields* are the ones that are on the current model but not yet" -" in the view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Now, go to the model *Regions*, select the form view, and add a status " -"button selecting *Regions (Properties)* as your relational field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:62 -msgid "" -"*Status buttons* are computed fields, meaning that they count the numbers of" -" records on the related model, and allow you to access them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:69 -msgid "" -"When searching for relations, click on *Search more* and filter it by " -"*Custom*. This way you avoid creating duplicates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:76 -msgid "" -"**Case scenario 2.b: in the model 'Properties', show all the tags as " -"checkboxes instead of tags.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:78 -msgid "" -"Once the field *Tags* is added to the form, select it and, under its " -"*Properties > Widgets*, choose *Checkboxes*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:85 -msgid "" -"**Case scenario 3: on the leads’ form, add a selection field with the " -"values:'Tags' & 'List' & 'Checkboxes'. According to the value of the field, " -"show tags as many2many_tags, many2many_radio, or many2many(_list).**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:89 -msgid "" -"In your form view, add a *Tags* field and relate it to *Partners Tag*. Under" -" *Properties*, define its *Widget* as *Many2many*. Do the same process " -"another 2 times for *Checkboxes* and *Tags*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:96 -msgid "Now, add a *Selection* field and the necessary values." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:99 -msgid "" -"Continue by selecting your *Tags* fields, one by one, to set their " -"*Invisible* options according to their *Widget*. In the example below, the " -"invisibility rule for the *Partner Tags* is set as: *Select Tag type > is " -"not = > Tags.*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:105 -msgid "" -"**Case scenario 4: on a quotation’s form, add a selection field called " -"'Manager Validation' with the values: ‘Accepted’ and ‘Refused’. Only a sales" -" manager can see it, and the field should be set as mandatory if the untaxed" -" amount is higher than 500€.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:109 -msgid "" -"On your quotation form, add a *Selection* field with the values *Accepted* " -"and *Refused*. Set its *Required* condition as *Untaxed Amount > 500* and " -"the *Limit visibility to groups* as *Sales / Administrator* or managers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:117 -msgid "**Case scenario 5: change the tooltip of a field for all views.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:119 -msgid "" -"Activate the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` " -"and open Studio." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:122 -msgid "" -"Select the necessary field and, under *Properties*, click on *More* to write" -" your tooltip message on *Field Help*. The tooltip message is the " -"explanatory message shown when the user hovers the field. The message here " -"written is displayed on all views forms where the field is added." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:129 -msgid "" -"The *Field Help* message can only be applied to *new* fields. If you would " -"like to change/apply a tooltip for a specific field, use the *Help Tooltip* " -"option under *Properties*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/views.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced Use Cases: Views" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/views.rst:5 -msgid "" -"**Case scenario 1: in Sales, show orders in a Kanban View instead of a List " -"View.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/views.rst:7 -msgid "" -"From the Sales page, access Studio and, under *Views*, set the *Kanban* " -"option as the default one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/views.rst:14 -msgid "" -"**Case scenario 2: allow for the list of leads to be edited inline without " -"having to switch to the form view.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/views.rst:19 -msgid "" -"On the *List View*, under *View* > *Editable*, choose between *New record on" -" top* or *New record at the bottom*. This way, besides defining the order in" -" which new records are displayed in the view, you are able to edit them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/views.rst:21 -msgid "" -"If the field is left blank, no editing is possible and records are shown " -"based on your column preferences on the lead's page (front-end)." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/support.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/support.po deleted file mode 100644 index 22cd6c012..000000000 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/support.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,457 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:42+0000\n" -"Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: nl\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../support.rst:5 -msgid "Support" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:7 -msgid "Supported versions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Odoo provides support and bug fixing **for the 3 last major versions** of " -"Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Users hosted on **Odoo Online** may use intermediary versions (sometimes " -"called *SaaS versions*) that are supported as well. These versions are not " -"published for Odoo.sh or On-Premise installations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:18 -msgid "What's the support status of my Odoo?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:20 -msgid "This matrix shows the support status of every version." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:22 -msgid "**Major releases are in bold type.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:25 -msgid "Odoo Online" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:25 -msgid "Odoo.sh" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:25 -msgid "On-Premise" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:25 -msgid "Release date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:27 -msgid "**Odoo 14.0**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:27 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:27 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:27 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:29 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:31 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:31 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:31 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:33 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:35 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:35 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:35 -msgid "|green|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:27 -msgid "October 2020" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:29 -msgid "Odoo 13.saas~4" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:29 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:29 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:33 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:33 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:37 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:37 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:41 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:41 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:43 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:43 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:47 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:47 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:49 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:51 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:51 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:53 -msgid "N/A" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:29 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:33 -msgid "August 2019" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:31 -msgid "**Odoo 13.0**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:31 -msgid "October 2019" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:33 -msgid "Odoo 12.saas~3" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:35 -msgid "**Odoo 12.0**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:35 -msgid "October 2018" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:35 -msgid "*End-of-support is planned for October 2021*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:37 -msgid "Odoo 11.saas~3" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:37 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:39 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:39 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:41 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:43 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:45 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:45 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:47 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:49 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:51 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:53 -msgid "|orange|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:37 -msgid "April 2018" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:39 -msgid "**Odoo 11.0**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:39 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:45 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:49 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:53 -msgid "|red|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:39 -msgid "October 2017" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:41 -msgid "Odoo 10.saas~15" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:41 -msgid "March 2017" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:43 -msgid "Odoo 10.saas~14" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:43 -msgid "January 2017" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:45 -msgid "**Odoo 10.0**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:45 -msgid "October 2016" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:47 -msgid "Odoo 9.saas~11" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:47 -msgid "May 2016" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:49 -msgid "**Odoo 9.0**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:49 -msgid "October 2015" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:51 -msgid "Odoo 8.saas~6" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:51 -msgid "February 2015" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:53 -msgid "**Odoo 8.0**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:53 -msgid "September 2014" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:59 -msgid "|green| Supported version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:61 -msgid "|red| End-of-support" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:63 -msgid "N/A Never released for this platform" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:65 -msgid "" -"|orange| Some of our older customers may still run this version on our Odoo " -"Online servers, we provide help only on blocking issues and advise you to " -"upgrade." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:67 -msgid "🏁 Future version, not released yet" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:80 -msgid "I run an older version of Odoo/OpenERP/TinyERP" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:82 -msgid "" -"OpenERP 7.0, 6.1, 6.0 and 5.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:84 -msgid "" -"TinyERP 4.0, 3.0, 2.0 and 1.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:86 -msgid "" -"You should consider `upgrading <https://upgrade.odoo.com/>`_ your database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:8 -msgid "What can I expect from the support service?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:12 -msgid "5 days a week" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Your Odoo Online subscription includes **unlimited 24hr support at no extra " -"cost, Monday to Friday**. Our teams are located around the world to ensure " -"you have support, no matter your location. Your support representative could" -" be communicating to you from San Francisco, Belgium, or India!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Our support team can be contacted through our `online support form " -"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:23 -msgid "What kind of support is included?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Providing you with relevant material (guidelines, product documentation, " -"etc...)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Answers to issues that you may encounter in your standard Odoo database (eg." -" “I cannot close my Point of Sale” or “I cannot find my sales KPIs?”)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:29 -msgid "Questions related to your account, subscription, or billing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Bug resolution (blocking issues or unexpected behaviour not due to " -"misconfiguration or customization)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Issues that might occur in a test database after upgrading to a newer " -"version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:34 -msgid "" -"*Odoo Support does not make changes to your production database without your" -" agreement and gives you the material and knowledge to do it yourself!*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:39 -msgid "What kind of support is not included?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Questions that require us to understand your business processes in order to " -"help you implement your database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Training on how to use our software (we will direct you to our many " -"resources)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:44 -msgid "Import of documents into your database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Guidance on which configurations to apply inside of an application or the " -"database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:46 -msgid "" -"How to set up configuration models (Examples include: Inventory Routes, " -"Payment Terms, Warehouses, etc)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:48 -msgid "Any intervention on your own servers/deployments of Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Any intervention on your own third party account (Ingenico, Authorize, UPS, " -"etc)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Questions or issues related to specific developments or customizations done " -"either by Odoo or a third party (this is specific only to your database or " -"involving code)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:54 -msgid "" -"You can get this type of support with a `Success Pack <https://www.odoo.com" -"/pricing-packs>`__. With a pack, one of our consultants will analyze the way" -" your business runs and tell you how you can get the most out of your Odoo " -"Database. We will handle all configurations and coach you on how to use " -"Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:6 -msgid "Where to find help?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:10 -msgid "Odoo Enterprise" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Users who have a valid Odoo Enterprise subscription may always contact our " -"support teams through our `support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_, no " -"matter the hosting type you chose (Odoo Online, Odoo.sh or on your own " -"server)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:16 -msgid "Please include in your request:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:18 -msgid "your subscription number" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:19 -msgid "" -"the URL of your database if your database is hosted by Odoo (Odoo Online or " -"Odoo.sh)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:21 -msgid "Our agents will get back to you as soon as possible." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:25 -msgid "Odoo Community" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:27 -msgid "*Odoo Community users don't get access to the support service.*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:29 -msgid "Here are some resources that might help you:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:31 -msgid "Our `documentation pages <https://www.odoo.com/page/docs>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Ask your question on the `community forum " -"<https://www.odoo.com/forum/help-1>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:33 -msgid "" -"`Buy Odoo Enterprise " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/14.0/setup/enterprise.html>`_ to get the" -" support and bugfix services." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/survey.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/survey.po deleted file mode 100644 index 5a29a7e37..000000000 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/survey.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,235 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:42+0000\n" -"Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: nl\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../survey.rst:5 -msgid "Survey" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:3 -msgid "Get Started with Surveys" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Surveys can be used for a range of purposes that can go from collecting " -"customer feedback, evaluate the success of an event, measure how pleased " -"customers are with your products/services, gauge whether employees are happy" -" and satisfied with their work environment, and even to find out what your " -"market is thinking." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:11 -msgid "Get started" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:13 -msgid "" -"When creating your survey, choose a *Title* and *Category*. The *Category* " -"field is used to know in which context the survey is being conducted, as " -"different applications might use it for different purposes such as " -"recruitment, certification, or employee appraisal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:22 -msgid "Tab: Questions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:24 -msgid "Add sections and questions by clicking on the respective links." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:27 -msgid "" -"On the *Sections and Questions* form, once the question type is chosen and " -"the answer added, under the tab *Options*, enable *Mandatory Answer*, and " -"set an *Error message* to be shown when the user tries to submit the survey " -"without answering the respective question." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Depending on the *Question Type*, the tab *Options* aggregates extra and " -"different possibilities. Examples:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:31 -msgid "" -"*Single Line Text Box* - can choose a minimum and maximum text length " -"(number of characters - spaces do not count), and its error message." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:33 -msgid "" -"*Multiple choice: multiple answers allowed*: choose between radio buttons or" -" a dropdown menu list, and if you would like to have a comment field. If the" -" user select an answer and type a comment, the values are separately " -"recorded. Or, enable the comment field to be displayed as an answer choice, " -"with which a text type field is displayed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:37 -msgid "" -"*Matrix Type*: choose if you would like to have one or multiple choices per " -"row." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:44 -msgid "Tab: Description" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Write a *Description* to be displayed under the title of the survey's " -"homepage." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:53 -msgid "Click on *Edit* to personalize your pages with the website builder." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:56 -msgid "Tab: Options" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Under the tab *Options*, choose the *Layout* of your questions. If choosing " -"*One page per section* or *One page per question*, an option *Back Button* " -"becomes available, which allows the user to go back pages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:67 -msgid "Test and share the survey" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Once your Survey is ready, *Test* it to avoid *Sharing* it with potential " -"errors. As answers get collected, click on *Answers* to access all the " -"details of the respondent and his answers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:72 -msgid "" -"By default, a filter *Except Test Entries* is applied to keep the list of " -"entries clean with only real participants." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:79 -msgid "" -"Another way to access detailed answers is by going to " -":menuselection:`Participations --> Participations`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:80 -msgid "Click on *See results* to be redirected to an analytical page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:87 -#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:34 -msgid ":doc:`scoring`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:88 ../../survey/overview/scoring.rst:35 -msgid ":doc:`time_random`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/scoring.rst:3 -msgid "Scoring Surveys" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/scoring.rst:5 -msgid "" -"To measure your respondent’s performance, knowledge of a subject, or overall" -" satisfaction, attach points to the answers of specific questions. The " -"points are summed up to give your respondent a final score." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/scoring.rst:9 -msgid "" -"On your survey’s form, click on *Add a question* and, under the tab " -"*Options*, choose between *Scoring with answers at the end* or *Scoring " -"without answers at the end*. Now, on your question’s form, set the right " -"answer and score." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/scoring.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Set the percentage score the user needs to achieve to have successfully " -"taken the survey. If enabling *Certificate*, choose its template. The " -"certification is automatically sent by email to the users who successfully " -"finish it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/scoring.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Enable *Login required* to be able to *Give Badges*. Badges are related to " -"the eLearning section of your website. Besides the logged-in user, visitors " -"of the website that access the page *Courses* can also see the granted " -"badges." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:3 -msgid "Time and Randomize Questions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:6 -msgid "Time Limit" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:10 -msgid "" -"On timed surveys, respondents need to complete the survey within a certain " -"period of time. It can be used to ensure that all respondents get the same " -"amount of time to find the answers, or to decrease the chance of having them" -" looking at external resources." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:11 -msgid "Set the *Time limit* under the tab *Options*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:17 -msgid "" -"A timer is shown on the pages so the user can keep track of the remaining " -"time. Surveys not \\ submitted by the *Time limit* do not have their answers" -" saved." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:21 -msgid "Selection" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:25 -msgid "" -"When you randomize a survey, you allow for the questions to be shuffled in a" -" random order every time someone opens the questionnaire. This can be useful" -" to avoid having respondents looking at each others' answers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:27 -msgid "" -"To do so, under the tab *Options*, enable *Randomized per section*. Now, " -"under the tab *Questions*, set how many of the questions in that section " -"should be taken into account during the shuffling." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/timesheets.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/timesheets.po deleted file mode 100644 index 671eb7002..000000000 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/timesheets.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,81 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 15:13+0000\n" -"Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: nl\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../timesheets.rst:5 -msgid "Timesheets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../timesheets/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:3 -msgid "Create Timesheets upon Time Off Validation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo automatically timesheets on project/tasks upon time off requests. This " -"allows for better overall control over the validation of timesheets, as it " -"does not leave place for forgetfulness and questions after hours that have " -"not been timesheeted by the employee." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Activate the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, " -"go to *Timesheets*, and change the *Project* and *Task* set by default, if " -"you like." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Time Off --> Configuration --> Time Off Types`. Select" -" or create the needed type, and decide if you would like the requests to be " -"validated or not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Now, once the employee has requested his time off and the request has been " -"validated (or not, depending on the setting chosen), the time is " -"automatically allocated on *Timesheets*, under the respective project and " -"task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:27 -msgid "" -"On the example below, the user requested *Paid Time off* from July 13th to " -"15th." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Considering that validation is not required, the requested time off is " -"automatically displayed in *Timesheets*. If validation is necessary, the " -"time is automatically allocated after the responsible person for validating " -"does it so." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Click on the magnifying glass, hovering over the concerned cell, to access " -"all the aggregated data on that cell (day), and see details regarding the " -"project/task." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/website.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/website.po deleted file mode 100644 index 0537020eb..000000000 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/website.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2103 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2021 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 15:13+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2021\n" -"Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: nl\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../website.rst:5 -msgid "Website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize.rst:3 -msgid "Optimize" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:3 -msgid "How to track your website's traffic in Google Analytics" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:5 -msgid "To follow your website's traffic with Google Analytics:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:7 -msgid "" -"`Create a Google Analytics account <https://www.google.com/analytics/>`__ if" -" you don't have any." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Go through the creation form and accept the conditions to get the tracking " -"ID." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:15 -msgid "Copy the tracking ID to insert it in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Go to the *Configuration* menu of your Odoo's Website app. In the settings, " -"turn on Google Analytics and paste the tracking ID. Then save the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:27 -msgid "" -"To make your first steps in Google Analytics, refer to `Google Documentation" -" <https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/1008015?hl=en/>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:32 -msgid ":doc:`google_analytics_dashboard`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:3 -msgid "How to track your website traffic from your Odoo Dashboard" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:5 -msgid "" -"You can follow your traffic statistics straight from your Odoo Website " -"Dashboard thanks to Google Analytics." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:8 -msgid "" -"A preliminary step is creating a Google Analytics account and entering the " -"tracking ID in your Website's settings (see :doc:`google_analytics`)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Go to `Google APIs platform <https://console.developers.google.com>`__ to " -"generate Analytics API credentials. Log in with your Google account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:14 -msgid "Select Analytics API." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Create a new project and give it a name (e.g. Odoo). This project is needed " -"to store your API credentials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:25 -msgid "Enable the API." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:30 -msgid "Create credentials to use in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Select *Web browser (Javascript)* as calling source and *User data* as kind " -"of data." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Then you can create a Client ID. Enter the name of the application (e.g. " -"Odoo) and the allowed pages on which you will be redirected. The *Authorized" -" JavaScript origin* is your Odoo's instance URL. The *Authorized redirect " -"URI* is your Odoo's instance URL followed by " -"'/google_account/authentication'." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:51 -msgid "" -"Go through the Consent Screen step by entering a product name (e.g. Google " -"Analytics in Odoo). Feel free to check the customizations options but this " -"is not mandatory. The Consent Screen will only show up when you enter the " -"Client ID in Odoo for the first time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Finally you are provided with your Client ID. Copy and paste it in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Open your Website Dashboard in Odoo and link your Analytics account to past " -"your Client ID." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:67 -msgid "As a last step, authorize Odoo to access Google API." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:3 -msgid "Track clicks and visitors using Link Trackers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Link Trackers allow you to track your marketing campaigns (emails, banner " -"ads, blog posts, social media posts, affiliate links, etc.). This way, you " -"are able to identify your best traffic sources and make informed decisions " -"about the distribution of your marketing budget." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:10 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate " -"*Link Trackers*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:19 -msgid "Set up traceable URLs" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Go to website --> Promote --> Track this " -"page`. Here, you are able to get a specific tracked URL based on the " -"campaign, medium, and source being used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:28 -msgid "" -"**URL**: url of the page you want to track (e.g. the home page or a " -"product's page)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:29 -msgid "**Campaign**: context of your link (e.g. a special promotion)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:30 -msgid "" -"**Medium**: channel used to share (deliver) your link (e.g. an email or a " -"Facebook ad)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:31 -msgid "" -"**Source**: platform where the traffic originates (e.g. Google or Twitter)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Now, click on *Get tracked link* to generate a URL that you can post or send" -" by the source you have decided on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:37 -msgid "Follow-up on tracked links" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:39 -msgid "" -"To look at statistics of your links, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Go to" -" website --> Promote --> Track this page`. Besides being able to see the " -"*Most Clicked* and *Recently Used* links, you can also see complete " -"statistics by clicking on *Stats*, including the number of clicks, and the " -"country of origin for those clicks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:50 -msgid "You can also access the link tracker on *odoo.com/r* via your browser." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:51 -msgid "" -"Activate the developer mode (:menuselection:`Settings --> Activate the " -"developer mode`) and get access to the *Link Tracker* module and its back-" -"end functionalities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Integrated with :doc:`Google Analytics <google_analytics>`, those trackers " -"allow you to see the number of clicks and visitors to keep you on top of " -"your marketing campaigns." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:55 -msgid "" -"The integration with the :doc:`CRM <../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits>` " -"application allows you to understand where your leads and opportunities are " -"coming from." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:3 -msgid "How to do Search Engine Optimisation (SEO) in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Search Engine Optimization (SEO) is a set of good practices to optimize your" -" website so that you get a better ranking in search engines like Google. In " -"short, a good SEO allows you to get more visitors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Some examples of SEO rules: your web pages should load fast, your page " -"should have one and only one title ``<h1>``, meta tags (alt-tag, title-tag) " -"should be consistent with the content, your website should have a " -"``/sitemap.xml`` file, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:15 -msgid "" -"To guarantee Odoo Website and Odoo eCommerce users have a great SEO, Odoo " -"abstracts all the technical complexities of SEO and handles everything for " -"you, in the best possible way. This will be explained here below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:20 -msgid "" -"But first, let see how you can easily boost your ranking by finetuning the " -"content and the meta tags of your website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:24 -msgid "Meta Tags" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:27 -msgid "Title, Description" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Every web page should define the ``<title>`` and ``<description>`` meta " -"data. These information elements are used by search engines to promote your " -"website. They are automatically generated based on page title & content, but" -" you can finetune them. Make sure they fit the content of the page, " -"otherwise you will be downgraded by search engines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:39 -msgid "Keywords" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:40 -msgid "" -"In order to write quality content and boost your traffic, Odoo provides a " -"``<keyword>`` finder. Those keywords are the searches you want to head " -"towards your website. For each keyword, you see how it is used in the " -"content (H1, H2, page title, page description, page content) and what are " -"the related searches in Google. The more keywords are used the better." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:50 -msgid "" -"If your website is in multiple languages, you can use the Promote tool for " -"every language of a single page and set specific title, description and " -"search tags." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:55 -msgid "Content is King" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:57 -msgid "" -"When it comes to SEO, content is usually king. Odoo provides several modules" -" to help you build your website content:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:60 -msgid "**Odoo Blogs**: write great contents." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:62 -msgid "" -"**Odoo Slides**: publish all your Powerpoint or PDF presentations. Their " -"content is automatically indexed on the web page. Example: `odoo.com/slides" -"/public-channel-1 <https://www.odoo.com/slides/public-channel-1>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:66 -msgid "" -"**Odoo Forum**: let your community create contents for you. Example: " -"`odoo.com/forum/1 <https://odoo.com/forum/1>`_ (accounts for 30% of Odoo.com" -" landing pages)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:70 -msgid "" -"**Odoo Mailing List Archive**: publish mailing list archives on your " -"website. Example: `odoo.com/groups/community-59 " -"<https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59>`_ (1000 pages created per month)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:76 -msgid "" -"The 404 page is a regular page, that you can edit like any other page in " -"Odoo. That way, you can build a great 404 page to redirect to the top " -"content of your website when visitors get lost in invalid URLs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:81 -msgid "Use Social Networks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Social media is built for mass sharing. If lots of people share your content" -" on social media, then it's likely more people will link to it, and links " -"are a huge factor for SEO ranking." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:87 -msgid "Odoo embeds several tools to share content through social media:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:90 -msgid "Social Network" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Odoo allows to link all your social network accounts in your website footer." -" All you have to do is to refer all your accounts in your company settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:99 -msgid "Social Share" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:101 -msgid "" -"Drop the building block *Share* on any page you want your visitors to share." -" By clicking the icon, they are prompted to share the page in their social " -"media wall." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:108 -msgid "" -"Most social media use a picture of the picture to decorate the share post. " -"Odoo uses the website logo by default but you can choose any other image of " -"your page in the Promote tool." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:116 -msgid "Facebook Page" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:118 -msgid "" -"Drop the building block *Facebook Page* to display a widget of your Facebook" -" business page and encourage visitors to follow it. You can display the " -"timeline, the next events and the messages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:123 -msgid "Twitter Scroller" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:125 -msgid "" -"Display the Twitter feeds with customer satifaction on your website. This " -"will increase the number of tweets and shares." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:129 -msgid "Test Your Website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:131 -msgid "" -"You can compare how your website rank, in terms of SEO, against Odoo using " -"WooRank free services: `woorank.com <https://www.woorank.com>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:136 -msgid "URLs Handling" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:138 -msgid "This section sheds some light on how Odoo makes URLs SEO-friendly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:141 -msgid "URLs Structure" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:143 -msgid "A typical Odoo URL will look like this:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:145 -msgid "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/my-great-product-31" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:147 -msgid "With the following components:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:149 -msgid "**https://** = Protocol" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:151 -msgid "**www.mysite.com** = your domain name" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:153 -msgid "" -"**/fr\\_FR** = page language. This part of the URL is removed if the visitor" -" browses the main language of the website Thus, the main version of this " -"page is: https://www.mysite.com/shop/product/my-great-product-31" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:158 -msgid "" -"**/shop/product** = every module defines its own namespace (/shop is for the" -" catalog of the eCommerce module, /shop/product is for a product page)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:162 -msgid "" -"**my-great-product** = by default, this is the slugified title of the " -"product this page refers to. But you can customize it for SEO purposes. A " -"product named \"Pain carré\" will be slugified to \"pain-carre\". Depending " -"on the namespace, this could be different objects (blog post, page title, " -"forum post, forum comment, product category, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:169 -msgid "**-31** = the unique ID of the product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:171 -msgid "" -"Note that any dynamic component of an URL can be reduced to its ID. As an " -"example, the following URLs all do a 301 redirect to the above URL:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:174 -msgid "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (short version)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:176 -msgid "http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (even shorter version)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:178 -msgid "" -"http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/other-product-name-31 (old product " -"name)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:181 -msgid "" -"Some URLs have several dynamic parts, like this one (a blog category and a " -"post):" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:184 -msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/company-news-5/post/the-odoo-story-56" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:186 -msgid "In the above example:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:188 -msgid "*Company News* is the title of the blog" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:190 -msgid "*The Odoo Story* is the title of a specific blog post" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:192 -msgid "" -"When an Odoo page has a pager, the page number is set directly in the URL " -"(does not have a GET argument). This allows every page to be indexed by " -"search engines. Example:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:196 -msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/page/3" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:199 -msgid "Changes in URLs & Titles" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:201 -msgid "" -"When the URL of a page changes (e.g. a more SEO friendly version of your " -"product name), you don't have to worry about updating all links:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:204 -msgid "Odoo will automatically update all its links to the new URL." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:206 -msgid "" -"If external websites still points to the old URL, a 301 redirect will be " -"done to route visitors to the new address of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:209 -msgid "As an example, this URL:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:211 -msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/old-product-name-31" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:213 -msgid "Will automatically redirect to:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:215 -msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/new-and-better-product-name-31" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:217 -msgid "" -"In short, just change the title of a blog post or the name of a product, and" -" the changes will apply automatically everywhere in your website. The old " -"link still functions when used by external websites, via a 301 redirect, " -"maintaining the SEO link juice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:223 -msgid "HTTPS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:225 -msgid "" -"Search engines boost ranking of secure HTTPS/SSL websites. So, by default " -"all Odoo Online instances are fully based on HTTPS. If the visitor accesses " -"your website through a non HTTPS url, it gets a 301 redirect to its HTTPS " -"equivalent." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:231 -msgid "Links: Nofollow Strategy" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:233 -msgid "" -"The more a page is linked from external and quality websites, the better it " -"is for your SEO." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:236 -msgid "Here are Odoo strategies to manage links:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:238 -msgid "" -"Every link you add to your website is \"dofollow\", which means that this " -"link will contribute to the SEO Juice for the linked page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:242 -msgid "" -"Every link posted by a contributor (forum post, blog comment, etc.) that " -"links to your own website is \"dofollow\" too." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:245 -msgid "" -"But every link posted by a contributor that links to an external website is " -"\"nofollow\". In that way, you do not run the risk of people posting links " -"on your website to third-party websites which have a bad reputation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:250 -msgid "" -"Note that, when using the forum, contributors having a lot of Karma can be " -"trusted. In such case, their links will not have any ``rel=\"nofollow\"`` " -"attribute." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:255 -msgid "Multi-Language Support" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:258 -msgid "Multi-Language URLs" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:260 -msgid "" -"If you run a website in multiple languages, the same content will be " -"available in different URLs, depending on the language used:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:263 -msgid "" -"https://www.mywebsite.com/shop/product/my-product-1 (main language, English " -"here)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:265 -msgid "" -"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1 (French " -"version)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:267 -msgid "" -"In this example, fr\\_FR is the language of the page. You can even have " -"several variations of the same language: pt\\_BR (Portuguese from Brazil) , " -"pt\\_PT (Portuguese from Portugal)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:272 -msgid "Language Annotation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:274 -msgid "" -"To let search engines know that the second URL is the French translation of " -"the first URL, Odoo will add an HTML link element in the header. In the HTML" -" <head> section of the main version, Odoo automatically adds a link element " -"pointing to the translated versions of that webpage;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:279 -msgid "" -"<link rel=\"alternate\" hreflang=\"fr\" " -"href=\"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1\"/>" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:282 -msgid "With this approach:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:284 -msgid "" -"Search engines will redirect to the right language according to the visitor " -"language." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:287 -msgid "" -"You do not get penalized by search engines if your page is not translated " -"yet. Indeed, it's not a duplicated content, but a different version of the " -"same content." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:292 -msgid "Language Detection" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:294 -msgid "" -"When a visitor lands for the first time on your website (e.g. " -"yourwebsite.com/shop), they may automatically be redirected to a translated " -"version according to their browser language preference (e.g. " -"yourwebsite.com/fr\\_FR/shop)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:299 -msgid "" -"Next time, it keeps a cookie of the current language to avoid any " -"redirection." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:302 -msgid "" -"To force a visitor to stick to the default language, you can use the code of" -" the default language in your link, example: yourwebsite.com/en\\_US/shop. " -"This will always land visitors to the English version of the page, without " -"using the browser language preferences." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:309 -msgid "Page Speed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:312 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:314 -msgid "" -"The time to load a page is an important criteria for search engines. A " -"faster website not only improves your visitor's experience, but gives you a " -"better page ranking. Some studies have shown that, if you divide the time to" -" load your pages by two (e.g. 2 seconds instead of 4 seconds), the visitor " -"abandonment rate is also divided by two. (25% to 12.5%). One extra second to" -" load a page could `cost $1.6b to Amazon in sales " -"<http://www.fastcompany.com/1825005/how-one-second-could-cost-amazon-16" -"-billion-sales>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:325 -msgid "" -"Fortunately, Odoo does all the magic for you. Below, you will find the " -"tricks Odoo uses to speed up your page loading time. You can compare how " -"your website ranks using these two tools:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:329 -msgid "" -"`Google Page Speed " -"<https://developers.google.com/speed/pagespeed/insights/>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:331 -msgid "`Pingdom Website Speed Test <http://tools.pingdom.com/fpt/>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:334 -msgid "Images" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:336 -msgid "" -"When you upload new images, Odoo automatically compresses them to reduce " -"their sizes (lossless compression for .PNG and .GIF and lossy compression " -"for .JPG)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:340 -msgid "" -"From the upload button, you have the option to keep the original image " -"unmodified if you prefer to optimize the quality of the image rather than " -"performance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:348 -msgid "" -"Odoo compresses images when they are uploaded to your website, not when " -"requested by the visitor. Thus, it's possible that, if you use a third-party" -" theme, it will provide images that are not compressed efficiently. But all " -"images used in Odoo official themes have been compressed by default." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:354 -msgid "" -"When you click on an image, Odoo shows you the Alt and title attributes of " -"the ``<img>`` tag. You can click on it to set your own title and Alt " -"attributes for the image." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:361 -msgid "When you click on this link, the following window will appear:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:366 -msgid "" -"Odoo's pictograms are implemented using a font (`Font Awesome " -"<https://fortawesome.github.io/Font-Awesome/icons/>`__ in most Odoo themes)." -" Thus, you can use as many pictograms as you want in your page, they will " -"not result in extra requests to load the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:375 -msgid "Static Resources: CSS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:377 -msgid "" -"All CSS files are pre-processed, concatenated, minified, compressed and " -"cached (server-side and browser-side). The result:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:380 -msgid "only one CSS file request is needed to load a page" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:382 -msgid "" -"this CSS file is shared and cached amongst pages, so that when the visitor " -"clicks on another page, the browser doesn't have to even load a single CSS " -"resource." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:386 -msgid "this CSS file is optimized to be small" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:388 -msgid "" -"**Pre-processed:** The CSS framework used by Odoo is Bootstrap. Although a " -"theme might use another framework, most of `Odoo themes " -"<https://www.odoo.com/apps/themes>`__ extend and customize Bootstrap " -"directly. Since Odoo supports Less and Sass, you can modify CSS rules " -"instead of overwriting them through extra CSS lines, resulting in a smaller " -"file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:395 -msgid "" -"**Concatenated:** every module or library you might use in Odoo has its own " -"set of CSS, Less or Sass files (eCommerce, blogs, themes, etc.). Having " -"several CSS files is great for the modularity, but not good for the " -"performance because most browsers can only perform 6 requests in parallel " -"resulting in lots of files loaded in series. The latency time to transfer a " -"file is usually much longer than the actual data transfer time, for small " -"files like .JS and .CSS. Thus, the time to load CSS resources depends more " -"on the number of requests to be done than the actual file size." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:405 -msgid "" -"To address this issue, all CSS / Less / Sass files are concatenated into a " -"single .CSS file to send to the browser. So a visitor has **only one .CSS " -"file to load** per page, which is particularly efficient. As the CSS is " -"shared amongst all pages, when the visitor clicks on another page, the " -"browser does not even have to load a new CSS file!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:412 -msgid "**Both files in the <head>**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:412 -msgid "**What the visitor gets (only one file)**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:414 -msgid "/\\* From bootstrap.css \\*/" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:414 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:415 -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:421 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:447 -msgid ".text-muted {" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:415 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:422 -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:448 -msgid "color: #666;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:416 -msgid "color: #777;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:416 -msgid "background: yellow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:417 -msgid "background: yellow;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:417 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:418 -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:423 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:449 -msgid "}" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:420 -msgid "/\\* From my-theme.css \\*/" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:426 -msgid "" -"The CSS sent by Odoo includes all CSS / Less / Sass of all pages / modules. " -"By doing this, additional page views from the same visitor will not have to " -"load CSS files at all. But some modules might include huge CSS/Javascript " -"resources that you do not want to prefetch at the first page because they " -"are too big. In this case, Odoo splits this resource into a second bundle " -"that is loaded only when the page using it is requested. An example of this " -"is the backend that is only loaded when the visitor logs in and accesses the" -" backend (/web)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:436 -msgid "" -"If the CSS file is very big, Odoo will split it into two smaller files to " -"avoid the 4095 selectors limit per sheet of Internet Explorer. But most " -"themes fit below this limit." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:440 -msgid "" -"**Minified:** After being pre-processed and concatenated, the resulting CSS " -"is minified to reduce its size." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:444 -msgid "**Before minification**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:444 -msgid "**After minification**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:446 -msgid "/\\* some comments \\*/" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:446 -msgid ".text-muted {color: #666}" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:452 -msgid "" -"The final result is then compressed, before being delivered to the browser." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:455 -msgid "" -"Then, a cached version is stored server-side (so we do not have to pre-" -"process, concatenate, minify at every request) and browser-side (so the same" -" visitor will load the CSS only once for all pages they visit)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:461 -msgid "Static Resources: Javascript" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:463 -msgid "" -"As with CSS resources, Javascript resources are also concatenated, minified," -" compressed and cached (server-side and browser-side)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:466 -msgid "Odoo creates three Javascript bundles:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:468 -msgid "" -"One for all pages of the website (including code for parallax effects, form " -"validation, etc.)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:471 -msgid "" -"One for common Javascript code shared among frontend and backend (Bootstrap)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:474 -msgid "" -"One for backend specific Javascript code (Odoo Web Client interface for your" -" employees using Odoo)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:477 -msgid "" -"Most visitors of your website will only need the first two bundles, " -"resulting in a maximum of two Javascript files to load to render one page. " -"As these files are shared across all pages, further clicks by the same " -"visitor will not load any other Javascript resource." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:483 -msgid "" -"If you work on :doc:`Developer mode " -"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, the CSS and Javascript are neither" -" concatenated, nor minified. Thus, it's much slower. But it allows you to " -"easily debug with the Chrome debugger as CSS and Javascript resources are " -"not transformed from their original versions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:489 -msgid "CDN" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:491 -msgid "" -"If you activate the CDN feature in Odoo, static resources (Javascript, CSS, " -"images) are loaded from a Content Delivery Network. Using a Content Delivery" -" Network has three advantages:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:495 -msgid "" -"Load resources from a nearby server (most CDN have servers in main countries" -" around the globe)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:498 -msgid "" -"Cache resources efficiently (no computation resources usage on your own " -"server)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:501 -msgid "" -"Split the resource loading on different services allowing to load more " -"resources in parallel (since the Chrome limit of 6 parallel requests is by " -"domain)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:505 -msgid "" -"You can configure your CDN options from the **Website Admin** app, using the" -" Configuration menu. Here is an example of configuration you can use:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:512 -msgid "HTML Pages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:514 -msgid "" -"The HTML pages can be compressed, but this is usually handled by your web " -"server (NGINX or Apache)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:517 -msgid "" -"The Odoo Website builder has been optimized to guarantee clean and short " -"HTML code. Building blocks have been developed to produce clean HTML code, " -"usually using Bootstrap and the HTML editor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:521 -msgid "" -"As an example, if you use the color picker to change the color of a " -"paragraph to the primary color of your website, Odoo will produce the " -"following code:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:525 -msgid "``<p class=\"text-primary\">My Text</p>``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:527 -msgid "" -"Whereas most HTML editors (such as CKEditor) will produce the following " -"code:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:530 -msgid "``<p style=\"color: #AB0201\">My Text</p>``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:533 -msgid "Responsive Design" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:535 -msgid "" -"Websites that are not mobile-friendly are negatively impacted in search " -"engine rankings. All Odoo themes rely on Bootstrap to render efficiently " -"according to the device: desktop, tablet or mobile." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:542 -msgid "" -"As all Odoo modules share the same technology, absolutely all pages in your " -"website are mobile friendly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:546 -msgid "Browser Caching" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:548 -msgid "" -"Javascript, images and CSS resources have an URL that changes dynamically " -"when their content change. As an example, all CSS files are loaded through " -"this URL: `localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets\\_common.0.css " -"<http://localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets_common.0.css>`__. " -"The ``457-0da1d9d`` part of this URL will change if you modify the CSS of " -"your website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:555 -msgid "" -"This allows Odoo to set a very long cache delay (XXX) on these resources: " -"XXX secs, while being updated instantly if you update the resource." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:560 -msgid "Scalability" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:562 -msgid "" -"In addition to being fast, Odoo is also more scalable than traditional CMS " -"and eCommerce (Drupal, Wordpress, Magento, Prestashop). The following link " -"provides an analysis of the major open source CMS and eCommerce compared to " -"Odoo when it comes to high query volumes: " -"`https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/197 <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide" -"/odoo-cms-performance-comparison-and-optimisation-197>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:569 -msgid "Todo" -msgstr "Te doen" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:569 -msgid "fix above link" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:571 -msgid "" -"Here is the slide that summarizes the scalability of Odoo Website & " -"eCommerce." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:577 -msgid "Search Engines Files" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:580 -msgid "Sitemap" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:582 -msgid "" -"The sitemap points out pages to index to search engine robots. Odoo " -"generates a ``/sitemap.xml`` file automatically for you. For performance " -"reasons, this file is cached and updated every 12 hours." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:586 -msgid "" -"By default, all URLs will be in a single ``/sitemap.xml`` file, but if you " -"have a lot of pages, Odoo will automatically create a Sitemap Index file, " -"respecting the `sitemaps.org protocol " -"<http://www.sitemaps.org/protocol.html>`__ grouping sitemap URL's in 45000 " -"chunks per file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:592 -msgid "Every sitemap entry has 4 attributes that are computed automatically:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:594 -msgid "``<loc>`` : the URL of a page" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:596 -msgid "" -"``<lastmod>`` : last modification date of the resource, computed " -"automatically based on related object. For a page related to a product, this" -" could be the last modification date of the product or the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:601 -msgid "" -"``<priority>`` : modules may implement their own priority algorithm based on" -" their content (example: a forum might assign a priority based on the number" -" of votes on a specific post). The priority of a static page is defined by " -"it's priority field, which is normalized (16 is the default)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:608 -msgid "Structured Data Markup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:610 -msgid "" -"Structured Data Markup is used to generate Rich Snippets in search engine " -"results. It is a way for website owners to send structured data to search " -"engine robots; helping them understand your content and create well-" -"presented search results." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:615 -msgid "" -"Google supports a number of rich snippets for content types, including: " -"Reviews, People, Products, Businesses, Events and Organizations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:618 -msgid "" -"Odoo implements micro data as defined in the `schema.org " -"<http://schema.org>`__ specification for events, eCommerce products, forum " -"posts and contact addresses. This allows your product pages to be displayed " -"in Google using extra information like the price and rating of a product:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:628 -msgid "robots.txt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:630 -msgid "" -"When indexing your website, search engines take a first look at the general " -"indexing rules of the a``/robots.txt`` file (allowed robots, sitemap path, " -"etc.). Odoo automatically creates it. Its content is:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:634 -msgid "User-agent: \\* Sitemap: https://www.odoo.com/sitemap.xml" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:637 -msgid "" -"It means that all robots are allowed to index your website and there is no " -"other indexing rule than specified in the sitemap to be found at following " -"address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:641 -msgid "" -"You can customize the file *robots* in :doc:`Developer mode " -"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>` from *Settings --> Technical --> " -"User Interface --> Views* (exclude robots, exclude some pages, redirect to a" -" custom Sitemap). Make the Model Data of the view *Non Updatable* to not " -"reset the file after system upgrades." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish.rst:3 -msgid "Publish" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:3 -msgid "How to use my own domain name" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:5 -msgid "" -"By default, your Odoo Online instance and website have a *.odoo.com* domain " -"name, for both the URL and the emails. But you can change to a custom one " -"(e.g. www.yourcompany.com)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:10 -msgid "What is a good domain name" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Your website address is as important to your branding as the name of your " -"business or organization, so put some thought into changing it for a proper " -"domain. Here are some tips:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:15 -msgid "Simple and obvious" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:16 -msgid "Easy to remember and spell" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:17 -msgid "The shorter the better" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:18 -msgid "Avoid special characters" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:19 -msgid "Aim for a .com and/or your country extension" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Read more: `How to Choose a Domain Name for Maximum SEO " -"<https://www.searchenginejournal.com/choose-a-domain-name-maximum-" -"seo/158951/>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:24 -msgid "How to buy a domain name" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:25 -msgid "Buy your domain name at a popular registrar:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:27 -msgid "`GoDaddy <https://www.godaddy.com>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:28 -msgid "`Namecheap <https://www.namecheap.com>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:29 -msgid "`OVH <https://www.ovh.com>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Steps to buy a domain name are pretty much straight forward. In case of " -"issue, check out those easy tutorials:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:34 -msgid "`GoDaddy <https://roadtoblogging.com/buy-domain-name-from-godaddy>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:35 -msgid "" -"`Namecheap <https://www.loudtips.com/buy-domain-name-hosting-namecheap//>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Feel free to buy an email server to have email addresses using your domain " -"name. However don't buy any extra service to create or host your website. " -"This is Odoo's job!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:45 -msgid "How to apply my domain name to my Odoo instance" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:46 -msgid "" -"First let's authorize the redirection (yourcompany.com -> " -"yourcompany.odoo.com):" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:48 -msgid "Open your Odoo.com account from your homepage." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:53 -msgid "Go to the *Manage Databases* page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Click on *Domains* to the right of the database you would like to redirect." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:63 -msgid "" -"A database domain prompt will appear. Enter your custom domain (e.g. " -"www.yourcompany.com)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:70 -msgid "" -"We can now apply the redirection from your domain name's manager account:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:72 -msgid "Log in to your account and search for the DNS Zones management page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:74 -msgid "" -"Create a CNAME record *www.yourdomain.com* pointing to *mywebsite.odoo.com*." -" If you want to use the naked domain (e.g. yourdomain.com), you need to " -"redirect *yourdomain.com* to *www.yourdomain.com*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:78 -msgid "Here are some specific guidelines to create a CNAME record:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:80 -msgid "`GoDaddy <https://be.godaddy.com/fr/help/add-a-cname-record-19236>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:81 -msgid "" -"`Namecheap " -"<https://www.namecheap.com/support/knowledgebase/article.aspx/9646/10/how-" -"can-i-set-up-a-cname-record-for-my-domain>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:82 -msgid "" -"`OVH " -"<https://www.ovh.co.uk/g1519.exchange_20132016_how_to_add_a_cname_record>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:85 -msgid "How to enable SSL (HTTPS) for my Odoo instance" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:87 -msgid "" -"Until recently, Odoo users needed to use a third-party CDN service provider " -"such as CloudFlare to enable SSL." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:89 -msgid "" -"It is not required anymore: Odoo generates the certificate for you " -"automatically, using integration with `Let's Encrypt Certificate Authority " -"and ACME protocol <https://letsencrypt.org/how-it-works/>`__. In order to " -"get this, simply add your domain name in your customer portal (a separate " -"certificate is generated for each domain name specified)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:93 -msgid "**Please note that the certificate generation may take up to 24h.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:95 -msgid "" -"If you already use CloudFlare or a similar service, you can keep using it or" -" simply change for Odoo. The choice is yours." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:99 -msgid "How to make sure that all my URLs use my custom domain?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:101 -msgid "" -"To set up the root URL of your website and of all the links sent in emails, " -"you can ask an administrator of your database (any user in the *Settings* " -"group) to perform a login from the login screen. It's as simple as that!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:103 -msgid "" -"If you want to do it manually, you can go to :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Technical --> System Parameters` . Find the entry called ``web.base.url`` " -"(you can create it if it does not exist) and enter the full URL of your " -"website, like ``https://www.myodoowebsite.com``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:107 -msgid "" -"The URL must include the protocol (``https://`` or ``http://``) and must not" -" end by a slash (``/``)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:109 -msgid "" -"If you want to block the root URL update when an administrator logs in, you " -"can add a System Parameter called ``web.base.url.freeze`` with its value " -"set to ``True``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:113 -msgid "My website is indexed twice by Google" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:115 -msgid "" -"If you set up a custom domain *mydomain.com* name for *mydatabase.odoo.com*," -" Google indexes your website under both names. This is a limitation of the " -"Odoo cloud platforms/" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:120 -msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_servers`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:3 -msgid "Manage Multi Websites" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo’s Multi-Websites opens up broad possibilities of diversification and " -"customer segmentation for your business. A multiplied audience and boosted " -"revenue are now just a few clicks away!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Each website can work in a fully independent way, with its theme, branding, " -"domain name, header & footer, pages, languages, products, blog posts, forum," -" slides, events, live chat channels, etc. Let’s go for a tour!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:18 -msgid "Setup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:20 -msgid "" -"To create a new website, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration -->" -" Settings`. The button, *Create a new website*, lays in the first section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:28 -msgid "" -"In the upcoming prompt, set a name for your new website and a specific " -"domain name. Leave empty to publish the new website under the default domain" -" of your Odoo database. You can later set some country groups to redirect " -"visitors to it using Geo IP." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Then, select a theme. This new website might have an entirely different " -"purpose or audience than the first one. So feel free to go for a different " -"theme!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Once the theme is selected, you can start to build the homepage of your " -"website. Follow the purple drops; they will help you in the first steps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:48 -msgid "" -"If you run Odoo Online, don’t forget to redirect any new domain name to your" -" Odoo database (``CNAME``) and to authorize it Odoo-side. See " -":doc:`domain_name`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:52 -msgid "Create the menu" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:54 -msgid "" -"The new website has a default menu with all the installed applications. To " -"edit it, click :menuselection:`Pages --> Edit Menu`. Moving forward you only" -" edit the menu of the current website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:59 -msgid "Switch from one website to another" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:62 -msgid "" -"As easy as ABC! There is a website switcher in the right corner of the edit " -"bar. Switching to another website will connect to the domain of this " -"website. If you use another domain for the website, the user is requested to" -" sign in." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:71 -msgid "" -"When switching, you are redirected to the same domain path on the other " -"website (e.g., ``/shop/myproduct``). If this URL is not used, you will be " -"redirected to a 404 page but prompted to create a new page from there." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:76 -msgid "Add features" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:78 -msgid "" -"The website apps you install (e.g., Slides, Blogs) are made available on all" -" your websites. You can, of course, keep them hidden in one website by " -"removing the menu item." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:82 -msgid "" -"Each website comes with a high range of specific options in the settings. " -"First, select the website to configure." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:88 -msgid "" -"Then, take a look at the options flagged with the earth icon. It means they " -"only impact the very website you are working on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:94 -msgid "You can, for instance, set specific :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:96 -msgid "languages," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:98 -msgid "domain names," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:100 -msgid "social media links," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:102 -msgid "customer portal mode (B2C vs. B2B)," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:104 -msgid "dedicated live chat channels," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:106 -msgid "etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:108 -msgid "The other options are global and apply to all your websites." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:111 -msgid "Manage domain names" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:113 -msgid "" -"As said earlier, your websites can either share the same domain name or use " -"a specific one. If you share it and want to adapt the content per region, " -"set country groups in the setting of each website. Visitors will be " -"redirected to the right website using GeoIP." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:122 -msgid "" -"Geo IP is installed by default in Odoo Online. If you run Odoo on-premise, " -"don’t forget to install *GeoIP* library. See :doc:`on-premise_geo-ip-" -"installation`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:127 -msgid ":doc:`domain_name`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:130 -msgid "Customize the visitor experience" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:133 -msgid "" -"The customer experience can be customized very profoundly thanks to the menu" -" \\*Customize\\*. All the visual options available there are specific to " -"each website. Go through the different pages to adapt them to this new " -"audience. Focus on workflows, and automatic pages (eCommerce checkout, " -"blogs, events, etc.) as the number of available options is higher there." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:143 -msgid "Publish specific content per website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:146 -msgid "" -"Like static pages, any content created from the front-end (product, blog " -"post, etc.) is always only published in the current website. You can change " -"that from the edit form view in the backend and leave the *Website* field " -"blank. This will publish it in all the websites." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:154 -msgid "" -"Here are all the objects that you can link to *either one or all the " -"websites*:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:157 -msgid "Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:159 -msgid "Product Categories for eCommerce" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:161 -msgid "Blogs" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:163 -msgid "Slide Channels" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:165 -msgid "Forums" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:167 -msgid "Events" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:169 -msgid "Job Positions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:172 -msgid "" -"When you create the record from the backend and publish it, typically a " -"product or an event, it is made available in all websites." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:176 -msgid "Publish a page in all websites" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:178 -msgid "" -"A new static page is created and only made available in the current website." -" You can duplicate it to other websites from :menuselection:`Website --> " -"Configuration --> Pages`. To do so, leave the *Website* field empty." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:182 -msgid "" -"If you want to duplicate it in just one other website, duplicate the page " -"and set the new website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:188 -msgid "" -"When you edit the page again, the change only affects the current website. A" -" new page is duplicated and tied up to the website. The original page still " -"being linked to all websites." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:193 -msgid "" -"By grouping pages by URL in the page manager, you quickly find the original " -"page behind each edited page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:200 -msgid "Multi-companies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:202 -msgid "" -"Each website can be linked to a specific company of your system, in a multi-" -"companies environment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:208 -msgid "" -"With such a configuration, only company-related data appear on the website " -"(products, jobs, events, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:211 -msgid "" -"Website editors can only view and edit the pages of the records they have " -"access to, typically the ones belonging to their current company (and to " -"their subsidiaries, or child companies in Odoo language). And so is it for " -"visitors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:217 -msgid "" -"If websites are multi-companies, you don’t change company when switching " -"websites. To change the company and see the related content, use the company" -" selector in the menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:223 -msgid "Configure your eCommerce website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:225 -msgid "" -"eCommerce is a crucial feature in the multi-websites environment. We made it" -" so that the entire flow can be customized to fit the very audience of each " -"website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:230 -msgid "Products only available on one website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:232 -msgid "" -"We already saw earlier how to publish a specific record in only one website." -" You will find the \\*Website\\* field in the eCommerce tab of the product " -"edit form. Empty means available in all websites." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:240 -msgid "Products available on *some* websites" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:242 -msgid "" -"To make a product available on some websites, but not all of them, you " -"should duplicate the product for each website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:245 -msgid "" -"If you need a unique reference to manage in your inventory, you should " -"install *Manufacturing\\ and create *Kits* BoMs (bills of materials). Each " -"kit will link each published “virtual” product to the main reference managed" -" in your inventory. That way, any item sold from your website will be " -"converted into the storable item in the delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:252 -msgid "Pricelists" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:254 -msgid "" -"To manage specific prices by websites, you can activate *Multiple Sales " -"Prices per Product* in Website settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:257 -msgid "" -"Then, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Products --> Pricelists` to create " -"additional pricelists. See " -":doc:`../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:260 -msgid "" -"If you need help. Select a website to make a pricelist only available on " -"this website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:266 -msgid "" -"Leaving the field empty means that you make it work in all websites if " -"*Selectable* is selected. Otherwise, it makes it only available for backend " -"operations of Sales and Point of Sale applications." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:271 -msgid "Payment Acquirers and Delivery Methods" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:273 -msgid "" -"By default, published payment acquirers and delivery methods are deployed in" -" all websites. You could already use specific payment acquirers per country " -"using Geo IP by defining countries in their configuration. Now you can also " -"do it per website by filling in the *Website* field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:279 -msgid "Customer accounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:281 -msgid "" -"There is a setting to choose how to manage customer accounts in Website " -"settings. You can either allow customers to use one account through all the " -"websites or compel them to create one account for each website. This last " -"option is convenient if your websites shouldn’t be related to each other in " -"the visitor mind." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:291 -msgid "Technical hints for customization" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:293 -msgid "" -"If you want to publish custom objects on the website, here are a few tips to" -" make it work with multi websites:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:297 -msgid "Sitemap: don’t forget the domain in the route to only publish" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:297 -msgid "available records in each website’s sitemap." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:301 -msgid "Access: you should call the method" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:300 -msgid "" -"*can_access_from_current_website* in the controller to make sure the visitor" -" can see a record in the current website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:305 -msgid "Search: when a list of records is displayed, don’t forget to specify" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:304 -msgid "the domain to only display records available for the current website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:3 -msgid "Geo IP installation (on-premises database)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:6 -msgid "Installation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Please note that the installation depends on your computer operating system " -"and distribution. We will assume here that a Linux operating system is used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:13 -msgid "Install `geoip2 <https://pypi.org/project/geoip2/>`__ Python library" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Download the `GeoLite2 City database " -"<https://dev.maxmind.com/geoip/geoip2/geolite2/>`_. You should end up with a" -" file called ``GeoLite2-City.mmdb``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:19 -msgid "Move the file to the folder ``/usr/share/GeoIP/``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:21 -msgid "Restart the server" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:23 -msgid "" -"If you can't/don't want to locate the geoip database in " -"``/usr/share/GeoIP/``, you can use the ``--geoip-db`` option of the Odoo " -"command line interface. This option takes the absolute path to the GeoIP " -"database file and will use it as the GeoIP database. For example:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:32 -msgid "" -"`CLI documentation " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/14.0/reference/cmdline.html>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:34 -msgid "" -"``GeoIP`` Python library can also be used. However this version is " -"discontinued since January 2019. See `GeoLite Legacy databases are now " -"discontinued <https://support.maxmind.com/geolite-legacy-discontinuation-" -"notice/>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:37 -msgid "How to test GeoIP geolocation in your Odoo website?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Go into your website. Open the web page on which you want to test ``GeoIP``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:39 -msgid "Choose :menuselection:`Customize --> HTML/CSS/JS Editor`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:40 -msgid "Add the following piece of XML in the page :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:46 -msgid "" -"You should end up with a dictionary indicating the location of the ip " -"address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:51 -msgid "" -"If the curly braces are empty ``{}``, it can be for any of the following " -"reason :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:53 -msgid "" -"The browsing IP address is the localhost (``127.0.0.1``) or a local area " -"network one (``192.168.*.*``)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:54 -msgid "" -"If a reversed proxy is used, make sure to configure it correctly. See " -"`--proxy-mode " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/14.0/reference/cmdline.html#cmdoption-" -"odoo-bin-proxy-mode>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:55 -msgid "``geoip2`` is not installed or the GeoIP database file wasn't found" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:56 -msgid "The GeoIP database was unable to resolve the given IP address" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:3 -msgid "How to translate my website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:6 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In addition to creating great modern websites, Odoo gives you the " -"possibility to translate it in different languages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:12 -msgid "Process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Once your website is created, you have the opportunity to translate it in as" -" many different languages as you want." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:17 -msgid "" -"There are two ways to translate your website, you can do it manually or " -"automatically with the Gengo App. If you want to do it automatically, go to " -"the **App** module and Install **Automated translations through Gengo Api** " -"and **Website Gengo Translator**. If you want to do it manually, don't " -"install anything, and follow the next step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Now go to your website. On the bottom right corner of the page, click on " -"**Add a language**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Choose the language in which you want to translate your website and then " -"click on **Load.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:35 -msgid "" -"You will see that Now, next to English there is also French, which means " -"that the page for the translation has been created. You can also see that " -"some of the text has been translated automatically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:42 -msgid "" -"To translate the content of the website, click on **Translate** (here " -"**Traduire** since we want to translate the website in French)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:45 -msgid "" -"There, if you have installed the Gengo Translator, You will see that next to" -" the **Translate** button you also have a button **Translate " -"automatically**. Once you click on that button, you will be asked some " -"information on your account. If you don't have an account yet, follow `this " -"link <https://gengo.com/auth/form/login/>`_ in order to create one. You need" -" to ask for a public key and a private key." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:53 -msgid "" -"The content you wish to translate will then be translated automatically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Now you can see that most of the content is highlighted in yellow or in " -"green. The yellow represents the content that you have to translate by " -"yourself. The green represents the content that has already been translated " -"automatically." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f4e61c2b7 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po @@ -0,0 +1,3308 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2021 +# Erwin van der Ploeg <erwin@odooexperts.nl>, 2021 +# Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Eric Geens <ericgeens@yahoo.com>, 2021 +# Cas Vissers <casvissers@brahoo.nl>, 2021 +# Gunther Clauwaert <gclauwae@hotmail.com>, 2021 +# Pol Van Dingenen <pol.vandingenen@vanroey.be>, 2021 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-18 07:12+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-05-18 05:18+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Pol Van Dingenen <pol.vandingenen@vanroey.be>, 2021\n" +"Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: nl\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites.rst:3 +msgid "Websites" +msgstr "Websites" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce.rst:4 +msgid "eCommerce" +msgstr "eCommerce" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started.rst:3 +msgid "Get started" +msgstr "Beginnen" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:3 +msgid "How to customize my catalog page" +msgstr "Hoe mijn catalogus pagina te personaliseren" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:6 +msgid "Product Catalog" +msgstr "Product catalogus" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:8 +msgid "" +"All your published items show up in your catalog page (or *Shop* page)." +msgstr "" +"Al uw gepubliceerde items worden getoond in uw catalogus pagina (of *Shop* " +"pagina)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Most options are available in the *Customize* menu: display attributes, " +"website categories, etc." +msgstr "" +"De meeste opties zijn beschikbaar in het *Personaliseerd* menu: toon " +"attributen, website categorieën, enz." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:20 +msgid "Highlight a product" +msgstr "Een product highlighten" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Boost the visibility of your star/promoted products: push them to top, make " +"them bigger, add a ribbon that you can edit (Sale, New, etc.). Open the Shop" +" page, switch to Edit mode and click any item to start customizing the grid." +msgstr "" +"Verhoog de zichtbaarheid van uw Ster / Promotie artikelen: zet ze bovenaan, " +"maak ze groter, voeg een lint toe dat u kan wijzigen (Uitverkoop, Nieuw, " +"enz). Open de shop pagina, wissel naar de bewerkingsmodus en klik op eender " +"welk item om het raster aan te passen." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:26 +msgid "" +"See how to do it: " +"https://www.odoo.com/openerp_website/static/src/video/e-commerce/editing.mp4" +msgstr "" +"Zie hoe dit te doen: " +"https://www.odoo.com/openerp_website/static/src/video/e-commerce/editing.mp4" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:29 +msgid "Quick add to cart" +msgstr "Snel toevoegen aan winkelmandje" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:31 +msgid "" +"If your customers buy a lot of items at once, make their process shorter by " +"enabling purchases from the catalog page. To do so, add product description " +"and add to cart button. Turn on the following options in *Customize* menu: " +"Product Description, Add to Cart, List View (to display product description " +"better)." +msgstr "" +"Als je klanten veel items tegelijk kopen, maak dan hun proces korter door " +"aankopen vanaf de catalogus pagina in te schakelen. Om dit te doen, voeg een" +" product omschrijving toe en voeg de knop 'voeg toe aan winkelwagen' toe. " +"Zet volgende opties op in het *Bewerk* menu: Product omschrijving, Voeg toe " +"aan winkelwagen, lijstweergave (om de product omschrijving beter te tonen)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:3 +msgid "How to build a product page" +msgstr "Hoe een productpagina bouwen" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:5 +msgid "On the website click *New Page* in the top-right corner." +msgstr "Klik op de website op **Nieuwe pagina** in de rechterbovenhoek." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:7 +msgid "Then click *New Product* and follow the blinking tips." +msgstr "Klik vervolgens op **Nieuw product** en volg de knipperende tips." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:12 +msgid "Here are the main elements of the Product page:" +msgstr "Hier zijn de belangrijkste elementen van de product pagina:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:17 +msgid "Many elements can be made visible from the *Customize* menu." +msgstr "" +"Veel elementen kunnen zichtbaar gemaakt worden vanuit het *Personaliseer* " +"menu." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:22 +msgid "See how to configure your products from links here below." +msgstr "Zie hoe u uw producten configureert vanuit onderstaande links." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:26 +msgid ":doc:`../managing_products/variants`" +msgstr ":doc:`../managing_products/variants`" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:27 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/taxes`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:28 +msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/cross_selling`" +msgstr ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/cross_selling`" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:29 +msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/reviews`" +msgstr ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/reviews`" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:30 +msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`" +msgstr ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:31 +msgid ":doc:`../../website/optimize/seo`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../website/optimize/seo`" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products.rst:3 +msgid "Manage my products" +msgstr "Beheer mijn producten" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:3 +msgid "How to display several images per product" +msgstr "Hoe meerdere afbeeldingen per product te tonen" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:5 +msgid "" +"By default your product web page displays the main image of your product " +"only. If you like to show your products under several angles, you can turn " +"the image into a carrousel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Check *Several images per product* in :menuselection:`Website Admin --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" +"Vink de optie *Meerdere afbeeldingen per product* aan in " +":menuselection:`Website Admin --> Configuratie --> Instellingen`." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Open a product detail form and upload images from *Images* tab. Hit *Create*" +" in Edit mode to get the upload wizard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:19 +msgid "Such extra image are common to all the product variants (if any)." +msgstr "" +"Zo een extra afbeeldingen zijn vaak voorkomend bij alle product varianten " +"(als er zijn)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage product variants" +msgstr "Hoe productvarianten beheren" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Product variants are used to offer variations of the same product to your " +"customers on the products page. For example, the customer chooses a T-shirt " +"and then selects its size and color. In the example below, the customer " +"chooses a phone, and then selects the memory; color and Wi-Fi band from the " +"available options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:15 +msgid "How to create attributes & variants" +msgstr "Hoe attributen & varianten aanmaken" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Turn on *Products can have several attributes, defining variants (Example: " +"size, color,...)* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:20 +msgid "Select a product from the Products list, go to the *Variants* tab." +msgstr "" +"Selecteer een product vanuit de productenlijst, ga naar het *Varianten* " +"tabblad." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Add as many attributes as you need from 3 different types: radio buttons, " +"drop-down menu or color buttons. You get several variants as soon as there " +"are 2 values for 1 attribute." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:30 +msgid "How to edit variants" +msgstr "Hoe productvarianten wijzigen" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:32 +msgid "See all the variants from the product template detail form." +msgstr "Zie alle varianten vanuit het productsjabloon formulier." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:40 +msgid "You can edit following data:" +msgstr "U kan de volgende data wijzigen:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:42 +msgid "Picture (will update in real time on the website)," +msgstr "Foto (zal updaten in real time op de website)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:43 +msgid "Barcode," +msgstr "Barcode," + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:44 +msgid "Internal Reference (SKU #)," +msgstr "Interne referentie (SKU #)," + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:45 +msgid "Volume," +msgstr "Volume," + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:46 +msgid "Weight," +msgstr "Gewicht," + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:47 +msgid "Active (available in quotes & website)." +msgstr "Actief (beschikbaar in offertes & website)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Both the Barcode and the Internal Reference are variant-specific. You need " +"to populate them once the variants generated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:54 +msgid "" +"See and edit all the variants from :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> " +"Product Variants` as well. This might be quicker if you manage lots of " +"variants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:58 +msgid "How to set specific prices per variant" +msgstr "Hoe specifieke prijzen per variant instellen" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:60 +msgid "" +"You can also set a specific public price per variant by clicking *Variant " +"Prices* in the product detail form (action in top-left corner)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:66 +msgid "" +"The Price Extra is added to the product price whenever the corresponding " +"attribute value is selected." +msgstr "" +"De extra prijs wordt toegevoegd aan de productprijs wanneer de " +"overeenkomende attribuut waarde geselecteerd is." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Pricelist formulas let you set advanced price computation methods for " +"product variants. See :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`." +msgstr "" +"Prijslijst formules laten u toe om geavanceerde prijsberekeningen te doen " +"voor product varianten. Zie :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:80 +msgid "How to disable/archive variants" +msgstr "Hoe producten uitschakelen / archiveren" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:82 +msgid "" +"You can disable/archive specific variants so that they are no longer " +"available in quotes & website (not existing in your stock, deprecated, " +"etc.). Simply uncheck *Active* in their detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To retrieve such archived items, hit *Archived* on searching the variants " +"list. You can reactivate them the same way." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue.rst:3 +msgid "Maximize my revenue" +msgstr "Maximaliseer mijn omzet" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:3 +msgid "How to sell accessories and optional products (cross-selling)" +msgstr "Hoe accessoires en optionele producten verkopen (cross-selling)" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You sell computers. Why not stimulating your customers to buy a top-notch " +"screen or an extra-warranty? That's the goal of cross-selling " +"functionalities:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:8 +msgid "Accessory products on checkout page," +msgstr "Product accessoires op de check-out pagina," + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Optional products on a new *Add to Cart* screen (not installed by default)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:12 +msgid "Accessory products when checking out" +msgstr "Product accessoires op de check-out pagina" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Accessories (e.g. for computers: mouse, keyboard) show up when the customer " +"reviews the cart before paying." +msgstr "" +"Accessoires (bijvoorbeeld voor computers: muis, toetsenbord) worden getoond " +"wanneer de klant het winkelmandje bekijkt voor de betaling." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:20 +msgid "Select accessories in the *Sales* tab of the product detail page." +msgstr "" +"Selecteer optionele items in het *Verkopen* tabblad van de product detail " +"pagina." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:26 +msgid "" +"There is an algorithm to figure out the best accessories to display in case " +"several items are added to cart. If any item is the accessory of several " +"products added to cart, it is most likely that it will be atop the list of " +"suggested accessories." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:31 +msgid "Optional products when adding to cart" +msgstr "Optionele producten wanneer u product toevoegt aan winkelmandje" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Optional products are directly related to the item added to cart (e.g. for " +"computers: warranty, OS software, extra components). Whenever the main " +"product is added to cart, such a new screen pops up as an extra step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:40 +msgid "To publish optional products:" +msgstr "Om optionele producten te publiceren:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Install *eCommerce Optional Products* addon in *Apps* menu. Remove the " +"default filter to search on addons as well, otherwise only main apps show " +"up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:48 +msgid "Select optional items from the *Sales* tab of the product detail form." +msgstr "" +"Selecteer optionele items vanuit het **Verkopen** tabblad op het product " +"formulier." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The quantity of optional items added to cart is the same than the main item." +msgstr "" +"De hoeveelheid van optioneel toegevoegd producten aan een winkelmandje is " +"hetzelfde als het hoofd product." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:3 +msgid "Adapt prices to website visitors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:5 +msgid "" +"This section sheds light on pricing features found in the eCommerce app:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:7 +msgid "force a price by geo-localization," +msgstr "forceer een prijs gebaseerd op geo lokalisatie," + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:9 +msgid "let the customer choose the currency." +msgstr "laat de klant de valuta kiezen." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:11 +msgid "" +"As a pre-requisite, check out how to managing product pricing: " +":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:15 +msgid "Geo-IP automatically applies the right price" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Assign country groups to your pricelists. That way, visitors who aren't " +"logged in yet will get their own currency when landing on your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:20 +msgid "Once logged in, they get the pricelist matching their country." +msgstr "Eenmaal aangemeld krijgen ze de prijslijst die bij hun land hoort." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:23 +msgid "Currency selector" +msgstr "Valuta selector" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In the case that you sell in several currencies, you can let your customers " +"choose their own. Check the *Selectable* box to add the pricelist to the " +"website drop-down menu, which can be found in *Pricelists* under the " +"*Products* menu, located in the Website application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:35 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:36 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:37 +msgid ":doc:`promo_code`" +msgstr ":doc:`promo_code`" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:3 +msgid "How to create & share promotional codes" +msgstr "Hoe promotiecodes aanmaken & delen" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Want to boost your sales for Xmas? Share promocodes through your marketing " +"campaigns and apply any kind of discounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:18 +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "Instellingen" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings` and choose *Advanced pricing based" +" on formula* for *Sale Price*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website Admin --> Catalog --> Pricelists` and create a" +" new pricelist with the discount rule (see :doc:`pricing`). Then enter a " +"code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Make the promocode field available on your *Shopping Cart* page (option in " +"*Customize* menu). Add a product to cart to reach it." +msgstr "" +"Maak het promotiecode veld beschikbaar op uw *winkelmandje* pagina (optie in" +" *Personaliseer* menu). Voeg een product aan het winkelmandje toe om het te " +"zien." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Once turned on you see a new section on the right side. On clicking *Apply* " +"prices get automatically updated in the cart." +msgstr "" +"Eenmaal dit geactiveerd is ziet u een nieuwe sectie aan de rechterkant. Na " +"klikken op *Toepassen* worden de prijzen in het winkelmandje automatisch " +"geüpdatet." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:33 +msgid "" +"The promocode used by the customer is stored in the system so you can " +"analyze the performance of your marketing campaigns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:39 +msgid "Show sales per pricelists..." +msgstr "Toon verkopen per prijslijst..." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:43 +msgid ":doc:`pricing`" +msgstr ":doc:`prijzen`" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:3 +msgid "How to enable comments & rating" +msgstr "Hoe commentaar en beoordelingen inschakelen" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Publishing and monitoring customer experience will help you gain the trust " +"of new customers and better engage with your community. In 2 clicks, allow " +"your customer to share their feedback!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Activate comments & rating from the *Customize* menu of the product web " +"page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Visitors must log in to share their comments. Make sure they are able to do " +"so (see Portal documentation)." +msgstr "" +"Bezoekers moeten aanmelden om hun reacties te delen. Verzeker u ervan dat uw" +" bezoekers dit zeker kunnen (bekijken de portaal documentatie)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:25 +msgid "Review the posts in real time" +msgstr "Controleer de berichten in real time" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Whenever a post is published, the product manager and all the product " +"followers get notified in their Inbox (*Discuss* menu)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:34 +msgid "" +"By default the user who created the product is automatically set as " +"follower." +msgstr "" +"Standaard wordt de maker van het product automatisch als volger toegevoegd." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Click the product name to open the detail form and review the comment (in " +"the product discussion thread)." +msgstr "" +"Klik op de productnaam om het detailscherm te openen en de commentaar te " +"reviewen (in de product discussie thread)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:43 +msgid "Moderate & unpublish" +msgstr "Modereren & deplubiceren" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:45 +msgid "" +"You can easily moderate by using the chatter, either in the product detail " +"form or on the web page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To unpublish the post, open the product web page and click the *Published* " +"button to turn it red (*Unpublished*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:56 +msgid "..tip::" +msgstr "..tip::" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:55 +msgid "" +"You can access the web page from the detail form by clicking the *Published*" +" smart button (and vice versa)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:3 +msgid "How to sell pricier alternative products (upselling)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In order to maximize your revenue, suggesting pricier alternative products " +"is strongly advised for basic items. That way, your customer will spend more" +" time browsing your catalog." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:12 +msgid "To do so:" +msgstr "Om dit te doen:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Select such *Alternative Products* in the *Sales* tab of the product detail " +"form. 3 alternatives are fine! Don't publish too many otherwise your " +"customers will be confused." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Turn on *Alternative Products* from the *Customize* menu of the product web " +"page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/publish.rst:3 +msgid "Launch my website" +msgstr "Lanceer mijn website" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience.rst:3 +msgid "Get paid" +msgstr "Wordt betaald" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:3 +msgid "Manage orders paid with Payment Acquirers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The moment a payment is officially authorized by a Payment Acquirer, Odoo " +"*automatically* confirms the order, which triggers the delivery. And, if you" +" invoice based on ordered quantities, you are requested to invoice the " +"order, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Let’s take a closer look at how to manage orders paid with Payment " +"Acquirers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:12 +msgid "Checking the status of a payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To check the status of a payment, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Orders " +"--> Orders`. Then, simply click on the order you wish to check on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Once you are on the Sales Order page, you will find the payment is confirmed" +" with an automatic note in the *Chatter*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If the user decides to create an invoice, the payment is directly " +"reconciled. This note in the *Chatter* includes a link to the Payment entry," +" which contains various details about the transaction, along with a link to " +"the related Journal Entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Specific messages are provided to your customers for every payment status " +"whenever they are redirected to Odoo after the transaction. To edit these " +"messages, go to the *Messages* tab of the payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:38 +msgid "Automatically generate invoices at order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:40 +msgid "" +"When the order is confirmed, you can also choose to have an invoice " +"automatically issued and paid. This fully-automated feature is designed for " +"businesses that invoice orders right away." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:47 +msgid "To do automatically generate invoices at order:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Invoicing`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Then, under the **Invoicing Policy** option, select *Invoice what is " +"ordered*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:47 +msgid "Then activate *Automatic Invoices* and *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:54 +msgid "Capture payment after the delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:56 +msgid "" +"If the acquirer handling the payment is configured to capture amounts " +"manually, the order is confirmed, but the amount is kept on hold. Once the " +"delivery is processed, you can capture the payment from the related Sales " +"Order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:61 +msgid ":doc:`../../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:62 +msgid "" +":ref:`Payment Acquirers: Place a hold on a card " +"<payment_acquirers/capture_amount>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:3 +msgid "How customers can access their customer account" +msgstr "Hoe klanten aan hun klantenaccount kunnen" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:5 +msgid "" +"It has never been so easy for your customers to access their customer " +"account. Forget endless signup forms, Odoo makes it as easy as ABC. They are" +" suggested to sign up (name, email, password) when the order is placed, and " +"not before. Indeed, nothing is more annoying than going through a signup " +"process before buying something." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:14 +msgid "Sign up" +msgstr "Aanmelden" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The invitation to sign up shows up when the customer wants to visualize the " +"order from order confirmation email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:23 +msgid "Customer account" +msgstr "Klant account" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Once logged in the customer will access the account by clicking *My Account*" +" in the login dropdown menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:31 +msgid "" +"THere they find all their history. The main address (billing) can also be " +"modified." +msgstr "" +"Daar vinden ze de hele geschiedenis. Het hoofdadres (facturatie) kan ook " +"gewijzigd worden." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:37 +msgid "" +"If the customer is set as a contact of a company in your address book, they " +"will see all the documents whose the customer belongs to this company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/taxes.rst:3 +msgid "Collect taxes" +msgstr "Ontvang belastingen" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:4 +msgid "Live Chat" +msgstr "Live Chat" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:6 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Overzicht" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:3 +msgid "Get Started with Live Chat" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Live Chat has the highest satisfaction rating of any communication tool. It " +"allows fast responses and it is accessible and convenient, as your customers" +" can keep doing what they are doing while interacting with you. Remember: " +"your customers want to talk to you, so let's make it easy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:10 +msgid "Set up" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Once *Live Chat* is installed on your database, if your website was created " +"with Odoo, the application is automatically added to it. All that is left to" +" do is to go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> " +"Live Chat`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Select the channel to be linked to your website or create one on the fly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:27 +msgid "For both scenarios, under:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:30 +msgid "" +"- **Operators**: add agents to respond to the chat requests. Add as many as " +"you like, and keep in mind that operators that do not show any activity in " +"Odoo for more than 30min are considered disconnected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:33 +msgid "" +"- **Options**: set the default text to be shown on the live chat button; an " +"automated welcome message to be seen by visitors when a conversation is " +"initiated, and the text that prompts the user to initiate a chat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:36 +msgid "" +"- **Channel Rules**: choose an action for a given URL, and/or per country. " +"In the example below, the chat window automatically pops-up 3 seconds after " +"users (from any country) land on the contact us page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:43 +msgid "" +"GeoIP, which refers to the process of finding a computer terminal’s " +"geographical location by its IP address, must be installed on your server. " +"Otherwise, under *Channel Rules*, countries are not taken into account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:48 +msgid "External options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If your website was not created with Odoo, you can find the code to be added" +" to your own, under the *Widget* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Odoo also offers an URL you can send to users so they can have access to a " +"single live chat page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:59 +msgid "Managing chat requests" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Conversations initiated by visitors pop up as a direct message, and are " +"shown in *Discuss*. Therefore, inquiries can be answered wherever you are in" +" Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Conversations are dispatched based on the current workload of the online " +"operators." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:72 +msgid "Leave or join a channel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, access your " +"channel under *Live Chat*, and *Join Channel* or *Leave Channel*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:48 +msgid ":doc:`ratings`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:45 +msgid ":doc:`responses`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:3 +msgid "Ratings" +msgstr "Beoordelingen" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Giving users the opportunity to rate their interactions can help you " +"improving the experience you offer. That means staying on top of your " +"customers' needs, besides keeping track of your operators’ performances." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:10 +msgid "Customer Rating" +msgstr "Klantbeoordeling" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Once the user chooses to close the chat window, he can rate his interaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If the user is *Not satisfied* or *Highly dissatisfied*, a field allowing " +"for an explanation is shown." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:15 +msgid "A copy of the conversation can also be sent by email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:22 +msgid "The rating is shown on the chat window itself for the operator." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:28 +msgid "And under :menuselection:`Report --> Customer Ratings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:35 +msgid "Make the rating public" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, access your " +"channel form, click on *Go to Website* and on *Unpublished*, to publish the " +"rating of that channel on your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:3 +msgid "Commands and Canned Responses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Using canned responses can help you save time and have a previous, well-" +"thought response, to some of your most common questions and comments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:9 +msgid "Use commands" +msgstr "Gebruik commando's" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Commands are shortcuts that do specific actions within the chat window:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:13 +msgid "**/help**: shows a help message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:14 +msgid "**/helpdesk**: creates a helpdesk ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:15 +msgid "**/helpdesk_search**: searches for a helpdesk ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:16 +msgid "**/history**: shows the last 15 visited pages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:17 +msgid "**/lead**: creates a new lead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:18 +msgid "**/leave**: leaves the channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:0 +msgid "" +"- For *helpdesk tickets*: make sure the application is installed on your " +"database and the option *Live Chat* under :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> " +"Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` is enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:0 +msgid "" +"- For *leads*: the *CRM* application must be installed on your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To access the ticket or lead created from the chat, click on the shortcut " +"link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Helpdesk tickets created from the chat automatically add the conversation as" +" a description of the ticket. The same goes for the creation of a lead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:37 +msgid "Send canned responses" +msgstr "Verzend standaard antwoorden" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Canned responses allow you to have a full piece of text being placed when " +"you type a shortcut word. To create them, go to :menuselection:`Live Chat " +"--> Configuration --> Canned Responses`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To use them during a conversation, simply type **:** followed by the " +"shortcut word you created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website.rst:4 +msgid "Website" +msgstr "Website" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize.rst:3 +msgid "Optimize" +msgstr "Optimaliseren" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:3 +msgid "How to track your website's traffic in Google Analytics" +msgstr "Hoe het verkeer op uw website traceren in Google Analytics" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:5 +msgid "To follow your website's traffic with Google Analytics:" +msgstr "Om uw website trafiek te volgen met Google Analytics:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:7 +msgid "" +"`Create a Google Analytics account <https://www.google.com/analytics/>`__ if" +" you don't have any." +msgstr "" +"Maak een Google Analytics-account aan <https://www.google.com/analytics/> " +"`__ als je nog geen hebt." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Go through the creation form and accept the conditions to get the tracking " +"ID." +msgstr "" +"Ga door het aanmaak formulier en accepteer de voorwaarden om de tracking id " +"te krijgen." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:15 +msgid "Copy the tracking ID to insert it in Odoo." +msgstr "Kopieer het tracking-ID om het in Odoo op te slaan" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Go to the *Configuration* menu of your Odoo's Website app. In the settings, " +"turn on Google Analytics and paste the tracking ID. Then save the page." +msgstr "" +"Ga naar het menu *Instellingen* van uw Odoo's website app. In instellingen " +"kopieer-en-plak jouw Google Analytics tracking-ID. Sla daarna op." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To make your first steps in Google Analytics, refer to `Google Documentation" +" <https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/1008015?hl=en/>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:32 +msgid ":doc:`google_analytics_dashboard`" +msgstr ":doc:`google_analytics_dashboard`" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:3 +msgid "How to track your website traffic from your Odoo Dashboard" +msgstr "Hoe uw website trafiek opvolgen vanuit uw Odoo dashboard" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You can follow your traffic statistics straight from your Odoo Website " +"Dashboard thanks to Google Analytics." +msgstr "" +"U kan uw website trafiek opvolgen vanuit uw Odoo website dashboard dankzij " +"Google Analytics." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:8 +msgid "" +"A preliminary step is creating a Google Analytics account and entering the " +"tracking ID in your Website's settings (see :doc:`google_analytics`)." +msgstr "" +"Een voorafgaande stap is een Google Analytics account aan te maken en de " +"tracking ID in te geven bij je Website's instellingen (zie " +":doc:'google_analytics')." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to `Google APIs platform <https://console.developers.google.com>`__ to " +"generate Analytics API credentials. Log in with your Google account." +msgstr "" +"Ga naar `Google APIs platform <https://console.developers.google.com>`__ om " +"analytics API inloggegevens te genereren. Log in met uw Google account." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:14 +msgid "Select Analytics API." +msgstr "Selecteer Analytics API." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Create a new project and give it a name (e.g. Odoo). This project is needed " +"to store your API credentials." +msgstr "" +"Maak een nieuw project aan en geef het een naam (bijvoorbeeld Odoo). Dit " +"project is nodig om uw API logingegevens te bewaren." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:25 +msgid "Enable the API." +msgstr "Schakel de API in." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:30 +msgid "Create credentials to use in Odoo." +msgstr "Maak inloggegevens aan om te gebruiken in Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Select *Web browser (Javascript)* as calling source and *User data* as kind " +"of data." +msgstr "" +"Selecteer *web browser (Javascript) als bron en *Gebruiker data* als type " +"data." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Then you can create a Client ID. Enter the name of the application (e.g. " +"Odoo) and the allowed pages on which you will be redirected. The *Authorized" +" JavaScript origin* is your Odoo's instance URL. The *Authorized redirect " +"URI* is your Odoo's instance URL followed by " +"'/google_account/authentication'." +msgstr "" +"Vervolgens creëer je een Client ID. Vul de naam in van de applicatie (bv. " +"Odoo) en de toegestane pagina's van deze zullen doorgestuurd worden. De " +"*Geautoriseerde JavaScript oorsprong* is jou Odoo's instantie URL. De " +"*Goedgekeurde doorgestuurde URL* is jou Odoo's instatie URL gevolgd door " +"'/google_account/authentication'." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Go through the Consent Screen step by entering a product name (e.g. Google " +"Analytics in Odoo). Feel free to check the customizations options but this " +"is not mandatory. The Consent Screen will only show up when you enter the " +"Client ID in Odoo for the first time." +msgstr "" +"Ga naar de Toestemming stap door een product naam in te geven (bv. Google " +"Analytics in Odoo). Voel je vrij om de aanpassingen opties te controleren " +"maar dit is niet verplicht. Het Toestemming scherm zal enkel getoond worden " +"wanneer je de Client ID in Odoo ingeeft voor de eerste keer." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Finally you are provided with your Client ID. Copy and paste it in Odoo." +msgstr "Uiteindelijk krijgt u uw client ID. Kopieer en plak deze in Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Open your Website Dashboard in Odoo and link your Analytics account to past " +"your Client ID." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:67 +msgid "As a last step, authorize Odoo to access Google API." +msgstr "" +"Autoriseer Odoo om toegang te krijgen tot de Google API als laatste stap." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:3 +msgid "Track clicks and visitors using Link Trackers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Link Trackers allow you to track your marketing campaigns (emails, banner " +"ads, blog posts, social media posts, affiliate links, etc.). This way, you " +"are able to identify your best traffic sources and make informed decisions " +"about the distribution of your marketing budget." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:10 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Configuratie" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate " +"*Link Trackers*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:19 +msgid "Set up traceable URLs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Go to website --> Promote --> Track this " +"page`. Here, you are able to get a specific tracked URL based on the " +"campaign, medium, and source being used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:28 +msgid "" +"**URL**: url of the page you want to track (e.g. the home page or a " +"product's page)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:29 +msgid "**Campaign**: context of your link (e.g. a special promotion)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:30 +msgid "" +"**Medium**: channel used to share (deliver) your link (e.g. an email or a " +"Facebook ad)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:31 +msgid "" +"**Source**: platform where the traffic originates (e.g. Google or Twitter)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Now, click on *Get tracked link* to generate a URL that you can post or send" +" by the source you have decided on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:37 +msgid "Follow-up on tracked links" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To look at statistics of your links, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Go to" +" website --> Promote --> Track this page`. Besides being able to see the " +"*Most Clicked* and *Recently Used* links, you can also see complete " +"statistics by clicking on *Stats*, including the number of clicks, and the " +"country of origin for those clicks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:50 +msgid "You can also access the link tracker on *odoo.com/r* via your browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Activate the developer mode (:menuselection:`Settings --> Activate the " +"developer mode`) and get access to the *Link Tracker* module and its back-" +"end functionalities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Integrated with :doc:`Google Analytics <google_analytics>`, those trackers " +"allow you to see the number of clicks and visitors to keep you on top of " +"your marketing campaigns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The integration with the :doc:`CRM " +"</applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits>` application allows " +"you to understand where your leads and opportunities are coming from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:3 +msgid "How to do Search Engine Optimisation (SEO) in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Search Engine Optimization (SEO) is a set of good practices to optimize your" +" website so that you get a better ranking in search engines like Google. In " +"short, a good SEO allows you to get more visitors." +msgstr "" +"Zoekmachine optimalisatie (SEO) is een set van goede werkwijzes om uw " +"website te optimaliseren zodat deze een betere ranking heeft in zoekmachines" +" zoals Google. Kort samengevat zorgt goede SEO ervoor dat u meer bezoekers " +"krijgt." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Some examples of SEO rules: your web pages should load fast, your page " +"should have one and only one title ``<h1>``, meta tags (alt-tag, title-tag) " +"should be consistent with the content, your website should have a " +"``/sitemap.xml`` file, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To guarantee Odoo Website and Odoo eCommerce users have a great SEO, Odoo " +"abstracts all the technical complexities of SEO and handles everything for " +"you, in the best possible way. This will be explained here below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:20 +msgid "" +"But first, let see how you can easily boost your ranking by finetuning the " +"content and the meta tags of your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:24 +msgid "Meta Tags" +msgstr "Meta Tags" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:27 +msgid "Title, Description" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Every web page should define the ``<title>`` and ``<description>`` meta " +"data. These information elements are used by search engines to promote your " +"website. They are automatically generated based on page title & content, but" +" you can finetune them. Make sure they fit the content of the page, " +"otherwise you will be downgraded by search engines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:39 +msgid "Keywords" +msgstr "Sleutelwoorden" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In order to write quality content and boost your traffic, Odoo provides a " +"``<keyword>`` finder. Those keywords are the searches you want to head " +"towards your website. For each keyword, you see how it is used in the " +"content (H1, H2, page title, page description, page content) and what are " +"the related searches in Google. The more keywords are used the better." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If your website is in multiple languages, you can use the Promote tool for " +"every language of a single page and set specific title, description and " +"search tags." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:55 +msgid "Content is King" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:57 +msgid "" +"When it comes to SEO, content is usually king. Odoo provides several modules" +" to help you build your website content:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:60 +msgid "**Odoo Blogs**: write great contents." +msgstr "**Odoo Blogs**: schrijf geweldige inhoud." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:62 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Slides**: publish all your Powerpoint or PDF presentations. Their " +"content is automatically indexed on the web page. Example: `odoo.com/slides" +"/public-channel-1 <https://www.odoo.com/slides/public-channel-1>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:66 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Forum**: let your community create contents for you. Example: " +"`odoo.com/forum/1 <https://odoo.com/forum/1>`_ (accounts for 30% of Odoo.com" +" landing pages)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:70 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Mailing List Archive**: publish mailing list archives on your " +"website. Example: `odoo.com/groups/community-59 " +"<https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59>`_ (1000 pages created per month)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:76 +msgid "" +"The 404 page is a regular page, that you can edit like any other page in " +"Odoo. That way, you can build a great 404 page to redirect to the top " +"content of your website when visitors get lost in invalid URLs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:81 +msgid "Use Social Networks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Social media is built for mass sharing. If lots of people share your content" +" on social media, then it's likely more people will link to it, and links " +"are a huge factor for SEO ranking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:87 +msgid "Odoo embeds several tools to share content through social media:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:90 +msgid "Social Network" +msgstr "Sociale netwerk" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows to link all your social network accounts in your website footer." +" All you have to do is to refer all your accounts in your company settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:99 +msgid "Social Share" +msgstr "Sociaal delen" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Drop the building block *Share* on any page you want your visitors to share." +" By clicking the icon, they are prompted to share the page in their social " +"media wall." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Most social media use a picture of the picture to decorate the share post. " +"Odoo uses the website logo by default but you can choose any other image of " +"your page in the Promote tool." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:116 +msgid "Facebook Page" +msgstr "Facebook pagina" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Drop the building block *Facebook Page* to display a widget of your Facebook" +" business page and encourage visitors to follow it. You can display the " +"timeline, the next events and the messages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:123 +msgid "Twitter Scroller" +msgstr "Twitter Scroller" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:125 +msgid "" +"Display the Twitter feeds with customer satifaction on your website. This " +"will increase the number of tweets and shares." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:129 +msgid "Test Your Website" +msgstr "Test uw website" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:131 +msgid "" +"You can compare how your website rank, in terms of SEO, against Odoo using " +"WooRank free services: `woorank.com <https://www.woorank.com>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:136 +msgid "URLs Handling" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:138 +msgid "This section sheds some light on how Odoo makes URLs SEO-friendly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:141 +msgid "URLs Structure" +msgstr "URL's structuur" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:143 +msgid "A typical Odoo URL will look like this:" +msgstr "Een typische Odoo URL ziet er als volgt uit:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:145 +msgid "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/my-great-product-31" +msgstr "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/my-great-product-31" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:147 +msgid "With the following components:" +msgstr "Met de volgende componenten:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:149 +msgid "**https://** = Protocol" +msgstr "**https://** = Protocol" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:151 +msgid "**www.mysite.com** = your domain name" +msgstr "**www.mysite.com** = uw domeinnaam" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:153 +msgid "" +"**/fr\\_FR** = page language. This part of the URL is removed if the visitor" +" browses the main language of the website Thus, the main version of this " +"page is: https://www.mysite.com/shop/product/my-great-product-31" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:158 +msgid "" +"**/shop/product** = every module defines its own namespace (/shop is for the" +" catalog of the eCommerce module, /shop/product is for a product page)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:162 +msgid "" +"**my-great-product** = by default, this is the slugified title of the " +"product this page refers to. But you can customize it for SEO purposes. A " +"product named \"Pain carré\" will be slugified to \"pain-carre\". Depending " +"on the namespace, this could be different objects (blog post, page title, " +"forum post, forum comment, product category, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:169 +msgid "**-31** = the unique ID of the product" +msgstr "**-31** = het unieke ID van het product" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:171 +msgid "" +"Note that any dynamic component of an URL can be reduced to its ID. As an " +"example, the following URLs all do a 301 redirect to the above URL:" +msgstr "" +"Merk op dat eender welk dynamisch deel van een URL gereduceerd kan worden " +"naar een ID. Bijvoorbeeld, de volgende URL's doen allemaal een 301 " +"doorverwijzing naar de bovenstaande URL:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:174 +msgid "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (short version)" +msgstr "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (korte versie)" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:176 +msgid "http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (even shorter version)" +msgstr "http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (nog kortere versie)" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:178 +msgid "" +"http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/other-product-name-31 (old product " +"name)" +msgstr "" +"http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/other-product-name-31 (oude " +"productnaam)" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:181 +msgid "" +"Some URLs have several dynamic parts, like this one (a blog category and a " +"post):" +msgstr "" +"Sommige URL's hebben verschillende dynamische onderdelen, zoals deze (een " +"blogcategorie en een post):" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:184 +msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/company-news-5/post/the-odoo-story-56" +msgstr "https://www.odoo.com/blog/company-news-5/post/the-odoo-story-56" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:186 +msgid "In the above example:" +msgstr "In het bovenstaande voorbeeld:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:188 +msgid "*Company News* is the title of the blog" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:190 +msgid "*The Odoo Story* is the title of a specific blog post" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:192 +msgid "" +"When an Odoo page has a pager, the page number is set directly in the URL " +"(does not have a GET argument). This allows every page to be indexed by " +"search engines. Example:" +msgstr "" +"Wanneer een Odoo pagina een pager heeft zal het paginanummer direct in de " +"URL worden gezet (heeft geen GET argument). Dit staat toe dat elke pagina " +"geïndexeerd wordt door zoekmachines. Bijvoorbeeld:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:196 +msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/page/3" +msgstr "https://www.odoo.com/blog/page/3" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:199 +msgid "Changes in URLs & Titles" +msgstr "Wijzigingen in URL's & titels" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:201 +msgid "" +"When the URL of a page changes (e.g. a more SEO friendly version of your " +"product name), you don't have to worry about updating all links:" +msgstr "" +"Wanneer de URL van een pagina wijzigt (bijvoorbeeld een vriendelijkere SEO " +"versie van uw productnaam), hoeft u zich geen zorgen te maken over het " +"updaten van alle links:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:204 +msgid "Odoo will automatically update all its links to the new URL." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:206 +msgid "" +"If external websites still points to the old URL, a 301 redirect will be " +"done to route visitors to the new address of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:209 +msgid "As an example, this URL:" +msgstr "Als een voorbeeld, deze URL:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:211 +msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/old-product-name-31" +msgstr "http://mysite.com/shop/product/old-product-name-31" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:213 +msgid "Will automatically redirect to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:215 +msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/new-and-better-product-name-31" +msgstr "http://mysite.com/shop/product/new-and-better-product-name-31" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:217 +msgid "" +"In short, just change the title of a blog post or the name of a product, and" +" the changes will apply automatically everywhere in your website. The old " +"link still functions when used by external websites, via a 301 redirect, " +"maintaining the SEO link juice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:223 +msgid "HTTPS" +msgstr "HTTPS" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:225 +msgid "" +"Search engines boost ranking of secure HTTPS/SSL websites. So, by default " +"all Odoo Online instances are fully based on HTTPS. If the visitor accesses " +"your website through a non HTTPS url, it gets a 301 redirect to its HTTPS " +"equivalent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:231 +msgid "Links: Nofollow Strategy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:233 +msgid "" +"The more a page is linked from external and quality websites, the better it " +"is for your SEO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:236 +msgid "Here are Odoo strategies to manage links:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:238 +msgid "" +"Every link you add to your website is \"dofollow\", which means that this " +"link will contribute to the SEO Juice for the linked page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:242 +msgid "" +"Every link posted by a contributor (forum post, blog comment, etc.) that " +"links to your own website is \"dofollow\" too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:245 +msgid "" +"But every link posted by a contributor that links to an external website is " +"\"nofollow\". In that way, you do not run the risk of people posting links " +"on your website to third-party websites which have a bad reputation." +msgstr "" +"Maar elke link geplaatst door een bijdrager die linkt naar een externe " +"website is \"nofollow'. Op deze manier loopt u niet het risico dat mensen " +"links plaatsen op uw website die linken naar externe websites die een " +"slechte reputatie hebben." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:250 +msgid "" +"Note that, when using the forum, contributors having a lot of Karma can be " +"trusted. In such case, their links will not have any ``rel=\"nofollow\"`` " +"attribute." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:255 +msgid "Multi-Language Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:258 +msgid "Multi-Language URLs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:260 +msgid "" +"If you run a website in multiple languages, the same content will be " +"available in different URLs, depending on the language used:" +msgstr "" +"Indien u een website in meerdere talen heeft zal dezelfde inhoud beschikbaar" +" zijn in verschillende URL's, afhankelijk van de gebruikte taal:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:263 +msgid "" +"https://www.mywebsite.com/shop/product/my-product-1 (main language, English " +"here)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:265 +msgid "" +"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1 (French " +"version)" +msgstr "" +"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1 (Franse " +"versie)" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:267 +msgid "" +"In this example, fr\\_FR is the language of the page. You can even have " +"several variations of the same language: pt\\_BR (Portuguese from Brazil) , " +"pt\\_PT (Portuguese from Portugal)." +msgstr "" +"In dit voorbeeld is de taal van de pagina fr\\_FR. U kan zelfs verschillende" +" variaties van dezelfde taal hebben: pt\\_BR (Portugees van Brazilië), " +"pt\\_PT (Portugees van Portugal). " + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:272 +msgid "Language Annotation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:274 +msgid "" +"To let search engines know that the second URL is the French translation of " +"the first URL, Odoo will add an HTML link element in the header. In the HTML" +" <head> section of the main version, Odoo automatically adds a link element " +"pointing to the translated versions of that webpage;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:279 +msgid "" +"<link rel=\"alternate\" hreflang=\"fr\" " +"href=\"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1\"/>" +msgstr "" +"<link rel=\"alternate\" hreflang=\"fr\" " +"href=\"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1\"/>" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:282 +msgid "With this approach:" +msgstr "Met deze aanpak:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:284 +msgid "" +"Search engines will redirect to the right language according to the visitor " +"language." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:287 +msgid "" +"You do not get penalized by search engines if your page is not translated " +"yet. Indeed, it's not a duplicated content, but a different version of the " +"same content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:292 +msgid "Language Detection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:294 +msgid "" +"When a visitor lands for the first time on your website (e.g. " +"yourwebsite.com/shop), they may automatically be redirected to a translated " +"version according to their browser language preference (e.g. " +"yourwebsite.com/fr\\_FR/shop)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:299 +msgid "" +"Next time, it keeps a cookie of the current language to avoid any " +"redirection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:302 +msgid "" +"To force a visitor to stick to the default language, you can use the code of" +" the default language in your link, example: yourwebsite.com/en\\_US/shop. " +"This will always land visitors to the English version of the page, without " +"using the browser language preferences." +msgstr "" +"Om een bezoeker te forceren om de standaard taal te gebruiken kan u de code " +"gebruiken van de standaard taal in uw link, bijvoorbeeld: " +"uwwebsite.com/en\\_US/shop. Dit zal bezoekers altijd doen landen op de " +"Engelse versie van de pagina, zonder de browser voorkeuren te gebruiken." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:309 +msgid "Page Speed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:312 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "Introductie" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:314 +msgid "" +"The time to load a page is an important criteria for search engines. A " +"faster website not only improves your visitor's experience, but gives you a " +"better page ranking. Some studies have shown that, if you divide the time to" +" load your pages by two (e.g. 2 seconds instead of 4 seconds), the visitor " +"abandonment rate is also divided by two. (25% to 12.5%). One extra second to" +" load a page could `cost $1.6b to Amazon in sales " +"<http://www.fastcompany.com/1825005/how-one-second-could-cost-amazon-16" +"-billion-sales>`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:325 +msgid "" +"Fortunately, Odoo does all the magic for you. Below, you will find the " +"tricks Odoo uses to speed up your page loading time. You can compare how " +"your website ranks using these two tools:" +msgstr "" +"Gelukkig doet Odoo alle magie voor u. Hieronder vind u trucks die Odoo " +"gebruikt om de laadsnelheid te verhogen. U kan vergelijken hoe uw website " +"presteert met deze twee tools:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:329 +msgid "" +"`Google Page Speed " +"<https://developers.google.com/speed/pagespeed/insights/>`__" +msgstr "" +"`Google pagina snelheid " +"<https://developers.google.com/speed/pagespeed/insights/>`__" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:331 +msgid "`Pingdom Website Speed Test <http://tools.pingdom.com/fpt/>`__" +msgstr "`Pingdom Website snelheidstest <http://tools.pingdom.com/fpt/>`__" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:334 +msgid "Images" +msgstr "Afbeeldingen" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:336 +msgid "" +"When you upload new images, Odoo automatically compresses them to reduce " +"their sizes (lossless compression for .PNG and .GIF and lossy compression " +"for .JPG)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:340 +msgid "" +"From the upload button, you have the option to keep the original image " +"unmodified if you prefer to optimize the quality of the image rather than " +"performance." +msgstr "" +"Vanuit de upload knop heeft u de optie om het originele bestanden " +"ongewijzigd te houden indien u de kwaliteit van de afbeelding wilt " +"optimaliseren in plaats van de performantie." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:348 +msgid "" +"Odoo compresses images when they are uploaded to your website, not when " +"requested by the visitor. Thus, it's possible that, if you use a third-party" +" theme, it will provide images that are not compressed efficiently. But all " +"images used in Odoo official themes have been compressed by default." +msgstr "" +"Odoo comprimeert afbeeldingen wanneer ze geüpload worden naar uw website, " +"niet wanneer ze opgevraagd worden door de bezoeker. Dus is het mogelijk dat," +" indien u een derde partij thema gebruikt, het afbeeldingen aanbiedt die " +"niet efficiënt gecomprimeerd zijn. Maar alle afbeeldingen gebruikt in de " +"officiële Odoo thema's zijn standaard gecomprimeerd." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:354 +msgid "" +"When you click on an image, Odoo shows you the Alt and title attributes of " +"the ``<img>`` tag. You can click on it to set your own title and Alt " +"attributes for the image." +msgstr "" +"Wanneer u klikt op een afbeelding toont Odoo u de Alt en titel attributen " +"van de ``<img>`` tag. U kan hierop klikken om uw eigen titel en Alt " +"attributen in te stellen voor de afbeelding." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:361 +msgid "When you click on this link, the following window will appear:" +msgstr "Wanneer u klikt op deze link, zal het volgende venster verschijnen:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:366 +msgid "" +"Odoo's pictograms are implemented using a font (`Font Awesome " +"<https://fortawesome.github.io/Font-Awesome/icons/>`__ in most Odoo themes)." +" Thus, you can use as many pictograms as you want in your page, they will " +"not result in extra requests to load the page." +msgstr "" +"Odoo's pictogrammen zijn geïmplementeerd met het gebruikt van een font " +"(`Font Awesome <https://fortawesome.github.io/Font-Awesome/icons/>`__ in de" +" meeste Odoo thema's). Dus kan u zoveel pictogrammen gebruiker als u wilt in" +" uw pagina, ze hebben geen extra aanvragen nodig om de pagina te laden." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:375 +msgid "Static Resources: CSS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:377 +msgid "" +"All CSS files are pre-processed, concatenated, minified, compressed and " +"cached (server-side and browser-side). The result:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:380 +msgid "only one CSS file request is needed to load a page" +msgstr "slechts één CSS bestandsverzoek is nodig om een pagina te laden" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:382 +msgid "" +"this CSS file is shared and cached amongst pages, so that when the visitor " +"clicks on another page, the browser doesn't have to even load a single CSS " +"resource." +msgstr "" +"dit CSS bestand is gedeeld en gecached over verschillende pagina's, zodat " +"wanneer bezoekers klikken op een andere pagina, de browser geen enkel CSS " +"bestand moet inladen." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:386 +msgid "this CSS file is optimized to be small" +msgstr "dit CSS bestand is geoptimaliseerd om klein te zijn" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:388 +msgid "" +"**Pre-processed:** The CSS framework used by Odoo is Bootstrap. Although a " +"theme might use another framework, most of `Odoo themes " +"<https://www.odoo.com/apps/themes>`__ extend and customize Bootstrap " +"directly. Since Odoo supports Less and Sass, you can modify CSS rules " +"instead of overwriting them through extra CSS lines, resulting in a smaller " +"file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:395 +msgid "" +"**Concatenated:** every module or library you might use in Odoo has its own " +"set of CSS, Less or Sass files (eCommerce, blogs, themes, etc.). Having " +"several CSS files is great for the modularity, but not good for the " +"performance because most browsers can only perform 6 requests in parallel " +"resulting in lots of files loaded in series. The latency time to transfer a " +"file is usually much longer than the actual data transfer time, for small " +"files like .JS and .CSS. Thus, the time to load CSS resources depends more " +"on the number of requests to be done than the actual file size." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:405 +msgid "" +"To address this issue, all CSS / Less / Sass files are concatenated into a " +"single .CSS file to send to the browser. So a visitor has **only one .CSS " +"file to load** per page, which is particularly efficient. As the CSS is " +"shared amongst all pages, when the visitor clicks on another page, the " +"browser does not even have to load a new CSS file!" +msgstr "" +"Om dit probleem aan te pakken worden alle CSS / Less / Sass bestanden " +"geconcateneerd in één .CSS bestand dat naar de browser wordt gestuurd. Zodat" +" een bezoeker **slechts één .CSS bestand moet laden** per pagina, wat vooral" +" efficiënt is. Als de CSS gedeeld wordt over alle pagina's hoeft de browser " +"geen nieuw CSS bestand te laden wanneer een andere pagina wordt open gedaan!" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:412 +msgid "**Both files in the <head>**" +msgstr "**Beide bestanden in het <head>**" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:412 +msgid "**What the visitor gets (only one file)**" +msgstr "**Wat de bezoekers krijgen (slechts één bestand)**" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:414 +msgid "/\\* From bootstrap.css \\*/" +msgstr "/\\* Van bootstrap.css \\*/" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:414 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:415 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:421 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:447 +msgid ".text-muted {" +msgstr ".text-muted {" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:415 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:422 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:448 +msgid "color: #666;" +msgstr "color: #666;" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:416 +msgid "color: #777;" +msgstr "color: #777;" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:416 +msgid "background: yellow" +msgstr "background: yellow" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:417 +msgid "background: yellow;" +msgstr "background: yellow;" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:417 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:418 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:423 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:449 +msgid "}" +msgstr "}" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:420 +msgid "/\\* From my-theme.css \\*/" +msgstr "/\\* Van my-theme.css \\*/" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:426 +msgid "" +"The CSS sent by Odoo includes all CSS / Less / Sass of all pages / modules. " +"By doing this, additional page views from the same visitor will not have to " +"load CSS files at all. But some modules might include huge CSS/Javascript " +"resources that you do not want to prefetch at the first page because they " +"are too big. In this case, Odoo splits this resource into a second bundle " +"that is loaded only when the page using it is requested. An example of this " +"is the backend that is only loaded when the visitor logs in and accesses the" +" backend (/web)." +msgstr "" +"De CSS verzonden door Odoo bevat alle CSS / Less / Sass bestanden van alle " +"pagina's / modules. Door dit te doen moeten andere pagina weergaven van " +"dezelfde weergave geen nieuw CSS bestand inladen. Maar sommige modules " +"kunnen grote CSS/JavaScript bronnen bevatten die u niet op voorhand wilt " +"ophalen op de eerste pagina omdat ze te groot zijn. In dit geval splitst " +"Odoo de bronnen in een tweede bundel die geladen wordt wanneer de pagina die" +" het gebruikt het aanvraagt. Een voorbeeld hiervan is de back-end die enkel " +"ingeladen wordt wanneer de bezoekers aanmelden en de back-end opendoen " +"(/web)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:436 +msgid "" +"If the CSS file is very big, Odoo will split it into two smaller files to " +"avoid the 4095 selectors limit per sheet of Internet Explorer. But most " +"themes fit below this limit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:440 +msgid "" +"**Minified:** After being pre-processed and concatenated, the resulting CSS " +"is minified to reduce its size." +msgstr "" +"**Minified:** Na het pre-processen en concateneren zal de resulterende CSS " +"geminificeerd worden om de grootte te verkleinen." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:444 +msgid "**Before minification**" +msgstr "**Voor minificatie**" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:444 +msgid "**After minification**" +msgstr "**Na minificatie**" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:446 +msgid "/\\* some comments \\*/" +msgstr "/\\* sommige commentaren \\*/" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:446 +msgid ".text-muted {color: #666}" +msgstr ".text-muted {color: #666}" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:452 +msgid "" +"The final result is then compressed, before being delivered to the browser." +msgstr "" +"Het uiteindelijke resultaat is dan gecomprimeerd, voordat het aan de browser" +" wordt aangeleverd." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:455 +msgid "" +"Then, a cached version is stored server-side (so we do not have to pre-" +"process, concatenate, minify at every request) and browser-side (so the same" +" visitor will load the CSS only once for all pages they visit)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:461 +msgid "Static Resources: Javascript" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:463 +msgid "" +"As with CSS resources, Javascript resources are also concatenated, minified," +" compressed and cached (server-side and browser-side)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:466 +msgid "Odoo creates three Javascript bundles:" +msgstr "Odoo maakt drie JavaScript bundels aan:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:468 +msgid "" +"One for all pages of the website (including code for parallax effects, form " +"validation, etc.)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:471 +msgid "" +"One for common Javascript code shared among frontend and backend (Bootstrap)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:474 +msgid "" +"One for backend specific Javascript code (Odoo Web Client interface for your" +" employees using Odoo)" +msgstr "" +"Een voor back-end specifieke JavaScript code (Odoo Web Client interface voor" +" uw werknemers die Odoo gebruiken)" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:477 +msgid "" +"Most visitors of your website will only need the first two bundles, " +"resulting in a maximum of two Javascript files to load to render one page. " +"As these files are shared across all pages, further clicks by the same " +"visitor will not load any other Javascript resource." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:483 +msgid "" +"If you work on :doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>`," +" the CSS and Javascript are neither concatenated, nor minified. Thus, it's " +"much slower. But it allows you to easily debug with the Chrome debugger as " +"CSS and Javascript resources are not transformed from their original " +"versions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:489 +msgid "CDN" +msgstr "CDN" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:491 +msgid "" +"If you activate the CDN feature in Odoo, static resources (Javascript, CSS, " +"images) are loaded from a Content Delivery Network. Using a Content Delivery" +" Network has three advantages:" +msgstr "" +"Indien u de CDN optie activeert in Odoo worden statische bronnen " +"(JavaScript, CSS, afbeeldingen) geladen van het Content Delivery Netwerk. " +"Een Content Delivery Netwerk heeft drie voordelen:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:495 +msgid "" +"Load resources from a nearby server (most CDN have servers in main countries" +" around the globe)" +msgstr "" +"Laad bronnen van een dichtbij zijnde server (meeste CDN's hebben servers in " +"de belangrijkste landen over de wereld)" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:498 +msgid "" +"Cache resources efficiently (no computation resources usage on your own " +"server)" +msgstr "" +"Cache bronnen efficiënt (er worden geen resources gebruikt op uw eigen " +"server voor de berekening)" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:501 +msgid "" +"Split the resource loading on different services allowing to load more " +"resources in parallel (since the Chrome limit of 6 parallel requests is by " +"domain)" +msgstr "" +"Verdeel de bronnen die geladen worden over verschillende diensten zodat u " +"meerdere bronnen parallel kan laden (Sinds de Chrome limiet van 6 parallelle" +" aanvragen op domeinniveau is)" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:505 +msgid "" +"You can configure your CDN options from the **Website Admin** app, using the" +" Configuration menu. Here is an example of configuration you can use:" +msgstr "" +"U kan uw CDN opties configureren vanuit de **Website Admin** app, met behulp" +" van het configuratie menu. Hier is een voorbeeld van een configuratie die u" +" kan gebruiken:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:512 +msgid "HTML Pages" +msgstr "HTML pagina's" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:514 +msgid "" +"The HTML pages can be compressed, but this is usually handled by your web " +"server (NGINX or Apache)." +msgstr "" +"De HTML pagina's kunnen gecomprimeerd worden, maar dit wordt meestal " +"afgehandeld door uw webserver (NGINX of Apache)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:517 +msgid "" +"The Odoo Website builder has been optimized to guarantee clean and short " +"HTML code. Building blocks have been developed to produce clean HTML code, " +"usually using Bootstrap and the HTML editor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:521 +msgid "" +"As an example, if you use the color picker to change the color of a " +"paragraph to the primary color of your website, Odoo will produce the " +"following code:" +msgstr "" +"Als een voorbeeld, als u de kleurenprikker gebruikt om de kleur van een " +"paragraaf te wijzigen naar de primaire kleur van uw website, zal Odoo de " +"volgende code genereren:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:525 +msgid "``<p class=\"text-primary\">My Text</p>``" +msgstr "``<p class=\"text-primary\">Mijn tekst</p>``" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:527 +msgid "" +"Whereas most HTML editors (such as CKEditor) will produce the following " +"code:" +msgstr "" +"Waar de meeste HTML editors (zoals een CKEditor) de volgende code " +"produceert:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:530 +msgid "``<p style=\"color: #AB0201\">My Text</p>``" +msgstr "``<p style=\"color: #AB0201\">Mijn tekst</p>``" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:533 +msgid "Responsive Design" +msgstr "Responsief design" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:535 +msgid "" +"Websites that are not mobile-friendly are negatively impacted in search " +"engine rankings. All Odoo themes rely on Bootstrap to render efficiently " +"according to the device: desktop, tablet or mobile." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:542 +msgid "" +"As all Odoo modules share the same technology, absolutely all pages in your " +"website are mobile friendly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:546 +msgid "Browser Caching" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:548 +msgid "" +"Javascript, images and CSS resources have an URL that changes dynamically " +"when their content change. As an example, all CSS files are loaded through " +"this URL: `localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets\\_common.0.css " +"<http://localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets_common.0.css>`__. " +"The ``457-0da1d9d`` part of this URL will change if you modify the CSS of " +"your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:555 +msgid "" +"This allows Odoo to set a very long cache delay (XXX) on these resources: " +"XXX secs, while being updated instantly if you update the resource." +msgstr "" +"Dit laat Odoo toe om een heel lange cache vertraging in te stellen (XXX) op " +"deze bronnen: XXX seconden, terwijl deze direct wordt geüpdatet als u de " +"bron update." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:560 +msgid "Scalability" +msgstr "Schaalbaarheid" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:562 +msgid "" +"In addition to being fast, Odoo is also more scalable than traditional CMS " +"and eCommerce (Drupal, Wordpress, Magento, Prestashop). The following link " +"provides an analysis of the major open source CMS and eCommerce compared to " +"Odoo when it comes to high query volumes: " +"`https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/197 <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide" +"/odoo-cms-performance-comparison-and-optimisation-197>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:569 +msgid "Todo" +msgstr "Te doen" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:569 +msgid "fix above link" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:571 +msgid "" +"Here is the slide that summarizes the scalability of Odoo Website & " +"eCommerce." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:577 +msgid "Search Engines Files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:580 +msgid "Sitemap" +msgstr "Sitemap" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:582 +msgid "" +"The sitemap points out pages to index to search engine robots. Odoo " +"generates a ``/sitemap.xml`` file automatically for you. For performance " +"reasons, this file is cached and updated every 12 hours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:586 +msgid "" +"By default, all URLs will be in a single ``/sitemap.xml`` file, but if you " +"have a lot of pages, Odoo will automatically create a Sitemap Index file, " +"respecting the `sitemaps.org protocol " +"<http://www.sitemaps.org/protocol.html>`__ grouping sitemap URL's in 45000 " +"chunks per file." +msgstr "" +"Standaard zijn alle URL's één ``/sitemap.xml`` bestand, maar als u veel " +"pagina's heeft zal Odoo automatisch een Sitemap index bestand aanmaakt dat " +"het `sitemaps.org protocol <http://www.sitemaps.org/protocol.html>`__ " +"protocol respecteert om sitemap URL's te groeperen in 45000 stukken per " +"bestand." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:592 +msgid "Every sitemap entry has 4 attributes that are computed automatically:" +msgstr "Elke sitemap heeft 4 attributen die automatisch berekend worden:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:594 +msgid "``<loc>`` : the URL of a page" +msgstr "``<loc>`` : de URL van een pagina" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:596 +msgid "" +"``<lastmod>`` : last modification date of the resource, computed " +"automatically based on related object. For a page related to a product, this" +" could be the last modification date of the product or the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:601 +msgid "" +"``<priority>`` : modules may implement their own priority algorithm based on" +" their content (example: a forum might assign a priority based on the number" +" of votes on a specific post). The priority of a static page is defined by " +"it's priority field, which is normalized (16 is the default)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:608 +msgid "Structured Data Markup" +msgstr "Gestructureerde Gegevens Markup" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:610 +msgid "" +"Structured Data Markup is used to generate Rich Snippets in search engine " +"results. It is a way for website owners to send structured data to search " +"engine robots; helping them understand your content and create well-" +"presented search results." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:615 +msgid "" +"Google supports a number of rich snippets for content types, including: " +"Reviews, People, Products, Businesses, Events and Organizations." +msgstr "" +"Google ondersteunt een aantal rijke snippets voor inhoudstypes, inclusief: " +"Beoordelingen, Mensen, Producten, Zaken, Evenementen en Organisaties." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:618 +msgid "" +"Odoo implements micro data as defined in the `schema.org " +"<http://schema.org>`__ specification for events, eCommerce products, forum " +"posts and contact addresses. This allows your product pages to be displayed " +"in Google using extra information like the price and rating of a product:" +msgstr "" +"Odoo implementeert micro data zoals gedefinieerd in de `schema.org " +"<http://schema.org>`__ specificaties voor gebeurtenissen, e-commerce " +"producten, forum berichten en contactadressen. Dit staat uw productpagina's " +"toe om getoond te worden in Google en om extra informatie te gebruiken zoals" +" de prijs en beoordeling van een product:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:628 +msgid "robots.txt" +msgstr "robots.txt" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:630 +msgid "" +"When indexing your website, search engines take a first look at the general " +"indexing rules of the a``/robots.txt`` file (allowed robots, sitemap path, " +"etc.). Odoo automatically creates it. Its content is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:634 +msgid "User-agent: \\* Sitemap: https://www.odoo.com/sitemap.xml" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:637 +msgid "" +"It means that all robots are allowed to index your website and there is no " +"other indexing rule than specified in the sitemap to be found at following " +"address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:641 +msgid "" +"You can customize the file *robots* in :doc:`Developer mode " +"</applications/general/developer_mode>` from *Settings --> Technical --> " +"User Interface --> Views* (exclude robots, exclude some pages, redirect to a" +" custom Sitemap). Make the Model Data of the view *Non Updatable* to not " +"reset the file after system upgrades." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish.rst:3 +msgid "Publish" +msgstr "Publiceer" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:3 +msgid "How to use my own domain name" +msgstr "Hoe mijn eigen domeinnaam gebruiken" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:5 +msgid "" +"By default, your Odoo Online instance and website have a *.odoo.com* domain " +"name, for both the URL and the emails. But you can change to a custom one " +"(e.g. www.yourcompany.com)." +msgstr "" +"Standaard heeft uw Odoo online instantie en website een *.odoo.com* " +"domeinnaam, voor beide de URL en de e-mails. U kan dit wijzigen naar een " +"eigen domein (bijvoorbeeld www.uwbedrijf.com)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:10 +msgid "What is a good domain name" +msgstr "Wat is een goede domeinnaam" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Your website address is as important to your branding as the name of your " +"business or organization, so put some thought into changing it for a proper " +"domain. Here are some tips:" +msgstr "" +"Uw websiteadres is net zo belangrijk voor uw branding als de naam van uw " +"bedrijf of organisatie, dus doet u er goed aan om deze mogelijks te wijzigen" +" naar een meer gepaste domeinnaam. Hier zijn een paar tips:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:15 +msgid "Simple and obvious" +msgstr "Simpel en duidelijk" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:16 +msgid "Easy to remember and spell" +msgstr "Gemakkelijk te onthouden en spellen" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:17 +msgid "The shorter the better" +msgstr "Hoe korter hoe beter" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:18 +msgid "Avoid special characters" +msgstr "Vermijd speciale karakters" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:19 +msgid "Aim for a .com and/or your country extension" +msgstr "Mik op een .com en/of andere land extensie" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Read more: `How to Choose a Domain Name for Maximum SEO " +"<https://www.searchenginejournal.com/choose-a-domain-name-maximum-" +"seo/158951/>`__" +msgstr "" +"Lees meer: `Hoe een domeinnaam te kiezen voor optimale SEO " +"<https://www.searchenginejournal.com/choose-a-domain-name-maximum-" +"seo/158951/>`__" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:24 +msgid "How to buy a domain name" +msgstr "Hoe een domeinnaam kopen" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:25 +msgid "Buy your domain name at a popular registrar:" +msgstr "Koop uw domein bij een populaire registrator:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:27 +msgid "`GoDaddy <https://www.godaddy.com>`__" +msgstr "`GoDaddy <https://www.godaddy.com>`__" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:28 +msgid "`Namecheap <https://www.namecheap.com>`__" +msgstr "`Namecheap <https://www.namecheap.com>`__" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:29 +msgid "`OVH <https://www.ovh.com>`__" +msgstr "`OVH <https://www.ovh.com>`__" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Steps to buy a domain name are pretty much straight forward. In case of " +"issue, check out those easy tutorials:" +msgstr "" +"Stappen om een domeinnaam te kopen zijn vrijwel ongecompliceerd. Bekijk deze" +" eenvoudige tutorials:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:34 +msgid "`GoDaddy <https://roadtoblogging.com/buy-domain-name-from-godaddy>`__" +msgstr "`GoDaddy <https://roadtoblogging.com/buy-domain-name-from-godaddy>`__" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:35 +msgid "" +"`Namecheap <https://www.loudtips.com/buy-domain-name-hosting-namecheap//>`__" +msgstr "" +"`Namecheap <https://www.loudtips.com/buy-domain-name-hosting-namecheap//>`__" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Feel free to buy an email server to have email addresses using your domain " +"name. However don't buy any extra service to create or host your website. " +"This is Odoo's job!" +msgstr "" +"Aarzel niet om een e-mailserver te kopen om e-mailadressen te hebben die uw " +"domeinnaam gebruiken. Koop echter geen extra service om uw website te maken " +"of te hosten. Dit is de taak van Odoo!" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:45 +msgid "How to apply my domain name to my Odoo instance" +msgstr "Hoe mijn domeinnaam koppelen aan mijn Odoo instantie" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:46 +msgid "" +"First let's authorize the redirection (yourcompany.com -> " +"yourcompany.odoo.com):" +msgstr "" +"Laten we eerste de doorverwijzing authoriseren (uwbedrijf.com -> " +"uwbedrijf.odoo.com):" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:48 +msgid "Open your Odoo.com account from your homepage." +msgstr "Open uw Odoo.com account vanuit uw homepage." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:53 +msgid "Go to the *Manage Databases* page." +msgstr "Ga naar de *Beheer databases** pagina." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Click on *Domains* to the right of the database you would like to redirect." +msgstr "Klik op *Domeinen* rechts van de database die u wilt doorverwijzen." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:63 +msgid "" +"A database domain prompt will appear. Enter your custom domain (e.g. " +"www.yourcompany.com)." +msgstr "" +"Een database domein dialoog verschijnt. Geef uw persoonlijk domein in " +"(bijvoorbeeld www.uwbedrijf.com)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:70 +msgid "" +"We can now apply the redirection from your domain name's manager account:" +msgstr "" +"We kunnen nu de doorverwijzing toepassen vanuit uw domeinnaam zijn " +"beheerders account:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:72 +msgid "Log in to your account and search for the DNS Zones management page." +msgstr "Log in op uw account en zoek voor de DNS zones beheer pagina." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Create a CNAME record *www.yourdomain.com* pointing to *mywebsite.odoo.com*." +" If you want to use the naked domain (e.g. yourdomain.com), you need to " +"redirect *yourdomain.com* to *www.yourdomain.com*." +msgstr "" +"Maak een CNAME record *www.uwdomein.com* wijzend naar *mywebsite.odoo.com*. " +"Als u een domeinnaam zonder www-voorvoegsel wil inschakelen (bijvoorbeeld " +"uwdomein.com), moet u *uwdomein.com* doorverwijzen naar *www.uwdomein.com*." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:78 +msgid "Here are some specific guidelines to create a CNAME record:" +msgstr "" +"Hier zijn een paar specifieke richtlijnen om een CNAME record aan te maken:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:80 +msgid "`GoDaddy <https://be.godaddy.com/fr/help/add-a-cname-record-19236>`__" +msgstr "`GoDaddy <https://be.godaddy.com/fr/help/add-a-cname-record-19236>`__" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:81 +msgid "" +"`Namecheap " +"<https://www.namecheap.com/support/knowledgebase/article.aspx/9646/10/how-" +"can-i-set-up-a-cname-record-for-my-domain>`__" +msgstr "" +"`Namecheap " +"<https://www.namecheap.com/support/knowledgebase/article.aspx/9646/10/how-" +"can-i-set-up-a-cname-record-for-my-domain>`__" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:82 +msgid "" +"`OVH " +"<https://www.ovh.co.uk/g1519.exchange_20132016_how_to_add_a_cname_record>`__" +msgstr "" +"`OVH " +"<https://www.ovh.co.uk/g1519.exchange_20132016_how_to_add_a_cname_record>`__" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:85 +msgid "How to enable SSL (HTTPS) for my Odoo instance" +msgstr "Hoe SSL inschakelen (HTTPS) voor mijn Odoo instantie" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Until recently, Odoo users needed to use a third-party CDN service provider " +"such as CloudFlare to enable SSL." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:89 +msgid "" +"It is not required anymore: Odoo generates the certificate for you " +"automatically, using integration with `Let's Encrypt Certificate Authority " +"and ACME protocol <https://letsencrypt.org/how-it-works/>`__. In order to " +"get this, simply add your domain name in your customer portal (a separate " +"certificate is generated for each domain name specified)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:93 +msgid "**Please note that the certificate generation may take up to 24h.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:95 +msgid "" +"If you already use CloudFlare or a similar service, you can keep using it or" +" simply change for Odoo. The choice is yours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:99 +msgid "How to make sure that all my URLs use my custom domain?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:101 +msgid "" +"To set up the root URL of your website and of all the links sent in emails, " +"you can ask an administrator of your database (any user in the *Settings* " +"group) to perform a login from the login screen. It's as simple as that!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:103 +msgid "" +"If you want to do it manually, you can go to :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Technical --> System Parameters` . Find the entry called ``web.base.url`` " +"(you can create it if it does not exist) and enter the full URL of your " +"website, like ``https://www.myodoowebsite.com``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:107 +msgid "" +"The URL must include the protocol (``https://`` or ``http://``) and must not" +" end by a slash (``/``)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:109 +msgid "" +"If you want to block the root URL update when an administrator logs in, you " +"can add a System Parameter called ``web.base.url.freeze`` with its value " +"set to ``True``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:113 +msgid "My website is indexed twice by Google" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:115 +msgid "" +"If you set up a custom domain *mydomain.com* name for *mydatabase.odoo.com*," +" Google indexes your website under both names. This is a limitation of the " +"Odoo cloud platforms/" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:120 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Multi Websites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo’s Multi-Websites opens up broad possibilities of diversification and " +"customer segmentation for your business. A multiplied audience and boosted " +"revenue are now just a few clicks away!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Each website can work in a fully independent way, with its theme, branding, " +"domain name, header & footer, pages, languages, products, blog posts, forum," +" slides, events, live chat channels, etc. Let’s go for a tour!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To create a new website, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration -->" +" Settings`. The button, *Create a new website*, lays in the first section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:28 +msgid "" +"In the upcoming prompt, set a name for your new website and a specific " +"domain name. Leave empty to publish the new website under the default domain" +" of your Odoo database. You can later set some country groups to redirect " +"visitors to it using Geo IP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Then, select a theme. This new website might have an entirely different " +"purpose or audience than the first one. So feel free to go for a different " +"theme!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Once the theme is selected, you can start to build the homepage of your " +"website. Follow the purple drops; they will help you in the first steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:48 +msgid "" +"If you run Odoo Online, don’t forget to redirect any new domain name to your" +" Odoo database (``CNAME``) and to authorize it Odoo-side. See " +":doc:`domain_name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:52 +msgid "Create the menu" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The new website has a default menu with all the installed applications. To " +"edit it, click :menuselection:`Pages --> Edit Menu`. Moving forward you only" +" edit the menu of the current website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:59 +msgid "Switch from one website to another" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:62 +msgid "" +"As easy as ABC! There is a website switcher in the right corner of the edit " +"bar. Switching to another website will connect to the domain of this " +"website. If you use another domain for the website, the user is requested to" +" sign in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:71 +msgid "" +"When switching, you are redirected to the same domain path on the other " +"website (e.g., ``/shop/myproduct``). If this URL is not used, you will be " +"redirected to a 404 page but prompted to create a new page from there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:76 +msgid "Add features" +msgstr "Opties toevoegen" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:78 +msgid "" +"The website apps you install (e.g., Slides, Blogs) are made available on all" +" your websites. You can, of course, keep them hidden in one website by " +"removing the menu item." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Each website comes with a high range of specific options in the settings. " +"First, select the website to configure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Then, take a look at the options flagged with the earth icon. It means they " +"only impact the very website you are working on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:94 +msgid "You can, for instance, set specific :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:96 +msgid "languages," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:98 +msgid "domain names," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:100 +msgid "social media links," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:102 +msgid "customer portal mode (B2C vs. B2B)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:104 +msgid "dedicated live chat channels," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:106 +msgid "etc." +msgstr "etc." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:108 +msgid "The other options are global and apply to all your websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:111 +msgid "Manage domain names" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:113 +msgid "" +"As said earlier, your websites can either share the same domain name or use " +"a specific one. If you share it and want to adapt the content per region, " +"set country groups in the setting of each website. Visitors will be " +"redirected to the right website using GeoIP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Geo IP is installed by default in Odoo Online. If you run Odoo on-premise, " +"don’t forget to install *GeoIP* library. See :doc:`on-premise_geo-ip-" +"installation`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:127 +msgid ":doc:`domain_name`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:130 +msgid "Customize the visitor experience" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The customer experience can be customized very profoundly thanks to the menu" +" \\*Customize\\*. All the visual options available there are specific to " +"each website. Go through the different pages to adapt them to this new " +"audience. Focus on workflows, and automatic pages (eCommerce checkout, " +"blogs, events, etc.) as the number of available options is higher there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:143 +msgid "Publish specific content per website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:146 +msgid "" +"Like static pages, any content created from the front-end (product, blog " +"post, etc.) is always only published in the current website. You can change " +"that from the edit form view in the backend and leave the *Website* field " +"blank. This will publish it in all the websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:154 +msgid "" +"Here are all the objects that you can link to *either one or all the " +"websites*:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:157 +msgid "Products" +msgstr "Producten" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:159 +msgid "Product Categories for eCommerce" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:161 +msgid "Blogs" +msgstr "Blogs" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:163 +msgid "Slide Channels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:165 +msgid "Forums" +msgstr "Forums" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:167 +msgid "Events" +msgstr "Evenementen" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:169 +msgid "Job Positions" +msgstr "Functies" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:172 +msgid "" +"When you create the record from the backend and publish it, typically a " +"product or an event, it is made available in all websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:176 +msgid "Publish a page in all websites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:178 +msgid "" +"A new static page is created and only made available in the current website." +" You can duplicate it to other websites from :menuselection:`Website --> " +"Configuration --> Pages`. To do so, leave the *Website* field empty." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:182 +msgid "" +"If you want to duplicate it in just one other website, duplicate the page " +"and set the new website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:188 +msgid "" +"When you edit the page again, the change only affects the current website. A" +" new page is duplicated and tied up to the website. The original page still " +"being linked to all websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:193 +msgid "" +"By grouping pages by URL in the page manager, you quickly find the original " +"page behind each edited page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:200 +msgid "Multi-companies" +msgstr "Multi-bedrijven" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:202 +msgid "" +"Each website can be linked to a specific company of your system, in a multi-" +"companies environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:208 +msgid "" +"With such a configuration, only company-related data appear on the website " +"(products, jobs, events, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:211 +msgid "" +"Website editors can only view and edit the pages of the records they have " +"access to, typically the ones belonging to their current company (and to " +"their subsidiaries, or child companies in Odoo language). And so is it for " +"visitors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:217 +msgid "" +"If websites are multi-companies, you don’t change company when switching " +"websites. To change the company and see the related content, use the company" +" selector in the menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:223 +msgid "Configure your eCommerce website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:225 +msgid "" +"eCommerce is a crucial feature in the multi-websites environment. We made it" +" so that the entire flow can be customized to fit the very audience of each " +"website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:230 +msgid "Products only available on one website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:232 +msgid "" +"We already saw earlier how to publish a specific record in only one website." +" You will find the \\*Website\\* field in the eCommerce tab of the product " +"edit form. Empty means available in all websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:240 +msgid "Products available on *some* websites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:242 +msgid "" +"To make a product available on some websites, but not all of them, you " +"should duplicate the product for each website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:245 +msgid "" +"If you need a unique reference to manage in your inventory, you should " +"install *Manufacturing\\ and create *Kits* BoMs (bills of materials). Each " +"kit will link each published “virtual” product to the main reference managed" +" in your inventory. That way, any item sold from your website will be " +"converted into the storable item in the delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:252 +msgid "Pricelists" +msgstr "Prijslijsten" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:254 +msgid "" +"To manage specific prices by websites, you can activate *Multiple Sales " +"Prices per Product* in Website settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:257 +msgid "" +"Then, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Products --> Pricelists` to create " +"additional pricelists. See " +":doc:`../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:260 +msgid "" +"If you need help. Select a website to make a pricelist only available on " +"this website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:266 +msgid "" +"Leaving the field empty means that you make it work in all websites if " +"*Selectable* is selected. Otherwise, it makes it only available for backend " +"operations of Sales and Point of Sale applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:271 +msgid "Payment Acquirers and Delivery Methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:273 +msgid "" +"By default, published payment acquirers and delivery methods are deployed in" +" all websites. You could already use specific payment acquirers per country " +"using Geo IP by defining countries in their configuration. Now you can also " +"do it per website by filling in the *Website* field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:279 +msgid "Customer accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:281 +msgid "" +"There is a setting to choose how to manage customer accounts in Website " +"settings. You can either allow customers to use one account through all the " +"websites or compel them to create one account for each website. This last " +"option is convenient if your websites shouldn’t be related to each other in " +"the visitor mind." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:291 +msgid "Technical hints for customization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:293 +msgid "" +"If you want to publish custom objects on the website, here are a few tips to" +" make it work with multi websites:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:297 +msgid "Sitemap: don’t forget the domain in the route to only publish" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:297 +msgid "available records in each website’s sitemap." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:301 +msgid "Access: you should call the method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:300 +msgid "" +"*can_access_from_current_website* in the controller to make sure the visitor" +" can see a record in the current website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:305 +msgid "Search: when a list of records is displayed, don’t forget to specify" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:304 +msgid "the domain to only display records available for the current website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:3 +msgid "Geo IP Installation (On-Premises Database)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:6 +msgid "Installation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Please note that the installation depends on your computer's operating " +"system and distribution. We will assume that a Linux operating system is " +"being used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:15 +msgid "Install `geoip2 <https://pypi.org/project/geoip2/>`__ Python library" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Download the `GeoLite2 City database " +"<https://dev.maxmind.com/geoip/geoip2/geolite2/>`_. You should end up with a" +" file called ``GeoLite2-City.mmdb``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:22 +msgid "Move the file to the folder ``/usr/share/GeoIP/``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:24 +msgid "Restart the server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:27 +msgid "" +"If you can't/don't want to locate the geoip database in " +"``/usr/share/GeoIP/``, you can use the ``--geoip-db`` option of the Odoo " +"command line interface. This option takes the absolute path to the GeoIP " +"database file and uses it as the GeoIP database. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:36 +msgid ":doc:`CLI documentation </developer/reference/cmdline>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:39 +msgid "" +"``GeoIP`` Python library can also be used. However this version is " +"discontinued since January 1. See `GeoLite Legacy databases are now " +"discontinued <https://support.maxmind.com/geolite-legacy-discontinuation-" +"notice/>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:44 +msgid "How To Test GeoIP Geolocation In Your Odoo Website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:45 +msgid "Go to your website. Open the web page that you want to test ``GeoIP``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:46 +msgid "Choose :menuselection:`Customize --> HTML/CSS/JS Editor`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:47 +msgid "Add the following piece of XML in the page :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:53 +msgid "" +"You should end up with a dictionary indicating the location of the IP " +"address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If the curly braces are empty ``{}``, it can be for any of the following " +"reasons :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The browsing IP address is the localhost (``127.0.0.1``) or a local area " +"network one (``192.168.*.*``)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:62 +msgid "" +"If a reversed proxy is used, make sure to configure it correctly. See " +":option:`proxy mode <odoo-bin --proxy-mode>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:63 +msgid "``geoip2`` is not installed or the GeoIP database file wasn't found" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:64 +msgid "The GeoIP database was unable to resolve the given IP address" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:3 +msgid "How to translate my website" +msgstr "Hoe mijn website vertalen" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In addition to creating great modern websites, Odoo gives you the " +"possibility to translate it in different languages." +msgstr "" +"In aanvulling op het aanmaken van geweldige moderne websites geeft Odoo de " +"mogelijkheid om de website in meerdere talen te vertalen." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:12 +msgid "Process" +msgstr "Verwerken" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Once your website is created, you have the opportunity to translate it in as" +" many different languages as you want." +msgstr "" +"Eenmaal uw website is aangemaakt heeft u de mogelijkheid om ze te vertalen " +"in zoveel talen als u wenst." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:17 +msgid "" +"There are two ways to translate your website, you can do it manually or " +"automatically with the Gengo App. If you want to do it automatically, go to " +"the **App** module and Install **Automated translations through Gengo Api** " +"and **Website Gengo Translator**. If you want to do it manually, don't " +"install anything, and follow the next step." +msgstr "" +"Er zijn twee manieren om uw website te vertalen, u kan het manueel doen of " +"automatisch met de Gengo App. Indien u het automatisch wilt doen gaat u naar" +" de **App** module en installeert u **Automatische vertalingen via de Gengo " +"API** en **Website Gengo Vertaler**. Indien u dit manueel wilt doen " +"installeert u niets en volgt u de volgende stap." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Now go to your website. On the bottom right corner of the page, click on " +"**Add a language**." +msgstr "" +"Ga nu naar uw website. In de rechter onderhoek van de pagina klikt u op " +"**Een taal toevoegen**." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Choose the language in which you want to translate your website and then " +"click on **Load.**" +msgstr "" +"Kies de taal waarin u uw website wilt vertalen en klik vervolgens op " +"**Laden**." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:35 +msgid "" +"You will see that Now, next to English there is also French, which means " +"that the page for the translation has been created. You can also see that " +"some of the text has been translated automatically." +msgstr "" +"U zal zien dat er nu naast Engels ook Frans is, wat betekend dat de pagina " +"voor de vertaling is aangemaakt. U kan ook zien dat sommige delen van de " +"tekst automatisch vertaald zijn." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To translate the content of the website, click on **Translate** (here " +"**Traduire** since we want to translate the website in French)." +msgstr "" +"Om de inhoud van uw website te vertalen klikt u op **Vertalen** (hier " +"**Traduire** aangezien we de website in het Frans willen vertalen)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:45 +msgid "" +"There, if you have installed the Gengo Translator, You will see that next to" +" the **Translate** button you also have a button **Translate " +"automatically**. Once you click on that button, you will be asked some " +"information on your account. If you don't have an account yet, follow `this " +"link <https://gengo.com/auth/form/login/>`_ in order to create one. You need" +" to ask for a public key and a private key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:53 +msgid "" +"The content you wish to translate will then be translated automatically." +msgstr "De inhoud die u wilt vertalen wordt vervolgens automatisch vertaald." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Now you can see that most of the content is highlighted in yellow or in " +"green. The yellow represents the content that you have to translate by " +"yourself. The green represents the content that has already been translated " +"automatically." +msgstr "" +"Nu kan u zien dat de meeste inhoud geel of groen is gearceerd. Het geel " +"staat voor de inhoud die u zelf moet vertalen. Het groen staat voor de " +"inhoud die al automatisch vertaald is." diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po index bdaf8a081..1f64d8fa1 100644 --- a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po @@ -9,9 +9,9 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Luis Felipe Miléo <mileo@kmee.com.br>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/contributing.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/contributing.po deleted file mode 100644 index 8d10cbaab..000000000 --- a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/contributing.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1741 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Rodrigo de Almeida Sottomaior Macedo <rmsolucoeseminformatica@protonmail.com>, 2020 -# Hildeberto Abreu Magalhães <hildeberto@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# Marcel Savegnago <marcel.savegnago@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Mateus Lopes <mateus1@gmail.com>, 2020 -# grazziano <gra.negocia@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Marcos Abreu <marcoos.abreu@gmail.com>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Marcos Abreu <marcoos.abreu@gmail.com>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: pt_BR\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" - -#: ../../contributing.rst:5 -msgid "Contributing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation.rst:5 -msgid "Contributing to the documentation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:5 -msgid "Content guidelines" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:7 -msgid "" -"To give the community the best documentation possible, we listed here a few " -"guidelines, tips and tricks that will make your content shine at its " -"brightest! While we encourage you to adopt your own writing style, some " -"rules still apply to give the reader more clarity and comprehension." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:12 -msgid "" -"We strongly recommend contributors to carefully read the other documents in " -"this *Contribution* section of the documentation. Good knowledge of the ins " -"and outs of **RST writing** is required to write and submit your " -"contribution. Note that it also affects your writing style itself." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:16 -msgid ":doc:`introduction_guide`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:17 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:41 -msgid ":doc:`rst_cheat_sheet`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:18 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:42 -msgid ":doc:`rst_guidelines`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:23 -msgid "Writing style" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:25 -msgid "" -"**Writing for documentation** isn't the same as writing for a blog or " -"another medium. Readers are more likely to skim read until they've found the" -" information they are looking for. Keep in mind that the user documentation " -"is a place to inform and describe, not to convince and promote." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:32 -msgid "Consistency" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:34 -msgid "*Consistency is key to everything.*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Make sure that your writing style remains **consistent**. If you modify an " -"existing text, try to match the existing tone and presentation, or rewrite " -"it to match your own style." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:42 -msgid "Grammatical tenses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:44 -msgid "" -"In English, descriptions and instructions require the use of a **Present " -"Tense**, while a *future tense* is appropriate only when a specific event is" -" to happen ulteriorly. This logic might be different in other languages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "Good example (present):" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "" -"*Screenshots are automatically resized to fit the content block's width.*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "Bad example (future):" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "" -"*When you take a screenshot, remember that it will be automatically resized " -"to fit the content block's width.*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:57 -msgid "Paragraphing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:59 -msgid "" -"A paragraph comprises several sentences that are linked by a shared idea. " -"They usually are two to six lines long." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:62 -msgid "" -"In English, a new idea implies a new paragraph, rather than having a *line " -"break* as it is common to do in some other languages. *Line breaks* are " -"useful for layout purposes but shouldn't be used as a grammatical way of " -"separating ideas." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:67 -msgid "" -":ref:`RST cheat sheet: Break the line but not the paragraph <contributing" -"/line-break>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:72 -msgid "Titles" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:74 -msgid "To write a good title :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:76 -msgid "**Be concise.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:77 -msgid "**Avoid sentences**, questions, and titles starting with \"how to.\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:78 -msgid "**Don't use pronouns** in your titles, especially 2nd person (*your*)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:83 -msgid "Document's structure" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:85 -msgid "" -"Use different **headings levels** to organize your text by sections and sub-" -"sections. Your headings are also displayed in a dynamic *navigation bar* on " -"the side." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "**H1: Page Title**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Your *page title* gives your reader a quick and clear understanding of what " -"your content is about. It is also referenced in the section's *table of " -"contents*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:93 -msgid "" -"The *content* in this section describes the upcoming content from a " -"**business point of view**, and shouldn't put the emphasis on Odoo, as this " -"is documentation and not marketing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:97 -msgid "" -"Start first with a **Lead Paragraph**, which helps the reader make sure that" -" they've found the right page, then explain the **business aspects of this " -"topic** in the following paragraphs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "**H2: Section Title (configuration)**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "" -"This first H2 section is about the configuration of the feature, or the " -"prerequisites to achieve a specific goal. To add a path, make sure you use " -"the ``:menuselection:`` specialized directive (see link below)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "Example:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "" -"To do so, go to ``:menuselection:`App name --> Menu --> Sub-menu```, and " -"enable the XYZ feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "**H2: Section Title (main sections)**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Create as many main sections as you have actions or features to distinguish." -" The title can start with a verb, but try to avoid using \"Create ...\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "**H3: Subsection**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Subsections are perfect for assessing very specific points. The title can be" -" in the form of a question, if appropriate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:118 -msgid "**H2: Next Section**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:122 -msgid ":ref:`RST cheat sheet: headings <contributing/headings>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:123 -msgid "" -":ref:`RST cheat sheet: specialized directives <contributing/specialized-" -"directives>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:128 -msgid "Images" -msgstr "Imagens" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:130 -msgid "" -"Adding a few images to illustrate your text helps the readers to understand " -"and memorize your content. However, avoid adding too many images: it isn't " -"necessary to illustrate all steps and features, and it may overload your " -"page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:135 -msgid "" -"Don't forget to :ref:`compress your PNG files with pngquant " -"<contributing/pngquant>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:140 -msgid "Screenshots" -msgstr "Telas" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:142 -msgid "" -"Screenshots are automatically resized to fit the content block's width. This" -" implies that screenshots can't be too wide, else they would appear very " -"small on-screen. Therefore, we recommend to avoid to take screenshots of a " -"full screen display of the app, unless it is relevant to do so." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:146 -msgid "A few tips to improve your screenshots:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:148 -msgid "**Zoom** in your browser. We recommend a 110% zoom for better results." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:149 -msgid "" -"**Resize** your browser's width, either by *resizing the window* itself or " -"by opening the *browser's developer tools* (press the ``F12`` key) and " -"resizing the width." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:151 -msgid "**Select** the relevant area, rather than keeping the full window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:152 -msgid "" -"If necessary, you can **edit** the screenshot to remove unnecessary fields " -"and to narrow even more Odoo's display." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:160 -msgid "" -"Resizing the window's width is the most important step to do as Odoo's " -"responsive design automatically resizes all fields to match the window's " -"width." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:166 -msgid "ALT tags" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:168 -msgid "" -"An **ALT tag** is a *text alternative* to an image. This text is displayed " -"if the browser fails to render the image. It is also helpful for users who " -"are visually impaired. Finally, it helps search engines, such as Google, to " -"understand what the image is about and index it correctly, which improves " -"the :abbr:`SEO (Search Engine Optimization)` significantly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:173 -msgid "Good ALT tags are:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:175 -msgid "**Short** (one line maximum)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:176 -msgid "**Not a repetition** of a previous sentence or title" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:177 -msgid "A **good description** of the action happening on the image" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:178 -msgid "Easily **understandable** if read aloud" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:181 -msgid ":ref:`RST cheat sheet: image directive <contributing/image>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:5 -msgid "Introduction guide" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:7 -msgid "" -"**First of all, thank you for landing here and helping us improve the user " -"documentation of Odoo!**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:9 -msgid "" -"This introductory guide will help you acquire the tools and knowledge you " -"need to write documentation, whether you plan to make a minor content change" -" or document an application from scratch." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:14 -msgid "" -"This tutorial only concerns the `user documentation " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/index.html>`_ of Odoo. The " -"documentation for `developing in Odoo " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/master/index.html>`_ in maintained " -"alongside the source code of Odoo at `github.com/odoo/odoo " -"<https://github.com/odoo/odoo/tree/master/doc>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:22 -msgid "reStructuredText" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Our documentation is written in **reStructuredText** (RST), a `lightweight " -"markup language " -"<https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lightweight_markup_language>`_ consisting of " -"normal text augmented with markup which allows including headings, images, " -"notes, and so on. This might seem a bit abstract but there is no need to " -"worry. :abbr:`RST (reStructuredText)` is not hard to learn, especially if " -"you intend to make only small changes to the content." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:30 -msgid "" -"If you need to learn about a specific markup, head over to :doc:`our cheat " -"sheet for RST <rst_cheat_sheet>` which contains all the information that you" -" should ever need for the user documentation of Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:35 -msgid "" -"We kindly ask you to observe a set of :doc:`content <content_guidelines>` " -"and :doc:`RST <rst_guidelines>` guidelines as you write documentation. This " -"ensures that you stay consistent with the rest of the documentation and " -"facilitates the approval of your content changes as they are reviewed by a " -"redactor at Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:43 -msgid ":doc:`content_guidelines`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:48 -msgid "Getting started" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:50 -msgid "" -"As our documentation is maintained on GitHub, you will need a free GitHub " -"account. Click `here <https://github.com/join>`_ to create one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Now, depending on whether you want to update existing content, or rather " -"work on new content and make file changes, you have two courses of action:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:56 -msgid "" -"**For small changes** in ``.rst`` files only, i.e. addition/edition of " -"paragraphs or typos, **we suggest that you use the GitHub interface**. This " -"is the easiest and fasted way to submit your request for changes for the " -"documentation and is suitable for non-technical people. Read " -":ref:`contributing/github-interface` to learn how to use this method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:60 -msgid "" -"**For more complex cases**, it is necessary to **use Git and work from a " -"local copy of the documentation**. This method seems intimidating but only " -"requires basic knowledge of Git. See :ref:`contributing/canonical-git-" -"workflow` for more information on this method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:67 -msgid "Use the GitHub interface" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Verify that you are browsing the documentation in the version that you " -"intend to change. The version can be selected from the dropdown in the top " -"menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:74 -msgid "" -"Head over to the page that you want to change and click on the **Edit on " -"GitHub** button in the bottom of the left menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:79 -msgid "" -"If you do not have edit rights on the repository (`odoo/documentation-user " -"<https://github.com/odoo/documentation-user>`_), you need to fork it by " -"clicking on the appropriate button. In other terms, you create a copy of the" -" entire repository on your own account. If you do have the edit rights, skip" -" this step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:86 -msgid "" -"Make the appropriate changes while taking care of following the " -":doc:`guidelines <rst_guidelines>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:89 -msgid "" -"Click on the **Preview changes** button to review your contribution in a " -"more human-readable format. Be aware that the preview is not able to handle " -"all markups correctly. Notes and tips, for instance, are not correctly " -"rendered. The version of your content published to the website will be, " -"however." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:94 -msgid "" -"Go to the bottom of the page to create a commit (:dfn:`what packs your " -"changes together and labels them with a commit message`) of your changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:0 -msgid "" -"In first text box, describe your changes. For instance, \"Fix a typo\" and " -"\"Add documentation for invoicing of sales orders\" are two clear commit " -"messages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:0 -msgid "" -"In the second text box, justify *why* you made these changes, if you feel " -"that it is not obvious." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:101 -msgid "" -"Select the option \"Create a new branch for this commit and start a pull " -"request.\" if you have the choice (if you have partial or full edit writes " -"on the repository). If not, skip this step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:104 -msgid "" -"Click on the green button. It is either labelled \"Commit changes\" or " -"\"Propose file change\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:108 -msgid "" -"In the dropdown for the selection of the base branch (i.e., the version of " -"the documentation that your changes concern), make sure to select the same " -"version as in the first step of this guide and click on the **Create pull " -"request** button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:114 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:392 -msgid "" -"Double-check your :abbr:`PR (Pull Request)` and, when ready, click again on " -"the **Create pull request** button to submit your changes for review by a " -"redactor at Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:119 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:397 -msgid "" -"You're done! If your changes are approved straight away they will appear in " -"the documentation the very next day. It may also be the case that the " -"reviewer has a question or a remark, so make sure to check your " -"notifications or your emails, depending on your account settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:126 -msgid "Use the canonical Git workflow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:131 -msgid "Prepare your machine" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:136 -msgid "Install Git" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:138 -msgid "" -"We use `Git <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Git>`_ to manage the files of the" -" user documentation. It is a tool that allows to track the history of " -"changes made to a file and, more importantly, to work on different versions " -"of those files at the same time. It means that you do not need to worry " -"about overwriting someone else’s pending work when you start editing the " -"documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:143 -msgid "" -"You must then configure Git to identify yourself as the author of your " -"future contribution. Enter the same email address as the one you used to " -"register on GitHub." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:146 -msgid "Download and install **Git** on your machine." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:147 -msgid "" -"Verify that `the installation folder of Git is included in your system's " -"PATH variable <win-add-to-path_>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:149 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:174 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:320 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:337 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:368 -msgid "Execute the following commands in a terminal:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:159 -msgid "Fetch the sources" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:161 -msgid "" -"As stated earlier, our documentation (in all its versions) is maintained on " -"GitHub at `github.com/odoo/documentation-user <https://github.com/odoo" -"/documentation-user>`_. A modification is made by the mean of a :abbr:`PR " -"(Pull Request)` (:dfn:`proposal of content changes`) to allow for a review " -"of the changes before updating the sources of the documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:166 -msgid "" -"Prior to submitting a modification, you need to make a copy of the sources " -"and download that copy on your machine." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:169 -msgid "" -"Go to `github.com/odoo/documentation-user <https://github.com/odoo" -"/documentation-user>`_ and click on the **Fork** button in the top right " -"corner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:182 -msgid "" -"If you do not have edit rights on the repository owned by Odoo, replace " -"\"odoo\" with your Github username in the URL of the command above. If you " -"do have edit rights, it is not necessary to fork the repository." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:186 -msgid "" -"In order to ease the collaboration between writers coming from many " -"different systems and teams, execute the following group of commands that " -"correspond to your :abbr:`OS (Operating System)` in a terminal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:190 -msgid "Windows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:198 -msgid "Linux or Mac OS:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:209 -msgid "Python" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:211 -msgid "" -"Because the documentation is written in :abbr:`RST (reStructuredText)`, it " -"needs to be built (:dfn:`converted to HTML`) in order to display nicely. " -"This is done by the documentation generator which takes the original " -":abbr:`RST (reStructuredText)` files as input, transforms the markups in a " -"human-readable format, and outputs HTML files to be read in your web " -"browser." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:216 -msgid "" -"The documentation generator that we use is called `Sphinx <http://www" -".sphinx-doc.org/en/master/>`_. and is written in `Python " -"<https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Python_(programming_language)>`_. You have to" -" install Python in order to use Sphinx. For the record, Sphinx is the " -"program and Python the programming language, but you do not need to know " -"much more about them so don't panic!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:221 -msgid "" -"Python comes with its own package manager: `pip " -"<https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pip_(package_manager)>`_. It allows " -"installing Python dependencies in a single command." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:225 -msgid "" -"Download and install the latest release of **Python 3** on your machine." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:226 -msgid "" -"Make sure to have **pip** installed on your machine (on Windows, you can " -"install pip alongside Python)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:228 -msgid "" -"Execute the following commands in a terminal to verify that both " -"installations finished successfully:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:236 -msgid "" -"Execute the following commands in a terminal to install the Python " -"dependencies of the documentation:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:245 -msgid "" -"Depending on your :abbr:`OS (Operating System)`, you may need to run the " -"commands ``python`` and ``pip`` instead of ``python3`` and ``pip3``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:251 -msgid "Make" -msgstr "Marca" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:253 -msgid "" -"`Make <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Make_(software)>`_ is a tool that packs" -" a bunch of command-lines into one to be easier to remember and to type. In " -"our case, it is used to execute complex Sphinx build commands by using a " -"single and simpler one instead." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:257 -msgid "Download and install **Make** on your machine." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:258 -msgid "" -"Verify that `the installation folder of Make is included in your system's " -"PATH variable <win-add-to-path_>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:264 -msgid "pngquant" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:266 -msgid "" -"`pngquant <https://pngquant.org/>`_ is a tool that we use to compress PNG " -"images so that the documentation does not end up weighting several Gigabytes" -" in a few year span." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:269 -msgid "Download and install **pngquant** on your machine." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:270 -msgid "" -"Verify that `the installation folder of pngquant is included in your " -"system's PATH variable <win-add-to-path_>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:276 -msgid "Prepare your version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:278 -msgid "" -"Now that your machine is all set up, it is time to do the same for your " -"version of the documentation files. As it would not be convenient to have " -"several people working on the version 14.0 in parallel (conflicts of content" -" would occur all the time), and in order to be able to create a :abbr:`PR " -"(Pull Request)`, you must `create a new branch " -"<https://www.atlassian.com/git/tutorials/using-branches>`_ starting from the" -" branch 14.0. In other words, you copy the entirety of this version’s files " -"and give it another name. For this example, we will go with " -"``14.0-my_contribution``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:286 -msgid "Execute the following commands in a terminal to..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:288 -msgid "Navigate to the documentation folder:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:294 -msgid "Switch to the version 14.0:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:300 -msgid "Create your own branch which will be a copy of 14.0:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:309 -msgid "Perform your changes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:311 -msgid "" -"You can now perform any change you want to the documentation files. These " -"changes must be compliant with :abbr:`RST (reStructuredText)` syntax (see " -":doc:`rst_cheat_sheet`) and with our :doc:`guidelines <rst_guidelines>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:316 -msgid "" -"If your changes include the addition of a new image, for instance " -":file:`my_image.png`, proceed as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:319 -msgid "Make sure that the image is in ``.png`` format." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:327 -msgid "Delete :file:`my_image.png`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:328 -msgid "Rename :file:`my_image-fs8.png` to :file:`my_image.png`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:333 -msgid "Preview your changes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:335 -msgid "" -"To preview your changes in a generated documentation, proceed as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:346 -msgid "" -"You can omit the :command:`make clean` command when no recent change has " -"been made to the hierarchy of documentation files." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:349 -msgid "Fix any error or warning shown in the logs of the build." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:350 -msgid "" -"Open the file :file:`documentation-user/_build/html/index.html` with your " -"default web browser." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:353 -msgid "" -"These steps have for only purpose to show you the final results of your " -"changes. They have no impact on the documentation source files." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:359 -msgid "Submit your changes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:362 -msgid "" -"We expect you to have basic knowledge of Git, which should be enough to " -"cover the basic flow of a one-time contribution. If you plan on submitting " -"several contributions, work on older versions of the documentation or " -"perform any other advanced action, we recommend you to be confident with " -"Git. Help yourself with `this manual of Git " -"<https://www.atlassian.com/git>`_ and `this interactive tutorial " -"<https://learngitbranching.js.org/>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:376 -msgid "" -"Go to `github.com/odoo/documentation-user/pulls <https://github.com/odoo" -"/documentation-user/pulls>`_ and click on the **New pull request** button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:382 -msgid "" -"If you forked the base repository in the section :ref:`contributing/fetch-" -"sources`, click on the link **compare across forks** If not, skip this step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:387 -msgid "" -"In the dropdown for the selection of the base branch (i.e., the version of " -"the documentation that your changes concern), make sure to select the " -"version that your changes target (here **14.0**)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:5 -msgid "RST cheat sheet" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:10 -msgid "Headings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:13 -msgid "" -"For each formatting line (e.g., ``===``), write as many symbols (``=``) as " -"there are characters in the header." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:17 -msgid "" -"The symbols used for the formatting are, in fact, not important. Only the " -"order in which they are written matters, as it determines the size of the " -"decorated heading. This means that you may encounter different heading " -"formatting and in a different order, in which case you should follow the " -"formatting in place in the document. In any other case, use the formatting " -"shown below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:20 -msgid "Heading size" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:20 -msgid "Formatting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:20 -msgid "Min/Max number of occurrences" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:22 -msgid "H1" -msgstr "H1" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 -msgid "``=======``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 -msgid "``Heading``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:22 -msgid "1/1" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:26 -msgid "H2" -msgstr "H2" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:26 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:29 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:32 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:35 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:38 -msgid "0/∞" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:29 -msgid "H3" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 -msgid "``-------``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:32 -msgid "H4" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 -msgid "``~~~~~~~``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:35 -msgid "H5" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 -msgid "``*******``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:38 -msgid "H6" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 -msgid "``^^^^^^^``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:45 -msgid "Markup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:50 -msgid "Inline markup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:52 -msgid "Use the following markups to emphasize your text to your liking:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:55 -msgid "\\*\\*Text\\*\\*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:55 -msgid "**Text**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:57 -msgid "\\*Text\\*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:57 -msgid "*Text*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:59 -msgid "\\`\\`Text\\`\\`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:59 -msgid "``Text``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:63 -msgid ":ref:`contributing/specialized-directives`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:68 -msgid "Bulleted list" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:84 -msgid "Numbered list" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:99 -msgid "Nested lists" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:111 -msgid "Hyperlinks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:116 -msgid "Hyperlink references" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:118 -msgid "" -"Hyperlink references are links to a URL with a custom label. They follow " -"this syntax: ```label <URL>`_``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:122 -msgid "The URL can be a relative path to a file within the documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:125 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:146 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:192 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:232 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:263 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:288 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:313 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:19 -msgid "Example" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:127 -msgid "" -"This excerpt of :abbr:`RST (reStructuredText)`: ``For instance, `this is a " -"hyperlink reference <https://odoo.com>`_.`` is rendered as follows in HTML: " -"“For instance, `this is a hyperlink reference <https://odoo.com>`_.”" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:134 -msgid "External hyperlink targets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:136 -msgid "" -"External hyperlink targets allow creating shortcuts for hyperlink " -"references." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:137 -msgid "The definition syntax is as follows: ``.. _target: URL``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:138 -msgid "There are two ways to reference them, depending on the use case:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:140 -msgid "" -"``target_`` creates a hyperlink with the target name as label and the URL as" -" reference. Note that the ``_`` moved after the target!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:142 -msgid "" -"```label <target_>`_`` does exactly what you expect: the label replaces the " -"name of the target, and the target is replaced by the URL." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:149 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:195 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:235 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:266 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:291 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:316 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:352 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:373 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:392 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:413 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:432 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:453 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:490 -msgid "RST" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:159 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:211 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:243 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:274 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:299 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:330 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:361 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:381 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:401 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:421 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:441 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:461 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:499 -msgid "Render" -msgstr "Renderizar" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:161 -msgid "" -"A `proof-of-concept <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Proof_of_concept>`_ is a " -"simplified version, a prototype of what is expected to agree on the main " -"lines of expected changes. `PoC " -"<https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Proof_of_concept>`_ is a common abbreviation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:168 -msgid "Internal hyperlink targets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:170 -msgid "" -"Internal hyperlink targets follow the same syntax as external hyperlink " -"targets but without any URL. Indeed, they are internal. They allow " -"referencing a specific part of a document by using the target as an anchor. " -"When the user clicks on the reference, the documentation scrolls to the part" -" of the page containing the target." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:176 -msgid "" -"Targets can be referenced from other files than the ones in which they are " -"defined." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:178 -msgid "The definition syntax is: ``.. _target:``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:179 -msgid "" -"There are two ways to reference them, both using the ``ref`` directive:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:181 -msgid "" -"``:ref:`target``` creates a hyperlink to the anchor with the heading defined" -" below as label." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:182 -msgid "" -"``:ref:`label <target>``` creates a hyperlink to the anchor with the given " -"label." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:184 -msgid "" -"See :ref:`contributing/relative-links` to learn how to write proper relative" -" links for internal references." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:188 -msgid "" -"Notice that there is no ``_`` at the end, as it is done with :ref:`hyperlink" -" targets <contributing/hyperlink-references>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:213 -msgid "" -"This can easily be done by creating a new product, see `How to create a " -"product? <https://example.com/product>`_ for additional help." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:216 -msgid "**How to create a product?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:218 -msgid "" -"As explained at the `start of the page <https://example.com/scroll-to-start-" -"of-page>`_, ..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:223 -msgid "Implicit hyperlink targets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:227 -msgid "" -"Implicit hyperlink targets are a special kind of internal hyperlink targets:" -" they are automatically generated by section titles, footnotes, etc. " -"Consequently, they don’t have a definition syntax." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:229 -msgid "" -"They can be referenced the same first way as external hyperlink targets by " -"using the name of the section title as URL." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:245 -msgid "" -"This can easily be done by creating a new user, see `How to create a new " -"user? <https://example.com/how-to-create-a-user>`_ for additional help. ..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:251 -msgid "The ``doc`` directive" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:254 -msgid "" -"The ``doc`` directive allows referencing a documentation page wherever it is" -" in the file tree through a relative file path." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:255 -msgid "As usual, there are two ways to use the directive:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:257 -msgid "" -"``:doc:`path_to_doc_page``` creates a hyperlink reference to the " -"documentation page with the title of the page as label." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:259 -msgid "" -"``:doc:`label <path_to_doc_page>``` creates a hyperlink reference to the " -"documentation page with the given label." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:276 -msgid "" -"Please refer to `this documentation " -"<https://example.com/doc/accounting/invoices.html>`_ and to `Send a pro-" -"forma invoice <https://example.com/doc/sales/proforma.html>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:282 -msgid "The ``download`` directive" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:284 -msgid "" -"The ``download`` directive allows referencing files (that are not " -"necessarily :abbr:`RST (reStructuredText)` documents) within the source tree" -" to be downloaded." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:301 -msgid "" -"Download this `module structure template " -"<https://example.com/doc/odoosh/extras/my_module.zip>`_ to start building " -"your module in no time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:307 -msgid "The ``image`` directive" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:309 -msgid "" -"The ``image`` directive allows inserting images in a document. It comes with" -" a set of optional parameter directives that can individually be omitted if " -"considered redundant." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:344 -msgid "Admonitions (alert blocks)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:349 -msgid "Seealso" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:364 -msgid "" -"`Customer invoices <https://example.com/doc/accounting/invoices.html>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:365 -msgid "" -"`Pro-forma invoices <https://example.com/doc/sales/proforma.html#activate-" -"the-feature>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:370 -msgid "Note" -msgstr "Nota" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:384 -msgid "" -"Use this to get the attention of the reader about additional information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:389 -msgid "Tip" -msgstr "Dica" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:404 -msgid "" -"Use this to inform the reader about a useful trick that requires an action." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:410 -msgid "Important" -msgstr "Importante" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:424 -msgid "Use this to notify the reader about an important information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:429 -msgid "Warning" -msgstr "Aviso" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:444 -msgid "" -"Use this to require the reader to proceed with caution with what is " -"described in the warning." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:450 -msgid "Danger" -msgstr "Perigo" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:464 -msgid "Use this to alarm the reader about a serious threat." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:469 -msgid "Formatting tips" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:474 -msgid "Add banners on top of documents" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:480 -msgid "" -"The Odoo theme supports banner images at the top of documents. At the first " -"line of your documents, insert the directive ``:banner: " -"banners/file_name.png``. Replace ``file_name.png`` with the file that you " -"placed in :file:`_static/banners` to server as a banner of your document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:487 -msgid "Break the line but not the paragraph" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:502 -msgid "" -"First super long line that you break in two… here is rendered as a single " -"line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:503 -msgid "Second line that follows a line break." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:508 -msgid "Add comments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:510 -msgid "" -"If you made a particular choice of writing or formatting that a future " -"writer should be able to understand and take into account, consider writing " -"a comment. Comments are blocks of text that do not count as a part of the " -"documentation and that are used to pass a message to writers of the source " -"code. They consist of a line starting with two dots and a space, followed by" -" the comment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:515 -msgid "" -"``.. For instance, this line will not be rendered in the documentation.``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:520 -msgid "Use tables" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:522 -msgid "" -"Make use of `this convenient table generator " -"<https://www.tablesgenerator.com/text_tables>`_ to build your tables. Then, " -"copy-paste the generated formatting into your document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:528 -msgid "Spice up your writing with specialized directives" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:530 -msgid "Use these additional directives to fine-tune your content:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:533 -msgid "**Directive**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:533 -msgid "**Purpose**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:533 -msgid "**Example**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:535 -msgid "**RST**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:535 -msgid "**HTML**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:537 -msgid "``abbr``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:537 -msgid "Self-defining abbreviations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:537 -msgid "``:abbr:`SO (Sales Order)```" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:537 -msgid ":abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:539 -msgid "``command``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:539 -msgid "Highlight a command" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:539 -msgid "``:command:`python example.py```" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:539 -msgid ":command:`python example.py`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:541 -msgid "``dfn``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:541 -msgid "Define a term" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:541 -msgid "``:dfn:`a definition for a new term```" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:541 -msgid ":dfn:`a definition for a new term`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:543 -msgid "``file``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:543 -msgid "Indicate a file path" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:543 -msgid "``:file:`~/odoo/odoo-bin```" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:543 -msgid ":file:`~/odoo/odoo-bin`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:545 -msgid "``menuselection``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:545 -msgid "Guide a user through a sequence of menus" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:545 -msgid "``:menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings```" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:545 -msgid ":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:551 -msgid "Escape markup symbols (Advanced)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:553 -msgid "" -"Markup symbols escaped with backslashes (``\\``) are rendered normally. For " -"instance, ``this \\*\\*line of text\\*\\* with \\*markup\\* symbols`` is " -"rendered as “this \\*\\*line of text\\*\\* with \\*markup\\* symbols”." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:557 -msgid "" -"When it comes to backticks (`````), which are used in many case such as " -":ref:`hyperlink references <contributing/hyperlink-references>`, using " -"backslashes for escaping is no longer an option because the outer backticks " -"interpret enclosed backslashes and thus prevent them from escaping inner " -"backticks. For instance, ```\\`this formatting\\```` produces an ``[UNKNOWN " -"NODE title_reference]`` error. Instead, `````this formatting````` should be " -"used to produce the following result: ```this formatting```." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:5 -msgid "RST guidelines" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:10 -msgid "Use relative links for internal URLs" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:12 -msgid "" -"If you need to reference an internal documentation page or a file that is " -"not sitting in the same directory as your current page, always make use of " -"*relative file paths* rather than *absolute file paths*. An absolute file " -"path indicates the location of the target from the root of its file tree. A " -"relative file path makes use of smart notations (such as ``../`` git that " -"redirects to the parent folder) to indicate the location of the target " -"*relative* to that of the source document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:21 -msgid "Given the following source file tree:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:33 -msgid "" -"A reference to the rendered :file:`prices.html` and :file:`variants.html` " -"could be made from :file:`import.rst` as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:36 -msgid "Absolute:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:38 -msgid "" -"``https://odoo.com/documentation/user/14.0/sales/products_prices/prices.html``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:39 -msgid "" -"``https://odoo.com/documentation/user/14.0/sales/products_prices/products/variants.html``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:41 -msgid "Relative:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:43 -msgid "``../prices.html``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:44 -msgid "``variants.html``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:46 -msgid "" -"The relative links are clearly superior in terms of readability and " -"stability: the references survive version updates, folder name changes and " -"file tree restructurations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:52 -msgid "Start a new line before the 100th character" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:54 -msgid "" -"In RST, it is possible to break a line without forcing a line break on the " -"rendered HTML. Make use of this feature to write **lines of maximum 100 " -"characters**. A line break in a sentence results in an additional whitespace" -" in HTML. That means that you do not need to leave a trailing whitespace at " -"the end of a line to separate words." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:60 -msgid "" -"You can safely break a line around the separators (``-->``) of " -"``menuselection`` directives and anywhere in a hyperlink reference. For the " -"``doc``, ``ref`` and ``download`` directives, this is only true for the " -"label part of the reference." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:65 -msgid "Example: Line breaks within directive and inline markup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:74 -msgid "Be consistent with indentation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:76 -msgid "Use only spaces (never tabs)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:78 -msgid "" -"Use as many spaces at the beginning of an indented line as needed to align " -"it with the first character of the directive in the line above. This usually" -" implies 3 spaces but you only need 2 for bulleted lists." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:83 -msgid "Example: The first ``:`` is below the ``i`` (3 spaces)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Example: The ``:titlesonly:`` and page references start below the ``t`` (3 " -"spaces)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:103 -msgid "" -"Example: Continuation lines resume below the ``I``’s of “Invoice” (2 spaces)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:113 -msgid "Use the menuselection directive" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:115 -msgid "" -"Although chaining characters ``‣`` and menu names works fine to indicate a " -"user which menus to click, it is best to use the ``menuselection`` directive" -" (see :ref:`contributing/specialized-directives`) for the same result. " -"Indeed, it renders the menus chain consistently with the rest of the " -"documentation and would automatically adapt to the new graphic chart if we " -"were to switch to a new one. This directive is used inline as follows: " -"``:menuselection:`Settings --> Products --> Variants```." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:125 -msgid "Write resilient code" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:127 -msgid "" -"Prefer the use of ``#.`` in numbered lists instead of ``1.``, ``2.``, etc. " -"This removes the risk of breaking the numbering when adding new elements to " -"the list and is easier to maintain." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:129 -msgid "" -"Avoid using implicit hyperlink targets and prefer internal hyperlink targets" -" instead. Referencing the implicit target ``How to print quotations?`` is " -"more prone to break than a reference to the explicit target " -"``_print_quotation`` which never appears in the rendered HTML and is thus " -"even less likely to be modified." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:137 -msgid "Prefix hyperlink targets with application names" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:139 -msgid "" -"As hyperlink targets are visible from the entire documentation when " -"referenced with the ``ref`` directive, it is recommended to prefix the " -"target name with that of the related application. For instance, naming a " -"target ``_amazon/form`` instead of ``_form`` avoids unwanted behaviors and " -"makes the purpose of the target clear." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:147 -msgid "Don’t break hyperlink targets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:149 -msgid "" -"When refactoring (improving without adding new content) section headings or " -"hyperlink targets, take care not to break any hyperlink reference to these " -"targets or update them accordingly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:155 -msgid "Use single-underscore suffixes for hyperlink references" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:160 -msgid "" -"Although using a double-underscore suffix works most of the time for classic" -" hyperlink references, it is not recommended as double-underscores normally " -"indicate an anonymous hyperlink reference. This is a special kind of " -"hyperlink reference that makes use of nameless hyperlink targets consisting " -"only of two underscore." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:162 -msgid "" -"tl;dr: Double-underscore suffixes work until they don’t and are bad " -"practice, use single-underscore suffixes instead." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po deleted file mode 100644 index be5024b23..000000000 --- a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1361 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# danimaribeiro <danimaribeiro@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# Luis Felipe Miléo <mileo@kmee.com.br>, 2020 -# Éder Brito <britoederr@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Mateus Lopes <mateus1@gmail.com>, 2021 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Mateus Lopes <mateus1@gmail.com>, 2021\n" -"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: pt_BR\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" - -#: ../../crm.rst:5 -msgid "CRM" -msgstr "CRM" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads.rst:3 -msgid "Acquire leads" -msgstr "Adquirir leads" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:3 -msgid "Convert leads into opportunities" -msgstr "Converta leads em oportunidades" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The system can generate leads instead of opportunities, in order to add a " -"qualification step before converting a *Lead* into an *Opportunity* and " -"assigning to the right sales people." -msgstr "" -"O sistema pode gerar leads em vez de oportunidades, para adicionar uma etapa" -" de qualificação antes de converter um *Lead* em uma *Oportunidade* e " -"atribuí-lo aos vendedores certos." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:9 -msgid "" -"You can activate this mode from the CRM Settings. It applies to all your " -"sales channels by default. But you can make it specific for specific " -"channels from their configuration form." -msgstr "" -"Você pode ativar esse modo nas Configurações de CRM. Ele se aplica a todos " -"os seus canais de vendas por padrão. Mas você pode torná-lo específico para " -"canais específicos a partir de seu formulário de configuração." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:14 -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:41 -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:8 -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:11 -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:27 -#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:9 -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:12 -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:12 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Configuração" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:16 -msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> " -"Settings` and activate the *Leads* feature." -msgstr "" -"Para que esse recurso funcione, vá para :menuselection:'CRM ->Configuração " -"--> Configurações' e ative o recurso *Leads*." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:22 -msgid "" -"You will now have a new submenu *Leads* under *Leads* where they will " -"aggregate." -msgstr "" -"Agora você terá um novo submenu *Prospectos* sob *Prospectos* onde eles vão " -"agregar." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:29 -msgid "Convert a lead into an opportunity" -msgstr "Converta um Prospecto em uma Oportunidade" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:31 -msgid "" -"When you click on a *Lead* you will have the option to convert it to an " -"opportunity and decide if it should still be assigned to the same " -"channel/person and if you need to create a new customer." -msgstr "" -"Quando você clica em um *Prospecto* você terá a opção de convertê-lo em uma " -"oportunidade e decidir se ele ainda deve ser atribuído ao mesmo canal/pessoa" -" e se você precisa criar um novo cliente." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:38 -msgid "" -"If you already have an opportunity with that customer Odoo will " -"automatically offer you to merge with that opportunity. In the same manner, " -"Odoo will automatically offer you to link to an existing customer if that " -"customer already exists." -msgstr "" -"Se você já tem uma oportunidade com esse cliente Odoo irá automaticamente " -"oferecer você para se fundir com essa oportunidade. Da mesma forma, o Odoo " -"oferecerá automaticamente que você vincule a um cliente existente se esse " -"cliente já existir." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:44 -msgid "Merge opportunities" -msgstr "Mesclar oportunidades" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Odoo will also automatically propose to merge opportunities if they have the" -" same email address. When merging opportunities, Odoo merges the information" -" into the opportunity which was created first, giving priority to the " -"information present on the first opportunity." -msgstr "" -"O Odoo também proporá automaticamente a fusão de oportunidades se elas " -"tiverem o mesmo endereço de e-mail. Ao mesclar oportunidades, Odoo mescla as" -" informações na oportunidade que foi criada primeiro, dando prioridade às " -"informações presentes na primeira oportunidade." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:51 -msgid "" -"No information is lost: data from the other opportunity is logged in the " -"chatter and the information fields for easy access." -msgstr "" -"Nenhuma informação é perdida: os dados da outra oportunidade são registrados" -" no chatter e nos campos de informações para fácil acesso." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Would you find a duplicate yourself, ...you can also merge opportunities or " -"leads even if the system doesn't propose it." -msgstr "" -"Você encontraria uma duplicação por si mesmo, ...você também pode mesclar " -"oportunidades ou leads mesmo que o sistema não proponha isso." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Here’s how, from the list view. Select the opportunities or leads you want " -"to merge and the action button will appear. Then, you can select merge." -msgstr "" -"Veja como, na visualização de lista. Selecione as oportunidades ou leads que" -" deseja mesclar e o botão de ação aparecerá. Em seguida, você pode " -"selecionar mesclar." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:67 -msgid "It is also possible to merge more than 2 opportunities or leads." -msgstr "Também é possível mesclar mais de 2 oportunidades ou leads." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:3 -msgid "Generate leads/opportunities from emails" -msgstr "Gerar prospectos/oportunidades a partir de e-mails" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Automating the lead/opportunity generation will considerably improve your " -"efficiency. By default, any email sent to *sales@database\\_domain.ext* will" -" create an opportunity in the pipeline of the default sales channel." -msgstr "" -"Automatizar a geração de leads/oportunidades melhorará consideravelmente sua" -" eficiência. Por padrão, qualquer e-mail enviado para " -"*sales@database\\_domain.ext* criará uma oportunidade no pipeline do canal " -"de vendas padrão." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:11 -msgid "Configure email aliases" -msgstr "Configure apelidos de e-mail" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Each sales teams can have its own email alias, to generate " -"leads/opportunities automatically assigned to it. It is useful if you manage" -" several sales teams with specific business processes. You will find the " -"configuration of sales teams under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Sales " -"Teams`." -msgstr "" -"Cada equipe de vendas pode ter seu próprio alias de e-mail, para gerar " -"leads/oportunidades atribuídos automaticamente a ela. É útil se você " -"gerencia várias equipes de vendas com processos de negócios específicos. " -"Você encontrará a configuração das equipes de vendas em " -":menuselection:`Configurações --> Equipe de Vendas`." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:3 -msgid "Generate leads/opportunities from your website contact page" -msgstr "" -"Gere propectos/oportunidades a partir da página de contato do seu site" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Automating the lead/opportunity generation will considerably improve your " -"efficiency. Any visitor using the contact form on your website will create a" -" lead/opportunity in the pipeline." -msgstr "" -"Automatizar a geração de prospectos/oportunidades melhorará " -"consideravelmente sua eficiência. Qualquer visitante que usar o formulário " -"de contato em seu site criará uma prospectos/oportunidade no pipeline." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:10 -msgid "Use the contact us on your website" -msgstr "Use o formulário de contato em seu site" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:12 -msgid "You should first go to your website app." -msgstr "Primeiro, você deve ir ao aplicativo do site." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:14 -msgid "|image0|\\ |image1|" -msgstr "|image0|\\ |image1|" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:16 -msgid "" -"With the CRM app installed, you benefit from a ready-to-use contact form on " -"your Odoo website that will generate leads/opportunities automatically." -msgstr "" -"Com o aplicativo CRM instalado, você se beneficia de um formulário de " -"contato pronto para uso em seu site da Odoo que gerará leads/oportunidades " -"automaticamente." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:23 -msgid "" -"To change to a specific sales channel, go to :menuselection:`Website --> " -"Configuration --> Settings` under *Communication* you will find the Contact " -"Form info and where to change the *Sales Channel* or *Salesperson*." -msgstr "" -"Para alterar para um canal de vendas específico, vá para " -":menuselection:'Site --> Configuração --> Configurações' em *Comunicação* " -"você encontrará as informações do Formulário de Contato e onde alterar o " -"*Canal de Vendas* ou *Vendedor*." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:32 -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:50 -msgid "Create a custom contact form" -msgstr "Crie um formulário de contato personalizado" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:34 -msgid "" -"You may want to know more from your visitor when they use the contact form " -"to you will need to build a custom contact form on your website. These " -"contact forms can generate multiple types of records in the system (emails, " -"leads/opportunities, project tasks, helpdesk tickets, etc.)" -msgstr "" -"Você pode querer saber mais do seu visitante quando eles usam o formulário " -"de contato para que você precisará construir um formulário de contato " -"personalizado em seu site. Esses formulários de contato podem gerar vários " -"tipos de registros no sistema (e-mails, leads/oportunidades, tarefas de " -"projeto, tickets de helpdesk, etc.)" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:43 -msgid "" -"You will need to install the free *Form Builder* module, only available in " -"Odoo Enterprise." -msgstr "" -"Você precisará instalar o módulo gratuito *Form Builder**, disponível apenas" -" na Odoo Enterprise." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:52 -msgid "" -"First, go to the page where you want to put your contact form. In edit mode," -" drag the form builder onto the page, and you will be able to add all the " -"fields you wish." -msgstr "" -"Primeiro, vá para a página onde você deseja colocar seu formulário de " -"contato. No modo editar, arraste o construtor de formulários para a página e" -" você poderá adicionar todos os campos desejados." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:59 -msgid "" -"By default, any new contact form will send an email. You can switch to " -"lead/opportunity generation in *Change Form Parameters*." -msgstr "" -"Por padrão, qualquer novo formulário de contato enviará um e-mail. Você pode" -" mudar para geração de leads/oportunidades em *Alterar parâmetros de " -"formulário*." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:63 -msgid "" -"If the same visitor uses the contact form twice, the second entry will be " -"added to the first lead/opportunity in the chatter." -msgstr "" -"Se o mesmo visitante usar o formulário de contato duas vezes, uma segunda " -"conversa será adicionada ao primeiro Prospecto/Oportunidade." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:67 -msgid "Generate leads instead of opportunities" -msgstr "Gerar prospectos em vez de oportunidades" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:69 -msgid "" -"When using a contact form, you should use a qualification step before " -"assigning the form to the right sales people. To do so, activate *Leads* in " -"CRM settings and refer to :doc:`convert`." -msgstr "" -"Ao usar um formulário de contato, você deve usar uma etapa de qualificação " -"antes de atribuir o formulário aos vendedores certos. Para isso, ative " -"*Leads* nas configurações de CRM e consulte :doc:'convert'." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:3 -msgid "Lead mining" -msgstr "Mineração de Lead" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:4 -msgid "" -"In any business, getting quality leads is essential to keep the business " -"growing. Lead mining allows you to generate leads from scratch directly from" -" your database. Target your leads based on a set of criteria such as the " -"country, the size of the company, the industry your leads are coming from to" -" make them relevant to your business." -msgstr "" -"Em qualquer negócio, obter leads de qualidade é essencial para manter o " -"crescimento do negócio. A mineração de leads permite que você gere leads do " -"zero diretamente de seu banco de dados. Segmente seus leads com base em um " -"conjunto de critérios como o país, o tamanho da empresa e o setor de onde " -"vêm seus leads para torná-los relevantes para o seu negócio." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:10 -msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> " -"Settings` and activate the **Lead Mining** feature." -msgstr "" -"Para que este recurso funcione, acesse :menuselection:`CRM --> Configurações" -" --> Configurações` e ative o recurso ** Mineração de Leads **." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:17 -msgid "Start generating leads" -msgstr "Comece a gerar leads" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:18 -msgid "" -"You will now have a new button **Generate Leads** available in your " -"pipeline. You are also able to create lead mining requests from the " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Lead Mining Requests` and trough " -":menuselection:`Leads --> Leads` where you have the **Generate Leads** " -"button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:27 -msgid "" -"From there, click on the **Generate Leads** button, a window where you will " -"be able to pick your criteria will pop up." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:34 -msgid "" -"When choosing to target Companied and their contacts you can choose the " -"contacts you are getting based on Role or Seniority. When getting contact " -"information make sure to be aware of the latest EU regulation, get more " -"information about General Data Protection Regulation on `Odoo GDPR " -"<http://odoo.com/gdpr>`__," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:39 -msgid "" -"You can decide to filter the leads you are getting depending on the size " -"(number of employees) of the companies. You can pick the countries your " -"leads are coming from. It is possible to pick multiple countries. You can " -"pick the industries your leads are coming from. It is possible to pick " -"multiple industries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:43 -msgid "" -"You can choose the salesperson and the Salesteam the lead will be assigned " -"to. You can also add tags to track your generated leads." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:47 -msgid "The generated leads will have the name of the company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:50 -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:138 -#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:36 -msgid "Pricing" -msgstr "Preços" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:51 -msgid "" -"This is an In-App Purchase feature, each generated lead will cost you one " -"credit. If you choose to get contact information each contact will also cost" -" us one additional credit. Here is the pricing for this `feature " -"<https://iap.odoo.com/iap/in-app-services/167?>`__, To buy credits you can " -"either go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Settings --> Buy " -"Credits`; or go to :menuselection:`Settings --> In-App Purchases --> View my" -" Services`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:65 -msgid "" -"The blue box will automatically tell you how many credits are going to be " -"consumed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:68 -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:169 -msgid "" -"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you " -"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:71 -msgid "" -":doc:`In-App Purchases (IAP) " -"<../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:3 -msgid "Send quotations" -msgstr "Enviar cotações" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When you qualify a lead into an opportunity you will most likely need to " -"send them a quotation. You can directly do this in the CRM App with Odoo." -msgstr "" -"Quando você qualificar um prospecto em uma oportunidade, você provavelmente " -"precisará enviar-lhes uma cotação. Você pode fazer isso diretamente no " -"Aplicativo CRM com Odoo." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:12 -msgid "Create a new quotation" -msgstr "Crie uma nova cotação" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:14 -msgid "" -"By clicking on any opportunity or lead, you will see a *New Quotation* " -"button, it will bring you into a new menu where you can manage your quote." -msgstr "" -"Ao clicar em qualquer oportunidade ou prospecto, você verá um botão *Nova " -"Cotação*, ele o levará a um novo menu onde você pode gerenciar sua cotação." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:21 -msgid "" -"You will find all your quotes to that specific opportunity under the " -"*Quotations* menu on that page." -msgstr "" -"Você encontrará todas as suas cotações para essa oportunidade específica no " -"menu *Cotações* nessa página." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:28 -msgid "Mark them won/lost" -msgstr "Marque-os ganhos/perdas" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Now you will need to mark your opportunity as won or lost to move the " -"process along." -msgstr "" -"Agora você precisará marcar sua oportunidade como ganha ou perdida para " -"levar o processo adiante." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:33 -msgid "" -"If you mark them as won, they will move to your *Won* column in your Kanban " -"view. If you however mark them as *Lost* they will be archived." -msgstr "" -"Se você marcá-los como Ganhamos, eles passarão para a sua coluna *Ganhamos* " -"na sua visão Kanban. Se você, no entanto, marcá-los como *Perdidos* eles " -"serão arquivados." - -#: ../../crm/optimize.rst:3 -msgid "Optimize your Day-to-Day work" -msgstr "Otimize seu trabalho diário" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:3 -msgid "How to motivate and reward my salespeople?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Challenging your employees to reach specific targets with goals and rewards " -"is an excellent way to reinforce good habits and improve your salespeople " -"productivity. The Gamification module gives you simple and creative ways to " -"motivate and evaluate your employees with real-time recognition and badges " -"inspired by game mechanics." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Install the *Gamification* module, or the *CRM gamification* one, which adds" -" some useful data (goals and challenges) that can be used on *CRM/Sale*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:21 -msgid "Create a challenge" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Now, create your first challenge by going to :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Gamification Tools --> Challenges`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:27 -msgid "" -"As the gamification tool is a one-time technical setup, you need to activate" -" the technical features in order to access the configuration. To do so, go " -"to *Settings* and *Activate the developer mode*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:35 -msgid "" -"A challenge is a mission that you send to your sales team. It can include " -"one or several goals, set for a specific period of time. Configure your " -"challenge as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:38 -msgid "Assign the salespeople to be challenged;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:39 -msgid "Assign a responsible;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:40 -msgid "Set up the periodicity along with the start and the end date;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:41 -msgid "Select your goals;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:42 -msgid "Set up your rewards (badges)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Badges are granted when a challenge is finished. This is either at the end " -"of a running period (eg: end of the month for a monthly challenge), at the " -"end date of a challenge (if no periodicity is set), or when the challenge is" -" manually closed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:49 -msgid "" -"In the example below, 2 employees are being challenged with a *Monthly Sales" -" Target*. The challenge is based on 2 goals: the total amount invoiced and " -"number of new leads generated. At the end of the month, the winner will be " -"granted with a badge." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:58 -msgid "Set up goals" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:60 -msgid "" -"The users can be evaluated using goals and numerical objectives to reach." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:62 -msgid "" -"**Goals** are assigned through *challenges* that evaluate (see image above) " -"and compare members of a team throughout time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:66 -msgid "" -"You can create a new goal on the fly from a *Challenge* by clicking on *Add " -"new item*, under *Goals*. Select the business object according to your " -"company's needs. Examples: number of new leads, time to qualify a lead, " -"total amount invoiced in a specific week, month or any other time frame " -"based on your management preferences, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Goals may include your database setup as well (e.g. set your company data " -"and a timezone, create new users, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:77 -msgid "Set up rewards" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:79 -msgid "" -"For non-numerical achievements, **Badges** can be granted to users. From a " -"simple thank you to an exceptional achievement, a badge is an easy way to " -"express gratitude to a user for their good work. To create and grant badges " -"to your employees based on their performance, go to :menuselection:`Settings" -" --> Gamification Tools --> Badges`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:3 -msgid "Outlook Extension" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The **Odoo CRM Extension** is a connector that bridges your Outlook mailbox " -"with your Odoo database. This extension allows you to:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:8 -msgid "Create leads from emails sent to your mailbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:9 -msgid "Centralize Prospects' emails into a CRM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:10 -msgid "Search and store insights on your contacts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:17 -msgid "" -"This extension is compatible with the Web version of Outlook as well as the " -"desktop apps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:20 -msgid "" -"The Outlook Extension uses *Partner Autocomplete IAP credits* to search and " -"store insights on your contacts. See the :ref:`Pricing section " -"<outlook_extension/pricing>` below for more information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:29 -msgid "" -"The Outlook Extension requires to be configured both in Odoo and in Outlook." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:34 -msgid "Enable the feature on your database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:36 -msgid "" -"To enable this feature on your Odoo database, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> " -"Configuration --> Lead Generation`, enable **Outlook CRM Extension**, and " -"click on *Save*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:42 -msgid "Install the add-in on Outlook" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:44 -msgid "" -"You can install the Outlook Extension as a **Custom Add-in**. To do so, " -"follow these steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:0 -msgid "URL of the **Odoo for Outlook** add-in's manifest file:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:0 -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:0 -msgid "``https://download.odoo.com/plugins/outlook/manifest.xml``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:50 -msgid "Todo" -msgstr "À Fazer" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:50 -msgid "add copy button when the feature is added to the doc" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Connect to your Outlook mailbox, open any email, and click on the *More " -"actions* button, displayed as three little dots." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:59 -msgid "Click on *Get add-ins*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:65 -msgid "" -"In the new window, select the tab named *My add-ins*, click on *+ Add a " -"custom add-in*, and then on *Add from URL...*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Outlook prompts you to **enter the URL of the add-in's manifest file**. To " -"do so, copy the following URL, paste it in the box, and click on *OK*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:80 -msgid "" -"Outlook warns you that Microsoft hasn’t verified the add-in. Click on " -"*Install* to complete the installation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:84 -msgid "" -"The *Odoo for Outlook* add-in is not listed yet on Outlook's add-ins list. " -"This is why it is currently necessary to install it as a *custom add-in*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:90 -msgid "Add a shortcut to open the extension" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:92 -msgid "" -"By default, you can open the **Odoo for Outlook** extension from the *More " -"actions* menu. This section explains how to move the launcher next to the " -"other default actions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:99 -msgid "" -"In your Outlook mailbox, click on *Settings*, then on *View all Outlook " -"settings*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:100 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Mail --> Customize actions --> Message " -"surface`, select *Odoo for Outlook*, and click on *Save*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:109 -msgid "Connect to your database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:111 -msgid "" -"Open **Odoo for Outlook** from any email. This opens the extension as a " -"panel on the right side of your screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:113 -msgid "Click on *login* at the bottom of the extension." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:114 -msgid "Insert your database's URL then click on *Login*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:120 -msgid "" -"Log into your database by entering your credentials. Skip this step if you " -"are already logged in with this browser." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:122 -msgid "" -"A message asks you if you want to let Outlook access your Odoo database. " -"Click on *Allow* to complete the connection." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:126 -msgid "" -"Make sure first to :ref:`enable the feature on your database " -"<outlook_extension/enable-feature>`. Failing to do so would result in an " -"*error 404 message*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:130 -msgid "" -"The extension displays some information, even if you do not connect it to " -"any Odoo database. Note that only a limited amount of contact enrichment " -"requests are available as a trial, as this feature requires prepaid credits." -" See the :ref:`Pricing section <outlook_extension/pricing>` below for more " -"information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:140 -msgid "" -"The extension is **free** and doesn't require any purchase to be installed " -"and used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:142 -msgid "" -"However, this extension provides you with *Lead Enrichment* in the **Company" -" Insights** section. This service is part of a paid service known as **Lead " -"Generation**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:145 -msgid "" -"The extension allows you to test this service for free, whether you connect " -"the extension to a database or not. After a while, the extension asks you to" -" buy credits to keep using this additional service." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:155 -msgid "" -"You can buy more *Lead Generation* credits to keep using this service or " -"disregard this message and keep using the extension for free without *Lead " -"Enrichment*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:159 -msgid "In-App Purchase" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:162 -msgid "" -"*Lead Generation* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service, which requires " -"prepaid credits to be used. Each request consumes one credit." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:164 -#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:41 -msgid "" -"To buy credits, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Contacts --> Partner " -"Autocomplete or Odoo IAP --> View My Services` and select a package." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:167 -msgid "" -"If you run out of credits, the only information populated when clicking on " -"the suggested company is the website link and logo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:171 -#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Learn about our *Privacy Policy* `here " -"<https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#header_2>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:174 -msgid ":doc:`../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:175 -msgid "`Odoo Learn: Lead Enrichment <https://www.odoo.com/r/p73>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:3 -msgid "Enrich your contacts base with Partner Autocomplete" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Parter Autocomplete helps you to enrich your contacts database with " -"corporate data. Select one of the companies suggested in the dropdown, and " -"quickly get all the information you need." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Contacts` and activate the *Partner " -"Autocomplete* feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:18 -msgid "Enrich your contacts with corporate data" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:22 -msgid "" -"From any module, once you start to create a new contact typing the name of " -"it, the system will suggest a potential match. If you select it, the contact" -" will be populated with corporate data." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:23 -msgid "" -"For example, after typing *Odoo*, you will get the following information:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Partner Autocomplete also works if you enter a VAT number instead of a " -"company name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:39 -msgid "" -"*Partner Autocomplete* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service, which requires" -" prepaid credits to be used. Each request will consume one credit." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:44 -msgid "" -"If you run out of credits, the only information that will be populated when " -"clicking on the suggested company will be the website link and the logo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:46 -msgid "" -"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and you have the Enterprise version, you " -"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance.rst:3 -msgid "Analyze performance" -msgstr "Analisar o desempenho" - -#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:3 -msgid "Check your Win/Loss Ratio" -msgstr "Verifique sua relação vitória/perda" - -#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:5 -msgid "" -"To see how well you are doing with your pipeline, take a look at the " -"Win/Loss ratio." -msgstr "" -"Para ver o quão bem você está indo com o seu pipeline, dê uma olhada na " -"relação Vencidos/Perdidos." - -#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:8 -msgid "" -"To access this report, go to your *Pipeline* view under the *Reporting* tab." -msgstr "" -"Para acessar este relatório, acesse sua exibição *Pipeline* na guia " -"*Relatórios*." - -#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:11 -msgid "" -"From there you can filter to which opportunities you wish to see, yours, the" -" ones from your sales channel, your whole company, etc. You can then click " -"on filter and check Won/Lost." -msgstr "" -"A partir daí você pode filtrar para quais oportunidades você deseja ver, as " -"suas, as do seu canal de vendas, toda a sua empresa, etc. Em seguida, você " -"pode clicar no filtro e verificar Vencidos/Perdidos." - -#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:18 -msgid "You can also change the *Measures* to *Total Revenue*." -msgstr "Você também pode alterar as *Medidas* para *Receita Total*." - -#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:23 -msgid "You also have the ability to switch to a pie chart view." -msgstr "" -"Você também tem a capacidade de mudar para uma exibição de gráfico de pizza." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline.rst:3 -msgid "Organize the pipeline" -msgstr "Organize o pipeline" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:3 -msgid "Manage lost opportunities" -msgstr "Gerenciar oportunidades perdidas" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:5 -msgid "" -"While working with your opportunities, you might lose some of them. You will" -" want to keep track of the reasons you lost them and also which ways Odoo " -"can help you recover them in the future." -msgstr "" -"Enquanto trabalha com suas oportunidades, você pode perder algumas delas. " -"Você vai querer acompanhar as razões pelas quais os perdeu e também quais " -"maneiras Odoo pode ajudá-lo a recuperá-los no futuro." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:10 -msgid "Mark a lead as lost" -msgstr "Marque uma oportunidade como perdida" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:12 -msgid "" -"While in your pipeline, select any opportunity you want and you will see a " -"*Mark Lost* button." -msgstr "" -"Enquanto estiver em seu pipeline, selecione qualquer oportunidade que quiser" -" e verá um botão *Mark Lost*." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:15 -msgid "" -"You can then select an existing *Lost Reason* or create a new one right " -"there." -msgstr "" -"Em seguida, você pode selecionar uma \"Razão Perdida\" existente ou criar " -"uma nova ali mesmo." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:22 -msgid "Manage & create lost reasons" -msgstr "Gerenciar e criar razões de perda" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:24 -msgid "" -"You will find your *Lost Reasons* under :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Lost Reasons`." -msgstr "" -"Você encontrará suas *Razões Perdidas* em :menuselection:'Configuration --> " -"Lost Reasons'." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:26 -msgid "" -"You can select & rename any of them as well as create a new one from there." -msgstr "" -"Você pode selecionar e renomear qualquer um deles, bem como criar um novo a " -"partir daí." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:30 -msgid "Retrieve lost opportunities" -msgstr "Recuperar oportunidades perdidas" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:32 -msgid "" -"To retrieve lost opportunities and do actions on them (send an email, make a" -" feedback call, etc.), select the *Lost* filter in the search bar." -msgstr "" -"Para recuperar oportunidades perdidas e fazer ações sobre elas (envie um " -"e-mail, faça uma chamada de feedback, etc.), selecione o filtro *Perdidos* " -"na barra de pesquisa." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:39 -msgid "You will then see all your lost opportunities." -msgstr "Você verá então todas as oportunidades perdidas." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:41 -msgid "" -"If you want to refine them further, you can add a filter on the *Lost " -"Reason*." -msgstr "" -"Se você quiser refiná-los ainda mais, você pode adicionar um filtro na " -"*Razão Perdida*." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:44 -msgid "For Example, *Too Expensive*." -msgstr "Por exemplo, *muito caro*." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:50 -msgid "Restore lost opportunities" -msgstr "Restaurar oportunidades perdidas" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:52 -msgid "" -"From the Kanban view with the filter(s) in place, you can select any " -"opportunity you wish and work on it as usual. You can also restore it by " -"clicking on *Archived*." -msgstr "" -"A partir da visão Kanban com o filtro no lugar, você pode selecionar " -"qualquer oportunidade que desejar e trabalhar nela como de costume. Você " -"também pode restaurá-la clicando em *Arquivar*." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:59 -msgid "" -"You can also restore items in batch from the Kanban view when they belong to" -" the same stage. Select *Restore Records* in the column options. You can " -"also archive the same way." -msgstr "" -"Você também pode restaurar itens em lote a partir da vista Kanban quando " -"eles pertencem ao mesmo estágio. Selecione *Restaurar registros* nas opções " -"da coluna. Você também pode arquivar da mesma maneira." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:66 -msgid "To select specific opportunities, you should switch to the list view." -msgstr "" -"Para selecionar oportunidades específicas, você deve mudar para a exibição " -"da lista." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Then you can select as many or all opportunities and select the actions you " -"want to take." -msgstr "" -"Em seguida, você pode selecionar quantas ou todas as oportunidades e " -"selecionar as ações que deseja tomar." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:78 -msgid ":doc:`../performance/win_loss`" -msgstr ":doc:'. /performance/win_loss'" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:3 -msgid "Manage multiple sales teams" -msgstr "Gerencie várias equipes de vendas" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, you can manage several sales teams, departments or channels with " -"specific sales processes. To do so, we use the concept of *Sales Channel*." -msgstr "" -"Em Odoo, você pode gerenciar diversas equipes de vendas, departamentos ou " -"canais com processos de vendas específicos. Para isso, usamos o conceito de " -"*Canal de Vendas*." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:10 -msgid "Create a new sales channel" -msgstr "Criar um novo canal de vendas" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To create a new *Sales Channel*, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Sales Channels`." -msgstr "" -"Para criar um novo canal de vendas*, acesse :menuselection:'Configuration " -"--> Canais de vendas'." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:14 -msgid "" -"There you can set an email alias to it. Every message sent to that email " -"address will create a lead/opportunity." -msgstr "" -"Lá você pode definir um pseudônimo de e-mail para ele. Cada mensagem enviada" -" para esse endereço de e-mail criará uma lead/oportunidade." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:21 -msgid "Add members to your sales channel" -msgstr "Adicione membros ao seu canal de vendas" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:23 -msgid "" -"You can add members to any channel; that way those members will see the " -"pipeline structure of the sales channel when opening it. Any " -"lead/opportunity assigned to them will link to the sales channel. Therefore," -" you can only be a member of one channel." -msgstr "" -"Você pode adicionar membros a qualquer canal; dessa forma, esses membros " -"verão a estrutura do pipeline do canal de vendas ao abri-lo. Qualquer " -"lead/oportunidade atribuída a eles será vinculado ao canal de vendas. " -"Portanto, você só pode ser um membro de um canal." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:28 -msgid "This will ease the process review of the team manager." -msgstr "Isso facilitará a revisão do processo do gerente da equipe." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:33 -msgid "" -"If you now filter on this specific channel in your pipeline, you will find " -"all of its opportunities." -msgstr "" -"Se você agora filtrar neste canal específico em seu pipeline, você " -"encontrará todas as suas oportunidades." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:40 -msgid "Sales channel dashboard" -msgstr "Painel do canal de vendas" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:42 -msgid "" -"To see the operations and results of any sales channel at a glance, the " -"sales manager also has access to the *Sales Channel Dashboard* under " -"*Reporting*." -msgstr "" -"Para ver as operações e resultados de qualquer canal de vendas rapidamente, " -"o gerente de vendas também tem acesso ao *Painel do Canal de Vendas* em " -"*Reporting*." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:46 -msgid "" -"It is shared with the whole ecosystem so every revenue stream is included in" -" it: Sales, eCommerce, PoS, etc." -msgstr "" -"Ele é compartilhado com todo o ecossistema para que cada fluxo de receita " -"seja incluído nele: Vendas, eCommerce, PoS, etc." - -#: ../../crm/track_leads.rst:3 -msgid "Assign and track leads" -msgstr "Atribuir e rastrear leads" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:3 -msgid "Assign leads based on scoring" -msgstr "Atribuir leads com base na pontuação" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:5 -msgid "" -"With *Leads Scoring* you can automatically rank your leads based on selected" -" criterias." -msgstr "" -"Com *Pontuação de leads* você pode classificar automaticamente seus leads " -"com base em critérios selecionados." - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:8 -msgid "" -"For example you could score customers from your country higher or the ones " -"that visited specific pages on your website." -msgstr "" -"Por exemplo, você pode marcar clientes do seu país mais alto ou aqueles que " -"visitaram páginas específicas em seu site." - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:14 -msgid "" -"To use scoring, install the free module *Lead Scoring* under your *Apps* " -"page (only available in Odoo Enterprise)." -msgstr "" -"Para usar a pontuação, instale o módulo gratuito *Lead Score* na sua página " -"*Apps* (disponível apenas na Odoo Enterprise)." - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:21 -msgid "Create scoring rules" -msgstr "Criar regras de pontuação" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:23 -msgid "" -"You now have a new tab in your *CRM* app called *Leads Management* where you" -" can manage your scoring rules." -msgstr "" -"Agora você tem uma nova guia em seu aplicativo *CRM* chamado *Leads " -"Management* onde você pode gerenciar suas regras de pontuação." - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Here's an example for a Canadian lead, you can modify for whatever criteria " -"you wish to score your leads on. You can add as many criterias as you wish." -msgstr "" -"Aqui está um exemplo para uma oportunidade Canadense, você pode modificar " -"para qualquer critério que você deseja para marcar seus leads. Você pode " -"adicionar quantos critérios quiser." - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Every hour every lead without a score will be automatically scanned and " -"assigned their right score according to your scoring rules." -msgstr "" -"A cada hora cada lead sem pontuação será automaticamente verificado e " -"atribuído sua pontuação certa de acordo com suas regras de pontuação." - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:40 -msgid "Assign leads" -msgstr "Atribuir leads" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Once the scores computed, leads can be assigned to specific teams using the " -"same domain mechanism. To do so go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Leads " -"Management --> Team Assignation` and apply a specific domain on each team. " -"This domain can include scores." -msgstr "" -"Uma vez computadas as pontuações, os leads podem ser atribuídos a equipes " -"específicas usando o mesmo mecanismo de domínio. Para isso, vá para " -":menuselection:'CRM --> Leads Management --> Designação de equipe' e aplique" -" um domínio específico em cada equipe. Este domínio pode incluir pontuações." - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Further on, you can assign to a specific vendor in the team with an even " -"more refined domain." -msgstr "" -"Mais adiante, você pode atribuir a um fornecedor específico na equipe com um" -" domínio ainda mais refinado." - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:52 -msgid "" -"To do so go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Leads Management --> Leads " -"Assignation`." -msgstr "" -"Para isso, vá para :menuselection:'CRM --> Leads Management --> Leads " -"Assignation'." - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:58 -msgid "" -"The team & leads assignation will assign the unassigned leads once a day." -msgstr "" -"A atribuição de equipe e leads atribuirá os leads não atribuídos uma vez por" -" dia." - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:62 -msgid "Evaluate & use the unassigned leads" -msgstr "Avalie e utlize os leads não atribuídos" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Once your scoring rules are in place you will most likely still have some " -"unassigned leads. Some of them could still lead to an opportunity so it is " -"useful to do something with them." -msgstr "" -"Uma vez que suas regras de pontuação estejam em vigor, você provavelmente " -"ainda terá algumas pistas não assinadas. Algumas delas ainda podem levar a " -"uma oportunidade, por isso é útil fazer algo com elas." - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:68 -msgid "" -"In your leads page you can place a filter to find your unassigned leads." -msgstr "" -"Em sua página de leads, você pode colocar um filtro para encontrar seus " -"leads não assinados." - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Why not using :menuselection:`Email Marketing` or :menuselection:`Marketing " -"Automation` apps to send a mass email to them? You can also easily find such" -" unassigned leads from there." -msgstr "" -"Por que não usar :menuselection:'Email Marketing' ou " -":menuselection:'Marketing Automation' apps para enviar um e-mail em massa " -"para eles? Você também pode facilmente encontrar prospectos sem responsável " -"de lá." - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:3 -msgid "Track your prospects visits" -msgstr "Acompanhe as visitas de seus prospectos" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Tracking your website pages will give you much more information about the " -"interests of your website visitors." -msgstr "" -"Rastrear as páginas do seu site lhe dará muito mais informações sobre os " -"interesses dos visitantes do seu site." - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Every tracked page they visit will be recorded on your lead/opportunity if " -"they use the contact form on your website." -msgstr "" -"Cada página rastreada que eles visitarem será registrada em seu " -"lead/oportunidade se usar o formulário de contato em seu site." - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:14 -msgid "" -"To use this feature, install the free module *Lead Scoring* under your " -"*Apps* page (only available in Odoo Enterprise)." -msgstr "" -"Para usar esse recurso, instale o módulo *Lead Score* na sua página *Apps* " -"(disponível apenas na Odoo Enterprise)." - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:21 -msgid "Track a webpage" -msgstr "Acompanhe uma página web" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Go to any static page you want to track on your website and under the " -"*Promote* tab you will find *Optimize SEO*" -msgstr "" -"Vá para qualquer página estática que você deseja rastrear em seu site e na " -"guia *Promover* você encontrará *Otimizar SEO*" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:29 -msgid "There you will see a *Track Page* checkbox to track this page." -msgstr "" -"Lá você verá uma caixa de seleção *Track Page* para rastrear esta página." - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:35 -msgid "See visited pages in your leads/opportunities" -msgstr "Veja páginas visitadas em seus prospectos/oportunidades" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Now each time a lead is created from the contact form it will keep track of " -"the pages visited by that visitor. You have two ways to see those pages, on " -"the top right corner of your lead/opportunity you can see a *Page Views* " -"button but also further down you will see them in the chatter." -msgstr "" -"Agora, cada vez que um lead é criado a partir do formulário de contato, ele " -"acompanhará as páginas visitadas por esse visitante. Você tem duas maneiras " -"de ver essas páginas, no canto superior direito do seu " -"prospector/oportunidade você pode ver um botão *Page Views*, mas também mais" -" para baixo você vai vê-las na conversa." - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Both will update if the viewers comes back to your website and visits more " -"pages." -msgstr "" -"Ambos serão atualizados se os visitantes voltarem ao seu site e abrirem " -"novas páginas." - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:52 -msgid "" -"The feature will not repeat multiple viewings of the same pages in the " -"chatter." -msgstr "" -"O recurso não repetirá várias visualizações das mesmas páginas na conversa." - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:55 -msgid "Your customers will no longer be able to keep any secrets from you!" -msgstr "Seus clientes não serão mais capazes de guardar segredos de você!" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po deleted file mode 100644 index d63279cfb..000000000 --- a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1808 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Éder Brito <britoederr@gmail.com>, 2020 -# lluisgustavoreis <luis.gustavo@kmee.com.br>, 2020 -# Rafael H L Moretti <rafael.moretti@gmail.com>, 2021 -# Martin Trigaux, 2021 -# Luis Felipe Miléo <mileo@kmee.com.br>, 2021 -# Mateus Lopes <mateus1@gmail.com>, 2021 -# grazziano <gra.negocia@gmail.com>, 2021 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: grazziano <gra.negocia@gmail.com>, 2021\n" -"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: pt_BR\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:8 -msgid "Online Database management" -msgstr "Gerenciamento de banco de dados online" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:10 -msgid "" -"To manage your databases, access the `database management page " -"<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__ (you will have to sign in). Then " -"click on the `Manage Your Databases " -"<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases/manage>`__ button." -msgstr "" -"Para gerenciar seus bancos de dados, acesse a `página de gerenciamento de " -"banco de dados <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>` __ (você terá que " -"entrar). Em seguida, clique no botão `Gerenciar seus bancos de dados " -"<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases/manage>` __." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Make sure you are connected as the administrator of the database you want to" -" manage - many operations depends on indentifying you remotely to that " -"database." -msgstr "" -"Certifique-se de estar conectado como administrador do banco de dados que " -"deseja gerenciar - muitas operações dependem de sua identificação remota " -"nesse banco de dados." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:22 -msgid "Several actions are available:" -msgstr "Várias ações estão disponíveis:" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:28 -msgid ":ref:`Upgrade <upgrade_button>`" -msgstr ":ref:`Upgrade <upgrade_button>`" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Upgrade your database to the latest Odoo version to enjoy cutting-edge " -"features" -msgstr "" -"Atualize seu banco de dados para a versão mais recente do Odoo e aproveite " -"os recursos de ponta" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:32 -msgid ":ref:`Duplicate <duplicate_online>`" -msgstr ":ref:`Duplicate <duplicate_online>`" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Make an exact copy of your database, if you want to try out new apps or new " -"flows without compromising your daily operations" -msgstr "" -"Faça uma cópia exata do seu banco de dados, se quiser experimentar novos " -"aplicativos ou novos fluxos sem comprometer suas operações diárias" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:34 -msgid ":ref:`Rename <rename_online_database>`" -msgstr ":ref:`Rename <rename_online_database>`" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:35 -msgid "Rename your database (and its URL)" -msgstr "Renomeie seu banco de dados (e seu URL)" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:37 -msgid "**Backup**" -msgstr "**Backup**" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Download an instant backup of your database; note that we back up databases " -"daily according to our Odoo Cloud SLA" -msgstr "" -"Baixe um backup instantâneo de seu banco de dados; observe que fazemos " -"backup dos bancos de dados diariamente de acordo com nosso SLA Odoo Cloud" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:40 -msgid ":ref:`Domains <custom_domain>`" -msgstr ":ref:`Domains <custom_domain>`" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:40 -msgid "Configure custom domains to access your database via another URL" -msgstr "" -"Configure domínios personalizados para acessar seu banco de dados por meio " -"de outro URL" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:42 -msgid ":ref:`Delete <delete_online_database>`" -msgstr ":ref:`Delete <delete_online_database>`" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:43 -msgid "Delete a database instantly" -msgstr "Exclua um banco de dados instantaneamente" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:46 -msgid "Contact Support" -msgstr "Contate o Suporte" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Access our `support page <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__ with the correct " -"database already selected" -msgstr "" -"Acesse nossa `página de suporte <https://www.odoo.com/help>` __ com o banco " -"de dados correto já selecionado" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:51 ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:12 -msgid "Upgrade" -msgstr "Atualizar" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Upgrading your database to a newer version of Odoo is a complex operation " -"that require time and caution. It is extremely important that you fully test" -" the process before upgrading your production database." -msgstr "" -"Atualizar seu banco de dados para uma versão mais recente do Odoo é uma " -"operação complexa que requer tempo e cuidado. É extremamente importante que " -"você teste totalmente o processo antes de atualizar seu banco de dados de " -"produção." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Odoo releases new versions regularly (at least once a year), and upgrading " -"your database to enjoy new Odoo features is part of the Odoo Online " -"experience." -msgstr "" -"O Odoo lança novas versões regularmente (pelo menos uma vez por ano), e " -"atualizar seu banco de dados para aproveitar os novos recursos do Odoo faz " -"parte da experiência Odoo Online." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:60 -msgid "" -"The upgrade process can take some time, especially if you use multiple apps " -"or apps that manage sensitive data (e.g. Accounting, Inventory, etc.). In " -"general, the 'smaller' the database, the quickest the upgrade. A single-user" -" database that uses only CRM will be processed faster than a multi-company, " -"multi-user database that uses Accounting, Sales, Purchase and Manufacturing." -msgstr "" -"O processo de atualização pode levar algum tempo, especialmente se você usar" -" vários aplicativos ou aplicativos que gerenciam dados confidenciais (por " -"exemplo, contabilidade, inventário, etc.). Em geral, quanto 'menor' o banco " -"de dados, mais rápida é a atualização. Um banco de dados de usuário único " -"que usa apenas CRM será processado mais rápido do que um banco de dados de " -"várias empresas e vários usuários que usa contabilidade, vendas, compras e " -"fabricação." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Unfortunately, it is impossible to give time estimates for every upgrade " -"request, since Odoo.com will test manually every database upgrade at least " -"once and will need to correct/adapt changes made to the standard Odoo Apps " -"(e.g. through Studio or through a Success Pack) on a case-by-case basis. " -"This can make the process slower, since requests are treated in the order " -"they arrive. This is especially true in the months following the release of " -"a new major version, which can lengthen the upgrade delay significantly." -msgstr "" -"Infelizmente, é impossível dar estimativas de tempo para cada solicitação de" -" atualização, uma vez que Odoo.com testará manualmente cada atualização do " -"banco de dados pelo menos uma vez e precisará corrigir / adaptar as " -"alterações feitas nos Apps Odoo padrão (por exemplo, através do Studio ou " -"através de um pacote de sucesso ), caso a caso. Isso pode tornar o processo " -"mais lento, pois as solicitações são tratadas na ordem em que chegam. Isso é" -" especialmente verdadeiro nos meses seguintes ao lançamento de uma nova " -"versão principal, o que pode prolongar significativamente o atraso da " -"atualização." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:74 -msgid "The upgrade process is quite simple from your point of view:" -msgstr "O processo de atualização é bastante simples do seu ponto de vista:" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:76 -msgid "You request a test upgrade" -msgstr "Você solicita uma atualização de teste" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Once all tests have been validated **by you**, you upgrade your actual " -"database" -msgstr "" -"Assim que todos os testes forem validados ** por você **, você atualiza seu " -"banco de dados real" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:79 -msgid "" -"The process to request a test or a production (*actual*) upgrade is the " -"same." -msgstr "" -"O processo para solicitar um teste ou uma atualização de produção (* real *)" -" é o mesmo." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:81 -msgid "" -"First, make sure to be connected to the database you want to upgrade and " -"access the `database management page <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__." -msgstr "" -"Primeiro, certifique-se de estar conectado ao banco de dados que deseja " -"atualizar e acesse a `página de gerenciamento de banco de dados " -"<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>` __." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:84 -msgid "" -"You have to have an active session with access to the Settings app in the " -"database you want to upgrade for the button to be visible." -msgstr "" -"Você deve ter uma sessão ativa com acesso ao aplicativo Configurações no " -"banco de dados que deseja atualizar para que o botão fique visível." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:87 -msgid "" -"On the line of the database you want to upgrade, click on the \"Cog\" menu. " -"If an newer version of Odoo is available, you will see an 'Upgrade' button." -msgstr "" -"Na linha do banco de dados que deseja atualizar, clique no menu \"Cog\". Se " -"uma versão mais recente do Odoo estiver disponível, você verá um botão " -"'Atualizar'." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:94 -msgid "" -"You have the possibility to choose the target version of the upgrade. By " -"default, we select the highest available version available for your " -"database; if you were already in the process of testing an upgrade, we will " -"automatically select the version you were already testing (even if we " -"released a more recent version during your tests)." -msgstr "" -"Você tem a possibilidade de escolher a versão de destino da atualização. Por" -" padrão, selecionamos a versão mais alta disponível para seu banco de dados;" -" se você já estava testando uma atualização, selecionaremos automaticamente " -"a versão que você já estava testando (mesmo que tenhamos lançado uma versão " -"mais recente durante os testes)." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:103 -msgid "" -"By clicking on the \"Test upgrade\" button, an upgrade request will be " -"generated. Only one request can be made at time for each database; if a " -"request has already been made, you will see an 'Upgrade Queued' note instead" -" and asking another request will not be possible." -msgstr "" -"Ao clicar no botão \"Testar atualização\", uma solicitação de atualização " -"será gerada. Apenas uma solicitação pode ser feita por vez para cada banco " -"de dados; se uma solicitação já tiver sido feita, você verá uma nota " -"'Atualização em fila' e não será possível fazer outra solicitação." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:108 -msgid "" -"A test upgrade will create a copy of your database, upgrade it and make it " -"available to you automatically once successful. If this is the first test " -"you request for this particular database, a manual testing phase will be " -"done by Odoo.com - this could take time (up to several weeks). Subsequent " -"requests will not go through that manual testing step and will usually be " -"made available in a few hours. Once the test database is available, you " -"should receive an e-mail with the URL of the test database." -msgstr "" -"Uma atualização de teste irá criar uma cópia do seu banco de dados, " -"atualizá-lo e torná-lo disponível para você automaticamente assim que for " -"bem-sucedido. Se este for o primeiro teste que você solicita para este banco" -" de dados específico, uma fase de teste manual será feita por Odoo.com - " -"isso pode levar algum tempo (até várias semanas). As solicitações " -"subsequentes não passarão por essa etapa de teste manual e geralmente " -"estarão disponíveis em algumas horas. Assim que o banco de dados de teste " -"estiver disponível, você deverá receber um e-mail com o URL do banco de " -"dados de teste." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:116 -msgid "" -"**Testing your database is the most important step of the upgrade process!**" -" Even though we test all upgrades manually, we do not know your work " -"processes. A change in standard worfklows of Odoo in new versions might " -"require you to change internal processes, or some of the customizations you " -"made through Odoo Studio might not work properly. *It is up to you to make " -"sure that everything works as it should!* You can report issues with your " -"test database through our `Support page <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:124 -msgid "" -"Make sure to do one last test of your upgrade right before the final upgrade" -" (e.g. the day before) to ensure everything will run smoothly. Downgrading " -"is not possible and post-poning an upgrade is always easier than being " -"prevented to work by an upgrade issue after the fact!" -msgstr "" -"Certifique-se de fazer um último teste de sua atualização antes da " -"atualização final (por exemplo, no dia anterior) para garantir que tudo " -"funcionará perfeitamente. O downgrade não é possível e adiar uma atualização" -" é sempre mais fácil do que ser impedido de funcionar por um problema de " -"atualização após o fato!" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:129 -msgid "" -"Once you are ready and you have validated all your tests, you can click " -"again on the Upgrade button and confirm by clicking on Upgrade (the button " -"with the little rocket!) to switch your production database to the new " -"version. Your database will then be taken offline within the next 10 minutes" -" and will be upgraded automatically; you receive a confirmation e-mail once " -"the process is completed." -msgstr "" -"Assim que estiver pronto e validar todos os seus testes, você pode clicar " -"novamente no botão Upgrade e confirmar clicando em Upgrade (o botão com o " -"pequeno foguete!) Para mudar seu banco de dados de produção para a nova " -"versão. Seu banco de dados será colocado offline nos próximos 10 minutos e " -"será atualizado automaticamente; você receberá um e-mail de confirmação " -"assim que o processo for concluído." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:140 -msgid "" -"Your database will be taken offline during the upgrade (usually between " -"30min up to several hours for big databases), so make sure to plan your " -"migration during non-business hours." -msgstr "" -"Seu banco de dados ficará offline durante a atualização (geralmente entre 30" -" minutos até várias horas para bancos de dados grandes), portanto, " -"certifique-se de planejar sua migração fora do horário comercial." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:146 -msgid "Duplicating a database" -msgstr "Duplicando um banco de dados" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:148 -msgid "" -"Database duplication, renaming, custom DNS, etc. is not available for trial " -"databases on our Online platform. Paid Databases and \"One App Free\" " -"database can duplicate without problem." -msgstr "" -"Duplicação de banco de dados, renomeação, DNS personalizado, etc. não está " -"disponível para bancos de dados de teste em nossa plataforma Online. Bancos " -"de dados pagos e banco de dados \"Um Aplicativo Livre\" podem ser duplicados" -" sem problemas." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:153 -msgid "" -"In the line of the database you want to duplicate, you will have a few " -"buttons. To duplicate your database, just click **Duplicate**. You will have" -" to give a name to your duplicate, then click **Duplicate Database**." -msgstr "" -"Na linha do banco de dados que você deseja duplicar, você terá alguns " -"botões. Para duplicar seu banco de dados, basta clicar em ** Duplicar **. " -"Você terá que dar um nome à sua duplicata e clicar em ** Banco de Dados " -"Duplicado **." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:160 -msgid "" -"If you do not check the \"For testing purposes\" checkbox when duplicating a" -" database, all external communication will remain active:" -msgstr "" -"Se você não marcar a caixa de seleção \"Para fins de teste\" ao duplicar um " -"banco de dados, todas as comunicações externas permanecerão ativas:" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:163 -msgid "Emails are sent" -msgstr "Emails são enviados" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:165 -msgid "" -"Payments are processed (in the e-commerce or Subscriptions apps, for " -"example)" -msgstr "" -"Os pagamentos são processados ​​(nos aplicativos de e-commerce ou " -"assinaturas, por exemplo)" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:168 -msgid "Delivery orders (shipping providers) are sent" -msgstr "Pedidos de entrega (fornecedores de frete) são enviados" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:170 -msgid "Etc." -msgstr "Etc." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:172 -msgid "" -"Make sure to check the checkbox \"For testing purposes\" if you want these " -"behaviours to be disabled." -msgstr "" -"Certifique-se de marcar a caixa de seleção \"Para fins de teste\" se quiser " -"que esses comportamentos sejam desativados." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:175 -msgid "" -"After a few seconds, you will be logged in your duplicated database. Notice " -"that the url uses the name you chose for your duplicated database." -msgstr "" -"Após alguns segundos, você será conectado ao banco de dados duplicado. " -"Observe que o url usa o nome que você escolheu para o banco de dados " -"duplicado." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:180 -msgid "Duplicate databases expire automatically after 15 days." -msgstr "Os bancos de dados duplicados expiram automaticamente após 15 dias." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:188 -msgid "Rename a Database" -msgstr "Renomear um banco de dados" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:190 -msgid "" -"To rename your database, make sure you are connected to the database you " -"want to rename, access the `database management page " -"<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__ and click **Rename**. You will have " -"to give a new name to your database, then click **Rename Database**." -msgstr "" -"Para renomear seu banco de dados, certifique-se de estar conectado ao banco " -"de dados que deseja renomear, acesse a `página de gerenciamento de banco de " -"dados <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>` __ e clique em ** Rename **. Você" -" terá que dar um novo nome ao seu banco de dados e clicar em ** Renomear " -"Banco de Dados **." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:201 -msgid "Deleting a Database" -msgstr "Excluindo um Banco de Dados" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:203 -msgid "You can only delete databases of which you are the administrator." -msgstr "Você só pode excluir banco de dados dos quais você é o administrador." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:205 -msgid "" -"When you delete your database all the data will be permanently lost. The " -"deletion is instant and for all the Users. We advise you to do an instant " -"backup of your database before deleting it, since the last automated daily " -"backup may be several hours old at that point." -msgstr "" -"Ao excluir seu banco de dados, todos os dados serão perdidos " -"permanentemente. A exclusão é instantânea e para todos os usuários. " -"Aconselhamos você a fazer um backup instantâneo de seu banco de dados antes " -"de excluí-lo, já que o último backup diário automatizado pode ter várias " -"horas nesse ponto." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:211 -msgid "" -"From the `database management page <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__, " -"on the line of the database you want to delete, click on the \"Delete\" " -"button." -msgstr "" -"Na `página de gerenciamento de banco de dados " -"<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>` __, na linha do banco de dados que " -"deseja excluir, clique no botão \"Excluir\"." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:218 -msgid "" -"Read carefully the warning message that will appear and proceed only if you " -"fully understand the implications of deleting a database:" -msgstr "" -"Leia atentamente a mensagem de aviso que aparecerá e prossiga somente se " -"você compreender totalmente as implicações da exclusão de um banco de dados:" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:224 -msgid "" -"After a few seconds, the database will be deleted and the page will reload " -"automatically." -msgstr "" -"Após alguns segundos, o banco de dados será excluído e a página será " -"recarregada automaticamente." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:228 -msgid "" -"If you need to re-use this database name, it will be immediately available." -msgstr "" -"Se você precisar reutilizar este nome de banco de dados, ele estará " -"disponível imediatamente." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:230 -msgid "" -"It is not possible to delete a database if it is expired or linked to a " -"Subscription. In these cases contact `Odoo Support " -"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" -msgstr "" -"Não é possível excluir um banco de dados se ele estiver expirado ou " -"vinculado a uma assinatura. Nestes casos, entre em contato com o `Suporte " -"Odoo <https://www.odoo.com/help>` __" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:234 -msgid "" -"If you want to delete your Account, please contact `Odoo Support " -"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" -msgstr "" -"Se você deseja excluir sua conta, entre em contato com o `Suporte Odoo " -"<https://www.odoo.com/help>` __" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:7 -msgid "On-premises Database management" -msgstr "Gerenciamento de banco de dados local" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:10 -msgid "Register a database" -msgstr "Registre um banco de dados" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To register your database, you just need to enter your Subscription Code in " -"the banner in the App Switcher. Make sure you do not add extra spaces before" -" or after your subscription code. If the registration is successful, it will" -" turn green and will provide you with the Expiration Date of your freshly-" -"registered database. You can check this Epiration Date in the About menu " -"(Odoo 9) or in the Settings Dashboard (Odoo 10)." -msgstr "" -"Para registrar seu banco de dados, você só precisa inserir seu Código de " -"Assinatura no banner do App Switcher. Certifique-se de não adicionar espaços" -" extras antes ou depois de seu código de assinatura. Se o registro for bem-" -"sucedido, ficará verde e fornecerá a data de expiração de seu banco de dados" -" recém-registrado. Você pode verificar esta Data de Epiração no menu Sobre " -"(Odoo 9) ou no Painel de Configurações (Odoo 10)." - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:20 -msgid "Registration Error Message" -msgstr "Mensagem de erro de registro" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:22 -msgid "" -"If you are unable to register your database, you will likely encounter this " -"message:" -msgstr "" -"Se você não conseguir registrar seu banco de dados, provavelmente encontrará" -" esta mensagem:" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:31 -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:110 -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:138 -msgid "Solutions" -msgstr "Soluções" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:33 -msgid "Do you have a valid Enterprise subscription?" -msgstr "Você tem uma assinatura corporativa válida?" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Check if your subscription details get the tag \"In Progress\" on your `Odoo" -" Account <https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__ or with your Account" -" Manager" -msgstr "" -"Verifique se os detalhes de sua assinatura receberam a tag \"Em andamento\" " -"em sua conta `Odoo <https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>` __ ou com " -"seu gerente de conta" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:39 -msgid "Have you already linked a database with your subscription reference?" -msgstr "Você já vinculou um banco de dados com sua referência de assinatura?" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:41 -msgid "" -"You can link only one database per subscription. (Need a test or a " -"development database? `Find a partner <https://www.odoo.com/partners>`__)" -msgstr "" -"Você pode vincular apenas um banco de dados por assinatura. (Precisa de um " -"teste ou banco de dados de desenvolvimento? `Encontre um parceiro " -"<https://www.odoo.com/partners>` __)" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:45 -msgid "" -"You can unlink the old database yourself on your `Odoo Contract " -"<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__ with the button \"Unlink " -"database\"" -msgstr "" -"Você pode desvincular o banco de dados antigo em seu `Contrato Odoo " -"<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>` __ com o botão \"Desvincular " -"banco de dados\"" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:52 -msgid "" -"A confirmation message will appear; make sure this is the correct database " -"as it will be deactivated shortly:" -msgstr "" -"Uma mensagem de confirmação aparecerá; certifique-se de que este é o banco " -"de dados correto, pois ele será desativado em breve:" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:59 -msgid "Do you have the updated version of Odoo 9?" -msgstr "Você tem a versão atualizada do Odoo 9?" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:61 -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:171 -msgid "" -"From July 2016 onward, Odoo 9 now automatically change the uuid of a " -"duplicated database; a manual operation is no longer required." -msgstr "" -"De julho de 2016 em diante, Odoo 9 agora muda automaticamente o uuid de um " -"banco de dados duplicado; uma operação manual não é mais necessária." - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:64 -msgid "" -"If it's not the case, you may have multiple databases sharing the same UUID." -" Please check on your `Odoo Contract " -"<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__, a short message will appear " -"specifying which database is problematic:" -msgstr "" -"Se não for o caso, você pode ter vários bancos de dados compartilhando o " -"mesmo UUID. Verifique em seu `Contrato Odoo " -"<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>` __, uma mensagem curta " -"aparecerá especificando qual banco de dados é problemático:" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:73 -msgid "" -"In this case, you need to change the UUID on your test databases to solve " -"this issue. You will find more information about this in :ref:`this section " -"<duplicate_premise>`." -msgstr "" -"Nesse caso, você precisa alterar o UUID em seus bancos de dados de teste " -"para resolver esse problema. Você encontrará mais informações sobre isso: " -"ref: `esta seção <duplicate_premise>`." - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:76 -msgid "" -"For your information, we identify database with UUID. Therefore, each " -"database should have a distinct UUID to ensure that registration and " -"invoicing proceed effortlessly for your and for us." -msgstr "" -"Para sua informação, identificamos banco de dados com UUID. Portanto, cada " -"banco de dados deve ter um UUID distinto para garantir que o registro e o " -"faturamento ocorram sem esforço para você e para nós." - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:80 -msgid "Check your network and firewall settings" -msgstr "Verifique suas configurações de rede e firewall" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:82 -msgid "" -"The Update notification must be able to reach Odoo's subscription validation" -" servers. In other words, make sure that the Odoo server is able to open " -"outgoing connections towards:" -msgstr "" -"A notificação de atualização deve ser capaz de alcançar os servidores de " -"validação de assinatura do Odoo. Em outras palavras, certifique-se de que o " -"servidor Odoo é capaz de abrir conexões de saída para:" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:86 -msgid "services.odoo.com on port 443 (or 80)" -msgstr "services.odoo.com na porta 443 (ou 80)" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:87 -msgid "services.openerp.com on port 443 (or 80) for older deployments" -msgstr "" -"services.openerp.com na porta 443 (ou 80) para implantações mais antigas" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:89 -msgid "" -"Once you activated your database, you must keep these ports open, as the " -"Update notification runs once a week." -msgstr "" -"Depois de ativar seu banco de dados, você deve manter essas portas abertas, " -"pois a notificação de atualização é executada uma vez por semana." - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:95 -msgid "Error message due to too many users" -msgstr "Mensagem de erro devido a muitos usuários" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:97 -msgid "" -"If you have more users in your local database than provisionned in your Odoo" -" Enterprise subscription, you may encounter this message:" -msgstr "" -"Se você tiver mais usuários em seu banco de dados local do que o " -"provisionado em sua assinatura do Odoo Enterprise, poderá encontrar esta " -"mensagem:" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:106 -msgid "" -"When the message appears you have 30 days before the expiration. The " -"countdown is updated everyday." -msgstr "" -"Quando a mensagem aparecer, você tem 30 dias antes da expiração. A contagem " -"regressiva é atualizada todos os dias." - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:112 -msgid "" -"**Add more users** on your subscription: follow the link and Validate the " -"upsell quotation and pay for the extra users." -msgstr "" -"** Adicione mais usuários ** em sua assinatura: siga o link e valide a " -"cotação de upsell e pague pelos usuários extras." - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:114 -msgid "" -"**Deactivate users** as explained in this `documentation <documentation.html" -"#deactivating-users>`_ and **Reject** the upsell quotation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:117 -msgid "" -"Once your database has the correct number of users, the expiration message " -"will disappear automatically after a few days, when the next verification " -"occurs. We understand that it can be a bit frightening to see the countdown," -" so you can :ref:`force an Update Notification <force_ping>` to make the " -"message disappear right away." -msgstr "" -"Assim que seu banco de dados tiver o número correto de usuários, a mensagem " -"de vencimento desaparecerá automaticamente após alguns dias, quando ocorrer " -"a próxima verificação. Entendemos que pode ser um pouco assustador ver a " -"contagem regressiva, então você pode: ref: `forçar uma Notificação de " -"Atualização <force_ping>` para fazer a mensagem desaparecer imediatamente." - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:124 -msgid "Database expired error message" -msgstr "Mensagem de erro de banco de dados expirado" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:126 -msgid "" -"If your database reaches its expiration date before your renew your " -"subscription, you will encounter this message:" -msgstr "" -"Se o seu banco de dados atingir a data de expiração antes de você renovar a " -"assinatura, você encontrará esta mensagem:" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:134 -msgid "" -"This **blocking** message appears after a non-blocking message that lasts 30" -" days. If you fail to take action before the end of the countdown, the " -"database is expired." -msgstr "" -"Esta mensagem de ** bloqueio ** aparece após uma mensagem sem bloqueio que " -"dura 30 dias. Se você não agir antes do final da contagem regressiva, o " -"banco de dados expirará." - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:142 -msgid "" -"Renew your subscription: follow the link and renew your subscription - note " -"that" -msgstr "" -"Renove sua assinatura: siga o link e renove sua assinatura - observe que" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:141 -msgid "" -"if you wish to pay by Wire Transfer, your subscription will effectively be " -"renewed only when the payment arrives, which can take a few days. Credit " -"card payments are processed immediately." -msgstr "" -"se desejar pagar por transferência eletrônica, sua assinatura será " -"efetivamente renovada somente quando o pagamento chegar, o que pode levar " -"alguns dias. Os pagamentos com cartão de crédito são processados " -"​​imediatamente." - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:144 -msgid "Contact our `Support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" -msgstr "Contate nosso `Suporte <https://www.odoo.com/help>` __" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:146 -msgid "" -"None of those solutions worked for you? Please contact our `Support " -"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" -msgstr "" -"Nenhuma dessas soluções funcionou para você? Entre em contato com nosso " -"`Suporte <https://www.odoo.com/help>` __" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:155 -msgid "Duplicate a database" -msgstr "Duplicar um banco de dados" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:157 -msgid "" -"You can duplicate your database by accessing the database manager on your " -"server (<odoo-server>/web/database/manager). In this page, you can easily " -"duplicate your database (among other things)." -msgstr "" -"Você pode duplicar seu banco de dados acessando o gerenciador de banco de " -"dados em seu servidor (<odoo-server> / web / database / manager). Nesta " -"página, você pode facilmente duplicar seu banco de dados (entre outras " -"coisas)." - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:165 -msgid "" -"When you duplicate a local database, it is **strongly** advised to change " -"the duplicated database's uuid (Unniversally Unique Identifier), since this " -"uuid is how your database identifies itself with our servers. Having two " -"databases with the same uuid could result in invoicing problems or " -"registration problems down the line." -msgstr "" -"Quando você duplica um banco de dados local, é ** fortemente ** aconselhado " -"alterar o uuid do banco de dados duplicado (Identificador Universal Único), " -"uma vez que este uuid é como seu banco de dados se identifica com nossos " -"servidores. Ter dois bancos de dados com o mesmo uuid pode resultar em " -"problemas de faturamento ou de registro no futuro." - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:174 -msgid "" -"The database uuid is currently accessible from the menu " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> System Parameters`, we advise you" -" to use a `uuid generator <https://www.uuidtools.com>`_ or to use the unix " -"command ``uuidgen`` to generate a new uuid. You can then simply replace it " -"like any other record by clicking on it and using the edit button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:17 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Visão geral" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:22 -msgid "The upgrade process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:24 -msgid "" -"This documentation is for our *On-Premise* (self-hosted) and *Odoo.sh* " -"customers. If you are hosted Online, please check our :ref:`instruction page" -" for our Online (SaaS) customers <upgrade_button>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:30 -msgid "Definition" -msgstr "Definition" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:32 -msgid "" -"An upgrade is switching to a newer version of Odoo (e.g., Odoo 13.0 to Odoo " -"14.0)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:34 -msgid "An upgrade does not cover:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:36 -msgid "" -"changing :ref:`Editions <db-upgrade/faq/editions-change>` (i.e., Community " -"to Enterprise edition)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:37 -msgid "" -"switching :ref:`hosting type <db-upgrade/faq/hosting-types-switch>` (i.e., " -"On-Premise to Online or Odoo.sh)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:39 -msgid "migration from another ERP to Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:41 ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:99 -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:231 -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:361 -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:370 -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:382 -msgid "|assistance-contact|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:46 -msgid "Process workflow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:48 -msgid "The upgrade process in a nutshell:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:50 -msgid "You create a test upgrade request." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:0 -msgid "The request is processed by Odoo:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:0 -msgid "" -"This happens via an automated process that runs the database through an " -"upgrade script and takes between 20 and 120 minutes. Only if an issue(s) " -"arises will we have to intervene manually and adjust the script specifically" -" to your database until the upgrade succeeds." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:55 -msgid "Odoo delivers a test database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:56 -msgid "" -"You test your database for possible discrepancies (see :ref:`db-upgrade" -"/test-guidance`)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:57 -msgid "" -"If there are any discrepancies, you report them to the Upgrade support team " -"via the :ref:`Help portal <db-upgrade/test-assistance>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:59 -msgid "We will fix the issues and send you a new test database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Once you completed the testing and are happy with the result, you decide on " -"a date and time when you stop users from accessing Odoo, freeze all data " -"entries and create an upgrade request for the production upgrade." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:63 -msgid "Odoo delivers the production database through the automated process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:64 -msgid "" -"You restore it in your Production environment a few short hours later and " -"continue working on the newly upgraded database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:70 -msgid "Service Level Agreement" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:73 -msgid "What is covered by the Enterprise Licence?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:75 -msgid "" -"Databases hosted on Odoo’s Cloud platforms (Saas and Odoo.sh) or On-Premise " -"(Self-Hosting) enjoy the following service at all times." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:78 -msgid "The upgrade of:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:80 -msgid "standard applications" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:81 -msgid "Studio customization (as long as the Studio app is still active)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:82 -msgid "" -"customizations done by our consulting and developer services *if* they are " -"covered by a ‘Maintenance of Customisations’ subscription" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:85 -msgid "" -"The Upgrade Service is limited to the technical conversion and adaptation of" -" your database (standard modules and data) to make it compatible with the " -"targeted version." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:89 -msgid "What upgrading does NOT cover" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:91 -msgid "The cleaning of pre-existing data & configuration while upgrading" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Any new developments and/or upgrade of your own :ref:`custom modules <db-" -"upgrade/faq/custom-modules>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:94 -msgid "`Training <https://www.odoo.com/learn>`_ on the new version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:96 -msgid "" -"You can get more information about your Enterprise Licence on our :ref:`Odoo" -" Enterprise Subscription Agreement <upgrade>` page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:104 -msgid "Get started" -msgstr "Começar" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:106 -msgid "The upgrade process varies depending on where your database is hosted." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:111 -msgid "Online (SaaS)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:113 -msgid "" -"If you are hosted Online, please check our :ref:`instruction page for our " -"Online (SaaS) customers <upgrade_button>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:119 -msgid "Odoo.sh" -msgstr "Odoo.sh" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:121 -msgid "" -"If you are Odoo.sh hosted, check our :doc:`specific instructions to be able " -"to upgrade <../odoo_sh/advanced/upgrade_your_database>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:127 -msgid "On-Premise" -msgstr "No local" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:129 -msgid "There are two possibilities:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:131 -msgid "Via the interface of our `website form <https://upgrade.odoo.com>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:0 -msgid "" -"For technically-advanced users and partners, via the following command line " -"(to be used on the machine where your database is hosted):" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:0 -msgid "" -"``python <(curl -s beta.upgrade.odoo.com/upgrade) test -d <your db name> -t " -"14.0``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:137 -msgid "What does it do?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:139 -msgid "" -"The above command will dump your database to a file, then send it to the " -"upgrade platform for upgrade, displaying you the live logs, then restore the" -" upgraded database back on your server as a duplicate test database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:146 -msgid "Steps" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:151 -msgid "The testing phase" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:156 -msgid "Test process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:158 -msgid "" -"Also referred to as the pre-production phase, the test phase allows you to " -"review an upgraded version of your database without affecting your " -"production database in any way." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:161 -msgid "" -"We suggest that you run the test upgrade process at least once, but you can " -"do it as often as you want (one at a time)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:164 -msgid "" -"Once you receive your upgraded test database, you should check that all " -"data, processes and functionality are still correct and working as expected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:167 -msgid "If you do find discrepancies, you'll be able to:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:0 -msgid ":ref:`Report your issues <db-upgrade/test-assistance>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:0 -msgid "and/or" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:171 -msgid "" -"Ask for a new :ref:`test request <db-upgrade/test-db-request>` after the " -"reported issues have been fixed in the upgrade script." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:174 -msgid "When you do not find any discrepancies, you'll be able to:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:176 -msgid "" -"Move on to the upgrade of your :ref:`production database <db-upgrade" -"/production-live>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:181 -msgid "Request a test database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:183 -msgid "" -"When filling the `website form <https://upgrade.odoo.com>`_, select " -"*Testing* purpose." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:192 -msgid "Test guidance" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:194 -msgid "" -"Every business and organization has its own operational needs and will have " -"to test its specific Odoo instance respectively. However, we recommend you " -"look at `the test scenario " -"<https://drive.google.com/open?id=1Lm4JqbsHBirB1wMi14UChoz_YHLjx5ec>`_ we " -"created, a high-level idea of what you should test and look out for." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:199 -msgid "Todo" -msgstr "À Fazer" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:199 -msgid "change link \"test scenario\" once the related doc is published" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:204 -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:263 -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:395 -msgid "Assistance" -msgstr "Assistência" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:206 -msgid "" -"If you encounter issues or problems in the **test database**, please contact" -" the Odoo Upgrade Support:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:209 -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:268 -msgid "Connect to our `Odoo Support page <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:210 -msgid "" -"Under the *Ticket Description* section, select *An issue related to my " -"upgrade* ticket type." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:217 -msgid "" -"If you choose another *Ticket Description* type, the request will be " -"redirected to another team than the upgrade one and will slow down the " -"processing and response time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:220 -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:276 -msgid "" -"Please provide as much detail as you can. Where applicable, illustrate the " -"current and previous flows with videos and/or screenshots. This will avoid " -"clarifying questions and speed up the resolution process significantly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:229 -msgid "" -"The purpose of the test phase is not to correct existing data or " -"configurations in your database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:236 -msgid "The production launch" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:241 -msgid "Production goes live" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:243 -msgid "" -"The production upgrade request is when you decide to upgrade your current " -"database with all your production data (invoices, VAT returns, inventories, " -"current orders) to a new version of your choice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:246 -msgid "" -"After your :ref:`tests <db-upgrade/steps-test>` are completed to your " -"satisfaction, submit the request to upgrade your production database via our" -" `website form <https://upgrade.odoo.com>`_. Select *Production* purpose." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:255 -msgid "Going into production without first testing may lead to:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:257 -msgid "" -"business interruptions (e.g. no longer having the possibility to validate an" -" action)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:258 -msgid "" -"poor customer experiences (e.g. an eCommerce website that does not work " -"correctly)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:265 -msgid "" -"If you encounter issues or problems in the **production database**, please " -"contact the **Odoo Support**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:269 -msgid "" -"Under the *Ticket Description* section, select the appropriate type related " -"to your issue but **do not select** the option *An issue related to my " -"upgrade*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:273 -msgid "" -"After upgrading to production, the support will be provided by the Support " -"team instead of the Upgrade team." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:285 -msgid "" -"If you choose *An issue related to my upgrade* as ticket type, the request " -"will be redirected to another team than the support one and will slow down " -"the processing and response time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:291 -msgid "FAQ" -msgstr "FAQ" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:296 -msgid "Why upgrade?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:298 -msgid "" -"You benefit from the latest features of the :ref:`new major version <db-" -"upgrade/faq/release-notes>` released by Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:300 -msgid "" -"If you are in an :ref:`unsupported version <db-upgrade/supported-versions>`," -" you get a new version with support." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:306 -msgid "When to upgrade?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:308 -msgid "" -"Whenever you want. You can make your upgrade request as soon as a new " -"version is released on our `website form <https://upgrade.odoo.com>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:314 -msgid "Availability of the new version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:316 -msgid "" -"Please kindly note that as soon as we announce the release of a new major " -"version (usually at the end of year), the Upgrade Service team needs to " -"adapt the upgrade scripts to it, which is why the new version is not " -"immediately available for existing databases." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:323 -msgid "Finalization of the upgrade (:abbr:`ETA (Estimated Time of Arrival)`)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:325 -msgid "" -"Unfortunately, it is impossible to give time estimates for every upgrade " -"request. Odoo offers so many possibilities (e.g. branding, workflows, " -"customization, etc) that it can get tricky to upgrade, and translate to the " -"new structure. If you use multiple apps managing sensitive data (e.g., " -"Accounting, Inventory, etc.), some cases may still require a human " -"intervention, making the process slower." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:331 -msgid "" -"This is especially true during the first months following the release of a " -"new major version, which can significantly lengthen the upgrade delay." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:334 -msgid "" -"In general, the ‘smaller’ the database, the quickest the upgrade. A single-" -"user database that uses only CRM will be processed faster than a multi-" -"company, multi-user database that uses Accounting, Sales, Purchase, and " -"Manufacturing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:338 -msgid "So, in a nutshell, what can impact your upgrade lead time?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:340 -msgid "Source & targeted versions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:341 -msgid "Installed apps" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:342 -msgid "Volume of data" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:343 -msgid "" -"Amount of customization (models, fields, methods, workflows, reports, " -"website, etc.)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:344 -msgid "" -"Installation of new apps or configuration changes after the start of the " -"test phase" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:346 -msgid "" -"Usually, the delays experienced during the first request (waiting time " -"between the time you submitted your first request for a test upgrade) can " -"generally give you an idea of the time to wait for the production request." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:353 -msgid "Upgrade of the custom modules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:355 -msgid "" -"As stated in our :doc:`../legal/terms/enterprise`, section " -":ref:`charges_standard`, this optional service is subject to additional " -"fees." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:358 -msgid "" -"If you have a custom code, you can choose to have it upgraded by our " -"services, by one of our `partners <https://www.odoo.com/partners>`_ or you " -"can do it yourself." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:366 -msgid "Editions change (from Community to Enterprise)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:368 -msgid "" -"An upgrade does not cover a change of `Editions " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/editions>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:375 -msgid "Switching the hosting types (Self-hosted vs Online vs Odoo.sh)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:377 -msgid "" -"An upgrade does not cover a change of `Hosting types " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/hosting-types>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:379 -msgid "" -"Open the following link to get :doc:`more information about how to change " -"your hosting type <hosting_changes>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:387 -msgid "Release Notes by version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:389 -msgid "" -"Open our `Release Note <https://www.odoo.com/page/release-notes>`_ page to " -"get a summary of the new features and improvements made in each version." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:400 -msgid "Contact our Upgrade service support" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:402 -msgid "" -"Should you have any more questions about the upgrade, do not hesitate to " -"send a message to `Odoo Upgrade Team <mailto:upgrade@odoo.com>`_. We will be" -" very pleased to answer it as soon as possible." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:408 -msgid "Supported versions" -msgstr "Versões suportadas" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:410 -msgid "" -"Please note that Odoo provides support and bug fixing only for the three " -"last major versions of Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:412 -msgid "" -"This is a factor to take into consideration before upgrading. If you are on " -"an older version, we suggest you to prefer the most recent version to " -"benefit from a longer support (before having to upgrade again)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:416 -msgid "" -"You can get more information about our :doc:`supported versions " -"<../support/supported_versions>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:7 -msgid "Users and Features" -msgstr "Usuários e Recursos" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:9 -msgid "" -"As the administrator of your database, you are responsible for its usage. " -"This includes the Apps you install as well as the number of users currently " -"in use." -msgstr "" -"Como administrador de seu banco de dados, você é responsável por seu uso. " -"Isso inclui os aplicativos que você instala, bem como o número de usuários " -"atualmente em uso." - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Odoo is many things (ERP, CMS, CRM application, e-Commerce backend, etc.) " -"but it is *not* a smartphone. You should apply caution when adding/removing " -"features (especially Apps) on your database since this may impact your " -"subscription amount significantly (or switch you from a free account to a " -"paying one on our online platform)." -msgstr "" -"O Odoo é muitas coisas (ERP, CMS, aplicativo de CRM, back-end de comércio " -"eletrônico, etc.), mas * não * é um smartphone. Você deve ter cuidado ao " -"adicionar / remover recursos (especialmente aplicativos) em seu banco de " -"dados, pois isso pode afetar o valor da sua assinatura significativamente " -"(ou mudar você de uma conta gratuita para uma paga em nossa plataforma " -"online)." - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:19 -msgid "" -"This page contains some information as to how you can manage your Odoo " -"instances. Before carrying any of these procedures, we **strongly** advise " -"to test them on a duplicate of your database first. That way, if something " -"goes wrong, your day-to-day business is not impacted." -msgstr "" -"Esta página contém algumas informações sobre como você pode gerenciar suas " -"instâncias do Odoo. Antes de realizar qualquer um desses procedimentos, " -"recomendamos ** vivamente ** que os teste primeiro em uma duplicata do seu " -"banco de dados. Dessa forma, se algo der errado, seu negócio do dia-a-dia " -"não será impactado." - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:24 -msgid "" -"You can find guides on how to duplicate your databases both for :ref:`online" -" <duplicate_online>` and :ref:`on premise <duplicate_premise>` " -"installations." -msgstr "" -"Você pode encontrar guias sobre como duplicar seus bancos de dados para " -"instalações: ref: `online <duplicate_online>` e: ref: `on premise " -"<duplicate_premise>`." - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:28 -msgid "" -"If you have questions about the content of this page or if you encounter an " -"issue while carrying out these procedures, please contact us through our " -"`support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." -msgstr "" -"Se você tiver dúvidas sobre o conteúdo desta página ou se encontrar algum " -"problema ao realizar esses procedimentos, entre em contato conosco através " -"do nosso `formulário de suporte <https://www.odoo.com/help>` __." - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:34 -msgid "Deactivating Users" -msgstr "Desativando usuários" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Make sure you have sufficient **administrative rights** if you want to " -"change the status of any of your users." -msgstr "" -"Certifique-se de ter ** direitos administrativos ** suficientes se quiser " -"alterar o status de qualquer um de seus usuários." - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:39 -msgid "" -"In your Odoo instance, click on **Settings**. You will have a section " -"showing you the active users on your database. Click on **Manage Users.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:43 -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:80 -msgid "|settings|" -msgstr "|configurações|" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:43 -msgid "|browse_users|" -msgstr "|browse_users|" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:46 -msgid "You'll then see the list of your users." -msgstr "Você verá então a lista de seus usuários." - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:51 -msgid "" -"The pre-selected filter *Internal Users* shows your paying users (different " -"from the *Portal Users* which are free). If you remove this filter, you'll " -"get all your users (the ones you pay for and the portal ones)" -msgstr "" -"O filtro pré-selecionado * Usuários internos * mostra seus usuários pagantes" -" (diferente dos * Usuários do portal * que são gratuitos). Se você remover " -"este filtro, obterá todos os seus usuários (aqueles pelos quais você paga e " -"os do portal)" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:56 -msgid "" -"In your list of users, click on the user you want to deactivate. As soon as " -"you are on the userform, click on the Action drop down menu, and then click " -"on Archive." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:64 -msgid "The user is now deactivated." -msgstr "O usuário agora está desativado." - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:66 -msgid "**Never** deactivate the main user (*admin*)" -msgstr "** Nunca ** desative o usuário principal (* admin *)" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:69 -msgid "Uninstalling Apps" -msgstr "Desinstalando aplicativos" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Make sure you first test what you are about to do on a :ref:`duplicate " -"<duplicate_online>` of your database before making any changes (*especially*" -" installing/uninstalling apps)." -msgstr "" -"Certifique-se de primeiro testar o que você está prestes a fazer em um " -":ref:`duplicate <duplicate_online>` do seu banco de dados antes de fazer " -"quaisquer alterações (*especialmente* instalar/desinstalar aplicativos)." - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:75 -msgid "" -"In your Odoo instance click on **Settings**; in this app, you will be able " -"to see how many applications you have installed. Click on **Browse Apps** to" -" access the list of your installed applications." -msgstr "" -"Em sua instância do Odoo, clique em ** Configurações **; neste aplicativo, " -"você poderá ver quantos aplicativos instalou. Clique em ** Procurar Apps ** " -"para acessar a lista de seus aplicativos instalados." - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:80 -msgid "|browse_apps|" -msgstr "|browse_apps|" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:83 -msgid "" -"In your applications' dashboard, you will see all the icons of your " -"applications. Click on the application you want to uninstall. Then, on the " -"form of the application, click on **Uninstall**." -msgstr "" -"No painel de seus aplicativos, você verá todos os ícones de seus " -"aplicativos. Clique no aplicativo que deseja desinstalar. Em seguida, no " -"formulário do aplicativo, clique em ** Desinstalar **." - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:90 -msgid "" -"Some applications have dependencies, like Invoicing, eCommerce, etc. " -"Therefore, the system will give you a warning message to advise you of what " -"is about to be removed. If you uninstall your application, all its " -"dependencies will be uninstalled as well (and the data in them will " -"permanently disappear). If you are sure you still want to uninstall it, then" -" click **Confirm**." -msgstr "" -"Alguns aplicativos possuem dependências, como Faturamento, eCommerce, etc. " -"Portanto, o sistema lhe dará uma mensagem de alerta para avisá-lo do que " -"está para ser removido. Se você desinstalar seu aplicativo, todas as suas " -"dependências serão desinstaladas também (e os dados nelas desaparecerão " -"permanentemente). Se você tiver certeza de que deseja desinstalá-lo, clique " -"em ** Confirmar **." - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:97 -msgid "" -"Last, after having checked the warning message (if any), click **Confirm**." -msgstr "" -"Por último, após verificar a mensagem de aviso (se houver), clique em ** " -"Confirmar **." - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:102 -msgid "You have finished uninstalling your application." -msgstr "Você terminou de desinstalar seu aplicativo." - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:105 -msgid "Good to know" -msgstr "Bom saber" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:107 -msgid "" -"**Uninstalling apps, managing users, etc. is up to you**: no one else can " -"know if your business flow is broken better than you. If we were to " -"uninstall applications for you, we would never be able to tell if relevant " -"data had been removed or if one of your business flow was broken because we " -"*do not know how you work* and therefore cannot validate these kinds of " -"operations." -msgstr "" -"** Desinstalar aplicativos, gerenciar usuários, etc. depende de você **: " -"ninguém mais pode saber se o seu fluxo de negócios está quebrado melhor do " -"que você. Se tivéssemos de desinstalar os aplicativos para você, nunca " -"poderíamos saber se dados relevantes foram removidos ou se um de seus fluxos" -" de negócios foi interrompido porque * não sabemos como você trabalha * e, " -"portanto, não podemos validar esses tipos de operações." - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:113 -msgid "" -"**Odoo Apps have dependencies**: this means that you may need to install " -"modules that you do not actively use to access some features of Odoo you " -"might need. For example, the Website Builder app is needed to be able to " -"show your customer their Quotes in a web page. Even though you might not " -"need or use the Website itself, it is needed for the Online Quotes feature " -"to work properly." -msgstr "" -"** Odoo Apps tem dependências **: isso significa que você pode precisar " -"instalar módulos que não usa ativamente para acessar alguns recursos do Odoo" -" de que pode precisar. Por exemplo, o aplicativo Website é necessário para " -"mostrar ao seu cliente suas cotações em uma página da web. Mesmo que você " -"não precise ou use o próprio site, ele é necessário para que o recurso de " -"cotações online funcione corretamente." - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:120 -msgid "" -"**Always test app installation/removal on a duplicate** (or on a free trial " -"database): that way you can know what other apps may be required, etc. This " -"will avoid surprises when uninstalling or when receiving your invoices." -msgstr "" -"** Sempre teste a instalação / remoção do aplicativo em uma duplicata ** (ou" -" em um banco de dados de teste gratuito): dessa forma, você pode saber quais" -" outros aplicativos podem ser necessários, etc. Isso evitará surpresas ao " -"desinstalar ou ao receber suas faturas." - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:7 -msgid "Hosting Changes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:9 -msgid "" -"You may want to move your Odoo database from one hosting solution to " -"another. Depending on the platforms, you have to do it by yourself or " -"contact our support team first." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:13 -msgid "From on-premises to Odoo Online" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:15 -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:49 -msgid "Odoo Online is not compatible with **non-standard apps**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Create a :ref:`duplicate <duplicate_premise>` of your database: in this " -"duplicate, uninstall all the **non-standard apps**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Grab a \"dump with filestore\" of your database by using the Database " -"Manager." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:19 -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:52 -msgid "" -"**If you have time constraints, contact us earlier to schedule the " -"transfer.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:20 -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:53 -msgid "" -"`Create a support ticket <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_ and attach the dump " -"(if the file is too large, use any file transfer service and attach the link" -" to your ticket). Also include your subscription number and the URL you want" -" to use for your database (e.g.: my-company.odoo.com)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:21 -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:54 -msgid "" -"We will make sure your database is compatible and upload it to our cloud. In" -" case of technical issues, we will get in touch with you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:22 -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:55 -msgid "It's done!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:25 -msgid "From on-premises to Odoo.sh" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:27 -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Follow the :ref:`Import your database section of the Odoo.sh documentation " -"<odoo_sh_import_your_database>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:28 -msgid "...and voilà!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:31 -msgid "From Odoo Online to on-premises" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:33 -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Log into `your Odoo Online user portal " -"<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/databases/manage>`_ and look for the version " -"number of your database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:34 -msgid "" -"If your database does not run a :ref:`major version <supported_versions>` of" -" Odoo, you cannot host it on-premises yet, you have to upgrade it first to a" -" new major version. (*e.g.: If your database runs Odoo 12.3 which is not a " -"major version, you have to upgrade it first to Odoo 13.0 or 14.0.*)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:35 -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Download a backup of your database by clicking on the \"Gear\" icon next to " -"your database name then :menuselection:`Download` (if the download fails due" -" to your backup file being too large, contact `our support " -"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`_)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:36 -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:61 -msgid "Restore it from the database manager on your local server." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:39 -msgid "From Odoo Online to Odoo.sh" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:42 -msgid "" -"If your database does not run a :ref:`major version <supported_versions>` of" -" Odoo, you cannot host it on Odoo.sh yet, you have to upgrade it first to a " -"new major version. (*e.g.: If your database runs Odoo 12.3 which is not a " -"major version, you have to upgrade it first to Odoo 13.0 or 14.0.*)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:47 -msgid "From Odoo.sh to Odoo Online" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:51 -msgid "" -"Uninstall all the **non-standard apps**: test it in a staging build first, " -"then do it in your production build." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:58 -msgid "From Odoo.sh to on-premises" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Grab a :ref:`backup of your Odoo.sh production database " -"<odoo_sh_branches_backups>`." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po deleted file mode 100644 index 458e84abd..000000000 --- a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,856 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Rafael H L Moretti <rafael.moretti@gmail.com>, 2020 -# danimaribeiro <danimaribeiro@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# Mateus Lopes <mateus1@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Luis Felipe Miléo <mileo@kmee.com.br>, 2020 -# Luis Gustavo Almeida <luis.gustavo@kmee.com.br>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-11-02 12:05+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Luis Gustavo Almeida <luis.gustavo@kmee.com.br>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: pt_BR\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" - -#: ../../discuss.rst:5 -msgid "Discuss" -msgstr "Mensagens" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced" -msgstr "Avançado" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:3 -msgid "How to Use my Mail Server to Send and Receive Emails in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:6 -msgid "If you are a user of Odoo Online or Odoo.sh..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:8 -msgid "" -"You have nothing to do! **Odoo sets up its own mail servers for your " -"database.** Outgoing and incoming emails work out-of-the-box!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Unless you plan to send large batches of mass mailing that could require the" -" use of an external mail server, simply enjoy your new Odoo database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:16 -msgid "Scope of this documentation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:18 -msgid "" -"This document is **mainly dedicated to Odoo on-premise users** who don't " -"benefit from an out-of-the-box solution to send and receive emails in Odoo, " -"unlike `Odoo Online <https://www.odoo.com/trial>`__ & `Odoo.sh " -"<https://www.odoo.sh>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:25 -msgid "" -"If no one in your company is used to manage email servers, we strongly " -"recommend that you opt for those Odoo hosting solutions. Their email system " -"works instantly and is monitored by professionals. Nevertheless you can " -"still use your own email servers if you want to manage your email server's " -"reputation yourself." -msgstr "" -"Se ninguém em sua empresa é usado para gerenciar servidores de e-mail, " -"recomendamos fortemente que você opte por essas soluções de hospedagem Odoo." -" Seu sistema de e-mail funciona instantaneamente e é monitorado por " -"profissionais. No entanto, você ainda pode usar seus próprios servidores de " -"e-mail se quiser gerenciar a reputação do mesmo." - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:31 -msgid "" -"You will find here below some useful information on how to integrate your " -"own email solution with Odoo." -msgstr "" -"Você encontrará aqui abaixo algumas informações úteis sobre como integrar " -"sua própria solução de e-mail com Odoo." - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Office 365 email servers don't easily allow to send external emails from " -"hosts like Odoo. Refer to `Microsoft's documentation " -"<https://support.office.com/en-us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-" -"device-or-application-to-send-email-using-" -"Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ to make it work." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:39 -msgid "How to manage outbound messages" -msgstr "Como gerenciar mensagens enviadas" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:40 -msgid "" -"As a system admin, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and " -"check *External Email Servers*. Then, click *Outgoing Mail Servers* to " -"create one and reference the SMTP data of your email server. Once all the " -"information has been filled out, click on *Test Connection*." -msgstr "" -"Como administrador do sistema, vá para: seleção de menus: `Configurações -> " -"Configurações gerais` e marque * Servidores de e-mail externos *. Em " -"seguida, clique em * Servidores de email de saída * para criar um e fazer " -"referência aos dados SMTP do seu servidor de email. Após o preenchimento de " -"todas as informações, clique em * Testar Conexão *." - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:45 -msgid "Here is a typical configuration for a G Suite server." -msgstr "Esta é uma configuração típica para um servidor do G Suite." - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:50 -msgid "Then set your email domain name in the General Settings." -msgstr "" -"Em seguida, defina seu nome de domínio de e-mail nas Configurações Gerais." - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:53 -msgid "" -"If you get a ``[AUTHENTICATIONFAILED] Invalid credentials (Failure)`` " -"warning when you *Test Connection* on a Gmail address, activate the *Less " -"secure app access* option. A direct link can be `accessed here " -"<https://myaccount.google.com/lesssecureapps?pli=1>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:57 -msgid "In addition to that, enable the IMAP setting on your Gmail account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:61 -msgid "Can I use an Office 365 server" -msgstr "Posso usar um servidor Office 365" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:62 -msgid "" -"You can use an Office 365 server if you run Odoo on-premise. Office 365 SMTP" -" relays are not compatible with Odoo Online." -msgstr "" -"Você pode usar um servidor Office 365 se executar o Odoo localmente. " -"Retransmissões de SMTP do Office 365 não são compatíveis com Odoo Online." - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Please refer to `Microsoft's documentation <https://support.office.com/en-" -"us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-device-or-application-to-send-" -"email-using-Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ to configure" -" a SMTP relay for your Odoo's IP address." -msgstr "" -"Consulte a `documentação da Microsoft <https://support.office.com/en-" -"us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-device-or-application-to-send-" -"email-using-Office -365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4> `__ para " -"configurar uma retransmissão SMTP para o endereço IP do seu Odoo." - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:69 -msgid "How to use a G Suite server" -msgstr "Como usar um servidor do G Suite" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:70 -msgid "" -"You can use an G Suite server for any Odoo hosting type. To do so you need " -"to setup the SMTP relay service. The configuration steps are explained in " -"`Google documentation " -"<https://support.google.com/a/answer/2956491?hl=en>`__." -msgstr "" -"Você pode usar um servidor do G Suite para qualquer tipo de hospedagem Odoo." -" Para fazer isso, você precisa configurar o serviço de retransmissão SMTP. " -"As etapas de configuração são explicadas na `documentação do Google " -"<https://support.google.com/a/answer/2956491?hl=en>` __." - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:77 -msgid "Be SPF-compliant" -msgstr "Seja compatível com SPF" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:78 -msgid "" -"In case you use SPF (Sender Policy Framework) to increase the deliverability" -" of your outgoing emails, don't forget to authorize Odoo as a sending host " -"in your domain name settings. Here is the configuration for Odoo Online:" -msgstr "" -"No caso de você usar SPF (Sender Policy Framework) para aumentar a " -"capacidade de entrega de seus e-mails de saída, não se esqueça de autorizar " -"o Odoo como um host de envio em suas configurações de nome de domínio. Aqui " -"está a configuração do Odoo Online:" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:82 -msgid "" -"If no TXT record is set for SPF, create one with following definition: " -"v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com ~all" -msgstr "" -"Se nenhum registro TXT for definido para SPF, crie um com a seguinte " -"definição: v = spf1 include: _spf.odoo.com ~ all" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:84 -msgid "" -"In case a SPF TXT record is already set, add \"include:_spf.odoo.com\". e.g." -" for a domain name that sends emails via Odoo Online and via G Suite it " -"could be: v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com include:_spf.google.com ~all" -msgstr "" -"No caso de um registro SPF TXT já estiver definido, adicione " -"\"include:_spf.odoo.com\". por exemplo, para um nome de domínio que envia " -"e-mails via Odoo Online e via G Suite pode ser: v=spf1 incluir:_spf.odoo.com" -" incluem:_spf.google.com ~todos" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:88 -msgid "" -"Find `here <https://www.mail-tester.com/spf/>`__ the exact procedure to " -"create or modify TXT records in your own domain registrar." -msgstr "" -"Encontre `aqui <https://www.mail-tester.com/spf/>` __ o procedimento exato " -"para criar ou modificar registros TXT em seu próprio registrador de domínio." - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:91 -msgid "" -"Your new SPF record can take up to 48 hours to go into effect, but this " -"usually happens more quickly." -msgstr "" -"Seu novo registro SPF pode levar até 48 horas para entrar em vigor, mas isso" -" geralmente acontece mais rapidamente." - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:94 -msgid "" -"Adding more than one SPF record for a domain can cause problems with mail " -"delivery and spam classification. Instead, we recommend using only one SPF " -"record by modifying it to authorize Odoo." -msgstr "" -"Adicionar mais de um registro SPF para um domínio pode causar problemas na " -"entrega de e-mail e na classificação de spam. Em vez disso, recomendamos " -"usar apenas um registro SPF, modificando-o para autorizar Odoo." - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:99 -msgid "Allow DKIM" -msgstr "Permitir DKIM" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:100 -msgid "" -"You should do the same thing if DKIM (Domain Keys Identified Mail) is " -"enabled on your email server. In the case of Odoo Online & Odoo.sh, you " -"should add a DNS \"odoo._domainkey\" CNAME record to " -"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\". For example, for \"foo.com\" they should have " -"a record \"odoo._domainkey.foo.com\" that is a CNAME with the value " -"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\"." -msgstr "" -"Você deve fazer a mesma coisa se o DKIM (Domain Keys Identified Mail) " -"estiver ativado no seu servidor de e-mail. No caso do Odoo Online & Odoo.sh," -" você deve adicionar um disco de CNAME \"odoo._domainkey\" DNS ao " -"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\". Por exemplo, para \"foo.com\" eles devem ter " -"um disco \"odoo._domainkey.foo.com\" que é um CNAME com o valor " -"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\"." - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:108 -msgid "Restriction" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:109 -msgid "" -"Please note that the port 25 is blocked for security reasons. Try using 587," -" 465 or 2525." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:112 -msgid "How to manage inbound messages" -msgstr "Como gerenciar mensagens de entrada" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:114 -msgid "Odoo relies on generic email aliases to fetch incoming messages." -msgstr "" -"Odoo conta com pseudônimos genéricos de e-mail para buscar mensagens " -"recebidas." - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:116 -msgid "" -"**Reply messages** of messages sent from Odoo are routed to their original " -"discussion thread (and to the inbox of all its followers) by the catchall " -"alias (**catchall@**)." -msgstr "" -"** Mensagens de resposta ** de mensagens enviadas do Odoo são encaminhadas " -"para o tópico de mensagens original (e para a caixa de entrada de todos os " -"seus seguidores) pelo alias catchall (** catchall @ **)." - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:120 -msgid "" -"**Bounced messages** are routed to **bounce@** in order to track them in " -"Odoo. This is especially used in `Odoo Email Marketing " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/email-marketing>`__ to opt-out invalid " -"recipients." -msgstr "" -"** Mensagens devolvidas ** são encaminhadas para ** devolvido @ ** a fim de " -"rastreá-las no Odoo. Isso é especialmente usado em `Odoo Email Marketing " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/email-marketing>` __ para excluir destinatários " -"inválidos." - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:124 -msgid "" -"**Original messages**: Several business objects have their own alias to " -"create new records in Odoo from incoming emails:" -msgstr "" -"** Mensagens originais **: Vários objetos de negócios têm seu próprio " -"pseudônimo para criar novos registros no Odoo a partir de e-mails recebidos:" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:127 -msgid "" -"Sales Channel (to create Leads or Opportunities in `Odoo CRM " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/crm>`__)," -msgstr "" -"Canal de vendas (para criar leads ou oportunidades no `Odoo CRM " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/crm>` __)," - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:129 -msgid "" -"Support Channel (to create Tickets in `Odoo Helpdesk " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/helpdesk>`__)," -msgstr "" -"Canal de suporte (para criar tickets no `Odoo Helpdesk " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/helpdesk>` __)," - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:131 -msgid "" -"Projects (to create new Tasks in `Odoo Project <https://www.odoo.com/page" -"/project-management>`__)," -msgstr "" -"Projetos (para criar novas tarefas no `Projeto Odoo " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/project-management>` __)," - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:133 -msgid "" -"Job Positions (to create Applicants in `Odoo Recruitment " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/recruitment>`__)," -msgstr "" -"Cargos (para criar candidatos em `Odoo Recruitment " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/recruitment>` __)," - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:135 -msgid "etc." -msgstr "etc." - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:137 -msgid "" -"Depending on your mail server, there might be several methods to fetch " -"emails. The easiest and most recommended method is to manage one email " -"address per Odoo alias in your mail server." -msgstr "" -"Dependendo do seu servidor de e-mail, pode haver vários métodos para buscar " -"e-mails. O método mais fácil e recomendado é gerenciar um endereço de e-mail" -" por pseudônimo Odoo em seu servidor de e-mail." - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:141 -msgid "" -"Create the corresponding email addresses in your mail server (catchall@, " -"bounce@, sales@, etc.)." -msgstr "" -"Crie os endereços de e-mail correspondentes em seu servidor de e-mail " -"(catchall@, bounce@, sales@, etc.)." - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:143 -msgid "Set your domain name in the General Settings." -msgstr "Defina o seu nome de domínio nas Configurações Gerais." - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:148 -msgid "" -"If you use Odoo on-premise, create an *Incoming Mail Server* in Odoo for " -"each alias. You can do it from the General Settings as well. Fill out the " -"form according to your email provider’s settings. Leave the *Actions to " -"Perform on Incoming Mails* blank. Once all the information has been filled " -"out, click on *TEST & CONFIRM*." -msgstr "" -"Se você usar o Odoo localmente, crie um * Servidor de email de entrada * no " -"Odoo para cada pseudônimo. Você também pode fazer isso nas Configurações " -"Gerais. Preencha o formulário de acordo com as configurações do seu provedor" -" de e-mail. Deixe em branco * Ações a serem executadas nos e-mails recebidos" -" *. Após o preenchimento de todas as informações, clique em * TESTAR E " -"CONFIRMAR *." - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:157 -msgid "" -"If you use Odoo Online or Odoo.sh, We do recommend to redirect incoming " -"messages to Odoo's domain name rather than exclusively use your own email " -"server. That way you will receive incoming messages without delay. Indeed, " -"Odoo Online is fetching incoming messages of external servers once per hour " -"only. You should set redirections for all the email addresses to Odoo's " -"domain name in your email server (e.g. *catchall@mydomain.ext* to " -"*catchall@mycompany.odoo.com*)." -msgstr "" -"Se você usa Odoo Online ou Odoo.sh, recomendamos redirecionar as mensagens " -"recebidas para o nome de domínio do Odoo em vez de usar exclusivamente seu " -"próprio servidor de e-mail. Assim, você receberá mensagens sem demora. Na " -"verdade, Odoo Online está obtendo mensagens de entrada de servidores " -"externos apenas uma vez por hora. Você deve definir redirecionamentos para " -"todos os endereços de e-mail para o nome de domínio do Odoo em seu servidor " -"de e-mail (por exemplo, *catchall@meudominio.ext* para " -"*catchall@minhaempresa.odoo.com*)." - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:167 -msgid "All the aliases are customizable in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:165 -msgid "" -"Object aliases can be edited from their respective configuration view. To " -"edit catchall and bounce aliases, you first need to activate the " -":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:169 -msgid "" -"Then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System " -"Parameters` to customize the aliases (*mail.catchall.alias* & * " -"mail.bounce.alias*)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:175 -msgid "" -"By default inbound messages are fetched every 5 minutes in Odoo on-premise. " -"You can change this value in :doc:`Developer mode " -"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Go to :menuselection:`Settings -->" -" Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions` and look for *Mail: " -"Fetchmail Service*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:3 -msgid "Email Templates" -msgstr "Modelos de E-mail" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:5 -msgid "" -"We all know writing good emails is vital to get a high response rate, but " -"you do not want to rewrite the same structure every time, do you? That is " -"where email templates come in. Without the need to rewrite the entire email " -"structure every time, you save time to focus on the content. Multiple " -"templates also let you deliver the right message to the right audience, " -"improving their overall experience with the company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:12 -msgid "Enable it and understand a few concepts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:14 -msgid "" -"The :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` must be " -"activated. Then, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> " -"Templates`. A view of the existing templates is shown." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:18 -msgid "" -"**It is highly recommended not to change the content in existing templates " -"unless the user has prior knowledge about placeholders.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:21 -msgid "" -"To add a new one, click on *Create* and choose the type of document this " -"template is used with. In the example below, the template would be sent to " -"job applicants." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Under *Email Configuration*, fields such as *From*, *To (Emails)*, *To " -"(Partners)*, require placeholders. If the *From* field is not set, the " -"default value is the author’s email alias, if configured, or email address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Under *Advanced Settings*, if an *Outgoing Mail Server* is not set, the one " -"with the highest priority is used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:34 -msgid "" -"The option *Auto Delete* permanently deletes the emails after they are sent," -" saving space in your database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:37 -msgid "Writing content including placeholder expressions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Under the tab *Dynamic Placeholder Generator*, look for the *Field* you " -"would like to use." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Next, copy the *Placeholder Expression* and paste it in the *Body* of the " -"email, under the *Content* tab, using - essentially - the *Code View*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Deactivate the *Code View* option by simply clicking on it again, and easily" -" design the message. Click on *Preview* to check how the email looks before " -"sending it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Visão geral" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:3 -msgid "Get Started with Discuss" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Discuss allows you to bring all of your company’s communication together " -"through messages, notes, and chat. Share information, projects, files, " -"prioritize tasks, and stay connected with colleagues and partners throughout" -" applications. Forge better relationships, increase productivity and " -"transparency by promoting a convenient way of communicating." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:11 -msgid "Choose your notifications preference" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Access your *Preferences* and choose how you would like your notifications " -"to be handled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:21 -msgid "" -"By default, the field is set as *Handle by Emails* making messages, notes, " -"and notifications where you were mentioned or that you follow, to be sent " -"through email. By choosing *Handle in Odoo*, they are shown in the *Inbox*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:22 -msgid "Messages can then be *Marked as Todo*, *Replied*, or *Marked as Read*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:28 -msgid "" -"The messages tagged as *Mark as Todo* are also shown in *Starred*, while the" -" ones *Marked as Read* are moved to *History*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:36 -msgid "Start Chatting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:38 -msgid "" -"The first time you log in to your account, OdooBot sends you a message " -"asking for permission to receive desktop notifications to chats. If " -"accepted, you receive push notifications to the messages sent to you despite" -" of where you are in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:48 -msgid "" -"To stop receiving desktop notifications, reset the notifications settings of" -" your browser." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:50 -msgid "" -"To start a chat, click on *New Message* on the *Messaging Menu*, or go to " -"*Discuss* and send a *Direct Message*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:58 -msgid "" -"You can also create :doc:`public and private channels <team_communication>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:61 -msgid "Mentions in the chat and on the Chatter" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:64 -msgid "" -"To mention a user within a chat or the chatter type *@user-name*; to refer " -"to a channel, type *#channel-name*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:66 -msgid "" -"A notification is sent to the user mentioned either to his *Inbox* or " -"through email, depending on his settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:73 -msgid "" -"When a user is mentioned, the search list (list of names) suggests values " -"first based on the task’s followers, and secondly on *Employees*. If the " -"record being searched does not match with either a follower or employee, the" -" scope of the search becomes all partners." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:78 -msgid "Chat status" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:80 -msgid "" -"It is helpful to see what colleagues are up to and how quickly they can " -"respond to messages by checking their *Status*. The status is shown on the " -"left side of a contact’s names on Discuss’ sidebar and on the *Messaging " -"menu*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:84 -msgid "Green = online" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:85 -msgid "Orange = away" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:86 -msgid "White = offline" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:87 -msgid "Airplane = out of the office" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:95 -#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:65 -msgid ":doc:`team_communication`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:96 -msgid ":doc:`../advanced/email_servers`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:3 -msgid "Get Organized by Planning Activities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When you plan activities you minimize the risk of uncertainties, as you " -"provide clear directions for the course of your next action. In addition to " -"that, you do not leave space for wasteful activities and reduce the chance " -"of having overlapping actions between team members." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:10 -msgid "Where do I see my schedule activities?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Access and manage your activities wherever you are in Odoo by the " -"*Activities* menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:20 -msgid "Plan activities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Activities can be planned and managed from the chatter by clicking on " -"*Schedule activity*, or through Kanban views." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:31 -msgid "Set your activity types" -msgstr "Defina seus tipos de atividade" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:33 -msgid "" -"A number of activities types are available by default in Odoo (call, email, " -"meeting, etc.). However, you can set new ones going to " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Activity types`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:42 -msgid "" -"If you need to create an activity type with an available calendar, make sure" -" to create it with an *Action to Perform* set as *Meeting*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:46 -msgid "Recommend next activities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Odoo helps you to plan a flow of activities by allowing you to set " -"*Recommended Next Activities*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Once the respective activity is completed, select *Done & Schedule Next* and" -" next steps are suggested to you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:64 -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:115 -msgid ":doc:`get_started`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:3 -msgid "Efficiently Communicate Using Channels" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:5 -msgid "" -"You can use channels to organize discussions between individual teams, " -"departments, projects, or any other group that requires regular " -"communication. This way, you keep everyone in the loop updated with the " -"latest developments." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:10 -msgid "Public and Private channels" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:12 -msgid "" -"A *Public* channel can be seen by everyone, while a *Private* one is only " -"visible to users invited to it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:21 -msgid "" -"A public channel is best used when many employees need to access information" -" (such as company announcements), whereas a private channel could be used " -"whenever information should be limited to specific groups (such as a " -"specific department)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:26 -msgid "Configuration options" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:28 -msgid "" -"You can configure a channel’s name, description, email alias, and privacy by" -" clicking on the *Channel Settings* icon on the sidebar." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:36 -msgid "Privacy and Members" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Changing *Who can follow the group’s activities?* allows you to control " -"which groups can have access to the channel. Note that allowing *Everyone* " -"to follow a private channel lets other users view and join it, as they would" -" a public one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:42 -msgid "" -"If you choose *Invited people only*, go to the *Members* tab to add your " -"members, or, go to Discuss’ main page, select the channel and click on " -"*Invite*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:49 -msgid "" -"For *Selected group of users*, the option *Auto Subscribe Groups* " -"automatically add its members as followers. In other words, while " -"*Authorized Groups* limits which users can access the channel, *Auto " -"Subscribe Groups* automatically adds the user as a member as long as they " -"are part of the group." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:55 -msgid "Use a channel as a mailing list" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Choosing to *Send messages by email* configures the channel to behave as a " -"mailing list." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:59 -msgid "" -"Enabling this option allows you to *Moderate this channel*, meaning that " -"messages will need to be approved before being sent." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Under the *Moderation* tab choose as many moderators as you need, and if you" -" would like them to receive an *Automatic notification*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Mark *Send guidelines to new subscribers* to automatically send instructions" -" to newcomers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Moderators can: *Accept*, *Reject*, *Discard*, *Always Allow* or *Ban* " -"messages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:80 -msgid "" -"Members of a mailing channel receive messages through email regardless of " -"their :doc:`notification preference <get_started>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Once a channel is moderated, the menu *Ban List* allows you to add email " -"addresses per moderated channel to auto-ban them from sending messages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:91 -msgid "Quick search bar" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:93 -msgid "" -"Once at least 20 channels, direct message and live chat conversations (if " -"the module is installed on your database) are pinned in the sidebar, a " -"*Quick search…* bar is displayed. It is a clever way to filter conversations" -" and quickly find the one you need." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:103 -msgid "Finding channels" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:106 -msgid "" -"Click on *Channels* (on the sidebar), browse through the list of public " -"channels, and join or leave them from a single screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:108 -msgid "" -"Apply filters criteria and save it for later use. The search function " -"accepts wildcards by using the underscore character *(_)* to represent a " -"single character." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:116 -msgid ":doc:`plan_activities`" -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po deleted file mode 100644 index 40ab5db68..000000000 --- a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1025 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Rafael H L Moretti <rafael.moretti@gmail.com>, 2020 -# danimaribeiro <danimaribeiro@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# Mateus Lopes <mateus1@gmail.com>, 2020 -# falexandresilva <falexandresilva@gmail.com>, 2020 -# grazziano <gra.negocia@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Silmar <pinheirosilmar@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Luis Felipe Miléo <mileo@kmee.com.br>, 2020 -# Éder Brito <britoederr@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Luis Gustavo Almeida <luis.gustavo@kmee.com.br>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Luis Gustavo Almeida <luis.gustavo@kmee.com.br>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: pt_BR\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" - -#: ../../ecommerce.rst:5 -msgid "eCommerce" -msgstr "eCommerce" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started.rst:3 -msgid "Get started" -msgstr "Começar" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:3 -msgid "How to customize my catalog page" -msgstr "Como personalizar minha página de catálogo" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:6 -msgid "Product Catalog" -msgstr "Catálogo de produto" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:8 -msgid "" -"All your published items show up in your catalog page (or *Shop* page)." -msgstr "" -"Todos os seus itens publicados aparecem na página do catálogo (ou na página " -"da * Loja *)." - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Most options are available in the *Customize* menu: display attributes, " -"website categories, etc." -msgstr "" -"A maioria das opções está disponível no menu * Personalizar *: atributos de " -"exibição, categorias de site, etc." - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:20 -msgid "Highlight a product" -msgstr "Destaque um produto" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Boost the visibility of your star/promoted products: push them to top, make " -"them bigger, add a ribbon that you can edit (Sale, New, etc.). Open the Shop" -" page, switch to Edit mode and click any item to start customizing the grid." -msgstr "" -"Aumente a visibilidade de seus produtos estrela / promovidos: empurre-os " -"para o topo, torne-os maiores, adicione uma fita que você pode editar " -"(Venda, Novo, etc.). Abra a página Shop, mude para o modo editar e clique em" -" qualquer item para começar a personalizar a grade." - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:26 -msgid "" -"See how to do it: " -"https://www.odoo.com/openerp_website/static/src/video/e-commerce/editing.mp4" -msgstr "" -"Veja como fazer isso: " -"https://www.odoo.com/openerp_website/static/src/video/e-commerce/editing.mp4" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:29 -msgid "Quick add to cart" -msgstr "Adicionar rápido ao carrinho" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:31 -msgid "" -"If your customers buy a lot of items at once, make their process shorter by " -"enabling purchases from the catalog page. To do so, add product description " -"and add to cart button. Turn on the following options in *Customize* menu: " -"Product Description, Add to Cart, List View (to display product description " -"better)." -msgstr "" -"Se seus clientes compram muitos itens de uma vez, torne o processo deles " -"mais curto habilitando compras na página do catálogo. Para fazer isso, " -"adicione a descrição do produto e adicione ao botão do carrinho. Ative as " -"seguintes opções no menu * Personalizar *: Descrição do produto, Adicionar " -"ao carrinho, Exibir lista (para exibir melhor a descrição do produto)." - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:3 -msgid "How to build a product page" -msgstr "Como construir uma página de produto" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:5 -msgid "On the website click *New Page* in the top-right corner." -msgstr "No site, clique em * Nova Página * no canto superior direito." - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:7 -msgid "Then click *New Product* and follow the blinking tips." -msgstr "Em seguida, clique em * Novo Produto * e siga as dicas que piscam." - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:12 -msgid "Here are the main elements of the Product page:" -msgstr "Aqui estão os principais elementos da página do produto:" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:17 -msgid "Many elements can be made visible from the *Customize* menu." -msgstr "Muitos elementos podem ficar visíveis no menu * Personalizar *." - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:22 -msgid "See how to configure your products from links here below." -msgstr "Veja como configurar seus produtos nos links aqui abaixo." - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:26 -msgid ":doc:`../managing_products/variants`" -msgstr ":doc:`../managing_products/variants`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:27 -msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/taxes`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/taxes`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:28 -msgid ":doc:`../managing_products/stock`" -msgstr ":doc:`../managing_products/stock`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:29 -msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/cross_selling`" -msgstr ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/cross_selling`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:30 -msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/reviews`" -msgstr ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/reviews`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:31 -msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`" -msgstr ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:32 -msgid ":doc:`../../website/optimize/seo`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../website/optimize/seo`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products.rst:3 -msgid "Manage my products" -msgstr "Gerenciar meus produtos" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:3 -msgid "How to display several images per product" -msgstr "Como exibir várias imagens por produto" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:5 -msgid "" -"By default your product web page displays the main image of your product " -"only. If you like to show your products under several angles, you can turn " -"the image into a carrousel." -msgstr "" -"Por padrão, a página do seu produto na web exibe apenas a imagem principal " -"do seu produto. Se você gosta de mostrar seus produtos sob vários ângulos, " -"pode transformar a imagem em um carrossel." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Check *Several images per product* in :menuselection:`Website Admin --> " -"Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" -"Verifique * Várias imagens por produto * em: seleção de menus: `Admin do " -"site -> Configuração -> Ajustes`." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Open a product detail form and upload images from *Images* tab. Hit *Create*" -" in Edit mode to get the upload wizard." -msgstr "" -"Abra um formulário de detalhes do produto e carregue as imagens na guia * " -"Imagens *. Clique em * Criar * no modo Editar para obter o assistente de " -"upload." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:19 -msgid "Such extra image are common to all the product variants (if any)." -msgstr "" -"Essas imagens extras são comuns a todas as variantes do produto (se houver)." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:3 -msgid "How to show product availability" -msgstr "Como mostrar a disponibilidade do produto" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The availability of your products can be shown on the website to reassure " -"your customers." -msgstr "" -"A disponibilidade dos seus produtos pode ser apresentada no site para " -"tranquilizar os seus clientes." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:10 -msgid "" -"To display this, open the *Sales* tab in the product detail form and select " -"an option in *Availability*." -msgstr "" -"Para exibir isso, abra a guia * Vendas * no formulário de detalhes do " -"produto e selecione uma opção em * Disponibilidade *." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:16 -msgid "" -"A custom warning message can be anything related to a stock out, delivery " -"delay, etc." -msgstr "" -"Uma mensagem de aviso personalizada pode ser qualquer coisa relacionada a " -"falta de estoque, atraso na entrega, etc." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:22 -msgid "This tool does not require the Inventory app to be installed." -msgstr "Esta ferramenta não requer a instalação do aplicativo Inventário." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:25 -msgid "" -"If one item is no longer sellable, unpublish it from your website. If it " -"comes to one particular product variant, deactivate the variant in the " -"backend (see :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`)." -msgstr "" -"Se um item não puder mais ser vendido, cancele a publicação de seu site. Se " -"tratar de uma variante de produto específica, desative a variante no back-" -"end (consulte: doc: `../ maximizing_revenue / pricing`)." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage product variants" -msgstr "Como gerenciar variantes de produtos" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Product variants are used to offer variations of the same product to your " -"customers on the products page. For example, the customer chooses a T-shirt " -"and then selects its size and color. In the example below, the customer " -"chooses a phone, and then selects the memory; color and Wi-Fi band from the " -"available options." -msgstr "" -"As variantes do produto são usadas para oferecer variações do mesmo produto " -"aos clientes na página de produtos. Por exemplo, o cliente escolhe uma " -"camiseta e, em seguida, seleciona seu tamanho e cor. No exemplo abaixo, o " -"cliente escolhe um telefone e, em seguida, seleciona a memória; cor e banda " -"Wi-Fi entre as opções disponíveis." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:15 -msgid "How to create attributes & variants" -msgstr "Como criar atributos e variantes" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Turn on *Products can have several attributes, defining variants (Example: " -"size, color,...)* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`." -msgstr "" -"Ligue * Os produtos podem ter vários atributos, definindo variantes " -"(Exemplo: tamanho, cor, ...) * em: seleção de menus: `Vendas -> " -"Configurações`." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:20 -msgid "Select a product from the Products list, go to the *Variants* tab." -msgstr "" -"Selecione um produto na lista Produtos e vá para a guia * Variantes *." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Add as many attributes as you need from 3 different types: radio buttons, " -"drop-down menu or color buttons. You get several variants as soon as there " -"are 2 values for 1 attribute." -msgstr "" -"Adicione quantos atributos você precisar de 3 tipos diferentes: botões de " -"rádio, menu suspenso ou botões coloridos. Você obtém várias variantes assim " -"que existem 2 valores para 1 atributo." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:30 -msgid "How to edit variants" -msgstr "Como editar variantes" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:32 -msgid "See all the variants from the product template detail form." -msgstr "" -"Veja todas as variantes do formulário de detalhes do modelo de produto." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:40 -msgid "You can edit following data:" -msgstr "Você pode editar os seguintes dados:" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:42 -msgid "Picture (will update in real time on the website)," -msgstr "Imagem (será atualizada em tempo real no site)," - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:43 -msgid "Barcode," -msgstr "Código de barras," - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:44 -msgid "Internal Reference (SKU #)," -msgstr "Referência Interna (SKU #)," - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:45 -msgid "Volume," -msgstr "Volume," - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:46 -msgid "Weight," -msgstr "Peso," - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:47 -msgid "Active (available in quotes & website)." -msgstr "Ativo (disponível em cotações e site)." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Both the Barcode and the Internal Reference are variant-specific. You need " -"to populate them once the variants generated." -msgstr "" -"Tanto o código de barras quanto a referência interna são específicos da " -"variante. Você precisa preenchê-los assim que as variantes forem geradas." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:54 -msgid "" -"See and edit all the variants from :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> " -"Product Variants` as well. This might be quicker if you manage lots of " -"variants." -msgstr "" -"Veja e edite todas as variantes de: seleção de menus: `Vendas -> Vendas -> " -"Variantes do produto` também. Isso pode ser mais rápido se você gerenciar " -"muitas variantes." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:58 -msgid "How to set specific prices per variant" -msgstr "Como definir preços específicos por variante" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:60 -msgid "" -"You can also set a specific public price per variant by clicking *Variant " -"Prices* in the product detail form (action in top-left corner)." -msgstr "" -"Você também pode definir um preço público específico por variante clicando " -"em * Preços das variantes * no formulário de detalhes do produto (ação no " -"canto superior esquerdo)." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:66 -msgid "" -"The Price Extra is added to the product price whenever the corresponding " -"attribute value is selected." -msgstr "" -"O preço extra é adicionado ao preço do produto sempre que o valor do " -"atributo correspondente é selecionado." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Pricelist formulas let you set advanced price computation methods for " -"product variants. See :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`." -msgstr "" -"As fórmulas da lista de preços permitem definir métodos avançados de cálculo" -" de preços para variantes de produtos. Veja: doc: `../ maximizing_revenue / " -"pricing`." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:80 -msgid "How to disable/archive variants" -msgstr "Como desativar / arquivar variantes" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:82 -msgid "" -"You can disable/archive specific variants so that they are no longer " -"available in quotes & website (not existing in your stock, deprecated, " -"etc.). Simply uncheck *Active* in their detail form." -msgstr "" -"Você pode desativar / arquivar variantes específicas para que elas não " -"estejam mais disponíveis nas cotações e no site (não existentes em seu " -"estoque, obsoletas, etc.). Simplesmente desmarque * Ativo * no formulário de" -" detalhes." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:88 -msgid "" -"To retrieve such archived items, hit *Archived* on searching the variants " -"list. You can reactivate them the same way." -msgstr "" -"Para recuperar esses itens arquivados, clique em * Arquivado * ao pesquisar " -"na lista de variantes. Você pode reativá-los da mesma maneira." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue.rst:3 -msgid "Maximize my revenue" -msgstr "Maximize minha receita" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:3 -msgid "How to sell accessories and optional products (cross-selling)" -msgstr "Como vender acessórios e produtos opcionais (venda cruzada)" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:5 -msgid "" -"You sell computers. Why not stimulating your customers to buy a top-notch " -"screen or an extra-warranty? That's the goal of cross-selling " -"functionalities:" -msgstr "" -"Você vende computadores. Por que não estimular seus clientes a comprar uma " -"tela de primeira linha ou uma garantia extra? Esse é o objetivo das " -"funcionalidades de venda cruzada:" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:8 -msgid "Accessory products on checkout page," -msgstr "Produtos acessórios na página de checkout," - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Optional products on a new *Add to Cart* screen (not installed by default)." -msgstr "" -"Produtos opcionais em uma nova tela * Adicionar ao carrinho * (não instalado" -" por padrão)." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:12 -msgid "Accessory products when checking out" -msgstr "Produtos acessórios no check-out" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Accessories (e.g. for computers: mouse, keyboard) show up when the customer " -"reviews the cart before paying." -msgstr "" -"Acessórios (por exemplo, para computadores: mouse, teclado) aparecem quando " -"o cliente analisa o carrinho antes de pagar." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:20 -msgid "Select accessories in the *Sales* tab of the product detail page." -msgstr "" -"Selecione acessórios na guia * Vendas * da página de detalhes do produto." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:26 -msgid "" -"There is an algorithm to figure out the best accessories to display in case " -"several items are added to cart. If any item is the accessory of several " -"products added to cart, it is most likely that it will be atop the list of " -"suggested accessories." -msgstr "" -"Existe um algoritmo para descobrir os melhores acessórios a serem exibidos " -"no caso de vários itens serem adicionados ao carrinho. Se algum item for " -"acessório de vários produtos adicionados ao carrinho, é mais provável que " -"esteja no topo da lista de acessórios sugeridos." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:31 -msgid "Optional products when adding to cart" -msgstr "Produtos opcionais ao adicionar ao carrinho" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Optional products are directly related to the item added to cart (e.g. for " -"computers: warranty, OS software, extra components). Whenever the main " -"product is added to cart, such a new screen pops up as an extra step." -msgstr "" -"Os produtos opcionais estão diretamente relacionados ao item adicionado ao " -"carrinho (por exemplo, para computadores: garantia, software de sistema " -"operacional, componentes extras). Sempre que o produto principal é " -"adicionado ao carrinho, uma nova tela é exibida como uma etapa extra." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:40 -msgid "To publish optional products:" -msgstr "Para publicar produtos opcionais:" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Install *eCommerce Optional Products* addon in *Apps* menu. Remove the " -"default filter to search on addons as well, otherwise only main apps show " -"up." -msgstr "" -"Instale o complemento * Produtos opcionais de comércio eletrônico * no menu " -"* Aplicativos *. Remova o filtro padrão para pesquisar complementos também, " -"caso contrário, apenas os aplicativos principais serão exibidos." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:48 -msgid "Select optional items from the *Sales* tab of the product detail form." -msgstr "" -"Selecione itens opcionais na guia * Vendas * do formulário de detalhes do " -"produto." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:54 -msgid "" -"The quantity of optional items added to cart is the same than the main item." -msgstr "" -"A quantidade de itens opcionais adicionados ao carrinho é a mesma do item " -"principal." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:3 -msgid "How to adapt the prices to my website visitors" -msgstr "Como adaptar os preços aos visitantes do meu site" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:5 -msgid "This section sheds some light on pricing features of eCommerce app:" -msgstr "" -"Esta seção esclarece os recursos de precificação do aplicativo de comércio " -"eletrônico:" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:7 -msgid "force a price by geo-localization," -msgstr "forçar um preço por geo-localização," - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:9 -msgid "let the customer choose the currency." -msgstr "deixe o cliente escolher a moeda." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:11 -msgid "" -"As a pre-requisite, check out how to managing produt pricing: " -":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`)." -msgstr "" -"Como pré-requisito, veja como gerenciar os preços dos produtos:: doc: " -"`../../ sales / products_prices / prices / prices`)." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:15 -msgid "Geo-IP to automatically apply the right price" -msgstr "Geo-IP para aplicar automaticamente o preço certo" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Assign country groups to your pricelists. That way, your visitors not yet " -"logged in will get their own currency when landing on your website." -msgstr "" -"Atribua grupos de países às suas listas de preços. Dessa forma, seus " -"visitantes ainda não conectados receberão sua própria moeda ao chegarem ao " -"seu site." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:20 -msgid "Once logged in, they get the pricelist matching their country." -msgstr "Uma vez logado, eles recebem a lista de preços de seu país." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:23 -msgid "Currency selector" -msgstr "Seletor de moeda" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:25 -msgid "" -"In case you sell in several currencies, you can let your customers choose " -"their own currency. Check *Selectable* to add the pricelist to the website " -"drop-down menu." -msgstr "" -"No caso de vender em várias moedas, você pode permitir que seus clientes " -"escolham sua própria moeda. Marque * Selecionável * para adicionar a lista " -"de preços ao menu suspenso do site." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:34 -msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:35 -msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:36 -msgid ":doc:`promo_code`" -msgstr ":doc:`promo_code`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:3 -msgid "How to create & share promotional codes" -msgstr "Como criar e compartilhar códigos promocionais" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Want to boost your sales for Xmas? Share promocodes through your marketing " -"campaigns and apply any kind of discounts." -msgstr "" -"Quer aumentar suas vendas para o Natal? Compartilhe códigos promocionais " -"através de suas campanhas de marketing e aplique qualquer tipo de desconto." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:9 -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:13 -msgid "Setup" -msgstr "Instalação" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings` and choose *Advanced pricing based" -" on formula* for *Sale Price*." -msgstr "" -"Vá para: seleção de menus: `Vendas -> Configurações` e escolha * Preço " -"avançado com base na fórmula * para * Preço de venda *." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Website Admin --> Catalog --> Pricelists` and create a" -" new pricelist with the discount rule (see :doc:`pricing`). Then enter a " -"code." -msgstr "" -"Acesse: seleção de menus: `Website Admin -> Catalogo -> Listas de preço` e " -"crie uma nova lista de preço com a regra de desconto (ver: doc:` pricing`). " -"Em seguida, insira um código." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Make the promocode field available on your *Shopping Cart* page (option in " -"*Customize* menu). Add a product to cart to reach it." -msgstr "" -"Disponibilize o campo código de promoção em sua página * Carrinho de compras" -" * (opção no menu * Personalizar *). Adicione um produto ao carrinho para " -"alcançá-lo." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Once turned on you see a new section on the right side. On clicking *Apply* " -"prices get automatically updated in the cart." -msgstr "" -"Depois de ligado, você verá uma nova seção no lado direito. Ao clicar em * " -"Aplicar *, os preços são atualizados automaticamente no carrinho." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:33 -msgid "" -"The promocode used by the customer is stored in the system so you can " -"analyze the performance of your marketing campaigns." -msgstr "" -"O código promocional utilizado pelo cliente fica armazenado no sistema para " -"que você possa analisar o desempenho de suas campanhas de marketing." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:39 -msgid "Show sales per pricelists..." -msgstr "Mostrar vendas por lista de preços ..." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:43 -msgid ":doc:`pricing`" -msgstr ":doc:`pricing`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:3 -msgid "How to enable comments & rating" -msgstr "Como habilitar comentários e avaliações" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Publishing and monitoring customer experience will help you gain the trust " -"of new customers and better engage with your community. In 2 clicks, allow " -"your customer to share their feedback!" -msgstr "" -"Publicar e monitorar a experiência do cliente ajudará você a ganhar a " -"confiança de novos clientes e a se envolver melhor com sua comunidade. Em 2 " -"cliques, permita que seu cliente compartilhe seus comentários!" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Activate comments & rating from the *Customize* menu of the product web " -"page." -msgstr "" -"Ative os comentários e as avaliações no menu * Personalizar * da página do " -"produto." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Visitors must log in to share their comments. Make sure they are able to do " -"so (see Portal documentation)." -msgstr "" -"Os visitantes devem fazer login para compartilhar seus comentários. " -"Certifique-se de que eles sejam capazes de fazer isso (consulte a " -"documentação do Portal)." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:25 -msgid "Review the posts in real time" -msgstr "Reveja as postagens em tempo real" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Whenever a post is published, the product manager and all the product " -"followers get notified in their Inbox (*Discuss* menu)." -msgstr "" -"Sempre que uma postagem é publicada, o gerente de produto e todos os " -"seguidores do produto são notificados em sua caixa de entrada (menu * " -"Mensagens* *)." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:34 -msgid "" -"By default the user who created the product is automatically set as " -"follower." -msgstr "" -"Por padrão, o usuário que criou o produto é automaticamente definido como " -"seguidor." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Click the product name to open the detail form and review the comment (in " -"the product discussion thread)." -msgstr "" -"Clique no nome do produto para abrir o formulário de detalhes e analise o " -"comentário (no tópico de discussão do produto)." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:43 -msgid "Moderate & unpublish" -msgstr "Moderar e cancelar a publicação" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:45 -msgid "" -"You can easily moderate by using the chatter, either in the product detail " -"form or on the web page." -msgstr "" -"Você pode moderar facilmente usando o chatter, no formulário de detalhes do " -"produto ou na página da web." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:48 -msgid "" -"To unpublish the post, open the product web page and click the *Published* " -"button to turn it red (*Unpublished*)." -msgstr "" -"Para cancelar a publicação da postagem, abra a página do produto na web e " -"clique no botão * Publicado * para torná-lo vermelho (* Não publicado *)." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:56 -msgid "..tip::" -msgstr "..tip::" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:55 -msgid "" -"You can access the web page from the detail form by clicking the *Published*" -" smart button (and vice versa)." -msgstr "" -"Você pode acessar a página da web a partir do formulário de detalhes " -"clicando no botão inteligente * Publicado * (e vice-versa)." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:3 -msgid "How to sell pricier alternative products (upselling)" -msgstr "Como vender produtos alternativos mais caros (upselling)" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In order to maximize your revenue, suggesting pricier alternative products " -"is strongly advised for basic items. That way, your customer will spend more" -" time browsing your catalog." -msgstr "" -"Para maximizar sua receita, sugerir produtos alternativos mais caros é " -"fortemente recomendado para itens básicos. Dessa forma, seu cliente passará " -"mais tempo navegando em seu catálogo." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:12 -msgid "To do so:" -msgstr "Para fazer isso:" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Select such *Alternative Products* in the *Sales* tab of the product detail " -"form. 3 alternatives are fine! Don't publish too many otherwise your " -"customers will be confused." -msgstr "" -"Selecione esses * Produtos alternativos * na guia * Vendas * do formulário " -"de detalhes do produto. 3 alternativas estão bem! Não publique muitos, caso " -"contrário seus clientes ficarão confusos." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Turn on *Alternative Products* from the *Customize* menu of the product web " -"page." -msgstr "" -"Ative * Produtos alternativos * no menu * Personalizar * da página do " -"produto na web." - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Visão geral" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:3 -msgid "Introduction to Odoo eCommerce" -msgstr "Introdução ao Odoo eCommerce" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:10 -msgid "" -"The documentation will help you go live with your eCommerce website in no " -"time. The topics follow the buying process:" -msgstr "" -"A documentação ajudará você a iniciar o seu site de comércio eletrônico em " -"um piscar de olhos. Os tópicos seguem o processo de compra:" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:13 -msgid "Product Page" -msgstr "Página do Produto" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:14 -msgid "Shop Page" -msgstr "Página da loja" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:15 -msgid "Pricing" -msgstr "Preços" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:16 -msgid "Taxes" -msgstr "Impostos" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:17 -msgid "Checkout process" -msgstr "Processo de checkout" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:18 -msgid "Upselling & cross-selling" -msgstr "Upselling & cross-selling" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:19 -msgid "Payment" -msgstr "Pagamento" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:20 -msgid "Shipping & Tracking" -msgstr "Envio e rastreamento" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:24 -msgid ":doc:`../../website/publish/domain_name`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../website/publish/domain_name`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/publish.rst:3 -msgid "Launch my website" -msgstr "Lançar o meu site" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience.rst:3 -msgid "Get paid" -msgstr "Ser pago" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage orders paid with payment acquirers" -msgstr "Como gerenciar pedidos pagos com adquirentes de pagamento" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo confirms orders automatically as soon as the payment is authorized by a" -" payment acquirer. This triggers the delivery. If you invoice based on " -"ordered quantities, you are also requested to invoice the order." -msgstr "" -"O Odoo confirma os pedidos automaticamente assim que o pagamento é " -"autorizado por um adquirente de pagamento. Isso aciona a entrega. Se você " -"faturar com base nas quantidades pedidas, também deverá faturar o pedido." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:12 -msgid "What are the payment status" -msgstr "Qual é o status do pagamento" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:13 -msgid "" -"At anytime, the salesman can check the transaction status from the order." -msgstr "" -"A qualquer momento, o vendedor pode verificar o status da transação do " -"pedido." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:18 -msgid "*Draft*: transaction under processing." -msgstr "* Rascunho *: transação em processamento." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:20 -msgid "" -"*Pending*: the payment acquirer keeps the transaction on hold and you need " -"to authorize it from the acquirer interface." -msgstr "" -"* Pendente *: o adquirente de pagamento mantém a transação em espera e você " -"precisa autorizá-la na interface do adquirente." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:23 -msgid "" -"*Authorized*: the payment has been authorized but not yet captured. In Odoo," -" the order is already confirmed. Once the delivery done, you can capture the" -" amount from the acquirer interface (or from Odoo if you use Authorize.net)." -msgstr "" -"* Autorizado *: o pagamento foi autorizado, mas ainda não foi capturado. No " -"Odoo, o pedido já está confirmado. Assim que a entrega for concluída, você " -"pode capturar a quantia na interface do adquirente (ou no Odoo se você usar " -"o Authorize.net)." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:28 -msgid "" -"*Done*: the payment is authorized and captured. The order has been " -"confirmed." -msgstr "" -"* Concluído *: o pagamento é autorizado e capturado. O pedido foi " -"confirmado." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:30 -msgid "" -"*Error*: an error has occured during the transaction. The customer needs to " -"retry the payment. The order is still in draft." -msgstr "" -"* Erro *: ocorreu um erro durante a transação. O cliente precisa tentar o " -"pagamento novamente. O pedido ainda está em rascunho." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:34 -msgid "" -"*Cancelled*: when the customer cancels the payment in the payment acquirer " -"form. They are taken back to Odoo in order to modify the order." -msgstr "" -"* Cancelado *: quando o cliente cancela o pagamento no formulário do " -"adquirente. Eles são levados de volta ao Odoo para modificar o pedido." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Specific messages are provided to your customers for every payment status, " -"when they are redirected to Odoo after the transaction. To edit such " -"messages, go to the *Messages* tab of the payment method." -msgstr "" -"Mensagens específicas são fornecidas aos seus clientes para cada status de " -"pagamento, quando eles são redirecionados para Odoo após a transação. Para " -"editar essas mensagens, vá para a guia * Mensagens * do método de pagamento." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:44 -msgid "Auto-validate invoices at order" -msgstr "Validar automaticamente as faturas no pedido" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:46 -msgid "" -"When the order is confirmed you can also have an invoice automatically " -"issued and paid. This fully-automated made for businesses that invoice " -"orders straight on." -msgstr "" -"Quando o pedido é confirmado, você também pode ter uma fatura emitida e paga" -" automaticamente. Isso é totalmente automatizado para empresas que faturam " -"pedidos diretamente." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:54 -msgid "" -"If you choose this mode you are requested to select a payment journal in " -"order to record payments in your books. This payment is automatically " -"reconcilied with the invoice, marking it as paid. Select your **bank " -"account** if you get paid immediately on your bank account. If you don't you" -" can create a specific journal for the payment acquirer (type = Bank). That " -"way, you can track online payments in an intermediary account of your books " -"until you get paid into your bank account (see " -":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers`)." -msgstr "" -"Se você escolher este modo, deverá selecionar um diário de pagamento para " -"registrar os pagamentos em seus livros. Este pagamento é reconciliado " -"automaticamente com a fatura, marcando-a como paga. Selecione sua **conta " -"bancária** se você receber o pagamento imediatamente em sua conta bancária. " -"Caso contrário, você pode criar um diário específico para o adquirente de " -"pagamento (tipo = Banco). Dessa forma, você pode rastrear pagamentos online " -"em uma conta intermediária de seus livros até receber o pagamento em sua " -"conta bancária (consulte " -":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers`)." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:63 -msgid "Capture the payment after the delivery" -msgstr "Capture o pagamento após a entrega" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:64 -msgid "" -"With this mode, the order is confirmed but the amount is kept on hold. Once " -"the delivery processed, you can capture the payment from Odoo. This mode is " -"only available with Authorize.net." -msgstr "" -"Com este modo, o pedido é confirmado, mas o valor é mantido em espera. Assim" -" que a entrega for processada, você pode capturar o pagamento do Odoo. Este " -"modo está disponível apenas com Authorize.net." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:71 -msgid "" -"To capture the payment, open the transaction from the order. Then click " -"*Capture Transaction*." -msgstr "" -"Para capturar o pagamento, abra a transação do pedido. Em seguida, clique em" -" * Capturar Transação *." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:77 -msgid "" -"With other payment acquirers, you can manage the capture in their own " -"interfaces, not from Odoo." -msgstr "" -"Com outros adquirentes de pagamento, você pode gerenciar a captura em suas " -"próprias interfaces, não no Odoo." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:3 -msgid "How customers can access their customer account" -msgstr "Como os clientes podem acessar sua conta de cliente" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:5 -msgid "" -"It has never been so easy for your customers to access their customer " -"account. Forget endless signup forms, Odoo makes it as easy as ABC. They are" -" suggested to sign up (name, email, password) when the order is placed, and " -"not before. Indeed, nothing is more annoying than going through a signup " -"process before buying something." -msgstr "" -"Nunca foi tão fácil para seus clientes acessar suas contas de cliente. " -"Esqueça os inúmeros formulários de inscrição, Odoo torna isso tão fácil " -"quanto o ABC. Sugere-se que eles se cadastrem (nome, e-mail, senha) quando o" -" pedido for feito, e não antes. Na verdade, nada é mais irritante do que " -"passar por um processo de inscrição antes de comprar algo." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:14 -msgid "Sign up" -msgstr "Inscrever-se" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:16 -msgid "" -"The invitation to sign up shows up when the customer wants to visualize the " -"order from order confirmation email." -msgstr "" -"O convite para inscrição aparece quando o cliente deseja visualizar o pedido" -" a partir do e-mail de confirmação do pedido." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:23 -msgid "Customer account" -msgstr "Conta do cliente" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Once logged in the customer will access the account by clicking *My Account*" -" in the login dropdown menu." -msgstr "" -"Uma vez logado, o cliente acessará a conta clicando em * Minha Conta * no " -"menu suspenso de login." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:31 -msgid "" -"THere they find all their history. The main address (billing) can also be " -"modified." -msgstr "" -"Lá eles encontram toda a sua história. O endereço principal (cobrança) " -"também pode ser alterado." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:37 -msgid "" -"If the customer is set as a contact of a company in your address book, they " -"will see all the documents whose the customer belongs to this company." -msgstr "" -"Se o cliente estiver definido como contato de uma empresa em sua agenda, ele" -" verá todos os documentos cujo cliente pertence a essa empresa." - -#: ../../ecommerce/taxes.rst:3 -msgid "Collect taxes" -msgstr "Recolher impostos" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po deleted file mode 100644 index e07321358..000000000 --- a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,290 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Rafael H L Moretti <rafael.moretti@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# Silmar <pinheirosilmar@gmail.com>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Silmar <pinheirosilmar@gmail.com>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: pt_BR\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" - -#: ../../email_marketing.rst:5 -msgid "Email Marketing" -msgstr "Email de Marketing" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Visão geral" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:3 -msgid "Work with Mailing Lists" -msgstr "Trabalhar com listas de e-mail" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Mailing lists can be a goldmine for your company’s marketing department as " -"they can provide leads for sales, focus groups for testing new products, and" -" consumers to provide feedback on satisfaction, for example." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:10 -msgid "Create mailing lists" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Mailing lists --> Mailing lists --> Create`. Enable " -"the option *Is Public* to make the list visible for users when " -"unsubscribing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Once your mailing list is created, you can manually add contacts clicking on" -" *Create*. *Import* a list of contacts if you have it from a previous tool." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:23 -msgid "Linking a mailing list to my website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Create a mailing list called Newsletter, as you use this strategy to " -"advertise and communicate new ideas to subscribers interested in listening." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Go to your *Website*, add a *Newsletter* block and choose the respective " -"mailing list." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:34 -msgid "Contacts" -msgstr "Contatos" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Under :menuselection:`Mailing Lists --> Mailing List Contacts` see a list of" -" all contacts under all your mailing lists, and the ones you individually " -"created here." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Open a contact form to see or add different mailing lists to which the " -"contact is or will be part of." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:51 -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:46 -msgid ":doc:`send_emails`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:3 -msgid "Manage Unsubscriptions and Blacklist" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:5 -msgid "" -"It is best practice, and legally required, to allow recipients to " -"unsubscribe from mailing lists as you do not want your audience to think " -"that your company is using any tactics that are dishonest or spammy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:10 -msgid "Enable the Blacklist feature" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable the option " -"*Blacklist Option when Unsubscribing*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Now, once the user clicks on the *Unsubscribe* link on your email, he is " -"redirected to the following page:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:28 -msgid "" -"After clicking on the unsubscribe button when using the test feature, you " -"are sent to an error page (*error 403 - Access Denied*). If you want to be " -"sure the link is working properly, create your mass mail and send it only to" -" a personal email." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:32 -msgid "" -"In addition to having the option of unsubscribing from specific mailing " -"lists, the user can also blacklist himself, meaning that he will not receive" -" *any* more emails from you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:36 -msgid "" -"The mailing list has to be configured as *Public* in order to be visible for" -" users." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Blacklist`, blacklisted email " -"addresses are shown." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:39 -msgid "" -"When opening the record, as a *Log note*, a description-history is kept." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:47 -msgid ":doc:`mailing_lists`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:3 -msgid "Send Emails Marketing and Manage Campaigns" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Emails allow you to effectively, and at a low cost, reach a large number of " -"consumers while being able to customize your message in a way that resonates" -" with them. It is measurable, and a call-to-action oriented channel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:10 -msgid "Choose the right target and create the message" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:12 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Mailings --> Create`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Choosing *Contacts* as *Recipients* (for example), allows you to add " -"specifications to match just certain contacts, filtering your target." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:21 -msgid "" -"With a trial databases, you have a limit of 50 emails per day; on Odoo SH " -"Cloud Platform the limit is 200. There is a possibility to increase these " -"numbers by contacting Odoo Support. To contact Support, `click here " -"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Under *Mail Body*, choose a layout and make the modifications needed by " -"dragging, dropping and double-clicking on content. Note that it is possible " -"to start from scratch selecting the *blank* template option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Under *Settings*, you can assign someone else as the responsible sender if " -"you do not want it to be you. To do so, change the email address used as the" -" sender (*Send From*)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:37 -msgid "" -"With the *Reply To* radio button, you can also choose to gather answers " -"either on the respective recipients’ records or on a specific email address." -" Note that this option is not available if you target mailing contacts or " -"contacts as recipients." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:45 -msgid "Test, send or schedule a mailing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:53 -msgid "" -"*Save*: the work is allocated in the *draft* column in the Kanban view. " -"Modifications can be made while being in this stage. The option *Discard* " -"deletes the email." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Click on *Test* and send your message to one, or even multiple, test " -"contacts to avoid errors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:56 -msgid "" -"*Send* triggers the email with the next run and put the work on the *queue* " -"column in the Kanban view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:58 -msgid "" -"*Schedule* allows you to choose a date and time, and puts the email in the " -"*queue* column in the Kanban view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:61 -msgid "" -"The daily limit is applied for **all emails** sent, in other words, " -"throughout all applications. Therefore, if at the end of the day you have " -"remaining ones to be sent, note that they *will not* be sent automatically " -"the next day. You need to force that by opening the email and clicking on " -"*Retry*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:67 -msgid "Manage campaigns" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable *Mailing " -"Campaigns*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:71 -msgid "" -"The campaign option is effective as it allows you to organize your marketing" -" efforts and have a centralized view of its metrics." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:72 -msgid "Go to *Campaign* and click on *Create* to start one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:80 -msgid "" -"If you use the SMS and Social Marketing applications, as well as the Push " -"Notification feature, you see the option to create content for those " -"channels. You also see the *Campaign* menu within those applications. All of" -" this is possible because the applications work integrated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:85 -msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_servers`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:86 -msgid ":doc:`../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns`" -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/events.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/events.po deleted file mode 100644 index 66426770b..000000000 --- a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/events.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,438 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Rafael H L Moretti <rafael.moretti@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# Mateus Lopes <mateus1@gmail.com>, 2020 -# AlexSandro Cruz <alex@sapienzae.com.br>, 2020 -# grazziano <gra.negocia@gmail.com>, 2020 -# PopSolutions Cooperativa Digital <popsolutions.co@gmail.com>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: PopSolutions Cooperativa Digital <popsolutions.co@gmail.com>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: pt_BR\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" - -#: ../../events.rst:5 -msgid "Events" -msgstr "Eventos" - -#: ../../events/integrations.rst:3 -msgid "Integrations" -msgstr "Integrações" - -#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:3 -msgid "Communicating about my Event using SMS Text Messages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Using SMS as a communication strategy for your event establishes interaction" -" between organizers, attendees, speakers and further targets. It allows your" -" message to be heard whether the goal is to send out reminders, teasers or " -"to advertise." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:10 -#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:9 ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:9 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Configuração" - -#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Under *Communication* SMS is a standard feature. That means nothing needs to" -" be enabled or installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:16 -msgid "" -"On the other hand, to contact the speakers of your event, you need the *SMS " -"Marketing* application installed, and to enable *Schedule & Tracks* under " -":menuselection:`Events --> Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:23 -msgid "" -"The *Schedule & Tracks* feature allows you to manage the agenda and speakers" -" of your event. For more details watch: `Creating an agenda for your event " -"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/create-an-agenda-for-your-" -"event-717?fullscreen=1>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:28 -msgid "Send SMSs to attendees" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Under *Communication*, the message’s target is the attendees of your event." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:32 -msgid "" -"You can choose to confirm each registration with the *Registration* " -"template, and to send a reminder shortly before the event takes place with " -"the *Reminder* template." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:38 -msgid "To make changes in an existing template, click on the external link." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:45 -msgid "Send SMSs to speakers and further targets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:47 -msgid "" -"The benefit of the integration with the *SMS Marketing* application is that " -"you can choose the target you would like your message to be delivered to. To" -" get started, click on *Contact Track Speakers*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:56 -msgid "" -"If *Event Track* is not your target (*Recipient*), choose the right one. " -"*Filters* are eligible here." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:58 -msgid "" -"In the example below, the SMS would be sent to the speakers who are in the " -"stage *Proposal* on *Event Track*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Credits are required to be able to send SMSs. For more information about " -"Pricing :doc:`click here <../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq>`, " -"and, about IAP Services :doc:`here " -"<../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Visão geral" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:3 -msgid "Create your First Event" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:5 -msgid "Some of the reasons why hosting events is essential are:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:7 -msgid "To create an engaging experience with your audience;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:8 -msgid "To generate word of mouth about your company;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:9 -msgid "To allow networking;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:10 -msgid "" -"To provide an opportunity for sales representatives to walk their prospects " -"through the product and even their pipeline." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:14 -msgid "Get started" -msgstr "Começar" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Under the menu *Events*, have a view of all existing events and some key " -"information, such as the number of expected and confirmed attendees." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:23 -msgid "" -"To start a new one, click on *Create* and fill in the form with all the " -"needed information. Enable *Website Menu* to have the menus *Introduction*, " -"*Location*, and *Register* being shown on your event’s website page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:31 -msgid "" -"To personalize these pages, click on *Edit* to open the `website builder " -"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/website-basics-643?fullscreen=1>`_, and " -"edit content by dragging and dropping blocks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:40 -msgid "Tab: Tickets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Events --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " -":doc:`Tickets and Online Ticketing <tickets>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Now, under the *Tickets* Tab, add lines to include the different ticket " -"types you offer. Include the price, the start and end dates for " -"registrations, and even the maximum number of tickets that can be sold." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:48 -msgid "" -"The *Reserved Seats* and *Unconfirmed Seat Reservations* are counted as " -"attendees are marked as :doc:`confirmed <track_attendees>` or not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:55 -msgid "Tab: Communication" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Choose the email and/or SMS message template, as well as the frequency with " -"which you would like to communicate with your attendees under the tab " -"*Communication*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Create a template on the fly or choose an existing one. Define the " -"*Interval* (2, 7, 15..) for the *Unit* (days, hours, weeks, etc.), and the " -"*Trigger* action (after registration, after the event, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:68 -msgid "Tab: Questions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable *Questions*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:72 -msgid "" -"Now, under the tab *Questions*, edit your questions and answers, choosing if" -" you would like your questionnaire to be asked per order or per " -"registration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:75 -msgid "" -"Example of a registration for 3 attendees: if enabling the option *Ask each " -"attendee*, the questionnaire is shown 3 times, meaning that answers can vary" -" for each attendee; if *Ask each attendee* is not enabled, the questionnaire" -" is shown once, resulting in a global answer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:81 -msgid "" -"Once your event is *Confirmed*, you can manage attendees badges, and mark " -"the event as *Finished*. Events marked as *Finished* can be *Set to draft*, " -"putting the event back to an *Unconfirmed* stage from which it can be edited" -" and used again." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:90 -msgid "Publish your event" -msgstr "Publique seu evento" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:92 -msgid "*Go to Website* and turn *Published* on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:99 -msgid ":doc:`track_attendees`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:100 -#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:45 -msgid ":doc:`tickets`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:101 -#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:46 -msgid ":doc:`track_talks`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:3 -msgid "Selling Tickets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:5 -msgid "" -"If you automate processes, you save time. If you give attendees multiple " -"payment options to choose from, you allow flexibility and open margins for " -"more registrations to happen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate *Tickets* and" -" *Online Ticketing*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:13 -msgid "" -"*Tickets* allow tickets to be sold " -":ref:`events/create_event/through_sales_orders`. *Online Ticketing* allows " -"the sale of tickets to happen " -":ref:`events/create_event/through_the_website`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:22 -msgid "Through Sales Orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:24 -msgid "" -"On the *Sales* application, choose the event product you created and add it " -"as a product line. A window pops-up, allowing you to choose the event for " -"which you want to create the sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Remember to create a product form for the event registration, under " -"*Product*, in the *Sales* application, and to add that same product under " -"your event’s form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:43 -msgid "Through the Website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:45 -msgid "" -"On the website, once tickets are added to the cart, the user can continue " -"the transaction choosing among the payment methods you chose to have " -"available." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:53 -msgid ":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:3 -msgid "Track your Attendees" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Attendees are at the heart of your event. Keeping track of their number and " -"managing their registration and attendance is necessary for planning and " -"analyzing reasons." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:9 -msgid "Attendees list and attendance" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Once attendees have registered or bought their tickets, they are added to " -"the *Attendees* list." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Tickets sold through sales orders validate attendees as soon as the " -"quotation is confirmed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:18 -msgid "" -"The check mark button is used to confirm the registration. Once a " -"registration is confirmed, attendance can be marked." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:26 -msgid "Bagdes and cancellations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:28 -msgid "" -"On the attendees form, choose to send badges manually by clicking on *Send " -"By Email*. *Cancel Registration* to have that attendee being moved to the " -"*Cancelled* stage." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:36 -msgid "" -"To see a list of your canceled attendees, under *Filters*, add a *Custom " -"Filter* choosing *Status > is > Cancelled*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:44 -#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:49 -msgid ":doc:`../integrations/integration_sms`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:3 -msgid "Track and Manage Talks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Allow partners to submit talk proposals so they can share their knowledge " -"and expertise. Good speakers and talks are what make your event great." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Events --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " -"*Schedule & Tracks*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Now, in your event's form, once *Website menu* is enabled, the options " -"*Tracks on Website* and *Track Proposals on Website* become available. " -"Enabling them adds the menus *Talks*, *Talk Proposals*, and *Agenda* to your" -" website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Besides having the ability to suggest their own talks, the website now " -"allows users to see a list of the whole agenda and scheduled talks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:28 -msgid "" -"To handle tracks internally and not have the menus *Talks*, *Talk " -"Proposals*, and *Agenda* online, use the menu *Tracks* individually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:32 -msgid "Publishing speaker proposals" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Once partners have filled in the appropriate form and submitted their " -"proposals, a new *Proposal* is instantly created under the menu *Track*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:41 -msgid "" -"If the proposal is accepted and can go online, simply open its form and " -"click on *Go to Website*. From the website page, turn *Published* on." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po deleted file mode 100644 index 941797703..000000000 --- a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,427 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# Silmar <pinheirosilmar@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Luis Felipe Miléo <mileo@kmee.com.br>, 2020 -# Luis Gustavo Almeida <luis.gustavo@kmee.com.br>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Luis Gustavo Almeida <luis.gustavo@kmee.com.br>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: pt_BR\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:5 -msgid "Expenses" -msgstr "Despesas" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:8 -msgid "How to set expense types" -msgstr "Como definir os tipos de despesas" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:9 -msgid "" -"The first step to track expenses is to configure the expense types (managed " -"as products in Odoo) that your company allows, from the *Configuration* " -"menu. When a specific expense is reimbursed at a fixed price, set a cost on " -"the product. Otherwise keep the cost at 0.0 and employees will report the " -"real cost per expense." -msgstr "" -"A primeira etapa para rastrear despesas é configurar os tipos de despesas " -"(gerenciadas como produtos no Odoo) que sua empresa permite, a partir do " -"menu * Configuração *. Quando uma despesa específica é reembolsada a um " -"preço fixo, defina um custo para o produto. Caso contrário, mantenha o custo" -" em 0,0 e os funcionários reportarão o custo real por despesa." - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:17 -msgid "Here are some examples to configure:" -msgstr "Aqui estão alguns exemplos para configurar:" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:19 -msgid "Restaurant:" -msgstr "Restaurante:" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:21 ../../expense/expense.rst:27 -msgid "Cost: 0.00 (the cost of the ticket will be recorded on every expense)" -msgstr "" -"Custo: 0,00 (o custo da passagem será registrado em todas as despesas)" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:22 -msgid "Travel with Personal Car:" -msgstr "Viagem com carro pessoal:" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:24 -msgid "Cost: 0.30 (the price per mile reimbursed by the company is fixed)" -msgstr "Custo: 0,30 (o preço por milha reembolsado pela empresa é fixo)" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:25 -msgid "Hotel:" -msgstr "Hotel:" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:29 -msgid "Others:" -msgstr "Outros:" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:31 -msgid "Cost: 0.0" -msgstr "Custo: 0.0" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Don't forget to set an expense tax on each expense type (and an account if " -"you use Odoo Accounting). It's usually a good practice to use a tax that is " -"configured with :ref:`Tax Included in Price <taxes/included-in-price>`. That" -" way, employees report expenses with prices including taxes, which is " -"usually the expected behaviour." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:41 -msgid "" -"The *Sales* app allows you to specify unit of measures for your expense " -"types (units, miles, nights, etc.). Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Configuration --> Settings` and check *Some products may be sold/purchased " -"in different units of measure (advanced)*." -msgstr "" -"O aplicativo * Vendas * permite que você especifique a unidade de medida " -"para seus tipos de despesas (unidades, milhas, noites, etc.). Vá para: " -"seleção de menus: `Vendas -> Configuração -> Configurações` e verifique * " -"Alguns produtos podem ser vendidos / adquiridos em unidades de medida " -"diferentes (avançado) *." - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:48 -msgid "How to record expenses" -msgstr "Como registrar despesas" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:51 -msgid "Manually" -msgstr "Manualmente" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:53 -msgid "" -"As an employee (Employee in user access rights), you can record expenses " -"from :menuselection:`My Expenses --> Expenses to Submit`." -msgstr "" -"Como funcionário (Funcionário com direitos de acesso do usuário), você pode " -"registrar despesas em: seleção de menus: `Minhas despesas -> Despesas a " -"enviar`." - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:59 -msgid "" -"Select the related product and enter either the total amount you paid (with " -"Quantity = 1) or the unit price if Quantity is countable (e.g. number of " -"hotel nights)." -msgstr "" -"Selecione o produto relacionado e insira o valor total que você pagou (com " -"Quantidade = 1) ou o preço unitário se a Quantidade for contável (por " -"exemplo, número de noites de hotel)." - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:62 -msgid "Enter the expense date." -msgstr "Insira a data da despesa." - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Choose if you paid the bill on your own (and expect to be reimbursed) or if " -"the company paid directly (e.g. if you used a company's credit card)." -msgstr "" -"Escolha se você pagou a conta por conta própria (e espera ser reembolsado) " -"ou se a empresa pagou diretamente (por exemplo, se você usou o cartão de " -"crédito de uma empresa)." - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Set the bill reference, add some notes if requested and attach a photo/scan " -"of the receipt from the discussion thread. That will help the manager and " -"the accountant validate it." -msgstr "" -"Defina a referência da fatura, adicione algumas notas se solicitado e anexe " -"uma foto / digitalização do recibo do tópico de discussão. Isso ajudará o " -"gerente e o contador a validá-lo." - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:73 -msgid "In one click from emails" -msgstr "Em um clique de emails" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:74 -msgid "" -"Let your employees record their expenses from a simple email. Make a " -"snapshot of the receipt and send it by email, or simply forward a bill!" -msgstr "" -"Deixe seus funcionários registrarem suas despesas a partir de um simples " -"e-mail. Faça um instantâneo do recibo e envie por e-mail, ou simplesmente " -"encaminhe uma fatura!" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:77 -msgid "" -"The only thing to do is setting up an email alias in " -":menuselection:`Expenses --> Configuration --> Settings` (e.g. *expenses* " -"@mycompany.odoo.com). For security purposes, only authenticated employee " -"emails (cfr. *Work Email* in employee detail form) are accepted." -msgstr "" -"A única coisa a fazer é configurar um pseudônimo de e-mail em: seleção de " -"menus: ʻDespesas-> Configuração -> Configurações` (por exemplo, * despesas *" -" @ minhaempresa.odoo.com). Por motivos de segurança, apenas e-mails de " -"funcionários autenticados (cfr. * Email de trabalho * no formulário de " -"detalhes do funcionário) são aceitos." - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:83 -msgid "" -"The expense product is set automatically if the mail subject contains the " -"product's internal reference in first position. Type the expense amount in " -"the mail subject to set it on the expense too (e.g. Ref001 Food 100€)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:88 -msgid "How to submit expenses to managers" -msgstr "Como enviar gastos para os gerentes" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:90 -msgid "" -"When you are ready to submit your expenses to your manager (e.g. at the end " -"of a business trip, or once a month), go to the menu :menuselection:`My " -"Expenses --> Expenses to Submit`. Select all expenses from the list view and" -" click on :menuselection:`Action --> Submit to Manager`. Save the newly " -"created expense report (i.e. set of expenses), and wait for your manager to " -"approve it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:100 -msgid "" -"You can also submit expenses one by one from the *Submit to Manager* button " -"on the form view of an expense." -msgstr "" -"Você também pode enviar despesas uma a uma usando o botão * Enviar ao " -"gerente * na tela de formulário de uma despesa." - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:103 -msgid "" -"All your submitted expense reports can be found in :menuselection:`Expenses " -"--> My Expenses --> Expense Reports`." -msgstr "" -"Todos os seus relatórios de despesas enviados podem ser encontrados em: menu" -" de seleção: `Despesas -> Minhas despesas -> Relatórios de despesas`." - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:108 -msgid "How to approve expenses" -msgstr "Como aprovar gastos" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:110 -msgid "" -"HR and team managers get an overview of all expense reports to validate from" -" the top menu :menuselection:`To Approve --> Expense Reports to Approve`. " -"Such users must have at least *Officers* access rights for *Expenses*." -msgstr "" -"Os gerentes de RH e de equipe obtêm uma visão geral de todos os relatórios " -"de despesas para validar no menu superior: seleção de menus: `Para aprovar " -"-> Relatórios de despesas para aprovar`. Esses usuários devem ter pelo menos" -" direitos de acesso de * Diretores * para * Despesas *." - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:117 -msgid "" -"They can review expense reports, approve or reject them, as well as " -"providing feedback thanks to the integrated communication tool." -msgstr "" -"Eles podem revisar relatórios de despesas, aprová-los ou rejeitá-los, além " -"de fornecer feedback graças à ferramenta de comunicação integrada." - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:123 -msgid "" -"As a team manager you can easily find the expense reports of your team " -"members. You need to be set as manager in the detail form of those " -"employees." -msgstr "" -"Como gerente de equipe, você pode encontrar facilmente os relatórios de " -"despesas dos membros de sua equipe. Você precisa ser definido como gerente " -"na forma de detalhes desses funcionários." - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:131 -msgid "How to post expenses in accounting" -msgstr "Como lançar despesas na contabilidade" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:133 -msgid "" -"Once expense reports approved by managers, the accounting department goes to" -" :menuselection:`Expenses --> Accountant --> Expense Reports To Post` to " -"check accounts, products and taxes. They can click *Post Journal Entries* to" -" post related journal entries into your books. To do so, the user must have " -"following access rights:" -msgstr "" -"Assim que os relatórios de despesas são aprovados pelos gerentes, o " -"departamento de contabilidade vai para: seleção de menus: `Despesas -> " -"Contador -> Relatórios de despesas para lançar` para verificar contas, " -"produtos e impostos. Eles podem clicar em * Publicar entradas de diário * " -"para publicar entradas de diário relacionadas em seus livros. Para fazer " -"isso, o usuário deve ter os seguintes direitos de acesso:" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:139 -msgid "Accounting: Accountant or Adviser" -msgstr "Contabilidade: Contador ou Consultor" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:140 -msgid "Expenses: Manager" -msgstr "Despesas: Gerente" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:143 -msgid "" -"To post an expense, a *Home Address* must be set on the employee. If you get" -" a related blocking message when posting, click the employee, go to " -"*Personal Information* tab and select/create the contact of your employee in" -" the address book. A contact has been automatically created if this person " -"is using Odoo." -msgstr "" -"Para lançar uma despesa, um * Endereço residencial * deve ser definido no " -"funcionário. Se você receber uma mensagem de bloqueio relacionada ao postar," -" clique no funcionário, vá para a guia * Informações pessoais * e selecione " -"/ crie o contato do seu funcionário no catálogo de endereços. Um contato foi" -" criado automaticamente se esta pessoa estiver usando Odoo." - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:150 -msgid "How to reimburse employees" -msgstr "Como reembolsar os colaboradores" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:152 -msgid "" -"You can now see all the expense reports to reimburse in " -":menuselection:`Expenses --> Accountant --> Expense Reports To Pay`. To " -"record the payment or pay by check, click *Register a Payment*." -msgstr "" -"Agora você pode ver todos os relatórios de despesas a reembolsar em: seleção" -" de menus: `Despesas -> Contador -> Relatórios de despesas a pagar`. Para " -"registrar o pagamento ou pagar em cheque, clique em * Registrar um pagamento" -" *." - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:156 -msgid "See how you can easily manage the payment process in Odoo:" -msgstr "" -"Veja como você pode gerenciar facilmente o processo de pagamento no Odoo:" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:158 -msgid ":doc:`../accounting/payables/pay/check`" -msgstr ":doc:`../accounting/payables/pay/check`" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:159 -msgid ":doc:`../accounting/payables/pay/sepa`" -msgstr ":doc:`../accounting/payables/pay/sepa`" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:163 -msgid "How to re-invoice expenses to your customers" -msgstr "Como fazer refaturamento para os seus consumidores" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:165 -msgid "" -"If you track expenses on customer projects, you can charge them back to your" -" customers automatically." -msgstr "" -"Se você rastrear despesas em projetos de clientes, poderá cobrá-las " -"automaticamente." - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:169 -msgid "Setup" -msgstr "Instalação" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:171 -msgid "Enable **Customer Billing** in the Expenses settings" -msgstr "Habilite ** Faturamento do cliente ** nas configurações de despesas" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:173 -msgid "" -"Go to the product configuration menu and set the invoicing method on all " -"your Expense types:" -msgstr "" -"Vá para o menu de configuração do produto e defina o método de faturamento " -"em todos os seus tipos de despesas:" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:176 -msgid "" -"Ordered quantities : it will invoice expenses based on the ordered quantity" -msgstr "" -"Quantidades solicitadas: ele irá faturar os gastos baseados no número total " -"de solicitações" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:179 -msgid "" -"Delivered quantities :it will invoice expenses based on the expenses " -"quantity" -msgstr "" -"Quantidades entregues: faturará despesas com base na quantidade de despesas" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:182 -msgid "At cost: will invoice expenses at their real cost." -msgstr "A custo: faturará as despesas ao seu custo real." - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:184 -msgid "" -"At sales price: will invoice based on a fixed sales price set on the sale " -"order." -msgstr "" -"A preço de venda: irá faturar com base em um preço de venda fixo definido no" -" pedido de venda." - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:191 -msgid "Create an order" -msgstr "Criar um pedido" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:193 -msgid "" -"As a salesman, create and confirm a Sales Order for the services delivered " -"to your customer. If you don't put any expense in the order, it will be " -"added automatically once posted by the accountant." -msgstr "" -"Como um vendedor, crie e confirme a ordem de venda pelos serviços entregues " -"ao cliente. Se você não colocar nenhuma despesa na ordem, ela será " -"adicionada automaticamente assim que postada pelo contador." - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:198 -msgid "Link the expense to the Sale Order." -msgstr "Vincula a despesa ao Pedido de Vendas." - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:204 -msgid "Submit, validate and post expenses" -msgstr "Envia, valida e lança a despesa" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:206 -msgid "" -"As a manager, make sure the analytic account is set on every expense line on" -" approving expenses reports. Click the line to add one if missing. Employees" -" are already able to set one when submitting." -msgstr "" -"Como gerente, certifique-se de que a conta analítica seja definida em cada " -"linha de despesas ao aprovar relatórios de despesas. Clique na linha para " -"adicionar um se estiver faltando. Os funcionários já podem definir um ao " -"enviar." - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:213 -msgid "As an accountant, post journal entries." -msgstr "Como contador, faça lançamentos contábeis manuais." - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:216 -msgid "Invoice expenses" -msgstr "Fatura de despesas" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:218 -msgid "" -"Now you can invoice the order. It shows up in :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Invoicing --> Sales` to Invoice. The expenses have been added automatically " -"in the order lines. Such items show up in blue (i.e. to invoice)." -msgstr "" -"Agora você pode faturar o pedido. Ele aparece em: seleção de menus: `Vendas " -"-> Faturamento -> Vendas` para fatura . As despesas foram adicionadas " -"automaticamente nas linhas do pedido. Esses itens aparecem em azul (ou seja," -" na fatura)." - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:226 -msgid "e (i.e. to invoice)." -msgstr "e (ou seja, para faturar)." diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po similarity index 60% rename from locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po rename to locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po index bdd7a5641..9c260793c 100644 --- a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po @@ -1,40 +1,42 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: -# Cezar José Sant Anna Junior <cezar.santanna@gmail.com>, 2020 -# renato sabo <renato.sabo@bradootech.com>, 2020 -# Rafael H L Moretti <rafael.moretti@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Marcel Savegnago <marcel.savegnago@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Fernando Colus <fcolus1@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Luiz Fernando <lfpsgs@outlook.com>, 2020 -# Luciano Giacomazzi <lucianogiacomazzi@gmail.com>, 2020 -# danimaribeiro <danimaribeiro@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Ademílson F. Tonato <apraqueisso@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Emanuel Martins <emanuel.breno@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Luis Felipe Miléo <mileo@kmee.com.br>, 2020 -# lluisgustavoreis <luis.gustavo@kmee.com.br>, 2020 +# Fernando Colus <fcolus1@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Luiz Fernando <lfpsgs@outlook.com>, 2021 +# Ademílson F. Tonato <apraqueisso@gmail.com>, 2021 +# renato sabo <renato.sabo@bradootech.com>, 2021 +# Marcelo Costa <marcelo@comdesk.com.br>, 2021 +# Kevin Harrings <kha@odoo.com>, 2021 +# Emanuel Martins <emanuel.breno@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Rafael H L Moretti <rafael.moretti@gmail.com>, 2021 # Marcos Abreu <marcoos.abreu@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Cezar José Sant Anna Junior <cezar.santanna@gmail.com>, 2021 +# danimaribeiro <danimaribeiro@gmail.com>, 2021 +# falexandresilva <falexandresilva@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Luciano Giacomazzi <lucianogiacomazzi@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Keli Brugalli <kbr@odoo.com>, 2021 +# lluisgustavoreis <luis.gustavo@kmee.com.br>, 2021 +# Silmar <pinheirosilmar@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Martin Trigaux, 2021 +# Marcel Savegnago <marcel.savegnago@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Luis Felipe Miléo <mileo@kmee.com.br>, 2021 +# Mateus Lopes <mateus1@gmail.com>, 2021 # grazziano <gra.negocia@gmail.com>, 2021 # Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2021 # PopSolutions Cooperativa Digital <popsolutions.co@gmail.com>, 2021 # Éder Brito <britoederr@gmail.com>, 2021 -# falexandresilva <falexandresilva@gmail.com>, 2021 -# Silmar <pinheirosilmar@gmail.com>, 2021 -# Martin Trigaux, 2021 -# Mateus Lopes <mateus1@gmail.com>, 2021 -# Marcelo Costa <marcelo@comdesk.com.br>, 2021 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-03-02 11:19+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Marcelo Costa <marcelo@comdesk.com.br>, 2021\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-18 07:12+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-05-18 05:17+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Éder Brito <britoederr@gmail.com>, 2021\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -42,24 +44,28 @@ msgstr "" "Language: pt_BR\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" -#: ../../accounting.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance.rst:3 +msgid "Finance" +msgstr "Finanças" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:4 msgid "Invoicing and Accounting" msgstr "Faturamento e Contabilidade" -#: ../../accounting/bank.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:3 msgid "Bank & Cash" msgstr "Banco e dinheiro" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds.rst:3 msgid "Bank Feeds" msgstr "Retornos Bancários" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:145 msgid "Bank Statements" msgstr "Extratos bancários" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:5 msgid "" "Importing your bank statements in Odoo Accounting allows you to keep track " "of the financial movements that occur on your bank accounts and reconcile " @@ -69,7 +75,7 @@ msgstr "" "controle dos movimentos financeiros que ocorrem em suas contas bancárias e " "reconciliá-los com as transações registradas em sua contabilidade." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:9 msgid "" "We recommend you use bank synchronization for more efficiency. Please read " "the related documentation: :doc:`bank_synchronization`." @@ -78,7 +84,7 @@ msgstr "" "eficiência. Por favor, leia a documentação relacionada: " ":doc:`bank_synchronization`." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:12 msgid "" "However, if you don't want to use bank synchronization or if your bank is " "not a supported institution, you still have other options:" @@ -86,44 +92,44 @@ msgstr "" "No entanto, se você não quiser usar a sincronização bancária ou se seu banco" " não for uma instituição compatível, você ainda tem outras opções:" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:15 msgid "Import the bank statement files delivered by your bank" msgstr "Importe os arquivos de extrato bancário entregues pelo seu banco" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:16 msgid "Register the bank statements manually" msgstr "Registre seus extratos bancários manualmente" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:19 msgid "Import bank statements files" msgstr "Importar arquivos de extratos bancários" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:21 msgid "Odoo supports multiple file formats to import bank statements:" msgstr "" "O Odoo suporta vários formatos de arquivo para importar extratos bancários:" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:23 msgid "SEPA recommended Cash Management format (CAMT.053)" msgstr "Formato de Gerenciamento de Caixa recomendado pela SEPA (CAMT.053)" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:24 msgid "Comma-separated values (.CSV)" msgstr "Valores separados por vírgula (.CSV)" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:25 msgid "Open Financial Exchange (.OFX)" msgstr "Formato aberto de transações financeiras (.OFX)" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:26 msgid "Quicken Interchange Format (.QIF)" msgstr "Formato de Intercâmbio Quicken (.QIF)" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:27 msgid "Belgium: Coded Statement of Account (.CODA)" msgstr "Bélgica: Extrato de conta codificado (.CODA)" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:29 msgid "" "To import them, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Overview --> Bank`, " "click on *Import Statements*, or on the three dots, and then on *Import " @@ -133,12 +139,12 @@ msgstr "" "Banco`, clique em *Importar Extratos*, ou nos três pontos, e então em " "*Importar Extratos*." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:36 msgid "Next, select the file you want to import and click on *Import*." msgstr "" "Em seguida, selecione o arquivo que deseja importar e clique em *Importar*." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:38 msgid "" "Odoo opens an **import widget** to help you set the **Formatting Options** " "and **map** the different columns you want to import." @@ -146,23 +152,23 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo abre um **import widget** para ajudá-lo a definir o **Formatting " "Options** e **map** as diferentes colunas que você deseja importar." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:46 msgid "" "Quicken Interchange Format (.QIF) is an older file format that is no longer " "supported since 2005. If possible, prefer OFX files over QIF." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:50 msgid "Register bank statements manually" msgstr "Registre extratos bancários manualmente" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:52 msgid "If needed, you can also record your bank statements manually." msgstr "" "Se necessário, você também pode registrar seus extratos bancários " "manualmente." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:54 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Overview --> Bank`, click on " "*Create Statements*, or on the three dots, and then on *New Statement*." @@ -170,14 +176,14 @@ msgstr "" "Para isso, acesse :menuselection:`Contabilidade--> Visão Geral --> Banco` , " "clique em *Criar Extratos*, ou nos três pontos, e depois em *Novo Extrato*." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:57 msgid "" "Add a new line for each transaction written on the original bank statement." msgstr "" "Adicione uma nova linha para cada transação escrita em seu extrato bancário " "original." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:59 msgid "" "To ease the reconciliation process, make sure to fill out the *Partner* " "field. You can also write the payments’ references in the *Label* field." @@ -186,7 +192,7 @@ msgstr "" "campo \"Parceiro\". Você também pode escrever as referências dos pagamentos " "no campo *Rótulo*." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:67 msgid "" "The *Ending Balance* and the *Computed Balance* should have the same amount." " If it is not the case, make sure that there is no mistake in the " @@ -195,113 +201,113 @@ msgstr "" "O *Saldo Final* e o * Saldo Calculado* devem ter o mesmo montante. Se não " "for o caso, certifique-se de que não haja erro nos valores das transações." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:122 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:109 msgid ":doc:`bank_synchronization`" msgstr ":doc:`bank_synchronization`" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:10 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:16 msgid "Todo" msgstr "À Fazer" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:72 msgid "add doc link to new documentation about reconciliation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:3 msgid "Bank Synchronization: Automatic Import" msgstr "Sincronização Bancária: Importação Automática" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo can synchronize directly with your bank institution to get all bank " "statements imported automatically into your database." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:8 msgid "" "To check if your bank is compatible with Odoo, go to `Odoo Accounting " "Features <https://www.odoo.com/page/accounting-features>`_, and click on " "*See list of supported institutions*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:15 msgid "More than 20,000 institutions around the world are supported." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:17 msgid "To connect to the banks, Odoo uses multiple web-services:" msgstr "Para se conectar aos bancos, o Odoo usa vários web-services:" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:19 msgid "**Plaid**: United States of America and Canada" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:20 msgid "**Yodlee**: Worldwide" msgstr "**Yodlee**: No mundo todo" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:21 msgid "**Salt Edge**: Europe (:doc:`more information <saltedge>`)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:22 msgid "**Ponto**: Europe (:doc:`more information <ponto>`)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:25 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:24 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:19 -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:14 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:69 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:16 -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:22 -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:9 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:31 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:28 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:284 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:321 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:34 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:92 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:25 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:14 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:60 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:19 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:27 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:23 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:12 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:29 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:13 -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:21 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:18 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:16 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:16 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:15 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:22 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:11 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:30 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:31 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:13 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:20 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:37 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:15 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:20 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:39 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:331 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/vat_validation.rst:13 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Configuração" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:28 msgid "On-Premise users" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:30 msgid "" "To be able to use this service, you need to have a valid Odoo Enterprise " "subscription. So make sure that your database is registered with your Odoo " @@ -310,34 +316,34 @@ msgid "" "don't have a firewall or a proxy blocking the following address:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:36 msgid "https://production.odoofin.com/" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:39 msgid "First Synchronization" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:41 msgid "" "You can start synchronization either by going to :menuselection:`Accounting " "--> Configuration --> Add a Bank Account` or via the configuration bar on " "the accounting dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:44 msgid "" "Now you can search for your bank institution. Select it and follow the steps" " to synchronize with it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:47 msgid "" "If you have any issues during your first synchronization, please verify that" " your web browser doesn't block pop-ups and that your adblocker is disabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:50 msgid "" "During your first synchronization, you will be asked for a phone number to " "secure your account. The reason we ask for such information is that we don't" @@ -348,38 +354,38 @@ msgid "" "bank institution. This information is not stored on Odoo's servers." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:57 msgid "" "By default, transactions fetched from an online source are grouped inside " "the same statement, and one bank statement is created per month. You can " "change the bank statement creation periodicity in your journal settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:61 msgid "" "You can find all your synchronizations by going to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Online Synchronization`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:65 msgid "Synchronize manually" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:67 msgid "" "After your first synchronization, the created journals are synchronized by " "default every 12 hours. If you wish, you can synchronize manually by " "clicking on the *Synchronize Now* button on the dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:75 msgid "" "Or you can go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Online " "Synchronization`, select your institution and then click on the *Fetch " "Transactions* button." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:83 msgid "" "Some institutions do not allow transactions to be fetched automatically. For" " such institutions, during the automatic synchronization of the account, you" @@ -389,15 +395,15 @@ msgid "" "synchronizations." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:89 msgid "Issues" msgstr "Incidentes" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:92 msgid "Synchronization in error" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:94 msgid "" "To report a connection error to the `Odoo support " "<https://www.odoo.com/help>`_, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " @@ -405,40 +411,40 @@ msgid "" "failed, and copy the error description and the reference." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:99 msgid "Synchronization disconnected" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:101 msgid "" "If your connection with the proxy is disconnected, you can reconnect with " "the proxy using the *Reconnect* button." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:105 msgid "" "This disconnection can be caused by the Odoo support. In this case, please " "contact the `support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_ directly with your client" " id or the reference of the error listed in the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:112 msgid "Migration process for users having installed Odoo before December 2020" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:114 msgid "" "If you are on-premise, please first make sure that your source is up-to-date" " with the latest version of Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:117 msgid "" "Users who have created a database before December 2020 need to install the " "new module manually to use the new functionalities." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:120 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Apps --> Update Apps List`, remove the " "default filter in the search bar and type: " @@ -446,13 +452,13 @@ msgid "" "button to install the new module." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:128 msgid "" "Finally, make sure all your users refresh their Odoo page by pressing " "CTRL+F5." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:132 msgid "" "All previous synchronizations are disconnected during the installation and " "won't work anymore. You can find them directly in the synchronization menu " @@ -461,29 +467,29 @@ msgid "" "ones." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:136 msgid "" "Please do not uninstall *account_online_sync* which is the previous module " "for online synchronization. The new one overrides it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:138 msgid "" "By default *account_online_synchronization* is installed automatically with " "Accounting." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:141 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:95 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:78 msgid "FAQ" msgstr "FAQ" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:144 msgid "The synchronization is not working in real-time. Is that normal?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:146 msgid "" "The process is not intended to work in real-time as third party providers " "synchronize your accounts at different intervals. To force the " @@ -495,7 +501,7 @@ msgid "" "transactions if you already performed such action earlier in the day." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:153 msgid "" "A transaction can be visible on your bank account, but not be fetched if it " "has the status *Pending*. Only transactions with the *Posted* status will be" @@ -503,11 +509,11 @@ msgid "" "status changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:158 msgid "Is the Online Bank Synchronization feature included in my contract?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:160 msgid "" "**Community Version**: No, this feature is not included in the Community " "Version." @@ -515,14 +521,14 @@ msgstr "" "**Versão da Comunidade**: Não, este recurso não está incluído na versão da " "comunidade." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:161 msgid "" "**Online Version**: Yes, even if you benefit from the One App Free contract." msgstr "" "**Versão Online**: Sim, mesmo que você se beneficie do contrato One App " "Free." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:162 msgid "" "**Enterprise Version**: Yes, if you have a valid enterprise contract linked " "to your database." @@ -530,11 +536,11 @@ msgstr "" "** Versão Enterprise**: Sim, se você tiver um contrato empresarial válido " "vinculado ao seu banco de dados." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:165 msgid "Some banks have a status \"Beta.\" What does this mean?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:167 msgid "" "This means that banking institutions are not yet fully supported by our " "Third Party Provider. Bugs or other problems may arise. Odoo does not " @@ -544,12 +550,12 @@ msgid "" " from the connection." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:173 msgid "Why do my transactions only synchronize when I refresh manually?" msgstr "" "Por que minhas transações só sincronizam quando eu atualizo manualmente?" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:175 msgid "" "Some banks have additional security measures and require extra steps, such " "as an SMS/email authentication code or another type of MFA. Because of this," @@ -561,21 +567,21 @@ msgstr "" " disso, o integrador não pode puxar transações até que o código de segurança" " seja fornecido." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:180 msgid "Not all of my past transactions are in Odoo, why?" msgstr "Nem todas as minhas transações anteriores estão no Odoo, por quê?" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:182 msgid "" "For some institutions, transactions can only be fetched up to 3 months in " "the past." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:185 msgid "Why don't I see any transactions?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:187 msgid "" "During your first synchronization, you selected the bank accounts you " "decided to synchronize with Odoo. If you didn't synchronize any of your " @@ -584,11 +590,11 @@ msgid "" "connection." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:191 msgid "There may also be no new transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:193 msgid "" "If your bank account is properly linked to a journal and posted transactions" " are not visible in your database, please `submit a support ticket " @@ -598,38 +604,38 @@ msgstr "" "transações lançadas não estiverem visíveis em seu banco de dados, `envie um " "tíquete de suporte <https://www.odoo.com/help> `_." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:197 msgid "How can I update my bank credentials?" msgstr "Como posso atualizar minhas credenciais bancárias?" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:199 msgid "" "You can update your credentials by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Online Synchronization`, open the connection you want to " "update your credentials and click on the *Update Credentials* button." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:204 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:124 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:111 msgid ":doc:`bank_statements`" msgstr ":doc:`bank_statements`" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:205 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:110 msgid ":doc:`ponto`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:206 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:123 msgid ":doc:`saltedge`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:3 msgid "Ponto as bank synchronization provider" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:5 msgid "" "**Ponto** is a service that allows companies and professionals to aggregate " "their accounts in one place and directly see all their transactions within " @@ -641,20 +647,20 @@ msgstr "" "um aplicativo. É uma solução de terceiros que está continuamente expandindo " "o número de instituições bancárias que podem ser sincronizadas com o Odoo." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:13 msgid "" "**Odoo** can synchronize directly with your bank to get all bank statements " "imported automatically into your database." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:16 msgid "" "Ponto is a paid third-party provider that can handle the synchronization " "between your bank accounts and Odoo. `Its pricing is 4€/month per " "account/integration <https://myponto.com/en#pricing>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:20 msgid "" "You can find more information about bank synchronization :doc:`on this page " "<bank_synchronization>`." @@ -662,90 +668,90 @@ msgstr "" "Você pode encontrar mais informações sobre a sincronização bancária " ":doc:`nesta página <bank_synchronization>`." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:27 msgid "Link your bank accounts with Ponto" msgstr "Vincule suas contas bancárias com Ponto" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:29 msgid "Go to `Ponto's website (https://myponto.com) <https://myponto.com>`_." msgstr "" "Vá para o site do `Site do Ponto (https://myponto.com) " "<https://myponto.com>`_." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:30 msgid "Create an account if you don't have one yet." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:31 msgid "Once you are logged in, create an *organization*." msgstr "Uma vez que estiver logado, crie uma *organização*." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounts --> Live`, and click on *Add account*." msgstr "" "Vá para :menuselection:`Contas --> Live`, e clique em *Adicionar conta*." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 msgid "You might have to add your **Billing Information** first." msgstr "" "Pode ser necessário adicionar suas **Informações de Faturamento** primeiro" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:39 msgid "" "Select your country, your bank institutions, give your consent to Ponto, and" " follow the steps on-screen to link your bank account with your Ponto " "account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:46 msgid "" "Make sure to add all bank accounts you want to synchronize with your Odoo " "database before moving on to the next steps." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:50 msgid "Link your Ponto account with your Odoo database" msgstr "Vincule sua conta Ponto com sua base de dados Odoo" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:52 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Add a Bank Account`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:53 msgid "" "Search your institution, make sure to select the right institution. By " "selecting the institution, you can verify that the third party provider is " "Ponto." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:55 msgid "Click on *Connect* and follow the steps." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:56 msgid "" "At some point, you will have to authorize the accounts you want to access in" " Odoo. Please select **all the accounts** you want to synchronize. Even the " "ones coming from other banking institutions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:64 msgid "Finish the flow." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:67 msgid "" "You have to authorize all the accounts you want to access in Odoo but, Odoo " "will filter the accounts based on the institution you selected at the second" " step." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:71 msgid "Update your synchronization credentials" msgstr "Atualize suas credenciais de sincronização" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:73 msgid "" "You might have to update your Ponto credentials or modify the " "synchronization settings." @@ -753,51 +759,51 @@ msgstr "" "Você pode ter que atualizar suas credenciais Ponto ou modificar as " "configurações de sincronização." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:75 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:87 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Online " "Synchronization` and select the institution you want to fetch the other " "accounts. Click on *Fetch Accounts* button to start the flow." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:79 msgid "" "During the update, select **all the accounts** you want to synchronize, even" " the ones coming from other banking institutions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:83 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:66 msgid "Fetch new accounts" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:85 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:68 msgid "You might want to add new online accounts to your connection." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:91 msgid "" "Don't forget to keep authorization for existing accounts (for all " "institutions that you have synchronized with Ponto)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:98 msgid "After my synchronization, no account appears" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:100 msgid "" "You selected an institution from the list and did not authorize any accounts" " from this institution." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:103 msgid "I have an error about that my authorization has expired" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:105 msgid "" "Every **3 months** (90 days) you must re-authorize the connection between " "your bank account and Ponto. This must be done from the `Ponto website " @@ -805,34 +811,34 @@ msgid "" "stop for these accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:110 msgid "I have some errors with my beta institution" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:112 msgid "" "Ponto provides institutions in *beta*, these institutions are not directly " "supported by Odoo and we advise you to contact Ponto directly." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:116 msgid "" "Using an institution in beta is beneficial for Ponto, it allows them to have" " real feedback on the connection with the institution." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:3 msgid "Salt Edge as bank synchronization provider" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:5 msgid "" "**Salt Edge** is a third-party provider that aggregates banking information " "from your bank accounts. It supports ~5000 institutions in more than 50 " "countries." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:13 msgid "" "Odoo can synchronize directly with your bank to get all bank statements " "imported automatically into your database." @@ -840,27 +846,27 @@ msgstr "" "O Odoo pode sincronizar diretamente com seu banco para obter todos os " "extratos bancários importados automaticamente para seu banco de dados." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:16 msgid "Salt Edge is a free third-party provider." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:22 msgid "Link your bank accounts with Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:24 msgid "" "Start synchronization by clicking on :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Add a Bank Account`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:26 msgid "" "Select the institution you want to synchronize. You can see if Salt Edge is " "the third party provider of the institution by selecting it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:28 msgid "" "After giving your phone number, you are asked for an email address. This " "email address is used to create your Salt Edge account. Please make sure you" @@ -868,31 +874,31 @@ msgid "" "your Salt Edge account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:37 msgid "" "After entering your email address, you are redirected to Salt Edge to " "continue the synchronization process." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:44 msgid "Make sure you give your consent by checking the consent checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:50 msgid "Complete the synchronization by following the steps." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:54 msgid "Update your credentials" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:56 msgid "" "You might have to update your Salt Edge credentials or modify the " "synchronization settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:58 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Online " "Synchronization` and select the institution you want to update credentials. " @@ -900,25 +906,25 @@ msgid "" "steps." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:62 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:74 msgid "" "Don't forget to check the consent checkbox. Otherwise, Odoo may not be able " "to access your information." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:70 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Online " "Synchronization` and select the institution to fetch the new accounts. Click" " on the *Fetch Accounts* button to start the flow and follow the steps." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:81 msgid "I have an error when I try to delete my synchronization within Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:83 msgid "" "Odoo can't permanently delete the connection you have created with the " "banking institution. However, it can revoke the consent you gave so that " @@ -931,25 +937,25 @@ msgid "" "record." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:92 msgid "I have an error saying that I have already synchronized this account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:94 msgid "" "You have probably already synchronized your bank account with Salt Edge, " "please check on your `dashboard <https://www.saltedge.com/dashboard>`_ that " "you don't already have a connection with the same credentials." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:98 msgid "" "In case you already have a synchronization with the same credentials present" " on your Salt Edge dashboard and this synchronization has not been created " "with Odoo, please delete it and create it from your Odoo database." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:102 msgid "" "In case you already have a connection with the same credentials present on " "your Salt Edge dashboard and this synchronization was created with Odoo, you" @@ -958,15 +964,16 @@ msgid "" "*Update Credentials* to reactivate the connection." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc.rst:3 ../../accounting/payables/misc.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc.rst:3 msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "Diversos" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:3 msgid "Do a bank wire transfer from one bank to another" msgstr "Faça uma transferência bancária de um banco para outro" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:5 msgid "" "A company might have several bank accounts or cash registers. Within odoo it" " is possible to handle internal transfers of money with only a couple of " @@ -976,7 +983,7 @@ msgstr "" "odoo, é possível lidar com transferências internas de dinheiro com apenas " "alguns cliques." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:9 msgid "" "We will take the following example to illustrate. My company has two bank " "accounts and I want to transfer 50.000 euros from one of our bank accounts " @@ -986,11 +993,11 @@ msgstr "" "bancárias e pretendo transferir 50.000 reais de uma das nossas contas " "bancárias para a outra." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:17 msgid "Check your Chart of Accounts and default transfer account" msgstr "Verifique seu Plano de Contas e a conta de transferência padrão" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:19 msgid "" "To handle internal transfers you need a transfer account in your charts of " "account. Odoo will generate an account automatically based on the country of" @@ -1005,7 +1012,7 @@ msgstr "" "configurações do módulo de contabilidade, selecione: seleção de menus: " "`Configuração -> Configurações`." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:25 msgid "" "Your chart of accounts will be pre-installed depending on the country " "specified during your registration, it cannot be changed." @@ -1013,7 +1020,7 @@ msgstr "" "Seu plano de contas será pré-instalado dependendo do país especificado " "durante o registro, não pode ser alterado." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:31 msgid "" "The default transfer account will automatically be generated as well " "depending on your country's legislation. If necessary it can be modified " @@ -1023,11 +1030,11 @@ msgstr "" "dependendo da legislação do seu país. Se necessário, pode ser modificado na " "mesma página." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:39 msgid "Create a second bank account / Journal" msgstr "Crie uma segunda conta bancária / diário" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:41 msgid "" "Before we can register an internal transfer we need to add a new bank to our" " accounting dashboard. To do so enter the accounting module, click on " @@ -1042,15 +1049,15 @@ msgstr "" " conta **. Você também pode criar e editar seu banco para especificar os " "detalhes do seu banco." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:50 msgid "By saving the changes you now have 2 bank accounts." msgstr "Ao salvar as alterações, você agora tem 2 contas bancárias." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:56 msgid "Register an internal transfer from one bank to another." msgstr "Registre uma transferência interna de um banco para outro." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:58 msgid "" "We will now transfer 50.000 euros from our **Bank** to our **Bank BE57 0633 " "9533 1498** account." @@ -1058,11 +1065,11 @@ msgstr "" "Vamos agora transferir 50.000 reais do nosso ** Banco ** para a nossa conta " "do ** Banco BE57 0633 9533 1498 **." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:62 msgid "Log an internal transfer" msgstr "Registre uma transferência interna" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:64 msgid "" "The first step is to register the internal payment. To do so go into your " "accounting dashboard, click on the **more** button of one of your banks and " @@ -1072,7 +1079,7 @@ msgstr "" " seu painel de contabilidade, clique no botão ** mais ** de um de seus " "bancos e selecione: seleção de menus: `Novo --> Transferência interna`." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:71 msgid "" "Create a new payment. The payment type will automatically be set to internal" " transfer. Select the **Bank** you want to transfer to, specify the " @@ -1082,7 +1089,7 @@ msgstr "" "para transferência interna. Selecione o **Banco** que você deseja transferir" " para, especifique o **Montante** e adicione um **Memorando** se desejar." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:76 msgid "" "The memo is important if you wish to automatically reconcile (see `Import " "bank statements and reconcile`_)." @@ -1090,11 +1097,11 @@ msgstr "" "O memorando é importante se você deseja reconciliar automaticamente (veja " "`Import bank statements and reconcile`_)." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:82 msgid "Save and confirm the changes to register the payment." msgstr "Salve e confirme as alterações para registrar o pagamento." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:84 msgid "" "In terms of accounting the money is now booked in the transfer account. " "We'll need to import bank statements to book the money in the final " @@ -1104,11 +1111,11 @@ msgstr "" "transferência. Precisaremos importar extratos bancários para registrar o " "dinheiro nas contas finais." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:89 msgid "Import bank statements and reconcile" msgstr "Importe extratos bancários e concilie" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:91 msgid "" "Note that the bank balance computed by Odoo is different that the last " "statement of your bank." @@ -1116,7 +1123,7 @@ msgstr "" "Observe que o saldo bancário apurado pelo Odoo é diferente do último extrato" " do seu banco." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:97 msgid "" "That is because we did not import the bank statement confirming the " "receiving and sending of the money. It's thus necessary to import your bank " @@ -1130,7 +1137,7 @@ msgstr "" "receber seus extratos bancários, clique no botão ** novo extrato ** do banco" " correspondente para importá-los." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:106 msgid "" "Fill in your **Transactions line**. Once done, Odoo will display a " "**Computed Balance**. that computed balance is the theorical end balance of " @@ -1143,11 +1150,11 @@ msgstr "" " conta bancária. Se corresponder ao extrato bancário, significa que não " "houve erros. Preencha o ** Saldo final ** e clique no botão ** Conciliar **." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:114 msgid "The following window will open:" msgstr "A seguinte janela será aberta:" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:119 msgid "" "You need to choose counterparts for the payment. Select the correct bank " "statement line corresponding to the payment and click on the **reconcile** " @@ -1157,7 +1164,7 @@ msgstr "" "correta do extrato bancário correspondente ao pagamento e clique no botão **" " conciliar **. Feche o extrato para finalizar a transação" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:126 msgid "" "The same steps will need to be repeated once you receive your second bank " "statement. Note that if you specify the same amount and the same memo in " @@ -1169,18 +1176,18 @@ msgstr "" "memorando nos extratos bancários e nas transações de pagamento, a " "reconciliação acontecerá automaticamente." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:177 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:80 -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:153 msgid "Bank Reconciliation" msgstr "Conciliação Bancária" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:3 msgid "Reconciliation Models" msgstr "Modelos de Reconciliação" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:5 msgid "" "Once the bank statements are correctly imported, it is essential to " "*reconcile* the records properly and ensure all *Journal Entries* are " @@ -1195,13 +1202,13 @@ msgstr "" "reconciliação**, que são especialmente úteis com entradas recorrentes, como " "taxas bancárias." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:10 msgid "" "Add a link to the Reconciliation process in the paragraph above, once the " "doc will have been updated." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:14 msgid "" "Reconciliation Models are also useful to handle *Cash Discounts*. Please " "refer to :doc:`this documentation " @@ -1212,36 +1219,36 @@ msgstr "" "<../../receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts>` para mais informações." " " -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:21 msgid "Types of Reconciliation Models" msgstr "Tipos de Modelos de Reconciliação" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:23 msgid "There are three types of Reconciliation Models:" msgstr "Há três tipos de Modelos de Reconciliação:" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:25 msgid ":ref:`Write-off Button <reconciliation_models_button>`" msgstr ":ref:`Botão de amortização <reconciliation_models_button>`" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:26 msgid "" ":ref:`Suggestion of counterpart values <reconciliation_models_suggestion>`" msgstr "" ":ref:`Sugestão de valores de contrapartida " "<reconciliation_models_suggestion>`" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:27 msgid ":ref:`Match existing invoices/bills <reconciliation_models_match>`" msgstr "" ":ref:`Corresponder a faturas/contas existentes " "<reconciliation_models_match>`" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:32 msgid "Manually create a write-off on clicked button" msgstr "Crie manualmente uma amortização no botão clicado" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:34 msgid "" "When you are reconciling an entry with an *Open Balance*, you can use the " "buttons available under the *Manual Operations* tab to pre-fill all the " @@ -1253,11 +1260,11 @@ msgstr "" "automaticamente todos os valores, antes de validar a reconciliação. Cada " "botão é um Modelo de Reconciliação diferente." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:45 msgid "Suggest counterpart values" msgstr "Valores de contrapartida sugeridos" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:47 msgid "" "This type of Reconciliation Model suggests immediately counterpart values " "that only need to be validated. This automation is based on a set of rules " @@ -1267,11 +1274,11 @@ msgstr "" "contrapartida que só precisam ser validados. Essa automação é baseada em um " "conjunto de regras definidas no modelo de reconciliação." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:57 msgid "Match existing invoices/bills" msgstr "Corresponder à faturas/contas existentes" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:59 msgid "" "This type of Reconciliation Model automatically selects the right Customer " "Invoice or Vendor Bill that matches the payment. All that is left to do is " @@ -1283,7 +1290,7 @@ msgstr "" " o que resta fazer é validar a entrada. Essa automação é baseada em um " "conjunto de regras definidas no modelo de reconciliação." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:71 msgid "" "To manage or create new **Reconciliation Models**, go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reconciliation --> Reconciliation Models`. " @@ -1297,7 +1304,7 @@ msgstr "" "Geral de Contabilidade, indo no cartão do Diário Bancário, clicando nos três" " pontinhos, e então em *Modelos de Reconciliação*." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:81 msgid "" "The first entry, named *Invoices Matching Rule*, is the one responsible for " "the current matching of invoices and bills. Therefore, it is advised to " @@ -1307,7 +1314,7 @@ msgstr "" " responsável pela atual combinação de faturas e contas. Portanto, é " "aconselhável deixá-lo no topo da lista e não excluí-la." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:85 msgid "" "Open the model you want to modify, or click on *Create* to create a new one," " then fill out the form." @@ -1315,12 +1322,12 @@ msgstr "" "Abra o modelo que deseja modificar ou clique em *Criar* para criar um novo e" " preencha o formulário." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:88 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:50 msgid "Type" msgstr "Tipo" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:90 msgid "" "See :ref:`above <reconciliation_models_types>` for an explanation about the " "different types of Reconciliation Models." @@ -1328,7 +1335,7 @@ msgstr "" "Veja :ref:`acima <reconciliation_models_types>` para obter uma explicação " "sobre os diferentes tipos de modelos de reconciliação" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:94 msgid "" "If the *Documents* application is installed on your database, an additional " "**Activity type** field appears when *To check* is ticked. Selecting the " @@ -1341,17 +1348,17 @@ msgstr "" "sempre que você usar este modelo, uma janela *Solicitar Documento* aparecerá" " para solicitar um documento de um usuário." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:100 msgid "Conditions on Bank Statement Line" msgstr "Condições na linha do extrato bancário" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:102 msgid "" "Define here all the conditions that are required for a Reconciliation Model " "to be applied." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:105 msgid "" "If a record matches with several Reconciliation Models, the first one in the" " *sequence* of models will be applied. The sequence is simply the order of " @@ -1359,52 +1366,54 @@ msgid "" "dropping the handle next to the name." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:114 msgid "Counterpart Values" msgstr "Valores de Contrapartida" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:116 msgid "" "This section comprises the values that are applied by the Reconciliation " "Model." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:118 msgid "" "If the value to reconcile needs to be written-off in two separate accounts, " "click on *Add a second line*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:127 msgid ":doc:`use_cases`" msgstr ":doc:`use_cases`" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:128 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:108 msgid ":doc:`../feeds/bank_synchronization`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:129 msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:3 msgid "Bank reconciliation process - use cases" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/overview.rst:3 ../../accounting/reporting/overview.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview" msgstr "Visão geral" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:8 msgid "" "Matching your bank statements with your accounting records can be a tedious " "task. You need to find the corresponding invoices, compare the amounts and " @@ -1419,19 +1428,19 @@ msgstr "" " suas faturas ou qualquer outro documento de pagamento com seus extratos " "bancários." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:10 msgid "Two options of the reconciliation process exist in Odoo." msgstr "Existem duas opções de processo de conciliação em Odoo." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:12 msgid "We can directly specify the payment on the invoice" msgstr "Podemos especificar diretamente o pagamento na fatura" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:13 msgid "We can reconcile open invoices with bank statements" msgstr "Podemos conciliar faturas em aberto com extratos bancários" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:18 msgid "" "No special configuration is necessary to record invoices. All we need to do " "is to install the accounting app." @@ -1439,21 +1448,21 @@ msgstr "" "Nenhuma configuração especial é necessária para registrar faturas. Tudo o " "que precisamos fazer é instalar o aplicativo de contabilidade." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:25 msgid "Use cases" msgstr "Casos de uso" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:28 msgid "Case 1: Payments registration" msgstr "Caso 1: registro de pagamentos" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:30 msgid "" "We received the proof of payment of our invoice in the amount of 2100 euros " "issued to Smith & Co." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:33 msgid "" "We start at our issued Invoice of 2100 euros for Smith & Co. Because the " "sold product is a service we demand an immediate payment. Our accountant " @@ -1467,7 +1476,7 @@ msgstr "" "marcar esta fatura como paga imediatamente para indicar que podemos começar " "a prestar serviços ao nosso cliente." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:39 msgid "" "Our customer send us a payment confirmation. We can thus register a payment " "and mark the invoice as paid." @@ -1475,7 +1484,7 @@ msgstr "" "Nosso cliente nos envia uma confirmação de pagamento. Podemos, assim, " "registrar um pagamento e marcar a fatura como paga." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:45 msgid "" "By clicking on **register payment,** we are telling Odoo that our customer " "has paid the Invoice. We thus have to specify the amount and the payment " @@ -1485,7 +1494,7 @@ msgstr "" " cliente pagou a fatura. Portanto, temos que especificar o valor e a forma " "de pagamento." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:52 msgid "" "Now we can always find the payment details in the Invoice by clicking on the" " :menuselection:`Info --> Open Payment`." @@ -1493,17 +1502,17 @@ msgstr "" "Agora podemos sempre encontrar os detalhes de pagamento na Fatura clicando " "na: seleção de menus: ʻInfo -> Abrir Pagamento`." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:58 msgid "" "The invoice has been paid and **the reconciliation has been done " "automatically.**" msgstr "A fatura foi paga e ** a conciliação foi feita automaticamente. **" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:62 msgid "Case 2: Bank statements reconciliations" msgstr "Caso 2: conciliações de extratos bancários" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:64 msgid "" "We start at our issued Invoice of 3000 euros for Smith & Co. Let's also " "assume that other Invoices are open for different customers." @@ -1511,7 +1520,7 @@ msgstr "" "Começamos com a nossa fatura emitida de 3000 reais para Smith & Co. " "Suponhamos também que outras faturas estão abertas para clientes diferentes." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:70 msgid "" "We receive our bank statement and find that not only the invoice issued to " "Smith & Co has been paid, but the one to Buzz of 92 euros as well." @@ -1519,17 +1528,17 @@ msgstr "" "Recebemos o nosso extrato bancário e constatamos que não só a fatura emitida" " para a Smith & Co foi paga, mas também para a Buzz de 92 reais." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:73 msgid "" "**Import** or **Create** the bank statements. Please refer to the documents " "from the Bank Feeds section." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:79 msgid "On the dashboard, click on **Reconcile # Items**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:84 msgid "" "If everything was right (correct partner name, right amount) odoo will do " "the reconciliations **automatically**." @@ -1537,13 +1546,13 @@ msgstr "" "Se tudo deu certo (nome do parceiro correto, quantidade certa) o odoo fará " "as reconciliações ** automaticamente **." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:90 msgid "If some issues are found, you will need to take **manual actions**." msgstr "" "Se alguns problemas forem encontrados, você precisará realizar ** ações " "manuais **." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:92 msgid "" "For example, if the partner is missing from your bank statement, just fill " "it in :" @@ -1551,7 +1560,7 @@ msgstr "" "Por exemplo, se o parceiro estiver faltando em seu extrato bancário, basta " "preenchê-lo:" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:98 msgid "" "If the payment is done with a down payment, just check if it is all right " "and validate all related payments :" @@ -1559,123 +1568,124 @@ msgstr "" "Se o pagamento for feito com um adiantamento, basta verificar se está tudo " "certo e validar todos os pagamentos relacionados:" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:105 msgid "Hit CTRL-Enter to reconcile all the balanced items in the sheet." msgstr "" "Pressione CTRL-Enter para reconciliar todos os itens balanceados na folha." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:168 msgid "Setup" -msgstr "Instalação" +msgstr "Definição" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:3 msgid "Bank Accounts" msgstr "Contas Bancárias" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:5 msgid "" "You can manage as many **Bank Accounts** as needed on your database. " "Configuring them well allows you to make sure that all your banking data is " "up to date and ready for the reconciliation with your *Journal Entries*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:9 msgid "" "In Odoo Accounting, each Bank Account is configured to have a dedicated " "*Journal* which is configured to post all entries in a dedicated *Account*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:12 msgid "" "Whenever you add a Bank Account, a dedicated journal and a dedicated account" " are automatically created and configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:15 msgid "" "Every **Bank Journal** is displayed by default on the **Accounting " "Overview** in the form of a convenient card. It includes action buttons that" " are displayed when appropriate." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:25 msgid "Add a new Bank Account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:27 msgid "" "You can either connect your bank account to your Odoo database, or configure" " your bank account manually and :doc:`upload the bank statements manually " "<../feeds/bank_statements>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:31 msgid "Bank Synchronization" msgstr "Sincronização Bancária" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:33 msgid "" "Connect your bank account to your database and have your bank statements " "synced automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:35 msgid "" "To synchronize a new bank account, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration`, click on *Add a Bank Account*, then find your bank in the " "list, click on *Connect*, and follow the instructions on-screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:40 msgid "" ":doc:`Click here <../../bank/feeds/bank_synchronization>` for more " "information about this bank synchronization." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:48 msgid "Manual configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:50 msgid "" "If your Bank Institution can’t be synchronized automatically, or if you " "prefer not to sync it with your database, you may also configure your bank " "account manually." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:53 msgid "" "To add a new bank account manually, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration`, click on *Add a Bank Account*, then on *Create it*, and fill" " out the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:65 msgid "**Name**: the bank account's name, as displayed on Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:57 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:66 msgid "**Account Number**: your bank account number (IBAN in Europe)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:67 msgid "" "**Bank**: click on *Create and Edit* to configure the bank's details. Add " "the bank institution's name and its Identifier Code (BIC or SWIFT)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:60 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:69 msgid "" "**Code**: this code is your Journal's *Short Code*, as displayed on Odoo. By" " default, Odoo creates a new Journal with this Short Code." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:62 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:71 msgid "" "**Journal**: This field is displayed if you have an existing Bank Journal " "that is not linked yet to a bank account. If so, then select the *Journal* " @@ -1683,24 +1693,24 @@ msgid "" "account or create a new one by clicking on *Create and Edit*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:67 msgid "" "Odoo detects the bank account type (e.g., IBAN) and enables some features " "accordingly." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:75 msgid "Advanced configuration" msgstr "Configuração avançada" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:77 msgid "" "To edit an existing bank account, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Bank Accounts`, and open the bank account you want to " "modify." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:80 msgid "" "If you need to edit the bank account details, go to the *Bank Account* field" " and click on the *External Link* button next to the list arrow. There, you " @@ -1709,32 +1719,32 @@ msgid "" "the *Bank* field. These details are used to register some payments." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:85 msgid "" "You can configure which types of payments are enabled in the **Payment " "Method Types** section and how the bank statements are recorded and posted " "in the **Bank Statements** section." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:93 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:192 msgid ":doc:`../../bank/feeds/bank_synchronization`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:94 msgid ":doc:`../feeds/bank_statements`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:95 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:194 -msgid "`Odoo Learn: Accounting Basics <https://www.odoo.com/r/lsZ>`_" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:194 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Accounting Basics <https://www.odoo.com/r/lsZ>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:3 msgid "Manage a bank in a foreign currency" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:5 msgid "" "In Odoo, every transaction is recorded in the default currency of the " "company. Reports are all based on the currency of the company. But for " @@ -1747,7 +1757,7 @@ msgstr "" "ocorrem em outra moeda, Odoo armazena tanto o valor na moeda da empresa " "quanto o valor na moeda da transação." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:11 msgid "" "When you have a bank account in a foreign currencies, for every transaction," " Odoo stores two values:" @@ -1755,15 +1765,15 @@ msgstr "" "Quando você tem uma conta bancária em moeda estrangeira, para cada " "transação, o Odoo armazena dois valores:" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:14 msgid "The debit/credit in the currency of the company" msgstr "O débito / crédito na moeda da empresa" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:16 msgid "The debit/credit in the currency of the bank account" msgstr "O débito / crédito na moeda da conta bancária" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:18 msgid "" "Currency rates are updated automatically using yahoo.com, or the European " "Central bank web-services." @@ -1771,11 +1781,11 @@ msgstr "" "As taxas de câmbio são atualizadas automaticamente usando yahoo.com ou os " "serviços da web do Banco Central Europeu." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:25 msgid "Activate the multi-currency feature" msgstr "Ative o recurso de várias moedas" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:27 msgid "" "In order to allow your company to work with multiple currencies, you should " "activate the multi-currency mode. In the accounting application, go into " @@ -1790,11 +1800,11 @@ msgstr "" "esteja marcada. Forneça uma conta de ** Ganhos / perdas cambiais ** e clique" " em ** Aplicar **." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:34 msgid "Configure currencies" msgstr "Configurar moedas" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:36 msgid "" "Once the Odoo is configured to support multiple currencies, you should " "activate the currencies you plan to work with. To do that, go to the menu " @@ -1803,7 +1813,7 @@ msgid "" " activate a currency, check its \"Active\" field)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:42 msgid "" "After having activated the currencies, you can configure the parameters to " "automate the currency rate update. These options are also in the settings of" @@ -1813,17 +1823,17 @@ msgstr "" "automatizar a atualização da taxa de câmbio. Essas opções também estão nas " "configurações do aplicativo Contabilidade, na parte inferior da página:" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:49 msgid "Click on the **Update Now** link to update the currency rates now." msgstr "" "Clique no link ** Atualizar agora ** para atualizar as taxas de câmbio " "agora." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:52 msgid "Create a new bank account" msgstr "Crie uma nova conta bancária" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:54 msgid "" "In the accounting application, we first go to :menuselection:`Configuration " "--> Accounting / Bank account`, and we create a new one." @@ -1831,22 +1841,22 @@ msgstr "" "No aplicativo contabilidade, vamos primeiro para: seleção de menus: " "`Configuração -> Contabilidade/ Conta bancária`, e criamos um novo." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:60 msgid "" "Once you save this bank account, Odoo will create all the documents for you:" msgstr "" "Depois de salvar esta conta bancária, Odoo criará todos os documentos para " "você:" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:63 msgid "An account in the trial balance" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:65 msgid "A journal in your dashboard" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:67 msgid "" "Information about the bank account in the footer of your invoices if checked" " the box **Show in Invoices Footer**" @@ -1854,11 +1864,11 @@ msgstr "" "Informações sobre a conta bancária no rodapé de suas faturas se marcada a " "caixa ** Mostrar no rodapé das faturas **" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:71 msgid "Example: A vendor bill in a foreign currency" msgstr "Exemplo: uma fatura de fornecedor em moeda estrangeira" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:73 msgid "" "Based on the above example, let's assume we receive the following bill from " "a supplier in China." @@ -1866,7 +1876,7 @@ msgstr "" "Com base no exemplo acima, vamos supor que recebamos a seguinte fatura de um" " fornecedor na China." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:76 msgid "" "In the :menuselection:`Purchase --> Vendor Bills` , this is what you could " "see:" @@ -1874,7 +1884,7 @@ msgstr "" "Na: seleção de menus: `Comprar -> Contas do fornecedor`, isto é o que você " "pode ver:" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:81 msgid "" "Once you are ready to pay this bill, click on register payment on the bill " "to record a payment." @@ -1882,7 +1892,7 @@ msgstr "" "Quando estiver pronto para pagar esta fatura, clique em registrar pagamento " "na fatura para registrar um pagamento." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:87 msgid "" "That's all you have to do. Odoo will automatically post the foreign exchange" " gain or loss at the reconciliation of the payment with the invoice, " @@ -1893,7 +1903,7 @@ msgstr "" "ou perda cambial na conciliação do pagamento com a fatura, dependendo se a " "taxa de câmbio aumentou ou diminuiu entre a fatura e a data de pagamento." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:92 msgid "" "Note that you can pay a foreign bill with another currency. In such a case, " "Odoo will automatically convert between the two currencies." @@ -1901,11 +1911,11 @@ msgstr "" "Observe que você pode pagar uma conta estrangeira com outra moeda. Nesse " "caso, Odoo irá converter automaticamente entre as duas moedas." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:96 msgid "Customers Statements" msgstr "Declarações de clientes" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:98 msgid "" "Customers and vendor statements are managed in the currency of the invoice. " "So, the amount due by your customer (to your vendor) is always expressed in " @@ -1915,7 +1925,7 @@ msgstr "" "Portanto, o valor devido pelo seu cliente (ao seu fornecedor) é sempre " "expresso na moeda da fatura." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:102 msgid "" "If you have several invoices with different currencies for the same " "customer, Odoo will split the customer statement by currency, as shown in " @@ -1925,7 +1935,7 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo dividirá o extrato do cliente por moeda, conforme mostrado no relatório" " abaixo." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:109 msgid "" "In the above report, the account receivable associated to Camptocamp is not " "managed in a secondary currency, which means that it keeps every transaction" @@ -1934,7 +1944,7 @@ msgid "" "be converted to this currency." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:115 msgid "" "In such a case, the customer statement always has only one currency. In " "general, this is not what the customer expect as he prefers to see the " @@ -1944,11 +1954,11 @@ msgstr "" "é isso que o cliente espera, pois ele prefere ver os valores na moeda das " "faturas que recebeu;" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:3 msgid "Manage a cash register" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:5 msgid "" "The cash register is a journal to register receivings and payments " "transactions. It calculates the total money in and out, computing the total " @@ -1958,7 +1968,7 @@ msgstr "" " pagamentos. Ele calcula o dinheiro total que entra e sai, computando o " "saldo total." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:14 msgid "" "Configure the Cash journal in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " "--> Journals`." @@ -1966,7 +1976,7 @@ msgstr "" "Configure o Diário de caixa em: seleção de menus: 'Contabilidade -> " "Configuração -> Diários`." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:17 msgid "" "In the tab Journal Entries, the Default Debit and Credit Account can be " "configured as well as the currency of the journal" @@ -1974,17 +1984,17 @@ msgstr "" "Na guia Entradas no diário, a conta padrão de débito e crédito pode ser " "configurada, bem como a moeda do diário" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:21 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:256 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:34 msgid "Usage" msgstr "Uso" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:24 msgid "How to register cash payments?" msgstr "Como registrar pagamentos em dinheiro?" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:26 msgid "" "To register a cash payment specific to another customer, you should follow " "these steps:" @@ -1992,28 +2002,28 @@ msgstr "" "Para registrar um pagamento em dinheiro específico para outro cliente, você " "deve seguir estas etapas:" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:29 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Dashboard --> Cash --> Register " "Transactions`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:32 msgid "Fill in the start and ending balance" msgstr "Preencha o saldo inicial e final" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:34 msgid "" "Register the transactions, specifying the customers linked to the " "transaction" msgstr "" "Cadastre as transações, especificando os clientes vinculados à transação" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:37 msgid "Put money in" msgstr "Coloque dinheiro" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:39 msgid "" "Put money in is used to placed your cash manually before starting your " "transactions. From the Register Transactions window, go to " @@ -2023,11 +2033,11 @@ msgstr "" "iniciar suas transações. Na janela Registrar transações, vá para: menu de " "seleção: `Mais -> Colocar dinheiro`" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:47 msgid "Take money out" msgstr "Tirar dinheiro" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:49 msgid "" "Take money out is used to collect/get yor your cash manually after ending " "all your transactions. From the Register Transaction windows, go to " @@ -2037,61 +2047,65 @@ msgstr "" "após encerrar todas as transações. Na janela Registrar transação, vá para: " "seleção de menus: `Mais -> Retirar dinheiro`" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:56 msgid "" "The transactions will be added to the current cash payment registration." msgstr "" "As transações serão adicionadas ao registro de pagamento em dinheiro atual." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations.rst:3 msgid "Fiscal Localizations" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations.rst:3 msgid "Localizations" msgstr "Localizações" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:17 msgid "Argentina" msgstr "Argentina" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:6 msgid "Webinars" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:8 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:8 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:8 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:8 msgid "" "Below you can find videos with a general description of the localization, " "and how to configure it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:10 msgid "`VIDEO WEBINAR OF A COMPLETE DEMO <https://youtu.be/c41-8cVaYAI>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:13 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:13 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:13 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:13 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:11 +msgid "`ECOMMERCE <https://youtu.be/5gUi2WWfRuI>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:63 msgid "Introduction" msgstr "Introdução" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:16 msgid "" "The Argentinean localization has been improved and extended in Odoo v13, in " "this version the next modules are available:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:19 msgid "" "**l10n_ar**: This module add accounting features for the Argentinian " "localization, which represent the minimal configuration needed for a company" @@ -2099,7 +2113,7 @@ msgid "" "Ingresos Públicos) regulations and guidelines." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:23 msgid "" "**l10n_ar_reports**: Add VAT Book report which is a legal requirement in " "Argentine and that holds the VAT detail info of sales or purchases recorded " @@ -2107,29 +2121,29 @@ msgid "" "that is used to analyze the invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:27 msgid "" "**l10n_ar_edi**: This module includes all technical and functional " "requirements to generate Electronic Invoice via web service, based on the " "AFIP regulations." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:35 msgid "Install the Argentinean localization modules" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:37 msgid "" "For this, go to *Apps* and search for Argentina. Then click *Install* for " "the first two modules." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:42 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:43 msgid "Configure your company" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:45 msgid "" "Once that the modules are installed, the first step is to set up your " "company data. Additional to the basic information, a key field to fill in " @@ -2137,12 +2151,12 @@ msgid "" "structure of the company:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:53 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:64 msgid "Chart of Account" msgstr "Plano de Conta" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:56 msgid "" "In Accounting settings there are three available packages of Chart of " "accounts, which are related to the AFIP responsibility type of the Company, " @@ -2150,38 +2164,38 @@ msgid "" " companies that gave more complex fiscal requirements:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:60 msgid "Monotributista (149 accounts)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:61 msgid "IVA Exempto (159 accounts)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:62 msgid "Responsables Inscriptos (166 Accounts)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:67 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:234 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:240 msgid "Configure Master data" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:71 msgid "Electronic Invoice Credentials" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:74 msgid "Environment" msgstr "Ambiente" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:76 msgid "" "The AFIP infrastructure is replicated in two separate environments, Testing " "and Production." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:78 msgid "" "Testing is provided so that the Companies can test their developments until " "they are ready to move into the Production environment. As these two " @@ -2189,36 +2203,36 @@ msgid "" "certificates of one instance are not valid in the other one." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:82 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Argentinian Localization` " "to select the environment:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:89 msgid "AFIP Certificates" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:90 msgid "" "The electronic invoice and other afip services work with WebServices (WS) " "provided by the AFIP." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:92 msgid "" "In order to enable communication with the AFIP, the first step is to request" " a Digital Certificate if you don’t have one already." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:95 msgid "" "Generate certificate Sign Request (Odoo). When this option is selected a " "file with extension ``.csr`` (certificate signing request) is generated to " "be used the AFIP portal to request the certificate." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:101 msgid "" "Generate Certificate (AFIP). Access the AFIP portal and follow the " "instructions described in the next document in order to get a certificate. " @@ -2226,34 +2240,34 @@ msgid "" "<http://www.afip.gob.ar/ws/WSAA/wsaa_obtener_certificado_produccion.pdf>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:105 msgid "" "Upload Certificate and Private Key (Odoo). Once the certificate has been " "generated, it needs to be uploaded in Odoo, using the pencil next in the " "field “Certificado” and selecting the corresponding file." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:112 msgid "" "In case you need to configure the Homologation Certificate, please refer to " "the AFIP official documentation: `Homologation Certificate " "<http://www.afip.gob.ar/ws/documentacion/certificados.asp>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:116 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:154 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:322 msgid "Partner" msgstr "Parceiro" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:157 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:325 msgid "Identification Type and VAT" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:122 msgid "" "As part of the Argentinean localization, the document types defined by the " "AFIP are now available on the Partner form, this information is essential " @@ -2261,70 +2275,70 @@ msgid "" "default:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:130 msgid "" "The complete list of Identification types defined by the AFIP is included in" " Odoo but only the common ones are active." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:134 msgid "AFIP Responsibility Type" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:136 msgid "" "In Argentina the document type associated with customers and vendors " "transactions is defined based on the AFIP Responsibility type, this field " "should be defined in the partner form:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:142 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:192 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:122 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:69 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:237 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:3 msgid "Taxes" msgstr "Impostos" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:145 msgid "" "As part of the localization module, the taxes are created automatically " "with their related financial account and configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:151 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:208 msgid "Taxes Types" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:154 msgid "Argentina has several tax types, the most common ones are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:156 msgid "VAT. Is the regular VAT and it can have several percentages." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:157 msgid "Perception. Advance payment of a tax that is applied on Invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:158 msgid "Retention. Advance payment of a tax that is applied on payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:159 msgid "Otros." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:162 msgid "Special Taxes" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:164 msgid "" "Some argentine taxes are not commonly used for all companies, these type of" " taxes are included as inactive by default, it's important that before " @@ -2332,13 +2346,13 @@ msgid "" "Inactive taxes:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:171 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:218 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:268 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:274 msgid "Document Types" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:174 msgid "" "In some Latin America countries, including Argentina, some accounting " "transactions like invoices and vendor bills are classified by document " @@ -2346,14 +2360,14 @@ msgid "" "AFIP)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:178 msgid "" "The document type is an essential information that needs to be displayed in " "the printed reports and that needs to be easily identified, within the set " "of invoices as well of account moves." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:181 msgid "" "Each document type can have a unique sequence per journal where it is " "assigned. As part of the localization, the Document Type include the country" @@ -2361,91 +2375,91 @@ msgid "" "when the localization module is installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:184 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:237 msgid "" "The information required for the document types is included by default so " "the user doesn't need to fill anything on this view:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:191 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:245 msgid "" "There are several document types that are inactive by default but can be " "activated if needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:195 msgid "Letters" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:196 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:197 msgid "" "For Argentina, the document types include a letter that helps that indicates" " the transaction/operation, example:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:200 msgid "" "When an invoice is related to a B2B transaction, a document type \"A\" must " "be used." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:201 msgid "" "When an invoice is related to a B2C transaction, a document type \"B\" must " "be used." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:202 msgid "" "When an invoice is related to exportation transaction, a document type \"E\"" " must be used." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:204 msgid "" "The documents included in the localization have the proper letter " "associated, the user doesn't need to configure anything additional." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:210 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:249 msgid "Use on Invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:212 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:251 msgid "The document type on each transaction will be determined by:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:215 msgid "" "The Journal related to the Invoice, identifying if the journal use " "documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:216 msgid "" "Condition applied based on the type of Issues and Receiver (ex. Type of " "fiscal regimen of the buyer and type of fiscal regimen of the vendor)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:219 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:253 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:140 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:296 msgid "Journals" msgstr "Diários" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:222 msgid "" "In the Argentinean localization the Journal can have a different approach " "depending on its usage and internal type, to configure you journals go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:226 msgid "" "For Sales and Purchase Journals it’s possible to enable the option *Use " "Documents*, this indicates the Journal enables a list of document types that" @@ -2453,43 +2467,43 @@ msgid "" "invoices, please refer to the section 2.3 Document Types." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:230 msgid "" "If the Sales/Purchase journal are used without the option *Use Documents* it" " because they won’t be used to generate fiscal invoices, but mostly for " "account moves related to internal control process." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:234 msgid "AFIP Information (also known as AFIP Point of Sale)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:239 msgid "" "**AFIP POS System**: This field is only visible for the Sales journals and " "defined the type of AFIP POS that will be used to manage the transactions " "for which the journal is created. The AFIP POS defines as well:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:243 msgid "The sequences of document types related to the Web service." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:244 msgid "The structure and data of the electronic invoice file." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:247 msgid "Web Services" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:248 msgid "" "``wsfev1: Electronic Invoice.`` This is the most common service, is used to " "generated invoices for document types A, B, C, M with no detail per item." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:250 msgid "" "``wsbfev1: Electronic Fiscal Bond.`` For those who invoice capital goods " "and wish to access the benefit of the Electronic Tax Bonds granted by the " @@ -2498,20 +2512,20 @@ msgid "" "capital>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:253 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:254 msgid "" "``wsfexv1: Electronic Exportation Invoice.`` Used to generate invoices for " "international customers and transactions that involve exportation process, " "the document type related is type “E”." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:260 msgid "" "**AFIP POS Number**: This is the number configured in the AFIP to identify " "the operations related to this AFIP POS." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:263 msgid "" "**AFIP POS Address**: This field is related to commercial address registered" " for the POS, which is usually the same address than the Company. For " @@ -2520,38 +2534,38 @@ msgid "" "invoice report." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:268 msgid "" "**Unified Book**: When AFIP POS System is Preimpresa the document types " "(applicable to the journal) with the same letter will share the same " "sequence. For example:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:270 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:271 msgid "Invoice: FA-A 0001-00000002." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:271 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:272 msgid "Credit Note: NC-A 0001-00000003." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:273 msgid "Debit Note: ND-A 0001-00000004." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:276 msgid "Sequences" msgstr "Sequências" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:277 msgid "" "In case that you want to synchronize the next number in the sequence in Odoo" " based on the next number in the AFIP POS, the next button that is visible " -"under :doc:`developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` can " -"be used:" +"under :doc:`developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>` can be " +"used:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:285 msgid "" "When creating the Purchase journals, it's possible to define if they can be " "related to document types or not. In case that the option to use documents " @@ -2559,63 +2573,63 @@ msgid "" "sequences as the document number is provided by the vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:290 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:170 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:348 msgid "Usage and testing" msgstr "Uso e teste" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:293 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:294 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:173 msgid "Invoice" msgstr "Fatura" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:295 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:296 msgid "" "After the partners and journals are created and configured, when the " "invoices are created the will have the next behaviour:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:299 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:300 msgid "Document type assignation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:302 msgid "" "Once the partner is selected the document type will filled automatically, " "based on the AFIP document type:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:305 msgid "**Invoice for a customer IVA Responsable Inscripto, prefix A**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:310 msgid "**Invoice for an end customer, prefix B**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:315 msgid "**Exportation Invoice, prefix E**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:320 msgid "" "As it is shown in the invoices, all of them use the same journal but the " "prefix and sequence is given by the document type." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:322 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:323 msgid "" "The most common document type will be defined automatically for the " "different combinations of AFIP responsibility type but it can be updated " "manually by the user." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:327 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:328 msgid "Electronic Invoice elements" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:328 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:329 msgid "" "When using electronic invoice, if all the information is correct the Invoice" " is posted in the standard way, in case that something needs to be addressed" @@ -2624,212 +2638,212 @@ msgid "" "draft until the related data is corrected." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:333 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:334 msgid "" "Once the invoice is posted, the information related to the AFIP validation " "and status is displayed in the AFIP Tab, including:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:336 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:337 msgid "AFIP Autorisation: CAE number." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:338 msgid "" "Expiration date: Deadline to deliver the invoice to the customers. Normally " "10 days after the CAE is generated." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:339 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:340 msgid "Result:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:341 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:342 msgid "Aceptado en AFIP." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:343 msgid "Aceptado con Observaciones." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:349 msgid "Invoice Taxes" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:351 msgid "" "Based on the AFIP Responsibility type, the VAT tax can have a different " "behavior on the pdf report:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:353 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:354 msgid "" "**A. Tax excluded:** In this case the taxed amount needs to be clearly " "identified in the report. This condition applies when the customer has the " "following AFIP Responsibility type:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:356 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:357 msgid "Responsable Inscripto." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:361 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:362 msgid "" "**B. Tax amount included:** This means that the taxed amount is included as " "part of the product price, subtotal and totals. This condition applies when " "the customer has the following AFIP Responsibility types:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:365 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:366 msgid "IVA Sujeto Exento." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:366 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:367 msgid "Consumidor Final." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:367 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:368 msgid "Responsable Monotributo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:368 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:369 msgid "IVA liberado." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:375 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:376 msgid "Special Use Cases" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:378 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:379 msgid "Invoices for Services" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:379 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:380 msgid "" "For electronic invoices that include Services, the AFIP requires to report " "the service starting and ending date, this information can be filled in the" " tab “Other Info”:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:385 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:386 msgid "" "If the dates are not selected manually before the invoice is validated, the" " values will be filled automatically considering the beginning and day of " "the invoice month:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:393 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:394 msgid "Exportation Invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:394 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:395 msgid "" "The invoices related to Exportation transactions required a Journal that " "used the AFIP POS System “Expo Voucher - Web Service” so the proper document" " type be associated:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:400 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:401 msgid "" "When the customer selected in the Invoice has set the AFIP responsibility " "type as “Cliente / Proveedor del Exterior” or “IVA Liberado – Ley Nº " "19.640”, Odoo automatically assigned:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:403 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:404 msgid "Journal related to the exportation Web Service." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:404 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:405 msgid "Exportation document type ." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:405 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:406 msgid "Fiscal position: Compras/Ventas al exterior." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:406 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:407 msgid "Concepto AFIP: Products / Definitive export of goods." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:407 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:408 msgid "Exempt Taxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:413 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:414 msgid "" "The Exportation Documents required the Incoterm in :menuselection:`Other " "Info --> Accounting`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:420 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:421 msgid "Fiscal Bond" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:421 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:422 msgid "" "The Electronic Fiscal bond is used for those who invoice capital goods and " "wish to access the benefit of the Electronic Tax Bonds granted by the " "Ministry of Economy." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:424 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:449 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:425 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:450 msgid "" "For these transactions it’s important to have into consideration the next " "requirements:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:426 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:427 msgid "Currency (according to parameter table) and invoice quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:427 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:428 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:150 msgid "Taxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:428 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:429 msgid "Zone." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:429 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:430 msgid "Detail each item." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:431 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:432 msgid "Code according to the Common Nomenclator of Mercosur (NCM)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:432 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:433 msgid "Complete description." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:433 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:434 msgid "Unit Net Price." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:434 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:435 msgid "Quantity." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:435 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:436 msgid "Unit of measurement." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:436 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:437 msgid "Bonus." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:437 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:438 msgid "VAT rate." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:441 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:442 msgid "Electronic Credit Invoice MiPyme (FCE)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:443 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:444 msgid "" "**Invoices:** There are several document types classified as Mipyme also " "known as Electronic Credit Invoice (FCE in spanish), which is used to " @@ -2839,43 +2853,43 @@ msgid "" " to their clients and / or vendors." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:451 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:452 msgid "Specific document types (201, 202, 206, etc)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:452 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:453 msgid "The emisor should be eligible by the AFIP to MiPyme transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:453 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:454 msgid "The amount should be bigger than 100,000 ARS." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:454 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:455 msgid "" "A bank account type CBU must be related to the emisor, otherwise the invoice" " can’t be validated, having these errors messages for example:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:460 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:461 msgid "" "**Credit& Debit Notes:** When creating a Credit/Debit note related to a FCE " "document, it is important take the next points into consideration:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:463 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:464 msgid "" "Use the Credit and Debit Note buttons, so the correct reference of the " "originator document passed to the note." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:470 msgid "" "The document letter should be the same than the originator document (either " "A or B)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:470 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:471 msgid "" "The same currency as the source document must be used. When using a " "secondary currency there is an exchange difference if the currency rate is " @@ -2883,59 +2897,59 @@ msgid "" "create a credit/debit note to decrease/increase the amount to pay in ARS." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:475 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:476 msgid "In the workflow we can have two scenarios:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:477 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:478 msgid "" "The FCE is rejected so the Credit Note should have the field “FCE, is " "Cancellation?” as True." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:478 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:479 msgid "" "The Credit Note, is created with the negative amount to annulate the FCE " "document, in this case the field “FCE, is Cancellation?” must be empty " "(false)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:485 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:486 msgid "Invoice printed report" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:486 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:487 msgid "" "The PDF report related to electronic invoices that have been validated by " "the AFIP includes a barcode at the bottom of the format which represent the " "CAE number, the Expiration Date is also displayed as it’s legal requirement:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:495 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:496 msgid "Troubleshooting and Auditing" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:496 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:497 msgid "" "For auditing and troubleshooting purposes you can get the detailed " "information of an invoice number that has been previously sent to the AFIP," msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:506 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:507 msgid "" "You can also get the last number used in AFIP for a specific Document Type " "and POS Number as support for any possible issues on the sequence " "synchronization between Odoo and AFIP." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:514 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:621 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:515 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:645 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills.rst:3 msgid "Vendor Bills" msgstr "Faturas de Fornecedor" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:516 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:517 msgid "" "Based on the purchase journal selected for the vendor bill, the document " "type is now a required field. This value is auto populated based on the AFIP" @@ -2943,25 +2957,25 @@ msgid "" "if necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:523 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:524 msgid "" "The document number needs to be registered manually and the format is " "validated automatically, in case that the format is invalid a user error " "will be displayed indicating the correct format that is expected." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:530 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:531 msgid "" "The vendor bill number is structured in the same way that the invoices with " "the difference that the document sequence is input by the user: “Document " "Prefix - Letter - Document number\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:535 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:536 msgid "Validate Vendor Bill number in AFIP" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:536 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:537 msgid "" "As most companies have internal controls to verify that the vendor bill is " "related to an AFIP valid document, an automatic validation can be set in " @@ -2969,66 +2983,66 @@ msgid "" "Validate document in the AFIP`, considering the following levels:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:540 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:541 msgid "" "**Not available:** The verification is not done (this is the default value)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:541 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:542 msgid "" "**Available:** The verification is done, in case the number is not valid " "it only raises a warning but it allows you to post the vendor bill." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:543 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:544 msgid "" "**Required:** The verification is done and it doesn't allow the user to " "post the vendor bill if the document number is not valid." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:550 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:551 msgid "How to use it in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:551 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:552 msgid "" "This tool incorporates in the vendor bill a new \"Verify on AFIP\" button " "located next to the AFIP Authorization code." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:557 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:558 msgid "" "In case it’s not a valid AFIP authorization the value “Rejected” will be " "displayed and the details of the validation will be added to the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:565 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:471 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:566 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:477 msgid "Special Use cases" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:567 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:568 msgid "Untaxed Concepts" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:568 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:569 msgid "" "There are some transactions that include items that are not part of the VAT " "base amount, this is commonly used in fuel and gasoline invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:571 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:572 msgid "" "The vendor bill will be registered using 1 item for each product that is " "part of the VAT base amount and an additional item to register the amount of" " the Exempt concept:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:578 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:579 msgid "Perception Taxes" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:579 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:580 msgid "" "The vendor bill will be registered using 1 item for each product that is " "part of the VAT base amount, the perception tax can be added in any of the " @@ -3036,61 +3050,61 @@ msgid "" "the perception, the perception default value is always 1.00." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:587 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:588 msgid "" "You should use the pencil that is the next to the Perception amount to edit " "it and set the correct amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:593 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:594 msgid "After this is done the invoice can be validated." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:597 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:598 msgid "Reports" msgstr "Relatórios" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:599 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:600 msgid "As part of the localization the next Financial reports were added:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:605 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:606 msgid "VAT Reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:608 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:609 msgid "Libro de IVA Ventas" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:614 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:615 msgid "Libro de IVA Compras" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:620 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:621 msgid "Resumen de IVA" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:626 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:627 msgid "IIBB - Reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:629 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:630 msgid "IIBB - Ventas por Jurisdicción" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:635 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:636 msgid "IIBB - Compras por Jurisdicción" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:3 msgid "Australia" msgstr "Austrália" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:8 msgid "KeyPay Australian Payroll" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:10 msgid "" "The KeyPay Module synchronizes payslip accounting entries (e.g., expenses, " "social charges, liabilities, taxes) from KeyPay to Odoo automatically. " @@ -3098,75 +3112,75 @@ msgid "" "entries in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:15 msgid "Configuration Steps" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:17 msgid "Create a company located in Australia." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:18 msgid "" "Check that the Australian localization module (Australia - Accounting) is " "installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:19 msgid "Configure the *KeyPay API*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:25 msgid "" "More fields become visible after clicking on *Enable KeyPay Integration*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:31 msgid "" "You can find the API Key in the *My Account* section of the KeyPay platform." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:37 msgid "" "The **Payroll URL** is pre-filled with " "``https://keypay.yourpayroll.com.au``. *Please do not change it.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:39 msgid "You can find the **Business ID** in the KeyPay URL. (i.e., ``189241``)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:45 msgid "You can choose any Odoo journal to post the payslip entries." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:48 msgid "How does the API work?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:50 msgid "" "The API syncs the journal entries from KeyPay to Odoo and leaves them in " "draft mode. The reference includes the KeyPay payslip entry ID in brackets " "for the user to easily retrieve the same record in KeyPay and Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:59 msgid "The API sync is triggered by scheduled actions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:65 msgid "" "KeyPay payslip entries also work based on double-entry bookkeeping. Debit " "must equal credit (like in Odoo)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:68 msgid "" "The accounts used by KeyPay are defined in the section **Payroll settings**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:74 msgid "" "For the API to work, you need to create the same accounts as the default " "accounts of your KeyPay business (**same name and same code**) in Odoo. You " @@ -3174,21 +3188,27 @@ msgid "" "financial reports." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:3 msgid "Chile" msgstr "Chile" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:10 -msgid "`VIDEO WEBINAR OF A COMPLETE DEMO <https://youtu.be/BHnByZiyYcM>`_." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:10 +msgid "" +"`VIDEO WEBINAR OF CHILEAN LOCALIZATION: INTRO AND DEMO " +"<https://youtu.be/BHnByZiyYcM>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:11 +msgid "`VIDEO WEBINAR OF DELIVERY GUIDE <https://youtu.be/X7i4PftnEdU>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:16 msgid "" "The Chilean localization has been improved and extended in Odoo v13. In this" " version, the next modules are available:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:19 msgid "" "**l10n_cl:** Adds accounting features for the Chilean localization, which " "represent the minimal configuration required for a company to operate in " @@ -3196,24 +3216,24 @@ msgid "" "guidelines." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:23 msgid "" "**l10n_cl_edi:** Includes all technical and functional requirements to " "generate and receive Electronic Invoice via web service, based on the SII " "regulations." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:26 msgid "" "**l10n_cl_reports:** Adds the reports Propuesta F29 y Balance Tributario (8" " columnas)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:32 msgid "Install the Chilean localization modules" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:34 msgid "" "For this, go to *Apps* and search for Chile. Then click *Install* in the " "module **Chile E-invoicing**. This module has a dependency with **Chile - " @@ -3221,17 +3241,17 @@ msgid "" "automatically with E-invoicing." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:43 msgid "" "When you install a database from scratch selecting Chile as country, Odoo " "will automatically install the base module: Chile - Accounting." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:48 msgid "Company Settings" msgstr "Definições da Empresa" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:50 msgid "" "Once the modules are installed, the first step is to set up your company " "data. Additional to the basic information, you need to add all the data and " @@ -3239,22 +3259,35 @@ msgid "" " in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Chilean Localization`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:56 +msgid "" +"All the following configuration and functionality is only available in Odoo " +"if your company already passed the `Certification process " +"<https://www.sii.cl/factura_electronica/ " +"factura_mercado/proceso_certificacion.htm>`_ in the SII - Sistema de " +"Facturación de Mercado, this certification enables you to generate " +"electronic invoices from your ERP and send them automatically to the SII. If" +" your company has not passed this certification yet, make sure you " +"communicate this to your Account Manager as a special process outside Odoo " +"is required in order to complete this certification." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:66 msgid "Fiscal Information" msgstr "Informação Fiscal" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:68 msgid "" "Fill in the fiscal information for your company according to the SII " "register, follow the instructions on each section." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:65 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:186 msgid "Electronic Invoice Data" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:78 msgid "" "This is part of the main information required to generate electronic " "Invoice, select your environment and the legal information, as well as the " @@ -3262,36 +3295,36 @@ msgid "" " send invoices to your customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:87 msgid "Configure DTE Incoming email server" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:89 msgid "" "In order to receive you the claim and acceptance emails from your customers," " it is crucial to define the DTE incoming email server, considering this " "configuration:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:97 msgid "" "For your Go-live make sure you archive/remove from your inbox all the emails" " related to vendor bills that are not required to be processed in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:90 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:215 msgid "Certificate" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:103 msgid "" "In order to generate the electronic invoice signature, a digital certificate" " with the extension ``.pfx`` is required, proceed to this section and load " "your file and password." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:114 msgid "" "A certificate can be shared between several users. If this is the case leave" " the user field empty, so all your billing users can use the same one. On " @@ -3299,82 +3332,83 @@ msgid "" "user, just define the users in the certificate." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:108 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:672 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:119 +msgid "" +"In some cases, depending on the certificate format, it is possible that the " +"field Subject Serial Number is not loaded automatically. If this is the " +"case, you can manually edit this field by filling it with the Certificate’s " +"legal representative RUT." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:696 msgid "Financial Reports" msgstr "Relatórios Financeiros" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:126 msgid "" "The report Propuesta F29 requires two values that need to be defined as part" " of the company configuration:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:118 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:220 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:226 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies.rst:3 msgid "Multicurrency" msgstr "Multimoedas" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:136 msgid "" -"The official currency rate in Chile is provided by the SBIF, you can find " -"the SBIF synchronization service in the currency rate configuration and you " -"can set a predefined interval for the rate updates." +"The official currency rate in Chile is provided by the Chilean service " +"`mindicador.cl <https://mindicador.cl>`_. You can find this service in the " +"currency rate configuration, and you can set a predefined interval for the " +"rate updates." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:129 -msgid "" -"In order to configure your token, you need to enable developer mode and " -"access to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> System parameters` and " -"search the parameter ``sbif_api_key`` and in the field Value introduce your " -"token provided by the SBIF:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:145 msgid "Chart of accounts" msgstr "Plano de contas" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:147 msgid "" "The chart of accounts is installed by default as part of the set of data " "included in the localization module. The accounts are mapped automatically " "in:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:144 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:70 msgid "Default Account Payable." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:152 msgid "Default Account Receivable." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:153 msgid "Transfer Accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:154 msgid "Conversion Rate." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:158 msgid "Master Data" -msgstr "Dados Principais" +msgstr "Dados Mestre" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:166 msgid "" "As part of the Chilean localization, the identification types defined by the" " SII are now available on the Partner form. This information is essential " "for most transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:174 msgid "TaxpayerType" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:176 msgid "" "In Chile, the document type associated with customers and vendors " "transactions is defined based on the Taxpayer Type. This field should be " @@ -3382,59 +3416,59 @@ msgid "" "sure this value is set:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:188 msgid "" "As part of the information that is sent in the electronic Invoice, you need " "to define the email that is going to appear as the sender of the electronic " "invoice to your customer, and the Industry description." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:200 msgid "" "As part of the localization module, the taxes are created automatically with" " their related financial account and configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:210 msgid "Chile has several tax types, the most common ones are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:212 msgid "VAT. Is the regular VAT and it can have several rates." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:213 msgid "" "ILA (Impuesto a la Ley de Alcholes). Taxes for alcoholic drinks. It has a " "different rate." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:211 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:265 msgid "Fiscal Positions" msgstr "Posições fiscais" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:219 msgid "" "Based on the purchase transactions, the VAT can have different affections. " "This will be done in Odoo using the default purchase fiscal positions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:226 msgid "" "In some Latin American countries, including Chile, some accounting " "transactions like invoices and vendor bills are classified by document types" " defined by the government fiscal authorities (In Chile case: SII)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:230 msgid "" "The document type is essential information that needs to be displayed in the" " printed reports and that needs to be easily identified within the set of " "invoices as well of account moves." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:233 msgid "" "Each document type can have a unique sequence per company. As part of the " "localization, the Document Type includes the country on which the document " @@ -3442,67 +3476,67 @@ msgid "" "module is installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:253 msgid "" "The Journal related to the Invoice, identifying if the journal uses " "documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:254 msgid "" "Condition applied based on the type of Issues and Receiver (ex. Type of " "fiscal regimen of the buyer and type of fiscal regimen of the vendor)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:259 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:16 msgid "Sales" msgstr "Vendas" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:261 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:267 msgid "" "Sales Journals in Odoo usually represent a business unit or location, " "example:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:269 msgid "Ventas Santiago." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:270 msgid "Ventas Valparaiso." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:272 msgid "For the retail stores is common to have one journal per POS:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:268 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:274 msgid "Cashier 1." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:269 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:275 msgid "Cashier 2." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:273 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 msgid "Purchases" msgstr "Compras" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:281 msgid "" "The transactions purchase can be managed with a single journal, but " "sometimes companies use more than one in order to handle some accounting " @@ -3510,19 +3544,19 @@ msgid "" "registered using this model, for example:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:285 msgid "Tax Payments to government." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:286 msgid "Employees payments." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:292 msgid "When creating sales journals the next information must be filled in:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:294 msgid "" "**Point of sale type**: If the Sales journal will be used for electronic " "documents, the option Online must be selected. Otherwise, if the journal is " @@ -3530,7 +3564,7 @@ msgid "" "SII portal “Facturación MiPyme“ you can use the option Manual." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:298 msgid "" "**Use Documents**: This field is used to define if the journal will use " "Document Types. It is only applicable to Purchase and Sales journals that " @@ -3538,24 +3572,25 @@ msgid "" "By default, all the sales journals created will use documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:308 msgid "" -"For the Chilean localization it’s important to define the default Debt and " -"Credit accounts as they are required for one of the debit notes use cases." +"For the Chilean localization, it is important to define the default Debit " +"and Credit accounts as they are required for one of the debit notes use " +"cases." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:312 msgid "CAF" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:308 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:314 msgid "" "A CAF (Folio Authorization Code) is required, for each document type that is" " issued to your customers, the CAF is a file the SII provides to the Emisor " "with the folio/sequence authorized for the electronic invoice documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:318 msgid "" "Your company can make several requests for folios and obtain several CAFs, " "each one associated with different ranges of folios. The CAFs are shared " @@ -3563,52 +3598,59 @@ msgid "" "document type and it will be applied on all journals." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:322 msgid "" "Please refer to the SII documentation to check the detail on how to acquire " "the CAF: `SII Timbraje <https://palena.sii.cl/dte/mn_timbraje.html>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:326 +msgid "" +"The CAFs required by the SII are different from Production to Test " +"(Certification mode). Make sure you have the correct CAF set depending on " +"your environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:333 msgid "" "Once you have the CAF files you need to associate them with a document type " "in Odoo, in order to add a CAF, just follow these steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:336 msgid "Access to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> CAF`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:327 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:337 msgid "Upload the file." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:328 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:338 msgid "Save the CAF." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:344 msgid "" "Once loaded, the status changes to *In Use*. At this moment, when a " "transaction is used for this document type, the invoice number takes the " "first folio in the sequence." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:338 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:348 msgid "" "In case you have used some folios in your previous system, make sure you set" " the next valid folio when the first transation is created." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:354 msgid "Usage and Testing" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:347 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:357 msgid "Electronic Invoice Workflow" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:349 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:359 msgid "" "In the Chilean localization the electronic Invoice workflow covers the " "Emission of Customer Invoices and the reception of Vendor Bills, in the next" @@ -3616,43 +3658,43 @@ msgid "" "the customers and Vendors." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:359 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:369 msgid "Customer invoice Emission" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:361 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:371 msgid "" "After the partners and journals are created and configured, the invoices are" " created in the standard way, for Chile one of the differentiators is the " "document type which is selected automatically based on the Taxpayer." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:365 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:375 msgid "You can manually change the document type if needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:373 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:383 msgid "Validation and DTE Status" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:375 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:385 msgid "" "When all the invoice information is filled, either manually or automatically" " when it’s created from a sales order, proceed to validate the invoice. " "After the invoice is posted:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:378 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:388 msgid "" "The DTE File (Electronic Tax Document) is created automatically and added in" " the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:379 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:389 msgid "The DTE SII status is set as: Pending to be sent." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:385 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:395 msgid "" "The DTE Status is updated automatically by Odoo with a scheduled action that" " runs every day at night, if you need to get the response from the SII " @@ -3660,7 +3702,7 @@ msgid "" "follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:394 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:404 msgid "" "In the first step the DTE is sent to the SII, you can manually send it using" " the button: Enviar Ahora, a SII Tack number is generated and assigned to " @@ -3668,38 +3710,38 @@ msgid "" "by email. The DTE status is updated to Ask for Status." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:399 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:409 msgid "" "Once the SII response is received Odoo updates the DTE Status, in case you " "want to do it manually just click on the button: Verify on SII. The result " "can either be Accepted, Accepted With Objection or Rejected." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:408 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:418 msgid "" "There are several internal status in the SII before you get Acceptance or " "Rejection, in case you click continuously the Button Verify in SII, you " "will receive in the chatter the detail of those intermediate statuses:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:416 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:426 msgid "The final response from the SII, can take on of these values:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:419 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:429 msgid "" "**Accepted:** Indicates the invoice information is correct, our document is " "now fiscally valid and it’s automatically sent to the customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:422 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:432 msgid "" "**Accepted with objections:** Indicates the invoice information is correct " "but a minor issue was identified, nevertheless our document is now fiscally " "valid and it’s automatically sent to the customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:440 msgid "" "**Rejected:** Indicates the information in the invoice is incorrect and " "needs to be corrected, the detail of the issue is received in the emails you" @@ -3707,28 +3749,28 @@ msgid "" "are also retrieved in the chatter once the email server is processed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:435 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:445 msgid "If the invoice is Rejected please follow this steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:437 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:447 msgid "Change the document to draft." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:438 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:448 msgid "" "Make the required corrections based on the message received from the SII." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:439 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:449 msgid "Post the invoice again." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:447 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:457 msgid "Crossed references" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:449 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:459 msgid "" "When the Invoice is created as a result of another fiscal document, the " "information related to the originator document must be registered in the Tab" @@ -3737,49 +3779,49 @@ msgid "" "credit and debit notes, they are set automatically by Odoo:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:459 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:444 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:450 msgid "Invoice PDF Report" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:461 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:471 msgid "" "After the invoice is Accepted and valdiated by the SII and the PDF is " "printed it includes the fiscal elements that indicates out document is " "fiscally valid:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:470 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:480 msgid "Commercial Validation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:472 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:482 msgid "Once the invoice has been sent to the customer:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:474 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:484 msgid "DTE partner status changes to “Sent”." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:475 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:485 msgid "The customer must send a reception confirmation email." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:476 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:486 msgid "" "Subsequently, if all the commercial terms and invoice data are correct, they" " will send the Acceptance confirmation, otherwise they send a Claim." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:478 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:488 msgid "The field DTE acceptation status is updated automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:486 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:496 msgid "Processed for Claimed invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:488 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:498 msgid "" "Once the invoice has been Accepted by the SII **it can not be cancelled in " "Odoo**. In case you get a Claim for your customer the correct way to " @@ -3787,60 +3829,86 @@ msgid "" "Please refer to the Credit Notes section for more details." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:497 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:420 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:507 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:426 msgid "Common Errors" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:499 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:509 msgid "" "There are multiple reasons behind a rejection from the SII, but these are " "some of the common errors you might have and which is the related solution." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:502 -msgid "Error: RECHAZO- DTE Sin Comuna Origen." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:512 +msgid "Error: ``RECHAZO- DTE Sin Comuna Origen.``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:504 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:514 msgid "" "*Hint:* Make sure the Company Address is properly filled including the State" " and City." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:506 -msgid "Error en Monto : - IVA debe declararse." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:516 +msgid "Error en Monto: ``- IVA debe declararse.``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:508 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:512 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:518 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:522 msgid "" "*Hint:* The invoice lines should include one VAT tax, make sure you add one " "on each invoice line." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:510 -msgid "Error: Rut No Autorizado a Firmar." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:520 +msgid "Error: ``Rut No Autorizado a Firmar.``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:514 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:524 msgid "" -"Error: Fecha/Número Resolucion Invalido RECHAZO- CAF Vencido : (Firma_DTE" -"[AAAA-MM-DD] - CAF[AAAA-MM-DD]) > 6 meses." +"Error: ``Fecha/Número Resolucion Invalido RECHAZO- CAF Vencido : (Firma_DTE" +"[AAAA-MM-DD] - CAF[AAAA-MM-DD]) > 6 meses.``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:517 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:527 msgid "" "*Hint:* Try to add a new CAF related to this document as the one you’re " "using is expired." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:522 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:550 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:529 +msgid "" +"Error: ``Element '{http://www.sii.cl/SiiDte%7DRutReceptor': This element is " +"not expected. Expected is ( {http://www.sii.cl/SiiDte%7DRutEnvia ).``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:532 +msgid "" +"*Hint:* Make sure the field Document Type and VAT are set either in the " +"Customer and in the main company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:535 +msgid "GLOSA: ``Usuario sin permiso de envio.``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:537 +msgid "" +"*Hint:* This error indicates that most likely, your company has not passed " +"the `Certification process " +"<https://www.sii.cl/factura_electronica/factura_mercado/proceso_certificacion.htm>`_" +" in the SII - Sistema de Facturación de Mercado. If this is the case, please" +" contact your Account Manager or Customer Support as this certification is " +"not part of the the Odoo services, but we can give you some alternatives." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:546 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:556 msgid "Credit Notes" msgstr "Notas de Crédito" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:524 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:548 msgid "" "When a cancellation or correction is needed over a validated invoice, a " "credit note must be generated. It is important to consider that a CAF file " @@ -3848,33 +3916,33 @@ msgid "" "SII." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:533 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:557 msgid "" "Refer to the CAF section where we described the process to load the CAF on " "each document type." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:537 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:589 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:561 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:613 msgid "Use Cases" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:540 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:564 msgid "Cancel Referenced document" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:542 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:566 msgid "" "In case you need to cancel or invalid an Invoice, use the button Add Credit" " note and select Full Refund, in this case the SII reference Code is " "automatically set to: Anula Documento de referencia." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:550 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:574 msgid "Corrects Referenced Document Text" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:552 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:576 msgid "" "If a correction in the invoice information is required, for example the " "Street Name, use the button Add Credit note,select Partial Refund and select" @@ -3882,35 +3950,35 @@ msgid "" "automatically set to: Corrige el monto del Documento de Referencia." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:560 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:584 msgid "" "Odoo creates a Credit Note with the corrected text in an invoice and price " "0." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:567 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:591 msgid "" "It’s important to define the default credit account in the Sales journal as " "it is taken for this use case in specific." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:571 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:595 msgid "Corrects Referenced Document Amount" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:573 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:597 msgid "" "When a correction on the amounts is required, use the button Add Credit note" " and select Partial Refund. In this case the SII reference Code is " "automatically set to: Corrige el monto del Documento de Referencia." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:582 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:578 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:606 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:584 msgid "Debit Notes" msgstr "Notas de Débito" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:584 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:608 msgid "" "As part of the Chilean localization, besides creating credit notes from an " "existing document you can also create debit Notes. For this just use the " @@ -3918,59 +3986,59 @@ msgid "" "detailed below." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:592 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:616 msgid "Add debt on Invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:594 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:618 msgid "" "The most common use case for debit notes is to increase the value of an " "existing invoice, you need to select option 3 in the field Reference code " "SII:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:602 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:626 msgid "" "In this case Odoo automatically includes the source invoice in the cross " "reference section:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:609 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:633 msgid "Cancel Credit Notes" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:611 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:635 msgid "" "In Chile the debits notes are used to cancel a validated Credit Note, in " "this case just select the button Add debit note and select the first option " "in the wizard: *1: Anula Documentos de referencia.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:623 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:647 msgid "" "As part of the Chilean localization, you can configure your Incoming email " "server as the same you have register in the SII in order to:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:626 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:650 msgid "" "Automatically receive the vendor bills DTE and create the vendor bill based " "on this information." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:627 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:651 msgid "Automatically Send the reception acknowledgement to your vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:628 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:652 msgid "Accept or Claim the document and send this status to your vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:632 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:656 msgid "Reception" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:634 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:658 msgid "" "As soon as the vendor email with the attached DTE is received: 1. The vendor" " Bill mapping all the information included in the xml. 2. An email is sent " @@ -3978,11 +4046,11 @@ msgid "" "as: Acuse de Recibido Enviado" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:644 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:668 msgid "Acceptation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:646 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:670 msgid "" "If all the commercial information is correct on your vendor bill, you can " "accept the document using the button: Aceptar Documento, once this is done " @@ -3990,11 +4058,11 @@ msgid "" "is sent to the vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:656 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:680 msgid "Claim" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:658 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:682 msgid "" "In case there is a commercial issue or the information is not correct on " "your vendor bill, you can Claim the document before validating it, using " @@ -4002,18 +4070,18 @@ msgid "" "Claim and an email of acceptance is sent to the vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:666 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:690 msgid "" "If you claim a vendor bill, the status changes from draft to cancel " "automatically. Considering this as best practice, all the Claim documents " "should be canceled as they won’t be valid for your accounting records." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:675 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:699 msgid "Balance Tributario de 8 Columnas" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:677 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:701 msgid "" "This report presents the accounts in detail (with their respective " "balances), classifying them according to their origin and determining the " @@ -4021,18 +4089,18 @@ msgid "" " time, so that a real and complete knowledge of the status of a company." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:681 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:697 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:705 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:721 msgid "" "You can find this report in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " "Reports`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:688 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:712 msgid "Propuesta F29" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:690 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:714 msgid "" "The form F29 is a new system that the SII enabled to taxpayers, and that " "replaces the Purchase and Sales Books. This report is integrated by Purchase" @@ -4040,22 +4108,22 @@ msgid "" "transactions related to VAT, improving its control and declaration." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:694 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:718 msgid "" "This record is supplied by the electronic tax documents (DTE’s) that have " "been received by the SII." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:37 msgid "Colombia" msgstr "Colombia" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:10 msgid "`VIDEO WEBINAR OF A COMPLETE DEMO <https://youtu.be/BOzucXRUZDE>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:15 msgid "" "Electronic invoicing for Colombia is available from Odoo 12 and requires the" " next modules:" @@ -4063,14 +4131,14 @@ msgstr "" "A fatura eletrônica para a Colômbia está disponível no Odoo 12 e requer os " "próximos módulos:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:18 msgid "" "**l10n_co**: All the basic data to manage the accounting module, contains " "the default setup for: chart of accounts, taxes, retentions, identification " "document types" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:21 msgid "" "**l10n_co_edi**: This module includes all the extra fields that are required" " for the Integration with Carvajal T&S and generate the electronic invoice, " @@ -4080,15 +4148,15 @@ msgstr "" "necessários para a Integração com Carvajal T&S e geração da Nota Fiscal " "Eletrônica, com base nos requisitos legais DIAN." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:27 msgid "Workflow" msgstr "Fluxo de Trabalho" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:37 msgid "Install the Colombian localization modules" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:39 msgid "" "For this, go in Apps and search for Colombia. Then click Install for the " "first two modules." @@ -4096,11 +4164,11 @@ msgstr "" "Para isso, vá em Apps e procure pela Colômbia. Em seguida, clique em " "instalar para os dois primeiros módulos." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:47 msgid "Configure credentials for Carvajal T&S web service" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:49 msgid "" "Once that the modules are installed, in order to be able to connect with " "Carvajal T&S Web Service, it's necessary to configure the user and " @@ -4110,8 +4178,8 @@ msgstr "" "Service, é necessário configurar o usuário e credenciais, esta informação " "será fornecida pela Carvajal T&S." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:53 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:75 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and look " "for the *Colombian Electronic Invoice* section." @@ -4119,7 +4187,7 @@ msgstr "" "Acesse: menu de seleção: 'Contabilidade -> Configuração -> Configurações` e " "procure a seção * Nota Fiscal Eletrônica Colombiana *." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:59 msgid "" "Using the Testing mode it is possible to connect with a Carvajal T&S testing" " environment. This allows users to test the complete workflow and " @@ -4131,7 +4199,7 @@ msgstr "" "e integração com o portal CEN Financiero, que pode ser acessado aqui: " "https://cenfinancierolab.cen.biz" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:64 msgid "" "Once that Odoo and Carvajal T&S is fully configured and ready for production" " the testing environment can be disabled." @@ -4139,11 +4207,11 @@ msgstr "" "Uma vez que Odoo e Carvajal T&S estejam totalmente configurados e prontos " "para produção, o ambiente de teste pode ser desativado." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:69 msgid "Configure your report data" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:71 msgid "" "As part of the configurable information that is sent in the XML, you can " "define the data for the fiscal section and the bank information in the PDF." @@ -4151,15 +4219,15 @@ msgstr "" "Como parte das informações configuráveis ​​enviadas no XML, você pode " "definir os dados da seção fiscal e as informações bancárias no PDF." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:83 msgid "Configure data required in the XML" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:89 msgid "Identification" msgstr "Identificação" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:91 msgid "" "As part of the Colombian Localization, the document types defined by the " "DIAN are now available on the Partner form. Colombian partners have to have " @@ -4170,7 +4238,7 @@ msgstr "" "colombianos devem ter seu número de identificação e tipo de documento " "definidos:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:98 msgid "" "When the document type is RUT the identification number needs to be " "configured in Odoo including the verification digit, Odoo will split this " @@ -4180,11 +4248,11 @@ msgstr "" "configurado no Odoo incluindo o dígito de verificação. O Odoo dividirá esse " "número quando os dados para o fornecedor terceirizado forem enviados." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:105 msgid "Fiscal structure (RUT)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:107 msgid "" "The partner's responsibility codes (section 53 in the RUT document) are " "included as part of the electronic invoice module given that is part of the " @@ -4194,7 +4262,7 @@ msgstr "" " incluídos como parte do módulo de nota fiscal eletrônica, visto que faz " "parte das informações exigidas pela DIAN." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:111 msgid "" "These fields can be found in :menuselection:`Partner --> Sales & Purchase " "Tab --> Fiscal Information`" @@ -4202,7 +4270,7 @@ msgstr "" "Esses campos podem ser encontrados em: menu de seleção: `Parceiro -> Guia " "Vendas & Compras-> Informações Fiscais'" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:117 msgid "" "Additionally two booleans fields were added in order to specify the fiscal " "regimen of the partner." @@ -4210,7 +4278,7 @@ msgstr "" "Além disso, foram adicionados dois campos booleanos para especificar o " "regime fiscal do parceiro." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:124 msgid "" "If your sales transactions include products with taxes, it's important to " "consider that an extra field *Value Type* needs to be configured per tax. " @@ -4220,7 +4288,7 @@ msgstr "" "considerar que um campo extra * Tipo de valor * precisa ser configurado por " "imposto. Esta opção está localizada na guia Opções avançadas." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:131 msgid "" "Retention tax types (ICA, IVA, Fuente) are also included in the options to " "configure your taxes. This configuration is used in order to correctly " @@ -4230,17 +4298,17 @@ msgstr "" "nas opções para configurar seus impostos. Esta configuração é usada para " "exibir corretamente os impostos no PDF da fatura." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:142 msgid "" "Once the DIAN has assigned the official sequence and prefix for the " "electronic invoice resolution, the Sales journals related to your invoice " "documents need to be updated in Odoo. The sequence can be accessed using " -"the :doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`: " +"the :doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>`: " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Configuration Setting --> " "Journals`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:151 msgid "" "Once that the sequence is opened, the Prefix and Next Number fields should " "be configured and synchronized with the CEN Financiero." @@ -4248,11 +4316,11 @@ msgstr "" "Uma vez aberta a sequência, os campos Prefixo e Próximo Número devem ser " "configurados e sincronizados com o CEN Financiero." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:159 msgid "Users" msgstr "Usuários" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:161 msgid "" "The default template that is used by Odoo on the invoice PDF includes the " "job position of the salesperson, so these fields should be configured:" @@ -4260,7 +4328,7 @@ msgstr "" "O modelo padrão usado pelo Odoo no PDF da fatura inclui o cargo do vendedor," " portanto, estes campos devem ser configurados:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:175 msgid "" "When all your master data and credentials has been configured, it's possible" " to start testing the electronic invoice workflow." @@ -4268,12 +4336,12 @@ msgstr "" "Quando todos os seus dados mestre e credenciais estiverem configurados, é " "possível começar a testar o fluxo de trabalho da nota fiscal eletrônica." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:180 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:30 msgid "Invoice creation" msgstr "Criação de fatura" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:182 msgid "" "The functional workflow that takes place before an invoice validation " "doesn't change. The main changes that are introduced with the electronic " @@ -4283,11 +4351,11 @@ msgstr "" "não muda. As principais alterações que são introduzidas com a nota fiscal " "eletrônica são os próximos campos:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:189 msgid "There are three types of documents:" msgstr "Existem três tipos de documentos:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:191 msgid "" "**Factura Electronica**: This is the regular type of document and its " "applicable for Invoices, Credit Notes and Debit Notes." @@ -4295,7 +4363,7 @@ msgstr "" "** Fatura Eletrônica **: É o tipo de documento normal e é aplicável a " "Faturas, Notas de Crédito e Notas de Débito." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:193 msgid "" "**Factura de Importación**: This should be selected for importation " "transactions." @@ -4303,7 +4371,7 @@ msgstr "" "** Fatura de Importação **: Deve ser selecionado para transações de " "importação." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:195 msgid "" "**Factura de contingencia**: This is an exceptional type that is used as a " "manual backup in case that the company is not able to use the ERP and it's " @@ -4311,12 +4379,12 @@ msgid "" "the ERP, this invoice type should be selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:203 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:380 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:386 msgid "Invoice validation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:205 msgid "" "After the invoice is validated an XML file is created and sent automatically" " to Carvajal, this file is displayed in the chatter." @@ -4324,7 +4392,7 @@ msgstr "" "Após a validação da nota fiscal, um arquivo XML é criado e enviado " "automaticamente para o Carvajal, este arquivo é exibido no chatter." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:211 msgid "" "An extra field is now displayed in \"Other Info\" tab with the name of the " "XML file. Additionally there is a second extra field that is displayed with " @@ -4334,11 +4402,11 @@ msgstr "" "arquivo XML. Além disso, existe um segundo campo extra que é exibido com o " "status da Nota Fiscal Eletrônica, com o valor inicial \"Em andamento\":" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:221 msgid "Reception of legal XML and PDF" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:223 msgid "" "The electronic invoice vendor receives the XML file and proceeds to validate" " the structure and the information in it, if everything is correct the " @@ -4354,25 +4422,25 @@ msgstr "" " XML legal que inclui uma assinatura digital e um código único (CUFE), uma " "fatura em PDF que inclui um código QR e o CUFE também é gerado." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:231 msgid "After this:" msgstr "Depois disto:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:233 msgid "" "A ZIP containing the legal XML and the PDF is downloaded and displayed in " "the invoice chatter:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:240 msgid "The Electronic Invoice status changes to \"Accepted\"" msgstr "O status da fatura eletrônica muda para \"Aceito\"" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:244 msgid "Common errors" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:246 msgid "" "During the XML validation the most common errors are usually related to " "missing master data. In such cases, error messages are shown in the chatter " @@ -4382,7 +4450,7 @@ msgstr "" "à falta de dados mestre. Nesses casos, mensagens de erro são mostradas no " "chatter após a atualização do status da nota fiscal eletrônica." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:253 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:253 msgid "" "After the master data is corrected, it's possible to reprocess the XML with " "the new data and send the updated version, using the following button:" @@ -4390,11 +4458,11 @@ msgstr "" "Após a correção dos dados mestre, é possível reprocessar o XML com os novos " "dados e enviar a versão atualizada, utilizando o seguinte botão:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:265 msgid "Additional use cases" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:267 msgid "" "The process for credit and debit notes is exactly the same as the invoice, " "the functional workflow remains the same as well." @@ -4402,64 +4470,64 @@ msgstr "" "O processo para notas de crédito e débito é exatamente igual ao da fatura, o" " fluxo de trabalho funcional também permanece o mesmo." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:3 msgid "Colombia (ES)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:6 msgid "Introducción" msgstr "Introdução" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:8 msgid "" "La Facturación Electrónica para Colombia está disponible en Odoo 12 y " "requiere los siguientes Módulos:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:11 msgid "" "**l10n_co**: Contiene los datos básicos para manejar el módulo de " "contabilidad, incluyendo la configuración por defecto de los siguientes " "puntos:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:15 msgid "Plan Contable" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:16 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:124 msgid "Impuestos" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:17 msgid "Retenciones" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:18 msgid "Tipos de Documentos de Identificación" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:20 msgid "" "**l10n_co_edi**: Este módulo incluye todos los campos adicionales que son " "requeridos para la Integración entre Carvajal T&S y la generación de la " "Factura Electrónica, basado en los requisitos legales de la DIAN." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:26 msgid "Flujo General" msgstr "Fluxo Geral" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:33 msgid "Configuración" msgstr "Configuração" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:36 msgid "Instalación de los módulos de Localización Colombiana" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:38 msgid "" "Para esto ve a las aplicaciones y busca “Colombia”, luego da click en " "Instalar a los primeros dos módulos:" @@ -4467,11 +4535,11 @@ msgstr "" "Para fazer isso vá para os aplicativos e pesquise \"Colômbia\", a seguir " "clique em Instalar os dois primeiros módulos:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:46 msgid "Configuración de las credenciales del Servicio Web de Carvajal T&S" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:50 msgid "" "Una vez que los módulos están instalados, para poderte conectar con el " "Servicio Web de Carvajal T&S, es necesario configurar el Usuario y las " @@ -4481,13 +4549,13 @@ msgstr "" " é necessário configurar o Usuário e as Credenciais. Essas informações serão" " fornecidas pela Carvajal T&S." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:52 msgid "" "Ve a :menuselection:`Facturación --> Configuración --> Configuración` y " "busca la sección **Facturación Electrónica Colombiana**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:57 msgid "" "La funcionalidad de pruebas le permite conectarse e interactuar con el " "ambiente piloto de Carvajal T&S, esto permite a los usuarios probar el flujo" @@ -4496,7 +4564,7 @@ msgid "" "<https://cenfinancierolab.cen.biz>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:62 msgid "" "Una vez que el ambiente de producción está listo en Odoo y en Carvajal T&S " "el ambiente de pruebas debe ser deshabilitado para poder enviar la " @@ -4504,11 +4572,11 @@ msgid "" " la siguiente URL: `Cenfinanciero <https://cenfinancierolab.cen.biz>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:69 msgid "Configuración de Información para PDF" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:73 msgid "" "Como parte de la información configurable que es enviada en el XML, puedes " "definir los datos de la sección fiscal del PDF, así como de la información " @@ -4518,25 +4586,25 @@ msgstr "" "pode definir os dados da seção fiscal do PDF, bem como as informações do " "Banco." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:75 msgid "" "Ve a :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> Ajustes` y busca la " "sección **Facturación Electrónica Colombiana**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:82 msgid "Configuración de los Datos Principales Requeridos en el XML" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:85 msgid "Contacto (Tercero)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:88 msgid "Identificación" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:90 msgid "" "Como parte de la Localización Colombiana, los tipos de documentos definidos " "por la DIAN ahora están disponibles en el formulario de Contactos, por lo " @@ -4548,18 +4616,18 @@ msgstr "" "possível atribuir-lhes o seu número de identificação associado ao tipo de " "documento correspondente." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:98 msgid "" "Nota: Cuando el tipo de documento es RUT la identificación necesita ser " "ingresada en Odoo incluyendo el Dígito de Verificación. Odoo separará este " "número cuando la información sea enviada a los proveedores terceros." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:105 msgid "Estructura Fiscal (RUT)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:107 msgid "" "Los Códigos de tipo de Obligación aplicables a los terceros (sección 53 en " "el documento de RUT), son incluidos como parte del módulo de Facturación " @@ -4569,13 +4637,13 @@ msgstr "" "documento RUT) estão incluídos no módulo de Faturamento Eletrônico, por se " "tratar de informação exigida pela DIAN." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:111 msgid "" "Estos campos se encuentran en :menuselection:`Contactos --> Pestaña de " "Ventas y Compras --> Información Fiscal`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:117 msgid "" "Adicionalmente dos últimos campos fueron agregados para especificar el " "régimen fiscal del contacto. Cabe aclarar que para envío de Factura " @@ -4589,7 +4657,7 @@ msgstr "" "Contribuintes e o Regime Simplificado, portanto, apenas essas duas opções " "são apresentadas." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:126 msgid "" "Si tus transacciones de ventas incluyen productos con impuestos, es " "importante considerar que un campo adicional llamado *Tipo de Valor* " @@ -4597,7 +4665,7 @@ msgid "" "--> Configuración --> Impuestos: --> Opciones Avanzadas --> Tipo de Valor`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:134 msgid "" "Los impuestos para Retenciones (ICA, IVA y Fuente) también están incluidos " "en las opciones para configurar tus impuestos, esta configuración es " @@ -4609,11 +4677,11 @@ msgstr "" "para apresentar corretamente os impostos na representação gráfica da Nota " "Fiscal. (PDF)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:144 msgid "Diarios" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:146 msgid "" "Una vez que la DIAN ha asignado la secuencia y prefijo oficiales para la " "resolución de la Facturación Electrónica, los Diarios de Ventas relacionados" @@ -4623,14 +4691,14 @@ msgstr "" "do Faturamento Eletrônico, os Diários de Vendas relacionados aos seus " "documentos de faturamento precisam ser atualizados no Odoo." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:151 msgid "" "La secuencia es configurada usando el modo de desarrollador en la siguiente " "ruta: :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> Diarios --> Liga de" " Secuencia`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:158 msgid "" "Una vez que la secuencia es abierta, los campos de Prefijo y Siguiente " "Número deben ser configurados y sincronizados con el CEN Financiero." @@ -4638,11 +4706,11 @@ msgstr "" "Uma vez aberta a sequência, os campos Prefixo e Próximo Número devem ser " "configurados e sincronizados com o CEN Financeiro." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:166 msgid "Usuarios" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:168 msgid "" "La plantilla por defecto que es usada por Odoo en la representación gráfica " "incluye el nombre del Vendedor, así que estos campos deben ser considerados:" @@ -4650,15 +4718,15 @@ msgstr "" "O modelo padrão que é usado pela Odoo na representação gráfica inclui o nome" " do Vendedor, portanto, estes campos devem ser considerados:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:177 msgid "Uso y Pruebas" msgstr "Uso e teste" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:180 msgid "Facturas" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:182 msgid "" "Una vez que toda la información principal y las credenciales han sido " "configuradas, es posible empezar a probar el flujo de la Facturación " @@ -4668,11 +4736,11 @@ msgstr "" "possível começar a testar o fluxo do Faturamento Eletrônico seguindo as " "instruções detalhadas a seguir:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:188 msgid "Invoice Creation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:190 msgid "" "El flujo de trabajo funcional que lleva lugar antes de la validación de una " "factura continua siendo igual con Facturación Electrónica, " @@ -4683,7 +4751,7 @@ msgstr "" " mesmo com o Faturamento Eletrônico, independentemente de ser criado a " "partir de um Pedido de Venda ou manualmente." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:195 msgid "" "Los cambios principales que son introducidos con la Facturación Electrónica " "son los siguientes:" @@ -4691,23 +4759,23 @@ msgstr "" "As principais alterações introduzidas no faturamento eletrônico são as " "seguintes:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:198 msgid "Hay tres tipos de documentos" msgstr "Existem três tipos de documentos" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:200 msgid "" "**Factura electrónica**. Este es el documento normal y aplica para Facturas," " Notas de Crédito y Notas de Débito." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:203 msgid "" "**Factura de Importación**. Debe ser seleccionada para transacciones de " "importación." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:206 msgid "" "**Factura de Contingencia**. Esta es un caso excepcional y es utilizada como" " un respaldo manual en caso que la compañía no pueda usar el ERP y hay " @@ -4715,11 +4783,11 @@ msgid "" "ERP, se debe seleccionar este tipo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:216 msgid "Invoice Validation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:218 msgid "" "Después que la factura fue validada, un archivo XML es creado y enviado " "automáticamente al proveedor de la factura electrónica. Este archivo es " @@ -4729,7 +4797,7 @@ msgstr "" "automaticamente ao fornecedor da nota fiscal eletrônica. Este arquivo é " "exibido no histórico." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:225 msgid "" "Un campo adicional es ahora desplegado en la pestaña de “Otra Información” " "con el nombre del archivo XML. Adicionalmente hay un segundo campo adicional" @@ -4741,11 +4809,11 @@ msgstr "" " com o status da Nota Fiscal Eletrônica, com o valor inicial ** Em Processo " "**." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:235 msgid "Recepción del XML y PDF Legal" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:242 msgid "" "El proveedor de la Factura Electrónica recibe el archivo XML y procede a " "validar la información y la estructura contenida. Si todo es correcto, el " @@ -4755,34 +4823,34 @@ msgid "" "CUFE." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:246 msgid "" "Odoo envía una petición de actualización automáticamente para verificar que " "el XML fue creado. Si este es el caso, las siguientes acciones son hechas " "automáticamente:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:248 msgid "" "El XML Legal y el PDF son incluidos en un archivo ZIP y desplegados en el " "historial de la Factura." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:253 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:253 msgid "El estatus de la Factura Electrónica es cambiado a “Aceptado”." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:258 msgid "" "En caso que el PDF y el XML sean requeridos inmediatamente, es posible " "mandar manualmente la petición del estatus usando el siguiente botón:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:267 msgid "Errores Frecuentes" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:269 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:269 msgid "" "Durante la validación del XML los errores más comunes usualmente están " "relacionados con información principal faltante. En estos casos, los " @@ -4793,7 +4861,7 @@ msgstr "" "relacionados à falta de informações principais. Nesses casos, os detalhes do" " erro são recuperados na solicitação de atualização e exibidos no histórico." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:277 msgid "" "Si la información principal es corregida, es posible re procesar el XML con " "la nueva información y mandar la versión actualizada usando el siguiente " @@ -4803,11 +4871,11 @@ msgstr "" "com as novas informações e enviar a versão atualizada através do seguinte " "botão:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:289 msgid "Casos de Uso adicionales" msgstr "Casos de uso adicionais" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:291 msgid "" "El proceso para las Notas de Crédito y Débito (Proveedores) es exactamente " "el mismo que en las Facturas. Su flujo de trabajo funcional se mantiene " @@ -4816,105 +4884,105 @@ msgstr "" "O processo para Notas de Crédito e Débito (Fornecedores) é exatamente o " "mesmo que para Faturas. Seu fluxo de trabalho funcional permanece o mesmo." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:296 msgid "Consideraciones del Anexo 1.7" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:299 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:299 msgid "Contexto" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:302 msgid "Contexto Normativo" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:304 msgid "Soporte Normativo:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:305 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:305 msgid "" "Resolución DIAN Número 000042 ( 5 de Mayo de 2020) Por la cual se " "desarrollan:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:307 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:307 msgid "Los sistemas de facturación," msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:308 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:308 msgid "Los proveedores tecnológicos," msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:309 msgid "El registro de la factura electrónica de venta como título valor," msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:310 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:310 msgid "Se expide el anexo técnico de factura electrónica de venta y" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:311 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:311 msgid "Se dictan otras disposiciones en materia de sistemas de facturación." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:314 msgid "Anexo 1.7: Principales Cambios" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:316 msgid "Cambios en la definición de Consumidor Final." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:317 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:317 msgid "Informar bienes cubiertos para los 3 dias sin IVA." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:318 msgid "Actualización de descripción de Impuestos." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:319 msgid "Se agrega concepto para IVA Excluido." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:320 msgid "Informar la fecha efectiva de entrega de los bienes." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:321 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:321 msgid "Adecuaciones en la representación Gráfica (PDF)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:324 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:324 msgid "Calendario" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:326 msgid "" "Se tiene varias fechas límites para la salida a producción bajo las " "condiciones del Anexo 1.7 las cuales dependen de los siguientes factores:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:329 msgid "" "Calendario de implementación de acuerdo con la actividad económica principal" " en el RUT:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:334 msgid "Calendario de implementación, para otros sujetos obligados:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:339 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:339 msgid "Calendario de implementación permanente:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:345 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:345 msgid "Requerimientos en Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:347 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:347 msgid "" "Con la finalidad de facilitar el proceso de preparación de las bases de Odoo" " estándar V12 y v13, únicamente será necesario que los administradores " @@ -4922,67 +4990,67 @@ msgid "" "nuevos procesos." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:352 msgid "Actualización de listado de Apps" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:354 msgid "" "Utilizando el modo desarrollador, acceder al módulo de Aplicaciones y " "seleccionar el menú *Actualizar Lista*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:361 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:361 msgid "Actualización de Módulos" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:363 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:363 msgid "" "Una vez actualizado Buscar *Colombia*, los siguientes módulos serán " "desplegados, se requieren actualizar dos módulos." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:366 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:366 msgid "Colombia - Contabilidad - l10n_co" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:367 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:367 msgid "" "Electronic invoicing for Colombia with Carvajal UBL 2.1 - " "l10n_co_edi_ubl_2_1" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:372 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:372 msgid "" "En cada módulo o ícono hay que desplegar el menú opciones utilizando los 3 " "puntos de la esquina superior derecha y seleccionamos *Actualizar*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:375 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:375 msgid "Primero lo hacemos con en el módulo l10n_co:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:380 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:380 msgid "Posteriormente lo hacemos con el módulo l10n_co_edi_ubl_2_1:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:386 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:386 msgid "Creación de Datos Maestros" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:388 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:388 msgid "" "Las bases de datos existentes a Junio 2020 tanto en V12 como V13, deberán " "crear algunos datos maestros necesarios para operar correctamente con los " "cambios del Anexo 1.7." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:392 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:491 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:392 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:491 msgid "Consumidor Final" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:394 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:394 msgid "" "La figura del consumidor final será utilizada para aquellas ventas sobre las" " cuales no es posible identificar toda la información fiscal y demográfica " @@ -4990,47 +5058,47 @@ msgid "" "genérico." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:398 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:398 msgid "" "Es importante coordinar y definir los casos de uso en los que dependiendo de" " su empresa se tendrá permitido utilizar este registro genérico." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:401 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:401 msgid "" "Dentro de Odoo se tendrá que crear un contacto con las siguientes " "características, es importante que se defina de esta manera debido a que son" " los parámetros definidos por la DIAN." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:404 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:404 msgid "**Tipo de contacto:** Individuo" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:405 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:405 msgid "**Nombre:** Consumidor Final" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:406 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:406 msgid "**Tipo de documento:** Cedula de Ciudadania" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:407 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:407 msgid "**Numero de Identificacion:** 222222222222" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:412 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:412 msgid "" "Dentro de la pestaña Ventas y Compras, en la sección Información Fiscal, del" " campo Obligaciones y Responsabilidades colocaremos el valor: **R-99-PN**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:419 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:506 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:419 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:506 msgid "IVA Excluido - Bienes Cubiertos" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:421 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:421 msgid "" "Para reportar las transacciones realizadas mediante Bienes Cubiertos para " "los tres días sin IVA, será necesario crear un nuevo Impuesto al cual se le " @@ -5038,19 +5106,19 @@ msgid "" " para agregar la sección requerida en el XML de factura electrónica." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:426 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:426 msgid "" "Para el crear el impuesto accederemos a Contabilidad dentro del menú " ":menuselection:`Configuración --> Impuestos`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:432 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:432 msgid "" "Procedemos a crear un nuevo Impuesto con importe 0% considerando los " "siguientes parámetros:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:437 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:437 msgid "" "El nombre del Impuesto puede ser definido a preferencia del usuario, sin " "embargo el campo clave es **Grupo de Impuestos** dentro de Opciones " @@ -5058,86 +5126,86 @@ msgid "" "Valor**: *IVA*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:445 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:445 msgid "Actualización de descripción de Departamentos" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:447 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:447 msgid "" "Es necesario actualizar la descripción de algunos departamentos, para lo " "cual accederemos a módulo de Contactos y dentro del menú de " ":menuselection:`Configuración --> Provincias`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:453 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:453 msgid "" "Posteriormente, podemos agregar por País para identificar claramente las " "provincias (Departamentos) de Colombia:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:459 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:459 msgid "" "Una vez agrupados buscar los siguientes departamentos para actualizarlos con" " el valor indicado en la columna **Nombre actualizado**:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:463 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:463 msgid "Nombre de provincia" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:463 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:463 msgid "Código de Provincia" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:463 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:463 msgid "Nombre actualizado" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:465 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:465 msgid "D.C." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:465 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:465 msgid "DC" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:465 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:465 msgid "Bogotá" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:467 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:467 msgid "Quindio" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:467 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:467 msgid "QUI" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:467 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:467 msgid "Quindío" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:469 msgid "Archipiélago de San Andrés, Providencia y Santa Catalina" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:469 msgid "SAP" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:469 msgid "San Andrés y Providencia" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:473 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:473 msgid "Ejemplo:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:479 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:479 msgid "Verificación de Código postal" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:481 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:481 msgid "" "Dentro del Anexo 1.7 se comienza a validar que el código postal de las " "direcciones para contactos colombianos corresponda a las tablas oficiales " @@ -5147,18 +5215,18 @@ msgid "" "<http://visor.codigopostal.gov.co/472/visor/Codigos_Postales_Nacionales.csv>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:488 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:488 msgid "Consideraciones Operativas" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:493 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:493 msgid "" "Una vez que resgistro de Consumidor final ha sido creado este deberá ser " "utilizado a demanda, generalmente será utilizado en las transacciones de " "facturación del punto de punto de venta." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:496 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:496 msgid "" "El proceso de validación de la Factura será realizado de forma convencional " "en Odoo y la factura será generada de la misma manera. Al detectar que el " @@ -5167,13 +5235,13 @@ msgid "" "correspondientes." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:500 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:500 msgid "" "Contablemente todos los registros de Consumidor final quedarán asociados al " "identificador generico:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:508 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:508 msgid "" "El 21 mayo del 2020 fue publicado el El Decreto 682 el cual establece " "Excepción especial en el Impuesto sobre las ventas. El principal objetivo de" @@ -5181,33 +5249,33 @@ msgid "" "generadas a causa del COVID." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:513 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:513 msgid "Fechas" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:515 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:515 msgid "" "Días de excención del impuesto sobre las ventas – IVA para bienes cubiertos " "(3 días SIN IVA)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:517 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:517 msgid "**Primer día**: 19 de junio de 2020" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:518 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:518 msgid "**Segundo día**: 3 de Julio de 2020" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:519 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:519 msgid "**Tercer día**: 19 de Julio de 2020" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:522 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:522 msgid "Condiciones" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:524 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:524 msgid "" "Debido a que estas transacciones serán generadas de forma excepcional y que " "se tiene una combinación de varios factores y condiciones, los productores " @@ -5216,7 +5284,7 @@ msgid "" "corresponda." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:529 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:529 msgid "" "A continuación se mencionan algunas de las principales condiciones, sin " "embargo, cabe mencionar que las empresas deben de verificar todos los " @@ -5224,103 +5292,103 @@ msgid "" "<https://dapre.presidencia.gov.co/normativa/normativa/DECRETO%20682%20DEL%2021%20DE%20MAYO%20DE%202020.pdf>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:533 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:533 msgid "Tipo de productos y precio Máximo:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:536 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:536 msgid "Tipo de Productos" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:536 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:536 msgid "Precio Máximo" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:538 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:538 msgid "Electrodomesticos" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:538 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:538 msgid "40 UVT: $1,4 millones." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:540 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:540 msgid "Vestuario y complementos" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 msgid "3 UVT: $106.000" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 msgid "En el caso de los complementos es:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:544 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:544 msgid "10 UVT- $356.000" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:544 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:544 msgid "Elementos deportivos" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:546 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:546 msgid "Juguetes y Utiles Escolares" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:546 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:548 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:546 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:548 msgid "5 UVT - $178.035" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:548 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:548 msgid "Utiles Escolares" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:550 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:550 msgid "Bienes o servicios para el sector agropecuario" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:550 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:550 msgid "80 UVT - $2.848.560" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:554 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:554 msgid "Métodos de Pago:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:556 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:556 msgid "" "El pago debe realizarse por medios electrónico por ejemplo tarjetas de " "crédito/débito o bien mecanismos de pago online." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:558 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:558 msgid "Limite de unidades:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:560 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:560 msgid "" "Cada cliente puede adquirir únicamente 3 unidades como máximo de cada " "producto." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:563 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:563 msgid "Medidas en Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:565 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:565 msgid "**Preparación de datos**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:567 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:567 msgid "" "Crear el Impuesto para Bienes cubiertos de acuerdo a lo indicado en este " "punto: Datos maestros." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:568 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:568 msgid "" "Identificar los productos y transacciones a los cuales les aplicará la " "Exclusión de IVA de acuerdo a las condiciones establecidas en el decreto " @@ -5328,77 +5396,77 @@ msgid "" "actualizar el impuesto de forma temporal en Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:571 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:571 msgid "" "Exportar un listado con los productos que serán afectados incluyendo el " "campo IVA Venta el cual será sustituido temporalmente por el IVA de Bienes " "Cubiertos." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:573 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:573 msgid "" "Al finalizar las operaciones del día anterior a las fechas establecidas de " "día sin IVA, se debe hacer la actualización temporal a IVA de Bienes " "Cubiertos." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:579 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:579 msgid "**Durante el día SIN IVA**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:581 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:581 msgid "" "Por defecto los productos previamente considerados con IVA de Bienes " "cubiertos serán generados con este parámetro tanto en Órdenes de venta como " "facturas creadas durante ese mismo día." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:587 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:587 msgid "" "Las órdenes de venta generadas con este impuesto deberán ser facturas el " "mismo día." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:588 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:588 msgid "" "En caso de que alguna de las condiciones no sea cumplida (ejemplo el pago es" " realizado en efectivo) el impuesto deberá ser actualizado manualmente al " "momento de facturar." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:591 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:591 msgid "**Posterior al día SIN IVA**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:593 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:593 msgid "" "Los productos que fueron actualizados deberá ser reconfigurados a su IVA " "original." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:594 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:594 msgid "" "En caso de que se detecte alguna Orden de venta facturar en la cual se " "incluya IVA de Bienes Cubiertos, se deberá realizar actualización manual " "correspondiente al IVA convencional." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:3 msgid "France" msgstr "França" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:6 msgid "FEC" msgstr "FEC" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:8 msgid "" "If you have installed the French Accounting, you will be able to download " "the FEC. For this, go in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> France" " --> FEC`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:12 msgid "" "If you do not see the submenu **FEC**, go in **Apps** and search for the " "module called **France-FEC** and verify if it is well installed." @@ -5406,11 +5474,11 @@ msgstr "" "Caso não veja o submenu ** FEC **, vá em ** Apps ** e procure o módulo " "chamado ** France-FEC ** e verifique se está bem instalado." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:16 msgid "French Accounting Reports" msgstr "Relatórios de contabilidade franceses" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:18 msgid "" "If you have installed the French Accounting, you will have access to some " "accounting reports specific to France:" @@ -5418,23 +5486,23 @@ msgstr "" "Se você instalou a contabilidade francesa, terá acesso a alguns relatórios " "contábeis específicos da França:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:20 msgid "Bilan comptable" msgstr "Bilan compatível" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:21 msgid "Compte de résultats" msgstr "Declaração de renda" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:22 msgid "Plan de Taxes France" msgstr "Plano Fiscal da França" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:25 msgid "Get the VAT anti-fraud certification with Odoo" msgstr "Obtenha a certificação antifraude de VAT com Odoo" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:27 msgid "" "As of January 1st 2018, a new anti-fraud legislation comes into effect in " "France and DOM-TOM. This new legislation stipulates certain criteria " @@ -5449,25 +5517,25 @@ msgstr "" "diante, por meio de um módulo e um certificado de conformidade para " "download." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:34 msgid "Is my company required to use an anti-fraud software?" msgstr "Minha empresa é obrigada a usar um software antifraude?" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:36 msgid "" "Your company is required to use an anti-fraud cash register software like " "Odoo (CGI art. 286, I. 3° bis) if:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:39 msgid "You are taxable (not VAT exempt) in France or any DOM-TOM," msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:40 msgid "Some of your customers are private individuals (B2C)." msgstr "Alguns de seus clientes são pessoas físicas (B2C)." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:42 msgid "" "This rule applies to any company size. Auto-entrepreneurs are exempted from " "VAT and therefore are not affected." @@ -5475,34 +5543,33 @@ msgstr "" "Esta regra se aplica a empresas de qualquer porte. Os autoempresários estão " "isentos de IVA e, portanto, não são afetados." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:46 msgid "Get certified with Odoo" msgstr "Obtenha a certificação Odoo" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:48 msgid "Getting compliant with Odoo is very easy." msgstr "Tornar-se compatível com o Odoo é muito fácil." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:50 msgid "" "Your company is requested by the tax administration to deliver a certificate" " of conformity testifying that your software complies with the anti-fraud " "legislation. This certificate is granted by Odoo SA to Odoo Enterprise users" " `here <https://www.odoo.com/my/contract/french-certification/>`_. If you " -"use Odoo Community, you should `upgrade to Odoo Enterprise " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/14.0/setup/enterprise.html>`_ or contact" -" your Odoo service provider." +"use Odoo Community, you should :doc:`upgrade to Odoo Enterprise " +"</administration/enterprise>` or contact your Odoo service provider." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:58 msgid "In case of non-conformity, your company risks a fine of €7,500." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:60 msgid "To get the certification just follow the following steps:" msgstr "Para obter a certificação, basta seguir os seguintes passos:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:62 msgid "" "Install the anti-fraud module fitting your Odoo environment from the *Apps* " "menu:" @@ -5510,19 +5577,19 @@ msgstr "" "Instale o módulo antifraude adequado ao seu ambiente Odoo a partir do menu " "*Apps*:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:65 msgid "" "if you use Odoo Point of Sale: *l10n_fr_pos_cert*: France - VAT Anti-Fraud " "Certification for Point of Sale (CGI 286 I-3 bis)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:66 msgid "" "in any other case: *l10n_fr_certification*: France - VAT Anti-Fraud " "Certification (CGI 286 I-3 bis)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:68 msgid "" "Make sure a country is set on your company, otherwise your entries won’t be " "encrypted for the inalterability check. To edit your company’s data, go to " @@ -5535,7 +5602,7 @@ msgstr "" "menus: `Configurações -> Usuários & Empresas -> Empresas`. Selecione um país" " da lista; Não crie um novo país." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:72 msgid "" "Download the mandatory certificate of conformity delivered by Odoo SA `here " "<https://www.odoo.com/my/contract/french-certification/>`__." @@ -5543,15 +5610,15 @@ msgstr "" "Baixe o certificado de conformidade obrigatório entregue pela Odoo SA `aqui " "<https://www.odoo.com/my/contract/french-certification/>` __." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:75 msgid "" "To install the module in any system created before December 18th 2017, you " "should update the modules list. To do so, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " -"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Then go to the *Apps* menu and " +"</applications/general/developer_mode>`. Then go to the *Apps* menu and " "press *Update Modules List* in the top-menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:79 msgid "" "In case you run Odoo on-premise, you need to update your installation and " "restart your server beforehand." @@ -5559,7 +5626,7 @@ msgstr "" "Caso você execute o Odoo localmente, é necessário atualizar a instalação e " "reiniciar o servidor com antecedência." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:81 msgid "" "If you have installed the initial version of the anti-fraud module (prior to" " December 18th 2017), you need to update it. The module's name was *France -" @@ -5575,15 +5642,15 @@ msgstr "" " clique em * Atualizar *. Finalmente, certifique-se de que o seguinte módulo" " * l10n_fr_sale_closing * esteja instalado." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:90 msgid "Anti-fraud features" msgstr "Recursos antifraude" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:92 msgid "The anti-fraud module introduces the following features:" msgstr "O módulo antifraude apresenta os seguintes recursos:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:94 msgid "" "**Inalterability**: deactivation of all the ways to cancel or modify key " "data of POS orders, invoices and journal entries;" @@ -5592,13 +5659,13 @@ msgstr "" "modificar dados-chave de pedidos de PDV, faturas e lançamentos contábeis " "manuais;" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:96 msgid "**Security**: chaining algorithm to verify the inalterability;" msgstr "" "** Segurança **: algoritmo de encadeamento para verificar a " "inalterabilidade;" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:97 msgid "" "**Storage**: automatic sales closings with computation of both period and " "cumulative totals (daily, monthly, annually)." @@ -5606,18 +5673,18 @@ msgstr "" "** Armazenamento **: fechamentos de vendas automáticos com cálculo do " "período e totais acumulados (diário, mensal, anual)." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:101 msgid "Inalterability" msgstr "Inalterabilidade" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:103 msgid "" "All the possible ways to cancel and modify key data of paid POS orders, " "confirmed invoices and journal entries are deactivated, if the company is " "located in France or in any DOM-TOM." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:107 msgid "" "If you run a multi-companies environment, only the documents of such " "companies are impacted." @@ -5625,11 +5692,11 @@ msgstr "" "Se você administrar um ambiente com várias empresas, apenas os documentos " "dessas empresas serão afetados." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:111 msgid "Security" msgstr "Segurança" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:113 msgid "" "To ensure the inalterability, every order or journal entry is encrypted upon" " validation. This number (or hash) is calculated from the key data of the " @@ -5640,7 +5707,7 @@ msgstr "" "dos dados principais do documento, bem como do hash dos documentos " "anteriores." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:118 msgid "" "The module introduces an interface to test the data inalterability. If any " "information is modified on a document after its validation, the test will " @@ -5654,7 +5721,7 @@ msgstr "" "iniciais. Em caso de falha, o sistema aponta o primeiro documento corrompido" " registrado no sistema." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:124 msgid "" "Users with *Manager* access rights can launch the inalterability check. For " "POS orders, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Reporting --> French " @@ -5662,11 +5729,11 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Reporting --> French Statements`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:131 msgid "Storage" msgstr "Armazenamento" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:133 msgid "" "The system also processes automatic sales closings on a daily, monthly and " "annual basis. Such closings distinctly compute the sales total of the period" @@ -5678,7 +5745,7 @@ msgstr "" "de vendas do período, bem como os totais gerais acumulados desde a primeira " "entrada de vendas registrada no sistema." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:139 msgid "" "Closings can be found in the *French Statements* menu of Point of Sale, " "Invoicing and Accounting apps." @@ -5686,19 +5753,19 @@ msgstr "" "Os fechamentos podem ser encontrados no menu * Declarações francesas * dos " "aplicativos Ponto de venda, Faturamento e Contabilidade." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:143 msgid "" "Closings compute the totals for journal entries of sales journals (Journal " "Type = Sales)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:145 msgid "" "For multi-companies environments, such closings are performed by company." msgstr "" "Para ambientes multiempresas, tais fechamentos são realizados por empresa." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:147 msgid "" "POS orders are posted as journal entries at the closing of the POS session. " "Closing a POS session can be done anytime. To prompt users to do it on a " @@ -5711,7 +5778,7 @@ msgstr "" "diariamente, o módulo evita o retorno de uma sessão aberta há mais de 24 " "horas. Essa sessão deve ser encerrada antes de vender novamente." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:153 msgid "" "A period’s total is computed from all the journal entries posted after the " "previous closing of the same type, regardless of their posting date. If you " @@ -5723,19 +5790,19 @@ msgstr "" " de lançamento. Se você registrar uma nova transação de venda para um " "período já fechado, ela será contada no fechamento seguinte." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:158 msgid "" "For test & audit purposes such closings can be manually generated in the " -":doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Then go to" -" :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled " +":doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>`. Then go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled " "Actions`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:164 msgid "Responsibilities" msgstr "Responsabilidades" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:166 msgid "" "Do not uninstall the module! If you do so, the hashes will be reset and none" " of your past data will be longer guaranteed as being inalterable." @@ -5743,7 +5810,7 @@ msgstr "" "Não desinstale o módulo! Se você fizer isso, os hashes serão redefinidos e " "nenhum dos seus dados anteriores terá a garantia de inalterabilidade." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:169 msgid "" "Users remain responsible for their Odoo instance and must use it with due " "diligence. It is not permitted to modify the source code which guarantees " @@ -5753,7 +5820,7 @@ msgstr "" "com a devida diligência. Não é permitida a modificação do código fonte, o " "que garante a inalterabilidade dos dados." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:173 msgid "" "Odoo absolves itself of all and any responsibility in case of changes in the" " module’s functions caused by 3rd party applications not certified by Odoo." @@ -5762,11 +5829,11 @@ msgstr "" "nas funções do módulo causadas por aplicações de terceiros não certificadas " "pela Odoo." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:178 msgid "More Information" msgstr "Mais informações" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:180 msgid "" "You will find more information about this legislation in the official " "documents:" @@ -5774,35 +5841,35 @@ msgstr "" "Você encontrará mais informações sobre esta legislação nos documentos " "oficiais:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:182 msgid "" "`Frequently Asked Questions " "<https://www.economie.gouv.fr/files/files/directions_services/dgfip/controle_fiscal/actualites_reponses/logiciels_de_caisse.pdf>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:183 msgid "" "`Official Statement " "<http://bofip.impots.gouv.fr/bofip/10691-PGP.html?identifiant=BOI-TVA-" "DECLA-30-10-30-20160803>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:184 msgid "" "`Item 88 of Finance Law 2016 " "<https://www.legifrance.gouv.fr/affichTexteArticle.do?idArticle=JORFARTI000031732968&categorieLien=id&cidTexte=JORFTEXT000031732865>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:56 msgid "Germany" msgstr "Alemanha" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:6 msgid "German Chart of Accounts" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:8 msgid "" "The chart of accounts SKR03 and SKR04 are both supported in Odoo. You can " "choose the one you want by going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " @@ -5810,8 +5877,8 @@ msgid "" "section." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:12 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:17 msgid "" "Be careful, you can only change the accounting package as long as you have " "not created any accounting entry." @@ -5819,51 +5886,51 @@ msgstr "" "Tenha cuidado, você só pode alterar o pacote de contabilidade, desde que não" " tenha criado nenhuma entrada de contabilidade." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:16 msgid "" "When you create a new SaaS database, the SKR03 is installed by default." msgstr "" "Quando você cria um novo banco de dados SaaS, o SKR03 é instalado por " "padrão." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:19 msgid "German Accounting Reports" msgstr "Relatórios de contabilidade alemães" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:21 msgid "" "Here is the list of German-specific reports available on Odoo Enterprise:" msgstr "" "Aqui está a lista de relatórios específicos da Alemanha disponíveis no Odoo " "Enterprise:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:23 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:27 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:30 msgid "Balance Sheet" msgstr "Balanço patrimonial" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:24 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:19 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:17 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:89 msgid "Profit & Loss" msgstr "Lucro & Perda" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:25 msgid "Tax Report (Umsatzsteuervoranmeldung)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:26 msgid "Partner VAT Intra" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:29 msgid "Export from Odoo to Datev" msgstr "Exportar do Odoo para Datev" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:31 msgid "" "It is possible to export your accounting entries from Odoo to Datev. To be " "able to use this feature, the german accounting localization needs to be " @@ -5872,11 +5939,11 @@ msgid "" "the **Export Datev (csv)** button." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:39 msgid "German Tax Accounting Standards: Odoo's guide to GoBD Compliance" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:41 msgid "" "**GoBD** stands for `Grundsätze zur ordnungsmäßigen Führung und Aufbewahrung" " von Büchern, Aufzeichnungen und Unterlagen in elektronischer Form sowie zum" @@ -5888,7 +5955,7 @@ msgid "" "and balance sheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:48 msgid "" "These principles have been written and published by the Federal Ministry of " "Finance (BMF) in November 2014. Since January 2015, **they have become the " @@ -5898,16 +5965,16 @@ msgid "" "solutions (cloud hosting, paperless companies, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:55 msgid "Odoo gives you **the means to be compliant with GoBD**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:58 msgid "" "What do you need to know about GoBD when relying on accounting software?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:61 msgid "" "If you can, the best way to understand GoBD is to Read the `Official GoBD " "text " @@ -5916,7 +5983,7 @@ msgid "" "what to expect:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:65 msgid "" "The **GoBD is binding for companies that have to present accounts, which " "includes SMEs, freelancers, and entrepreneurs, to the financial " @@ -5925,39 +5992,39 @@ msgid "" "mentioned financial and related data)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:70 msgid "" "Apart from software requirements, the user is required to ensure Internal " "control systems (*in accordance with sec. 146 of the Fiscal Code*):" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:73 msgid "Access rights control;" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:74 msgid "Segregation of Duties, Functional separating;" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:75 msgid "Entry controls (error notifications, plausibility checks);" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:76 msgid "Reconciliation checks at data entry;" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:77 msgid "Processing controls;" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:78 msgid "" "Measures to prevent intentional or unintentional manipulation of software, " "data, or documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:80 msgid "" "The user must distribute tasks within its organization to the relevant " "positions (*control*) and verify that the tasks are properly and completely " @@ -5967,11 +6034,11 @@ msgid "" "(*prevention*)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:86 msgid "What about data security?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:88 msgid "" "**The taxpayer must secure the system against any data loss due to " "deletion, removal, or theft of any data**. If the entries are not " @@ -5979,43 +6046,43 @@ msgid "" "with the GoBD guidelines." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:92 msgid "" "Once bookings have been finally posted, they can no longer be changed or " "deleted via the application." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:95 msgid "" "If Odoo is used in the cloud, regular backups are part of the SaaS service. " "In addition, regular backups can be downloaded and backed up on external " "systems." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:99 msgid "" "`Odoo Cloud Hosting - Service Level Agreement <https://www.odooo.com/cloud-" "sla>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:101 msgid "" "If the server is operated locally, it is the responsibility of the user to " "create the necessary backup infrastructure." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:105 msgid "" "In some cases, data has to be kept for ten years or more, so always have " "backups saved. It is even more important if you decide to change software " "provider." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:109 msgid "Responsibility of the software editor" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:111 msgid "" "Considering GoBD only applies between the taxpayer and the financial " "authority, **the software editor can by no means be held responsible for the" @@ -6024,11 +6091,11 @@ msgid "" "respect the software related guidelines described in the GoBD." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:117 msgid "How can Odoo help you achieve Compliance?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:119 msgid "" "The key words, when it comes to GoBD, are: **traceable, verifiable, true, " "clear, and continuous**. In short, you need to have audit-proof archiving in" @@ -6036,11 +6103,11 @@ msgid "" "objectives:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 msgid "**Traceability and verifiability**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 msgid "" "Each record in Odoo is stamped with the creator of the document, the " "creation date, the modification date, and who modified it. In addition, " @@ -6048,11 +6115,11 @@ msgid "" "whom in the chatter of the relevant object." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 msgid "**Completeness**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 msgid "" "All financial data must be recorded in the system, and there can be no gaps." " Odoo ensures that there is no gap in the numbering of the financial " @@ -6062,11 +6129,11 @@ msgid "" "vendor bills and miscellaneous operations completely." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 msgid "**Accuracy**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 msgid "" "Odoo ensures with the correct configuration that the correct accounts are " "used. In addition, the control mechanisms between purchase orders and sales " @@ -6076,11 +6143,11 @@ msgid "" "task*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 msgid "**Timely booking and record-keeping**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 msgid "" "As most financial data in Odoo is generated by the transactional objects " "(for example, the invoice is booked at confirmation), Odoo ensures out-of-" @@ -6089,11 +6156,11 @@ msgid "" "miscellaneous operations." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 msgid "**Order**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 msgid "" "Financial data stored in Odoo is per definition ordered and can be reordered" " according to most fields present in the model. A specific ordering is not " @@ -6102,22 +6169,22 @@ msgid "" "out-of-the-box." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 msgid "**Inalterability**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 msgid "" "With the German Odoo localization, Odoo is in standard configured in such a " "way that the inalterability clause can be adhered to without any further " "customization." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:154 msgid "Do you need a GoBD-Export?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:156 msgid "" "In the case of fiscal control, the fiscal authority can request three levels" " of access to the accounting system (Z1, Z2, Z3). These levels vary from " @@ -6125,7 +6192,7 @@ msgid "" "storage device." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:160 msgid "" "In case of a handover of the financial data on a storage device, the format " "is **not** enforced by the GoBD. It can be, for example, in XLS, CSV, XML, " @@ -6135,11 +6202,11 @@ msgid "" "zur Datenntträgerüberlassung\" §3) but it is not binding." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:167 msgid "What is the role and meaning of the compliance certification?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:169 msgid "" "The GoBD clearly states that due to the nature of a state of the art " "accounting software, their configuration possibilities, changing nature, and" @@ -6150,7 +6217,7 @@ msgid "" "other legal value (A. 12, § 181)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:175 msgid "" "A GoBD certificate states nothing more than that if you use the software " "according to its guidelines, the software will not refrain you from " @@ -6160,13 +6227,13 @@ msgid "" "not, however, offer our customer any legal certainty." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:182 msgid "" "The BMF actually states the following in the `Official GoBD text " "<https://www.bundesfinanzministerium.de/Content/DE/Downloads/BMF_Schreiben/Weitere_Steuerthemen/Abgabenordnung/2019-11-28-GoBD.pdf>`_:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:185 msgid "" "180. Positive attestations on the correctness of the bookkeeping - and thus " "on the correctness of IT-based bookkeeping systems - are not issued either " @@ -6174,14 +6241,14 @@ msgid "" "information." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:188 msgid "" "181. \"Certificates\" or \"attestations\" from third parties can serve as a " "decision criterion for the company when selecting a software product, but " "develop from the in margin no. 179 is not binding on the tax authorities." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:193 msgid "" "The previous content was `automatically translated from German with Google " "Translate " @@ -6190,25 +6257,25 @@ msgid "" "gest%C3%BCtzter%20Buchf%C3%BChrungssysteme%20-%20werden%20weder%20im%20Rahmen%20einer%20steuerlichen%20Au%C3%9Fenpr%C3%BCfung%20noch%20im%20Rahmen%20einer%20verbindlichen%20Auskunft%20erteilt.%0A%0A181.%0A%E2%80%9EZertifikate%E2%80%9C%20oder%20%E2%80%9ETestate%E2%80%9C%20Dritter%20k%C3%B6nnen%20bei%20der%20Auswahl%20eines%20Softwareproduktes%20dem%20Unternehmen%20als%20Entscheidungskriterium%20dienen%2C%20entfalten%20jedoch%20aus%20den%20in%20Rz.%20179%20genannten%20Gr%C3%BCnden%20gegen%C3%BCber%20der%20Finanzbeh%C3%B6rde%20keine%20Bindungswirkung.%20&op=translate>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:198 msgid "What happens if you are not compliant?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:200 msgid "" "In the event of an infringement, you can expect a fine but also a court " "order demanding the implementation of specific measures." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:3 msgid "Indonesia" msgstr "Indonésia" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:8 msgid "E-Faktur Module" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:10 msgid "" "The **E-Faktur Module** is installed by default with the Indonesian " "localization module. It allows one to generate a CSV file for one tax " @@ -6216,26 +6283,26 @@ msgid "" "e-Faktur** application." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:17 msgid "NPWP/NIK settings" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:0 msgid "**Your Company**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:0 msgid "" "This information is used in the FAPR line in the effect file format. You " "need to set a VAT number on the related partner of your Odoo company. If you" " don't, it won't be possible to create an e-Faktur from an invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:0 msgid "**Your Clients**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:0 msgid "" "You need to set the checkbox *ID PKP* to generate e-fakturs for a customer. " "You can use the VAT field on the customer's contact to set the NPWP needed " @@ -6243,11 +6310,11 @@ msgid "" "enter the NIK in the same VAT field." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:39 msgid "Generate Tax Invoice Serial Number" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:41 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> e-Faktur`. In order to be" " able to export customer invoices as e-Faktur for the Indonesian government," @@ -6257,7 +6324,7 @@ msgid "" "the invoices list and click on *Action*, then on *Download e-Faktur*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:46 msgid "" "After receiving new serial numbers from the Indonesian Revenue Department, " "you can create a set of tax invoice serial numbers group through this list " @@ -6266,30 +6333,30 @@ msgid "" "requested by the Indonesia Tax Revenue Department." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:50 msgid "" "There is a counter to inform you how many unused numbers are left in that " "group." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:58 msgid "Generate e-faktur csv for a single invoice or a batch invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:60 msgid "" "Create an invoice from :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> " "Invoices`. If the invoice customer's country is Indonesia and the customer " "is set as *ID PKP*, Odoo will allow you to create an e-Faktur." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:63 msgid "" "Set a Kode Transaksi for the e-Faktur. There are constraints related to the " "Kode transaksi and the type of VAT applied to invoice lines." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:69 msgid "" "Odoo will automatically pick the next available serial number from the " "e-Faktur number table (see the :ref:`section above " @@ -6299,24 +6366,24 @@ msgid "" "*Electronic Tax*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:77 msgid "" "Once the invoice is posted, you can generate and download the e-Faktur from " "the *Action* menu item *Download e-faktur*. The checkbox *CSV created* will " "be set." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:83 msgid "" "You can select multiple invoices in list view and generate a batch e-Faktur " ".csv." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:88 msgid "Kode Transaksi FP (Transaction Code)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:90 msgid "" "The following codes are available when generating an e-Faktur. - 01 Kepada " "Pihak yang Bukan Pemungut PPN (Customer Biasa) - 02 Kepada Pemungut " @@ -6327,26 +6394,26 @@ msgid "" "Penyerahan Aktiva (Pasal 16D UU PPN)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:103 msgid "" "Correct an invoice that has been posted and downloaded: Replace Invoice " "feature" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:105 msgid "" "Cancel the original wrong invoice in Odoo. For instance, we will change the " "Kode Transakski from 01 to 03 for the INV/2020/0001." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:107 msgid "" "Create a new invoice and set the canceled invoice in the *Replace Invoice* " "field. In this field, we can only select invoices in *Cancel* state from the" " same customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:109 msgid "" "As you validate, Odoo will automatically use the same e-Faktur serial number" " as the canceled and replaced invoice replacing the third digit of the " @@ -6354,31 +6421,31 @@ msgid "" "invoice in the e-Faktur app)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:120 msgid "" "Correct an invoice that has been posted but not downloaded yet: Reset " "e-Faktur" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:122 msgid "Reset the invoice to draft and cancel it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:123 msgid "Click on the button *Reset e-Faktur* on the invoice form view." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:124 msgid "" "The serial number will be unassigned, and we will be able to reset the " "invoice to draft, edit it and re-assign a new serial number." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:3 msgid "Italy (IT)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:5 msgid "" "Questa guida spiegherà come utilizzare la fattura elettronica in Odoo e come" " configurare correttamente i dati aziendali, i contatti e la contabilità. " @@ -6392,11 +6459,11 @@ msgstr "" "contrário o sistema da agência de receita não reconhecerá a troca de " "informações." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:13 msgid "Configurare le informazioni sulla tua Azienda" msgstr "Configure as informações sobre sua empresa" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:15 msgid "" "Il passo successivo è la configurazione delle informazioni necessarie al " "funzionamento della fatturazione elettronica. Si può accedere alla schermata" @@ -6410,22 +6477,23 @@ msgstr "" "seguida, acesse as informações sobre a empresa para a qual deseja configurar" " o faturamento eletrônico." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:21 msgid "" "I dati necessari al funzionamento dello strumento di fatturazione " "elettronica sono i seguenti:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:24 msgid "" "Server PEC. Le informazioni sul server utilizzato dal tuo indirizzo di posta" " elettronica certificata sono fornite dal tuo fornitore o dal Ministero. Lo " "stesso server deve essere configurato come server che gestisce tutta la " "corrispondenza mail in Odoo, per saperne di più si puo’ consultare la " -"relativa :doc:`guida <../../../discuss/advanced/email_servers>`." +"relativa :doc:`guida " +"</applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:30 msgid "" "Indirizzo PEC dell’ Azienda, tale indirizzo deve essere lo stesso registrato" " presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate per l’utilizzo dei servizi di fatturazione " @@ -6434,7 +6502,7 @@ msgstr "" "Endereço do PEC da empresa, este deve ser o mesmo cadastrado na Agência " "Tributária para a utilização dos serviços de nota fiscal eletrônica." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:34 msgid "" "Indirizzo PEC dell’Agenzia delle Entrate. La mail sarà fornito al momento " "della registrazione della tua PEC presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate, ricorda " @@ -6442,7 +6510,7 @@ msgid "" "previa comunicazione." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:39 msgid "" "Partita IVA e Codice Fiscale. Per far si che la Fatturazione Elettronica " "funzioni correttamente, questi cambi devono essere compilati correttamente." @@ -6450,7 +6518,7 @@ msgstr "" "Número do IVA e código do imposto. Para que a Nota Fiscal Eletrônica " "funcione corretamente, essas alterações devem ser concluídas corretamente." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:43 msgid "" "Regime Fiscale. Il regime fiscale a cui è sottoposta l’Azienda deve essere " "selezionato scegliendo dalla lista precompilata fornita da Odoo. Chiedi al " @@ -6460,21 +6528,21 @@ msgstr "" " selecionado por meio de lista pré-preenchida fornecida pela Odoo. Pergunte " "ao contador qual é o regime tributário correto!" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:47 msgid "Numero di Iscrizione nel registro delle Imprese." msgstr "Número de registro no registro comercial." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:54 msgid "Configurare le impostazioni per la Fatturazione Elettronica" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:56 msgid "" "Numero di iscrizione nel registro Imprese tenuto presso la Camera di " "Commercio." msgstr "Número de inscrição no Registro de Empresas na Câmara de Comércio." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:59 msgid "" "Rappresentate Fiscale. Questa opzione è dedicata ad aziende con sede al di " "fuori del territorio nazionale ma conducenti attività commerciali in Italia " @@ -6486,11 +6554,11 @@ msgstr "" "relevantes para efeitos de IVA. É possível indicar neste campo se a Empresa " "possui Representante Fiscal na Itália." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:70 msgid "Configurare il profilo dei clienti" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:72 msgid "" "Per un corretto utilizzo dell’applicazione, il profilo di clienti e " "fornitori, nell’applicazione contatti, deve essere configurato con le " @@ -6500,7 +6568,7 @@ msgstr "" "aplicativo de contatos deve ser configurado com as informações legais " "necessárias." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:76 msgid "" "Selezionando il nome del cliente e accedendo quindi ai suoi dati, si trovano" " i seguenti campi che devono essere compilati: Indirizzo PEC, Codice Fiscale" @@ -6512,11 +6580,11 @@ msgstr "" "e Índice PA * que deve conter de 6 a 7 caracteres contidos no índice PA e " "necessários para comunicação nota fiscal eletrônica *." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:87 msgid "Il processo di fatturazione" msgstr "O processo de cobrança" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:89 msgid "" "Si può procedere ad emettere una fattura seguendo le indicazioni " "dell’applicazione. Il momento che determina il formale invio della fattura è" @@ -6530,24 +6598,24 @@ msgstr "" "sua entrega será comunicado ao utilizador através de uma janela pop-up na " "parte inicial do ecrã da fatura." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:102 msgid "I messaggi che possono apparire sono i seguenti:" msgstr "As mensagens que podem aparecer são as seguintes:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:104 msgid "Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" msgstr "Fatura enviada. Esperando aceitação" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:106 msgid "Invio fallito. Puoi modificare la fattura ed inviarla di nuovo" msgstr "O envio falhou. Você pode alterar a fatura e enviá-la novamente" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:108 msgid "" "La fattura è stata correttamente inviata ed accettata dal destinatario." msgstr "A fatura foi enviada corretamente e aceita pelo destinatário." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:111 msgid "" "I vari stadi di spedizione e recezione della fattura sono visibili anche " "dall’elenco delle Fatture nella forma di icone, accanto alla colonna “Stato”" @@ -6557,19 +6625,19 @@ msgstr "" "lista de Faturas na forma de ícones, ao lado da coluna \"Status\" do " "aplicativo de contabilidade." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:115 msgid "*Icona Rossa*: Invio fallito" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:117 msgid "*Icona Gialla*: Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:119 msgid "*Icona Verde*: Fattura inviata e accettata dal destinatario" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:121 msgid "" "Per inviare la fattura tramite PEC e generare il file XML, basterà cliccare " "su invia. Il documento verrà poi mostrato tra gli allegati." @@ -6577,15 +6645,15 @@ msgstr "" "Para enviar a nota fiscal via PEC e gerar o arquivo XML, basta clicar em " "enviar. O documento será então mostrado nos anexos." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:3 msgid "Mexico" msgstr "México" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:10 msgid "`VIDEO WEBINAR OF A COMPLETE DEMO <https://youtu.be/JSqQo5eRqlI>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:15 msgid "" "Odoo Enterprise users in Mexico have free access to a set of modules that " "allow them to issue electronic invoices according to the specifications of " @@ -6596,7 +6664,7 @@ msgid "" "support for associated customs operations." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:21 msgid "" "With the Mexican location in Odoo you will not only be able to comply with " "the legal requirements to invoice in Mexico, but also use it as your " @@ -6604,29 +6672,29 @@ msgid "" "Odoo the perfect solution to manage your business in Mexico." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:26 msgid "Pre requirements" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:28 msgid "" "Before installing the modules and making the necessary configurations to " "have the Mexican localization in Odoo, it is necessary to meet the following" " requirements:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:31 msgid "Be registered with the SAT and have an RFC." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:32 msgid "" "Have a `Certificate of Digital Seal " "<https://www.gob.mx/sat/acciones-y-programas/certificado-de-sello-digital>`_" " (CSD)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:34 msgid "" "Choose a PAC and purchase stamps. Currently the Mexican location in Odoo " "works with two PACs: `Solución Factible <https://solucionfactible.com/>`_, " @@ -6634,25 +6702,24 @@ msgid "" " Sapien - Smarter Web <https://sw.com.mx/>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:37 msgid "" "Have knowledge and experience with billing, sales and accounting in Odoo. " "This documentation contains only the information necessary to enable the use" -" of Odoo in a company based in Mexico. For information on how to use these " -"applications, see the page :doc:`../../../index`." +" of Odoo in a company based in Mexico." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:41 msgid "Modules" msgstr "Módulos" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:43 msgid "" "To install the Mexican localization module, go to :menuselection:`Apps`, " "then remove the default filter \"Apps\" and search for ``l10n_mx``." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:51 msgid "" "If you created the database from `www.odoo.com <https://www.odoo.com>`_ and " "chose \"Mexico\" as the country when creating your account, some of the " @@ -6661,44 +6728,44 @@ msgid "" "while others will instead have a label that says \"Installed\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:56 msgid "" "The following modules are necessary for all databases that require Mexican " "localization:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "**Mexico - Accounting (l10n_mx)**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "" "All the basic data to manage accounting, taxes and the chart of accounts. " "The installed chart of accounts is based on `the SAT account grouping code " "<https://www.gob.mx/cms/uploads/attachment/file/151586/codigo_agrupador.pdf>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "**EDI for Mexico (l10n_mx_edi)**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "" "Necessary for electronic transactions, CFDI 3.3, payment complement, and " "addenda on invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "**Odoo Mexican localization reports (l10n_mx_reports)**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "" "All mandatory reports for electronic accounting. (Requires the accounting " "application)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:67 msgid "" "The following modules are optional, and should be installed only if they " "meet a specific organization requirement. Installing these modules is not " @@ -6706,24 +6773,24 @@ msgid "" "unnecessarily complicate form filling." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "" "**EDI External Trade Complement for Mexico (l10n_mx_edi_external_trade)**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "" "For clients that export, add the foreign trade complement to the CFDI, and " "the logic for filling it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "" "**Odoo Mexico Localization for Invoice with customs Number " "(l10n_mx_edi_customs)**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "" "For importing customers, this module allows adding to the CFDI the request " "number with which the merchandise to be resold entered. When it is imported " @@ -6732,51 +6799,51 @@ msgid "" "\"pedimento\", and it is processed at customs." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "**Odoo Mexico Localization for Stock / Landing (l10n_mx_edi_landing)**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "" "Related to the import module (*l10n_mx_edi_customs*), this module allows " "managing the requests as part of the shipping costs." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "**Bank account payment to Mexico (l10n_mx_edi_payment_bank)**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "" "Add optional attributes to the payment plugin, allowing the user to select " "the bank account that was used to pay the bills." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "**Odoo Mexico Localization for Sale Coupon (l10n_mx_edi_sale_coupon)**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "" "Complements the Odoo coupon module (*sale_coupon*) to avoid errors in the " "generation of CFDIs." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "" "**Tax Cash Basis Entries at Payment Date (l10n_mx_tax_cash_basis)** Create " "journal entries for" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "taxes on the payment date (instead of the issue date)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:94 msgid "Enable electronic invoicing" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:96 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Accounting --> Customer Invoices`, and " "make sure that the option **Mexican Electronic Invoicing** is enabled. With " @@ -6785,11 +6852,11 @@ msgid "" "billing flow in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:108 msgid "Enter legal information" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:110 msgid "" "After verifying the general configuration, you must verify that the company " "is configured with the correct data. To do so, go to " @@ -6797,13 +6864,13 @@ msgid "" "*Update information* under your company name." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:118 msgid "" "In the resulting form, put your full address (including zip code), RFC (VAT " "number), and the rest of the data." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:122 msgid "" "Make sure that in the address, for the Country field, \"Mexico\" is chosen " "from the list of countries that Odoo shows, because if it is entered " @@ -6811,65 +6878,65 @@ msgid "" "it will result in errors later when the CFDIs are generated." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:131 msgid "" "If you want to test the Mexican localization, you can configure the company " "with a real address within Mexico (including all fields) and add " "``EKU9003173C9`` as RFC." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:135 msgid "Set the fiscal regime of the company" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:137 msgid "" "The following is to indicate what is the fiscal regime of the company that " "we are configuring, which is done through a pre-existing field in Odoo " "called \"Fiscal Regime\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:140 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Accounting --> Electronic Invoicing (MX) " "--> Fiscal Regime`, and select the option that applies to your company from " "the drop-down list." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:148 msgid "" "For the test environment: Select the option **General Law on Legal Persons**" " from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:152 msgid "Contacts Configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:154 msgid "" "When creating a contact to be invoiced in Odoo, the following information " "must be configured for invoice validation: **complete address** (including " "postal code, city, state, country, etc.) and the **VAT** number." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:163 msgid "Taxes Configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:165 msgid "" "A necessary configuration for electronic invoicing to work correctly in Odoo" " is to add the factor type associated with sales taxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:168 msgid "" "To make this configuration you first have to go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:171 msgid "" "Within the list of taxes that are pre-loaded, select the option *Sales* on " "the filter, this is to see only taxes associated with sales, which are those" @@ -6878,20 +6945,20 @@ msgid "" " **Factor Type** choose the option *Tasa*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:180 msgid "" "Do the same for all the sales taxes that the company needs, either those " "that come by default in Odoo, or those that you add that are necessary for " "your company bill." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:184 msgid "" "For the 0% VAT tax, select the option *Exento* instead of *Tasa* within the " "**Factor Type** field." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:187 msgid "" "When registering a payment, Odoo will carry out the movement of taxes from " "the **Cash Basis Transition Account** to the account set in the " @@ -6900,35 +6967,35 @@ msgid "" "eliminate this account**) in the Journal Entry when reclassifying taxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:197 msgid "Products Configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:199 msgid "" "All products to be sold need to have the SAT code associated with their " "classification so that the invoices do not give an error when validating." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:202 msgid "" "To configure products, go to the **General Information** tab and in the " "**UNSPSC Product Category** field select the category that represents that " "product. The process can be done manually or through a bulk import." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:211 msgid "PAC Configuration to sign invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:213 msgid "" "Another important step to configure electronic invoicing in Odoo is to enter" " the PAC which you are working with and the credentials. That way, " "electronic invoicing will be enabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:217 msgid "" "Remember that you must register directly with the PAC of your choice before " "you start creating invoices from Odoo. We have the following PACs available:" @@ -6937,7 +7004,7 @@ msgid "" "<https://sw.com.mx/>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:222 msgid "" "You must process your **Private Key (CSD)** with the SAT institution before " "following these steps. If you do not have this information, try with the " @@ -6945,21 +7012,21 @@ msgid "" "Credentials for your production environment to work with real transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:227 msgid "" "To add the credentials, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Accounting --> " "Electronic Invoicing (MX)`. Under the **PAC MX** section, enter the name of " "your PAC with your credentials (PAC username and PAC password)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:236 msgid "" "If you check the checkbox **Test Environment**, it is not necessary to enter" " a PAC username and/or password, but you must select a PAC from the drop-" "down list." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:239 msgid "" "Finally, upload the digital certificates of the company within the section " "**MX Certificates**. Click on *Add a line*, a window will open, click on " @@ -6967,53 +7034,53 @@ msgid "" "and your password. To finish, click on *Save and Close*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:248 msgid "" "If you still do not have one of the contracted PACs and you want to test " "electronic invoicing you can use the following SAT test certificates:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:252 -msgid ":download:`Certificate <../../../_static/files/certificate.cer>`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:251 +msgid ":download:`Certificate <files/certificate.cer>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:253 -msgid ":download:`Certificate Key <../../../_static/files/certificate.key>`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:252 +msgid ":download:`Certificate Key <files/certificate.key>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:254 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:253 msgid "**Password:** ``12345678a``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:255 msgid "" "You must also configure the company with a real address within Mexico " "(including all fields) and add ``EKU9003173C9`` as the **VAT** number." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:260 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:259 msgid "Workflows" msgstr "Fluxo de Trabalho" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:262 msgid "Electronic invoicing" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:264 msgid "" "The invoicing process in Odoo is based on `Annex 20 " "<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/tramitesyservicios/Paginas/anexo_20_version3-3.htm>`_" " version 3.3 of electronic invoicing of the SAT." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:269 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:268 msgid "" "To start invoicing from Odoo, an invoice must be created using the standard " "invoicing flow, that is, either from a sales order or from the invoice menu " "in the Accounting application." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:271 msgid "" "The invoice will be stamped after clicking on *Validate*, before that the " "status is still in draft mode and changes can be made to it. After " @@ -7021,7 +7088,7 @@ msgid "" "it would look like this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:279 msgid "" "The details of the invoice will be reflected in the Chatter, which is what " "you see on the right of the invoice in the attached image. There you can " @@ -7029,7 +7096,7 @@ msgid "" " was validated or not." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:283 msgid "" "To send the stamped invoice to your client, you can send the XML together " "with the PDF file directly from Odoo, by clicking the *Send and Print* " @@ -7037,21 +7104,21 @@ msgid "" "clicking the *Print* button and selecting the desired option." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:288 msgid "" "Depending on the size of the screen, the Chatter can be seen next to or " "below the document." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:291 msgid "Invoicing Special Cases" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:295 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:294 msgid "Foreign Trade Invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:297 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:296 msgid "" "The foreign trade invoicing process in Odoo is based on the corresponding " "`SAT regulation " @@ -7059,176 +7126,176 @@ msgid "" " SAT electronic invoicing version is 3.3." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:301 msgid "What do we mean when we talk about foreign trade?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:303 msgid "" "Since January 2018, the SAT requires a Foreign Trade Supplement in export " "transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:307 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:306 msgid "What is the Foreign Trade complement?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:308 msgid "" "It is an Annex to the electronic invoice that allows the identification of " "exporters and importers, in addition to expanding the description of the " "merchandise sold." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:313 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:312 msgid "What information can be incorporated in this new complement?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:314 msgid "Information on the operation type it covers." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:315 msgid "" "Tax identification data of the issuer, receiver or recipient of the " "merchandise." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:317 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:316 msgid "Description of the goods to be exported." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:319 msgid "Who is obliged to generate it?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:322 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:321 msgid "Taxpayers who carry out export operations of A1 type." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:325 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:324 msgid "To which exports does the A1 type apply?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:327 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:326 msgid "" "Entry of goods of foreign origin to remain in national territory for an " "unlimited time." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:328 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:327 msgid "Exit of goods from the country to stay abroad for an unlimited time." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:328 msgid "" "Definitive importation of vehicles by diplomatic and consular missions and " "offices of international organizations and their foreign personnel, in " "accordance with the import of vehicles in diplomatic exemption." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:333 msgid "Is Foreign Trade the same as Pedimentos?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:336 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:335 msgid "" "Not necessarily, the Pedimentos are directly related to the process of " "Importing goods, while the Foreign Trade Complement is related to the " "Exporting process." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:339 msgid "Required Modules" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:341 msgid "" "In order to generate foreign trade invoices, the following modules must be " "installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:343 msgid "EDI for Mexico (l10n_mx_edi)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:349 msgid "EDI for Mexico (l10n_mx_edi_extended)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:357 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:356 msgid "Company" msgstr "Empresa" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:359 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:358 msgid "" "Configure the company with a valid postal code, and if you have a colony " "code, this should match with the corresponding Zip Code. At the same time, " "remember to place the Tax Identification Number (VAT Number - RFC)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:368 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:367 msgid "Receiving Client" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:370 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:369 msgid "" "Generally it will be a foreign client, in which you must verify that you " "have at least the following fields completed with the corresponding " "information." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:378 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:377 msgid "The customer's delivery address must also contain the zip code." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:379 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:378 msgid "" "The format of the foreign VAT (Tax Identification Number) will be validated " "as appropriate in each Country (Example: Colombia ``123456789-1``)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:381 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:380 msgid "" "In the XML, the VAT is automatically replaced by the Generic VAT for abroad " "transactions: ``XEXX010101000``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:385 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:384 msgid "Products" msgstr "Produtos" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:387 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:386 msgid "" "At the product level there must also configure some parameters in the " "following fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:398 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:397 msgid "" "You must select the **UMT Aduana** (Unit of Measure) in *KG* since it is " "only accepted by the SAT" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:399 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:398 msgid "The weight refers to **the unit weight** of the product" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:400 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:399 msgid "The tariff item must be from the code UoM of Kilograms (**UoM = 01**)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:402 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:401 msgid "" "Although the product is sold in pieces or in units, the value that must be " "registered with customs in the tariff item must be reported in Kilograms." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:406 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:405 msgid "Invoicing Flow" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:408 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:407 msgid "" "When creating the foreign sales invoice, you must select the **Incoterm** " "corresponding and the **Need external trade?** checkbox must be checked. " @@ -7237,11 +7304,11 @@ msgid "" "regulations." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:414 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:413 msgid "What is the certificate of origin and when is it used?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:416 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:415 msgid "" "The **Certificate Source** (or proof of origin) is the document that allows " "an importer or exporter to prove the country or region from which a good is " @@ -7249,45 +7316,45 @@ msgid "" "agreed in trade agreements." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:429 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:428 msgid "Assign Pedimentos" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:431 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:430 msgid "" "If your company imports products and you need to add the **Pedimentos** " "number in your invoices, you can also configure Odoo to record the process." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:434 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:433 msgid "" "First, go to :menuselection:`Apps`, remove the \"Apps\" filter and search " "for ``Mexico``, ``mx`` or ``l10n_mx``. Then, install **Odoo Mexico " "Localization for Stock / Landing module (l10n_mx_edi_landing)**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:443 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:442 msgid "" "The l10n_mx_edi_landing module depends on the **Inventory** and **Sales** " "apps, since the products must be entered into inventory to be able to add " "their Pedimentos number to the corresponding receipt of products." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:447 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:446 msgid "" "Then, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Settings --> Settings`. Within the" " options, activate **Landed Costs**. This option will allow adding the " "Pedimentos number to the corresponding product receptions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:456 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:455 msgid "" "In order to use landed costs, the accounting configuration of the inventory " "valuation of the products must be configured as *Automated* and its costing " "method *Average* or *FIFO* (first in, first out)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:460 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:459 msgid "" "To associate the Pedimentos number indicated with an import (merchandise " "reception) a new **Landed Cost** must be created. They can be accessed " @@ -7295,22 +7362,22 @@ msgid "" "you will find the option to attach the Pedimentos number." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:468 msgid "" "You can only add the Pedimentos number once, so be careful when associating " "the correct number with the transfer(s)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:473 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:472 msgid "" -":doc:`../../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs`." +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:476 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:475 msgid "Payment Terms" msgstr "Condições de Pagamento" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:478 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:477 msgid "" "The **Payment Terms** are already configured in Odoo when installing the " "Mexican localization, this means that if you go to " @@ -7318,18 +7385,18 @@ msgid "" "find the default list in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:486 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:485 msgid "" "In Mexico you can have 2 types of payments: PPD or PUE. These are given by " "the **Payment Term** chosen (or if there is no chosen payment term it will " "be based on the due date of the invoice)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:490 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:489 msgid "PPD Payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:492 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:491 msgid "" "To configure PPD payments (payment in installments or deferred) it is only " "necessary to choose a date expiration date for your invoice and Odoo will " @@ -7338,11 +7405,11 @@ msgid "" "will be PPDo PUE)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:498 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:497 msgid "PUE" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:500 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:499 msgid "" "To configure PUE payments (payment in a single payment) you must select an " "invoice due date within the same month or choose a payment term that does " @@ -7350,11 +7417,11 @@ msgid "" "falling within the current month)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:505 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:504 msgid "Payments" msgstr "Pagamentos" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:507 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:506 msgid "" "`According to the SAT documentation <https://www.sat.gob.mx/consultas/92764" "/comprobante-de-recepcion-de-pagos>`_, there may be 2 types of payments: " @@ -7364,7 +7431,7 @@ msgid "" "Terms**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:513 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:512 msgid "" "If the payment is a PPD type, Odoo will generate the corresponding payment " "complement automatically when you *Confirm* it. If the payment is PUE, the " @@ -7373,31 +7440,31 @@ msgid "" "invoice date and the due date as parameters." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:522 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:521 msgid "" "When configuring the contacts that will be used when making payments, you " "must configure the banks in the **Accounting** tab, place both the Bank, " "Account Number and CLABE." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:530 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:529 msgid "Register PPD Payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:532 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:531 msgid "" "If at the time of registering a payment it is of type PPD then a Payment " "Complement (XML) will be generated with its details." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:535 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:572 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:534 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:571 msgid "" "The payment can be registered from the invoice and once it is confirmed, the" " invoice will be paid and with its payment associated." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:547 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:546 msgid "" "The journal will be the payment method where you receive or send the payment" " from. You must also associate a **Payment Way** and a Recipient Bank " @@ -7405,219 +7472,219 @@ msgid "" "the invoice)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:551 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:550 msgid "" "Once the payment is made, it will be associated with the corresponding " "invoice and its status will be *In Payment* since the payment will be " "effectively validated when it is bank reconciled." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:555 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:554 msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:562 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:561 msgid "" "The **Recipient Bank Account** is the one attached to the **Accounting** tab" " in the contact associated with the invoice, it must be valid so that the " "stamped payment complement can be created." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:567 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:566 msgid "Register PUE Payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:569 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:568 msgid "" "If at the time of registering a payment it is of the PUE type then in this " "case a Payment Complement (XML) will not be generated since it is not " "necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:588 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:587 msgid "" "In this case it is not created as a payment supplement by the nature of it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:591 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:590 msgid "Down Payments" msgstr "Baixar Pagamentos" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:593 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:592 msgid "" "This is a special case in which we must receive an advance payment from a " "client to later be applied to an invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:597 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:596 msgid "" "`The official documentation for registration of down payments in Mexico " "<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/tramitesyservicios/Paginas/documentos/Caso_uso_Anticipo.pdf>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:601 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:600 msgid "Process to create advance in Mexico" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:603 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:602 msgid "" "Issuance of electronic invoicing with the amount of the advance payment " "received." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:604 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:603 msgid "" "Issuance of the electronic invoice for the total value of the operation " "(full invoice). (CFDI Origin: 07 | Advance invoice, point 1)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:606 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:605 msgid "" "Issuance of the electronic invoice with the *Egreso* type. (CFDI Origin: 07 " "| Invoice_total, point 2)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:610 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:609 msgid "Steps to follow in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:612 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:611 msgid "Preparation: Create the product" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:613 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:612 msgid "" "Down Payment issuance of the electronic invoice for the amount of the " "advance payment received" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:614 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:613 msgid "" "Issuance of the electronic invoice for the total value of the operation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:615 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:614 msgid "Add a credit note from the down payment invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:618 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:617 msgid "Preparation: Create the Product" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:620 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:619 msgid "" "The Down Payment product must be type *Service* and must use the **NSPSC " "Product Category**: *84111506 Servicios de facturación*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:627 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:626 msgid "" "Add the down payment product as default to be used from the Odoo " "configurations." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:634 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:633 msgid "" "Issuance of the electronic invoice for the value of the advance received" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:636 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:635 msgid "" "Create the Advance Payment Invoice: From the sales order, create an advance " "payment invoice for the percentage of the purchase to be paid in advance (or" " for a fixed amount)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:643 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:642 msgid "Validate invoice with the down payment product." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:653 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:652 msgid "Register Payment to the advance payment invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:664 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:663 msgid "" "Issuance of the electronic invoice for the total value of the operation." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:666 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:665 msgid "" "From the sales order, create an invoice for the total, that is, for all the " "order lines without discounting the advance." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:674 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:673 msgid "Remove the check mark from the **Deduct down payments** field." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:676 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:675 msgid "" "Add the original CFDI of the advance payment invoice by adding ``07 |`` at " "the beginning + Folio Fiscal of the advance payment Invoice created in the " "previous step." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:679 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:678 msgid "Copy the Folio Fiscal of the following invoice following this example:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:685 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:684 msgid "" "And paste it in the draft invoice created from the Sales Order without " "deducting the advances:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:691 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:690 msgid "" "Validate and copy the Folio Fiscal for later (in the example the Folio " "Fiscal copy is: 50E4FF06-4341-4006-A7C3-A7F653CBEFAE )" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:695 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:694 msgid "Add credit note from invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:697 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:696 msgid "" "Create a **Credit Note** from the down payment invoice (the corrective " "invoice must be edited prior to confirming it, see explanation below the 2 " "following images)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:708 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:707 msgid "" "Before you *Confirm* the Credit Note, edit the Origin CFDI with ``07 | XXX``" " instead of the prefix ``01 | XXX``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:719 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:718 msgid "Now the invoice can be confirmed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:725 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:724 msgid "" "Now the Credit Note (Advance Payment) must be applied to the total invoice, " "this is added at the bottom below the amount owed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:736 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:735 msgid "" "Register a payment for the difference of the down payment and the total of " "the sale." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:742 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:741 msgid "" "If you go to the XML of the invoice, you should see in CFDI related the type" " of relationship 07 and the Folio Fiscal of the advance payment invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:750 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:749 msgid "Discounts based on payment days" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:752 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:751 msgid "" "Cash discounts are incentives that you can offer to motivate customers to " "pay within a specified time period. For example, you offer a 2% discount if " @@ -7626,22 +7693,22 @@ msgid "" "payments period." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:757 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:762 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:756 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:761 msgid "Create and assign the corresponding Payment Term" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:758 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:781 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:757 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:780 msgid "Register the Payment within the days of the discount" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:759 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:807 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:758 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:806 msgid "Create a credit note" msgstr "Criar uma nota de crédito" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:764 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:763 msgid "" "To configure the discount for advance payment, go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Terms` and click on" @@ -7651,27 +7718,27 @@ msgid "" " type if necessary (in this example 30 days)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:774 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:773 msgid "" "Then when creating our Sales Order or Sales Invoice, assign the Payment Term" " created previously." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:783 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:782 msgid "" "Register the payment within the days in which the application of the " "discount was specified, in our case it is within 5 days after the creation " "of the Sales Invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:790 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:789 msgid "" "Then go to the bottom of the invoice where the totals are located and there " "you will see 2 payments created, reset to draft and cancel the payment that " "does not correspond - the one related to the discount." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:809 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:808 msgid "" "Finally to close the cycle we must close the invoice, but as in this case we" " apply a discount, to close it correctly we must create a credit note " @@ -7679,56 +7746,56 @@ msgid "" "Note**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:821 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:820 msgid "Adjust the amount to the remaining balance in the original invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:827 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:826 msgid "Add the Credit Note to the original invoice so that it is settled." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:834 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:833 msgid "Cancellation of invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:837 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:836 msgid "Before 72 Hours" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:839 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:838 msgid "" "If it is necessary to cancel an invoice validated and sent to the SAT in " "less than 72 hours follow the steps below." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:842 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:841 msgid "Request Cancellation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:848 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:847 msgid "The status of the **Electronic invoicing** changes to *Cancelled*" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:849 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:848 msgid "Click on *RESET TO DRAFT*" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:855 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:854 msgid "Click on *CANCEL ENTRY*" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:862 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:861 msgid "After 72 Hours" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:864 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:863 msgid "" "If It is necessary to cancel an invoice validated and sent to the SAT more " "than 72 hours, the client must be asked to accept the cancellation, for this" " the following steps must be followed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:867 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:866 msgid "" "Click on *Request EDI Cancellation* to inform the SAT that you want to " "cancel the invoice, in this case the client has to enter the SAT webpage and" @@ -7736,21 +7803,21 @@ msgid "" "changes to *To Cancel*)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:870 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:869 msgid "" "When the client (Receiver / Customer) approves the Cancellation in their SAT" " portal it is now possible to Change the invoice to Draft and then click on " "*Cancel entry*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:872 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:871 msgid "" "Odoo synchronizes with the SAT to update the status of the **Electronic " "invoicing** with a scheduled action, Invoices canceled in the SAT will be " "canceled in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:879 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:878 msgid "" "After clicking on **Request EDI cancellation**, the status of the " "**Electronic invoicing** field will be *To Cancel* but the status of the SAT" @@ -7758,7 +7825,7 @@ msgid "" " Recipient approves the cancellation in the SAT." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:887 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:886 msgid "" "Once canceled in the SAT, Odoo will synchronize the status of the SAT " "through scheduled actions that are executed every day to synchronize the " @@ -7766,33 +7833,33 @@ msgid "" "can be executed manually by entering with developer mode)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:891 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:890 msgid "" "If the invoice is canceled in the SAT, in Odoo it is also canceled, which " "allows you to switch the invoice to draft and finally cancel the invoice " "(*cancel entry*)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:899 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:898 msgid "Cancel Paid Invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:901 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:900 msgid "" "If the invoice has already been paid, a credit note must be created from the" " invoice so that the originating CFDI is recognized and later cancel the " "original invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:913 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:912 msgid "Cancel Invoices from the previous period" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:916 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:915 msgid "Problem" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:918 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:917 msgid "" "If the invoice is from the previous month and the period is closed, the " "income has already been declared in Financial Reports and to the government." @@ -7801,108 +7868,108 @@ msgid "" "problem because the income was already declared in the previous month." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:923 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:922 msgid "" "The problem resides when the fiscal period has been closed, in the current " "period you have to make the reverse entry and save the cancellation " "information." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:926 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:925 msgid "Invoice to be canceled" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:932 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:931 msgid "This is how the Balance Sheet looks like:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:938 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:937 msgid "" "If the invoice is canceled, the journal entry and the Balance Sheet looks " "like this after canceling:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:945 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:944 msgid "Solution" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:947 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:946 msgid "" "Close the fiscal period every month (Best Practice Mexican Localization)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:948 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:947 msgid "Cancel invoice in SAT" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:949 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:948 msgid "Create a Manual Reversion entry (Journal Entry)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:950 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:949 msgid "Reconcile the open invoice with the reversal entry (Journal Entry)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:951 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:950 msgid "Change Electronic invoicing status to Cancelled with server action" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:954 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:953 msgid "" "Close accounting period each month (Best Practice Mexican Localization)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:956 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:955 msgid "" "If the accounting period is closed due to the blocking dates, Odoo will not " "allow to modify or add accounting entries of a date corresponding to that " "accounting period." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:964 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:963 msgid "Cancel invoice in the SAT" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:966 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:965 msgid "" "If the accounting period is closed, and the invoice was canceled in the SAT," " the status in Odoo will be published while the **Electronic invoicing** " "status will be *Sent* and the SAT status is *Cancelled*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:975 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:974 msgid "Create Manual Reversal Journal Entry" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:977 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:976 msgid "" "The solution is to create the reversal journal entry manually dated in the " "current fiscal period and reconcile the open invoice with the reversion " "created manually." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:980 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:979 msgid "" "It must be clearly indicated in the reference that it is a cancellation (you" " can use a cancellation account for invoices from previous periods such as " "**Other Income**)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:988 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:987 msgid "Reconcile the open invoice with the reversal entry" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:998 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:997 msgid "" "In the Balance Sheet and Trial balance they are now with the correct " "balances." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1013 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1012 msgid "Change status of Electronic invoicing to Cancelled with server action" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1015 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1014 msgid "" "A server action can be created that modifies the status of the invoice to " "*Cancelled* once it is reconciled with the reversal entry (You should check " @@ -7910,57 +7977,57 @@ msgid "" "performing this action)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1028 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1027 msgid "Electronic Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1030 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1029 msgid "Accounting for Mexico in Odoo is composed of 3 reports:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1032 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1046 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1031 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1045 msgid "Electronic Chart of Accounts (Called and displayed as COA)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1033 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1032 msgid "Electronic Trial Balance." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1034 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1033 msgid "DIOT report." msgstr "Relatório DIOT." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1036 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1035 msgid "" "1. and 2. are considered electronic accounting, and DIOT is a report only " "available in the context of accounting." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1039 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1038 msgid "" "You can find all of those reports in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Reporting --> Mexico`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1048 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1047 msgid "" "Electronic invoicing has never been so easy, just go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting -> Reports -> Mexico -> COA` and click the button" " **Export for SAT (XML)**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1056 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1055 msgid "How to add new accounts ?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1058 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1057 msgid "" "If you add an account with the NNN.YY.ZZ encoding convention where NNN.YY is" " a SAT encoding group, your account will be set up automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1061 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1060 msgid "" "Example to add an Account for a new Bank account go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Chart of Account` and then " @@ -7970,11 +8037,11 @@ msgid "" "chosen to be used in the COA in XML." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1072 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1071 msgid "What is the meaning of the tags?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1074 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1073 msgid "" "To know all the possible labels, you can read `Annex 24 " "<http://www.sat.gob.mx/fichas_tematicas/buzon_tributario/Documents/Anexo24_05012015.pdf>`_" @@ -7982,7 +8049,7 @@ msgid "" "SAT**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1079 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1078 msgid "" "When you install the l10n_mx module and your chart of accounts depends on it" " (this happens automatically when you install the configuration of Mexico as" @@ -7990,11 +8057,11 @@ msgid "" "default. If the tag you need is not created, you can create it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1085 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1084 msgid "Trial Balance" msgstr "Balancete" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1087 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1086 msgid "" "Exactly like the COA but with the credit and debit of the initial balance, " "once you have correctly configured your COA, you can go to " @@ -8003,27 +8070,27 @@ msgid "" "(XML)** with the previous selection of the period you want to export." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1096 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1095 msgid "" "All normal analysis and listed functions are available here as well as any " "normal Odoo Report." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1099 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1098 msgid "DIOT Report (Requires Accounting App)" msgstr "Relatório DIOT (requer aplicativo de contabilidade)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1101 msgid "What is DIOT and the importance of presenting it SAT" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1103 msgid "" "When it comes to procedures with the SAT Administration Service, we know " "that we should not neglect what we present." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1106 msgid "" "The DIOT is the Informative Declaration of Operations with Third Parties " "(DIOT), which is an additional obligation with VAT, where we must give the " @@ -8031,25 +8098,25 @@ msgid "" "with our suppliers." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1110 msgid "" "This applies to both individuals and Personas Morales, so if we have VAT to " "present to the SAT and also deal with suppliers it is necessary to send the " "DIOT." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1114 msgid "When to file the DIOT and in what format ?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1116 msgid "" "It is easy to present the DIOT, since, like all formats, you can obtain it " "on the SAT page, it is the electronic form A-29 that you can find on the SAT" " website." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1119 msgid "" "Every month if you have operations with third parties, it is necessary to " "present the DIOT, as we do with VAT, so if in January we have deals with " @@ -8057,24 +8124,24 @@ msgid "" "data." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1124 msgid "Where is DIOT presented?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1126 msgid "" "You can present DIOT in different ways, it is up to you which one you will " "choose and which one will be more comfortable for you since you will present" " it every month or every time you have dealings with suppliers." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1130 msgid "" "The A-29 form is electronic so you can present it on the SAT page, but this " "after having made up to 500 registrations." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1133 msgid "" "Once these 500 records have been entered in the SAT, you must submit them to" " the Local Taxpayer Services Administration (ALSC) with correspondence to " @@ -8084,18 +8151,18 @@ msgid "" "USB." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1140 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1139 msgid "One more thing to know: batch loading?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1141 msgid "" "When reviewing the official SAT documents in DIOT, you will find the Batch " "load, and of course the first thing we think is what is that ?, and " "according to the SAT site it is:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1144 msgid "" "The \"batch load\" is the conversion of databases from records of " "transactions with suppliers made by taxpayers in text files (.txt). These " @@ -8105,7 +8172,7 @@ msgid "" "integration for the presentation in time and form to the SAT." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1151 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1150 msgid "" "You can use it to present the DIOT, since it is allowed, which will " "facilitate this operation, so that it does not exist to avoid being in line " @@ -8113,43 +8180,43 @@ msgid "" "Third Parties." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1155 msgid "" "`official information " "<http://www.sat.gob.mx/fichas_tematicas/declaraciones_informativas/Paginas/declaracion_informativa_terceros.aspx>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1159 msgid "How to generate this report in Odoo?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1162 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1161 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports --> Mexico --> Transactions " "with third partied (DIOT)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1168 msgid "" "A report view is displayed, select the last month to report the immediately " "preceding month or leave the current month if it suits you." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1176 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1175 msgid "Click on *Export (XLSX)* or *Print (TXT)*" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1181 msgid "" "Save the downloaded file in a safe place, go to the SAT website and follow " "the necessary steps to declare it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1186 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1185 msgid "Important considerations about your supplier and invoice data for DIOT" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1188 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1187 msgid "" "All suppliers must have the fields configured in the accounting tab called " "\"DIOT Information\", the L10N MX Nationality field is completed by simply " @@ -8158,34 +8225,34 @@ msgid "" "your providers." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1197 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1196 msgid "" "There are 3 VAT options for this report, 16%, 0% and exempt, one invoice " "line in Odoo is considered exempt if there is no tax on it, the other 2 " "taxes are already configured correctly." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1199 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1198 msgid "" "Remember that to pay an invoice that represents a prepayment, you must first" " request the invoice and then pay it and properly reconcile the payment " "following the standard Odoo procedure." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1201 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1200 msgid "" "You do not need to fill in all your partner data to try to generate the " "supplier invoice, you can correct this information when you generate the " "report." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1203 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1202 msgid "" "Remember that this report only shows vendor invoices that were actually " "paid." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1205 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1204 msgid "" "If some of these considerations are not taken into account, a message like " "this will appear when you generate the DIOT in TXT with all the partners you" @@ -8195,74 +8262,74 @@ msgid "" "auditory process to see that all your partners are configured correctly." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1216 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1215 msgid "Closing Fiscal Period in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1217 msgid "" "Before proceeding to the close of the fiscal year, there are some steps that" " you should normally take to ensure that your accounting is correct, updated" " and accurate:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1221 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1220 msgid "" "Make sure that you have fully reconciled your bank account (s) through the " "end of the year and confirm that the closing book balances match the " "balances on your bank statements." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1223 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1222 msgid "Verify that all customer invoices have been entered and approved." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1224 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1223 msgid "Confirm that you have entered and approved all vendor bills." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1225 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1224 msgid "Validate all expenses, ensuring their accuracy." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1226 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1225 msgid "" "Check that all payments received have been entered and recorded exactly." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1229 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:23 msgid "Year-end checklist" msgstr "Lista de verificação de fim de ano" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1231 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1230 msgid "Run a **Tax Report**, and verify that your tax information is correct." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1231 msgid "Reconcile all accounts on your **Balance Sheet**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1234 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1233 msgid "" "Compare your bank balances in Odoo against the current bank balances on your" " statements. Use the report **Bank Reconciliation** to help you with this." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1236 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1235 msgid "" "Reconcile all cash and bank account transactions by running your **Old " "Accounts Receivable** and **Old Accounts Payable** reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1238 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1237 msgid "" "Audit your accounts, making sure you fully understand the transactions that " "affect them and the nature of the transactions, making sure to include loans" " and fixed assets." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1241 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1240 msgid "" "Run the optional function **Payments Matching**, under the *More* drop-down " "on the Journal options from the Accounting dashboard, validating any Vendor " @@ -8271,45 +8338,45 @@ msgid "" " reconciled, and it can lead to finding errors or mistakes in the system." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1245 msgid "" "Your accountant will probably like to check your items in the balance sheet " "and do some Journal Entries for:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1249 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1248 msgid "" "Manual year-end adjustments, using the **Journal Audit** report (For " "example, the **Current Earnings for the Year** and **Retained Earnings " "reports**)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1251 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1250 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:54 msgid "**Work in Progress**." msgstr "**Trabalho em progresso**." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1252 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1251 msgid "**Depreciation Journals**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1253 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1252 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:58 msgid "**Loans**." msgstr "** Empréstimos **." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1254 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1253 msgid "**Tax Adjustments**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1256 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1255 msgid "" "If your accountant is on the year-end audit, they will want to have copies " "of the balance sheet items (such as loans, bank accounts, prepayments, sales" " tax reports, etc ...) to compare against. your balances in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1260 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1259 msgid "" "During this process, it is a good practice setting the **Closing Date for " "Non-Advisers** to the last day of the preceding financial year, which is set" @@ -8318,11 +8385,11 @@ msgid "" "books." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1270 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1269 msgid "Accounting Closing Process" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1272 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1271 msgid "" "In Odoo there is no need to make a specific year-end entry to close the " "reporting income accounts . The result of the exercise is automatically " @@ -8330,7 +8397,7 @@ msgid "" "between Income - Expenses will be accumulated to calculate it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1276 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1275 msgid "" "The reports are created in real-time, which means that the **Income Report**" " corresponds directly to the closing date of the year that you specify in " @@ -8339,25 +8406,25 @@ msgid "" "account balances will all be 0." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1281 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1280 msgid "" "As of December 31, the Balance Sheet shows the earnings of the Current Year " "that do not have been recognized (Account type Total Current Year " "Unallocated Earnings in MX account 305.01.01 ['current year earnings' type])" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1289 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1288 msgid "" "The accountant should create a Journal Entry to recognize the result of the " "year in Accumulated Earnings from previous years on the account \"previous " "years results\" account (304.01.01 in Mexico) - that is an equity account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1293 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1292 msgid "The simplified accounting entry would look like this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1299 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1298 msgid "" "Once the accountant has created the journal entry to locate the **Current " "Earnings for the Year**, they must set the **Closing Date** to the last day " @@ -8366,26 +8433,26 @@ msgid "" "balance 0." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1309 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1308 msgid "Extra Recommended features" msgstr "Recursos extras recomendados" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1312 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1311 msgid "Contacts App (Free)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1314 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1313 msgid "" "If you want to properly manage your customers, suppliers and addresses, this" " module, even if it is not a technical need, it is highly recommended to " "install it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1318 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1317 msgid "Multi-currency (Requires Accounting application)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1320 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1319 msgid "" "In Mexico, almost all companies send and receive payments in different " "currencies. If you want to do this you can enable the use of multi-currency." @@ -8394,41 +8461,41 @@ msgid "" " without having to manually create this information every day in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1325 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1324 msgid "Go to settings and enable the multi-currency feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1332 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1331 msgid "" "Enabling Explicit errors on the CFDI using the XSD local validator (CFDI " "3.3)" msgstr "" "Habilitando erros explícitos no CFDI usando o validador local XSD (CFDI 3.3)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1334 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1333 msgid "" "Frequently you want receive explicit errors from the fields incorrectly set " "on the xml, those errors are better informed to the user if the check is " "enable, to enable the Check with xsd feature follow the next steps (with the" -" :doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` enabled)." +" :doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>` enabled)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1339 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1338 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Actions --> Server Actions`" msgstr "" "Vá para :menu de seleção:' Configurações --> Técnicas --> Ações --> Ações do" " Servidor'" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1340 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1339 msgid "Look for the Action called \"Download XSD files to CFDI\"" msgstr "Procure a ação chamada \"Baixar arquivos XSD para CFDI\"" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1341 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1340 msgid "Click on button \"Create Contextual Action\"" msgstr "Clique no botão \"Criar Ação Contextual\"" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1342 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1341 msgid "" "Go to the company form :menuselection:`Settings --> Users&Companies --> " "Companies`" @@ -8436,15 +8503,15 @@ msgstr "" "Vá para o formulário da empresa :seleção de menus:'Configurações --> " "Usuários & Empresas --> Empresas'" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1343 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1342 msgid "Open any company you have." msgstr "Abra qualquer empresa que você tenha." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1344 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1343 msgid "Click on \"Action\" and then on \"Download XSD file to CFDI\"." msgstr "Clique em \"Ação\" e depois em \"Baixar arquivo XSD para CFDI\"." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1350 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1349 msgid "" "Now you can make an invoice with any error (for example a product without " "code which is pretty common) and an explicit error will be shown instead a " @@ -8454,45 +8521,45 @@ msgstr "" "sem código que é bastante comum) e um erro explícito será mostrado em vez de" " um genérico sem explicação." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1355 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1354 msgid "If you see an error like this:" msgstr "Se você ver um erro como este:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "``The cfdi generated is not valid``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "" "``attribute decl. 'TipoRelacion', attribute 'type': The QName value " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_TipoRelacion' does " "not resolve to a(n) simple type definition., line 36``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1362 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1361 msgid "" "This can be caused by a database backup restored in anothe server, or when " "the XSD files are not correctly downloaded. Follow the same steps as above " "but:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1366 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1365 msgid "Go to the company in which the error occurs." msgstr "Vá até a empresa onde ocorreu o erro." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1367 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1366 msgid "Click on *Action* and then on *Download XSD file to CFDI*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1370 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1369 msgid "Common problems and errors" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1372 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1371 msgid "**Error messages** (Only applicable on CFDI 3.3):" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1374 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1373 msgid "" "``9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_MINLENGTH_VALID: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " @@ -8500,7 +8567,7 @@ msgid "" "allowed minimum length of '1'.``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1379 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1378 msgid "" "``9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_PATTERN_VALID: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " @@ -8508,36 +8575,36 @@ msgid "" "'[^|]{1,100}'.``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1383 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1382 msgid "" "**Solution**: You forgot to set the proper \"Reference\" field in the " "product, please go to the product form and set your internal reference " "properly." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1387 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1428 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1459 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1480 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1488 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1386 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1427 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1458 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1479 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1487 msgid "**Error messages**:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1389 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1388 msgid "" "``6:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}RegimenFiscal': The attribute 'Regimen' is " "required but missing.``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1392 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1391 msgid "" "``5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'RegimenFiscal' is " "required but missing.``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1395 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1394 msgid "" "**Solution**: You forgot to set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the " "partner of the company. Go to customers, remove the customer filter and look" @@ -8547,25 +8614,25 @@ msgid "" "considerations about fiscal positions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1402 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1401 msgid "" "You need to go to Fiscal Position settings and set the proper code (it is " "the first 3 numbers of the name), for example, for the test, you need to set" " 601, it will look like the picture." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1410 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1409 msgid "" "For testing purposes this value must be set to ``601 - General de Ley " "Personas Morales`` which is the one required for the VAT demo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1413 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1445 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1412 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1444 msgid "**Error message**:" msgstr "**Mensagem de erro**:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1415 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1414 msgid "" "``2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'FormaPago': [facet " @@ -8574,19 +8641,19 @@ msgid "" "'26', '27', '28', '29', '30', '99'}``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1421 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1420 msgid "**Solution**: The payment method is required on your invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1430 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1429 msgid "" "``2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': " "[facet 'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'00``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1433 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1447 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1432 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1446 msgid "" "``2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': '' " @@ -8594,14 +8661,14 @@ msgid "" "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal'.``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1436 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1435 msgid "" "``5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'Rfc' is required but " "missing.``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1439 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1438 msgid "" "**Solution**: You must configure your company address correctly, this is a " "mandatory group of fields, you can go to your company configuration in " @@ -8610,96 +8677,96 @@ msgid "" " this section: :ref:`mx-legal-info`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1452 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1451 msgid "" "**Solution**: The postal code of your company address is not valid for " "Mexico, please correct it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1461 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1460 msgid "" "``18:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " "required but missing.``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1464 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1463 msgid "" "``34:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " "required but missing.\", '')``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1468 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1467 msgid "" "**Solution**: Set the Mexican name for the 0% and 16% tax in your system and" " use it on the invoice. Your tax, which represents 16% VAT and 0%, must have" " the **Factor Type** field set to *Tasa*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "``CCE159``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "" "``The XXXX attribute must be registered if the key of cce11: " "ComercioExterior: TipoOperacion registered is '1' or '2'.``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1486 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1485 msgid "**Solution**: It is necessary to specify the Incoterm." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "``CCE209``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "" "``The attribute cce11: Foreign Trade: Goods: Goods: Customs Unit must have " "the value specified in the catalog catCFDI: c_FraccionArancelaria column " "'UMT' when the attribute cce11: Foreign Trade: Goods: Me``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1495 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1494 msgid "" "**Solution**: The Tariff Fraction must have the code of the unit of measure " "01, corresponding to Kilograms." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1499 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1498 msgid "Glossary" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1501 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1500 msgid "" ":abbr:`CFDI (Comprobante Fiscal Digital por Internet)`: Online Digital Tax " "Receipt" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1502 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1501 msgid ":abbr:`CSD (Certificado de Sello Digital)`: Digital Seal Certificate" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1503 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1502 msgid "" ":abbr:`PAC (Proveedores Autorizados de Certificación)`: Authorized " "Certification Provider" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1504 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1503 msgid "Stamp: Digital signature of the electronic invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1505 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1504 msgid "" "Addenda: Complement of information that can be attached to an Internet " "Digital Tax Receipt (CFDI) normally required by certain companies in Mexico " "such as Walmart, Tiendas Sorianas, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1507 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1506 msgid "" ":abbr:`UUID (Universally Unique Identifier)`: It is the acronym in English " "of the Universally Unique Identifier. The UUID is the equivalent of Folio " @@ -8707,7 +8774,7 @@ msgid "" " by hyphens." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1510 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1509 msgid "" "LCO: List of Obliged Taxpayers (LCO) is a list issued by the SAT that " "accounts for all the taxpayers whom it authorizes the issuance of invoices " @@ -8715,16 +8782,16 @@ msgid "" "your clients, you must be in this database." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:2 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:2 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:100 msgid "Netherlands" msgstr "Holanda" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:5 msgid "XAF Export" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:7 msgid "" "With the Dutch accounting localization installed, you will be able to export" " all your accounting entries in XAF format. For this, you have to go in " @@ -8733,11 +8800,11 @@ msgid "" "then you click on the button **EXPORT (XAF)**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:14 msgid "Dutch Accounting Reports" msgstr "Relatórios de contabilidade holandeses" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:16 msgid "" "If you install the Dutch accounting localization, you will have access to " "some reports that are specific to the Netherlands such as :" @@ -8745,26 +8812,26 @@ msgstr "" "Se você instalar a localização de contabilidade holandesa, terá acesso a " "alguns relatórios específicos da Holanda, como:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:21 msgid "Tax Report (Aangifte omzetbelasting)" msgstr "Relatório Fiscal (Aangifte omzetbelasting)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:23 msgid "Intrastat Report (ICP)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:109 msgid "Peru" msgstr "Perú" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:8 msgid "" "The Peruvian localization has been improved and extended, in this version " "the next modules are available:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:11 msgid "" "**l10n_pe**: Adds accounting features for the Peruvian localization, which " "represent the minimal configuration required for a company to operate in " @@ -8772,7 +8839,7 @@ msgid "" "included in this module are: Chart of account, taxes, document types." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:16 msgid "" "**l10n_pe_edi**: includes all technical and functional requirements to " "generate and validate Electronic Invoice, based on the SUNAT specification " @@ -8784,24 +8851,24 @@ msgid "" "<https://www.sunat.gob.pe/legislacion/general/index.html/>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:28 msgid "Install the Peruvian localization modules" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:30 msgid "" "Go to *Apps* and search for Peru, then click Install in the module Peru EDI." " This module has a dependency with *Peru - Accounting*. In case this last " "one is not installed, Odoo installs it automatically within EDI." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:39 msgid "" "When you install a database from scratch selecting Peru as country, Odoo " "automatically installs the base module: Peru - Accounting." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:45 msgid "" "In addition to the basic information in the Company, we need to set Peru as " "the Country, this is essential for the Electronic Invoice to work properly. " @@ -8810,40 +8877,40 @@ msgid "" "Registration):" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:56 msgid "" "In case the Address type code is unknown, you can set it as the default " "value: 0000. Be aware that if an incorrect value is entered, the Electronic " "invoice validation might have errors." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:60 msgid "The NIF should be set following the RUC format." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:66 msgid "" "The chart of accounts is installed by default as part of the set of data " "included in the localization module, the accounts are mapped automatically " "in:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:71 msgid "Default Account Receivable" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:73 msgid "" "The chart of accounts for Peru is based on the most updated version of the " ":abbr:`PCGE (Plan Contable General Empresarial)`, which is grouped in " "several categories and is compatible with NIIF accounting." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:78 msgid "Accouting Seetings" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:80 msgid "" "Once the modules are installed and the basic information of your company is " "set, you need to configure the elements required for Electronic Invoice. For" @@ -8851,46 +8918,46 @@ msgid "" "Localization`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:85 msgid "Basic Concepts" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:87 msgid "Here are some terms that are essential on the Peruvian localization:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:89 msgid "" "**EDI**: Electronic Data Interchange, which in this refers to the Electronic" " Invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:90 msgid "" "**SUNAT**: is the organization that enforces customs and taxation in Peru." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:91 msgid "" "**OSE**: Electronic Service Operator, `OSE SUNAT's definition " "<https://cpe.sunat.gob.pe/aliados/ose#:~:text=El%20Operador%20de%20Servicios%20Electr%C3%B3nicos%20(OSE)%20es%20qui%C3%A9n%20se%20encarga,otro%20documento%20que%20se%20emita>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:93 msgid "**CDR**: Receipt certificate (Constancia de Recepción)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:94 msgid "" -"**SOL Credentials**: User and password provided by the SUNAT and grants " -"access to Online Operations systems." +"**SOL Credentials**: Sunat Operaciones en Línea. User and password are " +"provided by the SUNAT and grant access to Online Operations systems." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:99 msgid "Signature Provider" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:101 msgid "" "As part of the requirements for Electronic Invoice in Peru, your company " "needs to select a Signature Provider that will take care of the document " @@ -8898,114 +8965,114 @@ msgid "" "options:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:112 msgid "IAP (Odoo In-App Purchase)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:106 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:170 msgid "Digiflow" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:186 msgid "SUNAT" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:109 msgid "" "Please refer to the sections below to check the details and considerations " "for each option." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:114 msgid "" "This is the default and the suggested option, considering the digital " "ceritificate is included as part of the service." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:122 msgid "What is the IAP?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:124 msgid "" "This is a signature service offered directly by Odoo, the service takes care" " of the next process:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:126 msgid "" "Provides the Electronic invoice Certificate, so you do not need to acquire " "one by yourself." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:127 msgid "Send the document to the OSE, in this case, Digiflow." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:128 msgid "Receive the OSE validation and CDR." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:131 msgid "How does it work?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:133 msgid "" "The service requires Credits in order to process your electronic documents. " "Odoo provides 1000 credits for free in new databases. After these credits " "are consumed, you need to buy a Credit Package." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:138 msgid "Credits" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:138 msgid "EUR" msgstr "EUR" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:140 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:113 msgid "1000" msgstr "1000" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:140 msgid "22" msgstr "22" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:142 msgid "5000" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:142 msgid "110" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:144 msgid "10,000" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:144 msgid "220" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:146 msgid "20,000" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:146 msgid "440" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:149 msgid "The credits are consumed per each document that is sent to the OSE." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:152 msgid "" "If you have a validation error and the document needs to be sent one more " "time, one additional credit will be charged. Therefore, it is paramount that" @@ -9013,17 +9080,17 @@ msgid "" "OSE." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:157 msgid "What do you need to do?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:159 msgid "" "In Odoo, once your enterprise contract is activated and you start working in" " Production, you need to buy credits once the first 1000 are consumed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:161 msgid "" "As Digiflow is the OSE used in the IAP, you need to affiliate it as the " "official OSE for your company on the SUNAT website. This is a simple " @@ -9031,15 +9098,22 @@ msgid "" "<https://drive.google.com/file/d/1BkrMTZIiJyi5XI0lGMi3rbMzHddOL1pa/view?usp=sharing>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:165 +msgid "" +"Register Digiflow as the authorized PSE, please check `PSE Affiliation guide" +" " +"<https://drive.google.com/file/d/1QZoqWvtQERpS0pqp6LcKmw7EBlm9EroU/view?usp=sharing>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:172 msgid "" "This option can be used as an alternative, instead of using the IAP services" " you can send your document validation directly to Digiflow. In this case " "you need to consider:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:172 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:192 msgid "" "Buy your own digital Certificate: For more detail regarding the official " "vendor list, and the process to acquire it, please refer to `SUNAT Digital " @@ -9047,104 +9121,110 @@ msgid "" "<https://cpe.sunat.gob.pe/informacion_general/certificados_digitales/>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:178 msgid "" "Sign a service agreement directly with `Digiflow " "<https://www.digiflow.pe/>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:179 msgid "Provide your SOL credentials." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:188 msgid "" "In case your company wants to sign directly with the SUNAT, it is possible " "to select this option in your configuration. In this case you need to " "consider: - Get the SUNAT Certification process accepted." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:196 msgid "Provide you SOL credentials." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:199 +msgid "" +"When using direct connection with the SUNAT, the SOL User must be set with " +"the Company RUT + User Id. Example: ``20121888549JOHNSMITH``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:203 msgid "Testing environment" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:205 msgid "" "Odoo provides a testing environment that can be activated before your " "company goes into production." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:207 msgid "" "When using the testing environment and the IAP signature, you don’t need to " "buy testing credits for your transactions as all of them are validated by " "default." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:211 msgid "" "By default the databases are set to work on production, make sure to enable " "the testing mode if needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:217 msgid "" "In case you don’t use Odoo IAP, in order to generate the electronic invoice " "signature, a digital certificate with the extension ``.pfx`` is required. " "Proceed to this section and load your file and password." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:228 msgid "" "The official currency exchange rate in Peru is provided by the Bank of Peru." " Odoo can connect directly to its services and get the currency rate either " "automatically or manually." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:235 msgid "" "Please refer to the next section in our documentation for more information " "about :doc:`multicurrency <../../others/multicurrencies/how_it_works>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:245 msgid "" "As part of the localization module the taxes are created automatically with " "their related financial account and electronic invoice configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:253 msgid "EDI Configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:255 msgid "" "As part of the taxes configuration, there are three new fields required for " "electronic invoice, the taxes created by default have this data included, " "but in case you create new taxes make sure you fill in the fields:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:261 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:267 msgid "" "There are two main fiscal positions included by default when you install the" " Peruvian localization." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:269 msgid "" "**Extranjero - Exportación**: Set this fiscal position on customers for " "Exportation transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:271 msgid "**Local Peru**: Set this fiscal position on local customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:270 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:276 msgid "" "In some Latin American countries, including Peru, some accounting " "transactions like invoices and vendor bills are classified by document " @@ -9152,7 +9232,7 @@ msgid "" "SUNAT." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:280 msgid "" "Each document type can have a unique sequence per journal where it is " "assigned. As part of the localization, the Document Type includes the " @@ -9160,29 +9240,29 @@ msgid "" "automatically when the localization module is installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:278 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:284 msgid "" "The information required for the document types is included by default so " "the user does not need to fill anything on this view:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:292 msgid "" "Currently the documents supported on customer invoices are: Invoice, Boleta," " Debit Note and Credit Note." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:298 msgid "" "When creating Sales Journals, the following information must be filled, in " "addition to the standard fields on the Journals:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:302 msgid "Use Documents" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:304 msgid "" "This field is used to define if the journal uses Document Types. It is only " "applicable to Purchase and Sales journals, which are the ones that can be " @@ -9190,23 +9270,23 @@ msgid "" "default, all the sales journals created use documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:303 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:309 msgid "Electronic Data Interchange" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:305 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:311 msgid "" "This section indicates which EDI workflow is used in the invoice, for Peru " "we must select “Peru UBL 2.1”." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:313 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:319 msgid "" "By default, the value Factur-X (FR) is always displayed, make sure you can " "uncheck it manually." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:321 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:327 msgid "" "As part of the Peruvian localization, the identification types defined by " "the SUNAT are now available on the Partner form, this information is " @@ -9214,26 +9294,26 @@ msgid "" "customer, make sure you fill in this information in your records." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:331 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:337 msgid "Product" msgstr "Produto" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:333 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:339 msgid "" "Additional to the basic information in your products, for the Peruvian " "localization, the UNSPC Code on the product is a required value to be " "configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:345 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:351 msgid "Customer invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:354 msgid "EDI Elements" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:356 msgid "" "Once you have configured your master data, the invoices can be created from " "your sales order or manually. Additional to the basic invoice information " @@ -9242,13 +9322,13 @@ msgid "" "fields required as part of the Peru EDI:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:355 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:361 msgid "" "**Document type**: The default value is “Factura Electronica” but you can " "manually change the document type if needed and select Boleta for example." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:362 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:368 msgid "" "**Operation type**: This value is required for Electronic Invoice and " "indicates the transaction type, the default value is “Internal Sale” but " @@ -9256,7 +9336,7 @@ msgid "" "Goods." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:370 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:376 msgid "" "**EDI Affectation Reason**: In the invoice lines, additional to the Tax " "there is a field “EDI Affectation Reason” that determines the tax scope " @@ -9265,7 +9345,7 @@ msgid "" "manually select another one when creating the invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:382 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:388 msgid "" "Once you check all the information in your invoice is correct, you can " "proceed to validate it. This action registers the account move and triggers " @@ -9273,18 +9353,18 @@ msgid "" "following message is displayed at the top of the invoice:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:390 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:396 msgid "" "Asynchronous means that the document is not sent automatically after the " "invoice has been posted." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:393 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:487 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:399 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:493 msgid "Electronic Invoice Status" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:395 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:401 msgid "" "**To be Sent**: To be sent: Indicates the document is ready to be sent to " "the OSE, this can be done either automatically by Odoo with a *cron* that " @@ -9292,46 +9372,46 @@ msgid "" "button “Sent now”." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:403 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:409 msgid "" "**Sent**: Indicates the document was sent to the OSE and was successfully " "validated. As part of the validation a ZIP file is downloaded and a message " "is logged in the chatter indicating the correct Government validation." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:411 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:417 msgid "" "In case there is a validation error the Electronic Invoice status remains in" " “To be sent” so the corrections can be made and the invoice can be sent " "again." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:415 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:421 msgid "" "One credit is consumed each time that you send a document for validation, in" " this sense if an error is detected on an invoice and you send it one more " "time, two credits are consumed in total." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:422 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:428 msgid "" "There are multiple reasons behind a rejection from the OSE or the SUNAT, " "when this happens Odoo sends a message at the top of the invoice indicating " "the error details and in the most common cases a hint to fix the issue." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:426 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:432 msgid "If a validation error is received, you have two options:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:428 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:434 msgid "" "In case the error is related to master data on the partner, customer or " "taxes, you can simply apply the change on the record (example customer " "identification type) and once it is done click on the Retry button." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:431 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:437 msgid "" "If the error is related to some data recorded on the invoice directly " "(Operation type, missing data on the invoice lines), the correct solution is" @@ -9339,49 +9419,49 @@ msgid "" " again to the SUNAT for another validation." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:440 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:446 msgid "" "For more detail please refert to `Common errors in SUNAT " "<https://www.nubefact.com/codigos-error-sunat/>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:446 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:452 msgid "" "After the invoice is accepted and validated by the SUNAT, the invoice PDF " "report can be printed. The report includes a QR code, indicating the invoice" " is a valid fiscal document." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:454 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:460 msgid "IAP Credits" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:456 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:462 msgid "" "Odoo’s Electronic IAP offers 1000 credits for free, after these credits are " "consumed in your production database, your company must buy new credits in " "order to process your transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:459 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:465 msgid "" "Once you run out of credits a red label is displayed at the top of the " "invoice indicating that additional credits are required, you can easily buy " "them by accessing the link provided in the message." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:467 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:473 msgid "" "In the IAP service includes packages with different pricing based on the " "number of credits. The price list in the IAP is always displayed in EUR." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:474 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:510 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:480 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:516 msgid "Cancelation process" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:476 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:482 msgid "" "Some scenarios require an invoice cancellation, for example, when an invoice" " was created by mistake. If the invoice was already sent and validated by " @@ -9389,11 +9469,11 @@ msgid "" "Cancellation:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:484 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:490 msgid "In order to cancel an invoice, please provide a cancellation Reason." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:489 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:495 msgid "" "**To Cancel**: Indicates the cancellation request is ready to be sent to " "the OSE, this can be done either automatically by Odoo with a *cron* that " @@ -9402,7 +9482,7 @@ msgid "" "result the next message and CDR File are logged in the chatter:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:498 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:504 msgid "" "**Cancelled**: Indicates the cancellation request was sent to the OSE and " "was successfully validated. As part of the validation a ZIP file is " @@ -9410,75 +9490,75 @@ msgid "" "Government validation." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:507 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:513 msgid "One credit is consumed on each cancellation request." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:512 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:518 msgid "" "When creating exportation invoices, take into account the next " "considerations:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:514 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:520 msgid "The Identification type on your customer must be Foreign ID." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:515 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:521 msgid "Operation type in your invoice must be an Exportation one." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:516 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:522 msgid "The taxes included in the invoice lines should be EXP taxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:523 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:529 msgid "Advance Payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:525 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:531 msgid "Create the advance payment Invoice and apply its related payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:526 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:532 msgid "Create the final invoice without considering the advance payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:527 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:533 msgid "" "Create a credit note for the Final invoice with the advance payment amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:528 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:534 msgid "Reconcile the Credit note with the final invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:529 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:535 msgid "" "The remaining balance on the final invoice should be paid with a regular " "payment transaction." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:533 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:539 msgid "Detraction Invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:535 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:541 msgid "" "When creating invoices that is subject to Detractions, take into account the" " next considerations:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:537 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:543 msgid "" "All the products included in the invoice must have these fields configured:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:543 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:549 msgid "Operation type in your invoice must be ``1001``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:552 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:558 msgid "" "When a correction or refund is needed over a validated invoice, a credit " "note must be generated, for this just click on the button “Add Credit Note”," @@ -9486,66 +9566,66 @@ msgid "" "selecting one of the options in the list." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:561 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:567 msgid "" "When creating your first credit Note, select the Credit Method: Partial " "Refund, this allows you to define the credit note sequence." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:564 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:570 msgid "By default the Credit Note is set in the document type:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:570 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:576 msgid "" "To finish the workflow please follow the instructions on :doc:`our page " "about Credit Notes <../../receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:574 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:580 msgid "" "The EDI workflow for the Credit notes works in the same way as the invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:580 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:586 msgid "" "As part of the Peruvian localization, besides creating credit notes from an " "existing document you can also create debit Notes. For this just use the " "button “Add Debit Note”." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:583 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:589 msgid "By default the Debit Note is set in the document type." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:3 msgid "Spain" msgstr "Espanha" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:6 msgid "Spanish Chart of Accounts" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:8 msgid "" "In Odoo, there are several Spanish Chart of Accounts that are available by " "default:" msgstr "" "No Odoo, existem vários planos de contas espanhóis disponíveis por padrão:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:10 msgid "PGCE PYMEs 2008" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:11 msgid "PGCE Completo 2008" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:12 msgid "PGCE Entitades" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:14 msgid "" "You can choose the one you want by going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration` then choose the package you want in the **Fiscal " @@ -9555,7 +9635,7 @@ msgstr "" "-> Configuração` e então escolher o pacote que deseja na seção ** " "Localização Fiscal **." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:20 msgid "" "When you create a new SaaS database, the PGCE PYMEs 2008 is installed by " "default." @@ -9563,11 +9643,11 @@ msgstr "" "Quando você cria um novo banco de dados SaaS, o PGCE PYMEs 2008 é instalado " "por padrão." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:23 msgid "Spanish Accounting Reports" msgstr "Relatórios de contabilidade espanhóis" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:25 msgid "" "If the Spanish Accounting Localization is installed, you will have access to" " accounting reports specific to Spain:" @@ -9575,45 +9655,45 @@ msgstr "" "Se a Localização Contábil Espanhola for instalada, você terá acesso a " "relatórios contábeis específicos da Espanha:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:28 msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 111)" msgstr "Relatório Fiscal (Modelo 111)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:29 msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 115)" msgstr "Relatório Fiscal (Modelo 115)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:30 msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 303)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:3 msgid "Switzerland" msgstr "Suiça" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:6 msgid "ISR (In-payment Slip with Reference number)" msgstr "ISR (recibo de pagamento com número de referência)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:8 msgid "" "The ISRs are payment slips used in Switzerland. You can print them directly " "from Odoo. On the customer invoices, there is a new button called *Print " "ISR*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:16 msgid "" "The button *Print ISR* only appears there is well a bank account defined on " "the invoice. You can use CH6309000000250097798 as bank account number and " "010391391 as CHF ISR reference." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:23 msgid "Then you open a pdf with the ISR." msgstr "Então você abre um pdf com o ISR." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:28 msgid "" "There exists two layouts for ISR: one with, and one without the bank " "coordinates. To choose which one to use, there is an option to print the " @@ -9622,17 +9702,17 @@ msgid "" "Invoices` and enable **Print bank on ISR**:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:38 msgid "ISR reference on invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:40 msgid "" "To ease the reconciliation process, you can add your ISR reference as " "**Payment Reference** on your invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:43 msgid "" "To do so, you need to configure the Journal you usually use to issue " "invoices. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, " @@ -9642,11 +9722,11 @@ msgid "" " *Save*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:53 msgid "Currency Rate Live Update" msgstr "Atualização ao vivo da taxa de câmbio" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:55 msgid "" "You can update automatically your currencies rates based on the Federal Tax " "Administration from Switzerland. For this, go in :menuselection:`Accounting " @@ -9658,11 +9738,11 @@ msgstr "" "ʻContabilidade -> Configurações`, ative a configuração multi-moedas e " "escolha o serviço que deseja." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:64 msgid "Updated VAT for January 2018" msgstr "VAT atualizado para janeiro de 2018" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:66 msgid "" "Starting from the 1st January 2018, new reduced VAT rates will be applied in" " Switzerland. The normal 8.0% rate will switch to 7.7% and the specific rate" @@ -9672,11 +9752,11 @@ msgstr "" "aplicadas na Suíça. A taxa normal de 8,0% passará para 7,7% e a taxa " "específica para o setor hoteleiro passará de 3,8% para 3,7%." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:71 msgid "How to update your taxes in Odoo Enterprise (SaaS or On Premise)?" msgstr "Como atualizar seus impostos no Odoo Enterprise (SaaS ou On Premise)?" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:73 msgid "" "If you have the V11.1 version, all the work is already been done, you don't " "have to do anything." @@ -9684,7 +9764,7 @@ msgstr "" "Se você tem a versão V11.1, todo o trabalho já está feito, você não precisa " "fazer nada." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:76 msgid "" "If you have started on an earlier version, you first have to update the " "module \"Switzerland - Accounting Reports\". For this, you go in " @@ -9693,7 +9773,7 @@ msgid "" "\"upgrade\"`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:83 msgid "" "Once it has been done, you can work on creating new taxes for the updated " "rates." @@ -9701,7 +9781,7 @@ msgstr "" "Depois de fazer isso, você pode trabalhar na criação de novos impostos para " "as taxas atualizadas." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:87 msgid "" "**Do not suppress or modify the existing taxes** (8.0% and 3.8%). You want " "to keep them since you may have to use both rates for a short period of " @@ -9713,11 +9793,11 @@ msgstr "" "período de tempo. Em vez disso, lembre-se de arquivá-los depois de codificar" " todas as suas transações de 2017." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:92 msgid "The creation of such taxes should be done in the following manner:" msgstr "A criação de tais impostos deve ser feita da seguinte maneira:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:94 msgid "" "**Purchase taxes**: copy the origin tax, change its name, label on invoice, " "rate and tax group (effective from v10 only)" @@ -9725,7 +9805,7 @@ msgstr "" "** Impostos de compra **: copie o imposto de origem, altere seu nome, rótulo" " na fatura, taxa e grupo de impostos (em vigor apenas a partir da v10)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 msgid "" "**Sale taxes**: copy the origin tax, change its name, label on invoice, rate" " and tax group (effective from v10 only). Since the vat report now shows the" @@ -9736,19 +9816,19 @@ msgstr "" " Uma vez que o relatório do tanque agora mostra os detalhes das taxas " "antigas e novas, você também deve definir as tags de acordo com" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:102 msgid "" "For 7.7% taxes: Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 base, Switzerland VAT Form: " "grid 302 tax" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 msgid "" "For 3.7% taxes: Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 base, Switzerland VAT Form: " "grid 342 tax" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:108 msgid "" "You'll find below, as examples, the correct configuration for all taxes " "included in Odoo by default" @@ -9756,183 +9836,183 @@ msgstr "" "Você encontrará abaixo, como exemplos, a configuração correta para todos os " "impostos incluídos no Odoo por padrão" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 msgid "**Tax Name**" msgstr "** Nome fiscal **" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 msgid "**Rate**" msgstr "** Taxa **" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 msgid "**Label on Invoice**" msgstr "** Etiqueta na fatura **" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 msgid "**Tax Group (effective from V10)**" msgstr "**Grupo Fiscal (efetivo a partir de V10)**" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 msgid "**Tax Scope**" msgstr "** Escopo do imposto **" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 msgid "**Tag**" msgstr "**Tag**" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 msgid "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (TN)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 msgid "7.7%" msgstr "7.7%" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 msgid "7.7% achat" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 msgid "TVA 7.7%" msgstr "TVA 7.7%" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 msgid "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 400" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 msgid "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TN)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 msgid "7.7% achat Incl." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 msgid "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TN)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 msgid "7.7% invest." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 msgid "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 405" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 msgid "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TN)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 msgid "7.7% invest. Incl." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 msgid "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (TS)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 msgid "3.7%" msgstr "3.7%" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 msgid "3.7% achat" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 msgid "TVA 3.7%" msgstr "TVA 3.7%" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 msgid "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TS)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 msgid "3.7% achat Incl." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 msgid "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TS)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 msgid "3.7% invest" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 msgid "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TS)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 msgid "3.7% invest Incl." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 msgid "TVA due a 7.7% (TN)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 msgid "" "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 base, Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 tax" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 msgid "TVA due à 7.7% (Incl. TN)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 msgid "7.7% Incl." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 msgid "TVA due à 3.7% (TS)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 msgid "" "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 base, Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 tax" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 msgid "TVA due a 3.7% (Incl. TS)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 msgid "3.7% Incl." msgstr "3.7% Incl." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:139 msgid "" "If you have questions or remarks, please contact our support using " "odoo.com/help." @@ -9940,7 +10020,7 @@ msgstr "" "Se você tiver perguntas ou comentários, entre em contato com nosso suporte " "usando odoo.com/help." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:143 msgid "" "Don't forget to update your fiscal positions. If you have a version 11.1 (or" " higher), there is nothing to do. Otherwise, you will also have to update " @@ -9950,11 +10030,11 @@ msgstr "" "11.1 (ou superior), não há nada a fazer. Caso contrário, você também terá " "que atualizar suas posições fiscais de acordo." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:3 msgid "Fiscal Localization Packages" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:5 msgid "" "**Fiscal Localization Packages** are country-specific modules that install " "pre-configured taxes, fiscal positions, chart of accounts, and legal " @@ -9963,2185 +10043,468 @@ msgid "" "app, following your fiscal administration requirements." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:11 msgid "" "Odoo continuously adds new localizations and improves the existing packages." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:16 msgid "" "Odoo automatically installs the appropriate package for your company, " "according to the country selected at the creation of the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:20 msgid "" "As long as you haven't posted any entry, you can still add and select " "another package." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:22 msgid "" "To install a new package, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration" " --> Fiscal Localization`, click on **Install More Packages**, and install " "your country's module." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:29 msgid "Once done, select your country's package, and click on *Save*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:36 msgid "Use" msgstr "Usar" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:38 msgid "" "These packages require you to fine-tune your chart of accounts according to " "your needs, activate the taxes you use, and configure your country-specific " "statements and certifications." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:41 msgid "Please refer to the documentation listed below for more information." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:44 msgid ":doc:`localizations_list`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:45 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:254 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:195 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:194 msgid ":doc:`../../overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:46 -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:123 -msgid ":doc:`../../fiscality/taxes/taxes`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:123 +msgid ":doc:`../../taxation/taxes/taxes`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:48 msgid "" "update list of linked docs, and link with the future one about country-" "specific statements." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:3 msgid "List of supported countries" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo Accounting can be used in many countries out of the box by installing " "the appropriate module. Here is a list of all :doc:`Fiscal Localization " "Packages <fiscal_localization_packages>` that are available on Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:14 msgid "Fiscal Localization Packages available" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:16 msgid "Algeria - Accounting" msgstr "Algeria - Accounting" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:19 msgid "Argentinian Accounting" msgstr "Contabilidade argentina" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:20 msgid "Argentinian Accounting Reports" msgstr "Relatórios de contabilidade argentinos" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:21 msgid "Argentinian Electronic Invoicing" msgstr "Argentinian Electronic Invoicing" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:23 msgid "Australian - Accounting" msgstr "Austrália - Contabilidade" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:24 msgid "Austria - Accounting" msgstr "Áustria - Contabilidade" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:25 msgid "Belgium - Accounting" msgstr "Bélgica - Contabilidade" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:26 msgid "Bolivia - Accounting" msgstr "Bolívia - Contabilidade" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:27 msgid "Brazilian - Accounting" msgstr "Brasileiro - Contabilidade" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:28 msgid "Canada - Accounting" msgstr "Contabilidade - Canadense" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:29 msgid "Chile - Accounting" msgstr "Chile - Contabilidade" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:30 msgid "China" msgstr "China" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:32 msgid "China - Accounting" msgstr "China - Contabilidade" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:33 msgid "China - City Data" msgstr "China - City Data" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:34 msgid "China - Small Business CoA" msgstr "China - Small Business CoA" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:35 msgid "China - Standard CoA" msgstr "China - Standard CoA" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:39 msgid "Colombian - Accounting" msgstr "Colômbia - Contabilidade" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:40 msgid "Colombian - Point of Sale" msgstr "Colombian - Point of Sale" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:42 msgid "Costa Rica - Accounting" msgstr "Contabilidade - Costa Rica" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:43 msgid "Croatia - Accounting (RRIF 2012)" msgstr "Croácia - Contabilidade (RRIF 2012)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:44 msgid "Denmark" msgstr "Dinamarca" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:46 msgid "Denmark - Accounting" msgstr "Denmark - Accounting" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:47 msgid "Denmark - Accounting Reports" -msgstr "Denmark - Accounting Reports" +msgstr "Denmark - Relatórios de Contabilidade" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:49 msgid "Dominican Republic - Accounting" msgstr "República Dominicana - Contabilidade" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:50 msgid "Ecuador - Accounting" msgstr "Equador - Contabilidade" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:51 msgid "Ethiopia - Accounting" msgstr "Contabilidade - Etiópia" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:52 msgid "EU Mini One Stop Shop (MOSS)" -msgstr "" -"Extensão não reconhecida: deve ser uma destas .csv, .po, or .tgz (received " -".%s)." +msgstr "EU Mini One Stop Shop (MOSS)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:53 msgid "Finnish Localization" msgstr "Finnish Localization" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:54 msgid "France - Accounting" msgstr "Contabilidade - Francesa" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:55 msgid "Generic - Accounting" msgstr "Contabilidade Geral" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:58 msgid "Germany - Accounting" msgstr "Alemanha - Contabilidade" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:59 msgid "Germany SKR03 - Accounting" msgstr "Alemanha SKR03 - Contabilidade" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:60 msgid "Germany SKR04 - Accounting" msgstr "Alemanha SKR04 - Contabilidade" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:62 msgid "Greece - Accounting" msgstr "Grécia - Contabilidade" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:63 msgid "Guatemala - Accounting" msgstr "Guatemala - Contabilidade" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:64 msgid "Honduras - Accounting" msgstr "Honduras - Contabilidade" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:65 msgid "Hong Kong - Accounting" msgstr "Contabilidade - Hong Kong" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:66 msgid "Hungarian - Accounting" msgstr "Húngaro - Contabilidade" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:67 msgid "India" msgstr "Índia" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:69 msgid "Indian - Accounting" msgstr "Contabilidade - Indiana" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:70 msgid "Indian - Point of Sale" msgstr "Indian - Point of Sale" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:72 msgid "Indonesian - Accounting" msgstr "Indonesian - Accounting" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:73 msgid "Ireland - Accounting" msgstr "Irlanda - Contabilidade" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:74 msgid "Israel - Accounting" msgstr "Israel - Accounting" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:75 msgid "Italy" msgstr "Itália" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:77 msgid "Italy - Accounting" msgstr "Contabilidade - Itália" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:78 msgid "Italy - E-invoicing" msgstr "Italy - E-invoicing" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:80 msgid "Japan - Accounting" msgstr "Contabilidade Japonesa" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:81 msgid "LATAM" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:83 msgid "LATAM Localization Base" msgstr "LATAM Localization Base" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:84 msgid "LATAM Document" msgstr "LATAM Document" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:86 msgid "Lithuania" msgstr "Lituânia" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:88 msgid "Lithuania - Accounting" msgstr "Lithuania - Accounting" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:89 msgid "LT - Accounting Reports" msgstr "LT - Accounting Reports" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:91 msgid "Luxembourg - Accounting" msgstr "Contabilidade - Luxemburgo" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:92 msgid "Maroc - Accounting" msgstr "Marrocos - Contabilidade" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:93 msgid "Mexico - Accounting" msgstr "México - Contabilidade" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:94 msgid "Mongolia" msgstr "Mongólia" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:96 msgid "Mongolia - Accounting" msgstr "Mongólia - Contabilidade" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:97 msgid "Mongolia - Accounting Reports" msgstr "Mongólia - Relatórios de contabilidade" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:99 msgid "Multi Language Chart of Accounts" msgstr "Plano de Contas Multi-Idiomas" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:102 msgid "Netherlands - Accounting" msgstr "Holanda - Contabilidade" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:103 msgid "Netherlands - Intrastat Declaration" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:105 msgid "New Zealand - Accounting" msgstr "Nova Zelândia - Contabilidade" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:106 msgid "Norway - Accounting" msgstr "Noruega - Contabilidade" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:107 msgid "OHADA - Accounting" msgstr "OHADA - Contabilidade" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:108 msgid "Panama - Accounting" msgstr "Contabilidade" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:111 msgid "Peruvian Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:112 msgid "Peruvian Accounting Reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:113 msgid "Peruvian Electronic Invoicing" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:115 msgid "Poland - Accounting" msgstr "Contabilidade - Polônia" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:116 msgid "Portugal - Accounting" msgstr "Portugal - Contabilidade" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:117 msgid "Romania - Accounting" msgstr "Contabilidade - Romena" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:118 msgid "Saudi Arabia - Accounting" msgstr "Contabilidade Arábia Saudita" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:119 msgid "Singapore - Accounting" msgstr "Contabilidade - Singapore" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:120 msgid "Slovenian - Accounting" msgstr "Contabilidade - Esloveno" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:121 msgid "South Africa - Accounting" msgstr "África do Sul - Contabilidade" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:122 msgid "Spain - Accounting (PGCE 2008)" msgstr "Espanha - Contabilidade (PGCE 2008)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:123 msgid "Sweden" msgstr "Suécia" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:125 msgid "Sweden - Structured Communication OCR" msgstr "Sweden - Structured Communication OCR" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:126 msgid "Swedish - Accounting" msgstr "Swedish - Accounting" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:128 msgid "Switzerland - Accounting" msgstr "Suíça - Contabilidade" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:129 msgid "Thailand - Accounting" msgstr "Tailândia - Contabilidade" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:130 msgid "Turkey - Accounting" msgstr "Turquia - Contabilidade" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:131 msgid "U.A.E. - Accounting" msgstr "Contabilidade - U.A.E" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:132 msgid "UK - Accounting" msgstr "UK - Contabilidade" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:133 msgid "Ukraine - Accounting" msgstr "Ucrânia - Contabilidade" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:134 msgid "United States - Accounting" msgstr "Estados Unidos - Contabilidade" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:135 msgid "Uruguay - Chart of Accounts" msgstr "Uruguai - Plano de Contas" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:136 msgid "Venezuela - Accounting" msgstr "Contabilidade - Venezuelana" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:137 msgid "Vietnam - Accounting" msgstr "Vietnã - Contabilidade" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:140 msgid ":doc:`fiscal_localization_packages`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality.rst:3 -msgid "Fiscality" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year.rst:3 -msgid "Fiscal Year" -msgstr "Ano Fiscal" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:3 -msgid "Do a year end in Odoo (close a fiscal year)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Before going ahead with closing a fiscal year, there are a few steps one " -"should typically take to ensure that your accounting is correct, up to date," -" and accurate:" -msgstr "" -"Antes de prosseguir com o fechamento de um ano fiscal, existem algumas " -"etapas que normalmente devem ser executadas para garantir que sua " -"contabilidade esteja correta, atualizada e precisa:" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Make sure you have fully reconciled your **bank account(s)** up to year end " -"and confirm that your ending book balances agree with your bank statement " -"balances." -msgstr "" -"Certifique-se de ter reconciliado totalmente sua (s) ** conta (s) bancária " -"(s) ** até o final do ano e confirme se os saldos contábeis finais estão de " -"acordo com os saldos do seu extrato bancário." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:13 -msgid "Verify that all **customer invoices** have been entered and approved." -msgstr "" -"Verifique se todas as ** faturas do cliente ** foram inseridas e aprovadas." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:15 -msgid "Confirm that you have entered and agreed all **vendor bills**." -msgstr "" -"Confirme se você inseriu e concordou com todas as ** contas do fornecedor " -"**." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:17 -msgid "Validate all **expenses**, ensuring their accuracy." -msgstr "Valide todas as ** despesas **, garantindo sua veracidade." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Corroborate that all **received payments** have been entered and recorded " -"accurately." -msgstr "" -"Confirme que todos os ** pagamentos recebidos ** foram inseridos e " -"registrados com precisão." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:25 -msgid "Run a **Tax report**, and verify that your tax information is correct." -msgstr "" -"Execute um ** relatório de impostos ** e verifique se suas informações " -"fiscais estão corretas." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:27 -msgid "Reconcile all accounts on your **Balance Sheet**:" -msgstr "Reconcilie todas as contas em seu ** Balanço **:" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Agree your bank balances in Odoo against your actual bank balances on your " -"statements. Utilize the **Bank Reconciliation** report to assist with this." -msgstr "" -"Combine seus saldos bancários no Odoo com seus saldos bancários reais em " -"seus extratos. Utilize o relatório de ** Conciliação bancária ** para ajudar" -" nisso." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Reconcile all transactions in your cash and bank accounts by running your " -"**Aged Receivables** and **Aged Payables** reports." -msgstr "" -"Reconcilie todas as transações em seu caixa e contas bancárias, executando " -"seus relatórios de ** Contas a receber antigas ** e ** Contas a pagar " -"antigas **." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Audit your accounts, being sure to fully understand the transactions " -"affecting them and the nature of the transactions, making sure to include " -"loans and fixed assets." -msgstr "" -"Audite suas contas, certificando-se de compreender totalmente as transações " -"que as afetam e a natureza das transações, certificando-se de incluir " -"empréstimos e ativos fixos." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Run the optional **Payments Matching** feature, under the **More** dropdown " -"on the dashboard, validating any open **Vendor Bills** and **Customer " -"Invoices** with their payments. This step is optional, however it may assist" -" the year-end process if all outstanding payments and invoices are " -"reconciled, and could lead finding errors or mistakes in the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Your accountant/bookkeeper will likely verify your balance sheet items and " -"book entries for:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Year-end manual adjustments, using the **Adviser Journal Entries** menu (For" -" example, the **Current Year Earnings** and **Retained Earnings** reports)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:56 -msgid "**Depreciation Journal Entries**." -msgstr "** Lançamentos no diário de depreciação **." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:60 -msgid "**Tax adjustments**." -msgstr "** Ajustes de impostos **." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:62 -msgid "" -"If your accountant/bookkeeper is going through end of the year auditing, " -"they may want to have paper copies of all balance sheet items (such as " -"loans, bank accounts, prepayments, sales tax statements, etc...) to agree " -"these against your Odoo balances." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:67 -msgid "" -"During this process, it is good practice to set the **Lock date for Non-" -"Advisers** to the last day of the preceding financial year, which is set " -"under the accounting configuration. This way, the accountant can be " -"confident that nobody is changing the previous year transactions while " -"auditing the books." -msgstr "" -"Durante esse processo, é uma boa prática definir a ** Data de bloqueio para " -"não consultores ** como o último dia do ano financeiro anterior, que é " -"definido na configuração de contabilidade. Dessa forma, o contador pode ter " -"certeza de que ninguém está alterando as transações do ano anterior durante " -"a auditoria dos livros." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:77 -msgid "Closing the fiscal year" -msgstr "Fechando o ano fiscal" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:79 -msgid "" -"In Odoo there is no need to do a specific year end closing entry in order to" -" close out income statement accounts. The reports are created in real-time, " -"meaning that the **Income statement** corresponds directly with the year-end" -" date you specify in Odoo. Therefore, any time you generate the **Income " -"Statement**, the beginning date will correspond with the beginning of the " -"**Fiscal Year** and the account balances will all be 0." -msgstr "" -"No Odoo, não há necessidade de fazer um lançamento específico de " -"encerramento do ano para encerrar as contas de demonstração de resultados. " -"Os relatórios são criados em tempo real, o que significa que a ** " -"Demonstração de resultados ** corresponde diretamente à data de encerramento" -" do ano especificada no Odoo. Portanto, sempre que você gerar a ** " -"Demonstração de Resultados **, a data de início corresponderá ao início do " -"** Ano Fiscal ** e os saldos das contas serão todos 0." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:86 -msgid "" -"Once the accountant/bookkeeper has created the journal entry to allocate the" -" **Current Year Earnings**, you should set the **Lock Date** to the last day" -" of the fiscal year. Making sure that before doing so, you confirm whether " -"or not the current year earnings in the **Balance Sheet** is correctly " -"reporting a 0 balance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:93 -msgid ":doc:`fiscal_year`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:3 -msgid "Manage Fiscal Years" -msgstr "Gerenciar anos fiscais" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In most cases, the fiscal years last 12 months. If it is your case, you just" -" have to define what is the last day of your fiscal year in the accounting " -"settings. By default, it is set on the 31st December." -msgstr "" -"Na maioria dos casos, os exercícios fiscais duram 12 meses. Se for o seu " -"caso, basta definir qual é o último dia do seu exercício nas configurações " -"contábeis. Por padrão, é definido no dia 31 de dezembro." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:12 -msgid "" -"However, there might be some exceptions. For example, if it is the first " -"fiscal year of your business, it could last more or less than 12 months. In " -"this case, some additional configuration is required." -msgstr "" -"No entanto, pode haver algumas exceções. Por exemplo, se for o primeiro ano " -"fiscal da sua empresa, pode durar mais ou menos de 12 meses. Nesse caso, " -"alguma configuração adicional é necessária." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Go in :menuselection:`accounting --> configuration --> settings` and " -"activate the fiscal years." -msgstr "" -"Vá em: menu de seleção: ʻcontabilidade-> configuração-> configurações` e " -"ative os anos fiscais." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:22 -msgid "" -"You can then configure your fiscal years in :menuselection:`accounting --> " -"configuration --> fiscal years`." -msgstr "" -"Em seguida, você pode configurar seus exercícios fiscais em: seleção de " -"menus: `contabilidade -> configuração -> anos fiscais`." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:29 -msgid "" -"You only have to create fiscal years if they last more or less than 12 " -"months." -msgstr "" -"Você só precisa criar anos fiscais se durarem mais ou menos de 12 meses." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:34 -msgid ":doc:`close_fiscal_year`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:3 -msgid "Manage prices for B2B (tax excluded) and B2C (tax included)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When working with consumers, prices are usually expressed with taxes " -"included in the price (e.g., in most eCommerce). But, when you work in a B2B" -" environment, companies usually negotiate prices with taxes excluded." -msgstr "" -"Ao trabalhar com os consumidores, os preços geralmente são expressos com os " -"impostos incluídos no preço (por exemplo, na maioria do comércio " -"eletrônico). Mas, quando você trabalha em um ambiente B2B, as empresas " -"geralmente negociam preços sem os impostos." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Odoo manages both use cases easily, as long as you register your prices on " -"the product with taxes excluded or included, but not both together. If you " -"manage all your prices with tax included (or excluded) only, you can still " -"easily do sales order with a price having taxes excluded (or included): " -"that's easy." -msgstr "" -"O Odoo gerencia ambos os casos de uso facilmente, desde que você registre " -"seus preços no produto com os impostos excluídos ou incluídos, mas não os " -"dois juntos. Se você gerencia todos os seus preços apenas com impostos " -"incluídos (ou excluídos), ainda pode facilmente fazer pedidos de vendas com " -"um preço sem impostos (ou incluídos): isso é fácil." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:15 -msgid "" -"This documentation is only for the specific use case where you need to have " -"two references for the price (tax included or excluded), for the same " -"product. The reason of the complexity is that there is not a symmetrical " -"relationship with prices included and prices excluded, as shown in this use " -"case, in belgium with a tax of 21%:" -msgstr "" -"Esta documentação é apenas para o caso de uso específico em que você precisa" -" ter duas referências para o preço (impostos incluídos ou excluídos), para o" -" mesmo produto. A razão da complexidade é que não há uma relação simétrica " -"com os preços incluídos e os preços excluídos, como mostrado neste caso de " -"uso, na Bélgica com um imposto de 21%:" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:21 -msgid "Your eCommerce has a product at **10€ (taxes included)**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:23 -msgid "This would do **8.26€ (taxes excluded)** and a **tax of 1.74€**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:25 -msgid "" -"But for the same use case, if you register the price without taxes on the " -"product form (8.26€), you get a price with tax included at 9.99€, because:" -msgstr "" -"Mas para o mesmo caso de uso, se você registrar o preço sem impostos no " -"formulário do produto (8,26 R$), você obtém um preço com imposto incluído de" -" 9,99 R$, porque:" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:29 -msgid "**8.26€ \\* 1.21 = 9.99€**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:31 -msgid "" -"So, depending on how you register your prices on the product form, you will " -"have different results for the price including taxes and the price excluding" -" taxes:" -msgstr "" -"Portanto, dependendo de como você registra seus preços no formulário do " -"produto, você terá resultados diferentes para o preço com impostos e o preço" -" sem impostos:" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:35 -msgid "Taxes Excluded: **8.26€ & 10.00€**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:37 -msgid "Taxes Included: **8.26€ & 9.99€**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:40 -msgid "" -"If you buy 100 pieces at 10€ taxes included, it gets even more tricky. You " -"will get: **1000€ (taxes included) = 826.45€ (price) + 173.55€ (taxes)** " -"Which is very different from a price per piece at 8.26€ tax excluded." -msgstr "" -"Se você comprar 100 peças com R$ 10 de impostos incluídos, fica ainda mais " -"complicado. Você receberá: **R$ 1000 (impostos incluídos) = R$ 826,45 " -"(preço) + R$ 173,55 (impostos)** O que é muito diferente de um preço por " -"peça a R$ 8,26 imposto excluído." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:45 -msgid "" -"This documentation explains how to handle the very specific use case where " -"you need to handle the two prices (tax excluded and included) on the product" -" form within the same company." -msgstr "" -"Esta documentação explica como lidar com o caso de uso muito específico em " -"que você precisa lidar com os dois preços (impostos excluídos e incluídos) " -"no formulário do produto dentro da mesma empresa." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:50 -msgid "" -"In terms of finance, you have no more revenues selling your product at 10€ " -"instead of 9.99€ (for a 21% tax), because your revenue will be exactly the " -"same at 9.99€, only the tax is 0.01€ higher. So, if you run an eCommerce in " -"Belgium, make your customer a favor and set your price at 9.99€ instead of " -"10€. Please note that this does not apply to 20€ or 30€, or other tax rates," -" or a quantity >1. You will also make you a favor since you can manage " -"everything tax excluded, which is less error prone and easier for your " -"salespeople." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:65 -msgid "" -"The best way to avoid this complexity is to choose only one way of managing " -"your prices and stick to it: price without taxes or price with taxes " -"included. Define which one is the default stored on the product form (on the" -" default tax related to the product), and let Odoo compute the other one " -"automatically, based on the pricelist and fiscal position. Negotiate your " -"contracts with customers accordingly. This perfectly works out-of-the-box " -"and you have no specific configuration to do." -msgstr "" -"A melhor forma de evitar esta complexidade é escolher apenas uma forma de " -"gerir os seus preços e cumpri-la: preço sem impostos ou preço com impostos " -"incluídos. Defina qual é o padrão armazenado no formulário do produto (no " -"imposto padrão relacionado ao produto), e deixe Odoo calcular o outro " -"automaticamente, com base na lista de preços e na posição fiscal. Negocie " -"seus contratos com os clientes em conformidade. Isso funciona perfeitamente " -"fora da caixa e você não tem nenhuma configuração específica para fazer." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:73 -msgid "" -"If you can not do that and if you really negotiate some prices with tax " -"excluded and, for other customers, others prices with tax included, you " -"must:" -msgstr "" -"Se você não puder fazer isso e se realmente negociar alguns preços com " -"imposto excluído e, para outros clientes, outros preços com imposto " -"incluído, você deve:" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:77 -msgid "" -"always store the default price TAX EXCLUDED on the product form, and apply a" -" tax (price included on the product form)" -msgstr "" -"sempre armazene o imposto de preço padrão EXCLUÍDO no formulário do produto," -" e aplique um imposto (preço incluído no formulário do produto)" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:80 -msgid "create a pricelist with prices in TAX INCLUDED, for specific customers" -msgstr "" -"criar uma lista de preços com preços no IMPOSTO INCLUÍDO, para clientes " -"específicos" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:83 -msgid "" -"create a fiscal position that switches the tax excluded to a tax included" -msgstr "" -"criar uma posição fiscal que mude o imposto excluído para um imposto " -"incluído" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:86 -msgid "" -"assign both the pricelist and the fiscal position to customers who want to " -"benefit to this pricelist and fiscal position" -msgstr "" -"atribua a lista de preços e a posição fiscal aos clientes que desejam se " -"beneficiar dessa lista de preços e posição fiscal" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:89 -msgid "For the purpose of this documentation, we will use the above use case:" -msgstr "Para os fins desta documentação, usaremos o caso de uso acima:" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:91 -msgid "your product default sale price is 8.26€ tax excluded" -msgstr "o preço de venda padrão do produto é de R$ 8,26 sem impostos" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:93 -msgid "" -"but we want to sell it at 10€, tax included, in our shops or eCommerce " -"website" -msgstr "" -"mas queremos vendê-lo a 10 R$, taxas incluídas, nas nossas lojas ou site de " -"comércio eletrónico" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:97 -msgid "Setting your products" -msgstr "Configurando seus produtos" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:99 -msgid "" -"Your company must be configured with tax excluded by default. This is " -"usually the default configuration, but you can check your **Default Sale " -"Tax** from the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` of the " -"Accounting application." -msgstr "" -"Sua empresa deve estar configurada com impostos excluídos por padrão. Esta é" -" geralmente a configuração padrão, mas você pode verificar seu ** Imposto " -"sobre vendas padrão ** no menu: seleção de menus: `Configuração -> " -"Configurações` do aplicativo Contabilidade." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:107 -msgid "" -"Once done, you can create a **B2C** pricelist. You can activate the " -"pricelist feature per customer from the menu: :menuselection:`Configuration " -"--> Settings` of the Sale application. Choose the option **different prices " -"per customer segment**." -msgstr "" -"Uma vez feito isso, você pode criar uma lista de preços ** B2C **. Você pode" -" ativar o recurso de lista de preços por cliente a partir do menu :: seleção" -" de menus: `Configuração -> Configurações` do aplicativo Venda. Escolha a " -"opção ** preços diferentes por segmento de cliente **." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:112 -msgid "" -"Once done, create a B2C pricelist from the menu " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Pricelists`. It's also good to rename the " -"default pricelist into B2B to avoid confusion." -msgstr "" -"Uma vez feito isso, crie uma lista de preços B2C a partir do menu: seleção " -"de menus: `Configuração -> Lista de preços`. Também é bom renomear a lista " -"de preços padrão para B2B para evitar confusão." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:116 -msgid "" -"Then, create a product at 8.26€, with a tax of 21% (defined as tax not " -"included in price) and set a price on this product for B2C customers at 10€," -" from the :menuselection:`Sales --> Products` menu of the Sales application:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:125 -msgid "Setting the B2C fiscal position" -msgstr "Definir a posição fiscal B2C" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:127 -msgid "" -"From the accounting application, create a B2C fiscal position from this " -"menu: :menuselection:`Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`. This fiscal " -"position should map the VAT 21% (tax excluded of price) with a VAT 21% (tax " -"included in price)" -msgstr "" -"No aplicativo de contabilidade, crie uma posição fiscal B2C a partir deste " -"menu: seleção de menus: `Configuração -> Posições fiscais`. Esta posição " -"fiscal deve mapear o VAT de 21% (imposto excluído do preço) com um VAT de " -"21% (imposto incluído no preço)" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:136 -msgid "Test by creating a quotation" -msgstr "Teste criando uma cotação" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:138 -msgid "" -"Create a quotation from the Sale application, using the " -":menuselection:`Sales --> Quotations` menu. You should have the following " -"result: 8.26€ + 1.73€ = 9.99€." -msgstr "" -"Crie uma cotação a partir do aplicativo Venda, usando a: seleção de menus: " -"`Vendas -> Cotações`. Você deve ter o seguinte resultado: R$ 8,26 + R$ 1,73 " -"= R$ 9,99." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:145 -msgid "" -"Then, create a quotation but **change the pricelist to B2C and the fiscal " -"position to B2C** on the quotation, before adding your product. You should " -"have the expected result, which is a total price of 10€ for the customer: " -"8.26€ + 1.74€ = 10.00€." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:153 -msgid "This is the expected behavior for a customer of your shop." -msgstr "Este é o comportamento esperado de um cliente de sua loja." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:156 -msgid "Avoid changing every sale order" -msgstr "Evite alterar todos os pedidos de venda" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:158 -msgid "" -"If you negotiate a contract with a customer, whether you negotiate tax " -"included or tax excluded, you can set the pricelist and the fiscal position " -"on the customer form so that it will be applied automatically at every sale " -"of this customer." -msgstr "" -"Se você negociar um contrato com um cliente, independentemente de você " -"negociar com imposto incluído ou imposto excluído, você pode definir a lista" -" de preços e a posição fiscal no formulário do cliente para que seja " -"aplicada automaticamente em todas as vendas desse cliente." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:163 -msgid "" -"The pricelist is in the **Sales & Purchases** tab of the customer form, and " -"the fiscal position is in the accounting tab." -msgstr "" -"A lista de preços está na guia ** Vendas e compras ** do formulário do " -"cliente, e a posição fiscal está na guia de contabilidade." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:166 -msgid "" -"Note that this is error prone: if you set a fiscal position with tax " -"included in prices but use a pricelist that is not included, you might have " -"wrong prices calculated for you. That's why we usually recommend companies " -"to only work with one price reference." -msgstr "" -"Observe que isso está sujeito a erros: se você definir uma posição fiscal " -"com o imposto incluído nos preços, mas usar uma lista de preços que não está" -" incluída, você pode ter preços incorretos calculados para você. É por isso " -"que geralmente recomendamos que as empresas trabalhem apenas com uma " -"referência de preço." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:3 -msgid "Manage cash basis taxes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The cash basis taxes are due when the payment has been done and not at the " -"validation of the invoice (as it is the case with standard taxes). Reporting" -" your income and expenses to the administration based on the cash basis " -"method is legal in some countries and under some conditions." -msgstr "" -"Os impostos à vista são devidos no momento do pagamento e não na validação " -"da fatura (como é o caso dos impostos padrão). Relatar suas receitas e " -"despesas à administração com base no regime de caixa é legal em alguns " -"países e sob algumas condições." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Example : You sell a product in the 1st quarter of your fiscal year and " -"receive the payment the 2nd quarter of your fiscal year. Based on the cash " -"basis method, the tax you have to pay to the administration is due for the " -"2nd quarter." -msgstr "" -"Exemplo: Você vende um produto no 1º trimestre do seu ano fiscal e recebe o " -"pagamento no 2º trimestre do seu ano fiscal. Com base no regime de caixa, o " -"imposto que você tem que pagar à administração é devido no 2º trimestre." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:16 -msgid "How to configure cash basis taxes ?" -msgstr "Como configurar impostos de base à vista?" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:18 -msgid "" -"You first have to activate the setting in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Settings --> Allow Tax Cash Basis`. You will be asked to " -"define the Tax Cash Basis Journal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Once this is done, you can configure your taxes in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. At first set the " -"proper transitional accounts to post taxes until you register the payment." -msgstr "" -"Feito isso, você pode configurar seus impostos em: seleção de menus: " -"'Contabiliadde -> Configuração -> Impostos`. Em primeiro lugar, defina as " -"contas transitórias adequadas para lançar impostos até que você registre o " -"pagamento." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:35 -msgid "" -"In the *Advanced Options* tab you will turn *Tax Due* to *Based on Payment*." -" You will then have to define the *Tax Received* account in which to post " -"the tax amount when the payment is received and the *Base Tax Received " -"Account* to post the base tax amount for an accurate tax report." -msgstr "" -"Na guia * Opções avançadas *, você mudará * Imposto devido * para * Com base" -" no pagamento *. Em seguida, você terá que definir a conta * Imposto " -"recebido * na qual lançar o valor do imposto quando o pagamento for recebido" -" e a * Conta de imposto recebido base * para lançar o valor do imposto base " -"para um relatório de imposto preciso." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:45 -msgid "What is the impact of cash basis taxes in my accounting ?" -msgstr "Qual é o impacto dos impostos de base em minha contabilidade?" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Let’s take an example. You make a sale of $100 with a 15% cash basis tax. " -"When you validate the customer invoice, the following entry is created in " -"your accounting:" -msgstr "" -"Vamos dar um exemplo. Você faz uma venda de R$ 100 com um imposto de base à " -"vista de 15%. Quando você valida a fatura do cliente, a seguinte entrada é " -"criada em sua contabilidade:" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:52 -msgid "Customer Invoices Journal" -msgstr "Diário de faturas do cliente" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 -msgid "**Debit**" -msgstr "**Débito**" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 -msgid "**Credit**" -msgstr "**Crédito**" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:72 -msgid "Receivables $115" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:82 -msgid "Temporary Tax Account $15" -msgstr "Conta de imposto temporária R$ 15" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:60 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:88 -msgid "Income Account $100" -msgstr "Conta de receita R$ 100" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:63 -msgid "A few days later, you receive the payment:" -msgstr "Alguns dias depois, você recebe o pagamento:" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:66 -msgid "Bank Journal" -msgstr "Diário do Banco" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:70 -msgid "Bank $115" -msgstr "Banco R$115" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:75 -msgid "" -"When you reconcile the invoice and the payment, this entry is generated:" -msgstr "Quando você concilia a fatura e o pagamento, esta entrada é gerada:" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:78 -msgid "Tax Cash Basis Journal" -msgstr "Diário de base tributária" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:84 -msgid "Tax Received Account $15" -msgstr "Conta de imposto recebido R$ 15" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:92 -msgid "" -"The last two journal items are neutral but they are needed to insure correct" -" tax reports in Odoo with accurate base tax amounts. We advise to use a " -"default revenue account. The balance of this account will then always be at " -"zero." -msgstr "" -"Os dois últimos itens do diário são neutros, mas são necessários para " -"garantir relatórios de impostos corretos no Odoo com valores base de " -"impostos precisos. Aconselhamos o uso de uma conta de receita padrão. O " -"saldo dessa conta será sempre zero." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:121 -msgid "Default Taxes" -msgstr "Taxas padrão" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:5 -msgid "" -"**Default Taxes** define which :doc:`taxes <taxes>` are automatically " -"selected when there is no other indication about which tax to use. For " -"example, Odoo prefills the **Taxes** field with the Default Taxes when you " -"create a new product or add a new line on an invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:14 -msgid "" -":doc:`Fiscal Positions <fiscal_positions>` take the Default Tax into " -"account. Therefore, if a Fiscal Position is applied to an invoice, Odoo " -"applies the related tax instead of the Default Taxes, as mapped in the " -"Fiscal Position." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:21 -msgid "" -"**Default Taxes** are automatically set up according to the country selected" -" at the creation of your database, or when you set up a :doc:`Fiscal " -"Localization Package " -"<../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>` for your" -" company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:25 -msgid "" -"To change your **Default Taxes**, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes --> Default Taxes`, select the " -"appropriate taxes for your default **Sales Tax** and **Purchase Tax**, and " -"click on *Save*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Databases with multiple companies: the Default Taxes values are company-" -"specific." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:38 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:70 -msgid ":doc:`taxes`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:39 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:93 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:279 -msgid ":doc:`fiscal_positions`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:40 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:174 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:193 -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:125 -msgid "" -":doc:`../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:3 -msgid "Fiscal Positions (tax and account mapping)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Default taxes and accounts are set on products and customers to create new " -"transactions on the fly. However, you might have to use different taxes and " -"record the transactions on different accounts, according to your customers' " -"and providers' localizations and business types." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:9 -msgid "" -"**Fiscal Positions** allow you to create *sets of rules* to automatically " -"adapt the taxes and the accounts used for a transaction." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:16 -msgid "They can be applied in various ways:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:18 -msgid "" -":ref:`automatically applied, based on some rules " -"<fiscal_positions/automatic>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:19 -msgid ":ref:`manually applied on a transaction <fiscal_positions/partner>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:20 -msgid "" -":ref:`assigned to a partner, on its contact form " -"<fiscal_positions/transaction>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:23 -msgid "" -"A few Fiscal Positions are already preconfigured on your database, as part " -"of your :doc:`Fiscal Localization Package " -"<../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:30 -msgid "Tax and Account Mapping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:32 -msgid "" -"To edit or create a Fiscal Position, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`, and open the entry you want to modify " -"or click on *Create*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:35 -msgid "" -"The mapping of taxes and accounts is based on the default taxes and accounts" -" defined in the products' forms." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:38 -msgid "" -"To map to another tax or account, fill out the right column (**Tax to " -"Apply**/**Account to Use Instead**)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:40 -msgid "" -"To remove a tax, rather than replacing it with another, leave the field " -"**Tax to Apply** empty." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:41 -msgid "" -"To replace a tax with multiple other taxes, add multiple lines with the same" -" **Tax on Product**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:44 -msgid "" -"The mapping only works with *active* taxes. Therefore, make sure they are " -"active by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:50 -msgid "Automatic application" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:52 -msgid "" -"You can configure your Fiscal Positions to be applied automatically, " -"following a set of conditions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:54 -msgid "" -"To do so, open the Fiscal Position you want to modify and click on **Detect " -"Automatically**. You can configure a few conditions:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:57 -msgid "" -"**VAT Required**: The VAT number *must* be indicated in the customer's " -"contact form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:58 -msgid "" -"**Country Group** / **Country**: The Fiscal Position is applied to these " -"countries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Taxes on **eCommerce orders** are automatically updated once the visitor has" -" logged in or filled out their billing details." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:69 -msgid "" -"The Fiscal Positions' **sequence** - the order in which they are arranged - " -"defines which Fiscal Position to apply if the conditions are met in multiple" -" Fiscal Positions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:72 -msgid "" -"For example, if the first Fiscal Position targets *country A*, and the " -"second Fiscal Position targets a *Country Group* that also comprises " -"*country A*, only the first Fiscal Position will be applied to customers " -"from *country A*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:79 -msgid "Application" -msgstr "Aplicação" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:84 -msgid "Assign a Fiscal Position to a partner" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:86 -msgid "" -"You can manually define which Fiscal Position must be used by default for a " -"specific partner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:88 -msgid "" -"To do so, open the partner's contact form, go to the **Sales & Purchase** " -"tab, edit the **Fiscal Position** field, and click on *Save*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:98 -msgid "Choose Fiscal Positions manually on Sales Orders, Invoices, and Bills" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:100 -msgid "" -"To manually select which Fiscal Position to use for a new Sales Order, " -"Invoice, or Bill, go to the **Other Info** tab and select the right **Fiscal" -" Position** *before* adding product lines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:110 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:281 -msgid ":doc:`taxcloud`" -msgstr ":doc:`taxcloud`" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:280 -msgid ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" -msgstr ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:3 -msgid "Manage withholding taxes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A withholding tax, also called a retention tax, is a government requirement " -"for the payer of a customer invoice to withhold or deduct tax from the " -"payment, and pay that tax to the government. In most jurisdictions, " -"withholding tax applies to employment income." -msgstr "" -"Um imposto retido na fonte, também denominado imposto de retenção, é uma " -"exigência governamental para que o pagador de uma fatura de cliente retenha " -"ou deduza o imposto do pagamento e pague esse imposto ao governo. Na maioria" -" das jurisdições, o imposto retido na fonte se aplica à renda do trabalho." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:10 -msgid "" -"With normal taxes, the tax is added to the subtotal to give you the total to" -" pay. As opposed to normal taxes, withholding taxes are deducted from the " -"amount to pay, as the tax will be paid by the customer." -msgstr "" -"Com impostos normais, o imposto é adicionado ao subtotal para dar a você o " -"total a pagar. Ao contrário dos impostos normais, os impostos retidos na " -"fonte são deduzidos do valor a pagar, uma vez que o imposto será pago pelo " -"cliente." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:14 -msgid "As, an example, in Colombia you may have the following invoice:" -msgstr "A título de exemplo, na Colômbia você pode ter a seguinte fatura:" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:19 -msgid "" -"In this example, the **company** who sent the invoice owes $20 of taxes to " -"the **government** and the **customer** owes $10 of taxes to the " -"**government**." -msgstr "" -"Neste exemplo, a ** empresa ** que enviou a fatura deve R$ 20 de impostos ao" -" ** governo ** e o ** cliente ** deve R$ 10 de impostos ao ** governo **." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:25 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, a withholding tax is defined by creating a negative tax. For a " -"retention of 10%, you would configure the following tax (accessible through " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Taxes`):" -msgstr "" -"Em Odoo, um imposto retido na fonte é definido pela criação de um imposto " -"negativo. Para uma retenção de 10%, você configuraria o seguinte imposto " -"(acessível através de: seleção de menus: `Configuração -> Impostos`):" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:32 -msgid "" -"In order to make it appear as a retention on the invoice, you should set a " -"specific tax group **Retention** on your tax, in the **Advanced Options** " -"tab." -msgstr "" -"Para que apareça como uma retenção na fatura, você deve definir um grupo de " -"impostos específico ** Retenção ** em seu imposto, na guia ** Opções " -"Avançadas **." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Once the tax is defined, you can use it in your products, sales order or " -"invoices." -msgstr "" -"Uma vez que o imposto é definido, você pode usá-lo em seus produtos, pedidos" -" de venda ou faturas." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:43 -msgid "" -"If the retention is a percentage of a regular tax, create a Tax with a **Tax" -" Computation** as a **Tax Group** and set the two taxes in this group " -"(normal tax and retention)." -msgstr "" -"Se a retenção for uma porcentagem de um imposto normal, crie um imposto com " -"** Cálculo de imposto ** como um ** Grupo de imposto ** e defina os dois " -"impostos neste grupo (imposto normal e retenção)." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:48 -msgid "Applying retention taxes on invoices" -msgstr "Aplicação de impostos de retenção em faturas" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Once your tax is created, you can use it on customer forms, sales order or " -"customer invoices. You can apply several taxes on a single customer invoice " -"line." -msgstr "" -"Uma vez que seu imposto é criado, você pode usá-lo em formulários de " -"clientes, pedidos de vendas ou faturas de clientes. Você pode aplicar vários" -" impostos em uma única linha de fatura do cliente." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:58 -msgid "" -"When you see the customer invoice on the screen, you get only a **Taxes " -"line** summarizing all the taxes (normal taxes & retentions). But when you " -"print or send the invoice, Odoo does the correct grouping amongst all the " -"taxes." -msgstr "" -"Ao ver a fatura do cliente na tela, você obtém apenas uma ** linha de " -"Impostos ** resumindo todos os impostos (impostos e retenções normais). Mas " -"quando você imprime ou envia a nota fiscal, Odoo faz o agrupamento correto " -"entre todos os impostos." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:63 -msgid "The printed invoice will show the different amounts in each tax group." -msgstr "" -"A fatura impressa mostrará os diferentes valores em cada grupo de impostos." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:3 -msgid "Get correct tax rates in the United States using TaxCloud" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The **TaxCloud** integration allows you to correctly calculate the sales tax" -" for every address in the United States and keeps track of which products " -"are exempt from sales tax and in which states each exemption applies. " -"TaxCloud calculates sales tax in real-time for every state, city, and " -"special jurisdiction in the United States." -msgstr "" -"A integração do ** TaxCloud ** permite calcular corretamente o imposto sobre" -" vendas para cada endereço nos Estados Unidos e rastrear quais produtos " -"estão isentos de imposto sobre vendas e em quais estados cada isenção se " -"aplica. TaxCloud calcula o imposto sobre vendas em tempo real para cada " -"estado, cidade e jurisdição especial nos Estados Unidos." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:15 -msgid "In TaxCloud" -msgstr "Em TaxCloud" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Create a free account on `TaxCloud <https://taxcloud.com/#register>`__ " -"website." -msgstr "" -"Crie uma conta gratuita no site `TaxCloud <https://taxcloud.com/#register>` " -"__." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Register your Odoo website on TaxCloud to get an *API ID* and an *API Key*." -msgstr "" -"Registre seu site Odoo no TaxCloud para obter um * ID de API * e uma * Chave" -" de API *." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:23 -msgid "" -"In Settings on TaxCloud, click *Locations* to enter the location of your " -"Office(s) & Warehouse(s)." -msgstr "" -"Em Configurações no TaxCloud, clique em * Locais * para inserir a " -"localização de seu (s) escritório (s) e depósito (s)." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:24 -msgid "" -"In Settings on TaxCloud, click *Manage Tax States* to verify the states " -"where you collect sales tax." -msgstr "" -"Em Configurações no TaxCloud, clique em * Gerenciar estados fiscais * para " -"verificar os estados onde você coleta impostos sobre vendas." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:27 -msgid "In Odoo" -msgstr "No Odoo" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Invoicing / Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`" -" and check *TaxCloud - Compute tax rates based on U.S. ZIP codes* (note: " -"actually uses complete street address)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:30 -msgid "Enter your TaxCloud credentials." -msgstr "Insira suas credenciais do TaxCloud." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:31 -msgid "Click SAVE to store your credentials." -msgstr "Clique em SALVAR para armazenar suas credenciais." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Click the Refresh Icon next to *Default Category* to import the TIC product " -"categories from TaxCloud (Taxability Information Codes). Some categories may" -" imply specific rates or attract product/service type exemptions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Select your default *TIC Code*. This will apply to any new product created." -msgstr "" -"Selecione seu * Código TIC * padrão. Isso se aplica a qualquer novo produto " -"criado." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Set a specific TaxCloud TIC Category on the *General Information* tab of the" -" Product, or on the Product Category." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Make sure your company address is complete (including the state and the zip " -"code). Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies` " -"to open and edit your Company record." -msgstr "" -"Verifique se o endereço da sua empresa está completo (incluindo o estado e o" -" código postal). Vá para: seleção de menus: `Configurações -> Usuários e " -"empresas -> Empresas` para abrir e editar o registro da sua empresa." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:47 -msgid "How it works" -msgstr "Como Funciona" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Salestax is calculated in Odoo based on fiscal positions (see " -":doc:`fiscal_positions`). A Fiscal Position for the United States is created" -" when installing *TaxCloud*. Everything works out-of-the-box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:54 -msgid "" -"You can configure Odoo to automtically detect which Customers should use " -"this fiscal position. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " -"--> Fiscal Positions` to open and edit the record." -msgstr "" -"Você pode configurar o Odoo para detectar automaticamente quais clientes " -"devem usar esta posição fiscal. Acesse: seleção de menus: ʻContabilidade -> " -"Configuração -> Posições Fiscais` para abrir e editar o cadastro." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Now, this fiscal position is automatically set on any sales order, web " -"order, or invoice when the customer country is *United States*. This " -"triggers the automated tax computation." -msgstr "" -"Agora, essa posição fiscal é definida automaticamente em qualquer pedido de " -"venda, pedido da web ou fatura quando o país do cliente for * Estados Unidos" -" *. Isso aciona o cálculo automatizado de impostos." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Add your product(s). You have two options to get Sales Tax on the Order. " -"You can confirm it, or you can save it and from the *Action* Menu choose " -"**Update Taxes with TaxCloud**." -msgstr "" -"Adicione seu (s) produto (s). Você tem duas opções para obter imposto sobre " -"vendas no pedido. Você pode confirmá-lo ou salvá-lo e, no menu * Ação *, " -"escolher ** Atualizar impostos com TaxCloud **." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:73 -msgid "Coupons & Promotions" -msgstr "Cupons e Promoções" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:75 -msgid "" -"If you use the Coupon or Promotion Programs, the integration with Taxcloud " -"might seem a bit odd." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:77 -msgid "" -"The problem lies with the fact that Taxcloud does not accept lines with " -"negative amounts as part of the tax computation. This means that the amount " -"of the lines added by the promotion program must be deduced from the total " -"of the lines it impacts. This means, amongst other complications, that " -"orders that use coupons or promotions with a Taxcloud fiscal position " -"**must** be invoiced completely - you cannot create invoices for partial " -"deliveries, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Another specific oddity is possible in the UI: imagine that you sell a " -"product from the Taxcloud category *[20110] Computers* and that you have a " -"promotion program in place that provides a 50% discount on this product. If " -"the tax rate for this particular product is 7%, the tax rate that will be " -"computed from the Taxcloud integration will display 3.5%. This happens " -"because the discount is included in the price that is sent to Taxcloud, but " -"in Odoo this discount is in another line entirely. At the end of the day, " -"your tax computation will be correct (since a 3.5% tax on the full price is " -"the equivalent of a 7% tax on half the price), but this might be surprising " -"from a user point of view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:5 -msgid "" -"There are numerous types of **taxes**, and their application varies greatly," -" depending mostly on your company's localization. To make sure they are " -"recorded with accuracy, Odoo's tax engine supports all kinds of uses and " -"computations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:12 -msgid "Activate Sales Taxes from the List view" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:14 -msgid "" -"As part of your :doc:`Fiscal Localization Package " -"<../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>`, most of" -" your country's sales taxes are already preconfigured on your database. " -"However, only a few of them are activated by default, so that you can " -"activate only the ones relevant for your business." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:19 -msgid "" -"To activate Sale Taxes, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " -"--> Taxes` and use the *Activate* toggle button to activate or deactivate a " -"tax." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:31 -msgid "" -"To edit or create a **Tax**, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Taxes` and open a tax or click on *Create*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Taxes have three different labels, each one having a specific use. Refer to " -"the following table to see where they are displayed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:45 -msgid ":ref:`Tax Name <taxes/name>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:45 -msgid ":ref:`Label on Invoice <taxes/label-invoices>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:45 -msgid ":ref:`Tax Group <taxes/tax-group>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:48 -msgid "Back end" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:48 -msgid "*Taxes* column on exported invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:48 -msgid "Above the *Total* line on exported invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:53 -msgid "Basic Options" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:58 -msgid "Tax Name" -msgstr "Nome da taxa" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:60 -msgid "" -"The **Tax Name** as you want to display it for backend users. This is the " -":ref:`label <taxes/labels>` you see while editing Sales Orders, Invoices, " -"Products, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:66 -msgid "Tax Computation" -msgstr "Cálculo de Impostos" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:68 -msgid "**Group of Taxes**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:70 -msgid "" -"The tax is a combination of multiple sub-taxes. You can add as many taxes " -"you want, in the order you want them to be applied." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:74 -msgid "" -"Make sure that the tax sequence is correct, as the order in which they are " -"may impact the taxes' amounts computation, especially if one of the taxes " -":ref:`affects the base of the subsequent ones <taxes/base-subsequent>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:78 -msgid "**Fixed**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:80 -msgid "" -"The tax has a fixed amount in the default currency. The amount remains the " -"same, regardless of the Sales Price." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:83 -msgid "" -"For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *$10 " -"fixed* tax. We then have:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:231 -msgid "Product's Sales Price" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:231 -msgid "Price without tax" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:231 -msgid "Tax" -msgstr "Imposto" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:231 -msgid "Total" -msgstr "Total" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:89 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:89 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:104 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:104 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:118 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:118 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:234 -msgid "1,000" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:89 -msgid "10" -msgstr "10" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:89 -msgid "1,010.00" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:92 -msgid "**Percentage of Price**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:94 -msgid "" -"The *Sales Price* is the taxable basis: the tax's amount is computed by " -"multiplying the Sales Price by the tax's percentage." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:97 -msgid "" -"For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *10% of " -"Price* tax. We then have:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:104 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 -msgid "100" -msgstr "100" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:104 -msgid "1,100.00" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:107 -msgid "**Percentage of Price Tax Included**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:109 -msgid "" -"The *Total* is the taxable basis: the tax's amount is a percentage of the " -"Total." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:111 -msgid "" -"For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *10% of " -"Price Tax Included* tax. We then have:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:118 -msgid "111.11" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:118 -msgid "1,111.11" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:124 -msgid "Active" -msgstr "Ativo" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:126 -msgid "Only **Active** taxes can be added to new documents." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:129 -msgid "" -"It is not possible to delete taxes that have already been used. Instead, you" -" can deactivate them to prevent future use." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:133 -msgid "" -"This field can be modified from the *List View*. See :ref:`above " -"<taxes/list_activation>` for more information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:139 -msgid "Tax Scope" -msgstr "Escopo de Imposto" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:141 -msgid "" -"The **Tax Scope** determines the tax's application, which also restricts " -"where it is displayed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:143 -msgid "**Sales**: Customer Invoices, Product's Customer Taxes, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:144 -msgid "**Purchase**: Vendor Bills, Product's Vendor Taxes, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:145 -msgid "**None**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:148 -msgid "" -"You can use **None** for taxes that you want to include in a :ref:`Group of " -"Taxes <taxes/computation>` but that you don't want to list along with other " -"Sales or Purchase taxes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:154 -msgid "Definition tab" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:156 -msgid "" -"Allocate with precision the amount of the taxable basis or percentages of " -"the computed tax to multiple accounts and Tax Grids." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:163 -msgid "**Based On**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:165 -msgid "Base: the price on the invoice line" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:166 -msgid "% of tax: a percentage of the computed tax." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:168 -msgid "**Account**: if defined, an additional Journal Item is recorded." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:169 -msgid "" -"**Tax Grids**: used to generate :doc:`Tax Reports " -"<../../reporting/declarations/tax_returns>` automatically, according to your" -" country's regulations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:175 -msgid "Advanced Options tab" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:180 -msgid "Label on Invoices" -msgstr "Etiqueta em Faturas" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:182 -msgid "" -"The label of the tax, as displayed on each invoice line in the **Taxes** " -"column. This is the :ref:`label <taxes/labels>` visible to *front end* " -"users, on exported invoices, on their Customer Portals, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:193 -msgid "Tax Group" -msgstr "Grupo de Imposto" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:195 -msgid "" -"Select to which **Tax Group** the tax belongs. The Tax Group name is the " -":ref:`label <taxes/labels>` displayed above the *Total* line on exported " -"invoices, and the Customer Portals." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:198 -msgid "" -"Tax groups include different iterations of the same tax. This can be useful " -"when you must record differently the same tax according to :doc:`Fiscal " -"Positions <fiscal_positions>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:205 -msgid "" -"In the example above, we see a 0% tax for Intra-Community customers in " -"Europe. It records amounts on specific accounts and with specific tax grids." -" Still, to the customer, it is a 0% tax. That's why the :ref:`Label on the " -"Invoice <taxes/label-invoices>` indicates *0% EU*, and the Tax Group name, " -"above the *Total* line, indicates *0%*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:213 -msgid "Include in Analytic Cost" -msgstr "Incluir em Custos Analíticos" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:215 -msgid "" -"With this option activated, the tax's amount is assigned to the same " -"**Analytic Account** as the invoice line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:221 -msgid "Included in Price" -msgstr "Incluído no preço" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:223 -msgid "" -"With this option activated, the total (including the tax) equals the **Sales" -" Price**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:225 -msgid ":dfn:`Total = Sales Price = Computed Tax-Excluded price + Tax`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:227 -msgid "" -"For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *10% of " -"Price* tax, which is *included in the price*. We then have:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:234 -msgid "900.10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:234 -msgid "90.9" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:234 -msgid "1,000.00" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:238 -msgid "" -"If you need to define prices accurately, both tax-included and tax-excluded," -" please refer to the following documentation: :doc:`B2B_B2C`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:242 -msgid "" -"**Invoices**: By default, the Line Subtotals displayed on your invoices are " -"*Tax-Excluded*. To display *Tax-Included* Line Subtotals, go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Customer " -"Invoices`, and select *Tax-Included* in the **Line Subtotals Tax Display** " -"field, then click on *Save*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:246 -msgid "" -"**eCommerce**: By default, the prices displayed on your eCommerce website " -"are *Tax-Excluded*. To display *Tax-Included* prices, go to " -":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Pricing`, and " -"select *Tax-Included* in the **Product Prices** field, then click on *Save*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:253 -msgid "Affect Base of Subsequent Taxes" -msgstr "Afeta a Base de Impostos Futuros" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:255 -msgid "" -"With this option, the total tax-included becomes the taxable basis for the " -"other taxes applied to the same product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:258 -msgid "" -"You can configure a new :ref:`Group of Taxes <taxes/computation>` to include" -" this tax, or add it directly to a product line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:266 -msgid "" -"The order in which you add the taxes on a product line has no effect on how " -"amounts are computed. If you add taxes directly on a product line, only the " -"tax sequence determines the order in which they are applied." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:270 -msgid "" -"To reorder the sequence, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " -"--> Taxes`, and drag and drop the lines with the handles next to the tax " -"names." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:282 -msgid ":doc:`../../reporting/declarations/tax_returns`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:3 -msgid "VIES VAT numbers validation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:5 -msgid "" -"**VAT Information Exchange System** - abbreviated **VIES** - is a tool " -"provided by the European Commission that allows you to check the validity of" -" VAT numbers of companies registered in the European Union." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Odoo provides a feature to **Verify VAT Numbers** when you save a contact. " -"This helps you make sure that your contacts provided you with a valid VAT " -"number without leaving Odoo interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:15 -msgid "" -"To enable this feature, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " -"--> Settings --> Taxes`, enable the **Verify VAT Numbers** feature, and " -"click on *Save*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:23 -msgid "VAT Number validation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Whenever you create or modify a contact, make sure to fill out the " -"**Country** and **VAT** fields." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:31 -msgid "" -"When you click on *Save*, Odoo runs a VIES VAT number check, and displays an" -" error message if the VAT number is invalid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:39 -msgid "" -"This tool checks the VAT number's validity but does not check the other " -"fields' validity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:43 -msgid "" -"`European Commission: VIES search engine " -"<https://ec.europa.eu/taxation_customs/vies/vatRequest.html>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:109 msgid "Others" msgstr "Outros" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser.rst:3 msgid "Adviser" msgstr "Conselheiro" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:3 msgid "Manage a financial budget" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:8 msgid "" "Managing budgets is an essential part of running a business. Budgets help " "people become more intentional with the way money is spent and direct people" @@ -12157,7 +10520,7 @@ msgstr "" " o resultado financeiro desejado e, em seguida, compare seu desempenho real " "com o plano. O Odoo gerencia orçamentos usando contas gerais e analíticas." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:15 msgid "" "We will use the following example to illustrate. We just started a project " "with Smith&Co and we would like to budget the incomes and expenses of that " @@ -12169,7 +10532,7 @@ msgstr "" " desse projeto. Planejamos ter uma receita de 1.000 e não queremos gastar " "mais do que 700." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:23 msgid "" "First we need to install the relevant apps to use budgeting. The main module" " is the accounting app. Go in the app module and install the **Accounting " @@ -12179,7 +10542,7 @@ msgstr "" "orçamento. O módulo principal é o aplicativo de contabilidade. Acesse o " "módulo do aplicativo e instale o aplicativo ** Contabilidade e Finanças **." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:30 msgid "" "Further configuration is as well necessary. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting" " module --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable the **Budget management**" @@ -12189,11 +10552,11 @@ msgstr "" "`Módulo de contagem -> Configuração -> Configurações` e habilite o recurso " "** Gerenciamento de orçamento **" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:38 msgid "Budgetary Positions" msgstr "Posições orçamentárias" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:40 msgid "" "Budgetary positions are lists of accounts for which you want to keep budgets" " (typically expense or income accounts). They need to be defined so Odoo can" @@ -12204,7 +10567,7 @@ msgstr "" "precisam ser definidos para que Odoo possa saber quais contas ele precisa " "para obter as informações de orçamento." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:45 msgid "" "The budgetary positions act as a type of restriction on what can be recorded" " in the 'practical amount' column in a budget." @@ -12212,14 +10575,14 @@ msgstr "" "As situações orçamentais funcionam como uma espécie de restrição ao que pode" " ser registado na coluna 'montante prático' de um orçamento." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:48 msgid "" "Each budgetary position can have any number of accounts from the general " "ledger (the main chart of accounts) assigned to it, though it must have at " "least one." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:51 msgid "" "If you record a transaction that has an analytic account assigned to it that" " *is* included in a budget line but one of the general ledger accounts *is " @@ -12227,7 +10590,7 @@ msgid "" "not appear within the 'practical amount' column of that budget line." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:56 msgid "" "Some budgetary positions might be already installed with your chart of " "accounts." @@ -12235,13 +10598,13 @@ msgstr "" "Algumas posições orçamentárias podem já estar instaladas com seu plano de " "contas." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:59 msgid "" "To define the positions enter the :menuselection:`Accounting module --> " "Configuration --> Budgetary Positions`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:62 msgid "" "For our example we need to define what accounts relates to our project's " "expenses. Create a position and add items to select the accounts." @@ -12250,7 +10613,7 @@ msgstr "" "despesas do nosso projeto. Crie uma posição e adicione itens para selecionar" " as contas." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:68 msgid "" "In this case we select the three relevant accounts used wherein we will book" " our expenses." @@ -12258,15 +10621,15 @@ msgstr "" "Neste caso, selecionamos as três contas relevantes utilizadas nas quais " "contabilizaremos nossas despesas." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:74 msgid "Click on *Select*." msgstr "Clique em * Selecionar *." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:79 msgid "Save the changes to confirm your Budgetary position." msgstr "Salve as alterações para confirmar sua posição orçamentária." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:81 msgid "" "Repeat this steps to create a revenue budgetary position. Only in this case " "select the relevant income accounts." @@ -12274,11 +10637,11 @@ msgstr "" "Repita essas etapas para criar uma posição orçamentária de receita. Somente " "neste caso selecione as contas de receita relevantes." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:85 msgid "Analytical account" msgstr "Conta analítica" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:87 msgid "" "Odoo needs to know which costs or expenses are relevant to a specified " "budget. To do so we need to link our invoices and expenses to a defined " @@ -12294,11 +10657,11 @@ msgstr "" "Contas analíticas -> Abrir gráficos`. Crie uma nova conta chamada projeto " "Smith & Co e selecione o parceiro relacionado." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:98 msgid "Set a budget" msgstr "Estabeleça um orçamento" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:100 msgid "" "Let's now set our targets for our budget. We specified that we expect to " "gain 1000 with this project and we would like not to spend more than 700." @@ -12307,13 +10670,13 @@ msgstr "" "esperamos ganhar 1.000 com este projeto e não gostaríamos de gastar mais de " "700." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:104 msgid "" "To set those targets, enter the accounting app, select " ":menuselection:`Advisers --> Budgets` and create a new Budget." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:107 msgid "" "We have to give a name to the budget. In this case we'll call it \"Smith " "Project\". Select the period wherein the budget will be applicable. Next add" @@ -12323,7 +10686,7 @@ msgstr "" "Smith\". Selecione o período em que o orçamento será aplicável. Em seguida, " "adicione um item para especificar suas metas na linha de orçamento." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:114 msgid "" "Select the Budgetary Position related to the Budget Line. In other words, " "select the position that points to the accounts you want to budget. In this " @@ -12339,7 +10702,7 @@ msgstr "" "Como estamos registrando um custo, precisamos especificar um ** valor " "negativo **. Finalmente, selecione a conta analítica correspondente." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:124 msgid "" "Click on **Save & new** to input the revenue budget. The Budgetary Position " "is Revenue and the Planned Amount is 1000. Save and close" @@ -12347,15 +10710,15 @@ msgstr "" "Clique em ** Salvar e novo ** para inserir o orçamento de receita. A posição" " orçamentária é a receita e o valor planejado é 1000. Salve e feche" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:127 msgid "You'll need to **Confirm** and **Approve** the budget." msgstr "Você precisará ** Confirmar ** e ** aprovar ** o orçamento." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:130 msgid "Check your budget" msgstr "Verifique seu orçamento" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:132 msgid "" "You can check your budget at any time. To see the evolution, let's book some" " Invoices and Vendors Bills." @@ -12363,23 +10726,23 @@ msgstr "" "Você pode verificar seu orçamento a qualquer momento. Para ver a evolução, " "vamos reservar algumas Notas Fiscais e Contas de Fornecedores." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:136 msgid "" "If you use analytical accounts remember that you need to specify the account" " in the invoice and/or purchase line." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:140 msgid "" "For more information about booking invoices and purchase orders see " ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/overview`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:143 msgid "Go back in the budget list and find the Smith Project." msgstr "Volte na lista de orçamento e encontre o Projeto Smith." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:145 msgid "" "Via the analytical account, Odoo can account the invoice lines and purchase " "lines booked in the accounts and will display them in the **Practical " @@ -12389,7 +10752,7 @@ msgstr "" "linhas de compra reservadas nas contas e irá exibi-las na coluna ** Valor " "prático **." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:153 msgid "" "The theoretical amount represents the amount of money you theoretically " "could have spend / should have received in function of the date. When your " @@ -12398,15 +10761,15 @@ msgid "" " that could have been realised." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic.rst:3 msgid "Analytic" msgstr "Analytic" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:3 msgid "Track costs of purchases, expenses, subcontracting" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:8 msgid "" "Thanks to analytical accounting we can track costs of purchases, expenses " "and subcontracting in the accounting module." @@ -12414,7 +10777,7 @@ msgstr "" "Graças à contabilidade analítica, podemos rastrear custos de compras, " "despesas e subcontratação no módulo de contabilidade." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:11 msgid "" "We'll take the following example. We sold a consulting package for a " "customer. The package is all inclusive meaning no extra cost can be added. " @@ -12428,7 +10791,7 @@ msgstr "" "associados a esta transação, já que precisamos pagar por compras, despesas e" " custos de subcontratação relacionados ao projeto." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:20 msgid "" "The following modules needs to be installed to track cost. Enter the app " "module and install the following apps:" @@ -12436,7 +10799,7 @@ msgstr "" "Os módulos a seguir precisam ser instalados para controlar o custo. Entre no" " módulo de aplicativo e instale os seguintes aplicativos:" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:28 msgid "" "Please note that the applications provided by these apps only allows us to " "**track** the costs. We won't be able to automatically re invoice those " @@ -12449,11 +10812,11 @@ msgstr "" "reenviar os custos **, você também deve instalar o aplicativo de " "gerenciamento de vendas." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:37 msgid "Enable Analytical accounting" msgstr "Habilitar contabilidade analítica" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:39 msgid "" "Next step is to activate the analytical accounting. In the accounting app, " "select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and thick the Analytic " @@ -12463,7 +10826,7 @@ msgstr "" "contabilidade, selecione: seleção de menus: `Configuração -> Configurações` " "e selecione a caixa de contabilidade analítica." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:46 msgid "" "Moreover, scroll down and tick the **Analytic accounting for purchases** " "box." @@ -12471,15 +10834,15 @@ msgstr "" "Além disso, role para baixo e marque a caixa ** Contabilidade analítica para" " compras **." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:52 msgid "Don't forget to save your changes." msgstr "Não esqueça de salvar suas alterações." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:55 msgid "Create an Analytical account." msgstr "Crie uma conta analítica." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:57 msgid "" "First of all you should create an Analytical account on which you can point " "all your expenses. Enter the accounting app, select " @@ -12487,17 +10850,17 @@ msgid "" "this case we will call it \"consulting pack\" for our customer Smith&Co." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:65 msgid "We will point all our costs to this account to keep track of them." msgstr "" "Iremos apontar todos os nossos custos para esta conta para mantê-los sob " "controle." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:68 msgid "Record an expense" msgstr "Registre uma despesa" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:70 msgid "" "We start by booking an expense. Our IT technician had to take a train to go " "see our customer. He paid for his ticket himself." @@ -12505,11 +10868,11 @@ msgstr "" "Começamos por registrar uma despesa. Nosso técnico de TI teve que pegar um " "trem para ir ver nosso cliente. Ele mesmo pagou pela passagem." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:75 msgid "Create an expense product" msgstr "Criar um produto de despesa" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:77 msgid "" "We first need to create an expense product. Enter the **Expense** module, " "Click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Expense Products`. Create a new " @@ -12522,11 +10885,11 @@ msgstr "" "15,50 reais. Certifique-se de que a caixa ** Pode ser cobrado ** está " "marcada." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:86 msgid "Book the expense" msgstr "Reserve a despesa" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:88 msgid "" "Enter the Expense module, click on :menuselection:`My expenses --> Create`. " "Select the Train ticket product and link it to the analytical account " @@ -12536,22 +10899,22 @@ msgstr "" "Criar`. Selecione o produto Passagem de trem e vincule-o à conta analítica " "discutida acima." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:95 msgid "" "Submit to manager and wait for the manager to approve and post the journal " "entries." msgstr "" "Envie ao gerente e espere que ele aprove e publique as entradas de diário." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:99 msgid "Create a Purchase Order linked to the analytical account" msgstr "Crie um pedido de compra vinculado à conta analítica" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:102 msgid "Purchase Product" msgstr "Produto de compra" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:104 msgid "" "We also need to buy a software for our customers. In the purchase app create" " a purchase order for the software product. Within the line we can link the " @@ -12563,7 +10926,7 @@ msgstr "" "linha podemos vincular o custo do produto à conta analítica. Especifique a " "linha do pedido e selecione a conta analítica correta. Confirme a venda." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:113 msgid "" "Accept the delivery and enter the invoice. Once the invoice is entered the " "cost price (**Vendor Price** field) will be booked in the analytical " @@ -12573,11 +10936,11 @@ msgstr "" " de custo (campo ** Preço do fornecedor **) será registrado na conta " "analítica." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:117 msgid "Subcontracting" msgstr "Subcontratação" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:119 msgid "" "The purchase module can be used in the same way as seen previously to handle" " subcontracting. if we purchase a service from another company we can re " @@ -12590,17 +10953,17 @@ msgstr "" " à conta analítica correta. Simplesmente precisamos criar o produto correto " "do fornecedor." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:126 msgid "You can also track cost with timesheets, see: :doc:`timesheets`" msgstr "" "Você também pode acompanhar o custo com planilhas de horas, consulte: " ":doc:`timesheets`" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:129 msgid "Track costs in accounting" msgstr "Acompanhe os custos na contabilidade" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:131 msgid "" "Now that everything is booked and points to the analytical account. Simply " "open it to check the costs related to that account." @@ -12608,7 +10971,7 @@ msgstr "" "Agora que tudo está registrado e aponta para a conta analítica. Basta abri-" "lo para verificar os custos relacionados a essa conta." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:134 msgid "" "Enter the accounting module, click on :menuselection:`Advisers --> Analytic " "Accounts --> Open Charts`." @@ -12616,7 +10979,7 @@ msgstr "" "Entre no módulo de contabilidade, clique em: seleção de menus: `Consultores " "-> Contas analíticas -> Abrir gráficos`." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:137 msgid "" "Select \"consulting pack - Smith\" and click on the cost and revenue button " "to have an overview of all cost linked to the account." @@ -12624,7 +10987,7 @@ msgstr "" "Selecione \"pacote de consultoria - Smith\" e clique no botão de custo e " "receita para ter uma visão geral de todos os custos vinculados à conta." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:144 msgid "" "If you would like to have the revenue as well you should invoice the " "Consulting Pack in the Invoice menu and link the invoice line to this same " @@ -12634,11 +10997,11 @@ msgstr "" "Consultoria no menu Fatura e vincular a linha da fatura a esta mesma conta " "analítica." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:3 msgid "Track costs of human resources with timesheets" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:5 msgid "" "Human resource of course has a cost. It is interesting to see how much a " "particular contract costs the company in term of human power in relation to " @@ -12648,7 +11011,7 @@ msgstr "" "custa um determinado contrato para a empresa em termos de força humana em " "relação aos valores faturados." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:9 msgid "" "We will take the following example: Our two employees **Harry Potter** and " "**Cedric Digory** both work on a **Consultancy pack** for our customer " @@ -12663,7 +11026,7 @@ msgstr "" "no aplicativo de contabilidade e compará-los com a receita do serviço de " "consultoria." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:18 msgid "" "First, install the three applications necessary to use this functionality, " "namely **Accounting**, **Sales** and **Timesheet**. Enter the apps module " @@ -12673,7 +11036,7 @@ msgstr "" "funcionalidade, a saber, ** Contabilidade **, ** Vendas ** e ** Quadro de " "Horários **. Digite o nome do módulo de aplicativos e instale-os." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:31 msgid "" "Next you will need to enable analytical accounting. To do so enter the " "**Accounting app**. Select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and " @@ -12684,15 +11047,15 @@ msgstr "" " -> Configurações` e marque a opção ** Contabilidade analítica ** (veja a " "imagem abaixo)" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:38 msgid "Apply your changes." msgstr "Aplique suas alterações." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:41 msgid "Create an employee" msgstr "Criar um funcionário" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:43 msgid "" "In order to check the revenue of an employee you need to have one. To create" " an employee enter the **Employee** app. Select **Employees** and create a " @@ -12703,7 +11066,7 @@ msgstr "" "Funcionários ** e crie um novo funcionário, preencha o nome e as informações" " básicas." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:47 msgid "" "On the employee sheet enter the **HR settings** tab. Here you are able to " "specify the **Timesheet Cost** of your employee. In this case Harry has a " @@ -12714,7 +11077,7 @@ msgstr "" "funcionário. Neste caso, Harry tem um custo de 18 reais / hora. Assim, " "preencheremos 18 neste campo." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:55 msgid "" "If you want the employee to be able to enter timesheets he needs to be " "related to a User." @@ -12722,7 +11085,7 @@ msgstr "" "Se você deseja que o funcionário possa inserir planilhas de horas, ele " "precisa estar relacionado a um usuário." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:58 msgid "" "Repeat the operation to create the Cedric Digory employee. Don't forget to " "specify its related user and **Timesheet Costs**." @@ -12730,11 +11093,11 @@ msgstr "" "Repita a operação para criar o funcionário Cedric Digory. Não se esqueça de " "especificar o usuário relacionado e os ** Custos do Quadro de Horários **." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:62 msgid "Issue a Sales Order" msgstr "Emitir um pedido de venda" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:64 msgid "" "We created two employees called Harry Potter and Cedric Diggory in the " "**Employee** app. Both of them will work on a consultancy contract for our " @@ -12745,7 +11108,7 @@ msgstr "" "consultoria para nosso cliente Smith & Co, no qual apontarão suas horas em " "uma planilha de horas." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:68 msgid "" "We thus need to create a **sales order** with a **service** product invoiced" " **based on time and material** and tracked by timesheets with **hours** as " @@ -12755,13 +11118,14 @@ msgstr "" "serviço ** faturado ** com base em tempo e material ** e rastreado por " "planilhas de horas com ** horas ** como unidade de medida." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:75 msgid "" "For more information on how to create a sales order based on time and " -"material please see :doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/time_materials`." +"material please see " +":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:78 msgid "" "We save a Sales Order with the service product **External Consulting**. An " "analytical account will automatically be generated once the **Sales Order** " @@ -12775,11 +11139,11 @@ msgstr "" "conta (neste caso ** SO002-Smith & Co **) para poderem faturar suas horas " "(veja a imagem abaixo)." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:88 msgid "Fill in timesheet" msgstr "Preencher planilha de horas" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:90 msgid "" "As an employee linked to a user, Harry can enter the **Timesheet** app and " "specify his timesheets for the contract. Logged on Harry's account we enter " @@ -12792,18 +11156,18 @@ msgstr "" "Horários ** e inserimos uma linha detalhada apontando para a ** Conta " "Analítica ** discutida acima." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:95 msgid "Harry worked three hours on a SWOT analysis for Smith&Co." msgstr "Harry trabalhou três horas em uma análise SWOT para Smith & Co." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:100 msgid "" "In the meantime, Cedric discussed businesses needs with the customer for 1 " "hour and specified it as well in his personal timesheet, pointing as well on" " the **Analytic Account**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:104 msgid "" "In the **Sales Order** we notice that the delivered amounts of hours is " "automatically computed (see picture below)." @@ -12811,11 +11175,11 @@ msgstr "" "No ** Pedido de Venda ** notamos que a quantidade de horas entregues é " "calculada automaticamente (veja a figura abaixo)." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:111 msgid "Analytic accounting" msgstr "Contabilidade analítica" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:113 msgid "" "Thanks to analytic accounts we are able to have an overview of HR cost and " "revenues. All the revenues and cost of this transactions have been " @@ -12825,15 +11189,15 @@ msgstr "" "receitas de RH. Todas as receitas e custos dessas transações foram " "registrados na conta ** SO002-Smith & Co **." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:117 msgid "We can use two methods to analyze this situation." msgstr "Podemos usar dois métodos para analisar esta situação." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:120 msgid "Without filters" msgstr "Sem filtros" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:122 msgid "" "If we pointed all our costs and revenues of the project on the correct " "analytical account we can easily retrieve the cost and revenues related to " @@ -12841,7 +11205,7 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Adviser --> Analytic Accounts --> Open Charts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:127 msgid "" "Note : you can specify a period for **Analysis**. If you want to open the " "current situation you should keep the fields empty. We can already note the " @@ -12851,7 +11215,7 @@ msgstr "" "abrir a situação atual, deve manter os campos vazios. Já podemos observar o " "saldo credor e devedor da conta." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:134 msgid "" "If we click on the account a special button is provided to have the details " "of cost and revenues (see picture below)." @@ -12859,7 +11223,7 @@ msgstr "" "Se clicarmos na conta, um botão especial é fornecido para ter os detalhes de" " custos e receitas (veja a imagem abaixo)." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:140 msgid "" "Click the button **Cost/Revenue** to have an overview of cost and revenues " "with the corresponding description." @@ -12867,23 +11231,23 @@ msgstr "" "Clique no botão ** Custo / Receita ** para ter uma visão geral dos custos e " "receitas com a descrição correspondente." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:144 msgid "With filters" msgstr "Com filtros" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:146 msgid "We can thus filter this information from the **Analytic Entries**." msgstr "" "Podemos, portanto, filtrar essas informações das ** Entradas analíticas **." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:148 msgid "" "Enter the **Accounting** app, and click on :menuselection:`Adviser --> " "Analytic Entries`. In this menu we have several options to analyse the human" " resource cost." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:151 msgid "" "We filter on the **Analytic account** so we can see the cost and revenues of" " the project. Add a custom **Filter** where the **Analytic Account** " @@ -12893,7 +11257,7 @@ msgstr "" "receitas do projeto. Adicione um ** Filtro ** personalizado em que a ** " "Conta analítica ** contenha o número do ** Pedido de vendas **." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:158 msgid "" "In the results we see timesheets activities and invoiced lines with the " "corresponding costs and revenues." @@ -12901,7 +11265,7 @@ msgstr "" "Nos resultados, vemos as atividades dos quadros de horários e das linhas " "faturadas com os respectivos custos e receitas." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:164 msgid "" "We can group the different analytical accounts together and check their " "respective revenues. Simply group by **Analytic account** and select the " @@ -12911,27 +11275,27 @@ msgstr "" " receitas. Basta agrupar por ** conta analítica ** e selecionar a ** " "Visualização de gráfico ** para ter uma visão geral clara." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:3 msgid "Analytic account use cases" msgstr "Casos de uso de conta analítica" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:5 msgid "The analytic accounting can be used for several purposes:" msgstr "A contabilidade analítica pode ser usada para diversos fins:" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:7 msgid "analyse costs of a company" msgstr "analisar custos de uma empresa" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:9 msgid "reinvoice time to a customer" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:11 msgid "analyse performance of a service or a project" msgstr "analisar o desempenho de um serviço ou projeto" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:13 msgid "" "To manage analytic accounting, you have to activate it in " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`:" @@ -12939,7 +11303,7 @@ msgstr "" "Para gerenciar a contabilidade analítica, você deve ativá-la em: seleção de " "menus: `Configuração -> Configurações`:" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:19 msgid "" "To illustrate analytic accounts clearly, you will follow three use cases, " "each in one of three different types of company:" @@ -12947,23 +11311,23 @@ msgstr "" "Para ilustrar contas analíticas com clareza, você seguirá três casos de uso," " cada um em um dos três tipos diferentes de empresa:" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:22 msgid "Industrial company: Costs Analyse" msgstr "Empresa industrial: Análise de custos" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:24 msgid "Law Firm: reinvoice spent hours" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:26 msgid "IT/Services Company: performance analysis" msgstr "Empresa de TI / Serviços: análise de desempenho" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:29 msgid "Case 1: Industrial company: Costs Analyse" msgstr "Caso 1: Empresa industrial: Análise de custos" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:31 msgid "" "In industry, you will often find analytic charts of accounts structured into" " departments and products the company itself is built on." @@ -12972,7 +11336,7 @@ msgstr "" "estruturados em departamentos e produtos nos quais a própria empresa está " "construída." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:34 msgid "" "The objective is to examine the costs, sales and margins by " "department/resources and by product. The first level of the structure " @@ -12984,38 +11348,38 @@ msgstr "" "diferentes departamentos e os níveis inferiores representam as gamas de " "produtos que a empresa fabrica e comercializa." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:39 msgid "" "**Analytic Chart of Accounts for an Industrial Manufacturing Company**:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:41 msgid "Marketing Department" msgstr "Departamento de marketing" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:43 msgid "Commercial Department" msgstr "Departamento comercial" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:45 msgid "Administration Department" msgstr "Departamento de Administração" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:47 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:80 msgid "Production Range 1" msgstr "Faixa de Produção 1" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:49 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:82 msgid "Production Range 2" msgstr "Faixa de Produção 2" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:51 msgid "" "In daily use, it is useful to mark the analytic account on each purchase " "invoice. When the invoice is approved, it will automatically generate the " @@ -13029,7 +11393,7 @@ msgstr "" " gerais, há pelo menos um lançamento analítico que aloca os custos ao " "departamento que os incorreu." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:58 msgid "" "Here is a possible breakdown of some general accounting entries for the " "example above, allocated to various analytic accounts:" @@ -13037,128 +11401,148 @@ msgstr "" "Aqui está uma possível repartição de alguns lançamentos contábeis gerais " "para o exemplo acima, alocados para várias contas analíticas:" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:62 msgid "**General accounts**" msgstr "** Contas gerais **" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:62 msgid "**Analytic accounts**" msgstr "** Contas analíticas **" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 msgid "**Title**" msgstr "**Título**" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 msgid "**Account**" msgstr "** Conta **" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 +msgid "**Debit**" +msgstr "**Débito**" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 +msgid "**Credit**" +msgstr "**Crédito**" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 msgid "**Value**" msgstr "** Valor **" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 msgid "Purchase of Raw Material" msgstr "Compra de matéria prima" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 msgid "2122" msgstr "2122" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 msgid "1500" msgstr "1500" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 msgid "-1 500" msgstr "-1 500" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 msgid "Subcontractors" msgstr "Subcontratantes" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 msgid "450" msgstr "450" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 msgid "-450" msgstr "-450" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 msgid "Credit Note for defective materials" msgstr "Nota de crédito para materiais defeituosos" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 msgid "200" msgstr "200" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 msgid "Transport charges" msgstr "Despesas de transporte" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 msgid "Staff costs" msgstr "Salários dos funcionários" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 msgid "2121" msgstr "2121" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 msgid "10000" msgstr "10000" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 msgid "Marketing" msgstr "Marketing" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:80 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:82 msgid "-2 000" msgstr "-2 000" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:76 msgid "Commercial" msgstr "Comercial" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:76 msgid "-3 000" msgstr "-3 000" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:78 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 msgid "Administrative" msgstr "Administrativo" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:78 msgid "-1 000" msgstr "-1 000" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 msgid "PR" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 msgid "-400" msgstr "-400" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:87 msgid "" "The analytic representation by department enables you to investigate the " "costs allocated to each department in the company. The analytic chart of " @@ -13169,7 +11553,7 @@ msgstr "" "atribuídos a cada departamento da empresa. O plano de contas analítico " "mostra a distribuição dos custos da empresa usando o exemplo acima:" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:94 msgid "" "In this example of a hierarchical structure in Odoo, you can analyse not " "only the costs of each product range, but also the costs of the whole " @@ -13182,7 +11566,7 @@ msgstr "" "permite que você obtenha um detalhamento dos custos de um determinado " "departamento." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:103 msgid "" "The examples above are based on a breakdown of the costs of the company. " "Analytic allocations can be just as effective for sales. That gives you the " @@ -13192,7 +11576,7 @@ msgstr "" "alocações analíticas podem ser igualmente eficazes para as vendas. Isso dá a" " você a lucratividade (vendas - custos) de diferentes departamentos." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:107 msgid "" "This analytic representation by department is generally used by trading " "companies and industries." @@ -13200,7 +11584,7 @@ msgstr "" "Essa representação analítica por departamento é geralmente usada por " "empresas de comércio e setores." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:110 msgid "" "A variantion of this, is not to break it down by sales and marketing " "departments, but to assign each cost to its corresponding product range. " @@ -13210,7 +11594,7 @@ msgstr "" "marketing, mas atribuir cada custo à sua linha de produtos correspondente. " "Isso lhe dará uma análise da lucratividade de cada linha de produtos." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:115 msgid "" "Choosing one over the other depends on how you look at your marketing " "effort. Is it a global cost allocated in some general way, or is each " @@ -13220,11 +11604,11 @@ msgstr "" "marketing. É um custo global alocado de alguma forma geral ou cada linha de " "produtos é responsável por seus próprios custos de marketing?" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:120 msgid "Case 2: Law Firm: costs of human resources?" msgstr "Caso 2: Escritório de Advocacia: custos de recursos humanos?" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:122 msgid "" "Law firms generally adopt management by case, where each case represents a " "current client file. All of the expenses and products are then attached to a" @@ -13234,7 +11618,7 @@ msgstr "" "caso representa um arquivo de cliente atual. Todas as despesas e produtos " "são então anexados a um determinado arquivo / conta analítica." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:126 msgid "" "A principal preoccupation of law firms is the invoicing of hours worked, and" " the profitability by case and by employee." @@ -13242,7 +11626,7 @@ msgstr "" "Uma das principais preocupações dos escritórios de advocacia é o faturamento" " das horas trabalhadas e a lucratividade por caso e por funcionário." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:129 msgid "" "Mechanisms used for encoding the hours worked will be covered in detail in " "timesheet documentation. Like most system processes, hours worked are " @@ -13256,7 +11640,7 @@ msgstr "" "analítica. No formulário do funcionário, especifique o custo do funcionário." " A cobrança por hora é uma função do custo do funcionário." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:135 msgid "" "So a law firm will opt for an analytic representation which reflects the " "management of the time that employees work on the different customer cases." @@ -13265,7 +11649,7 @@ msgstr "" "que reflita a gestão do tempo que os funcionários trabalham nos diferentes " "casos de clientes." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:139 msgid "" "Billing for the different cases is a bit unusual. The cases do not match any" " entry in the general account nor do they come from purchase or sales " @@ -13279,7 +11663,7 @@ msgstr "" "não têm contrapartes exatas nas contas gerais. Eles são calculados com base " "no custo horário por funcionário." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:145 msgid "" "At the end of the month when you pay salaries and benefits, you integrate " "them into the general accounts but not in the analytic accounts, because " @@ -13295,7 +11679,7 @@ msgstr "" "para que possa reajustar suas estimativas de custo por hora por funcionário," " dependendo do tempo realmente trabalhado." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:153 msgid "" "The following table shows an example of different analytic entries that you " "can find for your analytic account:" @@ -13303,107 +11687,107 @@ msgstr "" "A tabela a seguir mostra um exemplo de diferentes entradas analíticas que " "você pode encontrar para sua conta analítica:" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 msgid "**Amount**" msgstr "**Montante**" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 msgid "**General Account**" msgstr "** Conta Geral **" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 msgid "Study the file (1 h)" msgstr "Estude o arquivo (1 h)" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 msgid "Case 1.1" msgstr "Caso 1.1" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 msgid "-15" msgstr "-15" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 msgid "Search for information (3 h)" msgstr "Busca de informações (3h)" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 msgid "-45" msgstr "-45" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 msgid "Consultation (4 h)" msgstr "Consulta (4 h)" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 msgid "Case 2.1" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 msgid "-60" msgstr "-60" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 msgid "Service charges" msgstr "Taxas de serviço" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 msgid "280" msgstr "280" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 msgid "705 – Billing services" msgstr "705 - Serviços de faturamento" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 msgid "Stationery purchase" msgstr "Compra de papelaria" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 msgid "-42" msgstr "-42" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 msgid "601 – Furniture purchase" msgstr "601 - Compra de móveis" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 msgid "42" msgstr "42" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 msgid "Fuel Cost -Client trip" msgstr "Custo de combustível - Viagem do cliente" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 msgid "-35" msgstr "-35" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 msgid "613 – Transports" msgstr "613 – Transportes" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 msgid "35" msgstr "35" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 msgid "Staff salaries" msgstr "Salários dos funcionários" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 msgid "6201 – Salaries" msgstr "6201 - Salários" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 msgid "3 000" msgstr "3 000" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:174 msgid "" "Such a structure allows you to make a detailed study of the profitability of" " various transactions." @@ -13411,7 +11795,7 @@ msgstr "" "Essa estrutura permite que você faça um estudo detalhado da lucratividade de" " várias transações." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:177 msgid "" "For more details about profitablity, please read the following document: " ":doc:`timesheets`" @@ -13419,7 +11803,7 @@ msgstr "" "Para mais detalhes sobre lucratividade, leia o seguinte documento :: doc: " "`timesheets`" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:180 msgid "" "But analytical accounting is not limited to a simple analysis of the " "profitability of different customer. The same data can be used for automatic" @@ -13433,28 +11817,28 @@ msgstr "" "faturar os clientes, basta vincular a conta analítica a um pedido de venda e" " vender produtos que gerenciam o quadro de horários ou despesas." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:187 msgid "Case 3: IT Services Company: perfomance analysis" msgstr "Caso 3: Empresa de Serviços de TI: análise de desempenho" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:189 msgid "Most IT service companies face the following problems:" msgstr "" "A maioria das empresas de serviços de TI enfrenta os seguintes problemas:" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:191 msgid "project planning," msgstr "planejamento do projeto," -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:193 msgid "invoicing, profitability and financial follow-up of projects," msgstr "faturamento, lucratividade e acompanhamento financeiro dos projetos," -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:195 msgid "managing support contracts." msgstr "gerenciamento de contratos de suporte." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:197 msgid "" "To deal with these problems, you would use an analytic chart of accounts " "structured by project and by sale order." @@ -13462,7 +11846,7 @@ msgstr "" "Para lidar com esses problemas, você usaria um plano de contas analítico " "estruturado por projeto e por pedido de venda." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:200 msgid "" "The management of services, expenditures and sales is similar to that " "presented above for lawyers. Invoicing and the study of profitability are " @@ -13472,7 +11856,7 @@ msgstr "" "para os advogados. O faturamento e o estudo da lucratividade também são " "semelhantes." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:204 msgid "" "But now look at support contracts. These contracts are usually limited to a " "prepaid number of hours. Each service posted in the analytic accounts shows " @@ -13486,7 +11870,7 @@ msgstr "" " suporte, você criaria um produto configurado para faturar no pedido e " "vincular o pedido de venda a uma conta analítica" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:210 msgid "" "In Odoo, each analytic line lists the number of units sold or used, as well " "as what you would usually find there – the amount in currency units (USD or " @@ -13500,11 +11884,11 @@ msgstr "" " você pode somar as quantidades vendidas e usadas em cada pedido de venda " "para determinar se ainda há horas do contrato de suporte." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:217 msgid "Conclusion" msgstr "Conclusão" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:219 msgid "" "Analytic accounting helps you to analyse costs and revenues whatever the use" " case. You can sell or purchase services, track time or analyse the " @@ -13514,7 +11898,7 @@ msgstr "" "o caso de uso. Você pode vender ou comprar serviços, controlar o tempo ou " "analisar o desempenho da produção." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:223 msgid "" "Analytic accounting is flexible and easy to use through all Odoo " "applications (sales, purchase, timesheet, production, invoice, …)." @@ -13522,15 +11906,15 @@ msgstr "" "A contabilidade analítica é flexível e fácil de usar em todos os aplicativos" " Odoo (vendas, compras, quadro de horários, produção, fatura, ...)." -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory.rst:3 msgid "Inventory" msgstr "Inventário" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:3 msgid "Impact on the average price valuation when returning goods" msgstr "Impacto na avaliação do preço médio ao devolver mercadorias" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:5 msgid "" "As stated in the `*inventory valuation page* " "<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/functional/valuation.html>`__, one of " @@ -13542,7 +11926,7 @@ msgstr "" "métodos de custeio possíveis que você pode usar na avaliação de estoque " "perpétuo, é o custo médio ." -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:10 msgid "" "This document answers to one recurrent question for companies using that " "method to make their stock valuation: how does a shipping returned to its " @@ -13558,11 +11942,11 @@ msgstr "" "perpétua (em oposição à periódica) e no método de custeio de preço médio (em" " oposição ao padrão de FIFO)." -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:18 msgid "Definition of average cost" msgstr "Definição de custo médio" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:20 msgid "" "The average cost method calculates the cost of ending inventory and cost of " "goods sold on the basis of weighted average cost per unit of inventory." @@ -13571,14 +11955,14 @@ msgstr "" "mercadorias vendidas com base no custo médio ponderado por unidade de " "estoque." -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:24 msgid "" "The weighted average cost per unit is calculated using the following " "formula:" msgstr "" "O custo médio ponderado por unidade é calculado usando a seguinte fórmula:" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:27 msgid "" "When new products arrive in a warehouse, the new average cost is recomputed " "as:" @@ -13586,16 +11970,16 @@ msgstr "" "Quando novos produtos chegam em um depósito, o novo custo médio é " "recalculado como:" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:33 msgid "" "When products leave the warehouse: the average cost **does not** change" msgstr "Quando os produtos saem do armazém: o custo médio ** não ** muda" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:36 msgid "Defining the purchase price" msgstr "Definindo o preço de compra" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:38 msgid "" "The purchase price is estimated at the reception of the products (you might " "not have received the vendor bill yet) and reevaluated at the reception of " @@ -13608,161 +11992,161 @@ msgstr "" "produtos, mas também pode incluir custos adicionais, como custos de " "importação." -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:45 msgid "Average cost example" msgstr "Exemplo de custo médio" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 msgid "Operation" msgstr "Operação" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 msgid "Delta Value" msgstr "Valor Delta" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 msgid "Inventory Value" msgstr "Valor de estoque" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 msgid "Qty On Hand" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 msgid "Avg Cost" msgstr "Custo médio" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 msgid "$0" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 msgid "0" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 msgid "Receive 8 Products at $10" msgstr "Receba 8 produtos por R$ 10" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 msgid "+8\\*$10" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 msgid "$80" msgstr "R$80" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 msgid "8" msgstr "8" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 msgid "$10" msgstr "R$10" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 msgid "Receive 4 Products at $16" msgstr "Receba 4 produtos por R$ 16" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 msgid "+4\\*$16" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 msgid "$144" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 msgid "12" msgstr "12" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 msgid "$12" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 msgid "Deliver 10 Products" msgstr "Entregar 10 Produtos" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 msgid "-10\\*$12" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 msgid "$24" msgstr "$24" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 msgid "2" msgstr "2" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:60 msgid "" "At the beginning, the Avg Cost is set to 0 set as there is no product in the" " inventory. When the first reception is made, the average cost becomes " @@ -13772,7 +12156,7 @@ msgstr "" "Quando é feita a primeira recepção, o custo médio passa a ser logicamente o " "preço de compra." -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:64 msgid "" "At the second reception, the average cost is updated because the total " "inventory value is now ``$80 + 4*$16 = $144``. As we have 12 units on hand, " @@ -13782,7 +12166,7 @@ msgstr "" "estoque agora é `` R$ 80 + 4 * R$ 16 = R$ 144 ''. Como temos 12 unidades em " "mãos, o preço médio por unidade é `` R$ 144/12 = R$ 12 ''." -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:68 msgid "" "By definition, the delivery of 10 products does not change the average cost." " Indeed, the inventory value is now $24 as we have only 2 units remaining of" @@ -13792,11 +12176,11 @@ msgstr "" " valor do estoque agora é de R$ 24, pois temos apenas 2 unidades restantes " "de cada `` RR$ 12``." -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:73 msgid "Purchase return use case" msgstr "Caso de uso de devolução de compra" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:75 msgid "" "In case of a product returned to its supplier after reception, the inventory" " value is reduced using the average cost formulae (not at the initial price " @@ -13806,37 +12190,37 @@ msgstr "" "valor do estoque é reduzido utilizando as fórmulas de custo médio (não no " "preço inicial desses produtos!)." -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:79 msgid "Which means that the above table will be updated as follow:" msgstr "O que significa que a tabela acima será atualizada da seguinte forma:" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 msgid "Return of 1 Product initially bought at $10" msgstr "Devolução de 1 produto comprado inicialmente por R$ 10" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 msgid "-1\\*$12" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 msgid "1" msgstr "1" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:90 msgid "Explanation: counter example" msgstr "Explicação: contra-exemplo" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:92 msgid "" "Remember the definition of **Average Cost**, saying that we do not update " "the average cost of a product leaving the inventory. If you break this rule," @@ -13846,7 +12230,7 @@ msgstr "" "custo médio de um produto que sai do estoque. Se você quebrar essa regra, " "pode levar a inconsistências em seu inventário." -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:96 msgid "" "As an example, here is the scenario when you deliver one piece to the " "customer and return the other one to your supplier (at the cost you " @@ -13856,26 +12240,26 @@ msgstr "" "devolve a outra ao seu fornecedor (ao custo que você comprou). Aqui está a " "operação:" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 msgid "Customer Shipping 1 product" msgstr "Envio ao cliente de 1 produto" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 msgid "-1\\*$10" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 msgid "**$2**" msgstr "**R$2**" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 msgid "**0**" msgstr "**0**" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:110 msgid "" "As you can see in this example, this is not correct: an inventory valuation " "of $2 for 0 pieces in the warehouse." @@ -13883,18 +12267,18 @@ msgstr "" "Como você pode ver neste exemplo, isso não é correto: uma avaliação de " "estoque de R$ 2 para 0 unidades no depósito." -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:113 msgid "" "The correct scenario should be to return the goods at the current average " "cost:" msgstr "" "O cenário correto deve ser devolver a mercadoria ao custo médio atual:" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 msgid "**$0**" msgstr "**R$0**" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:126 msgid "" "On the other hand, using the average cost to value the return ensure a " "correct inventory value at all times." @@ -13902,11 +12286,11 @@ msgstr "" "Por outro lado, usar o custo médio para avaliar o retorno garante um valor " "de estoque correto em todos os momentos." -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:130 msgid "Further thoughts on anglo saxon mode" msgstr "Mais reflexões sobre o modo anglo saxão" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:132 msgid "" "For people in using the **anglo saxon accounting** principles, there is " "another concept to take into account: the stock input account of the " @@ -13921,7 +12305,7 @@ msgstr "" " remessas recebidas e diminuirá ao receber as contas do fornecedor " "relacionadas." -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:139 msgid "" "Back to our example, we see that when the return is valued at the average " "price, the amount booked in the stock input account is the original purchase" @@ -13931,47 +12315,47 @@ msgstr "" "médio, o valor registrado na conta de entrada de estoque é o preço de compra" " original:" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 msgid "stock input" msgstr "entrada de estoque" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 msgid "price diff" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 msgid "($80)" msgstr "(R$80)" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 msgid "Receive vendor bill $80" msgstr "Receber fatura do fornecedor R$ 80" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 msgid "($64)" msgstr "(R$64)" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 msgid "Receive vendor bill $64" msgstr "Receber fatura do fornecedor R$ 64" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 msgid "**$10**" msgstr "**R$10**" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 msgid "**$12**" msgstr "**R$12**" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 msgid "Receive vendor refund $10" msgstr "Receba o reembolso do fornecedor R$ 10" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 msgid "$2" msgstr "R$2" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:163 msgid "" "This is because the vendor refund will be made using the original purchase " "price, so to zero out the effect of the return in the stock input in last " @@ -13980,11 +12364,11 @@ msgid "" "average cost and the original purchase price." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:3 msgid "Record exchange rates at payments" msgstr "Registre as taxas de câmbio nos pagamentos" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:8 msgid "" "Any company doing international trade faces the case where the payments are " "in a different currency." @@ -13992,7 +12376,7 @@ msgstr "" "Qualquer empresa que faz comércio internacional enfrenta o caso em que os " "pagamentos são em uma moeda diferente." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:11 msgid "" "After receiving their payments, you have the option to convert the amount " "into your company currency. Multi currency payment implies rates " @@ -14003,11 +12387,11 @@ msgstr "" "flutuações de taxas. As diferenças de taxas são registradas automaticamente " "pelo Odoo." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:19 msgid "Enable multi-currencies" msgstr "Habilitar moedas múltiplas" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:21 msgid "" "In the accounting module, Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " "and flag **Allow multi currencies**, then click on **apply**." @@ -14016,7 +12400,7 @@ msgstr "" "Configurações` e marque ** Permitir várias moedas **, a seguir clique em ** " "aplicar **." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:27 msgid "" "Configure the currency rates in :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Currencies`. Write down the rate and make sure the currency is active." @@ -14024,7 +12408,7 @@ msgstr "" "Configure as taxas de câmbio em :menu de seleção: 'Configuração --> Moedas'." " Anote a taxa e certifique-se de que a moeda está ativa." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:33 msgid "" "In this document, the base currency is **Euro** and we will record payments " "in **Dollars**." @@ -14032,7 +12416,7 @@ msgstr "" "Neste documento, a moeda base é ** Euro ** e registraremos os pagamentos em " "** Dólares **." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:40 msgid "" "You can automatically fetch the currency rates from the **European Central " "Bank** or from **Yahoo**. Please read the document : :doc:`how_it_works`." @@ -14041,12 +12425,12 @@ msgstr "" "Europeu ** ou no ** Yahoo **. Por favor, leia o documento :: doc: " "`how_it_works`." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:45 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:31 msgid "Configure your journal" msgstr "Configure seu diário" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:47 msgid "" "In order to register payments in other currencies, you have to **remove the " "currency constraint** on the journal. Go to the accounting application, " @@ -14056,7 +12440,7 @@ msgstr "" " de moeda ** no diário. Acesse o aplicativo de contabilidade, clique em ** " "Mais ** no diário e em ** Configurações **." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:54 msgid "" "Check if the **Currency** field is empty or in the foreign currency in which" " you will register the payments. If a currency is filled in, it means that " @@ -14066,11 +12450,11 @@ msgstr "" "você fará o registro dos pagamentos. Se uma moeda estiver preenchida, " "significa que você só pode registrar pagamentos nessa moeda." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:62 msgid "Record a payment in a different currency" msgstr "Registre um pagamento em uma moeda diferente" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:64 msgid "" "In the **Accounting** application, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " "Payments`. Register the payment and indicate that it was done in the foreign" @@ -14080,13 +12464,13 @@ msgstr "" "Pagamentos`. Cadastre o pagamento e indique que foi feito em moeda " "estrangeira. Em seguida, clique em ** confirmar **." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:83 msgid "The journal entry has been posted but not allocated." msgstr "O lançamento contábil manual foi lançado, mas não alocado." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:73 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:85 msgid "" "Go back to your invoice (:menuselection:`Sales --> Customer Invoices`) and " "click on **Add** to allocate the payment." @@ -14094,11 +12478,11 @@ msgstr "" "Volte para a sua fatura (: seleção de menus: `Vendas -> Faturas do cliente`)" " e clique em ** Adicionar ** para alocar o pagamento." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:80 msgid "Record a bank statement in a different currency" msgstr "Registre um extrato bancário em uma moeda diferente" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:82 msgid "" "Create or import the bank statement of your payment. The **Amount** is in " "the company currency. There are two complementary fields, the **Amount " @@ -14109,7 +12493,7 @@ msgstr "" "moeda da empresa. Existem dois campos complementares, a ** Moeda do valor " "**, que é o valor que foi efetivamente pago e a ** Moeda ** em que foi pago." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:89 msgid "" "When reconciling it, Odoo will directly match the payment with the right " "**Invoice**. You will get the invoice price in the invoice currency and the " @@ -14119,28 +12503,28 @@ msgstr "" " certa. Você obterá o preço da fatura na moeda da fatura e o valor na moeda " "da sua empresa." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:97 msgid "Check the exchange rate differences" msgstr "Verifique as diferenças de câmbio" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:99 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` and look for the " "**Exchange difference** journal entries. All the exchange rates differences " "are recorded in it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:106 msgid "" "The Exchange difference journal can be changed in your accounting settings." msgstr "" "O diário de diferenças de câmbio pode ser alterado nas configurações de " "contabilidade." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/full_reconcile_warning.rst:2 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/full_reconcile_warning.rst:2 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/full_reconcile_warning.rst:2 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/full_reconcile_warning.rst:2 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/full_reconcile_warning.rst:2 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/full_reconcile_warning.rst:2 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/full_reconcile_warning.rst:2 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/full_reconcile_warning.rst:2 msgid "" "In order for an exchange difference entry to be created automatically, the " "corresponding invoices and payments need to be fully reconciled. This means " @@ -14150,23 +12534,23 @@ msgid "" "them until that final amount is paid." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:147 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:68 msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:112 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:100 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:136 msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases`" msgstr ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases`" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:3 msgid "Odoo's multi-currency system" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:8 msgid "" "Choosing to use the multi-currency option in Odoo will allow you to send " "sales invoices, quotes and purchase orders or receive bills and payments in " @@ -14180,11 +12564,11 @@ msgstr "" "configurar contas bancárias em outras moedas e gerar relatórios sobre suas " "atividades em moeda estrangeira." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:18 msgid "Turn on multi-currency" msgstr "Ativar multi-moeda" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:20 msgid "" "In the accounting module, Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " "and flag **Allow multi currencies**, then click on **Apply**." @@ -14193,13 +12577,13 @@ msgstr "" "Configurações` e marque ** Permitir várias moedas **, a seguir clique em ** " "Aplicar **." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:27 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:159 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:109 msgid "Exchange Rate Journal" msgstr "Diário de taxas de câmbio" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:29 msgid "" "The **Rate Difference Journal** records the differences between the payment " "registration and the expected amount. For example, if a payment is paid 1 " @@ -14207,15 +12591,15 @@ msgid "" "The fluctuation implies some loss or profit that are recorded by Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:35 msgid "You can change it in the settings:" msgstr "Você pode alterá-lo nas configurações:" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:41 msgid "View or edit rate being used" msgstr "Ver ou editar a taxa em uso" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:43 msgid "" "You can manually configure the currency rates in " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Currencies`. Open the currencies you want " @@ -14225,11 +12609,11 @@ msgstr "" "`Configuração -> Moedas`. Abra as moedas que deseja usar no Odoo e edite-as." " Verifique se a moeda está ativa." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:50 msgid "Click on **View Rates** to edit it and to see the history :" msgstr "Clique em ** Exibir taxas ** para editá-lo e ver o histórico:" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:55 msgid "" "Click on **Create** to add the rate. Fill in the date and the rate. Click on" " **Save** when you are done." @@ -14237,11 +12621,11 @@ msgstr "" "Clique em ** Criar ** para adicionar a taxa. Preencha a data e a taxa. " "Clique em ** Salvar ** quando terminar." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:62 msgid "Live Currency Rate" msgstr "Taxa de Câmbio Online" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:64 msgid "" "By default, the currencies need to be updated manually. But you can " "synchronize it with `Yahoo <https://finance.yahoo.com/currency-" @@ -14255,7 +12639,7 @@ msgstr "" "de menus: `Configuração -> Configurações`, vá para a seção ** Taxa de câmbio" " ao vivo **." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:69 msgid "" "Choose the interval : Manually, Daily, Weekly or Monthly. You can always " "force the update by clicking on **Update Now**. Select the provider, and you" @@ -14265,22 +12649,22 @@ msgstr "" "pode forçar a atualização clicando em ** Atualizar agora **. Selecione o " "provedor e pronto!" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:77 msgid "Only the **active** currencies are updated" msgstr "Apenas as moedas ** ativas ** são atualizadas" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:80 msgid "Configure your charts of account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:82 msgid "" "In the accounting application, go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Charts of " "Accounts`. On each account, you can set a currency. It will force all moves " "for this account to have the account currency." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:86 msgid "" "If you leave it empty, it means that it can handle all currencies that are " "Active." @@ -14288,11 +12672,11 @@ msgstr "" "Se você deixá-lo vazio, significa que ele pode lidar com todas as moedas " "ativas." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:93 msgid "Configure your journals" msgstr "Configure seus diários" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:95 msgid "" "In order to register payments in other currencies, you have to remove the " "currency constraint on the journal. Go to the accounting application, Click " @@ -14302,8 +12686,8 @@ msgstr "" " moeda do diário. Acesse o aplicativo de contabilidade, clique em ** Mais **" " no diário e em ** Configurações **." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:102 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:40 msgid "" "Check if the currency field is empty or in the foreign currency in which you" " will register the payments. If a currency is filled in, it means that you " @@ -14313,12 +12697,12 @@ msgstr "" "registrar os pagamentos. Se uma moeda estiver preenchida, significa que você" " só pode registrar pagamentos nessa moeda." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:110 msgid "How is Odoo's multi-currency working?" msgstr "Como funciona o multi-moeda Odoo?" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:112 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:50 msgid "" "Now that you are working in a multi-currency environment, all accountable " "items will be linked to a currency, domestic or foreign." @@ -14326,12 +12710,12 @@ msgstr "" "Agora que você está trabalhando em um ambiente com várias moedas, todos os " "itens contábeis estarão vinculados a uma moeda, nacional ou estrangeira." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:116 msgid "Sales Orders and Invoices" msgstr "Pedidos de vendas e faturas" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:118 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:56 msgid "" "You are now able to set a different currency than the company one on your " "sale orders and on your invoices. The currency is set for the whole " @@ -14340,12 +12724,12 @@ msgstr "" "Agora você pode definir uma moeda diferente da empresa em seus pedidos de " "venda e em suas faturas. A moeda é definida para todo o documento." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:126 msgid "Purchases orders and Vendor Bills" msgstr "Pedidos de compras e contas de fornecedores" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:128 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:66 msgid "" "You are now able to set a different currency than the company one on your " "purchase orders and on your vendor bills. The currency is set for the whole " @@ -14355,18 +12739,18 @@ msgstr "" "compra e em suas contas de fornecedor. A moeda é definida para todo o " "documento." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:136 msgid "Payment Registrations" msgstr "Registros de pagamento" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:138 msgid "" "In the accounting application, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. " "Register the payment and set the currency." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:147 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:94 msgid "" "When creating or importing bank statements, the amount is in the company " "currency. But there are now two complementary fields, the amount that was " @@ -14376,7 +12760,7 @@ msgstr "" "Mas agora existem dois campos complementares, o valor que foi realmente pago" " e a moeda em que foi pago." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:154 msgid "" "When reconciling it, Odoo will directly match the payment with the right " "Invoice. You will get the invoice price in the invoice currency and the " @@ -14386,27 +12770,27 @@ msgstr "" "certa. Você obterá o preço da fatura na moeda da fatura e o valor na moeda " "da sua empresa." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:161 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` and look for the Exchange" " difference journal entries. All the exchange rates differences are recorded" " in it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:170 msgid ":doc:`invoices_payments`" msgstr ":doc:`invoices_payments`" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:171 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:121 msgid ":doc:`exchange`" msgstr ":doc:`exchange`" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:3 msgid "Manage invoices and payment in multiple currencies" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo provides multi-currency support with automatic currency gross or loss " "entry adjustment. There are a few things Odoo has been to ease the user's " @@ -14416,7 +12800,7 @@ msgstr "" "valor bruto ou prejuízo. O Odoo tem feito algumas coisas para facilitar a " "vida do usuário." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:12 msgid "" "All the account transactions will be done using the company currency. " "However you can see two extra fields with the journal entry where secondary " @@ -14428,7 +12812,7 @@ msgstr "" "moeda secundária e o valor estarão visíveis. Você pode criar diários de " "várias moedas para uma moeda específica." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:17 msgid "" "When creating an invoice, the currency can be changed very easily; however " "Odoo takes the company currency as a default assignment. It will convert all" @@ -14438,11 +12822,11 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo considera a moeda da empresa como uma atribuição padrão. Ele irá " "converter todos os valores automaticamente usando essa moeda." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:25 msgid "Enable Multi-Currency" msgstr "Habilitar Multi-Moeda" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:27 msgid "" "For information about enabling Multi-Currency, please read the document: " ":doc:`how_it_works`" @@ -14450,7 +12834,7 @@ msgstr "" "Para obter informações sobre como habilitar Multi-Moeda, leia o documento ::" " doc: `how_it_works`" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:33 msgid "" "In order to register payments in other currencies, you have to remove the " "currency constraint on the journal. Go to the accounting application, on the" @@ -14460,19 +12844,19 @@ msgstr "" " moeda do diário. Acesse o aplicativo de contabilidade, no diário, clique " "em: seleção de menus: `Mais -> Configurações`." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:48 msgid "Multi-currency invoices & Vendor Bills" msgstr "Faturas em várias moedas e contas de fornecedor" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:54 msgid "Invoices" msgstr "Faturas" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:74 msgid "Multi-currency Payments" msgstr "Pagamentos em várias moedas" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:76 msgid "" "In the accounting application, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. " "Register the payment and indicate that it was done in the foreign currency. " @@ -14482,11 +12866,11 @@ msgstr "" "Pagamentos`. Cadastre o pagamento e indique que foi feito em moeda " "estrangeira. Em seguida, clique em ** Confirmar **." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:92 msgid "Multi- Currency Bank Statements" msgstr "Extratos bancários em várias moedas" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:101 msgid "" "When reconciling it, Odoo will directly match the payment with the right " "invoice. You will get the invoice price in the invoice currency and the " @@ -14496,82 +12880,82 @@ msgstr "" "certa. Você obterá o preço da fatura na moeda da fatura e o valor na moeda " "da sua empresa." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:111 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` and look for the " "**Exchange Difference** journal entries. All the exchange rates differences " "are recorded in it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:120 msgid ":doc:`how_it_works`" msgstr ":doc:`how_it_works`" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started.rst:3 msgid "Getting Started" msgstr "Começando" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:100 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:69 msgid "Chart of Accounts" msgstr "Plano de Contas" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:5 msgid "" "The **Chart of Accounts (COA)** is the list of all the accounts used to " "record financial transactions in the general ledger of an organization." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:8 msgid "" "The accounts are usually listed in the order of appearance in the financial " "reports. Most of the time, they are listed as follows :" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:11 msgid "Balance Sheet accounts" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:13 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 msgid "Assets" msgstr "Patrimônios" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:14 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:77 msgid "Liabilities" msgstr "Passivo" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:15 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:85 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:85 msgid "Equity" msgstr "Capital próprio" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:19 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:89 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:89 msgid "Income" msgstr "Renda" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:20 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:93 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:93 msgid "Expense" msgstr "Despesa" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:22 msgid "" "When browsing your Chart of Accounts, you can filter the accounts by number," " in the left column, and also group them by Account Type." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:30 msgid "Configuration of an Account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:32 msgid "" "The country you select at the creation of your database (or additional " "company on your database) determines which **Fiscal Localization Package** " @@ -14580,138 +12964,138 @@ msgid "" "directly or set it according to your company's needs." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:38 msgid "" "It is not possible to modify the **Fiscal Localization** of a company once a" " Journal Entry has been posted." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:41 msgid "" "To create a new account, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " "--> Chart of Accounts`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:45 msgid "Code and Name" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:47 msgid "" "Each account is identified by its **Code** and **Name**, which also " "indicates the account's purpose." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:52 msgid "" "Configuring correctly the **Account Type** is critical as it serves multiple" " purposes:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:54 msgid "Information on the account's purpose and behavior" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:55 msgid "Generate country-specific legal and financial reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:56 msgid "Set the rules to close a fiscal year" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:57 msgid "Generate opening entries" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:59 msgid "" "To configure an account type, open the **Type** field's drop-down selector " "and select the right type among the following list:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 msgid "Report" msgstr "Relatório" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 msgid "Category" msgstr "Categoria" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 msgid "Account Types" msgstr "Tipos de Conta" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 msgid "Receivable" msgstr "A receber" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:67 msgid "Bank and Cash" msgstr "Banco e dinheiro" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:69 msgid "Current Assets" msgstr "Ativos correntes" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:71 msgid "Non-current Assets" msgstr "Activos não circulantes" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:73 msgid "Prepayments" msgstr "Adiantamentos" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:75 msgid "Fixed Assets" msgstr "Ativos Fixos" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:77 msgid "Payable" msgstr "A pagar" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:79 msgid "Credit Card" msgstr "Cartão de Crédito" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:81 msgid "Current Liabilities" msgstr "Passivo Circulante" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:83 msgid "Non-current Liabilities" msgstr "Passivo Não Circulante" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:87 msgid "Current Year Earnings" msgstr "Ganhos do ano atual" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:91 msgid "Other Income" msgstr "Outros rendimentos" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:95 msgid "Depreciation" msgstr "Depreciação" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:97 msgid "Cost of Revenue" msgstr "Custo de Receita" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 msgid "Other" msgstr "Outro" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 msgid "Off-Balance Sheet" msgstr "Fora do Balanço" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:103 msgid "Assets, Deferred Expenses, and Deferred Revenues Automation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:105 msgid "" "Some Account Types display a new field **to automate** the creation of " ":ref:`Assets <assets-automation>` entries, :ref:`Deferred Expenses " @@ -14719,64 +13103,69 @@ msgid "" "<deferred-revenues-automation>` entries." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:109 msgid "You have three choices for the **Automation** field:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:238 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:177 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:177 msgid "**No:** this is the default value. Nothing happens." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:112 msgid "" "**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " "draft entry is created, but not validated. You must first fill out the " "corresponding form." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:114 msgid "" "**Create and validate:** you must also select a Model. Whenever a " "transaction is posted on the account, an entry is created and immediately " "validated." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:118 msgid "Please refer to the related documentation for more information." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:3 +msgid "Default Taxes" +msgstr "Taxas padrão" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:123 msgid "" "Select a **default tax** that will be applied when this account is chosen " "for a product sale or purchase." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:127 msgid "Tags" msgstr "Tags" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:129 msgid "" "Some accounting reports require **tags** to be set on the relevant accounts." " By default, you can choose among the tags that are used by the *Cash Flow " "Statement*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:133 msgid "Account Groups" msgstr "Grupos de contas" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:135 msgid "" "**Account Groups** are useful to list multiple accounts as *sub-accounts* of" " a bigger account and thus consolidate reports such as the **Trial " "Balance**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:138 msgid "" "To create a new Account Group, open the account you want to configure as " "sub-account, click on the *Group* drop-down selector, select *Create and " @@ -14784,65 +13173,73 @@ msgid "" "the right Account Group." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:142 msgid "" "To display your **Trial Balance** report with your Account Groups, go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Trial Balance`, then open the " "*Options* menu and select **Hierarchy and Subtotals**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:151 msgid "Allow Reconciliation" msgstr "Permitir conciliação" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:153 msgid "" "Some accounts, such as accounts made to record the transactions of a payment" " method, can be used for the reconciliation of journal entries." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:156 msgid "" "For example, an invoice paid with a credit card can be *marked as paid* if " "reconciled with the payment. Therefore, the account used to record credit " "card payments needs to be configured as *allowing reconciliation*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:160 msgid "To do so, check the **Allow Reconciliation** box and save." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:163 msgid "Deprecated" msgstr "Obsoleto" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:165 msgid "" "It is not possible to delete an account once a transaction has been recorded" " on it. You can make them unusable by using the **Deprecated** feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:168 msgid "To do so, check the **Deprecated** box and save." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:171 msgid ":doc:`../../payables/supplier_bills/assets`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:172 msgid ":doc:`../../payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:173 msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:40 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:3 msgid "Initial setup of Odoo Accounting and Odoo Invoicing" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:5 msgid "" "When you first open your Odoo Accounting app, the *Accounting Overview* page" " welcomes you with a step-by-step onboarding banner, a wizard that helps you" @@ -14850,13 +13247,13 @@ msgid "" "it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:9 msgid "" "The settings visible in the onboarding banner can still be modified later by" " going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:13 msgid "" "Odoo Accounting automatically installs the appropriate **Fiscal Localization" " Package** for your company, according to the country selected at the " @@ -14866,37 +13263,37 @@ msgid "" " information about Fiscal Localization Packages." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:20 msgid "Accounting onboarding banner" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:22 msgid "" "The step-by-step Accounting onboarding banner is composed of four steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:28 msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-company`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:29 msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-bank`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:30 msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-periods`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:31 msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-chart`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:36 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:140 msgid "Company Data" msgstr "Dados da Companhia" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:38 msgid "" "This menu allows you to add your company’s details such as the name, " "address, logo, website, phone number, email address, and Tax ID, or VAT " @@ -14904,97 +13301,97 @@ msgid "" "invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:47 msgid "" "You can also change these settings by going to :menuselection:`Settings --> " "General Settings --> Settings --> Companies` and clicking on **Update " "Info**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:53 msgid "Bank Account" msgstr "Conta Bancária" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:55 msgid "" "Connect your bank account to your database and have your bank statements " "synced automatically. To do so, find your bank in the list, click on " "*Connect*, and follow the instructions on-screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:59 msgid "" ":doc:`Click here <../../bank/feeds/bank_synchronization>` for more " "information about this feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:61 msgid "" "If your Bank Institution can’t be synchronized automatically, or if you " "prefer not to sync it with your database, you may also configure your bank " "account manually by clicking on *Create it*, and filling out the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:76 msgid "" "You can add as many bank accounts as needed with this tool by going to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration`, and clicking on *Add a Bank " "Account*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:78 msgid "" ":doc:`Click here <../../bank/setup/bank_accounts>` for more information " "about Bank Accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:84 msgid "Accounting Periods" msgstr "Períodos Contábeis" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:86 msgid "" "Define here your **Fiscal Years**’ opening and closing dates, which are used" " to generate reports automatically, and your **Tax Return Periodicity**, " "along with a reminder to never miss a tax return deadline." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:90 msgid "" "By default, the opening date is set on the 1st of January and the closing " "date on the 31st of December, as this is the most common use." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:94 msgid "" "You can also change these settings by going to :menuselection:`Accounting " "--> Configuration --> Settings --> Fiscal Periods` and updating the values." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:102 msgid "" "With this menu, you can add accounts to your **Chart of Accounts** and " "indicate their initial opening balances." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:105 msgid "" "Basic settings are displayed on this page to help you review your Chart of " "Accounts. To access all the settings of an account, click on the *double " "arrow button* at the end of the line." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:113 msgid "" ":doc:`Click here <chart_of_accounts>` for more information on how to " "configure your Chart of Accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:117 msgid "Invoicing onboarding banner" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:119 msgid "" "There is another step-by-step onboarding banner that helps you take " "advantage of your Odoo Invoicing and Accounting apps. The *Invoicing " @@ -15002,50 +13399,50 @@ msgid "" " rather than the Accounting app." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:123 msgid "" "If you have Odoo Accounting installed on your database, you can reach it by " "going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Invoices`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:126 msgid "The Invoicing onboarding banner is composed of four main steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:132 msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-company`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:133 msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-layout`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:134 msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-payment`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:135 msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-sample`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:142 msgid "" "This form is the same as :ref:`the one presented in the Accounting " "onboarding banner <accounting-setup-company>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:148 msgid "Invoice Layout" msgstr "Layout da fatura" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:150 msgid "" "With this tool, you can design the appearance of your documents by selecting" " which layout tamplate, paper format, colors, font, and logo you want to " "use." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:153 msgid "" "You can also add your *Company Tagline* and the content of the documents’ " "*footer*. Note that Odoo automatically adds the company's phone number, " @@ -15054,77 +13451,77 @@ msgid "" "setup-company>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:163 msgid "" "Add your **bank account number** and a link to your **General Terms & " "Condition** in the footer. This way, your contacts can find the full content" " of your GT&C online without having to print them on the invoices you issue." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:168 msgid "" "These settings can also be modified by going to :menuselection:`Settings -->" " General Settings`, under the *Business Documents* section." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:174 msgid "Payment Method" msgstr "Método de Pagamento" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:176 msgid "" "This menu helps you configure the payment methods with which your customers " "can pay you." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:179 msgid "" "Configuring a *Payment Acquirer* with this tool also activates the *Invoice " "Online Payment* option automatically. With this, users can directly pay " "online, from their Customer Portal." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:185 msgid "Sample Invoice" msgstr "Fatura de Amostra" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:187 msgid "" "Send yourself a sample invoice by email to make sure everything is correctly" " configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:190 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:135 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:146 msgid ":doc:`../../bank/setup/bank_accounts`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:191 msgid ":doc:`chart_of_accounts`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts.rst:3 msgid "Main Concepts" msgstr "Principais Conceitos" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:3 msgid "The Accounting behind Odoo" msgstr "A contabilidade por trás do Odoo" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:5 msgid "" "This page summarises the way Odoo deals with typical accounts and " "transactions." msgstr "" "Esta página resume a maneira como Odoo lida com contas e transações típicas." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:9 msgid "Double-entry bookkeeping" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:11 msgid "" "Odoo automatically creates all the behind-the-scenes journal entries for " "each of your accounting transactions: customer invoices, point of sale " @@ -15134,7 +13531,7 @@ msgstr "" "cada uma de suas transações contábeis: faturas de cliente, pedido de ponto " "de venda, despesas, movimentação de estoque, etc." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:15 msgid "" "Odoo uses the rules of double-entry bookkeeping system: all journal entries " "are automatically balanced (sum of debits = sum of credits)." @@ -15143,17 +13540,17 @@ msgstr "" " os lançamentos contábeis manuais são automaticamente equilibrados (soma dos" " débitos = soma dos créditos)." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:19 msgid "" "`Understand Odoo's accounting transactions per document " "<https://odoo.com/documentation/functional/accounting.html>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:23 msgid "Accrual and Cash Basis Methods" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:25 msgid "" "Odoo supports both accrual and cash basis reporting. This allows you to " "report income / expense at the time transactions occur (i.e., accrual " @@ -15164,11 +13561,11 @@ msgstr "" "seja, regime de competência) ou quando o pagamento é feito ou recebido (ou " "seja, regime de caixa)." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:30 msgid "Multi-companies" msgstr "Multi-empresas" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:32 msgid "" "Odoo allows one to manage several companies within the same database. Each " "company has its own chart of accounts and rules. You can get consolidation " @@ -15178,18 +13575,18 @@ msgstr "" "tem seu próprio plano de contas e regras. Você pode obter relatórios de " "consolidação seguindo suas regras de consolidação." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:36 msgid "" "Users can access several companies but always work in one company at a time." msgstr "" "Os usuários podem acessar várias empresas, mas sempre trabalham em uma " "empresa por vez." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:40 msgid "Multi-currencies" msgstr "Multi-moedas" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:42 msgid "" "Every transaction is recorded in the default currency of the company. For " "transactions occurring in another currency, Odoo stores both the value in " @@ -15202,18 +13599,18 @@ msgstr "" "na moeda da transação. O Odoo pode gerar ganhos e perdas de moedas após a " "reconciliação dos itens de diário." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:48 msgid "" "Currency rates are updated once a day using a yahoo.com online web-service." msgstr "" "As taxas de câmbio são atualizadas uma vez por dia usando um serviço da web " "online yahoo.com." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:52 msgid "International Standards" msgstr "Padrões internacionais" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:54 msgid "" "Odoo accounting supports more than 50 countries. The Odoo core accounting " "implements accounting standards that are common to all countries. Specific " @@ -15226,13 +13623,13 @@ msgstr "" "especificidades do país, como plano de contas, impostos ou interfaces " "bancárias." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:60 msgid "In particular, Odoo's core accounting engine supports:" msgstr "" "Em particular, o mecanismo de contabilidade central do Odoo oferece suporte " "a:" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:62 msgid "" "Anglo-Saxon Accounting (U.S., U.K.,, and other English-speaking countries " "including Ireland, Canada, Australia, and New Zealand) where costs of good " @@ -15243,21 +13640,21 @@ msgstr "" "custos dos produtos vendidos são relatados quando os produtos são vendidos /" " entregues." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:66 msgid "European accounting where expenses are accounted at the supplier bill." msgstr "" "Contabilidade europeia em que as despesas são contabilizadas na conta do " "fornecedor." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:69 msgid "Odoo has modules to comply with IFRS rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:72 msgid "Accounts Receivable & Payable" msgstr "Contas a receber e a pagar" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:74 msgid "" "By default, Odoo uses a single account for all account receivable entries " "and one for all accounts payable entries. You can create separate accounts " @@ -15267,7 +13664,7 @@ msgstr "" "receber e uma para todas as entradas de contas a pagar. Você pode criar " "contas separadas por clientes / fornecedores, mas não é necessário." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:79 msgid "" "As transactions are associated to customers or suppliers, you get reports to" " perform analysis per customer/supplier such as the customer statement, " @@ -15277,11 +13674,11 @@ msgstr "" "relatórios para realizar análises por cliente / fornecedor, como extrato do " "cliente, receitas por clientes, contas a receber / a pagar antigas, ..." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:84 msgid "Wide range of financial reports" msgstr "Grande variedade de relatórios financeiros" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:86 msgid "" "In Odoo, you can generate financial reports in real time. Odoo's reports " "range from basic accounting reports to advanced management reports. Odoo's " @@ -15291,31 +13688,31 @@ msgstr "" " da Odoo variam de relatórios básicos de contabilidade a relatórios " "gerenciais avançados. Os relatórios de Odoo incluem:" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:90 msgid "Performance reports (such as Profit and Loss, Budget Variance)" msgstr "" "Relatórios de desempenho (como Lucros e Perdas, Variação de Orçamento)" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:91 msgid "" "Position reports (such as Balance Sheet, Aged Payables, Aged Receivables)" msgstr "" "Relatórios de posição (como balanço, contas a pagar antigas, contas a " "receber antigas)" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:93 msgid "Cash reports (such as Bank Summary)" msgstr "Relatórios de caixa (como resumo bancário)" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:94 msgid "Detail reports (such as Trial Balance and General Ledger)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:95 msgid "Management reports (such as Budgets, Executive Summary)" msgstr "Relatórios de gestão (como orçamentos, resumo executivo)" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:97 msgid "" "Odoo's report engine allows you to customize your own report based on your " "own formulae." @@ -15323,11 +13720,11 @@ msgstr "" "O mecanismo de relatório do Odoo permite que você personalize seu próprio " "relatório com base em suas próprias fórmulas." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:101 msgid "Import bank feeds automatically" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:103 msgid "" "Bank reconciliation is a process that matches your bank statement lines, as " "supplied by the bank, to your accounting transactions in the general ledger." @@ -15337,7 +13734,7 @@ msgid "" "banking or wait for your paper bank statements." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:111 msgid "" "Odoo speeds up bank reconciliation by matching most of your imported bank " "statement lines to your accounting transactions. Odoo also remembers how " @@ -15349,11 +13746,11 @@ msgstr "" "lembra de como você tratou outras linhas de extrato bancário e fornece " "sugestões de transações do razão geral." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:117 msgid "Calculate the tax you owe your tax authority" msgstr "Calcule o imposto que você deve à sua autoridade fiscal" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:119 msgid "" "Odoo totals all your accounting transactions for your tax period and uses " "these totals to calculate your tax obligation. You can then check your sales" @@ -15364,11 +13761,11 @@ msgstr "" "verificar o seu imposto sobre vendas executando o Relatório de Imposto da " "Odoo." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:124 msgid "Inventory Valuation" msgstr "Avaliação de estoque" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:126 msgid "" "Odoo support both periodic (manual) and perpetual (automated) inventory " "valuations. The available methods are standard price, average price, LIFO " @@ -15378,17 +13775,17 @@ msgstr "" "(automatizadas). Os métodos disponíveis são preço padrão, preço médio, UEPS " "(para países que o permitem) e PEPS." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:131 msgid "" "`View impact of the valuation method on your transactions " "<https://odoo.com/documentation/functional/valuation.html>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:135 msgid "Easy retained earnings" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:137 msgid "" "Retained earnings are the portion of income retained by your business. Odoo " "automatically calculates your current year earnings in real time so no year-" @@ -15401,11 +13798,11 @@ msgstr "" "saldo de lucros e perdas em seu relatório de balanço patrimonial " "automaticamente." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:7 msgid "Accounting Memento For Entrepreneurs (US GAAP)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:13 msgid "" "The **Profit and Loss** (P&L) report shows the performance of the company " "over a specific period (usually the current year)." @@ -15413,7 +13810,7 @@ msgstr "" "O relatório ** Lucros e perdas ** (L&P) mostra o desempenho da empresa em um" " período específico (geralmente o ano atual)." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:18 msgid "" "The **Gross Profit** equals the revenues from sales minus the cost of goods " "sold." @@ -15421,14 +13818,14 @@ msgstr "" "O ** Lucro bruto ** é igual às receitas de vendas menos o custo dos produtos" " vendidos." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:23 msgid "" "**Operating Expenses** (OPEX) include administration, sales and R&D salaries" " as well as rent and utilities, miscellaneous costs, insurances, … anything " "beyond the costs of products sold." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:29 msgid "" "The **Balance Sheet** is a snapshot of the company's finances at a specific " "date (as opposed to the Profit and Loss which is an analysis over a period)" @@ -15437,7 +13834,7 @@ msgstr "" "específica (em oposição aos Lucros e Perdas, que é uma análise de um " "período)" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:34 msgid "" "**Assets** represent the company's wealth, things it owns. Fixed assets " "includes building and offices, current assets include bank accounts and " @@ -15448,7 +13845,7 @@ msgstr "" " contas bancárias e dinheiro. Um cliente que possui dinheiro é um ativo. Um " "funcionário não é um ativo." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:40 msgid "" "**Liabilities** are obligations from past events that the company will have " "to pay in the future (utility bills, debts, unpaid suppliers)." @@ -15457,7 +13854,7 @@ msgstr "" "empresa terá que pagar no futuro (contas de serviços públicos, dívidas, " "fornecedores não pagos)." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:45 msgid "" "**Equity** is the amount of the funds contributed by the owners (founders or" " shareholders) plus previously retained earnings (or losses)." @@ -15466,13 +13863,13 @@ msgstr "" "proprietários (fundadores ou acionistas) mais os lucros (ou perdas) " "anteriormente retidos." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:50 msgid "Each year, net profits (or losses) are reported to retained earnings." msgstr "" "A cada ano, os lucros (ou perdas) líquidos são reportados aos lucros " "retidos." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:56 msgid "" "What is owned (an asset) has been financed through debts to reimburse " "(liabilities) or equity (profits, capital)." @@ -15480,7 +13877,7 @@ msgstr "" "O que é possuído (um ativo) foi financiado por meio de dívidas a reembolsar " "(passivos) ou patrimônio líquido (lucros, capital)." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:59 msgid "" "A difference is made between buying an assets (e.g. a building) and expenses" " (e.g. fuel). Assets have an intrinsic value over time, versus expenses " @@ -15491,11 +13888,11 @@ msgstr "" "longo do tempo, versus as despesas que têm valor neles sendo consumidos para" " a empresa \"funcionar\"." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:66 msgid "Assets = Liabilities + Equity" msgstr "Ativos = Passivos + Patrimônio" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:71 msgid "" "The **chart of accounts** lists all the accounts, whether they are balance " "sheet accounts or P&L accounts. Every financial transaction (e.g. a payment," @@ -15507,17 +13904,17 @@ msgstr "" "pagamento, uma fatura) afeta as contas, movendo o valor de uma conta " "(crédito) para outra conta (débito)." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:78 msgid "Balance = Debit - Credit" msgstr "Saldo = Débito - Crédito" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:84 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:83 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:90 msgid "Journal Entries" msgstr "Registros Diários" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:88 msgid "" "Every financial document of the company (e.g. an invoice, a bank statement, " "a pay slip, a capital increase contract) is recorded as a journal entry, " @@ -15527,7 +13924,7 @@ msgstr "" "bancário, um recibo de pagamento, um contrato de aumento de capital) é " "registrado como um lançamento contábil manual, impactando várias contas." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:92 msgid "" "For a journal entry to be *balanced*, the sum of all its debits must be " "equal to the sum of all its credits." @@ -15535,50 +13932,50 @@ msgstr "" "Para que uma entrada de diário seja * equilibrada *, a soma de todos os seus" " débitos deve ser igual à soma de todos os seus créditos." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:97 msgid "examples of accounting entries for various transactions. Example:" msgstr "exemplos de lançamentos contábeis para várias transações. Exemplo:" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:99 msgid "Example 1: Customer Invoice:" msgstr "Exemplo 1: Fatura do cliente:" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:99 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:119 msgid "Explanation:" msgstr "Explicação:" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:103 msgid "You generate a revenue of $1,000" msgstr "Você gera uma receita de R$ 1.000" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:104 msgid "You have a tax to pay of $90" msgstr "Você tem um imposto a pagar de R$ 90" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:105 msgid "The customer owes $1,090" msgstr "O cliente deve R$ 1.090" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:124 msgid "Configuration:" msgstr "Configuração:" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:109 msgid "Income: defined on the product, or the product category" msgstr "Renda: definida no produto ou na categoria do produto" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:108 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:127 msgid "Account Receivable: defined on the customer" msgstr "Conta a receber: definida no cliente" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:111 msgid "Tax: defined on the tax set on the invoice line" msgstr "Imposto: definido no imposto definido na linha da fatura" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:113 msgid "" "The fiscal position used on the invoice may have a rule that replaces the " "Income Account or the tax defined on the product by another one." @@ -15586,30 +13983,30 @@ msgstr "" "A posição fiscal utilizada na nota fiscal pode ter uma regra que substitua a" " Conta de Renda ou o imposto definido no produto por outra." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:117 msgid "Example 2: Customer Payment:" msgstr "Exemplo 2: Pagamento do cliente:" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:121 msgid "Your customer owes $1,090 less" msgstr "Seu cliente deve R$ 1.090 a menos" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:122 msgid "Your receive $1,090 on your bank account" msgstr "Você receberá R$ 1.090 em sua conta bancária" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:126 msgid "Bank Account: defined on the related bank journal" msgstr "Conta bancária: definida no diário do banco relacionado" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:130 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 msgid "Reconciliation" msgstr "Conciliação" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:134 msgid "" "Reconciliation is the process of linking journal items of a specific " "account, matching credits and debits." @@ -15617,7 +14014,7 @@ msgstr "" "Conciliação é o processo de vincular itens de diário de uma conta " "específica, combinando créditos e débitos." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:137 msgid "" "Its primary purpose is to link payments to their related invoices in order " "to mark invoices that are paid and clear the customer statement. This is " @@ -15627,7 +14024,7 @@ msgstr "" " marcar as faturas que foram pagas e limpar o extrato do cliente. Isso é " "feito fazendo uma reconciliação na conta * Contas a Receber *." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:141 msgid "" "An invoice is marked as paid when its Accounts Receivable journal items are " "reconciled with the related payment journal items." @@ -15635,15 +14032,15 @@ msgstr "" "Uma fatura é marcada como paga quando seus itens de diário de contas a " "receber são reconciliados com os itens de diário de pagamento relacionados." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:144 msgid "Reconciliation is performed automatically by the system when:" msgstr "A conciliação é realizada automaticamente pelo sistema quando:" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:146 msgid "the payment is registered directly on the invoice" msgstr "o pagamento é registrado diretamente na fatura" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:147 msgid "" "the links between the payments and the invoices are detected at the bank " "matching process" @@ -15651,85 +14048,97 @@ msgstr "" "as ligações entre os pagamentos e as faturas são detectadas no processo de " "correspondência do banco" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:0 msgid "Customer Statement Example" msgstr "Exemplo de declaração do cliente" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:156 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 msgid "Accounts Receivable" msgstr "Contas a Receber" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:156 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:96 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 msgid "Debit" msgstr "Débito" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:156 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:96 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 msgid "Credit" msgstr "Crédito" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:160 msgid "Invoice 1" msgstr "Fatura 1" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:104 +msgid "100" +msgstr "100" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:162 msgid "Payment 1.1" msgstr "Pagamento 1.1" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:162 msgid "70" msgstr "70" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:164 msgid "Invoice 2" msgstr "Fatura 2" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:162 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:168 msgid "65" msgstr "65" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:166 msgid "Payment 1.2" msgstr "Pagamento 1.2" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:166 msgid "30" msgstr "30" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:168 msgid "Payment 2" msgstr "Pagamento 2" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:170 msgid "Invoice 3" msgstr "Fatura 3" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:168 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:174 msgid "50" msgstr "50" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:174 msgid "Total To Pay" msgstr "Total a pagar" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:181 msgid "" "Bank reconciliation is the matching of bank statement lines (provided by " "your bank) with transactions recorded internally (payments to suppliers or " @@ -15740,11 +14149,11 @@ msgstr "" "(pagamentos a fornecedores ou de clientes). Para cada linha de um extrato " "bancário, pode ser:" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:186 msgid "matched with a previously recorded payment:" msgstr "combinado com um pagamento registrado anteriormente:" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:186 msgid "" "a payment is registered when a check is received from a customer, then " "matched when checking the bank statement" @@ -15752,26 +14161,26 @@ msgstr "" "um pagamento é registrado quando um cheque é recebido de um cliente, em " "seguida, combinado ao verificar o extrato bancário" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:190 msgid "recorded as a new payment:" msgstr "registrado como um novo pagamento:" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:189 msgid "" "the payment's journal entry is created and :ref:`reconciled " "<accounting/reconciliation>` with the related invoice when processing the " "bank statement" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:193 msgid "recorded as another transaction:" msgstr "registrado como outra transação:" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:193 msgid "bank transfer, direct charge, etc." msgstr "transferência bancária, cobrança direta, etc." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:195 msgid "" "Odoo should automatically reconcile most transactions, only a few of them " "should need manual review. When the bank reconciliation process is finished," @@ -15783,25 +14192,25 @@ msgstr "" " bancária for concluído, o saldo da conta bancária no Odoo deve corresponder" " ao saldo do extrato bancário." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:203 msgid "Checks Handling" msgstr "Tratamento de cheques" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:205 msgid "There are two approaches to manage checks and internal wire transfer:" msgstr "" "Existem duas abordagens para gerenciar cheques e transferência eletrônica " "interna:" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:207 msgid "Two journal entries and a reconciliation" msgstr "Duas entradas de diário e uma reconciliação" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:208 msgid "One journal entry and a bank reconciliation" msgstr "Um lançamento contábil manual e uma conciliação bancária" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:212 msgid "" "The first journal entry is created by registering the payment on the " "invoice. The second one is created when registering the bank statement." @@ -15809,49 +14218,49 @@ msgstr "" "O primeiro lançamento contábil manual é criado registrando o pagamento na " "fatura. O segundo é criado ao registrar o extrato bancário." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:96 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 msgid "Account" msgstr "Conta" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:98 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:100 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 msgid "Account Receivable" msgstr "Conta a receber" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 msgid "Invoice ABC" msgstr "Fatura ABC" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 msgid "Undeposited funds" msgstr "Fundos não depositados" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 msgid "Check 0123" msgstr "Verifique 0123" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:85 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:135 msgid "Bank" msgstr "Banco" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:237 msgid "" "A journal entry is created by registering the payment on the invoice. When " "reconciling the bank statement, the statement line is linked to the existing" @@ -15861,23 +14270,23 @@ msgstr "" " reconciliar o extrato bancário, a linha do extrato é vinculada ao " "lançamento contábil manual existente." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 msgid "Bank Statement" msgstr "Extrato bancário" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:248 msgid "Statement XYZ" msgstr "Declaração XYZ" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview.rst:3 msgid "Process overview" msgstr "Visão geral do processo" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:3 msgid "From Customer Invoice to Payments Collection" msgstr "Da fatura do cliente à cobrança de pagamentos" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo supports multiple invoicing and payment workflows, so you can choose " "and use the ones that match your business needs. Whether you want to accept " @@ -15892,11 +14301,11 @@ msgstr "" "obter descontos para pagamentos antecipados, você pode fazer isso de forma " "eficiente e precisa." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:12 msgid "From Draft Invoice to Profit and Loss" msgstr "Do esboço da fatura aos lucros e perdas" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:14 msgid "" "If we pick up at the end of a typical 'order to cash' scenario, after the " "goods have been shipped, you will: issue an invoice; receive payment; " @@ -15912,7 +14321,7 @@ msgstr "" "fim, apresente sua receita no relatório de lucros e perdas e mostre a " "diminuição dos ativos no relatório de balanço." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:21 msgid "" "Invoicing in most countries occurs when a contractual obligation is met. If " "you ship a box to a customer, you have met the terms of the contract and can" @@ -15929,7 +14338,7 @@ msgstr "" "caminhão. Neste ponto, Odoo apóia a criação do que é chamado de fatura " "preliminar pela equipe do armazém." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:32 msgid "" "Draft invoices can be manually generated from other documents such as Sales " "Orders, Purchase Orders,etc. Although you can create a draft invoice " @@ -15939,7 +14348,7 @@ msgstr "" "documentos, como pedidos de venda, pedidos de compra, etc. Embora você possa" " criar um rascunho de fatura diretamente, se desejar." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:36 msgid "" "An invoice must be provided to the customer with the necessary information " "in order for them to pay for the goods and services ordered and delivered. " @@ -15951,11 +14360,11 @@ msgstr "" "Deve também incluir outras informações necessárias para pagar a fatura de " "forma oportuna e precisa." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:42 msgid "Draft invoices" msgstr "Rascunho de faturas" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:44 msgid "" "The system generates invoice which are initially set to the Draft state. " "While these invoices" @@ -15963,7 +14372,7 @@ msgstr "" "O sistema gera faturas que são inicialmente definidas para o estado " "Rascunho. Embora essas faturas" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:47 msgid "" "remain unvalidated, they have no accounting impact within the system. There " "is nothing to stop users from creating their own draft invoices." @@ -15972,51 +14381,51 @@ msgstr "" "sistema. Não há nada que impeça os usuários de criar seus próprios rascunhos" " de faturas." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:50 msgid "Let's create a customer invoice with following information:" msgstr "Vamos criar uma fatura do cliente com as seguintes informações:" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:52 msgid "Customer: Agrolait" msgstr "Cliente: Agrolait" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:53 msgid "Product: iMac" msgstr "Produto: iMac" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:54 msgid "Quantity: 1" msgstr "Quantidade: 1" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:55 msgid "Unit Price: 100" msgstr "Preço unitário: 100" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:56 msgid "Taxes: Tax 15%" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:64 msgid "The document is composed of three parts:" msgstr "O documento é composto por três partes:" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:66 msgid "the top of the invoice, with customer information," msgstr "no topo da fatura, com informações do cliente," -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:67 msgid "the main body of the invoice, with detailed invoice lines," msgstr "o corpo principal da fatura, com linhas de fatura detalhadas," -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:68 msgid "the bottom of the page, with detail about the taxes, and the totals." msgstr "parte inferior da página, com detalhes sobre os impostos e os totais." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:71 msgid "Open or Pro-forma invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:73 msgid "" "An invoice will usually include the quantity and the price of goods and/or " "services, the date, any parties involved, the unique invoice number, and any" @@ -16026,7 +14435,7 @@ msgstr "" "serviços, a data, as partes envolvidas, o número exclusivo da fatura e " "quaisquer informações fiscais." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:77 msgid "" "\"Validate\" the invoice when you are ready to approve it. The invoice then " "moves from the Draft state to the Open state." @@ -16034,7 +14443,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"Valide\" a fatura quando estiver pronto para aprová-la. A fatura então " "passa do estado Rascunho para o estado Aberto." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:80 msgid "" "When you have validated an invoice, Odoo gives it a unique number from a " "defined, and modifiable, sequence." @@ -16042,7 +14451,7 @@ msgstr "" "Depois de validar uma fatura, Odoo atribui a ela um número exclusivo de uma " "sequência definida e modificável." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:86 msgid "" "Accounting entries corresponding to this invoice are automatically generated" " when you validate the invoice. You can see the details by clicking on the " @@ -16053,11 +14462,11 @@ msgstr "" "clicando na entrada no campo Lançamento contábil manual na guia \"Outras " "informações\"." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:95 msgid "Send the invoice to customer" msgstr "Envie a fatura para o cliente" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:97 msgid "" "After validating the customer invoice, you can directly send it to the " "customer via the 'Send by email' functionality." @@ -16065,7 +14474,7 @@ msgstr "" "Depois de validar a fatura do cliente, você pode enviá-la diretamente ao " "cliente por meio da funcionalidade 'Enviar por e-mail'." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:103 msgid "" "A typical journal entry generated from a validated invoice will look like as" " follows:" @@ -16073,42 +14482,42 @@ msgstr "" "Um lançamento diário típico gerado a partir de uma fatura validada terá a " "seguinte aparência:" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 msgid "**Partner**" msgstr "**Parceiro**" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 msgid "**Due date**" msgstr "** Data de Vencimento **" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 msgid "Agrolait" msgstr "Agrolait" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 msgid "01/07/2015" msgstr "07/01/2015" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 msgid "115" msgstr "115" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 msgid "15" msgstr "15" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:117 msgid "Payment" msgstr "Pagamento" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:119 msgid "" "In Odoo, an invoice is considered to be paid when the associated accounting " "entry has been reconciled with the payment entries. If there has not been a " @@ -16120,18 +14529,18 @@ msgstr "" "conciliação, a fatura permanecerá no estado Aberto até que você insira o " "pagamento." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:124 msgid "" "A typical journal entry generated from a payment will look like as follows:" msgstr "" "Uma entrada de diário típica gerada a partir de um pagamento terá a seguinte" " aparência:" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:136 msgid "Receive a partial payment through the bank statement" msgstr "Receber um pagamento parcial através do extrato bancário" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:138 msgid "" "You can manually enter your bank statements in Odoo, or you can import them " "in from a csv file or from several other predefined formats according to " @@ -16141,7 +14550,7 @@ msgstr "" " de um arquivo csv ou de vários outros formatos predefinidos de acordo com " "sua localização contábil." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:142 msgid "" "Create a bank statement from the accounting dashboard with the related " "journal and enter an amount of $100 ." @@ -16149,15 +14558,15 @@ msgstr "" "Crie um extrato bancário do painel de contabilidade com o diário relacionado" " e insira um valor de R$ 100." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:149 msgid "Reconcile" msgstr "Conciliar" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:151 msgid "Now let's reconcile!" msgstr "Agora vamos nos conciliar!" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:156 msgid "" "You can now go through every transaction and reconcile them or you can mass " "reconcile with instructions at the bottom." @@ -16165,7 +14574,7 @@ msgstr "" "Agora você pode passar por todas as transações e conciliá-las ou pode " "conciliar em massa com as instruções na parte inferior." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:158 msgid "" "After reconciling the items in the sheet, the related invoice will now " "display \"You have outstanding payments for this customer. You can reconcile" @@ -16175,7 +14584,7 @@ msgstr "" " \"Você tem pagamentos pendentes para este cliente. Você pode conciliá-los " "para pagar esta fatura.\"" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:168 msgid "" "Apply the payment. Below, you can see that the payment has been added to the" " invoice." @@ -16183,11 +14592,11 @@ msgstr "" "Aplique o pagamento. Abaixo, você pode ver que o pagamento foi adicionado à " "fatura." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:175 msgid "Payment Followup" msgstr "Acompanhamento de pagamento" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:177 msgid "" "There's a growing trend of customers paying bills later and later. " "Therefore, collectors must make every effort to collect money and collect it" @@ -16197,7 +14606,7 @@ msgstr "" "Portanto, os coletores devem envidar todos os esforços para coletar dinheiro" " e coletá-lo mais rapidamente." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:181 msgid "" "Odoo will help you define your follow-up strategy. To remind customers to " "pay their outstanding invoices, you can define different actions depending " @@ -16214,7 +14623,7 @@ msgstr "" "existam outras faturas vencidas para o mesmo cliente, serão executadas as " "ações da fatura mais vencida." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:189 msgid "" "By going to the customer record and diving into the \"Overdue Payments\" you" " will see the follow-up message and all overdue invoices." @@ -16222,11 +14631,11 @@ msgstr "" "Ao acessar o registro do cliente e mergulhar em \"Pagamentos em atraso\", " "você verá a mensagem de acompanhamento e todas as faturas em atraso." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:199 msgid "Customer aging report:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:201 msgid "" "The customer aging report will be an additional key tool for the collector " "to understand the customer credit issues, and to prioritize their work." @@ -16235,7 +14644,7 @@ msgstr "" " para o cobrador entender os problemas de crédito do cliente e priorizar seu" " trabalho." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:205 msgid "" "Use the aging report to determine which customers are overdue and begin your" " collection efforts." @@ -16243,11 +14652,11 @@ msgstr "" "Use o relatório de vencimento para determinar quais clientes estão atrasados" " ​​e comece seus esforços de cobrança." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:212 msgid "Profit and loss" msgstr "Lucros e perdas" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:214 msgid "" "The Profit and Loss statement displays your revenue and expense details. " "Ultimately, this gives you a clear image of your Net Profit and Loss. It is " @@ -16259,11 +14668,11 @@ msgstr "" "líquido e perda. Às vezes é chamado de \"Demonstração de receita\" ou " "\"Demonstração de receitas e despesas\"." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:223 msgid "Balance sheet" msgstr "Balanço patrimonial" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:225 msgid "" "The balance sheet summarizes your company's liabilities, assets and equity " "at a specific moment in time." @@ -16271,7 +14680,7 @@ msgstr "" "O balanço patrimonial resume os passivos, ativos e patrimônio líquido da sua" " empresa em um momento específico." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:234 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:234 msgid "" "For example, if you manage your inventory using the perpetual accounting " "method, you should expect a decrease in account \"Current Assets\" once the " @@ -16281,12 +14690,12 @@ msgstr "" "perpétua, deve esperar uma redução na conta \"Ativo Circulante\", uma vez " "que o material foi enviado ao cliente." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:15 msgid "From Vendor Bill to Payment" msgstr "Da fatura do fornecedor ao pagamento" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:5 msgid "" "Once vendor bills are registered in Odoo, you can easily pay vendors for the" " correct amount and at the right time (not too late, not too early; " @@ -16298,7 +14707,7 @@ msgstr "" "tarde, nem cedo demais; dependendo da política do seu fornecedor). O Odoo " "também oferece relatórios para rastrear seus saldos a pagar antigos." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:10 msgid "" "If you want to control vendor bills received from your vendors, you can use " "the Odoo Purchase application that allows you to control and pre-complete " @@ -16309,11 +14718,11 @@ msgstr "" " e pré-preenchê-los automaticamente com base em pedidos de compra " "anteriores." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:18 msgid "Record a new vendor bill" msgstr "Registre uma nova fatura do fornecedor" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:20 msgid "" "When a vendor bill is received, you can record it from " ":menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendor Bills` in the Accounting application. " @@ -16321,7 +14730,7 @@ msgid "" "dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:27 msgid "" "To register a new vendor bill, start by selecting a vendor and inputting " "their invoice as the **Vendor Reference**, then add and confirm the product " @@ -16332,14 +14741,14 @@ msgstr "" "seguida, adicione e confirme as linhas de produtos, certificando-se de ter " "as quantidades de produtos, taxas e preços corretos." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:35 msgid "" "Save the invoice to update the pre tax and tax amounts at the bottom of the " "screen. You will most likely need to configure the prices of your products " "without taxes as Odoo will compute the tax for you." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:40 msgid "" "On the bottom left corner, Odoo shows a summary table of all taxes on the " "vendor bill. In several countries, different methods are accepted to round " @@ -16358,11 +14767,11 @@ msgstr "" "imposto diferente na fatura, você pode alterar o valor na tabela inferior " "esquerda para ajustar e combinar." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:48 msgid "Validate The Vendor Bill" msgstr "Validar a fatura do fornecedor" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:50 msgid "" "Once the vendor bill is validated, a journal entry will be generated based " "on the configuration on the invoice. This journal entry may differ depending" @@ -16373,7 +14782,7 @@ msgstr "" "manual pode ser diferente dependendo do pacote de contabilidade que você " "escolher usar." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:54 msgid "" "For most European countries, the journal entry will use the following " "accounts:" @@ -16381,21 +14790,21 @@ msgstr "" "Para a maioria dos países europeus, a entrada de diário usará as seguintes " "contas:" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:57 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:66 msgid "**Accounts Payable:** defined on the vendor form" msgstr "** Contas a Pagar: ** definido no formulário do fornecedor" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:59 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:68 msgid "**Taxes:** defined on the products and per line" msgstr "** Impostos: ** definidos nos produtos e por linha" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:61 msgid "**Expenses:** defined on the line item product used" msgstr "** Despesas: ** definidas no item de linha do produto usado" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:63 msgid "" "For Anglo-Saxon (US) accounting, the journal entry will use the following " "accounts:" @@ -16403,21 +14812,21 @@ msgstr "" "Para contabilidade anglo-saxônica (EUA), a entrada de diário usará as " "seguintes contas:" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:70 msgid "**Goods Received:** defined on the product form" msgstr "** Bens Recebidos: ** definido no formulário do produto" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:72 msgid "" "You can check your Profit & Loss or the Balance Sheet reports after having " "validated a couple of vendor bills to see the impact on your general ledger." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:77 msgid "Pay a bill" msgstr "Pague uma conta" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:79 msgid "" "To create a payment for an open vendor bill directly, you can click on " "**Register a Payment** at the top of the form." @@ -16426,7 +14835,7 @@ msgstr "" " você pode clicar em ** Registrar um pagamento ** na parte superior do " "formulário." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:82 msgid "" "From there, you select the payment method (i.e. Checking account, credit " "card, check, etc…) and the amount you wish to pay. By default, Odoo will " @@ -16436,7 +14845,7 @@ msgid "" "correctly)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:94 msgid "" "You can also register a payment to a vendor directly without applying it to " "a vendor bill. To do that, :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. Then, " @@ -16448,11 +14857,11 @@ msgstr "" "`Compras -> Pagamentos`. Então, a partir da fatura do fornecedor, você " "poderá conciliar esse pagamento diretamente." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:99 msgid "Printing vendor Checks" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:101 msgid "" "If you choose to pay your vendor bills by check, Odoo offers a method to do " "so directly from your vendor payments within Odoo. Whether you do so on a " @@ -16464,7 +14873,7 @@ msgstr "" " Odoo. Quer o faça diariamente ou prefira fazê-lo no final da semana, pode " "imprimir em cheques em lotes." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:106 msgid "" "If you have checks to print, Odoo's accounting dashboard acts as a to do " "list and reminds you of how many checks you have left to be printed." @@ -16473,7 +14882,7 @@ msgstr "" "funciona como uma lista de tarefas e lembra quantos cheques ainda precisam " "ser impressos." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:112 msgid "" "By selecting the amount of checks to be printed, you can dive right into a " "list of all payments that are ready to be processed." @@ -16482,7 +14891,7 @@ msgstr "" " direto em uma lista de todos os pagamentos que estão prontos para serem " "processados." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:115 msgid "" "Select all the checks you wish to print (use the first checkbox to select " "them all) and set the action to **Print Checks**. Odoo will ask you to set " @@ -16494,16 +14903,16 @@ msgstr "" "O Odoo solicitará que você defina o próximo número de cheque na sequência e," " em seguida, imprimirá todos os cheques de uma vez." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:124 -#: ../../accounting/reporting.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:3 msgid "Reporting" msgstr "Comunicando" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:127 msgid "Aged payable balance" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:129 msgid "" "In order to get a list of open vendor bills and their related due dates, you" " can use the **Aged Payable** report, under the reporting menu, (in " @@ -16511,7 +14920,7 @@ msgid "" " visual of all of your outstanding bills." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:137 msgid "" "From here, you can click directly on a vendors name to open up the details " "of all outstanding bills and the amounts due, or you can annotate any line " @@ -16525,19 +14934,19 @@ msgstr "" "momento, enquanto você analisa o relatório, pode imprimir diretamente para " "Excel ou PDF e obter exatamente o que vê na tela." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:144 msgid ":doc:`customer_invoice`" msgstr ":doc:`customer_invoice`" -#: ../../accounting/payables.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables.rst:3 msgid "Account Payables" msgstr "Contas a pagar" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:3 msgid "Forecast future bills to pay" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:5 msgid "" "When you get hundreds of vendor bills per month with each of them having " "different payment terms, it could be complex to follow what you have to pay " @@ -16550,7 +14959,7 @@ msgstr "" "diminuir sua disponibilidade de dinheiro e pagar muito tarde pode resultar " "em custos extras." -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:10 msgid "" "Fortunately, Odoo provides you the right tools to manage payment orders to " "vendors efficiently." @@ -16558,11 +14967,11 @@ msgstr "" "Felizmente, Odoo fornece as ferramentas certas para gerenciar ordens de " "pagamento para fornecedores de forma eficiente." -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:14 msgid "Configuration: payment terms" msgstr "Configuração: condições de pagamento" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:16 msgid "" "In order to track the vendor conditions, we use payment terms in Odoo. " "Payment terms allow to keep track of the conditions to compute the due date " @@ -16573,15 +14982,15 @@ msgstr "" "a data de vencimento em uma fatura. Por exemplo, um prazo de pagamento pode " "ser:" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:20 msgid "50% within 30 days" msgstr "50% em 30 dias" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:22 msgid "50% within 45 days" msgstr "50% em 45 dias" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:24 msgid "" "To create your most common payment terms, use the menu: " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Management --> Payment Terms` in the " @@ -16593,7 +15002,7 @@ msgstr "" "aplicativo ** Contabilidade **. O exemplo a seguir mostra um prazo de " "pagamento de 30% diretamente e o saldo após 30 dias." -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:32 msgid "" "Once payment terms are defined, you can assign them to your vendor by " "default. Set the Vendor Payment Term field on the Accounting tab of a vendor" @@ -16606,7 +15015,7 @@ msgstr "" "que você fizer uma compra para este vendedor, Odoo irá propor " "automaticamente a você o prazo de pagamento correto." -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:42 msgid "" "If you do not set a specific payment term on a vendor, you will still be " "able to set a specific payment term on the vendor bill." @@ -16615,11 +15024,11 @@ msgstr "" " ainda poderá definir uma condição de pagamento específica na conta do " "fornecedor." -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:46 msgid "Forecast bills to pay with the Aged Payables report" msgstr "Previsão de contas a pagar com o relatório de contas a pagar antigas" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:48 msgid "" "In order to track amounts to be paid to the vendors, use the Aged Payable " "report. You can get it from the Reports menu of the Accounting application. " @@ -16628,16 +15037,16 @@ msgid "" "payment term)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:57 msgid "" "This reports tells you how much you will have to pay within the next months." msgstr "Este relatório informa quanto você terá que pagar nos próximos meses." -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:61 msgid "Select bills to pay" msgstr "Selecione as contas a pagar" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:63 msgid "" "Using the menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendor Bills`, you can get a " "list of vendor bills. Using the advanced filters, you can list all the bills" @@ -16645,7 +15054,7 @@ msgid "" "payment)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:70 msgid "" "From this screen, you can also switch to the pivot table or the graph view " "to get statistics on the amount due over the next month, using the group by " @@ -16655,15 +15064,15 @@ msgstr "" "visualização do gráfico para obter estatísticas sobre o valor devido no " "próximo mês, usando o recurso de agrupamento por \"Data de vencimento\"." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay.rst:3 msgid "Vendor Payments" msgstr "Pagamentos de fornecedores" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:3 msgid "Pay by Checks" msgstr "Pagar em cheque" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:5 msgid "" "Once you decide to pay a supplier bill, you can select to pay by check. " "Then, at the end of the day, the manager can print all checks by batch. " @@ -16675,12 +15084,12 @@ msgstr "" "por lote. Finalmente, o processo de reconciliação bancária combinará os " "cheques que você enviou aos fornecedores com extratos bancários reais." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:14 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:33 msgid "Install the required module" msgstr "Instale o módulo necessário" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:16 msgid "" "To record supplier payments by checks, you must install the **Check " "Writing** module. This module handle the process of recording checks in " @@ -16689,7 +15098,7 @@ msgid "" "print U.S. checks." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:23 msgid "" "According to your country and the chart of account you use, those modules " "may be installed by default. (example: United States users have nothing to " @@ -16699,11 +15108,11 @@ msgstr "" " ser instalados por padrão. (exemplo: os usuários dos Estados Unidos não têm" " nada para instalar, é configurado por padrão)." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:28 msgid "Activate checks payment methods" msgstr "Ativar métodos de pagamento de cheques" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:30 msgid "" "In order to allow payments by checks, you must activate the payment method " "on related bank journals. From the accounting dashboard (the screen you get " @@ -16712,33 +15121,33 @@ msgid "" "set **Check**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:40 msgid "Compatible check stationery for printing checks" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:43 msgid "United States" msgstr "Estados Unidos" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:45 msgid "For the United States, Odoo supports by default the check formats of:" msgstr "" "Para os Estados Unidos, Odoo oferece suporte por padrão aos formatos de " "seleção de:" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:47 msgid "**Quickbooks & Quicken**: check on top, stubs in the middle and bottom" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:48 msgid "**Peachtree**: check in the middle, stubs on top and bottom" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:49 msgid "**ADP**: check in the bottom, and stubs on the top." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:51 msgid "" "It is also possible to customize your own check format through " "customizations." @@ -16746,31 +15155,31 @@ msgstr "" "Também é possível customizar seu próprio formato de cheque por meio de " "customizações." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:54 msgid "Pay a supplier bill with a check" msgstr "Pague uma conta de fornecedor com cheque" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:56 msgid "Paying a supplier with a check is done in three steps:" msgstr "O pagamento a um fornecedor com cheque é feito em três etapas:" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:58 msgid "registering a payment you'd like to do on the bill" msgstr "registrando um pagamento que você gostaria de fazer na conta" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:59 msgid "printing checks in batch for all registered payments" msgstr "impressão de cheques em lote para todos os pagamentos registrados" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:60 msgid "reconcile bank statements" msgstr "conciliar extratos bancários" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:63 msgid "Register a payment by check" msgstr "Registrar um pagamento em cheque" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:65 msgid "" "To register a payment on a bill, open any supplier bill from the menu " ":menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendor Bills`. Once the supplier bill is " @@ -16778,11 +15187,11 @@ msgid "" "**Check** and validate the payment dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:74 msgid "Print checks" msgstr "Imprimir cheques" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:76 msgid "" "From the accounting dashboard, on your bank account, you should see a link " "\"X checks to print\". Click on this link and you will get the list of all " @@ -16794,7 +15203,7 @@ msgstr "" " cheques que ainda não foram impressos. Nessa tela, você pode imprimir todos" " os cheques em lote ou revisá-los um por um." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:81 msgid "" "If you want to review every payment one by one before printing the check, " "open on the payment and click on **Print Check** if you accept it. A dialog " @@ -16807,7 +15216,7 @@ msgstr "" "número, mas você pode alterá-lo se não corresponder ao seu próximo número de" " cheque." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:87 msgid "" "To print all checks in batch, select all payments from the list view and " "Print Check from the top \"print\" menu." @@ -16815,11 +15224,11 @@ msgstr "" "Para imprimir todos os cheques em lote, selecione todos os pagamentos na " "exibição de lista e Imprimir cheque no menu \"imprimir\" superior." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:94 msgid "Reconcile bank statements" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:96 msgid "" "Once you process your bank statement, when the check is credited from your " "bank account, Odoo will propose you automatically to match it with the " @@ -16829,18 +15238,18 @@ msgstr "" " sua conta bancária, o Odoo irá propor automaticamente que o combine com o " "pagamento. Isso marcará o pagamento como ** conciliado **." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:101 msgid "" "To review checks that have not been credited, open the list of payments and " "filter on the Sent state. Review those payments that have a date more than 2" " weeks ago." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:106 msgid "Pay anything with a check" msgstr "Pague qualquer coisa com um cheque" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:108 msgid "" "You can register a payment that is not related to a supplier bill. To do so," " use the top menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. Register your " @@ -16851,13 +15260,13 @@ msgstr "" " -> Pagamentos`. Registre seu pagamento e selecione a forma de pagamento em " "cheque." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:112 msgid "" "If you pay a specific supplier bill, put the reference of the bill in the " "**Memo** field." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:118 msgid "" "Once your payment by check is registered, don't forget to **Confirm** it. " "Once confirmed, you can use **Print Check** directly or follow the preceding" @@ -16867,19 +15276,19 @@ msgstr "" "**. Depois de confirmado, você pode usar ** Imprimir cheque ** diretamente " "ou seguir o fluxo anterior para imprimir cheques em lote:" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:122 msgid "`Print checks`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:123 msgid "`Reconcile bank statements`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:3 msgid "Pay several bills at once" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo provides a simple and effective way to handle several bills at once, " "with various quick or complex options. With one single process, anyone is " @@ -16890,15 +15299,15 @@ msgstr "" "qualquer pessoa pode gerenciar contas e pagamentos com apenas alguns " "cliques." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:10 msgid "Pay multiple bills with one payment" msgstr "Pague várias contas com um pagamento" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:13 msgid "Record several payments" msgstr "Registre vários pagamentos" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:15 msgid "" "In the following example, we will generate some bills. You can control the " "whole process from your accounting dashboard (first screen you get when you " @@ -16908,7 +15317,7 @@ msgstr "" "processo de seu painel de contabilidade (primeira tela que você obtém quando" " abre o aplicativo de contabilidade)." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:22 msgid "" "To create a bill, open the Dashboard menu and click on **Vendor Bills**. In " "the Vendor Bills window, click on **Create**." @@ -16916,7 +15325,7 @@ msgstr "" "Para criar uma conta, abra o menu Dashboard e clique em **Contas do " "fornecedor**. Na janela Contas do fornecedor, clique em **Criar**." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:28 msgid "" "Choose the vendor from which you wish to purchase the product, and click on " "Add an item to add one (or more) product(s). Click on **Save** and then " @@ -16926,11 +15335,11 @@ msgstr "" "um item para adicionar um (ou mais) produto (s). Clique em ** Salvar ** e " "depois em ** Validar **." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:33 msgid "Pay supplier bills, one after the other" msgstr "Pague as contas do fornecedor, uma após a outra" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:38 msgid "" "We will now record a payment for one bill only. Open the bill, then click on" " **Register Payment**. Insert the Payment Method, Date and Amount, and click" @@ -16940,7 +15349,7 @@ msgstr "" " em ** Registrar pagamento **. Insira Forma de Pagamento, Data e Valor e " "clique em ** Validar **." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:45 msgid "" "Once you have validated the payment, the system will automatically reconcile" " the payment with the bill, and set the bill as **Paid**. The system will " @@ -16952,11 +15361,11 @@ msgstr "" " irá gerar uma movimentação da conta de pagamento e reconciliá-la com a " "transação de despesas." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:51 msgid "Pay several bills altogether" msgstr "Pague várias contas ao mesmo tempo" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:53 msgid "" "In order to illustrate the process thoroughly, create at least 2 more bills " "following the above standing guide. **Make sure all bills come from the same" @@ -16966,14 +15375,14 @@ msgstr "" "seguindo o guia permanente acima. ** Certifique-se de que todas as contas " "são do mesmo fornecedor. **" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:60 msgid "" "In the Vendors Bills, select the new bills you have just created by checking" " the box next to each of them. In the Action menu located in the middle of " "the page, click on **Register Payment**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:67 msgid "" "Insert the details of the payment. The system calculated the total amount " "for both bills, but you can modify it freely. Click on **Validate**." @@ -16981,11 +15390,11 @@ msgstr "" "Insira os detalhes do pagamento. O sistema calculou o valor total para ambas" " as contas, mas você pode modificá-lo livremente. Clique em ** Validar **." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:71 msgid "Record the payment, reconcile afterwards" msgstr "Registre o pagamento, concilie depois" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:73 msgid "" "You can also reconcile a payment with bills after the payment has been " "recorded." @@ -16993,17 +15402,17 @@ msgstr "" "Você também pode conciliar um pagamento com contas depois que o pagamento " "foi registrado." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:76 msgid "First, we need to create a payment" msgstr "Primeiro, precisamos criar um pagamento" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:78 msgid "" "This will handle from :menuselection:`Dashboard --> Bank journal --> More " "Option --> Send Money`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:84 msgid "" "Creating payment order with check payment method. Selecting related Vendor " "and amount which remain to pay. After filling all details, we will confirm " @@ -17014,7 +15423,7 @@ msgstr "" "de todos os dados, confirmaremos a ordem de pagamento que gerará a transação" " de pagamento com o sistema." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:92 msgid "" "As you can see, bill payment status show what is posted and what is " "remaining to reconcile." @@ -17022,7 +15431,7 @@ msgstr "" "Como você pode ver, o status do pagamento da conta mostra o que foi lançado " "e o que falta conciliar." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:95 msgid "" "After receiving bank statement from the bank with payment detail, you can " "reconcile the transaction from the Dashboard. It will automatically map the " @@ -17032,17 +15441,17 @@ msgstr "" "você pode reconciliar a transação no dashboard. Ele mapeará automaticamente " "o valor da transação." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:103 msgid "Partial payments of several supplier bills" msgstr "Pagamentos parciais de várias contas de fornecedores" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:106 msgid "How to pay several supplier bills having cash discounts at once?" msgstr "" "Como pagar várias contas de fornecedores com descontos à vista de uma só " "vez?" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:108 msgid "" "You already learned how to pay bills in various way but what about partial " "payment? We are taking another example where we will do partial payment for " @@ -17052,7 +15461,7 @@ msgstr "" "pagamento parcial? Estamos dando outro exemplo em que faremos o pagamento " "parcial de várias contas." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:112 msgid "" "We are creating multiple bills and partially pay them through bank " "statements." @@ -17060,7 +15469,7 @@ msgstr "" "Estamos criando várias contas e pagando parcialmente por meio de extratos " "bancários." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:115 msgid "" "We are adding payment terms which allow some cash discount where vendor " "offer us early payment discount." @@ -17068,7 +15477,7 @@ msgstr "" "Estamos adicionando condições de pagamento que permitem algum desconto à " "vista quando o fornecedor nos oferece desconto no pagamento antecipado." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:121 msgid "" "We are creating the following bills with the assignment of the above payment" " term." @@ -17076,11 +15485,11 @@ msgstr "" "Estamos criando as seguintes faturas com a atribuição do prazo de pagamento " "acima." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:127 msgid "We have created the following bills:" msgstr "Criamos as seguintes contas:" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:132 msgid "" "We will pay the invoices by creating bank statement where we will adjust the" " cash discount our vendor provided under payment terms." @@ -17088,7 +15497,7 @@ msgstr "" "Pagaremos as faturas criando um extrato bancário no qual ajustaremos o " "desconto à vista que nosso fornecedor forneceu nas condições de pagamento." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:138 msgid "" "Before reconciling this bank statement, we need to create one statement " "model for cash discount." @@ -17096,18 +15505,18 @@ msgstr "" "Antes de reconciliar este extrato bancário, precisamos criar um modelo de " "extrato para desconto à vista." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:144 msgid "Now we are going back to bank statement and opening reconcile view." msgstr "" "Agora vamos voltar ao extrato bancário e abrir a visualização de " "conciliação." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:69 msgid "Pay with SEPA" msgstr "Pague com SEPA" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:5 msgid "" "SEPA, the Single Euro Payments Area, is a payment-integration initiative of " "the European union for simplification of bank transfers denominated in EURO." @@ -17115,20 +15524,20 @@ msgid "" "transfer." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:10 msgid "" "SEPA is supported by the banks of the 28 EU member states as well as " "Iceland, Norway, Switzerland, Andorra, Monaco and San Marino." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:13 msgid "" "With Odoo, once you decide to pay a vendor, you can select to pay the bill " "with SEPA. Then, at the end of the day, the manager can generate the SEPA " "file containing all bank wire transfers and send it to the bank." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:18 msgid "" "By default,the file follows the SEPA Credit Transfer **'pain.001.001.03'** " "specifications. This is a well-defined standard that makes consensus among " @@ -17137,7 +15546,7 @@ msgid "" "**'pain.001.003.03'** for Germany." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:24 msgid "" "Once the payments are processed by your bank, you can directly import the " "account statement inside Odoo. The bank reconciliation process will " @@ -17149,24 +15558,24 @@ msgstr "" "conciliação bancária corresponderá perfeitamente aos pedidos SEPA que você " "enviou ao seu banco com os extratos bancários reais." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:35 msgid "" "To pay suppliers with SEPA, you must install the **SEPA Credit Transfer** " "module. This module handle the process of generating SEPA files based on " "Odoo payments." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:40 msgid "" "According to your country and the chart of account you use, this module may " "be installed by default." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:44 msgid "Activate SEPA payment methods on banks" msgstr "Ative os métodos de pagamento SEPA em bancos" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:46 msgid "" "In order to allow payments by SEPA, you must activate the payment method on " "related bank journals. From the accounting dashboard (the screen you get " @@ -17178,7 +15587,7 @@ msgstr "" " obtém ao entrar no aplicativo de contabilidade), clique em \"Mais\" em sua " "conta bancária e selecione a opção \"Configurações\"." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:51 msgid "" "To activate SEPA, click the **Advanced Settings** tab and, in the **Payment " "Methods** part of the **Miscellaneous** section, check the box **Sepa Credit" @@ -17188,7 +15597,7 @@ msgstr "" " ** Métodos de pagamento ** da seção ** Diversos **, marque a caixa ** " "Transferência de crédito Sepa **." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:55 msgid "" "Make sure to specify the IBAN account number (domestic account number won't " "work with SEPA) and the BIC (bank identifier code) on your bank journal." @@ -17197,7 +15606,7 @@ msgstr "" "doméstica não funciona com SEPA) e o BIC (código de identificação do banco) " "em seu diário do banco." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:60 msgid "" "By default, the payments you send using SEPA will use your company name as " "initiating party name. This is what appears on the recipient's bank " @@ -17210,11 +15619,11 @@ msgstr "" "configurações da sua empresa, na aba ** Configuração **, na seção ** SEPA " "**." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:72 msgid "Register your payments" msgstr "Registre seus pagamentos" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:74 msgid "" "You can register a payment that is not related to a supplier bill. To do so," " use the top menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. Register your " @@ -17225,7 +15634,7 @@ msgstr "" " -> Pagamentos`. Registre seu pagamento e selecione a forma de pagamento por" " Transferência de Crédito Sepa." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:78 msgid "" "If it's the first time you pay this vendor, you will have to fill in the " "Recipient Bank Account field with, at least, the bank name, IBAN and BIC " @@ -17236,7 +15645,7 @@ msgstr "" "banco, IBAN e BIC (Código de Identificação do Banco). O Odoo verificará " "automaticamente o formato IBAN." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:82 msgid "" "For future payments to this vendor, Odoo will propose you automatically the " "bank accounts but you will be able to select another one or create a new " @@ -17246,13 +15655,13 @@ msgstr "" "automaticamente as contas bancárias, mas você poderá selecionar outra ou " "criar uma nova." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:86 msgid "" "If you pay a specific supplier bill, put the reference of the bill in the " "**memo** field." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:92 msgid "" "Once your payment is registered, don't forget to Confirm it. You can also " "pay vendor bills from the bill directly using the Register Payment button on" @@ -17265,17 +15674,17 @@ msgstr "" " o mesmo, mas o pagamento está diretamente vinculado à fatura e será " "reconciliado automaticamente com ela." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:98 msgid "Generate SEPA files" msgstr "Gerar arquivos SEPA" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:100 msgid "" "From your accounting dashboard, you should see if there are SEPA files to " "generate for every bank account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:106 msgid "" "Click on the link to check all the payments that are ready to transfer via " "SEPA. Then, select all the payments you want to send (or check the top box " @@ -17287,15 +15696,15 @@ msgstr "" " enviar (ou marque a caixa superior para selecionar todos os pagamentos de " "uma vez) e clique em: seleção de menus: `Mais -> Baixar Pagamentos SEPA`." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:115 msgid "Troubleshooting" msgstr "Solução de problemas" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:118 msgid "The bank refuses my SEPA file" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:120 msgid "" "Ask your bank if they support the **SEPA Credit Transfer specification** " "(the SEPA pain version depends on the country set on your company). If they " @@ -17303,13 +15712,13 @@ msgid "" "message to your Odoo partner." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:126 msgid "There is no Bank Identifier Code recorded for bank account ..." msgstr "" "Não há nenhum código de identificação do banco registrado para a conta " "bancária ..." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:128 msgid "" "In order to send a SEPA payment, the recipient must be identified by a valid" " IBAN and BIC. If this message appear, you probably encoded an IBAN account " @@ -17320,16 +15729,16 @@ msgstr "" "uma conta IBAN para o parceiro que está pagando, mas se esqueceu de " "preencher o campo BIC." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:134 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:125 msgid ":doc:`check`" msgstr ":doc:`check`" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:3 msgid "Non-current Assets and Fixed Assets" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:5 msgid "" "**Non-current Assets**, also known as **long-term assets**, are investments " "that are expected to be realized after one year. They are capitalized rather" @@ -17337,14 +15746,14 @@ msgid "" " their nature, they may undergo **depreciation**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:9 msgid "" "**Fixed Assets** are a type of Non-current Assets and include the properties" " bought for their productive aspects, such as buildings, vehicles, " "equipment, land, and software." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:12 msgid "" "For example, let's say we buy a car for $ 27,000. We plan to amortize it " "over five years, and we will sell it for $ 7,000 afterward. Using the " @@ -17354,144 +15763,144 @@ msgid "" " us with $ 7,000 of **Not Depreciable Value**, or Salvage value." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:18 msgid "" "Odoo Accounting handles depreciation by creating all depreciation entries " "automatically in *draft mode*. They are then posted periodically." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:21 msgid "Odoo supports the following **Depreciation Methods**:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:23 -msgid "Linear" -msgstr "Linear" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:24 -msgid "Degressive" -msgstr "Decrescente" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:25 -msgid "Accelerated Degressive" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:23 +msgid "Straight Line" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:28 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:25 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:24 +msgid "Declining" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:25 +msgid "Declining Then Straight Line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:24 msgid "" "The server checks once a day if an entry must be posted. It might then take " "up to 24 hours before you see a change from *draft* to *posted*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:32 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:29 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:28 -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:19 msgid "Prerequisites" msgstr "Pré-requisitos" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:34 msgid "" "Such transactions must be posted on an **Assets Account** rather than on the" " default expense account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:38 msgid "Configure an Assets Account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:40 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:37 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:36 msgid "" "To configure your account in the **Chart of Accounts**, go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Chart of Accounts`, click " "on *Create*, and fill out the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:48 msgid "" "This account's type must be either *Fixed Assets* or *Non-current Assets*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:51 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:48 msgid "Post an expense to the right account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:51 msgid "Select the account on a draft bill" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:56 msgid "" "On a draft bill, select the right account for all the assets you are buying." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:65 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:61 msgid "Choose a different Expense Account for specific products" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:67 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:63 msgid "" "Start editing the product, go to the *Accounting* tab, select the right " "**Expense Account**, and save." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:75 msgid "" "It is possible to :ref:`automate the creation of assets entries <assets-" "automation>` for these products." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:75 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:74 msgid "Change the account of a posted journal item" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:83 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:77 msgid "" "To do so, open your Purchases Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting" " --> Accounting --> Purchases`, select the journal item you want to modify, " "click on the account, and select the right one." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:92 msgid "Assets entries" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:97 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:89 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:88 msgid "Create a new entry" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:99 msgid "" "An **Asset entry** automatically generates all journal entries in *draft " "mode*. They are then posted one by one at the right time." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:102 msgid "" "To create a new entry, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " "Assets`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:105 msgid "" "Click on **select related purchases** to link an existing journal item to " "this new entry. Some fields are then automatically filled out, and the " "journal item is now listed under the **Related Purchase** tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:113 msgid "" "Once done, you can click on *Compute Depreciation* (next to the *Confirm* " "button) to generate all the values of the **Depreciation Board**. This board" @@ -17499,19 +15908,19 @@ msgid "" " at which date." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:122 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:114 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:113 msgid "What does \"Prorata Temporis\" mean?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:124 msgid "" "The **Prorata Temporis** feature is useful to depreciate your assets the " "most accurately possible." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:126 msgid "" "With this feature, the first entry on the Depreciation Board is computed " "based on the time left between the *Prorata Date* and the *First " @@ -17519,50 +15928,53 @@ msgid "" "depreciations." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:130 msgid "" "For example, the Depreciation Board above has its first depreciation with an" " amount of $ 241.10 rather than $ 4,000.00. Consequently, the last entry is " "also lower and has an amount of $ 3758.90." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:134 msgid "What are the different Depreciation Methods" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:136 msgid "" -"The **Linear Depreciation Method** divides the initial Depreciable Value by " -"the number of depreciations planned. All depreciation entries have the same " -"amount." +"The **Straight Line Depreciation Method** divides the initial Depreciable " +"Value by the number of depreciations planned. All depreciation entries have " +"the same amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:139 msgid "" -"The **Degressive Depreciation Method** multiplies the Depreciable Value by " -"the **Degressive Factor** for each entry. Each depreciation entry has a " -"lower amount than the previous entry." +"The **Declining Depreciation Method** multiplies the Depreciable Value by " +"the **Declining Factor** for each entry. Each depreciation entry has a lower" +" amount than the previous entry. The last depreciation entry doesn't use the" +" declining factor but instead has an amount corresponding to the balance of " +"the depreciable value so that it reaches $0 by the end of the specified " +"duration." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:144 msgid "" -"The **Accelerated Degressive Depreciation Method** uses the Degressive " -"Method, but with a minimum Depreciation equal to the Linear Method. This " -"method ensures a fast depreciation at the beginning, followed by a constant " -"one afterward." +"The **Declining Then Straight Line Depreciation Method** uses the Declining " +"Method, but with a minimum Depreciation equal to the Straight Line Method. " +"This method ensures a fast depreciation at the beginning, followed by a " +"constant one afterward." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:149 msgid "Assets from the Purchases Journal" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:151 msgid "" "You can create an asset entry from a specific journal item in your " "**Purchases Journal**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:153 msgid "" "To do so, open your Purchases Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting" " --> Accounting --> Purchases`, and select the journal item you want to " @@ -17570,36 +15982,36 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`journal-assets-account`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:157 msgid "" "Then, click on *Action*, select **Create Asset**, and fill out the form the " "same way you would do to :ref:`create a new entry <create-assets-entry>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:165 msgid "Modification of an Asset" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:167 msgid "" "You can modify the values of an asset to increase or decrease its value." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:169 msgid "" "To do so, open the asset you want to modify, and click on *Modify " "Depreciation*. Then, fill out the form with the new depreciation values and " "click on *Modify*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:172 msgid "" "A **decrease in value** posts a new Journal Entry for the **Value Decrease**" " and modifies all the future *unposted* Journal Entries listed in the " "Depreciation Board." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:175 msgid "" "An **increase in value** requires you to fill out additional fields related " "to the account movements and creates a new Asset entry with the **Value " @@ -17607,23 +16019,23 @@ msgid "" "Button." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:184 msgid "Disposal of Fixed Assets" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:186 msgid "" "To **sell** an asset or **dispose** of it implies that it must be removed " "from the Balance Sheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:188 msgid "" "To do so, open the asset you want to dispose of, click on *Sell or Dispose*," " and fill out the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:194 msgid "" "Odoo Accounting then generates all the journal entries necessary to dispose " "of the asset, including the gain or loss on sale, which is based on the " @@ -17631,103 +16043,103 @@ msgid "" "amount it is sold for." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:199 msgid "" "To record the sale of an asset, you must first post the related Customer " "Invoice so you can link the sale of the asset with it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:203 msgid "Assets Models" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:205 msgid "" "You can create **Assets Models** to create your Asset entries faster. It is " "particularly useful if you recurrently buy the same kind of assets." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:208 msgid "" "To create a model, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " "Assets Models`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form the same way you " "would do to create a new entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:212 msgid "" "You can also convert a *confirmed Asset entry* into a model by opening it " "from :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Assets` and then, by " "clicking on the button *Save Model*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:217 msgid "Apply an Asset Model to a new entry" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:219 msgid "" "When you create a new Asset entry, fill out the **Fixed Asset Account** " "with the right asset account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:220 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:160 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:160 msgid "" "New buttons with all the models linked to that account appear at the top of " "the form. Clicking on a model button fills out the form according to that " "model." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:230 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:232 msgid "Automate the Assets" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:234 msgid "" "When you create or edit an account of which the type is either *Non-current " "Assets* or *Fixed Assets*, you can configure it to create assets for the " "expenses that are credited on it automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:238 msgid "You have three choices for the **Automate Assets** field:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:241 msgid "" "**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " "draft *Assets entry* is created, but not validated. You must first fill out " "the form in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Assets`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:244 msgid "" "**Create and validate:** you must also select an Asset Model (see: `Assets " "Models`_). Whenever a transaction is posted on the account, an *Assets " "entry* is created and immediately validated." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:250 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:252 msgid "" "You can, for example, select this account as the default **Expense Account**" " of a product to fully automate its purchase. (see: :ref:`product-assets-" "account`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:3 msgid "Deferred Expenses and Prepayments" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:5 msgid "" "**Deferred expenses** and **prepayments** (also known as **prepaid " "expense**), are both costs that have already occurred for unconsumed " "products or services yet to receive." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:8 msgid "" "Such costs are **assets** for the company that pays them since it already " "paid for products and services still to receive or that are yet to be used. " @@ -17736,14 +16148,14 @@ msgid "" "the future." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:13 msgid "" "These future expenses must be deferred on the company's balance sheet until " "the moment in time they can be **recognized**, at once or over a defined " "period, on the Profit and Loss statement." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:16 msgid "" "For example, let's say we pay $ 1200 at once for one year of insurance. We " "already pay the cost now but haven't used the service yet. Therefore, we " @@ -17752,64 +16164,64 @@ msgid "" "recognized as an expense." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:21 msgid "" "Odoo Accounting handles deferred expenses and prepayments by spreading them " "in multiple entries that are automatically created in *draft mode* and then " "posted periodically." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:31 msgid "" "Such transactions must be posted on a **Deferred Expense Account** rather " "than on the default expense account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:35 msgid "Configure a Deferred Expense Account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:45 msgid "This account's type must be either *Current Assets* or *Prepayments*" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:53 msgid "" "On a draft bill, select the right account for all the products of which the " "expenses must be deferred." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:71 msgid "" "It is possible to automate the creation of expense entries for these " "products (see: `Automate the Deferred Expenses`_)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:86 msgid "Deferred Expenses entries" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:91 msgid "" "A **Deferred Expense entry** automatically generates all journal entries in " "*draft mode*. They are then posted one by one at the right time until the " "full amount of the expense is recognized." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:94 msgid "" "To create a new entry, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " "Deferred Expense`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:97 msgid "" "Click on **select related purchases** to link an existing journal item to " "this new entry. Some fields are then automatically filled out, and the " "journal item is now listed under the **Related Expenses** tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:105 msgid "" "Once done, you can click on *Compute Deferral* (next to the *Confirm* " "button) to generate all the values of the **Expense Board**. This board " @@ -17817,37 +16229,37 @@ msgid "" " at which date." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:116 msgid "" "The **Prorata Temporis** feature is useful to recognize your expense the " "most accurately possible." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:118 msgid "" "With this feature, the first entry on the Expense Board is computed based on" " the time left between the *Prorata Date* and the *First Recognition Date* " "rather than the default amount of time between recognitions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:122 msgid "" "For example, the Expense Board above has its first expense with an amount of" " $ 70.97 rather than $ 100.00. Consequently, the last entry is also lower " "and has an amount of $ 29.03." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:126 msgid "Deferred Entry from the Purchases Journal" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:128 msgid "" "You can create a deferred entry from a specific journal item in your " "**Purchases Journal**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:130 msgid "" "To do so, open your Purchases Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting" " --> Accounting --> Purchases`, and select the journal item you want to " @@ -17855,63 +16267,63 @@ msgid "" "account of a posted journal item`_)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:134 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:134 msgid "" "Then, click on *Action*, select **Create Deferred Entry**, and fill out the " "form the same way you would do to `create a new entry`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:142 msgid "Deferred Expense Models" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:144 msgid "" "You can create **Deferred Expense Models** to create your Deferred Expense " "entries faster." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:146 msgid "" "To create a model, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " "Deferred Expense Models`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form the same " "way you would do to create a new entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:150 msgid "" "You can also convert a *confirmed Deferred Expense entry* into a model by " "opening it from :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Deferred " "Expenses` and then, by clicking on the button *Save Model*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:155 msgid "Apply a Deferred Expense Model to a new entry" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:157 msgid "" "When you create a new Deferred Expense entry, fill out the **Deferred " "Expense Account** with the right recognition account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:170 msgid "Automate the Deferred Expenses" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:172 msgid "" "When you create or edit an account of which the type is either *Current " "Assets* or *Prepayments*, you can configure it to defer the expenses that " "are credited on it automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:175 msgid "You have three choices for the **Automate Deferred Expense** field:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:178 msgid "" "**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " "draft *Deferred Expenses entry* is created, but not validated. You must " @@ -17919,25 +16331,25 @@ msgid "" "Deferred Expenses`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:181 msgid "" "**Create and validate:** you must also select a Deferred Expense Model (see:" " `Deferred Expense Models`_). Whenever a transaction is posted on the " "account, a *Deferred Expenses entry* is created and immediately validated." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:190 msgid "" "You can, for example, select this account as the default **Expense Account**" " of a product to fully automate its purchase. (see: `Choose a different " "Expense Account for specific products`_)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:3 msgid "Manage vendor Bills" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:5 msgid "" "The **Purchase** application allows you to manage your purchase orders, " "incoming products, and vendor bills all seamlessly in one place." @@ -17946,7 +16358,7 @@ msgstr "" " produtos recebidos e contas de fornecedores, tudo perfeitamente em um só " "lugar." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:8 msgid "" "If you want to set up a vendor bill control process, the first thing you " "need to do is to have purchase data in Odoo. Knowing what has been purchased" @@ -17958,11 +16370,11 @@ msgstr "" "Saber o que foi comprado e recebido é o primeiro passo para entender seus " "processos de gerenciamento de compras." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:13 msgid "Here is the standard work flow in Odoo:" msgstr "Aqui está o fluxo de trabalho padrão no Odoo:" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:15 msgid "" "You begin with a **Request for Quotation (RFQ)** to send out to your " "vendor(s)." @@ -17970,13 +16382,13 @@ msgstr "" "Você começa com uma ** Solicitação de Cotação (RFQ) ** para enviar ao (s) " "seu (s) fornecedor (es)." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:18 msgid "" "Once the vendor has accepted the RFQ, confirm the RFQ into a **Purchase " "Order (PO)**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:21 msgid "" "Confirming the PO generates an **Incoming Shipment** if you purchased any " "stockable products." @@ -17984,7 +16396,7 @@ msgstr "" "A confirmação do pedido de compra gera uma ** Remessa de entrada ** se você " "comprou algum produto estocável." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:24 msgid "" "Upon receiving a **Vendor Bill** from your Vendor, validate the bill with " "products received in the previous step to ensure accuracy." @@ -17992,7 +16404,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ao receber uma ** fatura do fornecedor ** de seu fornecedor, valide a fatura" " com os produtos recebidos na etapa anterior para garantir a precisão." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:27 msgid "" "This process may be done by three different people within the company, or " "only one." @@ -18000,11 +16412,11 @@ msgstr "" "Esse processo pode ser feito por três pessoas diferentes dentro da empresa, " "ou apenas uma." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:34 msgid "Installing the Purchase and Inventory applications" msgstr "Instalando os aplicativos de compra e inventário" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:36 msgid "" "From the **Apps** application, search for the **Purchase** module and " "install it. Due to certain dependencies, installing Purchase will " @@ -18014,11 +16426,11 @@ msgstr "" " a certas dependências, a instalação do Compras instalará automaticamente os" " aplicativos ** Inventário ** e ** Contabilidade **." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:41 msgid "Creating products" msgstr "Criando produtos" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:43 msgid "" "Creating products in Odoo is essential for quick and efficient purchasing " "within Odoo. Simply navigate to the Products submenu under Purchase and " @@ -18027,7 +16439,7 @@ msgstr "" "Criar produtos no Odoo é essencial para uma compra rápida e eficiente dentro" " do Odoo. Basta navegar até o submenu Produtos em Compras e clicar em criar." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:50 msgid "" "When creating the product, pay attention to the **Product Type** field, " "since it is important:" @@ -18035,7 +16447,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ano de criação ou produto, preste atenção ao campo ** Tipo de produto **, " "pois e importante:" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:53 msgid "" "Products that are set as **Stockable or Consumable** will allow you to keep " "track of their inventory levels. These options imply stock management and " @@ -18046,7 +16458,7 @@ msgstr "" "gerenciamento de estoque e permitirão o recebimento desses tipos de " "produtos." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:58 msgid "" "Conversely, products that are set as a **Service or Digital Product** will " "not imply stock management, simply due to the fact that there is no " @@ -18058,7 +16470,7 @@ msgstr "" " haver estoque para gerenciar. Você não poderá receber produtos com nenhuma " "dessas designações." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:64 msgid "" "It is recommended that you create a **Miscellaneous** product for all " "purchases that occur infrequently and do not require inventory valuation or " @@ -18070,15 +16482,15 @@ msgstr "" " estoque. Se você criar tal produto, é recomendável definir o tipo de " "produto como ** Serviço **." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:69 msgid "Managing your Vendor Bills" msgstr "Gerenciando suas contas de fornecedor" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:72 msgid "Purchasing products or services" msgstr "Compra de produtos ou serviços" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:74 msgid "" "From the purchase application, you can create a purchase order with as many " "products as you need. If the vendor sends you a confirmation or quotation " @@ -18095,18 +16507,18 @@ msgstr "" "que a fatura do fornecedor provavelmente incluirá a referência do " "fornecedor)" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:84 msgid "" "Validate the purchase order and receive the products from the Inventory " "application." msgstr "" "Valide o pedido de compra e receba os produtos do aplicativo Inventário." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:88 msgid "Receiving Products" msgstr "Recebendo Produtos" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:90 msgid "" "If you purchased any stockable products that you manage the inventory of, " "you will need to receive the products from the Inventory application after " @@ -18120,7 +16532,7 @@ msgstr "" "que o vincula diretamente à transferência de produtos. Este botão está " "destacado em vermelho abaixo:" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:99 msgid "" "Navigating this route will take you to a list of all orders waiting to be " "received." @@ -18128,7 +16540,7 @@ msgstr "" "Navegar por essa rota o levará a uma lista de todos os pedidos aguardando " "para serem recebidos." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:105 msgid "" "If you have a lot of awaiting orders, apply a filter using the search bar in" " the upper right. With this search bar, you may filter based on the vendor " @@ -18145,15 +16557,15 @@ msgstr "" "**. A seleção de um item desta lista abrirá a tela a seguir, onde você " "receberá os produtos." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:116 msgid "Purchasing service products does not trigger a delivery order." msgstr "A compra de produtos de serviço não aciona um pedido de entrega." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:119 msgid "Managing Vendor Bills" msgstr "Gerenciando contas de fornecedor" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:121 msgid "" "When you receive a vendor bill for a previous purchase, be sure to record it" " in the Purchases application under the **Control Menu**. You need to create" @@ -18164,7 +16576,7 @@ msgstr "" "criar uma nova fatura do fornecedor, mesmo se já tiver registrado um pedido " "de compra." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:129 msgid "" "The first thing you will need to do upon creating a vendor bill is to select" " the appropriate vendor, since doing so will also pull up any associated " @@ -18187,7 +16599,7 @@ msgstr "" "pesquisar na lista inserindo o número de referência do fornecedor ou o " "número do seu pedido de compra interno." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:143 msgid "" "While the invoice is in a draft state, you can make any modifications you " "need (i.e. remove or add product lines, modify quantities, and change " @@ -18197,12 +16609,12 @@ msgstr "" "modificações necessárias (ou seja, remover ou adicionar linhas de produtos, " "modificar quantidades e alterar preços)." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:148 msgid "Your vendor may send you several bills for the same Purchase Order if:" msgstr "" "Seu fornecedor pode enviar várias faturas para o mesmo pedido de compra se:" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:150 msgid "" "Your vendor is in back-order and is sending you invoices as they ship the " "products." @@ -18210,12 +16622,12 @@ msgstr "" "Seu fornecedor está com pedidos pendentes e está lhe enviando faturas à " "medida que envia os produtos." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:151 msgid "Your vendor is sending you a partial bill or asking for a deposit." msgstr "" "Seu fornecedor está enviando uma fatura parcial ou solicitando um depósito." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:153 msgid "" "Every time you record a new vendor bill, Odoo will automatically populate " "the product quantities based on what has been received from the vendor. If " @@ -18232,17 +16644,17 @@ msgstr "" "isso. A qualquer momento, antes de validar a fatura do fornecedor, você pode" " substituir essa quantidade zero." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:162 msgid "Vendor Bill Matching" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:165 msgid "What to do if your vendor bill does not match what you received" msgstr "" "O que fazer se a sua fatura do fornecedor não corresponder ao que você " "recebeu" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:167 msgid "" "If the bill you receive from the vendor has quantities that do not match the" " quantities automatically populated by Odoo, this could be due to several " @@ -18252,7 +16664,7 @@ msgstr "" "correspondem às quantidades preenchidas automaticamente pelo Odoo, isso pode" " ser devido a vários motivos:" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:171 msgid "" "The vendor is incorrectly charging you for products and/or services that you" " have not ordered." @@ -18260,7 +16672,7 @@ msgstr "" "O fornecedor está cobrando incorretamente por produtos e / ou serviços que " "você não solicitou." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:174 msgid "" "The vendor is billing you for products that you might not have received yet," " as the invoicing control may be based on ordered or received quantities." @@ -18269,11 +16681,11 @@ msgstr "" "ainda, pois o controle de faturamento pode ser baseado em quantidades " "pedidas ou recebidas." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:178 msgid "The vendor did not bill you for previously purchased products." msgstr "O fornecedor não lhe cobrou por produtos adquiridos anteriormente." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:180 msgid "" "In these instances it is recommended that you verify that the bill, and any " "associated purchase order to the vendor, are accurate and that you " @@ -18283,7 +16695,7 @@ msgstr "" "pedido de compra associado ao fornecedor são precisos e se você entende o " "que pediu e o que já recebeu." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:184 msgid "" "If you are unable to find a purchase order related to a vendor bill, this " "could be due to one of a few reasons:" @@ -18291,7 +16703,7 @@ msgstr "" "Se você não conseguir encontrar um pedido de compra relacionado a uma fatura" " do fornecedor, isso pode ser devido a alguns motivos:" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:187 msgid "" "The vendor has already invoiced you for this purchase order; therefore it is" " not going to appear anywhere in the selection." @@ -18299,22 +16711,22 @@ msgstr "" "O fornecedor já lhe faturou este pedido de compra; portanto, não aparecerá " "em nenhum lugar da seleção." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:190 msgid "" "Someone in the company forgot to record a purchase order for this vendor." msgstr "" "Alguém na empresa se esqueceu de registrar um pedido de compra para este " "fornecedor." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:193 msgid "The vendor is charging you for something you did not order." msgstr "O fornecedor está cobrando por algo que você não pediu." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:198 msgid "How product quantities are managed" msgstr "Como as quantidades do produto são gerenciadas" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:200 msgid "" "By default, services are managed based on ordered quantities, while " "stockables and consumables are managed based on received quantities." @@ -18323,7 +16735,7 @@ msgstr "" "solicitadas, enquanto os estocáveis ​​e consumíveis são gerenciados com base" " nas quantidades recebidas." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:203 msgid "" "If you need to manage products based on ordered quantities over received " "quantities, you will need to belong to the group **Purchase Manager**. Ask " @@ -18340,7 +16752,7 @@ msgstr "" "produto (s) que deseja modificar e deverá aparecer um novo campo, denominado" " ** Controle de Compras **." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:213 msgid "" "You can then change the default management method for the selected product " "to be based on either:" @@ -18348,19 +16760,19 @@ msgstr "" "Você pode então alterar o método de gerenciamento padrão para o produto " "selecionado com base em:" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:216 msgid "Ordered quantities" msgstr "Quantidades pedidas" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:218 msgid "or Received quantities" msgstr "ou quantidades recebidas" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:221 msgid "Batch Billing" msgstr "Faturamento em lote" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:223 msgid "" "When creating a vendor bill and selecting the appropriate purchase order, " "you may continue to select additional purchase orders. Odoo will add the " @@ -18375,32 +16787,32 @@ msgstr "" "pedido de compra, a fatura será vinculada a todos os pedidos de compra " "apropriados." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:3 msgid "Digitize Vendor Bills with Optical Character Recognition (OCR)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:5 msgid "" "Encoding bills manually can be a time-consuming task. Having a solution that" " allows you to digitize them and automatically import the data to your " "database reduces errors and saves you time." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:9 msgid "Set up the feature" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:11 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Bill Digitalization`, and " "choose whether the bills should be processed automatically or manually." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:19 msgid "Start digitizing your bills" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:21 msgid "" "Scan your bills and then go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> " "Bills` and upload your document. Based on your configuration, it either " @@ -18408,69 +16820,69 @@ msgid "" "Digitalization* to do it manually." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:26 msgid "" "You can also create a vendor bill through the *Documents* app or by using an" " email alias on your journals." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:29 msgid "" "Once the data is extracted from the PDF, you can correct it if necessary by " "clicking on the respective tag (available in *Edit* mode), and selecting the" " right information instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:38 msgid "" "The more bills you scan, the better the system gets at identifying the " "correct data." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:41 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:34 msgid "Pricing" msgstr "Preços" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:44 msgid "" "The *Bill Digitalization* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service which " "requires prepaid credits to work. Digitalizing one document consumes one " "credit." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:47 msgid "" "To buy credits, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " "Settings --> Bill Digitalization` and click on *Buy credits*, or go to " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Odoo IAP` and click on *View My Services*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:50 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:43 msgid "" "If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you " "benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:52 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:45 msgid "" "Click `here <https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#header_4>`_ to know about our " "*Privacy Policy*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:3 msgid "Purchase Receipts" msgstr "Recebimentos de Compra" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:5 msgid "" "**Purchase Receipts** are not invoices but rather confirmations of received " "payments, such as a ticket or a receipt." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:8 msgid "" "This feature is meant to be used when you pay directly with your company's " "money for an expense. **Vendor Bills**, on the other hand, are recorded when" @@ -18478,68 +16890,68 @@ msgid "" " account before a later payment reconciliation." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:13 msgid "" "Expenses paid by employees can be managed with **Odoo Expenses**, an app " "dedicated to the approval of such expenses and the payments management. " -"Click :doc:`here <../../../expense/expense>` for more information on how to " -"use Odoo Expenses." +"Click :doc:`here </applications/finance/expense/expense>` for more " +"information on how to use Odoo Expenses." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:18 msgid "Register a receipt" msgstr "Registre um recibo" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:20 msgid "" "To record a new receipt, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> " "Receipts`, click on *Create*, fill out the form, and click on *Post*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:27 msgid "" "You can register the payment by clicking on *Register Payment*, then filling" " out the payment's details, and clicking on *Validate*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:31 msgid "Edit the Journal Entry before posting it" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:33 msgid "" "Once you have filled out the *Invoice Lines* tab, you can modify the " "**Journal Entry** before you post it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:36 msgid "" "To do so, click on the **Journal Items** tab, change the accounts and values" " according to your needs, and click on *Post*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:44 msgid ":doc:`manage`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:45 -msgid ":doc:`../../../expense/expense`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:45 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/expense/expense`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables.rst:3 msgid "Account Receivables" msgstr "Contas a Receber" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:99 msgid "Customer Invoices" msgstr "Faturas de clientes" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:3 msgid "Offer cash discounts" msgstr "Ofereça descontos à vista" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:5 msgid "" "Cash discounts are incentives you can offer to customers to motivate them to" " pay within a specific time frame. For instance, you offer a 2% discount if " @@ -18553,11 +16965,11 @@ msgstr "" "quando o prazo de vencimento é 30 dias. Essa abordagem pode melhorar muito o" " seu período médio de coleta." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:12 msgid "Set up a cash discount" msgstr "Configure um desconto à vista" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:14 msgid "" "To set up a cash discount, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Management --> Payment Terms` and click on *Create*. Add a" @@ -18572,11 +16984,11 @@ msgstr "" " número de dias durante os quais a oferta é válida. Você também pode alterar" " o prazo de saldo padrão, se necessário." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:25 msgid "Start offering the cash discount" msgstr "Comece a oferecer o desconto à vista" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:27 msgid "" "Now, you can create a customer invoice and select the cash discount payment " "term you added. Once the invoice is validated, Odoo will automatically split" @@ -18591,11 +17003,11 @@ msgstr "" "diferentes. Como o preço com desconto já foi calculado, seus controles de " "pagamento serão simplificados." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:37 msgid "Grant the cash discount" msgstr "Conceda o desconto à vista" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:39 msgid "" "The customer fulfilled the payment terms and therefore benefits from the " "cash discount. When you process the bank statement, match the payment with " @@ -18607,7 +17019,7 @@ msgstr "" " lançamento contábil manual relacionado. Em seguida, selecione o desconto à " "vista restante e clique em * Criar Baixa * para conciliá-lo." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:48 msgid "" "You can also create a dedicated reconciliation model to make the process " "easier. In this case, you should add a tax to the model based on the taxes " @@ -18623,11 +17035,11 @@ msgstr "" "conciliação. Observe que, dependendo da sua localização, você já pode ter um" " modelo de desconto à vista disponível por padrão." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:56 msgid "Register the full payment" msgstr "Cadastre o pagamento integral" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:58 msgid "" "In this case, the customer has not fulfilled the payment term and cannot " "benefit from the cash discount. When you process the bank statement, match " @@ -18637,108 +17049,108 @@ msgstr "" "beneficiar do desconto à vista. Ao processar o extrato bancário, combine o " "pagamento com os dois lançamentos contábeis manuais relacionados." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:67 msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms`" msgstr ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms`" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:3 msgid "Cash Rounding" msgstr "Arredondamento de dinheiro" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:4 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:5 msgid "" "**Cash rounding** is required when the lowest physical denomination of " "currency, or the smallest coin, is higher than the minimum unit of account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:9 msgid "" "For example, some countries require their companies to round up or down the " "total amount of an invoice to the nearest five cents, when the payment is " "made in cash." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:16 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " "*Cash Rounding*, then click on *Save*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:22 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Cash Roundings`, and " "click on *Create*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:25 msgid "" "Define here your *Rounding Precision*, *Rounding Strategy*, and *Rounding " "Method*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:28 msgid "Odoo supports two **rounding strategies**:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:30 msgid "" "**Add a rounding line**: a *rounding* line is added on the invoice. You have" " to define which account records the cash roundings." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:33 msgid "**Modify tax amount**: the rounding is applied in the taxes section." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:36 msgid "Apply roundings" msgstr "Aplicar arredondamentos" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:38 msgid "" "When editing a draft invoice, open the *Other Info* tab, go to the " "*Accounting Information* section, and select the appropriate *Cash Rounding " "Method*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:3 msgid "Credit Notes and Refunds" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:4 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:4 msgid "" "A **credit note**, or **credit memo**, is a document issued to a customer " "that notifies them that they have been credited a certain amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:11 msgid "There are several reasons that can lead to a credit note, such as:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:9 msgid "a mistake in the invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:10 msgid "a return of the goods, or a rejection of the services" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:11 msgid "the goods delivered are damaged" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:14 msgid "" "Issuing a credit note is the only legal way to cancel, refund or modify a " "validated invoice. Don’t forget to *register the payment* afterward if you " "need to send money back to your customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:20 msgid "Issue a Credit Note" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:21 msgid "" "You can create a credit note from scratch by going to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Credit Notes`, and by clicking " @@ -18746,94 +17158,94 @@ msgid "" "Invoice’s form." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:26 msgid "" "However, most of the time, credit notes are generated directly from the " "invoices they are related to." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:29 msgid "To do so, open the *Customer Invoice*, and click on *Add Credit Note*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:37 msgid "You can choose between three options:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:35 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:44 msgid "Partial Refund" msgstr "Reembolso Parcial" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:36 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:55 msgid "Full Refund" msgstr "Reembolso Total" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:37 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:66 msgid "Full refund and new draft invoice" msgstr "Reembolso total e novo rascunho de fatura" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:40 msgid "" "Credit Notes’ numbers start with “R” and are followed by the number of the " "document they are related to (e.g., RINV/2019/0004)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:45 msgid "" "Odoo creates a draft credit note already prefilled with all the necessary " "information from the original invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:48 msgid "" "This is the option to choose to do a partial refund, or if you want to " "modify any detail on the credit note." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:52 msgid "" "This is the only option available for invoices that are already marked as " "*Paid*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:56 msgid "" "Odoo creates a credit note, automatically validates it, and reconciles the " "original invoice with it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:62 msgid "" "This is the option to choose to do a full refund or cancel a validated " "invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:67 msgid "" "Odoo creates a credit note, automatically validates it, reconciles the " "original invoice with it, and open a new draft invoice prefilled with the " "same details from the original invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:71 msgid "" "This is the option to choose to modify the content of a validated invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:74 msgid "Record a Vendor Refund" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:75 msgid "" "**Vendor Refunds** are recorded the same way you would do with invoices’ " "credit notes:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:77 msgid "" "You can either create a credit note from scratch by going to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> Refund`, and by clicking on " @@ -18841,33 +17253,33 @@ msgid "" "Credit Note*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:84 msgid "" "Issuing a credit note from an invoice creates a **reverse entry** that " "zeroes out the journal items generated by the original invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:87 msgid "Here is an example of an invoice’s journal entry:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:92 msgid "" "And here is the credit note’s journal entry generated to reverse the " "original invoice above:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:3 msgid "Deferred Revenues" msgstr "Receitas Diferidas" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:5 msgid "" "**Deferred revenues**, or **unearned revenue**, are payments made in advance" " by customers for products yet to deliver or services yet to render." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:8 msgid "" "Such payments are a **liability** for the company that receives them since " "it still owes its customers these products or services. The company cannot " @@ -18875,14 +17287,14 @@ msgid "" "Statement*, since the payments will be effectively earned in the future." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:12 msgid "" "These future revenues must be deferred on the company's balance sheet until " "the moment in time they can be **recognized**, at once or over a defined " "period, on the Profit and Loss statement." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:15 msgid "" "For example, let's say we sell a five-year extended warranty for $ 350. We " "already receive the money now but haven't earned it yet. Therefore, we post " @@ -18891,91 +17303,91 @@ msgid "" "revenue." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:20 msgid "" "Odoo Accounting handles deferred revenues by spreading them in multiple " "entries that are automatically created in *draft mode* and then posted " "periodically." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:30 msgid "" "Such transactions must be posted on a **Deferred Revenue Account** rather " "than on the default income account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:34 msgid "Configure a Deferred Revenue Account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:44 msgid "" "This account's type must be either *Current Liabilities* or *Non-current " "Liabilities*" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:47 msgid "Post an income to the right account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:50 msgid "Select the account on a draft invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:52 msgid "" "On a draft invoice, select the right account for all the products of which " "the incomes must be deferred." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:60 msgid "Choose a different Income Account for specific products" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:62 msgid "" "Start editing the product, go to the *Accounting* tab, select the right " "**Income Account**, and save." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:70 msgid "" "It is possible to automate the creation of revenue entries for these " "products (see: `Automate the Deferred Revenues`_)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:76 msgid "" "To do so, open your Sales Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting -->" " Accounting --> Sales`, select the journal item you want to modify, click on" " the account, and select the right one." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:85 msgid "Deferred Revenues entries" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:90 msgid "" "A **Deferred Revenues entry** automatically generates all journal entries in" " *draft mode*. They are then posted one by one at the right time until the " "full amount of the income is recognized." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:93 msgid "" "To create a new entry, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " "Deferred Revenues`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:96 msgid "" "Click on **select related purchases** to link an existing journal item to " "this new entry. Some fields are then automatically filled out, and the " "journal item is now listed under the **Related Sales** tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:104 msgid "" "Once done, you can click on *Compute Revenue* (next to the *Confirm* button)" " to generate all the values of the **Revenue Board**. This board shows you " @@ -18983,37 +17395,37 @@ msgid "" "date." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:115 msgid "" "The **Prorata Temporis** feature is useful to recognize your revenue the " "most accurately possible." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:117 msgid "" "With this feature, the first entry on the Revenue Board is computed based on" " the time left between the *Prorata Date* and the *First Recognition Date* " "rather than the default amount of time between recognitions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:121 msgid "" "For example, the Revenue Board above has its first revenue with an amount of" " $ 4.22 rather than $ 70.00. Consequently, the last entry is also lower and " "has an amount of $ 65.78." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:125 msgid "Deferred Entry from the Sales Journal" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:127 msgid "" "You can create a deferred entry from a specific journal item in your **Sales" " Journal**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:129 msgid "" "To do so, open your Sales Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting -->" " Accounting --> Sales`, and select the journal item you want to defer. Make " @@ -19021,56 +17433,56 @@ msgid "" "posted journal item`_)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:142 msgid "Deferred Revenue Models" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:144 msgid "" "You can create **Deferred Revenue Models** to create your Deferred Revenue " "entries faster." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:146 msgid "" "To create a model, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " "Deferred Revenue Models`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form the same " "way you would do to create a new entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:150 msgid "" "You can also convert a *confirmed Deferred Revenue entry* into a model by " "opening it from :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Deferred " "Revenues` and then, by clicking on the button *Save Model*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:155 msgid "Apply a Deferred Revenue Model to a new entry" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:157 msgid "" "When you create a new Deferred Revenue entry, fill out the **Deferred " "Revenue Account** with the right recognition account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:170 msgid "Automate the Deferred Revenues" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:172 msgid "" "When you create or edit an account of which the type is either *Current " "Liabilities* or *Non-current Liabilities*, you can configure it to defer the" " revenues that are credited on it automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:175 msgid "You have three choices for the **Automate Deferred Revenue** field:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:178 msgid "" "**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " "draft *Deferred Revenues entry* is created, but not validated. You must " @@ -19078,31 +17490,31 @@ msgid "" "Deferred Revenues`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:181 msgid "" "**Create and validate:** you must also select a Deferred Revenue Model (see:" " `Deferred Revenue Models`_). Whenever a transaction is posted on the " "account, a *Deferred Revenues entry* is created and immediately validated." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:190 msgid "" "You can, for example, select this account as the default **Income Account** " "of a product to fully automate its sale. (see: `Choose a different Income " "Account for specific products`_)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:195 msgid "" "`Odoo Academy: Deferred Revenues (Recognition) " "<https://www.odoo.com/r/EWO>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:3 msgid "Add EPC QR Codes to invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:4 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:4 msgid "" "European Payments Council Quick Response Code, or **EPC QR Code**, are two-" "dimensional barcodes that customers can scan with their **mobile banking " @@ -19110,88 +17522,88 @@ msgid "" "invoices instantly." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:10 msgid "" "In addition to bringing ease of use and speed, it greatly reduces typing " "errors that would potentially make for payment issues." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:15 msgid "" "This feature is only available in several European countries such as " "Austria, Belgium, Finland, Germany, and The Netherlands." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:21 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and " "activate the **SEPA QR Code** feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:28 msgid "Configure your Bank Account’s journal" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:29 msgid "" "Make sure that your *Bank Account* is correctly configured on Odoo with your" " IBAN and BIC." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:32 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, " "open your *bank journal*, then fill out the *Bank Account* and *Bank* under " "the *Bank Account* tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:40 msgid "Issue Invoices with EPC QR Codes" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:41 msgid "" "EPC QR Codes are added automatically to your invoices, as long as you issue " "them to customers that are located in a country where this feature is " "available." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:45 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Invoices`, and create a " "new invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:48 msgid "" "Before posting it, open the *Other Info* tab. Odoo automatically fills out " "the *Bank Account* field with your IBAN." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:51 msgid "" "Make sure that the account indicated is the one you want to use to receive " "your customer’s payment as Odoo uses this field to generate the EPC QR Code." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:59 msgid "" "If you want to issue an invoice without an EPC QR Code, remove the IBAN " "indicated in the *Bank Account* field, under the *Other Info* tab of the " "invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:65 msgid "" "`Odoo Academy: QR Code on Invoices for European Customers " "<https://www.odoo.com/r/VuU>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview of the invoicing process" msgstr "Visão geral do processo de faturamento" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:5 msgid "" "Depending on your business and the application you use, there are different " "ways to automate the customer invoice creation in Odoo. Usually, draft " @@ -19207,7 +17619,7 @@ msgstr "" " validar o rascunho e enviar as faturas em lote (por correio normal ou " "e-mail)." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:12 msgid "" "Depending on your business, you may opt for one of the following way to " "create draft invoices:" @@ -19215,11 +17627,11 @@ msgstr "" "Dependendo do seu negócio, você pode optar por uma das seguintes formas de " "criar rascunhos de faturas:" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:19 msgid "Sales Order ‣ Invoice" msgstr "Pedido de Vendas ‣ Fatura" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:21 msgid "" "In most companies, salespeople create quotations that become sales order " "once they are validated. Then, draft invoices are created based on the sales" @@ -19229,7 +17641,7 @@ msgstr "" "de vendas assim que são validadas. Em seguida, faturas preliminares são " "criadas com base no pedido de venda. Você tem opções diferentes como:" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:25 msgid "" "Invoice manually: use a button on the sale order to trigger the draft " "invoice" @@ -19237,7 +17649,7 @@ msgstr "" "Faturar manualmente: use um botão no pedido de venda para acionar o rascunho" " da fatura" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:28 msgid "" "Invoice before delivery: invoice the full order before triggering the " "delivery order" @@ -19245,11 +17657,11 @@ msgstr "" "Fatura antes da entrega: fature o pedido completo antes de acionar o pedido " "de entrega" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:31 msgid "Invoice based on delivery order: see next section" msgstr "Fatura com base na ordem de entrega: consulte a próxima seção" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:33 msgid "" "Invoice before delivery is usually used by the eCommerce application when " "the customer pays at the order and we deliver afterwards. (pre-paid)" @@ -19258,7 +17670,7 @@ msgstr "" "eletrônico quando o cliente paga no pedido e nós entregamos depois. (pré-" "pago)" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:37 msgid "" "For most other use cases, it's recommended to invoice manually. It allows " "the salesperson to trigger the invoice on demand with options: invoice the " @@ -19270,19 +17682,19 @@ msgstr "" "pedido, faturar um percentual (adiantamento), faturar algumas linhas, " "faturar um adiantamento fixo." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:42 msgid "This process is good for both services and physical products." msgstr "Esse processo é bom para serviços e produtos físicos." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:45 -msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/proforma`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:45 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:48 msgid "Sales Order ‣ Delivery Order ‣ Invoice" msgstr "Pedido de venda ‣ Pedido de entrega ‣ Fatura" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:50 msgid "" "Retailers and eCommerce usually invoice based on delivery orders, instead of" " sales order. This approach is suitable for businesses where the quantities " @@ -19294,7 +17706,7 @@ msgstr "" "para negócios onde as quantidades que você entrega podem ser diferentes das " "quantidades pedidas: alimentos (fatura baseada em Kg reais)." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:55 msgid "" "This way, if you deliver a partial order, you only invoice for what you " "really delivered. If you do back orders (deliver partially and the rest " @@ -19305,15 +17717,15 @@ msgstr "" "posteriormente), o cliente receberá duas faturas, uma para cada pedido de " "entrega." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:61 -msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:61 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:64 msgid "eCommerce Order ‣ Invoice" msgstr "pedido de comércio eletrônico ‣ Fatura" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:66 msgid "" "An eCommerce order will also trigger the creation of the order when it is " "fully paid. If you allow paying orders by check or wire transfer, Odoo only " @@ -19325,15 +17737,15 @@ msgstr "" "ou transferência bancária, Odoo apenas criará um pedido e a fatura será " "acionada assim que o pagamento for recebido." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:72 msgid "Contracts" msgstr "Contratos" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:75 msgid "Regular Contracts ‣ Invoices" msgstr "Contratos regulares ‣ Faturas" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:77 msgid "" "If you use contracts, you can trigger invoice based on time and material " "spent, expenses or fixed lines of services/products. Every month, the " @@ -19343,32 +17755,32 @@ msgstr "" "gasto, despesas ou linhas fixas de serviços / produtos. Todo mês, o vendedor" " irá disparar a fatura com base nas atividades do contrato." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:81 msgid "Activities can be:" msgstr "As atividades podem ser:" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:83 msgid "" "fixed products/services, coming from a sale order linked to this contract" msgstr "" "produtos / serviços fixos, provenientes de uma ordem de venda vinculada a " "este contrato" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:84 msgid "materials purchased (that you will re-invoice)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:85 msgid "time and material based on timesheets or purchases (subcontracting)" msgstr "" "tempo e material com base em planilhas de horas ou compras (subcontratação)" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:86 msgid "" "expenses like travel and accommodation that you re-invoice to the customer" msgstr "despesas como viagens e acomodação que você re-fatura para o cliente" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:88 msgid "" "You can invoice at the end of the contract or trigger intermediate invoices." " This approach is used by services companies that invoice mostly based on " @@ -19380,23 +17792,23 @@ msgstr "" "com base no tempo e no material. Para empresas de serviços que faturam com " "base no preço fixo, eles usam um pedido de venda regular." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:94 -msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/time_materials`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:94 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:95 -msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/expense`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:95 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:96 -msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/milestone`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:96 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:99 msgid "Recurring Contracts ‣ Invoices" msgstr "Contratos recorrentes ‣ Faturas" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:101 msgid "" "For subscriptions, an invoice is triggered periodically, automatically. The " "frequency of the invoicing and the services/products invoiced are defined on" @@ -19406,15 +17818,15 @@ msgstr "" "frequência da faturação e os serviços / produtos faturados são definidos no " "contrato." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:106 -msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:106 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/subscriptions`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:112 msgid "Creating an invoice manually" msgstr "Criando uma fatura manualmente" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:114 msgid "" "Users can also create invoices manually without using contracts or a sales " "order. It's a recommended approach if you do not need to manage the sales " @@ -19424,7 +17836,7 @@ msgstr "" "pedido de venda. É uma abordagem recomendada se você não precisa gerenciar o" " processo de vendas (cotações), nem a entrega dos produtos ou serviços." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:119 msgid "" "Even if you generate the invoice from a sales order, you may need to create " "invoices manually in exceptional use cases:" @@ -19432,348 +17844,364 @@ msgstr "" "Mesmo que você gere a fatura de um pedido de venda, pode ser necessário " "criar faturas manualmente em casos de uso excepcionais:" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:122 msgid "if you need to create a refund" msgstr "se você precisar criar um reembolso" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:124 msgid "If you need to give a discount" msgstr "Se você precisa dar um desconto" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:126 msgid "if you need to change an invoice created from a sales order" msgstr "" "se você precisar alterar uma fatura criada a partir de um pedido de venda" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:128 msgid "if you need to invoice something not related to your core business" msgstr "" "se você precisar faturar algo não relacionado ao seu negócio principal" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:131 msgid "Specific modules" msgstr "Módulos específicos" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:133 msgid "Some specific modules are also able to generate draft invoices:" msgstr "" "Alguns módulos específicos também são capazes de gerar faturas preliminares:" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:135 msgid "**membership**: invoice your members every year" msgstr "** adesão **: fature seus membros todos os anos" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:137 msgid "**repairs**: invoice your after-sale services" msgstr "** reparos **: fature seus serviços pós-venda" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:3 msgid "Payment Terms and Installment Plans" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:5 msgid "" -"**Payment Terms** regroup all the conditions under which a sale is completed" -" and paid. They can be applied to sales orders, customer invoices, and " -"supplier bills, mostly to ensure that they will be correctly paid, and on " -"time. These conditions cover:" +"**Payment Terms** specify all the conditions under which a sale is paid, " +"mostly to ensure customers pay their invoices correctly and on time." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Payment Terms can be applied to sales orders, customer invoices, supplier " +"bills, and contacts. These conditions cover:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:11 msgid "The due date" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:12 msgid "Some discounts" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:13 msgid "Any other condition on the payment" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:15 msgid "" -"Defining Payment Terms automates the computation of payments due dates, both" -" for invoices and bills. This is particularly helpful in managing " -"installment plans." +"Defining Payment Terms automatically calculates the payments' due dates. " +"This is particularly helpful for managing installment plans." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:18 msgid "" "An **installment plan** allows the customers to pay an invoice in parts, " "with the amounts and payment dates defined beforehand by the seller." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:21 msgid "**Examples of Payment Terms:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "**Immediate Payment**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "The full payment is due on the day of the invoice's issuance." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "**15 Days** (or **Net 15**)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "The full payment is due 15 days after the invoice date." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "**21 MFI**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "" "The full payment is due by the 21st of the month following the invoice date." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "**2% 10, Net 30 EOM**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "" "2% :doc:`cash discount <cash_discounts>` if the payment is received within " "ten days. Otherwise, the full payment is due at the end of the month " "following the invoice date." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:34 msgid "" -"Payment terms are not to be confused with payment in several parts. If, for " -"a specific order, you invoice the customer in two parts, that is nor a " -"payment term nor an installment plan, but an invoicing policy." +"Payment terms are not to be confused with down payment invoices. If, for a " +"specific order, you issue several invoices to your customer, that is neither" +" a payment term nor an installment plan, but an invoicing policy." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:39 +msgid "" +"This document is about the *Payment Terms* feature, not *Terms & " +"Conditions*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:44 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Terms` and " "click on *Create*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:46 msgid "" -"The **Description on the Invoice** is the displayed text on a sale order, " -"invoice, or bill." +"The **Description on the Invoice** is the text displayed on the document " +"(sale order, invoice, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:49 msgid "" -"In the **Terms** section, you can add a set of rules, that we call *terms*, " -"to define what needs to be paid, and by which due date." +"In the **Terms** section, you can add a set of rules, called *terms*, to " +"define what needs to be paid and by which due date." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:52 msgid "" "To add a term, click on *Add a line*, and define its *Type*, *Value*, and " "*Due Date Computation*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:55 msgid "Terms are computed in the order they are set up." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:56 msgid "The **balance** should always be used for the last line." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 msgid "" -"In the following example, 30% of the invoice is due on the day of issuance " -"of the invoice, and the balance is due at the end of the following month." +"In the following example, 30% is due on the day of issuance, and the balance" +" is due at the end of the following month." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:67 msgid "Using Payment Terms" msgstr "Usando termos de pagamento" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:62 -msgid "Payment Terms can be defined with the **Payment Terms** field on:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 -msgid "**Contacts**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:69 msgid "" -"To set specific payment terms automatically on new sales orders, invoices, " -"and bills of a contact. This can be modified in the contact’s *Form View*, " -"under the *Sales & Purchase* tab." +"Payment Terms can be defined in the **Due Date** field, with the **Terms** " +"drop-down list, on:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "**Quotations**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "" "To set specific payment terms automatically on all invoices generated from a" " quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "**Customer Invoices**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "To set specific payment terms on an invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "**Vendor Bills**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "" "To set specific payment terms on a bill. This is mostly useful when you need" " to manage vendor terms with several installments. Otherwise, setting the " "*Due Date* is enough." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:80 +msgid "" +"You can also define a **Due Date** manually. If Payment Terms are already " +"defined, empty the field so you can select a date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:83 +msgid "Payment Terms can be defined with the **Payment Terms** field on:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**Contacts**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "" +"To set specific payment terms automatically on new sales orders, invoices, " +"and bills of a contact. This can be modified in the contact’s *Form View*, " +"under the *Sales & Purchase* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:92 msgid "" "Invoices with specific Payment Terms generate different *Journal Entries*, " -"with one *Journal Item* for each different *Due Date* computed." +"with one *Journal Item* for every computed *Due Date*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:95 msgid "" "This makes for easier *Follow-ups* and *Reconciliation* since Odoo takes " -"each due date into account, rather than just the balance due date." +"each due date into account, rather than just the balance due date. It also " +"helps to get an accurate *Aged Receivable report*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:103 msgid "" -"In the following example, an invoice of $1000 has been issued with the " -"following payment terms: 30% of the invoice is due on the day of issuance of" -" the invoice, and the balance is due at the end of the following month." +"In this example, an invoice of $1000 has been issued with the following " +"payment terms: *30% is due on the day of issuance, and the balance is due at" +" the end of the following month.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:107 +msgid "Due date" +msgstr "Data de vencimento" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:109 +msgid "February 21" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:109 +msgid "300" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:111 +msgid "March 31" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:111 +msgid "700" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:113 +msgid "Product Sales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:116 msgid "" "The $1000 debited on the Account Receivable is split into two distinct " "*Journal Items*. Both of them have their own **Due Date**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:96 -msgid "Due date" -msgstr "Data de vencimento" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:98 -msgid "February 21" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:98 -msgid "300" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:100 -msgid "March 31" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:100 -msgid "700" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:102 -msgid "Product Sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:105 -msgid "" -"This allows for easier reconciliation and to accurately follow up late " -"payments." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:120 msgid ":doc:`cash_discounts`" msgstr ":doc:`cash_discounts`" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:121 msgid "" -"`Odoo Learn: Terms and Conditions (T&C) and Payment Terms " +"`Odoo Tutorials: Terms and Conditions (T&C) and Payment Terms " "<https://www.odoo.com/r/fpv>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:3 msgid "Send your Invoices by Post (Snailmail)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:5 msgid "" "Direct mail is a great way to capture individuals’ attention at a time where" " inboxes are always full. Odoo allows you to send invoices and follow-up " "reports by post, worldwide, directly from your database." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:10 msgid "Set up Snailmail" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:12 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Snailmail` and activate " "the feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:14 msgid "" "If you would like this option to be a default feature, enable *Send by Post*" " under *Default Sending Options*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:21 msgid "Send your invoices by post" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:23 msgid "" "Open your Invoice, click on the *Send & Print* button and select *Send by " "Post*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:30 msgid "" "Make sure to have your customer’s address set correctly, and that it " "includes a country, before sending the letter." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:37 msgid "" "*Snailmail* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service which requires prepaid " "stamps (=credits) to work. Sending one document consumes one stamp." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:40 msgid "" "To buy stamps, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " "Settings --> Snailmail` and click on *Buy credits*, or go to " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Odoo IAP` and click on *View my Services*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments.rst:3 msgid "Customer Payments" msgstr "Pagamentos de clientes" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:3 msgid "Batch Payments: Batch Deposits (checks, cash etc.)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:5 msgid "" "A **Batch Deposit** groups multiple payments in a single batch. This allows " "you to deposit several payments into your bank account with a single " "transaction. This is particularly useful to deposit cash and checks." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:9 msgid "" "This feature allows you to list several customer payments and print a " "**deposit slip**. This ticket contains the details of the transactions and a" @@ -19782,24 +18210,24 @@ msgid "" "transactions listed in the batch deposit." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:17 msgid "" "To activate the feature, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " "--> Settings --> Customer Payments`, activate **Batch Payments**, and click " "on *Save*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:21 msgid "Payment Method Types" msgstr "Tipos de Método de Pagamento" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:23 msgid "" "To record new payments as part of a Batch Deposit, you have to configure " "first the Journal on which you record them." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:26 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, " "open the Journal you want to edit, click on *Edit*, and open the *Advanced " @@ -19807,21 +18235,21 @@ msgid "" "Deposit**, and click on *Save*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:35 msgid "" "Your main bank accounts are automatically configured to process batch " "payments when you activate the feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:39 msgid "Deposit multiple payments in batch" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:42 msgid "Record payments to deposit in batch" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:44 msgid "" ":doc:`Register the payments <recording>` on the bank account on which you " "plan to deposit them by opening the *Customer Invoice* for which you " @@ -19830,40 +18258,40 @@ msgid "" "as Payment Method." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:53 msgid "Do this step for all checks or payments you want to process in batch." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:56 msgid "Make sure to write the payment reference in the **Memo** field." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:59 msgid "Add payments to a Batch Deposit" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:61 msgid "" "To add the payments to a Batch Deposit, go to :menuselection:`Accounting -->" " Customers --> Batch Payments`, and click on *Create*. Next, select the Bank" " and Payment Method, then click on *Add a line*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:69 msgid "" "Select all payments to include in the current Batch Deposit and click on " "*Select*. You can also record a new payment and add it to the list by " "clicking on *Create*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:76 msgid "" "Once done, click on *Validate* to finalize your Batch Deposit. You can then " "click on *Print* to download a PDF file to include with the deposit slip " "that the bank usually requires to fill out." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:82 msgid "" "Once the bank statements are on your database, you can reconcile the bank " "statement line with the *Batch Payment* reference. To do so, start your " @@ -19874,31 +18302,31 @@ msgid "" "related payments are automatically added." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:89 msgid "" "The *Batch Payments* tab won't appear if a Partner is selected for this bank" " statement line." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:95 msgid "" "If a check, or a payment, couldn't be processed by the bank and is missing, " "remove the related payment before validating the bank reconciliation." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:99 msgid ":doc:`recording`" msgstr ":doc:`recording`" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:100 msgid ":doc:`batch_sdd`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:3 msgid "Batch Payments: SEPA Direct Debit (SDD)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:5 msgid "" "SEPA, the Single Euro Payments Area, is a payment-integration initiative of " "the European Union for simplification of bank transfers denominated in EURO." @@ -19907,25 +18335,25 @@ msgid "" "particularly useful for recurring payments based on a subscription." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:10 msgid "" "You can record customer mandates in Odoo, and generate XML files containing " "pending payments made with an SDD mandate." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:0 msgid "" "SDD is supported by all SEPA countries, which includes the 27 member states " "of the European Union as well as additional countries." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:0 msgid "" "`List of all SEPA countries <https://www.europeanpaymentscouncil.eu" "/document-library/other/epc-list-sepa-scheme-countries>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:22 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`, activate " "**SEPA Direct Debit (SDD)** and click on *Save*. Enter your company's " @@ -19933,45 +18361,45 @@ msgid "" "or the authority responsible for delivering them." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:31 msgid "SEPA Direct Debit Mandates" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:34 msgid "Create a mandate" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:36 msgid "" "The SEPA Direct Debit Mandate is the document that your customers sign to " "authorize you to collect money directly from their bank accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:39 msgid "" "To create a new mandate, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> " "Direct Debit Mandates`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:46 msgid "" "Export the PDF file by clicking on *Print*. It is then up to your customer " "to sign this document. Once done, upload the signed file in the **Original " "Document** field, and click on *Validate* to start running the mandate." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:51 msgid "" "Make sure that the **IBAN bank accounts details** are correctly recorded on " "the debtor’s contact form, under the *Accounting* tab, and in your own " ":doc:`Bank Account <../../bank/setup/bank_accounts>` settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:56 msgid "SEPA Direct Debit as a Payment Method" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:58 msgid "" "SEPA Direct Debit can be used as a payment method both on your **eCommerce**" " or on the **Customer Portal** by activating SDD as a **Payment Acquirer**. " @@ -19979,48 +18407,48 @@ msgid "" "themselves." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:62 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment " "Acquirers`, click on *SEPA Direct Debit*, and set it up according to your " "needs." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:66 msgid "" "Make sure to change the **State** field to *Enabled*, and to check **Online " "Signature**, as this is necessary to let your customers sign their mandates." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:69 msgid "" "Customers using SDD as payment method get prompted to add their IBAN, email " "address, and to sign their SEPA Direct Debit mandate." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:73 msgid "Add link to future **Payment Acquirer** documentation." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:76 msgid "Close or revoke a mandate" msgstr "Fechar ou revogar um mandato" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:78 msgid "" "Direct Debit mandates are closed automatically after their *End Date*. If " "this field is left blank, the mandate keeps being *Active* until it is " "*Closed* or *Revoked*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:85 msgid "" "Clicking on **Close** updates the mandate’s end day to the current day. This" " means that invoices issued after the present day will not be processed with" " an SDD payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:88 msgid "" "Clicking on **Revoke** disables the mandate immediately. No SDD payment can " "be registered anymore, regardless of the invoice’s date. However, payments " @@ -20028,97 +18456,97 @@ msgid "" "file." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:93 msgid "" "Once a mandate has been *closed* or *revoked*, it cannot be reactivated." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:96 msgid "Get paid with SDD Batch Payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:101 msgid "" "You can register SDD payments for invoices issued to customers who have an " "active SDD mandate." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:103 msgid "" "To do so, open the invoice, click on *Register Payment*, and choose *SEPA " "Direct Debit* as payment method." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:107 msgid "Generate SEPA Direct Debit XML files to submit payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:109 msgid "" "**XML files** with all SDD payment instructions can be uploaded to your " "online banking interface to process all payments at once." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:113 msgid "" "The files generated by Odoo follow the SEPA Direct Debit **PAIN.008.001.02**" " specifications, as required by the SEPA customer-to-bank Implementation " "Guidelines, which ensures compatibility with the banks." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:117 msgid "" "To generate your XML file for the pending SDD payments, go to the related " "*bank journal* on your *Accounting dashboard*, then click on *Direct Debit " "Payments to Collect*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:124 msgid "" "Select all the payments you want to include in your SDD XML file, then click" " on *Action* and select *Create Batch Payment*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:131 msgid "" "Odoo then takes you to your *Batch Payment*’s form. Click on *Validate* and " "download the SDD XML file." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:138 msgid "" "Finally, upload this file to your online banking interface to process the " "payments." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:141 msgid "" "You can retrieve all the generated SDD XML files by going to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Customers --> Batch " "Payments`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:145 msgid ":doc:`batch`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:147 msgid "" "`Odoo Academy: SEPA Direct Debit Mandates (SDD) " "<https://www.odoo.com/r/Zxs>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:148 msgid "" "`List of all SEPA countries <https://www.europeanpaymentscouncil.eu" "/document-library/other/epc-list-sepa-scheme-countries>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:3 msgid "Register customer payments by checks" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:5 msgid "" "There are two ways to handle payments received by checks. Odoo support both " "approaches so that you can use the one that better fits your habits." @@ -20127,7 +18555,7 @@ msgstr "" " apóia ambas as abordagens para que você possa usar a que melhor se adapta " "aos seus hábitos." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:9 msgid "" "**Undeposited Funds:** once you receive the check, you record a payment by " "check on the invoice. (using a Check journal and posted on the Undeposited " @@ -20139,7 +18567,7 @@ msgstr "" "conta Fundos não Depositados) Então, assim que o cheque chegar em sua conta " "bancária, mova o dinheiro de Fundos não Depositados para sua conta bancária." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:16 msgid "" "**One journal entry only:** once your receive the check, you record a " "payment on your bank, paid by check, without going through the **Undeposited" @@ -20153,7 +18581,7 @@ msgstr "" "faz a correspondência com o feed do banco e o pagamento por cheque, sem " "criar um lançamento específico no diário." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:23 msgid "" "We recommend the first approach as it is more accurate (your bank account " "balance is accurate, taking into accounts checks that have not been cashed " @@ -20163,7 +18591,7 @@ msgstr "" "conta bancária é exato, levando em conta os cheques que ainda não foram " "descontados). Ambas as abordagens exigem o mesmo esforço." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:27 msgid "" "Even if the first method is cleaner, Odoo support the second approach " "because some accountants are used to it (quickbooks and peachtree users)." @@ -20172,7 +18600,7 @@ msgstr "" "abordagem porque alguns contadores estão acostumados a ele (quickbooks e " "usuários de peachtree)." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:32 msgid "" "You may have a look at the *Deposit Ticket feature* if you deposit several " "checks to your bank accounts in batch." @@ -20180,33 +18608,33 @@ msgstr "" "Você pode dar uma olhada no * recurso ticket de depósito * se depositar " "vários cheques em suas contas bancárias em lote." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:36 msgid "Option 1: Undeposited Funds" msgstr "Opção 1: fundos não depositados" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:41 msgid "Create a journal **Checks**" msgstr "Crie um diário ** Cheques **" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:43 msgid "Set **Undeposited Checks** as a defaut credit/debit account" msgstr "" "Defina ** Cheques não depositados ** como uma conta de crédito / débito " "padrão" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:45 msgid "" "Set the bank account related to this journal as **Allow Reconciliation**" msgstr "" "Defina a conta bancária relacionada a este diário como ** Permitir " "conciliação **" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:109 msgid "From check payments to bank statements" msgstr "De pagamentos em cheque a extratos bancários" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:50 msgid "" "The first way to handle checks is to create a check journal. Thus, checks " "become a payment method in itself and you will record two transactions." @@ -20215,8 +18643,8 @@ msgstr "" " o cheque se torna um meio de pagamento por si só e você registrará duas " "transações." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:111 msgid "" "Once you receive a customer check, go to the related invoice and click on " "**Register Payment**. Fill in the information about the payment:" @@ -20224,7 +18652,7 @@ msgstr "" "Assim que receber o cheque do cliente, acesse a fatura relacionada e clique " "em ** Registrar pagamento **. Preencha as informações sobre o pagamento:" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:57 msgid "" "Payment method: Check Journal (that you configured with the debit and credit" " default accounts as **Undeposited Funds**)" @@ -20232,40 +18660,40 @@ msgstr "" "Método de pagamento: Diário de cheque (que você configurou com as contas " "padrão de débito e crédito como ** Fundos não depositados **)" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:60 msgid "Memo: write the Check number" msgstr "Nota: escreva o número do cheque" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:65 msgid "This operation will produce the following journal entry:" msgstr "Esta operação produzirá o seguinte lançamento no diário:" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 msgid "Statement Match" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:85 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:135 msgid "100.00" msgstr "100.00" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 msgid "Undeposited Funds" msgstr "Fundos não depositados" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:75 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:121 msgid "The invoice is marked as paid as soon as you record the check." msgstr "A fatura é marcada como paga assim que você registra o cheque." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:77 msgid "" "Then, once you get the bank statements, you will match this statement with " "the check that is in Undeposited Funds." @@ -20273,12 +18701,12 @@ msgstr "" "Em seguida, uma vez que você recebe os extratos bancários, você vai combinar" " esta declaração com o cheque que está em Fundos Não Depositados." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 msgid "X" msgstr "X" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:89 msgid "" "If you use this approach to manage received checks, you get the list of " "checks that have not been cashed in the **Undeposit Funds** account " @@ -20288,7 +18716,7 @@ msgstr "" " de cheques que não foram descontados na conta ** Fundos não depositados ** " "(acessível, por exemplo, no razão geral)." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:94 msgid "" "Both methods will produce the same data in your accounting at the end of the" " process. But, if you have checks that have not been cashed, this one is " @@ -20300,11 +18728,11 @@ msgstr "" " limpo porque esses cheques ainda não foram registrados em sua conta " "bancária." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:100 msgid "Option 2: One journal entry only" msgstr "Opção 2: apenas uma entrada de diário" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:105 msgid "" "These is nothing to configure if you plan to manage your checks using this " "method." @@ -20312,15 +18740,15 @@ msgstr "" "Não há nada a ser configurado se você planeja gerenciar suas verificações " "usando este método." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:114 msgid "**Payment method:** the bank that will be used for the deposit" msgstr "** Forma de pagamento: ** o banco que será usado para o depósito" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:116 msgid "Memo: write the check number" msgstr "Nota: escreva o número do cheque" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:123 msgid "" "Once you will receive the bank statements, you will do the matching with the" " statement and this actual payment. (technically: point this payment and " @@ -20330,13 +18758,13 @@ msgstr "" "extrato e este pagamento real. (tecnicamente: apontar este pagamento e " "relacioná-lo à linha do extrato)" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:127 msgid "" "With this approach, you will get the following journal entry in your books:" msgstr "" "Com essa abordagem, você obterá a seguinte entrada de diário em seus livros:" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:139 msgid "" "You may also record the payment directly without going on the customer " "invoice, using the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. This method may" @@ -20349,7 +18777,7 @@ msgstr "" " em um lote, mas terá que conciliar as entradas posteriormente (pagamentos " "correspondentes às faturas)" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:145 msgid "" "If you use this approach to manage received checks, you can use the report " "**Bank Reconciliation Report** to verify which checks have been received or " @@ -20361,11 +18789,11 @@ msgstr "" "cheques foram recebidos ou pagos pelo banco. (este relatório está disponível" " na opção ** Mais ** no painel Contabilidade na conta bancária relacionada)." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:3 msgid "Follow-up on invoices and get paid faster" msgstr "Acompanhe as faturas e receba o pagamento mais rapidamente" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:5 msgid "" "It is essential for your business to collect payments when they are overdue." " Odoo will help you identify payments that are late and will allow you to " @@ -20375,11 +18803,11 @@ msgstr "" " a identificar pagamentos atrasados ​​e permitirá que você envie os " "lembretes apropriados." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:10 msgid "Manage your follow-ups" msgstr "Gerenciar seus acompanhamentos" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:13 msgid "" "We recommend that you reconcile your bank statements before launching your " "follow-up process. It will avoid you the trouble of sending a statement to a" @@ -20389,7 +18817,7 @@ msgstr "" "processo de acompanhamento. Isso evitará o trabalho de enviar um extrato a " "um cliente que já pagou." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:17 msgid "" "The overdue invoices you need to follow-up on are available by default in " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Sales --> Follow-up Reports`. There, you can " @@ -20402,7 +18830,7 @@ msgstr "" "imprimi-lo como uma carta. Em seguida, você pode clicar no botão * Concluído" " * para ver o próximo acompanhamento que precisa de sua atenção." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:23 msgid "" "Otherwise, if now is not the time for a reminder, click on *Remind me " "later*. You will get the next report according to the *Next Reminder Date* " @@ -20412,7 +18840,7 @@ msgstr "" "Lembre-me mais tarde *. Você receberá o próximo relatório de acordo com a * " "Data do próximo lembrete * definida no extrato." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:28 msgid "" "To avoid sending too many reminders in a short period of time, change the " "number of days calculated between each report by going to " @@ -20424,7 +18852,7 @@ msgstr "" "menus: ʻContabilidade -> Configuração -> Configurações -> Acompanhamento de " "pagamento`." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:33 msgid "" "You can also set a trust level for your customers by marking them as bad, " "normal or good debtors on the follow-up reports." @@ -20432,11 +18860,11 @@ msgstr "" "Você também pode definir um nível de confiança para seus clientes marcando-" "os como devedores ruins, normais ou bons nos relatórios de acompanhamento." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:40 msgid "Send reminders in batch" msgstr "Enviar lembretes em lote" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:42 msgid "" "To get your follow-up process easier, you can send reminder emails in batch " "from your follow-up reports page. Select all the reports you would like to " @@ -20450,11 +18878,11 @@ msgstr "" "Acompanhamento do processo *. Um documento PDF contendo todas as cartas de " "acompanhamento para você imprimir também será gerado automaticamente." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:52 msgid "Plan a follow-up process" msgstr "Planeje um processo de acompanhamento" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:54 msgid "" "To plan a follow-up process, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Follow-up Levels* feature " @@ -20467,7 +18895,7 @@ msgstr "" "no novo botão * Níveis de acompanhamento * que apareceu na página de " "configurações." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:59 msgid "" "A follow-up plan with several actions is available by default in Odoo, but " "you can customize it any way you want. Depending on a specific number of " @@ -20481,7 +18909,7 @@ msgstr "" "realizar uma ação manual. Você também pode editar o modelo usado para o " "demonstrativo de acordo com o estágio do processo." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:69 msgid "" "If you would like to get a reminder before the actual due date, set a " "negative number of due days." @@ -20489,11 +18917,11 @@ msgstr "" "Se quiser receber um lembrete antes da data de vencimento real, defina um " "número negativo de dias de vencimento." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:3 msgid "Invoice Online Payment" msgstr "Pagamento Online da Fatura" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:5 msgid "" "To make it more convenient for your customers to pay the invoices you issue," " you can activate the **Invoice Online Payment** feature, which adds a *Pay " @@ -20502,51 +18930,52 @@ msgid "" "making the payment process much easier." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:17 msgid "" "Make sure your :ref:`Payment Acquirers are correctly configured " "<payment_acquirers/configuration>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:20 msgid "" "By default, \":doc:`Wire Transfer " -"<../../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer>`\" is the only Payment " -"Acquirer activated, but you still have to fill out the payment details." +"</applications/general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer>`\" is the only " +"Payment Acquirer activated, but you still have to fill out the payment " +"details." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:23 msgid "" "To activate the Invoice Online Payment, go to :menuselection:`Accounting -->" " Configuration --> Settings --> Customer Payments`, enable **Invoice Online " "Payment**, and click on *Save*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:27 msgid "Customer Portal" msgstr "Portal do Cliente" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:29 msgid "" "After issuing the invoice, click on *Send & Print* and send the invoice by " "email to the customer. They will receive an email with a link that redirects" " them to the invoice on their **Customer Portal**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:37 msgid "" "They can choose which Payment Acquirer to use by clicking on *Pay Now*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:45 -msgid ":doc:`../../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:45 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:3 msgid "Different ways to record a payment" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:5 msgid "" "In Odoo, a payment can either be linked directly to an invoice or be a stand" " alone record for use on a later date:" @@ -20554,7 +18983,7 @@ msgstr "" "No Odoo, um pagamento pode ser vinculado diretamente a uma fatura ou ser um " "registro independente para uso em uma data posterior:" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:8 msgid "" "If a payment is linked to an invoice, it reduces the amount due of the " "invoice. You can have multiple payments linked to the same invoice." @@ -20562,7 +18991,7 @@ msgstr "" "Se um pagamento estiver vinculado a uma fatura, ele reduz o valor devido da " "fatura. Você pode ter vários pagamentos vinculados à mesma fatura." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:12 msgid "" "If a payment is not linked to an invoice, the customer has an outstanding " "credit with your company, or your company as an outstanding balance with a " @@ -20574,11 +19003,11 @@ msgstr "" "fornecedor. Você pode usar esse crédito / débito pendente para pagar faturas" " ou contas futuras." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:18 msgid "Paying an invoice" msgstr "Pagar uma fatura" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:20 msgid "" "If you register a payment on a customer invoice or a vendor bill, the " "payment is automatically reconciled with the invoice reducing the amount " @@ -20588,7 +19017,7 @@ msgstr "" "pagamento é automaticamente reconciliado com a fatura, reduzindo o valor " "devido." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:27 msgid "" "The green icon near the payment line will display more information about the" " payment. From there you can choose to open the journal entry or reconcile " @@ -20598,7 +19027,7 @@ msgstr "" "pagamento. A partir daí, você pode escolher abrir o lançamento contábil " "manual ou conciliar o pagamento." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:32 msgid "" "If you unreconcile a payment, it is still registered in your books but not " "linked to the specific invoice any longer. If you unreconcile a payment in a" @@ -20611,15 +19040,15 @@ msgstr "" "contábil manual para reverter a perda / ganho cambial lançado no momento da " "conciliação." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:38 msgid "Payments not tied to an invoice" msgstr "Pagamentos não vinculados a uma fatura" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:41 msgid "Registering a payment" msgstr "Registrando um pagamento" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:43 msgid "" "In the Accounting application, you can create a new payment from the Sales " "menu (register a customer payment) or the Purchases menu (pay a vendor). If " @@ -20631,7 +19060,7 @@ msgstr "" "fornecedor). Se você usar esses menus, o pagamento não será vinculado a uma " "fatura, mas poderá ser facilmente reconciliado em uma fatura posteriormente." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:51 msgid "" "When registering a new payment, you must select a customer or vendor, the " "payment method, and the amount of the payment. The currency of the " @@ -20645,7 +19074,7 @@ msgstr "" " documento (pedido de venda, pedido de compra ou fatura), defina a " "referência deste documento no campo memo." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:57 msgid "" "Once confirmed, a journal entry will be posted reflecting the transaction " "just made in the accounting application." @@ -20653,11 +19082,11 @@ msgstr "" "Uma vez confirmado, um lançamento contábil manual será lançado refletindo a " "transação recém-feita no aplicativo de contabilidade." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:61 msgid "Reconciling invoice payments" msgstr "Conciliando pagamentos de faturas" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:63 msgid "" "The easiest way of reconciling a payment with an invoice is to do so on the " "invoice directly." @@ -20665,7 +19094,7 @@ msgstr "" "A forma mais fácil de conciliar um pagamento com uma fatura é fazer isso " "diretamente na fatura." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:66 msgid "" "When validating a new invoice, Odoo will warn you that an outstanding " "payment for this customer or vendor is available. In this case, you can " @@ -20677,11 +19106,11 @@ msgstr "" "reconciliar esse pagamento com a fatura próxima aos totais na parte " "inferior, em \"Pagamentos pendentes\"." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:75 msgid "Reconciling all your outstanding payments and invoices" msgstr "Reconciliar todos os seus pagamentos e faturas pendentes" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:77 msgid "" "If you want to reconcile all outstanding payments and invoices at once " "(instead of doing so one by one), you can use the batch reconciliation " @@ -20691,7 +19120,7 @@ msgstr "" "vez (em vez de fazer isso um por um), você pode usar o recurso de " "conciliação em lote no Odoo." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:81 msgid "" "The batch reconciliation feature is available from the dashboard on the " "Customer Invoices card and the Vendor Bills card for reconciling Accounts " @@ -20701,7 +19130,7 @@ msgstr "" "Faturas do cliente e do cartão Faturas do fornecedor para reconciliar as " "contas a receber e a pagar, respectivamente." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:88 msgid "" "The payments matching tool will open all unreconciled customers or vendors " "and will give you the opportunity to process them all one by one, doing the " @@ -20712,7 +19141,7 @@ msgstr "" "por um, fazendo a correspondência de todos os seus pagamentos e faturas de " "uma vez." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:95 msgid "" "During the reconciliation, if the sum of the debits and credits do not " "match, it means there is still a remaining balance that either needs to be " @@ -20722,11 +19151,11 @@ msgstr "" "significa que ainda há um saldo remanescente que precisa ser conciliado em " "uma data posterior ou precisa ser baixado diretamente." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:100 msgid "Transferring money from one bank account to another" msgstr "Transferindo dinheiro de uma conta bancária para outra" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:102 msgid "" "Just like making a customer or vendor payment, you transfer cash internally " "between your bank accounts from the dashboard or from the menus up top." @@ -20735,7 +19164,7 @@ msgstr "" "dinheiro internamente entre suas contas bancárias a partir do painel ou dos " "menus no topo." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:109 msgid "" "This will take you to the same screen you have for receiving and making " "payments." @@ -20743,7 +19172,7 @@ msgstr "" "Isso o levará para a mesma tela que você tem para receber e fazer " "pagamentos." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:116 msgid "" "When making an internal transfer from one bank account to another, select " "the bank you want to apply the transfer from in the dashboard, and in the " @@ -20757,23 +19186,23 @@ msgstr "" "repita esse processo na outra conta bancária ou você terá dois lançamentos " "contábeis manuais para a mesma transação." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:124 msgid ":doc:`online_payment`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:126 msgid ":doc:`followup`" msgstr ":doc:`followup`" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations.rst:3 msgid "Declarations" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:3 msgid "Tax Return (VAT Declaration)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:5 msgid "" "Companies that are registered for **VAT (Value Added Tax)** must file a " "**Tax return** on a monthly or quarterly basis, depending on their turnover " @@ -20785,60 +19214,60 @@ msgid "" "refunded." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:13 msgid "" "You can find information about VAT and its mechanism on `this page from the " "European Commission <https://ec.europa.eu/taxation_customs/business/vat" "/what-is-vat_en>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:16 msgid "add doc about intracom listing" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:22 msgid "Tax Return Periodicity" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:24 msgid "" "The configuration of the **Tax Return Periodicity** allows Odoo Accounting " "to compute your Tax Return correctly and also to send you a reminder to " "never miss a tax return deadline." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:27 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings " "--> Fiscal Periods`, and go to the **Tax Return Periodicity** section." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:30 msgid "" "**Periodicity**: define here whether you file your tax return each month or " "every three months." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:31 msgid "" "**Reminder**: define when Odoo should remind you to file your tax return." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:32 msgid "**Journal**: select the journal in which to record the tax return." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:39 msgid "" "This is usually configured during the :doc:`app's initial set up " "<../../overview/getting_started/setup>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:43 msgid "Tax Grids" msgstr "Grades de Impostos" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:45 msgid "" "Odoo generates Tax Reports based on the **Tax Grids** settings that are " "configured on your taxes. Therefore, it is crucial to make sure that all the" @@ -20846,7 +19275,7 @@ msgid "" " which Tax Grid is used for that transaction." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:53 msgid "" "To configure your taxes' Tax Grids, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Taxes`, and open the tax you want to modify. There, you " @@ -20854,7 +19283,7 @@ msgid "" " invoices or credit notes." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:62 msgid "" "Taxes and reports are usually already pre-configured: a *Fiscal Localization" " Package* is installed according to the country you select at the creation " @@ -20863,22 +19292,22 @@ msgid "" " information about Fiscal Localization Packages." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:70 msgid "Close a tax period" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:73 msgid "Tax Lock Date" msgstr "Data de Bloqueio Fiscal" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:75 msgid "" "Any new transaction which accounting date is prior to the **Tax Lock Date** " "has its tax values moved to the next open tax period. This is useful to make" " sure that no change can be made to a report once its period is closed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:79 msgid "" "Therefore, we recommend locking your tax date before working on your " "*Closing Journal Entry*. This way, other users can't modify or add " @@ -20886,37 +19315,37 @@ msgid "" "helps you avoid some tax declaration errors." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:83 msgid "" "To check the current **Tax Lock Date**, or to edit it, go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Lock Dates`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:144 msgid "Tax Report" msgstr "Relatório Fiscal" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:93 msgid "" "Once all the transactions involving taxes have been posted for the period " "you want to report, open your **Tax Report**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:96 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Tax Report`. " "You can also click on *TAX Report* from your *Accounting Overview*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:99 msgid "" "Make sure to select the right period you want to declare by using the date " "filter. You can see an overview of your tax report. Then, click on the " "button *Closing Journal Entry*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:106 msgid "" "After having reviewed the generated Journal Entry, click on *Post*. In " "addition to posting the entry, Odoo automatically creates a PDF file with " @@ -20925,7 +19354,7 @@ msgid "" "along with the amount you have to pay or be refunded." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:116 msgid "" "If you forgot to :ref:`lock your tax date <tax_return_lock>` before clicking" " on *Closing Journal Entry*, then Odoo automatically locks your fiscal " @@ -20935,15 +19364,15 @@ msgid "" " as described above." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:124 msgid ":doc:`../../overview/getting_started/setup`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:3 msgid "Create a customized reports with your own formulas" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo 13 comes with a powerful and easy-to-use reporting framework. Creating " "new reports (such as a tax report or a balance sheet or income statement " @@ -20951,22 +19380,22 @@ msgid "" "ever." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:14 msgid "Activate the developer mode" msgstr "Ativar o modo desenvolvedor" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:16 msgid "" "In order to have access to the financial report creation interface, the " -":doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` needs to be" -" activated." +":doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>` needs to be " +"activated." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:20 msgid "Create your financial report" msgstr "Crie seu relatório financeiro" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:22 msgid "" "First, you need to create your financial report. To do that, go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Financial Reports`" @@ -20974,7 +19403,7 @@ msgstr "" "Primeiro, você precisa criar seu relatório financeiro. Para isso, acesse: " "seleção de menus: `Contabilidade -> Configuração -> Relatórios Financeiros`" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:28 msgid "" "Once the name is entered, there are two other parameters that need to be " "configured:" @@ -20982,23 +19411,23 @@ msgstr "" "Depois que o nome é inserido, há dois outros parâmetros que precisam ser " "configurados:" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:31 msgid "**Show Credit and Debit Columns**" msgstr "** Mostrar colunas de crédito e débito **" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:33 msgid "**Analysis Period** :" msgstr "** Período de Análise **:" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:35 msgid "Based on date ranges (e.g. Profit and Loss)" msgstr "Com base em intervalos de datas (por exemplo, lucro e perda)" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:37 msgid "Based on a single date (e.g. Balance Sheet)" msgstr "Com base em uma única data (por exemplo, balanço)" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:39 msgid "" "Based on date ranges with 'older' and 'total' columns and last 3 months " "(e.g. Aged Partner Balances)" @@ -21006,17 +19435,17 @@ msgstr "" "Com base em intervalos de datas com colunas 'mais antigos' e 'total' e nos " "últimos 3 meses (por exemplo, Saldos de parceiros antigos)" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:42 msgid "Bases on date ranges and cash basis method (e.g. Cash Flow Statement)" msgstr "" "Bases em intervalos de datas e método de caixa (por exemplo, Demonstração de" " fluxo de caixa)" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:46 msgid "Add lines in your custom reports" msgstr "Adicione linhas em seus relatórios personalizados" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:48 msgid "" "After you've created the report, you need to fill it with lines. They all " "need a **name**, a **code** (that is used to refer to the line), a " @@ -21027,7 +19456,7 @@ msgstr "" "linha), um ** número de sequência ** e um ** nível ** (usado para a " "renderização da linha)." -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:55 msgid "" "In the **formulas** field you can add one or more formulas to assign a value" " to the balance column (and debit and credit column if applicable – " @@ -21037,11 +19466,11 @@ msgstr "" "atribuir um valor à coluna de saldo (e coluna de débito e crédito, se " "aplicável - separados por;)" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:59 msgid "You have several objects available in the formula :" msgstr "Você tem vários objetos disponíveis na fórmula:" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:61 msgid "" "``Ndays`` : The number of days in the selected period (for reports with a " "date range)." @@ -21049,13 +19478,13 @@ msgstr "" "''Ndias'' : O número de dias no período selecionado (para relatórios com " "intervalo de data)." -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:64 msgid "" "Another report, referenced by its code. Use ``.balance`` to get its balance " "value (also available are ``.credit``, ``.debit`` and ``.amount_residual``)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:68 msgid "" "A line can also be based on the sum of account move lines on a selected " "domain. In which case you need to fill the domain field with an Odoo domain " @@ -21072,15 +19501,15 @@ msgstr "" "pode usar agrupar por campo para agrupar as linhas de movimentação da conta " "por uma de suas colunas." -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:75 msgid "Other useful fields :" msgstr "Outros campos úteis:" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:77 msgid "**Type** : Type of the result of the formula." msgstr "** Tipo **: Tipo de resultado da fórmula." -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:79 msgid "" "**Is growth good when positive** : Used when computing the comparison " "column. Check if growth is good (displayed in green) or not." @@ -21088,7 +19517,7 @@ msgstr "" "** O crescimento é bom quando positivo **: Usado ao calcular a coluna de " "comparação. Verifique se o crescimento é bom (exibido em verde) ou não." -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:82 msgid "" "**Special date changer** : If a specific line in a report should not use the" " same dates as the rest of the report." @@ -21096,22 +19525,22 @@ msgstr "" "** Trocador de data especial **: Se uma linha específica em um relatório não" " deve usar as mesmas datas que o resto do relatório." -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:85 msgid "" "**Show domain** : How the domain of a line is displayed. Can be foldable " "(``default``, hidden at the start but can be unfolded), ``always`` (always " "displayed) or ``never`` (never shown)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:90 msgid ":doc:`main_reports`" msgstr ":doc:`main_reports`" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:3 msgid "Main reports available" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:5 msgid "" "Besides the reports created specifically in each localisation module, a few " "very useful **generic** and **dynamic reports** are available for all " @@ -21121,47 +19550,47 @@ msgstr "" "alguns relatórios ** genéricos ** e ** dinâmicos ** muito úteis estão " "disponíveis para todos os países:" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:9 msgid "**Balance Sheet**" msgstr "** Balanço patrimonial **" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:10 msgid "**Profit and Loss**" msgstr "** Lucros e perdas **" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:11 msgid "**Chart of Account**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:12 msgid "**Executive Summary**" msgstr "**Sumário executivo**" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:13 msgid "**General Ledger**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:14 msgid "**Aged Payable**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:15 msgid "**Aged Receivable**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:16 msgid "**Cash Flow Statement**" msgstr "** Demonstração do fluxo de caixa **" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:17 msgid "**Tax Report**" msgstr "**Relatório Fiscal**" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:18 msgid "**Bank Reconciliation**" msgstr "**Conciliação bancária**" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:20 msgid "" "You can annotate every reports to print them and report to your adviser. " "Export to xls to manage extra analysis. Drill down in the reports to see " @@ -21172,7 +19601,7 @@ msgstr "" "uma busca detalhada nos relatórios para ver mais detalhes (pagamentos, " "faturas, itens de diário, etc.)." -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:24 msgid "" "You can also compare values with another period. Choose how many periods you" " want to compare the chosen time period with. You can choose up to 12 " @@ -21184,7 +19613,7 @@ msgstr "" "até 12 períodos anteriores à data do relatório se não quiser usar a opção " "padrão ** 1 período anterior **." -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:32 msgid "" "The **Balance Sheet** shows a snapshot of the assets, liabilities and equity" " of your organisation as at a particular date." @@ -21192,11 +19621,11 @@ msgstr "" "O ** Balanço ** mostra um instantâneo dos ativos, passivos e patrimônio de " "sua organização em uma data específica." -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:39 msgid "Profit and Loss" msgstr "Lucros e perdas" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:41 msgid "" "The **Profit and Loss** report (or **Income Statement**) shows your " "organisation's net income, by deducting expenses from revenue for the report" @@ -21206,19 +19635,19 @@ msgstr "" "a receita líquida da sua organização, deduzindo as despesas da receita do " "período do relatório." -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:49 msgid "Chart of account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:51 msgid "A listing of all your accounts grouped by class." msgstr "Uma lista de todas as suas contas agrupadas por classe." -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:57 msgid "Executive Summary" msgstr "Sumário executivo" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:59 msgid "" "The **Executive Summary** allows for a quick look at all the important " "figures you need to run your company." @@ -21226,7 +19655,7 @@ msgstr "" "O ** Sumário Executivo ** permite uma visão rápida de todas as figuras " "importantes de que você precisa para administrar sua empresa." -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:62 msgid "" "In very basic terms, this is what each of the items in this section is " "reporting :" @@ -21234,15 +19663,15 @@ msgstr "" "Em termos muito básicos, isso é o que cada um dos itens nesta seção está " "relatando:" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:77 msgid "**Performance:**" msgstr "**Desempenho:**" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:68 msgid "**Gross profit margin:**" msgstr "** Margem de lucro bruto: **" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:67 msgid "" "The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " "costs needed to make those sales (things like labour, materials, etc)." @@ -21251,11 +19680,11 @@ msgstr "" "quaisquer custos diretos necessários para fazer essas vendas (coisas como " "mão de obra, materiais, etc)." -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:74 msgid "**Net profit margin:**" msgstr "** Margem de lucro líquido: **" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:71 msgid "" "The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " "costs needed to make those sales, as well as any fixed overheads your " @@ -21267,11 +19696,11 @@ msgstr "" "quaisquer despesas fixas que sua empresa tenha (coisas como aluguel, " "eletricidade, impostos que você precisa pagar como resultado dessas vendas)." -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:77 msgid "**Return on investment (p.a.):**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:77 msgid "" "The ratio of net profit made, to the amount of assets the company used to " "make those profits." @@ -21279,15 +19708,15 @@ msgstr "" "A relação entre o lucro líquido obtido e a quantidade de ativos que a " "empresa usou para obter esses lucros." -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:97 msgid "**Position:**" msgstr "**Posição:**" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:81 msgid "**Average debtor days:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:81 msgid "" "The average number of days it takes your customers to pay you (fully), " "across all your customer invoices." @@ -21295,11 +19724,11 @@ msgstr "" "O número médio de dias que seus clientes levam para pagar (integralmente), " "em todas as suas faturas de cliente." -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:84 msgid "**Average creditor days:**" msgstr "** Média de dias do credor: **" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:84 msgid "" "The average number of days it takes you to pay your suppliers (fully) across" " all your bills." @@ -21307,11 +19736,11 @@ msgstr "" "O número médio de dias que você leva para pagar seus fornecedores " "(integralmente) em todas as suas contas." -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:89 msgid "**Short term cash forecast:**" msgstr "** Previsão de caixa de curto prazo: **" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:87 msgid "" "How much cash is expected in or out of your organisation in the next month " "i.e. balance of your **Sales account** for the month less the balance of " @@ -21321,11 +19750,11 @@ msgstr "" " mês, ou seja, saldo de sua ** conta de vendas ** para o mês menos o saldo " "de sua ** conta de compras ** para o mês." -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:97 msgid "**Current assets to liabilities:**" msgstr "** Ativo circulante para passivo: **" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:92 msgid "" "Also referred to as **current ratio**, this is the ratio of current assets " "(assets that could be turned into cash within a year) to the current " @@ -21333,11 +19762,11 @@ msgid "" "typically used as as a measure of a company's ability to service its debt." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:103 msgid "General Ledger" msgstr "Livro Razão" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:105 msgid "" "The **General Ledger Report** shows all transactions from all accounts for a" " chosen date range. The initial summary report shows the totals for each " @@ -21346,22 +19775,22 @@ msgid "" "occurred during a certain period of time." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:115 msgid "Aged Payable" msgstr "Dívida Antiga" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:117 msgid "" "Run the **Aged Payable Details** report to display information on individual" " bills, credit notes and overpayments owed by you, and how long these have " "gone unpaid." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:125 msgid "Aged Receivable" msgstr "Recebimentos Vencidos" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:127 msgid "" "The **Aged Receivables** report shows the sales invoices that were awaiting " "payment during a selected month and several months prior." @@ -21370,11 +19799,11 @@ msgstr "" "estavam aguardando pagamento durante um mês selecionado e vários meses " "anteriores." -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:134 msgid "Cash Flow Statement" msgstr "Demonstração do fluxo de caixa" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:136 msgid "" "The **Cash Flow Statement** shows how changes in balance sheet accounts and " "income affect cash and cash equivalents, and breaks the analysis down to " @@ -21385,10 +19814,2204 @@ msgstr "" "e divide a análise em atividades operacionais, de investimento e de " "financiamento." -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:146 msgid "" "This report allows you to see the **net** and **tax amounts** for all the " "taxes grouped by type (sale/purchase)." msgstr "" "Este relatório permite ver os valores ** líquidos ** e ** fiscais ** de " "todos os impostos agrupados por tipo (venda / compra)." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation.rst:3 +msgid "Taxation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year.rst:3 +msgid "Fiscal Year" +msgstr "Ano Fiscal" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:3 +msgid "Do a year end in Odoo (close a fiscal year)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Before going ahead with closing a fiscal year, there are a few steps one " +"should typically take to ensure that your accounting is correct, up to date," +" and accurate:" +msgstr "" +"Antes de prosseguir com o fechamento de um ano fiscal, existem algumas " +"etapas que normalmente devem ser executadas para garantir que sua " +"contabilidade esteja correta, atualizada e precisa:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Make sure you have fully reconciled your **bank account(s)** up to year end " +"and confirm that your ending book balances agree with your bank statement " +"balances." +msgstr "" +"Certifique-se de ter reconciliado totalmente sua (s) ** conta (s) bancária " +"(s) ** até o final do ano e confirme se os saldos contábeis finais estão de " +"acordo com os saldos do seu extrato bancário." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:13 +msgid "Verify that all **customer invoices** have been entered and approved." +msgstr "" +"Verifique se todas as ** faturas do cliente ** foram inseridas e aprovadas." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:15 +msgid "Confirm that you have entered and agreed all **vendor bills**." +msgstr "" +"Confirme se você inseriu e concordou com todas as ** contas do fornecedor " +"**." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:17 +msgid "Validate all **expenses**, ensuring their accuracy." +msgstr "Valide todas as ** despesas **, garantindo sua veracidade." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Corroborate that all **received payments** have been entered and recorded " +"accurately." +msgstr "" +"Confirme que todos os ** pagamentos recebidos ** foram inseridos e " +"registrados com precisão." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:25 +msgid "Run a **Tax report**, and verify that your tax information is correct." +msgstr "" +"Execute um ** relatório de impostos ** e verifique se suas informações " +"fiscais estão corretas." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:27 +msgid "Reconcile all accounts on your **Balance Sheet**:" +msgstr "Reconcilie todas as contas em seu ** Balanço **:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Agree your bank balances in Odoo against your actual bank balances on your " +"statements. Utilize the **Bank Reconciliation** report to assist with this." +msgstr "" +"Combine seus saldos bancários no Odoo com seus saldos bancários reais em " +"seus extratos. Utilize o relatório de ** Conciliação bancária ** para ajudar" +" nisso." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Reconcile all transactions in your cash and bank accounts by running your " +"**Aged Receivables** and **Aged Payables** reports." +msgstr "" +"Reconcilie todas as transações em seu caixa e contas bancárias, executando " +"seus relatórios de ** Contas a receber antigas ** e ** Contas a pagar " +"antigas **." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Audit your accounts, being sure to fully understand the transactions " +"affecting them and the nature of the transactions, making sure to include " +"loans and fixed assets." +msgstr "" +"Audite suas contas, certificando-se de compreender totalmente as transações " +"que as afetam e a natureza das transações, certificando-se de incluir " +"empréstimos e ativos fixos." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Run the optional **Payments Matching** feature, under the **More** dropdown " +"on the dashboard, validating any open **Vendor Bills** and **Customer " +"Invoices** with their payments. This step is optional, however it may assist" +" the year-end process if all outstanding payments and invoices are " +"reconciled, and could lead finding errors or mistakes in the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Your accountant/bookkeeper will likely verify your balance sheet items and " +"book entries for:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Year-end manual adjustments, using the **Adviser Journal Entries** menu (For" +" example, the **Current Year Earnings** and **Retained Earnings** reports)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:56 +msgid "**Depreciation Journal Entries**." +msgstr "** Lançamentos no diário de depreciação **." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:60 +msgid "**Tax adjustments**." +msgstr "** Ajustes de impostos **." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:62 +msgid "" +"If your accountant/bookkeeper is going through end of the year auditing, " +"they may want to have paper copies of all balance sheet items (such as " +"loans, bank accounts, prepayments, sales tax statements, etc...) to agree " +"these against your Odoo balances." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:67 +msgid "" +"During this process, it is good practice to set the **Lock date for Non-" +"Advisers** to the last day of the preceding financial year, which is set " +"under the accounting configuration. This way, the accountant can be " +"confident that nobody is changing the previous year transactions while " +"auditing the books." +msgstr "" +"Durante esse processo, é uma boa prática definir a ** Data de bloqueio para " +"não consultores ** como o último dia do ano financeiro anterior, que é " +"definido na configuração de contabilidade. Dessa forma, o contador pode ter " +"certeza de que ninguém está alterando as transações do ano anterior durante " +"a auditoria dos livros." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:77 +msgid "Closing the fiscal year" +msgstr "Fechando o ano fiscal" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:79 +msgid "" +"In Odoo there is no need to do a specific year end closing entry in order to" +" close out income statement accounts. The reports are created in real-time, " +"meaning that the **Income statement** corresponds directly with the year-end" +" date you specify in Odoo. Therefore, any time you generate the **Income " +"Statement**, the beginning date will correspond with the beginning of the " +"**Fiscal Year** and the account balances will all be 0." +msgstr "" +"No Odoo, não há necessidade de fazer um lançamento específico de " +"encerramento do ano para encerrar as contas de demonstração de resultados. " +"Os relatórios são criados em tempo real, o que significa que a ** " +"Demonstração de resultados ** corresponde diretamente à data de encerramento" +" do ano especificada no Odoo. Portanto, sempre que você gerar a ** " +"Demonstração de Resultados **, a data de início corresponderá ao início do " +"** Ano Fiscal ** e os saldos das contas serão todos 0." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Once the accountant/bookkeeper has created the journal entry to allocate the" +" **Current Year Earnings**, you should set the **Lock Date** to the last day" +" of the fiscal year. Making sure that before doing so, you confirm whether " +"or not the current year earnings in the **Balance Sheet** is correctly " +"reporting a 0 balance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:93 +msgid ":doc:`fiscal_year`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Fiscal Years" +msgstr "Gerenciar anos fiscais" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In most cases, the fiscal years last 12 months. If it is your case, you just" +" have to define what is the last day of your fiscal year in the accounting " +"settings. By default, it is set on the 31st December." +msgstr "" +"Na maioria dos casos, os exercícios fiscais duram 12 meses. Se for o seu " +"caso, basta definir qual é o último dia do seu exercício nas configurações " +"contábeis. Por padrão, é definido no dia 31 de dezembro." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:12 +msgid "" +"However, there might be some exceptions. For example, if it is the first " +"fiscal year of your business, it could last more or less than 12 months. In " +"this case, some additional configuration is required." +msgstr "" +"No entanto, pode haver algumas exceções. Por exemplo, se for o primeiro ano " +"fiscal da sua empresa, pode durar mais ou menos de 12 meses. Nesse caso, " +"alguma configuração adicional é necessária." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Go in :menuselection:`accounting --> configuration --> settings` and " +"activate the fiscal years." +msgstr "" +"Vá em: menu de seleção: ʻcontabilidade-> configuração-> configurações` e " +"ative os anos fiscais." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:22 +msgid "" +"You can then configure your fiscal years in :menuselection:`accounting --> " +"configuration --> fiscal years`." +msgstr "" +"Em seguida, você pode configurar seus exercícios fiscais em: seleção de " +"menus: `contabilidade -> configuração -> anos fiscais`." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:29 +msgid "" +"You only have to create fiscal years if they last more or less than 12 " +"months." +msgstr "" +"Você só precisa criar anos fiscais se durarem mais ou menos de 12 meses." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:34 +msgid ":doc:`close_fiscal_year`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:3 +msgid "Manage prices for B2B (tax excluded) and B2C (tax included)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When working with consumers, prices are usually expressed with taxes " +"included in the price (e.g., in most eCommerce). But, when you work in a B2B" +" environment, companies usually negotiate prices with taxes excluded." +msgstr "" +"Ao trabalhar com os consumidores, os preços geralmente são expressos com os " +"impostos incluídos no preço (por exemplo, na maioria do comércio " +"eletrônico). Mas, quando você trabalha em um ambiente B2B, as empresas " +"geralmente negociam preços sem os impostos." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo manages both use cases easily, as long as you register your prices on " +"the product with taxes excluded or included, but not both together. If you " +"manage all your prices with tax included (or excluded) only, you can still " +"easily do sales order with a price having taxes excluded (or included): " +"that's easy." +msgstr "" +"O Odoo gerencia ambos os casos de uso facilmente, desde que você registre " +"seus preços no produto com os impostos excluídos ou incluídos, mas não os " +"dois juntos. Se você gerencia todos os seus preços apenas com impostos " +"incluídos (ou excluídos), ainda pode facilmente fazer pedidos de vendas com " +"um preço sem impostos (ou incluídos): isso é fácil." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:15 +msgid "" +"This documentation is only for the specific use case where you need to have " +"two references for the price (tax included or excluded), for the same " +"product. The reason of the complexity is that there is not a symmetrical " +"relationship with prices included and prices excluded, as shown in this use " +"case, in belgium with a tax of 21%:" +msgstr "" +"Esta documentação é apenas para o caso de uso específico em que você precisa" +" ter duas referências para o preço (impostos incluídos ou excluídos), para o" +" mesmo produto. A razão da complexidade é que não há uma relação simétrica " +"com os preços incluídos e os preços excluídos, como mostrado neste caso de " +"uso, na Bélgica com um imposto de 21%:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:21 +msgid "Your eCommerce has a product at **10€ (taxes included)**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:23 +msgid "This would do **8.26€ (taxes excluded)** and a **tax of 1.74€**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:25 +msgid "" +"But for the same use case, if you register the price without taxes on the " +"product form (8.26€), you get a price with tax included at 9.99€, because:" +msgstr "" +"Mas para o mesmo caso de uso, se você registrar o preço sem impostos no " +"formulário do produto (8,26 R$), você obtém um preço com imposto incluído de" +" 9,99 R$, porque:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:29 +msgid "**8.26€ \\* 1.21 = 9.99€**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:31 +msgid "" +"So, depending on how you register your prices on the product form, you will " +"have different results for the price including taxes and the price excluding" +" taxes:" +msgstr "" +"Portanto, dependendo de como você registra seus preços no formulário do " +"produto, você terá resultados diferentes para o preço com impostos e o preço" +" sem impostos:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:35 +msgid "Taxes Excluded: **8.26€ & 10.00€**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:37 +msgid "Taxes Included: **8.26€ & 9.99€**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:40 +msgid "" +"If you buy 100 pieces at 10€ taxes included, it gets even more tricky. You " +"will get: **1000€ (taxes included) = 826.45€ (price) + 173.55€ (taxes)** " +"Which is very different from a price per piece at 8.26€ tax excluded." +msgstr "" +"Se você comprar 100 peças com R$ 10 de impostos incluídos, fica ainda mais " +"complicado. Você receberá: **R$ 1000 (impostos incluídos) = R$ 826,45 " +"(preço) + R$ 173,55 (impostos)** O que é muito diferente de um preço por " +"peça a R$ 8,26 imposto excluído." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:45 +msgid "" +"This documentation explains how to handle the very specific use case where " +"you need to handle the two prices (tax excluded and included) on the product" +" form within the same company." +msgstr "" +"Esta documentação explica como lidar com o caso de uso muito específico em " +"que você precisa lidar com os dois preços (impostos excluídos e incluídos) " +"no formulário do produto dentro da mesma empresa." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:50 +msgid "" +"In terms of finance, you have no more revenues selling your product at 10€ " +"instead of 9.99€ (for a 21% tax), because your revenue will be exactly the " +"same at 9.99€, only the tax is 0.01€ higher. So, if you run an eCommerce in " +"Belgium, make your customer a favor and set your price at 9.99€ instead of " +"10€. Please note that this does not apply to 20€ or 30€, or other tax rates," +" or a quantity >1. You will also make you a favor since you can manage " +"everything tax excluded, which is less error prone and easier for your " +"salespeople." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:65 +msgid "" +"The best way to avoid this complexity is to choose only one way of managing " +"your prices and stick to it: price without taxes or price with taxes " +"included. Define which one is the default stored on the product form (on the" +" default tax related to the product), and let Odoo compute the other one " +"automatically, based on the pricelist and fiscal position. Negotiate your " +"contracts with customers accordingly. This perfectly works out-of-the-box " +"and you have no specific configuration to do." +msgstr "" +"A melhor forma de evitar esta complexidade é escolher apenas uma forma de " +"gerir os seus preços e cumpri-la: preço sem impostos ou preço com impostos " +"incluídos. Defina qual é o padrão armazenado no formulário do produto (no " +"imposto padrão relacionado ao produto), e deixe Odoo calcular o outro " +"automaticamente, com base na lista de preços e na posição fiscal. Negocie " +"seus contratos com os clientes em conformidade. Isso funciona perfeitamente " +"fora da caixa e você não tem nenhuma configuração específica para fazer." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:73 +msgid "" +"If you can not do that and if you really negotiate some prices with tax " +"excluded and, for other customers, others prices with tax included, you " +"must:" +msgstr "" +"Se você não puder fazer isso e se realmente negociar alguns preços com " +"imposto excluído e, para outros clientes, outros preços com imposto " +"incluído, você deve:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:77 +msgid "" +"always store the default price TAX EXCLUDED on the product form, and apply a" +" tax (price included on the product form)" +msgstr "" +"sempre armazene o imposto de preço padrão EXCLUÍDO no formulário do produto," +" e aplique um imposto (preço incluído no formulário do produto)" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:80 +msgid "create a pricelist with prices in TAX INCLUDED, for specific customers" +msgstr "" +"criar uma lista de preços com preços no IMPOSTO INCLUÍDO, para clientes " +"específicos" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:83 +msgid "" +"create a fiscal position that switches the tax excluded to a tax included" +msgstr "" +"criar uma posição fiscal que mude o imposto excluído para um imposto " +"incluído" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:86 +msgid "" +"assign both the pricelist and the fiscal position to customers who want to " +"benefit to this pricelist and fiscal position" +msgstr "" +"atribua a lista de preços e a posição fiscal aos clientes que desejam se " +"beneficiar dessa lista de preços e posição fiscal" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:89 +msgid "For the purpose of this documentation, we will use the above use case:" +msgstr "Para os fins desta documentação, usaremos o caso de uso acima:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:91 +msgid "your product default sale price is 8.26€ tax excluded" +msgstr "o preço de venda padrão do produto é de R$ 8,26 sem impostos" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:93 +msgid "" +"but we want to sell it at 10€, tax included, in our shops or eCommerce " +"website" +msgstr "" +"mas queremos vendê-lo a 10 R$, taxas incluídas, nas nossas lojas ou site de " +"comércio eletrónico" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:97 +msgid "Setting your products" +msgstr "Configurando seus produtos" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Your company must be configured with tax excluded by default. This is " +"usually the default configuration, but you can check your **Default Sale " +"Tax** from the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` of the " +"Accounting application." +msgstr "" +"Sua empresa deve estar configurada com impostos excluídos por padrão. Esta é" +" geralmente a configuração padrão, mas você pode verificar seu ** Imposto " +"sobre vendas padrão ** no menu: seleção de menus: `Configuração -> " +"Configurações` do aplicativo Contabilidade." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Once done, you can create a **B2C** pricelist. You can activate the " +"pricelist feature per customer from the menu: :menuselection:`Configuration " +"--> Settings` of the Sale application. Choose the option **different prices " +"per customer segment**." +msgstr "" +"Uma vez feito isso, você pode criar uma lista de preços ** B2C **. Você pode" +" ativar o recurso de lista de preços por cliente a partir do menu :: seleção" +" de menus: `Configuração -> Configurações` do aplicativo Venda. Escolha a " +"opção ** preços diferentes por segmento de cliente **." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Once done, create a B2C pricelist from the menu " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Pricelists`. It's also good to rename the " +"default pricelist into B2B to avoid confusion." +msgstr "" +"Uma vez feito isso, crie uma lista de preços B2C a partir do menu: seleção " +"de menus: `Configuração -> Lista de preços`. Também é bom renomear a lista " +"de preços padrão para B2B para evitar confusão." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Then, create a product at 8.26€, with a tax of 21% (defined as tax not " +"included in price) and set a price on this product for B2C customers at 10€," +" from the :menuselection:`Sales --> Products` menu of the Sales application:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:125 +msgid "Setting the B2C fiscal position" +msgstr "Definir a posição fiscal B2C" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:127 +msgid "" +"From the accounting application, create a B2C fiscal position from this " +"menu: :menuselection:`Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`. This fiscal " +"position should map the VAT 21% (tax excluded of price) with a VAT 21% (tax " +"included in price)" +msgstr "" +"No aplicativo de contabilidade, crie uma posição fiscal B2C a partir deste " +"menu: seleção de menus: `Configuração -> Posições fiscais`. Esta posição " +"fiscal deve mapear o VAT de 21% (imposto excluído do preço) com um VAT de " +"21% (imposto incluído no preço)" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:136 +msgid "Test by creating a quotation" +msgstr "Teste criando uma cotação" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:138 +msgid "" +"Create a quotation from the Sale application, using the " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Quotations` menu. You should have the following " +"result: 8.26€ + 1.73€ = 9.99€." +msgstr "" +"Crie uma cotação a partir do aplicativo Venda, usando a: seleção de menus: " +"`Vendas -> Cotações`. Você deve ter o seguinte resultado: R$ 8,26 + R$ 1,73 " +"= R$ 9,99." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:145 +msgid "" +"Then, create a quotation but **change the pricelist to B2C and the fiscal " +"position to B2C** on the quotation, before adding your product. You should " +"have the expected result, which is a total price of 10€ for the customer: " +"8.26€ + 1.74€ = 10.00€." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:153 +msgid "This is the expected behavior for a customer of your shop." +msgstr "Este é o comportamento esperado de um cliente de sua loja." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:156 +msgid "Avoid changing every sale order" +msgstr "Evite alterar todos os pedidos de venda" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:158 +msgid "" +"If you negotiate a contract with a customer, whether you negotiate tax " +"included or tax excluded, you can set the pricelist and the fiscal position " +"on the customer form so that it will be applied automatically at every sale " +"of this customer." +msgstr "" +"Se você negociar um contrato com um cliente, independentemente de você " +"negociar com imposto incluído ou imposto excluído, você pode definir a lista" +" de preços e a posição fiscal no formulário do cliente para que seja " +"aplicada automaticamente em todas as vendas desse cliente." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:163 +msgid "" +"The pricelist is in the **Sales & Purchases** tab of the customer form, and " +"the fiscal position is in the accounting tab." +msgstr "" +"A lista de preços está na guia ** Vendas e compras ** do formulário do " +"cliente, e a posição fiscal está na guia de contabilidade." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:166 +msgid "" +"Note that this is error prone: if you set a fiscal position with tax " +"included in prices but use a pricelist that is not included, you might have " +"wrong prices calculated for you. That's why we usually recommend companies " +"to only work with one price reference." +msgstr "" +"Observe que isso está sujeito a erros: se você definir uma posição fiscal " +"com o imposto incluído nos preços, mas usar uma lista de preços que não está" +" incluída, você pode ter preços incorretos calculados para você. É por isso " +"que geralmente recomendamos que as empresas trabalhem apenas com uma " +"referência de preço." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:3 +msgid "Manage cash basis taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The cash basis taxes are due when the payment has been done and not at the " +"validation of the invoice (as it is the case with standard taxes). Reporting" +" your income and expenses to the administration based on the cash basis " +"method is legal in some countries and under some conditions." +msgstr "" +"Os impostos à vista são devidos no momento do pagamento e não na validação " +"da fatura (como é o caso dos impostos padrão). Relatar suas receitas e " +"despesas à administração com base no regime de caixa é legal em alguns " +"países e sob algumas condições." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Example : You sell a product in the 1st quarter of your fiscal year and " +"receive the payment the 2nd quarter of your fiscal year. Based on the cash " +"basis method, the tax you have to pay to the administration is due for the " +"2nd quarter." +msgstr "" +"Exemplo: Você vende um produto no 1º trimestre do seu ano fiscal e recebe o " +"pagamento no 2º trimestre do seu ano fiscal. Com base no regime de caixa, o " +"imposto que você tem que pagar à administração é devido no 2º trimestre." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:16 +msgid "How to configure cash basis taxes ?" +msgstr "Como configurar impostos de base à vista?" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:18 +msgid "" +"You first have to activate the setting in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Settings --> Allow Tax Cash Basis`. You will be asked to " +"define the Tax Cash Basis Journal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Once this is done, you can configure your taxes in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. At first set the " +"proper transitional accounts to post taxes until you register the payment." +msgstr "" +"Feito isso, você pode configurar seus impostos em: seleção de menus: " +"'Contabiliadde -> Configuração -> Impostos`. Em primeiro lugar, defina as " +"contas transitórias adequadas para lançar impostos até que você registre o " +"pagamento." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:35 +msgid "" +"In the *Advanced Options* tab you will turn *Tax Due* to *Based on Payment*." +" You will then have to define the *Tax Received* account in which to post " +"the tax amount when the payment is received and the *Base Tax Received " +"Account* to post the base tax amount for an accurate tax report." +msgstr "" +"Na guia * Opções avançadas *, você mudará * Imposto devido * para * Com base" +" no pagamento *. Em seguida, você terá que definir a conta * Imposto " +"recebido * na qual lançar o valor do imposto quando o pagamento for recebido" +" e a * Conta de imposto recebido base * para lançar o valor do imposto base " +"para um relatório de imposto preciso." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:45 +msgid "What is the impact of cash basis taxes in my accounting ?" +msgstr "Qual é o impacto dos impostos de base em minha contabilidade?" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Let’s take an example. You make a sale of $100 with a 15% cash basis tax. " +"When you validate the customer invoice, the following entry is created in " +"your accounting:" +msgstr "" +"Vamos dar um exemplo. Você faz uma venda de R$ 100 com um imposto de base à " +"vista de 15%. Quando você valida a fatura do cliente, a seguinte entrada é " +"criada em sua contabilidade:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:52 +msgid "Customer Invoices Journal" +msgstr "Diário de faturas do cliente" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:72 +msgid "Receivables $115" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:82 +msgid "Temporary Tax Account $15" +msgstr "Conta de imposto temporária R$ 15" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:88 +msgid "Income Account $100" +msgstr "Conta de receita R$ 100" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:63 +msgid "A few days later, you receive the payment:" +msgstr "Alguns dias depois, você recebe o pagamento:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:66 +msgid "Bank Journal" +msgstr "Diário do Banco" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:70 +msgid "Bank $115" +msgstr "Banco R$115" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:75 +msgid "" +"When you reconcile the invoice and the payment, this entry is generated:" +msgstr "Quando você concilia a fatura e o pagamento, esta entrada é gerada:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:78 +msgid "Tax Cash Basis Journal" +msgstr "Diário de base tributária" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:84 +msgid "Tax Received Account $15" +msgstr "Conta de imposto recebido R$ 15" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:92 +msgid "" +"The last two journal items are neutral but they are needed to insure correct" +" tax reports in Odoo with accurate base tax amounts. We advise to use a " +"default revenue account. The balance of this account will then always be at " +"zero." +msgstr "" +"Os dois últimos itens do diário são neutros, mas são necessários para " +"garantir relatórios de impostos corretos no Odoo com valores base de " +"impostos precisos. Aconselhamos o uso de uma conta de receita padrão. O " +"saldo dessa conta será sempre zero." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Default Taxes** define which :doc:`taxes <taxes>` are automatically " +"selected when there is no other indication about which tax to use. For " +"example, Odoo prefills the **Taxes** field with the Default Taxes when you " +"create a new product or add a new line on an invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:14 +msgid "" +":doc:`Fiscal Positions <fiscal_positions>` take the Default Tax into " +"account. Therefore, if a Fiscal Position is applied to an invoice, Odoo " +"applies the related tax instead of the Default Taxes, as mapped in the " +"Fiscal Position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:21 +msgid "" +"**Default Taxes** are automatically set up according to the country selected" +" at the creation of your database, or when you set up a :doc:`Fiscal " +"Localization Package " +"<../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>` for your" +" company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To change your **Default Taxes**, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes --> Default Taxes`, select the " +"appropriate taxes for your default **Sales Tax** and **Purchase Tax**, and " +"click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Databases with multiple companies: the Default Taxes values are company-" +"specific." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:70 +msgid ":doc:`taxes`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:279 +msgid ":doc:`fiscal_positions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:3 +msgid "Fiscal Positions (tax and account mapping)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Default taxes and accounts are set on products and customers to create new " +"transactions on the fly. However, you might have to use different taxes and " +"record the transactions on different accounts, according to your customers' " +"and providers' localizations and business types." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:9 +msgid "" +"**Fiscal Positions** allow you to create *sets of rules* to automatically " +"adapt the taxes and the accounts used for a transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:16 +msgid "They can be applied in various ways:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:18 +msgid "" +":ref:`automatically applied, based on some rules " +"<fiscal_positions/automatic>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:19 +msgid ":ref:`manually applied on a transaction <fiscal_positions/partner>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:20 +msgid "" +":ref:`assigned to a partner, on its contact form " +"<fiscal_positions/transaction>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:23 +msgid "" +"A few Fiscal Positions are already preconfigured on your database, as part " +"of your :doc:`Fiscal Localization Package " +"<../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:30 +msgid "Tax and Account Mapping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To edit or create a Fiscal Position, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`, and open the entry you want to modify " +"or click on *Create*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The mapping of taxes and accounts is based on the default taxes and accounts" +" defined in the products' forms." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To map to another tax or account, fill out the right column (**Tax to " +"Apply**/**Account to Use Instead**)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To remove a tax, rather than replacing it with another, leave the field " +"**Tax to Apply** empty." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To replace a tax with multiple other taxes, add multiple lines with the same" +" **Tax on Product**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:44 +msgid "" +"The mapping only works with *active* taxes. Therefore, make sure they are " +"active by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:50 +msgid "Automatic application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:52 +msgid "" +"You can configure your Fiscal Positions to be applied automatically, " +"following a set of conditions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To do so, open the Fiscal Position you want to modify and click on **Detect " +"Automatically**. You can configure a few conditions:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:57 +msgid "" +"**VAT Required**: The VAT number *must* be indicated in the customer's " +"contact form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:58 +msgid "" +"**Country Group** / **Country**: The Fiscal Position is applied to these " +"countries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Taxes on **eCommerce orders** are automatically updated once the visitor has" +" logged in or filled out their billing details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:69 +msgid "" +"The Fiscal Positions' **sequence** - the order in which they are arranged - " +"defines which Fiscal Position to apply if the conditions are met in multiple" +" Fiscal Positions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:72 +msgid "" +"For example, if the first Fiscal Position targets *country A*, and the " +"second Fiscal Position targets a *Country Group* that also comprises " +"*country A*, only the first Fiscal Position will be applied to customers " +"from *country A*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:79 +msgid "Application" +msgstr "Aplicação" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:84 +msgid "Assign a Fiscal Position to a partner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:86 +msgid "" +"You can manually define which Fiscal Position must be used by default for a " +"specific partner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To do so, open the partner's contact form, go to the **Sales & Purchase** " +"tab, edit the **Fiscal Position** field, and click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:98 +msgid "Choose Fiscal Positions manually on Sales Orders, Invoices, and Bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To manually select which Fiscal Position to use for a new Sales Order, " +"Invoice, or Bill, go to the **Other Info** tab and select the right **Fiscal" +" Position** *before* adding product lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:281 +msgid ":doc:`taxcloud`" +msgstr ":doc:`taxcloud`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:280 +msgid ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" +msgstr ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:3 +msgid "Manage withholding taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A withholding tax, also called a retention tax, is a government requirement " +"for the payer of a customer invoice to withhold or deduct tax from the " +"payment, and pay that tax to the government. In most jurisdictions, " +"withholding tax applies to employment income." +msgstr "" +"Um imposto retido na fonte, também denominado imposto de retenção, é uma " +"exigência governamental para que o pagador de uma fatura de cliente retenha " +"ou deduza o imposto do pagamento e pague esse imposto ao governo. Na maioria" +" das jurisdições, o imposto retido na fonte se aplica à renda do trabalho." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:10 +msgid "" +"With normal taxes, the tax is added to the subtotal to give you the total to" +" pay. As opposed to normal taxes, withholding taxes are deducted from the " +"amount to pay, as the tax will be paid by the customer." +msgstr "" +"Com impostos normais, o imposto é adicionado ao subtotal para dar a você o " +"total a pagar. Ao contrário dos impostos normais, os impostos retidos na " +"fonte são deduzidos do valor a pagar, uma vez que o imposto será pago pelo " +"cliente." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:14 +msgid "As, an example, in Colombia you may have the following invoice:" +msgstr "A título de exemplo, na Colômbia você pode ter a seguinte fatura:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:19 +msgid "" +"In this example, the **company** who sent the invoice owes $20 of taxes to " +"the **government** and the **customer** owes $10 of taxes to the " +"**government**." +msgstr "" +"Neste exemplo, a ** empresa ** que enviou a fatura deve R$ 20 de impostos ao" +" ** governo ** e o ** cliente ** deve R$ 10 de impostos ao ** governo **." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, a withholding tax is defined by creating a negative tax. For a " +"retention of 10%, you would configure the following tax (accessible through " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Taxes`):" +msgstr "" +"Em Odoo, um imposto retido na fonte é definido pela criação de um imposto " +"negativo. Para uma retenção de 10%, você configuraria o seguinte imposto " +"(acessível através de: seleção de menus: `Configuração -> Impostos`):" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:32 +msgid "" +"In order to make it appear as a retention on the invoice, you should set a " +"specific tax group **Retention** on your tax, in the **Advanced Options** " +"tab." +msgstr "" +"Para que apareça como uma retenção na fatura, você deve definir um grupo de " +"impostos específico ** Retenção ** em seu imposto, na guia ** Opções " +"Avançadas **." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Once the tax is defined, you can use it in your products, sales order or " +"invoices." +msgstr "" +"Uma vez que o imposto é definido, você pode usá-lo em seus produtos, pedidos" +" de venda ou faturas." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If the retention is a percentage of a regular tax, create a Tax with a **Tax" +" Computation** as a **Tax Group** and set the two taxes in this group " +"(normal tax and retention)." +msgstr "" +"Se a retenção for uma porcentagem de um imposto normal, crie um imposto com " +"** Cálculo de imposto ** como um ** Grupo de imposto ** e defina os dois " +"impostos neste grupo (imposto normal e retenção)." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:48 +msgid "Applying retention taxes on invoices" +msgstr "Aplicação de impostos de retenção em faturas" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Once your tax is created, you can use it on customer forms, sales order or " +"customer invoices. You can apply several taxes on a single customer invoice " +"line." +msgstr "" +"Uma vez que seu imposto é criado, você pode usá-lo em formulários de " +"clientes, pedidos de vendas ou faturas de clientes. Você pode aplicar vários" +" impostos em uma única linha de fatura do cliente." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:58 +msgid "" +"When you see the customer invoice on the screen, you get only a **Taxes " +"line** summarizing all the taxes (normal taxes & retentions). But when you " +"print or send the invoice, Odoo does the correct grouping amongst all the " +"taxes." +msgstr "" +"Ao ver a fatura do cliente na tela, você obtém apenas uma ** linha de " +"Impostos ** resumindo todos os impostos (impostos e retenções normais). Mas " +"quando você imprime ou envia a nota fiscal, Odoo faz o agrupamento correto " +"entre todos os impostos." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:63 +msgid "The printed invoice will show the different amounts in each tax group." +msgstr "" +"A fatura impressa mostrará os diferentes valores em cada grupo de impostos." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:3 +msgid "Get correct tax rates in the United States using TaxCloud" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The **TaxCloud** integration allows you to correctly calculate the sales tax" +" for every address in the United States and keeps track of which products " +"are exempt from sales tax and in which states each exemption applies. " +"TaxCloud calculates sales tax in real-time for every state, city, and " +"special jurisdiction in the United States." +msgstr "" +"A integração do ** TaxCloud ** permite calcular corretamente o imposto sobre" +" vendas para cada endereço nos Estados Unidos e rastrear quais produtos " +"estão isentos de imposto sobre vendas e em quais estados cada isenção se " +"aplica. TaxCloud calcula o imposto sobre vendas em tempo real para cada " +"estado, cidade e jurisdição especial nos Estados Unidos." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:15 +msgid "In TaxCloud" +msgstr "Em TaxCloud" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Create a free account on `TaxCloud <https://taxcloud.com/#register>`__ " +"website." +msgstr "" +"Crie uma conta gratuita no site `TaxCloud <https://taxcloud.com/#register>` " +"__." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Register your Odoo website on TaxCloud to get an *API ID* and an *API Key*." +msgstr "" +"Registre seu site Odoo no TaxCloud para obter um * ID de API * e uma * Chave" +" de API *." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:23 +msgid "" +"In Settings on TaxCloud, click *Locations* to enter the location of your " +"Office(s) & Warehouse(s)." +msgstr "" +"Em Configurações no TaxCloud, clique em * Locais * para inserir a " +"localização de seu (s) escritório (s) e depósito (s)." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:24 +msgid "" +"In Settings on TaxCloud, click *Manage Tax States* to verify the states " +"where you collect sales tax." +msgstr "" +"Em Configurações no TaxCloud, clique em * Gerenciar estados fiscais * para " +"verificar os estados onde você coleta impostos sobre vendas." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:27 +msgid "In Odoo" +msgstr "No Odoo" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Invoicing / Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`" +" and check *TaxCloud - Compute tax rates based on U.S. ZIP codes* (note: " +"actually uses complete street address)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:30 +msgid "Enter your TaxCloud credentials." +msgstr "Insira suas credenciais do TaxCloud." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:31 +msgid "Click SAVE to store your credentials." +msgstr "Clique em SALVAR para armazenar suas credenciais." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Click the Refresh Icon next to *Default Category* to import the TIC product " +"categories from TaxCloud (Taxability Information Codes). Some categories may" +" imply specific rates or attract product/service type exemptions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Select your default *TIC Code*. This will apply to any new product created." +msgstr "" +"Selecione seu * Código TIC * padrão. Isso se aplica a qualquer novo produto " +"criado." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Set a specific TaxCloud TIC Category on the *General Information* tab of the" +" Product, or on the Product Category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Make sure your company address is complete (including the state and the zip " +"code). Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies` " +"to open and edit your Company record." +msgstr "" +"Verifique se o endereço da sua empresa está completo (incluindo o estado e o" +" código postal). Vá para: seleção de menus: `Configurações -> Usuários e " +"empresas -> Empresas` para abrir e editar o registro da sua empresa." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:47 +msgid "How it works" +msgstr "Como Funciona" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Salestax is calculated in Odoo based on fiscal positions (see " +":doc:`fiscal_positions`). A Fiscal Position for the United States is created" +" when installing *TaxCloud*. Everything works out-of-the-box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:54 +msgid "" +"You can configure Odoo to automtically detect which Customers should use " +"this fiscal position. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Fiscal Positions` to open and edit the record." +msgstr "" +"Você pode configurar o Odoo para detectar automaticamente quais clientes " +"devem usar esta posição fiscal. Acesse: seleção de menus: ʻContabilidade -> " +"Configuração -> Posições Fiscais` para abrir e editar o cadastro." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Now, this fiscal position is automatically set on any sales order, web " +"order, or invoice when the customer country is *United States*. This " +"triggers the automated tax computation." +msgstr "" +"Agora, essa posição fiscal é definida automaticamente em qualquer pedido de " +"venda, pedido da web ou fatura quando o país do cliente for * Estados Unidos" +" *. Isso aciona o cálculo automatizado de impostos." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Add your product(s). You have two options to get Sales Tax on the Order. " +"You can confirm it, or you can save it and from the *Action* Menu choose " +"**Update Taxes with TaxCloud**." +msgstr "" +"Adicione seu (s) produto (s). Você tem duas opções para obter imposto sobre " +"vendas no pedido. Você pode confirmá-lo ou salvá-lo e, no menu * Ação *, " +"escolher ** Atualizar impostos com TaxCloud **." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:73 +msgid "Coupons & Promotions" +msgstr "Cupons e Promoções" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:75 +msgid "" +"If you use the Coupon or Promotion Programs, the integration with Taxcloud " +"might seem a bit odd." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:77 +msgid "" +"The problem lies with the fact that Taxcloud does not accept lines with " +"negative amounts as part of the tax computation. This means that the amount " +"of the lines added by the promotion program must be deduced from the total " +"of the lines it impacts. This means, amongst other complications, that " +"orders that use coupons or promotions with a Taxcloud fiscal position " +"**must** be invoiced completely - you cannot create invoices for partial " +"deliveries, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Another specific oddity is possible in the UI: imagine that you sell a " +"product from the Taxcloud category *[20110] Computers* and that you have a " +"promotion program in place that provides a 50% discount on this product. If " +"the tax rate for this particular product is 7%, the tax rate that will be " +"computed from the Taxcloud integration will display 3.5%. This happens " +"because the discount is included in the price that is sent to Taxcloud, but " +"in Odoo this discount is in another line entirely. At the end of the day, " +"your tax computation will be correct (since a 3.5% tax on the full price is " +"the equivalent of a 7% tax on half the price), but this might be surprising " +"from a user point of view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:5 +msgid "" +"There are numerous types of **taxes**, and their application varies greatly," +" depending mostly on your company's localization. To make sure they are " +"recorded with accuracy, Odoo's tax engine supports all kinds of uses and " +"computations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:12 +msgid "Activate Sales Taxes from the List view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:14 +msgid "" +"As part of your :doc:`Fiscal Localization Package " +"<../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>`, most of" +" your country's sales taxes are already preconfigured on your database. " +"However, only a few of them are activated by default, so that you can " +"activate only the ones relevant for your business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To activate Sale Taxes, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Taxes` and use the *Activate* toggle button to activate or deactivate a " +"tax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To edit or create a **Tax**, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Taxes` and open a tax or click on *Create*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Taxes have three different labels, each one having a specific use. Refer to " +"the following table to see where they are displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:45 +msgid ":ref:`Tax Name <taxes/name>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:45 +msgid ":ref:`Label on Invoice <taxes/label-invoices>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:45 +msgid ":ref:`Tax Group <taxes/tax-group>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:48 +msgid "Back end" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:48 +msgid "*Taxes* column on exported invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:48 +msgid "Above the *Total* line on exported invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:53 +msgid "Basic Options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:58 +msgid "Tax Name" +msgstr "Nome do Imposto" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:60 +msgid "" +"The **Tax Name** as you want to display it for backend users. This is the " +":ref:`label <taxes/labels>` you see while editing Sales Orders, Invoices, " +"Products, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:66 +msgid "Tax Computation" +msgstr "Cálculo de Impostos" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:68 +msgid "**Group of Taxes**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:70 +msgid "" +"The tax is a combination of multiple sub-taxes. You can add as many taxes " +"you want, in the order you want them to be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Make sure that the tax sequence is correct, as the order in which they are " +"may impact the taxes' amounts computation, especially if one of the taxes " +":ref:`affects the base of the subsequent ones <taxes/base-subsequent>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:78 +msgid "**Fixed**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:80 +msgid "" +"The tax has a fixed amount in the default currency. The amount remains the " +"same, regardless of the Sales Price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:83 +msgid "" +"For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *$10 " +"fixed* tax. We then have:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:231 +msgid "Product's Sales Price" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:231 +msgid "Price without tax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:231 +msgid "Tax" +msgstr "Imposto" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:231 +msgid "Total" +msgstr "Total" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:234 +msgid "1,000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:89 +msgid "10" +msgstr "10" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:89 +msgid "1,010.00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:92 +msgid "**Percentage of Price**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:94 +msgid "" +"The *Sales Price* is the taxable basis: the tax's amount is computed by " +"multiplying the Sales Price by the tax's percentage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:97 +msgid "" +"For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *10% of " +"Price* tax. We then have:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:104 +msgid "1,100.00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:107 +msgid "**Percentage of Price Tax Included**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:109 +msgid "" +"The *Total* is the taxable basis: the tax's amount is a percentage of the " +"Total." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:111 +msgid "" +"For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *10% of " +"Price Tax Included* tax. We then have:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:118 +msgid "111.11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:118 +msgid "1,111.11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:124 +msgid "Active" +msgstr "Ativo" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:126 +msgid "Only **Active** taxes can be added to new documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:129 +msgid "" +"It is not possible to delete taxes that have already been used. Instead, you" +" can deactivate them to prevent future use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:133 +msgid "" +"This field can be modified from the *List View*. See :ref:`above " +"<taxes/list_activation>` for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:139 +msgid "Tax Scope" +msgstr "Escopo de Imposto" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:141 +msgid "" +"The **Tax Scope** determines the tax's application, which also restricts " +"where it is displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:143 +msgid "**Sales**: Customer Invoices, Product's Customer Taxes, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:144 +msgid "**Purchase**: Vendor Bills, Product's Vendor Taxes, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:145 +msgid "**None**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:148 +msgid "" +"You can use **None** for taxes that you want to include in a :ref:`Group of " +"Taxes <taxes/computation>` but that you don't want to list along with other " +"Sales or Purchase taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:154 +msgid "Definition tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:156 +msgid "" +"Allocate with precision the amount of the taxable basis or percentages of " +"the computed tax to multiple accounts and Tax Grids." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:163 +msgid "**Based On**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:165 +msgid "Base: the price on the invoice line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:166 +msgid "% of tax: a percentage of the computed tax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:168 +msgid "**Account**: if defined, an additional Journal Item is recorded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:169 +msgid "" +"**Tax Grids**: used to generate :doc:`Tax Reports " +"<../../reporting/declarations/tax_returns>` automatically, according to your" +" country's regulations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:175 +msgid "Advanced Options tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:180 +msgid "Label on Invoices" +msgstr "Etiqueta em Faturas" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:182 +msgid "" +"The label of the tax, as displayed on each invoice line in the **Taxes** " +"column. This is the :ref:`label <taxes/labels>` visible to *front end* " +"users, on exported invoices, on their Customer Portals, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:193 +msgid "Tax Group" +msgstr "Grupo de Imposto" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:195 +msgid "" +"Select to which **Tax Group** the tax belongs. The Tax Group name is the " +":ref:`label <taxes/labels>` displayed above the *Total* line on exported " +"invoices, and the Customer Portals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:198 +msgid "" +"Tax groups include different iterations of the same tax. This can be useful " +"when you must record differently the same tax according to :doc:`Fiscal " +"Positions <fiscal_positions>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:205 +msgid "" +"In the example above, we see a 0% tax for Intra-Community customers in " +"Europe. It records amounts on specific accounts and with specific tax grids." +" Still, to the customer, it is a 0% tax. That's why the :ref:`Label on the " +"Invoice <taxes/label-invoices>` indicates *0% EU*, and the Tax Group name, " +"above the *Total* line, indicates *0%*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:213 +msgid "Include in Analytic Cost" +msgstr "Incluir em Custos Analíticos" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:215 +msgid "" +"With this option activated, the tax's amount is assigned to the same " +"**Analytic Account** as the invoice line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:221 +msgid "Included in Price" +msgstr "Incluído no preço" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:223 +msgid "" +"With this option activated, the total (including the tax) equals the **Sales" +" Price**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:225 +msgid ":dfn:`Total = Sales Price = Computed Tax-Excluded price + Tax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:227 +msgid "" +"For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *10% of " +"Price* tax, which is *included in the price*. We then have:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:234 +msgid "900.10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:234 +msgid "90.9" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:234 +msgid "1,000.00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:238 +msgid "" +"If you need to define prices accurately, both tax-included and tax-excluded," +" please refer to the following documentation: :doc:`B2B_B2C`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:242 +msgid "" +"**Invoices**: By default, the Line Subtotals displayed on your invoices are " +"*Tax-Excluded*. To display *Tax-Included* Line Subtotals, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Customer " +"Invoices`, and select *Tax-Included* in the **Line Subtotals Tax Display** " +"field, then click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:246 +msgid "" +"**eCommerce**: By default, the prices displayed on your eCommerce website " +"are *Tax-Excluded*. To display *Tax-Included* prices, go to " +":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Pricing`, and " +"select *Tax-Included* in the **Product Prices** field, then click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:253 +msgid "Affect Base of Subsequent Taxes" +msgstr "Afeta a Base de Impostos Futuros" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:255 +msgid "" +"With this option, the total tax-included becomes the taxable basis for the " +"other taxes applied to the same product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:258 +msgid "" +"You can configure a new :ref:`Group of Taxes <taxes/computation>` to include" +" this tax, or add it directly to a product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:266 +msgid "" +"The order in which you add the taxes on a product line has no effect on how " +"amounts are computed. If you add taxes directly on a product line, only the " +"tax sequence determines the order in which they are applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:270 +msgid "" +"To reorder the sequence, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Taxes`, and drag and drop the lines with the handles next to the tax " +"names." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:282 +msgid ":doc:`../../reporting/declarations/tax_returns`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/vat_validation.rst:3 +msgid "VIES VAT numbers validation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/vat_validation.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**VAT Information Exchange System** - abbreviated **VIES** - is a tool " +"provided by the European Commission that allows you to check the validity of" +" VAT numbers of companies registered in the European Union." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/vat_validation.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo provides a feature to **Verify VAT Numbers** when you save a contact. " +"This helps you make sure that your contacts provided you with a valid VAT " +"number without leaving Odoo interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/vat_validation.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To enable this feature, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Settings --> Taxes`, enable the **Verify VAT Numbers** feature, and " +"click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/vat_validation.rst:23 +msgid "VAT Number validation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/vat_validation.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Whenever you create or modify a contact, make sure to fill out the " +"**Country** and **VAT** fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/vat_validation.rst:31 +msgid "" +"When you click on *Save*, Odoo runs a VIES VAT number check, and displays an" +" error message if the VAT number is invalid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/vat_validation.rst:39 +msgid "" +"This tool checks the VAT number's validity but does not check the other " +"fields' validity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/vat_validation.rst:43 +msgid "" +"`European Commission: VIES search engine " +"<https://ec.europa.eu/taxation_customs/vies/vatRequest.html>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:4 +msgid "Expenses" +msgstr "Despesas" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:7 +msgid "How to set expense types" +msgstr "Como definir os tipos de despesas" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The first step to track expenses is to configure the expense types (managed " +"as products in Odoo) that your company allows, from the *Configuration* " +"menu. When a specific expense is reimbursed at a fixed price, set a cost on " +"the product. Otherwise keep the cost at 0.0 and employees will report the " +"real cost per expense." +msgstr "" +"A primeira etapa para rastrear despesas é configurar os tipos de despesas " +"(gerenciadas como produtos no Odoo) que sua empresa permite, a partir do " +"menu * Configuração *. Quando uma despesa específica é reembolsada a um " +"preço fixo, defina um custo para o produto. Caso contrário, mantenha o custo" +" em 0,0 e os funcionários reportarão o custo real por despesa." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:16 +msgid "Here are some examples to configure:" +msgstr "Aqui estão alguns exemplos para configurar:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:18 +msgid "Restaurant:" +msgstr "Restaurante:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:26 +msgid "Cost: 0.00 (the cost of the ticket will be recorded on every expense)" +msgstr "" +"Custo: 0,00 (o custo da passagem será registrado em todas as despesas)" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:21 +msgid "Travel with Personal Car:" +msgstr "Viagem com carro pessoal:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:23 +msgid "Cost: 0.30 (the price per mile reimbursed by the company is fixed)" +msgstr "Custo: 0,30 (o preço por milha reembolsado pela empresa é fixo)" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:24 +msgid "Hotel:" +msgstr "Hotel:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:28 +msgid "Others:" +msgstr "Outros:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:30 +msgid "Cost: 0.0" +msgstr "Custo: 0.0" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to set an expense tax on each expense type (and an account if " +"you use Odoo Accounting). It's usually a good practice to use a tax that is " +"configured with :ref:`Tax Included in Price <taxes/included-in-price>`. That" +" way, employees report expenses with prices including taxes, which is " +"usually the expected behaviour." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:40 +msgid "" +"The *Sales* app allows you to specify unit of measures for your expense " +"types (units, miles, nights, etc.). Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and check *Some products may be sold/purchased " +"in different units of measure (advanced)*." +msgstr "" +"O aplicativo * Vendas * permite que você especifique a unidade de medida " +"para seus tipos de despesas (unidades, milhas, noites, etc.). Vá para: " +"seleção de menus: `Vendas -> Configuração -> Configurações` e verifique * " +"Alguns produtos podem ser vendidos / adquiridos em unidades de medida " +"diferentes (avançado) *." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:47 +msgid "How to record expenses" +msgstr "Como registrar despesas" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:50 +msgid "Manually" +msgstr "Manualmente" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:52 +msgid "" +"As an employee (Employee in user access rights), you can record expenses " +"from :menuselection:`My Expenses --> Expenses to Submit`." +msgstr "" +"Como funcionário (Funcionário com direitos de acesso do usuário), você pode " +"registrar despesas em: seleção de menus: `Minhas despesas -> Despesas a " +"enviar`." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Select the related product and enter either the total amount you paid (with " +"Quantity = 1) or the unit price if Quantity is countable (e.g. number of " +"hotel nights)." +msgstr "" +"Selecione o produto relacionado e insira o valor total que você pagou (com " +"Quantidade = 1) ou o preço unitário se a Quantidade for contável (por " +"exemplo, número de noites de hotel)." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:61 +msgid "Enter the expense date." +msgstr "Insira a data da despesa." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Choose if you paid the bill on your own (and expect to be reimbursed) or if " +"the company paid directly (e.g. if you used a company's credit card)." +msgstr "" +"Escolha se você pagou a conta por conta própria (e espera ser reembolsado) " +"ou se a empresa pagou diretamente (por exemplo, se você usou o cartão de " +"crédito de uma empresa)." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Set the bill reference, add some notes if requested and attach a photo/scan " +"of the receipt from the discussion thread. That will help the manager and " +"the accountant validate it." +msgstr "" +"Defina a referência da fatura, adicione algumas notas se solicitado e anexe " +"uma foto / digitalização do recibo do tópico de discussão. Isso ajudará o " +"gerente e o contador a validá-lo." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:72 +msgid "In one click from emails" +msgstr "Em um clique de emails" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Let your employees record their expenses from a simple email. Make a " +"snapshot of the receipt and send it by email, or simply forward a bill!" +msgstr "" +"Deixe seus funcionários registrarem suas despesas a partir de um simples " +"e-mail. Faça um instantâneo do recibo e envie por e-mail, ou simplesmente " +"encaminhe uma fatura!" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:76 +msgid "" +"The only thing to do is setting up an email alias in " +":menuselection:`Expenses --> Configuration --> Settings` (e.g. *expenses* " +"@mycompany.odoo.com). For security purposes, only authenticated employee " +"emails (cfr. *Work Email* in employee detail form) are accepted." +msgstr "" +"A única coisa a fazer é configurar um pseudônimo de e-mail em: seleção de " +"menus: ʻDespesas-> Configuração -> Configurações` (por exemplo, * despesas *" +" @ minhaempresa.odoo.com). Por motivos de segurança, apenas e-mails de " +"funcionários autenticados (cfr. * Email de trabalho * no formulário de " +"detalhes do funcionário) são aceitos." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:82 +msgid "" +"The expense product is set automatically if the mail subject contains the " +"product's internal reference in first position. Type the expense amount in " +"the mail subject to set it on the expense too (e.g. Ref001 Food 100€)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:87 +msgid "How to submit expenses to managers" +msgstr "Como enviar gastos para os gerentes" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:89 +msgid "" +"When you are ready to submit your expenses to your manager (e.g. at the end " +"of a business trip, or once a month), go to the menu :menuselection:`My " +"Expenses --> Expenses to Submit`. Select all expenses from the list view and" +" click on :menuselection:`Action --> Submit to Manager`. Save the newly " +"created expense report (i.e. set of expenses), and wait for your manager to " +"approve it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:99 +msgid "" +"You can also submit expenses one by one from the *Submit to Manager* button " +"on the form view of an expense." +msgstr "" +"Você também pode enviar despesas uma a uma usando o botão * Enviar ao " +"gerente * na tela de formulário de uma despesa." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:102 +msgid "" +"All your submitted expense reports can be found in :menuselection:`Expenses " +"--> My Expenses --> Expense Reports`." +msgstr "" +"Todos os seus relatórios de despesas enviados podem ser encontrados em: menu" +" de seleção: `Despesas -> Minhas despesas -> Relatórios de despesas`." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:107 +msgid "How to approve expenses" +msgstr "Como aprovar gastos" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:109 +msgid "" +"HR and team managers get an overview of all expense reports to validate from" +" the top menu :menuselection:`To Approve --> Expense Reports to Approve`. " +"Such users must have at least *Officers* access rights for *Expenses*." +msgstr "" +"Os gerentes de RH e de equipe obtêm uma visão geral de todos os relatórios " +"de despesas para validar no menu superior: seleção de menus: `Para aprovar " +"-> Relatórios de despesas para aprovar`. Esses usuários devem ter pelo menos" +" direitos de acesso de * Diretores * para * Despesas *." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:116 +msgid "" +"They can review expense reports, approve or reject them, as well as " +"providing feedback thanks to the integrated communication tool." +msgstr "" +"Eles podem revisar relatórios de despesas, aprová-los ou rejeitá-los, além " +"de fornecer feedback graças à ferramenta de comunicação integrada." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:122 +msgid "" +"As a team manager you can easily find the expense reports of your team " +"members. You need to be set as manager in the detail form of those " +"employees." +msgstr "" +"Como gerente de equipe, você pode encontrar facilmente os relatórios de " +"despesas dos membros de sua equipe. Você precisa ser definido como gerente " +"na forma de detalhes desses funcionários." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:130 +msgid "How to post expenses in accounting" +msgstr "Como lançar despesas na contabilidade" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:132 +msgid "" +"Once expense reports approved by managers, the accounting department goes to" +" :menuselection:`Expenses --> Accountant --> Expense Reports To Post` to " +"check accounts, products and taxes. They can click *Post Journal Entries* to" +" post related journal entries into your books. To do so, the user must have " +"following access rights:" +msgstr "" +"Assim que os relatórios de despesas são aprovados pelos gerentes, o " +"departamento de contabilidade vai para: seleção de menus: `Despesas -> " +"Contador -> Relatórios de despesas para lançar` para verificar contas, " +"produtos e impostos. Eles podem clicar em * Publicar entradas de diário * " +"para publicar entradas de diário relacionadas em seus livros. Para fazer " +"isso, o usuário deve ter os seguintes direitos de acesso:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:138 +msgid "Accounting: Accountant or Adviser" +msgstr "Contabilidade: Contador ou Consultor" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:139 +msgid "Expenses: Manager" +msgstr "Despesas: Gerente" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:142 +msgid "" +"To post an expense, a *Home Address* must be set on the employee. If you get" +" a related blocking message when posting, click the employee, go to " +"*Personal Information* tab and select/create the contact of your employee in" +" the address book. A contact has been automatically created if this person " +"is using Odoo." +msgstr "" +"Para lançar uma despesa, um * Endereço residencial * deve ser definido no " +"funcionário. Se você receber uma mensagem de bloqueio relacionada ao postar," +" clique no funcionário, vá para a guia * Informações pessoais * e selecione " +"/ crie o contato do seu funcionário no catálogo de endereços. Um contato foi" +" criado automaticamente se esta pessoa estiver usando Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:149 +msgid "How to reimburse employees" +msgstr "Como reembolsar os colaboradores" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:151 +msgid "" +"You can now see all the expense reports to reimburse in " +":menuselection:`Expenses --> Accountant --> Expense Reports To Pay`. To " +"record the payment or pay by check, click *Register a Payment*." +msgstr "" +"Agora você pode ver todos os relatórios de despesas a reembolsar em: seleção" +" de menus: `Despesas -> Contador -> Relatórios de despesas a pagar`. Para " +"registrar o pagamento ou pagar em cheque, clique em * Registrar um pagamento" +" *." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:155 +msgid "See how you can easily manage the payment process in Odoo:" +msgstr "" +"Veja como você pode gerenciar facilmente o processo de pagamento no Odoo:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:157 +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/payables/pay/check`" +msgstr ":doc:`../accounting/payables/pay/check`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:158 +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/payables/pay/sepa`" +msgstr ":doc:`../accounting/payables/pay/sepa`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:162 +msgid "How to re-invoice expenses to your customers" +msgstr "Como fazer refaturamento para os seus consumidores" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:164 +msgid "" +"If you track expenses on customer projects, you can charge them back to your" +" customers automatically." +msgstr "" +"Se você rastrear despesas em projetos de clientes, poderá cobrá-las " +"automaticamente." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:170 +msgid "Enable **Customer Billing** in the Expenses settings" +msgstr "Habilite ** Faturamento do cliente ** nas configurações de despesas" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:172 +msgid "" +"Go to the product configuration menu and set the invoicing method on all " +"your Expense types:" +msgstr "" +"Vá para o menu de configuração do produto e defina o método de faturamento " +"em todos os seus tipos de despesas:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:175 +msgid "" +"Ordered quantities : it will invoice expenses based on the ordered quantity" +msgstr "" +"Quantidades solicitadas: ele irá faturar os gastos baseados no número total " +"de solicitações" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:178 +msgid "" +"Delivered quantities :it will invoice expenses based on the expenses " +"quantity" +msgstr "" +"Quantidades entregues: faturará despesas com base na quantidade de despesas" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:181 +msgid "At cost: will invoice expenses at their real cost." +msgstr "A custo: faturará as despesas ao seu custo real." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:183 +msgid "" +"At sales price: will invoice based on a fixed sales price set on the sale " +"order." +msgstr "" +"A preço de venda: irá faturar com base em um preço de venda fixo definido no" +" pedido de venda." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:190 +msgid "Create an order" +msgstr "Criar um pedido" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:192 +msgid "" +"As a salesman, create and confirm a Sales Order for the services delivered " +"to your customer. If you don't put any expense in the order, it will be " +"added automatically once posted by the accountant." +msgstr "" +"Como um vendedor, crie e confirme a ordem de venda pelos serviços entregues " +"ao cliente. Se você não colocar nenhuma despesa na ordem, ela será " +"adicionada automaticamente assim que postada pelo contador." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:197 +msgid "Link the expense to the Sale Order." +msgstr "Vincula a despesa ao Pedido de Vendas." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:203 +msgid "Submit, validate and post expenses" +msgstr "Envia, valida e lança a despesa" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:205 +msgid "" +"As a manager, make sure the analytic account is set on every expense line on" +" approving expenses reports. Click the line to add one if missing. Employees" +" are already able to set one when submitting." +msgstr "" +"Como gerente, certifique-se de que a conta analítica seja definida em cada " +"linha de despesas ao aprovar relatórios de despesas. Clique na linha para " +"adicionar um se estiver faltando. Os funcionários já podem definir um ao " +"enviar." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:212 +msgid "As an accountant, post journal entries." +msgstr "Como contador, faça lançamentos contábeis manuais." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:215 +msgid "Invoice expenses" +msgstr "Fatura de despesas" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:217 +msgid "" +"Now you can invoice the order. It shows up in :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Invoicing --> Sales` to Invoice. The expenses have been added automatically " +"in the order lines. Such items show up in blue (i.e. to invoice)." +msgstr "" +"Agora você pode faturar o pedido. Ele aparece em: seleção de menus: `Vendas " +"-> Faturamento -> Vendas` para fatura . As despesas foram adicionadas " +"automaticamente nas linhas do pedido. Esses itens aparecem em azul (ou seja," +" na fatura)." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:225 +msgid "e (i.e. to invoice)." +msgstr "e (ou seja, para faturar)." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:3 +msgid "Sign" +msgstr "Assinatura Eletrônica" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:3 +msgid "Validity of electronic signatures" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The legal validity of electronic signatures generated by Odoo depends on the" +" legislation of your country. Companies doing business abroad should " +"consider electronic signature laws of other countries as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:10 +msgid "In the European Union" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The `eIDAS regulation <http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2014/910/oj>`_ " +"establishes the framework for electronic signatures in all `27 member states" +" of the European Union <https://europa.eu/european-union/about-" +"eu/countries_en>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:16 +msgid "It distinguishes three types of electronic signatures:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:18 +msgid "Electronic signatures" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:19 +msgid "Advanced electronic signatures" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:20 +msgid "Qualified electronic signatures" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Odoo generates the first type, regular electronic signatures, and these " +"signatures can produce legal effects in the EU, as the regulation states " +"that “an electronic signature shall not be denied legal effect and " +"admissibility as evidence in legal proceedings solely on the grounds that it" +" is in an electronic form or that it does not meet the requirements for " +"qualified electronic signatures.”" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Note that electronic signatures may not be automatically recognized as " +"valid. You may need to bring supporting evidence of a signature’s validity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:31 +msgid "In the United States of America" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:33 +msgid "" +"The `ESIGN Act (Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act) " +"<https://www.fdic.gov/regulations/compliance/manual/10/X-3.1.pdf>`_, at the " +"interstate and international levels, and the `UETA (Uniform Electronic " +"Transactions Act) <https://www.uniformlaws.org/committees/community-" +"home/librarydocuments?communitykey=2c04b76c-2b7d-4399-977e-" +"d5876ba7e034&tab=librarydocuments>`_, at the state level, provide the legal " +"framework for electronic signatures. Note that `Illinois " +"<https://www.ilga.gov/legislation/ilcs/ilcs5.asp?ActID=89&>`_ and `New York " +"<https://its.ny.gov/electronic-signatures-and-records-act-esra>`_ have not " +"adopted the UETA, but similar acts instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Overall, to be recognized as valid, electronic signatures have to meet five " +"criteria:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:44 +msgid "" +"A signer must show a clear intent to sign. For example, using a mouse to " +"draw a signature can show intent. The signer must also have the option to " +"opt-out of electronically signing a document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:47 +msgid "" +"A signer must first express or imply their consent to conduct business " +"electronically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:48 +msgid "" +"The signature must be clearly attributed. In Odoo, metadata, such as the " +"signer’s IP address, is added to the signature, which can be used as " +"supporting evidence." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The signature must be associated with the document being signed, for " +"example, by keeping a record detailing how the signature was captured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Electronically signed documents need to be retained and available for later " +"reference by all parties involved, for example, by providing the signer " +"either a fully-executed copy or the option to download a copy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:57 +msgid "" +"The information provided here does not constitute legal advice; it is " +"provided for general informational purposes only. As laws governing " +"electronic signatures evolve rapidly, we cannot guarantee that the " +"information is up to date. We advise you to should contact a local attorney " +"to obtain legal advice." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po deleted file mode 100644 index 4beb9378d..000000000 --- a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,116 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# falexandresilva <falexandresilva@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Luiz Carareto Alonso <Luiz.cararetoalonso@gmail.com>, 2021 -# Éder Brito <britoederr@gmail.com>, 2021 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Éder Brito <britoederr@gmail.com>, 2021\n" -"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: pt_BR\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" - -#: ../../fsm.rst:5 -msgid "Field Service" -msgstr "Serviço de Campo" - -#: ../../fsm/helpdesk.rst:3 -msgid "Helpdesk" -msgstr "Suporte Técnico" - -#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:3 -msgid "Plan onsite interventions from helpdesk tickets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:4 -msgid "" -"The integration with the Helpdesk app lets your helpdesk team manage " -"intervention requests directly. Planning field service tasks from tickets " -"speeds up your processes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:8 -msgid "Configure the helpdesk team" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`. Select" -" a team and enable *Onsite Interventions*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:16 -msgid "" -"The helpdesk tickets of the team now display the *Plan Intervention* button." -" Click on it to create a new task under your field service project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/sales.rst:3 -msgid "Sales" -msgstr "Vendas" - -#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:3 -msgid "Create onsite interventions from sales orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:4 -msgid "" -"Allowing your sales team to open onsite interventions creates a seamless " -"experience for your customers. They can receive a quotation they first have " -"to approve before the work even starts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:8 -msgid "Configure a product" -msgstr "Configurar um produto" - -#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration --> Products` and " -"create or edit a product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Under the *General Information* tab, select *Service* as *Product Type*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Under the *Sales* tab, select *Timesheets on tasks* as *Service Invoicing " -"Policy*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:15 -msgid "Select *Create a task in an existing project* as *Service Tracking*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:17 -msgid "Select your *Project*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:19 -msgid "" -"If you use them, select your *Worksheet Template* and then click on *Save*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:25 -msgid "" -"From the *Sales* app, create a quotation with the product and confirm it. A " -"task is automatically set up under your Field Service project. It is " -"directly accessible from the sales order." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/general.po index a33bab9b7..7a728e746 100644 --- a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # @@ -12,20 +12,21 @@ # Thiago Alves Cavalcante <thiagoalcav@gmail.com>, 2020 # Mateus Lopes <mateus1@gmail.com>, 2020 # Vanderlei P. Romera <vanderleiromera@gmail.com>, 2020 -# lluisgustavoreis <luis.gustavo@kmee.com.br>, 2020 # danimaribeiro <danimaribeiro@gmail.com>, 2021 # Martin Trigaux, 2021 # Luis Felipe Miléo <mileo@kmee.com.br>, 2021 # Éder Brito <britoederr@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Rodrigo de Almeida Sottomaior Macedo <rmsolucoeseminformatica@protonmail.com>, 2021 +# lluisgustavoreis <luis.gustavo@kmee.com.br>, 2021 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-18 07:12+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Éder Brito <britoederr@gmail.com>, 2021\n" +"Last-Translator: lluisgustavoreis <luis.gustavo@kmee.com.br>, 2021\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -33,19 +34,19 @@ msgstr "" "Language: pt_BR\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" -#: ../../general.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:3 msgid "General" msgstr "Geral" -#: ../../general/auth.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth.rst:3 msgid "Authentication" msgstr "Autenticação" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:3 msgid "Two-factor Authentication" msgstr "Autenticação Dois Fatores" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:5 msgid "" "Two-factor authentication (\"2FA\") is a good way to improve the security of" " an account, to make it less likely that an other person will manage to log " @@ -55,7 +56,7 @@ msgstr "" "segurança de uma conta, para tornar menos provável que outra pessoa consiga " "fazer login em vez de você." -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:9 msgid "" "Practically, it means storing a secret inside an *authenticator* (usually " "your cell phone) and exchanging a code from the authenticator when you try " @@ -65,7 +66,7 @@ msgstr "" "(geralmente seu telefone celular) e trocar um código do autenticador quando " "você tenta fazer o login." -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:13 msgid "" "This means an attacker needs *both* to have guessed (or found) your password" " and to access (or steal) your authenticator, a more difficult proposition " @@ -75,11 +76,11 @@ msgstr "" "encontrar) sua senha e para acessar (ou roubar) seu autenticador, uma " "proposta mais difícil do que a outra." -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:18 msgid "Requirements" msgstr "Pré-requisitos" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:20 msgid "" "These lists are just examples, they are not endorsements of any specific " "software." @@ -87,12 +88,12 @@ msgstr "" "Essas listas são apenas exemplos, elas são endossadas de nenhum software " "específico." -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:23 msgid "" "If you don't already have one, you will need to choose an authenticator." msgstr "Se ainda não tiver um, você precisará escolher um autenticador." -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:26 msgid "" "Phone-based authenticators are the easiest and most common so we will assume" " you'll pick and install one on your phone, examples include `Authy " @@ -117,7 +118,7 @@ msgstr "" "<https://support.1password.com/one-time-passwords/>`_, `Bitwarden " "<https://bitwarden.com/help/article/authenticator-keys/>`_, ..." -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:39 msgid "" "For the sake of demonstration we will be using Google Authenticator (not " "because it is any good but because it is quite common)." @@ -125,11 +126,11 @@ msgstr "" "Para fins de demonstração, usaremos o Google Authenticator (não porque seja " "bom, mas porque é bastante comum)." -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:43 msgid "Setting up two-factor authentication" msgstr "Configurando a autenticação de dois fatores" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:45 msgid "" "Once you have your authenticator of choice, go to the Odoo instance you want" " to setup :abbr:`2FA (two-factor authentication)`, then open " @@ -139,7 +140,7 @@ msgstr "" "que deseja configurar a :abbr:`2FA (autenticação dois fatores)`, e abra a " "guia :guilabel:`Preferências` (ou :guilabel:`Meu Perfil`):" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:52 msgid "" "Open the :guilabel:`Account Security` tab, then click the :guilabel:`Enable " "two-factor authentication` button:" @@ -147,18 +148,18 @@ msgstr "" "Abra a aba :guilabel:`Segurança da Conta` e clique no botão " ":guilabel:`Habilitar autenticação dois fatores` :" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:58 msgid "" "Because this is a security-sensitive action, you will need to input your " "password:" msgstr "" "Como esta é uma ação sensível à segurança, você precisará inserir sua senha:" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:64 msgid "After which you will see this screen with a barcode:" msgstr "Depois disso, você verá esta tela com um código de barras:" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:69 msgid "" "In most applications, you can simply *scan the barcode* via the " "authenticator of your choice, the authenticator will then take care of all " @@ -168,7 +169,7 @@ msgstr "" "através do autenticador de sua escolha, o autenticador cuidará de toda a " "configuração:" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:78 msgid "" "If you can not scan the screen (e.g. because you are doing this set-up on " "the same phone as the authenticator application), you can click the provided" @@ -179,7 +180,7 @@ msgstr "" "pode clicar no link fornecido ou copiar o secret para configurar manualmente" " o seu autenticador:" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:89 msgid "" "Once this is done, the authenticator should display a *verification code* " "with some useful identifying information (e.g. the domain and login for " @@ -189,7 +190,7 @@ msgstr "" "com algumas informações de identificação úteis (por exemplo, o domínio e " "login para os quais o código é):" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:96 msgid "" "You can now input the code into the :guilabel:`Verification Code` field, " "then click the :guilabel:`Enable two-factor authentication` button." @@ -197,21 +198,21 @@ msgstr "" "Agora você pode inserir o código no campo :guilabel:`Código de Verificação`," " e clicar no botão :guilabel:`Habilitar autenticação dois fatores` button." -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:100 msgid "" "Congratulation, your account is now protected by two-factor authentication!" msgstr "" "Parabéns, sua conta agora está protegida pela autenticação dois fatores!" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:107 msgid "Logging in" msgstr "Logando" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:109 msgid "You should now :guilabel:`Log out` to follow along." msgstr "Agora você deve :guilabel:`Fazer Logout` para prosseguir." -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:111 msgid "" "On the login page, input the username and password of the account for which " "you set up :abbr:`2FA (two-factor authentication)`, rather than immediately " @@ -221,7 +222,7 @@ msgstr "" "você configurou a :abbr:`2FA (autenticação dois fatores)`, em vez de entrar " "imediatamente no Odoo, você obterá uma segunda tela de login:" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:118 msgid "" "Get your authenticator, input the code it provides for the domain and " "account, validate, and you're now in." @@ -229,7 +230,7 @@ msgstr "" "Pegue seu autenticador, insira o código que ele fornece para o domínio e " "conta, valide e você poderá acessar." -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:121 msgid "" "And that's it. From now on, unless you disable :abbr:`2FA (two-factor " "authentication)` you will have a two-step log-in process rather than the old" @@ -239,7 +240,7 @@ msgstr "" "(autenticação dois fatores)` você terá um processo de login de duas etapas " "em vez do antigo processo de uma etapa." -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:125 msgid "" "Don't lose your authenticator, if you do, you will need an *Odoo " "Administrator* to disable :abbr:`2FA (two-factor authentication)` on the " @@ -249,11 +250,11 @@ msgstr "" "*Administrador Odoo* para desabilitar a :abbr:`2FA (autenticação dois " "fatores)` na conta." -#: ../../general/auth/azure.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:3 msgid "OAuth" msgstr "OAuth" -#: ../../general/auth/azure.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:5 msgid "" "Due to specific requirements in Azure's OAuth implementation, Microsoft " "Azure OAuth identification is NOT compatible with Odoo at the moment." @@ -262,11 +263,11 @@ msgstr "" "identificação do Microsoft Azure OAuth NÃO é compatível com o Odoo no " "momento." -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:3 msgid "How to allow users to sign in with their Google account" msgstr "Como permitir que os usuários façam login com suas contas do Google" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:5 msgid "" "Connect to your Google account and go to the `Google API Dashboard " "<https://console.developers.google.com/>`_." @@ -274,16 +275,16 @@ msgstr "" "Conecte-se à sua conta do Google e vá para o `Painel de API do Google " "<https://console.developers.google.com/>`_." -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:8 msgid "" "Click on **Create Project** and enter the project name and other details." msgstr "Clique em ** Criar projeto ** nome do projeto e outros detalhes." -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:16 msgid "Click on **Use Google APIs**" msgstr "Clique em ** Usar APIs do Google **" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:21 msgid "" "On the left side menu, select the sub menu **Credentials** (from **API " "Manager**) then select **OAuth consent screen**." @@ -291,7 +292,7 @@ msgstr "" "No menu do lado esquerdo, selecione o submenu ** Credenciais ** (em ** API " "Manager **) e selecione ** Tela de consentimento OAuth **." -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:26 msgid "" "Fill in your address, email and the product name (for example odoo) and then" " save." @@ -299,7 +300,7 @@ msgstr "" "Preencha seu endereço, e-mail e o nome do produto (por exemplo odoo) e " "salve." -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:31 msgid "" "Then click on **Add Credentials** and select the second option (OAuth 2.0 " "Client ID)." @@ -307,7 +308,7 @@ msgstr "" "Em seguida, clique em ** Adicionar credenciais ** e selecione a segunda " "opção (ID do cliente OAuth 2.0)." -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:39 msgid "" "Check that the application type is set on **Web Application**. Now configure" " the allowed pages on which you will be redirected." @@ -315,7 +316,7 @@ msgstr "" "Verifique se o tipo de aplicativo está definido em ** Aplicativo da Web **. " "Agora configure as páginas permitidas nas quais você será redirecionado." -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:41 msgid "" "To achieve this, complete the field **Authorized redirect URIs**. Copy paste" " the following link in the box: http://mydomain.odoo.com/auth_oauth/signin. " @@ -325,7 +326,7 @@ msgstr "" "link a seguir na caixa: http://mydomain.odoo.com/auth_oauth/signin. Em " "seguida, clique em **Criar**" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:49 msgid "" "Once done, you receive two information (your Client ID and Client Secret). " "You have to insert your Client ID in the **General Settings**." @@ -334,11 +335,11 @@ msgstr "" "segredo do cliente). Você deve inserir seu ID de cliente nas ** " "Configurações gerais **." -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:3 msgid "How to use Google Spreadsheet in Addition to my Data?" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:5 msgid "" "Create custom dashboards in Google Spreadsheet that retrieves data directly " "from Odoo using spreadsheet formula. You can use it to create sales " @@ -346,71 +347,72 @@ msgid "" "Python but programming skills are not required." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:10 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:84 -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:16 ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:13 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Configuração" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:12 msgid "" "From the *General Settings*, active *Google Drive* and *Google Spreadsheet*." " The options *Authorization Code* and *Get Authorization Code* are now " "available." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:19 msgid "" "Now, link your Google account with Odoo going to :menuselection:`Get " "Authorization Code --> select your Google account --> enter your password " "--> copy the code --> paste it into the Authorization Code field`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:24 msgid "Create a new Spreadsheet" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:26 msgid "" "From the *CRM* app, for example, go to *Favorites* and click on *Add to " "Google Spreadsheet*." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:32 msgid "A new spreadsheet will be automatically created in your Google Drive." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:35 msgid "" "When you opening this new file, a second sheet is created automatically by " "Odoo with a tutorial/documentation on *How to use Google Spreadsheet*." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:39 msgid "Link a Spreadsheet with Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:41 msgid "From this new file, configure your database." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:42 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Odoo --> Server Settings --> Database Name --> " "Username --> Password`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:49 msgid "Applications" msgstr "Candidaturas" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:51 msgid "" "You have 2 different formulas of using Google Spreadsheet in Odoo: retrieve " "data and retrieve grouped sums." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:55 msgid "" "Google Drive limits the execution time of scripts; if the data you requested" " takes too long to be delivered, you might get an error. There is no " @@ -419,63 +421,63 @@ msgid "" "usually fine." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:62 msgid "Retrieve Data" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:66 msgid "" "The theoretical formula is :command:`= oe_browse " "(table;columns;filters;orderby:limit)`. Used it if you want to display the " "information without grouping it (e.g.: each sales order in the database)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:67 msgid "Find some the arguments in the table below." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:74 msgid "Retrieve Grouped Sums" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:77 msgid "" "The theoretical formula is :command:`= oe_read_group " "(table;columns;group_by;filters;orderby:limit)`. Use it when you want to " "display a sum of data (e.g.: total invoiced)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:78 msgid "Find some arguments in the table below." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:85 msgid "Other uses" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:87 msgid "" "Mix Odoo data with spreadsheet data, add traditional formulas, and create " "Dynamic Tabled and Graphs." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:3 msgid "How to allow users to sign in with LDAP" msgstr "Como permitir que os usuários façaem login com o LDAP" -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:5 msgid "Install the LDAP module in General Settings." msgstr "Instale o módulo LDAP em Configurações gerais." -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:7 msgid "Click on **Create** in Setup your LDAP Server." msgstr "Clique em **Criar** na configuração do servidor LDAP." -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:15 msgid "Choose the company about to use the LDAP." msgstr "Escolha a empresa prestes a usar o LDAP." -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:20 msgid "" "In **Server Information**, enter the IP address of your server and the port " "it listens to." @@ -483,11 +485,11 @@ msgstr "" "Em ** Informações do servidor **, insira o endereço IP do seu servidor e a " "porta de escuta." -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:22 msgid "Tick **User TLS** if your server is compatible." msgstr "Marque **Usuário TLS** se o servidor for compatível." -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:27 msgid "" "In **Login Information**, enter ID and password of the account used to query" " the server. If left empty, the server will be queried anonymously." @@ -496,7 +498,7 @@ msgstr "" "consultar o servidor. Se deixado em branco, o servidor será consultado " "anonimamente." -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:32 msgid "" "In **Process Parameter**, enter the domain name of your LDAP server in LDAP " "nomenclature (e.g. ``dc=example,dc=com``)." @@ -504,11 +506,11 @@ msgstr "" "Em ** Parâmetro de Processo **, insira o nome de domínio do seu servidor " "LDAP na nomenclatura LDAP (por exemplo, `` dc = example, dc = com``)." -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:34 msgid "In **LDAP filter**, enter ``uid=%s``" msgstr "Em ** filtro LDAP **, digite `ʻuid =% s``" -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:39 msgid "" "In **User Information**, tick *Create User* if you want Odoo to create a " "User profile the first time someone log in with LDAP." @@ -517,7 +519,7 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo crie um perfil de usuário na primeira vez que alguém fizer login com " "LDAP." -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:41 msgid "" "In **Template User**, indicate a template for the new profiles created. If " "left blanked, the admin profile will be used as template." @@ -525,15 +527,15 @@ msgstr "" "Em ** Usuário modelo **, indique um modelo para os novos perfis criados. Se " "deixado em branco, o perfil de administrador será usado como modelo." -#: ../../general/base_import.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import.rst:3 msgid "Data Import" msgstr "Importação de Dados" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:3 msgid "How to adapt an import template" msgstr "Como adaptar um modelo de importação" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:5 msgid "" "Import templates are provided in the import tool of the most common data to " "import (contacts, products, bank statements, etc.). You can open them with " @@ -545,11 +547,11 @@ msgstr "" "etc.). Você pode abri-los com qualquer software de planilhas (Microsoft " "Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, etc.)." -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:11 msgid "How to customize the file" msgstr "Como personalizar o arquivo" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:13 msgid "" "Remove columns you don't need. We advise to not remove the *ID* one (see why" " here below)." @@ -557,15 +559,15 @@ msgstr "" "Remova as colunas de que você não precisa. Aconselhamos não remover o * ID *" " (veja o motivo aqui abaixo)." -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:15 -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:27 msgid "" "Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing." msgstr "" "Defina um ID exclusivo para cada registro arrastando para baixo a sequência " "de ID." -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:20 msgid "" "When you add a new column, Odoo might not be able to map it automatically if" " its label doesn't fit any field of the system. If so, find the " @@ -575,7 +577,7 @@ msgstr "" "automaticamente se seu rótulo não couber em nenhum campo do sistema. Nesse " "caso, encontre o campo correspondente usando a pesquisa." -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:27 msgid "" "Then, use the label you found in your import template in order to make it " "work straight away the very next time you try to import." @@ -583,11 +585,11 @@ msgstr "" "Em seguida, use o rótulo que você encontrou em seu modelo de importação para" " fazê-lo funcionar imediatamente na próxima vez que tentar importar." -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:31 msgid "Why an “ID” column" msgstr "Por que uma coluna “ID”" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:33 msgid "" "The **ID** (External ID) is an unique identifier for the line item. Feel " "free to use the one of your previous software to ease the transition to " @@ -597,13 +599,13 @@ msgstr "" "Sinta-se à vontade para usar um de seu software anterior para facilitar a " "transição para o Odoo." -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:36 msgid "" "Setting an ID is not mandatory when importing but it helps in many cases:" msgstr "" "Definir um ID não é obrigatório ao importar, mas ajuda em muitos casos:" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:38 msgid "" "Update imports: you can import the same file several times without creating " "duplicates;" @@ -611,15 +613,15 @@ msgstr "" "Atualizar importações: você pode importar o mesmo arquivo várias vezes sem " "criar duplicatas;" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:39 msgid "Import relation fields (see here below)." msgstr "Campos de relação de importação (veja aqui abaixo)." -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:42 msgid "How to import relation fields" msgstr "Como importar campos de relação" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:44 msgid "" "An Odoo object is always related to many other objects (e.g. a product is " "linked to product categories, attributes, vendors, etc.). To import those " @@ -631,7 +633,7 @@ msgstr "" "fornecedores, etc.). Para importar essas relações, você precisa primeiro " "importar os registros do objeto relacionado de seu próprio menu de lista." -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:48 msgid "" "You can do it using either the name of the related record or its ID. The ID " "is expected when two records have the same name. In such a case add \" / " @@ -643,15 +645,15 @@ msgstr "" "ID\" no final do título da coluna (por exemplo, para atributos do produto: " "Atributos / Atributo / ID do produto)." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:3 msgid "Import data" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:6 msgid "How to start" msgstr "Como começar" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:8 msgid "" "You can import data on any Odoo's business object using either Excel (.xlsx)" " or CSV (.csv) formats: contacts, products, bank statements, journal entries" @@ -661,13 +663,13 @@ msgstr "" "formatos Excel (.xlsx) ou CSV (.csv): contatos, produtos, extratos " "bancários, lançamentos de diário e até mesmo pedidos!" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:12 msgid "" "Open the view of the object you want to populate and click on " ":menuselection:`Favorites --> Import records`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:18 msgid "" "There you are provided with templates you can easily populate with your own " "data. Such templates can be imported in one click; The data mapping is " @@ -677,21 +679,21 @@ msgstr "" "próprios dados. Esses modelos podem ser importados com um clique; O " "mapeamento de dados já está feito." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:23 msgid "How to adapt the template" msgstr "Como adaptar o modelo" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:25 msgid "Add, remove and sort columns to fit at best your data structure." msgstr "" "Adicione, remova e classifique as colunas para se ajustarem da melhor forma " "à sua estrutura de dados." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:26 msgid "We advise to not remove the **ID** one (see why in the next section)." msgstr "Aconselhamos não remover o ** ID ** (veja o porquê na próxima seção)." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:32 msgid "" "When you add a new column, Odoo might not be able to map it automatically if" " its label doesn't fit any field in Odoo. Don't worry! You can map new " @@ -703,7 +705,7 @@ msgstr "" "preocupe! Você pode mapear novas colunas manualmente ao testar a importação." " Pesquise a lista para o campo correspondente." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:40 msgid "" "Then, use this field's label in your file in order to make it work straight " "on the very next time." @@ -711,11 +713,11 @@ msgstr "" "Em seguida, use o rótulo deste campo em seu arquivo para fazê-lo funcionar " "diretamente na próxima vez." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:45 msgid "How to import from another application" msgstr "Como importar de outro aplicativo" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:47 msgid "" "In order to re-create relationships between different records, you should " "use the unique identifier from the original application and map it to the " @@ -731,7 +733,7 @@ msgstr "" "exclusivo original. Você também pode encontrar esse registro usando seu " "nome, mas ficará paralisado se pelo menos 2 registros tiverem o mesmo nome." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:55 msgid "" "The **ID** will also be used to update the original import if you need to " "re-import modified data later, it's thus good practice to specify it " @@ -741,11 +743,11 @@ msgstr "" "precisar reimportar os dados modificados mais tarde, portanto, é uma boa " "prática especificá-lo sempre que possível." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:61 msgid "I cannot find the field I want to map my column to" msgstr "Não consigo encontrar o campo para o qual desejo mapear minha coluna" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:63 msgid "" "Odoo tries to find with some heuristic, based on the first ten lines of the " "files, the type of field for each column inside your file. For example if " @@ -763,7 +765,7 @@ msgstr "" "que ele dê errado ou que você queira mapear sua coluna para um campo que não" " é proposto por padrão." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:72 msgid "" "If that happens, you just have to check the ** Show fields of relation " "fields (advanced)** option, you will then be able to choose from the " @@ -773,11 +775,11 @@ msgstr "" "relação (avançado) **, você poderá então escolher na lista completa de " "campos de cada coluna." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:80 msgid "Where can I change the date import format?" msgstr "Onde posso alterar o formato de importação da data?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:82 msgid "" "Odoo can automatically detect if a column is a date, and it will try to " "guess the date format from a set of most commonly used date formats. While " @@ -794,7 +796,7 @@ msgstr "" "formato de data é o dia e qual parte é o mês em uma data como '01 -03-2016 " "'." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:88 msgid "" "To view which date format Odoo has found from your file you can check the " "**Date Format** that is shown when clicking on **Options** under the file " @@ -806,7 +808,7 @@ msgstr "" "no seletor de arquivo. Se este formato estiver incorreto, você pode alterá-" "lo ao seu gosto usando a* ISO 8601 * para definir o formato." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:93 msgid "" "If you are importing an excel (.xls, .xlsx) file, you can use date cells to " "store dates as the display of dates in excel is different from the way it is" @@ -818,11 +820,11 @@ msgstr "" " da maneira como é armazenada. Dessa forma, você terá certeza de que o " "formato da data está correto no Odoo, seja qual for o formato de data local." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:98 msgid "Can I import numbers with currency sign (e.g.: $32.00)?" msgstr "Posso importar números com sinal monetário (por exemplo: $ 32,00)?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:100 msgid "" "Yes, we fully support numbers with parenthesis to represent negative sign as" " well as numbers with currency sign attached to them. Odoo also " @@ -838,59 +840,59 @@ msgstr "" " não seja conhecido pelo Odoo, ele pode não ser reconhecido como um número e" " irá travar." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:105 msgid "" "Examples of supported numbers (using thirty-two thousands as an example):" msgstr "" "Exemplos de números suportados (usando trinta e dois mil como exemplo):" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:107 msgid "32.000,00" msgstr "32.000,00" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:108 msgid "32000,00" msgstr "32000,00" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:109 msgid "32,000.00" msgstr "32,000.00" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:110 msgid "-32000.00" msgstr "-32000.00" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:111 msgid "(32000.00)" msgstr "(32000.00)" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:112 msgid "$ 32.000,00" msgstr "$ 32.000,00" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:113 msgid "(32000.00 €)" msgstr "(32000.00 €)" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:115 msgid "Example that will not work:" msgstr "Exemplo que não funciona:" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:117 msgid "ABC 32.000,00" msgstr "ABC 32.000,00" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:118 msgid "$ (32.000,00)" msgstr "$ (32.000,00)" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:121 msgid "What can I do when the Import preview table isn't displayed correctly?" msgstr "" "O que posso fazer quando a tabela de visualização de importação não é " "exibida corretamente?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:123 msgid "" "By default the Import preview is set on commas as field separators and " "quotation marks as text delimiters. If your csv file does not have these " @@ -903,7 +905,7 @@ msgstr "" "de arquivo (exibidas na barra Procurar arquivo CSV após selecionar o " "arquivo)." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:127 msgid "" "Note that if your CSV file has a tabulation as separator, Odoo will not " "detect the separations. You will need to change the file format options in " @@ -913,7 +915,7 @@ msgstr "" "não detectará as separações. Você precisará alterar as opções de formato de " "arquivo em seu aplicativo de planilha. Veja a seguinte pergunta." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:132 msgid "" "How can I change the CSV file format options when saving in my spreadsheet " "application?" @@ -921,7 +923,7 @@ msgstr "" "Como posso alterar as opções de formato de arquivo CSV ao salvar em meu " "aplicativo de planilha?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:134 msgid "" "If you edit and save CSV files in spreadsheet applications, your computer's " "regional settings will be applied for the separator and delimiter. We " @@ -930,18 +932,18 @@ msgid "" "the box 'Edit filter settings' --> Save`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:139 msgid "" "Microsoft Excel will allow you to modify only the encoding when saving (in " ":menuselection:`'Save As' dialog box --> click 'Tools' dropdown list --> " "Encoding tab`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:143 msgid "What's the difference between Database ID and External ID?" msgstr "Qual é a diferença entre ID do banco de dados e ID externa?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:145 msgid "" "Some fields define a relationship with another object. For example, the " "country of a contact is a link to a record of the 'Country' object. When you" @@ -951,7 +953,7 @@ msgid "" "import." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:150 msgid "" "For example, to reference the country of a contact, Odoo proposes you 3 " "different fields to import:" @@ -959,11 +961,11 @@ msgstr "" "Por exemplo, para fazer referência ao país de um contato, o Odoo propõe três" " campos diferentes para importar:" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:152 msgid "Country: the name or code of the country" msgstr "País: o nome ou código do país" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:153 msgid "" "Country/Database ID: the unique Odoo ID for a record, defined by the ID " "postgresql column" @@ -971,7 +973,7 @@ msgstr "" "ID do país / banco de dados: o ID exclusivo do Odoo para um registro, " "definido pela coluna ID postgresql" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:154 msgid "" "Country/External ID: the ID of this record referenced in another application" " (or the .XML file that imported it)" @@ -979,24 +981,24 @@ msgstr "" "País / ID externo: o ID deste registro referenciado em outro aplicativo (ou " "o arquivo .XML que o importou)" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:157 msgid "For the country Belgium, you can use one of these 3 ways to import:" msgstr "" "Para o país Bélgica, você pode usar uma destas 3 maneiras de importar:" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:159 msgid "Country: Belgium" msgstr "País: Bélgica" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:160 msgid "Country/Database ID: 21" msgstr "ID do país/banco de dados: 21" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:161 msgid "Country/External ID: base.be" msgstr "País / ID externo: base.be" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:163 msgid "" "According to your need, you should use one of these 3 ways to reference " "records in relations. Here is when you should use one or the other, " @@ -1006,7 +1008,7 @@ msgstr "" "referenciar registros nas relações. Aqui é quando você deve usar um ou " "outro, de acordo com sua necessidade:" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:166 msgid "" "Use Country: This is the easiest way when your data come from CSV files that" " have been created manually." @@ -1014,7 +1016,7 @@ msgstr "" "Use Country: Esta é a maneira mais fácil quando seus dados vêm de arquivos " "CSV que foram criados manualmente." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:168 msgid "" "Use Country/Database ID: You should rarely use this notation. It's mostly " "used by developers as it's main advantage is to never have conflicts (you " @@ -1026,7 +1028,7 @@ msgstr "" " (você pode ter vários registros com o mesmo nome, mas eles sempre têm um ID" " de banco de dados exclusivo)" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:171 msgid "" "Use Country/External ID: Use External ID when you import data from a third " "party application." @@ -1034,7 +1036,7 @@ msgstr "" "Usar ID de país / externa: use a ID externa ao importar dados de um " "aplicativo de terceiros." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:173 msgid "" "When you use External IDs, you can import CSV files with the \"External ID\"" " column to define the External ID of each record you import. Then, you will " @@ -1048,23 +1050,23 @@ msgstr "" "ID externo\". Os dois arquivos CSV a seguir fornecem um exemplo de produtos " "e suas categorias." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:178 msgid "" ":download:`CSV file for categories " -"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_product_categories.csv>`." +"<files/External_id_3rd_party_application_product_categories.csv>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:181 msgid "" ":download:`CSV file for Products " -"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_products.csv>`." +"<files/External_id_3rd_party_application_products.csv>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:185 msgid "What can I do if I have multiple matches for a field?" msgstr "O que posso fazer se houver várias correspondências para um campo?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:187 msgid "" "If for example you have two product categories with the child name " "\"Sellable\" (ie. \"Misc. Products/Sellable\" & \"Other " @@ -1083,7 +1085,7 @@ msgstr "" "Vendíveis\"). Recomendamos que você modifique um dos valores duplicados ou " "sua hierarquia de categoria de produto." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:193 msgid "" "However if you do not wish to change your configuration of product " "categories, we recommend you use make use of the external ID for this field " @@ -1092,7 +1094,7 @@ msgstr "" "No entanto, se você não deseja alterar a configuração das categorias de " "produtos, recomendamos o uso do ID externo para este campo 'Categoria'." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:197 msgid "" "How can I import a many2many relationship field (e.g. a customer that has " "multiple tags)?" @@ -1100,7 +1102,7 @@ msgstr "" "Como posso importar um campo de relacionamento many2many (por exemplo, um " "cliente que possui várias tags)?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:199 msgid "" "The tags should be separated by a comma without any spacing. For example, if" " you want your customer to be linked to both tags 'Manufacturer' and " @@ -1112,13 +1114,13 @@ msgstr "" "'Varejista', você codificará \"Fabricante, Varejista\" na mesma coluna do " "seu arquivo CSV." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:203 msgid "" ":download:`CSV file for Manufacturer, Retailer " -"<../../_static/example_files/m2m_customers_tags.csv>`" +"<files/m2m_customers_tags.csv>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:207 msgid "" "How can I import a one2many relationship (e.g. several Order Lines of a " "Sales Order)?" @@ -1126,7 +1128,7 @@ msgstr "" "Como posso importar um relacionamento one2many (por exemplo, várias linhas " "de pedido de um pedido de venda)?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:209 msgid "" "If you want to import sales order having several order lines; for each order" " line, you need to reserve a specific row in the CSV file. The first order " @@ -1137,13 +1139,13 @@ msgid "" "quotations you can import, based on demo data." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:216 msgid "" ":download:`File for some Quotations " -"<../../_static/example_files/purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.csv>`." +"<files/purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.csv>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:218 msgid "" "The following CSV file shows how to import purchase orders with their " "respective purchase order lines:" @@ -1151,13 +1153,13 @@ msgstr "" "O seguinte arquivo CSV mostra como importar pedidos de compra com suas " "respectivas linhas de pedido de compra:" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:221 msgid "" ":download:`Purchase orders with their respective purchase order lines " -"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_purchase_order_lines.csv>`." +"<files/o2m_purchase_order_lines.csv>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:223 msgid "" "The following CSV file shows how to import customers and their respective " "contacts:" @@ -1165,17 +1167,17 @@ msgstr "" "O seguinte arquivo CSV mostra como importar clientes e seus respectivos " "contatos:" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:225 msgid "" ":download:`Customers and their respective contacts " -"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_customers_contacts.csv>`." +"<files/o2m_customers_contacts.csv>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:228 msgid "Can I import several times the same record?" msgstr "Posso importar várias vezes o mesmo registro?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:230 msgid "" "If you import a file that contains one of the column \"External ID\" or " "\"Database ID\", records that have already been imported will be modified " @@ -1191,7 +1193,7 @@ msgstr "" "entre duas importações. O Odoo se encarregará de criar ou modificar cada " "registro, dependendo se é novo ou não." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:235 msgid "" "This feature allows you to use the Import/Export tool of Odoo to modify a " "batch of records in your favorite spreadsheet application." @@ -1199,11 +1201,11 @@ msgstr "" "Este recurso permite que você use a ferramenta Importar / Exportar do Odoo " "para modificar um lote de registros em seu aplicativo de planilha favorito." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:239 msgid "What happens if I do not provide a value for a specific field?" msgstr "O que acontece se eu não fornecer um valor para um campo específico?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:241 msgid "" "If you do not set all fields in your CSV file, Odoo will assign the default " "value for every non defined fields. But if you set fields with empty values " @@ -1215,12 +1217,12 @@ msgstr "" "com valores vazios em seu arquivo CSV, Odoo definirá o valor VAZIO no campo," " em vez de atribuir o valor padrão." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:246 msgid "How to export/import different tables from an SQL application to Odoo?" msgstr "" "Como exportar / importar tabelas diferentes de um aplicativo SQL para Odoo?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:251 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:248 msgid "" "If you need to import data from different tables, you will have to recreate " "relations between records belonging to different tables. (e.g. if you import" @@ -1232,7 +1234,7 @@ msgstr "" " se você importar empresas e pessoas, terá que recriar o vínculo entre cada " "pessoa e a empresa para a qual trabalham)." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:252 msgid "" "To manage relations between tables, you can use the \"External ID\" " "facilities of Odoo. The \"External ID\" of a record is the unique identifier" @@ -1242,16 +1244,16 @@ msgid "" "'company_1', 'person_1' instead of '1')" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:261 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:258 msgid "" "As an example, suppose you have a SQL database with two tables you want to " "import: companies and persons. Each person belong to one company, so you " "will have to recreate the link between a person and the company he work for." " (If you want to test this example, here is a :download:`dump of such a " -"PostgreSQL database <../../_static/example_files/database_import_test.sql>`)" +"PostgreSQL database <files/database_import_test.sql>`)" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:263 msgid "" "We will first export all companies and their \"External ID\". In PSQL, write" " the following command:" @@ -1259,11 +1261,11 @@ msgstr "" "Em primeiro lugar, exportaremos todas as empresas e seus \"IDs externos\". " "Em PSQL, escreva o seguinte comando:" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:269 msgid "This SQL command will create the following CSV file:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:278 msgid "" "To create the CSV file for persons, linked to companies, we will use the " "following SQL command in PSQL:" @@ -1271,11 +1273,11 @@ msgstr "" "Para criar o arquivo CSV para pessoas, vinculadas a empresas, usaremos o " "seguinte comando SQL em PSQL:" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:284 msgid "It will produce the following CSV file:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:297 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:294 msgid "" "As you can see in this file, Fabien and Laurence are working for the Bigees " "company (company_1) and Eric is working for the Organi company. The relation" @@ -1285,7 +1287,7 @@ msgid "" " who shared the same ID 1 in the original database)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:303 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:300 msgid "" "The two files produced are ready to be imported in Odoo without any " "modifications. After having imported these two CSV files, you will have 4 " @@ -1298,15 +1300,15 @@ msgstr "" "primeira empresa). Você deve primeiro importar as empresas e depois as " "pessoas." -#: ../../general/calendars.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars.rst:3 msgid "Calendars" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:3 msgid "Synchronize Google Calendar with Odoo" msgstr "Sincronizar o Google Calendar com o Odoo" -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo is perfectly integrated with Google Calendar so that you can see & " "manage your meetings from both platforms (updates go through both " @@ -1316,11 +1318,11 @@ msgstr "" " e gerenciar suas reuniões de ambas as plataformas (as atualizações passam " "por ambas as direções)." -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:10 msgid "Setup in Google" msgstr "Configuração no Google" -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:11 msgid "" "Go to `Google APIs platform <https://console.developers.google.com>`__ to " "generate Google Calendar API credentials. Log in with your Google account." @@ -1329,19 +1331,19 @@ msgstr "" " para gerar credenciais de API do Google Calendar. Faça login com sua conta " "do Google." -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:14 msgid "Go to the API & Services page." msgstr "Acesse a página API & Services." -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:19 msgid "Search for *Google Calendar API* and select it." msgstr "Pesquise por *Google Calendar API* e selecione-a." -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:27 msgid "Enable the API." msgstr "Habilite a API." -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:32 msgid "" "Select or create an API project to store the credentials if not yet done " "before. Give it an explicit name (e.g. Odoo Sync)." @@ -1350,11 +1352,11 @@ msgstr "" "não tiver sido feito antes. Dê-lhe um nome explícito (por exemplo, Odoo " "Sync)." -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:35 msgid "Create credentials." msgstr "Crie credenciais." -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:40 msgid "" "Select *Web browser (Javascript)* as calling source and *User data* as kind " "of data." @@ -1362,7 +1364,7 @@ msgstr "" "Selecione *Web browser (Javascript)* como fonte de chamada e *Dados do " "usuário* como uma espécie de dados." -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:46 msgid "" "Then you can create a Client ID. Enter the name of the application (e.g. " "Odoo Calendar) and the allowed pages on which you will be redirected. The " @@ -1376,7 +1378,7 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo. O URI *Redirecionamento autorizado* é a URL de instância do seu Odoo " "seguido de '/google_account/autenticação'." -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:55 msgid "" "Go through the Consent Screen step by entering a product name (e.g. Odoo " "Calendar). Feel free to check the customizations options but this is not " @@ -1388,7 +1390,7 @@ msgstr "" " mas isso não é obrigatório. A Tela de Consentimento só aparecerá quando " "você inserir o ID do Cliente em Odoo pela primeira vez." -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:60 msgid "" "Finally you are provided with your **Client ID**. Go to *Credentials* to get" " the **Client Secret** as well. Both of them are required in Odoo." @@ -1396,11 +1398,11 @@ msgstr "" "Finalmente você é fornecido com o seu **Client ID**. Vá para *Credenciais* " "para obter o **Client Secret** também. Ambos são necessários em Odoo." -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:67 msgid "Setup in Odoo" msgstr "Configuração em Odoo" -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:69 msgid "" "Install the **Google Calendar** App from the *Apps* menu or by checking the " "option in :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings`." @@ -1408,7 +1410,7 @@ msgstr "" "Instale o aplicativo **Google Calendar** no menu *Apps* ou verificando a " "opção em :menuselection:'Configurações --> Configurações gerais'." -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:75 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and enter your **Client" " ID** and **Client Secret** in Google Calendar option." @@ -1416,7 +1418,7 @@ msgstr "" "Vá para :menuselection:'Configurações ->Configurações gerais' e digite seu " "**Client ID** e **Client Secret** na opção Google Calendar." -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:81 msgid "" "The setup is now ready. Open your Odoo Calendar and sync with Google. The " "first time you do it you are redirected to Google to authorize the " @@ -1429,26 +1431,26 @@ msgstr "" "no botão de sincronização. Você pode clicar nele sempre que quiser " "sincronizar seu calendário." -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:89 msgid "As of now you no longer have excuses to miss a meeting!" msgstr "" "A partir de agora você não tem mais desculpas para perder uma reunião!" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:3 msgid "Synchronization with Outlook's Calendar" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:5 msgid "" "Synchronizing your **main** Outlook Calendar with Odoo is useful to keep " "track of your tasks and appointments, and across all related applications." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:9 msgid "Register your application with the Microsoft identity platform" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:13 msgid "" "In order to be able to sync your Outlook Calendar with Odoo's Calendar, a " "Microsoft Azure account is needed. The creation of an account is free for " @@ -1456,7 +1458,7 @@ msgid "" "here <https://azure.microsoft.com/en-us/free/?WT.mc_id=A261C142F>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:15 msgid "" "Following, `Set up an Azure AD Tenant <https://docs.microsoft.com/en-" "us/azure/active-directory/develop/quickstart-create-new-tenant>`_, also " @@ -1464,69 +1466,69 @@ msgid "" "and register apps." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:17 msgid "" "Ultimately, `Register an Application <https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure" "/active-directory/develop/quickstart-register-app>`_, choosing the " "appropriate supported account type." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:20 msgid "When configuring your platform settings, choose *Web*." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:0 msgid "" "For the **Redirect URI restrictions**, copy your Odoo database URI followed " "by ``/microsoft_account/authentication``. Example:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:0 msgid "" "For more information on the restrictions and limitations of URIs, `check " "this page <https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/active-directory/develop" "/reply-url>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:37 msgid "" "Regarding credentials, you *must* **Add a client secret**, called *Client " "Secret* in Odoo, which allows Odoo to authenticate itself, requiring no " "interaction from your side. *Certificates* are optional." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:42 msgid "Configuration in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:44 msgid "Go to general *Settings* and activate the *Outlook Calendar* feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:50 msgid "" "From your Azure portal, under *Overview*, copy your *Application (client) " "ID*, and paste it to *Client ID* in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:57 msgid "" "Going back to your Azure portal, now under *Certificates & secrets*, copy " "your *Client Secret Value* and paste it to *Client Secret* in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:67 msgid "Sync with Outlook" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:0 msgid "" "Odoo Calendar sends a confirmation email at the creation of an event to its " "attendees. But, on the **first** sync, Outlook will also send confirmation " "emails of all scheduled events (including past ones)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:0 msgid "" "To avoid this situation, we recommend *archiving all past events, and " "removing yourself from future ones in Odoo Calendar before the first sync*. " @@ -1535,20 +1537,20 @@ msgid "" "sync, events will only send one confirmation email." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:82 msgid "" "Go to the *Calendar* application and *Sync with Outlook*. You are asked to " "log in to your account, if you are not already, and grant the required " "permissions." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:89 msgid "" "The synchronization is a two-way process, meaning that events are reconciled" " in both accounts (Outlook and Odoo)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:97 msgid "" "All users that want to use the synchronization simply need to :ref:`sync " "their calendar with Outlook <outlook_calendar/sync_with_outlook>`. The " @@ -1558,137 +1560,137 @@ msgid "" "external users." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:103 -msgid ":doc:`../../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension`" +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:103 +msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:104 msgid ":doc:`../google/google_calendar_credentials`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/developer_mode.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:3 msgid "Developer Mode" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:3 msgid "Activate the Developer (Debug) Mode" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:5 msgid "" "The Developer or Debug Mode gives you access to extra and advanced tools." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:8 msgid "Through the Settings application" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:10 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Activate the developer mode`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:17 msgid "" "*Activate the developer mode (with assets)* is used by developers; *Activate" " the developer mode (with tests assets)* is used by developers and testers." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:20 msgid "" "Once activated, the *Deactivate the developer mode* option becomes " "available." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:23 msgid "Through a browser extension" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:26 msgid "" "Go to the settings and extensions of your web browser, and search for *Odoo " "Debug*. Once the extension is installed, a new icon will be shown on your " "toolbar." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:28 msgid "" "For the *Odoo Debug* extension, a single click enables a normal version of " "the mode, while a double click enables it with assets. To deactivate it, use" " a single click." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:35 msgid "Through the URL" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:37 msgid "In the URL add ``?debug=1`` or ``?debug=true`` after *web*." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:44 msgid "Developers: type ``?debug=assets`` and activate the mode with assets." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:47 msgid "Locate the mode tools" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:49 msgid "" "The Developer mode tools can be accessed from the *Open Developer Tools* " "button, located on the header of your pages." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:3 msgid "In-App Purchase" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:3 msgid "General guide about In-App Purchase (IAP) Services" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:5 msgid "" "In-App Purchases (IAP) gives access to additional services through Odoo. For" " instance, it allows me to send SMS Text Messages or to send Invoices by " "post directly from my database." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:9 msgid "Buying Credits" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:11 msgid "" "Each IAP Service relies on prepaid credits to work and has its own pricing. " "To consult my current balance or to recharge my account, go to " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Odoo IAP --> View my Services`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:19 msgid "" "If I am on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, I benefit " "from free credits to test our IAP features." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:23 msgid "IAP accounts" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:25 msgid "" "Credits to use IAP services are stored on IAP accounts, which are specific " "to each service and database. By default, IAP accounts are common to all " "companies, but can be restricted to specific ones. Activate the " -":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, then go to " +":doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>`, then go to " ":menuselection:`Technical Settings --> IAP Account`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:34 msgid "IAP Portal" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:36 msgid "" "The IAP Portal is a platform regrouping my IAP Services. It is accessible " "from :menuselection:`Settings app --> Odoo IAP --> View my Services`. From " @@ -1696,11 +1698,11 @@ msgid "" "consumption and set a reminder to when credits are low." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:44 msgid "Get notified when credits are low" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:46 msgid "" "To be notified when it’s time to recharge my credits, I’ll go to my IAP " "Portal through :menuselection:`Settings app --> Odoo IAP --> View my " @@ -1710,48 +1712,73 @@ msgid "" "by email!" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:56 msgid "IAP services available" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:58 msgid "" "Different services are available depending on the hosting type of your " "Database:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:60 msgid "" "*Odoo Online (SAAS)*: only the IAP services provided by Odoo can be used " "(i.e. the SMS, Snailmail, Reveal and Partner Autocomplete features);" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:62 msgid "" "*Odoo.sh and Odoo Enterprise (on-premise)*: both the services provided by " "Odoo and by third-party apps can be used." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:66 msgid "Offering my own services" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:68 msgid "" "I am more than welcome to offer my own IAP services through Odoo Apps! It is" " the perfect opportunity to get recurring revenue for an ongoing service use" " rather than — and possibly instead of — a sole initial purchase. Please, " -"find more information at: `In-App Purchase " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/14.0/webservices/iap.html>`_" +"find more information at: :doc:`In-App Purchase " +"</developer/webservices/iap>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies.rst:3 -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:2 -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/general/mobile.rst:4 +msgid "Mobile" +msgstr "Mobile" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/mobile.rst:7 +msgid "Push Notifications" +msgstr "Notificações Push" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/mobile.rst:9 +msgid "" +"As of Odoo 12.0, 13.0 or above, there is no more complex configuration to " +"enable push notifications in the mobile app." +msgstr "" +"A partir do Odoo 12.0, 13.0 ou superior, não há uma configuração mais " +"complexa para ativar as notificações por push no aplicativo móvel." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/mobile.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Simply go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Odoo Cloud " +"Notification (OCN)` and make sure that **Push Notifications** is checked." +msgstr "" +"Simplesmente vá para: menuselection: `Configurações -> Configurações gerais " +"-> Odoo Cloud Notification (OCN)` e verifique se ** Push Notifications ** " +"está marcado." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:2 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:189 msgid "Multi Companies" msgstr "Multi Empresas" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:4 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:4 msgid "" "A centralized management environment allows you to select multiple companies" " simultaneously and set their specific warehouses, customers, equipment, and" @@ -1760,11 +1787,11 @@ msgid "" "overall management process." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:10 msgid "Manage companies and records" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:12 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Manage Companies` and fill in the form " "with your company’s information. If a *Parent Company* is selected, records " @@ -1772,15 +1799,15 @@ msgid "" "active)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:21 msgid "" -"Activate the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` " -"to choose a *Favicon* for each of your companies, and easily identify them " -"by the browser tabs. Set your favicons’ files size to 16x16 or 32x32 pixels." -" JPG, PNG, GIF, and ICO are extensions accepted." +"Activate the :doc:`Developer mode <../developer_mode/activate>` to choose a " +"*Favicon* for each of your companies, and easily identify them by the " +"browser tabs. Set your favicons’ files size to 16x16 or 32x32 pixels. JPG, " +"PNG, GIF, and ICO are extensions accepted." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:30 msgid "" "Switch between or select multiple companies by enabling their selection " "boxes to activate them. The grayed company is the one which environment is " @@ -1789,118 +1816,114 @@ msgid "" "environment in use is of *JS Store US*." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:39 msgid "" "Data such as Products, Contacts, and Equipment can be shared or set to be " "shown for a specific company only. To do so, on their forms, choose between:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:42 msgid "*A blank field*: the record is shared within all companies." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:43 msgid "" "*Adding a company*: the record is visible to users logged in to that " -"specific company and its child companies." +"specific company." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:50 msgid "Employees' access" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:52 msgid "" "Once companies are created, manage your employees' :doc:`Access Rights " -"<../odoo_basics/add_user>` for *Multi Companies*." +"<../odoo_basics/users>` for *Multi Companies*." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:61 msgid "" "If a user has multiple companies *activated* on his database, and he is " "**editing** a record, the editing happens on the record's related company." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:64 msgid "" "Example: if editing a sale order issued under JS Store US while working on " "the JS Store Belgium environment, the changes are applied under JS Store US " "(the company from which the sale order was issued)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:65 msgid "When **creating** a record, the company taken into account is:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:67 msgid "The current company (the one active) or," msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:68 msgid "No company is set (on products and contacts’ forms for example) or," msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:69 msgid "" "The company set is the one linked to the document (the same as if a record " "is being edited)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:72 msgid "Documents’ format" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:74 msgid "" "To set documents' formats according to each company, *activate* and *select*" " the respective one and, under *Settings*, click on *Configure Document " "Layout*." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:82 msgid "Inter-Company Transactions" msgstr "Transações interempresariais" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:84 msgid "" "First, make sure each one of your companies is properly set in relation to:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:86 msgid "" ":doc:`Chart of Accounts " -"<../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts>`" +"<../../finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:88 -msgid ":doc:`Taxes <../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes>`" +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:87 +msgid ":doc:`Taxes <../../finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:88 msgid "" -":doc:`Fiscal Positions <../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions>`" +":doc:`Fiscal Positions " +"<../../finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:90 -msgid ":doc:`Journals <../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts>`" +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:89 +msgid ":doc:`Journals <../../finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:90 msgid "" ":doc:`Fiscal Localizations " -"<../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>`" +"<../../finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:92 -msgid ":doc:`Pricelists <../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing>`" +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:91 +msgid ":doc:`Pricelists <../../sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:93 -msgid "" -":doc:`Warehouses <../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:93 msgid "" "Now, activate the *Inter-Company Transactions* option under *Settings*. With" " the respective company *activated* and *selected*, choose if you would like" @@ -1908,20 +1931,20 @@ msgid "" "or at a sales/purchase orders level." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:101 msgid "" "**Synchronize invoice/bills**: generates a bill/invoice when a company " "confirms a bill/invoice for the selected company." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:104 msgid "" "*Example:* an invoice posted on JS Store Belgium, for JS Store US, " "automatically creates a vendor bill on the JS Store US, from the JS Store " "Belgium." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:111 msgid "" "**Synchronize sales/purchase order**: generates a drafted purchase/sales " "order using the selected company warehouse when a sales/purchase order is " @@ -1929,217 +1952,41 @@ msgid "" "order you rather have it validated, enable *Automatic Validation*." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:115 msgid "" "*Example:* when a sale order for JS Store US is confirmed on JS Store " "Belgium, a purchase order on JS Store Belgium is automatically created (and " "confirmed if the *Automatic Validation* feature was enabled)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:126 -msgid "Products have to be configured as *Can be sold*." +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:124 +msgid "" +"Products have to be configured as *Can be sold* and must be shared between " +"the companies." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:127 msgid "" "Remember to test all workflows as an user other than the administrator." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:132 -msgid "" -"`Multi-company Guidelines " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/14.0/howtos/company.html>`_" +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:130 +msgid ":doc:`Multi-company Guidelines </developer/howtos/company>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:133 -msgid ":doc:`../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works`" +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:131 +msgid ":doc:`../../finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics.rst:3 msgid "Basics" msgstr "Básicos" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:3 -msgid "Add Users and Manage Access Rights" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo defines a *user* as someone who has access to a database to perform " -"daily tasks. You can add as many users as you need and, in order to restrict" -" the type of information each user can access, rules can be applied. Users " -"and access rights can be added and changed at any point." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:12 -msgid "Add individual users" -msgstr "Adicionar usuários individuais" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Manage Users` and click on *Create*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Fill in the form with the needed information. Under the tab :ref:`Access " -"Rights <general/odoo_basics/add_user/access_rights>` choose the group within" -" each application the user can have access to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:24 -msgid "" -"The list of applications shown is based on the applications installed on the" -" database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:30 -msgid "" -"When you are done editing the page and have *Saved* it, an invitation email " -"is automatically sent to the user. The user must click on it to accept the " -"invitation and create a login." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Remember that subscription prices follow the number of users. Refer to our " -"`pricing page <https://www.odoo.com/pricing>`_ for more information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:42 -msgid "" -"With the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` " -"activated, *User Types* can be selected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:50 -msgid "" -"The *Portal* and *Public* options do not allow you to choose access rights. " -"Members have specific ones (such as record rules and restricted menus) and " -"usually do not belong to the usual Odoo groups." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:57 -msgid "Access Rights in detail" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:59 -msgid "" -"Activate the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, " -"then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Groups`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:63 -msgid "Groups" -msgstr "Grupos" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:68 -msgid "" -"When choosing the groups the user can have access under :ref:`Access Rights " -"<general/odoo_basics/add_individual_user>`, details of the rules and " -"inheritances of that group are not shown, so this is when the menu *Groups* " -"comes along. *Groups* are created to define rules to models within an " -"application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Under *Users*, have a list of the current ones. The ones with administrative" -" rights are shown in black." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:76 -msgid "" -"*Inherited* means that users added to this application group are " -"automatically added to the following ones. In the example below, users who " -"have access to the group *Administrator* of *Sales* also have access to " -"*Website/Restricted Editor* and *Sales/User: All Documents*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:86 -msgid "" -"Remember to always test the settings being changed in order to ensure that " -"they are being applied to the needed and right users." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:89 -msgid "" -"The *Menus* tab is where you define which menus (models) the user can have " -"access to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:96 -msgid "" -"*Access Rights* rules are the first level of rights. The field is composed " -"of the object name, which is the technical name given to a model. For each " -"model, enable the following options as appropriate:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:99 -msgid "*Read*: the values of that object can be only seen by the user." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:100 -msgid "*Write*: the values of that object can be edited by the user." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:101 -msgid "*Create*: values for that object can be created by the user." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:102 -msgid "*Delete*: the values of that object can be deleted by the user." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:109 -msgid "" -"As a second layer of editing and visibility rules, *Record Rules* can be " -"formed. They overwrite, or refine, the *Access Rights*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:112 -msgid "" -"A record rule is written using a *Domain*. Domains are conditions used to " -"filter or searching data. Therefore, a domain expression is a list of " -"conditions. For each rule, choose among the following options: *Read*, " -"*Write*, *Create* and *Delete* values." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:119 -msgid "" -"Making changes in access rights can have a big impact on the database. For " -"this reason, we recommend you to contact your Odoo Business Analyst or our " -"Support Team, unless you have knowledge about Domains in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:126 -msgid "" -"The *Multi Companies* field allows you to set to which of the multiple " -"companies database you hold the user can have access." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:130 -msgid "" -"Note that if not handled correctly, it may be the source of a lot of " -"inconsistent multi-company behaviors. Therefore, a good knowledge of Odoo is" -" required. For technical explanations refer to `this " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/14.0/howtos/company.html>`_ " -"documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:140 -msgid ":doc:`../multi_companies/manage_multi_companies`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:141 -msgid ":doc:`../../db_management/documentation`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:3 msgid "Manage Odoo in your own language" msgstr "Gerencie o Odoo em seu próprio idioma" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo provides you with the option to manage Odoo in different languages, and" " each user can use Odoo in his own language ." @@ -2147,18 +1994,18 @@ msgstr "" "O Odoo oferece a opção de gerenciar o Odoo em diferentes idiomas, e cada " "usuário pode usar o Odoo em seu próprio idioma." -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:9 msgid "Load your desired language" msgstr "Carregue o idioma desejado" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:11 msgid "" "The first thing to do is to load your desired language on your Odoo " "instance." msgstr "" "A primeira coisa a fazer é carregar o idioma desejado na instância do Odoo." -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:14 msgid "" "From the general dashboard click on the **Settings** app; on the top left of" " the page select :menuselection:`Translations --> Load a Translation`, " @@ -2168,7 +2015,7 @@ msgstr "" " esquerdo da página, selecione: seleção de menus: `Tradução -> carregar uma " "tradução`, selecione um idioma para instalar e clique em **carregar**" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:23 msgid "" "If you check the \"Websites to translate\" checkbox you will have the option" " to change the navigation language on your website." @@ -2176,11 +2023,11 @@ msgstr "" "Se você marcar a caixa de seleção \"Websites a traduzir\" você terá a opção " "de mudar o idioma de navegação no seu website." -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:27 msgid "Change your language" msgstr "Mude seu idioma" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:29 msgid "" "You can change the language to the installed language by going to the drop-" "down menu at the top right side of the screen, choose **Preferences**." @@ -2188,7 +2035,7 @@ msgstr "" "Você pode alterar o idioma para o idioma instalado, acessando o menu " "suspenso no canto superior direito da tela, escolha ** Preferências **." -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:36 msgid "" "Then change the Language setting to your installed language and click " "**SAVE.**" @@ -2196,15 +2043,15 @@ msgstr "" "Em seguida, altere a configuração de idioma para o idioma instalado e clique" " em ** SALVAR. **" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:42 msgid "Open a new menu to view the changes." msgstr "Abra um novo menu para ver as alterações." -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:45 msgid "Change another user's language" msgstr "Alterar o idioma de outro usuário" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:47 msgid "" "Odoo also gives you the possibility for each user to choose his preferred " "language." @@ -2212,7 +2059,7 @@ msgstr "" "O Odoo também oferece a possibilidade de cada usuário escolher seu idioma " "preferido." -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:50 msgid "" "To change the language for a different user, choose :menuselection:`Users " "--> Users` from the Settings app. Here you have a list of all users and you " @@ -2228,15 +2075,15 @@ msgstr "" "esquerdo. Em Preferências, você pode alterar o idioma para qualquer idioma " "instalado anteriormente e clicar em ** SALVAR. **" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:61 -msgid ":doc:`../../website/publish/translate`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../website/publish/translate`" +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:61 +msgid ":doc:`../../websites/website/publish/translate`" +msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:3 msgid "Export Data From Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:5 msgid "" "When working with a database, it sometimes is necessary to export your data " "in a distinct file. Doing so can help to do reporting over your activities " @@ -2244,21 +2091,21 @@ msgid "" "application)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:9 msgid "" "With Odoo, you can export the values from any field in any record. To do so," " activate the list view on the items that need to be exported, click on " "*Action*, and, then, on *Export*." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:17 msgid "" "Pretty simple, this action still comes with some specificities. In fact, " "when clicking on *Export*, a pop-up window appears with several options for " "the data to export:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:25 msgid "" "With the *I want to update data* option ticked, the system only shows the " "fields which can be imported. This is very helpful in case you want to " @@ -2267,14 +2114,14 @@ msgid "" "not just the ones which can be imported." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:31 msgid "" "When exporting, you can choose between two formats: .csv and .xls. With " ".csv, items are separated with a comma, while .xls holds information about " "all the worksheets in a file, including both content and formatting." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:34 msgid "" "Those are the items you may want to export. Use the arrows to display more " "sub-field options. Of course, you can use the search bar to find specific " @@ -2282,22 +2129,22 @@ msgid "" "the fields by clicking on all the arrows!" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:39 msgid "The + button is there to add fields to the “to export” list." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:40 msgid "" "The “handles” next to the selected fields allow you to move the fields up " "and down to change the order in which they must be displayed in the exported" " file." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:43 msgid "The trashcan is there if you need to remove fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:44 msgid "" "For recurring reports, it might be interesting to save export presets. " "Select all the needed ones and click on the template bar. There, click on " @@ -2305,65 +2152,314 @@ msgid "" "the same list, simply select the related template." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:51 msgid "" "It’s good to keep the field’s external identifier in mind. For example, " "*Related Company* is equal to *parent_id*. Doing so helps export only what " "you would like to import next." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers.rst:3 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:3 +msgid "Users and Access Rights" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo defines a *user* as someone who has access to a database to perform " +"daily tasks. You can add as many users as you need and, in order to restrict" +" the type of information each user can access, rules can be applied. Users " +"and access rights can be added and changed at any point." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:12 +msgid "Add individual users" +msgstr "Adicionar usuários individuais" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Manage Users` and click on *Create*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Fill in the form with the needed information. Under the tab :ref:`Access " +"Rights <general/odoo_basics/users/access_rights>` choose the group within " +"each application the user can have access to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The list of applications shown is based on the applications installed on the" +" database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:30 +msgid "" +"When you are done editing the page and have *Saved* it, an invitation email " +"is automatically sent to the user. The user must click on it to accept the " +"invitation and create a login." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Remember that subscription prices follow the number of users. Refer to our " +"`pricing page <https://www.odoo.com/pricing>`_ for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:42 +msgid "" +"With the :doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>` " +"activated, *User Types* can be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The *Portal* and *Public* options do not allow you to choose access rights. " +"Members have specific ones (such as record rules and restricted menus) and " +"usually do not belong to the usual Odoo groups." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:57 +msgid "Passwords management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:62 +msgid "Reset passwords" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:67 +msgid "Enable password resets from login page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:69 +msgid "It is possible to enable password resets directly from the login page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:71 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Permissions`, activate " +"**Password Reset** and *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:80 +msgid "Send reset instructions to users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Users`, select the " +"user out of the list and click on *Send Password Reset Instructions* on its " +"user form. An email is automatically sent to them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:87 +msgid "" +"The *Send Password Reset Instructions* button only appears if the Odoo " +"invitation email has already been confirmed by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:90 +msgid "" +"This email contains all the instructions needed to reset the password, along" +" with a link redirecting the user to an Odoo login page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:100 +msgid "Change users’ passwords" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Users` and select " +"a user to access its form. Click on the *Action* button and select *Change " +"Password*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:109 +msgid "Enter a new password and confirm by clicking on *Change Password*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:112 +msgid "" +"This operation only modifies the password of the users locally and does not " +"affect their odoo.com account. If you want to change the odoo.com password, " +"you can :ref:`send the password reset instructions <users/reset-password-" +"email>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Click on *Change Password* one more time. You are then redirected to an Odoo" +" login page where you can reaccess your database using your new password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:122 +msgid "Access Rights in detail" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:124 +msgid "" +"Activate the :doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>`, " +"then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Groups`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:128 +msgid "Groups" +msgstr "Grupos" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:133 +msgid "" +"When choosing the groups the user can have access under :ref:`Access Rights " +"<general/odoo_basics/add_individual_user>`, details of the rules and " +"inheritances of that group are not shown, so this is when the menu *Groups* " +"comes along. *Groups* are created to define rules to models within an " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Under *Users*, have a list of the current ones. The ones with administrative" +" rights are shown in black." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:141 +msgid "" +"*Inherited* means that users added to this application group are " +"automatically added to the following ones. In the example below, users who " +"have access to the group *Administrator* of *Sales* also have access to " +"*Website/Restricted Editor* and *Sales/User: All Documents*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Remember to always test the settings being changed in order to ensure that " +"they are being applied to the needed and right users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:154 +msgid "" +"The *Menus* tab is where you define which menus (models) the user can have " +"access to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:161 +msgid "" +"*Access Rights* rules are the first level of rights. The field is composed " +"of the object name, which is the technical name given to a model. For each " +"model, enable the following options as appropriate:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:164 +msgid "*Read*: the values of that object can be only seen by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:165 +msgid "*Write*: the values of that object can be edited by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:166 +msgid "*Create*: values for that object can be created by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:167 +msgid "*Delete*: the values of that object can be deleted by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:174 +msgid "" +"As a second layer of editing and visibility rules, *Record Rules* can be " +"formed. They overwrite, or refine, the *Access Rights*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:177 +msgid "" +"A record rule is written using a *Domain*. Domains are conditions used to " +"filter or searching data. Therefore, a domain expression is a list of " +"conditions. For each rule, choose among the following options: *Read*, " +"*Write*, *Create* and *Delete* values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:184 +msgid "" +"Making changes in access rights can have a big impact on the database. For " +"this reason, we recommend you to contact your Odoo Business Analyst or our " +"Support Team, unless you have knowledge about Domains in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:191 +msgid "" +"The *Multi Companies* field allows you to set to which of the multiple " +"companies database you hold the user can have access." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:195 +msgid "" +"Note that if not handled correctly, it may be the source of a lot of " +"inconsistent multi-company behaviors. Therefore, a good knowledge of Odoo is" +" required. For technical explanations refer to :doc:`this " +"</developer/howtos/company>` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:205 +msgid ":doc:`../multi_companies/manage_multi_companies`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:206 +msgid ":doc:`../../settings/users_and_features`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:27 msgid "Payment Acquirers" msgstr "Métodos de Pagamento" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:3 msgid "Authorize.Net" msgstr "Authorize.Net" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:5 msgid "" "`Authorize.Net <https://www.authorize.net>`__ is a United States-based " "online payment solution provider, allowing businesses to accept **credit " "cards**." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:12 msgid "" "This Payment Acquirer offers additional options that are not available for " "other :doc:`Payment Acquirers <payment_acquirers>`, such as the ability to " "process your customer's payment after delivery." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:17 msgid "Authorize.Net account" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:19 msgid "" "If not done yet, choose a plan and `Sign Up for an Authorize.Net account " "<https://www.authorize.net/sign-up.html>`__." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:22 msgid "" "Odoo needs your **API Credentials & Keys** to connect with your " "Authorize.Net account, which comprise:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:25 msgid "API Login ID" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:26 msgid "Transaction Key" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:27 msgid "Signature Key" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:29 msgid "" "To retrieve them, log into your Authorize.Net account, go to " ":menuselection:`Account --> Security Settings --> General Security Settings " @@ -2371,19 +2467,19 @@ msgid "" "**Signature Key**." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:39 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:114 msgid "" "`Authorize.Net: Getting Started Guide " "<https://support.authorize.net/s/article/Authorize-Net-Getting-Started-" "Guide>`__" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:43 msgid "Payment Acquirer Configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:45 msgid "" "To configure Authorize.Net as Payment Acquirer in Odoo, go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Acquirers`, open " @@ -2391,43 +2487,43 @@ msgid "" "click on *Save* once you've set everything up." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:50 msgid "" "Please refer to the :doc:`Payment Acquirers documentation " "<payment_acquirers>` to read how to configure this payment acquirer." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:54 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:133 msgid "Credentials" msgstr "Credenciais" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:56 msgid "" "Copy your credentials from your Authorize.Net account (API Login Id, API " "Transaction Key, and API Signature Key), paste them in the related fields " "under the **Credentials** tab, then click on **Generate Client Key**." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:61 msgid "" "The **API Client Key** is necessary only if you select *Payment from Odoo* " "option as :ref:`Payment Flow <payment_acquirers/payment_flow>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:65 msgid "" "If you are trying Authorize.Net as a test, with a *sandbox account*, change " "the **State** to *Test Mode*. We recommend doing this on a test Odoo " "database, rather than on your main database." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:69 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:151 msgid "Payment Flow" msgstr "Fluxo de pagamento" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:71 msgid "" "The **Payment Flow** lets you decide if to redirect the user to the payment " "acquirer's portal to authenticate the payment, or if to stay on the current " @@ -2435,69 +2531,69 @@ msgid "" "**Configuration** tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:75 msgid "" "If you select *Redirection to the acquirer website*, make sure you add a " "**Default Receipt URL** and a **Default Relay Response URL** to your " "Authorize.net account." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:78 msgid "" "To do so, log into your Authorize.Net account, go to :menuselection:`Account" " --> Transaction Format Settings --> Transaction Response Settings --> " "Response/Receipt URLs`, and set the default links:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 msgid "Default Receipt URL:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 msgid "*https://[yourcompany.odoo.com]*/**payment/authorize/return**" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 msgid "Default Relay Response URL:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 msgid "*https://[yourcompany.odoo.com]*/**shop/confirmation**" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 msgid "Failing to complete this step results in the following error:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 msgid "*The referrer, relay response or receipt link URL is invalid.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:91 msgid "Capture the payment after the delivery" msgstr "Capture o pagamento após a entrega" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:93 msgid "" "The **Capture Amount Manually** field is under the **Configuration** tab. If" " enabled, the funds are reserved for 30 days on the customer's card, but not" " charged yet." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:100 msgid "" "To capture the payment, go to the related Sales Order and click on *Capture " "Transaction*. If the order is canceled, you can click on *Void Transaction* " "to unlock the funds from the customer's card." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:108 msgid "" "After **30 days**, the transaction is **voided automatically** by " "Authorize.net." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:111 msgid "" "With other payment acquirers, you can manage the capture in their own " "interfaces, not from Odoo." @@ -2505,21 +2601,21 @@ msgstr "" "Com outros adquirentes de pagamento, você pode gerenciar a captura em suas " "próprias interfaces, não no Odoo." -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:116 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:206 msgid ":doc:`payment_acquirers`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:117 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:207 -msgid ":doc:`../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer`" +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:207 +msgid ":doc:`../../websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:3 msgid "Payment Acquirers (Credit Cards, Online Payment)" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo embeds several **payment methods** that allow your customers to pay on " "their *Customer Portals* or your *eCommerce website*. They can pay Sales " @@ -2528,14 +2624,14 @@ msgid "" "accept **Credit Cards**." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:10 msgid "" "Having several payment methods increases the chances of getting paid in " "time, or even immediately, as you make it more convenient for your customers" " to pay with the payment method they prefer and trust." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:19 msgid "" "Odoo does not keep Credit Card numbers or credentials on its servers, nor is" " it stored on Odoo databases hosted elsewhere. Instead, Odoo apps use a " @@ -2544,7 +2640,7 @@ msgid "" "credentials for the payment acquirer." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:29 msgid "" "From an accounting perspective, we can distinguish two types of payment " "acquirers: the payments that go directly on the bank account and follow the " @@ -2552,131 +2648,131 @@ msgid "" "party services and require you to follow another accounting workflow." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:36 msgid "Bank Payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 msgid ":doc:`Wire Transfer <wire_transfer>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 msgid "" "When selected, Odoo displays your payment information with a payment " "reference. You have to approve the payment manually once you have received " "it on your bank account." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 msgid "SEPA Direct Debit" msgstr "Débito direto SEPA" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 msgid "" "Your customers can sign a SEPA Direct Debit mandate online and get their " "bank account charged directly. :doc:`Click here " -"<../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd>` for more " -"information about this payment method." +"<../../finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd>` for more" +" information about this payment method." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:49 msgid "Online Payment Providers" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 msgid "Redirection to the acquirer website" msgstr "Redirecionamento para o site do adquirente" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 msgid "Payment from Odoo" msgstr "Pagamento de Odoo" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 msgid "Save Cards" msgstr "Salvar Cartões" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 msgid "Capture Amount Manually" msgstr "Capturar quantidade manualmente" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:55 msgid "Adyen" msgstr "Adyen" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:55 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:57 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:61 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:65 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:67 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:69 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 msgid "✔" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:57 msgid "Alipay" msgstr "Alipay" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 msgid ":doc:`Authorize.Net <authorize>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:61 msgid "Buckaroo" msgstr "Buckaroo" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 msgid "Ingenico" msgstr "Ingenico" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:65 msgid ":doc:`PayPal <paypal>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:67 msgid "PayUMoney" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:69 msgid "SIPS" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:3 msgid "Stripe" msgstr "Stripe" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:75 msgid "" "Some of these Online Payment Providers can also be added as :doc:`Bank " -"Accounts <../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts>`, but this is **not** " -"the same process as adding them as Payment Acquirers. Payment Acquirers " -"allow customers to pay online, and Bank Accounts are added and configured on" -" your Accounting app to do a bank reconciliation, which is an accounting " -"control process." +"Accounts <../../finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts>`, but this is " +"**not** the same process as adding them as Payment Acquirers. Payment " +"Acquirers allow customers to pay online, and Bank Accounts are added and " +"configured on your Accounting app to do a bank reconciliation, which is an " +"accounting control process." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:86 msgid "" "Some of the features described in this section are available only with some " "Payment Acquirers. Refer to :ref:`the table above " "<payment_acquirers/online_providers>` for more details." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:92 msgid "Add a new Payment Acquirer" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:94 msgid "" "To add a new Payment acquirer and make it available to your customers, go to" " :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Acquirers`, look " @@ -2685,7 +2781,7 @@ msgid "" "*Enabled*." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:104 msgid "" "We recommend using the *Test Mode* on a duplicated database or a test " "database. The Test Mode is meant to be used with your test/sandbox " @@ -2695,11 +2791,11 @@ msgid "" "your main database." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:112 msgid "Credentials tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:114 msgid "" "If not done yet, go to the **Online Payment Provider**'s website, create an " "account, and make sure to have the credentials required for third-party use." @@ -2707,28 +2803,28 @@ msgid "" "and get the confirmation of the *payment authentication*." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:118 msgid "" "The form in this section is specific to the Payment Acquirer you are " "configuring. Please refer to the related documentation for more information." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:124 msgid "Configuration tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:126 msgid "" "You can change the Payment Acquirer front-end appearance by modifying its " "name under the **Displayed as** field and which credit card icons to display" " under the **Supported Payment Icons** field." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:132 msgid "Save and reuse Credit Cards" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:134 msgid "" "With the **Save Cards** feature, Odoo can store **Payment Tokens** in your " "database, which can be used for subsequent payments, without having to " @@ -2736,11 +2832,11 @@ msgid "" "recurring payments." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:141 msgid "Place a hold on a card" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:143 msgid "" "If the **Capture Amount Manually** field is enabled, the funds are reserved " "for a few days on the customer's card, but not charged yet. You must then go" @@ -2749,40 +2845,40 @@ msgid "" "the customer's card." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:153 msgid "" "Choose in the **Payment Flow** field if to redirect the user to the payment " "acquirer's portal to authenticate the payment, or if to stay on the current " "page and authenticate the payment from Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:157 msgid "" "Some features are available only if you select *Redirection to the acquirer " "website*." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:162 msgid "Countries" msgstr "Países" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:164 msgid "" "Restrict the use of the Payment Acquirer to a selection of countries. Leave " "this field blank to make the Payment Acquirer available to all countries." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:170 msgid "Payment Journal" msgstr "Diário de Pagamento" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:172 msgid "" "The **Payment Journal** selected for your Payment Acquirer must be a *Bank* " "journal." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:175 msgid "" "In many cases, Odoo automatically creates a new **Journal** and a new " "**Account** when you activate a new Payment Acquirer. Both of them are " @@ -2791,21 +2887,21 @@ msgid "" " them if necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:183 msgid "Messages tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:185 msgid "" "Change here the messages displayed by Odoo after a payment's confirmation or" " failure." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:190 msgid "Accounting perspective" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:192 msgid "" "The **Bank Payments** that go directly to one of your bank accounts follow " "their usual reconciliation workflows. However, payments recorded with " @@ -2814,7 +2910,7 @@ msgid "" "advice." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:197 msgid "" "Odoo default method is to record the payments on a *Current Assets Account*," " on a dedicated *Bank Journal*, once the *Payment Authentication* is " @@ -2822,76 +2918,77 @@ msgid "" " to your *Bank Account*." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:201 msgid "Here are the requirements for this to work:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:203 msgid "Bank Journal" msgstr "Diário Bancário" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:205 msgid "The Journal's **type** must be *Bank Journal*." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:206 msgid "" "Select the right **Default Debit Account** and **Default Credit Account**." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 msgid "" "Under the *Advanced Settings* tab, make sure that **Posting** is set as " "*Post At Payment Validation*." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 msgid "" "This implies that the Journal Entry is recorded directly when your Odoo " "database receives the confirmation of the *Payment Authentication* from the " "Online Payment Provider." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:212 msgid "Current Asset Account" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:214 msgid "The Account's **type** is *Current Assets*" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:215 msgid "The Account must **Allow Reconciliation**" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:218 msgid "" "In many cases, Odoo automatically creates a new **Journal** and a new " "**Current Asset Account** when you activate a new Payment Acquirer. You can " "modify them if necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:223 -msgid ":doc:`../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording`" +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:223 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:224 msgid ":doc:`wire_transfer`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:225 msgid ":doc:`authorize`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:226 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:226 msgid ":doc:`paypal`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:3 msgid "Configure your Paypal account" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:5 msgid "" "Paypal is available and popular worldwide. It doesn’t charge any " "subscription fee and creating an account is very easy. That’s why we " @@ -2899,11 +2996,11 @@ msgid "" "where the customer is routed to Paypal website to register the payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:12 msgid "Paypal account" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:14 msgid "" "A business account is needed to get paid with Paypal. Create a `Paypal " "Business Account <https://www.paypal.com/us/merchantsignup/ " @@ -2913,27 +3010,27 @@ msgid "" "configuration steps." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:23 msgid "Settings in Paypal" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:26 msgid "" "First, let’s see how to set up your Paypal account in order to build a " "seamless customer experience with Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:28 msgid "" "Log in and open the settings. Go to :menuselection:`Products & Services --> " "Website payments` and click **Update** on **Website preferences**." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:34 msgid "Auto Return" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:36 msgid "" "*Auto Return* automatically redirects your customers to Odoo once the " "payment is processed. Check *Auto Return* and enter your domain name with " @@ -2941,18 +3038,18 @@ msgid "" "``https://yourcompany.odoo.com/shop/confirmation``)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:41 msgid "" "This URL is requested in Paypal but not used in practice as Odoo transmits " "it at each transaction. Don’t worry if you manage several sales channels or " "Odoo databases." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:49 msgid "Payment Data Transfer (PDT)" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:51 msgid "" "*Payment Data Transfer* delivers the payment confirmation to Odoo as soon as" " it is processed. Without it, Odoo cannot end the sales flow. This setting " @@ -2960,22 +3057,22 @@ msgid "" "You will be later requested to enter it in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:59 msgid "Paypal Account Optional" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:61 msgid "" "We advise you to not prompt customers to log in with a Paypal account when " "they get to pay. Let them pay with debit/credit cards as well, or you might " "lose some deals. Make sure this setting is turned on." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:68 msgid "Instant Payment Notification (IPN)" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:70 msgid "" "PDT sends order confirmations once and only once. As a result, your site " "must be running when it happens; otherwise, it will never receive the " @@ -2985,67 +3082,67 @@ msgid "" "receipt." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:77 msgid "" "To activate IPN, get back to *Website payments* menu and click *Update* in " "*Instant Payment Notification*." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:79 msgid "" "The *Notification URL* to set is your domain name + “payment/paypal/ipn” " "(e.g. ``https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/paypal/ipn``)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:85 msgid "Payment Messages Format" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:87 msgid "" "If you use accented characters (or anything else than basic Latin " "characters) for your customer names, addresses... you MUST configure the " "encoding format of the payment request sent by Odoo to Paypal." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:93 msgid "" "If you don't configure this setting, some transactions fail without notice." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:95 msgid "To do so, open:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:97 msgid "" "`this page for a test account <https://sandbox.paypal.com/cgi-" "bin/customerprofileweb?cmd=_profile-language-encoding>`__" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:99 msgid "" "`this page for a production account <https://www.paypal.com/cgi-" "bin/customerprofileweb?cmd=_profile-language-encoding>`__" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:101 msgid "" "Then, click *More Options* and set the two default encoding formats as " "**UTF-8**." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:109 msgid "Your Paypal account is ready!" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:112 msgid "" "If you want your customers to pay without creating a Paypal account, *Paypal" " Account Optional* needs to be turned on." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:118 msgid "" "For Encrypted Website Payments & EWP_SETTINGS error, please check the " "`Paypal documentation <https://developer.paypal.com/docs/ classic/paypal-" @@ -3053,82 +3150,82 @@ msgid "" "website-payments-ewp>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:124 msgid "Settings in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:127 msgid "Activation" msgstr "Ativação" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:129 msgid "" "Activate *Paypal* from the config bar of Sales, Invoicing and eCommerce " "apps, or from the configuration menu of *Payment Acquirers*." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:135 msgid "Odoo requires three Paypal credentials:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:137 msgid "*Email ID* is your login email address in Paypal." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:138 msgid "" "*Merchant ID* can be found in the settings of your Paypal account, in " ":menuselection:`Account Settings --> Business information`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:140 msgid "" "*Paypal PDT Token* is given in *Website payments* configuration as explained" " here above." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:146 msgid "Transaction fees" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:148 msgid "" "You can charge extra fees to your customers for paying with Paypal; This to " "cover the transaction fees Paypal charges you. Once redirected to Paypal, " "your customer sees an extra applied to the order amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:151 msgid "" "To activate this, go to the Configuration tab of Paypal configuration in " "Odoo and check *Add Extra Fees*." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:157 msgid "" "You can refer to `Paypal Fees <https://www.paypal.com/webapps/mpp/paypal-" "fees>`__ to set up fees." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:161 msgid "" "`Traders in the EU <https://europa.eu/youreurope/citizens/consumers/shopping" "/pricing-payments/ index_en.htm>`_ are not allowed to charge extra fees for " "paying with credit cards." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:165 msgid "Go live!" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:167 msgid "" "Your configuration is ready to roll. Make sure *Production* mode is on. Then" " publish the payment method by clicking the *Published* button right next to" " it." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:176 msgid "" "Paypal is now available in your payment form available in eCommerce, Sales " "and Invoicing apps. Customers are redirected to Paypal website when hitting " @@ -3136,40 +3233,40 @@ msgid "" "processed." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:185 msgid "Test environment" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:187 msgid "" "You can test the entire payment flow in Odoo thanks to Paypal Sandbox " "accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:189 msgid "" "Log in to `Paypal Developer Site <https://developer.paypal.com/>`__ with " "your Paypal credentials." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:191 msgid "This will create two sandbox accounts:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:193 msgid "" "A business account (to use as merchant, e.g. " "`pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com " "<mailto:pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com>`__)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:195 msgid "" "A default personal account (to use as shopper, e.g. " "`pp.merch01-buyer@example.com <mailto:pp.merch01-buyer@example.com>`__)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:197 msgid "" "Log in to Paypal Sandbox with the merchant account and follow the same " "configuration instructions. Enter your sandbox credentials in Odoo and make " @@ -3178,53 +3275,53 @@ msgid "" "generate invoices when a fictitious transaction is completed." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:203 msgid "Run a test transaction from Odoo using the sandbox personal account." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:5 msgid "" "`Stripe <https://stripe.com/>`_ is a United States-based online payment " "solution provider, allowing businesses to accept **credit cards** and other " "payment methods." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:9 msgid "Enable Local Payment Methods" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:11 msgid "" "Local payment methods are payment methods that are only available for " "certain merchants and customers countries and currencies." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:14 msgid "" "The Stripe connector in Odoo supports the following local payment methods:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:16 msgid "Bancontact" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:17 msgid "EPS" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:18 msgid "Giropay" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:19 msgid "iDeal:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:20 msgid "Przelewy24 (P24)" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:22 msgid "" "To enable specific Local Payment Methods with Stripe, list them as supported" " payment icons. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Payment Acquirers --> Stripe" @@ -3233,17 +3330,17 @@ msgid "" "don't have anything to do." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:31 msgid "" "If a payment method icon doesn't exist at all in the database, the " "corresponding local payment method is always offered to customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:3 msgid "How to get paid with wire transfers" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:5 msgid "" "**Wire Transfer** is the default payment method available. The aim is " "providing your customers with your bank details so they can pay on their " @@ -3251,51 +3348,51 @@ msgid "" "Opt for payment acquirers as soon as you can!" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:13 msgid "How to provide customers with payment instructions" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:14 msgid "" "Put your payment instructions in the **Thanks Message** of your payment " "method." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:19 msgid "They will appear to the customers when they place an order." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:26 msgid "How to manage an order once you get paid" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:28 msgid "" "Whenever a customer pays by wire transfer, the order stays in an " "intermediary stage **Quotation Sent** (i.e. unpaid order). When you get " "paid, you confirm the order manually to launch the delivery." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:35 msgid "How to create other manual payment methods" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:37 msgid "" "If you manage a B2B business, you can create other manually-processed " "payment methods like paying by check. To do so, just rename *Wire Transfer* " "or duplicate it." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash.rst:3 msgid "Unsplash" msgstr "Unsplash" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:3 msgid "How to generate an Unsplash access key" msgstr "Como gerar uma chave de acesso Unsplash" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:6 msgid "" "**As an SaaS user**, you are ready to use Unsplash. You won't need to follow" " this guide to set up Unsplash informations, since you will use our own Odoo" @@ -3305,15 +3402,15 @@ msgstr "" "precisará seguir este guia para configurar as informações do Unsplash, já " "que usará nossa própria chave Odoo Unsplash de forma transparente." -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:9 msgid "Generate an Unsplash access key for **non-Saas** users" msgstr "Gerar uma chave de acesso Unsplash para usuários ** não Saas **" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:11 msgid "Create an account on `Unsplash.com <https://unsplash.com/join>`_." msgstr "Crie uma conta em `Unsplash.com <https://unsplash.com/join>` _." -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:13 msgid "" "Go to your `applications dashboard " "<https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications>`_ and click on **New " @@ -3322,11 +3419,11 @@ msgstr "" "Vá para o `painel de aplicativos <https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications>` " "_ e clique em ** Novo aplicativo **." -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:18 msgid "Accept the conditions and click on **Accept terms**." msgstr "Aceite as condições e clique em ** Aceitar os termos **." -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:23 msgid "" "You will be prompted to insert an **Application name** and a " "**Description**. Please prefix your application name by \"**Odoo:** \" so " @@ -3338,7 +3435,7 @@ msgstr "" "o Unsplash possa reconhecê-lo como uma instância do Odoo. Quando terminar, " "clique em ** Criar aplicativo **." -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:28 msgid "" "You should be redirected to your application details page. Scroll down a bit" " to find your **access key**." @@ -3346,7 +3443,7 @@ msgstr "" "Você deve ser redirecionado para a página de detalhes do aplicativo. Role um" " pouco para baixo para encontrar sua ** chave de acesso **." -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:34 msgid "" "**As a non-SaaS user**, you won't be able to register for a production " "Unsplash key and will be limited to your test key that has a restriction of " @@ -3356,15 +3453,15 @@ msgstr "" "Unsplash de produção e estará limitado à sua chave de teste que tem uma " "restrição de 50 solicitações Unsplash por hora." -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:37 msgid ":doc:`unsplash_application_id`" msgstr ":doc:`unsplash_application_id`" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:3 msgid "How to generate an Unsplash application ID" msgstr "Como gerar um ID de aplicativo Unsplash" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:6 msgid "" "You should first create and set up your Unsplash application with this " "tutorial: :doc:`unsplash_access_key`." @@ -3372,7 +3469,7 @@ msgstr "" "Você deve primeiro criar e configurar seu aplicativo Unsplash com este " "tutorial:: doc: `unsplash_access_key`." -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:8 msgid "" "Go to your `applications dashboard " "<https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications>`_ and click on your newly created " @@ -3382,7 +3479,7 @@ msgstr "" "<https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications>` _ e clique em seu aplicativo " "Unsplash recém-criado em ** Seus aplicativos **." -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:13 msgid "" "You will be redirected to your application details page. The **application " "ID** will be visible in your browser's URL. The URL should be something like" @@ -3392,7 +3489,7 @@ msgstr "" "aplicativo ** ficará visível no URL do seu navegador. O URL deve ser algo " "como `` https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications/ <application_id> ``" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:19 msgid "" "**As a non-SaaS user**, you won't be able to register for a production " "Unsplash key and will be limited to your test key that has a 50 Unsplash " @@ -3402,74 +3499,74 @@ msgstr "" "Unsplash de produção e estará limitado à sua chave de teste que tem uma " "restrição de 50 solicitações Unsplash por hora." -#: ../../general/voip.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip.rst:3 msgid "VoIP (Voice over Internet Protocol)" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:3 msgid "Configure your VoIP Asterisk server for Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:6 msgid "Installing Asterisk server" msgstr "Instalação do servidor Asterisk" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:9 msgid "Dependencies" msgstr "Dependências" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:11 msgid "" "Before installing Asterisk you need to install the following dependencies:" msgstr "" "Antes de instalar o Asterisk, você precisa instalar as seguintes " "dependências:" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:13 msgid "wget" msgstr "wget" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:14 msgid "gcc" msgstr "gcc" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:15 msgid "g++" msgstr "g++" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:16 msgid "ncurses-devel" msgstr "ncurses-devel" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:17 msgid "libxml2-devel" msgstr "libxml2-devel" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:18 msgid "sqlite-devel" msgstr "sqlite-devel" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:19 msgid "libsrtp-devel" msgstr "libsrtp-devel" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:20 msgid "libuuid-devel" msgstr "libuuid-devel" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:21 msgid "openssl-devel" msgstr "openssl-devel" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:22 msgid "pkg-config" msgstr "pkg-config" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:24 msgid "In order to install libsrtp, follow the instructions below:" msgstr "Para instalar o libsrtp, siga as instruções abaixo:" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:35 msgid "" "You also need to install PJSIP, you can download the source `here " "<http://www.pjsip.org/download.htm>`_. Once the source directory is " @@ -3479,35 +3576,35 @@ msgstr "" "<http://www.pjsip.org/download.htm>_. Uma vez extraído o diretório de " "origem:" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:37 msgid "**Change to the pjproject source directory:**" msgstr "**Change to the pjproject source directory:**" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:43 msgid "**run:**" msgstr "**run:**" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:49 msgid "**Build and install pjproject:**" msgstr "**Build and install pjproject:**" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:57 msgid "**Update shared library links:**" msgstr "**Update shared library links:**" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:63 msgid "**Verify that pjproject is installed:**" msgstr "**Verificar se o pjproject está instalado:**" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:69 msgid "**The result should be:**" msgstr "**O resultado deve ser:**" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:86 msgid "Asterisk" msgstr "Asterisco" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:88 msgid "" "In order to install Asterisk 13.7.0, you can download the source directly " "`there <http://downloads.asterisk.org/pub/telephony/asterisk/old-" @@ -3517,23 +3614,23 @@ msgstr "" "<http://downloads.asterisk.org/pub/telephony/asterisk/old-" "releases/asterisk-13.7.0.tar.gz>'_." -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:90 msgid "Extract Asterisk:" msgstr "Extract Asterisk:" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:96 msgid "Enter the Asterisk directory:" msgstr "Insira o diretório de scripts do Asterisco:" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:102 msgid "Run the Asterisk configure script:" msgstr "Execute o script configurar Asterisk:" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:108 msgid "Run the Asterisk menuselect tool:" msgstr "Run the Asterisk menuselect tool:" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:114 msgid "" "In the menuselect, go to the resources option and ensure that res_srtp is " "enabled. If there are 3 x’s next to res_srtp, there is a problem with the " @@ -3545,11 +3642,11 @@ msgstr "" " biblioteca srtp e você deve reinstalá-lo. Salve a configuração (pressione " "x). Você também deve ver estrelas na frente das linhas de res_pjsip." -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:116 msgid "Compile and install Asterisk:" msgstr "Compilar e instalar o Asterisco:" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:122 msgid "" "If you need the sample configs you can run 'make samples' to install the " "sample configs. If you need to install the Asterisk startup script you can " @@ -3560,19 +3657,19 @@ msgstr "" "instalar o script de inicialização do Asterisk, você pode executar 'make " "config'." -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:125 msgid "DTLS Certificates" msgstr "Certificados DTLS" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:127 msgid "After you need to setup the DTLS certificates." msgstr "Depois de precisar configurar os certificados DTLS." -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:133 msgid "Enter the Asterisk scripts directory:" msgstr "Insira o diretório de scripts do Asterisco:" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:139 msgid "" "Create the DTLS certificates (replace pbx.mycompany.com with your ip address" " or dns name, replace My Super Company with your company name):" @@ -3580,11 +3677,11 @@ msgstr "" "Crie os certificados DTLS (substitua pbx.mycompany.com pelo seu endereço ip " "ou nome dns, substitua minha Super Empresa pelo nome da sua empresa):" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:146 msgid "Configure Asterisk server" msgstr "Configure o servidor Asterisk" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:148 msgid "" "For WebRTC, a lot of the settings that are needed MUST be in the peer " "settings. The global settings do not flow down into the peer settings very " @@ -3598,7 +3695,7 @@ msgstr "" "estão localizados em /etc/asterisk/. Comece editando http.conf e certifique-" "se de que as seguintes linhas não são comprometidas:" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:158 msgid "" "Next, edit sip.conf. The WebRTC peer requires encryption, avpf, and " "icesupport to be enabled. In most cases, directmedia should be disabled. " @@ -3613,7 +3710,7 @@ msgstr "" "essas linhas de config devem estar sob o próprio peer; definir essas linhas " "de config globalmente pode não funcionar:" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:186 msgid "" "In the sip.conf and rtp.conf files you also need to add or uncomment the " "lines:" @@ -3621,63 +3718,64 @@ msgstr "" "Nos arquivos sip.conf e rtp.conf você também precisa adicionar ou " "descomentar as linhas:" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:193 msgid "Lastly, set up extensions.conf:" msgstr "Por fim, configure extensions.conf:" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:202 msgid "Configure Odoo VOIP" msgstr "Configure Odoo VOIP" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:204 msgid "In Odoo, the configuration should be done in the user's preferences." msgstr "Em Odoo, a configuração deve ser feita nas preferências do usuário." -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:210 msgid "" "The SIP Login/Browser's Extension is the number you configured previously in" " the sip.conf file (in our example: 1060)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:212 msgid "The SIP Password is the secret you chose in the sip.conf file." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:214 msgid "" "The extension of your office's phone is not a required field but it is used " "if you want to transfer your call from Odoo to an external phone also " "configured in the sip.conf file." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:217 msgid "" "The configuration should also be done in the General Settings under the " "\"Integrations\" section." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:222 msgid "" "The PBX Server IP should be the same as the IP you define in the http.conf " "file." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:224 msgid "" "The WebSocket should be: ws://localhost:XXXX/ws where \"localhost\" needs to" " be the same as the IP defined previously and \"XXXX\" needs to be the port " "defined in the http.conf file." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:3 msgid "Use VoIP services in Odoo with Axivox" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:6 ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:6 msgid "Introduction" msgstr "Introdução" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo VoIP can be set up to work together with `Axivox " "<https://www.axivox.com/>`_. In that case, an :doc:`Asterisk server " @@ -3685,85 +3783,85 @@ msgid "" "Axivox." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:12 msgid "" "To use this service, `contact Axivox <https://www.axivox.com/contact/>`_ to " "open an account. Before doing so, verify that Axivox covers your area and " "the areas you wish to call." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:18 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Apps` and install the **VoIP Module**." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:24 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Integrations`, and " "fill out the **Asterisk (VoIP)** field:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:27 msgid "" "**PBX Server IP**: set the domain created by Axivox for your account (e.g., " "*yourcompany.axivox.com*)" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:29 msgid "**WebSocket**: type in ``wss://pabx.axivox.com:3443``" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:30 msgid "**VoIP Environment**: set as *Production*" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:36 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Users`, then open " "the user's form you want to configure. Under the **Preferences** tab, fill " "out the section **PBX Configuration**:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:39 msgid "**SIP Login / Browser's Extension**: the Axivox *username*" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:40 msgid "**SIP Password**: the Axivox *SIP Password*" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:43 msgid "" "You can find all this information by logging in at " "https://manage.axivox.com/, selecting the user you want to configure, and " "referring to the fields as pictured below." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:51 msgid "Phone Calls" msgstr "Ligações Telefônicas" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:53 msgid "" "You can make phone calls by clicking on the phone icon in the navigation " "bar." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:55 msgid "" "You can also receive phone calls. Odoo rings and displays a notification." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:58 msgid "Your number is the one provided by Axivox." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:65 msgid "" "If you see a *Missing Parameter* message in the **Odoo softphone**, refresh " "your Odoo window and try again." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:73 msgid "" "If you see an *Incorrect Number* message in the Odoo softphone, make sure to" " use the international format, leading with the plus (+) sign followed by " @@ -3771,11 +3869,11 @@ msgid "" "international prefix for the United States)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:3 msgid "Use VoIP services in Odoo with OnSIP" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo VoIP can be set up to work together with OnSIP (www.onsip.com). In that" " case, the installation and setup of an Asterisk server is not necessary as " @@ -3786,7 +3884,7 @@ msgstr "" "Asterisk não são necessárias, pois toda a infraestrutura é hospedada e " "gerenciada pelo OnSIP." -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:10 msgid "" "You will need to open an account with OnSIP to use this service. Before " "doing so, make sure that your area and the areas you wish to call are " @@ -3798,11 +3896,11 @@ msgstr "" "estejam cobertas pelo serviço. Após abrir uma conta no OnSIP, siga o " "procedimento de configuração abaixo." -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:15 msgid "Go to Apps and install the module **VoIP OnSIP**." msgstr "Vá para Apps e instale o módulo **VoIP OnSIP**." -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:20 msgid "" "Go to Settings/General Settings. In the section Integrations/Asterisk " "(VoIP), fill in the 3 fields:" @@ -3810,7 +3908,7 @@ msgstr "" "Vá para Configurações/Configurações Gerais. Na seção Integrações/Asterisco " "(VoIP), preencha os 3 campos:" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:22 msgid "" "**OnSIP Domain** is the domain you chose when creating an account on " "www.onsip.com. If you don't know it, log in to https://admin.onsip.com/ and " @@ -3820,15 +3918,15 @@ msgstr "" "www.onsip.com. Se você não sabe, faça login para https://admin.onsip.com/ e " "você vai vê-lo no canto superior direito da tela." -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:23 msgid "**WebSocket** should contain wss://edge.sip.onsip.com" msgstr "**WebSocket** deve conter wss://edge.sip.onsip.com" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:24 msgid "**Mode** should be Production" msgstr "**Mode** deve ser em Produção" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:29 msgid "" "Go to **Settings/Users**. In the form view of each VoIP user, in the " "Preferences tab, fill in the section **PBX Configuration**:" @@ -3836,23 +3934,23 @@ msgstr "" "Vá para **Configurações/Usuários**. Na exibição de formulário de cada " "usuário voIP, na guia Preferências, preencha a seção **PBX Configuração**:" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:31 msgid "**SIP Login / Browser's Extension**: the OnSIP 'Username'" msgstr "**Login SIP / Extensão do Navegador**: o 'Nome de usuário' do OnSIP" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:32 msgid "**OnSIP authorization User**: the OnSIP 'Auth Username'" msgstr "**OnSIP authorization User**: the OnSIP 'Auth Username'" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:33 msgid "**SIP Password**: the OnSIP 'SIP Password'" msgstr "**SIP Password**: o OnSIP 'SIP Password'" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:34 msgid "**Handset Extension**: the OnSIP 'Extension'" msgstr "**Handset Extension**: the OnSIP 'Extension'" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:36 msgid "" "You can find all this information by logging in at " "https://admin.onsip.com/users, then select the user you want to configure " @@ -3862,7 +3960,7 @@ msgstr "" "https://admin.onsip.com/users e, em seguida, selecionar o usuário que deseja" " configurar e consultar os campos conforme foto abaixo." -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:41 msgid "" "You can now make phone calls by clicking the phone icon in the top right " "corner of Odoo (make sure you are logged in as a user properly configured in" @@ -3872,7 +3970,7 @@ msgstr "" "canto superior direito do Odoo (certifique-se de que você está logado como " "um usuário configurado corretamente no Odoo e no OnSIP)." -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:45 msgid "" "If you see a *Missing Parameters* message in the Odoo softphone, make sure " "to refresh your Odoo window and try again." @@ -3880,7 +3978,7 @@ msgstr "" "Se você vir uma mensagem *Parâmetros Ausentes* no softphone Odoo, " "certifique-se de atualizar sua janela Odoo e tente novamente." -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:52 msgid "" "If you see an *Incorrect Number* message in the Odoo softphone, make sure to" " use the international format, leading with the plus (+) sign followed by " @@ -3892,7 +3990,7 @@ msgstr "" " código de país internacional. Por exemplo: +16506913277 (onde +1 é o " "prefixo internacional para os Estados Unidos)." -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:57 msgid "" "You can now also receive phone calls. Your number is the one provided by " "OnSIP. Odoo will ring and display a notification." @@ -3900,11 +3998,11 @@ msgstr "" "Agora você também pode receber telefonemas. Seu número é o fornecido pelo " "OnSIP. Odoo tocará e exibirá uma notificação." -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:63 msgid "OnSIP on Your Cell Phone" msgstr "OnSIP no seu celular" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:65 msgid "" "In order to make and receive phone calls when you are not in front of your " "computer, you can use a softphone app on your cell phone in parallel of Odoo" @@ -3917,7 +4015,7 @@ msgstr "" " para ter certeza de ouvir chamadas recebidas, ou simplesmente por " "conveniência. Qualquer softphone SIP funcionará." -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:67 msgid "" "On Android and iOS, OnSIP has been successfully tested with `Grandstream " "Wave <https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.grandstream.wave>`_." @@ -3929,27 +4027,27 @@ msgstr "" "criar uma conta, selecione OnSIP na lista de operadoras. Em seguida, você " "terá que configurá-lo da seguinte forma:" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:69 msgid "**Account name**: OnSIP" msgstr "**Nome da conta**: OnSIP" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:70 msgid "**SIP Server**: the OnSIP 'Domain'" msgstr "**SIP Server**: the OnSIP 'Domain'" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:71 msgid "**SIP User ID**: the OnSIP 'Username'" msgstr "**SIP User ID**: the OnSIP 'Username'" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:72 msgid "**SIP Authentication ID**: the OnSIP 'Auth Username'" msgstr "**SIP Authentication ID**: the OnSIP 'Auth Username'" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:73 msgid "**Password**: the OnSIP 'SIP Password'" msgstr "**Senha**: a 'Senha SIP' do OnSIP" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:75 msgid "" "Aside from initiating calls from Grandstream Wave on your phone, you can " "also initiate calls by clicking phone numbers in your browser on your PC. " @@ -3968,7 +4066,7 @@ msgstr "" "<https://chrome.google.com/webstore/detail/onsip-call-" "assistant/pceelmncccldedfkcgjkpemakjbapnpg?hl=en>'_." -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:79 msgid "" "The downside of using a softphone on your cell phone is that your calls will" " not be logged in Odoo as the softphone acts as an independent separate app." diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po deleted file mode 100644 index e8213422b..000000000 --- a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,542 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Mateus Lopes <mateus1@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Luis Felipe Miléo <mileo@kmee.com.br>, 2020 -# Luis Gustavo Almeida <luis.gustavo@kmee.com.br>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Luis Gustavo Almeida <luis.gustavo@kmee.com.br>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: pt_BR\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:5 -msgid "Basics of the QuickStart Methodology" -msgstr "Fundamentos da Metodologia QuickStart" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:7 -msgid "" -"This document summarizes Odoo Online's services, our Success Pack " -"implementation methodology, and best practices to get started with our " -"product." -msgstr "" -"Este documento resume os serviços do Odoo Online, nossa metodologia de " -"implementação do pacote de sucesso e as práticas recomendadas para começar a" -" usar nosso produto." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:12 -msgid "The SPoC (*Single Point of Contact*) and the Consultant" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Within the context of your project, it is highly recommended to designate " -"and maintain on both sides (your side and ours) **one and only single person" -" of contact** who will take charge and assume responsibilities regarding the" -" project. He also has to have **the authority** in terms of decision making." -msgstr "" -"No contexto do seu projeto, é altamente recomendável designar e manter em " -"ambos os lados (o seu e o nosso) ** uma única pessoa de contato ** que se " -"encarregará e assumirá as responsabilidades pelo projeto. Ele também deve " -"ter ** autoridade ** em termos de tomada de decisão." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:20 -msgid "" -"**The Odoo Consultant ensures the project implementation from A to Z**: From" -" the beginning to the end of the project, he ensures the overall consistency" -" of the implementation in Odoo and shares his expertise in terms of good " -"practices." -msgstr "" -"** O Consultor Odoo garante a implementação do projeto de A a Z **: Do " -"início ao fim do projeto, ele garante a consistência geral da implementação " -"em Odoo e compartilha sua experiência em termos de boas práticas." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:25 -msgid "" -"**One and only decision maker on the client side (SPoC)**: He is responsible" -" for the business knowledge transmission (coordinate key users intervention " -"if necessary) and the consistency of the implementation from a business " -"point of view (decision making, change management, etc.)" -msgstr "" -"** Um e único tomador de decisões no lado do cliente (SPoC) **: Ele é " -"responsável pela transmissão do conhecimento do negócio (coordenar a " -"intervenção dos usuários-chave, se necessário) e pela consistência da " -"implementação do ponto de vista do negócio (tomada de decisão, mudança " -"gestão, etc.)" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:31 -msgid "" -"**Meetings optimization**: The Odoo consultant is not involved in the " -"process of decision making from a business point of view nor to precise " -"processes and company's internal procedures (unless a specific request or an" -" exception). Project meetings, who will take place once or twice a week, are" -" meant to align on the business needs (SPoC) and to define the way those " -"needs will be implemented in Odoo (Consultant)." -msgstr "" -"** Otimização de reuniões **: O consultor Odoo não está envolvido no " -"processo de tomada de decisão do ponto de vista do negócio, nem em processos" -" precisos e procedimentos internos da empresa (salvo solicitação específica " -"ou exceção). As reuniões de projeto, que ocorrerão uma ou duas vezes por " -"semana, têm como objetivo alinhar as necessidades do negócio (SPoC) e " -"definir a forma como essas necessidades serão implementadas no Odoo " -"(Consultor)." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:39 -msgid "" -"**Train the Trainer approach**: The Odoo consultant provides functional " -"training to the SPoC so that he can pass on this knowledge to his " -"collaborators. In order for this approach to be successful, it is necessary " -"that the SPoC is also involved in its own rise in skills through self-" -"learning via the :doc:`Odoo documentation <../index>`, `The elearning " -"platform <https://odoo.com/learn>`_ and the testing of functionalities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:49 -msgid "Project Scope" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:51 -msgid "" -"To make sure all the stakeholders involved are always aligned, it is " -"necessary to define and to make the project scope evolve as long as the " -"project implementation is pursuing." -msgstr "" -"Para garantir que todos os stakeholders envolvidos estejam sempre alinhados," -" é necessário definir e fazer o escopo do projeto evoluir à medida que a " -"implantação do projeto está em andamento." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:55 -msgid "" -"**A clear definition of the initial project scope**: A clear definition of " -"the initial needs is crucial to ensure the project is running smoothly. " -"Indeed, when all the stakeholders share the same vision, the evolution of " -"the needs and the resulting decision-making process are more simple and more" -" clear." -msgstr "" -"** Uma definição clara do escopo inicial do projeto **: Uma definição clara " -"das necessidades iniciais é crucial para garantir que o projeto esteja " -"funcionando perfeitamente. Com efeito, quando todos os stakeholders " -"partilham a mesma visão, a evolução das necessidades e o consequente " -"processo de tomada de decisão são mais simples e claros." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:61 -msgid "" -"**Phasing the project**: Favoring an implementation in several coherent " -"phases allowing regular production releases and an evolving takeover of Odoo" -" by the end users have demonstrated its effectiveness over time. This " -"approach also helps to identify gaps and apply corrective actions early in " -"the implementation." -msgstr "" -"** Faseamento do projeto **: favorecer uma implementação em várias fases " -"coerentes, permitindo lançamentos de produção regulares e uma aquisição em " -"evolução do Odoo pelos usuários finais, demonstrou sua eficácia ao longo do " -"tempo. Essa abordagem também ajuda a identificar lacunas e aplicar ações " -"corretivas no início da implementação." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:68 -msgid "" -"**Adopting standard features as a priority**: Odoo offers a great " -"environment to implement slight improvements (customizations) or more " -"important ones (developments). Nevertheless, adoption of the standard " -"solution will be preferred as often as possible in order to optimize project" -" delivery times and provide the user with a long-term stability and fluid " -"scalability of his new tool. Ideally, if an improvement of the software " -"should still be realized, its implementation will be carried out after an " -"experiment of the standard in production." -msgstr "" -"** Adotando recursos padrão como prioridade **: Odoo oferece um ótimo " -"ambiente para implementar pequenas melhorias (customizações) ou mais " -"importantes (desenvolvimentos). No entanto, a adoção da solução padrão será " -"preferida tão frequentemente quanto possível, a fim de otimizar os tempos de" -" entrega do projeto e fornecer ao usuário uma estabilidade de longo prazo e " -"escalabilidade fluida de sua nova ferramenta. Idealmente, se uma melhoria do" -" software ainda deve ser realizada, sua implementação será realizada após um" -" experimento do padrão em produção." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:82 -msgid "Managing expectations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:84 -msgid "" -"The gap between the reality of an implementation and the expectations of " -"future users is a crucial factor. Three important aspects must be taken into" -" account from the beginning of the project:" -msgstr "" -"A lacuna entre a realidade de uma implementação e as expectativas dos " -"futuros usuários é um fator crucial. Três aspectos importantes devem ser " -"levados em consideração desde o início do projeto:" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:88 -msgid "" -"**Align with the project approach**: Both a clear division of roles and " -"responsibilities and a clear description of the operating modes (validation," -" problem-solving, etc.) are crucial to the success of an Odoo " -"implementation. It is therefore strongly advised to take the necessary time " -"at the beginning of the project to align with these topics and regularly " -"check that this is still the case." -msgstr "" -"** Alinhe-se com a abordagem do projeto **: Tanto uma divisão clara de " -"funções e responsabilidades quanto uma descrição clara dos modos " -"operacionais (validação, resolução de problemas, etc.) são cruciais para o " -"sucesso de uma implementação Odoo. Portanto, é altamente recomendável " -"reservar o tempo necessário no início do projeto para se alinhar a esses " -"tópicos e verificar regularmente se esse ainda é o caso." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:96 -msgid "" -"**Focus on the project success, not on the ideal solution**: The main goal " -"of the SPoC and the Consultant is to carry out the project entrusted to them" -" in order to provide the most effective solution to meet the needs " -"expressed. This goal can sometimes conflict with the end user's vision of an" -" ideal solution. In that case, the SPoC and the consultant will apply the " -"80-20 rule: focus on 80% of the expressed needs and take out the remaining " -"20% of the most disadvantageous objectives in terms of cost/benefit ratio " -"(those proportions can of course change over time). Therefore, it will be " -"considered acceptable to integrate a more time-consuming manipulation if a " -"global relief is noted. Changes in business processes may also be proposed " -"to pursue this same objective." -msgstr "" -"** Foco no sucesso do projeto, não na solução ideal **: O objetivo principal" -" do SPoC e do Consultor é realizar o projeto que lhes foi confiado de forma " -"a fornecer a solução mais eficaz para atender às necessidades expressas. " -"Essa meta às vezes pode entrar em conflito com a visão do usuário final de " -"uma solução ideal. Nesse caso, o SPoC e o consultor aplicarão a regra 80-20:" -" focar em 80% das necessidades expressas e retirar os 20% restantes dos " -"objetivos mais desvantajosos em termos de relação custo / benefício (essas " -"proporções podem, é claro Muda com o tempo). Portanto, será considerado " -"aceitável integrar uma manipulação mais demorada se um relevo global for " -"observado. Mudanças nos processos de negócios também podem ser propostas " -"para atingir esse mesmo objetivo." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:110 -msgid "" -"**Specifications are always EXPLICIT**: Gaps between what is expected and " -"what is delivered are often a source of conflict in a project. In order to " -"avoid being in this delicate situation, we recommend using several types of " -"tools\\* :" -msgstr "" -"**As especificações são sempre EXPLÍCITAs**: Lacunas entre o que é esperado " -"e o que é entregue são muitas vezes uma fonte de conflito em um projeto. " -"Para evitar estar nessa situação delicada, recomendamos o uso de vários " -"tipos de ferramentas\\* :" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:115 -msgid "" -"**The GAP Analysis**: The comparison of the request with the standard " -"features proposed by Odoo will make it possible to identify the gap to be " -"filled by developments/customizations or changes in business processes." -msgstr "" -"** The GAP Analysis **: A comparação da solicitação com os recursos padrão " -"propostos pela Odoo permitirá identificar a lacuna a ser preenchida por " -"desenvolvimentos / customizações ou mudanças nos processos de negócio." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:120 -msgid "" -"**The User Story**: This technique clearly separates the responsibilities " -"between the SPoC, responsible for explaining the WHAT, the WHY and the WHO, " -"and the Consultant who will provide a response to the HOW." -msgstr "" -"** A História do Usuário **: Esta técnica separa claramente as " -"responsabilidades entre o SPoC, responsável por explicar o QUÊ, o PORQUÊ e o" -" QUEM, e o Consultor que dará uma resposta ao COMO." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:128 -msgid "" -"`The Proof of Concept <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Proof_of_concept>`__ A " -"simplified version, a prototype of what is expected to agree on the main " -"lines of expected changes." -msgstr "" -"`A Prova de Conceito <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Proof_of_concept>` __ " -"Uma versão simplificada, um protótipo do que se espera concordar com as " -"principais linhas de mudanças esperadas." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:132 -msgid "" -"**The Mockup**: In the same idea as the Proof of Concept, it will align with" -" the changes related to the interface." -msgstr "" -"** O Mockup **: Na mesma ideia da Prova de Conceito, ela se alinhará com as " -"mudanças relacionadas à interface." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:135 -msgid "" -"To these tools will be added complete transparency on the possibilities and " -"limitations of the software and/or its environment so that all project " -"stakeholders have a clear idea of what can be expected/achieved in the " -"project. We will, therefore, avoid basing our work on hypotheses without " -"verifying its veracity beforehand." -msgstr "" -"A essas ferramentas será adicionada total transparência sobre as " -"possibilidades e limitações do software e / ou seu ambiente, para que todos " -"os envolvidos no projeto tenham uma ideia clara do que pode ser esperado / " -"alcançado no projeto. Evitaremos, portanto, basear nosso trabalho em " -"hipóteses sem verificar de antemão sua veracidade." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:141 -msgid "" -"*This list can, of course, be completed by other tools that would more " -"adequately meet the realities and needs of your project*" -msgstr "" -"* Esta lista pode, é claro, ser completada por outras ferramentas que " -"atendam de forma mais adequada às realidades e necessidades do seu projeto *" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:145 -msgid "Communication Strategy" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:147 -msgid "" -"The purpose of the QuickStart methodology is to ensure quick ownership of " -"the tool for end users. Effective communication is therefore crucial to the " -"success of this approach. Its optimization will, therefore, lead us to " -"follow those principles:" -msgstr "" -"O objetivo da metodologia QuickStart é garantir a propriedade rápida da " -"ferramenta para os usuários finais. Uma comunicação eficaz é, portanto, " -"crucial para o sucesso desta abordagem. Sua otimização nos levará, portanto," -" a seguir esses princípios:" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:152 -msgid "" -"**Sharing the project management documentation**: The best way to ensure " -"that all stakeholders in a project have the same level of knowledge is to " -"provide direct access to the project's tracking document (Project " -"Organizer). This document will contain at least a list of tasks to be " -"performed as part of the implementation for which the priority level and the" -" manager are clearly defined." -msgstr "" -"** Compartilhando a documentação de gerenciamento do projeto **: A melhor " -"maneira de garantir que todas as partes interessadas em um projeto tenham o " -"mesmo nível de conhecimento é fornecer acesso direto ao documento de " -"acompanhamento do projeto (Organizador do Projeto). Este documento conterá " -"pelo menos uma lista de tarefas a serem realizadas como parte da " -"implementação para as quais o nível de prioridade e o gerente estão " -"claramente definidos." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:160 -msgid "" -"The Project Organizer is a shared project tracking tool that allows both " -"detailed tracking of ongoing tasks and the overall progress of the project." -msgstr "" -"O Organizador do Projeto é uma ferramenta compartilhada de rastreamento do " -"projeto que permite o rastreamento detalhado das tarefas em andamento e do " -"progresso geral do projeto." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:164 -msgid "" -"**Report essential information**: In order to minimize the documentation " -"time to the essentials, we will follow the following good practices:" -msgstr "" -"** Relatar informações essenciais **: Para minimizar o tempo de documentação" -" ao essencial, seguiremos as seguintes boas práticas:" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:168 -msgid "Meeting minutes will be limited to decisions and validations;" -msgstr "As atas de reuniões serão limitadas a decisões e validações;" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:170 -msgid "" -"Project statuses will only be established when an important milestone is " -"reached;" -msgstr "" -"Os status do projeto só serão estabelecidos quando um marco importante for " -"alcançado;" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:173 -msgid "" -"Training sessions on the standard or customized solution will be organized." -msgstr "" -"Sessões de treinamento na solução padrão ou customizada serão organizadas." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:177 -msgid "Customizations and Development" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:179 -msgid "" -"Odoo is a software known for its flexibility and its important evolution " -"capacity. However, a significant amount of development contradicts a fast " -"and sustainable implementation. This is the reason why it is recommended to:" -msgstr "" -"Odoo é um software conhecido pela sua flexibilidade e importante capacidade " -"de evolução. No entanto, uma quantidade significativa de desenvolvimento " -"contradiz uma implementação rápida e sustentável. Esta é a razão pela qual é" -" recomendado:" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:184 -msgid "" -"**Develop only for a good reason**: The decision to develop must always be " -"taken when the cost-benefit ratio is positive (saving time on a daily basis," -" etc.). For example, it will be preferable to realize a significant " -"development in order to reduce the time of a daily operation, rather than an" -" operation to be performed only once a quarter. It is generally accepted " -"that the closer the solution is to the standard, the lighter and more fluid " -"the migration process, and the lower the maintenance costs for both parties." -" In addition, experience has shown us that 60% of initial development " -"requests are dropped after a few weeks of using standard Odoo (see " -"\"Adopting the standard as a priority\")." -msgstr "" -"** Desenvolver apenas por um bom motivo **: A decisão de desenvolver deve " -"ser sempre tomada quando a relação custo-benefício for positiva (economia de" -" tempo no dia a dia, etc.). Por exemplo, será preferível realizar um " -"desenvolvimento significativo para reduzir o tempo de uma operação diária, " -"em vez de uma operação a ser realizada apenas uma vez por trimestre. É " -"geralmente aceito que quanto mais próxima do padrão a solução estiver, mais " -"leve e fluido será o processo de migração e menores serão os custos de " -"manutenção para ambas as partes. Além disso, a experiência nos mostrou que " -"60% das solicitações de desenvolvimento iniciais são descartadas após " -"algumas semanas de uso do Odoo padrão (consulte \"Adotando o padrão como " -"prioridade\")." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:196 -msgid "" -"**Replace, without replicate**: There is a good reason for the decision to " -"change the management software has been made. In this context, the moment of" -" implementation is THE right moment to accept and even be a change initiator" -" both in terms of how the software will be used and at the level of the " -"business processes of the company." -msgstr "" -"** Substituir, sem replicar **: há um bom motivo para a decisão de alterar o" -" software de gerenciamento. Neste contexto, o momento de implementação é o " -"momento certo para aceitar e até ser um promotor de mudanças tanto ao nível " -"da forma como o software será utilizado como ao nível dos processos de " -"negócio da empresa." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:204 -msgid "Testing and Validation principles" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:206 -msgid "" -"Whether developments are made or not in the implementation, it is crucial to" -" test and validate the correspondence of the solution with the operational " -"needs of the company." -msgstr "" -"Se os desenvolvimentos são feitos ou não na implementação, é fundamental " -"testar e validar a correspondência da solução com as necessidades " -"operacionais da empresa." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:210 -msgid "" -"**Role distribution**: In this context, the Consultant will be responsible " -"for delivering a solution corresponding to the defined specifications; the " -"SPoC will have to test and validate that the solution delivered meets the " -"requirements of the operational reality." -msgstr "" -"** Distribuição de funções **: Neste contexto, o Consultor será responsável " -"por entregar uma solução que corresponda às especificações definidas; o SPoC" -" deverá testar e validar se a solução entregue atende aos requisitos da " -"realidade operacional." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:216 -msgid "" -"**Change management**: When a change needs to be made to the solution, the " -"noted gap is caused by:" -msgstr "" -"** Gerenciamento de mudanças **: quando uma mudança precisa ser feita na " -"solução, a lacuna observada é causada por:" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:220 -msgid "" -"A difference between the specification and the delivered solution - This is " -"a correction for which the Consultant is responsible" -msgstr "" -"Uma diferença entre a especificação e a solução entregue - Esta é uma " -"correção pela qual o Consultor é responsável" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:223 -msgid "**or**" -msgstr "**ou**" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:225 -msgid "" -"A difference between the specification and the imperatives of operational " -"reality - This is a change that is the responsibility of SPoC." -msgstr "" -"Uma diferença entre a especificação e os imperativos da realidade " -"operacional - Essa é uma mudança que é de responsabilidade do SPoC." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:229 -msgid "Data Imports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:231 -msgid "" -"Importing the history of transactional data is an important issue and must " -"be answered appropriately to allow the project running smoothly. Indeed, " -"this task can be time-consuming and, if its priority is not well defined, " -"prevent production from happening in time. To do this as soon as possible, " -"it will be decided :" -msgstr "" -"A importação do histórico de dados transacionais é uma questão importante e " -"deve ser respondida de forma adequada para permitir que o projeto seja " -"executado sem problemas. De fato, essa tarefa pode ser demorada e, se sua " -"prioridade não for bem definida, impedir que a produção ocorra a tempo. Para" -" fazer isso o mais rápido possível, será decidido:" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:237 -msgid "" -"**Not to import anything**: It often happens that after reflection, " -"importing data history is not considered necessary, these data being, " -"moreover, kept outside Odoo and consolidated for later reporting." -msgstr "" -"** Não importar nada **: Acontece frequentemente que após reflexão não se " -"considera necessário importar o histórico de dados, sendo estes dados, " -"aliás, mantidos fora da Odoo e consolidados para posterior relato." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:242 -msgid "" -"**To import a limited amount of data before going into production**: When " -"the data history relates to information being processed (purchase orders, " -"invoices, open projects, for example), the need to have this information " -"available from the first day of use in production is real. In this case, the" -" import will be made before the production launch." -msgstr "" -"** Para importar uma quantidade limitada de dados antes de entrar em " -"produção **: Quando o histórico dos dados se refere a informações em " -"processamento (pedidos de compra, faturas, projetos em aberto, por exemplo)," -" a necessidade de ter essas informações disponíveis desde o primeiro dia de " -"uso na produção é real. Nesse caso, a importação será feita antes do " -"lançamento da produção." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:249 -msgid "" -"**To import after production launch**: When the data history needs to be " -"integrated with Odoo mainly for reporting purposes, it is clear that these " -"can be integrated into the software retrospectively. In this case, the " -"production launch of the solution will precede the required imports." -msgstr "" -"** Para importar após o lançamento da produção **: Quando o histórico de " -"dados precisa ser integrado ao Odoo principalmente para fins de relatório, é" -" claro que eles podem ser integrados ao software retrospectivamente. Nesse " -"caso, o início da produção da solução precederá as importações necessárias." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:256 -msgid "Support" -msgstr "Suporte" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:258 -msgid "" -"When your project is put in production, our support teams take care of your " -"questions or technical issues." -msgstr "" -"Quando seu projeto é colocado em produção, nossas equipes de suporte cuidam " -"de suas dúvidas ou problemas técnicos." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:261 -msgid "See :ref:`support-expectations`." -msgstr "Veja :ref:'suporte-expectativas'." diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po deleted file mode 100644 index a15e58041..000000000 --- a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,880 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Rodrigo de Almeida Sottomaior Macedo <rmsolucoeseminformatica@protonmail.com>, 2020 -# Rafael H L Moretti <rafael.moretti@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# grazziano <gra.negocia@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Luis Felipe Miléo <mileo@kmee.com.br>, 2020 -# Mateus Lopes <mateus1@gmail.com>, 2021 -# Éder Brito <britoederr@gmail.com>, 2021 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Éder Brito <britoederr@gmail.com>, 2021\n" -"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: pt_BR\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" - -#: ../../helpdesk.rst:5 -msgid "Helpdesk" -msgstr "Helpdesk" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced" -msgstr "Avançado" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:3 -msgid "After Sales Features" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:5 -msgid "" -"As your business grows, having the right tool to support your helpdesk team " -"on recording, tracking and managing issues raised easy and efficiently, is " -"key. Odoo’s Helpdesk application allows you to generate credit notes, manage" -" returns, products, repairs, grant coupons, and even plan onsite " -"interventions from a ticket’s page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:11 -msgid "Set up the after sales services" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " -"enable the after sales options: *Refunds, Returns, Coupons, Repairs and " -"Onsite Interventions*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:20 -msgid "Generate credit notes from tickets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:22 -msgid "" -"You can use a credit note to refund a customer or adjust the amount due. For" -" that, simply go to your ticket page, click on *Refund* and select the " -"corresponding *Invoice*. Clicking on *Reverse* generates a credit note, and " -"you can *Post* it while still being in the *Helpdesk* app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:30 -msgid "Allow product returns from tickets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:32 -msgid "" -"The process of a product return from your customer back to your warehouse is" -" taken into action when, at the ticket page, you choose the option *Return*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:39 -msgid "Grant coupons from tickets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:41 -msgid "" -"First, be sure to have your *Coupon Program* planned in the *Sales* or " -"*Website* application. Then, in *Helpdesk*, open your ticket, click on " -"*Coupon*, and choose the respective one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:48 -msgid "Repairs from tickets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Clicking on *Repair* option, on your ticket page, a new repair order form is" -" shown. Fill in the information as needed and choose the next step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:57 -msgid "Plan onsite interventions from tickets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:59 -msgid "" -"At the ticket's page click on *Plan Intervention*, and set up your onsite " -"intervention exactly the same way as if you were on the *Field Service* " -"application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:67 -msgid "" -"`Coupons <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/coupon-" -"programs-640?fullscreen=1>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:68 -msgid ":doc:`../../manufacturing/repair/repair`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:3 -msgid "Allow Customers to Close their Tickets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Allowing customers to close their tickets gives them autonomy and minimize " -"misunderstandings about when an issue is considered solved, or not. It makes" -" communication and actions more efficient." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:9 -msgid "Configure the feature" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:11 -msgid "" -"To configure the feature go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Settings --> " -"Helpdesk Teams --> Edit` and enable *Ticket closing*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:18 -msgid "" -"In order to designate to which stage the ticket migrates to once it is " -"closed, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Overview --> Tickets`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:25 -msgid "" -"You can either create a new Kanban stage or work with an existing one. For " -"both scenarios, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Settings --> Edit Stage` " -"and enable *Closing Stage*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:32 -msgid "" -"If a closing stage is not specified, by default, the ticket is moved to the " -"last stage; contrarily, if you have more than one stage set as closing, the " -"ticket is put in the first one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:36 -msgid "The Costumer Portal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Now, once the user logs into his Portal, the option *Close this ticket* is " -"available." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:45 -msgid "Get reports on tickets closed by costumers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:47 -msgid "" -"To do an analysis of the tickets that have been closed by costumers go to " -":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting --> Tickets --> Filters --> Add " -"Custom filter --> Closed by partner --> Applied`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Visão geral" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:3 -msgid "Forum and eLearning" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:6 -msgid "Forum" -msgstr "Fórum" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:8 -msgid "" -"To go above and beyond email, live chat, web forms, and phone lines, offer " -"your customers a support forum. This way, customers might become more " -"attached to your company as they would be investing time to get into details" -" of your business. You also encourage the exchange of experiences and " -"knowledge, supporting the feeling of belonging to a community (your " -"community!)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:14 -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:52 -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:10 -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:11 -msgid "Set up" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Team` and " -"enable *Help Center*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Create, or edit a forum by clicking on the external link. Among the editing " -"options, choose if you would like the *Forum Mode* to be *Questions*: only " -"one answer is allowed per question or *Discussions*: multiple answers are " -"allowed per question." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:31 -msgid "" -"From now on, logged in users can start their discussions. To keep track of " -"posts, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Forum --> Posts`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Turn tickets into forum posts by simply clicking on *Share on the Forum* on " -"the ticket's page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:45 -msgid "eLearning" -msgstr "Cursos Online" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:47 -msgid "" -"In addition to a forum, offer online courses. When doing so, you link your " -"customers and users’ needs and questions to useful content, helping to boost" -" efficiency as they can also find their answers there." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " -"enable *eLearning*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Once the structure and content of your course are ready, *Publish* it by " -"clicking on *Unpublished*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:67 -msgid "" -"To keep track of your course statistics, go to *eLearning* and *View " -"Course*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:73 -msgid "Todo" -msgstr "À Fazer" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:73 -msgid "" -"DETAILS/INFO SHOULD COME FROM ELEARNING DOCS. THEREFORE, LINK DOCS ONCE " -"AVAILABLE!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:3 -msgid "Getting Started" -msgstr "Começando" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Helpdesk teams provide your customers with support to queries or errors they" -" might encounter while using your product/service. Therefore, a successful " -"scheme where you can organize multiple teams with their customized pipeline," -" visibilities settings, and ticket traceability is essential." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:10 -msgid "Set up teams" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To modify or create teams, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration " -"--> Helpdesk Teams`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Setting up multiple teams allows you to group tickets by your channels " -"(example: BE/US), or by your support services' types (example: IT, " -"accounting, admin, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:21 -msgid "Team’s productivity and visibility" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Teams can have individual *Assignment Methods* to ensure that tickets get " -"redirected to the right person:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:26 -msgid "" -"*Manually*: tickets are manually assigned, allowing employees to manage " -"their own workload and target tickets they are experts at;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:28 -msgid "" -"*Random*: tickets are randomly assigned and everyone gets the same amount. " -"This method ensures that all tickets are handled as the assignment happens " -"automatically;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:30 -msgid "" -"*Balanced*: tickets are assigned to the person with the least amount of " -"tickets so that everyone fairly gets the same amount. Thereby, you ensure " -"that all tickets get to be taken care of." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:40 -msgid "" -"For the *Random* and *Balanced* assignment methods, you can set the *Team " -"Members* among whom tickets are assigned. Leave the field empty to include " -"all employees (with the proper access rights)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:43 -msgid "" -"The *Team Visibility* feature allows you to specify who can see and access " -"the team’s tickets. Therefore, ticket’s with sensible information are only " -"seen by the right people. Leave the field empty to include all employees " -"(with the proper access rights)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:46 -msgid "Set up stages and share it among teams" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:48 -msgid "" -"To set up stages, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> " -"Stages`. Then, create and/or edit stages as you need and set specific teams " -"to use certain stages under *Team*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Stages can be shared between one or multiple teams, allowing you to adapt " -"the pipeline to your individual needs. They also apply a visibility and " -"access rule, as other teams are not able to see or use the stage." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:64 -msgid ":doc:`../../general/odoo_basics/add_user`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:3 -msgid "Ratings" -msgstr "Avaliações" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Allow customers to rate their experience with your helpdesk teams to " -"strengthen your credibility and gain their trust. Reviews can also influence" -" a customer’s decision and open space for feedback that can help you improve" -" the quality of your services." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " -"enable *Ratings on tickets*. The feature automatically adds a default email " -"template on the non-folded *closing stage(s)* of that team." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:21 -msgid "" -"To edit the email template and the stage(s) set as the closing ones, go to " -"the Kanban view of your helpdesk team and click on *Settings*, then on *Edit" -" Stage*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Now, once a ticket reaches the stage(s) designated as the *Closing Stage*, " -"an email is sent to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Ratings can be seen on the chatter of each ticket, under the *See Customer " -"Satisfaction* link on the main dashboard, and through *Reporting*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:39 -msgid "Ratings visible on the customer portal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " -"enable *Display Rating on Customer Portal*. Now, by clicking on the helpdesk" -" team’s name on their ticket, customers can see its ratings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:51 -msgid ":doc:`../../portal/my_odoo_portal`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:52 -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:88 -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:47 -msgid ":doc:`../advanced/close_tickets`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:3 -msgid "Start Receiving Tickets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Offering a variety of channels from where your customers can contact you " -"grants them flexibility and the right to choose the best one for themselves." -" And, in order to make sure inquiries across all channels get addressed, it " -"is essential to have a solution where all interactions come in one place." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:11 -msgid "Channels options to submit tickets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`, and " -"enable the following features as you want them to be available to your " -"users." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:21 -msgid "Email Alias" -msgstr "Apelido de E-mail" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Let your customers submit tickets by sending an email to your support email " -"address. The subject line of the email becomes the title of the ticket and " -"the content is shown in the Chatter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Select *Configure domain name* to be redirected to *Settings* and, from " -"there, enable *External Email Servers* to determine or change your *Alias " -"Domain*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Using your own email server is required to send and receive emails in Odoo " -"Community and Enterprise. Online users benefit from a ready-to-use email " -"server." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:39 -msgid "Website Form" -msgstr "Formulário de Site" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Allow your customers to submit a ticket by filling in a form through your " -"website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Once the feature is activated, get redirected to your website by clicking on" -" *Go to Website*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:49 -msgid "" -"From the website page customize the form as you like. Then, publish it by " -"clicking on *Unpublished*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:56 -msgid "Live Chat" -msgstr "Live Chat" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:59 -msgid "" -"Through live interactions with your website visitors, helpdesk tickets can " -"be instantly created and redirected to the right person." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Click on your helpdesk team's name - for the example below: *Customer Care* " -"- and :doc:`set up your channel <../../livechat/overview/get_started>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Now, your operators can create tickets by using the :doc:`command " -"<../../livechat/overview/responses>` */helpdesk (subject_of_ticket)*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:72 -msgid "Prioritize tickets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:74 -msgid "" -"Use the stars to prioritize your tickets. The most urgent ones appear at the" -" top of your list on the Kanban view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:77 -msgid "1 star = *Low priority*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:78 -msgid "2 stars = *High priority*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:79 -msgid "3 stars = *Urgent*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:87 -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:60 -msgid ":doc:`sla`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:89 -msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_servers`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:3 -msgid "Reports for a Better Support" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:5 -msgid "" -"An efficient customer service solution should have a built-in reporting " -"option. Reports allow you to track trends, identify areas for improvement, " -"manage employees’ workloads and, most importantly, meet your customer’s " -"expectations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:10 -msgid "Cases" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:12 -msgid "Some examples of the reports Odoo Helpdesk can generate include:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:14 -msgid "The number of tickets *grouped by* team and ticket type." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:17 -msgid "" -"In this manner, you are able to evaluate which ticket types have been the " -"most frequent ones, plus the workload of your teams." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Apply *Time Ranges* if you would like to make comparisons to a *Previous " -"Period* or a *Previous Year*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:25 -msgid "The number of tickets closed per day, per team." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Get an overview of how many requests each team is closing per day in order " -"to measure their performance. Identify productivity levels to understand how" -" many requests they are able to handle." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Filter it by *Assignee* to see Key Performance Indicators (KPI) per agent." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:37 -msgid "" -"The number of hours tickets are taking to be solved, grouped by team and " -"ticket type." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Check if your expectations are met by *measuring* the *Time to close " -"(hours)*. Your customers not only expect fast responses but they also want " -"their issues to be handled quickly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:48 -msgid "Save filters" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Save the filters you use the most and avoid having to reconstruct them every" -" time they are needed. To do so, set the groups, filters, and measures " -"needed. Then, go to *Favorites*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:59 -msgid ":doc:`receiving_tickets`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:3 -msgid "Service Level Agreements (SLA)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Service Level Agreements (SLA) are commitments you make with your customers " -"to outline how a service is delivered. It bolsters trust between you and " -"your customers as it makes clear what needs to be done, to what standard, " -"and when." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:10 -msgid "Create your policies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:13 -msgid "" -"First, enable the feature on the settings of the team you would like " -"policies to be applied, going to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration " -"--> Helpdesk Teams`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Create your policies through the team’s settings page or go to " -":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> SLA Policies`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Choose to which **Team** the policy is relevant and the **Minimum Priority**" -" a ticket needs to have for the policy to be applied." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:27 -msgid "" -"**Target** is the stage a ticket needs to reach within the period defined to" -" satisfy the SLA. The period is based on the ticket’s creation date, and a " -"deadline is set on the ticket’s form once it matches an SLA policy rule. If " -"a ticket has more than one policy applied to it, the closest deadline of all" -" SLAs is the one considered." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:29 -msgid "" -"When a ticket has satisfied an SLA policy, the SLA tag appears in green and " -"the deadline field is not shown anymore." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:37 -msgid "SLA Analysis" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting --> SLA Status Analysis`. Apply" -" *Filters* and *Group by* to identify tickets that should be prioritized and" -" keep track of upcoming deadlines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice.rst:3 -msgid "Timesheet and Invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:3 -msgid "Invoice Time Spent on Tickets (Prepaid Support Services)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Have the option to work with prepaid support services, meaning that a sales " -"order and a corresponding invoice are issued and, once the service is done, " -"you can deduct the time spent. Odoo allows it to happen because the " -"applications are fully integrated, resulting in faster responses to your " -"customer needs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:14 -msgid "Step 1: Set up a helpdesk team" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`, create" -" or edit an existing team, and enable *Timesheet on Ticket* and *Time " -"Reinvoicing*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Select or create a project under *Timesheet on Ticket*. The selected/created" -" is the one at which employees timesheet on by default. However, it can be " -"ultimately modified on each ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:28 -msgid "Step 2: Set up a service" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " -"*Units of Measure* to optionally be able to choose *hours* (for example) as " -"the unit of measure of your service." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Then, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`, create or edit" -" an existing one, and set its *Product Type* as *Service*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Now, select the invoicing management you would like to have under the " -"*Sales* tab. We recommend the following configuration:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:47 -msgid "" -"This configuration ensures that the customer is invoiced by the number of " -"hours predicted in the sales order, meaning that less or extra hours " -"recorded are not taken into account. It also ensures that every time a sales" -" order is confirmed, a new task is created under the right project, " -"automating the process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:53 -msgid "" -"We recommend setting up a specific project, as it was done for this flow " -"example. The important thing to remember is that the sales order item needs " -"to be set on the corresponding project or task, in order to reinvoice the " -"time spent on a ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:58 -msgid "Prevision an invoice and record time" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:61 -msgid "Step 1: Place an order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> Orders` and create one for the " -"helpdesk service product you have previously set up, with the customer who " -"needs the ticket to be opened. Set the number of hours needed to assist the " -"customer and *Confirm* the order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:72 -msgid "Step 2: Invoice the customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:74 -msgid "In *Sales*, select the respective sales order to *Create Invoice*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:82 -msgid "Step 3: Link the task to the ticket" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:84 -msgid "" -"Now, in *Helpdesk*, create or edit the respective ticket and link it to the " -"task created by the confirmation of the sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:92 -msgid "Step 4: Record the time spent" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:94 -msgid "" -"Still on the respective helpdesk ticket, record the hours performed under " -"the *Timesheets* tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:100 -msgid "" -"Note that the hours recorded on the ticket form are shown on the *Delivered*" -" column in the sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:108 -msgid "" -"Hours recorded on the ticket are automatically shown in *Timesheets* and on " -"the dedicated task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:111 -msgid ":doc:`reinvoice_from_project`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:112 -msgid ":doc:`../../inventory/management/products/uom`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:3 -msgid "Invoice Time Spent on Tickets (Postpaid Support Services)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Directly pull the billable time you have tracked on your helpdesk tickets " -"into sales orders and invoices through a project task. It gives you more " -"control over what you charge your client, and it is more efficient." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:10 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Configuração" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk team --> Edit`" -" and enable the options *Timesheet on Ticket* and *Time Reinvoicing*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Under *Timesheet on Ticket*, choose the *Project* to which tickets (and " -"timesheets) will be linked by default. Open its *External link* to enable " -"the feature *Bill from tasks*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:22 -msgid "Create a sales order and an invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Now, once you have recorded the time you spent on the helpdesk ticket, under" -" the *Timesheets* tab, access the task clicking on its name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:31 -msgid "*Create Sales Order* and proceed to create the invoice." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/index.po index 0607aff9f..52f445b2e 100644 --- a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/index.po +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/index.po @@ -1,19 +1,15 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # -# Translators: -# Luis Felipe Miléo <mileo@kmee.com.br>, 2020 -# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-18 07:12+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Luis Felipe Miléo <mileo@kmee.com.br>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -21,10 +17,6 @@ msgstr "" "Language: pt_BR\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" -#: ../../index.rst:7 ../../index.rst:7 -msgid "Index" +#: ../../content/index.rst:3 +msgid "Odoo Documentation" msgstr "" - -#: ../../index.rst:3 -msgid "Odoo User Documentation" -msgstr "Documentação de Usuário Odoo" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po deleted file mode 100644 index bd11e45ec..000000000 --- a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,7224 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Emanuel Martins <emanuel.breno@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Luiz Fernando <lfpsgs@outlook.com>, 2020 -# danimaribeiro <danimaribeiro@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Marcel Savegnago <marcel.savegnago@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Mateus Lopes <mateus1@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Luiz Carlos de Lima <luiz.carlos@akretion.com.br>, 2020 -# Rafael H L Moretti <rafael.moretti@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Juliene Gomes <juliene_faria@hotmail.com>, 2020 -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# grazziano <gra.negocia@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Silmar <pinheirosilmar@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Luis Felipe Miléo <mileo@kmee.com.br>, 2020 -# lluisgustavoreis <luis.gustavo@kmee.com.br>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: lluisgustavoreis <luis.gustavo@kmee.com.br>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: pt_BR\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" - -#: ../../inventory.rst:5 -msgid "Inventory" -msgstr "Inventário" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode.rst:3 -msgid "Barcodes" -msgstr "Códigos de Barras" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations.rst:3 -msgid "Daily Operations" -msgstr "Operações Diárias" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3 -msgid "Process to an Inventory Adjustment with Barcodes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:5 -msgid "" -"To process an inventory adjustment by using barcodes, you first need to open" -" the *Barcode* app. Then, from the application, click on *Inventory " -"Adjustments*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:13 -msgid "" -"If you want to fully work with barcodes, you can download the sheet " -"*Commands for Inventory*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Once you have clicked on *Inventory Adjustments*, Odoo will automatically " -"create one. Note that, if you work with multi-location, you first need to " -"specify in which location the inventory adjustment takes place." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:24 -msgid "" -"If you don’t work with multi-location, you will be able to scan the " -"different products you want to include in the inventory adjustment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:31 -msgid "" -"If you have 5 identical articles, scan it 5 times or use the keyboard to set" -" the quantity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Besides using the barcode scanner, you can also manually add a product if " -"necessary. To do so, click on *Add Product* and fill the information in " -"manually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:44 -msgid "" -"When you have scanned all the items of the location, validate the inventory " -"manually or scan the *Validate* barcode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:3 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/overview.rst:3 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:6 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Visão geral" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:5 -msgid "" -"There are different situations in which barcode nomenclatures can be useful." -" A well-known use case is the one of a point of sale which sells products in" -" bulk, in which the customers will scale their products themselves and get " -"the printed barcode to stick on the product. This barcode will contain the " -"weight of the product and help compute the price accordingly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:13 -msgid "Create a Barcode Nomenclature" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Odoo supports Barcode Nomenclatures, which determine the mapping and " -"interpretation of the encoded information. You can configure your barcode " -"nomenclature being in :doc:`Developer mode " -"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Barcode Nomenclature`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:20 -msgid "" -"You can create a barcode nomenclature from there, and then add a line to " -"create your first rule." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:26 -msgid "" -"The first step is to specify the **rule name**, for example Weight Barcode " -"with 3 Decimals. You then have to specify the type for barcode nomenclature," -" in our case it will be Weighted Product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:33 -msgid "" -"The Barcode Pattern is a regular expression that defines the structure of " -"the barcode. In this example 21 defines the products on which the rule will " -"be applied, those are the numbers by which the product barcode should start." -" The 5 “dots” are the following numbers of the product barcode and are there" -" simply to identify the product in question. The “N” define a number and the" -" “D” define the decimals." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:40 -msgid "" -"The encoding allows to specify the barcode encoding on which the rule should" -" be applied." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:44 -msgid "" -"You can define different rules and order their priority thanks to the " -"sequence. The first rule which matches the scanned barcode will be applied." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:49 -msgid "Configure your Product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:51 -msgid "The barcode of the product should start by “21”;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:52 -msgid "" -"The 5 “dots” are the other numbers of your product barcode, allowing to " -"identify the product;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:53 -msgid "" -"The barcode should contain 0’s where you did defined D’s or N’s. In our case" -" we need to set 5 zeros because we configured “21…..{NNDDD}”;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:54 -msgid "" -"In EAN-13, the last number is a check number, use an EAN13 generator to know" -" which digit it should be in your case." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:59 -msgid "" -"In case you weight 1,5 Kg of pasta, the balance will print you the following" -" barcode 2112345015002. If you scan this barcode in your POS or when " -"receiving products in your barcode application, Odoo will automatically " -"create a new line for the Pasta product for a quantity of 1.5 Kg. For the " -"point of sale, a price depending on the quantity will also be computed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:70 -msgid "Rule Types" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:72 -msgid "" -"**Priced Product**: allows you to identify the product and specify its " -"price, used in POS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:73 -msgid "" -"**Discounted Product**: allows you to create one barcode per applied " -"discount. You can then scan your product in the POS and then scan the " -"discount barcode, discount will be applied on the normal price of the " -"product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:74 -msgid "" -"**Weighted Product**: allows you to identify the product and specify its " -"weight, used in both POS (in which the price is computed based on the " -"weight) and in inventory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:75 -msgid "" -"**Client**: allows you to identify the customer, for example used with " -"loyalty program." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:76 -msgid "**Cashier**: allows you to identify the cashier when entering the POS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:77 -msgid "" -"**Location**: allows you to identify the location on a transfer when multi-" -"location is activated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:78 -msgid "" -"**Package**: allows you to identify packages on a transfer when packages are" -" activated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:79 -msgid "" -"**Lot**: allows you to identify the lot number of a product on a transfer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:80 -msgid "" -"**Credit Card**: doesn’t need manual modification, exists for data from the " -"Mercury module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:81 -msgid "" -"**Unit Product**: allows you to identify a product for both POS and " -"transfers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:84 -msgid "" -"When the barcode pattern contains .*, it means that it can contain any " -"number of characters, those characters being any number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:3 -msgid "Process to Transfers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:6 -msgid "Simple Transfers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:8 -msgid "" -"To process a transfer from the *Barcode* app, the first step is to go to " -"*Operations*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Then, you have the choice to either enter an existing transfer, by going to " -"the corresponding operation type and manually selecting the one you want to " -"enter, or by scanning the barcode of the transfer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:24 -msgid "" -"From there, you will be able to scan the products that are part of the " -"existing transfer and/or add new products to this transfer. Once all the " -"products have been scanned, you can validate the transfer to proceed with " -"the stock moves." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:33 -msgid "" -"If you have different storage locations in your warehouse, you can add " -"additional steps for the different operation types." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:37 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:50 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:45 -msgid "Receipts" -msgstr "Recebimentos" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:39 -msgid "" -"When receiving a product in stock, you need to scan its barcode in order to " -"identify it in the system. Once done, you can either make it enter the main " -"location of the transfer, for example WH/Stock, or scan a location barcode " -"to make it enter a sub-location of the main location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:48 -msgid "" -"If you want the product to enter WH/Stock in our example, you can simply " -"scan the next product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:52 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery.rst:3 -msgid "Delivery Orders" -msgstr "Pedidos de entrega" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:54 -msgid "" -"When delivering a product, you have to scan the source location if it is " -"different than the one initially set on the transfer. Then, you can start " -"scanning the products that are delivered from this specific location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:62 -msgid "" -"Once the different products have been scanned, you have the possibility to " -"scan another location, such as WH/Stock, and another page will be added to " -"your delivery order. You can move from one to the other thanks to the " -"*Previous* and *Next* buttons." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Now, you can validate your transfer. To do so, click on *Next* until you " -"reach the last page of the transfer. There, you will be able to validate it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:78 -msgid "Internal Transfers" -msgstr "Transferências Internas" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:80 -msgid "" -"When realizing an internal transfer with multi-location, you first have to " -"scan the source location of the product. Then, you can scan the product in " -"itself, before having to scan the barcode of the destination location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:85 -msgid "" -"If the source and destination of the internal transfers are already correct," -" you don’t need to scan them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:89 -msgid "Transfers with Tracked Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:91 -msgid "" -"If you work with products tracked by lot/serial numbers, you have two ways " -"of working:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:94 -msgid "" -"If you work with serial/lot numbers taking all products into consideration, " -"you can scan the barcode of the lot/serial number and Odoo will increase the" -" quantity of the product, setting its lot/serial number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:99 -msgid "" -"If you have the same lot/serial number for different products, you can work " -"by scanning the product barcode first, and then the barcode of the " -"lot/serial number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:3 -msgid "Create a Transfer from Scratch" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:5 -msgid "" -"To create a transfer from the *Barcode* application, you first need to print" -" the operation type barcodes. To do so, you can download the *Stock barcode " -"sheet* from the home page of the app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Once done, you can scan the one for which you want to create a new document." -" Then, an empty document will be created and you will be able to scan your " -"products to populate it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup.rst:3 -msgid "Setup" -msgstr "Instalação" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:3 -msgid "Set up your barcode scanner" -msgstr "Configure seu leitor de código de barras" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Getting started with barcode scanning in Odoo is fairly easy. Yet, a good " -"user experience relies on an appropriate hardware setup. This guide will " -"help you through the task of choosing and configuring the barcode scanner." -msgstr "" -"Começar a ler códigos de barras no Odoo é bastante fácil. Ainda assim, uma " -"boa experiência do usuário depende de uma configuração de hardware " -"apropriada. Este guia o ajudará na tarefa de escolher e configurar o leitor " -"de código de barras." - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:11 -msgid "Find the barcode scanner that suits your needs" -msgstr "Encontre o leitor de código de barras que atende às suas necessidades" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:13 -msgid "" -"The 3 recommended type of barcode scanners to work with the Odoo " -"**Inventory** and **Barcode Scanning** apps are the **USB scanner**, **the " -"bluetooth scanner** and the **mobile computer scanner**." -msgstr "" -"Os três tipos recomendados de leitores de código de barras para trabalhar " -"com os aplicativos Odoo ** Inventário ** e ** Código de barras Scanning ** " -"são o ** scanner USB **, ** o scanner bluetooth ** e o ** scanner de " -"computador móvel ** ." - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:20 -msgid "" -"If you scan products at a computer location, the **USB scanner** is the way " -"to go. Simply plug it in the computer to start scanning. Just make sure when" -" you buy it that the scanner is compatible with your keyboard layout or can " -"be configured to be so." -msgstr "" -"Se você digitalizar produtos em um computador, o ** scanner USB ** é o " -"caminho certo. Basta conectá-lo ao computador para iniciar a digitalização. " -"Apenas certifique-se ao comprá-lo de que o scanner é compatível com o layout" -" do seu teclado ou pode ser configurado para ser compatível." - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:25 -msgid "" -"The **bluetooth scanner** can be paired with a smartphone or a tablet and is" -" a good choice if you want to be mobile but don't need a big investment. An " -"approach is to log in Odoo on you smartphone, pair the bluetooth scanner " -"with the smartphone and work in the warehouse with the possibility to check " -"your smartphone from time to time and use the software 'manually'." -msgstr "" -"O ** scanner bluetooth ** pode ser emparelhado com um smartphone ou tablet e" -" é uma boa escolha se você quiser ser móvel, mas não precisa de um grande " -"investimento. Uma abordagem é fazer o login no Odoo em seu smartphone, " -"emparelhar o scanner bluetooth com o smartphone e trabalhar no armazém com a" -" possibilidade de verificar seu smartphone de vez em quando e usar o " -"software 'manualmente'." - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:32 -msgid "" -"For heavy use, the **mobile computer scanner** is the handiest solution. It " -"consists of a small computer with a built-in barcode scanner. This one can " -"turn out to be a very productive solution, however you need to make sure " -"that is is capable of running Odoo smoothly. The most recent models using " -"Android + Google Chrome or Windows + Internet Explorer Mobile should do the " -"job. However, due to the variety of models and configurations on the market," -" it is essential to test it first." -msgstr "" -"Para uso pesado, o ** scanner de computador móvel ** é a solução mais " -"prática. Ele consiste em um pequeno computador com leitor de código de " -"barras integrado. Esta pode acabar sendo uma solução muito produtiva, no " -"entanto, você precisa ter certeza de que é capaz de executar o Odoo sem " -"problemas. Os modelos mais recentes usando Android + Google Chrome ou " -"Windows + Internet Explorer Mobile devem fazer o trabalho. Porém, devido à " -"variedade de modelos e configurações existentes no mercado, é fundamental " -"testá-lo primeiro." - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:42 -msgid "Configure your barcode scanner" -msgstr "Configure o seu leitor de código de barras" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:45 -msgid "Keyboard layout" -msgstr "Layout do teclado" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:50 -msgid "" -"An USB barcode scanner needs to be configured to use the same keyboard " -"layout as your operating system. Otherwise, your scanner won't translate " -"characters correctly (replacing a 'A' with a 'Q' for example). Most scanners" -" are configured by scanning the appropriate barcode in the user manual." -msgstr "" -"Um leitor de código de barras USB precisa ser configurado para usar o mesmo " -"layout de teclado do seu sistema operacional. Caso contrário, seu scanner " -"não traduzirá os caracteres corretamente (substituindo um 'A' por um 'Q', " -"por exemplo). A maioria dos leitores é configurada digitalizando o código de" -" barras apropriado no manual do usuário." - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:57 -msgid "Automatic carriage return" -msgstr "Retorno automático do transporte" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:59 -msgid "" -"By default, Odoo has a 50 milliseconds delay between each successive scan " -"(it helps avoid accidental double scanning). If you want to suppress this " -"delay, you can configure your scanner to insert a carriage return at the end" -" of each barcode. This is usually the default configuration and can be " -"explicitly configured by scanning a specific barcode in the user manual ('CR" -" suffix ON', 'Apply Enter for suffix', etc.)." -msgstr "" -"Por padrão, o Odoo tem um atraso de 50 milissegundos entre cada varredura " -"sucessiva (ajuda a evitar varredura dupla acidental). Se desejar suprimir " -"esse atraso, você pode configurar seu scanner para inserir um retorno de " -"carro no final de cada código de barras. Esta é geralmente a configuração " -"padrão e pode ser explicitamente configurada lendo um código de barras " -"específico no manual do usuário ('sufixo CR ON', 'Aplicar Enter para " -"sufixo', etc.)." - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:3 -msgid "Activate the Barcodes in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The barcode scanning features can save you a lot of time usually lost " -"switching between the keyboard, the mouse and the scanner. Properly " -"attributing barcodes to products, pickings locations, etc. allows you to " -"work more efficiently by controlling the software almost exclusively with " -"the barcode scanner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:12 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:12 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:37 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:9 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:50 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:18 -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:19 -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:16 -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:21 -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:15 -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:14 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:10 -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:10 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:16 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:15 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:17 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:14 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Configuração" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:14 -msgid "" -"To use this feature, you first need to activate the *Barcode* functionality " -"via :menuselection:`Inventory --> Settings --> Barcode Scanner`. Once you " -"have ticked the feature, you can hit save." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:22 -msgid "Set Product Barcodes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:24 -msgid "" -"You can easily assign barcodes to your different products via the " -"*Inventory* app. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " -"Products Barcodes`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Then, you have the possibility to assign barcodes to your products directly " -"at creation on the product form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Be careful to add barcodes directly on the product variants and not on the " -"template product. Otherwise, you won’t be able to differentiate them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:45 -msgid "Set Locations Barcodes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:47 -msgid "" -"If you manage multiple locations, you will find useful to attribute a " -"barcode to each location and stick it on the location. You can configure the" -" locations barcodes in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " -"Locations`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:58 -msgid "" -"You can easily print the barcode you allocate to the locations via the " -"*Print* menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:62 -msgid "Barcode Formats" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Most retail products use EAN-13 barcodes. They cannot be made up without " -"proper authorization. You must pay the International Article Numbering " -"Association a fee in exchange for an EAN code sequence." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Still, as Odoo supports any string as a barcode, you can always define your " -"own barcode format for internal use." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management.rst:3 -msgid "Warehouse Management" -msgstr "Gerenciamento de armazenagem" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:3 -msgid "How do I cancel a delivery order?" -msgstr "Como cancelo um pedido de entrega?" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo gives you the possibility to cancel a delivery method whether it has " -"been validated to fast, it needs to be modified or for any other reason." -msgstr "" -"O Odoo dá-lhe a possibilidade de cancelar um método de entrega, quer tenha " -"sido validado para rápido, precise de ser modificado ou por qualquer outro " -"motivo." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Some carriers are more flexible than others, so make sure to cancel your " -"delivery order as fast as possible if it needs to be done so you don't have " -"any bad surprise." -msgstr "" -"Algumas transportadoras são mais flexíveis do que outras, portanto, " -"certifique-se de cancelar seu pedido de entrega o mais rápido possível se " -"precisar ser feito para que você não tenha nenhuma surpresa ruim." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:17 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:26 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:107 -msgid "Sale process" -msgstr "Processo de venda" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Go to the **Sales** module, click on **Sales** and then on **Sales Order**. " -"Then click on the sale order you want to cancel." -msgstr "" -"Acesse o módulo ** Vendas **, clique em ** Vendas ** e depois em ** Pedido " -"de Vendas **. Em seguida, clique no pedido de venda que deseja cancelar." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Click on the **Delivery** button, in the upper right corner of the sale " -"order." -msgstr "" -"Clique no botão ** Entrega **, no canto superior direito do pedido de venda." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Now, click on the **Additional info** tab and you will see that next to the " -"**Carrier Tracking Reference**, there is a **Cancel** button. Click on it to" -" cancel the delivery." -msgstr "" -"Agora, clique na guia ** Informações adicionais ** e você verá que ao lado " -"da ** Referência de rastreamento da operadora **, há um botão ** Cancelar " -"**. Clique nele para cancelar a entrega." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:38 -msgid "" -"To make sure that your delivery is cancelled, check in the history, you will" -" receive the confirmation of the cancellation." -msgstr "" -"Para ter certeza de que sua entrega será cancelada, verifique no histórico, " -"você receberá a confirmação do cancelamento." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:3 -msgid "How can I limit a delivery method to a certain number of countries?" -msgstr "" -"Como posso limitar um método de entrega a um determinado número de países?" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:8 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can have different types of delivery methods, and you can " -"limit them to a certain number of countries." -msgstr "" -"Com Odoo, você pode ter diferentes tipos de métodos de entrega e pode " -"limitá-los a um determinado número de países." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Go to the **Inventory** module, click on **Configuration** and then on " -"**Delivery Methods**." -msgstr "" -"Vá para o módulo **Inventário**, clique em **Configuração** e, em seguida, " -"em **Métodos de entrega**." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Select the delivery method that you want to change, or create a new one." -msgstr "Selecione o método de entrega que deseja alterar ou crie um novo." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:25 -msgid "" -"In the **Destination** tab, choose the countries to which you want to apply " -"this delivery method." -msgstr "" -"Na guia ** Destino **, escolha os países aos quais deseja aplicar este " -"método de entrega." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:28 -msgid "Now, that this is done, Let's see the result." -msgstr "Agora que isso está feito, vamos ver o resultado." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:30 -msgid "" -"If you go to the website, and you try to buy something, once you've entered " -"your details and you proceed to the payment, the website will propose you " -"only the delivery methods that apply to your shipping address." -msgstr "" -"Se você entrar no site e tentar comprar algo, depois de inserir seus dados e" -" proceder ao pagamento, o site irá propor apenas os métodos de entrega que " -"se aplicam ao seu endereço de entrega." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:39 -msgid "" -"This process doesn't work in backend. We assume that when you create a Sale " -"Order, you know which delivery method you can use since you created them." -msgstr "" -"Este processo não funciona no back-end. Presumimos que, ao criar um pedido " -"de venda, você sabe qual método de entrega pode usar desde que os criou." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:3 -msgid "Send Products to Customers Directly from Suppliers (Drop-shipping)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:6 -msgid "What is Drop-Shipping?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Drop-Shipping is a system that allows orders taken from your store to be " -"shipped straight from your supplier to your customer. On a usual delivery " -"system, products are sent from your supplier to your warehouse to be put in " -"stock and then shipped to your customers after ordering." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:13 -msgid "" -"With drop-shipping, no item is stocked. When a customer places an order in " -"your shop, the item is delivered straight from the supplier to the customer." -" Therefore, the product doesn't need to get through your warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:19 -msgid "Points to be Considered while Implementing Drop-Shipping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Use drop-shipping only for the products you can't or don't want to keep in " -"stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:22 -msgid "" -"One reason is that you'll always make smaller margins on items that are " -"drop-shipped, so you should keep it only for items that take up a lot of " -"space in your warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:30 -msgid "Drop-shipping is best for niche products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Chances are that products that are in high demand are being offered by large" -" suppliers at a fraction of the price you'll be able to charge, so using a " -"more costly shipping method won't be financially rewarding. But if your " -"product is unique, then it makes sense!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:33 -msgid "To protect your customers from bad experiences." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Test drop-shipping companies for yourself beforehand and list the best ones." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:37 -msgid "Make sure time is not against you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Drop-shipping should take a reasonable amount of time and surely not more " -"than it would have taken you to handle it all by yourself. It's also nice to" -" be able to provide your customers with a tracking number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:44 -msgid "Items have to be available from your supplier." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:40 -msgid "" -"It's good to know if the product you're selling is available upstream. If " -"you don't have that information, inform your customers that you don't hold " -"the item in stock and that it's subject to availability from a third party." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:47 -msgid "" -"For more information and insights about Drop-Shipping, you can read our " -"blog: `*What is drop-shipping and how to use it* <https://www.odoo.com/blog" -"/business-hacks-1/post/what-is-drop-shipping-and-how-to-use-it-250>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:52 -msgid "Configure Drop-Shipping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Activate the functionality in the *Purchase* application by going to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Then, go to the *Inventory* app, in :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings` to activate the *Multi-Step Routes* feature. It will allow you to " -"make the *Route* field appear on the sale order lines to specify you send a " -"product via drop-shipping." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Now, in the *Sales* app, go to :menuselection:`Products --> Products`. " -"Select the product you would like to drop-ship and add a vendor pricelist " -"which contains the right supplier, via the purchase tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:76 -msgid "Send Products from the Suppliers Directly to the Customers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:78 -msgid "" -"Create a *Sales Order* and add the product on which you just set the vendor." -" Add the *Route* field thanks to the widget on the right of the sale order " -"line. Now, you are able to specify that your products’ route is *Drop-" -"Shipping*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:89 -msgid "" -"Once the sale order is confirmed, Odoo automatically generates a *Request " -"for Quotation* for the supplier who will proceed to the drop-shipping. You " -"can find it in the *Purchase* app, with the sale order as *Source Document*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:97 -msgid "" -"Once this *Purchase Order* is confirmed, a *Receipt Order* is created and " -"linked to it. The source location is the vendor location and the destination" -" location is the customer location. Then, the product won’t go through your " -"own stock when you validate the dropship document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:105 -msgid "" -"You can also easily access the dropship document directly from your " -"inventory dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:3 -msgid "How to choose the right inventory flow to handle delivery orders?" -msgstr "" -"Como escolher o fluxo de inventário certo para lidar com pedidos de entrega?" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Depending on factors such as the type of items you sell, the size of your " -"warehouse, the number of orders you register everyday... the way you handle " -"deliveries to your customers can vary a lot." -msgstr "" -"Dependendo de fatores como o tipo de itens que você vende, o tamanho do seu " -"depósito, o número de pedidos que você registra todos os dias ... a maneira " -"como você lida com as entregas aos seus clientes pode variar muito." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Odoo allows you to handle shipping from your warehouse in 3 different ways:" -msgstr "" -"O Odoo permite que você lide com o envio de seu depósito de 3 maneiras " -"diferentes:" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:12 -msgid "**One step (shipping)**: Ship directly from stock" -msgstr "** Uma etapa (envio) **: envie diretamente do estoque" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:14 -msgid "" -"**Two steps (pick + ship)**: Bring goods to output location before shipping" -msgstr "" -"** Duas etapas (coleta + envio) **: Traga as mercadorias para o local de " -"saída antes do envio" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:17 -msgid "" -"**Three steps (pick + pack + ship)**: Make packages into a dedicated " -"location, then bring them to the output location for shipping" -msgstr "" -"** Três etapas (pick + pack + ship) **: Faça os pacotes em um local dedicado" -" e, em seguida, leve-os ao local de saída para envio" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:20 -msgid "" -"For companies having a rather small warehouse and that do not require high " -"stock of items or don't sell perishable items, a one step shipping is the " -"simplest solution, as it does not require a lot of configuration and allows " -"to handle orders very quickly." -msgstr "" -"Para empresas que possuem um armazém bastante pequeno e que não requerem " -"alto estoque de itens ou não vendem itens perecíveis, o envio em uma única " -"etapa é a solução mais simples, pois não requer muita configuração e permite" -" lidar com os pedidos muito rapidamente." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Using inventory methods such as FIFO, LIFO and FEFO require to have at least" -" two steps to handle a shipment. The picking method will be determined by " -"the removal strategy, and the items removed will then be shipped to the " -"customer. This method is also interesting if you hold larger stocks and " -"especially when the items you stock are big in size." -msgstr "" -"O uso de métodos de estoque como FIFO, LIFO e FEFO exige pelo menos duas " -"etapas para lidar com uma remessa. O método de separação será determinado " -"pela estratégia de remoção e os itens removidos serão então enviados ao " -"cliente. Esse método também é interessante se você tiver estoques maiores e," -" especialmente, quando os itens em estoque forem grandes." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:31 -msgid "" -"The three steps system becomes useful in more specific situations, the main " -"one being for handling very large stocks. The items are transferred to a " -"packing area, where they will be assembled by area of destination, and then " -"set to outbound trucks for final delivery to the customers." -msgstr "" -"O sistema de três etapas torna-se útil em situações mais específicas, sendo " -"a principal para o manuseio de estoques muito grandes. Os itens são " -"transferidos para uma área de embalagem, onde serão montados por área de " -"destino, e posteriormente encaminhados para caminhões de saída para entrega " -"final aos clientes." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:40 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:53 -msgid "One step flow" -msgstr "Fluxo de uma etapa" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:42 -msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`one_step`" -msgstr "Por favor, leia a documentação em: doc: ʻone_step`" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:45 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:58 -msgid "Two steps flow" -msgstr "Fluxo de duas etapas" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:47 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:60 -msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`two_steps`" -msgstr "Por favor, leia a documentação em: doc: `two_steps`" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:50 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:63 -msgid "Three steps flow" -msgstr "Fluxo de três etapas" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:52 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:65 -msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`three_steps`" -msgstr "Por favor, leia a documentação em: doc: `three_steps`" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:3 -msgid "How can I change the label type?" -msgstr "Como posso alterar o tipo de rótulo?" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:8 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can choose among different types of labels for your delivery " -"orders. Follow the steps below and give an appropriate label type to your " -"delivery." -msgstr "" -"Com Odoo, você pode escolher entre diferentes tipos de etiquetas para seus " -"pedidos de entrega. Siga as etapas abaixo e forneça um tipo de etiqueta " -"apropriado para sua entrega." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:15 -msgid "" -"In the **Inventory** module, Go to **Configuration** and click on **Delivery" -" methods**." -msgstr "" -"No módulo ** Estoque **, vá para ** Configuração ** e clique em ** Métodos " -"de entrega **." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:18 -msgid "Choose a delivery method and then click on **Edit**." -msgstr "Escolha um método de entrega e clique em ** Editar **." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:23 -msgid "" -"In the **Pricing** tab, under **Fedex label stock type**, you can choose one" -" of the label types available. The availability will vary depending on the " -"carrier." -msgstr "" -"Na guia ** Preços **, em ** Tipo de estoque de etiqueta Fedex **, você pode " -"escolher um dos tipos de etiqueta disponíveis. A disponibilidade varia de " -"acordo com a operadora." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Once this is done, you can see the result if you go to the Sales module and " -"you create a new sale order." -msgstr "" -"Feito isso, você pode ver o resultado se for para o módulo Vendas e criar um" -" novo pedido de venda." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:33 -msgid "" -"As you confirm the sale and validate the delivery with the carrier for which" -" you have modified the label type, The label will appear in your history." -msgstr "" -"Conforme você confirma a venda e valida a entrega com a transportadora para " -"o qual você modificou o tipo de etiqueta, a etiqueta aparecerá em seu " -"histórico." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:46 -msgid "" -"The default label type is paper letter, and if you choose the label type " -"bottom half for example, here is the difference :" -msgstr "" -"O tipo de etiqueta padrão é carta de papel, e se você escolher o tipo de " -"etiqueta na metade inferior, por exemplo, aqui está a diferença:" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:3 -msgid "Process Delivery Orders in one Step (Shipping)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:5 -msgid "" -"There is no configuration needed to deliver in one step. The default " -"outgoing shipments are configured to be directly delivered from the stock to" -" the customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:9 -msgid "" -"However, if advanced routes have been activated and you set another shipping" -" configuration on your warehouse, you can set it back to the one-step " -"delivery configuration. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " -"--> Warehouses` and edit the warehouse in question." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Then, choose *Deliver goods directly* as your *Outgoing Shipments* strategy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:21 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:45 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:47 -msgid "Create a Sales Order" -msgstr "Criar um pedido de venda" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:23 -msgid "" -"In the *Sales* application, create a quotation with some storable products " -"to deliver and confirm it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Notice that we now see 1 delivery associated with this *sales order* in the " -"stat button above the sales order. If you click on the 1 Delivery stat " -"button, you should now see your delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:34 -msgid "Process a Delivery" -msgstr "Processar uma entrega" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:36 -msgid "" -"You can also find the *delivery order* directly from the *Inventory* " -"application. In the dashboard, you can click the *1 TO PROCESS* button under" -" the Delivery Orders Kanban card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Enter the picking that you want to process. You will be able to click on " -"*Validate* to complete the move if you have products in stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Once you *Validate* the delivery order, the products leave your *WH/Stock " -"location* and are moved to the *Customer location*. You can easily see that " -"the delivery took place thanks to the status of the document which is now " -"*Done*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:3 -msgid "Deliver Products in Packages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, you have the possibility to deliver your products in different " -"packages, depending on the volume and or weight of your products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:11 -msgid "" -"First, you need to activate the *Delivery Packages* feature in the " -":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:18 -msgid "Proceed to a Delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Now, you can create a planned delivery with some products in it. You will " -"have the possibility to create new packages and assign them to the stock " -"move lines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Then, you can define the package type from this window. Once the delivery " -"order is validated, you can retrieve which products have been included in " -"the package." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:34 -msgid "" -"A button will appear at the delivery stage, allowing you to find all the " -"packages which were part of the delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:44 -msgid "Use the Put in Pack button" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Another way to put products in packs is to use the *Put in Pack* button. It " -"will automatically assign a pack to the number of products which is set as " -"*Done* and duplicate the stock move line if necessary." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Then, you will be able to update the different packages created this way, " -"directly via the *Packages* button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:3 -msgid "Process Delivery Orders in three Steps (Pick + Pack + Ship)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is " -"set up by default to utilize a one-step operation: once all goods are " -"available, they are able to be shipped in a single delivery order. However, " -"that process may not reflect reality and your company could require more " -"steps before shipping." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:11 -msgid "" -"With the delivery in 3 steps (Pick + Pack + Ship), the items will be picked " -"to be transferred to a packing area. Then, they will be moved to an output " -"location before being effectively shipped to the customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:16 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:15 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:18 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:19 -msgid "Activate Multi-Step Routes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:18 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:17 -msgid "" -"The first step is to allow using *multi-step routes*. Indeed, routes provide" -" a mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we will " -"chain the picking step to the shipping step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:22 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:21 -msgid "" -"To allow *multi-step routes*, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Settings` and activate the option. Note that activating " -"*Multi-Step Routes* will also activate *Storage Locations*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:30 -msgid "Configure Warehouse for Delivery in 3 Steps" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Once *Multi-Step Routes* has been activated, you can go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the " -"warehouse which will use delivery in 3 steps. You can then select the option" -" *Pack goods, send goods in output and then deliver (3 steps)* for *Outgoing" -" Shipments*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Activating this option will lead to the creation of two new locations, " -"*Output* and *Packing Zone*. If you want to rename it go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, *Select* the one" -" you want to rename and update its name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:47 -msgid "" -"In the *Sales* application, you can create a quotation with some storable " -"products to deliver. Once you confirm the quotation, three pickings will be " -"created and automatically linked to your sale order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:54 -msgid "If you click the button, you should now see three different pickings:" -msgstr "Se você clicar no botão, deverá ver agora três opções diferentes:" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:56 -msgid "The first one with a reference PICK to designate the picking process," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:58 -msgid "The second one with the reference PACK that is the packing process," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:60 -msgid "The last one with a reference OUT to designate the shipping process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:66 -msgid "Process the Picking, Packing, and Delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:68 -msgid "" -"The picking operation is the first one to be processed and has a *Ready* " -"status while the other ones are *Waiting Another Operation*. The Packing " -"operation will become *Ready* as soon as the picking one is marked as done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:73 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:71 -msgid "" -"You can enter the picking operation from here, or access it through the " -"inventory dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:79 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:77 -msgid "" -"In case you have the product in stock, it has automatically been reserved " -"and you can simply validate the picking document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:85 -msgid "" -"Once the picking has been validated, the packing order is ready to be " -"processed. Thanks to the fact that the documents are chained, the products " -"which have been previously picked are automatically reserved on the packing " -"order which can be directly validated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:96 -msgid "" -"Once the packing has been validated, the delivery order is ready to be " -"processed. Here again, it is directly ready to be validated in order to " -"transfer the products to the customer location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:3 -msgid "Process Delivery Orders in two Steps (Pick + Ship)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is " -"set up by default to utilize a one-step operation: once all goods are " -"available, they are able to be shipped in a single delivery order." -msgstr "" -"Quando um pedido vai para o departamento de expedição para entrega final, " -"Odoo é configurado por padrão para utilizar uma operação de uma etapa: uma " -"vez que todas as mercadorias estão disponíveis, elas podem ser enviadas em " -"um único pedido de entrega." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:9 -msgid "" -"However, your company's business process may have one or more steps that " -"happen before shipping. In the two steps process, the products which are " -"part of the delivery order are picked in the warehouse and brought to an " -"output location before being effectively shipped." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:29 -msgid "Warehouse configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Once *Multi-Step Routes* has been activated, you can go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the " -"warehouse which will use delivery in 2 steps. You can then select the option" -" *Send goods in output and then deliver (2 steps)* for Outgoing Shipments." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Activating this option will lead to the creation of a new *Output* location." -" If you want to rename it go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " -"--> Locations`, Select Output and update its name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:49 -msgid "" -"In the *Sales* application, you can create a quotation with some storable " -"products to deliver. Once you confirm the quotation, two pickings will be " -"created and automatically linked to your sale order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:56 -msgid "" -"If you click on the *2 Delivery* button, you should now see two different " -"pickings, one with a reference *PICK* to designate the picking process and " -"another one with a reference *OUT* to designate the shipping process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:65 -msgid "Process the Picking and the Delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:67 -msgid "" -"The picking operation is the first one to be processed and has a *Ready* " -"status while the delivery operation will only become *Ready* once the " -"picking operation has been marked as done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Once the picking has been validated, the delivery order is ready to be " -"processed. Thanks to the fact that the documents are chained, the products " -"which have been previously picked are automatically reserved on the delivery" -" order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming.rst:3 -msgid "Incoming Shipments" -msgstr "Remessas de entrada" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:3 -msgid "How to choose the right flow to handle receipts?" -msgstr "Como escolher o fluxo certo para lidar com os recebimentos?" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Depending on factors such as the type of items you receive, the size of your" -" warehouse, the number of receipt you register everyday... the way you " -"handle receipts to your customers can vary a lot." -msgstr "" -"Dependendo de fatores como o tipo de itens que você recebe, o tamanho do seu" -" armazém, o número de recibos que você registra todos os dias ... a maneira " -"como você trata os recibos para seus clientes pode variar muito." - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Odoo allows you to handle receipts from your warehouse in 3 different ways:" -msgstr "" -"O Odoo permite que você lide com os recebimentos do seu armazém de 3 " -"maneiras diferentes:" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:15 -msgid "**One step**: Receive goods directly in stock." -msgstr "** Uma etapa **: Receba as mercadorias diretamente em estoque." - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:17 -msgid "**Two steps**: Unload in input location then go to stock." -msgstr "" -"** Duas etapas **: Descarregue no local de entrada e vá para o estoque." - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:19 -msgid "" -"**Three steps**: Unload in input location, go through a quality control " -"before being admitted in stock." -msgstr "" -"** Três etapas **: Descarregue no local de entrada, passe por um controle de" -" qualidade antes de ser admitido no estoque." - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Odoo uses **routes** to define exactly how you will handle the different " -"receipt steps. The configuration is done at the level of the warehouse. In " -"standard, the reception is a one step process, but changing the " -"configuration can allow to have 2 or even 3 steps." -msgstr "" -"O Odoo usa ** rotas ** para definir exatamente como você lidará com as " -"diferentes etapas de recebimento. A configuração é feita ao nível do " -"armazém. Em padrão, a recepção é um processo de uma etapa, mas a alteração " -"da configuração pode permitir ter 2 ou até 3 etapas." - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:27 -msgid "The principles are the following:" -msgstr "Os princípios são os seguintes:" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:29 -msgid "**One step**: You receive the goods directly in your stock." -msgstr "** Uma etapa **: Você recebe a mercadoria diretamente em seu estoque." - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:31 -msgid "" -"**Two steps**: You receive the goods in an input area then transfer them " -"from input area to your stock. As long as the goods are not transferred in " -"your stock, they will not be available for further processing." -msgstr "" -"** Duas etapas **: Você recebe as mercadorias em uma área de entrada e " -"depois as transfere da área de entrada para o estoque. Enquanto as " -"mercadorias não forem transferidas em seu estoque, elas não estarão " -"disponíveis para processamento posterior." - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:36 -msgid "" -"**Three steps**: In many companies, it is necessary to assess the received " -"good. The goal is to check that the products correspond to the quality " -"requirements agreed with the suppliers. Adding a quality control step in the" -" goods receipt process can become essential." -msgstr "" -"** Três etapas **: Em muitas empresas, é necessário avaliar o bem recebido. " -"O objetivo é verificar se os produtos atendem aos requisitos de qualidade " -"acordados com os fornecedores. Adicionar uma etapa de controle de qualidade " -"no processo de recebimento de mercadorias pode se tornar essencial." - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:42 -msgid "" -"You receive the goods in an input area, then transfer them into quality area" -" for quality control. When your quality check process finishes then you can " -"move the goods from QC to stock. Of course, you may change the quantity and " -"only transfer to Stock the quantity that is valid and decide that you will " -"return the quantity that is not good." -msgstr "" -"Você recebe as mercadorias em uma área de entrada e, a seguir, transfere-as " -"para a área de qualidade para controle de qualidade. Quando o processo de " -"verificação de qualidade terminar, você pode mover as mercadorias do " -"controle de qualidade para o estoque. Claro, você pode alterar a quantidade " -"e apenas transferir para o estoque a quantidade que é válida e decidir que " -"irá devolver a quantidade que não é boa." - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:55 -msgid "This is the default configuration in Odoo." -msgstr "Esta é a configuração padrão no Odoo." - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:68 -msgid ":doc:`../delivery/inventory_flow`" -msgstr ":doc:`../delivery/inventory_flow`" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:69 -msgid ":doc:`../../../purchase/advanced/analyze`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:3 -msgid "Process a Receipt in one step (Receipt)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:5 -msgid "" -"There is no configuration needed to receive in one step. The default " -"incoming shipments are configured to be directly received from the vendors " -"to the stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:9 -msgid "" -"However, if advanced routes have been activated and you set another incoming" -" configuration on your warehouse, you can set it back to the one-step " -"receipt configuration. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Warehouses` and edit the warehouse in question." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Set the *Incoming Shipments* option to *Receive goods directly (1 step)*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:21 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:50 -msgid "Create a Purchase Order" -msgstr "Crie um pedido de compra" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:23 -msgid "" -"To create a *Request for Quotation*, go to the *Purchase* application and " -"click on *Create*. Then, add some storable products to receive and confirm " -"the *RfQ*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Notice that, now, we see 1 receipt associated with the purchase order you " -"just created. If you click on the button, you will see your receipt order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:35 -msgid "Process a Receipt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:37 -msgid "" -"You can also fin the receipt directly from the *Inventory* app. When on the " -"dashboard, you can click the *1 TO PROCESS* button under the *Receipts* " -"Kanban card. Then, you will see your receipt." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Now, enter the picking that you want to process. You will be able to click " -"on *Validate* to complete the move directly as products coming from " -"suppliers are considered as being always available." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:51 -msgid "" -"Once you *Validate* the receipt, the products leave the *Supplier Location* " -"to enter your *WH/Stock Location*. You can easily see that the receipt took " -"place thanks to the status of the document, which is now *Done*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:3 -msgid "Process a Receipt in three steps (Input + Quality + Stock)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Quality is essential for most companies. To make sure we maintain quality " -"throughout the supply chain, it only makes sense that we assess the quality " -"of the products received from suppliers. To do so, we will add a quality " -"control step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Odoo uses routes to define how to handle the different receipt steps. " -"Configuration of those routes is done at the warehouse level. By default, " -"the reception is a one-step process, but it can also be configured to have " -"two-steps or three-steps processes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:13 -msgid "" -"The three-steps flow works as follows: you receive the goods in your " -"receiving area, then transfer them into a quality area for quality control " -"(QC). When the quality check is completed, the goods that match the QC " -"requirements are moved to stock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:20 -msgid "" -"The first step is to allow the use of *Multi-Step Routes*. Routes provide a " -"mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we will chain " -"the picking step to the shipping step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:23 -msgid "" -"To enable *Multi-Step Routes*, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Settings` and activate the option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:31 -msgid "" -"By default, activating *Multi-Step Routes* also activates *Storage " -"Locations*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:35 -msgid "Configure warehouse for receipt in 3-steps" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Once *Multi-Step Routes* has been activated, go to :menuselection:`Inventory" -" --> Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the warehouse which should work " -"with the 3-steps reception. Then, select *Receive goods in input, then " -"quality and then stock (3 steps)* for *Incoming Shipments*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Activating this option leads to the creation of two new locations: *Input* " -"and *Quality Control*. To rename them, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Locations` and select the one you want to rename." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:52 -msgid "" -"To start the 3-steps reception process, create a *Request for Quotation* " -"from the *Purchase* app, add some storable products to it and confirm. Then," -" three pickings are created with your *Purchase Order* as the source " -"document:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:56 -msgid "The first one with a reference *IN* to designate the receipt process;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:59 -msgid "" -"The second one with a reference *INT*, which is the move to the quality " -"control zone;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:62 -msgid "The last one with a reference *INT* to designate the move to stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:69 -msgid "Process the receipt, quality control and entry in stock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:71 -msgid "" -"As the receipt operation is the first one to be processed, it has a *Ready* " -"status while the others are *Waiting Another Operation*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:74 -msgid "" -"To access the receipt operation, click on the button from the *Purchase " -"Order* or go back to the *Inventory* app dashboard and click on *Receipts*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:81 -msgid "" -"In the receipt order, products are always considered available because they " -"come from the supplier. Then, the receipt can be validated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:88 -msgid "" -"Once the receipt has been validated, the transfer to quality becomes " -"*Ready*. And, because the documents are chained to each other, products " -"previously received are automatically reserved on the transfer. Then, the " -"transfer can be directly validated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:100 -msgid "" -"Now, the transfer that enters the products to stock is *Ready*. Here, it is " -"again ready to be validated in order to transfer the products to your stock " -"location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:3 -msgid "Process a Receipt in two steps (Input + Stock)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo uses routes to define exactly how you will handle the different receipt" -" steps. The configuration is done at the *Warehouse* level. By default, the " -"reception is a one-step process, but changing the configuration can allow " -"you to have 2 steps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:13 -msgid "" -"The 2 steps flow is like this: you receive the goods in an input area, then " -"transfer them to your stock. As long as the goods are not transferred in " -"your stock, they will not be available for further processing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:21 -msgid "" -"The first step is to allow using *multi-step routes*. Indeed, routes provide" -" a mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we will " -"chain the unload step in the input area to the step entering the products in" -" stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:26 -msgid "" -"To allow *multi-step routes*, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings` and activate the feature. By default, activating *multi-step " -"routes* will also activate *Storage Locations*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:34 -msgid "Configure warehouse for receipt in 2 steps" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Once *multi-step routes* is activated, you can go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the warehouse which " -"will use receipt in 2 steps. Then, you can select the option *Receive goods " -"in input and then stock (2 steps)* for *Incoming Shipments*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Activating this option will lead to the creation of a new *Input* location. " -"If you want to rename it, you can go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Locations --> Select Input` and update its name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:52 -msgid "Create a purchase order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:54 -msgid "" -"In the *Purchase* application, you can create a *Request for Quotation* with" -" some storable products to receive from a supplier. Once the *RfQ* is " -"confirmed, the receipt picking will be created and automatically linked to " -"your purchase order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:62 -msgid "" -"Now, by clicking on the *1 Receipt* button, you will see the first picking " -"which will allow entering the product in the *input location*. Then, another" -" picking, an internal transfer, has been created in order to move the " -"products to *Stock*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:68 -msgid "Process the receipt and the internal transfer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:70 -msgid "" -"The receipt is the first one to be processed and has a *Ready* status while " -"the internal transfer will only become *Ready* once the receipt has been " -"marked as *Done*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:74 -msgid "" -"You can enter the receipt operation from the purchase order, or access it " -"through the inventory dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:80 -msgid "" -"By default, a receipt is always considered as ready to be processed. Then, " -"you will be able to directly click on *Validate* to mark it as done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:87 -msgid "" -"Once the receipt has been validated, the internal transfer is ready to be " -"processed. As documents are chained, the products which have been received " -"are automatically reserved on the internal transfer. Once the transfer is " -"validated, those products enter the stock and you will be able to use them " -"to fulfill customer deliveries or manufacture products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers.rst:3 -msgid "Lots and Serial Numbers" -msgstr "Lotes e números de série" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:3 -msgid "What's the difference between lots and serial numbers?" -msgstr "Qual é a diferença entre lotes e números de série?" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:6 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "Introdução" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, lots and serial numbers have similarities in their functional " -"system but are different in their behavior. They are both managed within the" -" **Inventory**, **Purchases** and **Sales** app." -msgstr "" -"No Odoo, os lotes e os números de série têm semelhanças em seu sistema " -"funcional, mas são diferentes em seu comportamento. Ambos são gerenciados no" -" aplicativo ** Inventário **, ** Compras ** e ** Vendas **." - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:12 -msgid "" -"**Lots** correspond to a certain number of products you received and store " -"altogether in one single pack." -msgstr "" -"** Lotes ** correspondem a um determinado número de produtos que você " -"recebeu e armazena em um único pacote." - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:15 -msgid "" -"**Serial numbers** are identification numbers given to one product in " -"particular, to allow to track the history of the item from reception to " -"delivery and after-sales." -msgstr "" -"** Números de série ** são números de identificação atribuídos a um produto " -"em particular, para permitir rastrear o histórico do item desde a recepção " -"até a entrega e pós-venda." - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:20 -msgid "When to use" -msgstr "Quando usar" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:22 -msgid "" -"**Lots** are interesting for products you receive in great quantity and for " -"which a lot number can help in reportings, quality controls, or any other " -"info. Lots will help identify a number of pieces having for instance a " -"production fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or " -"food." -msgstr "" -"** Lotes ** são interessantes para produtos que você recebe em grande " -"quantidade e para os quais um número de lote pode ajudar em relatórios, " -"controles de qualidade ou qualquer outra informação. Os lotes ajudarão a " -"identificar várias peças que apresentam, por exemplo, uma falha de produção." -" Pode ser útil para a produção em lote de roupas ou alimentos." - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:28 -msgid "" -"**Serial numbers** are interesting for items that could require after-sales " -"service, such as smartphones, laptops, fridges, and any electronic devices. " -"You could use the manufacturer's serial number or your own, depending on the" -" way you manage these products" -msgstr "" -"** Os números de série ** são interessantes para itens que podem exigir " -"serviço pós-venda, como smartphones, laptops, geladeiras e quaisquer " -"dispositivos eletrônicos. Você pode usar o número de série do fabricante ou " -"o seu próprio, dependendo da maneira como você gerencia esses produtos" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:34 -msgid "When not to use" -msgstr "Quando não usar" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Storing consumable products such as kitchen roll, toilet paper, pens and " -"paper blocks in lots would make no sense at all, as there are very few " -"chances that you can return them for production fault." -msgstr "" -"Armazenar produtos consumíveis como papel de cozinha, papel higiênico, " -"canetas e blocos de papel em lotes não faria sentido, pois há muito poucas " -"chances de você poder devolvê-los por falha de produção." - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:40 -msgid "" -"On the other hand, giving a serial number to every product is a time-" -"consuming task that will have a purpose only in the case of items that have " -"a warranty and/or after-sales services. Putting a serial number on bread, " -"for instance, makes no sense at all." -msgstr "" -"Por outro lado, atribuir um número de série a cada produto é uma tarefa " -"demorada que terá uma finalidade apenas no caso de itens que tenham garantia" -" e / ou serviço pós-venda. Colocar um número de série no pão, por exemplo, " -"não faz sentido algum." - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:46 -msgid ":doc:`serial_numbers`" -msgstr ":doc:`serial_numbers`" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:47 -msgid ":doc:`lots`" -msgstr ":doc:`lots`" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:3 -msgid "Manage expiration dates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In many companies, products have expiration dates and they should be tracked" -" based on those dates. In the food industry, for example, tracking stocks " -"based on expiration dates is mandatory to avoid selling expired products to " -"customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:10 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can track your products based on their expiration dates, even" -" if they are already tracked by lots or serial numbers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:14 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:15 -msgid "Configurations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:17 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:18 -msgid "Application configuration" -msgstr "Configuração do aplicativo" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:19 -msgid "" -"To use expiration dates tracking, open the *Inventory* application and go to" -" :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Lots & Serial" -" Numbers* and *Expiration Dates* features." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:27 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:28 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:68 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:90 -msgid "Product configuration" -msgstr "Configuração do produto" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Now, you have the possibility to define different dates in the *inventory " -"tab* of the product form:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Product Use Time: it’s the number of days before the goods start " -"deteriorating, without being dangerous yet. It will be computed using the " -"lot/serial number;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Product Life Time: refers to the number of days before the goods may become " -"dangerous and must not be consumed. It will be computed on the lot/serial " -"number;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Product Removal Time: shows the number of days before the goods should be " -"removed from the stock. It will be computed on the lot/serial number;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Product Alert Time: refers to the number of days before an alert should be " -"raised on the lot/serial number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:44 -msgid "Expiration Date on Lots/Serial Numbers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:46 -msgid "" -"When receiving a product in stock, the dates will automatically be updated " -"on the corresponding lot/serial number. This update will be based on the " -"reception date of the product and the times set on the product form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:58 -msgid "Expiration Alerts" -msgstr "Alertas de Expiração" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:60 -msgid "" -"You can access all your expiration alerts from the *inventory* app. To do " -"so, go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. There, you " -"can use the pre-existing filter that shows all the lots/serial numbers that " -"exceeded their alert date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:3 -msgid "Manage lots of identical products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Lots are useful for products you receive in great quantity and for which a " -"lot number can help in reporting, quality controls, or any other info. Lots " -"will help identify a number of pieces having, for instance, a production " -"fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or food." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Odoo has the capacity to manage lots, ensuring compliance with the " -"traceability requirements imposed by the majority of industries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:14 -msgid "" -"The double-entry management in Odoo enables you to run very advanced " -"traceability." -msgstr "" -"O gerenciamento de entrada dupla no Odoo permite que você execute " -"rastreabilidade muito avançada." - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:18 -msgid "Setting Up" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:21 -msgid "Application Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:23 -msgid "" -"First, you need to activate the tracking of lot numbers. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and tick *Lots & " -"Serial Numbers*. Then, click on save." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:31 -msgid "Product Configuration" -msgstr "Configuração do produto" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Now, you have to configure which products you want to track by serial " -"numbers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products` and open the product of your" -" choice. There, click on *Edit* and select *Tracking by Lots* in the " -"inventory tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:47 -msgid "Manage Lots" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:52 -msgid "" -"In order to receive a product tracked by lots, you have to specify its lot " -"numbers. You have several ways of doing so:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:55 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:65 -msgid "Manually assign the different lot numbers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:57 -msgid "Copy/paste lot numbers from an Excel file" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:59 -msgid "First, you need to open the detailed operations of your picking." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:67 -msgid "" -"When opening the detailed operations, you can click on *Add a line*. Then, " -"you will be able to fill the lot number in. Once done, you can click on *Add" -" a line* again to register a new lot number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:75 -msgid "Copy/paste lot number from an Excel file" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Once the spreadsheet containing the lot numbers you received from your " -"supplier and copy the list. Then, you can paste them in the *Lot/Serial " -"Number Name* column for Odoo to automatically create the necessary lines. " -"After that, you will have to manually enter the number of products that are " -"contained in each one of the lots." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:93 -msgid "Operation Types" -msgstr "Tipos de Operação" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:95 -msgid "" -"Of course, you also have the possibility to define how you will manage lots " -"for each operation type. To do so, open the *Inventory* app and go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Operation Types`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:99 -msgid "" -"For each type (receipts, internal transfers, deliveries, …), you can decide " -"if you allow to create new lot numbers or only use existing ones. By " -"default, the creation of new lots is only allowed at product reception, and " -"using existing lot numbers isn’t allowed in this operation. If you have " -"inter-warehouse transfers and track products by lots, it can be useful to " -"allow using existing lot numbers in receipts too." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:111 -msgid "Lots traceability" -msgstr "Lotes de rastreabilidade" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:113 -msgid "" -"The lot number given to the products allows you to keep track of where they " -"were received, put in stock, to whom they were sold and where they were " -"shipped to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:117 -msgid "" -"To track an item, open the *Inventory* module and, in :menuselection:`Master" -" Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers`, click on the lot number corresponding to " -"your search." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:124 -msgid "" -"When you open the *Traceability* information, you see in which documents the" -" lot number has been used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:130 -msgid "" -"Now, if you want to locate the lot number, you can do so by clicking on the " -"*Location* stat button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:3 -msgid "Work with serial numbers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:5 -msgid "" -"To track products with serial numbers, you can use the serial number " -"tracking. With them, you can track the current location of the product and, " -"when the products are moved from one location to another, the system will " -"automatically identify the current location of the product, based on its " -"last movement." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:11 -msgid "" -"If you want to do it or run very advanced traceability, the Odoo double-" -"entry management is the feature you need." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:20 -msgid "" -"First, you need to activate the serial numbers tracking. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the *Inventory* application. " -"Then, enable the feature and hit save." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Now, you have to configure the products you want to track by serial numbers." -" To do so, go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products` and open the " -"product of your choice. Edit it and select *Tracking By Unique Serial " -"Number* in the *Inventory tab*. Then, click on save." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:42 -msgid "Manage Serial Numbers" -msgstr "Gerenciar números de série" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:47 -msgid "" -"To receive a product that is tracked by serial number, you have to specify " -"its serial number. Of course, you have several ways of doing so:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:50 -msgid "Manual assignation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:52 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:73 -msgid "Multi-assignation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:54 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:89 -msgid "Copy/pasting from an Excel file" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Whatever could be your favorite way to assign serial numbers, you firstly " -"need to open the detailed operations of your picking." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:63 -msgid "Manual assignation of the different serial numbers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:65 -msgid "" -"When opening the detailed operations, you can click on *Add a line*. Then, " -"you will be able to fill in the serial number field. Once done, you can " -"click again on *Add a line* to register a new serial number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:75 -msgid "" -"By using the multi-assignation of serial numbers, Odoo will automatically " -"create the necessary lines. To do so, you have to enter the first serial " -"number of your set and the number of products you have to assign a serial " -"number to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:80 -msgid "Once done, click on *Assign Serial Numbers* and Odoo will do the rest." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:91 -msgid "" -"To use copy/pasting, open the spreadsheet containing the serial numbers you " -"received and copy the list. Then, past them in the *Lot/Serial Number Name* " -"column of the wizard. Doing so, Odoo will automatically create the lines you" -" need." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:106 -msgid "Operation types" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:108 -msgid "" -"You also have the possibility to define how you will manage lots for each " -"operation type. To define it, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Operation Types` in the *Inventory* app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:112 -msgid "" -"For each type, you can decide if you allow the creation of new lot numbers " -"or want to use existing ones. By default, the creation of new lots is only " -"allowed at product reception." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:120 -msgid "" -"If you have inter-warehouse transfers and track products by lots, it can be " -"useful to allow using existing lot numbers in receipts too." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:124 -msgid "Serial Number traceability" -msgstr "Rastreabilidade do número de série" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:126 -msgid "" -"Using serial numbers allows you to keep track of where the products were " -"received, put in stock, to whom they were sold, and where they were shipped " -"to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:130 -msgid "" -"Tracking an item is easy: open the *Inventory* app, and go to " -":menuselection:`Master Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers` and click on the serial" -" number corresponding to your search. Then, open the *Traceability* " -"information. There, you will see in which documents the serial number has " -"been used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:140 -msgid "" -"And, if you want to locate a serial number, you can do so by clicking on the" -" *Location* button available on the serial number form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc.rst:3 -msgid "Miscellaneous Operations" -msgstr "Operações Diversas" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:3 -msgid "Process Batch Transfers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Batch picking allows a single picker to handle a batch of orders, reducing " -"the number of times he must visit the same location. In Odoo, it means you " -"can regroup several transfers into the same batch transfer, then process it," -" either via the barcode application or in the form view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:11 -msgid "Create a Batch Transfer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:13 -msgid "" -"To activate the batch picking option, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Configuration` and enable *Batch Pickings*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Then, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Batch Transfers` " -"and hit the create button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Now, determine the batch transfer responsible and the type of transfers you " -"want to include in the batch. To add the types of transfers, click on *Add a" -" line*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:34 -msgid "" -"In the example below, a filter was applied to only see the transfers that " -"are in the *Pick* step. After that, the different transfers that needed to " -"be included in the batch transfer were selected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:42 -msgid "" -"To see the products to pick for the different transfers, click on *Select*. " -"If *Multi-locations* has been activated, the document also shows the " -"locations they have been reserved from." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:51 -msgid "" -"For more info about *Multi-Locations*, please refer to this doc: " -":doc:`../warehouses/location_creation`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:54 -msgid "Create a Batch Transfer from the Transfers List View" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:56 -msgid "" -"From the *Transfers List View*, select transfers that should be included in " -"the Batch. Then, select *Add to batch* from the *Action* list." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Next, determine if you want to add the transfers to an existing draft batch " -"transfer or create a new one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:72 -msgid "Process a Batch Transfer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:74 -msgid "" -"While gathering the products, you can edit the batch transfer and update the" -" *Quantity done* for each product. Once everything has been picked, select " -"*Validate* so the different transfers contained in the batch are validated " -"too." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:83 -msgid "" -"In case all the products cannot be picked, you can create backorders for " -"each individual transfer which couldn’t be completely processed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:96 -msgid "Process a Batch Transfer from the Barcode app" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:98 -msgid "Enter the *Barcode* application, select the *Batch Transfers* menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:104 -msgid "" -"Then, you can enter the batch transfer on which you want to work. Batch " -"transfers can easily be grouped per responsible if necessary." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:111 -msgid "" -"In the batch transfer, products are classified per location. The source " -"document is visible on each line and a color-code helps differentiate them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:119 -msgid "" -"To see the products to pick from another location, click on the *Next* " -"button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:126 -msgid "" -"Once all the products have been picked, click on *Validate* (on the last " -"page) to mark the batch transfer as done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:3 -msgid "Send Automated Emails at Delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:8 -msgid "" -"First, go to the *Inventory* app, then to *Settings* and activate the *Email" -" Confirmation* feature. If you work in multi-company, this configuration is " -"company-specific." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:15 -msgid "" -"When you enable this feature, Odoo automatically creates an email template. " -"Of course, you can modify it if necessary by clicking on the small arrow " -"next to its name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:23 -msgid "Send email at delivery validation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:25 -msgid "" -"On the inventory dashboard, click on *Create* and fill the form for a " -"specific partner. Once you have added some products in it, *Validate* it and" -" do the same for the delivery." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Doing so, an automated email will be sent and will appear in the chatter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:38 -msgid "" -"If you work with a shipping method, and then have a tracking link, it will " -"be included in the standard email template." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:3 -msgid "Manage Stock that you don't own" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Sometimes, suppliers can offer you to store and sell products without having" -" to buy those items. This technique is called *consignee stock*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Consignee stock is a great way for manufacturers and suppliers to launch new" -" products. As resellers may be reluctant to buy a product they are not sure " -"to be able to sell, consignee stock will allow them to offer an item to " -"check its market without having to pay for it in the first place." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Of course, Odoo has the ability to manage those consignee stocks through " -"advanced settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:20 -msgid "" -"To use this feature, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " -"Settings` in the inventory app. Then, enable the *Consignment* feature in " -"the *Traceability* section. Now, hit save." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:28 -msgid "Reception of Consignee Stock" -msgstr "Recepção de Estoque do Consignatário" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:30 -msgid "" -"When in the *Inventory* app, open the receipts and create a new reception. " -"On the right side, you will see that a new line called *Assign Owner* has " -"appeared. There, you can specify the partner which owns the stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:39 -msgid "If you are the owner, you can leave the field blank." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Once the receipt is validated, the products enter your stock but still " -"belong to the owner. They don’t impact your inventory valuation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:3 -msgid "Scrap Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In your warehouse, you sometimes find products that are damaged or that are " -"unusable due to expiry or for some other reasons. You often notice this " -"during picking or physical inventory. Since those products cannot be sold or" -" stored, you have to scrap them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:10 -msgid "" -"When goods are scrapped, they are not reflected in the system as a part of " -"the inventory. The scrapped material will be physically moved to the scrap " -"area and not taken into account into inventory valuation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Scrap means waste that either has no economic value or only the value of its" -" basic material content, recoverable through recycling." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:21 -msgid "" -"When you install the *Inventory* app, Odoo automatically creates a scrap " -"location. It’s named *Virtual Location/Scap*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Of course, you can create new scrap areas if needed. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the " -"*Storage Locations* feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Now, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations` and create your " -"scrap location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:34 -msgid "" -"You have to check *Is a Scrap Location?* on the location form. In fact, " -"scrap locations cannot be used as normal storage locations and then, a " -"virtual location will be created for scrapped products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:39 -msgid "Different ways to scrap products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:41 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, you have several ways to scrap products: from receipts, from a " -"delivery order, and from an internal transfer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:45 -msgid "Scrap from receipt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Scrapping products from receipts is easy. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory " -"--> Dashboard --> Receipts` or click on *1 TO PROCESS* under the receipts " -"location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Now, open the receipt and validate the picking. Once the products entered " -"your stock, the Scrap button appears on the top left corner of your screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:57 -msgid "" -"You can scrap products that were part of the receipt from there. If you do " -"so, it will move them from available stock to the virtual scrap location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:68 -msgid "Scrap from delivery order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:70 -msgid "" -"To scrap products from a delivery order, go to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" -" Dashboard --> Delivery orders` or click on *1 TO PROCESS*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Once done, open the delivery order. You can see the scrap button in the " -"upper left of the document. If you scrap the product from there, it will be " -"moved from your available stock to the virtual scrap location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:80 -msgid "" -"You can find all the scrap orders made from the picking by clicking on the " -"button on the top right corner of the document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:93 -msgid "Scrap from an internal transfer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:95 -msgid "" -"To do this, the flow is almost the same. In fact, you just have to go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Dashboard --> Internal Transfers`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:101 -msgid "" -"There, open the internal transfer that interests you. Now, click on the " -"scrap button that is on the top left of the document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:104 -msgid "" -"When scrapping before validating the internal transfer, the product is, by " -"default, moved from the source location to the virtual scrap location. But, " -"if you scrap after validating the internal transfer, it will be moved from " -"the destination location, as opposed to the source location, to the virtual " -"scrap location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:110 -msgid "" -"Of course, you can manually update the source location of the scrap order if" -" necessary." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:3 -msgid "Send Automated SMS at Delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:8 -msgid "" -"To send automated SMS, you need to activate the *SMS Confirmation* feature. " -"To do so, go to the *Inventory* app *Settings* and enable the feature. In " -"multi-company, this feature is company-specific." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Of course, an SMS template already exists by default in Odoo. You can modify" -" it by clicking on the arrow on the right." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:22 -msgid "Send SMS at delivery validation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:24 -msgid "" -"To use this feature, try to *Create* a delivery order for a specific partner" -" and add some products to it. Then, *Validate* the delivery." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:30 -msgid "Now, the automated SMS that has been sent appears in the chatter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:36 -msgid "" -"The partner which is set on the transfer needs to have a phone number " -"specified in its contact form for the SMS to be sent." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:39 -msgid "" -"If you work with a shipping method, and then have a tracking link, it will " -"be included in the SMS template." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning.rst:3 -msgid "Planning" -msgstr "Planejamento" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:3 -msgid "How is the Scheduled Delivery Date Computed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Providing the best possible service to customers is vital for business. It " -"implies planning every move: manufacturing orders, deliveries, receptions, " -"and so on. To do so, you need to configure lead time properly and coordinate" -" scheduled dates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:9 -msgid "" -"By using lead times, Odoo provides end dates, the **Commitment Date**, for " -"each process. On a sales order, for example, this is the date your customer " -"will get the products he ordered." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:13 -msgid "" -"From the customers’ side, the commitment date is important because it gives " -"them an estimation of when they will receive their products. The dates take " -"all other lead times, such as manufacturing, delivery, or suppliers, into " -"account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:19 -msgid "How are Lead Times Calculated?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:27 -msgid "" -"As said above, there are several types of lead times. Each is calculated " -"based on various indicators. Before going through the configuration, here is" -" a brief summary of how lead times are calculated and what they are:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:32 -msgid "" -"**Customer Lead Time**: the customer lead time is the default duration you " -"set. Therefore, the expected date on the sales orders is today + customer " -"lead time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:36 -msgid "" -"**Sales Security Lead Time**: the purpose is to be ready shipping that many " -"days before the actual commitment taken with the customer. Then, the default" -" scheduled date on the delivery order is **SO delivery date - Security Lead " -"Time**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:41 -msgid "" -"**Purchase Security Lead Time**: additional time to mitigate the risk of a " -"vendor delay. The receipt will be scheduled that many days earlier to cope " -"with unexpected vendor delays. In case of a *Replenish to Order*, the " -"**Delivery order scheduled date - Security lead time** for purchase will be " -"the default *Receipt* scheduled date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:48 -msgid "" -"**Purchase Delivery Lead Time**: this is the expected time between a PO " -"being confirmed and the receipt of the ordered products. The **Receipt " -"scheduled date - Vendor delivery date** is the default *PO Order By* date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:53 -msgid "" -"**Days to Purchase**: number of days the purchasing department takes to " -"validate a PO. If another RFQ to the same vendor is already opened, Odoo " -"adds the line to the RFQ instead of creating a new one. Then, the specific " -"date is set on the line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:58 -msgid "" -"**Manufacturing Lead Time**: this is the expected time it takes to " -"manufacture a product. This lead time is independent of the quantity to " -"produce and does not take the routing time into account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:63 -msgid "" -"**Manufacturing Security Lead Time**: additional time to mitigate the risk " -"of a manufacturing delay. In case of a *Replenish to Order*, the **Delivery " -"Order scheduled date - Manufacturing Lead Time - Manufacturing Security Lead" -" Time** is the default *Manufacturing Order* planned date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:70 -msgid "Sales - Lead Times" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:72 -msgid "" -"In the *Sales* app, there is an option called *Delivery Date*. It allows " -"seeing an additional field on the sales orders, *Expected Date*. This one is" -" automatically computed based on the different lead times previously " -"configured." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:81 -msgid "" -"If the set up *Delivery Date* is earlier than the the *Expected Date*, a " -"warning message is displayed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:89 -msgid "" -"But, for all of this properly working, it is still necessary to configure " -"all the lead times that could occur." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:93 -msgid "Customer Lead Time" -msgstr "Prazo de Entrega ao Cliente" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:95 -msgid "" -"The *Customer Lead Time* is the time needed for your product to go from your" -" warehouse to the customer place. It can be configured on any product by " -"going to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`. There, open your " -"product form, go in the inventory tab, and add your *Customer Lead Time*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:105 -msgid "" -"For example, product B is ordered on the 2nd of April but the *Customer Lead" -" Time* is two days. In that case, the expected delivery date is the 4th of " -"April." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:110 -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:182 -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:219 -msgid "Security Lead Time" -msgstr "Lead Time de Segurança" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:112 -msgid "" -"In sales, *Security Lead Time* corresponds to backup days to ensure you are " -"able to deliver the products in time. The purpose is to be ready shipping " -"earlier in order to arrive on time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:116 -msgid "" -"The number of security days is subtracted from the calculation to compute a " -"scheduled date earlier than the one promised to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:119 -msgid "" -"To set this up, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " -"Settings` and enable the feature *Security Lead Time for Sales*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:126 -msgid "" -"For example, product B is scheduled to be delivered on the 6th of April but " -"the *Security Lead Time* is one day. In that case, the scheduled date for " -"the delivery order is the 5th of April." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:131 -msgid "Deliver several products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:133 -msgid "" -"In many cases, customers order several products at the same time. Those can " -"have different lead times but still need to be delivered, at once or " -"separately. Fortunately, Odoo can help you handle these cases easily." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:137 -msgid "" -"From the *Other Info* tab of your *Sale Order*, you can choose between *When" -" all products are ready* and *As soon as possible*. The first one is to " -"deliver products at once, while the second is to deliver them separately." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:142 -msgid "" -"For example, products A and B are ordered at the same time. A has 8 lead " -"days and B has 5. With the first option, the *Expected Date* is calculated " -"based on the product with the most lead days, here A. If the order is " -"confirmed on the 2nd of April, then the *Expected Date* is on the 10th of " -"April." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:148 -msgid "" -"With the second option, the *Expected Date* is calculated based on the " -"product with the least customer lead days. In this example, B is the product" -" with the least lead days. So, the *Expected Date* is on the 7th of April." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:154 -msgid "Purchase - Lead Times" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:157 -msgid "Supplier Lead Time" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:159 -msgid "" -"The *Supplier Lead Time* is the time needed for a product you purchased to " -"be delivered. To configure it, open a product from :menuselection:`Purchase " -"--> Products --> Products` and add a vendor under the *Purchase* tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:168 -msgid "" -"By clicking on *Add a line*, a new window is displayed. You can specify the " -"*Delivery Lead Time* there. If done so, the delivery day for every purchase " -"of that product is now equal to *Date of the Purchase Order + Delivery Lead " -"Time*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:178 -msgid "" -"It is possible to add different vendors and, thus, different lead times " -"depending on the vendor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:184 -msgid "" -"The *Security Lead Time* for purchase follows the same logic as the one for " -"*Sales*, except that you are the customer. Then, it is the margin of error " -"for your supplier to deliver your order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:188 -msgid "" -"To set up *Security Lead Time* for purchase, go to :menuselection:`Inventory" -" --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable the feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:196 -msgid "" -"Doing so, every time the system generates purchase orders, those are " -"scheduled that many days earlier to cope with unexpected vendor delays." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:200 -msgid "Manufacturing - Lead Times" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:203 -msgid "Manufacturing Lead Time" -msgstr "Prazo de Fabricação" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:205 -msgid "" -"The *Manufacturing Lead Time* is the time needed to manufacture the product." -" To specify it, open the *Inventory* tab of your product form and add the " -"number of days the manufacturing takes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:213 -msgid "" -"When working with *Manufacturing Lead Times*, the *Deadline Start* of the " -"*MO* is **Commitment Date - Manufacturing Lead Time**. For example, the MO’s" -" deadline start date for an order having a commitment date on the 10th of " -"July is June 27th." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:221 -msgid "" -"The *Security Lead Time* for manufacturing allows generating manufacturing " -"orders earlier to cope with the risk of manufacturing delays." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:225 -msgid "" -"To enable it, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> " -"Settings` and tick *Security Lead Time*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:232 -msgid "" -"For example, a customer orders B with a delivery date scheduled on the 20th " -"of June. The *Manufacturing Lead Time* is 14 days and the *Security Lead " -"Time* is 3 days, so the manufacturing of B needs to start at the latest on " -"the 3rd of June, which is the MO’s planned date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:238 -msgid "Global Example" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:240 -msgid "Here is a configuration:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:242 -msgid "1 day of security lead time for Sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:243 -msgid "2 days of security lead time for Manufacturing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:244 -msgid "3 days of manufacturing lead time" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:245 -msgid "1 day of security lead time for Purchase" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:246 -msgid "4 days of supplier lead time" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:248 -msgid "" -"Let’s say that a customer orders B on the 1st of September and the delivery " -"date is planned to be within 20 days (September 20th). In such a scenario, " -"here is when all the various steps are triggered." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:252 -msgid "**September 1st**: the sales order is created" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:253 -msgid "" -"**September 10th**: the deadline to order components from the supplier " -"because of the manufacturing process (4 days of supplier lead time)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:256 -msgid "" -"**September 13th**: the reception of the product from the supplier (1 day of" -" security lead time for Purchase)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:258 -msgid "" -"**September 14th**: the deadline start date for the manufacturing (19th - 3 " -"days of manufacturing lead time - 2 days of security lead time for " -"Manufacturing)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:261 -msgid "" -"**September 19th**: the expected date on the delivery order form (1 day of " -"security lead time for sales)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:3 -msgid "Configure and Run Schedulers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:6 -msgid "What is a scheduler?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The scheduler is the calculation engine that plans and prioritizes " -"production and purchasing. It does it automatically, according to the rules " -"defined on products. By default, the scheduler is set to run once a day." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:14 -msgid "Calculating Requirements / Scheduling" -msgstr "Cálculo de requisitos / programação" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Scheduling only validates procurements that are confirmed but not yet " -"started. These procurement reservations will start production, tasks or " -"purchases themselves, depending on the configuration of the requested " -"product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:21 -msgid "" -"As a human would do, the scheduler takes the priority of operations into " -"account when starting reservations and procurements. Urgent requests will be" -" started first." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:26 -msgid "" -"In case there are not enough products in stock to satisfy all the requests, " -"you can be sure that the most urgent ones will be produced first." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:31 -msgid "Configure and run the scheduler" -msgstr "Configure e execute o agendador" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:34 -msgid "Run the scheduler manually" -msgstr "Execute o programador manualmente" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:36 -msgid "" -"To start the scheduler manually, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Operations --> Run Schedulers`. The scheduler uses all the relevant " -"parameters defined for products, suppliers and the company to prioritize the" -" different production orders, deliveries and supplier purchases." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:45 -msgid "Configure and run the scheduler (for advanced users)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:47 -msgid "" -"To use this feature, you have to enable the :doc:`Developer mode " -"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` mode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Then, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> " -"Scheduled Actions` and modify the *Run MRP Scheduler Configuration*. There, " -"you can set the starting time of the scheduler." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products.rst:3 -msgid "Products" -msgstr "Produtos" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:3 -msgid "How to select the right replenishment strategy" -msgstr "Como selecionar a estratégia de reabastecimento correta" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Minimum Stock rules and Make to Order have similar consequences but " -"different rules. They should be used depending on your manufacturing and " -"delivery strategies." -msgstr "" -"As regras de estoque mínimo e Fazer sob encomenda têm consequências " -"semelhantes, mas regras diferentes. Eles devem ser usados ​​dependendo de " -"suas estratégias de fabricação e entrega." - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:10 -msgid "Terminology" -msgstr "Terminologia" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:13 -msgid "Minimum stock rule" -msgstr "Regra de estoque mínimo" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Minimum Stock rules are used to ensure that you always have the minimum " -"amount of a product in stock in order to manufacture your products and/or " -"answer to your customer needs. When the stock level of a product reaches its" -" minimum the system will automatically generate a procurement order with the" -" quantity needed to reach the maximum stock level." -msgstr "" -"As regras de Estoque Mínimo são utilizadas para garantir que você tenha " -"sempre a quantidade mínima de um produto em estoque para poder fabricar seus" -" produtos e / ou atender às necessidades do cliente. Quando o nível de " -"estoque de um produto atinge o mínimo, o sistema gera automaticamente um " -"pedido de compra com a quantidade necessária para atingir o estoque máximo." - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:22 -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:58 -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:67 -msgid "Make to Order" -msgstr "Fazer sob encomenda" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:24 -msgid "" -"The Make to Order function will trigger a Purchase Order of the amount of " -"the Sales Order related to the product. The system will **not** check the " -"current stock. This means that a draft purchase order will be generated " -"regardless of the quantity on hand of the product." -msgstr "" -"A função Fazer sob encomenda acionará um pedido de compra do valor do pedido" -" de venda relacionado ao produto. O sistema ** não ** verificará o estoque " -"atual. Isso significa que um rascunho de pedido de compra será gerado " -"independentemente da quantidade do produto disponível." - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:33 -msgid "Minimum stock rules" -msgstr "Regras de estoque mínimo" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:35 -msgid "" -"The Minimum Stock Rules configuration is available through your Inventory " -"module. In the Inventory Control menu select \"Reordering Rule\" in the drop" -" down menu. There, click on \"Create\" to set minimum and maximum stock " -"values for a given product." -msgstr "" -"A configuração das Regras de Estoque Mínimo está disponível por meio do seu " -"módulo de Inventário. No menu Controle de estoque, selecione \"Regra de " -"reordenamento\" no menu suspenso. Lá, clique em \"Criar\" para definir os " -"valores mínimo e máximo de estoque para um determinado produto." - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Show tooltips for \"minimum quantity\", \"maximum quantity\" and \"quantity " -"multiple\" fields" -msgstr "" -"Mostrar dicas para os campos \"quantidade mínima\", \"quantidade máxima\" e " -"\"quantidade múltipla\"" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Then, click on your product to access the related product form and, on the " -"\"Inventory submenu\", do not forget to select a supplier." -msgstr "" -"Em seguida, clique no seu produto para acessar o formulário do produto " -"relacionado e, no \"submenu Inventário\", não se esqueça de selecionar um " -"fornecedor." - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Don't forget to select the right product type. A consumable can not be " -"stocked and will thus not be accounted for in the stock valuation." -msgstr "" -"Não se esqueça de selecionar o tipo de produto certo. Um consumível não pode" -" ser armazenado e, portanto, não será contabilizado na avaliação do estoque." - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:60 -msgid "" -"The Make to Order configuration is available on your product form through " -"your :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory control --> Products` (or any " -"other module where products are available)." -msgstr "" -"A configuração Fazer sob encomenda está disponível em seu formulário de " -"produto através de sua: seleção de menus: ʻInventário -> Controle de " -"inventário -> Produtos` (ou qualquer outro módulo onde os produtos estão " -"disponíveis)." - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:64 -msgid "On the product form, under Inventory, click on \"Make To Order\"." -msgstr "" -"No formulário do produto, em Inventário, clique em \"Fazer sob encomenda\"." - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:70 -msgid "Choice between the two options" -msgstr "Escolha entre as duas opções" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:72 -msgid "" -"The choice between the two options is thus dependent of your inventory " -"strategy. If you prefer to have a buffer and always have at least a minimum " -"amount, the minimum stock rule should be used. If you want to reorder your " -"stocks only if your sale is confirmed it is better to use the Make to Order." -msgstr "" -"A escolha entre as duas opções depende, portanto, de sua estratégia de " -"estoque. Se você preferir ter um buffer e sempre ter pelo menos uma " -"quantidade mínima, deve ser utilizada a regra de estoque mínimo. Se você " -"deseja reordenar seus estoques somente se sua venda for confirmada, é melhor" -" usar o Fazer sobre encomenda." - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:3 -msgid "Use Different Units of Measure" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In some cases, handling products in different units of measure is necessary." -" For example, if you buy products in a country where the metric system is of" -" application and sell in a country where the imperial system is used, you " -"will need to convert the units. Another common use case is buying products " -"in bigger packs to your supplier and selling them in units to your " -"customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:12 -msgid "" -"You can set up Odoo to work with different units of measure for one product." -msgstr "" -"Você pode configurar o Odoo para funcionar com diferentes unidades de medida" -" para um produto." - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:18 -msgid "" -"In the *Inventory* application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`. In the *Products* section, activate *Units of Measure*, then " -"*Save*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:25 -msgid "Create New Units of Measure" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:27 -msgid "" -"In the *Inventory* application go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> UoM`." -" There, hit *Create*. As an example, we will create a Box of 6 units that we" -" will use for the Egg product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:34 -msgid "" -"The category is important for unit conversion, you will be able to convert " -"products from one unit to another only if those units belong to the same " -"category. The box of 6 is 6 times bigger than the reference unit of measure " -"for the category which is “Units” here." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:43 -msgid "Specify Units of Measure on your Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:45 -msgid "" -"In the :menuselection:`Inventory application --> Master Data --> Products`, " -"open the product which you would like to change the purchase/sale unit of " -"measure, and click on *Edit*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:49 -msgid "" -"In the *General Information* tab, you can select the *Unit of Measure* in " -"which the product will be sold, which is also the unit in which internal " -"transfers will take place. You can also select the *Purchase Unit of " -"Measure*, which is the unit in which you purchase the product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:59 -msgid "Transfer from One Unit to Another" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:62 -msgid "Buy in the Pruchase UoM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:64 -msgid "" -"In the *Purchase* application, *Create* a new request for quotation in which" -" you include the product with the different *Units of Measure* and *Confirm*" -" it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:71 -msgid "" -"On the automatically generated purchase orders, the UoM used is the Box of " -"6, meaning the Purchase UoM. You have of course the possibility to manually " -"modify the UoM if necessary. When you enter the *Receipt* which is linked to" -" the purchase order, you can observe that the 10 boxes of 6 units have been " -"converted in 60 units. Indeed, the stock is managed in units." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:82 -msgid "Replenishment" -msgstr "Reposição" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:84 -msgid "" -"When doing a replenishment via the *Replenish* button on the product form, " -"you have the possibility to use a different unit of measure." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:94 -msgid "Sell in bigger UoM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:96 -msgid "" -"You can choose the unit of measure on the sale order document and decide to " -"sell the eggs by the dozen. When doing so, the price is automatically " -"computed from Units UoM to adapt to the selected *UoM*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:103 -msgid "" -"In the delivery order, the *UoM* used in the sale order is converted to the " -"*UoM* used for stock management, in our use case, the Units." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:3 -msgid "When Should you Use Packages, Units of Measure or Special Packaging?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:6 -msgid "Units of Measure" -msgstr "Unidades de Medida" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Units of measure specify the unit used to handle a product. In Odoo, you " -"have the possibility to specify the unit of measure in which you manage your" -" stock and the one which is used when purchasing the product to your " -"supplier." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:16 -msgid "" -"The *conversion* between the different units of measure is done " -"automatically. The only condition is that all the units have to be in the " -"*same category* (Unit, Weight, Volume, Length,...)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:20 -msgid "" -"For example, if I have the following reordering rule for the egg and I run " -"the scheduler, the quantity added in the automatically generated purchase " -"order will be in dozens but what will enter the stock will be units." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:35 -msgid "Packages" -msgstr "Pacotes" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:37 -msgid "" -"The package is the physical container in which you put one or several " -"products from a picking. For example, when you deliver a product, you can " -"decide to separate the quantity into two different packages. It then allows " -"you to have a report with the quantity of products for each package." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:43 -msgid "" -"To separate a delivery into different packages you will have to set the done" -" quantity to the desired package quantity then click on \"PUT IN PACK\", do " -"this for each package." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:54 -msgid "Packaging" -msgstr "Embalagem" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:56 -msgid "" -"The packaging is the physical container that protects your product. If you " -"are selling computers, the packaging contains the computer with the notice " -"and the power plug." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:60 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, packagings are used for indicative purposes on sale orders. They " -"can be specified on the product form, in the inventory tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Another useful use of the packaging is for product reception. By scanning " -"the barcode of the packaging, Odoo adds the number of units contained in the" -" packing on the picking." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies.rst:3 -msgid "Inventory Adjustment" -msgstr "Ajuste de inventário" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:3 -msgid "Choose Between Reordering Rules and Make to Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:5 -msgid "" -"*Reordering rules* and *make to order* do both allow to automatically " -"replenish products when necessary. The difference between those tools is how" -" they are triggered." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:9 -msgid "" -"*Reordering rules* are used to ensure that you always have a minimum amount " -"of a product in stock in order to manufacture your products and/or answer to" -" your customer needs. When the stock level of a product reaches its minimum " -"the system will automatically generate a procurement with the needed " -"quantity to reach the maximum stock level." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:15 -msgid "" -"The *Make to Order* route will trigger a procurement (purchase order or " -"manufacturing order) with the necessary quantity to fulfill a product " -"request (coming from a sale order or a manufacturing order). The system will" -" not check the quantity on hand for the corresponding product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:24 -msgid "Reordering Rules" -msgstr "Regras de Recompra" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:26 -msgid "" -"The *Reordering Rules* configuration is available through the menu " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Master Data --> Reordering Rules`. There, " -"click on *Create* to set minimum and maximum stock values for a given " -"product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:33 -msgid "" -"When the forecasted stock goes below the *Minimum Quantity* specified in " -"this field, Odoo generates a procurement to bring the forecasted quantity to" -" the *Maximum Quantity*. The *Quantity Multiple* is used to round the " -"procurement quantity up to this multiple. If it is 0, the exact quantity " -"will be used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:42 -msgid "" -"The *Lead time* is the number of days after the order point is triggered to " -"receive the products or to order them to the vendor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:45 -msgid "" -"In case you work with multi-warehouses and/or multi-locations, you will be " -"able to specify different reordering rules for the same product in each " -"location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:50 -msgid "" -"For the reordering rules to be triggered, on the corresponding product, a " -"route should be specified. In case you manufacture your products, make sure " -"to select the route *Manufacture* and create a *Bill of Material* for the " -"product. In case you purchase your products, make sure to select the route " -"*Buy* and add a *Vendor Pricelist*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:62 -msgid "" -"Don't forget to select the product type *storable* in the product form. A " -"consumable can not be stocked and won’t trigger reordering rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:69 -msgid "" -"The *Make To Order* configuration is available on your product form through " -"your :menuselection:`Inventory module --> Master Data --> Products` (or in " -"any other module where products are available)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:73 -msgid "" -"On the product form, in the *Inventory tab*, you can set a route. You can " -"choose *Make To Order* and another route, either *Buy* or *Manufacture*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Again, if the *Buy* route is selected, make sure to set a *Vendor pricelist*" -" in the *Purchase tab*. In case you have set a *Manufacture* route, make " -"sure you have a *BoM* for this product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:3 -msgid "Resupply from another Warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In order to be able to resupply from another warehouse, you need to activate" -" \\*multi-warehouses\\* and \\*multi-step routes\\*. Storage locations will " -"be automatically activated when activating multi-warehouses." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:16 -msgid "" -"You can then access your warehouses via :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Warehouses`. Create the necessary warehouses following " -"this :doc:`documentation <../warehouses/warehouse_creation>`. Enter the " -"warehouse which should be resupplied by another one. You will have the " -"possibility to directly indicate through which warehouse it gets resupplied." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:26 -msgid "" -"By activating this option, a new route will now be available on your " -"products \\*Supply Product from Second warehouse\\*. It can now be selected," -" along with either a \\*reordering rule\\* or a \\*make to order\\*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:34 -msgid "" -"For the demonstration, I set a reordering rule with a minimum of 5 units in " -"stock and a maximum of 10 units in stock, having currently 0 units on hand. " -"I will run the scheduler by going to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Operations --> Run scheduler`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:42 -msgid "" -"The system automatically creates two pickings, one \\*delivery order\\* from" -" my Second Warehouse which contains the necessary products, and a receipt in" -" my main warehouse WH/Stock for the same products. The source document is " -"the \\*reordering rule\\* which triggered the route \\*Supply Product from " -"Second warehouse\\*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting.rst:3 -msgid "Valuation Methods" -msgstr "Métodos de Avaliação" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:3 -msgid "Integrating additional costs to products (landed costs)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The landed cost feature in Odoo allows to include additional costs " -"(shipment, insurance, customs duties, etc.) into the cost of the product." -msgstr "" -"O recurso de custo no destino no Odoo permite incluir custos adicionais " -"(remessa, seguro, taxas alfandegárias, etc.) no custo do produto." - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Landed costs can only be applied to products with a FIFO or AVCO costing " -"method and an automated inventory valuation (which requires the accounting " -"application to be installed)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:17 -msgid "" -"First, you need to go in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " -"Settings` and activate the landed costs feature. You can also determine the " -"default journal in which the landed cost accounting entries will be " -"recorded." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:25 -msgid "Add costs to products" -msgstr "Adicione custos aos produtos" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:28 -msgid "Receive the vendor bill" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Let’s imagine I receive a bill from custom duties for a shipment. I’ll tick " -"the box *Landed Costs* on the vendor bill line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:37 -msgid "The landed cost product must be of type service." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:39 -msgid "" -"If this product is always a landed cost, you can also define it on the " -"product and avoid having to tick the box on each vendor bill." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:45 -msgid "" -"At the top of my vendor bill, I’ll see a button *create landed costs*. I " -"click on this button and a landed cost is automatically created. I can now " -"decide on which picking those additional costs should apply." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:52 -msgid "" -"I can now click on *Compute* and go in the tab *Valuation Adjustments* to " -"see the impact on my products costs. The last step is to validate the landed" -" cost." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:56 -msgid "" -"I can access the journal entry that has been created by the landed cost by " -"clicking on the journal entry." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:63 -msgid "" -"You are not forced to start from the vendor bill, you can also go in " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Landed Costs` and directly " -"create the landed cost from there." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:5 -msgid "Inventory valuation configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:7 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Inventory valuation refers to how you value your stock. It’s a very " -"important aspect of a business as the inventory can be the biggest asset of " -"a company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:11 -msgid "Inventory valuation implies two main choices:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:13 -msgid "The cost method you use to value your goods (standard, fifo, avco)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:14 -msgid "" -"The way you record this value into your accounting books (manually or " -"automatically)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:16 -msgid "Those two concepts are explained in the sections below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:19 -msgid "Costing Methods: Standard, FIFO, AVCO" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:21 -msgid "" -"The costing method is defined in the product category. There are three " -"options available. Each of them is explained in detail below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:69 -msgid "Standard Price" -msgstr "Preço padrão" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:34 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:79 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:125 -msgid "Operation" -msgstr "Operação" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:35 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:80 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:126 -msgid "Unit Cost" -msgstr "Custo Unitário" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:36 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:81 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:127 -msgid "Qty On Hand" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:37 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:82 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:128 -msgid "Delta Value" -msgstr "Valor Delta" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:38 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:83 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:129 -msgid "Inventory Value" -msgstr "Valor de Inventário" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:40 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:45 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:50 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:55 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:61 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:90 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:136 -msgid "€10" -msgstr "R$10" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:41 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:86 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:132 -msgid "0" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:43 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:85 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:88 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:131 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:134 -msgid "€0" -msgstr "€0" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:44 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:89 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:135 -msgid "Receive 8 Products at €10" -msgstr "Receba 8 produtos por R$ 10" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:46 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:91 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:137 -msgid "8" -msgstr "8" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:47 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:92 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:138 -msgid "+8*€10" -msgstr "+8*€10" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:48 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:93 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:139 -msgid "€80" -msgstr "€80" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:49 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:94 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:140 -msgid "Receive 4 Products at €16" -msgstr "Receba 4 produtos por R$ 16" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:51 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:96 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:142 -msgid "12" -msgstr "12" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:52 -msgid "+4*€10" -msgstr "+4*€10" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:53 -msgid "€120" -msgstr "€120" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:54 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:99 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:145 -msgid "Deliver 10 Products" -msgstr "Entregar 10 Produtos" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:56 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:101 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:147 -msgid "2" -msgstr "2" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 -msgid "-10*€10" -msgstr "-10*$10" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:59 -msgid "€20" -msgstr "€20" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:60 -msgid "Receive 2 Products at €9" -msgstr "Receba 2 Produtos a €9" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:62 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:107 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:153 -msgid "4" -msgstr "4" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:63 -msgid "+2*€10" -msgstr "+2*€10" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:64 -msgid "€40" -msgstr "€40" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:66 -msgid "" -"In **Standard Price**, any product will be valued at the cost that you " -"defined manually on the product form. Usually, this cost is an estimation " -"based on the material and labor needed to obtain the product. This cost must" -" be reviewed periodically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:115 -msgid "Average Price" -msgstr "Preço médio" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:95 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:100 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:141 -msgid "€12" -msgstr "€12" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:97 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:143 -msgid "+4*€16" -msgstr "+4*€16" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:98 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:144 -msgid "€144" -msgstr "€144" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 -msgid "-10*€12" -msgstr "-10*€12" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:104 -msgid "€24" -msgstr "$24" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:105 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:151 -msgid "Receive 2 Products at €6" -msgstr "Receba 2 Produtos a €6" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:106 -msgid "€9" -msgstr "€9" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:108 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:154 -msgid "+2*€6" -msgstr "+2*€6" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:109 -msgid "€36" -msgstr "€36" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:111 -msgid "" -"In **AVCO (Average Cost)**, each product has the same value and this value " -"is the average purchase cost of the product. With this costing method, the " -"cost of the product is recomputed as each receipt." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:115 -msgid "The average cost does not change when products leave the warehouse." -msgstr "O custo médio não muda quando os produtos saem do armazém." - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:166 -msgid "FIFO" -msgstr "FIFO" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:146 -msgid "€16" -msgstr "€16" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 -msgid "-8*€10" -msgstr "-8*€10" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 -msgid "-2*€16" -msgstr "-2*€16" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:150 -msgid "€32" -msgstr "$32" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:152 -msgid "€11" -msgstr "€11" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:155 -msgid "€44" -msgstr "€44" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:157 -msgid "" -"In **FIFO (First In First Out)**, the products are valued at their purchase " -"cost. When a product leaves the stock, that’s the “First in, first out” rule" -" that applies." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:161 -msgid "" -"Pay attention, that this is a financial FIFO. The first value “in” is the " -"first value “out”, no matter the storage location, warehouse or serial " -"number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:165 -msgid "" -"FIFO is advised if you manage all your workflows into Odoo (Sales, " -"Purchases, Inventory). It suits any kind of users." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:169 -msgid "Inventory Valuation: Manual or Automated" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:171 -msgid "" -"There are two ways to record your inventory valuation in your accounting " -"books. As the costing method, this is defined in your product category. " -"Those two methods are detailed below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:175 -msgid "" -"It is important to also note that the accounting entries will depend on your" -" accounting mode: it can be continental or anglo-saxon. In continental " -"accounting, the cost of a good is taken into account as soon as the product " -"is received in stock. In anglo-saxon accounting, the cost of a good is only " -"recorded as an expense when this good is invoiced to a final customer. In " -"the tables below, you can easily compare those two accounting modes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:183 -msgid "" -"Usually, based on your country, the correct accounting mode will be chosen " -"by default. If you want to verify your accounting mode, activate the " -":doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` and open " -"your accounting settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:189 -msgid "Manual Inventory Valuation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:191 -msgid "" -"In this case, goods receipts and deliveries won’t have any direct impact on " -"your accounting books. Periodically, you create a manual journal entry " -"representing the value of what you have in stock. To know that value, go in " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Inventory Valuation`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:196 -msgid "" -"This is the default configuration in Odoo and it works out-of-the-box. Check" -" following operations and find out how Odoo is managing the accounting " -"postings." -msgstr "" -"Esta é a configuração padrão no Odoo e funciona fora da caixa. Verifique as " -"operações a seguir e descubra como Odoo está gerenciando os lançamentos " -"contábeis." - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:201 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:360 -msgid "Continental Accounting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:218 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:292 -msgid "Vendor Bill" -msgstr "Conta de Fornecedor" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:209 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:226 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:260 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:282 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:300 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:339 -msgid "\\" -msgstr "\\" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:209 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:226 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:260 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:282 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:300 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:339 -msgid "Debit" -msgstr "Débito" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:209 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:226 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:260 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:282 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:300 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:339 -msgid "Credit" -msgstr "Crédito" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:211 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:262 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:284 -msgid "Assets: Inventory" -msgstr "Ativos: Inventário" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:211 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:284 -msgid "50" -msgstr "50" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:212 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:285 -msgid "Assets: Deferred Tax Assets" -msgstr "Ativos: Ativos fiscais diferidos" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:212 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:285 -msgid "4.68" -msgstr "4.68" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:213 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:286 -msgid "Liabilities: Accounts Payable" -msgstr "Passivo: Contas a Pagar" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:213 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:286 -msgid "54.68" -msgstr "54.68" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:218 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:236 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:292 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:311 -msgid "Configuration:" -msgstr "Configuração:" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:217 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:290 -msgid "" -"Purchased Goods: defined on the product or on the internal category of " -"related product (Expense Account field)" -msgstr "" -"Bens adquiridos: definidos no produto ou na categoria interna do produto " -"relacionado (campo Conta de despesas)" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:218 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:292 -msgid "" -"Deferred Tax Assets: defined on the tax used on the purchase order line" -msgstr "" -"Ativos de imposto diferido: definido no imposto usado na linha do pedido de " -"compra" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:219 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:293 -msgid "Accounts Payable: defined on the vendor related to the bill" -msgstr "Contas a Pagar: definidas no fornecedor em relação à fatura" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:220 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:294 -msgid "Goods Receptions" -msgstr "Recepção de mercadorias" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:221 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:241 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:243 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:295 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:316 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:318 -msgid "No Journal Entry" -msgstr "Sem entrada no diário" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:238 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:313 -msgid "Customer Invoice" -msgstr "Fatura do cliente" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:228 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:302 -msgid "Revenues: Sold Goods" -msgstr "Receitas: Bens Vendidos" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:228 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:302 -msgid "100" -msgstr "100" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:229 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:303 -msgid "Liabilities: Deferred Tax Liabilities" -msgstr "Passivos: Passivos por Imposto Diferido" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:229 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:303 -msgid "9" -msgstr "9" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:230 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:304 -msgid "Assets: Accounts Receivable" -msgstr "Ativos: Contas a Receber" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:230 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:304 -msgid "109" -msgstr "109" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:234 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:308 -msgid "" -"Revenues: defined on the product or on the internal category of related " -"product (Income Account field)" -msgstr "" -"Receitas: definidas no produto ou na categoria interna do produto " -"relacionado (campo Income Account)" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:235 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:310 -msgid "Deferred Tax Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line" -msgstr "" -"Passivo Tributário Diferido: definido sobre o imposto utilizado na linha de " -"notas fiscais" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:236 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:311 -msgid "Accounts Receivable: defined on the customer (Receivable Account)" -msgstr "Contas a Receber: definidas no cliente (Conta a Receber)" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:238 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:313 -msgid "" -"The fiscal position used on the invoice may have a rule that replaces the " -"Income Account or the tax defined on the product by another one." -msgstr "" -"A posição fiscal utilizada na nota fiscal pode ter uma regra que substitua a" -" Conta de Renda ou o imposto definido no produto por outra." - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:240 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:315 -msgid "Customer Shipping" -msgstr "Envio ao cliente" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:243 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:318 -msgid "Manufacturing Orders" -msgstr "Pedidos de Fabricação" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:249 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:324 -msgid "" -"At the end of the month/year, your company does a physical inventory or just" -" relies on the inventory in Odoo to value the stock into your books." -msgstr "" -"No final do mês / ano, sua empresa faz um inventário físico ou apenas conta " -"com o estoque da Odoo para valorizar o estoque em seus livros." - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:252 -msgid "" -"Create a journal entry to move the stock variation value from your " -"Profit&Loss section to your assets." -msgstr "" -"Crie um lançamento contábil manual para mover o valor da variação do estoque" -" da seção Lucros e Perdas para seus ativos." - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:262 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:263 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:341 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:342 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:343 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:344 -msgid "X" -msgstr "X" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:263 -msgid "Expenses: Inventory Variations" -msgstr "Despesas: Variações de Inventário" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:266 -msgid "" -"If the stock value decreased, the **Inventory** account is credited and te " -"**Inventory Variations** debited." -msgstr "" -"Se o valor do estoque diminuir, a conta ** Estoque ** é creditada e ** " -"Variações de estoque ** debitada." - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:274 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:387 -msgid "Anglo-Saxon Accounting" -msgstr "Contabilidade anglo-saxã" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:327 -msgid "" -"Then you need to break down the purchase balance into both the inventory and" -" the cost of goods sold using the following formula:" -msgstr "" -"Em seguida, você precisa dividir o saldo da compra em estoque e custo dos " -"produtos vendidos usando a seguinte fórmula:" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:330 -msgid "" -"Cost of goods sold (COGS) = Starting inventory value + Purchases – Closing " -"inventory value" -msgstr "" -"Custo das mercadorias vendidas (COGS) = Valor inicial do estoque + Compras -" -" Valor do estoque final" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:332 -msgid "To update the stock valuation in your books, record such an entry:" -msgstr "" -"Para atualizar a avaliação das ações em seus livros, registre essa entrada:" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:341 -msgid "Assets: Inventory (closing value)" -msgstr "Ativos: Inventário (valor de fechamento)" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:342 -msgid "Expenses: Cost of Good Sold" -msgstr "Despesas: Custo do Bem Vendido" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:343 -msgid "Expenses: Purchased Goods" -msgstr "Despesas: Bens adquiridos" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:344 -msgid "Assets: Inventory (starting value)" -msgstr "Ativos: Inventário (valor inicial)" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:348 -msgid "Automated Inventory Valuation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:350 -msgid "" -"In that case, when a product enters or leaves your stock, an accounting " -"entry will be automatically created. This means your accounting books are " -"always up-to-date. This mode is dedicated to expert accountants and advanced" -" users only. As opposed to periodic valuation, it requires some extra " -"configuration & testing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:356 -msgid "" -"First, you need to define the accounts that will be used for those " -"accounting entries. This is done on the product category." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:372 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:399 -msgid "**Configuration:**" -msgstr "**Configuração:**" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:374 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:401 -msgid "Accounts Receivable/Payable: defined on the partner (Accounting tab)" -msgstr "Contas a receber / pagar: definido no parceiro (guia Contabilidade)" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:376 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:403 -msgid "" -"Deferred Tax Assets/Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line" -msgstr "" -"Ativos / passivos fiscais diferidos: definidos no imposto usado na linha da " -"fatura" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:378 -msgid "" -"Revenues/Expenses: defined by default on product's internal category; can be" -" also set in product form (Accounting tab) as a replacement value." -msgstr "" -"Receitas / Despesas: definidas por padrão na categoria interna do produto; " -"também pode ser definido no formulário do produto (guia Contabilidade) como " -"um valor de substituição." - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:381 -msgid "" -"Inventory Variations: to set as Stock Input/Output Account in product's " -"internal category" -msgstr "" -"Variações de estoque: para definir como conta de entrada / saída de estoque " -"na categoria interna do produto" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:384 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:419 -msgid "" -"Inventory: to set as Stock Valuation Account in product's internal category" -msgstr "" -"Inventário: para definir como conta de avaliação de estoque na categoria " -"interna do produto" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:406 -msgid "" -"Revenues: defined on the product category as a default, or specifically to a" -" specific product." -msgstr "" -"Receitas: definidas na categoria de produto como padrão, ou especificamente " -"para um produto específico." - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:409 -msgid "" -"Expenses: this is where you should set the \"Cost of Goods Sold\" account. " -"Defined on the product category as a default value, or specifically on the " -"product form." -msgstr "" -"Despesas: aqui é onde você deve definir a conta \"Custo das mercadorias " -"vendidas\". Definido na categoria do produto como um valor padrão ou " -"especificamente no formulário do produto." - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:413 -msgid "" -"Goods Received Not Purchased: to set as Stock Input Account in product's " -"internal category" -msgstr "" -"Bens recebidos não comprados: para definir como conta de entrada de estoque " -"na categoria interna do produto" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:416 -msgid "" -"Goods Issued Not Invoiced: to set as Stock Output Account in product's " -"internal category" -msgstr "" -"Bens emitidos não faturados: para definir como conta de saída de estoque na " -"categoria interna do produto" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:421 -msgid "" -"Price Difference: to set in product's internal category or in product form " -"as a specific replacement value" -msgstr "" -"Diferença de preço: para definir na categoria interna do produto ou na forma" -" do produto como um valor de substituição específico" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:3 -msgid "Using the inventory valuation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:9 -msgid "" -"In this documentation, we will explain how the inventory valuation works in " -"Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:13 -msgid "Inventory valuation: the basics" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:16 -msgid "Receive a product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Each time a product enters or leaves your stock, the value of your inventory" -" is impacted. The way it is impacted depends on the configuration of your " -"product (more info here)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Let’s take an example with a product - a table - configured with a *FIFO " -"costing method* and an automated inventory valuation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:25 -msgid "I purchase 10 tables at a cost of $10." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:30 -msgid "" -"When I’ll confirm the receipt of the products, the value of my inventory " -"will be impacted. If I want to know what this impact is, I can click on the " -"valuation stat button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:35 -msgid "" -"The consignment feature allows you to set owners on your stock (discover " -"more about the consignment feature). When you receive products that are " -"owned by another company, they are not taken into account in your inventory " -"valuation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:44 -msgid "You need access rights on the accounting module to see that button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:46 -msgid "" -"In this case, I can see that the 10 tables entered the stock for a total " -"value of $100." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:52 -msgid "" -"I can also easily access the accounting entry that has been generated (in " -"case of automated inventory valuation)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:59 -msgid "Deliver a product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:61 -msgid "" -"In the same logic, when a table will be delivered, the stock valuation will " -"be impacted and you will have access to a similar information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:68 -msgid "The inventory valuation report" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:70 -msgid "" -"The summary of this is accessible via the inventory valuation report " -"(accessible from :menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Inventory " -"Valuation`). It gives you, product per product, the value of your stock. By " -"clicking on the button *Inventory At Date*, you can have the same " -"information for a past date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses.rst:3 -msgid "Warehouses" -msgstr "Armazéns" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:3 -msgid "What is the difference between warehouses and locations?" -msgstr "Qual é a diferença entre armazéns e locais?" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, a **Warehouse** is the actual building/place in which your items " -"are stocked. You can setup multiple warehouses and create moves between " -"warehouses." -msgstr "" -"No Odoo, um ** Armazém ** é a construção / local real em que seus itens são " -"armazenados. Você pode configurar vários armazéns e criar movimentos entre " -"armazéns." - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:9 -msgid "" -"A **Location**, is a specific space within your warehouse. It can be " -"considered as a sublocation of your warehouse, as a shelf, a floor, an " -"aisle, etc. Therefore, a location is part of one warehouse only and it is " -"not possible to link one location to multiple warehouses. You can configure " -"as much locations as you need under one warehouse." -msgstr "" -"Um ** Local ** é um espaço específico dentro do seu armazém. Pode ser " -"considerado como uma sublocação do seu armazém, como uma prateleira, um " -"andar, um corredor, etc. Portanto, um local faz parte de apenas um armazém e" -" não é possível ligar um local a vários armazéns. Você pode configurar " -"quantos locais você precisar em um depósito." - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:15 -msgid "There are 3 types of locations:" -msgstr "Existem 3 tipos de locais:" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:17 -msgid "" -"The **Physical Locations** are internal locations that are part of the " -"warehouses for which you are the owner. They can be the loading and " -"unloading area of your warehouse, a shelf or a department, etc." -msgstr "" -"Os ** Locais Físicos ** são locais internos que fazem parte dos depósitos " -"dos quais você é o proprietário. Eles podem ser a área de carga e descarga " -"do seu armazém, uma prateleira ou um departamento, etc." - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:21 -msgid "" -"The **Partner Locations** are spaces within a customer and/or vendor's " -"warehouse. They work the same way as Physical Locations with the only " -"difference being that you are not the owner of the warehouse." -msgstr "" -"Os ** Locais de Parceiros ** são espaços dentro do depósito de um cliente e " -"/ ou fornecedor. Eles funcionam da mesma maneira que os locais físicos, com " -"a única diferença de que você não é o proprietário do armazém." - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:25 -msgid "" -"The **Virtual Locations** are places that do not exist, but in which " -"products can be placed when they are not physically in an inventory yet (or " -"anymore). They come in handy when you want to place lost products out of " -"your stock (in the **Inventory loss**), or when you want to take into " -"account products that are on their way to your warehouse (**Procurements**)." -msgstr "" -"Os ** Locais Virtuais ** são locais que não existem, mas nos quais os " -"produtos podem ser colocados quando ainda não estão fisicamente em um " -"inventário (ou mais). Eles são úteis quando você deseja colocar produtos " -"perdidos fora de seu estoque (na ** Perda de estoque **), ou quando você " -"deseja levar em consideração os produtos que estão a caminho de seu armazém " -"(** Compras **) ." - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:31 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, locations are structured hierarchically. You can structure your " -"locations as a tree, dependent on a parent-child relationship. This gives " -"you more detailed levels of analysis of your stock operations and the " -"organization of your warehouses." -msgstr "" -"No Odoo, os locais são estruturados hierarquicamente. Você pode estruturar " -"seus locais como uma árvore, dependente de um relacionamento pai-filho. Isso" -" fornece níveis mais detalhados de análise de suas operações de estoque e da" -" organização de seus depósitos." - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:37 -msgid ":doc:`warehouse_creation`" -msgstr ":doc:`warehouse_creation`" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:38 -msgid ":doc:`location_creation`" -msgstr ":doc:`location_creation`" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:3 -msgid "Create a New Location" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In order to be able to create different locations, you will need to activate" -" *Multi-Locations* in the settings which can be done from the " -":menuselection:`Inventory application --> Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:15 -msgid "" -"In the *Inventory application*, you can now go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations` and hit *Create* in order to " -"create a new location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Type the name of the location in the *Location Name* field, and select the " -"*Parent Location* in the list. The parent location can be a physical, " -"partner or virtual location, and you can add as many sub-locations as needed" -" to a location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:29 -msgid "" -"In case you want the location to be suggested when creating a Return or when" -" Scrapping a product, you should check *Is a Scrap Location?* and *Is a " -"Return Location?*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:33 -msgid "" -"If you have the *Barcode* application installed, you can specify the barcode" -" which will correspond to this location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:37 -msgid "" -"A warehouse also corresponds to a location. As the locations are " -"hierarchical, Odoo will create the parent location of the warehouse, " -"containing all the sublocations in it." -msgstr "" -"Um armazém também corresponde a um local. Como os locais são hierárquicos, " -"Odoo criará o local pai do armazém, contendo todas as sublocações nele." - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:3 -msgid "Create a New Warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In order to create a new warehouse, you should activate the *Multi-" -"Warehouse* settings. Note that the *Multi-Locations* settings will be " -"automatically activated at the same time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:12 -msgid "" -"In order to do so, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration" -" --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:18 -msgid "" -"You can then go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " -"Warehouses` and hit *Create* to add a new warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:24 -msgid "" -"You will be able to enter your warehouse name. You should also choose a " -"short name for your warehouse which is 5-characters long and is used on the " -"different warehouse documents." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:28 -msgid "" -"In the Address field, you can select an existing company or create one on-" -"the-go. Therefore, the address of your warehouse will be the same as the one" -" of the company you selected. You can also leave this field empty and edit " -"it afterward." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:36 -msgid "" -"After the creation of your new warehouse, you can go back to the *Dashboard*" -" and you will see the new operation types automatically created by Odoo due " -"to the creation of a new warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process.rst:3 -msgid "Process Overview" -msgstr "Visão geral do processo" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:3 -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:25 -msgid "Deliver Products from Stock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:6 -msgid "Create Storable/Consumable Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:8 -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:5 -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The first step to use the inventory application is to create products in " -"your database via the menu :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products`. Click " -"the Create button and enter the name of your product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:15 -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:12 -msgid "" -"In case you set the product as *storable*, you will track the stock for this" -" product and know how many units are in stock and what is the forecasted " -"number of units. If you want to include a product on receipts/deliveries but" -" don’t need to track its stock, you can set it as *consumable*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Once you have existing products, you can decide to create a delivery to " -"deliver products to your customers. The process in order to do so is " -"described in the following print screens." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:37 -msgid "" -"On the delivery order, you can specify to whom the products will be " -"delivered along with the different products and their respective quantities." -" When the delivery is complete you can hit *Validate* and the products will " -"go out of your stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:45 -msgid "" -"In case you have a delivery that is planned but shouldn’t be immediately " -"validated, you can create a *planned delivery* with a scheduled date in the " -"future. You can indicate the initial demand for each product, corresponding " -"to what has been ordered by your customer. Once the document is filled in, " -"you can hit “Mark as to do” in order to consider it in your product " -"forecasts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:51 -msgid "" -"The default setting is the immediate transfer where you do not need to “Mark" -" as to do” and “Check availability” when delivering a product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:54 -msgid "Deliver Products from Stock from a Sale Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:56 -msgid "" -"If you have the *Sales* application installed, delivery can be directly " -"created by *validating a quotation*. You will be able to find the " -"corresponding delivery directly on the *sale order*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:3 -msgid "Set your Initial Stock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Set the product as *storable*, in order to track the stock for this product " -"and be able to include it in an inventory adjustment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:19 -msgid "Inventory Adjustment for Multiple Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Once you have created all your *storable products*, you can create an " -"*inventory adjustment* to determine their current stock level in Odoo. You " -"therefore need to go to :menuselection:`Operations --> Inventory " -"Adjustments` and create a new one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:29 -msgid "" -"You have to enter a title for your *inventory adjustment* and you can then " -"decide if you want to proceed to the *inventory adjustment* of all products " -"or only some of them. For a first *inventory adjustment*, I suggest you to " -"keep the *Products* field empty. You can then *Start Inventory*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:38 -msgid "" -"If you already have some products in stock, Odoo will add the lines with the" -" theoretical quantity currently in stock. You can also add new lines with " -"your other products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:46 -msgid "" -"If your products are tracked by Serial/Lot numbers, you will have an " -"additional column allowing you to specify those for the different units " -"added to the inventory adjustment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Odoo will highlight in red the lines for which there is a difference between" -" the theoretical quantity on hand, which is automatically computed by the " -"system, and the counted quantity you manually entered. Once all the " -"necessary products have been entered, you can hit *Validate Inventory* and " -"the quantities on hand of your different products will be updated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:58 -msgid "Inventory Adjustment for one Product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:60 -msgid "" -"On each storable product, you have access to the *Update Quantity* button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:66 -msgid "" -"When clicking this button, you see the current stock you have for this " -"product. You can edit the existing lines or create new ones to add stock of " -"your product in different locations and/or add new serial/lot numbers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:74 -msgid "" -"Once you come back to your product, you see that the quantity on hand as " -"been updated taking your modification into account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:81 -msgid "" -"If you work with product variants, the quantity on hand will show you the " -"total quantity in stock for the product template, taking the different " -"variants into account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:85 -msgid "" -"By default, the quantity on hand of the product form will show you the " -"number of products that are part of your warehouse view location, meaning " -"which are part of an internal type sub-location of this warehouse. It means " -"that if you have any product in a location that isn’t under the main " -"warehouse location, they won’t appear in the stock on hand stat button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:3 -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:22 -msgid "Receive Products in Stock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Once you have existing products, you can decide to create a receipt to enter" -" products from your supplier in stock. The process in order to do so is " -"described in the following print screens." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:34 -msgid "" -"On the receipt document, you can select the quantity of the different " -"products you receive and the supplier from who you received them. When the " -"receipt is complete, you can hit *Validate* and the products will enter your" -" stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:42 -msgid "" -"In case you have a receipt that is planned but shouldn’t be immediately " -"validated, you can create a *planned receipt* with a scheduled date in the " -"future. You can indicate the initial demand for each product, corresponding " -"to what has been ordered to your supplier. Once the document is filled in, " -"you can hit “Mark as to do” in order to consider it in your product " -"forecasts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:56 -msgid "Receive Products in Stock from Purchase Orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:58 -msgid "" -"If you have the *Purchase* application installed, receipts can be directly " -"created by validating a *request for quotation*. You will be able to find " -"the corresponding receipt directly on the *purchase order*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced Routes" -msgstr "Rotas Avançadas" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts.rst:3 -msgid "Concepts" -msgstr "Conceitos" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:3 -msgid "Organize a cross-dock in a warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Cross-docking is the process of sending products that are received directly " -"to the customers, without making them enter the stock. The trucks are simply" -" unloaded in a *Cross-Dock* area in order to reorganize products and load " -"another truck." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:11 -msgid "" -"For more information on how to organize your warehouse, read our blog: `What" -" is cross-docking and is it for me? <https://www.odoo.com/blog/business-" -"hacks-1/post/what-is-cross-docking-and-is-it-for-me-270>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:16 -msgid "" -"In the *Inventory* app, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and" -" activate the *Multi-Step Routes*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:22 -msgid "Doing so will also enable the *Storage Locations* feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Now, both *Incoming* and *Outgoing* shipments should be configured to work " -"with 2 steps. To adapt the configuration, go to :menuselection:`Inventory " -"--> Configuration --> Warehouses` and edit your warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:31 -msgid "" -"This modification will lead to the creation of a *Cross-Docking* route that " -"can be found in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:38 -msgid "Configure products with Cross-Dock Route" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Create the product that uses the *Cross-Dock Route* and then, in the " -"inventory tab, select the routes *Buy* and *Cross-Dock*. Now, in the " -"purchase tab, specify the vendor to who you buy the product and set a price " -"for it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Once done, create a sale order for the product and confirm it. Odoo will " -"automatically create two transfers which will be linked to the sale order. " -"The first one is the transfer from the *Input Location* to the *Output " -"Location*, corresponding to the move of the product in the *Cross-Dock* " -"area. The second one is the delivery order from the *Output Location* to " -"your *Customer Location. Both are in state *Waiting Another Operation* " -"because we still need to order the product to our supplier." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Now, go to the *Purchase* app. There, you will find the purchase order that " -"has been automatically triggered by the system. Validate it and receive the " -"products in the *Input Location*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:64 -msgid "" -"When the products have been received from the supplier, you can go back to " -"your initial sale order and validate the internal transfer from *Input* to " -"*Output*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:72 -msgid "" -"The delivery order is now ready to be processed and can be validated too." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:3 -msgid "How to do inter-warehouses transfers?" -msgstr "Como fazer transferências entre armazéns?" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:5 -msgid "" -"If you own different warehouses you might want to transfer goods from one " -"warehouse to the other. This is very easy thanks to the inventory " -"application in Odoo." -msgstr "" -"Se você possui diferentes depósitos, pode querer transferir mercadorias de " -"um depósito para outro. Isso é muito fácil graças ao aplicativo de " -"inventário no Odoo." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:12 -msgid "" -"First of all you have to select the multi locations option. Go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the **Inventory " -"application**. Then tick the **Manage several locations per warehouse** " -"option. Please don't forget to **apply** your changes." -msgstr "" -"Em primeiro lugar, você deve selecionar a opção de vários locais. Vá para: " -"seleção de menus: `Configuração -> Configurações` no ** aplicativo " -"Inventário **. Em seguida, marque a opção ** Gerenciar vários locais por " -"depósito **. Não se esqueça de ** aplicar ** suas alterações." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:21 -msgid "" -"This option should also be ticked if you wish to manage different locations " -"and routes in your warehouse." -msgstr "" -"Esta opção também deve ser marcada se você deseja gerenciar diferentes " -"locais e rotas em seu armazém." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:25 -msgid "Creating a new warehouse" -msgstr "Criando um novo armazém" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:27 -msgid "" -"The next step is to create your new warehouse. In the Inventory application " -"click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> " -"Warehouses`. You are now able to create your warehouse by clicking on " -"**Create**." -msgstr "" -"A próxima etapa é criar seu novo armazém. No aplicativo Inventário, clique " -"em: seleção de menus: `Configuração -> Gerenciamento de Armazém -> " -"Armazéns`. Agora você pode criar seu armazém clicando em ** Criar **." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Fill in a **Warehouse Name** and a **Short Name**. The short name is 5 " -"characters maximum." -msgstr "" -"Preencha um ** Nome do armazém ** e um ** Nome abreviado **. O nome " -"abreviado tem no máximo 5 caracteres." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Please note that the **Short Name** is very important as it will appear on " -"your transfer orders and other warehouse documents. It might be smart to use" -" an understandable one (e.g.: WH/[first letters of location])." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:44 -msgid "" -"If you go back to your dashboard, new operations will automatically have " -"been generated for your new warehouse." -msgstr "" -"Se você voltar ao seu painel, novas operações serão geradas automaticamente " -"para seu novo armazém." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:51 -msgid "Creating a new inventory" -msgstr "Criando um novo inventário" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:53 -msgid "" -"If you create a new warehouse you might already have an existing physical " -"inventory in it. In that case you should create an inventory in Odoo, if not" -" you can skip this step." -msgstr "" -"Se você criar um novo depósito, talvez já tenha um inventário físico " -"existente nele. Nesse caso, você deve criar um inventário no Odoo, se não, " -"pode pular esta etapa." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Go into the inventory application, select :menuselection:`Inventory Control " -"--> Inventory Adjustment`. You can then create a new inventory by clicking " -"on **Create**. Fill in the **Inventory Reference**, **Date** and be sure to " -"select the right warehouse and location." -msgstr "" -"Acesse o aplicativo de inventário, selecione: seleção de menus: ʻControle de" -" inventário -> Ajuste de inventário`. Você pode então criar um novo " -"inventário clicando em ** Criar **. Preencha a ** Referência de estoque **, " -"** Data ** e certifique-se de selecionar o depósito e o local corretos." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Next, click on **Start Inventory**. A new window will open where you will be" -" able to input your existing products. Select add an item and indicate the " -"**Real Quantity** available in the warehouse. The theoretical quantity can " -"not be changed as it represents a computed quantity from purchase and sales " -"orders." -msgstr "" -"Em seguida, clique em ** Iniciar Inventário **. Uma nova janela será aberta," -" onde você poderá inserir seus produtos existentes. Selecione adicionar um " -"item e indique a ** Quantidade Real ** disponível no armazém. A quantidade " -"teórica não pode ser alterada, pois representa uma quantidade calculada de " -"pedidos de compra e venda." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:74 -msgid "" -"Don't forget to validate your inventory once you have recorder the state of " -"all yours product." -msgstr "" -"Não se esqueça de validar seu inventário depois de registrar o estado de " -"todos os seus produtos." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:78 -msgid "Create an internal transfer" -msgstr "Crie uma transferência interna" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:80 -msgid "" -"The final step is to create your internal transfer. If you want to tranfer 2" -" units of a product from your first warehouse to another one in Brussels, " -"proceed as follows:" -msgstr "" -"A etapa final é criar sua transferência interna. Se você deseja transferir 2" -" unidades de um produto de seu primeiro armazém para outro em Bruxelas, " -"proceda da seguinte forma:" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:84 -msgid "" -"From your dashboard, select a internal movement of one of the two " -"warehouses. To do so, click on :menuselection:`More --> Transfer`." -msgstr "" -"No dashboard, selecione um movimento interno de um dos dois depósitos. Para " -"fazer isso, clique em: seleção de menus: `Mais -> Transferência`." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:90 -msgid "" -"A new window will open where you will be able to select the source location " -"zone (in this case our \"old warehouse\") and the destination location zone " -"(in this case our \"new\" warehouse located in Brussels)." -msgstr "" -"Uma nova janela se abrirá onde você poderá selecionar a zona de localização " -"de origem (neste caso nosso \"antigo armazém\") e a zona de localização de " -"destino (neste caso nosso \"novo\" armazém localizado em Bruxelas)." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:94 -msgid "" -"Add the products you want to transfer by clicking on **Add an Item** and " -"don't forget to **Validate** or **Mark as TODO** once you are done." -msgstr "" -"Adicione os produtos que deseja transferir clicando em ** Adicionar um item " -"** e não se esqueça de ** Validar ** ou ** Marcar como TODO ** quando " -"terminar." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:100 -msgid "" -"If you select **Validate**, Odoo will process all quantities to transfer." -msgstr "" -"Se você selecionar ** Validar **, Odoo processará todas as quantidades para " -"transferir." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:102 -msgid "" -"If you select **Mark as TODO**, Odoo will put the transfer in **Waiting " -"Availability** status. Click on **Reserve** to reserve the amount of " -"products in your source warehouse." -msgstr "" -"Se você selecionar ** Marcar como TO DO **, Odoo colocará a transferência no" -" status ** Aguardando Disponibilidade **. Clique em ** Reservar ** para " -"reservar a quantidade de produtos em seu armazém de origem." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:106 -msgid "It is also possible to manually transfer each product:" -msgstr "Também é possível transferir manualmente cada produto:" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:108 -msgid "Via your dashboard, select the transfer order in the source location." -msgstr "" -"Através do seu painel, selecione a ordem de transferência no local de " -"origem." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:113 -msgid "Select the right transfer order" -msgstr "Selecione a ordem de transferência correta" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:118 -msgid "" -"3. Click on the little pencil logo in the lower right corner in order to " -"open the operation details window. In this new window you can manually " -"indicate how much products you process" -msgstr "" -"3. Clique no logo do pequeno lápis no canto inferior direito para abrir a " -"janela de detalhes da operação. Nesta nova janela, você pode indicar " -"manualmente a quantidade de produtos que processa" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:126 -msgid "" -"If you decide to partially process the transfer order (e.g. a part of the " -"products can't be shipped yet due to an unexpected event), Odoo will " -"automatically ask if you wish to create a **backorder**. Create a backorder " -"if you expect to process the remaining products later, do not create a " -"backorder if you will not supply/receive the remaining products." -msgstr "" -"Se você decidir processar parcialmente o pedido de transferência (por " -"exemplo, uma parte dos produtos ainda não pode ser enviada devido a um " -"evento inesperado), o Odoo perguntará automaticamente se você deseja criar " -"um ** pedido pendente **. Crie um pedido em espera se você espera processar " -"os produtos restantes mais tarde, não crie um pedido em espera se você não " -"fornecer / receber os produtos restantes." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:3 -msgid "Taking stock from different warehouses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When you plan to deliver a customer, you don’t know in advance if the " -"products will come from Warehouse A or Warehouse B. You may, in some cases, " -"need to take stock from different warehouses. With *Odoo*, you can configure" -" this by using the concept of virtual warehouses. Let us show you how to set" -" those virtual warehouses." -msgstr "" -"Quando você planeja entregar um cliente, você não sabe com antecedência se " -"os produtos virão do Armazém A ou do Armazém B. Você pode, em alguns casos, " -"precisar fazer estoque de diferentes armazéns. Com * Odoo *, você pode " -"configurar isso usando o conceito de armazéns virtuais. Deixe-nos mostrar " -"como configurar esses armazéns virtuais." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:8 -msgid "Set up virtual warehouses" -msgstr "Configurar armazéns virtuais" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Let’s say you have two warehouses: Warehouse A and Warehouse B. Create a new" -" warehouse, that will be a virtual one. It will allow you to take the stock " -"from A or B. To do so, go to your inventory app settings and enable the " -"multi-warehouses feature. Then, go to the warehouses menu and click on " -"create." -msgstr "" -"Digamos que você tenha dois armazéns: Armazém A e Armazém B. Crie um novo " -"armazém, que será virtual. Isso permitirá que você retire o estoque de A ou " -"B. Para fazer isso, vá para as configurações do aplicativo de inventário e " -"habilite o recurso de múltiplos armazéns. Em seguida, vá ao menu Armazém e " -"clique em criar." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:16 -msgid "" -"The *Storage Location* feature will be automatically enabled. Good news, " -"because you will need it later in the process." -msgstr "" -"O recurso * Local de armazenamento * será ativado automaticamente. Boas " -"notícias, porque você precisará disso mais tarde no processo." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Now, you have to make sure that the main stock locations of warehouse A and " -"warehouse B are children locations of the main stock location of warehouse A" -" + B. Go to the locations menu, and edit the main location of your two " -"warehouses. Then, change their parent location to main location of warehouse" -" A+B." -msgstr "" -"Agora, você deve se certificar de que os principais locais de estoque do " -"armazém A e do armazém B são locais filhos do local de estoque principal do " -"armazém A + B. Vá para o menu de locais e edite o local principal de seus " -"dois armazéns. Em seguida, altere seu local pai para o local principal do " -"armazém A + B." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:24 -msgid "Sell a product from the virtual warehouse" -msgstr "Venda um produto do armazém virtual" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Let’s say you have two products, one stored in warehouse A and one stored in" -" warehouse B. Now, you can create a new quotation for one of each product. " -"Go to other information and choose Warehouse A+B in the shipping " -"information." -msgstr "" -"Digamos que você tenha dois produtos, um armazenado no armazém A e outro " -"armazenado no armazém B. Agora, você pode criar uma nova cotação para um de " -"cada produto. Vá para outras informações e selecione Armazém A + B nas " -"informações de envio." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Once you have done it, you can convert it to a sales order. Then, a delivery" -" order will be automatically generated, with a product reserved in warehouse" -" A and one in warehouse B." -msgstr "" -"Depois de fazer isso, você pode convertê-lo em um pedido de venda. Então, " -"uma ordem de entrega será gerada automaticamente, com um produto reservado " -"no armazém A e outro no armazém B." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:3 -msgid "Using Routes and Pull/Push Rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In inventory management, the supply chain strategy determines when products " -"should be fabricated, delivered to distribution centers, and made available " -"in the retail channel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:9 -msgid "" -"This kind of strategic process can be configured using *Routes*, featuring " -"*Pull and Push Rules*. Once everything is properly configured, the inventory" -" app can automatically generate transfers following the instructions given " -"by the rules. Yes, Odoo simplifies your life." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:16 -msgid "Inside the warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Let’s imagine a generic warehouse plan, where you can find receiving docks, " -"a quality control area, storage locations, picking and packing areas, and " -"shipping docks. All products go through all these locations, which also " -"trigger all the route's rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:27 -msgid "" -"In this example, vendor trucks unload pallets of ordered goods at receiving " -"docks. Operators then scan the products in the receiving area. Some of these" -" products are sent to a quality control area (those devoted to being used " -"during the manufacturing process, for example), while others are directly " -"stored in their respective locations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Here is an example of a fulfillment route. In the morning, items are picked " -"for all the orders that need to be prepared during the day. These items are " -"picked from storage locations and moved to the picking area, close to where " -"the orders are packed. Then, the orders are packed in their respective boxes" -" and conveyors bring them close to the shipping docks, ready to be delivered" -" to customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:48 -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:45 -msgid "How does it work?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:51 -msgid "Pull Rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:53 -msgid "" -"With *Pull Rules*, a demand for some products triggers procurements, while " -"*Push Rules* are triggered by products arriving in a specific location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:57 -msgid "" -"We can say that *Pull Rules* are used to fulfill a customer order, a sale " -"order. So, Odoo generates a need at the *Customer Location* for each product" -" in the order. Because *Pull Rules* are triggered by a need, Odoo looks for " -"a *Pull Rule* defined on the *Customer Location*. In our case, a delivery " -"order pull rule that transfers products from the *Shipping Area* to the " -"*Customer Location* is found, and a transfer between the two locations is " -"created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Then, Odoo finds another pull rule that tries to fulfill the need for the " -"*Shipping Area*: the *Packing Rule* that transfers products from the " -"*Packing Area* to the *Shipping Area*. And, finally, other rules are " -"triggered until a transfer between the *Stock* and the *Picking Area* is " -"created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:72 -msgid "" -"All theses transfers are pre-generated by Odoo, starting from the end and " -"going backwards. While working, the operator process these transfers in the " -"opposite order: first the picking, then the packing, then the delivery " -"order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:77 -msgid "Push Rules" -msgstr "Regras de push" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:79 -msgid "" -"On the other hand, *Push Rules* are much easier to understand. Instead of " -"pre-generating documents based on needs, they are live-triggered when " -"products arrive in a specific location. *Push Rules* basically say: \"when a" -" product arrives at a specific location, move it to another location.\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:84 -msgid "" -"A simple example would be: when a product arrives in the *Receipt Area*, " -"move them to the *Storage Location*. As different rules can be applied to " -"different products, you can assign different storage locations for different" -" products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:89 -msgid "" -"Another rule could be: when products arrive at a location, move them to the " -"*Quality Control Area*. Then, once the quality check is done, move them to " -"their *Storage Location*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:94 -msgid "" -"*Push Rules* can be triggered only if no *Pull Rule* pre-generated the " -"upstream transfers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:98 -msgid "" -"Sets of rules like those are called routes. The grouping on the rule defines" -" how products are grouped in the same transfer or not. For example, during " -"the picking operation, all orders are grouped in one transfer, whereas the " -"packing operation respects the grouping per customer order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:105 -msgid "Use Routes and Rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:107 -msgid "" -"Since *Routes* are a collection of *Push and Pull Rules*, Odoo helps you " -"manage advanced routes configuration such as:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:110 -msgid "Manage product manufacturing chains;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:111 -msgid "Manage default locations per product;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:112 -msgid "" -"Define routes within your warehouse according to business needs, such as " -"quality control, after-sales services, or supplier returns;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:114 -msgid "" -"Help rental management by generating automated return moves for rented " -"products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:117 -msgid "" -"To configure a route such as one of those above, open the **Inventory " -"Application** and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. Then, " -"enable the *Multi-Step Routes* feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:126 -msgid "" -"The *Storage Locations* feature is automatically activated with the *Multi-" -"Step Routes*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:129 -msgid "" -"Once this first step is completed, you have the choice between pre-" -"configured routes or custom ones. Both are explained below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:133 -msgid "Pre-configured Routes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:135 -msgid "" -"Odoo’s pre-configured routes are available in the warehouses’ menu. To find " -"it, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses`. " -"There, open your warehouse and edit it to see the pre-configured routes for " -"incoming and outgoing shipments." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:144 -msgid "" -"Some more advanced routes, such as pick-pack-ship, are already configured to" -" make your life easier. Those are based on your choice for shipments. Once " -"you made your choice, head to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " -"--> Routes` to see the routes Odoo generated for you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:153 -msgid "" -"Opening one of those routes allows you to see on what you can apply the " -"route. Here, all the selected product categories in the *YourCompany* " -"warehouse are set up to follow the 3-steps route." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:161 -msgid "" -"Easier for many businesses, this process might not fit yours. Thus, you can " -"configure custom routes in which you can define your own rules, but also the" -" source and destination location of each action. As an example, here are the" -" rules for the pre-configured route." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:171 -msgid "Custom Routes" -msgstr "Rotas Personalizadas" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:173 -msgid "" -"To create a custom route, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " -"--> Routes`, click on create, and choose the places where this route can be " -"selected. Of course, combinations are available." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:182 -msgid "" -"Each place has a different behavior, so it is important to tick only the " -"useful ones and adapt each route accordingly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:185 -msgid "" -"When applying the route on a product category (:menuselection:`Inventory -->" -" Configuration --> Product Categories`), all the rules configured in the " -"route are applied to **every** product of the category. For example, this " -"can be useful if you use the dropshipping process for all the products from " -"the same category." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:195 -msgid "" -"The same behavior applies to the warehouses. If you tick *Warehouses*, all " -"the transfers occurring inside the chosen warehouse, and meeting the " -"conditions of the linked rules, then follow that route." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:203 -msgid "" -"For the *Sales Order Lines*, it is more or less the opposite. You have to " -"choose the route yourself when creating a quotation. This is pretty useful " -"if some products go through different routes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:211 -msgid "" -"If you work with this kind of route, it is important to keep in mind that it" -" must be selected on the sales order, such as below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:218 -msgid "Then, the route can be chosen on each line of the document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:224 -msgid "" -"Finally, there are routes that can be applied to products. Those work more " -"or less like the product categories: once selected, you have to manually set" -" on which product it must be applied." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:232 -msgid "" -"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Master Data --> Products` and " -"open the one on which you want to apply the route. Then go to the *Inventory" -" tab* and select the route you’ve created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:240 -msgid "" -"If, prima facie, the routes’ configuration can appear quite easy, don’t " -"forget that we haven’t set up any rule yet. If not harder to set up, those " -"are vital to have working routings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:245 -msgid "Rules" -msgstr "Regras" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:247 -msgid "" -"The rules are to be defined on the routes. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`, then to the *Rules*" -" section, and click on *Add a line* button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:255 -msgid "" -"The available rules trigger various actions. If Odoo offers *Push* and " -"*Pull* rules, others are also available. Here are some explanations for all " -"of them:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:259 -msgid "" -"**Pull From**: this rule is triggered by a need for the product in a " -"specific stock location. The need can come from a sale order which has been " -"validated or for a manufacturing order which requires a specific component. " -"When the need appears in the source location, Odoo generates a picking to " -"fulfill this need." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:264 -msgid "" -"**Push To**: this rule is triggered by the arrival of some products in the " -"defined source location. In case you move products to the source location, " -"Odoo generates a picking to move those products to the destination location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:268 -msgid "" -"**Push & Pull**: it allows to generate pickings in the two different " -"situations explained above. It means that when products are required at a " -"specific location, a transfer is created from the previous location to " -"fulfill that need. Then, a need is created in the previous location and a " -"rule is triggered to fulfill it. Once the second need fulfilled, the " -"products are pushed to the first location and all the needs are fulfilled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:274 -msgid "" -"**Buy**: when products are needed at the destination location, a request for" -" quotation is created to fulfill the need." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:276 -msgid "" -"**Manufacture**: when products are needed in the source location, a " -"manufacturing order is created to fulfill the need." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:283 -msgid "" -"You must also define the *Operation Type*. This operation allows defining " -"which kind of picking is created from the rule. With our above screenshot, " -"the created picking is, for example, an internal transfer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:288 -msgid "" -"On the other hand, the *Supply Method*, allows defining what happens at the " -"source location:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:291 -msgid "" -"**Take From Stock**: the products are taken from the available stock of the " -"source location;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:293 -msgid "" -"**Trigger Another Rule**: the system tries to find a stock rule to bring the" -" products to the source location. The available stock is ignored." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:296 -msgid "" -"**Take From Stock, if Unavailable, Trigger Another Rule**: the products are " -"taken from the available stock of the source location. If there is no stock " -"available, the system tries to find a rule to bring the products to the " -"source location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:301 -msgid "" -"In the *Scheduling* section, you can determine how Odoo behaves when one of " -"the chain's pickings is rescheduled. In case you decide to **Propagate " -"Rescheduling**, the next move is also to be rescheduled. If you prefer " -"having the choice to reschedule the next move, you can decide to receive an " -"alert in the form of a *next activity*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:309 -msgid "What about a full flow?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:311 -msgid "" -"Do you remember our Pick - Pack - Ship custom route? Let’s use it to try a " -"full flow with an advanced custom route." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:314 -msgid "" -"First, a quick look at our rules and their supply methods: we have three " -"rules, all **Pull From** rules. The supply methods are the following:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:318 -msgid "" -"**Take From Stock**: When products are needed in WH/Packing Zone, *Picks* " -"(internal transfers from WH/Stock to WH/Packing Zone) are created from " -"WH/Stock to fulfill the need." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:321 -msgid "" -"**Trigger Another Rule**: When products are needed in WH/Output, *Packs* " -"(internal transfers from WH/Packing Zone to WH/Output) are created from " -"WH/Packing Zone to fulfill the need." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:324 -msgid "" -"**Trigger Another Rule**: When products are needed in Partner " -"Locations/Customers, Delivery Orders are created from WH/Output to fulfill " -"the need." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:332 -msgid "" -"This means that, when a customer orders products, a delivery order is " -"created to fulfill the order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:340 -msgid "" -"If the source document is the same sale order, the status is not the same. " -"In fact, the status is **Waiting Another Operation** if the previous " -"transfer in the list is not done yet." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:348 -msgid "" -"To prepare the order, conveyors need products packed at the output area, so " -"an internal transfer is requested from the packing zone." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:355 -msgid "" -"Obviously, the packing zone needs products ready to be packed. So, an " -"internal transfer is requested to the stock and employees can gather the " -"required products from the warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:363 -msgid "" -"As explained in this documentation introduction, the last step in the " -"process (here the delivery order) is the first to be triggered, which then " -"triggers other rules until we reach the first step in the process (here, the" -" internal transfer from to stock to the packing area). Now, everything is " -"ready to be processed so the customer can get the ordered items." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:370 -msgid "" -"In our case, the product is delivered to the customer when all the rules " -"have been triggered and the transfers done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies.rst:3 -msgid "Putaway & Removal Strategies" -msgstr "Estratégias de armazenamento e remoção" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:3 -msgid "What is a Putaway Rule?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A good warehouse implementation takes care that products automatically move " -"to their appropriate destination location. To make that process easier, Odoo" -" uses *Putaway rules*. But what is a putaway rule? Putaway is the process of" -" taking products off the receiving shipments and directly putting them into " -"the most appropriate location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:7 -msgid "" -"If, for example, a warehouse contains volatile substances, it is important " -"to make sure that certain products are not stored close to each other " -"because of a potential chemical reaction. That’s where putaway rules " -"intervene, to avoid storing products wrongly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:12 -msgid "" -"In the *Inventory* app, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " -"and activate the *Multi-Step Routes*. By doing so, the *Storage Locations* " -"will be automatically activated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:19 -msgid "Setting up a Putaway Rule" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:21 -msgid "" -"In some cases, like for a retail shop storing vegetables and fruits, we have" -" to store products in different locations to maintain product quality." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Let’s suppose there are one warehouse location *WH/Stock* and two sub-" -"locations *WH/Stock/Vegatable* and *WH/Stock/Fruits*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:25 -msgid "" -"To manage those locations, we will create putaway rules. To do so, open the " -"*Inventory* app and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Putaway Rules`. " -"Then, click on create and configure your first rule indicating the main " -"location the product will enter before being redirected to the right " -"location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:31 -msgid "" -"The putaway rules can be defined either per product or per product category." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Now, if I purchase apples and carrots to my supplier, they will be grouped " -"in the same receipt but redirected to the right location automatically, " -"thanks to putaway rules. This information is available from *Inventory " -"Report*, under the reporting menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:3 -msgid "What is a Removal Strategy (FIFO, LIFO, and FEFO)?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Usually, *Removal Strategies* are defined in picking operations to select " -"the best products to optimize the distance for the worker, for quality " -"control purposes, or to first move the products with the closest expiration " -"date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:9 -msgid "" -"When a product movement needs to be done, Odoo finds available products that" -" can be assigned to the transfer. The way Odoo assigns these products " -"depends on the *Removal Strategy* defined in the *Product Category* or on " -"the *Location*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:14 -msgid "What happens inside the warehouse?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Imagine a generic warehouse plan, with receiving docks and area, storage " -"locations, picking and packing areas, and shipping docks. All products go " -"through all these locations, but some rules, such as removal strategies, can" -" have an effect on which products are taken for the pickings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Here, vendor trucks unload pallets of goods at the docks. Then, operators " -"scan the products in the receiving area, with the receiving date and, if the" -" product has an expiration date, the expiration date. After that, products " -"are stored in their respective locations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Next, several orders for the same product are made, but you didn’t receive " -"the goods the same day and they don’t have the same expiration date. In that" -" situation, you logically prefer sending those with the closest date first. " -"Depending on the removal strategy you chose, Odoo generates a transfer with " -"the products fitting your settings the best." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:42 -msgid "" -"On the transfer form, you can find the product’s lot/serial number to pick " -"for delivery." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:48 -msgid "First In, First Out (FIFO)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:50 -msgid "" -"When using a **First In, First Out** strategy, a demand for some products " -"triggers a removal rule which requests a transfer for the lot/serial number " -"that has entered your stock the first." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:53 -msgid "" -"To be clearer, let’s imagine that you have three lots of nails in your " -"warehouse. Those three have the following lot numbers: 00001, 00002, 00003, " -"each with 5 nails boxes in it. 00001 entered the stock on the 23rd of May, " -"00002 on the 25th of May, and 00003 on the 1st of June. A customer orders " -"you 6 boxes on the 11th of June. With the *FIFO* strategy selected, a " -"transfer is requested for the five boxes of 00001 and one of the boxes in " -"00002 because 00001 has entered your stock before the others. The box from " -"00002 is taken because it has the oldest enter date after 00001." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:60 -msgid "" -"So, for every order of a product with the *FIFO* strategy selected, Odoo " -"requests a transfer for the good that has been in your stock for the longest" -" period." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:64 -msgid "Last In, First Out (LIFO)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:66 -msgid "" -"The same way as for FIFO, the **Last In, First Out** strategy is based on " -"moving products based on the date they entered the stock. Here, a demand for" -" some products triggers a removal rule that requests a transfer for the " -"lot/serial number that has entered your stock the last." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:70 -msgid "" -"To better understand, let’s imagine three lots of screws in your warehouse. " -"Those three have the following numbers: 10001, 10002, 10003, each with 10 " -"screw boxes in it. 10001 has entered the stock on the 1st of June, 10002 on " -"the 3rd of June, and 10003 on the 6th of June. A customer orders 7 boxes on " -"the 8th of June. With the *LIFO* strategy selected, a transfer is requested " -"for seven boxes of 10003 because that lot is the last one to have entered " -"the stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:76 -msgid "" -"So, basically, for every order of a product with the *LIFO* strategy used, a" -" transfer for the last one to have entered the stock is requested." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:80 -msgid "" -"This strategy is banned in many countries and can lead to only have old or " -"obsolete products in your stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:84 -msgid "First Expire, First Out (FEFO)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:86 -msgid "" -"The **First Expire, First Out** strategy is a bit different from the two " -"others. Here, it is the expiration date that is important and not the date " -"the product entered the stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:89 -msgid "" -"Let’s imagine three lots of 6-eggs boxes (in this specific case, don’t " -"forget to use :doc:`units of measure <../../management/products/uom>`). " -"Those three have the following numbers: 20001, 20002, and 20003, each with 5" -" boxes in it. 20001 has entered the stock on the 1st of July and expires on " -"the 15th of July, 20002 on the 2nd and expires on the 14th of July, and " -"20003 on the 4th and expires on the 21st of July. A customer orders 6 boxes " -"on the 5th of July. With the *FEFO* strategy selected, a transfer is " -"requested for the five boxes of 20002 and one from 20001. The transfer for " -"all the boxes of the lot 20002 is because they have the closest expiration " -"date. The transfer also requests one box from 20001 because it’s the lot " -"that expires the sooner after 20002." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:98 -msgid "" -"Then, you can remember that for every order of a product with the *FEFO* " -"strategy, a transfer is requested for the product that has the nearest " -"expiration date from the order date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:102 -msgid "Use Removal Strategies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:104 -msgid "" -"To identify some units from other ones, you need to track them, either by " -"*lot* or by *serial number*. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration " -"--> Settings`. Then, activate *Storage Location*, *Multi-Steps Routes*, and " -"*Lots & Serial Numbers*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:113 -msgid "" -"To work with the *FEFO* strategy, activate the *Expiration Dates* feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:115 -msgid "" -"Next, you need to define your removal strategy, on *Product Categories* via " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:123 -msgid "FIFO (First In, First Out)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:125 -msgid "" -"As said, a *FIFO* strategy implies that products stocked first move out " -"first. Companies should use that method if they are selling products with " -"short demand cycles, such as clothes, and to ensure they are not stuck with " -"outdated styles in stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:129 -msgid "" -"For this example, we created three lots of white shirts. Those are from the " -"All/Clothes category, where we put *FIFO* as the removal strategy. In our " -"stock location (WH/Stock), we now find the three lots available." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:137 -msgid "" -"The lot 000001 contains 5 shirts, 000002 contains 3 shirts, and 000003 " -"contains 2. As it can be seen above, 000001 has entered the stock first. " -"Let’s create a sale order of six white shirts to check that products from " -"that lot are the first ones to move out." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:141 -msgid "" -"On the delivery order linked to the picking, you can see that the oldest lot" -" numbers have been reserved thanks to the *FIFO* strategy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:149 -msgid "LIFO (Last In, First Out)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:151 -msgid "" -"With a *LIFO* strategy, that’s quite the opposite. In fact, the products " -"that are brought the last move out the first. It is mostly used in case of " -"products without a shelf life." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:154 -msgid "" -"Even if our white shirts are clothes, we can say that they are timeless. So," -" let’s use them to test our *LIFO* strategy. Once again, open the product " -"category via :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product " -"Categories` and change the removal strategy to *LIFO*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:162 -msgid "" -"Now, create a sale order for 4 white shirts and check that the reserved " -"products are from lots 000003 and 000002." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170 -msgid "Don’t forget that the *LIFO* strategy is banned in many countries!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:173 -msgid "FEFO (First Expiry, First Out)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:175 -msgid "" -"With the *FEFO* strategy, the way products are picked is not based on the " -"reception date. In this particular case, they are dispatched according to " -"their expiration date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:179 -msgid "" -"To have more information about Expiration date, please have a look at " -":doc:`the related doc " -"<../../management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:182 -msgid "" -"By activating *Expiration Dates*, it becomes possible to define different " -"dates on the serial/lot numbers to be used in *FEFO*. These dates can be set" -" by going to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Master Data --> Lots/Serial " -"Numbers`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:190 -msgid "" -"Lots are picked based on their removal date, from earliest to latest. Lots " -"without a removal date defined are picked after lots with removal dates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:194 -msgid "" -"Other dates are for informational and reporting purposes only. If not " -"removed from the stock, lots that are past the expiration dates may still be" -" picked for delivery orders!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:197 -msgid "" -"To use the *FEFO* strategy, once again go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Product Categories` and choose *FEFO* as the *Force " -"Removal Strategy*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:204 -msgid "" -"For this particular case, let’s use hand cream. As usual, we have three lots" -" of them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:207 -msgid "**Lot / Serial No**" -msgstr "** Lote / Número de série **" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:207 -msgid "**Product**" -msgstr "**Produtos**" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:207 -msgid "**Expiration Date**" -msgstr "**Data de validade**" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:209 -msgid "0000001" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:209 -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:211 -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:213 -msgid "Hand Cream" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:209 -msgid "09/30/2019" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:211 -msgid "0000002" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:211 -msgid "11/30/2019" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:213 -msgid "0000003" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:213 -msgid "10/31/2019" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:216 -msgid "" -"When we realize a sale for 25 units of Hand Cream, we can see that the lot " -"numbers which have been automatically reserved by Odoo are the ones with the" -" closest expiration date, meaning 0000001 and 0000003." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping.rst:3 -msgid "Shipping" -msgstr "Envio" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation.rst:3 -msgid "Shipping Operations" -msgstr "Operações de transporte" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:3 -msgid "How to cancel a shipping request to a shipper?" -msgstr "Como cancelar uma solicitação de remessa a um remetente?" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. " -"Odoo will be linked with the transportation company tracking system." -msgstr "" -"O Odoo pode lidar com vários métodos de entrega, incluindo remetentes de " -"terceiros. O Odoo será conectado ao sistema de rastreamento da " -"transportadora." - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:12 -msgid "" -"It will allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the " -"destination." -msgstr "Permite-lhe gerir a transportadora, os preços reais e o destino." - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:15 -msgid "You can easily cancel the request made to the carrier system." -msgstr "" -"Você pode cancelar facilmente a solicitação feita ao sistema da operadora." - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:18 -msgid "How to cancel a shipping request?" -msgstr "Como cancelar um pedido de envio?" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:20 -msgid "" -"If the delivery order is not **Validated**, then the request hasn't been " -"made. You can choose to cancel the delivery or to change the carrier." -msgstr "" -"Se a ordem de entrega não for ** Validada **, a solicitação não foi feita. " -"Você pode optar por cancelar a entrega ou alterar a transportadora." - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:24 -msgid "" -"If you have clicked on **Validate**, the request has been made and you " -"should have received the tracking number and the label. You can still cancel" -" the request. Simply click on the **Cancel** button next to the **Carrier " -"Tracking Ref**:" -msgstr "" -"Se você clicou em ** Validar **, a solicitação foi feita e você deve ter " -"recebido o número de rastreamento e a etiqueta. Você ainda pode cancelar o " -"pedido. Basta clicar no botão ** Cancelar ** ao lado da ** Referência de " -"rastreamento da transportadora **:" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:32 -msgid "You will now see that the shipment has been cancelled." -msgstr "Você verá agora que a remessa foi cancelada." - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:37 -msgid "You can now change the carrier if you wish." -msgstr "Agora você pode alterar a operadora, se desejar." - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:40 -msgid "How to send a shipping request after cancelling one?" -msgstr "Como enviar um pedido de envio após o cancelamento?" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:42 -msgid "" -"After cancelling the shipping request, you can change the carrier you want " -"to use. Confirm it by clicking on the **Send to shipper** button. You will " -"get a new tracking number and a new label." -msgstr "" -"Após cancelar a solicitação de envio, você pode alterar a transportadora que" -" deseja usar. Confirme clicando no botão ** Enviar ao remetente **. Você " -"receberá um novo número de rastreamento e um novo rótulo." - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:50 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:115 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:83 -msgid ":doc:`invoicing`" -msgstr ":doc:`invoicing`" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:51 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:116 -msgid ":doc:`multipack`" -msgstr ":doc:`multipack`" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:3 -msgid "How to invoice the shipping cost to the customer?" -msgstr "Como faturar o custo de envio ao cliente?" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:8 -msgid "There are two ways to invoice the shipping costs:" -msgstr "Há duas maneiras de faturar os custos de envio:" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:10 -msgid "Agree with the customer over a cost and seal it down in the sale order" -msgstr "Concordar com o cliente sobre um custo e selá-lo no pedido de venda" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:13 -msgid "Invoice the real cost of the shipping." -msgstr "Fature o custo real do frete." - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:18 -msgid "" -"To configure the price of your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** " -"app, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery --> Delivery " -"Methods`." -msgstr "" -"Para configurar o preço dos seus métodos de entrega, acesse o aplicativo ** " -"Inventário **, clique em: seleção de menus: `Configuração -> Entrega -> " -"Métodos de entrega`." - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:21 -msgid "" -"You can manually set a price for the shipping: It can be fixed or based on " -"rules." -msgstr "" -"Você pode definir manualmente um preço para o frete: pode ser fixo ou com " -"base em regras." - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Or you can use the transportation company computation system. Read the " -"document :doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`" -msgstr "" -"Ou você pode usar o sistema de computação da empresa de transporte. Leia o " -"documento: doc: `../ setup / third_party_shipper`" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:28 -msgid "How to invoice the shipping costs to the customer?" -msgstr "Como faturar os custos de envio ao cliente?" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:31 -msgid "Invoice the price set on the sale order" -msgstr "Faturar o preço definido no pedido de venda" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:33 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:55 -msgid "" -"On your sale order, choose the carrier that will be used. Click on " -"**Delivery Method** to choose the right one." -msgstr "" -"Em seu pedido de venda, escolha a transportadora que será utilizada. Clique " -"em ** Método de entrega ** para escolher o correto." - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:39 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:36 -msgid "" -"The price is computed when you **save** the sale order or when you click on " -"**Set price**." -msgstr "" -"O preço é calculado quando você ** salva ** o pedido de venda ou quando " -"clica em ** Definir preço **." - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:42 -msgid "" -"To invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, click on " -"**Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery method as a " -"product. It may vary from the real price." -msgstr "" -"Para faturar o preço da taxa de entrega no pedido de venda, clique em ** " -"Definir preço **, ele adicionará uma linha com o nome da forma de entrega " -"como um produto. Pode ser diferente do preço real." - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:46 -msgid "" -"When you create the invoice, it will take the price set on the sale order." -msgstr "Ao criar a fatura, ela terá o preço definido no pedido de venda." - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:53 -msgid "Invoice the real shipping costs" -msgstr "Faturar os custos reais de envio" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:61 -msgid "" -"The price is computed when you **save** the sale order. Confirm the sale " -"order and proceed to deliver the product." -msgstr "" -"O preço é calculado quando você ** salva ** o pedido de venda. Confirme a " -"ordem de venda e prossiga com a entrega do produto." - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The real shipping cost is computed when the delivery order is validated, you" -" can see the real cost in the chatter of the delivery order." -msgstr "" -"O custo real de envio é calculado quando o pedido de entrega é validado, " -"você pode ver o custo real no chatter do pedido de entrega." - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Go back to the sale order, the real cost is now added to the sale order." -msgstr "" -"Volte para o pedido de venda, o custo real agora é adicionado ao pedido de " -"venda." - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:76 -msgid "" -"When you create the invoice, it will take the price computed by the carrier." -msgstr "" -"Ao criar a nota fiscal, ela terá o preço calculado pela transportadora." - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:83 -msgid "" -"If you split the delivery and make several ones, each delivery order will " -"add a line to the sale order." -msgstr "" -"Se você dividir a entrega e fizer várias, cada pedido de entrega adicionará " -"uma linha ao pedido de venda." - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:87 -msgid ":doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`" -msgstr ":doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:88 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:84 -msgid ":doc:`labels`" -msgstr ":doc:`labels`" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:3 -msgid "How to print shipping labels?" -msgstr "Como imprimir etiquetas de envio?" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers " -"linked with the transportation company tracking system. It allows you to " -"manage the transport company, the real prices and the destination. And " -"finally, you will be able to print the shipping labels directly from Odoo." -msgstr "" -"O Odoo pode lidar com vários métodos de entrega, incluindo remetentes de " -"terceiros vinculados ao sistema de rastreamento da empresa de transporte. " -"Permite-lhe gerir a transportadora, os preços reais e o destino. E, " -"finalmente, você poderá imprimir as etiquetas de envio diretamente do Odoo." - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:18 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:17 -msgid "Install the shipper company connector module" -msgstr "Instale o módulo conector da empresa remetente" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:20 -msgid "" -"In the **Inventory** module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies " -"you want to integrate :" -msgstr "" -"No módulo ** Inventário **, clique em: seleção de menus: `Configuração -> " -"Configurações`. Em ** Conectores de envio **, marque as empresas de " -"transporte que deseja integrar:" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:27 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:26 -msgid "Then click on **Apply**." -msgstr "Em seguida, clique em ** Aplicar **." - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:34 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:33 -msgid "Configure the delivery method" -msgstr "Configure o método de entrega" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:32 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:36 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:35 -msgid "" -"To configure your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** module, click on" -" :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery Methods`." -msgstr "" -"Para configurar seus métodos de entrega, acesse o módulo ** Inventário **, " -"clique em: seleção de menus: `Configuração -> Métodos de entrega`." - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:35 -msgid "" -"The delivery methods for the chosen shippers have been automatically " -"created." -msgstr "" -"Os métodos de entrega para os remetentes escolhidos foram criados " -"automaticamente." - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:41 -msgid "" -"In the **Pricing** tab, the name of the provider means that the delivery " -"will be handled and computed by the shipper system." -msgstr "" -"Na aba ** Preços **, o nome do provedor significa que a entrega será tratada" -" e computada pelo sistema do remetente." - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:44 -msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns :" -msgstr "A configuração do remetente é dividida em duas colunas:" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:46 -msgid "" -"The first one is linked to **your account** (develop key, password,...). For" -" more information, please refer to the provider website." -msgstr "" -"O primeiro está vinculado à ** sua conta ** (chave de desenvolvimento, " -"senha, ...). Para obter mais informações, consulte o site do provedor." - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:49 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:62 -msgid "" -"The second column varies according to the **provider**. You can choose the " -"packaging type, the service type, the weight unit..." -msgstr "" -"A segunda coluna varia de acordo com o ** provedor **. Você pode escolher o " -"tipo de embalagem, o tipo de serviço, a unidade de peso ..." - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:52 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:65 -msgid "Uncheck **Test Mode** when you are done with the testings." -msgstr "Desmarque ** Modo de teste ** quando terminar os testes." - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:55 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:77 -msgid "Company configuration" -msgstr "Configuração da empresa" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:57 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:79 -msgid "" -"In order to compute the right price, the provider needs your company " -"information. Be sure your address and phone number are correctly encoded." -msgstr "" -"Para calcular o preço certo, o provedor precisa das informações da sua " -"empresa. Certifique-se de que seu endereço e número de telefone estejam " -"codificados corretamente." - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:64 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:86 -msgid "" -"To check your information, go to the **Settings** application and click on " -"**General Settings**. Click on the first link **Configure your company " -"data**." -msgstr "" -"Para verificar suas informações, acesse o aplicativo ** Configurações ** e " -"clique em ** Configurações gerais **. Clique no primeiro link ** Configure " -"os dados da sua empresa **." - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:70 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:92 -msgid "" -"The shipper companies need the weight of your product, otherwise the price " -"computation cannot be done." -msgstr "" -"As empresas remetentes precisam do peso do seu produto, caso contrário não " -"será possível fazer o cálculo do preço." - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Go the **Sales** module, click on :menuselection:`Sales --> Products`. Open " -"the products you want to ship and set a weight on it." -msgstr "" -"Acesse o módulo ** Vendas **, clique em: seleção de menus: `Vendas -> " -"Produtos`. Abra os produtos que deseja enviar e defina um peso sobre eles." - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:80 -msgid "" -"The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to do" -" the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system." -msgstr "" -"O peso no formulário do produto é expresso em quilogramas. Não se esqueça de" -" fazer a conversão se estiver acostumado com o sistema de medição imperial." - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:85 -msgid "How to print shipping labels ?" -msgstr "Como imprimir etiquetas de envio?" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:87 -msgid "" -"The delivery order created from the sale order will take the shipping " -"information from it, but you can change the carrier if you want to." -msgstr "" -"O pedido de entrega criado a partir do pedido de venda pegará as informações" -" de envio dele, mas você pode alterar a transportadora se desejar." - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:90 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:135 -msgid "" -"If you create a delivery transfer from the inventory module, you can add the" -" third party shipper in the additional info tab." -msgstr "" -"Se você criar uma transferência de entrega a partir do módulo de estoque, " -"poderá adicionar o remetente terceirizado na guia de informações adicionais." - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:96 -msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number and **the label(s)**." -msgstr "" -"Clique em ** Validar ** para receber o número de rastreamento e ** a (s) " -"etiqueta (s) **." - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:98 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:151 -msgid "" -"The label to stick on your package is available in the history underneath :" -msgstr "" -"A etiqueta para colar em sua embalagem está disponível no histórico abaixo:" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:104 -msgid "Click on it to open the document and print it :" -msgstr "Clique nele para abrir o documento e imprimi-lo:" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:110 -msgid "" -"If you are doing multi-packages shippings, most of the time, there will be " -"one label per package. Each label will appear in the delivery history." -msgstr "" -"Se você estiver fazendo remessas de vários pacotes, na maioria das vezes " -"haverá uma etiqueta por pacote. Cada etiqueta aparecerá no histórico de " -"entrega." - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage multiple packs for the same delivery order?" -msgstr "Como gerenciar vários pacotes para o mesmo pedido de entrega?" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:8 -msgid "" -"By default, Odoo considers that your delivery is composed of one package. " -"But you can easily ship your deliveries with more than one package. It is " -"fully integrated with the third-party shippers." -msgstr "" -"Por padrão, o Odoo considera que sua entrega é composta por um pacote. Mas " -"você pode enviar facilmente suas entregas com mais de um pacote. É " -"totalmente integrado com os remetentes de terceiros." - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:15 -msgid "" -"To configure the use of packages, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory " -"--> Configuration --> Settings`. Locate the **Packages** section and tick " -"**Record packages used on packing: pallets, boxes,...**" -msgstr "" -"Para configurar o uso de pacotes, acesse o menu: seleção de menus: " -"ʻInventário-> Configuração -> Configurações`. Localize a seção ** Pacotes **" -" e marque ** Registrar pacotes usados ​​na embalagem: paletes, caixas, ... " -"**" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:23 -msgid "Click on **Apply** when you are done." -msgstr "Clique em ** Aplicar ** quando terminar." - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:29 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:77 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:110 -msgid "Sale order" -msgstr "Pedido de venda" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:34 -msgid "Click on a **Delivery Method** to choose the right one." -msgstr "Clique em um ** Método de entrega ** para escolher o correto." - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:40 -msgid "Multi-packages Delivery" -msgstr "Entrega de vários pacotes" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:42 -msgid "" -"The delivery created from the sale order will take the shipping information " -"from it." -msgstr "" -"A entrega criada a partir do pedido de venda pegará as informações de envio " -"dele." - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:48 -msgid "From here, you can split your delivery into multiple packages." -msgstr "A partir daqui, você pode dividir sua entrega em vários pacotes." - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Choose the quantity you want to put in the first pack in the **Done** " -"column, then click on the link **Put in Pack**." -msgstr "" -"Escolha a quantidade que deseja colocar no primeiro pacote na coluna ** " -"Pronto **, a seguir clique no link ** Colocar no Pacote **." - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:56 -msgid "It will automatically create a pack with the requested quantity." -msgstr "Ele criará automaticamente um pacote com a quantidade solicitada." - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:58 -msgid "Do the same steps for the other pieces you want to pack in." -msgstr "Execute as mesmas etapas para as outras peças que deseja embalar." - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:63 -msgid "Click on **Validate** when you are done." -msgstr "Clique em ** Validar ** quando terminar." - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:66 -msgid "Multi-packages with a 3rd party-shipper" -msgstr "Vários pacotes com um remetente terceirizado" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Once the delivery order is validated, you will receive the tracking number. " -"The **carrier Tracking ref** field will automatically be filled. Click on " -"the **Tracking** button to check your delivery on the provider website." -msgstr "" -"Assim que o pedido de entrega for validado, você receberá o número de " -"rastreamento. O campo ** Ref de rastreamento da transportadora ** será " -"preenchido automaticamente. Clique no botão ** Rastreamento ** para " -"verificar sua entrega no site do provedor." - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:76 -msgid "" -"The **labels** to stick on your packages are available in the history " -"underneath:" -msgstr "" -"Os ** rótulos ** para colar em seus pacotes estão disponíveis no histórico " -"abaixo:" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup.rst:3 -msgid "Shipping Setup" -msgstr "Configuração de envio" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:3 -msgid "How to setup a delivery method?" -msgstr "Como configurar um método de entrega?" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, but it is not activated by " -"default. Delivery methods can be used for your sale orders, your deliveries " -"but also on your e-commerce." -msgstr "" -"O Odoo pode lidar com vários métodos de entrega, mas não é ativado por " -"padrão. Os métodos de entrega podem ser usados ​​para seus pedidos de venda," -" suas entregas, mas também em seu e-commerce." - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Delivery methods allow you to manage the transport company, the price and " -"the destination. You can even integrate Odoo with external shippers to " -"compute the real price and the packagings." -msgstr "" -"Os métodos de entrega permitem que você gerencie a empresa de transporte, o " -"preço e o destino. Você pode até integrar o Odoo com remetentes externos " -"para calcular o preço real e as embalagens." - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:20 -msgid "Install the inventory module" -msgstr "Instale o módulo de inventário" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Delivery methods are handled by the **Delivery costs** module. Go to " -"**Apps** and search for the module. You should remove the **Apps** filter in" -" order to see it :" -msgstr "" -"Os métodos de entrega são tratados pelo módulo ** Custos de entrega **. Vá " -"para ** Apps ** e pesquise o módulo. Você deve remover o filtro ** Apps ** " -"para vê-lo:" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:29 -msgid "" -"If you want to integrate delivery methods in your e-commerce, you'll have to" -" install the **eCommerce Delivery** module." -msgstr "" -"Se você deseja integrar métodos de entrega em seu e-commerce, você terá que " -"instalar o módulo ** eCommerce Delivery **." - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:39 -msgid "First set a name and a transporter company." -msgstr "Primeiro defina um nome e uma empresa transportadora." - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Then you'll have to set the pricing. It can be fixed or based on rules." -msgstr "" -"Então você terá que definir o preço. Pode ser corrigido ou baseado em " -"regras." - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:46 -msgid "" -"If the price is fixed, tick **Fixed price**. You'll just have to define the " -"price. If you want the delivery to be free above a certain amount, tick the " -"option **Free if Order total is more than** and set a price." -msgstr "" -"Se o preço for fixo, marque ** Preço fixo **. Você apenas terá que definir o" -" preço. Se desejar que a entrega seja gratuita acima de um determinado " -"valor, marque a opção ** Grátis se o total do pedido for maior que ** e " -"defina um preço." - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:54 -msgid "" -"If the price varies according to rules, tick **Based on Rules**. Click on " -"**add an item to a pricing rule**. Choose a condition based on either the " -"weight, the volume, the price or the quantity." -msgstr "" -"Se o preço variar de acordo com as regras, marque ** Com base nas regras **." -" Clique em ** adicionar um item a uma regra de preços **. Escolha uma " -"condição com base no peso, volume, preço ou quantidade." - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Finally you can limit the delivery method to a few destinations. The limit " -"can be applied to some countries, states or even zip codes. This feature " -"limits the list of countries on your e-commerce." -msgstr "" -"Finalmente, você pode limitar o método de entrega a alguns destinos. O " -"limite pode ser aplicado a alguns países, estados ou até mesmo códigos " -"postais. Este recurso limita a lista de países em seu e-commerce." - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:69 -msgid "" -"You can integrate Odoo with external shippers in order to compute the real " -"price and packagings, and handle the printing the shipping labels. See " -":doc:`third_party_shipper`" -msgstr "" -"Você pode integrar Odoo com remetentes externos para calcular o preço real e" -" as embalagens, e lidar com a impressão das etiquetas de envio. Veja: doc: " -"`third_party_shipper`" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:74 -msgid "Delivery process" -msgstr "Processo de entrega" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:82 -msgid "" -"You can now choose the **Delivery Method** on your sale order. If you want " -"to invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, click on " -"**Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery method as a " -"product." -msgstr "" -"Agora você pode escolher o ** Método de entrega ** em seu pedido de venda. " -"Caso queira faturar o preço da taxa de entrega no pedido de venda, clique em" -" ** Definir preço **, será adicionado uma linha com o nome da forma de " -"entrega como um produto." - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:88 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:130 -msgid "Delivery" -msgstr "Entrega" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:90 -msgid "You can add or change the delivery method on the delivery itself." -msgstr "" -"Você pode adicionar ou alterar o método de entrega na própria entrega." - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:95 -msgid "" -"On the delivery, check the **Carrier Information**. The carrier is the " -"chosen delivery method." -msgstr "" -"Na entrega, verifique as ** Informações da transportadora **. A " -"transportadora é o método de entrega escolhido." - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:99 -msgid ":doc:`third_party_shipper`" -msgstr ":doc:`third_party_shipper`" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:100 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:158 -msgid ":doc:`../operation/invoicing`" -msgstr ":doc:`../operation/invoicing`" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:3 -msgid "How to get DHL credentials for integration with Odoo?" -msgstr "Como obter credenciais da DHL para integração com Odoo?" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:5 -msgid "In order to use the Odoo DHL API, you will need:" -msgstr "Para usar a API Odoo DHL, você precisará de:" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:7 -msgid "A DHL.com SiteID" -msgstr "Um ID do site DHL.com" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:9 -msgid "A DHL Password" -msgstr "Uma senha DHL" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:11 -msgid "A DHL Account Number" -msgstr "Um número de conta DHL" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Getting SiteID and password for countries other than United States (UK and " -"Rest of the world)" -msgstr "" -"Obtendo a ID do site e a senha para outros países além dos Estados Unidos " -"(Reino Unido e resto do mundo)" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:17 -msgid "" -"You should contact DHL account manager and request integration for XML " -"Express API. The presales should provide you live credentials." -msgstr "" -"Você deve entrar em contato com o gerente de contas da DHL e solicitar " -"integração para XML Express API. A pré-venda deve fornecer credenciais ao " -"vivo." - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:20 -msgid "Getting SiteID and Password for United States" -msgstr "Obtendo ID do site e senha para os Estados Unidos" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:22 -msgid "" -"You need to write to xmlrequests@dhl.com along with your full Account " -"details like account number, region, address, etc. to get API Access." -msgstr "" -"Você precisa escrever para xmlrequests@dhl.com junto com os detalhes " -"completos da sua conta, como número da conta, região, endereço, etc. para " -"obter acesso à API." - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:24 -msgid "" -"In meantime, for testing the solution, you can use the tests credentials as " -"given in the demo data:" -msgstr "" -"Nesse ínterim, para testar a solução, você pode usar as credenciais de teste" -" fornecidas nos dados de demonstração:" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:26 -msgid "**SiteID**: CustomerTest" -msgstr "** SiteID **: Teste do Cliente" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:28 -msgid "**Password**: alkd89nBV" -msgstr "**Senha**: alkd89nBV" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:30 -msgid "**DHL Account Number**: 803921577" -msgstr "** Número da conta DHL **: 803921577" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:3 -msgid "How to integrate a third party shipper?" -msgstr "Como integrar um remetente terceirizado?" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. " -"Odoo can be linked with the transportation company tracking system. It will " -"allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the " -"destination." -msgstr "" -"O Odoo pode lidar com vários métodos de entrega, incluindo remetentes de " -"terceiros. O Odoo pode ser vinculado ao sistema de rastreamento da empresa " -"de transporte. Permite-lhe gerir a transportadora, os preços reais e o " -"destino." - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:19 -msgid "" -"In the inventory module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies " -"you want to integrate :" -msgstr "" -"No módulo de inventário, clique em: seleção de menus: `Configuração -> " -"Configurações`. Em ** Conectores de envio **, marque as empresas de " -"transporte que deseja integrar:" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:38 -msgid "" -"The delivery methods for the chosen shippers have been automatically " -"created. Most of the time, there will be **2** delivery methods for the same" -" provider: one for **international** shipping and the other for **domestic**" -" shipping." -msgstr "" -"Os métodos de entrega para os remetentes escolhidos foram criados " -"automaticamente. Na maioria das vezes, haverá ** 2 ** métodos de entrega " -"para o mesmo fornecedor: um para envio ** internacional ** e outro para " -"envio ** doméstico **." - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:43 -msgid "" -"You can create other methods with the same provider with other " -"configuration, for example the **Packaging Type**." -msgstr "" -"Você pode criar outros métodos com o mesmo provedor com outra configuração, " -"por exemplo, ** Tipo de embalagem **." - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:46 -msgid "" -"You can change the **Name** of the delivery method. This is the name that " -"will appear on your ecommerce." -msgstr "" -"Você pode alterar o ** Nome ** do método de entrega. Este é o nome que " -"aparecerá em seu e-commerce." - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:49 -msgid "Flag **Shipping enabled** when you are ready to use it." -msgstr "Sinalize ** Envio habilitado ** quando estiver pronto para usá-lo." - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:54 -msgid "" -"In the pricing tab, the name of the provider chosen under the **Price " -"computation** means that the pricing will be computed by the shipper system." -msgstr "" -"Na guia de preços, o nome do fornecedor escolhido em ** Cálculo de preço ** " -"significa que o preço será calculado pelo sistema do remetente." - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:57 -msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns:" -msgstr "A configuração do remetente é dividida em duas colunas:" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:59 -msgid "" -"The first one is linked to **your account** (developer key, password,...). " -"For more information, please refer to the provider website." -msgstr "" -"O primeiro está vinculado à ** sua conta ** (chave de desenvolvedor, senha, " -"...). Para obter mais informações, consulte o site do provedor." - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Finally you can limit the delivery method to a few destinations. You can " -"limit it to some countries, states or even zip codes. This feature limits " -"the list of countries on your e-commerce. It is useful for the domestic " -"providers. For example, USPS US only delivers from the United States to the " -"United States." -msgstr "" -"Finalmente, você pode limitar o método de entrega a alguns destinos. Você " -"pode limitá-lo a alguns países, estados ou até mesmo códigos postais. Este " -"recurso limita a lista de países em seu e-commerce. É útil para os " -"provedores domésticos. Por exemplo, o USPS US entrega apenas dos Estados " -"Unidos para os Estados Unidos." - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:95 -msgid "" -"Go the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> Products`. Open the products" -" you want to ship and set a weight on it." -msgstr "" -"Vá ao menu: seleção de menus: `Vendas -> Vendas -> Produtos`. Abra os " -"produtos que deseja enviar e defina um peso sobre eles." - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:102 -msgid "" -"The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to " -"make the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system." -msgstr "" -"O peso no formulário do produto é expresso em quilogramas. Não se esqueça de" -" fazer a conversão se estiver acostumado com o sistema de medição imperial." - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:115 -msgid "" -"You can now choose the carrier on your sale order. Click on **Delivery " -"method** to choose the right one." -msgstr "" -"Agora você pode escolher a transportadora em seu pedido de venda. Clique em " -"** Método de entrega ** para escolher o correto." - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:118 -msgid "" -"The price is computed when you save the sale order or when you click on " -"**Set price**." -msgstr "" -"O preço é calculado quando você salva o pedido de venda ou quando clica em " -"** Definir preço **." - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:121 -msgid "" -"If you want to invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, " -"click on **Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery " -"method as a product. It may vary from the real price." -msgstr "" -"Caso queira faturar o preço da taxa de entrega no pedido de venda, clique em" -" ** Definir preço **, será adicionado uma linha com o nome da forma de " -"entrega como um produto. Pode ser diferente do preço real." - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:125 -msgid "" -"Otherwise, the real price (computed when the delivery is validated) will " -"automatically be added to the invoice. For more information, please read the" -" document :doc:`../operation/invoicing`" -msgstr "" -"Caso contrário, o preço real (calculado quando a entrega é validada) será " -"automaticamente adicionado à fatura. Para mais informações, leia o " -"documento: doc:`../operation/invoicing`" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:132 -msgid "" -"The delivery created from the sale order will take the shipping information " -"from it. You can change the carrier if you want to." -msgstr "" -"A entrega criada a partir do pedido de venda pegará as informações de envio " -"dele. Você pode mudar a operadora se quiser." - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:141 -msgid "" -"The weight is computed based on the products weights. The shipping cost will" -" be computed once the transfer is validated." -msgstr "" -"O peso é calculado com base nos pesos dos produtos. O custo de envio será " -"calculado assim que a transferência for validada." - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:144 -msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number. The **Carrier Tracking" -" ref** field will automatically be filled. Click on the **Tracking** button " -"to check your delivery on the provider website." -msgstr "" -"Clique em ** Validar ** para receber o número de rastreamento. O campo ** " -"rastreamento de transportadora ref ** será preenchido automaticamente. " -"Clique no botão ** Rastreamento ** para verificar sua entrega no site do " -"provedor." - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:159 -msgid ":doc:`../operation/labels`" -msgstr ":doc:`../operation/labels`" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:3 -msgid "How to get UPS credentials for integration with Odoo?" -msgstr "Como obter credenciais UPS para integração com Odoo?" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:5 -msgid "In order to use the Odoo UPS API, you will need:" -msgstr "Para usar a API Odoo UPS, você precisará de:" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:7 -msgid "A UPS.com user ID and password" -msgstr "Um ID de usuário e senha UPS.com" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:9 -msgid "A UPS account number" -msgstr "Um número de conta UPS" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:11 -msgid "An Access Key" -msgstr "Uma chave de acesso" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:13 -msgid "" -"An Access Key is a 16 character alpha-numeric code that allows access to the" -" UPS Developer Kit API Development and Production servers." -msgstr "" -"Uma chave de acesso é um código alfanumérico de 16 caracteres que permite o " -"acesso aos servidores de desenvolvimento e produção do UPS Developer Kit " -"API." - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:17 -msgid "Create a UPS Account" -msgstr "Crie uma conta UPS" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Note that only customers located in the US can open a UPS account online. If" -" you are located outside the US, you will need to contact UPS Customer " -"Service in order to to open an account." -msgstr "" -"Observe que apenas clientes localizados nos EUA podem abrir uma conta UPS " -"online. Se você estiver localizado fora dos Estados Unidos, precisará entrar" -" em contato com o Atendimento ao Cliente UPS para abrir uma conta." - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:23 -msgid "" -"You can read additional information about opening a UPS account on the their" -" website, on the page, `How to Open a UPS Account Online " -"<https://www.ups.com/content/us/en/resources/sri/openaccountonline.html?srch_pos=2&srch_phr=open+ups+account>`_" -msgstr "" -"Você pode ler informações adicionais sobre como abrir uma conta UPS no site " -"deles, na página, `Como abrir uma conta UPS online " -"<https://www.ups.com/content/us/en/resources/sri/openaccountonline. html? " -"srch_pos = 2 & srch_phr = open + ups + account> `_" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:27 -msgid "" -"If you don't already have a UPS account, you can create one along with your " -"online profile by following these steps:" -msgstr "" -"Se ainda não tiver uma conta UPS, você pode criar uma junto com seu perfil " -"online seguindo estas etapas:" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:30 -msgid "" -"1. Access the UPS.com web site at `www.ups.com <http://www.ups.com/>`__, and" -" click the **New User** link at the top of the page." -msgstr "" -"1. Acesse o site UPS.com em `www.ups.com <http://www.ups.com/>` __ e clique " -"no link ** Novo usuário ** na parte superior da página." - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:34 -msgid "" -"2. Click the **Register for MyUPS** button, and follow the prompts to " -"complete the registration process." -msgstr "" -"2. Clique no botão ** Registrar para MyUPS ** e siga as instruções para " -"concluir o processo de registro." - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:37 -msgid "" -"If you already have a UPS account, you can add it to your online profile as " -"follows:" -msgstr "" -"Se você já possui uma conta UPS, pode adicioná-la ao seu perfil online da " -"seguinte forma:" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Log in to the `UPS.com website <http://www.ups.com/>`_) using your UPS.com " -"User ID and Password." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:41 -msgid "Click the **My UPS** tab." -msgstr "Clique na guia **My UPS**." - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:43 -msgid "Click the **Account Summary** link." -msgstr "Clique no link ** Resumo da conta **." - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:45 -msgid "" -"4. Click the **Add an Existing UPS Account** link in the **UPS Account " -"Details** section of the page." -msgstr "" -"4. Clique no link ** Adicionar uma conta UPS existente ** na seção ** " -"Detalhes conta UPS ** da página." - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:48 -msgid "" -"5. In the **Add New Account** screen, enter the **UPS Account Number**, " -"**Account Name**, and **Postal Code** fields. The country defaults to United" -" States.q" -msgstr "" -"5. Na tela ** Adicionar nova conta **, insira os campos ** Número da conta " -"UPS **, ** Nome da conta ** e ** Código postal **. O padrão do país é " -"Estados Unidos.q" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:52 -msgid "Click the **Next** button to continue." -msgstr "Clique no botão **Próximo** para continuar." - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:55 -msgid "Get an Access Key" -msgstr "Obtenha uma chave de acesso" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:57 -msgid "" -"After you have added your UPS account number to your user profile you can " -"request an Access Key from UPS using the steps below:" -msgstr "" -"Depois de adicionar o número da sua conta UPS ao seu perfil de usuário, você" -" pode solicitar uma Chave de Acesso da UPS usando as etapas abaixo:" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Go to the `UPS Developer Kit web page " -"<https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en_US>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:61 -msgid "Log into UPS.com with your user ID and password" -msgstr "Faça login no UPS.com com seu ID de usuário e senha" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:62 -msgid "Click on the link **Request an access key**." -msgstr "Clique no link ** Solicite uma chave de acesso **." - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:63 -msgid "Verify your contact information" -msgstr "Verifique suas informações de contato" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:64 -msgid "Click the **Request Access Key** button." -msgstr "Clique no botão ** Solicitar chave de acesso **." - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:66 -msgid "" -"The **Access Key** will be provided to you on the web page, and an email " -"with the Access Key will be sent to the email address of the primary " -"contact." -msgstr "" -"A ** Chave de acesso ** será fornecida a você na página da web e um e-mail " -"com a chave de acesso será enviado ao endereço de e-mail do contato " -"principal." diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..795fadb16 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po @@ -0,0 +1,8106 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Luiz Fernando <lfpsgs@outlook.com>, 2021 +# danimaribeiro <danimaribeiro@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Luiz Carlos de Lima <luiz.carlos@akretion.com.br>, 2021 +# Marcel Savegnago <marcel.savegnago@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Emanuel Martins <emanuel.breno@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Mateus Lopes <mateus1@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Rafael H L Moretti <rafael.moretti@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Juliene Gomes <juliene_faria@hotmail.com>, 2021 +# Martin Trigaux, 2021 +# grazziano <gra.negocia@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Éder Brito <britoederr@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Luis Felipe Miléo <mileo@kmee.com.br>, 2021 +# lluisgustavoreis <luis.gustavo@kmee.com.br>, 2021 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-18 07:12+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-05-18 05:18+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: lluisgustavoreis <luis.gustavo@kmee.com.br>, 2021\n" +"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: pt_BR\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp.rst:3 +msgid "Inventory & Mrp" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:4 +msgid "Inventory" +msgstr "Inventário" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode.rst:3 +msgid "Barcodes" +msgstr "Códigos de Barras" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations.rst:3 +msgid "Daily Operations" +msgstr "Operações Diárias" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3 +msgid "Process to an Inventory Adjustment with Barcodes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To process an inventory adjustment by using barcodes, you first need to open" +" the *Barcode* app. Then, from the application, click on *Inventory " +"Adjustments*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:13 +msgid "" +"If you want to fully work with barcodes, you can download the sheet " +"*Commands for Inventory*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Once you have clicked on *Inventory Adjustments*, Odoo will automatically " +"create one. Note that, if you work with multi-location, you first need to " +"specify in which location the inventory adjustment takes place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you don’t work with multi-location, you will be able to scan the " +"different products you want to include in the inventory adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:31 +msgid "" +"If you have 5 identical articles, scan it 5 times or use the keyboard to set" +" the quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Besides using the barcode scanner, you can also manually add a product if " +"necessary. To do so, click on *Add Product* and fill the information in " +"manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:44 +msgid "" +"When you have scanned all the items of the location, validate the inventory " +"manually or scan the *Validate* barcode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:6 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Visão geral" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:5 +msgid "" +"There are different situations in which barcode nomenclatures can be useful." +" A well-known use case is the one of a point of sale which sells products in" +" bulk, in which the customers will scale their products themselves and get " +"the printed barcode to stick on the product. This barcode will contain the " +"weight of the product and help compute the price accordingly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:13 +msgid "Create a Barcode Nomenclature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Odoo supports Barcode Nomenclatures, which determine the mapping and " +"interpretation of the encoded information. You can configure your barcode " +"nomenclature being in :doc:`Developer mode " +"</applications/general/developer_mode>`. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Barcode Nomenclature`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:20 +msgid "" +"You can create a barcode nomenclature from there, and then add a line to " +"create your first rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The first step is to specify the **rule name**, for example Weight Barcode " +"with 3 Decimals. You then have to specify the type for barcode nomenclature," +" in our case it will be Weighted Product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:33 +msgid "" +"The Barcode Pattern is a regular expression that defines the structure of " +"the barcode. In this example 21 defines the products on which the rule will " +"be applied, those are the numbers by which the product barcode should start." +" The 5 “dots” are the following numbers of the product barcode and are there" +" simply to identify the product in question. The “N” define a number and the" +" “D” define the decimals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:40 +msgid "" +"The encoding allows to specify the barcode encoding on which the rule should" +" be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:44 +msgid "" +"You can define different rules and order their priority thanks to the " +"sequence. The first rule which matches the scanned barcode will be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:49 +msgid "Configure your Product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:51 +msgid "The barcode of the product should start by “21”;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:52 +msgid "" +"The 5 “dots” are the other numbers of your product barcode, allowing to " +"identify the product;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:53 +msgid "" +"The barcode should contain 0’s where you did defined D’s or N’s. In our case" +" we need to set 5 zeros because we configured “21…..{NNDDD}”;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:54 +msgid "" +"In EAN-13, the last number is a check number, use an EAN13 generator to know" +" which digit it should be in your case." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:59 +msgid "" +"In case you weight 1,5 Kg of pasta, the balance will print you the following" +" barcode 2112345015002. If you scan this barcode in your POS or when " +"receiving products in your barcode application, Odoo will automatically " +"create a new line for the Pasta product for a quantity of 1.5 Kg. For the " +"point of sale, a price depending on the quantity will also be computed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:70 +msgid "Rule Types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:72 +msgid "" +"**Priced Product**: allows you to identify the product and specify its " +"price, used in POS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:73 +msgid "" +"**Discounted Product**: allows you to create one barcode per applied " +"discount. You can then scan your product in the POS and then scan the " +"discount barcode, discount will be applied on the normal price of the " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:74 +msgid "" +"**Weighted Product**: allows you to identify the product and specify its " +"weight, used in both POS (in which the price is computed based on the " +"weight) and in inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:75 +msgid "" +"**Client**: allows you to identify the customer, for example used with " +"loyalty program." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:76 +msgid "**Cashier**: allows you to identify the cashier when entering the POS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:77 +msgid "" +"**Location**: allows you to identify the location on a transfer when multi-" +"location is activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:78 +msgid "" +"**Package**: allows you to identify packages on a transfer when packages are" +" activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:79 +msgid "" +"**Credit Card**: doesn’t need manual modification, exists for data from the " +"Mercury module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:80 +msgid "" +"**Unit Product**: allows you to identify a product for both POS and " +"transfers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:83 +msgid "" +"When the barcode pattern contains .*, it means that it can contain any " +"number of characters, those characters being any number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:3 +msgid "Process to Transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:6 +msgid "Simple Transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To process a transfer from the *Barcode* app, the first step is to go to " +"*Operations*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Then, you have the choice to either enter an existing transfer, by going to " +"the corresponding operation type and manually selecting the one you want to " +"enter, or by scanning the barcode of the transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:24 +msgid "" +"From there, you will be able to scan the products that are part of the " +"existing transfer and/or add new products to this transfer. Once all the " +"products have been scanned, you can validate the transfer to proceed with " +"the stock moves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you have different storage locations in your warehouse, you can add " +"additional steps for the different operation types." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:45 +msgid "Receipts" +msgstr "Recebimentos" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:39 +msgid "" +"When receiving a product in stock, you need to scan its barcode in order to " +"identify it in the system. Once done, you can either make it enter the main " +"location of the transfer, for example WH/Stock, or scan a location barcode " +"to make it enter a sub-location of the main location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:48 +msgid "" +"If you want the product to enter WH/Stock in our example, you can simply " +"scan the next product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery.rst:3 +msgid "Delivery Orders" +msgstr "Pedidos de entrega" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:54 +msgid "" +"When delivering a product, you have to scan the source location if it is " +"different than the one initially set on the transfer. Then, you can start " +"scanning the products that are delivered from this specific location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Once the different products have been scanned, you have the possibility to " +"scan another location, such as WH/Stock, and another page will be added to " +"your delivery order. You can move from one to the other thanks to the " +"*Previous* and *Next* buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Now, you can validate your transfer. To do so, click on *Next* until you " +"reach the last page of the transfer. There, you will be able to validate it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:78 +msgid "Internal Transfers" +msgstr "Transferências Internas" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:80 +msgid "" +"When realizing an internal transfer with multi-location, you first have to " +"scan the source location of the product. Then, you can scan the product in " +"itself, before having to scan the barcode of the destination location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:85 +msgid "" +"If the source and destination of the internal transfers are already correct," +" you don’t need to scan them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:89 +msgid "Transfers with Tracked Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:91 +msgid "" +"If you work with products tracked by lot/serial numbers, you have two ways " +"of working:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:94 +msgid "" +"If you work with serial/lot numbers taking all products into consideration, " +"you can scan the barcode of the lot/serial number and Odoo will increase the" +" quantity of the product, setting its lot/serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:99 +msgid "" +"If you have the same lot/serial number for different products, you can work " +"by scanning the product barcode first, and then the barcode of the " +"lot/serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:3 +msgid "Create a Transfer from Scratch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To create a transfer from the *Barcode* application, you first need to print" +" the operation type barcodes. To do so, you can download the *Stock barcode " +"sheet* from the home page of the app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Once done, you can scan the one for which you want to create a new document." +" Then, an empty document will be created and you will be able to scan your " +"products to populate it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "Definição" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:3 +msgid "Set up your barcode scanner" +msgstr "Configure seu leitor de código de barras" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Getting started with barcode scanning in Odoo is fairly easy. Yet, a good " +"user experience relies on an appropriate hardware setup. This guide will " +"help you through the task of choosing and configuring the barcode scanner." +msgstr "" +"Começar a ler códigos de barras no Odoo é bastante fácil. Ainda assim, uma " +"boa experiência do usuário depende de uma configuração de hardware " +"apropriada. Este guia o ajudará na tarefa de escolher e configurar o leitor " +"de código de barras." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:11 +msgid "Find the barcode scanner that suits your needs" +msgstr "Encontre o leitor de código de barras que atende às suas necessidades" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:13 +msgid "" +"The 3 recommended type of barcode scanners to work with the Odoo " +"**Inventory** and **Barcode Scanning** apps are the **USB scanner**, **the " +"bluetooth scanner** and the **mobile computer scanner**." +msgstr "" +"Os três tipos recomendados de leitores de código de barras para trabalhar " +"com os aplicativos Odoo ** Inventário ** e ** Código de barras Scanning ** " +"são o ** scanner USB **, ** o scanner bluetooth ** e o ** scanner de " +"computador móvel ** ." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If you scan products at a computer location, the **USB scanner** is the way " +"to go. Simply plug it in the computer to start scanning. Just make sure when" +" you buy it that the scanner is compatible with your keyboard layout or can " +"be configured to be so." +msgstr "" +"Se você digitalizar produtos em um computador, o ** scanner USB ** é o " +"caminho certo. Basta conectá-lo ao computador para iniciar a digitalização. " +"Apenas certifique-se ao comprá-lo de que o scanner é compatível com o layout" +" do seu teclado ou pode ser configurado para ser compatível." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:25 +msgid "" +"The **bluetooth scanner** can be paired with a smartphone or a tablet and is" +" a good choice if you want to be mobile but don't need a big investment. An " +"approach is to log in Odoo on you smartphone, pair the bluetooth scanner " +"with the smartphone and work in the warehouse with the possibility to check " +"your smartphone from time to time and use the software 'manually'." +msgstr "" +"O ** scanner bluetooth ** pode ser emparelhado com um smartphone ou tablet e" +" é uma boa escolha se você quiser ser móvel, mas não precisa de um grande " +"investimento. Uma abordagem é fazer o login no Odoo em seu smartphone, " +"emparelhar o scanner bluetooth com o smartphone e trabalhar no armazém com a" +" possibilidade de verificar seu smartphone de vez em quando e usar o " +"software 'manualmente'." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:32 +msgid "" +"For heavy use, the **mobile computer scanner** is the handiest solution. It " +"consists of a small computer with a built-in barcode scanner. This one can " +"turn out to be a very productive solution, however you need to make sure " +"that is is capable of running Odoo smoothly. The most recent models using " +"Android + Google Chrome or Windows + Internet Explorer Mobile should do the " +"job. However, due to the variety of models and configurations on the market," +" it is essential to test it first." +msgstr "" +"Para uso pesado, o ** scanner de computador móvel ** é a solução mais " +"prática. Ele consiste em um pequeno computador com leitor de código de " +"barras integrado. Esta pode acabar sendo uma solução muito produtiva, no " +"entanto, você precisa ter certeza de que é capaz de executar o Odoo sem " +"problemas. Os modelos mais recentes usando Android + Google Chrome ou " +"Windows + Internet Explorer Mobile devem fazer o trabalho. Porém, devido à " +"variedade de modelos e configurações existentes no mercado, é fundamental " +"testá-lo primeiro." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:42 +msgid "Configure your barcode scanner" +msgstr "Configure o seu leitor de código de barras" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:45 +msgid "Keyboard layout" +msgstr "Layout do teclado" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:50 +msgid "" +"An USB barcode scanner needs to be configured to use the same keyboard " +"layout as your operating system. Otherwise, your scanner won't translate " +"characters correctly (replacing a 'A' with a 'Q' for example). Most scanners" +" are configured by scanning the appropriate barcode in the user manual." +msgstr "" +"Um leitor de código de barras USB precisa ser configurado para usar o mesmo " +"layout de teclado do seu sistema operacional. Caso contrário, seu scanner " +"não traduzirá os caracteres corretamente (substituindo um 'A' por um 'Q', " +"por exemplo). A maioria dos leitores é configurada digitalizando o código de" +" barras apropriado no manual do usuário." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:57 +msgid "Automatic carriage return" +msgstr "Retorno automático do transporte" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:59 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo has a 50 milliseconds delay between each successive scan " +"(it helps avoid accidental double scanning). If you want to suppress this " +"delay, you can configure your scanner to insert a carriage return at the end" +" of each barcode. This is usually the default configuration and can be " +"explicitly configured by scanning a specific barcode in the user manual ('CR" +" suffix ON', 'Apply Enter for suffix', etc.)." +msgstr "" +"Por padrão, o Odoo tem um atraso de 50 milissegundos entre cada varredura " +"sucessiva (ajuda a evitar varredura dupla acidental). Se desejar suprimir " +"esse atraso, você pode configurar seu scanner para inserir um retorno de " +"carro no final de cada código de barras. Esta é geralmente a configuração " +"padrão e pode ser explicitamente configurada lendo um código de barras " +"específico no manual do usuário ('sufixo CR ON', 'Aplicar Enter para " +"sufixo', etc.)." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:3 +msgid "Activate the Barcodes in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The barcode scanning features can save you a lot of time usually lost " +"switching between the keyboard, the mouse and the scanner. Properly " +"attributing barcodes to products, pickings locations, etc. allows you to " +"work more efficiently by controlling the software almost exclusively with " +"the barcode scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:9 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Configuração" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To use this feature, you first need to activate the *Barcode* functionality " +"via :menuselection:`Inventory --> Settings --> Barcode Scanner`. Once you " +"have ticked the feature, you can hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:22 +msgid "Set Product Barcodes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You can easily assign barcodes to your different products via the " +"*Inventory* app. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"Products Barcodes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Then, you have the possibility to assign barcodes to your products directly " +"at creation on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Be careful to add barcodes directly on the product variants and not on the " +"template product. Otherwise, you won’t be able to differentiate them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:45 +msgid "Set Locations Barcodes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:47 +msgid "" +"If you manage multiple locations, you will find useful to attribute a " +"barcode to each location and stick it on the location. You can configure the" +" locations barcodes in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " +"Locations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:58 +msgid "" +"You can easily print the barcode you allocate to the locations via the " +"*Print* menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:62 +msgid "Barcode Formats" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Most retail products use EAN-13 barcodes. They cannot be made up without " +"proper authorization. You must pay the International Article Numbering " +"Association a fee in exchange for an EAN code sequence." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Still, as Odoo supports any string as a barcode, you can always define your " +"own barcode format for internal use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management.rst:3 +msgid "Warehouse Management" +msgstr "Gerenciamento de armazenagem" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:3 +msgid "Send Products to Customers Directly from Suppliers (Drop-shipping)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:6 +msgid "What is Drop-Shipping?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Drop-Shipping is a system that allows orders taken from your store to be " +"shipped straight from your supplier to your customer. On a usual delivery " +"system, products are sent from your supplier to your warehouse to be put in " +"stock and then shipped to your customers after ordering." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:13 +msgid "" +"With drop-shipping, no item is stocked. When a customer places an order in " +"your shop, the item is delivered straight from the supplier to the customer." +" Therefore, the product doesn't need to get through your warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:19 +msgid "Points to be Considered while Implementing Drop-Shipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Use drop-shipping only for the products you can't or don't want to keep in " +"stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:22 +msgid "" +"One reason is that you'll always make smaller margins on items that are " +"drop-shipped, so you should keep it only for items that take up a lot of " +"space in your warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:30 +msgid "Drop-shipping is best for niche products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Chances are that products that are in high demand are being offered by large" +" suppliers at a fraction of the price you'll be able to charge, so using a " +"more costly shipping method won't be financially rewarding. But if your " +"product is unique, then it makes sense!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:33 +msgid "To protect your customers from bad experiences." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Test drop-shipping companies for yourself beforehand and list the best ones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:37 +msgid "Make sure time is not against you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Drop-shipping should take a reasonable amount of time and surely not more " +"than it would have taken you to handle it all by yourself. It's also nice to" +" be able to provide your customers with a tracking number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:44 +msgid "Items have to be available from your supplier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:40 +msgid "" +"It's good to know if the product you're selling is available upstream. If " +"you don't have that information, inform your customers that you don't hold " +"the item in stock and that it's subject to availability from a third party." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:47 +msgid "" +"For more information and insights about Drop-Shipping, you can read our " +"blog: `*What is drop-shipping and how to use it* <https://www.odoo.com/blog" +"/business-hacks-1/post/what-is-drop-shipping-and-how-to-use-it-250>`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:52 +msgid "Configure Drop-Shipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Activate the functionality in the *Purchase* application by going to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Then, go to the *Inventory* app, in :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings` to activate the *Multi-Step Routes* feature. It will allow you to " +"make the *Route* field appear on the sale order lines to specify you send a " +"product via drop-shipping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Now, in the *Sales* app, go to :menuselection:`Products --> Products`. " +"Select the product you would like to drop-ship and add a vendor pricelist " +"which contains the right supplier, via the purchase tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:76 +msgid "Send Products from the Suppliers Directly to the Customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Create a *Sales Order* and add the product on which you just set the vendor." +" Add the *Route* field thanks to the widget on the right of the sale order " +"line. Now, you are able to specify that your products’ route is *Drop-" +"Shipping*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Once the sale order is confirmed, Odoo automatically generates a *Request " +"for Quotation* for the supplier who will proceed to the drop-shipping. You " +"can find it in the *Purchase* app, with the sale order as *Source Document*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Once this *Purchase Order* is confirmed, a *Receipt Order* is created and " +"linked to it. The source location is the vendor location and the destination" +" location is the customer location. Then, the product won’t go through your " +"own stock when you validate the dropship document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:105 +msgid "" +"You can also easily access the dropship document directly from your " +"inventory dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:3 +msgid "How to choose the right inventory flow to handle delivery orders?" +msgstr "" +"Como escolher o fluxo de inventário certo para lidar com pedidos de entrega?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Depending on factors such as the type of items you sell, the size of your " +"warehouse, the number of orders you register everyday... the way you handle " +"deliveries to your customers can vary a lot." +msgstr "" +"Dependendo de fatores como o tipo de itens que você vende, o tamanho do seu " +"depósito, o número de pedidos que você registra todos os dias ... a maneira " +"como você lida com as entregas aos seus clientes pode variar muito." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows you to handle shipping from your warehouse in 3 different ways:" +msgstr "" +"O Odoo permite que você lide com o envio de seu depósito de 3 maneiras " +"diferentes:" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:12 +msgid "**One step (shipping)**: Ship directly from stock" +msgstr "** Uma etapa (envio) **: envie diretamente do estoque" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:14 +msgid "" +"**Two steps (pick + ship)**: Bring goods to output location before shipping" +msgstr "" +"** Duas etapas (coleta + envio) **: Traga as mercadorias para o local de " +"saída antes do envio" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:17 +msgid "" +"**Three steps (pick + pack + ship)**: Make packages into a dedicated " +"location, then bring them to the output location for shipping" +msgstr "" +"** Três etapas (pick + pack + ship) **: Faça os pacotes em um local dedicado" +" e, em seguida, leve-os ao local de saída para envio" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:20 +msgid "" +"For companies having a rather small warehouse and that do not require high " +"stock of items or don't sell perishable items, a one step shipping is the " +"simplest solution, as it does not require a lot of configuration and allows " +"to handle orders very quickly." +msgstr "" +"Para empresas que possuem um armazém bastante pequeno e que não requerem " +"alto estoque de itens ou não vendem itens perecíveis, o envio em uma única " +"etapa é a solução mais simples, pois não requer muita configuração e permite" +" lidar com os pedidos muito rapidamente." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Using inventory methods such as FIFO, LIFO and FEFO require to have at least" +" two steps to handle a shipment. The picking method will be determined by " +"the removal strategy, and the items removed will then be shipped to the " +"customer. This method is also interesting if you hold larger stocks and " +"especially when the items you stock are big in size." +msgstr "" +"O uso de métodos de estoque como FIFO, LIFO e FEFO exige pelo menos duas " +"etapas para lidar com uma remessa. O método de separação será determinado " +"pela estratégia de remoção e os itens removidos serão então enviados ao " +"cliente. Esse método também é interessante se você tiver estoques maiores e," +" especialmente, quando os itens em estoque forem grandes." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:31 +msgid "" +"The three steps system becomes useful in more specific situations, the main " +"one being for handling very large stocks. The items are transferred to a " +"packing area, where they will be assembled by area of destination, and then " +"set to outbound trucks for final delivery to the customers." +msgstr "" +"O sistema de três etapas torna-se útil em situações mais específicas, sendo " +"a principal para o manuseio de estoques muito grandes. Os itens são " +"transferidos para uma área de embalagem, onde serão montados por área de " +"destino, e posteriormente encaminhados para caminhões de saída para entrega " +"final aos clientes." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:53 +msgid "One step flow" +msgstr "Fluxo de uma etapa" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:42 +msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`one_step`" +msgstr "Por favor, leia a documentação em: doc: ʻone_step`" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:58 +msgid "Two steps flow" +msgstr "Fluxo de duas etapas" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:60 +msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`two_steps`" +msgstr "Por favor, leia a documentação em: doc: `two_steps`" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:63 +msgid "Three steps flow" +msgstr "Fluxo de três etapas" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:65 +msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`three_steps`" +msgstr "Por favor, leia a documentação em: doc: `three_steps`" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:3 +msgid "How can I change the label type?" +msgstr "Como posso alterar o tipo de rótulo?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:8 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can choose among different types of labels for your delivery " +"orders. Follow the steps below and give an appropriate label type to your " +"delivery." +msgstr "" +"Com Odoo, você pode escolher entre diferentes tipos de etiquetas para seus " +"pedidos de entrega. Siga as etapas abaixo e forneça um tipo de etiqueta " +"apropriado para sua entrega." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:15 +msgid "" +"In the **Inventory** module, Go to **Configuration** and click on **Delivery" +" methods**." +msgstr "" +"No módulo ** Estoque **, vá para ** Configuração ** e clique em ** Métodos " +"de entrega **." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:18 +msgid "Choose a delivery method and then click on **Edit**." +msgstr "Escolha um método de entrega e clique em ** Editar **." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:23 +msgid "" +"In the **Pricing** tab, under **Fedex label stock type**, you can choose one" +" of the label types available. The availability will vary depending on the " +"carrier." +msgstr "" +"Na guia ** Preços **, em ** Tipo de estoque de etiqueta Fedex **, você pode " +"escolher um dos tipos de etiqueta disponíveis. A disponibilidade varia de " +"acordo com a operadora." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Once this is done, you can see the result if you go to the Sales module and " +"you create a new sale order." +msgstr "" +"Feito isso, você pode ver o resultado se for para o módulo Vendas e criar um" +" novo pedido de venda." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:33 +msgid "" +"As you confirm the sale and validate the delivery with the carrier for which" +" you have modified the label type, The label will appear in your history." +msgstr "" +"Conforme você confirma a venda e valida a entrega com a transportadora para " +"o qual você modificou o tipo de etiqueta, a etiqueta aparecerá em seu " +"histórico." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The default label type is paper letter, and if you choose the label type " +"bottom half for example, here is the difference :" +msgstr "" +"O tipo de etiqueta padrão é carta de papel, e se você escolher o tipo de " +"etiqueta na metade inferior, por exemplo, aqui está a diferença:" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:3 +msgid "Process Delivery Orders in one Step (Shipping)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:5 +msgid "" +"There is no configuration needed to deliver in one step. The default " +"outgoing shipments are configured to be directly delivered from the stock to" +" the customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:9 +msgid "" +"However, if advanced routes have been activated and you set another shipping" +" configuration on your warehouse, you can set it back to the one-step " +"delivery configuration. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " +"--> Warehouses` and edit the warehouse in question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Then, choose *Deliver goods directly* as your *Outgoing Shipments* strategy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:47 +msgid "Create a Sales Order" +msgstr "Criar um pedido de venda" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:23 +msgid "" +"In the *Sales* application, create a quotation with some storable products " +"to deliver and confirm it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Notice that we now see 1 delivery associated with this *sales order* in the " +"stat button above the sales order. If you click on the 1 Delivery stat " +"button, you should now see your delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:34 +msgid "Process a Delivery" +msgstr "Processar uma entrega" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:36 +msgid "" +"You can also find the *delivery order* directly from the *Inventory* " +"application. In the dashboard, you can click the *1 TO PROCESS* button under" +" the Delivery Orders Kanban card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Enter the picking that you want to process. You will be able to click on " +"*Validate* to complete the move if you have products in stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Once you *Validate* the delivery order, the products leave your *WH/Stock " +"location* and are moved to the *Customer location*. You can easily see that " +"the delivery took place thanks to the status of the document which is now " +"*Done*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:3 +msgid "Process Delivery Orders in three Steps (Pick + Pack + Ship)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is " +"set up by default to utilize a one-step operation: once all goods are " +"available, they are able to be shipped in a single delivery order. However, " +"that process may not reflect reality and your company could require more " +"steps before shipping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:11 +msgid "" +"With the delivery in 3 steps (Pick + Pack + Ship), the items will be picked " +"to be transferred to a packing area. Then, they will be moved to an output " +"location before being effectively shipped to the customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:19 +msgid "Activate Multi-Step Routes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The first step is to allow using *multi-step routes*. Indeed, routes provide" +" a mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we will " +"chain the picking step to the shipping step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To allow *multi-step routes*, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and activate the option. Note that activating " +"*Multi-Step Routes* will also activate *Storage Locations*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:30 +msgid "Configure Warehouse for Delivery in 3 Steps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Once *Multi-Step Routes* has been activated, you can go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the " +"warehouse which will use delivery in 3 steps. You can then select the option" +" *Pack goods, send goods in output and then deliver (3 steps)* for *Outgoing" +" Shipments*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Activating this option will lead to the creation of two new locations, " +"*Output* and *Packing Zone*. If you want to rename it go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, *Select* the one" +" you want to rename and update its name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:47 +msgid "" +"In the *Sales* application, you can create a quotation with some storable " +"products to deliver. Once you confirm the quotation, three pickings will be " +"created and automatically linked to your sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:54 +msgid "If you click the button, you should now see three different pickings:" +msgstr "Se você clicar no botão, deverá ver agora três opções diferentes:" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:56 +msgid "The first one with a reference PICK to designate the picking process," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:58 +msgid "The second one with the reference PACK that is the packing process," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:60 +msgid "The last one with a reference OUT to designate the shipping process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:66 +msgid "Process the Picking, Packing, and Delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The picking operation is the first one to be processed and has a *Ready* " +"status while the other ones are *Waiting Another Operation*. The Packing " +"operation will become *Ready* as soon as the picking one is marked as done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:71 +msgid "" +"You can enter the picking operation from here, or access it through the " +"inventory dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:77 +msgid "" +"In case you have the product in stock, it has automatically been reserved " +"and you can simply validate the picking document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Once the picking has been validated, the packing order is ready to be " +"processed. Thanks to the fact that the documents are chained, the products " +"which have been previously picked are automatically reserved on the packing " +"order which can be directly validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Once the packing has been validated, the delivery order is ready to be " +"processed. Here again, it is directly ready to be validated in order to " +"transfer the products to the customer location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:3 +msgid "Process Delivery Orders in two Steps (Pick + Ship)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is " +"set up by default to utilize a one-step operation: once all goods are " +"available, they are able to be shipped in a single delivery order." +msgstr "" +"Quando um pedido vai para o departamento de expedição para entrega final, " +"Odoo é configurado por padrão para utilizar uma operação de uma etapa: uma " +"vez que todas as mercadorias estão disponíveis, elas podem ser enviadas em " +"um único pedido de entrega." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:9 +msgid "" +"However, your company's business process may have one or more steps that " +"happen before shipping. In the two steps process, the products which are " +"part of the delivery order are picked in the warehouse and brought to an " +"output location before being effectively shipped." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:29 +msgid "Warehouse configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Once *Multi-Step Routes* has been activated, you can go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the " +"warehouse which will use delivery in 2 steps. You can then select the option" +" *Send goods in output and then deliver (2 steps)* for Outgoing Shipments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Activating this option will lead to the creation of a new *Output* location." +" If you want to rename it go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " +"--> Locations`, Select Output and update its name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:49 +msgid "" +"In the *Sales* application, you can create a quotation with some storable " +"products to deliver. Once you confirm the quotation, two pickings will be " +"created and automatically linked to your sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:56 +msgid "" +"If you click on the *2 Delivery* button, you should now see two different " +"pickings, one with a reference *PICK* to designate the picking process and " +"another one with a reference *OUT* to designate the shipping process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:65 +msgid "Process the Picking and the Delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:67 +msgid "" +"The picking operation is the first one to be processed and has a *Ready* " +"status while the delivery operation will only become *Ready* once the " +"picking operation has been marked as done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Once the picking has been validated, the delivery order is ready to be " +"processed. Thanks to the fact that the documents are chained, the products " +"which have been previously picked are automatically reserved on the delivery" +" order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming.rst:3 +msgid "Incoming Shipments" +msgstr "Remessas de entrada" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:3 +msgid "How to choose the right flow to handle receipts?" +msgstr "Como escolher o fluxo certo para lidar com os recebimentos?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Depending on factors such as the type of items you receive, the size of your" +" warehouse, the number of receipt you register everyday... the way you " +"handle receipts to your customers can vary a lot." +msgstr "" +"Dependendo de fatores como o tipo de itens que você recebe, o tamanho do seu" +" armazém, o número de recibos que você registra todos os dias ... a maneira " +"como você trata os recibos para seus clientes pode variar muito." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows you to handle receipts from your warehouse in 3 different ways:" +msgstr "" +"O Odoo permite que você lide com os recebimentos do seu armazém de 3 " +"maneiras diferentes:" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:15 +msgid "**One step**: Receive goods directly in stock." +msgstr "** Uma etapa **: Receba as mercadorias diretamente em estoque." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:17 +msgid "**Two steps**: Unload in input location then go to stock." +msgstr "" +"** Duas etapas **: Descarregue no local de entrada e vá para o estoque." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:19 +msgid "" +"**Three steps**: Unload in input location, go through a quality control " +"before being admitted in stock." +msgstr "" +"** Três etapas **: Descarregue no local de entrada, passe por um controle de" +" qualidade antes de ser admitido no estoque." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses **routes** to define exactly how you will handle the different " +"receipt steps. The configuration is done at the level of the warehouse. In " +"standard, the reception is a one step process, but changing the " +"configuration can allow to have 2 or even 3 steps." +msgstr "" +"O Odoo usa ** rotas ** para definir exatamente como você lidará com as " +"diferentes etapas de recebimento. A configuração é feita ao nível do " +"armazém. Em padrão, a recepção é um processo de uma etapa, mas a alteração " +"da configuração pode permitir ter 2 ou até 3 etapas." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:27 +msgid "The principles are the following:" +msgstr "Os princípios são os seguintes:" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:29 +msgid "**One step**: You receive the goods directly in your stock." +msgstr "** Uma etapa **: Você recebe a mercadoria diretamente em seu estoque." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:31 +msgid "" +"**Two steps**: You receive the goods in an input area then transfer them " +"from input area to your stock. As long as the goods are not transferred in " +"your stock, they will not be available for further processing." +msgstr "" +"** Duas etapas **: Você recebe as mercadorias em uma área de entrada e " +"depois as transfere da área de entrada para o estoque. Enquanto as " +"mercadorias não forem transferidas em seu estoque, elas não estarão " +"disponíveis para processamento posterior." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:36 +msgid "" +"**Three steps**: In many companies, it is necessary to assess the received " +"good. The goal is to check that the products correspond to the quality " +"requirements agreed with the suppliers. Adding a quality control step in the" +" goods receipt process can become essential." +msgstr "" +"** Três etapas **: Em muitas empresas, é necessário avaliar o bem recebido. " +"O objetivo é verificar se os produtos atendem aos requisitos de qualidade " +"acordados com os fornecedores. Adicionar uma etapa de controle de qualidade " +"no processo de recebimento de mercadorias pode se tornar essencial." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:42 +msgid "" +"You receive the goods in an input area, then transfer them into quality area" +" for quality control. When your quality check process finishes then you can " +"move the goods from QC to stock. Of course, you may change the quantity and " +"only transfer to Stock the quantity that is valid and decide that you will " +"return the quantity that is not good." +msgstr "" +"Você recebe as mercadorias em uma área de entrada e, a seguir, transfere-as " +"para a área de qualidade para controle de qualidade. Quando o processo de " +"verificação de qualidade terminar, você pode mover as mercadorias do " +"controle de qualidade para o estoque. Claro, você pode alterar a quantidade " +"e apenas transferir para o estoque a quantidade que é válida e decidir que " +"irá devolver a quantidade que não é boa." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:55 +msgid "This is the default configuration in Odoo." +msgstr "Esta é a configuração padrão no Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:68 +msgid ":doc:`../delivery/inventory_flow`" +msgstr ":doc:`../delivery/inventory_flow`" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:69 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:3 +msgid "Process a Receipt in one step (Receipt)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:5 +msgid "" +"There is no configuration needed to receive in one step. The default " +"incoming shipments are configured to be directly received from the vendors " +"to the stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:9 +msgid "" +"However, if advanced routes have been activated and you set another incoming" +" configuration on your warehouse, you can set it back to the one-step " +"receipt configuration. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Warehouses` and edit the warehouse in question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Set the *Incoming Shipments* option to *Receive goods directly (1 step)*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:50 +msgid "Create a Purchase Order" +msgstr "Crie um pedido de compra" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To create a *Request for Quotation*, go to the *Purchase* application and " +"click on *Create*. Then, add some storable products to receive and confirm " +"the *RfQ*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Notice that, now, we see 1 receipt associated with the purchase order you " +"just created. If you click on the button, you will see your receipt order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:35 +msgid "Process a Receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:37 +msgid "" +"You can also fin the receipt directly from the *Inventory* app. When on the " +"dashboard, you can click the *1 TO PROCESS* button under the *Receipts* " +"Kanban card. Then, you will see your receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Now, enter the picking that you want to process. You will be able to click " +"on *Validate* to complete the move directly as products coming from " +"suppliers are considered as being always available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Once you *Validate* the receipt, the products leave the *Supplier Location* " +"to enter your *WH/Stock Location*. You can easily see that the receipt took " +"place thanks to the status of the document, which is now *Done*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:3 +msgid "Process a Receipt in three steps (Input + Quality + Stock)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Quality is essential for most companies. To make sure we maintain quality " +"throughout the supply chain, it only makes sense that we assess the quality " +"of the products received from suppliers. To do so, we will add a quality " +"control step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses routes to define how to handle the different receipt steps. " +"Configuration of those routes is done at the warehouse level. By default, " +"the reception is a one-step process, but it can also be configured to have " +"two-steps or three-steps processes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:13 +msgid "" +"The three-steps flow works as follows: you receive the goods in your " +"receiving area, then transfer them into a quality area for quality control " +"(QC). When the quality check is completed, the goods that match the QC " +"requirements are moved to stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The first step is to allow the use of *Multi-Step Routes*. Routes provide a " +"mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we will chain " +"the picking step to the shipping step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To enable *Multi-Step Routes*, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and activate the option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:31 +msgid "" +"By default, activating *Multi-Step Routes* also activates *Storage " +"Locations*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:35 +msgid "Configure warehouse for receipt in 3-steps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Once *Multi-Step Routes* has been activated, go to :menuselection:`Inventory" +" --> Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the warehouse which should work " +"with the 3-steps reception. Then, select *Receive goods in input, then " +"quality and then stock (3 steps)* for *Incoming Shipments*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Activating this option leads to the creation of two new locations: *Input* " +"and *Quality Control*. To rename them, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Locations` and select the one you want to rename." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:52 +msgid "" +"To start the 3-steps reception process, create a *Request for Quotation* " +"from the *Purchase* app, add some storable products to it and confirm. Then," +" three pickings are created with your *Purchase Order* as the source " +"document:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:56 +msgid "The first one with a reference *IN* to designate the receipt process;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:59 +msgid "" +"The second one with a reference *INT*, which is the move to the quality " +"control zone;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:62 +msgid "The last one with a reference *INT* to designate the move to stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:69 +msgid "Process the receipt, quality control and entry in stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:71 +msgid "" +"As the receipt operation is the first one to be processed, it has a *Ready* " +"status while the others are *Waiting Another Operation*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To access the receipt operation, click on the button from the *Purchase " +"Order* or go back to the *Inventory* app dashboard and click on *Receipts*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:81 +msgid "" +"In the receipt order, products are always considered available because they " +"come from the supplier. Then, the receipt can be validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Once the receipt has been validated, the transfer to quality becomes " +"*Ready*. And, because the documents are chained to each other, products " +"previously received are automatically reserved on the transfer. Then, the " +"transfer can be directly validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Now, the transfer that enters the products to stock is *Ready*. Here, it is " +"again ready to be validated in order to transfer the products to your stock " +"location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:3 +msgid "Process a Receipt in two steps (Input + Stock)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses routes to define exactly how you will handle the different receipt" +" steps. The configuration is done at the *Warehouse* level. By default, the " +"reception is a one-step process, but changing the configuration can allow " +"you to have 2 steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:13 +msgid "" +"The 2 steps flow is like this: you receive the goods in an input area, then " +"transfer them to your stock. As long as the goods are not transferred in " +"your stock, they will not be available for further processing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:21 +msgid "" +"The first step is to allow using *multi-step routes*. Indeed, routes provide" +" a mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we will " +"chain the unload step in the input area to the step entering the products in" +" stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To allow *multi-step routes*, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings` and activate the feature. By default, activating *multi-step " +"routes* will also activate *Storage Locations*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:34 +msgid "Configure warehouse for receipt in 2 steps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Once *multi-step routes* is activated, you can go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the warehouse which " +"will use receipt in 2 steps. Then, you can select the option *Receive goods " +"in input and then stock (2 steps)* for *Incoming Shipments*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Activating this option will lead to the creation of a new *Input* location. " +"If you want to rename it, you can go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Locations --> Select Input` and update its name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:52 +msgid "Create a purchase order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:54 +msgid "" +"In the *Purchase* application, you can create a *Request for Quotation* with" +" some storable products to receive from a supplier. Once the *RfQ* is " +"confirmed, the receipt picking will be created and automatically linked to " +"your purchase order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Now, by clicking on the *1 Receipt* button, you will see the first picking " +"which will allow entering the product in the *input location*. Then, another" +" picking, an internal transfer, has been created in order to move the " +"products to *Stock*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:68 +msgid "Process the receipt and the internal transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:70 +msgid "" +"The receipt is the first one to be processed and has a *Ready* status while " +"the internal transfer will only become *Ready* once the receipt has been " +"marked as *Done*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:74 +msgid "" +"You can enter the receipt operation from the purchase order, or access it " +"through the inventory dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:80 +msgid "" +"By default, a receipt is always considered as ready to be processed. Then, " +"you will be able to directly click on *Validate* to mark it as done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Once the receipt has been validated, the internal transfer is ready to be " +"processed. As documents are chained, the products which have been received " +"are automatically reserved on the internal transfer. Once the transfer is " +"validated, those products enter the stock and you will be able to use them " +"to fulfill customer deliveries or manufacture products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers.rst:3 +msgid "Lots and Serial Numbers" +msgstr "Lotes e números de série" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:3 +msgid "What's the difference between lots and serial numbers?" +msgstr "Qual é a diferença entre lotes e números de série?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:6 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "Introdução" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, lots and serial numbers have similarities in their functional " +"system but are different in their behavior. They are both managed within the" +" **Inventory**, **Purchases** and **Sales** app." +msgstr "" +"No Odoo, os lotes e os números de série têm semelhanças em seu sistema " +"funcional, mas são diferentes em seu comportamento. Ambos são gerenciados no" +" aplicativo ** Inventário **, ** Compras ** e ** Vendas **." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:12 +msgid "" +"**Lots** correspond to a certain number of products you received and store " +"altogether in one single pack." +msgstr "" +"** Lotes ** correspondem a um determinado número de produtos que você " +"recebeu e armazena em um único pacote." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:15 +msgid "" +"**Serial numbers** are identification numbers given to one product in " +"particular, to allow to track the history of the item from reception to " +"delivery and after-sales." +msgstr "" +"** Números de série ** são números de identificação atribuídos a um produto " +"em particular, para permitir rastrear o histórico do item desde a recepção " +"até a entrega e pós-venda." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:20 +msgid "When to use" +msgstr "Quando usar" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:22 +msgid "" +"**Lots** are interesting for products you receive in great quantity and for " +"which a lot number can help in reportings, quality controls, or any other " +"info. Lots will help identify a number of pieces having for instance a " +"production fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or " +"food." +msgstr "" +"** Lotes ** são interessantes para produtos que você recebe em grande " +"quantidade e para os quais um número de lote pode ajudar em relatórios, " +"controles de qualidade ou qualquer outra informação. Os lotes ajudarão a " +"identificar várias peças que apresentam, por exemplo, uma falha de produção." +" Pode ser útil para a produção em lote de roupas ou alimentos." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:28 +msgid "" +"**Serial numbers** are interesting for items that could require after-sales " +"service, such as smartphones, laptops, fridges, and any electronic devices. " +"You could use the manufacturer's serial number or your own, depending on the" +" way you manage these products" +msgstr "" +"** Os números de série ** são interessantes para itens que podem exigir " +"serviço pós-venda, como smartphones, laptops, geladeiras e quaisquer " +"dispositivos eletrônicos. Você pode usar o número de série do fabricante ou " +"o seu próprio, dependendo da maneira como você gerencia esses produtos" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:34 +msgid "When not to use" +msgstr "Quando não usar" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Storing consumable products such as kitchen roll, toilet paper, pens and " +"paper blocks in lots would make no sense at all, as there are very few " +"chances that you can return them for production fault." +msgstr "" +"Armazenar produtos consumíveis como papel de cozinha, papel higiênico, " +"canetas e blocos de papel em lotes não faria sentido, pois há muito poucas " +"chances de você poder devolvê-los por falha de produção." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:40 +msgid "" +"On the other hand, giving a serial number to every product is a time-" +"consuming task that will have a purpose only in the case of items that have " +"a warranty and/or after-sales services. Putting a serial number on bread, " +"for instance, makes no sense at all." +msgstr "" +"Por outro lado, atribuir um número de série a cada produto é uma tarefa " +"demorada que terá uma finalidade apenas no caso de itens que tenham garantia" +" e / ou serviço pós-venda. Colocar um número de série no pão, por exemplo, " +"não faz sentido algum." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:46 +msgid ":doc:`serial_numbers`" +msgstr ":doc:`serial_numbers`" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:47 +msgid ":doc:`lots`" +msgstr ":doc:`lots`" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:3 +msgid "Manage expiration dates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In many companies, products have expiration dates and they should be tracked" +" based on those dates. In the food industry, for example, tracking stocks " +"based on expiration dates is mandatory to avoid selling expired products to " +"customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:10 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can track your products based on their expiration dates, even" +" if they are already tracked by lots or serial numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:15 +msgid "Configurations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:18 +msgid "Application configuration" +msgstr "Configuração do aplicativo" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To use expiration dates tracking, open the *Inventory* application and go to" +" :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Lots & Serial" +" Numbers* and *Expiration Dates* features." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:90 +msgid "Product configuration" +msgstr "Configuração do produto" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Now, you have the possibility to define different dates in the *inventory " +"tab* of the product form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Product Use Time: it’s the number of days before the goods start " +"deteriorating, without being dangerous yet. It will be computed using the " +"lot/serial number;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Product Life Time: refers to the number of days before the goods may become " +"dangerous and must not be consumed. It will be computed on the lot/serial " +"number;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Product Removal Time: shows the number of days before the goods should be " +"removed from the stock. It will be computed on the lot/serial number;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Product Alert Time: refers to the number of days before an alert should be " +"raised on the lot/serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:44 +msgid "Expiration Date on Lots/Serial Numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:46 +msgid "" +"When receiving a product in stock, the dates will automatically be updated " +"on the corresponding lot/serial number. This update will be based on the " +"reception date of the product and the times set on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:58 +msgid "Expiration Alerts" +msgstr "Alertas de Expiração" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:60 +msgid "" +"You can access all your expiration alerts from the *inventory* app. To do " +"so, go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. There, you " +"can use the pre-existing filter that shows all the lots/serial numbers that " +"exceeded their alert date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:3 +msgid "Manage lots of identical products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Lots are useful for products you receive in great quantity and for which a " +"lot number can help in reporting, quality controls, or any other info. Lots " +"will help identify a number of pieces having, for instance, a production " +"fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or food." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Odoo has the capacity to manage lots, ensuring compliance with the " +"traceability requirements imposed by the majority of industries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The double-entry management in Odoo enables you to run very advanced " +"traceability." +msgstr "" +"O gerenciamento de entrada dupla no Odoo permite que você execute " +"rastreabilidade muito avançada." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:18 +msgid "Setting Up" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:21 +msgid "Application Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:23 +msgid "" +"First, you need to activate the tracking of lot numbers. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and tick *Lots & " +"Serial Numbers*. Then, click on save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:31 +msgid "Product Configuration" +msgstr "Configuração do produto" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Now, you have to configure which products you want to track by serial " +"numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products` and open the product of your" +" choice. There, click on *Edit* and select *Tracking by Lots* in the " +"inventory tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:47 +msgid "Manage Lots" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:52 +msgid "" +"In order to receive a product tracked by lots, you have to specify its lot " +"numbers. You have several ways of doing so:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:65 +msgid "Manually assign the different lot numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:57 +msgid "Copy/paste lot numbers from an Excel file" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:59 +msgid "First, you need to open the detailed operations of your picking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:67 +msgid "" +"When opening the detailed operations, you can click on *Add a line*. Then, " +"you will be able to fill the lot number in. Once done, you can click on *Add" +" a line* again to register a new lot number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:75 +msgid "Copy/paste lot number from an Excel file" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Once the spreadsheet containing the lot numbers you received from your " +"supplier and copy the list. Then, you can paste them in the *Lot/Serial " +"Number Name* column for Odoo to automatically create the necessary lines. " +"After that, you will have to manually enter the number of products that are " +"contained in each one of the lots." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:93 +msgid "Operation Types" +msgstr "Tipos de Operação" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Of course, you also have the possibility to define how you will manage lots " +"for each operation type. To do so, open the *Inventory* app and go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Operation Types`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:99 +msgid "" +"For each type (receipts, internal transfers, deliveries, …), you can decide " +"if you allow to create new lot numbers or only use existing ones. By " +"default, the creation of new lots is only allowed at product reception, and " +"using existing lot numbers isn’t allowed in this operation. If you have " +"inter-warehouse transfers and track products by lots, it can be useful to " +"allow using existing lot numbers in receipts too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:111 +msgid "Lots traceability" +msgstr "Lotes de rastreabilidade" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:113 +msgid "" +"The lot number given to the products allows you to keep track of where they " +"were received, put in stock, to whom they were sold and where they were " +"shipped to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:117 +msgid "" +"To track an item, open the *Inventory* module and, in :menuselection:`Master" +" Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers`, click on the lot number corresponding to " +"your search." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:124 +msgid "" +"When you open the *Traceability* information, you see in which documents the" +" lot number has been used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Now, if you want to locate the lot number, you can do so by clicking on the " +"*Location* stat button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:3 +msgid "Work with serial numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To track products with serial numbers, you can use the serial number " +"tracking. With them, you can track the current location of the product and, " +"when the products are moved from one location to another, the system will " +"automatically identify the current location of the product, based on its " +"last movement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:11 +msgid "" +"If you want to do it or run very advanced traceability, the Odoo double-" +"entry management is the feature you need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:20 +msgid "" +"First, you need to activate the serial numbers tracking. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the *Inventory* application. " +"Then, enable the feature and hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Now, you have to configure the products you want to track by serial numbers." +" To do so, go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products` and open the " +"product of your choice. Edit it and select *Tracking By Unique Serial " +"Number* in the *Inventory tab*. Then, click on save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:42 +msgid "Manage Serial Numbers" +msgstr "Gerenciar números de série" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:47 +msgid "" +"To receive a product that is tracked by serial number, you have to specify " +"its serial number. Of course, you have several ways of doing so:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:50 +msgid "Manual assignation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:73 +msgid "Multi-assignation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:89 +msgid "Copy/pasting from an Excel file" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Whatever could be your favorite way to assign serial numbers, you firstly " +"need to open the detailed operations of your picking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:63 +msgid "Manual assignation of the different serial numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:65 +msgid "" +"When opening the detailed operations, you can click on *Add a line*. Then, " +"you will be able to fill in the serial number field. Once done, you can " +"click again on *Add a line* to register a new serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:75 +msgid "" +"By using the multi-assignation of serial numbers, Odoo will automatically " +"create the necessary lines. To do so, you have to enter the first serial " +"number of your set and the number of products you have to assign a serial " +"number to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:80 +msgid "Once done, click on *Assign Serial Numbers* and Odoo will do the rest." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:91 +msgid "" +"To use copy/pasting, open the spreadsheet containing the serial numbers you " +"received and copy the list. Then, past them in the *Lot/Serial Number Name* " +"column of the wizard. Doing so, Odoo will automatically create the lines you" +" need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:106 +msgid "Operation types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:108 +msgid "" +"You also have the possibility to define how you will manage lots for each " +"operation type. To define it, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Operation Types` in the *Inventory* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:112 +msgid "" +"For each type, you can decide if you allow the creation of new lot numbers " +"or want to use existing ones. By default, the creation of new lots is only " +"allowed at product reception." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:120 +msgid "" +"If you have inter-warehouse transfers and track products by lots, it can be " +"useful to allow using existing lot numbers in receipts too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:124 +msgid "Serial Number traceability" +msgstr "Rastreabilidade do número de série" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Using serial numbers allows you to keep track of where the products were " +"received, put in stock, to whom they were sold, and where they were shipped " +"to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Tracking an item is easy: open the *Inventory* app, and go to " +":menuselection:`Master Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers` and click on the serial" +" number corresponding to your search. Then, open the *Traceability* " +"information. There, you will see in which documents the serial number has " +"been used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:140 +msgid "" +"And, if you want to locate a serial number, you can do so by clicking on the" +" *Location* button available on the serial number form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc.rst:3 +msgid "Miscellaneous Operations" +msgstr "Operações Diversas" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:3 +msgid "Process Batch Transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Batch picking allows a single picker to handle a batch of orders, reducing " +"the number of times he must visit the same location. In Odoo, it means you " +"can regroup several transfers into the same batch transfer, then process it," +" either via the barcode application or in the form view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:11 +msgid "Create a Batch Transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To activate the batch picking option, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Configuration` and enable *Batch Pickings*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Then, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Batch Transfers` " +"and hit the create button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Now, determine the batch transfer responsible and the type of transfers you " +"want to include in the batch. To add the types of transfers, click on *Add a" +" line*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:34 +msgid "" +"In the example below, a filter was applied to only see the transfers that " +"are in the *Pick* step. After that, the different transfers that needed to " +"be included in the batch transfer were selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To see the products to pick for the different transfers, click on *Select*. " +"If *Multi-locations* has been activated, the document also shows the " +"locations they have been reserved from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:51 +msgid "Create a Batch Transfer from the Transfers List View" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:53 +msgid "" +"From the *Transfers List View*, select transfers that should be included in " +"the Batch. Then, select *Add to batch* from the *Action* list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Next, determine if you want to add the transfers to an existing draft batch " +"transfer or create a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:69 +msgid "Process a Batch Transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:71 +msgid "" +"While gathering the products, you can edit the batch transfer and update the" +" *Quantity done* for each product. Once everything has been picked, select " +"*Validate* so the different transfers contained in the batch are validated " +"too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:80 +msgid "" +"In case all the products cannot be picked, you can create backorders for " +"each individual transfer which couldn’t be completely processed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:93 +msgid "Process a Batch Transfer from the Barcode app" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:95 +msgid "Enter the *Barcode* application, select the *Batch Transfers* menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Then, you can enter the batch transfer on which you want to work. Batch " +"transfers can easily be grouped per responsible if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:108 +msgid "" +"In the batch transfer, products are classified per location. The source " +"document is visible on each line and a color-code helps differentiate them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:116 +msgid "" +"To see the products to pick from another location, click on the *Next* " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Once all the products have been picked, click on *Validate* (on the last " +"page) to mark the batch transfer as done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Stock that you don't own" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Sometimes, suppliers can offer you to store and sell products without having" +" to buy those items. This technique is called *consignee stock*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Consignee stock is a great way for manufacturers and suppliers to launch new" +" products. As resellers may be reluctant to buy a product they are not sure " +"to be able to sell, consignee stock will allow them to offer an item to " +"check its market without having to pay for it in the first place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Of course, Odoo has the ability to manage those consignee stocks through " +"advanced settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To use this feature, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` in the inventory app. Then, enable the *Consignment* feature in " +"the *Traceability* section. Now, hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:28 +msgid "Reception of Consignee Stock" +msgstr "Recepção de Estoque do Consignatário" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:30 +msgid "" +"When in the *Inventory* app, open the receipts and create a new reception. " +"On the right side, you will see that a new line called *Assign Owner* has " +"appeared. There, you can specify the partner which owns the stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:39 +msgid "If you are the owner, you can leave the field blank." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Once the receipt is validated, the products enter your stock but still " +"belong to the owner. They don’t impact your inventory valuation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning.rst:3 +msgid "Planning" +msgstr "Planejamento" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:3 +msgid "How is the Scheduled Delivery Date Computed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Providing the best possible service to customers is vital for business. It " +"implies planning every move: manufacturing orders, deliveries, receptions, " +"and so on. To do so, you need to configure lead time properly and coordinate" +" scheduled dates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:9 +msgid "" +"By using lead times, Odoo provides end dates, the **Commitment Date**, for " +"each process. On a sales order, for example, this is the date your customer " +"will get the products he ordered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:13 +msgid "" +"From the customers’ side, the commitment date is important because it gives " +"them an estimation of when they will receive their products. The dates take " +"all other lead times, such as manufacturing, delivery, or suppliers, into " +"account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:19 +msgid "How are Lead Times Calculated?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:27 +msgid "" +"As said above, there are several types of lead times. Each is calculated " +"based on various indicators. Before going through the configuration, here is" +" a brief summary of how lead times are calculated and what they are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:32 +msgid "" +"**Customer Lead Time**: the customer lead time is the default duration you " +"set. Therefore, the expected date on the sales orders is today + customer " +"lead time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:36 +msgid "" +"**Sales Security Lead Time**: the purpose is to be ready shipping that many " +"days before the actual commitment taken with the customer. Then, the default" +" scheduled date on the delivery order is **SO delivery date - Security Lead " +"Time**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:41 +msgid "" +"**Purchase Security Lead Time**: additional time to mitigate the risk of a " +"vendor delay. The receipt will be scheduled that many days earlier to cope " +"with unexpected vendor delays. In case of a *Replenish to Order*, the " +"**Delivery order scheduled date - Security lead time** for purchase will be " +"the default *Receipt* scheduled date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:48 +msgid "" +"**Purchase Delivery Lead Time**: this is the expected time between a PO " +"being confirmed and the receipt of the ordered products. The **Receipt " +"scheduled date - Vendor delivery date** is the default *PO Order By* date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:53 +msgid "" +"**Days to Purchase**: number of days the purchasing department takes to " +"validate a PO. If another RFQ to the same vendor is already opened, Odoo " +"adds the line to the RFQ instead of creating a new one. Then, the specific " +"date is set on the line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:58 +msgid "" +"**Manufacturing Lead Time**: this is the expected time it takes to " +"manufacture a product. This lead time is independent of the quantity to " +"produce and does not take the routing time into account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:63 +msgid "" +"**Manufacturing Security Lead Time**: additional time to mitigate the risk " +"of a manufacturing delay. In case of a *Replenish to Order*, the **Delivery " +"Order scheduled date - Manufacturing Lead Time - Manufacturing Security Lead" +" Time** is the default *Manufacturing Order* planned date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:70 +msgid "Sales - Lead Times" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:72 +msgid "" +"In the *Sales* app, there is an option called *Delivery Date*. It allows " +"seeing an additional field on the sales orders, *Expected Date*. This one is" +" automatically computed based on the different lead times previously " +"configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:81 +msgid "" +"If the set up *Delivery Date* is earlier than the the *Expected Date*, a " +"warning message is displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:89 +msgid "" +"But, for all of this properly working, it is still necessary to configure " +"all the lead times that could occur." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:93 +msgid "Customer Lead Time" +msgstr "Prazo de Entrega do Cliente" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:95 +msgid "" +"The *Customer Lead Time* is the time needed for your product to go from your" +" warehouse to the customer place. It can be configured on any product by " +"going to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`. There, open your " +"product form, go in the inventory tab, and add your *Customer Lead Time*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:105 +msgid "" +"For example, product B is ordered on the 2nd of April but the *Customer Lead" +" Time* is two days. In that case, the expected delivery date is the 4th of " +"April." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:219 +msgid "Security Lead Time" +msgstr "Lead Time de Segurança" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:112 +msgid "" +"In sales, *Security Lead Time* corresponds to backup days to ensure you are " +"able to deliver the products in time. The purpose is to be ready shipping " +"earlier in order to arrive on time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:116 +msgid "" +"The number of security days is subtracted from the calculation to compute a " +"scheduled date earlier than the one promised to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:119 +msgid "" +"To set this up, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` and enable the feature *Security Lead Time for Sales*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:126 +msgid "" +"For example, product B is scheduled to be delivered on the 6th of April but " +"the *Security Lead Time* is one day. In that case, the scheduled date for " +"the delivery order is the 5th of April." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:131 +msgid "Deliver several products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:133 +msgid "" +"In many cases, customers order several products at the same time. Those can " +"have different lead times but still need to be delivered, at once or " +"separately. Fortunately, Odoo can help you handle these cases easily." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:137 +msgid "" +"From the *Other Info* tab of your *Sale Order*, you can choose between *When" +" all products are ready* and *As soon as possible*. The first one is to " +"deliver products at once, while the second is to deliver them separately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:142 +msgid "" +"For example, products A and B are ordered at the same time. A has 8 lead " +"days and B has 5. With the first option, the *Expected Date* is calculated " +"based on the product with the most lead days, here A. If the order is " +"confirmed on the 2nd of April, then the *Expected Date* is on the 10th of " +"April." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:148 +msgid "" +"With the second option, the *Expected Date* is calculated based on the " +"product with the least customer lead days. In this example, B is the product" +" with the least lead days. So, the *Expected Date* is on the 7th of April." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:154 +msgid "Purchase - Lead Times" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:157 +msgid "Supplier Lead Time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:159 +msgid "" +"The *Supplier Lead Time* is the time needed for a product you purchased to " +"be delivered. To configure it, open a product from :menuselection:`Purchase " +"--> Products --> Products` and add a vendor under the *Purchase* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:168 +msgid "" +"By clicking on *Add a line*, a new window is displayed. You can specify the " +"*Delivery Lead Time* there. If done so, the delivery day for every purchase " +"of that product is now equal to *Date of the Purchase Order + Delivery Lead " +"Time*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:178 +msgid "" +"It is possible to add different vendors and, thus, different lead times " +"depending on the vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:184 +msgid "" +"The *Security Lead Time* for purchase follows the same logic as the one for " +"*Sales*, except that you are the customer. Then, it is the margin of error " +"for your supplier to deliver your order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:188 +msgid "" +"To set up *Security Lead Time* for purchase, go to :menuselection:`Inventory" +" --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:196 +msgid "" +"Doing so, every time the system generates purchase orders, those are " +"scheduled that many days earlier to cope with unexpected vendor delays." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:200 +msgid "Manufacturing - Lead Times" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:203 +msgid "Manufacturing Lead Time" +msgstr "Prazo de Fabricação" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:205 +msgid "" +"The *Manufacturing Lead Time* is the time needed to manufacture the product." +" To specify it, open the *Inventory* tab of your product form and add the " +"number of days the manufacturing takes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:213 +msgid "" +"When working with *Manufacturing Lead Times*, the *Deadline Start* of the " +"*MO* is **Commitment Date - Manufacturing Lead Time**. For example, the MO’s" +" deadline start date for an order having a commitment date on the 10th of " +"July is June 27th." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:221 +msgid "" +"The *Security Lead Time* for manufacturing allows generating manufacturing " +"orders earlier to cope with the risk of manufacturing delays." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:225 +msgid "" +"To enable it, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` and tick *Security Lead Time*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:232 +msgid "" +"For example, a customer orders B with a delivery date scheduled on the 20th " +"of June. The *Manufacturing Lead Time* is 14 days and the *Security Lead " +"Time* is 3 days, so the manufacturing of B needs to start at the latest on " +"the 3rd of June, which is the MO’s planned date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:238 +msgid "Global Example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:240 +msgid "Here is a configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:242 +msgid "1 day of security lead time for Sales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:243 +msgid "2 days of security lead time for Manufacturing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:244 +msgid "3 days of manufacturing lead time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:245 +msgid "1 day of security lead time for Purchase" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:246 +msgid "4 days of supplier lead time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:248 +msgid "" +"Let’s say that a customer orders B on the 1st of September and the delivery " +"date is planned to be within 20 days (September 20th). In such a scenario, " +"here is when all the various steps are triggered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:252 +msgid "**September 1st**: the sales order is created" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:253 +msgid "" +"**September 10th**: the deadline to order components from the supplier " +"because of the manufacturing process (4 days of supplier lead time)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:256 +msgid "" +"**September 13th**: the reception of the product from the supplier (1 day of" +" security lead time for Purchase)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:258 +msgid "" +"**September 14th**: the deadline start date for the manufacturing (19th - 3 " +"days of manufacturing lead time - 2 days of security lead time for " +"Manufacturing)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:261 +msgid "" +"**September 19th**: the expected date on the delivery order form (1 day of " +"security lead time for sales)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products.rst:3 +msgid "Products" +msgstr "Produtos" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:3 +msgid "How to select the right replenishment strategy" +msgstr "Como selecionar a estratégia de reabastecimento correta" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Minimum Stock rules and Make to Order have similar consequences but " +"different rules. They should be used depending on your manufacturing and " +"delivery strategies." +msgstr "" +"As regras de estoque mínimo e Fazer sob encomenda têm consequências " +"semelhantes, mas regras diferentes. Eles devem ser usados ​​dependendo de " +"suas estratégias de fabricação e entrega." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:10 +msgid "Terminology" +msgstr "Terminologia" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:13 +msgid "Minimum stock rule" +msgstr "Regra de estoque mínimo" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Minimum Stock rules are used to ensure that you always have the minimum " +"amount of a product in stock in order to manufacture your products and/or " +"answer to your customer needs. When the stock level of a product reaches its" +" minimum the system will automatically generate a procurement order with the" +" quantity needed to reach the maximum stock level." +msgstr "" +"As regras de Estoque Mínimo são utilizadas para garantir que você tenha " +"sempre a quantidade mínima de um produto em estoque para poder fabricar seus" +" produtos e / ou atender às necessidades do cliente. Quando o nível de " +"estoque de um produto atinge o mínimo, o sistema gera automaticamente um " +"pedido de compra com a quantidade necessária para atingir o estoque máximo." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:58 +msgid "Make to Order" +msgstr "Fazer sob encomenda" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The Make to Order function will trigger a Purchase Order of the amount of " +"the Sales Order related to the product. The system will **not** check the " +"current stock. This means that a draft purchase order will be generated " +"regardless of the quantity on hand of the product." +msgstr "" +"A função Fazer sob encomenda acionará um pedido de compra do valor do pedido" +" de venda relacionado ao produto. O sistema ** não ** verificará o estoque " +"atual. Isso significa que um rascunho de pedido de compra será gerado " +"independentemente da quantidade do produto disponível." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:33 +msgid "Minimum stock rules" +msgstr "Regras de estoque mínimo" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The Minimum Stock Rules configuration is available through your Inventory " +"module. In the Inventory Control menu select \"Reordering Rule\" in the drop" +" down menu. There, click on \"Create\" to set minimum and maximum stock " +"values for a given product." +msgstr "" +"A configuração das Regras de Estoque Mínimo está disponível por meio do seu " +"módulo de Inventário. No menu Controle de estoque, selecione \"Regra de " +"reordenamento\" no menu suspenso. Lá, clique em \"Criar\" para definir os " +"valores mínimo e máximo de estoque para um determinado produto." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Show tooltips for \"minimum quantity\", \"maximum quantity\" and \"quantity " +"multiple\" fields" +msgstr "" +"Mostrar dicas para os campos \"quantidade mínima\", \"quantidade máxima\" e " +"\"quantidade múltipla\"" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Then, click on your product to access the related product form and, on the " +"\"Inventory submenu\", do not forget to select a supplier." +msgstr "" +"Em seguida, clique no seu produto para acessar o formulário do produto " +"relacionado e, no \"submenu Inventário\", não se esqueça de selecionar um " +"fornecedor." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to select the right product type. A consumable can not be " +"stocked and will thus not be accounted for in the stock valuation." +msgstr "" +"Não se esqueça de selecionar o tipo de produto certo. Um consumível não pode" +" ser armazenado e, portanto, não será contabilizado na avaliação do estoque." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:60 +msgid "" +"The Make to Order configuration is available on your product form through " +"your :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory control --> Products` (or any " +"other module where products are available)." +msgstr "" +"A configuração Fazer sob encomenda está disponível em seu formulário de " +"produto através de sua: seleção de menus: ʻInventário -> Controle de " +"inventário -> Produtos` (ou qualquer outro módulo onde os produtos estão " +"disponíveis)." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:64 +msgid "On the product form, under Inventory, click on \"Make To Order\"." +msgstr "" +"No formulário do produto, em Inventário, clique em \"Fazer sob encomenda\"." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:70 +msgid "Choice between the two options" +msgstr "Escolha entre as duas opções" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:72 +msgid "" +"The choice between the two options is thus dependent of your inventory " +"strategy. If you prefer to have a buffer and always have at least a minimum " +"amount, the minimum stock rule should be used. If you want to reorder your " +"stocks only if your sale is confirmed it is better to use the Make to Order." +msgstr "" +"A escolha entre as duas opções depende, portanto, de sua estratégia de " +"estoque. Se você preferir ter um buffer e sempre ter pelo menos uma " +"quantidade mínima, deve ser utilizada a regra de estoque mínimo. Se você " +"deseja reordenar seus estoques somente se sua venda for confirmada, é melhor" +" usar o Fazer sobre encomenda." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:3 +msgid "Use Different Units of Measure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In some cases, handling products in different units of measure is necessary." +" For example, if you buy products in a country where the metric system is of" +" application and sell in a country where the imperial system is used, you " +"will need to convert the units. Another common use case is buying products " +"in bigger packs to your supplier and selling them in units to your " +"customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:12 +msgid "" +"You can set up Odoo to work with different units of measure for one product." +msgstr "" +"Você pode configurar o Odoo para funcionar com diferentes unidades de medida" +" para um produto." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:18 +msgid "" +"In the *Inventory* application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`. In the *Products* section, activate *Units of Measure*, then " +"*Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:25 +msgid "Create New Units of Measure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:27 +msgid "" +"In the *Inventory* application go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> UoM`." +" There, hit *Create*. As an example, we will create a Box of 6 units that we" +" will use for the Egg product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:34 +msgid "" +"The category is important for unit conversion, you will be able to convert " +"products from one unit to another only if those units belong to the same " +"category. The box of 6 is 6 times bigger than the reference unit of measure " +"for the category which is “Units” here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:43 +msgid "Specify Units of Measure on your Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:45 +msgid "" +"In the :menuselection:`Inventory application --> Master Data --> Products`, " +"open the product which you would like to change the purchase/sale unit of " +"measure, and click on *Edit*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:49 +msgid "" +"In the *General Information* tab, you can select the *Unit of Measure* in " +"which the product will be sold, which is also the unit in which internal " +"transfers will take place. You can also select the *Purchase Unit of " +"Measure*, which is the unit in which you purchase the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:59 +msgid "Transfer from One Unit to Another" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:62 +msgid "Buy in the Purchase UoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:64 +msgid "" +"In the *Purchase* application, *Create* a new request for quotation in which" +" you include the product with the different *Units of Measure* and *Confirm*" +" it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:71 +msgid "" +"On the automatically generated purchase orders, the UoM used is the Box of " +"6, meaning the Purchase UoM. You have of course the possibility to manually " +"modify the UoM if necessary. When you enter the *Receipt* which is linked to" +" the purchase order, you can observe that the 10 boxes of 6 units have been " +"converted in 60 units. Indeed, the stock is managed in units." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:82 +msgid "Replenishment" +msgstr "Reposição" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:84 +msgid "" +"When doing a replenishment via the *Replenish* button on the product form, " +"you have the possibility to use a different unit of measure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:94 +msgid "Sell in bigger UoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:96 +msgid "" +"You can choose the unit of measure on the sale order document and decide to " +"sell the eggs by the dozen. When doing so, the price is automatically " +"computed from Units UoM to adapt to the selected *UoM*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:103 +msgid "" +"In the delivery order, the *UoM* used in the sale order is converted to the " +"*UoM* used for stock management, in our use case, the Units." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:3 +msgid "When Should you Use Packages, Units of Measure or Special Packaging?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:6 +msgid "Units of Measure" +msgstr "Unidades de Medida" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Units of measure specify the unit used to handle a product. In Odoo, you " +"have the possibility to specify the unit of measure in which you manage your" +" stock and the one which is used when purchasing the product to your " +"supplier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The *conversion* between the different units of measure is done " +"automatically. The only condition is that all the units have to be in the " +"*same category* (Unit, Weight, Volume, Length,...)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:20 +msgid "" +"For example, if I have the following reordering rule for the egg and I run " +"the scheduler, the quantity added in the automatically generated purchase " +"order will be in dozens but what will enter the stock will be units." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:35 +msgid "Packages" +msgstr "Pacotes" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:37 +msgid "" +"The package is the physical container in which you put one or several " +"products from a picking. For example, when you deliver a product, you can " +"decide to separate the quantity into two different packages. It then allows " +"you to have a report with the quantity of products for each package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To separate a delivery into different packages you will have to set the done" +" quantity to the desired package quantity then click on \"PUT IN PACK\", do " +"this for each package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:54 +msgid "Packaging" +msgstr "Embalagem" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:56 +msgid "" +"The packaging is the physical container that protects your product. If you " +"are selling computers, the packaging contains the computer with the notice " +"and the power plug." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:60 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, packagings are used for indicative purposes on sale orders. They " +"can be specified on the product form, in the inventory tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Another useful use of the packaging is for product reception. By scanning " +"the barcode of the packaging, Odoo adds the number of units contained in the" +" packing on the picking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies.rst:3 +msgid "Inventory Adjustment" +msgstr "Ajuste de inventário" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:3 +msgid "Resupply from another Warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In order to be able to resupply from another warehouse, you need to activate" +" \\*multi-step routes\\*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:15 +msgid "" +"You can then access your warehouses via :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Warehouses`. Enter the warehouse which should be " +"resupplied by another one. You will have the possibility to directly " +"indicate through which warehouse it gets resupplied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:24 +msgid "" +"By activating this option, a new route will now be available on your " +"products \\*Supply Product from Second warehouse\\*. It can now be selected," +" along with either a \\*reordering rule\\* or a \\*make to order\\*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:32 +msgid "" +"For the demonstration, I set a reordering rule with a minimum of 5 units in " +"stock and a maximum of 10 units in stock, having currently 0 units on hand. " +"I will run the scheduler by going to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Operations --> Run scheduler`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:40 +msgid "" +"The system automatically creates two pickings, one \\*delivery order\\* from" +" my Second Warehouse which contains the necessary products, and a receipt in" +" my main warehouse WH/Stock for the same products. The source document is " +"the \\*reordering rule\\* which triggered the route \\*Supply Product from " +"Second warehouse\\*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting.rst:3 +msgid "Valuation Methods" +msgstr "Métodos de Avaliação" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:3 +msgid "Integrating additional costs to products (landed costs)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The landed cost feature in Odoo allows to include additional costs " +"(shipment, insurance, customs duties, etc.) into the cost of the product." +msgstr "" +"O recurso de custo no destino no Odoo permite incluir custos adicionais " +"(remessa, seguro, taxas alfandegárias, etc.) no custo do produto." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Landed costs can only be applied to products with a FIFO or AVCO costing " +"method and an automated inventory valuation (which requires the accounting " +"application to be installed)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:17 +msgid "" +"First, you need to go in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` and activate the landed costs feature. You can also determine the " +"default journal in which the landed cost accounting entries will be " +"recorded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:25 +msgid "Add costs to products" +msgstr "Adicione custos aos produtos" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:28 +msgid "Receive the vendor bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Let’s imagine I receive a bill from custom duties for a shipment. I’ll tick " +"the box *Landed Costs* on the vendor bill line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:37 +msgid "The landed cost product must be of type service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If this product is always a landed cost, you can also define it on the " +"product and avoid having to tick the box on each vendor bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:45 +msgid "" +"At the top of my vendor bill, I’ll see a button *create landed costs*. I " +"click on this button and a landed cost is automatically created. I can now " +"decide on which picking those additional costs should apply." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:52 +msgid "" +"I can now click on *Compute* and go in the tab *Valuation Adjustments* to " +"see the impact on my products costs. The last step is to validate the landed" +" cost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:56 +msgid "" +"I can access the journal entry that has been created by the landed cost by " +"clicking on the journal entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:63 +msgid "" +"You are not forced to start from the vendor bill, you can also go in " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Landed Costs` and directly " +"create the landed cost from there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:7 +msgid "Inventory valuation configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Inventory valuation refers to how you value your stock. It’s a very " +"important aspect of a business as the inventory can be the biggest asset of " +"a company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:13 +msgid "Inventory valuation implies two main choices:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:15 +msgid "The cost method you use to value your goods (standard, fifo, avco)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The way you record this value into your accounting books (manually or " +"automatically)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:18 +msgid "Those two concepts are explained in the sections below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:21 +msgid "Costing Methods: Standard, FIFO, AVCO" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:23 +msgid "" +"The costing method is defined in the product category. There are three " +"options available. Each of them is explained in detail below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:71 +msgid "Standard Price" +msgstr "Preço padrão" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:127 +msgid "Operation" +msgstr "Operação" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:128 +msgid "Unit Cost" +msgstr "Custo Unitário" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:129 +msgid "Qty On Hand" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:130 +msgid "Delta Value" +msgstr "Valor Delta" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:131 +msgid "Inventory Value" +msgstr "Valor de estoque" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:138 +msgid "€10" +msgstr "R$10" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:134 +msgid "0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:136 +msgid "€0" +msgstr "€0" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:137 +msgid "Receive 8 Products at €10" +msgstr "Receba 8 produtos por R$ 10" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:139 +msgid "8" +msgstr "8" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:140 +msgid "+8*€10" +msgstr "+8*€10" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:141 +msgid "€80" +msgstr "€80" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:142 +msgid "Receive 4 Products at €16" +msgstr "Receba 4 produtos por R$ 16" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:144 +msgid "12" +msgstr "12" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:54 +msgid "+4*€10" +msgstr "+4*€10" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:55 +msgid "€120" +msgstr "€120" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:147 +msgid "Deliver 10 Products" +msgstr "Entregar 10 Produtos" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:149 +msgid "2" +msgstr "2" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +msgid "-10*€10" +msgstr "-10*$10" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:61 +msgid "€20" +msgstr "€20" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:62 +msgid "Receive 2 Products at €9" +msgstr "Receba 2 Produtos a €9" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:155 +msgid "4" +msgstr "4" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:65 +msgid "+2*€10" +msgstr "+2*€10" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:66 +msgid "€40" +msgstr "€40" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:68 +msgid "" +"In **Standard Price**, any product will be valued at the cost that you " +"defined manually on the product form. Usually, this cost is an estimation " +"based on the material and labor needed to obtain the product. This cost must" +" be reviewed periodically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:117 +msgid "Average Price" +msgstr "Preço médio" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:143 +msgid "€12" +msgstr "€12" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:145 +msgid "+4*€16" +msgstr "+4*€16" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:146 +msgid "€144" +msgstr "€144" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +msgid "-10*€12" +msgstr "-10*€12" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:106 +msgid "€24" +msgstr "$24" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:153 +msgid "Receive 2 Products at €6" +msgstr "Receba 2 Produtos a €6" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:108 +msgid "€9" +msgstr "€9" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:156 +msgid "+2*€6" +msgstr "+2*€6" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:111 +msgid "€36" +msgstr "€36" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:113 +msgid "" +"In **AVCO (Average Cost)**, each product has the same value and this value " +"is the average purchase cost of the product. With this costing method, the " +"cost of the product is recomputed as each receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:117 +msgid "The average cost does not change when products leave the warehouse." +msgstr "O custo médio não muda quando os produtos saem do armazém." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:168 +msgid "FIFO" +msgstr "FIFO" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:148 +msgid "€16" +msgstr "€16" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +msgid "-8*€10" +msgstr "-8*€10" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +msgid "-2*€16" +msgstr "-2*€16" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:152 +msgid "€32" +msgstr "$32" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:154 +msgid "€11" +msgstr "€11" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:157 +msgid "€44" +msgstr "€44" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:159 +msgid "" +"In **FIFO (First In First Out)**, the products are valued at their purchase " +"cost. When a product leaves the stock, that’s the “First in, first out” rule" +" that applies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:163 +msgid "" +"Pay attention, that this is a financial FIFO. The first value “in” is the " +"first value “out”, no matter the storage location, warehouse or serial " +"number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:167 +msgid "" +"FIFO is advised if you manage all your workflows into Odoo (Sales, " +"Purchases, Inventory). It suits any kind of users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:171 +msgid "Inventory Valuation: Manual or Automated" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:173 +msgid "" +"There are two ways to record your inventory valuation in your accounting " +"books. As the costing method, this is defined in your product category. " +"Those two methods are detailed below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:177 +msgid "" +"It is important to also note that the accounting entries will depend on your" +" accounting mode: it can be continental or anglo-saxon. In continental " +"accounting, the cost of a good is taken into account as soon as the product " +"is received in stock. In anglo-saxon accounting, the cost of a good is only " +"recorded as an expense when this good is invoiced to a final customer. In " +"the tables below, you can easily compare those two accounting modes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:185 +msgid "" +"Usually, based on your country, the correct accounting mode will be chosen " +"by default. If you want to verify your accounting mode, activate the " +":doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>` and open your " +"accounting settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:191 +msgid "Manual Inventory Valuation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:193 +msgid "" +"In this case, goods receipts and deliveries won’t have any direct impact on " +"your accounting books. Periodically, you create a manual journal entry " +"representing the value of what you have in stock. To know that value, go in " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Inventory Valuation`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:198 +msgid "" +"This is the default configuration in Odoo and it works out-of-the-box. Check" +" following operations and find out how Odoo is managing the accounting " +"postings." +msgstr "" +"Esta é a configuração padrão no Odoo e funciona fora da caixa. Verifique as " +"operações a seguir e descubra como Odoo está gerenciando os lançamentos " +"contábeis." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:362 +msgid "Continental Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:294 +msgid "Vendor Bill" +msgstr "Conta de Fornecedor" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:341 +msgid "\\" +msgstr "\\" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:341 +msgid "Debit" +msgstr "Débito" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:341 +msgid "Credit" +msgstr "Crédito" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:286 +msgid "Assets: Inventory" +msgstr "Ativos: Inventário" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:286 +msgid "50" +msgstr "50" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:287 +msgid "Assets: Deferred Tax Assets" +msgstr "Ativos: Ativos fiscais diferidos" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:287 +msgid "4.68" +msgstr "4.68" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:288 +msgid "Liabilities: Accounts Payable" +msgstr "Passivo: Contas a Pagar" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:288 +msgid "54.68" +msgstr "54.68" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:294 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:313 +msgid "Configuration:" +msgstr "Configuração:" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:292 +msgid "" +"Purchased Goods: defined on the product or on the internal category of " +"related product (Expense Account field)" +msgstr "" +"Bens adquiridos: definidos no produto ou na categoria interna do produto " +"relacionado (campo Conta de despesas)" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:294 +msgid "" +"Deferred Tax Assets: defined on the tax used on the purchase order line" +msgstr "" +"Ativos de imposto diferido: definido no imposto usado na linha do pedido de " +"compra" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:295 +msgid "Accounts Payable: defined on the vendor related to the bill" +msgstr "Contas a Pagar: definidas no fornecedor em relação à fatura" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:296 +msgid "Goods Receptions" +msgstr "Recepção de mercadorias" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:297 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:320 +msgid "No Journal Entry" +msgstr "Sem entrada no diário" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:315 +msgid "Customer Invoice" +msgstr "Fatura do cliente" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:230 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:304 +msgid "Revenues: Sold Goods" +msgstr "Receitas: Bens Vendidos" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:230 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:304 +msgid "100" +msgstr "100" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:305 +msgid "Liabilities: Deferred Tax Liabilities" +msgstr "Passivos: Passivos por Imposto Diferido" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:305 +msgid "9" +msgstr "9" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:306 +msgid "Assets: Accounts Receivable" +msgstr "Ativos: Contas a Receber" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:306 +msgid "109" +msgstr "109" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:310 +msgid "" +"Revenues: defined on the product or on the internal category of related " +"product (Income Account field)" +msgstr "" +"Receitas: definidas no produto ou na categoria interna do produto " +"relacionado (campo Income Account)" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:312 +msgid "Deferred Tax Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line" +msgstr "" +"Passivo Tributário Diferido: definido sobre o imposto utilizado na linha de " +"notas fiscais" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:313 +msgid "Accounts Receivable: defined on the customer (Receivable Account)" +msgstr "Contas a Receber: definidas no cliente (Conta a Receber)" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:315 +msgid "" +"The fiscal position used on the invoice may have a rule that replaces the " +"Income Account or the tax defined on the product by another one." +msgstr "" +"A posição fiscal utilizada na nota fiscal pode ter uma regra que substitua a" +" Conta de Renda ou o imposto definido no produto por outra." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:317 +msgid "Customer Shipping" +msgstr "Envio ao cliente" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:320 +msgid "Manufacturing Orders" +msgstr "Pedidos de Fabricação" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:251 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:326 +msgid "" +"At the end of the month/year, your company does a physical inventory or just" +" relies on the inventory in Odoo to value the stock into your books." +msgstr "" +"No final do mês / ano, sua empresa faz um inventário físico ou apenas conta " +"com o estoque da Odoo para valorizar o estoque em seus livros." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:254 +msgid "" +"Create a journal entry to move the stock variation value from your " +"Profit&Loss section to your assets." +msgstr "" +"Crie um lançamento contábil manual para mover o valor da variação do estoque" +" da seção Lucros e Perdas para seus ativos." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:343 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:345 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:346 +msgid "X" +msgstr "X" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:265 +msgid "Expenses: Inventory Variations" +msgstr "Despesas: Variações de Inventário" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:268 +msgid "" +"If the stock value decreased, the **Inventory** account is credited and te " +"**Inventory Variations** debited." +msgstr "" +"Se o valor do estoque diminuir, a conta ** Estoque ** é creditada e ** " +"Variações de estoque ** debitada." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:389 +msgid "Anglo-Saxon Accounting" +msgstr "Contabilidade anglo-saxã" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:329 +msgid "" +"Then you need to break down the purchase balance into both the inventory and" +" the cost of goods sold using the following formula:" +msgstr "" +"Em seguida, você precisa dividir o saldo da compra em estoque e custo dos " +"produtos vendidos usando a seguinte fórmula:" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:332 +msgid "" +"Cost of goods sold (COGS) = Starting inventory value + Purchases – Closing " +"inventory value" +msgstr "" +"Custo das mercadorias vendidas (COGS) = Valor inicial do estoque + Compras -" +" Valor do estoque final" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:334 +msgid "To update the stock valuation in your books, record such an entry:" +msgstr "" +"Para atualizar a avaliação das ações em seus livros, registre essa entrada:" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:343 +msgid "Assets: Inventory (closing value)" +msgstr "Ativos: Inventário (valor de fechamento)" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:344 +msgid "Expenses: Cost of Good Sold" +msgstr "Despesas: Custo do Bem Vendido" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:345 +msgid "Expenses: Purchased Goods" +msgstr "Despesas: Bens adquiridos" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:346 +msgid "Assets: Inventory (starting value)" +msgstr "Ativos: Inventário (valor inicial)" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:350 +msgid "Automated Inventory Valuation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:352 +msgid "" +"In that case, when a product enters or leaves your stock, an accounting " +"entry will be automatically created. This means your accounting books are " +"always up-to-date. This mode is dedicated to expert accountants and advanced" +" users only. As opposed to periodic valuation, it requires some extra " +"configuration & testing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:358 +msgid "" +"First, you need to define the accounts that will be used for those " +"accounting entries. This is done on the product category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:374 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:401 +msgid "**Configuration:**" +msgstr "**Configuração:**" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:376 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:403 +msgid "Accounts Receivable/Payable: defined on the partner (Accounting tab)" +msgstr "Contas a receber / pagar: definido no parceiro (guia Contabilidade)" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:378 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:405 +msgid "" +"Deferred Tax Assets/Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line" +msgstr "" +"Ativos / passivos fiscais diferidos: definidos no imposto usado na linha da " +"fatura" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:380 +msgid "" +"Revenues/Expenses: defined by default on product's internal category; can be" +" also set in product form (Accounting tab) as a replacement value." +msgstr "" +"Receitas / Despesas: definidas por padrão na categoria interna do produto; " +"também pode ser definido no formulário do produto (guia Contabilidade) como " +"um valor de substituição." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:383 +msgid "" +"Inventory Variations: to set as Stock Input/Output Account in product's " +"internal category" +msgstr "" +"Variações de estoque: para definir como conta de entrada / saída de estoque " +"na categoria interna do produto" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:386 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:421 +msgid "" +"Inventory: to set as Stock Valuation Account in product's internal category" +msgstr "" +"Inventário: para definir como conta de avaliação de estoque na categoria " +"interna do produto" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:408 +msgid "" +"Revenues: defined on the product category as a default, or specifically to a" +" specific product." +msgstr "" +"Receitas: definidas na categoria de produto como padrão, ou especificamente " +"para um produto específico." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:411 +msgid "" +"Expenses: this is where you should set the \"Cost of Goods Sold\" account. " +"Defined on the product category as a default value, or specifically on the " +"product form." +msgstr "" +"Despesas: aqui é onde você deve definir a conta \"Custo das mercadorias " +"vendidas\". Definido na categoria do produto como um valor padrão ou " +"especificamente no formulário do produto." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:415 +msgid "" +"Goods Received Not Purchased: to set as Stock Input Account in product's " +"internal category" +msgstr "" +"Bens recebidos não comprados: para definir como conta de entrada de estoque " +"na categoria interna do produto" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:418 +msgid "" +"Goods Issued Not Invoiced: to set as Stock Output Account in product's " +"internal category" +msgstr "" +"Bens emitidos não faturados: para definir como conta de saída de estoque na " +"categoria interna do produto" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:423 +msgid "" +"Price Difference: to set in product's internal category or in product form " +"as a specific replacement value" +msgstr "" +"Diferença de preço: para definir na categoria interna do produto ou na forma" +" do produto como um valor de substituição específico" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:3 +msgid "Using the inventory valuation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:9 +msgid "" +"In this documentation, we will explain how the inventory valuation works in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:13 +msgid "Inventory valuation: the basics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:16 +msgid "Receive a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Each time a product enters or leaves your stock, the value of your inventory" +" is impacted. The way it is impacted depends on the configuration of your " +"product (more info here)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Let’s take an example with a product - a table - configured with a *FIFO " +"costing method* and an automated inventory valuation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:25 +msgid "I purchase 10 tables at a cost of $10." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:30 +msgid "" +"When I’ll confirm the receipt of the products, the value of my inventory " +"will be impacted. If I want to know what this impact is, I can click on the " +"valuation stat button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The consignment feature allows you to set owners on your stock (discover " +"more about the consignment feature). When you receive products that are " +"owned by another company, they are not taken into account in your inventory " +"valuation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:44 +msgid "You need access rights on the accounting module to see that button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:46 +msgid "" +"In this case, I can see that the 10 tables entered the stock for a total " +"value of $100." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:52 +msgid "" +"I can also easily access the accounting entry that has been generated (in " +"case of automated inventory valuation)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:59 +msgid "Deliver a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:61 +msgid "" +"In the same logic, when a table will be delivered, the stock valuation will " +"be impacted and you will have access to a similar information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:68 +msgid "The inventory valuation report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:70 +msgid "" +"The summary of this is accessible via the inventory valuation report " +"(accessible from :menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Inventory " +"Valuation`). It gives you, product per product, the value of your stock. By " +"clicking on the button *Inventory At Date*, you can have the same " +"information for a past date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses.rst:3 +msgid "Warehouses" +msgstr "Armazéns" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:3 +msgid "What is the difference between warehouses and locations?" +msgstr "Qual é a diferença entre armazéns e locais?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, a **Warehouse** is the actual building/place in which your items " +"are stocked. You can setup multiple warehouses and create moves between " +"warehouses." +msgstr "" +"No Odoo, um ** Armazém ** é a construção / local real em que seus itens são " +"armazenados. Você pode configurar vários armazéns e criar movimentos entre " +"armazéns." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:9 +msgid "" +"A **Location**, is a specific space within your warehouse. It can be " +"considered as a sublocation of your warehouse, as a shelf, a floor, an " +"aisle, etc. Therefore, a location is part of one warehouse only and it is " +"not possible to link one location to multiple warehouses. You can configure " +"as much locations as you need under one warehouse." +msgstr "" +"Um ** Local ** é um espaço específico dentro do seu armazém. Pode ser " +"considerado como uma sublocação do seu armazém, como uma prateleira, um " +"andar, um corredor, etc. Portanto, um local faz parte de apenas um armazém e" +" não é possível ligar um local a vários armazéns. Você pode configurar " +"quantos locais você precisar em um depósito." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:15 +msgid "There are 3 types of locations:" +msgstr "Existem 3 tipos de locais:" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The **Physical Locations** are internal locations that are part of the " +"warehouses for which you are the owner. They can be the loading and " +"unloading area of your warehouse, a shelf or a department, etc." +msgstr "" +"Os ** Locais Físicos ** são locais internos que fazem parte dos depósitos " +"dos quais você é o proprietário. Eles podem ser a área de carga e descarga " +"do seu armazém, uma prateleira ou um departamento, etc." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:21 +msgid "" +"The **Partner Locations** are spaces within a customer and/or vendor's " +"warehouse. They work the same way as Physical Locations with the only " +"difference being that you are not the owner of the warehouse." +msgstr "" +"Os ** Locais de Parceiros ** são espaços dentro do depósito de um cliente e " +"/ ou fornecedor. Eles funcionam da mesma maneira que os locais físicos, com " +"a única diferença de que você não é o proprietário do armazém." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:25 +msgid "" +"The **Virtual Locations** are places that do not exist, but in which " +"products can be placed when they are not physically in an inventory yet (or " +"anymore). They come in handy when you want to place lost products out of " +"your stock (in the **Inventory loss**), or when you want to take into " +"account products that are on their way to your warehouse (**Procurements**)." +msgstr "" +"Os ** Locais Virtuais ** são locais que não existem, mas nos quais os " +"produtos podem ser colocados quando ainda não estão fisicamente em um " +"inventário (ou mais). Eles são úteis quando você deseja colocar produtos " +"perdidos fora de seu estoque (na ** Perda de estoque **), ou quando você " +"deseja levar em consideração os produtos que estão a caminho de seu armazém " +"(** Compras **) ." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:31 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, locations are structured hierarchically. You can structure your " +"locations as a tree, dependent on a parent-child relationship. This gives " +"you more detailed levels of analysis of your stock operations and the " +"organization of your warehouses." +msgstr "" +"No Odoo, os locais são estruturados hierarquicamente. Você pode estruturar " +"seus locais como uma árvore, dependente de um relacionamento pai-filho. Isso" +" fornece níveis mais detalhados de análise de suas operações de estoque e da" +" organização de seus depósitos." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Routes" +msgstr "Rotas Avançadas" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts.rst:3 +msgid "Concepts" +msgstr "Conceitos" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:3 +msgid "Organize a cross-dock in a warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Cross-docking is the process of sending products that are received directly " +"to the customers, without making them enter the stock. The trucks are simply" +" unloaded in a *Cross-Dock* area in order to reorganize products and load " +"another truck." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:11 +msgid "" +"For more information on how to organize your warehouse, read our blog: `What" +" is cross-docking and is it for me? <https://www.odoo.com/blog/business-" +"hacks-1/post/what-is-cross-docking-and-is-it-for-me-270>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In the *Inventory* app, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and" +" activate the *Multi-Step Routes*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:22 +msgid "Doing so will also enable the *Storage Locations* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Now, both *Incoming* and *Outgoing* shipments should be configured to work " +"with 2 steps. To adapt the configuration, go to :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Configuration --> Warehouses` and edit your warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:31 +msgid "" +"This modification will lead to the creation of a *Cross-Docking* route that " +"can be found in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:38 +msgid "Configure products with Cross-Dock Route" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Create the product that uses the *Cross-Dock Route* and then, in the " +"inventory tab, select the routes *Buy* and *Cross-Dock*. Now, in the " +"purchase tab, specify the vendor to who you buy the product and set a price " +"for it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Once done, create a sale order for the product and confirm it. Odoo will " +"automatically create two transfers which will be linked to the sale order. " +"The first one is the transfer from the *Input Location* to the *Output " +"Location*, corresponding to the move of the product in the *Cross-Dock* " +"area. The second one is the delivery order from the *Output Location* to " +"your *Customer Location. Both are in state *Waiting Another Operation* " +"because we still need to order the product to our supplier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Now, go to the *Purchase* app. There, you will find the purchase order that " +"has been automatically triggered by the system. Validate it and receive the " +"products in the *Input Location*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:64 +msgid "" +"When the products have been received from the supplier, you can go back to " +"your initial sale order and validate the internal transfer from *Input* to " +"*Output*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:72 +msgid "" +"The delivery order is now ready to be processed and can be validated too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:3 +msgid "Inter-warehouse transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When owning several warehouses, you might need to transfer goods from one " +"warehouse to another. Proceeding to such behavior is called *inter-warehouse" +" transfers*. If this action is physically easy to perform, the " +"administrative part can be arduous. Fortunately, Odoo comes with an " +"intuitive flow that helps save time when registering those transfers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:13 +msgid "" +"First of all, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable " +"**Storage Locations**. Then, hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:21 +msgid "" +"If you want to manage several routes within your warehouses, then enable " +"**Multi-Step Routes** and check :doc:`use-routes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:25 +msgid "Creating a new warehouse" +msgstr "Criando um novo armazém" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:27 +msgid "" +"The next step is to create your new warehouse. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> Warehouses` and " +"click on **Create**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Fill out a **Warehouse Name** and a **Short Name**. The short name is five " +"characters maximum." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:37 +msgid "" +"The **Short Name** appears on your transfer orders and other warehouse " +"documents. We recommend using an understandable one (e.g.: WH/[first letters" +" of location])." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Now, go back to your dashboard. There, new operations related to your " +"warehouse have been automatically generated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:48 +msgid "Creating a new inventory" +msgstr "Criando um novo inventário" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If you create a new warehouse, you might already have an existing inventory " +"in it. In that case, you should create an inventory in Odoo. If this is not " +"the case, you can skip this step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Into the inventory application, select :menuselection:`Operations --> " +"Inventory Adjustment`. Then, create a new inventory by clicking on " +"**Create**. Fill in the **Inventory Reference**, **Date** and make sure to " +"select the right warehouse and location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Next, click on **Start Inventory**. You will be able to input your existing " +"products in the new window. Select add an item and indicate the **Real " +"Quantity** available in the warehouse. The theoretical quantity can not be " +"changed as it represents a computed one from purchase and sales orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to validate your inventory once you have recorded the state of " +"all your products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:74 +msgid "Create an internal transfer" +msgstr "Crie uma transferência interna" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:76 +msgid "" +"The final step is to create your internal transfer. If you want to transfer " +"eight units of a product from your first warehouse to another one, proceed " +"as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:79 +msgid "" +"From your dashboard, select an internal movement of one of the two " +"warehouses. To do so, click on :menuselection:`Manage --> Planned " +"Transfer`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:86 +msgid "" +"On the new window, select the source location zone (in this case, your " +"\"old\" warehouse) and the destination location zone (in this case, your " +"\"new\" warehouse)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Add the products you want to transfer by clicking on **Add an Item**, then " +"click on **Save** and **Mark as TODO** once you are done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:96 +msgid "" +"If you selected **Immediate Transfer**, Odoo processes the transfer " +"automatically after you clicked on **Validate**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:99 +msgid "" +"If you select **Mark as TODO**, Odoo puts the transfer in **Waiting " +"Availability** status. Click on **Reserve** to reserve the number of " +"products in your source warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:102 +msgid "It is also possible to manually transfer each product:" +msgstr "Também é possível transferir manualmente cada produto:" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:104 +msgid "Via your dashboard, select the transfer order in the source location." +msgstr "" +"Através do seu painel, selecione a ordem de transferência no local de " +"origem." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:110 +msgid "Select the right transfer order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Click on the little pencil logo in the lower right corner to open the " +"operation details window. In this new window you can manually indicate how " +"many products you process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:124 +msgid "" +"If you decide to process the transfer order partially (e.g., a part of the " +"products can't be shipped yet due to an unexpected event), Odoo " +"automatically asks if you wish to create a **backorder**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Create a backorder if you expect to process the remaining products later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Do not create a backorder if you will not supply/receive the remaining " +"products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:3 +msgid "Taking stock from different warehouses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you plan to deliver a customer, you don’t know in advance if the " +"products will come from Warehouse A or Warehouse B. You may, in some cases, " +"need to take stock from different warehouses. With *Odoo*, you can configure" +" this by using the concept of virtual warehouses. Let us show you how to set" +" those virtual warehouses." +msgstr "" +"Quando você planeja entregar um cliente, você não sabe com antecedência se " +"os produtos virão do Armazém A ou do Armazém B. Você pode, em alguns casos, " +"precisar fazer estoque de diferentes armazéns. Com * Odoo *, você pode " +"configurar isso usando o conceito de armazéns virtuais. Deixe-nos mostrar " +"como configurar esses armazéns virtuais." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:8 +msgid "Set up virtual warehouses" +msgstr "Configurar armazéns virtuais" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Let’s say you have two warehouses: Warehouse A and Warehouse B. Create a new" +" warehouse, that will be a virtual one. It will allow you to take the stock " +"from A or B. To do so, go to your inventory app settings and enable the " +"multi-warehouses feature. Then, go to the warehouses menu and click on " +"create." +msgstr "" +"Digamos que você tenha dois armazéns: Armazém A e Armazém B. Crie um novo " +"armazém, que será virtual. Isso permitirá que você retire o estoque de A ou " +"B. Para fazer isso, vá para as configurações do aplicativo de inventário e " +"habilite o recurso de múltiplos armazéns. Em seguida, vá ao menu Armazém e " +"clique em criar." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The *Storage Location* feature will be automatically enabled. Good news, " +"because you will need it later in the process." +msgstr "" +"O recurso * Local de armazenamento * será ativado automaticamente. Boas " +"notícias, porque você precisará disso mais tarde no processo." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Now, you have to make sure that the main stock locations of warehouse A and " +"warehouse B are children locations of the main stock location of warehouse A" +" + B. Go to the locations menu, and edit the main location of your two " +"warehouses. Then, change their parent location to main location of warehouse" +" A+B." +msgstr "" +"Agora, você deve se certificar de que os principais locais de estoque do " +"armazém A e do armazém B são locais filhos do local de estoque principal do " +"armazém A + B. Vá para o menu de locais e edite o local principal de seus " +"dois armazéns. Em seguida, altere seu local pai para o local principal do " +"armazém A + B." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:24 +msgid "Sell a product from the virtual warehouse" +msgstr "Venda um produto do armazém virtual" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Let’s say you have two products, one stored in warehouse A and one stored in" +" warehouse B. Now, you can create a new quotation for one of each product. " +"Go to other information and choose Warehouse A+B in the shipping " +"information." +msgstr "" +"Digamos que você tenha dois produtos, um armazenado no armazém A e outro " +"armazenado no armazém B. Agora, você pode criar uma nova cotação para um de " +"cada produto. Vá para outras informações e selecione Armazém A + B nas " +"informações de envio." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Once you have done it, you can convert it to a sales order. Then, a delivery" +" order will be automatically generated, with a product reserved in warehouse" +" A and one in warehouse B." +msgstr "" +"Depois de fazer isso, você pode convertê-lo em um pedido de venda. Então, " +"uma ordem de entrega será gerada automaticamente, com um produto reservado " +"no armazém A e outro no armazém B." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:3 +msgid "Using Routes and Pull/Push Rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In inventory management, the supply chain strategy determines when products " +"should be fabricated, delivered to distribution centers, and made available " +"in the retail channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:9 +msgid "" +"This kind of strategic process can be configured using *Routes*, featuring " +"*Pull and Push Rules*. Once everything is properly configured, the inventory" +" app can automatically generate transfers following the instructions given " +"by the rules. Yes, Odoo simplifies your life." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:16 +msgid "Inside the warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Let’s imagine a generic warehouse plan, where you can find receiving docks, " +"a quality control area, storage locations, picking and packing areas, and " +"shipping docks. All products go through all these locations, which also " +"trigger all the route's rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:27 +msgid "" +"In this example, vendor trucks unload pallets of ordered goods at receiving " +"docks. Operators then scan the products in the receiving area. Some of these" +" products are sent to a quality control area (those devoted to being used " +"during the manufacturing process, for example), while others are directly " +"stored in their respective locations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Here is an example of a fulfillment route. In the morning, items are picked " +"for all the orders that need to be prepared during the day. These items are " +"picked from storage locations and moved to the picking area, close to where " +"the orders are packed. Then, the orders are packed in their respective boxes" +" and conveyors bring them close to the shipping docks, ready to be delivered" +" to customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:45 +msgid "How does it work?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:51 +msgid "Pull Rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:53 +msgid "" +"With *Pull Rules*, a demand for some products triggers procurements, while " +"*Push Rules* are triggered by products arriving in a specific location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:57 +msgid "" +"We can say that *Pull Rules* are used to fulfill a customer order, a sale " +"order. So, Odoo generates a need at the *Customer Location* for each product" +" in the order. Because *Pull Rules* are triggered by a need, Odoo looks for " +"a *Pull Rule* defined on the *Customer Location*. In our case, a delivery " +"order pull rule that transfers products from the *Shipping Area* to the " +"*Customer Location* is found, and a transfer between the two locations is " +"created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Then, Odoo finds another pull rule that tries to fulfill the need for the " +"*Shipping Area*: the *Packing Rule* that transfers products from the " +"*Packing Area* to the *Shipping Area*. And, finally, other rules are " +"triggered until a transfer between the *Stock* and the *Picking Area* is " +"created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:72 +msgid "" +"All theses transfers are pre-generated by Odoo, starting from the end and " +"going backwards. While working, the operator process these transfers in the " +"opposite order: first the picking, then the packing, then the delivery " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:77 +msgid "Push Rules" +msgstr "Regras de push" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:79 +msgid "" +"On the other hand, *Push Rules* are much easier to understand. Instead of " +"pre-generating documents based on needs, they are live-triggered when " +"products arrive in a specific location. *Push Rules* basically say: \"when a" +" product arrives at a specific location, move it to another location.\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:84 +msgid "" +"A simple example would be: when a product arrives in the *Receipt Area*, " +"move them to the *Storage Location*. As different rules can be applied to " +"different products, you can assign different storage locations for different" +" products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Another rule could be: when products arrive at a location, move them to the " +"*Quality Control Area*. Then, once the quality check is done, move them to " +"their *Storage Location*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:94 +msgid "" +"*Push Rules* can be triggered only if no *Pull Rule* pre-generated the " +"upstream transfers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:98 +msgid "" +"Sets of rules like those are called routes. The grouping on the rule defines" +" how products are grouped in the same transfer or not. For example, during " +"the picking operation, all orders are grouped in one transfer, whereas the " +"packing operation respects the grouping per customer order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:105 +msgid "Use Routes and Rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Since *Routes* are a collection of *Push and Pull Rules*, Odoo helps you " +"manage advanced routes configuration such as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:110 +msgid "Manage product manufacturing chains;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:111 +msgid "Manage default locations per product;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Define routes within your warehouse according to business needs, such as " +"quality control, after-sales services, or supplier returns;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Help rental management by generating automated return moves for rented " +"products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:117 +msgid "" +"To configure a route such as one of those above, open the **Inventory " +"Application** and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. Then, " +"enable the *Multi-Step Routes* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:126 +msgid "" +"The *Storage Locations* feature is automatically activated with the *Multi-" +"Step Routes*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Once this first step is completed, you have the choice between pre-" +"configured routes or custom ones. Both are explained below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:133 +msgid "Pre-configured Routes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Odoo’s pre-configured routes are available in the warehouses’ menu. To find " +"it, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses`. " +"There, open your warehouse and edit it to see the pre-configured routes for " +"incoming and outgoing shipments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Some more advanced routes, such as pick-pack-ship, are already configured to" +" make your life easier. Those are based on your choice for shipments. Once " +"you made your choice, head to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " +"--> Routes` to see the routes Odoo generated for you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Opening one of those routes allows you to see on what you can apply the " +"route. Here, all the selected product categories in the *YourCompany* " +"warehouse are set up to follow the 3-steps route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:161 +msgid "" +"Easier for many businesses, this process might not fit yours. Thus, you can " +"configure custom routes in which you can define your own rules, but also the" +" source and destination location of each action. As an example, here are the" +" rules for the pre-configured route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:171 +msgid "Custom Routes" +msgstr "Rotas Personalizadas" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:173 +msgid "" +"To create a custom route, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " +"--> Routes`, click on create, and choose the places where this route can be " +"selected. Of course, combinations are available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:182 +msgid "" +"Each place has a different behavior, so it is important to tick only the " +"useful ones and adapt each route accordingly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:185 +msgid "" +"When applying the route on a product category (:menuselection:`Inventory -->" +" Configuration --> Product Categories`), all the rules configured in the " +"route are applied to **every** product of the category. For example, this " +"can be useful if you use the dropshipping process for all the products from " +"the same category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:195 +msgid "" +"The same behavior applies to the warehouses. If you tick *Warehouses*, all " +"the transfers occurring inside the chosen warehouse, and meeting the " +"conditions of the linked rules, then follow that route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:203 +msgid "" +"For the *Sales Order Lines*, it is more or less the opposite. You have to " +"choose the route yourself when creating a quotation. This is pretty useful " +"if some products go through different routes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:211 +msgid "" +"If you work with this kind of route, it is important to keep in mind that it" +" must be selected on the sales order, such as below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:218 +msgid "Then, the route can be chosen on each line of the document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:224 +msgid "" +"Finally, there are routes that can be applied to products. Those work more " +"or less like the product categories: once selected, you have to manually set" +" on which product it must be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:232 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Master Data --> Products` and " +"open the one on which you want to apply the route. Then go to the *Inventory" +" tab* and select the route you’ve created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:240 +msgid "" +"If, prima facie, the routes’ configuration can appear quite easy, don’t " +"forget that we haven’t set up any rule yet. If not harder to set up, those " +"are vital to have working routings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:245 +msgid "Rules" +msgstr "Regras" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:247 +msgid "" +"The rules are to be defined on the routes. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`, then to the *Rules*" +" section, and click on *Add a line* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:255 +msgid "" +"The available rules trigger various actions. If Odoo offers *Push* and " +"*Pull* rules, others are also available. Here are some explanations for all " +"of them:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:259 +msgid "" +"**Pull From**: this rule is triggered by a need for the product in a " +"specific stock location. The need can come from a sale order which has been " +"validated or for a manufacturing order which requires a specific component. " +"When the need appears in the source location, Odoo generates a picking to " +"fulfill this need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:264 +msgid "" +"**Push To**: this rule is triggered by the arrival of some products in the " +"defined source location. In case you move products to the source location, " +"Odoo generates a picking to move those products to the destination location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:268 +msgid "" +"**Push & Pull**: it allows to generate pickings in the two different " +"situations explained above. It means that when products are required at a " +"specific location, a transfer is created from the previous location to " +"fulfill that need. Then, a need is created in the previous location and a " +"rule is triggered to fulfill it. Once the second need fulfilled, the " +"products are pushed to the first location and all the needs are fulfilled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:274 +msgid "" +"**Buy**: when products are needed at the destination location, a request for" +" quotation is created to fulfill the need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:276 +msgid "" +"**Manufacture**: when products are needed in the source location, a " +"manufacturing order is created to fulfill the need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:283 +msgid "" +"You must also define the *Operation Type*. This operation allows defining " +"which kind of picking is created from the rule. With our above screenshot, " +"the created picking is, for example, an internal transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:288 +msgid "" +"On the other hand, the *Supply Method*, allows defining what happens at the " +"source location:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:291 +msgid "" +"**Take From Stock**: the products are taken from the available stock of the " +"source location;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:293 +msgid "" +"**Trigger Another Rule**: the system tries to find a stock rule to bring the" +" products to the source location. The available stock is ignored." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:296 +msgid "" +"**Take From Stock, if Unavailable, Trigger Another Rule**: the products are " +"taken from the available stock of the source location. If there is no stock " +"available, the system tries to find a rule to bring the products to the " +"source location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:301 +msgid "" +"In the *Scheduling* section, you can determine how Odoo behaves when one of " +"the chain's pickings is rescheduled. In case you decide to **Propagate " +"Rescheduling**, the next move is also to be rescheduled. If you prefer " +"having the choice to reschedule the next move, you can decide to receive an " +"alert in the form of a *next activity*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:309 +msgid "What about a full flow?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:311 +msgid "" +"Do you remember our Pick - Pack - Ship custom route? Let’s use it to try a " +"full flow with an advanced custom route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:314 +msgid "" +"First, a quick look at our rules and their supply methods: we have three " +"rules, all **Pull From** rules. The supply methods are the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:318 +msgid "" +"**Take From Stock**: When products are needed in WH/Packing Zone, *Picks* " +"(internal transfers from WH/Stock to WH/Packing Zone) are created from " +"WH/Stock to fulfill the need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:321 +msgid "" +"**Trigger Another Rule**: When products are needed in WH/Output, *Packs* " +"(internal transfers from WH/Packing Zone to WH/Output) are created from " +"WH/Packing Zone to fulfill the need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:324 +msgid "" +"**Trigger Another Rule**: When products are needed in Partner " +"Locations/Customers, Delivery Orders are created from WH/Output to fulfill " +"the need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:332 +msgid "" +"This means that, when a customer orders products, a delivery order is " +"created to fulfill the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:340 +msgid "" +"If the source document is the same sale order, the status is not the same. " +"In fact, the status is **Waiting Another Operation** if the previous " +"transfer in the list is not done yet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:348 +msgid "" +"To prepare the order, conveyors need products packed at the output area, so " +"an internal transfer is requested from the packing zone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:355 +msgid "" +"Obviously, the packing zone needs products ready to be packed. So, an " +"internal transfer is requested to the stock and employees can gather the " +"required products from the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:363 +msgid "" +"As explained in this documentation introduction, the last step in the " +"process (here the delivery order) is the first to be triggered, which then " +"triggers other rules until we reach the first step in the process (here, the" +" internal transfer from to stock to the packing area). Now, everything is " +"ready to be processed so the customer can get the ordered items." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:370 +msgid "" +"In our case, the product is delivered to the customer when all the rules " +"have been triggered and the transfers done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies.rst:3 +msgid "Putaway & Removal Strategies" +msgstr "Estratégias de armazenamento e remoção" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:3 +msgid "What is a Putaway Rule?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A good warehouse implementation takes care that products automatically move " +"to their appropriate destination location. To make that process easier, Odoo" +" uses *Putaway rules*. But what is a putaway rule? Putaway is the process of" +" taking products off the receiving shipments and directly putting them into " +"the most appropriate location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:7 +msgid "" +"If, for example, a warehouse contains volatile substances, it is important " +"to make sure that certain products are not stored close to each other " +"because of a potential chemical reaction. That’s where putaway rules " +"intervene, to avoid storing products wrongly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:12 +msgid "" +"In the *Inventory* app, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " +"and activate the *Multi-Step Routes*. By doing so, the *Storage Locations* " +"will be automatically activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:19 +msgid "Setting up a Putaway Rule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:21 +msgid "" +"In some cases, like for a retail shop storing vegetables and fruits, we have" +" to store products in different locations to maintain product quality." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Let’s suppose there are one warehouse location *WH/Stock* and two sub-" +"locations *WH/Stock/Vegatable* and *WH/Stock/Fruits*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To manage those locations, we will create putaway rules. To do so, open the " +"*Inventory* app and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Putaway Rules`. " +"Then, click on create and configure your first rule indicating the main " +"location the product will enter before being redirected to the right " +"location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:31 +msgid "" +"The putaway rules can be defined either per product or per product category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Now, if I purchase apples and carrots to my supplier, they will be grouped " +"in the same receipt but redirected to the right location automatically, " +"thanks to putaway rules. This information is available from *Inventory " +"Report*, under the reporting menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:3 +msgid "What is a Removal Strategy (FIFO, LIFO, and FEFO)?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Usually, *Removal Strategies* are defined in picking operations to select " +"the best products to optimize the distance for the worker, for quality " +"control purposes, or to first move the products with the closest expiration " +"date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:9 +msgid "" +"When a product movement needs to be done, Odoo finds available products that" +" can be assigned to the transfer. The way Odoo assigns these products " +"depends on the *Removal Strategy* defined in the *Product Category* or on " +"the *Location*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:14 +msgid "What happens inside the warehouse?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Imagine a generic warehouse plan, with receiving docks and area, storage " +"locations, picking and packing areas, and shipping docks. All products go " +"through all these locations, but some rules, such as removal strategies, can" +" have an effect on which products are taken for the pickings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Here, vendor trucks unload pallets of goods at the docks. Then, operators " +"scan the products in the receiving area, with the receiving date and, if the" +" product has an expiration date, the expiration date. After that, products " +"are stored in their respective locations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Next, several orders for the same product are made, but you didn’t receive " +"the goods the same day and they don’t have the same expiration date. In that" +" situation, you logically prefer sending those with the closest date first. " +"Depending on the removal strategy you chose, Odoo generates a transfer with " +"the products fitting your settings the best." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:42 +msgid "" +"On the transfer form, you can find the product’s lot/serial number to pick " +"for delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:48 +msgid "First In, First Out (FIFO)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:50 +msgid "" +"When using a **First In, First Out** strategy, a demand for some products " +"triggers a removal rule which requests a transfer for the lot/serial number " +"that has entered your stock the first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:53 +msgid "" +"To be clearer, let’s imagine that you have three lots of nails in your " +"warehouse. Those three have the following lot numbers: 00001, 00002, 00003, " +"each with 5 nails boxes in it. 00001 entered the stock on the 23rd of May, " +"00002 on the 25th of May, and 00003 on the 1st of June. A customer orders " +"you 6 boxes on the 11th of June. With the *FIFO* strategy selected, a " +"transfer is requested for the five boxes of 00001 and one of the boxes in " +"00002 because 00001 has entered your stock before the others. The box from " +"00002 is taken because it has the oldest enter date after 00001." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:60 +msgid "" +"So, for every order of a product with the *FIFO* strategy selected, Odoo " +"requests a transfer for the good that has been in your stock for the longest" +" period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:64 +msgid "Last In, First Out (LIFO)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:66 +msgid "" +"The same way as for FIFO, the **Last In, First Out** strategy is based on " +"moving products based on the date they entered the stock. Here, a demand for" +" some products triggers a removal rule that requests a transfer for the " +"lot/serial number that has entered your stock the last." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To better understand, let’s imagine three lots of screws in your warehouse. " +"Those three have the following numbers: 10001, 10002, 10003, each with 10 " +"screw boxes in it. 10001 has entered the stock on the 1st of June, 10002 on " +"the 3rd of June, and 10003 on the 6th of June. A customer orders 7 boxes on " +"the 8th of June. With the *LIFO* strategy selected, a transfer is requested " +"for seven boxes of 10003 because that lot is the last one to have entered " +"the stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:76 +msgid "" +"So, basically, for every order of a product with the *LIFO* strategy used, a" +" transfer for the last one to have entered the stock is requested." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:80 +msgid "" +"This strategy is banned in many countries and can lead to only have old or " +"obsolete products in your stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:84 +msgid "First Expire, First Out (FEFO)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:86 +msgid "" +"The **First Expire, First Out** strategy is a bit different from the two " +"others. Here, it is the expiration date that is important and not the date " +"the product entered the stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Let’s imagine three lots of 6-eggs boxes (in this specific case, don’t " +"forget to use :doc:`units of measure <../../management/products/uom>`). " +"Those three have the following numbers: 20001, 20002, and 20003, each with 5" +" boxes in it. 20001 has entered the stock on the 1st of July and expires on " +"the 15th of July, 20002 on the 2nd and expires on the 14th of July, and " +"20003 on the 4th and expires on the 21st of July. A customer orders 6 boxes " +"on the 5th of July. With the *FEFO* strategy selected, a transfer is " +"requested for the five boxes of 20002 and one from 20001. The transfer for " +"all the boxes of the lot 20002 is because they have the closest expiration " +"date. The transfer also requests one box from 20001 because it’s the lot " +"that expires the sooner after 20002." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:98 +msgid "" +"Then, you can remember that for every order of a product with the *FEFO* " +"strategy, a transfer is requested for the product that has the nearest " +"expiration date from the order date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:102 +msgid "Use Removal Strategies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To identify some units from other ones, you need to track them, either by " +"*lot* or by *serial number*. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration " +"--> Settings`. Then, activate *Storage Location*, *Multi-Steps Routes*, and " +"*Lots & Serial Numbers*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:113 +msgid "" +"To work with the *FEFO* strategy, activate the *Expiration Dates* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Next, you need to define your removal strategy, on *Product Categories* via " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:123 +msgid "FIFO (First In, First Out)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:125 +msgid "" +"As said, a *FIFO* strategy implies that products stocked first move out " +"first. Companies should use that method if they are selling products with " +"short demand cycles, such as clothes, and to ensure they are not stuck with " +"outdated styles in stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:129 +msgid "" +"For this example, we created three lots of white shirts. Those are from the " +"All/Clothes category, where we put *FIFO* as the removal strategy. In our " +"stock location (WH/Stock), we now find the three lots available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:137 +msgid "" +"The lot 000001 contains 5 shirts, 000002 contains 3 shirts, and 000003 " +"contains 2. As it can be seen above, 000001 has entered the stock first. " +"Let’s create a sale order of six white shirts to check that products from " +"that lot are the first ones to move out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:141 +msgid "" +"On the delivery order linked to the picking, you can see that the oldest lot" +" numbers have been reserved thanks to the *FIFO* strategy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:149 +msgid "LIFO (Last In, First Out)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:151 +msgid "" +"With a *LIFO* strategy, that’s quite the opposite. In fact, the products " +"that are brought the last move out the first. It is mostly used in case of " +"products without a shelf life." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:154 +msgid "" +"Even if our white shirts are clothes, we can say that they are timeless. So," +" let’s use them to test our *LIFO* strategy. Once again, open the product " +"category via :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product " +"Categories` and change the removal strategy to *LIFO*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:162 +msgid "" +"Now, create a sale order for 4 white shirts and check that the reserved " +"products are from lots 000003 and 000002." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170 +msgid "Don’t forget that the *LIFO* strategy is banned in many countries!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:173 +msgid "FEFO (First Expiry, First Out)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:175 +msgid "" +"With the *FEFO* strategy, the way products are picked is not based on the " +"reception date. In this particular case, they are dispatched according to " +"their expiration date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:179 +msgid "" +"To have more information about Expiration date, please have a look at " +":doc:`the related doc " +"<../../management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:182 +msgid "" +"By activating *Expiration Dates*, it becomes possible to define different " +"dates on the serial/lot numbers to be used in *FEFO*. These dates can be set" +" by going to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Master Data --> Lots/Serial " +"Numbers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:190 +msgid "" +"Lots are picked based on their removal date, from earliest to latest. Lots " +"without a removal date defined are picked after lots with removal dates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:194 +msgid "" +"Other dates are for informational and reporting purposes only. If not " +"removed from the stock, lots that are past the expiration dates may still be" +" picked for delivery orders!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:197 +msgid "" +"To use the *FEFO* strategy, once again go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Product Categories` and choose *FEFO* as the *Force " +"Removal Strategy*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:204 +msgid "" +"For this particular case, let’s use hand cream. As usual, we have three lots" +" of them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:207 +msgid "**Lot / Serial No**" +msgstr "** Lote / Número de série **" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:207 +msgid "**Product**" +msgstr "**Produtos**" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:207 +msgid "**Expiration Date**" +msgstr "**Data de validade**" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:209 +msgid "0000001" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:213 +msgid "Hand Cream" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:209 +msgid "09/30/2019" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:211 +msgid "0000002" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:211 +msgid "11/30/2019" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:213 +msgid "0000003" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:213 +msgid "10/31/2019" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:216 +msgid "" +"When we realize a sale for 25 units of Hand Cream, we can see that the lot " +"numbers which have been automatically reserved by Odoo are the ones with the" +" closest expiration date, meaning 0000001 and 0000003." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping.rst:3 +msgid "Shipping" +msgstr "Envio" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation.rst:3 +msgid "Shipping Operations" +msgstr "Operações de transporte" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:3 +msgid "How to cancel a shipping request to a shipper?" +msgstr "Como cancelar uma solicitação de remessa a um remetente?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. " +"Odoo will be linked with the transportation company tracking system." +msgstr "" +"O Odoo pode lidar com vários métodos de entrega, incluindo remetentes de " +"terceiros. O Odoo será conectado ao sistema de rastreamento da " +"transportadora." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:12 +msgid "" +"It will allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the " +"destination." +msgstr "Permite-lhe gerir a transportadora, os preços reais e o destino." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:15 +msgid "You can easily cancel the request made to the carrier system." +msgstr "" +"Você pode cancelar facilmente a solicitação feita ao sistema da operadora." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:18 +msgid "How to cancel a shipping request?" +msgstr "Como cancelar um pedido de envio?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If the delivery order is not **Validated**, then the request hasn't been " +"made. You can choose to cancel the delivery or to change the carrier." +msgstr "" +"Se a ordem de entrega não for ** Validada **, a solicitação não foi feita. " +"Você pode optar por cancelar a entrega ou alterar a transportadora." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you have clicked on **Validate**, the request has been made and you " +"should have received the tracking number and the label. You can still cancel" +" the request. Simply click on the **Cancel** button next to the **Carrier " +"Tracking Ref**:" +msgstr "" +"Se você clicou em ** Validar **, a solicitação foi feita e você deve ter " +"recebido o número de rastreamento e a etiqueta. Você ainda pode cancelar o " +"pedido. Basta clicar no botão ** Cancelar ** ao lado da ** Referência de " +"rastreamento da transportadora **:" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:32 +msgid "You will now see that the shipment has been cancelled." +msgstr "Você verá agora que a remessa foi cancelada." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:37 +msgid "You can now change the carrier if you wish." +msgstr "Agora você pode alterar a operadora, se desejar." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:40 +msgid "How to send a shipping request after cancelling one?" +msgstr "Como enviar um pedido de envio após o cancelamento?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:42 +msgid "" +"After cancelling the shipping request, you can change the carrier you want " +"to use. Confirm it by clicking on the **Send to shipper** button. You will " +"get a new tracking number and a new label." +msgstr "" +"Após cancelar a solicitação de envio, você pode alterar a transportadora que" +" deseja usar. Confirme clicando no botão ** Enviar ao remetente **. Você " +"receberá um novo número de rastreamento e um novo rótulo." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:83 +msgid ":doc:`invoicing`" +msgstr ":doc:`invoicing`" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:116 +msgid ":doc:`multipack`" +msgstr ":doc:`multipack`" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:3 +msgid "How to invoice the shipping cost to the customer?" +msgstr "Como faturar o custo de envio ao cliente?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:8 +msgid "There are two ways to invoice the shipping costs:" +msgstr "Há duas maneiras de faturar os custos de envio:" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:10 +msgid "Agree with the customer over a cost and seal it down in the sale order" +msgstr "Concordar com o cliente sobre um custo e selá-lo no pedido de venda" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:13 +msgid "Invoice the real cost of the shipping." +msgstr "Fature o custo real do frete." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To configure the price of your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** " +"app, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery --> Delivery " +"Methods`." +msgstr "" +"Para configurar o preço dos seus métodos de entrega, acesse o aplicativo ** " +"Inventário **, clique em: seleção de menus: `Configuração -> Entrega -> " +"Métodos de entrega`." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:21 +msgid "" +"You can manually set a price for the shipping: It can be fixed or based on " +"rules." +msgstr "" +"Você pode definir manualmente um preço para o frete: pode ser fixo ou com " +"base em regras." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Or you can use the transportation company computation system. Read the " +"document :doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`" +msgstr "" +"Ou você pode usar o sistema de computação da empresa de transporte. Leia o " +"documento: doc: `../ setup / third_party_shipper`" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:28 +msgid "How to invoice the shipping costs to the customer?" +msgstr "Como faturar os custos de envio ao cliente?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:31 +msgid "Invoice the price set on the sale order" +msgstr "Faturar o preço definido no pedido de venda" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:55 +msgid "" +"On your sale order, choose the carrier that will be used. Click on " +"**Delivery Method** to choose the right one." +msgstr "" +"Em seu pedido de venda, escolha a transportadora que será utilizada. Clique " +"em ** Método de entrega ** para escolher o correto." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The price is computed when you **save** the sale order or when you click on " +"**Set price**." +msgstr "" +"O preço é calculado quando você ** salva ** o pedido de venda ou quando " +"clica em ** Definir preço **." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, click on " +"**Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery method as a " +"product. It may vary from the real price." +msgstr "" +"Para faturar o preço da taxa de entrega no pedido de venda, clique em ** " +"Definir preço **, ele adicionará uma linha com o nome da forma de entrega " +"como um produto. Pode ser diferente do preço real." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:46 +msgid "" +"When you create the invoice, it will take the price set on the sale order." +msgstr "Ao criar a fatura, ela terá o preço definido no pedido de venda." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:53 +msgid "Invoice the real shipping costs" +msgstr "Faturar os custos reais de envio" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The price is computed when you **save** the sale order. Confirm the sale " +"order and proceed to deliver the product." +msgstr "" +"O preço é calculado quando você ** salva ** o pedido de venda. Confirme a " +"ordem de venda e prossiga com a entrega do produto." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:64 +msgid "" +"The real shipping cost is computed when the delivery order is validated, you" +" can see the real cost in the chatter of the delivery order." +msgstr "" +"O custo real de envio é calculado quando o pedido de entrega é validado, " +"você pode ver o custo real no chatter do pedido de entrega." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Go back to the sale order, the real cost is now added to the sale order." +msgstr "" +"Volte para o pedido de venda, o custo real agora é adicionado ao pedido de " +"venda." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:76 +msgid "" +"When you create the invoice, it will take the price computed by the carrier." +msgstr "" +"Ao criar a nota fiscal, ela terá o preço calculado pela transportadora." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:83 +msgid "" +"If you split the delivery and make several ones, each delivery order will " +"add a line to the sale order." +msgstr "" +"Se você dividir a entrega e fizer várias, cada pedido de entrega adicionará " +"uma linha ao pedido de venda." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:87 +msgid ":doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`" +msgstr ":doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:84 +msgid ":doc:`labels`" +msgstr ":doc:`labels`" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:3 +msgid "How to print shipping labels?" +msgstr "Como imprimir etiquetas de envio?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers " +"linked with the transportation company tracking system. It allows you to " +"manage the transport company, the real prices and the destination. And " +"finally, you will be able to print the shipping labels directly from Odoo." +msgstr "" +"O Odoo pode lidar com vários métodos de entrega, incluindo remetentes de " +"terceiros vinculados ao sistema de rastreamento da empresa de transporte. " +"Permite-lhe gerir a transportadora, os preços reais e o destino. E, " +"finalmente, você poderá imprimir as etiquetas de envio diretamente do Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:17 +msgid "Install the shipper company connector module" +msgstr "Instale o módulo conector da empresa remetente" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:20 +msgid "" +"In the **Inventory** module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies " +"you want to integrate :" +msgstr "" +"No módulo ** Inventário **, clique em: seleção de menus: `Configuração -> " +"Configurações`. Em ** Conectores de envio **, marque as empresas de " +"transporte que deseja integrar:" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:26 +msgid "Then click on **Apply**." +msgstr "Em seguida, clique em ** Aplicar **." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:33 +msgid "Configure the delivery method" +msgstr "Configure o método de entrega" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To configure your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** module, click on" +" :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery Methods`." +msgstr "" +"Para configurar seus métodos de entrega, acesse o módulo ** Inventário **, " +"clique em: seleção de menus: `Configuração -> Métodos de entrega`." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The delivery methods for the chosen shippers have been automatically " +"created." +msgstr "" +"Os métodos de entrega para os remetentes escolhidos foram criados " +"automaticamente." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:41 +msgid "" +"In the **Pricing** tab, the name of the provider means that the delivery " +"will be handled and computed by the shipper system." +msgstr "" +"Na aba ** Preços **, o nome do provedor significa que a entrega será tratada" +" e computada pelo sistema do remetente." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:44 +msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns :" +msgstr "A configuração do remetente é dividida em duas colunas:" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The first one is linked to **your account** (develop key, password,...). For" +" more information, please refer to the provider website." +msgstr "" +"O primeiro está vinculado à ** sua conta ** (chave de desenvolvimento, " +"senha, ...). Para obter mais informações, consulte o site do provedor." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:62 +msgid "" +"The second column varies according to the **provider**. You can choose the " +"packaging type, the service type, the weight unit..." +msgstr "" +"A segunda coluna varia de acordo com o ** provedor **. Você pode escolher o " +"tipo de embalagem, o tipo de serviço, a unidade de peso ..." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:65 +msgid "Uncheck **Test Mode** when you are done with the testings." +msgstr "Desmarque ** Modo de teste ** quando terminar os testes." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:77 +msgid "Company configuration" +msgstr "Configuração da empresa" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:79 +msgid "" +"In order to compute the right price, the provider needs your company " +"information. Be sure your address and phone number are correctly encoded." +msgstr "" +"Para calcular o preço certo, o provedor precisa das informações da sua " +"empresa. Certifique-se de que seu endereço e número de telefone estejam " +"codificados corretamente." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To check your information, go to the **Settings** application and click on " +"**General Settings**. Click on the first link **Configure your company " +"data**." +msgstr "" +"Para verificar suas informações, acesse o aplicativo ** Configurações ** e " +"clique em ** Configurações gerais **. Clique no primeiro link ** Configure " +"os dados da sua empresa **." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:92 +msgid "" +"The shipper companies need the weight of your product, otherwise the price " +"computation cannot be done." +msgstr "" +"As empresas remetentes precisam do peso do seu produto, caso contrário não " +"será possível fazer o cálculo do preço." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Go the **Sales** module, click on :menuselection:`Sales --> Products`. Open " +"the products you want to ship and set a weight on it." +msgstr "" +"Acesse o módulo ** Vendas **, clique em: seleção de menus: `Vendas -> " +"Produtos`. Abra os produtos que deseja enviar e defina um peso sobre eles." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:80 +msgid "" +"The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to do" +" the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system." +msgstr "" +"O peso no formulário do produto é expresso em quilogramas. Não se esqueça de" +" fazer a conversão se estiver acostumado com o sistema de medição imperial." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:85 +msgid "How to print shipping labels ?" +msgstr "Como imprimir etiquetas de envio?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:87 +msgid "" +"The delivery order created from the sale order will take the shipping " +"information from it, but you can change the carrier if you want to." +msgstr "" +"O pedido de entrega criado a partir do pedido de venda pegará as informações" +" de envio dele, mas você pode alterar a transportadora se desejar." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:135 +msgid "" +"If you create a delivery transfer from the inventory module, you can add the" +" third party shipper in the additional info tab." +msgstr "" +"Se você criar uma transferência de entrega a partir do módulo de estoque, " +"poderá adicionar o remetente terceirizado na guia de informações adicionais." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number and **the label(s)**." +msgstr "" +"Clique em ** Validar ** para receber o número de rastreamento e ** a (s) " +"etiqueta (s) **." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:151 +msgid "" +"The label to stick on your package is available in the history underneath :" +msgstr "" +"A etiqueta para colar em sua embalagem está disponível no histórico abaixo:" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:104 +msgid "Click on it to open the document and print it :" +msgstr "Clique nele para abrir o documento e imprimi-lo:" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:110 +msgid "" +"If you are doing multi-packages shippings, most of the time, there will be " +"one label per package. Each label will appear in the delivery history." +msgstr "" +"Se você estiver fazendo remessas de vários pacotes, na maioria das vezes " +"haverá uma etiqueta por pacote. Cada etiqueta aparecerá no histórico de " +"entrega." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage multiple packs for the same delivery order?" +msgstr "Como gerenciar vários pacotes para o mesmo pedido de entrega?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:8 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo considers that your delivery is composed of one package. " +"But you can easily ship your deliveries with more than one package. It is " +"fully integrated with the third-party shippers." +msgstr "" +"Por padrão, o Odoo considera que sua entrega é composta por um pacote. Mas " +"você pode enviar facilmente suas entregas com mais de um pacote. É " +"totalmente integrado com os remetentes de terceiros." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To configure the use of packages, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Configuration --> Settings`. Locate the **Packages** section and tick " +"**Record packages used on packing: pallets, boxes,...**" +msgstr "" +"Para configurar o uso de pacotes, acesse o menu: seleção de menus: " +"ʻInventário-> Configuração -> Configurações`. Localize a seção ** Pacotes **" +" e marque ** Registrar pacotes usados ​​na embalagem: paletes, caixas, ... " +"**" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:23 +msgid "Click on **Apply** when you are done." +msgstr "Clique em ** Aplicar ** quando terminar." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:107 +msgid "Sale process" +msgstr "Processo de venda" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:110 +msgid "Sale order" +msgstr "Pedido de venda" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:34 +msgid "Click on a **Delivery Method** to choose the right one." +msgstr "Clique em um ** Método de entrega ** para escolher o correto." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:40 +msgid "Multi-packages Delivery" +msgstr "Entrega de vários pacotes" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:42 +msgid "" +"The delivery created from the sale order will take the shipping information " +"from it." +msgstr "" +"A entrega criada a partir do pedido de venda pegará as informações de envio " +"dele." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:48 +msgid "From here, you can split your delivery into multiple packages." +msgstr "A partir daqui, você pode dividir sua entrega em vários pacotes." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Choose the quantity you want to put in the first pack in the **Done** " +"column, then click on the link **Put in Pack**." +msgstr "" +"Escolha a quantidade que deseja colocar no primeiro pacote na coluna ** " +"Pronto **, a seguir clique no link ** Colocar no Pacote **." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:56 +msgid "It will automatically create a pack with the requested quantity." +msgstr "Ele criará automaticamente um pacote com a quantidade solicitada." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:58 +msgid "Do the same steps for the other pieces you want to pack in." +msgstr "Execute as mesmas etapas para as outras peças que deseja embalar." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:63 +msgid "Click on **Validate** when you are done." +msgstr "Clique em ** Validar ** quando terminar." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:66 +msgid "Multi-packages with a 3rd party-shipper" +msgstr "Vários pacotes com um remetente terceirizado" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Once the delivery order is validated, you will receive the tracking number. " +"The **carrier Tracking ref** field will automatically be filled. Click on " +"the **Tracking** button to check your delivery on the provider website." +msgstr "" +"Assim que o pedido de entrega for validado, você receberá o número de " +"rastreamento. O campo ** Ref de rastreamento da transportadora ** será " +"preenchido automaticamente. Clique no botão ** Rastreamento ** para " +"verificar sua entrega no site do provedor." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:76 +msgid "" +"The **labels** to stick on your packages are available in the history " +"underneath:" +msgstr "" +"Os ** rótulos ** para colar em seus pacotes estão disponíveis no histórico " +"abaixo:" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Shipping Setup" +msgstr "Configuração de envio" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:3 +msgid "How to setup a delivery method?" +msgstr "Como configurar um método de entrega?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, but it is not activated by " +"default. Delivery methods can be used for your sale orders, your deliveries " +"but also on your e-commerce." +msgstr "" +"O Odoo pode lidar com vários métodos de entrega, mas não é ativado por " +"padrão. Os métodos de entrega podem ser usados ​​para seus pedidos de venda," +" suas entregas, mas também em seu e-commerce." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Delivery methods allow you to manage the transport company, the price and " +"the destination. You can even integrate Odoo with external shippers to " +"compute the real price and the packagings." +msgstr "" +"Os métodos de entrega permitem que você gerencie a empresa de transporte, o " +"preço e o destino. Você pode até integrar o Odoo com remetentes externos " +"para calcular o preço real e as embalagens." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:20 +msgid "Install the inventory module" +msgstr "Instale o módulo de inventário" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Delivery methods are handled by the **Delivery costs** module. Go to " +"**Apps** and search for the module. You should remove the **Apps** filter in" +" order to see it :" +msgstr "" +"Os métodos de entrega são tratados pelo módulo ** Custos de entrega **. Vá " +"para ** Apps ** e pesquise o módulo. Você deve remover o filtro ** Apps ** " +"para vê-lo:" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to integrate delivery methods in your e-commerce, you'll have to" +" install the **eCommerce Delivery** module." +msgstr "" +"Se você deseja integrar métodos de entrega em seu e-commerce, você terá que " +"instalar o módulo ** eCommerce Delivery **." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:39 +msgid "First set a name and a transporter company." +msgstr "Primeiro defina um nome e uma empresa transportadora." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Then you'll have to set the pricing. It can be fixed or based on rules." +msgstr "" +"Então você terá que definir o preço. Pode ser corrigido ou baseado em " +"regras." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:46 +msgid "" +"If the price is fixed, tick **Fixed price**. You'll just have to define the " +"price. If you want the delivery to be free above a certain amount, tick the " +"option **Free if Order total is more than** and set a price." +msgstr "" +"Se o preço for fixo, marque ** Preço fixo **. Você apenas terá que definir o" +" preço. Se desejar que a entrega seja gratuita acima de um determinado " +"valor, marque a opção ** Grátis se o total do pedido for maior que ** e " +"defina um preço." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:54 +msgid "" +"If the price varies according to rules, tick **Based on Rules**. Click on " +"**add an item to a pricing rule**. Choose a condition based on either the " +"weight, the volume, the price or the quantity." +msgstr "" +"Se o preço variar de acordo com as regras, marque ** Com base nas regras **." +" Clique em ** adicionar um item a uma regra de preços **. Escolha uma " +"condição com base no peso, volume, preço ou quantidade." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Finally you can limit the delivery method to a few destinations. The limit " +"can be applied to some countries, states or even zip codes. This feature " +"limits the list of countries on your e-commerce." +msgstr "" +"Finalmente, você pode limitar o método de entrega a alguns destinos. O " +"limite pode ser aplicado a alguns países, estados ou até mesmo códigos " +"postais. Este recurso limita a lista de países em seu e-commerce." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:69 +msgid "" +"You can integrate Odoo with external shippers in order to compute the real " +"price and packagings, and handle the printing the shipping labels. See " +":doc:`third_party_shipper`" +msgstr "" +"Você pode integrar Odoo com remetentes externos para calcular o preço real e" +" as embalagens, e lidar com a impressão das etiquetas de envio. Veja: doc: " +"`third_party_shipper`" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:74 +msgid "Delivery process" +msgstr "Processo de entrega" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:82 +msgid "" +"You can now choose the **Delivery Method** on your sale order. If you want " +"to invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, click on " +"**Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery method as a " +"product." +msgstr "" +"Agora você pode escolher o ** Método de entrega ** em seu pedido de venda. " +"Caso queira faturar o preço da taxa de entrega no pedido de venda, clique em" +" ** Definir preço **, será adicionado uma linha com o nome da forma de " +"entrega como um produto." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:130 +msgid "Delivery" +msgstr "Entrega" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:90 +msgid "You can add or change the delivery method on the delivery itself." +msgstr "" +"Você pode adicionar ou alterar o método de entrega na própria entrega." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:95 +msgid "" +"On the delivery, check the **Carrier Information**. The carrier is the " +"chosen delivery method." +msgstr "" +"Na entrega, verifique as ** Informações da transportadora **. A " +"transportadora é o método de entrega escolhido." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:99 +msgid ":doc:`third_party_shipper`" +msgstr ":doc:`third_party_shipper`" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:158 +msgid ":doc:`../operation/invoicing`" +msgstr ":doc:`../operation/invoicing`" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:3 +msgid "How to get DHL credentials for integration with Odoo?" +msgstr "Como obter credenciais da DHL para integração com Odoo?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:5 +msgid "In order to use the Odoo DHL API, you will need:" +msgstr "Para usar a API Odoo DHL, você precisará de:" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:7 +msgid "A DHL.com SiteID" +msgstr "Um ID do site DHL.com" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:9 +msgid "A DHL Password" +msgstr "Uma senha DHL" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:11 +msgid "A DHL Account Number" +msgstr "Um número de conta DHL" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Getting SiteID and password for countries other than United States (UK and " +"Rest of the world)" +msgstr "" +"Obtendo a ID do site e a senha para outros países além dos Estados Unidos " +"(Reino Unido e resto do mundo)" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:17 +msgid "" +"You should contact DHL account manager and request integration for XML " +"Express API. The presales should provide you live credentials." +msgstr "" +"Você deve entrar em contato com o gerente de contas da DHL e solicitar " +"integração para XML Express API. A pré-venda deve fornecer credenciais ao " +"vivo." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:20 +msgid "Getting SiteID and Password for United States" +msgstr "Obtendo ID do site e senha para os Estados Unidos" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:22 +msgid "" +"You need to write to xmlrequests@dhl.com along with your full Account " +"details like account number, region, address, etc. to get API Access." +msgstr "" +"Você precisa escrever para xmlrequests@dhl.com junto com os detalhes " +"completos da sua conta, como número da conta, região, endereço, etc. para " +"obter acesso à API." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:3 +msgid "How to integrate a third party shipper?" +msgstr "Como integrar um remetente terceirizado?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. " +"Odoo can be linked with the transportation company tracking system. It will " +"allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the " +"destination." +msgstr "" +"O Odoo pode lidar com vários métodos de entrega, incluindo remetentes de " +"terceiros. O Odoo pode ser vinculado ao sistema de rastreamento da empresa " +"de transporte. Permite-lhe gerir a transportadora, os preços reais e o " +"destino." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:19 +msgid "" +"In the inventory module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies " +"you want to integrate :" +msgstr "" +"No módulo de inventário, clique em: seleção de menus: `Configuração -> " +"Configurações`. Em ** Conectores de envio **, marque as empresas de " +"transporte que deseja integrar:" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:38 +msgid "" +"The delivery methods for the chosen shippers have been automatically " +"created. Most of the time, there will be **2** delivery methods for the same" +" provider: one for **international** shipping and the other for **domestic**" +" shipping." +msgstr "" +"Os métodos de entrega para os remetentes escolhidos foram criados " +"automaticamente. Na maioria das vezes, haverá ** 2 ** métodos de entrega " +"para o mesmo fornecedor: um para envio ** internacional ** e outro para " +"envio ** doméstico **." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:43 +msgid "" +"You can create other methods with the same provider with other " +"configuration, for example the **Packaging Type**." +msgstr "" +"Você pode criar outros métodos com o mesmo provedor com outra configuração, " +"por exemplo, ** Tipo de embalagem **." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:46 +msgid "" +"You can change the **Name** of the delivery method. This is the name that " +"will appear on your ecommerce." +msgstr "" +"Você pode alterar o ** Nome ** do método de entrega. Este é o nome que " +"aparecerá em seu e-commerce." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:49 +msgid "Flag **Shipping enabled** when you are ready to use it." +msgstr "Sinalize ** Envio habilitado ** quando estiver pronto para usá-lo." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:54 +msgid "" +"In the pricing tab, the name of the provider chosen under the **Price " +"computation** means that the pricing will be computed by the shipper system." +msgstr "" +"Na guia de preços, o nome do fornecedor escolhido em ** Cálculo de preço ** " +"significa que o preço será calculado pelo sistema do remetente." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:57 +msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns:" +msgstr "A configuração do remetente é dividida em duas colunas:" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:59 +msgid "" +"The first one is linked to **your account** (developer key, password,...). " +"For more information, please refer to the provider website." +msgstr "" +"O primeiro está vinculado à ** sua conta ** (chave de desenvolvedor, senha, " +"...). Para obter mais informações, consulte o site do provedor." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Finally you can limit the delivery method to a few destinations. You can " +"limit it to some countries, states or even zip codes. This feature limits " +"the list of countries on your e-commerce. It is useful for the domestic " +"providers. For example, USPS US only delivers from the United States to the " +"United States." +msgstr "" +"Finalmente, você pode limitar o método de entrega a alguns destinos. Você " +"pode limitá-lo a alguns países, estados ou até mesmo códigos postais. Este " +"recurso limita a lista de países em seu e-commerce. É útil para os " +"provedores domésticos. Por exemplo, o USPS US entrega apenas dos Estados " +"Unidos para os Estados Unidos." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Go the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> Products`. Open the products" +" you want to ship and set a weight on it." +msgstr "" +"Vá ao menu: seleção de menus: `Vendas -> Vendas -> Produtos`. Abra os " +"produtos que deseja enviar e defina um peso sobre eles." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:102 +msgid "" +"The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to " +"make the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system." +msgstr "" +"O peso no formulário do produto é expresso em quilogramas. Não se esqueça de" +" fazer a conversão se estiver acostumado com o sistema de medição imperial." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:115 +msgid "" +"You can now choose the carrier on your sale order. Click on **Delivery " +"method** to choose the right one." +msgstr "" +"Agora você pode escolher a transportadora em seu pedido de venda. Clique em " +"** Método de entrega ** para escolher o correto." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:118 +msgid "" +"The price is computed when you save the sale order or when you click on " +"**Set price**." +msgstr "" +"O preço é calculado quando você salva o pedido de venda ou quando clica em " +"** Definir preço **." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:121 +msgid "" +"If you want to invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, " +"click on **Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery " +"method as a product. It may vary from the real price." +msgstr "" +"Caso queira faturar o preço da taxa de entrega no pedido de venda, clique em" +" ** Definir preço **, será adicionado uma linha com o nome da forma de " +"entrega como um produto. Pode ser diferente do preço real." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:125 +msgid "" +"Otherwise, the real price (computed when the delivery is validated) will " +"automatically be added to the invoice. For more information, please read the" +" document :doc:`../operation/invoicing`" +msgstr "" +"Caso contrário, o preço real (calculado quando a entrega é validada) será " +"automaticamente adicionado à fatura. Para mais informações, leia o " +"documento: doc:`../operation/invoicing`" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:132 +msgid "" +"The delivery created from the sale order will take the shipping information " +"from it. You can change the carrier if you want to." +msgstr "" +"A entrega criada a partir do pedido de venda pegará as informações de envio " +"dele. Você pode mudar a operadora se quiser." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:141 +msgid "" +"The weight is computed based on the products weights. The shipping cost will" +" be computed once the transfer is validated." +msgstr "" +"O peso é calculado com base nos pesos dos produtos. O custo de envio será " +"calculado assim que a transferência for validada." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number. The **Carrier Tracking" +" ref** field will automatically be filled. Click on the **Tracking** button " +"to check your delivery on the provider website." +msgstr "" +"Clique em ** Validar ** para receber o número de rastreamento. O campo ** " +"rastreamento de transportadora ref ** será preenchido automaticamente. " +"Clique no botão ** Rastreamento ** para verificar sua entrega no site do " +"provedor." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:159 +msgid ":doc:`../operation/labels`" +msgstr ":doc:`../operation/labels`" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:3 +msgid "How to get UPS credentials for integration with Odoo?" +msgstr "Como obter credenciais UPS para integração com Odoo?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:5 +msgid "In order to use the Odoo UPS API, you will need:" +msgstr "Para usar a API Odoo UPS, você precisará de:" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:7 +msgid "A UPS.com user ID and password" +msgstr "Um ID de usuário e senha UPS.com" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:9 +msgid "A UPS account number" +msgstr "Um número de conta UPS" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:11 +msgid "An Access Key" +msgstr "Uma chave de acesso" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:13 +msgid "" +"An Access Key is a 16 character alpha-numeric code that allows access to the" +" UPS Developer Kit API Development and Production servers." +msgstr "" +"Uma chave de acesso é um código alfanumérico de 16 caracteres que permite o " +"acesso aos servidores de desenvolvimento e produção do UPS Developer Kit " +"API." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:17 +msgid "Create a UPS Account" +msgstr "Crie uma conta UPS" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Note that only customers located in the US can open a UPS account online. If" +" you are located outside the US, you will need to contact UPS Customer " +"Service in order to to open an account." +msgstr "" +"Observe que apenas clientes localizados nos EUA podem abrir uma conta UPS " +"online. Se você estiver localizado fora dos Estados Unidos, precisará entrar" +" em contato com o Atendimento ao Cliente UPS para abrir uma conta." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You can read additional information about opening a UPS account on the their" +" website, on the page, `How to Open a UPS Account Online " +"<https://www.ups.com/content/us/en/resources/sri/openaccountonline.html?srch_pos=2&srch_phr=open+ups+account>`_" +msgstr "" +"Você pode ler informações adicionais sobre como abrir uma conta UPS no site " +"deles, na página, `Como abrir uma conta UPS online " +"<https://www.ups.com/content/us/en/resources/sri/openaccountonline. html? " +"srch_pos = 2 & srch_phr = open + ups + account> `_" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:27 +msgid "" +"If you don't already have a UPS account, you can create one along with your " +"online profile by following these steps:" +msgstr "" +"Se ainda não tiver uma conta UPS, você pode criar uma junto com seu perfil " +"online seguindo estas etapas:" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:30 +msgid "" +"1. Access the UPS.com web site at `www.ups.com <http://www.ups.com/>`__, and" +" click the **New User** link at the top of the page." +msgstr "" +"1. Acesse o site UPS.com em `www.ups.com <http://www.ups.com/>` __ e clique " +"no link ** Novo usuário ** na parte superior da página." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:34 +msgid "" +"2. Click the **Register for MyUPS** button, and follow the prompts to " +"complete the registration process." +msgstr "" +"2. Clique no botão ** Registrar para MyUPS ** e siga as instruções para " +"concluir o processo de registro." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:37 +msgid "" +"If you already have a UPS account, you can add it to your online profile as " +"follows:" +msgstr "" +"Se você já possui uma conta UPS, pode adicioná-la ao seu perfil online da " +"seguinte forma:" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Log in to the `UPS.com website <http://www.ups.com/>`_) using your UPS.com " +"User ID and Password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:41 +msgid "Click the **My UPS** tab." +msgstr "Clique na guia **My UPS**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:43 +msgid "Click the **Account Summary** link." +msgstr "Clique no link ** Resumo da conta **." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:45 +msgid "" +"4. Click the **Add an Existing UPS Account** link in the **UPS Account " +"Details** section of the page." +msgstr "" +"4. Clique no link ** Adicionar uma conta UPS existente ** na seção ** " +"Detalhes conta UPS ** da página." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:48 +msgid "" +"5. In the **Add New Account** screen, enter the **UPS Account Number**, " +"**Account Name**, and **Postal Code** fields. The country defaults to United" +" States.q" +msgstr "" +"5. Na tela ** Adicionar nova conta **, insira os campos ** Número da conta " +"UPS **, ** Nome da conta ** e ** Código postal **. O padrão do país é " +"Estados Unidos.q" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:52 +msgid "Click the **Next** button to continue." +msgstr "Clique no botão **Próximo** para continuar." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:55 +msgid "Get an Access Key" +msgstr "Obtenha uma chave de acesso" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:57 +msgid "" +"After you have added your UPS account number to your user profile you can " +"request an Access Key from UPS using the steps below:" +msgstr "" +"Depois de adicionar o número da sua conta UPS ao seu perfil de usuário, você" +" pode solicitar uma Chave de Acesso da UPS usando as etapas abaixo:" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Go to the `UPS Developer Kit web page " +"<https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en_US>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:61 +msgid "Log into UPS.com with your user ID and password" +msgstr "Faça login no UPS.com com seu ID de usuário e senha" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:62 +msgid "Click on the link **Request an access key**." +msgstr "Clique no link ** Solicite uma chave de acesso **." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:63 +msgid "Verify your contact information" +msgstr "Verifique suas informações de contato" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:64 +msgid "Click the **Request Access Key** button." +msgstr "Clique no botão ** Solicitar chave de acesso **." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:66 +msgid "" +"The **Access Key** will be provided to you on the web page, and an email " +"with the Access Key will be sent to the email address of the primary " +"contact." +msgstr "" +"A ** Chave de acesso ** será fornecida a você na página da web e um e-mail " +"com a chave de acesso será enviado ao endereço de e-mail do contato " +"principal." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:4 +msgid "Manufacturing" +msgstr "Produção" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management.rst:4 +msgid "Manufacturing Management" +msgstr "Gestão de Manufatura" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:3 +msgid "Using an alternative Work Center" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:5 +msgid "" +"For many manufacturing companies, a common issue is to have to manufacture, " +"at the same time, several products usually produced at the same work center." +" If in practice, employees can manufacture the goods at another work center," +" it is not that simple." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:10 +msgid "" +"You need to keep track of the job: which work center has been used and when," +" so you can schedule maintenance efficiently. With Odoo, you can configure " +"it so you can keep tracking manufacturing orders and your employees have an " +"alternative work center to use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:15 +msgid "" +"This way, your process becomes more efficient, and less non-productive time " +"will be noticed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:20 +msgid "Configure your Work Centers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The first thing to do is to go to the *Manufacturing* app settings. Then, " +"enable the *Work Orders* feature and hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Now, go to the *Work Centers* menu under *Master Data* and create two new " +"work centers. Add the second work centers as an alternative to the first and" +" vice versa." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:39 +msgid "" +"The next step is to create your *routing*. Add your work center and an " +"operation to it before saving." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Then, you can create your *Bill of Materials* and add components and routing" +" to it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:56 +msgid "Create your Work Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Now that everything is configured, you can create your *Work Orders*. Go to " +"the *Manufacturing Orders* menu and hit *Create*. There, add your product " +"and plan it. In the *Work Orders* list, you can find it ready to be " +"assembled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Each new *Work Order*, which will be created before the end of the first " +"one, will be scheduled at the alternative work center you configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Keep in mind that, if you add time after production to your work center, you" +" may have work orders scheduled for your alternative work center even if the" +" usual one is free." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:3 +msgid "Create Bills of Materials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A *Bill of Materials* is a document defining the quantity of each component " +"required to manufacture a finished product. It also includes the routing and" +" individual steps of the manufacturing process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:9 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can link multiple BoMs to each product and use it to describe" +" multiple variants of them. Each BoM will, yet, be associated with one " +"product only." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:13 +msgid "" +"This feature will help optimize your manufacturing process while saving you " +"time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:17 +msgid "Setting up a BoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:19 +msgid "" +"You can use BoMs without routings. You will use this if you choose to manage" +" your manufacturing operations using manufacturing orders only. In other " +"words, you choose to realize your manufacturing process in one step and do " +"not track the steps the product goes through." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Before creating your *BoM*, you have to create the product using the *BoM* " +"and, at least, one of the components. Go to the :menuselection:`Master Data " +"menu --> Products` and create both the finished product and the component." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Once done, go to the *Bills of Materials* menu under *Master Data*. Now, " +"create it. Choose the product from the dropdown menu and add your components" +" and the quantity. In this case, keep the default *BoM* type, which is " +"*Manufacture this Product*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:37 +msgid "Using the same BoM to describe Variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:39 +msgid "" +"As said above, you can use *BoM* for *Product Variants*. It is basically the" +" same as for the standard product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:42 +msgid "" +"If your *BoM* is for one variant only, then specify which one in the " +"*Product Variant* field. If not, specify the variant it is consumed for on " +"each component line. You can add several variants for each component." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:51 +msgid "Adding a routing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:53 +msgid "" +"You can add routing to your *BoM*. You will do this if you need to define a " +"series of operations required by your manufacturing process. To use it, " +"enable the *Work Orders* feature in the *Manufacturing* app settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Each *BoM* can have only one routing while each routing can be used multiple" +" times." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Now that you have created your routing, add it to your *BoM*. You can select" +" when, in the work operations, your components are consumed with the " +"dropdown menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:73 +msgid "Adding By-Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:75 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, a *by-product* is any product produced by a *BoM* in addition to " +"the primary product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:78 +msgid "" +"To add *by-products* to a *BoM*, you will first need to enable them from the" +" *Manufacturing* app settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Once the feature is enabled, you can add your *By-Products* to your *BoMs*. " +"You can add as many *By-Products* as you want. Just keep in mind that you " +"need to register during which operation your by-product is produced." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:3 +msgid "Sell sets of products as kits" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A *kit* is a set of components that are delivered without first being " +"assembled or mixed. *Kits* are described in Odoo using *Bills of Materials*." +" There are two basic ways to configure *kits*, depending on how the stock of" +" the kit product is to be managed. In either case, both the *Inventory* and " +"*Manufacturing* apps must be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:12 +msgid "Manage Stock of Component Products" +msgstr "Gerenciar estoque de produtos de componentes" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If you want to assemble kits as they are ordered, managing stock of the kit " +"components only, you will use a *Kit BoM* without a manufacturing step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:18 +msgid "" +"A product using a *Kit BoM* will appear as a single line item on a quotation" +" and sales order, but will generate a delivery order with one line item for " +"each of the components of the kit. In the examples below, the first image " +"shows a sales order for the kit *Custom Computer Kit*, while the second " +"image shows the corresponding delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:33 +msgid "" +"From the *Products menu* in either the *Inventory* or *Manufacturing* app, " +"create each component product as you would with any other product, then " +"create the top-level, or kit product. The kit product should have only the " +"*route Manufacture* set, in the *Inventory tab*. Because you cannot track " +"the stock of kit products, the *Product Type* should be set to Consumable. " +"Because a kit product cannot be purchased, then, *Can be Purchased* should " +"be unchecked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:41 +msgid "" +"All other parameters on the kit product may be modified according to your " +"preference. The component products require no particular configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Once the products are configured, create a *bill of materials* for the kit " +"product. Add each component and its quantity. Select the *BoM Type Ship this" +" product as a set of components*. All other options may be left with their " +"default values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:57 +msgid "Manage Stock of Kit Product and Component Products" +msgstr "Gerenciar estoque de produtos de kit e produtos de componentes" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If you want to manage stock of the *top-level kit product*, you will use a " +"standard *BoM* with a manufacturing step instead of a *Kit BoM*. When using " +"a standard BoM to assemble kits, a *manufacturing order* will be created. " +"The *manufacturing order* must be registered as completed before the kit " +"product will appear in your stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:68 +msgid "" +"On the kit product, select the *route Manufacture*. You may also select " +"*Make to Order*, which will create a *manufacturing order* whenever a sales " +"order is confirmed. Select the product type *Storable Product* to enable " +"stock management." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:76 +msgid "" +"When you create the *bill of materials*, select the BoM Type *Manufacture " +"this product*. The assembly of the kit will be described by a *manufacturing" +" order* rather than a packing operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage BoMs for product variants" +msgstr "Como gerenciar BoMs para variantes de produtos" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows you to use one bill of materials for multiple variants of the " +"same product. Simply enable variants from :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`." +msgstr "" +"O Odoo permite que você use uma lista de materiais para várias variantes do " +"mesmo produto. Simplesmente habilite as variantes em: seleção de menus: " +"`Configuração -> Configurações`." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:12 +msgid "" +"You will then be able to specify which component lines are to be used in the" +" manufacture of each product variant. You may specify multiple variants for " +"each line. If no variant is specified, the line will be used for all " +"variants." +msgstr "" +"Você poderá então especificar quais linhas de componentes devem ser usadas " +"na fabricação de cada variante de produto. Você pode especificar várias " +"variantes para cada linha. Se nenhuma variante for especificada, a linha " +"será usada para todas as variantes." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:17 +msgid "" +"When defining variant BoMs on a line-item-basis, the **Product Variant** " +"field in the main section of the BoM should be left blank. This field is " +"used when creating a BoM for one variant of a product only." +msgstr "" +"Ao definir as BoMs variantes com base no item de linha, o campo ** Variante " +"do produto ** na seção principal da BoM deve ser deixado em branco. Este " +"campo é usado ao criar um BoM para apenas uma variante de um produto." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:3 +msgid "Set routings on kit Bills of materials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:5 +msgid "" +"It often happens that you want to use kit BoM’s within manufactured product " +"BoM’s in order to lighten the list of components for this manufactured " +"product. When doing so, you would like to have the possibility to specify, " +"for each kit component, in which operation they are consumed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:11 +msgid "" +"We will see the three use cases that you can face in these kinds of " +"configurations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:15 +msgid "Finished Product & Kit Component have the same Routing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:107 +msgid "Create BoM for the Finished Product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Create a manufactured BoM for the finished product which includes a kit " +"component. Set a routing on your BoM, for example, *Assemble Furniture*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:117 +msgid "Create a Kit BoM for the Kit Component" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Update the kit component to define its BoM. Make sure that the routing which" +" is set on this BoM is the same one than on the Finished Product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:36 +msgid "" +"You can define the operations in which the kit components are used directly " +"in the BoM of the kit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:127 +msgid "Manufacturing Order" +msgstr "Ordem de Produção" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:42 +msgid "" +"In the list of components, the kit is split. Two work orders are created as " +"we have two operations defined in the *Assemble Furniture* routing. The " +"components of the kits are well consumed in the operations defined in the " +"kit BoM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:57 +msgid "Finished Product & Kit Component haven’t the same Routing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:60 +msgid "Kit Consumption set on Finished Product BoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Update the kit component to define its BoM. In this use case, the routing " +"which is set on this Kit BoM is different than the one of the Finished " +"Product. Specify the operations at which the kit components are consumed in " +"this BoM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:129 +msgid "" +"When the manufacturing order is created for the Manufactured product, the " +"kit is split among its components. When the manufacturing order is planned, " +"three work orders are created in our case, one coming from the routing of " +"the manufactured products, the two other ones coming from the routing of the" +" kit BoM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:95 +msgid "The components are all consumed during their respective operations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:104 +msgid "Kit Consumption set on Kit BoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:109 +msgid "" +"Create a manufactured BoM for the finished product which includes a kit " +"component. Set a routing on your BoM, for example, *Assemble Furniture*. " +"Precise the consumption of the components on this BoM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Update the kit component to define its BoM. In this use case, the routing " +"which is set on this Kit BoM is different than the one of the Finished " +"Product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:138 +msgid "" +"All the components of the kits are consumed during the first operation. The " +"last component is consumed during the second operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:3 +msgid "Manage semi-finished products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, you can use subassembly products to simplify a complex *Bill of " +"Materials* or to represent your manufacturing flow more accurately. A " +"*subassembly product* is a manufactured product that is used as a component " +"to make another one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:10 +msgid "" +"A *BoM* that employs *subassemblies* is referred to as a multi-level BoM. " +"Those are accomplished by creating a *top-level BoM* and *subassembly ones*." +" This process requires a route that will ensure that every time a " +"manufacturing order for the top-level product is created, another one will " +"be for subassemblies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:17 +msgid "Configure the Subassembly Product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To configure a *multi-level BoM*, you will need a top-level product but also" +" its subassemblies. The first step is to create a product form for each of " +"the subassemblies. Select the routes *Manufacture* and *Replenish on Order*." +" Now, hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:27 +msgid "" +"In the *Bill of Materials* menu, under *Master Data*, create a new *Bill of " +"Materials*. Choose the product you just created and add its components." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:35 +msgid "Configure the Main BoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Now, you can configure the top-level product and its *BoM*. Include any " +"subassemblies in the list of components." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Now, each time you will plan a manufacturing order for the top-level " +"product, a manufacturing order will be created for the subassembly one. " +"Then, you will have to manufacture the subassembly in order to make it " +"available before manufacturing the finished product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:3 +msgid "Subcontract your Manufacturing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Outsourcing a portion of some or all your company’s manufacturing needs is " +"not easy. To make it work right, you have to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:8 +msgid "Manage the inventory of raw materials at your subcontractor;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Ship new materials to your subcontractors based on your forecasted demand;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Keep track of manufacturing operations done at the subcontractor location;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:13 +msgid "Control incoming goods quality;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:14 +msgid "Control subcontractors bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Here is an example of subcontracting the manufacturing of “C”, which is " +"produced out of raw materials “A” and “B”." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:23 +msgid "" +"With its subcontracting feature, Odoo helps you handle this flow easily." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To use the subcontracting feature, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and tick the box *Subcontracting*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To define if a product must be subcontracted, use a *Bill of Materials " +"(BoM)* of type *Subcontracting*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To create a new *BoM*, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Master Data " +"--> Bill of Materials` and hit create. Then, list the components your " +"subcontractor needs to manufacture the product. For costing purposes, you " +"might want to register all the components, even the ones that are sourced " +"directly from the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Once you have set the *BoM Type* to *Subcontracting*, specify one or several" +" subcontractors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:52 +msgid "Basic Subcontracting Flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To let your subcontractor know how many products you need, create and send " +"them purchase orders (PO). To do so, open the *Purchase* app and create a " +"new one. Be sure to send the PO to a vendor that is defined as a " +"subcontractor on the *BoM*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Once the *PO* is validated (1), a pending receipt is created. When the " +"products are received, validate the receipt (2), with the actual quantity " +"received. Then Odoo automatically created several inventory moves:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Consume the components at the subcontractor’s location, based on the *BoM* " +"(3);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:70 +msgid "Produce finished goods at the subcontractor’s location (4);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Move products from the subcontractor’s location to YourCompany through the " +"validated receipt (5)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Of course, Odoo does all the transactions for you, automatically. Simply " +"control the vendor bill with the usual matching process with the purchase " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:79 +msgid "" +"The *PO* is optional. If you create a receipt manually, with the right " +"subcontractor, Odoo still performs all the moves. Useful if the " +"subcontractor does not bill a fixed price per item, but rather the time and " +"materials used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:85 +msgid "Inventory Valuation" +msgstr "Avaliação de estoque" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:87 +msgid "The cost of the manufactured product “C” is defined as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:89 +msgid "**C = A + B + s**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:91 +msgid "With:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:93 +msgid "**A**: Cost of raw materials coming from YourCompany;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:96 +msgid "**B**: Cost of raw materials sourced directly from the" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:96 +msgid "subcontractor;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:98 +msgid "**s**: Cost of the subcontracted service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Sending raw materials to your subcontractors (**A**) does not impact the " +"inventory valuation, the components still belonging to your company. To " +"manage this, the *Subcontracting Location* is configured as an *Internal " +"Location* so that the components are still valued in the inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:106 +msgid "" +"Then, the vendor price set on the product C form has to be what has to be " +"paid to the subcontractor for his parts and service time: **B + s**. The " +"product cost has to be: **A + B + s**, how much the product is valued in the" +" accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Finally, the subcontractor bill matches the purchase order, with the " +"proposed price coming from the finished products C." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:115 +msgid "" +"If managing the replenishment of raw materials **B** at your subcontractor’s" +" location is not needed, simply include the cost of **B** in the " +"subcontractor’s price **s** and remove the products *B* from the *BoM*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:121 +msgid "Traceability" +msgstr "Rastreabilidade" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:123 +msgid "" +"In case the products received from the subcontractor contain tracked " +"components, their serial or lot numbers need to be specified during the " +"receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:127 +msgid "" +"On the receipt of the subcontracted product, a *Record Components* button " +"appears when necessary. Click on it to open a dialog and record the " +"serial/lot numbers of the components. If the finished product is also " +"tracked, its serial/lot number can be registered here too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:136 +msgid "" +"For audit purposes, it is possible to check the lot numbers recorded on a " +"receipt by using the icon on the right of the finished products:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:144 +msgid "Automate Replenishment of Subcontractors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:146 +msgid "" +"To manage the resupply of your subcontractor, activate *Multi-locations* in " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Configuration`. Then, the " +"inventory at the subcontractor location can be tracked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:151 +msgid "" +"It is possible to resupply subcontractors by sending products from the " +"company locations, or by sending products from another supplier to the " +"subcontractors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:156 +msgid "Replenishment from the warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:158 +msgid "" +"Resupplying subcontractors manually is the simplest approach. To do so, " +"create delivery orders in which the subcontractor is set as a delivery " +"address and fill the components to deliver." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:162 +msgid "" +"To automate the subcontractors’ replenishment propositions, there are two " +"approaches:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:165 +msgid "Reordering rules;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:166 +msgid "Replenish on order flow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:168 +msgid "" +"For the first one, just define a reordering rule on the subcontracting " +"location, with a minimum and maximum inventory level. When the reordering " +"rule is triggered, a delivery order is created to ship the components to the" +" subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:177 +msgid "" +"The second approach is to use a “pull” flow. Here, the demand in the " +"finished product (real demand or forecasted one through the Master " +"Production Schedule) triggers the replenishment of the subcontractor. To do " +"so, select the route *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* on the wanted " +"components." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:188 +msgid "Replenishment from another supplier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:190 +msgid "" +"When purchasing items to another supplier, it is possible to ask him to " +"deliver the subcontractor directly. To do so, activate the *Drop Shipping* " +"feature in :menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> Configuration`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:195 +msgid "" +"Now, set the *Dropship* option in the *Deliver To* field of the *Other " +"Information* tab. Then, provide the address of the subcontractor for the " +"shipping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:203 +msgid "" +"That way, the supplier can ship items directly and you simply receive and " +"pay the bill. However, it is still required to validate receipts for the " +"subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:212 +msgid "Quality Control" +msgstr "Controle de Qualidade" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:214 +msgid "" +"Controlling the quality of the products manufactured by subcontractors is " +"possible thanks to the Odoo Quality app. Quality checks can be made on a " +"manufacturing step but, because the manufacturing process is handled by an " +"external party, it can be defined on the product reception." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:224 +msgid "" +"To create a quality check at the receipt, open the *Quality* app and create " +"a new *Control Point* on the reception." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:231 +msgid "" +"By doing so, a quality check is automatically created each time a finished " +"product is received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:3 +msgid "Use the Master Production Schedule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The Master Production Schedule (MPS) is a valuable tool to plan your " +"production based on your demand forecast." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to the :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings` " +"and activate the Master Production Schedule feature before hitting save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:18 +msgid "" +"In the manufacturing settings, you can define the time range of your MPS " +"(month/week/day) and the number of periods you want to display." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Now, go in :menuselection:`Planning --> Master Production Schedule` and " +"click on add a product. You can now define your safety stock target (= the " +"stock you want to have on hand at the end of the period) and the minimum and" +" maximum quantities to replenish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The products are ordered in the MPS based on their sequence. You can " +"rearrange that sequence by going on the list of your products and reorganize" +" them with drag and drop." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:36 +msgid "" +"In the MPS view, you can decide which information you would like to show by " +"clicking on *rows*. Some fields can be added to the view, such as *Actual " +"demand*, which will show which quantity of products has already been ordered" +" for the period, or *Available to Promise*, which allows you to know what " +"can still be sold during the period (what you plan to replenish - what is " +"already sold during the period). You can also decide to hide some " +"information if it isn’t necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:48 +msgid "Estimate your demand and launch replenishment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The next step is to estimate the demand for the period. This estimation " +"should be entered in the row *Demand Forecast*. You can easily, at any time," +" compare the demand forecast with the actual demand (= confirmed sales). The" +" demand forecast for a finished product will impact the indirect demand for " +"its components." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Then, the quantity to replenish for the different periods will be " +"automatically computed. The replenishments you are supposed to launch based " +"on your lead times (vendor lead time or manufacturing lead time) are " +"displayed in green. You can now launch the replenishment by clicking on the " +"replenish button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Depending on the configuration of the product (buy vs. manufacture), " +"requests for quotations or manufacturing orders will be created. You can " +"easily access those by clicking on the *Actual Replenishment* cell." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:75 +msgid "" +"In case you manually edit the *To replenish* quantity, a small cross will " +"appear on the left. In case you want to go back to the automatically " +"computed value given by Odoo, you can click the cross." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:83 +msgid "Cells color signification" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:85 +msgid "" +"The cells, which are part of the *To replenish* line, can take different " +"colors depending on the situation:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:88 +msgid "" +"**Green**: quantity of products which should be replenished to reach the " +"expected safety stock considering the demand forecast and the indirect " +"demand forecast." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:90 +msgid "" +"**Grey**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity " +"still matches current data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:92 +msgid "" +"**Red**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity " +"was too high considering current data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:94 +msgid "" +"**Orange**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity" +" was too low considering current data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:96 +msgid "" +"The *Forecasted stock* line can also contain red cells, which means the " +"stock will be negative during the period in question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:100 +msgid "What if I have underestimated the demand?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:102 +msgid "" +"You can still increase the demand forecast. It will impact the quantity to " +"replenish. The cell will become orange, and you’ll be able to launch a new " +"replenishment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:107 +msgid "What if I have overestimated the demand?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:109 +msgid "" +"You can decrease the demand forecast. The cell will become red to inform you" +" that you’ve ordered more than planned. If you’re still able to do it, you " +"can cancel some RFQ or MO manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:114 +msgid "What if I wrongly added a product to the MPS?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:116 +msgid "" +"You can easily remove a product from the MPS by clicking the small bin on " +"the right of its name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:4 +msgid "Purchase" +msgstr "Compras" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced" +msgstr "Avançado" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:3 +msgid "Analyze the performance of your purchases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:5 +msgid "" +"If your company regularly purchases products, you have several reasons to " +"track and analyze your performance. The insights gathered can help you to " +"better forecast and plan your future orders. For example, you can assess if " +"your business is dependent on particular vendors, and the data can help you " +"negotiate discounts on prices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:11 +msgid "Generate customized reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Go to *Reporting* to access the purchase analysis. Simply by accessing the " +"reporting dashboard, you can get a quick overview of your actual " +"performance. By default, the reporting dashboard displays a line chart " +"presenting the untaxed amount of your purchase orders per day, and below it," +" key metrics and a pivot table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:22 +msgid "" +"While the data initially presented is useful, there are several tools and " +"features you can use to get even more insights on your purchases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:26 +msgid "Use filters to select the data you need" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Odoo offers several default filters you can use and combine by clicking on " +"*Filters*. When you select one or several filters, Odoo looks for all the " +"orders that match at least one of the filters you have chosen and populates " +"the chart, key metrics, and pivot table with the data. The pre-configured " +"filters are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:33 +msgid "All *Requests for Quotation*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:35 +msgid "All *Purchase Orders*, except canceled ones" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:37 +msgid "" +"*Confirmation Date Last Year* includes all orders that were confirmed the " +"previous year, canceled purchase orders included" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:40 +msgid "" +"*Order Date* includes all orders - request for quotations and purchases " +"orders (canceled ones included) - depending on their date of creation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:43 +msgid "" +"*Confirmation Date* includes all confirmed orders, canceled ones included, " +"depending on their date of confirmation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:47 +msgid "" +"When you have to select a period, you can use multiple years, and, with at " +"least one year selected, multiple quarters and the three most recent months." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you use the *Order Date* or *Confirmation Date* filters, the *Comparison*" +" feature appears next to *Filters*. It enables you to compare the period you" +" filtered with the previous one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:59 +msgid "Add custom filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Thanks to the 31 filtering options to choose from, the possibilities of your" +" customizing your dataset are almost limitless. Go to " +":menuselection:`Filters --> Add Custom Filter`, specify the condition the " +"filtering option should meet (e.g. *is equal to*, *contains*, etc.), and " +"click on *Apply*. If you want to select orders matching several conditions " +"simultaneously (*and* operator), repeat the process to add another custom " +"filter. If you want to use the *or* operator, don't click on *Apply*, and " +"click on *Add a condition* instead. Once you have added all the desired " +"filtering options, click on *Apply*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To avoid having to recreate custom filters every time, save them by clicking" +" on :menuselection:`Favorites --> Save current search --> Save`. The " +"customized search filter can then be accessed by clicking on *Favorites* or " +"can even be set as the default filter when you open the reporting dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:80 +msgid "Measure exactly what you need" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Before selecting what you want to measure, you need to decide whether you " +"prefer using the graph view or the pivot view. By default, the dashboard " +"presents both views. However, the measures you select won't be applied to " +"both views. You can access each view separately by clicking on the icons at " +"the top right of the dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:92 +msgid "Visualize your data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:94 +msgid "" +"You can transform the main graph in just a click by selecting one of the " +"three charts: bar, line or pie. Fourteen different measures are available, " +"but you can only use one at a time. However, you can group the measure using" +" one or several of the 19 *Groups*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:102 +msgid "" +"For bar and line charts, the selected measure is your y-axis, and the first " +"group you select is used to create the x-axis. Adding more group adds " +"additional lines (line chart) or transforms your bar chart into a stacked " +"bar chart. For pie charts, the more groups you select, the more slices are " +"displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:108 +msgid "Explore your data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:110 +msgid "" +"The pivot table view enables you to explore your data in great detail. " +"Unlike the graph view, the pivot table enables you to add several measures " +"at the same time. By clicking on *Measures* or on the **+** sign in the " +"*Total* column, you can add as many as you want, each assigned to a new " +"column. By clicking on the **+** sign in the *Total* row, you can add " +"*Groups*. If you click on a group's **+** sign, you can add a sub-group, and" +" so on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:121 +msgid "" +"You can insert your pivot table's data directly in the Spreadsheet app or " +"export it as an Excel file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals.rst:3 +msgid "Manage deals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:3 +msgid "Purchase agreements: blanket orders and calls for tenders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:5 +msgid "" +"There are two main types of purchase agreements preconfigured in Odoo: " +"blanket orders and call for tenders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Blanket orders are long-term agreements between a company and a vendor to " +"deliver products on a recurring basis with predetermined pricing. Your " +"company should consider using them when you frequently purchase the same " +"products from the same vendor in varying quantities and/or at different " +"times. Among their many benefits, you can save time as the ordering process " +"is simplified, and money thanks to more advantageous bulk pricing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Calls for tenders use a special procedure to request offers from multiple " +"vendors at the same time. While public sector organizations are often " +"legally bound to release calls for tenders when they want to purchase goods " +"or services, private organizations can also use them to get the best deal " +"among several vendors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:20 +msgid "Enable purchase agreements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:22 +msgid "" +"From the Purchase app, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and" +" activate *Purchase Agreements*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:30 +msgid "Configure or create new types of purchase agreements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Before you start using purchase agreements, make sure they are configured " +"the way you want by going to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Purchase " +"Agreement Types`. From there, you can edit the way blanket orders and calls " +"for tenders or *Create* a new type of purchase agreement. You can configure " +"the:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:37 +msgid "Agreement Type: the name you want to give to the agreement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Agreement Selection Type: you can either select multiple offers using " +"*Select multiple RFQ (non-exclusive)*, which is the default setting for both" +" blanket orders and calls for tenders, or a single offer using *Select only " +"one RFQ (exclusive)*, which is sometimes needed for calls for tenders where " +"you only want to select a single vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Lines: generally, you would always want to select *Use lines of agreement*, " +"which are the different product lines you can configure when you set up your" +" purchase agreement. However, you can select *Do not create RfQ lines " +"automatically* if you don't want your requests for quotations to be pre-" +"filled in with that information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Quantities: if you use lines of agreements, you can also specify " +"independently if the products' quantities should be used to pre-fill new " +"requests for quotations. The default option for blanket orders is *Set " +"quantities manually*, while for calls for tenders are set to *Use quantities" +" of agreement*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:59 +msgid "Set up a blanket order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Orders --> Purchase Agreements` and click on *Create*." +" Select *Blanket Order* as your *Agreement Type*. Next, select the vendor. " +"The other fields aren't mandatory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Next, add the products you want to order and their price. Note that you can " +"also add a *Quantity* for each product, for example, if you have agreed with" +" your vendor to order a specific minimum quantity each time or in total. If " +"you have configured your blanket order to *Set quantities manually*, this is" +" only used for informational purposes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:73 +msgid "" +"You can also write any *Terms and Conditions* at the bottom of the " +"agreement. Once you are satisfied with your blanket order, click on " +"*Confirm*. Its status then changes from *Draft* to *Ongoing* and it's ready " +"to be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:78 +msgid "Create requests for quotation from the blanket order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:80 +msgid "" +"You can now create new quotations from the blanket order whenever you need " +"it by clicking on *New Quotation*. Odoo automatically fills in requests for " +"quotation with the information initially defined when you set up the blanket" +" order. Depending on the way you configured the *Purchase Agreement Type*, " +"product lines can also be pre-filled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:85 +msgid "" +"From here, you can quickly view all the requests for quotations made under " +"that blanket order by clicking on *RFQs/Orders*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:93 +msgid "" +"You can also create a *Request for Quotation* the usual way and then link it" +" to an existing *Blanket Order*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:97 +msgid "Blanket orders and replenishment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Blanket orders can be used for :doc:`automated replenishment " +"<../../purchase/products/reordering>`, as once a blanket order is confirmed," +" a new vendor line is added to your product. Make sure the related vendor is" +" in the first position if you have several vendors linked to your product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:108 +msgid "Set up a call for tenders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Orders --> Purchase Agreements` and click on *Create*." +" Select *Call for Tenders* as your *Agreement Type*. The other fields aren't" +" mandatory, but you can add the date you want to be delivered and set an " +"agreement deadline. You usually don't want to select a vendor for calls for " +"tenders as you are looking to get quotations from multiple vendors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Next, add the products you want to order and in what quantity. For calls for" +" tenders, you typically don't add a price, as the vendors should give you " +"their best quote." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:118 +msgid "" +"You can also write any *Terms and Conditions* at the bottom of the " +"agreement. Once you are ready, click on *Confirm*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:126 +msgid "Requests quotations from the call for tenders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:128 +msgid "" +"You can now request new quotations from the call for tenders. Click on *New " +"Quotation* and select one of your vendors you want to invite to the call for" +" tenders. Product lines should also be pre-filled in, depending on how you " +"configured the *Purchase Agreement Type*. Click on *Send by email* to send " +"it to the vendor. Go back to the call for tenders and repeat this process " +"for each vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:138 +msgid "" +"Once you have sent a request for quotation to every vendor and receiving " +"their quotes, click on *Validate* to proceed to the bid selection. Next, " +"click on the RFQs/Orders smart button to view all your vendors' quotations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:146 +msgid "" +"Click on each request for quotation to add the price communicated by your " +"vendors manually. When that's done, select the most advantageous offer and " +"click on *Confirm Order*. This automatically closes the call for tenders. " +"You can now proceed with the purchase order as you would for a regular one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:3 +msgid "Control and know when vendor bills should be paid" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can define how your vendor bills are controlled. For each " +"purchase order, you can decide when the related vendor bill should be paid: " +"either before or after you have received your products. You can also check " +"at a glance what is the billing status of each purchase order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:9 +msgid "" +"With the 3-way matching feature, Odoo compares the information appearing on " +"the *Purchase Order*, the *Vendor Bill* and the *Receipt*, and lets you know" +" if you should pay the bill. This way you can avoid paying incorrect or " +"fraudulent vendor bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:14 +msgid "Vendor bills default control policy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:16 +msgid "" +"As a first step, open your Purchase app and go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` to set the default bill control " +"policy for all the products created onwards." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:23 +msgid "" +"By selecting *On ordered quantities*, you can create a vendor bill as soon " +"as you confirm an order. The quantities mentioned in the purchase order are " +"used to generate the draft bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you choose *On received quantities* instead, you can only create one once" +" you have at least received some of the products you have ordered. The " +"quantities you have received are used to generate the draft bill. If you try" +" to create one without having received any product, you get an error " +"message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:36 +msgid "Change a specific product's control policy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:38 +msgid "" +"If you want to modify a specific product's control policy, go to " +":menuselection:`Products --> Products`, open it, click on *Edit* and go to " +"the *Purchase tab*. There you can change a product's default bill control " +"policy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:47 +msgid "View a purchase order's billing status" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Once you confirm an order, you can view its *Billing Status* by going to the" +" *Other Information* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Below you can find a list of the different *Billing Status*, and when they " +"are displayed, depending on the products' bill control policy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:60 +msgid "**Billing status**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:60 +msgid "**Conditions**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:62 +msgid "*On received quantities*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:62 +msgid "*On ordered quantities*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:64 +msgid "*Nothing to Bill*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:64 +msgid "PO confirmed; no products received" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:64 +msgid "*(Not applicable)*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:66 +msgid "*Waiting Bills*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:66 +msgid "All/some products received; bill not created" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:66 +msgid "PO confirmed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:68 +msgid "*Fully Billed*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:68 +msgid "All/some products received; draft bill created" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:68 +msgid "Draft bill created" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:72 +msgid "Determine when to pay with 3-way matching" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:74 +msgid "" +"First, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate *3-way" +" matching*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:81 +msgid "" +"3-way matching is intended to work with the bill control policy set to *On " +"received quantities*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:84 +msgid "Should I pay the vendor bill?" +msgstr "Devo pagar a conta do fornecedor?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:86 +msgid "" +"With the feature activated, your vendor bills now display the *Should Be " +"Paid* field under the *Other info* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:93 +msgid "" +"As you can't create a bill until you have received your products - and if " +"you haven't received all of them, Odoo only includes the products you have " +"received in the draft bill - the *Should Be Paid* status is set to *Yes* " +"when you create one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:97 +msgid "" +"If you edit a draft bill to increase the billed quantity, change the price, " +"or add other products, the *Should Be Paid* status is set to *Exception*. It" +" means Odoo notices the discrepancy, but that you might have a valid reason " +"to have done so." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Once the payment has been registered and mentions *Paid*, the *Should Be " +"Paid* status is set to *No*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:109 +msgid "" +"The *Should Be Paid* status is set automatically by Odoo. However, you can " +"change the status manually when you are viewing a bill in edit mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:3 +msgid "Don’t run out of stock with reordering rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To make sure you never run out of stock, you can define *Reordering Rules* " +"on products. Thanks to them, Odoo can help you replenish your stock " +"automatically when it reaches set quantities or whenever a sales order is " +"created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:9 +msgid "You need to install the *Inventory app* to use reordering rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:12 +msgid "Configure your storable product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Open or create a product with its *Product Type* set to *Storable Product*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:20 +msgid "" +"As you are purchasing this product from a vendor, go to the product's " +"*Purchase tab* and add a vendor by clicking on *Add a line*. You can add " +"multiple vendors, but make sure to order them correctly, since reordering " +"rules always use the first vendor in a list. You can add a price, but it " +"isn't necessary for the reordering rule to work. In addition, you can add a " +"minimum quantity you must order to benefit from that price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:27 +msgid "" +"If the quantity Odoo has to reorder doesn't match the minimum quantity " +"specified, Odoo selects the next vendor on your list. If you don't have " +"another vendor on your list, the reordering rule won't work. For that " +"purpose, you can add the same vendor multiple times with different prices " +"for different quantities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:37 +msgid "" +"By default, a draft purchase order is created. However, if you have enabled " +"*Purchase Agreements*, you can *Propose a call for tenders* instead as shown" +" in the image above. For more information, see " +":doc:`../manage_deals/agreements`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Next, make sure the correct route is selected under the Inventory tab of " +"your product. If you created your product within the Purchase app, the *Buy*" +" route is selected by default. If you are looking to dropship your product, " +"select *Dropship*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:50 +msgid "Set up your reordering rule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:52 +msgid "Open your product and click on the *Reordering Rules* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Once you are on the product's reordering rules page, click on *Create*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:61 +msgid "" +"You can access and create reordering rules from :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Configuration --> Reordering Rules` and from :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Operations --> Replenishment`. By default, the replenishment view " +"presents a summary of all the products that you might need to purchase to " +"fulfill your sales orders. From there, you can ask Odoo with a single click " +"to order a product once or automate all orders for that product, future " +"orders included." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:68 +msgid "Define quantities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:70 +msgid "" +"You can set a **minimum quantity** your stock should always have. Once set, " +"if your stock goes below the minimum quantity, and if you selected the Buy " +"route, a request for quotation is automatically generated to reach that " +"minimum quantity, plus any additional quantity needed to fill in a sales " +"order for example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:75 +msgid "" +"If you set a **maximum quantity**, every time the product has to be " +"replenished, enough products are reordered to reach the maximum quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:78 +msgid "" +"If you want to order only the exact quantity needed to fill in a sales order" +" for example, set both both the minimum and maximum quantity to **zero**. " +"The quantity mentioned in the sales order is then used by the reordering " +"rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:82 +msgid "" +"You can also add a **quantity multiple** to only order products in batches " +"of a certain quantity. Click on the optional columns drop-down menu, and " +"select *Multiple Quantity* to show the column. Bear in mind that you might " +"go over the maximum quantity you set if your rule includes a quantity " +"multiple, as Odoo orders enough products to reach the maximum quantity and " +"respect the set quantity multiple." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:92 +msgid "" +"If you selected multiple routes for the same product under its Inventory " +"tab, make sure to select your *Preferred Route* on your reordering rule by " +"clicking on the optional columns drop-down menu, adding the *Preferred " +"Route* column, and selecting the right route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:3 +msgid "Purchase in different units of measure than sales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you purchase a product, it may happen that your vendor uses a different" +" unit of measure than you do when you sell it. This can cause confusion " +"between sales and purchase representatives. It is also time-consuming to " +"convert measures manually every time. With Odoo, you can configure your " +"product once and let Odoo handle the conversion." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:10 +msgid "Consider the following examples:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:12 +msgid "" +"You purchase orange juice from an American vendor, and they use **gallons**." +" However, your customers are European and use **liters**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:15 +msgid "" +"You buy curtains from a vendor in the form of **rolls** and you sell pieces " +"of the rolls to your customers using **square meters**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:19 +msgid "Enable units of measure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Open your Sales app and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. " +"Under Product Catalog, enable *Units of Measure*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:29 +msgid "Specify sales and purchase units of measure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:32 +msgid "Standard units of measure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:34 +msgid "" +"A variety of units of measure are available by default in your database. " +"Each belongs to one of the five pre-configured units of measure categories: " +"*Length / Distance*, *Unit*, *Volume*, *Weight* and *Working Time*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:39 +msgid "" +"You can create your new units of measure and units of measure categories " +"(see next section)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To specify different units of measures for sales and purchases, open the " +"Purchase app and go to :menuselection:`Products --> Products`. Create a " +"product or select an existing one. Under the product's *General Information*" +" tab, first select the *Unit of Measure* to be used for sales (as well as " +"for other apps such as inventory). Then, select the *Purchase Unit of " +"Measure* to be used for purchases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Back to the first example, if you purchase orange juice from your vendor in " +"**gallons** and sell it to your customers in **liters**, first select *L* " +"(liters) as the *Unit of Measure*, and *gal (US)* (gallons) as the *Purchase" +" Unit of Measure*, then click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:56 +msgid "Create new units of measure and units of measure categories" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Sometimes you need to create your own units and categories, either because " +"the measure is not pre-configured in Odoo or because the units do not relate" +" with each other (e.g. kilos and centimeters)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:62 +msgid "" +"If you take the second example where you buy curtains from a vendor in the " +"form of **rolls** and you sell pieces of the rolls using **square meters**, " +"you need to create a new *Units of Measure Category* in order to relate both" +" units of measure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:66 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Units of Measure " +"Categories`. Click on *Create* and name the category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:73 +msgid "" +"The next step is to create the two units of measures. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Units of Measure`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:76 +msgid "" +"First, create the unit of measure used as the reference point for converting" +" to other units of measure inside the category by clicking on *Create*. Name" +" the unit and select the units of measure category you just created. For the" +" *Type*, select *Reference Unit of Measure for this category type*. Enter " +"the *Rounding Precision* you would like to use. The quantity computed by " +"Odoo is always a multiple of this value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:82 +msgid "" +"In the example, as you cannot purchase less than 1 roll and won't use " +"fractions of a roll as a unit of measure, you can enter 1." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:89 +msgid "" +"If you use a *Rounding Precision* inferior to 0.01, a warning message might " +"appear stating that it is higher than the *Decimal Accuracy* and that it " +"might cause inconsistencies. If you wish to use a *Rounding Precision* lower" +" than 0.01, first :doc:`activate the Developer Mode " +"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, then go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Database Structure --> Decimal " +"Accuracy`, select *Product Unit of Measure* and edit *Digits* accordingly. " +"For example, if you want to use a rounding precision of 0.00001, set " +"*Digits* to 5." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Next, create a second unit of measure, name it, and select the same units of" +" measure category as your reference unit. As *Type*, select *Smaller* or " +"*Bigger than the reference Unit of Measure*, depending on your situation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:100 +msgid "" +"As the curtain roll equals to 100 square meters, you should select " +"*Smaller*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Next, you need to enter the *Ratio* between your reference unit and the " +"second one. If the second unit is smaller, the *Ratio* should be greater " +"than 1. If the second unit is larger, the ratio should be smaller than 1." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:106 +msgid "For your curtain roll, the ratio should be set to 100." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:112 +msgid "" +"You can now configure your product just as you would using Odoo's standard " +"units of measure." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po deleted file mode 100644 index f164467d3..000000000 --- a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,825 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# grazziano <gra.negocia@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Luis Felipe Miléo <mileo@kmee.com.br>, 2020 -# Luis Gustavo Almeida <luis.gustavo@kmee.com.br>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-11-02 12:05+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Luis Gustavo Almeida <luis.gustavo@kmee.com.br>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: pt_BR\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" - -#: ../../iot.rst:5 -msgid "Internet of Things (IoT)" -msgstr "Internet das coisas (IoT)" - -#: ../../iot/config.rst:3 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Configuração" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:3 -msgid "Connect an IoT Box to your database" -msgstr "Conecte uma IoT Box ao seu banco de dados" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:5 -msgid "Install the Internet of Things (IoT) App on your Odoo Database." -msgstr "" -"Instale o aplicativo internet das coisas (IoT) em seu banco de dados Odoo." - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:10 -msgid "Go in the IoT App and click on Connect on the IoT Boxes page." -msgstr "Acesse o IoT App e clique em Connect na página IoT Boxes." - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:15 -msgid "Follow the steps to connect your IoT Box." -msgstr "Siga as etapas para conectar sua IoT Box." - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:21 -msgid "Ethernet Connection" -msgstr "Conexão Ethernet" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Connect to the IoT Box all the devices that have to be connected with cables" -" (ethernet, usb devices, etc.)." -msgstr "" -"Conecte à IoT Box todos os dispositivos que devem ser conectados com cabos " -"(ethernet, dispositivos USB, etc.)." - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:26 -msgid "Power on the IoT Box." -msgstr "Ligue a IoT Box." - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Read the Pairing Code from a screen or a receipt printer connected to the " -"IoT Box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:32 -msgid "Input the Pairing Code and click on the Pair button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Recent changes in modern web browsers forced us to modify the connection " -"wizard. If your screen is different from the screenshots, make sure that the" -" ``iot_pairing`` module is installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:40 -msgid "WiFi Connection" -msgstr "Conexão wifi" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:42 -msgid "Power on the IoT Box" -msgstr "Ligue a IoT Box" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:44 -msgid "Copy the token" -msgstr "Copie o token" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Connect to the IoT Box WiFi Network (make sure there is no ethernet cable " -"plugged in your computer)." -msgstr "" -"Conecte-se à rede WiFi da IoT Box (certifique-se de que não haja nenhum cabo" -" Ethernet conectado ao computador)." - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:53 -msgid "" -"You will be redirected to the IoT Box Homepage (if it doesn't work, connect " -"to the IP address of the box). Give a name to your IoT Box (not required) " -"and paste the token, then click on next." -msgstr "" -"Você será redirecionado para a página inicial do IoT Box (se não funcionar, " -"conecte-se ao endereço IP da caixa). Dê um nome à sua IoT Box (não " -"obrigatório), cole o token e clique em Avançar." - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:60 -msgid "" -"If you are on Runbot, do not forget to add the -all or -base in the token " -"(e.g. this token **http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-" -"f3f920.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401** should become " -"**http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-f3f920-all.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401**)." -msgstr "" -"Se você estiver no Runbot, não se esqueça de adicionar a base -tudo ou -no " -"token (por exemplo. este token **http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-" -"f3f920.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401** deve se tornar " -"**http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-f3f920-all.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401*)." - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Choose the WiFi network you want to connect with (enter the password if " -"there is one) and click on Submit. Wait a few seconds before being " -"redirected to your database." -msgstr "" -"Escolha a rede WiFi com a qual deseja se conectar (digite a senha, se " -"houver) e clique em Enviar. Aguarde alguns segundos antes de ser " -"redirecionado para seu banco de dados." - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:72 -msgid "You should now see the IoT Box." -msgstr "Agora você deve ver a IoT Box." - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:78 -msgid "IoT Box Schema" -msgstr "Esquema IoT Box" - -#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:3 -msgid "Flashing your SD Card" -msgstr "Atualizando seu cartão SD" - -#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In some case, you may need to reflash your IoT Box’s SD Card to benefit from" -" our latest updates." -msgstr "" -"Em alguns casos, pode ser necessário atualizar o cartão SD de sua IoT Box " -"para se beneficiar de nossas atualizações mais recentes." - -#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:9 -msgid "Upgrade from the IoT Box homepage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Go to the IoT Box homepage, click on *Update*, next to the version number. " -"If a new version of the IoT Box image is available, you will see a *Upgrade " -"to ___* button a the bottom of the page, the IoT Box will then flash itself " -"to the new version of the IoT Box. All of your configurations will be saved." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:18 -msgid "" -"This process can take more than 30 minutes. Do not turn off or unplug the " -"IoT Box as it would leave it in an inconsistent state." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:25 -msgid "Upgrade with Etcher" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Go to Balena’s website and download `Etcher <https://www.balena.io/>`__. " -"It’s a free and open-source utility used for burning image files. Install " -"and launch it. Download the latest image from `nightly " -"<http://nightly.odoo.com/master/iotbox/>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Then, open *Etcher* and select *Flash from file*, find the image you just " -"downloaded. Insert the IoT Box SD card into your computer and select it. " -"Click on *Flash* and wait for the process to finish." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:3 -msgid "Use the IoT Box for the PoS" -msgstr "Use a IoT Box para o PDV" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:9 -msgid "Prerequisites" -msgstr "Pré-requisitos" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:11 -msgid "Before starting, make sure you have the following:" -msgstr "Antes de começar, certifique-se de ter o seguinte:" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:13 -msgid "An IoT Box, with its power adapter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:15 -msgid "A computer or tablet with an up-to-date web browser" -msgstr "Um computador ou tablet com um navegador web atualizado" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:17 -msgid "" -"A running SaaS or Odoo instance with the Point of Sale and IoT apps " -"installed" -msgstr "" -"Uma instância de SaaS ou Odoo em execução com os aplicativos Ponto de venda " -"e IoT instalados" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:20 -msgid "A local network setup with DHCP (this is the default setting)" -msgstr "" -"Uma configuração de rede local com DHCP (esta é a configuração padrão)" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:22 -msgid "An RJ45 Ethernet Cable (optional, WiFi is built in)" -msgstr "Um cabo Ethernet RJ45 (opcional, Wi-Fi integrado)" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Any of the supported hardware (receipt printer, barcode scanner, cash " -"drawer, payment terminal, scale, customer display, etc.). The list of " -"supported hardware can be found on the `POS Hardware page " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/point-of-sale-hardware>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:30 -msgid "Set Up" -msgstr "Configuração" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:32 -msgid "" -"To connect hardware to the PoS, the first step is to connect an IoT Box to " -"your database. For this, follow this :doc:`documentation <connect>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:36 -msgid "Then, you have to connect the peripheral devices to your IoT Box." -msgstr "" -"Em seguida, você deve conectar os dispositivos periféricos à sua IoT Box." - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:38 -msgid "" -"**Printer**: Connect a supported receipt printer to a USB port or to the " -"network and power it on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:41 -msgid "" -"**Cash drawer**: The cash drawer should be connected to the printer with an " -"RJ25 cable." -msgstr "" -"** Gaveta de dinheiro **: A gaveta de dinheiro deve ser conectada à " -"impressora com um cabo RJ25." - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:44 -msgid "" -"**Barcode scanner**: Connect your barcode scanner. In order for your barcode" -" scanner to be compatible it must end barcodes with an Enter character " -"(keycode 28). This is most likely the default configuration of your barcode " -"scanner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:49 -msgid "**Scale**: Connect your scale and power it on." -msgstr "** Balança **: Conecte sua balança e ligue-a." - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:51 -msgid "" -"**Customer Display**: Connect a monitor to the IoT Box using an HDMI cable. " -"You can also access the Customer Display from any other computer by " -"accessing the IoT Box homepage and clicking on the *POS Display* button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:56 -msgid "" -"**Payment terminal**: The connection process depends on the terminal, please" -" refer to the :doc:`payment terminals documentation " -"<../../point_of_sale/payment>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Once it's done, you can connect the IoT Box to your PoS. For this, go in " -":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> PoS`, tick *IoT Box* and" -" select the devices you want to use in this Point of Sale. Save the changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:68 -msgid "Set up is done, you can launch a new PoS Session." -msgstr "" -"A configuração está concluída, você pode iniciar uma nova sessão de PDV." - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:3 -msgid "Troubleshooting" -msgstr "Solução de problemas" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:6 -msgid "IoT Box Connection" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:9 -msgid "I can't find the pairing code to connect my IoT Box" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:11 -msgid "" -"The pairing code should be printed on receipt printers connected to the IoT " -"Box and should also be displayed on connected monitors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:14 -msgid "The pairing code doesn't show under the following circumstances:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:16 -msgid "The IoT Box is already connected to an Odoo database;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:18 -msgid "The IoT Box is not connected to the Internet;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:20 -msgid "" -"The code is only valid for 5 minutes after the IoT Box has started. It's " -"automatically removed from connected displays when this delay has expired;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:23 -msgid "" -"The version of the IoT Box image is too old. It should use version 20.06 or " -"more recent. If your IoT Box image is from an earlier version, then you will" -" have to reflash the SD card of your IoT Box to update the image (see " -":doc:`Flashing your SD Card <flash_sdcard>`)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:28 -msgid "" -"If you are not in any of the cases listed above, make sure that the IoT Box " -"has correctly started, by checking that a fixed green LED is showing next to" -" the micro-USB port." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:33 -msgid "I've connected my IoT Box but it's not showing in my database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:35 -msgid "" -"When you connect an IoT Box to a database, the IoT Box might restart, if " -"that is the case, it might take up to one minute before appearing in your " -"database. If after some time the IoT is still not showing, make sure that " -"your database can be reached from the IoT Box and that your server doesn't " -"use a multi-database environment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:42 -msgid "My IoT Box is connected to my database, but cannot be reached" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Make sure that the IoT Box and the device running the browser are located on" -" the same network as the IoT Box cannot be reached from outside the local " -"network." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:49 -msgid "Printer" -msgstr "Impressora" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:52 -msgid "My printer is not detected" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:54 -msgid "" -"If one of your printers doesn't show up in your devices list, go to the IoT " -"Box homepage and make sure that it is listed under *Printers*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:60 -msgid "" -"If your printer is not present on the IoT Box homepage, hit *Printers " -"Server*, go to the *Administration* tab and click on *Add Printer*. If you " -"can't find your printer in the list, it's probably not connected properly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:66 -msgid "My printer outputs random text" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:68 -msgid "" -"For most printers, the correct driver should be automatically detected and " -"selected. However, in some cases, the automatic detection mechanism might " -"not be enough, and if no driver is found the printer might print random " -"characters." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:73 -msgid "" -"The solution is to manually select the corresponding driver. On the IoT Box " -"homepage, click on *Printers Server*, go to the *Printers* tab and select " -"the printer in the list. In the Administration dropdown, click on *Modify " -"Printer*. Follow the steps and select the Make and Model corresponding to " -"your printer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Epson and Star receipt printers and Zebra label printers do not need a " -"driver to work. Make sure that no driver is selected for those printers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:88 -msgid "My Zebra Printer doesn't print anything" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:90 -msgid "" -"Zebra printers are quite sensitive to the format of the ZPL code that is " -"printed. If nothing comes out of the printer or blank labels are printed, " -"try changing the format of the report that is sent to the printer by " -"accessing :menuselection:`Settings ~~> Technical ~~> Views` in developer " -"mode and look for the corresponding template." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:97 -msgid "Barcode Scanner" -msgstr "Scanner de Código de Barras" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:100 -msgid "The characters read by the barcode scanner don't match the barcode" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:102 -msgid "" -"By default, we assume that your barcode scanner is configured in US QWERTY. " -"This is the default configuration of most barcode readers. If your barcode " -"scanner uses a different layout, please go to the form view of your device " -"and select the correct one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:108 -msgid "Nothing happens when a barcode is scanned" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:110 -msgid "" -"Make sure that the correct device is selected in your Point of Sale " -"configuration and that your barcode is configured to send an ENTER character" -" (keycode 28) at the end of every barcode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:115 -msgid "The barcode scanner is detected as a keyboard" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:117 -msgid "" -"Some poorly built barcode scanners do not advertise themselves as barcode " -"scanners but as a USB keyboard instead, and will not be recognized by the " -"IoT Box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:121 -msgid "" -"You can manually change the device type by going to its form view and " -"activating the *Is scanner* option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:128 -msgid "Cashdrawer" -msgstr "Caixa Registradora" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:131 -msgid "The cashdrawer does not open" -msgstr "A gaveta do dinheiro não abre" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:133 -msgid "" -"The cashdrawer should be connected to the printer and the *Cashdrawer* " -"checkbox should be ticked in the POS configuration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices.rst:3 -msgid "Devices" -msgstr "Dispositivos" - -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:3 -msgid "Connect a Camera" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When using your *IoT Box* in Odoo, you could need to use a camera. As it can" -" be done in a few steps, this device is really easy to configure. Then, you " -"can use it in your manufacturing process and link it to a control point. " -"Doing so will allow you to take pictures when you reach the chosen quality " -"control point." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:12 ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:13 -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:11 -msgid "Connection" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:14 -msgid "" -"To connect the camera to the *IoT Box*, simply connect the two by cable." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:17 -msgid "" -"If your camera is a `*supported one* <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-" -"hardware>`__, there is no need to set up anything as it will be detected as " -"soon as it is connected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:25 -msgid "Link a Camera to a Quality Control Point" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:28 ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:34 -msgid "With the Manufacturing app" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:30 -msgid "" -"In your *Quality app*, you can setup the device on a *Quality Control " -"Point*. Go to the *Control Points* menu, under *Quality Control* and open " -"the control point you want to link with the camera." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Now, you can edit the control point and select the device from the dropdown " -"list. Now, hit save." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Then, your camera can be used with the picked *Control Point*. During the " -"manufacturing process, reaching the *Quality Control Point* you chose before" -" will allow you to take a picture." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:3 -msgid "Connect a Footswitch" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When working, it is always better to have your two hands available. Using " -"Odoo’s *IoT Box* and a footswitch will allow it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In fact, you will be able to go from one screen to another and perform " -"actions by using your foot and the footswitch. Really convenient, it can be " -"configured in a few steps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Connecting the footswitch to the *IoT Box* is easy, you just have to connect" -" the two by cable." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:18 -msgid "" -"If your footswitch is a `supported one <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-" -"hardware>`__, there is no need to set up anything since it will be " -"automatically detected when connected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:26 -msgid "Link a Footswitch to a Workcenter" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:28 -msgid "" -"To link the footswitch to an action, it needs to be configured on a " -"workcenter. Go to the workcenter you want to use the footswitch in and add " -"the device in the *IoT Triggers* tab. Then, you can link it to an action and" -" also add a key to trigger it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Note that the one that is first in the list will be chosen. So, the order " -"matters! In the picture above, using the footswitch will, for example, " -"automatically skip the current part of the process you work on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:41 -msgid "" -"When you are on the work order screen, a status button indicates if you are " -"correctly connected to the footswitch." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:3 -msgid "Connect a Measurement Tool" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:5 -msgid "" -"With Odoo’s *IoT Box*, it is possible to connect measurement tools to your " -"database. Find the list of supported devices here: `Supported devices " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-hardware>`__,." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:10 -msgid "Connect in USB" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To add a device connected by USB, just plug the USB cable in the *IoT Box*, " -"and the device should appear in your Odoo database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:19 -msgid "Connect in Bluetooth" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Activate the Bluetooth on your device (see your device manual for further " -"explanation) and the IoT Box will automatically try to connect to the " -"device." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:25 -msgid "Here is an example of what it should look like:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:31 -msgid "Link a measurement tool to a quality control point" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:36 -msgid "" -"In your *Quality app*, you can setup a device on your *Quality Control " -"Points*. To do so, go to the *Control Points* menu, under *Quality Control* " -"and open the control point to which you want to assign a measurement tool." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Now, you can edit the control point and choose the device from the dropdown " -"list. Then, hit save." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Now, your measurement tool is linked to the chosen *Control Point*. The " -"value, which needs to be changed manually, will be automatically updated " -"while the tool is being used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:3 -msgid "Connect a Printer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When using your *IoT Box* in Odoo, you could need to use a printer. Doing so" -" is easy and convenient as it can be done in a few steps. Then, you can use " -"it to print receipts, orders or even reports in different Odoo apps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:13 -msgid "" -"The IoT Box supports printers connected through USB, network or Bluetooth. " -"`Supported printers <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-hardware>`__ will be " -"detected automatically and will appear in the *Devices* list of your IoT " -"app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:18 -msgid "The printer can take up to two minutes to appear in your devices list." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:24 -msgid "Link the Printer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:27 -msgid "To Work Orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:29 -msgid "" -"You can link *Work Orders* to printers via a *Quality Control Point* to " -"print labels for manufactured products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:32 -msgid "" -"To do so, you need to create a *Quality Control Point* from the *Quality* " -"app. Then, you can select the correct manufacturing operation and the work " -"order operation. In type, choose *Print Label* and hit save." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Now, each time you reach the quality control point for the chosen product, a" -" *Print Label* button will appear." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:47 -msgid "To Reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:49 -msgid "" -"You can also link a type of report to a certain printer. In the *IoT* app, " -"go to the *Devices* menu and select the printer you want to set up." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:56 -msgid "Now, go to the *Printer Reports* tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Hit edit and then, click on *Add a line*. In the window that shows up, check" -" all the types of reports that should be linked to this printer. Click on " -"select and save." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Now, each time you click on *Print* in the control panel, instead of " -"downloading a PDF, it will send it to the selected printer and automatically" -" print it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:73 -msgid "Print Receipts from the PoS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:75 -msgid "" -"You can link a printer to your *Point of Sale* app so you can print receipts" -" directly from your *PoS*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:78 -msgid "" -"Doing so is really easy. Go to your *Point of Sale* app and open your *Point" -" of Sale* settings, under *Configuration*. There, click on *Edit* and check " -"the *IoT Box* feature. Then, choose your *Receipt Printer* from the " -"dropdown." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:86 -msgid "" -"Now, you will be able to print different kinds of tickets from your *POS*: " -"**receipts**, **sale details** and **bills**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:89 -msgid "" -"Receipts are printed once the order is validated. The process is automated " -"when you enable the feature in your *PoS* configuration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Sales details can be printed by clicking on the printer icon on the navbar " -"at the top of the *PoS*. It will print the details of the sales of the " -"current day." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:99 -msgid "" -"As for the bill, it is only available in restaurant mode. In your restaurant" -" settings, activate *Print Bills* and a *Bill* button will appear in the " -"left panel of the *PoS*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:107 -msgid "Print Orders in the kitchen" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:109 -msgid "In restaurant mode, you can send order tickets to the kitchen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:111 -msgid "" -"To do so, go to the *PoS* app and open your *PoS* settings. Then, tick " -"*Order Printer*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:117 -msgid "" -"Now, go to the *Printers* menu. Hit create, select the printer from the " -"dropdown and, in the *Printer Product Categories* field, choose all the " -"categories of products that should be printed on this printer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:124 -msgid "" -"In the *PoS*, when you add or remove a product from one of the selected " -"categories, the button *Order* will be green. If you click on it, the IoT " -"Box will print a receipt on the corresponding printer." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po deleted file mode 100644 index c8d37c3ba..000000000 --- a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,276 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Rodrigo de Almeida Sottomaior Macedo <rmsolucoeseminformatica@protonmail.com>, 2020 -# Rafael H L Moretti <rafael.moretti@gmail.com>, 2020 -# grazziano <gra.negocia@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Luis Gustavo Almeida <luis.gustavo@kmee.com.br>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Luis Gustavo Almeida <luis.gustavo@kmee.com.br>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: pt_BR\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" - -#: ../../livechat/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Visão geral" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:3 -msgid "Get Started with Live Chat" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Live Chat has the highest satisfaction rating of any communication tool. It " -"allows fast responses and it is accessible and convenient, as your customers" -" can keep doing what they are doing while interacting with you. Remember: " -"your customers want to talk to you, so let's make it easy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:10 -msgid "Set up" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Once *Live Chat* is installed on your database, if your website was created " -"with Odoo, the application is automatically added to it. All that is left to" -" do is to go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> " -"Live Chat`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Select the channel to be linked to your website or create one on the fly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:27 -msgid "For both scenarios, under:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:30 -msgid "" -"- **Operators**: add agents to respond to the chat requests. Add as many as " -"you like, and keep in mind that operators that do not show any activity in " -"Odoo for more than 30min are considered disconnected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:33 -msgid "" -"- **Options**: set the default text to be shown on the live chat button; an " -"automated welcome message to be seen by visitors when a conversation is " -"initiated, and the text that prompts the user to initiate a chat." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:36 -msgid "" -"- **Channel Rules**: choose an action for a given URL, and/or per country. " -"In the example below, the chat window automatically pops-up 3 seconds after " -"users (from any country) land on the contact us page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:43 -msgid "" -"GeoIP, which refers to the process of finding a computer terminal’s " -"geographical location by its IP address, must be installed on your server. " -"Otherwise, under *Channel Rules*, countries are not taken into account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:48 -msgid "External options" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:51 -msgid "" -"If your website was not created with Odoo, you can find the code to be added" -" to your own, under the *Widget* tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Odoo also offers an URL you can send to users so they can have access to a " -"single live chat page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:59 -msgid "Managing chat requests" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Conversations initiated by visitors pop up as a direct message, and are " -"shown in *Discuss*. Therefore, inquiries can be answered wherever you are in" -" Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Conversations are dispatched based on the current workload of the online " -"operators." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:72 -msgid "Leave or join a channel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:74 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, access your " -"channel under *Live Chat*, and *Join Channel* or *Leave Channel*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:82 -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:48 -msgid ":doc:`ratings`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:83 -#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:45 -msgid ":doc:`responses`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:3 -msgid "Ratings" -msgstr "Avaliações" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Giving users the opportunity to rate their interactions can help you " -"improving the experience you offer. That means staying on top of your " -"customers' needs, besides keeping track of your operators’ performances." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:10 -msgid "Customer Rating" -msgstr "Avaliação de Cliente" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Once the user chooses to close the chat window, he can rate his interaction." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:14 -msgid "" -"If the user is *Not satisfied* or *Highly dissatisfied*, a field allowing " -"for an explanation is shown." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:15 -msgid "A copy of the conversation can also be sent by email." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:22 -msgid "The rating is shown on the chat window itself for the operator." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:28 -msgid "And under :menuselection:`Report --> Customer Ratings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:35 -msgid "Make the rating public" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, access your " -"channel form, click on *Go to Website* and on *Unpublished*, to publish the " -"rating of that channel on your website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:3 -msgid "Commands and Canned Responses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Using canned responses can help you save time and have a previous, well-" -"thought response, to some of your most common questions and comments." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:9 -msgid "Use commands" -msgstr "Use comandos" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Commands are shortcuts that do specific actions within the chat window:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:13 -msgid "**/help**: shows a help message." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:14 -msgid "**/helpdesk**: creates a helpdesk ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:15 -msgid "**/helpdesk_search**: searches for a helpdesk ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:16 -msgid "**/history**: shows the last 15 visited pages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:17 -msgid "**/lead**: creates a new lead." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:18 -msgid "**/leave**: leaves the channel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:0 -msgid "" -"- For *helpdesk tickets*: make sure the application is installed on your " -"database and the option *Live Chat* under :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> " -"Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` is enabled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:0 -msgid "" -"- For *leads*: the *CRM* application must be installed on your database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:26 -msgid "" -"To access the ticket or lead created from the chat, click on the shortcut " -"link." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Helpdesk tickets created from the chat automatically add the conversation as" -" a description of the ticket. The same goes for the creation of a lead." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:37 -msgid "Send canned responses" -msgstr "Enviar respostas predeterminadas" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Canned responses allow you to have a full piece of text being placed when " -"you type a shortcut word. To create them, go to :menuselection:`Live Chat " -"--> Configuration --> Canned Responses`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:41 -msgid "" -"To use them during a conversation, simply type **:** followed by the " -"shortcut word you created." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po deleted file mode 100644 index 384e94c87..000000000 --- a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1375 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Rafael H L Moretti <rafael.moretti@gmail.com>, 2020 -# danimaribeiro <danimaribeiro@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# Mateus Lopes <mateus1@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Luis Felipe Miléo <mileo@kmee.com.br>, 2020 -# lluisgustavoreis <luis.gustavo@kmee.com.br>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: lluisgustavoreis <luis.gustavo@kmee.com.br>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: pt_BR\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" - -#: ../../manufacturing.rst:5 -msgid "Manufacturing" -msgstr "Manufatura" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management.rst:5 -msgid "Manufacturing Management" -msgstr "Gestão de Manufatura" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:3 -msgid "Using an alternative Work Center" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:5 -msgid "" -"For many manufacturing companies, a common issue is to have to manufacture, " -"at the same time, several products usually produced at the same work center." -" If in practice, employees can manufacture the goods at another work center," -" it is not that simple." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:10 -msgid "" -"You need to keep track of the job: which work center has been used and when," -" so you can schedule maintenance efficiently. With Odoo, you can configure " -"it so you can keep tracking manufacturing orders and your employees have an " -"alternative work center to use." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:15 -msgid "" -"This way, your process becomes more efficient, and less non-productive time " -"will be noticed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:20 -msgid "Configure your Work Centers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:22 -msgid "" -"The first thing to do is to go to the *Manufacturing* app settings. Then, " -"enable the *Work Orders* feature and hit save." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Now, go to the *Work Centers* menu under *Master Data* and create two new " -"work centers. Add the second work centers as an alternative to the first and" -" vice versa." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:39 -msgid "" -"The next step is to create your *routing*. Add your work center and an " -"operation to it before saving." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Then, you can create your *Bill of Materials* and add components and routing" -" to it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:56 -msgid "Create your Work Orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Now that everything is configured, you can create your *Work Orders*. Go to " -"the *Manufacturing Orders* menu and hit *Create*. There, add your product " -"and plan it. In the *Work Orders* list, you can find it ready to be " -"assembled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Each new *Work Order*, which will be created before the end of the first " -"one, will be scheduled at the alternative work center you configured." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:78 -msgid "" -"Keep in mind that, if you add time after production to your work center, you" -" may have work orders scheduled for your alternative work center even if the" -" usual one is free." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:3 -msgid "Create Bills of Materials" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A *Bill of Materials* is a document defining the quantity of each component " -"required to manufacture a finished product. It also includes the routing and" -" individual steps of the manufacturing process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:9 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can link multiple BoMs to each product and use it to describe" -" multiple variants of them. Each BoM will, yet, be associated with one " -"product only." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:13 -msgid "" -"This feature will help optimize your manufacturing process while saving you " -"time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:17 -msgid "Setting up a BoM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:19 -msgid "" -"You can use BoMs without routings. You will use this if you choose to manage" -" your manufacturing operations using manufacturing orders only. In other " -"words, you choose to realize your manufacturing process in one step and do " -"not track the steps the product goes through." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Before creating your *BoM*, you have to create the product using the *BoM* " -"and, at least, one of the components. Go to the :menuselection:`Master Data " -"menu --> Products` and create both the finished product and the component." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Once done, go to the *Bills of Materials* menu under *Master Data*. Now, " -"create it. Choose the product from the dropdown menu and add your components" -" and the quantity. In this case, keep the default *BoM* type, which is " -"*Manufacture this Product*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:37 -msgid "Using the same BoM to describe Variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:39 -msgid "" -"As said above, you can use *BoM* for *Product Variants*. It is basically the" -" same as for the standard product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:42 -msgid "" -"If your *BoM* is for one variant only, then specify which one in the " -"*Product Variant* field. If not, specify the variant it is consumed for on " -"each component line. You can add several variants for each component." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:51 -msgid "Adding a routing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:53 -msgid "" -"You can add routing to your *BoM*. You will do this if you need to define a " -"series of operations required by your manufacturing process. To use it, " -"enable the *Work Orders* feature in the *Manufacturing* app settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:62 -msgid "" -"Each *BoM* can have only one routing while each routing can be used multiple" -" times." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Now that you have created your routing, add it to your *BoM*. You can select" -" when, in the work operations, your components are consumed with the " -"dropdown menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:73 -msgid "Adding By-Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:75 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, a *by-product* is any product produced by a *BoM* in addition to " -"the primary product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:78 -msgid "" -"To add *by-products* to a *BoM*, you will first need to enable them from the" -" *Manufacturing* app settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:84 -msgid "" -"Once the feature is enabled, you can add your *By-Products* to your *BoMs*. " -"You can add as many *By-Products* as you want. Just keep in mind that you " -"need to register during which operation your by-product is produced." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:3 -msgid "Use flexible components consumption" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Sometimes, you might need more components than usual to manufacture a " -"product. Let’s say that you produce a desk combination of 4 desks and two " -"chairs but your customer asks you one more desk. Alright, you can do that. " -"But you will need to register it!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:10 -msgid "" -"In case this happens, Odoo has the *flexible components consumption* feature" -" available. If you enable it, you will be able to consume as many components" -" as needed and it will make you save time in the registration of your items " -"consumption." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:16 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:31 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:66 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:26 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:9 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Configuração" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Using flexible component consumption is easy and can be done in a few steps." -" All you need is a *BoM* and a *Quality Control Point*. Therefore, you will " -"need to activate the feature *Quality* in the *MRP* app settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:23 -msgid "" -"First, open the *BoM* you want to use for flexible component consumption and" -" edit it. In the *Miscellaneous* tab, choose *Flexible* as the consumption " -"type. Then, save." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Now, in the *Quality* app, open the *Control Point* menu, under *Quality " -"Control* and create a new *Quality Control Point*. Choose your product, your" -" operation and work order operation. Then, choose *Register Consumed " -"Materials* as type." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Next, go back to your *Manufacturing* app and create a *Manufacturing " -"order*. Choose the product for which you have created the flexible *BoM*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Then, confirm it and launch the process step. While processing, you will " -"have the possibility to consume more components than expected in the *BoM*. " -"To do so, click on *Continue Consumption*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:49 -msgid "" -"When the job is over, you will find a summary of your component consumption " -"in the *Finished Steps* tab of your work order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:3 -msgid "Sell sets of products as kits" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A *kit* is a set of components that are delivered without first being " -"assembled or mixed. *Kits* are described in Odoo using *Bills of Materials*." -" There are two basic ways to configure *kits*, depending on how the stock of" -" the kit product is to be managed. In either case, both the *Inventory* and " -"*Manufacturing* apps must be installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:12 -msgid "Manage Stock of Component Products" -msgstr "Gerenciar estoque de produtos de componentes" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:14 -msgid "" -"If you want to assemble kits as they are ordered, managing stock of the kit " -"components only, you will use a *Kit BoM* without a manufacturing step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:18 -msgid "" -"A product using a *Kit BoM* will appear as a single line item on a quotation" -" and sales order, but will generate a delivery order with one line item for " -"each of the components of the kit. In the examples below, the first image " -"shows a sales order for the kit *Custom Computer Kit*, while the second " -"image shows the corresponding delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:33 -msgid "" -"From the *Products menu* in either the *Inventory* or *Manufacturing* app, " -"create each component product as you would with any other product, then " -"create the top-level, or kit product. The kit product should have only the " -"*route Manufacture* set, in the *Inventory tab*. Because you cannot track " -"the stock of kit products, the *Product Type* should be set to Consumable. " -"Because a kit product cannot be purchased, then, *Can be Purchased* should " -"be unchecked." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:41 -msgid "" -"All other parameters on the kit product may be modified according to your " -"preference. The component products require no particular configuration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Once the products are configured, create a *bill of materials* for the kit " -"product. Add each component and its quantity. Select the *BoM Type Ship this" -" product as a set of components*. All other options may be left with their " -"default values." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:57 -msgid "Manage Stock of Kit Product and Component Products" -msgstr "Gerenciar estoque de produtos de kit e produtos de componentes" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:59 -msgid "" -"If you want to manage stock of the *top-level kit product*, you will use a " -"standard *BoM* with a manufacturing step instead of a *Kit BoM*. When using " -"a standard BoM to assemble kits, a *manufacturing order* will be created. " -"The *manufacturing order* must be registered as completed before the kit " -"product will appear in your stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:68 -msgid "" -"On the kit product, select the *route Manufacture*. You may also select " -"*Make to Order*, which will create a *manufacturing order* whenever a sales " -"order is confirmed. Select the product type *Storable Product* to enable " -"stock management." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:76 -msgid "" -"When you create the *bill of materials*, select the BoM Type *Manufacture " -"this product*. The assembly of the kit will be described by a *manufacturing" -" order* rather than a packing operation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:3 -msgid "Process Manufacturing Orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, you can manage your manufacturing process in two different ways. " -"You can work with one document, or decide to have more information and " -"control over it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:9 -msgid "" -"In the first case, Odoo makes things easier and helps you manage work with " -"one document only: the manufacturing order. No complex steps during the " -"process, you just have to schedule the job and record the production." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:14 -msgid "" -"But, if you need more control, you can use additional documents (steps) to " -"your manufacturing process. This way, *Manufacturing Orders* are divided " -"into one or more steps defined by *Work Orders* and performed in a sequence " -"defined by *routings*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Using Odoo will allow you to precisely schedule the job, analyze your " -"efficiency but also have ease when realizing each step of your manufacturing" -" process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:24 -msgid "Manage Manufacturing Without Routings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:26 -msgid "" -"If your manufacturing process is limited to one place, one person and one " -"step, you will probably use manufacturing orders without routings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:29 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, it is the default behavior. If work this way, there are two basic " -"phases from planning to production:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:32 -msgid "Create a manufacturing order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:34 -msgid "Record the production" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:37 -msgid "Manage Manufacturing with Routings and Work Centers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:39 -msgid "" -"To use *Work Centers* and *Routings*, you will need to enable the *Work " -"Orders* feature. To do so, go to the *Manufacturing* app settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Now, you can add routings to *BoMs* and configure your operations taking " -"place at different *work centers*. The *Work Centers* are the locations at " -"which work orders are performed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:53 -msgid "" -"When manufacturing this way, each *Work Order* is scheduled individually. " -"You will also have access to time and capacity planning, as well as reports " -"on costing and efficiency for each *Work Center*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:60 -msgid "Thus, the workflow is divided into three basic phases:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:62 -msgid "Create the manufacturing order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:67 -msgid "Schedule the associated work orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:72 -msgid "Perform the scheduled work and record production" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:3 -msgid "Plan Work Orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In some cases, companies need to schedule their work orders. Doing so, they " -"can organize the work for the whole day and be sure everything goes well. It" -" helps to avoid scheduling multiple work orders at the same time when you " -"don’t have the capacity to do so." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:10 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, companies can schedule the planned start date for their " -"manufacturing orders. No possible duplication, no potential issues with the " -"planning. And, if you plan two work orders at the same work center, at the " -"same hour, the second one will be scheduled right after the first one, " -"avoiding work superposition." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:17 -msgid "Create the Work Orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:19 -msgid "" -"The first thing you need to do is to open the *Manufacturing* app. Then, Go " -"to the settings and enable the *Work Orders* feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Now, go to the *Manufacturing Orders* menu and hit *Create*. Choose your " -"product and add a *Planned Start Date*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:32 -msgid "" -"The “Deadline Start” field is informative. It shows you until when you can " -"launch the manufacturing order to fulfill the initial demand." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Mark your *Manufacturing Order* as todo and plan it. By going to the " -"*Planning* menu, you can access to the scheduled orders. Here is the one we " -"just created:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:43 -msgid "" -"If you plan two work orders at the same hour, the second one will be " -"scheduled after the first one if the jobs need to be done at the same work " -"center. The start date will, then, be automatically updated considering the " -"first free slot on the work center." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:48 -msgid "" -"If you overrun the planned date and begin the job later, you will have a " -"track of it in the *Time Tracking* tab of your work order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage BoMs for product variants" -msgstr "Como gerenciar BoMs para variantes de produtos" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo allows you to use one bill of materials for multiple variants of the " -"same product. Simply enable variants from :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`." -msgstr "" -"O Odoo permite que você use uma lista de materiais para várias variantes do " -"mesmo produto. Simplesmente habilite as variantes em: seleção de menus: " -"`Configuração -> Configurações`." - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:12 -msgid "" -"You will then be able to specify which component lines are to be used in the" -" manufacture of each product variant. You may specify multiple variants for " -"each line. If no variant is specified, the line will be used for all " -"variants." -msgstr "" -"Você poderá então especificar quais linhas de componentes devem ser usadas " -"na fabricação de cada variante de produto. Você pode especificar várias " -"variantes para cada linha. Se nenhuma variante for especificada, a linha " -"será usada para todas as variantes." - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:17 -msgid "" -"When defining variant BoMs on a line-item-basis, the **Product Variant** " -"field in the main section of the BoM should be left blank. This field is " -"used when creating a BoM for one variant of a product only." -msgstr "" -"Ao definir as BoMs variantes com base no item de linha, o campo ** Variante " -"do produto ** na seção principal da BoM deve ser deixado em branco. Este " -"campo é usado ao criar um BoM para apenas uma variante de um produto." - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:3 -msgid "Set routings on kit Bills of materials" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:5 -msgid "" -"It often happens that you want to use kit BoM’s within manufactured product " -"BoM’s in order to lighten the list of components for this manufactured " -"product. When doing so, you would like to have the possibility to specify, " -"for each kit component, in which operation they are consumed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:11 -msgid "" -"We will see the three use cases that you can face in these kinds of " -"configurations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:15 -msgid "Finished Product & Kit Component have the same Routing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:18 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:63 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:107 -msgid "Create BoM for the Finished Product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:20 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Create a manufactured BoM for the finished product which includes a kit " -"component. Set a routing on your BoM, for example, *Assemble Furniture*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:28 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:73 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:117 -msgid "Create a Kit BoM for the Kit Component" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Update the kit component to define its BoM. Make sure that the routing which" -" is set on this BoM is the same one than on the Finished Product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:36 -msgid "" -"You can define the operations in which the kit components are used directly " -"in the BoM of the kit." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:40 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:84 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:127 -msgid "Manufacturing Order" -msgstr "Ordem de Produção" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:42 -msgid "" -"In the list of components, the kit is split. Two work orders are created as " -"we have two operations defined in the *Assemble Furniture* routing. The " -"components of the kits are well consumed in the operations defined in the " -"kit BoM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:57 -msgid "Finished Product & Kit Component haven’t the same Routing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:60 -msgid "Kit Consumption set on Finished Product BoM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:75 -msgid "" -"Update the kit component to define its BoM. In this use case, the routing " -"which is set on this Kit BoM is different than the one of the Finished " -"Product. Specify the operations at which the kit components are consumed in " -"this BoM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:86 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:129 -msgid "" -"When the manufacturing order is created for the Manufactured product, the " -"kit is split among its components. When the manufacturing order is planned, " -"three work orders are created in our case, one coming from the routing of " -"the manufactured products, the two other ones coming from the routing of the" -" kit BoM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:95 -msgid "The components are all consumed during their respective operations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:104 -msgid "Kit Consumption set on Kit BoM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:109 -msgid "" -"Create a manufactured BoM for the finished product which includes a kit " -"component. Set a routing on your BoM, for example, *Assemble Furniture*. " -"Precise the consumption of the components on this BoM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:119 -msgid "" -"Update the kit component to define its BoM. In this use case, the routing " -"which is set on this Kit BoM is different than the one of the Finished " -"Product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:138 -msgid "" -"All the components of the kits are consumed during the first operation. The " -"last component is consumed during the second operation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:3 -msgid "Manage semi-finished products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, you can use subassembly products to simplify a complex *Bill of " -"Materials* or to represent your manufacturing flow more accurately. A " -"*subassembly product* is a manufactured product that is used as a component " -"to make another one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:10 -msgid "" -"A *BoM* that employs *subassemblies* is referred to as a multi-level BoM. " -"Those are accomplished by creating a *top-level BoM* and *subassembly ones*." -" This process requires a route that will ensure that every time a " -"manufacturing order for the top-level product is created, another one will " -"be for subassemblies." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:17 -msgid "Configure the Subassembly Product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:19 -msgid "" -"To configure a *multi-level BoM*, you will need a top-level product but also" -" its subassemblies. The first step is to create a product form for each of " -"the subassemblies. Select the routes *Manufacture* and *Replenish on Order*." -" Now, hit save." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:27 -msgid "" -"In the *Bill of Materials* menu, under *Master Data*, create a new *Bill of " -"Materials*. Choose the product you just created and add its components." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:35 -msgid "Configure the Main BoM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Now, you can configure the top-level product and its *BoM*. Include any " -"subassemblies in the list of components." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Now, each time you will plan a manufacturing order for the top-level " -"product, a manufacturing order will be created for the subassembly one. " -"Then, you will have to manufacture the subassembly in order to make it " -"available before manufacturing the finished product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:3 -msgid "Subcontract your Manufacturing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Outsourcing a portion of some or all your company’s manufacturing needs is " -"not easy. To make it work right, you have to:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:8 -msgid "Manage the inventory of raw materials at your subcontractor;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Ship new materials to your subcontractors based on your forecasted demand;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Keep track of manufacturing operations done at the subcontractor location;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:13 -msgid "Control incoming goods quality;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:14 -msgid "Control subcontractors bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Here is an example of subcontracting the manufacturing of “C”, which is " -"produced out of raw materials “A” and “B”." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:23 -msgid "" -"With its subcontracting feature, Odoo helps you handle this flow easily." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:28 -msgid "" -"To use the subcontracting feature, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " -"Configuration --> Settings` and tick the box *Subcontracting*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:35 -msgid "" -"To define if a product must be subcontracted, use a *Bill of Materials " -"(BoM)* of type *Subcontracting*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:38 -msgid "" -"To create a new *BoM*, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Master Data " -"--> Bill of Materials` and hit create. Then, list the components your " -"subcontractor needs to manufacture the product. For costing purposes, you " -"might want to register all the components, even the ones that are sourced " -"directly from the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Once you have set the *BoM Type* to *Subcontracting*, specify one or several" -" subcontractors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:52 -msgid "Basic Subcontracting Flow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:54 -msgid "" -"To let your subcontractor know how many products you need, create and send " -"them purchase orders (PO). To do so, open the *Purchase* app and create a " -"new one. Be sure to send the PO to a vendor that is defined as a " -"subcontractor on the *BoM*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Once the *PO* is validated (1), a pending receipt is created. When the " -"products are received, validate the receipt (2), with the actual quantity " -"received. Then Odoo automatically created several inventory moves:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Consume the components at the subcontractor’s location, based on the *BoM* " -"(3);" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:70 -msgid "Produce finished goods at the subcontractor’s location (4);" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Move products from the subcontractor’s location to YourCompany through the " -"validated receipt (5)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:74 -msgid "" -"Of course, Odoo does all the transactions for you, automatically. Simply " -"control the vendor bill with the usual matching process with the purchase " -"order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:79 -msgid "" -"The *PO* is optional. If you create a receipt manually, with the right " -"subcontractor, Odoo still performs all the moves. Useful if the " -"subcontractor does not bill a fixed price per item, but rather the time and " -"materials used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:85 -msgid "Inventory Valuation" -msgstr "Valoração de Inventário" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:87 -msgid "The cost of the manufactured product “C” is defined as:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:89 -msgid "**C = A + B + s**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:91 -msgid "With:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:93 -msgid "**A**: Cost of raw materials coming from YourCompany;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:96 -msgid "**B**: Cost of raw materials sourced directly from the" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:96 -msgid "subcontractor;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:98 -msgid "**s**: Cost of the subcontracted service." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:100 -msgid "" -"Sending raw materials to your subcontractors (**A**) does not impact the " -"inventory valuation, the components still belonging to your company. To " -"manage this, the *Subcontracting Location* is configured as an *Internal " -"Location* so that the components are still valued in the inventory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:106 -msgid "" -"Then, the vendor price set on the product C form has to be what has to be " -"paid to the subcontractor for his parts and service time: **B + s**. The " -"product cost has to be: **A + B + s**, how much the product is valued in the" -" accounting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:111 -msgid "" -"Finally, the subcontractor bill matches the purchase order, with the " -"proposed price coming from the finished products C." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:115 -msgid "" -"If managing the replenishment of raw materials **B** at your subcontractor’s" -" location is not needed, simply include the cost of **B** in the " -"subcontractor’s price **s** and remove the products *B* from the *BoM*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:121 -msgid "Traceability" -msgstr "Rastreabilidade" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:123 -msgid "" -"In case the products received from the subcontractor contain tracked " -"components, their serial or lot numbers need to be specified during the " -"receipt." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:127 -msgid "" -"On the receipt of the subcontracted product, a *Record Components* button " -"appears when necessary. Click on it to open a dialog and record the " -"serial/lot numbers of the components. If the finished product is also " -"tracked, its serial/lot number can be registered here too." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:136 -msgid "" -"For audit purposes, it is possible to check the lot numbers recorded on a " -"receipt by using the icon on the right of the finished products:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:144 -msgid "Automate Replenishment of Subcontractors" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:146 -msgid "" -"To manage the resupply of your subcontractor, activate *Multi-locations* in " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Configuration`. Then, the " -"inventory at the subcontractor location can be tracked." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:151 -msgid "" -"It is possible to resupply subcontractors by sending products from the " -"company locations, or by sending products from another supplier to the " -"subcontractors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:156 -msgid "Replenishment from the warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:158 -msgid "" -"Resupplying subcontractors manually is the simplest approach. To do so, " -"create delivery orders in which the subcontractor is set as a delivery " -"address and fill the components to deliver." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:162 -msgid "" -"To automate the subcontractors’ replenishment propositions, there are two " -"approaches:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:165 -msgid "Reordering rules;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:166 -msgid "Replenish on order flow." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:168 -msgid "" -"For the first one, just define a reordering rule on the subcontracting " -"location, with a minimum and maximum inventory level. When the reordering " -"rule is triggered, a delivery order is created to ship the components to the" -" subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:177 -msgid "" -"The second approach is to use a “pull” flow. Here, the demand in the " -"finished product (real demand or forecasted one through the Master " -"Production Schedule) triggers the replenishment of the subcontractor. To do " -"so, select the route *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* on the wanted " -"components." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:188 -msgid "Replenishment from another supplier" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:190 -msgid "" -"When purchasing items to another supplier, it is possible to ask him to " -"deliver the subcontractor directly. To do so, activate the *Drop Shipping* " -"feature in :menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> Configuration`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:195 -msgid "" -"Now, set the *Dropship* option in the *Deliver To* field of the *Other " -"Information* tab. Then, provide the address of the subcontractor for the " -"shipping." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:203 -msgid "" -"That way, the supplier can ship items directly and you simply receive and " -"pay the bill. However, it is still required to validate receipts for the " -"subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:212 -msgid "Quality Control" -msgstr "Controle de Qualidade" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:214 -msgid "" -"Controlling the quality of the products manufactured by subcontractors is " -"possible thanks to the Odoo Quality app. Quality checks can be made on a " -"manufacturing step but, because the manufacturing process is handled by an " -"external party, it can be defined on the product reception." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:224 -msgid "" -"To create a quality check at the receipt, open the *Quality* app and create " -"a new *Control Point* on the reception." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:231 -msgid "" -"By doing so, a quality check is automatically created each time a finished " -"product is received." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:3 -msgid "Unbuild a product" -msgstr "Descompacte um produto" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In Odoo Manufacturing App, you can *Unbuild* products. Two use cases can be " -"managed: (1) you can unbuild products you have built yourself or (2) you can" -" unbuild products you have received." -msgstr "" -"No aplicativo Manufatura Odoo, você pode * Descompactar * produtos. Dois " -"casos de uso podem ser gerenciados: (1) você pode descompactar produtos que " -"você mesmo construiu ou (2) pode descompactar produtos que recebeu." - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Let's take the first case, you are manufacturing products yourself. If one " -"of your product presents some defect, you might want to unbuild it instead " -"of scrapping it completely, allowing you to reuse some components of the " -"product." -msgstr "" -"Vejamos o primeiro caso, você mesmo está fabricando produtos. Se um de seus " -"produtos apresentar algum defeito, você pode desmontá-lo em vez de descartá-" -"lo completamente, permitindo a reutilização de alguns componentes do " -"produto." - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:14 -msgid "" -"In the second case, you are buying products for the sole purpose of " -"unbuilding them and recycling them." -msgstr "" -"No segundo caso, você está comprando produtos com o único propósito de " -"reconstruí-los e reciclá-los." - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:18 -msgid "Unbuild Order" -msgstr "Pedido de descompactação" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:20 -msgid "" -"While in the Manufacturing App, under the *Operations* tab you will find the" -" menu *Unbuild Orders*." -msgstr "" -"Enquanto estiver no aplicativo de fabricação, na guia * Operações *, você " -"encontrará o menu * Não construir pedidos *." - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:26 -msgid "" -"When creating a new one, you can either select a MO if you are unbuilding " -"something you manufactured or only select a product if you are unbuilding " -"something you received." -msgstr "" -"Ao criar um novo, você pode selecionar um pedido de manufatura se estiver " -"reconstruindo algo que fabricou ou apenas selecionar um produto se estiver " -"reconstruindo algo que recebeu." - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:33 -msgid "When you are done, just click unbuild and the process will be over." -msgstr "Quando terminar, clique em desfazer e o processo estará encerrado." - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:35 -msgid "" -"If you unbuild a product that you manufactured before, you will get the " -"components from the MO back in stock." -msgstr "" -"Se você desconstruir um produto que fabricava antes, terá os componentes do " -"pedido de manufatura de volta ao estoque." - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:38 -msgid "" -"If you unbuild a product you bought, you will get the components from the " -"BoM back in stock." -msgstr "" -"Se você desconstruir um produto que comprou, receberá os componentes do BoM " -"de volta ao estoque." - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:3 -msgid "Use the Master Production Schedule" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The Master Production Schedule (MPS) is a valuable tool to plan your " -"production based on your demand forecast." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Go to the :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings` " -"and activate the Master Production Schedule feature before hitting save." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:18 -msgid "" -"In the manufacturing settings, you can define the time range of your MPS " -"(month/week/day) and the number of periods you want to display." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Now, go in :menuselection:`Planning --> Master Production Schedule` and " -"click on add a product. You can now define your safety stock target (= the " -"stock you want to have on hand at the end of the period) and the minimum and" -" maximum quantities to replenish." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:29 -msgid "" -"The products are ordered in the MPS based on their sequence. You can " -"rearrange that sequence by going on the list of your products and reorganize" -" them with drag and drop." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:36 -msgid "" -"In the MPS view, you can decide which information you would like to show by " -"clicking on *rows*. Some fields can be added to the view, such as *Actual " -"demand*, which will show which quantity of products has already been ordered" -" for the period, or *Available to Promise*, which allows you to know what " -"can still be sold during the period (what you plan to replenish - what is " -"already sold during the period). You can also decide to hide some " -"information if it isn’t necessary." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:48 -msgid "Estimate your demand and launch replenishment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:50 -msgid "" -"The next step is to estimate the demand for the period. This estimation " -"should be entered in the row *Demand Forecast*. You can easily, at any time," -" compare the demand forecast with the actual demand (= confirmed sales). The" -" demand forecast for a finished product will impact the indirect demand for " -"its components." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:59 -msgid "" -"Then, the quantity to replenish for the different periods will be " -"automatically computed. The replenishments you are supposed to launch based " -"on your lead times (vendor lead time or manufacturing lead time) are " -"displayed in green. You can now launch the replenishment by clicking on the " -"replenish button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Depending on the configuration of the product (buy vs. manufacture), " -"requests for quotations or manufacturing orders will be created. You can " -"easily access those by clicking on the *Actual Replenishment* cell." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:75 -msgid "" -"In case you manually edit the *To replenish* quantity, a small cross will " -"appear on the left. In case you want to go back to the automatically " -"computed value given by Odoo, you can click the cross." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:83 -msgid "Cells color signification" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:85 -msgid "" -"The cells, which are part of the *To replenish* line, can take different " -"colors depending on the situation:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:88 -msgid "" -"**Green**: quantity of products which should be replenished to reach the " -"expected safety stock considering the demand forecast and the indirect " -"demand forecast." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:90 -msgid "" -"**Grey**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity " -"still matches current data." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:92 -msgid "" -"**Red**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity " -"was too high considering current data." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:94 -msgid "" -"**Orange**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity" -" was too low considering current data." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:96 -msgid "" -"The *Forecasted stock* line can also contain red cells, which means the " -"stock will be negative during the period in question." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:100 -msgid "What if I have underestimated the demand?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:102 -msgid "" -"You can still increase the demand forecast. It will impact the quantity to " -"replenish. The cell will become orange, and you’ll be able to launch a new " -"replenishment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:107 -msgid "What if I have overestimated the demand?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:109 -msgid "" -"You can decrease the demand forecast. The cell will become red to inform you" -" that you’ve ordered more than planned. If you’re still able to do it, you " -"can cancel some RFQ or MO manually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:114 -msgid "What if I wrongly added a product to the MPS?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:116 -msgid "" -"You can easily remove a product from the MPS by clicking the small bin on " -"the right of its name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview.rst:7 -msgid "I want to use Odoo Manufacturing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview.rst:5 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Visão geral" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair.rst:5 -msgid "Repair Management" -msgstr "Gestão de Reparos" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:5 -msgid "Repair products" -msgstr "Produtos de reparo" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:7 -msgid "" -"The Odoo *Repair* app allows you to manage a complete after sales process " -"but also to simply repair products you have manufactured, if they present a " -"defect." -msgstr "" -"A aplicação Odoo * Reparar * permite-lhe gerir um pós-venda completo, mas " -"também simplesmente reparar produtos que fabricou, se apresentarem algum " -"defeito." - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:12 -msgid "Create a Repair Order" -msgstr "Criar um pedido de reparo" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Once in the app, you can access your existing *Repair Orders* and create a " -"new one." -msgstr "" -"Uma vez no aplicativo, você pode acessar seus * Pedidos de reparo * " -"existentes e criar um novo." - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:21 -msgid "Manage a repair" -msgstr "Gerenciar um reparo" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:23 -msgid "" -"When a customer sends you a product for repair, create a new *Repair Order*." -" Fill it in with all the information you may need such as the product, the " -"customer, if it has to be invoiced after or before the repair, the parts you" -" might need, etc." -msgstr "" -"Quando um cliente envia a você um produto para reparo, crie um novo * Pedido" -" de Reparo *. Preencha-o com todas as informações de que você pode precisar," -" como o produto, o cliente, se for necessário faturar antes ou depois do " -"reparo, as peças de que você pode precisar, etc." - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Once everything is done, you can then send the repair quotation to your " -"customer. If it is approved, you can confirm the repair. You will then be " -"able to start & end the repair when it is completed." -msgstr "" -"Assim que tudo estiver feito, você pode enviar a cotação de conserto ao seu " -"cliente. Se for aprovado, você pode confirmar o reparo. Você poderá então " -"iniciar e encerrar o reparo quando ele estiver concluído." - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:38 -msgid "You can now invoice the repair." -msgstr "Agora você pode faturar o reparo." diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a7c210e38 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po @@ -0,0 +1,571 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Rafael H L Moretti <rafael.moretti@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Mateus Lopes <mateus1@gmail.com>, 2021 +# grazziano <gra.negocia@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Keli Brugalli <kbr@odoo.com>, 2021 +# Éder Brito <britoederr@gmail.com>, 2021 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-18 07:12+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-05-18 05:18+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Éder Brito <britoederr@gmail.com>, 2021\n" +"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: pt_BR\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing.rst:3 +msgid "Marketing" +msgstr "Marketing" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation.rst:3 +msgid "Marketing Automation" +msgstr "Automação de Marketing" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced" +msgstr "Avançado" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:3 +msgid "Understanding Metrics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Metrics are values that help you measure progress and can be a powerful way " +"of linking your employees to goals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:9 +msgid "" +"When you create a workflow in Odoo, its visual content already shows metrics" +" in a graph form and in numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:10 +msgid "Let’s consider the example below:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:19 +msgid "" +"The *Target* - business object - is *Lead/Opportunity* and was narrowed down" +" to the ones whose *Tag Name* contain the description “Product”, and have an" +" email address set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:20 +msgid "A total number of 20 records match the criteria." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Out of those 20 records, 25 have become participants, in other words, they " +"have matched the criteria." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Every time the system runs, updating numbers and triggering actions, it will" +" look at the *Target* model and check if new records have been added or " +"modified, keeping the flow up-to-date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The filter here is applied to *all* activities. Leads that lose the tag in " +"the meantime will be excluded from later activities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:45 +msgid "" +"*Records* is a real-time number, therefore while the workflow is running, " +"changes in opportunity records can be made - delete, add, adjustment - " +"updating the number of records, but not changing the number of participants," +" as the metric *will not* exclude opportunities that have been set as " +"participants before. It will just add new ones. For this reason, the number " +"of *Records* can be different from the number of *Participants*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 +msgid "" +"You can also have filters applied to activities individually, under " +"*Domain*. A useful feature to specify an individual filter that will only be" +" performed if the records satisfied both filters, the activity and its " +"domain one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Example: for an activity sending an SMS, you could make sure a phone number " +"is set to avoid triggering a SMS that would never be sent and crash." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:64 +msgid "" +"*Success* is the number of times the searching for participants - that match" +" the filter(s) of that activity - was performed successfully in relation to " +"the total number of participants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:65 +msgid "" +"If a participant does not match the conditions, it will be added to " +"*Rejected*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Hovering over the graph, you can see the number of successful and rejected " +"participants, per day, for the last 15 days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Every time a new record is added to the *Target* model, it will be " +"automatically added to the workflow, and, it will start the workflow from " +"the beginning (parent action)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing.rst:3 +msgid "SMS Marketing" +msgstr "Marketing SMS" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing.rst:3 +msgid "Pricing and FAQ" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:3 +msgid "SMS Pricing and FAQ" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:6 +msgid "What do I need to send SMSs?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:7 +msgid "" +"SMS Text Messaging is an In-App Purchase (IAP) service that *requires " +"prepaid credits* to work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:11 +msgid "How many types of SMSs are there?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:12 +msgid "There are 2 types: GSM7 and UNICODE." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:14 +msgid "" +"**GSM7** is the standard format, with a limit of 160 characters per message," +" that includes the following characters:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:23 +msgid "" +"**UNICODE** is the format applied if a special character, that *is not* in " +"the GSM7 list, is used. Limit per SMS: 70 characters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:27 +msgid "" +"For GSM7 SMS the size limit is 160 characters, and for Unicode is 70. *Above" +" these limits, the content is divided into a multi-part message* and the " +"limit of characters is lowered to 153 for GSM7 and to 67 for Unicode. The " +"system will inform you in real-time about the number of SMS your message " +"represents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:34 +msgid "How much does it cost to send an SMS?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The price of an SMS depends on the destination and the length (number of " +"characters) of the message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To see the **price per country, please consult**: `Odoo SMS - FAQ <https" +"://iap-services.odoo.com/iap/sms/pricing#sms_faq_01>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:39 +msgid "" +"The number of SMSs a message represents will be always available to you in " +"your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:49 +msgid "How do I buy credits?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:50 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Buy Credits`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:57 +msgid "Or go to :menuselection:`Settings --> View my Services`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:65 +msgid "" +"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you " +"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:70 +msgid "More common questions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:72 +msgid "**Is there an expiration time for my credits?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:74 +msgid "No, credits do not expire." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:77 +msgid "" +"**Can I send an SMS to a phone number (which is not a mobile phone) because " +"I see the icon in front of the field “phone”?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:80 +msgid "Only if that phone number supports SMS (e.g. SIP phones)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:83 +msgid "**Do I receive an invoice to buy my credits?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:85 +msgid "Yes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:88 +msgid "**Can the recipient answer to me?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:90 +msgid "No, it is not possible to reply to the SMS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:93 +msgid "" +"**What happens if I send multiple SMS but I do not have enough credits to " +"send them all?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:95 +msgid "" +"The whole transaction is counted as a single one, so no SMS will be sent " +"until you have enough credits to send them all." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:99 +msgid "**Do I have a history of the sent SMSs?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Yes, the SMS is logged as a note under the chatter of the corresponding " +"record, and a complete history of the SMSs sent is available on " +":doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode/activate>` under " +":menuselection:`Technical --> SMS`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:107 +msgid "**Can I send as many SMSs I want at once?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:109 +msgid "Yes, if you have enough credits." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:112 +msgid "" +"**If I have a number that does not exist in the list of recipients, will I " +"lose credits?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Not if the phone number is in the wrong format (e.g. too many digits). " +"Otherwise, if the SMS is sent to the wrong person or to a fake number, the " +"credit will be lost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:118 +msgid "" +"**What happens if I send my SMS to a paying number (e.g.: a contest to win a" +" ticket for a festival)?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:120 +msgid "" +"The SMS will not be delivered to that kind of number, so you won’t be " +"charged." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:123 +msgid "" +"**Can I identify the numbers that do not exist when I send several SMSs?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:125 +msgid "Only the ones that have an invalid format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:128 +msgid "**How does the GDPR regulation affect this service?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Please find our `Privacy Policy here <https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#sms>`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:132 +msgid "**Can I use my own SMS provider?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:134 +msgid "" +"Yes, but it is not possible out of the box. Our experts can help you " +"customize your database to make it happen. Please, check our success packs " +"`here <https://www.odoo.com/pricing-packs>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey.rst:3 +msgid "Survey" +msgstr "Pesquisa" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Visão geral" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:3 +msgid "Get Started with Surveys" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Surveys can be used for a range of purposes that can go from collecting " +"customer feedback, evaluate the success of an event, measure how pleased " +"customers are with your products/services, gauge whether employees are happy" +" and satisfied with their work environment, and even to find out what your " +"market is thinking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:11 +msgid "Get started" +msgstr "Começar" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:13 +msgid "" +"When creating your survey, choose a *Title* and *Category*. The *Category* " +"field is used to know in which context the survey is being conducted, as " +"different applications might use it for different purposes such as " +"recruitment, certification, or employee appraisal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:22 +msgid "Tab: Questions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:24 +msgid "Add sections and questions by clicking on the respective links." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:27 +msgid "" +"On the *Sections and Questions* form, once the question type is chosen and " +"the answer added, under the tab *Options*, enable *Mandatory Answer*, and " +"set an *Error message* to be shown when the user tries to submit the survey " +"without answering the respective question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Depending on the *Question Type*, the tab *Options* aggregates extra and " +"different possibilities. Examples:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:31 +msgid "" +"*Single Line Text Box* - can choose a minimum and maximum text length " +"(number of characters - spaces do not count), and its error message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:33 +msgid "" +"*Multiple choice: multiple answers allowed*: choose between radio buttons or" +" a dropdown menu list, and if you would like to have a comment field. If the" +" user select an answer and type a comment, the values are separately " +"recorded. Or, enable the comment field to be displayed as an answer choice, " +"with which a text type field is displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:37 +msgid "" +"*Matrix Type*: choose if you would like to have one or multiple choices per " +"row." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:44 +msgid "Tab: Description" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Write a *Description* to be displayed under the title of the survey's " +"homepage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:53 +msgid "Click on *Edit* to personalize your pages with the website builder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:56 +msgid "Tab: Options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Under the tab *Options*, choose the *Layout* of your questions. If choosing " +"*One page per section* or *One page per question*, an option *Back Button* " +"becomes available, which allows the user to go back pages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:67 +msgid "Test and share the survey" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Once your Survey is ready, *Test* it to avoid *Sharing* it with potential " +"errors. As answers get collected, click on *Answers* to access all the " +"details of the respondent and his answers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:72 +msgid "" +"By default, a filter *Except Test Entries* is applied to keep the list of " +"entries clean with only real participants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Another way to access detailed answers is by going to " +":menuselection:`Participations --> Participations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:80 +msgid "Click on *See results* to be redirected to an analytical page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:34 +msgid ":doc:`scoring`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/scoring.rst:35 +msgid ":doc:`time_random`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/scoring.rst:3 +msgid "Scoring Surveys" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/scoring.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To measure your respondent’s performance, knowledge of a subject, or overall" +" satisfaction, attach points to the answers of specific questions. The " +"points are summed up to give your respondent a final score." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/scoring.rst:9 +msgid "" +"On your survey’s form, click on *Add a question* and, under the tab " +"*Options*, choose between *Scoring with answers at the end* or *Scoring " +"without answers at the end*. Now, on your question’s form, set the right " +"answer and score." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/scoring.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Set the percentage score the user needs to achieve to have successfully " +"taken the survey. If enabling *Certificate*, choose its template. The " +"certification is automatically sent by email to the users who successfully " +"finish it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/scoring.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Enable *Login required* to be able to *Give Badges*. Badges are related to " +"the eLearning section of your website. Besides the logged-in user, visitors " +"of the website that access the page *Courses* can also see the granted " +"badges." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:3 +msgid "Time and Randomize Questions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:6 +msgid "Time Limit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:10 +msgid "" +"On timed surveys, respondents need to complete the survey within a certain " +"period of time. It can be used to ensure that all respondents get the same " +"amount of time to find the answers, or to decrease the chance of having them" +" looking at external resources." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:11 +msgid "Set the *Time limit* under the tab *Options*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:17 +msgid "" +"A timer is shown on the pages so the user can keep track of the remaining " +"time. Surveys not \\ submitted by the *Time limit* do not have their answers" +" saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:21 +msgid "Selection" +msgstr "Seleção" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:25 +msgid "" +"When you randomize a survey, you allow for the questions to be shuffled in a" +" random order every time someone opens the questionnaire. This can be useful" +" to avoid having respondents looking at each others' answers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To do so, under the tab *Options*, enable *Randomized per section*. Now, " +"under the tab *Questions*, set how many of the questions in that section " +"should be taken into account during the shuffling." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po deleted file mode 100644 index 65650f33a..000000000 --- a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,378 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Rafael H L Moretti <rafael.moretti@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Mateus Lopes <mateus1@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Keli Brugalli <kbr@odoo.com>, 2020 -# Luis Felipe Miléo <mileo@kmee.com.br>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Luis Felipe Miléo <mileo@kmee.com.br>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: pt_BR\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" - -#: ../../marketing_automation.rst:5 -msgid "Marketing Automation" -msgstr "Automação de Marketing" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced" -msgstr "Avançado" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:3 -msgid "Understanding Metrics" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:4 -msgid "" -"Metrics are values that help you measure progress and can be a powerful way " -"of linking your employees to goals." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:9 -msgid "" -"When you create a workflow in Odoo, its visual content already shows metrics" -" in a graph form and in numbers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:10 -msgid "Let’s consider the example below:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:19 -msgid "" -"The *Target* - business object - is *Lead/Opportunity* and was narrowed down" -" to the ones whose *Tag Name* contain the description “Product”, and have an" -" email address set." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:20 -msgid "A total number of 20 records match the criteria." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Out of those 20 records, 25 have become participants, in other words, they " -"have matched the criteria." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Every time the system runs, updating numbers and triggering actions, it will" -" look at the *Target* model and check if new records have been added or " -"modified, keeping the flow up-to-date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:41 -msgid "" -"The filter here is applied to *all* activities. Leads that lose the tag in " -"the meantime will be excluded from later activities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:45 -msgid "" -"*Records* is a real-time number, therefore while the workflow is running, " -"changes in opportunity records can be made - delete, add, adjustment - " -"updating the number of records, but not changing the number of participants," -" as the metric *will not* exclude opportunities that have been set as " -"participants before. It will just add new ones. For this reason, the number " -"of *Records* can be different from the number of *Participants*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 -msgid "" -"You can also have filters applied to activities individually, under " -"*Domain*. A useful feature to specify an individual filter that will only be" -" performed if the records satisfied both filters, the activity and its " -"domain one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Example: for an activity sending an SMS, you could make sure a phone number " -"is set to avoid triggering a SMS that would never be sent and crash." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:64 -msgid "" -"*Success* is the number of times the searching for participants - that match" -" the filter(s) of that activity - was performed successfully in relation to " -"the total number of participants." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:65 -msgid "" -"If a participant does not match the conditions, it will be added to " -"*Rejected*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Hovering over the graph, you can see the number of successful and rejected " -"participants, per day, for the last 15 days." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:75 -msgid "" -"Every time a new record is added to the *Target* model, it will be " -"automatically added to the workflow, and, it will start the workflow from " -"the beginning (parent action)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:79 -msgid ":doc:`../overview/automate_actions`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:80 -msgid ":doc:`../overview/segment`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:81 -msgid ":doc:`../overview/test`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Visão geral" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:3 -msgid "Automate Actions and Create a Workflow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:4 -msgid "" -"Automated workflows are a sign that you are building intelligent, data-" -"driven, multifaceted campaigns to enable the delivery of the right message, " -"to the right prospects, at the right time. It also speeds up processes and " -"creates a seamless experience for employees." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:9 -msgid "Segment and create a campaign" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:10 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Campaigns --> Create`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:12 -msgid "" -"In the example below, the *Marketing Automation* application is fully " -"integrated with *Contacts*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:14 -msgid "" -"But it can also be integrated with other apps like CRM, as long as they are " -"installed in your database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Depending on the criteria, the *target model updates itself* while the " -"campaign is running. That means that every new record that meets the " -"criteria will be added to the workflow." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Example: a campaign starts for leads that have no salesman assigned. If at " -"some point, those leads get to have a salesman assigned to it, the campaign " -"will stop running." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:29 -msgid "Create a parent activity and start to build a workflow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:30 -msgid "Click on *Add new activity*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:37 -msgid "" -"*Trigger* is the field to set for the activity to start to de deployed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Adopt an *Expiry Duration* if you would like to stop actions from being " -"executed after a certain amount of time and in subsequence to the trigger." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Under *Domain* you can narrow down your target, even more, applying filters " -"for this specific activity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:47 -msgid "Add Child Activities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:48 -msgid "" -"A *child activity* is an action that will take place based on a condition." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:50 -msgid "" -"You can either create or add a child activity if on the previous one: the " -"email was opened or not, the email was replied or not, the link was clicked " -"or not, the email bounced back." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:59 -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:53 -msgid ":doc:`segment`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:3 -msgid "Segment the Database with Filters" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:4 -msgid "Filters let you reach a granular level of detail in your records." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:7 -msgid "How to work with filters" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:8 -msgid "" -"When working with filters, you will see that some of the rules have an arrow" -" button next to it, informing you that the parameter has more variables " -"within it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:18 -msgid "" -"More than one parameter line - *node* (+) - can be added under what is " -"called a *branch* (...)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:19 -msgid "To exclude a *node* or a *branch*, click on *Delete node* (x)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Every time a new branch is created, you can choose if you would like the " -"records to match *all* criteria of the upcoming rules, or *any*, meaning one" -" rule or the other." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:32 -msgid "Use cases" -msgstr "Casos de uso" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:34 -msgid "" -"**Scenario**: narrow the target down to new opportunities in the pipeline." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:39 -msgid "**Scenario**: narrow the target down to suppliers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:44 -msgid "" -"**Scenario**: narrow the leads down to the ones that contain a certain tag " -"name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:49 -msgid "" -"**Scenario**: narrow the target down to the attendees of a specific event " -"that purchase a specific category of ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:55 -msgid "**Scenario**: narrow the target down to the employees who have kids." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:60 -msgid "" -"**Scenario**: narrow the target down to records with a helpdesk ticket " -"solved." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:66 -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:52 -msgid ":doc:`automate_actions`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:3 -msgid "Launch a Test and Start a Campaign" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:4 -msgid "" -"Before starting a campaign, launching a test allows you to run the workflow " -"on a test contact and view the sequence of events in action, avoiding " -"mistakes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:8 -msgid "Launch a test" -msgstr "Inicie um teste" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:9 -msgid "Click on *Launch a test*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Once you have selected the test contact, *Run* the parent activity and the " -"subsequent ones as needed. *Run* and *Stop* activities individually. To stop" -" the whole workflow click on *Stop*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Launching a test does not add data to your metrics with the purpose of not " -"introducing wrong inputs to reports." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:27 -msgid "Start and stop a workflow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Click on *Start* to run the workflow, and on *Stop* to interrupt it. The " -"interruption and new start can happen at any moment. The current status will" -" be shown on the status bar." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:38 -msgid "Participants and their specific workflow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:39 -msgid "" -"*Participants* are all the records that have ever been involved in the " -"campaign." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:47 -msgid "" -"If you click on *Participants* and open a record, you will find the specific" -" activities the record went/are/will go through, as well as when the " -"workflow was triggered to him. If you wish to cancel an activity click on " -"*Cancel*." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po deleted file mode 100644 index 92cea4d82..000000000 --- a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,48 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Rodrigo de Almeida Sottomaior Macedo <rmsolucoeseminformatica@protonmail.com>, 2020 -# Luis Gustavo Almeida <luis.gustavo@kmee.com.br>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Luis Gustavo Almeida <luis.gustavo@kmee.com.br>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: pt_BR\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:5 -msgid "Mobile" -msgstr "Mobile" - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:8 -msgid "Push Notifications" -msgstr "Notificações Push" - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:10 -msgid "" -"As of Odoo 12.0, 13.0 or above, there is no more complex configuration to " -"enable push notifications in the mobile app." -msgstr "" -"A partir do Odoo 12.0, 13.0 ou superior, não há uma configuração mais " -"complexa para ativar as notificações por push no aplicativo móvel." - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Simply go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Odoo Cloud " -"Notification (OCN)` and make sure that **Push Notifications** is checked." -msgstr "" -"Simplesmente vá para: menuselection: `Configurações -> Configurações gerais " -"-> Odoo Cloud Notification (OCN)` e verifique se ** Push Notifications ** " -"está marcado." diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/planning.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/planning.po deleted file mode 100644 index 48fc65c97..000000000 --- a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/planning.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,157 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Rafael H L Moretti <rafael.moretti@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: pt_BR\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" - -#: ../../planning.rst:5 -msgid "Planning" -msgstr "Planejamento" - -#: ../../planning/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Visão geral" - -#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:3 -msgid "Create a Schedule and Make Encoding Easier" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Organize regular schedules or forecast projects in a long term basis. Create" -" shifts to manage your tasks, assign employees, and stay organized at a high" -" level." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:9 -msgid "Organize your team by roles" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Roles --> Create`. Optionally, go to" -" the *Employees* application, select the respective employee, and under " -"*Work Information* select the *Default Planning Role*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:20 -msgid "Make shifts recurrent" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:22 -msgid "" -"While creating a shift, select *Repeat* and configure as needed, saving you " -"from the need of re-planning it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Repeated shifts are generated for the next six months. A modification is " -"possible in :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, " -"from *Settings*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:38 -msgid "To duplicate a shift in the Gantt view, press CTRL + drag and drop." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:41 -msgid "Save shifts as templates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:43 -msgid "" -"If creating a shift on the fly and know you might use that template in the " -"future, click on *Save as a Template*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:51 -msgid "" -"To create a template in advance, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Shifts Templates --> Create`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:55 -msgid "Duplicate a planning from the previous week" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:57 -msgid "" -"When in the Gantt view, either under *Schedule by Employee, Role or " -"Project*, instead of re-planning shifts that have been planned before, " -"simply click on *Copy Previous Week*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:65 -msgid "" -"The integration with the *Time off* and *Employee* applications, show you " -"grayed cells to the days when the employee does not work and is on vacation " -"time, for example." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:3 -msgid "Send Planned Shifts and Give Employees Autonomy Over Shifts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:5 -msgid "" -"If you are not on top of your tasks and shifts you might fall behind, losing" -" productivity. Allowing your employees to have a say over shifts helps you " -"to be on top of your workload, and gives them flexibility." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:10 -msgid "Publish and send the planned week by email" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Once you have your shifts planned, click on *Send Schedule*. Select *Include" -" Open shift* if you would like the *Unassigned* shifts to be seen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Choose if you just want to *Publish* or *Publish and Send*. If you *Publish " -"and Send*, employees get an email that redirects them to their planned " -"tasks:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Employees will not be able to see shifts until they have been published." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:29 -msgid "Let employees unassign themselves from shifts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Go to *Configuration* and enable *Allow Unassignment*. From now on, when an " -"employee opens his tasks, he can indicate his unavailability clicking on *I " -"am unavailable*. The shift will be opened again, allowing someone else to " -"take it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:44 -msgid "Employees have portal access; users have access to the database." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po deleted file mode 100644 index 1b54629f4..000000000 --- a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1817 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Rafael H L Moretti <rafael.moretti@gmail.com>, 2020 -# danimaribeiro <danimaribeiro@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# Mateus Lopes <mateus1@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Vanderlei Romera <vanderleiromera@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Luis Felipe Miléo <mileo@kmee.com.br>, 2020 -# lluisgustavoreis <luis.gustavo@kmee.com.br>, 2020 -# Éder Brito <britoederr@gmail.com>, 2021 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Éder Brito <britoederr@gmail.com>, 2021\n" -"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: pt_BR\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" - -#: ../../point_of_sale.rst:5 -msgid "Point of Sale" -msgstr "Ponto de Venda" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features.rst:3 -msgid "Pricing Features" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:3 -msgid "Using discount tags with a barcode scanner" -msgstr "Usando etiquetas de desconto com um leitor de código de barras" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:5 -msgid "" -"If you want to sell your products with a discount, for a product getting " -"close to its expiration date for example, you can use discount tags. They " -"allow you to scan discount barcodes." -msgstr "" -"Se você quiser vender seus produtos com desconto, para um produto que está " -"perto de sua data de validade, por exemplo, você pode usar etiquetas de " -"desconto. Eles permitem que você leia códigos de barras de desconto." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:10 -msgid "To use discount tags you will need to use a barcode scanner." -msgstr "" -"Para usar etiquetas de desconto, você precisará usar um leitor de código de " -"barras." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:13 -msgid "Barcode Nomenclature" -msgstr "Nomenclatura de código de barras" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:15 -msgid "To use discounts tags, we need to learn about barcode nomenclature." -msgstr "" -"Para usar as tags de descontos, precisamos aprender sobre a nomenclatura do " -"código de barras." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Let's say you want to have a discount for the product with the following " -"barcode:" -msgstr "" -"Digamos que você queira um desconto para o produto com o seguinte código de " -"barras:" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:23 -msgid "" -"You can find the *Default Nomenclature* under the settings of your PoS " -"interface." -msgstr "" -"Você pode encontrar a * Nomenclatura Padrão * nas configurações de sua " -"interface de PDV." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Let's say you want 50% discount on a product you have to start your barcode " -"with 22 (for the discount barcode nomenclature) and then 50 (for the %) " -"before adding the product barcode. In our example, the barcode would be:" -msgstr "" -"Digamos que você queira 50% de desconto em um produto, você deve começar seu" -" código de barras com 22 (para a nomenclatura do código de barras de " -"desconto) e depois 50 (para a%) antes de adicionar o código de barras do " -"produto. Em nosso exemplo, o código de barras seria:" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:41 -msgid "Scan the products & tags" -msgstr "Escaneie os produtos e tags" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:43 -msgid "You first have to scan the desired product (in our case, a lemon)." -msgstr "" -"Você primeiro tem que escanear o produto desejado (no nosso caso, um limão)." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:48 -msgid "" -"And then scan the discount tag. The discount will be applied and you can " -"finish the transaction." -msgstr "" -"E então escaneie a etiqueta de desconto. O desconto será aplicado e você " -"poderá finalizar a transação." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:3 -msgid "Apply Discounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:5 -msgid "" -"By offering discounts, you can entice your customers and drastically " -"increase your revenue. It is vital to offer discounts, whether they are " -"time-limited, seasonal or manually given." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:9 -msgid "" -"To manage discounts, Odoo has powerful features that help set up a pricing " -"strategy tailored to every business." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:13 -msgid "Apply manual discounts" -msgstr "Aplique descontos manuais" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:15 -msgid "" -"If you seldom use discounts, applying manual ones might be the easiest " -"solution for your Point of Sale." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:18 -msgid "" -"You can either apply a discount on the whole order or on specific products " -"inside an order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:22 -msgid "Apply a discount on a product" -msgstr "Aplicar um desconto em um produto" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:24 -msgid "From your PoS session interface, use the *Disc* button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Then, you can input a discount over the product that is currently selected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:34 -msgid "Apply a global discount" -msgstr "Aplique um desconto global" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:36 -msgid "" -"To apply a discount on the whole order, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales" -" --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and select your PoS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Once on your PoS form, select *Global Discounts*, under the *Pricing* " -"category." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:45 -msgid "Now, you have a new *Discount* button appearing on your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:51 -msgid "Click on it and enter the wanted discount." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:58 -msgid "" -"On this example, there is a global discount of 50% as well as a specific 50%" -" discount on oranges." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:62 -msgid "Apply time-limited discounts" -msgstr "Aplicar descontos por tempo limitado" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:64 -msgid "" -"To activate time-limited discounts, you must activate the *Pricelists* " -"feature. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Configuration " -"--> Point of Sale` and open your PoS. Then, enable the pricelist feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Once activated, you must choose the pricelists you want to make available in" -" the PoS and define a default one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:77 -msgid "Create a pricelist" -msgstr "Crie uma lista de preços" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:79 -msgid "" -"By default, Odoo has a *Public Pricelist* configured. To create more, go to " -":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Products --> Pricelists`. Then click on " -"create." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:83 -msgid "" -"When creating a pricelist, you can set several criteria to use a specific " -"price: period, min. quantity, etc. You can also decide to apply that " -"pricelist on specific products or on the whole range." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:92 -msgid "Using a pricelist with the PoS interface" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:94 -msgid "" -"On the PoS interface, a new button appears. Use it to select a pricelist." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:101 -msgid "" -"Click on it to instantly update the prices with the selected pricelist. " -"Then, you can finalize the order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:3 -msgid "Manage a loyalty program" -msgstr "Gerenciar um programa de fidelidade" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Encourage your customers to continue to shop at your point of sale with a " -"*Loyalty Program*." -msgstr "" -"Incentive seus clientes a continuar comprando em seu ponto de venda com um *" -" Programa de Fidelidade *." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:9 -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:14 -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:12 -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:15 -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:13 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:14 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:10 -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:9 -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:20 -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:8 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Configuração" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:11 -msgid "" -"To activate the *Loyalty Program* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " -"Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface. " -"Under the Pricing features, select *Loyalty Program*" -msgstr "" -"Para ativar o recurso * Programa de fidelidade *, acesse: seleção de menus: " -"`Ponto de venda -> Configuração -> Ponto de venda` e selecione sua interface" -" de PDV. Nos recursos de preços, selecione * Programa de fidelidade *" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:19 -msgid "From there you can create and edit your loyalty programs." -msgstr "A partir daí, você pode criar e editar seus programas de fidelidade." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:24 -msgid "" -"You can decide what type of program you wish to use, if the reward is a " -"discount or a gift, make it specific to some products or cover your whole " -"range. Apply rules so that it is only valid in specific situation and " -"everything in between." -msgstr "" -"Você pode decidir que tipo de programa deseja utilizar, se a recompensa é um" -" desconto ou um brinde, especificá-lo para alguns produtos ou abranger toda " -"a sua gama. Aplique regras para que só seja válido em situações específicas " -"e tudo mais." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:30 -msgid "Use the loyalty program in your PoS interface" -msgstr "Use o programa de fidelidade em sua interface PDV" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:32 -msgid "" -"When a customer is set, you will now see the points they will get for the " -"transaction and they will accumulate until they are spent. They are spent " -"using the button *Rewards* when they have enough points according to the " -"rules defined in the loyalty program." -msgstr "" -"Quando um cliente for definido, você verá agora os pontos que ele obterá " -"pela transação e eles serão acumulados até serem gastos. Eles são gastos " -"usando o botão * Recompensas * quando têm pontos suficientes de acordo com " -"as regras definidas no programa de fidelidade." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:40 -msgid "" -"You can see the price is instantly updated to reflect the pricelist. You can" -" finalize the order in your usual way." -msgstr "" -"Você pode ver que o preço é atualizado instantaneamente para refletir a " -"lista de preços. Você pode finalizar o pedido da maneira usual." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:44 -msgid "" -"If you select a customer with a default pricelist, it will be applied. You " -"can of course change it." -msgstr "" -"Se você selecionar um cliente com uma lista de preços padrão, ela será " -"aplicada. Claro que você pode mudar isso." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:3 -msgid "Using Pricelists in Point of Sale" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:5 -msgid "" -"You probably know the concept of happy hour: during a certain period of " -"time, the barman gives a discount on some drinks (usually 50% off or a buy " -"one get one free). When the period is over, prices go back to normal. But " -"how does that relate with Odoo?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:10 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, you can set up happy hours. It’s one of the many possible uses of " -"*Pricelists*. Those *Pricelists* allow the creation of multiple prices for " -"the same product: a regular one and a special one for happy hours. Available" -" in the *PoS* app, those are really convenient." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:17 -msgid "Set up Pricelists" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:19 -msgid "" -"To set up a *Pricelist*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " -"Configuration --> Configuration` and enable the *Pricelist* feature. Then, " -"go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and" -" enable *Pricelist* for the *PoS*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Now, you can create *Pricelists* by clicking on the *Pricelists* link. Then," -" set it up by choosing the product category you want to include in your " -"happy hour and the discount." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Go back to your *PoS* settings and add the Happy Hour pricelist to the list." -" You can even choose a default pricelist if needed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:39 -msgid "" -"From now on, on the *PoS* interface, a new button is available, allowing you" -" to choose among the different *pricelists* you added before." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:46 -msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm.rst:3 -msgid "Fiscal Data Modules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:3 -msgid "Setting up the Fiscal Data Module with the Odoo POS" -msgstr "Configurando o Módulo de Dados Fiscais com o Odoo PDV" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:6 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "Introdução" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The Belgian government requires certain businesses to use a government-" -"certified device called a **Fiscal Data Module** (also known as a " -"**blackbox**). This device works together with the POS application and logs " -"certain transactions. On top of that, the used POS application must also be " -"certified by the government and must adhere to strict standards specified by" -" them. `Odoo 9 (Enterprise Edition) is a certified application " -"<http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/systemes-certifies>`_. More " -"information concerning the Fiscal Data Module can be found on `the official " -"website <http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/>`_." -msgstr "" -"O governo belga exige que certas empresas usem um dispositivo certificado " -"pelo governo chamado ** Módulo de Dados Fiscais ** (também conhecido como **" -" caixa preta **). Este dispositivo funciona junto com o aplicativo PDV e " -"registra certas transações. Além disso, o aplicativo PDV usado também deve " -"ser certificado pelo governo e deve seguir os padrões estritos especificados" -" por eles. ʻOdoo 9 (Enterprise Edition) é um aplicativo certificado " -"<http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/systemes-certifies> `_. Mais " -"informações sobre o Módulo de Dados Fiscais podem ser encontradas no site " -"oficial <http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/> `_." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:20 -msgid "Required hardware" -msgstr "Hardware necessário" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:22 -msgid "" -"A government certified `Fiscal Data Module " -"<http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/systemes-" -"certifies#FDM%20certifiés>`_ per POS, all of them should work, but the " -"Cleancash SC-B is recommended, you will also need:" -msgstr "" -"Um `Fiscal Data Module <http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/systemes-" -"certifies#FDM%20certifiés>` _ por PDV, todos eles devem funcionar, mas o " -"Cleancash SC-B é recomendado, você também vai precisar :" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Serial null modem cable per FDM (`example <http://www.startech.com/Cables" -"/Serial-Parallel-PS-2/DB9-DB25/10-ft-Cross-Wired-Serial-Null-Modem-Cable-" -"DB9-FM~SCNM9FM>`__)" -msgstr "" -"Cabo de modem nulo serial por FDM ('exemplo <http://www.startech.com/Cables" -"/Serial-Parallel-PS-2/DB9-DB25/10-ft-Cross-Wired-Serial-Null-Modem-Cable-" -"DB9-FM~SCNM9FM>'__" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Serial-to-USB adapter per FDM (`example " -"<http://trendnet.com/products/proddetail.asp?prod=265_TU-S9>`__)" -msgstr "" -"Adaptador serial para USB por FDM (ʻexemplo " -"<http://trendnet.com/products/proddetail.asp?prod=265_TU-S9> `__)" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:32 -msgid "A registered IoT Box per POS configuration" -msgstr "Uma IoT Box registrada por configuração de PDV" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:35 -msgid "Setup" -msgstr "Configuração" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:38 -msgid "IoT Box" -msgstr "IoT Box" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:40 -msgid "" -"In order to use a Fiscal Data Module, you will need a registered IoT Box. " -"These IoT Boxes are similar to the regular IoT Boxes we sell, but they are " -"registered with the Belgian government. This is required by law. Attempting " -"to use a Fiscal Data Module on a non-registered IoT Box will not work. You " -"can verify that the Fiscal Data Module is recognized by the IoT Box by going" -" to the *Hardware status page* via the IoT Box homepage." -msgstr "" -"Para usar um Módulo de Dados Fiscais, você precisará de uma Caixa IoT " -"registrada. Essas caixas de IoT são semelhantes às caixas de IoT regulares " -"que vendemos, mas estão registradas no governo belga. Isso é exigido por " -"lei. Tentar usar um Módulo de Dados Fiscais em uma IoT Box não registrada " -"não funcionará. Você pode verificar se o Módulo de dados fiscais é " -"reconhecido pela IoT Box acessando a * página de status do hardware * por " -"meio da página inicial da IoT Box." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:52 -msgid "Odoo" -msgstr "Odoo" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:54 -msgid "" -"An Odoo POS app can be given certified POS capabilities by installing the " -"**Belgian Registered Cash Register** app (technical name: " -"``pos_blackbox_be``). Because of government restrictions imposed on us, this" -" installation cannot be undone. After this, you will have to ensure that " -"each POS configuration has a unique registered IoT Box associated with it " -"(:menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and " -"ensure Hardware Proxy / IoT Box and the serial number of your IoT Box is " -"set). The first time you open the Point of Sale and attempt to do a " -"transaction, you will be asked to input the PIN that you received with your " -"VAT signing card." -msgstr "" -"Um aplicativo Odoo PDV pode receber recursos de PDV certificados instalando " -"o aplicativo ** Belgian Registered Cash Register ** (nome técnico: `` " -"pos_blackbox_be``). Devido às restrições governamentais impostas a nós, esta" -" instalação não pode ser desfeita. Depois disso, você terá que garantir que " -"cada configuração de PDV tenha uma IoT Box registrada exclusiva associada a " -"ela (: seleção de menus: `Ponto de Venda-> Configuração -> Ponto de Venda` e" -" garantir Hardware Proxy / IoT Box e serial número da sua caixa IoT está " -"definido). Na primeira vez que você abrir o Ponto de venda e tentar fazer " -"uma transação, será solicitado que você insira o PIN que recebeu com seu " -"cartão de assinatura de VAT." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:69 -msgid "Certification & On-premise" -msgstr "Certificação e local" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:71 -msgid "" -"The certification granted by the government is restricted to the use on " -"odoo.com SaaS instance. The usage of the module from the source or a " -"modified version will **not** be certified. For on-premise users, we also " -"support the Fiscal Data Module in such installations. The main restriction " -"is that this requires an obfuscated version of the ``pos_blackbox_be`` " -"module we will provide on request for Enterprise customers." -msgstr "" -"A certificação concedida pelo governo é restrita ao uso na instância " -"odoo.com SaaS. O uso do módulo da fonte ou de uma versão modificada ** não " -"** será certificado. Para usuários locais, também oferecemos suporte ao " -"Módulo de Dados Fiscais em tais instalações. A principal restrição é que " -"isso requer uma versão ofuscada do módulo `` pos_blackbox_be`` que " -"forneceremos mediante solicitação para clientes corporativos." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:79 -msgid "Restrictions" -msgstr "Restrições" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:81 -msgid "" -"As mentioned before, in order to get certified the POS application must " -"adhere to strict government guidelines. Because of this, a certified Odoo " -"POS has some limitations not present in the non-certified Odoo POS." -msgstr "" -"Conforme mencionado antes, para obter a certificação, o aplicativo de PDV " -"deve aderir às rígidas diretrizes governamentais. Por isso, um PDV Odoo " -"certificado tem algumas limitações não presentes no PDV Odoo não " -"certificado." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:86 -msgid "Refunding is disabled" -msgstr "Reembolso está desativado" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:87 -msgid "Modifying orderline prices" -msgstr "Modificando os preços da linha de pedido" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:88 -msgid "Creating/modifying/deleting POS orders" -msgstr "Criação / modificação / exclusão de pedidos de PDV" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:89 -msgid "Selling products without a valid tax" -msgstr "Venda de produtos sem imposto válido" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:90 -msgid "Multiple Odoo POS configurations per IoT Box are not allowed" -msgstr "Múltiplas configurações Odoo PDV por IoT Box não são permitidas" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:91 -msgid "Using the POS without a connection to the IoT Box (and thus FDM)" -msgstr "Usando o PDV sem uma conexão com a IoT Box (e, portanto, FDM)" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:92 -msgid "Blacklisted modules: pos_discount, pos_reprint, pos_loyalty" -msgstr "Módulos na lista negra: pos_discount, pos_reprint, pos_loyalty" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Visão geral" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:3 -msgid "Getting started" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When working with a Point of Sale application, employees want a simple, and " -"user-friendly solution. A solution that works online or offline and with any" -" device." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:9 -msgid "" -"A Point of Sale system is a fully integrated application that allows any " -"transaction, automatically registers product moves in your stock, and gives " -"you real-time statistics and consolidations across all shops." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:17 -msgid "Make products available in the PoS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:19 -msgid "" -"To make products available for sale, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale -->" -" Products --> Products` and open a product. In the *Sales* tab, enable " -"*Available in Point of Sale*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:28 -msgid "You can also define if the product has to be weighted or not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:31 -msgid "Configure your payment methods" -msgstr "Configure seus métodos de pagamento" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:33 -msgid "" -"To add a payment method, you first need to create it. Go to " -":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment Methods` and " -"click on create. Then, you can name your payment method and set it up." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:43 -msgid "Don’t forget your credentials for methods using a payment terminal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Now, you can select the payment method in your PoS settings. To do so, go to" -" :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and open" -" the PoS in which you want to include the payment method. Then, add the " -"payment method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:55 -msgid "" -"*Configuration* is the menu where you can edit all your point of sale " -"settings. Some more features are available for restaurants." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:59 -msgid "Your first PoS session" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:62 -msgid "Your first order" -msgstr "Seu primeiro pedido" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:64 -msgid "Open a new session from the dashboard by clicking on *New Session*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:70 -msgid "After the loading screen, you arrive on the PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Once an order is completed, you can register the payment. All the available " -"payment methods appear on the left of the screen. Select the payment method " -"and enter the received amount. Then, you can validate the payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:82 -msgid "Return and refund products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:84 -msgid "" -"Having a well-thought-out return policy is key to keep customers satisfied " -"and make the process of accepting returns and refunds easy for you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:87 -msgid "" -"To do that, from the PoS interface, select the product and quantity (with " -"the +/- button) that the customer wants to return. For multiple products, " -"repeat the process individually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:94 -msgid "" -"When on the payment interface, the total is negative. To end the refund, " -"process the payment and validate it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:102 -msgid "Close the PoS session" -msgstr "Fechar a sessão de Ponto de Venda" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:104 -msgid "" -"To close your session at the end of the day, click on the close button on " -"the upper right corner of your screen and confirm. Now, close the session on" -" the dashboard view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:112 -msgid "" -"It’s strongly advised to close your PoS session at the end of each day." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:114 -msgid "" -"Once a session is closed, you can see a summary of all transactions per " -"payment method. Then, click on a line to see all orders that were paid " -"during your PoS session. If everything is correct, validate the session and " -"post the closing entries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:123 -msgid "" -"To connect the PoS hardware with an Odoo IoT Box, please refer to these " -"docs: :doc:`Connect an IoT Box to your database <../../iot/config/connect>` " -"and :doc:`Use the IoT Box for the PoS <../../iot/config/pos>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:129 -msgid "View your statistics" -msgstr "Veja suas estatísticas" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:131 -msgid "" -"Keeping track of your sales is essential to get meaningful statistics. " -"That’s why Odoo provides analyzes about your sales." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:134 -msgid "" -"To access your statistics, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> " -"Reporting --> Orders`. There, you can see various statistics in graph or " -"pivot form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:142 -msgid "You can also access them through the dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:3 -msgid "Register customers" -msgstr "Cadastre clientes" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Registering your customers will give you the ability to grant them various " -"privileges such as discounts, loyalty program, specific communication. It " -"will also be required if they want an invoice and registering them will make" -" any future interaction with them faster." -msgstr "" -"O registro de seus clientes lhe dará a capacidade de conceder a eles vários " -"privilégios, como descontos, programa de fidelidade, comunicação específica." -" Também será necessário se eles quiserem uma fatura e registrá-los tornará " -"qualquer interação futura com eles mais rápida." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:11 -msgid "Create a customer" -msgstr "Criar um cliente" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:13 -msgid "From your session interface, use the customer button." -msgstr "Na interface da sua sessão, use o botão do cliente." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:18 -msgid "Create a new one by using this button." -msgstr "Crie um novo usando este botão." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:23 -msgid "" -"You will be invited to fill out the customer form with their information." -msgstr "" -"Você será convidado a preencher o formulário do cliente com suas " -"informações." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Use the save button when you are done. You can then select that customer in " -"any future transactions." -msgstr "" -"Use o botão Salvar quando terminar. Você pode então selecionar esse cliente " -"em quaisquer transações futuras." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment.rst:3 -msgid "Payment Terminals" -msgstr "Terminais de Pagamento" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:3 -msgid "Connect an Ingenico Payment Terminal to your PoS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Connecting a payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid payment flow to " -"your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Please note that Ingenico is currently only available for customers in the " -"Benelux." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:15 -msgid "Connect an IoT Box" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Connecting an Ingenico Payment Terminal to Odoo is a feature that requires " -"an IoT Box. For more information on how to connect an IoT Box to your " -"database, please refer to the :doc:`IoT documentation " -"<../../iot/config/connect>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:22 -msgid "Configure the Lane/5000 for Ingenico BENELUX" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Click on the F button of the terminal, then go in the :menuselection:`PoS " -"Menu --> Settings` and enter the settings password." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Now, click on connexion change and TCP/IP. Type the IP of your *IoT Box* " -"(you can find it on the form view of your IoT Box). Then, enter 9000 as " -"port. The terminal will restart. Once it is done, go on your *IoT Box* form " -"in Odoo and verify that the terminal has been found." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:36 -msgid "Configure the payment method" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:38 -msgid "" -"First, go in the general settings of the POS app, and activate the Ingenico " -"setting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Go back in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of " -"Sale`, go in the payments section and access your payment methods. Create a " -"new payment method for Ingenico, select the payment terminal option " -"Ingenico, and select your payment terminal device." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:53 -msgid "Pay with a payment terminal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:55 -msgid "" -"In your *PoS interface*, when processing a payment, select a *Payment " -"Method* using a payment terminal. Check that the amount in the tendered " -"column is the one that has to be sent to the payment terminal and click on " -"*Send*. When the payment is successful, the status will change to *Payment " -"Successful*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:64 -msgid "" -"If you want to cancel the payment request, click on cancel. You can still " -"retry to send the payment request." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:67 -msgid "" -"If there is any issue with the payment terminal, you can still force the " -"payment using the *Force Done*. This will allow you to validate the order in" -" Odoo even if the connexion between the terminal and Odoo has issues." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:73 -msgid "" -"This option will only be available if you received an error message telling " -"you the connexion failed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Once your payment is processed, on the payment record, you’ll find the type " -"of card that has been used and the transaction ID." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:3 -msgid "Connect a SIX Payment Terminal to your PoS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Connecting a SIX payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid payment flow " -"to your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Even though Worldline has recently acquired SIX Payment Services and both " -"companies use Yomani payment terminals, the firmware they run is different. " -"Terminals received from Worldline are therefore not compatible with this " -"integration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:18 -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:16 -msgid "Configure the Payment Method" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:20 -msgid "" -"First, make sure that the POS Six module is installed. For this, go to " -"*Apps*, remove the \"Apps\" filter and search for \"POS Six\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Back in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment " -"Methods`, Create a new payment method for SIX, select the payment terminal " -"option \"SIX without IoT Box\", and enter your payment terminal IP address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:34 -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:40 -msgid "Pay with a Payment Terminal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:36 -msgid "" -"In your PoS interface, at the moment of the payment, select a payment method" -" using a payment terminal. Verify that the amount in the tendered column is " -"the one that has to be sent to the payment terminal and click on *Send*. If " -"you want to cancel the payment request, click on cancel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:44 -msgid "" -"When the payment is done, the status will change to *Payment Successful*. " -"You can always reverse the last transaction by clicking on *Reverse*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:51 -msgid "" -"If there is any issue with the payment terminal, you can still force the " -"payment using the *Force Done*. This will allow you to validate the order in" -" Odoo even if the connexion between the terminal and Odoo encounters issues." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:3 -msgid "Connect a Vantiv Payment Terminal to your PoS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Connecting a Vantiv payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid payment " -"flow to your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Please note MercuryPay only operates with US and Canadian banks, making this" -" procedure only suitable for North American businesses." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:18 -msgid "" -"First, go in the general settings of the POS app, and activate the Vantiv " -"setting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Back in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, " -"go in the payments section and access your payment methods. Create a new " -"payment method for Vantiv, select the payment terminal option Vantiv, and " -"create new Vantiv credentials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:32 -msgid "" -"To create new Vantiv credentials, fill in your merchant ID and password, " -"then save. Make sure the credentials you just created are selected, then " -"save the payment method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:42 -msgid "" -"In your PoS interface, at the moment of the payment, select your Vantiv " -"payment method and… that’s all." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:3 -msgid "Restaurant Features" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:3 -msgid "Print the Bill" -msgstr "Imprima a conta" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Use the *Bill Printing* feature to print the bill before the payment. This " -"is useful if the bill is still subject to evolve and is thus not the " -"definitive ticket." -msgstr "" -"Use o recurso * Impressão de fatura * para imprimir a fatura antes do " -"pagamento. Isso é útil se a conta ainda está sujeita a evoluir e, portanto, " -"não é o bilhete definitivo." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:10 -msgid "Configure Bill Printing" -msgstr "Configurar impressão de fatura" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To activate *Bill Printing*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " -"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" -"Para ativar a * Impressão de fatura *, vá para: seleção de menus: `Ponto de " -"venda -> Configuração -> Ponto de venda` e selecione sua interface de PDV." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Bill Printing* option." -msgstr "" -"Na categoria Contas e recibos, você encontrará a opção * Impressão de notas " -"fiscais *." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:22 -msgid "Split a Bill" -msgstr "Dividir uma conta" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:24 -msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Bill* button." -msgstr "Em sua interface de PDV, agora você tem um botão * Conta *." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:29 -msgid "When you use it, you can then print the bill." -msgstr "Ao usá-lo, você pode imprimir a fatura." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:3 -msgid "Using fiscal positions in PoS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, *Fiscal Positions* let you apply different taxes based on the " -"customer location. In a *Point of Sale*, such as a restaurant, it can be " -"used to apply different taxes depending if the customer eats in or takes " -"away." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:11 -msgid "Set up fiscal positions for PoS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:13 -msgid "" -"To enable this feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " -"Configuration --> Point of Sale` and check *Fiscal Position per Order*. Now," -" you can choose the fiscal positions you want for your *PoS*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:21 -msgid "You need to create your fiscal positions before using this feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:24 -msgid "Using fiscal positions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Once on your *PoS* interface, click on the *Tax* button. Now, choose the " -"fiscal position you need for the current order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:33 -msgid "Set up a default fiscal position" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:35 -msgid "" -"If you want to use a default fiscal position, meaning that a preexisting " -"value is always automatically assigned, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale " -"--> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and enable *Fiscal Position*. Now, " -"choose one to set as the default one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Now, the *tax* button is replaced by a *on site* button when on the *PoS* " -"interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:3 -msgid "Print orders at the kitchen or bar" -msgstr "Imprimir pedidos na cozinha ou no bar" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:5 -msgid "" -"To ease the workflow between the front of house and the back of the house, " -"printing the orders taken on the PoS interface right in the kitchen or bar " -"can be a tremendous help." -msgstr "" -"Para facilitar o fluxo de trabalho entre a frente e a parte de trás da casa," -" imprimir os pedidos feitos na interface do PDV diretamente na cozinha ou no" -" bar pode ser uma ajuda tremenda." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:10 -msgid "Activate the bar/kitchen printer" -msgstr "Ative a impressora do bar / cozinha" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To activate the *Order printing* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " -"Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" -"Para ativar o recurso * Impressão de pedido *, vá para: seleção de menus: " -"`Ponto de venda -> Configuração -> Ponto de venda` e selecione sua interface" -" de PDV." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Under the IoT Box / Hardware Proxy category, you will find *Order Printers*." -" Note that you need an IoT Box to connect your Printer to the PoS." -msgstr "" -"Na categoria IoT Box / Hardware Proxy, você encontrará * Encomendar " -"impressoras *. Observe que você precisa de uma IoT Box para conectar sua " -"impressora ao PDV." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:20 -msgid "Add a printer" -msgstr "Adicionar uma impressora" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:22 -msgid "" -"In your configuration menu you will now have a *Order Printers* option where" -" you can add the printer." -msgstr "" -"No menu de configuração, você terá agora a opção * Impressora de pedidos *, " -"onde pode adicionar a impressora." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:29 -msgid "Print a kitchen/bar order" -msgstr "Imprimir um pedido de cozinha / bar" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:34 -msgid "Select or create a printer." -msgstr "Selecione ou crie uma impressora." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:37 -msgid "Print the order in the kitchen/bar" -msgstr "Imprima o pedido na cozinha / bar" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:39 -msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Order* button." -msgstr "Em sua interface PDV, agora você tem um botão * Encomendar *." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:44 -msgid "" -"When you press it, it will print the order on your kitchen/bar printer." -msgstr "" -"Ao pressioná-lo, o pedido será impresso na impressora de sua cozinha / bar." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:3 -msgid "Manage your tables" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Restaurants have specific needs that shops don’t have. That’s why Odoo gives" -" restaurant owners several unique features to help them manage their " -"business in the best possible way." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Floor and table management, bill splitting, or even the possibility to print" -" orders from the kitchen, everything is there to help your business shine " -"and your employees to work efficiently." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:16 -msgid "" -"To activate the bar/restaurant features, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale" -" --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and open your PoS. Now, select *Is a " -"Bar/Restaurant*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:24 -msgid "" -"New features are shown with a fork and a knife next to it, indicating that " -"they are restaurant-specific." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:32 -msgid "Add a floor" -msgstr "Adicione um piso" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Once your *Point of Sale* has been configured, select *Table Management* " -"under :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`. " -"Then, click on *Floors* to create and name your floor and tables." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:47 -msgid "Don’t forget to link your floor to your point of sale." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:50 -msgid "Add tables" -msgstr "Adicionar mesas" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:52 -msgid "" -"To add tables, you can also open your PoS interface to see your floor(s)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:59 -msgid "" -"Then, click on *Edit Mode* (pencil icon on the upper right corner) to be " -"allowed to create, move, modify tables, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:67 -msgid "" -"To make your table easier to be found, you can rename them, change their " -"shape, size or even color. It is also possible to add the maximum number of " -"sits the table can have." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:72 -msgid "Register your table(s) orders" -msgstr "Registre seus pedidos de mesa (s)" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:74 -msgid "" -"To register an order, click on the respective table. By doing so, you are " -"taken to your main interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:82 -msgid "Transfer customer(s)" -msgstr "Cliente (s) de transferência" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:84 -msgid "" -"If your customers want to move to another table after they already ordered, " -"use the transfer button. This way, the order is also moved to the new table." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:88 -msgid "To do so, select the table your customer is currently on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:94 -msgid "" -"Now, click on the transfer button and select the table to which you are " -"transferring your customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:103 -msgid "Register an additional order" -msgstr "Registre um pedido adicional" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:105 -msgid "" -"When registering an order, use the + button to simultaneously proceed to " -"another one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:108 -msgid "" -"Then, you can shift between your orders and process the payment when needed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:116 -msgid "The - button allows you to remove the order you are currently on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:3 -msgid "Offer a bill-splitting option" -msgstr "Ofereça uma opção de divisão de contas" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Offering an easy bill splitting solution to your customers will leave them " -"with a positive experience. That's why this feature is available out-of-the-" -"box in the Odoo Point of Sale application." -msgstr "" -"Oferecer uma solução de divisão de contas fácil para seus clientes irá " -"deixá-los com uma experiência positiva. É por isso que esse recurso está " -"disponível fora da caixa no aplicativo Odoo Ponto de Venda." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To activate the *Bill Splitting* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " -"Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" -"Para ativar o recurso * Divisão de fatura *, acesse: seleção de menus: " -"`Ponto de venda -> Configuração -> Ponto de venda` e selecione sua interface" -" de PDV." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find the Bill Splitting " -"option." -msgstr "Na categoria Contas & Recibos, você encontrará a opção Dividir Conta." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:23 -msgid "Split a bill" -msgstr "Dividir uma conta" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:25 -msgid "In your PoS interface, you now have a *Split* button." -msgstr "Em sua interface PDV, agora você tem um botão * Dividir *." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:30 -msgid "" -"When you use it, you will be able to select what that guest should had and " -"process the payment, repeating the process for each guest." -msgstr "" -"Ao utilizá-lo, você poderá selecionar o que aquele hóspede deve ter e " -"processar o pagamento, repetindo o processo para cada hóspede." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:3 -msgid "Integrate a tip option into payment" -msgstr "Integre uma opção de gorjeta ao pagamento" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:5 -msgid "" -"As it is customary to tip in many countries all over the world, it is " -"important to have the option in your PoS interface." -msgstr "" -"Como é costume dar gorjeta em muitos países em todo o mundo, é importante " -"ter a opção em sua interface de PDV." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:9 -msgid "Configure Tipping" -msgstr "Configurar gorjeta" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:11 -msgid "" -"To activate the *Tips* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " -"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS." -msgstr "" -"Para ativar o recurso * Dicas *, acesse: seleção de menus: `Ponto de venda " -"-> Configuração -> Ponto de venda` e selecione seu ponto de venda." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Tips*. Select it and " -"create a *Tip Product* such as *Tips* in this case." -msgstr "" -"Na categoria Contas e recibos, você encontrará * Dicas *. Selecione-o e crie" -" um * Produto de Dica * como * Dicas * neste caso." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:21 -msgid "Add Tips to the bill" -msgstr "Adicionar gorjetas à conta" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:23 -msgid "Once on the payment interface, you now have a new *Tip* button" -msgstr "" -"Uma vez na interface de pagamento, agora você tem um novo botão * Dica *" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:28 -msgid "Add the tip your customer wants to leave and process to the payment." -msgstr "" -"Adicione a gorjeta que seu cliente deseja deixar e processe no pagamento." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop.rst:3 -msgid "Shop Features" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:3 -msgid "Using barcodes in PoS" -msgstr "Usando códigos de barras em PDV" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Using a barcode scanner to process point of sale orders improves your " -"efficiency and helps you to save time for you and your customers." -msgstr "" -"Usar um leitor de código de barras para processar pedidos de ponto de venda " -"melhora sua eficiência e ajuda a economizar tempo para você e seus clientes." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:11 -msgid "" -"To use a barcode scanner, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " -"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" -"Para usar um leitor de código de barras, vá para: seleção de menus: `Ponto " -"de venda -> Configuração -> Ponto de venda` e selecione sua interface de " -"PDV." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Under the IoT Box / Hardware category, you will find *Barcode Scanner* " -"select it." -msgstr "" -"Na categoria IoT Box / Hardware, você encontrará * Leitor de código de " -"barras * e selecione-o." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:21 -msgid "Add barcodes to product" -msgstr "Adicionar códigos de barras ao produto" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Products` and select a " -"product." -msgstr "" -"Acesse: seleção de menus: `Ponto de Venda -> Catalogo -> Produtos` e " -"selecione um produto." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Under the general information tab, you can find a barcode field where you " -"can input any barcode." -msgstr "" -"Na guia de informações gerais, você encontra um campo de código de barras " -"onde pode inserir qualquer código de barras." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:33 -msgid "Scanning products" -msgstr "Produtos de digitalização" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:35 -msgid "" -"From your PoS interface, scan any barcode with your barcode scanner. The " -"product will be added, you can scan the same product to add it multiple " -"times or change the quantity manually on the screen." -msgstr "" -"A partir de sua interface PDV, escaneie qualquer código de barras com seu " -"leitor de código de barras. O produto será adicionado, você pode digitalizar" -" o mesmo produto para adicioná-lo várias vezes ou alterar a quantidade " -"manualmente na tela." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:3 -msgid "Set-up Cash Control in Point of Sale" -msgstr "Configure o controle de caixa no ponto de venda" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Cash control allows you to check the amount of the cashbox at the opening " -"and closing. You can thus make sure no error has been made and that no cash " -"is missing." -msgstr "" -"O controle de caixa permite que você verifique o valor da caixa na abertura " -"e no fechamento. Assim, você pode ter certeza de que nenhum erro foi " -"cometido e que nenhum dinheiro está faltando." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:10 -msgid "Activate Cash Control" -msgstr "Ativar Controle de Caixa" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To activate the *Cash Control* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales" -" --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" -"Em * Ponto de venda *, ao selecionar * Usar no ponto de venda *, você pode " -"selecionar suas credenciais Mercury que acabou de criar." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:16 -msgid "Under the payments category, you will find the cash control setting." -msgstr "" -"Na categoria de pagamentos, você encontrará a configuração de controle de " -"caixa." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:21 -msgid "" -"In this example, you can see I want to have 275$ in various denomination at " -"the opening and closing." -msgstr "" -"Neste exemplo, você pode ver que quero 275 R$ em várias denominações na " -"abertura e no fechamento." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:24 -msgid "" -"When clicking on **Opening/Closing Values** you will be able to create those" -" values." -msgstr "" -"Ao clicar em ** Valores de Abertura / Fechamento ** você poderá criar esses " -"valores." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:31 -msgid "Start a session" -msgstr "Inicie uma sessão" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:33 -msgid "" -"You now have a new button added when you open a session, *Set opening " -"Balance*" -msgstr "" -"Agora você tem um novo botão adicionado ao abrir uma sessão, * Definir saldo" -" de abertura *" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:42 -msgid "" -"By default it will use the values you added before, but you can always " -"modify it." -msgstr "" -"Por padrão, ele usará os valores que você adicionou antes, mas você sempre " -"pode modificá-los." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:46 -msgid "Close a session" -msgstr "Encerrar uma sessão" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:48 -msgid "" -"When you want to close your session, you now have a *Set Closing Balance* " -"button as well." -msgstr "" -"Quando quiser encerrar sua sessão, agora você também terá um botão * Definir" -" saldo final *." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:51 -msgid "" -"You can then see the theoretical balance, the real closing balance (what you" -" have just counted) and the difference between the two." -msgstr "" -"Você pode então ver o saldo teórico, o saldo final real (o que você acabou " -"de contar) e a diferença entre os dois." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:57 -msgid "" -"If you use the *Take Money Out* option to take out your transactions for " -"this session, you now have a zero-sum difference and the same closing " -"balance as your opening balance. You cashbox is ready for the next session." -msgstr "" -"Se você usar a opção * Sacar Dinheiro * para sacar suas transações para esta" -" sessão, agora você tem uma diferença de soma zero e o mesmo saldo final de " -"seu saldo inicial. Sua caixa de dinheiro está pronta para a próxima sessão." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:3 -msgid "Cash Rounding" -msgstr "Arredondamento de dinheiro" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:4 -msgid "" -"**Cash rounding** is required when the lowest physical denomination of " -"currency, or the smallest coin, is higher than the minimum unit of account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:8 -msgid "" -"For example, some countries require their companies to round up or down the " -"total amount of an invoice to the nearest five cents, when the payment is " -"made in cash." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Each point of sale in Odoo can be configured to apply cash rounding to the " -"totals of its bills or receipts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:16 -msgid "" -"This feature will soon be added to Odoo. We are currently working to make it" -" available for all supported versions as soon as possible." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings` and " -"enable *Cash Rounding*, then click on *Save*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, " -"open the point of sale you want to configure, and enable the *Cash Rounding*" -" option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:31 -msgid "" -"To define the **Rounding Method**, open the drop-down list and click on " -"*Create and Edit...*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Define here your *Rounding Precision*, *Profit Account*, and *Loss Account*," -" then save both the Rounding Method and your Point of Sale settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:41 -msgid "" -"All total amounts of this point of sale now add a line to apply the rounding" -" according to your settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Odoo Point of Sale only support the *Add a rounding line* rounding " -"strategies and *Half-up* rounding methods." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:3 -msgid "Invoice from the PoS interface" -msgstr "Fatura da interface PDV" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Some of your customers might request an invoice when buying from your Point " -"of Sale, you can easily manage it directly from the PoS interface." -msgstr "" -"Alguns de seus clientes podem solicitar uma fatura ao comprar no seu Ponto " -"de venda, você pode gerenciá-la facilmente diretamente da interface do PDV." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:9 -msgid "Activate invoicing" -msgstr "Ativar faturamento" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and" -" select your Point of Sale:" -msgstr "" -"Acesse: seleção de menus: `Ponto de Venda --> Configuração --> Ponto de " -"Venda` e selecione o seu Ponto de Venda:" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Under the *Bills & Receipts* you will see the invoicing option, tick it. " -"Don't forget to choose in which journal the invoices should be created." -msgstr "" -"Em * Contas e Recibos * você verá a opção de faturamento, marque-a. Não se " -"esqueça de escolher em qual diário as notas fiscais devem ser criadas." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:25 -msgid "Select a customer" -msgstr "Selecione um cliente" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:27 -msgid "From your session interface, use the customer button" -msgstr "Na interface da sua sessão, use o botão do cliente" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:32 -msgid "" -"You can then either select an existing customer and set it as your customer " -"or create a new one by using this button." -msgstr "" -"Você pode então selecionar um cliente existente e defini-lo como seu cliente" -" ou criar um novo usando este botão." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:38 -msgid "" -"You will be invited to fill out the customer form with its information." -msgstr "" -"Você será convidado a preencher o formulário do cliente com suas " -"informações." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:41 -msgid "Invoice your customer" -msgstr "Fature seu cliente" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:43 -msgid "" -"From the payment screen, you now have an invoice option, use the button to " -"select it and validate." -msgstr "" -"Na tela de pagamento, agora você tem uma opção de fatura, use o botão para " -"selecioná-la e validar." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:49 -msgid "You can then print the invoice and move on to your next order." -msgstr "Você pode então imprimir a fatura e passar para o próximo pedido." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:52 -msgid "Retrieve invoices" -msgstr "Recuperar faturas" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Once out of the PoS interface (:menuselection:`Close --> Confirm` on the top" -" right corner) you will find all your orders in :menuselection:`Point of " -"Sale --> Orders --> Orders` and under the status tab you will see which ones" -" have been invoiced. When clicking on a order you can then access the " -"invoice." -msgstr "" -"Uma vez fora da interface PDV (: seleção de menus: `Fechar -> Confirmar` no " -"canto superior direito), você encontrará todos os seus pedidos em: seleção " -"de menus:` Ponto de venda -> Pedidos -> Pedidos e sob o status guia você " -"verá quais foram faturados. Ao clicar em um pedido, você pode acessar a " -"fatura." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:3 -msgid "Log in with employee" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:5 -msgid "" -"With Odoo *Point of Sale*, you can manage multiple cashiers. This feature " -"allows you to keep track of who is working, when and how much each cashier " -"made for that session." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:9 -msgid "" -"There are three ways to switch cashiers in Odoo: by *selecting the cashier*," -" by *entering a PIN code* or by *scanning a barcode*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:13 -msgid "" -"To manage multiple cashiers, you need several employees (at least two)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:16 -msgid "Set up log in with employees" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:18 -msgid "" -"To enable the feature, go to your *PoS settings* and check log in with " -"employees on your *PoS form*. Then, add the employees that have access to " -"the cash register." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:25 -msgid "Now, you can switch cashier easily." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:28 -msgid "Switch without pin codes" -msgstr "Mudar sem códigos PIN" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:30 -msgid "" -"The easiest way to switch cashiers is without a code. To do so, click on the" -" cashier name in your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:36 -msgid "Now, you just have to click on your name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:42 -msgid "Switch cashier with pin codes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:44 -msgid "" -"You can set a pin code on each cashier. To set up a pin code, go to the " -"employee form and add a security PIN, in the *HR settings tab*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:50 -msgid "Now, when switching cashier, a PIN password will be asked." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:56 -msgid "Switch cashier with barcodes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:58 -msgid "" -"You can ask your employees to log themselves with their badges. To do so, " -"set up a barcode at the same place you add the PIN code. Print the badge and" -" when they will scan it, the cashier will be switched to that employee." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:67 -msgid "Find who was the cashier" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Once you have closed your *PoS session*, you can have an overview of the " -"amount each cashier sold for. To do so, go to the orders menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:75 -msgid "Now, you can open the order and have a summary of the sold products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:3 -msgid "Reprint Receipts" -msgstr "Reimprimir recibos" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Use the *Reprint receipt* feature if you have the need to reprint a ticket." -msgstr "Use o recurso * Reimprimir recibo * se precisar reimprimir um ticket." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:10 -msgid "" -"To activate *Reprint Receipt*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " -"Configuration --> Point of sale`. and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" -"Para ativar * Reimprimir recibo *, acesse: seleção de menus: `Ponto de venda" -" -> Configuração -> Ponto de venda`. e selecione sua interface PDV." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Reprint Receipt* option." -msgstr "" -"Na categoria Contas e recibos, você encontrará a opção * Reimprimir recibo " -"*." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:17 -msgid "" -"In order to allow the option reprint receipt, you need to activate the " -"receipt printer." -msgstr "" -"Para permitir a opção de reimpressão de recibos, é necessário ativar a " -"impressora de recibos." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:23 -msgid "Reprint a receipt" -msgstr "Reimprimir um recibo" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:25 -msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Reprint receipt* button." -msgstr "Em sua interface PDV, agora você tem um botão * Reimprimir recibo *." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:30 -msgid "When you use it, you can then reprint your last receipt." -msgstr "Ao usá-lo, você pode reimprimir seu último recibo." diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po deleted file mode 100644 index 77a4b6e24..000000000 --- a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,238 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# Mateus Lopes <mateus1@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Luis Felipe Miléo <mileo@kmee.com.br>, 2020 -# Éder Brito <britoederr@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Luis Gustavo Almeida <luis.gustavo@kmee.com.br>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-11-02 12:05+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Luis Gustavo Almeida <luis.gustavo@kmee.com.br>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: pt_BR\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:6 ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:9 -msgid "My Odoo Portal" -msgstr "Meu Portal Odoo" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:11 -msgid "" -"In this section of the portal, you will find all the communications between " -"you and Odoo: documents such as quotations, sales orders, invoices and " -"subscriptions." -msgstr "" -"Nesta seção do portal, você encontrará todas as comunicações entre você e " -"Odoo: documentos como orçamentos, pedidos de venda, faturas e assinaturas." - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:15 -msgid "" -"To access this section, you have to log with your username and password to " -"`Odoo <https://www.odoo.com/my/home>`_. If you are already logged in, just " -"click on your name on the top-right corner and select \"My Account\"." -msgstr "" -"Para acessar esta seção, você tem que entrar com seu nome de usuário e senha" -" no `Odoo <https://www.odoo.com/my/home>`_. Se você já estiver logado, basta" -" clicar em seu nome no canto superior direito e selecionar \"Minha Conta\"." - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:23 -msgid "Quotations" -msgstr "Cotações" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Here you will find all the quotations sent to you by Odoo. For example, a " -"quotation can be generated for you after adding an application or a user to " -"your database or if your contract has to be renewed." -msgstr "" -"Aqui você encontrará todas as cotações enviadas a você pela Odoo. Por " -"exemplo, uma cotação pode ser gerada para você após adicionar um aplicativo " -"ou um usuário ao seu banco de dados ou se o seu contrato tiver que ser " -"renovado." - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:32 -msgid "" -"The *Valid Until* column shows the date through which the quotation is " -"valid; after that date, the quotation will be \"Expired\". By clicking on " -"the quotation, you will see all the details of the offer, such as the " -"pricing and other useful information." -msgstr "" -"A coluna * Válido até * mostra a data em que a cotação é válida; após essa " -"data, a cotação será \"Expirada\". Ao clicar no orçamento, você verá todos " -"os detalhes da oferta, como preços e outras informações úteis." - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:39 -msgid "" -"If you want to accept the quotation, just click \"Accept & Pay,\" and the " -"quote will get confirmed. If you don't want to accept it, or you need to ask" -" for some modifications, click on \"Ask Changes Reject.\"" -msgstr "" -"Caso queira aceitar o orçamento, basta clicar em \"Aceitar e Pagar\" e o " -"orçamento será confirmado. Se você não quiser aceitar ou precisar solicitar " -"algumas modificações, clique em \"Solicitar rejeição de alterações\"." - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:44 -msgid "Sales Orders" -msgstr "Pedidos de vendas" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:46 -msgid "" -"All your purchases within Odoo (Upsells, Themes, Applications, etc.) will be" -" registered under this section." -msgstr "" -"Todas as suas compras no Odoo (upsells, temas, aplicativos, etc.) serão " -"registradas nesta seção." - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:52 -msgid "" -"By clicking on the sale order, you can review the details of the products " -"purchased and process the payment." -msgstr "" -"Ao clicar no pedido de venda, você pode revisar os detalhes dos produtos " -"adquiridos e processar o pagamento." - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:56 -msgid "Invoices" -msgstr "Faturas" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:58 -msgid "" -"All the invoices of your subscriptions and/or sales orders will be shown in " -"this section. The tag before the Amount Due will indicate if the invoice has" -" been paid." -msgstr "" -"Todas as faturas de suas assinaturas e / ou pedidos de venda serão mostradas" -" nesta seção. A etiqueta antes do valor devido indicará se a fatura foi " -"paga." - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Just click on the invoice if you wish to see more information, pay the " -"invoice, or download a PDF version of the document." -msgstr "" -"Basta clicar na fatura se desejar ver mais informações, pagar a fatura ou " -"baixar uma versão em PDF do documento." - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:69 -msgid "Tickets" -msgstr "Tickets" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:71 -msgid "" -"When you submit a ticket through `Odoo Support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`," -" a ticket will be created. Here you can find all the tickets that you have " -"opened, the conversations between you and our Agents, and the statuses and " -"IDs (# Ref) of the tickets." -msgstr "" -"Ao enviar um ticket através do 'Suporte Odoo <https://www.odoo.com/help>', " -"um ticket será criado. Aqui você pode encontrar todos os ingressos que você " -"abriu, as conversas entre você e nossos Agentes, e os status e IDs (# Ref) " -"dos ingressos." - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:79 -msgid "Subscriptions" -msgstr "Assinaturas" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:81 -msgid "" -"You can access your subscriptions with Odoo from this section. The first " -"page shows you the subscriptions that you have and their status." -msgstr "" -"Você pode acessar suas assinaturas com o Odoo nesta seção. A primeira página" -" mostra as assinaturas que você possui e seus status." - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:87 -msgid "" -"By clicking on the subscription you will access all the details regarding " -"your plan: the number of applications purchased, the billing information, " -"and the payment method." -msgstr "" -"Ao clicar na assinatura, você terá acesso a todos os detalhes relativos ao " -"seu plano: o número de aplicativos adquiridos, as informações de faturamento" -" e a forma de pagamento." - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:91 -msgid "" -"To change the payment method, click on \"Change Payment Method\" and enter " -"the new credit card details." -msgstr "" -"Para alterar a forma de pagamento, clique em \"Alterar forma de pagamento\" " -"e insira os novos dados do cartão de crédito." - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:97 -msgid "" -"If you want to remove the credit cards that are saved, you can do so by " -"clicking on \"Manage your payment methods\" at the bottom of the page. Click" -" \"Delete\" to delete the payment method." -msgstr "" -"Se você deseja remover os cartões de crédito salvos, você pode fazer isso " -"clicando em \"Gerenciar seus métodos de pagamento\" na parte inferior da " -"página. Clique em \"Excluir\" para excluir a forma de pagamento." - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:105 -msgid "" -"At the date of the next invoice, if there is no payment information provided" -" or if your credit card has expired, the status of your subscription will " -"change to \"To Renew\". You will then have 7 days to provide a valid method " -"of payment. After this delay, the subscription will be closed, and you will " -"no longer be able to access the database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:111 -msgid "Success Packs" -msgstr "Pacotes de Sucesso" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:112 -msgid "" -"With a Success Pack/Partner Success Pack, you are assigned an expert to " -"provide unique personalized assistance to help you customize your solution " -"and optimize your workflows as part of your initial implementation. These " -"hours never expire, allowing you to utilize them whenever you need support." -msgstr "" -"Com um Pacote de sucesso / Pacote de sucesso de parceiro, você recebe um " -"especialista para fornecer assistência personalizada exclusiva para ajudá-lo" -" a personalizar sua solução e otimizar seus fluxos de trabalho como parte de" -" sua implementação inicial. Essas horas nunca expiram, permitindo que você " -"as utilize sempre que precisar de suporte." - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:118 -msgid "" -"If you need information about how to manage your database see " -":ref:`db_online`" -msgstr "" -"Se você precisar de informações sobre como gerenciar seu banco de dados, " -"consulte :ref:'db_online'" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:121 -msgid "Delete your Odoo.com account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:123 -msgid "" -"In order to delete your Odoo.com account, you have to reach out to our " -"`Support Services <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:126 -msgid "If you want to delete one of your databases, see :ref:`db_online`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:129 -msgid "" -"If you wish instead to formally request the deletion of all the information " -"connected to your email address as per the European Union General Data " -"Protection Regulation (GDPR), please send an email to privacy@odoo.com." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po deleted file mode 100644 index db5bdd43e..000000000 --- a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,26 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Luis Felipe Miléo <mileo@kmee.com.br>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Luis Felipe Miléo <mileo@kmee.com.br>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: pt_BR\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" - -#: ../../practical.rst:3 -msgid "Practical Information" -msgstr "Informações Práticas" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..35a9eb3ef --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po @@ -0,0 +1,2685 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# danimaribeiro <danimaribeiro@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Mateus Lopes <mateus1@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Silmar <pinheirosilmar@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Rafael H L Moretti <rafael.moretti@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Martin Trigaux, 2021 +# Marcel Savegnago <marcel.savegnago@gmail.com>, 2021 +# grazziano <gra.negocia@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Luis Felipe Miléo <mileo@kmee.com.br>, 2021 +# lluisgustavoreis <luis.gustavo@kmee.com.br>, 2021 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-18 07:12+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-05-18 05:18+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: lluisgustavoreis <luis.gustavo@kmee.com.br>, 2021\n" +"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: pt_BR\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity.rst:3 +msgid "Productivity" +msgstr "Produtividade" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss.rst:4 +msgid "Discuss" +msgstr "Mensagens" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced" +msgstr "Avançado" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:3 +msgid "How to Use my Mail Server to Send and Receive Emails in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:6 +msgid "If you are a user of Odoo Online or Odoo.sh..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:8 +msgid "" +"You have nothing to do! **Odoo sets up its own mail servers for your " +"database.** Outgoing and incoming emails work out-of-the-box!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Unless you plan to send large batches of mass mailing that could require the" +" use of an external mail server, simply enjoy your new Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:16 +msgid "Scope of this documentation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:18 +msgid "" +"This document is **mainly dedicated to Odoo on-premise users** who don't " +"benefit from an out-of-the-box solution to send and receive emails in Odoo, " +"unlike `Odoo Online <https://www.odoo.com/trial>`__ & `Odoo.sh " +"<https://www.odoo.sh>`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:25 +msgid "" +"If no one in your company is used to manage email servers, we strongly " +"recommend that you opt for those Odoo hosting solutions. Their email system " +"works instantly and is monitored by professionals. Nevertheless you can " +"still use your own email servers if you want to manage your email server's " +"reputation yourself." +msgstr "" +"Se ninguém em sua empresa é usado para gerenciar servidores de e-mail, " +"recomendamos fortemente que você opte por essas soluções de hospedagem Odoo." +" Seu sistema de e-mail funciona instantaneamente e é monitorado por " +"profissionais. No entanto, você ainda pode usar seus próprios servidores de " +"e-mail se quiser gerenciar a reputação do mesmo." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:31 +msgid "" +"You will find here below some useful information on how to integrate your " +"own email solution with Odoo." +msgstr "" +"Você encontrará aqui abaixo algumas informações úteis sobre como integrar " +"sua própria solução de e-mail com Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Office 365 email servers don't easily allow to send external emails from " +"hosts like Odoo. Refer to `Microsoft's documentation " +"<https://support.office.com/en-us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-" +"device-or-application-to-send-email-using-" +"Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ to make it work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:39 +msgid "How to manage outbound messages" +msgstr "Como gerenciar mensagens enviadas" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:40 +msgid "" +"As a system admin, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and " +"check *External Email Servers*. Then, click *Outgoing Mail Servers* to " +"create one and reference the SMTP data of your email server. Once all the " +"information has been filled out, click on *Test Connection*." +msgstr "" +"Como administrador do sistema, vá para: seleção de menus: `Configurações -> " +"Configurações gerais` e marque * Servidores de e-mail externos *. Em " +"seguida, clique em * Servidores de email de saída * para criar um e fazer " +"referência aos dados SMTP do seu servidor de email. Após o preenchimento de " +"todas as informações, clique em * Testar Conexão *." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:45 +msgid "Here is a typical configuration for a G Suite server." +msgstr "Esta é uma configuração típica para um servidor do G Suite." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:50 +msgid "Then set your email domain name in the General Settings." +msgstr "" +"Em seguida, defina seu nome de domínio de e-mail nas Configurações Gerais." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:53 +msgid "" +"If you get a ``[AUTHENTICATIONFAILED] Invalid credentials (Failure)`` " +"warning when you *Test Connection* on a Gmail address, activate the *Less " +"secure app access* option. A direct link can be `accessed here " +"<https://myaccount.google.com/lesssecureapps?pli=1>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:57 +msgid "In addition to that, enable the IMAP setting on your Gmail account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:61 +msgid "Can I use an Office 365 server" +msgstr "Posso usar um servidor Office 365" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:62 +msgid "" +"You can use an Office 365 server if you run Odoo on-premise. Office 365 SMTP" +" relays are not compatible with Odoo Online." +msgstr "" +"Você pode usar um servidor Office 365 se executar o Odoo localmente. " +"Retransmissões de SMTP do Office 365 não são compatíveis com Odoo Online." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Please refer to `Microsoft's documentation <https://support.office.com/en-" +"us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-device-or-application-to-send-" +"email-using-Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ to configure" +" a SMTP relay for your Odoo's IP address." +msgstr "" +"Consulte a `documentação da Microsoft <https://support.office.com/en-" +"us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-device-or-application-to-send-" +"email-using-Office -365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4> `__ para " +"configurar uma retransmissão SMTP para o endereço IP do seu Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:69 +msgid "How to use a G Suite server" +msgstr "Como usar um servidor do G Suite" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:70 +msgid "" +"You can use an G Suite server for any Odoo hosting type. To do so you need " +"to setup the SMTP relay service. The configuration steps are explained in " +"`Google documentation " +"<https://support.google.com/a/answer/2956491?hl=en>`__." +msgstr "" +"Você pode usar um servidor do G Suite para qualquer tipo de hospedagem Odoo." +" Para fazer isso, você precisa configurar o serviço de retransmissão SMTP. " +"As etapas de configuração são explicadas na `documentação do Google " +"<https://support.google.com/a/answer/2956491?hl=en>` __." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:77 +msgid "Be SPF-compliant" +msgstr "Seja compatível com SPF" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:78 +msgid "" +"In case you use SPF (Sender Policy Framework) to increase the deliverability" +" of your outgoing emails, don't forget to authorize Odoo as a sending host " +"in your domain name settings. Here is the configuration for Odoo Online:" +msgstr "" +"No caso de você usar SPF (Sender Policy Framework) para aumentar a " +"capacidade de entrega de seus e-mails de saída, não se esqueça de autorizar " +"o Odoo como um host de envio em suas configurações de nome de domínio. Aqui " +"está a configuração do Odoo Online:" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:82 +msgid "" +"If no TXT record is set for SPF, create one with following definition: " +"v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com ~all" +msgstr "" +"Se nenhum registro TXT for definido para SPF, crie um com a seguinte " +"definição: v = spf1 include: _spf.odoo.com ~ all" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:84 +msgid "" +"In case a SPF TXT record is already set, add \"include:_spf.odoo.com\". e.g." +" for a domain name that sends emails via Odoo Online and via G Suite it " +"could be: v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com include:_spf.google.com ~all" +msgstr "" +"No caso de um registro SPF TXT já estiver definido, adicione " +"\"include:_spf.odoo.com\". por exemplo, para um nome de domínio que envia " +"e-mails via Odoo Online e via G Suite pode ser: v=spf1 incluir:_spf.odoo.com" +" incluem:_spf.google.com ~todos" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Find `here <https://www.mail-tester.com/spf/>`__ the exact procedure to " +"create or modify TXT records in your own domain registrar." +msgstr "" +"Encontre `aqui <https://www.mail-tester.com/spf/>` __ o procedimento exato " +"para criar ou modificar registros TXT em seu próprio registrador de domínio." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Your new SPF record can take up to 48 hours to go into effect, but this " +"usually happens more quickly." +msgstr "" +"Seu novo registro SPF pode levar até 48 horas para entrar em vigor, mas isso" +" geralmente acontece mais rapidamente." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Adding more than one SPF record for a domain can cause problems with mail " +"delivery and spam classification. Instead, we recommend using only one SPF " +"record by modifying it to authorize Odoo." +msgstr "" +"Adicionar mais de um registro SPF para um domínio pode causar problemas na " +"entrega de e-mail e na classificação de spam. Em vez disso, recomendamos " +"usar apenas um registro SPF, modificando-o para autorizar Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:99 +msgid "Allow DKIM" +msgstr "Permitir DKIM" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:100 +msgid "" +"You should do the same thing if DKIM (Domain Keys Identified Mail) is " +"enabled on your email server. In the case of Odoo Online & Odoo.sh, you " +"should add a DNS \"odoo._domainkey\" CNAME record to " +"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\". For example, for \"foo.com\" they should have " +"a record \"odoo._domainkey.foo.com\" that is a CNAME with the value " +"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\"." +msgstr "" +"Você deve fazer a mesma coisa se o DKIM (Domain Keys Identified Mail) " +"estiver ativado no seu servidor de e-mail. No caso do Odoo Online & Odoo.sh," +" você deve adicionar um disco de CNAME \"odoo._domainkey\" DNS ao " +"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\". Por exemplo, para \"foo.com\" eles devem ter " +"um disco \"odoo._domainkey.foo.com\" que é um CNAME com o valor " +"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\"." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:108 +msgid "Restriction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:109 +msgid "" +"Please note that the port 25 is blocked for security reasons. Try using 587," +" 465 or 2525." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:114 +msgid "How to manage inbound messages" +msgstr "Como gerenciar mensagens de entrada" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:116 +msgid "Odoo relies on generic email aliases to fetch incoming messages." +msgstr "" +"Odoo conta com pseudônimos genéricos de e-mail para buscar mensagens " +"recebidas." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:118 +msgid "" +"**Reply messages** of messages sent from Odoo are routed to their original " +"discussion thread (and to the inbox of all its followers) by the catchall " +"alias (**catchall@**)." +msgstr "" +"** Mensagens de resposta ** de mensagens enviadas do Odoo são encaminhadas " +"para o tópico de mensagens original (e para a caixa de entrada de todos os " +"seus seguidores) pelo alias catchall (** catchall @ **)." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:122 +msgid "" +"**Bounced messages** are routed to **bounce@** in order to track them in " +"Odoo. This is especially used in `Odoo Email Marketing " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/email-marketing>`__ to opt-out invalid " +"recipients." +msgstr "" +"** Mensagens devolvidas ** são encaminhadas para ** devolvido @ ** a fim de " +"rastreá-las no Odoo. Isso é especialmente usado em `Odoo Email Marketing " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/email-marketing>` __ para excluir destinatários " +"inválidos." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:126 +msgid "" +"**Original messages**: Several business objects have their own alias to " +"create new records in Odoo from incoming emails:" +msgstr "" +"** Mensagens originais **: Vários objetos de negócios têm seu próprio " +"pseudônimo para criar novos registros no Odoo a partir de e-mails recebidos:" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Sales Channel (to create Leads or Opportunities in `Odoo CRM " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/crm>`__)," +msgstr "" +"Canal de vendas (para criar leads ou oportunidades no `Odoo CRM " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/crm>` __)," + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Support Channel (to create Tickets in `Odoo Helpdesk " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/helpdesk>`__)," +msgstr "" +"Canal de suporte (para criar tickets no `Odoo Helpdesk " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/helpdesk>` __)," + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:133 +msgid "" +"Projects (to create new Tasks in `Odoo Project <https://www.odoo.com/page" +"/project-management>`__)," +msgstr "" +"Projetos (para criar novas tarefas no `Projeto Odoo " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/project-management>` __)," + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Job Positions (to create Applicants in `Odoo Recruitment " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/recruitment>`__)," +msgstr "" +"Cargos (para criar candidatos em `Odoo Recruitment " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/recruitment>` __)," + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:137 +msgid "etc." +msgstr "etc." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Depending on your mail server, there might be several methods to fetch " +"emails. The easiest and most recommended method is to manage one email " +"address per Odoo alias in your mail server." +msgstr "" +"Dependendo do seu servidor de e-mail, pode haver vários métodos para buscar " +"e-mails. O método mais fácil e recomendado é gerenciar um endereço de e-mail" +" por pseudônimo Odoo em seu servidor de e-mail." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Create the corresponding email addresses in your mail server (catchall@, " +"bounce@, sales@, etc.)." +msgstr "" +"Crie os endereços de e-mail correspondentes em seu servidor de e-mail " +"(catchall@, bounce@, sales@, etc.)." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:145 +msgid "Set your domain name in the General Settings." +msgstr "Defina o seu nome de domínio nas Configurações Gerais." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:150 +msgid "" +"If you use Odoo on-premise, create an *Incoming Mail Server* in Odoo for " +"each alias. You can do it from the General Settings as well. Fill out the " +"form according to your email provider’s settings. Leave the *Actions to " +"Perform on Incoming Mails* blank. Once all the information has been filled " +"out, click on *TEST & CONFIRM*." +msgstr "" +"Se você usar o Odoo localmente, crie um * Servidor de email de entrada * no " +"Odoo para cada pseudônimo. Você também pode fazer isso nas Configurações " +"Gerais. Preencha o formulário de acordo com as configurações do seu provedor" +" de e-mail. Deixe em branco * Ações a serem executadas nos e-mails recebidos" +" *. Após o preenchimento de todas as informações, clique em * TESTAR E " +"CONFIRMAR *." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:159 +msgid "" +"If you use Odoo Online or Odoo.sh, We do recommend to redirect incoming " +"messages to Odoo's domain name rather than exclusively use your own email " +"server. That way you will receive incoming messages without delay. Indeed, " +"Odoo Online is fetching incoming messages of external servers once per hour " +"only. You should set redirections for all the email addresses to Odoo's " +"domain name in your email server (e.g. *catchall@mydomain.ext* to " +"*catchall@mycompany.odoo.com*)." +msgstr "" +"Se você usa Odoo Online ou Odoo.sh, recomendamos redirecionar as mensagens " +"recebidas para o nome de domínio do Odoo em vez de usar exclusivamente seu " +"próprio servidor de e-mail. Assim, você receberá mensagens sem demora. Na " +"verdade, Odoo Online está obtendo mensagens de entrada de servidores " +"externos apenas uma vez por hora. Você deve definir redirecionamentos para " +"todos os endereços de e-mail para o nome de domínio do Odoo em seu servidor " +"de e-mail (por exemplo, *catchall@meudominio.ext* para " +"*catchall@minhaempresa.odoo.com*)." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:169 +msgid "All the aliases are customizable in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:167 +msgid "" +"Object aliases can be edited from their respective configuration view. To " +"edit catchall and bounce aliases, you first need to activate the " +":doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:171 +msgid "" +"Then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System " +"Parameters` to customize the aliases (*mail.catchall.alias* & * " +"mail.bounce.alias*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:177 +msgid "" +"By default inbound messages are fetched every 5 minutes in Odoo on-premise. " +"You can change this value in :doc:`Developer mode " +"</applications/general/developer_mode>`. Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions` and look for *Mail: " +"Fetchmail Service*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:186 +msgid "Set up different dedicated servers for transactional and mass mails" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:188 +msgid "" +"Odoo's e-mail server has the capability of sending 200 e-mails per day on " +"Odoo SH Cloud Platform. However, if needed, you can use a separate Mail " +"Transfer Agent (MTA) servers for transactional e-mails and mass mailings. " +"Example: use Odoo's own mail server for transactional e-mails, and Sendgrid," +" Amazon SES, or Mailgun for mass mailings. Another alternative is to use " +"Postmark for transactional e-mails, and Amazon SES or Sendgrid for mass " +"mailings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:196 +msgid "" +"A default outgoing email server is already configured. You should not create" +" an alternative one unless you want to use a specific external outgoing " +"email server for technical reasons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:199 +msgid "" +"To do this, you should first enable the :doc:`Developer mode " +"</applications/general/developer_mode>` and then go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Outgoing` e-mail servers. There " +"you have to create two e-mail MTA server settings. One for transactional " +"e-mails and one for mass mail servers. Be sure to mark the priority of " +"transactional e-mail servers as low as the mass email servers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Now, go to :menuselection:`Email Marketing --> Settings` and enable " +"*Dedicated Server*. With these settings, Odoo uses the server with the lower" +" priority for transactional emails, and the server here selected for mass " +"mails. Note that in this case, you have to set your domain's Sender Policy " +"Framework (SPF) records to include both transactional and mass mail servers." +" If your server resides with xxxx.odoo.com, the available options are " +"Sendinblue and Mailchimp, as your e-mails would be originated from the " +"xxxx.odoo.com domain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:3 +msgid "Email Templates" +msgstr "Modelos de E-mail" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:5 +msgid "" +"We all know writing good emails is vital to get a high response rate, but " +"you do not want to rewrite the same structure every time, do you? That is " +"where email templates come in. Without the need to rewrite the entire email " +"structure every time, you save time to focus on the content. Multiple " +"templates also let you deliver the right message to the right audience, " +"improving their overall experience with the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:12 +msgid "Enable it and understand a few concepts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The :doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>` must be " +"activated. Then, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> " +"Templates`. A view of the existing templates is shown." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:18 +msgid "" +"**It is highly recommended not to change the content in existing templates " +"unless the user has prior knowledge about placeholders.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To add a new one, click on *Create* and choose the type of document this " +"template is used with. In the example below, the template would be sent to " +"job applicants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Under *Email Configuration*, fields such as *From*, *To (Emails)*, *To " +"(Partners)*, require placeholders. If the *From* field is not set, the " +"default value is the author’s email alias, if configured, or email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Under *Advanced Settings*, if an *Outgoing Mail Server* is not set, the one " +"with the highest priority is used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:34 +msgid "" +"The option *Auto Delete* permanently deletes the emails after they are sent," +" saving space in your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:37 +msgid "Writing content including placeholder expressions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Under the tab *Dynamic Placeholder Generator*, look for the *Field* you " +"would like to use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Next, copy the *Placeholder Expression* and paste it in the *Body* of the " +"email, under the *Content* tab, using - essentially - the *Code View*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Deactivate the *Code View* option by simply clicking on it again, and easily" +" design the message. Click on *Preview* to check how the email looks before " +"sending it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Visão geral" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:3 +msgid "Get Started with Discuss" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Discuss allows you to bring all of your company’s communication together " +"through messages, notes, and chat. Share information, projects, files, " +"prioritize tasks, and stay connected with colleagues and partners throughout" +" applications. Forge better relationships, increase productivity and " +"transparency by promoting a convenient way of communicating." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:11 +msgid "Choose your notifications preference" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Access your *Preferences* and choose how you would like your notifications " +"to be handled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:21 +msgid "" +"By default, the field is set as *Handle by Emails* making messages, notes, " +"and notifications where you were mentioned or that you follow, to be sent " +"through email. By choosing *Handle in Odoo*, they are shown in the *Inbox*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:22 +msgid "Messages can then be *Marked as Todo*, *Replied*, or *Marked as Read*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:28 +msgid "" +"The messages tagged as *Mark as Todo* are also shown in *Starred*, while the" +" ones *Marked as Read* are moved to *History*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:36 +msgid "Start Chatting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:38 +msgid "" +"The first time you log in to your account, OdooBot sends you a message " +"asking for permission to receive desktop notifications to chats. If " +"accepted, you receive push notifications to the messages sent to you despite" +" of where you are in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To stop receiving desktop notifications, reset the notifications settings of" +" your browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:50 +msgid "" +"To start a chat, click on *New Message* on the *Messaging Menu*, or go to " +"*Discuss* and send a *Direct Message*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:58 +msgid "" +"You can also create :doc:`public and private channels <team_communication>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:61 +msgid "Mentions in the chat and on the Chatter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To mention a user within a chat or the chatter type *@user-name*; to refer " +"to a channel, type *#channel-name*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:66 +msgid "" +"A notification is sent to the user mentioned either to his *Inbox* or " +"through email, depending on his settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:73 +msgid "" +"When a user is mentioned, the search list (list of names) suggests values " +"first based on the task’s followers, and secondly on *Employees*. If the " +"record being searched does not match with either a follower or employee, the" +" scope of the search becomes all partners." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:78 +msgid "Chat status" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:80 +msgid "" +"It is helpful to see what colleagues are up to and how quickly they can " +"respond to messages by checking their *Status*. The status is shown on the " +"left side of a contact’s names on Discuss’ sidebar and on the *Messaging " +"menu*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:84 +msgid "Green = online" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:85 +msgid "Orange = away" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:86 +msgid "White = offline" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:87 +msgid "Airplane = out of the office" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:65 +msgid ":doc:`team_communication`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:96 +msgid ":doc:`../advanced/email_servers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:3 +msgid "Get Organized by Planning Activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you plan activities you minimize the risk of uncertainties, as you " +"provide clear directions for the course of your next action. In addition to " +"that, you do not leave space for wasteful activities and reduce the chance " +"of having overlapping actions between team members." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:10 +msgid "Where do I see my schedule activities?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Access and manage your activities wherever you are in Odoo by the " +"*Activities* menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:20 +msgid "Plan activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Activities can be planned and managed from the chatter by clicking on " +"*Schedule activity*, or through Kanban views." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:31 +msgid "Set your activity types" +msgstr "Defina seus tipos de atividade" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:33 +msgid "" +"A number of activities types are available by default in Odoo (call, email, " +"meeting, etc.). However, you can set new ones going to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Activity types`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:42 +msgid "" +"If you need to create an activity type with an available calendar, make sure" +" to create it with an *Action to Perform* set as *Meeting*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:46 +msgid "Recommend next activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Odoo helps you to plan a flow of activities by allowing you to set " +"*Recommended Next Activities*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Once the respective activity is completed, select *Done & Schedule Next* and" +" next steps are suggested to you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:115 +msgid ":doc:`get_started`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:3 +msgid "Efficiently Communicate Using Channels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You can use channels to organize discussions between individual teams, " +"departments, projects, or any other group that requires regular " +"communication. This way, you keep everyone in the loop updated with the " +"latest developments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:10 +msgid "Public and Private channels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:12 +msgid "" +"A *Public* channel can be seen by everyone, while a *Private* one is only " +"visible to users invited to it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:21 +msgid "" +"A public channel is best used when many employees need to access information" +" (such as company announcements), whereas a private channel could be used " +"whenever information should be limited to specific groups (such as a " +"specific department)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:26 +msgid "Configuration options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:28 +msgid "" +"You can configure a channel’s name, description, email alias, and privacy by" +" clicking on the *Channel Settings* icon on the sidebar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:36 +msgid "Privacy and Members" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Changing *Who can follow the group’s activities?* allows you to control " +"which groups can have access to the channel. Note that allowing *Everyone* " +"to follow a private channel lets other users view and join it, as they would" +" a public one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:42 +msgid "" +"If you choose *Invited people only*, go to the *Members* tab to add your " +"members, or, go to Discuss’ main page, select the channel and click on " +"*Invite*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:49 +msgid "" +"For *Selected group of users*, the option *Auto Subscribe Groups* " +"automatically add its members as followers. In other words, while " +"*Authorized Groups* limits which users can access the channel, *Auto " +"Subscribe Groups* automatically adds the user as a member as long as they " +"are part of the group." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:55 +msgid "Use a channel as a mailing list" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Choosing to *Send messages by email* configures the channel to behave as a " +"mailing list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Enabling this option allows you to *Moderate this channel*, meaning that " +"messages will need to be approved before being sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Under the *Moderation* tab choose as many moderators as you need, and if you" +" would like them to receive an *Automatic notification*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Mark *Send guidelines to new subscribers* to automatically send instructions" +" to newcomers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Moderators can: *Accept*, *Reject*, *Discard*, *Always Allow* or *Ban* " +"messages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Members of a mailing channel receive messages through email regardless of " +"their :doc:`notification preference <get_started>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Once a channel is moderated, the menu *Ban List* allows you to add email " +"addresses per moderated channel to auto-ban them from sending messages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:91 +msgid "Quick search bar" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Once at least 20 channels, direct message and live chat conversations (if " +"the module is installed on your database) are pinned in the sidebar, a " +"*Quick search…* bar is displayed. It is a clever way to filter conversations" +" and quickly find the one you need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:103 +msgid "Finding channels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:106 +msgid "" +"Click on *Channels* (on the sidebar), browse through the list of public " +"channels, and join or leave them from a single screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Apply filters criteria and save it for later use. The search function " +"accepts wildcards by using the underscore character *(_)* to represent a " +"single character." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:116 +msgid ":doc:`plan_activities`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot.rst:4 +msgid "Internet of Things (IoT)" +msgstr "Internet das coisas (IoT)" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config.rst:3 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Configuração" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:3 +msgid "Connect an IoT Box to your database" +msgstr "Conecte uma IoT Box ao seu banco de dados" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:5 +msgid "Install the Internet of Things (IoT) App on your Odoo Database." +msgstr "" +"Instale o aplicativo internet das coisas (IoT) em seu banco de dados Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:10 +msgid "Go in the IoT App and click on Connect on the IoT Boxes page." +msgstr "Acesse o IoT App e clique em Connect na página IoT Boxes." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:15 +msgid "Follow the steps to connect your IoT Box." +msgstr "Siga as etapas para conectar sua IoT Box." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:21 +msgid "Ethernet Connection" +msgstr "Conexão Ethernet" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Connect to the IoT Box all the devices that have to be connected with cables" +" (ethernet, usb devices, etc.)." +msgstr "" +"Conecte à IoT Box todos os dispositivos que devem ser conectados com cabos " +"(ethernet, dispositivos USB, etc.)." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:26 +msgid "Power on the IoT Box." +msgstr "Ligue a IoT Box." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Read the Pairing Code from a screen or a receipt printer connected to the " +"IoT Box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:32 +msgid "Input the Pairing Code and click on the Pair button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Recent changes in modern web browsers forced us to modify the connection " +"wizard. If your screen is different from the screenshots, make sure that the" +" ``iot_pairing`` module is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:40 +msgid "WiFi Connection" +msgstr "Conexão wifi" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:42 +msgid "Power on the IoT Box" +msgstr "Ligue a IoT Box" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:44 +msgid "Copy the token" +msgstr "Copie o token" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Connect to the IoT Box WiFi Network (make sure there is no ethernet cable " +"plugged in your computer)." +msgstr "" +"Conecte-se à rede WiFi da IoT Box (certifique-se de que não haja nenhum cabo" +" Ethernet conectado ao computador)." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:53 +msgid "" +"You will be redirected to the IoT Box Homepage (if it doesn't work, connect " +"to the IP address of the box). Give a name to your IoT Box (not required) " +"and paste the token, then click on next." +msgstr "" +"Você será redirecionado para a página inicial do IoT Box (se não funcionar, " +"conecte-se ao endereço IP da caixa). Dê um nome à sua IoT Box (não " +"obrigatório), cole o token e clique em Avançar." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:60 +msgid "" +"If you are on Runbot, do not forget to add the -all or -base in the token " +"(e.g. this token **http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-" +"f3f920.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401** should become " +"**http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-f3f920-all.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401**)." +msgstr "" +"Se você estiver no Runbot, não se esqueça de adicionar a base -tudo ou -no " +"token (por exemplo. este token **http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-" +"f3f920.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401** deve se tornar " +"**http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-f3f920-all.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401*)." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Choose the WiFi network you want to connect with (enter the password if " +"there is one) and click on Submit. Wait a few seconds before being " +"redirected to your database." +msgstr "" +"Escolha a rede WiFi com a qual deseja se conectar (digite a senha, se " +"houver) e clique em Enviar. Aguarde alguns segundos antes de ser " +"redirecionado para seu banco de dados." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:72 +msgid "You should now see the IoT Box." +msgstr "Agora você deve ver a IoT Box." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:78 +msgid "IoT Box Schema" +msgstr "Esquema IoT Box" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:3 +msgid "Flashing your SD Card" +msgstr "Atualizando seu cartão SD" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In some case, you may need to reflash your IoT Box’s SD Card to benefit from" +" our latest updates." +msgstr "" +"Em alguns casos, pode ser necessário atualizar o cartão SD de sua IoT Box " +"para se beneficiar de nossas atualizações mais recentes." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:9 +msgid "Upgrade from the IoT Box homepage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to the IoT Box homepage, click on *Update*, next to the version number. " +"If a new version of the IoT Box image is available, you will see a *Upgrade " +"to ___* button a the bottom of the page, the IoT Box will then flash itself " +"to the new version of the IoT Box. All of your configurations will be saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:18 +msgid "" +"This process can take more than 30 minutes. Do not turn off or unplug the " +"IoT Box as it would leave it in an inconsistent state." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:25 +msgid "Upgrade with Etcher" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Go to Balena’s website and download `Etcher <https://www.balena.io/>`__. " +"It’s a free and open-source utility used for burning image files. Install " +"and launch it. Download the latest image from `nightly " +"<http://nightly.odoo.com/master/iotbox/>`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Then, open *Etcher* and select *Flash from file*, find the image you just " +"downloaded. Insert the IoT Box SD card into your computer and select it. " +"Click on *Flash* and wait for the process to finish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:3 +msgid "Use the IoT Box for the PoS" +msgstr "Use a IoT Box para o PDV" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:9 +msgid "Prerequisites" +msgstr "Pré-requisitos" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:11 +msgid "Before starting, make sure you have the following:" +msgstr "Antes de começar, certifique-se de ter o seguinte:" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:13 +msgid "An IoT Box, with its power adapter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:15 +msgid "A computer or tablet with an up-to-date web browser" +msgstr "Um computador ou tablet com um navegador web atualizado" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:17 +msgid "" +"A running SaaS or Odoo instance with the Point of Sale and IoT apps " +"installed" +msgstr "" +"Uma instância de SaaS ou Odoo em execução com os aplicativos Ponto de venda " +"e IoT instalados" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:20 +msgid "A local network setup with DHCP (this is the default setting)" +msgstr "" +"Uma configuração de rede local com DHCP (esta é a configuração padrão)" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:22 +msgid "An RJ45 Ethernet Cable (optional, WiFi is built in)" +msgstr "Um cabo Ethernet RJ45 (opcional, Wi-Fi integrado)" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Any of the supported hardware (receipt printer, barcode scanner, cash " +"drawer, payment terminal, scale, customer display, etc.). The list of " +"supported hardware can be found on the `POS Hardware page " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/point-of-sale-hardware>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:30 +msgid "Set Up" +msgstr "Configuração" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To connect hardware to the PoS, the first step is to connect an IoT Box to " +"your database. For this, follow this :doc:`documentation <connect>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:36 +msgid "Then, you have to connect the peripheral devices to your IoT Box." +msgstr "" +"Em seguida, você deve conectar os dispositivos periféricos à sua IoT Box." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:38 +msgid "" +"**Printer**: Connect a supported receipt printer to a USB port or to the " +"network and power it on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:41 +msgid "" +"**Cash drawer**: The cash drawer should be connected to the printer with an " +"RJ25 cable." +msgstr "" +"** Gaveta de dinheiro **: A gaveta de dinheiro deve ser conectada à " +"impressora com um cabo RJ25." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:44 +msgid "" +"**Barcode scanner**: Connect your barcode scanner. In order for your barcode" +" scanner to be compatible it must end barcodes with an Enter character " +"(keycode 28). This is most likely the default configuration of your barcode " +"scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:49 +msgid "**Scale**: Connect your scale and power it on." +msgstr "** Balança **: Conecte sua balança e ligue-a." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:51 +msgid "" +"**Customer Display**: Connect a monitor to the IoT Box using an HDMI cable. " +"You can also access the Customer Display from any other computer by " +"accessing the IoT Box homepage and clicking on the *POS Display* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:56 +msgid "" +"**Payment terminal**: The connection process depends on the terminal, please" +" refer to the :doc:`payment terminals documentation " +"</applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Once it's done, you can connect the IoT Box to your PoS. For this, go in " +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> PoS`, tick *IoT Box* and" +" select the devices you want to use in this Point of Sale. Save the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:68 +msgid "Set up is done, you can launch a new PoS Session." +msgstr "" +"A configuração está concluída, você pode iniciar uma nova sessão de PDV." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:3 +msgid "Troubleshooting" +msgstr "Solução de problemas" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:6 +msgid "IoT Box Connection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:9 +msgid "I can't find the pairing code to connect my IoT Box" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:11 +msgid "" +"The pairing code should be printed on receipt printers connected to the IoT " +"Box and should also be displayed on connected monitors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:14 +msgid "The pairing code doesn't show under the following circumstances:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:16 +msgid "The IoT Box is already connected to an Odoo database;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:18 +msgid "The IoT Box is not connected to the Internet;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The code is only valid for 5 minutes after the IoT Box has started. It's " +"automatically removed from connected displays when this delay has expired;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:23 +msgid "" +"The version of the IoT Box image is too old. It should use version 20.06 or " +"more recent. If your IoT Box image is from an earlier version, then you will" +" have to reflash the SD card of your IoT Box to update the image (see " +":doc:`Flashing your SD Card <flash_sdcard>`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:28 +msgid "" +"If you are not in any of the cases listed above, make sure that the IoT Box " +"has correctly started, by checking that a fixed green LED is showing next to" +" the micro-USB port." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:33 +msgid "I've connected my IoT Box but it's not showing in my database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:35 +msgid "" +"When you connect an IoT Box to a database, the IoT Box might restart, if " +"that is the case, it might take up to one minute before appearing in your " +"database. If after some time the IoT is still not showing, make sure that " +"your database can be reached from the IoT Box and that your server doesn't " +"use a multi-database environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:42 +msgid "My IoT Box is connected to my database, but cannot be reached" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Make sure that the IoT Box and the device running the browser are located on" +" the same network as the IoT Box cannot be reached from outside the local " +"network." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:49 +msgid "Printer" +msgstr "Impressora" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:52 +msgid "My printer is not detected" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:54 +msgid "" +"If one of your printers doesn't show up in your devices list, go to the IoT " +"Box homepage and make sure that it is listed under *Printers*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:60 +msgid "" +"If your printer is not present on the IoT Box homepage, hit *Printers " +"Server*, go to the *Administration* tab and click on *Add Printer*. If you " +"can't find your printer in the list, it's probably not connected properly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:66 +msgid "My printer outputs random text" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:68 +msgid "" +"For most printers, the correct driver should be automatically detected and " +"selected. However, in some cases, the automatic detection mechanism might " +"not be enough, and if no driver is found the printer might print random " +"characters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:73 +msgid "" +"The solution is to manually select the corresponding driver. On the IoT Box " +"homepage, click on *Printers Server*, go to the *Printers* tab and select " +"the printer in the list. In the Administration dropdown, click on *Modify " +"Printer*. Follow the steps and select the Make and Model corresponding to " +"your printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Epson and Star receipt printers and Zebra label printers do not need a " +"driver to work. Make sure that no driver is selected for those printers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:88 +msgid "My Zebra Printer doesn't print anything" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Zebra printers are quite sensitive to the format of the ZPL code that is " +"printed. If nothing comes out of the printer or blank labels are printed, " +"try changing the format of the report that is sent to the printer by " +"accessing :menuselection:`Settings ~~> Technical ~~> Views` in developer " +"mode and look for the corresponding template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:97 +msgid "Barcode Scanner" +msgstr "Scanner de Código de Barras" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:100 +msgid "The characters read by the barcode scanner don't match the barcode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:102 +msgid "" +"By default, we assume that your barcode scanner is configured in US QWERTY. " +"This is the default configuration of most barcode readers. If your barcode " +"scanner uses a different layout, please go to the form view of your device " +"and select the correct one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:108 +msgid "Nothing happens when a barcode is scanned" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Make sure that the correct device is selected in your Point of Sale " +"configuration and that your barcode is configured to send an ENTER character" +" (keycode 28) at the end of every barcode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:115 +msgid "The barcode scanner is detected as a keyboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Some poorly built barcode scanners do not advertise themselves as barcode " +"scanners but as a USB keyboard instead, and will not be recognized by the " +"IoT Box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:121 +msgid "" +"You can manually change the device type by going to its form view and " +"activating the *Is scanner* option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:128 +msgid "Cashdrawer" +msgstr "Caixa Registradora" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:131 +msgid "The cashdrawer does not open" +msgstr "A gaveta do dinheiro não abre" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The cashdrawer should be connected to the printer and the *Cashdrawer* " +"checkbox should be ticked in the POS configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices.rst:3 +msgid "Devices" +msgstr "Dispositivos" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Camera" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When using your *IoT Box* in Odoo, you could need to use a camera. As it can" +" be done in a few steps, this device is really easy to configure. Then, you " +"can use it in your manufacturing process and link it to a control point. " +"Doing so will allow you to take pictures when you reach the chosen quality " +"control point." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:10 +msgid "Connection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To connect the camera to the *IoT Box*, simply connect the two by cable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If your camera is a `*supported one* <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-" +"hardware>`__, there is no need to set up anything as it will be detected as " +"soon as it is connected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:25 +msgid "Link a Camera to a Quality Control Point" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:34 +msgid "With the Manufacturing app" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:30 +msgid "" +"In your *Quality app*, you can setup the device on a *Quality Control " +"Point*. Go to the *Control Points* menu, under *Quality Control* and open " +"the control point you want to link with the camera." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Now, you can edit the control point and select the device from the dropdown " +"list. Now, hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Then, your camera can be used with the picked *Control Point*. During the " +"manufacturing process, reaching the *Quality Control Point* you chose before" +" will allow you to take a picture." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Footswitch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When working, it is always better to have your two hands available. Using " +"Odoo’s *IoT Box* and a footswitch will allow it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In fact, you will be able to go from one screen to another and perform " +"actions by using your foot and the footswitch. Really convenient, it can be " +"configured in a few steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Connecting the footswitch to the *IoT Box* is easy, you just have to connect" +" the two by cable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:18 +msgid "" +"If your footswitch is a `supported one <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-" +"hardware>`__, there is no need to set up anything since it will be " +"automatically detected when connected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:26 +msgid "Link a Footswitch to a Workcenter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To link the footswitch to an action, it needs to be configured on a " +"workcenter. Go to the workcenter you want to use the footswitch in and add " +"the device in the *IoT Triggers* tab. Then, you can link it to an action and" +" also add a key to trigger it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Note that the one that is first in the list will be chosen. So, the order " +"matters! In the picture above, using the footswitch will, for example, " +"automatically skip the current part of the process you work on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:41 +msgid "" +"When you are on the work order screen, a status button indicates if you are " +"correctly connected to the footswitch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Measurement Tool" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With Odoo’s *IoT Box*, it is possible to connect measurement tools to your " +"database. Find the list of supported devices here: `Supported devices " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-hardware>`__,." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:10 +msgid "Connect in USB" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To add a device connected by USB, just plug the USB cable in the *IoT Box*, " +"and the device should appear in your Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:19 +msgid "Connect in Bluetooth" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Activate the Bluetooth on your device (see your device manual for further " +"explanation) and the IoT Box will automatically try to connect to the " +"device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:25 +msgid "Here is an example of what it should look like:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:31 +msgid "Link a measurement tool to a quality control point" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:36 +msgid "" +"In your *Quality app*, you can setup a device on your *Quality Control " +"Points*. To do so, go to the *Control Points* menu, under *Quality Control* " +"and open the control point to which you want to assign a measurement tool." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Now, you can edit the control point and choose the device from the dropdown " +"list. Then, hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Now, your measurement tool is linked to the chosen *Control Point*. The " +"value, which needs to be changed manually, will be automatically updated " +"while the tool is being used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Printer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When using your *IoT Box* in Odoo, you could need to use a printer. Doing so" +" is easy and convenient as it can be done in a few steps. Then, you can use " +"it to print receipts, orders or even reports in different Odoo apps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:13 +msgid "" +"The IoT Box supports printers connected through USB, network or Bluetooth. " +"`Supported printers <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-hardware>`__ will be " +"detected automatically and will appear in the *Devices* list of your IoT " +"app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:18 +msgid "The printer can take up to two minutes to appear in your devices list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:24 +msgid "Link the Printer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:27 +msgid "To Work Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:29 +msgid "" +"You can link *Work Orders* to printers via a *Quality Control Point* to " +"print labels for manufactured products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To do so, you need to create a *Quality Control Point* from the *Quality* " +"app. Then, you can select the correct manufacturing operation and the work " +"order operation. In type, choose *Print Label* and hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Now, each time you reach the quality control point for the chosen product, a" +" *Print Label* button will appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:47 +msgid "To Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:49 +msgid "" +"You can also link a type of report to a certain printer. In the *IoT* app, " +"go to the *Devices* menu and select the printer you want to set up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:56 +msgid "Now, go to the *Printer Reports* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Hit edit and then, click on *Add a line*. In the window that shows up, check" +" all the types of reports that should be linked to this printer. Click on " +"select and save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Now, each time you click on *Print* in the control panel, instead of " +"downloading a PDF, it will send it to the selected printer and automatically" +" print it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:73 +msgid "Print Receipts from the PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:75 +msgid "" +"You can link a printer to your *Point of Sale* app so you can print receipts" +" directly from your *PoS*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Doing so is really easy. Go to your *Point of Sale* app and open your *Point" +" of Sale* settings, under *Configuration*. There, click on *Edit* and check " +"the *IoT Box* feature. Then, choose your *Receipt Printer* from the " +"dropdown." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Now, you will be able to print different kinds of tickets from your *POS*: " +"**receipts**, **sale details** and **bills**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Receipts are printed once the order is validated. The process is automated " +"when you enable the feature in your *PoS* configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Sales details can be printed by clicking on the printer icon on the navbar " +"at the top of the *PoS*. It will print the details of the sales of the " +"current day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:99 +msgid "" +"As for the bill, it is only available in restaurant mode. In your restaurant" +" settings, activate *Print Bills* and a *Bill* button will appear in the " +"left panel of the *PoS*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:107 +msgid "Print Orders in the kitchen" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:109 +msgid "In restaurant mode, you can send order tickets to the kitchen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:111 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to the *PoS* app and open your *PoS* settings. Then, tick " +"*Order Printer*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Now, go to the *Printers* menu. Hit create, select the printer from the " +"dropdown and, in the *Printer Product Categories* field, choose all the " +"categories of products that should be printed on this printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:124 +msgid "" +"In the *PoS*, when you add or remove a product from one of the selected " +"categories, the button *Order* will be green. If you click on it, the IoT " +"Box will print a receipt on the corresponding printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Scale" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When using your **IoT Box** in Odoo, you could need to use a scale. Doing so" +" is easy and convenient as it can be done in a few steps. Then, you can use " +"it in your **Point of Sale app** to weigh your products, which is helpful if" +" their price are based on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:12 +msgid "To link the scale to the **IoT Box**, connect them with a cable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:15 +msgid "In some cases, a serial to USB adapter may be needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If your scale is `compatibale with Odoo IoT Box <https://www.odoo.com/page" +"/iot-hardware>`_, there is no need to set up anything because it will be " +"automatically detected as soon as it is connected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You may need to restart the box and download your scales’ drivers from the " +"box in some cases. To do so, go to the *IoT Box Home Page* and click on " +"*drivers list*. Then, click on load drivers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:32 +msgid "Use a Scale in Point of Sale" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To use the scale in your *Point of Sale* app, go to :menuselection:`Point of" +" Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, open the one you want to " +"configure, then click on *Edit* and enable the *IoT Box* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Now, choose the *IoT Box* in the dropdown menu and check the *Electronic " +"Scale* option. Then, you hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:49 +msgid "" +"The scale is now available in all your *PoS* sessions. Then, if a product " +"has a price per weight set, clicking on it on the *PoS* screen opens the " +"scale screen, where the cashier can weigh the product and add the correct " +"price to the cart." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:3 +msgid "Studio" +msgstr "Studio" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts.rst:3 +msgid "Concepts" +msgstr "Conceitos" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:3 +msgid "Understanding Automated Actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:6 +msgid "" +"Automated actions are used to trigger actions. They are based on conditions " +"and happen on top of Odoo’s default business logic." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Examples of automated actions include: creating a next activity upon a " +"quote's confirmation; adding a user as a follower of a confirmed invoice if " +"its total is higher than a certain amount; or preventing a lead from " +"changing stage if a field is not filled in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Let's understand how to properly define *when* an automated action runs and " +"*how* to create one:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:18 +msgid "" +"The first step is to choose the :doc:`Model <understanding_general>` on " +"which the action is applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:19 +msgid "" +"The **Trigger** field defines the event that causes the automated action to " +"happen:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:21 +msgid "" +"*On Creation*: when a new record is created. Note that the record is created" +" once saved for the first time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:23 +msgid "" +"*On Update*: when the record is updated. Note that the update happens once " +"the record is saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:24 +msgid "" +"*On Creation & Update*: on the creation and/or on the update of a record " +"once the form is saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:25 +msgid "*On Deletion*: on the removal of a record under the condition set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:26 +msgid "" +"*Based on Form Modification*: when the value of the specified *Trigger* " +"field is changed in the interface (user sees the changes before saving the " +"record). Note that this action can only be used with the *Execute Python " +"Code* action type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:29 +msgid "" +"*Based on Timed Condition*: a delay happens after a specific date/time. Set " +"a *Delay after trigger date* if you need a delay to happen before the " +"*Trigger Date*. Example: to send a reminder 15min before a meeting. If the " +"date/time is not set on the form of the model chosen, the date/time " +"considered is the one of the creation/update of the record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:34 +msgid "For every Trigger option, **conditions** can be applied, such as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:36 +msgid "" +"*Before Update Domain*: if designated, this condition must be satisfied " +"before the record is updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:38 +msgid "" +"*Apply on*: if designated, this condition must be satisfied before executing" +" the action rule (*Action To Do*), and after the update." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The **Active** option is to be turned off when the rule should be hidden and" +" not executed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Under **Action To Do** choose the type of server action that must be " +"executed once records meet the *Trigger* conditions:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:45 +msgid "" +"*Execute Python Code*: a block of code is executed. A *Help* tab with the " +"variables that can be used is available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:47 +msgid "*Create New Record*: a new record with new values is created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:48 +msgid "*Update a Record*: updates the record that triggered the action." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:49 +msgid "" +"*Execute several actions*: defines an action that triggers other server " +"actions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:50 +msgid "" +"*Send Email*: an automatic :doc:`email " +"<../../discuss/advanced/email_template>` is sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:51 +msgid "*Add Followers*: followers are notified of changes in the task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:52 +msgid "" +"*Create Next Activity*: creates an activity such as: *Call*, *Email*, " +"*Reminder*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:53 +msgid "" +"*Send SMS Text Message*: sends an :doc:`SMS " +"</applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:56 +msgid "Example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:58 +msgid "" +"This is the process of which the update of the *Email* field on the " +"Lead/Opportunity *Model*, with a *Trigger Condition* set to *On Update*, " +"goes through:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:65 +msgid "The user creates the record without an email address set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:66 +msgid "The user updates the record defining an email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Once the change is saved, the automation checks if any of the *Watched " +"Fields* are being updated (for the example: field name *email_from* (Email)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:69 +msgid "" +"If true, it checks if the record matches the *Before Update Domain* (for the" +" example: *email is not set*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:71 +msgid "" +"If true, it checks (*after the update*) whether the record matches the " +"*Apply on* domain (for the example: *email is set*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:73 +msgid "If true, the chosen *Action To Do* is performed on the record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:76 +msgid ":doc:`understanding_general`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:77 +msgid ":doc:`../use_cases/automated_actions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:3 +msgid "Understanding General Concepts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Odoo Studio is a toolbox that allows you to add models or adapt " +"functionalities on top of Odoo’s standard behavior without coding knowledge." +" You can also create custom views and modify existing ones without having to" +" get into the XML code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Even for experienced developers, typing out code requires time. By using " +"Odoo Studio, you can quickly get your models up and going and focus on the " +"crucial parts of your application. The result is a user-friendly solution " +"that makes customizations and designing new applications easy with or " +"without programming skills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:15 +msgid "Getting started" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:17 +msgid "" +"One you start using Odoo Studio, you automatically create a new *module* " +"that contains all your modifications. These modifications can be done on " +"existing screens (*views*), by adding new *fields* in existing applications," +" or by creating an entirely new *model*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:22 +msgid "What is a Module?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:25 +msgid "" +"An Odoo **Module** can contain a number of elements, such as: business " +"objects (models), object views, data files, web controllers, and static web " +"data. An application is a collection of modules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:29 +msgid "" +"In object-oriented programming, models usually represent a concept from the " +"real world. Example: Odoo has models for Sales Orders, Users, Countries, " +"etc. If you were to build an application to manage Real Estate sales, a " +"model that represents the Properties for sale would probably be your first " +"step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:38 +msgid "What is a Model (also called Object)?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:40 +msgid "" +"A **Model** determines the logical structure of a database and fundamentally" +" determines in which manner data can be stored, organized, and manipulated. " +"In other words, a model is a table of information that can be bridged with " +"other tables." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:45 +msgid "What are Fields?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:47 +msgid "" +"**Fields** compose models. It is where a record (a piece of data) is " +"registered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Example: on the Real Estate application, fields on the Properties model " +"would include the price, address, a picture, a link to the current owner, " +"etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:50 +msgid "" +"There are 2 main types of fields in Odoo: *basic (or scalar) fields* and " +"*relational fields*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Basic fields represent simple values, like numbers or text. Relational " +"fields represent relations between models. So, if you have a model for " +"*Customers* and another one for *Properties*, you would use a relational " +"field to link each Property to its Customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:56 +msgid "Relational Fields in detail" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:59 +msgid "" +"**Relational Fields** provide the option to link the data of one model with " +"the data of another model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:60 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, relational field types are: *One2many*, *Many2one*, *Many2many*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:66 +msgid "" +"An **One2many** field is a *one-way* direction of selecting *multiple* " +"records from a table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Example: a Sales Order can contain multiple Sales Order Lines, which also " +"contain multiple fields of information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:69 +msgid "" +"A **Many2one** field is a *one-way* direction of selecting *one* record from" +" a table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Example: you can have many product categories, but each product can only " +"belong to one category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:71 +msgid "" +"A **Many2many** field is a *two-way* direction of selecting records from a " +"table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:72 +msgid "Example: multiple tags can be added to a lead’s form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:75 +msgid "An *One2many* field must have a *Many2one* related to it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:78 +msgid "What are Views?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:80 +msgid "" +"**Views** define how records are displayed. They are specified in XML which " +"means that they can be edited independently from the models that they " +"represent. There are various types of views in Odoo, and each of them " +"represents a mode of visualization. Some examples are: *form*, *list*, " +"*kanban*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:85 +msgid "What is a Menu?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:87 +msgid "" +"A **Menu** is a button that executes and action. In Odoo Studio, to create " +"menus (models) and rearrange their hierarchy, click on *Edit Menu*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:95 +msgid "`Studio Basics <https://www.odoo.com/fr_FR/slides/studio-31>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to.rst:3 +msgid "How To" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/export_import.rst:3 +msgid "Export and Import Modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/export_import.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you do customizations in Odoo Studio, a new module is created in your " +"database, making it easy to use Studio for prototyping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/export_import.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To export these customizations, activate Studio on the main dashboard and, " +"under the menu *Customizations*, click on *Export*. The default filename is " +"*customizations.zip*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/export_import.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The module created contains the definition of custom models and fields, as " +"well as the UI elements of any customization in an XML format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/export_import.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To import and install the customizations in another instance, connect to the" +" destination database, activate Studio and, under *Customizations*, click on" +" *Import*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/export_import.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Studio does not know which apps are customized (because the same view can be" +" modified on different apps), therefore, it *does not* add the underlying " +"modules as dependencies of the exported module. In other words, the " +"applications installed on the source database should be installed on the " +"destination database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:3 +msgid "Customizing the Rainbow Man" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The Rainbow Man in Odoo is an animation shown once the user completes " +"certain tasks and clicks on certain buttons. It is a way to make the " +"software fun to use, and rewarding, for employees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:13 +msgid "" +"On most buttons in Odoo, such as *Send by Email*, *Confirm* or *Cancel*, " +"once they are selected in Studio, under their *Properties*, the *Rainbow " +"Man* effect can be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:14 +msgid "By default, the feature is active:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:16 +msgid "when opportunities are marked as won;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:17 +msgid "when users empty their inboxes;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:18 +msgid "when the user finishes a tour;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:19 +msgid "when the user finishes doing reconciliations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:3 +msgid "Customizing Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses HTML and CSS technologies to create reports. HTML is a markup " +"language that uses tags, also called elements. It is the core of any webpage" +" because it provides its basic structure. CSS interacts with HTML elements " +"to add style to the page, establishing how the HTML is shown to the user. " +"Odoo’s reports also use Bootstrap’s grid layout, which is the containers, " +"rows, and columns to align content, and support Odoo's website themes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:11 +msgid "" +"When creating a new report, choose the purpose of it and if you would like " +"the report to include header and footer (company logo, name, address, phone," +" email address, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Under the tab **Add**, you find the fields to be dragged and dropped to the " +"view. *Fields*, *Data tables*, *Subtotal & Total*, and *Address Book* are " +"dynamic elements (meaning that they need a :doc:`one2many or a many2many " +"<../concepts/understanding_general>` related object). *Text*, *Title Block*," +" *Image*, and *Text in Cell* are static elements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Once the element is added to the view, select it to see its **Options**. The" +" first section shows the hierarchy of the selected object and its " +"properties, allowing you to individually edit them. Fields with related " +"objects have their directives shown on *Field Expression*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Under **Visible if**, define the rule(s) to set visibility conditions to " +"fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Example: if choosing to display a product image, you could set a visibility " +"rule to only display the ones that are *set* in the product form, avoiding " +"having a plain icon when they are not set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:40 +msgid "" +"**Visible for** is used to set which :doc:`groups " +"</applications/general/odoo_basics/users>` can have access to specific " +"elements in the report. **Limit visibility to groups**, under *Report*, sets" +" the visibility of the report to specifics groups, meaning that users " +"belonging to other groups do not see the same final document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Under the **Report** tab, name your report, choose the paper format, and if " +"the report should be added to the *Print* menu list on its respective " +"document form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:53 +msgid "" +"If activating the :doc:`Developer mode " +"</applications/general/developer_mode/activate>`, additional fields such as " +"*Class* under *Options*, and *Reload from attachment* under *Report*, become" +" visible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:56 +msgid "" +"*Class*: add custom CSS classes to the selected element (e.g. Bootstrap " +"classes such as *text-danger*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:59 +msgid "" +"*Reload from attachment*: saves the report as an attachment of the document " +"when printed. When the report is reprinted, it re-downloads that attachment " +"instead of re-printing it. This means that if the underlying record (e.g. " +"Invoice) changes when compared to the first impression, the report does not " +"reflect the changes because they were done after the attachment was created." +" This is typically useful for reports linked to documents that should not " +"change, such as Invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Actions in Odoo Studio can be undone until you *Close* the toolbox. Once you" +" have closed Studio, changes can not be undone anymore." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases.rst:3 +msgid "Use Cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Use Cases: Automated Actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 1: when a Belgian lead is created, a 3-stars priority should" +" be automatically applied.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:8 +msgid "Under *Automations*, click on *Create* and set the following rules:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:10 +msgid "*Model*: Lead/Opportunity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:11 +msgid "*Active*: On" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:12 +msgid "*Trigger*: On Creation & Update" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:13 +msgid "*Apply on*: Country > Country Name = Belgium" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:53 +msgid "*Action To Do*: Update the Record" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:15 +msgid "*Data to Write*: Lead/Opportunity > Value > 3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Check :doc:`this doc <filters_status_bar>` in order to have another " +"automated action example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:25 +msgid ":doc:`../concepts/understanding_automated_actions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/views.rst:28 +msgid ":doc:`../concepts/understanding_general`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Use Cases: Filters and Status Bar" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 1: on Sales, set a filter on Belgian customers and define it" +" as the default one (the user should still be able to unset the filter).**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:8 +msgid "" +"On your customer’s page, use *Filters* > *Add Custom Filter* to group " +"customers by country. Now, under *Favorites*, *Save Current Search* enabling" +" *Use by default* and *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:15 +msgid "" +"On *Filter Rules* in Studio mode, select the respective filter and enable " +"*Default Filter*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:21 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 2: add a status bar on the product form to manage its life " +"cycle. Set the values: ‘Prototype’, ‘In use’ and ‘Deprecated’. By default, " +"the Kanban view must be grouped by status.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:26 +msgid "" +"On your product form, *Add a pipeline status bar* and name its values. " +"Status bars are *selection* fields that give you the ability to follow a " +"specific flow. They are useful to show you the progress that has been made." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:28 +msgid "" +"On the *Views* menu, access *Kanban* and, under its *View* options, set the " +"*Default Group by* as *Pipeline status bar*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Now, open your product form and set the right status for that product. As " +"you move products throughout stages (also through the product’s form), " +"stages are shown in the Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To make modifications in the pipeline status bar, for example, remember to " +"go back to *Form View*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:44 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 2.a: when a product goes from ‘In use’ to ‘Deprecate’, set " +"its cost to 0€.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Create an :doc:`automated action " +"<../concepts/understanding_automated_actions>` with the selected values:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:49 +msgid "*Model*: Product Template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:50 +msgid "*Trigger*: On Update" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:51 +msgid "*First Domain*: Pipeline status bar = In use" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:52 +msgid "*Second Domain*: Pipeline status bar = Deprecated" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:54 +msgid "*Data to Write*: Cost (Product Template) > Value > 0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Use Cases: Creating Models and Adding Fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 1: on the leads’ form, if the chosen country is France, show" +" a field 'Pay by check?'**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:8 +msgid "" +"On your leads’ form, add a *Related Field* to *Country > Country Name*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Now, add a *Checkbox* field and define its invisibility options as *Country*" +" (carefully select the one just created) *> is not = > France.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:11 +msgid "You can now hide the related field created (*Country*) if you wish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Another approach is to use the country’s ID. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Contacts --> Configuration --> Countries`, select France " +"(for example), and on the URL check its *ID*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:21 +msgid "" +"The related field invisibility path should now be *Country* (carefully " +"select the one just created) *> is not = > 75*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:22 +msgid "Again, hide the related field with the country’s ID if you prefer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:28 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 2: create a model called 'Properties' and add fields called:" +" company, value, name, address, active, image.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:31 +msgid "" +"From the dashboard, (optionally) start a new module. Then, click on *Edit " +"Menu* and start a *New Menu* (model). Set your menu name and *Confirm*. Now," +" on its form, drag & drop the necessary fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:39 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 2.a: now, you would like to have a model called 'Regions' to" +" which each property must be linked. And, on 'Regions', you would like to " +"see the properties for each region.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Go to *Edit Menu > New Menu* and create your menu, calling it *Regions*. Add" +" the necessary fields on its form by dragging & dropping them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Now, in the form view of *Properties*, add a *Many2one* field with a " +"relation to your model *Region*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:48 +msgid "" +"The *Existing Fields* are the ones that are on the current model but not yet" +" in the view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Now, go to the model *Regions*, select the form view, and add a status " +"button selecting *Regions (Properties)* as your relational field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:62 +msgid "" +"*Status buttons* are computed fields, meaning that they count the numbers of" +" records on the related model, and allow you to access them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:69 +msgid "" +"When searching for relations, click on *Search more* and filter it by " +"*Custom*. This way you avoid creating duplicates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:76 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 2.b: in the model 'Properties', show all the tags as " +"checkboxes instead of tags.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Once the field *Tags* is added to the form, select it and, under its " +"*Properties > Widgets*, choose *Checkboxes*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:85 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 3: on the leads’ form, add a selection field with the " +"values:'Tags' & 'List' & 'Checkboxes'. According to the value of the field, " +"show tags as many2many_tags, many2many_radio, or many2many(_list).**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:89 +msgid "" +"In your form view, add a *Tags* field and relate it to *Partners Tag*. Under" +" *Properties*, define its *Widget* as *Many2many*. Do the same process " +"another 2 times for *Checkboxes* and *Tags*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:96 +msgid "Now, add a *Selection* field and the necessary values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Continue by selecting your *Tags* fields, one by one, to set their " +"*Invisible* options according to their *Widget*. In the example below, the " +"invisibility rule for the *Partner Tags* is set as: *Select Tag type > is " +"not = > Tags.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:105 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 4: on a quotation’s form, add a selection field called " +"'Manager Validation' with the values: ‘Accepted’ and ‘Refused’. Only a sales" +" manager can see it, and the field should be set as mandatory if the untaxed" +" amount is higher than 500€.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:109 +msgid "" +"On your quotation form, add a *Selection* field with the values *Accepted* " +"and *Refused*. Set its *Required* condition as *Untaxed Amount > 500* and " +"the *Limit visibility to groups* as *Sales / Administrator* or managers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:117 +msgid "**Case scenario 5: change the tooltip of a field for all views.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Activate the :doc:`Developer mode " +"</applications/general/developer_mode/activate>` and open Studio." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Select the necessary field and, under *Properties*, click on *More* to write" +" your tooltip message on *Field Help*. The tooltip message is the " +"explanatory message shown when the user hovers the field. The message here " +"written is displayed on all views forms where the field is added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:129 +msgid "" +"The *Field Help* message can only be applied to *new* fields. If you would " +"like to change/apply a tooltip for a specific field, use the *Help Tooltip* " +"option under *Properties*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/views.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Use Cases: Views" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/views.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 1: in Sales, show orders in a Kanban View instead of a List " +"View.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/views.rst:7 +msgid "" +"From the Sales page, access Studio and, under *Views*, set the *Kanban* " +"option as the default one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/views.rst:14 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 2: allow for the list of leads to be edited inline without " +"having to switch to the form view.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/views.rst:19 +msgid "" +"On the *List View*, under *View* > *Editable*, choose between *New record on" +" top* or *New record at the bottom*. This way, besides defining the order in" +" which new records are displayed in the view, you are able to edit them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/views.rst:21 +msgid "" +"If the field is left blank, no editing is possible and records are shown " +"based on your column preferences on the lead's page (front-end)." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/project.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/project.po deleted file mode 100644 index 1245f08b3..000000000 --- a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/project.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,145 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# Mateus Lopes <mateus1@gmail.com>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Mateus Lopes <mateus1@gmail.com>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: pt_BR\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" - -#: ../../project.rst:5 -msgid "Project" -msgstr "Projeto" - -#: ../../project/planning.rst:3 -msgid "Planning" -msgstr "Planejamento" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:3 -msgid "Forecast Resources Across Projects" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Allocate the needed time for specific tasks under a planned shift. Once that" -" is done, analyse Key Performance Indicators (KPIs), so you can evaluate " -"your employees’ performance and workload, besides the progress of your " -"projects/tasks when comparing the planned and effective hours." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:10 -msgid "Allocate times under shifts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:12 -msgid "" -"When planning a shift, in the *Planning* application, create a project and a" -" task on the fly, or simply select the one you want." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:20 -msgid "" -"*Allocated Time (%)* allows you to define the percentage of time you would " -"like your employee to work on that specific task during his shift. See that " -"information in hours on *Allocated hours*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:22 -msgid "" -"The calculation shows you how many hours out of the total shift time (*End " -"date* - *Start date*) are spent by the employee on that task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:24 -msgid "" -"On :menuselection:`Project --> Planning --> By Project`, immediately see the" -" total number of employees allocated per project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:31 -msgid "Compare forecast hours with the effective ones" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Now, once the employee has timesheeted his hours in the task, go to " -"*Project* and with the *View list*, under *All Tasks*, conveniently see the " -"*Planned Hours* compared to the *Remaining Hours*, and a calculation of the " -"*Progress*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:42 -msgid "Reminder: the option *Timesheets* has to be enabled on your project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks.rst:3 -msgid "Tasks" -msgstr "Tarefas" - -#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:3 -msgid "Create Project's Tasks from an Email Alias" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When you already have an email address that customers know from the top of " -"their heads, changing it is the last thing you want to do. Instead, link " -"that address to your project and transform those conversations into " -"structured work. It automatically creates a task in the first stage of a " -"project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:11 -msgid "Set up an incoming email server" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:14 -msgid "" -"On the *Settings* application, enable *External Email Servers* and define " -"the incoming email alias you would like to use." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:15 -msgid "**For more information**: :doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_servers`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:18 -msgid "Configure the email alias in your project" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Now that you have the incoming email server set up, go to " -":menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects --> Edit`. Under the " -"*Emails* tab, define the wanted email alias and choose the policy to receive" -" a message." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:23 -msgid "In addition, you can now directly set it when creating a new project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:30 -msgid "" -"All the recipients of the email (To/Cc/Bcc) are automatically added as " -"followers of the task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:32 -msgid "The email can be seen under the name of your project on the dashboard." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po deleted file mode 100644 index f67c66e53..000000000 --- a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,885 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Luis Felipe Miléo <mileo@kmee.com.br>, 2020 -# Mateus Lopes <mateus1@gmail.com>, 2021 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-11 09:05+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Mateus Lopes <mateus1@gmail.com>, 2021\n" -"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: pt_BR\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" - -#: ../../purchase.rst:5 -msgid "Purchase" -msgstr "Compras" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced" -msgstr "Avançado" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:3 -msgid "Analyze the performance of your purchases" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:5 -msgid "" -"If your company regularly purchases products, you have several reasons to " -"track and analyze your performance. The insights gathered can help you to " -"better forecast and plan your future orders. For example, you can assess if " -"your business is dependent on particular vendors, and the data can help you " -"negotiate discounts on prices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:11 -msgid "Generate customized reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Go to *Reporting* to access the purchase analysis. Simply by accessing the " -"reporting dashboard, you can get a quick overview of your actual " -"performance. By default, the reporting dashboard displays a line chart " -"presenting the untaxed amount of your purchase orders per day, and below it," -" key metrics and a pivot table." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:22 -msgid "" -"While the data initially presented is useful, there are several tools and " -"features you can use to get even more insights on your purchases." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:26 -msgid "Use filters to select the data you need" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Odoo offers several default filters you can use and combine by clicking on " -"*Filters*. When you select one or several filters, Odoo looks for all the " -"orders that match at least one of the filters you have chosen and populates " -"the chart, key metrics, and pivot table with the data. The pre-configured " -"filters are:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:33 -msgid "All *Requests for Quotation*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:35 -msgid "All *Purchase Orders*, except canceled ones" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:37 -msgid "" -"*Confirmation Date Last Year* includes all orders that were confirmed the " -"previous year, canceled purchase orders included" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:40 -msgid "" -"*Order Date* includes all orders - request for quotations and purchases " -"orders (canceled ones included) - depending on their date of creation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:43 -msgid "" -"*Confirmation Date* includes all confirmed orders, canceled ones included, " -"depending on their date of confirmation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:47 -msgid "" -"When you have to select a period, you can use multiple years, and, with at " -"least one year selected, multiple quarters and the three most recent months." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:51 -msgid "" -"If you use the *Order Date* or *Confirmation Date* filters, the *Comparison*" -" feature appears next to *Filters*. It enables you to compare the period you" -" filtered with the previous one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:59 -msgid "Add custom filters" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Thanks to the 31 filtering options to choose from, the possibilities of your" -" customizing your dataset are almost limitless. Go to " -":menuselection:`Filters --> Add Custom Filter`, specify the condition the " -"filtering option should meet (e.g. *is equal to*, *contains*, etc.), and " -"click on *Apply*. If you want to select orders matching several conditions " -"simultaneously (*and* operator), repeat the process to add another custom " -"filter. If you want to use the *or* operator, don't click on *Apply*, and " -"click on *Add a condition* instead. Once you have added all the desired " -"filtering options, click on *Apply*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:74 -msgid "" -"To avoid having to recreate custom filters every time, save them by clicking" -" on :menuselection:`Favorites --> Save current search --> Save`. The " -"customized search filter can then be accessed by clicking on *Favorites* or " -"can even be set as the default filter when you open the reporting dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:80 -msgid "Measure exactly what you need" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:82 -msgid "" -"Before selecting what you want to measure, you need to decide whether you " -"prefer using the graph view or the pivot view. By default, the dashboard " -"presents both views. However, the measures you select won't be applied to " -"both views. You can access each view separately by clicking on the icons at " -"the top right of the dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:92 -msgid "Visualize your data" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:94 -msgid "" -"You can transform the main graph in just a click by selecting one of the " -"three charts: bar, line or pie. Fourteen different measures are available, " -"but you can only use one at a time. However, you can group the measure using" -" one or several of the 19 *Groups*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:102 -msgid "" -"For bar and line charts, the selected measure is your y-axis, and the first " -"group you select is used to create the x-axis. Adding more group adds " -"additional lines (line chart) or transforms your bar chart into a stacked " -"bar chart. For pie charts, the more groups you select, the more slices are " -"displayed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:108 -msgid "Explore your data" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:110 -msgid "" -"The pivot table view enables you to explore your data in great detail. " -"Unlike the graph view, the pivot table enables you to add several measures " -"at the same time. By clicking on *Measures* or on the **+** sign in the " -"*Total* column, you can add as many as you want, each assigned to a new " -"column. By clicking on the **+** sign in the *Total* row, you can add " -"*Groups*. If you click on a group's **+** sign, you can add a sub-group, and" -" so on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:121 -msgid "" -"You can insert your pivot table's data directly in the Spreadsheet app or " -"export it as an Excel file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals.rst:3 -msgid "Manage deals" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:3 -msgid "Purchase agreements: blanket orders and calls for tenders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:5 -msgid "" -"There are two main types of purchase agreements preconfigured in Odoo: " -"blanket orders and call for tenders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Blanket orders are long-term agreements between a company and a vendor to " -"deliver products on a recurring basis with predetermined pricing. Your " -"company should consider using them when you frequently purchase the same " -"products from the same vendor in varying quantities and/or at different " -"times. Among their many benefits, you can save time as the ordering process " -"is simplified, and money thanks to more advantageous bulk pricing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Calls for tenders use a special procedure to request offers from multiple " -"vendors at the same time. While public sector organizations are often " -"legally bound to release calls for tenders when they want to purchase goods " -"or services, private organizations can also use them to get the best deal " -"among several vendors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:20 -msgid "Enable purchase agreements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:22 -msgid "" -"From the Purchase app, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and" -" activate *Purchase Agreements*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:30 -msgid "Configure or create new types of purchase agreements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Before you start using purchase agreements, make sure they are configured " -"the way you want by going to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Purchase " -"Agreement Types`. From there, you can edit the way blanket orders and calls " -"for tenders or *Create* a new type of purchase agreement. You can configure " -"the:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:37 -msgid "Agreement Type: the name you want to give to the agreement." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Agreement Selection Type: you can either select multiple offers using " -"*Select multiple RFQ (non-exclusive)*, which is the default setting for both" -" blanket orders and calls for tenders, or a single offer using *Select only " -"one RFQ (exclusive)*, which is sometimes needed for calls for tenders where " -"you only want to select a single vendor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Lines: generally, you would always want to select *Use lines of agreement*, " -"which are the different product lines you can configure when you set up your" -" purchase agreement. However, you can select *Do not create RfQ lines " -"automatically* if you don't want your requests for quotations to be pre-" -"filled in with that information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Quantities: if you use lines of agreements, you can also specify " -"independently if the products' quantities should be used to pre-fill new " -"requests for quotations. The default option for blanket orders is *Set " -"quantities manually*, while for calls for tenders are set to *Use quantities" -" of agreement*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:59 -msgid "Set up a blanket order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Orders --> Purchase Agreements` and click on *Create*." -" Select *Blanket Order* as your *Agreement Type*. Next, select the vendor. " -"The other fields aren't mandatory, but you usually want to define an " -"*Agreement Deadline* after which the blanket order won't be valid anymore." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Next, add the products you want to order and their price. Note that you can " -"also add a *Quantity* for each product, for example, if you have agreed with" -" your vendor to order a specific minimum quantity each time or in total. If " -"you have configured your blanked order to *Set quantities manually*, this is" -" only used for informational purposes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:74 -msgid "" -"You can also write any *Terms and Conditions* at the bottom of the " -"agreement. Once you are satisfied with your blanket order, click on " -"*Confirm*. Its status then changes from *Draft* to *Ongoing* and it's ready " -"to be used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:79 -msgid "Create requests for quotation from the blanket order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:81 -msgid "" -"You can now create new quotations from the blanket order whenever you need " -"it by clicking on *New Quotation*. Odoo automatically fills in requests for " -"quotation with the information initially defined when you set up the blanket" -" order. Depending on the way you configured the *Purchase Agreement Type*, " -"product lines can also be pre-filled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:86 -msgid "" -"From here, you can quickly view all the requests for quotations made under " -"that blanket order by clicking on *RFQs/Orders*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:94 -msgid "" -"You can also create a *Request for Quotation* the usual way and then link it" -" to an existing *Blanket Order*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:98 -msgid "Blanket orders and replenishment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:100 -msgid "" -"Blanket orders can be used for :doc:`automated replenishment " -"<../../purchase/products/reordering>`, as once a blanket order is confirmed," -" a new vendor line is added to your product. Make sure the related vendor is" -" in the first position if you have several vendors linked to your product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:109 -msgid "Set up a call for tenders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:111 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Orders --> Purchase Agreements` and click on *Create*." -" Select *Call for Tenders* as your *Agreement Type*. The other fields aren't" -" mandatory, but you can add the date you want to be delivered and set an " -"agreement deadline. You usually don't want to select a vendor for calls for " -"tenders as you are looking to get quotations from multiple vendors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:116 -msgid "" -"Next, add the products you want to order and in what quantity. For calls for" -" tenders, you typically don't add a price, as the vendors should give you " -"their best quote." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:119 -msgid "" -"You can also write any *Terms and Conditions* at the bottom of the " -"agreement. Once you are ready, click on *Confirm*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:127 -msgid "Requests quotations from the call for tenders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:129 -msgid "" -"You can now request new quotations from the call for tenders. Click on *New " -"Quotation* and select one of your vendors you want to invite to the call for" -" tenders. Product lines should also be pre-filled in, depending on how you " -"configured the *Purchase Agreement Type*. Click on *Send by email* to send " -"it to the vendor. Go back to the call for tenders and repeat this process " -"for each vendor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:139 -msgid "" -"Once you have sent a request for quotation to every vendor and receiving " -"their quotes, click on *Validate* to proceed to the bid selection. Next, " -"click on the RFQs/Orders smart button to view all your vendors' quotations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:147 -msgid "" -"Click on each request for quotation to add the price communicated by your " -"vendors manually. When that's done, select the most advantageous offer and " -"click on *Confirm Order*. This automatically closes the call for tenders. " -"You can now proceed with the purchase order as you would for a regular one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:3 -msgid "Control and know when vendor bills should be paid" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:5 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can define how your vendor bills are controlled. For each " -"purchase order, you can decide when the related vendor bill should be paid: " -"either before or after you have received your products. You can also check " -"at a glance what is the billing status of each purchase order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:9 -msgid "" -"With the 3-way matching feature, Odoo compares the information appearing on " -"the *Purchase Order*, the *Vendor Bill* and the *Receipt*, and lets you know" -" if you should pay the bill. This way you can avoid paying incorrect or " -"fraudulent vendor bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:14 -msgid "Vendor bills default control policy" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:16 -msgid "" -"As a first step, open your Purchase app and go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` to set the default bill control " -"policy for all the products created onwards." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:23 -msgid "" -"By selecting *On ordered quantities*, you can create a vendor bill as soon " -"as you confirm an order. The quantities mentioned in the purchase order are " -"used to generate the draft bill." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:26 -msgid "" -"If you choose *On received quantities* instead, you can only create one once" -" you have at least received some of the products you have ordered. The " -"quantities you have received are used to generate the draft bill. If you try" -" to create one without having received any product, you get an error " -"message." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:36 -msgid "Change a specific product's control policy" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:38 -msgid "" -"If you want to modify a specific product's control policy, go to " -":menuselection:`Products --> Products`, open it, click on *Edit* and go to " -"the *Purchase tab*. There you can change a product's default bill control " -"policy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:47 -msgid "View a purchase order's billing status" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Once you confirm an order, you can view its *Billing Status* by going to the" -" *Other Information* tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Below you can find a list of the different *Billing Status*, and when they " -"are displayed, depending on the products' bill control policy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:60 -msgid "**Billing status**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:60 -msgid "**Conditions**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:62 -msgid "*On received quantities*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:62 -msgid "*On ordered quantities*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:64 -msgid "*Nothing to Bill*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:64 -msgid "PO confirmed; no products received" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:64 -msgid "*(Not applicable)*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:66 -msgid "*Waiting Bills*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:66 -msgid "All/some products received; bill not created" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:66 -msgid "PO confirmed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:68 -msgid "*Fully Billed*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:68 -msgid "All/some products received; draft bill created" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:68 -msgid "Draft bill created" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:72 -msgid "Determine when to pay with 3-way matching" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:74 -msgid "" -"First, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate *3-way" -" matching*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:81 -msgid "" -"3-way matching is intended to work with the bill control policy set to *On " -"received quantities*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:84 -msgid "Should I pay the vendor bill?" -msgstr "Devo pagar a conta do fornecedor?" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:86 -msgid "" -"With the feature activated, your vendor bills now display the *Should Be " -"Paid* field under the *Other info* tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:93 -msgid "" -"As you can't create a bill until you have received your products - and if " -"you haven't received all of them, Odoo only includes the products you have " -"received in the draft bill - the *Should Be Paid* status is set to *Yes* " -"when you create one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:97 -msgid "" -"If you edit a draft bill to increase the billed quantity, change the price, " -"or add other products, the *Should Be Paid* status is set to *Exception*. It" -" means Odoo notices the discrepancy, but that you might have a valid reason " -"to have done so." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:101 -msgid "" -"Once the payment has been registered and mentions *Paid*, the *Should Be " -"Paid* status is set to *No*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:109 -msgid "" -"The *Should Be Paid* status is set automatically by Odoo. However, you can " -"change the status manually when you are viewing a bill in edit mode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products.rst:3 -msgid "Products" -msgstr "Produtos" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:3 -msgid "Don’t run out of stock with reordering rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:5 -msgid "" -"To make sure you never run out of stock, you can define *Reordering Rules* " -"on products. Thanks to them, Odoo can help you replenish your stock " -"automatically when it reaches set quantities or whenever a sales order is " -"created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:9 -msgid "You need to install the *Inventory app* to use reordering rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:12 -msgid "Configure your storable product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Open or create a product with its *Product Type* set to *Storable Product*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:20 -msgid "" -"As you are purchasing this product from a vendor, go to the product's " -"*Purchase tab* and add a vendor by clicking on *Add a line*. You can add " -"multiple vendors, but make sure to order them correctly, since reordering " -"rules always use the first vendor in a list. You can add a price, but it " -"isn't necessary for the reordering rule to work. In addition, you can add a " -"minimum quantity you must order to benefit from that price." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:27 -msgid "" -"If the quantity Odoo has to reorder doesn't match the minimum quantity " -"specified, Odoo selects the next vendor on your list. If you don't have " -"another vendor on your list, the reordering rule won't work. For that " -"purpose, you can add the same vendor multiple times with different prices " -"for different quantities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:37 -msgid "" -"By default, a draft purchase order is created. However, if you have enabled " -"*Purchase Agreements*, you can *Propose a call for tenders* instead as shown" -" in the image above. For more information, see " -":doc:`../manage_deals/agreements`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Next, make sure the correct route is selected under the Inventory tab of " -"your product. If you created your product within the Purchase app, the *Buy*" -" route is selected by default. If you are looking to dropship your product, " -"select *Dropship*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:50 -msgid "Set up your reordering rule" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:52 -msgid "Open your product and click on the *Reordering Rules* button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Once you are on the product's reordering rules page, click on *Create*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:61 -msgid "" -"You can access and create reordering rules from :menuselection:`Inventory " -"--> Configuration --> Reordering Rules` and from :menuselection:`Inventory " -"--> Operations --> Replenishment`. By default, the replenishment view " -"presents a summary of all the products that you might need to purchase to " -"fulfill your sales orders. From there, you can ask Odoo with a single click " -"to order a product once or automate all orders for that product, future " -"orders included." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:68 -msgid "Define quantities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:70 -msgid "" -"You can set a **minimum quantity** your stock should always have. Once set, " -"if your stock goes below the minimum quantity, and if you selected the Buy " -"route, a request for quotation is automatically generated to reach that " -"minimum quantity, plus any additional quantity needed to fill in a sales " -"order for example." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:75 -msgid "" -"If you set a **maximum quantity**, every time the product has to be " -"replenished, enough products are reordered to reach the maximum quantity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:78 -msgid "" -"If you want to order only the exact quantity needed to fill in a sales order" -" for example, set both both the minimum and maximum quantity to **zero**. " -"The quantity mentioned in the sales order is then used by the reordering " -"rule." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:82 -msgid "" -"You can also add a **quantity multiple** to only order products in batches " -"of a certain quantity. Click on the optional columns drop-down menu, and " -"select *Multiple Quantity* to show the column. Bear in mind that you might " -"go over the maximum quantity you set if your rule includes a quantity " -"multiple, as Odoo orders enough products to reach the maximum quantity and " -"respect the set quantity multiple." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:92 -msgid "" -"If you selected multiple routes for the same product under its Inventory " -"tab, make sure to select your *Preferred Route* on your reordering rule by " -"clicking on the optional columns drop-down menu, adding the *Preferred " -"Route* column, and selecting the right route." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:3 -msgid "Purchase in different units of measure than sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When you purchase a product, it may happen that your vendor uses a different" -" unit of measure than you do when you sell it. This can cause confusion " -"between sales and purchase representatives. It is also time-consuming to " -"convert measures manually every time. With Odoo, you can configure your " -"product once and let Odoo handle the conversion." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:10 -msgid "Consider the following examples:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:12 -msgid "" -"You purchase orange juice from an American vendor, and they use **gallons**." -" However, your customers are European and use **liters**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:15 -msgid "" -"You buy curtains from a vendor in the form of **rolls** and you sell pieces " -"of the rolls to your customers using **square meters**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:19 -msgid "Enable units of measure" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Open your Sales app and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. " -"Under Product Catalog, enable *Units of Measure*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:29 -msgid "Specify sales and purchase units of measure" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:32 -msgid "Standard units of measure" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:34 -msgid "" -"A variety of units of measure are available by default in your database. " -"Each belongs to one of the five pre-configured units of measure categories: " -"*Length / Distance*, *Unit*, *Volume*, *Weight* and *Working Time*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:39 -msgid "" -"You can create your new units of measure and units of measure categories " -"(see next section)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:41 -msgid "" -"To specify different units of measures for sales and purchases, open the " -"Purchase app and go to :menuselection:`Products --> Products`. Create a " -"product or select an existing one. Under the product's *General Information*" -" tab, first select the *Unit of Measure* to be used for sales (as well as " -"for other apps such as inventory). Then, select the *Purchase Unit of " -"Measure* to be used for purchases." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Back to the first example, if you purchase orange juice from your vendor in " -"**gallons** and sell it to your customers in **liters**, first select *L* " -"(liters) as the *Unit of Measure*, and *gal (US)* (gallons) as the *Purchase" -" Unit of Measure*, then click on *Save*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:56 -msgid "Create new units of measure and units of measure categories" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Sometimes you need to create your own units and categories, either because " -"the measure is not pre-configured in Odoo or because the units do not relate" -" with each other (e.g. kilos and centimeters)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:62 -msgid "" -"If you take the second example where you buy curtains from a vendor in the " -"form of **rolls** and you sell pieces of the rolls using **square meters**, " -"you need to create a new *Units of Measure Category* in order to relate both" -" units of measure." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:66 -msgid "" -"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Units of Measure " -"Categories`. Click on *Create* and name the category." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:73 -msgid "" -"The next step is to create the two units of measures. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Units of Measure`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:76 -msgid "" -"First, create the unit of measure used as the reference point for converting" -" to other units of measure inside the category by clicking on *Create*. Name" -" the unit and select the units of measure category you just created. For the" -" *Type*, select *Reference Unit of Measure for this category type*. Enter " -"the *Rounding Precision* you would like to use. The quantity computed by " -"Odoo is always a multiple of this value." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:82 -msgid "" -"In the example, as you cannot purchase less than 1 roll and won't use " -"fractions of a roll as a unit of measure, you can enter 1." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:89 -msgid "" -"If you use a *Rounding Precision* inferior to 0.01, a warning message might " -"appear stating that it is higher than the *Decimal Accuracy* and that it " -"might cause inconsistencies. If you wish to use a *Rounding Precision* lower" -" than 0.01, first :doc:`activate the Developer Mode " -"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, then go to " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Database Structure --> Decimal " -"Accuracy`, select *Product Unit of Measure* and edit *Digits* accordingly. " -"For example, if you want to use a rounding precision of 0.00001, set " -"*Digits* to 5." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:96 -msgid "" -"Next, create a second unit of measure, name it, and select the same units of" -" measure category as your reference unit. As *Type*, select *Smaller* or " -"*Bigger than the reference Unit of Measure*, depending on your situation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:100 -msgid "" -"As the curtain roll equals to 100 square meters, you should select " -"*Smaller*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:102 -msgid "" -"Next, you need to enter the *Ratio* between your reference unit and the " -"second one. If the second unit is smaller, the *Ratio* should be greater " -"than 1. If the second unit is larger, the ratio should be smaller than 1." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:106 -msgid "For your curtain roll, the ratio should be set to 100." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:112 -msgid "" -"You can now configure your product just as you would using Odoo's standard " -"units of measure." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/quality.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/quality.po deleted file mode 100644 index 3605a6abc..000000000 --- a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/quality.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,468 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Rodrigo de Almeida Sottomaior Macedo <rmsolucoeseminformatica@protonmail.com>, 2020 -# Mateus Lopes <mateus1@gmail.com>, 2020 -# grazziano <gra.negocia@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Luiz Fernando <lfpsgs@outlook.com>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Luiz Fernando <lfpsgs@outlook.com>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: pt_BR\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" - -#: ../../quality.rst:5 -msgid "Quality" -msgstr "Qualidade" - -#: ../../quality/alert.rst:3 -msgid "Alert" -msgstr "Alerta" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:3 -msgid "Generate a Quality Alert from a Manufacturing Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Speaking of manufacturing orders, you have two different situations to " -"consider in Odoo. Those two will result in two different processes:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:8 -msgid "You work with a simple manufacturing flow;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:10 -msgid "You work with a complex manufacturing flow that includes routings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:13 -msgid "Simple manufacturing flow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:15 -msgid "" -"If you work with simple manufacturing orders, the *Quality Alerts* will be " -"launched from the manufacturing order itself. When manufacturing a product " -"for which you need to process quality controls, a button *Quality Alert* " -"will appear on the top of your manufacturing order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:23 -msgid "" -"By clicking on the button, you can specify the quality problem that arose " -"during the process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:29 -msgid "" -"If one of the quality checks failed, the button will be highlighted on the " -"document. If not, the button won’t be highlighted." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:36 ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:50 -msgid "Manufacturing Flow with Routings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:38 -msgid "" -"If you work with routings defined on your manufacturing orders, the quality " -"alerts will be launched directly from the work orders on which the quality " -"checks took place." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Then, a button *Quality Alert* will be available from the work order view. " -"When you click on the button, you can specify the quality problem that " -"appeared during the process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:3 -msgid "Generate a Quality Alert from a Transfer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:6 -msgid "Use the Quality Alert" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Every time you perform some *Quality Checks* on a transfer, a *Quality " -"Alert* button appears. You can always use it. The button is automatically " -"highlighted once you have a failed quality check for the transfer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:16 -msgid "" -"If you click on that *Quality Alert* button, you can specify what was the " -"problem with the product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:22 -msgid "" -"The *Quality Alert* that is created from the transfer can be found via the " -"button appearing on the top right corner of the transfer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:28 -msgid "" -"You can also access all your *Quality Alerts* via the menu, accessible under" -" *Control*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks.rst:3 -msgid "Checks" -msgstr "Verificar" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:3 -msgid "Perform Quality Checks on Manufacturing Orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:5 -msgid "" -"There are two different situations to consider and that will differ in Odoo " -"processes:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:8 -msgid "You work with simple manufacturing flows;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:10 -msgid "" -"You work with complex manufacturing flows that are represented by the use of" -" routings in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:13 -msgid "Simple Manufacturing Flow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:16 -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:53 -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:6 -msgid "Create the Quality Control Point" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:18 -msgid "" -"To create a quality control point, open the quality app and go to " -":menuselection:`Control --> Control Points`. There, hit create. Make sure to" -" select *Manufacturing* as operation and choose the type of quality check " -"you want to perform." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:27 -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:69 -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:17 -msgid "Process the Quality Check" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Once your *Quality Control Point* has been created, you can create a " -"manufacturing order for your product. Now, and before marking the " -"manufacturing as done, you can register the *Quality Checks*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Once you have performed your quality checks, you can find them via the " -"*Quality Checks* button available on the manufacturing order form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:46 -msgid "" -"If you want to access all your quality checks, you can do this by opening " -"the quality checks menu, under quality control." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:55 -msgid "" -"If you want to create a *Quality Control Point*, open the *Quality* app and " -"go to :menuselection:`Control --> Control Points`. Then, click on create. " -"Make sure to select *Manufacturing* as operation and select the work order " -"operation on which the quality check should be performed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Choosing the work order operation is necessary if you want the quality " -"checks to be performed in the work orders. After that, you can choose the " -"type of quality check." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Once your *Quality Control Point* has been configured, create a " -"manufacturing order for your product. You have to plan it if you want to " -"generate the necessary work orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:78 -msgid "" -"Now, process the work order and your quality check will appear. In this " -"example, the quality check requests to enter the serial number of the Table " -"Top component." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:3 -msgid "Perform Quality Checks on Transfers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:8 -msgid "" -"To create a *Quality Control Point*, open the *Quality* application. Then, " -"go to :menuselection:`Quality Control --> Control Points --> Create`. Now, " -"you can define the quality control point you want to apply to a specific " -"product. Don’t forget to select a transfer operation type." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Let’s say that we will receive a laptop. First, create a planned receipt for" -" the product. Then, on the receipt, you will see a *Quality Checks* button " -"that appears to proceed to the quality check you configured before." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:27 -msgid "" -"By clicking on it, the instruction set on the quality control point will be " -"displayed and will require the check value." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Once the quality check is done, you can find it linked to the corresponding " -"transfer and access it by clicking on the button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:39 -msgid "" -"But, if the quality check failed, the stat button will appear in red " -"(instead of green) and Odoo will suggest you to create a *Quality Alert* by " -"highlighting the corresponding button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:46 -msgid "" -"The quality checks can also be found in the *Quality* application by opening" -" the *Quality Checks* menu, under *Quality Control*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control.rst:3 -msgid "Control" -msgstr "Controle" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:3 -msgid "Define Quality Control Points" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Quality is an important factor when it comes to products or services. " -"Nowadays, quality has become the differentiating factor for all goods and " -"services. It is vital for businesses to deliver products that meet or exceed" -" expectations. It also helps minimize waste." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:10 -msgid "" -"That is why most manufacturers would not think of eliminating the quality " -"control from their manufacturing process. After all, removing quality " -"controls would dramatically increase the number of defective products that " -"the company then has to rework or scrap." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Then, using business applications to ensure data quality is important. With " -"Odoo insuring the rear, any major problem can be avoided before occurring!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:20 -msgid "Quality Control Points" -msgstr "Pontos de Controle de Qualidade" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:22 -msgid "" -"To create a *Quality Control Point*, go to :menuselection:`Quality --> " -"Quality Control --> Control Points`. Once there, define the product on which" -" the quality control point should take place. The operation at which it " -"takes place also is to be defined here." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:27 -msgid "" -"The *Quality Control Points* take place during transfers or during the " -"manufacturing process of the products. If working with routings on *Bill of " -"Materials*, you have to precise at which step of the manufacturing process " -"the quality control point needs to be applied." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:32 -msgid "" -"The *Control Type* defines at which frequency the quality checks should take" -" place:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:35 -msgid "" -"**All operations**: all the operations automatically generate quality checks" -" to perform;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:38 -msgid "" -"**Randomly**: the quality checks only perform on x% of the operation. The " -"percentage needs to be defined on the control point;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:41 -msgid "" -"**Periodically**: the quality checks are performed periodically. The " -"periodicity is based on the defined period (once a day, once a week)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:50 -msgid "Quality Control Point Types" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Now, one thing remains to be configured: the type of quality check. There " -"are several types that can be used: text, take a picture, pass-fail, take a " -"measure, register consumed material, register by-product, and print label." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Some types are available only with the manufacturing application installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:62 -msgid "Text" -msgstr "Texto" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:64 -msgid "" -"This control point type allows giving instructions to workers during the " -"transfer or during the manufacturing process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:80 -msgid "Take a Picture" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:82 -msgid "" -"This control point type asks to take a picture of the product applied in a " -"transfer or when manufacturing it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:98 -msgid "" -"This process can be simplified by using a connected :doc:`camera " -"<../../iot/devices/measurement_tool>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:102 -msgid "Pass-Fail" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:104 -msgid "" -"*Pass-Fail* requires to specify if the products pass or fail specific " -"criteria. It can be applied for both transfers or manufacturing orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:111 -msgid "" -"For this kind of type, there is the possibility to define a failure message " -"giving instructions to follow in case of failure." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:127 -msgid "Take a Measure" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:129 -msgid "" -"Taking measures requires to enter the product’s measurements during a " -"transfer or during the manufacturing process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:132 -msgid "" -"To use it, it necessary to specify the norm for your product’s measurements," -" but also a tolerance threshold. Doing so, all the products with good " -"measures can are automatically accepted." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:140 -msgid "" -"As for *Pass-Fail*, this type allows defining a failure message that gives " -"instructions to the worker." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:156 -msgid "" -"This process can be simplified by using connected :doc:`measurement tools " -"<../../iot/devices/camera>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:159 -msgid "Register Consumed Materials" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:161 -msgid "" -"When using *Register Consumed Materials*, it is required to register the " -"component’s serial/lot numbers during the manufacturing process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:165 -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:182 -msgid "This type is only available when working with routings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:176 -msgid "Register By-Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:178 -msgid "" -"With *Register By-Products*, it is required to register the serial/lot " -"number of the by-products that are manufactured." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:193 -msgid "Print Label" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:195 -msgid "" -"*Print Label*, as its name points out, allows printing labels to add to the " -"product during the manufacturing process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:207 -msgid "" -"This process can be simplified by using a connected :doc:`printer " -"<../../iot/devices/printer>`." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index fba3da10a..1c0531896 100644 --- a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -1,30 +1,32 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: -# danimaribeiro <danimaribeiro@gmail.com>, 2020 # grazziano <gra.negocia@gmail.com>, 2020 # Silmar <pinheirosilmar@gmail.com>, 2020 # falexandresilva <falexandresilva@gmail.com>, 2020 # Luiz Fernando <lfpsgs@outlook.com>, 2020 # PopSolutions Cooperativa Digital <popsolutions.co@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 # Marcel Savegnago <marcel.savegnago@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Mateus Lopes <mateus1@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Luis Felipe Miléo <mileo@kmee.com.br>, 2020 -# lluisgustavoreis <luis.gustavo@kmee.com.br>, 2020 +# Rafael H L Moretti <rafael.moretti@gmail.com>, 2021 +# danimaribeiro <danimaribeiro@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Martin Trigaux, 2021 +# Luis Felipe Miléo <mileo@kmee.com.br>, 2021 +# Mateus Lopes <mateus1@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Vanderlei P. Romera <vanderleiromera@gmail.com>, 2021 # Éder Brito <britoederr@gmail.com>, 2021 +# lluisgustavoreis <luis.gustavo@kmee.com.br>, 2021 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-18 07:12+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Éder Brito <britoederr@gmail.com>, 2021\n" +"Last-Translator: lluisgustavoreis <luis.gustavo@kmee.com.br>, 2021\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -32,23 +34,3148 @@ msgstr "" "Language: pt_BR\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" -#: ../../sales.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales.rst:4 msgid "Sales" msgstr "Vendas" -#: ../../sales/advanced.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm.rst:4 +msgid "CRM" +msgstr "CRM" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads.rst:3 +msgid "Acquire leads" +msgstr "Adquirir leads" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:3 +msgid "Convert leads into opportunities" +msgstr "Converta leads em oportunidades" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The system can generate leads instead of opportunities, in order to add a " +"qualification step before converting a *Lead* into an *Opportunity* and " +"assigning to the right sales people." +msgstr "" +"O sistema pode gerar leads em vez de oportunidades, para adicionar uma etapa" +" de qualificação antes de converter um *Lead* em uma *Oportunidade* e " +"atribuí-lo aos vendedores certos." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:9 +msgid "" +"You can activate this mode from the CRM Settings. It applies to all your " +"sales channels by default. But you can make it specific for specific " +"channels from their configuration form." +msgstr "" +"Você pode ativar esse modo nas Configurações de CRM. Ele se aplica a todos " +"os seus canais de vendas por padrão. Mas você pode torná-lo específico para " +"canais específicos a partir de seu formulário de configuração." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:25 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Configuração" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:16 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` and activate the *Leads* feature." +msgstr "" +"Para que esse recurso funcione, vá para :menuselection:'CRM ->Configuração " +"--> Configurações' e ative o recurso *Leads*." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:22 +msgid "" +"You will now have a new submenu *Leads* under *Leads* where they will " +"aggregate." +msgstr "" +"Agora você terá um novo submenu *Prospectos* sob *Prospectos* onde eles vão " +"agregar." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:29 +msgid "Convert a lead into an opportunity" +msgstr "Converta um Prospecto em uma Oportunidade" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:31 +msgid "" +"When you click on a *Lead* you will have the option to convert it to an " +"opportunity and decide if it should still be assigned to the same " +"channel/person and if you need to create a new customer." +msgstr "" +"Quando você clica em um *Prospecto* você terá a opção de convertê-lo em uma " +"oportunidade e decidir se ele ainda deve ser atribuído ao mesmo canal/pessoa" +" e se você precisa criar um novo cliente." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:38 +msgid "" +"If you already have an opportunity with that customer Odoo will " +"automatically offer you to merge with that opportunity. In the same manner, " +"Odoo will automatically offer you to link to an existing customer if that " +"customer already exists." +msgstr "" +"Se você já tem uma oportunidade com esse cliente Odoo irá automaticamente " +"oferecer você para se fundir com essa oportunidade. Da mesma forma, o Odoo " +"oferecerá automaticamente que você vincule a um cliente existente se esse " +"cliente já existir." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:44 +msgid "Merge opportunities" +msgstr "Mesclar oportunidades" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Odoo will also automatically propose to merge opportunities if they have the" +" same email address. When merging opportunities, Odoo merges the information" +" into the opportunity which was created first, giving priority to the " +"information present on the first opportunity." +msgstr "" +"O Odoo também proporá automaticamente a fusão de oportunidades se elas " +"tiverem o mesmo endereço de e-mail. Ao mesclar oportunidades, Odoo mescla as" +" informações na oportunidade que foi criada primeiro, dando prioridade às " +"informações presentes na primeira oportunidade." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:51 +msgid "" +"No information is lost: data from the other opportunity is logged in the " +"chatter and the information fields for easy access." +msgstr "" +"Nenhuma informação é perdida: os dados da outra oportunidade são registrados" +" no chatter e nos campos de informações para fácil acesso." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Would you find a duplicate yourself, ...you can also merge opportunities or " +"leads even if the system doesn't propose it." +msgstr "" +"Você encontraria uma duplicação por si mesmo, ...você também pode mesclar " +"oportunidades ou leads mesmo que o sistema não proponha isso." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Here’s how, from the list view. Select the opportunities or leads you want " +"to merge and the action button will appear. Then, you can select merge." +msgstr "" +"Veja como, na visualização de lista. Selecione as oportunidades ou leads que" +" deseja mesclar e o botão de ação aparecerá. Em seguida, você pode " +"selecionar mesclar." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:67 +msgid "It is also possible to merge more than 2 opportunities or leads." +msgstr "Também é possível mesclar mais de 2 oportunidades ou leads." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:3 +msgid "Generate leads/opportunities from emails" +msgstr "Gerar prospectos/oportunidades a partir de e-mails" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Automating the lead/opportunity generation will considerably improve your " +"efficiency. By default, any email sent to *sales@database\\_domain.ext* will" +" create an opportunity in the pipeline of the default sales channel." +msgstr "" +"Automatizar a geração de leads/oportunidades melhorará consideravelmente sua" +" eficiência. Por padrão, qualquer e-mail enviado para " +"*sales@database\\_domain.ext* criará uma oportunidade no pipeline do canal " +"de vendas padrão." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:11 +msgid "Configure email aliases" +msgstr "Configure apelidos de e-mail" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Each sales teams can have its own email alias, to generate " +"leads/opportunities automatically assigned to it. It is useful if you manage" +" several sales teams with specific business processes. You will find the " +"configuration of sales teams under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Sales " +"Teams`." +msgstr "" +"Cada equipe de vendas pode ter seu próprio alias de e-mail, para gerar " +"leads/oportunidades atribuídos automaticamente a ela. É útil se você " +"gerencia várias equipes de vendas com processos de negócios específicos. " +"Você encontrará a configuração das equipes de vendas em " +":menuselection:`Configurações --> Equipe de Vendas`." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:3 +msgid "Generate leads/opportunities from your website contact page" +msgstr "" +"Gere propectos/oportunidades a partir da página de contato do seu site" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Automating the lead/opportunity generation will considerably improve your " +"efficiency. Any visitor using the contact form on your website will create a" +" lead/opportunity in the pipeline." +msgstr "" +"Automatizar a geração de prospectos/oportunidades melhorará " +"consideravelmente sua eficiência. Qualquer visitante que usar o formulário " +"de contato em seu site criará uma prospectos/oportunidade no pipeline." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:10 +msgid "Use the contact us on your website" +msgstr "Use o formulário de contato em seu site" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:12 +msgid "You should first go to your website app." +msgstr "Primeiro, você deve ir ao aplicativo do site." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:14 +msgid "|image0|\\ |image1|" +msgstr "|image0|\\ |image1|" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:16 +msgid "" +"With the CRM app installed, you benefit from a ready-to-use contact form on " +"your Odoo website that will generate leads/opportunities automatically." +msgstr "" +"Com o aplicativo CRM instalado, você se beneficia de um formulário de " +"contato pronto para uso em seu site da Odoo que gerará leads/oportunidades " +"automaticamente." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To change to a specific sales channel, go to :menuselection:`Website --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` under *Communication* you will find the Contact " +"Form info and where to change the *Sales Channel* or *Salesperson*." +msgstr "" +"Para alterar para um canal de vendas específico, vá para " +":menuselection:'Site --> Configuração --> Configurações' em *Comunicação* " +"você encontrará as informações do Formulário de Contato e onde alterar o " +"*Canal de Vendas* ou *Vendedor*." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:50 +msgid "Create a custom contact form" +msgstr "Crie um formulário de contato personalizado" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:34 +msgid "" +"You may want to know more from your visitor when they use the contact form " +"to you will need to build a custom contact form on your website. These " +"contact forms can generate multiple types of records in the system (emails, " +"leads/opportunities, project tasks, helpdesk tickets, etc.)" +msgstr "" +"Você pode querer saber mais do seu visitante quando eles usam o formulário " +"de contato para que você precisará construir um formulário de contato " +"personalizado em seu site. Esses formulários de contato podem gerar vários " +"tipos de registros no sistema (e-mails, leads/oportunidades, tarefas de " +"projeto, tickets de helpdesk, etc.)" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:43 +msgid "" +"You will need to install the free *Form Builder* module, only available in " +"Odoo Enterprise." +msgstr "" +"Você precisará instalar o módulo gratuito *Form Builder**, disponível apenas" +" na Odoo Enterprise." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:52 +msgid "" +"First, go to the page where you want to put your contact form. In edit mode," +" drag the form builder onto the page, and you will be able to add all the " +"fields you wish." +msgstr "" +"Primeiro, vá para a página onde você deseja colocar seu formulário de " +"contato. No modo editar, arraste o construtor de formulários para a página e" +" você poderá adicionar todos os campos desejados." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:59 +msgid "" +"By default, any new contact form will send an email. You can switch to " +"lead/opportunity generation in *Change Form Parameters*." +msgstr "" +"Por padrão, qualquer novo formulário de contato enviará um e-mail. Você pode" +" mudar para geração de leads/oportunidades em *Alterar parâmetros de " +"formulário*." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:63 +msgid "" +"If the same visitor uses the contact form twice, the second entry will be " +"added to the first lead/opportunity in the chatter." +msgstr "" +"Se o mesmo visitante usar o formulário de contato duas vezes, uma segunda " +"conversa será adicionada ao primeiro Prospecto/Oportunidade." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:67 +msgid "Generate leads instead of opportunities" +msgstr "Gerar prospectos em vez de oportunidades" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:69 +msgid "" +"When using a contact form, you should use a qualification step before " +"assigning the form to the right sales people. To do so, activate *Leads* in " +"CRM settings and refer to :doc:`convert`." +msgstr "" +"Ao usar um formulário de contato, você deve usar uma etapa de qualificação " +"antes de atribuir o formulário aos vendedores certos. Para isso, ative " +"*Leads* nas configurações de CRM e consulte :doc:'convert'." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:3 +msgid "Lead mining" +msgstr "Mineração de Lead" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:4 +msgid "" +"In any business, getting quality leads is essential to keep the business " +"growing. Lead mining allows you to generate leads from scratch directly from" +" your database. Target your leads based on a set of criteria such as the " +"country, the size of the company, the industry your leads are coming from to" +" make them relevant to your business." +msgstr "" +"Em qualquer negócio, obter leads de qualidade é essencial para manter o " +"crescimento do negócio. A mineração de leads permite que você gere leads do " +"zero diretamente de seu banco de dados. Segmente seus leads com base em um " +"conjunto de critérios como o país, o tamanho da empresa e o setor de onde " +"vêm seus leads para torná-los relevantes para o seu negócio." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:10 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` and activate the **Lead Mining** feature." +msgstr "" +"Para que este recurso funcione, acesse :menuselection:`CRM --> Configurações" +" --> Configurações` e ative o recurso ** Mineração de Leads **." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:17 +msgid "Start generating leads" +msgstr "Comece a gerar leads" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:18 +msgid "" +"You will now have a new button **Generate Leads** available in your " +"pipeline. You are also able to create lead mining requests from the " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Lead Mining Requests` and trough " +":menuselection:`Leads --> Leads` where you have the **Generate Leads** " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:27 +msgid "" +"From there, click on the **Generate Leads** button, a window where you will " +"be able to pick your criteria will pop up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:34 +msgid "" +"When choosing to target Companied and their contacts you can choose the " +"contacts you are getting based on Role or Seniority. When getting contact " +"information make sure to be aware of the latest EU regulation, get more " +"information about General Data Protection Regulation on `Odoo GDPR " +"<http://odoo.com/gdpr>`__," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:39 +msgid "" +"You can decide to filter the leads you are getting depending on the size " +"(number of employees) of the companies. You can pick the countries your " +"leads are coming from. It is possible to pick multiple countries. You can " +"pick the industries your leads are coming from. It is possible to pick " +"multiple industries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:43 +msgid "" +"You can choose the salesperson and the Salesteam the lead will be assigned " +"to. You can also add tags to track your generated leads." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:47 +msgid "The generated leads will have the name of the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:36 +msgid "Pricing" +msgstr "Preços" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:51 +msgid "" +"This is an In-App Purchase feature, each generated lead will cost you one " +"credit. If you choose to get contact information each contact will also cost" +" us one additional credit. Here is the pricing for this `feature " +"<https://iap.odoo.com/iap/in-app-services/167?>`__, To buy credits you can " +"either go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Settings --> Buy " +"Credits`; or go to :menuselection:`Settings --> In-App Purchases --> View my" +" Services`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:65 +msgid "" +"The blue box will automatically tell you how many credits are going to be " +"consumed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:169 +msgid "" +"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you " +"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:71 +msgid "" +":doc:`In-App Purchases (IAP) " +"</applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:3 +msgid "Send quotations" +msgstr "Enviar cotações" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you qualify a lead into an opportunity you will most likely need to " +"send them a quotation. You can directly do this in the CRM App with Odoo." +msgstr "" +"Quando você qualificar um prospecto em uma oportunidade, você provavelmente " +"precisará enviar-lhes uma cotação. Você pode fazer isso diretamente no " +"Aplicativo CRM com Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:12 +msgid "Create a new quotation" +msgstr "Crie uma nova cotação" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:14 +msgid "" +"By clicking on any opportunity or lead, you will see a *New Quotation* " +"button, it will bring you into a new menu where you can manage your quote." +msgstr "" +"Ao clicar em qualquer oportunidade ou prospecto, você verá um botão *Nova " +"Cotação*, ele o levará a um novo menu onde você pode gerenciar sua cotação." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:21 +msgid "" +"You will find all your quotes to that specific opportunity under the " +"*Quotations* menu on that page." +msgstr "" +"Você encontrará todas as suas cotações para essa oportunidade específica no " +"menu *Cotações* nessa página." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:28 +msgid "Mark them won/lost" +msgstr "Marque-os ganhos/perdas" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Now you will need to mark your opportunity as won or lost to move the " +"process along." +msgstr "" +"Agora você precisará marcar sua oportunidade como ganha ou perdida para " +"levar o processo adiante." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you mark them as won, they will move to your *Won* column in your Kanban " +"view. If you however mark them as *Lost* they will be archived." +msgstr "" +"Se você marcá-los como Ganhamos, eles passarão para a sua coluna *Ganhamos* " +"na sua visão Kanban. Se você, no entanto, marcá-los como *Perdidos* eles " +"serão arquivados." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize.rst:3 +msgid "Optimize your Day-to-Day work" +msgstr "Otimize seu trabalho diário" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:3 +msgid "How to motivate and reward my salespeople?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Challenging your employees to reach specific targets with goals and rewards " +"is an excellent way to reinforce good habits and improve your salespeople " +"productivity. The Gamification module gives you simple and creative ways to " +"motivate and evaluate your employees with real-time recognition and badges " +"inspired by game mechanics." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Install the *Gamification* module, or the *CRM gamification* one, which adds" +" some useful data (goals and challenges) that can be used on *CRM/Sale*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:21 +msgid "Create a challenge" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Now, create your first challenge by going to :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Gamification Tools --> Challenges`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:27 +msgid "" +"As the gamification tool is a one-time technical setup, you need to activate" +" the technical features in order to access the configuration. To do so, go " +"to *Settings* and *Activate the developer mode*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:35 +msgid "" +"A challenge is a mission that you send to your sales team. It can include " +"one or several goals, set for a specific period of time. Configure your " +"challenge as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:38 +msgid "Assign the salespeople to be challenged;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:39 +msgid "Assign a responsible;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:40 +msgid "Set up the periodicity along with the start and the end date;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:41 +msgid "Select your goals;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:42 +msgid "Set up your rewards (badges)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Badges are granted when a challenge is finished. This is either at the end " +"of a running period (eg: end of the month for a monthly challenge), at the " +"end date of a challenge (if no periodicity is set), or when the challenge is" +" manually closed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:49 +msgid "" +"In the example below, 2 employees are being challenged with a *Monthly Sales" +" Target*. The challenge is based on 2 goals: the total amount invoiced and " +"number of new leads generated. At the end of the month, the winner will be " +"granted with a badge." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:58 +msgid "Set up goals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:60 +msgid "" +"The users can be evaluated using goals and numerical objectives to reach." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:62 +msgid "" +"**Goals** are assigned through *challenges* that evaluate (see image above) " +"and compare members of a team throughout time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:66 +msgid "" +"You can create a new goal on the fly from a *Challenge* by clicking on *Add " +"new item*, under *Goals*. Select the business object according to your " +"company's needs. Examples: number of new leads, time to qualify a lead, " +"total amount invoiced in a specific week, month or any other time frame " +"based on your management preferences, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Goals may include your database setup as well (e.g. set your company data " +"and a timezone, create new users, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:77 +msgid "Set up rewards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:79 +msgid "" +"For non-numerical achievements, **Badges** can be granted to users. From a " +"simple thank you to an exceptional achievement, a badge is an easy way to " +"express gratitude to a user for their good work. To create and grant badges " +"to your employees based on their performance, go to :menuselection:`Settings" +" --> Gamification Tools --> Badges`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:3 +msgid "Outlook Extension" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The **Odoo CRM Extension** is a connector that bridges your Outlook mailbox " +"with your Odoo database. This extension allows you to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:8 +msgid "Create leads from emails sent to your mailbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:9 +msgid "Centralize Prospects' emails into a CRM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:10 +msgid "Search and store insights on your contacts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:17 +msgid "" +"This extension is compatible with the Web version of Outlook as well as the " +"desktop apps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The Outlook Extension uses *Partner Autocomplete IAP credits* to search and " +"store insights on your contacts. See the :ref:`Pricing section " +"<outlook_extension/pricing>` below for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The Outlook Extension requires to be configured both in Odoo and in Outlook." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:34 +msgid "Enable the feature on your database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To enable this feature on your Odoo database, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> " +"Configuration --> Lead Generation`, enable **Outlook CRM Extension**, and " +"click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:42 +msgid "Install the add-in on Outlook" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:44 +msgid "" +"You can install the Outlook Extension as a **Custom Add-in**. To do so, " +"follow these steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:0 +msgid "URL of the **Odoo for Outlook** add-in's manifest file:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:0 +msgid "``https://download.odoo.com/plugins/outlook/manifest.xml``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:50 +msgid "Todo" +msgstr "À Fazer" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:50 +msgid "add copy button when the feature is added to the doc" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Connect to your Outlook mailbox, open any email, and click on the *More " +"actions* button, displayed as three little dots." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:59 +msgid "Click on *Get add-ins*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:65 +msgid "" +"In the new window, select the tab named *My add-ins*, click on *+ Add a " +"custom add-in*, and then on *Add from URL...*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Outlook prompts you to **enter the URL of the add-in's manifest file**. To " +"do so, copy the following URL, paste it in the box, and click on *OK*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Outlook warns you that Microsoft hasn’t verified the add-in. Click on " +"*Install* to complete the installation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:84 +msgid "" +"The *Odoo for Outlook* add-in is not listed yet on Outlook's add-ins list. " +"This is why it is currently necessary to install it as a *custom add-in*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:90 +msgid "Add a shortcut to open the extension" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:92 +msgid "" +"By default, you can open the **Odoo for Outlook** extension from the *More " +"actions* menu. This section explains how to move the launcher next to the " +"other default actions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:99 +msgid "" +"In your Outlook mailbox, click on *Settings*, then on *View all Outlook " +"settings*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Mail --> Customize actions --> Message " +"surface`, select *Odoo for Outlook*, and click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:109 +msgid "Connect to your database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Open **Odoo for Outlook** from any email. This opens the extension as a " +"panel on the right side of your screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:113 +msgid "Click on *login* at the bottom of the extension." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:114 +msgid "Insert your database's URL then click on *Login*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:120 +msgid "" +"Log into your database by entering your credentials. Skip this step if you " +"are already logged in with this browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:122 +msgid "" +"A message asks you if you want to let Outlook access your Odoo database. " +"Click on *Allow* to complete the connection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Make sure first to :ref:`enable the feature on your database " +"<outlook_extension/enable-feature>`. Failing to do so would result in an " +"*error 404 message*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:130 +msgid "" +"The extension displays some information, even if you do not connect it to " +"any Odoo database. Note that only a limited amount of contact enrichment " +"requests are available as a trial, as this feature requires prepaid credits." +" See the :ref:`Pricing section <outlook_extension/pricing>` below for more " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:140 +msgid "" +"The extension is **free** and doesn't require any purchase to be installed " +"and used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:142 +msgid "" +"However, this extension provides you with *Lead Enrichment* in the **Company" +" Insights** section. This service is part of a paid service known as **Lead " +"Generation**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:145 +msgid "" +"The extension allows you to test this service for free, whether you connect " +"the extension to a database or not. After a while, the extension asks you to" +" buy credits to keep using this additional service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:155 +msgid "" +"You can buy more *Lead Generation* credits to keep using this service or " +"disregard this message and keep using the extension for free without *Lead " +"Enrichment*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:159 +msgid "In-App Purchase" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:162 +msgid "" +"*Lead Generation* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service, which requires " +"prepaid credits to be used. Each request consumes one credit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To buy credits, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Contacts --> Partner " +"Autocomplete or Odoo IAP --> View My Services` and select a package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:167 +msgid "" +"If you run out of credits, the only information populated when clicking on " +"the suggested company is the website link and logo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Learn about our *Privacy Policy* `here " +"<https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#header_2>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:174 +msgid ":doc:`../../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:175 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Lead Enrichment <https://www.odoo.com/r/p73>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:3 +msgid "Enrich your contacts base with Partner Autocomplete" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Parter Autocomplete helps you to enrich your contacts database with " +"corporate data. Select one of the companies suggested in the dropdown, and " +"quickly get all the information you need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Contacts` and activate the *Partner " +"Autocomplete* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:18 +msgid "Enrich your contacts with corporate data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:22 +msgid "" +"From any module, once you start to create a new contact typing the name of " +"it, the system will suggest a potential match. If you select it, the contact" +" will be populated with corporate data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:23 +msgid "" +"For example, after typing *Odoo*, you will get the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Partner Autocomplete also works if you enter a VAT number instead of a " +"company name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:39 +msgid "" +"*Partner Autocomplete* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service, which requires" +" prepaid credits to be used. Each request will consume one credit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:44 +msgid "" +"If you run out of credits, the only information that will be populated when " +"clicking on the suggested company will be the website link and the logo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:46 +msgid "" +"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and you have the Enterprise version, you " +"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance.rst:3 +msgid "Analyze performance" +msgstr "Analisar o desempenho" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:3 +msgid "Check your Win/Loss Ratio" +msgstr "Verifique sua relação vitória/perda" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To see how well you are doing with your pipeline, take a look at the " +"Win/Loss ratio." +msgstr "" +"Para ver o quão bem você está indo com o seu pipeline, dê uma olhada na " +"relação Vencidos/Perdidos." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To access this report, go to your *Pipeline* view under the *Reporting* tab." +msgstr "" +"Para acessar este relatório, acesse sua exibição *Pipeline* na guia " +"*Relatórios*." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:11 +msgid "" +"From there you can filter to which opportunities you wish to see, yours, the" +" ones from your sales channel, your whole company, etc. You can then click " +"on filter and check Won/Lost." +msgstr "" +"A partir daí você pode filtrar para quais oportunidades você deseja ver, as " +"suas, as do seu canal de vendas, toda a sua empresa, etc. Em seguida, você " +"pode clicar no filtro e verificar Vencidos/Perdidos." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:18 +msgid "You can also change the *Measures* to *Total Revenue*." +msgstr "Você também pode alterar as *Medidas* para *Receita Total*." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:23 +msgid "You also have the ability to switch to a pie chart view." +msgstr "" +"Você também tem a capacidade de mudar para uma exibição de gráfico de pizza." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline.rst:3 +msgid "Organize the pipeline" +msgstr "Organize o pipeline" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:3 +msgid "Manage lost opportunities" +msgstr "Gerenciar oportunidades perdidas" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:5 +msgid "" +"While working with your opportunities, you might lose some of them. You will" +" want to keep track of the reasons you lost them and also which ways Odoo " +"can help you recover them in the future." +msgstr "" +"Enquanto trabalha com suas oportunidades, você pode perder algumas delas. " +"Você vai querer acompanhar as razões pelas quais os perdeu e também quais " +"maneiras Odoo pode ajudá-lo a recuperá-los no futuro." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:10 +msgid "Mark a lead as lost" +msgstr "Marque uma oportunidade como perdida" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:12 +msgid "" +"While in your pipeline, select any opportunity you want and you will see a " +"*Mark Lost* button." +msgstr "" +"Enquanto estiver em seu pipeline, selecione qualquer oportunidade que quiser" +" e verá um botão *Mark Lost*." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:15 +msgid "" +"You can then select an existing *Lost Reason* or create a new one right " +"there." +msgstr "" +"Em seguida, você pode selecionar uma \"Razão Perdida\" existente ou criar " +"uma nova ali mesmo." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:22 +msgid "Manage & create lost reasons" +msgstr "Gerenciar e criar razões de perda" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You will find your *Lost Reasons* under :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Lost Reasons`." +msgstr "" +"Você encontrará suas *Razões Perdidas* em :menuselection:'Configuration --> " +"Lost Reasons'." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:26 +msgid "" +"You can select & rename any of them as well as create a new one from there." +msgstr "" +"Você pode selecionar e renomear qualquer um deles, bem como criar um novo a " +"partir daí." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:30 +msgid "Retrieve lost opportunities" +msgstr "Recuperar oportunidades perdidas" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To retrieve lost opportunities and do actions on them (send an email, make a" +" feedback call, etc.), select the *Lost* filter in the search bar." +msgstr "" +"Para recuperar oportunidades perdidas e fazer ações sobre elas (envie um " +"e-mail, faça uma chamada de feedback, etc.), selecione o filtro *Perdidos* " +"na barra de pesquisa." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:39 +msgid "You will then see all your lost opportunities." +msgstr "Você verá então todas as oportunidades perdidas." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:41 +msgid "" +"If you want to refine them further, you can add a filter on the *Lost " +"Reason*." +msgstr "" +"Se você quiser refiná-los ainda mais, você pode adicionar um filtro na " +"*Razão Perdida*." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:44 +msgid "For Example, *Too Expensive*." +msgstr "Por exemplo, *muito caro*." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:50 +msgid "Restore lost opportunities" +msgstr "Restaurar oportunidades perdidas" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:52 +msgid "" +"From the Kanban view with the filter(s) in place, you can select any " +"opportunity you wish and work on it as usual. You can also restore it by " +"clicking on *Archived*." +msgstr "" +"A partir da visão Kanban com o filtro no lugar, você pode selecionar " +"qualquer oportunidade que desejar e trabalhar nela como de costume. Você " +"também pode restaurá-la clicando em *Arquivar*." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:59 +msgid "" +"You can also restore items in batch from the Kanban view when they belong to" +" the same stage. Select *Restore Records* in the column options. You can " +"also archive the same way." +msgstr "" +"Você também pode restaurar itens em lote a partir da vista Kanban quando " +"eles pertencem ao mesmo estágio. Selecione *Restaurar registros* nas opções " +"da coluna. Você também pode arquivar da mesma maneira." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:66 +msgid "To select specific opportunities, you should switch to the list view." +msgstr "" +"Para selecionar oportunidades específicas, você deve mudar para a exibição " +"da lista." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Then you can select as many or all opportunities and select the actions you " +"want to take." +msgstr "" +"Em seguida, você pode selecionar quantas ou todas as oportunidades e " +"selecionar as ações que deseja tomar." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:78 +msgid ":doc:`../performance/win_loss`" +msgstr ":doc:'. /performance/win_loss'" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:3 +msgid "Manage multiple sales teams" +msgstr "Gerencie várias equipes de vendas" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, you can manage several sales teams, departments or channels with " +"specific sales processes. To do so, we use the concept of *Sales Channel*." +msgstr "" +"Em Odoo, você pode gerenciar diversas equipes de vendas, departamentos ou " +"canais com processos de vendas específicos. Para isso, usamos o conceito de " +"*Canal de Vendas*." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:10 +msgid "Create a new sales channel" +msgstr "Criar um novo canal de vendas" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To create a new *Sales Channel*, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Sales Channels`." +msgstr "" +"Para criar um novo canal de vendas*, acesse :menuselection:'Configuration " +"--> Canais de vendas'." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:14 +msgid "" +"There you can set an email alias to it. Every message sent to that email " +"address will create a lead/opportunity." +msgstr "" +"Lá você pode definir um pseudônimo de e-mail para ele. Cada mensagem enviada" +" para esse endereço de e-mail criará uma lead/oportunidade." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:21 +msgid "Add members to your sales channel" +msgstr "Adicione membros ao seu canal de vendas" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You can add members to any channel; that way those members will see the " +"pipeline structure of the sales channel when opening it. Any " +"lead/opportunity assigned to them will link to the sales channel. Therefore," +" you can only be a member of one channel." +msgstr "" +"Você pode adicionar membros a qualquer canal; dessa forma, esses membros " +"verão a estrutura do pipeline do canal de vendas ao abri-lo. Qualquer " +"lead/oportunidade atribuída a eles será vinculado ao canal de vendas. " +"Portanto, você só pode ser um membro de um canal." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:28 +msgid "This will ease the process review of the team manager." +msgstr "Isso facilitará a revisão do processo do gerente da equipe." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you now filter on this specific channel in your pipeline, you will find " +"all of its opportunities." +msgstr "" +"Se você agora filtrar neste canal específico em seu pipeline, você " +"encontrará todas as suas oportunidades." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:40 +msgid "Sales channel dashboard" +msgstr "Painel do canal de vendas" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To see the operations and results of any sales channel at a glance, the " +"sales manager also has access to the *Sales Channel Dashboard* under " +"*Reporting*." +msgstr "" +"Para ver as operações e resultados de qualquer canal de vendas rapidamente, " +"o gerente de vendas também tem acesso ao *Painel do Canal de Vendas* em " +"*Reporting*." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:46 +msgid "" +"It is shared with the whole ecosystem so every revenue stream is included in" +" it: Sales, eCommerce, PoS, etc." +msgstr "" +"Ele é compartilhado com todo o ecossistema para que cada fluxo de receita " +"seja incluído nele: Vendas, eCommerce, PoS, etc." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads.rst:3 +msgid "Assign and track leads" +msgstr "Atribuir e rastrear leads" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:3 +msgid "Assign leads based on scoring" +msgstr "Atribuir leads com base na pontuação" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With *Leads Scoring* you can automatically rank your leads based on selected" +" criterias." +msgstr "" +"Com *Pontuação de leads* você pode classificar automaticamente seus leads " +"com base em critérios selecionados." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:8 +msgid "" +"For example you could score customers from your country higher or the ones " +"that visited specific pages on your website." +msgstr "" +"Por exemplo, você pode marcar clientes do seu país mais alto ou aqueles que " +"visitaram páginas específicas em seu site." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To use scoring, install the free module *Lead Scoring* under your *Apps* " +"page (only available in Odoo Enterprise)." +msgstr "" +"Para usar a pontuação, instale o módulo gratuito *Lead Score* na sua página " +"*Apps* (disponível apenas na Odoo Enterprise)." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:21 +msgid "Create scoring rules" +msgstr "Criar regras de pontuação" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You now have a new tab in your *CRM* app called *Leads Management* where you" +" can manage your scoring rules." +msgstr "" +"Agora você tem uma nova guia em seu aplicativo *CRM* chamado *Leads " +"Management* onde você pode gerenciar suas regras de pontuação." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Here's an example for a Canadian lead, you can modify for whatever criteria " +"you wish to score your leads on. You can add as many criterias as you wish." +msgstr "" +"Aqui está um exemplo para uma oportunidade Canadense, você pode modificar " +"para qualquer critério que você deseja para marcar seus leads. Você pode " +"adicionar quantos critérios quiser." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Every hour every lead without a score will be automatically scanned and " +"assigned their right score according to your scoring rules." +msgstr "" +"A cada hora cada lead sem pontuação será automaticamente verificado e " +"atribuído sua pontuação certa de acordo com suas regras de pontuação." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:40 +msgid "Assign leads" +msgstr "Atribuir leads" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Once the scores computed, leads can be assigned to specific teams using the " +"same domain mechanism. To do so go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Leads " +"Management --> Team Assignation` and apply a specific domain on each team. " +"This domain can include scores." +msgstr "" +"Uma vez computadas as pontuações, os leads podem ser atribuídos a equipes " +"específicas usando o mesmo mecanismo de domínio. Para isso, vá para " +":menuselection:'CRM --> Leads Management --> Designação de equipe' e aplique" +" um domínio específico em cada equipe. Este domínio pode incluir pontuações." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Further on, you can assign to a specific vendor in the team with an even " +"more refined domain." +msgstr "" +"Mais adiante, você pode atribuir a um fornecedor específico na equipe com um" +" domínio ainda mais refinado." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:52 +msgid "" +"To do so go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Leads Management --> Leads " +"Assignation`." +msgstr "" +"Para isso, vá para :menuselection:'CRM --> Leads Management --> Leads " +"Assignation'." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:58 +msgid "" +"The team & leads assignation will assign the unassigned leads once a day." +msgstr "" +"A atribuição de equipe e leads atribuirá os leads não atribuídos uma vez por" +" dia." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:62 +msgid "Evaluate & use the unassigned leads" +msgstr "Avalie e utlize os leads não atribuídos" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Once your scoring rules are in place you will most likely still have some " +"unassigned leads. Some of them could still lead to an opportunity so it is " +"useful to do something with them." +msgstr "" +"Uma vez que suas regras de pontuação estejam em vigor, você provavelmente " +"ainda terá algumas pistas não assinadas. Algumas delas ainda podem levar a " +"uma oportunidade, por isso é útil fazer algo com elas." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:68 +msgid "" +"In your leads page you can place a filter to find your unassigned leads." +msgstr "" +"Em sua página de leads, você pode colocar um filtro para encontrar seus " +"leads não assinados." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Why not using :menuselection:`Email Marketing` or :menuselection:`Marketing " +"Automation` apps to send a mass email to them? You can also easily find such" +" unassigned leads from there." +msgstr "" +"Por que não usar :menuselection:'Email Marketing' ou " +":menuselection:'Marketing Automation' apps para enviar um e-mail em massa " +"para eles? Você também pode facilmente encontrar prospectos sem responsável " +"de lá." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:3 +msgid "Track your prospects visits" +msgstr "Acompanhe as visitas de seus prospectos" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Tracking your website pages will give you much more information about the " +"interests of your website visitors." +msgstr "" +"Rastrear as páginas do seu site lhe dará muito mais informações sobre os " +"interesses dos visitantes do seu site." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Every tracked page they visit will be recorded on your lead/opportunity if " +"they use the contact form on your website." +msgstr "" +"Cada página rastreada que eles visitarem será registrada em seu " +"lead/oportunidade se usar o formulário de contato em seu site." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To use this feature, install the free module *Lead Scoring* under your " +"*Apps* page (only available in Odoo Enterprise)." +msgstr "" +"Para usar esse recurso, instale o módulo *Lead Score* na sua página *Apps* " +"(disponível apenas na Odoo Enterprise)." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:21 +msgid "Track a webpage" +msgstr "Acompanhe uma página web" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Go to any static page you want to track on your website and under the " +"*Promote* tab you will find *Optimize SEO*" +msgstr "" +"Vá para qualquer página estática que você deseja rastrear em seu site e na " +"guia *Promover* você encontrará *Otimizar SEO*" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:29 +msgid "There you will see a *Track Page* checkbox to track this page." +msgstr "" +"Lá você verá uma caixa de seleção *Track Page* para rastrear esta página." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:35 +msgid "See visited pages in your leads/opportunities" +msgstr "Veja páginas visitadas em seus prospectos/oportunidades" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Now each time a lead is created from the contact form it will keep track of " +"the pages visited by that visitor. You have two ways to see those pages, on " +"the top right corner of your lead/opportunity you can see a *Page Views* " +"button but also further down you will see them in the chatter." +msgstr "" +"Agora, cada vez que um lead é criado a partir do formulário de contato, ele " +"acompanhará as páginas visitadas por esse visitante. Você tem duas maneiras " +"de ver essas páginas, no canto superior direito do seu " +"prospector/oportunidade você pode ver um botão *Page Views*, mas também mais" +" para baixo você vai vê-las na conversa." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Both will update if the viewers comes back to your website and visits more " +"pages." +msgstr "" +"Ambos serão atualizados se os visitantes voltarem ao seu site e abrirem " +"novas páginas." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:52 +msgid "" +"The feature will not repeat multiple viewings of the same pages in the " +"chatter." +msgstr "" +"O recurso não repetirá várias visualizações das mesmas páginas na conversa." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:55 +msgid "Your customers will no longer be able to keep any secrets from you!" +msgstr "Seus clientes não serão mais capazes de guardar segredos de você!" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:4 +msgid "Point of Sale" +msgstr "Ponto de Venda" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features.rst:3 +msgid "Pricing Features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:3 +msgid "Using discount tags with a barcode scanner" +msgstr "Usando etiquetas de desconto com um leitor de código de barras" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:5 +msgid "" +"If you want to sell your products with a discount, for a product getting " +"close to its expiration date for example, you can use discount tags. They " +"allow you to scan discount barcodes." +msgstr "" +"Se você quiser vender seus produtos com desconto, para um produto que está " +"perto de sua data de validade, por exemplo, você pode usar etiquetas de " +"desconto. Eles permitem que você leia códigos de barras de desconto." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:10 +msgid "To use discount tags you will need to use a barcode scanner." +msgstr "" +"Para usar etiquetas de desconto, você precisará usar um leitor de código de " +"barras." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:13 +msgid "Barcode Nomenclature" +msgstr "Nomenclatura de código de barras" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:15 +msgid "To use discounts tags, we need to learn about barcode nomenclature." +msgstr "" +"Para usar as tags de descontos, precisamos aprender sobre a nomenclatura do " +"código de barras." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Let's say you want to have a discount for the product with the following " +"barcode:" +msgstr "" +"Digamos que você queira um desconto para o produto com o seguinte código de " +"barras:" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You can find the *Default Nomenclature* under the settings of your PoS " +"interface." +msgstr "" +"Você pode encontrar a * Nomenclatura Padrão * nas configurações de sua " +"interface de PDV." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Let's say you want 50% discount on a product you have to start your barcode " +"with 22 (for the discount barcode nomenclature) and then 50 (for the %) " +"before adding the product barcode. In our example, the barcode would be:" +msgstr "" +"Digamos que você queira 50% de desconto em um produto, você deve começar seu" +" código de barras com 22 (para a nomenclatura do código de barras de " +"desconto) e depois 50 (para a%) antes de adicionar o código de barras do " +"produto. Em nosso exemplo, o código de barras seria:" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:41 +msgid "Scan the products & tags" +msgstr "Escaneie os produtos e tags" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:43 +msgid "You first have to scan the desired product (in our case, a lemon)." +msgstr "" +"Você primeiro tem que escanear o produto desejado (no nosso caso, um limão)." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:48 +msgid "" +"And then scan the discount tag. The discount will be applied and you can " +"finish the transaction." +msgstr "" +"E então escaneie a etiqueta de desconto. O desconto será aplicado e você " +"poderá finalizar a transação." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:3 +msgid "Apply Discounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"By offering discounts, you can entice your customers and drastically " +"increase your revenue. It is vital to offer discounts, whether they are " +"time-limited, seasonal or manually given." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:9 +msgid "" +"To manage discounts, Odoo has powerful features that help set up a pricing " +"strategy tailored to every business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:13 +msgid "Apply manual discounts" +msgstr "Aplique descontos manuais" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:15 +msgid "" +"If you seldom use discounts, applying manual ones might be the easiest " +"solution for your Point of Sale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:18 +msgid "" +"You can either apply a discount on the whole order or on specific products " +"inside an order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:22 +msgid "Apply a discount on a product" +msgstr "Aplicar um desconto em um produto" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:24 +msgid "From your PoS session interface, use the *Disc* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Then, you can input a discount over the product that is currently selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:34 +msgid "Apply a global discount" +msgstr "Aplique um desconto global" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To apply a discount on the whole order, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales" +" --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and select your PoS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Once on your PoS form, select *Global Discounts*, under the *Pricing* " +"category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:45 +msgid "Now, you have a new *Discount* button appearing on your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:51 +msgid "Click on it and enter the wanted discount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:58 +msgid "" +"On this example, there is a global discount of 50% as well as a specific 50%" +" discount on oranges." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:62 +msgid "Apply time-limited discounts" +msgstr "Aplicar descontos por tempo limitado" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To activate time-limited discounts, you must activate the *Pricelists* " +"feature. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Configuration " +"--> Point of Sale` and open your PoS. Then, enable the pricelist feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Once activated, you must choose the pricelists you want to make available in" +" the PoS and define a default one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:77 +msgid "Create a pricelist" +msgstr "Crie uma lista de preços" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:79 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo has a *Public Pricelist* configured. To create more, go to " +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Products --> Pricelists`. Then click on " +"create." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:83 +msgid "" +"When creating a pricelist, you can set several criteria to use a specific " +"price: period, min. quantity, etc. You can also decide to apply that " +"pricelist on specific products or on the whole range." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:92 +msgid "Using a pricelist with the PoS interface" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:94 +msgid "" +"On the PoS interface, a new button appears. Use it to select a pricelist." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Click on it to instantly update the prices with the selected pricelist. " +"Then, you can finalize the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:3 +msgid "Manage a loyalty program" +msgstr "Gerenciar um programa de fidelidade" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Encourage your customers to continue to shop at your point of sale with a " +"*Loyalty Program*." +msgstr "" +"Incentive seus clientes a continuar comprando em seu ponto de venda com um *" +" Programa de Fidelidade *." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To activate the *Loyalty Program* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " +"Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface. " +"Under the Pricing features, select *Loyalty Program*" +msgstr "" +"Para ativar o recurso * Programa de fidelidade *, acesse: seleção de menus: " +"`Ponto de venda -> Configuração -> Ponto de venda` e selecione sua interface" +" de PDV. Nos recursos de preços, selecione * Programa de fidelidade *" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:19 +msgid "From there you can create and edit your loyalty programs." +msgstr "A partir daí, você pode criar e editar seus programas de fidelidade." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You can decide what type of program you wish to use, if the reward is a " +"discount or a gift, make it specific to some products or cover your whole " +"range. Apply rules so that it is only valid in specific situation and " +"everything in between." +msgstr "" +"Você pode decidir que tipo de programa deseja utilizar, se a recompensa é um" +" desconto ou um brinde, especificá-lo para alguns produtos ou abranger toda " +"a sua gama. Aplique regras para que só seja válido em situações específicas " +"e tudo mais." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:30 +msgid "Use the loyalty program in your PoS interface" +msgstr "Use o programa de fidelidade em sua interface PDV" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:32 +msgid "" +"When a customer is set, you will now see the points they will get for the " +"transaction and they will accumulate until they are spent. They are spent " +"using the button *Rewards* when they have enough points according to the " +"rules defined in the loyalty program." +msgstr "" +"Quando um cliente for definido, você verá agora os pontos que ele obterá " +"pela transação e eles serão acumulados até serem gastos. Eles são gastos " +"usando o botão * Recompensas * quando têm pontos suficientes de acordo com " +"as regras definidas no programa de fidelidade." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:40 +msgid "" +"You can see the price is instantly updated to reflect the pricelist. You can" +" finalize the order in your usual way." +msgstr "" +"Você pode ver que o preço é atualizado instantaneamente para refletir a " +"lista de preços. Você pode finalizar o pedido da maneira usual." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:44 +msgid "" +"If you select a customer with a default pricelist, it will be applied. You " +"can of course change it." +msgstr "" +"Se você selecionar um cliente com uma lista de preços padrão, ela será " +"aplicada. Claro que você pode mudar isso." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:3 +msgid "Using Pricelists in Point of Sale" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You probably know the concept of happy hour: during a certain period of " +"time, the barman gives a discount on some drinks (usually 50% off or a buy " +"one get one free). When the period is over, prices go back to normal. But " +"how does that relate with Odoo?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:10 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, you can set up happy hours. It’s one of the many possible uses of " +"*Pricelists*. Those *Pricelists* allow the creation of multiple prices for " +"the same product: a regular one and a special one for happy hours. Available" +" in the *PoS* app, those are really convenient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:17 +msgid "Set up Pricelists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To set up a *Pricelist*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Configuration` and enable the *Pricelist* feature. Then, " +"go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and" +" enable *Pricelist* for the *PoS*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Now, you can create *Pricelists* by clicking on the *Pricelists* link. Then," +" set it up by choosing the product category you want to include in your " +"happy hour and the discount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Go back to your *PoS* settings and add the Happy Hour pricelist to the list." +" You can even choose a default pricelist if needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:39 +msgid "" +"From now on, on the *PoS* interface, a new button is available, allowing you" +" to choose among the different *pricelists* you added before." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:46 +msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm.rst:3 +msgid "Fiscal Data Modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Setting up the Fiscal Data Module with the Odoo POS" +msgstr "Configurando o Módulo de Dados Fiscais com o Odoo PDV" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:170 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "Introdução" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The Belgian government requires certain businesses to use a government-" +"certified device called a **Fiscal Data Module** (also known as a " +"**blackbox**). This device works together with the POS application and logs " +"certain transactions. On top of that, the used POS application must also be " +"certified by the government and must adhere to strict standards specified by" +" them. `Odoo 9 (Enterprise Edition) is a certified application " +"<http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/systemes-certifies>`_. More " +"information concerning the Fiscal Data Module can be found on `the official " +"website <http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/>`_." +msgstr "" +"O governo belga exige que certas empresas usem um dispositivo certificado " +"pelo governo chamado ** Módulo de Dados Fiscais ** (também conhecido como **" +" caixa preta **). Este dispositivo funciona junto com o aplicativo PDV e " +"registra certas transações. Além disso, o aplicativo PDV usado também deve " +"ser certificado pelo governo e deve seguir os padrões estritos especificados" +" por eles. ʻOdoo 9 (Enterprise Edition) é um aplicativo certificado " +"<http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/systemes-certifies> `_. Mais " +"informações sobre o Módulo de Dados Fiscais podem ser encontradas no site " +"oficial <http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/> `_." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:20 +msgid "Required hardware" +msgstr "Hardware necessário" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:22 +msgid "" +"A government certified `Fiscal Data Module " +"<http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/systemes-" +"certifies#FDM%20certifiés>`_ per POS, all of them should work, but the " +"Cleancash SC-B is recommended, you will also need:" +msgstr "" +"Um `Fiscal Data Module <http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/systemes-" +"certifies#FDM%20certifiés>` _ por PDV, todos eles devem funcionar, mas o " +"Cleancash SC-B é recomendado, você também vai precisar :" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Serial null modem cable per FDM (`example <http://www.startech.com/Cables" +"/Serial-Parallel-PS-2/DB9-DB25/10-ft-Cross-Wired-Serial-Null-Modem-Cable-" +"DB9-FM~SCNM9FM>`__)" +msgstr "" +"Cabo de modem nulo serial por FDM ('exemplo <http://www.startech.com/Cables" +"/Serial-Parallel-PS-2/DB9-DB25/10-ft-Cross-Wired-Serial-Null-Modem-Cable-" +"DB9-FM~SCNM9FM>'__" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Serial-to-USB adapter per FDM (`example " +"<http://trendnet.com/products/proddetail.asp?prod=265_TU-S9>`__)" +msgstr "" +"Adaptador serial para USB por FDM (ʻexemplo " +"<http://trendnet.com/products/proddetail.asp?prod=265_TU-S9> `__)" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:32 +msgid "A registered IoT Box per POS configuration" +msgstr "Uma IoT Box registrada por configuração de PDV" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:35 +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "Definição" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:38 +msgid "IoT Box" +msgstr "IoT Box" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In order to use a Fiscal Data Module, you will need a registered IoT Box. " +"These IoT Boxes are similar to the regular IoT Boxes we sell, but they are " +"registered with the Belgian government. This is required by law. Attempting " +"to use a Fiscal Data Module on a non-registered IoT Box will not work. You " +"can verify that the Fiscal Data Module is recognized by the IoT Box by going" +" to the *Hardware status page* via the IoT Box homepage." +msgstr "" +"Para usar um Módulo de Dados Fiscais, você precisará de uma Caixa IoT " +"registrada. Essas caixas de IoT são semelhantes às caixas de IoT regulares " +"que vendemos, mas estão registradas no governo belga. Isso é exigido por " +"lei. Tentar usar um Módulo de Dados Fiscais em uma IoT Box não registrada " +"não funcionará. Você pode verificar se o Módulo de dados fiscais é " +"reconhecido pela IoT Box acessando a * página de status do hardware * por " +"meio da página inicial da IoT Box." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:52 +msgid "Odoo" +msgstr "Odoo" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:54 +msgid "" +"An Odoo POS app can be given certified POS capabilities by installing the " +"**Belgian Registered Cash Register** app (technical name: " +"``pos_blackbox_be``). Because of government restrictions imposed on us, this" +" installation cannot be undone. After this, you will have to ensure that " +"each POS configuration has a unique registered IoT Box associated with it " +"(:menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and " +"ensure Hardware Proxy / IoT Box and the serial number of your IoT Box is " +"set). The first time you open the Point of Sale and attempt to do a " +"transaction, you will be asked to input the PIN that you received with your " +"VAT signing card." +msgstr "" +"Um aplicativo Odoo PDV pode receber recursos de PDV certificados instalando " +"o aplicativo ** Belgian Registered Cash Register ** (nome técnico: `` " +"pos_blackbox_be``). Devido às restrições governamentais impostas a nós, esta" +" instalação não pode ser desfeita. Depois disso, você terá que garantir que " +"cada configuração de PDV tenha uma IoT Box registrada exclusiva associada a " +"ela (: seleção de menus: `Ponto de Venda-> Configuração -> Ponto de Venda` e" +" garantir Hardware Proxy / IoT Box e serial número da sua caixa IoT está " +"definido). Na primeira vez que você abrir o Ponto de venda e tentar fazer " +"uma transação, será solicitado que você insira o PIN que recebeu com seu " +"cartão de assinatura de VAT." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:69 +msgid "Certification & On-premise" +msgstr "Certificação e local" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The certification granted by the government is restricted to the use on " +"odoo.com SaaS instance. The usage of the module from the source or a " +"modified version will **not** be certified. For on-premise users, we also " +"support the Fiscal Data Module in such installations. The main restriction " +"is that this requires an obfuscated version of the ``pos_blackbox_be`` " +"module we will provide on request for Enterprise customers." +msgstr "" +"A certificação concedida pelo governo é restrita ao uso na instância " +"odoo.com SaaS. O uso do módulo da fonte ou de uma versão modificada ** não " +"** será certificado. Para usuários locais, também oferecemos suporte ao " +"Módulo de Dados Fiscais em tais instalações. A principal restrição é que " +"isso requer uma versão ofuscada do módulo `` pos_blackbox_be`` que " +"forneceremos mediante solicitação para clientes corporativos." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:79 +msgid "Restrictions" +msgstr "Restrições" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:81 +msgid "" +"As mentioned before, in order to get certified the POS application must " +"adhere to strict government guidelines. Because of this, a certified Odoo " +"POS has some limitations not present in the non-certified Odoo POS." +msgstr "" +"Conforme mencionado antes, para obter a certificação, o aplicativo de PDV " +"deve aderir às rígidas diretrizes governamentais. Por isso, um PDV Odoo " +"certificado tem algumas limitações não presentes no PDV Odoo não " +"certificado." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:86 +msgid "Refunding is disabled" +msgstr "Reembolso está desativado" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:87 +msgid "Modifying orderline prices" +msgstr "Modificando os preços da linha de pedido" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:88 +msgid "Creating/modifying/deleting POS orders" +msgstr "Criação / modificação / exclusão de pedidos de PDV" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:89 +msgid "Selling products without a valid tax" +msgstr "Venda de produtos sem imposto válido" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:90 +msgid "Multiple Odoo POS configurations per IoT Box are not allowed" +msgstr "Múltiplas configurações Odoo PDV por IoT Box não são permitidas" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:91 +msgid "Using the POS without a connection to the IoT Box (and thus FDM)" +msgstr "Usando o PDV sem uma conexão com a IoT Box (e, portanto, FDM)" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:92 +msgid "Blacklisted modules: pos_discount, pos_reprint, pos_loyalty" +msgstr "Módulos na lista negra: pos_discount, pos_reprint, pos_loyalty" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Visão geral" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:3 +msgid "Getting started" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When working with a Point of Sale application, employees want a simple, and " +"user-friendly solution. A solution that works online or offline and with any" +" device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:9 +msgid "" +"A Point of Sale system is a fully integrated application that allows any " +"transaction, automatically registers product moves in your stock, and gives " +"you real-time statistics and consolidations across all shops." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:17 +msgid "Make products available in the PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To make products available for sale, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale -->" +" Products --> Products` and open a product. In the *Sales* tab, enable " +"*Available in Point of Sale*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:28 +msgid "You can also define if the product has to be weighted or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:31 +msgid "Configure your payment methods" +msgstr "Configure seus métodos de pagamento" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:33 +msgid "" +"To add a payment method, you first need to create it. Go to " +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment Methods` and " +"click on create. Then, you can name your payment method and set it up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:43 +msgid "Don’t forget your credentials for methods using a payment terminal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Now, you can select the payment method in your PoS settings. To do so, go to" +" :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and open" +" the PoS in which you want to include the payment method. Then, add the " +"payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:55 +msgid "" +"*Configuration* is the menu where you can edit all your point of sale " +"settings. Some more features are available for restaurants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:59 +msgid "Your first PoS session" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:62 +msgid "Your first order" +msgstr "Seu primeiro pedido" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:64 +msgid "Open a new session from the dashboard by clicking on *New Session*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:70 +msgid "After the loading screen, you arrive on the PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Once an order is completed, you can register the payment. All the available " +"payment methods appear on the left of the screen. Select the payment method " +"and enter the received amount. Then, you can validate the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:82 +msgid "Return and refund products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Having a well-thought-out return policy is key to keep customers satisfied " +"and make the process of accepting returns and refunds easy for you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:87 +msgid "" +"To do that, from the PoS interface, select the product and quantity (with " +"the +/- button) that the customer wants to return. For multiple products, " +"repeat the process individually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:94 +msgid "" +"When on the payment interface, the total is negative. To end the refund, " +"process the payment and validate it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:102 +msgid "Close the PoS session" +msgstr "Fechar a sessão de Ponto de Venda" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To close your session at the end of the day, click on the close button on " +"the upper right corner of your screen and confirm. Now, close the session on" +" the dashboard view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:112 +msgid "" +"It’s strongly advised to close your PoS session at the end of each day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Once a session is closed, you can see a summary of all transactions per " +"payment method. Then, click on a line to see all orders that were paid " +"during your PoS session. If everything is correct, validate the session and " +"post the closing entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:123 +msgid "" +"To connect the PoS hardware with an Odoo IoT Box, please refer to these " +"docs: :doc:`Connect an IoT Box to your database " +"</applications/productivity/iot/config/connect>` and :doc:`Use the IoT Box " +"for the PoS </applications/productivity/iot/config/pos>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:129 +msgid "View your statistics" +msgstr "Veja suas estatísticas" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Keeping track of your sales is essential to get meaningful statistics. " +"That’s why Odoo provides analyzes about your sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:134 +msgid "" +"To access your statistics, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> " +"Reporting --> Orders`. There, you can see various statistics in graph or " +"pivot form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:142 +msgid "You can also access them through the dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:3 +msgid "Register customers" +msgstr "Cadastre clientes" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Registering your customers will give you the ability to grant them various " +"privileges such as discounts, loyalty program, specific communication. It " +"will also be required if they want an invoice and registering them will make" +" any future interaction with them faster." +msgstr "" +"O registro de seus clientes lhe dará a capacidade de conceder a eles vários " +"privilégios, como descontos, programa de fidelidade, comunicação específica." +" Também será necessário se eles quiserem uma fatura e registrá-los tornará " +"qualquer interação futura com eles mais rápida." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:11 +msgid "Create a customer" +msgstr "Criar um cliente" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:13 +msgid "From your session interface, use the customer button." +msgstr "Na interface da sua sessão, use o botão do cliente." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:18 +msgid "Create a new one by using this button." +msgstr "Crie um novo usando este botão." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You will be invited to fill out the customer form with their information." +msgstr "" +"Você será convidado a preencher o formulário do cliente com suas " +"informações." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Use the save button when you are done. You can then select that customer in " +"any future transactions." +msgstr "" +"Use o botão Salvar quando terminar. Você pode então selecionar esse cliente " +"em quaisquer transações futuras." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment.rst:3 +msgid "Payment Terminals" +msgstr "Terminais de Pagamento" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:3 +msgid "Connect an Ingenico Payment Terminal to your PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Connecting a payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid payment flow to " +"your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Please note that Ingenico is currently only available for customers in the " +"Benelux." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:15 +msgid "Connect an IoT Box" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Connecting an Ingenico Payment Terminal to Odoo is a feature that requires " +"an IoT Box. For more information on how to connect an IoT Box to your " +"database, please refer to the :doc:`IoT documentation " +"</applications/productivity/iot/config/connect>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:22 +msgid "Configure the Lane/5000 for Ingenico BENELUX" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Click on the F button of the terminal, then go in the :menuselection:`PoS " +"Menu --> Settings` and enter the settings password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Now, click on connexion change and TCP/IP. Type the IP of your *IoT Box* " +"(you can find it on the form view of your IoT Box). Then, enter 9000 as " +"port. The terminal will restart. Once it is done, go on your *IoT Box* form " +"in Odoo and verify that the terminal has been found." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:36 +msgid "Configure the payment method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:38 +msgid "" +"First, go in the general settings of the POS app, and activate the Ingenico " +"setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Go back in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of " +"Sale`, go in the payments section and access your payment methods. Create a " +"new payment method for Ingenico, select the payment terminal option " +"Ingenico, and select your payment terminal device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:53 +msgid "Pay with a payment terminal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:55 +msgid "" +"In your *PoS interface*, when processing a payment, select a *Payment " +"Method* using a payment terminal. Check that the amount in the tendered " +"column is the one that has to be sent to the payment terminal and click on " +"*Send*. When the payment is successful, the status will change to *Payment " +"Successful*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:64 +msgid "" +"If you want to cancel the payment request, click on cancel. You can still " +"retry to send the payment request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:67 +msgid "" +"If there is any issue with the payment terminal, you can still force the " +"payment using the *Force Done*. This will allow you to validate the order in" +" Odoo even if the connexion between the terminal and Odoo has issues." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:73 +msgid "" +"This option will only be available if you received an error message telling " +"you the connexion failed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Once your payment is processed, on the payment record, you’ll find the type " +"of card that has been used and the transaction ID." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a SIX Payment Terminal to your PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Connecting a SIX payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid payment flow " +"to your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Even though Worldline has recently acquired SIX Payment Services and both " +"companies use Yomani payment terminals, the firmware they run is different. " +"Terminals received from Worldline are therefore not compatible with this " +"integration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:16 +msgid "Configure the Payment Method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:20 +msgid "" +"First, make sure that the POS Six module is installed. For this, go to " +"*Apps*, remove the \"Apps\" filter and search for \"POS Six\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Back in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment " +"Methods`, Create a new payment method for SIX, select the payment terminal " +"option \"SIX without IoT Box\", and enter your payment terminal IP address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:40 +msgid "Pay with a Payment Terminal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:36 +msgid "" +"In your PoS interface, at the moment of the payment, select a payment method" +" using a payment terminal. Verify that the amount in the tendered column is " +"the one that has to be sent to the payment terminal and click on *Send*. If " +"you want to cancel the payment request, click on cancel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:44 +msgid "" +"When the payment is done, the status will change to *Payment Successful*. " +"You can always reverse the last transaction by clicking on *Reverse*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If there is any issue with the payment terminal, you can still force the " +"payment using the *Force Done*. This will allow you to validate the order in" +" Odoo even if the connexion between the terminal and Odoo encounters issues." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Vantiv Payment Terminal to your PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Connecting a Vantiv payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid payment " +"flow to your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Please note MercuryPay only operates with US and Canadian banks, making this" +" procedure only suitable for North American businesses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:18 +msgid "" +"First, go in the general settings of the POS app, and activate the Vantiv " +"setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Back in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, " +"go in the payments section and access your payment methods. Create a new " +"payment method for Vantiv, select the payment terminal option Vantiv, and " +"create new Vantiv credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To create new Vantiv credentials, fill in your merchant ID and password, " +"then save. Make sure the credentials you just created are selected, then " +"save the payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:42 +msgid "" +"In your PoS interface, at the moment of the payment, select your Vantiv " +"payment method and… that’s all." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:3 +msgid "Restaurant Features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:3 +msgid "Print the Bill" +msgstr "Imprima a conta" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Use the *Bill Printing* feature to print the bill before the payment. This " +"is useful if the bill is still subject to evolve and is thus not the " +"definitive ticket." +msgstr "" +"Use o recurso * Impressão de fatura * para imprimir a fatura antes do " +"pagamento. Isso é útil se a conta ainda está sujeita a evoluir e, portanto, " +"não é o bilhete definitivo." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:10 +msgid "Configure Bill Printing" +msgstr "Configurar impressão de fatura" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To activate *Bill Printing*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" +"Para ativar a * Impressão de fatura *, vá para: seleção de menus: `Ponto de " +"venda -> Configuração -> Ponto de venda` e selecione sua interface de PDV." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Bill Printing* option." +msgstr "" +"Na categoria Contas e recibos, você encontrará a opção * Impressão de notas " +"fiscais *." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:22 +msgid "Split a Bill" +msgstr "Dividir uma conta" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:24 +msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Bill* button." +msgstr "Em sua interface de PDV, agora você tem um botão * Conta *." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:29 +msgid "When you use it, you can then print the bill." +msgstr "Ao usá-lo, você pode imprimir a fatura." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:3 +msgid "Using fiscal positions in PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, *Fiscal Positions* let you apply different taxes based on the " +"customer location. In a *Point of Sale*, such as a restaurant, it can be " +"used to apply different taxes depending if the customer eats in or takes " +"away." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:11 +msgid "Set up fiscal positions for PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To enable this feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of Sale` and check *Fiscal Position per Order*. Now," +" you can choose the fiscal positions you want for your *PoS*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:21 +msgid "You need to create your fiscal positions before using this feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:24 +msgid "Using fiscal positions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Once on your *PoS* interface, click on the *Tax* button. Now, choose the " +"fiscal position you need for the current order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:33 +msgid "Set up a default fiscal position" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:35 +msgid "" +"If you want to use a default fiscal position, meaning that a preexisting " +"value is always automatically assigned, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale " +"--> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and enable *Fiscal Position*. Now, " +"choose one to set as the default one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Now, the *tax* button is replaced by a *on site* button when on the *PoS* " +"interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:3 +msgid "Print orders at the kitchen or bar" +msgstr "Imprimir pedidos na cozinha ou no bar" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To ease the workflow between the front of house and the back of the house, " +"printing the orders taken on the PoS interface right in the kitchen or bar " +"can be a tremendous help." +msgstr "" +"Para facilitar o fluxo de trabalho entre a frente e a parte de trás da casa," +" imprimir os pedidos feitos na interface do PDV diretamente na cozinha ou no" +" bar pode ser uma ajuda tremenda." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:10 +msgid "Activate the bar/kitchen printer" +msgstr "Ative a impressora do bar / cozinha" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To activate the *Order printing* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " +"Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" +"Para ativar o recurso * Impressão de pedido *, vá para: seleção de menus: " +"`Ponto de venda -> Configuração -> Ponto de venda` e selecione sua interface" +" de PDV." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Under the IoT Box / Hardware Proxy category, you will find *Order Printers*." +" Note that you need an IoT Box to connect your Printer to the PoS." +msgstr "" +"Na categoria IoT Box / Hardware Proxy, você encontrará * Encomendar " +"impressoras *. Observe que você precisa de uma IoT Box para conectar sua " +"impressora ao PDV." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:20 +msgid "Add a printer" +msgstr "Adicionar uma impressora" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:22 +msgid "" +"In your configuration menu you will now have a *Order Printers* option where" +" you can add the printer." +msgstr "" +"No menu de configuração, você terá agora a opção * Impressora de pedidos *, " +"onde pode adicionar a impressora." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:29 +msgid "Print a kitchen/bar order" +msgstr "Imprimir um pedido de cozinha / bar" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:34 +msgid "Select or create a printer." +msgstr "Selecione ou crie uma impressora." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:37 +msgid "Print the order in the kitchen/bar" +msgstr "Imprima o pedido na cozinha / bar" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:39 +msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Order* button." +msgstr "Em sua interface PDV, agora você tem um botão * Encomendar *." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:44 +msgid "" +"When you press it, it will print the order on your kitchen/bar printer." +msgstr "" +"Ao pressioná-lo, o pedido será impresso na impressora de sua cozinha / bar." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:3 +msgid "Manage your tables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Restaurants have specific needs that shops don’t have. That’s why Odoo gives" +" restaurant owners several unique features to help them manage their " +"business in the best possible way." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Floor and table management, bill splitting, or even the possibility to print" +" orders from the kitchen, everything is there to help your business shine " +"and your employees to work efficiently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To activate the bar/restaurant features, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale" +" --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and open your PoS. Now, select *Is a " +"Bar/Restaurant*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:24 +msgid "" +"New features are shown with a fork and a knife next to it, indicating that " +"they are restaurant-specific." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:32 +msgid "Add a floor" +msgstr "Adicione um piso" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Once your *Point of Sale* has been configured, select *Table Management* " +"under :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`. " +"Then, click on *Floors* to create and name your floor and tables." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:47 +msgid "Don’t forget to link your floor to your point of sale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:50 +msgid "Add tables" +msgstr "Adicionar mesas" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:52 +msgid "" +"To add tables, you can also open your PoS interface to see your floor(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Then, click on *Edit Mode* (pencil icon on the upper right corner) to be " +"allowed to create, move, modify tables, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To make your table easier to be found, you can rename them, change their " +"shape, size or even color. It is also possible to add the maximum number of " +"sits the table can have." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:72 +msgid "Register your table(s) orders" +msgstr "Registre seus pedidos de mesa (s)" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To register an order, click on the respective table. By doing so, you are " +"taken to your main interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:82 +msgid "Transfer customer(s)" +msgstr "Cliente (s) de transferência" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:84 +msgid "" +"If your customers want to move to another table after they already ordered, " +"use the transfer button. This way, the order is also moved to the new table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:88 +msgid "To do so, select the table your customer is currently on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Now, click on the transfer button and select the table to which you are " +"transferring your customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:103 +msgid "Register an additional order" +msgstr "Registre um pedido adicional" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:105 +msgid "" +"When registering an order, use the + button to simultaneously proceed to " +"another one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Then, you can shift between your orders and process the payment when needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:116 +msgid "The - button allows you to remove the order you are currently on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:3 +msgid "Offer a bill-splitting option" +msgstr "Ofereça uma opção de divisão de contas" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Offering an easy bill splitting solution to your customers will leave them " +"with a positive experience. That's why this feature is available out-of-the-" +"box in the Odoo Point of Sale application." +msgstr "" +"Oferecer uma solução de divisão de contas fácil para seus clientes irá " +"deixá-los com uma experiência positiva. É por isso que esse recurso está " +"disponível fora da caixa no aplicativo Odoo Ponto de Venda." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To activate the *Bill Splitting* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " +"Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" +"Para ativar o recurso * Divisão de fatura *, acesse: seleção de menus: " +"`Ponto de venda -> Configuração -> Ponto de venda` e selecione sua interface" +" de PDV." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find the Bill Splitting " +"option." +msgstr "Na categoria Contas & Recibos, você encontrará a opção Dividir Conta." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:23 +msgid "Split a bill" +msgstr "Dividir uma conta" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:25 +msgid "In your PoS interface, you now have a *Split* button." +msgstr "Em sua interface PDV, agora você tem um botão * Dividir *." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:30 +msgid "" +"When you use it, you will be able to select what that guest should had and " +"process the payment, repeating the process for each guest." +msgstr "" +"Ao utilizá-lo, você poderá selecionar o que aquele hóspede deve ter e " +"processar o pagamento, repetindo o processo para cada hóspede." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:3 +msgid "Integrate a tip option into payment" +msgstr "Integre uma opção de gorjeta ao pagamento" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:5 +msgid "" +"As it is customary to tip in many countries all over the world, it is " +"important to have the option in your PoS interface." +msgstr "" +"Como é costume dar gorjeta em muitos países em todo o mundo, é importante " +"ter a opção em sua interface de PDV." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:9 +msgid "Configure Tipping" +msgstr "Configurar gorjeta" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To activate the *Tips* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS." +msgstr "" +"Para ativar o recurso * Dicas *, acesse: seleção de menus: `Ponto de venda " +"-> Configuração -> Ponto de venda` e selecione seu ponto de venda." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Tips*. Select it and " +"create a *Tip Product* such as *Tips* in this case." +msgstr "" +"Na categoria Contas e recibos, você encontrará * Dicas *. Selecione-o e crie" +" um * Produto de Dica * como * Dicas * neste caso." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:21 +msgid "Add Tips to the bill" +msgstr "Adicionar gorjetas à conta" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:23 +msgid "Once on the payment interface, you now have a new *Tip* button" +msgstr "" +"Uma vez na interface de pagamento, agora você tem um novo botão * Dica *" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:28 +msgid "Add the tip your customer wants to leave and process to the payment." +msgstr "" +"Adicione a gorjeta que seu cliente deseja deixar e processe no pagamento." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop.rst:3 +msgid "Shop Features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:3 +msgid "Using barcodes in PoS" +msgstr "Usando códigos de barras em PDV" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Using a barcode scanner to process point of sale orders improves your " +"efficiency and helps you to save time for you and your customers." +msgstr "" +"Usar um leitor de código de barras para processar pedidos de ponto de venda " +"melhora sua eficiência e ajuda a economizar tempo para você e seus clientes." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To use a barcode scanner, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" +"Para usar um leitor de código de barras, vá para: seleção de menus: `Ponto " +"de venda -> Configuração -> Ponto de venda` e selecione sua interface de " +"PDV." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Under the IoT Box / Hardware category, you will find *Barcode Scanner* " +"select it." +msgstr "" +"Na categoria IoT Box / Hardware, você encontrará * Leitor de código de " +"barras * e selecione-o." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:21 +msgid "Add barcodes to product" +msgstr "Adicionar códigos de barras ao produto" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Products` and select a " +"product." +msgstr "" +"Acesse: seleção de menus: `Ponto de Venda -> Catalogo -> Produtos` e " +"selecione um produto." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Under the general information tab, you can find a barcode field where you " +"can input any barcode." +msgstr "" +"Na guia de informações gerais, você encontra um campo de código de barras " +"onde pode inserir qualquer código de barras." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:33 +msgid "Scanning products" +msgstr "Produtos de digitalização" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:35 +msgid "" +"From your PoS interface, scan any barcode with your barcode scanner. The " +"product will be added, you can scan the same product to add it multiple " +"times or change the quantity manually on the screen." +msgstr "" +"A partir de sua interface PDV, escaneie qualquer código de barras com seu " +"leitor de código de barras. O produto será adicionado, você pode digitalizar" +" o mesmo produto para adicioná-lo várias vezes ou alterar a quantidade " +"manualmente na tela." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:3 +msgid "Set-up Cash Control in Point of Sale" +msgstr "Configure o controle de caixa no ponto de venda" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Cash control allows you to check the amount of the cashbox at the opening " +"and closing. You can thus make sure no error has been made and that no cash " +"is missing." +msgstr "" +"O controle de caixa permite que você verifique o valor da caixa na abertura " +"e no fechamento. Assim, você pode ter certeza de que nenhum erro foi " +"cometido e que nenhum dinheiro está faltando." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:10 +msgid "Activate Cash Control" +msgstr "Ativar Controle de Caixa" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To activate the *Cash Control* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales" +" --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" +"Em * Ponto de venda *, ao selecionar * Usar no ponto de venda *, você pode " +"selecionar suas credenciais Mercury que acabou de criar." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:16 +msgid "Under the payments category, you will find the cash control setting." +msgstr "" +"Na categoria de pagamentos, você encontrará a configuração de controle de " +"caixa." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:21 +msgid "" +"In this example, you can see I want to have 275$ in various denomination at " +"the opening and closing." +msgstr "" +"Neste exemplo, você pode ver que quero 275 R$ em várias denominações na " +"abertura e no fechamento." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:24 +msgid "" +"When clicking on **Opening/Closing Values** you will be able to create those" +" values." +msgstr "" +"Ao clicar em ** Valores de Abertura / Fechamento ** você poderá criar esses " +"valores." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:31 +msgid "Start a session" +msgstr "Inicie uma sessão" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:33 +msgid "" +"You now have a new button added when you open a session, *Set opening " +"Balance*" +msgstr "" +"Agora você tem um novo botão adicionado ao abrir uma sessão, * Definir saldo" +" de abertura *" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:42 +msgid "" +"By default it will use the values you added before, but you can always " +"modify it." +msgstr "" +"Por padrão, ele usará os valores que você adicionou antes, mas você sempre " +"pode modificá-los." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:46 +msgid "Close a session" +msgstr "Encerrar uma sessão" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:48 +msgid "" +"When you want to close your session, you now have a *Set Closing Balance* " +"button as well." +msgstr "" +"Quando quiser encerrar sua sessão, agora você também terá um botão * Definir" +" saldo final *." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:51 +msgid "" +"You can then see the theoretical balance, the real closing balance (what you" +" have just counted) and the difference between the two." +msgstr "" +"Você pode então ver o saldo teórico, o saldo final real (o que você acabou " +"de contar) e a diferença entre os dois." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:57 +msgid "" +"If you use the *Take Money Out* option to take out your transactions for " +"this session, you now have a zero-sum difference and the same closing " +"balance as your opening balance. You cashbox is ready for the next session." +msgstr "" +"Se você usar a opção * Sacar Dinheiro * para sacar suas transações para esta" +" sessão, agora você tem uma diferença de soma zero e o mesmo saldo final de " +"seu saldo inicial. Sua caixa de dinheiro está pronta para a próxima sessão." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:3 +msgid "Cash Rounding" +msgstr "Arredondamento de dinheiro" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Cash rounding** is required when the lowest physical denomination of " +"currency, or the smallest coin, is higher than the minimum unit of account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:9 +msgid "" +"For example, some countries require their companies to round up or down the " +"total amount of an invoice to the nearest five cents, when the payment is " +"made in cash." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Each point of sale in Odoo can be configured to apply cash rounding to the " +"totals of its bills or receipts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings` and " +"enable *Cash Rounding*, then click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, " +"open the point of sale you want to configure, and enable the *Cash Rounding*" +" option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:29 +msgid "" +"To define the **Rounding Method**, open the drop-down list and click on " +"*Create and Edit...*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Define here your *Rounding Precision*, *Profit Account*, and *Loss Account*," +" then save both the Rounding Method and your Point of Sale settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:39 +msgid "" +"All total amounts of this point of sale now add a line to apply the rounding" +" according to your settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Odoo Point of Sale only support the *Add a rounding line* rounding " +"strategies and *Half-up* rounding methods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:3 +msgid "Invoice from the PoS interface" +msgstr "Fatura da interface PDV" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Some of your customers might request an invoice when buying from your Point " +"of Sale, you can easily manage it directly from the PoS interface." +msgstr "" +"Alguns de seus clientes podem solicitar uma fatura ao comprar no seu Ponto " +"de venda, você pode gerenciá-la facilmente diretamente da interface do PDV." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:9 +msgid "Activate invoicing" +msgstr "Ativar faturamento" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and" +" select your Point of Sale:" +msgstr "" +"Acesse: seleção de menus: `Ponto de Venda --> Configuração --> Ponto de " +"Venda` e selecione o seu Ponto de Venda:" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Under the *Bills & Receipts* you will see the invoicing option, tick it. " +"Don't forget to choose in which journal the invoices should be created." +msgstr "" +"Em * Contas e Recibos * você verá a opção de faturamento, marque-a. Não se " +"esqueça de escolher em qual diário as notas fiscais devem ser criadas." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:25 +msgid "Select a customer" +msgstr "Selecione um cliente" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:27 +msgid "From your session interface, use the customer button" +msgstr "Na interface da sua sessão, use o botão do cliente" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:32 +msgid "" +"You can then either select an existing customer and set it as your customer " +"or create a new one by using this button." +msgstr "" +"Você pode então selecionar um cliente existente e defini-lo como seu cliente" +" ou criar um novo usando este botão." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:38 +msgid "" +"You will be invited to fill out the customer form with its information." +msgstr "" +"Você será convidado a preencher o formulário do cliente com suas " +"informações." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:41 +msgid "Invoice your customer" +msgstr "Fature seu cliente" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:43 +msgid "" +"From the payment screen, you now have an invoice option, use the button to " +"select it and validate." +msgstr "" +"Na tela de pagamento, agora você tem uma opção de fatura, use o botão para " +"selecioná-la e validar." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:49 +msgid "You can then print the invoice and move on to your next order." +msgstr "Você pode então imprimir a fatura e passar para o próximo pedido." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:52 +msgid "Retrieve invoices" +msgstr "Recuperar faturas" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Once out of the PoS interface (:menuselection:`Close --> Confirm` on the top" +" right corner) you will find all your orders in :menuselection:`Point of " +"Sale --> Orders --> Orders` and under the status tab you will see which ones" +" have been invoiced. When clicking on a order you can then access the " +"invoice." +msgstr "" +"Uma vez fora da interface PDV (: seleção de menus: `Fechar -> Confirmar` no " +"canto superior direito), você encontrará todos os seus pedidos em: seleção " +"de menus:` Ponto de venda -> Pedidos -> Pedidos e sob o status guia você " +"verá quais foram faturados. Ao clicar em um pedido, você pode acessar a " +"fatura." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:3 +msgid "Log in with employee" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With Odoo *Point of Sale*, you can manage multiple cashiers. This feature " +"allows you to keep track of who is working, when and how much each cashier " +"made for that session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:9 +msgid "" +"There are three ways to switch cashiers in Odoo: by *selecting the cashier*," +" by *entering a PIN code* or by *scanning a barcode*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To manage multiple cashiers, you need several employees (at least two)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:16 +msgid "Set up log in with employees" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To enable the feature, go to your *PoS settings* and check log in with " +"employees on your *PoS form*. Then, add the employees that have access to " +"the cash register." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:25 +msgid "Now, you can switch cashier easily." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:28 +msgid "Switch without pin codes" +msgstr "Mudar sem códigos PIN" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The easiest way to switch cashiers is without a code. To do so, click on the" +" cashier name in your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:36 +msgid "Now, you just have to click on your name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:42 +msgid "Switch cashier with pin codes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:44 +msgid "" +"You can set a pin code on each cashier. To set up a pin code, go to the " +"employee form and add a security PIN, in the *HR settings tab*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:50 +msgid "Now, when switching cashier, a PIN password will be asked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:56 +msgid "Switch cashier with barcodes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:58 +msgid "" +"You can ask your employees to log themselves with their badges. To do so, " +"set up a barcode at the same place you add the PIN code. Print the badge and" +" when they will scan it, the cashier will be switched to that employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:67 +msgid "Find who was the cashier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Once you have closed your *PoS session*, you can have an overview of the " +"amount each cashier sold for. To do so, go to the orders menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:75 +msgid "Now, you can open the order and have a summary of the sold products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:3 +msgid "Reprint Receipts" +msgstr "Reimprimir recibos" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Use the *Reprint receipt* feature if you have the need to reprint a ticket." +msgstr "Use o recurso * Reimprimir recibo * se precisar reimprimir um ticket." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To activate *Reprint Receipt*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of sale`. and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" +"Para ativar * Reimprimir recibo *, acesse: seleção de menus: `Ponto de venda" +" -> Configuração -> Ponto de venda`. e selecione sua interface PDV." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Reprint Receipt* option." +msgstr "" +"Na categoria Contas e recibos, você encontrará a opção * Reimprimir recibo " +"*." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:17 +msgid "" +"In order to allow the option reprint receipt, you need to activate the " +"receipt printer." +msgstr "" +"Para permitir a opção de reimpressão de recibos, é necessário ativar a " +"impressora de recibos." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:23 +msgid "Reprint a receipt" +msgstr "Reimprimir um recibo" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:25 +msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Reprint receipt* button." +msgstr "Em sua interface PDV, agora você tem um botão * Reimprimir recibo *." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:30 +msgid "When you use it, you can then reprint your last receipt." +msgstr "Ao usá-lo, você pode reimprimir seu último recibo." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced.rst:3 msgid "Advanced Topics" msgstr "Tópicos avançados" -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:3 msgid "How to give portal access rights to my customers?" msgstr "Como dar direito de acesso ao portal aos meus clientes?" -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:6 msgid "What is Portal access/Who is a portal user?" msgstr "O que é acesso ao portal / Quem é usuário do portal?" -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:8 msgid "" "A portal access is given to a user who has the necessity to have access to " "Odoo instance, to view certain documents or information in the system." @@ -57,12 +3184,12 @@ msgstr "" "acessar a instância do Odoo para visualizar determinados documentos ou " "informações do sistema." -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:12 msgid "For Example, a long term client who needs to view online quotations." msgstr "" "Por exemplo, um cliente de longo prazo que precisa ver cotações online." -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:14 msgid "" "A portal user has only read/view access. He or she will not be able to edit " "any document in the system." @@ -70,15 +3197,15 @@ msgstr "" "Um usuário do portal tem apenas acesso de leitura / visualização. Ele ou ela" " não poderá editar nenhum documento no sistema." -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:18 msgid "How to give portal access to customers?" msgstr "Como dar acesso ao portal aos clientes?" -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:21 msgid "From Contacts Module" msgstr "Do módulo de Contatos" -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:23 msgid "" "From the main menu, select **Contacts** menu. If the contact is not yet " "created in the system, click on the create button to create new contact. " @@ -88,7 +3215,7 @@ msgstr "" "foi criado no sistema, clique no botão criar para criar um novo contato. " "Insira os detalhes do contato e clique em \"salvar\"." -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:33 msgid "" "Choose a contact, click on the **Action** menu in the top-center of the " "interface and from the drop down." @@ -96,13 +3223,13 @@ msgstr "" "Escolha um contato, clique no menu ** Ação ** na parte superior central da " "interface e no menu suspenso." -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:36 msgid "Select **Portal Access Management**. A pop up window appears." msgstr "" "Selecione ** Gerenciamento de acesso ao portal **. Uma janela pop-up é " "exibida." -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:41 msgid "" "Enter the login **email ID**, check the box under **In Portal** and add the " "content to be included in the email in the text field box below. Click on " @@ -112,7 +3239,7 @@ msgstr "" "adicione o conteúdo a ser incluído no e-mail na caixa de campo de texto " "abaixo. Clique em ** Aplicar ** quando terminar." -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:47 msgid "" "An email will be sent to the specified email address, indicating that the " "contact is now a portal user of the respective instance." @@ -120,253 +3247,253 @@ msgstr "" "Um e-mail será enviado ao endereço de e-mail especificado, indicando que o " "contato agora é um usuário do portal da respectiva instância." -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector.rst:3 msgid "Amazon Connector" msgstr "Amazon Connector" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:3 msgid "Amazon Connector Features" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:5 msgid "" "The **Amazon Connector** synchronizes the orders between Amazon and your " "Odoo database, which reduces considerably the amount of time spent on your " "Amazon Seller Central dashboard, making your daily routine a lot easier." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:10 msgid "Supported Features" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:12 msgid "The connector is able to:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:14 msgid "" "Synchronize (Amazon to Odoo) all confirmed orders (both FBA and FBM) and " "their order items which include:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:17 msgid "the product’s name, description and quantity" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:18 msgid "the shipping costs for the product" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:19 msgid "the gift wrapping charges" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:21 msgid "" "Create on Odoo any missing partner related to an order (contact types " "supported: contact and delivery)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:23 msgid "" "Notify Amazon of a shipping confirmed on Odoo (FBM) in order to get paid." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:25 msgid "Support multiple seller accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:26 msgid "Support multiple marketplaces per seller account." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:29 msgid "Fulfilled By Amazon (FBA)" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:29 msgid "Fulfilled By Merchant (FBM)" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:31 msgid "**Orders**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:31 msgid "Synchronize shipped and canceled orders" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:31 msgid "Synchronize unshipped and canceled orders" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 msgid "**Shipping**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 msgid "Charges" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:35 msgid "Delivery created" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 msgid "**Gift Wrapping**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:43 msgid "Handled by Amazon" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 msgid "Gift wrapping charges" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:38 msgid "Gift message" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 msgid "**Stock Management**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 msgid "One stock move created per sales order item" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 msgid "Handled by the delivery" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:43 msgid "**Confirmation**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:43 msgid "Notify Amazon when confirming delivery" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:48 msgid "" "The connector is designed to synchronize orders' data as detailed above. " "Other actions, such as downloading monthly fees reports, handling disputes, " "or issuing refunds must be managed from Amazon Seller Central, as usual." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:55 msgid "Supported Marketplaces" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:57 msgid "" "The Amazon Connector currently supports 9 marketplaces. If a marketplace is " "not listed below, it may be possible for you to :ref:`add it as an " "unsupported marketplace <amazon/add-unsupported-marketplace>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:62 msgid "**North America region**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:64 msgid "Canada" msgstr "Canadá" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:64 msgid "Amazon.ca" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:66 msgid "Mexico" msgstr "México" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:66 msgid "Amazon.com.mx" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:68 msgid "US" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:68 msgid "Amazon.com" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:72 msgid "**Europe region**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:74 msgid "Germany" msgstr "Alemanha" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:74 msgid "Amazon.de" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:76 msgid "Spain" msgstr "Espanha" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:76 msgid "Amazon.es" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:78 msgid "France" msgstr "França" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:78 msgid "Amazon.fr" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:80 msgid "UK" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:80 msgid "Amazon.co.uk" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:82 msgid "Italy" msgstr "Itália" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:82 msgid "Amazon.it" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:84 msgid "Netherlands" msgstr "Holanda" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:84 msgid "Amazon.nl" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:88 -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:98 msgid ":doc:`setup`" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:89 -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:162 msgid ":doc:`manage`" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:3 msgid "Manage Amazon orders in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:6 msgid "Synchronization of orders" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:8 msgid "" "Orders are automatically fetched from Amazon and synchronized in Odoo at " "regular intervals. The synchronization is based on the Amazon status: only " @@ -378,35 +3505,35 @@ msgid "" " are not yet registered." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:15 msgid "" "When an order is canceled in Amazon and was already synchronized in Odoo, " "the corresponding sales order is automatically canceled in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:19 msgid "" "To force the synchronization of an order whose status has not changed since " "the last synchronization, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " -"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, navigate to your Amazon account " -"and modify the date under :menuselection:`Orders Follow-up --> Last Order " +"</applications/general/developer_mode>`, navigate to your Amazon account and" +" modify the date under :menuselection:`Orders Follow-up --> Last Order " "Sync`. Pick a date anterior to the last status change of the order that you " "wish to synchronize and save." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:26 msgid "" "To synchronize immediately the orders of your Amazon account switch to " -":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, head to your " +":doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>`, head to your " "Amazon account and click on **SYNC ORDERS**. The same can be done with " "pickings by clicking on **SYNC PICKINGS**." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:31 msgid "Manage deliveries in FBM" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:33 msgid "" "When a **FBM** (Fulfilled by Merchant) order is synchronized in Odoo, a " "picking is created along with the sales order and the customer. You can " @@ -414,18 +3541,18 @@ msgid "" "products partially by using backorders." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:37 msgid "" "When a picking related to the order is confirmed, a notification is sent to " "Amazon who will, in turn, notify the customer that the order (or a part of " "it) is on its way." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:41 msgid "Follow deliveries in FBA" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:43 msgid "" "When a **FBA** (Fulfilled by Amazon) order is synchronized in Odoo, a stock " "move is recorded for each sales order item so that it is saved in your " @@ -436,14 +3563,14 @@ msgid "" "under the FBA program." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:50 msgid "" "To follow your Amazon (FBA) stock in Odoo, you can make an inventory " "adjustment after replenishing it. You can also trigger an automated " "replenishment from reordering rules on the Amazon location." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:55 msgid "" "The Amazon location is configurable by Amazon account managed in Odoo. All " "accounts of the same company use the same location by default. It is however" @@ -455,24 +3582,24 @@ msgid "" " your account." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:63 msgid "Issue invoices and register payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:65 msgid "" "You can issue invoices for Amazon orders in Odoo. Click **Create Invoice** " "in the sales order to do so. You can also do it in batch from the list view " "of orders. Then, confirm and send the invoices to your customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:70 msgid "" "To display only Amazon-related orders on the list view, you can filter " "orders based on the sales team." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:73 msgid "" "As the customer has paid Amazon as an intermediary, you should register " "invoice payments in a payment journal dedicated to Amazon (e.g. Amazon " @@ -483,11 +3610,11 @@ msgid "" "account by the amount received." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:80 msgid "Follow your Amazon sales in sales reporting" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:82 msgid "" "As a sales team is set on your account under the tab **Order Follow-up**, " "this helps you give quick glances at the figures in just a few clicks in " @@ -495,13 +3622,13 @@ msgid "" " of your company's accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:86 msgid "" "If you wish, you can change the sales team on your account for another to " "perform a separate reporting for the sales of this account." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:90 msgid "" "It is also possible to perform reporting on a per-marketplace basis in a " "similar fashion. First, remove the marketplace you wish to track separately " @@ -511,20 +3638,20 @@ msgid "" "two registrations of your account." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:97 -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:161 msgid ":doc:`features`" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:3 msgid "Configure Amazon Connector in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:6 msgid "Generate an Authorization Token in Seller Central" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:10 msgid "" "The Amazon Connector uses an Authorization Token that allows Odoo to fetch " "data from your Amazon Seller Central account. This token can be obtained " @@ -532,7 +3659,7 @@ msgid "" "your Odoo database configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:14 msgid "" "Connect to your Seller Central account for the marketplace you initially " "signed up (e.g. if you created your account on Amazon Germany, go to `Amazon" @@ -540,53 +3667,53 @@ msgid "" "administrator account." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:19 msgid "" "You might need to use the *main* (or first) administrator account and not " "one added subsequently." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:22 msgid "" "In the main menu, select :menuselection:`Apps & Services --> Manage Your " "Apps`; in the page that displays, click on the ``Authorize new developper`` " "button:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:28 msgid "Fill in the form depending on your Marketplace:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:33 msgid "" "If your seller account is registered in the **North America** region, use " "these values:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:35 -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:40 msgid "Developer's Name: ``Odoo S.A.``" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:36 msgid "Developer ID: ``586127723692``" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:38 msgid "For the **Europe** region, use these values:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:41 msgid "Developer ID: ``579095187166``" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:43 msgid "" "Amazon will then inform you that by submitting the form, you are giving " "access to your Seller Central Information to Odoo S.A." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:47 msgid "" "Odoo S.A. is unable to access your Amazon account's information without the " "Authorization Token which is stored in your Odoo database - we do not store " @@ -594,18 +3721,18 @@ msgid "" "your account's information outside of the Amazon Connector normal flows." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:53 msgid "Register your Amazon account in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:57 msgid "" "To register your seller account in Odoo, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales " "--> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Amazon " "Accounts` and click on **CREATE**." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:60 msgid "" "The **Seller ID** can be found in Seller Central under the link **Your " "Merchant Token** on the **Seller Account Information** page. The " @@ -613,14 +3740,14 @@ msgid "" "<amazon/generate_auth_token>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:64 msgid "" "Upon saving, your credentials are checked. In case of issues, an error will " "be displayed - the information cannot be saved until your credentials are " "recognized by Amazon." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:67 msgid "" "Once the account is registered, the marketplaces available to this account " "are synchronized and listed under the **Marketplaces** tab. If you wish, you" @@ -628,11 +3755,11 @@ msgid "" " their synchronization." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:72 msgid "Match database products in Amazon" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:74 msgid "" "When an Amazon order is synchronized, up to three sales order items are " "created in Odoo for each product sold on Amazon: one for the marketplace " @@ -640,7 +3767,7 @@ msgid "" " charges (if any)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:80 msgid "" "The selection of a database product for a sales order item is done by " "matching its **internal reference** with the **SKU** for marketplace items, " @@ -648,7 +3775,7 @@ msgid "" "for gift wrapping charges." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:84 msgid "" "For marketplace products, pairings are saved as **Amazon Offers** which are " "listed under the **Offers** stat button on the account form. Offers are " @@ -657,7 +3784,7 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`the internal reference is used instead <amazon/matching>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:90 msgid "" "It is possible to force the pairing of a marketplace item with a specific " "product by changing either the product or the SKU of an offer. The offer can" @@ -666,7 +3793,7 @@ msgid "" " under different conditions." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:95 msgid "" "If no database product with a matching internal reference is found for a " "given SKU or gift wrapping code, a default database product **Amazon Sale** " @@ -674,19 +3801,19 @@ msgid "" "the shipping code." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:100 msgid "" "To modify the default products, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " -"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>` and navigate to " +"</applications/general/developer_mode>` and navigate to " ":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> " "Amazon Sync --> Default Products`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:106 msgid "Configure taxes of products" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:108 msgid "" "To allow for tax reporting of Amazon sales with Odoo, the taxes applied to " "the sales order items are those set on the product or determined by the " @@ -695,7 +3822,7 @@ msgid "" " subtotals between Seller Central and Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:114 msgid "" "As Amazon does not necessarily apply the same taxes as those configured in " "Odoo, it may happen that order totals differ by a few cents from that on " @@ -703,11 +3830,11 @@ msgid "" "reconciling the payments in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:121 msgid "Add an unsupported marketplace" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:123 msgid "" "Some Amazon Marketplaces, such as Amazon Brazil, are not officially " "supported by Odoo but might be compatible with your seller account. These " @@ -716,7 +3843,7 @@ msgid "" "natively supported marketplaces." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:129 msgid "" "To find out if a marketplace is eventually compatible, check the `Amazon " "Documentation " @@ -725,19 +3852,19 @@ msgid "" "account." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:133 msgid "" "To add a new marketplace, you must first enable :doc:`Developer mode " -"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." +"</applications/general/developer_mode>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:136 msgid "" "Once that is done, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " "Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Amazon Marketplaces`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:139 msgid "" "From there, you can create a new marketplace record. You will need the " "Marketplace ID and Endpoint for your marketplace as described in the `Amazon" @@ -745,7 +3872,7 @@ msgid "" "<https://docs.developer.amazonservices.com/en_US/dev_guide/DG_Endpoints.html>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:143 msgid "" "Set the name of the record to ``Amazon.<domain>`` to easily retrieve it (for" " instance: ``Amazon.se``). The **Code**, **Domain** and **API Identifier** " @@ -753,7 +3880,7 @@ msgid "" "and *MarketplaceId* values from the Amazon Documentation." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:147 msgid "" "Once the marketplace is saved, you should then update the Amazon Account " "configuration by going to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " @@ -766,26 +3893,26 @@ msgid "" " it is either incompatible or unavailable for your seller account." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:156 msgid "" "As manually added marketplaces are not officially supported by Odoo, there " "is no guarantee that adding one as described above will work, nor can this " "be considered as a bug when contacting Odoo Support." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector.rst:3 msgid "eBay Connector" msgstr "conector Ebay" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:3 msgid "How to list a product?" msgstr "Como listar um produto?" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:6 msgid "Listing without variation" msgstr "Listagem sem variação" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:8 msgid "" "In order to list a product, you need to check the **use eBay** field on a " "product form. The eBay tab will be available." @@ -793,7 +3920,7 @@ msgstr "" "Para listar um produto, você precisa verificar o campo ** usar eBay ** em um" " formulário de produto. A guia eBay estará disponível." -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:14 msgid "" "When the **Use Stock Quantity** field is checked, the quantity sets on eBay " "will be the Odoo **Forecast Quantity**." @@ -801,7 +3928,7 @@ msgstr "" "Quando o campo **Use a Quantidade de Estoque** for verificado, os conjuntos " "de quantidade no eBay serão a quantidade de previsão do Odoo ***." -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:17 msgid "" "The **Description Template** allows you to use templates for your listings. " "The default template only use the **eBay Description** field of the product." @@ -813,7 +3940,7 @@ msgstr "" "produto. Você pode usar html dentro do ** Modelo de descrição ** e na ** " "Descrição do eBay **." -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:21 msgid "" "To use pictures in your listing, you need to add them as **Attachments** on " "the product template." @@ -821,11 +3948,11 @@ msgstr "" "Para usar imagens em sua listagem, você precisa adicioná-las como ** anexos " "** no modelo do produto." -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:24 msgid "Listing with variations" msgstr "Listagem com variações" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:26 msgid "" "When the **use eBay** on a product with variations is checked and with " "**Fixed Price** as **Listing Type**, the eBay form is sligthly different. In" @@ -837,11 +3964,11 @@ msgstr "" "diferente. Na matriz de variantes, você pode escolher qual variante será " "listada no eBay, bem como definir o preço e a quantidade de cada variante." -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:35 msgid "Listing with item specifics" msgstr "Listagem com itens específicos" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:37 msgid "" "In order to add item specifics, you should create a product attribute with " "one value in the **Variants** tab on the product form." @@ -849,11 +3976,11 @@ msgstr "" "Para adicionar especificações do item, você deve criar um atributo do " "produto com um valor na guia ** Variantes ** no formulário do produto." -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:44 msgid "Product Identifiers" msgstr "Identificadores de produto" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:46 msgid "" "Products identifiers such as EAN, UPC, Brand or MPN are required in most of " "the eBay category. The module manages the EAN and UPC identifiers with the " @@ -874,15 +4001,15 @@ msgstr "" "valores não forem definidos, 'Não se aplica' será usado para a listagem no " "eBay." -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:3 msgid "How to configure eBay in Odoo?" msgstr "Como configurar o eBay no Odoo?" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:6 msgid "Create eBay tokens" msgstr "Crie tokens do eBay" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:8 msgid "" "In order to create your tokens, you need to create a developer account on " "the `developer portal <https://go.developer.ebay.com/>`_. Once you are " @@ -894,7 +4021,7 @@ msgstr "" "conectado, você pode criar ** Sandbox Keys ** e ** Production Keys ** " "clicando nos botões adequados." -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:16 msgid "" "After the creation of the keys, you can get the user token. To do so, click " "on the **Get a User Token** link in the bottom of the page. Go through the " @@ -906,11 +4033,11 @@ msgstr "" "página. Vá até o formulário, faça login com sua conta do eBay e você obterá " "as chaves e token necessários para configurar o módulo no Odoo." -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:22 msgid "Set up tokens in Odoo?" msgstr "Configurar tokens no Odoo?" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:24 msgid "" "To set up the eBay integration, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " "Configuration --> Settings`." @@ -918,7 +4045,7 @@ msgstr "" "Para configurar a integração do eBay, vá para: seleção de menus: `Vendas -> " "Configuração -> Configurações`." -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:29 msgid "" "First choose if you want to use the production or the sandbox eBay Site. " "Then fill in the fields **Developer Key**, **Token**, **App Key**, **Cert " @@ -928,7 +4055,7 @@ msgstr "" "seguida, preencha os campos ** Chave do desenvolvedor **, ** Token **, ** " "Chave do aplicativo **, ** Chave cert **. Aplique as alterações." -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:33 msgid "" "Once the page is reloaded, you need to synchronize information from eBay. " "Push on **Sync countries and currencies**, then you can fill in all the " @@ -938,7 +4065,7 @@ msgstr "" "informações do eBay. Clique em ** Sincronizar países e moedas ** para " "preencher todos os outros campos." -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:36 msgid "" "When all the fields are filled in, you can synchronize the categories and " "the policies by clicking on the adequate buttons." @@ -946,71 +4073,71 @@ msgstr "" "Quando todos os campos estiverem preenchidos, você pode sincronizar as " "categorias e as políticas clicando nos botões adequados." -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:40 msgid "Using the updated synchronisation method" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:42 msgid "" "If you have a lot of products, the eBay API can sometimes refuse some " "synchronization calls due to a time-based limit on the number of requests " "that eBay enforces." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:45 msgid "" "To fix this issue, a new implementation mechanism has been developped; " "however this updated mechanism is disabled by default to avoid having the 2 " "systems running in parallel in existing installations." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:49 msgid "To switch to the new synchronization mechanism:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:51 msgid "" -"Enable the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." +"Enable the :doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:52 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Scheduled Actions`" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:53 msgid "" "Archive the old synchronization actions (both are named *Ebay: update " "product status*)" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:54 msgid "" "Activate the new synchronization actions (*Ebay: get new orders* which runs " "every 15min by default and *Ebay: synchronise stock (for 'get new orders' " "synchronisation)* which runs once a day per default)" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:55 msgid "" "Ensure that the **Next Execution Date** for both these actions are in the " "near future" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:57 msgid "" "Starting with the next execution date, the new method will be used instead " "of the old one." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing.rst:3 msgid "Invoicing Method" msgstr "Método de faturamento" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:3 msgid "Request a down payment" msgstr "Solicite um pagamento adiantado" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:5 msgid "" "A down payment is a partial payment made by the buyer when a sales contract " "is concluded. This implies both parties' full commitment (seller and buyer) " @@ -1019,17 +4146,17 @@ msgid "" "obliged to provide the goods by accepting it." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:10 msgid "" "Sometimes a down payment is required for expensive orders or projects. That " "way, you can protect yourself and make sure that your customer is reliable." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:14 msgid "First time you request a down payment" msgstr "Primeira vez que você solicita um adiantamento" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:16 msgid "" "When a sales order is confirmed, you then have the possibility to create an " "invoice. Invoices are automatically created in drafts so that you can review" @@ -1037,19 +4164,19 @@ msgid "" "options:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:20 msgid "Regular invoice" msgstr "Fatura Normal" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:21 msgid "Down payment (percentage)" msgstr "Baixar pagamento (percentagem)" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:22 msgid "Down payment (fixed amount)" msgstr "Baixar pagamento (quantidade fixa)" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:24 msgid "" "In terms of down payment, it can either be a fixed amount or a percentage of" " the total amount. The first time you request a down payment, you can set a " @@ -1057,7 +4184,7 @@ msgid "" "account and taxes. These settings will be reused for future down payments." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:34 msgid "" "When you request your first down payment, a new product called **Down " "payment** will be created. This product will be registered as a **service** " @@ -1067,11 +4194,11 @@ msgid "" " to create an invoice**." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:41 msgid "Basic sales flow using down payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:43 msgid "" "For this first example, we will use a 50% amount down payment with a product" " using **ordered quantities** as invoicing policy. Make sure to check out " @@ -1081,7 +4208,7 @@ msgid "" "down payment (as you can see below)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:53 msgid "" "There, you can post the invoice and register the payment of your customer. " "But, we all know that in real life this flow does not happen immediately. " @@ -1092,7 +4219,7 @@ msgid "" " and draft invoice)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:63 msgid "" "To complete the flow, when the customer wants to pay the rest of his sales " "order, you must create another invoice. Once again, you will have the choice" @@ -1100,13 +4227,13 @@ msgid "" "paying the rest of the invoice as a regular invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:71 msgid "" "This flow is also possible with a down payment taking into account a fixed " "amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:74 msgid "" "Be careful that if you do a down payment with a product using **delivered " "quantities** as invoicing policy, you won’t be able to deduct all the down " @@ -1118,15 +4245,15 @@ msgid "" "delivered quantity manually on the sales order." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:82 msgid "Modify the income account and customer taxes" msgstr "Modifique a conta de receita e os impostos do cliente" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:84 msgid "From the products list, search for the **Down Payment** product." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:90 msgid "" "You can edit it and under the **General Information Tab** you will be able " "to change the customer taxes. Now, to change the income account, you will " @@ -1134,15 +4261,15 @@ msgid "" "**Accounting Tab** on the product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:99 msgid ":doc:`invoicing_policy`" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:3 msgid "Re-invoice expenses to customers" msgstr "Refaturar despesas aos clientes" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:5 msgid "" "It often happens that your employees have to spend their personal money " "while working on a project for your client. Let's take the example of an " @@ -1154,13 +4281,13 @@ msgstr "" "consultor que paga um hotel para trabalhar no site do seu cliente. Como " "empresa, você gostaria de poder faturar essa despesa ao seu cliente." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:12 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:64 msgid "Expenses configuration" msgstr "Configuração de despesas" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:14 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:66 msgid "" "To track & invoice expenses, you will need the expenses app. Go to " ":menuselection:`Apps --> Expenses` to install it." @@ -1168,7 +4295,7 @@ msgstr "" "Para rastrear e faturar despesas, você precisará do aplicativo de despesas. " "Acesse: seleção de menus: ʻApps -> Despesas` para instalá-lo." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:17 msgid "" "You should also activate the analytic accounts feature to link expenses to " "the sales order, to do so, go to :menuselection:`Invoicing --> Configuration" @@ -1179,13 +4306,13 @@ msgstr "" "`Faturamento -> Configuração -> Configurações` e ative * Contabilidade " "Analítica *." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:22 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:74 msgid "Add expenses to your sales order" msgstr "Adicione despesas ao seu pedido de vendas" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:24 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:76 msgid "" "From the expense app, you or your consultant can create a new one, e.g. the " "hotel for the first week on the site of your customer." @@ -1193,8 +4320,8 @@ msgstr "" "No aplicativo de despesas, você ou seu consultor pode criar um novo, por " "exemplo, o hotel durante a primeira semana no site do seu cliente." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:27 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:79 msgid "" "You can then enter a relevant description and select an existing product or " "create a new one from right there." @@ -1202,12 +4329,12 @@ msgstr "" "Você pode inserir uma descrição relevante e selecionar um produto existente " "ou criar um novo a partir daí." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:33 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:85 msgid "Here, we are creating a *Hotel* product:" msgstr "Aqui, estamos criando um produto * Hotel *:" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:38 msgid "" "Under the invoicing tab, select *Delivered quantities* and either *At cost* " "or *Sales price* as well depending if you want to invoice the cost of your " @@ -1217,8 +4344,8 @@ msgstr "" " Preço de venda *, dependendo se você deseja faturar o custo de sua despesa " "ou um preço de venda previamente acordado." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:45 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:97 msgid "" "To modify or create more products go to :menuselection:`Expenses --> " "Configuration --> Expense products`." @@ -1226,42 +4353,42 @@ msgstr "" "Para modificar ou criar mais produtos, vá para :seleção de menus:'Despesas " "--> Configuração --> Produtos de despesa'." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:48 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:100 msgid "" "Back on the expense, add the original sale order in the expense to submit." msgstr "" "De volta à despesa, adicione o pedido de venda original na despesa a ser " "enviada." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:54 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:106 msgid "It can then be submitted to the manager, approved and finally posted." msgstr "" "Ele pode então ser submetido ao gestor, aprovado e finalmente postado." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:65 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:117 msgid "It will then be in the sales order and ready to be invoiced." msgstr "Estará então no pedido de venda e pronto para ser faturado." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:3 msgid "Invoice based on delivered or ordered quantities" msgstr "Fatura com base nas quantidades entregues ou encomendadas" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:5 msgid "" "Different business policies might require different options for invoicing:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:7 msgid "" "The **Invoice what is ordered** rule is used as **default mode** in Odoo " "Sales, which means that customers will be invoiced once the sales order is " "confirmed." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:10 msgid "" "The **Invoice what is delivered** rule will invoice customers once the " "delivery is done. This rule concerns businesses that sell materials, liquids" @@ -1270,58 +4397,58 @@ msgid "" " delivered." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:15 msgid "" "Being able to have different invoicing options allow you more flexibility. " "Indeed, you need to know exactly how to invoice your customers for different" " situations." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:19 msgid "Activate these features" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:21 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and under " "**Invoicing policy** choose the rule you want to apply." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:30 msgid "" "If you decide to choose the **Invoice what is delivered** rule, you will not" " be able to activate the feature called **Automatic invoice**, which " "automatically generates invoices when the online payment is confirmed." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:35 msgid "Choose an invoicing policy on a product form" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:37 msgid "" "From any product page, under the **Sales tab**, you will find the invoicing " "policy, which can be manually changed." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:46 msgid "Impact on sales flow" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:48 msgid "" "On Odoo Sales, the basic sales flow will be to create a quotation, send it " "to your customer, wait for confirmation, confirm the sales order and create " "an invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:51 msgid "" "**Invoice what is ordered**: No impact on this basic sales flow. Indeed, you" " can invoice as soon as the sale is confirmed." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:54 msgid "" "**Invoice what is delivered**: Small impact on sales flow because you will " "have to manually enter the delivered quantity on the sales order or to " @@ -1331,36 +4458,36 @@ msgid "" "error message as below." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:65 msgid "" "Once the quotation is confirmed and that the status went from **Quotation " "sent** to **Sales order**, you are able to see your delivered and invoiced " "quantities directly from your sales order (it is true for both rules)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:74 msgid "" "Odoo will automatically add the quantities to the invoice (even if it is a " "partial delivery)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:76 msgid "" "Finally, to create an invoice, you will have different possibilities: " "regular invoice or down payment (percentage or fixed amount)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:80 msgid "" "Be sure to check out our documentation about down payment here: " ":doc:`down_payment`, to master this incredible feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:3 msgid "Invoice project milestones" msgstr "Fature marcos do projeto" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:5 msgid "" "Milestone invoicing can be used for expensive or large-scale projects, with " "each milestone representing a clear sequence of work that will incrementally" @@ -1376,11 +4503,11 @@ msgstr "" "fluxo de caixa estável ao longo da vida do projeto, quanto para o cliente, " "que pode acompanhar o andamento do projeto e pagar em várias prestações." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:13 msgid "Create milestone products" msgstr "Criar produtos de marco" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:15 msgid "" "In Odoo, each milestone of your project is considered as a product. To " "configure products to work this way, go to any product form." @@ -1389,7 +4516,7 @@ msgstr "" "Você verá um link direto do pedido de venda para a Assinatura no canto " "superior direito." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:18 msgid "" "You have to set the product type as *Service* under general information and " "select *Milestones* in the sales tab." @@ -1397,11 +4524,11 @@ msgstr "" "Você deve definir o tipo de produto como * Serviço * nas informações gerais " "e selecionar * Marcos * na guia de vendas." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:25 msgid "Invoice milestones" msgstr "Fature os marcos" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:27 msgid "" "From the sales order, you can manually edit the quantity delivered as you " "complete a milestone." @@ -1409,15 +4536,16 @@ msgstr "" "A partir do pedido de vendas, você consegue editar manualmente a quantidade " "entregue a medida que você completa um marco." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:33 msgid "You can then invoice that first milestone." msgstr "Você poderá faturar esse primeiro marco." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:3 ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:22 msgid "Send a pro-forma invoice" msgstr "Envie uma fatura pro-forma" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:5 msgid "" "A pro-forma invoice is an abridged or estimated invoice in advance of a " "delivery of goods. It notes the kind and quantity of goods, their value, and" @@ -1433,12 +4561,12 @@ msgstr "" "para fins alfandegários na importação. Eles diferem de uma fatura normal por" " não ser uma demanda ou solicitação de pagamento." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:13 -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:10 msgid "Activate the feature" msgstr "Ativar o recurso" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:15 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the" " *Pro-Forma Invoice* feature." @@ -1446,7 +4574,7 @@ msgstr "" "Vá para: seleção de menus: `VENDAS -> Configuração -> Configurações` e ative" " o recurso * Fatura Pro-Forma *." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:24 msgid "" "From any quotation or sales order, you know have an option to send a pro-" "forma invoice." @@ -1454,7 +4582,7 @@ msgstr "" "A partir de qualquer cotação ou pedido de venda, você sabe que tem a opção " "de enviar uma fatura pro-forma." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:30 msgid "" "When you click on send, Odoo will send an email with the pro-forma invoice " "in attachment." @@ -1462,11 +4590,11 @@ msgstr "" "Ao clicar em enviar, o Odoo enviará um email com a fatura pro-forma em " "anexo." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:3 msgid "Sell subscriptions" msgstr "Vender assinaturas" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:5 msgid "" "Selling subscription products will give you predictable revenue, making " "planning ahead much easier." @@ -1474,17 +4602,17 @@ msgstr "" "Vender produtos de assinatura proporcionará uma receita previsível, tornando" " o planejamento com antecedência muito mais fácil." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:9 msgid "Make a subscription from a sales order" msgstr "Faça uma assinatura de um pedido de vendas" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:11 msgid "" "From the sales app, create a quotation to the desired customer, and select " "the subscription product your previously created from the Subscriptions App." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:14 msgid "" "When you confirm the sale the subscription will be created automatically. " "You will see a direct link from the sales order to the Subscription in the " @@ -1494,11 +4622,11 @@ msgstr "" "Você verá um link direto do pedido de venda para a assinatura no canto " "superior direito." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:3 msgid "Invoice based on time and materials" msgstr "Faturamento com base em tempo e materiais" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:5 msgid "" "Time and Materials is generally used in projects in which it is not possible" " to accurately estimate the size of the project, or when it is expected that" @@ -1508,7 +4636,7 @@ msgstr "" "possível estimar com precisão o tamanho do projeto, ou quando se espera que " "os requisitos do projeto provavelmente mudem." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:9 msgid "" "This is opposed to a fixed-price contract in which the owner agrees to pay " "the contractor a lump sum for the fulfillment of the contract no matter what" @@ -1519,7 +4647,7 @@ msgstr "" "importa o quanto os contratados paguem aos seus funcionários, subcontratados" " e fornecedores." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:14 msgid "" "For this documentation I will use the example of a consultant, you will need" " to invoice their time, their various expenses (transport, lodging, ...) and" @@ -1529,11 +4657,11 @@ msgstr "" "faturar seu tempo, suas diversas despesas (transporte, hospedagem, ...) e " "compras." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:19 msgid "Invoice time configuration" msgstr "Configuração de tempo de fatura" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:21 msgid "" "To keep track of progress in the project, you will need the *Project* app. " "Go to :menuselection:`Apps --> Project` to install it." @@ -1541,7 +4669,7 @@ msgstr "" "Para acompanhar o andamento do projeto, você precisará do aplicativo * " "Projeto *. Vá para: seleção de menus: ʻApps -> Projeto` para instalá-lo." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:24 msgid "" "In *Project* you will use timesheets, to do so go to :menuselection:`Project" " --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Timesheets* feature." @@ -1550,11 +4678,11 @@ msgstr "" "seleção de menus: `Projeto -> Configuração -> Configurações` e ative o " "recurso * Planilhas de horas *." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:32 msgid "Invoice your time spent" msgstr "Faturar o tempo gasto" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:34 msgid "" "From a product page set as a service, you will find two options under the " "invoicing tab, select both *Timesheets on tasks* and *Create a task in a new" @@ -1564,11 +4692,11 @@ msgstr "" "opções na guia de faturamento, selecione * Planilha de horas nas tarefas * e" " * Criar uma tarefa em um novo projeto *." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:41 msgid "You could also add the task to an existing project." msgstr "Você também pode adicionar a tarefa em um projeto existente." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:43 msgid "" "Once confirming a sales order, you will now see two new buttons, one for the" " project overview and one for the current task." @@ -1576,7 +4704,7 @@ msgstr "" "Depois de confirmar um pedido de venda, você verá dois novos botões, um para" " a visão geral do projeto e outro para a tarefa atual." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:49 msgid "" "You will directly be in the task if you click on it, you can also access it " "from the *Project* app." @@ -1584,7 +4712,7 @@ msgstr "" "Você estará diretamente na tarefa se clicar nela, você também pode acessá-la" " a partir do aplicativo * Projeto *." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:52 msgid "" "Under timesheets, you can assign who works on it. You can or they can add " "how many hours they worked on the project so far." @@ -1592,18 +4720,18 @@ msgstr "" "Nas planilhas de horas, você pode atribuir quem trabalha nisso. Você ou eles" " podem adicionar quantas horas trabalharam no projeto até agora." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:58 msgid "From the sales order, you can then invoice those hours." msgstr "A partir do pedido de venda, você pode faturar essas horas." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:69 msgid "" "You should also activate the analytic accounts feature to link expenses to " "the sales order, to do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Settings` and activate *Analytic Accounting*." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:90 msgid "" "under the invoicing tab, select *Delivered quantities* and either *At cost* " "or *Sales price* as well depending if you want to invoice the cost of your " @@ -1613,11 +4741,11 @@ msgstr "" "ou * Preço de venda *, dependendo se você deseja faturar o custo de sua " "despesa ou um preço de venda previamente acordado." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:120 msgid "Invoice purchases" msgstr "Fatura de compras" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:122 msgid "" "The last thing you might need to add to the sale order is purchases made for" " it." @@ -1625,7 +4753,7 @@ msgstr "" "A última coisa que você precisa adicionar ao pedido de venda são as compras " "feitas para ele." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:125 msgid "" "You will need the *Purchase Analytics* feature, to activate it, go to " ":menuselection:`Invoicing --> Configuration --> Settings` and select " @@ -1635,7 +4763,7 @@ msgstr "" "seleção de menus: `Faturamento -> Configuração -> Configurações` e selecione" " * Compras Analytics *." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:129 msgid "" "While making the purchase order don't forget to add the right analytic " "account." @@ -1643,7 +4771,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ao fazer o pedido de compra, não se esqueça de adicionar a conta analítica " "correta." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:135 msgid "" "Once the PO is confirmed and received, you can create the vendor bill, this " "will automatically add it to the SO where you can invoice it." @@ -1652,25 +4780,25 @@ msgstr "" "fornecedor, que irá adicioná-la automaticamente ao pedido de vendas, onde " "você pode faturá-la." -#: ../../sales/products_prices.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices.rst:3 msgid "Products & Prices" msgstr "Produtos & Preços" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices.rst:3 msgid "Manage your pricing" msgstr "Gerencie seus preços" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:3 msgid "How to sell in foreign currencies" msgstr "Como vender em moedas estrangeiras" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:5 msgid "Pricelists can also be used to manage prices in foreign currencies." msgstr "" "As listas de preços também podem ser usadas para gerenciar preços em moedas " "estrangeiras." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:7 msgid "" "Check *Allow multi currencies* in :menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> " "Settings`. As admin, you need *Adviser* access rights on " @@ -1681,7 +4809,7 @@ msgstr "" "direitos de acesso de * Consultor * em aplicativos de Faturamento / " "Contabilidade." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:10 msgid "" "Create one pricelist per currency. A new *Currency* field shows up in " "pricelist setup form." @@ -1689,7 +4817,7 @@ msgstr "" "Crie uma lista de preços por moeda. Um novo campo * Moeda * é exibido no " "formulário de configuração da lista de preços." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:13 msgid "" "To activate a new currency, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Currencies`, select it in the list and press *Activate* in" @@ -1699,16 +4827,16 @@ msgstr "" "Configuração -> Moedas`, selecione-a na lista e pressione * Ativar * no " "canto superior direito. Agora ele aparecerá nas listas suspensas de moedas." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:17 msgid "Prices in foreign currencies can be defined in two fashions." msgstr "" "Os preços em moedas estrangeiras podem ser definidos de duas maneiras." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:20 msgid "Automatic conversion from public price" msgstr "Conversão automática de preço público" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:22 msgid "" "The public price is in your company's main currency (see " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings`) and is set in product detail form." @@ -1717,7 +4845,7 @@ msgstr "" "menus: ʻContabilidade -> Configurações`) e é definido no formulário de " "detalhes do produto." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:28 msgid "" "The conversion rates can be found in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Currencies`. They can be updated from Yahoo or the " @@ -1730,11 +4858,11 @@ msgstr "" "manualmente, diariamente, semanalmente, etc. Ver: seleção de menus: " "ʻContabilidade -> Definições`." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:40 msgid "Set your own prices" msgstr "Estabeleça seus próprios preços" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:42 msgid "" "This is advised if you don't want your pricing to change along with currency" " rates." @@ -1742,15 +4870,15 @@ msgstr "" "Isso é aconselhável se você não quiser que seu preço mude junto com as taxas" " de câmbio." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:49 msgid ":doc:`pricing`" msgstr ":doc:`pricing`" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:3 msgid "How to adapt your prices to your customers and apply discounts" msgstr "Como adaptar seus preços aos seus clientes e aplicar descontos" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo has a powerful pricelist feature to support a pricing strategy tailored" " to your business. A pricelist is a list of prices or price rules that Odoo " @@ -1765,7 +4893,7 @@ msgstr "" "períodos, mínima quantidade vendida (atender a uma quantidade mínima do " "pedido e obter um desconto no preço), etc." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:9 msgid "" "As pricelists only suggest prices, they can be overridden by vendors " "completing sales orders. Choose your pricing strategy from " @@ -1775,7 +4903,7 @@ msgstr "" "pelos fornecedores que concluem os pedidos de venda. Escolha sua estratégia " "de preços em: seleção de menus: `Vendas -> Configurações`." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:18 msgid "" "*A single sale price per product :* doesn't let you adapt prices, it use " "default product price ;" @@ -1783,7 +4911,7 @@ msgstr "" "* Preço de venda único por produto: * não permite adaptar preços, usa o " "preço padrão do produto;" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:19 msgid "" "*Different prices per customer segment :* you will set several prices per " "products ;" @@ -1791,7 +4919,7 @@ msgstr "" "* Preços diferentes por segmento de cliente: * você definirá vários preços " "por produtos;" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:20 msgid "" "*Advanced pricing based on formula :* will let you apply discounts, margins " "and roundings." @@ -1799,11 +4927,11 @@ msgstr "" "*Preços avançados com base em fórmula :* permitirão que você aplique " "descontos, margens e arredondamentos." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:23 msgid "Several prices per product" msgstr "Vários preços por produto" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:25 msgid "" "To apply several prices per product, select *Different prices per customer " "segment* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`. Then open the *Sales* tab " @@ -1814,18 +4942,18 @@ msgstr "" "seguida, abra a guia * Vendas * no formulário de detalhes do produto. Você " "pode definir as seguintes estratégias." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:30 msgid "Prices per customer segment" msgstr "Preços por segmento de cliente" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:32 msgid "" "Create pricelists for your customer segments: e.g. registered, premium, etc." msgstr "" "Crie listas de preços para seus segmentos de clientes: por exemplo, " "registrado, premium, etc." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:37 msgid "" "The default pricelist applied to any new customer is *Public Pricelist*. To " "segment your customers, open the customer detail form and change the *Sale " @@ -1836,17 +4964,17 @@ msgstr "" "detalhes do cliente e altere a * Lista de preços de venda * na guia * Vendas" " e compras *." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:45 msgid "Temporary prices" msgstr "Preços temporários" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:47 msgid "Apply deals for bank holidays, etc. Enter start and end dates dates." msgstr "" "Aplique acordos para feriados bancários, etc. Insira as datas de início e " "término." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:53 msgid "" "Make sure you have default prices set in the pricelist outside of the deals " "period. Otherwise you might have issues once the period over." @@ -1855,11 +4983,11 @@ msgstr "" "período de negócios. Caso contrário, você pode ter problemas após o término " "do período." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:57 msgid "Prices per minimum quantity" msgstr "Preços por quantidade mínima" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:63 msgid "" "The prices order does not matter. The system is smart and applies first " "prices that match the order date and/or the minimal quantities." @@ -1867,11 +4995,11 @@ msgstr "" "A ordem de preços não importa. O sistema é inteligente e aplica os primeiros" " preços que correspondem à data do pedido e / ou às quantidades mínimas." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:67 msgid "Discounts, margins, roundings" msgstr "Descontos, margens, arredondamentos" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:69 msgid "" "*Advanced pricing based on formula* allows to set price change rules. " "Changes can be relative to the product list/catalog price, the product cost " @@ -1888,7 +5016,7 @@ msgstr "" "Os preços podem ser arredondados para o centavo / dólar mais próximo ou " "múltiplo de qualquer um (5 centavos mais próximo, 10 dólares mais próximos)." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:76 msgid "" "Once installed go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Pricelists`" " (or :menuselection:`Website Admin --> Catalog --> Pricelists` if you use " @@ -1898,7 +5026,7 @@ msgstr "" "Listas de preço` (ou: seleção de menus:` Website Admin -> Catálogo -> Listas" " de preço` se você usa e-Commerce)." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:84 msgid "" "Each pricelist item can be associated to either all products, to a product " "internal category (set of products) or to a specific product. Like in second" @@ -1909,7 +5037,7 @@ msgstr "" "específico. Como na segunda opção, você pode definir datas e quantidades " "mínimas." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:91 msgid "" "Once again the system is smart. If a rule is set for a particular item and " "another one for its category, Odoo will take the rule of the item." @@ -1917,44 +5045,44 @@ msgstr "" "Mais uma vez, o sistema é inteligente. Se uma regra for definida para um " "item específico e outra para sua categoria, o Odoo assumirá a regra do item." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:93 msgid "Make sure at least one pricelist item covers all your products." msgstr "" "Certifique-se de que pelo menos um item da lista de preços cubra todos os " "seus produtos." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:95 msgid "There are 3 modes of computation: fix price, discount & formula." msgstr "Existem 3 modos de cálculo: preço fixo, desconto e fórmula." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:100 msgid "Here are different price settings made possible thanks to formulas." msgstr "" "Aqui estão diferentes configurações de preços possíveis graças às fórmulas." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:103 msgid "Discounts with roundings" msgstr "Desconto com arredondamentos" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:105 msgid "e.g. 20% discounts with prices rounded up to 9.99." msgstr "por exemplo, descontos de 20% com preços arredondados para 9,99." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:111 msgid "Costs with markups (retail)" msgstr "Custos com aumentos (varejo)" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:113 msgid "e.g. sale price = 2*cost (100% markup) with $5 of minimal margin." msgstr "" "por exemplo. preço de venda = 2 * custo (aumento de 100%) com $ 5 de margem " "mínima." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:119 msgid "Prices per country" msgstr "Preços por país" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:120 msgid "" "Pricelists can be set by countries group. Any new customer recorded in Odoo " "gets a default pricelist, i.e. the first one in the list matching the " @@ -1967,22 +5095,22 @@ msgstr "" "definido para o cliente, o Odoo assume a primeira lista de preços sem " "qualquer grupo de países." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:123 msgid "The default pricelist can be replaced when creating a sales order." msgstr "" "A lista de preços padrão pode ser substituída ao criar um pedido de venda." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:125 msgid "You can change the pricelists sequence by drag & drop in list view." msgstr "" "Você pode alterar a sequência da lista de preços arrastando e soltando na " "visualização de lista." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:128 msgid "Compute and show discount % to customers" msgstr "Calcular e mostrar % de desconto aos clientes" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:130 msgid "" "In case of discount, you can show the public price and the computed discount" " % on printed sales orders and in your eCommerce catalog. To do so:" @@ -1991,7 +5119,7 @@ msgstr "" "computada nos pedidos de venda impressos e no seu catálogo de comércio " "eletrônico. Para fazer isso:" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:132 msgid "" "Check *Allow discounts on sales order lines* in :menuselection:`Sales --> " "Configuration --> Settings --> Quotations & Sales --> Discounts`." @@ -2000,187 +5128,161 @@ msgstr "" " menus: `Vendas -> Configuração -> Configurações -> Cotações e Vendas -> " "Descontos`." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:133 msgid "Apply the option in the pricelist setup form." msgstr "Aplique a opção no formulário de configuração da lista de preços." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:140 msgid ":doc:`currencies`" msgstr ":doc:`currencies`" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:141 -msgid ":doc:`../../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing`" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:141 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing`" +msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products.rst:3 msgid "Manage your products" msgstr "Gerencie seus produtos" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:3 -msgid "How to import products with categories and variants" -msgstr "Como importar produtos com categorias e variantes" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:3 +msgid "How to import Products with Categories and Variants" +msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:5 msgid "" -"Import templates are provided in the import tool of the most common data to " -"import (contacts, products, bank statements, etc.). You can open them with " -"any spreadsheets software (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, " +"Import templates are provided in the **Import Tool** of the most common data" +" to import (contacts, products, bank statements, etc.). You can open them " +"with any spreadsheet software (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, " "etc.)." msgstr "" -"Os modelos de importação são fornecidos na ferramenta de importação dos " -"dados mais comuns para importar (contatos, produtos, extratos bancários, " -"etc.). Você pode abri-los com qualquer software de planilhas (Microsoft " -"Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, etc.)." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:11 msgid "How to customize the file" msgstr "Como personalizar o arquivo" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:13 msgid "" -"Remove columns you don't need. We advise to not remove the *ID* one (see why" -" here below)." +"Remove columns you don't need. However, we advise you to not remove the *ID*" +" column (see why below)." msgstr "" -"Remova as colunas de que você não precisa. Aconselhamos não remover o * ID *" -" (veja o motivo aqui abaixo)." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:15 msgid "" "Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing." msgstr "" "Defina um ID exclusivo para cada registro arrastando para baixo a sequência " "de ID." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:16 msgid "" -"Don't change labels of columns you want to import. Otherwise Odoo won't " -"recognize them anymore and you will have to map them on your own in the " +"Don't change the labels of columns you want to import. Otherwise, Odoo won't" +" recognize them anymore, and you will have to map them on your own in the " "import screen." msgstr "" -"Não altere os rótulos das colunas que deseja importar. Caso contrário, o " -"Odoo não os reconhecerá mais e você terá que mapeá-los por conta própria na " -"tela de importação." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:18 msgid "" -"To add new columns,Feel free to add new columns but the fields need to exist" -" in Odoo. If Odoo fails in matching the column name with a field, you can " -"make it manually when importing by browsing a list of available fields." +"Feel free to add new columns, but the fields need to exist in Odoo. If Odoo " +"fails in matching the column name with a field, you can match it manually " +"when importing by browsing a list of available fields." msgstr "" -"Para adicionar novas colunas, sinta-se livre para adicionar novas colunas, " -"mas os campos precisam existir no Odoo. Se o Odoo falhar em combinar o nome " -"da coluna com um campo, você pode fazer isso manualmente ao importar " -"navegando em uma lista de campos disponíveis." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:24 -msgid "Why an “ID” column" -msgstr "Por que uma coluna “ID”" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:24 +msgid "Why an “ID” column?" +msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:26 msgid "" -"The ID is an unique identifier for the line item. Feel free to use the one " -"of your previous software to ease the transition to Odoo." +"The ID is a truly unique identifier for the line item. Feel free to use one" +" of your previous software to ease the transition into Odoo." msgstr "" -"O ID é um identificador único para o item de linha. Sinta-se a vontade para " -"usar um de seu software anterior para facilitar a transição para o Odoo." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:29 msgid "" -"Setting an ID is not mandatory when importing but it helps in many cases:" +"Setting an ID is not mandatory when importing, but it helps in many cases:" msgstr "" -"Definir um ID não é obrigatório ao importar, mas ajuda em muitos casos:" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:31 msgid "" "Update imports: you can import the same file several times without creating " -"duplicates;" +"duplicates." msgstr "" -"Atualizar importações: você pode importar o mesmo arquivo várias vezes sem " -"criar duplicatas;" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:32 msgid "Import relation fields (see here below)." msgstr "Campos de relação de importação (veja aqui abaixo)." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:35 msgid "How to import relation fields" msgstr "Como importar campos de relação" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:37 msgid "" -"An Odoo object is always related to many other objects (e.g. a product is " +"An Odoo object is always related to many other objects (e.g., a product is " "linked to product categories, attributes, vendors, etc.). To import those " -"relations you need to import the records of the related object first from " +"relations, you need to import the records of the related object first from " "their own list menu." msgstr "" -"Um objeto Odoo está sempre relacionado a muitos outros objetos (por exemplo," -" um produto está vinculado a categorias de produtos, atributos, " -"fornecedores, etc.). Para importar essas relações, você precisa primeiro " -"importar os registros do objeto relacionado de seu próprio menu de lista." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:41 msgid "" -"You can do it using either the name of the related record or its ID. The ID " -"is expected when two records have the same name. In such a case add \" / " -"ID\" at the end of the column title (e.g. for product attributes: Product " +"You can do this using the name of the related record or its ID. The ID is " +"expected when two records have the same name. In such a case, add \" / ID\" " +"at the end of the column title (e.g., for product attributes: Product " "Attributes / Attribute / ID)." msgstr "" -"Você pode fazer isso usando o nome do registro relacionado ou seu ID. O ID é" -" esperado quando dois registros têm o mesmo nome. Nesse caso, adicione \"/ " -"ID\" no final do título da coluna (por exemplo, para atributos do produto: " -"Atributos / Atributo / ID do produto)." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:3 msgid "Using product variants" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:5 msgid "" "Product variants are used to manage products having different variations, " "like size, color, etc. It allows managing the product at the template level " "(for all variations) and at the variant level (specific attributes)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:10 msgid "" "As an example, a company selling t-shirts may have the following product:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:13 msgid "B&C T-shirt" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:15 msgid "Sizes: S, M, L, XL, XXL" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:16 msgid "Colors: Blue, Red, White, Black" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:18 msgid "" "In this example, **B&C T-Shirt** is called the product template and **B&C " "T-Shirt, S, Blue** is a variant. Sizes and color are **attributes**." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:22 msgid "" "The above example has a total of 20 different products (5 sizes x 4 colors)." " Each one of these products has its own inventory, sales, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:26 msgid "Impact of variants" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:28 msgid "" "**Barcode**: the code and barcode is associated to a variant, not the " "template. Every variant may have its own barcode / SKU." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:31 msgid "" "**Price**: every product variant has its own public price that is computed " "based on the template price ($20) with an optional extra for every variant " @@ -2188,7 +5290,7 @@ msgid "" "the template or the variant." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:36 msgid "" "**Inventory**: the inventory is managed by product variant. You don't own " "t-shirts, you only own \"T-shirts, S, Red\", or \"T-Shirts, M, Blue\". For " @@ -2197,39 +5299,39 @@ msgid "" "variant)" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:42 msgid "" "**Picture**: the picture is related to the variant, every variation of a " "product may have its own primary picture." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:45 msgid "" "**Other fields**: most of the other fields belongs to the product template. " "If you update them, it updates automatically all the variants. (example: " "Income Account, Taxes)" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:50 msgid "Should you use variants?" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:53 msgid "When should you use variants?" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:55 msgid "Using variants has the following impacts:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:57 msgid "" "**eCommerce**: in your online shop, the customer will only see product " "templates in the catalog page. Once the visitor click on such a product, he " "will have options to choose amongst the variants (colors, sizes, …)" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:62 msgid "" "**Manufacturing**: Using variants allows to define only one bill of material" " for a product template and slight variations for some of the variants. " @@ -2238,7 +5340,7 @@ msgid "" "specific to the dimension S, and other lines specific to the color Red." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:69 msgid "" "**Pricing**: The default price of a product is computed using the price of " "the product template and add the optional extra price on each dimension of " @@ -2247,48 +5349,48 @@ msgid "" "pricelist rules to fix price per variants too." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:77 msgid "When should you avoid using variants?" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:79 msgid "" "Using variants may add a level of complexity on the way you use Odoo. You " "should consider using variants only if you need it to reduce the complexity " "of managing lots of products that are similars." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:83 msgid "" "As an example, importing your initial product catalog is more complex if you" " use variants. You can't just import a list of products, you must import " "product templates and all their related variations." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:87 msgid "" "In addition to that, you should also carefully select the dimensions that " "you manage as separate product templates and those as variants. As an " "example, a company having these products:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:91 msgid "Quality: T-Shirts, Polos, Shirts" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:93 -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:105 -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:110 msgid "Color: Red, Blue" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:95 -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:106 -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:111 msgid "Size: S, M, L, XL" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:97 msgid "" "In such a use case, you could create 1 template with three dimensions of " "variants (Layout, T-Shirts, Polos). But, it's recommended to create two " @@ -2297,25 +5399,19 @@ msgid "" "e-Commerce:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:103 msgid "Product Template: T-shirt" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:108 msgid "Product Template: Polos" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:114 -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:9 -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:16 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Configuração" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:117 msgid "Activate the variant feature" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:119 msgid "" "Before you can use product variants, you must first activate the product " "variants in the settings. To do so, you must go to the Sales app. In the " @@ -2324,22 +5420,22 @@ msgid "" "attributes**, then click on **Apply**." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:129 msgid "Creating products with variants" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:131 msgid "" "Once you have activated the variant option, you can add variants to your " "products. To do so, go to the Sales module, :menuselection:`Sales --> " "Products`. It is also accessible from the Purchase and inventory modules." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:135 msgid "Now, click on the product you wish to add variants to." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:137 msgid "" "In the product page, a new tab called Variants has appeared. The number in " "purple written on top is the number of variants this product currently has. " @@ -2347,98 +5443,94 @@ msgid "" "**Create**." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:142 msgid "" "In **Attributes**, click on the rolldown menu and select the type of " "variance you wish to add. If the variant does not yet exist, you can create " "it on the fly by clicking on Create and edit…" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:149 msgid "" "In the Attributes window, the **Value** field is the description of the " "attribute such as Green, Plastic or 32GB. The **Attribute** field is the " "type of variant such as Color, Material or Memory." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:156 msgid "" "You can add a cost for the variant on the fly by adding it in the " "**Attribute Price Extra** field, or choose to modify it later. Click on " "**Save**." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:160 msgid "" "You can also add a different barcode and internal reference to the variant." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:163 msgid "" "When you have entered all the specifications of the variant, click on " "**Save**." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:167 msgid "Managing Product Variants" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:170 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "Introdução" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:172 msgid "" "The examples below are all based on this product template that has two " "variant attributes :" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:175 msgid "T-Shirt B&C" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:177 msgid "Color: Red, Blue, White" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:179 msgid "Size: S, M, L, XL, XXL" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:182 msgid "Managing combination possibilities" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:184 msgid "" "By default, with the above product template, you get 15 different products " "(3 colors, 5 sizes). If the XXL size only exists for red and blue t-shirts, " "you can deactivate the white product variant." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:188 msgid "" "To do this, click on the **Variants** button, select the XXL, White T-shirt." " From the product form, uncheck the **Active** box of the T-shirt White, " "XXL." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:197 msgid "" "That deactivating a product is different than having an inventory of 0." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:200 msgid "Setting a price per variant" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:202 msgid "" "You can add a cost over the main price for some of the variants of a " "product." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:205 msgid "" "Once you have activated the variant option, you can add variants to your " "products. To do so, go to the Sales module, open :menuselection:`Sales --> " @@ -2446,40 +5538,42 @@ msgid "" "**Variant Prices** button to access the list of variant values." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:213 msgid "" "Click on the variant name you wish to add a value to, to make the 3 fields " "editable. In the **Attribute Price Extra** field, add the cost of the " "variant that will be added to the original price." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:220 msgid "When you have entered all the extra values, click on **Save**." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:223 msgid "" "`Accounting Memento: Details of Journal Entries " -"<../../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.html#journal-entries>`_" +"</applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.html" +"#journal-entries>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:225 -msgid ":doc:`../../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill`" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:225 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill`" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/taxes.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/taxes.rst:3 msgid "Set taxes" msgstr "Definir impostos" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations.rst:3 msgid "Send Quotations" msgstr "Enviar Cotações" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:3 msgid "Use quotations deadline to stimulate your customers" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:5 msgid "" "When sending quotations, it is important to set a deadline to encourage your" " customers to act. Indeed, this will stimulate them because they will be " @@ -2488,21 +5582,21 @@ msgid "" "profitable for you." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:11 msgid "Set a deadline" msgstr "Estabeleça um prazo" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:13 msgid "" "With Odoo Sales, it is possible to instantly add an **Expiration Date** from" " the quotation or the sales order." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:22 msgid "Use deadline in your quotation templates" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:24 msgid "" "It is also possible to add a deadline to every quotation template created. " "Whenever a specific quotation template is used in a quote, its associated " @@ -2510,26 +5604,26 @@ msgid "" "documentation about :doc:`quote_template` to excel in their use." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:34 msgid "" "By clicking on the **Customer Preview** button, you will be able to see when" " the offer expires. For your information, the number of days will be the " "same as those mentioned in the quotation template." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:44 -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:50 -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:51 -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:65 -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:115 msgid ":doc:`quote_template`" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:3 msgid "Deliver and invoice to different addresses" msgstr "Entregue e fature em diferentes endereços" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:5 msgid "" "With Odoo Sales, you can configure different addresses for delivery and " "invoicing. For some customers, it will be very practical to define specific " @@ -2537,17 +5631,17 @@ msgid "" "delivery location as the invoicing location." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:12 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the" " **Customer Addresses** feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:21 msgid "Add addresses from a quotation" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:23 msgid "" "When you create a quotation, you must add a customer. This customer can be a" " company or a person with specific billing and shipping addresses already " @@ -2557,7 +5651,7 @@ msgid "" "able to add, delete and modify invoice and delivery addresses." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:35 msgid "" "If you select a customer with defined invoice and delivery addresses, Odoo " "will automatically use them to fill in the fields. Now, if you want to " @@ -2565,11 +5659,11 @@ msgid "" "the sales order." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:40 msgid "Add addresses from a contact form" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:42 msgid "" "Previously, we talked about the contact form that you can fill in directly " "from a quotation or a sales order to add billing and shipping addresses to " @@ -2579,11 +5673,11 @@ msgid "" " quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:54 msgid "Deal with different addresses" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:56 msgid "" "Like for the previous example, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> " "Customers` and create a new customer. There, you can add company information" @@ -2591,7 +5685,7 @@ msgid "" "the **Contacts & Addresses** tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:65 msgid "" "Once done, you can return to your Sales dashboard and create a new " "quotation. Now, if you enter your new customer, you will see that the other " @@ -2599,17 +5693,17 @@ msgid "" "billing and shipping addresses." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:74 msgid "" "With Odoo Sales, it is now very convenient to play with various addresses in" " terms of invoice and delivery features." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:3 msgid "Get paid to confirm an order" msgstr "Seja pago para confirmar um pedido" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:5 msgid "" "In general, online payments are considered as a fast and secure alternative " "to traditional payment methods. It is generally cheaper, easier and faster " @@ -2619,67 +5713,67 @@ msgid "" "it's very convenient and saves lots of time in a basic sales process." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:12 msgid "Enable online payment" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:14 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the" " **Online Payment** feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:22 msgid "" "There, you will have direct access to the **Payment Acquirers** page. It " "will allow you to select and configure your acquirers of choice. Before " "creating or modifying a payment acquirer, be sure to check out our " "documentation about how to be paid with payment acquirers such as " -":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal`, " -":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize`, and others in the " -":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers` documentation." +":doc:`/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal`, " +":doc:`/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize`, and others in the " +":doc:`/applications/general/payment_acquirers` documentation." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:30 msgid "" "If you are familiar with this documentation: :doc:`quote_template`; you can " "activate or not the **Online Payment** feature for each template you use, " "under their confirmation tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:35 msgid "Register a payment" msgstr "Registre um pagamento" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:37 msgid "" "After opening quotations from their received email, your customers will have" " different possibilities to make their online payments. For example:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:46 msgid "" "By clicking on the **Customer Preview** button, you will be able to see what" " your customers will have to choose when it comes to payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:51 -msgid ":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers`" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:51 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/payment_acquirers`" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:52 -msgid ":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal`" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:52 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal`" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:53 -msgid ":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize`" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:53 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize`" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:3 msgid "Get a signature to confirm an order" msgstr "Obtenha uma assinatura para confirmar um pedido" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:5 msgid "" "Online signatures are like electronic \"fingerprints\". By using them on " "Odoo, you will get automatic orders confirmation. You and your customers " @@ -2687,28 +5781,28 @@ msgid "" "process." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:10 msgid "Activate online signature" msgstr "Ativar assinatura online" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:12 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the" " **Online Signature** feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:21 msgid "" "If you are familiar with this documentation: :doc:`quote_template`, you can " "activate or not the **Online Signature** feature for each quotation template" " you use, under their confirmation tab. Example:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:31 msgid "Confirm an order with a signature" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:33 msgid "" "When you send quotations to clients, they can instantly accept and sign it " "online. When they click on **Sign & Pay**, they have the choice to draw " @@ -2717,24 +5811,24 @@ msgid "" "of an automated signature:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:43 msgid "" "Once signed, you will have the possibility to choose your payment methods. " "Then, when the quotation will be paid and confirmed, a delivery order will " "be created automatically by Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:47 msgid "" "Be careful that delivery orders are only generated for storable products and" " if the **Inventory app** is already installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:3 msgid "Add optional products" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:5 msgid "" "The use of optional products is a marketing strategy for cross-selling " "products along with a core product. The aim is to offer useful and related " @@ -2743,24 +5837,24 @@ msgid "" "or not to order such high-quality products and simply buy his car." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:11 msgid "Add optional products to your quotations" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:13 msgid "" "With Odoo Sales, it is possible to add or modify optional products directly " "on quotations (under the **Optional Products** tab, as you can see below)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:22 msgid "" "By clicking on the **Customer Preview** button, you will be able to see what" " your customers will have as possibilities after opening a quotation from " "their received email." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:30 msgid "" "In practice, your customers will be able to add different optional products " "to their order by using associated carts, with a user-friendly layout. More " @@ -2769,85 +5863,86 @@ msgid "" "salesman." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:40 msgid "" "Like this, salespeople will see each movement made by the customer and " "tracking the order will be all the better." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:49 msgid "Add optional products to your quotation templates" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:51 msgid "" "Be sure to check out our documentation about :doc:`quote_template` to " "understand how you can enable, create, design and manage your own quotation " "templates before reading this part." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:54 msgid "" "For quotation templates, you also have an **Optional Products** tab where " "you can add related products or services." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:62 msgid "" "With Odoo Sales, it is now very easy to understand your customer's needs." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:3 msgid "Use quotation templates" msgstr "Use modelos de cotação" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:5 msgid "" "By creating custom quotation templates, you will save a lot of time. Indeed," " with the use of templates, you will be able to send complete quotations at " "a fast pace." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:11 msgid "" "To enable this feature, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " "Settings` and activate **Quotation Templates**." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:19 msgid "" "For even more convenience, it is also recommended to add the **Quotation " "Builder** feature which will help you design your quotation templates very " "easily. This option will automatically install the Odoo Website App." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:47 msgid "Create your first template" msgstr "Crie o seu primeiro modelo" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:31 msgid "" "Quotation templates are under :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:33 msgid "" "You can create a new template or edit an existing one. Once named, you will " "be able to select products and quantities as well as the expiration time of " "the quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:42 msgid "" "On each template, you can also specify discounts if the option is activated " "in the **Sales** settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:46 msgid "Design your template" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:48 msgid "" "You will have the possibility to design your template and edit the customer " "interface in order to manage what clients will see before accepting and " @@ -2856,59 +5951,59 @@ msgid "" "**Edit** and you will be brought to the quotation builder." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:58 msgid "" "You can easily edit the content of your template by dragging & dropping " "different building blocks to organize your quotation. For example, you can " "add a content block to describe your products." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:67 msgid "Use a quotation template" msgstr "Use um modelo de cotação" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:69 msgid "When creating a quotation, you can choose a specific template." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:77 msgid "" "You can select any template of your choice and suggest it as the default " "template in the **Sales** settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:81 msgid "Confirm the quotation" msgstr "Confirme a cotação" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:83 msgid "" "Templates facilitate the confirmation process by allowing customers to sign " "electronically or to pay online. You can activate these two options directly" " in the quotation template itself." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:92 msgid "" "Every quotation will now have this setting. Of course you can always change " "it and make it specific for each quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:96 -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:116 msgid ":doc:`get_signature_to_validate`" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:97 -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:117 msgid ":doc:`get_paid_to_validate`" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:3 msgid "Add terms & conditions" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:5 msgid "" "Specifying terms and conditions is essential to set out important " "contractual points such as payment terms, limitation of liability and " @@ -2920,17 +6015,17 @@ msgid "" "manage." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:13 msgid "Default Terms & Conditions" msgstr "Termos e Condições Padrão" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:18 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and " "activate *Default Terms & Conditions*." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:27 msgid "" "Please note that this feature is activated via the settings of the " "**Invoicing App** and **not** via the settings of the **Sales App**. " @@ -2938,73 +6033,73 @@ msgid "" "done automatically with the installation of the sales application." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:32 msgid "DT&C on your quotations, sales orders, and invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:34 msgid "" "In the settings of the **Invoicing App**, you have the possibility to insert" " your default terms and conditions." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:42 msgid "They appear subsequently on every quotation, sales order, and invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:45 msgid "DT&C on your quotation templates" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:47 msgid "" "According to your business needs, you can specify your terms and conditions " "on your quotation templates. This is interesting if you have different terms" " and conditions within your company." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:56 msgid "" "Be sure to check out our documentation about quotation templates: " ":doc:`quote_template`, to master each step of this amazing feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:60 msgid "General Terms & Conditions" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:63 msgid "GT&C on your website" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:65 msgid "" "Use the **Website App** and create your own general terms and conditions " "page. For example, here is the Odoo terms and conditions page:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:73 msgid "" "You can refer to this page in the footer of all your documents. The layout " "is available in the **General Settings** under the **Business Documents** " "category. For example, this footer appears in every document from Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:83 msgid "GT&C as attachment in your emails" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:85 msgid "" "Attach an external document with your general terms and conditions when you " "are about to send your quotation by email to your customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:94 msgid "GT&C as attachment in your quotation templates" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:96 msgid "" "Create and edit email templates to set a default attachment for all " "quotation emails that you will send in the future. To do so, you have to go " @@ -3016,12 +6111,924 @@ msgid "" "conditions." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:109 msgid "" "To customize your email templates, activate the **developer mode** and go to" " :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Email --> Templates`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:112 msgid "With Odoo Sales it is now very simple to deal with terms & conditions." msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:3 +msgid "Subscriptions" +msgstr "Assinaturas" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:3 +msgid "Add subscription products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To properly sell your subscriptions using our amazing **Odoo Subscriptions**" +" application, you must follow these steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:8 +msgid "**Create your own subscription templates**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:9 +msgid "**Create your own subscription products with the right settings**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:11 +msgid "" +"As a result, you will be able to manage your subscriptions like any other " +"product, create your quotations and continue the sales flow to track the " +"number of subscriptions you sell and manage the revenue they generate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Subscription products` to learn how " +"you can configure your own subscription products. You have the possibility " +"to create a new product or edit an existing one. Once named, be careful to " +"select the option *Can be sold* and deselect *Can be purchased*. For the " +"product type, it is recommended to use *Service* for subscription products " +"as they are non-material products that you provide to your customers. " +"Finally, you can adapt your prices and also add an internal reference." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:30 +msgid "" +"In the Sales tab, underneath the Subscriptions section, make sure the " +"*Subscription products* option is activated. In fact, if you create a " +"subscription product from the **Odoo Subscriptions** application, this " +"option is selected by default. However, if you create a product from another" +" application, it is not the case." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:39 +msgid "You can also choose the subscription templates you want to use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Be sure to check out our documentation on how to create, edit and manage " +"your own :doc:`Subscription templates " +"<../../subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates>` before creating " +"your own subscription products. Once created, check out our documentation on" +" how to :doc:`Create a quotation using subscription products " +"<../../subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation>`, to complete the sales " +"flow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:83 +msgid ":doc:`../../subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:85 +msgid ":doc:`../../subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:3 +msgid "Use subscription templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The subscription business model is becoming more popular. Are you wondering " +"why?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:7 +msgid "For **customers**, value lies in **convenience**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Subscriptions simplify the business process. Indeed, subscribers never have " +"to remember to renew their orders every month, which gives them the " +"assurance that they will have everything they need before they actually need" +" it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:12 +msgid "Subscriptions help customers stay on budget." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:14 +msgid "" +"For **businesses**, value lies in the **ability to predict recurring " +"revenue**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Subscriptions reduce customer churn rate and significantly increase customer" +" retention." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Subscriptions provide much higher payment security for your business. They " +"stabilize and maintain recurring revenue streams by guaranteeing monthly " +"revenues and adding value to your business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:27 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Subscriptions** help you save time and money. Subscription templates " +"can help you generate recurring invoices and manage renewals at a fast pace." +" With Odoo you have the possibility to create, edit, and manage your own " +"subscription templates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Configuration --> Subscription " +"templates`. By default, Odoo suggests you two types of subscription (MON - " +"Monthly subscription *vs* YEA - Yearly subscription). You can also create " +"your own ones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:43 +msgid "" +"The **Odoo Subscriptions** application automatically installs **Odoo Sales**" +" and **Odoo Invoicing** as they work integrated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:49 +msgid "" +"You can create a new template or edit an existing one. The first thing you " +"need to do is give your template a name. After that, choose an *Invoicing " +"period* and specify whether you would like to invoice your customers per " +"*Days*, *Weeks*, *Months* or *Years*. On *Duration*, determine if the " +"subscription must go on *Forever* (until it’s manually closed), or for a " +"*Fixed amount* of time. Among the payment options, an additional field " +"called *Invoice email* appears when you choose *Send*, *Send & try to " +"charge* or *Send after successful payment*. This field allows you to add an " +"invoice email template to your subscription templates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:61 +msgid "" +"For each template, you can also choose if you want your customers to be able" +" to close their subscriptions or not. If enabled, you can set an *Automatic " +"closing* limit and specify the *Group of subscription* and *Journal* " +"options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:66 +msgid "" +"On each template, you can add your **Terms and Conditions**. Specifying " +"terms and conditions is essential to set out important contractual points " +"between the customers and the sellers (payment, refund policy, cancellation," +" complaints, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Finally, if you want to know the basic running health status of your " +"subscriptions, you also have access to a specific tab called **Health " +"Check**. There, you can edit and create your own filters to define what is a" +" subscription in good health *vs* bad health. The system automatically " +"summarizes all the records corresponding to these filters and you are able " +"to manage them in one click." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:85 +msgid "" +"After creating your own subscription templates, be sure to check out our " +"documentation on how to create, edit and manage your own :doc:`Subscription " +"products <../../subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products>`, to " +"complete the sales flow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:84 +msgid ":doc:`../../subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up.rst:3 +msgid "Follow-up" +msgstr "Cobrança" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:3 +msgid "Set up automatic alerts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Now that your subscriptions are up and running, you want to stay up-to-date " +"with your customers. Some automation would be appreciated since you would " +"not want to go through the list of all your subscribers to check how things " +"are going. This is what the *Automatic Alerts* feature is for." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:9 +msgid "" +"For example, when customers subscribe to your magazine, you would probably " +"want to send them an email to welcome them and express your gratitude. Or, " +"if the satisfaction rate of your customers drops below 50%, you would " +"probably want to schedule a call with them to understand the reasons for " +"their dissatisfaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:14 +msgid "" +"With **Odoo Subscriptions**, you can set automatic emails, create a \"Call\"" +" task for one of your salespeople so that he/she can try to understand your " +"customer's dissatisfaction, and finally, why not automatically send " +"satisfaction surveys so customers can evaluate your services? All of that is" +" now possible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:20 +msgid "Create a new automatic alert" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The following example shows how to create a new automatic alert to send " +"satisfaction surveys to your customers, by email, after one month of " +"subscription. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> " +"Configuration --> Alerts`, and create a new alert." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:30 +msgid "" +"On the *Apply on* section, first give the alert a name. Then, you can choose" +" to apply this alert on a subscription template, on a specific customer, or " +"even on a specific product. If you want to add more specifications, you can " +"also specify the value of your MRR, the change rate of your MRR over a " +"certain period of time, the value of the satisfaction rate, and even the " +"stage to which you want to apply this alert." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:37 +msgid "" +"In this example, the alert is applied to a specific product, and the stage " +"goes from *Undefined* to *In Progress*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:40 +msgid "" +"For the *Action* section, specify the *Action* and the *Trigger on*. If the " +"*Trigger on* is set to *Modification*, the action is triggered every time " +"there is a change or anything added to the subscription, and all the " +"conditions on the *Apply on* section are met. Now, if the *Trigger on* is " +"set to *Timed condition*, it means that the action is triggered based on the" +" type of *Trigger date*. After that, you can choose your *Action*. You have " +"the choice between *Create next activity*, *Set a tag on the subscription*, " +"*Set a stage on the subscription*, *Mark as To Renew*, *Send an email to the" +" customer* and *Send an SMS Text Message to the customer*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:50 +msgid "" +"In the example above, the *Trigger on* is set to *Timed condition*, " +"therefore, a *Trigger date* and *Delay after trigger* need to be specified. " +"And because the *Send an email to the customer* action was adopted, an " +"*Email template* can be chosen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:54 +msgid "" +"As a result, this alert will send a rating survey after one month, to the " +"customers who have purchased that specific product. The survey will appear " +"in the chatter of your respective subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:63 +msgid "Modify an existing automatic alert" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:65 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo suggests you an automatic alert called *Take action on less" +" satisfied clients*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:71 +msgid "" +"This alert is applied to the *Rating Satisfaction* of your customers, and " +"the action is triggered on *Timed condition*. If their satisfaction rate is " +"lower than 50%, a salesperson contacts the customer. This action is " +"automatically assigned to the salesperson who manages the subscription, and " +"the due date is 5 days after the triggering of this action. This alert " +"ensures that your clients are happy and that you are taking actions if they " +"are not. It helps to keep your customer retention rates very high." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:79 +msgid "" +"By editing the alert, you can modify the *Apply on*, the *Action* and " +"*Activity* sections, and adapt them to your own needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:86 +msgid ":doc:`../../subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting.rst:3 +msgid "Reporting" +msgstr "Comunicando" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:3 +msgid "Generate subscription reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:5 +msgid "" +"As we know, understanding how our business is going, and where it is going, " +"is key to success. And particularly so when we offer subscription services " +"or products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Before getting to the heart of the matter, it is very important to recall " +"certain essential concepts to the proper understanding of the following " +"reports:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:11 +msgid "" +"**Monthly Recurring Revenue (MRR)**: MRR is arguably the most important " +"metric for subscription businesses. It shows the monthly revenue earned with" +" subscription-based products or services. It is a consistent number used to " +"track all recurring revenue over time, in monthly increments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:15 +msgid "" +"**Annual Run-Rate (ARR)**: ARR is the yearly version of MRR, which is based " +"on the current MRR, to estimate the coming year's performance. However, this" +" estimation does not take variations and growth into account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:23 +msgid "" +"**Non-Recurring Revenue (NRR)**: NRR shows the revenue earned for everything" +" else than subscription-based products or services. This includes gains of a" +" rare or unique nature that are unlikely to occur in the ordinary course of " +"businesses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:27 +msgid "" +"**Customer Retention**: Practices to engage existing customers to continue " +"buying products or services from your business. Customer retention can be a " +"challenge, because you must prove you are worthy of your customers' trust." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:31 +msgid "" +"**Churn Rate**: Also known as the Rate of Attrition or Customer Churn, the " +"churn rate can be defined, in this case, as the percentage of subscribers " +"who discontinued their subscriptions within a given time period. We can " +"distinguish two types of Churn:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:35 +msgid "**Logo Churn**: It corresponds to the subscription cancellation rate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:37 +msgid "" +"**Revenue Churn**: It corresponds to the monthly recurring revenue loss " +"rate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:39 +msgid "Let's imagine a 2$ increase in a subscription service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:42 +msgid "" +"We lost 3 customers out of the initial 20, which generates a **Logo Churn** " +"of 15%." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Therefore, the 56$ of MRR difference out of the initial 600$ causes a " +"**Revenue Churn**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:0 +msgid "of 9,33%." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Reminder: even though they seem to evolve in the same direction most of the " +"time, it might not be the case all the time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:53 +msgid "" +"**Customer Lifetime Value (CLV)**: Indicates how much revenue can be " +"expected for a customer during his/her entire contract. This approach " +"emphasizes the importance of customer retention, shifting our focus from a " +"quarterly or yearly approach to a long-term one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Check out the different kinds of reports you can access from the **Odoo " +"Subscriptions** application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:61 +msgid "Subscriptions analysis report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Reporting --> Subscriptions`. From " +"there, you can change the *Measures*. By default, Odoo uses the *Monthly " +"Recurring Revenue*. In addition to that, you can choose *Quantity*, " +"*Recurring Price*, *Yearly Recurring Revenue* and *Count*. For this example," +" *Quantity* is added. This way, you can review both of these measures at the" +" same time. You can even *Group By Start Date* and, more precisely, by " +"*Week*, to get a clear view of your report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:74 +msgid "Retention analysis report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Reporting --> Retention`. The " +"default measure applied is *Count*, but you can change to the appropriate " +"one for you. For the example below, *Monthly Recurring Revenue* was chosen, " +"and the *Month* periodicity remains intact. By using these criteria, you can" +" see the progression of the retention from its start." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:86 +msgid "Revenue KPIs report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Reporting --> Revenue KPIs`. From " +"there, you can check different KPIs: *Monthly Recurring Revenue*, *Net " +"Revenue*, *Non-Recurring Revenue*, *Revenue per Subscription*, *Annual Run-" +"Rate*, *Lifetime Value*, and more. You can also filter this information on " +"subscriptions, companies, and sales teams. This is useful if you are looking" +" for specific information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:98 +msgid "" +"The example below shows the *Monthly Recurring Revenue* detailed report. At " +"the moment, there is no data, which is the typical scenario for a new " +"business. But, as your company grows over the months, these graphs get " +"populated with more and more data. Once again, you can filter these specific" +" KPIs on subscriptions, companies, and sales teams." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:108 +msgid "Salesperson dashboard report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Reporting --> Salesperson " +"Dashboard`. This page gives you a summary of your *Monthly Recurring " +"Revenue*, *Non-Recurring Revenue*, *Subscription modifications*, and *Non-" +"Recurring Invoices* for each of your salespeople. You can choose the period " +"you want to apply and the salesperson you want to analyze." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow.rst:3 +msgid "Sales flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:3 +msgid "Close a subscription" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Losing a customer is always difficult, especially if you put a lot of effort" +" into getting them to sign up for your products/services. However, many " +"companies come up with dubious methods to reduce the probability of this " +"happening." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If you adopt such methods, you are among companies that actively and " +"indirectly spread the phobia of subscriptions, who do not think about how " +"negatively dissatisfied customers could impact their business and, who " +"frustrate the customers in a way or another. However, at some point, it is " +"understandable that you do not want your customers to be involved in your " +"subscription status." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If you do not adopt such methods, you are among companies that continue to " +"evolve in a long-term subscription business model, especially in an era of " +"ultra-fast communications between dissatisfied customers, and who retain " +"their customers by making it easier for them to leave if they want to. By " +"giving them the opportunity to close their own subscriptions, your customers" +" do not feel trapped because they subscribed to your products/services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In summary, the **Odoo Subscriptions** application gives you the " +"**possibility to choose what you want to apply**. Indeed, you can decide " +"whether to give your customers the option to close their subscriptions " +"whenever they want to or to restrict this possibility. It depends on you and" +" we will show you how to do that in our amazing application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Configuration --> Subscription " +"templates`. From there, you can create a new *Subscription template* or " +"modify an existing one. When editing your template, underneath the Invoicing" +" tab, you have the possibility to activate the option *Closable by " +"customer*. Once enabled, this option gives your customers the right to close" +" their own subscriptions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Be sure to check out our documentation on how to :doc:`Use subscription " +"templates <../../subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates>` to " +"fully understand the importance of this feature in a basic flow using the " +"**Odoo Subscriptions** application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:49 +msgid "Close your first subscription" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:52 +msgid "Administrator view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Once confirmed, a quotation becomes a sales order and a new subscription is " +"automatically created. Therefore, this subscription has the status *In " +"progress*. From there, you have the possibility to close the subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:62 +msgid "" +"By using the smart button *Close*, you have to enter a close reason. For " +"example, \"Subscription too expensive\", \"Subscription does not meet my " +"requirements\", \"Subscription reached its end date\", etc. Immediately " +"after confirming your close reason, you can observe that the status of the " +"subscription is now *Closed* and that the close reason is mentioned on the " +"subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:72 +msgid "Customer view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:74 +msgid "" +"As previously explained in the *Administrator view* part, from the " +"subscription form, you also have the possibility to visualize what your " +"customers see when managing their subscriptions thanks to the *Customer " +"preview* button. In this example, the customer has the choice to close " +"his/her subscription whenever he/she wants to, due to the *Close " +"Subscription* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:83 +msgid "" +"By using this button, the customer can specify the reason for cancelling " +"his/her subscription and he/she can even leave a message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:90 +msgid "" +"By confirming the cancellation, the customer is redirected to his/her " +"portal. The administrator is informed of this modification. Indeed, the " +"status of the subscription becomes *Closed* and a note appears in the " +"chatter with the new stage, the end date, the close reason, and the closing " +"text added by the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Before closing a subscription, check out our documentation on how to " +":doc:`Create a quotation using subscription products " +"<../../subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation>` to understand how " +"subscriptions are managed in the **Odoo Subscriptions** application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:3 +msgid "Create a quotation using subscription products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Selling a digital product or service gives instant gratification. However, " +"you have to work hard for a new customer to make a purchase. It costs time " +"and money. By convincing customers to sign up for a subscription, you " +"maximize your income and streamline your cash flow. You can sell any type of" +" product or service through a subscription business model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Here is a scenario using **Odoo Subscriptions** to create a quotation " +"including subscription products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:19 +msgid "Create your first quotation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Before creating your first quotation, be sure to check out our documentation" +" on how to create and manage your own :doc:`Subscription templates " +"<../../subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates>` and on how to " +"add :doc:`Subscription products " +"<../../subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products>` to your " +"templates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:30 +msgid "" +"These steps are **mandatory** to make a basic sales flow using **Odoo " +"Subscriptions**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Go to **Odoo Sales** and create a new quotation. Then, choose a customer and" +" add a product. Be careful to select a product that you previously " +"configured as a *Subscription product*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:39 +msgid "" +"When your quotation is ready, you have the possibility to send it to your " +"customers or to confirm it. It is better to first *Send by email* the " +"quotation to your customers to have their confirmation and, then, *Confirm* " +"it in **Odoo Sales**. By clicking on *Customer preview*, you have an idea of" +" what your customers will see when receiving your quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:48 +msgid "" +"From there, your customers have three choices: *Sign & Pay* the quotation, " +"give you a *Feedback* or *Reject* the quotation. It appears that they are " +"very happy and accept the option *Sign & Pay*. Then, they have to validate " +"the order with a signature and by choosing a payment method. When it is " +"done, you can check out the quotation in **Odoo Sales** and *Confirm* it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:54 +msgid "Manage your subscriptions from your SO" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Once confirmed, the quotation becomes a sales order and a new button " +"appears, *Subscriptions*. Indeed, a subscription is automatically created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:63 +msgid "" +"By clicking on the *Subscriptions* button, you can see that the status of " +"the subscription is *In progress*. From there, you will have three options: " +":doc:`Renew <../../subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals>`, :doc:`Close " +"<../../subscriptions/sales_flow/closing>` or :doc:`Upsell " +"<../../subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling>` your subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:73 +msgid "" +"In the top-right corner, you can see the status of the subscription. When a " +"subscription is new and created from **Odoo Subscriptions**, the status is " +"*Draft*. When a sales order has been validated, the status is *In progress*." +" Finally, when a customer decides to close his subscription, the status " +"becomes *Closed*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:81 +msgid ":doc:`../../subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:82 +msgid ":doc:`../../subscriptions/sales_flow/closing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:83 +msgid ":doc:`../../subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:3 +msgid "Renew a subscription" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The key feature of a subscription business model is the recurring nature of " +"payments. In this model, customers pay a recurring amount in exchange for " +"access to a product or a service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Each subscriber experiences this renewal process monthly, annually, or " +"sometimes more, depending on the duration of the contract. Most subscription" +" companies choose to automate their renewal processes but, in some cases, " +"manual subscription renewals are still the preferred option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:18 +msgid "" +"With **Odoo Subscriptions**, you can have all your subscriptions in one " +"application, suggest an automatic subscription renewal to your customers (as" +" well as a manual one) and, finally, filter all your subscriptions and " +"easily find those to renew (with the help of the tag *To renew*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:23 +msgid "Renew your first subscription" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Before renewing a subscription, be sure to check out our documentation on " +"how to :doc:`Create a quotation " +"<../../subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation>` using subscription " +"products. Indeed, once confirmed, a quotation becomes a sales order and a " +"new subscription is automatically created. Therefore, this subscription has " +"the status *In progress*. From there, you have the possibility to renew the " +"subscription. In the Other Info tab, underneath the To Renew section, you " +"can activate the *To renew* option. When activated, a yellow tag " +"automatically appears in the upper right corner of the subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:38 +msgid "" +"The *To renew* tag is automatically ticked when a payment fails. This " +"indicator also appears on the customer portal. To visualize that, you just " +"have to click on the *Customer preview* button. The tag *To renew* appears " +"on the top right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:46 +msgid "" +"When a subscription needs to be renewed, you have the possibility to use a " +"new button called *Renewal quotation*. By clicking on it, a new quotation is" +" created. From there, start a basic sales flow allowing you to send the " +"quotation by email to your customers or to confirm it. It is better to first" +" *Send by email* the quotation to your customers in order to have their " +"confirmation and, then, *Confirm* it in **Odoo Sales**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:53 +msgid "" +"In the Chatter of this new quotation, it is mentioned that \"This renewal " +"order has been created from the previous subscription\". Once confirmed by " +"your customers, this quotation becomes a sales order and a new sale is " +"mentioned in the upper right corner of the subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:61 +msgid "" +"By clicking on the *Sales* button, you have a summary of your sales orders " +"in a list view. The only difference between your two quotations is the " +"description underneath the *Subscription Management* category. There, you " +"can easily visualize which one is your renewal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:70 +msgid "Visualize your subscriptions to renew" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Finally, if you want to visualize all your subscriptions and easily find " +"those to renew, you can go to your *Subscriptions dashboard* and use the " +"filter *To renew*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:3 +msgid "Upsell a subscription" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Subscriptions are recurrent and go on indefinitely. As time passes by, our " +"customers may want to modify them. We must then be able to adapt the prices " +"or change the products’ quantities to accommodate their needs. Two " +"situations can happen:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:9 +msgid "" +"**Loyal customers:** This kind of customers already trust you as a brand. " +"Therefore, you are confident regarding what you offer since they keep paying" +" for your products and services. Consequently, it is easier to sell them " +"something additional than it would be to a new customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:14 +msgid "" +"**New customers:** For this kind of customers, you have to come with " +"something new, something attractive. What about discounts? Typically, every " +"subscription ends after a certain given time. Making these types of offers " +"for new customers strengthens your relationships with them and also " +"increases their retention." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:27 +msgid "" +"As previously explained, to upsell a subscription to new customers, it is " +"recommended to offer *Discounts*. To activate this option, go to " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and, under the " +"*Pricing* category, you have the possibility to grant discounts on sales " +"order lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:36 +msgid "Upsell your first subscription" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Before upselling a subscription, be sure to check out our documentation on " +"how to :doc:`Create a quotation " +"<../../subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation>` using subscription " +"products. Indeed, once confirmed, a quotation becomes a sales order and a " +"new subscription is automatically created. Therefore, this subscription has " +"the status *In progress*. From there, you have the possibility to upsell " +"your subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:48 +msgid "" +"By using the smart button *Upsell*, you are able to create a new quotation " +"with new subscription products and send it to your customers for approval." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:56 +msgid "" +"When the quotation is confirmed by your customers, the products are added to" +" the initial subscription. Quotation prices are, then, prorated to the " +"remaining time of the current invoicing period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Of course, before sending this new quotation to your customers, you can " +"change the unit price, taxes, and, even the discount you want to offer. The " +"smart button *Customer preview* is useful for mimicking the customer's " +"reaction. In this case, we can confidently say that the customer will *Sign " +"and pay* this new quotation. When it is done, you have to go back in edit " +"mode, confirm the quotation, and click on the smart button *Subscriptions* " +"to visualize all updates. From there, you can see that an additional line " +"has been added to the subscription with the new extra service the customer " +"wanted to purchase." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:72 +msgid "" +"In addition, by clicking on the *Sales* button, you have a summary of your " +"sales orders in a list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:79 +msgid "" +"The only difference between your two sales orders is the description " +"underneath the *Subscription Management* category. There, you can easily " +"visualize which one is your upselling." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/services.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/services.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0e7d07d86 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/services.po @@ -0,0 +1,1589 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Rodrigo de Almeida Sottomaior Macedo <rmsolucoeseminformatica@protonmail.com>, 2021 +# falexandresilva <falexandresilva@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Luiz Carareto Alonso <Luiz.cararetoalonso@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Rafael H L Moretti <rafael.moretti@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Martin Trigaux, 2021 +# Luis Felipe Miléo <mileo@kmee.com.br>, 2021 +# Mateus Lopes <mateus1@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Éder Brito <britoederr@gmail.com>, 2021 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-18 07:12+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-05-18 05:18+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Éder Brito <britoederr@gmail.com>, 2021\n" +"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: pt_BR\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" + +#: ../../content/applications/services.rst:3 ../../content/services.rst:3 +msgid "Services" +msgstr "Serviços" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm.rst:4 +msgid "Field Service" +msgstr "Serviço de Campo" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/helpdesk.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:4 +msgid "Helpdesk" +msgstr "Helpdesk" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:3 +msgid "Plan onsite interventions from helpdesk tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:4 +msgid "" +"The integration with the Helpdesk app lets your helpdesk team manage " +"intervention requests directly. Planning field service tasks from tickets " +"speeds up your processes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:8 +msgid "Configure the helpdesk team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`. Select" +" a team and enable *Onsite Interventions*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The helpdesk tickets of the team now display the *Plan Intervention* button." +" Click on it to create a new task under your field service project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales.rst:3 +msgid "Sales" +msgstr "Vendas" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:3 +msgid "Create onsite interventions from sales orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Allowing your sales team to open onsite interventions creates a seamless " +"experience for your customers. They can receive a quotation they first have " +"to approve before the work even starts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:8 +msgid "Configure a product" +msgstr "Configurar um produto" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration --> Products` and " +"create or edit a product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Under the *General Information* tab, select *Service* as *Product Type*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Under the *Sales* tab, select *Timesheets on tasks* as *Service Invoicing " +"Policy*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:15 +msgid "Select *Create a task in an existing project* as *Service Tracking*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:17 +msgid "Select your *Project*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If you use them, select your *Worksheet Template* and then click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:25 +msgid "" +"From the *Sales* app, create a quotation with the product and confirm it. A " +"task is automatically set up under your Field Service project. It is " +"directly accessible from the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced" +msgstr "Avançado" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:3 +msgid "After Sales Features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:5 +msgid "" +"As your business grows, having the right tool to support your helpdesk team " +"on recording, tracking and managing issues raised easy and efficiently, is " +"key. Odoo’s Helpdesk application allows you to generate credit notes, manage" +" returns, products, repairs, grant coupons, and even plan onsite " +"interventions from a ticket’s page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:11 +msgid "Set up the after sales services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " +"enable the after sales options: *Refunds, Returns, Coupons, Repairs and " +"Onsite Interventions*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:20 +msgid "Generate credit notes from tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:22 +msgid "" +"You can use a credit note to refund a customer or adjust the amount due. For" +" that, simply go to your ticket page, click on *Refund* and select the " +"corresponding *Invoice*. Clicking on *Reverse* generates a credit note, and " +"you can *Post* it while still being in the *Helpdesk* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:30 +msgid "Allow product returns from tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:32 +msgid "" +"The process of a product return from your customer back to your warehouse is" +" taken into action when, at the ticket page, you choose the option *Return*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:39 +msgid "Grant coupons from tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:41 +msgid "" +"First, be sure to have your *Coupon Program* planned in the *Sales* or " +"*Website* application. Then, in *Helpdesk*, open your ticket, click on " +"*Coupon*, and choose the respective one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:48 +msgid "Repairs from tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Clicking on *Repair* option, on your ticket page, a new repair order form is" +" shown. Fill in the information as needed and choose the next step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:57 +msgid "Plan onsite interventions from tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:59 +msgid "" +"At the ticket's page click on *Plan Intervention*, and set up your onsite " +"intervention exactly the same way as if you were on the *Field Service* " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:67 +msgid "" +"`Coupons <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/coupon-" +"programs-640?fullscreen=1>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:3 +msgid "Allow Customers to Close their Tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Allowing customers to close their tickets gives them autonomy and minimize " +"misunderstandings about when an issue is considered solved, or not. It makes" +" communication and actions more efficient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:9 +msgid "Configure the feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To configure the feature go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Settings --> " +"Helpdesk Teams --> Edit` and enable *Ticket closing*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:18 +msgid "" +"In order to designate to which stage the ticket migrates to once it is " +"closed, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Overview --> Tickets`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:25 +msgid "" +"You can either create a new Kanban stage or work with an existing one. For " +"both scenarios, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Settings --> Edit Stage` " +"and enable *Closing Stage*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:32 +msgid "" +"If a closing stage is not specified, by default, the ticket is moved to the " +"last stage; contrarily, if you have more than one stage set as closing, the " +"ticket is put in the first one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:36 +msgid "The Costumer Portal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Now, once the user logs into his Portal, the option *Close this ticket* is " +"available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:45 +msgid "Get reports on tickets closed by costumers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:47 +msgid "" +"To do an analysis of the tickets that have been closed by costumers go to " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting --> Tickets --> Filters --> Add " +"Custom filter --> Closed by partner --> Applied`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Visão geral" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:3 +msgid "Forum and eLearning" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:6 +msgid "Forum" +msgstr "Fórum" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To go above and beyond email, live chat, web forms, and phone lines, offer " +"your customers a support forum. This way, customers might become more " +"attached to your company as they would be investing time to get into details" +" of your business. You also encourage the exchange of experiences and " +"knowledge, supporting the feeling of belonging to a community (your " +"community!)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:11 +msgid "Set up" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Team` and " +"enable *Help Center*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Create, or edit a forum by clicking on the external link. Among the editing " +"options, choose if you would like the *Forum Mode* to be *Questions*: only " +"one answer is allowed per question or *Discussions*: multiple answers are " +"allowed per question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:31 +msgid "" +"From now on, logged in users can start their discussions. To keep track of " +"posts, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Forum --> Posts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Turn tickets into forum posts by simply clicking on *Share on the Forum* on " +"the ticket's page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:45 +msgid "eLearning" +msgstr "Cursos Online" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:47 +msgid "" +"In addition to a forum, offer online courses. When doing so, you link your " +"customers and users’ needs and questions to useful content, helping to boost" +" efficiency as they can also find their answers there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " +"enable *eLearning*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Once the structure and content of your course are ready, *Publish* it by " +"clicking on *Unpublished*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To keep track of your course statistics, go to *eLearning* and *View " +"Course*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:73 +msgid "Todo" +msgstr "À Fazer" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:73 +msgid "" +"DETAILS/INFO SHOULD COME FROM ELEARNING DOCS. THEREFORE, LINK DOCS ONCE " +"AVAILABLE!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:3 +msgid "Getting Started" +msgstr "Começando" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Helpdesk teams provide your customers with support to queries or errors they" +" might encounter while using your product/service. Therefore, a successful " +"scheme where you can organize multiple teams with their customized pipeline," +" visibilities settings, and ticket traceability is essential." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:10 +msgid "Set up teams" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To modify or create teams, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration " +"--> Helpdesk Teams`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Setting up multiple teams allows you to group tickets by your channels " +"(example: BE/US), or by your support services' types (example: IT, " +"accounting, admin, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:21 +msgid "Team’s productivity and visibility" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Teams can have individual *Assignment Methods* to ensure that tickets get " +"redirected to the right person:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:26 +msgid "" +"*Manually*: tickets are manually assigned, allowing employees to manage " +"their own workload and target tickets they are experts at;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:28 +msgid "" +"*Random*: tickets are randomly assigned and everyone gets the same amount. " +"This method ensures that all tickets are handled as the assignment happens " +"automatically;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:30 +msgid "" +"*Balanced*: tickets are assigned to the person with the least amount of " +"tickets so that everyone fairly gets the same amount. Thereby, you ensure " +"that all tickets get to be taken care of." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:40 +msgid "" +"For the *Random* and *Balanced* assignment methods, you can set the *Team " +"Members* among whom tickets are assigned. Leave the field empty to include " +"all employees (with the proper access rights)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:43 +msgid "" +"The *Team Visibility* feature allows you to specify who can see and access " +"the team’s tickets. Therefore, ticket’s with sensible information are only " +"seen by the right people. Leave the field empty to include all employees " +"(with the proper access rights)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:46 +msgid "Set up stages and share it among teams" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To set up stages, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> " +"Stages`. Then, create and/or edit stages as you need and set specific teams " +"to use certain stages under *Team*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Stages can be shared between one or multiple teams, allowing you to adapt " +"the pipeline to your individual needs. They also apply a visibility and " +"access rule, as other teams are not able to see or use the stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:64 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/odoo_basics/users`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:3 +msgid "Ratings" +msgstr "Avaliações" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Allow customers to rate their experience with your helpdesk teams to " +"strengthen your credibility and gain their trust. Reviews can also influence" +" a customer’s decision and open space for feedback that can help you improve" +" the quality of your services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " +"enable *Ratings on tickets*. The feature automatically adds a default email " +"template on the non-folded *closing stage(s)* of that team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To edit the email template and the stage(s) set as the closing ones, go to " +"the Kanban view of your helpdesk team and click on *Settings*, then on *Edit" +" Stage*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Now, once a ticket reaches the stage(s) designated as the *Closing Stage*, " +"an email is sent to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Ratings can be seen on the chatter of each ticket, under the *See Customer " +"Satisfaction* link on the main dashboard, and through *Reporting*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:39 +msgid "Ratings visible on the customer portal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " +"enable *Display Rating on Customer Portal*. Now, by clicking on the helpdesk" +" team’s name on their ticket, customers can see its ratings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:47 +msgid ":doc:`../advanced/close_tickets`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:3 +msgid "Start Receiving Tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Offering a variety of channels from where your customers can contact you " +"grants them flexibility and the right to choose the best one for themselves." +" And, in order to make sure inquiries across all channels get addressed, it " +"is essential to have a solution where all interactions come in one place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:11 +msgid "Channels options to submit tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`, and " +"enable the following features as you want them to be available to your " +"users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:21 +msgid "Email Alias" +msgstr "Alias de E-mail" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Let your customers submit tickets by sending an email to your support email " +"address. The subject line of the email becomes the title of the ticket and " +"the content is shown in the Chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Select *Configure domain name* to be redirected to *Settings* and, from " +"there, enable *External Email Servers* to determine or change your *Alias " +"Domain*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Using your own email server is required to send and receive emails in Odoo " +"Community and Enterprise. Online users benefit from a ready-to-use email " +"server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:39 +msgid "Website Form" +msgstr "Formulário de Site" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Allow your customers to submit a ticket by filling in a form through your " +"website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Once the feature is activated, get redirected to your website by clicking on" +" *Go to Website*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:49 +msgid "" +"From the website page customize the form as you like. Then, publish it by " +"clicking on *Unpublished*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:56 +msgid "Live Chat" +msgstr "Live Chat" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Through live interactions with your website visitors, helpdesk tickets can " +"be instantly created and redirected to the right person." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Click on your helpdesk team's name - for the example below: *Customer Care* " +"- and :doc:`set up your channel " +"</applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Now, your operators can create tickets by using the :doc:`command " +"</applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses>` */helpdesk " +"(subject_of_ticket)*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:72 +msgid "Prioritize tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Use the stars to prioritize your tickets. The most urgent ones appear at the" +" top of your list on the Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:77 +msgid "1 star = *Low priority*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:78 +msgid "2 stars = *High priority*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:79 +msgid "3 stars = *Urgent*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:60 +msgid ":doc:`sla`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:89 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:3 +msgid "Reports for a Better Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:5 +msgid "" +"An efficient customer service solution should have a built-in reporting " +"option. Reports allow you to track trends, identify areas for improvement, " +"manage employees’ workloads and, most importantly, meet your customer’s " +"expectations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:10 +msgid "Cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:12 +msgid "Some examples of the reports Odoo Helpdesk can generate include:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:14 +msgid "The number of tickets *grouped by* team and ticket type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:17 +msgid "" +"In this manner, you are able to evaluate which ticket types have been the " +"most frequent ones, plus the workload of your teams." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Apply *Time Ranges* if you would like to make comparisons to a *Previous " +"Period* or a *Previous Year*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:25 +msgid "The number of tickets closed per day, per team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Get an overview of how many requests each team is closing per day in order " +"to measure their performance. Identify productivity levels to understand how" +" many requests they are able to handle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Filter it by *Assignee* to see Key Performance Indicators (KPI) per agent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:37 +msgid "" +"The number of hours tickets are taking to be solved, grouped by team and " +"ticket type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Check if your expectations are met by *measuring* the *Time to close " +"(hours)*. Your customers not only expect fast responses but they also want " +"their issues to be handled quickly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:48 +msgid "Save filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Save the filters you use the most and avoid having to reconstruct them every" +" time they are needed. To do so, set the groups, filters, and measures " +"needed. Then, go to *Favorites*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:59 +msgid ":doc:`receiving_tickets`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:3 +msgid "Service Level Agreements (SLA)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Service Level Agreements (SLA) are commitments you make with your customers " +"to outline how a service is delivered. It bolsters trust between you and " +"your customers as it makes clear what needs to be done, to what standard, " +"and when." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:10 +msgid "Create your policies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:13 +msgid "" +"First, enable the feature on the settings of the team you would like " +"policies to be applied, going to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration " +"--> Helpdesk Teams`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Create your policies through the team’s settings page or go to " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> SLA Policies`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Choose to which **Team** the policy is relevant and the **Minimum Priority**" +" a ticket needs to have for the policy to be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:27 +msgid "" +"**Target** is the stage a ticket needs to reach within the period defined to" +" satisfy the SLA. The period is based on the ticket’s creation date, and a " +"deadline is set on the ticket’s form once it matches an SLA policy rule. If " +"a ticket has more than one policy applied to it, the closest deadline of all" +" SLAs is the one considered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:29 +msgid "" +"When a ticket has satisfied an SLA policy, the SLA tag appears in green and " +"the deadline field is not shown anymore." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:37 +msgid "SLA Analysis" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting --> SLA Status Analysis`. Apply" +" *Filters* and *Group by* to identify tickets that should be prioritized and" +" keep track of upcoming deadlines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice.rst:3 +msgid "Timesheet and Invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:3 +msgid "Invoice Time Spent on Tickets (Prepaid Support Services)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Have the option to work with prepaid support services, meaning that a sales " +"order and a corresponding invoice are issued and, once the service is done, " +"you can deduct the time spent. Odoo allows it to happen because the " +"applications are fully integrated, resulting in faster responses to your " +"customer needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:14 +msgid "Step 1: Set up a helpdesk team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`, create" +" or edit an existing team, and enable *Timesheet on Ticket* and *Time " +"Reinvoicing*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Select or create a project under *Timesheet on Ticket*. The selected/created" +" is the one at which employees timesheet on by default. However, it can be " +"ultimately modified on each ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:28 +msgid "Step 2: Set up a service" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " +"*Units of Measure* to optionally be able to choose *hours* (for example) as " +"the unit of measure of your service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Then, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`, create or edit" +" an existing one, and set its *Product Type* as *Service*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Now, select the invoicing management you would like to have under the " +"*Sales* tab. We recommend the following configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:47 +msgid "" +"This configuration ensures that the customer is invoiced by the number of " +"hours predicted in the sales order, meaning that less or extra hours " +"recorded are not taken into account. It also ensures that every time a sales" +" order is confirmed, a new task is created under the right project, " +"automating the process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:53 +msgid "" +"We recommend setting up a specific project, as it was done for this flow " +"example. The important thing to remember is that the sales order item needs " +"to be set on the corresponding project or task, in order to reinvoice the " +"time spent on a ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:58 +msgid "Prevision an invoice and record time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:61 +msgid "Step 1: Place an order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> Orders` and create one for the " +"helpdesk service product you have previously set up, with the customer who " +"needs the ticket to be opened. Set the number of hours needed to assist the " +"customer and *Confirm* the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:72 +msgid "Step 2: Invoice the customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:74 +msgid "In *Sales*, select the respective sales order to *Create Invoice*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:82 +msgid "Step 3: Link the task to the ticket" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Now, in *Helpdesk*, create or edit the respective ticket and link it to the " +"task created by the confirmation of the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:92 +msgid "Step 4: Record the time spent" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Still on the respective helpdesk ticket, record the hours performed under " +"the *Timesheets* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Note that the hours recorded on the ticket form are shown on the *Delivered*" +" column in the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Hours recorded on the ticket are automatically shown in *Timesheets* and on " +"the dedicated task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:111 +msgid ":doc:`reinvoice_from_project`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:112 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:3 +msgid "Invoice Time Spent on Tickets (Postpaid Support Services)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Directly pull the billable time you have tracked on your helpdesk tickets " +"into sales orders and invoices through a project task. It gives you more " +"control over what you charge your client, and it is more efficient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:10 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Configuração" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk team --> Edit`" +" and enable the options *Timesheet on Ticket* and *Time Reinvoicing*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Under *Timesheet on Ticket*, choose the *Project* to which tickets (and " +"timesheets) will be linked by default. Open its *External link* to enable " +"the feature *Bill from tasks*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:22 +msgid "Create a sales order and an invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Now, once you have recorded the time you spent on the helpdesk ticket, under" +" the *Timesheets* tab, access the task clicking on its name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:31 +msgid "*Create Sales Order* and proceed to create the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project.rst:4 +msgid "Project" +msgstr "Projeto" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks.rst:3 +msgid "Tasks" +msgstr "Tarefas" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:3 +msgid "Create Project's Tasks from an Email Alias" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you already have an email address that customers know from the top of " +"their heads, changing it is the last thing you want to do. Instead, link " +"that address to your project and transform those conversations into " +"structured work. It automatically creates a task in the first stage of a " +"project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:11 +msgid "Set up an incoming email server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:14 +msgid "" +"On the *Settings* application, enable *External Email Servers* and define " +"the incoming email alias you would like to use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:15 +msgid "" +"**For more information**: " +":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:18 +msgid "Configure the email alias in your project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Now that you have the incoming email server set up, go to " +":menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects --> Edit`. Under the " +"*Emails* tab, define the wanted email alias and choose the policy to receive" +" a message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:23 +msgid "In addition, you can now directly set it when creating a new project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:30 +msgid "" +"All the recipients of the email (To/Cc/Bcc) are automatically added as " +"followers of the task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:32 +msgid "The email can be seen under the name of your project on the dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets.rst:4 +msgid "Timesheets" +msgstr "Planilhas de Horas" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:3 +msgid "Create Timesheets upon Time Off Validation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically timesheets on project/tasks upon time off requests. This " +"allows for better overall control over the validation of timesheets, as it " +"does not leave place for forgetfulness and questions after hours that have " +"not been timesheeted by the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Activate the :doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>`, " +"go to *Timesheets*, and change the *Project* and *Task* set by default, if " +"you like." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Time Off --> Configuration --> Time Off Types`. Select" +" or create the needed type, and decide if you would like the requests to be " +"validated or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Now, once the employee has requested his time off and the request has been " +"validated (or not, depending on the setting chosen), the time is " +"automatically allocated on *Timesheets*, under the respective project and " +"task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:27 +msgid "" +"On the example below, the user requested *Paid Time off* from July 13th to " +"15th." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Considering that validation is not required, the requested time off is " +"automatically displayed in *Timesheets*. If validation is necessary, the " +"time is automatically allocated after the responsible person for validating " +"does it so." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Click on the magnifying glass, hovering over the concerned cell, to access " +"all the aggregated data on that cell (day), and see details regarding the " +"project/task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support.rst:4 +msgid "Support" +msgstr "Suporte" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:6 +msgid "Supported versions" +msgstr "Versões suportadas" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo provides support and bug fixing **for the 3 last major versions** of " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" +"O Odoo fornece suporte e correção de bugs ** para as 3 últimas versões " +"principais ** do Odoo." + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Users hosted on **Odoo Online** may use intermediary versions (sometimes " +"called *SaaS versions*) that are supported as well. These versions are not " +"published for Odoo.sh or On-Premise installations." +msgstr "" +"Os usuários hospedados no ** Odoo Online ** podem usar versões " +"intermediárias (às vezes chamadas de * versões SaaS *) que também são " +"suportadas. Essas versões não são publicadas para instalações Odoo.sh ou On-" +"Premise." + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:17 +msgid "What's the support status of my Odoo?" +msgstr "Qual é o status de suporte do meu Odoo?" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:19 +msgid "This matrix shows the support status of every version." +msgstr "Esta matriz mostra o status de suporte de cada versão." + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:21 +msgid "**Major releases are in bold type.**" +msgstr "** Os principais lançamentos estão em negrito. **" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:24 +msgid "Odoo Online" +msgstr "Odoo Online" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:24 +msgid "Odoo.sh" +msgstr "Odoo.sh" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:24 +msgid "On-Premise" +msgstr "No local" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:24 +msgid "Release date" +msgstr "Data de lançamento" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:26 +msgid "**Odoo 14.0**" +msgstr "**Odoo 14.0**" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:26 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:26 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:26 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:28 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:30 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:30 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:30 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:32 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:34 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:34 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:34 +msgid "|green|" +msgstr "|green|" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:26 +msgid "October 2020" +msgstr "Outubro de 2020" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:28 +msgid "Odoo 13.saas~4" +msgstr "Odoo 13.saas~4" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:28 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:28 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:32 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:32 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:36 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:36 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:40 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:40 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:42 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:42 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:46 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:46 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:48 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:50 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:50 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:52 +msgid "N/A" +msgstr "N/D" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:28 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:32 +msgid "August 2019" +msgstr "Agosto de 2019" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:30 +msgid "**Odoo 13.0**" +msgstr "**Odoo 13.0**" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:30 +msgid "October 2019" +msgstr "Outubro de 2019" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:32 +msgid "Odoo 12.saas~3" +msgstr "Odoo 12.saas~3" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:34 +msgid "**Odoo 12.0**" +msgstr "**Odoo 12.0**" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:34 +msgid "October 2018" +msgstr "Outubro de 2018" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:34 +msgid "*End-of-support is planned for October 2021*" +msgstr "*Fim do suporte esta planejado para Outubro de 2021*" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:36 +msgid "Odoo 11.saas~3" +msgstr "Odoo 11.saas~3" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:36 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:38 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:38 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:40 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:42 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:44 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:44 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:46 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:48 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:50 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:52 +msgid "|orange|" +msgstr "|orange|" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:36 +msgid "April 2018" +msgstr "Abril de 2018" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:38 +msgid "**Odoo 11.0**" +msgstr "**Odoo 11.0**" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:38 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:44 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:48 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:52 +msgid "|red|" +msgstr "|red|" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:38 +msgid "October 2017" +msgstr "Outubro de 2017" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:40 +msgid "Odoo 10.saas~15" +msgstr "Odoo 10.saas~15" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:40 +msgid "March 2017" +msgstr "Março de 2017" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:42 +msgid "Odoo 10.saas~14" +msgstr "Odoo 10.saas~14" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:42 +msgid "January 2017" +msgstr "Janeiro de 2017" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:44 +msgid "**Odoo 10.0**" +msgstr "**Odoo 10.0**" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:44 +msgid "October 2016" +msgstr "Outubro de 2016" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:46 +msgid "Odoo 9.saas~11" +msgstr "Odoo 9.saas~11" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:46 +msgid "May 2016" +msgstr "Maio de 2016" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:48 +msgid "**Odoo 9.0**" +msgstr "**Odoo 9.0**" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:48 +msgid "October 2015" +msgstr "Outubro de 2015" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:50 +msgid "Odoo 8.saas~6" +msgstr "Odoo 8.saas~6" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:50 +msgid "February 2015" +msgstr "Fevereiro de 2015" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:52 +msgid "**Odoo 8.0**" +msgstr "**Odoo 8.0**" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:52 +msgid "September 2014" +msgstr "Setembro de 2014" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:58 +msgid "|green| Supported version" +msgstr "|green| Versão suportada" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:60 +msgid "|red| End-of-support" +msgstr "|red| Fim do suporte" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:62 +msgid "N/A Never released for this platform" +msgstr "N/D Nunca lançado para esta plataforma" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:64 +msgid "" +"|orange| Some of our older customers may still run this version on our Odoo " +"Online servers, we provide help only on blocking issues and advise you to " +"upgrade." +msgstr "" +"|orange| Alguns de nossos clientes mais antigos ainda podem executar esta " +"versão em nossos servidores Odoo Online; fornecemos ajuda apenas para " +"bloquear problemas e aconselhamos a atualização." + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:66 +msgid "🏁 Future version, not released yet" +msgstr "🏁 Versão futura, ainda não lançada" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:79 +msgid "I run an older version of Odoo/OpenERP/TinyERP" +msgstr "Eu executo uma versão mais antiga de Odoo/OpenERP/TinyERP" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:81 +msgid "" +"OpenERP 7.0, 6.1, 6.0 and 5.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform." +msgstr "" +"OpenERP 7.0, 6.1, 6.0 e 5.0 não é mais suportado, em qualquer plataforma." + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:83 +msgid "" +"TinyERP 4.0, 3.0, 2.0 and 1.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform." +msgstr "" +"TinyERP 4.0, 3.0, 2.0 e 1.0 não é mais suportado, em qualquer plataforma." + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:85 +msgid "" +"You should consider `upgrading <https://upgrade.odoo.com/>`_ your database." +msgstr "" +"Você deve considerar atualizar <https://upgrade.odoo.com/>` _ seu banco de " +"dados." + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:6 +msgid "What can I expect from the support service?" +msgstr "O que posso esperar do serviço de suporte?" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:10 +msgid "5 days a week" +msgstr "5 dias por semana" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Your Odoo Online subscription includes **unlimited 24hr support at no extra " +"cost, Monday to Friday**. Our teams are located around the world to ensure " +"you have support, no matter your location. Your support representative could" +" be communicating to you from San Francisco, Belgium, or India!" +msgstr "" +"Sua assinatura Odoo Online inclui ** suporte 24 horas ilimitado sem custo " +"extra, de segunda a sexta **. Nossas equipes estão localizadas em todo o " +"mundo para garantir que você tenha suporte, não importa sua localização. Seu" +" representante de suporte pode se comunicar com você de São Francisco, " +"Bélgica ou Índia!" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Our support team can be contacted through our `online support form " +"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." +msgstr "" +"Nossa equipe de suporte pode ser contatada através do nosso `formulário de " +"suporte online <https://www.odoo.com/help>` __." + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:21 +msgid "What kind of support is included?" +msgstr "Que tipo de suporte está incluído?" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Providing you with relevant material (guidelines, product documentation, " +"etc...)" +msgstr "" +"Fornecendo material relevante (diretrizes, documentação do produto, etc ...)" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Answers to issues that you may encounter in your standard Odoo database (eg." +" “I cannot close my Point of Sale” or “I cannot find my sales KPIs?”)" +msgstr "" +"Respostas para problemas que você pode encontrar em seu banco de dados Odoo " +"padrão (por exemplo, “Não consigo fechar meu ponto de venda” ou “Não consigo" +" encontrar meus KPIs de vendas?”)" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:27 +msgid "Questions related to your account, subscription, or billing" +msgstr "Perguntas relacionadas à sua conta, assinatura ou faturamento" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Bug resolution (blocking issues or unexpected behaviour not due to " +"misconfiguration or customization)" +msgstr "" +"Resolução de bug (problemas de bloqueio ou comportamento inesperado não " +"devido a configuração incorreta ou personalização)" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Issues that might occur in a test database after upgrading to a newer " +"version" +msgstr "" +"Problemas que podem ocorrer em um banco de dados de teste após a atualização" +" para uma versão mais recente" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:32 +msgid "" +"*Odoo Support does not make changes to your production database without your" +" agreement and gives you the material and knowledge to do it yourself!*" +msgstr "" +"*O suporte Odoo não faz alterações em seu banco de dados de produção sem o " +"seu consentimento e apenas fornece o material e o conhecimento para você " +"mesmo fazer!*" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:37 +msgid "What kind of support is not included?" +msgstr "Que tipo de suporte não está incluído?" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Questions that require us to understand your business processes in order to " +"help you implement your database" +msgstr "" +"Perguntas que exigem que entendamos seus processos de negócios para ajudá-lo" +" a implementar seu banco de dados" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Training on how to use our software (we will direct you to our many " +"resources)" +msgstr "" +"Treinamento sobre como usar nosso software (iremos encaminhá-lo para nossos " +"diversos recursos)" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:42 +msgid "Import of documents into your database" +msgstr "Importação de documentos em seu banco de dados" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Guidance on which configurations to apply inside of an application or the " +"database" +msgstr "" +"Orientação sobre quais configurações aplicar dentro de um aplicativo ou " +"banco de dados" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:44 +msgid "" +"How to set up configuration models (Examples include: Inventory Routes, " +"Payment Terms, Warehouses, etc)" +msgstr "" +"Como definir modelos de configuração (os exemplos incluem: Rotas de estoque," +" condições de pagamento, depósitos, etc)" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:46 +msgid "Any intervention on your own servers/deployments of Odoo" +msgstr "" +"Qualquer intervenção em seus próprios servidores / implantações de Odoo" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Any intervention on your own third party account (Ingenico, Authorize, UPS, " +"etc)" +msgstr "" +"Qualquer intervenção em sua própria conta de terceiros (Ingenico, Authorize," +" UPS, etc)" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Questions or issues related to specific developments or customizations done " +"either by Odoo or a third party (this is specific only to your database or " +"involving code)" +msgstr "" +"Perguntas ou problemas relacionados a desenvolvimentos específicos ou " +"personalizações feitas pela Odoo ou por terceiros (isso é específico apenas " +"para seu banco de dados ou envolve código)" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:52 +msgid "" +"You can get this type of support with a `Success Pack <https://www.odoo.com" +"/pricing-packs>`__. With a pack, one of our consultants will analyze the way" +" your business runs and tell you how you can get the most out of your Odoo " +"Database. We will handle all configurations and coach you on how to use " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" +"Você pode obter esse tipo de suporte com um `Pacote de sucesso " +"<https://www.odoo.com/pricing-packs>` __. Com um pacote, um de nossos " +"consultores irá analisar a forma como seu negócio funciona e dizer como você" +" pode obter o máximo de seu banco de dados Odoo. Cuidaremos de todas as " +"configurações e orientaremos você sobre como usar o Odoo." + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:4 +msgid "Where to find help?" +msgstr "Onde encontrar ajuda?" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:8 +msgid "Odoo Enterprise" +msgstr "Odoo Enterprise" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Users who have a valid Odoo Enterprise subscription may always contact our " +"support teams through our `support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_, no " +"matter the hosting type you chose (Odoo Online, Odoo.sh or on your own " +"server)." +msgstr "" +"Os usuários que possuem uma assinatura válida do Odoo Enterprise podem " +"sempre entrar em contato com nossas equipes de suporte através do nosso " +"`formulário de suporte <https://www.odoo.com/help>` _, não importa o tipo de" +" hospedagem que você escolheu (Odoo Online, Odoo.sh ou em seu próprio " +"servidor)." + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:14 +msgid "Please include in your request:" +msgstr "Inclua em sua solicitação:" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:16 +msgid "your subscription number" +msgstr "Seu código de assinatura" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:17 +msgid "" +"the URL of your database if your database is hosted by Odoo (Odoo Online or " +"Odoo.sh)" +msgstr "" +"a URL do seu banco de dados se o seu banco de dados é hospedado pela Odoo SA" +" (Odoo Online ou Odoo.sh)" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:19 +msgid "Our agents will get back to you as soon as possible." +msgstr "Nossos agentes entrarão em contato com você o mais rápido possível." + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:23 +msgid "Odoo Community" +msgstr "Comunidade Odoo" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:25 +msgid "*Odoo Community users don't get access to the support service.*" +msgstr "" +"* Os usuários da Odoo Community não têm acesso ao serviço de suporte. *" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:27 +msgid "Here are some resources that might help you:" +msgstr "Aqui estão alguns recursos que podem ajudá-lo:" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:29 +msgid "Our `documentation pages <https://www.odoo.com/page/docs>`_." +msgstr "Nossas páginas de documentação <https://www.odoo.com/page/docs>` _." + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Ask your question on the `community forum " +"<https://www.odoo.com/forum/help-1>`_." +msgstr "" +"Faça sua pergunta no fórum da comunidade " +"<https://www.odoo.com/forum/help-1>` _." + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:31 +msgid "" +":doc:`Buy Odoo Enterprise </administration/enterprise>` to get the support " +"and bugfix services." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..df283f45d --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po @@ -0,0 +1,259 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Luis Felipe Miléo <mileo@kmee.com.br>, 2021 +# Éder Brito <britoederr@gmail.com>, 2021 +# lluisgustavoreis <luis.gustavo@kmee.com.br>, 2021 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-18 07:12+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-05-18 05:18+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: lluisgustavoreis <luis.gustavo@kmee.com.br>, 2021\n" +"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: pt_BR\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings.rst:3 +msgid "Settings" +msgstr "Definições" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:6 +msgid "Users and Features" +msgstr "Usuários e Recursos" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:8 +msgid "" +"As the administrator of your database, you are responsible for its usage. " +"This includes the Apps you install as well as the number of users currently " +"in use." +msgstr "" +"Como administrador de seu banco de dados, você é responsável por seu uso. " +"Isso inclui os aplicativos que você instala, bem como o número de usuários " +"atualmente em uso." + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Odoo is many things (ERP, CMS, CRM application, e-Commerce backend, etc.) " +"but it is *not* a smartphone. You should apply caution when adding/removing " +"features (especially Apps) on your database since this may impact your " +"subscription amount significantly (or switch you from a free account to a " +"paying one on our online platform)." +msgstr "" +"O Odoo é muitas coisas (ERP, CMS, aplicativo de CRM, back-end de comércio " +"eletrônico, etc.), mas * não * é um smartphone. Você deve ter cuidado ao " +"adicionar / remover recursos (especialmente aplicativos) em seu banco de " +"dados, pois isso pode afetar o valor da sua assinatura significativamente " +"(ou mudar você de uma conta gratuita para uma paga em nossa plataforma " +"online)." + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:18 +msgid "" +"This page contains some information as to how you can manage your Odoo " +"instances. Before carrying any of these procedures, we **strongly** advise " +"to test them on a duplicate of your database first. That way, if something " +"goes wrong, your day-to-day business is not impacted." +msgstr "" +"Esta página contém algumas informações sobre como você pode gerenciar suas " +"instâncias do Odoo. Antes de realizar qualquer um desses procedimentos, " +"recomendamos ** vivamente ** que os teste primeiro em uma duplicata do seu " +"banco de dados. Dessa forma, se algo der errado, seu negócio do dia-a-dia " +"não será impactado." + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You can find guides on how to duplicate your databases both for :ref:`online" +" <duplicate_online>` and :ref:`on premise <duplicate_premise>` " +"installations." +msgstr "" +"Você pode encontrar guias sobre como duplicar seus bancos de dados para " +"instalações: ref: `online <duplicate_online>` e: ref: `on premise " +"<duplicate_premise>`." + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:27 +msgid "" +"If you have questions about the content of this page or if you encounter an " +"issue while carrying out these procedures, please contact us through our " +"`support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." +msgstr "" +"Se você tiver dúvidas sobre o conteúdo desta página ou se encontrar algum " +"problema ao realizar esses procedimentos, entre em contato conosco através " +"do nosso `formulário de suporte <https://www.odoo.com/help>` __." + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:33 +msgid "Deactivating Users" +msgstr "Desativando usuários" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Make sure you have sufficient **administrative rights** if you want to " +"change the status of any of your users." +msgstr "" +"Certifique-se de ter ** direitos administrativos ** suficientes se quiser " +"alterar o status de qualquer um de seus usuários." + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:38 +msgid "" +"In your Odoo instance, click on **Settings**. You will have a section " +"showing you the active users on your database. Click on **Manage Users.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:79 +msgid "|settings|" +msgstr "|configurações|" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:42 +msgid "|browse_users|" +msgstr "|browse_users|" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:45 +msgid "You'll then see the list of your users." +msgstr "Você verá então a lista de seus usuários." + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The pre-selected filter *Internal Users* shows your paying users (different " +"from the *Portal Users* which are free). If you remove this filter, you'll " +"get all your users (the ones you pay for and the portal ones)" +msgstr "" +"O filtro pré-selecionado * Usuários internos * mostra seus usuários pagantes" +" (diferente dos * Usuários do portal * que são gratuitos). Se você remover " +"este filtro, obterá todos os seus usuários (aqueles pelos quais você paga e " +"os do portal)" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:55 +msgid "" +"In your list of users, click on the user you want to deactivate. As soon as " +"you are on the userform, click on the Action drop down menu, and then click " +"on Archive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:63 +msgid "The user is now deactivated." +msgstr "O usuário agora está desativado." + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:65 +msgid "**Never** deactivate the main user (*admin*)" +msgstr "** Nunca ** desative o usuário principal (* admin *)" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:68 +msgid "Uninstalling Apps" +msgstr "Desinstalando aplicativos" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Make sure you first test what you are about to do on a :ref:`duplicate " +"<duplicate_online>` of your database before making any changes (*especially*" +" installing/uninstalling apps)." +msgstr "" +"Certifique-se de primeiro testar o que você está prestes a fazer em um " +":ref:`duplicate <duplicate_online>` do seu banco de dados antes de fazer " +"quaisquer alterações (*especialmente* instalar/desinstalar aplicativos)." + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:74 +msgid "" +"In your Odoo instance click on **Settings**; in this app, you will be able " +"to see how many applications you have installed. Click on **Browse Apps** to" +" access the list of your installed applications." +msgstr "" +"Em sua instância do Odoo, clique em ** Configurações **; neste aplicativo, " +"você poderá ver quantos aplicativos instalou. Clique em ** Procurar Apps ** " +"para acessar a lista de seus aplicativos instalados." + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:79 +msgid "|browse_apps|" +msgstr "|browse_apps|" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:82 +msgid "" +"In your applications' dashboard, you will see all the icons of your " +"applications. Click on the application you want to uninstall. Then, on the " +"form of the application, click on **Uninstall**." +msgstr "" +"No painel de seus aplicativos, você verá todos os ícones de seus " +"aplicativos. Clique no aplicativo que deseja desinstalar. Em seguida, no " +"formulário do aplicativo, clique em ** Desinstalar **." + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Some applications have dependencies, like Invoicing, eCommerce, etc. " +"Therefore, the system will give you a warning message to advise you of what " +"is about to be removed. If you uninstall your application, all its " +"dependencies will be uninstalled as well (and the data in them will " +"permanently disappear). If you are sure you still want to uninstall it, then" +" click **Confirm**." +msgstr "" +"Alguns aplicativos possuem dependências, como Faturamento, eCommerce, etc. " +"Portanto, o sistema lhe dará uma mensagem de alerta para avisá-lo do que " +"está para ser removido. Se você desinstalar seu aplicativo, todas as suas " +"dependências serão desinstaladas também (e os dados nelas desaparecerão " +"permanentemente). Se você tiver certeza de que deseja desinstalá-lo, clique " +"em ** Confirmar **." + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Last, after having checked the warning message (if any), click **Confirm**." +msgstr "" +"Por último, após verificar a mensagem de aviso (se houver), clique em ** " +"Confirmar **." + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:101 +msgid "You have finished uninstalling your application." +msgstr "Você terminou de desinstalar seu aplicativo." + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:104 +msgid "Good to know" +msgstr "Bom saber" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:106 +msgid "" +"**Uninstalling apps, managing users, etc. is up to you**: no one else can " +"know if your business flow is broken better than you. If we were to " +"uninstall applications for you, we would never be able to tell if relevant " +"data had been removed or if one of your business flow was broken because we " +"*do not know how you work* and therefore cannot validate these kinds of " +"operations." +msgstr "" +"** Desinstalar aplicativos, gerenciar usuários, etc. depende de você **: " +"ninguém mais pode saber se o seu fluxo de negócios está quebrado melhor do " +"que você. Se tivéssemos de desinstalar os aplicativos para você, nunca " +"poderíamos saber se dados relevantes foram removidos ou se um de seus fluxos" +" de negócios foi interrompido porque * não sabemos como você trabalha * e, " +"portanto, não podemos validar esses tipos de operações." + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:112 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Apps have dependencies**: this means that you may need to install " +"modules that you do not actively use to access some features of Odoo you " +"might need. For example, the Website Builder app is needed to be able to " +"show your customer their Quotes in a web page. Even though you might not " +"need or use the Website itself, it is needed for the Online Quotes feature " +"to work properly." +msgstr "" +"** Odoo Apps tem dependências **: isso significa que você pode precisar " +"instalar módulos que não usa ativamente para acessar alguns recursos do Odoo" +" de que pode precisar. Por exemplo, o aplicativo Website é necessário para " +"mostrar ao seu cliente suas cotações em uma página da web. Mesmo que você " +"não precise ou use o próprio site, ele é necessário para que o recurso de " +"cotações online funcione corretamente." + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:119 +msgid "" +"**Always test app installation/removal on a duplicate** (or on a free trial " +"database): that way you can know what other apps may be required, etc. This " +"will avoid surprises when uninstalling or when receiving your invoices." +msgstr "" +"** Sempre teste a instalação / remoção do aplicativo em uma duplicata ** (ou" +" em um banco de dados de teste gratuito): dessa forma, você pode saber quais" +" outros aplicativos podem ser necessários, etc. Isso evitará surpresas ao " +"desinstalar ou ao receber suas faturas." diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/sign.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/sign.po deleted file mode 100644 index dddd9e11c..000000000 --- a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/sign.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,152 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Rafael H L Moretti <rafael.moretti@gmail.com>, 2021 -# Keli Brugalli <kbr@odoo.com>, 2021 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-02-04 10:31+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Keli Brugalli <kbr@odoo.com>, 2021\n" -"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: pt_BR\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" - -#: ../../sign.rst:5 -msgid "Sign" -msgstr "Assinatura Eletrônica" - -#: ../../sign/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Visão geral" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:3 -msgid "Validity of electronic signatures" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The legal validity of electronic signatures generated by Odoo depends on the" -" legislation of your country. Companies doing business abroad should " -"consider electronic signature laws of other countries as well." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:10 -msgid "In the European Union" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:12 -msgid "" -"The `eIDAS regulation <http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2014/910/oj>`_ " -"establishes the framework for electronic signatures in all `27 member states" -" of the European Union <https://europa.eu/european-union/about-" -"eu/countries_en>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:16 -msgid "It distinguishes three types of electronic signatures:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:18 -msgid "Electronic signatures" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:19 -msgid "Advanced electronic signatures" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:20 -msgid "Qualified electronic signatures" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Odoo generates the first type, regular electronic signatures, and these " -"signatures can produce legal effects in the EU, as the regulation states " -"that “an electronic signature shall not be denied legal effect and " -"admissibility as evidence in legal proceedings solely on the grounds that it" -" is in an electronic form or that it does not meet the requirements for " -"qualified electronic signatures.”" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Note that electronic signatures may not be automatically recognized as " -"valid. You may need to bring supporting evidence of a signature’s validity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:31 -msgid "In the United States of America" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:33 -msgid "" -"The `ESIGN Act (Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act) " -"<https://www.fdic.gov/regulations/compliance/manual/10/X-3.1.pdf>`_, at the " -"interstate and international levels, and the `UETA (Uniform Electronic " -"Transactions Act) <https://www.uniformlaws.org/committees/community-" -"home/librarydocuments?communitykey=2c04b76c-2b7d-4399-977e-" -"d5876ba7e034&tab=librarydocuments>`_, at the state level, provide the legal " -"framework for electronic signatures. Note that `Illinois " -"<https://www.ilga.gov/legislation/ilcs/ilcs5.asp?ActID=89&>`_ and `New York " -"<https://its.ny.gov/electronic-signatures-and-records-act-esra>`_ have not " -"adopted the UETA, but similar acts instead." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Overall, to be recognized as valid, electronic signatures have to meet five " -"criteria:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:44 -msgid "" -"A signer must show a clear intent to sign. For example, using a mouse to " -"draw a signature can show intent. The signer must also have the option to " -"opt-out of electronically signing a document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:47 -msgid "" -"A signer must first express or imply their consent to conduct business " -"electronically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:48 -msgid "" -"The signature must be clearly attributed. In Odoo, metadata, such as the " -"signer’s IP address, is added to the signature, which can be used as " -"supporting evidence." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:50 -msgid "" -"The signature must be associated with the document being signed, for " -"example, by keeping a record detailing how the signature was captured." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Electronically signed documents need to be retained and available for later " -"reference by all parties involved, for example, by providing the signer " -"either a fully-executed copy or the option to download a copy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:57 -msgid "" -"The information provided here does not constitute legal advice; it is " -"provided for general informational purposes only. As laws governing " -"electronic signatures evolve rapidly, we cannot guarantee that the " -"information is up to date. We advise you to should contact a local attorney " -"to obtain legal advice." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po deleted file mode 100644 index 5832f5214..000000000 --- a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,570 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Rafael H L Moretti <rafael.moretti@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# Marcel Savegnago <marcel.savegnago@gmail.com>, 2020 -# grazziano <gra.negocia@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Éder Brito <britoederr@gmail.com>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Éder Brito <britoederr@gmail.com>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: pt_BR\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" - -#: ../../sms_marketing.rst:5 -msgid "SMS Marketing" -msgstr "Marketing SMS" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Visão geral" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:3 -msgid "Contact Lists and Blacklist" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Creating your own list of contacts, or importing it, is useful when you want" -" to create specific groups of people, such as the subscribers of your " -"newsletter. It is also the best way to get started if you are coming from " -"another system and already have built an audience. It makes the SMS " -"distribution easier." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:11 -msgid "Contact lists" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:13 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Contacts lists --> Contacts lists --> Create`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Choose a name for your *Mailing list*, and activate the option *Is Public* " -"if you would like to make the mailing list accessible to your recipients in " -"the unsubscription page (allowing users to update their subscription " -"preferences)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:22 -msgid "History with the Log Notes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:25 -msgid "" -"A record of the mailings sent is kept on the recipient's chatter (whether it" -" is a contact or an opportunity, for example)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:28 -msgid "" -"This is important as you and team members can easily keep track and see a " -"history of the interactions with your contacts or prospects. Example: your " -"sales representative can easily find out which SMS mailing promotions a " -"customer has received or not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:35 -msgid "Blacklist" -msgstr "Lista negra" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:38 -msgid "" -"If you are coming from another software and have a list of clients who have " -"already asked to be blacklisted, you can import those entries to your " -"database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:39 -msgid "" -"For that, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Phone Blacklist --> " -"Import`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:3 -msgid "Integrations and Templates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Using SMS to reach people can be a strategy not just used for advertisement " -"purposes, but also as a reminder of events or issued invoices to your " -"costumers, for example." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:9 -msgid "Campaigns" -msgstr "Campanhas" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:11 -msgid "" -"First, make sure to have the necessary feature activated. Go to the " -":menuselection:`Email Marketing app --> Configuration --> Settings` and " -"enable *Mailing Campaigns*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Now, the menu *Campaigns* is also available on the *SMS Marketing* app, " -"allowing you to manage and have an overview of your SMS mailings under " -"campaigns." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:23 -msgid "" -"This feature is especially useful if you have aggregated campaigns, as you " -"have a global reporting view. In addition to that, you can create stages in " -"your Kanban view to better organize the work being done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:31 -msgid "Sending SMSs through the Contacts app" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Sending SMSs through the contact’s form is available by default in Odoo. It " -"makes your work easier if you need to send an SMS to a specific contact, for" -" example." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:36 -msgid "" -"For that, go to the *Contacts* app, select the contact and click on the " -"*SMS* icon next to the phone number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:41 -msgid "" -"If you would like to send a message to multiple contacts at once, choose the" -" *List View*, select all the contacts needed, and under *Action* select " -"*Send SMS*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:48 -msgid "Set up SMS templates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:50 -msgid "" -"To set up *SMS Templates*, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " -"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, then go to " -":menuselection:`Technical --> SMS Templates`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Use *Dynamic Placeholders* to adapt automatically the content of the SMS to " -"the context." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:63 -msgid "SMS Text Messaging is available throughout Odoo:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:65 -msgid "*CRM*: send SMSs to your leads and opportunities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:66 -msgid "*Subscription*: alert customers about their subscription." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:67 -msgid "*Accounting*: send payment reminders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:68 -msgid "*Marketing Automation*: automate your SMS marketing campaigns." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:69 -msgid "" -"*Inventory*: send an automatic confirmation when a delivery order is done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:70 -msgid "" -"*Sign*: receive a validation code to verify your identity before signing a " -"document online." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:71 -msgid "" -"*SEPA debit payment provider*: send a verification code to your customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:72 -msgid "" -"*Studio*: send an SMS according to your needs by using automated actions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:75 -msgid "" -"For more information about SMS integrations in Odoo and a list of frequently" -" asked questions, go to :doc:`../pricing/pricing_and_faq`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:79 -msgid ":doc:`../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:80 -msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_template`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:3 -msgid "Build, Send and Get Reports from a SMS Mailing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Using SMS Marketing as part of your communication strategies can empower you" -" to expand your markets, considering that in some countries emails are not " -"very used or used at all. It also helps to boost conversion rates, as this " -"strategy has a high open-rate percentage among people who use smartphones." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:11 -msgid "Get started" -msgstr "Começar" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:13 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`SMS Marketing --> Create`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Specify a *subject* name to help you remembering what the mailing is about." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Under *Recipients*, choose to whom you would like the SMS to be sent. If you" -" choose *Contact*, all your Odoo contacts (vendor, customers, etc.) receive " -"your SMS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:22 -msgid "" -"From there, you can refine your recipient list with the *add filter* option." -" In the example below, the message would be sent to the contacts living in " -"Belgium." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:27 -msgid "" -"The *Mailing list* option, on the other hand, allows you to choose the " -"specific mailing lists you created to group specific contacts. You are " -"allowed to select multiple ones." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Under the *SMS Content* tab, links can be included and Odoo automatically " -"generates *link trackers* in order to generate data about these links." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Under *Settings* you have the option *Include opt-out link*. If activated, " -"the contact is able to unsubscribe from the mailing list." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:43 -msgid "" -"In the *Link Tracker* menu under *Configuration*, you can see the history of" -" your sent links, access them and look at statistics." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:50 -msgid "Double-check that you have the phone number of your contacts saved." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:53 -msgid "Send a mailing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Once you have your mailing created, you must choose when you would like it " -"to be delivered:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:59 -msgid "" -"*Put in Queue*: the mailing is triggered with the next automatic run. " -"Interesting option if you do not need the message to be sent at a specific " -"time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:61 -msgid "" -"*Send Now*: sends the message immediately. Use this option if the recipient " -"list is not excessive." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:62 -msgid "" -"*Schedule*: allows you to choose a day and time. Best option for mailings " -"that you would like to send during a specific event, to promote an offer " -"while it is active, or to simply plan your content strategy in advance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:65 -msgid "" -"*Test*: allows you to send an SMS to one or multiple numbers for test " -"purposes. Check, for example, if the link provided lands on the right page " -"while making sure they are responsive. If sending it to multiple numbers, " -"you must remember to use a comma between them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:70 -msgid "Visualize reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:72 -msgid "" -"Under the *Reporting* menu apply filters, measures, and adopt different " -"layouts to do analyses of the performance of your SMS mailings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:79 -msgid "" -"You can also check the price to send an SMS for your country by clicking on " -"the *Information* icon." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:86 -msgid "" -"**Buy Credits:** in order to take advantage of the app and its features, " -"make sure you have purchased credits. For more information: " -":doc:`../pricing/pricing_and_faq`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing.rst:3 -msgid "Pricing and FAQ" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:3 -msgid "SMS Pricing and FAQ" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:6 -msgid "What do I need to send SMSs?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:7 -msgid "" -"SMS Text Messaging is an In-App Purchase (IAP) service that *requires " -"prepaid credits* to work." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:11 -msgid "How many types of SMSs are there?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:12 -msgid "There are 2 types: GSM7 and UNICODE." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:14 -msgid "" -"**GSM7** is the standard format, with a limit of 160 characters per message," -" that includes the following characters:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:23 -msgid "" -"**UNICODE** is the format applied if a special character, that *is not* in " -"the GSM7 list, is used. Limit per SMS: 70 characters." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:27 -msgid "" -"For GSM7 SMS the size limit is 160 characters, and for Unicode is 70. *Above" -" these limits, the content is divided into a multi-part message* and the " -"limit of characters is lowered to 153 for GSM7 and to 67 for Unicode. The " -"system will inform you in real-time about the number of SMS your message " -"represents." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:34 -msgid "How much does it cost to send an SMS?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:35 -msgid "" -"The price of an SMS depends on the destination and the length (number of " -"characters) of the message." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:37 -msgid "" -"To see the **price per country, please consult**: `Odoo SMS - FAQ <https" -"://iap-services.odoo.com/iap/sms/pricing#sms_faq_01>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:39 -msgid "" -"The number of SMSs a message represents will be always available to you in " -"your database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:49 -msgid "How do I buy credits?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:50 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Buy Credits`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:57 -msgid "Or go to :menuselection:`Settings --> View my Services`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:65 -msgid "" -"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you " -"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:70 -msgid "More common questions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:72 -msgid "**Is there an expiration time for my credits?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:74 -msgid "No, credits do not expire." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:77 -msgid "" -"**Can I send an SMS to a phone number (which is not a mobile phone) because " -"I see the icon in front of the field “phone”?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:80 -msgid "Only if that phone number supports SMS (e.g. SIP phones)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:83 -msgid "**Do I receive an invoice to buy my credits?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:85 -msgid "Yes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:88 -msgid "**Can the recipient answer to me?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:90 -msgid "No, it is not possible to reply to the SMS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:93 -msgid "" -"**What happens if I send multiple SMS but I do not have enough credits to " -"send them all?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:95 -msgid "" -"The whole transaction is counted as a single one, so no SMS will be sent " -"until you have enough credits to send them all." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:99 -msgid "**Do I have a history of the sent SMSs?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:101 -msgid "" -"Yes, the SMS is logged as a note under the chatter of the corresponding " -"record, and a complete history of the SMSs sent is available on " -":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` under " -":menuselection:`Technical --> SMS`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:107 -msgid "**Can I send as many SMSs I want at once?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:109 -msgid "Yes, if you have enough credits." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:112 -msgid "" -"**If I have a number that does not exist in the list of recipients, will I " -"lose credits?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:114 -msgid "" -"Not if the phone number is in the wrong format (e.g. too many digits). " -"Otherwise, if the SMS is sent to the wrong person or to a fake number, the " -"credit will be lost." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:118 -msgid "" -"**What happens if I send my SMS to a paying number (e.g.: a contest to win a" -" ticket for a festival)?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:120 -msgid "" -"The SMS will not be delivered to that kind of number, so you won’t be " -"charged." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:123 -msgid "" -"**Can I identify the numbers that do not exist when I send several SMSs?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:125 -msgid "Only the ones that have an invalid format." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:128 -msgid "**How does the GDPR regulation affect this service?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:130 -msgid "" -"Please find our `Privacy Policy here <https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#sms>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:132 -msgid "**Can I use my own SMS provider?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:134 -msgid "" -"Yes, but it is not possible out of the box. Our experts can help you " -"customize your database to make it happen. Please, check our success packs " -"`here <https://www.odoo.com/pricing-packs>`_." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po deleted file mode 100644 index 8bc56d774..000000000 --- a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,362 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Rafael H L Moretti <rafael.moretti@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# Keli Brugalli <kbr@odoo.com>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:42+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Keli Brugalli <kbr@odoo.com>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: pt_BR\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" - -#: ../../social_marketing.rst:5 -msgid "Social Marketing" -msgstr "Mídias Sociais" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Visão geral" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:3 -msgid "Connecting to my Marketplace with Campaigns" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Whether your goal is to sell a new product, explain the value of your " -"services or advertise your event, a campaign helps you to connect with your " -"marketplace. They normally involve multiple channels, so it is fundamental " -"to have a solution with which you can plan, execute, track, and analyze your" -" content." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:10 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Campaigns --> Create`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:16 -msgid "" -"As you create content, tabs for that specific channel are shown. The " -"overview of the campaign displays global metrics such as:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:19 -msgid "" -"*Revenue*: number of users who, from a link in your content, finished a " -"transaction (paid)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:20 -msgid "" -"*Quotations*: number of users who, from a link in your content, have started" -" but not finished a transaction (did not pay)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:22 -msgid "" -"*Leads*: users who have filled out your contact form, from a link in your " -"content." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:25 -msgid "" -"To be able to *Send New Mailing*, make sure the feature is enabled in the " -"*Email Marketing* application, under :menuselection:`Email Marketing --> " -"Configuration --> Settings`. To be able to *Send SMS*, the *SMS Marketing* " -"application must be installed on your database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:30 -msgid "" -"*Social Marketing* works integrated with other applications such as *Sales*," -" *Invoicing*, *CRM* and *Website*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:34 -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:77 -msgid ":doc:`./push_notifications`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:35 -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:66 -msgid ":doc:`./manage_social`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:3 -msgid "Interact with Customers and Visitors with Live Chat" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:5 -msgid "" -"One of the ways you can build stronger relationships with your customers is " -"by making yourself available through live chat. Live chats can have a big " -"impact not just on your customer service, but also on sales performance, as " -"it gives users a chance of having real-time, fast, and effective " -"interaction." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:11 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Configuração" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Live Chat` " -"select the appropriate channel, and set it up." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Under *Channel Rules*, choose when the chat pop-up appears, and an action " -"for a given URL and/or country. Note that to take the country into account, " -"GeoIP must be installed on your server." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:24 -msgid "The *Live Chat* application must be installed on your database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:27 -msgid "Monitor your visitors" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Under the *Visitors* menu, see the visitors that landed on one of your " -":ref:`social_marketing/website_tracked_pages` online or offline." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:34 -msgid "" -"You can send emails (if an email address has been saved), send SMSs (if a " -"phone number has been saved), send a push notification (if the user has " -"subscribed to it), and even send a live chat request that will be received " -"by the user once they move to a tracked page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Open a record to see details including the visited pages, and the first and " -"last date and time the user was connected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Your online visitors will be authenticated if they are linked to a lead or " -"an existing partner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:44 -msgid "" -"If you do not use the *Website* app, you can add a live chat widget to your " -"own website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:49 -msgid "Website’s tracked pages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:51 -msgid "" -"To define which pages are tracked, on the *Website* application, go to " -":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Pages` and enable the option " -"*Track*, on the respective pages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:60 -msgid ":doc:`../../livechat/overview/get_started`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:3 -msgid "Manage Social Media Pages and Create Content" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Once you are present on social media platforms, it is important to keep them" -" up-to-date. However, that might feel like a full-time job. Having a " -"solution that allows you to create, schedule, keep track, engage with your " -"audience and measure results saves you time and helps you to successfully " -"execute your online strategy, from posts to results." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:12 -msgid "Add accounts and create your feed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Click on *Add Stream* and grant the required permissions to add your " -"accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:21 -msgid "You can link a Facebook page for which you are the admin." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:23 -msgid "" -"You are then redirected to your *Feed* and a column with the publications is" -" automatically added." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:25 -msgid "" -"You can then add new accounts and/or streams, such as Facebook mentions, and" -" customize your Kanban view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Adding social media accounts to your feed will also link KPIs. To get " -"redirected to the statistics page of the social account, click on " -"*Insights*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:39 -msgid "Link a LinkedIn account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Configuration --> Social Media`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:48 -msgid "" -"LinkedIn is in Beta Version, therefore, the feed is not available. Only the " -"creation of content." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:51 -msgid "Publish content" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Click on :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Feed --> New Post`, or go to " -":menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Posts → Create`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:60 -msgid "Choose to upload your post right away or to schedule it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:61 -msgid "Saving your post will apply a draft status to it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:64 -msgid "Overview and plan your posts with a calendar view" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Through the calendar view, besides having an overview of your planned day, " -"week or month, also see your drafted, scheduled and published posts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:68 -msgid "Drag and drop (scheduled posts) to change their scheduled date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Double-click on a date to create a post directly from the *Calendar view*, " -"and click on an existing one to edit it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:78 -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:67 -msgid ":doc:`./campaigns`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:79 -msgid ":doc:`./livechat`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:3 -msgid "Use Web Push Notifications" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Web Push Notifications deliver messages to your user’s device without the " -"need to be on your website, or for them to give personal information. They " -"can be used to inform your users about news, articles and content posted, " -"practical messages like traffic and weather updates, flight information, " -"sales alerts, coupons, and product updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:11 -msgid "Ask users for permission" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:13 -msgid "" -"In the *Website* application go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration" -" --> Settings` and enable *Web Push Notifications*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Choose your message, icon, and delay time (which is the wait time for the " -"permission request to be shown once the user lands on your page)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:28 -msgid "Send notifications" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:31 -msgid "Individually" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:33 -msgid "You can send individual messages through the menu *Visitors*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:40 -msgid "To a group" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Target a bigger segment by selecting multiple visitors in the *View List* " -"(e.g.: all visitors that visited your Homepage)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Visitors records are kept under *Visitors* for a week, before getting " -"archived." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:53 -msgid "By rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Or go to :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Posts --> Create`. Under *Web " -"Notification options*, apply filters to send your message to the records " -"that match the rules you set." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:63 -msgid "The feature only works with Odoo Website application." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/studio.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/studio.po deleted file mode 100644 index 5866b34e1..000000000 --- a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/studio.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,939 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Silmar <pinheirosilmar@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Luis Felipe Miléo <mileo@kmee.com.br>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-11-02 12:05+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:42+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Luis Felipe Miléo <mileo@kmee.com.br>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: pt_BR\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" - -#: ../../studio.rst:5 -msgid "Studio" -msgstr "Studio" - -#: ../../studio/concepts.rst:3 -msgid "Concepts" -msgstr "Conceitos" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:3 -msgid "Understanding Automated Actions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:6 -msgid "" -"Automated actions are used to trigger actions. They are based on conditions " -"and happen on top of Odoo’s default business logic." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Examples of automated actions include: creating a next activity upon a " -"quote's confirmation; adding a user as a follower of a confirmed invoice if " -"its total is higher than a certain amount; or preventing a lead from " -"changing stage if a field is not filled in." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Let's understand how to properly define *when* an automated action runs and " -"*how* to create one:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:18 -msgid "" -"The first step is to choose the :doc:`Model <understanding_general>` on " -"which the action is applied." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:19 -msgid "" -"The **Trigger** field defines the event that causes the automated action to " -"happen:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:21 -msgid "" -"*On Creation*: when a new record is created. Note that the record is created" -" once saved for the first time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:23 -msgid "" -"*On Update*: when the record is updated. Note that the update happens once " -"the record is saved." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:24 -msgid "" -"*On Creation & Update*: on the creation and/or on the update of a record " -"once the form is saved." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:25 -msgid "*On Deletion*: on the removal of a record under the condition set." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:26 -msgid "" -"*Based on Form Modification*: when the value of the specified *Trigger* " -"field is changed in the interface (user sees the changes before saving the " -"record). Note that this action can only be used with the *Execute Python " -"Code* action type." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:29 -msgid "" -"*Based on Timed Condition*: a delay happens after a specific date/time. Set " -"a *Delay after trigger date* if you need a delay to happen before the " -"*Trigger Date*. Example: to send a reminder 15min before a meeting. If the " -"date/time is not set on the form of the model chosen, the date/time " -"considered is the one of the creation/update of the record." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:34 -msgid "For every Trigger option, **conditions** can be applied, such as:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:36 -msgid "" -"*Before Update Domain*: if designated, this condition must be satisfied " -"before the record is updated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:38 -msgid "" -"*Apply on*: if designated, this condition must be satisfied before executing" -" the action rule (*Action To Do*), and after the update." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:41 -msgid "" -"The **Active** option is to be turned off when the rule should be hidden and" -" not executed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Under **Action To Do** choose the type of server action that must be " -"executed once records meet the *Trigger* conditions:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:45 -msgid "" -"*Execute Python Code*: a block of code is executed. A *Help* tab with the " -"variables that can be used is available." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:47 -msgid "*Create New Record*: a new record with new values is created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:48 -msgid "*Update a Record*: updates the record that triggered the action." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:49 -msgid "" -"*Execute several actions*: defines an action that triggers other server " -"actions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:50 -msgid "" -"*Send Email*: an automatic :doc:`email " -"<../../discuss/advanced/email_template>` is sent." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:51 -msgid "*Add Followers*: followers are notified of changes in the task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:52 -msgid "" -"*Create Next Activity*: creates an activity such as: *Call*, *Email*, " -"*Reminder*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:53 -msgid "" -"*Send SMS Text Message*: sends an :doc:`SMS " -"<../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:56 -msgid "Example" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:58 -msgid "" -"This is the process of which the update of the *Email* field on the " -"Lead/Opportunity *Model*, with a *Trigger Condition* set to *On Update*, " -"goes through:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:65 -msgid "The user creates the record without an email address set." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:66 -msgid "The user updates the record defining an email address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Once the change is saved, the automation checks if any of the *Watched " -"Fields* are being updated (for the example: field name *email_from* (Email)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:69 -msgid "" -"If true, it checks if the record matches the *Before Update Domain* (for the" -" example: *email is not set*)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:71 -msgid "" -"If true, it checks (*after the update*) whether the record matches the " -"*Apply on* domain (for the example: *email is set*)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:73 -msgid "If true, the chosen *Action To Do* is performed on the record." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:76 -msgid ":doc:`understanding_general`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:77 -msgid ":doc:`../use_cases/automated_actions`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:3 -msgid "Understanding General Concepts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:7 -msgid "" -"Odoo Studio is a toolbox that allows you to add models or adapt " -"functionalities on top of Odoo’s standard behavior without coding knowledge." -" You can also create custom views and modify existing ones without having to" -" get into the XML code." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Even for experienced developers, typing out code requires time. By using " -"Odoo Studio, you can quickly get your models up and going and focus on the " -"crucial parts of your application. The result is a user-friendly solution " -"that makes customizations and designing new applications easy with or " -"without programming skills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:15 -msgid "Getting started" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:17 -msgid "" -"One you start using Odoo Studio, you automatically create a new *module* " -"that contains all your modifications. These modifications can be done on " -"existing screens (*views*), by adding new *fields* in existing applications," -" or by creating an entirely new *model*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:22 -msgid "What is a Module?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:25 -msgid "" -"An Odoo **Module** can contain a number of elements, such as: business " -"objects (models), object views, data files, web controllers, and static web " -"data. An application is a collection of modules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:29 -msgid "" -"In object-oriented programming, models usually represent a concept from the " -"real world. Example: Odoo has models for Sales Orders, Users, Countries, " -"etc. If you were to build an application to manage Real Estate sales, a " -"model that represents the Properties for sale would probably be your first " -"step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:38 -msgid "What is a Model (also called Object)?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:40 -msgid "" -"A **Model** determines the logical structure of a database and fundamentally" -" determines in which manner data can be stored, organized, and manipulated. " -"In other words, a model is a table of information that can be bridged with " -"other tables." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:45 -msgid "What are Fields?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:47 -msgid "" -"**Fields** compose models. It is where a record (a piece of data) is " -"registered." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Example: on the Real Estate application, fields on the Properties model " -"would include the price, address, a picture, a link to the current owner, " -"etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:50 -msgid "" -"There are 2 main types of fields in Odoo: *basic (or scalar) fields* and " -"*relational fields*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Basic fields represent simple values, like numbers or text. Relational " -"fields represent relations between models. So, if you have a model for " -"*Customers* and another one for *Properties*, you would use a relational " -"field to link each Property to its Customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:56 -msgid "Relational Fields in detail" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:59 -msgid "" -"**Relational Fields** provide the option to link the data of one model with " -"the data of another model." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:60 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, relational field types are: *One2many*, *Many2one*, *Many2many*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:66 -msgid "" -"An **One2many** field is a *one-way* direction of selecting *multiple* " -"records from a table." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Example: a Sales Order can contain multiple Sales Order Lines, which also " -"contain multiple fields of information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:69 -msgid "" -"A **Many2one** field is a *one-way* direction of selecting *one* record from" -" a table." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Example: you can have many product categories, but each product can only " -"belong to one category." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:71 -msgid "" -"A **Many2many** field is a *two-way* direction of selecting records from a " -"table." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:72 -msgid "Example: multiple tags can be added to a lead’s form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:75 -msgid "An *One2many* field must have a *Many2one* related to it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:78 -msgid "What are Views?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:80 -msgid "" -"**Views** define how records are displayed. They are specified in XML which " -"means that they can be edited independently from the models that they " -"represent. There are various types of views in Odoo, and each of them " -"represents a mode of visualization. Some examples are: *form*, *list*, " -"*kanban*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:85 -msgid "What is a Menu?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:87 -msgid "" -"A **Menu** is a button that executes and action. In Odoo Studio, to create " -"menus (models) and rearrange their hierarchy, click on *Edit Menu*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:95 -msgid "`Studio Basics <https://www.odoo.com/fr_FR/slides/studio-31>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to.rst:3 -msgid "How To" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/export_import.rst:3 -msgid "Export and Import Modules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/export_import.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When you do customizations in Odoo Studio, a new module is created in your " -"database, making it easy to use Studio for prototyping." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/export_import.rst:8 -msgid "" -"To export these customizations, activate Studio on the main dashboard and, " -"under the menu *Customizations*, click on *Export*. The default filename is " -"*customizations.zip*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/export_import.rst:16 -msgid "" -"The module created contains the definition of custom models and fields, as " -"well as the UI elements of any customization in an XML format." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/export_import.rst:18 -msgid "" -"To import and install the customizations in another instance, connect to the" -" destination database, activate Studio and, under *Customizations*, click on" -" *Import*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/export_import.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Studio does not know which apps are customized (because the same view can be" -" modified on different apps), therefore, it *does not* add the underlying " -"modules as dependencies of the exported module. In other words, the " -"applications installed on the source database should be installed on the " -"destination database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:3 -msgid "Customizing the Rainbow Man" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The Rainbow Man in Odoo is an animation shown once the user completes " -"certain tasks and clicks on certain buttons. It is a way to make the " -"software fun to use, and rewarding, for employees." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:13 -msgid "" -"On most buttons in Odoo, such as *Send by Email*, *Confirm* or *Cancel*, " -"once they are selected in Studio, under their *Properties*, the *Rainbow " -"Man* effect can be applied." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:14 -msgid "By default, the feature is active:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:16 -msgid "when opportunities are marked as won;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:17 -msgid "when users empty their inboxes;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:18 -msgid "when the user finishes a tour;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:19 -msgid "when the user finishes doing reconciliations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:3 -msgid "Customizing Reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Odoo uses HTML and CSS technologies to create reports. HTML is a markup " -"language that uses tags, also called elements. It is the core of any webpage" -" because it provides its basic structure. CSS interacts with HTML elements " -"to add style to the page, establishing how the HTML is shown to the user. " -"Odoo’s reports also use Bootstrap’s grid layout, which is the containers, " -"rows, and columns to align content, and support Odoo's website themes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:11 -msgid "" -"When creating a new report, choose the purpose of it and if you would like " -"the report to include header and footer (company logo, name, address, phone," -" email address, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Under the tab **Add**, you find the fields to be dragged and dropped to the " -"view. *Fields*, *Data tables*, *Subtotal & Total*, and *Address Book* are " -"dynamic elements (meaning that they need a :doc:`one2many or a many2many " -"<../concepts/understanding_general>` related object). *Text*, *Title Block*," -" *Image*, and *Text in Cell* are static elements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Once the element is added to the view, select it to see its **Options**. The" -" first section shows the hierarchy of the selected object and its " -"properties, allowing you to individually edit them. Fields with related " -"objects have their directives shown on *Field Expression*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Under **Visible if**, define the rule(s) to set visibility conditions to " -"fields." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Example: if choosing to display a product image, you could set a visibility " -"rule to only display the ones that are *set* in the product form, avoiding " -"having a plain icon when they are not set." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:40 -msgid "" -"**Visible for** is used to set which :doc:`groups " -"<../../general/odoo_basics/add_user>` can have access to specific elements " -"in the report. **Limit visibility to groups**, under *Report*, sets the " -"visibility of the report to specifics groups, meaning that users belonging " -"to other groups do not see the same final document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Under the **Report** tab, name your report, choose the paper format, and if " -"the report should be added to the *Print* menu list on its respective " -"document form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:53 -msgid "" -"If activating the :doc:`Developer mode " -"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, additional fields such as *Class* " -"under *Options*, and *Reload from attachment* under *Report*, become " -"visible." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:56 -msgid "" -"*Class*: add custom CSS classes to the selected element (e.g. Bootstrap " -"classes such as *text-danger*)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:59 -msgid "" -"*Reload from attachment*: saves the report as an attachment of the document " -"when printed. When the report is reprinted, it re-downloads that attachment " -"instead of re-printing it. This means that if the underlying record (e.g. " -"Invoice) changes when compared to the first impression, the report does not " -"reflect the changes because they were done after the attachment was created." -" This is typically useful for reports linked to documents that should not " -"change, such as Invoices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Actions in Odoo Studio can be undone until you *Close* the toolbox. Once you" -" have closed Studio, changes can not be undone anymore." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases.rst:3 -msgid "Use Cases" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced Use Cases: Automated Actions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:5 -msgid "" -"**Case scenario 1: when a Belgian lead is created, a 3-stars priority should" -" be automatically applied.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:8 -msgid "Under *Automations*, click on *Create* and set the following rules:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:10 -msgid "*Model*: Lead/Opportunity" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:11 -msgid "*Active*: On" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:12 -msgid "*Trigger*: On Creation & Update" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:13 -msgid "*Apply on*: Country > Country Name = Belgium" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:14 -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:53 -msgid "*Action To Do*: Update the Record" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:15 -msgid "*Data to Write*: Lead/Opportunity > Value > 3" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Check :doc:`this doc <filters_status_bar>` in order to have another " -"automated action example." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:25 -msgid ":doc:`../concepts/understanding_automated_actions`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:26 -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:61 -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:138 -#: ../../studio/use_cases/views.rst:28 -msgid ":doc:`../concepts/understanding_general`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced Use Cases: Filters and Status Bar" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:5 -msgid "" -"**Case scenario 1: on Sales, set a filter on Belgian customers and define it" -" as the default one (the user should still be able to unset the filter).**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:8 -msgid "" -"On your customer’s page, use *Filters* > *Add Custom Filter* to group " -"customers by country. Now, under *Favorites*, *Save Current Search* enabling" -" *Use by default* and *Save*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:15 -msgid "" -"On *Filter Rules* in Studio mode, select the respective filter and enable " -"*Default Filter*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:21 -msgid "" -"**Case scenario 2: add a status bar on the product form to manage its life " -"cycle. Set the values: ‘Prototype’, ‘In use’ and ‘Deprecated’. By default, " -"the Kanban view must be grouped by status.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:26 -msgid "" -"On your product form, *Add a pipeline status bar* and name its values. " -"Status bars are *selection* fields that give you the ability to follow a " -"specific flow. They are useful to show you the progress that has been made." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:28 -msgid "" -"On the *Views* menu, access *Kanban* and, under its *View* options, set the " -"*Default Group by* as *Pipeline status bar*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Now, open your product form and set the right status for that product. As " -"you move products throughout stages (also through the product’s form), " -"stages are shown in the Kanban view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:38 -msgid "" -"To make modifications in the pipeline status bar, for example, remember to " -"go back to *Form View*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:44 -msgid "" -"**Case scenario 2.a: when a product goes from ‘In use’ to ‘Deprecate’, set " -"its cost to 0€.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Create an :doc:`automated action " -"<../concepts/understanding_automated_actions>` with the selected values:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:49 -msgid "*Model*: Product Template" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:50 -msgid "*Trigger*: On Update" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:51 -msgid "*First Domain*: Pipeline status bar = In use" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:52 -msgid "*Second Domain*: Pipeline status bar = Deprecated" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:54 -msgid "*Data to Write*: Cost (Product Template) > Value > 0" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced Use Cases: Creating Models and Adding Fields" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:5 -msgid "" -"**Case scenario 1: on the leads’ form, if the chosen country is France, show" -" a field 'Pay by check?'**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:8 -msgid "" -"On your leads’ form, add a *Related Field* to *Country > Country Name*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Now, add a *Checkbox* field and define its invisibility options as *Country*" -" (carefully select the one just created) *> is not = > France.*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:11 -msgid "You can now hide the related field created (*Country*) if you wish." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Another approach is to use the country’s ID. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Contacts --> Configuration --> Countries`, select France " -"(for example), and on the URL check its *ID*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:21 -msgid "" -"The related field invisibility path should now be *Country* (carefully " -"select the one just created) *> is not = > 75*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:22 -msgid "Again, hide the related field with the country’s ID if you prefer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:28 -msgid "" -"**Case scenario 2: create a model called 'Properties' and add fields called:" -" company, value, name, address, active, image.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:31 -msgid "" -"From the dashboard, (optionally) start a new module. Then, click on *Edit " -"Menu* and start a *New Menu* (model). Set your menu name and *Confirm*. Now," -" on its form, drag & drop the necessary fields." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:39 -msgid "" -"**Case scenario 2.a: now, you would like to have a model called 'Regions' to" -" which each property must be linked. And, on 'Regions', you would like to " -"see the properties for each region.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Go to *Edit Menu > New Menu* and create your menu, calling it *Regions*. Add" -" the necessary fields on its form by dragging & dropping them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Now, in the form view of *Properties*, add a *Many2one* field with a " -"relation to your model *Region*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:48 -msgid "" -"The *Existing Fields* are the ones that are on the current model but not yet" -" in the view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Now, go to the model *Regions*, select the form view, and add a status " -"button selecting *Regions (Properties)* as your relational field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:62 -msgid "" -"*Status buttons* are computed fields, meaning that they count the numbers of" -" records on the related model, and allow you to access them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:69 -msgid "" -"When searching for relations, click on *Search more* and filter it by " -"*Custom*. This way you avoid creating duplicates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:76 -msgid "" -"**Case scenario 2.b: in the model 'Properties', show all the tags as " -"checkboxes instead of tags.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:78 -msgid "" -"Once the field *Tags* is added to the form, select it and, under its " -"*Properties > Widgets*, choose *Checkboxes*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:85 -msgid "" -"**Case scenario 3: on the leads’ form, add a selection field with the " -"values:'Tags' & 'List' & 'Checkboxes'. According to the value of the field, " -"show tags as many2many_tags, many2many_radio, or many2many(_list).**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:89 -msgid "" -"In your form view, add a *Tags* field and relate it to *Partners Tag*. Under" -" *Properties*, define its *Widget* as *Many2many*. Do the same process " -"another 2 times for *Checkboxes* and *Tags*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:96 -msgid "Now, add a *Selection* field and the necessary values." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:99 -msgid "" -"Continue by selecting your *Tags* fields, one by one, to set their " -"*Invisible* options according to their *Widget*. In the example below, the " -"invisibility rule for the *Partner Tags* is set as: *Select Tag type > is " -"not = > Tags.*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:105 -msgid "" -"**Case scenario 4: on a quotation’s form, add a selection field called " -"'Manager Validation' with the values: ‘Accepted’ and ‘Refused’. Only a sales" -" manager can see it, and the field should be set as mandatory if the untaxed" -" amount is higher than 500€.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:109 -msgid "" -"On your quotation form, add a *Selection* field with the values *Accepted* " -"and *Refused*. Set its *Required* condition as *Untaxed Amount > 500* and " -"the *Limit visibility to groups* as *Sales / Administrator* or managers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:117 -msgid "**Case scenario 5: change the tooltip of a field for all views.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:119 -msgid "" -"Activate the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` " -"and open Studio." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:122 -msgid "" -"Select the necessary field and, under *Properties*, click on *More* to write" -" your tooltip message on *Field Help*. The tooltip message is the " -"explanatory message shown when the user hovers the field. The message here " -"written is displayed on all views forms where the field is added." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:129 -msgid "" -"The *Field Help* message can only be applied to *new* fields. If you would " -"like to change/apply a tooltip for a specific field, use the *Help Tooltip* " -"option under *Properties*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/views.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced Use Cases: Views" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/views.rst:5 -msgid "" -"**Case scenario 1: in Sales, show orders in a Kanban View instead of a List " -"View.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/views.rst:7 -msgid "" -"From the Sales page, access Studio and, under *Views*, set the *Kanban* " -"option as the default one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/views.rst:14 -msgid "" -"**Case scenario 2: allow for the list of leads to be edited inline without " -"having to switch to the form view.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/views.rst:19 -msgid "" -"On the *List View*, under *View* > *Editable*, choose between *New record on" -" top* or *New record at the bottom*. This way, besides defining the order in" -" which new records are displayed in the view, you are able to edit them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/views.rst:21 -msgid "" -"If the field is left blank, no editing is possible and records are shown " -"based on your column preferences on the lead's page (front-end)." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/support.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/support.po deleted file mode 100644 index 27e152784..000000000 --- a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/support.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,526 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Mateus Lopes <mateus1@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Luis Felipe Miléo <mileo@kmee.com.br>, 2020 -# Éder Brito <britoederr@gmail.com>, 2021 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:42+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Éder Brito <britoederr@gmail.com>, 2021\n" -"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: pt_BR\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" - -#: ../../support.rst:5 -msgid "Support" -msgstr "Suporte" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:7 -msgid "Supported versions" -msgstr "Versões suportadas" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Odoo provides support and bug fixing **for the 3 last major versions** of " -"Odoo." -msgstr "" -"O Odoo fornece suporte e correção de bugs ** para as 3 últimas versões " -"principais ** do Odoo." - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Users hosted on **Odoo Online** may use intermediary versions (sometimes " -"called *SaaS versions*) that are supported as well. These versions are not " -"published for Odoo.sh or On-Premise installations." -msgstr "" -"Os usuários hospedados no ** Odoo Online ** podem usar versões " -"intermediárias (às vezes chamadas de * versões SaaS *) que também são " -"suportadas. Essas versões não são publicadas para instalações Odoo.sh ou On-" -"Premise." - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:18 -msgid "What's the support status of my Odoo?" -msgstr "Qual é o status de suporte do meu Odoo?" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:20 -msgid "This matrix shows the support status of every version." -msgstr "Esta matriz mostra o status de suporte de cada versão." - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:22 -msgid "**Major releases are in bold type.**" -msgstr "** Os principais lançamentos estão em negrito. **" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:25 -msgid "Odoo Online" -msgstr "Odoo Online" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:25 -msgid "Odoo.sh" -msgstr "Odoo.sh" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:25 -msgid "On-Premise" -msgstr "No local" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:25 -msgid "Release date" -msgstr "Data de lançamento" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:27 -msgid "**Odoo 14.0**" -msgstr "**Odoo 14.0**" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:27 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:27 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:27 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:29 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:31 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:31 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:31 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:33 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:35 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:35 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:35 -msgid "|green|" -msgstr "|green|" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:27 -msgid "October 2020" -msgstr "Outubro de 2020" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:29 -msgid "Odoo 13.saas~4" -msgstr "Odoo 13.saas~4" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:29 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:29 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:33 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:33 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:37 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:37 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:41 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:41 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:43 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:43 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:47 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:47 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:49 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:51 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:51 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:53 -msgid "N/A" -msgstr "N/D" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:29 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:33 -msgid "August 2019" -msgstr "Agosto de 2019" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:31 -msgid "**Odoo 13.0**" -msgstr "**Odoo 13.0**" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:31 -msgid "October 2019" -msgstr "Outubro de 2019" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:33 -msgid "Odoo 12.saas~3" -msgstr "Odoo 12.saas~3" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:35 -msgid "**Odoo 12.0**" -msgstr "**Odoo 12.0**" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:35 -msgid "October 2018" -msgstr "Outubro de 2018" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:35 -msgid "*End-of-support is planned for October 2021*" -msgstr "*Fim do suporte esta planejado para Outubro de 2021*" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:37 -msgid "Odoo 11.saas~3" -msgstr "Odoo 11.saas~3" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:37 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:39 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:39 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:41 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:43 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:45 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:45 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:47 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:49 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:51 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:53 -msgid "|orange|" -msgstr "|orange|" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:37 -msgid "April 2018" -msgstr "Abril de 2018" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:39 -msgid "**Odoo 11.0**" -msgstr "**Odoo 11.0**" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:39 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:45 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:49 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:53 -msgid "|red|" -msgstr "|red|" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:39 -msgid "October 2017" -msgstr "Outubro de 2017" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:41 -msgid "Odoo 10.saas~15" -msgstr "Odoo 10.saas~15" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:41 -msgid "March 2017" -msgstr "Março de 2017" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:43 -msgid "Odoo 10.saas~14" -msgstr "Odoo 10.saas~14" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:43 -msgid "January 2017" -msgstr "Janeiro de 2017" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:45 -msgid "**Odoo 10.0**" -msgstr "**Odoo 10.0**" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:45 -msgid "October 2016" -msgstr "Outubro de 2016" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:47 -msgid "Odoo 9.saas~11" -msgstr "Odoo 9.saas~11" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:47 -msgid "May 2016" -msgstr "Maio de 2016" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:49 -msgid "**Odoo 9.0**" -msgstr "**Odoo 9.0**" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:49 -msgid "October 2015" -msgstr "Outubro de 2015" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:51 -msgid "Odoo 8.saas~6" -msgstr "Odoo 8.saas~6" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:51 -msgid "February 2015" -msgstr "Fevereiro de 2015" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:53 -msgid "**Odoo 8.0**" -msgstr "**Odoo 8.0**" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:53 -msgid "September 2014" -msgstr "Setembro de 2014" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:59 -msgid "|green| Supported version" -msgstr "|green| Versão suportada" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:61 -msgid "|red| End-of-support" -msgstr "|red| Fim do suporte" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:63 -msgid "N/A Never released for this platform" -msgstr "N/D Nunca lançado para esta plataforma" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:65 -msgid "" -"|orange| Some of our older customers may still run this version on our Odoo " -"Online servers, we provide help only on blocking issues and advise you to " -"upgrade." -msgstr "" -"|orange| Alguns de nossos clientes mais antigos ainda podem executar esta " -"versão em nossos servidores Odoo Online; fornecemos ajuda apenas para " -"bloquear problemas e aconselhamos a atualização." - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:67 -msgid "🏁 Future version, not released yet" -msgstr "🏁 Versão futura, ainda não lançada" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:80 -msgid "I run an older version of Odoo/OpenERP/TinyERP" -msgstr "Eu executo uma versão mais antiga de Odoo/OpenERP/TinyERP" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:82 -msgid "" -"OpenERP 7.0, 6.1, 6.0 and 5.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform." -msgstr "" -"OpenERP 7.0, 6.1, 6.0 e 5.0 não é mais suportado, em qualquer plataforma." - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:84 -msgid "" -"TinyERP 4.0, 3.0, 2.0 and 1.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform." -msgstr "" -"TinyERP 4.0, 3.0, 2.0 e 1.0 não é mais suportado, em qualquer plataforma." - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:86 -msgid "" -"You should consider `upgrading <https://upgrade.odoo.com/>`_ your database." -msgstr "" -"Você deve considerar atualizar <https://upgrade.odoo.com/>` _ seu banco de " -"dados." - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:8 -msgid "What can I expect from the support service?" -msgstr "O que posso esperar do serviço de suporte?" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:12 -msgid "5 days a week" -msgstr "5 dias por semana" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Your Odoo Online subscription includes **unlimited 24hr support at no extra " -"cost, Monday to Friday**. Our teams are located around the world to ensure " -"you have support, no matter your location. Your support representative could" -" be communicating to you from San Francisco, Belgium, or India!" -msgstr "" -"Sua assinatura Odoo Online inclui ** suporte 24 horas ilimitado sem custo " -"extra, de segunda a sexta **. Nossas equipes estão localizadas em todo o " -"mundo para garantir que você tenha suporte, não importa sua localização. Seu" -" representante de suporte pode se comunicar com você de São Francisco, " -"Bélgica ou Índia!" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Our support team can be contacted through our `online support form " -"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." -msgstr "" -"Nossa equipe de suporte pode ser contatada através do nosso `formulário de " -"suporte online <https://www.odoo.com/help>` __." - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:23 -msgid "What kind of support is included?" -msgstr "Que tipo de suporte está incluído?" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Providing you with relevant material (guidelines, product documentation, " -"etc...)" -msgstr "" -"Fornecendo material relevante (diretrizes, documentação do produto, etc ...)" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Answers to issues that you may encounter in your standard Odoo database (eg." -" “I cannot close my Point of Sale” or “I cannot find my sales KPIs?”)" -msgstr "" -"Respostas para problemas que você pode encontrar em seu banco de dados Odoo " -"padrão (por exemplo, “Não consigo fechar meu ponto de venda” ou “Não consigo" -" encontrar meus KPIs de vendas?”)" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:29 -msgid "Questions related to your account, subscription, or billing" -msgstr "Perguntas relacionadas à sua conta, assinatura ou faturamento" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Bug resolution (blocking issues or unexpected behaviour not due to " -"misconfiguration or customization)" -msgstr "" -"Resolução de bug (problemas de bloqueio ou comportamento inesperado não " -"devido a configuração incorreta ou personalização)" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Issues that might occur in a test database after upgrading to a newer " -"version" -msgstr "" -"Problemas que podem ocorrer em um banco de dados de teste após a atualização" -" para uma versão mais recente" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:34 -msgid "" -"*Odoo Support does not make changes to your production database without your" -" agreement and gives you the material and knowledge to do it yourself!*" -msgstr "" -"*O suporte Odoo não faz alterações em seu banco de dados de produção sem o " -"seu consentimento e apenas fornece o material e o conhecimento para você " -"mesmo fazer!*" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:39 -msgid "What kind of support is not included?" -msgstr "Que tipo de suporte não está incluído?" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Questions that require us to understand your business processes in order to " -"help you implement your database" -msgstr "" -"Perguntas que exigem que entendamos seus processos de negócios para ajudá-lo" -" a implementar seu banco de dados" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Training on how to use our software (we will direct you to our many " -"resources)" -msgstr "" -"Treinamento sobre como usar nosso software (iremos encaminhá-lo para nossos " -"diversos recursos)" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:44 -msgid "Import of documents into your database" -msgstr "Importação de documentos em seu banco de dados" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Guidance on which configurations to apply inside of an application or the " -"database" -msgstr "" -"Orientação sobre quais configurações aplicar dentro de um aplicativo ou " -"banco de dados" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:46 -msgid "" -"How to set up configuration models (Examples include: Inventory Routes, " -"Payment Terms, Warehouses, etc)" -msgstr "" -"Como definir modelos de configuração (os exemplos incluem: Rotas de estoque," -" condições de pagamento, depósitos, etc)" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:48 -msgid "Any intervention on your own servers/deployments of Odoo" -msgstr "" -"Qualquer intervenção em seus próprios servidores / implantações de Odoo" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Any intervention on your own third party account (Ingenico, Authorize, UPS, " -"etc)" -msgstr "" -"Qualquer intervenção em sua própria conta de terceiros (Ingenico, Authorize," -" UPS, etc)" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Questions or issues related to specific developments or customizations done " -"either by Odoo or a third party (this is specific only to your database or " -"involving code)" -msgstr "" -"Perguntas ou problemas relacionados a desenvolvimentos específicos ou " -"personalizações feitas pela Odoo ou por terceiros (isso é específico apenas " -"para seu banco de dados ou envolve código)" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:54 -msgid "" -"You can get this type of support with a `Success Pack <https://www.odoo.com" -"/pricing-packs>`__. With a pack, one of our consultants will analyze the way" -" your business runs and tell you how you can get the most out of your Odoo " -"Database. We will handle all configurations and coach you on how to use " -"Odoo." -msgstr "" -"Você pode obter esse tipo de suporte com um `Pacote de sucesso " -"<https://www.odoo.com/pricing-packs>` __. Com um pacote, um de nossos " -"consultores irá analisar a forma como seu negócio funciona e dizer como você" -" pode obter o máximo de seu banco de dados Odoo. Cuidaremos de todas as " -"configurações e orientaremos você sobre como usar o Odoo." - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:6 -msgid "Where to find help?" -msgstr "Onde encontrar ajuda?" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:10 -msgid "Odoo Enterprise" -msgstr "Odoo Enterprise" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Users who have a valid Odoo Enterprise subscription may always contact our " -"support teams through our `support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_, no " -"matter the hosting type you chose (Odoo Online, Odoo.sh or on your own " -"server)." -msgstr "" -"Os usuários que possuem uma assinatura válida do Odoo Enterprise podem " -"sempre entrar em contato com nossas equipes de suporte através do nosso " -"`formulário de suporte <https://www.odoo.com/help>` _, não importa o tipo de" -" hospedagem que você escolheu (Odoo Online, Odoo.sh ou em seu próprio " -"servidor)." - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:16 -msgid "Please include in your request:" -msgstr "Inclua em sua solicitação:" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:18 -msgid "your subscription number" -msgstr "Seu código de assinatura" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:19 -msgid "" -"the URL of your database if your database is hosted by Odoo (Odoo Online or " -"Odoo.sh)" -msgstr "" -"a URL do seu banco de dados se o seu banco de dados é hospedado pela Odoo SA" -" (Odoo Online ou Odoo.sh)" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:21 -msgid "Our agents will get back to you as soon as possible." -msgstr "Nossos agentes entrarão em contato com você o mais rápido possível." - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:25 -msgid "Odoo Community" -msgstr "Comunidade Odoo" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:27 -msgid "*Odoo Community users don't get access to the support service.*" -msgstr "" -"* Os usuários da Odoo Community não têm acesso ao serviço de suporte. *" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:29 -msgid "Here are some resources that might help you:" -msgstr "Aqui estão alguns recursos que podem ajudá-lo:" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:31 -msgid "Our `documentation pages <https://www.odoo.com/page/docs>`_." -msgstr "Nossas páginas de documentação <https://www.odoo.com/page/docs>` _." - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Ask your question on the `community forum " -"<https://www.odoo.com/forum/help-1>`_." -msgstr "" -"Faça sua pergunta no fórum da comunidade " -"<https://www.odoo.com/forum/help-1>` _." - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:33 -msgid "" -"`Buy Odoo Enterprise " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/14.0/setup/enterprise.html>`_ to get the" -" support and bugfix services." -msgstr "" -"`Compre o Odoo Enterprise " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/14.0/setup/enterprise.html>`_ para obter" -" os serviços de suporte e correção de bugs." diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/survey.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/survey.po deleted file mode 100644 index afe8a71cd..000000000 --- a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/survey.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,241 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Rafael H L Moretti <rafael.moretti@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Mateus Lopes <mateus1@gmail.com>, 2020 -# grazziano <gra.negocia@gmail.com>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:42+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: grazziano <gra.negocia@gmail.com>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: pt_BR\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" - -#: ../../survey.rst:5 -msgid "Survey" -msgstr "Pesquisa" - -#: ../../survey/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Visão geral" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:3 -msgid "Get Started with Surveys" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Surveys can be used for a range of purposes that can go from collecting " -"customer feedback, evaluate the success of an event, measure how pleased " -"customers are with your products/services, gauge whether employees are happy" -" and satisfied with their work environment, and even to find out what your " -"market is thinking." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:11 -msgid "Get started" -msgstr "Começar" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:13 -msgid "" -"When creating your survey, choose a *Title* and *Category*. The *Category* " -"field is used to know in which context the survey is being conducted, as " -"different applications might use it for different purposes such as " -"recruitment, certification, or employee appraisal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:22 -msgid "Tab: Questions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:24 -msgid "Add sections and questions by clicking on the respective links." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:27 -msgid "" -"On the *Sections and Questions* form, once the question type is chosen and " -"the answer added, under the tab *Options*, enable *Mandatory Answer*, and " -"set an *Error message* to be shown when the user tries to submit the survey " -"without answering the respective question." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Depending on the *Question Type*, the tab *Options* aggregates extra and " -"different possibilities. Examples:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:31 -msgid "" -"*Single Line Text Box* - can choose a minimum and maximum text length " -"(number of characters - spaces do not count), and its error message." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:33 -msgid "" -"*Multiple choice: multiple answers allowed*: choose between radio buttons or" -" a dropdown menu list, and if you would like to have a comment field. If the" -" user select an answer and type a comment, the values are separately " -"recorded. Or, enable the comment field to be displayed as an answer choice, " -"with which a text type field is displayed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:37 -msgid "" -"*Matrix Type*: choose if you would like to have one or multiple choices per " -"row." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:44 -msgid "Tab: Description" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Write a *Description* to be displayed under the title of the survey's " -"homepage." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:53 -msgid "Click on *Edit* to personalize your pages with the website builder." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:56 -msgid "Tab: Options" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Under the tab *Options*, choose the *Layout* of your questions. If choosing " -"*One page per section* or *One page per question*, an option *Back Button* " -"becomes available, which allows the user to go back pages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:67 -msgid "Test and share the survey" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Once your Survey is ready, *Test* it to avoid *Sharing* it with potential " -"errors. As answers get collected, click on *Answers* to access all the " -"details of the respondent and his answers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:72 -msgid "" -"By default, a filter *Except Test Entries* is applied to keep the list of " -"entries clean with only real participants." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:79 -msgid "" -"Another way to access detailed answers is by going to " -":menuselection:`Participations --> Participations`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:80 -msgid "Click on *See results* to be redirected to an analytical page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:87 -#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:34 -msgid ":doc:`scoring`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:88 ../../survey/overview/scoring.rst:35 -msgid ":doc:`time_random`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/scoring.rst:3 -msgid "Scoring Surveys" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/scoring.rst:5 -msgid "" -"To measure your respondent’s performance, knowledge of a subject, or overall" -" satisfaction, attach points to the answers of specific questions. The " -"points are summed up to give your respondent a final score." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/scoring.rst:9 -msgid "" -"On your survey’s form, click on *Add a question* and, under the tab " -"*Options*, choose between *Scoring with answers at the end* or *Scoring " -"without answers at the end*. Now, on your question’s form, set the right " -"answer and score." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/scoring.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Set the percentage score the user needs to achieve to have successfully " -"taken the survey. If enabling *Certificate*, choose its template. The " -"certification is automatically sent by email to the users who successfully " -"finish it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/scoring.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Enable *Login required* to be able to *Give Badges*. Badges are related to " -"the eLearning section of your website. Besides the logged-in user, visitors " -"of the website that access the page *Courses* can also see the granted " -"badges." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:3 -msgid "Time and Randomize Questions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:6 -msgid "Time Limit" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:10 -msgid "" -"On timed surveys, respondents need to complete the survey within a certain " -"period of time. It can be used to ensure that all respondents get the same " -"amount of time to find the answers, or to decrease the chance of having them" -" looking at external resources." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:11 -msgid "Set the *Time limit* under the tab *Options*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:17 -msgid "" -"A timer is shown on the pages so the user can keep track of the remaining " -"time. Surveys not \\ submitted by the *Time limit* do not have their answers" -" saved." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:21 -msgid "Selection" -msgstr "Seleção" - -#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:25 -msgid "" -"When you randomize a survey, you allow for the questions to be shuffled in a" -" random order every time someone opens the questionnaire. This can be useful" -" to avoid having respondents looking at each others' answers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:27 -msgid "" -"To do so, under the tab *Options*, enable *Randomized per section*. Now, " -"under the tab *Questions*, set how many of the questions in that section " -"should be taken into account during the shuffling." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/timesheets.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/timesheets.po deleted file mode 100644 index b39bbba4d..000000000 --- a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/timesheets.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,86 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Rafael H L Moretti <rafael.moretti@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Mateus Lopes <mateus1@gmail.com>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 15:13+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Mateus Lopes <mateus1@gmail.com>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: pt_BR\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" - -#: ../../timesheets.rst:5 -msgid "Timesheets" -msgstr "Planilhas de Horas" - -#: ../../timesheets/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Visão geral" - -#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:3 -msgid "Create Timesheets upon Time Off Validation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo automatically timesheets on project/tasks upon time off requests. This " -"allows for better overall control over the validation of timesheets, as it " -"does not leave place for forgetfulness and questions after hours that have " -"not been timesheeted by the employee." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Activate the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, " -"go to *Timesheets*, and change the *Project* and *Task* set by default, if " -"you like." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Time Off --> Configuration --> Time Off Types`. Select" -" or create the needed type, and decide if you would like the requests to be " -"validated or not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Now, once the employee has requested his time off and the request has been " -"validated (or not, depending on the setting chosen), the time is " -"automatically allocated on *Timesheets*, under the respective project and " -"task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:27 -msgid "" -"On the example below, the user requested *Paid Time off* from July 13th to " -"15th." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Considering that validation is not required, the requested time off is " -"automatically displayed in *Timesheets*. If validation is necessary, the " -"time is automatically allocated after the responsible person for validating " -"does it so." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Click on the magnifying glass, hovering over the concerned cell, to access " -"all the aggregated data on that cell (day), and see details regarding the " -"project/task." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/website.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po similarity index 52% rename from locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/website.po rename to locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po index 9314b99e8..2b95b77f9 100644 --- a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/website.po +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po @@ -1,31 +1,30 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: -# grazziano <gra.negocia@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Marcos Abreu <marcoos.abreu@gmail.com>, 2020 -# PopSolutions Cooperativa Digital <popsolutions.co@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Éder Brito <britoederr@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Rodrigo de Almeida Sottomaior Macedo <rmsolucoeseminformatica@protonmail.com>, 2020 -# Rafael H L Moretti <rafael.moretti@gmail.com>, 2020 -# danimaribeiro <danimaribeiro@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# Marcel Savegnago <marcel.savegnago@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Luiz Carlos de Lima <luiz.carlos@akretion.com.br>, 2020 -# Silmar <pinheirosilmar@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Luis Felipe Miléo <mileo@kmee.com.br>, 2020 +# Rafael H L Moretti <rafael.moretti@gmail.com>, 2021 +# danimaribeiro <danimaribeiro@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Luiz Carlos de Lima <luiz.carlos@akretion.com.br>, 2021 +# Marcos Abreu <marcoos.abreu@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Rodrigo de Almeida Sottomaior Macedo <rmsolucoeseminformatica@protonmail.com>, 2021 +# Martin Trigaux, 2021 +# Marcel Savegnago <marcel.savegnago@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Luis Felipe Miléo <mileo@kmee.com.br>, 2021 # Mateus Lopes <mateus1@gmail.com>, 2021 +# grazziano <gra.negocia@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Éder Brito <britoederr@gmail.com>, 2021 +# lluisgustavoreis <luis.gustavo@kmee.com.br>, 2021 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 15:13+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Mateus Lopes <mateus1@gmail.com>, 2021\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-18 07:12+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-05-18 05:18+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: lluisgustavoreis <luis.gustavo@kmee.com.br>, 2021\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -33,23 +32,1126 @@ msgstr "" "Language: pt_BR\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" -#: ../../website.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/websites.rst:3 +msgid "Websites" +msgstr "Sites" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce.rst:4 +msgid "eCommerce" +msgstr "Comércio Eletrônico" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started.rst:3 +msgid "Get started" +msgstr "Começar" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:3 +msgid "How to customize my catalog page" +msgstr "Como personalizar minha página de catálogo" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:6 +msgid "Product Catalog" +msgstr "Catálogo de produto" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:8 +msgid "" +"All your published items show up in your catalog page (or *Shop* page)." +msgstr "" +"Todos os seus itens publicados aparecem na página do catálogo (ou na página " +"da * Loja *)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Most options are available in the *Customize* menu: display attributes, " +"website categories, etc." +msgstr "" +"A maioria das opções está disponível no menu * Personalizar *: atributos de " +"exibição, categorias de site, etc." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:20 +msgid "Highlight a product" +msgstr "Destaque um produto" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Boost the visibility of your star/promoted products: push them to top, make " +"them bigger, add a ribbon that you can edit (Sale, New, etc.). Open the Shop" +" page, switch to Edit mode and click any item to start customizing the grid." +msgstr "" +"Aumente a visibilidade de seus produtos estrela / promovidos: empurre-os " +"para o topo, torne-os maiores, adicione uma fita que você pode editar " +"(Venda, Novo, etc.). Abra a página Shop, mude para o modo editar e clique em" +" qualquer item para começar a personalizar a grade." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:26 +msgid "" +"See how to do it: " +"https://www.odoo.com/openerp_website/static/src/video/e-commerce/editing.mp4" +msgstr "" +"Veja como fazer isso: " +"https://www.odoo.com/openerp_website/static/src/video/e-commerce/editing.mp4" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:29 +msgid "Quick add to cart" +msgstr "Adicionar rápido ao carrinho" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:31 +msgid "" +"If your customers buy a lot of items at once, make their process shorter by " +"enabling purchases from the catalog page. To do so, add product description " +"and add to cart button. Turn on the following options in *Customize* menu: " +"Product Description, Add to Cart, List View (to display product description " +"better)." +msgstr "" +"Se seus clientes compram muitos itens de uma vez, torne o processo deles " +"mais curto habilitando compras na página do catálogo. Para fazer isso, " +"adicione a descrição do produto e adicione ao botão do carrinho. Ative as " +"seguintes opções no menu * Personalizar *: Descrição do produto, Adicionar " +"ao carrinho, Exibir lista (para exibir melhor a descrição do produto)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:3 +msgid "How to build a product page" +msgstr "Como construir uma página de produto" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:5 +msgid "On the website click *New Page* in the top-right corner." +msgstr "No site, clique em * Nova Página * no canto superior direito." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:7 +msgid "Then click *New Product* and follow the blinking tips." +msgstr "Em seguida, clique em * Novo Produto * e siga as dicas que piscam." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:12 +msgid "Here are the main elements of the Product page:" +msgstr "Aqui estão os principais elementos da página do produto:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:17 +msgid "Many elements can be made visible from the *Customize* menu." +msgstr "Muitos elementos podem ficar visíveis no menu * Personalizar *." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:22 +msgid "See how to configure your products from links here below." +msgstr "Veja como configurar seus produtos nos links aqui abaixo." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:26 +msgid ":doc:`../managing_products/variants`" +msgstr ":doc:`../managing_products/variants`" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:27 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/taxes`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:28 +msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/cross_selling`" +msgstr ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/cross_selling`" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:29 +msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/reviews`" +msgstr ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/reviews`" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:30 +msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`" +msgstr ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:31 +msgid ":doc:`../../website/optimize/seo`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../website/optimize/seo`" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products.rst:3 +msgid "Manage my products" +msgstr "Gerenciar meus produtos" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:3 +msgid "How to display several images per product" +msgstr "Como exibir várias imagens por produto" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:5 +msgid "" +"By default your product web page displays the main image of your product " +"only. If you like to show your products under several angles, you can turn " +"the image into a carrousel." +msgstr "" +"Por padrão, a página do seu produto na web exibe apenas a imagem principal " +"do seu produto. Se você gosta de mostrar seus produtos sob vários ângulos, " +"pode transformar a imagem em um carrossel." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Check *Several images per product* in :menuselection:`Website Admin --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" +"Verifique * Várias imagens por produto * em: seleção de menus: `Admin do " +"site -> Configuração -> Ajustes`." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Open a product detail form and upload images from *Images* tab. Hit *Create*" +" in Edit mode to get the upload wizard." +msgstr "" +"Abra um formulário de detalhes do produto e carregue as imagens na guia * " +"Imagens *. Clique em * Criar * no modo Editar para obter o assistente de " +"upload." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:19 +msgid "Such extra image are common to all the product variants (if any)." +msgstr "" +"Essas imagens extras são comuns a todas as variantes do produto (se houver)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage product variants" +msgstr "Como gerenciar variantes de produtos" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Product variants are used to offer variations of the same product to your " +"customers on the products page. For example, the customer chooses a T-shirt " +"and then selects its size and color. In the example below, the customer " +"chooses a phone, and then selects the memory; color and Wi-Fi band from the " +"available options." +msgstr "" +"As variantes do produto são usadas para oferecer variações do mesmo produto " +"aos clientes na página de produtos. Por exemplo, o cliente escolhe uma " +"camiseta e, em seguida, seleciona seu tamanho e cor. No exemplo abaixo, o " +"cliente escolhe um telefone e, em seguida, seleciona a memória; cor e banda " +"Wi-Fi entre as opções disponíveis." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:15 +msgid "How to create attributes & variants" +msgstr "Como criar atributos e variantes" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Turn on *Products can have several attributes, defining variants (Example: " +"size, color,...)* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`." +msgstr "" +"Ligue * Os produtos podem ter vários atributos, definindo variantes " +"(Exemplo: tamanho, cor, ...) * em: seleção de menus: `Vendas -> " +"Configurações`." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:20 +msgid "Select a product from the Products list, go to the *Variants* tab." +msgstr "" +"Selecione um produto na lista Produtos e vá para a guia * Variantes *." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Add as many attributes as you need from 3 different types: radio buttons, " +"drop-down menu or color buttons. You get several variants as soon as there " +"are 2 values for 1 attribute." +msgstr "" +"Adicione quantos atributos você precisar de 3 tipos diferentes: botões de " +"rádio, menu suspenso ou botões coloridos. Você obtém várias variantes assim " +"que existem 2 valores para 1 atributo." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:30 +msgid "How to edit variants" +msgstr "Como editar variantes" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:32 +msgid "See all the variants from the product template detail form." +msgstr "" +"Veja todas as variantes do formulário de detalhes do modelo de produto." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:40 +msgid "You can edit following data:" +msgstr "Você pode editar os seguintes dados:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:42 +msgid "Picture (will update in real time on the website)," +msgstr "Imagem (será atualizada em tempo real no site)," + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:43 +msgid "Barcode," +msgstr "Código de barras," + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:44 +msgid "Internal Reference (SKU #)," +msgstr "Referência Interna (SKU #)," + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:45 +msgid "Volume," +msgstr "Volume," + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:46 +msgid "Weight," +msgstr "Peso," + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:47 +msgid "Active (available in quotes & website)." +msgstr "Ativo (disponível em cotações e site)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Both the Barcode and the Internal Reference are variant-specific. You need " +"to populate them once the variants generated." +msgstr "" +"Tanto o código de barras quanto a referência interna são específicos da " +"variante. Você precisa preenchê-los assim que as variantes forem geradas." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:54 +msgid "" +"See and edit all the variants from :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> " +"Product Variants` as well. This might be quicker if you manage lots of " +"variants." +msgstr "" +"Veja e edite todas as variantes de: seleção de menus: `Vendas -> Vendas -> " +"Variantes do produto` também. Isso pode ser mais rápido se você gerenciar " +"muitas variantes." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:58 +msgid "How to set specific prices per variant" +msgstr "Como definir preços específicos por variante" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:60 +msgid "" +"You can also set a specific public price per variant by clicking *Variant " +"Prices* in the product detail form (action in top-left corner)." +msgstr "" +"Você também pode definir um preço público específico por variante clicando " +"em * Preços das variantes * no formulário de detalhes do produto (ação no " +"canto superior esquerdo)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:66 +msgid "" +"The Price Extra is added to the product price whenever the corresponding " +"attribute value is selected." +msgstr "" +"O preço extra é adicionado ao preço do produto sempre que o valor do " +"atributo correspondente é selecionado." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Pricelist formulas let you set advanced price computation methods for " +"product variants. See :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`." +msgstr "" +"As fórmulas da lista de preços permitem definir métodos avançados de cálculo" +" de preços para variantes de produtos. Veja: doc: `../ maximizing_revenue / " +"pricing`." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:80 +msgid "How to disable/archive variants" +msgstr "Como desativar / arquivar variantes" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:82 +msgid "" +"You can disable/archive specific variants so that they are no longer " +"available in quotes & website (not existing in your stock, deprecated, " +"etc.). Simply uncheck *Active* in their detail form." +msgstr "" +"Você pode desativar / arquivar variantes específicas para que elas não " +"estejam mais disponíveis nas cotações e no site (não existentes em seu " +"estoque, obsoletas, etc.). Simplesmente desmarque * Ativo * no formulário de" +" detalhes." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To retrieve such archived items, hit *Archived* on searching the variants " +"list. You can reactivate them the same way." +msgstr "" +"Para recuperar esses itens arquivados, clique em * Arquivado * ao pesquisar " +"na lista de variantes. Você pode reativá-los da mesma maneira." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue.rst:3 +msgid "Maximize my revenue" +msgstr "Maximize minha receita" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:3 +msgid "How to sell accessories and optional products (cross-selling)" +msgstr "Como vender acessórios e produtos opcionais (venda cruzada)" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You sell computers. Why not stimulating your customers to buy a top-notch " +"screen or an extra-warranty? That's the goal of cross-selling " +"functionalities:" +msgstr "" +"Você vende computadores. Por que não estimular seus clientes a comprar uma " +"tela de primeira linha ou uma garantia extra? Esse é o objetivo das " +"funcionalidades de venda cruzada:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:8 +msgid "Accessory products on checkout page," +msgstr "Produtos acessórios na página de checkout," + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Optional products on a new *Add to Cart* screen (not installed by default)." +msgstr "" +"Produtos opcionais em uma nova tela * Adicionar ao carrinho * (não instalado" +" por padrão)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:12 +msgid "Accessory products when checking out" +msgstr "Produtos acessórios no check-out" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Accessories (e.g. for computers: mouse, keyboard) show up when the customer " +"reviews the cart before paying." +msgstr "" +"Acessórios (por exemplo, para computadores: mouse, teclado) aparecem quando " +"o cliente analisa o carrinho antes de pagar." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:20 +msgid "Select accessories in the *Sales* tab of the product detail page." +msgstr "" +"Selecione acessórios na guia * Vendas * da página de detalhes do produto." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:26 +msgid "" +"There is an algorithm to figure out the best accessories to display in case " +"several items are added to cart. If any item is the accessory of several " +"products added to cart, it is most likely that it will be atop the list of " +"suggested accessories." +msgstr "" +"Existe um algoritmo para descobrir os melhores acessórios a serem exibidos " +"no caso de vários itens serem adicionados ao carrinho. Se algum item for " +"acessório de vários produtos adicionados ao carrinho, é mais provável que " +"esteja no topo da lista de acessórios sugeridos." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:31 +msgid "Optional products when adding to cart" +msgstr "Produtos opcionais ao adicionar ao carrinho" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Optional products are directly related to the item added to cart (e.g. for " +"computers: warranty, OS software, extra components). Whenever the main " +"product is added to cart, such a new screen pops up as an extra step." +msgstr "" +"Os produtos opcionais estão diretamente relacionados ao item adicionado ao " +"carrinho (por exemplo, para computadores: garantia, software de sistema " +"operacional, componentes extras). Sempre que o produto principal é " +"adicionado ao carrinho, uma nova tela é exibida como uma etapa extra." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:40 +msgid "To publish optional products:" +msgstr "Para publicar produtos opcionais:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Install *eCommerce Optional Products* addon in *Apps* menu. Remove the " +"default filter to search on addons as well, otherwise only main apps show " +"up." +msgstr "" +"Instale o complemento * Produtos opcionais de comércio eletrônico * no menu " +"* Aplicativos *. Remova o filtro padrão para pesquisar complementos também, " +"caso contrário, apenas os aplicativos principais serão exibidos." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:48 +msgid "Select optional items from the *Sales* tab of the product detail form." +msgstr "" +"Selecione itens opcionais na guia * Vendas * do formulário de detalhes do " +"produto." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The quantity of optional items added to cart is the same than the main item." +msgstr "" +"A quantidade de itens opcionais adicionados ao carrinho é a mesma do item " +"principal." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:3 +msgid "Adapt prices to website visitors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:5 +msgid "" +"This section sheds light on pricing features found in the eCommerce app:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:7 +msgid "force a price by geo-localization," +msgstr "forçar um preço por geo-localização," + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:9 +msgid "let the customer choose the currency." +msgstr "deixe o cliente escolher a moeda." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:11 +msgid "" +"As a pre-requisite, check out how to managing product pricing: " +":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:15 +msgid "Geo-IP automatically applies the right price" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Assign country groups to your pricelists. That way, visitors who aren't " +"logged in yet will get their own currency when landing on your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:20 +msgid "Once logged in, they get the pricelist matching their country." +msgstr "Uma vez logado, eles recebem a lista de preços de seu país." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:23 +msgid "Currency selector" +msgstr "Seletor de moeda" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In the case that you sell in several currencies, you can let your customers " +"choose their own. Check the *Selectable* box to add the pricelist to the " +"website drop-down menu, which can be found in *Pricelists* under the " +"*Products* menu, located in the Website application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:35 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:36 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:37 +msgid ":doc:`promo_code`" +msgstr ":doc:`promo_code`" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:3 +msgid "How to create & share promotional codes" +msgstr "Como criar e compartilhar códigos promocionais" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Want to boost your sales for Xmas? Share promocodes through your marketing " +"campaigns and apply any kind of discounts." +msgstr "" +"Quer aumentar suas vendas para o Natal? Compartilhe códigos promocionais " +"através de suas campanhas de marketing e aplique qualquer tipo de desconto." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:18 +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "Definição" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings` and choose *Advanced pricing based" +" on formula* for *Sale Price*." +msgstr "" +"Vá para: seleção de menus: `Vendas -> Configurações` e escolha * Preço " +"avançado com base na fórmula * para * Preço de venda *." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website Admin --> Catalog --> Pricelists` and create a" +" new pricelist with the discount rule (see :doc:`pricing`). Then enter a " +"code." +msgstr "" +"Acesse: seleção de menus: `Website Admin -> Catalogo -> Listas de preço` e " +"crie uma nova lista de preço com a regra de desconto (ver: doc:` pricing`). " +"Em seguida, insira um código." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Make the promocode field available on your *Shopping Cart* page (option in " +"*Customize* menu). Add a product to cart to reach it." +msgstr "" +"Disponibilize o campo código de promoção em sua página * Carrinho de compras" +" * (opção no menu * Personalizar *). Adicione um produto ao carrinho para " +"alcançá-lo." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Once turned on you see a new section on the right side. On clicking *Apply* " +"prices get automatically updated in the cart." +msgstr "" +"Depois de ligado, você verá uma nova seção no lado direito. Ao clicar em * " +"Aplicar *, os preços são atualizados automaticamente no carrinho." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:33 +msgid "" +"The promocode used by the customer is stored in the system so you can " +"analyze the performance of your marketing campaigns." +msgstr "" +"O código promocional utilizado pelo cliente fica armazenado no sistema para " +"que você possa analisar o desempenho de suas campanhas de marketing." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:39 +msgid "Show sales per pricelists..." +msgstr "Mostrar vendas por lista de preços ..." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:43 +msgid ":doc:`pricing`" +msgstr ":doc:`pricing`" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:3 +msgid "How to enable comments & rating" +msgstr "Como habilitar comentários e avaliações" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Publishing and monitoring customer experience will help you gain the trust " +"of new customers and better engage with your community. In 2 clicks, allow " +"your customer to share their feedback!" +msgstr "" +"Publicar e monitorar a experiência do cliente ajudará você a ganhar a " +"confiança de novos clientes e a se envolver melhor com sua comunidade. Em 2 " +"cliques, permita que seu cliente compartilhe seus comentários!" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Activate comments & rating from the *Customize* menu of the product web " +"page." +msgstr "" +"Ative os comentários e as avaliações no menu * Personalizar * da página do " +"produto." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Visitors must log in to share their comments. Make sure they are able to do " +"so (see Portal documentation)." +msgstr "" +"Os visitantes devem fazer login para compartilhar seus comentários. " +"Certifique-se de que eles sejam capazes de fazer isso (consulte a " +"documentação do Portal)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:25 +msgid "Review the posts in real time" +msgstr "Reveja as postagens em tempo real" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Whenever a post is published, the product manager and all the product " +"followers get notified in their Inbox (*Discuss* menu)." +msgstr "" +"Sempre que uma postagem é publicada, o gerente de produto e todos os " +"seguidores do produto são notificados em sua caixa de entrada (menu * " +"Mensagens* *)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:34 +msgid "" +"By default the user who created the product is automatically set as " +"follower." +msgstr "" +"Por padrão, o usuário que criou o produto é automaticamente definido como " +"seguidor." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Click the product name to open the detail form and review the comment (in " +"the product discussion thread)." +msgstr "" +"Clique no nome do produto para abrir o formulário de detalhes e analise o " +"comentário (no tópico de discussão do produto)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:43 +msgid "Moderate & unpublish" +msgstr "Moderar e cancelar a publicação" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:45 +msgid "" +"You can easily moderate by using the chatter, either in the product detail " +"form or on the web page." +msgstr "" +"Você pode moderar facilmente usando o chatter, no formulário de detalhes do " +"produto ou na página da web." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To unpublish the post, open the product web page and click the *Published* " +"button to turn it red (*Unpublished*)." +msgstr "" +"Para cancelar a publicação da postagem, abra a página do produto na web e " +"clique no botão * Publicado * para torná-lo vermelho (* Não publicado *)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:56 +msgid "..tip::" +msgstr "..tip::" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:55 +msgid "" +"You can access the web page from the detail form by clicking the *Published*" +" smart button (and vice versa)." +msgstr "" +"Você pode acessar a página da web a partir do formulário de detalhes " +"clicando no botão inteligente * Publicado * (e vice-versa)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:3 +msgid "How to sell pricier alternative products (upselling)" +msgstr "Como vender produtos alternativos mais caros (upselling)" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In order to maximize your revenue, suggesting pricier alternative products " +"is strongly advised for basic items. That way, your customer will spend more" +" time browsing your catalog." +msgstr "" +"Para maximizar sua receita, sugerir produtos alternativos mais caros é " +"fortemente recomendado para itens básicos. Dessa forma, seu cliente passará " +"mais tempo navegando em seu catálogo." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:12 +msgid "To do so:" +msgstr "Para fazer isso:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Select such *Alternative Products* in the *Sales* tab of the product detail " +"form. 3 alternatives are fine! Don't publish too many otherwise your " +"customers will be confused." +msgstr "" +"Selecione esses * Produtos alternativos * na guia * Vendas * do formulário " +"de detalhes do produto. 3 alternativas estão bem! Não publique muitos, caso " +"contrário seus clientes ficarão confusos." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Turn on *Alternative Products* from the *Customize* menu of the product web " +"page." +msgstr "" +"Ative * Produtos alternativos * no menu * Personalizar * da página do " +"produto na web." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/publish.rst:3 +msgid "Launch my website" +msgstr "Lançar o meu site" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience.rst:3 +msgid "Get paid" +msgstr "Ser pago" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:3 +msgid "Manage orders paid with Payment Acquirers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The moment a payment is officially authorized by a Payment Acquirer, Odoo " +"*automatically* confirms the order, which triggers the delivery. And, if you" +" invoice based on ordered quantities, you are requested to invoice the " +"order, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Let’s take a closer look at how to manage orders paid with Payment " +"Acquirers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:12 +msgid "Checking the status of a payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To check the status of a payment, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Orders " +"--> Orders`. Then, simply click on the order you wish to check on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Once you are on the Sales Order page, you will find the payment is confirmed" +" with an automatic note in the *Chatter*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If the user decides to create an invoice, the payment is directly " +"reconciled. This note in the *Chatter* includes a link to the Payment entry," +" which contains various details about the transaction, along with a link to " +"the related Journal Entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Specific messages are provided to your customers for every payment status " +"whenever they are redirected to Odoo after the transaction. To edit these " +"messages, go to the *Messages* tab of the payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:38 +msgid "Automatically generate invoices at order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:40 +msgid "" +"When the order is confirmed, you can also choose to have an invoice " +"automatically issued and paid. This fully-automated feature is designed for " +"businesses that invoice orders right away." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:47 +msgid "To do automatically generate invoices at order:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Invoicing`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Then, under the **Invoicing Policy** option, select *Invoice what is " +"ordered*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:47 +msgid "Then activate *Automatic Invoices* and *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:54 +msgid "Capture payment after the delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:56 +msgid "" +"If the acquirer handling the payment is configured to capture amounts " +"manually, the order is confirmed, but the amount is kept on hold. Once the " +"delivery is processed, you can capture the payment from the related Sales " +"Order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:61 +msgid ":doc:`../../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:62 +msgid "" +":ref:`Payment Acquirers: Place a hold on a card " +"<payment_acquirers/capture_amount>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:3 +msgid "How customers can access their customer account" +msgstr "Como os clientes podem acessar sua conta de cliente" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:5 +msgid "" +"It has never been so easy for your customers to access their customer " +"account. Forget endless signup forms, Odoo makes it as easy as ABC. They are" +" suggested to sign up (name, email, password) when the order is placed, and " +"not before. Indeed, nothing is more annoying than going through a signup " +"process before buying something." +msgstr "" +"Nunca foi tão fácil para seus clientes acessar suas contas de cliente. " +"Esqueça os inúmeros formulários de inscrição, Odoo torna isso tão fácil " +"quanto o ABC. Sugere-se que eles se cadastrem (nome, e-mail, senha) quando o" +" pedido for feito, e não antes. Na verdade, nada é mais irritante do que " +"passar por um processo de inscrição antes de comprar algo." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:14 +msgid "Sign up" +msgstr "Inscrever-se" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The invitation to sign up shows up when the customer wants to visualize the " +"order from order confirmation email." +msgstr "" +"O convite para inscrição aparece quando o cliente deseja visualizar o pedido" +" a partir do e-mail de confirmação do pedido." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:23 +msgid "Customer account" +msgstr "Conta do cliente" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Once logged in the customer will access the account by clicking *My Account*" +" in the login dropdown menu." +msgstr "" +"Uma vez logado, o cliente acessará a conta clicando em * Minha Conta * no " +"menu suspenso de login." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:31 +msgid "" +"THere they find all their history. The main address (billing) can also be " +"modified." +msgstr "" +"Lá eles encontram toda a sua história. O endereço principal (cobrança) " +"também pode ser alterado." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:37 +msgid "" +"If the customer is set as a contact of a company in your address book, they " +"will see all the documents whose the customer belongs to this company." +msgstr "" +"Se o cliente estiver definido como contato de uma empresa em sua agenda, ele" +" verá todos os documentos cujo cliente pertence a essa empresa." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/taxes.rst:3 +msgid "Collect taxes" +msgstr "Recolher impostos" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:4 +msgid "Live Chat" +msgstr "Live Chat" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:6 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Visão geral" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:3 +msgid "Get Started with Live Chat" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Live Chat has the highest satisfaction rating of any communication tool. It " +"allows fast responses and it is accessible and convenient, as your customers" +" can keep doing what they are doing while interacting with you. Remember: " +"your customers want to talk to you, so let's make it easy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:10 +msgid "Set up" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Once *Live Chat* is installed on your database, if your website was created " +"with Odoo, the application is automatically added to it. All that is left to" +" do is to go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> " +"Live Chat`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Select the channel to be linked to your website or create one on the fly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:27 +msgid "For both scenarios, under:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:30 +msgid "" +"- **Operators**: add agents to respond to the chat requests. Add as many as " +"you like, and keep in mind that operators that do not show any activity in " +"Odoo for more than 30min are considered disconnected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:33 +msgid "" +"- **Options**: set the default text to be shown on the live chat button; an " +"automated welcome message to be seen by visitors when a conversation is " +"initiated, and the text that prompts the user to initiate a chat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:36 +msgid "" +"- **Channel Rules**: choose an action for a given URL, and/or per country. " +"In the example below, the chat window automatically pops-up 3 seconds after " +"users (from any country) land on the contact us page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:43 +msgid "" +"GeoIP, which refers to the process of finding a computer terminal’s " +"geographical location by its IP address, must be installed on your server. " +"Otherwise, under *Channel Rules*, countries are not taken into account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:48 +msgid "External options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If your website was not created with Odoo, you can find the code to be added" +" to your own, under the *Widget* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Odoo also offers an URL you can send to users so they can have access to a " +"single live chat page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:59 +msgid "Managing chat requests" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Conversations initiated by visitors pop up as a direct message, and are " +"shown in *Discuss*. Therefore, inquiries can be answered wherever you are in" +" Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Conversations are dispatched based on the current workload of the online " +"operators." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:72 +msgid "Leave or join a channel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, access your " +"channel under *Live Chat*, and *Join Channel* or *Leave Channel*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:48 +msgid ":doc:`ratings`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:45 +msgid ":doc:`responses`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:3 +msgid "Ratings" +msgstr "Avaliações" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Giving users the opportunity to rate their interactions can help you " +"improving the experience you offer. That means staying on top of your " +"customers' needs, besides keeping track of your operators’ performances." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:10 +msgid "Customer Rating" +msgstr "Avaliação de Cliente" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Once the user chooses to close the chat window, he can rate his interaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If the user is *Not satisfied* or *Highly dissatisfied*, a field allowing " +"for an explanation is shown." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:15 +msgid "A copy of the conversation can also be sent by email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:22 +msgid "The rating is shown on the chat window itself for the operator." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:28 +msgid "And under :menuselection:`Report --> Customer Ratings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:35 +msgid "Make the rating public" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, access your " +"channel form, click on *Go to Website* and on *Unpublished*, to publish the " +"rating of that channel on your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:3 +msgid "Commands and Canned Responses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Using canned responses can help you save time and have a previous, well-" +"thought response, to some of your most common questions and comments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:9 +msgid "Use commands" +msgstr "Use comandos" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Commands are shortcuts that do specific actions within the chat window:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:13 +msgid "**/help**: shows a help message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:14 +msgid "**/helpdesk**: creates a helpdesk ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:15 +msgid "**/helpdesk_search**: searches for a helpdesk ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:16 +msgid "**/history**: shows the last 15 visited pages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:17 +msgid "**/lead**: creates a new lead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:18 +msgid "**/leave**: leaves the channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:0 +msgid "" +"- For *helpdesk tickets*: make sure the application is installed on your " +"database and the option *Live Chat* under :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> " +"Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` is enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:0 +msgid "" +"- For *leads*: the *CRM* application must be installed on your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To access the ticket or lead created from the chat, click on the shortcut " +"link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Helpdesk tickets created from the chat automatically add the conversation as" +" a description of the ticket. The same goes for the creation of a lead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:37 +msgid "Send canned responses" +msgstr "Enviar respostas predeterminadas" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Canned responses allow you to have a full piece of text being placed when " +"you type a shortcut word. To create them, go to :menuselection:`Live Chat " +"--> Configuration --> Canned Responses`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To use them during a conversation, simply type **:** followed by the " +"shortcut word you created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website.rst:4 msgid "Website" msgstr "Site" -#: ../../website/optimize.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize.rst:3 msgid "Optimize" msgstr "Otimize" -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:3 msgid "How to track your website's traffic in Google Analytics" msgstr "Como acompanhar o tráfego do seu site no Google Analytics" -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:5 msgid "To follow your website's traffic with Google Analytics:" msgstr "Para acompanhar o tráfego do seu site com o Google Analytics:" -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:7 msgid "" "`Create a Google Analytics account <https://www.google.com/analytics/>`__ if" " you don't have any." @@ -57,7 +1159,7 @@ msgstr "" "'Crie uma conta do Google Analytics <https://www.google.com/analytics/>'__ " "se você não tiver nenhuma." -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:10 msgid "" "Go through the creation form and accept the conditions to get the tracking " "ID." @@ -65,11 +1167,11 @@ msgstr "" "Percorra o formulário de criação e aceite as condições para obter o ID de " "rastreamento." -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:15 msgid "Copy the tracking ID to insert it in Odoo." msgstr "Copie o ID de rastreamento para inseri-lo no Odoo." -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:20 msgid "" "Go to the *Configuration* menu of your Odoo's Website app. In the settings, " "turn on Google Analytics and paste the tracking ID. Then save the page." @@ -78,21 +1180,21 @@ msgstr "" "configurações, ative o Google Analytics e cole o ID de rastreamento. Em " "seguida, salve a página." -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:27 msgid "" "To make your first steps in Google Analytics, refer to `Google Documentation" " <https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/1008015?hl=en/>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:32 msgid ":doc:`google_analytics_dashboard`" msgstr ":doc:`google_analytics_dashboard`" -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:3 msgid "How to track your website traffic from your Odoo Dashboard" msgstr "Como rastrear o tráfego do seu site a partir do Painel Odoo" -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:5 msgid "" "You can follow your traffic statistics straight from your Odoo Website " "Dashboard thanks to Google Analytics." @@ -100,7 +1202,7 @@ msgstr "" "Você pode acompanhar as estatísticas de tráfego diretamente do seu Painel de" " controle do site Odoo graças ao Google Analytics." -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:8 msgid "" "A preliminary step is creating a Google Analytics account and entering the " "tracking ID in your Website's settings (see :doc:`google_analytics`)." @@ -109,7 +1211,7 @@ msgstr "" " rastreamento nas configurações do seu site (consulte: doc: " "`google_analytics`)." -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:11 msgid "" "Go to `Google APIs platform <https://console.developers.google.com>`__ to " "generate Analytics API credentials. Log in with your Google account." @@ -118,11 +1220,11 @@ msgstr "" "<https://console.developers.google.com>` __ para gerar credenciais de API do" " Analytics. Faça login com sua conta do Google." -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:14 msgid "Select Analytics API." msgstr "Selecione Analytics API." -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:19 msgid "" "Create a new project and give it a name (e.g. Odoo). This project is needed " "to store your API credentials." @@ -130,15 +1232,15 @@ msgstr "" "Crie um novo projeto e dê um nome a ele (por exemplo, Odoo). Este projeto é " "necessário para armazenar suas credenciais de API." -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:25 msgid "Enable the API." msgstr "Habilite a API." -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:30 msgid "Create credentials to use in Odoo." msgstr "Crie credenciais para usar no Odoo." -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:35 msgid "" "Select *Web browser (Javascript)* as calling source and *User data* as kind " "of data." @@ -146,7 +1248,7 @@ msgstr "" "Selecione *Web browser (Javascript)* como fonte de chamada e *Dados do " "usuário* como uma espécie de dados." -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:41 msgid "" "Then you can create a Client ID. Enter the name of the application (e.g. " "Odoo) and the allowed pages on which you will be redirected. The *Authorized" @@ -160,7 +1262,7 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo. O * URI de redirecionamento autorizado * é o URL da instância do Odoo " "seguido por '/ google_account /authentication'." -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:51 msgid "" "Go through the Consent Screen step by entering a product name (e.g. Google " "Analytics in Odoo). Feel free to check the customizations options but this " @@ -172,26 +1274,26 @@ msgstr "" " de personalização, mas isso não é obrigatório. A tela de consentimento só " "aparecerá quando você inserir o ID do cliente no Odoo pela primeira vez." -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:56 msgid "" "Finally you are provided with your Client ID. Copy and paste it in Odoo." msgstr "Finalmente, você receberá seu ID de cliente. Copie e cole no Odoo." -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:61 msgid "" "Open your Website Dashboard in Odoo and link your Analytics account to past " "your Client ID." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:67 msgid "As a last step, authorize Odoo to access Google API." msgstr "Como última etapa, autorize o Odoo a acessar a API do Google." -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:3 msgid "Track clicks and visitors using Link Trackers" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:5 msgid "" "Link Trackers allow you to track your marketing campaigns (emails, banner " "ads, blog posts, social media posts, affiliate links, etc.). This way, you " @@ -199,59 +1301,59 @@ msgid "" "about the distribution of your marketing budget." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:10 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Configuração" -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:12 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate " "*Link Trackers*." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:19 msgid "Set up traceable URLs" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:21 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Go to website --> Promote --> Track this " "page`. Here, you are able to get a specific tracked URL based on the " "campaign, medium, and source being used." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:28 msgid "" "**URL**: url of the page you want to track (e.g. the home page or a " "product's page)." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:29 msgid "**Campaign**: context of your link (e.g. a special promotion)." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:30 msgid "" "**Medium**: channel used to share (deliver) your link (e.g. an email or a " "Facebook ad)." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:31 msgid "" "**Source**: platform where the traffic originates (e.g. Google or Twitter)." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:33 msgid "" "Now, click on *Get tracked link* to generate a URL that you can post or send" " by the source you have decided on." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:37 msgid "Follow-up on tracked links" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:39 msgid "" "To look at statistics of your links, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Go to" " website --> Promote --> Track this page`. Besides being able to see the " @@ -260,36 +1362,36 @@ msgid "" "country of origin for those clicks." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:50 msgid "You can also access the link tracker on *odoo.com/r* via your browser." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:51 msgid "" "Activate the developer mode (:menuselection:`Settings --> Activate the " "developer mode`) and get access to the *Link Tracker* module and its back-" "end functionalities." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:53 msgid "" "Integrated with :doc:`Google Analytics <google_analytics>`, those trackers " "allow you to see the number of clicks and visitors to keep you on top of " "your marketing campaigns." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:55 msgid "" -"The integration with the :doc:`CRM <../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits>` " -"application allows you to understand where your leads and opportunities are " -"coming from." +"The integration with the :doc:`CRM " +"</applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits>` application allows " +"you to understand where your leads and opportunities are coming from." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:3 msgid "How to do Search Engine Optimisation (SEO) in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:5 msgid "" "Search Engine Optimization (SEO) is a set of good practices to optimize your" " website so that you get a better ranking in search engines like Google. In " @@ -300,7 +1402,7 @@ msgstr "" "buscadores como o Google. Resumindo, um bom SEO permite que você obtenha " "mais visitantes." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:9 msgid "" "Some examples of SEO rules: your web pages should load fast, your page " "should have one and only one title ``<h1>``, meta tags (alt-tag, title-tag) " @@ -312,7 +1414,7 @@ msgstr "" "tag de título) devem ser consistentes com o conteúdo, seu site deve ter um " "arquivo `` / sitemap.xml``, etc." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:15 msgid "" "To guarantee Odoo Website and Odoo eCommerce users have a great SEO, Odoo " "abstracts all the technical complexities of SEO and handles everything for " @@ -322,7 +1424,7 @@ msgstr "" "ótimo SEO, o Odoo abstrai todas as complexidades técnicas do SEO e trata de " "tudo para você, da melhor maneira possível. Isso será explicado a seguir." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:20 msgid "" "But first, let see how you can easily boost your ranking by finetuning the " "content and the meta tags of your website." @@ -330,15 +1432,15 @@ msgstr "" "Mas, primeiro, vamos ver como você pode facilmente aumentar sua " "classificação ajustando o conteúdo e as metatags de seu site." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:24 msgid "Meta Tags" msgstr "Meta Tags" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:27 msgid "Title, Description" msgstr "Título, Descrição" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:29 msgid "" "Every web page should define the ``<title>`` and ``<description>`` meta " "data. These information elements are used by search engines to promote your " @@ -353,11 +1455,11 @@ msgstr "" "que eles se encaixam no conteúdo da página, caso contrário, você será " "rebaixado pelos mecanismos de pesquisa." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:39 msgid "Keywords" msgstr "Palavras-chave" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:40 msgid "" "In order to write quality content and boost your traffic, Odoo provides a " "``<keyword>`` finder. Those keywords are the searches you want to head " @@ -372,7 +1474,7 @@ msgstr "" " conteúdo da página) e quais são as pesquisas relacionadas no Google. Quanto" " mais palavras-chave forem usadas, melhor." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:50 msgid "" "If your website is in multiple languages, you can use the Promote tool for " "every language of a single page and set specific title, description and " @@ -382,11 +1484,11 @@ msgstr "" "Promover para cada idioma de uma única página e definir título, descrição e " "tags de pesquisa específicos." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:55 msgid "Content is King" msgstr "O conteúdo é rei" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:57 msgid "" "When it comes to SEO, content is usually king. Odoo provides several modules" " to help you build your website content:" @@ -394,32 +1496,32 @@ msgstr "" "Quando se trata de SEO, o conteúdo geralmente é rei. O Odoo fornece vários " "módulos para ajudá-lo a construir o conteúdo do seu site:" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:60 msgid "**Odoo Blogs**: write great contents." msgstr "** Odoo Blogs **: escreva ótimos conteúdos." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:62 msgid "" "**Odoo Slides**: publish all your Powerpoint or PDF presentations. Their " "content is automatically indexed on the web page. Example: `odoo.com/slides" "/public-channel-1 <https://www.odoo.com/slides/public-channel-1>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:66 msgid "" "**Odoo Forum**: let your community create contents for you. Example: " "`odoo.com/forum/1 <https://odoo.com/forum/1>`_ (accounts for 30% of Odoo.com" " landing pages)" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:70 msgid "" "**Odoo Mailing List Archive**: publish mailing list archives on your " "website. Example: `odoo.com/groups/community-59 " "<https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59>`_ (1000 pages created per month)" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:76 msgid "" "The 404 page is a regular page, that you can edit like any other page in " "Odoo. That way, you can build a great 404 page to redirect to the top " @@ -430,11 +1532,11 @@ msgstr "" "redirecionar para o conteúdo principal do seu site quando os visitantes se " "perderem em URLs inválidos." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:81 msgid "Use Social Networks" msgstr "Use redes sociais" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:83 msgid "" "Social media is built for mass sharing. If lots of people share your content" " on social media, then it's likely more people will link to it, and links " @@ -445,17 +1547,17 @@ msgstr "" "pessoas façam um link para ele, e os links são um grande fator para a " "classificação de SEO." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:87 msgid "Odoo embeds several tools to share content through social media:" msgstr "" "O Odoo incorpora várias ferramentas para compartilhar conteúdo através da " "mídia social:" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:90 msgid "Social Network" msgstr "Redes Sociais" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:92 msgid "" "Odoo allows to link all your social network accounts in your website footer." " All you have to do is to refer all your accounts in your company settings." @@ -464,11 +1566,11 @@ msgstr "" "seu site. Tudo que você precisa fazer é referir todas as suas contas nas " "configurações da sua empresa." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:99 msgid "Social Share" msgstr "Compartilhamento Social" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:101 msgid "" "Drop the building block *Share* on any page you want your visitors to share." " By clicking the icon, they are prompted to share the page in their social " @@ -478,7 +1580,7 @@ msgstr "" "deseja que seus visitantes compartilhem. Ao clicar no ícone, eles são " "solicitados a compartilhar a página em seu mural de mídia social." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:108 msgid "" "Most social media use a picture of the picture to decorate the share post. " "Odoo uses the website logo by default but you can choose any other image of " @@ -488,11 +1590,11 @@ msgstr "" " de compartilhamento. O Odoo usa o logotipo do site por padrão, mas você " "pode escolher qualquer outra imagem da sua página na ferramenta Promover." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:116 msgid "Facebook Page" msgstr "Página do Facebook" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:118 msgid "" "Drop the building block *Facebook Page* to display a widget of your Facebook" " business page and encourage visitors to follow it. You can display the " @@ -502,59 +1604,59 @@ msgstr "" "de sua página de negócios do Facebook e encorajar os visitantes a segui-lo. " "Você pode exibir a linha do tempo, os próximos eventos e as mensagens." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:123 msgid "Twitter Scroller" msgstr "Twitter Scroller" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:125 msgid "" "Display the Twitter feeds with customer satifaction on your website. This " "will increase the number of tweets and shares." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:129 msgid "Test Your Website" msgstr "Teste seu site" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:131 msgid "" "You can compare how your website rank, in terms of SEO, against Odoo using " "WooRank free services: `woorank.com <https://www.woorank.com>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:136 msgid "URLs Handling" msgstr "Tratamento de URLs" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:138 msgid "This section sheds some light on how Odoo makes URLs SEO-friendly." msgstr "Esta seção esclarece como o Odoo torna os URLs amigáveis ​​para SEO." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:141 msgid "URLs Structure" msgstr "Estrutura de URLs" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:143 msgid "A typical Odoo URL will look like this:" msgstr "Um URL Odoo típico será semelhante a este:" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:145 msgid "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/my-great-product-31" msgstr "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/my-great-product-31" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:147 msgid "With the following components:" msgstr "Com os seguintes componentes:" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:149 msgid "**https://** = Protocol" msgstr "**https://** = Protocolo" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:151 msgid "**www.mysite.com** = your domain name" msgstr "**www.meusite.com** = seu nome de domínio" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:153 msgid "" "**/fr\\_FR** = page language. This part of the URL is removed if the visitor" " browses the main language of the website Thus, the main version of this " @@ -564,7 +1666,7 @@ msgstr "" "visitante navegar pelo idioma principal do site Assim, a versão principal " "desta página é: https://www.mysite.com/shop/product/my-great-product-31" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:158 msgid "" "**/shop/product** = every module defines its own namespace (/shop is for the" " catalog of the eCommerce module, /shop/product is for a product page)." @@ -573,7 +1675,7 @@ msgstr "" "para o catálogo do módulo de comércio eletrônico, / shop / product é para " "uma página de produto)." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:162 msgid "" "**my-great-product** = by default, this is the slugified title of the " "product this page refers to. But you can customize it for SEO purposes. A " @@ -588,11 +1690,11 @@ msgstr "" "blog, título da página, postagem no fórum, comentário no fórum, categoria de" " produto, etc.)." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:169 msgid "**-31** = the unique ID of the product" msgstr "**-31** = o ID exclusivo do produto" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:171 msgid "" "Note that any dynamic component of an URL can be reduced to its ID. As an " "example, the following URLs all do a 301 redirect to the above URL:" @@ -601,15 +1703,15 @@ msgstr "" "ID. Por exemplo, todos os seguintes URLs fazem um redirecionamento 301 para " "o URL acima:" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:174 msgid "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (short version)" msgstr "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (versão curta)" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:176 msgid "http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (even shorter version)" msgstr "http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (versão ainda mais curta)" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:178 msgid "" "http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/other-product-name-31 (old product " "name)" @@ -617,7 +1719,7 @@ msgstr "" "http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/other-product-name-31 (nome do " "produto antigo)" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:181 msgid "" "Some URLs have several dynamic parts, like this one (a blog category and a " "post):" @@ -625,23 +1727,23 @@ msgstr "" "Algumas URLs têm várias partes dinâmicas, como esta (uma categoria de blog e" " uma postagem):" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:184 msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/company-news-5/post/the-odoo-story-56" msgstr "https://www.odoo.com/blog/company-news-5/post/the-odoo-story-56" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:186 msgid "In the above example:" msgstr "No exemplo acima:" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:188 msgid "*Company News* is the title of the blog" msgstr "* Notícias da empresa * é o título do blog" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:190 msgid "*The Odoo Story* is the title of a specific blog post" msgstr "* A história do Odoo* é o título de uma postagem de blog específica" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:192 msgid "" "When an Odoo page has a pager, the page number is set directly in the URL " "(does not have a GET argument). This allows every page to be indexed by " @@ -651,15 +1753,15 @@ msgstr "" "diretamente na URL (não tem um argumento GET). Isso permite que todas as " "páginas sejam indexadas por mecanismos de pesquisa. Exemplo:" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:196 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:196 msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/page/3" msgstr "https://www.odoo.com/blog/page/3" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:199 msgid "Changes in URLs & Titles" msgstr "Mudanças em URLs e títulos" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:201 msgid "" "When the URL of a page changes (e.g. a more SEO friendly version of your " "product name), you don't have to worry about updating all links:" @@ -668,34 +1770,34 @@ msgstr "" "SEO do nome do seu produto), você não precisa se preocupar em atualizar " "todos os links:" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:204 msgid "Odoo will automatically update all its links to the new URL." msgstr "" "O Odoo atualizará automaticamente todos os seus links para o novo URL." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:206 msgid "" "If external websites still points to the old URL, a 301 redirect will be " "done to route visitors to the new address of the page." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:209 msgid "As an example, this URL:" msgstr "Por exemplo, este URL:" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:211 msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/old-product-name-31" msgstr "http://mysite.com/shop/product/old-product-name-31" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:213 msgid "Will automatically redirect to:" msgstr "Irá redirecionar automaticamente para:" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:215 msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/new-and-better-product-name-31" msgstr "http://mysite.com/shop/product/new-and-better-product-name-31" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:217 msgid "" "In short, just change the title of a blog post or the name of a product, and" " the changes will apply automatically everywhere in your website. The old " @@ -703,11 +1805,11 @@ msgid "" "maintaining the SEO link juice." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:223 msgid "HTTPS" msgstr "HTTPS" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:225 msgid "" "Search engines boost ranking of secure HTTPS/SSL websites. So, by default " "all Odoo Online instances are fully based on HTTPS. If the visitor accesses " @@ -719,11 +1821,11 @@ msgstr "" "totalmente baseadas em HTTPS. Se o visitante acessa seu site por meio de um " "URL não HTTPS, ele obtém um redirecionamento 301 para seu equivalente HTTPS." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:231 msgid "Links: Nofollow Strategy" msgstr "Links: Estratégia Nofollow" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:233 msgid "" "The more a page is linked from external and quality websites, the better it " "is for your SEO." @@ -731,11 +1833,11 @@ msgstr "" "Quanto mais uma página tiver links de sites externos e de qualidade, melhor " "será para o seu SEO." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:236 msgid "Here are Odoo strategies to manage links:" msgstr "Aqui estão as estratégias Odoo para gerenciar links:" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:238 msgid "" "Every link you add to your website is \"dofollow\", which means that this " "link will contribute to the SEO Juice for the linked page." @@ -743,7 +1845,7 @@ msgstr "" "Cada link que você adiciona ao seu site é \"dofollow\", o que significa que " "esse link contribuirá para o SEO Juice da página vinculada." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:242 msgid "" "Every link posted by a contributor (forum post, blog comment, etc.) that " "links to your own website is \"dofollow\" too." @@ -751,7 +1853,7 @@ msgstr "" "Cada link postado por um contribuidor (postagem no fórum, comentário no " "blog, etc.) que direciona ao seu próprio site também é \"dofollow\"." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:245 msgid "" "But every link posted by a contributor that links to an external website is " "\"nofollow\". In that way, you do not run the risk of people posting links " @@ -761,7 +1863,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"nofollow\". Dessa forma, você não corre o risco de as pessoas postarem " "links em seu site para sites de terceiros com má reputação." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:250 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:250 msgid "" "Note that, when using the forum, contributors having a lot of Karma can be " "trusted. In such case, their links will not have any ``rel=\"nofollow\"`` " @@ -771,15 +1873,15 @@ msgstr "" "confiáveis. Nesse caso, seus links não terão nenhum atributo `` rel = " "\"nofollow\" ``." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:255 msgid "Multi-Language Support" msgstr "Suporte multilíngue" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:258 msgid "Multi-Language URLs" msgstr "URLs multilíngues" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:260 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:260 msgid "" "If you run a website in multiple languages, the same content will be " "available in different URLs, depending on the language used:" @@ -787,7 +1889,7 @@ msgstr "" "Se você administrar um site em vários idiomas, o mesmo conteúdo estará " "disponível em URLs diferentes, dependendo do idioma usado:" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:263 msgid "" "https://www.mywebsite.com/shop/product/my-product-1 (main language, English " "here)" @@ -795,7 +1897,7 @@ msgstr "" "https://www.mywebsite.com/shop/product/my-product-1 (língua principal, ingês" " aqui)" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:265 msgid "" "https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1 (French " "version)" @@ -803,7 +1905,7 @@ msgstr "" "https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1 (versão " "francesa)" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:267 msgid "" "In this example, fr\\_FR is the language of the page. You can even have " "several variations of the same language: pt\\_BR (Portuguese from Brazil) , " @@ -813,11 +1915,11 @@ msgstr "" "variações da mesma língua: pt\\_BR (português do Brasil) , pt\\_PT " "(português de Portugal)." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:272 msgid "Language Annotation" msgstr "Anotação de linguagem" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:274 msgid "" "To let search engines know that the second URL is the French translation of " "the first URL, Odoo will add an HTML link element in the header. In the HTML" @@ -830,7 +1932,7 @@ msgstr "" "automaticamente um elemento de link apontando para as versões traduzidas " "daquela página da web;" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:279 msgid "" "<link rel=\"alternate\" hreflang=\"fr\" " "href=\"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1\"/>" @@ -838,17 +1940,17 @@ msgstr "" "<link rel=\"alternate\" hreflang=\"fr\" " "href=\"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1\"/>" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:282 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:282 msgid "With this approach:" msgstr "Com esta abordagem:" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:284 msgid "" "Search engines will redirect to the right language according to the visitor " "language." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:287 msgid "" "You do not get penalized by search engines if your page is not translated " "yet. Indeed, it's not a duplicated content, but a different version of the " @@ -858,11 +1960,11 @@ msgstr "" "traduzida. Na verdade, não é um conteúdo duplicado, mas uma versão diferente" " do mesmo conteúdo." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:292 msgid "Language Detection" msgstr "Detecção de idiomas" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:294 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:294 msgid "" "When a visitor lands for the first time on your website (e.g. " "yourwebsite.com/shop), they may automatically be redirected to a translated " @@ -870,7 +1972,7 @@ msgid "" "yourwebsite.com/fr\\_FR/shop)." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:299 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:299 msgid "" "Next time, it keeps a cookie of the current language to avoid any " "redirection." @@ -878,7 +1980,7 @@ msgstr "" "Da próxima vez, ele mantém um cookie do idioma atual para evitar qualquer " "redirecionamento." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:302 msgid "" "To force a visitor to stick to the default language, you can use the code of" " the default language in your link, example: yourwebsite.com/en\\_US/shop. " @@ -890,15 +1992,15 @@ msgstr "" "Isso sempre direcionará os visitantes para a versão em inglês da página, sem" " usar as preferências de idioma do navegador." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:309 msgid "Page Speed" msgstr "Velocidade da Página" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:312 msgid "Introduction" msgstr "Introdução" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:314 msgid "" "The time to load a page is an important criteria for search engines. A " "faster website not only improves your visitor's experience, but gives you a " @@ -919,7 +2021,7 @@ msgstr "" " <http://www.fastcompany.com/1825005/how-one-second-could-cost-amazon-16" "-billion-sales> `__." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:325 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:325 msgid "" "Fortunately, Odoo does all the magic for you. Below, you will find the " "tricks Odoo uses to speed up your page loading time. You can compare how " @@ -930,7 +2032,7 @@ msgstr "" "Você pode comparar a classificação do seu site usando estas duas " "ferramentas:" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:329 msgid "" "`Google Page Speed " "<https://developers.google.com/speed/pagespeed/insights/>`__" @@ -938,15 +2040,15 @@ msgstr "" "`Google Page Speed " "<https://developers.google.com/speed/pagespeed/insights/>`__" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:331 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:331 msgid "`Pingdom Website Speed Test <http://tools.pingdom.com/fpt/>`__" msgstr "`Pingdom Website Speed Test <http://tools.pingdom.com/fpt/>`__" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:334 msgid "Images" msgstr "Imagens" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:336 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:336 msgid "" "When you upload new images, Odoo automatically compresses them to reduce " "their sizes (lossless compression for .PNG and .GIF and lossy compression " @@ -956,7 +2058,7 @@ msgstr "" "para reduzir seus tamanhos (compactação sem perdas para .PNG e .GIF e " "compactação com perdas para .JPG)." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:340 msgid "" "From the upload button, you have the option to keep the original image " "unmodified if you prefer to optimize the quality of the image rather than " @@ -965,7 +2067,7 @@ msgstr "" "No botão de upload, você tem a opção de manter a imagem original inalterada " "se preferir otimizar a qualidade da imagem em vez do desempenho." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:348 msgid "" "Odoo compresses images when they are uploaded to your website, not when " "requested by the visitor. Thus, it's possible that, if you use a third-party" @@ -978,7 +2080,7 @@ msgstr "" "eficiente. Mas todas as imagens usadas nos temas oficiais do Odoo foram " "compactadas por padrão." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:354 msgid "" "When you click on an image, Odoo shows you the Alt and title attributes of " "the ``<img>`` tag. You can click on it to set your own title and Alt " @@ -988,11 +2090,11 @@ msgstr "" "tag `` <img> ``. Você pode clicar nele para definir seu próprio título e " "atributos Alt para a imagem." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:361 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:361 msgid "When you click on this link, the following window will appear:" msgstr "Ao clicar neste link, a seguinte janela aparecerá:" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:366 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:366 msgid "" "Odoo's pictograms are implemented using a font (`Font Awesome " "<https://fortawesome.github.io/Font-Awesome/icons/>`__ in most Odoo themes)." @@ -1004,11 +2106,11 @@ msgstr "" " Odoo). Assim, você pode usar quantos pictogramas quiser em sua página, eles" " não resultarão em solicitações extras para carregar a página." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:375 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:375 msgid "Static Resources: CSS" msgstr "Recursos estáticos: CSS" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:377 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:377 msgid "" "All CSS files are pre-processed, concatenated, minified, compressed and " "cached (server-side and browser-side). The result:" @@ -1016,12 +2118,12 @@ msgstr "" "Todos os arquivos CSS são pré-processados, concatenados, minimizados, " "compactados e armazenados em cache (servidor e navegador). O resultado:" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:380 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:380 msgid "only one CSS file request is needed to load a page" msgstr "" "apenas uma solicitação de arquivo CSS é necessária para carregar uma página" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:382 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:382 msgid "" "this CSS file is shared and cached amongst pages, so that when the visitor " "clicks on another page, the browser doesn't have to even load a single CSS " @@ -1031,11 +2133,11 @@ msgstr "" "modo que, quando o visitante clicar em outra página, o navegador não precise" " carregar nem um único recurso CSS." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:386 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:386 msgid "this CSS file is optimized to be small" msgstr "este arquivo CSS é otimizado para ser pequeno" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:388 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:388 msgid "" "**Pre-processed:** The CSS framework used by Odoo is Bootstrap. Although a " "theme might use another framework, most of `Odoo themes " @@ -1051,7 +2153,7 @@ msgstr "" " regras CSS em vez de substituí-las por meio de linhas CSS extras, " "resultando em um arquivo menor." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:395 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:395 msgid "" "**Concatenated:** every module or library you might use in Odoo has its own " "set of CSS, Less or Sass files (eCommerce, blogs, themes, etc.). Having " @@ -1072,7 +2174,7 @@ msgstr "" "e .CSS. Portanto, o tempo para carregar os recursos CSS depende mais do " "número de solicitações a serem feitas do que do tamanho real do arquivo." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:405 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:405 msgid "" "To address this issue, all CSS / Less / Sass files are concatenated into a " "single .CSS file to send to the browser. So a visitor has **only one .CSS " @@ -1087,50 +2189,55 @@ msgstr "" "páginas, quando o visitante clica em outra página, o navegador nem precisa " "carregar um novo arquivo CSS!" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:412 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:412 msgid "**Both files in the <head>**" msgstr "** Ambos os arquivos no <head> **" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:412 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:412 msgid "**What the visitor gets (only one file)**" msgstr "** O que o visitante obtém (apenas um arquivo) **" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:414 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:414 msgid "/\\* From bootstrap.css \\*/" msgstr "/\\* From bootstrap.css \\*/" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:414 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:415 -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:421 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:447 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:414 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:415 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:421 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:447 msgid ".text-muted {" msgstr ".text-muted {" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:415 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:422 -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:448 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:415 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:422 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:448 msgid "color: #666;" msgstr "color: #666;" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:416 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:416 msgid "color: #777;" msgstr "color: #777;" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:416 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:416 msgid "background: yellow" msgstr "fundo: amarelo" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:417 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:417 msgid "background: yellow;" msgstr "fundo: amarelo;" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:417 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:418 -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:423 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:449 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:417 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:418 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:423 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:449 msgid "}" msgstr "}" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:420 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:420 msgid "/\\* From my-theme.css \\*/" msgstr "/\\* From my-theme.css \\*/" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:426 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:426 msgid "" "The CSS sent by Odoo includes all CSS / Less / Sass of all pages / modules. " "By doing this, additional page views from the same visitor will not have to " @@ -1150,7 +2257,7 @@ msgstr "" "usa é solicitada. Um exemplo disso é o backend que só é carregado quando o " "visitante efetua login e acessa o backend (/ web)." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:436 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:436 msgid "" "If the CSS file is very big, Odoo will split it into two smaller files to " "avoid the 4095 selectors limit per sheet of Internet Explorer. But most " @@ -1160,7 +2267,7 @@ msgstr "" "menores para evitar o limite de 4095 seletores por folha do Internet " "Explorer. Mas a maioria dos temas fica abaixo desse limite." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:440 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:440 msgid "" "**Minified:** After being pre-processed and concatenated, the resulting CSS " "is minified to reduce its size." @@ -1168,28 +2275,28 @@ msgstr "" "**Minificado:** Após ser pré-processado e concatenado, o CSS resultante é " "minificado para reduzir seu tamanho." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:444 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:444 msgid "**Before minification**" msgstr "** Antes da minificação **" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:444 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:444 msgid "**After minification**" msgstr "** Após minificação **" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:446 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:446 msgid "/\\* some comments \\*/" msgstr "/\\* some comments \\*/" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:446 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:446 msgid ".text-muted {color: #666}" msgstr ".text-muted {color: #666}" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:452 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:452 msgid "" "The final result is then compressed, before being delivered to the browser." msgstr "O resultado final é compactado antes de ser entregue ao navegador." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:455 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:455 msgid "" "Then, a cached version is stored server-side (so we do not have to pre-" "process, concatenate, minify at every request) and browser-side (so the same" @@ -1200,11 +2307,11 @@ msgstr "" "no lado do navegador (para que o mesmo visitante carregue o CSS apenas uma " "vez para todas as páginas que visitar)." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:461 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:461 msgid "Static Resources: Javascript" msgstr "Recursos estáticos: Javascript" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:463 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:463 msgid "" "As with CSS resources, Javascript resources are also concatenated, minified," " compressed and cached (server-side and browser-side)." @@ -1213,11 +2320,11 @@ msgstr "" "minimizados, compactados e armazenados em cache (lado do servidor e lado do " "navegador)." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:466 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:466 msgid "Odoo creates three Javascript bundles:" msgstr "O Odoo cria três pacotes Javascript:" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:468 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:468 msgid "" "One for all pages of the website (including code for parallax effects, form " "validation, etc.)" @@ -1225,14 +2332,14 @@ msgstr "" "Um para todas as páginas do site (incluindo código para efeitos de paralaxe," " validação de formulário, etc.)" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:471 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:471 msgid "" "One for common Javascript code shared among frontend and backend (Bootstrap)" msgstr "" "Um para código Javascript comum compartilhado entre front-end e back-end " "(Bootstrap)" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:474 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:474 msgid "" "One for backend specific Javascript code (Odoo Web Client interface for your" " employees using Odoo)" @@ -1240,7 +2347,7 @@ msgstr "" "Um para código Javascript específico de back-end (interface Odoo Web Client " "para seus funcionários usando Odoo)" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:477 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:477 msgid "" "Most visitors of your website will only need the first two bundles, " "resulting in a maximum of two Javascript files to load to render one page. " @@ -1253,20 +2360,20 @@ msgstr "" "as páginas, outros cliques do mesmo visitante não carregarão nenhum outro " "recurso Javascript." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:483 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:483 msgid "" -"If you work on :doc:`Developer mode " -"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, the CSS and Javascript are neither" -" concatenated, nor minified. Thus, it's much slower. But it allows you to " -"easily debug with the Chrome debugger as CSS and Javascript resources are " -"not transformed from their original versions." +"If you work on :doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>`," +" the CSS and Javascript are neither concatenated, nor minified. Thus, it's " +"much slower. But it allows you to easily debug with the Chrome debugger as " +"CSS and Javascript resources are not transformed from their original " +"versions." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:489 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:489 msgid "CDN" msgstr "CDN" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:491 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:491 msgid "" "If you activate the CDN feature in Odoo, static resources (Javascript, CSS, " "images) are loaded from a Content Delivery Network. Using a Content Delivery" @@ -1276,7 +2383,7 @@ msgstr "" "CSS, imagens) serão carregados de uma Rede de distribuição de conteúdo. Usar" " uma rede de distribuição de conteúdo tem três vantagens:" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:495 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:495 msgid "" "Load resources from a nearby server (most CDN have servers in main countries" " around the globe)" @@ -1284,7 +2391,7 @@ msgstr "" "Carregue recursos de um servidor próximo (a maioria dos CDN tem servidores " "nos principais países do mundo)" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:498 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:498 msgid "" "Cache resources efficiently (no computation resources usage on your own " "server)" @@ -1292,7 +2399,7 @@ msgstr "" "Recursos de cache de forma eficiente (sem uso de recursos de computação em " "seu próprio servidor)" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:501 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:501 msgid "" "Split the resource loading on different services allowing to load more " "resources in parallel (since the Chrome limit of 6 parallel requests is by " @@ -1302,7 +2409,7 @@ msgstr "" "carregar mais recursos em paralelo (já que o limite do Chrome de 6 " "solicitações paralelas é por domínio)" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:505 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:505 msgid "" "You can configure your CDN options from the **Website Admin** app, using the" " Configuration menu. Here is an example of configuration you can use:" @@ -1311,11 +2418,11 @@ msgstr "" "usando o menu Configuração. Aqui está um exemplo de configuração que você " "pode usar:" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:512 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:512 msgid "HTML Pages" msgstr "Páginas HTML" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:514 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:514 msgid "" "The HTML pages can be compressed, but this is usually handled by your web " "server (NGINX or Apache)." @@ -1323,7 +2430,7 @@ msgstr "" "As páginas HTML podem ser compactadas, mas isso geralmente é feito pelo seu " "servidor web (NGINX ou Apache)." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:517 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:517 msgid "" "The Odoo Website builder has been optimized to guarantee clean and short " "HTML code. Building blocks have been developed to produce clean HTML code, " @@ -1333,7 +2440,7 @@ msgstr "" "e curto. Os blocos de construção foram desenvolvidos para produzir código " "HTML limpo, geralmente usando Bootstrap e o editor de HTML." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:521 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:521 msgid "" "As an example, if you use the color picker to change the color of a " "paragraph to the primary color of your website, Odoo will produce the " @@ -1342,11 +2449,11 @@ msgstr "" "Por exemplo, se você usar o seletor de cores para alterar a cor de um " "parágrafo para a cor primária do seu site, Odoo produzirá o seguinte código:" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:525 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:525 msgid "``<p class=\"text-primary\">My Text</p>``" msgstr "``<p class=\"text-primary\">My Text</p>``" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:527 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:527 msgid "" "Whereas most HTML editors (such as CKEditor) will produce the following " "code:" @@ -1354,15 +2461,15 @@ msgstr "" "Enquanto a maioria dos editores de HTML (como o CKEditor) produzirá o " "seguinte código:" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:530 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:530 msgid "``<p style=\"color: #AB0201\">My Text</p>``" msgstr "``<p style=\"color: #AB0201\">My Text</p>``" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:533 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:533 msgid "Responsive Design" msgstr "Design Responsivo" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:535 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:535 msgid "" "Websites that are not mobile-friendly are negatively impacted in search " "engine rankings. All Odoo themes rely on Bootstrap to render efficiently " @@ -1373,7 +2480,7 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo contam com Bootstrap para renderizar de forma eficiente de acordo com o" " dispositivo: desktop, tablet ou celular." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:542 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:542 msgid "" "As all Odoo modules share the same technology, absolutely all pages in your " "website are mobile friendly." @@ -1381,11 +2488,11 @@ msgstr "" "Como todos os módulos do Odoo compartilham a mesma tecnologia, absolutamente" " todas as páginas do seu site são compatíveis com dispositivos móveis." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:546 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:546 msgid "Browser Caching" msgstr "Cache do navegador" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:548 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:548 msgid "" "Javascript, images and CSS resources have an URL that changes dynamically " "when their content change. As an example, all CSS files are loaded through " @@ -1395,7 +2502,7 @@ msgid "" "your website." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:555 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:555 msgid "" "This allows Odoo to set a very long cache delay (XXX) on these resources: " "XXX secs, while being updated instantly if you update the resource." @@ -1404,11 +2511,11 @@ msgstr "" "recursos: XXX segundos, enquanto é atualizado instantaneamente se você " "atualizar o recurso." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:560 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:560 msgid "Scalability" msgstr "Escalabilidade" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:562 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:562 msgid "" "In addition to being fast, Odoo is also more scalable than traditional CMS " "and eCommerce (Drupal, Wordpress, Magento, Prestashop). The following link " @@ -1418,30 +2525,30 @@ msgid "" "/odoo-cms-performance-comparison-and-optimisation-197>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:569 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:569 msgid "Todo" msgstr "À Fazer" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:569 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:569 msgid "fix above link" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:571 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:571 msgid "" "Here is the slide that summarizes the scalability of Odoo Website & " "eCommerce." msgstr "" "Aqui está o slide que resume a escalabilidade do Odoo Website & eCommerce." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:577 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:577 msgid "Search Engines Files" msgstr "Arquivos de mecanismos de busca" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:580 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:580 msgid "Sitemap" msgstr "Mapa do site" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:582 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:582 msgid "" "The sitemap points out pages to index to search engine robots. Odoo " "generates a ``/sitemap.xml`` file automatically for you. For performance " @@ -1452,7 +2559,7 @@ msgstr "" "você. Por motivos de desempenho, esse arquivo é armazenado em cache e " "atualizado a cada 12 horas." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:586 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:586 msgid "" "By default, all URLs will be in a single ``/sitemap.xml`` file, but if you " "have a lot of pages, Odoo will automatically create a Sitemap Index file, " @@ -1466,17 +2573,17 @@ msgstr "" "<http://www.sitemaps.org/protocol.html>'__ agrupando URL do sitemap em 45000" " pedaços por arquivo." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:592 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:592 msgid "Every sitemap entry has 4 attributes that are computed automatically:" msgstr "" "Cada entrada de mapa do site tem 4 atributos que são calculados " "automaticamente:" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:594 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:594 msgid "``<loc>`` : the URL of a page" msgstr "`` <loc> ``: o URL de uma página" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:596 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:596 msgid "" "``<lastmod>`` : last modification date of the resource, computed " "automatically based on related object. For a page related to a product, this" @@ -1487,7 +2594,7 @@ msgstr "" "a um produto, esta pode ser a última data de modificação do produto ou da " "página.</lastmod>" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:601 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:601 msgid "" "``<priority>`` : modules may implement their own priority algorithm based on" " their content (example: a forum might assign a priority based on the number" @@ -1500,11 +2607,11 @@ msgstr "" "prioridade de uma página estática é definida por seu campo de prioridade, " "que é normalizado (16 é o padrão)." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:608 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:608 msgid "Structured Data Markup" msgstr "Marcação de dados estruturados" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:610 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:610 msgid "" "Structured Data Markup is used to generate Rich Snippets in search engine " "results. It is a way for website owners to send structured data to search " @@ -1516,7 +2623,7 @@ msgstr "" " enviarem dados estruturados para robôs de mecanismos de busca; ajudando-os " "a entender seu conteúdo e a criar resultados de pesquisa bem apresentados." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:615 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:615 msgid "" "Google supports a number of rich snippets for content types, including: " "Reviews, People, Products, Businesses, Events and Organizations." @@ -1524,7 +2631,7 @@ msgstr "" "O Google suporta uma série de trechos ricos para tipos de conteúdo, " "incluindo: Avaliações, Pessoas, Produtos, Empresas, Eventos e Organizações." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:618 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:618 msgid "" "Odoo implements micro data as defined in the `schema.org " "<http://schema.org>`__ specification for events, eCommerce products, forum " @@ -1537,11 +2644,11 @@ msgstr "" "seus produtos sejam exibidas no Google usando informações extras, como o " "preço e a avaliação de um produto:" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:628 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:628 msgid "robots.txt" msgstr "robots.txt" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:630 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:630 msgid "" "When indexing your website, search engines take a first look at the general " "indexing rules of the a``/robots.txt`` file (allowed robots, sitemap path, " @@ -1551,11 +2658,11 @@ msgstr "" "gerais de indexação do arquivo a`` / robots.txt`` (robôs permitidos, caminho" " do mapa do site, etc.). O Odoo o cria automaticamente. Seu conteúdo é:" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:634 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:634 msgid "User-agent: \\* Sitemap: https://www.odoo.com/sitemap.xml" msgstr "Agente do usuário: \\* Sitemap: https://www.odoo.com/sitemap.xml" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:637 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:637 msgid "" "It means that all robots are allowed to index your website and there is no " "other indexing rule than specified in the sitemap to be found at following " @@ -1565,24 +2672,24 @@ msgstr "" "há outra regra de indexação além da especificada no mapa do site que pode " "ser encontrado no endereço a seguir." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:641 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:641 msgid "" "You can customize the file *robots* in :doc:`Developer mode " -"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>` from *Settings --> Technical --> " +"</applications/general/developer_mode>` from *Settings --> Technical --> " "User Interface --> Views* (exclude robots, exclude some pages, redirect to a" " custom Sitemap). Make the Model Data of the view *Non Updatable* to not " "reset the file after system upgrades." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish.rst:3 msgid "Publish" msgstr "Publicar" -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:3 msgid "How to use my own domain name" msgstr "Como usar meu próprio nome de domínio" -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:5 msgid "" "By default, your Odoo Online instance and website have a *.odoo.com* domain " "name, for both the URL and the emails. But you can change to a custom one " @@ -1592,11 +2699,11 @@ msgstr "" ".odoo.com *, tanto para o URL quanto para os e-mails. Mas você pode mudar " "para um personalizado (por exemplo, www.suaempresa.com)." -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:10 msgid "What is a good domain name" msgstr "O que é um bom nome de domínio" -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:11 msgid "" "Your website address is as important to your branding as the name of your " "business or organization, so put some thought into changing it for a proper " @@ -1606,27 +2713,27 @@ msgstr "" "sua empresa ou organização, portanto, pense um pouco para alterá-lo para um " "domínio adequado. Aqui estão algumas dicas:" -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:15 msgid "Simple and obvious" msgstr "Simples e obvio" -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:16 msgid "Easy to remember and spell" msgstr "Fácil de lembrar e soletrar" -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:17 msgid "The shorter the better" msgstr "Quanto mais curto melhor" -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:18 msgid "Avoid special characters" msgstr "Evite caracteres especiais" -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:19 msgid "Aim for a .com and/or your country extension" msgstr "Aponte para uma extensão .com e/ou seu país" -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:21 msgid "" "Read more: `How to Choose a Domain Name for Maximum SEO " "<https://www.searchenginejournal.com/choose-a-domain-name-maximum-" @@ -1636,27 +2743,27 @@ msgstr "" "<https://www.searchenginejournal.com/choose-a-domain-name-maximum-" "seo/158951/>'__" -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:24 msgid "How to buy a domain name" msgstr "Como comprar um nome de domínio" -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:25 msgid "Buy your domain name at a popular registrar:" msgstr "Compre seu nome de domínio em um registrador popular:" -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:27 msgid "`GoDaddy <https://www.godaddy.com>`__" msgstr "`GoDaddy <https://www.godaddy.com>`__" -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:28 msgid "`Namecheap <https://www.namecheap.com>`__" msgstr "`Namecheap <https://www.namecheap.com>`__" -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:29 msgid "`OVH <https://www.ovh.com>`__" msgstr "`OVH <https://www.ovh.com>`__" -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:31 msgid "" "Steps to buy a domain name are pretty much straight forward. In case of " "issue, check out those easy tutorials:" @@ -1664,17 +2771,17 @@ msgstr "" "As etapas para comprar um nome de domínio são bastante simples. Em caso de " "problema, confira esses tutoriais fáceis:" -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:34 msgid "`GoDaddy <https://roadtoblogging.com/buy-domain-name-from-godaddy>`__" msgstr "`GoDaddy <https://roadtoblogging.com/buy-domain-name-from-godaddy>`__" -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:35 msgid "" "`Namecheap <https://www.loudtips.com/buy-domain-name-hosting-namecheap//>`__" msgstr "" "`Namecheap <https://www.loudtips.com/buy-domain-name-hosting-namecheap//>`__" -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:37 msgid "" "Feel free to buy an email server to have email addresses using your domain " "name. However don't buy any extra service to create or host your website. " @@ -1684,11 +2791,11 @@ msgstr "" "e-mail usando seu nome de domínio. No entanto, não compre nenhum serviço " "extra para criar ou hospedar seu site. Este é o trabalho do Odoo!" -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:45 msgid "How to apply my domain name to my Odoo instance" msgstr "Como aplicar meu nome de domínio à minha instância Odoo" -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:46 msgid "" "First let's authorize the redirection (yourcompany.com -> " "yourcompany.odoo.com):" @@ -1696,21 +2803,21 @@ msgstr "" "Primeiro vamos autorizar o redirecionamento (suaempresa.com -> " "suaempresa.odoo.com):" -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:48 msgid "Open your Odoo.com account from your homepage." msgstr "Abra sua conta Odoo.com em sua página inicial." -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:53 msgid "Go to the *Manage Databases* page." msgstr "Vá para a página * Gerenciar bancos de dados *." -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:58 msgid "" "Click on *Domains* to the right of the database you would like to redirect." msgstr "" "Clique em * Domínios * à direita do banco de dados que deseja redirecionar." -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:63 msgid "" "A database domain prompt will appear. Enter your custom domain (e.g. " "www.yourcompany.com)." @@ -1718,19 +2825,19 @@ msgstr "" "Um prompt de domínio de banco de dados aparecerá. Insira seu domínio " "personalizado (por exemplo, www.suaempresa.com)." -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:70 msgid "" "We can now apply the redirection from your domain name's manager account:" msgstr "" "Agora podemos aplicar o redirecionamento da conta de administrador do seu " "nome de domínio:" -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:72 msgid "Log in to your account and search for the DNS Zones management page." msgstr "" "Faça login em sua conta e pesquise a página de gerenciamento de zonas DNS." -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:74 msgid "" "Create a CNAME record *www.yourdomain.com* pointing to *mywebsite.odoo.com*." " If you want to use the naked domain (e.g. yourdomain.com), you need to " @@ -1741,16 +2848,16 @@ msgstr "" "seudominio.com), é necessário redirecionar * seudomínio.com * para * " "www.seudominio.com *." -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:78 msgid "Here are some specific guidelines to create a CNAME record:" msgstr "" "Aqui estão algumas diretrizes específicas para criar um registro CNAME:" -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:80 msgid "`GoDaddy <https://be.godaddy.com/fr/help/add-a-cname-record-19236>`__" msgstr "`GoDaddy <https://be.godaddy.com/fr/help/add-a-cname-record-19236>`__" -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:81 msgid "" "`Namecheap " "<https://www.namecheap.com/support/knowledgebase/article.aspx/9646/10/how-" @@ -1760,7 +2867,7 @@ msgstr "" "<https://www.namecheap.com/support/knowledgebase/article.aspx/9646/10/how-" "can-i-set-up-a-cname-record-for-my-domain>`__" -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:82 msgid "" "`OVH " "<https://www.ovh.co.uk/g1519.exchange_20132016_how_to_add_a_cname_record>`__" @@ -1768,11 +2875,11 @@ msgstr "" "`OVH " "<https://www.ovh.co.uk/g1519.exchange_20132016_how_to_add_a_cname_record>`__" -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:85 msgid "How to enable SSL (HTTPS) for my Odoo instance" msgstr "Como habilitar SSL (HTTPS) para minha instância Odoo" -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:87 msgid "" "Until recently, Odoo users needed to use a third-party CDN service provider " "such as CloudFlare to enable SSL." @@ -1780,7 +2887,7 @@ msgstr "" "Até recentemente, os usuários do Odoo precisavam usar um provedor de " "serviços CDN terceirizado, como o CloudFlare, para habilitar SSL." -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:89 msgid "" "It is not required anymore: Odoo generates the certificate for you " "automatically, using integration with `Let's Encrypt Certificate Authority " @@ -1794,11 +2901,11 @@ msgstr "" "adicionar seu nome de domínio no portal do cliente (um certificado separado " "é gerado para cada nome de domínio especificado)." -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:93 msgid "**Please note that the certificate generation may take up to 24h.**" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:95 msgid "" "If you already use CloudFlare or a similar service, you can keep using it or" " simply change for Odoo. The choice is yours." @@ -1806,18 +2913,18 @@ msgstr "" "Se você já usa CloudFlare ou um serviço semelhante, pode continuar usando ou" " simplesmente mudar para o Odoo. A escolha é sua." -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:99 msgid "How to make sure that all my URLs use my custom domain?" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:101 msgid "" "To set up the root URL of your website and of all the links sent in emails, " "you can ask an administrator of your database (any user in the *Settings* " "group) to perform a login from the login screen. It's as simple as that!" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:103 msgid "" "If you want to do it manually, you can go to :menuselection:`Settings --> " "Technical --> System Parameters` . Find the entry called ``web.base.url`` " @@ -1825,24 +2932,24 @@ msgid "" "website, like ``https://www.myodoowebsite.com``." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:107 msgid "" "The URL must include the protocol (``https://`` or ``http://``) and must not" " end by a slash (``/``)." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:109 msgid "" "If you want to block the root URL update when an administrator logs in, you " "can add a System Parameter called ``web.base.url.freeze`` with its value " "set to ``True``." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:113 msgid "My website is indexed twice by Google" msgstr "Meu site é indexado duas vezes pelo Google" -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:115 msgid "" "If you set up a custom domain *mydomain.com* name for *mydatabase.odoo.com*," " Google indexes your website under both names. This is a limitation of the " @@ -1852,15 +2959,15 @@ msgstr "" "* meubancodedados.odoo.com *, o Google indexará seu site com os dois nomes. " "Esta é uma limitação das plataformas de nuvem Odoo /" -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:120 -msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_servers`" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:120 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers`" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:3 msgid "Manage Multi Websites" msgstr "Gerencie vários sites" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo’s Multi-Websites opens up broad possibilities of diversification and " "customer segmentation for your business. A multiplied audience and boosted " @@ -1870,7 +2977,7 @@ msgstr "" "segmentação de clientes para o seu negócio. Uma audiência multiplicada e " "receita aumentada estão agora a apenas alguns cliques de distância!" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:12 msgid "" "Each website can work in a fully independent way, with its theme, branding, " "domain name, header & footer, pages, languages, products, blog posts, forum," @@ -1881,17 +2988,13 @@ msgstr "" "postagens de blog, fórum, slides, eventos, canais de chat ao vivo, etc. " "Vamos fazer um tour!" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:18 -msgid "Setup" -msgstr "Instalação" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:20 msgid "" "To create a new website, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration -->" " Settings`. The button, *Create a new website*, lays in the first section." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:28 msgid "" "In the upcoming prompt, set a name for your new website and a specific " "domain name. Leave empty to publish the new website under the default domain" @@ -1903,7 +3006,7 @@ msgstr "" "de seu banco de dados Odoo. Posteriormente, você pode definir alguns grupos " "de países para redirecionar os visitantes a ele usando Geo IP." -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:36 msgid "" "Then, select a theme. This new website might have an entirely different " "purpose or audience than the first one. So feel free to go for a different " @@ -1913,7 +3016,7 @@ msgstr "" "público totalmente diferente do primeiro. Portanto, fique à vontade para " "escolher um tema diferente!" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:40 msgid "" "Once the theme is selected, you can start to build the homepage of your " "website. Follow the purple drops; they will help you in the first steps." @@ -1922,29 +3025,29 @@ msgstr "" "inicial do seu site. Siga as gotas roxas; eles o ajudarão nos primeiros " "passos." -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:48 msgid "" "If you run Odoo Online, don’t forget to redirect any new domain name to your" " Odoo database (``CNAME``) and to authorize it Odoo-side. See " ":doc:`domain_name`." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:52 msgid "Create the menu" msgstr "Crie o menu" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:54 msgid "" "The new website has a default menu with all the installed applications. To " "edit it, click :menuselection:`Pages --> Edit Menu`. Moving forward you only" " edit the menu of the current website." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:59 msgid "Switch from one website to another" msgstr "Mudar de um site para outro" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:62 msgid "" "As easy as ABC! There is a website switcher in the right corner of the edit " "bar. Switching to another website will connect to the domain of this " @@ -1955,18 +3058,18 @@ msgstr "" " edição. Mudar para outro site irá conectar ao domínio deste site. Se você " "usar outro domínio para o site, o usuário será solicitado a fazer login." -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:71 msgid "" "When switching, you are redirected to the same domain path on the other " "website (e.g., ``/shop/myproduct``). If this URL is not used, you will be " "redirected to a 404 page but prompted to create a new page from there." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:76 msgid "Add features" msgstr "Adicionar recursos" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:78 msgid "" "The website apps you install (e.g., Slides, Blogs) are made available on all" " your websites. You can, of course, keep them hidden in one website by " @@ -1975,7 +3078,7 @@ msgstr "" "Até recentemente, os usuários Odoo precisavam usar um provedor de serviços " "CDN terceirizado, como o CloudFlare, para habilitar SSL." -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:82 msgid "" "Each website comes with a high range of specific options in the settings. " "First, select the website to configure." @@ -1983,7 +3086,7 @@ msgstr "" "Cada site vem com uma grande variedade de opções específicas nas " "configurações. Primeiro, selecione o site a ser configurado." -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:88 msgid "" "Then, take a look at the options flagged with the earth icon. It means they " "only impact the very website you are working on." @@ -1991,43 +3094,43 @@ msgstr "" "Em seguida, dê uma olhada nas opções sinalizadas com o ícone de terra. Isso " "significa que eles afetam apenas o site em que você está trabalhando." -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:94 msgid "You can, for instance, set specific :" msgstr "Você pode, por exemplo, definir específicos:" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:96 msgid "languages," msgstr "idiomas," -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:98 msgid "domain names," msgstr "nomes de domínio," -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:100 msgid "social media links," msgstr "links de mídia social," -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:102 msgid "customer portal mode (B2C vs. B2B)," msgstr "modo de portal do cliente (B2C vs. B2B)," -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:104 msgid "dedicated live chat channels," msgstr "canais de chat ao vivo dedicados," -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:106 msgid "etc." msgstr "etc." -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:108 msgid "The other options are global and apply to all your websites." msgstr "As outras opções são globais e se aplicam a todos os seus sites." -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:111 msgid "Manage domain names" msgstr "Gerenciar nomes de domínio" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:113 msgid "" "As said earlier, your websites can either share the same domain name or use " "a specific one. If you share it and want to adapt the content per region, " @@ -2035,22 +3138,22 @@ msgid "" "redirected to the right website using GeoIP." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:122 msgid "" "Geo IP is installed by default in Odoo Online. If you run Odoo on-premise, " "don’t forget to install *GeoIP* library. See :doc:`on-premise_geo-ip-" "installation`" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:127 msgid ":doc:`domain_name`" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:130 msgid "Customize the visitor experience" msgstr "Personalize a experiência do visitante" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:133 msgid "" "The customer experience can be customized very profoundly thanks to the menu" " \\*Customize\\*. All the visual options available there are specific to " @@ -2065,11 +3168,11 @@ msgstr "" " (checkout de eCommerce, blogs, eventos, etc.) à medida que o número de " "opções disponíveis é maior lá." -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:143 msgid "Publish specific content per website" msgstr "Publique conteúdo específico por site" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:146 msgid "" "Like static pages, any content created from the front-end (product, blog " "post, etc.) is always only published in the current website. You can change " @@ -2081,7 +3184,7 @@ msgstr "" "Você pode alterar isso na visualização do formulário de edição no backend e " "deixar o campo * Site * em branco. Isso o publicará em todos os sites." -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:154 msgid "" "Here are all the objects that you can link to *either one or all the " "websites*:" @@ -2089,35 +3192,35 @@ msgstr "" "Aqui estão todos os objetos que você pode vincular a * um ou todos os sites " "*:" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:157 msgid "Products" msgstr "Produtos" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:159 msgid "Product Categories for eCommerce" msgstr "Categorias de produtos para comércio eletrônico" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:161 msgid "Blogs" msgstr "Blogs" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:163 msgid "Slide Channels" msgstr "Canais de slides" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:165 msgid "Forums" msgstr "Fóruns" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:167 msgid "Events" msgstr "Eventos" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:169 msgid "Job Positions" msgstr "Cargos" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:172 msgid "" "When you create the record from the backend and publish it, typically a " "product or an event, it is made available in all websites." @@ -2125,18 +3228,18 @@ msgstr "" "Quando você cria o registro do back-end e o publica, normalmente um produto " "ou evento, ele é disponibilizado em todos os sites." -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:176 msgid "Publish a page in all websites" msgstr "Publique uma página em todos os sites" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:178 msgid "" "A new static page is created and only made available in the current website." " You can duplicate it to other websites from :menuselection:`Website --> " "Configuration --> Pages`. To do so, leave the *Website* field empty." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:182 msgid "" "If you want to duplicate it in just one other website, duplicate the page " "and set the new website." @@ -2144,7 +3247,7 @@ msgstr "" "Se você quiser duplicá-lo em apenas um outro site, duplique a página e " "configure o novo site." -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:188 msgid "" "When you edit the page again, the change only affects the current website. A" " new page is duplicated and tied up to the website. The original page still " @@ -2154,7 +3257,7 @@ msgstr "" " Uma nova página é duplicada e vinculada ao site. A página original ainda " "está vinculada a todos os sites." -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:193 msgid "" "By grouping pages by URL in the page manager, you quickly find the original " "page behind each edited page." @@ -2162,11 +3265,11 @@ msgstr "" "Ao agrupar as páginas por URL no gerenciador de páginas, você encontra " "rapidamente a página original atrás de cada página editada." -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:200 msgid "Multi-companies" -msgstr "Multi Empresas" +msgstr "Multi-empresas" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:202 msgid "" "Each website can be linked to a specific company of your system, in a multi-" "companies environment." @@ -2174,7 +3277,7 @@ msgstr "" "Cada site pode ser vinculado a uma empresa específica do seu sistema, em um " "ambiente multiempresas." -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:208 msgid "" "With such a configuration, only company-related data appear on the website " "(products, jobs, events, etc.)." @@ -2182,7 +3285,7 @@ msgstr "" "Com essa configuração, apenas os dados relativos à empresa aparecem no site " "(produtos, empregos, eventos, etc.)." -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:211 msgid "" "Website editors can only view and edit the pages of the records they have " "access to, typically the ones belonging to their current company (and to " @@ -2194,7 +3297,7 @@ msgstr "" "empresa atual (e às suas subsidiárias ou empresas filhas no idioma Odoo). E " "assim é para os visitantes." -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:217 msgid "" "If websites are multi-companies, you don’t change company when switching " "websites. To change the company and see the related content, use the company" @@ -2204,11 +3307,11 @@ msgstr "" " Para mudar de empresa e ver o conteúdo relacionado, use o seletor de " "empresas no menu." -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:223 msgid "Configure your eCommerce website" msgstr "Configure o seu site de comércio eletrônico" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:225 msgid "" "eCommerce is a crucial feature in the multi-websites environment. We made it" " so that the entire flow can be customized to fit the very audience of each " @@ -2218,11 +3321,11 @@ msgstr "" "Fizemos isso para que todo o fluxo possa ser customizado para se adequar ao " "próprio público de cada site." -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:230 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:230 msgid "Products only available on one website" msgstr "Produtos disponíveis apenas em um site" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:232 msgid "" "We already saw earlier how to publish a specific record in only one website." " You will find the \\*Website\\* field in the eCommerce tab of the product " @@ -2232,11 +3335,11 @@ msgstr "" "site. Você encontrará o campo \\*Website\\* na guia eCommerce do formulário " "de edição do produto. Meios vazios disponíveis em todos os sites." -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:240 msgid "Products available on *some* websites" msgstr "Produtos disponíveis em * alguns * sites" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:242 msgid "" "To make a product available on some websites, but not all of them, you " "should duplicate the product for each website." @@ -2244,7 +3347,7 @@ msgstr "" "Para disponibilizar um produto em alguns sites, mas não em todos, você deve " "duplicar o produto para cada site." -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:245 msgid "" "If you need a unique reference to manage in your inventory, you should " "install *Manufacturing\\ and create *Kits* BoMs (bills of materials). Each " @@ -2258,11 +3361,11 @@ msgstr "" "gerenciada em seu inventário. Dessa forma, qualquer item vendido em seu site" " será convertido em item armazenável na ordem de entrega." -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:252 msgid "Pricelists" msgstr "Lista de preços" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:254 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:254 msgid "" "To manage specific prices by websites, you can activate *Multiple Sales " "Prices per Product* in Website settings." @@ -2270,14 +3373,14 @@ msgstr "" "Para gerenciar preços específicos por sites, você pode ativar * Vários " "preços de venda por produto * nas configurações do site." -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:257 msgid "" "Then, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Products --> Pricelists` to create " "additional pricelists. See " ":doc:`../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:260 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:260 msgid "" "If you need help. Select a website to make a pricelist only available on " "this website." @@ -2285,7 +3388,7 @@ msgstr "" "Se precisar de ajuda. Selecione um site para disponibilizar uma lista de " "preços apenas neste site." -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:266 msgid "" "Leaving the field empty means that you make it work in all websites if " "*Selectable* is selected. Otherwise, it makes it only available for backend " @@ -2296,11 +3399,11 @@ msgstr "" "disponível apenas para operações de back-end de aplicativos de vendas e " "ponto de venda." -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:271 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:271 msgid "Payment Acquirers and Delivery Methods" msgstr "Adquirentes de pagamento e métodos de entrega" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:273 msgid "" "By default, published payment acquirers and delivery methods are deployed in" " all websites. You could already use specific payment acquirers per country " @@ -2312,11 +3415,11 @@ msgstr "" "específicos por país usando Geo IP, definindo países em sua configuração. " "Agora você também pode fazer isso por site preenchendo o campo * Site *." -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:279 msgid "Customer accounts" msgstr "Contas de clientes" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:281 msgid "" "There is a setting to choose how to manage customer accounts in Website " "settings. You can either allow customers to use one account through all the " @@ -2330,11 +3433,11 @@ msgstr "" "opção é conveniente se seus sites não devem ser relacionados entre si na " "mente do visitante." -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:291 msgid "Technical hints for customization" msgstr "Dicas técnicas para personalização" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:293 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:293 msgid "" "If you want to publish custom objects on the website, here are a few tips to" " make it work with multi websites:" @@ -2342,20 +3445,20 @@ msgstr "" "Se você deseja publicar objetos personalizados no site, aqui estão algumas " "dicas para fazê-lo funcionar com vários sites:" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:297 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:297 msgid "Sitemap: don’t forget the domain in the route to only publish" msgstr "" "Mapa do site: não se esqueça do domínio no caminho para apenas publicar" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:297 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:297 msgid "available records in each website’s sitemap." msgstr "registros disponíveis no mapa do site de cada site." -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:301 msgid "Access: you should call the method" msgstr "Acesso: você deve chamar o método" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:300 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:300 msgid "" "*can_access_from_current_website* in the controller to make sure the visitor" " can see a record in the current website." @@ -2363,132 +3466,124 @@ msgstr "" "*can_access_from_current_website* no controlador para garantir que o " "visitante possa ver um registro no site atual." -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:305 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:305 msgid "Search: when a list of records is displayed, don’t forget to specify" msgstr "" "Pesquisa: quando uma lista de registros for exibida, não se esqueça de " "especificar" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:304 msgid "the domain to only display records available for the current website." msgstr "" "o domínio para exibir apenas os registros disponíveis para o site atual." -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:3 -msgid "Geo IP installation (on-premises database)" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:3 +msgid "Geo IP Installation (On-Premises Database)" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:6 msgid "Installation" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:9 msgid "" -"Please note that the installation depends on your computer operating system " -"and distribution. We will assume here that a Linux operating system is used." +"Please note that the installation depends on your computer's operating " +"system and distribution. We will assume that a Linux operating system is " +"being used." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:15 msgid "Install `geoip2 <https://pypi.org/project/geoip2/>`__ Python library" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:17 msgid "" "Download the `GeoLite2 City database " "<https://dev.maxmind.com/geoip/geoip2/geolite2/>`_. You should end up with a" " file called ``GeoLite2-City.mmdb``" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:22 msgid "Move the file to the folder ``/usr/share/GeoIP/``" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:24 msgid "Restart the server" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:27 msgid "" "If you can't/don't want to locate the geoip database in " "``/usr/share/GeoIP/``, you can use the ``--geoip-db`` option of the Odoo " "command line interface. This option takes the absolute path to the GeoIP " -"database file and will use it as the GeoIP database. For example:" +"database file and uses it as the GeoIP database. For example:" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:32 -msgid "" -"`CLI documentation " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/14.0/reference/cmdline.html>`_." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:36 +msgid ":doc:`CLI documentation </developer/reference/cmdline>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:39 msgid "" "``GeoIP`` Python library can also be used. However this version is " -"discontinued since January 2019. See `GeoLite Legacy databases are now " +"discontinued since January 1. See `GeoLite Legacy databases are now " "discontinued <https://support.maxmind.com/geolite-legacy-discontinuation-" "notice/>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:37 -msgid "How to test GeoIP geolocation in your Odoo website?" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:44 +msgid "How To Test GeoIP Geolocation In Your Odoo Website" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Go into your website. Open the web page on which you want to test ``GeoIP``." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:45 +msgid "Go to your website. Open the web page that you want to test ``GeoIP``." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:46 msgid "Choose :menuselection:`Customize --> HTML/CSS/JS Editor`." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:47 msgid "Add the following piece of XML in the page :" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:53 msgid "" -"You should end up with a dictionary indicating the location of the ip " +"You should end up with a dictionary indicating the location of the IP " "address." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:59 msgid "" "If the curly braces are empty ``{}``, it can be for any of the following " -"reason :" +"reasons :" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:61 msgid "" "The browsing IP address is the localhost (``127.0.0.1``) or a local area " "network one (``192.168.*.*``)" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:62 msgid "" "If a reversed proxy is used, make sure to configure it correctly. See " -"`--proxy-mode " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/14.0/reference/cmdline.html#cmdoption-" -"odoo-bin-proxy-mode>`__" +":option:`proxy mode <odoo-bin --proxy-mode>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:63 msgid "``geoip2`` is not installed or the GeoIP database file wasn't found" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:64 msgid "The GeoIP database was unable to resolve the given IP address" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:3 msgid "How to translate my website" msgstr "Como traduzir meu site" -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:6 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Visão geral" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:8 msgid "" "In addition to creating great modern websites, Odoo gives you the " "possibility to translate it in different languages." @@ -2496,11 +3591,11 @@ msgstr "" "Além de criar excelentes sites modernos, o Odoo oferece a possibilidade de " "traduzi-lo em diferentes idiomas." -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:12 msgid "Process" msgstr "Processo" -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:14 msgid "" "Once your website is created, you have the opportunity to translate it in as" " many different languages as you want." @@ -2508,7 +3603,7 @@ msgstr "" "Depois que seu site for criado, você terá a oportunidade de traduzi-lo em " "quantos idiomas quiser." -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:17 msgid "" "There are two ways to translate your website, you can do it manually or " "automatically with the Gengo App. If you want to do it automatically, go to " @@ -2523,7 +3618,7 @@ msgstr "" "Se você quiser fazer isso manualmente, não instale nada e siga para a " "próxima etapa." -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:23 msgid "" "Now go to your website. On the bottom right corner of the page, click on " "**Add a language**." @@ -2531,7 +3626,7 @@ msgstr "" "Agora vá para o seu site. No canto inferior direito da página, clique em ** " "Adicionar um idioma **." -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:29 msgid "" "Choose the language in which you want to translate your website and then " "click on **Load.**" @@ -2539,7 +3634,7 @@ msgstr "" "Escolha o idioma para o qual deseja traduzir seu site e clique em ** " "Carregar .**" -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:35 msgid "" "You will see that Now, next to English there is also French, which means " "that the page for the translation has been created. You can also see that " @@ -2549,7 +3644,7 @@ msgstr "" "significa que a página para a tradução foi criada. Você também pode ver que " "parte do texto foi traduzido automaticamente." -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:42 msgid "" "To translate the content of the website, click on **Translate** (here " "**Traduire** since we want to translate the website in French)." @@ -2557,7 +3652,7 @@ msgstr "" "Para traduzir o conteúdo do site, clique em ** Traduzir ** (aqui ** Traduire" " **, pois queremos traduzir o site para o francês)." -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:45 msgid "" "There, if you have installed the Gengo Translator, You will see that next to" " the **Translate** button you also have a button **Translate " @@ -2567,12 +3662,12 @@ msgid "" " to ask for a public key and a private key." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:53 msgid "" "The content you wish to translate will then be translated automatically." msgstr "O conteúdo que você deseja traduzir será traduzido automaticamente." -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:58 msgid "" "Now you can see that most of the content is highlighted in yellow or in " "green. The yellow represents the content that you have to translate by " diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po index 6a4bdb736..fc909001f 100644 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po +++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po @@ -9,9 +9,9 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Vasiliy Korobatov <korobatov@gmail.com>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/contributing.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/contributing.po deleted file mode 100644 index df427e051..000000000 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/contributing.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1739 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# Collex100, 2020 -# Ivan Yelizariev <yelizariev@itpp.dev>, 2020 -# Viktor Pogrebniak <vp@aifil.ru>, 2020 -# Irina Fedulova <istartlin@gmail.com>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Irina Fedulova <istartlin@gmail.com>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: ru\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<12 || n%100>14) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%10>=5 && n%10<=9) || (n%100>=11 && n%100<=14)? 2 : 3);\n" - -#: ../../contributing.rst:5 -msgid "Contributing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation.rst:5 -msgid "Contributing to the documentation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:5 -msgid "Content guidelines" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:7 -msgid "" -"To give the community the best documentation possible, we listed here a few " -"guidelines, tips and tricks that will make your content shine at its " -"brightest! While we encourage you to adopt your own writing style, some " -"rules still apply to give the reader more clarity and comprehension." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:12 -msgid "" -"We strongly recommend contributors to carefully read the other documents in " -"this *Contribution* section of the documentation. Good knowledge of the ins " -"and outs of **RST writing** is required to write and submit your " -"contribution. Note that it also affects your writing style itself." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:16 -msgid ":doc:`introduction_guide`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:17 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:41 -msgid ":doc:`rst_cheat_sheet`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:18 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:42 -msgid ":doc:`rst_guidelines`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:23 -msgid "Writing style" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:25 -msgid "" -"**Writing for documentation** isn't the same as writing for a blog or " -"another medium. Readers are more likely to skim read until they've found the" -" information they are looking for. Keep in mind that the user documentation " -"is a place to inform and describe, not to convince and promote." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:32 -msgid "Consistency" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:34 -msgid "*Consistency is key to everything.*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Make sure that your writing style remains **consistent**. If you modify an " -"existing text, try to match the existing tone and presentation, or rewrite " -"it to match your own style." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:42 -msgid "Grammatical tenses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:44 -msgid "" -"In English, descriptions and instructions require the use of a **Present " -"Tense**, while a *future tense* is appropriate only when a specific event is" -" to happen ulteriorly. This logic might be different in other languages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "Good example (present):" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "" -"*Screenshots are automatically resized to fit the content block's width.*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "Bad example (future):" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "" -"*When you take a screenshot, remember that it will be automatically resized " -"to fit the content block's width.*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:57 -msgid "Paragraphing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:59 -msgid "" -"A paragraph comprises several sentences that are linked by a shared idea. " -"They usually are two to six lines long." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:62 -msgid "" -"In English, a new idea implies a new paragraph, rather than having a *line " -"break* as it is common to do in some other languages. *Line breaks* are " -"useful for layout purposes but shouldn't be used as a grammatical way of " -"separating ideas." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:67 -msgid "" -":ref:`RST cheat sheet: Break the line but not the paragraph <contributing" -"/line-break>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:72 -msgid "Titles" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:74 -msgid "To write a good title :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:76 -msgid "**Be concise.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:77 -msgid "**Avoid sentences**, questions, and titles starting with \"how to.\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:78 -msgid "**Don't use pronouns** in your titles, especially 2nd person (*your*)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:83 -msgid "Document's structure" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:85 -msgid "" -"Use different **headings levels** to organize your text by sections and sub-" -"sections. Your headings are also displayed in a dynamic *navigation bar* on " -"the side." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "**H1: Page Title**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Your *page title* gives your reader a quick and clear understanding of what " -"your content is about. It is also referenced in the section's *table of " -"contents*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:93 -msgid "" -"The *content* in this section describes the upcoming content from a " -"**business point of view**, and shouldn't put the emphasis on Odoo, as this " -"is documentation and not marketing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:97 -msgid "" -"Start first with a **Lead Paragraph**, which helps the reader make sure that" -" they've found the right page, then explain the **business aspects of this " -"topic** in the following paragraphs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "**H2: Section Title (configuration)**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "" -"This first H2 section is about the configuration of the feature, or the " -"prerequisites to achieve a specific goal. To add a path, make sure you use " -"the ``:menuselection:`` specialized directive (see link below)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "Example:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "" -"To do so, go to ``:menuselection:`App name --> Menu --> Sub-menu```, and " -"enable the XYZ feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "**H2: Section Title (main sections)**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Create as many main sections as you have actions or features to distinguish." -" The title can start with a verb, but try to avoid using \"Create ...\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "**H3: Subsection**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Subsections are perfect for assessing very specific points. The title can be" -" in the form of a question, if appropriate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:118 -msgid "**H2: Next Section**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:122 -msgid ":ref:`RST cheat sheet: headings <contributing/headings>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:123 -msgid "" -":ref:`RST cheat sheet: specialized directives <contributing/specialized-" -"directives>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:128 -msgid "Images" -msgstr "Изображения" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:130 -msgid "" -"Adding a few images to illustrate your text helps the readers to understand " -"and memorize your content. However, avoid adding too many images: it isn't " -"necessary to illustrate all steps and features, and it may overload your " -"page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:135 -msgid "" -"Don't forget to :ref:`compress your PNG files with pngquant " -"<contributing/pngquant>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:140 -msgid "Screenshots" -msgstr "Скриншоты" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:142 -msgid "" -"Screenshots are automatically resized to fit the content block's width. This" -" implies that screenshots can't be too wide, else they would appear very " -"small on-screen. Therefore, we recommend to avoid to take screenshots of a " -"full screen display of the app, unless it is relevant to do so." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:146 -msgid "A few tips to improve your screenshots:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:148 -msgid "**Zoom** in your browser. We recommend a 110% zoom for better results." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:149 -msgid "" -"**Resize** your browser's width, either by *resizing the window* itself or " -"by opening the *browser's developer tools* (press the ``F12`` key) and " -"resizing the width." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:151 -msgid "**Select** the relevant area, rather than keeping the full window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:152 -msgid "" -"If necessary, you can **edit** the screenshot to remove unnecessary fields " -"and to narrow even more Odoo's display." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:160 -msgid "" -"Resizing the window's width is the most important step to do as Odoo's " -"responsive design automatically resizes all fields to match the window's " -"width." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:166 -msgid "ALT tags" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:168 -msgid "" -"An **ALT tag** is a *text alternative* to an image. This text is displayed " -"if the browser fails to render the image. It is also helpful for users who " -"are visually impaired. Finally, it helps search engines, such as Google, to " -"understand what the image is about and index it correctly, which improves " -"the :abbr:`SEO (Search Engine Optimization)` significantly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:173 -msgid "Good ALT tags are:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:175 -msgid "**Short** (one line maximum)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:176 -msgid "**Not a repetition** of a previous sentence or title" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:177 -msgid "A **good description** of the action happening on the image" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:178 -msgid "Easily **understandable** if read aloud" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:181 -msgid ":ref:`RST cheat sheet: image directive <contributing/image>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:5 -msgid "Introduction guide" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:7 -msgid "" -"**First of all, thank you for landing here and helping us improve the user " -"documentation of Odoo!**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:9 -msgid "" -"This introductory guide will help you acquire the tools and knowledge you " -"need to write documentation, whether you plan to make a minor content change" -" or document an application from scratch." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:14 -msgid "" -"This tutorial only concerns the `user documentation " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/index.html>`_ of Odoo. The " -"documentation for `developing in Odoo " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/master/index.html>`_ in maintained " -"alongside the source code of Odoo at `github.com/odoo/odoo " -"<https://github.com/odoo/odoo/tree/master/doc>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:22 -msgid "reStructuredText" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Our documentation is written in **reStructuredText** (RST), a `lightweight " -"markup language " -"<https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lightweight_markup_language>`_ consisting of " -"normal text augmented with markup which allows including headings, images, " -"notes, and so on. This might seem a bit abstract but there is no need to " -"worry. :abbr:`RST (reStructuredText)` is not hard to learn, especially if " -"you intend to make only small changes to the content." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:30 -msgid "" -"If you need to learn about a specific markup, head over to :doc:`our cheat " -"sheet for RST <rst_cheat_sheet>` which contains all the information that you" -" should ever need for the user documentation of Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:35 -msgid "" -"We kindly ask you to observe a set of :doc:`content <content_guidelines>` " -"and :doc:`RST <rst_guidelines>` guidelines as you write documentation. This " -"ensures that you stay consistent with the rest of the documentation and " -"facilitates the approval of your content changes as they are reviewed by a " -"redactor at Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:43 -msgid ":doc:`content_guidelines`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:48 -msgid "Getting started" -msgstr "Начиная работу" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:50 -msgid "" -"As our documentation is maintained on GitHub, you will need a free GitHub " -"account. Click `here <https://github.com/join>`_ to create one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Now, depending on whether you want to update existing content, or rather " -"work on new content and make file changes, you have two courses of action:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:56 -msgid "" -"**For small changes** in ``.rst`` files only, i.e. addition/edition of " -"paragraphs or typos, **we suggest that you use the GitHub interface**. This " -"is the easiest and fasted way to submit your request for changes for the " -"documentation and is suitable for non-technical people. Read " -":ref:`contributing/github-interface` to learn how to use this method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:60 -msgid "" -"**For more complex cases**, it is necessary to **use Git and work from a " -"local copy of the documentation**. This method seems intimidating but only " -"requires basic knowledge of Git. See :ref:`contributing/canonical-git-" -"workflow` for more information on this method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:67 -msgid "Use the GitHub interface" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Verify that you are browsing the documentation in the version that you " -"intend to change. The version can be selected from the dropdown in the top " -"menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:74 -msgid "" -"Head over to the page that you want to change and click on the **Edit on " -"GitHub** button in the bottom of the left menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:79 -msgid "" -"If you do not have edit rights on the repository (`odoo/documentation-user " -"<https://github.com/odoo/documentation-user>`_), you need to fork it by " -"clicking on the appropriate button. In other terms, you create a copy of the" -" entire repository on your own account. If you do have the edit rights, skip" -" this step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:86 -msgid "" -"Make the appropriate changes while taking care of following the " -":doc:`guidelines <rst_guidelines>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:89 -msgid "" -"Click on the **Preview changes** button to review your contribution in a " -"more human-readable format. Be aware that the preview is not able to handle " -"all markups correctly. Notes and tips, for instance, are not correctly " -"rendered. The version of your content published to the website will be, " -"however." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:94 -msgid "" -"Go to the bottom of the page to create a commit (:dfn:`what packs your " -"changes together and labels them with a commit message`) of your changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:0 -msgid "" -"In first text box, describe your changes. For instance, \"Fix a typo\" and " -"\"Add documentation for invoicing of sales orders\" are two clear commit " -"messages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:0 -msgid "" -"In the second text box, justify *why* you made these changes, if you feel " -"that it is not obvious." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:101 -msgid "" -"Select the option \"Create a new branch for this commit and start a pull " -"request.\" if you have the choice (if you have partial or full edit writes " -"on the repository). If not, skip this step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:104 -msgid "" -"Click on the green button. It is either labelled \"Commit changes\" or " -"\"Propose file change\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:108 -msgid "" -"In the dropdown for the selection of the base branch (i.e., the version of " -"the documentation that your changes concern), make sure to select the same " -"version as in the first step of this guide and click on the **Create pull " -"request** button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:114 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:392 -msgid "" -"Double-check your :abbr:`PR (Pull Request)` and, when ready, click again on " -"the **Create pull request** button to submit your changes for review by a " -"redactor at Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:119 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:397 -msgid "" -"You're done! If your changes are approved straight away they will appear in " -"the documentation the very next day. It may also be the case that the " -"reviewer has a question or a remark, so make sure to check your " -"notifications or your emails, depending on your account settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:126 -msgid "Use the canonical Git workflow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:131 -msgid "Prepare your machine" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:136 -msgid "Install Git" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:138 -msgid "" -"We use `Git <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Git>`_ to manage the files of the" -" user documentation. It is a tool that allows to track the history of " -"changes made to a file and, more importantly, to work on different versions " -"of those files at the same time. It means that you do not need to worry " -"about overwriting someone else’s pending work when you start editing the " -"documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:143 -msgid "" -"You must then configure Git to identify yourself as the author of your " -"future contribution. Enter the same email address as the one you used to " -"register on GitHub." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:146 -msgid "Download and install **Git** on your machine." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:147 -msgid "" -"Verify that `the installation folder of Git is included in your system's " -"PATH variable <win-add-to-path_>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:149 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:174 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:320 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:337 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:368 -msgid "Execute the following commands in a terminal:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:159 -msgid "Fetch the sources" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:161 -msgid "" -"As stated earlier, our documentation (in all its versions) is maintained on " -"GitHub at `github.com/odoo/documentation-user <https://github.com/odoo" -"/documentation-user>`_. A modification is made by the mean of a :abbr:`PR " -"(Pull Request)` (:dfn:`proposal of content changes`) to allow for a review " -"of the changes before updating the sources of the documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:166 -msgid "" -"Prior to submitting a modification, you need to make a copy of the sources " -"and download that copy on your machine." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:169 -msgid "" -"Go to `github.com/odoo/documentation-user <https://github.com/odoo" -"/documentation-user>`_ and click on the **Fork** button in the top right " -"corner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:182 -msgid "" -"If you do not have edit rights on the repository owned by Odoo, replace " -"\"odoo\" with your Github username in the URL of the command above. If you " -"do have edit rights, it is not necessary to fork the repository." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:186 -msgid "" -"In order to ease the collaboration between writers coming from many " -"different systems and teams, execute the following group of commands that " -"correspond to your :abbr:`OS (Operating System)` in a terminal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:190 -msgid "Windows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:198 -msgid "Linux or Mac OS:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:209 -msgid "Python" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:211 -msgid "" -"Because the documentation is written in :abbr:`RST (reStructuredText)`, it " -"needs to be built (:dfn:`converted to HTML`) in order to display nicely. " -"This is done by the documentation generator which takes the original " -":abbr:`RST (reStructuredText)` files as input, transforms the markups in a " -"human-readable format, and outputs HTML files to be read in your web " -"browser." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:216 -msgid "" -"The documentation generator that we use is called `Sphinx <http://www" -".sphinx-doc.org/en/master/>`_. and is written in `Python " -"<https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Python_(programming_language)>`_. You have to" -" install Python in order to use Sphinx. For the record, Sphinx is the " -"program and Python the programming language, but you do not need to know " -"much more about them so don't panic!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:221 -msgid "" -"Python comes with its own package manager: `pip " -"<https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pip_(package_manager)>`_. It allows " -"installing Python dependencies in a single command." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:225 -msgid "" -"Download and install the latest release of **Python 3** on your machine." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:226 -msgid "" -"Make sure to have **pip** installed on your machine (on Windows, you can " -"install pip alongside Python)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:228 -msgid "" -"Execute the following commands in a terminal to verify that both " -"installations finished successfully:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:236 -msgid "" -"Execute the following commands in a terminal to install the Python " -"dependencies of the documentation:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:245 -msgid "" -"Depending on your :abbr:`OS (Operating System)`, you may need to run the " -"commands ``python`` and ``pip`` instead of ``python3`` and ``pip3``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:251 -msgid "Make" -msgstr "Марка" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:253 -msgid "" -"`Make <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Make_(software)>`_ is a tool that packs" -" a bunch of command-lines into one to be easier to remember and to type. In " -"our case, it is used to execute complex Sphinx build commands by using a " -"single and simpler one instead." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:257 -msgid "Download and install **Make** on your machine." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:258 -msgid "" -"Verify that `the installation folder of Make is included in your system's " -"PATH variable <win-add-to-path_>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:264 -msgid "pngquant" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:266 -msgid "" -"`pngquant <https://pngquant.org/>`_ is a tool that we use to compress PNG " -"images so that the documentation does not end up weighting several Gigabytes" -" in a few year span." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:269 -msgid "Download and install **pngquant** on your machine." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:270 -msgid "" -"Verify that `the installation folder of pngquant is included in your " -"system's PATH variable <win-add-to-path_>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:276 -msgid "Prepare your version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:278 -msgid "" -"Now that your machine is all set up, it is time to do the same for your " -"version of the documentation files. As it would not be convenient to have " -"several people working on the version 14.0 in parallel (conflicts of content" -" would occur all the time), and in order to be able to create a :abbr:`PR " -"(Pull Request)`, you must `create a new branch " -"<https://www.atlassian.com/git/tutorials/using-branches>`_ starting from the" -" branch 14.0. In other words, you copy the entirety of this version’s files " -"and give it another name. For this example, we will go with " -"``14.0-my_contribution``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:286 -msgid "Execute the following commands in a terminal to..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:288 -msgid "Navigate to the documentation folder:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:294 -msgid "Switch to the version 14.0:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:300 -msgid "Create your own branch which will be a copy of 14.0:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:309 -msgid "Perform your changes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:311 -msgid "" -"You can now perform any change you want to the documentation files. These " -"changes must be compliant with :abbr:`RST (reStructuredText)` syntax (see " -":doc:`rst_cheat_sheet`) and with our :doc:`guidelines <rst_guidelines>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:316 -msgid "" -"If your changes include the addition of a new image, for instance " -":file:`my_image.png`, proceed as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:319 -msgid "Make sure that the image is in ``.png`` format." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:327 -msgid "Delete :file:`my_image.png`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:328 -msgid "Rename :file:`my_image-fs8.png` to :file:`my_image.png`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:333 -msgid "Preview your changes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:335 -msgid "" -"To preview your changes in a generated documentation, proceed as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:346 -msgid "" -"You can omit the :command:`make clean` command when no recent change has " -"been made to the hierarchy of documentation files." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:349 -msgid "Fix any error or warning shown in the logs of the build." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:350 -msgid "" -"Open the file :file:`documentation-user/_build/html/index.html` with your " -"default web browser." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:353 -msgid "" -"These steps have for only purpose to show you the final results of your " -"changes. They have no impact on the documentation source files." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:359 -msgid "Submit your changes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:362 -msgid "" -"We expect you to have basic knowledge of Git, which should be enough to " -"cover the basic flow of a one-time contribution. If you plan on submitting " -"several contributions, work on older versions of the documentation or " -"perform any other advanced action, we recommend you to be confident with " -"Git. Help yourself with `this manual of Git " -"<https://www.atlassian.com/git>`_ and `this interactive tutorial " -"<https://learngitbranching.js.org/>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:376 -msgid "" -"Go to `github.com/odoo/documentation-user/pulls <https://github.com/odoo" -"/documentation-user/pulls>`_ and click on the **New pull request** button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:382 -msgid "" -"If you forked the base repository in the section :ref:`contributing/fetch-" -"sources`, click on the link **compare across forks** If not, skip this step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:387 -msgid "" -"In the dropdown for the selection of the base branch (i.e., the version of " -"the documentation that your changes concern), make sure to select the " -"version that your changes target (here **14.0**)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:5 -msgid "RST cheat sheet" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:10 -msgid "Headings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:13 -msgid "" -"For each formatting line (e.g., ``===``), write as many symbols (``=``) as " -"there are characters in the header." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:17 -msgid "" -"The symbols used for the formatting are, in fact, not important. Only the " -"order in which they are written matters, as it determines the size of the " -"decorated heading. This means that you may encounter different heading " -"formatting and in a different order, in which case you should follow the " -"formatting in place in the document. In any other case, use the formatting " -"shown below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:20 -msgid "Heading size" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:20 -msgid "Formatting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:20 -msgid "Min/Max number of occurrences" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:22 -msgid "H1" -msgstr "H1" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 -msgid "``=======``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 -msgid "``Heading``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:22 -msgid "1/1" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:26 -msgid "H2" -msgstr "H2" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:26 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:29 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:32 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:35 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:38 -msgid "0/∞" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:29 -msgid "H3" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 -msgid "``-------``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:32 -msgid "H4" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 -msgid "``~~~~~~~``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:35 -msgid "H5" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 -msgid "``*******``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:38 -msgid "H6" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 -msgid "``^^^^^^^``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:45 -msgid "Markup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:50 -msgid "Inline markup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:52 -msgid "Use the following markups to emphasize your text to your liking:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:55 -msgid "\\*\\*Text\\*\\*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:55 -msgid "**Text**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:57 -msgid "\\*Text\\*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:57 -msgid "*Text*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:59 -msgid "\\`\\`Text\\`\\`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:59 -msgid "``Text``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:63 -msgid ":ref:`contributing/specialized-directives`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:68 -msgid "Bulleted list" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:84 -msgid "Numbered list" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:99 -msgid "Nested lists" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:111 -msgid "Hyperlinks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:116 -msgid "Hyperlink references" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:118 -msgid "" -"Hyperlink references are links to a URL with a custom label. They follow " -"this syntax: ```label <URL>`_``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:122 -msgid "The URL can be a relative path to a file within the documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:125 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:146 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:192 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:232 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:263 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:288 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:313 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:19 -msgid "Example" -msgstr "пример" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:127 -msgid "" -"This excerpt of :abbr:`RST (reStructuredText)`: ``For instance, `this is a " -"hyperlink reference <https://odoo.com>`_.`` is rendered as follows in HTML: " -"“For instance, `this is a hyperlink reference <https://odoo.com>`_.”" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:134 -msgid "External hyperlink targets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:136 -msgid "" -"External hyperlink targets allow creating shortcuts for hyperlink " -"references." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:137 -msgid "The definition syntax is as follows: ``.. _target: URL``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:138 -msgid "There are two ways to reference them, depending on the use case:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:140 -msgid "" -"``target_`` creates a hyperlink with the target name as label and the URL as" -" reference. Note that the ``_`` moved after the target!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:142 -msgid "" -"```label <target_>`_`` does exactly what you expect: the label replaces the " -"name of the target, and the target is replaced by the URL." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:149 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:195 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:235 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:266 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:291 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:316 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:352 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:373 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:392 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:413 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:432 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:453 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:490 -msgid "RST" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:159 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:211 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:243 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:274 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:299 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:330 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:361 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:381 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:401 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:421 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:441 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:461 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:499 -msgid "Render" -msgstr "Представить" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:161 -msgid "" -"A `proof-of-concept <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Proof_of_concept>`_ is a " -"simplified version, a prototype of what is expected to agree on the main " -"lines of expected changes. `PoC " -"<https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Proof_of_concept>`_ is a common abbreviation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:168 -msgid "Internal hyperlink targets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:170 -msgid "" -"Internal hyperlink targets follow the same syntax as external hyperlink " -"targets but without any URL. Indeed, they are internal. They allow " -"referencing a specific part of a document by using the target as an anchor. " -"When the user clicks on the reference, the documentation scrolls to the part" -" of the page containing the target." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:176 -msgid "" -"Targets can be referenced from other files than the ones in which they are " -"defined." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:178 -msgid "The definition syntax is: ``.. _target:``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:179 -msgid "" -"There are two ways to reference them, both using the ``ref`` directive:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:181 -msgid "" -"``:ref:`target``` creates a hyperlink to the anchor with the heading defined" -" below as label." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:182 -msgid "" -"``:ref:`label <target>``` creates a hyperlink to the anchor with the given " -"label." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:184 -msgid "" -"See :ref:`contributing/relative-links` to learn how to write proper relative" -" links for internal references." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:188 -msgid "" -"Notice that there is no ``_`` at the end, as it is done with :ref:`hyperlink" -" targets <contributing/hyperlink-references>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:213 -msgid "" -"This can easily be done by creating a new product, see `How to create a " -"product? <https://example.com/product>`_ for additional help." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:216 -msgid "**How to create a product?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:218 -msgid "" -"As explained at the `start of the page <https://example.com/scroll-to-start-" -"of-page>`_, ..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:223 -msgid "Implicit hyperlink targets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:227 -msgid "" -"Implicit hyperlink targets are a special kind of internal hyperlink targets:" -" they are automatically generated by section titles, footnotes, etc. " -"Consequently, they don’t have a definition syntax." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:229 -msgid "" -"They can be referenced the same first way as external hyperlink targets by " -"using the name of the section title as URL." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:245 -msgid "" -"This can easily be done by creating a new user, see `How to create a new " -"user? <https://example.com/how-to-create-a-user>`_ for additional help. ..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:251 -msgid "The ``doc`` directive" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:254 -msgid "" -"The ``doc`` directive allows referencing a documentation page wherever it is" -" in the file tree through a relative file path." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:255 -msgid "As usual, there are two ways to use the directive:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:257 -msgid "" -"``:doc:`path_to_doc_page``` creates a hyperlink reference to the " -"documentation page with the title of the page as label." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:259 -msgid "" -"``:doc:`label <path_to_doc_page>``` creates a hyperlink reference to the " -"documentation page with the given label." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:276 -msgid "" -"Please refer to `this documentation " -"<https://example.com/doc/accounting/invoices.html>`_ and to `Send a pro-" -"forma invoice <https://example.com/doc/sales/proforma.html>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:282 -msgid "The ``download`` directive" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:284 -msgid "" -"The ``download`` directive allows referencing files (that are not " -"necessarily :abbr:`RST (reStructuredText)` documents) within the source tree" -" to be downloaded." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:301 -msgid "" -"Download this `module structure template " -"<https://example.com/doc/odoosh/extras/my_module.zip>`_ to start building " -"your module in no time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:307 -msgid "The ``image`` directive" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:309 -msgid "" -"The ``image`` directive allows inserting images in a document. It comes with" -" a set of optional parameter directives that can individually be omitted if " -"considered redundant." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:344 -msgid "Admonitions (alert blocks)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:349 -msgid "Seealso" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:364 -msgid "" -"`Customer invoices <https://example.com/doc/accounting/invoices.html>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:365 -msgid "" -"`Pro-forma invoices <https://example.com/doc/sales/proforma.html#activate-" -"the-feature>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:370 -msgid "Note" -msgstr "Заметка" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:384 -msgid "" -"Use this to get the attention of the reader about additional information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:389 -msgid "Tip" -msgstr "Совет" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:404 -msgid "" -"Use this to inform the reader about a useful trick that requires an action." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:410 -msgid "Important" -msgstr "Важное" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:424 -msgid "Use this to notify the reader about an important information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:429 -msgid "Warning" -msgstr "Предупреждение" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:444 -msgid "" -"Use this to require the reader to proceed with caution with what is " -"described in the warning." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:450 -msgid "Danger" -msgstr "Опасность" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:464 -msgid "Use this to alarm the reader about a serious threat." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:469 -msgid "Formatting tips" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:474 -msgid "Add banners on top of documents" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:480 -msgid "" -"The Odoo theme supports banner images at the top of documents. At the first " -"line of your documents, insert the directive ``:banner: " -"banners/file_name.png``. Replace ``file_name.png`` with the file that you " -"placed in :file:`_static/banners` to server as a banner of your document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:487 -msgid "Break the line but not the paragraph" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:502 -msgid "" -"First super long line that you break in two… here is rendered as a single " -"line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:503 -msgid "Second line that follows a line break." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:508 -msgid "Add comments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:510 -msgid "" -"If you made a particular choice of writing or formatting that a future " -"writer should be able to understand and take into account, consider writing " -"a comment. Comments are blocks of text that do not count as a part of the " -"documentation and that are used to pass a message to writers of the source " -"code. They consist of a line starting with two dots and a space, followed by" -" the comment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:515 -msgid "" -"``.. For instance, this line will not be rendered in the documentation.``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:520 -msgid "Use tables" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:522 -msgid "" -"Make use of `this convenient table generator " -"<https://www.tablesgenerator.com/text_tables>`_ to build your tables. Then, " -"copy-paste the generated formatting into your document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:528 -msgid "Spice up your writing with specialized directives" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:530 -msgid "Use these additional directives to fine-tune your content:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:533 -msgid "**Directive**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:533 -msgid "**Purpose**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:533 -msgid "**Example**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:535 -msgid "**RST**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:535 -msgid "**HTML**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:537 -msgid "``abbr``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:537 -msgid "Self-defining abbreviations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:537 -msgid "``:abbr:`SO (Sales Order)```" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:537 -msgid ":abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:539 -msgid "``command``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:539 -msgid "Highlight a command" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:539 -msgid "``:command:`python example.py```" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:539 -msgid ":command:`python example.py`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:541 -msgid "``dfn``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:541 -msgid "Define a term" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:541 -msgid "``:dfn:`a definition for a new term```" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:541 -msgid ":dfn:`a definition for a new term`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:543 -msgid "``file``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:543 -msgid "Indicate a file path" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:543 -msgid "``:file:`~/odoo/odoo-bin```" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:543 -msgid ":file:`~/odoo/odoo-bin`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:545 -msgid "``menuselection``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:545 -msgid "Guide a user through a sequence of menus" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:545 -msgid "``:menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings```" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:545 -msgid ":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:551 -msgid "Escape markup symbols (Advanced)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:553 -msgid "" -"Markup symbols escaped with backslashes (``\\``) are rendered normally. For " -"instance, ``this \\*\\*line of text\\*\\* with \\*markup\\* symbols`` is " -"rendered as “this \\*\\*line of text\\*\\* with \\*markup\\* symbols”." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:557 -msgid "" -"When it comes to backticks (`````), which are used in many case such as " -":ref:`hyperlink references <contributing/hyperlink-references>`, using " -"backslashes for escaping is no longer an option because the outer backticks " -"interpret enclosed backslashes and thus prevent them from escaping inner " -"backticks. For instance, ```\\`this formatting\\```` produces an ``[UNKNOWN " -"NODE title_reference]`` error. Instead, `````this formatting````` should be " -"used to produce the following result: ```this formatting```." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:5 -msgid "RST guidelines" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:10 -msgid "Use relative links for internal URLs" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:12 -msgid "" -"If you need to reference an internal documentation page or a file that is " -"not sitting in the same directory as your current page, always make use of " -"*relative file paths* rather than *absolute file paths*. An absolute file " -"path indicates the location of the target from the root of its file tree. A " -"relative file path makes use of smart notations (such as ``../`` git that " -"redirects to the parent folder) to indicate the location of the target " -"*relative* to that of the source document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:21 -msgid "Given the following source file tree:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:33 -msgid "" -"A reference to the rendered :file:`prices.html` and :file:`variants.html` " -"could be made from :file:`import.rst` as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:36 -msgid "Absolute:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:38 -msgid "" -"``https://odoo.com/documentation/user/14.0/sales/products_prices/prices.html``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:39 -msgid "" -"``https://odoo.com/documentation/user/14.0/sales/products_prices/products/variants.html``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:41 -msgid "Relative:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:43 -msgid "``../prices.html``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:44 -msgid "``variants.html``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:46 -msgid "" -"The relative links are clearly superior in terms of readability and " -"stability: the references survive version updates, folder name changes and " -"file tree restructurations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:52 -msgid "Start a new line before the 100th character" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:54 -msgid "" -"In RST, it is possible to break a line without forcing a line break on the " -"rendered HTML. Make use of this feature to write **lines of maximum 100 " -"characters**. A line break in a sentence results in an additional whitespace" -" in HTML. That means that you do not need to leave a trailing whitespace at " -"the end of a line to separate words." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:60 -msgid "" -"You can safely break a line around the separators (``-->``) of " -"``menuselection`` directives and anywhere in a hyperlink reference. For the " -"``doc``, ``ref`` and ``download`` directives, this is only true for the " -"label part of the reference." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:65 -msgid "Example: Line breaks within directive and inline markup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:74 -msgid "Be consistent with indentation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:76 -msgid "Use only spaces (never tabs)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:78 -msgid "" -"Use as many spaces at the beginning of an indented line as needed to align " -"it with the first character of the directive in the line above. This usually" -" implies 3 spaces but you only need 2 for bulleted lists." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:83 -msgid "Example: The first ``:`` is below the ``i`` (3 spaces)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Example: The ``:titlesonly:`` and page references start below the ``t`` (3 " -"spaces)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:103 -msgid "" -"Example: Continuation lines resume below the ``I``’s of “Invoice” (2 spaces)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:113 -msgid "Use the menuselection directive" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:115 -msgid "" -"Although chaining characters ``‣`` and menu names works fine to indicate a " -"user which menus to click, it is best to use the ``menuselection`` directive" -" (see :ref:`contributing/specialized-directives`) for the same result. " -"Indeed, it renders the menus chain consistently with the rest of the " -"documentation and would automatically adapt to the new graphic chart if we " -"were to switch to a new one. This directive is used inline as follows: " -"``:menuselection:`Settings --> Products --> Variants```." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:125 -msgid "Write resilient code" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:127 -msgid "" -"Prefer the use of ``#.`` in numbered lists instead of ``1.``, ``2.``, etc. " -"This removes the risk of breaking the numbering when adding new elements to " -"the list and is easier to maintain." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:129 -msgid "" -"Avoid using implicit hyperlink targets and prefer internal hyperlink targets" -" instead. Referencing the implicit target ``How to print quotations?`` is " -"more prone to break than a reference to the explicit target " -"``_print_quotation`` which never appears in the rendered HTML and is thus " -"even less likely to be modified." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:137 -msgid "Prefix hyperlink targets with application names" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:139 -msgid "" -"As hyperlink targets are visible from the entire documentation when " -"referenced with the ``ref`` directive, it is recommended to prefix the " -"target name with that of the related application. For instance, naming a " -"target ``_amazon/form`` instead of ``_form`` avoids unwanted behaviors and " -"makes the purpose of the target clear." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:147 -msgid "Don’t break hyperlink targets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:149 -msgid "" -"When refactoring (improving without adding new content) section headings or " -"hyperlink targets, take care not to break any hyperlink reference to these " -"targets or update them accordingly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:155 -msgid "Use single-underscore suffixes for hyperlink references" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:160 -msgid "" -"Although using a double-underscore suffix works most of the time for classic" -" hyperlink references, it is not recommended as double-underscores normally " -"indicate an anonymous hyperlink reference. This is a special kind of " -"hyperlink reference that makes use of nameless hyperlink targets consisting " -"only of two underscore." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:162 -msgid "" -"tl;dr: Double-underscore suffixes work until they don’t and are bad " -"practice, use single-underscore suffixes instead." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po deleted file mode 100644 index 8d7fb07b0..000000000 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1368 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Irina Fedulova <istartlin@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Martin Trigaux, 2021 -# Ivan Yelizariev <yelizariev@itpp.dev>, 2021 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Ivan Yelizariev <yelizariev@itpp.dev>, 2021\n" -"Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: ru\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<12 || n%100>14) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%10>=5 && n%10<=9) || (n%100>=11 && n%100<=14)? 2 : 3);\n" - -#: ../../crm.rst:5 -msgid "CRM" -msgstr "CRM" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads.rst:3 -msgid "Acquire leads" -msgstr "получите лиды" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:3 -msgid "Convert leads into opportunities" -msgstr "Преобразование лидов в возможности" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The system can generate leads instead of opportunities, in order to add a " -"qualification step before converting a *Lead* into an *Opportunity* and " -"assigning to the right sales people." -msgstr "" -"Система может генерировать лиды вместо возможностей, чтобы добавить шаг " -"квалификации перед конвертацией * Лида * в * Случай * и назначения его " -"продавцу." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:9 -msgid "" -"You can activate this mode from the CRM Settings. It applies to all your " -"sales channels by default. But you can make it specific for specific " -"channels from their configuration form." -msgstr "" -"Вы можете активировать этот режим с Настроек CRM. Он применяется ко всем " -"каналам продаж по умолчанию. Но вы можете применить его для конкретных " -"каналов с их формы настройки." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:14 -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:41 -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:8 -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:11 -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:27 -#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:9 -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:12 -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:12 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Настройка" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:16 -msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> " -"Settings` and activate the *Leads* feature." -msgstr "" -"Чтобы эта функция работала, перейдите на :menuselection:`CRM --> " -"Configuration --> Settings` и активируйте функцию * Лиды *." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:22 -msgid "" -"You will now have a new submenu *Leads* under *Leads* where they will " -"aggregate." -msgstr "" -"Теперь у вас появится новое подменю * Лиды * в разделе * Лиды *, где они " -"накапливаются." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:29 -msgid "Convert a lead into an opportunity" -msgstr "Конвертируйте лед в возможность" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:31 -msgid "" -"When you click on a *Lead* you will have the option to convert it to an " -"opportunity and decide if it should still be assigned to the same " -"channel/person and if you need to create a new customer." -msgstr "" -"Когда вы нажмете на Лед *, вы сможете превратить его в возможность и решить," -" следует ли его еще назначить тому же каналу / продавцу, и если вам нужно " -"создать нового клиента." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:38 -msgid "" -"If you already have an opportunity with that customer Odoo will " -"automatically offer you to merge with that opportunity. In the same manner, " -"Odoo will automatically offer you to link to an existing customer if that " -"customer already exists." -msgstr "" -"Если у вас уже есть возможность с этим клиентом, Odoo автоматически " -"предложит вам объединить эту возможность. Точно так же Odoo автоматически " -"предложит вам связать с существующим клиентом, если этот клиент уже " -"существует." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:44 -msgid "Merge opportunities" -msgstr "Объединение предложений" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Odoo will also automatically propose to merge opportunities if they have the" -" same email address. When merging opportunities, Odoo merges the information" -" into the opportunity which was created first, giving priority to the " -"information present on the first opportunity." -msgstr "" -"Odoo также автоматически предложит объединить возможности, если в них " -"одинакова адрес. Во время объединения возможностей Odoo объединяет и " -"информацию возможностей, которая была сначала создана, отдавая приоритет " -"информации первой возможности." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:51 -msgid "" -"No information is lost: data from the other opportunity is logged in the " -"chatter and the information fields for easy access." -msgstr "" -"Ни одна Информация не втрачаться: данные по другим поводам записывается в " -"чаттери и информационных полях для легкого доступа." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Would you find a duplicate yourself, ...you can also merge opportunities or " -"leads even if the system doesn't propose it." -msgstr "" -"Если вы найдете дубликат самостоятельно ... вы можете объединить возможности" -" или лиды, даже если система этого не предлагает." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Here’s how, from the list view. Select the opportunities or leads you want " -"to merge and the action button will appear. Then, you can select merge." -msgstr "" -"Здесь есть как это сделать из списка. Выберите случаю или лиды, которые вы " -"хотите объединить, тогда появится кнопка действия. Затем вы можете выбрать " -"объединения." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:67 -msgid "It is also possible to merge more than 2 opportunities or leads." -msgstr "Возможно также объединить более двух случаю или лида." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:3 -msgid "Generate leads/opportunities from emails" -msgstr "Создавайте лиды / случаю по электронной почте" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Automating the lead/opportunity generation will considerably improve your " -"efficiency. By default, any email sent to *sales@database\\_domain.ext* will" -" create an opportunity in the pipeline of the default sales channel." -msgstr "" -"Автоматизация генерации лида / случаю значительно улучшит вашу " -"эффективность. По умолчанию любой электронное письмо, посланное на * sales @" -" database \\ _domain.ext * создаст возможность в рамках канала продаж по " -"умолчанию." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:11 -msgid "Configure email aliases" -msgstr "Настройте псевдонимы электронной почты" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Each sales teams can have its own email alias, to generate " -"leads/opportunities automatically assigned to it. It is useful if you manage" -" several sales teams with specific business processes. You will find the " -"configuration of sales teams under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Sales " -"Teams`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:3 -msgid "Generate leads/opportunities from your website contact page" -msgstr "Создайте лиды / случаю со страницы контактов вашего сайта" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Automating the lead/opportunity generation will considerably improve your " -"efficiency. Any visitor using the contact form on your website will create a" -" lead/opportunity in the pipeline." -msgstr "" -"Автоматизация генерации лидов / возможностей значительно улучшит вашу " -"эффективность. Любой посетитель, который использует контактную форму на " -"вашем сайте, создаст лед / возможность в конеери." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:10 -msgid "Use the contact us on your website" -msgstr "Используйте свяжитесь с нами на своем сайте" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:12 -msgid "You should first go to your website app." -msgstr "Сначала нужно перейти к вашему приложения сайта." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:14 -msgid "|image0|\\ |image1|" -msgstr "|image0|\\ |image1|" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:16 -msgid "" -"With the CRM app installed, you benefit from a ready-to-use contact form on " -"your Odoo website that will generate leads/opportunities automatically." -msgstr "" -"С установлением модуля CRM, вы пользуетесь готовой к использованию " -"контактной формой на своем веб-сайте Odoo, которая автоматически генерирует " -"лиды / возможности." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:23 -msgid "" -"To change to a specific sales channel, go to :menuselection:`Website --> " -"Configuration --> Settings` under *Communication* you will find the Contact " -"Form info and where to change the *Sales Channel* or *Salesperson*." -msgstr "" -"Чтобы перейти на конкретный канал продаж, перейдите на страницу " -":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings` под * Связь * вы " -"найдете информацию о контактном форму и куда следует изменить * Каналы " -"продаж * или * продавца * ." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:32 -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:50 -msgid "Create a custom contact form" -msgstr "Создайте собственную контактную форму" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:34 -msgid "" -"You may want to know more from your visitor when they use the contact form " -"to you will need to build a custom contact form on your website. These " -"contact forms can generate multiple types of records in the system (emails, " -"leads/opportunities, project tasks, helpdesk tickets, etc.)" -msgstr "" -"Вы можете узнать больше о своем посетителя, когда он использует контактную " -"форму, вам нужно будет создать на вашем сайте специальную контактную форму. " -"Эти контактные формы могут генерировать несколько типов записей в системе " -"(электронные письма, лиды / возможности, задачи проекта, заявки поддержки и " -"т.д.)." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:43 -msgid "" -"You will need to install the free *Form Builder* module, only available in " -"Odoo Enterprise." -msgstr "" -"Вам нужно будет установить бесплатный модуль * Конструктор форм *, который " -"доступен в только Odoo Enterprise." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:52 -msgid "" -"First, go to the page where you want to put your contact form. In edit mode," -" drag the form builder onto the page, and you will be able to add all the " -"fields you wish." -msgstr "" -"Сначала перейдите на страницу, где в хотите вставить вашу контактную форму. " -"В режиме редактирования перетащите конструктор форм на страницу, и тогда вы " -"сможете добавить все поля, которые вы хотите." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:59 -msgid "" -"By default, any new contact form will send an email. You can switch to " -"lead/opportunity generation in *Change Form Parameters*." -msgstr "" -"По умолчанию все новые формы контакта будут отправлять электронное письмо. " -"Вы можете переключить на создание лида / случаю в * Изменить параметры формы" -" *." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:63 -msgid "" -"If the same visitor uses the contact form twice, the second entry will be " -"added to the first lead/opportunity in the chatter." -msgstr "" -"Если тот же посетитель использует контактную форму дважды, вторая запись " -"будет добавлено к первому лида / случаю в чате." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:67 -msgid "Generate leads instead of opportunities" -msgstr "Создавайте лиды, а не возможности" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:69 -msgid "" -"When using a contact form, you should use a qualification step before " -"assigning the form to the right sales people. To do so, activate *Leads* in " -"CRM settings and refer to :doc:`convert`." -msgstr "" -"При использовании контактной формы, вам следует использовать шаг " -"квалификации перед назначением формы правильном продавцу. Сделав это, " -"активируйте * Лиды * в настройках CRM и перейдите на: doc: `convert`." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:3 -msgid "Lead mining" -msgstr "получение лидов" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:4 -msgid "" -"In any business, getting quality leads is essential to keep the business " -"growing. Lead mining allows you to generate leads from scratch directly from" -" your database. Target your leads based on a set of criteria such as the " -"country, the size of the company, the industry your leads are coming from to" -" make them relevant to your business." -msgstr "" -"В любом бизнесе, получения качественных лидов имеет важное значение для " -"роста бизнеса. Получение лидов позволяет генерировать лиды с нуля " -"непосредственно из базы данных. Нацеливайте свои лиды на основе набора таких" -" критериев, как страна, размер компании, отрасль, с откуда происходит ваш " -"лед, чтобы сделать их соответствующими вашего бизнеса." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:10 -msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> " -"Settings` and activate the **Lead Mining** feature." -msgstr "" -"Чтобы запустить эту функцию, перейдите в :menuselection:`CRM --> " -"Configuration --> Settings` и активируйте функцию ** Получение лидов **." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:17 -msgid "Start generating leads" -msgstr "Начните создание лидов" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:18 -msgid "" -"You will now have a new button **Generate Leads** available in your " -"pipeline. You are also able to create lead mining requests from the " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Lead Mining Requests` and trough " -":menuselection:`Leads --> Leads` where you have the **Generate Leads** " -"button." -msgstr "" -"Теперь у вас будет кнопка ** Создать лиды **, доступна в вашем конвейере. Вы" -" также можете создавать запросы на получение лидов с " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Lead Mining Requests` и через " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Lead Mining Requests`, где у вас есть " -"кнопка ** Создать лиды **." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:27 -msgid "" -"From there, click on the **Generate Leads** button, a window where you will " -"be able to pick your criteria will pop up." -msgstr "" -"Там нажмите на кнопку ** Создать лиды **, появится окно, где вы сможете " -"выбрать критерии." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:34 -msgid "" -"When choosing to target Companied and their contacts you can choose the " -"contacts you are getting based on Role or Seniority. When getting contact " -"information make sure to be aware of the latest EU regulation, get more " -"information about General Data Protection Regulation on `Odoo GDPR " -"<http://odoo.com/gdpr>`__," -msgstr "" -"При избрании цели компнаий и их контакты, вы можете выбрать окнтакты, " -"которые вы получаете на основе Роли или Стажа. Получив информацию о " -"контактах, убедитесь, что вы в курсе последних норм ЕС, больше информации о " -"Общие положения о защите данных получите на `Odoo GDPR " -"<http://odoo.com/gdpr> `__," - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:39 -msgid "" -"You can decide to filter the leads you are getting depending on the size " -"(number of employees) of the companies. You can pick the countries your " -"leads are coming from. It is possible to pick multiple countries. You can " -"pick the industries your leads are coming from. It is possible to pick " -"multiple industries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:43 -msgid "" -"You can choose the salesperson and the Salesteam the lead will be assigned " -"to. You can also add tags to track your generated leads." -msgstr "" -"Вы можете выбрать несколько продавцов и команду продажи, к которой будет " -"назначен лида. Вы можете добавить теги для отслеживания созданных лидов." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:47 -msgid "The generated leads will have the name of the company." -msgstr "Созданные лиды иметь название компании." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:50 -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:138 -#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:36 -msgid "Pricing" -msgstr "Установление цены" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:51 -msgid "" -"This is an In-App Purchase feature, each generated lead will cost you one " -"credit. If you choose to get contact information each contact will also cost" -" us one additional credit. Here is the pricing for this `feature " -"<https://iap.odoo.com/iap/in-app-services/167?>`__, To buy credits you can " -"either go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Settings --> Buy " -"Credits`; or go to :menuselection:`Settings --> In-App Purchases --> View my" -" Services`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:65 -msgid "" -"The blue box will automatically tell you how many credits are going to be " -"consumed." -msgstr "" -"Синее поле автоматически подскажет, сколько кредитов будет использовано." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:68 -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:169 -msgid "" -"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you " -"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." -msgstr "" -"Если вы на Odoo Online (SAAS) и у вас версия Enterprise, для тестирования " -"функции вы пользуетесь бесплатными пробными кредитам." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:71 -msgid "" -":doc:`In-App Purchases (IAP) " -"<../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:3 -msgid "Send quotations" -msgstr "Коммерческих предложений" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When you qualify a lead into an opportunity you will most likely need to " -"send them a quotation. You can directly do this in the CRM App with Odoo." -msgstr "" -"Когда вы квалифицируете лед в возможность, вам необходимо прислать ему " -"коммерческое предложение. Вы можете делать это непосредственно в модуле CRM " -"с Odoo." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:12 -msgid "Create a new quotation" -msgstr "Создайте новое коммерческое предложение" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:14 -msgid "" -"By clicking on any opportunity or lead, you will see a *New Quotation* " -"button, it will bring you into a new menu where you can manage your quote." -msgstr "" -"Нажав на любую возможность или лед, вы увидите кнопку * Новая коммерческое " -"предложение *, которая приведет вас к новому меню, в котором вы сможете " -"управлять коммерческим предложением." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:21 -msgid "" -"You will find all your quotes to that specific opportunity under the " -"*Quotations* menu on that page." -msgstr "" -"Вы найдете все свои коммерческие предложения по конкретным случаем в меню * " -"Коммерческие предложения * на этой странице." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:28 -msgid "Mark them won/lost" -msgstr "Отметьте их, как поймали / потеряно" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Now you will need to mark your opportunity as won or lost to move the " -"process along." -msgstr "" -"Теперь вам придется отметить вашу возможность как пойман или потеряно, чтобы" -" переместить этот процесс." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:33 -msgid "" -"If you mark them as won, they will move to your *Won* column in your Kanban " -"view. If you however mark them as *Lost* they will be archived." -msgstr "" -"Если вы отметите их как поймали, они перейдут к вашему столбца * пойманных *" -" в вашем конвейере канбан. Если вы отметите их как * Потеряно *, они будут " -"заархивированы." - -#: ../../crm/optimize.rst:3 -msgid "Optimize your Day-to-Day work" -msgstr "Оптимизируйте свою ежедневную работу" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:3 -msgid "How to motivate and reward my salespeople?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Challenging your employees to reach specific targets with goals and rewards " -"is an excellent way to reinforce good habits and improve your salespeople " -"productivity. The Gamification module gives you simple and creative ways to " -"motivate and evaluate your employees with real-time recognition and badges " -"inspired by game mechanics." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Install the *Gamification* module, or the *CRM gamification* one, which adds" -" some useful data (goals and challenges) that can be used on *CRM/Sale*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:21 -msgid "Create a challenge" -msgstr "Создать вызов" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Now, create your first challenge by going to :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Gamification Tools --> Challenges`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:27 -msgid "" -"As the gamification tool is a one-time technical setup, you need to activate" -" the technical features in order to access the configuration. To do so, go " -"to *Settings* and *Activate the developer mode*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:35 -msgid "" -"A challenge is a mission that you send to your sales team. It can include " -"one or several goals, set for a specific period of time. Configure your " -"challenge as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:38 -msgid "Assign the salespeople to be challenged;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:39 -msgid "Assign a responsible;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:40 -msgid "Set up the periodicity along with the start and the end date;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:41 -msgid "Select your goals;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:42 -msgid "Set up your rewards (badges)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Badges are granted when a challenge is finished. This is either at the end " -"of a running period (eg: end of the month for a monthly challenge), at the " -"end date of a challenge (if no periodicity is set), or when the challenge is" -" manually closed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:49 -msgid "" -"In the example below, 2 employees are being challenged with a *Monthly Sales" -" Target*. The challenge is based on 2 goals: the total amount invoiced and " -"number of new leads generated. At the end of the month, the winner will be " -"granted with a badge." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:58 -msgid "Set up goals" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:60 -msgid "" -"The users can be evaluated using goals and numerical objectives to reach." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:62 -msgid "" -"**Goals** are assigned through *challenges* that evaluate (see image above) " -"and compare members of a team throughout time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:66 -msgid "" -"You can create a new goal on the fly from a *Challenge* by clicking on *Add " -"new item*, under *Goals*. Select the business object according to your " -"company's needs. Examples: number of new leads, time to qualify a lead, " -"total amount invoiced in a specific week, month or any other time frame " -"based on your management preferences, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Goals may include your database setup as well (e.g. set your company data " -"and a timezone, create new users, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:77 -msgid "Set up rewards" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:79 -msgid "" -"For non-numerical achievements, **Badges** can be granted to users. From a " -"simple thank you to an exceptional achievement, a badge is an easy way to " -"express gratitude to a user for their good work. To create and grant badges " -"to your employees based on their performance, go to :menuselection:`Settings" -" --> Gamification Tools --> Badges`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:3 -msgid "Outlook Extension" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The **Odoo CRM Extension** is a connector that bridges your Outlook mailbox " -"with your Odoo database. This extension allows you to:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:8 -msgid "Create leads from emails sent to your mailbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:9 -msgid "Centralize Prospects' emails into a CRM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:10 -msgid "Search and store insights on your contacts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:17 -msgid "" -"This extension is compatible with the Web version of Outlook as well as the " -"desktop apps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:20 -msgid "" -"The Outlook Extension uses *Partner Autocomplete IAP credits* to search and " -"store insights on your contacts. See the :ref:`Pricing section " -"<outlook_extension/pricing>` below for more information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:29 -msgid "" -"The Outlook Extension requires to be configured both in Odoo and in Outlook." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:34 -msgid "Enable the feature on your database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:36 -msgid "" -"To enable this feature on your Odoo database, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> " -"Configuration --> Lead Generation`, enable **Outlook CRM Extension**, and " -"click on *Save*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:42 -msgid "Install the add-in on Outlook" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:44 -msgid "" -"You can install the Outlook Extension as a **Custom Add-in**. To do so, " -"follow these steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:0 -msgid "URL of the **Odoo for Outlook** add-in's manifest file:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:0 -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:0 -msgid "``https://download.odoo.com/plugins/outlook/manifest.xml``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:50 -msgid "Todo" -msgstr "Сделать" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:50 -msgid "add copy button when the feature is added to the doc" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Connect to your Outlook mailbox, open any email, and click on the *More " -"actions* button, displayed as three little dots." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:59 -msgid "Click on *Get add-ins*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:65 -msgid "" -"In the new window, select the tab named *My add-ins*, click on *+ Add a " -"custom add-in*, and then on *Add from URL...*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Outlook prompts you to **enter the URL of the add-in's manifest file**. To " -"do so, copy the following URL, paste it in the box, and click on *OK*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:80 -msgid "" -"Outlook warns you that Microsoft hasn’t verified the add-in. Click on " -"*Install* to complete the installation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:84 -msgid "" -"The *Odoo for Outlook* add-in is not listed yet on Outlook's add-ins list. " -"This is why it is currently necessary to install it as a *custom add-in*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:90 -msgid "Add a shortcut to open the extension" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:92 -msgid "" -"By default, you can open the **Odoo for Outlook** extension from the *More " -"actions* menu. This section explains how to move the launcher next to the " -"other default actions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:99 -msgid "" -"In your Outlook mailbox, click on *Settings*, then on *View all Outlook " -"settings*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:100 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Mail --> Customize actions --> Message " -"surface`, select *Odoo for Outlook*, and click on *Save*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:109 -msgid "Connect to your database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:111 -msgid "" -"Open **Odoo for Outlook** from any email. This opens the extension as a " -"panel on the right side of your screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:113 -msgid "Click on *login* at the bottom of the extension." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:114 -msgid "Insert your database's URL then click on *Login*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:120 -msgid "" -"Log into your database by entering your credentials. Skip this step if you " -"are already logged in with this browser." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:122 -msgid "" -"A message asks you if you want to let Outlook access your Odoo database. " -"Click on *Allow* to complete the connection." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:126 -msgid "" -"Make sure first to :ref:`enable the feature on your database " -"<outlook_extension/enable-feature>`. Failing to do so would result in an " -"*error 404 message*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:130 -msgid "" -"The extension displays some information, even if you do not connect it to " -"any Odoo database. Note that only a limited amount of contact enrichment " -"requests are available as a trial, as this feature requires prepaid credits." -" See the :ref:`Pricing section <outlook_extension/pricing>` below for more " -"information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:140 -msgid "" -"The extension is **free** and doesn't require any purchase to be installed " -"and used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:142 -msgid "" -"However, this extension provides you with *Lead Enrichment* in the **Company" -" Insights** section. This service is part of a paid service known as **Lead " -"Generation**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:145 -msgid "" -"The extension allows you to test this service for free, whether you connect " -"the extension to a database or not. After a while, the extension asks you to" -" buy credits to keep using this additional service." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:155 -msgid "" -"You can buy more *Lead Generation* credits to keep using this service or " -"disregard this message and keep using the extension for free without *Lead " -"Enrichment*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:159 -msgid "In-App Purchase" -msgstr "Покупки в приложении" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:162 -msgid "" -"*Lead Generation* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service, which requires " -"prepaid credits to be used. Each request consumes one credit." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:164 -#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:41 -msgid "" -"To buy credits, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Contacts --> Partner " -"Autocomplete or Odoo IAP --> View My Services` and select a package." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:167 -msgid "" -"If you run out of credits, the only information populated when clicking on " -"the suggested company is the website link and logo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:171 -#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Learn about our *Privacy Policy* `here " -"<https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#header_2>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:174 -msgid ":doc:`../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:175 -msgid "`Odoo Learn: Lead Enrichment <https://www.odoo.com/r/p73>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:3 -msgid "Enrich your contacts base with Partner Autocomplete" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Parter Autocomplete helps you to enrich your contacts database with " -"corporate data. Select one of the companies suggested in the dropdown, and " -"quickly get all the information you need." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Contacts` and activate the *Partner " -"Autocomplete* feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:18 -msgid "Enrich your contacts with corporate data" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:22 -msgid "" -"From any module, once you start to create a new contact typing the name of " -"it, the system will suggest a potential match. If you select it, the contact" -" will be populated with corporate data." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:23 -msgid "" -"For example, after typing *Odoo*, you will get the following information:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Partner Autocomplete also works if you enter a VAT number instead of a " -"company name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:39 -msgid "" -"*Partner Autocomplete* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service, which requires" -" prepaid credits to be used. Each request will consume one credit." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:44 -msgid "" -"If you run out of credits, the only information that will be populated when " -"clicking on the suggested company will be the website link and the logo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:46 -msgid "" -"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and you have the Enterprise version, you " -"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance.rst:3 -msgid "Analyze performance" -msgstr "Проанализируйте эффективность" - -#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:3 -msgid "Check your Win/Loss Ratio" -msgstr "Проверьте ваш коэффициент пойман / Потеряно" - -#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:5 -msgid "" -"To see how well you are doing with your pipeline, take a look at the " -"Win/Loss ratio." -msgstr "" -"Чтобы узнать, насколько хорошо вы выполняете свой конвейер, посмотрите на " -"коэффициент пойман / Потеряно." - -#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:8 -msgid "" -"To access this report, go to your *Pipeline* view under the *Reporting* tab." -msgstr "" -"Чтобы получить доступ к этому отчету, перейдите к просмотру * конвейеров * " -"на вкладке * Отчетность *." - -#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:11 -msgid "" -"From there you can filter to which opportunities you wish to see, yours, the" -" ones from your sales channel, your whole company, etc. You can then click " -"on filter and check Won/Lost." -msgstr "" -"Оттуда вы можете фильтровать, которые случаю вы хотите увидеть, ваши каналы " -"продаж, всю вашу компанию и тому подобное. После этого вы можете нажать на " -"фильтр и проверить пойманных / Потеряно." - -#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:18 -msgid "You can also change the *Measures* to *Total Revenue*." -msgstr "Вы также можете изменить Измерение * в * Общий доход *." - -#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:23 -msgid "You also have the ability to switch to a pie chart view." -msgstr "Вы также можете перейти на просмотр круговой диаграммы." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline.rst:3 -msgid "Organize the pipeline" -msgstr "организуйте конвейер" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:3 -msgid "Manage lost opportunities" -msgstr "Управление потерянными нагодами" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:5 -msgid "" -"While working with your opportunities, you might lose some of them. You will" -" want to keep track of the reasons you lost them and also which ways Odoo " -"can help you recover them in the future." -msgstr "" -"Во время работы с вашими нагодами вы можете потерять некоторые из них. Вы " -"захотите отслеживать причины, по которым вы их потеряли, а также в способы " -"Odoo поможет вам восстановить их в будущем." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:10 -msgid "Mark a lead as lost" -msgstr "Отметьте лед как потерянный" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:12 -msgid "" -"While in your pipeline, select any opportunity you want and you will see a " -"*Mark Lost* button." -msgstr "" -"В вашем конвейере выберите любую возможность, и вы увидите кнопку * " -"Календарь как потеряно *." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:15 -msgid "" -"You can then select an existing *Lost Reason* or create a new one right " -"there." -msgstr "" -"Затем вы можете выбрать существующую * Причину потери * или создать новую, " -"что находится здесь." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:22 -msgid "Manage & create lost reasons" -msgstr "Управляйте и создавайте причины потерь" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:24 -msgid "" -"You will find your *Lost Reasons* under :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Lost Reasons`." -msgstr "" -"Вы найдете ваши * причины потерь * под :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Lost Reasons`." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:26 -msgid "" -"You can select & rename any of them as well as create a new one from there." -msgstr "" -"Вы можете выбрать и переименовать любую из них, а также создать новую " -"оттуда." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:30 -msgid "Retrieve lost opportunities" -msgstr "Получите утраченные возможности" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:32 -msgid "" -"To retrieve lost opportunities and do actions on them (send an email, make a" -" feedback call, etc.), select the *Lost* filter in the search bar." -msgstr "" -"Чтобы получить утраченные возможности и делать на них действия (отправлять " -"электронные письма, сделать обратную связь и т.п.), выберите фильтр * " -"Потеряно * на панели поиска." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:39 -msgid "You will then see all your lost opportunities." -msgstr "Там вы увидите все ваши потерянные возможности." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:41 -msgid "" -"If you want to refine them further, you can add a filter on the *Lost " -"Reason*." -msgstr "" -"Если вы хотите уточнить их, вы можете добавить фильтр на * Причины потери *." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:44 -msgid "For Example, *Too Expensive*." -msgstr "Например, * Очень дорого *." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:50 -msgid "Restore lost opportunities" -msgstr "Восстановите утраченные возможности" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:52 -msgid "" -"From the Kanban view with the filter(s) in place, you can select any " -"opportunity you wish and work on it as usual. You can also restore it by " -"clicking on *Archived*." -msgstr "" -"С канбан с фильтром (ами) на месте, вы можете выбрать любую возможность, " -"которую вы хотите, и работать как обычно. Вы также можете восстановить ее, " -"нажав * заархивированные *." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:59 -msgid "" -"You can also restore items in batch from the Kanban view when they belong to" -" the same stage. Select *Restore Records* in the column options. You can " -"also archive the same way." -msgstr "" -"Вы также можете восстановить элементы группой с канбан, когда они " -"принадлежат к одному этапу. Выберите * Восстановить записи * в параметрах " -"столбцов. Вы также можете архивировать так же." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:66 -msgid "To select specific opportunities, you should switch to the list view." -msgstr "" -"Чтобы выбрать конкретные возможности, нужно перейти к просмотру списка." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Then you can select as many or all opportunities and select the actions you " -"want to take." -msgstr "" -"Тогда вы можете выбрать как много, так и все возможности, а также выбрать " -"действия, которые вы хотите сделать." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:78 -msgid ":doc:`../performance/win_loss`" -msgstr ":doc:`../performance/win_loss`" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:3 -msgid "Manage multiple sales teams" -msgstr "Управление несколькими командами продажи" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, you can manage several sales teams, departments or channels with " -"specific sales processes. To do so, we use the concept of *Sales Channel*." -msgstr "" -"В Odoo вы можете управлять несколькими командами продаж, отделами или " -"каналами с конкретными процессами продаж. Для этого мы используем концепцию " -"* канала продаж *." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:10 -msgid "Create a new sales channel" -msgstr "Создайте новый канал продаж" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To create a new *Sales Channel*, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Sales Channels`." -msgstr "" -"Чтобы создать новый * Канал Продаж * перейдите к " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Sales Channels`." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:14 -msgid "" -"There you can set an email alias to it. Every message sent to that email " -"address will create a lead/opportunity." -msgstr "" -"Здесь вы можете указать ему псевдоним электронной почты. Каждое сообщение, " -"отправленное на этот адрес электронной почты, создаст лед / возможность." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:21 -msgid "Add members to your sales channel" -msgstr "Добавьте участников к своему канала продаж" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:23 -msgid "" -"You can add members to any channel; that way those members will see the " -"pipeline structure of the sales channel when opening it. Any " -"lead/opportunity assigned to them will link to the sales channel. Therefore," -" you can only be a member of one channel." -msgstr "" -"Вы можете добавить участников к любому каналу; таким образом, эти участники " -"увидят конвейерную структуру канала продажи при его открытии. Любой лед / " -"возможность, предназначенная им, будет ссылаться на канал продаж. Поэтому вы" -" можете быть участником только одного канала." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:28 -msgid "This will ease the process review of the team manager." -msgstr "Это облегчит процесс обзора менеджера команды." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:33 -msgid "" -"If you now filter on this specific channel in your pipeline, you will find " -"all of its opportunities." -msgstr "" -"Если вы сейчас отфильтрует этот конкретный канал в вашем конвейере, вы " -"найдете все его возможности." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:40 -msgid "Sales channel dashboard" -msgstr "Информационная панель канала продаж" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:42 -msgid "" -"To see the operations and results of any sales channel at a glance, the " -"sales manager also has access to the *Sales Channel Dashboard* under " -"*Reporting*." -msgstr "" -"Чтобы увидеть операции и результаты любого канала продаж, мгновенный обзор " -"менеджера по продажам также имеет доступ к информационной панели * канала " -"продаж * в разделе * Отчетность *." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:46 -msgid "" -"It is shared with the whole ecosystem so every revenue stream is included in" -" it: Sales, eCommerce, PoS, etc." -msgstr "" -"Это делится со всей экосистемой, поэтому все доходы включают в себя: " -"продажи, электронную коммерцию, точку продажи и тому подобное." - -#: ../../crm/track_leads.rst:3 -msgid "Assign and track leads" -msgstr "Назначайте и отслеживайте лиды" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:3 -msgid "Assign leads based on scoring" -msgstr "Назначение лидов на основе оценки" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:5 -msgid "" -"With *Leads Scoring* you can automatically rank your leads based on selected" -" criterias." -msgstr "" -"С помощью * Оценка лидов * вы можете автоматически оценивать ваши лиды на " -"основе выбранных критериев." - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:8 -msgid "" -"For example you could score customers from your country higher or the ones " -"that visited specific pages on your website." -msgstr "" -"Например, вы можете оценить в своей стране выше или тех, кто посетил " -"определенные страницы вашего сайта." - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:14 -msgid "" -"To use scoring, install the free module *Lead Scoring* under your *Apps* " -"page (only available in Odoo Enterprise)." -msgstr "" -"Чтобы воспользоваться оценкой, установите бесплатный модуль * Оценка лидов *" -" на странице * Приложения * (доступно только в Odoo Enterprise)." - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:21 -msgid "Create scoring rules" -msgstr "Создайте правила оценки" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:23 -msgid "" -"You now have a new tab in your *CRM* app called *Leads Management* where you" -" can manage your scoring rules." -msgstr "" -"У вас теперь есть новая вкладка в вашем приложении * CRM * под названием * " -"Управление лидами *, где вы можете управлять своим правилам оценки." - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Here's an example for a Canadian lead, you can modify for whatever criteria " -"you wish to score your leads on. You can add as many criterias as you wish." -msgstr "" -"Вот пример для канадского лиду, вы можете изменить на любые критерии, по " -"которым вы хотите оценить своих лидов. Вы можете добавить столько критериев," -" сколько хотите." - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Every hour every lead without a score will be automatically scanned and " -"assigned their right score according to your scoring rules." -msgstr "" -"Каждый час каждый лед без оценки автоматически отсканирован и ему будет " -"назначен правильный балл по вашим правилам." - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:40 -msgid "Assign leads" -msgstr "назначение лидов" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Once the scores computed, leads can be assigned to specific teams using the " -"same domain mechanism. To do so go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Leads " -"Management --> Team Assignation` and apply a specific domain on each team. " -"This domain can include scores." -msgstr "" -"После того, как результаты рассчитаны, лиды могут быть предназначены для " -"конкретных команд с помощью того же механизма домена. Чтобы это сделать, " -"перейдите к :menuselection:`CRM --> Leads Management --> Team Assignation` и" -" применять конкретный домен в каждой команде. Этот домен может включать " -"оценки." - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Further on, you can assign to a specific vendor in the team with an even " -"more refined domain." -msgstr "" -"Далее, вы можете назначить конкретного поставщика в команде еще более " -"изощренного домена." - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:52 -msgid "" -"To do so go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Leads Management --> Leads " -"Assignation`." -msgstr "" -"Для этого перейдите к :menuselection:`CRM --> Leads Management --> Leads " -"Assignation`." - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:58 -msgid "" -"The team & leads assignation will assign the unassigned leads once a day." -msgstr "" -"Присвоение команды и лидов назначает не предназначены лиды один раз в день." - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:62 -msgid "Evaluate & use the unassigned leads" -msgstr "Оцените и используйте не предназначены лиды" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Once your scoring rules are in place you will most likely still have some " -"unassigned leads. Some of them could still lead to an opportunity so it is " -"useful to do something with them." -msgstr "" -"После того, как ваши правила оценки установлены, вы, скорее всего, будут " -"иметь определенные не предназначены лиды. Некоторые из них, как и ранее, " -"могут быть преобразованы в возможности, поэтому полезно что-то с ними " -"сделать." - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:68 -msgid "" -"In your leads page you can place a filter to find your unassigned leads." -msgstr "" -"На странице лидов можно поместить фильтр, чтобы найти не предназначены лиды." - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Why not using :menuselection:`Email Marketing` or :menuselection:`Marketing " -"Automation` apps to send a mass email to them? You can also easily find such" -" unassigned leads from there." -msgstr "" -"Почему бы не пользоваться приложениями :menuselection:`Email Marketing` или " -":menuselection:`Email Marketing` для передачи им массовую электронную почту?" -" Вы также можете легко найти такие не предназначены лиды оттуда." - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:3 -msgid "Track your prospects visits" -msgstr "Отслеживайте посещения ваших потенциальных клиентов" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Tracking your website pages will give you much more information about the " -"interests of your website visitors." -msgstr "" -"Отслеживание страниц вашего сайта даст вам гораздо больше информации об " -"интересах посетителей вашего сайта." - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Every tracked page they visit will be recorded on your lead/opportunity if " -"they use the contact form on your website." -msgstr "" -"Каждая отслеживаемая страница, которую они посещают, будет записана на вашем" -" лиде / случае, если они используют контактную форму на вашем сайте." - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:14 -msgid "" -"To use this feature, install the free module *Lead Scoring* under your " -"*Apps* page (only available in Odoo Enterprise)." -msgstr "" -"Чтобы воспользоваться этой функцией, установите бесплатный модуль * Оценка " -"лидов * на странице * Приложения * (доступно только в Odoo Enterprise)." - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:21 -msgid "Track a webpage" -msgstr "Отслеживание веб-страниц" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Go to any static page you want to track on your website and under the " -"*Promote* tab you will find *Optimize SEO*" -msgstr "" -"Откройте любую статическую страницу, которую вы хотите отслеживать на своем " -"веб-сайте, и на вкладке * Рекламировать * вы найдете * Оптимизировать SEO *" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:29 -msgid "There you will see a *Track Page* checkbox to track this page." -msgstr "" -"Здесь вы увидите пункт * Отслеживание страницы * для отслеживания этой " -"страницы." - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:35 -msgid "See visited pages in your leads/opportunities" -msgstr "Смотрите посещенные страницы в ваших лидах / возможность" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Now each time a lead is created from the contact form it will keep track of " -"the pages visited by that visitor. You have two ways to see those pages, on " -"the top right corner of your lead/opportunity you can see a *Page Views* " -"button but also further down you will see them in the chatter." -msgstr "" -"Теперь каждый раз, когда в контактной форме создается лед, он будет " -"отслеживать страницы, посещенные этим посетителем. У вас есть два способа, " -"чтобы увидеть эти страницы, в верхнем правом углу вашего лида / возможности," -" вы можете видеть кнопку Просмотры страниц *, а также внизу вы увидите их в " -"чате." - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Both will update if the viewers comes back to your website and visits more " -"pages." -msgstr "" -"Оба они будут обновляться, если посетители вернутся на ваш сайт и посетят " -"другие страницы." - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:52 -msgid "" -"The feature will not repeat multiple viewings of the same pages in the " -"chatter." -msgstr "" -"Эта функция будет повторять несколько просмотров тех же страниц в чате." - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:55 -msgid "Your customers will no longer be able to keep any secrets from you!" -msgstr "Ваши клиенты больше не смогут сохранять любые секреты от вас!" diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po deleted file mode 100644 index 4860e9449..000000000 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1810 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Viktor Pogrebniak <vp@aifil.ru>, 2020 -# Martin Trigaux, 2021 -# Ivan Yelizariev <yelizariev@itpp.dev>, 2021 -# Sergey Vilizhanin, 2021 -# ILMIR <karamov@it-projects.info>, 2021 -# Ekaterina <nawsikaya@bk.ru>, 2021 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Ekaterina <nawsikaya@bk.ru>, 2021\n" -"Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: ru\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<12 || n%100>14) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%10>=5 && n%10<=9) || (n%100>=11 && n%100<=14)? 2 : 3);\n" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:8 -msgid "Online Database management" -msgstr "Управления базами данных онлайн" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:10 -msgid "" -"To manage your databases, access the `database management page " -"<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__ (you will have to sign in). Then " -"click on the `Manage Your Databases " -"<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases/manage>`__ button." -msgstr "" -"Чтобы управлять базами данных, откройте `страницу Управление базой данных " -"<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases> `__ (вам придется войти в систему). " -"Затем нажмите кнопку `Управление вашими базами данных " -"<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases/manage> `__." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Make sure you are connected as the administrator of the database you want to" -" manage - many operations depends on indentifying you remotely to that " -"database." -msgstr "" -"Убедитесь, что вы подключены как администратор базы данных, которой хотите " -"управлять - многие операции зависят от того, как вы отдаленно " -"идентифицируете эту базу данных." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:22 -msgid "Several actions are available:" -msgstr "Доступно несколько действий:" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:28 -msgid ":ref:`Upgrade <upgrade_button>`" -msgstr ": Ref: `Обновления <upgrade_button> `" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Upgrade your database to the latest Odoo version to enjoy cutting-edge " -"features" -msgstr "" -"Обновите вашу базу данных до последней версии Odoo, чтобы насладиться " -"передовыми функциями" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:32 -msgid ":ref:`Duplicate <duplicate_online>`" -msgstr ": Ref: `Копирование <duplicate_online> `" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Make an exact copy of your database, if you want to try out new apps or new " -"flows without compromising your daily operations" -msgstr "" -"Создайте точную копию вашей базы данных, если вы хотите попробовать новые " -"модули или новые процессы, не покладая опасности ежедневные операции" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:34 -msgid ":ref:`Rename <rename_online_database>`" -msgstr ": Ref: `Переименование <rename_online_database> `" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:35 -msgid "Rename your database (and its URL)" -msgstr "Переименуйте вашу базу данных (и ее URL-адрес)" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:37 -msgid "**Backup**" -msgstr "** Резервное копирование **" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Download an instant backup of your database; note that we back up databases " -"daily according to our Odoo Cloud SLA" -msgstr "" -"Загрузите мгновенную резервную копию вашей базы данных; Обратите внимание, " -"что мы создаем резервные копии баз данных ежедневно по нашим Odoo Cloud SLA" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:40 -msgid ":ref:`Domains <custom_domain>`" -msgstr ": Ref: `Домены <custom_domain> `" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:40 -msgid "Configure custom domains to access your database via another URL" -msgstr "" -"Настройте собственные домены для доступа к вашей базе данных с помощью " -"другой URL-адреса" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:42 -msgid ":ref:`Delete <delete_online_database>`" -msgstr ": Ref: `Удаление <delete_online_database> `" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:43 -msgid "Delete a database instantly" -msgstr "Удалите базу данных мгновенно" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:46 -msgid "Contact Support" -msgstr "Связь с техподдержкой" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Access our `support page <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__ with the correct " -"database already selected" -msgstr "" -"Получите доступ к нашей `страницы поддержки <https://www.odoo.com/help> `__ " -"с уже выбранной правильной базой данных" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:51 ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:12 -msgid "Upgrade" -msgstr "Обновить" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Upgrading your database to a newer version of Odoo is a complex operation " -"that require time and caution. It is extremely important that you fully test" -" the process before upgrading your production database." -msgstr "" -"Обновление вашей базы данных в новой версии Odoo - это сложная операция, " -"которая требует времени и осторожности. Очень важно, чтобы вы полностью " -"протестировали процесс перед обновлением производственной базы." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Odoo releases new versions regularly (at least once a year), and upgrading " -"your database to enjoy new Odoo features is part of the Odoo Online " -"experience." -msgstr "" -"Odoo регулярно выпускает новые версии (по крайней мере один раз в год), а " -"обновление базы данных, чтобы пользоваться новыми функциями Odoo, является " -"частью опыта Odoo Online." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:60 -msgid "" -"The upgrade process can take some time, especially if you use multiple apps " -"or apps that manage sensitive data (e.g. Accounting, Inventory, etc.). In " -"general, the 'smaller' the database, the quickest the upgrade. A single-user" -" database that uses only CRM will be processed faster than a multi-company, " -"multi-user database that uses Accounting, Sales, Purchase and Manufacturing." -msgstr "" -"Процесс обновления может занять некоторое время, особенно если вы " -"используете несколько приложений или программ, которые управляют " -"конфиденциальными данными (например, Бухучет, Состав и др.). В общем, чем " -"меньше база данных, тем быстрее будет обновлен. База данных для одного " -"пользователя, которая использует только CRM, будет обрабатываться быстрее, " -"чем база данных мульти-компаний и многих пользователей, которая использует " -"Бухучет, Продажа, Покупки и Производство." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Unfortunately, it is impossible to give time estimates for every upgrade " -"request, since Odoo.com will test manually every database upgrade at least " -"once and will need to correct/adapt changes made to the standard Odoo Apps " -"(e.g. through Studio or through a Success Pack) on a case-by-case basis. " -"This can make the process slower, since requests are treated in the order " -"they arrive. This is especially true in the months following the release of " -"a new major version, which can lengthen the upgrade delay significantly." -msgstr "" -"К сожалению, невозможно дать оценку времени для каждого запроса на " -"обновление, поскольку Odoo.com по меньшей мере один раз проверять вручную " -"каждое обновление базы данных и нужно будет исправить / адаптировать " -"изменения, внесенные в стандартных модулей Odoo (например, через Студию или " -"через Пакет услуг) в каждом конкретном случае. Это может сделать процесс " -"медленнее, поскольку запросы обрабатываются в порядке их поступления. " -"Особенно это касается месяцев после выхода новой основной версии, которая " -"может значительно продлить задержку обновления." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:74 -msgid "The upgrade process is quite simple from your point of view:" -msgstr "Процесс обновления с вашей стороны довольно прост:" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:76 -msgid "You request a test upgrade" -msgstr "Ваш запрос на тестовое обновление" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Once all tests have been validated **by you**, you upgrade your actual " -"database" -msgstr "" -"Когда все тесты будут подтверждены ** вами **, вы обновляете вашу " -"фактическую базу данных" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:79 -msgid "" -"The process to request a test or a production (*actual*) upgrade is the " -"same." -msgstr "" -"Обработка запроса на тестовое или рабочее (* фактическое *) обновления " -"одинакова." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:81 -msgid "" -"First, make sure to be connected to the database you want to upgrade and " -"access the `database management page <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__." -msgstr "" -"Сначала убедитесь, что вы подключены к базе данных, которую вы хотите " -"обновить и получите доступ к `страницы управления базой данных " -"<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases> `__." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:84 -msgid "" -"You have to have an active session with access to the Settings app in the " -"database you want to upgrade for the button to be visible." -msgstr "" -"Нужно иметь активную сессию с доступом к модулю Настройка в базе данных, " -"которую вы хотите обновить, чтобы кнопка была видимой." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:87 -msgid "" -"On the line of the database you want to upgrade, click on the \"Cog\" menu. " -"If an newer version of Odoo is available, you will see an 'Upgrade' button." -msgstr "" -"В строке базы данных, которую вы хотите обновить, нажмите на меню " -""Cog". Если доступна новая версия Odoo, вы увидите кнопку " -"«Обновить»." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:94 -msgid "" -"You have the possibility to choose the target version of the upgrade. By " -"default, we select the highest available version available for your " -"database; if you were already in the process of testing an upgrade, we will " -"automatically select the version you were already testing (even if we " -"released a more recent version during your tests)." -msgstr "" -"У вас есть возможность выбрать целевую версию обновления. По умолчанию мы " -"выбираем самую высокую версию, доступную для вашей базы данных; если вы уже " -"были в процессе тестирования обновления, мы автоматически выберем версию, " -"которую вы уже тестировали (даже если мы выпустили более новую версию во " -"время ваших тестов)." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:103 -msgid "" -"By clicking on the \"Test upgrade\" button, an upgrade request will be " -"generated. Only one request can be made at time for each database; if a " -"request has already been made, you will see an 'Upgrade Queued' note instead" -" and asking another request will not be possible." -msgstr "" -"Нажав кнопку "Тестировать обновления", будет создан запрос на " -"обновление. Вовремя можно сделать один запрос для каждой базы данных; если " -"запрос уже сделан, вы увидите заметку "Обновить очередь", и запрос" -" на другой запрос будет невозможным." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:108 -msgid "" -"A test upgrade will create a copy of your database, upgrade it and make it " -"available to you automatically once successful. If this is the first test " -"you request for this particular database, a manual testing phase will be " -"done by Odoo.com - this could take time (up to several weeks). Subsequent " -"requests will not go through that manual testing step and will usually be " -"made available in a few hours. Once the test database is available, you " -"should receive an e-mail with the URL of the test database." -msgstr "" -"Тестовое обновление создаст копию вашей базы данных, обновит ее и " -"автоматически сделает ее доступной для вас. Если это первый тест, который вы" -" спрашиваете для этой конкретной базы данных, Odoo.com осуществит этап " -"ручного тестирования - это может занять время (до нескольких недель). " -"Дальнейшие запросы не пройдут этот шаг тестирования вручную, и обычно они " -"будут доступны через несколько часов. После того, как тестовая база данных " -"будет доступна, вы должны получить электронное письмо с URL-адресом тестовой" -" базы данных." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:116 -msgid "" -"**Testing your database is the most important step of the upgrade process!**" -" Even though we test all upgrades manually, we do not know your work " -"processes. A change in standard worfklows of Odoo in new versions might " -"require you to change internal processes, or some of the customizations you " -"made through Odoo Studio might not work properly. *It is up to you to make " -"sure that everything works as it should!* You can report issues with your " -"test database through our `Support page <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:124 -msgid "" -"Make sure to do one last test of your upgrade right before the final upgrade" -" (e.g. the day before) to ensure everything will run smoothly. Downgrading " -"is not possible and post-poning an upgrade is always easier than being " -"prevented to work by an upgrade issue after the fact!" -msgstr "" -"Не забудьте сделать последний тест обновления непосредственно перед " -"окончательным обновлением (например, накануне), чтобы гарантировать, что все" -" будет работать бесперебойно. Возобновление версии невозможно, а " -"писляналаштовуване обновления всегда проще, чем предотвращение работе над " -"обновлением после факта!" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:129 -msgid "" -"Once you are ready and you have validated all your tests, you can click " -"again on the Upgrade button and confirm by clicking on Upgrade (the button " -"with the little rocket!) to switch your production database to the new " -"version. Your database will then be taken offline within the next 10 minutes" -" and will be upgraded automatically; you receive a confirmation e-mail once " -"the process is completed." -msgstr "" -"После того, как вы будете готовы и подтвердили все свои тесты, вы можете " -"снова нажать кнопку «Обновить» и подтвердить, нажав «Обновить» (кнопку с " -"маленькой ракетой!), Чтобы переключить вашу рабочую базу данных на новую " -"версию. Затем ваша база данных будет перенесена оффлайн в течение следующих " -"10 минут и будет обновлена автоматически; вы получите письмо с " -"подтверждением, когда процесс завершен." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:140 -msgid "" -"Your database will be taken offline during the upgrade (usually between " -"30min up to several hours for big databases), so make sure to plan your " -"migration during non-business hours." -msgstr "" -"Ваша база данных будет загружаться в режиме во время обновления (обычно от " -"30 минут до нескольких часов для больших баз данных), поэтому обязательно " -"планируйте миграцию в течение нерабочих часов." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:146 -msgid "Duplicating a database" -msgstr "Копирование базы данных" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:148 -msgid "" -"Database duplication, renaming, custom DNS, etc. is not available for trial " -"databases on our Online platform. Paid Databases and \"One App Free\" " -"database can duplicate without problem." -msgstr "" -"Дублирование базы данных, переименование, пользовательский DNS и т. Д. " -"Недоступны для пробных баз данных на нашей онлайн-платформе. Оплачены базы " -"данных и база данных "One App Free" может дублировать без проблем." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:153 -msgid "" -"In the line of the database you want to duplicate, you will have a few " -"buttons. To duplicate your database, just click **Duplicate**. You will have" -" to give a name to your duplicate, then click **Duplicate Database**." -msgstr "" -"В строке базы данных, которую вы хотите дублировать, у вас будет несколько " -"кнопок. Чтобы копировать вашу базу данных, просто нажмите кнопку ** " -"Копировать **. Вам придется назвать свою копию, затем нажмите кнопку ** " -"Копировать базу данных **." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:160 -msgid "" -"If you do not check the \"For testing purposes\" checkbox when duplicating a" -" database, all external communication will remain active:" -msgstr "" -"Если вы не проверяете обозначения "Для целей тестирования" при " -"копировании базы данных, все внешние процессы будут оставаться активными:" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:163 -msgid "Emails are sent" -msgstr "Отправка электронных писем" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:165 -msgid "" -"Payments are processed (in the e-commerce or Subscriptions apps, for " -"example)" -msgstr "" -"Платежи обрабатываются (например, в программах электронной коммерции или " -"подписки)" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:168 -msgid "Delivery orders (shipping providers) are sent" -msgstr "Заказ на доставку (поставщики доставки) отправляются" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:170 -msgid "Etc." -msgstr "И т.д .." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:172 -msgid "" -"Make sure to check the checkbox \"For testing purposes\" if you want these " -"behaviours to be disabled." -msgstr "" -"Проверьте обозначения "Для целей тестирования", если вы хотите, " -"чтобы эти действия были выключены." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:175 -msgid "" -"After a few seconds, you will be logged in your duplicated database. Notice " -"that the url uses the name you chose for your duplicated database." -msgstr "" -"Через несколько секунд вы будете входить в копию базы данных. Обратите " -"внимание, что URL-адрес использует ваше название для копий базы данных." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:180 -msgid "Duplicate databases expire automatically after 15 days." -msgstr "Копии баз данных заканчиваются автоматически через 15 дней." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:188 -msgid "Rename a Database" -msgstr "Переименование базы данных" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:190 -msgid "" -"To rename your database, make sure you are connected to the database you " -"want to rename, access the `database management page " -"<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__ and click **Rename**. You will have " -"to give a new name to your database, then click **Rename Database**." -msgstr "" -"Чтобы переименовать вашу базу данных, убедитесь, что вы подключены к базе " -"данных, которую вы хотите переименовать, откройте `страницу управления базой" -" данных <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases> `__ и нажмите ** Переименовать " -"**. Вам нужно будет указать новое название в вашей базе данных, а затем " -"нажать ** Переименовать базу данных **." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:201 -msgid "Deleting a Database" -msgstr "Удаление базы данных" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:203 -msgid "You can only delete databases of which you are the administrator." -msgstr "Вы можете удалить только те базы данных, где вы администратором." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:205 -msgid "" -"When you delete your database all the data will be permanently lost. The " -"deletion is instant and for all the Users. We advise you to do an instant " -"backup of your database before deleting it, since the last automated daily " -"backup may be several hours old at that point." -msgstr "" -"Когда вы удалите базу данных, все данные будут потеряны навсегда. Удаление " -"является мгновенным и для всех пользователей. Мы советуем вам немедленно " -"сделать резервную копию вашей базы данных, прежде чем удалить ее, поскольку " -"последнее автоматическое ежедневное резервное копирование может составлять " -"несколько часов в тот момент." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:211 -msgid "" -"From the `database management page <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__, " -"on the line of the database you want to delete, click on the \"Delete\" " -"button." -msgstr "" -"На `странице управления базой данных <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases> " -"`__, в строке базы данных, которую вы хотите удалить, нажмите кнопку" " -"Удалить "." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:218 -msgid "" -"Read carefully the warning message that will appear and proceed only if you " -"fully understand the implications of deleting a database:" -msgstr "" -"Пожалуйста, внимательно прочитайте предупреждение, которое появится и будет " -"висеть, пока вы полностью не поймете последствия удаления базы данных:" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:224 -msgid "" -"After a few seconds, the database will be deleted and the page will reload " -"automatically." -msgstr "" -"Через несколько секунд база данных будет удалена, и страница будет " -"автоматически перезагружена." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:228 -msgid "" -"If you need to re-use this database name, it will be immediately available." -msgstr "" -"Если вам нужно будет повторно использовать это название базы данных, она " -"будет доступна" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:230 -msgid "" -"It is not possible to delete a database if it is expired or linked to a " -"Subscription. In these cases contact `Odoo Support " -"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" -msgstr "" -"Невозможно удалить базу данных, если она прошла или связана с подпиской. В " -"этих случаях обращайтесь в `Службу поддержки Odoo " -"<https://www.odoo.com/help> `__" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:234 -msgid "" -"If you want to delete your Account, please contact `Odoo Support " -"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" -msgstr "" -"Если вы хотите удалить свой аккаунт, обратитесь к `Службы поддержки Odoo " -"<https://www.odoo.com/help> `__" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:7 -msgid "On-premises Database management" -msgstr "Управления базами данных на собственном сервере" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:10 -msgid "Register a database" -msgstr "Регистрация базы данных" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To register your database, you just need to enter your Subscription Code in " -"the banner in the App Switcher. Make sure you do not add extra spaces before" -" or after your subscription code. If the registration is successful, it will" -" turn green and will provide you with the Expiration Date of your freshly-" -"registered database. You can check this Epiration Date in the About menu " -"(Odoo 9) or in the Settings Dashboard (Odoo 10)." -msgstr "" -"Чтобы зарегистрировать вашу базу данных, вам просто нужно ввести свой код " -"подписки в окне Переключение приложений. Убедитесь, что вы не добавили " -"дополнительных пробелов перед или после кода подписки. Если регистрация " -"будет успешной, она станет зеленой и предоставит вам дату окончания срочной " -"регистрации вашей базы данных. Вы можете проверить эту дату окончания в меню" -" О (Odoo 9) или на информационной панели параметров (Odoo 10)." - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:20 -msgid "Registration Error Message" -msgstr "Сообщение об ошибке регистрации" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:22 -msgid "" -"If you are unable to register your database, you will likely encounter this " -"message:" -msgstr "" -"Если вы не можете зарегистрировать свою базу данных, вы, вероятно, увидите " -"это сообщение:" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:31 -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:110 -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:138 -msgid "Solutions" -msgstr "Решение" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:33 -msgid "Do you have a valid Enterprise subscription?" -msgstr "Есть ли у вас действительно Подписка на Enterprise?" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Check if your subscription details get the tag \"In Progress\" on your `Odoo" -" Account <https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__ or with your Account" -" Manager" -msgstr "" -"Проверьте, получает информацию о подписке тег "В процессе" в `J, " -"ksre Odoo <https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription> `__ или с вашим " -"менеджером аккаунта." - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:39 -msgid "Have you already linked a database with your subscription reference?" -msgstr "Вы уже связали базу данных со ссылкой на подписку?" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:41 -msgid "" -"You can link only one database per subscription. (Need a test or a " -"development database? `Find a partner <https://www.odoo.com/partners>`__)" -msgstr "" -"Вы можете связать только одну базу данных для каждой подписки. (Нужен тест " -"или база данных разработки? `Найдите партнера " -"<https://www.odoo.com/partners> `__)" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:45 -msgid "" -"You can unlink the old database yourself on your `Odoo Contract " -"<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__ with the button \"Unlink " -"database\"" -msgstr "" -"Вы можете самостоятельно отсоединить старую базу данных в своем `Кнтракти " -"Odoo <https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription> `__ с помощью кнопки" " -"Отключить базу данных "." - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:52 -msgid "" -"A confirmation message will appear; make sure this is the correct database " -"as it will be deactivated shortly:" -msgstr "" -"Появится сообщение о подтверждении; убедитесь, что это правильная база " -"данных, поскольку она будет немедленно выключен:" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:59 -msgid "Do you have the updated version of Odoo 9?" -msgstr "У вас есть обновленная версия Odoo 9?" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:61 -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:171 -msgid "" -"From July 2016 onward, Odoo 9 now automatically change the uuid of a " -"duplicated database; a manual operation is no longer required." -msgstr "" -"С июля 2016 Odoo 9 теперь автоматически меняет UUID копии базы данных; " -"ручная операция больше не нужна." - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:64 -msgid "" -"If it's not the case, you may have multiple databases sharing the same UUID." -" Please check on your `Odoo Contract " -"<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__, a short message will appear " -"specifying which database is problematic:" -msgstr "" -"Если нет, вы можете иметь несколько баз данных, имеющих одинаковую UUID. " -"Пожалуйста, проверьте свой `Контракт Odoo " -"<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription> `__, появится короткое " -"сообщение, в котором будет указано, какая база данных является " -"проблематичной:" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:73 -msgid "" -"In this case, you need to change the UUID on your test databases to solve " -"this issue. You will find more information about this in :ref:`this section " -"<duplicate_premise>`." -msgstr "" -"В этом случае вам нужно изменить UUID на своих тестовых базах данных, чтобы " -"решить эту проблему. Вы найдете дополнительную информацию об этом в: ref: " -"`этом разделе <duplicate_premise> `." - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:76 -msgid "" -"For your information, we identify database with UUID. Therefore, each " -"database should have a distinct UUID to ensure that registration and " -"invoicing proceed effortlessly for your and for us." -msgstr "" -"Для вашей информации мы идентифицируем базу данных с UUID. Поэтому каждая " -"база данных должна иметь четкий UUID, чтобы обеспечить бесперебойную " -"регистрацию и выставления счетов для вас и для нас." - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:80 -msgid "Check your network and firewall settings" -msgstr "Проверьте настройки сети и firewall" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:82 -msgid "" -"The Update notification must be able to reach Odoo's subscription validation" -" servers. In other words, make sure that the Odoo server is able to open " -"outgoing connections towards:" -msgstr "" -"Сообщение об обновлении должно иметь возможность дойти до серверов проверки " -"подписки Odoo. Другими словами, убедитесь, что сервер Odoo способен " -"открывать исходящие соединения в направлении:" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:86 -msgid "services.odoo.com on port 443 (or 80)" -msgstr "services.odoo.com на порту 443 (или 80)" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:87 -msgid "services.openerp.com on port 443 (or 80) for older deployments" -msgstr "services.openerp.com на порту 443 (или 80) для старых развертывание" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:89 -msgid "" -"Once you activated your database, you must keep these ports open, as the " -"Update notification runs once a week." -msgstr "" -"После активации вашей базы данных вы должны держать эти порты открытыми, " -"поскольку сообщение об обновлении работает раз в неделю." - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:95 -msgid "Error message due to too many users" -msgstr "Сообщение об ошибке через через большое количество пользователей" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:97 -msgid "" -"If you have more users in your local database than provisionned in your Odoo" -" Enterprise subscription, you may encounter this message:" -msgstr "" -"Если в вашей местной базе данных есть больше пользователей, чем " -"предусмотрено в подписке Odoo Enterprise, вы можете увидеть следующее " -"сообщение:" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:106 -msgid "" -"When the message appears you have 30 days before the expiration. The " -"countdown is updated everyday." -msgstr "" -"Когда появится сообщение, у вас есть 30 дней до истечения срока действия. " -"Обратный отсчет обновляется каждый день." - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:112 -msgid "" -"**Add more users** on your subscription: follow the link and Validate the " -"upsell quotation and pay for the extra users." -msgstr "" -"** Добавьте больше пользователей ** к вашей подписки: перейдите по ссылке и " -"подтвердите коммерческое предложение к продаже, оплатите дополнительных " -"пользователей." - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:114 -msgid "" -"**Deactivate users** as explained in this `documentation <documentation.html" -"#deactivating-users>`_ and **Reject** the upsell quotation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:117 -msgid "" -"Once your database has the correct number of users, the expiration message " -"will disappear automatically after a few days, when the next verification " -"occurs. We understand that it can be a bit frightening to see the countdown," -" so you can :ref:`force an Update Notification <force_ping>` to make the " -"message disappear right away." -msgstr "" -"Когда ваша база данных будет правильное количество пользователей, сообщения " -"об окончании срока действия автоматически исчезнет через несколько дней " -"после следующей проверки. Мы понимаем, что это может быть немного пугающе, " -"когда вы увидите обратный отсчет, поэтому вы можете запустить Обновления " -"Сообщения, <force_ping> `Чтобы сообщение исчезло сразу." - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:124 -msgid "Database expired error message" -msgstr "Ошибка сообщение об окончании срока действия базы данных" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:126 -msgid "" -"If your database reaches its expiration date before your renew your " -"subscription, you will encounter this message:" -msgstr "" -"Если ваша база данных заканчивается до окончания срока действия вашей " -"подписки, вы увидите это сообщение:" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:134 -msgid "" -"This **blocking** message appears after a non-blocking message that lasts 30" -" days. If you fail to take action before the end of the countdown, the " -"database is expired." -msgstr "" -"Это сообщение о ** блокировки ** появляется после Неблокирующий сообщение, " -"которое длится 30 дней. Если вы не принимаете меры до окончания обратного " -"отсчета, срок действия базы данных закончится." - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:142 -msgid "" -"Renew your subscription: follow the link and renew your subscription - note " -"that" -msgstr "" -"Восстановите свою подписку: перейдите по ссылке и обновите свою подписку, " -"обратите внимание," - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:141 -msgid "" -"if you wish to pay by Wire Transfer, your subscription will effectively be " -"renewed only when the payment arrives, which can take a few days. Credit " -"card payments are processed immediately." -msgstr "" -"если вы хотите оплатить через Wire Transfer, ваша подписка будет " -"действительно возобновлена ​​только после получения платежа, который может " -"длиться несколько дней. Платежи по кредитной карте обрабатываются " -"немедленно." - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:144 -msgid "Contact our `Support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" -msgstr "Свяжитесь с нашей `Поддержкой <https://www.odoo.com/help> `__" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:146 -msgid "" -"None of those solutions worked for you? Please contact our `Support " -"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" -msgstr "" -"Никакие из этих решений не подходят для вас? Пожалуйста, свяжитесь с нашей " -"`Поддержкой <https://www.odoo.com/help> `__" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:155 -msgid "Duplicate a database" -msgstr "Копирование базы данных" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:157 -msgid "" -"You can duplicate your database by accessing the database manager on your " -"server (<odoo-server>/web/database/manager). In this page, you can easily " -"duplicate your database (among other things)." -msgstr "" -"Вы можете дублировать свою базу данных, обратившись к менеджеру баз данных " -"на своем сервере ( <odoo-server> / Web / database / manager). На этой " -"странице вы можете легко дублировать вашу базу данных (среди прочих)." - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:165 -msgid "" -"When you duplicate a local database, it is **strongly** advised to change " -"the duplicated database's uuid (Unniversally Unique Identifier), since this " -"uuid is how your database identifies itself with our servers. Having two " -"databases with the same uuid could result in invoicing problems or " -"registration problems down the line." -msgstr "" -"Когда вы копируете локальную базу данных, ** настоятельно ** рекомендуем " -"менять uuid дубликатов базы данных (Unniversically Unique Identifier), " -"поскольку этот uuid - то, как ваша база данных идентифицирует себя на наших " -"серверах. Две базы данных с тем же uuid могут привести к выставлению счетов-" -"фактур или регистрационных проблем ниже по строчке." - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:174 -msgid "" -"The database uuid is currently accessible from the menu " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> System Parameters`, we advise you" -" to use a `uuid generator <https://www.uuidtools.com>`_ or to use the unix " -"command ``uuidgen`` to generate a new uuid. You can then simply replace it " -"like any other record by clicking on it and using the edit button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:17 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Обзор" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:22 -msgid "The upgrade process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:24 -msgid "" -"This documentation is for our *On-Premise* (self-hosted) and *Odoo.sh* " -"customers. If you are hosted Online, please check our :ref:`instruction page" -" for our Online (SaaS) customers <upgrade_button>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:30 -msgid "Definition" -msgstr "Описание" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:32 -msgid "" -"An upgrade is switching to a newer version of Odoo (e.g., Odoo 13.0 to Odoo " -"14.0)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:34 -msgid "An upgrade does not cover:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:36 -msgid "" -"changing :ref:`Editions <db-upgrade/faq/editions-change>` (i.e., Community " -"to Enterprise edition)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:37 -msgid "" -"switching :ref:`hosting type <db-upgrade/faq/hosting-types-switch>` (i.e., " -"On-Premise to Online or Odoo.sh)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:39 -msgid "migration from another ERP to Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:41 ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:99 -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:231 -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:361 -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:370 -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:382 -msgid "|assistance-contact|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:46 -msgid "Process workflow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:48 -msgid "The upgrade process in a nutshell:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:50 -msgid "You create a test upgrade request." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:0 -msgid "The request is processed by Odoo:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:0 -msgid "" -"This happens via an automated process that runs the database through an " -"upgrade script and takes between 20 and 120 minutes. Only if an issue(s) " -"arises will we have to intervene manually and adjust the script specifically" -" to your database until the upgrade succeeds." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:55 -msgid "Odoo delivers a test database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:56 -msgid "" -"You test your database for possible discrepancies (see :ref:`db-upgrade" -"/test-guidance`)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:57 -msgid "" -"If there are any discrepancies, you report them to the Upgrade support team " -"via the :ref:`Help portal <db-upgrade/test-assistance>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:59 -msgid "We will fix the issues and send you a new test database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Once you completed the testing and are happy with the result, you decide on " -"a date and time when you stop users from accessing Odoo, freeze all data " -"entries and create an upgrade request for the production upgrade." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:63 -msgid "Odoo delivers the production database through the automated process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:64 -msgid "" -"You restore it in your Production environment a few short hours later and " -"continue working on the newly upgraded database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:70 -msgid "Service Level Agreement" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:73 -msgid "What is covered by the Enterprise Licence?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:75 -msgid "" -"Databases hosted on Odoo’s Cloud platforms (Saas and Odoo.sh) or On-Premise " -"(Self-Hosting) enjoy the following service at all times." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:78 -msgid "The upgrade of:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:80 -msgid "standard applications" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:81 -msgid "Studio customization (as long as the Studio app is still active)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:82 -msgid "" -"customizations done by our consulting and developer services *if* they are " -"covered by a ‘Maintenance of Customisations’ subscription" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:85 -msgid "" -"The Upgrade Service is limited to the technical conversion and adaptation of" -" your database (standard modules and data) to make it compatible with the " -"targeted version." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:89 -msgid "What upgrading does NOT cover" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:91 -msgid "The cleaning of pre-existing data & configuration while upgrading" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Any new developments and/or upgrade of your own :ref:`custom modules <db-" -"upgrade/faq/custom-modules>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:94 -msgid "`Training <https://www.odoo.com/learn>`_ on the new version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:96 -msgid "" -"You can get more information about your Enterprise Licence on our :ref:`Odoo" -" Enterprise Subscription Agreement <upgrade>` page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:104 -msgid "Get started" -msgstr "Начать" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:106 -msgid "The upgrade process varies depending on where your database is hosted." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:111 -msgid "Online (SaaS)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:113 -msgid "" -"If you are hosted Online, please check our :ref:`instruction page for our " -"Online (SaaS) customers <upgrade_button>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:119 -msgid "Odoo.sh" -msgstr "Odoo.sh" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:121 -msgid "" -"If you are Odoo.sh hosted, check our :doc:`specific instructions to be able " -"to upgrade <../odoo_sh/advanced/upgrade_your_database>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:127 -msgid "On-Premise" -msgstr "Локальная установка" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:129 -msgid "There are two possibilities:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:131 -msgid "Via the interface of our `website form <https://upgrade.odoo.com>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:0 -msgid "" -"For technically-advanced users and partners, via the following command line " -"(to be used on the machine where your database is hosted):" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:0 -msgid "" -"``python <(curl -s beta.upgrade.odoo.com/upgrade) test -d <your db name> -t " -"14.0``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:137 -msgid "What does it do?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:139 -msgid "" -"The above command will dump your database to a file, then send it to the " -"upgrade platform for upgrade, displaying you the live logs, then restore the" -" upgraded database back on your server as a duplicate test database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:146 -msgid "Steps" -msgstr "шаги" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:151 -msgid "The testing phase" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:156 -msgid "Test process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:158 -msgid "" -"Also referred to as the pre-production phase, the test phase allows you to " -"review an upgraded version of your database without affecting your " -"production database in any way." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:161 -msgid "" -"We suggest that you run the test upgrade process at least once, but you can " -"do it as often as you want (one at a time)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:164 -msgid "" -"Once you receive your upgraded test database, you should check that all " -"data, processes and functionality are still correct and working as expected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:167 -msgid "If you do find discrepancies, you'll be able to:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:0 -msgid ":ref:`Report your issues <db-upgrade/test-assistance>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:0 -msgid "and/or" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:171 -msgid "" -"Ask for a new :ref:`test request <db-upgrade/test-db-request>` after the " -"reported issues have been fixed in the upgrade script." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:174 -msgid "When you do not find any discrepancies, you'll be able to:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:176 -msgid "" -"Move on to the upgrade of your :ref:`production database <db-upgrade" -"/production-live>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:181 -msgid "Request a test database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:183 -msgid "" -"When filling the `website form <https://upgrade.odoo.com>`_, select " -"*Testing* purpose." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:192 -msgid "Test guidance" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:194 -msgid "" -"Every business and organization has its own operational needs and will have " -"to test its specific Odoo instance respectively. However, we recommend you " -"look at `the test scenario " -"<https://drive.google.com/open?id=1Lm4JqbsHBirB1wMi14UChoz_YHLjx5ec>`_ we " -"created, a high-level idea of what you should test and look out for." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:199 -msgid "Todo" -msgstr "Сделать" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:199 -msgid "change link \"test scenario\" once the related doc is published" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:204 -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:263 -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:395 -msgid "Assistance" -msgstr "Помощь" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:206 -msgid "" -"If you encounter issues or problems in the **test database**, please contact" -" the Odoo Upgrade Support:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:209 -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:268 -msgid "Connect to our `Odoo Support page <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:210 -msgid "" -"Under the *Ticket Description* section, select *An issue related to my " -"upgrade* ticket type." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:217 -msgid "" -"If you choose another *Ticket Description* type, the request will be " -"redirected to another team than the upgrade one and will slow down the " -"processing and response time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:220 -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:276 -msgid "" -"Please provide as much detail as you can. Where applicable, illustrate the " -"current and previous flows with videos and/or screenshots. This will avoid " -"clarifying questions and speed up the resolution process significantly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:229 -msgid "" -"The purpose of the test phase is not to correct existing data or " -"configurations in your database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:236 -msgid "The production launch" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:241 -msgid "Production goes live" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:243 -msgid "" -"The production upgrade request is when you decide to upgrade your current " -"database with all your production data (invoices, VAT returns, inventories, " -"current orders) to a new version of your choice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:246 -msgid "" -"After your :ref:`tests <db-upgrade/steps-test>` are completed to your " -"satisfaction, submit the request to upgrade your production database via our" -" `website form <https://upgrade.odoo.com>`_. Select *Production* purpose." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:255 -msgid "Going into production without first testing may lead to:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:257 -msgid "" -"business interruptions (e.g. no longer having the possibility to validate an" -" action)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:258 -msgid "" -"poor customer experiences (e.g. an eCommerce website that does not work " -"correctly)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:265 -msgid "" -"If you encounter issues or problems in the **production database**, please " -"contact the **Odoo Support**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:269 -msgid "" -"Under the *Ticket Description* section, select the appropriate type related " -"to your issue but **do not select** the option *An issue related to my " -"upgrade*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:273 -msgid "" -"After upgrading to production, the support will be provided by the Support " -"team instead of the Upgrade team." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:285 -msgid "" -"If you choose *An issue related to my upgrade* as ticket type, the request " -"will be redirected to another team than the support one and will slow down " -"the processing and response time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:291 -msgid "FAQ" -msgstr "FAQ" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:296 -msgid "Why upgrade?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:298 -msgid "" -"You benefit from the latest features of the :ref:`new major version <db-" -"upgrade/faq/release-notes>` released by Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:300 -msgid "" -"If you are in an :ref:`unsupported version <db-upgrade/supported-versions>`," -" you get a new version with support." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:306 -msgid "When to upgrade?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:308 -msgid "" -"Whenever you want. You can make your upgrade request as soon as a new " -"version is released on our `website form <https://upgrade.odoo.com>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:314 -msgid "Availability of the new version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:316 -msgid "" -"Please kindly note that as soon as we announce the release of a new major " -"version (usually at the end of year), the Upgrade Service team needs to " -"adapt the upgrade scripts to it, which is why the new version is not " -"immediately available for existing databases." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:323 -msgid "Finalization of the upgrade (:abbr:`ETA (Estimated Time of Arrival)`)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:325 -msgid "" -"Unfortunately, it is impossible to give time estimates for every upgrade " -"request. Odoo offers so many possibilities (e.g. branding, workflows, " -"customization, etc) that it can get tricky to upgrade, and translate to the " -"new structure. If you use multiple apps managing sensitive data (e.g., " -"Accounting, Inventory, etc.), some cases may still require a human " -"intervention, making the process slower." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:331 -msgid "" -"This is especially true during the first months following the release of a " -"new major version, which can significantly lengthen the upgrade delay." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:334 -msgid "" -"In general, the ‘smaller’ the database, the quickest the upgrade. A single-" -"user database that uses only CRM will be processed faster than a multi-" -"company, multi-user database that uses Accounting, Sales, Purchase, and " -"Manufacturing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:338 -msgid "So, in a nutshell, what can impact your upgrade lead time?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:340 -msgid "Source & targeted versions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:341 -msgid "Installed apps" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:342 -msgid "Volume of data" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:343 -msgid "" -"Amount of customization (models, fields, methods, workflows, reports, " -"website, etc.)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:344 -msgid "" -"Installation of new apps or configuration changes after the start of the " -"test phase" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:346 -msgid "" -"Usually, the delays experienced during the first request (waiting time " -"between the time you submitted your first request for a test upgrade) can " -"generally give you an idea of the time to wait for the production request." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:353 -msgid "Upgrade of the custom modules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:355 -msgid "" -"As stated in our :doc:`../legal/terms/enterprise`, section " -":ref:`charges_standard`, this optional service is subject to additional " -"fees." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:358 -msgid "" -"If you have a custom code, you can choose to have it upgraded by our " -"services, by one of our `partners <https://www.odoo.com/partners>`_ or you " -"can do it yourself." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:366 -msgid "Editions change (from Community to Enterprise)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:368 -msgid "" -"An upgrade does not cover a change of `Editions " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/editions>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:375 -msgid "Switching the hosting types (Self-hosted vs Online vs Odoo.sh)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:377 -msgid "" -"An upgrade does not cover a change of `Hosting types " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/hosting-types>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:379 -msgid "" -"Open the following link to get :doc:`more information about how to change " -"your hosting type <hosting_changes>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:387 -msgid "Release Notes by version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:389 -msgid "" -"Open our `Release Note <https://www.odoo.com/page/release-notes>`_ page to " -"get a summary of the new features and improvements made in each version." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:400 -msgid "Contact our Upgrade service support" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:402 -msgid "" -"Should you have any more questions about the upgrade, do not hesitate to " -"send a message to `Odoo Upgrade Team <mailto:upgrade@odoo.com>`_. We will be" -" very pleased to answer it as soon as possible." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:408 -msgid "Supported versions" -msgstr "Поддерживаемые версии" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:410 -msgid "" -"Please note that Odoo provides support and bug fixing only for the three " -"last major versions of Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:412 -msgid "" -"This is a factor to take into consideration before upgrading. If you are on " -"an older version, we suggest you to prefer the most recent version to " -"benefit from a longer support (before having to upgrade again)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:416 -msgid "" -"You can get more information about our :doc:`supported versions " -"<../support/supported_versions>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:7 -msgid "Users and Features" -msgstr "Пользователи и приложения" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:9 -msgid "" -"As the administrator of your database, you are responsible for its usage. " -"This includes the Apps you install as well as the number of users currently " -"in use." -msgstr "" -"Как администратор вашей базы данных, вы несете ответственность за ее " -"использование. Она включает приложения, которые вы устанавливаете, а также " -"количество пользователей, которые сейчас пользуются системой." - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Odoo is many things (ERP, CMS, CRM application, e-Commerce backend, etc.) " -"but it is *not* a smartphone. You should apply caution when adding/removing " -"features (especially Apps) on your database since this may impact your " -"subscription amount significantly (or switch you from a free account to a " -"paying one on our online platform)." -msgstr "" -"В Odoo есть много вещей (ERP, CMS, приложение CRM, бэкенд электронной " -"коммерции и т.д.), но это не смартфон. Вы должны быть осторожными при " -"добавлении / удалении функций (особенно приложений) в вашей базе данных, это" -" может существенно повлиять на сумму вашей подписки (или вы можете " -"переключиться с бесплатной версии на платную на онлайн-платформе Odoo)." - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:19 -msgid "" -"This page contains some information as to how you can manage your Odoo " -"instances. Before carrying any of these procedures, we **strongly** advise " -"to test them on a duplicate of your database first. That way, if something " -"goes wrong, your day-to-day business is not impacted." -msgstr "" -"Эта страница содержит некоторую информацию о том, как можно управлять " -"версиями Odoo. Прежде чем выполнять любую из этих действий, ** настоятельно " -"** советуем сначала протестировать их на копии вашей базы данных. Таким " -"образом, если что-то пойдет не так, на ваш ежедневный бизнес ничего не " -"влияет." - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:24 -msgid "" -"You can find guides on how to duplicate your databases both for :ref:`online" -" <duplicate_online>` and :ref:`on premise <duplicate_premise>` " -"installations." -msgstr "" -"Вы можете найти справочники о том, как дублировать свои базы данных как. : " -"Ref: `онлайн <duplicate_online> `Так и: ref:` на вашем хостинге " -"<duplicate_premise> ." - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:28 -msgid "" -"If you have questions about the content of this page or if you encounter an " -"issue while carrying out these procedures, please contact us through our " -"`support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." -msgstr "" -"Если у вас возникли вопросы по содержанию этой страницы или возникли " -"проблемы при выполнении этих действий, свяжитесь с нами по нашей `формы " -"поддержки <https://www.odoo.com/help> `__." - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:34 -msgid "Deactivating Users" -msgstr "отключение пользователей" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Make sure you have sufficient **administrative rights** if you want to " -"change the status of any of your users." -msgstr "" -"Убедитесь, что у вас есть достаточно ** административных прав **, если вы " -"хотите изменить статус любого из ваших пользователей." - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:39 -msgid "" -"In your Odoo instance, click on **Settings**. You will have a section " -"showing you the active users on your database. Click on **Manage Users.**" -msgstr "" -"В вашей версии Odoo нажмите ** Настройка **. У вас будет секция, которая " -"будет показывать вам активных пользователей вашей базы данных. Нажмите ** " -"Управлять пользователями. **" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:43 -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:80 -msgid "|settings|" -msgstr "|настройки|" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:43 -msgid "|browse_users|" -msgstr "|browse_users|" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:46 -msgid "You'll then see the list of your users." -msgstr "После этого вы увидите список пользователей." - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:51 -msgid "" -"The pre-selected filter *Internal Users* shows your paying users (different " -"from the *Portal Users* which are free). If you remove this filter, you'll " -"get all your users (the ones you pay for and the portal ones)" -msgstr "" -"Заранее выбранный фильтр Внутренние пользователи * покажет ваших платных " -"пользователей (отличных от * Пользователей портала *, которые являются " -"бесплатными). Если вы удалите этот фильтр, вы получите всех своих " -"пользователей (тех, кого вы оплачиваете, а также портальные)." - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:56 -msgid "" -"In your list of users, click on the user you want to deactivate. As soon as " -"you are on the userform, click on the Action drop down menu, and then click " -"on Archive." -msgstr "" -"В вашем списке пользователей нажмите на пользователя, якаого вы хотите " -"отключить. Как только вы будете на форме пользователя, нажмите на выпадающее" -" меню действий и нажмите Архивировать." - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:64 -msgid "The user is now deactivated." -msgstr "Пользователя деактивирована." - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:66 -msgid "**Never** deactivate the main user (*admin*)" -msgstr "" -"** Никогда ** Не отключайте главного пользователя (** администратора **)." - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:69 -msgid "Uninstalling Apps" -msgstr "удаление приложений" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Make sure you first test what you are about to do on a :ref:`duplicate " -"<duplicate_online>` of your database before making any changes (*especially*" -" installing/uninstalling apps)." -msgstr "" -"Для дополнительной (особенно установка / удаление приложений), сначала " -"проверьте, что вы собираетесь делать на: ref: `тестовой <duplicate_online> " -"`Базе данных." - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:75 -msgid "" -"In your Odoo instance click on **Settings**; in this app, you will be able " -"to see how many applications you have installed. Click on **Browse Apps** to" -" access the list of your installed applications." -msgstr "" -"В своей версии Odoo нажмите ** Настройка **, в этом приложении вы сможете " -"увидеть, сколько программ было установлено. Нажмите ** Посмотреть приложения" -" **, чтобы получить доступ к списку установленных программ." - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:80 -msgid "|browse_apps|" -msgstr "|browse_apps|" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:83 -msgid "" -"In your applications' dashboard, you will see all the icons of your " -"applications. Click on the application you want to uninstall. Then, on the " -"form of the application, click on **Uninstall**." -msgstr "" -"На панели приборов приложений вы увидите все значки ваших модулей. Нажмите " -"программу, которую вы хотите удалить. Затем, по форме приложения нажмите " -"кнопку ** Удалить **." - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:90 -msgid "" -"Some applications have dependencies, like Invoicing, eCommerce, etc. " -"Therefore, the system will give you a warning message to advise you of what " -"is about to be removed. If you uninstall your application, all its " -"dependencies will be uninstalled as well (and the data in them will " -"permanently disappear). If you are sure you still want to uninstall it, then" -" click **Confirm**." -msgstr "" -"Некоторые программы имеют зависимости, такие как выставление счетов, " -"электронная коммерция и др. Таким образом, система предупредит вас, что вы " -"собираетесь удалить. Если вы деинсталлируете вашу программу, все ее " -"зависимости будет также удаленно (и данные в них навсегда исчезнут). Если вы" -" уверены, что все равно хотите удалить приложение, нажмите кнопку ** " -"Подтвердить **." - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:97 -msgid "" -"Last, after having checked the warning message (if any), click **Confirm**." -msgstr "" -"Наконец, после проверки предупреждения (если оно есть), нажмите кнопку ** " -"Подтвердить **." - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:102 -msgid "You have finished uninstalling your application." -msgstr "Вы завершили удаление вашего модуля." - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:105 -msgid "Good to know" -msgstr "стоит знать" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:107 -msgid "" -"**Uninstalling apps, managing users, etc. is up to you**: no one else can " -"know if your business flow is broken better than you. If we were to " -"uninstall applications for you, we would never be able to tell if relevant " -"data had been removed or if one of your business flow was broken because we " -"*do not know how you work* and therefore cannot validate these kinds of " -"operations." -msgstr "" -"** Удаление приложений, управления пользователями и т.д. зависит от вас **: " -"никто не знает лучше вас, ваш бизнес-процесс сломан. Если мы хотели бы " -"деинсталлировать приложения для вас, мы никогда не сможем определить, были " -"удалены релевантные данные или если один из ваших бизнес-процессов был " -"сломан, поскольку мы не знаем, как вы работаете, и поэтому не можем " -"проверить такие операции." - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:113 -msgid "" -"**Odoo Apps have dependencies**: this means that you may need to install " -"modules that you do not actively use to access some features of Odoo you " -"might need. For example, the Website Builder app is needed to be able to " -"show your customer their Quotes in a web page. Even though you might not " -"need or use the Website itself, it is needed for the Online Quotes feature " -"to work properly." -msgstr "" -"** Приложения Odoo имеют зависимости **: это означает, что вам может " -"понадобиться установить модули, которые вы не используете для доступа к " -"некоторым функциям Odoo, которые вам могут понадобиться. Например, " -"приложение Website Builder нужен, чтобы показать своему клиенту свои " -"коммерческие предложения на веб-странице. Несмотря на то, вам может не " -"потребоваться использование самого Веб-сайта, это необходимо, чтобы функция " -"коммерческих предложений онлайн работала должным образом." - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:120 -msgid "" -"**Always test app installation/removal on a duplicate** (or on a free trial " -"database): that way you can know what other apps may be required, etc. This " -"will avoid surprises when uninstalling or when receiving your invoices." -msgstr "" -"** Всегда проверяйте установка / удаление приложения на тестовой базе ** " -"(или на базе бесплатной пробной версии): таким образом вы можете узнать, " -"какие другие программы могут понадобиться. Это поможет избежать " -"неожиданностей при удалении или при получении счетов-фактур." - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:7 -msgid "Hosting Changes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:9 -msgid "" -"You may want to move your Odoo database from one hosting solution to " -"another. Depending on the platforms, you have to do it by yourself or " -"contact our support team first." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:13 -msgid "From on-premises to Odoo Online" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:15 -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:49 -msgid "Odoo Online is not compatible with **non-standard apps**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Create a :ref:`duplicate <duplicate_premise>` of your database: in this " -"duplicate, uninstall all the **non-standard apps**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Grab a \"dump with filestore\" of your database by using the Database " -"Manager." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:19 -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:52 -msgid "" -"**If you have time constraints, contact us earlier to schedule the " -"transfer.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:20 -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:53 -msgid "" -"`Create a support ticket <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_ and attach the dump " -"(if the file is too large, use any file transfer service and attach the link" -" to your ticket). Also include your subscription number and the URL you want" -" to use for your database (e.g.: my-company.odoo.com)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:21 -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:54 -msgid "" -"We will make sure your database is compatible and upload it to our cloud. In" -" case of technical issues, we will get in touch with you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:22 -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:55 -msgid "It's done!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:25 -msgid "From on-premises to Odoo.sh" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:27 -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Follow the :ref:`Import your database section of the Odoo.sh documentation " -"<odoo_sh_import_your_database>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:28 -msgid "...and voilà!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:31 -msgid "From Odoo Online to on-premises" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:33 -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Log into `your Odoo Online user portal " -"<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/databases/manage>`_ and look for the version " -"number of your database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:34 -msgid "" -"If your database does not run a :ref:`major version <supported_versions>` of" -" Odoo, you cannot host it on-premises yet, you have to upgrade it first to a" -" new major version. (*e.g.: If your database runs Odoo 12.3 which is not a " -"major version, you have to upgrade it first to Odoo 13.0 or 14.0.*)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:35 -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Download a backup of your database by clicking on the \"Gear\" icon next to " -"your database name then :menuselection:`Download` (if the download fails due" -" to your backup file being too large, contact `our support " -"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`_)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:36 -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:61 -msgid "Restore it from the database manager on your local server." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:39 -msgid "From Odoo Online to Odoo.sh" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:42 -msgid "" -"If your database does not run a :ref:`major version <supported_versions>` of" -" Odoo, you cannot host it on Odoo.sh yet, you have to upgrade it first to a " -"new major version. (*e.g.: If your database runs Odoo 12.3 which is not a " -"major version, you have to upgrade it first to Odoo 13.0 or 14.0.*)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:47 -msgid "From Odoo.sh to Odoo Online" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:51 -msgid "" -"Uninstall all the **non-standard apps**: test it in a staging build first, " -"then do it in your production build." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:58 -msgid "From Odoo.sh to on-premises" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Grab a :ref:`backup of your Odoo.sh production database " -"<odoo_sh_branches_backups>`." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po deleted file mode 100644 index 4cc724cde..000000000 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,856 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# Collex100, 2020 -# Ivan Yelizariev <yelizariev@it-projects.info>, 2020 -# Ekaterina <nawsikaya@bk.ru>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-11-02 12:05+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Ekaterina <nawsikaya@bk.ru>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: ru\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<12 || n%100>14) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%10>=5 && n%10<=9) || (n%100>=11 && n%100<=14)? 2 : 3);\n" - -#: ../../discuss.rst:5 -msgid "Discuss" -msgstr "Общение" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced" -msgstr "Расширенный" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:3 -msgid "How to Use my Mail Server to Send and Receive Emails in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:6 -msgid "If you are a user of Odoo Online or Odoo.sh..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:8 -msgid "" -"You have nothing to do! **Odoo sets up its own mail servers for your " -"database.** Outgoing and incoming emails work out-of-the-box!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Unless you plan to send large batches of mass mailing that could require the" -" use of an external mail server, simply enjoy your new Odoo database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:16 -msgid "Scope of this documentation" -msgstr "Объем данной документации" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:18 -msgid "" -"This document is **mainly dedicated to Odoo on-premise users** who don't " -"benefit from an out-of-the-box solution to send and receive emails in Odoo, " -"unlike `Odoo Online <https://www.odoo.com/trial>`__ & `Odoo.sh " -"<https://www.odoo.sh>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:25 -msgid "" -"If no one in your company is used to manage email servers, we strongly " -"recommend that you opt for those Odoo hosting solutions. Their email system " -"works instantly and is monitored by professionals. Nevertheless you can " -"still use your own email servers if you want to manage your email server's " -"reputation yourself." -msgstr "" -"Если ни один из вашей компании не используется для управления почтовыми " -"серверами, мы настоятельно рекомендуем вам выбрать эти решения для хостинга " -"Odoo. Их система электронной почты работает мгновенно и контролируется " -"профессионалами. Тем не менее, вы все еще можете использовать собственные " -"почтовые серверы, если хотите самостоятельно управлять вашим сервером " -"электронной почты." - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:31 -msgid "" -"You will find here below some useful information on how to integrate your " -"own email solution with Odoo." -msgstr "" -"Ниже вы найдете некоторую полезную информацию о том, как интегрировать " -"собственное решение электронной почты с Odoo." - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Office 365 email servers don't easily allow to send external emails from " -"hosts like Odoo. Refer to `Microsoft's documentation " -"<https://support.office.com/en-us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-" -"device-or-application-to-send-email-using-" -"Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ to make it work." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:39 -msgid "How to manage outbound messages" -msgstr "Как управлять исходящими сообщениями" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:40 -msgid "" -"As a system admin, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and " -"check *External Email Servers*. Then, click *Outgoing Mail Servers* to " -"create one and reference the SMTP data of your email server. Once all the " -"information has been filled out, click on *Test Connection*." -msgstr "" -"Как администратор системы, перейдите к :menuselection:`Settings --> General " -"Settings` и проверьте * внешние серверы электронной почты *. Нажмите * " -"Серверы исходящей почты *, чтобы создать и указать SMTP-данные вашего " -"сервера электронной почты. Когда вся информация будет заполнена, нажмите " -"кнопку * Проверить подключение *." - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:45 -msgid "Here is a typical configuration for a G Suite server." -msgstr "Вот типичное настройки сервера G Suite." - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:50 -msgid "Then set your email domain name in the General Settings." -msgstr "Затем установите имя домена электронной почты в общих настройках." - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:53 -msgid "" -"If you get a ``[AUTHENTICATIONFAILED] Invalid credentials (Failure)`` " -"warning when you *Test Connection* on a Gmail address, activate the *Less " -"secure app access* option. A direct link can be `accessed here " -"<https://myaccount.google.com/lesssecureapps?pli=1>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:57 -msgid "In addition to that, enable the IMAP setting on your Gmail account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:61 -msgid "Can I use an Office 365 server" -msgstr "Можете ли вы использовать сервер Office 365" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:62 -msgid "" -"You can use an Office 365 server if you run Odoo on-premise. Office 365 SMTP" -" relays are not compatible with Odoo Online." -msgstr "" -"Вы можете использовать сервер Office 365, если вы запускаете Odoo на " -"собственном сервере. Реестры SMTP Office 365 несовместимы с Odoo Online." - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Please refer to `Microsoft's documentation <https://support.office.com/en-" -"us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-device-or-application-to-send-" -"email-using-Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ to configure" -" a SMTP relay for your Odoo's IP address." -msgstr "" -"Пожалуйста, обратитесь к `документации Microsoft <https://support.office.com" -"/en-us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-device-or-application-to-send-" -"email-using-Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4> `__ для " -"настройки ретранслятора SMTP для вашего IP-адреса Odoo." - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:69 -msgid "How to use a G Suite server" -msgstr "Как использовать сервер G Suite" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:70 -msgid "" -"You can use an G Suite server for any Odoo hosting type. To do so you need " -"to setup the SMTP relay service. The configuration steps are explained in " -"`Google documentation " -"<https://support.google.com/a/answer/2956491?hl=en>`__." -msgstr "" -"Вы можете использовать сервер G Suite для любого типа хостинга Odoo. Чтобы " -"это сделать, вам необходимо установить обслуживания SMTP. Шаги настройки " -"объясняются в документации `Google " -"<https://support.google.com/a/answer/2956491?hl=en> `__." - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:77 -msgid "Be SPF-compliant" -msgstr "Будьте совместимыми с SPF" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:78 -msgid "" -"In case you use SPF (Sender Policy Framework) to increase the deliverability" -" of your outgoing emails, don't forget to authorize Odoo as a sending host " -"in your domain name settings. Here is the configuration for Odoo Online:" -msgstr "" -"Если вы используете SPF (Policy Framework для отправителей), чтобы увеличить" -" производительность выходных электронных писем, не забудьте авторизовать " -"Odoo как отправителя в настройках вашего доменного имени. Вот настройки для " -"Odoo Online:" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:82 -msgid "" -"If no TXT record is set for SPF, create one with following definition: " -"v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com ~all" -msgstr "" -"Если для SPF нет записи TXT, создайте его с последующим определением: v = " -"spf1 include: _spf.odoo.com ~ all" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:84 -msgid "" -"In case a SPF TXT record is already set, add \"include:_spf.odoo.com\". e.g." -" for a domain name that sends emails via Odoo Online and via G Suite it " -"could be: v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com include:_spf.google.com ~all" -msgstr "" -"Если запрос SPF TXT уже установлено, добавьте "include: " -"_spf.odoo.com". например, для доменного имени, которое направляет " -"электронные письма через Odoo Online, и через G Suite это может быть: v = " -"spf1 include: _spf.odoo.com include: _spf.google.com ~ all" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:88 -msgid "" -"Find `here <https://www.mail-tester.com/spf/>`__ the exact procedure to " -"create or modify TXT records in your own domain registrar." -msgstr "" -"Найдите `здесь <https://www.mail-tester.com/spf/> `__ точную процедуру " -"создания или изменения TXT-записи в собственном регистраторе доменов." - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:91 -msgid "" -"Your new SPF record can take up to 48 hours to go into effect, but this " -"usually happens more quickly." -msgstr "" -"Завершение вашего нового записи SPF может занять до 48 часов, но это, как " -"правило, происходит быстрее." - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:94 -msgid "" -"Adding more than one SPF record for a domain can cause problems with mail " -"delivery and spam classification. Instead, we recommend using only one SPF " -"record by modifying it to authorize Odoo." -msgstr "" -"Добавление нескольких записей SPF для домена может вызвать проблемы с " -"доставкой почты и классификации спама. Вместо этого мы рекомендуем " -"использовать только одна запись SPF, изменяя его, чтобы авторизовать Odoo." - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:99 -msgid "Allow DKIM" -msgstr "Позвольте DKIM" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:100 -msgid "" -"You should do the same thing if DKIM (Domain Keys Identified Mail) is " -"enabled on your email server. In the case of Odoo Online & Odoo.sh, you " -"should add a DNS \"odoo._domainkey\" CNAME record to " -"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\". For example, for \"foo.com\" they should have " -"a record \"odoo._domainkey.foo.com\" that is a CNAME with the value " -"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\"." -msgstr "" -"Вы должны делать то же самое, если на вашем сервере электронной почты " -"включены DKIM (Domain Keys Identified Mail). В случае с Odoo Online и " -"Odoo.sh, вы должны добавить DNS "odoo._domainkey" запись CNAME на " -""odoo._domainkey.odoo.com". Например, для "foo.com" они " -"должны иметь запись "odoo._domainkey.foo.com", то есть CNAME со " -"значением "odoo._domainkey.odoo.com"." - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:108 -msgid "Restriction" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:109 -msgid "" -"Please note that the port 25 is blocked for security reasons. Try using 587," -" 465 or 2525." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:112 -msgid "How to manage inbound messages" -msgstr "Как управлять входящими сообщениями" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:114 -msgid "Odoo relies on generic email aliases to fetch incoming messages." -msgstr "" -"Odoo возлагается на общие псевдонимы электронной почты, чтобы получать " -"входящие сообщения." - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:116 -msgid "" -"**Reply messages** of messages sent from Odoo are routed to their original " -"discussion thread (and to the inbox of all its followers) by the catchall " -"alias (**catchall@**)." -msgstr "" -"** Ответы сообщений **, отправленных с Odoo, направляются в их оригинальный " -"дискуссионный поток (и в папку "Входящие" всех его пиписникив) с " -"помощью псевдонима catchall (** catchall @ **)." - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:120 -msgid "" -"**Bounced messages** are routed to **bounce@** in order to track them in " -"Odoo. This is especially used in `Odoo Email Marketing " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/email-marketing>`__ to opt-out invalid " -"recipients." -msgstr "" -"** Отсканированные сообщение ** направляются на отказ @, чтобы отслеживать " -"их в Odoo. Это особенно используется в `Odoo Email Marketing, " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/email-marketing> `__ чтобы отказаться от " -"недействительных получателей." - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:124 -msgid "" -"**Original messages**: Several business objects have their own alias to " -"create new records in Odoo from incoming emails:" -msgstr "" -"** Оригинальные сообщение **: для некоторых бизнес-объектов является " -"собственный псевдоним для создания новых записей в Odoo из входящих " -"сообщений электронной почты:" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:127 -msgid "" -"Sales Channel (to create Leads or Opportunities in `Odoo CRM " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/crm>`__)," -msgstr "" -"Канал продаж (для создания лидов или возможностей в `Odoo CRM " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/crm> `__)," - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:129 -msgid "" -"Support Channel (to create Tickets in `Odoo Helpdesk " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/helpdesk>`__)," -msgstr "" -"Поддержка канала (для создания заявок в `Службе поддержки Odoo " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/helpdesk> `__)," - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:131 -msgid "" -"Projects (to create new Tasks in `Odoo Project <https://www.odoo.com/page" -"/project-management>`__)," -msgstr "" -"Проекты (для создания новых задач в `Проекте Odoo <https://www.odoo.com/page" -"/project-management> `__)," - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:133 -msgid "" -"Job Positions (to create Applicants in `Odoo Recruitment " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/recruitment>`__)," -msgstr "" -"Вакансии (для создания заявок в `Рекрутинга Odoo " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/recruitment> `__)," - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:135 -msgid "etc." -msgstr "и т.д." - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:137 -msgid "" -"Depending on your mail server, there might be several methods to fetch " -"emails. The easiest and most recommended method is to manage one email " -"address per Odoo alias in your mail server." -msgstr "" -"В зависимости от вашего почтового сервера может существовать несколько " -"способов получения сообщений электронной почты. Самый и наиболее " -"рекомендуемый способ заключается в управлении одному адресу электронной " -"почты на псевдонимы Odoo на вашем почтовом сервере." - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:141 -msgid "" -"Create the corresponding email addresses in your mail server (catchall@, " -"bounce@, sales@, etc.)." -msgstr "" -"Создайте соответствующие электронные адреса на своем почтовом сервере " -"(catchall @, bounce @, sales @ и т.д.)." - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:143 -msgid "Set your domain name in the General Settings." -msgstr "Установите свое доменное имя в общих настройках." - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:148 -msgid "" -"If you use Odoo on-premise, create an *Incoming Mail Server* in Odoo for " -"each alias. You can do it from the General Settings as well. Fill out the " -"form according to your email provider’s settings. Leave the *Actions to " -"Perform on Incoming Mails* blank. Once all the information has been filled " -"out, click on *TEST & CONFIRM*." -msgstr "" -"Если вы используете Odoo на собственном сервере, создайте * входной почтовый" -" сервер * в Odoo для каждого псевдонима. Вы также можете это сделать в общих" -" настройках. Заполните форму в соответствии с вашими настроек поставщика " -"услуг электронной почты. Оставьте * действия, которые нужно выполнить * на " -"входных письмах, пустыми. Когда вся информация будет заполнена, нажмите на *" -" Проверка и подтверждение *." - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:157 -msgid "" -"If you use Odoo Online or Odoo.sh, We do recommend to redirect incoming " -"messages to Odoo's domain name rather than exclusively use your own email " -"server. That way you will receive incoming messages without delay. Indeed, " -"Odoo Online is fetching incoming messages of external servers once per hour " -"only. You should set redirections for all the email addresses to Odoo's " -"domain name in your email server (e.g. *catchall@mydomain.ext* to " -"*catchall@mycompany.odoo.com*)." -msgstr "" -"Если вы используете Odoo Online или Odoo.sh, мы рекомендуем переадресовывать" -" входящие сообщения на доменное имя Odoo, а не только использовать свой " -"собственный сервер электронной почты. Таким образом вы получите входящие " -"сообщения без задержки. Действительно, Odoo Online получает входящие " -"сообщения внешних серверов только раз в час. Вы должны установить " -"перенаправления для всех адресов электронной почты к доменному имени Odoo на" -" своем сервере электронной почты (например, *catchall@mydomain.ext*, на " -"*catchall@mycompany.odoo.com*)." - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:167 -msgid "All the aliases are customizable in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:165 -msgid "" -"Object aliases can be edited from their respective configuration view. To " -"edit catchall and bounce aliases, you first need to activate the " -":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:169 -msgid "" -"Then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System " -"Parameters` to customize the aliases (*mail.catchall.alias* & * " -"mail.bounce.alias*)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:175 -msgid "" -"By default inbound messages are fetched every 5 minutes in Odoo on-premise. " -"You can change this value in :doc:`Developer mode " -"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Go to :menuselection:`Settings -->" -" Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions` and look for *Mail: " -"Fetchmail Service*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:3 -msgid "Email Templates" -msgstr "Шаблоны писем" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:5 -msgid "" -"We all know writing good emails is vital to get a high response rate, but " -"you do not want to rewrite the same structure every time, do you? That is " -"where email templates come in. Without the need to rewrite the entire email " -"structure every time, you save time to focus on the content. Multiple " -"templates also let you deliver the right message to the right audience, " -"improving their overall experience with the company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:12 -msgid "Enable it and understand a few concepts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:14 -msgid "" -"The :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` must be " -"activated. Then, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> " -"Templates`. A view of the existing templates is shown." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:18 -msgid "" -"**It is highly recommended not to change the content in existing templates " -"unless the user has prior knowledge about placeholders.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:21 -msgid "" -"To add a new one, click on *Create* and choose the type of document this " -"template is used with. In the example below, the template would be sent to " -"job applicants." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Under *Email Configuration*, fields such as *From*, *To (Emails)*, *To " -"(Partners)*, require placeholders. If the *From* field is not set, the " -"default value is the author’s email alias, if configured, or email address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Under *Advanced Settings*, if an *Outgoing Mail Server* is not set, the one " -"with the highest priority is used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:34 -msgid "" -"The option *Auto Delete* permanently deletes the emails after they are sent," -" saving space in your database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:37 -msgid "Writing content including placeholder expressions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Under the tab *Dynamic Placeholder Generator*, look for the *Field* you " -"would like to use." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Next, copy the *Placeholder Expression* and paste it in the *Body* of the " -"email, under the *Content* tab, using - essentially - the *Code View*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Deactivate the *Code View* option by simply clicking on it again, and easily" -" design the message. Click on *Preview* to check how the email looks before " -"sending it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Обзор" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:3 -msgid "Get Started with Discuss" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Discuss allows you to bring all of your company’s communication together " -"through messages, notes, and chat. Share information, projects, files, " -"prioritize tasks, and stay connected with colleagues and partners throughout" -" applications. Forge better relationships, increase productivity and " -"transparency by promoting a convenient way of communicating." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:11 -msgid "Choose your notifications preference" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Access your *Preferences* and choose how you would like your notifications " -"to be handled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:21 -msgid "" -"By default, the field is set as *Handle by Emails* making messages, notes, " -"and notifications where you were mentioned or that you follow, to be sent " -"through email. By choosing *Handle in Odoo*, they are shown in the *Inbox*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:22 -msgid "Messages can then be *Marked as Todo*, *Replied*, or *Marked as Read*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:28 -msgid "" -"The messages tagged as *Mark as Todo* are also shown in *Starred*, while the" -" ones *Marked as Read* are moved to *History*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:36 -msgid "Start Chatting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:38 -msgid "" -"The first time you log in to your account, OdooBot sends you a message " -"asking for permission to receive desktop notifications to chats. If " -"accepted, you receive push notifications to the messages sent to you despite" -" of where you are in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:48 -msgid "" -"To stop receiving desktop notifications, reset the notifications settings of" -" your browser." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:50 -msgid "" -"To start a chat, click on *New Message* on the *Messaging Menu*, or go to " -"*Discuss* and send a *Direct Message*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:58 -msgid "" -"You can also create :doc:`public and private channels <team_communication>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:61 -msgid "Mentions in the chat and on the Chatter" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:64 -msgid "" -"To mention a user within a chat or the chatter type *@user-name*; to refer " -"to a channel, type *#channel-name*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:66 -msgid "" -"A notification is sent to the user mentioned either to his *Inbox* or " -"through email, depending on his settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:73 -msgid "" -"When a user is mentioned, the search list (list of names) suggests values " -"first based on the task’s followers, and secondly on *Employees*. If the " -"record being searched does not match with either a follower or employee, the" -" scope of the search becomes all partners." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:78 -msgid "Chat status" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:80 -msgid "" -"It is helpful to see what colleagues are up to and how quickly they can " -"respond to messages by checking their *Status*. The status is shown on the " -"left side of a contact’s names on Discuss’ sidebar and on the *Messaging " -"menu*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:84 -msgid "Green = online" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:85 -msgid "Orange = away" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:86 -msgid "White = offline" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:87 -msgid "Airplane = out of the office" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:95 -#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:65 -msgid ":doc:`team_communication`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:96 -msgid ":doc:`../advanced/email_servers`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:3 -msgid "Get Organized by Planning Activities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When you plan activities you minimize the risk of uncertainties, as you " -"provide clear directions for the course of your next action. In addition to " -"that, you do not leave space for wasteful activities and reduce the chance " -"of having overlapping actions between team members." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:10 -msgid "Where do I see my schedule activities?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Access and manage your activities wherever you are in Odoo by the " -"*Activities* menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:20 -msgid "Plan activities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Activities can be planned and managed from the chatter by clicking on " -"*Schedule activity*, or through Kanban views." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:31 -msgid "Set your activity types" -msgstr "Установите виды деятельности" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:33 -msgid "" -"A number of activities types are available by default in Odoo (call, email, " -"meeting, etc.). However, you can set new ones going to " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Activity types`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:42 -msgid "" -"If you need to create an activity type with an available calendar, make sure" -" to create it with an *Action to Perform* set as *Meeting*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:46 -msgid "Recommend next activities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Odoo helps you to plan a flow of activities by allowing you to set " -"*Recommended Next Activities*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Once the respective activity is completed, select *Done & Schedule Next* and" -" next steps are suggested to you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:64 -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:115 -msgid ":doc:`get_started`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:3 -msgid "Efficiently Communicate Using Channels" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:5 -msgid "" -"You can use channels to organize discussions between individual teams, " -"departments, projects, or any other group that requires regular " -"communication. This way, you keep everyone in the loop updated with the " -"latest developments." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:10 -msgid "Public and Private channels" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:12 -msgid "" -"A *Public* channel can be seen by everyone, while a *Private* one is only " -"visible to users invited to it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:21 -msgid "" -"A public channel is best used when many employees need to access information" -" (such as company announcements), whereas a private channel could be used " -"whenever information should be limited to specific groups (such as a " -"specific department)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:26 -msgid "Configuration options" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:28 -msgid "" -"You can configure a channel’s name, description, email alias, and privacy by" -" clicking on the *Channel Settings* icon on the sidebar." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:36 -msgid "Privacy and Members" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Changing *Who can follow the group’s activities?* allows you to control " -"which groups can have access to the channel. Note that allowing *Everyone* " -"to follow a private channel lets other users view and join it, as they would" -" a public one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:42 -msgid "" -"If you choose *Invited people only*, go to the *Members* tab to add your " -"members, or, go to Discuss’ main page, select the channel and click on " -"*Invite*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:49 -msgid "" -"For *Selected group of users*, the option *Auto Subscribe Groups* " -"automatically add its members as followers. In other words, while " -"*Authorized Groups* limits which users can access the channel, *Auto " -"Subscribe Groups* automatically adds the user as a member as long as they " -"are part of the group." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:55 -msgid "Use a channel as a mailing list" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Choosing to *Send messages by email* configures the channel to behave as a " -"mailing list." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:59 -msgid "" -"Enabling this option allows you to *Moderate this channel*, meaning that " -"messages will need to be approved before being sent." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Under the *Moderation* tab choose as many moderators as you need, and if you" -" would like them to receive an *Automatic notification*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Mark *Send guidelines to new subscribers* to automatically send instructions" -" to newcomers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Moderators can: *Accept*, *Reject*, *Discard*, *Always Allow* or *Ban* " -"messages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:80 -msgid "" -"Members of a mailing channel receive messages through email regardless of " -"their :doc:`notification preference <get_started>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Once a channel is moderated, the menu *Ban List* allows you to add email " -"addresses per moderated channel to auto-ban them from sending messages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:91 -msgid "Quick search bar" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:93 -msgid "" -"Once at least 20 channels, direct message and live chat conversations (if " -"the module is installed on your database) are pinned in the sidebar, a " -"*Quick search…* bar is displayed. It is a clever way to filter conversations" -" and quickly find the one you need." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:103 -msgid "Finding channels" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:106 -msgid "" -"Click on *Channels* (on the sidebar), browse through the list of public " -"channels, and join or leave them from a single screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:108 -msgid "" -"Apply filters criteria and save it for later use. The search function " -"accepts wildcards by using the underscore character *(_)* to represent a " -"single character." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:116 -msgid ":doc:`plan_activities`" -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po deleted file mode 100644 index 6a760361f..000000000 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,996 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# Collex100, 2020 -# Ivan Yelizariev <yelizariev@it-projects.info>, 2020 -# Sergey Vilizhanin, 2020 -# Ekaterina <nawsikaya@bk.ru>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Ekaterina <nawsikaya@bk.ru>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: ru\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<12 || n%100>14) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%10>=5 && n%10<=9) || (n%100>=11 && n%100<=14)? 2 : 3);\n" - -#: ../../ecommerce.rst:5 -msgid "eCommerce" -msgstr "eCommerce" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started.rst:3 -msgid "Get started" -msgstr "Начать" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:3 -msgid "How to customize my catalog page" -msgstr "Как настроить страницу каталога товаров" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:6 -msgid "Product Catalog" -msgstr "Каталог товаров" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:8 -msgid "" -"All your published items show up in your catalog page (or *Shop* page)." -msgstr "" -"Все ваши опубликованы элементы отображаются на странице каталога (или на " -"странице * Магазина *)." - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Most options are available in the *Customize* menu: display attributes, " -"website categories, etc." -msgstr "" -"Большинство параметров доступны в меню * Настройка *: элементы отображения, " -"категории сайта и тому подобное." - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:20 -msgid "Highlight a product" -msgstr "выделите товар" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Boost the visibility of your star/promoted products: push them to top, make " -"them bigger, add a ribbon that you can edit (Sale, New, etc.). Open the Shop" -" page, switch to Edit mode and click any item to start customizing the grid." -msgstr "" -"Повышайте видимость товаров со звездочкой / рекламируемые товары: поднимите " -"их вверх, увеличьте их, добавьте ленту, которую можно редактировать " -"(продажа, новый т.п.). Откройте страницу магазина, перейдите в режим " -"редактирования и нажмите на любой элемент, чтобы начать настройку сети." - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:26 -msgid "" -"See how to do it: " -"https://www.odoo.com/openerp_website/static/src/video/e-commerce/editing.mp4" -msgstr "" -"Посмотрите, как сделать это: " -"https://www.odoo.com/openerp_website/static/src/video/e-commerce/editing.mp4" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:29 -msgid "Quick add to cart" -msgstr "Быстрое добавление в корзину" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:31 -msgid "" -"If your customers buy a lot of items at once, make their process shorter by " -"enabling purchases from the catalog page. To do so, add product description " -"and add to cart button. Turn on the following options in *Customize* menu: " -"Product Description, Add to Cart, List View (to display product description " -"better)." -msgstr "" -"Если ваши клиенты покупают много товаров одновременно, сделайте этот процесс" -" быстрее, позволяя покупки со страницы каталога. Для этого добавьте описание" -" товара и добавьте в кнопку корзины. Включите следующие параметры в меню * " -"Настройка *: описание товара, добавление в корзину, просмотр списка (для " -"лучшего отображения описания товара)." - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:3 -msgid "How to build a product page" -msgstr "Как создать страницу товара" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:5 -msgid "On the website click *New Page* in the top-right corner." -msgstr "На сайте нажмите кнопку * Новая страница * в верхнем правом углу." - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:7 -msgid "Then click *New Product* and follow the blinking tips." -msgstr "Нажмите * Новый товар * и следуйте всплывающих советов." - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:12 -msgid "Here are the main elements of the Product page:" -msgstr "Вот основные элементы страницы товара:" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:17 -msgid "Many elements can be made visible from the *Customize* menu." -msgstr "Многие элементы можно сделать видимыми в меню * Настройка *." - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:22 -msgid "See how to configure your products from links here below." -msgstr "Узнайте, как настраивать свои товары на страницах ниже." - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:26 -msgid ":doc:`../managing_products/variants`" -msgstr ":doc:`../managing_products/variants`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:27 -msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/taxes`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/taxes`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:28 -msgid ":doc:`../managing_products/stock`" -msgstr ":doc:`../managing_products/stock`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:29 -msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/cross_selling`" -msgstr ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/cross_selling`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:30 -msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/reviews`" -msgstr ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/reviews`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:31 -msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`" -msgstr ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:32 -msgid ":doc:`../../website/optimize/seo`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../website/optimize/seo`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products.rst:3 -msgid "Manage my products" -msgstr "Управляйте вашими товарами" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:3 -msgid "How to display several images per product" -msgstr "Как отразить несколько картинок на товаре" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:5 -msgid "" -"By default your product web page displays the main image of your product " -"only. If you like to show your products under several angles, you can turn " -"the image into a carrousel." -msgstr "" -"По умолчанию веб-страница товара отражает главное изображение вашего товара." -" Если вы хотите показать свои товары по нескольким ракурсов, вы можете " -"преобразовать изображение в карусель." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Check *Several images per product* in :menuselection:`Website Admin --> " -"Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" -"Проверьте * Несколько изображений на товаре * в :menuselection:`Website " -"Admin --> Configuration --> Settings`." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Open a product detail form and upload images from *Images* tab. Hit *Create*" -" in Edit mode to get the upload wizard." -msgstr "" -"Откройте детали формы товара и загрузите изображение с вкладки Картинки. " -"Нажмите * Создать * в режиме редактирования, чтобы получить мастер загрузки." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:19 -msgid "Such extra image are common to all the product variants (if any)." -msgstr "" -"Такое дополнительное изображение является общим для всех вариантов товаров " -"(если таковые имеются)." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:3 -msgid "How to show product availability" -msgstr "Как показать наличие товара" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The availability of your products can be shown on the website to reassure " -"your customers." -msgstr "" -"Наличие ваших товаров может быть показана на сайте, чтобы убедить ваших " -"клиентов." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:10 -msgid "" -"To display this, open the *Sales* tab in the product detail form and select " -"an option in *Availability*." -msgstr "" -"Чтобы отразить это, откройте вкладку * Продажи * в форме деталей товара и " -"выберите * В наличии *." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:16 -msgid "" -"A custom warning message can be anything related to a stock out, delivery " -"delay, etc." -msgstr "" -"Пользовательское предупреждение может быть связано с наличием на складе, " -"задержкой доставки и тому подобное." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:22 -msgid "This tool does not require the Inventory app to be installed." -msgstr "Этот инструмент не требует установки приложения Состав." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:25 -msgid "" -"If one item is no longer sellable, unpublish it from your website. If it " -"comes to one particular product variant, deactivate the variant in the " -"backend (see :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`)." -msgstr "" -"Если один элемент больше нельзя продавать, отмените публикацию на своем " -"сайте. Если речь идет о конкретном вариант товара, выключите вариант на " -"бэкенд (see: doc: `../ maximizing_revenue / pricing`)." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage product variants" -msgstr "Как управлять вариантами товара" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Product variants are used to offer variations of the same product to your " -"customers on the products page. For example, the customer chooses a T-shirt " -"and then selects its size and color. In the example below, the customer " -"chooses a phone, and then selects the memory; color and Wi-Fi band from the " -"available options." -msgstr "" -"Варианты товара используются для того, чтобы предложить варианты того же " -"товара для ваших клиентов на странице товаров. Например, клиент выбирает " -"футболку, а затем выбирает ее размер и цвет. В приведенном ниже примере " -"клиент выбирает телефон, а затем выбирает память; цвет и Wi-Fi из доступных " -"функций." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:15 -msgid "How to create attributes & variants" -msgstr "Как создать атрибуты и варианты" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Turn on *Products can have several attributes, defining variants (Example: " -"size, color,...)* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`." -msgstr "" -"Включите * Товары могут иметь несколько атрибутов, определяющих варианты " -"(например, размер, цвет, ...) * в разделе :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Settings`." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:20 -msgid "Select a product from the Products list, go to the *Variants* tab." -msgstr "Выберите товар в списке товаров, перейдите на вкладку * Варианты *." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Add as many attributes as you need from 3 different types: radio buttons, " -"drop-down menu or color buttons. You get several variants as soon as there " -"are 2 values for 1 attribute." -msgstr "" -"Добавьте как можно больше атрибутов, которые вам нужно, с 3 различных типов:" -" переключатели, выпадающее меню или цветные кнопки. Вы получаете несколько " -"вариантов, как только будет 2 атрибута для атрибута 1." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:30 -msgid "How to edit variants" -msgstr "Как редактировать варианты" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:32 -msgid "See all the variants from the product template detail form." -msgstr "Просмотрите все варианты из формы шаблона деталей товара." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:40 -msgid "You can edit following data:" -msgstr "Вы можете редактировать следующие данные:" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:42 -msgid "Picture (will update in real time on the website)," -msgstr "Изображения (обновляется в реальном времени на сайте)," - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:43 -msgid "Barcode," -msgstr "Штрих-код," - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:44 -msgid "Internal Reference (SKU #)," -msgstr "Внутренняя справка (SKU #)," - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:45 -msgid "Volume," -msgstr "Объем," - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:46 -msgid "Weight," -msgstr "вес," - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:47 -msgid "Active (available in quotes & website)." -msgstr "Активный (доступен в предложениях и на сайте)." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Both the Barcode and the Internal Reference are variant-specific. You need " -"to populate them once the variants generated." -msgstr "" -"Штрих-код и внутренняя справка являются специальными для вариантов. Нужно " -"заполнить их, когда созданы варианты." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:54 -msgid "" -"See and edit all the variants from :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> " -"Product Variants` as well. This might be quicker if you manage lots of " -"variants." -msgstr "" -"Смотрите и измените все варианты с :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> " -"Product Variants`. Это может быть быстрее, если вы управляете множеством " -"вариантов." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:58 -msgid "How to set specific prices per variant" -msgstr "Как установить конкретные цены за вариант" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:60 -msgid "" -"You can also set a specific public price per variant by clicking *Variant " -"Prices* in the product detail form (action in top-left corner)." -msgstr "" -"Вы также можете установить конкретную общую стоимость каждого варианта, " -"нажав * Цены варианта * в форме сведений о товаре (действие в верхнем левом " -"углу)." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:66 -msgid "" -"The Price Extra is added to the product price whenever the corresponding " -"attribute value is selected." -msgstr "" -"Дополнительная цена добавляется к цене товара, когда выбирается " -"соответствующее значение атрибута." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Pricelist formulas let you set advanced price computation methods for " -"product variants. See :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`." -msgstr "" -"Формулы премиум-класса позволяют устанавливать расширенные методы вычисления" -" цены вариантов товара. См. : Doc: `../ maximizing_revenue / pricing`." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:80 -msgid "How to disable/archive variants" -msgstr "Как отключить / архивировать варианты" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:82 -msgid "" -"You can disable/archive specific variants so that they are no longer " -"available in quotes & website (not existing in your stock, deprecated, " -"etc.). Simply uncheck *Active* in their detail form." -msgstr "" -"Вы можете отключить / архивировать конкретные варианты, чтобы они больше не " -"были доступны в предложениях и на веб-сайте (не существовавших на вашем " -"складе, устаревших и т.п.). Просто снимите отметку * Активно * в детальной " -"форме." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:88 -msgid "" -"To retrieve such archived items, hit *Archived* on searching the variants " -"list. You can reactivate them the same way." -msgstr "" -"Чтобы получить такие архивные элементы, нажмите * Архивирование * при поиске" -" списка вариантов. Вы можете повторно активировать их так же." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue.rst:3 -msgid "Maximize my revenue" -msgstr "Увеличьте свой доход" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:3 -msgid "How to sell accessories and optional products (cross-selling)" -msgstr "" -"Как продавать аксессуары и функциональные товары (перекрестный продажа)" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:5 -msgid "" -"You sell computers. Why not stimulating your customers to buy a top-notch " -"screen or an extra-warranty? That's the goal of cross-selling " -"functionalities:" -msgstr "" -"Вы продаете компьютеры. Почему бы не стимулировать своих клиентов покупать " -"лучший экран или дополнительную гарантию? Это цель перекрестных продаж:" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:8 -msgid "Accessory products on checkout page," -msgstr "Аксессуары на странице оформления заказа," - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Optional products on a new *Add to Cart* screen (not installed by default)." -msgstr "" -"Дополнительные товары на новом экране * Добавить в корзину * (не установлен " -"по умолчанию)." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:12 -msgid "Accessory products when checking out" -msgstr "Аксессуары при проверке" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Accessories (e.g. for computers: mouse, keyboard) show up when the customer " -"reviews the cart before paying." -msgstr "" -"Аксессуары (например, для компьютеров: мышь, клавиатура) появляются, когда " -"пользователь просматривает корзину перед оплатой." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:20 -msgid "Select accessories in the *Sales* tab of the product detail page." -msgstr "" -"Выберите аксессуары на вкладке * Продажи * на странице сведений о товаре." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:26 -msgid "" -"There is an algorithm to figure out the best accessories to display in case " -"several items are added to cart. If any item is the accessory of several " -"products added to cart, it is most likely that it will be atop the list of " -"suggested accessories." -msgstr "" -"Существует алгоритм выявления лучших аксессуаров для отображения, если в " -"корзину добавлено несколько элементов. Если любой элемент является " -"аксессуаром нескольких товаров, добавленных в корзину, то, скорее всего, он " -"будет вверху списка предложенных аксессуаров." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:31 -msgid "Optional products when adding to cart" -msgstr "Дополнительные товары при добавлении в корзину" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Optional products are directly related to the item added to cart (e.g. for " -"computers: warranty, OS software, extra components). Whenever the main " -"product is added to cart, such a new screen pops up as an extra step." -msgstr "" -"Необязательные товары напрямую связаны с элементом, добавленным в корзину " -"(например, для компьютеров гарантия, программное обеспечение для ОS, " -"дополнительные компоненты). Каждый раз, когда основной товар добавляется в " -"корзину, такой новый экран появляется как дополнительный шаг." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:40 -msgid "To publish optional products:" -msgstr "Опубликовать дополнительные товары:" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Install *eCommerce Optional Products* addon in *Apps* menu. Remove the " -"default filter to search on addons as well, otherwise only main apps show " -"up." -msgstr "" -"Установите * Дополнительные товары электронной коммерции * в меню * " -"Приложения *. Удалите фильтр по умолчанию для поиска в аддонах, иначе " -"появятся только основные модули." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:48 -msgid "Select optional items from the *Sales* tab of the product detail form." -msgstr "Выберите дополнительные элементы на вкладке * Продажи * формы товара." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:54 -msgid "" -"The quantity of optional items added to cart is the same than the main item." -msgstr "" -"Количество дополнительных элементов, добавленных в корзину, совпадает с " -"основным элементом." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:3 -msgid "How to adapt the prices to my website visitors" -msgstr "Как адаптировать цены к посетителям сайта" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:5 -msgid "This section sheds some light on pricing features of eCommerce app:" -msgstr "" -"В этом разделе освещены особенности ценообразования модуля электронной " -"коммерции." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:7 -msgid "force a price by geo-localization," -msgstr "установление цены за геолокации," - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:9 -msgid "let the customer choose the currency." -msgstr "позвольте клиенту выбирать валюту." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:11 -msgid "" -"As a pre-requisite, check out how to managing produt pricing: " -":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`)." -msgstr "" -"Для начала проверьте, как управлять ценой товара: скидки.: Doc: `../../ " -"sales / products_prices / prices / pricing`)." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:15 -msgid "Geo-IP to automatically apply the right price" -msgstr "Geo-IP для автоматического применения правильной цены" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Assign country groups to your pricelists. That way, your visitors not yet " -"logged in will get their own currency when landing on your website." -msgstr "" -"Назначьте группы стран вашем ПРАЙСЛИСТ. Таким образом, посетители, которые " -"еще не вошли в систему, получать свою валюту при загрузке на ваш сайт." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:20 -msgid "Once logged in, they get the pricelist matching their country." -msgstr "После входа они получают прайслист, который соответствует их стране." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:23 -msgid "Currency selector" -msgstr "валютный выбор" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:25 -msgid "" -"In case you sell in several currencies, you can let your customers choose " -"their own currency. Check *Selectable* to add the pricelist to the website " -"drop-down menu." -msgstr "" -"Если вы продаете в нескольких валютах, вы можете позволить своим клиентам " -"выбрать валюту. Проверьте выбор, чтобы добавить прайслист в раскрывающемся " -"меню сайта." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:34 -msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:35 -msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:36 -msgid ":doc:`promo_code`" -msgstr ":doc:`promo_code`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:3 -msgid "How to create & share promotional codes" -msgstr "Как создать и делиться промокод" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Want to boost your sales for Xmas? Share promocodes through your marketing " -"campaigns and apply any kind of discounts." -msgstr "" -"Хотите увеличить продажи до Рождества? Поделитесь промокод с помощью " -"маркетинговых кампаний и примените любые скидки." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:9 -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:13 -msgid "Setup" -msgstr "Установка" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings` and choose *Advanced pricing based" -" on formula* for *Sale Price*." -msgstr "" -"Откройте :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings` и выберите * Расширенное " -"ценообразование на основе формулы * для * Цены продаже *." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Website Admin --> Catalog --> Pricelists` and create a" -" new pricelist with the discount rule (see :doc:`pricing`). Then enter a " -"code." -msgstr "" -"Перейдите к :menuselection:`Website Admin --> Catalog --> Pricelists` и " -"создайте новый прайслист правилу скидки (см.: Doc:` pricing`). Введите код." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Make the promocode field available on your *Shopping Cart* page (option in " -"*Customize* menu). Add a product to cart to reach it." -msgstr "" -"Сделайте поле промокод доступным на * Странице корзины * (опция в меню * " -"Настройка *). Добавьте товар в корзину, чтобы сделать это." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Once turned on you see a new section on the right side. On clicking *Apply* " -"prices get automatically updated in the cart." -msgstr "" -"При включении этой функции вы увидите новый раздел с правой стороны. При " -"нажатии кнопки * Применить * цены автоматически обновляются в корзине." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:33 -msgid "" -"The promocode used by the customer is stored in the system so you can " -"analyze the performance of your marketing campaigns." -msgstr "" -"Промокод, который использует клиент, сохраняется в системе, чтобы вы могли " -"проанализировать эффективность ваших маркетинговых кампаний." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:39 -msgid "Show sales per pricelists..." -msgstr "Покажите продажи по ценам ..." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:43 -msgid ":doc:`pricing`" -msgstr ":doc:`pricing`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:3 -msgid "How to enable comments & rating" -msgstr "Как включить комментарии и рейтинг в электронной коммерции" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Publishing and monitoring customer experience will help you gain the trust " -"of new customers and better engage with your community. In 2 clicks, allow " -"your customer to share their feedback!" -msgstr "" -"Публикация и мониторинг опыта клиентов поможет доверять вам новым клиентам и" -" лучше взаимодействовать с вашей сообществом. Только в два клика позвольте " -"своему клиенту поделиться своим отзывом!" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Activate comments & rating from the *Customize* menu of the product web " -"page." -msgstr "" -"Активируйте комментарии и рейтинг в меню * Настройка * веб-страницы товара." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Visitors must log in to share their comments. Make sure they are able to do " -"so (see Portal documentation)." -msgstr "" -"Посетители должны войти, чтобы поделиться своими комментариями. Убедитесь, " -"что они смогут это сделать (см. Документацию Портал)." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:25 -msgid "Review the posts in real time" -msgstr "Смотрите публикации в режиме реального времени" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Whenever a post is published, the product manager and all the product " -"followers get notified in their Inbox (*Discuss* menu)." -msgstr "" -"Каждый раз, когда пост опубликован, менеджер товара и все подписчики на " -"товар получают уведомления в своей папке Входящие (меню (* Обсуждение *)." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:34 -msgid "" -"By default the user who created the product is automatically set as " -"follower." -msgstr "" -"По умолчанию пользователь, который создал товар, автоматически " -"устанавливается как подписчик." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Click the product name to open the detail form and review the comment (in " -"the product discussion thread)." -msgstr "" -"Нажмите на название товара, чтобы открыть подробную форму и посмотреть " -"комментарий (в обсуждении о товаре)." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:43 -msgid "Moderate & unpublish" -msgstr "Модератор и отменяйте публикации" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:45 -msgid "" -"You can easily moderate by using the chatter, either in the product detail " -"form or on the web page." -msgstr "" -"Вы можете легко модерировать, используя чат, в форме детальной информации о " -"товаре или на веб-странице." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:48 -msgid "" -"To unpublish the post, open the product web page and click the *Published* " -"button to turn it red (*Unpublished*)." -msgstr "" -"Чтобы отменить публикацию, откройте веб-страницу товара и нажмите кнопку * " -"Опубликовано *, чтобы превратить ее в красный цвет (* неопубликованные *)." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:56 -msgid "..tip::" -msgstr "..tip::" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:55 -msgid "" -"You can access the web page from the detail form by clicking the *Published*" -" smart button (and vice versa)." -msgstr "" -"Вы можете получить доступ к веб-страницы в детальной форме, нажав кнопку * " -"Опубликовано * (и наоборот)." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:3 -msgid "How to sell pricier alternative products (upselling)" -msgstr "Как продавать альтернативные товары (допродажа)" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In order to maximize your revenue, suggesting pricier alternative products " -"is strongly advised for basic items. That way, your customer will spend more" -" time browsing your catalog." -msgstr "" -"Чтобы максимально увеличить ваш доход, рекомендуется предлагать ценнее " -"варианты товара для базовых товаров. Таким образом, ваш клиент потратит " -"больше времени на просмотр вашего каталога." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:12 -msgid "To do so:" -msgstr "Сделать так:" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Select such *Alternative Products* in the *Sales* tab of the product detail " -"form. 3 alternatives are fine! Don't publish too many otherwise your " -"customers will be confused." -msgstr "" -"Выберите такие * Альтернативные * на вкладке * Продажи * формы товара. Три " -"альтернативы будет достаточно! Не размещайте слишком много, иначе ваши " -"клиенты будут путаться." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Turn on *Alternative Products* from the *Customize* menu of the product web " -"page." -msgstr "" -"Включите * альтернативные товары * в меню * Настройка * веб-страницы товара." - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Обзор" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:3 -msgid "Introduction to Odoo eCommerce" -msgstr "Введение в электронную коммерцию Odoo" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:10 -msgid "" -"The documentation will help you go live with your eCommerce website in no " -"time. The topics follow the buying process:" -msgstr "" -"Эта документация поможет вам быстро перейти на сайт электронной коммерции. " -"Темы следуют за процессом покупки:" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:13 -msgid "Product Page" -msgstr "страница товара" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:14 -msgid "Shop Page" -msgstr "страница магазина" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:15 -msgid "Pricing" -msgstr "Установление цены" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:16 -msgid "Taxes" -msgstr "Налоги" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:17 -msgid "Checkout process" -msgstr "оформление заказа" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:18 -msgid "Upselling & cross-selling" -msgstr "Распродажа и перекрестный продажу" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:19 -msgid "Payment" -msgstr "Платеж" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:20 -msgid "Shipping & Tracking" -msgstr "Доставка и отслеживание" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:24 -msgid ":doc:`../../website/publish/domain_name`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../website/publish/domain_name`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/publish.rst:3 -msgid "Launch my website" -msgstr "Запустите свой веб-сайт" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience.rst:3 -msgid "Get paid" -msgstr "получите оплату" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage orders paid with payment acquirers" -msgstr "Как управлять заказами, оплаченными через платежные эквайеры" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo confirms orders automatically as soon as the payment is authorized by a" -" payment acquirer. This triggers the delivery. If you invoice based on " -"ordered quantities, you are also requested to invoice the order." -msgstr "" -"Odoo подтверждает заказ автоматически, как только платеж будет авторизовано " -"платежным эквайером. Это запускает доставку. Если вы выставили счет-фактуру " -"на основе заказных количеств, вам также предлагается начислить стоимость " -"заказа." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:12 -msgid "What are the payment status" -msgstr "Какой статус платежа" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:13 -msgid "" -"At anytime, the salesman can check the transaction status from the order." -msgstr "" -"В любое время продавец может проверить состояние транзакции по заказу." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:18 -msgid "*Draft*: transaction under processing." -msgstr "* Черновик *: транзакция в обработке." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:20 -msgid "" -"*Pending*: the payment acquirer keeps the transaction on hold and you need " -"to authorize it from the acquirer interface." -msgstr "" -"* Ожидает рассмотрение *: платежный эквайер удерживает транзакцию, и вам " -"нужно авторизовать ее из интерфейса эквайера." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:23 -msgid "" -"*Authorized*: the payment has been authorized but not yet captured. In Odoo," -" the order is already confirmed. Once the delivery done, you can capture the" -" amount from the acquirer interface (or from Odoo if you use Authorize.net)." -msgstr "" -"* Авторизованных *: платеж был разрешенным, но еще не получено. В Odoo заказ" -" уже подтверждено. После завершения доставки вы можете зафиксировать сумму " -"из интерфейса эквайера (или Odoo, если вы используете Authorize.net)." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:28 -msgid "" -"*Done*: the payment is authorized and captured. The order has been " -"confirmed." -msgstr "* Готово *: платеж авторизованный и зафиксирован. Заказ подтвержден." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:30 -msgid "" -"*Error*: an error has occured during the transaction. The customer needs to " -"retry the payment. The order is still in draft." -msgstr "" -"* Ошибка *: во время транзакции произошла ошибка. Клиенту нужно повторить " -"платеж. Заказ все еще находится в состоянии черновика." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:34 -msgid "" -"*Cancelled*: when the customer cancels the payment in the payment acquirer " -"form. They are taken back to Odoo in order to modify the order." -msgstr "" -"* Отменены *: когда клиент отменяет платеж в форме платежного эквайера. Он " -"возвращается к Odoo, чтобы изменить заказ." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Specific messages are provided to your customers for every payment status, " -"when they are redirected to Odoo after the transaction. To edit such " -"messages, go to the *Messages* tab of the payment method." -msgstr "" -"Специальные сообщения предоставляются вашим клиентам по каждому платежному " -"статусом, когда они перенаправляются в Odoo после транзакции. Чтобы " -"отредактировать такие, перейдите на вкладку * Сообщение * метода оплаты." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:44 -msgid "Auto-validate invoices at order" -msgstr "Автоматически проверены счета по заказу" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:46 -msgid "" -"When the order is confirmed you can also have an invoice automatically " -"issued and paid. This fully-automated made for businesses that invoice " -"orders straight on." -msgstr "" -"Когда заказ подтвержден, вы можете иметь счет-фактуру, выставляемый " -"автоматически и оплачивается. Это полностью автоматизировано для " -"предприятий, которым выставляется заказ." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:54 -msgid "" -"If you choose this mode you are requested to select a payment journal in " -"order to record payments in your books. This payment is automatically " -"reconcilied with the invoice, marking it as paid. Select your **bank " -"account** if you get paid immediately on your bank account. If you don't you" -" can create a specific journal for the payment acquirer (type = Bank). That " -"way, you can track online payments in an intermediary account of your books " -"until you get paid into your bank account (see " -":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers`)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:63 -msgid "Capture the payment after the delivery" -msgstr "Зафиксируйте платеж после доставки" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:64 -msgid "" -"With this mode, the order is confirmed but the amount is kept on hold. Once " -"the delivery processed, you can capture the payment from Odoo. This mode is " -"only available with Authorize.net." -msgstr "" -"С помощью этого режима заказ подтвержден, но сумма удерживается. После " -"обработки доставки вы можете получить платеж от Odoo. Этот режим доступен " -"только с Authorize.net." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:71 -msgid "" -"To capture the payment, open the transaction from the order. Then click " -"*Capture Transaction*." -msgstr "" -"Чтобы отобразить платеж, откройте транзакцию по заказу. Нажмите * Удержать " -"транзакцию *." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:77 -msgid "" -"With other payment acquirers, you can manage the capture in their own " -"interfaces, not from Odoo." -msgstr "" -"С другими платежными еквайермы вы можете управлять содержанием в собственных" -" интерфейсах, а не с Odoo." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:3 -msgid "How customers can access their customer account" -msgstr "Как клиенты могут получить доступ к клиентского аккаунта" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:5 -msgid "" -"It has never been so easy for your customers to access their customer " -"account. Forget endless signup forms, Odoo makes it as easy as ABC. They are" -" suggested to sign up (name, email, password) when the order is placed, and " -"not before. Indeed, nothing is more annoying than going through a signup " -"process before buying something." -msgstr "" -"Вашим клиентам еще никогда не было так легко получить доступ к клиентского " -"аккаунта. Забудьте о бесконечных формы регистрации, Odoo делает это так же " -"просто, как АБВ. Предлагаем регистрации (имя, электронная почта, пароль), " -"когда заказ размещен, а не раньше. Действительно, ничто не раздражает " -"больше, чем процесс регистрации, до того, как происходит покупка." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:14 -msgid "Sign up" -msgstr "Регистрация" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:16 -msgid "" -"The invitation to sign up shows up when the customer wants to visualize the " -"order from order confirmation email." -msgstr "" -"Приглашение на регистрацию появляется, когда клиент хочет визуализировать " -"заказ из электронного письма с подтверждением заказа." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:23 -msgid "Customer account" -msgstr "Клиентский аккаунт" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Once logged in the customer will access the account by clicking *My Account*" -" in the login dropdown menu." -msgstr "" -"После входа клиент получит доступ к учетной записи, нажав Мой аккаунт * в " -"выпадающем меню." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:31 -msgid "" -"THere they find all their history. The main address (billing) can also be " -"modified." -msgstr "" -"Там они находят всю свою историю. Главную адрес (для получения счетов) можно" -" изменить." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:37 -msgid "" -"If the customer is set as a contact of a company in your address book, they " -"will see all the documents whose the customer belongs to this company." -msgstr "" -"Если клиент установлен как контакт компании в вашей адресной книге, он " -"увидит все документы, которые принадлежат этой компании." - -#: ../../ecommerce/taxes.rst:3 -msgid "Collect taxes" -msgstr "собирайте налоги" diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po deleted file mode 100644 index 3c449b06e..000000000 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,290 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# Ivan Yelizariev <yelizariev@it-projects.info>, 2020 -# Ekaterina <nawsikaya@bk.ru>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Ekaterina <nawsikaya@bk.ru>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: ru\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<12 || n%100>14) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%10>=5 && n%10<=9) || (n%100>=11 && n%100<=14)? 2 : 3);\n" - -#: ../../email_marketing.rst:5 -msgid "Email Marketing" -msgstr "Email-маркетинг" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Обзор" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:3 -msgid "Work with Mailing Lists" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Mailing lists can be a goldmine for your company’s marketing department as " -"they can provide leads for sales, focus groups for testing new products, and" -" consumers to provide feedback on satisfaction, for example." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:10 -msgid "Create mailing lists" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Mailing lists --> Mailing lists --> Create`. Enable " -"the option *Is Public* to make the list visible for users when " -"unsubscribing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Once your mailing list is created, you can manually add contacts clicking on" -" *Create*. *Import* a list of contacts if you have it from a previous tool." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:23 -msgid "Linking a mailing list to my website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Create a mailing list called Newsletter, as you use this strategy to " -"advertise and communicate new ideas to subscribers interested in listening." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Go to your *Website*, add a *Newsletter* block and choose the respective " -"mailing list." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:34 -msgid "Contacts" -msgstr "Контакты" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Under :menuselection:`Mailing Lists --> Mailing List Contacts` see a list of" -" all contacts under all your mailing lists, and the ones you individually " -"created here." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Open a contact form to see or add different mailing lists to which the " -"contact is or will be part of." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:51 -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:46 -msgid ":doc:`send_emails`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:3 -msgid "Manage Unsubscriptions and Blacklist" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:5 -msgid "" -"It is best practice, and legally required, to allow recipients to " -"unsubscribe from mailing lists as you do not want your audience to think " -"that your company is using any tactics that are dishonest or spammy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:10 -msgid "Enable the Blacklist feature" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable the option " -"*Blacklist Option when Unsubscribing*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Now, once the user clicks on the *Unsubscribe* link on your email, he is " -"redirected to the following page:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:28 -msgid "" -"After clicking on the unsubscribe button when using the test feature, you " -"are sent to an error page (*error 403 - Access Denied*). If you want to be " -"sure the link is working properly, create your mass mail and send it only to" -" a personal email." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:32 -msgid "" -"In addition to having the option of unsubscribing from specific mailing " -"lists, the user can also blacklist himself, meaning that he will not receive" -" *any* more emails from you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:36 -msgid "" -"The mailing list has to be configured as *Public* in order to be visible for" -" users." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Blacklist`, blacklisted email " -"addresses are shown." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:39 -msgid "" -"When opening the record, as a *Log note*, a description-history is kept." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:47 -msgid ":doc:`mailing_lists`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:3 -msgid "Send Emails Marketing and Manage Campaigns" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Emails allow you to effectively, and at a low cost, reach a large number of " -"consumers while being able to customize your message in a way that resonates" -" with them. It is measurable, and a call-to-action oriented channel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:10 -msgid "Choose the right target and create the message" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:12 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Mailings --> Create`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Choosing *Contacts* as *Recipients* (for example), allows you to add " -"specifications to match just certain contacts, filtering your target." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:21 -msgid "" -"With a trial databases, you have a limit of 50 emails per day; on Odoo SH " -"Cloud Platform the limit is 200. There is a possibility to increase these " -"numbers by contacting Odoo Support. To contact Support, `click here " -"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Under *Mail Body*, choose a layout and make the modifications needed by " -"dragging, dropping and double-clicking on content. Note that it is possible " -"to start from scratch selecting the *blank* template option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Under *Settings*, you can assign someone else as the responsible sender if " -"you do not want it to be you. To do so, change the email address used as the" -" sender (*Send From*)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:37 -msgid "" -"With the *Reply To* radio button, you can also choose to gather answers " -"either on the respective recipients’ records or on a specific email address." -" Note that this option is not available if you target mailing contacts or " -"contacts as recipients." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:45 -msgid "Test, send or schedule a mailing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:53 -msgid "" -"*Save*: the work is allocated in the *draft* column in the Kanban view. " -"Modifications can be made while being in this stage. The option *Discard* " -"deletes the email." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Click on *Test* and send your message to one, or even multiple, test " -"contacts to avoid errors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:56 -msgid "" -"*Send* triggers the email with the next run and put the work on the *queue* " -"column in the Kanban view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:58 -msgid "" -"*Schedule* allows you to choose a date and time, and puts the email in the " -"*queue* column in the Kanban view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:61 -msgid "" -"The daily limit is applied for **all emails** sent, in other words, " -"throughout all applications. Therefore, if at the end of the day you have " -"remaining ones to be sent, note that they *will not* be sent automatically " -"the next day. You need to force that by opening the email and clicking on " -"*Retry*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:67 -msgid "Manage campaigns" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable *Mailing " -"Campaigns*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:71 -msgid "" -"The campaign option is effective as it allows you to organize your marketing" -" efforts and have a centralized view of its metrics." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:72 -msgid "Go to *Campaign* and click on *Create* to start one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:80 -msgid "" -"If you use the SMS and Social Marketing applications, as well as the Push " -"Notification feature, you see the option to create content for those " -"channels. You also see the *Campaign* menu within those applications. All of" -" this is possible because the applications work integrated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:85 -msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_servers`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:86 -msgid ":doc:`../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns`" -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/events.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/events.po deleted file mode 100644 index 5d5418788..000000000 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/events.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,435 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# Sergey Vilizhanin, 2020 -# Ekaterina <nawsikaya@bk.ru>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Ekaterina <nawsikaya@bk.ru>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: ru\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<12 || n%100>14) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%10>=5 && n%10<=9) || (n%100>=11 && n%100<=14)? 2 : 3);\n" - -#: ../../events.rst:5 -msgid "Events" -msgstr "События" - -#: ../../events/integrations.rst:3 -msgid "Integrations" -msgstr "Интеграции" - -#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:3 -msgid "Communicating about my Event using SMS Text Messages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Using SMS as a communication strategy for your event establishes interaction" -" between organizers, attendees, speakers and further targets. It allows your" -" message to be heard whether the goal is to send out reminders, teasers or " -"to advertise." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:10 -#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:9 ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:9 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Настройка" - -#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Under *Communication* SMS is a standard feature. That means nothing needs to" -" be enabled or installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:16 -msgid "" -"On the other hand, to contact the speakers of your event, you need the *SMS " -"Marketing* application installed, and to enable *Schedule & Tracks* under " -":menuselection:`Events --> Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:23 -msgid "" -"The *Schedule & Tracks* feature allows you to manage the agenda and speakers" -" of your event. For more details watch: `Creating an agenda for your event " -"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/create-an-agenda-for-your-" -"event-717?fullscreen=1>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:28 -msgid "Send SMSs to attendees" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Under *Communication*, the message’s target is the attendees of your event." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:32 -msgid "" -"You can choose to confirm each registration with the *Registration* " -"template, and to send a reminder shortly before the event takes place with " -"the *Reminder* template." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:38 -msgid "To make changes in an existing template, click on the external link." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:45 -msgid "Send SMSs to speakers and further targets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:47 -msgid "" -"The benefit of the integration with the *SMS Marketing* application is that " -"you can choose the target you would like your message to be delivered to. To" -" get started, click on *Contact Track Speakers*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:56 -msgid "" -"If *Event Track* is not your target (*Recipient*), choose the right one. " -"*Filters* are eligible here." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:58 -msgid "" -"In the example below, the SMS would be sent to the speakers who are in the " -"stage *Proposal* on *Event Track*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Credits are required to be able to send SMSs. For more information about " -"Pricing :doc:`click here <../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq>`, " -"and, about IAP Services :doc:`here " -"<../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Обзор" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:3 -msgid "Create your First Event" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:5 -msgid "Some of the reasons why hosting events is essential are:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:7 -msgid "To create an engaging experience with your audience;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:8 -msgid "To generate word of mouth about your company;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:9 -msgid "To allow networking;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:10 -msgid "" -"To provide an opportunity for sales representatives to walk their prospects " -"through the product and even their pipeline." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:14 -msgid "Get started" -msgstr "Начать" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Under the menu *Events*, have a view of all existing events and some key " -"information, such as the number of expected and confirmed attendees." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:23 -msgid "" -"To start a new one, click on *Create* and fill in the form with all the " -"needed information. Enable *Website Menu* to have the menus *Introduction*, " -"*Location*, and *Register* being shown on your event’s website page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:31 -msgid "" -"To personalize these pages, click on *Edit* to open the `website builder " -"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/website-basics-643?fullscreen=1>`_, and " -"edit content by dragging and dropping blocks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:40 -msgid "Tab: Tickets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Events --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " -":doc:`Tickets and Online Ticketing <tickets>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Now, under the *Tickets* Tab, add lines to include the different ticket " -"types you offer. Include the price, the start and end dates for " -"registrations, and even the maximum number of tickets that can be sold." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:48 -msgid "" -"The *Reserved Seats* and *Unconfirmed Seat Reservations* are counted as " -"attendees are marked as :doc:`confirmed <track_attendees>` or not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:55 -msgid "Tab: Communication" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Choose the email and/or SMS message template, as well as the frequency with " -"which you would like to communicate with your attendees under the tab " -"*Communication*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Create a template on the fly or choose an existing one. Define the " -"*Interval* (2, 7, 15..) for the *Unit* (days, hours, weeks, etc.), and the " -"*Trigger* action (after registration, after the event, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:68 -msgid "Tab: Questions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable *Questions*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:72 -msgid "" -"Now, under the tab *Questions*, edit your questions and answers, choosing if" -" you would like your questionnaire to be asked per order or per " -"registration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:75 -msgid "" -"Example of a registration for 3 attendees: if enabling the option *Ask each " -"attendee*, the questionnaire is shown 3 times, meaning that answers can vary" -" for each attendee; if *Ask each attendee* is not enabled, the questionnaire" -" is shown once, resulting in a global answer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:81 -msgid "" -"Once your event is *Confirmed*, you can manage attendees badges, and mark " -"the event as *Finished*. Events marked as *Finished* can be *Set to draft*, " -"putting the event back to an *Unconfirmed* stage from which it can be edited" -" and used again." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:90 -msgid "Publish your event" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:92 -msgid "*Go to Website* and turn *Published* on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:99 -msgid ":doc:`track_attendees`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:100 -#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:45 -msgid ":doc:`tickets`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:101 -#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:46 -msgid ":doc:`track_talks`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:3 -msgid "Selling Tickets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:5 -msgid "" -"If you automate processes, you save time. If you give attendees multiple " -"payment options to choose from, you allow flexibility and open margins for " -"more registrations to happen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate *Tickets* and" -" *Online Ticketing*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:13 -msgid "" -"*Tickets* allow tickets to be sold " -":ref:`events/create_event/through_sales_orders`. *Online Ticketing* allows " -"the sale of tickets to happen " -":ref:`events/create_event/through_the_website`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:22 -msgid "Through Sales Orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:24 -msgid "" -"On the *Sales* application, choose the event product you created and add it " -"as a product line. A window pops-up, allowing you to choose the event for " -"which you want to create the sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Remember to create a product form for the event registration, under " -"*Product*, in the *Sales* application, and to add that same product under " -"your event’s form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:43 -msgid "Through the Website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:45 -msgid "" -"On the website, once tickets are added to the cart, the user can continue " -"the transaction choosing among the payment methods you chose to have " -"available." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:53 -msgid ":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:3 -msgid "Track your Attendees" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Attendees are at the heart of your event. Keeping track of their number and " -"managing their registration and attendance is necessary for planning and " -"analyzing reasons." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:9 -msgid "Attendees list and attendance" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Once attendees have registered or bought their tickets, they are added to " -"the *Attendees* list." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Tickets sold through sales orders validate attendees as soon as the " -"quotation is confirmed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:18 -msgid "" -"The check mark button is used to confirm the registration. Once a " -"registration is confirmed, attendance can be marked." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:26 -msgid "Bagdes and cancellations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:28 -msgid "" -"On the attendees form, choose to send badges manually by clicking on *Send " -"By Email*. *Cancel Registration* to have that attendee being moved to the " -"*Cancelled* stage." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:36 -msgid "" -"To see a list of your canceled attendees, under *Filters*, add a *Custom " -"Filter* choosing *Status > is > Cancelled*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:44 -#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:49 -msgid ":doc:`../integrations/integration_sms`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:3 -msgid "Track and Manage Talks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Allow partners to submit talk proposals so they can share their knowledge " -"and expertise. Good speakers and talks are what make your event great." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Events --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " -"*Schedule & Tracks*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Now, in your event's form, once *Website menu* is enabled, the options " -"*Tracks on Website* and *Track Proposals on Website* become available. " -"Enabling them adds the menus *Talks*, *Talk Proposals*, and *Agenda* to your" -" website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Besides having the ability to suggest their own talks, the website now " -"allows users to see a list of the whole agenda and scheduled talks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:28 -msgid "" -"To handle tracks internally and not have the menus *Talks*, *Talk " -"Proposals*, and *Agenda* online, use the menu *Tracks* individually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:32 -msgid "Publishing speaker proposals" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Once partners have filled in the appropriate form and submitted their " -"proposals, a new *Proposal* is instantly created under the menu *Track*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:41 -msgid "" -"If the proposal is accepted and can go online, simply open its form and " -"click on *Go to Website*. From the website page, turn *Published* on." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po deleted file mode 100644 index c306a66f0..000000000 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,346 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# Vasiliy Korobatov <korobatov@gmail.com>, 2020 -# sergeiruzkiicode <sergei.ruzki@icode.by>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: sergeiruzkiicode <sergei.ruzki@icode.by>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: ru\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<12 || n%100>14) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%10>=5 && n%10<=9) || (n%100>=11 && n%100<=14)? 2 : 3);\n" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:5 -msgid "Expenses" -msgstr "Расходы" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:8 -msgid "How to set expense types" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:9 -msgid "" -"The first step to track expenses is to configure the expense types (managed " -"as products in Odoo) that your company allows, from the *Configuration* " -"menu. When a specific expense is reimbursed at a fixed price, set a cost on " -"the product. Otherwise keep the cost at 0.0 and employees will report the " -"real cost per expense." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:17 -msgid "Here are some examples to configure:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:19 -msgid "Restaurant:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:21 ../../expense/expense.rst:27 -msgid "Cost: 0.00 (the cost of the ticket will be recorded on every expense)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:22 -msgid "Travel with Personal Car:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:24 -msgid "Cost: 0.30 (the price per mile reimbursed by the company is fixed)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:25 -msgid "Hotel:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:29 -msgid "Others:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:31 -msgid "Cost: 0.0" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Don't forget to set an expense tax on each expense type (and an account if " -"you use Odoo Accounting). It's usually a good practice to use a tax that is " -"configured with :ref:`Tax Included in Price <taxes/included-in-price>`. That" -" way, employees report expenses with prices including taxes, which is " -"usually the expected behaviour." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:41 -msgid "" -"The *Sales* app allows you to specify unit of measures for your expense " -"types (units, miles, nights, etc.). Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Configuration --> Settings` and check *Some products may be sold/purchased " -"in different units of measure (advanced)*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:48 -msgid "How to record expenses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:51 -msgid "Manually" -msgstr "Вручную" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:53 -msgid "" -"As an employee (Employee in user access rights), you can record expenses " -"from :menuselection:`My Expenses --> Expenses to Submit`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:59 -msgid "" -"Select the related product and enter either the total amount you paid (with " -"Quantity = 1) or the unit price if Quantity is countable (e.g. number of " -"hotel nights)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:62 -msgid "Enter the expense date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Choose if you paid the bill on your own (and expect to be reimbursed) or if " -"the company paid directly (e.g. if you used a company's credit card)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Set the bill reference, add some notes if requested and attach a photo/scan " -"of the receipt from the discussion thread. That will help the manager and " -"the accountant validate it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:73 -msgid "In one click from emails" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:74 -msgid "" -"Let your employees record their expenses from a simple email. Make a " -"snapshot of the receipt and send it by email, or simply forward a bill!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:77 -msgid "" -"The only thing to do is setting up an email alias in " -":menuselection:`Expenses --> Configuration --> Settings` (e.g. *expenses* " -"@mycompany.odoo.com). For security purposes, only authenticated employee " -"emails (cfr. *Work Email* in employee detail form) are accepted." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:83 -msgid "" -"The expense product is set automatically if the mail subject contains the " -"product's internal reference in first position. Type the expense amount in " -"the mail subject to set it on the expense too (e.g. Ref001 Food 100€)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:88 -msgid "How to submit expenses to managers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:90 -msgid "" -"When you are ready to submit your expenses to your manager (e.g. at the end " -"of a business trip, or once a month), go to the menu :menuselection:`My " -"Expenses --> Expenses to Submit`. Select all expenses from the list view and" -" click on :menuselection:`Action --> Submit to Manager`. Save the newly " -"created expense report (i.e. set of expenses), and wait for your manager to " -"approve it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:100 -msgid "" -"You can also submit expenses one by one from the *Submit to Manager* button " -"on the form view of an expense." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:103 -msgid "" -"All your submitted expense reports can be found in :menuselection:`Expenses " -"--> My Expenses --> Expense Reports`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:108 -msgid "How to approve expenses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:110 -msgid "" -"HR and team managers get an overview of all expense reports to validate from" -" the top menu :menuselection:`To Approve --> Expense Reports to Approve`. " -"Such users must have at least *Officers* access rights for *Expenses*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:117 -msgid "" -"They can review expense reports, approve or reject them, as well as " -"providing feedback thanks to the integrated communication tool." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:123 -msgid "" -"As a team manager you can easily find the expense reports of your team " -"members. You need to be set as manager in the detail form of those " -"employees." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:131 -msgid "How to post expenses in accounting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:133 -msgid "" -"Once expense reports approved by managers, the accounting department goes to" -" :menuselection:`Expenses --> Accountant --> Expense Reports To Post` to " -"check accounts, products and taxes. They can click *Post Journal Entries* to" -" post related journal entries into your books. To do so, the user must have " -"following access rights:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:139 -msgid "Accounting: Accountant or Adviser" -msgstr "Бухгалтерия: Бухгалтер или Аудитор" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:140 -msgid "Expenses: Manager" -msgstr "Расходы: Менеджер" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:143 -msgid "" -"To post an expense, a *Home Address* must be set on the employee. If you get" -" a related blocking message when posting, click the employee, go to " -"*Personal Information* tab and select/create the contact of your employee in" -" the address book. A contact has been automatically created if this person " -"is using Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:150 -msgid "How to reimburse employees" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:152 -msgid "" -"You can now see all the expense reports to reimburse in " -":menuselection:`Expenses --> Accountant --> Expense Reports To Pay`. To " -"record the payment or pay by check, click *Register a Payment*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:156 -msgid "See how you can easily manage the payment process in Odoo:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:158 -msgid ":doc:`../accounting/payables/pay/check`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:159 -msgid ":doc:`../accounting/payables/pay/sepa`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:163 -msgid "How to re-invoice expenses to your customers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:165 -msgid "" -"If you track expenses on customer projects, you can charge them back to your" -" customers automatically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:169 -msgid "Setup" -msgstr "Установка" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:171 -msgid "Enable **Customer Billing** in the Expenses settings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:173 -msgid "" -"Go to the product configuration menu and set the invoicing method on all " -"your Expense types:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:176 -msgid "" -"Ordered quantities : it will invoice expenses based on the ordered quantity" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:179 -msgid "" -"Delivered quantities :it will invoice expenses based on the expenses " -"quantity" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:182 -msgid "At cost: will invoice expenses at their real cost." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:184 -msgid "" -"At sales price: will invoice based on a fixed sales price set on the sale " -"order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:191 -msgid "Create an order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:193 -msgid "" -"As a salesman, create and confirm a Sales Order for the services delivered " -"to your customer. If you don't put any expense in the order, it will be " -"added automatically once posted by the accountant." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:198 -msgid "Link the expense to the Sale Order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:204 -msgid "Submit, validate and post expenses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:206 -msgid "" -"As a manager, make sure the analytic account is set on every expense line on" -" approving expenses reports. Click the line to add one if missing. Employees" -" are already able to set one when submitting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:213 -msgid "As an accountant, post journal entries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:216 -msgid "Invoice expenses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:218 -msgid "" -"Now you can invoice the order. It shows up in :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Invoicing --> Sales` to Invoice. The expenses have been added automatically " -"in the order lines. Such items show up in blue (i.e. to invoice)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:226 -msgid "e (i.e. to invoice)." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/expenses.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/expenses.po deleted file mode 100644 index a82aae070..000000000 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/expenses.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,22 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 9.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-11-22 13:16+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: ru\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<12 || n%100>14) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%10>=5 && n%10<=9) || (n%100>=11 && n%100<=14)? 2 : 3);\n" - -#: ../../expenses.rst:5 -msgid "Expenses" -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po similarity index 65% rename from locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po rename to locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po index 8fd3963f7..4b6840c76 100644 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po +++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po @@ -1,35 +1,37 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: -# Максим Дронь <dronmax@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Ekaterina <nawsikaya@bk.ru>, 2020 -# ILMIR <karamov@it-projects.info>, 2020 -# Alex Puchkov <ap@alteco.co>, 2020 -# Vitalius Sharkhun <al070572sva@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Yuriy Ney <k_wizard@mail.ru>, 2020 -# Irina Fedulova <istartlin@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Gennady Marchenko <gennadym@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Collex100, 2021 +# Alex Puchkov <ap@alteco.co>, 2021 +# Vasiliy Korobatov <korobatov@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Vitalius Sharkhun <al070572sva@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Ekaterina <nawsikaya@bk.ru>, 2021 +# Yuriy Ney <k_wizard@mail.ru>, 2021 +# Irina Fedulova <istartlin@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Gennady Marchenko <gennadym@gmail.com>, 2021 # Denis Trepalin <zekarious@gmail.com>, 2021 -# Артур Чеботарь <artcha.chebotar@gmail.com>, 2021 -# Дмитро Цаценкін <tseka85@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Ye Ye <vrio.ua@gmail.com>, 2021 # Viktor Pogrebniak <vp@aifil.ru>, 2021 -# sergeiruzkiicode <sergei.ruzki@icode.by>, 2021 -# Martin Trigaux, 2021 -# Ivan Yelizariev // IEL <yelizariev@itpp.dev>, 2021 +# ILMIR <karamov@it-projects.info>, 2021 # Sergey Vilizhanin, 2021 +# Артур Чеботарь <artcha.chebotar@gmail.com>, 2021 +# sergeiruzkiicode <sergei.ruzki@icode.by>, 2021 +# Дмитро Цаценкін <tseka85@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Максим Дронь <dronmax@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Martin Trigaux, 2021 +# Collex100, 2021 +# Ivan Yelizariev // IEL <yelizariev@itpp.dev>, 2021 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-03-02 11:19+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Sergey Vilizhanin, 2021\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-18 07:12+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-05-18 05:17+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Ivan Yelizariev // IEL <yelizariev@itpp.dev>, 2021\n" "Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -37,240 +39,244 @@ msgstr "" "Language: ru\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<12 || n%100>14) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%10>=5 && n%10<=9) || (n%100>=11 && n%100<=14)? 2 : 3);\n" -#: ../../accounting.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance.rst:3 +msgid "Finance" +msgstr "Финансы" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:4 msgid "Invoicing and Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:3 msgid "Bank & Cash" msgstr "Банк и наличные" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds.rst:3 msgid "Bank Feeds" msgstr "Банковский канал" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:145 msgid "Bank Statements" msgstr "Банковские выписки" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:5 msgid "" "Importing your bank statements in Odoo Accounting allows you to keep track " "of the financial movements that occur on your bank accounts and reconcile " "them with the transactions recorded in your accounting." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:9 msgid "" "We recommend you use bank synchronization for more efficiency. Please read " "the related documentation: :doc:`bank_synchronization`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:12 msgid "" "However, if you don't want to use bank synchronization or if your bank is " "not a supported institution, you still have other options:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:15 msgid "Import the bank statement files delivered by your bank" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:16 msgid "Register the bank statements manually" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:19 msgid "Import bank statements files" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:21 msgid "Odoo supports multiple file formats to import bank statements:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:23 msgid "SEPA recommended Cash Management format (CAMT.053)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:24 msgid "Comma-separated values (.CSV)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:25 msgid "Open Financial Exchange (.OFX)" msgstr "Открытый Финансовый Обмен (.OFX)" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:26 msgid "Quicken Interchange Format (.QIF)" msgstr "Ускорьте формат обмена (.QIF)" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:27 msgid "Belgium: Coded Statement of Account (.CODA)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:29 msgid "" "To import them, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Overview --> Bank`, " "click on *Import Statements*, or on the three dots, and then on *Import " "Statement*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:36 msgid "Next, select the file you want to import and click on *Import*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:38 msgid "" "Odoo opens an **import widget** to help you set the **Formatting Options** " "and **map** the different columns you want to import." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:46 msgid "" "Quicken Interchange Format (.QIF) is an older file format that is no longer " "supported since 2005. If possible, prefer OFX files over QIF." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:50 msgid "Register bank statements manually" msgstr "Регистрация банковской выписки в Odoo вручную" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:52 msgid "If needed, you can also record your bank statements manually." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:54 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Overview --> Bank`, click on " "*Create Statements*, or on the three dots, and then on *New Statement*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:57 msgid "" "Add a new line for each transaction written on the original bank statement." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:59 msgid "" "To ease the reconciliation process, make sure to fill out the *Partner* " "field. You can also write the payments’ references in the *Label* field." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:67 msgid "" "The *Ending Balance* and the *Computed Balance* should have the same amount." " If it is not the case, make sure that there is no mistake in the " "transactions’ amounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:122 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:109 msgid ":doc:`bank_synchronization`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:10 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:16 msgid "Todo" msgstr "Сделать" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:72 msgid "add doc link to new documentation about reconciliation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:3 msgid "Bank Synchronization: Automatic Import" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo can synchronize directly with your bank institution to get all bank " "statements imported automatically into your database." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:8 msgid "" "To check if your bank is compatible with Odoo, go to `Odoo Accounting " "Features <https://www.odoo.com/page/accounting-features>`_, and click on " "*See list of supported institutions*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:15 msgid "More than 20,000 institutions around the world are supported." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:17 msgid "To connect to the banks, Odoo uses multiple web-services:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:19 msgid "**Plaid**: United States of America and Canada" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:20 msgid "**Yodlee**: Worldwide" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:21 msgid "**Salt Edge**: Europe (:doc:`more information <saltedge>`)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:22 msgid "**Ponto**: Europe (:doc:`more information <ponto>`)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:25 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:24 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:19 -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:14 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:69 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:16 -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:22 -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:9 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:31 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:28 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:284 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:321 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:34 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:92 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:25 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:14 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:60 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:19 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:27 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:23 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:12 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:29 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:13 -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:21 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:18 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:16 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:16 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:15 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:22 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:11 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:30 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:31 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:13 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:20 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:37 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:15 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:20 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:39 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:331 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/vat_validation.rst:13 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Настройка" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:28 msgid "On-Premise users" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:30 msgid "" "To be able to use this service, you need to have a valid Odoo Enterprise " "subscription. So make sure that your database is registered with your Odoo " @@ -279,34 +285,34 @@ msgid "" "don't have a firewall or a proxy blocking the following address:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:36 msgid "https://production.odoofin.com/" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:39 msgid "First Synchronization" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:41 msgid "" "You can start synchronization either by going to :menuselection:`Accounting " "--> Configuration --> Add a Bank Account` or via the configuration bar on " "the accounting dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:44 msgid "" "Now you can search for your bank institution. Select it and follow the steps" " to synchronize with it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:47 msgid "" "If you have any issues during your first synchronization, please verify that" " your web browser doesn't block pop-ups and that your adblocker is disabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:50 msgid "" "During your first synchronization, you will be asked for a phone number to " "secure your account. The reason we ask for such information is that we don't" @@ -317,38 +323,38 @@ msgid "" "bank institution. This information is not stored on Odoo's servers." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:57 msgid "" "By default, transactions fetched from an online source are grouped inside " "the same statement, and one bank statement is created per month. You can " "change the bank statement creation periodicity in your journal settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:61 msgid "" "You can find all your synchronizations by going to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Online Synchronization`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:65 msgid "Synchronize manually" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:67 msgid "" "After your first synchronization, the created journals are synchronized by " "default every 12 hours. If you wish, you can synchronize manually by " "clicking on the *Synchronize Now* button on the dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:75 msgid "" "Or you can go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Online " "Synchronization`, select your institution and then click on the *Fetch " "Transactions* button." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:83 msgid "" "Some institutions do not allow transactions to be fetched automatically. For" " such institutions, during the automatic synchronization of the account, you" @@ -358,15 +364,15 @@ msgid "" "synchronizations." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:89 msgid "Issues" msgstr "Заявки" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:92 msgid "Synchronization in error" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:94 msgid "" "To report a connection error to the `Odoo support " "<https://www.odoo.com/help>`_, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " @@ -374,40 +380,40 @@ msgid "" "failed, and copy the error description and the reference." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:99 msgid "Synchronization disconnected" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:101 msgid "" "If your connection with the proxy is disconnected, you can reconnect with " "the proxy using the *Reconnect* button." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:105 msgid "" "This disconnection can be caused by the Odoo support. In this case, please " "contact the `support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_ directly with your client" " id or the reference of the error listed in the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:112 msgid "Migration process for users having installed Odoo before December 2020" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:114 msgid "" "If you are on-premise, please first make sure that your source is up-to-date" " with the latest version of Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:117 msgid "" "Users who have created a database before December 2020 need to install the " "new module manually to use the new functionalities." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:120 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Apps --> Update Apps List`, remove the " "default filter in the search bar and type: " @@ -415,13 +421,13 @@ msgid "" "button to install the new module." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:128 msgid "" "Finally, make sure all your users refresh their Odoo page by pressing " "CTRL+F5." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:132 msgid "" "All previous synchronizations are disconnected during the installation and " "won't work anymore. You can find them directly in the synchronization menu " @@ -430,29 +436,29 @@ msgid "" "ones." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:136 msgid "" "Please do not uninstall *account_online_sync* which is the previous module " "for online synchronization. The new one overrides it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:138 msgid "" "By default *account_online_synchronization* is installed automatically with " "Accounting." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:141 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:95 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:78 msgid "FAQ" msgstr "FAQ" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:144 msgid "The synchronization is not working in real-time. Is that normal?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:146 msgid "" "The process is not intended to work in real-time as third party providers " "synchronize your accounts at different intervals. To force the " @@ -464,7 +470,7 @@ msgid "" "transactions if you already performed such action earlier in the day." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:153 msgid "" "A transaction can be visible on your bank account, but not be fetched if it " "has the status *Pending*. Only transactions with the *Posted* status will be" @@ -472,32 +478,32 @@ msgid "" "status changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:158 msgid "Is the Online Bank Synchronization feature included in my contract?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:160 msgid "" "**Community Version**: No, this feature is not included in the Community " "Version." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:161 msgid "" "**Online Version**: Yes, even if you benefit from the One App Free contract." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:162 msgid "" "**Enterprise Version**: Yes, if you have a valid enterprise contract linked " "to your database." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:165 msgid "Some banks have a status \"Beta.\" What does this mean?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:167 msgid "" "This means that banking institutions are not yet fully supported by our " "Third Party Provider. Bugs or other problems may arise. Odoo does not " @@ -507,11 +513,11 @@ msgid "" " from the connection." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:173 msgid "Why do my transactions only synchronize when I refresh manually?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:175 msgid "" "Some banks have additional security measures and require extra steps, such " "as an SMS/email authentication code or another type of MFA. Because of this," @@ -519,21 +525,21 @@ msgid "" "provided." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:180 msgid "Not all of my past transactions are in Odoo, why?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:182 msgid "" "For some institutions, transactions can only be fetched up to 3 months in " "the past." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:185 msgid "Why don't I see any transactions?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:187 msgid "" "During your first synchronization, you selected the bank accounts you " "decided to synchronize with Odoo. If you didn't synchronize any of your " @@ -542,49 +548,49 @@ msgid "" "connection." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:191 msgid "There may also be no new transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:193 msgid "" "If your bank account is properly linked to a journal and posted transactions" " are not visible in your database, please `submit a support ticket " "<https://www.odoo.com/help>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:197 msgid "How can I update my bank credentials?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:199 msgid "" "You can update your credentials by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Online Synchronization`, open the connection you want to " "update your credentials and click on the *Update Credentials* button." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:204 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:124 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:111 msgid ":doc:`bank_statements`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:205 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:110 msgid ":doc:`ponto`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:206 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:123 msgid ":doc:`saltedge`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:3 msgid "Ponto as bank synchronization provider" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:5 msgid "" "**Ponto** is a service that allows companies and professionals to aggregate " "their accounts in one place and directly see all their transactions within " @@ -592,155 +598,155 @@ msgid "" "number of bank institutions that can be synchronized with Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:13 msgid "" "**Odoo** can synchronize directly with your bank to get all bank statements " "imported automatically into your database." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:16 msgid "" "Ponto is a paid third-party provider that can handle the synchronization " "between your bank accounts and Odoo. `Its pricing is 4€/month per " "account/integration <https://myponto.com/en#pricing>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:20 msgid "" "You can find more information about bank synchronization :doc:`on this page " "<bank_synchronization>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:27 msgid "Link your bank accounts with Ponto" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:29 msgid "Go to `Ponto's website (https://myponto.com) <https://myponto.com>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:30 msgid "Create an account if you don't have one yet." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:31 msgid "Once you are logged in, create an *organization*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounts --> Live`, and click on *Add account*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 msgid "You might have to add your **Billing Information** first." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:39 msgid "" "Select your country, your bank institutions, give your consent to Ponto, and" " follow the steps on-screen to link your bank account with your Ponto " "account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:46 msgid "" "Make sure to add all bank accounts you want to synchronize with your Odoo " "database before moving on to the next steps." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:50 msgid "Link your Ponto account with your Odoo database" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:52 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Add a Bank Account`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:53 msgid "" "Search your institution, make sure to select the right institution. By " "selecting the institution, you can verify that the third party provider is " "Ponto." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:55 msgid "Click on *Connect* and follow the steps." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:56 msgid "" "At some point, you will have to authorize the accounts you want to access in" " Odoo. Please select **all the accounts** you want to synchronize. Even the " "ones coming from other banking institutions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:64 msgid "Finish the flow." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:67 msgid "" "You have to authorize all the accounts you want to access in Odoo but, Odoo " "will filter the accounts based on the institution you selected at the second" " step." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:71 msgid "Update your synchronization credentials" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:73 msgid "" "You might have to update your Ponto credentials or modify the " "synchronization settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:75 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:87 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Online " "Synchronization` and select the institution you want to fetch the other " "accounts. Click on *Fetch Accounts* button to start the flow." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:79 msgid "" "During the update, select **all the accounts** you want to synchronize, even" " the ones coming from other banking institutions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:83 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:66 msgid "Fetch new accounts" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:85 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:68 msgid "You might want to add new online accounts to your connection." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:91 msgid "" "Don't forget to keep authorization for existing accounts (for all " "institutions that you have synchronized with Ponto)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:98 msgid "After my synchronization, no account appears" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:100 msgid "" "You selected an institution from the list and did not authorize any accounts" " from this institution." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:103 msgid "I have an error about that my authorization has expired" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:105 msgid "" "Every **3 months** (90 days) you must re-authorize the connection between " "your bank account and Ponto. This must be done from the `Ponto website " @@ -748,60 +754,60 @@ msgid "" "stop for these accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:110 msgid "I have some errors with my beta institution" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:112 msgid "" "Ponto provides institutions in *beta*, these institutions are not directly " "supported by Odoo and we advise you to contact Ponto directly." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:116 msgid "" "Using an institution in beta is beneficial for Ponto, it allows them to have" " real feedback on the connection with the institution." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:3 msgid "Salt Edge as bank synchronization provider" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:5 msgid "" "**Salt Edge** is a third-party provider that aggregates banking information " "from your bank accounts. It supports ~5000 institutions in more than 50 " "countries." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:13 msgid "" "Odoo can synchronize directly with your bank to get all bank statements " "imported automatically into your database." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:16 msgid "Salt Edge is a free third-party provider." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:22 msgid "Link your bank accounts with Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:24 msgid "" "Start synchronization by clicking on :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Add a Bank Account`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:26 msgid "" "Select the institution you want to synchronize. You can see if Salt Edge is " "the third party provider of the institution by selecting it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:28 msgid "" "After giving your phone number, you are asked for an email address. This " "email address is used to create your Salt Edge account. Please make sure you" @@ -809,31 +815,31 @@ msgid "" "your Salt Edge account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:37 msgid "" "After entering your email address, you are redirected to Salt Edge to " "continue the synchronization process." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:44 msgid "Make sure you give your consent by checking the consent checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:50 msgid "Complete the synchronization by following the steps." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:54 msgid "Update your credentials" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:56 msgid "" "You might have to update your Salt Edge credentials or modify the " "synchronization settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:58 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Online " "Synchronization` and select the institution you want to update credentials. " @@ -841,25 +847,25 @@ msgid "" "steps." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:62 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:74 msgid "" "Don't forget to check the consent checkbox. Otherwise, Odoo may not be able " "to access your information." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:70 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Online " "Synchronization` and select the institution to fetch the new accounts. Click" " on the *Fetch Accounts* button to start the flow and follow the steps." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:81 msgid "I have an error when I try to delete my synchronization within Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:83 msgid "" "Odoo can't permanently delete the connection you have created with the " "banking institution. However, it can revoke the consent you gave so that " @@ -872,25 +878,25 @@ msgid "" "record." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:92 msgid "I have an error saying that I have already synchronized this account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:94 msgid "" "You have probably already synchronized your bank account with Salt Edge, " "please check on your `dashboard <https://www.saltedge.com/dashboard>`_ that " "you don't already have a connection with the same credentials." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:98 msgid "" "In case you already have a synchronization with the same credentials present" " on your Salt Edge dashboard and this synchronization has not been created " "with Odoo, please delete it and create it from your Odoo database." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:102 msgid "" "In case you already have a connection with the same credentials present on " "your Salt Edge dashboard and this synchronization was created with Odoo, you" @@ -899,15 +905,16 @@ msgid "" "*Update Credentials* to reactivate the connection." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc.rst:3 ../../accounting/payables/misc.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc.rst:3 msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "Разное" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:3 msgid "Do a bank wire transfer from one bank to another" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:5 msgid "" "A company might have several bank accounts or cash registers. Within odoo it" " is possible to handle internal transfers of money with only a couple of " @@ -917,7 +924,7 @@ msgstr "" "рамках odoo можно обрабатывать внутренние переводы денег всего за несколько " "нажатий." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:9 msgid "" "We will take the following example to illustrate. My company has two bank " "accounts and I want to transfer 50.000 euros from one of our bank accounts " @@ -926,11 +933,11 @@ msgstr "" "Мы покажем такой пример. В моей компании есть два банковских счета, и я хочу" " перевести 50 000 евро с одного из наших банковских счетов на другой." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:17 msgid "Check your Chart of Accounts and default transfer account" msgstr "Проверьте свой график счетов и счет перевода по умолчанию" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:19 msgid "" "To handle internal transfers you need a transfer account in your charts of " "account. Odoo will generate an account automatically based on the country of" @@ -944,7 +951,7 @@ msgstr "" "умолчанию, перейдите к настройкам модуля бухучета, выберите " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:25 msgid "" "Your chart of accounts will be pre-installed depending on the country " "specified during your registration, it cannot be changed." @@ -952,7 +959,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ваш график счетов будет предварительно установлены в зависимости от страны, " "указанной при регистрации, ее невозможно изменить." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:31 msgid "" "The default transfer account will automatically be generated as well " "depending on your country's legislation. If necessary it can be modified " @@ -962,11 +969,11 @@ msgstr "" " от законодательства вашей страны. При необходимости его можно изменить с " "той же страницы." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:39 msgid "Create a second bank account / Journal" msgstr "Создайте второй банковский счет / журнал" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:41 msgid "" "Before we can register an internal transfer we need to add a new bank to our" " accounting dashboard. To do so enter the accounting module, click on " @@ -981,16 +988,16 @@ msgstr "" " счета **. Вы также можете создавать и редактировать свой банковский счет, " "чтобы указать детали своего банка." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:50 msgid "By saving the changes you now have 2 bank accounts." msgstr "После сохранения изменений у вас теперь есть 2 банковских счета." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:56 msgid "Register an internal transfer from one bank to another." msgstr "" "Зарегистрируйте внутренний перевод с одного банковского счета на другой" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:58 msgid "" "We will now transfer 50.000 euros from our **Bank** to our **Bank BE57 0633 " "9533 1498** account." @@ -998,11 +1005,11 @@ msgstr "" "Теперь мы перечислим 50 000 евро в нашей ** банковского счета ** на счет ** " "BE57 0633 9533 1498 **." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:62 msgid "Log an internal transfer" msgstr "Введите внутренний перевод" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:64 msgid "" "The first step is to register the internal payment. To do so go into your " "accounting dashboard, click on the **more** button of one of your banks and " @@ -1012,7 +1019,7 @@ msgstr "" " информационную панель Бухучета. нажмите на кнопку ** больше ** одного из " "ваших банков и выберите :menuselection:`New --> Internal transfer`." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:71 msgid "" "Create a new payment. The payment type will automatically be set to internal" " transfer. Select the **Bank** you want to transfer to, specify the " @@ -1022,17 +1029,17 @@ msgstr "" "внутреннее перемещение. Выберите ** Банк **, куда вы хотите выполнить " "перемещение, укажите ** Сумму ** и добавьте ** Примечание **, если хотите." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:76 msgid "" "The memo is important if you wish to automatically reconcile (see `Import " "bank statements and reconcile`_)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:82 msgid "Save and confirm the changes to register the payment." msgstr "Сохраните и подтвердите изменения, чтобы зарегистрировать платеж." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:84 msgid "" "In terms of accounting the money is now booked in the transfer account. " "We'll need to import bank statements to book the money in the final " @@ -1042,11 +1049,11 @@ msgstr "" "перевода. Нам нужно будет импортировать банковские выписки, чтобы зачислить " "деньги конечном счете." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:89 msgid "Import bank statements and reconcile" msgstr "Импорт банковские выписки и согласуйте их" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:91 msgid "" "Note that the bank balance computed by Odoo is different that the last " "statement of your bank." @@ -1054,7 +1061,7 @@ msgstr "" "Заметьте, что баланс, который исчисляется Odoo, отличается от последней " "банковской выписки." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:97 msgid "" "That is because we did not import the bank statement confirming the " "receiving and sending of the money. It's thus necessary to import your bank " @@ -1068,7 +1075,7 @@ msgstr "" " вы получите свои банковские выписки, нажмите кнопку ** новая выписка ** " "соответствующего банка, чтобы импортировать их." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:106 msgid "" "Fill in your **Transactions line**. Once done, Odoo will display a " "**Computed Balance**. that computed balance is the theorical end balance of " @@ -1082,11 +1089,11 @@ msgstr "" "выписке, это означает, что ошибок сделано не было. Заполните ** Конечный " "баланс ** и нажмите кнопку ** Согласовать **." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:114 msgid "The following window will open:" msgstr "Откроется следующее окно:" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:119 msgid "" "You need to choose counterparts for the payment. Select the correct bank " "statement line corresponding to the payment and click on the **reconcile** " @@ -1096,7 +1103,7 @@ msgstr "" " выписки, которая соответствует указанному параметру и нажмите кнопку ** " "согласовать **. Закройте выписку, чтобы завершить транзакцию." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:126 msgid "" "The same steps will need to be repeated once you receive your second bank " "statement. Note that if you specify the same amount and the same memo in " @@ -1108,18 +1115,18 @@ msgstr "" "примечание как в банковских выписках, так и в платежных операциях, тогда " "согласования произойдет автоматически." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:177 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:80 -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:153 msgid "Bank Reconciliation" msgstr "Сверка с банком" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:3 msgid "Reconciliation Models" msgstr "Модели Сверки" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:5 msgid "" "Once the bank statements are correctly imported, it is essential to " "*reconcile* the records properly and ensure all *Journal Entries* are " @@ -1128,45 +1135,45 @@ msgid "" "with recurrent entries such as bank fees." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:10 msgid "" "Add a link to the Reconciliation process in the paragraph above, once the " "doc will have been updated." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:14 msgid "" "Reconciliation Models are also useful to handle *Cash Discounts*. Please " "refer to :doc:`this documentation " "<../../receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts>` for more information." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:21 msgid "Types of Reconciliation Models" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:23 msgid "There are three types of Reconciliation Models:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:25 msgid ":ref:`Write-off Button <reconciliation_models_button>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:26 msgid "" ":ref:`Suggestion of counterpart values <reconciliation_models_suggestion>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:27 msgid ":ref:`Match existing invoices/bills <reconciliation_models_match>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:32 msgid "Manually create a write-off on clicked button" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:34 msgid "" "When you are reconciling an entry with an *Open Balance*, you can use the " "buttons available under the *Manual Operations* tab to pre-fill all the " @@ -1174,22 +1181,22 @@ msgid "" " different Reconciliation Model." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:45 msgid "Suggest counterpart values" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:47 msgid "" "This type of Reconciliation Model suggests immediately counterpart values " "that only need to be validated. This automation is based on a set of rules " "defined in the reconciliation model." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:57 msgid "Match existing invoices/bills" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:59 msgid "" "This type of Reconciliation Model automatically selects the right Customer " "Invoice or Vendor Bill that matches the payment. All that is left to do is " @@ -1197,7 +1204,7 @@ msgid "" " the reconciliation model." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:71 msgid "" "To manage or create new **Reconciliation Models**, go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reconciliation --> Reconciliation Models`. " @@ -1206,31 +1213,31 @@ msgid "" " on *Reconciliation Models*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:81 msgid "" "The first entry, named *Invoices Matching Rule*, is the one responsible for " "the current matching of invoices and bills. Therefore, it is advised to " "leave it at the top of the list and not to delete it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:85 msgid "" "Open the model you want to modify, or click on *Create* to create a new one," " then fill out the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:88 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:50 msgid "Type" msgstr "Тип" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:90 msgid "" "See :ref:`above <reconciliation_models_types>` for an explanation about the " "different types of Reconciliation Models." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:94 msgid "" "If the *Documents* application is installed on your database, an additional " "**Activity type** field appears when *To check* is ticked. Selecting the " @@ -1238,17 +1245,17 @@ msgid "" "*Request Document* window pops up to request a document from a user." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:100 msgid "Conditions on Bank Statement Line" msgstr "Условия на строке банковского счета" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:102 msgid "" "Define here all the conditions that are required for a Reconciliation Model " "to be applied." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:105 msgid "" "If a record matches with several Reconciliation Models, the first one in the" " *sequence* of models will be applied. The sequence is simply the order of " @@ -1256,52 +1263,54 @@ msgid "" "dropping the handle next to the name." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:114 msgid "Counterpart Values" msgstr "противоположные значения" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:116 msgid "" "This section comprises the values that are applied by the Reconciliation " "Model." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:118 msgid "" "If the value to reconcile needs to be written-off in two separate accounts, " "click on *Add a second line*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:127 msgid ":doc:`use_cases`" msgstr ":doc:`use_cases`" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:128 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:108 msgid ":doc:`../feeds/bank_synchronization`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:129 msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:3 msgid "Bank reconciliation process - use cases" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/overview.rst:3 ../../accounting/reporting/overview.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview" msgstr "Обзор" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:8 msgid "" "Matching your bank statements with your accounting records can be a tedious " "task. You need to find the corresponding invoices, compare the amounts and " @@ -1316,19 +1325,19 @@ msgstr "" "легко сопоставить счета-фактуры или любой другой платежный документ с вашими" " банковскими выписками." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:10 msgid "Two options of the reconciliation process exist in Odoo." msgstr "В Odoo существует две опции процесса согласования." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:12 msgid "We can directly specify the payment on the invoice" msgstr "Мы можем указывать платеж прямо на счета" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:13 msgid "We can reconcile open invoices with bank statements" msgstr "Мы можем согласовать открыты счета с банковскими выписками" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:18 msgid "" "No special configuration is necessary to record invoices. All we need to do " "is to install the accounting app." @@ -1336,15 +1345,15 @@ msgstr "" "Нет специальных настроек для записи счетов. Все, что нам нужно сделать, это " "установить модуль бухучета." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:25 msgid "Use cases" msgstr "Используйте различные варианты" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:28 msgid "Case 1: Payments registration" msgstr "Случай 1: Регистрация платежей" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:30 msgid "" "We received the proof of payment of our invoice in the amount of 2100 euros " "issued to Smith & Co." @@ -1352,7 +1361,7 @@ msgstr "" "Мы получили подтверждение оплаты нашего счета в размере 2100 евро, выданного" " Smith & Co." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:33 msgid "" "We start at our issued Invoice of 2100 euros for Smith & Co. Because the " "sold product is a service we demand an immediate payment. Our accountant " @@ -1366,7 +1375,7 @@ msgstr "" "обозначить этот счет-фактуру как уплаченный, чтобы указать, что мы можем " "начать предоставлять услуги нашему клиенту." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:39 msgid "" "Our customer send us a payment confirmation. We can thus register a payment " "and mark the invoice as paid." @@ -1374,7 +1383,7 @@ msgstr "" "Наш клиент посылает нам подтверждение платежа. Таким образом, мы можем " "зарегистрировать платеж и обозначить счет как оплаченный." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:45 msgid "" "By clicking on **register payment,** we are telling Odoo that our customer " "has paid the Invoice. We thus have to specify the amount and the payment " @@ -1384,7 +1393,7 @@ msgstr "" "том, что наш клиент оплатил счет. Таким образом, нам нужно указать сумму и " "способ оплаты." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:52 msgid "" "Now we can always find the payment details in the Invoice by clicking on the" " :menuselection:`Info --> Open Payment`." @@ -1392,18 +1401,18 @@ msgstr "" "Теперь мы можем всегда находить детали платежа в счете, нажав " ":menuselection:`Info --> Open Payment`." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:58 msgid "" "The invoice has been paid and **the reconciliation has been done " "automatically.**" msgstr "" "Счет-фактура оплачена, и ** согласования было осуществлено автоматически. **" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:62 msgid "Case 2: Bank statements reconciliations" msgstr "Случай 2: согласование банковских отчетов" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:64 msgid "" "We start at our issued Invoice of 3000 euros for Smith & Co. Let's also " "assume that other Invoices are open for different customers." @@ -1412,7 +1421,7 @@ msgstr "" " Smith & Co .. Давайте также предположим, что другие счета-фактуры " "открыты для различных клиентов." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:70 msgid "" "We receive our bank statement and find that not only the invoice issued to " "Smith & Co has been paid, but the one to Buzz of 92 euros as well." @@ -1420,7 +1429,7 @@ msgstr "" "Мы получаем нашу банковскую выписку и обнаруживаем, что оплачен не только " "счет-фактура, выданная Smith & Co, но и Buzz в размере 92 евро." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:73 msgid "" "**Import** or **Create** the bank statements. Please refer to the documents " "from the Bank Feeds section." @@ -1428,11 +1437,11 @@ msgstr "" "** Импорт ** или ** Создайте ** банковские выписки. Пожалуйста, обратитесь к" " документам в разделе Банковские выписки." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:79 msgid "On the dashboard, click on **Reconcile # Items**" msgstr "На информационной панели нажмите ** Согласовать # Элементов **" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:84 msgid "" "If everything was right (correct partner name, right amount) odoo will do " "the reconciliations **automatically**." @@ -1440,13 +1449,13 @@ msgstr "" "Если все было правильно (правильное имя партнера, нужна сумма), odoo ** " "автоматически ** выполнять согласования." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:90 msgid "If some issues are found, you will need to take **manual actions**." msgstr "" "Если выявлены некоторые проблемы, вам нужно будет принять ** мероприятий " "вручную **." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:92 msgid "" "For example, if the partner is missing from your bank statement, just fill " "it in :" @@ -1454,7 +1463,7 @@ msgstr "" "Например, если в вашей банковской выписке отсутствует партнер, заполните " "его:" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:98 msgid "" "If the payment is done with a down payment, just check if it is all right " "and validate all related payments :" @@ -1462,123 +1471,124 @@ msgstr "" "Если оплата осуществляется с помощью авансового платежа, просто проверьте, " "правильно ли это, и проверьте все связанные платежи:" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:105 msgid "Hit CTRL-Enter to reconcile all the balanced items in the sheet." msgstr "" "Нажмите CTRL-Enter, чтобы согласовать все сбалансированы элементы в отчетах." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:168 msgid "Setup" -msgstr "Установка" +msgstr "Настройки" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:3 msgid "Bank Accounts" msgstr "Банковские счета" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:5 msgid "" "You can manage as many **Bank Accounts** as needed on your database. " "Configuring them well allows you to make sure that all your banking data is " "up to date and ready for the reconciliation with your *Journal Entries*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:9 msgid "" "In Odoo Accounting, each Bank Account is configured to have a dedicated " "*Journal* which is configured to post all entries in a dedicated *Account*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:12 msgid "" "Whenever you add a Bank Account, a dedicated journal and a dedicated account" " are automatically created and configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:15 msgid "" "Every **Bank Journal** is displayed by default on the **Accounting " "Overview** in the form of a convenient card. It includes action buttons that" " are displayed when appropriate." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:25 msgid "Add a new Bank Account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:27 msgid "" "You can either connect your bank account to your Odoo database, or configure" " your bank account manually and :doc:`upload the bank statements manually " "<../feeds/bank_statements>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:31 msgid "Bank Synchronization" msgstr "Банк Синхронизация" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:33 msgid "" "Connect your bank account to your database and have your bank statements " "synced automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:35 msgid "" "To synchronize a new bank account, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration`, click on *Add a Bank Account*, then find your bank in the " "list, click on *Connect*, and follow the instructions on-screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:40 msgid "" ":doc:`Click here <../../bank/feeds/bank_synchronization>` for more " "information about this bank synchronization." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:48 msgid "Manual configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:50 msgid "" "If your Bank Institution can’t be synchronized automatically, or if you " "prefer not to sync it with your database, you may also configure your bank " "account manually." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:53 msgid "" "To add a new bank account manually, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration`, click on *Add a Bank Account*, then on *Create it*, and fill" " out the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:65 msgid "**Name**: the bank account's name, as displayed on Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:57 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:66 msgid "**Account Number**: your bank account number (IBAN in Europe)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:67 msgid "" "**Bank**: click on *Create and Edit* to configure the bank's details. Add " "the bank institution's name and its Identifier Code (BIC or SWIFT)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:60 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:69 msgid "" "**Code**: this code is your Journal's *Short Code*, as displayed on Odoo. By" " default, Odoo creates a new Journal with this Short Code." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:62 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:71 msgid "" "**Journal**: This field is displayed if you have an existing Bank Journal " "that is not linked yet to a bank account. If so, then select the *Journal* " @@ -1586,24 +1596,24 @@ msgid "" "account or create a new one by clicking on *Create and Edit*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:67 msgid "" "Odoo detects the bank account type (e.g., IBAN) and enables some features " "accordingly." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:75 msgid "Advanced configuration" msgstr "расширенные настройки" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:77 msgid "" "To edit an existing bank account, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Bank Accounts`, and open the bank account you want to " "modify." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:80 msgid "" "If you need to edit the bank account details, go to the *Bank Account* field" " and click on the *External Link* button next to the list arrow. There, you " @@ -1612,32 +1622,32 @@ msgid "" "the *Bank* field. These details are used to register some payments." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:85 msgid "" "You can configure which types of payments are enabled in the **Payment " "Method Types** section and how the bank statements are recorded and posted " "in the **Bank Statements** section." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:93 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:192 msgid ":doc:`../../bank/feeds/bank_synchronization`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:94 msgid ":doc:`../feeds/bank_statements`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:95 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:194 -msgid "`Odoo Learn: Accounting Basics <https://www.odoo.com/r/lsZ>`_" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:194 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Accounting Basics <https://www.odoo.com/r/lsZ>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:3 msgid "Manage a bank in a foreign currency" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:5 msgid "" "In Odoo, every transaction is recorded in the default currency of the " "company. Reports are all based on the currency of the company. But for " @@ -1650,7 +1660,7 @@ msgstr "" "другой валюте, Odoo сохраняет как стоимость в валюте компании, так и " "стоимость в валюте операции." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:11 msgid "" "When you have a bank account in a foreign currencies, for every transaction," " Odoo stores two values:" @@ -1658,15 +1668,15 @@ msgstr "" "Если у вас есть банковский счет в иностранной валюте, для каждой транзакции " "Odoo сохраняет два значения:" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:14 msgid "The debit/credit in the currency of the company" msgstr "Дебет / кредит в валюте компании" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:16 msgid "The debit/credit in the currency of the bank account" msgstr "Дебет / кредит в валюте банковского счета" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:18 msgid "" "Currency rates are updated automatically using yahoo.com, or the European " "Central bank web-services." @@ -1674,11 +1684,11 @@ msgstr "" "Курсы валют обновляются автоматически с помощью модуля синхронизации с " "Нацбанком Украины." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:25 msgid "Activate the multi-currency feature" msgstr "Активируйте мультивалютную функцию" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:27 msgid "" "In order to allow your company to work with multiple currencies, you should " "activate the multi-currency mode. In the accounting application, go into " @@ -1693,11 +1703,11 @@ msgstr "" "Предоставьте учет ** доходов / расходов курсовой разницы ** и нажмите ** " "Применить **." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:34 msgid "Configure currencies" msgstr "Настройте валюту" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:36 msgid "" "Once the Odoo is configured to support multiple currencies, you should " "activate the currencies you plan to work with. To do that, go to the menu " @@ -1712,7 +1722,7 @@ msgstr "" "планируете поддерживать (чтобы активировать валюту, отметьте это поле, как " ""Активно")." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:42 msgid "" "After having activated the currencies, you can configure the parameters to " "automate the currency rate update. These options are also in the settings of" @@ -1722,16 +1732,16 @@ msgstr "" "обновления курса валюты. Эти параметры также находятся в настройках " "бухгалтерской программы в нижней части страницы:" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:49 msgid "Click on the **Update Now** link to update the currency rates now." msgstr "" "Нажмите на ссылку ** Обновить сейчас **, чтобы обновить курсы валют сейчас." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:52 msgid "Create a new bank account" msgstr "Создайте новый банковский счет" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:54 msgid "" "In the accounting application, we first go to :menuselection:`Configuration " "--> Accounting / Bank account`, and we create a new one." @@ -1740,21 +1750,21 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Accounting / Bank account`, и создаем " "новый." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:60 msgid "" "Once you save this bank account, Odoo will create all the documents for you:" msgstr "" "После сохранения этого банковского счета Odoo создаст для вас все документы:" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:63 msgid "An account in the trial balance" msgstr "Аккаунт в пробном балансе" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:65 msgid "A journal in your dashboard" msgstr "Журнал на информационной панели" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:67 msgid "" "Information about the bank account in the footer of your invoices if checked" " the box **Show in Invoices Footer**" @@ -1762,11 +1772,11 @@ msgstr "" "Информация о банковском счете в нижнем углу ваших счетов-фактур, если " "обозначено ** Показать в нижней части счета-фактуры **" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:71 msgid "Example: A vendor bill in a foreign currency" msgstr "Пример: счет поставщика в иностранной валюте" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:73 msgid "" "Based on the above example, let's assume we receive the following bill from " "a supplier in China." @@ -1774,14 +1784,14 @@ msgstr "" "Исходя из приведенного выше примера, предположим, что мы получаем следующий " "счет поставщика в Китае." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:76 msgid "" "In the :menuselection:`Purchase --> Vendor Bills` , this is what you could " "see:" msgstr "" "В :menuselection:`Purchase --> Vendor Bills`, то, что вы можете видеть:" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:81 msgid "" "Once you are ready to pay this bill, click on register payment on the bill " "to record a payment." @@ -1789,7 +1799,7 @@ msgstr "" "Когда вы готовы оплатить этот счет, нажмите зарегистрировать платеж на " "счету, чтобы записать платеж." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:87 msgid "" "That's all you have to do. Odoo will automatically post the foreign exchange" " gain or loss at the reconciliation of the payment with the invoice, " @@ -1801,7 +1811,7 @@ msgstr "" "зависимости от того, увеличился или уменьшился курс валюты между счету-" "фактуре и дате платежа." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:92 msgid "" "Note that you can pay a foreign bill with another currency. In such a case, " "Odoo will automatically convert between the two currencies." @@ -1809,11 +1819,11 @@ msgstr "" "Заметьте, что вы можете оплатить иностранный счет другой валютой. В таком " "случае Odoo будет автоматически конвертировать между двумя валютами." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:96 msgid "Customers Statements" msgstr "Сверки с клиентами" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:98 msgid "" "Customers and vendor statements are managed in the currency of the invoice. " "So, the amount due by your customer (to your vendor) is always expressed in " @@ -1823,7 +1833,7 @@ msgstr "" "образом, сумма, которая принадлежит вашим клиентам (вашим поставщикам), " "всегда выражается в валюте счета." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:102 msgid "" "If you have several invoices with different currencies for the same " "customer, Odoo will split the customer statement by currency, as shown in " @@ -1833,7 +1843,7 @@ msgstr "" "того же клиента, Odoo разделит выписку клиента за валютой, как показано в " "отчете ниже." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:109 msgid "" "In the above report, the account receivable associated to Camptocamp is not " "managed in a secondary currency, which means that it keeps every transaction" @@ -1847,7 +1857,7 @@ msgstr "" "установить дебиторской задолженности по этим клиентом во вторичной валюте, и" " все его долги автоматически конвертируются в эту валюту." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:115 msgid "" "In such a case, the customer statement always has only one currency. In " "general, this is not what the customer expect as he prefers to see the " @@ -1857,11 +1867,11 @@ msgstr "" "не то, что ожидает клиент, поскольку он предпочитает видеть суммы в валюте " "полученных счетов-фактур." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:3 msgid "Manage a cash register" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:5 msgid "" "The cash register is a journal to register receivings and payments " "transactions. It calculates the total money in and out, computing the total " @@ -1870,7 +1880,7 @@ msgstr "" "Кассовый учет - это журнал для регистрации дебиторской и платежной операций." " Он вычисляет сумму денег через общий баланс." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:14 msgid "" "Configure the Cash journal in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " "--> Journals`." @@ -1878,7 +1888,7 @@ msgstr "" "Настройте наличный журнал :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " "Journals`." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:17 msgid "" "In the tab Journal Entries, the Default Debit and Credit Account can be " "configured as well as the currency of the journal" @@ -1886,17 +1896,17 @@ msgstr "" "Во вкладке Записи журнала можно настроить дебетовое и кредитное сообщение по" " умолчанию, а также валюту журнала." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:21 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:256 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:34 msgid "Usage" msgstr "Использование" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:24 msgid "How to register cash payments?" msgstr "Как зарегистрировать денежные оплаты?" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:26 msgid "" "To register a cash payment specific to another customer, you should follow " "these steps:" @@ -1904,7 +1914,7 @@ msgstr "" "Чтобы зарегистрировать наличный платеж, специфический для другого клиента, " "необходимо выполнить следующие действия:" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:29 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Dashboard --> Cash --> Register " "Transactions`" @@ -1912,21 +1922,21 @@ msgstr "" "Перейдите к :menuselection:`Accounting --> Dashboard --> Cash --> Register " "Transactions`" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:32 msgid "Fill in the start and ending balance" msgstr "Заполните начальный и конечный баланс" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:34 msgid "" "Register the transactions, specifying the customers linked to the " "transaction" msgstr "Зарегистрируйте транзакции, указав клиентов, связанных с транзакцией" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:37 msgid "Put money in" msgstr "положите деньги" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:39 msgid "" "Put money in is used to placed your cash manually before starting your " "transactions. From the Register Transactions window, go to " @@ -1936,11 +1946,11 @@ msgstr "" "ваших транзакций. Из окна Транзакции кассы перейдите к :menuselection:`More " "--> Put money in`" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:47 msgid "Take money out" msgstr "Возьмите деньги" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:49 msgid "" "Take money out is used to collect/get yor your cash manually after ending " "all your transactions. From the Register Transaction windows, go to " @@ -1950,60 +1960,64 @@ msgstr "" "после окончания всех ваших транзакций. Из окна Транзакции кассы перейдите к " ":menuselection:`More --> Take money out`" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:56 msgid "" "The transactions will be added to the current cash payment registration." msgstr "Операции будут добавлены к текущей регистрации денежных оплат." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations.rst:3 msgid "Fiscal Localizations" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations.rst:3 msgid "Localizations" msgstr "локализации" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:17 msgid "Argentina" msgstr "Аргентина" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:6 msgid "Webinars" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:8 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:8 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:8 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:8 msgid "" "Below you can find videos with a general description of the localization, " "and how to configure it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:10 msgid "`VIDEO WEBINAR OF A COMPLETE DEMO <https://youtu.be/c41-8cVaYAI>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:13 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:13 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:13 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:13 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:11 +msgid "`ECOMMERCE <https://youtu.be/5gUi2WWfRuI>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:63 msgid "Introduction" msgstr "Введение" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:16 msgid "" "The Argentinean localization has been improved and extended in Odoo v13, in " "this version the next modules are available:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:19 msgid "" "**l10n_ar**: This module add accounting features for the Argentinian " "localization, which represent the minimal configuration needed for a company" @@ -2011,7 +2025,7 @@ msgid "" "Ingresos Públicos) regulations and guidelines." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:23 msgid "" "**l10n_ar_reports**: Add VAT Book report which is a legal requirement in " "Argentine and that holds the VAT detail info of sales or purchases recorded " @@ -2019,29 +2033,29 @@ msgid "" "that is used to analyze the invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:27 msgid "" "**l10n_ar_edi**: This module includes all technical and functional " "requirements to generate Electronic Invoice via web service, based on the " "AFIP regulations." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:35 msgid "Install the Argentinean localization modules" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:37 msgid "" "For this, go to *Apps* and search for Argentina. Then click *Install* for " "the first two modules." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:42 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:43 msgid "Configure your company" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:45 msgid "" "Once that the modules are installed, the first step is to set up your " "company data. Additional to the basic information, a key field to fill in " @@ -2049,12 +2063,12 @@ msgid "" "structure of the company:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:53 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:64 msgid "Chart of Account" msgstr "План счетов" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:56 msgid "" "In Accounting settings there are three available packages of Chart of " "accounts, which are related to the AFIP responsibility type of the Company, " @@ -2062,38 +2076,38 @@ msgid "" " companies that gave more complex fiscal requirements:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:60 msgid "Monotributista (149 accounts)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:61 msgid "IVA Exempto (159 accounts)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:62 msgid "Responsables Inscriptos (166 Accounts)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:67 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:234 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:240 msgid "Configure Master data" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:71 msgid "Electronic Invoice Credentials" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:74 msgid "Environment" msgstr "Окружение" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:76 msgid "" "The AFIP infrastructure is replicated in two separate environments, Testing " "and Production." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:78 msgid "" "Testing is provided so that the Companies can test their developments until " "they are ready to move into the Production environment. As these two " @@ -2101,36 +2115,36 @@ msgid "" "certificates of one instance are not valid in the other one." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:82 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Argentinian Localization` " "to select the environment:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:89 msgid "AFIP Certificates" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:90 msgid "" "The electronic invoice and other afip services work with WebServices (WS) " "provided by the AFIP." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:92 msgid "" "In order to enable communication with the AFIP, the first step is to request" " a Digital Certificate if you don’t have one already." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:95 msgid "" "Generate certificate Sign Request (Odoo). When this option is selected a " "file with extension ``.csr`` (certificate signing request) is generated to " "be used the AFIP portal to request the certificate." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:101 msgid "" "Generate Certificate (AFIP). Access the AFIP portal and follow the " "instructions described in the next document in order to get a certificate. " @@ -2138,34 +2152,34 @@ msgid "" "<http://www.afip.gob.ar/ws/WSAA/wsaa_obtener_certificado_produccion.pdf>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:105 msgid "" "Upload Certificate and Private Key (Odoo). Once the certificate has been " "generated, it needs to be uploaded in Odoo, using the pencil next in the " "field “Certificado” and selecting the corresponding file." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:112 msgid "" "In case you need to configure the Homologation Certificate, please refer to " "the AFIP official documentation: `Homologation Certificate " "<http://www.afip.gob.ar/ws/documentacion/certificados.asp>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:116 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:154 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:322 msgid "Partner" msgstr "Партнёр" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:157 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:325 msgid "Identification Type and VAT" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:122 msgid "" "As part of the Argentinean localization, the document types defined by the " "AFIP are now available on the Partner form, this information is essential " @@ -2173,70 +2187,70 @@ msgid "" "default:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:130 msgid "" "The complete list of Identification types defined by the AFIP is included in" " Odoo but only the common ones are active." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:134 msgid "AFIP Responsibility Type" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:136 msgid "" "In Argentina the document type associated with customers and vendors " "transactions is defined based on the AFIP Responsibility type, this field " "should be defined in the partner form:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:142 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:192 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:122 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:69 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:237 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:3 msgid "Taxes" msgstr "Налоги" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:145 msgid "" "As part of the localization module, the taxes are created automatically " "with their related financial account and configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:151 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:208 msgid "Taxes Types" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:154 msgid "Argentina has several tax types, the most common ones are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:156 msgid "VAT. Is the regular VAT and it can have several percentages." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:157 msgid "Perception. Advance payment of a tax that is applied on Invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:158 msgid "Retention. Advance payment of a tax that is applied on payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:159 msgid "Otros." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:162 msgid "Special Taxes" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:164 msgid "" "Some argentine taxes are not commonly used for all companies, these type of" " taxes are included as inactive by default, it's important that before " @@ -2244,13 +2258,13 @@ msgid "" "Inactive taxes:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:171 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:218 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:268 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:274 msgid "Document Types" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:174 msgid "" "In some Latin America countries, including Argentina, some accounting " "transactions like invoices and vendor bills are classified by document " @@ -2258,14 +2272,14 @@ msgid "" "AFIP)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:178 msgid "" "The document type is an essential information that needs to be displayed in " "the printed reports and that needs to be easily identified, within the set " "of invoices as well of account moves." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:181 msgid "" "Each document type can have a unique sequence per journal where it is " "assigned. As part of the localization, the Document Type include the country" @@ -2273,91 +2287,91 @@ msgid "" "when the localization module is installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:184 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:237 msgid "" "The information required for the document types is included by default so " "the user doesn't need to fill anything on this view:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:191 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:245 msgid "" "There are several document types that are inactive by default but can be " "activated if needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:195 msgid "Letters" msgstr "письма" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:196 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:197 msgid "" "For Argentina, the document types include a letter that helps that indicates" " the transaction/operation, example:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:200 msgid "" "When an invoice is related to a B2B transaction, a document type \"A\" must " "be used." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:201 msgid "" "When an invoice is related to a B2C transaction, a document type \"B\" must " "be used." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:202 msgid "" "When an invoice is related to exportation transaction, a document type \"E\"" " must be used." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:204 msgid "" "The documents included in the localization have the proper letter " "associated, the user doesn't need to configure anything additional." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:210 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:249 msgid "Use on Invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:212 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:251 msgid "The document type on each transaction will be determined by:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:215 msgid "" "The Journal related to the Invoice, identifying if the journal use " "documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:216 msgid "" "Condition applied based on the type of Issues and Receiver (ex. Type of " "fiscal regimen of the buyer and type of fiscal regimen of the vendor)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:219 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:253 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:140 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:296 msgid "Journals" msgstr "Журналы" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:222 msgid "" "In the Argentinean localization the Journal can have a different approach " "depending on its usage and internal type, to configure you journals go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:226 msgid "" "For Sales and Purchase Journals it’s possible to enable the option *Use " "Documents*, this indicates the Journal enables a list of document types that" @@ -2365,43 +2379,43 @@ msgid "" "invoices, please refer to the section 2.3 Document Types." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:230 msgid "" "If the Sales/Purchase journal are used without the option *Use Documents* it" " because they won’t be used to generate fiscal invoices, but mostly for " "account moves related to internal control process." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:234 msgid "AFIP Information (also known as AFIP Point of Sale)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:239 msgid "" "**AFIP POS System**: This field is only visible for the Sales journals and " "defined the type of AFIP POS that will be used to manage the transactions " "for which the journal is created. The AFIP POS defines as well:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:243 msgid "The sequences of document types related to the Web service." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:244 msgid "The structure and data of the electronic invoice file." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:247 msgid "Web Services" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:248 msgid "" "``wsfev1: Electronic Invoice.`` This is the most common service, is used to " "generated invoices for document types A, B, C, M with no detail per item." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:250 msgid "" "``wsbfev1: Electronic Fiscal Bond.`` For those who invoice capital goods " "and wish to access the benefit of the Electronic Tax Bonds granted by the " @@ -2410,20 +2424,20 @@ msgid "" "capital>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:253 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:254 msgid "" "``wsfexv1: Electronic Exportation Invoice.`` Used to generate invoices for " "international customers and transactions that involve exportation process, " "the document type related is type “E”." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:260 msgid "" "**AFIP POS Number**: This is the number configured in the AFIP to identify " "the operations related to this AFIP POS." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:263 msgid "" "**AFIP POS Address**: This field is related to commercial address registered" " for the POS, which is usually the same address than the Company. For " @@ -2432,38 +2446,38 @@ msgid "" "invoice report." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:268 msgid "" "**Unified Book**: When AFIP POS System is Preimpresa the document types " "(applicable to the journal) with the same letter will share the same " "sequence. For example:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:270 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:271 msgid "Invoice: FA-A 0001-00000002." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:271 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:272 msgid "Credit Note: NC-A 0001-00000003." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:273 msgid "Debit Note: ND-A 0001-00000004." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:276 msgid "Sequences" msgstr "Последовательность" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:277 msgid "" "In case that you want to synchronize the next number in the sequence in Odoo" " based on the next number in the AFIP POS, the next button that is visible " -"under :doc:`developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` can " -"be used:" +"under :doc:`developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>` can be " +"used:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:285 msgid "" "When creating the Purchase journals, it's possible to define if they can be " "related to document types or not. In case that the option to use documents " @@ -2471,63 +2485,63 @@ msgid "" "sequences as the document number is provided by the vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:290 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:170 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:348 msgid "Usage and testing" msgstr "Использование и тестирования" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:293 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:294 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:173 msgid "Invoice" msgstr "Счёт" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:295 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:296 msgid "" "After the partners and journals are created and configured, when the " "invoices are created the will have the next behaviour:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:299 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:300 msgid "Document type assignation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:302 msgid "" "Once the partner is selected the document type will filled automatically, " "based on the AFIP document type:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:305 msgid "**Invoice for a customer IVA Responsable Inscripto, prefix A**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:310 msgid "**Invoice for an end customer, prefix B**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:315 msgid "**Exportation Invoice, prefix E**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:320 msgid "" "As it is shown in the invoices, all of them use the same journal but the " "prefix and sequence is given by the document type." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:322 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:323 msgid "" "The most common document type will be defined automatically for the " "different combinations of AFIP responsibility type but it can be updated " "manually by the user." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:327 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:328 msgid "Electronic Invoice elements" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:328 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:329 msgid "" "When using electronic invoice, if all the information is correct the Invoice" " is posted in the standard way, in case that something needs to be addressed" @@ -2536,212 +2550,212 @@ msgid "" "draft until the related data is corrected." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:333 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:334 msgid "" "Once the invoice is posted, the information related to the AFIP validation " "and status is displayed in the AFIP Tab, including:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:336 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:337 msgid "AFIP Autorisation: CAE number." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:338 msgid "" "Expiration date: Deadline to deliver the invoice to the customers. Normally " "10 days after the CAE is generated." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:339 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:340 msgid "Result:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:341 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:342 msgid "Aceptado en AFIP." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:343 msgid "Aceptado con Observaciones." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:349 msgid "Invoice Taxes" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:351 msgid "" "Based on the AFIP Responsibility type, the VAT tax can have a different " "behavior on the pdf report:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:353 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:354 msgid "" "**A. Tax excluded:** In this case the taxed amount needs to be clearly " "identified in the report. This condition applies when the customer has the " "following AFIP Responsibility type:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:356 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:357 msgid "Responsable Inscripto." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:361 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:362 msgid "" "**B. Tax amount included:** This means that the taxed amount is included as " "part of the product price, subtotal and totals. This condition applies when " "the customer has the following AFIP Responsibility types:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:365 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:366 msgid "IVA Sujeto Exento." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:366 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:367 msgid "Consumidor Final." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:367 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:368 msgid "Responsable Monotributo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:368 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:369 msgid "IVA liberado." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:375 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:376 msgid "Special Use Cases" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:378 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:379 msgid "Invoices for Services" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:379 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:380 msgid "" "For electronic invoices that include Services, the AFIP requires to report " "the service starting and ending date, this information can be filled in the" " tab “Other Info”:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:385 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:386 msgid "" "If the dates are not selected manually before the invoice is validated, the" " values will be filled automatically considering the beginning and day of " "the invoice month:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:393 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:394 msgid "Exportation Invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:394 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:395 msgid "" "The invoices related to Exportation transactions required a Journal that " "used the AFIP POS System “Expo Voucher - Web Service” so the proper document" " type be associated:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:400 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:401 msgid "" "When the customer selected in the Invoice has set the AFIP responsibility " "type as “Cliente / Proveedor del Exterior” or “IVA Liberado – Ley Nº " "19.640”, Odoo automatically assigned:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:403 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:404 msgid "Journal related to the exportation Web Service." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:404 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:405 msgid "Exportation document type ." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:405 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:406 msgid "Fiscal position: Compras/Ventas al exterior." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:406 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:407 msgid "Concepto AFIP: Products / Definitive export of goods." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:407 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:408 msgid "Exempt Taxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:413 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:414 msgid "" "The Exportation Documents required the Incoterm in :menuselection:`Other " "Info --> Accounting`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:420 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:421 msgid "Fiscal Bond" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:421 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:422 msgid "" "The Electronic Fiscal bond is used for those who invoice capital goods and " "wish to access the benefit of the Electronic Tax Bonds granted by the " "Ministry of Economy." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:424 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:449 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:425 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:450 msgid "" "For these transactions it’s important to have into consideration the next " "requirements:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:426 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:427 msgid "Currency (according to parameter table) and invoice quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:427 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:428 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:150 msgid "Taxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:428 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:429 msgid "Zone." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:429 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:430 msgid "Detail each item." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:431 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:432 msgid "Code according to the Common Nomenclator of Mercosur (NCM)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:432 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:433 msgid "Complete description." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:433 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:434 msgid "Unit Net Price." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:434 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:435 msgid "Quantity." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:435 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:436 msgid "Unit of measurement." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:436 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:437 msgid "Bonus." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:437 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:438 msgid "VAT rate." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:441 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:442 msgid "Electronic Credit Invoice MiPyme (FCE)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:443 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:444 msgid "" "**Invoices:** There are several document types classified as Mipyme also " "known as Electronic Credit Invoice (FCE in spanish), which is used to " @@ -2751,43 +2765,43 @@ msgid "" " to their clients and / or vendors." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:451 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:452 msgid "Specific document types (201, 202, 206, etc)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:452 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:453 msgid "The emisor should be eligible by the AFIP to MiPyme transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:453 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:454 msgid "The amount should be bigger than 100,000 ARS." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:454 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:455 msgid "" "A bank account type CBU must be related to the emisor, otherwise the invoice" " can’t be validated, having these errors messages for example:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:460 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:461 msgid "" "**Credit& Debit Notes:** When creating a Credit/Debit note related to a FCE " "document, it is important take the next points into consideration:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:463 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:464 msgid "" "Use the Credit and Debit Note buttons, so the correct reference of the " "originator document passed to the note." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:470 msgid "" "The document letter should be the same than the originator document (either " "A or B)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:470 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:471 msgid "" "The same currency as the source document must be used. When using a " "secondary currency there is an exchange difference if the currency rate is " @@ -2795,59 +2809,59 @@ msgid "" "create a credit/debit note to decrease/increase the amount to pay in ARS." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:475 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:476 msgid "In the workflow we can have two scenarios:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:477 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:478 msgid "" "The FCE is rejected so the Credit Note should have the field “FCE, is " "Cancellation?” as True." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:478 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:479 msgid "" "The Credit Note, is created with the negative amount to annulate the FCE " "document, in this case the field “FCE, is Cancellation?” must be empty " "(false)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:485 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:486 msgid "Invoice printed report" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:486 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:487 msgid "" "The PDF report related to electronic invoices that have been validated by " "the AFIP includes a barcode at the bottom of the format which represent the " "CAE number, the Expiration Date is also displayed as it’s legal requirement:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:495 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:496 msgid "Troubleshooting and Auditing" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:496 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:497 msgid "" "For auditing and troubleshooting purposes you can get the detailed " "information of an invoice number that has been previously sent to the AFIP," msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:506 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:507 msgid "" "You can also get the last number used in AFIP for a specific Document Type " "and POS Number as support for any possible issues on the sequence " "synchronization between Odoo and AFIP." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:514 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:621 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:515 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:645 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills.rst:3 msgid "Vendor Bills" msgstr "Счета от поставщиков" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:516 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:517 msgid "" "Based on the purchase journal selected for the vendor bill, the document " "type is now a required field. This value is auto populated based on the AFIP" @@ -2855,25 +2869,25 @@ msgid "" "if necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:523 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:524 msgid "" "The document number needs to be registered manually and the format is " "validated automatically, in case that the format is invalid a user error " "will be displayed indicating the correct format that is expected." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:530 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:531 msgid "" "The vendor bill number is structured in the same way that the invoices with " "the difference that the document sequence is input by the user: “Document " "Prefix - Letter - Document number\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:535 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:536 msgid "Validate Vendor Bill number in AFIP" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:536 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:537 msgid "" "As most companies have internal controls to verify that the vendor bill is " "related to an AFIP valid document, an automatic validation can be set in " @@ -2881,66 +2895,66 @@ msgid "" "Validate document in the AFIP`, considering the following levels:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:540 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:541 msgid "" "**Not available:** The verification is not done (this is the default value)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:541 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:542 msgid "" "**Available:** The verification is done, in case the number is not valid " "it only raises a warning but it allows you to post the vendor bill." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:543 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:544 msgid "" "**Required:** The verification is done and it doesn't allow the user to " "post the vendor bill if the document number is not valid." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:550 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:551 msgid "How to use it in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:551 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:552 msgid "" "This tool incorporates in the vendor bill a new \"Verify on AFIP\" button " "located next to the AFIP Authorization code." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:557 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:558 msgid "" "In case it’s not a valid AFIP authorization the value “Rejected” will be " "displayed and the details of the validation will be added to the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:565 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:471 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:566 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:477 msgid "Special Use cases" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:567 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:568 msgid "Untaxed Concepts" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:568 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:569 msgid "" "There are some transactions that include items that are not part of the VAT " "base amount, this is commonly used in fuel and gasoline invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:571 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:572 msgid "" "The vendor bill will be registered using 1 item for each product that is " "part of the VAT base amount and an additional item to register the amount of" " the Exempt concept:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:578 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:579 msgid "Perception Taxes" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:579 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:580 msgid "" "The vendor bill will be registered using 1 item for each product that is " "part of the VAT base amount, the perception tax can be added in any of the " @@ -2948,61 +2962,61 @@ msgid "" "the perception, the perception default value is always 1.00." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:587 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:588 msgid "" "You should use the pencil that is the next to the Perception amount to edit " "it and set the correct amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:593 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:594 msgid "After this is done the invoice can be validated." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:597 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:598 msgid "Reports" msgstr "Отчёты" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:599 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:600 msgid "As part of the localization the next Financial reports were added:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:605 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:606 msgid "VAT Reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:608 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:609 msgid "Libro de IVA Ventas" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:614 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:615 msgid "Libro de IVA Compras" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:620 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:621 msgid "Resumen de IVA" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:626 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:627 msgid "IIBB - Reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:629 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:630 msgid "IIBB - Ventas por Jurisdicción" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:635 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:636 msgid "IIBB - Compras por Jurisdicción" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:3 msgid "Australia" msgstr "Австралия" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:8 msgid "KeyPay Australian Payroll" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:10 msgid "" "The KeyPay Module synchronizes payslip accounting entries (e.g., expenses, " "social charges, liabilities, taxes) from KeyPay to Odoo automatically. " @@ -3010,75 +3024,75 @@ msgid "" "entries in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:15 msgid "Configuration Steps" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:17 msgid "Create a company located in Australia." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:18 msgid "" "Check that the Australian localization module (Australia - Accounting) is " "installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:19 msgid "Configure the *KeyPay API*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:25 msgid "" "More fields become visible after clicking on *Enable KeyPay Integration*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:31 msgid "" "You can find the API Key in the *My Account* section of the KeyPay platform." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:37 msgid "" "The **Payroll URL** is pre-filled with " "``https://keypay.yourpayroll.com.au``. *Please do not change it.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:39 msgid "You can find the **Business ID** in the KeyPay URL. (i.e., ``189241``)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:45 msgid "You can choose any Odoo journal to post the payslip entries." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:48 msgid "How does the API work?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:50 msgid "" "The API syncs the journal entries from KeyPay to Odoo and leaves them in " "draft mode. The reference includes the KeyPay payslip entry ID in brackets " "for the user to easily retrieve the same record in KeyPay and Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:59 msgid "The API sync is triggered by scheduled actions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:65 msgid "" "KeyPay payslip entries also work based on double-entry bookkeeping. Debit " "must equal credit (like in Odoo)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:68 msgid "" "The accounts used by KeyPay are defined in the section **Payroll settings**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:74 msgid "" "For the API to work, you need to create the same accounts as the default " "accounts of your KeyPay business (**same name and same code**) in Odoo. You " @@ -3086,21 +3100,27 @@ msgid "" "financial reports." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:3 msgid "Chile" msgstr "Чили" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:10 -msgid "`VIDEO WEBINAR OF A COMPLETE DEMO <https://youtu.be/BHnByZiyYcM>`_." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:10 +msgid "" +"`VIDEO WEBINAR OF CHILEAN LOCALIZATION: INTRO AND DEMO " +"<https://youtu.be/BHnByZiyYcM>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:11 +msgid "`VIDEO WEBINAR OF DELIVERY GUIDE <https://youtu.be/X7i4PftnEdU>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:16 msgid "" "The Chilean localization has been improved and extended in Odoo v13. In this" " version, the next modules are available:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:19 msgid "" "**l10n_cl:** Adds accounting features for the Chilean localization, which " "represent the minimal configuration required for a company to operate in " @@ -3108,24 +3128,24 @@ msgid "" "guidelines." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:23 msgid "" "**l10n_cl_edi:** Includes all technical and functional requirements to " "generate and receive Electronic Invoice via web service, based on the SII " "regulations." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:26 msgid "" "**l10n_cl_reports:** Adds the reports Propuesta F29 y Balance Tributario (8" " columnas)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:32 msgid "Install the Chilean localization modules" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:34 msgid "" "For this, go to *Apps* and search for Chile. Then click *Install* in the " "module **Chile E-invoicing**. This module has a dependency with **Chile - " @@ -3133,17 +3153,17 @@ msgid "" "automatically with E-invoicing." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:43 msgid "" "When you install a database from scratch selecting Chile as country, Odoo " "will automatically install the base module: Chile - Accounting." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:48 msgid "Company Settings" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:50 msgid "" "Once the modules are installed, the first step is to set up your company " "data. Additional to the basic information, you need to add all the data and " @@ -3151,22 +3171,35 @@ msgid "" " in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Chilean Localization`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:56 +msgid "" +"All the following configuration and functionality is only available in Odoo " +"if your company already passed the `Certification process " +"<https://www.sii.cl/factura_electronica/ " +"factura_mercado/proceso_certificacion.htm>`_ in the SII - Sistema de " +"Facturación de Mercado, this certification enables you to generate " +"electronic invoices from your ERP and send them automatically to the SII. If" +" your company has not passed this certification yet, make sure you " +"communicate this to your Account Manager as a special process outside Odoo " +"is required in order to complete this certification." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:66 msgid "Fiscal Information" msgstr "Налогово-бюджетная информация" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:68 msgid "" "Fill in the fiscal information for your company according to the SII " "register, follow the instructions on each section." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:65 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:186 msgid "Electronic Invoice Data" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:78 msgid "" "This is part of the main information required to generate electronic " "Invoice, select your environment and the legal information, as well as the " @@ -3174,36 +3207,36 @@ msgid "" " send invoices to your customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:87 msgid "Configure DTE Incoming email server" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:89 msgid "" "In order to receive you the claim and acceptance emails from your customers," " it is crucial to define the DTE incoming email server, considering this " "configuration:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:97 msgid "" "For your Go-live make sure you archive/remove from your inbox all the emails" " related to vendor bills that are not required to be processed in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:90 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:215 msgid "Certificate" msgstr "сертификат" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:103 msgid "" "In order to generate the electronic invoice signature, a digital certificate" " with the extension ``.pfx`` is required, proceed to this section and load " "your file and password." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:114 msgid "" "A certificate can be shared between several users. If this is the case leave" " the user field empty, so all your billing users can use the same one. On " @@ -3211,82 +3244,83 @@ msgid "" "user, just define the users in the certificate." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:108 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:672 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:119 +msgid "" +"In some cases, depending on the certificate format, it is possible that the " +"field Subject Serial Number is not loaded automatically. If this is the " +"case, you can manually edit this field by filling it with the Certificate’s " +"legal representative RUT." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:696 msgid "Financial Reports" msgstr "Финансовые отчеты" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:126 msgid "" "The report Propuesta F29 requires two values that need to be defined as part" " of the company configuration:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:118 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:220 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:226 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies.rst:3 msgid "Multicurrency" msgstr "мультивалютность" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:136 msgid "" -"The official currency rate in Chile is provided by the SBIF, you can find " -"the SBIF synchronization service in the currency rate configuration and you " -"can set a predefined interval for the rate updates." +"The official currency rate in Chile is provided by the Chilean service " +"`mindicador.cl <https://mindicador.cl>`_. You can find this service in the " +"currency rate configuration, and you can set a predefined interval for the " +"rate updates." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:129 -msgid "" -"In order to configure your token, you need to enable developer mode and " -"access to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> System parameters` and " -"search the parameter ``sbif_api_key`` and in the field Value introduce your " -"token provided by the SBIF:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:145 msgid "Chart of accounts" msgstr "План счетов" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:147 msgid "" "The chart of accounts is installed by default as part of the set of data " "included in the localization module. The accounts are mapped automatically " "in:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:144 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:70 msgid "Default Account Payable." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:152 msgid "Default Account Receivable." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:153 msgid "Transfer Accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:154 msgid "Conversion Rate." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:158 msgid "Master Data" msgstr "Основные данные" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:166 msgid "" "As part of the Chilean localization, the identification types defined by the" " SII are now available on the Partner form. This information is essential " "for most transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:174 msgid "TaxpayerType" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:176 msgid "" "In Chile, the document type associated with customers and vendors " "transactions is defined based on the Taxpayer Type. This field should be " @@ -3294,59 +3328,59 @@ msgid "" "sure this value is set:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:188 msgid "" "As part of the information that is sent in the electronic Invoice, you need " "to define the email that is going to appear as the sender of the electronic " "invoice to your customer, and the Industry description." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:200 msgid "" "As part of the localization module, the taxes are created automatically with" " their related financial account and configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:210 msgid "Chile has several tax types, the most common ones are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:212 msgid "VAT. Is the regular VAT and it can have several rates." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:213 msgid "" "ILA (Impuesto a la Ley de Alcholes). Taxes for alcoholic drinks. It has a " "different rate." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:211 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:265 msgid "Fiscal Positions" msgstr "Системы налогов" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:219 msgid "" "Based on the purchase transactions, the VAT can have different affections. " "This will be done in Odoo using the default purchase fiscal positions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:226 msgid "" "In some Latin American countries, including Chile, some accounting " "transactions like invoices and vendor bills are classified by document types" " defined by the government fiscal authorities (In Chile case: SII)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:230 msgid "" "The document type is essential information that needs to be displayed in the" " printed reports and that needs to be easily identified within the set of " "invoices as well of account moves." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:233 msgid "" "Each document type can have a unique sequence per company. As part of the " "localization, the Document Type includes the country on which the document " @@ -3354,67 +3388,67 @@ msgid "" "module is installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:253 msgid "" "The Journal related to the Invoice, identifying if the journal uses " "documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:254 msgid "" "Condition applied based on the type of Issues and Receiver (ex. Type of " "fiscal regimen of the buyer and type of fiscal regimen of the vendor)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:259 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:16 msgid "Sales" msgstr "Продажи" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:261 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:267 msgid "" "Sales Journals in Odoo usually represent a business unit or location, " "example:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:269 msgid "Ventas Santiago." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:270 msgid "Ventas Valparaiso." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:272 msgid "For the retail stores is common to have one journal per POS:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:268 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:274 msgid "Cashier 1." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:269 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:275 msgid "Cashier 2." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:273 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 msgid "Purchases" msgstr "Закупки" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:281 msgid "" "The transactions purchase can be managed with a single journal, but " "sometimes companies use more than one in order to handle some accounting " @@ -3422,19 +3456,19 @@ msgid "" "registered using this model, for example:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:285 msgid "Tax Payments to government." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:286 msgid "Employees payments." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:292 msgid "When creating sales journals the next information must be filled in:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:294 msgid "" "**Point of sale type**: If the Sales journal will be used for electronic " "documents, the option Online must be selected. Otherwise, if the journal is " @@ -3442,7 +3476,7 @@ msgid "" "SII portal “Facturación MiPyme“ you can use the option Manual." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:298 msgid "" "**Use Documents**: This field is used to define if the journal will use " "Document Types. It is only applicable to Purchase and Sales journals that " @@ -3450,24 +3484,25 @@ msgid "" "By default, all the sales journals created will use documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:308 msgid "" -"For the Chilean localization it’s important to define the default Debt and " -"Credit accounts as they are required for one of the debit notes use cases." +"For the Chilean localization, it is important to define the default Debit " +"and Credit accounts as they are required for one of the debit notes use " +"cases." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:312 msgid "CAF" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:308 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:314 msgid "" "A CAF (Folio Authorization Code) is required, for each document type that is" " issued to your customers, the CAF is a file the SII provides to the Emisor " "with the folio/sequence authorized for the electronic invoice documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:318 msgid "" "Your company can make several requests for folios and obtain several CAFs, " "each one associated with different ranges of folios. The CAFs are shared " @@ -3475,52 +3510,59 @@ msgid "" "document type and it will be applied on all journals." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:322 msgid "" "Please refer to the SII documentation to check the detail on how to acquire " "the CAF: `SII Timbraje <https://palena.sii.cl/dte/mn_timbraje.html>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:326 +msgid "" +"The CAFs required by the SII are different from Production to Test " +"(Certification mode). Make sure you have the correct CAF set depending on " +"your environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:333 msgid "" "Once you have the CAF files you need to associate them with a document type " "in Odoo, in order to add a CAF, just follow these steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:336 msgid "Access to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> CAF`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:327 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:337 msgid "Upload the file." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:328 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:338 msgid "Save the CAF." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:344 msgid "" "Once loaded, the status changes to *In Use*. At this moment, when a " "transaction is used for this document type, the invoice number takes the " "first folio in the sequence." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:338 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:348 msgid "" "In case you have used some folios in your previous system, make sure you set" " the next valid folio when the first transation is created." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:354 msgid "Usage and Testing" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:347 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:357 msgid "Electronic Invoice Workflow" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:349 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:359 msgid "" "In the Chilean localization the electronic Invoice workflow covers the " "Emission of Customer Invoices and the reception of Vendor Bills, in the next" @@ -3528,43 +3570,43 @@ msgid "" "the customers and Vendors." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:359 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:369 msgid "Customer invoice Emission" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:361 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:371 msgid "" "After the partners and journals are created and configured, the invoices are" " created in the standard way, for Chile one of the differentiators is the " "document type which is selected automatically based on the Taxpayer." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:365 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:375 msgid "You can manually change the document type if needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:373 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:383 msgid "Validation and DTE Status" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:375 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:385 msgid "" "When all the invoice information is filled, either manually or automatically" " when it’s created from a sales order, proceed to validate the invoice. " "After the invoice is posted:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:378 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:388 msgid "" "The DTE File (Electronic Tax Document) is created automatically and added in" " the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:379 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:389 msgid "The DTE SII status is set as: Pending to be sent." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:385 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:395 msgid "" "The DTE Status is updated automatically by Odoo with a scheduled action that" " runs every day at night, if you need to get the response from the SII " @@ -3572,7 +3614,7 @@ msgid "" "follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:394 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:404 msgid "" "In the first step the DTE is sent to the SII, you can manually send it using" " the button: Enviar Ahora, a SII Tack number is generated and assigned to " @@ -3580,38 +3622,38 @@ msgid "" "by email. The DTE status is updated to Ask for Status." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:399 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:409 msgid "" "Once the SII response is received Odoo updates the DTE Status, in case you " "want to do it manually just click on the button: Verify on SII. The result " "can either be Accepted, Accepted With Objection or Rejected." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:408 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:418 msgid "" "There are several internal status in the SII before you get Acceptance or " "Rejection, in case you click continuously the Button Verify in SII, you " "will receive in the chatter the detail of those intermediate statuses:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:416 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:426 msgid "The final response from the SII, can take on of these values:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:419 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:429 msgid "" "**Accepted:** Indicates the invoice information is correct, our document is " "now fiscally valid and it’s automatically sent to the customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:422 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:432 msgid "" "**Accepted with objections:** Indicates the invoice information is correct " "but a minor issue was identified, nevertheless our document is now fiscally " "valid and it’s automatically sent to the customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:440 msgid "" "**Rejected:** Indicates the information in the invoice is incorrect and " "needs to be corrected, the detail of the issue is received in the emails you" @@ -3619,28 +3661,28 @@ msgid "" "are also retrieved in the chatter once the email server is processed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:435 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:445 msgid "If the invoice is Rejected please follow this steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:437 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:447 msgid "Change the document to draft." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:438 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:448 msgid "" "Make the required corrections based on the message received from the SII." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:439 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:449 msgid "Post the invoice again." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:447 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:457 msgid "Crossed references" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:449 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:459 msgid "" "When the Invoice is created as a result of another fiscal document, the " "information related to the originator document must be registered in the Tab" @@ -3649,49 +3691,49 @@ msgid "" "credit and debit notes, they are set automatically by Odoo:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:459 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:444 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:450 msgid "Invoice PDF Report" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:461 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:471 msgid "" "After the invoice is Accepted and valdiated by the SII and the PDF is " "printed it includes the fiscal elements that indicates out document is " "fiscally valid:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:470 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:480 msgid "Commercial Validation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:472 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:482 msgid "Once the invoice has been sent to the customer:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:474 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:484 msgid "DTE partner status changes to “Sent”." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:475 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:485 msgid "The customer must send a reception confirmation email." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:476 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:486 msgid "" "Subsequently, if all the commercial terms and invoice data are correct, they" " will send the Acceptance confirmation, otherwise they send a Claim." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:478 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:488 msgid "The field DTE acceptation status is updated automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:486 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:496 msgid "Processed for Claimed invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:488 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:498 msgid "" "Once the invoice has been Accepted by the SII **it can not be cancelled in " "Odoo**. In case you get a Claim for your customer the correct way to " @@ -3699,60 +3741,86 @@ msgid "" "Please refer to the Credit Notes section for more details." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:497 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:420 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:507 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:426 msgid "Common Errors" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:499 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:509 msgid "" "There are multiple reasons behind a rejection from the SII, but these are " "some of the common errors you might have and which is the related solution." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:502 -msgid "Error: RECHAZO- DTE Sin Comuna Origen." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:512 +msgid "Error: ``RECHAZO- DTE Sin Comuna Origen.``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:504 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:514 msgid "" "*Hint:* Make sure the Company Address is properly filled including the State" " and City." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:506 -msgid "Error en Monto : - IVA debe declararse." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:516 +msgid "Error en Monto: ``- IVA debe declararse.``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:508 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:512 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:518 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:522 msgid "" "*Hint:* The invoice lines should include one VAT tax, make sure you add one " "on each invoice line." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:510 -msgid "Error: Rut No Autorizado a Firmar." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:520 +msgid "Error: ``Rut No Autorizado a Firmar.``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:514 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:524 msgid "" -"Error: Fecha/Número Resolucion Invalido RECHAZO- CAF Vencido : (Firma_DTE" -"[AAAA-MM-DD] - CAF[AAAA-MM-DD]) > 6 meses." +"Error: ``Fecha/Número Resolucion Invalido RECHAZO- CAF Vencido : (Firma_DTE" +"[AAAA-MM-DD] - CAF[AAAA-MM-DD]) > 6 meses.``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:517 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:527 msgid "" "*Hint:* Try to add a new CAF related to this document as the one you’re " "using is expired." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:522 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:550 -msgid "Credit Notes" -msgstr "сторно" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:529 +msgid "" +"Error: ``Element '{http://www.sii.cl/SiiDte%7DRutReceptor': This element is " +"not expected. Expected is ( {http://www.sii.cl/SiiDte%7DRutEnvia ).``" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:524 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:532 +msgid "" +"*Hint:* Make sure the field Document Type and VAT are set either in the " +"Customer and in the main company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:535 +msgid "GLOSA: ``Usuario sin permiso de envio.``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:537 +msgid "" +"*Hint:* This error indicates that most likely, your company has not passed " +"the `Certification process " +"<https://www.sii.cl/factura_electronica/factura_mercado/proceso_certificacion.htm>`_" +" in the SII - Sistema de Facturación de Mercado. If this is the case, please" +" contact your Account Manager or Customer Support as this certification is " +"not part of the the Odoo services, but we can give you some alternatives." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:546 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:556 +msgid "Credit Notes" +msgstr "Сторно" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:548 msgid "" "When a cancellation or correction is needed over a validated invoice, a " "credit note must be generated. It is important to consider that a CAF file " @@ -3760,33 +3828,33 @@ msgid "" "SII." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:533 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:557 msgid "" "Refer to the CAF section where we described the process to load the CAF on " "each document type." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:537 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:589 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:561 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:613 msgid "Use Cases" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:540 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:564 msgid "Cancel Referenced document" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:542 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:566 msgid "" "In case you need to cancel or invalid an Invoice, use the button Add Credit" " note and select Full Refund, in this case the SII reference Code is " "automatically set to: Anula Documento de referencia." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:550 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:574 msgid "Corrects Referenced Document Text" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:552 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:576 msgid "" "If a correction in the invoice information is required, for example the " "Street Name, use the button Add Credit note,select Partial Refund and select" @@ -3794,35 +3862,35 @@ msgid "" "automatically set to: Corrige el monto del Documento de Referencia." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:560 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:584 msgid "" "Odoo creates a Credit Note with the corrected text in an invoice and price " "0." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:567 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:591 msgid "" "It’s important to define the default credit account in the Sales journal as " "it is taken for this use case in specific." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:571 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:595 msgid "Corrects Referenced Document Amount" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:573 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:597 msgid "" "When a correction on the amounts is required, use the button Add Credit note" " and select Partial Refund. In this case the SII reference Code is " "automatically set to: Corrige el monto del Documento de Referencia." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:582 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:578 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:606 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:584 msgid "Debit Notes" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:584 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:608 msgid "" "As part of the Chilean localization, besides creating credit notes from an " "existing document you can also create debit Notes. For this just use the " @@ -3830,59 +3898,59 @@ msgid "" "detailed below." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:592 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:616 msgid "Add debt on Invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:594 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:618 msgid "" "The most common use case for debit notes is to increase the value of an " "existing invoice, you need to select option 3 in the field Reference code " "SII:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:602 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:626 msgid "" "In this case Odoo automatically includes the source invoice in the cross " "reference section:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:609 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:633 msgid "Cancel Credit Notes" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:611 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:635 msgid "" "In Chile the debits notes are used to cancel a validated Credit Note, in " "this case just select the button Add debit note and select the first option " "in the wizard: *1: Anula Documentos de referencia.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:623 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:647 msgid "" "As part of the Chilean localization, you can configure your Incoming email " "server as the same you have register in the SII in order to:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:626 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:650 msgid "" "Automatically receive the vendor bills DTE and create the vendor bill based " "on this information." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:627 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:651 msgid "Automatically Send the reception acknowledgement to your vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:628 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:652 msgid "Accept or Claim the document and send this status to your vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:632 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:656 msgid "Reception" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:634 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:658 msgid "" "As soon as the vendor email with the attached DTE is received: 1. The vendor" " Bill mapping all the information included in the xml. 2. An email is sent " @@ -3890,11 +3958,11 @@ msgid "" "as: Acuse de Recibido Enviado" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:644 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:668 msgid "Acceptation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:646 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:670 msgid "" "If all the commercial information is correct on your vendor bill, you can " "accept the document using the button: Aceptar Documento, once this is done " @@ -3902,11 +3970,11 @@ msgid "" "is sent to the vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:656 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:680 msgid "Claim" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:658 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:682 msgid "" "In case there is a commercial issue or the information is not correct on " "your vendor bill, you can Claim the document before validating it, using " @@ -3914,18 +3982,18 @@ msgid "" "Claim and an email of acceptance is sent to the vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:666 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:690 msgid "" "If you claim a vendor bill, the status changes from draft to cancel " "automatically. Considering this as best practice, all the Claim documents " "should be canceled as they won’t be valid for your accounting records." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:675 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:699 msgid "Balance Tributario de 8 Columnas" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:677 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:701 msgid "" "This report presents the accounts in detail (with their respective " "balances), classifying them according to their origin and determining the " @@ -3933,18 +4001,18 @@ msgid "" " time, so that a real and complete knowledge of the status of a company." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:681 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:697 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:705 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:721 msgid "" "You can find this report in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " "Reports`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:688 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:712 msgid "Propuesta F29" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:690 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:714 msgid "" "The form F29 is a new system that the SII enabled to taxpayers, and that " "replaces the Purchase and Sales Books. This report is integrated by Purchase" @@ -3952,22 +4020,22 @@ msgid "" "transactions related to VAT, improving its control and declaration." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:694 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:718 msgid "" "This record is supplied by the electronic tax documents (DTE’s) that have " "been received by the SII." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:37 msgid "Colombia" msgstr "Колумбия" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:10 msgid "`VIDEO WEBINAR OF A COMPLETE DEMO <https://youtu.be/BOzucXRUZDE>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:15 msgid "" "Electronic invoicing for Colombia is available from Odoo 12 and requires the" " next modules:" @@ -3975,14 +4043,14 @@ msgstr "" "Электронное выставления счетов для Колумбии можно получить из Odoo 12 и " "требует следующих модулей:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:18 msgid "" "**l10n_co**: All the basic data to manage the accounting module, contains " "the default setup for: chart of accounts, taxes, retentions, identification " "document types" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:21 msgid "" "**l10n_co_edi**: This module includes all the extra fields that are required" " for the Integration with Carvajal T&S and generate the electronic invoice, " @@ -3992,15 +4060,15 @@ msgstr "" "необходимые для интеграции с T & S Carvajal, и генерирования " "электронного счета-фактуры на основе правовых требований DIAN." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:27 msgid "Workflow" msgstr "Рабочий процесс" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:37 msgid "Install the Colombian localization modules" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:39 msgid "" "For this, go in Apps and search for Colombia. Then click Install for the " "first two modules." @@ -4008,11 +4076,11 @@ msgstr "" "Для этого перейдите в Приложения и найдите Колумбию. Затем нажмите кнопку " "Установить для первых двух модулей." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:47 msgid "Configure credentials for Carvajal T&S web service" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:49 msgid "" "Once that the modules are installed, in order to be able to connect with " "Carvajal T&S Web Service, it's necessary to configure the user and " @@ -4023,8 +4091,8 @@ msgstr "" "пользователя и учетные данные, эта информация будет предоставлена Carvajal T" " & S." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:53 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:75 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and look " "for the *Colombian Electronic Invoice* section." @@ -4032,7 +4100,7 @@ msgstr "" "Перейдите к :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` и " "найдите раздел * Колумбийские электронные счета *." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:59 msgid "" "Using the Testing mode it is possible to connect with a Carvajal T&S testing" " environment. This allows users to test the complete workflow and " @@ -4044,7 +4112,7 @@ msgstr "" "процесс и интеграцию с порталом CEN Financiero, доступным здесь: " "https://cenfinancierolab.cen.biz" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:64 msgid "" "Once that Odoo and Carvajal T&S is fully configured and ready for production" " the testing environment can be disabled." @@ -4052,11 +4120,11 @@ msgstr "" "После того, как Odoo и Carvajal T & S полностью настроены и готовы к " "производству, среда тестирования может быть отключен." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:69 msgid "Configure your report data" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:71 msgid "" "As part of the configurable information that is sent in the XML, you can " "define the data for the fiscal section and the bank information in the PDF." @@ -4064,15 +4132,15 @@ msgstr "" "Как часть настроенной информации, направляется в XML, можно определить " "данные для фискального раздела и банковскую информацию в PDF-файле." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:83 msgid "Configure data required in the XML" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:89 msgid "Identification" msgstr "Идентификация" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:91 msgid "" "As part of the Colombian Localization, the document types defined by the " "DIAN are now available on the Partner form. Colombian partners have to have " @@ -4082,7 +4150,7 @@ msgstr "" "теперь доступны в форме Партнера. Колумбийские партнеры должны иметь свой " "идентификационный номер и тип документа:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:98 msgid "" "When the document type is RUT the identification number needs to be " "configured in Odoo including the verification digit, Odoo will split this " @@ -4092,11 +4160,11 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo, включая проверочную цифру, Odoo будет разделять этот номер, когда " "передаются данные третьей стороне." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:105 msgid "Fiscal structure (RUT)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:107 msgid "" "The partner's responsibility codes (section 53 in the RUT document) are " "included as part of the electronic invoice module given that is part of the " @@ -4106,7 +4174,7 @@ msgstr "" "модуля электронного счета, который является частью информации, требуется " "DIAN." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:111 msgid "" "These fields can be found in :menuselection:`Partner --> Sales & Purchase " "Tab --> Fiscal Information`" @@ -4114,7 +4182,7 @@ msgstr "" "Эти поля можно найти в :menuselection:`Partner --> Sales & Purchase Tab --> " "Fiscal Information`" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:117 msgid "" "Additionally two booleans fields were added in order to specify the fiscal " "regimen of the partner." @@ -4122,7 +4190,7 @@ msgstr "" "Дополнительно было добавлено два булевых поля для определения фискального " "режима партнера." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:124 msgid "" "If your sales transactions include products with taxes, it's important to " "consider that an extra field *Value Type* needs to be configured per tax. " @@ -4132,7 +4200,7 @@ msgstr "" "что дополнительное поле * Тип значения * необходимо настроить на налог. Этот" " параметр находится на вкладке Дополнительные параметры." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:131 msgid "" "Retention tax types (ICA, IVA, Fuente) are also included in the options to " "configure your taxes. This configuration is used in order to correctly " @@ -4142,17 +4210,17 @@ msgstr "" "настройки налогов. Эта конфигурация используется для корректного отображения" " налогов в формате PDF." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:142 msgid "" "Once the DIAN has assigned the official sequence and prefix for the " "electronic invoice resolution, the Sales journals related to your invoice " "documents need to be updated in Odoo. The sequence can be accessed using " -"the :doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`: " +"the :doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>`: " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Configuration Setting --> " "Journals`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:151 msgid "" "Once that the sequence is opened, the Prefix and Next Number fields should " "be configured and synchronized with the CEN Financiero." @@ -4160,11 +4228,11 @@ msgstr "" "После того, как последовательность открыта, поля Приставка и Следующий номер" " должны быть настроены и синхронизированы с CEN Financiero." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:159 msgid "Users" msgstr "Пользователи" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:161 msgid "" "The default template that is used by Odoo on the invoice PDF includes the " "job position of the salesperson, so these fields should be configured:" @@ -4172,7 +4240,7 @@ msgstr "" "Шаблон по умолчанию, который используется Odoo на счете-фактуре PDF, включая" " позицию продавца, поэтому эти поля должны быть настроены:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:175 msgid "" "When all your master data and credentials has been configured, it's possible" " to start testing the electronic invoice workflow." @@ -4180,12 +4248,12 @@ msgstr "" "После настройки всех основных данных и учетных данных можно начать " "тестирование рабочего процесса электронного счета." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:180 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:30 msgid "Invoice creation" msgstr "Создание счетов-фактур" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:182 msgid "" "The functional workflow that takes place before an invoice validation " "doesn't change. The main changes that are introduced with the electronic " @@ -4195,11 +4263,11 @@ msgstr "" "фактуры, не меняется. Основными изменениями, которые вводятся в электронный " "счет, являются следующие поля:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:189 msgid "There are three types of documents:" msgstr "Есть три типа документов:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:191 msgid "" "**Factura Electronica**: This is the regular type of document and its " "applicable for Invoices, Credit Notes and Debit Notes." @@ -4207,13 +4275,13 @@ msgstr "" "** Factura Electronica ** Этот документ является обычным типом и применяется" " к счетам-фактурам, сторно и дебетовое возвращения." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:193 msgid "" "**Factura de Importación**: This should be selected for importation " "transactions." msgstr "** Factura de Importación **: этот параметр для операций импорта." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:195 msgid "" "**Factura de contingencia**: This is an exceptional type that is used as a " "manual backup in case that the company is not able to use the ERP and it's " @@ -4225,12 +4293,12 @@ msgstr "" "использовать ERP, и необходимо генерировать счет вручную, когда этот счет " "добавлен к ERP, этот тип счета-фактуры следует выбрать." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:203 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:380 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:386 msgid "Invoice validation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:205 msgid "" "After the invoice is validated an XML file is created and sent automatically" " to Carvajal, this file is displayed in the chatter." @@ -4238,7 +4306,7 @@ msgstr "" "После подтверждения счета XML-файл создается и автоматически направляется в " "Carvajal, этот файл отображается в чате." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:211 msgid "" "An extra field is now displayed in \"Other Info\" tab with the name of the " "XML file. Additionally there is a second extra field that is displayed with " @@ -4249,11 +4317,11 @@ msgstr "" "дополнительное поле, которое отображается со статусом электронного счета, с " "начальным значением "In progress":" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:221 msgid "Reception of legal XML and PDF" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:223 msgid "" "The electronic invoice vendor receives the XML file and proceeds to validate" " the structure and the information in it, if everything is correct the " @@ -4269,11 +4337,11 @@ msgstr "" "генерировать правовой XML, включая цифровую подпись и уникальный код (CUFE)," " а также генерируется фактура PDF, которая включает QR-код и CUFE." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:231 msgid "After this:" msgstr "После этого:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:233 msgid "" "A ZIP containing the legal XML and the PDF is downloaded and displayed in " "the invoice chatter:" @@ -4281,15 +4349,15 @@ msgstr "" "ZIP, содержащий XML документов и PDF-файл загружается и отображается в чате " "счета-фактуры:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:240 msgid "The Electronic Invoice status changes to \"Accepted\"" msgstr "Состояние электронного счета меняется на "Принято"" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:244 msgid "Common errors" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:246 msgid "" "During the XML validation the most common errors are usually related to " "missing master data. In such cases, error messages are shown in the chatter " @@ -4299,7 +4367,7 @@ msgstr "" "отсутствием основных данных. В таких случаях сообщение об ошибке " "отображаются в чате после обновления статуса электронного счета." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:253 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:253 msgid "" "After the master data is corrected, it's possible to reprocess the XML with " "the new data and send the updated version, using the following button:" @@ -4307,11 +4375,11 @@ msgstr "" "После исправления основных данных можно повторно обработать XML с новыми " "данными и прислать обновленную версию с помощью следующей кнопки:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:265 msgid "Additional use cases" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:267 msgid "" "The process for credit and debit notes is exactly the same as the invoice, " "the functional workflow remains the same as well." @@ -4319,64 +4387,64 @@ msgstr "" "Процесс получения кредитных и дебетовых возвратов точно такой же, как и " "счет-фактура, функциональный рабочий процесс также остается неизменным." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:3 msgid "Colombia (ES)" msgstr "Колумбия (ES)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:6 msgid "Introducción" msgstr "Introducción" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:8 msgid "" "La Facturación Electrónica para Colombia está disponible en Odoo 12 y " "requiere los siguientes Módulos:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:11 msgid "" "**l10n_co**: Contiene los datos básicos para manejar el módulo de " "contabilidad, incluyendo la configuración por defecto de los siguientes " "puntos:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:15 msgid "Plan Contable" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:16 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:124 msgid "Impuestos" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:17 msgid "Retenciones" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:18 msgid "Tipos de Documentos de Identificación" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:20 msgid "" "**l10n_co_edi**: Este módulo incluye todos los campos adicionales que son " "requeridos para la Integración entre Carvajal T&S y la generación de la " "Factura Electrónica, basado en los requisitos legales de la DIAN." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:26 msgid "Flujo General" msgstr "Flujo General" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:33 msgid "Configuración" msgstr "Configuración" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:36 msgid "Instalación de los módulos de Localización Colombiana" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:38 msgid "" "Para esto ve a las aplicaciones y busca “Colombia”, luego da click en " "Instalar a los primeros dos módulos:" @@ -4384,11 +4452,11 @@ msgstr "" "Para esto ve a las aplicaciones y busca “Colombia”, luego da click en " "Instalar a los primeros dos módulos:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:46 msgid "Configuración de las credenciales del Servicio Web de Carvajal T&S" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:50 msgid "" "Una vez que los módulos están instalados, para poderte conectar con el " "Servicio Web de Carvajal T&S, es necesario configurar el Usuario y las " @@ -4398,13 +4466,13 @@ msgstr "" "Servicio Web de Carvajal T&S, es necesario configurar el Usuario y las " "Credenciales. Esta información será provista por Carvajal T&S." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:52 msgid "" "Ve a :menuselection:`Facturación --> Configuración --> Configuración` y " "busca la sección **Facturación Electrónica Colombiana**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:57 msgid "" "La funcionalidad de pruebas le permite conectarse e interactuar con el " "ambiente piloto de Carvajal T&S, esto permite a los usuarios probar el flujo" @@ -4413,7 +4481,7 @@ msgid "" "<https://cenfinancierolab.cen.biz>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:62 msgid "" "Una vez que el ambiente de producción está listo en Odoo y en Carvajal T&S " "el ambiente de pruebas debe ser deshabilitado para poder enviar la " @@ -4421,11 +4489,11 @@ msgid "" " la siguiente URL: `Cenfinanciero <https://cenfinancierolab.cen.biz>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:69 msgid "Configuración de Información para PDF" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:73 msgid "" "Como parte de la información configurable que es enviada en el XML, puedes " "definir los datos de la sección fiscal del PDF, así como de la información " @@ -4435,25 +4503,25 @@ msgstr "" "definir los datos de la sección fiscal del PDF, así como de la información " "Bancaria." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:75 msgid "" "Ve a :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> Ajustes` y busca la " "sección **Facturación Electrónica Colombiana**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:82 msgid "Configuración de los Datos Principales Requeridos en el XML" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:85 msgid "Contacto (Tercero)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:88 msgid "Identificación" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:90 msgid "" "Como parte de la Localización Colombiana, los tipos de documentos definidos " "por la DIAN ahora están disponibles en el formulario de Contactos, por lo " @@ -4465,7 +4533,7 @@ msgstr "" "cual ya es posible asignarles su número de identificación asociado al tipo " "de documento correspondiente." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:98 msgid "" "Nota: Cuando el tipo de documento es RUT la identificación necesita ser " "ingresada en Odoo incluyendo el Dígito de Verificación. Odoo separará este " @@ -4475,11 +4543,11 @@ msgstr "" "ingresada en Odoo incluyendo el Dígito de Verificación. Odoo separará este " "número cuando la información sea enviada a los proveedores terceros." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:105 msgid "Estructura Fiscal (RUT)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:107 msgid "" "Los Códigos de tipo de Obligación aplicables a los terceros (sección 53 en " "el documento de RUT), son incluidos como parte del módulo de Facturación " @@ -4489,13 +4557,13 @@ msgstr "" "el documento de RUT), son incluidos como parte del módulo de Facturación " "Electrónica, dado que es información requerida por la DIAN." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:111 msgid "" "Estos campos se encuentran en :menuselection:`Contactos --> Pestaña de " "Ventas y Compras --> Información Fiscal`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:117 msgid "" "Adicionalmente dos últimos campos fueron agregados para especificar el " "régimen fiscal del contacto. Cabe aclarar que para envío de Factura " @@ -4509,7 +4577,7 @@ msgstr "" "Contribuyentes y Régimen simplificado, por lo se muestran solo estas dos " "opciones." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:126 msgid "" "Si tus transacciones de ventas incluyen productos con impuestos, es " "importante considerar que un campo adicional llamado *Tipo de Valor* " @@ -4517,7 +4585,7 @@ msgid "" "--> Configuración --> Impuestos: --> Opciones Avanzadas --> Tipo de Valor`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:134 msgid "" "Los impuestos para Retenciones (ICA, IVA y Fuente) también están incluidos " "en las opciones para configurar tus impuestos, esta configuración es " @@ -4529,11 +4597,11 @@ msgstr "" "considerada para desplegar correctamente los impuestos en la representación " "gráfica de la Factura. (PDF)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:144 msgid "Diarios" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:146 msgid "" "Una vez que la DIAN ha asignado la secuencia y prefijo oficiales para la " "resolución de la Facturación Electrónica, los Diarios de Ventas relacionados" @@ -4543,14 +4611,14 @@ msgstr "" "resolución de la Facturación Electrónica, los Diarios de Ventas relacionados" " con tus documentos de facturación necesitan ser actualizados en Odoo." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:151 msgid "" "La secuencia es configurada usando el modo de desarrollador en la siguiente " "ruta: :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> Diarios --> Liga de" " Secuencia`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:158 msgid "" "Una vez que la secuencia es abierta, los campos de Prefijo y Siguiente " "Número deben ser configurados y sincronizados con el CEN Financiero." @@ -4558,11 +4626,11 @@ msgstr "" "Una vez que la secuencia es abierta, los campos de Prefijo y Siguiente " "Número deben ser configurados y sincronizados con el CEN Financiero." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:166 msgid "Usuarios" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:168 msgid "" "La plantilla por defecto que es usada por Odoo en la representación gráfica " "incluye el nombre del Vendedor, así que estos campos deben ser considerados:" @@ -4570,15 +4638,15 @@ msgstr "" "La plantilla por defecto que es usada por Odoo en la representación gráfica " "incluye el nombre del Vendedor, así que estos campos deben ser considerados:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:177 msgid "Uso y Pruebas" msgstr "Uso y Pruebas" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:180 msgid "Facturas" msgstr "Facturas" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:182 msgid "" "Una vez que toda la información principal y las credenciales han sido " "configuradas, es posible empezar a probar el flujo de la Facturación " @@ -4588,11 +4656,11 @@ msgstr "" "configuradas, es posible empezar a probar el flujo de la Facturación " "Electrónica siguiendo las instrucciones que se detallan a continuación:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:188 msgid "Invoice Creation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:190 msgid "" "El flujo de trabajo funcional que lleva lugar antes de la validación de una " "factura continua siendo igual con Facturación Electrónica, " @@ -4604,7 +4672,7 @@ msgstr "" "independientemente de si es creada desde una Orden de Venta o si es creado " "manualmente." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:195 msgid "" "Los cambios principales que son introducidos con la Facturación Electrónica " "son los siguientes:" @@ -4612,23 +4680,23 @@ msgstr "" "Los cambios principales que son introducidos con la Facturación Electrónica " "son los siguientes:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:198 msgid "Hay tres tipos de documentos" msgstr "Hay tres tipos de documentos" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:200 msgid "" "**Factura electrónica**. Este es el documento normal y aplica para Facturas," " Notas de Crédito y Notas de Débito." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:203 msgid "" "**Factura de Importación**. Debe ser seleccionada para transacciones de " "importación." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:206 msgid "" "**Factura de Contingencia**. Esta es un caso excepcional y es utilizada como" " un respaldo manual en caso que la compañía no pueda usar el ERP y hay " @@ -4636,11 +4704,11 @@ msgid "" "ERP, se debe seleccionar este tipo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:216 msgid "Invoice Validation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:218 msgid "" "Después que la factura fue validada, un archivo XML es creado y enviado " "automáticamente al proveedor de la factura electrónica. Este archivo es " @@ -4650,7 +4718,7 @@ msgstr "" "automáticamente al proveedor de la factura electrónica. Este archivo es " "desplegado en el historial." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:225 msgid "" "Un campo adicional es ahora desplegado en la pestaña de “Otra Información” " "con el nombre del archivo XML. Adicionalmente hay un segundo campo adicional" @@ -4662,11 +4730,11 @@ msgstr "" " que es desplegado con el estatus de la Factura Electrónica, con el valor " "inicial **En Proceso**." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:235 msgid "Recepción del XML y PDF Legal" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:242 msgid "" "El proveedor de la Factura Electrónica recibe el archivo XML y procede a " "validar la información y la estructura contenida. Si todo es correcto, el " @@ -4682,34 +4750,34 @@ msgstr "" "(CUFE) y generan el PDF de la Factura (el cual incluye un código QR) y el " "CUFE." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:246 msgid "" "Odoo envía una petición de actualización automáticamente para verificar que " "el XML fue creado. Si este es el caso, las siguientes acciones son hechas " "automáticamente:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:248 msgid "" "El XML Legal y el PDF son incluidos en un archivo ZIP y desplegados en el " "historial de la Factura." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:253 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:253 msgid "El estatus de la Factura Electrónica es cambiado a “Aceptado”." msgstr "El estatus de la Factura Electrónica es cambiado a “Aceptado”." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:258 msgid "" "En caso que el PDF y el XML sean requeridos inmediatamente, es posible " "mandar manualmente la petición del estatus usando el siguiente botón:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:267 msgid "Errores Frecuentes" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:269 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:269 msgid "" "Durante la validación del XML los errores más comunes usualmente están " "relacionados con información principal faltante. En estos casos, los " @@ -4721,7 +4789,7 @@ msgstr "" "detalles del error son recuperados en la petición de actualización y " "desplegados en el historial." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:277 msgid "" "Si la información principal es corregida, es posible re procesar el XML con " "la nueva información y mandar la versión actualizada usando el siguiente " @@ -4731,11 +4799,11 @@ msgstr "" "la nueva información y mandar la versión actualizada usando el siguiente " "botón:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:289 msgid "Casos de Uso adicionales" msgstr "Casos de Uso adicionales" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:291 msgid "" "El proceso para las Notas de Crédito y Débito (Proveedores) es exactamente " "el mismo que en las Facturas. Su flujo de trabajo funcional se mantiene " @@ -4745,105 +4813,105 @@ msgstr "" "el mismo que en las Facturas. Su flujo de trabajo funcional se mantiene " "igual." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:296 msgid "Consideraciones del Anexo 1.7" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:299 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:299 msgid "Contexto" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:302 msgid "Contexto Normativo" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:304 msgid "Soporte Normativo:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:305 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:305 msgid "" "Resolución DIAN Número 000042 ( 5 de Mayo de 2020) Por la cual se " "desarrollan:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:307 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:307 msgid "Los sistemas de facturación," msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:308 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:308 msgid "Los proveedores tecnológicos," msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:309 msgid "El registro de la factura electrónica de venta como título valor," msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:310 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:310 msgid "Se expide el anexo técnico de factura electrónica de venta y" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:311 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:311 msgid "Se dictan otras disposiciones en materia de sistemas de facturación." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:314 msgid "Anexo 1.7: Principales Cambios" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:316 msgid "Cambios en la definición de Consumidor Final." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:317 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:317 msgid "Informar bienes cubiertos para los 3 dias sin IVA." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:318 msgid "Actualización de descripción de Impuestos." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:319 msgid "Se agrega concepto para IVA Excluido." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:320 msgid "Informar la fecha efectiva de entrega de los bienes." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:321 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:321 msgid "Adecuaciones en la representación Gráfica (PDF)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:324 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:324 msgid "Calendario" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:326 msgid "" "Se tiene varias fechas límites para la salida a producción bajo las " "condiciones del Anexo 1.7 las cuales dependen de los siguientes factores:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:329 msgid "" "Calendario de implementación de acuerdo con la actividad económica principal" " en el RUT:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:334 msgid "Calendario de implementación, para otros sujetos obligados:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:339 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:339 msgid "Calendario de implementación permanente:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:345 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:345 msgid "Requerimientos en Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:347 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:347 msgid "" "Con la finalidad de facilitar el proceso de preparación de las bases de Odoo" " estándar V12 y v13, únicamente será necesario que los administradores " @@ -4851,67 +4919,67 @@ msgid "" "nuevos procesos." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:352 msgid "Actualización de listado de Apps" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:354 msgid "" "Utilizando el modo desarrollador, acceder al módulo de Aplicaciones y " "seleccionar el menú *Actualizar Lista*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:361 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:361 msgid "Actualización de Módulos" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:363 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:363 msgid "" "Una vez actualizado Buscar *Colombia*, los siguientes módulos serán " "desplegados, se requieren actualizar dos módulos." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:366 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:366 msgid "Colombia - Contabilidad - l10n_co" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:367 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:367 msgid "" "Electronic invoicing for Colombia with Carvajal UBL 2.1 - " "l10n_co_edi_ubl_2_1" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:372 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:372 msgid "" "En cada módulo o ícono hay que desplegar el menú opciones utilizando los 3 " "puntos de la esquina superior derecha y seleccionamos *Actualizar*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:375 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:375 msgid "Primero lo hacemos con en el módulo l10n_co:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:380 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:380 msgid "Posteriormente lo hacemos con el módulo l10n_co_edi_ubl_2_1:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:386 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:386 msgid "Creación de Datos Maestros" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:388 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:388 msgid "" "Las bases de datos existentes a Junio 2020 tanto en V12 como V13, deberán " "crear algunos datos maestros necesarios para operar correctamente con los " "cambios del Anexo 1.7." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:392 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:491 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:392 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:491 msgid "Consumidor Final" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:394 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:394 msgid "" "La figura del consumidor final será utilizada para aquellas ventas sobre las" " cuales no es posible identificar toda la información fiscal y demográfica " @@ -4919,47 +4987,47 @@ msgid "" "genérico." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:398 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:398 msgid "" "Es importante coordinar y definir los casos de uso en los que dependiendo de" " su empresa se tendrá permitido utilizar este registro genérico." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:401 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:401 msgid "" "Dentro de Odoo se tendrá que crear un contacto con las siguientes " "características, es importante que se defina de esta manera debido a que son" " los parámetros definidos por la DIAN." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:404 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:404 msgid "**Tipo de contacto:** Individuo" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:405 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:405 msgid "**Nombre:** Consumidor Final" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:406 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:406 msgid "**Tipo de documento:** Cedula de Ciudadania" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:407 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:407 msgid "**Numero de Identificacion:** 222222222222" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:412 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:412 msgid "" "Dentro de la pestaña Ventas y Compras, en la sección Información Fiscal, del" " campo Obligaciones y Responsabilidades colocaremos el valor: **R-99-PN**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:419 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:506 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:419 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:506 msgid "IVA Excluido - Bienes Cubiertos" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:421 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:421 msgid "" "Para reportar las transacciones realizadas mediante Bienes Cubiertos para " "los tres días sin IVA, será necesario crear un nuevo Impuesto al cual se le " @@ -4967,19 +5035,19 @@ msgid "" " para agregar la sección requerida en el XML de factura electrónica." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:426 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:426 msgid "" "Para el crear el impuesto accederemos a Contabilidad dentro del menú " ":menuselection:`Configuración --> Impuestos`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:432 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:432 msgid "" "Procedemos a crear un nuevo Impuesto con importe 0% considerando los " "siguientes parámetros:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:437 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:437 msgid "" "El nombre del Impuesto puede ser definido a preferencia del usuario, sin " "embargo el campo clave es **Grupo de Impuestos** dentro de Opciones " @@ -4987,86 +5055,86 @@ msgid "" "Valor**: *IVA*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:445 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:445 msgid "Actualización de descripción de Departamentos" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:447 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:447 msgid "" "Es necesario actualizar la descripción de algunos departamentos, para lo " "cual accederemos a módulo de Contactos y dentro del menú de " ":menuselection:`Configuración --> Provincias`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:453 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:453 msgid "" "Posteriormente, podemos agregar por País para identificar claramente las " "provincias (Departamentos) de Colombia:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:459 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:459 msgid "" "Una vez agrupados buscar los siguientes departamentos para actualizarlos con" " el valor indicado en la columna **Nombre actualizado**:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:463 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:463 msgid "Nombre de provincia" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:463 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:463 msgid "Código de Provincia" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:463 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:463 msgid "Nombre actualizado" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:465 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:465 msgid "D.C." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:465 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:465 msgid "DC" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:465 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:465 msgid "Bogotá" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:467 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:467 msgid "Quindio" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:467 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:467 msgid "QUI" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:467 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:467 msgid "Quindío" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:469 msgid "Archipiélago de San Andrés, Providencia y Santa Catalina" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:469 msgid "SAP" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:469 msgid "San Andrés y Providencia" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:473 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:473 msgid "Ejemplo:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:479 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:479 msgid "Verificación de Código postal" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:481 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:481 msgid "" "Dentro del Anexo 1.7 se comienza a validar que el código postal de las " "direcciones para contactos colombianos corresponda a las tablas oficiales " @@ -5076,18 +5144,18 @@ msgid "" "<http://visor.codigopostal.gov.co/472/visor/Codigos_Postales_Nacionales.csv>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:488 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:488 msgid "Consideraciones Operativas" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:493 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:493 msgid "" "Una vez que resgistro de Consumidor final ha sido creado este deberá ser " "utilizado a demanda, generalmente será utilizado en las transacciones de " "facturación del punto de punto de venta." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:496 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:496 msgid "" "El proceso de validación de la Factura será realizado de forma convencional " "en Odoo y la factura será generada de la misma manera. Al detectar que el " @@ -5096,13 +5164,13 @@ msgid "" "correspondientes." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:500 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:500 msgid "" "Contablemente todos los registros de Consumidor final quedarán asociados al " "identificador generico:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:508 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:508 msgid "" "El 21 mayo del 2020 fue publicado el El Decreto 682 el cual establece " "Excepción especial en el Impuesto sobre las ventas. El principal objetivo de" @@ -5110,33 +5178,33 @@ msgid "" "generadas a causa del COVID." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:513 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:513 msgid "Fechas" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:515 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:515 msgid "" "Días de excención del impuesto sobre las ventas – IVA para bienes cubiertos " "(3 días SIN IVA)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:517 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:517 msgid "**Primer día**: 19 de junio de 2020" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:518 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:518 msgid "**Segundo día**: 3 de Julio de 2020" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:519 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:519 msgid "**Tercer día**: 19 de Julio de 2020" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:522 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:522 msgid "Condiciones" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:524 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:524 msgid "" "Debido a que estas transacciones serán generadas de forma excepcional y que " "se tiene una combinación de varios factores y condiciones, los productores " @@ -5145,7 +5213,7 @@ msgid "" "corresponda." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:529 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:529 msgid "" "A continuación se mencionan algunas de las principales condiciones, sin " "embargo, cabe mencionar que las empresas deben de verificar todos los " @@ -5153,103 +5221,103 @@ msgid "" "<https://dapre.presidencia.gov.co/normativa/normativa/DECRETO%20682%20DEL%2021%20DE%20MAYO%20DE%202020.pdf>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:533 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:533 msgid "Tipo de productos y precio Máximo:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:536 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:536 msgid "Tipo de Productos" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:536 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:536 msgid "Precio Máximo" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:538 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:538 msgid "Electrodomesticos" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:538 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:538 msgid "40 UVT: $1,4 millones." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:540 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:540 msgid "Vestuario y complementos" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 msgid "3 UVT: $106.000" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 msgid "En el caso de los complementos es:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:544 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:544 msgid "10 UVT- $356.000" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:544 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:544 msgid "Elementos deportivos" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:546 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:546 msgid "Juguetes y Utiles Escolares" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:546 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:548 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:546 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:548 msgid "5 UVT - $178.035" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:548 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:548 msgid "Utiles Escolares" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:550 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:550 msgid "Bienes o servicios para el sector agropecuario" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:550 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:550 msgid "80 UVT - $2.848.560" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:554 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:554 msgid "Métodos de Pago:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:556 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:556 msgid "" "El pago debe realizarse por medios electrónico por ejemplo tarjetas de " "crédito/débito o bien mecanismos de pago online." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:558 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:558 msgid "Limite de unidades:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:560 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:560 msgid "" "Cada cliente puede adquirir únicamente 3 unidades como máximo de cada " "producto." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:563 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:563 msgid "Medidas en Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:565 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:565 msgid "**Preparación de datos**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:567 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:567 msgid "" "Crear el Impuesto para Bienes cubiertos de acuerdo a lo indicado en este " "punto: Datos maestros." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:568 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:568 msgid "" "Identificar los productos y transacciones a los cuales les aplicará la " "Exclusión de IVA de acuerdo a las condiciones establecidas en el decreto " @@ -5257,70 +5325,70 @@ msgid "" "actualizar el impuesto de forma temporal en Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:571 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:571 msgid "" "Exportar un listado con los productos que serán afectados incluyendo el " "campo IVA Venta el cual será sustituido temporalmente por el IVA de Bienes " "Cubiertos." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:573 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:573 msgid "" "Al finalizar las operaciones del día anterior a las fechas establecidas de " "día sin IVA, se debe hacer la actualización temporal a IVA de Bienes " "Cubiertos." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:579 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:579 msgid "**Durante el día SIN IVA**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:581 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:581 msgid "" "Por defecto los productos previamente considerados con IVA de Bienes " "cubiertos serán generados con este parámetro tanto en Órdenes de venta como " "facturas creadas durante ese mismo día." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:587 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:587 msgid "" "Las órdenes de venta generadas con este impuesto deberán ser facturas el " "mismo día." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:588 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:588 msgid "" "En caso de que alguna de las condiciones no sea cumplida (ejemplo el pago es" " realizado en efectivo) el impuesto deberá ser actualizado manualmente al " "momento de facturar." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:591 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:591 msgid "**Posterior al día SIN IVA**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:593 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:593 msgid "" "Los productos que fueron actualizados deberá ser reconfigurados a su IVA " "original." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:594 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:594 msgid "" "En caso de que se detecte alguna Orden de venta facturar en la cual se " "incluya IVA de Bienes Cubiertos, se deberá realizar actualización manual " "correspondiente al IVA convencional." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:3 msgid "France" msgstr "Франция" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:6 msgid "FEC" msgstr "FEC" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:8 msgid "" "If you have installed the French Accounting, you will be able to download " "the FEC. For this, go in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> France" @@ -5330,7 +5398,7 @@ msgstr "" " Для этого перейдите к :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> France " "--> FEC`." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:12 msgid "" "If you do not see the submenu **FEC**, go in **Apps** and search for the " "module called **France-FEC** and verify if it is well installed." @@ -5338,11 +5406,11 @@ msgstr "" "Если вы не видите подменю ** FEC **, перейдите к ** Приложения ** и найдите " "модуль ** Франция-FEC ** и проверьте, он хорошо установлен." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:16 msgid "French Accounting Reports" msgstr "Французская бухгалтерская отчетность" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:18 msgid "" "If you have installed the French Accounting, you will have access to some " "accounting reports specific to France:" @@ -5350,25 +5418,25 @@ msgstr "" "Если вы установили французский бухгалтерский учет, вы будете иметь доступ к " "некоторым бухгалтерских отчетов, характерных для Франции:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:20 msgid "Bilan comptable" msgstr "Bilan comptable" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:21 msgid "Compte de résultats" msgstr "Compte de résultats" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:22 msgid "Plan de Taxes France" msgstr "Plan de Taxes France" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:25 msgid "Get the VAT anti-fraud certification with Odoo" msgstr "" "Получите сертификат о борьбе с мошенничеством на добавленную стоимость с " "Odoo" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:27 msgid "" "As of January 1st 2018, a new anti-fraud legislation comes into effect in " "France and DOM-TOM. This new legislation stipulates certain criteria " @@ -5383,13 +5451,13 @@ msgstr "" "внедрены в 9 версии Odoo через модуль и сертификат соответствия для " "загрузки." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:34 msgid "Is my company required to use an anti-fraud software?" msgstr "" "Или моя компания обязана использовать программное обеспечение с " "мошенничеством?" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:36 msgid "" "Your company is required to use an anti-fraud cash register software like " "Odoo (CGI art. 286, I. 3° bis) if:" @@ -5398,17 +5466,17 @@ msgstr "" "мошенничеством кассовых аппаратов, таких как Odoo (CGI Art. 286, I. 3 ° " "bis), если:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:39 msgid "You are taxable (not VAT exempt) in France or any DOM-TOM," msgstr "" "Вы облагаемыми (не освобождены от налога на добавленную стоимость) во " "Франции или любом DOM-TOM," -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:40 msgid "Some of your customers are private individuals (B2C)." msgstr "Некоторые из ваших клиентов - частные лица (B2C)." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:42 msgid "" "This rule applies to any company size. Auto-entrepreneurs are exempted from " "VAT and therefore are not affected." @@ -5416,36 +5484,35 @@ msgstr "" "Это правило применяется к компании любого размера. Автостраховщики " "освобождаются от уплаты НДС, поэтому они их это не касается." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:46 msgid "Get certified with Odoo" msgstr "Получите сертификат с Odoo" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:48 msgid "Getting compliant with Odoo is very easy." msgstr "Присоединиться к Odoo очень просто." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:50 msgid "" "Your company is requested by the tax administration to deliver a certificate" " of conformity testifying that your software complies with the anti-fraud " "legislation. This certificate is granted by Odoo SA to Odoo Enterprise users" " `here <https://www.odoo.com/my/contract/french-certification/>`_. If you " -"use Odoo Community, you should `upgrade to Odoo Enterprise " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/14.0/setup/enterprise.html>`_ or contact" -" your Odoo service provider." +"use Odoo Community, you should :doc:`upgrade to Odoo Enterprise " +"</administration/enterprise>` or contact your Odoo service provider." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:58 msgid "In case of non-conformity, your company risks a fine of €7,500." msgstr "" "В случае несоответствия ваша компания рискует получить штраф в размере 7500 " "евро." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:60 msgid "To get the certification just follow the following steps:" msgstr "Чтобы получить сертификат, выполните следующие шаги:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:62 msgid "" "Install the anti-fraud module fitting your Odoo environment from the *Apps* " "menu:" @@ -5453,7 +5520,7 @@ msgstr "" "Установите модуль борьбы с мошенничеством, что соответствует вашей версии " "Odoo, из меню * Приложения *:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:65 msgid "" "if you use Odoo Point of Sale: *l10n_fr_pos_cert*: France - VAT Anti-Fraud " "Certification for Point of Sale (CGI 286 I-3 bis)" @@ -5462,7 +5529,7 @@ msgstr "" "Сертификация по борьбе с мошенничеством на добавленную стоимость для точки " "продаж (CGI 286 I-3 bis)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:66 msgid "" "in any other case: *l10n_fr_certification*: France - VAT Anti-Fraud " "Certification (CGI 286 I-3 bis)" @@ -5470,7 +5537,7 @@ msgstr "" "в любом другом случае: l10n_fr_certification * Франция - Сертификация борьбы" " с мошенничеством на НДС (CGI 286 I-3 bis)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:68 msgid "" "Make sure a country is set on your company, otherwise your entries won’t be " "encrypted for the inalterability check. To edit your company’s data, go to " @@ -5482,7 +5549,7 @@ msgstr "" "компании, перейдите к меню :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies " "--> Companies`. Выберите страну из списка; Не создавайте новую страну." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:72 msgid "" "Download the mandatory certificate of conformity delivered by Odoo SA `here " "<https://www.odoo.com/my/contract/french-certification/>`__." @@ -5490,15 +5557,15 @@ msgstr "" "Загрузите обязательный сертификат соответствия, предоставленный Odoo SA " "`здесь <https://www.odoo.com/my/contract/french-certification/> `__." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:75 msgid "" "To install the module in any system created before December 18th 2017, you " "should update the modules list. To do so, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " -"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Then go to the *Apps* menu and " +"</applications/general/developer_mode>`. Then go to the *Apps* menu and " "press *Update Modules List* in the top-menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:79 msgid "" "In case you run Odoo on-premise, you need to update your installation and " "restart your server beforehand." @@ -5506,7 +5573,7 @@ msgstr "" "Если вы запускаете Odoo on-premise, вам нужно обновить вашу инсталляцию и " "заранее перезагрузить сервер." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:81 msgid "" "If you have installed the initial version of the anti-fraud module (prior to" " December 18th 2017), you need to update it. The module's name was *France -" @@ -5522,15 +5589,15 @@ msgstr "" "* Обновить *. Наконец, убедитесь, что установлен следующий модуль * " "l10n_fr_sale_closing *." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:90 msgid "Anti-fraud features" msgstr "Особенности борьбы с мошенничеством" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:92 msgid "The anti-fraud module introduces the following features:" msgstr "Модуль борьбы с мошенничеством внедряет следующие функции:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:94 msgid "" "**Inalterability**: deactivation of all the ways to cancel or modify key " "data of POS orders, invoices and journal entries;" @@ -5538,11 +5605,11 @@ msgstr "" "** Неизменность **: дезактивация всех способов отмены или изменения ключевых" " данных заказов точки продаж, счетов-фактур и записей журнала;" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:96 msgid "**Security**: chaining algorithm to verify the inalterability;" msgstr "** Безопасность **: сетевой алгоритм для проверки неизменности;" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:97 msgid "" "**Storage**: automatic sales closings with computation of both period and " "cumulative totals (daily, monthly, annually)." @@ -5550,11 +5617,11 @@ msgstr "" "** Хранение **: автоматическое закрытие торгов с исчислением как периода, " "так и совокупных итогов (ежедневно, ежемесячно, ежегодно)." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:101 msgid "Inalterability" msgstr "неизменность" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:103 msgid "" "All the possible ways to cancel and modify key data of paid POS orders, " "confirmed invoices and journal entries are deactivated, if the company is " @@ -5564,7 +5631,7 @@ msgstr "" "продажи, подтвержденных счетов-фактур и записей журнала деактивируются, если" " компания находится во Франции или в любом DOM-TOM." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:107 msgid "" "If you run a multi-companies environment, only the documents of such " "companies are impacted." @@ -5572,11 +5639,11 @@ msgstr "" "Если вы управляете средой нескольких компаний, это влияет только на " "документы таких компаний." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:111 msgid "Security" msgstr "Права доступа" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:113 msgid "" "To ensure the inalterability, every order or journal entry is encrypted upon" " validation. This number (or hash) is calculated from the key data of the " @@ -5586,7 +5653,7 @@ msgstr "" "зашифровывается после проверки. Этот номер (или хэш) вычисляется из ключевых" " данных документа, а также от хеша предыдущих документов." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:118 msgid "" "The module introduces an interface to test the data inalterability. If any " "information is modified on a document after its validation, the test will " @@ -5600,7 +5667,7 @@ msgstr "" "аварии система указывает на первый поврежденный документ, записанный в " "системе." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:124 msgid "" "Users with *Manager* access rights can launch the inalterability check. For " "POS orders, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Reporting --> French " @@ -5613,11 +5680,11 @@ msgstr "" "журнала, перейдите на страницу :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Reporting " "--> French Statements`." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:131 msgid "Storage" msgstr "хранение" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:133 msgid "" "The system also processes automatic sales closings on a daily, monthly and " "annual basis. Such closings distinctly compute the sales total of the period" @@ -5629,7 +5696,7 @@ msgstr "" "продажи, а также совокупные большие итоги из первых продаж, записанных в " "системе." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:139 msgid "" "Closings can be found in the *French Statements* menu of Point of Sale, " "Invoicing and Accounting apps." @@ -5637,7 +5704,7 @@ msgstr "" "Закрытие можно найти в меню * Французские выписки * точки продаж, счетов-" "фактур и учета." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:143 msgid "" "Closings compute the totals for journal entries of sales journals (Journal " "Type = Sales)." @@ -5645,12 +5712,12 @@ msgstr "" "Завершение вычисляют итоги для журнальных записей журналов продаж (Тип " "журнала = Продажи)." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:145 msgid "" "For multi-companies environments, such closings are performed by company." msgstr "Для сред нескольких компаний такие закрытия выполняются компанией." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:147 msgid "" "POS orders are posted as journal entries at the closing of the POS session. " "Closing a POS session can be done anytime. To prompt users to do it on a " @@ -5663,7 +5730,7 @@ msgstr "" "сеанса, открытом более 24 часов назад. Такой сеанс должен быть закрыт перед " "продажей снова." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:153 msgid "" "A period’s total is computed from all the journal entries posted after the " "previous closing of the same type, regardless of their posting date. If you " @@ -5675,19 +5742,19 @@ msgstr "" "Если вы записали новую транзакцию по продаже течение закрытого периода, она " "будет причислена к самому следующего закрытия." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:158 msgid "" "For test & audit purposes such closings can be manually generated in the " -":doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Then go to" -" :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled " +":doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>`. Then go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled " "Actions`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:164 msgid "Responsibilities" msgstr "Обязанности" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:166 msgid "" "Do not uninstall the module! If you do so, the hashes will be reset and none" " of your past data will be longer guaranteed as being inalterable." @@ -5695,7 +5762,7 @@ msgstr "" "Не удаляйте модуль! Если вы так сделали, хэш будет сброшено, и ни один из " "ваших прошлых данных больше не будет гарантирован как неизменен." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:169 msgid "" "Users remain responsible for their Odoo instance and must use it with due " "diligence. It is not permitted to modify the source code which guarantees " @@ -5705,7 +5772,7 @@ msgstr "" "использовать ее с должным осмотрительностью. Запрещается изменять исходный " "код, который гарантирует неизменность данных." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:173 msgid "" "Odoo absolves itself of all and any responsibility in case of changes in the" " module’s functions caused by 3rd party applications not certified by Odoo." @@ -5713,11 +5780,11 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo освобождает себя от всех и любой ответственности в случае изменения " "функций модуля, вызванных сторонними приложениями, несертифицированные Odoo." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:178 msgid "More Information" msgstr "Больше информации" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:180 msgid "" "You will find more information about this legislation in the official " "documents:" @@ -5725,35 +5792,35 @@ msgstr "" "Вы найдете дополнительную информацию об этом законодательство в официальных " "документах:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:182 msgid "" "`Frequently Asked Questions " "<https://www.economie.gouv.fr/files/files/directions_services/dgfip/controle_fiscal/actualites_reponses/logiciels_de_caisse.pdf>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:183 msgid "" "`Official Statement " "<http://bofip.impots.gouv.fr/bofip/10691-PGP.html?identifiant=BOI-TVA-" "DECLA-30-10-30-20160803>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:184 msgid "" "`Item 88 of Finance Law 2016 " "<https://www.legifrance.gouv.fr/affichTexteArticle.do?idArticle=JORFARTI000031732968&categorieLien=id&cidTexte=JORFTEXT000031732865>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:56 msgid "Germany" msgstr "Германия" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:6 msgid "German Chart of Accounts" msgstr "Немецкий план счетов" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:8 msgid "" "The chart of accounts SKR03 and SKR04 are both supported in Odoo. You can " "choose the one you want by going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " @@ -5764,8 +5831,8 @@ msgstr "" "который вы хотите, перейдя к :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration`, " "выберите нужный пакет в разделе Фискальная локализация." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:12 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:17 msgid "" "Be careful, you can only change the accounting package as long as you have " "not created any accounting entry." @@ -5773,51 +5840,51 @@ msgstr "" "Будьте осторожны, вы можете изменить бухгалтерский пакет только тогда, когда" " вы не создали запись бухучета." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:16 msgid "" "When you create a new SaaS database, the SKR03 is installed by default." msgstr "" "Когда вы создаете новую базу данных SaaS, SKR03 устанавливается по " "умолчанию." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:19 msgid "German Accounting Reports" msgstr "Немецкая бухгалтерская отчетность" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:21 msgid "" "Here is the list of German-specific reports available on Odoo Enterprise:" msgstr "" "Ниже приведен список специальных отчетов для Германии, доступных на Odoo " "Enterprise:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:23 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:27 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:30 msgid "Balance Sheet" msgstr "Балансовая ведомость" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:24 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:19 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:17 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:89 msgid "Profit & Loss" msgstr "Доходы и расходы" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:25 msgid "Tax Report (Umsatzsteuervoranmeldung)" msgstr "Налоговый отчет (Umsatzsteuervoranmeldung)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:26 msgid "Partner VAT Intra" msgstr "Партнер НДС Intra" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:29 msgid "Export from Odoo to Datev" msgstr "Экспорт из Odoo в Datev" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:31 msgid "" "It is possible to export your accounting entries from Odoo to Datev. To be " "able to use this feature, the german accounting localization needs to be " @@ -5831,11 +5898,11 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> General Ledger` нажмите кнопку " "** Export Datev (csv) **." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:39 msgid "German Tax Accounting Standards: Odoo's guide to GoBD Compliance" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:41 msgid "" "**GoBD** stands for `Grundsätze zur ordnungsmäßigen Führung und Aufbewahrung" " von Büchern, Aufzeichnungen und Unterlagen in elektronischer Form sowie zum" @@ -5847,7 +5914,7 @@ msgid "" "and balance sheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:48 msgid "" "These principles have been written and published by the Federal Ministry of " "Finance (BMF) in November 2014. Since January 2015, **they have become the " @@ -5857,16 +5924,16 @@ msgid "" "solutions (cloud hosting, paperless companies, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:55 msgid "Odoo gives you **the means to be compliant with GoBD**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:58 msgid "" "What do you need to know about GoBD when relying on accounting software?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:61 msgid "" "If you can, the best way to understand GoBD is to Read the `Official GoBD " "text " @@ -5875,7 +5942,7 @@ msgid "" "what to expect:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:65 msgid "" "The **GoBD is binding for companies that have to present accounts, which " "includes SMEs, freelancers, and entrepreneurs, to the financial " @@ -5884,39 +5951,39 @@ msgid "" "mentioned financial and related data)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:70 msgid "" "Apart from software requirements, the user is required to ensure Internal " "control systems (*in accordance with sec. 146 of the Fiscal Code*):" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:73 msgid "Access rights control;" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:74 msgid "Segregation of Duties, Functional separating;" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:75 msgid "Entry controls (error notifications, plausibility checks);" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:76 msgid "Reconciliation checks at data entry;" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:77 msgid "Processing controls;" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:78 msgid "" "Measures to prevent intentional or unintentional manipulation of software, " "data, or documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:80 msgid "" "The user must distribute tasks within its organization to the relevant " "positions (*control*) and verify that the tasks are properly and completely " @@ -5926,11 +5993,11 @@ msgid "" "(*prevention*)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:86 msgid "What about data security?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:88 msgid "" "**The taxpayer must secure the system against any data loss due to " "deletion, removal, or theft of any data**. If the entries are not " @@ -5938,43 +6005,43 @@ msgid "" "with the GoBD guidelines." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:92 msgid "" "Once bookings have been finally posted, they can no longer be changed or " "deleted via the application." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:95 msgid "" "If Odoo is used in the cloud, regular backups are part of the SaaS service. " "In addition, regular backups can be downloaded and backed up on external " "systems." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:99 msgid "" "`Odoo Cloud Hosting - Service Level Agreement <https://www.odooo.com/cloud-" "sla>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:101 msgid "" "If the server is operated locally, it is the responsibility of the user to " "create the necessary backup infrastructure." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:105 msgid "" "In some cases, data has to be kept for ten years or more, so always have " "backups saved. It is even more important if you decide to change software " "provider." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:109 msgid "Responsibility of the software editor" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:111 msgid "" "Considering GoBD only applies between the taxpayer and the financial " "authority, **the software editor can by no means be held responsible for the" @@ -5983,11 +6050,11 @@ msgid "" "respect the software related guidelines described in the GoBD." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:117 msgid "How can Odoo help you achieve Compliance?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:119 msgid "" "The key words, when it comes to GoBD, are: **traceable, verifiable, true, " "clear, and continuous**. In short, you need to have audit-proof archiving in" @@ -5995,11 +6062,11 @@ msgid "" "objectives:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 msgid "**Traceability and verifiability**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 msgid "" "Each record in Odoo is stamped with the creator of the document, the " "creation date, the modification date, and who modified it. In addition, " @@ -6007,11 +6074,11 @@ msgid "" "whom in the chatter of the relevant object." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 msgid "**Completeness**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 msgid "" "All financial data must be recorded in the system, and there can be no gaps." " Odoo ensures that there is no gap in the numbering of the financial " @@ -6021,11 +6088,11 @@ msgid "" "vendor bills and miscellaneous operations completely." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 msgid "**Accuracy**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 msgid "" "Odoo ensures with the correct configuration that the correct accounts are " "used. In addition, the control mechanisms between purchase orders and sales " @@ -6035,11 +6102,11 @@ msgid "" "task*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 msgid "**Timely booking and record-keeping**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 msgid "" "As most financial data in Odoo is generated by the transactional objects " "(for example, the invoice is booked at confirmation), Odoo ensures out-of-" @@ -6048,11 +6115,11 @@ msgid "" "miscellaneous operations." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 msgid "**Order**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 msgid "" "Financial data stored in Odoo is per definition ordered and can be reordered" " according to most fields present in the model. A specific ordering is not " @@ -6061,22 +6128,22 @@ msgid "" "out-of-the-box." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 msgid "**Inalterability**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 msgid "" "With the German Odoo localization, Odoo is in standard configured in such a " "way that the inalterability clause can be adhered to without any further " "customization." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:154 msgid "Do you need a GoBD-Export?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:156 msgid "" "In the case of fiscal control, the fiscal authority can request three levels" " of access to the accounting system (Z1, Z2, Z3). These levels vary from " @@ -6084,7 +6151,7 @@ msgid "" "storage device." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:160 msgid "" "In case of a handover of the financial data on a storage device, the format " "is **not** enforced by the GoBD. It can be, for example, in XLS, CSV, XML, " @@ -6094,11 +6161,11 @@ msgid "" "zur Datenntträgerüberlassung\" §3) but it is not binding." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:167 msgid "What is the role and meaning of the compliance certification?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:169 msgid "" "The GoBD clearly states that due to the nature of a state of the art " "accounting software, their configuration possibilities, changing nature, and" @@ -6109,7 +6176,7 @@ msgid "" "other legal value (A. 12, § 181)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:175 msgid "" "A GoBD certificate states nothing more than that if you use the software " "according to its guidelines, the software will not refrain you from " @@ -6119,13 +6186,13 @@ msgid "" "not, however, offer our customer any legal certainty." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:182 msgid "" "The BMF actually states the following in the `Official GoBD text " "<https://www.bundesfinanzministerium.de/Content/DE/Downloads/BMF_Schreiben/Weitere_Steuerthemen/Abgabenordnung/2019-11-28-GoBD.pdf>`_:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:185 msgid "" "180. Positive attestations on the correctness of the bookkeeping - and thus " "on the correctness of IT-based bookkeeping systems - are not issued either " @@ -6133,14 +6200,14 @@ msgid "" "information." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:188 msgid "" "181. \"Certificates\" or \"attestations\" from third parties can serve as a " "decision criterion for the company when selecting a software product, but " "develop from the in margin no. 179 is not binding on the tax authorities." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:193 msgid "" "The previous content was `automatically translated from German with Google " "Translate " @@ -6149,25 +6216,25 @@ msgid "" "gest%C3%BCtzter%20Buchf%C3%BChrungssysteme%20-%20werden%20weder%20im%20Rahmen%20einer%20steuerlichen%20Au%C3%9Fenpr%C3%BCfung%20noch%20im%20Rahmen%20einer%20verbindlichen%20Auskunft%20erteilt.%0A%0A181.%0A%E2%80%9EZertifikate%E2%80%9C%20oder%20%E2%80%9ETestate%E2%80%9C%20Dritter%20k%C3%B6nnen%20bei%20der%20Auswahl%20eines%20Softwareproduktes%20dem%20Unternehmen%20als%20Entscheidungskriterium%20dienen%2C%20entfalten%20jedoch%20aus%20den%20in%20Rz.%20179%20genannten%20Gr%C3%BCnden%20gegen%C3%BCber%20der%20Finanzbeh%C3%B6rde%20keine%20Bindungswirkung.%20&op=translate>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:198 msgid "What happens if you are not compliant?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:200 msgid "" "In the event of an infringement, you can expect a fine but also a court " "order demanding the implementation of specific measures." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:3 msgid "Indonesia" msgstr "Индонезия" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:8 msgid "E-Faktur Module" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:10 msgid "" "The **E-Faktur Module** is installed by default with the Indonesian " "localization module. It allows one to generate a CSV file for one tax " @@ -6175,26 +6242,26 @@ msgid "" "e-Faktur** application." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:17 msgid "NPWP/NIK settings" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:0 msgid "**Your Company**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:0 msgid "" "This information is used in the FAPR line in the effect file format. You " "need to set a VAT number on the related partner of your Odoo company. If you" " don't, it won't be possible to create an e-Faktur from an invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:0 msgid "**Your Clients**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:0 msgid "" "You need to set the checkbox *ID PKP* to generate e-fakturs for a customer. " "You can use the VAT field on the customer's contact to set the NPWP needed " @@ -6202,11 +6269,11 @@ msgid "" "enter the NIK in the same VAT field." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:39 msgid "Generate Tax Invoice Serial Number" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:41 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> e-Faktur`. In order to be" " able to export customer invoices as e-Faktur for the Indonesian government," @@ -6216,7 +6283,7 @@ msgid "" "the invoices list and click on *Action*, then on *Download e-Faktur*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:46 msgid "" "After receiving new serial numbers from the Indonesian Revenue Department, " "you can create a set of tax invoice serial numbers group through this list " @@ -6225,30 +6292,30 @@ msgid "" "requested by the Indonesia Tax Revenue Department." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:50 msgid "" "There is a counter to inform you how many unused numbers are left in that " "group." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:58 msgid "Generate e-faktur csv for a single invoice or a batch invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:60 msgid "" "Create an invoice from :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> " "Invoices`. If the invoice customer's country is Indonesia and the customer " "is set as *ID PKP*, Odoo will allow you to create an e-Faktur." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:63 msgid "" "Set a Kode Transaksi for the e-Faktur. There are constraints related to the " "Kode transaksi and the type of VAT applied to invoice lines." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:69 msgid "" "Odoo will automatically pick the next available serial number from the " "e-Faktur number table (see the :ref:`section above " @@ -6258,24 +6325,24 @@ msgid "" "*Electronic Tax*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:77 msgid "" "Once the invoice is posted, you can generate and download the e-Faktur from " "the *Action* menu item *Download e-faktur*. The checkbox *CSV created* will " "be set." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:83 msgid "" "You can select multiple invoices in list view and generate a batch e-Faktur " ".csv." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:88 msgid "Kode Transaksi FP (Transaction Code)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:90 msgid "" "The following codes are available when generating an e-Faktur. - 01 Kepada " "Pihak yang Bukan Pemungut PPN (Customer Biasa) - 02 Kepada Pemungut " @@ -6286,26 +6353,26 @@ msgid "" "Penyerahan Aktiva (Pasal 16D UU PPN)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:103 msgid "" "Correct an invoice that has been posted and downloaded: Replace Invoice " "feature" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:105 msgid "" "Cancel the original wrong invoice in Odoo. For instance, we will change the " "Kode Transakski from 01 to 03 for the INV/2020/0001." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:107 msgid "" "Create a new invoice and set the canceled invoice in the *Replace Invoice* " "field. In this field, we can only select invoices in *Cancel* state from the" " same customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:109 msgid "" "As you validate, Odoo will automatically use the same e-Faktur serial number" " as the canceled and replaced invoice replacing the third digit of the " @@ -6313,31 +6380,31 @@ msgid "" "invoice in the e-Faktur app)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:120 msgid "" "Correct an invoice that has been posted but not downloaded yet: Reset " "e-Faktur" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:122 msgid "Reset the invoice to draft and cancel it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:123 msgid "Click on the button *Reset e-Faktur* on the invoice form view." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:124 msgid "" "The serial number will be unassigned, and we will be able to reset the " "invoice to draft, edit it and re-assign a new serial number." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:3 msgid "Italy (IT)" msgstr "Италия (IT)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:5 msgid "" "Questa guida spiegherà come utilizzare la fattura elettronica in Odoo e come" " configurare correttamente i dati aziendali, i contatti e la contabilità. " @@ -6351,11 +6418,11 @@ msgstr "" "inventati, altrimenti il sistema dell’agenzia delle entrate non riconoscerà " "l’interscambio di informazioni." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:13 msgid "Configurare le informazioni sulla tua Azienda" msgstr "Configurare le informazioni sulla tua Azienda" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:15 msgid "" "Il passo successivo è la configurazione delle informazioni necessarie al " "funzionamento della fatturazione elettronica. Si può accedere alla schermata" @@ -6369,7 +6436,7 @@ msgstr "" "Aziende. Accedere quindi alle informazioni sulla Azienda per cui si desidera" " configurare la fatturazione elettronica." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:21 msgid "" "I dati necessari al funzionamento dello strumento di fatturazione " "elettronica sono i seguenti:" @@ -6377,16 +6444,17 @@ msgstr "" "I dati necessari al funzionamento dello strumento di fatturazione " "elettronica sono i seguenti:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:24 msgid "" "Server PEC. Le informazioni sul server utilizzato dal tuo indirizzo di posta" " elettronica certificata sono fornite dal tuo fornitore o dal Ministero. Lo " "stesso server deve essere configurato come server che gestisce tutta la " "corrispondenza mail in Odoo, per saperne di più si puo’ consultare la " -"relativa :doc:`guida <../../../discuss/advanced/email_servers>`." +"relativa :doc:`guida " +"</applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:30 msgid "" "Indirizzo PEC dell’ Azienda, tale indirizzo deve essere lo stesso registrato" " presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate per l’utilizzo dei servizi di fatturazione " @@ -6396,7 +6464,7 @@ msgstr "" " presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate per l’utilizzo dei servizi di fatturazione " "elettronica." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:34 msgid "" "Indirizzo PEC dell’Agenzia delle Entrate. La mail sarà fornito al momento " "della registrazione della tua PEC presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate, ricorda " @@ -6408,7 +6476,7 @@ msgstr "" "che l’Agenzia delle Entrate potrebbe cambiare questo indirizzo in seguito, " "previa comunicazione." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:39 msgid "" "Partita IVA e Codice Fiscale. Per far si che la Fatturazione Elettronica " "funzioni correttamente, questi cambi devono essere compilati correttamente." @@ -6416,7 +6484,7 @@ msgstr "" "Partita IVA e Codice Fiscale. Per far si che la Fatturazione Elettronica " "funzioni correttamente, questi cambi devono essere compilati correttamente." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:43 msgid "" "Regime Fiscale. Il regime fiscale a cui è sottoposta l’Azienda deve essere " "selezionato scegliendo dalla lista precompilata fornita da Odoo. Chiedi al " @@ -6426,15 +6494,15 @@ msgstr "" "selezionato scegliendo dalla lista precompilata fornita da Odoo. Chiedi al " "commercialista qual’è il corretto regime fiscale!" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:47 msgid "Numero di Iscrizione nel registro delle Imprese." msgstr "Numero di Iscrizione nel registro delle Imprese." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:54 msgid "Configurare le impostazioni per la Fatturazione Elettronica" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:56 msgid "" "Numero di iscrizione nel registro Imprese tenuto presso la Camera di " "Commercio." @@ -6442,7 +6510,7 @@ msgstr "" "Numero di iscrizione nel registro Imprese tenuto presso la Camera di " "Commercio." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:59 msgid "" "Rappresentate Fiscale. Questa opzione è dedicata ad aziende con sede al di " "fuori del territorio nazionale ma conducenti attività commerciali in Italia " @@ -6454,11 +6522,11 @@ msgstr "" "rilevanti ai fini dell’IVA. È possibile indicare in questo campo se " "l’Azienda si avvale di un Rappresentate Fiscale in Italia." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:70 msgid "Configurare il profilo dei clienti" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:72 msgid "" "Per un corretto utilizzo dell’applicazione, il profilo di clienti e " "fornitori, nell’applicazione contatti, deve essere configurato con le " @@ -6468,7 +6536,7 @@ msgstr "" "fornitori, nell’applicazione contatti, deve essere configurato con le " "necessarie informazioni legali." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:76 msgid "" "Selezionando il nome del cliente e accedendo quindi ai suoi dati, si trovano" " i seguenti campi che devono essere compilati: Indirizzo PEC, Codice Fiscale" @@ -6480,11 +6548,11 @@ msgstr "" " e Indice PA *che deve contere i 6-7 caratteri contenuti nell’indice PA e " "necessari per la comunicazione tramite fattura elettronica*." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:87 msgid "Il processo di fatturazione" msgstr "Il processo di fatturazione" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:89 msgid "" "Si può procedere ad emettere una fattura seguendo le indicazioni " "dell’applicazione. Il momento che determina il formale invio della fattura è" @@ -6498,25 +6566,25 @@ msgstr "" "quindi inviata: lo stato della sua consegna verrà notificato all’utente " "tramite pop-up sulla parte iniziale della schermata della fattura." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:102 msgid "I messaggi che possono apparire sono i seguenti:" msgstr "I messaggi che possono apparire sono i seguenti:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:104 msgid "Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" msgstr "Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:106 msgid "Invio fallito. Puoi modificare la fattura ed inviarla di nuovo" msgstr "Invio fallito. Puoi modificare la fattura ed inviarla di nuovo" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:108 msgid "" "La fattura è stata correttamente inviata ed accettata dal destinatario." msgstr "" "La fattura è stata correttamente inviata ed accettata dal destinatario." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:111 msgid "" "I vari stadi di spedizione e recezione della fattura sono visibili anche " "dall’elenco delle Fatture nella forma di icone, accanto alla colonna “Stato”" @@ -6526,19 +6594,19 @@ msgstr "" "dall’elenco delle Fatture nella forma di icone, accanto alla colonna “Stato”" " dall’applicazione contabilità." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:115 msgid "*Icona Rossa*: Invio fallito" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:117 msgid "*Icona Gialla*: Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:119 msgid "*Icona Verde*: Fattura inviata e accettata dal destinatario" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:121 msgid "" "Per inviare la fattura tramite PEC e generare il file XML, basterà cliccare " "su invia. Il documento verrà poi mostrato tra gli allegati." @@ -6546,15 +6614,15 @@ msgstr "" "Per inviare la fattura tramite PEC e generare il file XML, basterà cliccare " "su invia. Il documento verrà poi mostrato tra gli allegati." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:3 msgid "Mexico" msgstr "Мексика" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:10 msgid "`VIDEO WEBINAR OF A COMPLETE DEMO <https://youtu.be/JSqQo5eRqlI>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:15 msgid "" "Odoo Enterprise users in Mexico have free access to a set of modules that " "allow them to issue electronic invoices according to the specifications of " @@ -6565,7 +6633,7 @@ msgid "" "support for associated customs operations." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:21 msgid "" "With the Mexican location in Odoo you will not only be able to comply with " "the legal requirements to invoice in Mexico, but also use it as your " @@ -6573,29 +6641,29 @@ msgid "" "Odoo the perfect solution to manage your business in Mexico." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:26 msgid "Pre requirements" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:28 msgid "" "Before installing the modules and making the necessary configurations to " "have the Mexican localization in Odoo, it is necessary to meet the following" " requirements:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:31 msgid "Be registered with the SAT and have an RFC." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:32 msgid "" "Have a `Certificate of Digital Seal " "<https://www.gob.mx/sat/acciones-y-programas/certificado-de-sello-digital>`_" " (CSD)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:34 msgid "" "Choose a PAC and purchase stamps. Currently the Mexican location in Odoo " "works with two PACs: `Solución Factible <https://solucionfactible.com/>`_, " @@ -6603,25 +6671,24 @@ msgid "" " Sapien - Smarter Web <https://sw.com.mx/>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:37 msgid "" "Have knowledge and experience with billing, sales and accounting in Odoo. " "This documentation contains only the information necessary to enable the use" -" of Odoo in a company based in Mexico. For information on how to use these " -"applications, see the page :doc:`../../../index`." +" of Odoo in a company based in Mexico." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:41 msgid "Modules" msgstr "Модули" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:43 msgid "" "To install the Mexican localization module, go to :menuselection:`Apps`, " "then remove the default filter \"Apps\" and search for ``l10n_mx``." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:51 msgid "" "If you created the database from `www.odoo.com <https://www.odoo.com>`_ and " "chose \"Mexico\" as the country when creating your account, some of the " @@ -6630,44 +6697,44 @@ msgid "" "while others will instead have a label that says \"Installed\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:56 msgid "" "The following modules are necessary for all databases that require Mexican " "localization:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "**Mexico - Accounting (l10n_mx)**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "" "All the basic data to manage accounting, taxes and the chart of accounts. " "The installed chart of accounts is based on `the SAT account grouping code " "<https://www.gob.mx/cms/uploads/attachment/file/151586/codigo_agrupador.pdf>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "**EDI for Mexico (l10n_mx_edi)**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "" "Necessary for electronic transactions, CFDI 3.3, payment complement, and " "addenda on invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "**Odoo Mexican localization reports (l10n_mx_reports)**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "" "All mandatory reports for electronic accounting. (Requires the accounting " "application)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:67 msgid "" "The following modules are optional, and should be installed only if they " "meet a specific organization requirement. Installing these modules is not " @@ -6675,24 +6742,24 @@ msgid "" "unnecessarily complicate form filling." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "" "**EDI External Trade Complement for Mexico (l10n_mx_edi_external_trade)**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "" "For clients that export, add the foreign trade complement to the CFDI, and " "the logic for filling it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "" "**Odoo Mexico Localization for Invoice with customs Number " "(l10n_mx_edi_customs)**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "" "For importing customers, this module allows adding to the CFDI the request " "number with which the merchandise to be resold entered. When it is imported " @@ -6701,51 +6768,51 @@ msgid "" "\"pedimento\", and it is processed at customs." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "**Odoo Mexico Localization for Stock / Landing (l10n_mx_edi_landing)**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "" "Related to the import module (*l10n_mx_edi_customs*), this module allows " "managing the requests as part of the shipping costs." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "**Bank account payment to Mexico (l10n_mx_edi_payment_bank)**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "" "Add optional attributes to the payment plugin, allowing the user to select " "the bank account that was used to pay the bills." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "**Odoo Mexico Localization for Sale Coupon (l10n_mx_edi_sale_coupon)**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "" "Complements the Odoo coupon module (*sale_coupon*) to avoid errors in the " "generation of CFDIs." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "" "**Tax Cash Basis Entries at Payment Date (l10n_mx_tax_cash_basis)** Create " "journal entries for" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "taxes on the payment date (instead of the issue date)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:94 msgid "Enable electronic invoicing" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:96 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Accounting --> Customer Invoices`, and " "make sure that the option **Mexican Electronic Invoicing** is enabled. With " @@ -6754,11 +6821,11 @@ msgid "" "billing flow in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:108 msgid "Enter legal information" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:110 msgid "" "After verifying the general configuration, you must verify that the company " "is configured with the correct data. To do so, go to " @@ -6766,13 +6833,13 @@ msgid "" "*Update information* under your company name." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:118 msgid "" "In the resulting form, put your full address (including zip code), RFC (VAT " "number), and the rest of the data." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:122 msgid "" "Make sure that in the address, for the Country field, \"Mexico\" is chosen " "from the list of countries that Odoo shows, because if it is entered " @@ -6780,65 +6847,65 @@ msgid "" "it will result in errors later when the CFDIs are generated." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:131 msgid "" "If you want to test the Mexican localization, you can configure the company " "with a real address within Mexico (including all fields) and add " "``EKU9003173C9`` as RFC." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:135 msgid "Set the fiscal regime of the company" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:137 msgid "" "The following is to indicate what is the fiscal regime of the company that " "we are configuring, which is done through a pre-existing field in Odoo " "called \"Fiscal Regime\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:140 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Accounting --> Electronic Invoicing (MX) " "--> Fiscal Regime`, and select the option that applies to your company from " "the drop-down list." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:148 msgid "" "For the test environment: Select the option **General Law on Legal Persons**" " from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:152 msgid "Contacts Configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:154 msgid "" "When creating a contact to be invoiced in Odoo, the following information " "must be configured for invoice validation: **complete address** (including " "postal code, city, state, country, etc.) and the **VAT** number." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:163 msgid "Taxes Configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:165 msgid "" "A necessary configuration for electronic invoicing to work correctly in Odoo" " is to add the factor type associated with sales taxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:168 msgid "" "To make this configuration you first have to go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:171 msgid "" "Within the list of taxes that are pre-loaded, select the option *Sales* on " "the filter, this is to see only taxes associated with sales, which are those" @@ -6847,20 +6914,20 @@ msgid "" " **Factor Type** choose the option *Tasa*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:180 msgid "" "Do the same for all the sales taxes that the company needs, either those " "that come by default in Odoo, or those that you add that are necessary for " "your company bill." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:184 msgid "" "For the 0% VAT tax, select the option *Exento* instead of *Tasa* within the " "**Factor Type** field." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:187 msgid "" "When registering a payment, Odoo will carry out the movement of taxes from " "the **Cash Basis Transition Account** to the account set in the " @@ -6869,35 +6936,35 @@ msgid "" "eliminate this account**) in the Journal Entry when reclassifying taxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:197 msgid "Products Configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:199 msgid "" "All products to be sold need to have the SAT code associated with their " "classification so that the invoices do not give an error when validating." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:202 msgid "" "To configure products, go to the **General Information** tab and in the " "**UNSPSC Product Category** field select the category that represents that " "product. The process can be done manually or through a bulk import." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:211 msgid "PAC Configuration to sign invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:213 msgid "" "Another important step to configure electronic invoicing in Odoo is to enter" " the PAC which you are working with and the credentials. That way, " "electronic invoicing will be enabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:217 msgid "" "Remember that you must register directly with the PAC of your choice before " "you start creating invoices from Odoo. We have the following PACs available:" @@ -6906,7 +6973,7 @@ msgid "" "<https://sw.com.mx/>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:222 msgid "" "You must process your **Private Key (CSD)** with the SAT institution before " "following these steps. If you do not have this information, try with the " @@ -6914,21 +6981,21 @@ msgid "" "Credentials for your production environment to work with real transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:227 msgid "" "To add the credentials, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Accounting --> " "Electronic Invoicing (MX)`. Under the **PAC MX** section, enter the name of " "your PAC with your credentials (PAC username and PAC password)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:236 msgid "" "If you check the checkbox **Test Environment**, it is not necessary to enter" " a PAC username and/or password, but you must select a PAC from the drop-" "down list." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:239 msgid "" "Finally, upload the digital certificates of the company within the section " "**MX Certificates**. Click on *Add a line*, a window will open, click on " @@ -6936,53 +7003,53 @@ msgid "" "and your password. To finish, click on *Save and Close*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:248 msgid "" "If you still do not have one of the contracted PACs and you want to test " "electronic invoicing you can use the following SAT test certificates:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:252 -msgid ":download:`Certificate <../../../_static/files/certificate.cer>`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:251 +msgid ":download:`Certificate <files/certificate.cer>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:253 -msgid ":download:`Certificate Key <../../../_static/files/certificate.key>`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:252 +msgid ":download:`Certificate Key <files/certificate.key>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:254 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:253 msgid "**Password:** ``12345678a``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:255 msgid "" "You must also configure the company with a real address within Mexico " "(including all fields) and add ``EKU9003173C9`` as the **VAT** number." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:260 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:259 msgid "Workflows" msgstr "Рабочие процессы" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:262 msgid "Electronic invoicing" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:264 msgid "" "The invoicing process in Odoo is based on `Annex 20 " "<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/tramitesyservicios/Paginas/anexo_20_version3-3.htm>`_" " version 3.3 of electronic invoicing of the SAT." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:269 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:268 msgid "" "To start invoicing from Odoo, an invoice must be created using the standard " "invoicing flow, that is, either from a sales order or from the invoice menu " "in the Accounting application." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:271 msgid "" "The invoice will be stamped after clicking on *Validate*, before that the " "status is still in draft mode and changes can be made to it. After " @@ -6990,7 +7057,7 @@ msgid "" "it would look like this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:279 msgid "" "The details of the invoice will be reflected in the Chatter, which is what " "you see on the right of the invoice in the attached image. There you can " @@ -6998,7 +7065,7 @@ msgid "" " was validated or not." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:283 msgid "" "To send the stamped invoice to your client, you can send the XML together " "with the PDF file directly from Odoo, by clicking the *Send and Print* " @@ -7006,21 +7073,21 @@ msgid "" "clicking the *Print* button and selecting the desired option." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:288 msgid "" "Depending on the size of the screen, the Chatter can be seen next to or " "below the document." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:291 msgid "Invoicing Special Cases" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:295 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:294 msgid "Foreign Trade Invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:297 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:296 msgid "" "The foreign trade invoicing process in Odoo is based on the corresponding " "`SAT regulation " @@ -7028,176 +7095,176 @@ msgid "" " SAT electronic invoicing version is 3.3." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:301 msgid "What do we mean when we talk about foreign trade?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:303 msgid "" "Since January 2018, the SAT requires a Foreign Trade Supplement in export " "transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:307 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:306 msgid "What is the Foreign Trade complement?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:308 msgid "" "It is an Annex to the electronic invoice that allows the identification of " "exporters and importers, in addition to expanding the description of the " "merchandise sold." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:313 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:312 msgid "What information can be incorporated in this new complement?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:314 msgid "Information on the operation type it covers." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:315 msgid "" "Tax identification data of the issuer, receiver or recipient of the " "merchandise." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:317 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:316 msgid "Description of the goods to be exported." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:319 msgid "Who is obliged to generate it?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:322 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:321 msgid "Taxpayers who carry out export operations of A1 type." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:325 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:324 msgid "To which exports does the A1 type apply?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:327 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:326 msgid "" "Entry of goods of foreign origin to remain in national territory for an " "unlimited time." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:328 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:327 msgid "Exit of goods from the country to stay abroad for an unlimited time." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:328 msgid "" "Definitive importation of vehicles by diplomatic and consular missions and " "offices of international organizations and their foreign personnel, in " "accordance with the import of vehicles in diplomatic exemption." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:333 msgid "Is Foreign Trade the same as Pedimentos?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:336 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:335 msgid "" "Not necessarily, the Pedimentos are directly related to the process of " "Importing goods, while the Foreign Trade Complement is related to the " "Exporting process." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:339 msgid "Required Modules" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:341 msgid "" "In order to generate foreign trade invoices, the following modules must be " "installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:343 msgid "EDI for Mexico (l10n_mx_edi)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:349 msgid "EDI for Mexico (l10n_mx_edi_extended)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:357 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:356 msgid "Company" msgstr "Компания" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:359 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:358 msgid "" "Configure the company with a valid postal code, and if you have a colony " "code, this should match with the corresponding Zip Code. At the same time, " "remember to place the Tax Identification Number (VAT Number - RFC)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:368 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:367 msgid "Receiving Client" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:370 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:369 msgid "" "Generally it will be a foreign client, in which you must verify that you " "have at least the following fields completed with the corresponding " "information." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:378 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:377 msgid "The customer's delivery address must also contain the zip code." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:379 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:378 msgid "" "The format of the foreign VAT (Tax Identification Number) will be validated " "as appropriate in each Country (Example: Colombia ``123456789-1``)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:381 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:380 msgid "" "In the XML, the VAT is automatically replaced by the Generic VAT for abroad " "transactions: ``XEXX010101000``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:385 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:384 msgid "Products" msgstr "Продукты" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:387 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:386 msgid "" "At the product level there must also configure some parameters in the " "following fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:398 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:397 msgid "" "You must select the **UMT Aduana** (Unit of Measure) in *KG* since it is " "only accepted by the SAT" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:399 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:398 msgid "The weight refers to **the unit weight** of the product" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:400 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:399 msgid "The tariff item must be from the code UoM of Kilograms (**UoM = 01**)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:402 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:401 msgid "" "Although the product is sold in pieces or in units, the value that must be " "registered with customs in the tariff item must be reported in Kilograms." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:406 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:405 msgid "Invoicing Flow" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:408 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:407 msgid "" "When creating the foreign sales invoice, you must select the **Incoterm** " "corresponding and the **Need external trade?** checkbox must be checked. " @@ -7206,11 +7273,11 @@ msgid "" "regulations." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:414 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:413 msgid "What is the certificate of origin and when is it used?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:416 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:415 msgid "" "The **Certificate Source** (or proof of origin) is the document that allows " "an importer or exporter to prove the country or region from which a good is " @@ -7218,45 +7285,45 @@ msgid "" "agreed in trade agreements." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:429 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:428 msgid "Assign Pedimentos" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:431 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:430 msgid "" "If your company imports products and you need to add the **Pedimentos** " "number in your invoices, you can also configure Odoo to record the process." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:434 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:433 msgid "" "First, go to :menuselection:`Apps`, remove the \"Apps\" filter and search " "for ``Mexico``, ``mx`` or ``l10n_mx``. Then, install **Odoo Mexico " "Localization for Stock / Landing module (l10n_mx_edi_landing)**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:443 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:442 msgid "" "The l10n_mx_edi_landing module depends on the **Inventory** and **Sales** " "apps, since the products must be entered into inventory to be able to add " "their Pedimentos number to the corresponding receipt of products." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:447 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:446 msgid "" "Then, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Settings --> Settings`. Within the" " options, activate **Landed Costs**. This option will allow adding the " "Pedimentos number to the corresponding product receptions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:456 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:455 msgid "" "In order to use landed costs, the accounting configuration of the inventory " "valuation of the products must be configured as *Automated* and its costing " "method *Average* or *FIFO* (first in, first out)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:460 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:459 msgid "" "To associate the Pedimentos number indicated with an import (merchandise " "reception) a new **Landed Cost** must be created. They can be accessed " @@ -7264,22 +7331,22 @@ msgid "" "you will find the option to attach the Pedimentos number." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:468 msgid "" "You can only add the Pedimentos number once, so be careful when associating " "the correct number with the transfer(s)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:473 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:472 msgid "" -":doc:`../../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs`." +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:476 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:475 msgid "Payment Terms" msgstr "Условия оплаты" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:478 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:477 msgid "" "The **Payment Terms** are already configured in Odoo when installing the " "Mexican localization, this means that if you go to " @@ -7287,18 +7354,18 @@ msgid "" "find the default list in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:486 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:485 msgid "" "In Mexico you can have 2 types of payments: PPD or PUE. These are given by " "the **Payment Term** chosen (or if there is no chosen payment term it will " "be based on the due date of the invoice)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:490 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:489 msgid "PPD Payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:492 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:491 msgid "" "To configure PPD payments (payment in installments or deferred) it is only " "necessary to choose a date expiration date for your invoice and Odoo will " @@ -7307,11 +7374,11 @@ msgid "" "will be PPDo PUE)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:498 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:497 msgid "PUE" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:500 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:499 msgid "" "To configure PUE payments (payment in a single payment) you must select an " "invoice due date within the same month or choose a payment term that does " @@ -7319,11 +7386,11 @@ msgid "" "falling within the current month)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:505 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:504 msgid "Payments" msgstr "Платежи" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:507 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:506 msgid "" "`According to the SAT documentation <https://www.sat.gob.mx/consultas/92764" "/comprobante-de-recepcion-de-pagos>`_, there may be 2 types of payments: " @@ -7333,7 +7400,7 @@ msgid "" "Terms**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:513 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:512 msgid "" "If the payment is a PPD type, Odoo will generate the corresponding payment " "complement automatically when you *Confirm* it. If the payment is PUE, the " @@ -7342,31 +7409,31 @@ msgid "" "invoice date and the due date as parameters." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:522 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:521 msgid "" "When configuring the contacts that will be used when making payments, you " "must configure the banks in the **Accounting** tab, place both the Bank, " "Account Number and CLABE." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:530 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:529 msgid "Register PPD Payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:532 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:531 msgid "" "If at the time of registering a payment it is of type PPD then a Payment " "Complement (XML) will be generated with its details." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:535 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:572 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:534 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:571 msgid "" "The payment can be registered from the invoice and once it is confirmed, the" " invoice will be paid and with its payment associated." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:547 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:546 msgid "" "The journal will be the payment method where you receive or send the payment" " from. You must also associate a **Payment Way** and a Recipient Bank " @@ -7374,219 +7441,219 @@ msgid "" "the invoice)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:551 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:550 msgid "" "Once the payment is made, it will be associated with the corresponding " "invoice and its status will be *In Payment* since the payment will be " "effectively validated when it is bank reconciled." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:555 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:554 msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:562 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:561 msgid "" "The **Recipient Bank Account** is the one attached to the **Accounting** tab" " in the contact associated with the invoice, it must be valid so that the " "stamped payment complement can be created." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:567 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:566 msgid "Register PUE Payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:569 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:568 msgid "" "If at the time of registering a payment it is of the PUE type then in this " "case a Payment Complement (XML) will not be generated since it is not " "necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:588 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:587 msgid "" "In this case it is not created as a payment supplement by the nature of it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:591 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:590 msgid "Down Payments" msgstr "Авансовые платежи" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:593 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:592 msgid "" "This is a special case in which we must receive an advance payment from a " "client to later be applied to an invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:597 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:596 msgid "" "`The official documentation for registration of down payments in Mexico " "<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/tramitesyservicios/Paginas/documentos/Caso_uso_Anticipo.pdf>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:601 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:600 msgid "Process to create advance in Mexico" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:603 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:602 msgid "" "Issuance of electronic invoicing with the amount of the advance payment " "received." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:604 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:603 msgid "" "Issuance of the electronic invoice for the total value of the operation " "(full invoice). (CFDI Origin: 07 | Advance invoice, point 1)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:606 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:605 msgid "" "Issuance of the electronic invoice with the *Egreso* type. (CFDI Origin: 07 " "| Invoice_total, point 2)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:610 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:609 msgid "Steps to follow in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:612 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:611 msgid "Preparation: Create the product" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:613 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:612 msgid "" "Down Payment issuance of the electronic invoice for the amount of the " "advance payment received" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:614 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:613 msgid "" "Issuance of the electronic invoice for the total value of the operation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:615 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:614 msgid "Add a credit note from the down payment invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:618 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:617 msgid "Preparation: Create the Product" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:620 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:619 msgid "" "The Down Payment product must be type *Service* and must use the **NSPSC " "Product Category**: *84111506 Servicios de facturación*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:627 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:626 msgid "" "Add the down payment product as default to be used from the Odoo " "configurations." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:634 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:633 msgid "" "Issuance of the electronic invoice for the value of the advance received" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:636 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:635 msgid "" "Create the Advance Payment Invoice: From the sales order, create an advance " "payment invoice for the percentage of the purchase to be paid in advance (or" " for a fixed amount)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:643 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:642 msgid "Validate invoice with the down payment product." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:653 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:652 msgid "Register Payment to the advance payment invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:664 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:663 msgid "" "Issuance of the electronic invoice for the total value of the operation." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:666 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:665 msgid "" "From the sales order, create an invoice for the total, that is, for all the " "order lines without discounting the advance." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:674 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:673 msgid "Remove the check mark from the **Deduct down payments** field." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:676 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:675 msgid "" "Add the original CFDI of the advance payment invoice by adding ``07 |`` at " "the beginning + Folio Fiscal of the advance payment Invoice created in the " "previous step." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:679 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:678 msgid "Copy the Folio Fiscal of the following invoice following this example:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:685 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:684 msgid "" "And paste it in the draft invoice created from the Sales Order without " "deducting the advances:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:691 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:690 msgid "" "Validate and copy the Folio Fiscal for later (in the example the Folio " "Fiscal copy is: 50E4FF06-4341-4006-A7C3-A7F653CBEFAE )" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:695 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:694 msgid "Add credit note from invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:697 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:696 msgid "" "Create a **Credit Note** from the down payment invoice (the corrective " "invoice must be edited prior to confirming it, see explanation below the 2 " "following images)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:708 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:707 msgid "" "Before you *Confirm* the Credit Note, edit the Origin CFDI with ``07 | XXX``" " instead of the prefix ``01 | XXX``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:719 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:718 msgid "Now the invoice can be confirmed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:725 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:724 msgid "" "Now the Credit Note (Advance Payment) must be applied to the total invoice, " "this is added at the bottom below the amount owed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:736 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:735 msgid "" "Register a payment for the difference of the down payment and the total of " "the sale." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:742 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:741 msgid "" "If you go to the XML of the invoice, you should see in CFDI related the type" " of relationship 07 and the Folio Fiscal of the advance payment invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:750 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:749 msgid "Discounts based on payment days" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:752 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:751 msgid "" "Cash discounts are incentives that you can offer to motivate customers to " "pay within a specified time period. For example, you offer a 2% discount if " @@ -7595,22 +7662,22 @@ msgid "" "payments period." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:757 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:762 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:756 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:761 msgid "Create and assign the corresponding Payment Term" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:758 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:781 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:757 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:780 msgid "Register the Payment within the days of the discount" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:759 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:807 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:758 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:806 msgid "Create a credit note" msgstr "создать сторно" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:764 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:763 msgid "" "To configure the discount for advance payment, go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Terms` and click on" @@ -7620,27 +7687,27 @@ msgid "" " type if necessary (in this example 30 days)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:774 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:773 msgid "" "Then when creating our Sales Order or Sales Invoice, assign the Payment Term" " created previously." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:783 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:782 msgid "" "Register the payment within the days in which the application of the " "discount was specified, in our case it is within 5 days after the creation " "of the Sales Invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:790 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:789 msgid "" "Then go to the bottom of the invoice where the totals are located and there " "you will see 2 payments created, reset to draft and cancel the payment that " "does not correspond - the one related to the discount." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:809 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:808 msgid "" "Finally to close the cycle we must close the invoice, but as in this case we" " apply a discount, to close it correctly we must create a credit note " @@ -7648,56 +7715,56 @@ msgid "" "Note**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:821 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:820 msgid "Adjust the amount to the remaining balance in the original invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:827 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:826 msgid "Add the Credit Note to the original invoice so that it is settled." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:834 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:833 msgid "Cancellation of invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:837 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:836 msgid "Before 72 Hours" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:839 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:838 msgid "" "If it is necessary to cancel an invoice validated and sent to the SAT in " "less than 72 hours follow the steps below." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:842 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:841 msgid "Request Cancellation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:848 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:847 msgid "The status of the **Electronic invoicing** changes to *Cancelled*" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:849 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:848 msgid "Click on *RESET TO DRAFT*" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:855 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:854 msgid "Click on *CANCEL ENTRY*" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:862 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:861 msgid "After 72 Hours" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:864 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:863 msgid "" "If It is necessary to cancel an invoice validated and sent to the SAT more " "than 72 hours, the client must be asked to accept the cancellation, for this" " the following steps must be followed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:867 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:866 msgid "" "Click on *Request EDI Cancellation* to inform the SAT that you want to " "cancel the invoice, in this case the client has to enter the SAT webpage and" @@ -7705,21 +7772,21 @@ msgid "" "changes to *To Cancel*)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:870 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:869 msgid "" "When the client (Receiver / Customer) approves the Cancellation in their SAT" " portal it is now possible to Change the invoice to Draft and then click on " "*Cancel entry*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:872 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:871 msgid "" "Odoo synchronizes with the SAT to update the status of the **Electronic " "invoicing** with a scheduled action, Invoices canceled in the SAT will be " "canceled in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:879 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:878 msgid "" "After clicking on **Request EDI cancellation**, the status of the " "**Electronic invoicing** field will be *To Cancel* but the status of the SAT" @@ -7727,7 +7794,7 @@ msgid "" " Recipient approves the cancellation in the SAT." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:887 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:886 msgid "" "Once canceled in the SAT, Odoo will synchronize the status of the SAT " "through scheduled actions that are executed every day to synchronize the " @@ -7735,33 +7802,33 @@ msgid "" "can be executed manually by entering with developer mode)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:891 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:890 msgid "" "If the invoice is canceled in the SAT, in Odoo it is also canceled, which " "allows you to switch the invoice to draft and finally cancel the invoice " "(*cancel entry*)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:899 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:898 msgid "Cancel Paid Invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:901 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:900 msgid "" "If the invoice has already been paid, a credit note must be created from the" " invoice so that the originating CFDI is recognized and later cancel the " "original invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:913 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:912 msgid "Cancel Invoices from the previous period" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:916 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:915 msgid "Problem" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:918 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:917 msgid "" "If the invoice is from the previous month and the period is closed, the " "income has already been declared in Financial Reports and to the government." @@ -7770,108 +7837,108 @@ msgid "" "problem because the income was already declared in the previous month." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:923 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:922 msgid "" "The problem resides when the fiscal period has been closed, in the current " "period you have to make the reverse entry and save the cancellation " "information." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:926 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:925 msgid "Invoice to be canceled" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:932 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:931 msgid "This is how the Balance Sheet looks like:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:938 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:937 msgid "" "If the invoice is canceled, the journal entry and the Balance Sheet looks " "like this after canceling:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:945 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:944 msgid "Solution" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:947 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:946 msgid "" "Close the fiscal period every month (Best Practice Mexican Localization)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:948 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:947 msgid "Cancel invoice in SAT" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:949 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:948 msgid "Create a Manual Reversion entry (Journal Entry)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:950 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:949 msgid "Reconcile the open invoice with the reversal entry (Journal Entry)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:951 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:950 msgid "Change Electronic invoicing status to Cancelled with server action" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:954 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:953 msgid "" "Close accounting period each month (Best Practice Mexican Localization)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:956 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:955 msgid "" "If the accounting period is closed due to the blocking dates, Odoo will not " "allow to modify or add accounting entries of a date corresponding to that " "accounting period." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:964 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:963 msgid "Cancel invoice in the SAT" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:966 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:965 msgid "" "If the accounting period is closed, and the invoice was canceled in the SAT," " the status in Odoo will be published while the **Electronic invoicing** " "status will be *Sent* and the SAT status is *Cancelled*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:975 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:974 msgid "Create Manual Reversal Journal Entry" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:977 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:976 msgid "" "The solution is to create the reversal journal entry manually dated in the " "current fiscal period and reconcile the open invoice with the reversion " "created manually." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:980 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:979 msgid "" "It must be clearly indicated in the reference that it is a cancellation (you" " can use a cancellation account for invoices from previous periods such as " "**Other Income**)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:988 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:987 msgid "Reconcile the open invoice with the reversal entry" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:998 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:997 msgid "" "In the Balance Sheet and Trial balance they are now with the correct " "balances." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1013 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1012 msgid "Change status of Electronic invoicing to Cancelled with server action" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1015 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1014 msgid "" "A server action can be created that modifies the status of the invoice to " "*Cancelled* once it is reconciled with the reversal entry (You should check " @@ -7879,57 +7946,57 @@ msgid "" "performing this action)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1028 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1027 msgid "Electronic Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1030 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1029 msgid "Accounting for Mexico in Odoo is composed of 3 reports:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1032 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1046 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1031 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1045 msgid "Electronic Chart of Accounts (Called and displayed as COA)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1033 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1032 msgid "Electronic Trial Balance." msgstr "Электронный пробный баланс." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1034 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1033 msgid "DIOT report." msgstr "Отчет DIOT." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1036 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1035 msgid "" "1. and 2. are considered electronic accounting, and DIOT is a report only " "available in the context of accounting." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1039 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1038 msgid "" "You can find all of those reports in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Reporting --> Mexico`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1048 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1047 msgid "" "Electronic invoicing has never been so easy, just go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting -> Reports -> Mexico -> COA` and click the button" " **Export for SAT (XML)**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1056 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1055 msgid "How to add new accounts ?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1058 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1057 msgid "" "If you add an account with the NNN.YY.ZZ encoding convention where NNN.YY is" " a SAT encoding group, your account will be set up automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1061 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1060 msgid "" "Example to add an Account for a new Bank account go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Chart of Account` and then " @@ -7939,11 +8006,11 @@ msgid "" "chosen to be used in the COA in XML." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1072 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1071 msgid "What is the meaning of the tags?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1074 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1073 msgid "" "To know all the possible labels, you can read `Annex 24 " "<http://www.sat.gob.mx/fichas_tematicas/buzon_tributario/Documents/Anexo24_05012015.pdf>`_" @@ -7951,7 +8018,7 @@ msgid "" "SAT**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1079 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1078 msgid "" "When you install the l10n_mx module and your chart of accounts depends on it" " (this happens automatically when you install the configuration of Mexico as" @@ -7959,11 +8026,11 @@ msgid "" "default. If the tag you need is not created, you can create it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1085 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1084 msgid "Trial Balance" msgstr "Оборотно-сальдовая ведомость" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1087 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1086 msgid "" "Exactly like the COA but with the credit and debit of the initial balance, " "once you have correctly configured your COA, you can go to " @@ -7972,27 +8039,27 @@ msgid "" "(XML)** with the previous selection of the period you want to export." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1096 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1095 msgid "" "All normal analysis and listed functions are available here as well as any " "normal Odoo Report." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1099 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1098 msgid "DIOT Report (Requires Accounting App)" msgstr "Отчет DIOT (требует применения бухгалтерского учета)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1101 msgid "What is DIOT and the importance of presenting it SAT" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1103 msgid "" "When it comes to procedures with the SAT Administration Service, we know " "that we should not neglect what we present." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1106 msgid "" "The DIOT is the Informative Declaration of Operations with Third Parties " "(DIOT), which is an additional obligation with VAT, where we must give the " @@ -8000,25 +8067,25 @@ msgid "" "with our suppliers." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1110 msgid "" "This applies to both individuals and Personas Morales, so if we have VAT to " "present to the SAT and also deal with suppliers it is necessary to send the " "DIOT." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1114 msgid "When to file the DIOT and in what format ?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1116 msgid "" "It is easy to present the DIOT, since, like all formats, you can obtain it " "on the SAT page, it is the electronic form A-29 that you can find on the SAT" " website." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1119 msgid "" "Every month if you have operations with third parties, it is necessary to " "present the DIOT, as we do with VAT, so if in January we have deals with " @@ -8026,24 +8093,24 @@ msgid "" "data." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1124 msgid "Where is DIOT presented?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1126 msgid "" "You can present DIOT in different ways, it is up to you which one you will " "choose and which one will be more comfortable for you since you will present" " it every month or every time you have dealings with suppliers." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1130 msgid "" "The A-29 form is electronic so you can present it on the SAT page, but this " "after having made up to 500 registrations." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1133 msgid "" "Once these 500 records have been entered in the SAT, you must submit them to" " the Local Taxpayer Services Administration (ALSC) with correspondence to " @@ -8053,18 +8120,18 @@ msgid "" "USB." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1140 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1139 msgid "One more thing to know: batch loading?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1141 msgid "" "When reviewing the official SAT documents in DIOT, you will find the Batch " "load, and of course the first thing we think is what is that ?, and " "according to the SAT site it is:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1144 msgid "" "The \"batch load\" is the conversion of databases from records of " "transactions with suppliers made by taxpayers in text files (.txt). These " @@ -8074,7 +8141,7 @@ msgid "" "integration for the presentation in time and form to the SAT." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1151 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1150 msgid "" "You can use it to present the DIOT, since it is allowed, which will " "facilitate this operation, so that it does not exist to avoid being in line " @@ -8082,43 +8149,43 @@ msgid "" "Third Parties." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1155 msgid "" "`official information " "<http://www.sat.gob.mx/fichas_tematicas/declaraciones_informativas/Paginas/declaracion_informativa_terceros.aspx>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1159 msgid "How to generate this report in Odoo?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1162 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1161 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports --> Mexico --> Transactions " "with third partied (DIOT)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1168 msgid "" "A report view is displayed, select the last month to report the immediately " "preceding month or leave the current month if it suits you." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1176 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1175 msgid "Click on *Export (XLSX)* or *Print (TXT)*" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1181 msgid "" "Save the downloaded file in a safe place, go to the SAT website and follow " "the necessary steps to declare it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1186 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1185 msgid "Important considerations about your supplier and invoice data for DIOT" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1188 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1187 msgid "" "All suppliers must have the fields configured in the accounting tab called " "\"DIOT Information\", the L10N MX Nationality field is completed by simply " @@ -8127,34 +8194,34 @@ msgid "" "your providers." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1197 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1196 msgid "" "There are 3 VAT options for this report, 16%, 0% and exempt, one invoice " "line in Odoo is considered exempt if there is no tax on it, the other 2 " "taxes are already configured correctly." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1199 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1198 msgid "" "Remember that to pay an invoice that represents a prepayment, you must first" " request the invoice and then pay it and properly reconcile the payment " "following the standard Odoo procedure." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1201 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1200 msgid "" "You do not need to fill in all your partner data to try to generate the " "supplier invoice, you can correct this information when you generate the " "report." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1203 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1202 msgid "" "Remember that this report only shows vendor invoices that were actually " "paid." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1205 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1204 msgid "" "If some of these considerations are not taken into account, a message like " "this will appear when you generate the DIOT in TXT with all the partners you" @@ -8164,74 +8231,74 @@ msgid "" "auditory process to see that all your partners are configured correctly." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1216 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1215 msgid "Closing Fiscal Period in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1217 msgid "" "Before proceeding to the close of the fiscal year, there are some steps that" " you should normally take to ensure that your accounting is correct, updated" " and accurate:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1221 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1220 msgid "" "Make sure that you have fully reconciled your bank account (s) through the " "end of the year and confirm that the closing book balances match the " "balances on your bank statements." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1223 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1222 msgid "Verify that all customer invoices have been entered and approved." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1224 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1223 msgid "Confirm that you have entered and approved all vendor bills." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1225 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1224 msgid "Validate all expenses, ensuring their accuracy." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1226 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1225 msgid "" "Check that all payments received have been entered and recorded exactly." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1229 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:23 msgid "Year-end checklist" msgstr "Перечень проверок на конец года" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1231 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1230 msgid "Run a **Tax Report**, and verify that your tax information is correct." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1231 msgid "Reconcile all accounts on your **Balance Sheet**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1234 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1233 msgid "" "Compare your bank balances in Odoo against the current bank balances on your" " statements. Use the report **Bank Reconciliation** to help you with this." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1236 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1235 msgid "" "Reconcile all cash and bank account transactions by running your **Old " "Accounts Receivable** and **Old Accounts Payable** reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1238 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1237 msgid "" "Audit your accounts, making sure you fully understand the transactions that " "affect them and the nature of the transactions, making sure to include loans" " and fixed assets." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1241 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1240 msgid "" "Run the optional function **Payments Matching**, under the *More* drop-down " "on the Journal options from the Accounting dashboard, validating any Vendor " @@ -8240,45 +8307,45 @@ msgid "" " reconciled, and it can lead to finding errors or mistakes in the system." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1245 msgid "" "Your accountant will probably like to check your items in the balance sheet " "and do some Journal Entries for:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1249 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1248 msgid "" "Manual year-end adjustments, using the **Journal Audit** report (For " "example, the **Current Earnings for the Year** and **Retained Earnings " "reports**)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1251 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1250 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:54 msgid "**Work in Progress**." msgstr "** Работа в процессе **." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1252 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1251 msgid "**Depreciation Journals**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1253 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1252 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:58 msgid "**Loans**." msgstr "** Займы **." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1254 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1253 msgid "**Tax Adjustments**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1256 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1255 msgid "" "If your accountant is on the year-end audit, they will want to have copies " "of the balance sheet items (such as loans, bank accounts, prepayments, sales" " tax reports, etc ...) to compare against. your balances in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1260 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1259 msgid "" "During this process, it is a good practice setting the **Closing Date for " "Non-Advisers** to the last day of the preceding financial year, which is set" @@ -8287,11 +8354,11 @@ msgid "" "books." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1270 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1269 msgid "Accounting Closing Process" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1272 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1271 msgid "" "In Odoo there is no need to make a specific year-end entry to close the " "reporting income accounts . The result of the exercise is automatically " @@ -8299,7 +8366,7 @@ msgid "" "between Income - Expenses will be accumulated to calculate it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1276 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1275 msgid "" "The reports are created in real-time, which means that the **Income Report**" " corresponds directly to the closing date of the year that you specify in " @@ -8308,25 +8375,25 @@ msgid "" "account balances will all be 0." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1281 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1280 msgid "" "As of December 31, the Balance Sheet shows the earnings of the Current Year " "that do not have been recognized (Account type Total Current Year " "Unallocated Earnings in MX account 305.01.01 ['current year earnings' type])" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1289 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1288 msgid "" "The accountant should create a Journal Entry to recognize the result of the " "year in Accumulated Earnings from previous years on the account \"previous " "years results\" account (304.01.01 in Mexico) - that is an equity account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1293 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1292 msgid "The simplified accounting entry would look like this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1299 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1298 msgid "" "Once the accountant has created the journal entry to locate the **Current " "Earnings for the Year**, they must set the **Closing Date** to the last day " @@ -8335,26 +8402,26 @@ msgid "" "balance 0." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1309 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1308 msgid "Extra Recommended features" msgstr "Дополнительные рекомендованные функции" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1312 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1311 msgid "Contacts App (Free)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1314 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1313 msgid "" "If you want to properly manage your customers, suppliers and addresses, this" " module, even if it is not a technical need, it is highly recommended to " "install it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1318 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1317 msgid "Multi-currency (Requires Accounting application)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1320 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1319 msgid "" "In Mexico, almost all companies send and receive payments in different " "currencies. If you want to do this you can enable the use of multi-currency." @@ -8363,11 +8430,11 @@ msgid "" " without having to manually create this information every day in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1325 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1324 msgid "Go to settings and enable the multi-currency feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1332 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1331 msgid "" "Enabling Explicit errors on the CFDI using the XSD local validator (CFDI " "3.3)" @@ -8375,30 +8442,30 @@ msgstr "" "Включение явных ошибок на CFDI с помощью локального валидатора XSD (CFDI " "3.3)." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1334 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1333 msgid "" "Frequently you want receive explicit errors from the fields incorrectly set " "on the xml, those errors are better informed to the user if the check is " "enable, to enable the Check with xsd feature follow the next steps (with the" -" :doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` enabled)." +" :doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>` enabled)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1339 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1338 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Actions --> Server Actions`" msgstr "" "Перейдите к :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Actions --> Server " "Actions`" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1340 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1339 msgid "Look for the Action called \"Download XSD files to CFDI\"" msgstr "Ищите действие под названием "Скачать файлы XSD к CFDI"" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1341 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1340 msgid "Click on button \"Create Contextual Action\"" msgstr "Нажмите кнопку "Создать контекстную действие"" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1342 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1341 msgid "" "Go to the company form :menuselection:`Settings --> Users&Companies --> " "Companies`" @@ -8406,16 +8473,16 @@ msgstr "" "Перейдите к форме компании :menuselection:`Settings --> Users&Companies --> " "Companies`" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1343 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1342 msgid "Open any company you have." msgstr "Откройте любую вашу компанию." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1344 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1343 msgid "Click on \"Action\" and then on \"Download XSD file to CFDI\"." msgstr "" "Нажмите "Действие", а затем "Загрузить файл XSD в CFDI"." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1350 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1349 msgid "" "Now you can make an invoice with any error (for example a product without " "code which is pretty common) and an explicit error will be shown instead a " @@ -8425,45 +8492,45 @@ msgstr "" "кода, который является достаточно распространенным явлением), а вместо общей" " не указано явную ошибку." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1355 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1354 msgid "If you see an error like this:" msgstr "Если вы видите ошибку, подобную этой:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "``The cfdi generated is not valid``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "" "``attribute decl. 'TipoRelacion', attribute 'type': The QName value " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_TipoRelacion' does " "not resolve to a(n) simple type definition., line 36``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1362 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1361 msgid "" "This can be caused by a database backup restored in anothe server, or when " "the XSD files are not correctly downloaded. Follow the same steps as above " "but:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1366 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1365 msgid "Go to the company in which the error occurs." msgstr "Перейдите к компании, в которой возникает ошибка." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1367 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1366 msgid "Click on *Action* and then on *Download XSD file to CFDI*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1370 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1369 msgid "Common problems and errors" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1372 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1371 msgid "**Error messages** (Only applicable on CFDI 3.3):" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1374 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1373 msgid "" "``9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_MINLENGTH_VALID: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " @@ -8471,7 +8538,7 @@ msgid "" "allowed minimum length of '1'.``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1379 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1378 msgid "" "``9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_PATTERN_VALID: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " @@ -8479,36 +8546,36 @@ msgid "" "'[^|]{1,100}'.``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1383 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1382 msgid "" "**Solution**: You forgot to set the proper \"Reference\" field in the " "product, please go to the product form and set your internal reference " "properly." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1387 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1428 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1459 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1480 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1488 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1386 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1427 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1458 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1479 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1487 msgid "**Error messages**:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1389 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1388 msgid "" "``6:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}RegimenFiscal': The attribute 'Regimen' is " "required but missing.``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1392 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1391 msgid "" "``5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'RegimenFiscal' is " "required but missing.``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1395 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1394 msgid "" "**Solution**: You forgot to set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the " "partner of the company. Go to customers, remove the customer filter and look" @@ -8518,25 +8585,25 @@ msgid "" "considerations about fiscal positions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1402 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1401 msgid "" "You need to go to Fiscal Position settings and set the proper code (it is " "the first 3 numbers of the name), for example, for the test, you need to set" " 601, it will look like the picture." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1410 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1409 msgid "" "For testing purposes this value must be set to ``601 - General de Ley " "Personas Morales`` which is the one required for the VAT demo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1413 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1445 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1412 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1444 msgid "**Error message**:" msgstr "** Сообщение об ошибке **:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1415 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1414 msgid "" "``2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'FormaPago': [facet " @@ -8545,19 +8612,19 @@ msgid "" "'26', '27', '28', '29', '30', '99'}``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1421 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1420 msgid "**Solution**: The payment method is required on your invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1430 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1429 msgid "" "``2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': " "[facet 'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'00``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1433 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1447 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1432 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1446 msgid "" "``2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': '' " @@ -8565,14 +8632,14 @@ msgid "" "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal'.``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1436 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1435 msgid "" "``5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'Rfc' is required but " "missing.``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1439 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1438 msgid "" "**Solution**: You must configure your company address correctly, this is a " "mandatory group of fields, you can go to your company configuration in " @@ -8581,96 +8648,96 @@ msgid "" " this section: :ref:`mx-legal-info`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1452 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1451 msgid "" "**Solution**: The postal code of your company address is not valid for " "Mexico, please correct it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1461 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1460 msgid "" "``18:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " "required but missing.``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1464 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1463 msgid "" "``34:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " "required but missing.\", '')``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1468 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1467 msgid "" "**Solution**: Set the Mexican name for the 0% and 16% tax in your system and" " use it on the invoice. Your tax, which represents 16% VAT and 0%, must have" " the **Factor Type** field set to *Tasa*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "``CCE159``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "" "``The XXXX attribute must be registered if the key of cce11: " "ComercioExterior: TipoOperacion registered is '1' or '2'.``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1486 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1485 msgid "**Solution**: It is necessary to specify the Incoterm." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "``CCE209``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "" "``The attribute cce11: Foreign Trade: Goods: Goods: Customs Unit must have " "the value specified in the catalog catCFDI: c_FraccionArancelaria column " "'UMT' when the attribute cce11: Foreign Trade: Goods: Me``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1495 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1494 msgid "" "**Solution**: The Tariff Fraction must have the code of the unit of measure " "01, corresponding to Kilograms." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1499 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1498 msgid "Glossary" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1501 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1500 msgid "" ":abbr:`CFDI (Comprobante Fiscal Digital por Internet)`: Online Digital Tax " "Receipt" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1502 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1501 msgid ":abbr:`CSD (Certificado de Sello Digital)`: Digital Seal Certificate" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1503 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1502 msgid "" ":abbr:`PAC (Proveedores Autorizados de Certificación)`: Authorized " "Certification Provider" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1504 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1503 msgid "Stamp: Digital signature of the electronic invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1505 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1504 msgid "" "Addenda: Complement of information that can be attached to an Internet " "Digital Tax Receipt (CFDI) normally required by certain companies in Mexico " "such as Walmart, Tiendas Sorianas, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1507 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1506 msgid "" ":abbr:`UUID (Universally Unique Identifier)`: It is the acronym in English " "of the Universally Unique Identifier. The UUID is the equivalent of Folio " @@ -8678,7 +8745,7 @@ msgid "" " by hyphens." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1510 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1509 msgid "" "LCO: List of Obliged Taxpayers (LCO) is a list issued by the SAT that " "accounts for all the taxpayers whom it authorizes the issuance of invoices " @@ -8686,16 +8753,16 @@ msgid "" "your clients, you must be in this database." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:2 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:2 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:100 msgid "Netherlands" msgstr "Нидерланды" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:5 msgid "XAF Export" msgstr "экспорт XAF" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:7 msgid "" "With the Dutch accounting localization installed, you will be able to export" " all your accounting entries in XAF format. For this, you have to go in " @@ -8709,11 +8776,11 @@ msgstr "" "определяете записи, которые вы хотите экспортировать с помощью фильтров " "(период, журналы, ...), нажмите кнопку ** ЭКСПОРТ (XAF) **." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:14 msgid "Dutch Accounting Reports" msgstr "Голландская бухгалтерская отчетность" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:16 msgid "" "If you install the Dutch accounting localization, you will have access to " "some reports that are specific to the Netherlands such as :" @@ -8721,26 +8788,26 @@ msgstr "" "Если вы установите голландскую локализацию бухгалтерского учета, вы будете " "иметь доступ к некоторым отчетов, специфичных для Нидерландов, таких как:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:21 msgid "Tax Report (Aangifte omzetbelasting)" msgstr "Налоговый отчет (Aangifte omzetbelasting)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:23 msgid "Intrastat Report (ICP)" msgstr "Отчет Intrastat (ICP)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:109 msgid "Peru" msgstr "Перу" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:8 msgid "" "The Peruvian localization has been improved and extended, in this version " "the next modules are available:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:11 msgid "" "**l10n_pe**: Adds accounting features for the Peruvian localization, which " "represent the minimal configuration required for a company to operate in " @@ -8748,7 +8815,7 @@ msgid "" "included in this module are: Chart of account, taxes, document types." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:16 msgid "" "**l10n_pe_edi**: includes all technical and functional requirements to " "generate and validate Electronic Invoice, based on the SUNAT specification " @@ -8760,24 +8827,24 @@ msgid "" "<https://www.sunat.gob.pe/legislacion/general/index.html/>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:28 msgid "Install the Peruvian localization modules" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:30 msgid "" "Go to *Apps* and search for Peru, then click Install in the module Peru EDI." " This module has a dependency with *Peru - Accounting*. In case this last " "one is not installed, Odoo installs it automatically within EDI." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:39 msgid "" "When you install a database from scratch selecting Peru as country, Odoo " "automatically installs the base module: Peru - Accounting." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:45 msgid "" "In addition to the basic information in the Company, we need to set Peru as " "the Country, this is essential for the Electronic Invoice to work properly. " @@ -8786,40 +8853,40 @@ msgid "" "Registration):" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:56 msgid "" "In case the Address type code is unknown, you can set it as the default " "value: 0000. Be aware that if an incorrect value is entered, the Electronic " "invoice validation might have errors." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:60 msgid "The NIF should be set following the RUC format." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:66 msgid "" "The chart of accounts is installed by default as part of the set of data " "included in the localization module, the accounts are mapped automatically " "in:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:71 msgid "Default Account Receivable" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:73 msgid "" "The chart of accounts for Peru is based on the most updated version of the " ":abbr:`PCGE (Plan Contable General Empresarial)`, which is grouped in " "several categories and is compatible with NIIF accounting." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:78 msgid "Accouting Seetings" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:80 msgid "" "Once the modules are installed and the basic information of your company is " "set, you need to configure the elements required for Electronic Invoice. For" @@ -8827,46 +8894,46 @@ msgid "" "Localization`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:85 msgid "Basic Concepts" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:87 msgid "Here are some terms that are essential on the Peruvian localization:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:89 msgid "" "**EDI**: Electronic Data Interchange, which in this refers to the Electronic" " Invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:90 msgid "" "**SUNAT**: is the organization that enforces customs and taxation in Peru." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:91 msgid "" "**OSE**: Electronic Service Operator, `OSE SUNAT's definition " "<https://cpe.sunat.gob.pe/aliados/ose#:~:text=El%20Operador%20de%20Servicios%20Electr%C3%B3nicos%20(OSE)%20es%20qui%C3%A9n%20se%20encarga,otro%20documento%20que%20se%20emita>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:93 msgid "**CDR**: Receipt certificate (Constancia de Recepción)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:94 msgid "" -"**SOL Credentials**: User and password provided by the SUNAT and grants " -"access to Online Operations systems." +"**SOL Credentials**: Sunat Operaciones en Línea. User and password are " +"provided by the SUNAT and grant access to Online Operations systems." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:99 msgid "Signature Provider" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:101 msgid "" "As part of the requirements for Electronic Invoice in Peru, your company " "needs to select a Signature Provider that will take care of the document " @@ -8874,114 +8941,114 @@ msgid "" "options:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:112 msgid "IAP (Odoo In-App Purchase)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:106 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:170 msgid "Digiflow" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:186 msgid "SUNAT" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:109 msgid "" "Please refer to the sections below to check the details and considerations " "for each option." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:114 msgid "" "This is the default and the suggested option, considering the digital " "ceritificate is included as part of the service." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:122 msgid "What is the IAP?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:124 msgid "" "This is a signature service offered directly by Odoo, the service takes care" " of the next process:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:126 msgid "" "Provides the Electronic invoice Certificate, so you do not need to acquire " "one by yourself." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:127 msgid "Send the document to the OSE, in this case, Digiflow." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:128 msgid "Receive the OSE validation and CDR." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:131 msgid "How does it work?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:133 msgid "" "The service requires Credits in order to process your electronic documents. " "Odoo provides 1000 credits for free in new databases. After these credits " "are consumed, you need to buy a Credit Package." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:138 msgid "Credits" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:138 msgid "EUR" msgstr "EUR" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:140 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:113 msgid "1000" msgstr "1000" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:140 msgid "22" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:142 msgid "5000" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:142 msgid "110" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:144 msgid "10,000" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:144 msgid "220" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:146 msgid "20,000" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:146 msgid "440" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:149 msgid "The credits are consumed per each document that is sent to the OSE." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:152 msgid "" "If you have a validation error and the document needs to be sent one more " "time, one additional credit will be charged. Therefore, it is paramount that" @@ -8989,17 +9056,17 @@ msgid "" "OSE." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:157 msgid "What do you need to do?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:159 msgid "" "In Odoo, once your enterprise contract is activated and you start working in" " Production, you need to buy credits once the first 1000 are consumed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:161 msgid "" "As Digiflow is the OSE used in the IAP, you need to affiliate it as the " "official OSE for your company on the SUNAT website. This is a simple " @@ -9007,15 +9074,22 @@ msgid "" "<https://drive.google.com/file/d/1BkrMTZIiJyi5XI0lGMi3rbMzHddOL1pa/view?usp=sharing>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:165 +msgid "" +"Register Digiflow as the authorized PSE, please check `PSE Affiliation guide" +" " +"<https://drive.google.com/file/d/1QZoqWvtQERpS0pqp6LcKmw7EBlm9EroU/view?usp=sharing>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:172 msgid "" "This option can be used as an alternative, instead of using the IAP services" " you can send your document validation directly to Digiflow. In this case " "you need to consider:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:172 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:192 msgid "" "Buy your own digital Certificate: For more detail regarding the official " "vendor list, and the process to acquire it, please refer to `SUNAT Digital " @@ -9023,104 +9097,110 @@ msgid "" "<https://cpe.sunat.gob.pe/informacion_general/certificados_digitales/>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:178 msgid "" "Sign a service agreement directly with `Digiflow " "<https://www.digiflow.pe/>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:179 msgid "Provide your SOL credentials." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:188 msgid "" "In case your company wants to sign directly with the SUNAT, it is possible " "to select this option in your configuration. In this case you need to " "consider: - Get the SUNAT Certification process accepted." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:196 msgid "Provide you SOL credentials." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:199 +msgid "" +"When using direct connection with the SUNAT, the SOL User must be set with " +"the Company RUT + User Id. Example: ``20121888549JOHNSMITH``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:203 msgid "Testing environment" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:205 msgid "" "Odoo provides a testing environment that can be activated before your " "company goes into production." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:207 msgid "" "When using the testing environment and the IAP signature, you don’t need to " "buy testing credits for your transactions as all of them are validated by " "default." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:211 msgid "" "By default the databases are set to work on production, make sure to enable " "the testing mode if needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:217 msgid "" "In case you don’t use Odoo IAP, in order to generate the electronic invoice " "signature, a digital certificate with the extension ``.pfx`` is required. " "Proceed to this section and load your file and password." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:228 msgid "" "The official currency exchange rate in Peru is provided by the Bank of Peru." " Odoo can connect directly to its services and get the currency rate either " "automatically or manually." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:235 msgid "" "Please refer to the next section in our documentation for more information " "about :doc:`multicurrency <../../others/multicurrencies/how_it_works>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:245 msgid "" "As part of the localization module the taxes are created automatically with " "their related financial account and electronic invoice configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:253 msgid "EDI Configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:255 msgid "" "As part of the taxes configuration, there are three new fields required for " "electronic invoice, the taxes created by default have this data included, " "but in case you create new taxes make sure you fill in the fields:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:261 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:267 msgid "" "There are two main fiscal positions included by default when you install the" " Peruvian localization." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:269 msgid "" "**Extranjero - Exportación**: Set this fiscal position on customers for " "Exportation transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:271 msgid "**Local Peru**: Set this fiscal position on local customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:270 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:276 msgid "" "In some Latin American countries, including Peru, some accounting " "transactions like invoices and vendor bills are classified by document " @@ -9128,7 +9208,7 @@ msgid "" "SUNAT." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:280 msgid "" "Each document type can have a unique sequence per journal where it is " "assigned. As part of the localization, the Document Type includes the " @@ -9136,29 +9216,29 @@ msgid "" "automatically when the localization module is installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:278 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:284 msgid "" "The information required for the document types is included by default so " "the user does not need to fill anything on this view:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:292 msgid "" "Currently the documents supported on customer invoices are: Invoice, Boleta," " Debit Note and Credit Note." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:298 msgid "" "When creating Sales Journals, the following information must be filled, in " "addition to the standard fields on the Journals:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:302 msgid "Use Documents" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:304 msgid "" "This field is used to define if the journal uses Document Types. It is only " "applicable to Purchase and Sales journals, which are the ones that can be " @@ -9166,23 +9246,23 @@ msgid "" "default, all the sales journals created use documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:303 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:309 msgid "Electronic Data Interchange" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:305 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:311 msgid "" "This section indicates which EDI workflow is used in the invoice, for Peru " "we must select “Peru UBL 2.1”." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:313 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:319 msgid "" "By default, the value Factur-X (FR) is always displayed, make sure you can " "uncheck it manually." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:321 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:327 msgid "" "As part of the Peruvian localization, the identification types defined by " "the SUNAT are now available on the Partner form, this information is " @@ -9190,26 +9270,26 @@ msgid "" "customer, make sure you fill in this information in your records." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:331 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:337 msgid "Product" msgstr "Продукт" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:333 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:339 msgid "" "Additional to the basic information in your products, for the Peruvian " "localization, the UNSPC Code on the product is a required value to be " "configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:345 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:351 msgid "Customer invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:354 msgid "EDI Elements" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:356 msgid "" "Once you have configured your master data, the invoices can be created from " "your sales order or manually. Additional to the basic invoice information " @@ -9218,13 +9298,13 @@ msgid "" "fields required as part of the Peru EDI:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:355 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:361 msgid "" "**Document type**: The default value is “Factura Electronica” but you can " "manually change the document type if needed and select Boleta for example." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:362 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:368 msgid "" "**Operation type**: This value is required for Electronic Invoice and " "indicates the transaction type, the default value is “Internal Sale” but " @@ -9232,7 +9312,7 @@ msgid "" "Goods." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:370 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:376 msgid "" "**EDI Affectation Reason**: In the invoice lines, additional to the Tax " "there is a field “EDI Affectation Reason” that determines the tax scope " @@ -9241,7 +9321,7 @@ msgid "" "manually select another one when creating the invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:382 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:388 msgid "" "Once you check all the information in your invoice is correct, you can " "proceed to validate it. This action registers the account move and triggers " @@ -9249,18 +9329,18 @@ msgid "" "following message is displayed at the top of the invoice:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:390 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:396 msgid "" "Asynchronous means that the document is not sent automatically after the " "invoice has been posted." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:393 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:487 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:399 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:493 msgid "Electronic Invoice Status" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:395 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:401 msgid "" "**To be Sent**: To be sent: Indicates the document is ready to be sent to " "the OSE, this can be done either automatically by Odoo with a *cron* that " @@ -9268,46 +9348,46 @@ msgid "" "button “Sent now”." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:403 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:409 msgid "" "**Sent**: Indicates the document was sent to the OSE and was successfully " "validated. As part of the validation a ZIP file is downloaded and a message " "is logged in the chatter indicating the correct Government validation." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:411 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:417 msgid "" "In case there is a validation error the Electronic Invoice status remains in" " “To be sent” so the corrections can be made and the invoice can be sent " "again." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:415 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:421 msgid "" "One credit is consumed each time that you send a document for validation, in" " this sense if an error is detected on an invoice and you send it one more " "time, two credits are consumed in total." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:422 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:428 msgid "" "There are multiple reasons behind a rejection from the OSE or the SUNAT, " "when this happens Odoo sends a message at the top of the invoice indicating " "the error details and in the most common cases a hint to fix the issue." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:426 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:432 msgid "If a validation error is received, you have two options:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:428 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:434 msgid "" "In case the error is related to master data on the partner, customer or " "taxes, you can simply apply the change on the record (example customer " "identification type) and once it is done click on the Retry button." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:431 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:437 msgid "" "If the error is related to some data recorded on the invoice directly " "(Operation type, missing data on the invoice lines), the correct solution is" @@ -9315,49 +9395,49 @@ msgid "" " again to the SUNAT for another validation." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:440 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:446 msgid "" "For more detail please refert to `Common errors in SUNAT " "<https://www.nubefact.com/codigos-error-sunat/>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:446 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:452 msgid "" "After the invoice is accepted and validated by the SUNAT, the invoice PDF " "report can be printed. The report includes a QR code, indicating the invoice" " is a valid fiscal document." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:454 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:460 msgid "IAP Credits" msgstr "кредиты IAP" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:456 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:462 msgid "" "Odoo’s Electronic IAP offers 1000 credits for free, after these credits are " "consumed in your production database, your company must buy new credits in " "order to process your transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:459 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:465 msgid "" "Once you run out of credits a red label is displayed at the top of the " "invoice indicating that additional credits are required, you can easily buy " "them by accessing the link provided in the message." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:467 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:473 msgid "" "In the IAP service includes packages with different pricing based on the " "number of credits. The price list in the IAP is always displayed in EUR." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:474 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:510 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:480 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:516 msgid "Cancelation process" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:476 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:482 msgid "" "Some scenarios require an invoice cancellation, for example, when an invoice" " was created by mistake. If the invoice was already sent and validated by " @@ -9365,11 +9445,11 @@ msgid "" "Cancellation:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:484 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:490 msgid "In order to cancel an invoice, please provide a cancellation Reason." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:489 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:495 msgid "" "**To Cancel**: Indicates the cancellation request is ready to be sent to " "the OSE, this can be done either automatically by Odoo with a *cron* that " @@ -9378,7 +9458,7 @@ msgid "" "result the next message and CDR File are logged in the chatter:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:498 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:504 msgid "" "**Cancelled**: Indicates the cancellation request was sent to the OSE and " "was successfully validated. As part of the validation a ZIP file is " @@ -9386,75 +9466,75 @@ msgid "" "Government validation." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:507 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:513 msgid "One credit is consumed on each cancellation request." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:512 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:518 msgid "" "When creating exportation invoices, take into account the next " "considerations:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:514 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:520 msgid "The Identification type on your customer must be Foreign ID." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:515 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:521 msgid "Operation type in your invoice must be an Exportation one." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:516 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:522 msgid "The taxes included in the invoice lines should be EXP taxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:523 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:529 msgid "Advance Payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:525 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:531 msgid "Create the advance payment Invoice and apply its related payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:526 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:532 msgid "Create the final invoice without considering the advance payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:527 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:533 msgid "" "Create a credit note for the Final invoice with the advance payment amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:528 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:534 msgid "Reconcile the Credit note with the final invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:529 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:535 msgid "" "The remaining balance on the final invoice should be paid with a regular " "payment transaction." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:533 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:539 msgid "Detraction Invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:535 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:541 msgid "" "When creating invoices that is subject to Detractions, take into account the" " next considerations:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:537 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:543 msgid "" "All the products included in the invoice must have these fields configured:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:543 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:549 msgid "Operation type in your invoice must be ``1001``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:552 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:558 msgid "" "When a correction or refund is needed over a validated invoice, a credit " "note must be generated, for this just click on the button “Add Credit Note”," @@ -9462,66 +9542,66 @@ msgid "" "selecting one of the options in the list." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:561 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:567 msgid "" "When creating your first credit Note, select the Credit Method: Partial " "Refund, this allows you to define the credit note sequence." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:564 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:570 msgid "By default the Credit Note is set in the document type:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:570 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:576 msgid "" "To finish the workflow please follow the instructions on :doc:`our page " "about Credit Notes <../../receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:574 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:580 msgid "" "The EDI workflow for the Credit notes works in the same way as the invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:580 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:586 msgid "" "As part of the Peruvian localization, besides creating credit notes from an " "existing document you can also create debit Notes. For this just use the " "button “Add Debit Note”." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:583 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:589 msgid "By default the Debit Note is set in the document type." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:3 msgid "Spain" msgstr "Испания" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:6 msgid "Spanish Chart of Accounts" msgstr "Испанский план счетов" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:8 msgid "" "In Odoo, there are several Spanish Chart of Accounts that are available by " "default:" msgstr "" "В Odoo существует несколько испанских планов счетов, доступных по умолчанию:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:10 msgid "PGCE PYMEs 2008" msgstr "PGCE PYMEs 2008" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:11 msgid "PGCE Completo 2008" msgstr "PGCE Completo 2008" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:12 msgid "PGCE Entitades" msgstr "PGCE Entitades" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:14 msgid "" "You can choose the one you want by going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration` then choose the package you want in the **Fiscal " @@ -9531,7 +9611,7 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration`, выберите нужный пакет в " "разделе ** Финансовая локализация **." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:20 msgid "" "When you create a new SaaS database, the PGCE PYMEs 2008 is installed by " "default." @@ -9539,11 +9619,11 @@ msgstr "" "Когда вы создаете новую базу данных SaaS, PGCE PYMEs 2008 устанавливается по" " умолчанию." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:23 msgid "Spanish Accounting Reports" msgstr "Испанский бухгалтерская отчетность" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:25 msgid "" "If the Spanish Accounting Localization is installed, you will have access to" " accounting reports specific to Spain:" @@ -9551,27 +9631,27 @@ msgstr "" "Если испанский локализация бухучета установлена, вы будете иметь доступ к " "бухгалтерских отчетов, специфичных для Испании:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:28 msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 111)" msgstr "Налоговый отчет (Modelo 111)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:29 msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 115)" msgstr "Налоговый отчет (Modelo 115)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:30 msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 303)" msgstr "Налоговый отчет (Modelo 303)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:3 msgid "Switzerland" msgstr "Швейцария" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:6 msgid "ISR (In-payment Slip with Reference number)" msgstr "ISR (платеж с платежной картой с референтным номером)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:8 msgid "" "The ISRs are payment slips used in Switzerland. You can print them directly " "from Odoo. On the customer invoices, there is a new button called *Print " @@ -9581,7 +9661,7 @@ msgstr "" " непосредственно с Odoo. На счетах клиента есть новая кнопка под названием *" " Печать ISR *." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:16 msgid "" "The button *Print ISR* only appears there is well a bank account defined on " "the invoice. You can use CH6309000000250097798 as bank account number and " @@ -9591,11 +9671,11 @@ msgstr "" "правильный банковский счет. Вы можете использовать CH6309000000250097798 как" " номер банковского счета и 010391391 как ссылки CHF ISR." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:23 msgid "Then you open a pdf with the ISR." msgstr "Затем вы открываете PDF с ISR." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:28 msgid "" "There exists two layouts for ISR: one with, and one without the bank " "coordinates. To choose which one to use, there is an option to print the " @@ -9604,17 +9684,17 @@ msgid "" "Invoices` and enable **Print bank on ISR**:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:38 msgid "ISR reference on invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:40 msgid "" "To ease the reconciliation process, you can add your ISR reference as " "**Payment Reference** on your invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:43 msgid "" "To do so, you need to configure the Journal you usually use to issue " "invoices. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, " @@ -9624,11 +9704,11 @@ msgid "" " *Save*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:53 msgid "Currency Rate Live Update" msgstr "Обновления валюты онлайн" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:55 msgid "" "You can update automatically your currencies rates based on the Federal Tax " "Administration from Switzerland. For this, go in :menuselection:`Accounting " @@ -9640,11 +9720,11 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings`, активизировать настройки " "мультивалютности и выбрать нужную услугу." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:64 msgid "Updated VAT for January 2018" msgstr "Обновлено НДС в январе 2018" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:66 msgid "" "Starting from the 1st January 2018, new reduced VAT rates will be applied in" " Switzerland. The normal 8.0% rate will switch to 7.7% and the specific rate" @@ -9654,11 +9734,11 @@ msgstr "" "НДС. Нормальная ставка на уровне 8,0% перейдет на 7,7%, а специальная ставка" " для гостиничного сектора изменится с 3,8% до 3,7%." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:71 msgid "How to update your taxes in Odoo Enterprise (SaaS or On Premise)?" msgstr "Как обновить свои налоги в Odoo Enterprise (SaaS или On Premise)?" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:73 msgid "" "If you have the V11.1 version, all the work is already been done, you don't " "have to do anything." @@ -9666,7 +9746,7 @@ msgstr "" "Если у вас есть версия V11.1, вся работа уже выполнена, вам не нужно ничего " "делать." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:76 msgid "" "If you have started on an earlier version, you first have to update the " "module \"Switzerland - Accounting Reports\". For this, you go in " @@ -9680,7 +9760,7 @@ msgstr "" "for \"Switzerland - Accounting Reports\" --> open the module --> click on " "\"upgrade\"`." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:83 msgid "" "Once it has been done, you can work on creating new taxes for the updated " "rates." @@ -9688,7 +9768,7 @@ msgstr "" "Как только это будет сделано, вы можете работать над созданием новых налогов" " для обновленных ставок." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:87 msgid "" "**Do not suppress or modify the existing taxes** (8.0% and 3.8%). You want " "to keep them since you may have to use both rates for a short period of " @@ -9700,11 +9780,11 @@ msgstr "" "короткий период времени. Вместо этого не забудьте архивировать их, когда вы " "закодируете все ваши транзакции 2017." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:92 msgid "The creation of such taxes should be done in the following manner:" msgstr "Создание таких налогов должно осуществляться следующим образом:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:94 msgid "" "**Purchase taxes**: copy the origin tax, change its name, label on invoice, " "rate and tax group (effective from v10 only)" @@ -9712,7 +9792,7 @@ msgstr "" "** Налоги на покупку **: скопируйте начальный налог, измените его название, " "метку в счете-фактуре, ставку и налоговую группу (применяется только с v10)." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 msgid "" "**Sale taxes**: copy the origin tax, change its name, label on invoice, rate" " and tax group (effective from v10 only). Since the vat report now shows the" @@ -9723,7 +9803,7 @@ msgstr "" " Поскольку отчет ндс теперь показывает подробности старых и новых ставок, вы" " также должны установить соответствующие теги" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:102 msgid "" "For 7.7% taxes: Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 base, Switzerland VAT Form: " "grid 302 tax" @@ -9731,7 +9811,7 @@ msgstr "" "Для налогов 7,7%: Швейцарская форма НДС сетка 302 базы, Швейцария НДС Вид: " "сетка 302 налог" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 msgid "" "For 3.7% taxes: Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 base, Switzerland VAT Form: " "grid 342 tax" @@ -9739,7 +9819,7 @@ msgstr "" "Для налогов 3,7%: Швейцарская форма НДС сетка 342 база, Швейцария НДС Вид: " "сетка 342 налог" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:108 msgid "" "You'll find below, as examples, the correct configuration for all taxes " "included in Odoo by default" @@ -9747,185 +9827,185 @@ msgstr "" "Ниже приведены, в качестве примеров, правильную конфигурацию для всех " "налогов, включенных в Odoo по умолчанию" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 msgid "**Tax Name**" msgstr "** Название налога **" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 msgid "**Rate**" msgstr "** Ставка **" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 msgid "**Label on Invoice**" msgstr "** Метка в счете-фактуре **" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 msgid "**Tax Group (effective from V10)**" msgstr "** Налоговая группа (действует с V10) **" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 msgid "**Tax Scope**" msgstr "** Налоговая сфера **" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 msgid "**Tag**" msgstr "** Тег **" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 msgid "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (TN)" msgstr "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (TN)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 msgid "7.7%" msgstr "7.7%" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 msgid "7.7% achat" msgstr "7.7% achat" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 msgid "TVA 7.7%" msgstr "TVA 7.7%" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 msgid "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 400" msgstr "Форма швейцарского НДС сетка 400" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 msgid "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TN)" msgstr "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TN)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 msgid "7.7% achat Incl." msgstr "7.7% achat Incl." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 msgid "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TN)" msgstr "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TN)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 msgid "7.7% invest." msgstr "7.7% invest." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 msgid "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 405" msgstr "Форма швейцарского НДС сетка 405" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 msgid "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TN)" msgstr "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TN)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 msgid "7.7% invest. Incl." msgstr "7.7% invest. Incl." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 msgid "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (TS)" msgstr "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (TS)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 msgid "3.7%" msgstr "3.7%" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 msgid "3.7% achat" msgstr "3.7% achat" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 msgid "TVA 3.7%" msgstr "TVA 3.7%" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 msgid "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TS)" msgstr "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TS)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 msgid "3.7% achat Incl." msgstr "3.7% achat Incl." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 msgid "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TS)" msgstr "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TS)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 msgid "3.7% invest" msgstr "3.7% invest" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 msgid "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TS)" msgstr "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TS)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 msgid "3.7% invest Incl." msgstr "3.7% invest Incl." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 msgid "TVA due a 7.7% (TN)" msgstr "TVA due a 7.7% (TN)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 msgid "" "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 base, Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 tax" msgstr "" "Форма НДС Швейцария: сетка 302 база, Швейцария форма НДС сетка 302 ндс" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 msgid "TVA due à 7.7% (Incl. TN)" msgstr "TVA due à 7.7% (Incl. TN)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 msgid "7.7% Incl." msgstr "7.7% Incl." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 msgid "TVA due à 3.7% (TS)" msgstr "TVA due à 3.7% (TS)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 msgid "" "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 base, Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 tax" msgstr "" "Форма НДС Швейцария: сетка 342 база, Швейцария форма НДС сетка 342 ндс" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 msgid "TVA due a 3.7% (Incl. TS)" msgstr "TVA due a 3.7% (Incl. TS)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 msgid "3.7% Incl." msgstr "3.7% Incl." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:139 msgid "" "If you have questions or remarks, please contact our support using " "odoo.com/help." @@ -9933,7 +10013,7 @@ msgstr "" "Если у вас есть вопросы или замечания, свяжитесь с нашей поддержкой с " "помощью odoo.com/help." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:143 msgid "" "Don't forget to update your fiscal positions. If you have a version 11.1 (or" " higher), there is nothing to do. Otherwise, you will also have to update " @@ -9943,11 +10023,11 @@ msgstr "" "11.1 (или выше), ничего не делайте. В противном случае вам также придется " "соответственно обновить свою схему налогообложения." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:3 msgid "Fiscal Localization Packages" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:5 msgid "" "**Fiscal Localization Packages** are country-specific modules that install " "pre-configured taxes, fiscal positions, chart of accounts, and legal " @@ -9956,2230 +10036,468 @@ msgid "" "app, following your fiscal administration requirements." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:11 msgid "" "Odoo continuously adds new localizations and improves the existing packages." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:16 msgid "" "Odoo automatically installs the appropriate package for your company, " "according to the country selected at the creation of the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:20 msgid "" "As long as you haven't posted any entry, you can still add and select " "another package." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:22 msgid "" "To install a new package, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration" " --> Fiscal Localization`, click on **Install More Packages**, and install " "your country's module." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:29 msgid "Once done, select your country's package, and click on *Save*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:36 msgid "Use" msgstr "Использовать" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:38 msgid "" "These packages require you to fine-tune your chart of accounts according to " "your needs, activate the taxes you use, and configure your country-specific " "statements and certifications." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:41 msgid "Please refer to the documentation listed below for more information." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:44 msgid ":doc:`localizations_list`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:45 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:254 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:195 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:194 msgid ":doc:`../../overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:46 -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:123 -msgid ":doc:`../../fiscality/taxes/taxes`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:123 +msgid ":doc:`../../taxation/taxes/taxes`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:48 msgid "" "update list of linked docs, and link with the future one about country-" "specific statements." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:3 msgid "List of supported countries" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo Accounting can be used in many countries out of the box by installing " "the appropriate module. Here is a list of all :doc:`Fiscal Localization " "Packages <fiscal_localization_packages>` that are available on Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:14 msgid "Fiscal Localization Packages available" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:16 msgid "Algeria - Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:19 msgid "Argentinian Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:20 msgid "Argentinian Accounting Reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:21 msgid "Argentinian Electronic Invoicing" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:23 msgid "Australian - Accounting" msgstr "Австралийский - Бухгалтерский учет" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:24 msgid "Austria - Accounting" msgstr "Австрия - отчеты" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:25 msgid "Belgium - Accounting" msgstr "Бельгия - отчеты" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:26 msgid "Bolivia - Accounting" msgstr "Боливия - Бухгалтерский учет" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:27 msgid "Brazilian - Accounting" msgstr "Бразилия - учет" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:28 msgid "Canada - Accounting" msgstr "Канада - отчеты" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:29 msgid "Chile - Accounting" msgstr "Чили - Бухгалтерский учет" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:30 msgid "China" msgstr "Китай" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:32 msgid "China - Accounting" msgstr "Китай - Бухучет" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:33 msgid "China - City Data" msgstr "Китай - Данные города" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:34 msgid "China - Small Business CoA" msgstr "Китай - CoA для малого бизнеса" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:35 msgid "China - Standard CoA" msgstr "Китай - Стандартный CoA" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:39 msgid "Colombian - Accounting" msgstr "Колумбийский учет" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:40 msgid "Colombian - Point of Sale" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:42 msgid "Costa Rica - Accounting" msgstr "Коста Рика - Учет" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:43 msgid "Croatia - Accounting (RRIF 2012)" msgstr "Хорватия - Бухгалтерский учет (RRIF 2012)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:44 msgid "Denmark" msgstr "Дания" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:46 msgid "Denmark - Accounting" msgstr "Дания - Бухучет" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:47 msgid "Denmark - Accounting Reports" msgstr "Дания - Бухгалтерские отчеты" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:49 msgid "Dominican Republic - Accounting" msgstr "Доминиканская республика - настройки бухгалтерского учета" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:50 msgid "Ecuador - Accounting" msgstr "Эквадор - учет" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:51 msgid "Ethiopia - Accounting" msgstr "Эфиопия - Учет" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:52 msgid "EU Mini One Stop Shop (MOSS)" msgstr "Мини-универсальный магазин (MOSS)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:53 msgid "Finnish Localization" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:54 msgid "France - Accounting" msgstr "Франция - Учет" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:55 msgid "Generic - Accounting" msgstr "Общий учет" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:58 msgid "Germany - Accounting" msgstr "Германия - Бухучет" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:59 msgid "Germany SKR03 - Accounting" msgstr "Германия SKR03 - Бухучет" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:60 msgid "Germany SKR04 - Accounting" msgstr "Германия SKR04 - Бухучет" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:62 msgid "Greece - Accounting" msgstr "Греция - Учет" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:63 msgid "Guatemala - Accounting" msgstr "Гватемала - Учет" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:64 msgid "Honduras - Accounting" msgstr "Гондурас - Бухгалтерский учёт" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:65 msgid "Hong Kong - Accounting" msgstr "Гонконг - Бухучет" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:66 msgid "Hungarian - Accounting" msgstr "Венгерский учет" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:67 msgid "India" msgstr "Индия" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:69 msgid "Indian - Accounting" msgstr "Индия - Учет" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:70 msgid "Indian - Point of Sale" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:72 msgid "Indonesian - Accounting" msgstr "Индонезия - Бухучет" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:73 msgid "Ireland - Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:74 msgid "Israel - Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:75 msgid "Italy" msgstr "Италия" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:77 msgid "Italy - Accounting" msgstr "Италия - Учет" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:78 msgid "Italy - E-invoicing" msgstr "Италия - электронное выставление счета" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:80 msgid "Japan - Accounting" msgstr "Япония - бухгалтерский учет" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:81 msgid "LATAM" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:83 msgid "LATAM Localization Base" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:84 msgid "LATAM Document" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:86 msgid "Lithuania" msgstr "Литва" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:88 msgid "Lithuania - Accounting" msgstr "Литва - Бухучет" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:89 msgid "LT - Accounting Reports" msgstr "LT - Бухгалтерские отчеты" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:91 msgid "Luxembourg - Accounting" msgstr "Люксембург - Учет" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:92 msgid "Maroc - Accounting" msgstr "Марокко - Учет" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:93 msgid "Mexico - Accounting" msgstr "Мексика - Учет" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:94 msgid "Mongolia" msgstr "Монголия" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:96 msgid "Mongolia - Accounting" msgstr "Монголия - Бухучет" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:97 msgid "Mongolia - Accounting Reports" msgstr "Монголия - Бухгалтерские отчеты" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:99 msgid "Multi Language Chart of Accounts" msgstr "Многоязычный план счетов" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:102 msgid "Netherlands - Accounting" msgstr "Нидерланды - Учет" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:103 msgid "Netherlands - Intrastat Declaration" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:105 msgid "New Zealand - Accounting" msgstr "Новая Зеландия - Бухгалтерский учет" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:106 msgid "Norway - Accounting" msgstr "Норвегия - план счетов" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:107 msgid "OHADA - Accounting" msgstr "OHADA - Бухгалтерия" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:108 msgid "Panama - Accounting" msgstr "Панама - Бухгалтерский учет" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:111 msgid "Peruvian Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:112 msgid "Peruvian Accounting Reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:113 msgid "Peruvian Electronic Invoicing" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:115 msgid "Poland - Accounting" msgstr "Польша - Бухгалтерский учёт" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:116 msgid "Portugal - Accounting" msgstr "Португалия - Бухгалтерский учет" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:117 msgid "Romania - Accounting" msgstr "Румыния - Учет" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:118 msgid "Saudi Arabia - Accounting" msgstr "Саудовская Аравия - Бухгалтерский учет" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:119 msgid "Singapore - Accounting" msgstr "Сингапур - Учет" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:120 msgid "Slovenian - Accounting" msgstr "Словения - Учет" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:121 msgid "South Africa - Accounting" msgstr "Южная Африка - Бухучет" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:122 msgid "Spain - Accounting (PGCE 2008)" msgstr "Испания - Бухгалтерский учет (PGCE 2008)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:123 msgid "Sweden" msgstr "Швеция" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:125 msgid "Sweden - Structured Communication OCR" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:126 msgid "Swedish - Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:128 msgid "Switzerland - Accounting" msgstr "Швейцария - Учет" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:129 msgid "Thailand - Accounting" msgstr "Таиланд - Учет" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:130 msgid "Turkey - Accounting" msgstr "Турция - бухгалтерия" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:131 msgid "U.A.E. - Accounting" msgstr "ОАЭ - Учет" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:132 msgid "UK - Accounting" msgstr "Великобритания - Учет" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:133 msgid "Ukraine - Accounting" msgstr "Украина - Бухучет" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:134 msgid "United States - Accounting" msgstr "Соединенные Штаты Америки - Бухгалтерский учет" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:135 msgid "Uruguay - Chart of Accounts" msgstr "Уругвай - Бухгалтерский учет" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:136 msgid "Venezuela - Accounting" msgstr "Венесуэла - Учет" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:137 msgid "Vietnam - Accounting" msgstr "Вьетнам - Бухгалтерский учет" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:140 msgid ":doc:`fiscal_localization_packages`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality.rst:3 -msgid "Fiscality" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year.rst:3 -msgid "Fiscal Year" -msgstr "Учетный год" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:3 -msgid "Do a year end in Odoo (close a fiscal year)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Before going ahead with closing a fiscal year, there are a few steps one " -"should typically take to ensure that your accounting is correct, up to date," -" and accurate:" -msgstr "" -"Прежде чем закрывать летний период, нужно выполнить несколько шагов, чтобы " -"убедиться, что ваш бухучет является правильным, обновленным и точным:" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Make sure you have fully reconciled your **bank account(s)** up to year end " -"and confirm that your ending book balances agree with your bank statement " -"balances." -msgstr "" -"Убедитесь, что вы полностью согласовали ** банковский счет (-а) ** до конца " -"года и подтверждаете, что ваш баланс на дату согласуется с вашими балансами " -"банковских выписок." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:13 -msgid "Verify that all **customer invoices** have been entered and approved." -msgstr "" -"Убедитесь, что все ** счета-фактуры клиентов ** были введены и одобрены." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:15 -msgid "Confirm that you have entered and agreed all **vendor bills**." -msgstr "Подтвердите, что вы ввели и согласовали все ** счета поставщиков **." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:17 -msgid "Validate all **expenses**, ensuring their accuracy." -msgstr "Проверьте все ** расходы **, обеспечивая их точность." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Corroborate that all **received payments** have been entered and recorded " -"accurately." -msgstr "" -"Подтвердите, что все ** полученные платежи ** были введены и записаны точно." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:25 -msgid "Run a **Tax report**, and verify that your tax information is correct." -msgstr "" -"Проверьте ** Налоговый отчет ** и убедитесь, что ваша налоговая информация " -"является правильной." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:27 -msgid "Reconcile all accounts on your **Balance Sheet**:" -msgstr "Согласуйте все ваши счета со ** Отчетом баланса **:" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Agree your bank balances in Odoo against your actual bank balances on your " -"statements. Utilize the **Bank Reconciliation** report to assist with this." -msgstr "" -"Согласуйте свои банковские балансы в Odoo с вашими фактическими остатками " -"баланса на ваших выписках. Используйте отчет ** Согласование с банковской " -"выпиской **, чтобы помочь этому." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Reconcile all transactions in your cash and bank accounts by running your " -"**Aged Receivables** and **Aged Payables** reports." -msgstr "" -"Подключите все транзакции на своих денежных и банковских счетах, выполняя " -"отчеты ** расчетов с кредиторами ** и отчеты ** расчетов с дебиторами **." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Audit your accounts, being sure to fully understand the transactions " -"affecting them and the nature of the transactions, making sure to include " -"loans and fixed assets." -msgstr "" -"Проверьте свои счета, не забудьте убедиться в том, какие операции влияют на " -"них и характер операций, убедившись во включении кредитов и основных " -"средств." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Run the optional **Payments Matching** feature, under the **More** dropdown " -"on the dashboard, validating any open **Vendor Bills** and **Customer " -"Invoices** with their payments. This step is optional, however it may assist" -" the year-end process if all outstanding payments and invoices are " -"reconciled, and could lead finding errors or mistakes in the system." -msgstr "" -"Выполните необязательную функцию ** Сопоставление платежей ** в выпадающем " -"меню ** Более ** на информационной панели, проверяя все ** Счета поставщиков" -" ** и ** Счета клиентов ** с их платежами. Этот шаг является необязательным," -" но это может помочь в процессе закрытия года, если все неуплаченные платежи" -" и счета-фактуры будут согласованными, то могут привести к ошибкам или " -"ошибок в системе." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Your accountant/bookkeeper will likely verify your balance sheet items and " -"book entries for:" -msgstr "" -"Ваш бухгалтер, вероятно, подтвердит ваши элементы баланса и запись книг для:" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Year-end manual adjustments, using the **Adviser Journal Entries** menu (For" -" example, the **Current Year Earnings** and **Retained Earnings** reports)." -msgstr "" -"Инструкции по коррекции на конец года, используя меню ** журнальных записей " -"консультантов ** (например, отчеты ** прибыли текущего периода ** и ** " -"Сохранившиеся прибыли **)." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:56 -msgid "**Depreciation Journal Entries**." -msgstr "** Записи журнала амортизации **." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:60 -msgid "**Tax adjustments**." -msgstr "** Налоговые корректировки **." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:62 -msgid "" -"If your accountant/bookkeeper is going through end of the year auditing, " -"they may want to have paper copies of all balance sheet items (such as " -"loans, bank accounts, prepayments, sales tax statements, etc...) to agree " -"these against your Odoo balances." -msgstr "" -"Если ваш бухгалтер заканчивает аудиторскую проверку года, ему могут " -"понадобиться бумажные копии всех отчетов баланса (например, займы, " -"банковские счета, подписки, отчеты о налоге и прибыль и т.д.), чтобы " -"согласовать их с балансом в Odoo." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:67 -msgid "" -"During this process, it is good practice to set the **Lock date for Non-" -"Advisers** to the last day of the preceding financial year, which is set " -"under the accounting configuration. This way, the accountant can be " -"confident that nobody is changing the previous year transactions while " -"auditing the books." -msgstr "" -"Во время этого процесса лучшим шагом является установление ** Дать " -"блокировки для не-консультантов ** до последнего дня предыдущего финансового" -" года, который устанавливается в настройках бухучета. Таким образом, " -"бухгалтер может быть уверен в том, что во время аудита никто не меняет " -"операции прошлого года." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:77 -msgid "Closing the fiscal year" -msgstr "Закрытие отчетного периода" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:79 -msgid "" -"In Odoo there is no need to do a specific year end closing entry in order to" -" close out income statement accounts. The reports are created in real-time, " -"meaning that the **Income statement** corresponds directly with the year-end" -" date you specify in Odoo. Therefore, any time you generate the **Income " -"Statement**, the beginning date will correspond with the beginning of the " -"**Fiscal Year** and the account balances will all be 0." -msgstr "" -"В Odoo нет необходимости делать конкретную запись для закрытия года. Отчеты " -"создаются в режиме реального времени, что означает, что ** Отчет о доходах " -"** непосредственно отвечает дате конечной даты, которую вы указали в Odoo. " -"Поэтому, если вы создаете ** Отчет о доходах **, начальная дата " -"соответствует началу ** отчетном периоде **, а остаток будет 0." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:86 -msgid "" -"Once the accountant/bookkeeper has created the journal entry to allocate the" -" **Current Year Earnings**, you should set the **Lock Date** to the last day" -" of the fiscal year. Making sure that before doing so, you confirm whether " -"or not the current year earnings in the **Balance Sheet** is correctly " -"reporting a 0 balance." -msgstr "" -"После того, как бухгалтер создаст запись журнала для распределения ** " -"Прибыли текущего периода **, следует установить ** Дата блокировки ** до " -"последнего дня отчетного периода. Убедитесь, что перед тем, как это сделать," -" вы подтвердили, или доходы текущего периода в ** Отчете баланса ** " -"правильно отвечают нулевому балансу." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:93 -msgid ":doc:`fiscal_year`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:3 -msgid "Manage Fiscal Years" -msgstr "Управление отчетным периодом" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In most cases, the fiscal years last 12 months. If it is your case, you just" -" have to define what is the last day of your fiscal year in the accounting " -"settings. By default, it is set on the 31st December." -msgstr "" -"В большинстве случаев отчетные периоды длятся 12 месяцев. Если это ваш " -"случай, вы просто должны определить, какой последний день вашего отчетного " -"периода в настройках бухучета. По умолчанию он устанавливается на 31 " -"декабря." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:12 -msgid "" -"However, there might be some exceptions. For example, if it is the first " -"fiscal year of your business, it could last more or less than 12 months. In " -"this case, some additional configuration is required." -msgstr "" -"Однако могут быть некоторые исключения. Например, если это первый отчетный " -"период вашей компании, он может длиться больше или меньше 12 месяцев. В этом" -" случае требуется дополнительная конфигурация." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Go in :menuselection:`accounting --> configuration --> settings` and " -"activate the fiscal years." -msgstr "" -"Перейдите к :menuselection:`accounting --> configuration --> settings` и " -"активируйте отчетные периоды." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:22 -msgid "" -"You can then configure your fiscal years in :menuselection:`accounting --> " -"configuration --> fiscal years`." -msgstr "" -"Затем вы можете настроить ваш отчетный период в :menuselection:`accounting " -"--> configuration --> fiscal years`." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:29 -msgid "" -"You only have to create fiscal years if they last more or less than 12 " -"months." -msgstr "" -"Вам нужно только создать отчетные периоды, если они длятся более или менее " -"12 месяцев." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:34 -msgid ":doc:`close_fiscal_year`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:3 -msgid "Manage prices for B2B (tax excluded) and B2C (tax included)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When working with consumers, prices are usually expressed with taxes " -"included in the price (e.g., in most eCommerce). But, when you work in a B2B" -" environment, companies usually negotiate prices with taxes excluded." -msgstr "" -"Работая с клиентами, цены обычно выражаются с налогами, включенными в цену " -"(например, в большинстве электронной коммерции). Но, когда вы работаете в " -"B2B, компании обычно ведут переговоры о ценах без налогов." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Odoo manages both use cases easily, as long as you register your prices on " -"the product with taxes excluded or included, but not both together. If you " -"manage all your prices with tax included (or excluded) only, you can still " -"easily do sales order with a price having taxes excluded (or included): " -"that's easy." -msgstr "" -"Odoo легко управляет обоими случаями использования, если вы регистрируете " -"свои цены на товар с выключенными или включенными налогами, но не оба " -"вместе. Если вы управляете всеми своими ценами только с налогом (или " -"выключенным), вы все равно можете легко выполнить заказ на продажу с ценой, " -"не включая налоги (или включает): это просто." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:15 -msgid "" -"This documentation is only for the specific use case where you need to have " -"two references for the price (tax included or excluded), for the same " -"product. The reason of the complexity is that there is not a symmetrical " -"relationship with prices included and prices excluded, as shown in this use " -"case, in belgium with a tax of 21%:" -msgstr "" -"Эта документация предназначена только для конкретного случая использования, " -"когда вам нужно иметь два Проекты на цену (включая НДС или без НДС) для " -"этого самого товара. Причиной сложности является то, что не существует " -"симметричного соотношение с ценами с включенным налогом и ценам с " -"выключенным налогом, как показано в данном случае, в Бельгии с налогом в " -"размере 21%:" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:21 -msgid "Your eCommerce has a product at **10€ (taxes included)**" -msgstr "" -"Ваша электронная коммерция имеет товар на ** 10 евро (включая налогами) **" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:23 -msgid "This would do **8.26€ (taxes excluded)** and a **tax of 1.74€**" -msgstr "Это будет ** 8,26 евро (без налогов) ** и ** налог 1,74 евро **" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:25 -msgid "" -"But for the same use case, if you register the price without taxes on the " -"product form (8.26€), you get a price with tax included at 9.99€, because:" -msgstr "" -"Но для того же случае, если вы регистрируете цену без налогов в форме товара" -" (8,26 €), вы получаете цену с налогом в размере 9,99 €, поскольку:" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:29 -msgid "**8.26€ \\* 1.21 = 9.99€**" -msgstr "**8.26€ \\* 1.21 = 9.99€**" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:31 -msgid "" -"So, depending on how you register your prices on the product form, you will " -"have different results for the price including taxes and the price excluding" -" taxes:" -msgstr "" -"Итак, в зависимости от того, как вы регистрируете свои цены на форме товара," -" вы получите разные результаты по цене, включая налоги и цену за вычетом " -"налогов:" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:35 -msgid "Taxes Excluded: **8.26€ & 10.00€**" -msgstr "Налоги исключено: ** 8.26 € & 10.00 € **" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:37 -msgid "Taxes Included: **8.26€ & 9.99€**" -msgstr "Налоги включены: ** 8.26 € & 9.99 € **" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:40 -msgid "" -"If you buy 100 pieces at 10€ taxes included, it gets even more tricky. You " -"will get: **1000€ (taxes included) = 826.45€ (price) + 173.55€ (taxes)** " -"Which is very different from a price per piece at 8.26€ tax excluded." -msgstr "" -"Если вы покупаете 100 единиц с налогами 10 евро, это становится еще сложнее." -" Вы получите: ** 1000 € (с учетом налогов) = 826.45 € (цена) + 173.55 € " -"(налоги) **, сильно отличается от цены за единицу за 8.26 € без налога." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:45 -msgid "" -"This documentation explains how to handle the very specific use case where " -"you need to handle the two prices (tax excluded and included) on the product" -" form within the same company." -msgstr "" -"В этой документации объясняется, как управлять очень конкретным случаем " -"использования, когда вам нужно справиться с двумя ценам (без налога и с " -"включенным налогом) в форме товара в пределах одной компании." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:50 -msgid "" -"In terms of finance, you have no more revenues selling your product at 10€ " -"instead of 9.99€ (for a 21% tax), because your revenue will be exactly the " -"same at 9.99€, only the tax is 0.01€ higher. So, if you run an eCommerce in " -"Belgium, make your customer a favor and set your price at 9.99€ instead of " -"10€. Please note that this does not apply to 20€ or 30€, or other tax rates," -" or a quantity >1. You will also make you a favor since you can manage " -"everything tax excluded, which is less error prone and easier for your " -"salespeople." -msgstr "" -"С точки зрения финансов, вы больше не получаете прибыль от продажи товара за" -" 10 евро, а не 9,99 евро (по налогу в размере 21%), поскольку ваша прибыль " -"будет таким же по 9,99 евро, только налог на 0,01 евро выше. Итак, если вы " -"запускаете электронной коммерции в Бельгии, сделайте услугу своему клиенту и" -" установите цену на уровне 9,99 евро вместо 10 евро. Обратите внимание, что " -"это не касается 20 евро или 30 евро, или других ставок налога или " -"количестве> 1. Вы также сделаете себе пользу, поскольку вы можете " -"управлять всеми налоговыми правами, менее подвержены ошибкам и проще для " -"ваших продавцов." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:65 -msgid "" -"The best way to avoid this complexity is to choose only one way of managing " -"your prices and stick to it: price without taxes or price with taxes " -"included. Define which one is the default stored on the product form (on the" -" default tax related to the product), and let Odoo compute the other one " -"automatically, based on the pricelist and fiscal position. Negotiate your " -"contracts with customers accordingly. This perfectly works out-of-the-box " -"and you have no specific configuration to do." -msgstr "" -"Лучшим способом избежать этой сложности есть выбор только одного способа " -"управления вашими ценами и соблюдения его: цена без налогов или цены с " -"включенными налогами. Определите, какой тип по умолчанию сохраняется в форме" -" товара (по умолчанию налог, относящийся к товару), и Odoo автоматически " -"вычисляет другой, исходя из ПРАЙСЛИСТ и схемы налогообложения. Обсудите свои" -" контракты с клиентами. Это прекрасно работает "из коробки", и у " -"вас нет конкретных настроек." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:73 -msgid "" -"If you can not do that and if you really negotiate some prices with tax " -"excluded and, for other customers, others prices with tax included, you " -"must:" -msgstr "" -"Если вы не можете это сделать, и если вы действительно договариваетесь о " -"некоторых цены за вычетом налогов, а для других покупателей - другим ценам с" -" налогом, то вам необходимо:" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:77 -msgid "" -"always store the default price TAX EXCLUDED on the product form, and apply a" -" tax (price included on the product form)" -msgstr "" -"всегда сохраняйте цену по умолчанию, исключенного на форме товара, и " -"указывайте налог (цена указана в форме товара)" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:80 -msgid "create a pricelist with prices in TAX INCLUDED, for specific customers" -msgstr "" -"создайте прайслист с ценами с включенным налогом, для конкретных клиентов" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:83 -msgid "" -"create a fiscal position that switches the tax excluded to a tax included" -msgstr "" -"создайте схему налогообложения, переключает цену без налога на цену с " -"включенным налогом" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:86 -msgid "" -"assign both the pricelist and the fiscal position to customers who want to " -"benefit to this pricelist and fiscal position" -msgstr "" -"назначьте как прайслист, так и схему налогообложения клиентам, которые хотят" -" воспользоваться этой цене и схеме налогообложения" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:89 -msgid "For the purpose of this documentation, we will use the above use case:" -msgstr "" -"Для целей настоящей документации мы будем использовать вышеизложенное " -"использования:" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:91 -msgid "your product default sale price is 8.26€ tax excluded" -msgstr "ваша цена по умолчанию не равна 8.26 €" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:93 -msgid "" -"but we want to sell it at 10€, tax included, in our shops or eCommerce " -"website" -msgstr "" -"но мы хотим продать его за 10 евро, включая цену, в наших магазинах или на " -"сайте электронной коммерции" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:97 -msgid "Setting your products" -msgstr "Настройте ваши товары" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:99 -msgid "" -"Your company must be configured with tax excluded by default. This is " -"usually the default configuration, but you can check your **Default Sale " -"Tax** from the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` of the " -"Accounting application." -msgstr "" -"Ваша компания должна быть настроена по цене по умолчанию. Обычно это " -"настройки по умолчанию, но вы можете проверить ** налог на продажу по " -"умолчанию ** в меню :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` в модуле " -"Бухучет." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:107 -msgid "" -"Once done, you can create a **B2C** pricelist. You can activate the " -"pricelist feature per customer from the menu: :menuselection:`Configuration " -"--> Settings` of the Sale application. Choose the option **different prices " -"per customer segment**." -msgstr "" -"После этого вы можете создать прайслист ** B2C **. Вы можете активировать " -"функцию ПРАЙСЛИСТ для каждого клиента в меню: :menuselection:`Configuration " -"--> Settings` приложении Продажа. Выберите опцию ** разные цены на сегмент " -"клиента **." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:112 -msgid "" -"Once done, create a B2C pricelist from the menu " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Pricelists`. It's also good to rename the " -"default pricelist into B2B to avoid confusion." -msgstr "" -"После этого создайте прайслист B2C меню :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Pricelists`. Также хорошо переименовать прайслист по умолчанию на B2B, чтобы" -" избежать путаницы." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:116 -msgid "" -"Then, create a product at 8.26€, with a tax of 21% (defined as tax not " -"included in price) and set a price on this product for B2C customers at 10€," -" from the :menuselection:`Sales --> Products` menu of the Sales application:" -msgstr "" -"Затем создайте товар на 8,26 евро с налогом в размере 21% (определяется как " -"налог, который не входит в стоимость), и установите цену на этот товар для " -"клиентов B2C на уровне 10 евро с меню :menuselection:`Sales --> Products`из " -"приложения Продажи:" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:125 -msgid "Setting the B2C fiscal position" -msgstr "Установите схему налогообложения B2C" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:127 -msgid "" -"From the accounting application, create a B2C fiscal position from this " -"menu: :menuselection:`Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`. This fiscal " -"position should map the VAT 21% (tax excluded of price) with a VAT 21% (tax " -"included in price)" -msgstr "" -"В бухгалтерском приложении создайте схему налогообложения В2С из этого меню:" -" :menuselection:`Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`. Эта схема " -"налогообложения должна отражать НДС 21% (без учета налога) с НДС 21% (налог " -"входит в стоимость)" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:136 -msgid "Test by creating a quotation" -msgstr "Проверьте, создав коммерческое предложение" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:138 -msgid "" -"Create a quotation from the Sale application, using the " -":menuselection:`Sales --> Quotations` menu. You should have the following " -"result: 8.26€ + 1.73€ = 9.99€." -msgstr "" -"Создайте коммерческое предложение по программе Продажи с помощью меню " -":menuselection:`Sales --> Quotations`. Вы следующий результат: 8.26 € + 1.73" -" € = 9.99 €." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:145 -msgid "" -"Then, create a quotation but **change the pricelist to B2C and the fiscal " -"position to B2C** on the quotation, before adding your product. You should " -"have the expected result, which is a total price of 10€ for the customer: " -"8.26€ + 1.74€ = 10.00€." -msgstr "" -"Затем создайте коммерческое предложение, но ** измените прайслист на B2C и " -"схему налогообложения B2C ** на коммерческое предложение, прежде чем " -"добавлять свой товар. Вы должны получить ожидаемый результат, общая цена " -"которого 10 € для клиента: 8.26 € + 1.74 € = 10.00 €." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:153 -msgid "This is the expected behavior for a customer of your shop." -msgstr "Это ожидаемое поведение для покупателя вашего магазина." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:156 -msgid "Avoid changing every sale order" -msgstr "Избегайте изменений в каждом заказе на продажу" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:158 -msgid "" -"If you negotiate a contract with a customer, whether you negotiate tax " -"included or tax excluded, you can set the pricelist and the fiscal position " -"on the customer form so that it will be applied automatically at every sale " -"of this customer." -msgstr "" -"Если вы заключаете договор с клиентом, обсуждаете цену, с включенным налогом" -" или выключенным, вы можете установить прайслист и схему налогообложения в " -"форме клиента, чтобы она применялась автоматически при каждой продаже этого " -"клиента." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:163 -msgid "" -"The pricelist is in the **Sales & Purchases** tab of the customer form, and " -"the fiscal position is in the accounting tab." -msgstr "" -"Прайслист на вкладке ** Продажи и Покупки ** в форме клиента, а схема " -"налогообложения находится на вкладке бухучета." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:166 -msgid "" -"Note that this is error prone: if you set a fiscal position with tax " -"included in prices but use a pricelist that is not included, you might have " -"wrong prices calculated for you. That's why we usually recommend companies " -"to only work with one price reference." -msgstr "" -"Обратите внимание, что может возникнуть ошибка: если вы устанавливаете схему" -" налогообложения по налогу, включенным в стоимость, но используете " -"прайслист, без включенного налога, для вас могут быть выбраны неправильные " -"цены. Вот почему мы обычно рекомендуем компаниям работать только с одним " -"ценовым референсом." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:3 -msgid "Manage cash basis taxes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The cash basis taxes are due when the payment has been done and not at the " -"validation of the invoice (as it is the case with standard taxes). Reporting" -" your income and expenses to the administration based on the cash basis " -"method is legal in some countries and under some conditions." -msgstr "" -"Налоги, начисленные кассовым методом, должны быть осуществлены после " -"осуществления платежа, а не при подтверждении счета-фактуры (как в случае с " -"обычными налогами). Отчет о ваших доходах и расходах на основе кассового " -"метода является законным в некоторых странах и при определенных условиях." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Example : You sell a product in the 1st quarter of your fiscal year and " -"receive the payment the 2nd quarter of your fiscal year. Based on the cash " -"basis method, the tax you have to pay to the administration is due for the " -"2nd quarter." -msgstr "" -"Пример: вы продаете товар в 1 квартале вашего финансового года и получаете " -"платеж во 2 квартале вашего финансового года. Исходя из кассового метода, " -"налог, который вы должны оплатить налоговой администрации, должно быть " -"оплачено в течение 2-го квартала." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:16 -msgid "How to configure cash basis taxes ?" -msgstr "Как настроить налоги, начисленные кассовым методом?" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:18 -msgid "" -"You first have to activate the setting in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Settings --> Allow Tax Cash Basis`. You will be asked to " -"define the Tax Cash Basis Journal." -msgstr "" -"Вы должны сначала активизировать настройки в :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Settings --> Allow Tax Cash Basis`. Вам будет предложено " -"определить журнал Налогов, начисленных кассовым методом." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Once this is done, you can configure your taxes in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. At first set the " -"proper transitional accounts to post taxes until you register the payment." -msgstr "" -"После того, как это будет сделано, вы можете настроить ваши налоги в " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. Сначала установите " -"необходимые счета транзакции для публикации налогов, пока вы не " -"зарегистрируете платеж." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:35 -msgid "" -"In the *Advanced Options* tab you will turn *Tax Due* to *Based on Payment*." -" You will then have to define the *Tax Received* account in which to post " -"the tax amount when the payment is received and the *Base Tax Received " -"Account* to post the base tax amount for an accurate tax report." -msgstr "" -"На вкладке * Дополнительные параметры * вы превратите * Налог на прибыль * в" -" * На основе платежа *. Тогда вам придется определить * Налоговый счет *, на" -" котором нужно размещать сумму налога при получении платежа, и * Счет " -"полученного базового налога *, чтобы разместить базовую сумму налога для " -"точного налогового отчета." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:45 -msgid "What is the impact of cash basis taxes in my accounting ?" -msgstr "Каково влияние налогов, начисленных кассовым методом, на мой бухучет?" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Let’s take an example. You make a sale of $100 with a 15% cash basis tax. " -"When you validate the customer invoice, the following entry is created in " -"your accounting:" -msgstr "" -"Давайте рассмотрим пример. Вы осуществляете продажу в размере 100 долларов с" -" 15% налогом, начисленным кассовым методом. Когда вы проверяете счет-фактуру" -" клиента, в вашем бухучета создается следующая запись:" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:52 -msgid "Customer Invoices Journal" -msgstr "Журнал счетов клиента" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 -msgid "**Debit**" -msgstr "** Дебет **" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 -msgid "**Credit**" -msgstr "** Кредит **" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:72 -msgid "Receivables $115" -msgstr "Полученные $ 115" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:82 -msgid "Temporary Tax Account $15" -msgstr "Временный налоговый счет $ 15" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:60 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:88 -msgid "Income Account $100" -msgstr "Счет дохода $ 100" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:63 -msgid "A few days later, you receive the payment:" -msgstr "Через несколько дней вы получаете платеж:" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:66 -msgid "Bank Journal" -msgstr "Журнал Банка" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:70 -msgid "Bank $115" -msgstr "Банк $ 115" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:75 -msgid "" -"When you reconcile the invoice and the payment, this entry is generated:" -msgstr "" -"Когда вы согласовываете счет-фактуру и платеж, создается следующая запись:" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:78 -msgid "Tax Cash Basis Journal" -msgstr "Журнал Налога на Наличной Основе " - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:84 -msgid "Tax Received Account $15" -msgstr "Счет полученного налога $ 15" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:92 -msgid "" -"The last two journal items are neutral but they are needed to insure correct" -" tax reports in Odoo with accurate base tax amounts. We advise to use a " -"default revenue account. The balance of this account will then always be at " -"zero." -msgstr "" -"Последние две статьи журнала являются нейтральными, но они необходимы для " -"обеспечения правильных налоговых отчетов в Odoo с точными базовыми суммами " -"налога. Советуем использовать счет дохода по умолчанию. Остаток этого счета " -"всегда будет на нуле." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:121 -msgid "Default Taxes" -msgstr "Налоги по умолчанию" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:5 -msgid "" -"**Default Taxes** define which :doc:`taxes <taxes>` are automatically " -"selected when there is no other indication about which tax to use. For " -"example, Odoo prefills the **Taxes** field with the Default Taxes when you " -"create a new product or add a new line on an invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:14 -msgid "" -":doc:`Fiscal Positions <fiscal_positions>` take the Default Tax into " -"account. Therefore, if a Fiscal Position is applied to an invoice, Odoo " -"applies the related tax instead of the Default Taxes, as mapped in the " -"Fiscal Position." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:21 -msgid "" -"**Default Taxes** are automatically set up according to the country selected" -" at the creation of your database, or when you set up a :doc:`Fiscal " -"Localization Package " -"<../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>` for your" -" company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:25 -msgid "" -"To change your **Default Taxes**, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes --> Default Taxes`, select the " -"appropriate taxes for your default **Sales Tax** and **Purchase Tax**, and " -"click on *Save*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Databases with multiple companies: the Default Taxes values are company-" -"specific." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:38 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:70 -msgid ":doc:`taxes`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:39 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:93 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:279 -msgid ":doc:`fiscal_positions`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:40 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:174 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:193 -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:125 -msgid "" -":doc:`../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:3 -msgid "Fiscal Positions (tax and account mapping)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Default taxes and accounts are set on products and customers to create new " -"transactions on the fly. However, you might have to use different taxes and " -"record the transactions on different accounts, according to your customers' " -"and providers' localizations and business types." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:9 -msgid "" -"**Fiscal Positions** allow you to create *sets of rules* to automatically " -"adapt the taxes and the accounts used for a transaction." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:16 -msgid "They can be applied in various ways:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:18 -msgid "" -":ref:`automatically applied, based on some rules " -"<fiscal_positions/automatic>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:19 -msgid ":ref:`manually applied on a transaction <fiscal_positions/partner>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:20 -msgid "" -":ref:`assigned to a partner, on its contact form " -"<fiscal_positions/transaction>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:23 -msgid "" -"A few Fiscal Positions are already preconfigured on your database, as part " -"of your :doc:`Fiscal Localization Package " -"<../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:30 -msgid "Tax and Account Mapping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:32 -msgid "" -"To edit or create a Fiscal Position, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`, and open the entry you want to modify " -"or click on *Create*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:35 -msgid "" -"The mapping of taxes and accounts is based on the default taxes and accounts" -" defined in the products' forms." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:38 -msgid "" -"To map to another tax or account, fill out the right column (**Tax to " -"Apply**/**Account to Use Instead**)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:40 -msgid "" -"To remove a tax, rather than replacing it with another, leave the field " -"**Tax to Apply** empty." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:41 -msgid "" -"To replace a tax with multiple other taxes, add multiple lines with the same" -" **Tax on Product**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:44 -msgid "" -"The mapping only works with *active* taxes. Therefore, make sure they are " -"active by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:50 -msgid "Automatic application" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:52 -msgid "" -"You can configure your Fiscal Positions to be applied automatically, " -"following a set of conditions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:54 -msgid "" -"To do so, open the Fiscal Position you want to modify and click on **Detect " -"Automatically**. You can configure a few conditions:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:57 -msgid "" -"**VAT Required**: The VAT number *must* be indicated in the customer's " -"contact form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:58 -msgid "" -"**Country Group** / **Country**: The Fiscal Position is applied to these " -"countries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Taxes on **eCommerce orders** are automatically updated once the visitor has" -" logged in or filled out their billing details." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:69 -msgid "" -"The Fiscal Positions' **sequence** - the order in which they are arranged - " -"defines which Fiscal Position to apply if the conditions are met in multiple" -" Fiscal Positions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:72 -msgid "" -"For example, if the first Fiscal Position targets *country A*, and the " -"second Fiscal Position targets a *Country Group* that also comprises " -"*country A*, only the first Fiscal Position will be applied to customers " -"from *country A*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:79 -msgid "Application" -msgstr "Приложение" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:84 -msgid "Assign a Fiscal Position to a partner" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:86 -msgid "" -"You can manually define which Fiscal Position must be used by default for a " -"specific partner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:88 -msgid "" -"To do so, open the partner's contact form, go to the **Sales & Purchase** " -"tab, edit the **Fiscal Position** field, and click on *Save*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:98 -msgid "Choose Fiscal Positions manually on Sales Orders, Invoices, and Bills" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:100 -msgid "" -"To manually select which Fiscal Position to use for a new Sales Order, " -"Invoice, or Bill, go to the **Other Info** tab and select the right **Fiscal" -" Position** *before* adding product lines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:110 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:281 -msgid ":doc:`taxcloud`" -msgstr ":doc:`taxcloud`" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:280 -msgid ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" -msgstr ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:3 -msgid "Manage withholding taxes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A withholding tax, also called a retention tax, is a government requirement " -"for the payer of a customer invoice to withhold or deduct tax from the " -"payment, and pay that tax to the government. In most jurisdictions, " -"withholding tax applies to employment income." -msgstr "" -"Налог на содержание является государственной требованием плательщика счета-" -"фактуры удерживать или отчислять налог от платежа и платить этот налог " -"правительства. В большинстве юрисдикций налогообложения взимается по налогу " -"на прибыль." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:10 -msgid "" -"With normal taxes, the tax is added to the subtotal to give you the total to" -" pay. As opposed to normal taxes, withholding taxes are deducted from the " -"amount to pay, as the tax will be paid by the customer." -msgstr "" -"С обычными налогами этот налог прилагается к итоговой суммы, чтобы вы ее " -"оплатили. В отличие от обычных налогов, налог на содержание взимается от " -"уплаты налога, поскольку он уплачивается заказчиком." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:14 -msgid "As, an example, in Colombia you may have the following invoice:" -msgstr "Например, в Колумбии вы можете иметь следующий счет-фактуру:" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:19 -msgid "" -"In this example, the **company** who sent the invoice owes $20 of taxes to " -"the **government** and the **customer** owes $10 of taxes to the " -"**government**." -msgstr "" -"В этом примере ** компания **, которая прислала счет, обязана ** " -"правительства ** 20 долларов налогов, а ** клиент ** обязан ** правительства" -" ** 10 долларов налогов." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:25 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, a withholding tax is defined by creating a negative tax. For a " -"retention of 10%, you would configure the following tax (accessible through " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Taxes`):" -msgstr "" -"В Odoo налог на содержание определяется путем создания отрицательного " -"налога. Для сохранения 10%, вы можете настроить следующий налог (доступен " -"через :menuselection:`Configuration --> Taxes`):" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:32 -msgid "" -"In order to make it appear as a retention on the invoice, you should set a " -"specific tax group **Retention** on your tax, in the **Advanced Options** " -"tab." -msgstr "" -"Для того, чтобы он отображался как сохранение в счете-фактуре, на вкладке **" -" Дополнительные параметры ** следует установить определенную группу налогов " -"** На содержание ** своего налога." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Once the tax is defined, you can use it in your products, sales order or " -"invoices." -msgstr "" -"После определения налога вы можете использовать его в своих товарах, заказах" -" на продажу или счетах-фактурах." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:43 -msgid "" -"If the retention is a percentage of a regular tax, create a Tax with a **Tax" -" Computation** as a **Tax Group** and set the two taxes in this group " -"(normal tax and retention)." -msgstr "" -"Если содержание является процентом от обычного налога, создайте налог с ** " -"налоговым расчетом ** как ** налоговую группу ** и установите два налога в " -"этой группе (обычный налог и на содержание)." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:48 -msgid "Applying retention taxes on invoices" -msgstr "Применение налога на содержание в счетах-фактурах" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Once your tax is created, you can use it on customer forms, sales order or " -"customer invoices. You can apply several taxes on a single customer invoice " -"line." -msgstr "" -"Когда ваш налог будет создан, вы можете использовать его по форме заказчика," -" заказы на продажу или счета-фактуры для клиентов. Вы можете подать " -"несколько налогов на одну строку счета-фактуры клиента." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:58 -msgid "" -"When you see the customer invoice on the screen, you get only a **Taxes " -"line** summarizing all the taxes (normal taxes & retentions). But when you " -"print or send the invoice, Odoo does the correct grouping amongst all the " -"taxes." -msgstr "" -"Когда вы видите счет клиента на экране, вы получаете только налоговый " -"строку, обобщая все налоги (обычные налоги и на содержание). Но когда вы " -"распечатываете или посылаете счет-фактуру, Odoo делает правильную группу " -"среди всех налогов." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:63 -msgid "The printed invoice will show the different amounts in each tax group." -msgstr "" -"В распечатанном счета отображаться различные суммы в каждой налоговой " -"группе." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:3 -msgid "Get correct tax rates in the United States using TaxCloud" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The **TaxCloud** integration allows you to correctly calculate the sales tax" -" for every address in the United States and keeps track of which products " -"are exempt from sales tax and in which states each exemption applies. " -"TaxCloud calculates sales tax in real-time for every state, city, and " -"special jurisdiction in the United States." -msgstr "" -"Интеграция ** TaxCloud ** позволяет правильно рассчитывать налог продаж для " -"каждого адреса в США и следит, какая продукция освобождается от налога с " -"продаж и в каких штатах применяется каждое увольнение. TaxCloud вычисляет " -"налог с продаж в режиме реального времени для каждого штата, города и " -"специальной юрисдикции в Соединенных Штатах." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:15 -msgid "In TaxCloud" -msgstr "В TaxCloud" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Create a free account on `TaxCloud <https://taxcloud.com/#register>`__ " -"website." -msgstr "" -"Создайте бесплатный аккаунт на сайте `TaxCloud " -"<https://taxcloud.com/#register> `__." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Register your Odoo website on TaxCloud to get an *API ID* and an *API Key*." -msgstr "" -"Зарегистрируйте ваш сайт Odoo на TaxCloud, чтобы получить * API ID * и * " -"Ключ API *." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:23 -msgid "" -"In Settings on TaxCloud, click *Locations* to enter the location of your " -"Office(s) & Warehouse(s)." -msgstr "" -"В настройках на TaxCloud нажмите * Адрес *, чтобы ввести местонахождение " -"вашего офиса и склада." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:24 -msgid "" -"In Settings on TaxCloud, click *Manage Tax States* to verify the states " -"where you collect sales tax." -msgstr "" -"В настройках на TaxCloud, нажмите * Управление штатами налога * чтобы " -"проверить штаты, где вы собираете налог с продаж." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:27 -msgid "In Odoo" -msgstr "В Odoo" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Invoicing / Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`" -" and check *TaxCloud - Compute tax rates based on U.S. ZIP codes* (note: " -"actually uses complete street address)." -msgstr "" -"Перейдите в :menuselection:`Invoicing / Accounting --> Configuration --> " -"Settings` и отметьте * TaxCloud - Вычислять налоговые ставки на основе " -"индекса США * (запишите: фактически использует полный адрес улице)." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:30 -msgid "Enter your TaxCloud credentials." -msgstr "Введите учетные данные TaxCloud." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:31 -msgid "Click SAVE to store your credentials." -msgstr "Нажмите СОХРАНИТЬ, чтобы сохранить ваши учетные данные." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Click the Refresh Icon next to *Default Category* to import the TIC product " -"categories from TaxCloud (Taxability Information Codes). Some categories may" -" imply specific rates or attract product/service type exemptions." -msgstr "" -"Нажмите на иконку Обновления у * Категория по умолчанию * для импорта " -"категорий товара с TaxCloud (Информационные коды налогообложения). Некоторые" -" категории могут предусматривать определенные ставки или привлекать " -"исключения в отношении товаров / услуг." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Select your default *TIC Code*. This will apply to any new product created." -msgstr "" -"Выберите ваш * TIC код * по умолчанию. Это будет применен к любым вновь " -"товаров." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Set a specific TaxCloud TIC Category on the *General Information* tab of the" -" Product, or on the Product Category." -msgstr "" -"Установите конкретную категорию TaxCloud TIC на вкладке товара * Общая " -"информация * или в категории товара." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Make sure your company address is complete (including the state and the zip " -"code). Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies` " -"to open and edit your Company record." -msgstr "" -"Убедитесь, что адрес вашей компании заполнена (включая область и индекс). " -"Перейдите к :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies`, " -"чтобы открыть и редактировать запись вашей компании." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:47 -msgid "How it works" -msgstr "Как это работает" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Salestax is calculated in Odoo based on fiscal positions (see " -":doc:`fiscal_positions`). A Fiscal Position for the United States is created" -" when installing *TaxCloud*. Everything works out-of-the-box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:54 -msgid "" -"You can configure Odoo to automtically detect which Customers should use " -"this fiscal position. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " -"--> Fiscal Positions` to open and edit the record." -msgstr "" -"Вы можете настроить Odoo для автоматического определения, клиенты должны " -"использовать эту схему налогообложения. Откройте :menuselection:`Accounting " -"--> Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`, чтобы открыть и редактировать " -"записи." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Now, this fiscal position is automatically set on any sales order, web " -"order, or invoice when the customer country is *United States*. This " -"triggers the automated tax computation." -msgstr "" -"Теперь эта схема налогообложения автоматически устанавливается на любом " -"заказ на продажу, веб-заказе, или счета, если страна клиента - * США *. Это " -"запускает автоматическое расчета налога." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Add your product(s). You have two options to get Sales Tax on the Order. " -"You can confirm it, or you can save it and from the *Action* Menu choose " -"**Update Taxes with TaxCloud**." -msgstr "" -"Добавьте ваш товар (ы). У вас есть две опции, чтобы получить налог продажи в" -" заказе. Вы можете подтвердить это или вы можете сохранить это, а в меню * " -"Действие * выбрать ** Обновить налоги с TaxCloud **." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:73 -msgid "Coupons & Promotions" -msgstr "Купоны & акции" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:75 -msgid "" -"If you use the Coupon or Promotion Programs, the integration with Taxcloud " -"might seem a bit odd." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:77 -msgid "" -"The problem lies with the fact that Taxcloud does not accept lines with " -"negative amounts as part of the tax computation. This means that the amount " -"of the lines added by the promotion program must be deduced from the total " -"of the lines it impacts. This means, amongst other complications, that " -"orders that use coupons or promotions with a Taxcloud fiscal position " -"**must** be invoiced completely - you cannot create invoices for partial " -"deliveries, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Another specific oddity is possible in the UI: imagine that you sell a " -"product from the Taxcloud category *[20110] Computers* and that you have a " -"promotion program in place that provides a 50% discount on this product. If " -"the tax rate for this particular product is 7%, the tax rate that will be " -"computed from the Taxcloud integration will display 3.5%. This happens " -"because the discount is included in the price that is sent to Taxcloud, but " -"in Odoo this discount is in another line entirely. At the end of the day, " -"your tax computation will be correct (since a 3.5% tax on the full price is " -"the equivalent of a 7% tax on half the price), but this might be surprising " -"from a user point of view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:5 -msgid "" -"There are numerous types of **taxes**, and their application varies greatly," -" depending mostly on your company's localization. To make sure they are " -"recorded with accuracy, Odoo's tax engine supports all kinds of uses and " -"computations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:12 -msgid "Activate Sales Taxes from the List view" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:14 -msgid "" -"As part of your :doc:`Fiscal Localization Package " -"<../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>`, most of" -" your country's sales taxes are already preconfigured on your database. " -"However, only a few of them are activated by default, so that you can " -"activate only the ones relevant for your business." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:19 -msgid "" -"To activate Sale Taxes, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " -"--> Taxes` and use the *Activate* toggle button to activate or deactivate a " -"tax." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:31 -msgid "" -"To edit or create a **Tax**, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Taxes` and open a tax or click on *Create*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Taxes have three different labels, each one having a specific use. Refer to " -"the following table to see where they are displayed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:45 -msgid ":ref:`Tax Name <taxes/name>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:45 -msgid ":ref:`Label on Invoice <taxes/label-invoices>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:45 -msgid ":ref:`Tax Group <taxes/tax-group>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:48 -msgid "Back end" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:48 -msgid "*Taxes* column on exported invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:48 -msgid "Above the *Total* line on exported invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:53 -msgid "Basic Options" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:58 -msgid "Tax Name" -msgstr "Наименование Налога" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:60 -msgid "" -"The **Tax Name** as you want to display it for backend users. This is the " -":ref:`label <taxes/labels>` you see while editing Sales Orders, Invoices, " -"Products, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:66 -msgid "Tax Computation" -msgstr "Расчет Налога" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:68 -msgid "**Group of Taxes**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:70 -msgid "" -"The tax is a combination of multiple sub-taxes. You can add as many taxes " -"you want, in the order you want them to be applied." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:74 -msgid "" -"Make sure that the tax sequence is correct, as the order in which they are " -"may impact the taxes' amounts computation, especially if one of the taxes " -":ref:`affects the base of the subsequent ones <taxes/base-subsequent>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:78 -msgid "**Fixed**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:80 -msgid "" -"The tax has a fixed amount in the default currency. The amount remains the " -"same, regardless of the Sales Price." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:83 -msgid "" -"For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *$10 " -"fixed* tax. We then have:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:231 -msgid "Product's Sales Price" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:231 -msgid "Price without tax" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:231 -msgid "Tax" -msgstr "Налог" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:231 -msgid "Total" -msgstr "Всего" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:89 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:89 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:104 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:104 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:118 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:118 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:234 -msgid "1,000" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:89 -msgid "10" -msgstr "10" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:89 -msgid "1,010.00" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:92 -msgid "**Percentage of Price**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:94 -msgid "" -"The *Sales Price* is the taxable basis: the tax's amount is computed by " -"multiplying the Sales Price by the tax's percentage." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:97 -msgid "" -"For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *10% of " -"Price* tax. We then have:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:104 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 -msgid "100" -msgstr "100" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:104 -msgid "1,100.00" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:107 -msgid "**Percentage of Price Tax Included**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:109 -msgid "" -"The *Total* is the taxable basis: the tax's amount is a percentage of the " -"Total." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:111 -msgid "" -"For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *10% of " -"Price Tax Included* tax. We then have:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:118 -msgid "111.11" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:118 -msgid "1,111.11" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:124 -msgid "Active" -msgstr "Активно" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:126 -msgid "Only **Active** taxes can be added to new documents." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:129 -msgid "" -"It is not possible to delete taxes that have already been used. Instead, you" -" can deactivate them to prevent future use." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:133 -msgid "" -"This field can be modified from the *List View*. See :ref:`above " -"<taxes/list_activation>` for more information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:139 -msgid "Tax Scope" -msgstr "Сфера Действия Налога" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:141 -msgid "" -"The **Tax Scope** determines the tax's application, which also restricts " -"where it is displayed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:143 -msgid "**Sales**: Customer Invoices, Product's Customer Taxes, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:144 -msgid "**Purchase**: Vendor Bills, Product's Vendor Taxes, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:145 -msgid "**None**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:148 -msgid "" -"You can use **None** for taxes that you want to include in a :ref:`Group of " -"Taxes <taxes/computation>` but that you don't want to list along with other " -"Sales or Purchase taxes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:154 -msgid "Definition tab" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:156 -msgid "" -"Allocate with precision the amount of the taxable basis or percentages of " -"the computed tax to multiple accounts and Tax Grids." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:163 -msgid "**Based On**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:165 -msgid "Base: the price on the invoice line" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:166 -msgid "% of tax: a percentage of the computed tax." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:168 -msgid "**Account**: if defined, an additional Journal Item is recorded." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:169 -msgid "" -"**Tax Grids**: used to generate :doc:`Tax Reports " -"<../../reporting/declarations/tax_returns>` automatically, according to your" -" country's regulations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:175 -msgid "Advanced Options tab" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:180 -msgid "Label on Invoices" -msgstr "Обозначение на Счет-фактурах" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:182 -msgid "" -"The label of the tax, as displayed on each invoice line in the **Taxes** " -"column. This is the :ref:`label <taxes/labels>` visible to *front end* " -"users, on exported invoices, on their Customer Portals, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:193 -msgid "Tax Group" -msgstr "Группа Налога" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:195 -msgid "" -"Select to which **Tax Group** the tax belongs. The Tax Group name is the " -":ref:`label <taxes/labels>` displayed above the *Total* line on exported " -"invoices, and the Customer Portals." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:198 -msgid "" -"Tax groups include different iterations of the same tax. This can be useful " -"when you must record differently the same tax according to :doc:`Fiscal " -"Positions <fiscal_positions>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:205 -msgid "" -"In the example above, we see a 0% tax for Intra-Community customers in " -"Europe. It records amounts on specific accounts and with specific tax grids." -" Still, to the customer, it is a 0% tax. That's why the :ref:`Label on the " -"Invoice <taxes/label-invoices>` indicates *0% EU*, and the Tax Group name, " -"above the *Total* line, indicates *0%*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:213 -msgid "Include in Analytic Cost" -msgstr "Включить в аналитику затрат" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:215 -msgid "" -"With this option activated, the tax's amount is assigned to the same " -"**Analytic Account** as the invoice line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:221 -msgid "Included in Price" -msgstr "Включено в Цену" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:223 -msgid "" -"With this option activated, the total (including the tax) equals the **Sales" -" Price**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:225 -msgid ":dfn:`Total = Sales Price = Computed Tax-Excluded price + Tax`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:227 -msgid "" -"For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *10% of " -"Price* tax, which is *included in the price*. We then have:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:234 -msgid "900.10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:234 -msgid "90.9" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:234 -msgid "1,000.00" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:238 -msgid "" -"If you need to define prices accurately, both tax-included and tax-excluded," -" please refer to the following documentation: :doc:`B2B_B2C`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:242 -msgid "" -"**Invoices**: By default, the Line Subtotals displayed on your invoices are " -"*Tax-Excluded*. To display *Tax-Included* Line Subtotals, go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Customer " -"Invoices`, and select *Tax-Included* in the **Line Subtotals Tax Display** " -"field, then click on *Save*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:246 -msgid "" -"**eCommerce**: By default, the prices displayed on your eCommerce website " -"are *Tax-Excluded*. To display *Tax-Included* prices, go to " -":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Pricing`, and " -"select *Tax-Included* in the **Product Prices** field, then click on *Save*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:253 -msgid "Affect Base of Subsequent Taxes" -msgstr "База для начисления налогов" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:255 -msgid "" -"With this option, the total tax-included becomes the taxable basis for the " -"other taxes applied to the same product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:258 -msgid "" -"You can configure a new :ref:`Group of Taxes <taxes/computation>` to include" -" this tax, or add it directly to a product line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:266 -msgid "" -"The order in which you add the taxes on a product line has no effect on how " -"amounts are computed. If you add taxes directly on a product line, only the " -"tax sequence determines the order in which they are applied." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:270 -msgid "" -"To reorder the sequence, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " -"--> Taxes`, and drag and drop the lines with the handles next to the tax " -"names." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:282 -msgid ":doc:`../../reporting/declarations/tax_returns`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:3 -msgid "VIES VAT numbers validation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:5 -msgid "" -"**VAT Information Exchange System** - abbreviated **VIES** - is a tool " -"provided by the European Commission that allows you to check the validity of" -" VAT numbers of companies registered in the European Union." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Odoo provides a feature to **Verify VAT Numbers** when you save a contact. " -"This helps you make sure that your contacts provided you with a valid VAT " -"number without leaving Odoo interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:15 -msgid "" -"To enable this feature, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " -"--> Settings --> Taxes`, enable the **Verify VAT Numbers** feature, and " -"click on *Save*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:23 -msgid "VAT Number validation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Whenever you create or modify a contact, make sure to fill out the " -"**Country** and **VAT** fields." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:31 -msgid "" -"When you click on *Save*, Odoo runs a VIES VAT number check, and displays an" -" error message if the VAT number is invalid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:39 -msgid "" -"This tool checks the VAT number's validity but does not check the other " -"fields' validity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:43 -msgid "" -"`European Commission: VIES search engine " -"<https://ec.europa.eu/taxation_customs/vies/vatRequest.html>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:109 msgid "Others" msgstr "Другие" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser.rst:3 msgid "Adviser" msgstr "Консультант" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:3 msgid "Manage a financial budget" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:8 msgid "" "Managing budgets is an essential part of running a business. Budgets help " "people become more intentional with the way money is spent and direct people" @@ -12195,7 +10513,7 @@ msgstr "" "результат, а затем оценить фактическую эффективность работы по плану. Odoo " "управляет бюджетами, используя как общие, так и аналитические счета." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:15 msgid "" "We will use the following example to illustrate. We just started a project " "with Smith&Co and we would like to budget the incomes and expenses of that " @@ -12206,7 +10524,7 @@ msgstr "" "проект по Smith & Co, и хотели бы бюджетировать доходы и расходы этого " "проекта. Мы планируем иметь доход от 1000, и не хотим тратить более 700." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:23 msgid "" "First we need to install the relevant apps to use budgeting. The main module" " is the accounting app. Go in the app module and install the **Accounting " @@ -12216,7 +10534,7 @@ msgstr "" "бюджета. Основным модулем является Бухучет. Перейдите в модуль приложений и " "установите приложение ** Бухучет и финансы **." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:30 msgid "" "Further configuration is as well necessary. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting" " module --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable the **Budget management**" @@ -12226,11 +10544,11 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Accounting module --> Configuration --> Settings` и включите" " ** Управление бюджетом **." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:38 msgid "Budgetary Positions" msgstr "Бюджетные статьи" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:40 msgid "" "Budgetary positions are lists of accounts for which you want to keep budgets" " (typically expense or income accounts). They need to be defined so Odoo can" @@ -12240,7 +10558,7 @@ msgstr "" "правило, счета расходов или доходов). Их нужно определить, чтобы Odoo смогла" " знать, какие счета ему нужно получить, чтобы получить информацию о бюджете." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:45 msgid "" "The budgetary positions act as a type of restriction on what can be recorded" " in the 'practical amount' column in a budget." @@ -12248,7 +10566,7 @@ msgstr "" "Бюджетные позиции выступают типу ограничения относительно того, что может " "быть записано в графе "практическая сумма" в бюджете." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:48 msgid "" "Each budgetary position can have any number of accounts from the general " "ledger (the main chart of accounts) assigned to it, though it must have at " @@ -12258,7 +10576,7 @@ msgstr "" "бухгалтерской книги (основного плана счетов), присвоенной ей, хотя она " "должна иметь хотя бы одну." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:51 msgid "" "If you record a transaction that has an analytic account assigned to it that" " *is* included in a budget line but one of the general ledger accounts *is " @@ -12271,14 +10589,14 @@ msgstr "" "отображаться в пределах колонки "практическая сумма" этого " "бюджетного строки." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:56 msgid "" "Some budgetary positions might be already installed with your chart of " "accounts." msgstr "" "Некоторые бюджетные позиции могут быть уже установлены в вашем плане счетов." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:59 msgid "" "To define the positions enter the :menuselection:`Accounting module --> " "Configuration --> Budgetary Positions`." @@ -12286,7 +10604,7 @@ msgstr "" "Чтобы определить позиции, введите :menuselection:`Accounting module --> " "Configuration --> Budgetary Positions`." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:62 msgid "" "For our example we need to define what accounts relates to our project's " "expenses. Create a position and add items to select the accounts." @@ -12294,7 +10612,7 @@ msgstr "" "Для нашего примера нам нужно определить, какие счета касающиеся расходов " "нашего проекта. Создайте позицию и добавьте элементы, чтобы выбрать счета." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:68 msgid "" "In this case we select the three relevant accounts used wherein we will book" " our expenses." @@ -12302,15 +10620,15 @@ msgstr "" "В этом случае мы выбираем три соответствующие счета, в которых мы будем " "заказывать наши расходы." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:74 msgid "Click on *Select*." msgstr "Нажмите на * Выбрать *." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:79 msgid "Save the changes to confirm your Budgetary position." msgstr "Сохраните изменения, чтобы подтвердить свою позицию бюджета." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:81 msgid "" "Repeat this steps to create a revenue budgetary position. Only in this case " "select the relevant income accounts." @@ -12318,11 +10636,11 @@ msgstr "" "Повторите эти шаги, чтобы создать позицию бюджета. Только в этом случае " "выберите соответствующие счета на прибыль." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:85 msgid "Analytical account" msgstr "аналитический счет" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:87 msgid "" "Odoo needs to know which costs or expenses are relevant to a specified " "budget. To do so we need to link our invoices and expenses to a defined " @@ -12338,11 +10656,11 @@ msgstr "" "Accounts --> Open Charts`. Создайте новый счет под названием проект Smith " "& Co и выберите связанного партнера." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:98 msgid "Set a budget" msgstr "установите бюджет" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:100 msgid "" "Let's now set our targets for our budget. We specified that we expect to " "gain 1000 with this project and we would like not to spend more than 700." @@ -12350,7 +10668,7 @@ msgstr "" "Давайте теперь установим наши цели для нашего бюджета. Мы отметили, что мы " "планируем получить 1000 из этого проекта, и мы не хотим тратить более 700." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:104 msgid "" "To set those targets, enter the accounting app, select " ":menuselection:`Advisers --> Budgets` and create a new Budget." @@ -12358,7 +10676,7 @@ msgstr "" "Чтобы установить эти цели, введите приложение бухучета, выберите " ":menuselection:`Advisers --> Budgets` и создайте новый бюджет" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:107 msgid "" "We have to give a name to the budget. In this case we'll call it \"Smith " "Project\". Select the period wherein the budget will be applicable. Next add" @@ -12368,7 +10686,7 @@ msgstr "" "Выберите период, в котором будет применяться бюджет. Далее добавьте элемент," " чтобы указать цели в строке бюджета." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:114 msgid "" "Select the Budgetary Position related to the Budget Line. In other words, " "select the position that points to the accounts you want to budget. In this " @@ -12384,7 +10702,7 @@ msgstr "" "стоимость, нам нужно указать ** негативную сумму **. Наконец, выберите " "соответствующий аналитический счет." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:124 msgid "" "Click on **Save & new** to input the revenue budget. The Budgetary Position " "is Revenue and the Planned Amount is 1000. Save and close" @@ -12392,15 +10710,15 @@ msgstr "" "Нажмите кнопку ** Сохранить и новый **, чтобы ввести бюджет дохода. Позиция " "бюджета - доход, а запланированная сумма - 1000. Сохраните и закройте." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:127 msgid "You'll need to **Confirm** and **Approve** the budget." msgstr "Вам нужно будет ** подтвердить ** и ** утвердить ** бюджет." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:130 msgid "Check your budget" msgstr "Проверьте свой бюджет" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:132 msgid "" "You can check your budget at any time. To see the evolution, let's book some" " Invoices and Vendors Bills." @@ -12408,23 +10726,23 @@ msgstr "" "Вы можете проверить свой бюджет в любое время. Чтобы увидеть эволюцию, " "давайте составим несколько счетов-фактур и счетов поставщиков." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:136 msgid "" "If you use analytical accounts remember that you need to specify the account" " in the invoice and/or purchase line." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:140 msgid "" "For more information about booking invoices and purchase orders see " ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/overview`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:143 msgid "Go back in the budget list and find the Smith Project." msgstr "Вернитесь в список бюджетов и найдите проект Smith." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:145 msgid "" "Via the analytical account, Odoo can account the invoice lines and purchase " "lines booked in the accounts and will display them in the **Practical " @@ -12434,7 +10752,7 @@ msgstr "" " покупки, забронированные в счетах, и отражать их в столбце ** Фактическая " "сумма **." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:153 msgid "" "The theoretical amount represents the amount of money you theoretically " "could have spend / should have received in function of the date. When your " @@ -12443,15 +10761,15 @@ msgid "" " that could have been realised." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic.rst:3 msgid "Analytic" msgstr "Аналитический" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:3 msgid "Track costs of purchases, expenses, subcontracting" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:8 msgid "" "Thanks to analytical accounting we can track costs of purchases, expenses " "and subcontracting in the accounting module." @@ -12459,7 +10777,7 @@ msgstr "" "Благодаря аналитическом бухучета мы можем отслеживать стоимость закупки, " "расходы и субподряд в модуле бухгалтерского учета." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:11 msgid "" "We'll take the following example. We sold a consulting package for a " "customer. The package is all inclusive meaning no extra cost can be added. " @@ -12473,7 +10791,7 @@ msgstr "" "транзакции, поскольку нам нужно оплатить покупки, расходы и расходы на " "субподряд, связанные с проектом." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:20 msgid "" "The following modules needs to be installed to track cost. Enter the app " "module and install the following apps:" @@ -12481,7 +10799,7 @@ msgstr "" "Для отслеживания стоимости нужно установить следующие модули. Введите модуль" " приложений и установите следующие программы:" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:28 msgid "" "Please note that the applications provided by these apps only allows us to " "**track** the costs. We won't be able to automatically re invoice those " @@ -12493,11 +10811,11 @@ msgstr "" "отслеживать расходы на ** выставления счетов ** и перечислить их, нужно " "также установить приложение для управления продажами." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:37 msgid "Enable Analytical accounting" msgstr "Включите аналитический учет" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:39 msgid "" "Next step is to activate the analytical accounting. In the accounting app, " "select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and thick the Analytic " @@ -12507,7 +10825,7 @@ msgstr "" "бухучета выберите :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` и разверните " "раздел Аналитический бухучет." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:46 msgid "" "Moreover, scroll down and tick the **Analytic accounting for purchases** " "box." @@ -12515,15 +10833,15 @@ msgstr "" "Кроме того, прокрутите вниз и отметьте пункт ** Аналитический бухучет для " "покупок **." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:52 msgid "Don't forget to save your changes." msgstr "Не забудьте сохранить изменения." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:55 msgid "Create an Analytical account." msgstr "Создайте Аналитический бухучет" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:57 msgid "" "First of all you should create an Analytical account on which you can point " "all your expenses. Enter the accounting app, select " @@ -12536,16 +10854,16 @@ msgstr "" " случае мы называем это "пакет консультаций" для нашего клиента " "Smith & Co." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:65 msgid "We will point all our costs to this account to keep track of them." msgstr "" "Мы будем указывать все наши расходы на этот учет, чтобы следить за ними." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:68 msgid "Record an expense" msgstr "Запишите расходы" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:70 msgid "" "We start by booking an expense. Our IT technician had to take a train to go " "see our customer. He paid for his ticket himself." @@ -12553,11 +10871,11 @@ msgstr "" "Начнем с регистрации расходов. Наш ИТ-специалист должен был поехать поездом," " чтобы увидеть нашего клиента. Он сам заплатил за свой билет." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:75 msgid "Create an expense product" msgstr "Создайте затратный товар" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:77 msgid "" "We first need to create an expense product. Enter the **Expense** module, " "Click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Expense Products`. Create a new " @@ -12569,11 +10887,11 @@ msgstr "" "новый продукт под названием билет на поезд и установите себестоимость до " "15,50 евро. Убедитесь, что обозначено строку ** Может быть потрачен **." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:86 msgid "Book the expense" msgstr "зарегистрируйте расходы" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:88 msgid "" "Enter the Expense module, click on :menuselection:`My expenses --> Create`. " "Select the Train ticket product and link it to the analytical account " @@ -12583,7 +10901,7 @@ msgstr "" "Выберите товар Билет на поезд и свяжите его с аналитическим бухучету, " "описанным выше." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:95 msgid "" "Submit to manager and wait for the manager to approve and post the journal " "entries." @@ -12591,15 +10909,15 @@ msgstr "" "Отправьте менеджеру и подождите, пока менеджер утвердит и опубликует записи " "журнала." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:99 msgid "Create a Purchase Order linked to the analytical account" msgstr "Создайте заказ на покупку, связанное с аналитическим бухучету" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:102 msgid "Purchase Product" msgstr "покупки товара" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:104 msgid "" "We also need to buy a software for our customers. In the purchase app create" " a purchase order for the software product. Within the line we can link the " @@ -12612,7 +10930,7 @@ msgstr "" "Укажите строку заказа и выберите правильный аналитический счет. Подтвердите " "продажу." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:113 msgid "" "Accept the delivery and enter the invoice. Once the invoice is entered the " "cost price (**Vendor Price** field) will be booked in the analytical " @@ -12622,11 +10940,11 @@ msgstr "" "себестоимость (поле ** Цена поставщика **) будет зачислена на аналитический " "бухучет." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:117 msgid "Subcontracting" msgstr "субподряд" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:119 msgid "" "The purchase module can be used in the same way as seen previously to handle" " subcontracting. if we purchase a service from another company we can re " @@ -12639,16 +10957,16 @@ msgstr "" "правильный аналитический бухучет. Нам просто нужно создать правильный товар " "поставщика." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:126 msgid "You can also track cost with timesheets, see: :doc:`timesheets`" msgstr "" "Вы также можете отслеживать стоимость табелю, смотрите:: doc: `timesheets`" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:129 msgid "Track costs in accounting" msgstr "Отслеживайте расходы в бухучете" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:131 msgid "" "Now that everything is booked and points to the analytical account. Simply " "open it to check the costs related to that account." @@ -12656,7 +10974,7 @@ msgstr "" "Теперь все, что регистрируется, указывает на аналитический бухучет. Просто " "откройте его, чтобы проверить расходы, связанные с этим счетом." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:134 msgid "" "Enter the accounting module, click on :menuselection:`Advisers --> Analytic " "Accounts --> Open Charts`." @@ -12664,7 +10982,7 @@ msgstr "" "Введите модуль бухгалтерского учета, нажмите кнопку :menuselection:`Advisers" " --> Analytic Accounts --> Open Charts`." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:137 msgid "" "Select \"consulting pack - Smith\" and click on the cost and revenue button " "to have an overview of all cost linked to the account." @@ -12672,7 +10990,7 @@ msgstr "" "Выберите "пакет консультаций - Smith" и нажмите кнопку Стоимость и" " доход, чтобы просмотреть все расходы, связанные с учетом." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:144 msgid "" "If you would like to have the revenue as well you should invoice the " "Consulting Pack in the Invoice menu and link the invoice line to this same " @@ -12682,11 +11000,11 @@ msgstr "" "меню "Счет-фактура" и связать строку счета с этим аналитическим " "учетной записью." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:3 msgid "Track costs of human resources with timesheets" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:5 msgid "" "Human resource of course has a cost. It is interesting to see how much a " "particular contract costs the company in term of human power in relation to " @@ -12696,7 +11014,7 @@ msgstr "" "конкретный договор стоит перед компанией в терминах человеческой силы в " "отношении суммы, подлежащие оплате." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:9 msgid "" "We will take the following example: Our two employees **Harry Potter** and " "**Cedric Digory** both work on a **Consultancy pack** for our customer " @@ -12710,7 +11028,7 @@ msgstr "" "составляет 12 € в час. Мы хотели бы отслеживать расходы в приложении " "бухучета и сравнивать их с доходами консультационной услуги." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:18 msgid "" "First, install the three applications necessary to use this functionality, " "namely **Accounting**, **Sales** and **Timesheet**. Enter the apps module " @@ -12720,7 +11038,7 @@ msgstr "" "функции, а именно ** Бухучет **, ** Продажи ** и ** Табели **. Введите " "название модулей и установите их." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:31 msgid "" "Next you will need to enable analytical accounting. To do so enter the " "**Accounting app**. Select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and " @@ -12731,15 +11049,15 @@ msgstr "" "Settings` и отметьте опцию ** Аналитический бухучет ** (см. Изображение " "ниже)." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:38 msgid "Apply your changes." msgstr "Примените изменения." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:41 msgid "Create an employee" msgstr "создайте сотрудника" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:43 msgid "" "In order to check the revenue of an employee you need to have one. To create" " an employee enter the **Employee** app. Select **Employees** and create a " @@ -12749,7 +11067,7 @@ msgstr "" "введите приложение ** Сотрудник **. Выберите ** Сотрудники ** и создайте " "нового сотрудника, введите имя и основную информацию." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:47 msgid "" "On the employee sheet enter the **HR settings** tab. Here you are able to " "specify the **Timesheet Cost** of your employee. In this case Harry has a " @@ -12759,7 +11077,7 @@ msgstr "" "можете указать ** Стоимость табеля ** своего сотрудника. В этом случае Гарри" " имеет стоимость 18 евро / час. Таким образом, мы заполним 18 в этом поле." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:55 msgid "" "If you want the employee to be able to enter timesheets he needs to be " "related to a User." @@ -12767,7 +11085,7 @@ msgstr "" "Если вы хотите, чтобы работник мог вводить расписание, он должен быть связан" " с пользователем." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:58 msgid "" "Repeat the operation to create the Cedric Digory employee. Don't forget to " "specify its related user and **Timesheet Costs**." @@ -12775,11 +11093,11 @@ msgstr "" "Повторите операцию, чтобы создать работника Седрик Диггори. Не забудьте " "указать связанные с ним пользователи и ** Стоимость табеля **." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:62 msgid "Issue a Sales Order" msgstr "Оформите заказ на продажу" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:64 msgid "" "We created two employees called Harry Potter and Cedric Diggory in the " "**Employee** app. Both of them will work on a consultancy contract for our " @@ -12790,7 +11108,7 @@ msgstr "" "контракте с нашим клиентом Smith & Co, где они указывают свои часы в " "расписании." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:68 msgid "" "We thus need to create a **sales order** with a **service** product invoiced" " **based on time and material** and tracked by timesheets with **hours** as " @@ -12800,13 +11118,14 @@ msgstr "" "который выставлен счет ** основан на времени и материале **, и отслеживается" " табелю с ** часами ** как единица измерений." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:75 msgid "" "For more information on how to create a sales order based on time and " -"material please see :doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/time_materials`." +"material please see " +":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:78 msgid "" "We save a Sales Order with the service product **External Consulting**. An " "analytical account will automatically be generated once the **Sales Order** " @@ -12820,11 +11139,11 @@ msgstr "" " счет (в этом случае ** SO002-Smith & Co **), чтобы иметь возможность " "выставлять счета за часы (см. Изображение ниже)." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:88 msgid "Fill in timesheet" msgstr "заполните табель" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:90 msgid "" "As an employee linked to a user, Harry can enter the **Timesheet** app and " "specify his timesheets for the contract. Logged on Harry's account we enter " @@ -12836,11 +11155,11 @@ msgstr "" "заходим в приложение ** Табель ** и вводим детальный строку, указывающий на " "** аналитический бухучет **, описанный выше." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:95 msgid "Harry worked three hours on a SWOT analysis for Smith&Co." msgstr "Гарри работал 3:00 на SWOT-анализе для Smith & Co." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:100 msgid "" "In the meantime, Cedric discussed businesses needs with the customer for 1 " "hour and specified it as well in his personal timesheet, pointing as well on" @@ -12850,7 +11169,7 @@ msgstr "" "ее также в своей личной табели, указывая также в ** Аналитическом бухучета " "**." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:104 msgid "" "In the **Sales Order** we notice that the delivered amounts of hours is " "automatically computed (see picture below)." @@ -12858,11 +11177,11 @@ msgstr "" "В ** Заявке на продажу ** мы замечаем, что количество доставленных часов " "автоматически вычисляется (см. Изображение ниже)." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:111 msgid "Analytic accounting" msgstr "Аналитический учёт" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:113 msgid "" "Thanks to analytic accounts we are able to have an overview of HR cost and " "revenues. All the revenues and cost of this transactions have been " @@ -12872,15 +11191,15 @@ msgstr "" "персонала. Все доходы и стоимость этих операций зарегистрированы на счету **" " SO002-Smith & Co **." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:117 msgid "We can use two methods to analyze this situation." msgstr "Мы можем использовать два способа анализа этой ситуации." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:120 msgid "Without filters" msgstr "без фильтров" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:122 msgid "" "If we pointed all our costs and revenues of the project on the correct " "analytical account we can easily retrieve the cost and revenues related to " @@ -12892,7 +11211,7 @@ msgstr "" "этим аналитическому счету. Введите модуль * Бухучет * выберите " ":menuselection:`Adviser --> Analytic Accounts --> Open Charts`." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:127 msgid "" "Note : you can specify a period for **Analysis**. If you want to open the " "current situation you should keep the fields empty. We can already note the " @@ -12902,7 +11221,7 @@ msgstr "" "открыть текущую ситуацию, вы должны оставить поля пустыми. Мы уже можем " "отметить кредитный и дебетовый баланс счета." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:134 msgid "" "If we click on the account a special button is provided to have the details " "of cost and revenues (see picture below)." @@ -12910,7 +11229,7 @@ msgstr "" "Если мы нажмем на счет, будет предоставлена специальная кнопка, которая " "содержит информацию о стоимости и доходах (см. Изображение ниже)." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:140 msgid "" "Click the button **Cost/Revenue** to have an overview of cost and revenues " "with the corresponding description." @@ -12918,17 +11237,17 @@ msgstr "" "Нажмите кнопку ** Стоимость / доход **, чтобы иметь обзор стоимости и " "доходов с соответствующим описанием." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:144 msgid "With filters" msgstr "С фильтрами" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:146 msgid "We can thus filter this information from the **Analytic Entries**." msgstr "" "Таким образом, мы можем фильтровать эту информацию с ** Аналитических " "записей **." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:148 msgid "" "Enter the **Accounting** app, and click on :menuselection:`Adviser --> " "Analytic Entries`. In this menu we have several options to analyse the human" @@ -12938,7 +11257,7 @@ msgstr "" "Analytic Entries`. В этом меню мы имеем несколько вариантов анализа " "стоимости человеческих ресурсов." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:151 msgid "" "We filter on the **Analytic account** so we can see the cost and revenues of" " the project. Add a custom **Filter** where the **Analytic Account** " @@ -12948,7 +11267,7 @@ msgstr "" "доходы проекта. Добавьте индивидуальный ** Фильтр **, где ** Аналитический " "счет ** содержит номер ** Заказ на продажу **." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:158 msgid "" "In the results we see timesheets activities and invoiced lines with the " "corresponding costs and revenues." @@ -12956,7 +11275,7 @@ msgstr "" "В результате мы видим, что действия табелей и строки счетов есть с " "соответствующими расходами и доходами." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:164 msgid "" "We can group the different analytical accounts together and check their " "respective revenues. Simply group by **Analytic account** and select the " @@ -12966,27 +11285,27 @@ msgstr "" "соответствующие доходы. Просто группируйте за ** Аналитическим счету ** и " "выберите ** Просмотр графику **, чтобы иметь четкий обзор." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:3 msgid "Analytic account use cases" msgstr "Использование аналитического счета в разных случаях" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:5 msgid "The analytic accounting can be used for several purposes:" msgstr "Аналитический бухучет можно использовать для нескольких целей:" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:7 msgid "analyse costs of a company" msgstr "проанализируйте расходы компании" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:9 msgid "reinvoice time to a customer" msgstr "повторно выставьте время в счете клиенту" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:11 msgid "analyse performance of a service or a project" msgstr "проанализируйте эффективность услуги или проекта" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:13 msgid "" "To manage analytic accounting, you have to activate it in " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`:" @@ -12994,7 +11313,7 @@ msgstr "" "Чтобы управлять аналитическим бухучету, вы должны активировать его в " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`:" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:19 msgid "" "To illustrate analytic accounts clearly, you will follow three use cases, " "each in one of three different types of company:" @@ -13003,23 +11322,23 @@ msgstr "" "тремя случаями использования, каждый из которых состоит из трех различных " "типов компаний:" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:22 msgid "Industrial company: Costs Analyse" msgstr "Промышленная компания: анализ затрат" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:24 msgid "Law Firm: reinvoice spent hours" msgstr "Юридическая фирма: повторное выставление в счете потраченных часов" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:26 msgid "IT/Services Company: performance analysis" msgstr "IT / Компания по предоставлению услуг: анализ производительности" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:29 msgid "Case 1: Industrial company: Costs Analyse" msgstr "Случай 1: Промышленная компания: анализ затрат" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:31 msgid "" "In industry, you will often find analytic charts of accounts structured into" " departments and products the company itself is built on." @@ -13027,7 +11346,7 @@ msgstr "" "В промышленности вы часто найдете аналитические планы счетов, " "структурированные в отделах и товарам, на которых построена сама компания." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:34 msgid "" "The objective is to examine the costs, sales and margins by " "department/resources and by product. The first level of the structure " @@ -13038,38 +11357,38 @@ msgstr "" " и за товарами. Первый уровень структуры состоит из различных подразделений," " а ниже - продукция, которую компания производит и продает." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:39 msgid "" "**Analytic Chart of Accounts for an Industrial Manufacturing Company**:" msgstr "** Аналитический план счетов для промышленной компании: **:" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:41 msgid "Marketing Department" msgstr "Отдел маркетинга" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:43 msgid "Commercial Department" msgstr "коммерческий отдел" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:45 msgid "Administration Department" msgstr "административный отдел" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:47 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:80 msgid "Production Range 1" msgstr "Производственный ассортимент 1" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:49 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:82 msgid "Production Range 2" msgstr "Производственный ассортимент 2" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:51 msgid "" "In daily use, it is useful to mark the analytic account on each purchase " "invoice. When the invoice is approved, it will automatically generate the " @@ -13083,7 +11402,7 @@ msgstr "" "счетов. Для каждой записи в общих счетах есть как минимум один аналитический" " запись, распределяет расходы на отдел, которые понес." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:58 msgid "" "Here is a possible breakdown of some general accounting entries for the " "example above, allocated to various analytic accounts:" @@ -13091,128 +11410,148 @@ msgstr "" "Ниже приведены возможно разбиение некоторых общих бухгалтерских записей для " "приведенного выше примера, распределенных на различные аналитические счета:" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:62 msgid "**General accounts**" msgstr "** Общие счета **" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:62 msgid "**Analytic accounts**" msgstr "** Аналитические счета **" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 msgid "**Title**" msgstr "** Заголовок **" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 msgid "**Account**" msgstr "** Счет **" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 +msgid "**Debit**" +msgstr "** Дебет **" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 +msgid "**Credit**" +msgstr "** Кредит **" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 msgid "**Value**" msgstr "** Значение **" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 msgid "Purchase of Raw Material" msgstr "закупка сырья" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 msgid "2122" msgstr "2122" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 msgid "1500" msgstr "1500" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 msgid "-1 500" msgstr "-1 500" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 msgid "Subcontractors" msgstr "Субпидряникы" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 msgid "450" msgstr "450" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 msgid "-450" msgstr "-450" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 msgid "Credit Note for defective materials" msgstr "Возвращение дефектных материалов" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 msgid "200" msgstr "200" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 msgid "Transport charges" msgstr "транспортные сборы" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 msgid "Staff costs" msgstr "Расходы на персонал" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 msgid "2121" msgstr "2121" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 msgid "10000" msgstr "10000" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 msgid "Marketing" msgstr "Маркетинг" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:80 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:82 msgid "-2 000" msgstr "-2 000" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:76 msgid "Commercial" msgstr "коммерческий" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:76 msgid "-3 000" msgstr "-3 000" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:78 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 msgid "Administrative" msgstr "Административный" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:78 msgid "-1 000" msgstr "-1 000" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 msgid "PR" msgstr "PR" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 msgid "-400" msgstr "-400" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:87 msgid "" "The analytic representation by department enables you to investigate the " "costs allocated to each department in the company. The analytic chart of " @@ -13223,7 +11562,7 @@ msgstr "" " компании. Аналитический план счетов показывает распределение расходов " "компании по приведенному выше примеру:" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:94 msgid "" "In this example of a hierarchical structure in Odoo, you can analyse not " "only the costs of each product range, but also the costs of the whole " @@ -13235,7 +11574,7 @@ msgstr "" "Отчет, который касается как общих счетов, так и аналитических, позволяет " "получить разбиение расходов в пределах определенного отдела." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:103 msgid "" "The examples above are based on a breakdown of the costs of the company. " "Analytic allocations can be just as effective for sales. That gives you the " @@ -13245,7 +11584,7 @@ msgstr "" "Аналитические распределения могут быть столь же эффективными для продаж. Это" " дает вам рентабельность (продажи - расходы) различных отделов." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:107 msgid "" "This analytic representation by department is generally used by trading " "companies and industries." @@ -13253,7 +11592,7 @@ msgstr "" "Аналитический отдел, как правило, используется торговыми компаниями и " "отраслями." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:110 msgid "" "A variantion of this, is not to break it down by sales and marketing " "departments, but to assign each cost to its corresponding product range. " @@ -13263,7 +11602,7 @@ msgstr "" " а назначать каждую стоимость для своего соответствующего ассортимента. Это " "даст вам анализ рентабельности каждого ассортимента." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:115 msgid "" "Choosing one over the other depends on how you look at your marketing " "effort. Is it a global cost allocated in some general way, or is each " @@ -13273,11 +11612,11 @@ msgstr "" "маркетинговые усилия. Или глобальная стоимость выделяется в некотором общем " "порядке, или каждый товар отвечает за собственные маркетинговые расходы?" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:120 msgid "Case 2: Law Firm: costs of human resources?" msgstr "Случай 2: Юридическая фирма: Расходы на человеческие ресурсы?" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:122 msgid "" "Law firms generally adopt management by case, where each case represents a " "current client file. All of the expenses and products are then attached to a" @@ -13287,7 +11626,7 @@ msgstr "" "представляет текущий файл клиента. Все расходы и товары затем добавляются к " "данному файлу / аналитического счета." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:126 msgid "" "A principal preoccupation of law firms is the invoicing of hours worked, and" " the profitability by case and by employee." @@ -13295,7 +11634,7 @@ msgstr "" "Основным беспокойством юридических фирм является выставление счетов рабочими" " часами и прибыльность по каждому случаю и работником." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:129 msgid "" "Mechanisms used for encoding the hours worked will be covered in detail in " "timesheet documentation. Like most system processes, hours worked are " @@ -13309,7 +11648,7 @@ msgstr "" "работника укажите стоимость работника. Почасовая оплата зависит от стоимости" " работника." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:135 msgid "" "So a law firm will opt for an analytic representation which reflects the " "management of the time that employees work on the different customer cases." @@ -13318,7 +11657,7 @@ msgstr "" "которое отражает управления временем работы сотрудников в разных делах " "клиентов." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:139 msgid "" "Billing for the different cases is a bit unusual. The cases do not match any" " entry in the general account nor do they come from purchase or sales " @@ -13332,7 +11671,7 @@ msgstr "" "аналитическими операциями и не имеют точных аналогов в общих счетах. Они " "рассчитываются на основе часовой стоимости одного работника." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:145 msgid "" "At the end of the month when you pay salaries and benefits, you integrate " "them into the general accounts but not in the analytic accounts, because " @@ -13348,7 +11687,7 @@ msgstr "" "изменить свою стоимость в час на одного сотрудника в зависимости от " "фактически отработанного времени." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:153 msgid "" "The following table shows an example of different analytic entries that you " "can find for your analytic account:" @@ -13356,114 +11695,114 @@ msgstr "" "В приведенной ниже таблице показан пример различных аналитических записей, " "которые вы можете найти в своем аналитическом счете:" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 msgid "**Amount**" msgstr "** Сумма **" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 msgid "**General Account**" msgstr "** Общая сумма **" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 msgid "Study the file (1 h)" msgstr "Изучение файла (1 год)" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 msgid "Case 1.1" msgstr "случай 1.1" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 msgid "-15" msgstr "-15" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 msgid "Search for information (3 h)" msgstr "Поиск информации (3 часа)" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 msgid "-45" msgstr "-45" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 msgid "Consultation (4 h)" msgstr "Консультация (4 часа)" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 msgid "Case 2.1" msgstr "случай 2.1" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 msgid "-60" msgstr "-60" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 msgid "Service charges" msgstr "оплата услуг" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 msgid "280" msgstr "280" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 msgid "705 – Billing services" msgstr "705 - Выставление услуг в счет" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 msgid "Stationery purchase" msgstr "Канцелярские закупки" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 msgid "-42" msgstr "-42" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 msgid "601 – Furniture purchase" msgstr "601 - Покупка мебели" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 msgid "42" msgstr "42" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 msgid "Fuel Cost -Client trip" msgstr "Стоимость топлива - клиентская поездка" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 msgid "-35" msgstr "-35" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 msgid "613 – Transports" msgstr "613 - Транспорт" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 msgid "35" msgstr "35" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 msgid "Staff salaries" msgstr "оклады персонала" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 msgid "6201 – Salaries" msgstr "6201 - Зарплаты" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 msgid "3 000" msgstr "3 000" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:174 msgid "" "Such a structure allows you to make a detailed study of the profitability of" " various transactions." msgstr "" "Такая структура позволяет детально изучить доходность различных транзакций." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:177 msgid "" "For more details about profitablity, please read the following document: " ":doc:`timesheets`" @@ -13471,7 +11810,7 @@ msgstr "" "Чтобы узнать больше о рентабельности, прочитайте следующую документацию:: " "doc: `timesheets`" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:180 msgid "" "But analytical accounting is not limited to a simple analysis of the " "profitability of different customer. The same data can be used for automatic" @@ -13485,30 +11824,30 @@ msgstr "" "счет-фактуру клиентам, просто свяжите аналитический счет с заказом на " "продажу и продавайте товары, которые управляют табелям или затратами." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:187 msgid "Case 3: IT Services Company: perfomance analysis" msgstr "Случай 3: IT-услуги компании: анализ эффективности" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:189 msgid "Most IT service companies face the following problems:" msgstr "" "Большинство компаний, которые предоставляют ИТ-услуги, сталкиваются со " "следующими проблемами:" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:191 msgid "project planning," msgstr "планирование проекта," -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:193 msgid "invoicing, profitability and financial follow-up of projects," msgstr "" "выставления счетов, рентабельность и финансовый контроль за проектами," -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:195 msgid "managing support contracts." msgstr "управление контрактами поддержки." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:197 msgid "" "To deal with these problems, you would use an analytic chart of accounts " "structured by project and by sale order." @@ -13516,7 +11855,7 @@ msgstr "" "Для решения этих проблем вы должны использовать аналитическую план счетов, " "структурированный по проекту и заказу на продажу." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:200 msgid "" "The management of services, expenditures and sales is similar to that " "presented above for lawyers. Invoicing and the study of profitability are " @@ -13526,7 +11865,7 @@ msgstr "" "представлено выше для юристов. Выставления счетов и изучение рентабельности " "тоже похожи." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:204 msgid "" "But now look at support contracts. These contracts are usually limited to a " "prepaid number of hours. Each service posted in the analytic accounts shows " @@ -13541,7 +11880,7 @@ msgstr "" "настроенный на оплату счетов-фактур по заказу, и связать заказ на продажу из" " аналитическому счету." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:210 msgid "" "In Odoo, each analytic line lists the number of units sold or used, as well " "as what you would usually find there – the amount in currency units (USD or " @@ -13555,11 +11894,11 @@ msgstr "" " Таким образом, вы можете подытожить проданную и использованную в каждой " "продаже количество, чтобы определить, остаются часа контракта на поддержку." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:217 msgid "Conclusion" msgstr "вывод" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:219 msgid "" "Analytic accounting helps you to analyse costs and revenues whatever the use" " case. You can sell or purchase services, track time or analyse the " @@ -13569,7 +11908,7 @@ msgstr "" " от случая использования. Вы можете продавать или покупать услуги, " "отслеживать время или анализировать производительность производства." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:223 msgid "" "Analytic accounting is flexible and easy to use through all Odoo " "applications (sales, purchase, timesheet, production, invoice, …)." @@ -13578,15 +11917,15 @@ msgstr "" "всех приложений Odoo (продажа, покупка, табель, производство, счет-фактура " "...)." -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory.rst:3 msgid "Inventory" msgstr "Склад" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:3 msgid "Impact on the average price valuation when returning goods" msgstr "Влияние на среднюю цену при возврате товара в Odoo" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:5 msgid "" "As stated in the `*inventory valuation page* " "<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/functional/valuation.html>`__, one of " @@ -13598,7 +11937,7 @@ msgstr "" "возможных методов определения цены, который можно использовать для " "непрерывной оценки, - это средняя цена." -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:10 msgid "" "This document answers to one recurrent question for companies using that " "method to make their stock valuation: how does a shipping returned to its " @@ -13614,11 +11953,11 @@ msgstr "" "непрерывной оценки (в отличие от периодической) и метода среднего " "ценообразования (в отличие от стандарта FIFO)." -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:18 msgid "Definition of average cost" msgstr "Определение средней цены" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:20 msgid "" "The average cost method calculates the cost of ending inventory and cost of " "goods sold on the basis of weighted average cost per unit of inventory." @@ -13627,13 +11966,13 @@ msgstr "" " стоимость товаров, продаваемых на основе средневзвешенной стоимости единицы" " инвентаризации." -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:24 msgid "" "The weighted average cost per unit is calculated using the following " "formula:" msgstr "Средневзвешенная стоимость единицы рассчитывается по формуле:" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:27 msgid "" "When new products arrive in a warehouse, the new average cost is recomputed " "as:" @@ -13641,16 +11980,16 @@ msgstr "" "Когда новые товары попадают в состав, новые средние расходы перечисляются " "как:" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:33 msgid "" "When products leave the warehouse: the average cost **does not** change" msgstr "Когда товары выходят из состава: средняя стоимость ** НЕ ** меняется" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:36 msgid "Defining the purchase price" msgstr "Определение цены покупки" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:38 msgid "" "The purchase price is estimated at the reception of the products (you might " "not have received the vendor bill yet) and reevaluated at the reception of " @@ -13662,161 +12001,161 @@ msgstr "" "приобретения включает стоимость, которую вы платите за товары, но может " "также включать дополнительные расходы, например размер расходов." -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:45 msgid "Average cost example" msgstr "Пример средней стоимости" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 msgid "Operation" msgstr "Операция" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 msgid "Delta Value" msgstr "значение дельты" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 msgid "Inventory Value" msgstr "Величина запасов" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 msgid "Qty On Hand" msgstr "Количество в наличии" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 msgid "Avg Cost" msgstr "Средняя стоимость" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 msgid "$0" msgstr "$0" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 msgid "0" msgstr "0" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 msgid "Receive 8 Products at $10" msgstr "Получить 8 товаров на 10 долларов" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 msgid "+8\\*$10" msgstr "+8\\*$10" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 msgid "$80" msgstr "$80" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 msgid "8" msgstr "8" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 msgid "$10" msgstr "$10" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 msgid "Receive 4 Products at $16" msgstr "Получить 4 товары на 16 долларов" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 msgid "+4\\*$16" msgstr "+4\\*$16" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 msgid "$144" msgstr "$144" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 msgid "12" msgstr "12" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 msgid "$12" msgstr "$12" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 msgid "Deliver 10 Products" msgstr "Доставить 10 товаров" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 msgid "-10\\*$12" msgstr "-10\\*$12" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 msgid "$24" msgstr "$24" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 msgid "2" msgstr "2" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:60 msgid "" "At the beginning, the Avg Cost is set to 0 set as there is no product in the" " inventory. When the first reception is made, the average cost becomes " @@ -13826,7 +12165,7 @@ msgstr "" "Когда осуществляется первый прием, средняя стоимость логично становится " "закупочной цене." -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:64 msgid "" "At the second reception, the average cost is updated because the total " "inventory value is now ``$80 + 4*$16 = $144``. As we have 12 units on hand, " @@ -13836,7 +12175,7 @@ msgstr "" "инвентаризации сейчас становить`` $ 80 + 4 * $ 16 = $ 144``. Поскольку у нас" " 12 единиц в наличии, средняя цена за единицу составляет `$ 144/12 = $ 12``." -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:68 msgid "" "By definition, the delivery of 10 products does not change the average cost." " Indeed, the inventory value is now $24 as we have only 2 units remaining of" @@ -13846,11 +12185,11 @@ msgstr "" "Действительно, стоимость инвентаризации сейчас составляет 24 доллара, потому" " что у нас осталось всего 2 единицы, оставшиеся от каждых `$ 24/2 = $ 12``." -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:73 msgid "Purchase return use case" msgstr "Случай возвращения покупки" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:75 msgid "" "In case of a product returned to its supplier after reception, the inventory" " value is reduced using the average cost formulae (not at the initial price " @@ -13860,39 +12199,39 @@ msgstr "" " уменьшается с использованием средних формул расходов (не по начальной цене " "этих товаров!)." -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:79 msgid "Which means that the above table will be updated as follow:" msgstr "" "Это означает, что приведенная выше таблица будет обновлена следующим " "образом:" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 msgid "Return of 1 Product initially bought at $10" msgstr "Возвращение 1 товара, купленного сначала за $ 10" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 msgid "-1\\*$12" msgstr "-1\\*$12" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 msgid "1" msgstr "1" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:90 msgid "Explanation: counter example" msgstr "Пояснение: встречный пример" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:92 msgid "" "Remember the definition of **Average Cost**, saying that we do not update " "the average cost of a product leaving the inventory. If you break this rule," @@ -13902,7 +12241,7 @@ msgstr "" "среднюю стоимость товара, залишаесклад. Если вы нарушите это правило, вы " "можете привести к несоответствию на вашем складе." -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:96 msgid "" "As an example, here is the scenario when you deliver one piece to the " "customer and return the other one to your supplier (at the cost you " @@ -13911,26 +12250,26 @@ msgstr "" "В качестве примера, вот сценарий, когда вы доставляете один товар клиенту и " "поворачиваете другой поставщику (по цене, которую вы купили). Вот операция:" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 msgid "Customer Shipping 1 product" msgstr "Отправка клиенту 1 товара" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 msgid "-1\\*$10" msgstr "-1\\*$10" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 msgid "**$2**" msgstr "**$2**" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 msgid "**0**" msgstr "**0**" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:110 msgid "" "As you can see in this example, this is not correct: an inventory valuation " "of $2 for 0 pieces in the warehouse." @@ -13938,18 +12277,18 @@ msgstr "" "Как вы можете видеть в этом примере, это не правильно: складская оценка 2 " "долларов за 0 единиц на складе." -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:113 msgid "" "The correct scenario should be to return the goods at the current average " "cost:" msgstr "" "Правильным сценарием должно быть возвращение товара по текущей средней цене:" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 msgid "**$0**" msgstr "**$0**" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:126 msgid "" "On the other hand, using the average cost to value the return ensure a " "correct inventory value at all times." @@ -13957,11 +12296,11 @@ msgstr "" "С другой стороны, использование средней цены для значения возврата " "гарантирует правильную складскую оценку в любое время." -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:130 msgid "Further thoughts on anglo saxon mode" msgstr "Концепция в англо-саксонском режиме" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:132 msgid "" "For people in using the **anglo saxon accounting** principles, there is " "another concept to take into account: the stock input account of the " @@ -13976,7 +12315,7 @@ msgstr "" "получении входящих отправлений и уменьшаться при получении соответствующих " "счетов поставщика." -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:139 msgid "" "Back to our example, we see that when the return is valued at the average " "price, the amount booked in the stock input account is the original purchase" @@ -13986,47 +12325,47 @@ msgstr "" "средней цене, сумма, забронирована на счету входящего состава, является " "начальной ценой покупки:" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 msgid "stock input" msgstr "получение товара" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 msgid "price diff" msgstr "разница цен" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 msgid "($80)" msgstr "($80)" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 msgid "Receive vendor bill $80" msgstr "Получить счет поставщика на $ 80" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 msgid "($64)" msgstr "($64)" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 msgid "Receive vendor bill $64" msgstr "Получить счет поставщика на $ 64" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 msgid "**$10**" msgstr "**$10**" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 msgid "**$12**" msgstr "**$12**" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 msgid "Receive vendor refund $10" msgstr "Возмещение поставщика на $ 10" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 msgid "$2" msgstr "$2" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:163 msgid "" "This is because the vendor refund will be made using the original purchase " "price, so to zero out the effect of the return in the stock input in last " @@ -14041,11 +12380,11 @@ msgstr "" "товара, используется для бронирования разницы между средней ценой и " "начальной ценой закупки." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:3 msgid "Record exchange rates at payments" msgstr "Учет курсовых разниц при оплате" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:8 msgid "" "Any company doing international trade faces the case where the payments are " "in a different currency." @@ -14053,7 +12392,7 @@ msgstr "" "Любая компания, осуществляющая международную торговлю, имеет дело, когда " "платежи осуществляются в другой валюте." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:11 msgid "" "After receiving their payments, you have the option to convert the amount " "into your company currency. Multi currency payment implies rates " @@ -14063,11 +12402,11 @@ msgstr "" "согласно вашей компанией. Мультивалютный платеж означает курсовую разницу. " "Курсовая разница автоматически фиксируется в Odoo." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:19 msgid "Enable multi-currencies" msgstr "Включите мультивалютность" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:21 msgid "" "In the accounting module, Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " "and flag **Allow multi currencies**, then click on **apply**." @@ -14076,7 +12415,7 @@ msgstr "" "Settings` и отметьте пункт ** Разрешить мультивалютность ** нажмите ** " "Применить **." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:27 msgid "" "Configure the currency rates in :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Currencies`. Write down the rate and make sure the currency is active." @@ -14084,7 +12423,7 @@ msgstr "" "Настройте курсы валют в :menuselection:`Configuration --> Currencies`. " "Запишите курс и убедитесь, что валюта является активной." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:33 msgid "" "In this document, the base currency is **Euro** and we will record payments " "in **Dollars**." @@ -14092,7 +12431,7 @@ msgstr "" "В этом документе базовая валюта является ** евро **, и мы будем фиксировать " "платежи в ** долларах **." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:40 msgid "" "You can automatically fetch the currency rates from the **European Central " "Bank** or from **Yahoo**. Please read the document : :doc:`how_it_works`." @@ -14100,12 +12439,12 @@ msgstr "" "Вы можете автоматически получать курсы валют из Нацбанка. Пожалуйста, " "прочитайте документацию::: doc: `how_it_works`." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:45 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:31 msgid "Configure your journal" msgstr "Настройте свой журнал" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:47 msgid "" "In order to register payments in other currencies, you have to **remove the " "currency constraint** on the journal. Go to the accounting application, " @@ -14115,7 +12454,7 @@ msgstr "" "ограничения ** в журнале. Перейдите к модулю бухучета, нажмите кнопку ** " "Более ** в журнале и ** Настройка **." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:54 msgid "" "Check if the **Currency** field is empty or in the foreign currency in which" " you will register the payments. If a currency is filled in, it means that " @@ -14125,11 +12464,11 @@ msgstr "" "которой вы регистрируете платежи. Если валюта заполнена, это означает, что " "вы можете зарегистрировать платежи только в этой валюте." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:62 msgid "Record a payment in a different currency" msgstr "Запишите платеж в другой валюте" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:64 msgid "" "In the **Accounting** application, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " "Payments`. Register the payment and indicate that it was done in the foreign" @@ -14139,13 +12478,13 @@ msgstr "" "Зарегистрируйте платеж и укажите, что это было сделано в иностранной валюте." " Нажмите ** подтвердить **." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:83 msgid "The journal entry has been posted but not allocated." msgstr "Запись журнала, размещенный, но не выделен." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:73 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:85 msgid "" "Go back to your invoice (:menuselection:`Sales --> Customer Invoices`) and " "click on **Add** to allocate the payment." @@ -14153,11 +12492,11 @@ msgstr "" "Вернитесь к своему счета-фактуры ( :menuselection:`Sales --> Customer " "Invoices`) и нажмите ** Добавить **, чтобы распределить платеж." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:80 msgid "Record a bank statement in a different currency" msgstr "Запишите банковскую выписку в другой валюте" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:82 msgid "" "Create or import the bank statement of your payment. The **Amount** is in " "the company currency. There are two complementary fields, the **Amount " @@ -14169,7 +12508,7 @@ msgstr "" "которая фактически уплаченной суммой и ** валюта **, в которой она была " "выплачена." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:89 msgid "" "When reconciling it, Odoo will directly match the payment with the right " "**Invoice**. You will get the invoice price in the invoice currency and the " @@ -14179,11 +12518,11 @@ msgstr "" "счету-фактуре **. Вы получите цену счета-фактуры в валюте счета и сумму в " "валюте вашей компании." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:97 msgid "Check the exchange rate differences" msgstr "Проверьте разницу курса" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:99 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` and look for the " "**Exchange difference** journal entries. All the exchange rates differences " @@ -14192,16 +12531,16 @@ msgstr "" "Перейдите к :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` и найдите ** Журнал" " курсовых разниц **. В нем фиксируются все курсовые разницы." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:106 msgid "" "The Exchange difference journal can be changed in your accounting settings." msgstr "" "Журнал курсовых разниц может быть изменен в ваших настройках бухучета." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/full_reconcile_warning.rst:2 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/full_reconcile_warning.rst:2 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/full_reconcile_warning.rst:2 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/full_reconcile_warning.rst:2 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/full_reconcile_warning.rst:2 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/full_reconcile_warning.rst:2 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/full_reconcile_warning.rst:2 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/full_reconcile_warning.rst:2 msgid "" "In order for an exchange difference entry to be created automatically, the " "corresponding invoices and payments need to be fully reconciled. This means " @@ -14211,23 +12550,23 @@ msgid "" "them until that final amount is paid." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:147 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:68 msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:112 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:100 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:136 msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases`" msgstr ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases`" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:3 msgid "Odoo's multi-currency system" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:8 msgid "" "Choosing to use the multi-currency option in Odoo will allow you to send " "sales invoices, quotes and purchase orders or receive bills and payments in " @@ -14241,11 +12580,11 @@ msgstr "" "банковские счета в других валютах и создавать отчеты о своей деятельности в " "иностранной валюте." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:18 msgid "Turn on multi-currency" msgstr "Включите мультивалютность" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:20 msgid "" "In the accounting module, Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " "and flag **Allow multi currencies**, then click on **Apply**." @@ -14253,13 +12592,13 @@ msgstr "" "В модуле бухучета перейдите к :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` и " "отметьте ** Разрешить мультивалютность ** нажмите кнопку ** Применить **." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:27 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:159 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:109 msgid "Exchange Rate Journal" msgstr "Журнал курсовых разниц" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:29 msgid "" "The **Rate Difference Journal** records the differences between the payment " "registration and the expected amount. For example, if a payment is paid 1 " @@ -14271,15 +12610,15 @@ msgstr "" "выставления счета-фактуры, курсовая разница, вероятно, изменится. Флуктуация" " означает некоторые потери или прибыль, которые зафиксированы в Odoo." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:35 msgid "You can change it in the settings:" msgstr "Вы можете изменить ее в настройках:" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:41 msgid "View or edit rate being used" msgstr "Смотрите или измените курс" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:43 msgid "" "You can manually configure the currency rates in " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Currencies`. Open the currencies you want " @@ -14289,11 +12628,11 @@ msgstr "" "Currencies`. Откройте валюту, которую хотите использовать в Odoo, и измените" " ее. Убедитесь, что валюта активна." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:50 msgid "Click on **View Rates** to edit it and to see the history :" msgstr "Нажмите ** Посмотреть курс ** для редактирования и просмотра истории:" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:55 msgid "" "Click on **Create** to add the rate. Fill in the date and the rate. Click on" " **Save** when you are done." @@ -14301,11 +12640,11 @@ msgstr "" "Нажмите кнопку ** Создать **, чтобы добавить курс. Введите дату и курс. " "Нажмите кнопку ** Сохранить ** после завершения." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:62 msgid "Live Currency Rate" msgstr "Текущий Курс Валюты" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:64 msgid "" "By default, the currencies need to be updated manually. But you can " "synchronize it with `Yahoo <https://finance.yahoo.com/currency-" @@ -14317,7 +12656,7 @@ msgstr "" " с Нацбанком. В разделе :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, " "перейдите к разделу ** Курс валют **." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:69 msgid "" "Choose the interval : Manually, Daily, Weekly or Monthly. You can always " "force the update by clicking on **Update Now**. Select the provider, and you" @@ -14327,15 +12666,15 @@ msgstr "" " можете запустить обновление, нажав кнопку ** Обновить сейчас **. Выберите " "поставщика и вы все установили!" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:77 msgid "Only the **active** currencies are updated" msgstr "Обновляются только ** активные ** валюты." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:80 msgid "Configure your charts of account" msgstr "Настройте ваш план счетов" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:82 msgid "" "In the accounting application, go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Charts of " "Accounts`. On each account, you can set a currency. It will force all moves " @@ -14345,7 +12684,7 @@ msgstr "" "of Accounts`. На каждом счете можно установить валюту. Это запустит все шаги" " для этого счета, чтобы иметь валюту счета." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:86 msgid "" "If you leave it empty, it means that it can handle all currencies that are " "Active." @@ -14353,11 +12692,11 @@ msgstr "" "Если вы оставите это пустым, это означает, что он может обрабатывать все " "валюты, которые являются активными." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:93 msgid "Configure your journals" msgstr "Настройте ваши журналы" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:95 msgid "" "In order to register payments in other currencies, you have to remove the " "currency constraint on the journal. Go to the accounting application, Click " @@ -14367,8 +12706,8 @@ msgstr "" "ограничения в журнале. Перейдите к модулю бухучет, нажмите кнопку ** Более " "** в журнале и ** Настройка **." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:102 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:40 msgid "" "Check if the currency field is empty or in the foreign currency in which you" " will register the payments. If a currency is filled in, it means that you " @@ -14378,12 +12717,12 @@ msgstr "" "регистрируете платежи. Если валюта заполнена, это означает, что вы можете " "зарегистрировать платежи только в этой валюте." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:110 msgid "How is Odoo's multi-currency working?" msgstr "Как действует мультивалютность в Odoo?" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:112 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:50 msgid "" "Now that you are working in a multi-currency environment, all accountable " "items will be linked to a currency, domestic or foreign." @@ -14391,12 +12730,12 @@ msgstr "" "Теперь, когда вы работаете в мультивалютной среде, все подотчетные элементы " "будут связаны с валютой, внутренней или иностранной." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:116 msgid "Sales Orders and Invoices" msgstr "Заказ на продажу и счета-фактуры" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:118 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:56 msgid "" "You are now able to set a different currency than the company one on your " "sale orders and on your invoices. The currency is set for the whole " @@ -14406,12 +12745,12 @@ msgstr "" "заказам на продажу и ваших счетов-фактур. Валюта устанавливается для всего " "документа." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:126 msgid "Purchases orders and Vendor Bills" msgstr "Заказ на покупку и счета поставщиков" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:128 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:66 msgid "" "You are now able to set a different currency than the company one on your " "purchase orders and on your vendor bills. The currency is set for the whole " @@ -14421,18 +12760,18 @@ msgstr "" "заказы на покупку и счета поставщиков. Валюта устанавливается для всего " "документа." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:136 msgid "Payment Registrations" msgstr "оплата реестров" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:138 msgid "" "In the accounting application, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. " "Register the payment and set the currency." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:147 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:94 msgid "" "When creating or importing bank statements, the amount is in the company " "currency. But there are now two complementary fields, the amount that was " @@ -14442,7 +12781,7 @@ msgstr "" "компании. Но сейчас существует два дополнительных поля: фактически " "уплаченная сумма и валюта, в которой она была оплачена." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:154 msgid "" "When reconciling it, Odoo will directly match the payment with the right " "Invoice. You will get the invoice price in the invoice currency and the " @@ -14452,7 +12791,7 @@ msgstr "" "счету-фактуре. Вы получите цену счета-фактуры в валюте счета и сумму в " "валюте вашей компании." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:161 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` and look for the Exchange" " difference journal entries. All the exchange rates differences are recorded" @@ -14461,20 +12800,20 @@ msgstr "" "Перейдите к :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` и ищите записи " "журнала курсовых разницы в журнале. В нем фиксируются все курсовые разницы." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:170 msgid ":doc:`invoices_payments`" msgstr ":doc:`invoices_payments`" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:171 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:121 msgid ":doc:`exchange`" msgstr ":doc:`exchange`" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:3 msgid "Manage invoices and payment in multiple currencies" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo provides multi-currency support with automatic currency gross or loss " "entry adjustment. There are a few things Odoo has been to ease the user's " @@ -14484,7 +12823,7 @@ msgstr "" "валютных расходов или доходов. Есть несколько вещей, которые Odoo имеет, " "чтобы облегчить жизнь пользователя." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:12 msgid "" "All the account transactions will be done using the company currency. " "However you can see two extra fields with the journal entry where secondary " @@ -14496,7 +12835,7 @@ msgstr "" "будет отображаться дополнительная валюта и сумма. Вы можете создавать " "мультивалютные журналы конкретной валюты." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:17 msgid "" "When creating an invoice, the currency can be changed very easily; however " "Odoo takes the company currency as a default assignment. It will convert all" @@ -14506,11 +12845,11 @@ msgstr "" "принимает валюту компании как заказ по умолчанию. Система конвертирует все " "суммы автоматически с помощью этой валюты." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:25 msgid "Enable Multi-Currency" msgstr "Включите мультивалютность" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:27 msgid "" "For information about enabling Multi-Currency, please read the document: " ":doc:`how_it_works`" @@ -14518,7 +12857,7 @@ msgstr "" "Чтобы узнать об активации мультивалютности, пожалуйста, прочитайте " "документ:: doc: `how_it_works`" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:33 msgid "" "In order to register payments in other currencies, you have to remove the " "currency constraint on the journal. Go to the accounting application, on the" @@ -14528,19 +12867,19 @@ msgstr "" "ограничения в журнале. Выделите приложение бухучета, в журнале нажмите " ":menuselection:`More --> Settings`." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:48 msgid "Multi-currency invoices & Vendor Bills" msgstr "Мультивалютные счета-фактуры и счета поставщиков" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:54 msgid "Invoices" msgstr "Счета" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:74 msgid "Multi-currency Payments" msgstr "мультивалютные платежи" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:76 msgid "" "In the accounting application, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. " "Register the payment and indicate that it was done in the foreign currency. " @@ -14550,11 +12889,11 @@ msgstr "" "Зарегистрируйте платеж и укажите, что это было сделано в иностранной валюте." " Затем нажмите кнопку ** Подтвердить **." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:92 msgid "Multi- Currency Bank Statements" msgstr "Мультивалютные банковские выписки" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:101 msgid "" "When reconciling it, Odoo will directly match the payment with the right " "invoice. You will get the invoice price in the invoice currency and the " @@ -14564,7 +12903,7 @@ msgstr "" "счету-фактуре. Вы получите цену счета-фактуры в валюте счета и сумму в " "валюте вашей компании." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:111 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` and look for the " "**Exchange Difference** journal entries. All the exchange rates differences " @@ -14573,75 +12912,75 @@ msgstr "" "Перейдите к :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` и найдите ** Журнал" " курсовых разниц **. В нем фиксируются все курсовые разницы." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:120 msgid ":doc:`how_it_works`" msgstr ":doc:`how_it_works`" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started.rst:3 msgid "Getting Started" msgstr "начните" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:100 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:69 msgid "Chart of Accounts" msgstr "План счетов" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:5 msgid "" "The **Chart of Accounts (COA)** is the list of all the accounts used to " "record financial transactions in the general ledger of an organization." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:8 msgid "" "The accounts are usually listed in the order of appearance in the financial " "reports. Most of the time, they are listed as follows :" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:11 msgid "Balance Sheet accounts" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:13 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 msgid "Assets" msgstr "Основные средства" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:14 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:77 msgid "Liabilities" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:15 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:85 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:85 msgid "Equity" msgstr "Собственные средства" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:19 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:89 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:89 msgid "Income" msgstr "Доход" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:20 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:93 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:93 msgid "Expense" msgstr "Расход" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:22 msgid "" "When browsing your Chart of Accounts, you can filter the accounts by number," " in the left column, and also group them by Account Type." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:30 msgid "Configuration of an Account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:32 msgid "" "The country you select at the creation of your database (or additional " "company on your database) determines which **Fiscal Localization Package** " @@ -14650,138 +12989,138 @@ msgid "" "directly or set it according to your company's needs." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:38 msgid "" "It is not possible to modify the **Fiscal Localization** of a company once a" " Journal Entry has been posted." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:41 msgid "" "To create a new account, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " "--> Chart of Accounts`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:45 msgid "Code and Name" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:47 msgid "" "Each account is identified by its **Code** and **Name**, which also " "indicates the account's purpose." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:52 msgid "" "Configuring correctly the **Account Type** is critical as it serves multiple" " purposes:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:54 msgid "Information on the account's purpose and behavior" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:55 msgid "Generate country-specific legal and financial reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:56 msgid "Set the rules to close a fiscal year" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:57 msgid "Generate opening entries" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:59 msgid "" "To configure an account type, open the **Type** field's drop-down selector " "and select the right type among the following list:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 msgid "Report" msgstr "Отчёт" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 msgid "Category" msgstr "Категория" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 msgid "Account Types" msgstr "Типы счетов" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 msgid "Receivable" msgstr "Дебиторская задолженность" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:67 msgid "Bank and Cash" msgstr "Банк и наличность" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:69 msgid "Current Assets" msgstr "Текущие Активы" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:71 msgid "Non-current Assets" msgstr "Внеоборотные Активы" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:73 msgid "Prepayments" msgstr "Авансовые платежи" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:75 msgid "Fixed Assets" msgstr "Основные Активы " -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:77 msgid "Payable" msgstr "Кредиторская задолженность" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:79 msgid "Credit Card" msgstr "Кредитная карта" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:81 msgid "Current Liabilities" msgstr "Текущие Обязательства" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:83 msgid "Non-current Liabilities" msgstr "Долгосрочные Обязательства" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:87 msgid "Current Year Earnings" msgstr "Прибыль Текущего Года" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:91 msgid "Other Income" msgstr "Другие доходы" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:95 msgid "Depreciation" msgstr "Амортизация" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:97 msgid "Cost of Revenue" msgstr "Себестоимость Дохода" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 msgid "Other" msgstr "Другое" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 msgid "Off-Balance Sheet" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:103 msgid "Assets, Deferred Expenses, and Deferred Revenues Automation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:105 msgid "" "Some Account Types display a new field **to automate** the creation of " ":ref:`Assets <assets-automation>` entries, :ref:`Deferred Expenses " @@ -14789,64 +13128,69 @@ msgid "" "<deferred-revenues-automation>` entries." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:109 msgid "You have three choices for the **Automation** field:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:238 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:177 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:177 msgid "**No:** this is the default value. Nothing happens." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:112 msgid "" "**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " "draft entry is created, but not validated. You must first fill out the " "corresponding form." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:114 msgid "" "**Create and validate:** you must also select a Model. Whenever a " "transaction is posted on the account, an entry is created and immediately " "validated." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:118 msgid "Please refer to the related documentation for more information." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:3 +msgid "Default Taxes" +msgstr "Налоги по умолчанию" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:123 msgid "" "Select a **default tax** that will be applied when this account is chosen " "for a product sale or purchase." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:127 msgid "Tags" msgstr "Метки" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:129 msgid "" "Some accounting reports require **tags** to be set on the relevant accounts." " By default, you can choose among the tags that are used by the *Cash Flow " "Statement*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:133 msgid "Account Groups" msgstr "Группы счетов" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:135 msgid "" "**Account Groups** are useful to list multiple accounts as *sub-accounts* of" " a bigger account and thus consolidate reports such as the **Trial " "Balance**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:138 msgid "" "To create a new Account Group, open the account you want to configure as " "sub-account, click on the *Group* drop-down selector, select *Create and " @@ -14854,65 +13198,73 @@ msgid "" "the right Account Group." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:142 msgid "" "To display your **Trial Balance** report with your Account Groups, go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Trial Balance`, then open the " "*Options* menu and select **Hierarchy and Subtotals**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:151 msgid "Allow Reconciliation" msgstr "Разрешить сверку" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:153 msgid "" "Some accounts, such as accounts made to record the transactions of a payment" " method, can be used for the reconciliation of journal entries." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:156 msgid "" "For example, an invoice paid with a credit card can be *marked as paid* if " "reconciled with the payment. Therefore, the account used to record credit " "card payments needs to be configured as *allowing reconciliation*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:160 msgid "To do so, check the **Allow Reconciliation** box and save." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:163 msgid "Deprecated" msgstr "Устаревшие" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:165 msgid "" "It is not possible to delete an account once a transaction has been recorded" " on it. You can make them unusable by using the **Deprecated** feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:168 msgid "To do so, check the **Deprecated** box and save." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:171 msgid ":doc:`../../payables/supplier_bills/assets`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:172 msgid ":doc:`../../payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:173 msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:40 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:3 msgid "Initial setup of Odoo Accounting and Odoo Invoicing" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:5 msgid "" "When you first open your Odoo Accounting app, the *Accounting Overview* page" " welcomes you with a step-by-step onboarding banner, a wizard that helps you" @@ -14920,13 +13272,13 @@ msgid "" "it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:9 msgid "" "The settings visible in the onboarding banner can still be modified later by" " going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:13 msgid "" "Odoo Accounting automatically installs the appropriate **Fiscal Localization" " Package** for your company, according to the country selected at the " @@ -14936,37 +13288,37 @@ msgid "" " information about Fiscal Localization Packages." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:20 msgid "Accounting onboarding banner" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:22 msgid "" "The step-by-step Accounting onboarding banner is composed of four steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:28 msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-company`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:29 msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-bank`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:30 msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-periods`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:31 msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-chart`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:36 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:140 msgid "Company Data" msgstr "данные компании" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:38 msgid "" "This menu allows you to add your company’s details such as the name, " "address, logo, website, phone number, email address, and Tax ID, or VAT " @@ -14974,97 +13326,97 @@ msgid "" "invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:47 msgid "" "You can also change these settings by going to :menuselection:`Settings --> " "General Settings --> Settings --> Companies` and clicking on **Update " "Info**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:53 msgid "Bank Account" msgstr "Банковский счёт" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:55 msgid "" "Connect your bank account to your database and have your bank statements " "synced automatically. To do so, find your bank in the list, click on " "*Connect*, and follow the instructions on-screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:59 msgid "" ":doc:`Click here <../../bank/feeds/bank_synchronization>` for more " "information about this feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:61 msgid "" "If your Bank Institution can’t be synchronized automatically, or if you " "prefer not to sync it with your database, you may also configure your bank " "account manually by clicking on *Create it*, and filling out the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:76 msgid "" "You can add as many bank accounts as needed with this tool by going to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration`, and clicking on *Add a Bank " "Account*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:78 msgid "" ":doc:`Click here <../../bank/setup/bank_accounts>` for more information " "about Bank Accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:84 msgid "Accounting Periods" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:86 msgid "" "Define here your **Fiscal Years**’ opening and closing dates, which are used" " to generate reports automatically, and your **Tax Return Periodicity**, " "along with a reminder to never miss a tax return deadline." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:90 msgid "" "By default, the opening date is set on the 1st of January and the closing " "date on the 31st of December, as this is the most common use." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:94 msgid "" "You can also change these settings by going to :menuselection:`Accounting " "--> Configuration --> Settings --> Fiscal Periods` and updating the values." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:102 msgid "" "With this menu, you can add accounts to your **Chart of Accounts** and " "indicate their initial opening balances." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:105 msgid "" "Basic settings are displayed on this page to help you review your Chart of " "Accounts. To access all the settings of an account, click on the *double " "arrow button* at the end of the line." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:113 msgid "" ":doc:`Click here <chart_of_accounts>` for more information on how to " "configure your Chart of Accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:117 msgid "Invoicing onboarding banner" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:119 msgid "" "There is another step-by-step onboarding banner that helps you take " "advantage of your Odoo Invoicing and Accounting apps. The *Invoicing " @@ -15072,50 +13424,50 @@ msgid "" " rather than the Accounting app." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:123 msgid "" "If you have Odoo Accounting installed on your database, you can reach it by " "going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Invoices`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:126 msgid "The Invoicing onboarding banner is composed of four main steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:132 msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-company`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:133 msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-layout`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:134 msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-payment`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:135 msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-sample`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:142 msgid "" "This form is the same as :ref:`the one presented in the Accounting " "onboarding banner <accounting-setup-company>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:148 msgid "Invoice Layout" msgstr "макет счета" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:150 msgid "" "With this tool, you can design the appearance of your documents by selecting" " which layout tamplate, paper format, colors, font, and logo you want to " "use." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:153 msgid "" "You can also add your *Company Tagline* and the content of the documents’ " "*footer*. Note that Odoo automatically adds the company's phone number, " @@ -15124,66 +13476,66 @@ msgid "" "setup-company>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:163 msgid "" "Add your **bank account number** and a link to your **General Terms & " "Condition** in the footer. This way, your contacts can find the full content" " of your GT&C online without having to print them on the invoices you issue." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:168 msgid "" "These settings can also be modified by going to :menuselection:`Settings -->" " General Settings`, under the *Business Documents* section." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:174 msgid "Payment Method" msgstr "Метод оплаты" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:176 msgid "" "This menu helps you configure the payment methods with which your customers " "can pay you." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:179 msgid "" "Configuring a *Payment Acquirer* with this tool also activates the *Invoice " "Online Payment* option automatically. With this, users can directly pay " "online, from their Customer Portal." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:185 msgid "Sample Invoice" msgstr "Образец счета-фактуры" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:187 msgid "" "Send yourself a sample invoice by email to make sure everything is correctly" " configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:190 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:135 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:146 msgid ":doc:`../../bank/setup/bank_accounts`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:191 msgid ":doc:`chart_of_accounts`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts.rst:3 msgid "Main Concepts" msgstr "Основные понятия" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:3 msgid "The Accounting behind Odoo" msgstr "Бухгалетрия в Odoo" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:5 msgid "" "This page summarises the way Odoo deals with typical accounts and " "transactions." @@ -15191,11 +13543,11 @@ msgstr "" "Эта страница заключает, как Odoo делает ставку на типичные счета и " "транзакции." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:9 msgid "Double-entry bookkeeping" msgstr "Двухуровневая бухгалтерская система" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:11 msgid "" "Odoo automatically creates all the behind-the-scenes journal entries for " "each of your accounting transactions: customer invoices, point of sale " @@ -15205,7 +13557,7 @@ msgstr "" "бухгалтерских транзакций: счета клиентов, заказы на продажу, расходы, " "движение запаса и тому подобное." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:15 msgid "" "Odoo uses the rules of double-entry bookkeeping system: all journal entries " "are automatically balanced (sum of debits = sum of credits)." @@ -15213,17 +13565,17 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo использует правила двухуровневой бухгалтерской системы: все записи " "журнала автоматически сбалансированы (сумма дебету = сумма кредитов)." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:19 msgid "" "`Understand Odoo's accounting transactions per document " "<https://odoo.com/documentation/functional/accounting.html>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:23 msgid "Accrual and Cash Basis Methods" msgstr "Начисление и методика начисления средств" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:25 msgid "" "Odoo supports both accrual and cash basis reporting. This allows you to " "report income / expense at the time transactions occur (i.e., accrual " @@ -15234,11 +13586,11 @@ msgstr "" "(например, на основе принципа начисления) или когда осуществляется либо " "получается оплата (например, на основе кассового метода)." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:30 msgid "Multi-companies" msgstr "Мульти-компании" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:32 msgid "" "Odoo allows one to manage several companies within the same database. Each " "company has its own chart of accounts and rules. You can get consolidation " @@ -15248,18 +13600,18 @@ msgstr "" "данных. Каждая компания имеет собственный план счетов и правил. Вы можете " "получать сводные отчеты в соответствии с правилами консолидации." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:36 msgid "" "Users can access several companies but always work in one company at a time." msgstr "" "Пользователи могут получить доступ к нескольким компаний, но всегда работать" " в одной компании за раз." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:40 msgid "Multi-currencies" msgstr "мультивалютность" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:42 msgid "" "Every transaction is recorded in the default currency of the company. For " "transactions occurring in another currency, Odoo stores both the value in " @@ -15272,16 +13624,16 @@ msgstr "" "компании, так и стоимость в валюте операции. Odoo может генерировать " "валютные доходы и убытки после согласования журнальных статей." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:48 msgid "" "Currency rates are updated once a day using a yahoo.com online web-service." msgstr "Валютные курсы обновляются один раз в день с помощью веб-сервиса НБУ." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:52 msgid "International Standards" msgstr "международные стандарты" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:54 msgid "" "Odoo accounting supports more than 50 countries. The Odoo core accounting " "implements accounting standards that are common to all countries. Specific " @@ -15293,11 +13645,11 @@ msgstr "" "стран. Специфические модули существуют для каждой страны по специфике " "страны, например план счетов, налогов или банковских интерфейсов." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:60 msgid "In particular, Odoo's core accounting engine supports:" msgstr "В частности, основной бухгалтерский двигатель Odoo поддерживает:" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:62 msgid "" "Anglo-Saxon Accounting (U.S., U.K.,, and other English-speaking countries " "including Ireland, Canada, Australia, and New Zealand) where costs of good " @@ -15307,19 +13659,19 @@ msgstr "" "англоязычные страны, включая Ирландию, Канаду, Австралию и Новую Зеландию), " "где продаются / доставляются товары." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:66 msgid "European accounting where expenses are accounted at the supplier bill." msgstr "Европейский учет, где расходы учитываются на счете поставщика." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:69 msgid "Odoo has modules to comply with IFRS rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:72 msgid "Accounts Receivable & Payable" msgstr "Дебиторская и кредиторская задолженность" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:74 msgid "" "By default, Odoo uses a single account for all account receivable entries " "and one for all accounts payable entries. You can create separate accounts " @@ -15330,7 +13682,7 @@ msgstr "" "создавать отдельные учетные записи для клиентов / поставщиков, но вам это не" " нужно." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:79 msgid "" "As transactions are associated to customers or suppliers, you get reports to" " perform analysis per customer/supplier such as the customer statement, " @@ -15341,11 +13693,11 @@ msgstr "" "выписки клиента, доходы на одного клиента, старые дебиторскую / кредиторскую" " задолженность ..." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:84 msgid "Wide range of financial reports" msgstr "Широкий спектр финансовых отчетов" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:86 msgid "" "In Odoo, you can generate financial reports in real time. Odoo's reports " "range from basic accounting reports to advanced management reports. Odoo's " @@ -15355,33 +13707,33 @@ msgstr "" "Отчеты Odoo варьируются от основных отчетов бухгалтерского учета к " "расширенным управленческих отчетов. Отчеты Odoo включают в себя:" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:90 msgid "Performance reports (such as Profit and Loss, Budget Variance)" msgstr "" "Отчеты об эффективности (например, "Прибыль и убытки", " ""Стоимость бюджета")" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:91 msgid "" "Position reports (such as Balance Sheet, Aged Payables, Aged Receivables)" msgstr "" "Позиционные отчеты (такие как баланс, погашенные кредиторские и дебиторские " "задолженности)" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:93 msgid "Cash reports (such as Bank Summary)" msgstr "Наличные отчеты (например, балансовый отчет)" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:94 msgid "Detail reports (such as Trial Balance and General Ledger)" msgstr "" "Подробные отчеты (например, Судебный баланс и Общая бухгалтерская книга)" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:95 msgid "Management reports (such as Budgets, Executive Summary)" msgstr "Управленческие отчеты (например, бюджеты, резюме)" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:97 msgid "" "Odoo's report engine allows you to customize your own report based on your " "own formulae." @@ -15389,11 +13741,11 @@ msgstr "" "Процесс отчетов Odoo позволяет настроить собственный отчет на основе " "собственных формул." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:101 msgid "Import bank feeds automatically" msgstr "Автоматический импорт банковских комиссий" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:103 msgid "" "Bank reconciliation is a process that matches your bank statement lines, as " "supplied by the bank, to your accounting transactions in the general ledger." @@ -15410,7 +13762,7 @@ msgstr "" "потока без необходимости входить в онлайн-банкинг или ждать банковские " "выписки." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:111 msgid "" "Odoo speeds up bank reconciliation by matching most of your imported bank " "statement lines to your accounting transactions. Odoo also remembers how " @@ -15422,11 +13774,11 @@ msgstr "" "как вы обрабатывали другие банковские выписки и оказывали предложены " "транзакции в главную бухгалтерскую книгу." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:117 msgid "Calculate the tax you owe your tax authority" msgstr "Исчисление налога для налоговой" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:119 msgid "" "Odoo totals all your accounting transactions for your tax period and uses " "these totals to calculate your tax obligation. You can then check your sales" @@ -15436,11 +13788,11 @@ msgstr "" " эти итоги для расчета вашего налогового обязательства. Затем вы можете " "проверить свой налог с продаж, запустив налоговый отчет Odoo." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:124 msgid "Inventory Valuation" msgstr "Оценка запасов" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:126 msgid "" "Odoo support both periodic (manual) and perpetual (automated) inventory " "valuations. The available methods are standard price, average price, LIFO " @@ -15450,17 +13802,17 @@ msgstr "" "(автоматические) оценки запасов. Доступными методами стандартная цена, " "средняя цена, LIFO (для стран позволяют это) и FIFO." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:131 msgid "" "`View impact of the valuation method on your transactions " "<https://odoo.com/documentation/functional/valuation.html>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:135 msgid "Easy retained earnings" msgstr "сохранен прибыль" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:137 msgid "" "Retained earnings are the portion of income retained by your business. Odoo " "automatically calculates your current year earnings in real time so no year-" @@ -15473,11 +13825,11 @@ msgstr "" "путем автоматического отчетности о балансе прибыли и убытка в отчете о " "балансе." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:7 msgid "Accounting Memento For Entrepreneurs (US GAAP)" msgstr "Бухгалтерская в память предпринимателей (US GAAP)" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:13 msgid "" "The **Profit and Loss** (P&L) report shows the performance of the company " "over a specific period (usually the current year)." @@ -15485,7 +13837,7 @@ msgstr "" "Отчет о ** Прибыли и убытки ** (P & L) показывает эффективность компании" " за определенный период (обычно текущий год)." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:18 msgid "" "The **Gross Profit** equals the revenues from sales minus the cost of goods " "sold." @@ -15493,7 +13845,7 @@ msgstr "" "** Валовая прибыль ** равна доходам от продаж за вычетом затрат на проданные" " товары." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:23 msgid "" "**Operating Expenses** (OPEX) include administration, sales and R&D salaries" " as well as rent and utilities, miscellaneous costs, insurances, … anything " @@ -15503,7 +13855,7 @@ msgstr "" "разработки, а также арендную плату и коммунальные услуги, различные расходы," " страхование ... нечто большее, чем расходы на проданные товары." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:29 msgid "" "The **Balance Sheet** is a snapshot of the company's finances at a specific " "date (as opposed to the Profit and Loss which is an analysis over a period)" @@ -15512,7 +13864,7 @@ msgstr "" "определенную дату (в отличие от прибыли и расходов, который является " "анализом течение периода)" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:34 msgid "" "**Assets** represent the company's wealth, things it owns. Fixed assets " "includes building and offices, current assets include bank accounts and " @@ -15523,7 +13875,7 @@ msgstr "" " наличные. Клиент, имеющий деньги, является активом. Работник не является " "активом." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:40 msgid "" "**Liabilities** are obligations from past events that the company will have " "to pay in the future (utility bills, debts, unpaid suppliers)." @@ -15532,7 +13884,7 @@ msgstr "" "придется платить в будущем (счета за коммунальные услуги, долги, " "неуплаченные поставщики)." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:45 msgid "" "**Equity** is the amount of the funds contributed by the owners (founders or" " shareholders) plus previously retained earnings (or losses)." @@ -15540,12 +13892,12 @@ msgstr "" "** Собственный капитал ** - сумма средств, предоставленных собственниками " "(учредителями или акционерами) плюс ранее сохраненный прибыль (или убытки)." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:50 msgid "Each year, net profits (or losses) are reported to retained earnings." msgstr "" "Ежегодный чистая прибыль (или убытки) отображается как сохранен прибыль." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:56 msgid "" "What is owned (an asset) has been financed through debts to reimburse " "(liabilities) or equity (profits, capital)." @@ -15553,7 +13905,7 @@ msgstr "" "То, что принадлежит (актив), было профинансировано за счет долгов для " "возмещения (обязательства) или капитала (прибыль, капитал)." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:59 msgid "" "A difference is made between buying an assets (e.g. a building) and expenses" " (e.g. fuel). Assets have an intrinsic value over time, versus expenses " @@ -15564,11 +13916,11 @@ msgstr "" "сравнению с затратами, которые имеют значение в них, потребляемых для того, " "чтобы компания "работала"." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:66 msgid "Assets = Liabilities + Equity" msgstr "Активы = обязательства + собственный капитал" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:71 msgid "" "The **chart of accounts** lists all the accounts, whether they are balance " "sheet accounts or P&L accounts. Every financial transaction (e.g. a payment," @@ -15580,17 +13932,17 @@ msgstr "" "операция (например, платеж, счет-фактура) влияет на счета путем перемещения " "стоимости с одной учета (кредита) на другой (дебет)." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:78 msgid "Balance = Debit - Credit" msgstr "Баланс = Дебет - Кредит" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:84 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:83 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:90 msgid "Journal Entries" msgstr "Записи журнала" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:88 msgid "" "Every financial document of the company (e.g. an invoice, a bank statement, " "a pay slip, a capital increase contract) is recorded as a journal entry, " @@ -15600,7 +13952,7 @@ msgstr "" "выписка, платеж, контракт на увеличение капитала) записывается как запись в " "журнале, что влияет на несколько счетов." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:92 msgid "" "For a journal entry to be *balanced*, the sum of all its debits must be " "equal to the sum of all its credits." @@ -15608,50 +13960,50 @@ msgstr "" "Для того, чтобы запись журнала был * сбалансированный * сумма всех его " "дебету должна быть равной сумме всех его кредитов." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:97 msgid "examples of accounting entries for various transactions. Example:" msgstr "примеры бухгалтерских записей для различных транзакций. пример:" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:99 msgid "Example 1: Customer Invoice:" msgstr "Пример 1: Счет:" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:99 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:119 msgid "Explanation:" msgstr "пояснение:" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:103 msgid "You generate a revenue of $1,000" msgstr "Вы получаете доход в размере 1000 долларов США" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:104 msgid "You have a tax to pay of $90" msgstr "Вы должны уплатить налог в размере 90 долларов США" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:105 msgid "The customer owes $1,090" msgstr "Заказчик $ 1,090" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:124 msgid "Configuration:" msgstr "настройки:" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:109 msgid "Income: defined on the product, or the product category" msgstr "Доход: определяется на товаре или категории товара" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:108 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:127 msgid "Account Receivable: defined on the customer" msgstr "Дебиторская задолженность: определенная клиентом" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:111 msgid "Tax: defined on the tax set on the invoice line" msgstr "Налог: определяется налогом, установленным на строке счета-фактуры" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:113 msgid "" "The fiscal position used on the invoice may have a rule that replaces the " "Income Account or the tax defined on the product by another one." @@ -15659,30 +14011,30 @@ msgstr "" "Схема налогообложения, использованная в счете-фактуре, может иметь правило, " "заменяет учет доходов или налог, определенный на товаре другим." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:117 msgid "Example 2: Customer Payment:" msgstr "Пример 2: Оплата клиента:" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:121 msgid "Your customer owes $1,090 less" msgstr "Ваш клиент должен $ 1,090 меньше" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:122 msgid "Your receive $1,090 on your bank account" msgstr "Вы получаете $ 1,090 на ваш банковский счет" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:126 msgid "Bank Account: defined on the related bank journal" msgstr "Банковский счет: определены в соответствующем банковском журнале" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:130 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 msgid "Reconciliation" msgstr "Сверка" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:134 msgid "" "Reconciliation is the process of linking journal items of a specific " "account, matching credits and debits." @@ -15690,7 +14042,7 @@ msgstr "" "Согласование - это процесс объединения элементов журнала конкретного счета, " "соответствующих кредитов и дебетовые." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:137 msgid "" "Its primary purpose is to link payments to their related invoices in order " "to mark invoices that are paid and clear the customer statement. This is " @@ -15701,7 +14053,7 @@ msgstr "" "которые выплачиваются, и очистить выписку клиента. Это делается путем " "согласования на счета * Дебиторская задолженность *." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:141 msgid "" "An invoice is marked as paid when its Accounts Receivable journal items are " "reconciled with the related payment journal items." @@ -15710,15 +14062,15 @@ msgstr "" "дебиторской задолженности согласуются со связанными элементами журнала " "платежей." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:144 msgid "Reconciliation is performed automatically by the system when:" msgstr "Система согласования выполняется автоматически, если:" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:146 msgid "the payment is registered directly on the invoice" msgstr "оплата регистрируется непосредственно на счете-фактуре" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:147 msgid "" "the links between the payments and the invoices are detected at the bank " "matching process" @@ -15726,85 +14078,97 @@ msgstr "" "связи между платежами и счетами-фактурами проявляются в процессе " "согласования банков" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:0 msgid "Customer Statement Example" msgstr "Пример выписки клиента" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:156 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 msgid "Accounts Receivable" msgstr "дебиторская задолженность" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:156 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:96 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 msgid "Debit" msgstr "Дебет" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:156 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:96 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 msgid "Credit" msgstr "Кредит" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:160 msgid "Invoice 1" msgstr "счет 1" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:104 +msgid "100" +msgstr "100" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:162 msgid "Payment 1.1" msgstr "платеж 1.1" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:162 msgid "70" msgstr "70" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:164 msgid "Invoice 2" msgstr "счет 2" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:162 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:168 msgid "65" msgstr "65" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:166 msgid "Payment 1.2" msgstr "платеж 1.2" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:166 msgid "30" msgstr "30" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:168 msgid "Payment 2" msgstr "платеж 2" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:170 msgid "Invoice 3" msgstr "счет 3" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:168 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:174 msgid "50" msgstr "50" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:174 msgid "Total To Pay" msgstr "Всего к оплате" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:181 msgid "" "Bank reconciliation is the matching of bank statement lines (provided by " "your bank) with transactions recorded internally (payments to suppliers or " @@ -15814,11 +14178,11 @@ msgstr "" "(предоставленных вашим банком) с внутренней операцией (платежи поставщикам " "или клиентам). Для каждой строки в банковской выписке это может быть:" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:186 msgid "matched with a previously recorded payment:" msgstr "что соответствует ранее записанному платежа:" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:186 msgid "" "a payment is registered when a check is received from a customer, then " "matched when checking the bank statement" @@ -15826,11 +14190,11 @@ msgstr "" "платеж регистрируется, когда чек получается от клиента, а затем во время " "проверки банковской выписки" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:190 msgid "recorded as a new payment:" msgstr "записано как новый платеж:" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:189 msgid "" "the payment's journal entry is created and :ref:`reconciled " "<accounting/reconciliation>` with the related invoice when processing the " @@ -15840,15 +14204,15 @@ msgstr "" "<accounting/reconciliation> `С соответствующим счетом-фактурой при обработке" " банковской выписки" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:193 msgid "recorded as another transaction:" msgstr "записана как другая транзакция:" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:193 msgid "bank transfer, direct charge, etc." msgstr "банковский перевод, прямой платеж и тому подобное." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:195 msgid "" "Odoo should automatically reconcile most transactions, only a few of them " "should need manual review. When the bank reconciliation process is finished," @@ -15860,24 +14224,24 @@ msgstr "" "согласования банковских выписок остаток на банковском счете в Odoo должен " "соответствовать баланса банковской выписки." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:203 msgid "Checks Handling" msgstr "проверки обработки" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:205 msgid "There are two approaches to manage checks and internal wire transfer:" msgstr "" "Есть два подхода для управления чеками и внутренним банковским переводом:" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:207 msgid "Two journal entries and a reconciliation" msgstr "Две записи журнала и согласования" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:208 msgid "One journal entry and a bank reconciliation" msgstr "Одна запись журнала и банковское согласования" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:212 msgid "" "The first journal entry is created by registering the payment on the " "invoice. The second one is created when registering the bank statement." @@ -15885,49 +14249,49 @@ msgstr "" "Первая запись журнала создается путем регистрации платежа в счете-фактуре. " "Второй создается при регистрации банковской выписки." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:96 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 msgid "Account" msgstr "Счёт" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:98 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:100 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 msgid "Account Receivable" msgstr "Дебиторская задолженность" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 msgid "Invoice ABC" msgstr "счет ABC" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 msgid "Undeposited funds" msgstr "незарегистрированные средства" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 msgid "Check 0123" msgstr "чек 0123" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:85 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:135 msgid "Bank" msgstr "Банк" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:237 msgid "" "A journal entry is created by registering the payment on the invoice. When " "reconciling the bank statement, the statement line is linked to the existing" @@ -15937,23 +14301,23 @@ msgstr "" "согласовании выписки из банка строки отчета связанного с существующим " "журналом." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 msgid "Bank Statement" msgstr "Банковская выписка" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:248 msgid "Statement XYZ" msgstr "выписка XYZ" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview.rst:3 msgid "Process overview" msgstr "обзор процесса" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:3 msgid "From Customer Invoice to Payments Collection" msgstr "От счета-фактуры клиента к сбору платежей" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo supports multiple invoicing and payment workflows, so you can choose " "and use the ones that match your business needs. Whether you want to accept " @@ -15968,11 +14332,11 @@ msgstr "" "принимаете скидки на досрочные платежи, вы можете сделать это эффективно и " "точно." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:12 msgid "From Draft Invoice to Profit and Loss" msgstr "От черновика счета к доходам и расходам" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:14 msgid "" "If we pick up at the end of a typical 'order to cash' scenario, after the " "goods have been shipped, you will: issue an invoice; receive payment; " @@ -15988,7 +14352,7 @@ msgstr "" "представляете свой доход в отчете о доходах и убытках и показываете " "уменьшение активов в отчете о балансе." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:21 msgid "" "Invoicing in most countries occurs when a contractual obligation is met. If " "you ship a box to a customer, you have met the terms of the contract and can" @@ -16005,7 +14369,7 @@ msgstr "" "этом этапе, Odoo поддерживает создание так называемого черновика счета-" "фактуры при получении товара." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:32 msgid "" "Draft invoices can be manually generated from other documents such as Sales " "Orders, Purchase Orders,etc. Although you can create a draft invoice " @@ -16015,7 +14379,7 @@ msgstr "" "документов, таких как заказы на продажу, заказы на покупку и тому подобное. " "Хотя вы можете и сами создать черновик счета, если хотите." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:36 msgid "" "An invoice must be provided to the customer with the necessary information " "in order for them to pay for the goods and services ordered and delivered. " @@ -16027,11 +14391,11 @@ msgstr "" "также включать другую информацию, необходимую для своевременной и точной " "оплаты счета-фактуры." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:42 msgid "Draft invoices" msgstr "Черновик счетов-фактур" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:44 msgid "" "The system generates invoice which are initially set to the Draft state. " "While these invoices" @@ -16039,7 +14403,7 @@ msgstr "" "Система создает счет-фактуру сначала в состоянии черновика. Пока эти счета-" "фактуры" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:47 msgid "" "remain unvalidated, they have no accounting impact within the system. There " "is nothing to stop users from creating their own draft invoices." @@ -16048,51 +14412,51 @@ msgstr "" "Ничто не препятствует пользователям создавать собственную черенетку счетов-" "фактур." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:50 msgid "Let's create a customer invoice with following information:" msgstr "Создадим счет-фактуру клиента со следующей информацией:" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:52 msgid "Customer: Agrolait" msgstr "Заказчик: Агролайт" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:53 msgid "Product: iMac" msgstr "Товар: iMac" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:54 msgid "Quantity: 1" msgstr "Количество: 1" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:55 msgid "Unit Price: 100" msgstr "Цена единицы: 100" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:56 msgid "Taxes: Tax 15%" msgstr "Налоги: налог 15%" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:64 msgid "The document is composed of three parts:" msgstr "Документ состоит из трех частей:" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:66 msgid "the top of the invoice, with customer information," msgstr "верхняя часть счета-фактуры, информация о клиентах," -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:67 msgid "the main body of the invoice, with detailed invoice lines," msgstr "основная часть счета-фактуры с подробными строками счетов-фактур," -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:68 msgid "the bottom of the page, with detail about the taxes, and the totals." msgstr "внизу страницы, подробная информация о налогах и итоговые данные." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:71 msgid "Open or Pro-forma invoices" msgstr "Открытые счета или про-форма счетов-фактур" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:73 msgid "" "An invoice will usually include the quantity and the price of goods and/or " "services, the date, any parties involved, the unique invoice number, and any" @@ -16102,7 +14466,7 @@ msgstr "" "любые вовлеченные стороны, уникальный номер счета и любую налоговую " "информацию." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:77 msgid "" "\"Validate\" the invoice when you are ready to approve it. The invoice then " "moves from the Draft state to the Open state." @@ -16110,7 +14474,7 @@ msgstr "" "Нажмите "Подтвердить" счет-фактуру, когда вы готовы принять его. " "После этого счет-фактура переходит из Черновики к статусу Открыто." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:80 msgid "" "When you have validated an invoice, Odoo gives it a unique number from a " "defined, and modifiable, sequence." @@ -16118,7 +14482,7 @@ msgstr "" "Когда вы подтвердили счет, Odoo придает ему уникальный номер определенной и " "модифицированной последовательности." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:86 msgid "" "Accounting entries corresponding to this invoice are automatically generated" " when you validate the invoice. You can see the details by clicking on the " @@ -16128,11 +14492,11 @@ msgstr "" "генерируются, когда вы проверяете счет-фактуру. Вы можете просмотреть " "детали, нажав на запись в поле журнала на вкладке Другая информация." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:95 msgid "Send the invoice to customer" msgstr "Отправьте счет-фактуру заказчику" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:97 msgid "" "After validating the customer invoice, you can directly send it to the " "customer via the 'Send by email' functionality." @@ -16140,7 +14504,7 @@ msgstr "" "После проверки счета-фактуры можно непосредственно передать его клиенту с " "помощью функции "Отправить по электронной почте"." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:103 msgid "" "A typical journal entry generated from a validated invoice will look like as" " follows:" @@ -16148,42 +14512,42 @@ msgstr "" "Типичный запись журнала, созданный подтвержденного счета, будет выглядеть " "следующим образом:" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 msgid "**Partner**" msgstr "** Партнер **" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 msgid "**Due date**" msgstr "** Установленный срок **" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 msgid "Agrolait" msgstr "Агролайт" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 msgid "01/07/2015" msgstr "01/07/2015" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 msgid "115" msgstr "115" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 msgid "15" msgstr "15" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:117 msgid "Payment" msgstr "Платеж" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:119 msgid "" "In Odoo, an invoice is considered to be paid when the associated accounting " "entry has been reconciled with the payment entries. If there has not been a " @@ -16194,18 +14558,18 @@ msgstr "" "был согласован с записями платежа. Если не было согласования, счет-фактура " "будет оставаться в открытом состоянии, пока вы не внесете платеж." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:124 msgid "" "A typical journal entry generated from a payment will look like as follows:" msgstr "" "Типичный запись журнала, созданный с платежа, будет выглядеть следующим " "образом:" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:136 msgid "Receive a partial payment through the bank statement" msgstr "Получите частичную оплату через банковскую выписку" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:138 msgid "" "You can manually enter your bank statements in Odoo, or you can import them " "in from a csv file or from several other predefined formats according to " @@ -16215,7 +14579,7 @@ msgstr "" "импортировать их из файла CSV или нескольких других предварительно " "определенных форматов в соответствии с вашей учетной локализации." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:142 msgid "" "Create a bank statement from the accounting dashboard with the related " "journal and enter an amount of $100 ." @@ -16223,15 +14587,15 @@ msgstr "" "Создайте банковскую выписку из информационной панели учета с соответствующим" " журналом и введите сумму 100 долларов США." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:149 msgid "Reconcile" msgstr "Сверить" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:151 msgid "Now let's reconcile!" msgstr "Теперь давайте согласуем!" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:156 msgid "" "You can now go through every transaction and reconcile them or you can mass " "reconcile with instructions at the bottom." @@ -16239,7 +14603,7 @@ msgstr "" "Теперь вы можете пройти через каждую транзакцию и согласовать ее, или же " "можно согласовать с инструкциями ниже." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:158 msgid "" "After reconciling the items in the sheet, the related invoice will now " "display \"You have outstanding payments for this customer. You can reconcile" @@ -16249,7 +14613,7 @@ msgstr "" "отображать: "Вы имеете непогашенные платежи для этого клиента. Вы " "можете согласовать их, чтобы оплатить этот счет-фактуру"." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:168 msgid "" "Apply the payment. Below, you can see that the payment has been added to the" " invoice." @@ -16257,11 +14621,11 @@ msgstr "" "Примените платеж. Ниже вы можете увидеть, что платеж добавляется в счет-" "фактуру." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:175 msgid "Payment Followup" msgstr "напоминание платежа" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:177 msgid "" "There's a growing trend of customers paying bills later and later. " "Therefore, collectors must make every effort to collect money and collect it" @@ -16271,7 +14635,7 @@ msgstr "" "коллекторы должны приложить все усилия, чтобы собирать деньги и собирать их " "быстрее." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:181 msgid "" "Odoo will help you define your follow-up strategy. To remind customers to " "pay their outstanding invoices, you can define different actions depending " @@ -16288,7 +14652,7 @@ msgstr "" " просроченные счета для одного и того же клиента, действие простого счета-" "фактуры будет выполнено." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:189 msgid "" "By going to the customer record and diving into the \"Overdue Payments\" you" " will see the follow-up message and all overdue invoices." @@ -16296,11 +14660,11 @@ msgstr "" "Перейдя к записи о клиентах и в "просроченные платежи", вы увидите" " следующее сообщение и все просроченные счета-фактуры." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:199 msgid "Customer aging report:" msgstr "Отчет о старении клиента:" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:201 msgid "" "The customer aging report will be an additional key tool for the collector " "to understand the customer credit issues, and to prioritize their work." @@ -16309,7 +14673,7 @@ msgstr "" "коллектора для понимания проблем клиентов-кредиторов и определения " "приоритетов их работы." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:205 msgid "" "Use the aging report to determine which customers are overdue and begin your" " collection efforts." @@ -16317,11 +14681,11 @@ msgstr "" "Используйте отчет о старении, чтобы определить, какие клиенты являются " "просроченными, и начать работу сбора платежей." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:212 msgid "Profit and loss" msgstr "Доходы и расходы" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:214 msgid "" "The Profit and Loss statement displays your revenue and expense details. " "Ultimately, this gives you a clear image of your Net Profit and Loss. It is " @@ -16332,11 +14696,11 @@ msgstr "" "четкое представление о чистом доходе и расходах. Его иногда называют " ""Отчет о доходах" или "Отчет о доходах и расходах"." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:223 msgid "Balance sheet" msgstr "отчет баланса" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:225 msgid "" "The balance sheet summarizes your company's liabilities, assets and equity " "at a specific moment in time." @@ -16344,7 +14708,7 @@ msgstr "" "Баланс заключает обязательства, активы и собственный капитал вашей компании " "на конкретный момент времени." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:234 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:234 msgid "" "For example, if you manage your inventory using the perpetual accounting " "method, you should expect a decrease in account \"Current Assets\" once the " @@ -16354,12 +14718,12 @@ msgstr "" "оценки запасов, следует ожидать уменьшения значения на счета «Текущие " "активы" после того, как товар был отправлен клиенту." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:15 msgid "From Vendor Bill to Payment" msgstr "От счета поставщика к оплате" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:5 msgid "" "Once vendor bills are registered in Odoo, you can easily pay vendors for the" " correct amount and at the right time (not too late, not too early; " @@ -16371,7 +14735,7 @@ msgstr "" "слишком рано, в зависимости от вашей политики поставщиков). Odoo предлагает " "отчеты для отслеживания вашей временной задолженности." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:10 msgid "" "If you want to control vendor bills received from your vendors, you can use " "the Odoo Purchase application that allows you to control and pre-complete " @@ -16381,11 +14745,11 @@ msgstr "" "воспользоваться модулем Покупки в Odoo, который позволяет контролировать и " "предварительно заполнять их на основе предварительных заказов на покупку." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:18 msgid "Record a new vendor bill" msgstr "Запишите новый счет поставщика" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:20 msgid "" "When a vendor bill is received, you can record it from " ":menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendor Bills` in the Accounting application. " @@ -16397,7 +14761,7 @@ msgstr "" "можете использовать функцию ** Новый счет ** на информационной панели " "бухучета." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:27 msgid "" "To register a new vendor bill, start by selecting a vendor and inputting " "their invoice as the **Vendor Reference**, then add and confirm the product " @@ -16408,7 +14772,7 @@ msgstr "" "подтвердите строки товаров, убедившись в том, что они нужны товары, налоги и" " цены." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:35 msgid "" "Save the invoice to update the pre tax and tax amounts at the bottom of the " "screen. You will most likely need to configure the prices of your products " @@ -16418,7 +14782,7 @@ msgstr "" "налога в нижней части экрана. Вам, скорее всего, придется настроить цены на " "ваши товары без налогов, поскольку Odoo будет исчислять налог для вас." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:40 msgid "" "On the bottom left corner, Odoo shows a summary table of all taxes on the " "vendor bill. In several countries, different methods are accepted to round " @@ -16436,11 +14800,11 @@ msgstr "" "Однако, если ваш поставщик другую сумму налога на своем счету, вы можете " "изменить сумму в нижней левой таблицы, чтобы настроить и сопоставить сумму." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:48 msgid "Validate The Vendor Bill" msgstr "Подтвердите счет поставщика" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:50 msgid "" "Once the vendor bill is validated, a journal entry will be generated based " "on the configuration on the invoice. This journal entry may differ depending" @@ -16451,28 +14815,28 @@ msgstr "" "зависимости от пакета бухгалтерского учета, который вы выбрали для " "использования." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:54 msgid "" "For most European countries, the journal entry will use the following " "accounts:" msgstr "" "Для большинства европейских стран журнал будет использовать следующие счета:" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:57 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:66 msgid "**Accounts Payable:** defined on the vendor form" msgstr "** Кредиторская задолженность: ** определена в форме поставщика" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:59 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:68 msgid "**Taxes:** defined on the products and per line" msgstr "** Налоги: ** определяются на товары и на строку" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:61 msgid "**Expenses:** defined on the line item product used" msgstr "** Расходы: ** определено на использованном элементе строки товара" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:63 msgid "" "For Anglo-Saxon (US) accounting, the journal entry will use the following " "accounts:" @@ -16480,11 +14844,11 @@ msgstr "" "Для англосаксонского бухучета (США) запись журнала использовать такие " "учетные записи:" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:70 msgid "**Goods Received:** defined on the product form" msgstr "** Присланные товары: ** определены в форме товара" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:72 msgid "" "You can check your Profit & Loss or the Balance Sheet reports after having " "validated a couple of vendor bills to see the impact on your general ledger." @@ -16493,11 +14857,11 @@ msgstr "" "нескольких счетов поставщиков, чтобы увидеть влияние на вашу общую " "бухгалтерскую книгу." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:77 msgid "Pay a bill" msgstr "оплатите счет" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:79 msgid "" "To create a payment for an open vendor bill directly, you can click on " "**Register a Payment** at the top of the form." @@ -16505,7 +14869,7 @@ msgstr "" "Чтобы создать платеж непосредственно на открытом счета поставщика, вы можете" " нажать кнопку ** Зарегистрировать платеж ** в верхней части формы" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:82 msgid "" "From there, you select the payment method (i.e. Checking account, credit " "card, check, etc…) and the amount you wish to pay. By default, Odoo will " @@ -16521,7 +14885,7 @@ msgstr "" "автоматически заполнять это поле с поля счета поставщика, если он правильно " "установлен)." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:94 msgid "" "You can also register a payment to a vendor directly without applying it to " "a vendor bill. To do that, :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. Then, " @@ -16532,11 +14896,11 @@ msgstr "" " в счет поставщика. Для этого нажмите: `Покупки -> Платежи`. Тогда, со " "счета поставщика вы сможете непосредственно согласовать этот платеж." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:99 msgid "Printing vendor Checks" msgstr "Напечатайте чеки поставщика" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:101 msgid "" "If you choose to pay your vendor bills by check, Odoo offers a method to do " "so directly from your vendor payments within Odoo. Whether you do so on a " @@ -16548,7 +14912,7 @@ msgstr "" " в Odoo. Независимо от того, вы делаете это ежедневно, либо в конце недели, " "вы можете печатать чеки группой." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:106 msgid "" "If you have checks to print, Odoo's accounting dashboard acts as a to do " "list and reminds you of how many checks you have left to be printed." @@ -16556,7 +14920,7 @@ msgstr "" "Если у вас есть чек для печати, панель приборов бухучета Odoo действует как " "список дел и напоминает вам о том, сколько чеков вы оставили для печати." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:112 msgid "" "By selecting the amount of checks to be printed, you can dive right into a " "list of all payments that are ready to be processed." @@ -16564,7 +14928,7 @@ msgstr "" "Выбрав количество чеков для печати, вы можете пойти прямо в список платежей," " которые готовы к отделке." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:115 msgid "" "Select all the checks you wish to print (use the first checkbox to select " "them all) and set the action to **Print Checks**. Odoo will ask you to set " @@ -16576,16 +14940,16 @@ msgstr "" "попросит вас установить следующий номер чека в последовательности, а затем " "напечатать все чеки одновременно." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:124 -#: ../../accounting/reporting.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:3 msgid "Reporting" msgstr "Отчетность" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:127 msgid "Aged payable balance" msgstr "Отчет расчетов с кредиторами" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:129 msgid "" "In order to get a list of open vendor bills and their related due dates, you" " can use the **Aged Payable** report, under the reporting menu, (in " @@ -16598,7 +14962,7 @@ msgstr "" "Aged payable`) , чтобы получить визуальную информацию о всех выплаченных " "счета." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:137 msgid "" "From here, you can click directly on a vendors name to open up the details " "of all outstanding bills and the amounts due, or you can annotate any line " @@ -16612,19 +14976,19 @@ msgstr "" "времени, когда вы просматриваете отчет, вы можете напечатать непосредственно" " в Excel или PDF и получить именно то, что вы видите на экране." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:144 msgid ":doc:`customer_invoice`" msgstr ":doc:`customer_invoice`" -#: ../../accounting/payables.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables.rst:3 msgid "Account Payables" msgstr "учетные платежи" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:3 msgid "Forecast future bills to pay" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:5 msgid "" "When you get hundreds of vendor bills per month with each of them having " "different payment terms, it could be complex to follow what you have to pay " @@ -16637,7 +15001,7 @@ msgstr "" "наличие средств, а слишком поздняя оплата может привести к дополнительным " "расходам." -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:10 msgid "" "Fortunately, Odoo provides you the right tools to manage payment orders to " "vendors efficiently." @@ -16645,11 +15009,11 @@ msgstr "" "К счастью, Odoo предоставляет вам необходимые инструменты для эффективного " "управления платежными поручениями поставщиков." -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:14 msgid "Configuration: payment terms" msgstr "Настройки: условия оплаты" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:16 msgid "" "In order to track the vendor conditions, we use payment terms in Odoo. " "Payment terms allow to keep track of the conditions to compute the due date " @@ -16659,15 +15023,15 @@ msgstr "" "Условия оплаты позволяют отслеживать условия для исчисления срока платежа по" " счету-фактуре. Например, срок оплаты может быть:" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:20 msgid "50% within 30 days" msgstr "50% в течение 30 дней" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:22 msgid "50% within 45 days" msgstr "50% в течение 45 дней" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:24 msgid "" "To create your most common payment terms, use the menu: " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Management --> Payment Terms` in the " @@ -16679,7 +15043,7 @@ msgstr "" " Бухучет **. Следующий пример показывает срок платежа 30% непосредственно и " "остаток через 30 дней." -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:32 msgid "" "Once payment terms are defined, you can assign them to your vendor by " "default. Set the Vendor Payment Term field on the Accounting tab of a vendor" @@ -16692,7 +15056,7 @@ msgstr "" "каждый раз, когда вы покупаете что-то в этом поставщика, Odoo предложит вам " "автоматически правильную платежную условие." -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:42 msgid "" "If you do not set a specific payment term on a vendor, you will still be " "able to set a specific payment term on the vendor bill." @@ -16700,11 +15064,11 @@ msgstr "" "Если вы не установили конкретное условие оплаты поставщику, вы все равно " "сможете установить конкретное условие оплаты на счета поставщика." -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:46 msgid "Forecast bills to pay with the Aged Payables report" msgstr "Прогнозируемые счета для оплаты отчету расчетов с кредиторами" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:48 msgid "" "In order to track amounts to be paid to the vendors, use the Aged Payable " "report. You can get it from the Reports menu of the Accounting application. " @@ -16718,18 +15082,18 @@ msgstr "" "уплачиваемых по сравнению со сроком исполнения (срок уплаты по каждому счету" " срока оплаты)." -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:57 msgid "" "This reports tells you how much you will have to pay within the next months." msgstr "" "В этих отчетах сообщается, сколько вам придется платить в течение следующих " "месяцев." -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:61 msgid "Select bills to pay" msgstr "Выберите счета для оплаты" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:63 msgid "" "Using the menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendor Bills`, you can get a " "list of vendor bills. Using the advanced filters, you can list all the bills" @@ -16741,7 +15105,7 @@ msgstr "" "указать все счета, которые вы должны оплатить, или просроченные счета (вы " "задерживаете платеж)." -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:70 msgid "" "From this screen, you can also switch to the pivot table or the graph view " "to get statistics on the amount due over the next month, using the group by " @@ -16751,15 +15115,15 @@ msgstr "" "чтобы получать статистику о сумме в следующем месяце, с помощью группы " "функции "Срок исполнения"." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay.rst:3 msgid "Vendor Payments" msgstr "платежи поставщика" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:3 msgid "Pay by Checks" msgstr "оплачивайте чеками" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:5 msgid "" "Once you decide to pay a supplier bill, you can select to pay by check. " "Then, at the end of the day, the manager can print all checks by batch. " @@ -16771,12 +15135,12 @@ msgstr "" "Наконец, процесс согласования банковской выписки будет соответствовать " "чекам, которые вы прислали поставщикам с фактическими банковскими выписками." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:14 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:33 msgid "Install the required module" msgstr "Установите нужный модуль" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:16 msgid "" "To record supplier payments by checks, you must install the **Check " "Writing** module. This module handle the process of recording checks in " @@ -16789,7 +15153,7 @@ msgstr "" "модули необходимые для печати чеков, в зависимости от страны. Например, " "модуль ** Печать чеков США ** нужен для печати чеков США." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:23 msgid "" "According to your country and the chart of account you use, those modules " "may be installed by default. (example: United States users have nothing to " @@ -16799,11 +15163,11 @@ msgstr "" "быть установлены по умолчанию. (Пример: пользователям Соединенных Штатов не " "нужно устанавливать, они настроены умолчанию)." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:28 msgid "Activate checks payment methods" msgstr "Активизируйте методы оплаты чеками" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:30 msgid "" "In order to allow payments by checks, you must activate the payment method " "on related bank journals. From the accounting dashboard (the screen you get " @@ -16817,63 +15181,63 @@ msgstr "" " банковский счет :menuselection:`More --> Settings`. На поле ** Метод оплаты" " ** установите ** Чек **." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:40 msgid "Compatible check stationery for printing checks" msgstr "Совместимый прибор для печати чеков" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:43 msgid "United States" msgstr "Соединённые Штаты Америки" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:45 msgid "For the United States, Odoo supports by default the check formats of:" msgstr "Для США Odoo по умолчанию поддерживает форматы проверки:" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:47 msgid "**Quickbooks & Quicken**: check on top, stubs in the middle and bottom" msgstr "" "** Quickbooks & Quicken **: чек сверху, корешок в середине и внизу" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:48 msgid "**Peachtree**: check in the middle, stubs on top and bottom" msgstr "** Peachtree **: чек в середине, корешок сверху и снизу" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:49 msgid "**ADP**: check in the bottom, and stubs on the top." msgstr "** ADP **: чек внизу, и заголовки сверху." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:51 msgid "" "It is also possible to customize your own check format through " "customizations." msgstr "" "Также можно настроить свой собственный формат чека с помощью настроек." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:54 msgid "Pay a supplier bill with a check" msgstr "Оплата счета поставщика чеком" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:56 msgid "Paying a supplier with a check is done in three steps:" msgstr "Оплата поставщика чеку осуществляется в три этапа:" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:58 msgid "registering a payment you'd like to do on the bill" msgstr "зарегистрируйте платеж, который вы хотите сделать на счету" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:59 msgid "printing checks in batch for all registered payments" msgstr "печать чеков пакетом для всех зарегистрированных платежей" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:60 msgid "reconcile bank statements" msgstr "согласуйте банковские выписки" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:63 msgid "Register a payment by check" msgstr "Зарегистрируйте платеж чеком" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:65 msgid "" "To register a payment on a bill, open any supplier bill from the menu " ":menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendor Bills`. Once the supplier bill is " @@ -16885,11 +15249,11 @@ msgstr "" "поставщика вы можете зарегистрировать платеж. Установите ** Метод оплаты ** " "на ** Чек ** и подтвердите диалоговое окно платежа." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:74 msgid "Print checks" msgstr "печать чеков" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:76 msgid "" "From the accounting dashboard, on your bank account, you should see a link " "\"X checks to print\". Click on this link and you will get the list of all " @@ -16901,7 +15265,7 @@ msgstr "" "список всех чеков, которые еще не опубликованы. С этого экрана вы можете " "печатать все чеки партиями или просматривать их по очереди." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:81 msgid "" "If you want to review every payment one by one before printing the check, " "open on the payment and click on **Print Check** if you accept it. A dialog " @@ -16914,7 +15278,7 @@ msgstr "" "можете изменить его, если он не соответствует вашему следующем чековой " "номера." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:87 msgid "" "To print all checks in batch, select all payments from the list view and " "Print Check from the top \"print\" menu." @@ -16922,11 +15286,11 @@ msgstr "" "Для печати все чеки партиями, выберите все платежи из списка и введите чек в" " верхнем меню "Печать"." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:94 msgid "Reconcile bank statements" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:96 msgid "" "Once you process your bank statement, when the check is credited from your " "bank account, Odoo will propose you automatically to match it with the " @@ -16936,18 +15300,18 @@ msgstr "" "банковского счета, Odoo предложит вам автоматически подогнать его к платежу." " Это будет обозначать платеж как ** Согласованный **." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:101 msgid "" "To review checks that have not been credited, open the list of payments and " "filter on the Sent state. Review those payments that have a date more than 2" " weeks ago." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:106 msgid "Pay anything with a check" msgstr "Оплачивайте что-чеком" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:108 msgid "" "You can register a payment that is not related to a supplier bill. To do so," " use the top menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. Register your " @@ -16957,7 +15321,7 @@ msgstr "" "этого используйте главное меню :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. " "Зарегистрируйте платеж и выберите способ оплаты чеком." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:112 msgid "" "If you pay a specific supplier bill, put the reference of the bill in the " "**Memo** field." @@ -16965,7 +15329,7 @@ msgstr "" "Если вы платите конкретный счет поставщика, поставьте ссылку на счет в поле " "** Напоминание **." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:118 msgid "" "Once your payment by check is registered, don't forget to **Confirm** it. " "Once confirmed, you can use **Print Check** directly or follow the preceding" @@ -16976,19 +15340,19 @@ msgstr "" "чека ** непосредственно или придерживаться предыдущего потока для печати " "чеков в пакетном режиме:" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:122 msgid "`Print checks`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:123 msgid "`Reconcile bank statements`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:3 msgid "Pay several bills at once" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo provides a simple and effective way to handle several bills at once, " "with various quick or complex options. With one single process, anyone is " @@ -16999,15 +15363,15 @@ msgstr "" "одного процесса, каждый сможет обрабатывать счета и оплату всего за " "несколько кликов." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:10 msgid "Pay multiple bills with one payment" msgstr "Оплатите несколько счетов за один платеж" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:13 msgid "Record several payments" msgstr "Запишите несколько платежей" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:15 msgid "" "In the following example, we will generate some bills. You can control the " "whole process from your accounting dashboard (first screen you get when you " @@ -17017,7 +15381,7 @@ msgstr "" "весь процесс по информационной панели бухучета (первый экран, который вы " "получаете, когда вы открываете учетную приложение)." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:22 msgid "" "To create a bill, open the Dashboard menu and click on **Vendor Bills**. In " "the Vendor Bills window, click on **Create**." @@ -17025,7 +15389,7 @@ msgstr "" "Чтобы создать счет, откройте меню Информационной панели и нажмите ** Счет " "поставщика **. В окне счета поставщика нажмите кнопку ** Создать **." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:28 msgid "" "Choose the vendor from which you wish to purchase the product, and click on " "Add an item to add one (or more) product(s). Click on **Save** and then " @@ -17035,11 +15399,11 @@ msgstr "" "Добавить элемент, чтобы добавить один (или более) товаров. Нажмите ** " "Сохранить **, а затем ** Проверить **." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:33 msgid "Pay supplier bills, one after the other" msgstr "Оплата счетов поставщика, один за другим" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:38 msgid "" "We will now record a payment for one bill only. Open the bill, then click on" " **Register Payment**. Insert the Payment Method, Date and Amount, and click" @@ -17049,7 +15413,7 @@ msgstr "" "нажмите ** Зарегистрировать оплату **. Вставьте способ оплаты, дату, сумму и" " нажмите ** Подтвердить **." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:45 msgid "" "Once you have validated the payment, the system will automatically reconcile" " the payment with the bill, and set the bill as **Paid**. The system will " @@ -17060,11 +15424,11 @@ msgstr "" "платеж по счету и устанавливает счет как ** Оплаченный **. Система также " "создаст переход из платежного счета и согласует его с транзакцией расходов." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:51 msgid "Pay several bills altogether" msgstr "Оплатите несколько счетов в целом" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:53 msgid "" "In order to illustrate the process thoroughly, create at least 2 more bills " "following the above standing guide. **Make sure all bills come from the same" @@ -17074,7 +15438,7 @@ msgstr "" "счета, которые следуют по приведенному выше примеру. ** Убедитесь, что все " "счета поступили от одного поставщика. **" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:60 msgid "" "In the Vendors Bills, select the new bills you have just created by checking" " the box next to each of them. In the Action menu located in the middle of " @@ -17084,7 +15448,7 @@ msgstr "" "установив флажок каждого из них. В меню Действие, расположенном в середине " "страницы, нажмите ** Зарегистрировать платеж **." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:67 msgid "" "Insert the details of the payment. The system calculated the total amount " "for both bills, but you can modify it freely. Click on **Validate**." @@ -17092,11 +15456,11 @@ msgstr "" "Введите данные платежа. Система рассчитала сумму для обоих счетов, но вы " "можете свободно изменять ее. Нажмите ** Подтвердить **." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:71 msgid "Record the payment, reconcile afterwards" msgstr "Запишите платеж, согласуйте позже" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:73 msgid "" "You can also reconcile a payment with bills after the payment has been " "recorded." @@ -17104,11 +15468,11 @@ msgstr "" "Вы также можете согласовать платеж со счетами после того, как платеж будет " "записано." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:76 msgid "First, we need to create a payment" msgstr "Во-первых, нам нужно создать платеж" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:78 msgid "" "This will handle from :menuselection:`Dashboard --> Bank journal --> More " "Option --> Send Money`" @@ -17116,7 +15480,7 @@ msgstr "" "Это выполняется в :menuselection:`Dashboard --> Bank journal --> More Option" " --> Send Money`" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:84 msgid "" "Creating payment order with check payment method. Selecting related Vendor " "and amount which remain to pay. After filling all details, we will confirm " @@ -17127,7 +15491,7 @@ msgstr "" " всех деталей мы подтвердим платежное поручение, которое создаст платежную " "транзакцию с системой." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:92 msgid "" "As you can see, bill payment status show what is posted and what is " "remaining to reconcile." @@ -17135,7 +15499,7 @@ msgstr "" "Как вы можете видеть, статус оплаты счета показывает, что размещено и " "остается для согласования." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:95 msgid "" "After receiving bank statement from the bank with payment detail, you can " "reconcile the transaction from the Dashboard. It will automatically map the " @@ -17145,17 +15509,17 @@ msgstr "" "согласовать транзакцию с информационной панели. Он будет автоматически " "отображать сумму транзакции." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:103 msgid "Partial payments of several supplier bills" msgstr "Частичные выплаты нескольких счетов поставщиков" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:106 msgid "How to pay several supplier bills having cash discounts at once?" msgstr "" "Как оплатить несколько счетов поставщиков, имеющих наличные скидки " "одновременно?" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:108 msgid "" "You already learned how to pay bills in various way but what about partial " "payment? We are taking another example where we will do partial payment for " @@ -17165,7 +15529,7 @@ msgstr "" "частичной оплате? Мы рассмотрим еще один пример, где будем делать частичную " "оплату за различные счета." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:112 msgid "" "We are creating multiple bills and partially pay them through bank " "statements." @@ -17173,7 +15537,7 @@ msgstr "" "Мы создаем несколько счетов и частично оплачиваем их через банковские " "выписки." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:115 msgid "" "We are adding payment terms which allow some cash discount where vendor " "offer us early payment discount." @@ -17181,17 +15545,17 @@ msgstr "" "Мы добавляем условия платежа, которые позволяют получить определенную " "наличную скидку, когда поставщик предлагает нам скидку досрочного платежа." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:121 msgid "" "We are creating the following bills with the assignment of the above payment" " term." msgstr "Мы создаем следующие счеты с назначением указанного срока платежа." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:127 msgid "We have created the following bills:" msgstr "Мы создали следующие счета:" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:132 msgid "" "We will pay the invoices by creating bank statement where we will adjust the" " cash discount our vendor provided under payment terms." @@ -17200,7 +15564,7 @@ msgstr "" "корректировать наличную скидку, предоставленную нашим продавцом по условиям " "оплаты." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:138 msgid "" "Before reconciling this bank statement, we need to create one statement " "model for cash discount." @@ -17208,18 +15572,18 @@ msgstr "" "Прежде чем согласовать эту банковскую выписку, нам нужно создать одну модель" " заявки наличной скидки." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:144 msgid "Now we are going back to bank statement and opening reconcile view." msgstr "" "Теперь мы возвращаемся к выписке с банковского счета и открываем согласован " "просмотр." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:69 msgid "Pay with SEPA" msgstr "Оплачивайте с SEPA" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:5 msgid "" "SEPA, the Single Euro Payments Area, is a payment-integration initiative of " "the European union for simplification of bank transfers denominated in EURO." @@ -17231,7 +15595,7 @@ msgstr "" " SEPA позволяет отправлять заказ на оплату в ваш банк для автоматизации " "банковского перевода." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:10 msgid "" "SEPA is supported by the banks of the 28 EU member states as well as " "Iceland, Norway, Switzerland, Andorra, Monaco and San Marino." @@ -17239,14 +15603,14 @@ msgstr "" "SEPA поддерживается банками 28 стран-членов ЕС, а также Исландией, " "Норвегией, Швейцарией, Андоррой, Монако и Сан-Марино." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:13 msgid "" "With Odoo, once you decide to pay a vendor, you can select to pay the bill " "with SEPA. Then, at the end of the day, the manager can generate the SEPA " "file containing all bank wire transfers and send it to the bank." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:18 msgid "" "By default,the file follows the SEPA Credit Transfer **'pain.001.001.03'** " "specifications. This is a well-defined standard that makes consensus among " @@ -17255,7 +15619,7 @@ msgid "" "**'pain.001.003.03'** for Germany." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:24 msgid "" "Once the payments are processed by your bank, you can directly import the " "account statement inside Odoo. The bank reconciliation process will " @@ -17267,7 +15631,7 @@ msgstr "" "отвечать заказу SEPA, которые вы прислали в ваш банк с фактическими " "банковскими выписками." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:35 msgid "" "To pay suppliers with SEPA, you must install the **SEPA Credit Transfer** " "module. This module handle the process of generating SEPA files based on " @@ -17277,7 +15641,7 @@ msgstr "" "Transfer **. Этот модуль обрабатывает процесс создания файлов SEPA на основе" " платежей Odoo." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:40 msgid "" "According to your country and the chart of account you use, this module may " "be installed by default." @@ -17285,11 +15649,11 @@ msgstr "" "По вашей страной и планом счетов, который вы используете, этот модуль может " "быть установлен по умолчанию." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:44 msgid "Activate SEPA payment methods on banks" msgstr "Активизируйте методы оплаты SEPA в банках" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:46 msgid "" "In order to allow payments by SEPA, you must activate the payment method on " "related bank journals. From the accounting dashboard (the screen you get " @@ -17302,7 +15666,7 @@ msgstr "" "кнопку "Дополнительно" на своем банковском счете и выберите " ""Настройки"." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:51 msgid "" "To activate SEPA, click the **Advanced Settings** tab and, in the **Payment " "Methods** part of the **Miscellaneous** section, check the box **Sepa Credit" @@ -17312,7 +15676,7 @@ msgstr "" "разделе ** Способы оплаты ** раздела ** Разное ** обозначьте ** Sepa Credit " "Transfer **." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:55 msgid "" "Make sure to specify the IBAN account number (domestic account number won't " "work with SEPA) and the BIC (bank identifier code) on your bank journal." @@ -17321,7 +15685,7 @@ msgstr "" "работать с SEPA) и BIC (код идентификатора банка) в вашем банковском " "журнале." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:60 msgid "" "By default, the payments you send using SEPA will use your company name as " "initiating party name. This is what appears on the recipient's bank " @@ -17334,11 +15698,11 @@ msgstr "" "его в настройках вашей компании на вкладке ** Настройка **, в разделе ** " "SEPA **." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:72 msgid "Register your payments" msgstr "Зарегистрируйте ваш платеж" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:74 msgid "" "You can register a payment that is not related to a supplier bill. To do so," " use the top menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. Register your " @@ -17349,7 +15713,7 @@ msgstr "" "Зарегистрируйте платеж и выберите способ оплаты с помощью Sepa Credit " "Transfer." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:78 msgid "" "If it's the first time you pay this vendor, you will have to fill in the " "Recipient Bank Account field with, at least, the bank name, IBAN and BIC " @@ -17359,7 +15723,7 @@ msgstr "" "банковского счета получателя по крайней мере с названием банка, IBAN и BIC " "(банковский идентификационный код). Odoo автоматически проверит формат IBAN." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:82 msgid "" "For future payments to this vendor, Odoo will propose you automatically the " "bank accounts but you will be able to select another one or create a new " @@ -17368,7 +15732,7 @@ msgstr "" "Для будущих платежей в этого поставщика Odoo предложит вам автоматически " "банковские счета, но вы сможете выбрать другой или создать новый." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:86 msgid "" "If you pay a specific supplier bill, put the reference of the bill in the " "**memo** field." @@ -17376,7 +15740,7 @@ msgstr "" "Если вы платите конкретный счет поставщика, поставьте ссылку на счет в поле " "** напоминание **." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:92 msgid "" "Once your payment is registered, don't forget to Confirm it. You can also " "pay vendor bills from the bill directly using the Register Payment button on" @@ -17389,11 +15753,11 @@ msgstr "" "оплата непосредственно связана со счетом и будет автоматически согласована к" " нему." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:98 msgid "Generate SEPA files" msgstr "Создание файлов SEPA" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:100 msgid "" "From your accounting dashboard, you should see if there are SEPA files to " "generate for every bank account." @@ -17401,7 +15765,7 @@ msgstr "" "С вашей панели приборов бухучета вы должны увидеть, существуют файлы SEPA " "для создания каждого банковского счета." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:106 msgid "" "Click on the link to check all the payments that are ready to transfer via " "SEPA. Then, select all the payments you want to send (or check the top box " @@ -17413,15 +15777,15 @@ msgstr "" " верхнее окно, чтобы выбрать весь платеж одновременно) и нажмите кнопку " ":menuselection:`More --> Download SEPA Payments`." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:115 msgid "Troubleshooting" msgstr "Решение проблем" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:118 msgid "The bank refuses my SEPA file" msgstr "Банк отказывается от моего файла SEPA" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:120 msgid "" "Ask your bank if they support the **SEPA Credit Transfer specification** " "(the SEPA pain version depends on the country set on your company). If they " @@ -17429,13 +15793,13 @@ msgid "" "message to your Odoo partner." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:126 msgid "There is no Bank Identifier Code recorded for bank account ..." msgstr "" "Есть банковского идентификационного кода, зарегистрированного для " "банковского счета ..." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:128 msgid "" "In order to send a SEPA payment, the recipient must be identified by a valid" " IBAN and BIC. If this message appear, you probably encoded an IBAN account " @@ -17446,16 +15810,16 @@ msgstr "" " вероятно, кодировали учет IBAN для партнера, которому вы платите, но забыли" " заполнить поле BIC." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:134 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:125 msgid ":doc:`check`" msgstr ":doc:`check`" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:3 msgid "Non-current Assets and Fixed Assets" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:5 msgid "" "**Non-current Assets**, also known as **long-term assets**, are investments " "that are expected to be realized after one year. They are capitalized rather" @@ -17463,14 +15827,14 @@ msgid "" " their nature, they may undergo **depreciation**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:9 msgid "" "**Fixed Assets** are a type of Non-current Assets and include the properties" " bought for their productive aspects, such as buildings, vehicles, " "equipment, land, and software." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:12 msgid "" "For example, let's say we buy a car for $ 27,000. We plan to amortize it " "over five years, and we will sell it for $ 7,000 afterward. Using the " @@ -17480,144 +15844,144 @@ msgid "" " us with $ 7,000 of **Not Depreciable Value**, or Salvage value." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:18 msgid "" "Odoo Accounting handles depreciation by creating all depreciation entries " "automatically in *draft mode*. They are then posted periodically." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:21 msgid "Odoo supports the following **Depreciation Methods**:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:23 -msgid "Linear" -msgstr "Линейный" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:24 -msgid "Degressive" -msgstr "Нисходящий" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:25 -msgid "Accelerated Degressive" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:23 +msgid "Straight Line" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:28 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:25 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:24 +msgid "Declining" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:25 +msgid "Declining Then Straight Line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:24 msgid "" "The server checks once a day if an entry must be posted. It might then take " "up to 24 hours before you see a change from *draft* to *posted*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:32 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:29 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:28 -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:19 msgid "Prerequisites" msgstr "предпосылки" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:34 msgid "" "Such transactions must be posted on an **Assets Account** rather than on the" " default expense account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:38 msgid "Configure an Assets Account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:40 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:37 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:36 msgid "" "To configure your account in the **Chart of Accounts**, go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Chart of Accounts`, click " "on *Create*, and fill out the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:48 msgid "" "This account's type must be either *Fixed Assets* or *Non-current Assets*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:51 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:48 msgid "Post an expense to the right account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:51 msgid "Select the account on a draft bill" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:56 msgid "" "On a draft bill, select the right account for all the assets you are buying." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:65 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:61 msgid "Choose a different Expense Account for specific products" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:67 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:63 msgid "" "Start editing the product, go to the *Accounting* tab, select the right " "**Expense Account**, and save." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:75 msgid "" "It is possible to :ref:`automate the creation of assets entries <assets-" "automation>` for these products." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:75 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:74 msgid "Change the account of a posted journal item" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:83 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:77 msgid "" "To do so, open your Purchases Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting" " --> Accounting --> Purchases`, select the journal item you want to modify, " "click on the account, and select the right one." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:92 msgid "Assets entries" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:97 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:89 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:88 msgid "Create a new entry" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:99 msgid "" "An **Asset entry** automatically generates all journal entries in *draft " "mode*. They are then posted one by one at the right time." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:102 msgid "" "To create a new entry, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " "Assets`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:105 msgid "" "Click on **select related purchases** to link an existing journal item to " "this new entry. Some fields are then automatically filled out, and the " "journal item is now listed under the **Related Purchase** tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:113 msgid "" "Once done, you can click on *Compute Depreciation* (next to the *Confirm* " "button) to generate all the values of the **Depreciation Board**. This board" @@ -17625,19 +15989,19 @@ msgid "" " at which date." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:122 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:114 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:113 msgid "What does \"Prorata Temporis\" mean?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:124 msgid "" "The **Prorata Temporis** feature is useful to depreciate your assets the " "most accurately possible." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:126 msgid "" "With this feature, the first entry on the Depreciation Board is computed " "based on the time left between the *Prorata Date* and the *First " @@ -17645,50 +16009,53 @@ msgid "" "depreciations." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:130 msgid "" "For example, the Depreciation Board above has its first depreciation with an" " amount of $ 241.10 rather than $ 4,000.00. Consequently, the last entry is " "also lower and has an amount of $ 3758.90." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:134 msgid "What are the different Depreciation Methods" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:136 msgid "" -"The **Linear Depreciation Method** divides the initial Depreciable Value by " -"the number of depreciations planned. All depreciation entries have the same " -"amount." +"The **Straight Line Depreciation Method** divides the initial Depreciable " +"Value by the number of depreciations planned. All depreciation entries have " +"the same amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:139 msgid "" -"The **Degressive Depreciation Method** multiplies the Depreciable Value by " -"the **Degressive Factor** for each entry. Each depreciation entry has a " -"lower amount than the previous entry." +"The **Declining Depreciation Method** multiplies the Depreciable Value by " +"the **Declining Factor** for each entry. Each depreciation entry has a lower" +" amount than the previous entry. The last depreciation entry doesn't use the" +" declining factor but instead has an amount corresponding to the balance of " +"the depreciable value so that it reaches $0 by the end of the specified " +"duration." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:144 msgid "" -"The **Accelerated Degressive Depreciation Method** uses the Degressive " -"Method, but with a minimum Depreciation equal to the Linear Method. This " -"method ensures a fast depreciation at the beginning, followed by a constant " -"one afterward." +"The **Declining Then Straight Line Depreciation Method** uses the Declining " +"Method, but with a minimum Depreciation equal to the Straight Line Method. " +"This method ensures a fast depreciation at the beginning, followed by a " +"constant one afterward." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:149 msgid "Assets from the Purchases Journal" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:151 msgid "" "You can create an asset entry from a specific journal item in your " "**Purchases Journal**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:153 msgid "" "To do so, open your Purchases Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting" " --> Accounting --> Purchases`, and select the journal item you want to " @@ -17696,36 +16063,36 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`journal-assets-account`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:157 msgid "" "Then, click on *Action*, select **Create Asset**, and fill out the form the " "same way you would do to :ref:`create a new entry <create-assets-entry>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:165 msgid "Modification of an Asset" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:167 msgid "" "You can modify the values of an asset to increase or decrease its value." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:169 msgid "" "To do so, open the asset you want to modify, and click on *Modify " "Depreciation*. Then, fill out the form with the new depreciation values and " "click on *Modify*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:172 msgid "" "A **decrease in value** posts a new Journal Entry for the **Value Decrease**" " and modifies all the future *unposted* Journal Entries listed in the " "Depreciation Board." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:175 msgid "" "An **increase in value** requires you to fill out additional fields related " "to the account movements and creates a new Asset entry with the **Value " @@ -17733,23 +16100,23 @@ msgid "" "Button." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:184 msgid "Disposal of Fixed Assets" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:186 msgid "" "To **sell** an asset or **dispose** of it implies that it must be removed " "from the Balance Sheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:188 msgid "" "To do so, open the asset you want to dispose of, click on *Sell or Dispose*," " and fill out the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:194 msgid "" "Odoo Accounting then generates all the journal entries necessary to dispose " "of the asset, including the gain or loss on sale, which is based on the " @@ -17757,103 +16124,103 @@ msgid "" "amount it is sold for." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:199 msgid "" "To record the sale of an asset, you must first post the related Customer " "Invoice so you can link the sale of the asset with it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:203 msgid "Assets Models" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:205 msgid "" "You can create **Assets Models** to create your Asset entries faster. It is " "particularly useful if you recurrently buy the same kind of assets." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:208 msgid "" "To create a model, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " "Assets Models`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form the same way you " "would do to create a new entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:212 msgid "" "You can also convert a *confirmed Asset entry* into a model by opening it " "from :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Assets` and then, by " "clicking on the button *Save Model*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:217 msgid "Apply an Asset Model to a new entry" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:219 msgid "" "When you create a new Asset entry, fill out the **Fixed Asset Account** " "with the right asset account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:220 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:160 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:160 msgid "" "New buttons with all the models linked to that account appear at the top of " "the form. Clicking on a model button fills out the form according to that " "model." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:230 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:232 msgid "Automate the Assets" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:234 msgid "" "When you create or edit an account of which the type is either *Non-current " "Assets* or *Fixed Assets*, you can configure it to create assets for the " "expenses that are credited on it automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:238 msgid "You have three choices for the **Automate Assets** field:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:241 msgid "" "**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " "draft *Assets entry* is created, but not validated. You must first fill out " "the form in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Assets`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:244 msgid "" "**Create and validate:** you must also select an Asset Model (see: `Assets " "Models`_). Whenever a transaction is posted on the account, an *Assets " "entry* is created and immediately validated." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:250 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:252 msgid "" "You can, for example, select this account as the default **Expense Account**" " of a product to fully automate its purchase. (see: :ref:`product-assets-" "account`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:3 msgid "Deferred Expenses and Prepayments" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:5 msgid "" "**Deferred expenses** and **prepayments** (also known as **prepaid " "expense**), are both costs that have already occurred for unconsumed " "products or services yet to receive." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:8 msgid "" "Such costs are **assets** for the company that pays them since it already " "paid for products and services still to receive or that are yet to be used. " @@ -17862,14 +16229,14 @@ msgid "" "the future." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:13 msgid "" "These future expenses must be deferred on the company's balance sheet until " "the moment in time they can be **recognized**, at once or over a defined " "period, on the Profit and Loss statement." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:16 msgid "" "For example, let's say we pay $ 1200 at once for one year of insurance. We " "already pay the cost now but haven't used the service yet. Therefore, we " @@ -17878,64 +16245,64 @@ msgid "" "recognized as an expense." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:21 msgid "" "Odoo Accounting handles deferred expenses and prepayments by spreading them " "in multiple entries that are automatically created in *draft mode* and then " "posted periodically." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:31 msgid "" "Such transactions must be posted on a **Deferred Expense Account** rather " "than on the default expense account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:35 msgid "Configure a Deferred Expense Account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:45 msgid "This account's type must be either *Current Assets* or *Prepayments*" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:53 msgid "" "On a draft bill, select the right account for all the products of which the " "expenses must be deferred." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:71 msgid "" "It is possible to automate the creation of expense entries for these " "products (see: `Automate the Deferred Expenses`_)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:86 msgid "Deferred Expenses entries" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:91 msgid "" "A **Deferred Expense entry** automatically generates all journal entries in " "*draft mode*. They are then posted one by one at the right time until the " "full amount of the expense is recognized." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:94 msgid "" "To create a new entry, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " "Deferred Expense`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:97 msgid "" "Click on **select related purchases** to link an existing journal item to " "this new entry. Some fields are then automatically filled out, and the " "journal item is now listed under the **Related Expenses** tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:105 msgid "" "Once done, you can click on *Compute Deferral* (next to the *Confirm* " "button) to generate all the values of the **Expense Board**. This board " @@ -17943,37 +16310,37 @@ msgid "" " at which date." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:116 msgid "" "The **Prorata Temporis** feature is useful to recognize your expense the " "most accurately possible." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:118 msgid "" "With this feature, the first entry on the Expense Board is computed based on" " the time left between the *Prorata Date* and the *First Recognition Date* " "rather than the default amount of time between recognitions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:122 msgid "" "For example, the Expense Board above has its first expense with an amount of" " $ 70.97 rather than $ 100.00. Consequently, the last entry is also lower " "and has an amount of $ 29.03." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:126 msgid "Deferred Entry from the Purchases Journal" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:128 msgid "" "You can create a deferred entry from a specific journal item in your " "**Purchases Journal**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:130 msgid "" "To do so, open your Purchases Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting" " --> Accounting --> Purchases`, and select the journal item you want to " @@ -17981,63 +16348,63 @@ msgid "" "account of a posted journal item`_)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:134 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:134 msgid "" "Then, click on *Action*, select **Create Deferred Entry**, and fill out the " "form the same way you would do to `create a new entry`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:142 msgid "Deferred Expense Models" msgstr "Модели отложенных расходов" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:144 msgid "" "You can create **Deferred Expense Models** to create your Deferred Expense " "entries faster." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:146 msgid "" "To create a model, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " "Deferred Expense Models`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form the same " "way you would do to create a new entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:150 msgid "" "You can also convert a *confirmed Deferred Expense entry* into a model by " "opening it from :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Deferred " "Expenses` and then, by clicking on the button *Save Model*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:155 msgid "Apply a Deferred Expense Model to a new entry" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:157 msgid "" "When you create a new Deferred Expense entry, fill out the **Deferred " "Expense Account** with the right recognition account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:170 msgid "Automate the Deferred Expenses" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:172 msgid "" "When you create or edit an account of which the type is either *Current " "Assets* or *Prepayments*, you can configure it to defer the expenses that " "are credited on it automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:175 msgid "You have three choices for the **Automate Deferred Expense** field:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:178 msgid "" "**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " "draft *Deferred Expenses entry* is created, but not validated. You must " @@ -18045,25 +16412,25 @@ msgid "" "Deferred Expenses`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:181 msgid "" "**Create and validate:** you must also select a Deferred Expense Model (see:" " `Deferred Expense Models`_). Whenever a transaction is posted on the " "account, a *Deferred Expenses entry* is created and immediately validated." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:190 msgid "" "You can, for example, select this account as the default **Expense Account**" " of a product to fully automate its purchase. (see: `Choose a different " "Expense Account for specific products`_)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:3 msgid "Manage vendor Bills" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:5 msgid "" "The **Purchase** application allows you to manage your purchase orders, " "incoming products, and vendor bills all seamlessly in one place." @@ -18071,7 +16438,7 @@ msgstr "" "Приложение ** Закупки ** позволяет управлять заказами на покупку, входящими " "товарами и счетами поставщиков в одном месте." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:8 msgid "" "If you want to set up a vendor bill control process, the first thing you " "need to do is to have purchase data in Odoo. Knowing what has been purchased" @@ -18083,11 +16450,11 @@ msgstr "" "было приобретено и получено, является первым шагом к пониманию процессов " "управления покупкой." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:13 msgid "Here is the standard work flow in Odoo:" msgstr "Вот стандартный рабочий процесс в Odoo:" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:15 msgid "" "You begin with a **Request for Quotation (RFQ)** to send out to your " "vendor(s)." @@ -18095,7 +16462,7 @@ msgstr "" "Вы начинаете с ** запроса на коммерческое предложение (ЗНКП) ** для отправки" " ее вашим продавцам." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:18 msgid "" "Once the vendor has accepted the RFQ, confirm the RFQ into a **Purchase " "Order (PO)**." @@ -18103,7 +16470,7 @@ msgstr "" "После того, как поставщик принял ЗНКП, подтвердите ЗНКП в ** Заявке на " "покупку (ВНК) **." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:21 msgid "" "Confirming the PO generates an **Incoming Shipment** if you purchased any " "stockable products." @@ -18111,7 +16478,7 @@ msgstr "" "Подтверждение ВНК создает ** Входную отправку **, если вы приобрели любые " "упакованные товары." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:24 msgid "" "Upon receiving a **Vendor Bill** from your Vendor, validate the bill with " "products received in the previous step to ensure accuracy." @@ -18119,7 +16486,7 @@ msgstr "" "Получив ** Счет поставщика **, подтвердите счет с помощью товаров, " "полученных на предыдущем шаге, чтобы обеспечить точность." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:27 msgid "" "This process may be done by three different people within the company, or " "only one." @@ -18127,11 +16494,11 @@ msgstr "" "Этот процесс может выполняться тремя различными людьми внутри компании или " "только одним лицом." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:34 msgid "Installing the Purchase and Inventory applications" msgstr "Установка приложений Покупки и Состава" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:36 msgid "" "From the **Apps** application, search for the **Purchase** module and " "install it. Due to certain dependencies, installing Purchase will " @@ -18141,11 +16508,11 @@ msgstr "" "Через определенные зависимости, установление Покупки автоматически установит" " модули ** Состав ** и ** Бухучет **." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:41 msgid "Creating products" msgstr "создание товаров" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:43 msgid "" "Creating products in Odoo is essential for quick and efficient purchasing " "within Odoo. Simply navigate to the Products submenu under Purchase and " @@ -18155,7 +16522,7 @@ msgstr "" "покупки в Odoo. Просто перейдите в подменю Товары в разделе Покупки и " "нажмите Создать." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:50 msgid "" "When creating the product, pay attention to the **Product Type** field, " "since it is important:" @@ -18163,7 +16530,7 @@ msgstr "" "При создании товара, обратите внимание на поле ** Тип **, поскольку это " "важно:" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:53 msgid "" "Products that are set as **Stockable or Consumable** will allow you to keep " "track of their inventory levels. These options imply stock management and " @@ -18174,7 +16541,7 @@ msgstr "" "предусматривают управление запасами и позволят получать такие виды " "продукции." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:58 msgid "" "Conversely, products that are set as a **Service or Digital Product** will " "not imply stock management, simply due to the fact that there is no " @@ -18186,7 +16553,7 @@ msgstr "" " для управления. Вы не сможете получать товары под любым из этих " "обозначений." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:64 msgid "" "It is recommended that you create a **Miscellaneous** product for all " "purchases that occur infrequently and do not require inventory valuation or " @@ -18197,15 +16564,15 @@ msgstr "" "происходят нечасто и не требуют оценки запасов или управления. Если вы " "создаете такой товар, рекомендуется установить тип товара ** Услуга **." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:69 msgid "Managing your Vendor Bills" msgstr "Управление счетами поставщика" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:72 msgid "Purchasing products or services" msgstr "Закупка товаров или услуг" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:74 msgid "" "From the purchase application, you can create a purchase order with as many " "products as you need. If the vendor sends you a confirmation or quotation " @@ -18221,18 +16588,18 @@ msgstr "" "легко согласовать заказ со счетом поставщика позже (поскольку счет " "поставщика, вероятно, будет включать ссылки поставщика)" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:84 msgid "" "Validate the purchase order and receive the products from the Inventory " "application." msgstr "" "Подтвердите заказ на приобретение и получение товаров в приложении Состав." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:88 msgid "Receiving Products" msgstr "прием товара" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:90 msgid "" "If you purchased any stockable products that you manage the inventory of, " "you will need to receive the products from the Inventory application after " @@ -18246,7 +16613,7 @@ msgstr "" "непосредственно посылает вас на перемещение товаров. Эта кнопка обозначена " "красным цветом внизу:" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:99 msgid "" "Navigating this route will take you to a list of all orders waiting to be " "received." @@ -18254,7 +16621,7 @@ msgstr "" "Навигация этого маршрута переведет вас в список всех заказов, которые " "необходимо получить." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:105 msgid "" "If you have a lot of awaiting orders, apply a filter using the search bar in" " the upper right. With this search bar, you may filter based on the vendor " @@ -18271,15 +16638,15 @@ msgstr "" "Выбрав элемент из этого списка, откроется следующее окно, где вы получите " "товары." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:116 msgid "Purchasing service products does not trigger a delivery order." msgstr "Закупка услуги как товара не запускают заказ на доставку." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:119 msgid "Managing Vendor Bills" msgstr "Управление счетами поставщиков" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:121 msgid "" "When you receive a vendor bill for a previous purchase, be sure to record it" " in the Purchases application under the **Control Menu**. You need to create" @@ -18289,7 +16656,7 @@ msgstr "" "записи в модуле Покупки под ** Меню Контроля **. Вам необходимо создать " "новый счет поставщика, даже если вы уже зарегистрировали заказ на покупку." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:129 msgid "" "The first thing you will need to do upon creating a vendor bill is to select" " the appropriate vendor, since doing so will also pull up any associated " @@ -18311,7 +16678,7 @@ msgstr "" "соответствующий счет поставщика, вы можете осуществить поиск в списке, введя" " справочный номер поставщика или внутренний номер заказа на поставку." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:143 msgid "" "While the invoice is in a draft state, you can make any modifications you " "need (i.e. remove or add product lines, modify quantities, and change " @@ -18321,13 +16688,13 @@ msgstr "" "необходимые изменения (то есть удалять или добавлять строки товара, изменять" " количество и изменять цены)." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:148 msgid "Your vendor may send you several bills for the same Purchase Order if:" msgstr "" "Поставщик может послать вам несколько счетов за то же заказ на покупку, " "если:" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:150 msgid "" "Your vendor is in back-order and is sending you invoices as they ship the " "products." @@ -18335,11 +16702,11 @@ msgstr "" "Поставщик находится в обратном порядке и направляет вам счета-фактуры, когда" " они отправляют товары." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:151 msgid "Your vendor is sending you a partial bill or asking for a deposit." msgstr "Поставщик присылает вам частичный счет или запрос на депозит." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:153 msgid "" "Every time you record a new vendor bill, Odoo will automatically populate " "the product quantities based on what has been received from the vendor. If " @@ -18356,17 +16723,17 @@ msgstr "" " этом. В любой момент времени, прежде чем проверять счет поставщика, вы " "можете переопределить эту нулевую количество." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:162 msgid "Vendor Bill Matching" msgstr "Соответствие счета поставщика" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:165 msgid "What to do if your vendor bill does not match what you received" msgstr "" "Что делать, если счет вашего поставщика не соответствует тому, что вы " "получили" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:167 msgid "" "If the bill you receive from the vendor has quantities that do not match the" " quantities automatically populated by Odoo, this could be due to several " @@ -18376,7 +16743,7 @@ msgstr "" "соответствует количеству, автоматически заполненной Odoo, это может быть " "связано с несколькими причинами:" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:171 msgid "" "The vendor is incorrectly charging you for products and/or services that you" " have not ordered." @@ -18384,7 +16751,7 @@ msgstr "" "Поставщик неправильно указывает товары и / или услуги, которые вы не " "заказывали." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:174 msgid "" "The vendor is billing you for products that you might not have received yet," " as the invoicing control may be based on ordered or received quantities." @@ -18393,11 +16760,11 @@ msgstr "" " поскольку контроль за счетами-фактурами может базироваться на заказных или " "полученных количествах." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:178 msgid "The vendor did not bill you for previously purchased products." msgstr "Поставщик не выставлял вам счета за ранее приобретенные товары." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:180 msgid "" "In these instances it is recommended that you verify that the bill, and any " "associated purchase order to the vendor, are accurate and that you " @@ -18407,7 +16774,7 @@ msgstr "" "покупку с поставщиком правильным, и вы понимаете, что вы заказали и что вы " "уже получили." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:184 msgid "" "If you are unable to find a purchase order related to a vendor bill, this " "could be due to one of a few reasons:" @@ -18415,7 +16782,7 @@ msgstr "" "Если вы не можете найти заказ на покупку, связанное со счетом поставщика, " "это может быть связано с одной из нескольких причин." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:187 msgid "" "The vendor has already invoiced you for this purchase order; therefore it is" " not going to appear anywhere in the selection." @@ -18423,21 +16790,21 @@ msgstr "" "Поставщик уже выставлял счет за этот заказ на покупку; поэтому он не " "появится в выборе." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:190 msgid "" "Someone in the company forgot to record a purchase order for this vendor." msgstr "" "Кто-то в компании забыл записать заказ на покупку для этого поставщика." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:193 msgid "The vendor is charging you for something you did not order." msgstr "Поставщик взимает плату с вас за то, что вы не заказывали." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:198 msgid "How product quantities are managed" msgstr "Каким образом регулируется количество товара" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:200 msgid "" "By default, services are managed based on ordered quantities, while " "stockables and consumables are managed based on received quantities." @@ -18445,7 +16812,7 @@ msgstr "" "По умолчанию услуги руководствуются на основе заказных количеств, а запасы и" " расходные материалы управляются на основе полученных количеств." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:203 msgid "" "If you need to manage products based on ordered quantities over received " "quantities, you will need to belong to the group **Purchase Manager**. Ask " @@ -18462,7 +16829,7 @@ msgstr "" "изменить, и вы увидите новое поле, которое будет отображаться под названием " "** Контроль счетов закупки **." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:213 msgid "" "You can then change the default management method for the selected product " "to be based on either:" @@ -18470,19 +16837,19 @@ msgstr "" "Затем вы можете изменить метод управления по умолчанию для выбранного товара" " на основе:" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:216 msgid "Ordered quantities" msgstr "Заказанное кол-во" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:218 msgid "or Received quantities" msgstr "или полученные величины" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:221 msgid "Batch Billing" msgstr "групповая оплата" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:223 msgid "" "When creating a vendor bill and selecting the appropriate purchase order, " "you may continue to select additional purchase orders. Odoo will add the " @@ -18496,32 +16863,32 @@ msgstr "" "удалили предыдущие элементы с первого заказа на покупку, счет будет связан " "со всеми вытекающими заказами на покупку." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:3 msgid "Digitize Vendor Bills with Optical Character Recognition (OCR)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:5 msgid "" "Encoding bills manually can be a time-consuming task. Having a solution that" " allows you to digitize them and automatically import the data to your " "database reduces errors and saves you time." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:9 msgid "Set up the feature" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:11 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Bill Digitalization`, and " "choose whether the bills should be processed automatically or manually." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:19 msgid "Start digitizing your bills" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:21 msgid "" "Scan your bills and then go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> " "Bills` and upload your document. Based on your configuration, it either " @@ -18529,46 +16896,46 @@ msgid "" "Digitalization* to do it manually." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:26 msgid "" "You can also create a vendor bill through the *Documents* app or by using an" " email alias on your journals." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:29 msgid "" "Once the data is extracted from the PDF, you can correct it if necessary by " "clicking on the respective tag (available in *Edit* mode), and selecting the" " right information instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:38 msgid "" "The more bills you scan, the better the system gets at identifying the " "correct data." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:41 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:34 msgid "Pricing" msgstr "Установление цены" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:44 msgid "" "The *Bill Digitalization* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service which " "requires prepaid credits to work. Digitalizing one document consumes one " "credit." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:47 msgid "" "To buy credits, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " "Settings --> Bill Digitalization` and click on *Buy credits*, or go to " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Odoo IAP` and click on *View My Services*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:50 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:43 msgid "" "If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you " "benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." @@ -18576,24 +16943,24 @@ msgstr "" "Если вы на Odoo Online (SAAS) и у вас версия Enterprise, для тестирования " "функции вы пользуетесь бесплатными пробными кредитам." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:52 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:45 msgid "" "Click `here <https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#header_4>`_ to know about our " "*Privacy Policy*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:3 msgid "Purchase Receipts" msgstr "Квитанции покупки" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:5 msgid "" "**Purchase Receipts** are not invoices but rather confirmations of received " "payments, such as a ticket or a receipt." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:8 msgid "" "This feature is meant to be used when you pay directly with your company's " "money for an expense. **Vendor Bills**, on the other hand, are recorded when" @@ -18601,68 +16968,68 @@ msgid "" " account before a later payment reconciliation." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:13 msgid "" "Expenses paid by employees can be managed with **Odoo Expenses**, an app " "dedicated to the approval of such expenses and the payments management. " -"Click :doc:`here <../../../expense/expense>` for more information on how to " -"use Odoo Expenses." +"Click :doc:`here </applications/finance/expense/expense>` for more " +"information on how to use Odoo Expenses." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:18 msgid "Register a receipt" msgstr "зарегистрируйте квитанцию" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:20 msgid "" "To record a new receipt, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> " "Receipts`, click on *Create*, fill out the form, and click on *Post*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:27 msgid "" "You can register the payment by clicking on *Register Payment*, then filling" " out the payment's details, and clicking on *Validate*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:31 msgid "Edit the Journal Entry before posting it" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:33 msgid "" "Once you have filled out the *Invoice Lines* tab, you can modify the " "**Journal Entry** before you post it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:36 msgid "" "To do so, click on the **Journal Items** tab, change the accounts and values" " according to your needs, and click on *Post*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:44 msgid ":doc:`manage`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:45 -msgid ":doc:`../../../expense/expense`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:45 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/expense/expense`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables.rst:3 msgid "Account Receivables" msgstr "Расчет с дебиторами" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:99 msgid "Customer Invoices" msgstr "Счета заказчику" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:3 msgid "Offer cash discounts" msgstr "денежные скидки" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:5 msgid "" "Cash discounts are incentives you can offer to customers to motivate them to" " pay within a specific time frame. For instance, you offer a 2% discount if " @@ -18676,11 +17043,11 @@ msgstr "" "5 дней с момента выставления счета-фактуры. Этот подход может значительно " "улучшить ваш средний период сбора оплат." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:12 msgid "Set up a cash discount" msgstr "Установите денежную скидку" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:14 msgid "" "To set up a cash discount, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Management --> Payment Terms` and click on *Create*. Add a" @@ -18695,11 +17062,11 @@ msgstr "" "предложение действительно. Можно также изменить срок баланса по умолчанию, " "если нужно." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:25 msgid "Start offering the cash discount" msgstr "Начните предлагать денежную скидку" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:27 msgid "" "Now, you can create a customer invoice and select the cash discount payment " "term you added. Once the invoice is validated, Odoo will automatically split" @@ -18713,11 +17080,11 @@ msgstr "" "сроки. Поскольку снижена цена уже рассчитана, ваши элементы контроля оплаты " "будут упрощены." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:37 msgid "Grant the cash discount" msgstr "Предоставьте наличную скидку" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:39 msgid "" "The customer fulfilled the payment terms and therefore benefits from the " "cash discount. When you process the bank statement, match the payment with " @@ -18729,7 +17096,7 @@ msgstr "" "журнала. Выберите остаток денежной скидки и нажмите кнопку * Создать " "списания *, чтобы согласовать ее." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:48 msgid "" "You can also create a dedicated reconciliation model to make the process " "easier. In this case, you should add a tax to the model based on the taxes " @@ -18745,11 +17112,11 @@ msgstr "" "Заметьте, что в зависимости от вашей локализации, по умолчанию у вас уже " "есть имеется модель скидок." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:56 msgid "Register the full payment" msgstr "Зарегистрируйте полную оплату" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:58 msgid "" "In this case, the customer has not fulfilled the payment term and cannot " "benefit from the cash discount. When you process the bank statement, match " @@ -18759,75 +17126,75 @@ msgstr "" "денежной скидкой. Когда вы обрабатываете выписку из банка, сравните платеж с" " двумя соответствующими записями журнала." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:67 msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms`" msgstr ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms`" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:3 msgid "Cash Rounding" msgstr "Округление наличных денег" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:4 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:5 msgid "" "**Cash rounding** is required when the lowest physical denomination of " "currency, or the smallest coin, is higher than the minimum unit of account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:9 msgid "" "For example, some countries require their companies to round up or down the " "total amount of an invoice to the nearest five cents, when the payment is " "made in cash." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:16 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " "*Cash Rounding*, then click on *Save*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:22 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Cash Roundings`, and " "click on *Create*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:25 msgid "" "Define here your *Rounding Precision*, *Rounding Strategy*, and *Rounding " "Method*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:28 msgid "Odoo supports two **rounding strategies**:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:30 msgid "" "**Add a rounding line**: a *rounding* line is added on the invoice. You have" " to define which account records the cash roundings." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:33 msgid "**Modify tax amount**: the rounding is applied in the taxes section." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:36 msgid "Apply roundings" msgstr "примените округления" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:38 msgid "" "When editing a draft invoice, open the *Other Info* tab, go to the " "*Accounting Information* section, and select the appropriate *Cash Rounding " "Method*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:3 msgid "Credit Notes and Refunds" msgstr "Сторно и возмещения" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:4 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:4 msgid "" "A **credit note**, or **credit memo**, is a document issued to a customer " "that notifies them that they have been credited a certain amount." @@ -18835,23 +17202,23 @@ msgstr "" "** Сторно ** - это документ, выданный заказчику, который сообщает им, что им" " было засчитано определенную сумму." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:11 msgid "There are several reasons that can lead to a credit note, such as:" msgstr "Есть несколько причин, которые могут привести к сторно, такие как:" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:9 msgid "a mistake in the invoice" msgstr "ошибка в счете-фактуре" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:10 msgid "a return of the goods, or a rejection of the services" msgstr "возврат товаров или отклонения услуг" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:11 msgid "the goods delivered are damaged" msgstr "доставлены товары повреждены" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:14 msgid "" "Issuing a credit note is the only legal way to cancel, refund or modify a " "validated invoice. Don’t forget to *register the payment* afterward if you " @@ -18861,11 +17228,11 @@ msgstr "" "изменить утвержден счет-фактуру. Не забудьте впоследствии * зарегистрировать" " платеж * если вам нужно вернуть деньги клиенту." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:20 msgid "Issue a Credit Note" msgstr "создание сторно" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:21 msgid "" "You can create a credit note from scratch by going to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Credit Notes`, and by clicking " @@ -18876,7 +17243,7 @@ msgstr "" " --> Credit Notes` и нажав * Стовриты *. Заполнение формы сторно работает " "так же, как и форма счета." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:26 msgid "" "However, most of the time, credit notes are generated directly from the " "invoices they are related to." @@ -18884,31 +17251,31 @@ msgstr "" "Однако обычно сторно создаются непосредственно со счетов-фактур, с которыми " "они связаны." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:29 msgid "To do so, open the *Customer Invoice*, and click on *Add Credit Note*." msgstr "" "Чтобы сделать это, откройте * Счет клиента * и нажмите * Добавить сторно *." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:37 msgid "You can choose between three options:" msgstr "Вы можете выбрать из трех опций:" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:35 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:44 msgid "Partial Refund" msgstr "возвращение частями" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:36 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:55 msgid "Full Refund" msgstr "полный возврат" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:37 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:66 msgid "Full refund and new draft invoice" msgstr "Полный возврат и новая черновик счета" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:40 msgid "" "Credit Notes’ numbers start with “R” and are followed by the number of the " "document they are related to (e.g., RINV/2019/0004)." @@ -18916,7 +17283,7 @@ msgstr "" "Номера сторно начинаются с "R" и следуют по номеру документа, с " "которым они связаны (например., RINV / 2019/0004)." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:45 msgid "" "Odoo creates a draft credit note already prefilled with all the necessary " "information from the original invoice." @@ -18924,7 +17291,7 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo создает черновик сторно, которая уже полностью заполнена со всей " "необходимой информацией из оригинального счета." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:48 msgid "" "This is the option to choose to do a partial refund, or if you want to " "modify any detail on the credit note." @@ -18932,7 +17299,7 @@ msgstr "" "Это опция для частичного возврата, или, если вы хотите изменить любую деталь" " на сторно." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:52 msgid "" "This is the only option available for invoices that are already marked as " "*Paid*." @@ -18940,7 +17307,7 @@ msgstr "" "Эта функция доступна только для счетов, которые обозначены, как * Ополчения " "*." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:56 msgid "" "Odoo creates a credit note, automatically validates it, and reconciles the " "original invoice with it." @@ -18948,13 +17315,13 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo создает сторно, автоматически подтверждает его, и согласовывает его с " "оригинальным счету." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:62 msgid "" "This is the option to choose to do a full refund or cancel a validated " "invoice." msgstr "Это опция для полного возврата или отмены подтвержденного счета." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:67 msgid "" "Odoo creates a credit note, automatically validates it, reconciles the " "original invoice with it, and open a new draft invoice prefilled with the " @@ -18964,16 +17331,16 @@ msgstr "" "оригинальным счету, и открывает новую черновик счета, предварительно " "заполненную с теми же деталями и в оригинальном счета." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:71 msgid "" "This is the option to choose to modify the content of a validated invoice." msgstr "Это опция для изменения содержания подтвержденного счета." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:74 msgid "Record a Vendor Refund" msgstr "Запись возвращения поставщика" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:75 msgid "" "**Vendor Refunds** are recorded the same way you would do with invoices’ " "credit notes:" @@ -18981,7 +17348,7 @@ msgstr "" "** Возвращение поставщика ** записываются так же, как вы должны делать со " "сторны счетов:" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:77 msgid "" "You can either create a credit note from scratch by going to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> Refund`, and by clicking on " @@ -18992,7 +17359,7 @@ msgstr "" "--> Refund` и нажав * Создать * или открыв подтвержден * Счет поставщика * и" " нажав * Добавить сторно *." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:84 msgid "" "Issuing a credit note from an invoice creates a **reverse entry** that " "zeroes out the journal items generated by the original invoice." @@ -19000,11 +17367,11 @@ msgstr "" "Создание сторно со счета создает ** обратная запись **, который онулюе " "элементы журнала, созданные оригинальным счету." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:87 msgid "Here is an example of an invoice’s journal entry:" msgstr "Вот пример записи журнала счета:" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:92 msgid "" "And here is the credit note’s journal entry generated to reverse the " "original invoice above:" @@ -19012,17 +17379,17 @@ msgstr "" "И здесь запись журнала сторно создается, чтобы вернуть первоначальный счет-" "фактуру выше:" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:3 msgid "Deferred Revenues" msgstr "Доходы будущих периодов" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:5 msgid "" "**Deferred revenues**, or **unearned revenue**, are payments made in advance" " by customers for products yet to deliver or services yet to render." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:8 msgid "" "Such payments are a **liability** for the company that receives them since " "it still owes its customers these products or services. The company cannot " @@ -19030,14 +17397,14 @@ msgid "" "Statement*, since the payments will be effectively earned in the future." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:12 msgid "" "These future revenues must be deferred on the company's balance sheet until " "the moment in time they can be **recognized**, at once or over a defined " "period, on the Profit and Loss statement." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:15 msgid "" "For example, let's say we sell a five-year extended warranty for $ 350. We " "already receive the money now but haven't earned it yet. Therefore, we post " @@ -19046,91 +17413,91 @@ msgid "" "revenue." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:20 msgid "" "Odoo Accounting handles deferred revenues by spreading them in multiple " "entries that are automatically created in *draft mode* and then posted " "periodically." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:30 msgid "" "Such transactions must be posted on a **Deferred Revenue Account** rather " "than on the default income account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:34 msgid "Configure a Deferred Revenue Account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:44 msgid "" "This account's type must be either *Current Liabilities* or *Non-current " "Liabilities*" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:47 msgid "Post an income to the right account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:50 msgid "Select the account on a draft invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:52 msgid "" "On a draft invoice, select the right account for all the products of which " "the incomes must be deferred." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:60 msgid "Choose a different Income Account for specific products" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:62 msgid "" "Start editing the product, go to the *Accounting* tab, select the right " "**Income Account**, and save." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:70 msgid "" "It is possible to automate the creation of revenue entries for these " "products (see: `Automate the Deferred Revenues`_)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:76 msgid "" "To do so, open your Sales Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting -->" " Accounting --> Sales`, select the journal item you want to modify, click on" " the account, and select the right one." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:85 msgid "Deferred Revenues entries" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:90 msgid "" "A **Deferred Revenues entry** automatically generates all journal entries in" " *draft mode*. They are then posted one by one at the right time until the " "full amount of the income is recognized." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:93 msgid "" "To create a new entry, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " "Deferred Revenues`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:96 msgid "" "Click on **select related purchases** to link an existing journal item to " "this new entry. Some fields are then automatically filled out, and the " "journal item is now listed under the **Related Sales** tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:104 msgid "" "Once done, you can click on *Compute Revenue* (next to the *Confirm* button)" " to generate all the values of the **Revenue Board**. This board shows you " @@ -19138,37 +17505,37 @@ msgid "" "date." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:115 msgid "" "The **Prorata Temporis** feature is useful to recognize your revenue the " "most accurately possible." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:117 msgid "" "With this feature, the first entry on the Revenue Board is computed based on" " the time left between the *Prorata Date* and the *First Recognition Date* " "rather than the default amount of time between recognitions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:121 msgid "" "For example, the Revenue Board above has its first revenue with an amount of" " $ 4.22 rather than $ 70.00. Consequently, the last entry is also lower and " "has an amount of $ 65.78." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:125 msgid "Deferred Entry from the Sales Journal" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:127 msgid "" "You can create a deferred entry from a specific journal item in your **Sales" " Journal**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:129 msgid "" "To do so, open your Sales Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting -->" " Accounting --> Sales`, and select the journal item you want to defer. Make " @@ -19176,56 +17543,56 @@ msgid "" "posted journal item`_)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:142 msgid "Deferred Revenue Models" msgstr "Модели доходов будущих периодов" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:144 msgid "" "You can create **Deferred Revenue Models** to create your Deferred Revenue " "entries faster." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:146 msgid "" "To create a model, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " "Deferred Revenue Models`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form the same " "way you would do to create a new entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:150 msgid "" "You can also convert a *confirmed Deferred Revenue entry* into a model by " "opening it from :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Deferred " "Revenues` and then, by clicking on the button *Save Model*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:155 msgid "Apply a Deferred Revenue Model to a new entry" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:157 msgid "" "When you create a new Deferred Revenue entry, fill out the **Deferred " "Revenue Account** with the right recognition account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:170 msgid "Automate the Deferred Revenues" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:172 msgid "" "When you create or edit an account of which the type is either *Current " "Liabilities* or *Non-current Liabilities*, you can configure it to defer the" " revenues that are credited on it automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:175 msgid "You have three choices for the **Automate Deferred Revenue** field:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:178 msgid "" "**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " "draft *Deferred Revenues entry* is created, but not validated. You must " @@ -19233,31 +17600,31 @@ msgid "" "Deferred Revenues`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:181 msgid "" "**Create and validate:** you must also select a Deferred Revenue Model (see:" " `Deferred Revenue Models`_). Whenever a transaction is posted on the " "account, a *Deferred Revenues entry* is created and immediately validated." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:190 msgid "" "You can, for example, select this account as the default **Income Account** " "of a product to fully automate its sale. (see: `Choose a different Income " "Account for specific products`_)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:195 msgid "" "`Odoo Academy: Deferred Revenues (Recognition) " "<https://www.odoo.com/r/EWO>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:3 msgid "Add EPC QR Codes to invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:4 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:4 msgid "" "European Payments Council Quick Response Code, or **EPC QR Code**, are two-" "dimensional barcodes that customers can scan with their **mobile banking " @@ -19265,88 +17632,88 @@ msgid "" "invoices instantly." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:10 msgid "" "In addition to bringing ease of use and speed, it greatly reduces typing " "errors that would potentially make for payment issues." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:15 msgid "" "This feature is only available in several European countries such as " "Austria, Belgium, Finland, Germany, and The Netherlands." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:21 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and " "activate the **SEPA QR Code** feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:28 msgid "Configure your Bank Account’s journal" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:29 msgid "" "Make sure that your *Bank Account* is correctly configured on Odoo with your" " IBAN and BIC." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:32 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, " "open your *bank journal*, then fill out the *Bank Account* and *Bank* under " "the *Bank Account* tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:40 msgid "Issue Invoices with EPC QR Codes" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:41 msgid "" "EPC QR Codes are added automatically to your invoices, as long as you issue " "them to customers that are located in a country where this feature is " "available." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:45 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Invoices`, and create a " "new invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:48 msgid "" "Before posting it, open the *Other Info* tab. Odoo automatically fills out " "the *Bank Account* field with your IBAN." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:51 msgid "" "Make sure that the account indicated is the one you want to use to receive " "your customer’s payment as Odoo uses this field to generate the EPC QR Code." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:59 msgid "" "If you want to issue an invoice without an EPC QR Code, remove the IBAN " "indicated in the *Bank Account* field, under the *Other Info* tab of the " "invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:65 msgid "" "`Odoo Academy: QR Code on Invoices for European Customers " "<https://www.odoo.com/r/VuU>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview of the invoicing process" msgstr "Обзор процесса выставления счетов" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:5 msgid "" "Depending on your business and the application you use, there are different " "ways to automate the customer invoice creation in Odoo. Usually, draft " @@ -19362,7 +17729,7 @@ msgstr "" "бухгалтер должен просто проверить очередные счета-фактуры и отправлять счета" " в пакетном режиме (обычной почтой или электронной почтой)." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:12 msgid "" "Depending on your business, you may opt for one of the following way to " "create draft invoices:" @@ -19370,11 +17737,11 @@ msgstr "" "В зависимости от вашего бизнеса, вы можете выбрать один из способов создания" " очередных счетов:" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:19 msgid "Sales Order ‣ Invoice" msgstr "Заказ на продажу ‣ Счет-фактура" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:21 msgid "" "In most companies, salespeople create quotations that become sales order " "once they are validated. Then, draft invoices are created based on the sales" @@ -19385,7 +17752,7 @@ msgstr "" "создаются на основе заказа на продажу. У вас есть различные варианты, такие " "как:" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:25 msgid "" "Invoice manually: use a button on the sale order to trigger the draft " "invoice" @@ -19393,7 +17760,7 @@ msgstr "" "Счет-фактура вручную используйте кнопку в заказе на продажу, чтобы запустить" " черновик счета-фактуры" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:28 msgid "" "Invoice before delivery: invoice the full order before triggering the " "delivery order" @@ -19401,11 +17768,11 @@ msgstr "" "Счет перед доставкой: выписывайте полное заказ перед тем, как запустить " "заказ на доставку" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:31 msgid "Invoice based on delivery order: see next section" msgstr "Счет-фактура на основе заказа на доставку: смотрите следующий раздел" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:33 msgid "" "Invoice before delivery is usually used by the eCommerce application when " "the customer pays at the order and we deliver afterwards. (pre-paid)" @@ -19413,7 +17780,7 @@ msgstr "" "Счет-фактура перед доставкой обычно используется приложением eCommerce, " "когда клиент платит по заказу, и мы доставляем его после этого. (Подписка)" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:37 msgid "" "For most other use cases, it's recommended to invoice manually. It allows " "the salesperson to trigger the invoice on demand with options: invoice the " @@ -19426,21 +17793,21 @@ msgstr "" "(аванс), счет-фактура на несколько строк, счет-фактура фиксированного " "аванса." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:42 msgid "This process is good for both services and physical products." msgstr "" "Этот процесс полезен как для предоставления услуг, так и для продажи " "товаров." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:45 -msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/proforma`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:45 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:48 msgid "Sales Order ‣ Delivery Order ‣ Invoice" msgstr "Заказ на продажу ‣ заказ на доставку ‣ Счет-фактура" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:50 msgid "" "Retailers and eCommerce usually invoice based on delivery orders, instead of" " sales order. This approach is suitable for businesses where the quantities " @@ -19453,7 +17820,7 @@ msgstr "" "отличаться от заказанных количеств продукты питания (счет-фактура на основе " "фактических кг)." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:55 msgid "" "This way, if you deliver a partial order, you only invoice for what you " "really delivered. If you do back orders (deliver partially and the rest " @@ -19464,15 +17831,15 @@ msgstr "" "доставьте, а остальные позже), клиент получит два счета-фактуры, по одному " "для каждого заказа на доставку." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:61 -msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:61 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:64 msgid "eCommerce Order ‣ Invoice" msgstr "Заказ в электронной коммерции ‣ Счет-фактура" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:66 msgid "" "An eCommerce order will also trigger the creation of the order when it is " "fully paid. If you allow paying orders by check or wire transfer, Odoo only " @@ -19484,15 +17851,15 @@ msgstr "" "помощью чеков или банковских переводов, Odoo создает только заказ, а счет-" "фактура будет активирован после получения платежа." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:72 msgid "Contracts" msgstr "Договоры" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:75 msgid "Regular Contracts ‣ Invoices" msgstr "Обычные контракты ‣ Счета-фактуры" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:77 msgid "" "If you use contracts, you can trigger invoice based on time and material " "spent, expenses or fixed lines of services/products. Every month, the " @@ -19503,32 +17870,32 @@ msgstr "" "товаров. Ежемесячно продавец запускает счет, исходя из действий на " "контракте." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:81 msgid "Activities can be:" msgstr "Действия могут быть следующие:" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:83 msgid "" "fixed products/services, coming from a sale order linked to this contract" msgstr "" "фиксированные товары / услуги, поступающие от заказа продажи, связанного с " "этим контрактом" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:84 msgid "materials purchased (that you will re-invoice)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:85 msgid "time and material based on timesheets or purchases (subcontracting)" msgstr "время и материалы на основе табеля или покупки (субподряд)" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:86 msgid "" "expenses like travel and accommodation that you re-invoice to the customer" msgstr "" "расходы, такие как путешествия и проживание, которые вы переводите клиенту" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:88 msgid "" "You can invoice at the end of the contract or trigger intermediate invoices." " This approach is used by services companies that invoice mostly based on " @@ -19541,23 +17908,23 @@ msgstr "" "компании, которые выставляют счета-фактуры за установленную цену, они " "используют обычный заказ на продажу." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:94 -msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/time_materials`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:94 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:95 -msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/expense`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:95 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:96 -msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/milestone`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:96 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:99 msgid "Recurring Contracts ‣ Invoices" msgstr "Повторяющиеся контракты ‣ Счета-фактуры" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:101 msgid "" "For subscriptions, an invoice is triggered periodically, automatically. The " "frequency of the invoicing and the services/products invoiced are defined on" @@ -19567,15 +17934,15 @@ msgstr "" " выставления счетов и услуг / товаров, на которые выставлен счет, " "определяются на контракте." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:106 -msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:106 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/subscriptions`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:112 msgid "Creating an invoice manually" msgstr "Создание счета-фактуры вручную" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:114 msgid "" "Users can also create invoices manually without using contracts or a sales " "order. It's a recommended approach if you do not need to manage the sales " @@ -19586,7 +17953,7 @@ msgstr "" "управлять процессом продажи (коммерческие предложения) или доставкой товаров" " или услуг." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:119 msgid "" "Even if you generate the invoice from a sales order, you may need to create " "invoices manually in exceptional use cases:" @@ -19595,347 +17962,363 @@ msgstr "" "понадобиться создание счета-фактуры вручную в исключительных случаях " "использования:" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:122 msgid "if you need to create a refund" msgstr "если вам нужно создать возмещения" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:124 msgid "If you need to give a discount" msgstr "если вам нужно предоставить скидку" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:126 msgid "if you need to change an invoice created from a sales order" msgstr "если вам нужно изменить счет, созданный по заказу на продажу" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:128 msgid "if you need to invoice something not related to your core business" msgstr "если вам нужно начислить то не связано с основным бизнесом" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:131 msgid "Specific modules" msgstr "специальные модули" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:133 msgid "Some specific modules are also able to generate draft invoices:" msgstr "" "Некоторые специальные модули также могут создавать проекты счетов-фактур:" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:135 msgid "**membership**: invoice your members every year" msgstr "** членство **: выставляйте счета своих членов ежегодно" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:137 msgid "**repairs**: invoice your after-sale services" msgstr "" "** налаживания **: выставляйте счета на услуги послепродажного обслуживания" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:3 msgid "Payment Terms and Installment Plans" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:5 msgid "" -"**Payment Terms** regroup all the conditions under which a sale is completed" -" and paid. They can be applied to sales orders, customer invoices, and " -"supplier bills, mostly to ensure that they will be correctly paid, and on " -"time. These conditions cover:" +"**Payment Terms** specify all the conditions under which a sale is paid, " +"mostly to ensure customers pay their invoices correctly and on time." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Payment Terms can be applied to sales orders, customer invoices, supplier " +"bills, and contacts. These conditions cover:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:11 msgid "The due date" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:12 msgid "Some discounts" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:13 msgid "Any other condition on the payment" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:15 msgid "" -"Defining Payment Terms automates the computation of payments due dates, both" -" for invoices and bills. This is particularly helpful in managing " -"installment plans." +"Defining Payment Terms automatically calculates the payments' due dates. " +"This is particularly helpful for managing installment plans." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:18 msgid "" "An **installment plan** allows the customers to pay an invoice in parts, " "with the amounts and payment dates defined beforehand by the seller." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:21 msgid "**Examples of Payment Terms:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "**Immediate Payment**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "The full payment is due on the day of the invoice's issuance." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "**15 Days** (or **Net 15**)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "The full payment is due 15 days after the invoice date." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "**21 MFI**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "" "The full payment is due by the 21st of the month following the invoice date." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "**2% 10, Net 30 EOM**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "" "2% :doc:`cash discount <cash_discounts>` if the payment is received within " "ten days. Otherwise, the full payment is due at the end of the month " "following the invoice date." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:34 msgid "" -"Payment terms are not to be confused with payment in several parts. If, for " -"a specific order, you invoice the customer in two parts, that is nor a " -"payment term nor an installment plan, but an invoicing policy." +"Payment terms are not to be confused with down payment invoices. If, for a " +"specific order, you issue several invoices to your customer, that is neither" +" a payment term nor an installment plan, but an invoicing policy." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:39 +msgid "" +"This document is about the *Payment Terms* feature, not *Terms & " +"Conditions*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:44 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Terms` and " "click on *Create*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:46 msgid "" -"The **Description on the Invoice** is the displayed text on a sale order, " -"invoice, or bill." +"The **Description on the Invoice** is the text displayed on the document " +"(sale order, invoice, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:49 msgid "" -"In the **Terms** section, you can add a set of rules, that we call *terms*, " -"to define what needs to be paid, and by which due date." +"In the **Terms** section, you can add a set of rules, called *terms*, to " +"define what needs to be paid and by which due date." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:52 msgid "" "To add a term, click on *Add a line*, and define its *Type*, *Value*, and " "*Due Date Computation*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:55 msgid "Terms are computed in the order they are set up." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:56 msgid "The **balance** should always be used for the last line." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 msgid "" -"In the following example, 30% of the invoice is due on the day of issuance " -"of the invoice, and the balance is due at the end of the following month." +"In the following example, 30% is due on the day of issuance, and the balance" +" is due at the end of the following month." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:67 msgid "Using Payment Terms" msgstr "Использование условий оплаты" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:62 -msgid "Payment Terms can be defined with the **Payment Terms** field on:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 -msgid "**Contacts**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:69 msgid "" -"To set specific payment terms automatically on new sales orders, invoices, " -"and bills of a contact. This can be modified in the contact’s *Form View*, " -"under the *Sales & Purchase* tab." +"Payment Terms can be defined in the **Due Date** field, with the **Terms** " +"drop-down list, on:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "**Quotations**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "" "To set specific payment terms automatically on all invoices generated from a" " quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "**Customer Invoices**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "To set specific payment terms on an invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "**Vendor Bills**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "" "To set specific payment terms on a bill. This is mostly useful when you need" " to manage vendor terms with several installments. Otherwise, setting the " "*Due Date* is enough." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:80 +msgid "" +"You can also define a **Due Date** manually. If Payment Terms are already " +"defined, empty the field so you can select a date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:83 +msgid "Payment Terms can be defined with the **Payment Terms** field on:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**Contacts**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "" +"To set specific payment terms automatically on new sales orders, invoices, " +"and bills of a contact. This can be modified in the contact’s *Form View*, " +"under the *Sales & Purchase* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:92 msgid "" "Invoices with specific Payment Terms generate different *Journal Entries*, " -"with one *Journal Item* for each different *Due Date* computed." +"with one *Journal Item* for every computed *Due Date*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:95 msgid "" "This makes for easier *Follow-ups* and *Reconciliation* since Odoo takes " -"each due date into account, rather than just the balance due date." +"each due date into account, rather than just the balance due date. It also " +"helps to get an accurate *Aged Receivable report*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:103 msgid "" -"In the following example, an invoice of $1000 has been issued with the " -"following payment terms: 30% of the invoice is due on the day of issuance of" -" the invoice, and the balance is due at the end of the following month." +"In this example, an invoice of $1000 has been issued with the following " +"payment terms: *30% is due on the day of issuance, and the balance is due at" +" the end of the following month.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:107 +msgid "Due date" +msgstr "Дата исполнения" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:109 +msgid "February 21" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:109 +msgid "300" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:111 +msgid "March 31" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:111 +msgid "700" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:113 +msgid "Product Sales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:116 msgid "" "The $1000 debited on the Account Receivable is split into two distinct " "*Journal Items*. Both of them have their own **Due Date**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:96 -msgid "Due date" -msgstr "Дата исполнения" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:98 -msgid "February 21" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:98 -msgid "300" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:100 -msgid "March 31" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:100 -msgid "700" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:102 -msgid "Product Sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:105 -msgid "" -"This allows for easier reconciliation and to accurately follow up late " -"payments." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:120 msgid ":doc:`cash_discounts`" msgstr ":doc:`cash_discounts`" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:121 msgid "" -"`Odoo Learn: Terms and Conditions (T&C) and Payment Terms " +"`Odoo Tutorials: Terms and Conditions (T&C) and Payment Terms " "<https://www.odoo.com/r/fpv>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:3 msgid "Send your Invoices by Post (Snailmail)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:5 msgid "" "Direct mail is a great way to capture individuals’ attention at a time where" " inboxes are always full. Odoo allows you to send invoices and follow-up " "reports by post, worldwide, directly from your database." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:10 msgid "Set up Snailmail" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:12 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Snailmail` and activate " "the feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:14 msgid "" "If you would like this option to be a default feature, enable *Send by Post*" " under *Default Sending Options*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:21 msgid "Send your invoices by post" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:23 msgid "" "Open your Invoice, click on the *Send & Print* button and select *Send by " "Post*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:30 msgid "" "Make sure to have your customer’s address set correctly, and that it " "includes a country, before sending the letter." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:37 msgid "" "*Snailmail* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service which requires prepaid " "stamps (=credits) to work. Sending one document consumes one stamp." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:40 msgid "" "To buy stamps, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " "Settings --> Snailmail` and click on *Buy credits*, or go to " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Odoo IAP` and click on *View my Services*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments.rst:3 msgid "Customer Payments" msgstr "Платежи заказчиков" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:3 msgid "Batch Payments: Batch Deposits (checks, cash etc.)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:5 msgid "" "A **Batch Deposit** groups multiple payments in a single batch. This allows " "you to deposit several payments into your bank account with a single " "transaction. This is particularly useful to deposit cash and checks." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:9 msgid "" "This feature allows you to list several customer payments and print a " "**deposit slip**. This ticket contains the details of the transactions and a" @@ -19944,24 +18327,24 @@ msgid "" "transactions listed in the batch deposit." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:17 msgid "" "To activate the feature, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " "--> Settings --> Customer Payments`, activate **Batch Payments**, and click " "on *Save*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:21 msgid "Payment Method Types" msgstr "Типы метода оплаты" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:23 msgid "" "To record new payments as part of a Batch Deposit, you have to configure " "first the Journal on which you record them." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:26 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, " "open the Journal you want to edit, click on *Edit*, and open the *Advanced " @@ -19969,21 +18352,21 @@ msgid "" "Deposit**, and click on *Save*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:35 msgid "" "Your main bank accounts are automatically configured to process batch " "payments when you activate the feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:39 msgid "Deposit multiple payments in batch" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:42 msgid "Record payments to deposit in batch" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:44 msgid "" ":doc:`Register the payments <recording>` on the bank account on which you " "plan to deposit them by opening the *Customer Invoice* for which you " @@ -19992,40 +18375,40 @@ msgid "" "as Payment Method." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:53 msgid "Do this step for all checks or payments you want to process in batch." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:56 msgid "Make sure to write the payment reference in the **Memo** field." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:59 msgid "Add payments to a Batch Deposit" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:61 msgid "" "To add the payments to a Batch Deposit, go to :menuselection:`Accounting -->" " Customers --> Batch Payments`, and click on *Create*. Next, select the Bank" " and Payment Method, then click on *Add a line*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:69 msgid "" "Select all payments to include in the current Batch Deposit and click on " "*Select*. You can also record a new payment and add it to the list by " "clicking on *Create*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:76 msgid "" "Once done, click on *Validate* to finalize your Batch Deposit. You can then " "click on *Print* to download a PDF file to include with the deposit slip " "that the bank usually requires to fill out." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:82 msgid "" "Once the bank statements are on your database, you can reconcile the bank " "statement line with the *Batch Payment* reference. To do so, start your " @@ -20036,31 +18419,31 @@ msgid "" "related payments are automatically added." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:89 msgid "" "The *Batch Payments* tab won't appear if a Partner is selected for this bank" " statement line." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:95 msgid "" "If a check, or a payment, couldn't be processed by the bank and is missing, " "remove the related payment before validating the bank reconciliation." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:99 msgid ":doc:`recording`" msgstr ":doc:`recording`" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:100 msgid ":doc:`batch_sdd`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:3 msgid "Batch Payments: SEPA Direct Debit (SDD)" msgstr "Групповые платежи: Прямой дебет SEPA (SDD)" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:5 msgid "" "SEPA, the Single Euro Payments Area, is a payment-integration initiative of " "the European Union for simplification of bank transfers denominated in EURO." @@ -20069,25 +18452,25 @@ msgid "" "particularly useful for recurring payments based on a subscription." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:10 msgid "" "You can record customer mandates in Odoo, and generate XML files containing " "pending payments made with an SDD mandate." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:0 msgid "" "SDD is supported by all SEPA countries, which includes the 27 member states " "of the European Union as well as additional countries." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:0 msgid "" "`List of all SEPA countries <https://www.europeanpaymentscouncil.eu" "/document-library/other/epc-list-sepa-scheme-countries>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:22 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`, activate " "**SEPA Direct Debit (SDD)** and click on *Save*. Enter your company's " @@ -20095,15 +18478,15 @@ msgid "" "or the authority responsible for delivering them." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:31 msgid "SEPA Direct Debit Mandates" msgstr "Мандаты прямого дебета SEPA" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:34 msgid "Create a mandate" msgstr "создайте" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:36 msgid "" "The SEPA Direct Debit Mandate is the document that your customers sign to " "authorize you to collect money directly from their bank accounts." @@ -20111,31 +18494,31 @@ msgstr "" "Мандат прямого дебета SEPA - это документ, который подписывают ваши клиенты " "для авторизации вас для получения денег прямо с их банковских счетов." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:39 msgid "" "To create a new mandate, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> " "Direct Debit Mandates`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:46 msgid "" "Export the PDF file by clicking on *Print*. It is then up to your customer " "to sign this document. Once done, upload the signed file in the **Original " "Document** field, and click on *Validate* to start running the mandate." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:51 msgid "" "Make sure that the **IBAN bank accounts details** are correctly recorded on " "the debtor’s contact form, under the *Accounting* tab, and in your own " ":doc:`Bank Account <../../bank/setup/bank_accounts>` settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:56 msgid "SEPA Direct Debit as a Payment Method" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:58 msgid "" "SEPA Direct Debit can be used as a payment method both on your **eCommerce**" " or on the **Customer Portal** by activating SDD as a **Payment Acquirer**. " @@ -20143,48 +18526,48 @@ msgid "" "themselves." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:62 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment " "Acquirers`, click on *SEPA Direct Debit*, and set it up according to your " "needs." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:66 msgid "" "Make sure to change the **State** field to *Enabled*, and to check **Online " "Signature**, as this is necessary to let your customers sign their mandates." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:69 msgid "" "Customers using SDD as payment method get prompted to add their IBAN, email " "address, and to sign their SEPA Direct Debit mandate." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:73 msgid "Add link to future **Payment Acquirer** documentation." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:76 msgid "Close or revoke a mandate" msgstr "Закройте или отмените мандат" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:78 msgid "" "Direct Debit mandates are closed automatically after their *End Date*. If " "this field is left blank, the mandate keeps being *Active* until it is " "*Closed* or *Revoked*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:85 msgid "" "Clicking on **Close** updates the mandate’s end day to the current day. This" " means that invoices issued after the present day will not be processed with" " an SDD payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:88 msgid "" "Clicking on **Revoke** disables the mandate immediately. No SDD payment can " "be registered anymore, regardless of the invoice’s date. However, payments " @@ -20192,45 +18575,45 @@ msgid "" "file." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:93 msgid "" "Once a mandate has been *closed* or *revoked*, it cannot be reactivated." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:96 msgid "Get paid with SDD Batch Payments" msgstr "Получайте платежи с Групповыми платежами SDD" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:101 msgid "" "You can register SDD payments for invoices issued to customers who have an " "active SDD mandate." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:103 msgid "" "To do so, open the invoice, click on *Register Payment*, and choose *SEPA " "Direct Debit* as payment method." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:107 msgid "Generate SEPA Direct Debit XML files to submit payments" msgstr "Создайте XML-файлы Прямого дебета SEPA, чтобы предоставить платежи" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:109 msgid "" "**XML files** with all SDD payment instructions can be uploaded to your " "online banking interface to process all payments at once." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:113 msgid "" "The files generated by Odoo follow the SEPA Direct Debit **PAIN.008.001.02**" " specifications, as required by the SEPA customer-to-bank Implementation " "Guidelines, which ensures compatibility with the banks." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:117 msgid "" "To generate your XML file for the pending SDD payments, go to the related " "*bank journal* on your *Accounting dashboard*, then click on *Direct Debit " @@ -20240,25 +18623,25 @@ msgstr "" "банковский журнал * на вашей * панели приборов Бухучета * нажмите * Платежи " "прямого дебета для получения *." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:124 msgid "" "Select all the payments you want to include in your SDD XML file, then click" " on *Action* and select *Create Batch Payment*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:131 msgid "" "Odoo then takes you to your *Batch Payment*’s form. Click on *Validate* and " "download the SDD XML file." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:138 msgid "" "Finally, upload this file to your online banking interface to process the " "payments." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:141 msgid "" "You can retrieve all the generated SDD XML files by going to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Customers --> Batch " @@ -20268,11 +18651,11 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Customers --> Batch " "Payments`." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:145 msgid ":doc:`batch`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:147 msgid "" "`Odoo Academy: SEPA Direct Debit Mandates (SDD) " "<https://www.odoo.com/r/Zxs>`_" @@ -20280,17 +18663,17 @@ msgstr "" "`Академия Odoo: Мандаты прямого дебета SEPA (SDD) " "<https://www.odoo.com/r/Zxs> `_" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:148 msgid "" "`List of all SEPA countries <https://www.europeanpaymentscouncil.eu" "/document-library/other/epc-list-sepa-scheme-countries>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:3 msgid "Register customer payments by checks" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:5 msgid "" "There are two ways to handle payments received by checks. Odoo support both " "approaches so that you can use the one that better fits your habits." @@ -20299,7 +18682,7 @@ msgstr "" "оба подхода, чтобы вы могли использовать тот, который лучше соответствует " "вашим привычкам." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:9 msgid "" "**Undeposited Funds:** once you receive the check, you record a payment by " "check on the invoice. (using a Check journal and posted on the Undeposited " @@ -20311,7 +18694,7 @@ msgstr "" "незачтенные средства). После того, как чек поступит на ваш банковский счет, " "переместите деньги с незасчитанных средств на свой банковский счет." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:16 msgid "" "**One journal entry only:** once your receive the check, you record a " "payment on your bank, paid by check, without going through the **Undeposited" @@ -20325,7 +18708,7 @@ msgstr "" "согласования с помощью банковского канала и чекового платежа, не создавая " "специального журнального записи." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:23 msgid "" "We recommend the first approach as it is more accurate (your bank account " "balance is accurate, taking into accounts checks that have not been cashed " @@ -20335,7 +18718,7 @@ msgstr "" "вашего банковского счета точный, учитывая чеки, которые еще не были " "начислены). Оба подхода требуют одинаковых усилий." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:27 msgid "" "Even if the first method is cleaner, Odoo support the second approach " "because some accountants are used to it (quickbooks and peachtree users)." @@ -20344,7 +18727,7 @@ msgstr "" "подход, поскольку его используют некоторые бухгалтеры (пользователи " "QuickBooks и Peachtree)." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:32 msgid "" "You may have a look at the *Deposit Ticket feature* if you deposit several " "checks to your bank accounts in batch." @@ -20352,32 +18735,32 @@ msgstr "" "Возможно, вы посмотрите на * Функцию депозитного билета * если вы внесете " "несколько групповых проверок на свои банковские счета." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:36 msgid "Option 1: Undeposited Funds" msgstr "Вариант 1: незачтенные средства" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:41 msgid "Create a journal **Checks**" msgstr "Создайте журнал ** Чеки **" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:43 msgid "Set **Undeposited Checks** as a defaut credit/debit account" msgstr "" "Установите ** Незасчитанные чеки ** как дебет счетного / дебетового счета" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:45 msgid "" "Set the bank account related to this journal as **Allow Reconciliation**" msgstr "" "Установите банковский счет, связанный с этим журналом, как ** Разрешить " "согласования **" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:109 msgid "From check payments to bank statements" msgstr "От проверки платежей в банковских выписок" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:50 msgid "" "The first way to handle checks is to create a check journal. Thus, checks " "become a payment method in itself and you will record two transactions." @@ -20386,8 +18769,8 @@ msgstr "" " чек становится способом оплаты сам по себе, и вы будете записывать две " "транзакции." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:111 msgid "" "Once you receive a customer check, go to the related invoice and click on " "**Register Payment**. Fill in the information about the payment:" @@ -20395,7 +18778,7 @@ msgstr "" "Получив проверку клиента, перейдите на соответствующий счет-фактуры и " "нажмите ** Зарегистрировать платеж **. Заполните информацию о платеже:" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:57 msgid "" "Payment method: Check Journal (that you configured with the debit and credit" " default accounts as **Undeposited Funds**)" @@ -20403,40 +18786,40 @@ msgstr "" "Способ оплаты: проверьте журнал (который вы настраивали с помощью дебетовых " "и кредитных дебиторских счетов как ** Незасчитанные средства **)" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:60 msgid "Memo: write the Check number" msgstr "Назначение: напишите номер чека" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:65 msgid "This operation will produce the following journal entry:" msgstr "Эта операция выдаст следующую запись журнала:" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 msgid "Statement Match" msgstr "согласование выписки" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:85 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:135 msgid "100.00" msgstr "100.00" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 msgid "Undeposited Funds" msgstr "незарегистрированные средства" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:75 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:121 msgid "The invoice is marked as paid as soon as you record the check." msgstr "Счет-фактура обозначается как оплачен, как только вы записываете чек." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:77 msgid "" "Then, once you get the bank statements, you will match this statement with " "the check that is in Undeposited Funds." @@ -20444,12 +18827,12 @@ msgstr "" "Затем, как только вы получите банковские выписки, вы согласовываете это " "утверждение с помощью чеков, которые находятся в незасчитанных средствах." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 msgid "X" msgstr "X" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:89 msgid "" "If you use this approach to manage received checks, you get the list of " "checks that have not been cashed in the **Undeposit Funds** account " @@ -20459,7 +18842,7 @@ msgstr "" "получаете перечень чеков, не были зачислены в на счет ** незачто средств ** " "(доступны, например, с главной бухгалтерской книги)." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:94 msgid "" "Both methods will produce the same data in your accounting at the end of the" " process. But, if you have checks that have not been cashed, this one is " @@ -20470,11 +18853,11 @@ msgstr "" "есть чеки, не были выплачены наличными, это чище, поскольку на этих " "банковских счетах еще не сообщалось об этих чеки." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:100 msgid "Option 2: One journal entry only" msgstr "Вариант 2: только один журнал" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:105 msgid "" "These is nothing to configure if you plan to manage your checks using this " "method." @@ -20482,15 +18865,15 @@ msgstr "" "Эти настройки невозможны, если вы планируете управлять вашими чеками с " "помощью этого метода." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:114 msgid "**Payment method:** the bank that will be used for the deposit" msgstr "** Способ оплаты **: банк, который будет использоваться для депозита" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:116 msgid "Memo: write the check number" msgstr "Назначение: напишите номер чека" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:123 msgid "" "Once you will receive the bank statements, you will do the matching with the" " statement and this actual payment. (technically: point this payment and " @@ -20500,12 +18883,12 @@ msgstr "" "выписки и этим фактическим платежом. (Технически: укажите этот платеж и " "свяжите его со строкой выписки)" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:127 msgid "" "With this approach, you will get the following journal entry in your books:" msgstr "С помощью этого подхода вы получите следующую запись журнала:" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:139 msgid "" "You may also record the payment directly without going on the customer " "invoice, using the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. This method may" @@ -20518,7 +18901,7 @@ msgstr "" "записи, но вам придется согласовать записи позже (соответствующие платежи со" " счетами-фактурами)." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:145 msgid "" "If you use this approach to manage received checks, you can use the report " "**Bank Reconciliation Report** to verify which checks have been received or " @@ -20531,11 +18914,11 @@ msgstr "" "Дополнительно ** на информационной панели бухучета на соответствующем " "банковском счете)." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:3 msgid "Follow-up on invoices and get paid faster" msgstr "Напоминайте о счетах и получайте оплату быстрее" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:5 msgid "" "It is essential for your business to collect payments when they are overdue." " Odoo will help you identify payments that are late and will allow you to " @@ -20545,11 +18928,11 @@ msgstr "" "поможет вам определить платежи, которые задерживаются, и позволит вам " "отправлять соответствующие напоминания." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:10 msgid "Manage your follow-ups" msgstr "Управление вашими напоминаниями" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:13 msgid "" "We recommend that you reconcile your bank statements before launching your " "follow-up process. It will avoid you the trouble of sending a statement to a" @@ -20559,7 +18942,7 @@ msgstr "" "дальнейших действий. Это позволит избежать трудностей при отправке выписки " "клиенту, который уже заплатил вам." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:17 msgid "" "The overdue invoices you need to follow-up on are available by default in " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Sales --> Follow-up Reports`. There, you can " @@ -20572,7 +18955,7 @@ msgstr "" "письмо. После этого можно нажать кнопку * Готово *, чтобы посмотреть " "напоминание, которые нуждаются в вашем внимании." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:23 msgid "" "Otherwise, if now is not the time for a reminder, click on *Remind me " "later*. You will get the next report according to the *Next Reminder Date* " @@ -20582,7 +18965,7 @@ msgstr "" " получите следующий отчет согласно * Следующей датой напоминания *, " "установленной на выписке." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:28 msgid "" "To avoid sending too many reminders in a short period of time, change the " "number of days calculated between each report by going to " @@ -20594,7 +18977,7 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Payment " "Follow-up`." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:33 msgid "" "You can also set a trust level for your customers by marking them as bad, " "normal or good debtors on the follow-up reports." @@ -20602,11 +18985,11 @@ msgstr "" "Вы также можете установить уровень доверия для ваших клиентов, обозначив их " "как плохих, нормальных или хороших должников в отчетах о напоминания." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:40 msgid "Send reminders in batch" msgstr "Отправка групповых напоминаний" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:42 msgid "" "To get your follow-up process easier, you can send reminder emails in batch " "from your follow-up reports page. Select all the reports you would like to " @@ -20620,11 +19003,11 @@ msgstr "" "напоминание *. Также будет автоматически создан PDF-документ, содержащий все" " письма, которые вы можете напечатать." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:52 msgid "Plan a follow-up process" msgstr "планирование напоминаний" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:54 msgid "" "To plan a follow-up process, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Follow-up Levels* feature " @@ -20636,7 +19019,7 @@ msgstr "" " в разделе * Платежи клиентов *. Затем нажмите кнопку * Уровни напоминаний " "*, которая появилась на странице настроек." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:59 msgid "" "A follow-up plan with several actions is available by default in Odoo, but " "you can customize it any way you want. Depending on a specific number of " @@ -20650,7 +19033,7 @@ msgstr "" "осуществить ручную действие. Вы также можете редактировать шаблон, который " "используется для выписки в соответствии с этапа процесса." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:69 msgid "" "If you would like to get a reminder before the actual due date, set a " "negative number of due days." @@ -20658,11 +19041,11 @@ msgstr "" "Если вы хотите получить напоминание перед фактической датой, установите " "отрицательное число дней." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:3 msgid "Invoice Online Payment" msgstr "Выставить счет на онлайн-оплату" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:5 msgid "" "To make it more convenient for your customers to pay the invoices you issue," " you can activate the **Invoice Online Payment** feature, which adds a *Pay " @@ -20671,51 +19054,52 @@ msgid "" "making the payment process much easier." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:17 msgid "" "Make sure your :ref:`Payment Acquirers are correctly configured " "<payment_acquirers/configuration>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:20 msgid "" "By default, \":doc:`Wire Transfer " -"<../../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer>`\" is the only Payment " -"Acquirer activated, but you still have to fill out the payment details." +"</applications/general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer>`\" is the only " +"Payment Acquirer activated, but you still have to fill out the payment " +"details." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:23 msgid "" "To activate the Invoice Online Payment, go to :menuselection:`Accounting -->" " Configuration --> Settings --> Customer Payments`, enable **Invoice Online " "Payment**, and click on *Save*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:27 msgid "Customer Portal" msgstr "Пользовательский Портал" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:29 msgid "" "After issuing the invoice, click on *Send & Print* and send the invoice by " "email to the customer. They will receive an email with a link that redirects" " them to the invoice on their **Customer Portal**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:37 msgid "" "They can choose which Payment Acquirer to use by clicking on *Pay Now*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:45 -msgid ":doc:`../../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:45 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:3 msgid "Different ways to record a payment" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:5 msgid "" "In Odoo, a payment can either be linked directly to an invoice or be a stand" " alone record for use on a later date:" @@ -20723,7 +19107,7 @@ msgstr "" "В Odoo платеж может быть либо непосредственно связан со счетом-фактурой, или" " самостоятельным реестром для использования на более поздний срок:" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:8 msgid "" "If a payment is linked to an invoice, it reduces the amount due of the " "invoice. You can have multiple payments linked to the same invoice." @@ -20732,7 +19116,7 @@ msgstr "" "фактуры. Вы можете иметь несколько платежей, связанных с одним счету-" "фактуре." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:12 msgid "" "If a payment is not linked to an invoice, the customer has an outstanding " "credit with your company, or your company as an outstanding balance with a " @@ -20744,11 +19128,11 @@ msgstr "" "поставщиком. Вы можете использовать этот непогашенный кредит / дебет для " "оплаты будущих счетов." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:18 msgid "Paying an invoice" msgstr "Оплата счета-фактуры" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:20 msgid "" "If you register a payment on a customer invoice or a vendor bill, the " "payment is automatically reconciled with the invoice reducing the amount " @@ -20757,7 +19141,7 @@ msgstr "" "Если вы зарегистрируете платеж на счете-фактуре или счете поставщика, платеж" " автоматически согласуется со счетом-фактурой, уменьшает сумму оплаты." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:27 msgid "" "The green icon near the payment line will display more information about the" " payment. From there you can choose to open the journal entry or reconcile " @@ -20767,7 +19151,7 @@ msgstr "" "платеже. Оттуда вы можете выбрать, чтобы открыть запись журнала или " "согласовать платеж." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:32 msgid "" "If you unreconcile a payment, it is still registered in your books but not " "linked to the specific invoice any longer. If you unreconcile a payment in a" @@ -20779,15 +19163,15 @@ msgstr "" "в другой валюте, Odoo создаст журнал, чтобы изменить утере / достижение " "валютной бирже, размещенную во время согласования." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:38 msgid "Payments not tied to an invoice" msgstr "Платежи, не связанные со счетом-фактурой" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:41 msgid "Registering a payment" msgstr "Регистрация платежа" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:43 msgid "" "In the Accounting application, you can create a new payment from the Sales " "menu (register a customer payment) or the Purchases menu (pay a vendor). If " @@ -20799,7 +19183,7 @@ msgstr "" "Если вы пользуетесь этими меню, платеж не связан со счетом-фактурой, но его " "можно легко согласовать со счетом-фактурой позже." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:51 msgid "" "When registering a new payment, you must select a customer or vendor, the " "payment method, and the amount of the payment. The currency of the " @@ -20812,7 +19196,7 @@ msgstr "" "платеж касается документа (заказ на продажу, заказы на покупку или счет-" "фактуру), установите ссылку на этот документ в поле назначения." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:57 msgid "" "Once confirmed, a journal entry will be posted reflecting the transaction " "just made in the accounting application." @@ -20820,11 +19204,11 @@ msgstr "" "Как только будет подтверждение, будет напечатано запись журнала, отражающий " "транзакцию, которая была только сделана в бухгалтерском модули." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:61 msgid "Reconciling invoice payments" msgstr "Согласование платежей счетов-фактур" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:63 msgid "" "The easiest way of reconciling a payment with an invoice is to do so on the " "invoice directly." @@ -20832,7 +19216,7 @@ msgstr "" "Самый простой способ согласовать оплату счет-фактуре - это согласование " "непосредственно на счет-фактуру." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:66 msgid "" "When validating a new invoice, Odoo will warn you that an outstanding " "payment for this customer or vendor is available. In this case, you can " @@ -20844,11 +19228,11 @@ msgstr "" "согласовать этот платеж со счетом-фактурой рядом с итогами в нижней части " "под разделом "Невыплаченные платежи"." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:75 msgid "Reconciling all your outstanding payments and invoices" msgstr "Согласование всех ваших непогашенных платежей и счетов-фактур" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:77 msgid "" "If you want to reconcile all outstanding payments and invoices at once " "(instead of doing so one by one), you can use the batch reconciliation " @@ -20858,7 +19242,7 @@ msgstr "" "фактуры (вместо того, чтобы делать это по очереди), вы можете использовать " "функцию группового согласования в Odoo." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:81 msgid "" "The batch reconciliation feature is available from the dashboard on the " "Customer Invoices card and the Vendor Bills card for reconciling Accounts " @@ -20868,7 +19252,7 @@ msgstr "" "карточке счетов клиентов и на карточке счета поставщиков, чтобы согласовать " "дебиторской и кредиторской задолженности, соответственно." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:88 msgid "" "The payments matching tool will open all unreconciled customers or vendors " "and will give you the opportunity to process them all one by one, doing the " @@ -20878,7 +19262,7 @@ msgstr "" "поставщиков, и даст вам возможность обработать их по очереди, одновременно " "выполняя соответствие всех ваших платежей и счетов-фактур." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:95 msgid "" "During the reconciliation, if the sum of the debits and credits do not " "match, it means there is still a remaining balance that either needs to be " @@ -20888,11 +19272,11 @@ msgstr "" "означает, что еще есть остаток баланса, который нужно или согласовать позже," " или нужно будет непосредственно списать." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:100 msgid "Transferring money from one bank account to another" msgstr "Перевод денег с одного банковского счета на другой" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:102 msgid "" "Just like making a customer or vendor payment, you transfer cash internally " "between your bank accounts from the dashboard or from the menus up top." @@ -20901,7 +19285,7 @@ msgstr "" " денежную единицу между вашими банковскими счетами с информационной панели " "или из меню вверху." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:109 msgid "" "This will take you to the same screen you have for receiving and making " "payments." @@ -20909,7 +19293,7 @@ msgstr "" "Это приведет вас к тому же экрана, который вы для получения и осуществления " "платежей." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:116 msgid "" "When making an internal transfer from one bank account to another, select " "the bank you want to apply the transfer from in the dashboard, and in the " @@ -20923,23 +19307,23 @@ msgstr "" "повторяйте этот процесс снова на другом банковском счете, или же вы получите" " две записи журнала для одной транзакции." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:124 msgid ":doc:`online_payment`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:126 msgid ":doc:`followup`" msgstr ":doc:`followup`" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations.rst:3 msgid "Declarations" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:3 msgid "Tax Return (VAT Declaration)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:5 msgid "" "Companies that are registered for **VAT (Value Added Tax)** must file a " "**Tax return** on a monthly or quarterly basis, depending on their turnover " @@ -20951,60 +19335,60 @@ msgid "" "refunded." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:13 msgid "" "You can find information about VAT and its mechanism on `this page from the " "European Commission <https://ec.europa.eu/taxation_customs/business/vat" "/what-is-vat_en>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:16 msgid "add doc about intracom listing" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:22 msgid "Tax Return Periodicity" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:24 msgid "" "The configuration of the **Tax Return Periodicity** allows Odoo Accounting " "to compute your Tax Return correctly and also to send you a reminder to " "never miss a tax return deadline." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:27 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings " "--> Fiscal Periods`, and go to the **Tax Return Periodicity** section." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:30 msgid "" "**Periodicity**: define here whether you file your tax return each month or " "every three months." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:31 msgid "" "**Reminder**: define when Odoo should remind you to file your tax return." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:32 msgid "**Journal**: select the journal in which to record the tax return." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:39 msgid "" "This is usually configured during the :doc:`app's initial set up " "<../../overview/getting_started/setup>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:43 msgid "Tax Grids" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:45 msgid "" "Odoo generates Tax Reports based on the **Tax Grids** settings that are " "configured on your taxes. Therefore, it is crucial to make sure that all the" @@ -21012,7 +19396,7 @@ msgid "" " which Tax Grid is used for that transaction." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:53 msgid "" "To configure your taxes' Tax Grids, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Taxes`, and open the tax you want to modify. There, you " @@ -21020,7 +19404,7 @@ msgid "" " invoices or credit notes." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:62 msgid "" "Taxes and reports are usually already pre-configured: a *Fiscal Localization" " Package* is installed according to the country you select at the creation " @@ -21029,22 +19413,22 @@ msgid "" " information about Fiscal Localization Packages." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:70 msgid "Close a tax period" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:73 msgid "Tax Lock Date" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:75 msgid "" "Any new transaction which accounting date is prior to the **Tax Lock Date** " "has its tax values moved to the next open tax period. This is useful to make" " sure that no change can be made to a report once its period is closed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:79 msgid "" "Therefore, we recommend locking your tax date before working on your " "*Closing Journal Entry*. This way, other users can't modify or add " @@ -21052,37 +19436,37 @@ msgid "" "helps you avoid some tax declaration errors." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:83 msgid "" "To check the current **Tax Lock Date**, or to edit it, go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Lock Dates`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:144 msgid "Tax Report" msgstr "Налоговый Отчет" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:93 msgid "" "Once all the transactions involving taxes have been posted for the period " "you want to report, open your **Tax Report**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:96 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Tax Report`. " "You can also click on *TAX Report* from your *Accounting Overview*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:99 msgid "" "Make sure to select the right period you want to declare by using the date " "filter. You can see an overview of your tax report. Then, click on the " "button *Closing Journal Entry*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:106 msgid "" "After having reviewed the generated Journal Entry, click on *Post*. In " "addition to posting the entry, Odoo automatically creates a PDF file with " @@ -21091,7 +19475,7 @@ msgid "" "along with the amount you have to pay or be refunded." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:116 msgid "" "If you forgot to :ref:`lock your tax date <tax_return_lock>` before clicking" " on *Closing Journal Entry*, then Odoo automatically locks your fiscal " @@ -21101,15 +19485,15 @@ msgid "" " as described above." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:124 msgid ":doc:`../../overview/getting_started/setup`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:3 msgid "Create a customized reports with your own formulas" msgstr "Создавайте индивидуальные отчеты с собственными формулами" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo 13 comes with a powerful and easy-to-use reporting framework. Creating " "new reports (such as a tax report or a balance sheet or income statement " @@ -21121,22 +19505,22 @@ msgstr "" "прибыли с определенными группировками и компоновкой), чтобы соответствовать " "вашим потребностям, теперь проще, чем когда-либо." -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:14 msgid "Activate the developer mode" msgstr "Включить режим разработки" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:16 msgid "" "In order to have access to the financial report creation interface, the " -":doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` needs to be" -" activated." +":doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>` needs to be " +"activated." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:20 msgid "Create your financial report" msgstr "Создайте свой финансовый отчет" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:22 msgid "" "First, you need to create your financial report. To do that, go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Financial Reports`" @@ -21144,29 +19528,29 @@ msgstr "" "Во-первых, вам нужно создать свой финансовый отчет. Для этого перейдите к " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Financial Reports`" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:28 msgid "" "Once the name is entered, there are two other parameters that need to be " "configured:" msgstr "После ввода названия необходимо установить еще два параметра:" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:31 msgid "**Show Credit and Debit Columns**" msgstr "** Показать кредитные и дебетовые столбце **" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:33 msgid "**Analysis Period** :" msgstr "** Анализ периода **:" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:35 msgid "Based on date ranges (e.g. Profit and Loss)" msgstr "На основе диапазонов дат (например. Доходы и Расходы)" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:37 msgid "Based on a single date (e.g. Balance Sheet)" msgstr "На основе одной даты (например. Отчет баланса)" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:39 msgid "" "Based on date ranges with 'older' and 'total' columns and last 3 months " "(e.g. Aged Partner Balances)" @@ -21174,17 +19558,17 @@ msgstr "" "На основе диапазонов дат со столбцами "старые" и "общие"" " и последние 3 месяцами (например, Отчет расчетов с партнерами)" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:42 msgid "Bases on date ranges and cash basis method (e.g. Cash Flow Statement)" msgstr "" "На основе диапазонов дат и начисления кассовым методом (например, Отчет о " "движении денежных средств)" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:46 msgid "Add lines in your custom reports" msgstr "Добавьте строки в свои отчеты" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:48 msgid "" "After you've created the report, you need to fill it with lines. They all " "need a **name**, a **code** (that is used to refer to the line), a " @@ -21194,7 +19578,7 @@ msgstr "" "название **, ** код ** (который используется для обозначения строк), ** " "порядковый номер ** и уровень (используется для рендеринга строки)." -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:55 msgid "" "In the **formulas** field you can add one or more formulas to assign a value" " to the balance column (and debit and credit column if applicable – " @@ -21204,11 +19588,11 @@ msgstr "" "назначить значение для колонки баланса (а дебетовый и кредитный столбик, " "если нужно, разделенный;)" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:59 msgid "You have several objects available in the formula :" msgstr "В формуле есть несколько объектов:" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:61 msgid "" "``Ndays`` : The number of days in the selected period (for reports with a " "date range)." @@ -21216,7 +19600,7 @@ msgstr "" "`Nднив``: количество дней в выбранном периоде (для отчетов с диапазоном " "дат)." -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:64 msgid "" "Another report, referenced by its code. Use ``.balance`` to get its balance " "value (also available are ``.credit``, ``.debit`` and ``.amount_residual``)" @@ -21225,7 +19609,7 @@ msgstr "" "получения значения баланса (также доступны` .credit``, `.debit`` и` " ".amount_residual``)" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:68 msgid "" "A line can also be based on the sum of account move lines on a selected " "domain. In which case you need to fill the domain field with an Odoo domain " @@ -21241,15 +19625,15 @@ msgstr "" "можете использовать группу по полям для группировки строк перемещения счета " "по одному из столбцов." -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:75 msgid "Other useful fields :" msgstr "Другие полезные поля:" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:77 msgid "**Type** : Type of the result of the formula." msgstr "** Тип **: тип результата формулы." -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:79 msgid "" "**Is growth good when positive** : Used when computing the comparison " "column. Check if growth is good (displayed in green) or not." @@ -21258,7 +19642,7 @@ msgstr "" "сравнения. Проверьте, есть ли рост хорошим (отображается зеленым цветом) или" " нет." -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:82 msgid "" "**Special date changer** : If a specific line in a report should not use the" " same dates as the rest of the report." @@ -21266,7 +19650,7 @@ msgstr "" "** Специальная изменение дат ** Если определенную строку в отчете не должен " "использовать те же даты, что и остальные часть отчета." -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:85 msgid "" "**Show domain** : How the domain of a line is displayed. Can be foldable " "(``default``, hidden at the start but can be unfolded), ``always`` (always " @@ -21276,15 +19660,15 @@ msgstr "" " замовчуванням``, скрыто в начале, но может быть развернуто), `завжди`` " "(всегда отображается) или` николи`` (никогда не отображается)." -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:90 msgid ":doc:`main_reports`" msgstr ":doc:`main_reports`" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:3 msgid "Main reports available" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:5 msgid "" "Besides the reports created specifically in each localisation module, a few " "very useful **generic** and **dynamic reports** are available for all " @@ -21294,47 +19678,47 @@ msgstr "" "несколько очень полезных ** общих ** и ** динамических отчетов ** для всех " "стран:" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:9 msgid "**Balance Sheet**" msgstr "** Бухгалтерский отчет **" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:10 msgid "**Profit and Loss**" msgstr "** Доходы и расходы **" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:11 msgid "**Chart of Account**" msgstr "** План счетов **" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:12 msgid "**Executive Summary**" msgstr "** Управленческий отчет **" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:13 msgid "**General Ledger**" msgstr "** Общая бухгалтерская книга **" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:14 msgid "**Aged Payable**" msgstr "** Расчеты с кредиторами **" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:15 msgid "**Aged Receivable**" msgstr "** Расчеты с дебиторами **" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:16 msgid "**Cash Flow Statement**" msgstr "** Отчет о движении денежных средств **" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:17 msgid "**Tax Report**" msgstr "** Налоговый отчет **" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:18 msgid "**Bank Reconciliation**" msgstr "** Согласование банковских выписок **" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:20 msgid "" "You can annotate every reports to print them and report to your adviser. " "Export to xls to manage extra analysis. Drill down in the reports to see " @@ -21345,7 +19729,7 @@ msgstr "" "Смотрите подробные сведения (платежи, счета-фактуры, публикации журналов и " "т.д.) в разделе отчетов." -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:24 msgid "" "You can also compare values with another period. Choose how many periods you" " want to compare the chosen time period with. You can choose up to 12 " @@ -21357,7 +19741,7 @@ msgstr "" "до 12 периодов с даты опубликования отчета, если вы не хотите использовать " "параметр ** Предыдущий 1 Период **." -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:32 msgid "" "The **Balance Sheet** shows a snapshot of the assets, liabilities and equity" " of your organisation as at a particular date." @@ -21365,11 +19749,11 @@ msgstr "" "В ** Бухгалтерском балансе ** показано снимок активов, обязательств и " "собственного капитала вашей организации по определенной дате." -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:39 msgid "Profit and Loss" msgstr "Прибыли и убытки" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:41 msgid "" "The **Profit and Loss** report (or **Income Statement**) shows your " "organisation's net income, by deducting expenses from revenue for the report" @@ -21378,19 +19762,19 @@ msgstr "" "Отчет о ** Доходы и расходы ** (или ** Отчет о прибылях **) отражает чистый " "доход вашей организации, высчитывая расходы на доход за отчетный период." -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:49 msgid "Chart of account" msgstr "план счетов" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:51 msgid "A listing of all your accounts grouped by class." msgstr "Список всех ваших счетов, сгруппированных по классу." -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:57 msgid "Executive Summary" msgstr "Справка для Руководителя" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:59 msgid "" "The **Executive Summary** allows for a quick look at all the important " "figures you need to run your company." @@ -21398,7 +19782,7 @@ msgstr "" "** Управленческий отчет ** позволяет быстро просмотреть все важные данные, " "необходимые для управления вашей компанией." -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:62 msgid "" "In very basic terms, this is what each of the items in this section is " "reporting :" @@ -21406,15 +19790,15 @@ msgstr "" "В очень простых терминах, это то, о чем сообщает каждый из пунктов этого " "раздела:" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:77 msgid "**Performance:**" msgstr "** Производительность: **" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:68 msgid "**Gross profit margin:**" msgstr "** Валовая прибыль: **" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:67 msgid "" "The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " "costs needed to make those sales (things like labour, materials, etc)." @@ -21423,11 +19807,11 @@ msgstr "" "любых прямых затрат, необходимых для осуществления этих продаж (таких, как " "рабочая сырье, материалы и т.д.)." -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:74 msgid "**Net profit margin:**" msgstr "**Чистая прибыль:**" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:71 msgid "" "The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " "costs needed to make those sales, as well as any fixed overheads your " @@ -21440,11 +19824,11 @@ msgstr "" "плата, электроэнергия, налоги, которые нужно оплатить в результате этих " "продаж)." -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:77 msgid "**Return on investment (p.a.):**" msgstr "** Возврат инвестиций (прибыль / активы): **" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:77 msgid "" "The ratio of net profit made, to the amount of assets the company used to " "make those profits." @@ -21452,15 +19836,15 @@ msgstr "" "Отношение чистой прибыли к сумме активов, компания использовала для " "получения этой прибыли." -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:97 msgid "**Position:**" msgstr "** Позиция: **" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:81 msgid "**Average debtor days:**" msgstr "** Среднее время закрытия дебиторской задолженности: **" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:81 msgid "" "The average number of days it takes your customers to pay you (fully), " "across all your customer invoices." @@ -21468,11 +19852,11 @@ msgstr "" "Среднее количество дней, в течение которых ваши клиенты платят вам " "(полностью) по всем счетам клиентов." -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:84 msgid "**Average creditor days:**" msgstr "** Среднее время закрытия кредиторской задолженности: **" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:84 msgid "" "The average number of days it takes you to pay your suppliers (fully) across" " all your bills." @@ -21480,11 +19864,11 @@ msgstr "" "Среднее количество дней, в течение которых вы платите своим поставщикам " "(полностью) по всем вашим счетам." -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:89 msgid "**Short term cash forecast:**" msgstr "** Краткосрочный наличный прогноз: **" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:87 msgid "" "How much cash is expected in or out of your organisation in the next month " "i.e. balance of your **Sales account** for the month less the balance of " @@ -21494,11 +19878,11 @@ msgstr "" "месяца, то есть баланс вашего ** счета продажи ** течение месяца, за вычетом" " остатка ** счета закупок ** за месяц." -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:97 msgid "**Current assets to liabilities:**" msgstr "** Отношение активов к обязательствам: **" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:92 msgid "" "Also referred to as **current ratio**, this is the ratio of current assets " "(assets that could be turned into cash within a year) to the current " @@ -21511,11 +19895,11 @@ msgstr "" "году). Как правило, это используется как показатель способности компании " "обслуживать свои долги." -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:103 msgid "General Ledger" msgstr "Главная книга" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:105 msgid "" "The **General Ledger Report** shows all transactions from all accounts for a" " chosen date range. The initial summary report shows the totals for each " @@ -21529,11 +19913,11 @@ msgstr "" "любые исключения. Этот отчет полезен для проверки каждой транзакции, которая" " произошла в течение определенного периода времени." -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:115 msgid "Aged Payable" msgstr "Старый подлежащий оплате" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:117 msgid "" "Run the **Aged Payable Details** report to display information on individual" " bills, credit notes and overpayments owed by you, and how long these have " @@ -21543,11 +19927,11 @@ msgstr "" " отдельных счета, возврат и переплаты за вами, а также о том, сколько " "времени они не оплачены." -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:125 msgid "Aged Receivable" msgstr "Старая Дебиторская Задолженность" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:127 msgid "" "The **Aged Receivables** report shows the sales invoices that were awaiting " "payment during a selected month and several months prior." @@ -21555,11 +19939,11 @@ msgstr "" "Отчет о ** расчеты с дебиторами ** отражает счета-фактуры продажи, которые " "ожидали оплату в течение выбранного месяца и за несколько месяцев до этого." -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:134 msgid "Cash Flow Statement" msgstr "Отчет о Движении Денежных Средств" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:136 msgid "" "The **Cash Flow Statement** shows how changes in balance sheet accounts and " "income affect cash and cash equivalents, and breaks the analysis down to " @@ -21570,10 +19954,2171 @@ msgstr "" "также нарушает анализ в операционной, инвестиционной и финансовой " "деятельности." -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:146 msgid "" "This report allows you to see the **net** and **tax amounts** for all the " "taxes grouped by type (sale/purchase)." msgstr "" "Этот отчет позволяет просмотреть суммы ** чистых ** и ** налоговых сумм ** " "за все налоги, сгруппированные по типу (продажа / покупка)." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation.rst:3 +msgid "Taxation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year.rst:3 +msgid "Fiscal Year" +msgstr "Отчетный период" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:3 +msgid "Do a year end in Odoo (close a fiscal year)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Before going ahead with closing a fiscal year, there are a few steps one " +"should typically take to ensure that your accounting is correct, up to date," +" and accurate:" +msgstr "" +"Прежде чем закрывать летний период, нужно выполнить несколько шагов, чтобы " +"убедиться, что ваш бухучет является правильным, обновленным и точным:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Make sure you have fully reconciled your **bank account(s)** up to year end " +"and confirm that your ending book balances agree with your bank statement " +"balances." +msgstr "" +"Убедитесь, что вы полностью согласовали ** банковский счет (-а) ** до конца " +"года и подтверждаете, что ваш баланс на дату согласуется с вашими балансами " +"банковских выписок." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:13 +msgid "Verify that all **customer invoices** have been entered and approved." +msgstr "" +"Убедитесь, что все ** счета-фактуры клиентов ** были введены и одобрены." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:15 +msgid "Confirm that you have entered and agreed all **vendor bills**." +msgstr "Подтвердите, что вы ввели и согласовали все ** счета поставщиков **." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:17 +msgid "Validate all **expenses**, ensuring their accuracy." +msgstr "Проверьте все ** расходы **, обеспечивая их точность." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Corroborate that all **received payments** have been entered and recorded " +"accurately." +msgstr "" +"Подтвердите, что все ** полученные платежи ** были введены и записаны точно." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:25 +msgid "Run a **Tax report**, and verify that your tax information is correct." +msgstr "" +"Проверьте ** Налоговый отчет ** и убедитесь, что ваша налоговая информация " +"является правильной." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:27 +msgid "Reconcile all accounts on your **Balance Sheet**:" +msgstr "Согласуйте все ваши счета со ** Отчетом баланса **:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Agree your bank balances in Odoo against your actual bank balances on your " +"statements. Utilize the **Bank Reconciliation** report to assist with this." +msgstr "" +"Согласуйте свои банковские балансы в Odoo с вашими фактическими остатками " +"баланса на ваших выписках. Используйте отчет ** Согласование с банковской " +"выпиской **, чтобы помочь этому." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Reconcile all transactions in your cash and bank accounts by running your " +"**Aged Receivables** and **Aged Payables** reports." +msgstr "" +"Подключите все транзакции на своих денежных и банковских счетах, выполняя " +"отчеты ** расчетов с кредиторами ** и отчеты ** расчетов с дебиторами **." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Audit your accounts, being sure to fully understand the transactions " +"affecting them and the nature of the transactions, making sure to include " +"loans and fixed assets." +msgstr "" +"Проверьте свои счета, не забудьте убедиться в том, какие операции влияют на " +"них и характер операций, убедившись во включении кредитов и основных " +"средств." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Run the optional **Payments Matching** feature, under the **More** dropdown " +"on the dashboard, validating any open **Vendor Bills** and **Customer " +"Invoices** with their payments. This step is optional, however it may assist" +" the year-end process if all outstanding payments and invoices are " +"reconciled, and could lead finding errors or mistakes in the system." +msgstr "" +"Выполните необязательную функцию ** Сопоставление платежей ** в выпадающем " +"меню ** Более ** на информационной панели, проверяя все ** Счета поставщиков" +" ** и ** Счета клиентов ** с их платежами. Этот шаг является необязательным," +" но это может помочь в процессе закрытия года, если все неуплаченные платежи" +" и счета-фактуры будут согласованными, то могут привести к ошибкам или " +"ошибок в системе." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Your accountant/bookkeeper will likely verify your balance sheet items and " +"book entries for:" +msgstr "" +"Ваш бухгалтер, вероятно, подтвердит ваши элементы баланса и запись книг для:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Year-end manual adjustments, using the **Adviser Journal Entries** menu (For" +" example, the **Current Year Earnings** and **Retained Earnings** reports)." +msgstr "" +"Инструкции по коррекции на конец года, используя меню ** журнальных записей " +"консультантов ** (например, отчеты ** прибыли текущего периода ** и ** " +"Сохранившиеся прибыли **)." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:56 +msgid "**Depreciation Journal Entries**." +msgstr "** Записи журнала амортизации **." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:60 +msgid "**Tax adjustments**." +msgstr "** Налоговые корректировки **." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:62 +msgid "" +"If your accountant/bookkeeper is going through end of the year auditing, " +"they may want to have paper copies of all balance sheet items (such as " +"loans, bank accounts, prepayments, sales tax statements, etc...) to agree " +"these against your Odoo balances." +msgstr "" +"Если ваш бухгалтер заканчивает аудиторскую проверку года, ему могут " +"понадобиться бумажные копии всех отчетов баланса (например, займы, " +"банковские счета, подписки, отчеты о налоге и прибыль и т.д.), чтобы " +"согласовать их с балансом в Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:67 +msgid "" +"During this process, it is good practice to set the **Lock date for Non-" +"Advisers** to the last day of the preceding financial year, which is set " +"under the accounting configuration. This way, the accountant can be " +"confident that nobody is changing the previous year transactions while " +"auditing the books." +msgstr "" +"Во время этого процесса лучшим шагом является установление ** Дать " +"блокировки для не-консультантов ** до последнего дня предыдущего финансового" +" года, который устанавливается в настройках бухучета. Таким образом, " +"бухгалтер может быть уверен в том, что во время аудита никто не меняет " +"операции прошлого года." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:77 +msgid "Closing the fiscal year" +msgstr "Закрытие отчетного периода" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:79 +msgid "" +"In Odoo there is no need to do a specific year end closing entry in order to" +" close out income statement accounts. The reports are created in real-time, " +"meaning that the **Income statement** corresponds directly with the year-end" +" date you specify in Odoo. Therefore, any time you generate the **Income " +"Statement**, the beginning date will correspond with the beginning of the " +"**Fiscal Year** and the account balances will all be 0." +msgstr "" +"В Odoo нет необходимости делать конкретную запись для закрытия года. Отчеты " +"создаются в режиме реального времени, что означает, что ** Отчет о доходах " +"** непосредственно отвечает дате конечной даты, которую вы указали в Odoo. " +"Поэтому, если вы создаете ** Отчет о доходах **, начальная дата " +"соответствует началу ** отчетном периоде **, а остаток будет 0." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Once the accountant/bookkeeper has created the journal entry to allocate the" +" **Current Year Earnings**, you should set the **Lock Date** to the last day" +" of the fiscal year. Making sure that before doing so, you confirm whether " +"or not the current year earnings in the **Balance Sheet** is correctly " +"reporting a 0 balance." +msgstr "" +"После того, как бухгалтер создаст запись журнала для распределения ** " +"Прибыли текущего периода **, следует установить ** Дата блокировки ** до " +"последнего дня отчетного периода. Убедитесь, что перед тем, как это сделать," +" вы подтвердили, или доходы текущего периода в ** Отчете баланса ** " +"правильно отвечают нулевому балансу." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:93 +msgid ":doc:`fiscal_year`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Fiscal Years" +msgstr "Управление отчетным периодом" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In most cases, the fiscal years last 12 months. If it is your case, you just" +" have to define what is the last day of your fiscal year in the accounting " +"settings. By default, it is set on the 31st December." +msgstr "" +"В большинстве случаев отчетные периоды длятся 12 месяцев. Если это ваш " +"случай, вы просто должны определить, какой последний день вашего отчетного " +"периода в настройках бухучета. По умолчанию он устанавливается на 31 " +"декабря." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:12 +msgid "" +"However, there might be some exceptions. For example, if it is the first " +"fiscal year of your business, it could last more or less than 12 months. In " +"this case, some additional configuration is required." +msgstr "" +"Однако могут быть некоторые исключения. Например, если это первый отчетный " +"период вашей компании, он может длиться больше или меньше 12 месяцев. В этом" +" случае требуется дополнительная конфигурация." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Go in :menuselection:`accounting --> configuration --> settings` and " +"activate the fiscal years." +msgstr "" +"Перейдите к :menuselection:`accounting --> configuration --> settings` и " +"активируйте отчетные периоды." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:22 +msgid "" +"You can then configure your fiscal years in :menuselection:`accounting --> " +"configuration --> fiscal years`." +msgstr "" +"Затем вы можете настроить ваш отчетный период в :menuselection:`accounting " +"--> configuration --> fiscal years`." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:29 +msgid "" +"You only have to create fiscal years if they last more or less than 12 " +"months." +msgstr "" +"Вам нужно только создать отчетные периоды, если они длятся более или менее " +"12 месяцев." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:34 +msgid ":doc:`close_fiscal_year`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:3 +msgid "Manage prices for B2B (tax excluded) and B2C (tax included)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When working with consumers, prices are usually expressed with taxes " +"included in the price (e.g., in most eCommerce). But, when you work in a B2B" +" environment, companies usually negotiate prices with taxes excluded." +msgstr "" +"Работая с клиентами, цены обычно выражаются с налогами, включенными в цену " +"(например, в большинстве электронной коммерции). Но, когда вы работаете в " +"B2B, компании обычно ведут переговоры о ценах без налогов." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo manages both use cases easily, as long as you register your prices on " +"the product with taxes excluded or included, but not both together. If you " +"manage all your prices with tax included (or excluded) only, you can still " +"easily do sales order with a price having taxes excluded (or included): " +"that's easy." +msgstr "" +"Odoo легко управляет обоими случаями использования, если вы регистрируете " +"свои цены на товар с выключенными или включенными налогами, но не оба " +"вместе. Если вы управляете всеми своими ценами только с налогом (или " +"выключенным), вы все равно можете легко выполнить заказ на продажу с ценой, " +"не включая налоги (или включает): это просто." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:15 +msgid "" +"This documentation is only for the specific use case where you need to have " +"two references for the price (tax included or excluded), for the same " +"product. The reason of the complexity is that there is not a symmetrical " +"relationship with prices included and prices excluded, as shown in this use " +"case, in belgium with a tax of 21%:" +msgstr "" +"Эта документация предназначена только для конкретного случая использования, " +"когда вам нужно иметь два Проекты на цену (включая НДС или без НДС) для " +"этого самого товара. Причиной сложности является то, что не существует " +"симметричного соотношение с ценами с включенным налогом и ценам с " +"выключенным налогом, как показано в данном случае, в Бельгии с налогом в " +"размере 21%:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:21 +msgid "Your eCommerce has a product at **10€ (taxes included)**" +msgstr "" +"Ваша электронная коммерция имеет товар на ** 10 евро (включая налогами) **" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:23 +msgid "This would do **8.26€ (taxes excluded)** and a **tax of 1.74€**" +msgstr "Это будет ** 8,26 евро (без налогов) ** и ** налог 1,74 евро **" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:25 +msgid "" +"But for the same use case, if you register the price without taxes on the " +"product form (8.26€), you get a price with tax included at 9.99€, because:" +msgstr "" +"Но для того же случае, если вы регистрируете цену без налогов в форме товара" +" (8,26 €), вы получаете цену с налогом в размере 9,99 €, поскольку:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:29 +msgid "**8.26€ \\* 1.21 = 9.99€**" +msgstr "**8.26€ \\* 1.21 = 9.99€**" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:31 +msgid "" +"So, depending on how you register your prices on the product form, you will " +"have different results for the price including taxes and the price excluding" +" taxes:" +msgstr "" +"Итак, в зависимости от того, как вы регистрируете свои цены на форме товара," +" вы получите разные результаты по цене, включая налоги и цену за вычетом " +"налогов:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:35 +msgid "Taxes Excluded: **8.26€ & 10.00€**" +msgstr "Налоги исключено: ** 8.26 € & 10.00 € **" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:37 +msgid "Taxes Included: **8.26€ & 9.99€**" +msgstr "Налоги включены: ** 8.26 € & 9.99 € **" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:40 +msgid "" +"If you buy 100 pieces at 10€ taxes included, it gets even more tricky. You " +"will get: **1000€ (taxes included) = 826.45€ (price) + 173.55€ (taxes)** " +"Which is very different from a price per piece at 8.26€ tax excluded." +msgstr "" +"Если вы покупаете 100 единиц с налогами 10 евро, это становится еще сложнее." +" Вы получите: ** 1000 € (с учетом налогов) = 826.45 € (цена) + 173.55 € " +"(налоги) **, сильно отличается от цены за единицу за 8.26 € без налога." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:45 +msgid "" +"This documentation explains how to handle the very specific use case where " +"you need to handle the two prices (tax excluded and included) on the product" +" form within the same company." +msgstr "" +"В этой документации объясняется, как управлять очень конкретным случаем " +"использования, когда вам нужно справиться с двумя ценам (без налога и с " +"включенным налогом) в форме товара в пределах одной компании." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:50 +msgid "" +"In terms of finance, you have no more revenues selling your product at 10€ " +"instead of 9.99€ (for a 21% tax), because your revenue will be exactly the " +"same at 9.99€, only the tax is 0.01€ higher. So, if you run an eCommerce in " +"Belgium, make your customer a favor and set your price at 9.99€ instead of " +"10€. Please note that this does not apply to 20€ or 30€, or other tax rates," +" or a quantity >1. You will also make you a favor since you can manage " +"everything tax excluded, which is less error prone and easier for your " +"salespeople." +msgstr "" +"С точки зрения финансов, вы больше не получаете прибыль от продажи товара за" +" 10 евро, а не 9,99 евро (по налогу в размере 21%), поскольку ваша прибыль " +"будет таким же по 9,99 евро, только налог на 0,01 евро выше. Итак, если вы " +"запускаете электронной коммерции в Бельгии, сделайте услугу своему клиенту и" +" установите цену на уровне 9,99 евро вместо 10 евро. Обратите внимание, что " +"это не касается 20 евро или 30 евро, или других ставок налога или " +"количестве> 1. Вы также сделаете себе пользу, поскольку вы можете " +"управлять всеми налоговыми правами, менее подвержены ошибкам и проще для " +"ваших продавцов." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:65 +msgid "" +"The best way to avoid this complexity is to choose only one way of managing " +"your prices and stick to it: price without taxes or price with taxes " +"included. Define which one is the default stored on the product form (on the" +" default tax related to the product), and let Odoo compute the other one " +"automatically, based on the pricelist and fiscal position. Negotiate your " +"contracts with customers accordingly. This perfectly works out-of-the-box " +"and you have no specific configuration to do." +msgstr "" +"Лучшим способом избежать этой сложности есть выбор только одного способа " +"управления вашими ценами и соблюдения его: цена без налогов или цены с " +"включенными налогами. Определите, какой тип по умолчанию сохраняется в форме" +" товара (по умолчанию налог, относящийся к товару), и Odoo автоматически " +"вычисляет другой, исходя из ПРАЙСЛИСТ и схемы налогообложения. Обсудите свои" +" контракты с клиентами. Это прекрасно работает "из коробки", и у " +"вас нет конкретных настроек." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:73 +msgid "" +"If you can not do that and if you really negotiate some prices with tax " +"excluded and, for other customers, others prices with tax included, you " +"must:" +msgstr "" +"Если вы не можете это сделать, и если вы действительно договариваетесь о " +"некоторых цены за вычетом налогов, а для других покупателей - другим ценам с" +" налогом, то вам необходимо:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:77 +msgid "" +"always store the default price TAX EXCLUDED on the product form, and apply a" +" tax (price included on the product form)" +msgstr "" +"всегда сохраняйте цену по умолчанию, исключенного на форме товара, и " +"указывайте налог (цена указана в форме товара)" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:80 +msgid "create a pricelist with prices in TAX INCLUDED, for specific customers" +msgstr "" +"создайте прайслист с ценами с включенным налогом, для конкретных клиентов" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:83 +msgid "" +"create a fiscal position that switches the tax excluded to a tax included" +msgstr "" +"создайте схему налогообложения, переключает цену без налога на цену с " +"включенным налогом" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:86 +msgid "" +"assign both the pricelist and the fiscal position to customers who want to " +"benefit to this pricelist and fiscal position" +msgstr "" +"назначьте как прайслист, так и схему налогообложения клиентам, которые хотят" +" воспользоваться этой цене и схеме налогообложения" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:89 +msgid "For the purpose of this documentation, we will use the above use case:" +msgstr "" +"Для целей настоящей документации мы будем использовать вышеизложенное " +"использования:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:91 +msgid "your product default sale price is 8.26€ tax excluded" +msgstr "ваша цена по умолчанию не равна 8.26 €" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:93 +msgid "" +"but we want to sell it at 10€, tax included, in our shops or eCommerce " +"website" +msgstr "" +"но мы хотим продать его за 10 евро, включая цену, в наших магазинах или на " +"сайте электронной коммерции" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:97 +msgid "Setting your products" +msgstr "Настройте ваши товары" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Your company must be configured with tax excluded by default. This is " +"usually the default configuration, but you can check your **Default Sale " +"Tax** from the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` of the " +"Accounting application." +msgstr "" +"Ваша компания должна быть настроена по цене по умолчанию. Обычно это " +"настройки по умолчанию, но вы можете проверить ** налог на продажу по " +"умолчанию ** в меню :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` в модуле " +"Бухучет." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Once done, you can create a **B2C** pricelist. You can activate the " +"pricelist feature per customer from the menu: :menuselection:`Configuration " +"--> Settings` of the Sale application. Choose the option **different prices " +"per customer segment**." +msgstr "" +"После этого вы можете создать прайслист ** B2C **. Вы можете активировать " +"функцию ПРАЙСЛИСТ для каждого клиента в меню: :menuselection:`Configuration " +"--> Settings` приложении Продажа. Выберите опцию ** разные цены на сегмент " +"клиента **." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Once done, create a B2C pricelist from the menu " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Pricelists`. It's also good to rename the " +"default pricelist into B2B to avoid confusion." +msgstr "" +"После этого создайте прайслист B2C меню :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Pricelists`. Также хорошо переименовать прайслист по умолчанию на B2B, чтобы" +" избежать путаницы." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Then, create a product at 8.26€, with a tax of 21% (defined as tax not " +"included in price) and set a price on this product for B2C customers at 10€," +" from the :menuselection:`Sales --> Products` menu of the Sales application:" +msgstr "" +"Затем создайте товар на 8,26 евро с налогом в размере 21% (определяется как " +"налог, который не входит в стоимость), и установите цену на этот товар для " +"клиентов B2C на уровне 10 евро с меню :menuselection:`Sales --> Products`из " +"приложения Продажи:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:125 +msgid "Setting the B2C fiscal position" +msgstr "Установите схему налогообложения B2C" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:127 +msgid "" +"From the accounting application, create a B2C fiscal position from this " +"menu: :menuselection:`Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`. This fiscal " +"position should map the VAT 21% (tax excluded of price) with a VAT 21% (tax " +"included in price)" +msgstr "" +"В бухгалтерском приложении создайте схему налогообложения В2С из этого меню:" +" :menuselection:`Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`. Эта схема " +"налогообложения должна отражать НДС 21% (без учета налога) с НДС 21% (налог " +"входит в стоимость)" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:136 +msgid "Test by creating a quotation" +msgstr "Проверьте, создав коммерческое предложение" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:138 +msgid "" +"Create a quotation from the Sale application, using the " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Quotations` menu. You should have the following " +"result: 8.26€ + 1.73€ = 9.99€." +msgstr "" +"Создайте коммерческое предложение по программе Продажи с помощью меню " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Quotations`. Вы следующий результат: 8.26 € + 1.73" +" € = 9.99 €." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:145 +msgid "" +"Then, create a quotation but **change the pricelist to B2C and the fiscal " +"position to B2C** on the quotation, before adding your product. You should " +"have the expected result, which is a total price of 10€ for the customer: " +"8.26€ + 1.74€ = 10.00€." +msgstr "" +"Затем создайте коммерческое предложение, но ** измените прайслист на B2C и " +"схему налогообложения B2C ** на коммерческое предложение, прежде чем " +"добавлять свой товар. Вы должны получить ожидаемый результат, общая цена " +"которого 10 € для клиента: 8.26 € + 1.74 € = 10.00 €." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:153 +msgid "This is the expected behavior for a customer of your shop." +msgstr "Это ожидаемое поведение для покупателя вашего магазина." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:156 +msgid "Avoid changing every sale order" +msgstr "Избегайте изменений в каждом заказе на продажу" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:158 +msgid "" +"If you negotiate a contract with a customer, whether you negotiate tax " +"included or tax excluded, you can set the pricelist and the fiscal position " +"on the customer form so that it will be applied automatically at every sale " +"of this customer." +msgstr "" +"Если вы заключаете договор с клиентом, обсуждаете цену, с включенным налогом" +" или выключенным, вы можете установить прайслист и схему налогообложения в " +"форме клиента, чтобы она применялась автоматически при каждой продаже этого " +"клиента." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:163 +msgid "" +"The pricelist is in the **Sales & Purchases** tab of the customer form, and " +"the fiscal position is in the accounting tab." +msgstr "" +"Прайслист на вкладке ** Продажи и Покупки ** в форме клиента, а схема " +"налогообложения находится на вкладке бухучета." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:166 +msgid "" +"Note that this is error prone: if you set a fiscal position with tax " +"included in prices but use a pricelist that is not included, you might have " +"wrong prices calculated for you. That's why we usually recommend companies " +"to only work with one price reference." +msgstr "" +"Обратите внимание, что может возникнуть ошибка: если вы устанавливаете схему" +" налогообложения по налогу, включенным в стоимость, но используете " +"прайслист, без включенного налога, для вас могут быть выбраны неправильные " +"цены. Вот почему мы обычно рекомендуем компаниям работать только с одним " +"ценовым референсом." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:3 +msgid "Manage cash basis taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The cash basis taxes are due when the payment has been done and not at the " +"validation of the invoice (as it is the case with standard taxes). Reporting" +" your income and expenses to the administration based on the cash basis " +"method is legal in some countries and under some conditions." +msgstr "" +"Налоги, начисленные кассовым методом, должны быть осуществлены после " +"осуществления платежа, а не при подтверждении счета-фактуры (как в случае с " +"обычными налогами). Отчет о ваших доходах и расходах на основе кассового " +"метода является законным в некоторых странах и при определенных условиях." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Example : You sell a product in the 1st quarter of your fiscal year and " +"receive the payment the 2nd quarter of your fiscal year. Based on the cash " +"basis method, the tax you have to pay to the administration is due for the " +"2nd quarter." +msgstr "" +"Пример: вы продаете товар в 1 квартале вашего финансового года и получаете " +"платеж во 2 квартале вашего финансового года. Исходя из кассового метода, " +"налог, который вы должны оплатить налоговой администрации, должно быть " +"оплачено в течение 2-го квартала." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:16 +msgid "How to configure cash basis taxes ?" +msgstr "Как настроить налоги, начисленные кассовым методом?" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:18 +msgid "" +"You first have to activate the setting in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Settings --> Allow Tax Cash Basis`. You will be asked to " +"define the Tax Cash Basis Journal." +msgstr "" +"Вы должны сначала активизировать настройки в :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Settings --> Allow Tax Cash Basis`. Вам будет предложено " +"определить журнал Налогов, начисленных кассовым методом." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Once this is done, you can configure your taxes in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. At first set the " +"proper transitional accounts to post taxes until you register the payment." +msgstr "" +"После того, как это будет сделано, вы можете настроить ваши налоги в " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. Сначала установите " +"необходимые счета транзакции для публикации налогов, пока вы не " +"зарегистрируете платеж." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:35 +msgid "" +"In the *Advanced Options* tab you will turn *Tax Due* to *Based on Payment*." +" You will then have to define the *Tax Received* account in which to post " +"the tax amount when the payment is received and the *Base Tax Received " +"Account* to post the base tax amount for an accurate tax report." +msgstr "" +"На вкладке * Дополнительные параметры * вы превратите * Налог на прибыль * в" +" * На основе платежа *. Тогда вам придется определить * Налоговый счет *, на" +" котором нужно размещать сумму налога при получении платежа, и * Счет " +"полученного базового налога *, чтобы разместить базовую сумму налога для " +"точного налогового отчета." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:45 +msgid "What is the impact of cash basis taxes in my accounting ?" +msgstr "Каково влияние налогов, начисленных кассовым методом, на мой бухучет?" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Let’s take an example. You make a sale of $100 with a 15% cash basis tax. " +"When you validate the customer invoice, the following entry is created in " +"your accounting:" +msgstr "" +"Давайте рассмотрим пример. Вы осуществляете продажу в размере 100 долларов с" +" 15% налогом, начисленным кассовым методом. Когда вы проверяете счет-фактуру" +" клиента, в вашем бухучета создается следующая запись:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:52 +msgid "Customer Invoices Journal" +msgstr "Журнал счетов клиента" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:72 +msgid "Receivables $115" +msgstr "Полученные $ 115" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:82 +msgid "Temporary Tax Account $15" +msgstr "Временный налоговый счет $ 15" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:88 +msgid "Income Account $100" +msgstr "Счет дохода $ 100" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:63 +msgid "A few days later, you receive the payment:" +msgstr "Через несколько дней вы получаете платеж:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:66 +msgid "Bank Journal" +msgstr "Журнал Банка" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:70 +msgid "Bank $115" +msgstr "Банк $ 115" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:75 +msgid "" +"When you reconcile the invoice and the payment, this entry is generated:" +msgstr "" +"Когда вы согласовываете счет-фактуру и платеж, создается следующая запись:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:78 +msgid "Tax Cash Basis Journal" +msgstr "Журнал Налога на Наличной Основе " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:84 +msgid "Tax Received Account $15" +msgstr "Счет полученного налога $ 15" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:92 +msgid "" +"The last two journal items are neutral but they are needed to insure correct" +" tax reports in Odoo with accurate base tax amounts. We advise to use a " +"default revenue account. The balance of this account will then always be at " +"zero." +msgstr "" +"Последние две статьи журнала являются нейтральными, но они необходимы для " +"обеспечения правильных налоговых отчетов в Odoo с точными базовыми суммами " +"налога. Советуем использовать счет дохода по умолчанию. Остаток этого счета " +"всегда будет на нуле." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Default Taxes** define which :doc:`taxes <taxes>` are automatically " +"selected when there is no other indication about which tax to use. For " +"example, Odoo prefills the **Taxes** field with the Default Taxes when you " +"create a new product or add a new line on an invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:14 +msgid "" +":doc:`Fiscal Positions <fiscal_positions>` take the Default Tax into " +"account. Therefore, if a Fiscal Position is applied to an invoice, Odoo " +"applies the related tax instead of the Default Taxes, as mapped in the " +"Fiscal Position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:21 +msgid "" +"**Default Taxes** are automatically set up according to the country selected" +" at the creation of your database, or when you set up a :doc:`Fiscal " +"Localization Package " +"<../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>` for your" +" company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To change your **Default Taxes**, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes --> Default Taxes`, select the " +"appropriate taxes for your default **Sales Tax** and **Purchase Tax**, and " +"click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Databases with multiple companies: the Default Taxes values are company-" +"specific." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:70 +msgid ":doc:`taxes`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:279 +msgid ":doc:`fiscal_positions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:3 +msgid "Fiscal Positions (tax and account mapping)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Default taxes and accounts are set on products and customers to create new " +"transactions on the fly. However, you might have to use different taxes and " +"record the transactions on different accounts, according to your customers' " +"and providers' localizations and business types." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:9 +msgid "" +"**Fiscal Positions** allow you to create *sets of rules* to automatically " +"adapt the taxes and the accounts used for a transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:16 +msgid "They can be applied in various ways:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:18 +msgid "" +":ref:`automatically applied, based on some rules " +"<fiscal_positions/automatic>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:19 +msgid ":ref:`manually applied on a transaction <fiscal_positions/partner>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:20 +msgid "" +":ref:`assigned to a partner, on its contact form " +"<fiscal_positions/transaction>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:23 +msgid "" +"A few Fiscal Positions are already preconfigured on your database, as part " +"of your :doc:`Fiscal Localization Package " +"<../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:30 +msgid "Tax and Account Mapping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To edit or create a Fiscal Position, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`, and open the entry you want to modify " +"or click on *Create*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The mapping of taxes and accounts is based on the default taxes and accounts" +" defined in the products' forms." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To map to another tax or account, fill out the right column (**Tax to " +"Apply**/**Account to Use Instead**)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To remove a tax, rather than replacing it with another, leave the field " +"**Tax to Apply** empty." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To replace a tax with multiple other taxes, add multiple lines with the same" +" **Tax on Product**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:44 +msgid "" +"The mapping only works with *active* taxes. Therefore, make sure they are " +"active by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:50 +msgid "Automatic application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:52 +msgid "" +"You can configure your Fiscal Positions to be applied automatically, " +"following a set of conditions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To do so, open the Fiscal Position you want to modify and click on **Detect " +"Automatically**. You can configure a few conditions:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:57 +msgid "" +"**VAT Required**: The VAT number *must* be indicated in the customer's " +"contact form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:58 +msgid "" +"**Country Group** / **Country**: The Fiscal Position is applied to these " +"countries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Taxes on **eCommerce orders** are automatically updated once the visitor has" +" logged in or filled out their billing details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:69 +msgid "" +"The Fiscal Positions' **sequence** - the order in which they are arranged - " +"defines which Fiscal Position to apply if the conditions are met in multiple" +" Fiscal Positions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:72 +msgid "" +"For example, if the first Fiscal Position targets *country A*, and the " +"second Fiscal Position targets a *Country Group* that also comprises " +"*country A*, only the first Fiscal Position will be applied to customers " +"from *country A*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:79 +msgid "Application" +msgstr "Приложение" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:84 +msgid "Assign a Fiscal Position to a partner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:86 +msgid "" +"You can manually define which Fiscal Position must be used by default for a " +"specific partner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To do so, open the partner's contact form, go to the **Sales & Purchase** " +"tab, edit the **Fiscal Position** field, and click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:98 +msgid "Choose Fiscal Positions manually on Sales Orders, Invoices, and Bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To manually select which Fiscal Position to use for a new Sales Order, " +"Invoice, or Bill, go to the **Other Info** tab and select the right **Fiscal" +" Position** *before* adding product lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:281 +msgid ":doc:`taxcloud`" +msgstr ":doc:`taxcloud`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:280 +msgid ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" +msgstr ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:3 +msgid "Manage withholding taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A withholding tax, also called a retention tax, is a government requirement " +"for the payer of a customer invoice to withhold or deduct tax from the " +"payment, and pay that tax to the government. In most jurisdictions, " +"withholding tax applies to employment income." +msgstr "" +"Налог на содержание является государственной требованием плательщика счета-" +"фактуры удерживать или отчислять налог от платежа и платить этот налог " +"правительства. В большинстве юрисдикций налогообложения взимается по налогу " +"на прибыль." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:10 +msgid "" +"With normal taxes, the tax is added to the subtotal to give you the total to" +" pay. As opposed to normal taxes, withholding taxes are deducted from the " +"amount to pay, as the tax will be paid by the customer." +msgstr "" +"С обычными налогами этот налог прилагается к итоговой суммы, чтобы вы ее " +"оплатили. В отличие от обычных налогов, налог на содержание взимается от " +"уплаты налога, поскольку он уплачивается заказчиком." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:14 +msgid "As, an example, in Colombia you may have the following invoice:" +msgstr "Например, в Колумбии вы можете иметь следующий счет-фактуру:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:19 +msgid "" +"In this example, the **company** who sent the invoice owes $20 of taxes to " +"the **government** and the **customer** owes $10 of taxes to the " +"**government**." +msgstr "" +"В этом примере ** компания **, которая прислала счет, обязана ** " +"правительства ** 20 долларов налогов, а ** клиент ** обязан ** правительства" +" ** 10 долларов налогов." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, a withholding tax is defined by creating a negative tax. For a " +"retention of 10%, you would configure the following tax (accessible through " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Taxes`):" +msgstr "" +"В Odoo налог на содержание определяется путем создания отрицательного " +"налога. Для сохранения 10%, вы можете настроить следующий налог (доступен " +"через :menuselection:`Configuration --> Taxes`):" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:32 +msgid "" +"In order to make it appear as a retention on the invoice, you should set a " +"specific tax group **Retention** on your tax, in the **Advanced Options** " +"tab." +msgstr "" +"Для того, чтобы он отображался как сохранение в счете-фактуре, на вкладке **" +" Дополнительные параметры ** следует установить определенную группу налогов " +"** На содержание ** своего налога." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Once the tax is defined, you can use it in your products, sales order or " +"invoices." +msgstr "" +"После определения налога вы можете использовать его в своих товарах, заказах" +" на продажу или счетах-фактурах." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If the retention is a percentage of a regular tax, create a Tax with a **Tax" +" Computation** as a **Tax Group** and set the two taxes in this group " +"(normal tax and retention)." +msgstr "" +"Если содержание является процентом от обычного налога, создайте налог с ** " +"налоговым расчетом ** как ** налоговую группу ** и установите два налога в " +"этой группе (обычный налог и на содержание)." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:48 +msgid "Applying retention taxes on invoices" +msgstr "Применение налога на содержание в счетах-фактурах" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Once your tax is created, you can use it on customer forms, sales order or " +"customer invoices. You can apply several taxes on a single customer invoice " +"line." +msgstr "" +"Когда ваш налог будет создан, вы можете использовать его по форме заказчика," +" заказы на продажу или счета-фактуры для клиентов. Вы можете подать " +"несколько налогов на одну строку счета-фактуры клиента." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:58 +msgid "" +"When you see the customer invoice on the screen, you get only a **Taxes " +"line** summarizing all the taxes (normal taxes & retentions). But when you " +"print or send the invoice, Odoo does the correct grouping amongst all the " +"taxes." +msgstr "" +"Когда вы видите счет клиента на экране, вы получаете только налоговый " +"строку, обобщая все налоги (обычные налоги и на содержание). Но когда вы " +"распечатываете или посылаете счет-фактуру, Odoo делает правильную группу " +"среди всех налогов." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:63 +msgid "The printed invoice will show the different amounts in each tax group." +msgstr "" +"В распечатанном счета отображаться различные суммы в каждой налоговой " +"группе." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:3 +msgid "Get correct tax rates in the United States using TaxCloud" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The **TaxCloud** integration allows you to correctly calculate the sales tax" +" for every address in the United States and keeps track of which products " +"are exempt from sales tax and in which states each exemption applies. " +"TaxCloud calculates sales tax in real-time for every state, city, and " +"special jurisdiction in the United States." +msgstr "" +"Интеграция ** TaxCloud ** позволяет правильно рассчитывать налог продаж для " +"каждого адреса в США и следит, какая продукция освобождается от налога с " +"продаж и в каких штатах применяется каждое увольнение. TaxCloud вычисляет " +"налог с продаж в режиме реального времени для каждого штата, города и " +"специальной юрисдикции в Соединенных Штатах." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:15 +msgid "In TaxCloud" +msgstr "В TaxCloud" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Create a free account on `TaxCloud <https://taxcloud.com/#register>`__ " +"website." +msgstr "" +"Создайте бесплатный аккаунт на сайте `TaxCloud " +"<https://taxcloud.com/#register> `__." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Register your Odoo website on TaxCloud to get an *API ID* and an *API Key*." +msgstr "" +"Зарегистрируйте ваш сайт Odoo на TaxCloud, чтобы получить * API ID * и * " +"Ключ API *." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:23 +msgid "" +"In Settings on TaxCloud, click *Locations* to enter the location of your " +"Office(s) & Warehouse(s)." +msgstr "" +"В настройках на TaxCloud нажмите * Адрес *, чтобы ввести местонахождение " +"вашего офиса и склада." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:24 +msgid "" +"In Settings on TaxCloud, click *Manage Tax States* to verify the states " +"where you collect sales tax." +msgstr "" +"В настройках на TaxCloud, нажмите * Управление штатами налога * чтобы " +"проверить штаты, где вы собираете налог с продаж." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:27 +msgid "In Odoo" +msgstr "В Odoo" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Invoicing / Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`" +" and check *TaxCloud - Compute tax rates based on U.S. ZIP codes* (note: " +"actually uses complete street address)." +msgstr "" +"Перейдите в :menuselection:`Invoicing / Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` и отметьте * TaxCloud - Вычислять налоговые ставки на основе " +"индекса США * (запишите: фактически использует полный адрес улице)." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:30 +msgid "Enter your TaxCloud credentials." +msgstr "Введите учетные данные TaxCloud." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:31 +msgid "Click SAVE to store your credentials." +msgstr "Нажмите СОХРАНИТЬ, чтобы сохранить ваши учетные данные." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Click the Refresh Icon next to *Default Category* to import the TIC product " +"categories from TaxCloud (Taxability Information Codes). Some categories may" +" imply specific rates or attract product/service type exemptions." +msgstr "" +"Нажмите на иконку Обновления у * Категория по умолчанию * для импорта " +"категорий товара с TaxCloud (Информационные коды налогообложения). Некоторые" +" категории могут предусматривать определенные ставки или привлекать " +"исключения в отношении товаров / услуг." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Select your default *TIC Code*. This will apply to any new product created." +msgstr "" +"Выберите ваш * TIC код * по умолчанию. Это будет применен к любым вновь " +"товаров." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Set a specific TaxCloud TIC Category on the *General Information* tab of the" +" Product, or on the Product Category." +msgstr "" +"Установите конкретную категорию TaxCloud TIC на вкладке товара * Общая " +"информация * или в категории товара." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Make sure your company address is complete (including the state and the zip " +"code). Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies` " +"to open and edit your Company record." +msgstr "" +"Убедитесь, что адрес вашей компании заполнена (включая область и индекс). " +"Перейдите к :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies`, " +"чтобы открыть и редактировать запись вашей компании." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:47 +msgid "How it works" +msgstr "Как это работает" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Salestax is calculated in Odoo based on fiscal positions (see " +":doc:`fiscal_positions`). A Fiscal Position for the United States is created" +" when installing *TaxCloud*. Everything works out-of-the-box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:54 +msgid "" +"You can configure Odoo to automtically detect which Customers should use " +"this fiscal position. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Fiscal Positions` to open and edit the record." +msgstr "" +"Вы можете настроить Odoo для автоматического определения, клиенты должны " +"использовать эту схему налогообложения. Откройте :menuselection:`Accounting " +"--> Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`, чтобы открыть и редактировать " +"записи." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Now, this fiscal position is automatically set on any sales order, web " +"order, or invoice when the customer country is *United States*. This " +"triggers the automated tax computation." +msgstr "" +"Теперь эта схема налогообложения автоматически устанавливается на любом " +"заказ на продажу, веб-заказе, или счета, если страна клиента - * США *. Это " +"запускает автоматическое расчета налога." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Add your product(s). You have two options to get Sales Tax on the Order. " +"You can confirm it, or you can save it and from the *Action* Menu choose " +"**Update Taxes with TaxCloud**." +msgstr "" +"Добавьте ваш товар (ы). У вас есть две опции, чтобы получить налог продажи в" +" заказе. Вы можете подтвердить это или вы можете сохранить это, а в меню * " +"Действие * выбрать ** Обновить налоги с TaxCloud **." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:73 +msgid "Coupons & Promotions" +msgstr "Купоны & акции" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:75 +msgid "" +"If you use the Coupon or Promotion Programs, the integration with Taxcloud " +"might seem a bit odd." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:77 +msgid "" +"The problem lies with the fact that Taxcloud does not accept lines with " +"negative amounts as part of the tax computation. This means that the amount " +"of the lines added by the promotion program must be deduced from the total " +"of the lines it impacts. This means, amongst other complications, that " +"orders that use coupons or promotions with a Taxcloud fiscal position " +"**must** be invoiced completely - you cannot create invoices for partial " +"deliveries, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Another specific oddity is possible in the UI: imagine that you sell a " +"product from the Taxcloud category *[20110] Computers* and that you have a " +"promotion program in place that provides a 50% discount on this product. If " +"the tax rate for this particular product is 7%, the tax rate that will be " +"computed from the Taxcloud integration will display 3.5%. This happens " +"because the discount is included in the price that is sent to Taxcloud, but " +"in Odoo this discount is in another line entirely. At the end of the day, " +"your tax computation will be correct (since a 3.5% tax on the full price is " +"the equivalent of a 7% tax on half the price), but this might be surprising " +"from a user point of view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:5 +msgid "" +"There are numerous types of **taxes**, and their application varies greatly," +" depending mostly on your company's localization. To make sure they are " +"recorded with accuracy, Odoo's tax engine supports all kinds of uses and " +"computations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:12 +msgid "Activate Sales Taxes from the List view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:14 +msgid "" +"As part of your :doc:`Fiscal Localization Package " +"<../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>`, most of" +" your country's sales taxes are already preconfigured on your database. " +"However, only a few of them are activated by default, so that you can " +"activate only the ones relevant for your business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To activate Sale Taxes, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Taxes` and use the *Activate* toggle button to activate or deactivate a " +"tax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To edit or create a **Tax**, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Taxes` and open a tax or click on *Create*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Taxes have three different labels, each one having a specific use. Refer to " +"the following table to see where they are displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:45 +msgid ":ref:`Tax Name <taxes/name>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:45 +msgid ":ref:`Label on Invoice <taxes/label-invoices>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:45 +msgid ":ref:`Tax Group <taxes/tax-group>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:48 +msgid "Back end" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:48 +msgid "*Taxes* column on exported invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:48 +msgid "Above the *Total* line on exported invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:53 +msgid "Basic Options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:58 +msgid "Tax Name" +msgstr "Наименование Налога" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:60 +msgid "" +"The **Tax Name** as you want to display it for backend users. This is the " +":ref:`label <taxes/labels>` you see while editing Sales Orders, Invoices, " +"Products, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:66 +msgid "Tax Computation" +msgstr "Расчет Налога" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:68 +msgid "**Group of Taxes**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:70 +msgid "" +"The tax is a combination of multiple sub-taxes. You can add as many taxes " +"you want, in the order you want them to be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Make sure that the tax sequence is correct, as the order in which they are " +"may impact the taxes' amounts computation, especially if one of the taxes " +":ref:`affects the base of the subsequent ones <taxes/base-subsequent>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:78 +msgid "**Fixed**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:80 +msgid "" +"The tax has a fixed amount in the default currency. The amount remains the " +"same, regardless of the Sales Price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:83 +msgid "" +"For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *$10 " +"fixed* tax. We then have:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:231 +msgid "Product's Sales Price" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:231 +msgid "Price without tax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:231 +msgid "Tax" +msgstr "Налог" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:231 +msgid "Total" +msgstr "Всего" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:234 +msgid "1,000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:89 +msgid "10" +msgstr "10" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:89 +msgid "1,010.00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:92 +msgid "**Percentage of Price**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:94 +msgid "" +"The *Sales Price* is the taxable basis: the tax's amount is computed by " +"multiplying the Sales Price by the tax's percentage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:97 +msgid "" +"For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *10% of " +"Price* tax. We then have:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:104 +msgid "1,100.00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:107 +msgid "**Percentage of Price Tax Included**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:109 +msgid "" +"The *Total* is the taxable basis: the tax's amount is a percentage of the " +"Total." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:111 +msgid "" +"For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *10% of " +"Price Tax Included* tax. We then have:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:118 +msgid "111.11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:118 +msgid "1,111.11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:124 +msgid "Active" +msgstr "Активно" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:126 +msgid "Only **Active** taxes can be added to new documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:129 +msgid "" +"It is not possible to delete taxes that have already been used. Instead, you" +" can deactivate them to prevent future use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:133 +msgid "" +"This field can be modified from the *List View*. See :ref:`above " +"<taxes/list_activation>` for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:139 +msgid "Tax Scope" +msgstr "Сфера Действия Налога" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:141 +msgid "" +"The **Tax Scope** determines the tax's application, which also restricts " +"where it is displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:143 +msgid "**Sales**: Customer Invoices, Product's Customer Taxes, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:144 +msgid "**Purchase**: Vendor Bills, Product's Vendor Taxes, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:145 +msgid "**None**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:148 +msgid "" +"You can use **None** for taxes that you want to include in a :ref:`Group of " +"Taxes <taxes/computation>` but that you don't want to list along with other " +"Sales or Purchase taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:154 +msgid "Definition tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:156 +msgid "" +"Allocate with precision the amount of the taxable basis or percentages of " +"the computed tax to multiple accounts and Tax Grids." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:163 +msgid "**Based On**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:165 +msgid "Base: the price on the invoice line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:166 +msgid "% of tax: a percentage of the computed tax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:168 +msgid "**Account**: if defined, an additional Journal Item is recorded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:169 +msgid "" +"**Tax Grids**: used to generate :doc:`Tax Reports " +"<../../reporting/declarations/tax_returns>` automatically, according to your" +" country's regulations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:175 +msgid "Advanced Options tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:180 +msgid "Label on Invoices" +msgstr "Обозначение на Счет-фактурах" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:182 +msgid "" +"The label of the tax, as displayed on each invoice line in the **Taxes** " +"column. This is the :ref:`label <taxes/labels>` visible to *front end* " +"users, on exported invoices, on their Customer Portals, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:193 +msgid "Tax Group" +msgstr "Группа Налога" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:195 +msgid "" +"Select to which **Tax Group** the tax belongs. The Tax Group name is the " +":ref:`label <taxes/labels>` displayed above the *Total* line on exported " +"invoices, and the Customer Portals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:198 +msgid "" +"Tax groups include different iterations of the same tax. This can be useful " +"when you must record differently the same tax according to :doc:`Fiscal " +"Positions <fiscal_positions>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:205 +msgid "" +"In the example above, we see a 0% tax for Intra-Community customers in " +"Europe. It records amounts on specific accounts and with specific tax grids." +" Still, to the customer, it is a 0% tax. That's why the :ref:`Label on the " +"Invoice <taxes/label-invoices>` indicates *0% EU*, and the Tax Group name, " +"above the *Total* line, indicates *0%*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:213 +msgid "Include in Analytic Cost" +msgstr "Включить в аналитику затрат" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:215 +msgid "" +"With this option activated, the tax's amount is assigned to the same " +"**Analytic Account** as the invoice line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:221 +msgid "Included in Price" +msgstr "Включено в Цену" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:223 +msgid "" +"With this option activated, the total (including the tax) equals the **Sales" +" Price**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:225 +msgid ":dfn:`Total = Sales Price = Computed Tax-Excluded price + Tax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:227 +msgid "" +"For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *10% of " +"Price* tax, which is *included in the price*. We then have:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:234 +msgid "900.10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:234 +msgid "90.9" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:234 +msgid "1,000.00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:238 +msgid "" +"If you need to define prices accurately, both tax-included and tax-excluded," +" please refer to the following documentation: :doc:`B2B_B2C`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:242 +msgid "" +"**Invoices**: By default, the Line Subtotals displayed on your invoices are " +"*Tax-Excluded*. To display *Tax-Included* Line Subtotals, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Customer " +"Invoices`, and select *Tax-Included* in the **Line Subtotals Tax Display** " +"field, then click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:246 +msgid "" +"**eCommerce**: By default, the prices displayed on your eCommerce website " +"are *Tax-Excluded*. To display *Tax-Included* prices, go to " +":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Pricing`, and " +"select *Tax-Included* in the **Product Prices** field, then click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:253 +msgid "Affect Base of Subsequent Taxes" +msgstr "База для начисления налогов" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:255 +msgid "" +"With this option, the total tax-included becomes the taxable basis for the " +"other taxes applied to the same product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:258 +msgid "" +"You can configure a new :ref:`Group of Taxes <taxes/computation>` to include" +" this tax, or add it directly to a product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:266 +msgid "" +"The order in which you add the taxes on a product line has no effect on how " +"amounts are computed. If you add taxes directly on a product line, only the " +"tax sequence determines the order in which they are applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:270 +msgid "" +"To reorder the sequence, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Taxes`, and drag and drop the lines with the handles next to the tax " +"names." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:282 +msgid ":doc:`../../reporting/declarations/tax_returns`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/vat_validation.rst:3 +msgid "VIES VAT numbers validation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/vat_validation.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**VAT Information Exchange System** - abbreviated **VIES** - is a tool " +"provided by the European Commission that allows you to check the validity of" +" VAT numbers of companies registered in the European Union." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/vat_validation.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo provides a feature to **Verify VAT Numbers** when you save a contact. " +"This helps you make sure that your contacts provided you with a valid VAT " +"number without leaving Odoo interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/vat_validation.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To enable this feature, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Settings --> Taxes`, enable the **Verify VAT Numbers** feature, and " +"click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/vat_validation.rst:23 +msgid "VAT Number validation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/vat_validation.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Whenever you create or modify a contact, make sure to fill out the " +"**Country** and **VAT** fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/vat_validation.rst:31 +msgid "" +"When you click on *Save*, Odoo runs a VIES VAT number check, and displays an" +" error message if the VAT number is invalid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/vat_validation.rst:39 +msgid "" +"This tool checks the VAT number's validity but does not check the other " +"fields' validity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/vat_validation.rst:43 +msgid "" +"`European Commission: VIES search engine " +"<https://ec.europa.eu/taxation_customs/vies/vatRequest.html>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:4 +msgid "Expenses" +msgstr "Расходы" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:7 +msgid "How to set expense types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The first step to track expenses is to configure the expense types (managed " +"as products in Odoo) that your company allows, from the *Configuration* " +"menu. When a specific expense is reimbursed at a fixed price, set a cost on " +"the product. Otherwise keep the cost at 0.0 and employees will report the " +"real cost per expense." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:16 +msgid "Here are some examples to configure:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:18 +msgid "Restaurant:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:26 +msgid "Cost: 0.00 (the cost of the ticket will be recorded on every expense)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:21 +msgid "Travel with Personal Car:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:23 +msgid "Cost: 0.30 (the price per mile reimbursed by the company is fixed)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:24 +msgid "Hotel:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:28 +msgid "Others:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:30 +msgid "Cost: 0.0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to set an expense tax on each expense type (and an account if " +"you use Odoo Accounting). It's usually a good practice to use a tax that is " +"configured with :ref:`Tax Included in Price <taxes/included-in-price>`. That" +" way, employees report expenses with prices including taxes, which is " +"usually the expected behaviour." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:40 +msgid "" +"The *Sales* app allows you to specify unit of measures for your expense " +"types (units, miles, nights, etc.). Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and check *Some products may be sold/purchased " +"in different units of measure (advanced)*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:47 +msgid "How to record expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:50 +msgid "Manually" +msgstr "Вручную" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:52 +msgid "" +"As an employee (Employee in user access rights), you can record expenses " +"from :menuselection:`My Expenses --> Expenses to Submit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Select the related product and enter either the total amount you paid (with " +"Quantity = 1) or the unit price if Quantity is countable (e.g. number of " +"hotel nights)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:61 +msgid "Enter the expense date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Choose if you paid the bill on your own (and expect to be reimbursed) or if " +"the company paid directly (e.g. if you used a company's credit card)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Set the bill reference, add some notes if requested and attach a photo/scan " +"of the receipt from the discussion thread. That will help the manager and " +"the accountant validate it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:72 +msgid "In one click from emails" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Let your employees record their expenses from a simple email. Make a " +"snapshot of the receipt and send it by email, or simply forward a bill!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:76 +msgid "" +"The only thing to do is setting up an email alias in " +":menuselection:`Expenses --> Configuration --> Settings` (e.g. *expenses* " +"@mycompany.odoo.com). For security purposes, only authenticated employee " +"emails (cfr. *Work Email* in employee detail form) are accepted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:82 +msgid "" +"The expense product is set automatically if the mail subject contains the " +"product's internal reference in first position. Type the expense amount in " +"the mail subject to set it on the expense too (e.g. Ref001 Food 100€)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:87 +msgid "How to submit expenses to managers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:89 +msgid "" +"When you are ready to submit your expenses to your manager (e.g. at the end " +"of a business trip, or once a month), go to the menu :menuselection:`My " +"Expenses --> Expenses to Submit`. Select all expenses from the list view and" +" click on :menuselection:`Action --> Submit to Manager`. Save the newly " +"created expense report (i.e. set of expenses), and wait for your manager to " +"approve it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:99 +msgid "" +"You can also submit expenses one by one from the *Submit to Manager* button " +"on the form view of an expense." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:102 +msgid "" +"All your submitted expense reports can be found in :menuselection:`Expenses " +"--> My Expenses --> Expense Reports`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:107 +msgid "How to approve expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:109 +msgid "" +"HR and team managers get an overview of all expense reports to validate from" +" the top menu :menuselection:`To Approve --> Expense Reports to Approve`. " +"Such users must have at least *Officers* access rights for *Expenses*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:116 +msgid "" +"They can review expense reports, approve or reject them, as well as " +"providing feedback thanks to the integrated communication tool." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:122 +msgid "" +"As a team manager you can easily find the expense reports of your team " +"members. You need to be set as manager in the detail form of those " +"employees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:130 +msgid "How to post expenses in accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:132 +msgid "" +"Once expense reports approved by managers, the accounting department goes to" +" :menuselection:`Expenses --> Accountant --> Expense Reports To Post` to " +"check accounts, products and taxes. They can click *Post Journal Entries* to" +" post related journal entries into your books. To do so, the user must have " +"following access rights:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:138 +msgid "Accounting: Accountant or Adviser" +msgstr "Бухгалтерия: Бухгалтер или Аудитор" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:139 +msgid "Expenses: Manager" +msgstr "Расходы: Менеджер" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:142 +msgid "" +"To post an expense, a *Home Address* must be set on the employee. If you get" +" a related blocking message when posting, click the employee, go to " +"*Personal Information* tab and select/create the contact of your employee in" +" the address book. A contact has been automatically created if this person " +"is using Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:149 +msgid "How to reimburse employees" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:151 +msgid "" +"You can now see all the expense reports to reimburse in " +":menuselection:`Expenses --> Accountant --> Expense Reports To Pay`. To " +"record the payment or pay by check, click *Register a Payment*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:155 +msgid "See how you can easily manage the payment process in Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:157 +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/payables/pay/check`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:158 +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/payables/pay/sepa`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:162 +msgid "How to re-invoice expenses to your customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:164 +msgid "" +"If you track expenses on customer projects, you can charge them back to your" +" customers automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:170 +msgid "Enable **Customer Billing** in the Expenses settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:172 +msgid "" +"Go to the product configuration menu and set the invoicing method on all " +"your Expense types:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:175 +msgid "" +"Ordered quantities : it will invoice expenses based on the ordered quantity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:178 +msgid "" +"Delivered quantities :it will invoice expenses based on the expenses " +"quantity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:181 +msgid "At cost: will invoice expenses at their real cost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:183 +msgid "" +"At sales price: will invoice based on a fixed sales price set on the sale " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:190 +msgid "Create an order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:192 +msgid "" +"As a salesman, create and confirm a Sales Order for the services delivered " +"to your customer. If you don't put any expense in the order, it will be " +"added automatically once posted by the accountant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:197 +msgid "Link the expense to the Sale Order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:203 +msgid "Submit, validate and post expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:205 +msgid "" +"As a manager, make sure the analytic account is set on every expense line on" +" approving expenses reports. Click the line to add one if missing. Employees" +" are already able to set one when submitting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:212 +msgid "As an accountant, post journal entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:215 +msgid "Invoice expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:217 +msgid "" +"Now you can invoice the order. It shows up in :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Invoicing --> Sales` to Invoice. The expenses have been added automatically " +"in the order lines. Such items show up in blue (i.e. to invoice)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:225 +msgid "e (i.e. to invoice)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:3 +msgid "Sign" +msgstr "Подпись" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:3 +msgid "Validity of electronic signatures" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The legal validity of electronic signatures generated by Odoo depends on the" +" legislation of your country. Companies doing business abroad should " +"consider electronic signature laws of other countries as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:10 +msgid "In the European Union" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The `eIDAS regulation <http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2014/910/oj>`_ " +"establishes the framework for electronic signatures in all `27 member states" +" of the European Union <https://europa.eu/european-union/about-" +"eu/countries_en>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:16 +msgid "It distinguishes three types of electronic signatures:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:18 +msgid "Electronic signatures" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:19 +msgid "Advanced electronic signatures" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:20 +msgid "Qualified electronic signatures" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Odoo generates the first type, regular electronic signatures, and these " +"signatures can produce legal effects in the EU, as the regulation states " +"that “an electronic signature shall not be denied legal effect and " +"admissibility as evidence in legal proceedings solely on the grounds that it" +" is in an electronic form or that it does not meet the requirements for " +"qualified electronic signatures.”" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Note that electronic signatures may not be automatically recognized as " +"valid. You may need to bring supporting evidence of a signature’s validity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:31 +msgid "In the United States of America" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:33 +msgid "" +"The `ESIGN Act (Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act) " +"<https://www.fdic.gov/regulations/compliance/manual/10/X-3.1.pdf>`_, at the " +"interstate and international levels, and the `UETA (Uniform Electronic " +"Transactions Act) <https://www.uniformlaws.org/committees/community-" +"home/librarydocuments?communitykey=2c04b76c-2b7d-4399-977e-" +"d5876ba7e034&tab=librarydocuments>`_, at the state level, provide the legal " +"framework for electronic signatures. Note that `Illinois " +"<https://www.ilga.gov/legislation/ilcs/ilcs5.asp?ActID=89&>`_ and `New York " +"<https://its.ny.gov/electronic-signatures-and-records-act-esra>`_ have not " +"adopted the UETA, but similar acts instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Overall, to be recognized as valid, electronic signatures have to meet five " +"criteria:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:44 +msgid "" +"A signer must show a clear intent to sign. For example, using a mouse to " +"draw a signature can show intent. The signer must also have the option to " +"opt-out of electronically signing a document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:47 +msgid "" +"A signer must first express or imply their consent to conduct business " +"electronically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:48 +msgid "" +"The signature must be clearly attributed. In Odoo, metadata, such as the " +"signer’s IP address, is added to the signature, which can be used as " +"supporting evidence." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The signature must be associated with the document being signed, for " +"example, by keeping a record detailing how the signature was captured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Electronically signed documents need to be retained and available for later " +"reference by all parties involved, for example, by providing the signer " +"either a fully-executed copy or the option to download a copy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:57 +msgid "" +"The information provided here does not constitute legal advice; it is " +"provided for general informational purposes only. As laws governing " +"electronic signatures evolve rapidly, we cannot guarantee that the " +"information is up to date. We advise you to should contact a local attorney " +"to obtain legal advice." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po deleted file mode 100644 index a1f564e86..000000000 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,114 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# Ivan Yelizariev <yelizariev@itpp.dev>, 2021 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Ivan Yelizariev <yelizariev@itpp.dev>, 2021\n" -"Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: ru\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<12 || n%100>14) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%10>=5 && n%10<=9) || (n%100>=11 && n%100<=14)? 2 : 3);\n" - -#: ../../fsm.rst:5 -msgid "Field Service" -msgstr "Выездные сотрудники" - -#: ../../fsm/helpdesk.rst:3 -msgid "Helpdesk" -msgstr "Техподдержка" - -#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:3 -msgid "Plan onsite interventions from helpdesk tickets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:4 -msgid "" -"The integration with the Helpdesk app lets your helpdesk team manage " -"intervention requests directly. Planning field service tasks from tickets " -"speeds up your processes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:8 -msgid "Configure the helpdesk team" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`. Select" -" a team and enable *Onsite Interventions*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:16 -msgid "" -"The helpdesk tickets of the team now display the *Plan Intervention* button." -" Click on it to create a new task under your field service project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/sales.rst:3 -msgid "Sales" -msgstr "Продажи" - -#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:3 -msgid "Create onsite interventions from sales orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:4 -msgid "" -"Allowing your sales team to open onsite interventions creates a seamless " -"experience for your customers. They can receive a quotation they first have " -"to approve before the work even starts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:8 -msgid "Configure a product" -msgstr "настроить товар" - -#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration --> Products` and " -"create or edit a product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Under the *General Information* tab, select *Service* as *Product Type*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Under the *Sales* tab, select *Timesheets on tasks* as *Service Invoicing " -"Policy*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:15 -msgid "Select *Create a task in an existing project* as *Service Tracking*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:17 -msgid "Select your *Project*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:19 -msgid "" -"If you use them, select your *Worksheet Template* and then click on *Save*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:25 -msgid "" -"From the *Sales* app, create a quotation with the product and confirm it. A " -"task is automatically set up under your Field Service project. It is " -"directly accessible from the sales order." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/general.po index dbcb66082..bd90ce0e8 100644 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # @@ -9,18 +9,18 @@ # VItaly Skopin <skopin@lab49.ru>, 2020 # Vitalius Sharkhun <al070572sva@gmail.com>, 2020 # Irina Fedulova <istartlin@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Martin Trigaux, 2021 -# Ivan Yelizariev <yelizariev@itpp.dev>, 2021 # Yuriy Razumovskiy <garazdcreation@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Martin Trigaux, 2021 +# Ivan Yelizariev // IEL <yelizariev@itpp.dev>, 2021 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-18 07:12+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Yuriy Razumovskiy <garazdcreation@gmail.com>, 2021\n" +"Last-Translator: Ivan Yelizariev // IEL <yelizariev@itpp.dev>, 2021\n" "Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -28,55 +28,55 @@ msgstr "" "Language: ru\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<12 || n%100>14) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%10>=5 && n%10<=9) || (n%100>=11 && n%100<=14)? 2 : 3);\n" -#: ../../general.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:3 msgid "General" msgstr "Общие положения" -#: ../../general/auth.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth.rst:3 msgid "Authentication" msgstr "Авторизация" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:3 msgid "Two-factor Authentication" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:5 msgid "" "Two-factor authentication (\"2FA\") is a good way to improve the security of" " an account, to make it less likely that an other person will manage to log " "in instead of you." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:9 msgid "" "Practically, it means storing a secret inside an *authenticator* (usually " "your cell phone) and exchanging a code from the authenticator when you try " "to log in." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:13 msgid "" "This means an attacker needs *both* to have guessed (or found) your password" " and to access (or steal) your authenticator, a more difficult proposition " "than either one or the other." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:18 msgid "Requirements" msgstr "Требования" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:20 msgid "" "These lists are just examples, they are not endorsements of any specific " "software." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:23 msgid "" "If you don't already have one, you will need to choose an authenticator." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:26 msgid "" "Phone-based authenticators are the easiest and most common so we will assume" " you'll pick and install one on your phone, examples include `Authy " @@ -90,111 +90,111 @@ msgid "" " <https://bitwarden.com/help/article/authenticator-keys/>`_, ..." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:39 msgid "" "For the sake of demonstration we will be using Google Authenticator (not " "because it is any good but because it is quite common)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:43 msgid "Setting up two-factor authentication" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:45 msgid "" "Once you have your authenticator of choice, go to the Odoo instance you want" " to setup :abbr:`2FA (two-factor authentication)`, then open " ":guilabel:`Preferences` (or :guilabel:`My Profile`):" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:52 msgid "" "Open the :guilabel:`Account Security` tab, then click the :guilabel:`Enable " "two-factor authentication` button:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:58 msgid "" "Because this is a security-sensitive action, you will need to input your " "password:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:64 msgid "After which you will see this screen with a barcode:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:69 msgid "" "In most applications, you can simply *scan the barcode* via the " "authenticator of your choice, the authenticator will then take care of all " "the setup:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:78 msgid "" "If you can not scan the screen (e.g. because you are doing this set-up on " "the same phone as the authenticator application), you can click the provided" " link, or copy the secret to manually set-up your authenticator:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:89 msgid "" "Once this is done, the authenticator should display a *verification code* " "with some useful identifying information (e.g. the domain and login for " "which the code is):" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:96 msgid "" "You can now input the code into the :guilabel:`Verification Code` field, " "then click the :guilabel:`Enable two-factor authentication` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:100 msgid "" "Congratulation, your account is now protected by two-factor authentication!" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:107 msgid "Logging in" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:109 msgid "You should now :guilabel:`Log out` to follow along." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:111 msgid "" "On the login page, input the username and password of the account for which " "you set up :abbr:`2FA (two-factor authentication)`, rather than immediately " "enter Odoo you will now get a second log-in screen:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:118 msgid "" "Get your authenticator, input the code it provides for the domain and " "account, validate, and you're now in." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:121 msgid "" "And that's it. From now on, unless you disable :abbr:`2FA (two-factor " "authentication)` you will have a two-step log-in process rather than the old" " one-step process." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:125 msgid "" "Don't lose your authenticator, if you do, you will need an *Odoo " "Administrator* to disable :abbr:`2FA (two-factor authentication)` on the " "account." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/azure.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:3 msgid "OAuth" msgstr "OAuth" -#: ../../general/auth/azure.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:5 msgid "" "Due to specific requirements in Azure's OAuth implementation, Microsoft " "Azure OAuth identification is NOT compatible with Odoo at the moment." @@ -202,27 +202,27 @@ msgstr "" "В соответствии со специальными требованиями по внедрению Azure OAuth, " "идентификация Microsoft Azure OAuth на данный момент НЕ совместима с Odoo." -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:3 msgid "How to allow users to sign in with their Google account" msgstr "Как разрешить пользователям входить с помощью аккаунта Google" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:5 msgid "" "Connect to your Google account and go to the `Google API Dashboard " "<https://console.developers.google.com/>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:8 msgid "" "Click on **Create Project** and enter the project name and other details." msgstr "" "Нажмите ** Создать проект ** и введите название проекта и другие данные." -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:16 msgid "Click on **Use Google APIs**" msgstr "Нажмите ** Использовать Google API **" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:21 msgid "" "On the left side menu, select the sub menu **Credentials** (from **API " "Manager**) then select **OAuth consent screen**." @@ -230,7 +230,7 @@ msgstr "" "В левой части меню выберите подменю ** Параметры доступа ** (в ** Менеджере " "API **), затем выберите ** Экран согласия OAuth **." -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:26 msgid "" "Fill in your address, email and the product name (for example odoo) and then" " save." @@ -238,7 +238,7 @@ msgstr "" "Введите адрес, электронную почту и название товара (например, odoo), а затем" " сохраните." -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:31 msgid "" "Then click on **Add Credentials** and select the second option (OAuth 2.0 " "Client ID)." @@ -246,7 +246,7 @@ msgstr "" "Нажмите ** Добавить параметры доступа ** и выберите второй вариант (OAuth " "2.0 Client ID)." -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:39 msgid "" "Check that the application type is set on **Web Application**. Now configure" " the allowed pages on which you will be redirected." @@ -254,7 +254,7 @@ msgstr "" "Проверьте, установлен ли тип программы ** Веб-приложение **. Теперь " "настройте разрешенные страницы, на которые вы будете перенаправляться." -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:41 msgid "" "To achieve this, complete the field **Authorized redirect URIs**. Copy paste" " the following link in the box: http://mydomain.odoo.com/auth_oauth/signin. " @@ -264,7 +264,7 @@ msgstr "" "следующую ссылку в поле: http://mydomain.odoo.com/auth_oauth/signin. Затем " "нажмите ** Создать **." -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:49 msgid "" "Once done, you receive two information (your Client ID and Client Secret). " "You have to insert your Client ID in the **General Settings**." @@ -272,11 +272,11 @@ msgstr "" "После этого вы получите два значения (ваш ID и Секретный ключ). Вам нужно " "вставить свой ID в ** Общих настройках **." -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:3 msgid "How to use Google Spreadsheet in Addition to my Data?" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:5 msgid "" "Create custom dashboards in Google Spreadsheet that retrieves data directly " "from Odoo using spreadsheet formula. You can use it to create sales " @@ -284,71 +284,72 @@ msgid "" "Python but programming skills are not required." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:10 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:84 -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:16 ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:13 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Настройка" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:12 msgid "" "From the *General Settings*, active *Google Drive* and *Google Spreadsheet*." " The options *Authorization Code* and *Get Authorization Code* are now " "available." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:19 msgid "" "Now, link your Google account with Odoo going to :menuselection:`Get " "Authorization Code --> select your Google account --> enter your password " "--> copy the code --> paste it into the Authorization Code field`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:24 msgid "Create a new Spreadsheet" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:26 msgid "" "From the *CRM* app, for example, go to *Favorites* and click on *Add to " "Google Spreadsheet*." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:32 msgid "A new spreadsheet will be automatically created in your Google Drive." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:35 msgid "" "When you opening this new file, a second sheet is created automatically by " "Odoo with a tutorial/documentation on *How to use Google Spreadsheet*." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:39 msgid "Link a Spreadsheet with Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:41 msgid "From this new file, configure your database." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:42 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Odoo --> Server Settings --> Database Name --> " "Username --> Password`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:49 msgid "Applications" msgstr "Приложения" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:51 msgid "" "You have 2 different formulas of using Google Spreadsheet in Odoo: retrieve " "data and retrieve grouped sums." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:55 msgid "" "Google Drive limits the execution time of scripts; if the data you requested" " takes too long to be delivered, you might get an error. There is no " @@ -357,74 +358,74 @@ msgid "" "usually fine." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:62 msgid "Retrieve Data" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:66 msgid "" "The theoretical formula is :command:`= oe_browse " "(table;columns;filters;orderby:limit)`. Used it if you want to display the " "information without grouping it (e.g.: each sales order in the database)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:67 msgid "Find some the arguments in the table below." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:74 msgid "Retrieve Grouped Sums" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:77 msgid "" "The theoretical formula is :command:`= oe_read_group " "(table;columns;group_by;filters;orderby:limit)`. Use it when you want to " "display a sum of data (e.g.: total invoiced)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:78 msgid "Find some arguments in the table below." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:85 msgid "Other uses" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:87 msgid "" "Mix Odoo data with spreadsheet data, add traditional formulas, and create " "Dynamic Tabled and Graphs." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:3 msgid "How to allow users to sign in with LDAP" msgstr "Как разрешить пользователям входить через LDAP" -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:5 msgid "Install the LDAP module in General Settings." msgstr "Установите модуль LDAP в Общем настройках." -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:7 msgid "Click on **Create** in Setup your LDAP Server." msgstr "Нажмите ** Создать ** в настройках вашего сервера LDAP." -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:15 msgid "Choose the company about to use the LDAP." msgstr "Выберите о компании для использования LDAP." -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:20 msgid "" "In **Server Information**, enter the IP address of your server and the port " "it listens to." msgstr "" "В ** Информация сервера **, введите IP-адрес вашего сервера и его порт." -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:22 msgid "Tick **User TLS** if your server is compatible." msgstr "Отметьте ** TLS пользователя **, если ваш сервер совместим." -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:27 msgid "" "In **Login Information**, enter ID and password of the account used to query" " the server. If left empty, the server will be queried anonymously." @@ -433,7 +434,7 @@ msgstr "" "используется для запроса сервера. Если оставите пустым, сервер будет " "запрашиваться анонимно." -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:32 msgid "" "In **Process Parameter**, enter the domain name of your LDAP server in LDAP " "nomenclature (e.g. ``dc=example,dc=com``)." @@ -441,11 +442,11 @@ msgstr "" "В ** Настройках оброки **, введите доменное имя вашего сервера LDAP в " "номенклатуре LDAP (например. `Dc = example, dc = com``)." -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:34 msgid "In **LDAP filter**, enter ``uid=%s``" msgstr "В ** фильтре LDAP **, введите `uid =% s``" -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:39 msgid "" "In **User Information**, tick *Create User* if you want Odoo to create a " "User profile the first time someone log in with LDAP." @@ -453,7 +454,7 @@ msgstr "" "В ** Информация пользователя ** обозначьте * Создать пользователя * если вы " "хотите, чтобы Odoo создала профиль, когда кто-то впервые войдет через LDAP." -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:41 msgid "" "In **Template User**, indicate a template for the new profiles created. If " "left blanked, the admin profile will be used as template." @@ -462,15 +463,15 @@ msgstr "" "оставить заблокированным, профиль администратора, будет использоваться в " "качестве шаблона." -#: ../../general/base_import.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import.rst:3 msgid "Data Import" msgstr "Импорт данных" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:3 msgid "How to adapt an import template" msgstr "Как адаптировать шаблон импорта" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:5 msgid "" "Import templates are provided in the import tool of the most common data to " "import (contacts, products, bank statements, etc.). You can open them with " @@ -483,11 +484,11 @@ msgstr "" "обеспечения для электронных таблиц (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google " "Drive и т.д.)." -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:11 msgid "How to customize the file" msgstr "Как настроить файл" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:13 msgid "" "Remove columns you don't need. We advise to not remove the *ID* one (see why" " here below)." @@ -495,15 +496,15 @@ msgstr "" "Удалите ненужные столбцы. Мы не рекомендуем удалять столбец *ID* (почему, " "см. ниже)." -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:15 -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:27 msgid "" "Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing." msgstr "" "Установите уникальный ID для каждой отдельной записи, перетаскивая их вниз " "последовательно." -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:20 msgid "" "When you add a new column, Odoo might not be able to map it automatically if" " its label doesn't fit any field of the system. If so, find the " @@ -513,7 +514,7 @@ msgstr "" "сопоставить его автоматически, если его метка не соответствует ни одному " "полю системы. Если это так, найдите соответствующее поле с помощью поиска." -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:27 msgid "" "Then, use the label you found in your import template in order to make it " "work straight away the very next time you try to import." @@ -521,11 +522,11 @@ msgstr "" "Затем используйте метку, найденную в шаблоне импорта, чтобы текущий шаблон " "использовался при следующей попытке импорта." -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:31 msgid "Why an “ID” column" msgstr "Почему столбец “ID”?" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:33 msgid "" "The **ID** (External ID) is an unique identifier for the line item. Feel " "free to use the one of your previous software to ease the transition to " @@ -535,14 +536,14 @@ msgstr "" " строки. Не стесняйтесь использовать одну из ваших предыдущих программ, " "чтобы облегчить переход на Odoo." -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:36 msgid "" "Setting an ID is not mandatory when importing but it helps in many cases:" msgstr "" "Установка ID не является обязательной при импорте, но это помогает во многих" " случаях:" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:38 msgid "" "Update imports: you can import the same file several times without creating " "duplicates;" @@ -550,15 +551,15 @@ msgstr "" "Обновление импорта: вы можете импортировать один и тот же файл несколько раз" " без создания дубликатов;" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:39 msgid "Import relation fields (see here below)." msgstr "Импортируйте поля отношений (см. ниже)." -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:42 msgid "How to import relation fields" msgstr "Как импортировать поля отношений" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:44 msgid "" "An Odoo object is always related to many other objects (e.g. a product is " "linked to product categories, attributes, vendors, etc.). To import those " @@ -570,7 +571,7 @@ msgstr "" "импортировать эти отношения, вам нужно сначала импортировать записи " "связанного объекта из их собственного меню." -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:48 msgid "" "You can do it using either the name of the related record or its ID. The ID " "is expected when two records have the same name. In such a case add \" / " @@ -582,15 +583,15 @@ msgstr "" "добавьте "/ ID" в конце заголовка колонки (например, для атрибутов" " товара: атрибуты товара / атрибут / ID товара)." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:3 msgid "Import data" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:6 msgid "How to start" msgstr "С чего начать?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:8 msgid "" "You can import data on any Odoo's business object using either Excel (.xlsx)" " or CSV (.csv) formats: contacts, products, bank statements, journal entries" @@ -600,13 +601,13 @@ msgstr "" "(.xlsx) или CSV (.csv): контакты, товары, банковские выписки, записи в " "журнале и даже заказ!" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:12 msgid "" "Open the view of the object you want to populate and click on " ":menuselection:`Favorites --> Import records`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:18 msgid "" "There you are provided with templates you can easily populate with your own " "data. Such templates can be imported in one click; The data mapping is " @@ -616,21 +617,21 @@ msgstr "" "данными. Такие шаблоны можно импортировать одним кликом; Отображение данных " "уже выполнено." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:23 msgid "How to adapt the template" msgstr "Как адаптировать шаблон?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:25 msgid "Add, remove and sort columns to fit at best your data structure." msgstr "" "Добавьте, удалите и отсортируйте столбцы, чтобы лучше соответствовать " "структуре данных." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:26 msgid "We advise to not remove the **ID** one (see why in the next section)." msgstr "Мы советуем не удалять ** ID ** (Почему? Смотрите в следующей главе)." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:32 msgid "" "When you add a new column, Odoo might not be able to map it automatically if" " its label doesn't fit any field in Odoo. Don't worry! You can map new " @@ -642,7 +643,7 @@ msgstr "" " Вы можете вставлять новые столбцы вручную при проверке импорта. Найдите " "список соответствующего поля." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:40 msgid "" "Then, use this field's label in your file in order to make it work straight " "on the very next time." @@ -650,11 +651,11 @@ msgstr "" "Затем используйте метку этого поля в вашем файле, чтобы он работал в " "следующий раз." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:45 msgid "How to import from another application" msgstr "Как импортировать из другой программы?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:47 msgid "" "In order to re-create relationships between different records, you should " "use the unique identifier from the original application and map it to the " @@ -671,7 +672,7 @@ msgstr "" "можете найти эту запись, используя его название, но вы остановитесь, если по" " крайней мере 2 записи имеют одинаковое название." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:55 msgid "" "The **ID** will also be used to update the original import if you need to " "re-import modified data later, it's thus good practice to specify it " @@ -681,11 +682,11 @@ msgstr "" "вам придется повторно импортировать измененные данные позже, поэтому, если " "возможно, вы сможете его указать." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:61 msgid "I cannot find the field I want to map my column to" msgstr "Я не могу найти поле, в котором я хочу обозначить столбец" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:63 msgid "" "Odoo tries to find with some heuristic, based on the first ten lines of the " "files, the type of field for each column inside your file. For example if " @@ -702,7 +703,7 @@ msgstr "" "поведение может быть хорошей и легкой, возможно, что это случится не так, " "или вы хотите указать столбик на поле, не предлагается по умолчанию." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:72 msgid "" "If that happens, you just have to check the ** Show fields of relation " "fields (advanced)** option, you will then be able to choose from the " @@ -712,11 +713,11 @@ msgstr "" "связанной модели (расширено) **, после чего вы сможете выбрать из полного " "списка полей для каждого столбца." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:80 msgid "Where can I change the date import format?" msgstr "Где я могу изменить формат импорта дать?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:82 msgid "" "Odoo can automatically detect if a column is a date, and it will try to " "guess the date format from a set of most commonly used date formats. While " @@ -732,7 +733,7 @@ msgstr "" "дня в месяц; трудно догадаться, какая часть формата даты - это день, а какая" " - месяц в такой дате, как '01 -03-2016 "." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:88 msgid "" "To view which date format Odoo has found from your file you can check the " "**Date Format** that is shown when clicking on **Options** under the file " @@ -744,7 +745,7 @@ msgstr "" "Параметры ** под списком файлов. Если этот формат неправильный, вы можете " "изменить его, используя * ISO 8601 *, чтобы определить формат." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:93 msgid "" "If you are importing an excel (.xls, .xlsx) file, you can use date cells to " "store dates as the display of dates in excel is different from the way it is" @@ -756,11 +757,11 @@ msgstr "" "способа его хранения. Таким образом, вы будете уверены, что формат даты в " "Odoo правильный, независимо от формата вашей локальной даты." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:98 msgid "Can I import numbers with currency sign (e.g.: $32.00)?" msgstr "Могу ли я импортировать номера с пометкой валюты (например, $ 32.00)?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:100 msgid "" "Yes, we fully support numbers with parenthesis to represent negative sign as" " well as numbers with currency sign attached to them. Odoo also " @@ -776,59 +777,59 @@ msgstr "" "вы используете символ валюты, который не известен Odoo, он, возможно, не " "будет признан как номер, хотя и будет совпадать." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:105 msgid "" "Examples of supported numbers (using thirty-two thousands as an example):" msgstr "" "Примеры поддерживаемых чисел (например, с использованием тридцати двух " "тысяч):" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:107 msgid "32.000,00" msgstr "32.000,00" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:108 msgid "32000,00" msgstr "32000,00" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:109 msgid "32,000.00" msgstr "32,000.00" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:110 msgid "-32000.00" msgstr "-32000.00" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:111 msgid "(32000.00)" msgstr "(32000.00)" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:112 msgid "$ 32.000,00" msgstr "$ 32.000,00" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:113 msgid "(32000.00 €)" msgstr "(32000.00 €)" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:115 msgid "Example that will not work:" msgstr "Пример, который не будет работать:" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:117 msgid "ABC 32.000,00" msgstr "ABC 32.000,00" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:118 msgid "$ (32.000,00)" msgstr "$ (32.000,00)" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:121 msgid "What can I do when the Import preview table isn't displayed correctly?" msgstr "" "Что делать, когда таблицы предварительного просмотра импорта отображаемых?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:123 msgid "" "By default the Import preview is set on commas as field separators and " "quotation marks as text delimiters. If your csv file does not have these " @@ -840,7 +841,7 @@ msgstr "" " CSV не имеет этих настроек, вы можете изменить параметры формата файла " "(отображается панель просмотра файлов CSV после выбора файла)." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:127 msgid "" "Note that if your CSV file has a tabulation as separator, Odoo will not " "detect the separations. You will need to change the file format options in " @@ -851,7 +852,7 @@ msgstr "" "в вашей программе для работы с электронными таблицами. Смотрите следующий " "вопрос." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:132 msgid "" "How can I change the CSV file format options when saving in my spreadsheet " "application?" @@ -859,7 +860,7 @@ msgstr "" "Как изменить параметры формата файла CSV при сохранении электронной таблицы " "в моей программе?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:134 msgid "" "If you edit and save CSV files in spreadsheet applications, your computer's " "regional settings will be applied for the separator and delimiter. We " @@ -868,18 +869,18 @@ msgid "" "the box 'Edit filter settings' --> Save`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:139 msgid "" "Microsoft Excel will allow you to modify only the encoding when saving (in " ":menuselection:`'Save As' dialog box --> click 'Tools' dropdown list --> " "Encoding tab`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:143 msgid "What's the difference between Database ID and External ID?" msgstr "Какая разница между ID базы данных и внешним ID?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:145 msgid "" "Some fields define a relationship with another object. For example, the " "country of a contact is a link to a record of the 'Country' object. When you" @@ -889,7 +890,7 @@ msgid "" "import." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:150 msgid "" "For example, to reference the country of a contact, Odoo proposes you 3 " "different fields to import:" @@ -897,11 +898,11 @@ msgstr "" "Например, чтобы указать страну контакта, Odoo предлагает 3 различных поля " "для импорта:" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:152 msgid "Country: the name or code of the country" msgstr "Страна: название или код страны" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:153 msgid "" "Country/Database ID: the unique Odoo ID for a record, defined by the ID " "postgresql column" @@ -909,7 +910,7 @@ msgstr "" "Страна / ID базы данных: уникальный ID Odoo для записи, определенного " "столбцом ID postgresql" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:154 msgid "" "Country/External ID: the ID of this record referenced in another application" " (or the .XML file that imported it)" @@ -917,24 +918,24 @@ msgstr "" "Страна / Внешний ID: ID записи, указанного в другой программе (или .XML-" "файле, который импортировал его)" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:157 msgid "For the country Belgium, you can use one of these 3 ways to import:" msgstr "" "Для страны Бельгии можно использовать один из этих 3 способов импорта:" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:159 msgid "Country: Belgium" msgstr "Страна: Бельгия" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:160 msgid "Country/Database ID: 21" msgstr "Страна / ID базы данных: 21" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:161 msgid "Country/External ID: base.be" msgstr "Страна/Внешний ID: base.be" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:163 msgid "" "According to your need, you should use one of these 3 ways to reference " "records in relations. Here is when you should use one or the other, " @@ -944,7 +945,7 @@ msgstr "" "способов отслеживать связанные записи. Вот когда вы должны использовать тот " "или иной способ, согласно вашей потребности:" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:166 msgid "" "Use Country: This is the easiest way when your data come from CSV files that" " have been created manually." @@ -952,7 +953,7 @@ msgstr "" "Используйте страну: это самый простой способ, когда ваши данные поступают из" " файлов CSV, которые были созданы вручную." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:168 msgid "" "Use Country/Database ID: You should rarely use this notation. It's mostly " "used by developers as it's main advantage is to never have conflicts (you " @@ -965,7 +966,7 @@ msgstr "" "несколько записей с одинаковым названием, но они всегда имеют уникальный ID " "базы данных)." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:171 msgid "" "Use Country/External ID: Use External ID when you import data from a third " "party application." @@ -973,7 +974,7 @@ msgstr "" "Используйте название страны / внешний ID: используйте внешний ID, при " "импорте данных из сторонней программы." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:173 msgid "" "When you use External IDs, you can import CSV files with the \"External ID\"" " column to define the External ID of each record you import. Then, you will " @@ -987,23 +988,23 @@ msgstr "" "столбиками типа "Поле / Внешний ID». Следующие два файла CSV приводят " "пример для товаров и их категорий." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:178 msgid "" ":download:`CSV file for categories " -"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_product_categories.csv>`." +"<files/External_id_3rd_party_application_product_categories.csv>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:181 msgid "" ":download:`CSV file for Products " -"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_products.csv>`." +"<files/External_id_3rd_party_application_products.csv>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:185 msgid "What can I do if I have multiple matches for a field?" msgstr "Что делать, если у меня есть несколько совпадений для поля?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:187 msgid "" "If for example you have two product categories with the child name " "\"Sellable\" (ie. \"Misc. Products/Sellable\" & \"Other " @@ -1022,7 +1023,7 @@ msgstr "" "товаров" ( "Разные Товары / Продаются»). Мы рекомендуем изменить " "один из значений дубликатов или иерархию категории." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:193 msgid "" "However if you do not wish to change your configuration of product " "categories, we recommend you use make use of the external ID for this field " @@ -1031,7 +1032,7 @@ msgstr "" "Если вы не хотите менять свою настройки категорий товаров, мы рекомендуем " "использовать внешний идентификатор для этого поля "Категория"." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:197 msgid "" "How can I import a many2many relationship field (e.g. a customer that has " "multiple tags)?" @@ -1039,7 +1040,7 @@ msgstr "" "Как я могу импортировать поле связи many2many (например, клиента с " "несколькими тегами)?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:199 msgid "" "The tags should be separated by a comma without any spacing. For example, if" " you want your customer to be linked to both tags 'Manufacturer' and " @@ -1051,13 +1052,13 @@ msgstr "" ""Производитель" и "Розничный продавец", вы кодируете " ""Производитель, розничный продавец" в той же строке файла CSV." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:203 msgid "" ":download:`CSV file for Manufacturer, Retailer " -"<../../_static/example_files/m2m_customers_tags.csv>`" +"<files/m2m_customers_tags.csv>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:207 msgid "" "How can I import a one2many relationship (e.g. several Order Lines of a " "Sales Order)?" @@ -1065,7 +1066,7 @@ msgstr "" "Как импортировать связь one2many (например, несколько строк заказ от заказа " "на продажу)?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:209 msgid "" "If you want to import sales order having several order lines; for each order" " line, you need to reserve a specific row in the CSV file. The first order " @@ -1076,13 +1077,13 @@ msgid "" "quotations you can import, based on demo data." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:216 msgid "" ":download:`File for some Quotations " -"<../../_static/example_files/purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.csv>`." +"<files/purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.csv>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:218 msgid "" "The following CSV file shows how to import purchase orders with their " "respective purchase order lines:" @@ -1090,13 +1091,13 @@ msgstr "" "В следующем файле CSV показано, как импортировать заказ на покупку с помощью" " соответствующих строк заказа." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:221 msgid "" ":download:`Purchase orders with their respective purchase order lines " -"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_purchase_order_lines.csv>`." +"<files/o2m_purchase_order_lines.csv>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:223 msgid "" "The following CSV file shows how to import customers and their respective " "contacts:" @@ -1104,17 +1105,17 @@ msgstr "" "В следующем файле CSV показано, как импортировать клиентов и их " "соответствующие контакты:" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:225 msgid "" ":download:`Customers and their respective contacts " -"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_customers_contacts.csv>`." +"<files/o2m_customers_contacts.csv>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:228 msgid "Can I import several times the same record?" msgstr "Возможно ли импортировать несколько раз одну и ту же запись?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:230 msgid "" "If you import a file that contains one of the column \"External ID\" or " "\"Database ID\", records that have already been imported will be modified " @@ -1130,7 +1131,7 @@ msgstr "" "изменений между двумя импорта. Odoo будет заботиться о создании или " "изменении каждой записи в зависимости от того, он новый или нет." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:235 msgid "" "This feature allows you to use the Import/Export tool of Odoo to modify a " "batch of records in your favorite spreadsheet application." @@ -1138,11 +1139,11 @@ msgstr "" "Эта функция позволяет использовать инструмент импорта / экспорта Odoo для " "изменения записей целый пакет в вашей программе электронной таблицы." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:239 msgid "What happens if I do not provide a value for a specific field?" msgstr "Что произойдет, если я не предоставлю значение для конкретного поля?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:241 msgid "" "If you do not set all fields in your CSV file, Odoo will assign the default " "value for every non defined fields. But if you set fields with empty values " @@ -1154,13 +1155,13 @@ msgstr "" "пустыми значениями в своем файле CSV, Odoo установит значение EMPTY в поле, " "вместо того, чтобы назначить значения по умолчанию." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:246 msgid "How to export/import different tables from an SQL application to Odoo?" msgstr "" "Как экспортировать / импортировать различные таблицы из приложения SQL к " "Odoo?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:251 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:248 msgid "" "If you need to import data from different tables, you will have to recreate " "relations between records belonging to different tables. (e.g. if you import" @@ -1172,7 +1173,7 @@ msgstr "" "если вы импортируете компании и людей, вам придется воссоздать связь между " "каждым лицом и компанией, в которой они работают)." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:252 msgid "" "To manage relations between tables, you can use the \"External ID\" " "facilities of Odoo. The \"External ID\" of a record is the unique identifier" @@ -1182,16 +1183,16 @@ msgid "" "'company_1', 'person_1' instead of '1')" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:261 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:258 msgid "" "As an example, suppose you have a SQL database with two tables you want to " "import: companies and persons. Each person belong to one company, so you " "will have to recreate the link between a person and the company he work for." " (If you want to test this example, here is a :download:`dump of such a " -"PostgreSQL database <../../_static/example_files/database_import_test.sql>`)" +"PostgreSQL database <files/database_import_test.sql>`)" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:263 msgid "" "We will first export all companies and their \"External ID\". In PSQL, write" " the following command:" @@ -1199,11 +1200,11 @@ msgstr "" "Сначала мы экспортируем все компании и их "Внешний ID». В PSQL, " "напишите следующую команду:" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:269 msgid "This SQL command will create the following CSV file:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:278 msgid "" "To create the CSV file for persons, linked to companies, we will use the " "following SQL command in PSQL:" @@ -1211,11 +1212,11 @@ msgstr "" "Чтобы создать файл CSV для лиц, связанных с компаниями, мы используем " "следующую команду SQL в PSQL:" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:284 msgid "It will produce the following CSV file:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:297 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:294 msgid "" "As you can see in this file, Fabien and Laurence are working for the Bigees " "company (company_1) and Eric is working for the Organi company. The relation" @@ -1225,7 +1226,7 @@ msgid "" " who shared the same ID 1 in the original database)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:303 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:300 msgid "" "The two files produced are ready to be imported in Odoo without any " "modifications. After having imported these two CSV files, you will have 4 " @@ -1237,15 +1238,15 @@ msgstr "" "контакта связаны с первой компанией). Сначала нужно импортировать компании, " "а затем лица." -#: ../../general/calendars.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars.rst:3 msgid "Calendars" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:3 msgid "Synchronize Google Calendar with Odoo" msgstr "Синхронизация Google календаря с Odoo" -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo is perfectly integrated with Google Calendar so that you can see & " "manage your meetings from both platforms (updates go through both " @@ -1254,11 +1255,11 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo отлично интегрируется с Google календарем, таким образом вы можете " "работать с ним на обеих платформах (поддерживается двухсторонний обмен)." -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:10 msgid "Setup in Google" msgstr "Настройка в Google" -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:11 msgid "" "Go to `Google APIs platform <https://console.developers.google.com>`__ to " "generate Google Calendar API credentials. Log in with your Google account." @@ -1267,19 +1268,19 @@ msgstr "" "<https://console.developers.google.com>`__ для генерации учетной данных " "Google Calendar API. Войдите под вашей учетной записью Google." -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:14 msgid "Go to the API & Services page." msgstr "Перейдите на страницу API и Услуги." -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:19 msgid "Search for *Google Calendar API* and select it." msgstr "Найдите * Google Calendar API * и выберите его." -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:27 msgid "Enable the API." msgstr "Активируйте API." -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:32 msgid "" "Select or create an API project to store the credentials if not yet done " "before. Give it an explicit name (e.g. Odoo Sync)." @@ -1287,11 +1288,11 @@ msgstr "" "Выберите или создайте проект API для хранения учетных данных, если это еще " "не было сделано раньше. Дайте ей конкретное имя (например, Odoo Sync)." -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:35 msgid "Create credentials." msgstr "Создайте учетные данные." -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:40 msgid "" "Select *Web browser (Javascript)* as calling source and *User data* as kind " "of data." @@ -1299,7 +1300,7 @@ msgstr "" "Выберите *Web browser (Javascript)* как источник вызова и *User data* как " "тип данных." -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:46 msgid "" "Then you can create a Client ID. Enter the name of the application (e.g. " "Odoo Calendar) and the allowed pages on which you will be redirected. The " @@ -1313,7 +1314,7 @@ msgstr "" "URL-адреса Odoo. * Авторизованная URI перенаправления * - это ваш пример " "URL-адреса Odoo, а затем - '/ google_account / authentication "." -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:55 msgid "" "Go through the Consent Screen step by entering a product name (e.g. Odoo " "Calendar). Feel free to check the customizations options but this is not " @@ -1325,7 +1326,7 @@ msgstr "" "обязательно. Экран согласия отображается только тогда, когда вы впервые " "введете идентификатор клиента в Odoo." -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:60 msgid "" "Finally you are provided with your **Client ID**. Go to *Credentials* to get" " the **Client Secret** as well. Both of them are required in Odoo." @@ -1334,11 +1335,11 @@ msgstr "" " данные *, чтобы получить ** Секретный ключ клиента **. Оба они нужны в " "Odoo." -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:67 msgid "Setup in Odoo" msgstr "Настройка в Odoo" -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:69 msgid "" "Install the **Google Calendar** App from the *Apps* menu or by checking the " "option in :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings`." @@ -1346,7 +1347,7 @@ msgstr "" "Установите приложение ** Google Каленар ** меню * Приложения * или отметьте " "опцию в :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings`." -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:75 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and enter your **Client" " ID** and **Client Secret** in Google Calendar option." @@ -1354,7 +1355,7 @@ msgstr "" "Перейдите к :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` и введите ваш ** " "ID клиента ** и ** Секретный ключ клиента ** в настройке Google Календаря." -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:81 msgid "" "The setup is now ready. Open your Odoo Calendar and sync with Google. The " "first time you do it you are redirected to Google to authorize the " @@ -1366,25 +1367,25 @@ msgstr "" "соединение. Вернувшись в Odoo, нажмите кнопку синхронизации. Вы можете " "нажимать ее, если хотите синхронизировать календарь." -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:89 msgid "As of now you no longer have excuses to miss a meeting!" msgstr "Теперь вы больше не оправдание, чтобы пропустить встречу!" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:3 msgid "Synchronization with Outlook's Calendar" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:5 msgid "" "Synchronizing your **main** Outlook Calendar with Odoo is useful to keep " "track of your tasks and appointments, and across all related applications." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:9 msgid "Register your application with the Microsoft identity platform" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:13 msgid "" "In order to be able to sync your Outlook Calendar with Odoo's Calendar, a " "Microsoft Azure account is needed. The creation of an account is free for " @@ -1392,7 +1393,7 @@ msgid "" "here <https://azure.microsoft.com/en-us/free/?WT.mc_id=A261C142F>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:15 msgid "" "Following, `Set up an Azure AD Tenant <https://docs.microsoft.com/en-" "us/azure/active-directory/develop/quickstart-create-new-tenant>`_, also " @@ -1400,69 +1401,69 @@ msgid "" "and register apps." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:17 msgid "" "Ultimately, `Register an Application <https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure" "/active-directory/develop/quickstart-register-app>`_, choosing the " "appropriate supported account type." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:20 msgid "When configuring your platform settings, choose *Web*." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:0 msgid "" "For the **Redirect URI restrictions**, copy your Odoo database URI followed " "by ``/microsoft_account/authentication``. Example:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:0 msgid "" "For more information on the restrictions and limitations of URIs, `check " "this page <https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/active-directory/develop" "/reply-url>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:37 msgid "" "Regarding credentials, you *must* **Add a client secret**, called *Client " "Secret* in Odoo, which allows Odoo to authenticate itself, requiring no " "interaction from your side. *Certificates* are optional." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:42 msgid "Configuration in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:44 msgid "Go to general *Settings* and activate the *Outlook Calendar* feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:50 msgid "" "From your Azure portal, under *Overview*, copy your *Application (client) " "ID*, and paste it to *Client ID* in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:57 msgid "" "Going back to your Azure portal, now under *Certificates & secrets*, copy " "your *Client Secret Value* and paste it to *Client Secret* in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:67 msgid "Sync with Outlook" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:0 msgid "" "Odoo Calendar sends a confirmation email at the creation of an event to its " "attendees. But, on the **first** sync, Outlook will also send confirmation " "emails of all scheduled events (including past ones)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:0 msgid "" "To avoid this situation, we recommend *archiving all past events, and " "removing yourself from future ones in Odoo Calendar before the first sync*. " @@ -1471,20 +1472,20 @@ msgid "" "sync, events will only send one confirmation email." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:82 msgid "" "Go to the *Calendar* application and *Sync with Outlook*. You are asked to " "log in to your account, if you are not already, and grant the required " "permissions." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:89 msgid "" "The synchronization is a two-way process, meaning that events are reconciled" " in both accounts (Outlook and Odoo)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:97 msgid "" "All users that want to use the synchronization simply need to :ref:`sync " "their calendar with Outlook <outlook_calendar/sync_with_outlook>`. The " @@ -1494,96 +1495,96 @@ msgid "" "external users." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:103 -msgid ":doc:`../../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension`" +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:103 +msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:104 msgid ":doc:`../google/google_calendar_credentials`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/developer_mode.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:3 msgid "Developer Mode" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:3 msgid "Activate the Developer (Debug) Mode" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:5 msgid "" "The Developer or Debug Mode gives you access to extra and advanced tools." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:8 msgid "Through the Settings application" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:10 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Activate the developer mode`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:17 msgid "" "*Activate the developer mode (with assets)* is used by developers; *Activate" " the developer mode (with tests assets)* is used by developers and testers." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:20 msgid "" "Once activated, the *Deactivate the developer mode* option becomes " "available." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:23 msgid "Through a browser extension" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:26 msgid "" "Go to the settings and extensions of your web browser, and search for *Odoo " "Debug*. Once the extension is installed, a new icon will be shown on your " "toolbar." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:28 msgid "" "For the *Odoo Debug* extension, a single click enables a normal version of " "the mode, while a double click enables it with assets. To deactivate it, use" " a single click." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:35 msgid "Through the URL" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:37 msgid "In the URL add ``?debug=1`` or ``?debug=true`` after *web*." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:44 msgid "Developers: type ``?debug=assets`` and activate the mode with assets." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:47 msgid "Locate the mode tools" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:49 msgid "" "The Developer mode tools can be accessed from the *Open Developer Tools* " "button, located on the header of your pages." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:3 msgid "In-App Purchase" msgstr "Покупки в приложении" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:3 msgid "General guide about In-App Purchase (IAP) Services" msgstr "Общий путеводитель о Услуги Покупки в приложении (IAP)" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:5 msgid "" "In-App Purchases (IAP) gives access to additional services through Odoo. For" " instance, it allows me to send SMS Text Messages or to send Invoices by " @@ -1593,18 +1594,18 @@ msgstr "" "Например, это позволяет отправлять SMS-сообщения или отправлять счета по " "почте непосредственно из своей базы данных." -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:9 msgid "Buying Credits" msgstr "Покупка кредитов" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:11 msgid "" "Each IAP Service relies on prepaid credits to work and has its own pricing. " "To consult my current balance or to recharge my account, go to " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Odoo IAP --> View my Services`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:19 msgid "" "If I am on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, I benefit " "from free credits to test our IAP features." @@ -1612,24 +1613,24 @@ msgstr "" "Если я на Odoo Online (SAAS) и у меня версия Enterprise, я пользуюсь " "бесплатными кредитами для тестирования функций IAP." -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:23 msgid "IAP accounts" msgstr "счета IAP" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:25 msgid "" "Credits to use IAP services are stored on IAP accounts, which are specific " "to each service and database. By default, IAP accounts are common to all " "companies, but can be restricted to specific ones. Activate the " -":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, then go to " +":doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>`, then go to " ":menuselection:`Technical Settings --> IAP Account`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:34 msgid "IAP Portal" msgstr "портал IAP" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:36 msgid "" "The IAP Portal is a platform regrouping my IAP Services. It is accessible " "from :menuselection:`Settings app --> Odoo IAP --> View my Services`. From " @@ -1637,11 +1638,11 @@ msgid "" "consumption and set a reminder to when credits are low." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:44 msgid "Get notified when credits are low" msgstr "Получайте уведомления, когда недостаточно кредитов" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:46 msgid "" "To be notified when it’s time to recharge my credits, I’ll go to my IAP " "Portal through :menuselection:`Settings app --> Odoo IAP --> View my " @@ -1651,18 +1652,18 @@ msgid "" "by email!" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:56 msgid "IAP services available" msgstr "Доступные услуги IAP" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:58 msgid "" "Different services are available depending on the hosting type of your " "Database:" msgstr "" "Различные услуги доступны в зависимости типа хостинга вашей базы данных:" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:60 msgid "" "*Odoo Online (SAAS)*: only the IAP services provided by Odoo can be used " "(i.e. the SMS, Snailmail, Reveal and Partner Autocomplete features);" @@ -1671,7 +1672,7 @@ msgstr "" "(напр., Такие функции, как SMS, Snailmail, Открытие и Автоматическое " "заполнение партнера);" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:62 msgid "" "*Odoo.sh and Odoo Enterprise (on-premise)*: both the services provided by " "Odoo and by third-party apps can be used." @@ -1679,26 +1680,48 @@ msgstr "" "* Odoo.sh и Odoo Enterprise (на собственном сервере) *: можно использовать " "обе услуги, предоставляемые Odoo, и сторонние модули." -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:66 msgid "Offering my own services" msgstr "Предложить собственные услуги" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:68 msgid "" "I am more than welcome to offer my own IAP services through Odoo Apps! It is" " the perfect opportunity to get recurring revenue for an ongoing service use" " rather than — and possibly instead of — a sole initial purchase. Please, " -"find more information at: `In-App Purchase " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/14.0/webservices/iap.html>`_" +"find more information at: :doc:`In-App Purchase " +"</developer/webservices/iap>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies.rst:3 -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:2 -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/general/mobile.rst:4 +msgid "Mobile" +msgstr "Мобильный" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/mobile.rst:7 +msgid "Push Notifications" +msgstr "Push-уведомления" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/mobile.rst:9 +msgid "" +"As of Odoo 12.0, 13.0 or above, there is no more complex configuration to " +"enable push notifications in the mobile app." +msgstr "" +"Для Odoo 12.0, 13.0 или более поздней версии больше нет сложной " +"конфигурации, чтобы включить push-уведомления в мобильном приложении." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/mobile.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Simply go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Odoo Cloud " +"Notification (OCN)` and make sure that **Push Notifications** is checked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:2 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:189 msgid "Multi Companies" msgstr "Несколько компаний" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:4 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:4 msgid "" "A centralized management environment allows you to select multiple companies" " simultaneously and set their specific warehouses, customers, equipment, and" @@ -1707,11 +1730,11 @@ msgid "" "overall management process." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:10 msgid "Manage companies and records" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:12 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Manage Companies` and fill in the form " "with your company’s information. If a *Parent Company* is selected, records " @@ -1719,15 +1742,15 @@ msgid "" "active)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:21 msgid "" -"Activate the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` " -"to choose a *Favicon* for each of your companies, and easily identify them " -"by the browser tabs. Set your favicons’ files size to 16x16 or 32x32 pixels." -" JPG, PNG, GIF, and ICO are extensions accepted." +"Activate the :doc:`Developer mode <../developer_mode/activate>` to choose a " +"*Favicon* for each of your companies, and easily identify them by the " +"browser tabs. Set your favicons’ files size to 16x16 or 32x32 pixels. JPG, " +"PNG, GIF, and ICO are extensions accepted." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:30 msgid "" "Switch between or select multiple companies by enabling their selection " "boxes to activate them. The grayed company is the one which environment is " @@ -1736,118 +1759,114 @@ msgid "" "environment in use is of *JS Store US*." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:39 msgid "" "Data such as Products, Contacts, and Equipment can be shared or set to be " "shown for a specific company only. To do so, on their forms, choose between:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:42 msgid "*A blank field*: the record is shared within all companies." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:43 msgid "" "*Adding a company*: the record is visible to users logged in to that " -"specific company and its child companies." +"specific company." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:50 msgid "Employees' access" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:52 msgid "" "Once companies are created, manage your employees' :doc:`Access Rights " -"<../odoo_basics/add_user>` for *Multi Companies*." +"<../odoo_basics/users>` for *Multi Companies*." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:61 msgid "" "If a user has multiple companies *activated* on his database, and he is " "**editing** a record, the editing happens on the record's related company." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:64 msgid "" "Example: if editing a sale order issued under JS Store US while working on " "the JS Store Belgium environment, the changes are applied under JS Store US " "(the company from which the sale order was issued)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:65 msgid "When **creating** a record, the company taken into account is:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:67 msgid "The current company (the one active) or," msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:68 msgid "No company is set (on products and contacts’ forms for example) or," msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:69 msgid "" "The company set is the one linked to the document (the same as if a record " "is being edited)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:72 msgid "Documents’ format" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:74 msgid "" "To set documents' formats according to each company, *activate* and *select*" " the respective one and, under *Settings*, click on *Configure Document " "Layout*." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:82 msgid "Inter-Company Transactions" msgstr "Внутренние транзакции" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:84 msgid "" "First, make sure each one of your companies is properly set in relation to:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:86 msgid "" ":doc:`Chart of Accounts " -"<../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts>`" +"<../../finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:88 -msgid ":doc:`Taxes <../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes>`" +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:87 +msgid ":doc:`Taxes <../../finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:88 msgid "" -":doc:`Fiscal Positions <../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions>`" +":doc:`Fiscal Positions " +"<../../finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:90 -msgid ":doc:`Journals <../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts>`" +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:89 +msgid ":doc:`Journals <../../finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:90 msgid "" ":doc:`Fiscal Localizations " -"<../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>`" +"<../../finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:92 -msgid ":doc:`Pricelists <../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing>`" +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:91 +msgid ":doc:`Pricelists <../../sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:93 -msgid "" -":doc:`Warehouses <../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:93 msgid "" "Now, activate the *Inter-Company Transactions* option under *Settings*. With" " the respective company *activated* and *selected*, choose if you would like" @@ -1855,20 +1874,20 @@ msgid "" "or at a sales/purchase orders level." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:101 msgid "" "**Synchronize invoice/bills**: generates a bill/invoice when a company " "confirms a bill/invoice for the selected company." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:104 msgid "" "*Example:* an invoice posted on JS Store Belgium, for JS Store US, " "automatically creates a vendor bill on the JS Store US, from the JS Store " "Belgium." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:111 msgid "" "**Synchronize sales/purchase order**: generates a drafted purchase/sales " "order using the selected company warehouse when a sales/purchase order is " @@ -1876,217 +1895,41 @@ msgid "" "order you rather have it validated, enable *Automatic Validation*." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:115 msgid "" "*Example:* when a sale order for JS Store US is confirmed on JS Store " "Belgium, a purchase order on JS Store Belgium is automatically created (and " "confirmed if the *Automatic Validation* feature was enabled)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:126 -msgid "Products have to be configured as *Can be sold*." +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:124 +msgid "" +"Products have to be configured as *Can be sold* and must be shared between " +"the companies." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:127 msgid "" "Remember to test all workflows as an user other than the administrator." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:132 -msgid "" -"`Multi-company Guidelines " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/14.0/howtos/company.html>`_" +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:130 +msgid ":doc:`Multi-company Guidelines </developer/howtos/company>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:133 -msgid ":doc:`../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works`" +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:131 +msgid ":doc:`../../finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics.rst:3 msgid "Basics" msgstr "Основное" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:3 -msgid "Add Users and Manage Access Rights" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo defines a *user* as someone who has access to a database to perform " -"daily tasks. You can add as many users as you need and, in order to restrict" -" the type of information each user can access, rules can be applied. Users " -"and access rights can be added and changed at any point." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:12 -msgid "Add individual users" -msgstr "Добавьте отдельных пользователей" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Manage Users` and click on *Create*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Fill in the form with the needed information. Under the tab :ref:`Access " -"Rights <general/odoo_basics/add_user/access_rights>` choose the group within" -" each application the user can have access to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:24 -msgid "" -"The list of applications shown is based on the applications installed on the" -" database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:30 -msgid "" -"When you are done editing the page and have *Saved* it, an invitation email " -"is automatically sent to the user. The user must click on it to accept the " -"invitation and create a login." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Remember that subscription prices follow the number of users. Refer to our " -"`pricing page <https://www.odoo.com/pricing>`_ for more information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:42 -msgid "" -"With the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` " -"activated, *User Types* can be selected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:50 -msgid "" -"The *Portal* and *Public* options do not allow you to choose access rights. " -"Members have specific ones (such as record rules and restricted menus) and " -"usually do not belong to the usual Odoo groups." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:57 -msgid "Access Rights in detail" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:59 -msgid "" -"Activate the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, " -"then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Groups`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:63 -msgid "Groups" -msgstr "Группы" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:68 -msgid "" -"When choosing the groups the user can have access under :ref:`Access Rights " -"<general/odoo_basics/add_individual_user>`, details of the rules and " -"inheritances of that group are not shown, so this is when the menu *Groups* " -"comes along. *Groups* are created to define rules to models within an " -"application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Under *Users*, have a list of the current ones. The ones with administrative" -" rights are shown in black." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:76 -msgid "" -"*Inherited* means that users added to this application group are " -"automatically added to the following ones. In the example below, users who " -"have access to the group *Administrator* of *Sales* also have access to " -"*Website/Restricted Editor* and *Sales/User: All Documents*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:86 -msgid "" -"Remember to always test the settings being changed in order to ensure that " -"they are being applied to the needed and right users." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:89 -msgid "" -"The *Menus* tab is where you define which menus (models) the user can have " -"access to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:96 -msgid "" -"*Access Rights* rules are the first level of rights. The field is composed " -"of the object name, which is the technical name given to a model. For each " -"model, enable the following options as appropriate:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:99 -msgid "*Read*: the values of that object can be only seen by the user." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:100 -msgid "*Write*: the values of that object can be edited by the user." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:101 -msgid "*Create*: values for that object can be created by the user." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:102 -msgid "*Delete*: the values of that object can be deleted by the user." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:109 -msgid "" -"As a second layer of editing and visibility rules, *Record Rules* can be " -"formed. They overwrite, or refine, the *Access Rights*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:112 -msgid "" -"A record rule is written using a *Domain*. Domains are conditions used to " -"filter or searching data. Therefore, a domain expression is a list of " -"conditions. For each rule, choose among the following options: *Read*, " -"*Write*, *Create* and *Delete* values." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:119 -msgid "" -"Making changes in access rights can have a big impact on the database. For " -"this reason, we recommend you to contact your Odoo Business Analyst or our " -"Support Team, unless you have knowledge about Domains in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:126 -msgid "" -"The *Multi Companies* field allows you to set to which of the multiple " -"companies database you hold the user can have access." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:130 -msgid "" -"Note that if not handled correctly, it may be the source of a lot of " -"inconsistent multi-company behaviors. Therefore, a good knowledge of Odoo is" -" required. For technical explanations refer to `this " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/14.0/howtos/company.html>`_ " -"documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:140 -msgid ":doc:`../multi_companies/manage_multi_companies`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:141 -msgid ":doc:`../../db_management/documentation`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../db_management/documentation`" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:3 msgid "Manage Odoo in your own language" msgstr "Управляйте Odoo вашем родном языке" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo provides you with the option to manage Odoo in different languages, and" " each user can use Odoo in his own language ." @@ -2094,17 +1937,17 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo предоставляет вам возможность управлять Odoo на разных языках, и каждый" " пользователь может использовать Odoo своим языком." -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:9 msgid "Load your desired language" msgstr "Загрузите нужный язык" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:11 msgid "" "The first thing to do is to load your desired language on your Odoo " "instance." msgstr "Первое, что нужно сделать, это загрузить нужный язык в версию Odoo." -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:14 msgid "" "From the general dashboard click on the **Settings** app; on the top left of" " the page select :menuselection:`Translations --> Load a Translation`, " @@ -2114,7 +1957,7 @@ msgstr "" "верхнем левом углу страницы выберите :menuselection:`Translations --> Load a" " Translation`, выберите язык для установки и нажмите ** СКАЧАТЬ **." -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:23 msgid "" "If you check the \"Websites to translate\" checkbox you will have the option" " to change the navigation language on your website." @@ -2122,11 +1965,11 @@ msgstr "" "Если вы проверите обозначения "Веб-сайты для перевода", вы сможете" " изменить язык навигации на своем сайте." -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:27 msgid "Change your language" msgstr "измените язык" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:29 msgid "" "You can change the language to the installed language by going to the drop-" "down menu at the top right side of the screen, choose **Preferences**." @@ -2134,22 +1977,22 @@ msgstr "" "Вы можете изменить язык на установленную, перейдя к раскрывающегося меню в " "верхней правой части экрана и выбрав ** Параметры **." -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:36 msgid "" "Then change the Language setting to your installed language and click " "**SAVE.**" msgstr "" "Затем измените настройки языка на установленную и нажмите ** Сохранить **." -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:42 msgid "Open a new menu to view the changes." msgstr "Откройте новое меню, чтобы посмотреть изменения." -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:45 msgid "Change another user's language" msgstr "Измените язык другого пользователя" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:47 msgid "" "Odoo also gives you the possibility for each user to choose his preferred " "language." @@ -2157,7 +2000,7 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo также дает вам возможность для каждого пользователя выбрать его " "желаемый язык." -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:50 msgid "" "To change the language for a different user, choose :menuselection:`Users " "--> Users` from the Settings app. Here you have a list of all users and you " @@ -2173,15 +2016,15 @@ msgstr "" "Параметры можно изменить язык на любую существующую и нажмите ** СОХРАНИТЬ " "**." -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:61 -msgid ":doc:`../../website/publish/translate`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../website/publish/translate`" +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:61 +msgid ":doc:`../../websites/website/publish/translate`" +msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:3 msgid "Export Data From Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:5 msgid "" "When working with a database, it sometimes is necessary to export your data " "in a distinct file. Doing so can help to do reporting over your activities " @@ -2189,21 +2032,21 @@ msgid "" "application)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:9 msgid "" "With Odoo, you can export the values from any field in any record. To do so," " activate the list view on the items that need to be exported, click on " "*Action*, and, then, on *Export*." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:17 msgid "" "Pretty simple, this action still comes with some specificities. In fact, " "when clicking on *Export*, a pop-up window appears with several options for " "the data to export:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:25 msgid "" "With the *I want to update data* option ticked, the system only shows the " "fields which can be imported. This is very helpful in case you want to " @@ -2212,14 +2055,14 @@ msgid "" "not just the ones which can be imported." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:31 msgid "" "When exporting, you can choose between two formats: .csv and .xls. With " ".csv, items are separated with a comma, while .xls holds information about " "all the worksheets in a file, including both content and formatting." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:34 msgid "" "Those are the items you may want to export. Use the arrows to display more " "sub-field options. Of course, you can use the search bar to find specific " @@ -2227,22 +2070,22 @@ msgid "" "the fields by clicking on all the arrows!" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:39 msgid "The + button is there to add fields to the “to export” list." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:40 msgid "" "The “handles” next to the selected fields allow you to move the fields up " "and down to change the order in which they must be displayed in the exported" " file." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:43 msgid "The trashcan is there if you need to remove fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:44 msgid "" "For recurring reports, it might be interesting to save export presets. " "Select all the needed ones and click on the template bar. There, click on " @@ -2250,65 +2093,314 @@ msgid "" "the same list, simply select the related template." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:51 msgid "" "It’s good to keep the field’s external identifier in mind. For example, " "*Related Company* is equal to *parent_id*. Doing so helps export only what " "you would like to import next." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers.rst:3 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:3 +msgid "Users and Access Rights" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo defines a *user* as someone who has access to a database to perform " +"daily tasks. You can add as many users as you need and, in order to restrict" +" the type of information each user can access, rules can be applied. Users " +"and access rights can be added and changed at any point." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:12 +msgid "Add individual users" +msgstr "Добавьте отдельных пользователей" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Manage Users` and click on *Create*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Fill in the form with the needed information. Under the tab :ref:`Access " +"Rights <general/odoo_basics/users/access_rights>` choose the group within " +"each application the user can have access to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The list of applications shown is based on the applications installed on the" +" database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:30 +msgid "" +"When you are done editing the page and have *Saved* it, an invitation email " +"is automatically sent to the user. The user must click on it to accept the " +"invitation and create a login." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Remember that subscription prices follow the number of users. Refer to our " +"`pricing page <https://www.odoo.com/pricing>`_ for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:42 +msgid "" +"With the :doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>` " +"activated, *User Types* can be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The *Portal* and *Public* options do not allow you to choose access rights. " +"Members have specific ones (such as record rules and restricted menus) and " +"usually do not belong to the usual Odoo groups." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:57 +msgid "Passwords management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:62 +msgid "Reset passwords" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:67 +msgid "Enable password resets from login page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:69 +msgid "It is possible to enable password resets directly from the login page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:71 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Permissions`, activate " +"**Password Reset** and *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:80 +msgid "Send reset instructions to users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Users`, select the " +"user out of the list and click on *Send Password Reset Instructions* on its " +"user form. An email is automatically sent to them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:87 +msgid "" +"The *Send Password Reset Instructions* button only appears if the Odoo " +"invitation email has already been confirmed by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:90 +msgid "" +"This email contains all the instructions needed to reset the password, along" +" with a link redirecting the user to an Odoo login page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:100 +msgid "Change users’ passwords" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Users` and select " +"a user to access its form. Click on the *Action* button and select *Change " +"Password*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:109 +msgid "Enter a new password and confirm by clicking on *Change Password*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:112 +msgid "" +"This operation only modifies the password of the users locally and does not " +"affect their odoo.com account. If you want to change the odoo.com password, " +"you can :ref:`send the password reset instructions <users/reset-password-" +"email>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Click on *Change Password* one more time. You are then redirected to an Odoo" +" login page where you can reaccess your database using your new password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:122 +msgid "Access Rights in detail" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:124 +msgid "" +"Activate the :doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>`, " +"then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Groups`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:128 +msgid "Groups" +msgstr "Группы" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:133 +msgid "" +"When choosing the groups the user can have access under :ref:`Access Rights " +"<general/odoo_basics/add_individual_user>`, details of the rules and " +"inheritances of that group are not shown, so this is when the menu *Groups* " +"comes along. *Groups* are created to define rules to models within an " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Under *Users*, have a list of the current ones. The ones with administrative" +" rights are shown in black." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:141 +msgid "" +"*Inherited* means that users added to this application group are " +"automatically added to the following ones. In the example below, users who " +"have access to the group *Administrator* of *Sales* also have access to " +"*Website/Restricted Editor* and *Sales/User: All Documents*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Remember to always test the settings being changed in order to ensure that " +"they are being applied to the needed and right users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:154 +msgid "" +"The *Menus* tab is where you define which menus (models) the user can have " +"access to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:161 +msgid "" +"*Access Rights* rules are the first level of rights. The field is composed " +"of the object name, which is the technical name given to a model. For each " +"model, enable the following options as appropriate:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:164 +msgid "*Read*: the values of that object can be only seen by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:165 +msgid "*Write*: the values of that object can be edited by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:166 +msgid "*Create*: values for that object can be created by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:167 +msgid "*Delete*: the values of that object can be deleted by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:174 +msgid "" +"As a second layer of editing and visibility rules, *Record Rules* can be " +"formed. They overwrite, or refine, the *Access Rights*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:177 +msgid "" +"A record rule is written using a *Domain*. Domains are conditions used to " +"filter or searching data. Therefore, a domain expression is a list of " +"conditions. For each rule, choose among the following options: *Read*, " +"*Write*, *Create* and *Delete* values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:184 +msgid "" +"Making changes in access rights can have a big impact on the database. For " +"this reason, we recommend you to contact your Odoo Business Analyst or our " +"Support Team, unless you have knowledge about Domains in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:191 +msgid "" +"The *Multi Companies* field allows you to set to which of the multiple " +"companies database you hold the user can have access." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:195 +msgid "" +"Note that if not handled correctly, it may be the source of a lot of " +"inconsistent multi-company behaviors. Therefore, a good knowledge of Odoo is" +" required. For technical explanations refer to :doc:`this " +"</developer/howtos/company>` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:205 +msgid ":doc:`../multi_companies/manage_multi_companies`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:206 +msgid ":doc:`../../settings/users_and_features`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:27 msgid "Payment Acquirers" msgstr "Платежные системы" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:3 msgid "Authorize.Net" msgstr "Authorize.Net" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:5 msgid "" "`Authorize.Net <https://www.authorize.net>`__ is a United States-based " "online payment solution provider, allowing businesses to accept **credit " "cards**." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:12 msgid "" "This Payment Acquirer offers additional options that are not available for " "other :doc:`Payment Acquirers <payment_acquirers>`, such as the ability to " "process your customer's payment after delivery." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:17 msgid "Authorize.Net account" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:19 msgid "" "If not done yet, choose a plan and `Sign Up for an Authorize.Net account " "<https://www.authorize.net/sign-up.html>`__." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:22 msgid "" "Odoo needs your **API Credentials & Keys** to connect with your " "Authorize.Net account, which comprise:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:25 msgid "API Login ID" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:26 msgid "Transaction Key" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:27 msgid "Signature Key" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:29 msgid "" "To retrieve them, log into your Authorize.Net account, go to " ":menuselection:`Account --> Security Settings --> General Security Settings " @@ -2316,19 +2408,19 @@ msgid "" "**Signature Key**." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:39 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:114 msgid "" "`Authorize.Net: Getting Started Guide " "<https://support.authorize.net/s/article/Authorize-Net-Getting-Started-" "Guide>`__" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:43 msgid "Payment Acquirer Configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:45 msgid "" "To configure Authorize.Net as Payment Acquirer in Odoo, go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Acquirers`, open " @@ -2336,43 +2428,43 @@ msgid "" "click on *Save* once you've set everything up." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:50 msgid "" "Please refer to the :doc:`Payment Acquirers documentation " "<payment_acquirers>` to read how to configure this payment acquirer." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:54 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:133 msgid "Credentials" msgstr "Полномочия" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:56 msgid "" "Copy your credentials from your Authorize.Net account (API Login Id, API " "Transaction Key, and API Signature Key), paste them in the related fields " "under the **Credentials** tab, then click on **Generate Client Key**." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:61 msgid "" "The **API Client Key** is necessary only if you select *Payment from Odoo* " "option as :ref:`Payment Flow <payment_acquirers/payment_flow>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:65 msgid "" "If you are trying Authorize.Net as a test, with a *sandbox account*, change " "the **State** to *Test Mode*. We recommend doing this on a test Odoo " "database, rather than on your main database." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:69 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:151 msgid "Payment Flow" msgstr "процесс оплаты" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:71 msgid "" "The **Payment Flow** lets you decide if to redirect the user to the payment " "acquirer's portal to authenticate the payment, or if to stay on the current " @@ -2380,69 +2472,69 @@ msgid "" "**Configuration** tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:75 msgid "" "If you select *Redirection to the acquirer website*, make sure you add a " "**Default Receipt URL** and a **Default Relay Response URL** to your " "Authorize.net account." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:78 msgid "" "To do so, log into your Authorize.Net account, go to :menuselection:`Account" " --> Transaction Format Settings --> Transaction Response Settings --> " "Response/Receipt URLs`, and set the default links:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 msgid "Default Receipt URL:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 msgid "*https://[yourcompany.odoo.com]*/**payment/authorize/return**" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 msgid "Default Relay Response URL:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 msgid "*https://[yourcompany.odoo.com]*/**shop/confirmation**" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 msgid "Failing to complete this step results in the following error:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 msgid "*The referrer, relay response or receipt link URL is invalid.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:91 msgid "Capture the payment after the delivery" msgstr "Зафиксируйте платеж после доставки" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:93 msgid "" "The **Capture Amount Manually** field is under the **Configuration** tab. If" " enabled, the funds are reserved for 30 days on the customer's card, but not" " charged yet." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:100 msgid "" "To capture the payment, go to the related Sales Order and click on *Capture " "Transaction*. If the order is canceled, you can click on *Void Transaction* " "to unlock the funds from the customer's card." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:108 msgid "" "After **30 days**, the transaction is **voided automatically** by " "Authorize.net." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:111 msgid "" "With other payment acquirers, you can manage the capture in their own " "interfaces, not from Odoo." @@ -2450,21 +2542,21 @@ msgstr "" "С другими платежными еквайермы вы можете управлять содержанием в собственных" " интерфейсах, а не с Odoo." -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:116 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:206 msgid ":doc:`payment_acquirers`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:117 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:207 -msgid ":doc:`../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer`" +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:207 +msgid ":doc:`../../websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:3 msgid "Payment Acquirers (Credit Cards, Online Payment)" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo embeds several **payment methods** that allow your customers to pay on " "their *Customer Portals* or your *eCommerce website*. They can pay Sales " @@ -2473,14 +2565,14 @@ msgid "" "accept **Credit Cards**." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:10 msgid "" "Having several payment methods increases the chances of getting paid in " "time, or even immediately, as you make it more convenient for your customers" " to pay with the payment method they prefer and trust." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:19 msgid "" "Odoo does not keep Credit Card numbers or credentials on its servers, nor is" " it stored on Odoo databases hosted elsewhere. Instead, Odoo apps use a " @@ -2489,7 +2581,7 @@ msgid "" "credentials for the payment acquirer." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:29 msgid "" "From an accounting perspective, we can distinguish two types of payment " "acquirers: the payments that go directly on the bank account and follow the " @@ -2497,131 +2589,131 @@ msgid "" "party services and require you to follow another accounting workflow." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:36 msgid "Bank Payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 msgid ":doc:`Wire Transfer <wire_transfer>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 msgid "" "When selected, Odoo displays your payment information with a payment " "reference. You have to approve the payment manually once you have received " "it on your bank account." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 msgid "SEPA Direct Debit" msgstr "Прямой дебет SEPA" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 msgid "" "Your customers can sign a SEPA Direct Debit mandate online and get their " "bank account charged directly. :doc:`Click here " -"<../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd>` for more " -"information about this payment method." +"<../../finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd>` for more" +" information about this payment method." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:49 msgid "Online Payment Providers" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 msgid "Redirection to the acquirer website" msgstr "Перенаправление на сайт покупателя" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 msgid "Payment from Odoo" msgstr "Платеж с Odoo" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 msgid "Save Cards" msgstr "сохранить карточки" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 msgid "Capture Amount Manually" msgstr "Сумма получения вручную" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:55 msgid "Adyen" msgstr "Adyen" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:55 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:57 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:61 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:65 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:67 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:69 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 msgid "✔" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:57 msgid "Alipay" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 msgid ":doc:`Authorize.Net <authorize>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:61 msgid "Buckaroo" msgstr "Buckaroo" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 msgid "Ingenico" msgstr "Ingenico" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:65 msgid ":doc:`PayPal <paypal>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:67 msgid "PayUMoney" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:69 msgid "SIPS" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:3 msgid "Stripe" msgstr "Stripe" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:75 msgid "" "Some of these Online Payment Providers can also be added as :doc:`Bank " -"Accounts <../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts>`, but this is **not** " -"the same process as adding them as Payment Acquirers. Payment Acquirers " -"allow customers to pay online, and Bank Accounts are added and configured on" -" your Accounting app to do a bank reconciliation, which is an accounting " -"control process." +"Accounts <../../finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts>`, but this is " +"**not** the same process as adding them as Payment Acquirers. Payment " +"Acquirers allow customers to pay online, and Bank Accounts are added and " +"configured on your Accounting app to do a bank reconciliation, which is an " +"accounting control process." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:86 msgid "" "Some of the features described in this section are available only with some " "Payment Acquirers. Refer to :ref:`the table above " "<payment_acquirers/online_providers>` for more details." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:92 msgid "Add a new Payment Acquirer" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:94 msgid "" "To add a new Payment acquirer and make it available to your customers, go to" " :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Acquirers`, look " @@ -2630,7 +2722,7 @@ msgid "" "*Enabled*." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:104 msgid "" "We recommend using the *Test Mode* on a duplicated database or a test " "database. The Test Mode is meant to be used with your test/sandbox " @@ -2640,11 +2732,11 @@ msgid "" "your main database." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:112 msgid "Credentials tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:114 msgid "" "If not done yet, go to the **Online Payment Provider**'s website, create an " "account, and make sure to have the credentials required for third-party use." @@ -2652,28 +2744,28 @@ msgid "" "and get the confirmation of the *payment authentication*." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:118 msgid "" "The form in this section is specific to the Payment Acquirer you are " "configuring. Please refer to the related documentation for more information." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:124 msgid "Configuration tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:126 msgid "" "You can change the Payment Acquirer front-end appearance by modifying its " "name under the **Displayed as** field and which credit card icons to display" " under the **Supported Payment Icons** field." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:132 msgid "Save and reuse Credit Cards" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:134 msgid "" "With the **Save Cards** feature, Odoo can store **Payment Tokens** in your " "database, which can be used for subsequent payments, without having to " @@ -2681,11 +2773,11 @@ msgid "" "recurring payments." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:141 msgid "Place a hold on a card" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:143 msgid "" "If the **Capture Amount Manually** field is enabled, the funds are reserved " "for a few days on the customer's card, but not charged yet. You must then go" @@ -2694,40 +2786,40 @@ msgid "" "the customer's card." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:153 msgid "" "Choose in the **Payment Flow** field if to redirect the user to the payment " "acquirer's portal to authenticate the payment, or if to stay on the current " "page and authenticate the payment from Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:157 msgid "" "Some features are available only if you select *Redirection to the acquirer " "website*." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:162 msgid "Countries" msgstr "Страны" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:164 msgid "" "Restrict the use of the Payment Acquirer to a selection of countries. Leave " "this field blank to make the Payment Acquirer available to all countries." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:170 msgid "Payment Journal" msgstr "Журнал платежей" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:172 msgid "" "The **Payment Journal** selected for your Payment Acquirer must be a *Bank* " "journal." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:175 msgid "" "In many cases, Odoo automatically creates a new **Journal** and a new " "**Account** when you activate a new Payment Acquirer. Both of them are " @@ -2736,21 +2828,21 @@ msgid "" " them if necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:183 msgid "Messages tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:185 msgid "" "Change here the messages displayed by Odoo after a payment's confirmation or" " failure." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:190 msgid "Accounting perspective" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:192 msgid "" "The **Bank Payments** that go directly to one of your bank accounts follow " "their usual reconciliation workflows. However, payments recorded with " @@ -2759,7 +2851,7 @@ msgid "" "advice." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:197 msgid "" "Odoo default method is to record the payments on a *Current Assets Account*," " on a dedicated *Bank Journal*, once the *Payment Authentication* is " @@ -2767,76 +2859,77 @@ msgid "" " to your *Bank Account*." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:201 msgid "Here are the requirements for this to work:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:203 msgid "Bank Journal" msgstr "Журнал Банка" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:205 msgid "The Journal's **type** must be *Bank Journal*." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:206 msgid "" "Select the right **Default Debit Account** and **Default Credit Account**." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 msgid "" "Under the *Advanced Settings* tab, make sure that **Posting** is set as " "*Post At Payment Validation*." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 msgid "" "This implies that the Journal Entry is recorded directly when your Odoo " "database receives the confirmation of the *Payment Authentication* from the " "Online Payment Provider." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:212 msgid "Current Asset Account" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:214 msgid "The Account's **type** is *Current Assets*" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:215 msgid "The Account must **Allow Reconciliation**" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:218 msgid "" "In many cases, Odoo automatically creates a new **Journal** and a new " "**Current Asset Account** when you activate a new Payment Acquirer. You can " "modify them if necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:223 -msgid ":doc:`../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording`" +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:223 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:224 msgid ":doc:`wire_transfer`" msgstr ":doc:`wire_transfer`" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:225 msgid ":doc:`authorize`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:226 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:226 msgid ":doc:`paypal`" msgstr ":doc:`paypal`" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:3 msgid "Configure your Paypal account" msgstr "Настройте ваш аккаунт Paypal" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:5 msgid "" "Paypal is available and popular worldwide. It doesn’t charge any " "subscription fee and creating an account is very easy. That’s why we " @@ -2848,11 +2941,11 @@ msgstr "" "в Odoo. Он работает бесперебойно, когда клиент перенаправляется на сайт " "Paypal для регистрации платежа." -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:12 msgid "Paypal account" msgstr "Аккаунт Paypal" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:14 msgid "" "A business account is needed to get paid with Paypal. Create a `Paypal " "Business Account <https://www.paypal.com/us/merchantsignup/ " @@ -2862,11 +2955,11 @@ msgid "" "configuration steps." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:23 msgid "Settings in Paypal" msgstr "Настройки в Paypal" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:26 msgid "" "First, let’s see how to set up your Paypal account in order to build a " "seamless customer experience with Odoo." @@ -2874,17 +2967,17 @@ msgstr "" "Сначала, давайте посмотрим, как настроить ваш аккаунт Paypal, чтобы создать " "бесперебойный опыт работы клиента с Odoo." -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:28 msgid "" "Log in and open the settings. Go to :menuselection:`Products & Services --> " "Website payments` and click **Update** on **Website preferences**." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:34 msgid "Auto Return" msgstr "автоматический возврат" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:36 msgid "" "*Auto Return* automatically redirects your customers to Odoo once the " "payment is processed. Check *Auto Return* and enter your domain name with " @@ -2892,7 +2985,7 @@ msgid "" "``https://yourcompany.odoo.com/shop/confirmation``)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:41 msgid "" "This URL is requested in Paypal but not used in practice as Odoo transmits " "it at each transaction. Don’t worry if you manage several sales channels or " @@ -2902,11 +2995,11 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo передает ее на каждой транзакции. Не волнуйтесь, если вы управляете " "несколькими каналами продаж или базами данных Odoo." -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:49 msgid "Payment Data Transfer (PDT)" msgstr "Перевод данных об оплате (PDT)" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:51 msgid "" "*Payment Data Transfer* delivers the payment confirmation to Odoo as soon as" " it is processed. Without it, Odoo cannot end the sales flow. This setting " @@ -2918,11 +3011,11 @@ msgstr "" " настройки должны быть активированными как следует. При сохранении создается" " * Токен идентификации *. Позже вы получите запрос на вход в Odoo." -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:59 msgid "Paypal Account Optional" msgstr "Опциональный счет Paypal" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:61 msgid "" "We advise you to not prompt customers to log in with a Paypal account when " "they get to pay. Let them pay with debit/credit cards as well, or you might " @@ -2933,11 +3026,11 @@ msgstr "" "карточками, иначе вы можете потерять некоторые сделки. Убедитесь, что этот " "параметр." -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:68 msgid "Instant Payment Notification (IPN)" msgstr "Мгновенные оповещения оплаты (IPN)" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:70 msgid "" "PDT sends order confirmations once and only once. As a result, your site " "must be running when it happens; otherwise, it will never receive the " @@ -2953,7 +3046,7 @@ msgstr "" "гарантировано с тех пор, как IPN повторно направляет подтверждения пока ваш " "сайт не подтвердит получение." -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:77 msgid "" "To activate IPN, get back to *Website payments* menu and click *Update* in " "*Instant Payment Notification*." @@ -2961,61 +3054,61 @@ msgstr "" "Чтобы активировать IPN, вернитесь в меню * Платежи сайта * и нажмите * " "Обновить * в * Моментальное уведомление оплаты *." -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:79 msgid "" "The *Notification URL* to set is your domain name + “payment/paypal/ipn” " "(e.g. ``https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/paypal/ipn``)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:85 msgid "Payment Messages Format" msgstr "Формат сообщений оплаты" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:87 msgid "" "If you use accented characters (or anything else than basic Latin " "characters) for your customer names, addresses... you MUST configure the " "encoding format of the payment request sent by Odoo to Paypal." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:93 msgid "" "If you don't configure this setting, some transactions fail without notice." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:95 msgid "To do so, open:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:97 msgid "" "`this page for a test account <https://sandbox.paypal.com/cgi-" "bin/customerprofileweb?cmd=_profile-language-encoding>`__" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:99 msgid "" "`this page for a production account <https://www.paypal.com/cgi-" "bin/customerprofileweb?cmd=_profile-language-encoding>`__" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:101 msgid "" "Then, click *More Options* and set the two default encoding formats as " "**UTF-8**." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:109 msgid "Your Paypal account is ready!" msgstr "Ваш аккаунт Paypal готов!" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:112 msgid "" "If you want your customers to pay without creating a Paypal account, *Paypal" " Account Optional* needs to be turned on." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:118 msgid "" "For Encrypted Website Payments & EWP_SETTINGS error, please check the " "`Paypal documentation <https://developer.paypal.com/docs/ classic/paypal-" @@ -3023,15 +3116,15 @@ msgid "" "website-payments-ewp>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:124 msgid "Settings in Odoo" msgstr "Настройки в Odoo" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:127 msgid "Activation" msgstr "Активация" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:129 msgid "" "Activate *Paypal* from the config bar of Sales, Invoicing and eCommerce " "apps, or from the configuration menu of *Payment Acquirers*." @@ -3039,22 +3132,22 @@ msgstr "" "Активируйте * Paypal * с панели настроек Продаж, Выставление счетов и " "Электронной коммерции, или из меню настройки * платежных эквайеров *." -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:135 msgid "Odoo requires three Paypal credentials:" msgstr "Odoo требует трех учетных данных Paypal:" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:137 msgid "*Email ID* is your login email address in Paypal." msgstr "" "* ID электронной почты * - это ваш логин адреса электронной почты в Paypal." -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:138 msgid "" "*Merchant ID* can be found in the settings of your Paypal account, in " ":menuselection:`Account Settings --> Business information`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:140 msgid "" "*Paypal PDT Token* is given in *Website payments* configuration as explained" " here above." @@ -3062,11 +3155,11 @@ msgstr "" "* Токен PDT Paypal * предоставляется в настройках * Платежи сайта *, как " "показано ниже." -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:146 msgid "Transaction fees" msgstr "оплата транзакции" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:148 msgid "" "You can charge extra fees to your customers for paying with Paypal; This to " "cover the transaction fees Paypal charges you. Once redirected to Paypal, " @@ -3076,7 +3169,7 @@ msgstr "" " Это покрывает взыскании с вас комиссии за транзакцию Paypal. После " "направления на Paypal, ваш клиент видит дополнительную сумму к сумме заказа." -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:151 msgid "" "To activate this, go to the Configuration tab of Paypal configuration in " "Odoo and check *Add Extra Fees*." @@ -3084,7 +3177,7 @@ msgstr "" "Чтобы активировать это, перейдите на вкладку Настройка Paypal а Odoo и " "отметьте * Добавить дополнительные комиссии *." -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:157 msgid "" "You can refer to `Paypal Fees <https://www.paypal.com/webapps/mpp/paypal-" "fees>`__ to set up fees." @@ -3092,18 +3185,18 @@ msgstr "" "Вы можете перейти на `Комиссию Paypal <https://www.paypal.com/webapps/mpp" "/paypal-fees> `__ чтобы установить комиссию." -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:161 msgid "" "`Traders in the EU <https://europa.eu/youreurope/citizens/consumers/shopping" "/pricing-payments/ index_en.htm>`_ are not allowed to charge extra fees for " "paying with credit cards." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:165 msgid "Go live!" msgstr "Перейдите в онлайн!" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:167 msgid "" "Your configuration is ready to roll. Make sure *Production* mode is on. Then" " publish the payment method by clicking the *Published* button right next to" @@ -3112,7 +3205,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ваши настройки готовы к запуску. Убедитесь, что включен режим * Разработчик " "*. Затем опубликуйте метод платежа, нажав на кнопку * Опубликовано * рядом." -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:176 msgid "" "Paypal is now available in your payment form available in eCommerce, Sales " "and Invoicing apps. Customers are redirected to Paypal website when hitting " @@ -3124,11 +3217,11 @@ msgstr "" "нажатии * Оплатить сейчас *. Они вернутся на страницу подтверждения в Odoo " "после того, как платеж будет обработан." -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:185 msgid "Test environment" msgstr "тестовое среду" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:187 msgid "" "You can test the entire payment flow in Odoo thanks to Paypal Sandbox " "accounts." @@ -3136,7 +3229,7 @@ msgstr "" "Вы можете протестировать процесс оплаты в Odoo благодаря счетам Paypal " "Sandbox." -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:189 msgid "" "Log in to `Paypal Developer Site <https://developer.paypal.com/>`__ with " "your Paypal credentials." @@ -3144,11 +3237,11 @@ msgstr "" "Войдите на `Сайт разработчика Paypal <https://developer.paypal.com/> `__ с " "вашими учетными данными Paypal." -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:191 msgid "This will create two sandbox accounts:" msgstr "Это создаст два счета sandbox:" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:193 msgid "" "A business account (to use as merchant, e.g. " "`pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com " @@ -3158,7 +3251,7 @@ msgstr "" "`pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com " "<mailto:pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com> `__)." -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:195 msgid "" "A default personal account (to use as shopper, e.g. " "`pp.merch01-buyer@example.com <mailto:pp.merch01-buyer@example.com>`__)." @@ -3166,7 +3259,7 @@ msgstr "" "Персональный счет по умолчанию (для использования в качестве покупателя, eg " "`pp.merch01-buyer@example.com <mailto:pp.merch01-buyer@example.com> `__)." -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:197 msgid "" "Log in to Paypal Sandbox with the merchant account and follow the same " "configuration instructions. Enter your sandbox credentials in Odoo and make " @@ -3181,54 +3274,54 @@ msgstr "" "Электронной коммерции, чтобы не создавать счета когда завершаются фиктивные " "транзакции." -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:203 msgid "Run a test transaction from Odoo using the sandbox personal account." msgstr "" "Запустите тестовую транзакцию в Odoo, используя личный аккаунт Sandbox." -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:5 msgid "" "`Stripe <https://stripe.com/>`_ is a United States-based online payment " "solution provider, allowing businesses to accept **credit cards** and other " "payment methods." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:9 msgid "Enable Local Payment Methods" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:11 msgid "" "Local payment methods are payment methods that are only available for " "certain merchants and customers countries and currencies." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:14 msgid "" "The Stripe connector in Odoo supports the following local payment methods:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:16 msgid "Bancontact" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:17 msgid "EPS" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:18 msgid "Giropay" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:19 msgid "iDeal:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:20 msgid "Przelewy24 (P24)" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:22 msgid "" "To enable specific Local Payment Methods with Stripe, list them as supported" " payment icons. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Payment Acquirers --> Stripe" @@ -3237,17 +3330,17 @@ msgid "" "don't have anything to do." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:31 msgid "" "If a payment method icon doesn't exist at all in the database, the " "corresponding local payment method is always offered to customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:3 msgid "How to get paid with wire transfers" msgstr "Как получить платеж через банковский перевод" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:5 msgid "" "**Wire Transfer** is the default payment method available. The aim is " "providing your customers with your bank details so they can pay on their " @@ -3259,11 +3352,11 @@ msgstr "" "платить самостоятельно. Это очень легко начать, но медленно и неэффективно. " "Выберите покупателей, как только сможете!" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:13 msgid "How to provide customers with payment instructions" msgstr "Как предоставить клиентам платежные инструкции" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:14 msgid "" "Put your payment instructions in the **Thanks Message** of your payment " "method." @@ -3271,15 +3364,15 @@ msgstr "" "Вставьте свои платежные инструкции в ** Сообщение благодарности ** с помощью" " вашего способа оплаты." -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:19 msgid "They will appear to the customers when they place an order." msgstr "Они будут появляться у клиентов, когда они размещают заказы." -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:26 msgid "How to manage an order once you get paid" msgstr "Как управлять заказу, когда вы получаете оплату" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:28 msgid "" "Whenever a customer pays by wire transfer, the order stays in an " "intermediary stage **Quotation Sent** (i.e. unpaid order). When you get " @@ -3290,11 +3383,11 @@ msgstr "" "неоплаченную заказ). Когда вы получаете оплату, вы подтверждаете заказ " "вручную, чтобы запустить доставку." -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:35 msgid "How to create other manual payment methods" msgstr "Как создать другие ручные методы оплаты" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:37 msgid "" "If you manage a B2B business, you can create other manually-processed " "payment methods like paying by check. To do so, just rename *Wire Transfer* " @@ -3304,15 +3397,15 @@ msgstr "" "обрабатываются вручную, например, оплата чеком. Для этого просто " "переименуйте * Банковский перевод * или дублируйте его." -#: ../../general/unsplash.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash.rst:3 msgid "Unsplash" msgstr "Unsplash" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:3 msgid "How to generate an Unsplash access key" msgstr "Как создать ключ доступа Unsplash" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:6 msgid "" "**As an SaaS user**, you are ready to use Unsplash. You won't need to follow" " this guide to set up Unsplash informations, since you will use our own Odoo" @@ -3323,16 +3416,16 @@ msgstr "" "пор, как вы будете использовать наш собственный ключ Odoo Unsplash " "прозрачным образом." -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:9 msgid "Generate an Unsplash access key for **non-Saas** users" msgstr "Создайте ключ доступа Unsplash для пользователя ** НЕ Saas **" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:11 msgid "Create an account on `Unsplash.com <https://unsplash.com/join>`_." msgstr "" "Создайте учетную запись на `Unsplash.com <https://unsplash.com/join> `_." -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:13 msgid "" "Go to your `applications dashboard " "<https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications>`_ and click on **New " @@ -3342,11 +3435,11 @@ msgstr "" "<https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications> `_ И нажмите ** Новое приложение " "**." -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:18 msgid "Accept the conditions and click on **Accept terms**." msgstr "Примите условия и нажмите ** Принять условия **." -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:23 msgid "" "You will be prompted to insert an **Application name** and a " "**Description**. Please prefix your application name by \"**Odoo:** \" so " @@ -3358,7 +3451,7 @@ msgstr "" "чтобы Unsplash мог распознать его как экземпляр Odoo. После завершения " "нажмите ** Создать приложение **." -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:28 msgid "" "You should be redirected to your application details page. Scroll down a bit" " to find your **access key**." @@ -3366,7 +3459,7 @@ msgstr "" "Вы должны быть перенаправлены на страницу деталей приложения. Прокрутите " "вниз, чтобы найти ваш ** ключ доступа **." -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:34 msgid "" "**As a non-SaaS user**, you won't be able to register for a production " "Unsplash key and will be limited to your test key that has a restriction of " @@ -3376,15 +3469,15 @@ msgstr "" "рабочего ключа Unsplash и будете ограничены в доступе к тестовому ключа, " "имеет ограничения в 50 запросов Unsplash в час." -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:37 msgid ":doc:`unsplash_application_id`" msgstr ":doc:`unsplash_application_id`" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:3 msgid "How to generate an Unsplash application ID" msgstr "Как создать ID приложения Unsplash" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:6 msgid "" "You should first create and set up your Unsplash application with this " "tutorial: :doc:`unsplash_access_key`." @@ -3392,7 +3485,7 @@ msgstr "" "Вам сначала нужно создать и установить ваше приложение Unsplash с этим " "пособием:: doc: `unsplash_access_key`." -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:8 msgid "" "Go to your `applications dashboard " "<https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications>`_ and click on your newly created " @@ -3402,7 +3495,7 @@ msgstr "" "<https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications> `_ И нажмите на только что " "созданный приложение Unsplash пид ** Вашими приложениями **." -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:13 msgid "" "You will be redirected to your application details page. The **application " "ID** will be visible in your browser's URL. The URL should be something like" @@ -3412,7 +3505,7 @@ msgstr "" "будет видимый в вашей URL-адресу браузера. URL-адрес должен быть похожа на " "`https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications/ <application_id> `" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:19 msgid "" "**As a non-SaaS user**, you won't be able to register for a production " "Unsplash key and will be limited to your test key that has a 50 Unsplash " @@ -3422,72 +3515,72 @@ msgstr "" "рабочего ключа Unsplash и будете ограничены в доступе к тестовому ключа, " "который имеет ограничения в 50 запросов Unsplash в час." -#: ../../general/voip.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip.rst:3 msgid "VoIP (Voice over Internet Protocol)" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:3 msgid "Configure your VoIP Asterisk server for Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:6 msgid "Installing Asterisk server" msgstr "Установка сервера Asterisk" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:9 msgid "Dependencies" msgstr "Зависимости" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:11 msgid "" "Before installing Asterisk you need to install the following dependencies:" msgstr "Перед установкой Asterisk вам нужно установить следующие зависимости:" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:13 msgid "wget" msgstr "wget" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:14 msgid "gcc" msgstr "gcc" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:15 msgid "g++" msgstr "g++" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:16 msgid "ncurses-devel" msgstr "ncurses-devel" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:17 msgid "libxml2-devel" msgstr "libxml2-devel" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:18 msgid "sqlite-devel" msgstr "sqlite-devel" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:19 msgid "libsrtp-devel" msgstr "libsrtp-devel" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:20 msgid "libuuid-devel" msgstr "libuuid-devel" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:21 msgid "openssl-devel" msgstr "openssl-devel" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:22 msgid "pkg-config" msgstr "pkg-config" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:24 msgid "In order to install libsrtp, follow the instructions below:" msgstr "Для установления libsrtp выполните следующие инструкции:" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:35 msgid "" "You also need to install PJSIP, you can download the source `here " "<http://www.pjsip.org/download.htm>`_. Once the source directory is " @@ -3496,35 +3589,35 @@ msgstr "" "Вам нужно установить PJSIP, вы можете скачать источник `здесь " "<http://www.pjsip.org/download.htm> `_. После извлечения исходного каталога:" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:37 msgid "**Change to the pjproject source directory:**" msgstr "** Перейдите в выходной каталог pjproject: **" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:43 msgid "**run:**" msgstr "** запустите: **" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:49 msgid "**Build and install pjproject:**" msgstr "** Постройте и установите pjproject: **" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:57 msgid "**Update shared library links:**" msgstr "** Обновите ссылки на общую библиотеку: **" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:63 msgid "**Verify that pjproject is installed:**" msgstr "** Проверьте, установлен pjproject: **" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:69 msgid "**The result should be:**" msgstr "** Результат должен быть: **" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:86 msgid "Asterisk" msgstr "Asterisk" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:88 msgid "" "In order to install Asterisk 13.7.0, you can download the source directly " "`there <http://downloads.asterisk.org/pub/telephony/asterisk/old-" @@ -3534,23 +3627,23 @@ msgstr "" " `там <http://downloads.asterisk.org/pub/telephony/asterisk/old-" "releases/asterisk-13.7.0.tar.gz> `_." -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:90 msgid "Extract Asterisk:" msgstr "Удалите Asterisk:" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:96 msgid "Enter the Asterisk directory:" msgstr "Введите каталог Asterisk:" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:102 msgid "Run the Asterisk configure script:" msgstr "Запустите настройки скрипта Asterisk:" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:108 msgid "Run the Asterisk menuselect tool:" msgstr "Запустите инструмент выбора меню Asterisk:" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:114 msgid "" "In the menuselect, go to the resources option and ensure that res_srtp is " "enabled. If there are 3 x’s next to res_srtp, there is a problem with the " @@ -3562,11 +3655,11 @@ msgstr "" " переустановить его. Сохраните настройки (нажмите x). Вы также должны " "увидеть звезды перед строками res_pjsip." -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:116 msgid "Compile and install Asterisk:" msgstr "Скомпилируйте и установите Asterisk:" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:122 msgid "" "If you need the sample configs you can run 'make samples' to install the " "sample configs. If you need to install the Asterisk startup script you can " @@ -3576,19 +3669,19 @@ msgstr "" ""для установления образцов настройки. Если вам нужно установить " "сценарий запуска Asterisk, вы можете запустить 'сделать настр "." -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:125 msgid "DTLS Certificates" msgstr "сертификаты DTLS" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:127 msgid "After you need to setup the DTLS certificates." msgstr "После этого вам нужно установить сертификаты DTLS." -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:133 msgid "Enter the Asterisk scripts directory:" msgstr "Введите каталог скриптов Asterisk:" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:139 msgid "" "Create the DTLS certificates (replace pbx.mycompany.com with your ip address" " or dns name, replace My Super Company with your company name):" @@ -3596,11 +3689,11 @@ msgstr "" "Создайте сертификаты DTLS (замените pbx.mycompany.com на свой IP-адрес или " "имя dns, замените My Super Company на название компании):" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:146 msgid "Configure Asterisk server" msgstr "Настройте сервер Asterisk" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:148 msgid "" "For WebRTC, a lot of the settings that are needed MUST be in the peer " "settings. The global settings do not flow down into the peer settings very " @@ -3614,7 +3707,7 @@ msgstr "" "расположены в / etc / asterisk /. Начните с изменения http.conf и убедитесь," " что следующие строки не комментируются:" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:158 msgid "" "Next, edit sip.conf. The WebRTC peer requires encryption, avpf, and " "icesupport to be enabled. In most cases, directmedia should be disabled. " @@ -3629,70 +3722,71 @@ msgstr "" "под одним уровнем; установка этих конфигурационных строки глобально могут не" " работать:" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:186 msgid "" "In the sip.conf and rtp.conf files you also need to add or uncomment the " "lines:" msgstr "" "В sip.conf и rtp.conf файлах вам также нужно добавить или отключить строки:" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:193 msgid "Lastly, set up extensions.conf:" msgstr "Наконец, установите extensions.conf:" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:202 msgid "Configure Odoo VOIP" msgstr "Настройте IP-телефонию Odoo" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:204 msgid "In Odoo, the configuration should be done in the user's preferences." msgstr "В Odoo настройки должно выполняться в настройках пользователя." -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:210 msgid "" "The SIP Login/Browser's Extension is the number you configured previously in" " the sip.conf file (in our example: 1060)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:212 msgid "The SIP Password is the secret you chose in the sip.conf file." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:214 msgid "" "The extension of your office's phone is not a required field but it is used " "if you want to transfer your call from Odoo to an external phone also " "configured in the sip.conf file." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:217 msgid "" "The configuration should also be done in the General Settings under the " "\"Integrations\" section." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:222 msgid "" "The PBX Server IP should be the same as the IP you define in the http.conf " "file." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:224 msgid "" "The WebSocket should be: ws://localhost:XXXX/ws where \"localhost\" needs to" " be the same as the IP defined previously and \"XXXX\" needs to be the port " "defined in the http.conf file." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:3 msgid "Use VoIP services in Odoo with Axivox" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:6 ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:6 msgid "Introduction" msgstr "Введение" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo VoIP can be set up to work together with `Axivox " "<https://www.axivox.com/>`_. In that case, an :doc:`Asterisk server " @@ -3700,85 +3794,85 @@ msgid "" "Axivox." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:12 msgid "" "To use this service, `contact Axivox <https://www.axivox.com/contact/>`_ to " "open an account. Before doing so, verify that Axivox covers your area and " "the areas you wish to call." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:18 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Apps` and install the **VoIP Module**." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:24 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Integrations`, and " "fill out the **Asterisk (VoIP)** field:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:27 msgid "" "**PBX Server IP**: set the domain created by Axivox for your account (e.g., " "*yourcompany.axivox.com*)" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:29 msgid "**WebSocket**: type in ``wss://pabx.axivox.com:3443``" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:30 msgid "**VoIP Environment**: set as *Production*" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:36 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Users`, then open " "the user's form you want to configure. Under the **Preferences** tab, fill " "out the section **PBX Configuration**:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:39 msgid "**SIP Login / Browser's Extension**: the Axivox *username*" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:40 msgid "**SIP Password**: the Axivox *SIP Password*" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:43 msgid "" "You can find all this information by logging in at " "https://manage.axivox.com/, selecting the user you want to configure, and " "referring to the fields as pictured below." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:51 msgid "Phone Calls" msgstr "Телефонные звонки" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:53 msgid "" "You can make phone calls by clicking on the phone icon in the navigation " "bar." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:55 msgid "" "You can also receive phone calls. Odoo rings and displays a notification." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:58 msgid "Your number is the one provided by Axivox." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:65 msgid "" "If you see a *Missing Parameter* message in the **Odoo softphone**, refresh " "your Odoo window and try again." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:73 msgid "" "If you see an *Incorrect Number* message in the Odoo softphone, make sure to" " use the international format, leading with the plus (+) sign followed by " @@ -3786,11 +3880,11 @@ msgid "" "international prefix for the United States)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:3 msgid "Use VoIP services in Odoo with OnSIP" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo VoIP can be set up to work together with OnSIP (www.onsip.com). In that" " case, the installation and setup of an Asterisk server is not necessary as " @@ -3800,7 +3894,7 @@ msgstr "" "(www.onsip.com). В этом случае установка и настройка сервера Asterisk не " "нужны, поскольку вся инфраструктура размещена и управляемая OnSIP." -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:10 msgid "" "You will need to open an account with OnSIP to use this service. Before " "doing so, make sure that your area and the areas you wish to call are " @@ -3812,11 +3906,11 @@ msgstr "" " и области, в которые вы хотите позвонить. После открытия учета OnSIP " "выполните процедуру настройки ниже." -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:15 msgid "Go to Apps and install the module **VoIP OnSIP**." msgstr "Перейдите к приложениям и установите модуль ** VoIP OnSIP **." -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:20 msgid "" "Go to Settings/General Settings. In the section Integrations/Asterisk " "(VoIP), fill in the 3 fields:" @@ -3824,7 +3918,7 @@ msgstr "" "Перейдите к Настройки / Общие настройки. В разделе Интеграция / Asterisk " "(VoIP) заполните 3 поля:" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:22 msgid "" "**OnSIP Domain** is the domain you chose when creating an account on " "www.onsip.com. If you don't know it, log in to https://admin.onsip.com/ and " @@ -3834,15 +3928,15 @@ msgstr "" "записи на www.onsip.com. Если вы не знаете этого, войдите в " "https://admin.onsip.com/, и вы увидите его в верхнем правом углу экрана." -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:23 msgid "**WebSocket** should contain wss://edge.sip.onsip.com" msgstr "** WebSocket ** должен содержать wss: //edge.sip.onsip.com" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:24 msgid "**Mode** should be Production" msgstr "** Режим ** должен быть Разработчик" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:29 msgid "" "Go to **Settings/Users**. In the form view of each VoIP user, in the " "Preferences tab, fill in the section **PBX Configuration**:" @@ -3851,25 +3945,25 @@ msgstr "" "пользователя IP-телефонии на вкладке Настройка введите раздел ** Настройка " "PBX **:" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:31 msgid "**SIP Login / Browser's Extension**: the OnSIP 'Username'" msgstr "" "** Логин SIP / Расширение браузера **: OnSIP 'Имя пользователя'" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:32 msgid "**OnSIP authorization User**: the OnSIP 'Auth Username'" msgstr "" "** Авторизация пользователя OnSIP **: OnSIP "Имя пользователя авт '" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:33 msgid "**SIP Password**: the OnSIP 'SIP Password'" msgstr "** Пароль SIP **: OnSIP "Пароль SIP"" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:34 msgid "**Handset Extension**: the OnSIP 'Extension'" msgstr "** Расширение для телефонов **: "Расширение" OnSIP" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:36 msgid "" "You can find all this information by logging in at " "https://admin.onsip.com/users, then select the user you want to configure " @@ -3879,7 +3973,7 @@ msgstr "" "https://admin.onsip.com/users выберите пользователя, которого вы хотите " "настроить, и ссылайтесь на поля, как показано ниже." -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:41 msgid "" "You can now make phone calls by clicking the phone icon in the top right " "corner of Odoo (make sure you are logged in as a user properly configured in" @@ -3889,7 +3983,7 @@ msgstr "" "(убедитесь, что вы вошли как пользователь, надлежащим образом настроен в " "Odoo и OnSIP)." -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:45 msgid "" "If you see a *Missing Parameters* message in the Odoo softphone, make sure " "to refresh your Odoo window and try again." @@ -3897,7 +3991,7 @@ msgstr "" "Если вы видите сообщение о * отсутствие параметров * в софтводи Odoo, " "обязательно обновите окно Odoo и повторите попытку." -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:52 msgid "" "If you see an *Incorrect Number* message in the Odoo softphone, make sure to" " use the international format, leading with the plus (+) sign followed by " @@ -3909,7 +4003,7 @@ msgstr "" "международный код страны. Например: +16506913277 (где 1 - код страны для " "США)." -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:57 msgid "" "You can now also receive phone calls. Your number is the one provided by " "OnSIP. Odoo will ring and display a notification." @@ -3917,11 +4011,11 @@ msgstr "" "Теперь можно звонить. Номер - это тот, который предоставляется OnSIP. Odoo " "позвонит и покажет сообщение." -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:63 msgid "OnSIP on Your Cell Phone" msgstr "OnSIP на вашем мобильном телефоне" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:65 msgid "" "In order to make and receive phone calls when you are not in front of your " "computer, you can use a softphone app on your cell phone in parallel of Odoo" @@ -3934,7 +4028,7 @@ msgstr "" "для того, чтобы убедиться, что вы слышите входящие звонки, или просто для " "удобства. Любой SIP softphone будет работать." -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:67 msgid "" "On Android and iOS, OnSIP has been successfully tested with `Grandstream " "Wave <https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.grandstream.wave>`_." @@ -3946,27 +4040,27 @@ msgstr "" "При создании учетной записи выберите OnSIP в списке поставщиков. Вам нужно " "будет настроить его таким образом:" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:69 msgid "**Account name**: OnSIP" msgstr "** Имя учетной записи **: OnSIP" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:70 msgid "**SIP Server**: the OnSIP 'Domain'" msgstr "** SIP сервер **: OnSIP "Домен"" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:71 msgid "**SIP User ID**: the OnSIP 'Username'" msgstr "** ID пользователя SIP **: "Имя пользователя" OnSIP" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:72 msgid "**SIP Authentication ID**: the OnSIP 'Auth Username'" msgstr "** ID аутентификации SIP **: "Имя пользователя аут." OnSIP" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:73 msgid "**Password**: the OnSIP 'SIP Password'" msgstr "** Пароль **: OnSIP "Пароль SIP"" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:75 msgid "" "Aside from initiating calls from Grandstream Wave on your phone, you can " "also initiate calls by clicking phone numbers in your browser on your PC. " @@ -3984,7 +4078,7 @@ msgstr "" " <https://chrome.google.com/webstore/detail/onsip-call-" "assistant/pceelmncccldedfkcgjkpemakjbapnpg?hl=en> _ _." -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:79 msgid "" "The downside of using a softphone on your cell phone is that your calls will" " not be logged in Odoo as the softphone acts as an independent separate app." diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po deleted file mode 100644 index 6fe244a16..000000000 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,536 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# Ivan Yelizariev <yelizariev@it-projects.info>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Ivan Yelizariev <yelizariev@it-projects.info>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: ru\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<12 || n%100>14) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%10>=5 && n%10<=9) || (n%100>=11 && n%100<=14)? 2 : 3);\n" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:5 -msgid "Basics of the QuickStart Methodology" -msgstr "Базовая методология быстрого старта" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:7 -msgid "" -"This document summarizes Odoo Online's services, our Success Pack " -"implementation methodology, and best practices to get started with our " -"product." -msgstr "" -"Этот документ суммирует услуги Odoo Online, методологию внедрения наших " -"пакетов услуг и лучшие практические советы для начала работы с нашим " -"продуктом." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:12 -msgid "The SPoC (*Single Point of Contact*) and the Consultant" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Within the context of your project, it is highly recommended to designate " -"and maintain on both sides (your side and ours) **one and only single person" -" of contact** who will take charge and assume responsibilities regarding the" -" project. He also has to have **the authority** in terms of decision making." -msgstr "" -"В контексте вашего проекта настоятельно рекомендуем назначать и поддерживать" -" с обеих сторон (с вашей стороны и нашей) ** единую контактное лицо **, " -"которая возьмет на себя ответственность за проект. Он также должен иметь ** " -"полномочия ** по принятию решений." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:20 -msgid "" -"**The Odoo Consultant ensures the project implementation from A to Z**: From" -" the beginning to the end of the project, he ensures the overall consistency" -" of the implementation in Odoo and shares his expertise in terms of good " -"practices." -msgstr "" -"** Консультант Odoo обеспечивает реализацию проекта от А до Я ** от начала " -"до конца проекта он обеспечивает общую последовательность внедрения Odoo и " -"делится своим опытом с точки зрения надлежащей практики." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:25 -msgid "" -"**One and only decision maker on the client side (SPoC)**: He is responsible" -" for the business knowledge transmission (coordinate key users intervention " -"if necessary) and the consistency of the implementation from a business " -"point of view (decision making, change management, etc.)" -msgstr "" -"** Единственная контактное лицо, принимающее решения по стороны клиента **: " -"он отвечает за передачу деловых знаний (в случае необходимости координирует " -"вмешательство ключевых пользователей) и согласовывает выполнение с точки " -"зрения бизнеса (принятие решений, управление изменениями и т.д.)." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:31 -msgid "" -"**Meetings optimization**: The Odoo consultant is not involved in the " -"process of decision making from a business point of view nor to precise " -"processes and company's internal procedures (unless a specific request or an" -" exception). Project meetings, who will take place once or twice a week, are" -" meant to align on the business needs (SPoC) and to define the way those " -"needs will be implemented in Odoo (Consultant)." -msgstr "" -"** Оптимизация встреч **: консультант Odoo не участвует в процессе принятия " -"решений с точки зрения бизнеса, а также не имеет четких процессов и " -"внутренних процедур компании (кроме конкретного запроса или исключения). " -"Встречи по проекту, которые состоятся раз или два в недели, предназначенные " -"для согласования бизнес-потребностей (единственная контактное лицо) и " -"определение способа реализации этих целей в Odoo (консультант)." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:39 -msgid "" -"**Train the Trainer approach**: The Odoo consultant provides functional " -"training to the SPoC so that he can pass on this knowledge to his " -"collaborators. In order for this approach to be successful, it is necessary " -"that the SPoC is also involved in its own rise in skills through self-" -"learning via the :doc:`Odoo documentation <../index>`, `The elearning " -"platform <https://odoo.com/learn>`_ and the testing of functionalities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:49 -msgid "Project Scope" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:51 -msgid "" -"To make sure all the stakeholders involved are always aligned, it is " -"necessary to define and to make the project scope evolve as long as the " -"project implementation is pursuing." -msgstr "" -"Чтобы убедиться, что все заинтересованные стороны всегда согласовывают " -"процессы между собой, необходимо определять и вносить содержание проекта " -"пока реализуется проект." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:55 -msgid "" -"**A clear definition of the initial project scope**: A clear definition of " -"the initial needs is crucial to ensure the project is running smoothly. " -"Indeed, when all the stakeholders share the same vision, the evolution of " -"the needs and the resulting decision-making process are more simple and more" -" clear." -msgstr "" -"** Четкое определение начального объема проекта **: Четкое определение " -"начальных потребностей имеет решающее значение для обеспечения " -"бесперебойного выполнения проекта. Действительно, когда все заинтересованные" -" стороны разделяют одно и то же видение, эволюцию потребностей и процесс " -"принятия решений более простыми и понятными." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:61 -msgid "" -"**Phasing the project**: Favoring an implementation in several coherent " -"phases allowing regular production releases and an evolving takeover of Odoo" -" by the end users have demonstrated its effectiveness over time. This " -"approach also helps to identify gaps and apply corrective actions early in " -"the implementation." -msgstr "" -"** Постепенная реализация проекта **: Содействие внедрению на нескольких " -"согласованных этапах, позволяющие регулярно внедрять продукцию, и постепенно" -" охватывать Odoo конечными потребителями, доказали свою эффективность со " -"временем. Этот подход также помогает выявить пробелы и применять " -"корректирующие действия в начале внедрения." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:68 -msgid "" -"**Adopting standard features as a priority**: Odoo offers a great " -"environment to implement slight improvements (customizations) or more " -"important ones (developments). Nevertheless, adoption of the standard " -"solution will be preferred as often as possible in order to optimize project" -" delivery times and provide the user with a long-term stability and fluid " -"scalability of his new tool. Ideally, if an improvement of the software " -"should still be realized, its implementation will be carried out after an " -"experiment of the standard in production." -msgstr "" -"** Принятие стандартных функций в качестве приоритета **: Odoo предлагает " -"прекрасная среда для осуществления незначительных усовершенствований " -"(настроек) или более важных (доработок). Тем не менее, принятие стандартного" -" решения будет отдавать предпочтение как можно чаще, чтобы оптимизировать " -"время доставки проекта и предоставлять пользователю долгосрочную " -"стабильность и масштабность его нового инструмента. В идеале, если улучшения" -" программного обеспечения все-таки должно быть реализовано, его внедрение " -"будет осуществлено после эксперимента со стандартным внедрением." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:82 -msgid "Managing expectations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:84 -msgid "" -"The gap between the reality of an implementation and the expectations of " -"future users is a crucial factor. Three important aspects must be taken into" -" account from the beginning of the project:" -msgstr "" -"Разрыв между реальным внедрение и будущими ожиданиями пользователей является" -" решающим фактором. С начала проекта необходимо учитывать три важных " -"аспекта:" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:88 -msgid "" -"**Align with the project approach**: Both a clear division of roles and " -"responsibilities and a clear description of the operating modes (validation," -" problem-solving, etc.) are crucial to the success of an Odoo " -"implementation. It is therefore strongly advised to take the necessary time " -"at the beginning of the project to align with these topics and regularly " -"check that this is still the case." -msgstr "" -"** Сотрудничество с подходом к проекту ** Как четкое распределение ролей и " -"ответственности, так и четкое описание режимов работы (проверка, решение " -"проблем и др.) Имеют решающее значение для успешного внедрения Odoo. Поэтому" -" настоятельно рекомендуем употреблять необходимое время в начале проекта, " -"чтобы выровняться с этими темами, и регулярно проверять, все еще так, как " -"было запланировано." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:96 -msgid "" -"**Focus on the project success, not on the ideal solution**: The main goal " -"of the SPoC and the Consultant is to carry out the project entrusted to them" -" in order to provide the most effective solution to meet the needs " -"expressed. This goal can sometimes conflict with the end user's vision of an" -" ideal solution. In that case, the SPoC and the consultant will apply the " -"80-20 rule: focus on 80% of the expressed needs and take out the remaining " -"20% of the most disadvantageous objectives in terms of cost/benefit ratio " -"(those proportions can of course change over time). Therefore, it will be " -"considered acceptable to integrate a more time-consuming manipulation if a " -"global relief is noted. Changes in business processes may also be proposed " -"to pursue this same objective." -msgstr "" -"** Сосредоточьтесь на успехе проекта, а не на идеальном решении **: Главной " -"целью единой контактного лица и консультанта является выполнение нанесенного" -" ими проекта, чтобы обеспечить эффективное решение для удовлетворения " -"выраженных потребностей. Эта цель иногда может противоречить видению " -"идеального решения клиента. В таком случае контактное лицо и консультант " -"применять правило 80-20: сосредоточиться на 80% выраженных потребностей и " -"изъять оставшиеся 20% наиболее невыгодных целей с точки зрения соотношения " -"затрат и выгоды (эти проценты, конечно, могут быть изменены с течением " -"времени). Поэтому, если глобальное решение будет определено, будет принято " -"интегрировать наиболее трудоемкую манипуляцию. Изменения в бизнес-процессах " -"также могут быть предложены для достижения этой же цели." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:110 -msgid "" -"**Specifications are always EXPLICIT**: Gaps between what is expected and " -"what is delivered are often a source of conflict in a project. In order to " -"avoid being in this delicate situation, we recommend using several types of " -"tools\\* :" -msgstr "" -"** Технические характеристики всегда является исключительным **: пробелы " -"между тем, что ожидается и доставляемого часто является источником конфликта" -" в проекте. Чтобы избежать пребывания в этой щекотливой ситуации, мы " -"рекомендуем использовать несколько типов инструментов \\ *:" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:115 -msgid "" -"**The GAP Analysis**: The comparison of the request with the standard " -"features proposed by Odoo will make it possible to identify the gap to be " -"filled by developments/customizations or changes in business processes." -msgstr "" -"** GAP анализ **: сравнение запроса клиента со стандартными функциями, " -"предлагаемыми компанией Odoo, позволит определить разрыв, который должен " -"быть заполнен разработками / настройками или изменениями бизнес-процессов." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:120 -msgid "" -"**The User Story**: This technique clearly separates the responsibilities " -"between the SPoC, responsible for explaining the WHAT, the WHY and the WHO, " -"and the Consultant who will provide a response to the HOW." -msgstr "" -"** История пользователя **: Это технически разделяет обязанности между SPoC," -" ответственным за объяснением ЧТО, ПОЧЕМУ и КТО, и консультантом, кто даст " -"ответ на вопрос КАК." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:128 -msgid "" -"`The Proof of Concept <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Proof_of_concept>`__ A " -"simplified version, a prototype of what is expected to agree on the main " -"lines of expected changes." -msgstr "" -"`Доказательство концепции <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Proof_of_concept> " -"`__ Cпрощена версия, прототип того, что ожидается, согласуется с основными " -"линиями ожидаемых изменений." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:132 -msgid "" -"**The Mockup**: In the same idea as the Proof of Concept, it will align with" -" the changes related to the interface." -msgstr "" -"** Макет **: в той же идеи, что и PoC, который будет соответствовать " -"изменениям, связанным с интерфейсом." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:135 -msgid "" -"To these tools will be added complete transparency on the possibilities and " -"limitations of the software and/or its environment so that all project " -"stakeholders have a clear idea of what can be expected/achieved in the " -"project. We will, therefore, avoid basing our work on hypotheses without " -"verifying its veracity beforehand." -msgstr "" -"К этим инструментам будет добавлен полную прозрачность относительно " -"возможностей и ограничений программного обеспечения и его окружения, чтобы " -"все заинтересованные стороны проекта могли четко понимать, что можно ожидать" -" / достичь в проекте. Поэтому мы не будем базировать нашу работу на " -"гипотезах, не проверяя предварительно их правдивость." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:141 -msgid "" -"*This list can, of course, be completed by other tools that would more " -"adequately meet the realities and needs of your project*" -msgstr "" -"* Этот список, конечно, можно дополнить другими инструментами, которые бы " -"более адекватно соответствовали реалиям и потребностям вашего проекта *" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:145 -msgid "Communication Strategy" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:147 -msgid "" -"The purpose of the QuickStart methodology is to ensure quick ownership of " -"the tool for end users. Effective communication is therefore crucial to the " -"success of this approach. Its optimization will, therefore, lead us to " -"follow those principles:" -msgstr "" -"Целью методологии Быстрого старта является обеспечение быстрого владения " -"этим инструментом для конечных пользователей. Поэтому эффективное общение " -"имеет решающее значение для успеха этого подхода. Поэтому его оптимизация " -"приведет нас к следующим принципам:" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:152 -msgid "" -"**Sharing the project management documentation**: The best way to ensure " -"that all stakeholders in a project have the same level of knowledge is to " -"provide direct access to the project's tracking document (Project " -"Organizer). This document will contain at least a list of tasks to be " -"performed as part of the implementation for which the priority level and the" -" manager are clearly defined." -msgstr "" -"** Совместное использование документации по управлению проектами **: Лучший " -"способ обеспечить всех заинтересованных сторон проекта владением одинаковым " -"уровнем знаний, обеспечить прямой доступ к документу отслеживания проекта " -"(Организатор проекта). Этот документ будет содержать, по крайней мере, " -"список задач, которые будут выполняться как часть реализации, для чего четко" -" определенный уровень приоритета и менеджер." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:160 -msgid "" -"The Project Organizer is a shared project tracking tool that allows both " -"detailed tracking of ongoing tasks and the overall progress of the project." -msgstr "" -"Организатор проекта - это инструмент отслеживания проектов, который " -"позволяет как детальное отслеживание текущих задач, так и общий прогресс " -"проекта." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:164 -msgid "" -"**Report essential information**: In order to minimize the documentation " -"time to the essentials, we will follow the following good practices:" -msgstr "" -"** Обратите внимание на важную информацию **: чтобы минимизировать время " -"документации к важнейших требований, мы придерживаемся следующих правильных " -"практик:" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:168 -msgid "Meeting minutes will be limited to decisions and validations;" -msgstr "Протоколы встречи будут ограничены только решениями и проверками;" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:170 -msgid "" -"Project statuses will only be established when an important milestone is " -"reached;" -msgstr "" -"Статусы проекта определяются только тогда, когда достигнуто важного этапа;" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:173 -msgid "" -"Training sessions on the standard or customized solution will be organized." -msgstr "" -"Будут организованы учебные курсы по стандартному или индивидуальному " -"решению." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:177 -msgid "Customizations and Development" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:179 -msgid "" -"Odoo is a software known for its flexibility and its important evolution " -"capacity. However, a significant amount of development contradicts a fast " -"and sustainable implementation. This is the reason why it is recommended to:" -msgstr "" -"Odoo - это программное обеспечение, известное своей гибкостью и важной " -"способностью к эволюции. Однако значительная часть развития противоречит " -"быстрой и стабильной реализации. Вот почему рекомендуется:" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:184 -msgid "" -"**Develop only for a good reason**: The decision to develop must always be " -"taken when the cost-benefit ratio is positive (saving time on a daily basis," -" etc.). For example, it will be preferable to realize a significant " -"development in order to reduce the time of a daily operation, rather than an" -" operation to be performed only once a quarter. It is generally accepted " -"that the closer the solution is to the standard, the lighter and more fluid " -"the migration process, and the lower the maintenance costs for both parties." -" In addition, experience has shown us that 60% of initial development " -"requests are dropped after a few weeks of using standard Odoo (see " -"\"Adopting the standard as a priority\")." -msgstr "" -"** Развиваться только по веским причинам **: решение о разработке всегда " -"должно быть принято, когда соотношение затрат и выгод является положительным" -" (экономия времени на ежедневной основе и т.д.). Например, лучше реализовать" -" значительное развитие, чтобы сократить время ежедневной эксплуатации, а не " -"выполнять операцию только один раз в квартал. Общепризнанно, что чем ближе " -"решение стандарту, тем легче и более плавно происходит процесс миграции, и " -"чем ниже затраты на обслуживание для обеих сторон. Кроме того, опыт " -"показывает нам, что 60% первичных запросов на разработку уничтожаются через " -"несколько недель использования стандартного Odoo (см. "Принятие " -"стандарта как приоритет»)." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:196 -msgid "" -"**Replace, without replicate**: There is a good reason for the decision to " -"change the management software has been made. In this context, the moment of" -" implementation is THE right moment to accept and even be a change initiator" -" both in terms of how the software will be used and at the level of the " -"business processes of the company." -msgstr "" -"** Замена без репликации **: есть веские основания для принятия решения об " -"изменении программного обеспечения для управления. В этом контексте момент " -"реализации является правильным моментом принятия и даже является инициатором" -" изменения как с точки зрения использования программного обеспечения, так и " -"на уровне бизнес-процессов компании." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:204 -msgid "Testing and Validation principles" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:206 -msgid "" -"Whether developments are made or not in the implementation, it is crucial to" -" test and validate the correspondence of the solution with the operational " -"needs of the company." -msgstr "" -"Независимо от того, были разработки или нет, важно проверить соответствие " -"решения операционным потребностям компании." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:210 -msgid "" -"**Role distribution**: In this context, the Consultant will be responsible " -"for delivering a solution corresponding to the defined specifications; the " -"SPoC will have to test and validate that the solution delivered meets the " -"requirements of the operational reality." -msgstr "" -"** Распределение ролей **: в этом контексте консультант будет отвечать за " -"предоставление решение, отвечающее определенным требованиям; контактное лицо" -" должно будет протестовать и подтвердить, что решение, которое поставляется," -" соответствует требованиям операционной реальности." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:216 -msgid "" -"**Change management**: When a change needs to be made to the solution, the " -"noted gap is caused by:" -msgstr "" -"** Управление изменениями **: когда необходимо внести изменения в решение, " -"указанный разрыв обусловлен:" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:220 -msgid "" -"A difference between the specification and the delivered solution - This is " -"a correction for which the Consultant is responsible" -msgstr "" -"Разницей между спецификацией и доставленным решением - это исправление, за " -"которое отвечает консультант." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:223 -msgid "**or**" -msgstr "** или **" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:225 -msgid "" -"A difference between the specification and the imperatives of operational " -"reality - This is a change that is the responsibility of SPoC." -msgstr "" -"Разницей между спецификацией и требованиями операционной реальности - это " -"изменение, на которую отвечает контактное лицо." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:229 -msgid "Data Imports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:231 -msgid "" -"Importing the history of transactional data is an important issue and must " -"be answered appropriately to allow the project running smoothly. Indeed, " -"this task can be time-consuming and, if its priority is not well defined, " -"prevent production from happening in time. To do this as soon as possible, " -"it will be decided :" -msgstr "" -"Импорт истории транзакционных данных является важной проблемой, и " -"соответствующим образом нужно ответить на это, чтобы обеспечить " -"бесперебойную работу проекта. Действительно, эта задача может занять много " -"времени, и, если его приоритет не является четко определенным, предотвратить" -" внедрению вовремя. Чтобы сделать это как можно быстрее, будет решено:" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:237 -msgid "" -"**Not to import anything**: It often happens that after reflection, " -"importing data history is not considered necessary, these data being, " -"moreover, kept outside Odoo and consolidated for later reporting." -msgstr "" -"** НЕ импортировать ничего **: Часто бывает, что после отражения " -"импортирования истории данных становится не нужны, причем эти данные " -"хранятся за пределами Odoo и консолидируются для дальнейшей отчетности." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:242 -msgid "" -"**To import a limited amount of data before going into production**: When " -"the data history relates to information being processed (purchase orders, " -"invoices, open projects, for example), the need to have this information " -"available from the first day of use in production is real. In this case, the" -" import will be made before the production launch." -msgstr "" -"** Чтобы импортировать ограниченное количество данных перед началом " -"внедрения **: когда история данных касается обрабатываемой информации " -"(например, заказ на покупку, счета-фактуры, открытые проекты), необходимость" -" иметь эту информацию с первого дня использования во внедрении - это " -"реально. В этом случае импорт будет осуществляться до начала запуска " -"внедрения." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:249 -msgid "" -"**To import after production launch**: When the data history needs to be " -"integrated with Odoo mainly for reporting purposes, it is clear that these " -"can be integrated into the software retrospectively. In this case, the " -"production launch of the solution will precede the required imports." -msgstr "" -"** Импорт после запуска внедрение **: когда история данных должна быть " -"интегрирована с Odoo, в основном для целей отчетности, то очевидно, что они " -"могут быть интегрированы в программное обеспечение ретроспективно. В этом " -"случае запуск внедрения будет предшествовать необходимом импорта." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:256 -msgid "Support" -msgstr "Поддержка" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:258 -msgid "" -"When your project is put in production, our support teams take care of your " -"questions or technical issues." -msgstr "" -"Когда ваш проект берется в исполнение, наши команды поддержки заботятся о " -"вас вопросы или технические проблемы." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:261 -msgid "See :ref:`support-expectations`." -msgstr "Смотрите: ref: `support-expectations`." diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po deleted file mode 100644 index 69738be09..000000000 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,880 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Ivan Yelizariev <yelizariev@itpp.dev>, 2020 -# Sergey Vilizhanin, 2020 -# Irina Fedulova <istartlin@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Ekaterina <nawsikaya@bk.ru>, 2020 -# Martin Trigaux, 2021 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2021\n" -"Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: ru\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<12 || n%100>14) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%10>=5 && n%10<=9) || (n%100>=11 && n%100<=14)? 2 : 3);\n" - -#: ../../helpdesk.rst:5 -msgid "Helpdesk" -msgstr "Техподдержка" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced" -msgstr "Расширенный" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:3 -msgid "After Sales Features" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:5 -msgid "" -"As your business grows, having the right tool to support your helpdesk team " -"on recording, tracking and managing issues raised easy and efficiently, is " -"key. Odoo’s Helpdesk application allows you to generate credit notes, manage" -" returns, products, repairs, grant coupons, and even plan onsite " -"interventions from a ticket’s page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:11 -msgid "Set up the after sales services" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " -"enable the after sales options: *Refunds, Returns, Coupons, Repairs and " -"Onsite Interventions*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:20 -msgid "Generate credit notes from tickets" -msgstr "Создать сторно из заявки" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:22 -msgid "" -"You can use a credit note to refund a customer or adjust the amount due. For" -" that, simply go to your ticket page, click on *Refund* and select the " -"corresponding *Invoice*. Clicking on *Reverse* generates a credit note, and " -"you can *Post* it while still being in the *Helpdesk* app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:30 -msgid "Allow product returns from tickets" -msgstr "Разрешить возврат товара по заявке" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:32 -msgid "" -"The process of a product return from your customer back to your warehouse is" -" taken into action when, at the ticket page, you choose the option *Return*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:39 -msgid "Grant coupons from tickets" -msgstr "Предоставляйте купоны из заявок" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:41 -msgid "" -"First, be sure to have your *Coupon Program* planned in the *Sales* or " -"*Website* application. Then, in *Helpdesk*, open your ticket, click on " -"*Coupon*, and choose the respective one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:48 -msgid "Repairs from tickets" -msgstr "Ремонт по заявке" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Clicking on *Repair* option, on your ticket page, a new repair order form is" -" shown. Fill in the information as needed and choose the next step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:57 -msgid "Plan onsite interventions from tickets" -msgstr "Планируйте вмешательства на месте из заявок" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:59 -msgid "" -"At the ticket's page click on *Plan Intervention*, and set up your onsite " -"intervention exactly the same way as if you were on the *Field Service* " -"application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:67 -msgid "" -"`Coupons <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/coupon-" -"programs-640?fullscreen=1>`_" -msgstr "" -"`Купоны <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/coupon-programs-640?fullscreen=1>" -" `_" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:68 -msgid ":doc:`../../manufacturing/repair/repair`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:3 -msgid "Allow Customers to Close their Tickets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Allowing customers to close their tickets gives them autonomy and minimize " -"misunderstandings about when an issue is considered solved, or not. It makes" -" communication and actions more efficient." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:9 -msgid "Configure the feature" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:11 -msgid "" -"To configure the feature go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Settings --> " -"Helpdesk Teams --> Edit` and enable *Ticket closing*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:18 -msgid "" -"In order to designate to which stage the ticket migrates to once it is " -"closed, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Overview --> Tickets`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:25 -msgid "" -"You can either create a new Kanban stage or work with an existing one. For " -"both scenarios, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Settings --> Edit Stage` " -"and enable *Closing Stage*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:32 -msgid "" -"If a closing stage is not specified, by default, the ticket is moved to the " -"last stage; contrarily, if you have more than one stage set as closing, the " -"ticket is put in the first one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:36 -msgid "The Costumer Portal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Now, once the user logs into his Portal, the option *Close this ticket* is " -"available." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:45 -msgid "Get reports on tickets closed by costumers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:47 -msgid "" -"To do an analysis of the tickets that have been closed by costumers go to " -":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting --> Tickets --> Filters --> Add " -"Custom filter --> Closed by partner --> Applied`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Обзор" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:3 -msgid "Forum and eLearning" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:6 -msgid "Forum" -msgstr "Форум" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:8 -msgid "" -"To go above and beyond email, live chat, web forms, and phone lines, offer " -"your customers a support forum. This way, customers might become more " -"attached to your company as they would be investing time to get into details" -" of your business. You also encourage the exchange of experiences and " -"knowledge, supporting the feeling of belonging to a community (your " -"community!)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:14 -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:52 -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:10 -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:11 -msgid "Set up" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Team` and " -"enable *Help Center*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Create, or edit a forum by clicking on the external link. Among the editing " -"options, choose if you would like the *Forum Mode* to be *Questions*: only " -"one answer is allowed per question or *Discussions*: multiple answers are " -"allowed per question." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:31 -msgid "" -"From now on, logged in users can start their discussions. To keep track of " -"posts, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Forum --> Posts`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Turn tickets into forum posts by simply clicking on *Share on the Forum* on " -"the ticket's page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:45 -msgid "eLearning" -msgstr "Онлайн-обучение" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:47 -msgid "" -"In addition to a forum, offer online courses. When doing so, you link your " -"customers and users’ needs and questions to useful content, helping to boost" -" efficiency as they can also find their answers there." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " -"enable *eLearning*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Once the structure and content of your course are ready, *Publish* it by " -"clicking on *Unpublished*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:67 -msgid "" -"To keep track of your course statistics, go to *eLearning* and *View " -"Course*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:73 -msgid "Todo" -msgstr "Сделать" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:73 -msgid "" -"DETAILS/INFO SHOULD COME FROM ELEARNING DOCS. THEREFORE, LINK DOCS ONCE " -"AVAILABLE!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:3 -msgid "Getting Started" -msgstr "начните" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Helpdesk teams provide your customers with support to queries or errors they" -" might encounter while using your product/service. Therefore, a successful " -"scheme where you can organize multiple teams with their customized pipeline," -" visibilities settings, and ticket traceability is essential." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:10 -msgid "Set up teams" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To modify or create teams, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration " -"--> Helpdesk Teams`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Setting up multiple teams allows you to group tickets by your channels " -"(example: BE/US), or by your support services' types (example: IT, " -"accounting, admin, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:21 -msgid "Team’s productivity and visibility" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Teams can have individual *Assignment Methods* to ensure that tickets get " -"redirected to the right person:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:26 -msgid "" -"*Manually*: tickets are manually assigned, allowing employees to manage " -"their own workload and target tickets they are experts at;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:28 -msgid "" -"*Random*: tickets are randomly assigned and everyone gets the same amount. " -"This method ensures that all tickets are handled as the assignment happens " -"automatically;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:30 -msgid "" -"*Balanced*: tickets are assigned to the person with the least amount of " -"tickets so that everyone fairly gets the same amount. Thereby, you ensure " -"that all tickets get to be taken care of." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:40 -msgid "" -"For the *Random* and *Balanced* assignment methods, you can set the *Team " -"Members* among whom tickets are assigned. Leave the field empty to include " -"all employees (with the proper access rights)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:43 -msgid "" -"The *Team Visibility* feature allows you to specify who can see and access " -"the team’s tickets. Therefore, ticket’s with sensible information are only " -"seen by the right people. Leave the field empty to include all employees " -"(with the proper access rights)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:46 -msgid "Set up stages and share it among teams" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:48 -msgid "" -"To set up stages, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> " -"Stages`. Then, create and/or edit stages as you need and set specific teams " -"to use certain stages under *Team*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Stages can be shared between one or multiple teams, allowing you to adapt " -"the pipeline to your individual needs. They also apply a visibility and " -"access rule, as other teams are not able to see or use the stage." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:64 -msgid ":doc:`../../general/odoo_basics/add_user`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:3 -msgid "Ratings" -msgstr "Рейтинги" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Allow customers to rate their experience with your helpdesk teams to " -"strengthen your credibility and gain their trust. Reviews can also influence" -" a customer’s decision and open space for feedback that can help you improve" -" the quality of your services." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " -"enable *Ratings on tickets*. The feature automatically adds a default email " -"template on the non-folded *closing stage(s)* of that team." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:21 -msgid "" -"To edit the email template and the stage(s) set as the closing ones, go to " -"the Kanban view of your helpdesk team and click on *Settings*, then on *Edit" -" Stage*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Now, once a ticket reaches the stage(s) designated as the *Closing Stage*, " -"an email is sent to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Ratings can be seen on the chatter of each ticket, under the *See Customer " -"Satisfaction* link on the main dashboard, and through *Reporting*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:39 -msgid "Ratings visible on the customer portal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " -"enable *Display Rating on Customer Portal*. Now, by clicking on the helpdesk" -" team’s name on their ticket, customers can see its ratings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:51 -msgid ":doc:`../../portal/my_odoo_portal`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:52 -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:88 -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:47 -msgid ":doc:`../advanced/close_tickets`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:3 -msgid "Start Receiving Tickets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Offering a variety of channels from where your customers can contact you " -"grants them flexibility and the right to choose the best one for themselves." -" And, in order to make sure inquiries across all channels get addressed, it " -"is essential to have a solution where all interactions come in one place." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:11 -msgid "Channels options to submit tickets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`, and " -"enable the following features as you want them to be available to your " -"users." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:21 -msgid "Email Alias" -msgstr "Псевдоним электронной почты" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Let your customers submit tickets by sending an email to your support email " -"address. The subject line of the email becomes the title of the ticket and " -"the content is shown in the Chatter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Select *Configure domain name* to be redirected to *Settings* and, from " -"there, enable *External Email Servers* to determine or change your *Alias " -"Domain*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Using your own email server is required to send and receive emails in Odoo " -"Community and Enterprise. Online users benefit from a ready-to-use email " -"server." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:39 -msgid "Website Form" -msgstr "Форма на веб-сайте" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Allow your customers to submit a ticket by filling in a form through your " -"website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Once the feature is activated, get redirected to your website by clicking on" -" *Go to Website*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:49 -msgid "" -"From the website page customize the form as you like. Then, publish it by " -"clicking on *Unpublished*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:56 -msgid "Live Chat" -msgstr "Живой чат" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:59 -msgid "" -"Through live interactions with your website visitors, helpdesk tickets can " -"be instantly created and redirected to the right person." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Click on your helpdesk team's name - for the example below: *Customer Care* " -"- and :doc:`set up your channel <../../livechat/overview/get_started>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Now, your operators can create tickets by using the :doc:`command " -"<../../livechat/overview/responses>` */helpdesk (subject_of_ticket)*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:72 -msgid "Prioritize tickets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:74 -msgid "" -"Use the stars to prioritize your tickets. The most urgent ones appear at the" -" top of your list on the Kanban view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:77 -msgid "1 star = *Low priority*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:78 -msgid "2 stars = *High priority*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:79 -msgid "3 stars = *Urgent*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:87 -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:60 -msgid ":doc:`sla`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:89 -msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_servers`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:3 -msgid "Reports for a Better Support" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:5 -msgid "" -"An efficient customer service solution should have a built-in reporting " -"option. Reports allow you to track trends, identify areas for improvement, " -"manage employees’ workloads and, most importantly, meet your customer’s " -"expectations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:10 -msgid "Cases" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:12 -msgid "Some examples of the reports Odoo Helpdesk can generate include:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:14 -msgid "The number of tickets *grouped by* team and ticket type." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:17 -msgid "" -"In this manner, you are able to evaluate which ticket types have been the " -"most frequent ones, plus the workload of your teams." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Apply *Time Ranges* if you would like to make comparisons to a *Previous " -"Period* or a *Previous Year*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:25 -msgid "The number of tickets closed per day, per team." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Get an overview of how many requests each team is closing per day in order " -"to measure their performance. Identify productivity levels to understand how" -" many requests they are able to handle." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Filter it by *Assignee* to see Key Performance Indicators (KPI) per agent." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:37 -msgid "" -"The number of hours tickets are taking to be solved, grouped by team and " -"ticket type." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Check if your expectations are met by *measuring* the *Time to close " -"(hours)*. Your customers not only expect fast responses but they also want " -"their issues to be handled quickly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:48 -msgid "Save filters" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Save the filters you use the most and avoid having to reconstruct them every" -" time they are needed. To do so, set the groups, filters, and measures " -"needed. Then, go to *Favorites*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:59 -msgid ":doc:`receiving_tickets`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:3 -msgid "Service Level Agreements (SLA)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Service Level Agreements (SLA) are commitments you make with your customers " -"to outline how a service is delivered. It bolsters trust between you and " -"your customers as it makes clear what needs to be done, to what standard, " -"and when." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:10 -msgid "Create your policies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:13 -msgid "" -"First, enable the feature on the settings of the team you would like " -"policies to be applied, going to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration " -"--> Helpdesk Teams`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Create your policies through the team’s settings page or go to " -":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> SLA Policies`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Choose to which **Team** the policy is relevant and the **Minimum Priority**" -" a ticket needs to have for the policy to be applied." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:27 -msgid "" -"**Target** is the stage a ticket needs to reach within the period defined to" -" satisfy the SLA. The period is based on the ticket’s creation date, and a " -"deadline is set on the ticket’s form once it matches an SLA policy rule. If " -"a ticket has more than one policy applied to it, the closest deadline of all" -" SLAs is the one considered." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:29 -msgid "" -"When a ticket has satisfied an SLA policy, the SLA tag appears in green and " -"the deadline field is not shown anymore." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:37 -msgid "SLA Analysis" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting --> SLA Status Analysis`. Apply" -" *Filters* and *Group by* to identify tickets that should be prioritized and" -" keep track of upcoming deadlines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice.rst:3 -msgid "Timesheet and Invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:3 -msgid "Invoice Time Spent on Tickets (Prepaid Support Services)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Have the option to work with prepaid support services, meaning that a sales " -"order and a corresponding invoice are issued and, once the service is done, " -"you can deduct the time spent. Odoo allows it to happen because the " -"applications are fully integrated, resulting in faster responses to your " -"customer needs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:14 -msgid "Step 1: Set up a helpdesk team" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`, create" -" or edit an existing team, and enable *Timesheet on Ticket* and *Time " -"Reinvoicing*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Select or create a project under *Timesheet on Ticket*. The selected/created" -" is the one at which employees timesheet on by default. However, it can be " -"ultimately modified on each ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:28 -msgid "Step 2: Set up a service" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " -"*Units of Measure* to optionally be able to choose *hours* (for example) as " -"the unit of measure of your service." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Then, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`, create or edit" -" an existing one, and set its *Product Type* as *Service*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Now, select the invoicing management you would like to have under the " -"*Sales* tab. We recommend the following configuration:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:47 -msgid "" -"This configuration ensures that the customer is invoiced by the number of " -"hours predicted in the sales order, meaning that less or extra hours " -"recorded are not taken into account. It also ensures that every time a sales" -" order is confirmed, a new task is created under the right project, " -"automating the process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:53 -msgid "" -"We recommend setting up a specific project, as it was done for this flow " -"example. The important thing to remember is that the sales order item needs " -"to be set on the corresponding project or task, in order to reinvoice the " -"time spent on a ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:58 -msgid "Prevision an invoice and record time" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:61 -msgid "Step 1: Place an order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> Orders` and create one for the " -"helpdesk service product you have previously set up, with the customer who " -"needs the ticket to be opened. Set the number of hours needed to assist the " -"customer and *Confirm* the order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:72 -msgid "Step 2: Invoice the customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:74 -msgid "In *Sales*, select the respective sales order to *Create Invoice*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:82 -msgid "Step 3: Link the task to the ticket" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:84 -msgid "" -"Now, in *Helpdesk*, create or edit the respective ticket and link it to the " -"task created by the confirmation of the sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:92 -msgid "Step 4: Record the time spent" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:94 -msgid "" -"Still on the respective helpdesk ticket, record the hours performed under " -"the *Timesheets* tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:100 -msgid "" -"Note that the hours recorded on the ticket form are shown on the *Delivered*" -" column in the sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:108 -msgid "" -"Hours recorded on the ticket are automatically shown in *Timesheets* and on " -"the dedicated task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:111 -msgid ":doc:`reinvoice_from_project`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:112 -msgid ":doc:`../../inventory/management/products/uom`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:3 -msgid "Invoice Time Spent on Tickets (Postpaid Support Services)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Directly pull the billable time you have tracked on your helpdesk tickets " -"into sales orders and invoices through a project task. It gives you more " -"control over what you charge your client, and it is more efficient." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:10 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Настройка" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk team --> Edit`" -" and enable the options *Timesheet on Ticket* and *Time Reinvoicing*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Under *Timesheet on Ticket*, choose the *Project* to which tickets (and " -"timesheets) will be linked by default. Open its *External link* to enable " -"the feature *Bill from tasks*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:22 -msgid "Create a sales order and an invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Now, once you have recorded the time you spent on the helpdesk ticket, under" -" the *Timesheets* tab, access the task clicking on its name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:31 -msgid "*Create Sales Order* and proceed to create the invoice." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/index.po index a7e7aef4f..dd9ec4827 100644 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/index.po +++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/index.po @@ -1,19 +1,15 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # -# Translators: -# Vasiliy Korobatov <korobatov@gmail.com>, 2020 -# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-18 07:12+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Vasiliy Korobatov <korobatov@gmail.com>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -21,10 +17,6 @@ msgstr "" "Language: ru\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<12 || n%100>14) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%10>=5 && n%10<=9) || (n%100>=11 && n%100<=14)? 2 : 3);\n" -#: ../../index.rst:7 ../../index.rst:7 -msgid "Index" +#: ../../content/index.rst:3 +msgid "Odoo Documentation" msgstr "" - -#: ../../index.rst:3 -msgid "Odoo User Documentation" -msgstr "Документация пользователя Odoo" diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po similarity index 50% rename from locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po rename to locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po index dfbbf9cde..0cfbc24b5 100644 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po +++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po @@ -1,27 +1,27 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: -# Gennady Marchenko <gennadym@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Viktor Pogrebniak <vp@aifil.ru>, 2020 -# Максим Дронь <dronmax@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Collex100, 2020 -# Irina Fedulova <istartlin@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Ekaterina <nawsikaya@bk.ru>, 2020 -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# Ivan Yelizariev <yelizariev@itpp.dev>, 2020 -# Sergey Vilizhanin, 2020 +# Viktor Pogrebniak <vp@aifil.ru>, 2021 +# Максим Дронь <dronmax@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Ekaterina <nawsikaya@bk.ru>, 2021 +# Collex100, 2021 +# Irina Fedulova <istartlin@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Gennady Marchenko <gennadym@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Sergey Vilizhanin, 2021 +# Martin Trigaux, 2021 +# Ivan Yelizariev // IEL <yelizariev@itpp.dev>, 2021 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Sergey Vilizhanin, 2020\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-18 07:12+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-05-18 05:18+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Ivan Yelizariev // IEL <yelizariev@itpp.dev>, 2021\n" "Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -29,83 +29,84 @@ msgstr "" "Language: ru\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<12 || n%100>14) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%10>=5 && n%10<=9) || (n%100>=11 && n%100<=14)? 2 : 3);\n" -#: ../../inventory.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp.rst:3 +msgid "Inventory & Mrp" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:4 msgid "Inventory" msgstr "Склад" -#: ../../inventory/barcode.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode.rst:3 msgid "Barcodes" msgstr "Штрихкоды" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations.rst:3 msgid "Daily Operations" msgstr "Операции за день" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3 msgid "Process to an Inventory Adjustment with Barcodes" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:5 msgid "" "To process an inventory adjustment by using barcodes, you first need to open" " the *Barcode* app. Then, from the application, click on *Inventory " "Adjustments*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:13 msgid "" "If you want to fully work with barcodes, you can download the sheet " "*Commands for Inventory*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:16 msgid "" "Once you have clicked on *Inventory Adjustments*, Odoo will automatically " "create one. Note that, if you work with multi-location, you first need to " "specify in which location the inventory adjustment takes place." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:24 msgid "" "If you don’t work with multi-location, you will be able to scan the " "different products you want to include in the inventory adjustment." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:31 msgid "" "If you have 5 identical articles, scan it 5 times or use the keyboard to set" " the quantity." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:34 msgid "" "Besides using the barcode scanner, you can also manually add a product if " "necessary. To do so, click on *Add Product* and fill the information in " "manually." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:44 msgid "" "When you have scanned all the items of the location, validate the inventory " "manually or scan the *Validate* barcode." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:3 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/overview.rst:3 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:6 msgid "Overview" msgstr "Обзор" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:5 msgid "" "There are different situations in which barcode nomenclatures can be useful." " A well-known use case is the one of a point of sale which sells products in" @@ -114,33 +115,33 @@ msgid "" "weight of the product and help compute the price accordingly." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:13 msgid "Create a Barcode Nomenclature" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:15 msgid "" "Odoo supports Barcode Nomenclatures, which determine the mapping and " "interpretation of the encoded information. You can configure your barcode " "nomenclature being in :doc:`Developer mode " -"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. To do so, go to " +"</applications/general/developer_mode>`. To do so, go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Barcode Nomenclature`." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:20 msgid "" "You can create a barcode nomenclature from there, and then add a line to " "create your first rule." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:26 msgid "" "The first step is to specify the **rule name**, for example Weight Barcode " "with 3 Decimals. You then have to specify the type for barcode nomenclature," " in our case it will be Weighted Product." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:33 msgid "" "The Barcode Pattern is a regular expression that defines the structure of " "the barcode. In this example 21 defines the products on which the rule will " @@ -150,45 +151,45 @@ msgid "" " “D” define the decimals." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:40 msgid "" "The encoding allows to specify the barcode encoding on which the rule should" " be applied." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:44 msgid "" "You can define different rules and order their priority thanks to the " "sequence. The first rule which matches the scanned barcode will be applied." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:49 msgid "Configure your Product" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:51 msgid "The barcode of the product should start by “21”;" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:52 msgid "" "The 5 “dots” are the other numbers of your product barcode, allowing to " "identify the product;" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:53 msgid "" "The barcode should contain 0’s where you did defined D’s or N’s. In our case" " we need to set 5 zeros because we configured “21…..{NNDDD}”;" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:54 msgid "" "In EAN-13, the last number is a check number, use an EAN13 generator to know" " which digit it should be in your case." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:59 msgid "" "In case you weight 1,5 Kg of pasta, the balance will print you the following" " barcode 2112345015002. If you scan this barcode in your POS or when " @@ -197,17 +198,17 @@ msgid "" "point of sale, a price depending on the quantity will also be computed." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:70 msgid "Rule Types" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:72 msgid "" "**Priced Product**: allows you to identify the product and specify its " "price, used in POS." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:73 msgid "" "**Discounted Product**: allows you to create one barcode per applied " "discount. You can then scan your product in the POS and then scan the " @@ -215,80 +216,75 @@ msgid "" "product." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:74 msgid "" "**Weighted Product**: allows you to identify the product and specify its " "weight, used in both POS (in which the price is computed based on the " "weight) and in inventory." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:75 msgid "" "**Client**: allows you to identify the customer, for example used with " "loyalty program." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:76 msgid "**Cashier**: allows you to identify the cashier when entering the POS." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:77 msgid "" "**Location**: allows you to identify the location on a transfer when multi-" "location is activated." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:78 msgid "" "**Package**: allows you to identify packages on a transfer when packages are" " activated." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:79 -msgid "" -"**Lot**: allows you to identify the lot number of a product on a transfer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:79 msgid "" "**Credit Card**: doesn’t need manual modification, exists for data from the " "Mercury module." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:80 msgid "" "**Unit Product**: allows you to identify a product for both POS and " "transfers." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:83 msgid "" "When the barcode pattern contains .*, it means that it can contain any " "number of characters, those characters being any number." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:3 msgid "Process to Transfers" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:6 msgid "Simple Transfers" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:8 msgid "" "To process a transfer from the *Barcode* app, the first step is to go to " "*Operations*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:14 msgid "" "Then, you have the choice to either enter an existing transfer, by going to " "the corresponding operation type and manually selecting the one you want to " "enter, or by scanning the barcode of the transfer." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:24 msgid "" "From there, you will be able to scan the products that are part of the " "existing transfer and/or add new products to this transfer. Once all the " @@ -296,19 +292,19 @@ msgid "" "the stock moves." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:33 msgid "" "If you have different storage locations in your warehouse, you can add " "additional steps for the different operation types." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:37 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:50 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:45 msgid "Receipts" msgstr "Приходы" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:39 msgid "" "When receiving a product in stock, you need to scan its barcode in order to " "identify it in the system. Once done, you can either make it enter the main " @@ -316,25 +312,25 @@ msgid "" "to make it enter a sub-location of the main location." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:48 msgid "" "If you want the product to enter WH/Stock in our example, you can simply " "scan the next product." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:52 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery.rst:3 msgid "Delivery Orders" msgstr "Заказы на доставку" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:54 msgid "" "When delivering a product, you have to scan the source location if it is " "different than the one initially set on the transfer. Then, you can start " "scanning the products that are delivered from this specific location." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:62 msgid "" "Once the different products have been scanned, you have the possibility to " "scan another location, such as WH/Stock, and another page will be added to " @@ -342,80 +338,80 @@ msgid "" "*Previous* and *Next* buttons." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:70 msgid "" "Now, you can validate your transfer. To do so, click on *Next* until you " "reach the last page of the transfer. There, you will be able to validate it." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:78 msgid "Internal Transfers" msgstr "Внутренние перемещения" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:80 msgid "" "When realizing an internal transfer with multi-location, you first have to " "scan the source location of the product. Then, you can scan the product in " "itself, before having to scan the barcode of the destination location." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:85 msgid "" "If the source and destination of the internal transfers are already correct," " you don’t need to scan them." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:89 msgid "Transfers with Tracked Products" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:91 msgid "" "If you work with products tracked by lot/serial numbers, you have two ways " "of working:" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:94 msgid "" "If you work with serial/lot numbers taking all products into consideration, " "you can scan the barcode of the lot/serial number and Odoo will increase the" " quantity of the product, setting its lot/serial number." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:99 msgid "" "If you have the same lot/serial number for different products, you can work " "by scanning the product barcode first, and then the barcode of the " "lot/serial number." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:3 msgid "Create a Transfer from Scratch" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:5 msgid "" "To create a transfer from the *Barcode* application, you first need to print" " the operation type barcodes. To do so, you can download the *Stock barcode " "sheet* from the home page of the app." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:12 msgid "" "Once done, you can scan the one for which you want to create a new document." " Then, an empty document will be created and you will be able to scan your " "products to populate it." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup.rst:3 msgid "Setup" -msgstr "Установка" +msgstr "Настройки" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:3 msgid "Set up your barcode scanner" msgstr "Установка сканера штрих-кода" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:5 msgid "" "Getting started with barcode scanning in Odoo is fairly easy. Yet, a good " "user experience relies on an appropriate hardware setup. This guide will " @@ -426,11 +422,11 @@ msgstr "" "установку аппаратного обеспечения. Это пособие поможет вам решить задачу " "выбора и настройки сканера штрих-кодов." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:11 msgid "Find the barcode scanner that suits your needs" msgstr "Найдите сканер штрих-кода, который соответствует вашим потребностям" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:13 msgid "" "The 3 recommended type of barcode scanners to work with the Odoo " "**Inventory** and **Barcode Scanning** apps are the **USB scanner**, **the " @@ -440,7 +436,7 @@ msgstr "" "Состав ** Odoo и ** Сканер штрих-кода ** - ** сканер USB **, ** сканер " "Bluetooth ** и ** мобильный сканер **." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:20 msgid "" "If you scan products at a computer location, the **USB scanner** is the way " "to go. Simply plug it in the computer to start scanning. Just make sure when" @@ -452,7 +448,7 @@ msgstr "" "когда вы покупаете его, сканер совместим с раскладкой клавиатуры или может " "быть настроен таким образом." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:25 msgid "" "The **bluetooth scanner** can be paired with a smartphone or a tablet and is" " a good choice if you want to be mobile but don't need a big investment. An " @@ -461,7 +457,7 @@ msgid "" "your smartphone from time to time and use the software 'manually'." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:32 msgid "" "For heavy use, the **mobile computer scanner** is the handiest solution. It " "consists of a small computer with a built-in barcode scanner. This one can " @@ -472,15 +468,15 @@ msgid "" " it is essential to test it first." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:42 msgid "Configure your barcode scanner" msgstr "Настройка сканера штрих-кодов" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:45 msgid "Keyboard layout" msgstr "Раскладка клавиатуры" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:50 msgid "" "An USB barcode scanner needs to be configured to use the same keyboard " "layout as your operating system. Otherwise, your scanner won't translate " @@ -493,11 +489,11 @@ msgstr "" ""A" на "Q"). Большинство сканеров настроены путем " "сканирования соответствующего штрих-кода в руководстве пользователя." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:57 msgid "Automatic carriage return" msgstr "Автоматический возврат каретки" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:59 msgid "" "By default, Odoo has a 50 milliseconds delay between each successive scan " "(it helps avoid accidental double scanning). If you want to suppress this " @@ -514,11 +510,11 @@ msgstr "" "штрих-кода в руководстве ( "суффикс CR на", "Применить " "введение для суффикса" и т.д.)." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:3 msgid "Activate the Barcodes in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:5 msgid "" "The barcode scanning features can save you a lot of time usually lost " "switching between the keyboard, the mouse and the scanner. Properly " @@ -527,70 +523,66 @@ msgid "" "the barcode scanner." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:12 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:12 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:37 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:9 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:50 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:18 -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:19 -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:16 -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:21 -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:15 -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:14 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:10 -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:10 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:16 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:15 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:17 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:9 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Настройка" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:14 msgid "" "To use this feature, you first need to activate the *Barcode* functionality " "via :menuselection:`Inventory --> Settings --> Barcode Scanner`. Once you " "have ticked the feature, you can hit save." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:22 msgid "Set Product Barcodes" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:24 msgid "" "You can easily assign barcodes to your different products via the " "*Inventory* app. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " "Products Barcodes`." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:30 msgid "" "Then, you have the possibility to assign barcodes to your products directly " "at creation on the product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:40 msgid "" "Be careful to add barcodes directly on the product variants and not on the " "template product. Otherwise, you won’t be able to differentiate them." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:45 msgid "Set Locations Barcodes" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:47 msgid "" "If you manage multiple locations, you will find useful to attribute a " "barcode to each location and stick it on the location. You can configure the" @@ -598,159 +590,42 @@ msgid "" "Locations`." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:58 msgid "" "You can easily print the barcode you allocate to the locations via the " "*Print* menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:62 msgid "Barcode Formats" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:64 msgid "" "Most retail products use EAN-13 barcodes. They cannot be made up without " "proper authorization. You must pay the International Article Numbering " "Association a fee in exchange for an EAN code sequence." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:68 msgid "" "Still, as Odoo supports any string as a barcode, you can always define your " "own barcode format for internal use." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management.rst:3 msgid "Warehouse Management" msgstr "Управление складом" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:3 -msgid "How do I cancel a delivery order?" -msgstr "Как отменить заказ на доставку?" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo gives you the possibility to cancel a delivery method whether it has " -"been validated to fast, it needs to be modified or for any other reason." -msgstr "" -"Odoo дает вам возможность отменить заказ на доставку, независимо от того, " -"оно было быстро проверено, его нужно изменить или по иным причинам." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Some carriers are more flexible than others, so make sure to cancel your " -"delivery order as fast as possible if it needs to be done so you don't have " -"any bad surprise." -msgstr "" -"Некоторые перевозчики являются более гибкими, чем другие, поэтому " -"обязательно отмените заказ на доставку быстрее, если это нужно сделать, " -"чтобы у вас не было никаких неприятных сюрпризов." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:17 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:26 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:107 -msgid "Sale process" -msgstr "процесс продажи" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Go to the **Sales** module, click on **Sales** and then on **Sales Order**. " -"Then click on the sale order you want to cancel." -msgstr "" -"Перейдите к модулю ** Продажи ** нажмите ** Продажи **, а затем - ** Заказ " -"на продажу **. Затем нажмите на заказ на продажу, которое нужно отменить." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Click on the **Delivery** button, in the upper right corner of the sale " -"order." -msgstr "" -"Нажмите кнопку ** Доставка **, в верхнем правом углу заказ на продажу." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Now, click on the **Additional info** tab and you will see that next to the " -"**Carrier Tracking Reference**, there is a **Cancel** button. Click on it to" -" cancel the delivery." -msgstr "" -"Теперь откройте вкладку ** Дополнительная информация **, и вы увидите, что " -"рядом с ** Проекты перевозчика **, есть кнопка ** Отменить **. Нажмите на " -"нее, чтобы отменить доставку." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:38 -msgid "" -"To make sure that your delivery is cancelled, check in the history, you will" -" receive the confirmation of the cancellation." -msgstr "" -"Чтобы убедиться, что ваша доставка отменена, зарегистрируйтесь в истории, и " -"получите подтверждение об отмене." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:3 -msgid "How can I limit a delivery method to a certain number of countries?" -msgstr "Как ограничить способ доставки определенном количестве стран?" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:8 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can have different types of delivery methods, and you can " -"limit them to a certain number of countries." -msgstr "" -"С помощью Odoo вы можете иметь различные способы доставки, и вы можете " -"ограничить их для определенного количества стран." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Go to the **Inventory** module, click on **Configuration** and then on " -"**Delivery Methods**." -msgstr "" -"В модуле ** Состав ** перейдите к ** Настройка ** и нажмите ** Методы " -"доставки **." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Select the delivery method that you want to change, or create a new one." -msgstr "Выберите способ доставки, который нужно изменить, или создайте новый." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:25 -msgid "" -"In the **Destination** tab, choose the countries to which you want to apply " -"this delivery method." -msgstr "" -"На вкладке ** Место назначения ** выберите страны, к которым нужно применить" -" этот метод доставки." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:28 -msgid "Now, that this is done, Let's see the result." -msgstr "Теперь, давайте посмотрим, что сделано." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:30 -msgid "" -"If you go to the website, and you try to buy something, once you've entered " -"your details and you proceed to the payment, the website will propose you " -"only the delivery methods that apply to your shipping address." -msgstr "" -"Если вы переходите на сайт, и пытаетесь что-то купить, после введения своей " -"информации и перехода на платеж, сайт предложит вам только способы доставки," -" которые применяются к вашей адреса доставки." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:39 -msgid "" -"This process doesn't work in backend. We assume that when you create a Sale " -"Order, you know which delivery method you can use since you created them." -msgstr "" -"Этот процесс не работает в бэкенд. Мы предполагаем, что когда вы создаете " -"заказ на продажу, вы знаете, какой метод доставки вы можете использовать с " -"момента их создания." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:3 msgid "Send Products to Customers Directly from Suppliers (Drop-shipping)" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:6 msgid "What is Drop-Shipping?" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:8 msgid "" "Drop-Shipping is a system that allows orders taken from your store to be " "shipped straight from your supplier to your customer. On a usual delivery " @@ -758,35 +633,35 @@ msgid "" "stock and then shipped to your customers after ordering." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:13 msgid "" "With drop-shipping, no item is stocked. When a customer places an order in " "your shop, the item is delivered straight from the supplier to the customer." " Therefore, the product doesn't need to get through your warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:19 msgid "Points to be Considered while Implementing Drop-Shipping" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:24 msgid "" "Use drop-shipping only for the products you can't or don't want to keep in " "stock." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:22 msgid "" "One reason is that you'll always make smaller margins on items that are " "drop-shipped, so you should keep it only for items that take up a lot of " "space in your warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:30 msgid "Drop-shipping is best for niche products." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:27 msgid "" "Chances are that products that are in high demand are being offered by large" " suppliers at a fraction of the price you'll be able to charge, so using a " @@ -794,55 +669,55 @@ msgid "" "product is unique, then it makes sense!" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:33 msgid "To protect your customers from bad experiences." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:33 msgid "" "Test drop-shipping companies for yourself beforehand and list the best ones." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:37 msgid "Make sure time is not against you." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:36 msgid "" "Drop-shipping should take a reasonable amount of time and surely not more " "than it would have taken you to handle it all by yourself. It's also nice to" " be able to provide your customers with a tracking number." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:44 msgid "Items have to be available from your supplier." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:40 msgid "" "It's good to know if the product you're selling is available upstream. If " "you don't have that information, inform your customers that you don't hold " "the item in stock and that it's subject to availability from a third party." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:47 msgid "" "For more information and insights about Drop-Shipping, you can read our " "blog: `*What is drop-shipping and how to use it* <https://www.odoo.com/blog" "/business-hacks-1/post/what-is-drop-shipping-and-how-to-use-it-250>`__." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:52 msgid "Configure Drop-Shipping" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:54 msgid "" "Activate the functionality in the *Purchase* application by going to " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:60 msgid "" "Then, go to the *Inventory* app, in :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Settings` to activate the *Multi-Step Routes* feature. It will allow you to " @@ -850,18 +725,18 @@ msgid "" "product via drop-shipping." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:68 msgid "" "Now, in the *Sales* app, go to :menuselection:`Products --> Products`. " "Select the product you would like to drop-ship and add a vendor pricelist " "which contains the right supplier, via the purchase tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:76 msgid "Send Products from the Suppliers Directly to the Customers" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:78 msgid "" "Create a *Sales Order* and add the product on which you just set the vendor." " Add the *Route* field thanks to the widget on the right of the sale order " @@ -869,14 +744,14 @@ msgid "" "Shipping*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:89 msgid "" "Once the sale order is confirmed, Odoo automatically generates a *Request " "for Quotation* for the supplier who will proceed to the drop-shipping. You " "can find it in the *Purchase* app, with the sale order as *Source Document*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:97 msgid "" "Once this *Purchase Order* is confirmed, a *Receipt Order* is created and " "linked to it. The source location is the vendor location and the destination" @@ -884,19 +759,19 @@ msgid "" "own stock when you validate the dropship document." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:105 msgid "" "You can also easily access the dropship document directly from your " "inventory dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:3 msgid "How to choose the right inventory flow to handle delivery orders?" msgstr "" "Как выбрать правильное перемещение запасов для обработки заказов на " "доставку?" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:5 msgid "" "Depending on factors such as the type of items you sell, the size of your " "warehouse, the number of orders you register everyday... the way you handle " @@ -906,25 +781,25 @@ msgstr "" "размер вашего склада, количество заказов, которые вы регистрируете каждый " "день ... способ обработки заказов может сильно отличаться." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:9 msgid "" "Odoo allows you to handle shipping from your warehouse in 3 different ways:" msgstr "" "Odoo позволяет обрабатывать доставку из своего состава тремя различными " "способами:" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:12 msgid "**One step (shipping)**: Ship directly from stock" msgstr "** Один шаг (доставка) **: отправьте непосредственно со склада" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:14 msgid "" "**Two steps (pick + ship)**: Bring goods to output location before shipping" msgstr "" "** Два шага (комплектование + доставка) **: перенести товар к месту отгрузки" " перед отправлением" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:17 msgid "" "**Three steps (pick + pack + ship)**: Make packages into a dedicated " "location, then bring them to the output location for shipping" @@ -932,7 +807,7 @@ msgstr "" "** Три шага (комплектование + упаковки + доставка) ** Сделайте пакеты в " "выделенном месте, а затем переместите их в место отгрузки для доставки" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:20 msgid "" "For companies having a rather small warehouse and that do not require high " "stock of items or don't sell perishable items, a one step shipping is the " @@ -944,7 +819,7 @@ msgstr "" "доставка в один шаг, поскольку она не требует больших настроек и позволяет " "обрабатывать заказы очень быстро." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:25 msgid "" "Using inventory methods such as FIFO, LIFO and FEFO require to have at least" " two steps to handle a shipment. The picking method will be determined by " @@ -958,7 +833,7 @@ msgstr "" "клиенту. Этот способ также интересен, если у вас есть большие запасы, и " "особенно если вы большие размеры." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:31 msgid "" "The three steps system becomes useful in more specific situations, the main " "one being for handling very large stocks. The items are transferred to a " @@ -970,40 +845,40 @@ msgstr "" "переносятся в зону упаковки, где их собирают по месту назначения, а затем " "устанавливают на выходные грузы для конечной доставки заказчикам." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:40 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:53 msgid "One step flow" msgstr "Перемещение в один шаг" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:42 msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`one_step`" msgstr "Пожалуйста, прочитайте документацию о: doc: `one_step`" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:45 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:58 msgid "Two steps flow" msgstr "Способ в два этапа" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:47 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:60 msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`two_steps`" msgstr "Пожалуйста, прочитайте документацию о: doc: `two_steps`" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:50 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:63 msgid "Three steps flow" msgstr "Способ в три этапа" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:52 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:65 msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`three_steps`" msgstr "Пожалуйста, прочитайте документацию о: doc: `three_steps`" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:3 msgid "How can I change the label type?" msgstr "Как можно изменить тип накладной?" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:8 msgid "" "With Odoo, you can choose among different types of labels for your delivery " "orders. Follow the steps below and give an appropriate label type to your " @@ -1013,7 +888,7 @@ msgstr "" "доставку. Следуйте следующие действия и предоставьте соответствующий тип " "накладной для доставки." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:15 msgid "" "In the **Inventory** module, Go to **Configuration** and click on **Delivery" " methods**." @@ -1021,11 +896,11 @@ msgstr "" "В модуле ** Состав **, перейдите к ** Настройка ** и нажмите ** Методы " "доставки **." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:18 msgid "Choose a delivery method and then click on **Edit**." msgstr "Выберите способ доставки и нажмите кнопку ** Редактировать **." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:23 msgid "" "In the **Pricing** tab, under **Fedex label stock type**, you can choose one" " of the label types available. The availability will vary depending on the " @@ -1035,7 +910,7 @@ msgstr "" "можно выбрать один из доступных типов накладной. Доступность может " "отличаться в зависимости от перевозчика." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:30 msgid "" "Once this is done, you can see the result if you go to the Sales module and " "you create a new sale order." @@ -1043,7 +918,7 @@ msgstr "" "После этого вы можете увидеть результат, если вы перейдете к модулю продажу," " и вы создадите новый заказ на продажу." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:33 msgid "" "As you confirm the sale and validate the delivery with the carrier for which" " you have modified the label type, The label will appear in your history." @@ -1051,7 +926,7 @@ msgstr "" "Когда вы подтвердите продажи и подтвердите доставку перевозчиком, для " "которого вы изменили тип накладной, накладная появится в вашей истории." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:46 msgid "" "The default label type is paper letter, and if you choose the label type " "bottom half for example, here is the difference :" @@ -1059,18 +934,18 @@ msgstr "" "Тип накладной по умолчанию - бумажный лист, и если вы выберете, например, " "нижнюю половину типа накладной, она будет отличаться:" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:3 msgid "Process Delivery Orders in one Step (Shipping)" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:5 msgid "" "There is no configuration needed to deliver in one step. The default " "outgoing shipments are configured to be directly delivered from the stock to" " the customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:9 msgid "" "However, if advanced routes have been activated and you set another shipping" " configuration on your warehouse, you can set it back to the one-step " @@ -1078,48 +953,48 @@ msgid "" "--> Warehouses` and edit the warehouse in question." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:14 msgid "" "Then, choose *Deliver goods directly* as your *Outgoing Shipments* strategy." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:21 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:45 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:47 msgid "Create a Sales Order" msgstr "Создайте заказ на продажу" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:23 msgid "" "In the *Sales* application, create a quotation with some storable products " "to deliver and confirm it." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:26 msgid "" "Notice that we now see 1 delivery associated with this *sales order* in the " "stat button above the sales order. If you click on the 1 Delivery stat " "button, you should now see your delivery order." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:34 msgid "Process a Delivery" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:36 msgid "" "You can also find the *delivery order* directly from the *Inventory* " "application. In the dashboard, you can click the *1 TO PROCESS* button under" " the Delivery Orders Kanban card." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:43 msgid "" "Enter the picking that you want to process. You will be able to click on " "*Validate* to complete the move if you have products in stock." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:49 msgid "" "Once you *Validate* the delivery order, the products leave your *WH/Stock " "location* and are moved to the *Customer location*. You can easily see that " @@ -1127,68 +1002,11 @@ msgid "" "*Done*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:3 -msgid "Deliver Products in Packages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, you have the possibility to deliver your products in different " -"packages, depending on the volume and or weight of your products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:11 -msgid "" -"First, you need to activate the *Delivery Packages* feature in the " -":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:18 -msgid "Proceed to a Delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Now, you can create a planned delivery with some products in it. You will " -"have the possibility to create new packages and assign them to the stock " -"move lines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Then, you can define the package type from this window. Once the delivery " -"order is validated, you can retrieve which products have been included in " -"the package." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:34 -msgid "" -"A button will appear at the delivery stage, allowing you to find all the " -"packages which were part of the delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:44 -msgid "Use the Put in Pack button" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Another way to put products in packs is to use the *Put in Pack* button. It " -"will automatically assign a pack to the number of products which is set as " -"*Done* and duplicate the stock move line if necessary." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Then, you will be able to update the different packages created this way, " -"directly via the *Packages* button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:3 msgid "Process Delivery Orders in three Steps (Pick + Pack + Ship)" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:5 msgid "" "When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is " "set up by default to utilize a one-step operation: once all goods are " @@ -1197,41 +1015,41 @@ msgid "" "steps before shipping." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:11 msgid "" "With the delivery in 3 steps (Pick + Pack + Ship), the items will be picked " "to be transferred to a packing area. Then, they will be moved to an output " "location before being effectively shipped to the customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:16 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:15 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:18 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:19 msgid "Activate Multi-Step Routes" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:18 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:17 msgid "" "The first step is to allow using *multi-step routes*. Indeed, routes provide" " a mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we will " "chain the picking step to the shipping step." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:22 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:21 msgid "" "To allow *multi-step routes*, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " "Configuration --> Settings` and activate the option. Note that activating " "*Multi-Step Routes* will also activate *Storage Locations*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:30 msgid "Configure Warehouse for Delivery in 3 Steps" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:32 msgid "" "Once *Multi-Step Routes* has been activated, you can go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the " @@ -1240,7 +1058,7 @@ msgid "" " Shipments*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:40 msgid "" "Activating this option will lead to the creation of two new locations, " "*Output* and *Packing Zone*. If you want to rename it go to " @@ -1248,55 +1066,55 @@ msgid "" " you want to rename and update its name." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:47 msgid "" "In the *Sales* application, you can create a quotation with some storable " "products to deliver. Once you confirm the quotation, three pickings will be " "created and automatically linked to your sale order." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:54 msgid "If you click the button, you should now see three different pickings:" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:56 msgid "The first one with a reference PICK to designate the picking process," msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:58 msgid "The second one with the reference PACK that is the packing process," msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:60 msgid "The last one with a reference OUT to designate the shipping process." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:66 msgid "Process the Picking, Packing, and Delivery" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:68 msgid "" "The picking operation is the first one to be processed and has a *Ready* " "status while the other ones are *Waiting Another Operation*. The Packing " "operation will become *Ready* as soon as the picking one is marked as done." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:73 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:71 msgid "" "You can enter the picking operation from here, or access it through the " "inventory dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:79 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:77 msgid "" "In case you have the product in stock, it has automatically been reserved " "and you can simply validate the picking document." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:85 msgid "" "Once the picking has been validated, the packing order is ready to be " "processed. Thanks to the fact that the documents are chained, the products " @@ -1304,25 +1122,25 @@ msgid "" "order which can be directly validated." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:96 msgid "" "Once the packing has been validated, the delivery order is ready to be " "processed. Here again, it is directly ready to be validated in order to " "transfer the products to the customer location." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:3 msgid "Process Delivery Orders in two Steps (Pick + Ship)" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:5 msgid "" "When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is " "set up by default to utilize a one-step operation: once all goods are " "available, they are able to be shipped in a single delivery order." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:9 msgid "" "However, your company's business process may have one or more steps that " "happen before shipping. In the two steps process, the products which are " @@ -1330,11 +1148,11 @@ msgid "" "output location before being effectively shipped." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:29 msgid "Warehouse configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:31 msgid "" "Once *Multi-Step Routes* has been activated, you can go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the " @@ -1342,39 +1160,39 @@ msgid "" " *Send goods in output and then deliver (2 steps)* for Outgoing Shipments." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:39 msgid "" "Activating this option will lead to the creation of a new *Output* location." " If you want to rename it go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " "--> Locations`, Select Output and update its name." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:49 msgid "" "In the *Sales* application, you can create a quotation with some storable " "products to deliver. Once you confirm the quotation, two pickings will be " "created and automatically linked to your sale order." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:56 msgid "" "If you click on the *2 Delivery* button, you should now see two different " "pickings, one with a reference *PICK* to designate the picking process and " "another one with a reference *OUT* to designate the shipping process." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:65 msgid "Process the Picking and the Delivery" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:67 msgid "" "The picking operation is the first one to be processed and has a *Ready* " "status while the delivery operation will only become *Ready* once the " "picking operation has been marked as done." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:83 msgid "" "Once the picking has been validated, the delivery order is ready to be " "processed. Thanks to the fact that the documents are chained, the products " @@ -1382,15 +1200,15 @@ msgid "" " order." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming.rst:3 msgid "Incoming Shipments" msgstr "Поступающие грузы" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:3 msgid "How to choose the right flow to handle receipts?" msgstr "Как выбрать правильный способ для обработки товарных чеков?" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:8 msgid "" "Depending on factors such as the type of items you receive, the size of your" " warehouse, the number of receipt you register everyday... the way you " @@ -1401,22 +1219,22 @@ msgstr "" "... способ, которым вы обрабатываете квитанции своим клиентам, может сильно " "отличаться." -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:12 msgid "" "Odoo allows you to handle receipts from your warehouse in 3 different ways:" msgstr "" "Odoo позволяет обрабатывать квитанции из своего состава тремя различными " "способами:" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:15 msgid "**One step**: Receive goods directly in stock." msgstr "** В один шаг **: получать товары прямо на складе." -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:17 msgid "**Two steps**: Unload in input location then go to stock." msgstr "** В двух шагах **: извлеките в место приема, выделите в состав." -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:19 msgid "" "**Three steps**: Unload in input location, go through a quality control " "before being admitted in stock." @@ -1424,7 +1242,7 @@ msgstr "" "** В три шага **: извлеките в место приема, пройдите контроль качества, " "прежде чем он будет принят на складе." -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:22 msgid "" "Odoo uses **routes** to define exactly how you will handle the different " "receipt steps. The configuration is done at the level of the warehouse. In " @@ -1436,16 +1254,16 @@ msgstr "" "состава. Обычно прием происходит в один этап, но изменение настройки может " "привести к процессу в 2 или даже 3 шага." -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:27 msgid "The principles are the following:" msgstr "Принципы следующие:" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:29 msgid "**One step**: You receive the goods directly in your stock." msgstr "" "** В один шаг **: вы получаете товары непосредственно на вашем складе." -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:31 msgid "" "**Two steps**: You receive the goods in an input area then transfer them " "from input area to your stock. As long as the goods are not transferred in " @@ -1455,7 +1273,7 @@ msgstr "" "перенесите их из зоны приема к вашему состава. Пока товары не будут переданы" " на ваш склад, они не будут доступны для дальнейшей обработки." -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:36 msgid "" "**Three steps**: In many companies, it is necessary to assess the received " "good. The goal is to check that the products correspond to the quality " @@ -1467,7 +1285,7 @@ msgstr "" "качеству, согласованному с поставщиками. Добавление этапа контроля качества " "в процессе получения товаров может стать важным." -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:42 msgid "" "You receive the goods in an input area, then transfer them into quality area" " for quality control. When your quality check process finishes then you can " @@ -1481,30 +1299,30 @@ msgstr "" "только перевести на склад действительное количество и решить, какую ненужную" " количество вы вернете." -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:55 msgid "This is the default configuration in Odoo." msgstr "Это настройки по умолчанию в Odoo" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:68 msgid ":doc:`../delivery/inventory_flow`" msgstr ":doc:`../delivery/inventory_flow`" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:69 -msgid ":doc:`../../../purchase/advanced/analyze`" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:69 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze`" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:3 msgid "Process a Receipt in one step (Receipt)" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:5 msgid "" "There is no configuration needed to receive in one step. The default " "incoming shipments are configured to be directly received from the vendors " "to the stock." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:9 msgid "" "However, if advanced routes have been activated and you set another incoming" " configuration on your warehouse, you can set it back to the one-step " @@ -1512,59 +1330,59 @@ msgid "" "Warehouses` and edit the warehouse in question." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:14 msgid "" "Set the *Incoming Shipments* option to *Receive goods directly (1 step)*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:21 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:50 msgid "Create a Purchase Order" msgstr "Создайте заказ на покупку" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:23 msgid "" "To create a *Request for Quotation*, go to the *Purchase* application and " "click on *Create*. Then, add some storable products to receive and confirm " "the *RfQ*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:27 msgid "" "Notice that, now, we see 1 receipt associated with the purchase order you " "just created. If you click on the button, you will see your receipt order." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:35 msgid "Process a Receipt" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:37 msgid "" "You can also fin the receipt directly from the *Inventory* app. When on the " "dashboard, you can click the *1 TO PROCESS* button under the *Receipts* " "Kanban card. Then, you will see your receipt." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:44 msgid "" "Now, enter the picking that you want to process. You will be able to click " "on *Validate* to complete the move directly as products coming from " "suppliers are considered as being always available." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:51 msgid "" "Once you *Validate* the receipt, the products leave the *Supplier Location* " "to enter your *WH/Stock Location*. You can easily see that the receipt took " "place thanks to the status of the document, which is now *Done*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:3 msgid "Process a Receipt in three steps (Input + Quality + Stock)" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:5 msgid "" "Quality is essential for most companies. To make sure we maintain quality " "throughout the supply chain, it only makes sense that we assess the quality " @@ -1572,7 +1390,7 @@ msgid "" "control step." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:9 msgid "" "Odoo uses routes to define how to handle the different receipt steps. " "Configuration of those routes is done at the warehouse level. By default, " @@ -1580,7 +1398,7 @@ msgid "" "two-steps or three-steps processes." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:13 msgid "" "The three-steps flow works as follows: you receive the goods in your " "receiving area, then transfer them into a quality area for quality control " @@ -1588,30 +1406,30 @@ msgid "" "requirements are moved to stock" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:20 msgid "" "The first step is to allow the use of *Multi-Step Routes*. Routes provide a " "mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we will chain " "the picking step to the shipping step." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:23 msgid "" "To enable *Multi-Step Routes*, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " "Configuration --> Settings` and activate the option." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:31 msgid "" "By default, activating *Multi-Step Routes* also activates *Storage " "Locations*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:35 msgid "Configure warehouse for receipt in 3-steps" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:37 msgid "" "Once *Multi-Step Routes* has been activated, go to :menuselection:`Inventory" " --> Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the warehouse which should work " @@ -1619,14 +1437,14 @@ msgid "" "quality and then stock (3 steps)* for *Incoming Shipments*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:45 msgid "" "Activating this option leads to the creation of two new locations: *Input* " "and *Quality Control*. To rename them, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " "Configuration --> Locations` and select the one you want to rename." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:52 msgid "" "To start the 3-steps reception process, create a *Request for Quotation* " "from the *Purchase* app, add some storable products to it and confirm. Then," @@ -1634,43 +1452,43 @@ msgid "" "document:" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:56 msgid "The first one with a reference *IN* to designate the receipt process;" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:59 msgid "" "The second one with a reference *INT*, which is the move to the quality " "control zone;" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:62 msgid "The last one with a reference *INT* to designate the move to stock." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:69 msgid "Process the receipt, quality control and entry in stock" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:71 msgid "" "As the receipt operation is the first one to be processed, it has a *Ready* " "status while the others are *Waiting Another Operation*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:74 msgid "" "To access the receipt operation, click on the button from the *Purchase " "Order* or go back to the *Inventory* app dashboard and click on *Receipts*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:81 msgid "" "In the receipt order, products are always considered available because they " "come from the supplier. Then, the receipt can be validated." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:88 msgid "" "Once the receipt has been validated, the transfer to quality becomes " "*Ready*. And, because the documents are chained to each other, products " @@ -1678,18 +1496,18 @@ msgid "" "transfer can be directly validated." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:100 msgid "" "Now, the transfer that enters the products to stock is *Ready*. Here, it is " "again ready to be validated in order to transfer the products to your stock " "location." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:3 msgid "Process a Receipt in two steps (Input + Stock)" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo uses routes to define exactly how you will handle the different receipt" " steps. The configuration is done at the *Warehouse* level. By default, the " @@ -1697,14 +1515,14 @@ msgid "" "you to have 2 steps." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:13 msgid "" "The 2 steps flow is like this: you receive the goods in an input area, then " "transfer them to your stock. As long as the goods are not transferred in " "your stock, they will not be available for further processing." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:21 msgid "" "The first step is to allow using *multi-step routes*. Indeed, routes provide" " a mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we will " @@ -1712,18 +1530,18 @@ msgid "" " stock." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:26 msgid "" "To allow *multi-step routes*, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Settings` and activate the feature. By default, activating *multi-step " "routes* will also activate *Storage Locations*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:34 msgid "Configure warehouse for receipt in 2 steps" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:36 msgid "" "Once *multi-step routes* is activated, you can go to " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the warehouse which " @@ -1731,18 +1549,18 @@ msgid "" "in input and then stock (2 steps)* for *Incoming Shipments*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:44 msgid "" "Activating this option will lead to the creation of a new *Input* location. " "If you want to rename it, you can go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Locations --> Select Input` and update its name." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:52 msgid "Create a purchase order" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:54 msgid "" "In the *Purchase* application, you can create a *Request for Quotation* with" " some storable products to receive from a supplier. Once the *RfQ* is " @@ -1750,7 +1568,7 @@ msgid "" "your purchase order." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:62 msgid "" "Now, by clicking on the *1 Receipt* button, you will see the first picking " "which will allow entering the product in the *input location*. Then, another" @@ -1758,30 +1576,30 @@ msgid "" "products to *Stock*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:68 msgid "Process the receipt and the internal transfer" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:70 msgid "" "The receipt is the first one to be processed and has a *Ready* status while " "the internal transfer will only become *Ready* once the receipt has been " "marked as *Done*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:74 msgid "" "You can enter the receipt operation from the purchase order, or access it " "through the inventory dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:80 msgid "" "By default, a receipt is always considered as ready to be processed. Then, " "you will be able to directly click on *Validate* to mark it as done." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:87 msgid "" "Once the receipt has been validated, the internal transfer is ready to be " "processed. As documents are chained, the products which have been received " @@ -1790,19 +1608,19 @@ msgid "" "to fulfill customer deliveries or manufacture products." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers.rst:3 msgid "Lots and Serial Numbers" msgstr "Партии и Серийные номера" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:3 msgid "What's the difference between lots and serial numbers?" msgstr "Какая разница между партиями и серийными номерами?" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:6 msgid "Introduction" msgstr "Введение" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:8 msgid "" "In Odoo, lots and serial numbers have similarities in their functional " "system but are different in their behavior. They are both managed within the" @@ -1812,7 +1630,7 @@ msgstr "" "системе, но разные в своем поведении. Они оба руководствуются в приложениях " "** Состав **, ** Покупки ** и ** Продажи **." -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:12 msgid "" "**Lots** correspond to a certain number of products you received and store " "altogether in one single pack." @@ -1820,7 +1638,7 @@ msgstr "" "** Партии ** соответствуют определенному количеству товаров, которые вы " "получили и хранятся в одном пакете." -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:15 msgid "" "**Serial numbers** are identification numbers given to one product in " "particular, to allow to track the history of the item from reception to " @@ -1830,11 +1648,11 @@ msgstr "" "товару, в частности, чтобы отслеживать историю товара от приема до доставки " "и писляпродажу." -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:20 msgid "When to use" msgstr "когда использовать" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:22 msgid "" "**Lots** are interesting for products you receive in great quantity and for " "which a lot number can help in reportings, quality controls, or any other " @@ -1848,7 +1666,7 @@ msgstr "" "например, производственную ошибку. Это может быть полезным для серийного " "производства одежды или пищи." -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:28 msgid "" "**Serial numbers** are interesting for items that could require after-sales " "service, such as smartphones, laptops, fridges, and any electronic devices. " @@ -1861,11 +1679,11 @@ msgstr "" "производителя или свой собственный, в зависимости от того, как вы управляете" " этими товарами." -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:34 msgid "When not to use" msgstr "Если не использовать" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:36 msgid "" "Storing consumable products such as kitchen roll, toilet paper, pens and " "paper blocks in lots would make no sense at all, as there are very few " @@ -1875,7 +1693,7 @@ msgstr "" "ручки и бумажные блоки в партиях, вообще не будет иметь смысла, потому что " "есть очень мало шансов, что вы можете вернуть их в производственную ошибку." -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:40 msgid "" "On the other hand, giving a serial number to every product is a time-" "consuming task that will have a purpose only in the case of items that have " @@ -1887,19 +1705,19 @@ msgstr "" "гарантийные и / или послепродажные услуги. Например, введение серийного " "номера на хлеб вообще не имеет смысла." -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:46 msgid ":doc:`serial_numbers`" msgstr ":doc:`serial_numbers`" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:47 msgid ":doc:`lots`" msgstr ":doc:`lots`" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:3 msgid "Manage expiration dates" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:5 msgid "" "In many companies, products have expiration dates and they should be tracked" " based on those dates. In the food industry, for example, tracking stocks " @@ -1907,84 +1725,84 @@ msgid "" "customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:10 msgid "" "With Odoo, you can track your products based on their expiration dates, even" " if they are already tracked by lots or serial numbers." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:14 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:15 msgid "Configurations" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:17 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:18 msgid "Application configuration" msgstr "Настройка программы" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:19 msgid "" "To use expiration dates tracking, open the *Inventory* application and go to" " :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Lots & Serial" " Numbers* and *Expiration Dates* features." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:27 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:28 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:68 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:90 msgid "Product configuration" msgstr "Настройка товара" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:29 msgid "" "Now, you have the possibility to define different dates in the *inventory " "tab* of the product form:" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:32 msgid "" "Product Use Time: it’s the number of days before the goods start " "deteriorating, without being dangerous yet. It will be computed using the " "lot/serial number;" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:34 msgid "" "Product Life Time: refers to the number of days before the goods may become " "dangerous and must not be consumed. It will be computed on the lot/serial " "number;" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:36 msgid "" "Product Removal Time: shows the number of days before the goods should be " "removed from the stock. It will be computed on the lot/serial number;" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:38 msgid "" "Product Alert Time: refers to the number of days before an alert should be " "raised on the lot/serial number." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:44 msgid "Expiration Date on Lots/Serial Numbers" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:46 msgid "" "When receiving a product in stock, the dates will automatically be updated " "on the corresponding lot/serial number. This update will be based on the " "reception date of the product and the times set on the product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:58 msgid "Expiration Alerts" msgstr "Оповещения об окончании срока действия" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:60 msgid "" "You can access all your expiration alerts from the *inventory* app. To do " "so, go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. There, you " @@ -1992,11 +1810,11 @@ msgid "" "exceeded their alert date." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:3 msgid "Manage lots of identical products" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:5 msgid "" "Lots are useful for products you receive in great quantity and for which a " "lot number can help in reporting, quality controls, or any other info. Lots " @@ -2004,13 +1822,13 @@ msgid "" "fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or food." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:11 msgid "" "Odoo has the capacity to manage lots, ensuring compliance with the " "traceability requirements imposed by the majority of industries." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:14 msgid "" "The double-entry management in Odoo enables you to run very advanced " "traceability." @@ -2018,73 +1836,73 @@ msgstr "" "Управление двойным вводом в Odoo дает вам возможность запустить очень " "продвинутое отслеживания." -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:18 msgid "Setting Up" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:21 msgid "Application Configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:23 msgid "" "First, you need to activate the tracking of lot numbers. To do so, go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and tick *Lots & " "Serial Numbers*. Then, click on save." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:31 msgid "Product Configuration" msgstr "Настройка товара" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:33 msgid "" "Now, you have to configure which products you want to track by serial " "numbers." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:36 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products` and open the product of your" " choice. There, click on *Edit* and select *Tracking by Lots* in the " "inventory tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:47 msgid "Manage Lots" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:52 msgid "" "In order to receive a product tracked by lots, you have to specify its lot " "numbers. You have several ways of doing so:" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:55 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:65 msgid "Manually assign the different lot numbers" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:57 msgid "Copy/paste lot numbers from an Excel file" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:59 msgid "First, you need to open the detailed operations of your picking." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:67 msgid "" "When opening the detailed operations, you can click on *Add a line*. Then, " "you will be able to fill the lot number in. Once done, you can click on *Add" " a line* again to register a new lot number." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:75 msgid "Copy/paste lot number from an Excel file" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:77 msgid "" "Once the spreadsheet containing the lot numbers you received from your " "supplier and copy the list. Then, you can paste them in the *Lot/Serial " @@ -2093,18 +1911,18 @@ msgid "" "contained in each one of the lots." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:93 msgid "Operation Types" msgstr "Типы операций" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:95 msgid "" "Of course, you also have the possibility to define how you will manage lots " "for each operation type. To do so, open the *Inventory* app and go to " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Operation Types`." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:99 msgid "" "For each type (receipts, internal transfers, deliveries, …), you can decide " "if you allow to create new lot numbers or only use existing ones. By " @@ -2114,41 +1932,41 @@ msgid "" "allow using existing lot numbers in receipts too." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:111 msgid "Lots traceability" msgstr "отслеживание партий" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:113 msgid "" "The lot number given to the products allows you to keep track of where they " "were received, put in stock, to whom they were sold and where they were " "shipped to." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:117 msgid "" "To track an item, open the *Inventory* module and, in :menuselection:`Master" " Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers`, click on the lot number corresponding to " "your search." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:124 msgid "" "When you open the *Traceability* information, you see in which documents the" " lot number has been used." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:130 msgid "" "Now, if you want to locate the lot number, you can do so by clicking on the " "*Location* stat button." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:3 msgid "Work with serial numbers" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:5 msgid "" "To track products with serial numbers, you can use the serial number " "tracking. With them, you can track the current location of the product and, " @@ -2157,20 +1975,20 @@ msgid "" "last movement." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:11 msgid "" "If you want to do it or run very advanced traceability, the Odoo double-" "entry management is the feature you need." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:20 msgid "" "First, you need to activate the serial numbers tracking. To do so, go to " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the *Inventory* application. " "Then, enable the feature and hit save." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:30 msgid "" "Now, you have to configure the products you want to track by serial numbers." " To do so, go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products` and open the " @@ -2178,48 +1996,48 @@ msgid "" "Number* in the *Inventory tab*. Then, click on save." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:42 msgid "Manage Serial Numbers" msgstr "Управление серийными номерами" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:47 msgid "" "To receive a product that is tracked by serial number, you have to specify " "its serial number. Of course, you have several ways of doing so:" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:50 msgid "Manual assignation" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:52 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:73 msgid "Multi-assignation" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:54 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:89 msgid "Copy/pasting from an Excel file" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:56 msgid "" "Whatever could be your favorite way to assign serial numbers, you firstly " "need to open the detailed operations of your picking." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:63 msgid "Manual assignation of the different serial numbers" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:65 msgid "" "When opening the detailed operations, you can click on *Add a line*. Then, " "you will be able to fill in the serial number field. Once done, you can " "click again on *Add a line* to register a new serial number." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:75 msgid "" "By using the multi-assignation of serial numbers, Odoo will automatically " "create the necessary lines. To do so, you have to enter the first serial " @@ -2227,11 +2045,11 @@ msgid "" "number to." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:80 msgid "Once done, click on *Assign Serial Numbers* and Odoo will do the rest." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:91 msgid "" "To use copy/pasting, open the spreadsheet containing the serial numbers you " "received and copy the list. Then, past them in the *Lot/Serial Number Name* " @@ -2239,42 +2057,42 @@ msgid "" " need." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:106 msgid "Operation types" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:108 msgid "" "You also have the possibility to define how you will manage lots for each " "operation type. To define it, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Operation Types` in the *Inventory* app." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:112 msgid "" "For each type, you can decide if you allow the creation of new lot numbers " "or want to use existing ones. By default, the creation of new lots is only " "allowed at product reception." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:120 msgid "" "If you have inter-warehouse transfers and track products by lots, it can be " "useful to allow using existing lot numbers in receipts too." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:124 msgid "Serial Number traceability" msgstr "Отслеживание серийного номера" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:126 msgid "" "Using serial numbers allows you to keep track of where the products were " "received, put in stock, to whom they were sold, and where they were shipped " "to." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:130 msgid "" "Tracking an item is easy: open the *Inventory* app, and go to " ":menuselection:`Master Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers` and click on the serial" @@ -2283,21 +2101,21 @@ msgid "" "been used." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:140 msgid "" "And, if you want to locate a serial number, you can do so by clicking on the" " *Location* button available on the serial number form." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc.rst:3 msgid "Miscellaneous Operations" msgstr "Разные Операции" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:3 msgid "Process Batch Transfers" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:5 msgid "" "Batch picking allows a single picker to handle a batch of orders, reducing " "the number of times he must visit the same location. In Odoo, it means you " @@ -2305,70 +2123,64 @@ msgid "" " either via the barcode application or in the form view." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:11 msgid "Create a Batch Transfer" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:13 msgid "" "To activate the batch picking option, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " "Configuration --> Configuration` and enable *Batch Pickings*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:20 msgid "" "Then, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Batch Transfers` " "and hit the create button." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:27 msgid "" "Now, determine the batch transfer responsible and the type of transfers you " "want to include in the batch. To add the types of transfers, click on *Add a" " line*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:34 msgid "" "In the example below, a filter was applied to only see the transfers that " "are in the *Pick* step. After that, the different transfers that needed to " "be included in the batch transfer were selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:42 msgid "" "To see the products to pick for the different transfers, click on *Select*. " "If *Multi-locations* has been activated, the document also shows the " "locations they have been reserved from." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:51 -msgid "" -"For more info about *Multi-Locations*, please refer to this doc: " -":doc:`../warehouses/location_creation`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:51 msgid "Create a Batch Transfer from the Transfers List View" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:53 msgid "" "From the *Transfers List View*, select transfers that should be included in " "the Batch. Then, select *Add to batch* from the *Action* list." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:61 msgid "" "Next, determine if you want to add the transfers to an existing draft batch " "transfer or create a new one." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:69 msgid "Process a Batch Transfer" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:71 msgid "" "While gathering the products, you can edit the batch transfer and update the" " *Quantity done* for each product. Once everything has been picked, select " @@ -2376,95 +2188,55 @@ msgid "" "too." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:80 msgid "" "In case all the products cannot be picked, you can create backorders for " "each individual transfer which couldn’t be completely processed." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:93 msgid "Process a Batch Transfer from the Barcode app" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:95 msgid "Enter the *Barcode* application, select the *Batch Transfers* menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:101 msgid "" "Then, you can enter the batch transfer on which you want to work. Batch " "transfers can easily be grouped per responsible if necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:108 msgid "" "In the batch transfer, products are classified per location. The source " "document is visible on each line and a color-code helps differentiate them." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:116 msgid "" "To see the products to pick from another location, click on the *Next* " "button." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:123 msgid "" "Once all the products have been picked, click on *Validate* (on the last " "page) to mark the batch transfer as done." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:3 -msgid "Send Automated Emails at Delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:8 -msgid "" -"First, go to the *Inventory* app, then to *Settings* and activate the *Email" -" Confirmation* feature. If you work in multi-company, this configuration is " -"company-specific." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:15 -msgid "" -"When you enable this feature, Odoo automatically creates an email template. " -"Of course, you can modify it if necessary by clicking on the small arrow " -"next to its name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:23 -msgid "Send email at delivery validation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:25 -msgid "" -"On the inventory dashboard, click on *Create* and fill the form for a " -"specific partner. Once you have added some products in it, *Validate* it and" -" do the same for the delivery." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Doing so, an automated email will be sent and will appear in the chatter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:38 -msgid "" -"If you work with a shipping method, and then have a tracking link, it will " -"be included in the standard email template." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:3 msgid "Manage Stock that you don't own" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:5 msgid "" "Sometimes, suppliers can offer you to store and sell products without having" " to buy those items. This technique is called *consignee stock*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:8 msgid "" "Consignee stock is a great way for manufacturers and suppliers to launch new" " products. As resellers may be reluctant to buy a product they are not sure " @@ -2472,230 +2244,49 @@ msgid "" "check its market without having to pay for it in the first place." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:14 msgid "" "Of course, Odoo has the ability to manage those consignee stocks through " "advanced settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:20 msgid "" "To use this feature, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " "Settings` in the inventory app. Then, enable the *Consignment* feature in " "the *Traceability* section. Now, hit save." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:28 msgid "Reception of Consignee Stock" msgstr "Нахождения комесийного состава" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:30 msgid "" "When in the *Inventory* app, open the receipts and create a new reception. " "On the right side, you will see that a new line called *Assign Owner* has " "appeared. There, you can specify the partner which owns the stock." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:39 msgid "If you are the owner, you can leave the field blank." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:41 msgid "" "Once the receipt is validated, the products enter your stock but still " "belong to the owner. They don’t impact your inventory valuation." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:3 -msgid "Scrap Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In your warehouse, you sometimes find products that are damaged or that are " -"unusable due to expiry or for some other reasons. You often notice this " -"during picking or physical inventory. Since those products cannot be sold or" -" stored, you have to scrap them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:10 -msgid "" -"When goods are scrapped, they are not reflected in the system as a part of " -"the inventory. The scrapped material will be physically moved to the scrap " -"area and not taken into account into inventory valuation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Scrap means waste that either has no economic value or only the value of its" -" basic material content, recoverable through recycling." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:21 -msgid "" -"When you install the *Inventory* app, Odoo automatically creates a scrap " -"location. It’s named *Virtual Location/Scap*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Of course, you can create new scrap areas if needed. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the " -"*Storage Locations* feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Now, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations` and create your " -"scrap location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:34 -msgid "" -"You have to check *Is a Scrap Location?* on the location form. In fact, " -"scrap locations cannot be used as normal storage locations and then, a " -"virtual location will be created for scrapped products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:39 -msgid "Different ways to scrap products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:41 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, you have several ways to scrap products: from receipts, from a " -"delivery order, and from an internal transfer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:45 -msgid "Scrap from receipt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Scrapping products from receipts is easy. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory " -"--> Dashboard --> Receipts` or click on *1 TO PROCESS* under the receipts " -"location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Now, open the receipt and validate the picking. Once the products entered " -"your stock, the Scrap button appears on the top left corner of your screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:57 -msgid "" -"You can scrap products that were part of the receipt from there. If you do " -"so, it will move them from available stock to the virtual scrap location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:68 -msgid "Scrap from delivery order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:70 -msgid "" -"To scrap products from a delivery order, go to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" -" Dashboard --> Delivery orders` or click on *1 TO PROCESS*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Once done, open the delivery order. You can see the scrap button in the " -"upper left of the document. If you scrap the product from there, it will be " -"moved from your available stock to the virtual scrap location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:80 -msgid "" -"You can find all the scrap orders made from the picking by clicking on the " -"button on the top right corner of the document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:93 -msgid "Scrap from an internal transfer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:95 -msgid "" -"To do this, the flow is almost the same. In fact, you just have to go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Dashboard --> Internal Transfers`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:101 -msgid "" -"There, open the internal transfer that interests you. Now, click on the " -"scrap button that is on the top left of the document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:104 -msgid "" -"When scrapping before validating the internal transfer, the product is, by " -"default, moved from the source location to the virtual scrap location. But, " -"if you scrap after validating the internal transfer, it will be moved from " -"the destination location, as opposed to the source location, to the virtual " -"scrap location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:110 -msgid "" -"Of course, you can manually update the source location of the scrap order if" -" necessary." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:3 -msgid "Send Automated SMS at Delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:8 -msgid "" -"To send automated SMS, you need to activate the *SMS Confirmation* feature. " -"To do so, go to the *Inventory* app *Settings* and enable the feature. In " -"multi-company, this feature is company-specific." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Of course, an SMS template already exists by default in Odoo. You can modify" -" it by clicking on the arrow on the right." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:22 -msgid "Send SMS at delivery validation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:24 -msgid "" -"To use this feature, try to *Create* a delivery order for a specific partner" -" and add some products to it. Then, *Validate* the delivery." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:30 -msgid "Now, the automated SMS that has been sent appears in the chatter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:36 -msgid "" -"The partner which is set on the transfer needs to have a phone number " -"specified in its contact form for the SMS to be sent." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:39 -msgid "" -"If you work with a shipping method, and then have a tracking link, it will " -"be included in the SMS template." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning.rst:3 msgid "Planning" msgstr "Планирование" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:3 msgid "How is the Scheduled Delivery Date Computed" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:5 msgid "" "Providing the best possible service to customers is vital for business. It " "implies planning every move: manufacturing orders, deliveries, receptions, " @@ -2703,14 +2294,14 @@ msgid "" " scheduled dates." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:9 msgid "" "By using lead times, Odoo provides end dates, the **Commitment Date**, for " "each process. On a sales order, for example, this is the date your customer " "will get the products he ordered." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:13 msgid "" "From the customers’ side, the commitment date is important because it gives " "them an estimation of when they will receive their products. The dates take " @@ -2718,25 +2309,25 @@ msgid "" "account." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:19 msgid "How are Lead Times Calculated?" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:27 msgid "" "As said above, there are several types of lead times. Each is calculated " "based on various indicators. Before going through the configuration, here is" " a brief summary of how lead times are calculated and what they are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:32 msgid "" "**Customer Lead Time**: the customer lead time is the default duration you " "set. Therefore, the expected date on the sales orders is today + customer " "lead time." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:36 msgid "" "**Sales Security Lead Time**: the purpose is to be ready shipping that many " "days before the actual commitment taken with the customer. Then, the default" @@ -2744,7 +2335,7 @@ msgid "" "Time**." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:41 msgid "" "**Purchase Security Lead Time**: additional time to mitigate the risk of a " "vendor delay. The receipt will be scheduled that many days earlier to cope " @@ -2753,14 +2344,14 @@ msgid "" "the default *Receipt* scheduled date." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:48 msgid "" "**Purchase Delivery Lead Time**: this is the expected time between a PO " "being confirmed and the receipt of the ordered products. The **Receipt " "scheduled date - Vendor delivery date** is the default *PO Order By* date." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:53 msgid "" "**Days to Purchase**: number of days the purchasing department takes to " "validate a PO. If another RFQ to the same vendor is already opened, Odoo " @@ -2768,14 +2359,14 @@ msgid "" "date is set on the line." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:58 msgid "" "**Manufacturing Lead Time**: this is the expected time it takes to " "manufacture a product. This lead time is independent of the quantity to " "produce and does not take the routing time into account." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:63 msgid "" "**Manufacturing Security Lead Time**: additional time to mitigate the risk " "of a manufacturing delay. In case of a *Replenish to Order*, the **Delivery " @@ -2783,11 +2374,11 @@ msgid "" " Time** is the default *Manufacturing Order* planned date." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:70 msgid "Sales - Lead Times" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:72 msgid "" "In the *Sales* app, there is an option called *Delivery Date*. It allows " "seeing an additional field on the sales orders, *Expected Date*. This one is" @@ -2795,23 +2386,23 @@ msgid "" "configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:81 msgid "" "If the set up *Delivery Date* is earlier than the the *Expected Date*, a " "warning message is displayed." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:89 msgid "" "But, for all of this properly working, it is still necessary to configure " "all the lead times that could occur." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:93 msgid "Customer Lead Time" msgstr "Срок поставки заказчика" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:95 msgid "" "The *Customer Lead Time* is the time needed for your product to go from your" " warehouse to the customer place. It can be configured on any product by " @@ -2819,64 +2410,64 @@ msgid "" "product form, go in the inventory tab, and add your *Customer Lead Time*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:105 msgid "" "For example, product B is ordered on the 2nd of April but the *Customer Lead" " Time* is two days. In that case, the expected delivery date is the 4th of " "April." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:110 -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:182 -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:219 msgid "Security Lead Time" msgstr "Надежный временной цикл" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:112 msgid "" "In sales, *Security Lead Time* corresponds to backup days to ensure you are " "able to deliver the products in time. The purpose is to be ready shipping " "earlier in order to arrive on time." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:116 msgid "" "The number of security days is subtracted from the calculation to compute a " "scheduled date earlier than the one promised to the customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:119 msgid "" "To set this up, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " "Settings` and enable the feature *Security Lead Time for Sales*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:126 msgid "" "For example, product B is scheduled to be delivered on the 6th of April but " "the *Security Lead Time* is one day. In that case, the scheduled date for " "the delivery order is the 5th of April." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:131 msgid "Deliver several products" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:133 msgid "" "In many cases, customers order several products at the same time. Those can " "have different lead times but still need to be delivered, at once or " "separately. Fortunately, Odoo can help you handle these cases easily." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:137 msgid "" "From the *Other Info* tab of your *Sale Order*, you can choose between *When" " all products are ready* and *As soon as possible*. The first one is to " "deliver products at once, while the second is to deliver them separately." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:142 msgid "" "For example, products A and B are ordered at the same time. A has 8 lead " "days and B has 5. With the first option, the *Expected Date* is calculated " @@ -2885,29 +2476,29 @@ msgid "" "April." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:148 msgid "" "With the second option, the *Expected Date* is calculated based on the " "product with the least customer lead days. In this example, B is the product" " with the least lead days. So, the *Expected Date* is on the 7th of April." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:154 msgid "Purchase - Lead Times" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:157 msgid "Supplier Lead Time" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:159 msgid "" "The *Supplier Lead Time* is the time needed for a product you purchased to " "be delivered. To configure it, open a product from :menuselection:`Purchase " "--> Products --> Products` and add a vendor under the *Purchase* tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:168 msgid "" "By clicking on *Add a line*, a new window is displayed. You can specify the " "*Delivery Lead Time* there. If done so, the delivery day for every purchase " @@ -2915,47 +2506,47 @@ msgid "" "Time*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:178 msgid "" "It is possible to add different vendors and, thus, different lead times " "depending on the vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:184 msgid "" "The *Security Lead Time* for purchase follows the same logic as the one for " "*Sales*, except that you are the customer. Then, it is the margin of error " "for your supplier to deliver your order." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:188 msgid "" "To set up *Security Lead Time* for purchase, go to :menuselection:`Inventory" " --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable the feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:196 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:196 msgid "" "Doing so, every time the system generates purchase orders, those are " "scheduled that many days earlier to cope with unexpected vendor delays." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:200 msgid "Manufacturing - Lead Times" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:203 msgid "Manufacturing Lead Time" msgstr "Время производства" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:205 msgid "" "The *Manufacturing Lead Time* is the time needed to manufacture the product." " To specify it, open the *Inventory* tab of your product form and add the " "number of days the manufacturing takes." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:213 msgid "" "When working with *Manufacturing Lead Times*, the *Deadline Start* of the " "*MO* is **Commitment Date - Manufacturing Lead Time**. For example, the MO’s" @@ -2963,19 +2554,19 @@ msgid "" "July is June 27th." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:221 msgid "" "The *Security Lead Time* for manufacturing allows generating manufacturing " "orders earlier to cope with the risk of manufacturing delays." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:225 msgid "" "To enable it, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> " "Settings` and tick *Security Lead Time*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:232 msgid "" "For example, a customer orders B with a delivery date scheduled on the 20th " "of June. The *Manufacturing Lead Time* is 14 days and the *Security Lead " @@ -2983,152 +2574,80 @@ msgid "" "the 3rd of June, which is the MO’s planned date." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:238 msgid "Global Example" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:240 msgid "Here is a configuration:" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:242 msgid "1 day of security lead time for Sales" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:243 msgid "2 days of security lead time for Manufacturing" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:244 msgid "3 days of manufacturing lead time" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:245 msgid "1 day of security lead time for Purchase" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:246 msgid "4 days of supplier lead time" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:248 msgid "" "Let’s say that a customer orders B on the 1st of September and the delivery " "date is planned to be within 20 days (September 20th). In such a scenario, " "here is when all the various steps are triggered." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:252 msgid "**September 1st**: the sales order is created" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:253 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:253 msgid "" "**September 10th**: the deadline to order components from the supplier " "because of the manufacturing process (4 days of supplier lead time)" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:256 msgid "" "**September 13th**: the reception of the product from the supplier (1 day of" " security lead time for Purchase)" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:258 msgid "" "**September 14th**: the deadline start date for the manufacturing (19th - 3 " "days of manufacturing lead time - 2 days of security lead time for " "Manufacturing)" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:261 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:261 msgid "" "**September 19th**: the expected date on the delivery order form (1 day of " "security lead time for sales)" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:3 -msgid "Configure and Run Schedulers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:6 -msgid "What is a scheduler?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The scheduler is the calculation engine that plans and prioritizes " -"production and purchasing. It does it automatically, according to the rules " -"defined on products. By default, the scheduler is set to run once a day." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:14 -msgid "Calculating Requirements / Scheduling" -msgstr "Расчет требований / планирования" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Scheduling only validates procurements that are confirmed but not yet " -"started. These procurement reservations will start production, tasks or " -"purchases themselves, depending on the configuration of the requested " -"product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:21 -msgid "" -"As a human would do, the scheduler takes the priority of operations into " -"account when starting reservations and procurements. Urgent requests will be" -" started first." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:26 -msgid "" -"In case there are not enough products in stock to satisfy all the requests, " -"you can be sure that the most urgent ones will be produced first." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:31 -msgid "Configure and run the scheduler" -msgstr "Настройте и запустите планировщик" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:34 -msgid "Run the scheduler manually" -msgstr "Запустите планировщик вручную" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:36 -msgid "" -"To start the scheduler manually, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Operations --> Run Schedulers`. The scheduler uses all the relevant " -"parameters defined for products, suppliers and the company to prioritize the" -" different production orders, deliveries and supplier purchases." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:45 -msgid "Configure and run the scheduler (for advanced users)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:47 -msgid "" -"To use this feature, you have to enable the :doc:`Developer mode " -"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` mode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Then, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> " -"Scheduled Actions` and modify the *Run MRP Scheduler Configuration*. There, " -"you can set the starting time of the scheduler." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products.rst:3 msgid "Products" msgstr "Продукты" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:3 msgid "How to select the right replenishment strategy" msgstr "Как установить правильную стратегию пополнения на складе" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:5 msgid "" "Minimum Stock rules and Make to Order have similar consequences but " "different rules. They should be used depending on your manufacturing and " @@ -3138,15 +2657,15 @@ msgstr "" "но разные правила. Они должны использоваться в зависимости от ваших " "технологий производства и стратегии доставки." -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:10 msgid "Terminology" msgstr "Терминология" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:13 msgid "Minimum stock rule" msgstr "Правило минимального запаса" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:15 msgid "" "Minimum Stock rules are used to ensure that you always have the minimum " "amount of a product in stock in order to manufacture your products and/or " @@ -3161,13 +2680,12 @@ msgstr "" "заказ на закупку с количеством, необходимым для достижения максимального " "уровня запаса." -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:22 -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:58 -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:58 msgid "Make to Order" msgstr "Сделать на заказ" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:24 msgid "" "The Make to Order function will trigger a Purchase Order of the amount of " "the Sales Order related to the product. The system will **not** check the " @@ -3179,11 +2697,11 @@ msgstr "" "означает, что проект заказ на покупку будет сгенерирован независимо от " "количества, находящихся в наличии товара." -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:33 msgid "Minimum stock rules" msgstr "Правила минимального запаса" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:35 msgid "" "The Minimum Stock Rules configuration is available through your Inventory " "module. In the Inventory Control menu select \"Reordering Rule\" in the drop" @@ -3195,7 +2713,7 @@ msgstr "" "меню. Нажмите "Создать", чтобы установить минимальные и " "максимальные значения запасов для данного товара." -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:44 msgid "" "Show tooltips for \"minimum quantity\", \"maximum quantity\" and \"quantity " "multiple\" fields" @@ -3203,7 +2721,7 @@ msgstr "" "Покажите подсказки для полей "минимальное количество", " ""максимальное количество" и "несколько количеств"." -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:47 msgid "" "Then, click on your product to access the related product form and, on the " "\"Inventory submenu\", do not forget to select a supplier." @@ -3211,7 +2729,7 @@ msgstr "" "Нажмите товар, чтобы получить доступ к соответствующей формы товара, а в " ""Подменю состава" не забудьте выбрать поставщика." -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:54 msgid "" "Don't forget to select the right product type. A consumable can not be " "stocked and will thus not be accounted for in the stock valuation." @@ -3219,7 +2737,7 @@ msgstr "" "Не забудьте выбрать правильный тип товара. Расходный материал не может быть " "упакован, и поэтому не будет учтено в оценке запасов." -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:60 msgid "" "The Make to Order configuration is available on your product form through " "your :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory control --> Products` (or any " @@ -3229,17 +2747,17 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory control --> Products` (или любой " "другой модуль, где доступны товары)." -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:64 msgid "On the product form, under Inventory, click on \"Make To Order\"." msgstr "" "На форме товара в разделе "Склад" нажмите "Сделать " "заказ"." -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:70 msgid "Choice between the two options" msgstr "Выбор между двумя функциями" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:72 msgid "" "The choice between the two options is thus dependent of your inventory " "strategy. If you prefer to have a buffer and always have at least a minimum " @@ -3252,11 +2770,11 @@ msgstr "" "порядок свои запасы только при условии подтверждения продажи, лучше " "воспользоваться кнопкой "Сделать по заказу"." -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:3 msgid "Use Different Units of Measure" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:5 msgid "" "In some cases, handling products in different units of measure is necessary." " For example, if you buy products in a country where the metric system is of" @@ -3266,32 +2784,32 @@ msgid "" "customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:12 msgid "" "You can set up Odoo to work with different units of measure for one product." msgstr "" "Вы можете настроить Odoo для работы с различными единицами измерения для " "одного товара." -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:18 msgid "" "In the *Inventory* application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Settings`. In the *Products* section, activate *Units of Measure*, then " "*Save*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:25 msgid "Create New Units of Measure" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:27 msgid "" "In the *Inventory* application go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> UoM`." " There, hit *Create*. As an example, we will create a Box of 6 units that we" " will use for the Egg product." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:34 msgid "" "The category is important for unit conversion, you will be able to convert " "products from one unit to another only if those units belong to the same " @@ -3299,18 +2817,18 @@ msgid "" "for the category which is “Units” here." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:43 msgid "Specify Units of Measure on your Products" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:45 msgid "" "In the :menuselection:`Inventory application --> Master Data --> Products`, " "open the product which you would like to change the purchase/sale unit of " "measure, and click on *Edit*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:49 msgid "" "In the *General Information* tab, you can select the *Unit of Measure* in " "which the product will be sold, which is also the unit in which internal " @@ -3318,22 +2836,22 @@ msgid "" "Measure*, which is the unit in which you purchase the product." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:59 msgid "Transfer from One Unit to Another" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:62 -msgid "Buy in the Pruchase UoM" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:62 +msgid "Buy in the Purchase UoM" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:64 msgid "" "In the *Purchase* application, *Create* a new request for quotation in which" " you include the product with the different *Units of Measure* and *Confirm*" " it." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:71 msgid "" "On the automatically generated purchase orders, the UoM used is the Box of " "6, meaning the Purchase UoM. You have of course the possibility to manually " @@ -3342,42 +2860,42 @@ msgid "" "converted in 60 units. Indeed, the stock is managed in units." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:82 msgid "Replenishment" msgstr "пополнение" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:84 msgid "" "When doing a replenishment via the *Replenish* button on the product form, " "you have the possibility to use a different unit of measure." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:94 msgid "Sell in bigger UoM" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:96 msgid "" "You can choose the unit of measure on the sale order document and decide to " "sell the eggs by the dozen. When doing so, the price is automatically " "computed from Units UoM to adapt to the selected *UoM*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:103 msgid "" "In the delivery order, the *UoM* used in the sale order is converted to the " "*UoM* used for stock management, in our use case, the Units." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:3 msgid "When Should you Use Packages, Units of Measure or Special Packaging?" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:6 msgid "Units of Measure" msgstr "Единицы измерения" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:8 msgid "" "Units of measure specify the unit used to handle a product. In Odoo, you " "have the possibility to specify the unit of measure in which you manage your" @@ -3385,25 +2903,25 @@ msgid "" "supplier." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:16 msgid "" "The *conversion* between the different units of measure is done " "automatically. The only condition is that all the units have to be in the " "*same category* (Unit, Weight, Volume, Length,...)" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:20 msgid "" "For example, if I have the following reordering rule for the egg and I run " "the scheduler, the quantity added in the automatically generated purchase " "order will be in dozens but what will enter the stock will be units." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:35 msgid "Packages" msgstr "Упаковка" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:37 msgid "" "The package is the physical container in which you put one or several " "products from a picking. For example, when you deliver a product, you can " @@ -3411,166 +2929,67 @@ msgid "" "you to have a report with the quantity of products for each package." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:43 msgid "" "To separate a delivery into different packages you will have to set the done" " quantity to the desired package quantity then click on \"PUT IN PACK\", do " "this for each package." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:54 msgid "Packaging" msgstr "Упаковка" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:56 msgid "" "The packaging is the physical container that protects your product. If you " "are selling computers, the packaging contains the computer with the notice " "and the power plug." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:60 msgid "" "In Odoo, packagings are used for indicative purposes on sale orders. They " "can be specified on the product form, in the inventory tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:70 msgid "" "Another useful use of the packaging is for product reception. By scanning " "the barcode of the packaging, Odoo adds the number of units contained in the" " packing on the picking." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies.rst:3 msgid "Inventory Adjustment" msgstr "Коррекция остатков" -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:3 -msgid "Choose Between Reordering Rules and Make to Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:5 -msgid "" -"*Reordering rules* and *make to order* do both allow to automatically " -"replenish products when necessary. The difference between those tools is how" -" they are triggered." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:9 -msgid "" -"*Reordering rules* are used to ensure that you always have a minimum amount " -"of a product in stock in order to manufacture your products and/or answer to" -" your customer needs. When the stock level of a product reaches its minimum " -"the system will automatically generate a procurement with the needed " -"quantity to reach the maximum stock level." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:15 -msgid "" -"The *Make to Order* route will trigger a procurement (purchase order or " -"manufacturing order) with the necessary quantity to fulfill a product " -"request (coming from a sale order or a manufacturing order). The system will" -" not check the quantity on hand for the corresponding product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:24 -msgid "Reordering Rules" -msgstr "Правила повторных заказов" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:26 -msgid "" -"The *Reordering Rules* configuration is available through the menu " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Master Data --> Reordering Rules`. There, " -"click on *Create* to set minimum and maximum stock values for a given " -"product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:33 -msgid "" -"When the forecasted stock goes below the *Minimum Quantity* specified in " -"this field, Odoo generates a procurement to bring the forecasted quantity to" -" the *Maximum Quantity*. The *Quantity Multiple* is used to round the " -"procurement quantity up to this multiple. If it is 0, the exact quantity " -"will be used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:42 -msgid "" -"The *Lead time* is the number of days after the order point is triggered to " -"receive the products or to order them to the vendor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:45 -msgid "" -"In case you work with multi-warehouses and/or multi-locations, you will be " -"able to specify different reordering rules for the same product in each " -"location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:50 -msgid "" -"For the reordering rules to be triggered, on the corresponding product, a " -"route should be specified. In case you manufacture your products, make sure " -"to select the route *Manufacture* and create a *Bill of Material* for the " -"product. In case you purchase your products, make sure to select the route " -"*Buy* and add a *Vendor Pricelist*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:62 -msgid "" -"Don't forget to select the product type *storable* in the product form. A " -"consumable can not be stocked and won’t trigger reordering rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:69 -msgid "" -"The *Make To Order* configuration is available on your product form through " -"your :menuselection:`Inventory module --> Master Data --> Products` (or in " -"any other module where products are available)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:73 -msgid "" -"On the product form, in the *Inventory tab*, you can set a route. You can " -"choose *Make To Order* and another route, either *Buy* or *Manufacture*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Again, if the *Buy* route is selected, make sure to set a *Vendor pricelist*" -" in the *Purchase tab*. In case you have set a *Manufacture* route, make " -"sure you have a *BoM* for this product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:3 msgid "Resupply from another Warehouse" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:8 msgid "" "In order to be able to resupply from another warehouse, you need to activate" -" \\*multi-warehouses\\* and \\*multi-step routes\\*. Storage locations will " -"be automatically activated when activating multi-warehouses." +" \\*multi-step routes\\*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:15 msgid "" "You can then access your warehouses via :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Warehouses`. Create the necessary warehouses following " -"this :doc:`documentation <../warehouses/warehouse_creation>`. Enter the " -"warehouse which should be resupplied by another one. You will have the " -"possibility to directly indicate through which warehouse it gets resupplied." +"Configuration --> Warehouses`. Enter the warehouse which should be " +"resupplied by another one. You will have the possibility to directly " +"indicate through which warehouse it gets resupplied." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:24 msgid "" "By activating this option, a new route will now be available on your " "products \\*Supply Product from Second warehouse\\*. It can now be selected," " along with either a \\*reordering rule\\* or a \\*make to order\\*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:32 msgid "" "For the demonstration, I set a reordering rule with a minimum of 5 units in " "stock and a maximum of 10 units in stock, having currently 0 units on hand. " @@ -3578,7 +2997,7 @@ msgid "" "Operations --> Run scheduler`." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:40 msgid "" "The system automatically creates two pickings, one \\*delivery order\\* from" " my Second Warehouse which contains the necessary products, and a receipt in" @@ -3587,28 +3006,28 @@ msgid "" "Second warehouse\\*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting.rst:3 msgid "Valuation Methods" msgstr "методы оценки" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:3 msgid "Integrating additional costs to products (landed costs)" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:5 msgid "" "The landed cost feature in Odoo allows to include additional costs " "(shipment, insurance, customs duties, etc.) into the cost of the product." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:10 msgid "" "Landed costs can only be applied to products with a FIFO or AVCO costing " "method and an automated inventory valuation (which requires the accounting " "application to be installed)." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:17 msgid "" "First, you need to go in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " "Settings` and activate the landed costs feature. You can also determine the " @@ -3616,238 +3035,238 @@ msgid "" "recorded." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:25 msgid "Add costs to products" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:28 msgid "Receive the vendor bill" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:30 msgid "" "Let’s imagine I receive a bill from custom duties for a shipment. I’ll tick " "the box *Landed Costs* on the vendor bill line." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:37 msgid "The landed cost product must be of type service." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:39 msgid "" "If this product is always a landed cost, you can also define it on the " "product and avoid having to tick the box on each vendor bill." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:45 msgid "" "At the top of my vendor bill, I’ll see a button *create landed costs*. I " "click on this button and a landed cost is automatically created. I can now " "decide on which picking those additional costs should apply." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:52 msgid "" "I can now click on *Compute* and go in the tab *Valuation Adjustments* to " "see the impact on my products costs. The last step is to validate the landed" " cost." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:56 msgid "" "I can access the journal entry that has been created by the landed cost by " "clicking on the journal entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:63 msgid "" "You are not forced to start from the vendor bill, you can also go in " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Landed Costs` and directly " "create the landed cost from there." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:7 msgid "Inventory valuation configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:7 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:5 msgid "" "Inventory valuation refers to how you value your stock. It’s a very " "important aspect of a business as the inventory can be the biggest asset of " "a company." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:13 msgid "Inventory valuation implies two main choices:" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:15 msgid "The cost method you use to value your goods (standard, fifo, avco)" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:16 msgid "" "The way you record this value into your accounting books (manually or " "automatically)" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:18 msgid "Those two concepts are explained in the sections below." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:21 msgid "Costing Methods: Standard, FIFO, AVCO" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:23 msgid "" "The costing method is defined in the product category. There are three " "options available. Each of them is explained in detail below." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:71 msgid "Standard Price" msgstr "Стандартная цена" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:34 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:79 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:127 msgid "Operation" msgstr "Операция" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:35 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:80 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:128 msgid "Unit Cost" msgstr "Себестоимость единицы" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:36 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:81 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:129 msgid "Qty On Hand" msgstr "Количество в наличии" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:37 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:82 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:130 msgid "Delta Value" msgstr "значение дельты" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:38 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:83 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:131 msgid "Inventory Value" msgstr "Величина запасов" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:40 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:45 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:50 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:55 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:61 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:90 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:138 msgid "€10" msgstr "€10" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:41 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:86 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:134 msgid "0" msgstr "0" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:43 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:85 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:88 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:131 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:136 msgid "€0" msgstr "€0" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:44 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:89 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:137 msgid "Receive 8 Products at €10" msgstr "Получить 8 товаров за 10 евро" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:46 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:91 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:139 msgid "8" msgstr "8" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:47 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:92 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:140 msgid "+8*€10" msgstr "+8*€10" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:48 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:93 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:141 msgid "€80" msgstr "€80" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:49 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:94 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:142 msgid "Receive 4 Products at €16" msgstr "Получить 4 товара за € 16" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:51 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:96 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:144 msgid "12" msgstr "12" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:54 msgid "+4*€10" msgstr "+4*€10" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:55 msgid "€120" msgstr "€120" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:54 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:99 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:147 msgid "Deliver 10 Products" msgstr "Доставить 10 товаров" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:56 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:101 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:149 msgid "2" msgstr "2" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 msgid "-10*€10" msgstr "-10*€10" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:61 msgid "€20" msgstr "€20" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:62 msgid "Receive 2 Products at €9" msgstr "Получить 2 товара за € 9" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:62 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:107 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:155 msgid "4" msgstr "4" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:65 msgid "+2*€10" msgstr "+2*€10" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:66 msgid "€40" msgstr "€40" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:68 msgid "" "In **Standard Price**, any product will be valued at the cost that you " "defined manually on the product form. Usually, this cost is an estimation " @@ -3855,123 +3274,123 @@ msgid "" " be reviewed periodically." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:117 msgid "Average Price" msgstr "Средняя цена" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:95 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:100 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:143 msgid "€12" msgstr "€12" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:97 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:145 msgid "+4*€16" msgstr "+4*€16" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:98 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:146 msgid "€144" msgstr "€144" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 msgid "-10*€12" msgstr "-10*€12" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:106 msgid "€24" msgstr "€24" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:105 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:153 msgid "Receive 2 Products at €6" msgstr "Получить 2 товара за € 6" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:108 msgid "€9" msgstr "€9" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:108 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:156 msgid "+2*€6" msgstr "+2*€6" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:111 msgid "€36" msgstr "€36" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:113 msgid "" "In **AVCO (Average Cost)**, each product has the same value and this value " "is the average purchase cost of the product. With this costing method, the " "cost of the product is recomputed as each receipt." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:117 msgid "The average cost does not change when products leave the warehouse." msgstr "Средняя стоимость не меняется, когда товары забирают со склада." -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:168 msgid "FIFO" msgstr "FIFO" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:148 msgid "€16" msgstr "€16" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 msgid "-8*€10" msgstr "-8*€10" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 msgid "-2*€16" msgstr "-2*€16" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:152 msgid "€32" msgstr "€32" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:154 msgid "€11" msgstr "€11" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:157 msgid "€44" msgstr "€44" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:159 msgid "" "In **FIFO (First In First Out)**, the products are valued at their purchase " "cost. When a product leaves the stock, that’s the “First in, first out” rule" " that applies." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:163 msgid "" "Pay attention, that this is a financial FIFO. The first value “in” is the " "first value “out”, no matter the storage location, warehouse or serial " "number." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:167 msgid "" "FIFO is advised if you manage all your workflows into Odoo (Sales, " "Purchases, Inventory). It suits any kind of users." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:171 msgid "Inventory Valuation: Manual or Automated" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:173 msgid "" "There are two ways to record your inventory valuation in your accounting " "books. As the costing method, this is defined in your product category. " "Those two methods are detailed below." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:177 msgid "" "It is important to also note that the accounting entries will depend on your" " accounting mode: it can be continental or anglo-saxon. In continental " @@ -3981,19 +3400,19 @@ msgid "" "the tables below, you can easily compare those two accounting modes." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:185 msgid "" "Usually, based on your country, the correct accounting mode will be chosen " "by default. If you want to verify your accounting mode, activate the " -":doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` and open " -"your accounting settings." +":doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>` and open your " +"accounting settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:191 msgid "Manual Inventory Valuation" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:193 msgid "" "In this case, goods receipts and deliveries won’t have any direct impact on " "your accounting books. Periodically, you create a manual journal entry " @@ -4001,7 +3420,7 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Inventory Valuation`." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:196 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:198 msgid "" "This is the default configuration in Odoo and it works out-of-the-box. Check" " following operations and find out how Odoo is managing the accounting " @@ -4010,83 +3429,83 @@ msgstr "" "Это настройки по умолчанию в Odoo, и оно работает вне коробки. Проверьте " "следующие операции и узнайте, как Odoo руководит бухгалтерскими сообщениями." -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:201 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:360 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:362 msgid "Continental Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:218 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:294 msgid "Vendor Bill" msgstr "Счет от поставщика" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:209 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:226 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:260 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:282 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:300 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:339 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:341 msgid "\\" msgstr "\\" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:209 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:226 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:260 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:282 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:300 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:339 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:341 msgid "Debit" msgstr "Дебет" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:209 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:226 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:260 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:282 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:300 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:339 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:341 msgid "Credit" msgstr "Кредит" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:211 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:262 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:286 msgid "Assets: Inventory" msgstr "Активы состав" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:211 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:286 msgid "50" msgstr "50" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:212 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:287 msgid "Assets: Deferred Tax Assets" msgstr "Активы: отсроченные налоговые активы" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:212 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:287 msgid "4.68" msgstr "4.68" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:213 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:288 msgid "Liabilities: Accounts Payable" msgstr "Обязанности: кредиторская задолженность" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:213 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:288 msgid "54.68" msgstr "54.68" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:218 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:236 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:292 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:311 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:294 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:313 msgid "Configuration:" msgstr "настройки:" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:217 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:292 msgid "" "Purchased Goods: defined on the product or on the internal category of " "related product (Expense Account field)" @@ -4094,71 +3513,71 @@ msgstr "" "Приобретенные товары: определены на товаре или на внутренний категории " "соответствующего товара (поле счета расходов)" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:218 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:294 msgid "" "Deferred Tax Assets: defined on the tax used on the purchase order line" msgstr "" "Будущие налоговые активы: определяется налогом, используемого на строку " "заказа на приобретение" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:219 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:293 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:295 msgid "Accounts Payable: defined on the vendor related to the bill" msgstr "" "Кредиторская задолженность: определяется поставщиком, связанным со счетом" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:220 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:294 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:296 msgid "Goods Receptions" msgstr "прием товаров" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:221 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:241 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:243 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:295 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:316 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:297 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:320 msgid "No Journal Entry" msgstr "Есть журнальных записей" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:238 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:313 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:315 msgid "Customer Invoice" msgstr "Счет клиента" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:228 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:230 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:304 msgid "Revenues: Sold Goods" msgstr "Доходы: проданные товары" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:228 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:230 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:304 msgid "100" msgstr "100" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:229 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:303 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:305 msgid "Liabilities: Deferred Tax Liabilities" msgstr "Обязанности: отсроченные налоговые обязательства" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:229 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:303 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:305 msgid "9" msgstr "9" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:230 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:306 msgid "Assets: Accounts Receivable" msgstr "Активы: дебиторская задолженность" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:230 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:306 msgid "109" msgstr "109" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:234 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:308 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:310 msgid "" "Revenues: defined on the product or on the internal category of related " "product (Income Account field)" @@ -4166,21 +3585,21 @@ msgstr "" "Доходы: определяются по товару или по внутренней категорией соответствующего" " товара (поле Текущий счет)" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:235 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:310 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:312 msgid "Deferred Tax Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line" msgstr "" "Налоговые обязательства будущих периодов: определяется налогом, " "используемого на строке счета-фактуры" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:236 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:311 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:313 msgid "Accounts Receivable: defined on the customer (Receivable Account)" msgstr "" "Дебиторская задолженность: определяется на клиента (счет на получение)" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:238 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:313 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:315 msgid "" "The fiscal position used on the invoice may have a rule that replaces the " "Income Account or the tax defined on the product by another one." @@ -4188,18 +3607,18 @@ msgstr "" "Схема налогообложения, использованная в счете-фактуре, может иметь правило, " "заменяет учет доходов или налог, определенный на товаре другим." -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:240 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:317 msgid "Customer Shipping" msgstr "клиентская доставка" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:243 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:320 msgid "Manufacturing Orders" msgstr "Производственные заявки" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:249 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:324 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:251 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:326 msgid "" "At the end of the month/year, your company does a physical inventory or just" " relies on the inventory in Odoo to value the stock into your books." @@ -4207,7 +3626,7 @@ msgstr "" "В конце месяца / года ваша компания осуществляет физическую инвентаризацию " "или просто опирается на склад в Odoo, чтобы оценить запас в ваши книги." -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:254 msgid "" "Create a journal entry to move the stock variation value from your " "Profit&Loss section to your assets." @@ -4215,20 +3634,20 @@ msgstr "" "Создайте запись журнала, чтобы переместить стоимость запасов в разделе Доход" " и потери в своих активов." -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:262 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:263 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:341 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:342 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:343 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:343 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:345 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:346 msgid "X" msgstr "X" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:265 msgid "Expenses: Inventory Variations" msgstr "Расходы: варианты инвентаризации" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:268 msgid "" "If the stock value decreased, the **Inventory** account is credited and te " "**Inventory Variations** debited." @@ -4236,12 +3655,12 @@ msgstr "" "Если снизилась стоимость состава, ** Состав ** счет зачисляется и ** " "Варианты инвентаризации ** дебетуются." -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:274 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:387 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:389 msgid "Anglo-Saxon Accounting" msgstr "Англо-саксонской учет" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:327 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:329 msgid "" "Then you need to break down the purchase balance into both the inventory and" " the cost of goods sold using the following formula:" @@ -4249,7 +3668,7 @@ msgstr "" "Тогда вам нужно разбить баланс покупки как инвентаризацию, так и стоимость " "проданных товаров по следующей формуле:" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:330 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:332 msgid "" "Cost of goods sold (COGS) = Starting inventory value + Purchases – Closing " "inventory value" @@ -4257,33 +3676,33 @@ msgstr "" "Стоимость проданных товаров (COGS) = Начальная стоимость запаса + Покупки - " "Завершение инвентаризации" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:334 msgid "To update the stock valuation in your books, record such an entry:" msgstr "" "Чтобы обновить оценку состава в своих книгах, зарегистрируйте следующую " "запись:" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:341 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:343 msgid "Assets: Inventory (closing value)" msgstr "Активы: Инвентаризация (конечная стоимость)" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:344 msgid "Expenses: Cost of Good Sold" msgstr "Расходы: стоимость проданных товаров" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:343 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:345 msgid "Expenses: Purchased Goods" msgstr "Расходы: приобретенные товары" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:346 msgid "Assets: Inventory (starting value)" msgstr "Активы: Инвентаризация (начальное значение)" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:350 msgid "Automated Inventory Valuation" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:352 msgid "" "In that case, when a product enters or leaves your stock, an accounting " "entry will be automatically created. This means your accounting books are " @@ -4292,33 +3711,33 @@ msgid "" "configuration & testing." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:356 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:358 msgid "" "First, you need to define the accounts that will be used for those " "accounting entries. This is done on the product category." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:372 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:399 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:374 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:401 msgid "**Configuration:**" msgstr "** Настройка: **" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:374 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:401 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:376 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:403 msgid "Accounts Receivable/Payable: defined on the partner (Accounting tab)" msgstr "" "Дебиторская задолженность / кредиторская задолженность: определенная у " "партнера (вкладка Учет)" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:376 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:403 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:378 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:405 msgid "" "Deferred Tax Assets/Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line" msgstr "" "Отсроченные налоговые активы / обязательства: определяется налогом, " "используемого на строке счета-фактуры" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:378 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:380 msgid "" "Revenues/Expenses: defined by default on product's internal category; can be" " also set in product form (Accounting tab) as a replacement value." @@ -4327,7 +3746,7 @@ msgstr "" "также может быть установлен в форме товара (вкладка Бухучет) как значение " "замены." -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:381 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:383 msgid "" "Inventory Variations: to set as Stock Input/Output Account in product's " "internal category" @@ -4335,15 +3754,15 @@ msgstr "" "Варианты инвентаризации: устанавливать как входящий / исходящий аккаунт во " "внутренней категории товара" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:384 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:419 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:386 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:421 msgid "" "Inventory: to set as Stock Valuation Account in product's internal category" msgstr "" "Инвентаризация: назначать учет стоимости состава во внутренней категории " "товара" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:406 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:408 msgid "" "Revenues: defined on the product category as a default, or specifically to a" " specific product." @@ -4351,7 +3770,7 @@ msgstr "" "Доходы: определяется как категория товара по умолчанию, или для конкретного " "товара." -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:409 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:411 msgid "" "Expenses: this is where you should set the \"Cost of Goods Sold\" account. " "Defined on the product category as a default value, or specifically on the " @@ -4361,7 +3780,7 @@ msgstr "" "продаваемых". Определены категорию товара как значения по умолчанию или" " непосредственно на форме товара." -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:413 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:415 msgid "" "Goods Received Not Purchased: to set as Stock Input Account in product's " "internal category" @@ -4369,7 +3788,7 @@ msgstr "" "Полученные товары не были приобретены: чтобы установить входной учет во " "внутренней категории товара" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:416 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:418 msgid "" "Goods Issued Not Invoiced: to set as Stock Output Account in product's " "internal category" @@ -4377,7 +3796,7 @@ msgstr "" "Выпущенные товары не учитываются на счетах: для внутренней категории товара " "назначайте учет выходных расходов" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:421 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:423 msgid "" "Price Difference: to set in product's internal category or in product form " "as a specific replacement value" @@ -4385,49 +3804,49 @@ msgstr "" "Разница цен: установить во внутренней категории товара или в форме товара " "как определенное изменение стоимости" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:3 msgid "Using the inventory valuation" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:9 msgid "" "In this documentation, we will explain how the inventory valuation works in " "Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:13 msgid "Inventory valuation: the basics" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:16 msgid "Receive a product" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:18 msgid "" "Each time a product enters or leaves your stock, the value of your inventory" " is impacted. The way it is impacted depends on the configuration of your " "product (more info here)." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:22 msgid "" "Let’s take an example with a product - a table - configured with a *FIFO " "costing method* and an automated inventory valuation." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:25 msgid "I purchase 10 tables at a cost of $10." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:30 msgid "" "When I’ll confirm the receipt of the products, the value of my inventory " "will be impacted. If I want to know what this impact is, I can click on the " "valuation stat button." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:35 msgid "" "The consignment feature allows you to set owners on your stock (discover " "more about the consignment feature). When you receive products that are " @@ -4435,37 +3854,37 @@ msgid "" "valuation." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:44 msgid "You need access rights on the accounting module to see that button." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:46 msgid "" "In this case, I can see that the 10 tables entered the stock for a total " "value of $100." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:52 msgid "" "I can also easily access the accounting entry that has been generated (in " "case of automated inventory valuation)." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:59 msgid "Deliver a product" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:61 msgid "" "In the same logic, when a table will be delivered, the stock valuation will " "be impacted and you will have access to a similar information." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:68 msgid "The inventory valuation report" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:70 msgid "" "The summary of this is accessible via the inventory valuation report " "(accessible from :menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Inventory " @@ -4474,15 +3893,15 @@ msgid "" "information for a past date." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses.rst:3 msgid "Warehouses" msgstr "Склады" -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:3 msgid "What is the difference between warehouses and locations?" msgstr "Какая разница между составом и местонахождением?" -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:5 msgid "" "In Odoo, a **Warehouse** is the actual building/place in which your items " "are stocked. You can setup multiple warehouses and create moves between " @@ -4492,7 +3911,7 @@ msgstr "" "ваши товары. Вы можете установить несколько складов и создавать переходы " "между ними." -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:9 msgid "" "A **Location**, is a specific space within your warehouse. It can be " "considered as a sublocation of your warehouse, as a shelf, a floor, an " @@ -4506,11 +3925,11 @@ msgstr "" "связать одно местонахождение с несколькими составами. Вы можете настроить " "столько местонахождений, сколько вам нужно под одним составом." -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:15 msgid "There are 3 types of locations:" msgstr "Существует 3 типа местонахождений:" -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:17 msgid "" "The **Physical Locations** are internal locations that are part of the " "warehouses for which you are the owner. They can be the loading and " @@ -4520,7 +3939,7 @@ msgstr "" "частью состава, которого вы являетесь владельцем. Они могут быть областью " "погрузки и разгрузки вашего склада, полки или отдела и тому подобное." -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:21 msgid "" "The **Partner Locations** are spaces within a customer and/or vendor's " "warehouse. They work the same way as Physical Locations with the only " @@ -4531,7 +3950,7 @@ msgstr "" "местонахождений", но только потому, что вы не являетесь владельцем " "склада." -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:25 msgid "" "The **Virtual Locations** are places that do not exist, but in which " "products can be placed when they are not physically in an inventory yet (or " @@ -4545,7 +3964,7 @@ msgstr "" " ** Потери состава **) или когда вы хотите принять во внимание товары, " "которые переходят на ваш склад (** Обеспечение **)." -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:31 msgid "" "In Odoo, locations are structured hierarchically. You can structure your " "locations as a tree, dependent on a parent-child relationship. This gives " @@ -4557,326 +3976,19 @@ msgstr "" "родительским и дочерним. Это дает вам более подробный уровень анализа ваших " "операций на складе и организации ваших складов." -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:37 -msgid ":doc:`warehouse_creation`" -msgstr ":doc:`warehouse_creation`" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:38 -msgid ":doc:`location_creation`" -msgstr ":doc:`location_creation`" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:3 -msgid "Create a New Location" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In order to be able to create different locations, you will need to activate" -" *Multi-Locations* in the settings which can be done from the " -":menuselection:`Inventory application --> Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:15 -msgid "" -"In the *Inventory application*, you can now go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations` and hit *Create* in order to " -"create a new location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Type the name of the location in the *Location Name* field, and select the " -"*Parent Location* in the list. The parent location can be a physical, " -"partner or virtual location, and you can add as many sub-locations as needed" -" to a location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:29 -msgid "" -"In case you want the location to be suggested when creating a Return or when" -" Scrapping a product, you should check *Is a Scrap Location?* and *Is a " -"Return Location?*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:33 -msgid "" -"If you have the *Barcode* application installed, you can specify the barcode" -" which will correspond to this location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:37 -msgid "" -"A warehouse also corresponds to a location. As the locations are " -"hierarchical, Odoo will create the parent location of the warehouse, " -"containing all the sublocations in it." -msgstr "" -"Состав также отвечает местонахождению. Поскольку местонахождение являются " -"иерархическими, Odoo создаст родительское расположение состава, содержащего " -"все подклассы в нем." - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:3 -msgid "Create a New Warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In order to create a new warehouse, you should activate the *Multi-" -"Warehouse* settings. Note that the *Multi-Locations* settings will be " -"automatically activated at the same time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:12 -msgid "" -"In order to do so, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration" -" --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:18 -msgid "" -"You can then go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " -"Warehouses` and hit *Create* to add a new warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:24 -msgid "" -"You will be able to enter your warehouse name. You should also choose a " -"short name for your warehouse which is 5-characters long and is used on the " -"different warehouse documents." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:28 -msgid "" -"In the Address field, you can select an existing company or create one on-" -"the-go. Therefore, the address of your warehouse will be the same as the one" -" of the company you selected. You can also leave this field empty and edit " -"it afterward." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:36 -msgid "" -"After the creation of your new warehouse, you can go back to the *Dashboard*" -" and you will see the new operation types automatically created by Odoo due " -"to the creation of a new warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process.rst:3 -msgid "Process Overview" -msgstr "Общий обзор процесса" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:3 -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:25 -msgid "Deliver Products from Stock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:6 -msgid "Create Storable/Consumable Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:8 -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:5 -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The first step to use the inventory application is to create products in " -"your database via the menu :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products`. Click " -"the Create button and enter the name of your product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:15 -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:12 -msgid "" -"In case you set the product as *storable*, you will track the stock for this" -" product and know how many units are in stock and what is the forecasted " -"number of units. If you want to include a product on receipts/deliveries but" -" don’t need to track its stock, you can set it as *consumable*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Once you have existing products, you can decide to create a delivery to " -"deliver products to your customers. The process in order to do so is " -"described in the following print screens." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:37 -msgid "" -"On the delivery order, you can specify to whom the products will be " -"delivered along with the different products and their respective quantities." -" When the delivery is complete you can hit *Validate* and the products will " -"go out of your stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:45 -msgid "" -"In case you have a delivery that is planned but shouldn’t be immediately " -"validated, you can create a *planned delivery* with a scheduled date in the " -"future. You can indicate the initial demand for each product, corresponding " -"to what has been ordered by your customer. Once the document is filled in, " -"you can hit “Mark as to do” in order to consider it in your product " -"forecasts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:51 -msgid "" -"The default setting is the immediate transfer where you do not need to “Mark" -" as to do” and “Check availability” when delivering a product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:54 -msgid "Deliver Products from Stock from a Sale Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:56 -msgid "" -"If you have the *Sales* application installed, delivery can be directly " -"created by *validating a quotation*. You will be able to find the " -"corresponding delivery directly on the *sale order*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:3 -msgid "Set your Initial Stock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Set the product as *storable*, in order to track the stock for this product " -"and be able to include it in an inventory adjustment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:19 -msgid "Inventory Adjustment for Multiple Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Once you have created all your *storable products*, you can create an " -"*inventory adjustment* to determine their current stock level in Odoo. You " -"therefore need to go to :menuselection:`Operations --> Inventory " -"Adjustments` and create a new one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:29 -msgid "" -"You have to enter a title for your *inventory adjustment* and you can then " -"decide if you want to proceed to the *inventory adjustment* of all products " -"or only some of them. For a first *inventory adjustment*, I suggest you to " -"keep the *Products* field empty. You can then *Start Inventory*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:38 -msgid "" -"If you already have some products in stock, Odoo will add the lines with the" -" theoretical quantity currently in stock. You can also add new lines with " -"your other products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:46 -msgid "" -"If your products are tracked by Serial/Lot numbers, you will have an " -"additional column allowing you to specify those for the different units " -"added to the inventory adjustment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Odoo will highlight in red the lines for which there is a difference between" -" the theoretical quantity on hand, which is automatically computed by the " -"system, and the counted quantity you manually entered. Once all the " -"necessary products have been entered, you can hit *Validate Inventory* and " -"the quantities on hand of your different products will be updated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:58 -msgid "Inventory Adjustment for one Product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:60 -msgid "" -"On each storable product, you have access to the *Update Quantity* button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:66 -msgid "" -"When clicking this button, you see the current stock you have for this " -"product. You can edit the existing lines or create new ones to add stock of " -"your product in different locations and/or add new serial/lot numbers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:74 -msgid "" -"Once you come back to your product, you see that the quantity on hand as " -"been updated taking your modification into account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:81 -msgid "" -"If you work with product variants, the quantity on hand will show you the " -"total quantity in stock for the product template, taking the different " -"variants into account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:85 -msgid "" -"By default, the quantity on hand of the product form will show you the " -"number of products that are part of your warehouse view location, meaning " -"which are part of an internal type sub-location of this warehouse. It means " -"that if you have any product in a location that isn’t under the main " -"warehouse location, they won’t appear in the stock on hand stat button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:3 -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:22 -msgid "Receive Products in Stock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Once you have existing products, you can decide to create a receipt to enter" -" products from your supplier in stock. The process in order to do so is " -"described in the following print screens." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:34 -msgid "" -"On the receipt document, you can select the quantity of the different " -"products you receive and the supplier from who you received them. When the " -"receipt is complete, you can hit *Validate* and the products will enter your" -" stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:42 -msgid "" -"In case you have a receipt that is planned but shouldn’t be immediately " -"validated, you can create a *planned receipt* with a scheduled date in the " -"future. You can indicate the initial demand for each product, corresponding " -"to what has been ordered to your supplier. Once the document is filled in, " -"you can hit “Mark as to do” in order to consider it in your product " -"forecasts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:56 -msgid "Receive Products in Stock from Purchase Orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:58 -msgid "" -"If you have the *Purchase* application installed, receipts can be directly " -"created by validating a *request for quotation*. You will be able to find " -"the corresponding receipt directly on the *purchase order*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes.rst:3 msgid "Advanced Routes" msgstr "Дополнительные маршруты" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts.rst:3 msgid "Concepts" msgstr "понятие" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:3 msgid "Organize a cross-dock in a warehouse" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:5 msgid "" "Cross-docking is the process of sending products that are received directly " "to the customers, without making them enter the stock. The trucks are simply" @@ -4884,41 +3996,41 @@ msgid "" "another truck." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:11 msgid "" "For more information on how to organize your warehouse, read our blog: `What" " is cross-docking and is it for me? <https://www.odoo.com/blog/business-" "hacks-1/post/what-is-cross-docking-and-is-it-for-me-270>`__" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:16 msgid "" "In the *Inventory* app, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and" " activate the *Multi-Step Routes*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:22 msgid "Doing so will also enable the *Storage Locations* feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:24 msgid "" "Now, both *Incoming* and *Outgoing* shipments should be configured to work " "with 2 steps. To adapt the configuration, go to :menuselection:`Inventory " "--> Configuration --> Warehouses` and edit your warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:31 msgid "" "This modification will lead to the creation of a *Cross-Docking* route that " "can be found in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:38 msgid "Configure products with Cross-Dock Route" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:40 msgid "" "Create the product that uses the *Cross-Dock Route* and then, in the " "inventory tab, select the routes *Buy* and *Cross-Dock*. Now, in the " @@ -4926,7 +4038,7 @@ msgid "" "for it." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:48 msgid "" "Once done, create a sale order for the product and confirm it. Odoo will " "automatically create two transfers which will be linked to the sale order. " @@ -4937,246 +4049,201 @@ msgid "" "because we still need to order the product to our supplier." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:56 msgid "" "Now, go to the *Purchase* app. There, you will find the purchase order that " "has been automatically triggered by the system. Validate it and receive the " "products in the *Input Location*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:64 msgid "" "When the products have been received from the supplier, you can go back to " "your initial sale order and validate the internal transfer from *Input* to " "*Output*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:72 msgid "" "The delivery order is now ready to be processed and can be validated too." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:3 -msgid "How to do inter-warehouses transfers?" -msgstr "Как делать внутренне складские перемещения?" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:5 -msgid "" -"If you own different warehouses you might want to transfer goods from one " -"warehouse to the other. This is very easy thanks to the inventory " -"application in Odoo." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:3 +msgid "Inter-warehouse transfers" msgstr "" -"Если у вас есть различные складские помещения, вы можете переместить товары " -"с одного склада на другой. Это очень просто благодаря склада в Odoo." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:5 msgid "" -"First of all you have to select the multi locations option. Go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the **Inventory " -"application**. Then tick the **Manage several locations per warehouse** " -"option. Please don't forget to **apply** your changes." +"When owning several warehouses, you might need to transfer goods from one " +"warehouse to another. Proceeding to such behavior is called *inter-warehouse" +" transfers*. If this action is physically easy to perform, the " +"administrative part can be arduous. Fortunately, Odoo comes with an " +"intuitive flow that helps save time when registering those transfers." msgstr "" -"Прежде всего вам нужно выбрать вариант нескольких местонахождений. Перейдите" -" к :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`в приложении ** Состав **. " -"Затем поставьте галочку на пункте ** Управление несколькими местонахождению " -"на складе **. Пожалуйста, не забудьте ** применить ** свои изменения." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:13 msgid "" -"This option should also be ticked if you wish to manage different locations " -"and routes in your warehouse." +"First of all, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable " +"**Storage Locations**. Then, hit save." msgstr "" -"Этот параметр также обозначить, если вы хотите управлять различными " -"местонахождению и маршрутами на своем складе." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:21 +msgid "" +"If you want to manage several routes within your warehouses, then enable " +"**Multi-Step Routes** and check :doc:`use-routes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:25 msgid "Creating a new warehouse" msgstr "Создание нового состава" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:27 msgid "" -"The next step is to create your new warehouse. In the Inventory application " -"click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> " -"Warehouses`. You are now able to create your warehouse by clicking on " -"**Create**." +"The next step is to create your new warehouse. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> Warehouses` and " +"click on **Create**." msgstr "" -"Следующим шагом является создание вашего нового состава. В программе Состав " -"нажмите :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> " -"Warehouses`. Теперь вы можете создать свой состав, нажав кнопку ** Создать " -"**." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:30 msgid "" -"Fill in a **Warehouse Name** and a **Short Name**. The short name is 5 " +"Fill out a **Warehouse Name** and a **Short Name**. The short name is five " "characters maximum." msgstr "" -"Заполните ** название состава ** и ** краткое название **, которая должна " -"составлять максимум 5 символов." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:37 msgid "" -"Please note that the **Short Name** is very important as it will appear on " -"your transfer orders and other warehouse documents. It might be smart to use" -" an understandable one (e.g.: WH/[first letters of location])." +"The **Short Name** appears on your transfer orders and other warehouse " +"documents. We recommend using an understandable one (e.g.: WH/[first letters" +" of location])." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:40 msgid "" -"If you go back to your dashboard, new operations will automatically have " -"been generated for your new warehouse." +"Now, go back to your dashboard. There, new operations related to your " +"warehouse have been automatically generated." msgstr "" -"Если вы вернетесь на информационную панель, новые операции автоматически " -"создан для вашего нового состава." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:48 msgid "Creating a new inventory" msgstr "Создание новой инвентаризации" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:50 msgid "" -"If you create a new warehouse you might already have an existing physical " -"inventory in it. In that case you should create an inventory in Odoo, if not" -" you can skip this step." +"If you create a new warehouse, you might already have an existing inventory " +"in it. In that case, you should create an inventory in Odoo. If this is not " +"the case, you can skip this step." msgstr "" -"Если вы создадите новый состав, у вас может быть доступна существующая " -"инвентаризация. В таком случае вы должны создать инвентаризацию в Odoo, если" -" не можете пропустить этот шаг." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:53 msgid "" -"Go into the inventory application, select :menuselection:`Inventory Control " -"--> Inventory Adjustment`. You can then create a new inventory by clicking " -"on **Create**. Fill in the **Inventory Reference**, **Date** and be sure to " +"Into the inventory application, select :menuselection:`Operations --> " +"Inventory Adjustment`. Then, create a new inventory by clicking on " +"**Create**. Fill in the **Inventory Reference**, **Date** and make sure to " "select the right warehouse and location." msgstr "" -"Выделите приложение Состав, выберите :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> " -"Inventory Adjustment`. Затем можно создать новую инвентаризацию, нажав " -"кнопку ** Создать **. Заполните ** реестр товара **, ** дату ** и " -"обязательно выберите правильный состав и местонахождения." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:61 msgid "" -"Next, click on **Start Inventory**. A new window will open where you will be" -" able to input your existing products. Select add an item and indicate the " -"**Real Quantity** available in the warehouse. The theoretical quantity can " -"not be changed as it represents a computed quantity from purchase and sales " -"orders." +"Next, click on **Start Inventory**. You will be able to input your existing " +"products in the new window. Select add an item and indicate the **Real " +"Quantity** available in the warehouse. The theoretical quantity can not be " +"changed as it represents a computed one from purchase and sales orders." msgstr "" -"Нажмите ** Начать инвентаризацию **. Откроется новое окно, где вы сможете " -"вводить существующие товары. Выберите добавления элемента и укажите ** " -"Реальный объем **, имеющийся на складе. Теоретическая количество не может " -"быть изменена, поскольку она представляет исчисленный объем заказов на " -"покупку и продажу." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:71 msgid "" -"Don't forget to validate your inventory once you have recorder the state of " -"all yours product." +"Don't forget to validate your inventory once you have recorded the state of " +"all your products." msgstr "" -"Не забудьте проверить свою инвентаризацию, как только у вас запишется этап " -"всего вашего товара." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:74 msgid "Create an internal transfer" msgstr "Создайте внутреннее перемещение" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:76 msgid "" -"The final step is to create your internal transfer. If you want to tranfer 2" -" units of a product from your first warehouse to another one in Brussels, " -"proceed as follows:" +"The final step is to create your internal transfer. If you want to transfer " +"eight units of a product from your first warehouse to another one, proceed " +"as follows:" msgstr "" -"Последний шаг - создание внутреннего перемещения. Если вы хотите переместить" -" две единицы товара с вашего первого склада на другой, который находится " -"именно в Брюсселе, выполните следующие действия:" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:79 msgid "" -"From your dashboard, select a internal movement of one of the two " -"warehouses. To do so, click on :menuselection:`More --> Transfer`." +"From your dashboard, select an internal movement of one of the two " +"warehouses. To do so, click on :menuselection:`Manage --> Planned " +"Transfer`." msgstr "" -"На информационной панели выберите внутреннее перемещение одного из двух " -"слогов. Для этого нажмите :menuselection:`More --> Transfer`." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:86 msgid "" -"A new window will open where you will be able to select the source location " -"zone (in this case our \"old warehouse\") and the destination location zone " -"(in this case our \"new\" warehouse located in Brussels)." +"On the new window, select the source location zone (in this case, your " +"\"old\" warehouse) and the destination location zone (in this case, your " +"\"new\" warehouse)." msgstr "" -"Откроется новое окно, где вы можете выбрать зону местонахождение источника " -"(в этом случае наш "старый состав») и зону местонахождение назначения " -"(в данном случае наш "новый состав" расположен в Брюсселе)." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:89 msgid "" -"Add the products you want to transfer by clicking on **Add an Item** and " -"don't forget to **Validate** or **Mark as TODO** once you are done." +"Add the products you want to transfer by clicking on **Add an Item**, then " +"click on **Save** and **Mark as TODO** once you are done." msgstr "" -"Добавьте товары, которые вы хотите передать, нажав ** Добавить объект **, и " -"не забудьте ** проверить ** или ** обозначить как СДЕЛАТЬ **, когда вы " -"закончите." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:96 msgid "" -"If you select **Validate**, Odoo will process all quantities to transfer." +"If you selected **Immediate Transfer**, Odoo processes the transfer " +"automatically after you clicked on **Validate**." msgstr "" -"Если вы выберете ** Проверить **, Odoo будет обрабатывать все перечисленные " -"величины." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:99 msgid "" -"If you select **Mark as TODO**, Odoo will put the transfer in **Waiting " -"Availability** status. Click on **Reserve** to reserve the amount of " +"If you select **Mark as TODO**, Odoo puts the transfer in **Waiting " +"Availability** status. Click on **Reserve** to reserve the number of " "products in your source warehouse." msgstr "" -"Если вы выберете ** Отметить как СДЕЛАТЬ ***, Odoo поставит перемещения в " -"статус ** ожидания **. Нажмите ** Резерв **, чтобы зарезервировать " -"количество товаров на своем исходном составе." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:102 msgid "It is also possible to manually transfer each product:" msgstr "Можно также вручную переместить каждый товар:" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:104 msgid "Via your dashboard, select the transfer order in the source location." msgstr "" "С помощью информационной панели выберите замолвння на перемещение в " "местонахождении источника." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:113 -msgid "Select the right transfer order" -msgstr "Выберите правильный заказ на перемещение" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:118 -msgid "" -"3. Click on the little pencil logo in the lower right corner in order to " -"open the operation details window. In this new window you can manually " -"indicate how much products you process" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:110 +msgid "Select the right transfer order." msgstr "" -"3. Нажмите на маленький логотип карандаша в нижнем правом углу, чтобы " -"открыть окно деталей операции. В этом новом окне вы можете вручную указать, " -"сколько товаров вы обрабатываете" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:116 msgid "" -"If you decide to partially process the transfer order (e.g. a part of the " -"products can't be shipped yet due to an unexpected event), Odoo will " -"automatically ask if you wish to create a **backorder**. Create a backorder " -"if you expect to process the remaining products later, do not create a " -"backorder if you will not supply/receive the remaining products." +"Click on the little pencil logo in the lower right corner to open the " +"operation details window. In this new window you can manually indicate how " +"many products you process." msgstr "" -"Если вы решите частично обрабатывать заказы на перемещение (например, часть " -"товаров еще не может быть отправлена через неожиданную событие), Odoo " -"автоматически спросит, хотите ли вы создать ** обратное заказ **. Создайте " -"обратной логотип, если вы хотите позже обработать товары, оставшиеся не " -"создавайте обратное заказ, если вы не придаете / не получите другие товары." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:124 +msgid "" +"If you decide to process the transfer order partially (e.g., a part of the " +"products can't be shipped yet due to an unexpected event), Odoo " +"automatically asks if you wish to create a **backorder**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Create a backorder if you expect to process the remaining products later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Do not create a backorder if you will not supply/receive the remaining " +"products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:3 msgid "Taking stock from different warehouses" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:5 msgid "" "When you plan to deliver a customer, you don’t know in advance if the " "products will come from Warehouse A or Warehouse B. You may, in some cases, " @@ -5185,11 +4252,11 @@ msgid "" " those virtual warehouses." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:8 msgid "Set up virtual warehouses" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:10 msgid "" "Let’s say you have two warehouses: Warehouse A and Warehouse B. Create a new" " warehouse, that will be a virtual one. It will allow you to take the stock " @@ -5198,13 +4265,13 @@ msgid "" "create." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:16 msgid "" "The *Storage Location* feature will be automatically enabled. Good news, " "because you will need it later in the process." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:18 msgid "" "Now, you have to make sure that the main stock locations of warehouse A and " "warehouse B are children locations of the main stock location of warehouse A" @@ -5213,11 +4280,11 @@ msgid "" " A+B." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:24 msgid "Sell a product from the virtual warehouse" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:26 msgid "" "Let’s say you have two products, one stored in warehouse A and one stored in" " warehouse B. Now, you can create a new quotation for one of each product. " @@ -5225,25 +4292,25 @@ msgid "" "information." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:31 msgid "" "Once you have done it, you can convert it to a sales order. Then, a delivery" " order will be automatically generated, with a product reserved in warehouse" " A and one in warehouse B." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:3 msgid "Using Routes and Pull/Push Rules" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:5 msgid "" "In inventory management, the supply chain strategy determines when products " "should be fabricated, delivered to distribution centers, and made available " "in the retail channel." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:9 msgid "" "This kind of strategic process can be configured using *Routes*, featuring " "*Pull and Push Rules*. Once everything is properly configured, the inventory" @@ -5251,11 +4318,11 @@ msgid "" "by the rules. Yes, Odoo simplifies your life." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:16 msgid "Inside the warehouse" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:18 msgid "" "Let’s imagine a generic warehouse plan, where you can find receiving docks, " "a quality control area, storage locations, picking and packing areas, and " @@ -5263,7 +4330,7 @@ msgid "" "trigger all the route's rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:27 msgid "" "In this example, vendor trucks unload pallets of ordered goods at receiving " "docks. Operators then scan the products in the receiving area. Some of these" @@ -5272,7 +4339,7 @@ msgid "" "stored in their respective locations." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:36 msgid "" "Here is an example of a fulfillment route. In the morning, items are picked " "for all the orders that need to be prepared during the day. These items are " @@ -5282,22 +4349,22 @@ msgid "" " to customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:48 -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:45 msgid "How does it work?" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:51 msgid "Pull Rules" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:53 msgid "" "With *Pull Rules*, a demand for some products triggers procurements, while " "*Push Rules* are triggered by products arriving in a specific location." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:57 msgid "" "We can say that *Pull Rules* are used to fulfill a customer order, a sale " "order. So, Odoo generates a need at the *Customer Location* for each product" @@ -5308,7 +4375,7 @@ msgid "" "created." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:65 msgid "" "Then, Odoo finds another pull rule that tries to fulfill the need for the " "*Shipping Area*: the *Packing Rule* that transfers products from the " @@ -5317,7 +4384,7 @@ msgid "" "created." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:72 msgid "" "All theses transfers are pre-generated by Odoo, starting from the end and " "going backwards. While working, the operator process these transfers in the " @@ -5325,11 +4392,11 @@ msgid "" "order." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:77 msgid "Push Rules" msgstr "Push Правила" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:79 msgid "" "On the other hand, *Push Rules* are much easier to understand. Instead of " "pre-generating documents based on needs, they are live-triggered when " @@ -5337,7 +4404,7 @@ msgid "" " product arrives at a specific location, move it to another location.\"" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:84 msgid "" "A simple example would be: when a product arrives in the *Receipt Area*, " "move them to the *Storage Location*. As different rules can be applied to " @@ -5345,20 +4412,20 @@ msgid "" " products." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:89 msgid "" "Another rule could be: when products arrive at a location, move them to the " "*Quality Control Area*. Then, once the quality check is done, move them to " "their *Storage Location*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:94 msgid "" "*Push Rules* can be triggered only if no *Pull Rule* pre-generated the " "upstream transfers." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:98 msgid "" "Sets of rules like those are called routes. The grouping on the rule defines" " how products are grouped in the same transfer or not. For example, during " @@ -5366,60 +4433,60 @@ msgid "" "packing operation respects the grouping per customer order." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:105 msgid "Use Routes and Rules" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:107 msgid "" "Since *Routes* are a collection of *Push and Pull Rules*, Odoo helps you " "manage advanced routes configuration such as:" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:110 msgid "Manage product manufacturing chains;" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:111 msgid "Manage default locations per product;" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:112 msgid "" "Define routes within your warehouse according to business needs, such as " "quality control, after-sales services, or supplier returns;" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:114 msgid "" "Help rental management by generating automated return moves for rented " "products." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:117 msgid "" "To configure a route such as one of those above, open the **Inventory " "Application** and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. Then, " "enable the *Multi-Step Routes* feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:126 msgid "" "The *Storage Locations* feature is automatically activated with the *Multi-" "Step Routes*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:129 msgid "" "Once this first step is completed, you have the choice between pre-" "configured routes or custom ones. Both are explained below." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:133 msgid "Pre-configured Routes" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:135 msgid "" "Odoo’s pre-configured routes are available in the warehouses’ menu. To find " "it, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses`. " @@ -5427,7 +4494,7 @@ msgid "" "incoming and outgoing shipments." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:144 msgid "" "Some more advanced routes, such as pick-pack-ship, are already configured to" " make your life easier. Those are based on your choice for shipments. Once " @@ -5435,14 +4502,14 @@ msgid "" "--> Routes` to see the routes Odoo generated for you." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:153 msgid "" "Opening one of those routes allows you to see on what you can apply the " "route. Here, all the selected product categories in the *YourCompany* " "warehouse are set up to follow the 3-steps route." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:161 msgid "" "Easier for many businesses, this process might not fit yours. Thus, you can " "configure custom routes in which you can define your own rules, but also the" @@ -5450,24 +4517,24 @@ msgid "" " rules for the pre-configured route." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:171 msgid "Custom Routes" msgstr "Настройка маршрутов" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:173 msgid "" "To create a custom route, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " "--> Routes`, click on create, and choose the places where this route can be " "selected. Of course, combinations are available." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:182 msgid "" "Each place has a different behavior, so it is important to tick only the " "useful ones and adapt each route accordingly." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:185 msgid "" "When applying the route on a product category (:menuselection:`Inventory -->" " Configuration --> Product Categories`), all the rules configured in the " @@ -5476,70 +4543,70 @@ msgid "" "the same category." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:195 msgid "" "The same behavior applies to the warehouses. If you tick *Warehouses*, all " "the transfers occurring inside the chosen warehouse, and meeting the " "conditions of the linked rules, then follow that route." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:203 msgid "" "For the *Sales Order Lines*, it is more or less the opposite. You have to " "choose the route yourself when creating a quotation. This is pretty useful " "if some products go through different routes." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:211 msgid "" "If you work with this kind of route, it is important to keep in mind that it" " must be selected on the sales order, such as below." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:218 msgid "Then, the route can be chosen on each line of the document." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:224 msgid "" "Finally, there are routes that can be applied to products. Those work more " "or less like the product categories: once selected, you have to manually set" " on which product it must be applied." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:232 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Master Data --> Products` and " "open the one on which you want to apply the route. Then go to the *Inventory" " tab* and select the route you’ve created." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:240 msgid "" "If, prima facie, the routes’ configuration can appear quite easy, don’t " "forget that we haven’t set up any rule yet. If not harder to set up, those " "are vital to have working routings." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:245 msgid "Rules" msgstr "Правила" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:247 msgid "" "The rules are to be defined on the routes. To do so, go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`, then to the *Rules*" " section, and click on *Add a line* button." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:255 msgid "" "The available rules trigger various actions. If Odoo offers *Push* and " "*Pull* rules, others are also available. Here are some explanations for all " "of them:" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:259 msgid "" "**Pull From**: this rule is triggered by a need for the product in a " "specific stock location. The need can come from a sale order which has been " @@ -5548,14 +4615,14 @@ msgid "" "fulfill this need." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:264 msgid "" "**Push To**: this rule is triggered by the arrival of some products in the " "defined source location. In case you move products to the source location, " "Odoo generates a picking to move those products to the destination location." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:268 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:268 msgid "" "**Push & Pull**: it allows to generate pickings in the two different " "situations explained above. It means that when products are required at a " @@ -5565,44 +4632,44 @@ msgid "" "products are pushed to the first location and all the needs are fulfilled." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:274 msgid "" "**Buy**: when products are needed at the destination location, a request for" " quotation is created to fulfill the need." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:276 msgid "" "**Manufacture**: when products are needed in the source location, a " "manufacturing order is created to fulfill the need." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:283 msgid "" "You must also define the *Operation Type*. This operation allows defining " "which kind of picking is created from the rule. With our above screenshot, " "the created picking is, for example, an internal transfer." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:288 msgid "" "On the other hand, the *Supply Method*, allows defining what happens at the " "source location:" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:291 msgid "" "**Take From Stock**: the products are taken from the available stock of the " "source location;" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:293 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:293 msgid "" "**Trigger Another Rule**: the system tries to find a stock rule to bring the" " products to the source location. The available stock is ignored." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:296 msgid "" "**Take From Stock, if Unavailable, Trigger Another Rule**: the products are " "taken from the available stock of the source location. If there is no stock " @@ -5610,7 +4677,7 @@ msgid "" "source location." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:301 msgid "" "In the *Scheduling* section, you can determine how Odoo behaves when one of " "the chain's pickings is rescheduled. In case you decide to **Propagate " @@ -5619,70 +4686,70 @@ msgid "" "alert in the form of a *next activity*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:309 msgid "What about a full flow?" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:311 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:311 msgid "" "Do you remember our Pick - Pack - Ship custom route? Let’s use it to try a " "full flow with an advanced custom route." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:314 msgid "" "First, a quick look at our rules and their supply methods: we have three " "rules, all **Pull From** rules. The supply methods are the following:" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:318 msgid "" "**Take From Stock**: When products are needed in WH/Packing Zone, *Picks* " "(internal transfers from WH/Stock to WH/Packing Zone) are created from " "WH/Stock to fulfill the need." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:321 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:321 msgid "" "**Trigger Another Rule**: When products are needed in WH/Output, *Packs* " "(internal transfers from WH/Packing Zone to WH/Output) are created from " "WH/Packing Zone to fulfill the need." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:324 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:324 msgid "" "**Trigger Another Rule**: When products are needed in Partner " "Locations/Customers, Delivery Orders are created from WH/Output to fulfill " "the need." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:332 msgid "" "This means that, when a customer orders products, a delivery order is " "created to fulfill the order." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:340 msgid "" "If the source document is the same sale order, the status is not the same. " "In fact, the status is **Waiting Another Operation** if the previous " "transfer in the list is not done yet." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:348 msgid "" "To prepare the order, conveyors need products packed at the output area, so " "an internal transfer is requested from the packing zone." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:355 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:355 msgid "" "Obviously, the packing zone needs products ready to be packed. So, an " "internal transfer is requested to the stock and employees can gather the " "required products from the warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:363 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:363 msgid "" "As explained in this documentation introduction, the last step in the " "process (here the delivery order) is the first to be triggered, which then " @@ -5691,21 +4758,21 @@ msgid "" "ready to be processed so the customer can get the ordered items." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:370 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:370 msgid "" "In our case, the product is delivered to the customer when all the rules " "have been triggered and the transfers done." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies.rst:3 msgid "Putaway & Removal Strategies" msgstr "Стратегии исправления и удаления" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:3 msgid "What is a Putaway Rule?" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:5 msgid "" "A good warehouse implementation takes care that products automatically move " "to their appropriate destination location. To make that process easier, Odoo" @@ -5714,7 +4781,7 @@ msgid "" "the most appropriate location." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:7 msgid "" "If, for example, a warehouse contains volatile substances, it is important " "to make sure that certain products are not stored close to each other " @@ -5722,30 +4789,30 @@ msgid "" "intervene, to avoid storing products wrongly." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:12 msgid "" "In the *Inventory* app, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " "and activate the *Multi-Step Routes*. By doing so, the *Storage Locations* " "will be automatically activated." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:19 msgid "Setting up a Putaway Rule" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:21 msgid "" "In some cases, like for a retail shop storing vegetables and fruits, we have" " to store products in different locations to maintain product quality." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:23 msgid "" "Let’s suppose there are one warehouse location *WH/Stock* and two sub-" "locations *WH/Stock/Vegatable* and *WH/Stock/Fruits*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:25 msgid "" "To manage those locations, we will create putaway rules. To do so, open the " "*Inventory* app and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Putaway Rules`. " @@ -5754,12 +4821,12 @@ msgid "" "location." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:31 msgid "" "The putaway rules can be defined either per product or per product category." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:36 msgid "" "Now, if I purchase apples and carrots to my supplier, they will be grouped " "in the same receipt but redirected to the right location automatically, " @@ -5767,11 +4834,11 @@ msgid "" "Report*, under the reporting menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:3 msgid "What is a Removal Strategy (FIFO, LIFO, and FEFO)?" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:5 msgid "" "Usually, *Removal Strategies* are defined in picking operations to select " "the best products to optimize the distance for the worker, for quality " @@ -5779,7 +4846,7 @@ msgid "" "date." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:9 msgid "" "When a product movement needs to be done, Odoo finds available products that" " can be assigned to the transfer. The way Odoo assigns these products " @@ -5787,11 +4854,11 @@ msgid "" "the *Location*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:14 msgid "What happens inside the warehouse?" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:16 msgid "" "Imagine a generic warehouse plan, with receiving docks and area, storage " "locations, picking and packing areas, and shipping docks. All products go " @@ -5799,7 +4866,7 @@ msgid "" " have an effect on which products are taken for the pickings." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:24 msgid "" "Here, vendor trucks unload pallets of goods at the docks. Then, operators " "scan the products in the receiving area, with the receiving date and, if the" @@ -5807,7 +4874,7 @@ msgid "" "are stored in their respective locations." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:32 msgid "" "Next, several orders for the same product are made, but you didn’t receive " "the goods the same day and they don’t have the same expiration date. In that" @@ -5816,24 +4883,24 @@ msgid "" "the products fitting your settings the best." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:42 msgid "" "On the transfer form, you can find the product’s lot/serial number to pick " "for delivery." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:48 msgid "First In, First Out (FIFO)" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:50 msgid "" "When using a **First In, First Out** strategy, a demand for some products " "triggers a removal rule which requests a transfer for the lot/serial number " "that has entered your stock the first." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:53 msgid "" "To be clearer, let’s imagine that you have three lots of nails in your " "warehouse. Those three have the following lot numbers: 00001, 00002, 00003, " @@ -5845,18 +4912,18 @@ msgid "" "00002 is taken because it has the oldest enter date after 00001." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:60 msgid "" "So, for every order of a product with the *FIFO* strategy selected, Odoo " "requests a transfer for the good that has been in your stock for the longest" " period." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:64 msgid "Last In, First Out (LIFO)" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:66 msgid "" "The same way as for FIFO, the **Last In, First Out** strategy is based on " "moving products based on the date they entered the stock. Here, a demand for" @@ -5864,7 +4931,7 @@ msgid "" "lot/serial number that has entered your stock the last." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:70 msgid "" "To better understand, let’s imagine three lots of screws in your warehouse. " "Those three have the following numbers: 10001, 10002, 10003, each with 10 " @@ -5875,30 +4942,30 @@ msgid "" "the stock." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:76 msgid "" "So, basically, for every order of a product with the *LIFO* strategy used, a" " transfer for the last one to have entered the stock is requested." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:80 msgid "" "This strategy is banned in many countries and can lead to only have old or " "obsolete products in your stock." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:84 msgid "First Expire, First Out (FEFO)" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:86 msgid "" "The **First Expire, First Out** strategy is a bit different from the two " "others. Here, it is the expiration date that is important and not the date " "the product entered the stock." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:89 msgid "" "Let’s imagine three lots of 6-eggs boxes (in this specific case, don’t " "forget to use :doc:`units of measure <../../management/products/uom>`). " @@ -5913,18 +4980,18 @@ msgid "" "that expires the sooner after 20002." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:98 msgid "" "Then, you can remember that for every order of a product with the *FEFO* " "strategy, a transfer is requested for the product that has the nearest " "expiration date from the order date." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:102 msgid "Use Removal Strategies" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:104 msgid "" "To identify some units from other ones, you need to track them, either by " "*lot* or by *serial number*. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration " @@ -5932,22 +4999,22 @@ msgid "" "*Lots & Serial Numbers*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:113 msgid "" "To work with the *FEFO* strategy, activate the *Expiration Dates* feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:115 msgid "" "Next, you need to define your removal strategy, on *Product Categories* via " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories`." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:123 msgid "FIFO (First In, First Out)" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:125 msgid "" "As said, a *FIFO* strategy implies that products stocked first move out " "first. Companies should use that method if they are selling products with " @@ -5955,14 +5022,14 @@ msgid "" "outdated styles in stock." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:129 msgid "" "For this example, we created three lots of white shirts. Those are from the " "All/Clothes category, where we put *FIFO* as the removal strategy. In our " "stock location (WH/Stock), we now find the three lots available." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:137 msgid "" "The lot 000001 contains 5 shirts, 000002 contains 3 shirts, and 000003 " "contains 2. As it can be seen above, 000001 has entered the stock first. " @@ -5970,24 +5037,24 @@ msgid "" "that lot are the first ones to move out." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:141 msgid "" "On the delivery order linked to the picking, you can see that the oldest lot" " numbers have been reserved thanks to the *FIFO* strategy." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:149 msgid "LIFO (Last In, First Out)" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:151 msgid "" "With a *LIFO* strategy, that’s quite the opposite. In fact, the products " "that are brought the last move out the first. It is mostly used in case of " "products without a shelf life." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:154 msgid "" "Even if our white shirts are clothes, we can say that they are timeless. So," " let’s use them to test our *LIFO* strategy. Once again, open the product " @@ -5995,35 +5062,35 @@ msgid "" "Categories` and change the removal strategy to *LIFO*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:162 msgid "" "Now, create a sale order for 4 white shirts and check that the reserved " "products are from lots 000003 and 000002." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170 msgid "Don’t forget that the *LIFO* strategy is banned in many countries!" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:173 msgid "FEFO (First Expiry, First Out)" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:175 msgid "" "With the *FEFO* strategy, the way products are picked is not based on the " "reception date. In this particular case, they are dispatched according to " "their expiration date." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:179 msgid "" "To have more information about Expiration date, please have a look at " ":doc:`the related doc " "<../../management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:182 msgid "" "By activating *Expiration Dates*, it becomes possible to define different " "dates on the serial/lot numbers to be used in *FEFO*. These dates can be set" @@ -6031,94 +5098,94 @@ msgid "" "Numbers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:190 msgid "" "Lots are picked based on their removal date, from earliest to latest. Lots " "without a removal date defined are picked after lots with removal dates." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:194 msgid "" "Other dates are for informational and reporting purposes only. If not " "removed from the stock, lots that are past the expiration dates may still be" " picked for delivery orders!" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:197 msgid "" "To use the *FEFO* strategy, once again go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " "Configuration --> Product Categories` and choose *FEFO* as the *Force " "Removal Strategy*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:204 msgid "" "For this particular case, let’s use hand cream. As usual, we have three lots" " of them." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:207 msgid "**Lot / Serial No**" msgstr "** Партия / Номер **" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:207 msgid "**Product**" msgstr "** Нет в **" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:207 msgid "**Expiration Date**" msgstr "** Срок годности **" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:209 msgid "0000001" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:209 -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:211 -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:213 msgid "Hand Cream" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:209 msgid "09/30/2019" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:211 msgid "0000002" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:211 msgid "11/30/2019" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:213 msgid "0000003" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:213 msgid "10/31/2019" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:216 msgid "" "When we realize a sale for 25 units of Hand Cream, we can see that the lot " "numbers which have been automatically reserved by Odoo are the ones with the" " closest expiration date, meaning 0000001 and 0000003." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/shipping.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping.rst:3 msgid "Shipping" msgstr "Доставка" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation.rst:3 msgid "Shipping Operations" msgstr "операции доставки" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:3 msgid "How to cancel a shipping request to a shipper?" msgstr "Как отменить запрос на доставку перевозчику?" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. " "Odoo will be linked with the transportation company tracking system." @@ -6127,7 +5194,7 @@ msgstr "" "превизникив. Odoo будет связана с системой отслеживания транспортной " "компании." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:12 msgid "" "It will allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the " "destination." @@ -6135,15 +5202,15 @@ msgstr "" "Это позволит вам управлять транспортной компанией, реальными ценами и " "назначению." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:15 msgid "You can easily cancel the request made to the carrier system." msgstr "Вы можете легко отменить запрос, отправленный в системы перевозчика." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:18 msgid "How to cancel a shipping request?" msgstr "Как отменить запрос на доставку?" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:20 msgid "" "If the delivery order is not **Validated**, then the request hasn't been " "made. You can choose to cancel the delivery or to change the carrier." @@ -6151,7 +5218,7 @@ msgstr "" "Если заказ на доставку НЕ ** Подтверждено **, запрос не было сделано. Вы " "можете отменить доставку или изменить перевозчика." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:24 msgid "" "If you have clicked on **Validate**, the request has been made and you " "should have received the tracking number and the label. You can still cancel" @@ -6163,19 +5230,19 @@ msgstr "" "Просто нажмите кнопку ** Отменить ** рядом с кнопкой ** Отслеживание " "перевозчика **:" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:32 msgid "You will now see that the shipment has been cancelled." msgstr "Теперь вы увидите, что доставка была отменена." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:37 msgid "You can now change the carrier if you wish." msgstr "Теперь вы можете изменить перевозчика, если хотите." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:40 msgid "How to send a shipping request after cancelling one?" msgstr "Как отправить запрос на доставку после отмены его?" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:42 msgid "" "After cancelling the shipping request, you can change the carrier you want " "to use. Confirm it by clicking on the **Send to shipper** button. You will " @@ -6185,34 +5252,34 @@ msgstr "" "хотите использовать. Подтвердите это, нажав кнопку ** Отправить отправителю " "**. Вы получите новый номер отслеживания и новую метку." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:50 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:115 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:83 msgid ":doc:`invoicing`" msgstr ":doc:`invoicing`" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:51 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:116 msgid ":doc:`multipack`" msgstr ":doc:`multipack`" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:3 msgid "How to invoice the shipping cost to the customer?" msgstr "Как зачесть стоимость доставки клиенту?" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:8 msgid "There are two ways to invoice the shipping costs:" msgstr "Существует два способа выставления счета за доставку:" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:10 msgid "Agree with the customer over a cost and seal it down in the sale order" msgstr "Согласуйте с клиентом расходы и закрепите их в заказе на продажу." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:13 msgid "Invoice the real cost of the shipping." msgstr "Выставления счета по фактической стоимости доставки" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:18 msgid "" "To configure the price of your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** " "app, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery --> Delivery " @@ -6222,7 +5289,7 @@ msgstr "" "Состав **, нажмите на :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery --> " "Delivery Methods`." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:21 msgid "" "You can manually set a price for the shipping: It can be fixed or based on " "rules." @@ -6230,7 +5297,7 @@ msgstr "" "Вы можете вручную установить цену на доставку: она может быть исправлена или" " основана на правилах." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:24 msgid "" "Or you can use the transportation company computation system. Read the " "document :doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`" @@ -6238,16 +5305,16 @@ msgstr "" "Или вы можете использовать систему исчисления транспортировки компании. " "Прочитайте документацию: doc: `../ setup / third_party_shipper`" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:28 msgid "How to invoice the shipping costs to the customer?" msgstr "Как начислить расходы за доставку клиенту?" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:31 msgid "Invoice the price set on the sale order" msgstr "Установление цены счета-фактуры на заказ на продажу" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:33 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:55 msgid "" "On your sale order, choose the carrier that will be used. Click on " "**Delivery Method** to choose the right one." @@ -6255,8 +5322,8 @@ msgstr "" "В своем заказе на продажу выберите поставщика, который будет использоваться." " Нажмите на ** Метод доставки **, чтобы выбрать правильный." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:39 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:36 msgid "" "The price is computed when you **save** the sale order or when you click on " "**Set price**." @@ -6264,7 +5331,7 @@ msgstr "" "Цена рассчитывается, когда вы ** храните ** заказ на продажу или нажимаете " "** Установить цену **." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:42 msgid "" "To invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, click on " "**Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery method as a " @@ -6274,16 +5341,16 @@ msgstr "" "цену **, это придаст строку с названием метода доставки как товар. Он может " "отличаться от реальной цены." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:46 msgid "" "When you create the invoice, it will take the price set on the sale order." msgstr "При создании счета-фактуры цена устанавливается в заказе на продажу." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:53 msgid "Invoice the real shipping costs" msgstr "Выставления счета с реальными расходы на доставку" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:61 msgid "" "The price is computed when you **save** the sale order. Confirm the sale " "order and proceed to deliver the product." @@ -6291,25 +5358,25 @@ msgstr "" "Цена рассчитывается, когда вы ** храните ** заказ на продажу. Подтвердите " "заказ на продажу и продолжайте доставлять товар." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:64 msgid "" "The real shipping cost is computed when the delivery order is validated, you" " can see the real cost in the chatter of the delivery order." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:70 msgid "" "Go back to the sale order, the real cost is now added to the sale order." msgstr "" "Вернитесь к заказу на продажу, теперь реальные расходы добавляются к заказу " "на продажу." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:76 msgid "" "When you create the invoice, it will take the price computed by the carrier." msgstr "При создании счета-фактуры цена исчисляется перевозчиком." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:83 msgid "" "If you split the delivery and make several ones, each delivery order will " "add a line to the sale order." @@ -6317,20 +5384,20 @@ msgstr "" "Если вы разделили доставку и сделали несколько, каждый заказ на доставку " "придаст строку к заказу на продажу." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:87 msgid ":doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`" msgstr ":doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:88 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:84 msgid ":doc:`labels`" msgstr ":doc:`labels`" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:3 msgid "How to print shipping labels?" msgstr "Как распечатать накладную?" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers " "linked with the transportation company tracking system. It allows you to " @@ -6342,12 +5409,12 @@ msgstr "" "позволяет вам управлять транспортной компанией, реальными ценами и " "назначению. И, наконец, вы сможете напечатать накладные прямо с Odoo." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:18 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:17 msgid "Install the shipper company connector module" msgstr "Установите модуль интеграции с перевозчиком" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:20 msgid "" "In the **Inventory** module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies " @@ -6357,20 +5424,20 @@ msgstr "" "разделе ** Интеграция с перевозчиком ** обозначьте транспортные компании, " "которые вы хотите интегрировать:" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:27 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:26 msgid "Then click on **Apply**." msgstr "Нажмите ** Применить **." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:34 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:33 msgid "Configure the delivery method" msgstr "Настройте метод доставки" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:32 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:36 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:35 msgid "" "To configure your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** module, click on" " :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery Methods`." @@ -6378,13 +5445,13 @@ msgstr "" "Чтобы настроить способы доставки, перейдите к модулю ** Состав **, нажмите " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery Methods`." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:35 msgid "" "The delivery methods for the chosen shippers have been automatically " "created." msgstr "Методы доставки выбранных перевозчиков были автоматически созданы." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:41 msgid "" "In the **Pricing** tab, the name of the provider means that the delivery " "will be handled and computed by the shipper system." @@ -6392,11 +5459,11 @@ msgstr "" "На вкладке ** Цены ** название поставщика означает, что доставка будет " "обрабатываться и вычисляться системой отправителя." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:44 msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns :" msgstr "Настройка отправителя разделены на две колонки:" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:46 msgid "" "The first one is linked to **your account** (develop key, password,...). For" " more information, please refer to the provider website." @@ -6404,8 +5471,8 @@ msgstr "" "Первая связана с ** вашим учетом ** (ключ разработчика, пароль, ...). " "Дополнительную информацию можно найти на веб-сайте поставщика." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:49 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:62 msgid "" "The second column varies according to the **provider**. You can choose the " "packaging type, the service type, the weight unit..." @@ -6413,18 +5480,18 @@ msgstr "" "Вторая колонка зависит от ** поставщика **. Вы можете выбрать тип упаковки, " "тип сервиса, весовой блок ..." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:52 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:65 msgid "Uncheck **Test Mode** when you are done with the testings." msgstr "Снимите флажок ** тестового режима **, когда закончите проверку." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:55 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:77 msgid "Company configuration" msgstr "Настройка компании" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:57 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:79 msgid "" "In order to compute the right price, the provider needs your company " "information. Be sure your address and phone number are correctly encoded." @@ -6432,8 +5499,8 @@ msgstr "" "Чтобы вычислить правильную цену, поставщик нуждается в вашей информации о " "компании. Убедитесь, что ваш адрес и номер телефона правильно закодированы." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:64 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:86 msgid "" "To check your information, go to the **Settings** application and click on " "**General Settings**. Click on the first link **Configure your company " @@ -6443,8 +5510,8 @@ msgstr "" "Общие настройки **. Нажмите первую ссылку ** Настроить данные вашей компании" " **." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:70 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:92 msgid "" "The shipper companies need the weight of your product, otherwise the price " "computation cannot be done." @@ -6452,7 +5519,7 @@ msgstr "" "Предприятия отправителя потребует веса вашей продукции, в противном случае " "вычислить цену не получится." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:73 msgid "" "Go the **Sales** module, click on :menuselection:`Sales --> Products`. Open " "the products you want to ship and set a weight on it." @@ -6461,7 +5528,7 @@ msgstr "" "Products`. Откройте товары, которые вы хотите отправить, и установите вес на" " нем." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:80 msgid "" "The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to do" " the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system." @@ -6469,11 +5536,11 @@ msgstr "" "Вес на форме товара выражается в килограммах. Не забывайте делать " "преобразования, если вы привыкли к империческое измерительной системы." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:85 msgid "How to print shipping labels ?" msgstr "Как напечатать накладные?" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:87 msgid "" "The delivery order created from the sale order will take the shipping " "information from it, but you can change the carrier if you want to." @@ -6481,8 +5548,8 @@ msgstr "" "Заказ на доставку, созданное по заказу на продажу, примет информацию о " "доставке, но вы можете изменить перевозчика, если хотите." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:90 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:135 msgid "" "If you create a delivery transfer from the inventory module, you can add the" " third party shipper in the additional info tab." @@ -6490,24 +5557,24 @@ msgstr "" "Если вы создаете передачу доставки из модуля состава, вы можете добавить " "стороннего перевозчика на вкладке дополнительной информации." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:96 msgid "" "Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number and **the label(s)**." msgstr "" "Нажмите ** Подтвердить **, чтобы получить номер отслеживания и ** накладную " "(и) **." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:98 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:151 msgid "" "The label to stick on your package is available in the history underneath :" msgstr "Наклейка на упаковке доступна в истории под названием" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:104 msgid "Click on it to open the document and print it :" msgstr "Нажмите на нее, чтобы открыть документ и распечатать его:" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:110 msgid "" "If you are doing multi-packages shippings, most of the time, there will be " "one label per package. Each label will appear in the delivery history." @@ -6516,11 +5583,11 @@ msgstr "" "на каждом пакете будет одна метка. Каждая метка будет отображаться в истории" " доставки." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:3 msgid "How to manage multiple packs for the same delivery order?" msgstr "Как управлять несколькими пакетами для одного заказа на доставку?" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:8 msgid "" "By default, Odoo considers that your delivery is composed of one package. " "But you can easily ship your deliveries with more than one package. It is " @@ -6530,7 +5597,7 @@ msgstr "" " можете легко доставить свои поставки более чем на один пакет. Он полностью " "интегрирован со сторонними поставщиками." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:15 msgid "" "To configure the use of packages, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory " "--> Configuration --> Settings`. Locate the **Packages** section and tick " @@ -6541,36 +5608,41 @@ msgstr "" " Упаковка ** и обозначьте ** Записать пакеты, используемые на упаковке: " "поддоны, коробки ... **" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:23 msgid "Click on **Apply** when you are done." msgstr "Нажмите ** Применить **, когда вы закончите." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:29 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:77 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:107 +msgid "Sale process" +msgstr "процесс продажи" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:110 msgid "Sale order" msgstr "Заказ на продажу" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:34 msgid "Click on a **Delivery Method** to choose the right one." msgstr "Нажмите на ** Метод доставки **, чтобы выбрать правильный." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:40 msgid "Multi-packages Delivery" msgstr "Доставка нескольких пакетов" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:42 msgid "" "The delivery created from the sale order will take the shipping information " "from it." msgstr "" "Доставка, созданная по заказу на продажу, примет информацию о доставке." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:48 msgid "From here, you can split your delivery into multiple packages." msgstr "Отсюда можно разделить вашу доставку на несколько пакетов." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:50 msgid "" "Choose the quantity you want to put in the first pack in the **Done** " "column, then click on the link **Put in Pack**." @@ -6578,23 +5650,23 @@ msgstr "" "Выберите количество, которое вы хотите разместить в первом пакете в столбце " "** Готово **, после чего нажмите на ссылку ** Упаковать **." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:56 msgid "It will automatically create a pack with the requested quantity." msgstr "Это автоматически создаст пакет с запрашиваемым количеством." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:58 msgid "Do the same steps for the other pieces you want to pack in." msgstr "Сделайте те же шаги для других позиций, которые вы хотите запаковать." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:63 msgid "Click on **Validate** when you are done." msgstr "Нажмите ** Подтвердить **, когда вы закончите." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:66 msgid "Multi-packages with a 3rd party-shipper" msgstr "Несколько пакетов с посторонним перевозчиком" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:68 msgid "" "Once the delivery order is validated, you will receive the tracking number. " "The **carrier Tracking ref** field will automatically be filled. Click on " @@ -6605,7 +5677,7 @@ msgstr "" " Нажмите кнопку ** Отслеживание **, чтобы проверить свою доставку на сайте " "поставщика." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:76 msgid "" "The **labels** to stick on your packages are available in the history " "underneath:" @@ -6613,15 +5685,15 @@ msgstr "" "** Метки **, которых следует придерживаться в ваших пакетах, доступны в " "истории:" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup.rst:3 msgid "Shipping Setup" msgstr "Настройка доставки" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:3 msgid "How to setup a delivery method?" msgstr "Как установить метод доставки?" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo can handle various delivery methods, but it is not activated by " "default. Delivery methods can be used for your sale orders, your deliveries " @@ -6631,7 +5703,7 @@ msgstr "" "активированы. Методы доставки могут использоваться для заказов на продажу, " "ваших поставок, а также для вашей электронной коммерции." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:12 msgid "" "Delivery methods allow you to manage the transport company, the price and " "the destination. You can even integrate Odoo with external shippers to " @@ -6641,11 +5713,11 @@ msgstr "" "назначению. Вы даже можете интегрировать Odoo с внешними грузоотправителями," " чтобы вычислить реальную цену и тару." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:20 msgid "Install the inventory module" msgstr "Установите модуль состава" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:22 msgid "" "Delivery methods are handled by the **Delivery costs** module. Go to " "**Apps** and search for the module. You should remove the **Apps** filter in" @@ -6655,8 +5727,8 @@ msgstr "" "к ** программ ** и найдите модуль. Чтобы увидеть, следует изъять фильтр ** " "Программы **:" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:29 msgid "" "If you want to integrate delivery methods in your e-commerce, you'll have to" " install the **eCommerce Delivery** module." @@ -6664,18 +5736,18 @@ msgstr "" "Если вы хотите интегрировать методы доставки в свою электронную коммерцию, " "вам придется установить модуль ** Доставка электронной коммерции **." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:39 msgid "First set a name and a transporter company." msgstr "Сначала установите название и транспортную компанию." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:44 msgid "" "Then you'll have to set the pricing. It can be fixed or based on rules." msgstr "" "Тогда вам придется установить цену. Она может быть фиксированной или " "основанной на правилах." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:46 msgid "" "If the price is fixed, tick **Fixed price**. You'll just have to define the " "price. If you want the delivery to be free above a certain amount, tick the " @@ -6686,7 +5758,7 @@ msgstr "" "определенной суммы, отметьте пункт ** Свободная, если общая сумма заказов " "превышает ** и установите цену." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:54 msgid "" "If the price varies according to rules, tick **Based on Rules**. Click on " "**add an item to a pricing rule**. Choose a condition based on either the " @@ -6696,7 +5768,7 @@ msgstr "" " правил **. Нажмите на ** добавить элемент в правила ценообразования **. " "Выберите условие, в зависимости от веса, объема, цены или количества." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:61 msgid "" "Finally you can limit the delivery method to a few destinations. The limit " "can be applied to some countries, states or even zip codes. This feature " @@ -6707,7 +5779,7 @@ msgstr "" " почтовых индексов. Эта функция ограничивает список стран в вашей " "электронной торговли." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:69 msgid "" "You can integrate Odoo with external shippers in order to compute the real " "price and packagings, and handle the printing the shipping labels. See " @@ -6717,11 +5789,11 @@ msgstr "" "реальную цену и упаковку, а также обрабатывать печать этикеток. Смотрите: " "doc: `third_party_shipper`" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:74 msgid "Delivery process" msgstr "процесс доставки" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:82 msgid "" "You can now choose the **Delivery Method** on your sale order. If you want " "to invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, click on " @@ -6733,16 +5805,16 @@ msgstr "" "Установить цену **, она придаст строку с названием метода доставки как " "товар." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:88 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:130 msgid "Delivery" msgstr "Доставка" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:90 msgid "You can add or change the delivery method on the delivery itself." msgstr "Вы можете добавить или изменить способ доставки на саму доставку." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:95 msgid "" "On the delivery, check the **Carrier Information**. The carrier is the " "chosen delivery method." @@ -6750,36 +5822,36 @@ msgstr "" "На доставке проверьте ** Количество перевозчика **. Перевозчик - это " "выбранный метод доставки." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:99 msgid ":doc:`third_party_shipper`" msgstr ":doc:`third_party_shipper`" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:100 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:158 msgid ":doc:`../operation/invoicing`" msgstr ":doc:`../operation/invoicing`" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:3 msgid "How to get DHL credentials for integration with Odoo?" msgstr "Как получить учетные данные DHL для интеграции с Odoo?" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:5 msgid "In order to use the Odoo DHL API, you will need:" msgstr "Чтобы пользоваться API Odoo DHL, вам потребуется:" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:7 msgid "A DHL.com SiteID" msgstr "DHL.com SiteID" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:9 msgid "A DHL Password" msgstr "пароль DHL" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:11 msgid "A DHL Account Number" msgstr "Артикул DHL" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:15 msgid "" "Getting SiteID and password for countries other than United States (UK and " "Rest of the world)" @@ -6787,7 +5859,7 @@ msgstr "" "Получение SiteID и пароль для других стран, кроме США (Великобритания и " "остальные страны мира)." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:17 msgid "" "You should contact DHL account manager and request integration for XML " "Express API. The presales should provide you live credentials." @@ -6796,11 +5868,11 @@ msgstr "" "XML Express. Предыдущие номера должны предоставить вам действительны учетные" " данные." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:20 msgid "Getting SiteID and Password for United States" msgstr "Получение SiteID и пароля для Соединенных Штатов" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:22 msgid "" "You need to write to xmlrequests@dhl.com along with your full Account " "details like account number, region, address, etc. to get API Access." @@ -6809,31 +5881,11 @@ msgstr "" "вместе с полными данными учетной записи, например номер учета, регионе, " "адрес и т." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:24 -msgid "" -"In meantime, for testing the solution, you can use the tests credentials as " -"given in the demo data:" -msgstr "" -"Между тем, для тестирования решения можно использовать тесты учетных данных," -" как указано в демонстрационных данных:" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:26 -msgid "**SiteID**: CustomerTest" -msgstr "**SiteID**: CustomerTest" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:28 -msgid "**Password**: alkd89nBV" -msgstr "** Пароль **: alkd89nBV" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:30 -msgid "**DHL Account Number**: 803921577" -msgstr "** Артикул DHL **: 803921577" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:3 msgid "How to integrate a third party shipper?" msgstr "Как настроить стороннего перевозчика в Odoo?" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. " "Odoo can be linked with the transportation company tracking system. It will " @@ -6845,7 +5897,7 @@ msgstr "" "компании. Это позволит вам управлять транспортной компанией, реальными " "ценами и назначению." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:19 msgid "" "In the inventory module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies " @@ -6855,7 +5907,7 @@ msgstr "" "разделе ** Интеграция с перевозчиком ** поставьте флажки транспортных " "компаний, которые вы хотите интегрировать:" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:38 msgid "" "The delivery methods for the chosen shippers have been automatically " "created. Most of the time, there will be **2** delivery methods for the same" @@ -6867,7 +5919,7 @@ msgstr "" "один для ** международной ** доставки и другой для ** внутренней ** " "доставки." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:43 msgid "" "You can create other methods with the same provider with other " "configuration, for example the **Packaging Type**." @@ -6875,7 +5927,7 @@ msgstr "" "Вы можете создавать другие методы с тем же перевозчиком с другим настройкам," " например ** тип упаковки **." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:46 msgid "" "You can change the **Name** of the delivery method. This is the name that " "will appear on your ecommerce." @@ -6883,11 +5935,11 @@ msgstr "" "Вы можете изменить ** название ** метода доставки. Это название, которое " "будет отображаться на электронной коммерции." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:49 msgid "Flag **Shipping enabled** when you are ready to use it." msgstr "Отметьте ** Доставка включена **, когда вы готовы к ее использованию." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:54 msgid "" "In the pricing tab, the name of the provider chosen under the **Price " "computation** means that the pricing will be computed by the shipper system." @@ -6895,11 +5947,11 @@ msgstr "" "На вкладке ценообразования имя провайдера, выбранного под ** Расчет цены **," " означает, что цена будет вычислена системой перевозчика." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:57 msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns:" msgstr "Настройка перевозчика разделена на две колонки:" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:59 msgid "" "The first one is linked to **your account** (developer key, password,...). " "For more information, please refer to the provider website." @@ -6907,7 +5959,7 @@ msgstr "" "Первая связана с ** вашим учетом ** (ключ разработчика, пароль, ...). " "Дополнительную информацию можно найти на веб-сайте поставщика." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:67 msgid "" "Finally you can limit the delivery method to a few destinations. You can " "limit it to some countries, states or even zip codes. This feature limits " @@ -6919,7 +5971,7 @@ msgstr "" "назначения. Вы можете ограничить его некоторыми странами или даже почтовыми " "кодами. Эта функция ограничивает список стран в вашей электронной торговли." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:95 msgid "" "Go the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> Products`. Open the products" " you want to ship and set a weight on it." @@ -6927,7 +5979,7 @@ msgstr "" "Откройте меню :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> Products`. Откройте " "товары, которые вы хотите отправить, и установите на них вес." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:102 msgid "" "The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to " "make the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system." @@ -6935,7 +5987,7 @@ msgstr "" "Вес на форме товара выражается в килограммах. Не забудьте сделать " "преобразования, если вы привыкли к империческое измерительной системы." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:115 msgid "" "You can now choose the carrier on your sale order. Click on **Delivery " "method** to choose the right one." @@ -6943,7 +5995,7 @@ msgstr "" "Теперь вы можете выбрать перевозчика в своем заказе на продажу. Нажмите ** " "Метод доставки **, чтобы выбрать нужный." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:118 msgid "" "The price is computed when you save the sale order or when you click on " "**Set price**." @@ -6951,7 +6003,7 @@ msgstr "" "Цена рассчитывается, когда вы сохраняете заказ на продажу или нажимаете ** " "Установить цену **." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:121 msgid "" "If you want to invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, " "click on **Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery " @@ -6961,7 +6013,7 @@ msgstr "" "Установить цену **, она придаст строку с названием метода доставки как " "товар. Он может отличаться от реальной цены." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:125 msgid "" "Otherwise, the real price (computed when the delivery is validated) will " "automatically be added to the invoice. For more information, please read the" @@ -6971,7 +6023,7 @@ msgstr "" "будет автоматически добавлена в счет-фактуру. Для подробной информации " "прочитайте документацию: doc: `../ operation / invoicing`" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:132 msgid "" "The delivery created from the sale order will take the shipping information " "from it. You can change the carrier if you want to." @@ -6979,7 +6031,7 @@ msgstr "" "Доставка, созданная по заказу на продажу, примет информацию о доставке. Вы " "можете изменить перевозчика, если хотите." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:141 msgid "" "The weight is computed based on the products weights. The shipping cost will" " be computed once the transfer is validated." @@ -6987,7 +6039,7 @@ msgstr "" "Вес вычисляется на основе весовых товаров. Стоимость доставки будет " "рассчитана после проверки перемещения." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:144 msgid "" "Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number. The **Carrier Tracking" " ref** field will automatically be filled. Click on the **Tracking** button " @@ -6997,31 +6049,31 @@ msgstr "" "Отслеживание перевозчика ** автоматически заполняется. Нажмите кнопку ** " "Отслеживание **, чтобы проверить свою доставку на сайте поставщика услуг." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:159 msgid ":doc:`../operation/labels`" msgstr ":doc:`../operation/labels`" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:3 msgid "How to get UPS credentials for integration with Odoo?" msgstr "Как получить учетные данные UPS для интеграции с Odoo?" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:5 msgid "In order to use the Odoo UPS API, you will need:" msgstr "Для того, чтобы воспользоваться API UPS для Odoo, вам понадобится:" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:7 msgid "A UPS.com user ID and password" msgstr "ID пользователя UPS.com и пароль" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:9 msgid "A UPS account number" msgstr "Артикул UPS" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:11 msgid "An Access Key" msgstr "ключ доступа" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:13 msgid "" "An Access Key is a 16 character alpha-numeric code that allows access to the" " UPS Developer Kit API Development and Production servers." @@ -7029,11 +6081,11 @@ msgstr "" "Ключ доступа - это 16-значный буквенно-цифровой код, позволяющий получить " "доступ к серверам разработки API разработчика UPS." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:17 msgid "Create a UPS Account" msgstr "Создайте учет UPS" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:19 msgid "" "Note that only customers located in the US can open a UPS account online. If" " you are located outside the US, you will need to contact UPS Customer " @@ -7043,7 +6095,7 @@ msgstr "" "аккаунт UPS онлайн. Если вы находитесь за пределами США, вам придется " "обратиться в службу поддержки UPS, чтобы открыть учет." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:23 msgid "" "You can read additional information about opening a UPS account on the their" " website, on the page, `How to Open a UPS Account Online " @@ -7054,7 +6106,7 @@ msgstr "" "<https://www.ups.com/content/us/en/resources/sri/openaccountonline.html?srch_pos=2&srch_phr=open+ups+account>" " `_" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:27 msgid "" "If you don't already have a UPS account, you can create one along with your " "online profile by following these steps:" @@ -7062,7 +6114,7 @@ msgstr "" "Если у вас еще нет аккаунта UPS, вы можете создать его вместе с вашим " "онлайновым профилем, выполнив следующие действия." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:30 msgid "" "1. Access the UPS.com web site at `www.ups.com <http://www.ups.com/>`__, and" " click the **New User** link at the top of the page." @@ -7070,7 +6122,7 @@ msgstr "" "1. Получите доступ к веб-сайту UPS.com на `www.ups.com <http://www.ups.com/>" " `__, и нажмите на ссылку ** Новый пользователь ** вверху страницы." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:34 msgid "" "2. Click the **Register for MyUPS** button, and follow the prompts to " "complete the registration process." @@ -7078,7 +6130,7 @@ msgstr "" "2. Нажмите кнопку ** Регистрация для MyUPS **, и следуйте инструкциям, чтобы" " завершить процесс регистрации." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:37 msgid "" "If you already have a UPS account, you can add it to your online profile as " "follows:" @@ -7086,21 +6138,21 @@ msgstr "" "Если у вас уже есть учетная запись UPS, вы можете добавить его в свой " "онлайн-профиля следующим образом:" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:39 msgid "" "Log in to the `UPS.com website <http://www.ups.com/>`_) using your UPS.com " "User ID and Password." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:41 msgid "Click the **My UPS** tab." msgstr "Перейдите на вкладку ** Мой UPS **." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:43 msgid "Click the **Account Summary** link." msgstr "Нажмите на ссылку ** Резюме учетной записи **." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:45 msgid "" "4. Click the **Add an Existing UPS Account** link in the **UPS Account " "Details** section of the page." @@ -7108,7 +6160,7 @@ msgstr "" "4. Нажмите на ссылку ** Добавить существующий аккаунт UPS ** в разделе " "страницы ** Информация об учетной записи UPS **." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:48 msgid "" "5. In the **Add New Account** screen, enter the **UPS Account Number**, " "**Account Name**, and **Postal Code** fields. The country defaults to United" @@ -7118,15 +6170,15 @@ msgstr "" "записи **, ** Название аккаунта **, а также ** Почтовый код **. Страна по " "умолчанию стоит как Соединенные Штаты." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:52 msgid "Click the **Next** button to continue." msgstr "Нажмите кнопку ** Далее **, чтобы продолжить." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:55 msgid "Get an Access Key" msgstr "Получите ключ доступа" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:57 msgid "" "After you have added your UPS account number to your user profile you can " "request an Access Key from UPS using the steps below:" @@ -7135,29 +6187,29 @@ msgstr "" " можете заказать ключ доступа UPS, воспользовавшись приведенными ниже " "инструкциями." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:60 msgid "" "Go to the `UPS Developer Kit web page " "<https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en_US>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:61 msgid "Log into UPS.com with your user ID and password" msgstr "Войдите на UPS.com с вашим ID и паролем" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:62 msgid "Click on the link **Request an access key**." msgstr "Нажмите на ссылку ** Запрос на ключ доступа **." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:63 msgid "Verify your contact information" msgstr "Проверьте свою контактную информацию" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:64 msgid "Click the **Request Access Key** button." msgstr "Нажмите на кнопку ** Запрос на ключ доступа **." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:66 msgid "" "The **Access Key** will be provided to you on the web page, and an email " "with the Access Key will be sent to the email address of the primary " @@ -7166,3 +6218,1834 @@ msgstr "" "** Ключ доступа ** будет предоставлено вам на веб-странице, а электронное " "письмо с ключом доступа будет отправлено на адрес электронной почты " "основного контакта." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:4 +msgid "Manufacturing" +msgstr "Производство" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management.rst:4 +msgid "Manufacturing Management" +msgstr "управление производством" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:3 +msgid "Using an alternative Work Center" +msgstr "Используя альтернативный рабочий центр" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:5 +msgid "" +"For many manufacturing companies, a common issue is to have to manufacture, " +"at the same time, several products usually produced at the same work center." +" If in practice, employees can manufacture the goods at another work center," +" it is not that simple." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:10 +msgid "" +"You need to keep track of the job: which work center has been used and when," +" so you can schedule maintenance efficiently. With Odoo, you can configure " +"it so you can keep tracking manufacturing orders and your employees have an " +"alternative work center to use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:15 +msgid "" +"This way, your process becomes more efficient, and less non-productive time " +"will be noticed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:20 +msgid "Configure your Work Centers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The first thing to do is to go to the *Manufacturing* app settings. Then, " +"enable the *Work Orders* feature and hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Now, go to the *Work Centers* menu under *Master Data* and create two new " +"work centers. Add the second work centers as an alternative to the first and" +" vice versa." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:39 +msgid "" +"The next step is to create your *routing*. Add your work center and an " +"operation to it before saving." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Then, you can create your *Bill of Materials* and add components and routing" +" to it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:56 +msgid "Create your Work Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Now that everything is configured, you can create your *Work Orders*. Go to " +"the *Manufacturing Orders* menu and hit *Create*. There, add your product " +"and plan it. In the *Work Orders* list, you can find it ready to be " +"assembled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Each new *Work Order*, which will be created before the end of the first " +"one, will be scheduled at the alternative work center you configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Keep in mind that, if you add time after production to your work center, you" +" may have work orders scheduled for your alternative work center even if the" +" usual one is free." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:3 +msgid "Create Bills of Materials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A *Bill of Materials* is a document defining the quantity of each component " +"required to manufacture a finished product. It also includes the routing and" +" individual steps of the manufacturing process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:9 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can link multiple BoMs to each product and use it to describe" +" multiple variants of them. Each BoM will, yet, be associated with one " +"product only." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:13 +msgid "" +"This feature will help optimize your manufacturing process while saving you " +"time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:17 +msgid "Setting up a BoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:19 +msgid "" +"You can use BoMs without routings. You will use this if you choose to manage" +" your manufacturing operations using manufacturing orders only. In other " +"words, you choose to realize your manufacturing process in one step and do " +"not track the steps the product goes through." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Before creating your *BoM*, you have to create the product using the *BoM* " +"and, at least, one of the components. Go to the :menuselection:`Master Data " +"menu --> Products` and create both the finished product and the component." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Once done, go to the *Bills of Materials* menu under *Master Data*. Now, " +"create it. Choose the product from the dropdown menu and add your components" +" and the quantity. In this case, keep the default *BoM* type, which is " +"*Manufacture this Product*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:37 +msgid "Using the same BoM to describe Variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:39 +msgid "" +"As said above, you can use *BoM* for *Product Variants*. It is basically the" +" same as for the standard product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:42 +msgid "" +"If your *BoM* is for one variant only, then specify which one in the " +"*Product Variant* field. If not, specify the variant it is consumed for on " +"each component line. You can add several variants for each component." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:51 +msgid "Adding a routing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:53 +msgid "" +"You can add routing to your *BoM*. You will do this if you need to define a " +"series of operations required by your manufacturing process. To use it, " +"enable the *Work Orders* feature in the *Manufacturing* app settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Each *BoM* can have only one routing while each routing can be used multiple" +" times." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Now that you have created your routing, add it to your *BoM*. You can select" +" when, in the work operations, your components are consumed with the " +"dropdown menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:73 +msgid "Adding By-Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:75 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, a *by-product* is any product produced by a *BoM* in addition to " +"the primary product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:78 +msgid "" +"To add *by-products* to a *BoM*, you will first need to enable them from the" +" *Manufacturing* app settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Once the feature is enabled, you can add your *By-Products* to your *BoMs*. " +"You can add as many *By-Products* as you want. Just keep in mind that you " +"need to register during which operation your by-product is produced." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:3 +msgid "Sell sets of products as kits" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A *kit* is a set of components that are delivered without first being " +"assembled or mixed. *Kits* are described in Odoo using *Bills of Materials*." +" There are two basic ways to configure *kits*, depending on how the stock of" +" the kit product is to be managed. In either case, both the *Inventory* and " +"*Manufacturing* apps must be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:12 +msgid "Manage Stock of Component Products" +msgstr "Управление складом компонентов продуктов" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If you want to assemble kits as they are ordered, managing stock of the kit " +"components only, you will use a *Kit BoM* without a manufacturing step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:18 +msgid "" +"A product using a *Kit BoM* will appear as a single line item on a quotation" +" and sales order, but will generate a delivery order with one line item for " +"each of the components of the kit. In the examples below, the first image " +"shows a sales order for the kit *Custom Computer Kit*, while the second " +"image shows the corresponding delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:33 +msgid "" +"From the *Products menu* in either the *Inventory* or *Manufacturing* app, " +"create each component product as you would with any other product, then " +"create the top-level, or kit product. The kit product should have only the " +"*route Manufacture* set, in the *Inventory tab*. Because you cannot track " +"the stock of kit products, the *Product Type* should be set to Consumable. " +"Because a kit product cannot be purchased, then, *Can be Purchased* should " +"be unchecked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:41 +msgid "" +"All other parameters on the kit product may be modified according to your " +"preference. The component products require no particular configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Once the products are configured, create a *bill of materials* for the kit " +"product. Add each component and its quantity. Select the *BoM Type Ship this" +" product as a set of components*. All other options may be left with their " +"default values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:57 +msgid "Manage Stock of Kit Product and Component Products" +msgstr "Управление складом комплектов товара и компонентов" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If you want to manage stock of the *top-level kit product*, you will use a " +"standard *BoM* with a manufacturing step instead of a *Kit BoM*. When using " +"a standard BoM to assemble kits, a *manufacturing order* will be created. " +"The *manufacturing order* must be registered as completed before the kit " +"product will appear in your stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:68 +msgid "" +"On the kit product, select the *route Manufacture*. You may also select " +"*Make to Order*, which will create a *manufacturing order* whenever a sales " +"order is confirmed. Select the product type *Storable Product* to enable " +"stock management." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:76 +msgid "" +"When you create the *bill of materials*, select the BoM Type *Manufacture " +"this product*. The assembly of the kit will be described by a *manufacturing" +" order* rather than a packing operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage BoMs for product variants" +msgstr "Как управлять устройствами для вариантов товара" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows you to use one bill of materials for multiple variants of the " +"same product. Simply enable variants from :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`." +msgstr "" +"Odoo позволяет использовать одну спецификацию для нескольких вариантов того " +"же продукта. Просто включите варианты с :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:12 +msgid "" +"You will then be able to specify which component lines are to be used in the" +" manufacture of each product variant. You may specify multiple variants for " +"each line. If no variant is specified, the line will be used for all " +"variants." +msgstr "" +"После этого вы сможете определить, какие строки компонентов будут " +"использоваться при изготовлении каждого варианта продукта. Вы можете указать" +" несколько вариантов для каждой строки. Если не указано ни одного варианта, " +"строка будет использоваться для всех вариантов." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:17 +msgid "" +"When defining variant BoMs on a line-item-basis, the **Product Variant** " +"field in the main section of the BoM should be left blank. This field is " +"used when creating a BoM for one variant of a product only." +msgstr "" +"При определении варианта спецификации на основе строки-позиции, поле ** " +"Вариант продукта ** в главном разделе спецификации следует оставить пустым. " +"Это поле используется при создании BoM для одного варианта продукта." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:3 +msgid "Set routings on kit Bills of materials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:5 +msgid "" +"It often happens that you want to use kit BoM’s within manufactured product " +"BoM’s in order to lighten the list of components for this manufactured " +"product. When doing so, you would like to have the possibility to specify, " +"for each kit component, in which operation they are consumed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:11 +msgid "" +"We will see the three use cases that you can face in these kinds of " +"configurations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:15 +msgid "Finished Product & Kit Component have the same Routing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:107 +msgid "Create BoM for the Finished Product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Create a manufactured BoM for the finished product which includes a kit " +"component. Set a routing on your BoM, for example, *Assemble Furniture*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:117 +msgid "Create a Kit BoM for the Kit Component" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Update the kit component to define its BoM. Make sure that the routing which" +" is set on this BoM is the same one than on the Finished Product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:36 +msgid "" +"You can define the operations in which the kit components are used directly " +"in the BoM of the kit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:127 +msgid "Manufacturing Order" +msgstr "Производственная заявка" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:42 +msgid "" +"In the list of components, the kit is split. Two work orders are created as " +"we have two operations defined in the *Assemble Furniture* routing. The " +"components of the kits are well consumed in the operations defined in the " +"kit BoM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:57 +msgid "Finished Product & Kit Component haven’t the same Routing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:60 +msgid "Kit Consumption set on Finished Product BoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Update the kit component to define its BoM. In this use case, the routing " +"which is set on this Kit BoM is different than the one of the Finished " +"Product. Specify the operations at which the kit components are consumed in " +"this BoM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:129 +msgid "" +"When the manufacturing order is created for the Manufactured product, the " +"kit is split among its components. When the manufacturing order is planned, " +"three work orders are created in our case, one coming from the routing of " +"the manufactured products, the two other ones coming from the routing of the" +" kit BoM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:95 +msgid "The components are all consumed during their respective operations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:104 +msgid "Kit Consumption set on Kit BoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:109 +msgid "" +"Create a manufactured BoM for the finished product which includes a kit " +"component. Set a routing on your BoM, for example, *Assemble Furniture*. " +"Precise the consumption of the components on this BoM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Update the kit component to define its BoM. In this use case, the routing " +"which is set on this Kit BoM is different than the one of the Finished " +"Product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:138 +msgid "" +"All the components of the kits are consumed during the first operation. The " +"last component is consumed during the second operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:3 +msgid "Manage semi-finished products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, you can use subassembly products to simplify a complex *Bill of " +"Materials* or to represent your manufacturing flow more accurately. A " +"*subassembly product* is a manufactured product that is used as a component " +"to make another one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:10 +msgid "" +"A *BoM* that employs *subassemblies* is referred to as a multi-level BoM. " +"Those are accomplished by creating a *top-level BoM* and *subassembly ones*." +" This process requires a route that will ensure that every time a " +"manufacturing order for the top-level product is created, another one will " +"be for subassemblies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:17 +msgid "Configure the Subassembly Product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To configure a *multi-level BoM*, you will need a top-level product but also" +" its subassemblies. The first step is to create a product form for each of " +"the subassemblies. Select the routes *Manufacture* and *Replenish on Order*." +" Now, hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:27 +msgid "" +"In the *Bill of Materials* menu, under *Master Data*, create a new *Bill of " +"Materials*. Choose the product you just created and add its components." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:35 +msgid "Configure the Main BoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Now, you can configure the top-level product and its *BoM*. Include any " +"subassemblies in the list of components." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Now, each time you will plan a manufacturing order for the top-level " +"product, a manufacturing order will be created for the subassembly one. " +"Then, you will have to manufacture the subassembly in order to make it " +"available before manufacturing the finished product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:3 +msgid "Subcontract your Manufacturing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Outsourcing a portion of some or all your company’s manufacturing needs is " +"not easy. To make it work right, you have to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:8 +msgid "Manage the inventory of raw materials at your subcontractor;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Ship new materials to your subcontractors based on your forecasted demand;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Keep track of manufacturing operations done at the subcontractor location;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:13 +msgid "Control incoming goods quality;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:14 +msgid "Control subcontractors bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Here is an example of subcontracting the manufacturing of “C”, which is " +"produced out of raw materials “A” and “B”." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:23 +msgid "" +"With its subcontracting feature, Odoo helps you handle this flow easily." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To use the subcontracting feature, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and tick the box *Subcontracting*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To define if a product must be subcontracted, use a *Bill of Materials " +"(BoM)* of type *Subcontracting*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To create a new *BoM*, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Master Data " +"--> Bill of Materials` and hit create. Then, list the components your " +"subcontractor needs to manufacture the product. For costing purposes, you " +"might want to register all the components, even the ones that are sourced " +"directly from the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Once you have set the *BoM Type* to *Subcontracting*, specify one or several" +" subcontractors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:52 +msgid "Basic Subcontracting Flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To let your subcontractor know how many products you need, create and send " +"them purchase orders (PO). To do so, open the *Purchase* app and create a " +"new one. Be sure to send the PO to a vendor that is defined as a " +"subcontractor on the *BoM*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Once the *PO* is validated (1), a pending receipt is created. When the " +"products are received, validate the receipt (2), with the actual quantity " +"received. Then Odoo automatically created several inventory moves:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Consume the components at the subcontractor’s location, based on the *BoM* " +"(3);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:70 +msgid "Produce finished goods at the subcontractor’s location (4);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Move products from the subcontractor’s location to YourCompany through the " +"validated receipt (5)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Of course, Odoo does all the transactions for you, automatically. Simply " +"control the vendor bill with the usual matching process with the purchase " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:79 +msgid "" +"The *PO* is optional. If you create a receipt manually, with the right " +"subcontractor, Odoo still performs all the moves. Useful if the " +"subcontractor does not bill a fixed price per item, but rather the time and " +"materials used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:85 +msgid "Inventory Valuation" +msgstr "Оценка запасов" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:87 +msgid "The cost of the manufactured product “C” is defined as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:89 +msgid "**C = A + B + s**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:91 +msgid "With:" +msgstr "С:" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:93 +msgid "**A**: Cost of raw materials coming from YourCompany;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:96 +msgid "**B**: Cost of raw materials sourced directly from the" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:96 +msgid "subcontractor;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:98 +msgid "**s**: Cost of the subcontracted service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Sending raw materials to your subcontractors (**A**) does not impact the " +"inventory valuation, the components still belonging to your company. To " +"manage this, the *Subcontracting Location* is configured as an *Internal " +"Location* so that the components are still valued in the inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:106 +msgid "" +"Then, the vendor price set on the product C form has to be what has to be " +"paid to the subcontractor for his parts and service time: **B + s**. The " +"product cost has to be: **A + B + s**, how much the product is valued in the" +" accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Finally, the subcontractor bill matches the purchase order, with the " +"proposed price coming from the finished products C." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:115 +msgid "" +"If managing the replenishment of raw materials **B** at your subcontractor’s" +" location is not needed, simply include the cost of **B** in the " +"subcontractor’s price **s** and remove the products *B* from the *BoM*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:121 +msgid "Traceability" +msgstr "Учет движения" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:123 +msgid "" +"In case the products received from the subcontractor contain tracked " +"components, their serial or lot numbers need to be specified during the " +"receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:127 +msgid "" +"On the receipt of the subcontracted product, a *Record Components* button " +"appears when necessary. Click on it to open a dialog and record the " +"serial/lot numbers of the components. If the finished product is also " +"tracked, its serial/lot number can be registered here too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:136 +msgid "" +"For audit purposes, it is possible to check the lot numbers recorded on a " +"receipt by using the icon on the right of the finished products:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:144 +msgid "Automate Replenishment of Subcontractors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:146 +msgid "" +"To manage the resupply of your subcontractor, activate *Multi-locations* in " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Configuration`. Then, the " +"inventory at the subcontractor location can be tracked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:151 +msgid "" +"It is possible to resupply subcontractors by sending products from the " +"company locations, or by sending products from another supplier to the " +"subcontractors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:156 +msgid "Replenishment from the warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:158 +msgid "" +"Resupplying subcontractors manually is the simplest approach. To do so, " +"create delivery orders in which the subcontractor is set as a delivery " +"address and fill the components to deliver." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:162 +msgid "" +"To automate the subcontractors’ replenishment propositions, there are two " +"approaches:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:165 +msgid "Reordering rules;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:166 +msgid "Replenish on order flow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:168 +msgid "" +"For the first one, just define a reordering rule on the subcontracting " +"location, with a minimum and maximum inventory level. When the reordering " +"rule is triggered, a delivery order is created to ship the components to the" +" subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:177 +msgid "" +"The second approach is to use a “pull” flow. Here, the demand in the " +"finished product (real demand or forecasted one through the Master " +"Production Schedule) triggers the replenishment of the subcontractor. To do " +"so, select the route *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* on the wanted " +"components." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:188 +msgid "Replenishment from another supplier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:190 +msgid "" +"When purchasing items to another supplier, it is possible to ask him to " +"deliver the subcontractor directly. To do so, activate the *Drop Shipping* " +"feature in :menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> Configuration`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:195 +msgid "" +"Now, set the *Dropship* option in the *Deliver To* field of the *Other " +"Information* tab. Then, provide the address of the subcontractor for the " +"shipping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:203 +msgid "" +"That way, the supplier can ship items directly and you simply receive and " +"pay the bill. However, it is still required to validate receipts for the " +"subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:212 +msgid "Quality Control" +msgstr "Контроль качества" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:214 +msgid "" +"Controlling the quality of the products manufactured by subcontractors is " +"possible thanks to the Odoo Quality app. Quality checks can be made on a " +"manufacturing step but, because the manufacturing process is handled by an " +"external party, it can be defined on the product reception." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:224 +msgid "" +"To create a quality check at the receipt, open the *Quality* app and create " +"a new *Control Point* on the reception." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:231 +msgid "" +"By doing so, a quality check is automatically created each time a finished " +"product is received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:3 +msgid "Use the Master Production Schedule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The Master Production Schedule (MPS) is a valuable tool to plan your " +"production based on your demand forecast." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to the :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings` " +"and activate the Master Production Schedule feature before hitting save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:18 +msgid "" +"In the manufacturing settings, you can define the time range of your MPS " +"(month/week/day) and the number of periods you want to display." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Now, go in :menuselection:`Planning --> Master Production Schedule` and " +"click on add a product. You can now define your safety stock target (= the " +"stock you want to have on hand at the end of the period) and the minimum and" +" maximum quantities to replenish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The products are ordered in the MPS based on their sequence. You can " +"rearrange that sequence by going on the list of your products and reorganize" +" them with drag and drop." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:36 +msgid "" +"In the MPS view, you can decide which information you would like to show by " +"clicking on *rows*. Some fields can be added to the view, such as *Actual " +"demand*, which will show which quantity of products has already been ordered" +" for the period, or *Available to Promise*, which allows you to know what " +"can still be sold during the period (what you plan to replenish - what is " +"already sold during the period). You can also decide to hide some " +"information if it isn’t necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:48 +msgid "Estimate your demand and launch replenishment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The next step is to estimate the demand for the period. This estimation " +"should be entered in the row *Demand Forecast*. You can easily, at any time," +" compare the demand forecast with the actual demand (= confirmed sales). The" +" demand forecast for a finished product will impact the indirect demand for " +"its components." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Then, the quantity to replenish for the different periods will be " +"automatically computed. The replenishments you are supposed to launch based " +"on your lead times (vendor lead time or manufacturing lead time) are " +"displayed in green. You can now launch the replenishment by clicking on the " +"replenish button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Depending on the configuration of the product (buy vs. manufacture), " +"requests for quotations or manufacturing orders will be created. You can " +"easily access those by clicking on the *Actual Replenishment* cell." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:75 +msgid "" +"In case you manually edit the *To replenish* quantity, a small cross will " +"appear on the left. In case you want to go back to the automatically " +"computed value given by Odoo, you can click the cross." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:83 +msgid "Cells color signification" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:85 +msgid "" +"The cells, which are part of the *To replenish* line, can take different " +"colors depending on the situation:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:88 +msgid "" +"**Green**: quantity of products which should be replenished to reach the " +"expected safety stock considering the demand forecast and the indirect " +"demand forecast." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:90 +msgid "" +"**Grey**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity " +"still matches current data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:92 +msgid "" +"**Red**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity " +"was too high considering current data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:94 +msgid "" +"**Orange**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity" +" was too low considering current data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:96 +msgid "" +"The *Forecasted stock* line can also contain red cells, which means the " +"stock will be negative during the period in question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:100 +msgid "What if I have underestimated the demand?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:102 +msgid "" +"You can still increase the demand forecast. It will impact the quantity to " +"replenish. The cell will become orange, and you’ll be able to launch a new " +"replenishment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:107 +msgid "What if I have overestimated the demand?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:109 +msgid "" +"You can decrease the demand forecast. The cell will become red to inform you" +" that you’ve ordered more than planned. If you’re still able to do it, you " +"can cancel some RFQ or MO manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:114 +msgid "What if I wrongly added a product to the MPS?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:116 +msgid "" +"You can easily remove a product from the MPS by clicking the small bin on " +"the right of its name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:4 +msgid "Purchase" +msgstr "Закупки" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced" +msgstr "Расширенный" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:3 +msgid "Analyze the performance of your purchases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:5 +msgid "" +"If your company regularly purchases products, you have several reasons to " +"track and analyze your performance. The insights gathered can help you to " +"better forecast and plan your future orders. For example, you can assess if " +"your business is dependent on particular vendors, and the data can help you " +"negotiate discounts on prices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:11 +msgid "Generate customized reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Go to *Reporting* to access the purchase analysis. Simply by accessing the " +"reporting dashboard, you can get a quick overview of your actual " +"performance. By default, the reporting dashboard displays a line chart " +"presenting the untaxed amount of your purchase orders per day, and below it," +" key metrics and a pivot table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:22 +msgid "" +"While the data initially presented is useful, there are several tools and " +"features you can use to get even more insights on your purchases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:26 +msgid "Use filters to select the data you need" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Odoo offers several default filters you can use and combine by clicking on " +"*Filters*. When you select one or several filters, Odoo looks for all the " +"orders that match at least one of the filters you have chosen and populates " +"the chart, key metrics, and pivot table with the data. The pre-configured " +"filters are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:33 +msgid "All *Requests for Quotation*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:35 +msgid "All *Purchase Orders*, except canceled ones" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:37 +msgid "" +"*Confirmation Date Last Year* includes all orders that were confirmed the " +"previous year, canceled purchase orders included" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:40 +msgid "" +"*Order Date* includes all orders - request for quotations and purchases " +"orders (canceled ones included) - depending on their date of creation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:43 +msgid "" +"*Confirmation Date* includes all confirmed orders, canceled ones included, " +"depending on their date of confirmation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:47 +msgid "" +"When you have to select a period, you can use multiple years, and, with at " +"least one year selected, multiple quarters and the three most recent months." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you use the *Order Date* or *Confirmation Date* filters, the *Comparison*" +" feature appears next to *Filters*. It enables you to compare the period you" +" filtered with the previous one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:59 +msgid "Add custom filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Thanks to the 31 filtering options to choose from, the possibilities of your" +" customizing your dataset are almost limitless. Go to " +":menuselection:`Filters --> Add Custom Filter`, specify the condition the " +"filtering option should meet (e.g. *is equal to*, *contains*, etc.), and " +"click on *Apply*. If you want to select orders matching several conditions " +"simultaneously (*and* operator), repeat the process to add another custom " +"filter. If you want to use the *or* operator, don't click on *Apply*, and " +"click on *Add a condition* instead. Once you have added all the desired " +"filtering options, click on *Apply*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To avoid having to recreate custom filters every time, save them by clicking" +" on :menuselection:`Favorites --> Save current search --> Save`. The " +"customized search filter can then be accessed by clicking on *Favorites* or " +"can even be set as the default filter when you open the reporting dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:80 +msgid "Measure exactly what you need" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Before selecting what you want to measure, you need to decide whether you " +"prefer using the graph view or the pivot view. By default, the dashboard " +"presents both views. However, the measures you select won't be applied to " +"both views. You can access each view separately by clicking on the icons at " +"the top right of the dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:92 +msgid "Visualize your data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:94 +msgid "" +"You can transform the main graph in just a click by selecting one of the " +"three charts: bar, line or pie. Fourteen different measures are available, " +"but you can only use one at a time. However, you can group the measure using" +" one or several of the 19 *Groups*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:102 +msgid "" +"For bar and line charts, the selected measure is your y-axis, and the first " +"group you select is used to create the x-axis. Adding more group adds " +"additional lines (line chart) or transforms your bar chart into a stacked " +"bar chart. For pie charts, the more groups you select, the more slices are " +"displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:108 +msgid "Explore your data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:110 +msgid "" +"The pivot table view enables you to explore your data in great detail. " +"Unlike the graph view, the pivot table enables you to add several measures " +"at the same time. By clicking on *Measures* or on the **+** sign in the " +"*Total* column, you can add as many as you want, each assigned to a new " +"column. By clicking on the **+** sign in the *Total* row, you can add " +"*Groups*. If you click on a group's **+** sign, you can add a sub-group, and" +" so on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:121 +msgid "" +"You can insert your pivot table's data directly in the Spreadsheet app or " +"export it as an Excel file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals.rst:3 +msgid "Manage deals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:3 +msgid "Purchase agreements: blanket orders and calls for tenders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:5 +msgid "" +"There are two main types of purchase agreements preconfigured in Odoo: " +"blanket orders and call for tenders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Blanket orders are long-term agreements between a company and a vendor to " +"deliver products on a recurring basis with predetermined pricing. Your " +"company should consider using them when you frequently purchase the same " +"products from the same vendor in varying quantities and/or at different " +"times. Among their many benefits, you can save time as the ordering process " +"is simplified, and money thanks to more advantageous bulk pricing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Calls for tenders use a special procedure to request offers from multiple " +"vendors at the same time. While public sector organizations are often " +"legally bound to release calls for tenders when they want to purchase goods " +"or services, private organizations can also use them to get the best deal " +"among several vendors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:20 +msgid "Enable purchase agreements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:22 +msgid "" +"From the Purchase app, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and" +" activate *Purchase Agreements*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:30 +msgid "Configure or create new types of purchase agreements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Before you start using purchase agreements, make sure they are configured " +"the way you want by going to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Purchase " +"Agreement Types`. From there, you can edit the way blanket orders and calls " +"for tenders or *Create* a new type of purchase agreement. You can configure " +"the:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:37 +msgid "Agreement Type: the name you want to give to the agreement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Agreement Selection Type: you can either select multiple offers using " +"*Select multiple RFQ (non-exclusive)*, which is the default setting for both" +" blanket orders and calls for tenders, or a single offer using *Select only " +"one RFQ (exclusive)*, which is sometimes needed for calls for tenders where " +"you only want to select a single vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Lines: generally, you would always want to select *Use lines of agreement*, " +"which are the different product lines you can configure when you set up your" +" purchase agreement. However, you can select *Do not create RfQ lines " +"automatically* if you don't want your requests for quotations to be pre-" +"filled in with that information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Quantities: if you use lines of agreements, you can also specify " +"independently if the products' quantities should be used to pre-fill new " +"requests for quotations. The default option for blanket orders is *Set " +"quantities manually*, while for calls for tenders are set to *Use quantities" +" of agreement*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:59 +msgid "Set up a blanket order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Orders --> Purchase Agreements` and click on *Create*." +" Select *Blanket Order* as your *Agreement Type*. Next, select the vendor. " +"The other fields aren't mandatory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Next, add the products you want to order and their price. Note that you can " +"also add a *Quantity* for each product, for example, if you have agreed with" +" your vendor to order a specific minimum quantity each time or in total. If " +"you have configured your blanket order to *Set quantities manually*, this is" +" only used for informational purposes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:73 +msgid "" +"You can also write any *Terms and Conditions* at the bottom of the " +"agreement. Once you are satisfied with your blanket order, click on " +"*Confirm*. Its status then changes from *Draft* to *Ongoing* and it's ready " +"to be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:78 +msgid "Create requests for quotation from the blanket order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:80 +msgid "" +"You can now create new quotations from the blanket order whenever you need " +"it by clicking on *New Quotation*. Odoo automatically fills in requests for " +"quotation with the information initially defined when you set up the blanket" +" order. Depending on the way you configured the *Purchase Agreement Type*, " +"product lines can also be pre-filled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:85 +msgid "" +"From here, you can quickly view all the requests for quotations made under " +"that blanket order by clicking on *RFQs/Orders*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:93 +msgid "" +"You can also create a *Request for Quotation* the usual way and then link it" +" to an existing *Blanket Order*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:97 +msgid "Blanket orders and replenishment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Blanket orders can be used for :doc:`automated replenishment " +"<../../purchase/products/reordering>`, as once a blanket order is confirmed," +" a new vendor line is added to your product. Make sure the related vendor is" +" in the first position if you have several vendors linked to your product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:108 +msgid "Set up a call for tenders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Orders --> Purchase Agreements` and click on *Create*." +" Select *Call for Tenders* as your *Agreement Type*. The other fields aren't" +" mandatory, but you can add the date you want to be delivered and set an " +"agreement deadline. You usually don't want to select a vendor for calls for " +"tenders as you are looking to get quotations from multiple vendors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Next, add the products you want to order and in what quantity. For calls for" +" tenders, you typically don't add a price, as the vendors should give you " +"their best quote." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:118 +msgid "" +"You can also write any *Terms and Conditions* at the bottom of the " +"agreement. Once you are ready, click on *Confirm*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:126 +msgid "Requests quotations from the call for tenders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:128 +msgid "" +"You can now request new quotations from the call for tenders. Click on *New " +"Quotation* and select one of your vendors you want to invite to the call for" +" tenders. Product lines should also be pre-filled in, depending on how you " +"configured the *Purchase Agreement Type*. Click on *Send by email* to send " +"it to the vendor. Go back to the call for tenders and repeat this process " +"for each vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:138 +msgid "" +"Once you have sent a request for quotation to every vendor and receiving " +"their quotes, click on *Validate* to proceed to the bid selection. Next, " +"click on the RFQs/Orders smart button to view all your vendors' quotations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:146 +msgid "" +"Click on each request for quotation to add the price communicated by your " +"vendors manually. When that's done, select the most advantageous offer and " +"click on *Confirm Order*. This automatically closes the call for tenders. " +"You can now proceed with the purchase order as you would for a regular one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:3 +msgid "Control and know when vendor bills should be paid" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can define how your vendor bills are controlled. For each " +"purchase order, you can decide when the related vendor bill should be paid: " +"either before or after you have received your products. You can also check " +"at a glance what is the billing status of each purchase order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:9 +msgid "" +"With the 3-way matching feature, Odoo compares the information appearing on " +"the *Purchase Order*, the *Vendor Bill* and the *Receipt*, and lets you know" +" if you should pay the bill. This way you can avoid paying incorrect or " +"fraudulent vendor bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:14 +msgid "Vendor bills default control policy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:16 +msgid "" +"As a first step, open your Purchase app and go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` to set the default bill control " +"policy for all the products created onwards." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:23 +msgid "" +"By selecting *On ordered quantities*, you can create a vendor bill as soon " +"as you confirm an order. The quantities mentioned in the purchase order are " +"used to generate the draft bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you choose *On received quantities* instead, you can only create one once" +" you have at least received some of the products you have ordered. The " +"quantities you have received are used to generate the draft bill. If you try" +" to create one without having received any product, you get an error " +"message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:36 +msgid "Change a specific product's control policy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:38 +msgid "" +"If you want to modify a specific product's control policy, go to " +":menuselection:`Products --> Products`, open it, click on *Edit* and go to " +"the *Purchase tab*. There you can change a product's default bill control " +"policy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:47 +msgid "View a purchase order's billing status" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Once you confirm an order, you can view its *Billing Status* by going to the" +" *Other Information* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Below you can find a list of the different *Billing Status*, and when they " +"are displayed, depending on the products' bill control policy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:60 +msgid "**Billing status**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:60 +msgid "**Conditions**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:62 +msgid "*On received quantities*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:62 +msgid "*On ordered quantities*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:64 +msgid "*Nothing to Bill*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:64 +msgid "PO confirmed; no products received" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:64 +msgid "*(Not applicable)*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:66 +msgid "*Waiting Bills*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:66 +msgid "All/some products received; bill not created" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:66 +msgid "PO confirmed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:68 +msgid "*Fully Billed*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:68 +msgid "All/some products received; draft bill created" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:68 +msgid "Draft bill created" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:72 +msgid "Determine when to pay with 3-way matching" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:74 +msgid "" +"First, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate *3-way" +" matching*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:81 +msgid "" +"3-way matching is intended to work with the bill control policy set to *On " +"received quantities*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:84 +msgid "Should I pay the vendor bill?" +msgstr "Должен ли я платить этот счет поставщика?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:86 +msgid "" +"With the feature activated, your vendor bills now display the *Should Be " +"Paid* field under the *Other info* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:93 +msgid "" +"As you can't create a bill until you have received your products - and if " +"you haven't received all of them, Odoo only includes the products you have " +"received in the draft bill - the *Should Be Paid* status is set to *Yes* " +"when you create one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:97 +msgid "" +"If you edit a draft bill to increase the billed quantity, change the price, " +"or add other products, the *Should Be Paid* status is set to *Exception*. It" +" means Odoo notices the discrepancy, but that you might have a valid reason " +"to have done so." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Once the payment has been registered and mentions *Paid*, the *Should Be " +"Paid* status is set to *No*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:109 +msgid "" +"The *Should Be Paid* status is set automatically by Odoo. However, you can " +"change the status manually when you are viewing a bill in edit mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:3 +msgid "Don’t run out of stock with reordering rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To make sure you never run out of stock, you can define *Reordering Rules* " +"on products. Thanks to them, Odoo can help you replenish your stock " +"automatically when it reaches set quantities or whenever a sales order is " +"created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:9 +msgid "You need to install the *Inventory app* to use reordering rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:12 +msgid "Configure your storable product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Open or create a product with its *Product Type* set to *Storable Product*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:20 +msgid "" +"As you are purchasing this product from a vendor, go to the product's " +"*Purchase tab* and add a vendor by clicking on *Add a line*. You can add " +"multiple vendors, but make sure to order them correctly, since reordering " +"rules always use the first vendor in a list. You can add a price, but it " +"isn't necessary for the reordering rule to work. In addition, you can add a " +"minimum quantity you must order to benefit from that price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:27 +msgid "" +"If the quantity Odoo has to reorder doesn't match the minimum quantity " +"specified, Odoo selects the next vendor on your list. If you don't have " +"another vendor on your list, the reordering rule won't work. For that " +"purpose, you can add the same vendor multiple times with different prices " +"for different quantities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:37 +msgid "" +"By default, a draft purchase order is created. However, if you have enabled " +"*Purchase Agreements*, you can *Propose a call for tenders* instead as shown" +" in the image above. For more information, see " +":doc:`../manage_deals/agreements`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Next, make sure the correct route is selected under the Inventory tab of " +"your product. If you created your product within the Purchase app, the *Buy*" +" route is selected by default. If you are looking to dropship your product, " +"select *Dropship*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:50 +msgid "Set up your reordering rule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:52 +msgid "Open your product and click on the *Reordering Rules* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Once you are on the product's reordering rules page, click on *Create*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:61 +msgid "" +"You can access and create reordering rules from :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Configuration --> Reordering Rules` and from :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Operations --> Replenishment`. By default, the replenishment view " +"presents a summary of all the products that you might need to purchase to " +"fulfill your sales orders. From there, you can ask Odoo with a single click " +"to order a product once or automate all orders for that product, future " +"orders included." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:68 +msgid "Define quantities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:70 +msgid "" +"You can set a **minimum quantity** your stock should always have. Once set, " +"if your stock goes below the minimum quantity, and if you selected the Buy " +"route, a request for quotation is automatically generated to reach that " +"minimum quantity, plus any additional quantity needed to fill in a sales " +"order for example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:75 +msgid "" +"If you set a **maximum quantity**, every time the product has to be " +"replenished, enough products are reordered to reach the maximum quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:78 +msgid "" +"If you want to order only the exact quantity needed to fill in a sales order" +" for example, set both both the minimum and maximum quantity to **zero**. " +"The quantity mentioned in the sales order is then used by the reordering " +"rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:82 +msgid "" +"You can also add a **quantity multiple** to only order products in batches " +"of a certain quantity. Click on the optional columns drop-down menu, and " +"select *Multiple Quantity* to show the column. Bear in mind that you might " +"go over the maximum quantity you set if your rule includes a quantity " +"multiple, as Odoo orders enough products to reach the maximum quantity and " +"respect the set quantity multiple." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:92 +msgid "" +"If you selected multiple routes for the same product under its Inventory " +"tab, make sure to select your *Preferred Route* on your reordering rule by " +"clicking on the optional columns drop-down menu, adding the *Preferred " +"Route* column, and selecting the right route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:3 +msgid "Purchase in different units of measure than sales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you purchase a product, it may happen that your vendor uses a different" +" unit of measure than you do when you sell it. This can cause confusion " +"between sales and purchase representatives. It is also time-consuming to " +"convert measures manually every time. With Odoo, you can configure your " +"product once and let Odoo handle the conversion." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:10 +msgid "Consider the following examples:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:12 +msgid "" +"You purchase orange juice from an American vendor, and they use **gallons**." +" However, your customers are European and use **liters**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:15 +msgid "" +"You buy curtains from a vendor in the form of **rolls** and you sell pieces " +"of the rolls to your customers using **square meters**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:19 +msgid "Enable units of measure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Open your Sales app and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. " +"Under Product Catalog, enable *Units of Measure*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:29 +msgid "Specify sales and purchase units of measure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:32 +msgid "Standard units of measure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:34 +msgid "" +"A variety of units of measure are available by default in your database. " +"Each belongs to one of the five pre-configured units of measure categories: " +"*Length / Distance*, *Unit*, *Volume*, *Weight* and *Working Time*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:39 +msgid "" +"You can create your new units of measure and units of measure categories " +"(see next section)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To specify different units of measures for sales and purchases, open the " +"Purchase app and go to :menuselection:`Products --> Products`. Create a " +"product or select an existing one. Under the product's *General Information*" +" tab, first select the *Unit of Measure* to be used for sales (as well as " +"for other apps such as inventory). Then, select the *Purchase Unit of " +"Measure* to be used for purchases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Back to the first example, if you purchase orange juice from your vendor in " +"**gallons** and sell it to your customers in **liters**, first select *L* " +"(liters) as the *Unit of Measure*, and *gal (US)* (gallons) as the *Purchase" +" Unit of Measure*, then click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:56 +msgid "Create new units of measure and units of measure categories" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Sometimes you need to create your own units and categories, either because " +"the measure is not pre-configured in Odoo or because the units do not relate" +" with each other (e.g. kilos and centimeters)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:62 +msgid "" +"If you take the second example where you buy curtains from a vendor in the " +"form of **rolls** and you sell pieces of the rolls using **square meters**, " +"you need to create a new *Units of Measure Category* in order to relate both" +" units of measure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:66 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Units of Measure " +"Categories`. Click on *Create* and name the category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:73 +msgid "" +"The next step is to create the two units of measures. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Units of Measure`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:76 +msgid "" +"First, create the unit of measure used as the reference point for converting" +" to other units of measure inside the category by clicking on *Create*. Name" +" the unit and select the units of measure category you just created. For the" +" *Type*, select *Reference Unit of Measure for this category type*. Enter " +"the *Rounding Precision* you would like to use. The quantity computed by " +"Odoo is always a multiple of this value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:82 +msgid "" +"In the example, as you cannot purchase less than 1 roll and won't use " +"fractions of a roll as a unit of measure, you can enter 1." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:89 +msgid "" +"If you use a *Rounding Precision* inferior to 0.01, a warning message might " +"appear stating that it is higher than the *Decimal Accuracy* and that it " +"might cause inconsistencies. If you wish to use a *Rounding Precision* lower" +" than 0.01, first :doc:`activate the Developer Mode " +"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, then go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Database Structure --> Decimal " +"Accuracy`, select *Product Unit of Measure* and edit *Digits* accordingly. " +"For example, if you want to use a rounding precision of 0.00001, set " +"*Digits* to 5." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Next, create a second unit of measure, name it, and select the same units of" +" measure category as your reference unit. As *Type*, select *Smaller* or " +"*Bigger than the reference Unit of Measure*, depending on your situation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:100 +msgid "" +"As the curtain roll equals to 100 square meters, you should select " +"*Smaller*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Next, you need to enter the *Ratio* between your reference unit and the " +"second one. If the second unit is smaller, the *Ratio* should be greater " +"than 1. If the second unit is larger, the ratio should be smaller than 1." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:106 +msgid "For your curtain roll, the ratio should be set to 100." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:112 +msgid "" +"You can now configure your product just as you would using Odoo's standard " +"units of measure." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po deleted file mode 100644 index ac574f224..000000000 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,891 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# Ivan Yelizariev <yelizariev@it-projects.info>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-11-02 12:05+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Ivan Yelizariev <yelizariev@it-projects.info>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: ru\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<12 || n%100>14) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%10>=5 && n%10<=9) || (n%100>=11 && n%100<=14)? 2 : 3);\n" - -#: ../../iot.rst:5 -msgid "Internet of Things (IoT)" -msgstr "Интернет вещей (IoT)" - -#: ../../iot/config.rst:3 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Настройка" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:3 -msgid "Connect an IoT Box to your database" -msgstr "Подключение IoT Box к вашей базе данных" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:5 -msgid "Install the Internet of Things (IoT) App on your Odoo Database." -msgstr "Установите программу Интернет вещей (IoT) на базу данных Odoo." - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:10 -msgid "Go in the IoT App and click on Connect on the IoT Boxes page." -msgstr "" -"Зайдите в приложение IoT и нажмите на Подключить на странице IoT Boxes." - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:15 -msgid "Follow the steps to connect your IoT Box." -msgstr "Следуйте инструкциям по подключению IoT Box." - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:21 -msgid "Ethernet Connection" -msgstr "подключение Ethernet" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Connect to the IoT Box all the devices that have to be connected with cables" -" (ethernet, usb devices, etc.)." -msgstr "" -"Подключите к IoT Box все устройства, которые должны быть соединены кабелями " -"(Ethernet, USB-устройства и т.д.)." - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:26 -msgid "Power on the IoT Box." -msgstr "Включите IoT Box." - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Read the Pairing Code from a screen or a receipt printer connected to the " -"IoT Box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:32 -msgid "Input the Pairing Code and click on the Pair button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Recent changes in modern web browsers forced us to modify the connection " -"wizard. If your screen is different from the screenshots, make sure that the" -" ``iot_pairing`` module is installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:40 -msgid "WiFi Connection" -msgstr "Соединение с WiFi" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:42 -msgid "Power on the IoT Box" -msgstr "Включите IoT Box." - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:44 -msgid "Copy the token" -msgstr "Скопируйте токен" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Connect to the IoT Box WiFi Network (make sure there is no ethernet cable " -"plugged in your computer)." -msgstr "" -"Подключите WiFi до IoT Box (убедитесь, что в компьютере не подключены кабель" -" Ethernet)." - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:53 -msgid "" -"You will be redirected to the IoT Box Homepage (if it doesn't work, connect " -"to the IP address of the box). Give a name to your IoT Box (not required) " -"and paste the token, then click on next." -msgstr "" -"Вы будете перенаправлены на главную страницу IoT Box (если она не работает, " -"подключитесь к IP-адреса коробки). Дайте название вашему IoT Box (не " -"обязательно) и вставьте токен, а затем нажмите кнопку Далее." - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:60 -msgid "" -"If you are on Runbot, do not forget to add the -all or -base in the token " -"(e.g. this token **http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-" -"f3f920.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401** should become " -"**http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-f3f920-all.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401**)." -msgstr "" -"Если вы на Runbot, не забудьте добавить -all или -base в токене (например, " -"этот токен ** http: //375228-saas-11-5-iot-f3f920.runbot16.odoo.com \\ | " -"4957098401 ** должен стать ** http: //375228-saas-11-5-iot-" -"f3f920-all.runbot16.odoo.com \\ | 4957098401 **)." - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Choose the WiFi network you want to connect with (enter the password if " -"there is one) and click on Submit. Wait a few seconds before being " -"redirected to your database." -msgstr "" -"Выберите сеть WiFi, которую вы хотите подключить (введите пароль, если " -"таковой имеется) и нажмите кнопку Отправить. Подождите несколько секунд, " -"прежде чем перенаправитися в базу данных." - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:72 -msgid "You should now see the IoT Box." -msgstr "Теперь вы можете видеть IoT Box." - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:78 -msgid "IoT Box Schema" -msgstr "Схема IoT Box" - -#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:3 -msgid "Flashing your SD Card" -msgstr "Запись вашей SD карточки" - -#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In some case, you may need to reflash your IoT Box’s SD Card to benefit from" -" our latest updates." -msgstr "" -"В некоторых случаях вам может понадобиться перепрошивка вашей SD карточки " -"IoT Box, чтобы воспользоваться нашими последними обновлениями." - -#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:9 -msgid "Upgrade from the IoT Box homepage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Go to the IoT Box homepage, click on *Update*, next to the version number. " -"If a new version of the IoT Box image is available, you will see a *Upgrade " -"to ___* button a the bottom of the page, the IoT Box will then flash itself " -"to the new version of the IoT Box. All of your configurations will be saved." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:18 -msgid "" -"This process can take more than 30 minutes. Do not turn off or unplug the " -"IoT Box as it would leave it in an inconsistent state." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:25 -msgid "Upgrade with Etcher" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Go to Balena’s website and download `Etcher <https://www.balena.io/>`__. " -"It’s a free and open-source utility used for burning image files. Install " -"and launch it. Download the latest image from `nightly " -"<http://nightly.odoo.com/master/iotbox/>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Then, open *Etcher* and select *Flash from file*, find the image you just " -"downloaded. Insert the IoT Box SD card into your computer and select it. " -"Click on *Flash* and wait for the process to finish." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:3 -msgid "Use the IoT Box for the PoS" -msgstr "Применение IoT Box для точки продаж" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:9 -msgid "Prerequisites" -msgstr "предпосылки" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:11 -msgid "Before starting, make sure you have the following:" -msgstr "Прежде чем начать, убедитесь, что у вас есть:" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:13 -msgid "An IoT Box, with its power adapter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:15 -msgid "A computer or tablet with an up-to-date web browser" -msgstr "Компьютер или планшет с современным веб-браузером" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:17 -msgid "" -"A running SaaS or Odoo instance with the Point of Sale and IoT apps " -"installed" -msgstr "" -"Запущена версия SaaS или Odoo с установленными программами Точки продаж и " -"IoT" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:20 -msgid "A local network setup with DHCP (this is the default setting)" -msgstr "Настройка локальной сети с помощью DHCP (это настройки по умолчанию)" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:22 -msgid "An RJ45 Ethernet Cable (optional, WiFi is built in)" -msgstr "Кабель RJ45 Ethernet (необязательно, встроенный WiFi)" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Any of the supported hardware (receipt printer, barcode scanner, cash " -"drawer, payment terminal, scale, customer display, etc.). The list of " -"supported hardware can be found on the `POS Hardware page " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/point-of-sale-hardware>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:30 -msgid "Set Up" -msgstr "установите" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:32 -msgid "" -"To connect hardware to the PoS, the first step is to connect an IoT Box to " -"your database. For this, follow this :doc:`documentation <connect>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:36 -msgid "Then, you have to connect the peripheral devices to your IoT Box." -msgstr "Затем, вы должны подключить периферийные устройства к вашему IoT Box." - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:38 -msgid "" -"**Printer**: Connect a supported receipt printer to a USB port or to the " -"network and power it on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:41 -msgid "" -"**Cash drawer**: The cash drawer should be connected to the printer with an " -"RJ25 cable." -msgstr "" -"** Кассовая ящик **: кассовая ящик должен быть подключена к принтеру с " -"помощью кабеля RJ25." - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:44 -msgid "" -"**Barcode scanner**: Connect your barcode scanner. In order for your barcode" -" scanner to be compatible it must end barcodes with an Enter character " -"(keycode 28). This is most likely the default configuration of your barcode " -"scanner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:49 -msgid "**Scale**: Connect your scale and power it on." -msgstr "** Весы **: подключите веса и включите их." - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:51 -msgid "" -"**Customer Display**: Connect a monitor to the IoT Box using an HDMI cable. " -"You can also access the Customer Display from any other computer by " -"accessing the IoT Box homepage and clicking on the *POS Display* button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:56 -msgid "" -"**Payment terminal**: The connection process depends on the terminal, please" -" refer to the :doc:`payment terminals documentation " -"<../../point_of_sale/payment>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Once it's done, you can connect the IoT Box to your PoS. For this, go in " -":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> PoS`, tick *IoT Box* and" -" select the devices you want to use in this Point of Sale. Save the changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:68 -msgid "Set up is done, you can launch a new PoS Session." -msgstr "Настройка завершена, вы можете запустить новую сессию Точки продаж." - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:3 -msgid "Troubleshooting" -msgstr "Решение проблем" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:6 -msgid "IoT Box Connection" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:9 -msgid "I can't find the pairing code to connect my IoT Box" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:11 -msgid "" -"The pairing code should be printed on receipt printers connected to the IoT " -"Box and should also be displayed on connected monitors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:14 -msgid "The pairing code doesn't show under the following circumstances:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:16 -msgid "The IoT Box is already connected to an Odoo database;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:18 -msgid "The IoT Box is not connected to the Internet;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:20 -msgid "" -"The code is only valid for 5 minutes after the IoT Box has started. It's " -"automatically removed from connected displays when this delay has expired;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:23 -msgid "" -"The version of the IoT Box image is too old. It should use version 20.06 or " -"more recent. If your IoT Box image is from an earlier version, then you will" -" have to reflash the SD card of your IoT Box to update the image (see " -":doc:`Flashing your SD Card <flash_sdcard>`)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:28 -msgid "" -"If you are not in any of the cases listed above, make sure that the IoT Box " -"has correctly started, by checking that a fixed green LED is showing next to" -" the micro-USB port." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:33 -msgid "I've connected my IoT Box but it's not showing in my database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:35 -msgid "" -"When you connect an IoT Box to a database, the IoT Box might restart, if " -"that is the case, it might take up to one minute before appearing in your " -"database. If after some time the IoT is still not showing, make sure that " -"your database can be reached from the IoT Box and that your server doesn't " -"use a multi-database environment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:42 -msgid "My IoT Box is connected to my database, but cannot be reached" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Make sure that the IoT Box and the device running the browser are located on" -" the same network as the IoT Box cannot be reached from outside the local " -"network." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:49 -msgid "Printer" -msgstr "Принтер" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:52 -msgid "My printer is not detected" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:54 -msgid "" -"If one of your printers doesn't show up in your devices list, go to the IoT " -"Box homepage and make sure that it is listed under *Printers*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:60 -msgid "" -"If your printer is not present on the IoT Box homepage, hit *Printers " -"Server*, go to the *Administration* tab and click on *Add Printer*. If you " -"can't find your printer in the list, it's probably not connected properly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:66 -msgid "My printer outputs random text" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:68 -msgid "" -"For most printers, the correct driver should be automatically detected and " -"selected. However, in some cases, the automatic detection mechanism might " -"not be enough, and if no driver is found the printer might print random " -"characters." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:73 -msgid "" -"The solution is to manually select the corresponding driver. On the IoT Box " -"homepage, click on *Printers Server*, go to the *Printers* tab and select " -"the printer in the list. In the Administration dropdown, click on *Modify " -"Printer*. Follow the steps and select the Make and Model corresponding to " -"your printer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Epson and Star receipt printers and Zebra label printers do not need a " -"driver to work. Make sure that no driver is selected for those printers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:88 -msgid "My Zebra Printer doesn't print anything" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:90 -msgid "" -"Zebra printers are quite sensitive to the format of the ZPL code that is " -"printed. If nothing comes out of the printer or blank labels are printed, " -"try changing the format of the report that is sent to the printer by " -"accessing :menuselection:`Settings ~~> Technical ~~> Views` in developer " -"mode and look for the corresponding template." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:97 -msgid "Barcode Scanner" -msgstr "Сканер штрих-кода" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:100 -msgid "The characters read by the barcode scanner don't match the barcode" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:102 -msgid "" -"By default, we assume that your barcode scanner is configured in US QWERTY. " -"This is the default configuration of most barcode readers. If your barcode " -"scanner uses a different layout, please go to the form view of your device " -"and select the correct one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:108 -msgid "Nothing happens when a barcode is scanned" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:110 -msgid "" -"Make sure that the correct device is selected in your Point of Sale " -"configuration and that your barcode is configured to send an ENTER character" -" (keycode 28) at the end of every barcode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:115 -msgid "The barcode scanner is detected as a keyboard" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:117 -msgid "" -"Some poorly built barcode scanners do not advertise themselves as barcode " -"scanners but as a USB keyboard instead, and will not be recognized by the " -"IoT Box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:121 -msgid "" -"You can manually change the device type by going to its form view and " -"activating the *Is scanner* option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:128 -msgid "Cashdrawer" -msgstr "Денежный ящик" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:131 -msgid "The cashdrawer does not open" -msgstr "Наличный расчет не открывается" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:133 -msgid "" -"The cashdrawer should be connected to the printer and the *Cashdrawer* " -"checkbox should be ticked in the POS configuration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices.rst:3 -msgid "Devices" -msgstr "Устройства" - -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:3 -msgid "Connect a Camera" -msgstr "Подключите камеру" - -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When using your *IoT Box* in Odoo, you could need to use a camera. As it can" -" be done in a few steps, this device is really easy to configure. Then, you " -"can use it in your manufacturing process and link it to a control point. " -"Doing so will allow you to take pictures when you reach the chosen quality " -"control point." -msgstr "" -"При использовании * IoT Box * в Odoo, вам может потребоваться использование " -"камеры. Это можно сделать в несколько шагов, ведь это устройство легкий в " -"настройке. Затем вы можете использовать его в вашем производстве и " -"объединять с пунктами контроля. Это позволит вам фотографировать в тот " -"момент, когда вы достигаете пункта контроля качества." - -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:12 ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:13 -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:11 -msgid "Connection" -msgstr "подключение" - -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:14 -msgid "" -"To connect the camera to the *IoT Box*, simply connect the two by cable." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:17 -msgid "" -"If your camera is a `*supported one* <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-" -"hardware>`__, there is no need to set up anything as it will be detected as " -"soon as it is connected." -msgstr "" -"Если ваша камера `* поддерживается * <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-" -"hardware> `__, тогда не нужно ничего устанавливать, поскольку она будет " -"взначено, как только она будет подключена." - -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:25 -msgid "Link a Camera to a Quality Control Point" -msgstr "Объедините камеру с пунктом контроля качества" - -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:28 ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:34 -msgid "With the Manufacturing app" -msgstr "С модулем производство" - -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:30 -msgid "" -"In your *Quality app*, you can setup the device on a *Quality Control " -"Point*. Go to the *Control Points* menu, under *Quality Control* and open " -"the control point you want to link with the camera." -msgstr "" -"В вашем * модули Качества * вы можете установить прибор на * Пункт контроля " -"качества *. Перейдите в меню * Пункты контроля * под Контроль качества * и " -"откройте пукт контроля, который вы хотите соединить с камерой." - -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Now, you can edit the control point and select the device from the dropdown " -"list. Now, hit save." -msgstr "" -"Теперь вы можете редактировать пункт контроля и выбирать прибор с " -"выпадающего списка. Теперь сохраните." - -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Then, your camera can be used with the picked *Control Point*. During the " -"manufacturing process, reaching the *Quality Control Point* you chose before" -" will allow you to take a picture." -msgstr "" -"Затем вашу камеру можно использовать с выбранным * Пунктом контроля *. В " -"течение процесса производства, достигнув * Пункт контроля качества *, " -"который вы выбирали, перед тем, как вам будет разрешено сделать фото." - -#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:3 -msgid "Connect a Footswitch" -msgstr "Подключите нежный переключатель" - -#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When working, it is always better to have your two hands available. Using " -"Odoo’s *IoT Box* and a footswitch will allow it." -msgstr "" -"Во время работы всегда лучше иметь обе руки свободными. Используя * IoT Box " -"* Odoo и педаль, вы сможете этого достичь." - -#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In fact, you will be able to go from one screen to another and perform " -"actions by using your foot and the footswitch. Really convenient, it can be " -"configured in a few steps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Connecting the footswitch to the *IoT Box* is easy, you just have to connect" -" the two by cable." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:18 -msgid "" -"If your footswitch is a `supported one <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-" -"hardware>`__, there is no need to set up anything since it will be " -"automatically detected when connected." -msgstr "" -"Если ваша педаль `поддерживается <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-hardware> " -"`__, не нужно ничего устанавливать, как только она будет автоматически " -"определена после подключения." - -#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:26 -msgid "Link a Footswitch to a Workcenter" -msgstr "Соедините педаль с рабочим центром" - -#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:28 -msgid "" -"To link the footswitch to an action, it needs to be configured on a " -"workcenter. Go to the workcenter you want to use the footswitch in and add " -"the device in the *IoT Triggers* tab. Then, you can link it to an action and" -" also add a key to trigger it." -msgstr "" -"Чтобы соединить педаль с действием, необходимо настроить педаль в рабочем " -"центре. Перейдите в рабочий центр, в котором вы хотите использовать педаль и" -" добавьте устройство на вкладке * Запуски IoT *. Затем вы сможете соединить " -"ее с действием, а также добавить ключ для ее запуска." - -#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Note that the one that is first in the list will be chosen. So, the order " -"matters! In the picture above, using the footswitch will, for example, " -"automatically skip the current part of the process you work on." -msgstr "" -"Запишите, что из списка будут выбраны первое устройство. Поэтому порядок " -"имеет значение! Как показано на картинке ниже, используя педаль, будет " -"автоматически пропущен текущую часть процесса, с которой вы работаете." - -#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:41 -msgid "" -"When you are on the work order screen, a status button indicates if you are " -"correctly connected to the footswitch." -msgstr "" -"Когда вы на форме рабочего заказ, кнопка статуса указывает, вы правильно " -"подключили педаль." - -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:3 -msgid "Connect a Measurement Tool" -msgstr "Подключите инструмент измерения" - -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:5 -msgid "" -"With Odoo’s *IoT Box*, it is possible to connect measurement tools to your " -"database. Find the list of supported devices here: `Supported devices " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-hardware>`__,." -msgstr "" -"С * IoT Box * Odoo возможно подключить инструменты измерения к вашей базе " -"данных. Найдите список поддерживаемых устройств здесь: `Поддерживаемые " -"устройства <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-hardware> `__ ,." - -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:10 -msgid "Connect in USB" -msgstr "Подключите через USB" - -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To add a device connected by USB, just plug the USB cable in the *IoT Box*, " -"and the device should appear in your Odoo database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:19 -msgid "Connect in Bluetooth" -msgstr "Подключитесь через Bluetooth" - -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Activate the Bluetooth on your device (see your device manual for further " -"explanation) and the IoT Box will automatically try to connect to the " -"device." -msgstr "" -"Активируйте Bluetooth на вашем устройстве (см. Руководство по устройству для" -" дальнейшего объяснения) и IoT Box автоматически попытается подключиться к " -"устройствам." - -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:25 -msgid "Here is an example of what it should look like:" -msgstr "Вот пример, как это должно выглядеть:" - -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:31 -msgid "Link a measurement tool to a quality control point" -msgstr "Соедините инструмент измерения пункту контроля качества" - -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:36 -msgid "" -"In your *Quality app*, you can setup a device on your *Quality Control " -"Points*. To do so, go to the *Control Points* menu, under *Quality Control* " -"and open the control point to which you want to assign a measurement tool." -msgstr "" -"В вашем * модули Качества *, вы можете установить устройство в ваши * Пункты" -" контроля качества *. Чтобы сделать это, перейдите в меню * Пункты контроля " -"* под * Контролем качества * и откройте пункт контроля, в который вы хотите " -"назначить инструмент измерения." - -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Now, you can edit the control point and choose the device from the dropdown " -"list. Then, hit save." -msgstr "" -"Теперь вы можете редактировать пункт контроля и выбирать устройство из " -"выпадающего списка. Сохраните настройки." - -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Now, your measurement tool is linked to the chosen *Control Point*. The " -"value, which needs to be changed manually, will be automatically updated " -"while the tool is being used." -msgstr "" -"Теперь ваш инструмент измерения соединены с избранным * Пунктом контроля *. " -"Значение, которое требует изменений вручную, автоматически обновлен, пока " -"используется инструмент." - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:3 -msgid "Connect a Printer" -msgstr "Подключите принтер" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When using your *IoT Box* in Odoo, you could need to use a printer. Doing so" -" is easy and convenient as it can be done in a few steps. Then, you can use " -"it to print receipts, orders or even reports in different Odoo apps." -msgstr "" -"Используя * IoT Box * в Odoo, вам может понадобиться принтер. Сделать это " -"можно легко и просто всего за несколько шагов. ПТМ вы сможете использовать " -"принтер для печати чеков, заказов или даже отчетов в различных модулях Odoo." - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:13 -msgid "" -"The IoT Box supports printers connected through USB, network or Bluetooth. " -"`Supported printers <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-hardware>`__ will be " -"detected automatically and will appear in the *Devices* list of your IoT " -"app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:18 -msgid "The printer can take up to two minutes to appear in your devices list." -msgstr "Принтер может появляться в списке устройств в течение двух минут." - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:24 -msgid "Link the Printer" -msgstr "Подключите принтер" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:27 -msgid "To Work Orders" -msgstr "К рабочим заказов" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:29 -msgid "" -"You can link *Work Orders* to printers via a *Quality Control Point* to " -"print labels for manufactured products." -msgstr "" -"Вы можете соединить * Рабочие заказ * с принтерами через * Пункт контроля " -"качества * для печати этикеток изготовленных товаров." - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:32 -msgid "" -"To do so, you need to create a *Quality Control Point* from the *Quality* " -"app. Then, you can select the correct manufacturing operation and the work " -"order operation. In type, choose *Print Label* and hit save." -msgstr "" -"Для этого вам необходимо создать * Пункт контроля качества * из модуля * " -"Качество *. Затем вы можете выбрать корректировать производственную операцию" -" и операцию рабочего заказ. В типе выберите * Печать этикет * и сохраните." - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Now, each time you reach the quality control point for the chosen product, a" -" *Print Label* button will appear." -msgstr "" -"Теперь каждый раз, когда вы достигаете пункта контроля качества для " -"выбранного товара, будет появляться кнопка * Печать этикетки *." - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:47 -msgid "To Reports" -msgstr "отчетам" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:49 -msgid "" -"You can also link a type of report to a certain printer. In the *IoT* app, " -"go to the *Devices* menu and select the printer you want to set up." -msgstr "" -"Вы также можете соединить тип отчета по определенным принтером. В модуле * " -"IoT * перейдите в меню * Устройства * и выберите принтер, который вы хотите " -"установить." - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:56 -msgid "Now, go to the *Printer Reports* tab." -msgstr "Теперь перейдите на вкладку * Отчеты принтера *." - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Hit edit and then, click on *Add a line*. In the window that shows up, check" -" all the types of reports that should be linked to this printer. Click on " -"select and save." -msgstr "" -"Нажмите редактировать и на * Добавить строку *. В открывшемся окне, " -"проверьте все типы отчетов, которые будут связаны с этим принтером. Нажмите " -"выбрать и сохранить." - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Now, each time you click on *Print* in the control panel, instead of " -"downloading a PDF, it will send it to the selected printer and automatically" -" print it." -msgstr "" -"Теперь каждый раз, когда вы нажимаете на * Печать * в контрольной панели, " -"вместо загрузки PDF, система пришлет файл на выбранный принтер и " -"автоматически распечатает его." - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:73 -msgid "Print Receipts from the PoS" -msgstr "Печатайте чеки с Точки продаж" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:75 -msgid "" -"You can link a printer to your *Point of Sale* app so you can print receipts" -" directly from your *PoS*." -msgstr "" -"Вы можете соединить принтер с вашим модулем * Точка продажи *, поэтому вы " -"можете печатать чеки прямо с вашего * Точки продаж *." - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:78 -msgid "" -"Doing so is really easy. Go to your *Point of Sale* app and open your *Point" -" of Sale* settings, under *Configuration*. There, click on *Edit* and check " -"the *IoT Box* feature. Then, choose your *Receipt Printer* from the " -"dropdown." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:86 -msgid "" -"Now, you will be able to print different kinds of tickets from your *POS*: " -"**receipts**, **sale details** and **bills**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:89 -msgid "" -"Receipts are printed once the order is validated. The process is automated " -"when you enable the feature in your *PoS* configuration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Sales details can be printed by clicking on the printer icon on the navbar " -"at the top of the *PoS*. It will print the details of the sales of the " -"current day." -msgstr "" -"Детали продаже можно распечатать, когда вы нажимаете на иконку печати на " -"верхней панели * Точки продаж *. Она распечатает детали продажи текущего " -"дня." - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:99 -msgid "" -"As for the bill, it is only available in restaurant mode. In your restaurant" -" settings, activate *Print Bills* and a *Bill* button will appear in the " -"left panel of the *PoS*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:107 -msgid "Print Orders in the kitchen" -msgstr "Печатайте заказ на кухне" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:109 -msgid "In restaurant mode, you can send order tickets to the kitchen." -msgstr "В режиме ресторана вы можете присылать квитанции заказ на кухню." - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:111 -msgid "" -"To do so, go to the *PoS* app and open your *PoS* settings. Then, tick " -"*Order Printer*." -msgstr "" -"Для этого перейдите в модуль * Точки продаж * и откройте ваши настройки * " -"Точки продаж *. Отметив * Принтеры заказов *." - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:117 -msgid "" -"Now, go to the *Printers* menu. Hit create, select the printer from the " -"dropdown and, in the *Printer Product Categories* field, choose all the " -"categories of products that should be printed on this printer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:124 -msgid "" -"In the *PoS*, when you add or remove a product from one of the selected " -"categories, the button *Order* will be green. If you click on it, the IoT " -"Box will print a receipt on the corresponding printer." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po deleted file mode 100644 index 474c9af80..000000000 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,275 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# Ivan Yelizariev <yelizariev@it-projects.info>, 2020 -# Ekaterina <nawsikaya@bk.ru>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Ekaterina <nawsikaya@bk.ru>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: ru\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<12 || n%100>14) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%10>=5 && n%10<=9) || (n%100>=11 && n%100<=14)? 2 : 3);\n" - -#: ../../livechat/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Обзор" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:3 -msgid "Get Started with Live Chat" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Live Chat has the highest satisfaction rating of any communication tool. It " -"allows fast responses and it is accessible and convenient, as your customers" -" can keep doing what they are doing while interacting with you. Remember: " -"your customers want to talk to you, so let's make it easy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:10 -msgid "Set up" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Once *Live Chat* is installed on your database, if your website was created " -"with Odoo, the application is automatically added to it. All that is left to" -" do is to go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> " -"Live Chat`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Select the channel to be linked to your website or create one on the fly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:27 -msgid "For both scenarios, under:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:30 -msgid "" -"- **Operators**: add agents to respond to the chat requests. Add as many as " -"you like, and keep in mind that operators that do not show any activity in " -"Odoo for more than 30min are considered disconnected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:33 -msgid "" -"- **Options**: set the default text to be shown on the live chat button; an " -"automated welcome message to be seen by visitors when a conversation is " -"initiated, and the text that prompts the user to initiate a chat." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:36 -msgid "" -"- **Channel Rules**: choose an action for a given URL, and/or per country. " -"In the example below, the chat window automatically pops-up 3 seconds after " -"users (from any country) land on the contact us page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:43 -msgid "" -"GeoIP, which refers to the process of finding a computer terminal’s " -"geographical location by its IP address, must be installed on your server. " -"Otherwise, under *Channel Rules*, countries are not taken into account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:48 -msgid "External options" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:51 -msgid "" -"If your website was not created with Odoo, you can find the code to be added" -" to your own, under the *Widget* tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Odoo also offers an URL you can send to users so they can have access to a " -"single live chat page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:59 -msgid "Managing chat requests" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Conversations initiated by visitors pop up as a direct message, and are " -"shown in *Discuss*. Therefore, inquiries can be answered wherever you are in" -" Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Conversations are dispatched based on the current workload of the online " -"operators." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:72 -msgid "Leave or join a channel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:74 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, access your " -"channel under *Live Chat*, and *Join Channel* or *Leave Channel*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:82 -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:48 -msgid ":doc:`ratings`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:83 -#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:45 -msgid ":doc:`responses`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:3 -msgid "Ratings" -msgstr "Рейтинги" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Giving users the opportunity to rate their interactions can help you " -"improving the experience you offer. That means staying on top of your " -"customers' needs, besides keeping track of your operators’ performances." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:10 -msgid "Customer Rating" -msgstr "Рейтинг клиентов" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Once the user chooses to close the chat window, he can rate his interaction." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:14 -msgid "" -"If the user is *Not satisfied* or *Highly dissatisfied*, a field allowing " -"for an explanation is shown." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:15 -msgid "A copy of the conversation can also be sent by email." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:22 -msgid "The rating is shown on the chat window itself for the operator." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:28 -msgid "And under :menuselection:`Report --> Customer Ratings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:35 -msgid "Make the rating public" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, access your " -"channel form, click on *Go to Website* and on *Unpublished*, to publish the " -"rating of that channel on your website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:3 -msgid "Commands and Canned Responses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Using canned responses can help you save time and have a previous, well-" -"thought response, to some of your most common questions and comments." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:9 -msgid "Use commands" -msgstr "используйте команды" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Commands are shortcuts that do specific actions within the chat window:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:13 -msgid "**/help**: shows a help message." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:14 -msgid "**/helpdesk**: creates a helpdesk ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:15 -msgid "**/helpdesk_search**: searches for a helpdesk ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:16 -msgid "**/history**: shows the last 15 visited pages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:17 -msgid "**/lead**: creates a new lead." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:18 -msgid "**/leave**: leaves the channel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:0 -msgid "" -"- For *helpdesk tickets*: make sure the application is installed on your " -"database and the option *Live Chat* under :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> " -"Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` is enabled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:0 -msgid "" -"- For *leads*: the *CRM* application must be installed on your database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:26 -msgid "" -"To access the ticket or lead created from the chat, click on the shortcut " -"link." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Helpdesk tickets created from the chat automatically add the conversation as" -" a description of the ticket. The same goes for the creation of a lead." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:37 -msgid "Send canned responses" -msgstr "Присылайте фиксированные ответы" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Canned responses allow you to have a full piece of text being placed when " -"you type a shortcut word. To create them, go to :menuselection:`Live Chat " -"--> Configuration --> Canned Responses`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:41 -msgid "" -"To use them during a conversation, simply type **:** followed by the " -"shortcut word you created." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po deleted file mode 100644 index 92a567b81..000000000 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1373 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# Ekaterina <nawsikaya@bk.ru>, 2020 -# Ivan Yelizariev <yelizariev@itpp.dev>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Ivan Yelizariev <yelizariev@itpp.dev>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: ru\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<12 || n%100>14) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%10>=5 && n%10<=9) || (n%100>=11 && n%100<=14)? 2 : 3);\n" - -#: ../../manufacturing.rst:5 -msgid "Manufacturing" -msgstr "Производство" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management.rst:5 -msgid "Manufacturing Management" -msgstr "управление производством" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:3 -msgid "Using an alternative Work Center" -msgstr "Используя альтернативный рабочий центр" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:5 -msgid "" -"For many manufacturing companies, a common issue is to have to manufacture, " -"at the same time, several products usually produced at the same work center." -" If in practice, employees can manufacture the goods at another work center," -" it is not that simple." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:10 -msgid "" -"You need to keep track of the job: which work center has been used and when," -" so you can schedule maintenance efficiently. With Odoo, you can configure " -"it so you can keep tracking manufacturing orders and your employees have an " -"alternative work center to use." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:15 -msgid "" -"This way, your process becomes more efficient, and less non-productive time " -"will be noticed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:20 -msgid "Configure your Work Centers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:22 -msgid "" -"The first thing to do is to go to the *Manufacturing* app settings. Then, " -"enable the *Work Orders* feature and hit save." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Now, go to the *Work Centers* menu under *Master Data* and create two new " -"work centers. Add the second work centers as an alternative to the first and" -" vice versa." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:39 -msgid "" -"The next step is to create your *routing*. Add your work center and an " -"operation to it before saving." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Then, you can create your *Bill of Materials* and add components and routing" -" to it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:56 -msgid "Create your Work Orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Now that everything is configured, you can create your *Work Orders*. Go to " -"the *Manufacturing Orders* menu and hit *Create*. There, add your product " -"and plan it. In the *Work Orders* list, you can find it ready to be " -"assembled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Each new *Work Order*, which will be created before the end of the first " -"one, will be scheduled at the alternative work center you configured." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:78 -msgid "" -"Keep in mind that, if you add time after production to your work center, you" -" may have work orders scheduled for your alternative work center even if the" -" usual one is free." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:3 -msgid "Create Bills of Materials" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A *Bill of Materials* is a document defining the quantity of each component " -"required to manufacture a finished product. It also includes the routing and" -" individual steps of the manufacturing process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:9 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can link multiple BoMs to each product and use it to describe" -" multiple variants of them. Each BoM will, yet, be associated with one " -"product only." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:13 -msgid "" -"This feature will help optimize your manufacturing process while saving you " -"time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:17 -msgid "Setting up a BoM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:19 -msgid "" -"You can use BoMs without routings. You will use this if you choose to manage" -" your manufacturing operations using manufacturing orders only. In other " -"words, you choose to realize your manufacturing process in one step and do " -"not track the steps the product goes through." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Before creating your *BoM*, you have to create the product using the *BoM* " -"and, at least, one of the components. Go to the :menuselection:`Master Data " -"menu --> Products` and create both the finished product and the component." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Once done, go to the *Bills of Materials* menu under *Master Data*. Now, " -"create it. Choose the product from the dropdown menu and add your components" -" and the quantity. In this case, keep the default *BoM* type, which is " -"*Manufacture this Product*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:37 -msgid "Using the same BoM to describe Variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:39 -msgid "" -"As said above, you can use *BoM* for *Product Variants*. It is basically the" -" same as for the standard product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:42 -msgid "" -"If your *BoM* is for one variant only, then specify which one in the " -"*Product Variant* field. If not, specify the variant it is consumed for on " -"each component line. You can add several variants for each component." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:51 -msgid "Adding a routing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:53 -msgid "" -"You can add routing to your *BoM*. You will do this if you need to define a " -"series of operations required by your manufacturing process. To use it, " -"enable the *Work Orders* feature in the *Manufacturing* app settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:62 -msgid "" -"Each *BoM* can have only one routing while each routing can be used multiple" -" times." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Now that you have created your routing, add it to your *BoM*. You can select" -" when, in the work operations, your components are consumed with the " -"dropdown menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:73 -msgid "Adding By-Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:75 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, a *by-product* is any product produced by a *BoM* in addition to " -"the primary product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:78 -msgid "" -"To add *by-products* to a *BoM*, you will first need to enable them from the" -" *Manufacturing* app settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:84 -msgid "" -"Once the feature is enabled, you can add your *By-Products* to your *BoMs*. " -"You can add as many *By-Products* as you want. Just keep in mind that you " -"need to register during which operation your by-product is produced." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:3 -msgid "Use flexible components consumption" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Sometimes, you might need more components than usual to manufacture a " -"product. Let’s say that you produce a desk combination of 4 desks and two " -"chairs but your customer asks you one more desk. Alright, you can do that. " -"But you will need to register it!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:10 -msgid "" -"In case this happens, Odoo has the *flexible components consumption* feature" -" available. If you enable it, you will be able to consume as many components" -" as needed and it will make you save time in the registration of your items " -"consumption." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:16 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:31 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:66 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:26 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:9 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Настройка" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Using flexible component consumption is easy and can be done in a few steps." -" All you need is a *BoM* and a *Quality Control Point*. Therefore, you will " -"need to activate the feature *Quality* in the *MRP* app settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:23 -msgid "" -"First, open the *BoM* you want to use for flexible component consumption and" -" edit it. In the *Miscellaneous* tab, choose *Flexible* as the consumption " -"type. Then, save." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Now, in the *Quality* app, open the *Control Point* menu, under *Quality " -"Control* and create a new *Quality Control Point*. Choose your product, your" -" operation and work order operation. Then, choose *Register Consumed " -"Materials* as type." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Next, go back to your *Manufacturing* app and create a *Manufacturing " -"order*. Choose the product for which you have created the flexible *BoM*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Then, confirm it and launch the process step. While processing, you will " -"have the possibility to consume more components than expected in the *BoM*. " -"To do so, click on *Continue Consumption*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:49 -msgid "" -"When the job is over, you will find a summary of your component consumption " -"in the *Finished Steps* tab of your work order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:3 -msgid "Sell sets of products as kits" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A *kit* is a set of components that are delivered without first being " -"assembled or mixed. *Kits* are described in Odoo using *Bills of Materials*." -" There are two basic ways to configure *kits*, depending on how the stock of" -" the kit product is to be managed. In either case, both the *Inventory* and " -"*Manufacturing* apps must be installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:12 -msgid "Manage Stock of Component Products" -msgstr "Управление складом компонентов продуктов" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:14 -msgid "" -"If you want to assemble kits as they are ordered, managing stock of the kit " -"components only, you will use a *Kit BoM* without a manufacturing step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:18 -msgid "" -"A product using a *Kit BoM* will appear as a single line item on a quotation" -" and sales order, but will generate a delivery order with one line item for " -"each of the components of the kit. In the examples below, the first image " -"shows a sales order for the kit *Custom Computer Kit*, while the second " -"image shows the corresponding delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:33 -msgid "" -"From the *Products menu* in either the *Inventory* or *Manufacturing* app, " -"create each component product as you would with any other product, then " -"create the top-level, or kit product. The kit product should have only the " -"*route Manufacture* set, in the *Inventory tab*. Because you cannot track " -"the stock of kit products, the *Product Type* should be set to Consumable. " -"Because a kit product cannot be purchased, then, *Can be Purchased* should " -"be unchecked." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:41 -msgid "" -"All other parameters on the kit product may be modified according to your " -"preference. The component products require no particular configuration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Once the products are configured, create a *bill of materials* for the kit " -"product. Add each component and its quantity. Select the *BoM Type Ship this" -" product as a set of components*. All other options may be left with their " -"default values." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:57 -msgid "Manage Stock of Kit Product and Component Products" -msgstr "Управление складом комплектов товара и компонентов" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:59 -msgid "" -"If you want to manage stock of the *top-level kit product*, you will use a " -"standard *BoM* with a manufacturing step instead of a *Kit BoM*. When using " -"a standard BoM to assemble kits, a *manufacturing order* will be created. " -"The *manufacturing order* must be registered as completed before the kit " -"product will appear in your stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:68 -msgid "" -"On the kit product, select the *route Manufacture*. You may also select " -"*Make to Order*, which will create a *manufacturing order* whenever a sales " -"order is confirmed. Select the product type *Storable Product* to enable " -"stock management." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:76 -msgid "" -"When you create the *bill of materials*, select the BoM Type *Manufacture " -"this product*. The assembly of the kit will be described by a *manufacturing" -" order* rather than a packing operation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:3 -msgid "Process Manufacturing Orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, you can manage your manufacturing process in two different ways. " -"You can work with one document, or decide to have more information and " -"control over it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:9 -msgid "" -"In the first case, Odoo makes things easier and helps you manage work with " -"one document only: the manufacturing order. No complex steps during the " -"process, you just have to schedule the job and record the production." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:14 -msgid "" -"But, if you need more control, you can use additional documents (steps) to " -"your manufacturing process. This way, *Manufacturing Orders* are divided " -"into one or more steps defined by *Work Orders* and performed in a sequence " -"defined by *routings*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Using Odoo will allow you to precisely schedule the job, analyze your " -"efficiency but also have ease when realizing each step of your manufacturing" -" process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:24 -msgid "Manage Manufacturing Without Routings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:26 -msgid "" -"If your manufacturing process is limited to one place, one person and one " -"step, you will probably use manufacturing orders without routings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:29 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, it is the default behavior. If work this way, there are two basic " -"phases from planning to production:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:32 -msgid "Create a manufacturing order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:34 -msgid "Record the production" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:37 -msgid "Manage Manufacturing with Routings and Work Centers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:39 -msgid "" -"To use *Work Centers* and *Routings*, you will need to enable the *Work " -"Orders* feature. To do so, go to the *Manufacturing* app settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Now, you can add routings to *BoMs* and configure your operations taking " -"place at different *work centers*. The *Work Centers* are the locations at " -"which work orders are performed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:53 -msgid "" -"When manufacturing this way, each *Work Order* is scheduled individually. " -"You will also have access to time and capacity planning, as well as reports " -"on costing and efficiency for each *Work Center*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:60 -msgid "Thus, the workflow is divided into three basic phases:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:62 -msgid "Create the manufacturing order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:67 -msgid "Schedule the associated work orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:72 -msgid "Perform the scheduled work and record production" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:3 -msgid "Plan Work Orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In some cases, companies need to schedule their work orders. Doing so, they " -"can organize the work for the whole day and be sure everything goes well. It" -" helps to avoid scheduling multiple work orders at the same time when you " -"don’t have the capacity to do so." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:10 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, companies can schedule the planned start date for their " -"manufacturing orders. No possible duplication, no potential issues with the " -"planning. And, if you plan two work orders at the same work center, at the " -"same hour, the second one will be scheduled right after the first one, " -"avoiding work superposition." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:17 -msgid "Create the Work Orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:19 -msgid "" -"The first thing you need to do is to open the *Manufacturing* app. Then, Go " -"to the settings and enable the *Work Orders* feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Now, go to the *Manufacturing Orders* menu and hit *Create*. Choose your " -"product and add a *Planned Start Date*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:32 -msgid "" -"The “Deadline Start” field is informative. It shows you until when you can " -"launch the manufacturing order to fulfill the initial demand." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Mark your *Manufacturing Order* as todo and plan it. By going to the " -"*Planning* menu, you can access to the scheduled orders. Here is the one we " -"just created:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:43 -msgid "" -"If you plan two work orders at the same hour, the second one will be " -"scheduled after the first one if the jobs need to be done at the same work " -"center. The start date will, then, be automatically updated considering the " -"first free slot on the work center." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:48 -msgid "" -"If you overrun the planned date and begin the job later, you will have a " -"track of it in the *Time Tracking* tab of your work order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage BoMs for product variants" -msgstr "Как управлять устройствами для вариантов товара" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo allows you to use one bill of materials for multiple variants of the " -"same product. Simply enable variants from :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`." -msgstr "" -"Odoo позволяет использовать одну спецификацию для нескольких вариантов того " -"же продукта. Просто включите варианты с :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`." - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:12 -msgid "" -"You will then be able to specify which component lines are to be used in the" -" manufacture of each product variant. You may specify multiple variants for " -"each line. If no variant is specified, the line will be used for all " -"variants." -msgstr "" -"После этого вы сможете определить, какие строки компонентов будут " -"использоваться при изготовлении каждого варианта продукта. Вы можете указать" -" несколько вариантов для каждой строки. Если не указано ни одного варианта, " -"строка будет использоваться для всех вариантов." - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:17 -msgid "" -"When defining variant BoMs on a line-item-basis, the **Product Variant** " -"field in the main section of the BoM should be left blank. This field is " -"used when creating a BoM for one variant of a product only." -msgstr "" -"При определении варианта спецификации на основе строки-позиции, поле ** " -"Вариант продукта ** в главном разделе спецификации следует оставить пустым. " -"Это поле используется при создании BoM для одного варианта продукта." - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:3 -msgid "Set routings on kit Bills of materials" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:5 -msgid "" -"It often happens that you want to use kit BoM’s within manufactured product " -"BoM’s in order to lighten the list of components for this manufactured " -"product. When doing so, you would like to have the possibility to specify, " -"for each kit component, in which operation they are consumed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:11 -msgid "" -"We will see the three use cases that you can face in these kinds of " -"configurations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:15 -msgid "Finished Product & Kit Component have the same Routing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:18 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:63 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:107 -msgid "Create BoM for the Finished Product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:20 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Create a manufactured BoM for the finished product which includes a kit " -"component. Set a routing on your BoM, for example, *Assemble Furniture*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:28 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:73 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:117 -msgid "Create a Kit BoM for the Kit Component" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Update the kit component to define its BoM. Make sure that the routing which" -" is set on this BoM is the same one than on the Finished Product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:36 -msgid "" -"You can define the operations in which the kit components are used directly " -"in the BoM of the kit." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:40 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:84 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:127 -msgid "Manufacturing Order" -msgstr "Производственная заявка" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:42 -msgid "" -"In the list of components, the kit is split. Two work orders are created as " -"we have two operations defined in the *Assemble Furniture* routing. The " -"components of the kits are well consumed in the operations defined in the " -"kit BoM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:57 -msgid "Finished Product & Kit Component haven’t the same Routing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:60 -msgid "Kit Consumption set on Finished Product BoM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:75 -msgid "" -"Update the kit component to define its BoM. In this use case, the routing " -"which is set on this Kit BoM is different than the one of the Finished " -"Product. Specify the operations at which the kit components are consumed in " -"this BoM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:86 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:129 -msgid "" -"When the manufacturing order is created for the Manufactured product, the " -"kit is split among its components. When the manufacturing order is planned, " -"three work orders are created in our case, one coming from the routing of " -"the manufactured products, the two other ones coming from the routing of the" -" kit BoM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:95 -msgid "The components are all consumed during their respective operations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:104 -msgid "Kit Consumption set on Kit BoM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:109 -msgid "" -"Create a manufactured BoM for the finished product which includes a kit " -"component. Set a routing on your BoM, for example, *Assemble Furniture*. " -"Precise the consumption of the components on this BoM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:119 -msgid "" -"Update the kit component to define its BoM. In this use case, the routing " -"which is set on this Kit BoM is different than the one of the Finished " -"Product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:138 -msgid "" -"All the components of the kits are consumed during the first operation. The " -"last component is consumed during the second operation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:3 -msgid "Manage semi-finished products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, you can use subassembly products to simplify a complex *Bill of " -"Materials* or to represent your manufacturing flow more accurately. A " -"*subassembly product* is a manufactured product that is used as a component " -"to make another one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:10 -msgid "" -"A *BoM* that employs *subassemblies* is referred to as a multi-level BoM. " -"Those are accomplished by creating a *top-level BoM* and *subassembly ones*." -" This process requires a route that will ensure that every time a " -"manufacturing order for the top-level product is created, another one will " -"be for subassemblies." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:17 -msgid "Configure the Subassembly Product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:19 -msgid "" -"To configure a *multi-level BoM*, you will need a top-level product but also" -" its subassemblies. The first step is to create a product form for each of " -"the subassemblies. Select the routes *Manufacture* and *Replenish on Order*." -" Now, hit save." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:27 -msgid "" -"In the *Bill of Materials* menu, under *Master Data*, create a new *Bill of " -"Materials*. Choose the product you just created and add its components." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:35 -msgid "Configure the Main BoM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Now, you can configure the top-level product and its *BoM*. Include any " -"subassemblies in the list of components." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Now, each time you will plan a manufacturing order for the top-level " -"product, a manufacturing order will be created for the subassembly one. " -"Then, you will have to manufacture the subassembly in order to make it " -"available before manufacturing the finished product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:3 -msgid "Subcontract your Manufacturing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Outsourcing a portion of some or all your company’s manufacturing needs is " -"not easy. To make it work right, you have to:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:8 -msgid "Manage the inventory of raw materials at your subcontractor;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Ship new materials to your subcontractors based on your forecasted demand;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Keep track of manufacturing operations done at the subcontractor location;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:13 -msgid "Control incoming goods quality;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:14 -msgid "Control subcontractors bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Here is an example of subcontracting the manufacturing of “C”, which is " -"produced out of raw materials “A” and “B”." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:23 -msgid "" -"With its subcontracting feature, Odoo helps you handle this flow easily." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:28 -msgid "" -"To use the subcontracting feature, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " -"Configuration --> Settings` and tick the box *Subcontracting*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:35 -msgid "" -"To define if a product must be subcontracted, use a *Bill of Materials " -"(BoM)* of type *Subcontracting*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:38 -msgid "" -"To create a new *BoM*, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Master Data " -"--> Bill of Materials` and hit create. Then, list the components your " -"subcontractor needs to manufacture the product. For costing purposes, you " -"might want to register all the components, even the ones that are sourced " -"directly from the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Once you have set the *BoM Type* to *Subcontracting*, specify one or several" -" subcontractors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:52 -msgid "Basic Subcontracting Flow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:54 -msgid "" -"To let your subcontractor know how many products you need, create and send " -"them purchase orders (PO). To do so, open the *Purchase* app and create a " -"new one. Be sure to send the PO to a vendor that is defined as a " -"subcontractor on the *BoM*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Once the *PO* is validated (1), a pending receipt is created. When the " -"products are received, validate the receipt (2), with the actual quantity " -"received. Then Odoo automatically created several inventory moves:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Consume the components at the subcontractor’s location, based on the *BoM* " -"(3);" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:70 -msgid "Produce finished goods at the subcontractor’s location (4);" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Move products from the subcontractor’s location to YourCompany through the " -"validated receipt (5)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:74 -msgid "" -"Of course, Odoo does all the transactions for you, automatically. Simply " -"control the vendor bill with the usual matching process with the purchase " -"order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:79 -msgid "" -"The *PO* is optional. If you create a receipt manually, with the right " -"subcontractor, Odoo still performs all the moves. Useful if the " -"subcontractor does not bill a fixed price per item, but rather the time and " -"materials used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:85 -msgid "Inventory Valuation" -msgstr "Оценка запасов" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:87 -msgid "The cost of the manufactured product “C” is defined as:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:89 -msgid "**C = A + B + s**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:91 -msgid "With:" -msgstr "С:" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:93 -msgid "**A**: Cost of raw materials coming from YourCompany;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:96 -msgid "**B**: Cost of raw materials sourced directly from the" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:96 -msgid "subcontractor;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:98 -msgid "**s**: Cost of the subcontracted service." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:100 -msgid "" -"Sending raw materials to your subcontractors (**A**) does not impact the " -"inventory valuation, the components still belonging to your company. To " -"manage this, the *Subcontracting Location* is configured as an *Internal " -"Location* so that the components are still valued in the inventory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:106 -msgid "" -"Then, the vendor price set on the product C form has to be what has to be " -"paid to the subcontractor for his parts and service time: **B + s**. The " -"product cost has to be: **A + B + s**, how much the product is valued in the" -" accounting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:111 -msgid "" -"Finally, the subcontractor bill matches the purchase order, with the " -"proposed price coming from the finished products C." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:115 -msgid "" -"If managing the replenishment of raw materials **B** at your subcontractor’s" -" location is not needed, simply include the cost of **B** in the " -"subcontractor’s price **s** and remove the products *B* from the *BoM*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:121 -msgid "Traceability" -msgstr "Учет движения" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:123 -msgid "" -"In case the products received from the subcontractor contain tracked " -"components, their serial or lot numbers need to be specified during the " -"receipt." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:127 -msgid "" -"On the receipt of the subcontracted product, a *Record Components* button " -"appears when necessary. Click on it to open a dialog and record the " -"serial/lot numbers of the components. If the finished product is also " -"tracked, its serial/lot number can be registered here too." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:136 -msgid "" -"For audit purposes, it is possible to check the lot numbers recorded on a " -"receipt by using the icon on the right of the finished products:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:144 -msgid "Automate Replenishment of Subcontractors" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:146 -msgid "" -"To manage the resupply of your subcontractor, activate *Multi-locations* in " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Configuration`. Then, the " -"inventory at the subcontractor location can be tracked." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:151 -msgid "" -"It is possible to resupply subcontractors by sending products from the " -"company locations, or by sending products from another supplier to the " -"subcontractors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:156 -msgid "Replenishment from the warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:158 -msgid "" -"Resupplying subcontractors manually is the simplest approach. To do so, " -"create delivery orders in which the subcontractor is set as a delivery " -"address and fill the components to deliver." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:162 -msgid "" -"To automate the subcontractors’ replenishment propositions, there are two " -"approaches:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:165 -msgid "Reordering rules;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:166 -msgid "Replenish on order flow." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:168 -msgid "" -"For the first one, just define a reordering rule on the subcontracting " -"location, with a minimum and maximum inventory level. When the reordering " -"rule is triggered, a delivery order is created to ship the components to the" -" subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:177 -msgid "" -"The second approach is to use a “pull” flow. Here, the demand in the " -"finished product (real demand or forecasted one through the Master " -"Production Schedule) triggers the replenishment of the subcontractor. To do " -"so, select the route *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* on the wanted " -"components." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:188 -msgid "Replenishment from another supplier" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:190 -msgid "" -"When purchasing items to another supplier, it is possible to ask him to " -"deliver the subcontractor directly. To do so, activate the *Drop Shipping* " -"feature in :menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> Configuration`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:195 -msgid "" -"Now, set the *Dropship* option in the *Deliver To* field of the *Other " -"Information* tab. Then, provide the address of the subcontractor for the " -"shipping." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:203 -msgid "" -"That way, the supplier can ship items directly and you simply receive and " -"pay the bill. However, it is still required to validate receipts for the " -"subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:212 -msgid "Quality Control" -msgstr "Контроль качества" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:214 -msgid "" -"Controlling the quality of the products manufactured by subcontractors is " -"possible thanks to the Odoo Quality app. Quality checks can be made on a " -"manufacturing step but, because the manufacturing process is handled by an " -"external party, it can be defined on the product reception." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:224 -msgid "" -"To create a quality check at the receipt, open the *Quality* app and create " -"a new *Control Point* on the reception." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:231 -msgid "" -"By doing so, a quality check is automatically created each time a finished " -"product is received." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:3 -msgid "Unbuild a product" -msgstr "разборка товара" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In Odoo Manufacturing App, you can *Unbuild* products. Two use cases can be " -"managed: (1) you can unbuild products you have built yourself or (2) you can" -" unbuild products you have received." -msgstr "" -"В приложении Производство Odoo, вы можете * Разобрать * товары. Можно " -"управлять двумя случаями использования: (1) вы можете разобрать товары, " -"которые вы создали сами, или (2) вы можете разобрать товары, которые вы " -"получили." - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Let's take the first case, you are manufacturing products yourself. If one " -"of your product presents some defect, you might want to unbuild it instead " -"of scrapping it completely, allowing you to reuse some components of the " -"product." -msgstr "" -"Давайте возьмем первый случай, когда вы производите продукцию " -"самостоятельно. Если какой-то из ваших товаров является дефектным, возможно," -" вам следует разобрать его, а не полностью забраковать, позволяя повторно " -"использовать некоторые компоненты товара." - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:14 -msgid "" -"In the second case, you are buying products for the sole purpose of " -"unbuilding them and recycling them." -msgstr "" -"Во втором случае вы покупаете товары с единственной целью - разбирать их и " -"переделывать." - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:18 -msgid "Unbuild Order" -msgstr "Заказ на разборку" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:20 -msgid "" -"While in the Manufacturing App, under the *Operations* tab you will find the" -" menu *Unbuild Orders*." -msgstr "" -"В приложении Производство, под вкладкой * Операции * вы найдете меню * Заказ" -" на разборку *." - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:26 -msgid "" -"When creating a new one, you can either select a MO if you are unbuilding " -"something you manufactured or only select a product if you are unbuilding " -"something you received." -msgstr "" -"Создавая новый, вы можете либо выбрать ЗНВ, если вы разбираете то, что вы " -"сделали, или выбираете товар, если вы разбираете то получено." - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:33 -msgid "When you are done, just click unbuild and the process will be over." -msgstr "" -"Когда вы закончите, просто нажмите кнопку разобрать и процесс закончится." - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:35 -msgid "" -"If you unbuild a product that you manufactured before, you will get the " -"components from the MO back in stock." -msgstr "" -"Если вы разбираете товар, который вы сделали ранее, вы получите компоненты с" -" ЗНВ на складе." - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:38 -msgid "" -"If you unbuild a product you bought, you will get the components from the " -"BoM back in stock." -msgstr "" -"Если вы разбираете товар, который вы приобрели, вы получите компоненты из " -"спецификации обратно на склад." - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:3 -msgid "Use the Master Production Schedule" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The Master Production Schedule (MPS) is a valuable tool to plan your " -"production based on your demand forecast." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Go to the :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings` " -"and activate the Master Production Schedule feature before hitting save." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:18 -msgid "" -"In the manufacturing settings, you can define the time range of your MPS " -"(month/week/day) and the number of periods you want to display." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Now, go in :menuselection:`Planning --> Master Production Schedule` and " -"click on add a product. You can now define your safety stock target (= the " -"stock you want to have on hand at the end of the period) and the minimum and" -" maximum quantities to replenish." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:29 -msgid "" -"The products are ordered in the MPS based on their sequence. You can " -"rearrange that sequence by going on the list of your products and reorganize" -" them with drag and drop." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:36 -msgid "" -"In the MPS view, you can decide which information you would like to show by " -"clicking on *rows*. Some fields can be added to the view, such as *Actual " -"demand*, which will show which quantity of products has already been ordered" -" for the period, or *Available to Promise*, which allows you to know what " -"can still be sold during the period (what you plan to replenish - what is " -"already sold during the period). You can also decide to hide some " -"information if it isn’t necessary." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:48 -msgid "Estimate your demand and launch replenishment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:50 -msgid "" -"The next step is to estimate the demand for the period. This estimation " -"should be entered in the row *Demand Forecast*. You can easily, at any time," -" compare the demand forecast with the actual demand (= confirmed sales). The" -" demand forecast for a finished product will impact the indirect demand for " -"its components." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:59 -msgid "" -"Then, the quantity to replenish for the different periods will be " -"automatically computed. The replenishments you are supposed to launch based " -"on your lead times (vendor lead time or manufacturing lead time) are " -"displayed in green. You can now launch the replenishment by clicking on the " -"replenish button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Depending on the configuration of the product (buy vs. manufacture), " -"requests for quotations or manufacturing orders will be created. You can " -"easily access those by clicking on the *Actual Replenishment* cell." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:75 -msgid "" -"In case you manually edit the *To replenish* quantity, a small cross will " -"appear on the left. In case you want to go back to the automatically " -"computed value given by Odoo, you can click the cross." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:83 -msgid "Cells color signification" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:85 -msgid "" -"The cells, which are part of the *To replenish* line, can take different " -"colors depending on the situation:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:88 -msgid "" -"**Green**: quantity of products which should be replenished to reach the " -"expected safety stock considering the demand forecast and the indirect " -"demand forecast." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:90 -msgid "" -"**Grey**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity " -"still matches current data." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:92 -msgid "" -"**Red**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity " -"was too high considering current data." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:94 -msgid "" -"**Orange**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity" -" was too low considering current data." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:96 -msgid "" -"The *Forecasted stock* line can also contain red cells, which means the " -"stock will be negative during the period in question." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:100 -msgid "What if I have underestimated the demand?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:102 -msgid "" -"You can still increase the demand forecast. It will impact the quantity to " -"replenish. The cell will become orange, and you’ll be able to launch a new " -"replenishment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:107 -msgid "What if I have overestimated the demand?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:109 -msgid "" -"You can decrease the demand forecast. The cell will become red to inform you" -" that you’ve ordered more than planned. If you’re still able to do it, you " -"can cancel some RFQ or MO manually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:114 -msgid "What if I wrongly added a product to the MPS?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:116 -msgid "" -"You can easily remove a product from the MPS by clicking the small bin on " -"the right of its name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview.rst:7 -msgid "I want to use Odoo Manufacturing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview.rst:5 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Обзор" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair.rst:5 -msgid "Repair Management" -msgstr "управление ремонтом" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:5 -msgid "Repair products" -msgstr "ремонт товаров" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:7 -msgid "" -"The Odoo *Repair* app allows you to manage a complete after sales process " -"but also to simply repair products you have manufactured, if they present a " -"defect." -msgstr "" -"Приложение Odoo * Ремонт * позволяет управлять полным послепродажным " -"процессом, а также просто ремонтировать изделия, которые вы сделали, если " -"они являются дефектными." - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:12 -msgid "Create a Repair Order" -msgstr "Создайте заказ на ремонт" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Once in the app, you can access your existing *Repair Orders* and create a " -"new one." -msgstr "" -"Оказавшись в программе, вы сможете получить доступ к существующим * Заказов " -"на ремонт * и создать новое." - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:21 -msgid "Manage a repair" -msgstr "управление ремонтом" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:23 -msgid "" -"When a customer sends you a product for repair, create a new *Repair Order*." -" Fill it in with all the information you may need such as the product, the " -"customer, if it has to be invoiced after or before the repair, the parts you" -" might need, etc." -msgstr "" -"Когда клиент посылает вам товар для ремонта, создайте новое * Заказы на " -"ремонт *. Заполните в нем всю необходимую информацию, например, товар, " -"клиент, если он должен быть выписан после или перед ремонтом, деталей, " -"которые могут понадобиться и т.д." - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Once everything is done, you can then send the repair quotation to your " -"customer. If it is approved, you can confirm the repair. You will then be " -"able to start & end the repair when it is completed." -msgstr "" -"После того, как все будет сделано, вы сможете отправить запрос на ремонт " -"вашему клиенту. Если это будет принято, вы можете подтвердить ремонт. После " -"этого вы сможете запустить и завершить ремонт, когда он будет завершен." - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:38 -msgid "You can now invoice the repair." -msgstr "Теперь вы можете выставить счет на ремонт." diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..66aceb46f --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po @@ -0,0 +1,572 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2021 +# Ivan Yelizariev // IEL <yelizariev@itpp.dev>, 2021 +# Sergey Vilizhanin, 2021 +# Ekaterina <nawsikaya@bk.ru>, 2021 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-18 07:12+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-05-18 05:18+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Ekaterina <nawsikaya@bk.ru>, 2021\n" +"Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: ru\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<12 || n%100>14) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%10>=5 && n%10<=9) || (n%100>=11 && n%100<=14)? 2 : 3);\n" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing.rst:3 +msgid "Marketing" +msgstr "Маркетинг" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation.rst:3 +msgid "Marketing Automation" +msgstr "Маркетинг" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced" +msgstr "Расширенный" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:3 +msgid "Understanding Metrics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Metrics are values that help you measure progress and can be a powerful way " +"of linking your employees to goals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:9 +msgid "" +"When you create a workflow in Odoo, its visual content already shows metrics" +" in a graph form and in numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:10 +msgid "Let’s consider the example below:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:19 +msgid "" +"The *Target* - business object - is *Lead/Opportunity* and was narrowed down" +" to the ones whose *Tag Name* contain the description “Product”, and have an" +" email address set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:20 +msgid "A total number of 20 records match the criteria." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Out of those 20 records, 25 have become participants, in other words, they " +"have matched the criteria." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Every time the system runs, updating numbers and triggering actions, it will" +" look at the *Target* model and check if new records have been added or " +"modified, keeping the flow up-to-date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The filter here is applied to *all* activities. Leads that lose the tag in " +"the meantime will be excluded from later activities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:45 +msgid "" +"*Records* is a real-time number, therefore while the workflow is running, " +"changes in opportunity records can be made - delete, add, adjustment - " +"updating the number of records, but not changing the number of participants," +" as the metric *will not* exclude opportunities that have been set as " +"participants before. It will just add new ones. For this reason, the number " +"of *Records* can be different from the number of *Participants*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 +msgid "" +"You can also have filters applied to activities individually, under " +"*Domain*. A useful feature to specify an individual filter that will only be" +" performed if the records satisfied both filters, the activity and its " +"domain one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Example: for an activity sending an SMS, you could make sure a phone number " +"is set to avoid triggering a SMS that would never be sent and crash." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:64 +msgid "" +"*Success* is the number of times the searching for participants - that match" +" the filter(s) of that activity - was performed successfully in relation to " +"the total number of participants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:65 +msgid "" +"If a participant does not match the conditions, it will be added to " +"*Rejected*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Hovering over the graph, you can see the number of successful and rejected " +"participants, per day, for the last 15 days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Every time a new record is added to the *Target* model, it will be " +"automatically added to the workflow, and, it will start the workflow from " +"the beginning (parent action)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing.rst:3 +msgid "SMS Marketing" +msgstr "SMS-маркетинг" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing.rst:3 +msgid "Pricing and FAQ" +msgstr "Цены и часто задаваемые вопросы" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:3 +msgid "SMS Pricing and FAQ" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:6 +msgid "What do I need to send SMSs?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:7 +msgid "" +"SMS Text Messaging is an In-App Purchase (IAP) service that *requires " +"prepaid credits* to work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:11 +msgid "How many types of SMSs are there?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:12 +msgid "There are 2 types: GSM7 and UNICODE." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:14 +msgid "" +"**GSM7** is the standard format, with a limit of 160 characters per message," +" that includes the following characters:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:23 +msgid "" +"**UNICODE** is the format applied if a special character, that *is not* in " +"the GSM7 list, is used. Limit per SMS: 70 characters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:27 +msgid "" +"For GSM7 SMS the size limit is 160 characters, and for Unicode is 70. *Above" +" these limits, the content is divided into a multi-part message* and the " +"limit of characters is lowered to 153 for GSM7 and to 67 for Unicode. The " +"system will inform you in real-time about the number of SMS your message " +"represents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:34 +msgid "How much does it cost to send an SMS?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The price of an SMS depends on the destination and the length (number of " +"characters) of the message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To see the **price per country, please consult**: `Odoo SMS - FAQ <https" +"://iap-services.odoo.com/iap/sms/pricing#sms_faq_01>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:39 +msgid "" +"The number of SMSs a message represents will be always available to you in " +"your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:49 +msgid "How do I buy credits?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:50 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Buy Credits`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:57 +msgid "Or go to :menuselection:`Settings --> View my Services`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:65 +msgid "" +"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you " +"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." +msgstr "" +"Если вы на Odoo Online (SAAS) и у вас версия Enterprise, для тестирования " +"функции вы пользуетесь бесплатными пробными кредитам." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:70 +msgid "More common questions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:72 +msgid "**Is there an expiration time for my credits?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:74 +msgid "No, credits do not expire." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:77 +msgid "" +"**Can I send an SMS to a phone number (which is not a mobile phone) because " +"I see the icon in front of the field “phone”?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:80 +msgid "Only if that phone number supports SMS (e.g. SIP phones)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:83 +msgid "**Do I receive an invoice to buy my credits?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:85 +msgid "Yes." +msgstr "Да." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:88 +msgid "**Can the recipient answer to me?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:90 +msgid "No, it is not possible to reply to the SMS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:93 +msgid "" +"**What happens if I send multiple SMS but I do not have enough credits to " +"send them all?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:95 +msgid "" +"The whole transaction is counted as a single one, so no SMS will be sent " +"until you have enough credits to send them all." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:99 +msgid "**Do I have a history of the sent SMSs?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Yes, the SMS is logged as a note under the chatter of the corresponding " +"record, and a complete history of the SMSs sent is available on " +":doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode/activate>` under " +":menuselection:`Technical --> SMS`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:107 +msgid "**Can I send as many SMSs I want at once?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:109 +msgid "Yes, if you have enough credits." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:112 +msgid "" +"**If I have a number that does not exist in the list of recipients, will I " +"lose credits?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Not if the phone number is in the wrong format (e.g. too many digits). " +"Otherwise, if the SMS is sent to the wrong person or to a fake number, the " +"credit will be lost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:118 +msgid "" +"**What happens if I send my SMS to a paying number (e.g.: a contest to win a" +" ticket for a festival)?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:120 +msgid "" +"The SMS will not be delivered to that kind of number, so you won’t be " +"charged." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:123 +msgid "" +"**Can I identify the numbers that do not exist when I send several SMSs?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:125 +msgid "Only the ones that have an invalid format." +msgstr "Только те, которые имеют недопустимый формат." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:128 +msgid "**How does the GDPR regulation affect this service?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Please find our `Privacy Policy here <https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#sms>`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:132 +msgid "**Can I use my own SMS provider?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:134 +msgid "" +"Yes, but it is not possible out of the box. Our experts can help you " +"customize your database to make it happen. Please, check our success packs " +"`here <https://www.odoo.com/pricing-packs>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey.rst:3 +msgid "Survey" +msgstr "Опрос" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Обзор" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:3 +msgid "Get Started with Surveys" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Surveys can be used for a range of purposes that can go from collecting " +"customer feedback, evaluate the success of an event, measure how pleased " +"customers are with your products/services, gauge whether employees are happy" +" and satisfied with their work environment, and even to find out what your " +"market is thinking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:11 +msgid "Get started" +msgstr "Начать" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:13 +msgid "" +"When creating your survey, choose a *Title* and *Category*. The *Category* " +"field is used to know in which context the survey is being conducted, as " +"different applications might use it for different purposes such as " +"recruitment, certification, or employee appraisal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:22 +msgid "Tab: Questions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:24 +msgid "Add sections and questions by clicking on the respective links." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:27 +msgid "" +"On the *Sections and Questions* form, once the question type is chosen and " +"the answer added, under the tab *Options*, enable *Mandatory Answer*, and " +"set an *Error message* to be shown when the user tries to submit the survey " +"without answering the respective question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Depending on the *Question Type*, the tab *Options* aggregates extra and " +"different possibilities. Examples:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:31 +msgid "" +"*Single Line Text Box* - can choose a minimum and maximum text length " +"(number of characters - spaces do not count), and its error message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:33 +msgid "" +"*Multiple choice: multiple answers allowed*: choose between radio buttons or" +" a dropdown menu list, and if you would like to have a comment field. If the" +" user select an answer and type a comment, the values are separately " +"recorded. Or, enable the comment field to be displayed as an answer choice, " +"with which a text type field is displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:37 +msgid "" +"*Matrix Type*: choose if you would like to have one or multiple choices per " +"row." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:44 +msgid "Tab: Description" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Write a *Description* to be displayed under the title of the survey's " +"homepage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:53 +msgid "Click on *Edit* to personalize your pages with the website builder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:56 +msgid "Tab: Options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Under the tab *Options*, choose the *Layout* of your questions. If choosing " +"*One page per section* or *One page per question*, an option *Back Button* " +"becomes available, which allows the user to go back pages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:67 +msgid "Test and share the survey" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Once your Survey is ready, *Test* it to avoid *Sharing* it with potential " +"errors. As answers get collected, click on *Answers* to access all the " +"details of the respondent and his answers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:72 +msgid "" +"By default, a filter *Except Test Entries* is applied to keep the list of " +"entries clean with only real participants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Another way to access detailed answers is by going to " +":menuselection:`Participations --> Participations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:80 +msgid "Click on *See results* to be redirected to an analytical page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:34 +msgid ":doc:`scoring`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/scoring.rst:35 +msgid ":doc:`time_random`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/scoring.rst:3 +msgid "Scoring Surveys" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/scoring.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To measure your respondent’s performance, knowledge of a subject, or overall" +" satisfaction, attach points to the answers of specific questions. The " +"points are summed up to give your respondent a final score." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/scoring.rst:9 +msgid "" +"On your survey’s form, click on *Add a question* and, under the tab " +"*Options*, choose between *Scoring with answers at the end* or *Scoring " +"without answers at the end*. Now, on your question’s form, set the right " +"answer and score." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/scoring.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Set the percentage score the user needs to achieve to have successfully " +"taken the survey. If enabling *Certificate*, choose its template. The " +"certification is automatically sent by email to the users who successfully " +"finish it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/scoring.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Enable *Login required* to be able to *Give Badges*. Badges are related to " +"the eLearning section of your website. Besides the logged-in user, visitors " +"of the website that access the page *Courses* can also see the granted " +"badges." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:3 +msgid "Time and Randomize Questions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:6 +msgid "Time Limit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:10 +msgid "" +"On timed surveys, respondents need to complete the survey within a certain " +"period of time. It can be used to ensure that all respondents get the same " +"amount of time to find the answers, or to decrease the chance of having them" +" looking at external resources." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:11 +msgid "Set the *Time limit* under the tab *Options*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:17 +msgid "" +"A timer is shown on the pages so the user can keep track of the remaining " +"time. Surveys not \\ submitted by the *Time limit* do not have their answers" +" saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:21 +msgid "Selection" +msgstr "Выбор" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:25 +msgid "" +"When you randomize a survey, you allow for the questions to be shuffled in a" +" random order every time someone opens the questionnaire. This can be useful" +" to avoid having respondents looking at each others' answers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To do so, under the tab *Options*, enable *Randomized per section*. Now, " +"under the tab *Questions*, set how many of the questions in that section " +"should be taken into account during the shuffling." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po deleted file mode 100644 index 5c2c225a8..000000000 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,377 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# Ivan Yelizariev <yelizariev@itpp.dev>, 2020 -# Ekaterina <nawsikaya@bk.ru>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Ekaterina <nawsikaya@bk.ru>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: ru\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<12 || n%100>14) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%10>=5 && n%10<=9) || (n%100>=11 && n%100<=14)? 2 : 3);\n" - -#: ../../marketing_automation.rst:5 -msgid "Marketing Automation" -msgstr "Marketing Automation" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced" -msgstr "Расширенный" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:3 -msgid "Understanding Metrics" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:4 -msgid "" -"Metrics are values that help you measure progress and can be a powerful way " -"of linking your employees to goals." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:9 -msgid "" -"When you create a workflow in Odoo, its visual content already shows metrics" -" in a graph form and in numbers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:10 -msgid "Let’s consider the example below:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:19 -msgid "" -"The *Target* - business object - is *Lead/Opportunity* and was narrowed down" -" to the ones whose *Tag Name* contain the description “Product”, and have an" -" email address set." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:20 -msgid "A total number of 20 records match the criteria." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Out of those 20 records, 25 have become participants, in other words, they " -"have matched the criteria." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Every time the system runs, updating numbers and triggering actions, it will" -" look at the *Target* model and check if new records have been added or " -"modified, keeping the flow up-to-date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:41 -msgid "" -"The filter here is applied to *all* activities. Leads that lose the tag in " -"the meantime will be excluded from later activities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:45 -msgid "" -"*Records* is a real-time number, therefore while the workflow is running, " -"changes in opportunity records can be made - delete, add, adjustment - " -"updating the number of records, but not changing the number of participants," -" as the metric *will not* exclude opportunities that have been set as " -"participants before. It will just add new ones. For this reason, the number " -"of *Records* can be different from the number of *Participants*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 -msgid "" -"You can also have filters applied to activities individually, under " -"*Domain*. A useful feature to specify an individual filter that will only be" -" performed if the records satisfied both filters, the activity and its " -"domain one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Example: for an activity sending an SMS, you could make sure a phone number " -"is set to avoid triggering a SMS that would never be sent and crash." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:64 -msgid "" -"*Success* is the number of times the searching for participants - that match" -" the filter(s) of that activity - was performed successfully in relation to " -"the total number of participants." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:65 -msgid "" -"If a participant does not match the conditions, it will be added to " -"*Rejected*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Hovering over the graph, you can see the number of successful and rejected " -"participants, per day, for the last 15 days." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:75 -msgid "" -"Every time a new record is added to the *Target* model, it will be " -"automatically added to the workflow, and, it will start the workflow from " -"the beginning (parent action)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:79 -msgid ":doc:`../overview/automate_actions`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:80 -msgid ":doc:`../overview/segment`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:81 -msgid ":doc:`../overview/test`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Обзор" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:3 -msgid "Automate Actions and Create a Workflow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:4 -msgid "" -"Automated workflows are a sign that you are building intelligent, data-" -"driven, multifaceted campaigns to enable the delivery of the right message, " -"to the right prospects, at the right time. It also speeds up processes and " -"creates a seamless experience for employees." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:9 -msgid "Segment and create a campaign" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:10 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Campaigns --> Create`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:12 -msgid "" -"In the example below, the *Marketing Automation* application is fully " -"integrated with *Contacts*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:14 -msgid "" -"But it can also be integrated with other apps like CRM, as long as they are " -"installed in your database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Depending on the criteria, the *target model updates itself* while the " -"campaign is running. That means that every new record that meets the " -"criteria will be added to the workflow." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Example: a campaign starts for leads that have no salesman assigned. If at " -"some point, those leads get to have a salesman assigned to it, the campaign " -"will stop running." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:29 -msgid "Create a parent activity and start to build a workflow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:30 -msgid "Click on *Add new activity*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:37 -msgid "" -"*Trigger* is the field to set for the activity to start to de deployed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Adopt an *Expiry Duration* if you would like to stop actions from being " -"executed after a certain amount of time and in subsequence to the trigger." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Under *Domain* you can narrow down your target, even more, applying filters " -"for this specific activity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:47 -msgid "Add Child Activities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:48 -msgid "" -"A *child activity* is an action that will take place based on a condition." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:50 -msgid "" -"You can either create or add a child activity if on the previous one: the " -"email was opened or not, the email was replied or not, the link was clicked " -"or not, the email bounced back." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:59 -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:53 -msgid ":doc:`segment`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:3 -msgid "Segment the Database with Filters" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:4 -msgid "Filters let you reach a granular level of detail in your records." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:7 -msgid "How to work with filters" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:8 -msgid "" -"When working with filters, you will see that some of the rules have an arrow" -" button next to it, informing you that the parameter has more variables " -"within it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:18 -msgid "" -"More than one parameter line - *node* (+) - can be added under what is " -"called a *branch* (...)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:19 -msgid "To exclude a *node* or a *branch*, click on *Delete node* (x)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Every time a new branch is created, you can choose if you would like the " -"records to match *all* criteria of the upcoming rules, or *any*, meaning one" -" rule or the other." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:32 -msgid "Use cases" -msgstr "Используйте различные варианты" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:34 -msgid "" -"**Scenario**: narrow the target down to new opportunities in the pipeline." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:39 -msgid "**Scenario**: narrow the target down to suppliers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:44 -msgid "" -"**Scenario**: narrow the leads down to the ones that contain a certain tag " -"name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:49 -msgid "" -"**Scenario**: narrow the target down to the attendees of a specific event " -"that purchase a specific category of ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:55 -msgid "**Scenario**: narrow the target down to the employees who have kids." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:60 -msgid "" -"**Scenario**: narrow the target down to records with a helpdesk ticket " -"solved." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:66 -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:52 -msgid ":doc:`automate_actions`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:3 -msgid "Launch a Test and Start a Campaign" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:4 -msgid "" -"Before starting a campaign, launching a test allows you to run the workflow " -"on a test contact and view the sequence of events in action, avoiding " -"mistakes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:8 -msgid "Launch a test" -msgstr "Launch a test" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:9 -msgid "Click on *Launch a test*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Once you have selected the test contact, *Run* the parent activity and the " -"subsequent ones as needed. *Run* and *Stop* activities individually. To stop" -" the whole workflow click on *Stop*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Launching a test does not add data to your metrics with the purpose of not " -"introducing wrong inputs to reports." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:27 -msgid "Start and stop a workflow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Click on *Start* to run the workflow, and on *Stop* to interrupt it. The " -"interruption and new start can happen at any moment. The current status will" -" be shown on the status bar." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:38 -msgid "Participants and their specific workflow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:39 -msgid "" -"*Participants* are all the records that have ever been involved in the " -"campaign." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:47 -msgid "" -"If you click on *Participants* and open a record, you will find the specific" -" activities the record went/are/will go through, as well as when the " -"workflow was triggered to him. If you wish to cancel an activity click on " -"*Cancel*." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po deleted file mode 100644 index 40be13c19..000000000 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,45 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# Ivan Yelizariev <yelizariev@it-projects.info>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Ivan Yelizariev <yelizariev@it-projects.info>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: ru\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<12 || n%100>14) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%10>=5 && n%10<=9) || (n%100>=11 && n%100<=14)? 2 : 3);\n" - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:5 -msgid "Mobile" -msgstr "Мобильный" - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:8 -msgid "Push Notifications" -msgstr "Push-уведомления" - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:10 -msgid "" -"As of Odoo 12.0, 13.0 or above, there is no more complex configuration to " -"enable push notifications in the mobile app." -msgstr "" -"Для Odoo 12.0, 13.0 или более поздней версии больше нет сложной " -"конфигурации, чтобы включить push-уведомления в мобильном приложении." - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Simply go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Odoo Cloud " -"Notification (OCN)` and make sure that **Push Notifications** is checked." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/planning.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/planning.po deleted file mode 100644 index 834727a8b..000000000 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/planning.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,157 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# Ekaterina <nawsikaya@bk.ru>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Ekaterina <nawsikaya@bk.ru>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: ru\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<12 || n%100>14) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%10>=5 && n%10<=9) || (n%100>=11 && n%100<=14)? 2 : 3);\n" - -#: ../../planning.rst:5 -msgid "Planning" -msgstr "Планирование" - -#: ../../planning/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Обзор" - -#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:3 -msgid "Create a Schedule and Make Encoding Easier" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Organize regular schedules or forecast projects in a long term basis. Create" -" shifts to manage your tasks, assign employees, and stay organized at a high" -" level." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:9 -msgid "Organize your team by roles" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Roles --> Create`. Optionally, go to" -" the *Employees* application, select the respective employee, and under " -"*Work Information* select the *Default Planning Role*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:20 -msgid "Make shifts recurrent" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:22 -msgid "" -"While creating a shift, select *Repeat* and configure as needed, saving you " -"from the need of re-planning it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Repeated shifts are generated for the next six months. A modification is " -"possible in :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, " -"from *Settings*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:38 -msgid "To duplicate a shift in the Gantt view, press CTRL + drag and drop." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:41 -msgid "Save shifts as templates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:43 -msgid "" -"If creating a shift on the fly and know you might use that template in the " -"future, click on *Save as a Template*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:51 -msgid "" -"To create a template in advance, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Shifts Templates --> Create`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:55 -msgid "Duplicate a planning from the previous week" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:57 -msgid "" -"When in the Gantt view, either under *Schedule by Employee, Role or " -"Project*, instead of re-planning shifts that have been planned before, " -"simply click on *Copy Previous Week*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:65 -msgid "" -"The integration with the *Time off* and *Employee* applications, show you " -"grayed cells to the days when the employee does not work and is on vacation " -"time, for example." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:3 -msgid "Send Planned Shifts and Give Employees Autonomy Over Shifts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:5 -msgid "" -"If you are not on top of your tasks and shifts you might fall behind, losing" -" productivity. Allowing your employees to have a say over shifts helps you " -"to be on top of your workload, and gives them flexibility." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:10 -msgid "Publish and send the planned week by email" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Once you have your shifts planned, click on *Send Schedule*. Select *Include" -" Open shift* if you would like the *Unassigned* shifts to be seen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Choose if you just want to *Publish* or *Publish and Send*. If you *Publish " -"and Send*, employees get an email that redirects them to their planned " -"tasks:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Employees will not be able to see shifts until they have been published." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:29 -msgid "Let employees unassign themselves from shifts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Go to *Configuration* and enable *Allow Unassignment*. From now on, when an " -"employee opens his tasks, he can indicate his unavailability clicking on *I " -"am unavailable*. The shift will be opened again, allowing someone else to " -"take it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:44 -msgid "Employees have portal access; users have access to the database." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po deleted file mode 100644 index b16646d53..000000000 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1803 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Dinar <gabbasov@it-projects.info>, 2020 -# Irina Fedulova <istartlin@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Ekaterina <nawsikaya@bk.ru>, 2020 -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# Ivan Yelizariev <yelizariev@it-projects.info>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Ivan Yelizariev <yelizariev@it-projects.info>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: ru\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<12 || n%100>14) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%10>=5 && n%10<=9) || (n%100>=11 && n%100<=14)? 2 : 3);\n" - -#: ../../point_of_sale.rst:5 -msgid "Point of Sale" -msgstr "Точка продаж" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features.rst:3 -msgid "Pricing Features" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:3 -msgid "Using discount tags with a barcode scanner" -msgstr "Использование тегов скидок со сканером штрих-кодов" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:5 -msgid "" -"If you want to sell your products with a discount, for a product getting " -"close to its expiration date for example, you can use discount tags. They " -"allow you to scan discount barcodes." -msgstr "" -"Если вы хотите продать свои товары со скидкой, например, для товара, " -"приближается к дате его окончания, вы можете использовать теги скидок. Они " -"позволяют сканировать штрих-коды со скидкой." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:10 -msgid "To use discount tags you will need to use a barcode scanner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:13 -msgid "Barcode Nomenclature" -msgstr "Номенклатура штрих-кода" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:15 -msgid "To use discounts tags, we need to learn about barcode nomenclature." -msgstr "" -"Чтобы использовать теги скидок, нам нужно узнать о номенклатуре штрих-кодов." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Let's say you want to have a discount for the product with the following " -"barcode:" -msgstr "" -"Скажем, вы хотите получить скидку для товара с последующим штрих-кодом:" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:23 -msgid "" -"You can find the *Default Nomenclature* under the settings of your PoS " -"interface." -msgstr "" -"Вы можете найти * Номенклатура по умолчанию * в настройках вашего интерфейса" -" точки продаж." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Let's say you want 50% discount on a product you have to start your barcode " -"with 22 (for the discount barcode nomenclature) and then 50 (for the %) " -"before adding the product barcode. In our example, the barcode would be:" -msgstr "" -"Скажем, вам нужно 50% скидки на товар, для которого вам нужно будет начать " -"свой штрих-код с 22 (для номера штрих-кода скидки), а затем 50 (для%), " -"прежде чем добавлять штрих-код товара. В нашем примере штрих-код будет:" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:41 -msgid "Scan the products & tags" -msgstr "Отсканируйте товары и теги" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:43 -msgid "You first have to scan the desired product (in our case, a lemon)." -msgstr "Сначала нужно отсканировать нужный товар (в нашем случае, лимон)." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:48 -msgid "" -"And then scan the discount tag. The discount will be applied and you can " -"finish the transaction." -msgstr "" -"Затем отсканируйте тег со скидкой. Скидка будет применена, и вы можете " -"закончить транзакцию." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:3 -msgid "Apply Discounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:5 -msgid "" -"By offering discounts, you can entice your customers and drastically " -"increase your revenue. It is vital to offer discounts, whether they are " -"time-limited, seasonal or manually given." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:9 -msgid "" -"To manage discounts, Odoo has powerful features that help set up a pricing " -"strategy tailored to every business." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:13 -msgid "Apply manual discounts" -msgstr "Применение скидок вручную" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:15 -msgid "" -"If you seldom use discounts, applying manual ones might be the easiest " -"solution for your Point of Sale." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:18 -msgid "" -"You can either apply a discount on the whole order or on specific products " -"inside an order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:22 -msgid "Apply a discount on a product" -msgstr "Примените скидку на товар" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:24 -msgid "From your PoS session interface, use the *Disc* button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Then, you can input a discount over the product that is currently selected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:34 -msgid "Apply a global discount" -msgstr "Примените общую скидку" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:36 -msgid "" -"To apply a discount on the whole order, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales" -" --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and select your PoS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Once on your PoS form, select *Global Discounts*, under the *Pricing* " -"category." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:45 -msgid "Now, you have a new *Discount* button appearing on your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:51 -msgid "Click on it and enter the wanted discount." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:58 -msgid "" -"On this example, there is a global discount of 50% as well as a specific 50%" -" discount on oranges." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:62 -msgid "Apply time-limited discounts" -msgstr "Применение сезонных скидок" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:64 -msgid "" -"To activate time-limited discounts, you must activate the *Pricelists* " -"feature. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Configuration " -"--> Point of Sale` and open your PoS. Then, enable the pricelist feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Once activated, you must choose the pricelists you want to make available in" -" the PoS and define a default one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:77 -msgid "Create a pricelist" -msgstr "создайте прайслист" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:79 -msgid "" -"By default, Odoo has a *Public Pricelist* configured. To create more, go to " -":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Products --> Pricelists`. Then click on " -"create." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:83 -msgid "" -"When creating a pricelist, you can set several criteria to use a specific " -"price: period, min. quantity, etc. You can also decide to apply that " -"pricelist on specific products or on the whole range." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:92 -msgid "Using a pricelist with the PoS interface" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:94 -msgid "" -"On the PoS interface, a new button appears. Use it to select a pricelist." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:101 -msgid "" -"Click on it to instantly update the prices with the selected pricelist. " -"Then, you can finalize the order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:3 -msgid "Manage a loyalty program" -msgstr "Управление программой лояльности" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Encourage your customers to continue to shop at your point of sale with a " -"*Loyalty Program*." -msgstr "" -"Поощряйте своих клиентов продолжать покупать в вашей точке продажи с * " -"программой лояльности *." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:9 -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:14 -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:12 -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:15 -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:13 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:14 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:10 -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:9 -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:20 -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:8 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Настройка" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:11 -msgid "" -"To activate the *Loyalty Program* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " -"Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface. " -"Under the Pricing features, select *Loyalty Program*" -msgstr "" -"Чтобы активировать программу лояльности, перейдите к :menuselection:`Point " -"of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` и выберите свой интерфейс точки" -" продаж. В разделе Функции ценообразования выберите * программу лояльности *" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:19 -msgid "From there you can create and edit your loyalty programs." -msgstr "Оттуда вы можете создавать и редактировать свои программы лояльности." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:24 -msgid "" -"You can decide what type of program you wish to use, if the reward is a " -"discount or a gift, make it specific to some products or cover your whole " -"range. Apply rules so that it is only valid in specific situation and " -"everything in between." -msgstr "" -"Вы можете решить, какой тип программы вы хотите использовать, если " -"вознаграждение - это скидка или подарок, делая ее конкретной для некоторых " -"товаров или охватывая весь ваш ассортимент. Применяйте правила так, чтобы " -"они были действительными только в конкретной ситуации и все, что существует " -"между ними." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:30 -msgid "Use the loyalty program in your PoS interface" -msgstr "Используйте программу лояльности в своем интерфейсе точки продаж" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:32 -msgid "" -"When a customer is set, you will now see the points they will get for the " -"transaction and they will accumulate until they are spent. They are spent " -"using the button *Rewards* when they have enough points according to the " -"rules defined in the loyalty program." -msgstr "" -"Когда клиент установлен, теперь вы увидите пункты, которые они получат для " -"транзакции, и они будут накапливаться, пока они не будут израсходованы. Они " -"расходуются с помощью кнопки * Награды *, если у них есть достаточно баллов " -"в соответствии с правилами, определенными в программе лояльности." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:40 -msgid "" -"You can see the price is instantly updated to reflect the pricelist. You can" -" finalize the order in your usual way." -msgstr "" -"Вы можете видеть, что цена моментально обновляется, чтобы отразить " -"прайслист. Вы можете завершить оформление заказа обычным способом." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:44 -msgid "" -"If you select a customer with a default pricelist, it will be applied. You " -"can of course change it." -msgstr "" -"Если вы выберете клиента с ПРАЙСЛИСТ по умолчанию, он будет применен. Вы, " -"конечно, можете изменить это." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:3 -msgid "Using Pricelists in Point of Sale" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:5 -msgid "" -"You probably know the concept of happy hour: during a certain period of " -"time, the barman gives a discount on some drinks (usually 50% off or a buy " -"one get one free). When the period is over, prices go back to normal. But " -"how does that relate with Odoo?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:10 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, you can set up happy hours. It’s one of the many possible uses of " -"*Pricelists*. Those *Pricelists* allow the creation of multiple prices for " -"the same product: a regular one and a special one for happy hours. Available" -" in the *PoS* app, those are really convenient." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:17 -msgid "Set up Pricelists" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:19 -msgid "" -"To set up a *Pricelist*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " -"Configuration --> Configuration` and enable the *Pricelist* feature. Then, " -"go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and" -" enable *Pricelist* for the *PoS*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Now, you can create *Pricelists* by clicking on the *Pricelists* link. Then," -" set it up by choosing the product category you want to include in your " -"happy hour and the discount." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Go back to your *PoS* settings and add the Happy Hour pricelist to the list." -" You can even choose a default pricelist if needed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:39 -msgid "" -"From now on, on the *PoS* interface, a new button is available, allowing you" -" to choose among the different *pricelists* you added before." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:46 -msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm.rst:3 -msgid "Fiscal Data Modules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:3 -msgid "Setting up the Fiscal Data Module with the Odoo POS" -msgstr "Настройка модуля налоговых данных с точкой продажи Odoo" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:6 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "Введение" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The Belgian government requires certain businesses to use a government-" -"certified device called a **Fiscal Data Module** (also known as a " -"**blackbox**). This device works together with the POS application and logs " -"certain transactions. On top of that, the used POS application must also be " -"certified by the government and must adhere to strict standards specified by" -" them. `Odoo 9 (Enterprise Edition) is a certified application " -"<http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/systemes-certifies>`_. More " -"information concerning the Fiscal Data Module can be found on `the official " -"website <http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/>`_." -msgstr "" -"Бельгийское законодательство требует от некоторых предприятий использовать " -"сертифицированный государством устройство под названием ** Модуль налоговых " -"данных ** (также известный как ** blackbox **). Данное устройство вместе с " -"приложением точки продаж и записывает определенные транзакции. Кроме того, " -"используемое приложение точки продаж также должен быть сертифицирован " -"правительством и должен соответствовать установленным им строгим стандартам." -" `Odoo 9 (Enterprise Edition) - сертифицированная программа " -"<http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/systemes-certifies> _ _. Более " -"подробную информацию о модуля налоговых данных можно найти на официальном " -"веб-сайте http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/> _." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:20 -msgid "Required hardware" -msgstr "необходимое оборудование" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:22 -msgid "" -"A government certified `Fiscal Data Module " -"<http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/systemes-" -"certifies#FDM%20certifiés>`_ per POS, all of them should work, but the " -"Cleancash SC-B is recommended, you will also need:" -msgstr "" -"Правительство сертифицировал `Модуль налоговых данных " -"<http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/systemes-" -"certifies#FDM%20certifiés> `_ Per POS, все они должны работать, но " -"рекомендуется использовать Cleancash SC-B, вам также понадобится:" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Serial null modem cable per FDM (`example <http://www.startech.com/Cables" -"/Serial-Parallel-PS-2/DB9-DB25/10-ft-Cross-Wired-Serial-Null-Modem-Cable-" -"DB9-FM~SCNM9FM>`__)" -msgstr "" -"Последовательный нулевой модемный кабель на FDM ( `пример " -"<http://www.startech.com/Cables/Serial-Parallel-PS-2/DB9-DB25/10-ft-Cross-" -"Wired-Serial-Null-Modem-Cable-DB9-FM~SCNM9FM> `__)" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Serial-to-USB adapter per FDM (`example " -"<http://trendnet.com/products/proddetail.asp?prod=265_TU-S9>`__)" -msgstr "" -"Серийный адаптер к USB для FDM ( `пример " -"<http://trendnet.com/products/proddetail.asp?prod=265_TU-S9> `__)" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:32 -msgid "A registered IoT Box per POS configuration" -msgstr "Настройка зарегистрированного IoT Box на точку продажи" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:35 -msgid "Setup" -msgstr "Установка" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:38 -msgid "IoT Box" -msgstr "IoT Box" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:40 -msgid "" -"In order to use a Fiscal Data Module, you will need a registered IoT Box. " -"These IoT Boxes are similar to the regular IoT Boxes we sell, but they are " -"registered with the Belgian government. This is required by law. Attempting " -"to use a Fiscal Data Module on a non-registered IoT Box will not work. You " -"can verify that the Fiscal Data Module is recognized by the IoT Box by going" -" to the *Hardware status page* via the IoT Box homepage." -msgstr "" -"Для использования модуля фискальных данных вам понадобится зарегистрирован " -"IoT Box. Они похожи на обычные коробки IoT, которые мы продаем, но они " -"зарегистрированы в бельгийском правительстве. Это требует законом. Попытка " -"использовать модуль фискальных данных на незарегистрированном IoT Box не " -"будет. Можно убедиться, что модуль фискальных данных распознается IoT Box, " -"перейдя на страницу статуса * Оборудование * на домашней странице IoT Box." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:52 -msgid "Odoo" -msgstr "Odoo" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:54 -msgid "" -"An Odoo POS app can be given certified POS capabilities by installing the " -"**Belgian Registered Cash Register** app (technical name: " -"``pos_blackbox_be``). Because of government restrictions imposed on us, this" -" installation cannot be undone. After this, you will have to ensure that " -"each POS configuration has a unique registered IoT Box associated with it " -"(:menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and " -"ensure Hardware Proxy / IoT Box and the serial number of your IoT Box is " -"set). The first time you open the Point of Sale and attempt to do a " -"transaction, you will be asked to input the PIN that you received with your " -"VAT signing card." -msgstr "" -"Приложении точки продажи Odoo можно предоставить сертифицированные " -"возможности точки продаж, установив приложение ** бельгийского " -"зарегистрированного кассового аппарата ** (техническое название: " -"`pos_blackbox_be``). Из-за ограничений, налагаемых на нас, эту установку " -"нельзя отменить. После этого вам придется убедиться, что каждое настройки " -"точки продаж имеет уникальный зарегистрирован IoT Box, связанный с ней ( " -":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` и " -"обеспечьте Proxy Оборудование / IoT Box и серийный номер вашего IoT Box). " -"Когда вы впервые открываете точку продажи и пытаетесь осуществить " -"транзакцию, вам будет предложено ввести PIN-код, который вы получили с вашей" -" подписанного карточки НДС." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:69 -msgid "Certification & On-premise" -msgstr "Сертификация и на заказ" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:71 -msgid "" -"The certification granted by the government is restricted to the use on " -"odoo.com SaaS instance. The usage of the module from the source or a " -"modified version will **not** be certified. For on-premise users, we also " -"support the Fiscal Data Module in such installations. The main restriction " -"is that this requires an obfuscated version of the ``pos_blackbox_be`` " -"module we will provide on request for Enterprise customers." -msgstr "" -"Сертификация, предоставленная правительством, ограничена использованием на " -"примере SaaS odoo.com. Использование модуля из источника или " -"модифицированной версии ** НЕ ** будет сертифицировано. Для пользователей по" -" умолчанию мы также поддерживаем модуль бюджетных данных в таких установках." -" Основное ограничение состоит в том, что для этого нужна замаскированная " -"версия модуля `pos_blackbox_be``, который мы предоставим на заказ для " -"клиентов компании." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:79 -msgid "Restrictions" -msgstr "ограничения" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:81 -msgid "" -"As mentioned before, in order to get certified the POS application must " -"adhere to strict government guidelines. Because of this, a certified Odoo " -"POS has some limitations not present in the non-certified Odoo POS." -msgstr "" -"Как упоминалось ранее, для получения сертификата заявка на использование " -"точки продажи должна соответствовать строгим правилам правительства. Поэтому" -" сертифицирована точка продажи Odoo имеет определенные ограничения, " -"отсутствующие в сертифицированной точке продажи Odoo." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:86 -msgid "Refunding is disabled" -msgstr "возмещение отключены" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:87 -msgid "Modifying orderline prices" -msgstr "Изменение цен на заказ" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:88 -msgid "Creating/modifying/deleting POS orders" -msgstr "Создание / изменение / удаление заказов точки продаж" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:89 -msgid "Selling products without a valid tax" -msgstr "Продажа продукции без действительного налога" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:90 -msgid "Multiple Odoo POS configurations per IoT Box are not allowed" -msgstr "Настройка нескольких точек продаж Odoo на IoT Box не доступны" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:91 -msgid "Using the POS without a connection to the IoT Box (and thus FDM)" -msgstr "" -"Использование точки продажи без подключения к IoT Box (и таким образом FDM)" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:92 -msgid "Blacklisted modules: pos_discount, pos_reprint, pos_loyalty" -msgstr "Модули с черным списком: pos_discount, pos_reprint, pos_loyalty" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Обзор" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:3 -msgid "Getting started" -msgstr "Начиная работу" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When working with a Point of Sale application, employees want a simple, and " -"user-friendly solution. A solution that works online or offline and with any" -" device." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:9 -msgid "" -"A Point of Sale system is a fully integrated application that allows any " -"transaction, automatically registers product moves in your stock, and gives " -"you real-time statistics and consolidations across all shops." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:17 -msgid "Make products available in the PoS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:19 -msgid "" -"To make products available for sale, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale -->" -" Products --> Products` and open a product. In the *Sales* tab, enable " -"*Available in Point of Sale*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:28 -msgid "You can also define if the product has to be weighted or not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:31 -msgid "Configure your payment methods" -msgstr "Настройте свои способы оплаты" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:33 -msgid "" -"To add a payment method, you first need to create it. Go to " -":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment Methods` and " -"click on create. Then, you can name your payment method and set it up." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:43 -msgid "Don’t forget your credentials for methods using a payment terminal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Now, you can select the payment method in your PoS settings. To do so, go to" -" :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and open" -" the PoS in which you want to include the payment method. Then, add the " -"payment method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:55 -msgid "" -"*Configuration* is the menu where you can edit all your point of sale " -"settings. Some more features are available for restaurants." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:59 -msgid "Your first PoS session" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:62 -msgid "Your first order" -msgstr "Ваше первый заказ" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:64 -msgid "Open a new session from the dashboard by clicking on *New Session*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:70 -msgid "After the loading screen, you arrive on the PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Once an order is completed, you can register the payment. All the available " -"payment methods appear on the left of the screen. Select the payment method " -"and enter the received amount. Then, you can validate the payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:82 -msgid "Return and refund products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:84 -msgid "" -"Having a well-thought-out return policy is key to keep customers satisfied " -"and make the process of accepting returns and refunds easy for you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:87 -msgid "" -"To do that, from the PoS interface, select the product and quantity (with " -"the +/- button) that the customer wants to return. For multiple products, " -"repeat the process individually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:94 -msgid "" -"When on the payment interface, the total is negative. To end the refund, " -"process the payment and validate it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:102 -msgid "Close the PoS session" -msgstr "Закройте сессию точки продаж" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:104 -msgid "" -"To close your session at the end of the day, click on the close button on " -"the upper right corner of your screen and confirm. Now, close the session on" -" the dashboard view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:112 -msgid "" -"It’s strongly advised to close your PoS session at the end of each day." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:114 -msgid "" -"Once a session is closed, you can see a summary of all transactions per " -"payment method. Then, click on a line to see all orders that were paid " -"during your PoS session. If everything is correct, validate the session and " -"post the closing entries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:123 -msgid "" -"To connect the PoS hardware with an Odoo IoT Box, please refer to these " -"docs: :doc:`Connect an IoT Box to your database <../../iot/config/connect>` " -"and :doc:`Use the IoT Box for the PoS <../../iot/config/pos>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:129 -msgid "View your statistics" -msgstr "Посмотреть статистику" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:131 -msgid "" -"Keeping track of your sales is essential to get meaningful statistics. " -"That’s why Odoo provides analyzes about your sales." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:134 -msgid "" -"To access your statistics, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> " -"Reporting --> Orders`. There, you can see various statistics in graph or " -"pivot form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:142 -msgid "You can also access them through the dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:3 -msgid "Register customers" -msgstr "Регистрация клиентов" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Registering your customers will give you the ability to grant them various " -"privileges such as discounts, loyalty program, specific communication. It " -"will also be required if they want an invoice and registering them will make" -" any future interaction with them faster." -msgstr "" -"Регистрация ваших клиентов даст вам возможность предоставлять им различные " -"привилегии, такие как скидки, программа лояльности, особая коммуникация. Она" -" будет также требуется, если они хотят получить счет-фактуру и " -"регистрировать его с любой будущей взаимодействием с ними быстрее." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:11 -msgid "Create a customer" -msgstr "создайте клиента" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:13 -msgid "From your session interface, use the customer button." -msgstr "С интерфейса сессии используйте кнопку клиента." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:18 -msgid "Create a new one by using this button." -msgstr "Создайте нового, используя эту кнопку." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:23 -msgid "" -"You will be invited to fill out the customer form with their information." -msgstr "Вам будет предложено заполнить форму клиента со своей информацией." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Use the save button when you are done. You can then select that customer in " -"any future transactions." -msgstr "" -"Когда вы закончите, воспользуйтесь кнопкой сохранения. Затем вы можете " -"выбрать этого клиента в любых будущих операциях." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment.rst:3 -msgid "Payment Terminals" -msgstr "Платежные терминалы" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:3 -msgid "Connect an Ingenico Payment Terminal to your PoS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Connecting a payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid payment flow to " -"your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Please note that Ingenico is currently only available for customers in the " -"Benelux." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:15 -msgid "Connect an IoT Box" -msgstr "Подключить IoT Box" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Connecting an Ingenico Payment Terminal to Odoo is a feature that requires " -"an IoT Box. For more information on how to connect an IoT Box to your " -"database, please refer to the :doc:`IoT documentation " -"<../../iot/config/connect>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:22 -msgid "Configure the Lane/5000 for Ingenico BENELUX" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Click on the F button of the terminal, then go in the :menuselection:`PoS " -"Menu --> Settings` and enter the settings password." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Now, click on connexion change and TCP/IP. Type the IP of your *IoT Box* " -"(you can find it on the form view of your IoT Box). Then, enter 9000 as " -"port. The terminal will restart. Once it is done, go on your *IoT Box* form " -"in Odoo and verify that the terminal has been found." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:36 -msgid "Configure the payment method" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:38 -msgid "" -"First, go in the general settings of the POS app, and activate the Ingenico " -"setting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Go back in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of " -"Sale`, go in the payments section and access your payment methods. Create a " -"new payment method for Ingenico, select the payment terminal option " -"Ingenico, and select your payment terminal device." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:53 -msgid "Pay with a payment terminal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:55 -msgid "" -"In your *PoS interface*, when processing a payment, select a *Payment " -"Method* using a payment terminal. Check that the amount in the tendered " -"column is the one that has to be sent to the payment terminal and click on " -"*Send*. When the payment is successful, the status will change to *Payment " -"Successful*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:64 -msgid "" -"If you want to cancel the payment request, click on cancel. You can still " -"retry to send the payment request." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:67 -msgid "" -"If there is any issue with the payment terminal, you can still force the " -"payment using the *Force Done*. This will allow you to validate the order in" -" Odoo even if the connexion between the terminal and Odoo has issues." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:73 -msgid "" -"This option will only be available if you received an error message telling " -"you the connexion failed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Once your payment is processed, on the payment record, you’ll find the type " -"of card that has been used and the transaction ID." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:3 -msgid "Connect a SIX Payment Terminal to your PoS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Connecting a SIX payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid payment flow " -"to your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Even though Worldline has recently acquired SIX Payment Services and both " -"companies use Yomani payment terminals, the firmware they run is different. " -"Terminals received from Worldline are therefore not compatible with this " -"integration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:18 -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:16 -msgid "Configure the Payment Method" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:20 -msgid "" -"First, make sure that the POS Six module is installed. For this, go to " -"*Apps*, remove the \"Apps\" filter and search for \"POS Six\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Back in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment " -"Methods`, Create a new payment method for SIX, select the payment terminal " -"option \"SIX without IoT Box\", and enter your payment terminal IP address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:34 -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:40 -msgid "Pay with a Payment Terminal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:36 -msgid "" -"In your PoS interface, at the moment of the payment, select a payment method" -" using a payment terminal. Verify that the amount in the tendered column is " -"the one that has to be sent to the payment terminal and click on *Send*. If " -"you want to cancel the payment request, click on cancel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:44 -msgid "" -"When the payment is done, the status will change to *Payment Successful*. " -"You can always reverse the last transaction by clicking on *Reverse*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:51 -msgid "" -"If there is any issue with the payment terminal, you can still force the " -"payment using the *Force Done*. This will allow you to validate the order in" -" Odoo even if the connexion between the terminal and Odoo encounters issues." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:3 -msgid "Connect a Vantiv Payment Terminal to your PoS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Connecting a Vantiv payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid payment " -"flow to your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Please note MercuryPay only operates with US and Canadian banks, making this" -" procedure only suitable for North American businesses." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:18 -msgid "" -"First, go in the general settings of the POS app, and activate the Vantiv " -"setting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Back in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, " -"go in the payments section and access your payment methods. Create a new " -"payment method for Vantiv, select the payment terminal option Vantiv, and " -"create new Vantiv credentials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:32 -msgid "" -"To create new Vantiv credentials, fill in your merchant ID and password, " -"then save. Make sure the credentials you just created are selected, then " -"save the payment method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:42 -msgid "" -"In your PoS interface, at the moment of the payment, select your Vantiv " -"payment method and… that’s all." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:3 -msgid "Restaurant Features" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:3 -msgid "Print the Bill" -msgstr "печать счета" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Use the *Bill Printing* feature to print the bill before the payment. This " -"is useful if the bill is still subject to evolve and is thus not the " -"definitive ticket." -msgstr "" -"Используйте функцию * печати счетов *, чтобы напечатать счет перед оплатой. " -"Это полезно, если счет еще может изменяться и не является окончательным " -"заказом." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:10 -msgid "Configure Bill Printing" -msgstr "Настройте печать счета" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To activate *Bill Printing*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " -"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" -"Чтобы активировать функцию * печать счета *, перейдите к " -":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` и " -"выберите свой интерфейс точки продаж." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Bill Printing* option." -msgstr "В разделе Счета и квитанции вы найдете вариант * Печать счета *." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:22 -msgid "Split a Bill" -msgstr "разбейте счет" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:24 -msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Bill* button." -msgstr "В вашем интерфейсе точки продаж теперь есть кнопка * Счет *." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:29 -msgid "When you use it, you can then print the bill." -msgstr "Когда вы примените, вы сможете распечатать счет." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:3 -msgid "Using fiscal positions in PoS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, *Fiscal Positions* let you apply different taxes based on the " -"customer location. In a *Point of Sale*, such as a restaurant, it can be " -"used to apply different taxes depending if the customer eats in or takes " -"away." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:11 -msgid "Set up fiscal positions for PoS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:13 -msgid "" -"To enable this feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " -"Configuration --> Point of Sale` and check *Fiscal Position per Order*. Now," -" you can choose the fiscal positions you want for your *PoS*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:21 -msgid "You need to create your fiscal positions before using this feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:24 -msgid "Using fiscal positions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Once on your *PoS* interface, click on the *Tax* button. Now, choose the " -"fiscal position you need for the current order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:33 -msgid "Set up a default fiscal position" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:35 -msgid "" -"If you want to use a default fiscal position, meaning that a preexisting " -"value is always automatically assigned, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale " -"--> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and enable *Fiscal Position*. Now, " -"choose one to set as the default one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Now, the *tax* button is replaced by a *on site* button when on the *PoS* " -"interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:3 -msgid "Print orders at the kitchen or bar" -msgstr "Печать заказов на кухне или в баре" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:5 -msgid "" -"To ease the workflow between the front of house and the back of the house, " -"printing the orders taken on the PoS interface right in the kitchen or bar " -"can be a tremendous help." -msgstr "" -"Чтобы облегчить рабочий процесс между передней частью дома и задней частью, " -"печать заказов, сделанных на интерфейсе точки продажи прямо на кухне или в " -"баре, может стать огромной помощью." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:10 -msgid "Activate the bar/kitchen printer" -msgstr "Активируйте барный / кухонный принтер" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To activate the *Order printing* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " -"Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" -"Чтобы активировать функцию * печать заказ * перейдите к " -":menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` и " -"выберите свой интерфейс точки продаж." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Under the IoT Box / Hardware Proxy category, you will find *Order Printers*." -" Note that you need an IoT Box to connect your Printer to the PoS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:20 -msgid "Add a printer" -msgstr "добавьте принтер" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:22 -msgid "" -"In your configuration menu you will now have a *Order Printers* option where" -" you can add the printer." -msgstr "" -"В вашем меню настройки теперь появится параметр * Заказ принтеров *, где вы " -"можете добавить принтер." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:29 -msgid "Print a kitchen/bar order" -msgstr "Печать заказа на кухне / баре" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:34 -msgid "Select or create a printer." -msgstr "Выберите или создайте принтер." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:37 -msgid "Print the order in the kitchen/bar" -msgstr "Распечатайте заказ на кухне / баре" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:39 -msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Order* button." -msgstr "На вашем интерфейсе точки продаж теперь есть кнопка * Заказ *." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:44 -msgid "" -"When you press it, it will print the order on your kitchen/bar printer." -msgstr "" -"При нажатии на нее будет напечатано заказ на принтере на кухне / баре." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:3 -msgid "Manage your tables" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Restaurants have specific needs that shops don’t have. That’s why Odoo gives" -" restaurant owners several unique features to help them manage their " -"business in the best possible way." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Floor and table management, bill splitting, or even the possibility to print" -" orders from the kitchen, everything is there to help your business shine " -"and your employees to work efficiently." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:16 -msgid "" -"To activate the bar/restaurant features, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale" -" --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and open your PoS. Now, select *Is a " -"Bar/Restaurant*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:24 -msgid "" -"New features are shown with a fork and a knife next to it, indicating that " -"they are restaurant-specific." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:32 -msgid "Add a floor" -msgstr "добавьте этаж" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Once your *Point of Sale* has been configured, select *Table Management* " -"under :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`. " -"Then, click on *Floors* to create and name your floor and tables." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:47 -msgid "Don’t forget to link your floor to your point of sale." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:50 -msgid "Add tables" -msgstr "добавьте столы" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:52 -msgid "" -"To add tables, you can also open your PoS interface to see your floor(s)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:59 -msgid "" -"Then, click on *Edit Mode* (pencil icon on the upper right corner) to be " -"allowed to create, move, modify tables, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:67 -msgid "" -"To make your table easier to be found, you can rename them, change their " -"shape, size or even color. It is also possible to add the maximum number of " -"sits the table can have." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:72 -msgid "Register your table(s) orders" -msgstr "Зарегистрируйте свои заказы на столы" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:74 -msgid "" -"To register an order, click on the respective table. By doing so, you are " -"taken to your main interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:82 -msgid "Transfer customer(s)" -msgstr "Перемещение клиента (ов)" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:84 -msgid "" -"If your customers want to move to another table after they already ordered, " -"use the transfer button. This way, the order is also moved to the new table." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:88 -msgid "To do so, select the table your customer is currently on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:94 -msgid "" -"Now, click on the transfer button and select the table to which you are " -"transferring your customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:103 -msgid "Register an additional order" -msgstr "Зарегистрируйте дополнительный заказ" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:105 -msgid "" -"When registering an order, use the + button to simultaneously proceed to " -"another one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:108 -msgid "" -"Then, you can shift between your orders and process the payment when needed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:116 -msgid "The - button allows you to remove the order you are currently on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:3 -msgid "Offer a bill-splitting option" -msgstr "Предложите вариант разбивки счета" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Offering an easy bill splitting solution to your customers will leave them " -"with a positive experience. That's why this feature is available out-of-the-" -"box in the Odoo Point of Sale application." -msgstr "" -"Предложив своему клиенту легкий разбиение счета, вы получите положительный " -"опыт. Вот почему эта функция доступна за пределами программы в Точке продажи" -" Odoo." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To activate the *Bill Splitting* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " -"Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" -"Чтобы активировать функцию * разбиение счета *, перейдите к " -":menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` и " -"выберите свой интерфейс точки продаж." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find the Bill Splitting " -"option." -msgstr "В разделе Счета и квитанции вы найдете вариант Разбивка счета." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:23 -msgid "Split a bill" -msgstr "разбейте счет" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:25 -msgid "In your PoS interface, you now have a *Split* button." -msgstr "В вашем интерфейсе точки продаж теперь есть кнопка * разбить *." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:30 -msgid "" -"When you use it, you will be able to select what that guest should had and " -"process the payment, repeating the process for each guest." -msgstr "" -"Когда вы используете его, вы сможете выбрать, что этот гость должен получить" -" и выполнить платеж, повторяя процесс для каждого гостя." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:3 -msgid "Integrate a tip option into payment" -msgstr "Интегрируйте чаевые в оплату" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:5 -msgid "" -"As it is customary to tip in many countries all over the world, it is " -"important to have the option in your PoS interface." -msgstr "" -"Как принято во многих странах во всем мире платить чаевые, важно иметь такой" -" вариант в вашем интерфейсе точки продаж." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:9 -msgid "Configure Tipping" -msgstr "Настройте чаевые" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:11 -msgid "" -"To activate the *Tips* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " -"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS." -msgstr "" -"Чтобы активировать функцию * Чаевые * перейдите к :menuselection:`Point of " -"Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` и выберите вашу точку продажи." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Tips*. Select it and " -"create a *Tip Product* such as *Tips* in this case." -msgstr "" -"В разделе Счета и квитанции вы найдете * Чаевые *. Выберите их и создайте * " -"товар Чаевые *, например, * Чаевые * в этом случае." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:21 -msgid "Add Tips to the bill" -msgstr "Добавьте чаевые в счет" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:23 -msgid "Once on the payment interface, you now have a new *Tip* button" -msgstr "После этого в интерфейсе платежа появится новая кнопка * Чаевые *" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:28 -msgid "Add the tip your customer wants to leave and process to the payment." -msgstr "" -"Добавьте чаевые, которые ваш клиент хочет оставить и обработайте в платежа." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop.rst:3 -msgid "Shop Features" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:3 -msgid "Using barcodes in PoS" -msgstr "Использование штрих-кодов в точке продажи" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Using a barcode scanner to process point of sale orders improves your " -"efficiency and helps you to save time for you and your customers." -msgstr "" -"Использование сканера штрих-кодов для обработки заказов на продажу улучшает " -"вашу эффективность и помогает вам сэкономить время для вас и ваших клиентов." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:11 -msgid "" -"To use a barcode scanner, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " -"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" -"Чтобы воспользоваться сканером штрих-кодов, перейдите к " -":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` и " -"выберите ваш интерфейс точки продаж." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Under the IoT Box / Hardware category, you will find *Barcode Scanner* " -"select it." -msgstr "" -"Под категорией IoT Box / Оборудование вы найдете * Сканер штрих-кодов *." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:21 -msgid "Add barcodes to product" -msgstr "Добавьте штрих-коды к товару" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Products` and select a " -"product." -msgstr "" -"Перейдите к :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Products` и " -"выберите товар." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Under the general information tab, you can find a barcode field where you " -"can input any barcode." -msgstr "" -"На вкладке общей информации вы можете найти поле штрих-кода, где вы можете " -"ввести любой штрих-код." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:33 -msgid "Scanning products" -msgstr "сканирование товаров" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:35 -msgid "" -"From your PoS interface, scan any barcode with your barcode scanner. The " -"product will be added, you can scan the same product to add it multiple " -"times or change the quantity manually on the screen." -msgstr "" -"С вашего интерфейса точки продажи отсканируйте любой штрих-код с вашим " -"сканером штрих-кодов. Товар будет добавлен, вы сможете сканировать тот же " -"товар, чтобы добавить его несколько раз или изменить количество вручную на " -"экране." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:3 -msgid "Set-up Cash Control in Point of Sale" -msgstr "Настройка контроля за наличными в точке продажи" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Cash control allows you to check the amount of the cashbox at the opening " -"and closing. You can thus make sure no error has been made and that no cash " -"is missing." -msgstr "" -"Наличный контроль позволяет проверить сумму кассы при открытии и закрытии. " -"Таким образом, вы можете убедиться, что никаких ошибок не было сделано, и " -"деньги отсутствуют." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:10 -msgid "Activate Cash Control" -msgstr "Активизируйте контроль наличности" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To activate the *Cash Control* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales" -" --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" -"Для включения функции Контроль наличных * перейдите к :menuselection:`Point " -"of Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` и выберите свой интерфейс " -"точки продаж." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:16 -msgid "Under the payments category, you will find the cash control setting." -msgstr "Под категорией платежей вы найдете настройки контроля наличности." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:21 -msgid "" -"In this example, you can see I want to have 275$ in various denomination at " -"the opening and closing." -msgstr "" -"В этом примере вы можете видеть, что вы хотите иметь 275 долларов в разной " -"деноминации во время открытия и закрытия." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:24 -msgid "" -"When clicking on **Opening/Closing Values** you will be able to create those" -" values." -msgstr "" -"При нажатии ** Значение Открытие / Закрытие ** вы сможете создать эти " -"значения." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:31 -msgid "Start a session" -msgstr "начните сессию" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:33 -msgid "" -"You now have a new button added when you open a session, *Set opening " -"Balance*" -msgstr "" -"Теперь у вас есть новая кнопка, добавлена при открытии сессии, * Установить " -"начальный баланс *" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:42 -msgid "" -"By default it will use the values you added before, but you can always " -"modify it." -msgstr "" -"По умолчанию он будет использовать значения, которые вы добавили ранее, но " -"вы всегда можете изменить его." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:46 -msgid "Close a session" -msgstr "закройте сессию" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:48 -msgid "" -"When you want to close your session, you now have a *Set Closing Balance* " -"button as well." -msgstr "" -"Если вы хотите закрыть сессию, у вас также есть кнопка * Установить баланс " -"закрытия *." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:51 -msgid "" -"You can then see the theoretical balance, the real closing balance (what you" -" have just counted) and the difference between the two." -msgstr "" -"Затем вы можете увидеть теоретический баланс, реальный баланс закрытия (то, " -"что вы только что подсчитали) и разницу между ними двумя." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:57 -msgid "" -"If you use the *Take Money Out* option to take out your transactions for " -"this session, you now have a zero-sum difference and the same closing " -"balance as your opening balance. You cashbox is ready for the next session." -msgstr "" -"Если вы используете параметр * Забрать деньги *, чтобы изъять свои " -"транзакции для этой сессии, у вас теперь есть разница между нулевой суммой и" -" тем самым балансом закрытия, как начальный баланс. Ваша касса готова для " -"следующей сессии." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:3 -msgid "Cash Rounding" -msgstr "Округление наличных денег" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:4 -msgid "" -"**Cash rounding** is required when the lowest physical denomination of " -"currency, or the smallest coin, is higher than the minimum unit of account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:8 -msgid "" -"For example, some countries require their companies to round up or down the " -"total amount of an invoice to the nearest five cents, when the payment is " -"made in cash." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Each point of sale in Odoo can be configured to apply cash rounding to the " -"totals of its bills or receipts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:16 -msgid "" -"This feature will soon be added to Odoo. We are currently working to make it" -" available for all supported versions as soon as possible." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings` and " -"enable *Cash Rounding*, then click on *Save*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, " -"open the point of sale you want to configure, and enable the *Cash Rounding*" -" option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:31 -msgid "" -"To define the **Rounding Method**, open the drop-down list and click on " -"*Create and Edit...*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Define here your *Rounding Precision*, *Profit Account*, and *Loss Account*," -" then save both the Rounding Method and your Point of Sale settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:41 -msgid "" -"All total amounts of this point of sale now add a line to apply the rounding" -" according to your settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Odoo Point of Sale only support the *Add a rounding line* rounding " -"strategies and *Half-up* rounding methods." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:3 -msgid "Invoice from the PoS interface" -msgstr "Выставления счета с интерфейса точки продаж" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Some of your customers might request an invoice when buying from your Point " -"of Sale, you can easily manage it directly from the PoS interface." -msgstr "" -"Некоторые ваши клиенты могут запрашивать счет-фактуру при покупке с точки " -"продажи, вы можете легко управлять им непосредственно из интерфейса точки " -"продаж." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:9 -msgid "Activate invoicing" -msgstr "Активизируйте выставления счетов" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and" -" select your Point of Sale:" -msgstr "" -"Перейдите к :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of " -"Sale` и выберите свою точку продажи:" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Under the *Bills & Receipts* you will see the invoicing option, tick it. " -"Don't forget to choose in which journal the invoices should be created." -msgstr "" -"В разделе * Счета и квитанции * вы увидите параметр выставления счета, " -"отметьте его. Не забудьте выбрать, в каком журнале должны быть созданы " -"счета-фактуры." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:25 -msgid "Select a customer" -msgstr "Выберите клиента" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:27 -msgid "From your session interface, use the customer button" -msgstr "С интерфейса сессии используйте кнопку клиента" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:32 -msgid "" -"You can then either select an existing customer and set it as your customer " -"or create a new one by using this button." -msgstr "" -"Затем вы можете выбрать существующего клиента и установить его как своего " -"клиента или создать новый с помощью этой кнопки." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:38 -msgid "" -"You will be invited to fill out the customer form with its information." -msgstr "Вам будет предложено заполнить форму клиента со своей информацией." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:41 -msgid "Invoice your customer" -msgstr "Выставьте счет вашему клиенту" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:43 -msgid "" -"From the payment screen, you now have an invoice option, use the button to " -"select it and validate." -msgstr "" -"На экране платежа вы опцию счета-фактуры, воспользуйтесь кнопкой, чтобы " -"выбрать ее и подтвердить." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:49 -msgid "You can then print the invoice and move on to your next order." -msgstr "Затем можно распечатать счет-фактуру и перейти к следующему заказу." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:52 -msgid "Retrieve invoices" -msgstr "Получение счетов-фактур" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Once out of the PoS interface (:menuselection:`Close --> Confirm` on the top" -" right corner) you will find all your orders in :menuselection:`Point of " -"Sale --> Orders --> Orders` and under the status tab you will see which ones" -" have been invoiced. When clicking on a order you can then access the " -"invoice." -msgstr "" -"Выйдя из интерфейса точки продажи ( :menuselection:`Close --> Confirm` в " -"верхнем правом углу), вы найдете все ваши заказы в меню " -":menuselection:`Close --> Confirm` и на вкладке статуса вы увидите , на " -"которые выставлены счета. После нажатия заказ вы сможете получить доступ к " -"счета-фактуры." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:3 -msgid "Log in with employee" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:5 -msgid "" -"With Odoo *Point of Sale*, you can manage multiple cashiers. This feature " -"allows you to keep track of who is working, when and how much each cashier " -"made for that session." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:9 -msgid "" -"There are three ways to switch cashiers in Odoo: by *selecting the cashier*," -" by *entering a PIN code* or by *scanning a barcode*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:13 -msgid "" -"To manage multiple cashiers, you need several employees (at least two)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:16 -msgid "Set up log in with employees" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:18 -msgid "" -"To enable the feature, go to your *PoS settings* and check log in with " -"employees on your *PoS form*. Then, add the employees that have access to " -"the cash register." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:25 -msgid "Now, you can switch cashier easily." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:28 -msgid "Switch without pin codes" -msgstr "Переключатель без PIN-кодов" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:30 -msgid "" -"The easiest way to switch cashiers is without a code. To do so, click on the" -" cashier name in your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:36 -msgid "Now, you just have to click on your name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:42 -msgid "Switch cashier with pin codes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:44 -msgid "" -"You can set a pin code on each cashier. To set up a pin code, go to the " -"employee form and add a security PIN, in the *HR settings tab*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:50 -msgid "Now, when switching cashier, a PIN password will be asked." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:56 -msgid "Switch cashier with barcodes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:58 -msgid "" -"You can ask your employees to log themselves with their badges. To do so, " -"set up a barcode at the same place you add the PIN code. Print the badge and" -" when they will scan it, the cashier will be switched to that employee." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:67 -msgid "Find who was the cashier" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Once you have closed your *PoS session*, you can have an overview of the " -"amount each cashier sold for. To do so, go to the orders menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:75 -msgid "Now, you can open the order and have a summary of the sold products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:3 -msgid "Reprint Receipts" -msgstr "Повторная печать чеков" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Use the *Reprint receipt* feature if you have the need to reprint a ticket." -msgstr "" -"Используйте функцию подтверждения * повторный печати *, если вам нужно " -"повторно печатать чек." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:10 -msgid "" -"To activate *Reprint Receipt*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " -"Configuration --> Point of sale`. and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Reprint Receipt* option." -msgstr "В разделе Счета и чеки вы найдете функцию * Повторная печать чека *." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:17 -msgid "" -"In order to allow the option reprint receipt, you need to activate the " -"receipt printer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:23 -msgid "Reprint a receipt" -msgstr "Повторно введите чек" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:25 -msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Reprint receipt* button." -msgstr "" -"В вашем интерфейсе точки продаж теперь кнопка подтверждения * повторной " -"печати *." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:30 -msgid "When you use it, you can then reprint your last receipt." -msgstr "Когда вы используете его, вы можете повторно печатать последний чек." diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po deleted file mode 100644 index 8448342be..000000000 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,234 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# Ivan Yelizariev <yelizariev@it-projects.info>, 2020 -# Константин Коровин <korovin74@gmail.com>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-11-02 12:05+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Константин Коровин <korovin74@gmail.com>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: ru\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<12 || n%100>14) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%10>=5 && n%10<=9) || (n%100>=11 && n%100<=14)? 2 : 3);\n" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:6 ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:9 -msgid "My Odoo Portal" -msgstr "Мой портал Odoo" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:11 -msgid "" -"In this section of the portal, you will find all the communications between " -"you and Odoo: documents such as quotations, sales orders, invoices and " -"subscriptions." -msgstr "" -"В этой секции портала вы найдете всю коммуникацию между вами и Odoo: " -"документы, такие как коммерческие предложения, заказы на продажу, счета и " -"подписки." - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:15 -msgid "" -"To access this section, you have to log with your username and password to " -"`Odoo <https://www.odoo.com/my/home>`_. If you are already logged in, just " -"click on your name on the top-right corner and select \"My Account\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:23 -msgid "Quotations" -msgstr "Коммерческие предложения" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Here you will find all the quotations sent to you by Odoo. For example, a " -"quotation can be generated for you after adding an application or a user to " -"your database or if your contract has to be renewed." -msgstr "" -"Здесь вы найдете все коммерческие предложения, направленные Odoo. Например, " -"коммерческое предложение может быть создана для вас после добавления заявки " -"или пользователя в вашу базу данных или когда ваш контракт нужно обновить." - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:32 -msgid "" -"The *Valid Until* column shows the date through which the quotation is " -"valid; after that date, the quotation will be \"Expired\". By clicking on " -"the quotation, you will see all the details of the offer, such as the " -"pricing and other useful information." -msgstr "" -"Колонка * Действительно до * показывает дату, до которой действует " -"коммерческое предложение; после этой даты коммерческое предложение будет " -""просроченные". Нажав на коммерческое предложение, вы увидите все " -"детали предложения, такие как цена и другая полезная информация." - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:39 -msgid "" -"If you want to accept the quotation, just click \"Accept & Pay,\" and the " -"quote will get confirmed. If you don't want to accept it, or you need to ask" -" for some modifications, click on \"Ask Changes Reject.\"" -msgstr "" -"Если вы хотите принять коммерческое предложение, просто нажмите " -""Принять и Оплатить," и коммерческое предложение будет " -"подтверждена. Если вы не хотите подтверждать ее или вы хотите попросить о " -"некоторых изменениях, нажмите "Попросить об отклонении изменений."" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:44 -msgid "Sales Orders" -msgstr "Заказы продаж" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:46 -msgid "" -"All your purchases within Odoo (Upsells, Themes, Applications, etc.) will be" -" registered under this section." -msgstr "" -"Все ваши покупки внутри Odoo (к продаже, Темы, Модули и т.д.) будут " -"зарегистрированы в этой секцией." - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:52 -msgid "" -"By clicking on the sale order, you can review the details of the products " -"purchased and process the payment." -msgstr "" -"Нажав на заказ на продажу, вы можете просмотреть детали купленных товаров и " -"обработать платеж." - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:56 -msgid "Invoices" -msgstr "Счета" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:58 -msgid "" -"All the invoices of your subscriptions and/or sales orders will be shown in " -"this section. The tag before the Amount Due will indicate if the invoice has" -" been paid." -msgstr "" -"Все счета ваших подписок и / или заказов на продажу будут отображаться в " -"этой секции. Тег перед задолженной суммой будет указывать, счет-фактуру " -"оплачен." - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Just click on the invoice if you wish to see more information, pay the " -"invoice, or download a PDF version of the document." -msgstr "" -"Просто нажмите на счет, если вы хотите увидеть больше информации, оплатить " -"счет или скачать PDF-версию документа." - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:69 -msgid "Tickets" -msgstr "Заявки" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:71 -msgid "" -"When you submit a ticket through `Odoo Support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`," -" a ticket will be created. Here you can find all the tickets that you have " -"opened, the conversations between you and our Agents, and the statuses and " -"IDs (# Ref) of the tickets." -msgstr "" -"Когда вы отправляете заявку через `Поддержку Odoo " -"<https://www.odoo.com/help> `, Будет создан заявку. Здесь вы можете найти " -"все заявки, которые вы открыли, разговор между вами и нашими агентами, " -"статусы и ID (# Ref) заявок." - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:79 -msgid "Subscriptions" -msgstr "Подписки" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:81 -msgid "" -"You can access your subscriptions with Odoo from this section. The first " -"page shows you the subscriptions that you have and their status." -msgstr "" -"Вы можете получить доступ к вашим подписок через Odoo из этого раздела. " -"Первая страница показывает вам подписки, которые у вас есть, и их статус." - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:87 -msgid "" -"By clicking on the subscription you will access all the details regarding " -"your plan: the number of applications purchased, the billing information, " -"and the payment method." -msgstr "" -"Нажав на подписку, вы получите доступ на все детали вашего плана: количество" -" купленных модулей, информацию о выставлении счета, и метод платежа." - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:91 -msgid "" -"To change the payment method, click on \"Change Payment Method\" and enter " -"the new credit card details." -msgstr "" -"Чтобы изменить способ оплаты, нажмите на "Изменить способ оплаты" " -"и введите новые данные кредитной карты." - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:97 -msgid "" -"If you want to remove the credit cards that are saved, you can do so by " -"clicking on \"Manage your payment methods\" at the bottom of the page. Click" -" \"Delete\" to delete the payment method." -msgstr "" -"Если вы хотите удалить сохраненные кредитные карты, вы можете сделать это, " -"нажав на "Управление вашими методами платежа" внизу страницы. " -"Нажмите "Удалить", чтобы удалить метод платежа." - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:105 -msgid "" -"At the date of the next invoice, if there is no payment information provided" -" or if your credit card has expired, the status of your subscription will " -"change to \"To Renew\". You will then have 7 days to provide a valid method " -"of payment. After this delay, the subscription will be closed, and you will " -"no longer be able to access the database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:111 -msgid "Success Packs" -msgstr "пакеты услуг" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:112 -msgid "" -"With a Success Pack/Partner Success Pack, you are assigned an expert to " -"provide unique personalized assistance to help you customize your solution " -"and optimize your workflows as part of your initial implementation. These " -"hours never expire, allowing you to utilize them whenever you need support." -msgstr "" -"С пакетом услуг / Партнерским пакетом услуг вам предназначен эксперт для " -"предоставления персонализированной помощи в настройке вашего решения и " -"оптимизации ваших рабочих процессов как части вашего внутреннего применения." -" Эти часы никогда не теряют срок действия, позволяя вам использовать их " -"тогда, когда вам нужна поддержка." - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:118 -msgid "" -"If you need information about how to manage your database see " -":ref:`db_online`" -msgstr "" -"Если вам нужна информация о том, как управлять своей базой данных, смотрите:" -" ref: `db_online`" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:121 -msgid "Delete your Odoo.com account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:123 -msgid "" -"In order to delete your Odoo.com account, you have to reach out to our " -"`Support Services <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:126 -msgid "If you want to delete one of your databases, see :ref:`db_online`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:129 -msgid "" -"If you wish instead to formally request the deletion of all the information " -"connected to your email address as per the European Union General Data " -"Protection Regulation (GDPR), please send an email to privacy@odoo.com." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po deleted file mode 100644 index 0d579b27f..000000000 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,26 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Vasiliy Korobatov <korobatov@gmail.com>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Vasiliy Korobatov <korobatov@gmail.com>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: ru\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<12 || n%100>14) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%10>=5 && n%10<=9) || (n%100>=11 && n%100<=14)? 2 : 3);\n" - -#: ../../practical.rst:3 -msgid "Practical Information" -msgstr "Практическая информация" diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7d9af36d3 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po @@ -0,0 +1,2751 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2021 +# Collex100, 2021 +# Irina Fedulova <istartlin@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Ekaterina <nawsikaya@bk.ru>, 2021 +# Ivan Yelizariev // IEL <yelizariev@itpp.dev>, 2021 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-18 07:12+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-05-18 05:18+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Ivan Yelizariev // IEL <yelizariev@itpp.dev>, 2021\n" +"Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: ru\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<12 || n%100>14) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%10>=5 && n%10<=9) || (n%100>=11 && n%100<=14)? 2 : 3);\n" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity.rst:3 +msgid "Productivity" +msgstr "Производительность" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss.rst:4 +msgid "Discuss" +msgstr "Обсуждения" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced" +msgstr "Расширенный" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:3 +msgid "How to Use my Mail Server to Send and Receive Emails in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:6 +msgid "If you are a user of Odoo Online or Odoo.sh..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:8 +msgid "" +"You have nothing to do! **Odoo sets up its own mail servers for your " +"database.** Outgoing and incoming emails work out-of-the-box!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Unless you plan to send large batches of mass mailing that could require the" +" use of an external mail server, simply enjoy your new Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:16 +msgid "Scope of this documentation" +msgstr "Объем данной документации" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:18 +msgid "" +"This document is **mainly dedicated to Odoo on-premise users** who don't " +"benefit from an out-of-the-box solution to send and receive emails in Odoo, " +"unlike `Odoo Online <https://www.odoo.com/trial>`__ & `Odoo.sh " +"<https://www.odoo.sh>`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:25 +msgid "" +"If no one in your company is used to manage email servers, we strongly " +"recommend that you opt for those Odoo hosting solutions. Their email system " +"works instantly and is monitored by professionals. Nevertheless you can " +"still use your own email servers if you want to manage your email server's " +"reputation yourself." +msgstr "" +"Если ни один из вашей компании не используется для управления почтовыми " +"серверами, мы настоятельно рекомендуем вам выбрать эти решения для хостинга " +"Odoo. Их система электронной почты работает мгновенно и контролируется " +"профессионалами. Тем не менее, вы все еще можете использовать собственные " +"почтовые серверы, если хотите самостоятельно управлять вашим сервером " +"электронной почты." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:31 +msgid "" +"You will find here below some useful information on how to integrate your " +"own email solution with Odoo." +msgstr "" +"Ниже вы найдете некоторую полезную информацию о том, как интегрировать " +"собственное решение электронной почты с Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Office 365 email servers don't easily allow to send external emails from " +"hosts like Odoo. Refer to `Microsoft's documentation " +"<https://support.office.com/en-us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-" +"device-or-application-to-send-email-using-" +"Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ to make it work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:39 +msgid "How to manage outbound messages" +msgstr "Как управлять исходящими сообщениями" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:40 +msgid "" +"As a system admin, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and " +"check *External Email Servers*. Then, click *Outgoing Mail Servers* to " +"create one and reference the SMTP data of your email server. Once all the " +"information has been filled out, click on *Test Connection*." +msgstr "" +"Как администратор системы, перейдите к :menuselection:`Settings --> General " +"Settings` и проверьте * внешние серверы электронной почты *. Нажмите * " +"Серверы исходящей почты *, чтобы создать и указать SMTP-данные вашего " +"сервера электронной почты. Когда вся информация будет заполнена, нажмите " +"кнопку * Проверить подключение *." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:45 +msgid "Here is a typical configuration for a G Suite server." +msgstr "Вот типичное настройки сервера G Suite." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:50 +msgid "Then set your email domain name in the General Settings." +msgstr "Затем установите имя домена электронной почты в общих настройках." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:53 +msgid "" +"If you get a ``[AUTHENTICATIONFAILED] Invalid credentials (Failure)`` " +"warning when you *Test Connection* on a Gmail address, activate the *Less " +"secure app access* option. A direct link can be `accessed here " +"<https://myaccount.google.com/lesssecureapps?pli=1>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:57 +msgid "In addition to that, enable the IMAP setting on your Gmail account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:61 +msgid "Can I use an Office 365 server" +msgstr "Можете ли вы использовать сервер Office 365" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:62 +msgid "" +"You can use an Office 365 server if you run Odoo on-premise. Office 365 SMTP" +" relays are not compatible with Odoo Online." +msgstr "" +"Вы можете использовать сервер Office 365, если вы запускаете Odoo на " +"собственном сервере. Реестры SMTP Office 365 несовместимы с Odoo Online." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Please refer to `Microsoft's documentation <https://support.office.com/en-" +"us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-device-or-application-to-send-" +"email-using-Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ to configure" +" a SMTP relay for your Odoo's IP address." +msgstr "" +"Пожалуйста, обратитесь к `документации Microsoft <https://support.office.com" +"/en-us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-device-or-application-to-send-" +"email-using-Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4> `__ для " +"настройки ретранслятора SMTP для вашего IP-адреса Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:69 +msgid "How to use a G Suite server" +msgstr "Как использовать сервер G Suite" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:70 +msgid "" +"You can use an G Suite server for any Odoo hosting type. To do so you need " +"to setup the SMTP relay service. The configuration steps are explained in " +"`Google documentation " +"<https://support.google.com/a/answer/2956491?hl=en>`__." +msgstr "" +"Вы можете использовать сервер G Suite для любого типа хостинга Odoo. Чтобы " +"это сделать, вам необходимо установить обслуживания SMTP. Шаги настройки " +"объясняются в документации `Google " +"<https://support.google.com/a/answer/2956491?hl=en> `__." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:77 +msgid "Be SPF-compliant" +msgstr "Будьте совместимыми с SPF" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:78 +msgid "" +"In case you use SPF (Sender Policy Framework) to increase the deliverability" +" of your outgoing emails, don't forget to authorize Odoo as a sending host " +"in your domain name settings. Here is the configuration for Odoo Online:" +msgstr "" +"Если вы используете SPF (Policy Framework для отправителей), чтобы увеличить" +" производительность выходных электронных писем, не забудьте авторизовать " +"Odoo как отправителя в настройках вашего доменного имени. Вот настройки для " +"Odoo Online:" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:82 +msgid "" +"If no TXT record is set for SPF, create one with following definition: " +"v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com ~all" +msgstr "" +"Если для SPF нет записи TXT, создайте его с последующим определением: v = " +"spf1 include: _spf.odoo.com ~ all" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:84 +msgid "" +"In case a SPF TXT record is already set, add \"include:_spf.odoo.com\". e.g." +" for a domain name that sends emails via Odoo Online and via G Suite it " +"could be: v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com include:_spf.google.com ~all" +msgstr "" +"Если запрос SPF TXT уже установлено, добавьте "include: " +"_spf.odoo.com". например, для доменного имени, которое направляет " +"электронные письма через Odoo Online, и через G Suite это может быть: v = " +"spf1 include: _spf.odoo.com include: _spf.google.com ~ all" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Find `here <https://www.mail-tester.com/spf/>`__ the exact procedure to " +"create or modify TXT records in your own domain registrar." +msgstr "" +"Найдите `здесь <https://www.mail-tester.com/spf/> `__ точную процедуру " +"создания или изменения TXT-записи в собственном регистраторе доменов." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Your new SPF record can take up to 48 hours to go into effect, but this " +"usually happens more quickly." +msgstr "" +"Завершение вашего нового записи SPF может занять до 48 часов, но это, как " +"правило, происходит быстрее." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Adding more than one SPF record for a domain can cause problems with mail " +"delivery and spam classification. Instead, we recommend using only one SPF " +"record by modifying it to authorize Odoo." +msgstr "" +"Добавление нескольких записей SPF для домена может вызвать проблемы с " +"доставкой почты и классификации спама. Вместо этого мы рекомендуем " +"использовать только одна запись SPF, изменяя его, чтобы авторизовать Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:99 +msgid "Allow DKIM" +msgstr "Позвольте DKIM" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:100 +msgid "" +"You should do the same thing if DKIM (Domain Keys Identified Mail) is " +"enabled on your email server. In the case of Odoo Online & Odoo.sh, you " +"should add a DNS \"odoo._domainkey\" CNAME record to " +"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\". For example, for \"foo.com\" they should have " +"a record \"odoo._domainkey.foo.com\" that is a CNAME with the value " +"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\"." +msgstr "" +"Вы должны делать то же самое, если на вашем сервере электронной почты " +"включены DKIM (Domain Keys Identified Mail). В случае с Odoo Online и " +"Odoo.sh, вы должны добавить DNS "odoo._domainkey" запись CNAME на " +""odoo._domainkey.odoo.com". Например, для "foo.com" они " +"должны иметь запись "odoo._domainkey.foo.com", то есть CNAME со " +"значением "odoo._domainkey.odoo.com"." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:108 +msgid "Restriction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:109 +msgid "" +"Please note that the port 25 is blocked for security reasons. Try using 587," +" 465 or 2525." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:114 +msgid "How to manage inbound messages" +msgstr "Как управлять входящими сообщениями" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:116 +msgid "Odoo relies on generic email aliases to fetch incoming messages." +msgstr "" +"Odoo возлагается на общие псевдонимы электронной почты, чтобы получать " +"входящие сообщения." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:118 +msgid "" +"**Reply messages** of messages sent from Odoo are routed to their original " +"discussion thread (and to the inbox of all its followers) by the catchall " +"alias (**catchall@**)." +msgstr "" +"** Ответы сообщений **, отправленных с Odoo, направляются в их оригинальный " +"дискуссионный поток (и в папку "Входящие" всех его пиписникив) с " +"помощью псевдонима catchall (** catchall @ **)." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:122 +msgid "" +"**Bounced messages** are routed to **bounce@** in order to track them in " +"Odoo. This is especially used in `Odoo Email Marketing " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/email-marketing>`__ to opt-out invalid " +"recipients." +msgstr "" +"** Отсканированные сообщение ** направляются на отказ @, чтобы отслеживать " +"их в Odoo. Это особенно используется в `Odoo Email Marketing, " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/email-marketing> `__ чтобы отказаться от " +"недействительных получателей." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:126 +msgid "" +"**Original messages**: Several business objects have their own alias to " +"create new records in Odoo from incoming emails:" +msgstr "" +"** Оригинальные сообщение **: для некоторых бизнес-объектов является " +"собственный псевдоним для создания новых записей в Odoo из входящих " +"сообщений электронной почты:" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Sales Channel (to create Leads or Opportunities in `Odoo CRM " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/crm>`__)," +msgstr "" +"Канал продаж (для создания лидов или возможностей в `Odoo CRM " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/crm> `__)," + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Support Channel (to create Tickets in `Odoo Helpdesk " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/helpdesk>`__)," +msgstr "" +"Поддержка канала (для создания заявок в `Службе поддержки Odoo " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/helpdesk> `__)," + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:133 +msgid "" +"Projects (to create new Tasks in `Odoo Project <https://www.odoo.com/page" +"/project-management>`__)," +msgstr "" +"Проекты (для создания новых задач в `Проекте Odoo <https://www.odoo.com/page" +"/project-management> `__)," + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Job Positions (to create Applicants in `Odoo Recruitment " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/recruitment>`__)," +msgstr "" +"Вакансии (для создания заявок в `Рекрутинга Odoo " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/recruitment> `__)," + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:137 +msgid "etc." +msgstr "и т.д." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Depending on your mail server, there might be several methods to fetch " +"emails. The easiest and most recommended method is to manage one email " +"address per Odoo alias in your mail server." +msgstr "" +"В зависимости от вашего почтового сервера может существовать несколько " +"способов получения сообщений электронной почты. Самый и наиболее " +"рекомендуемый способ заключается в управлении одному адресу электронной " +"почты на псевдонимы Odoo на вашем почтовом сервере." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Create the corresponding email addresses in your mail server (catchall@, " +"bounce@, sales@, etc.)." +msgstr "" +"Создайте соответствующие электронные адреса на своем почтовом сервере " +"(catchall @, bounce @, sales @ и т.д.)." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:145 +msgid "Set your domain name in the General Settings." +msgstr "Установите свое доменное имя в общих настройках." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:150 +msgid "" +"If you use Odoo on-premise, create an *Incoming Mail Server* in Odoo for " +"each alias. You can do it from the General Settings as well. Fill out the " +"form according to your email provider’s settings. Leave the *Actions to " +"Perform on Incoming Mails* blank. Once all the information has been filled " +"out, click on *TEST & CONFIRM*." +msgstr "" +"Если вы используете Odoo на собственном сервере, создайте * входной почтовый" +" сервер * в Odoo для каждого псевдонима. Вы также можете это сделать в общих" +" настройках. Заполните форму в соответствии с вашими настроек поставщика " +"услуг электронной почты. Оставьте * действия, которые нужно выполнить * на " +"входных письмах, пустыми. Когда вся информация будет заполнена, нажмите на *" +" Проверка и подтверждение *." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:159 +msgid "" +"If you use Odoo Online or Odoo.sh, We do recommend to redirect incoming " +"messages to Odoo's domain name rather than exclusively use your own email " +"server. That way you will receive incoming messages without delay. Indeed, " +"Odoo Online is fetching incoming messages of external servers once per hour " +"only. You should set redirections for all the email addresses to Odoo's " +"domain name in your email server (e.g. *catchall@mydomain.ext* to " +"*catchall@mycompany.odoo.com*)." +msgstr "" +"Если вы используете Odoo Online или Odoo.sh, мы рекомендуем переадресовывать" +" входящие сообщения на доменное имя Odoo, а не только использовать свой " +"собственный сервер электронной почты. Таким образом вы получите входящие " +"сообщения без задержки. Действительно, Odoo Online получает входящие " +"сообщения внешних серверов только раз в час. Вы должны установить " +"перенаправления для всех адресов электронной почты к доменному имени Odoo на" +" своем сервере электронной почты (например, *catchall@mydomain.ext*, на " +"*catchall@mycompany.odoo.com*)." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:169 +msgid "All the aliases are customizable in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:167 +msgid "" +"Object aliases can be edited from their respective configuration view. To " +"edit catchall and bounce aliases, you first need to activate the " +":doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:171 +msgid "" +"Then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System " +"Parameters` to customize the aliases (*mail.catchall.alias* & * " +"mail.bounce.alias*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:177 +msgid "" +"By default inbound messages are fetched every 5 minutes in Odoo on-premise. " +"You can change this value in :doc:`Developer mode " +"</applications/general/developer_mode>`. Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions` and look for *Mail: " +"Fetchmail Service*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:186 +msgid "Set up different dedicated servers for transactional and mass mails" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:188 +msgid "" +"Odoo's e-mail server has the capability of sending 200 e-mails per day on " +"Odoo SH Cloud Platform. However, if needed, you can use a separate Mail " +"Transfer Agent (MTA) servers for transactional e-mails and mass mailings. " +"Example: use Odoo's own mail server for transactional e-mails, and Sendgrid," +" Amazon SES, or Mailgun for mass mailings. Another alternative is to use " +"Postmark for transactional e-mails, and Amazon SES or Sendgrid for mass " +"mailings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:196 +msgid "" +"A default outgoing email server is already configured. You should not create" +" an alternative one unless you want to use a specific external outgoing " +"email server for technical reasons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:199 +msgid "" +"To do this, you should first enable the :doc:`Developer mode " +"</applications/general/developer_mode>` and then go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Outgoing` e-mail servers. There " +"you have to create two e-mail MTA server settings. One for transactional " +"e-mails and one for mass mail servers. Be sure to mark the priority of " +"transactional e-mail servers as low as the mass email servers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Now, go to :menuselection:`Email Marketing --> Settings` and enable " +"*Dedicated Server*. With these settings, Odoo uses the server with the lower" +" priority for transactional emails, and the server here selected for mass " +"mails. Note that in this case, you have to set your domain's Sender Policy " +"Framework (SPF) records to include both transactional and mass mail servers." +" If your server resides with xxxx.odoo.com, the available options are " +"Sendinblue and Mailchimp, as your e-mails would be originated from the " +"xxxx.odoo.com domain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:3 +msgid "Email Templates" +msgstr "Шаблоны писем" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:5 +msgid "" +"We all know writing good emails is vital to get a high response rate, but " +"you do not want to rewrite the same structure every time, do you? That is " +"where email templates come in. Without the need to rewrite the entire email " +"structure every time, you save time to focus on the content. Multiple " +"templates also let you deliver the right message to the right audience, " +"improving their overall experience with the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:12 +msgid "Enable it and understand a few concepts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The :doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>` must be " +"activated. Then, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> " +"Templates`. A view of the existing templates is shown." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:18 +msgid "" +"**It is highly recommended not to change the content in existing templates " +"unless the user has prior knowledge about placeholders.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To add a new one, click on *Create* and choose the type of document this " +"template is used with. In the example below, the template would be sent to " +"job applicants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Under *Email Configuration*, fields such as *From*, *To (Emails)*, *To " +"(Partners)*, require placeholders. If the *From* field is not set, the " +"default value is the author’s email alias, if configured, or email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Under *Advanced Settings*, if an *Outgoing Mail Server* is not set, the one " +"with the highest priority is used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:34 +msgid "" +"The option *Auto Delete* permanently deletes the emails after they are sent," +" saving space in your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:37 +msgid "Writing content including placeholder expressions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Under the tab *Dynamic Placeholder Generator*, look for the *Field* you " +"would like to use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Next, copy the *Placeholder Expression* and paste it in the *Body* of the " +"email, under the *Content* tab, using - essentially - the *Code View*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Deactivate the *Code View* option by simply clicking on it again, and easily" +" design the message. Click on *Preview* to check how the email looks before " +"sending it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Обзор" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:3 +msgid "Get Started with Discuss" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Discuss allows you to bring all of your company’s communication together " +"through messages, notes, and chat. Share information, projects, files, " +"prioritize tasks, and stay connected with colleagues and partners throughout" +" applications. Forge better relationships, increase productivity and " +"transparency by promoting a convenient way of communicating." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:11 +msgid "Choose your notifications preference" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Access your *Preferences* and choose how you would like your notifications " +"to be handled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:21 +msgid "" +"By default, the field is set as *Handle by Emails* making messages, notes, " +"and notifications where you were mentioned or that you follow, to be sent " +"through email. By choosing *Handle in Odoo*, they are shown in the *Inbox*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:22 +msgid "Messages can then be *Marked as Todo*, *Replied*, or *Marked as Read*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:28 +msgid "" +"The messages tagged as *Mark as Todo* are also shown in *Starred*, while the" +" ones *Marked as Read* are moved to *History*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:36 +msgid "Start Chatting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:38 +msgid "" +"The first time you log in to your account, OdooBot sends you a message " +"asking for permission to receive desktop notifications to chats. If " +"accepted, you receive push notifications to the messages sent to you despite" +" of where you are in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To stop receiving desktop notifications, reset the notifications settings of" +" your browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:50 +msgid "" +"To start a chat, click on *New Message* on the *Messaging Menu*, or go to " +"*Discuss* and send a *Direct Message*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:58 +msgid "" +"You can also create :doc:`public and private channels <team_communication>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:61 +msgid "Mentions in the chat and on the Chatter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To mention a user within a chat or the chatter type *@user-name*; to refer " +"to a channel, type *#channel-name*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:66 +msgid "" +"A notification is sent to the user mentioned either to his *Inbox* or " +"through email, depending on his settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:73 +msgid "" +"When a user is mentioned, the search list (list of names) suggests values " +"first based on the task’s followers, and secondly on *Employees*. If the " +"record being searched does not match with either a follower or employee, the" +" scope of the search becomes all partners." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:78 +msgid "Chat status" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:80 +msgid "" +"It is helpful to see what colleagues are up to and how quickly they can " +"respond to messages by checking their *Status*. The status is shown on the " +"left side of a contact’s names on Discuss’ sidebar and on the *Messaging " +"menu*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:84 +msgid "Green = online" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:85 +msgid "Orange = away" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:86 +msgid "White = offline" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:87 +msgid "Airplane = out of the office" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:65 +msgid ":doc:`team_communication`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:96 +msgid ":doc:`../advanced/email_servers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:3 +msgid "Get Organized by Planning Activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you plan activities you minimize the risk of uncertainties, as you " +"provide clear directions for the course of your next action. In addition to " +"that, you do not leave space for wasteful activities and reduce the chance " +"of having overlapping actions between team members." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:10 +msgid "Where do I see my schedule activities?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Access and manage your activities wherever you are in Odoo by the " +"*Activities* menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:20 +msgid "Plan activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Activities can be planned and managed from the chatter by clicking on " +"*Schedule activity*, or through Kanban views." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:31 +msgid "Set your activity types" +msgstr "Установите виды деятельности" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:33 +msgid "" +"A number of activities types are available by default in Odoo (call, email, " +"meeting, etc.). However, you can set new ones going to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Activity types`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:42 +msgid "" +"If you need to create an activity type with an available calendar, make sure" +" to create it with an *Action to Perform* set as *Meeting*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:46 +msgid "Recommend next activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Odoo helps you to plan a flow of activities by allowing you to set " +"*Recommended Next Activities*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Once the respective activity is completed, select *Done & Schedule Next* and" +" next steps are suggested to you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:115 +msgid ":doc:`get_started`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:3 +msgid "Efficiently Communicate Using Channels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You can use channels to organize discussions between individual teams, " +"departments, projects, or any other group that requires regular " +"communication. This way, you keep everyone in the loop updated with the " +"latest developments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:10 +msgid "Public and Private channels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:12 +msgid "" +"A *Public* channel can be seen by everyone, while a *Private* one is only " +"visible to users invited to it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:21 +msgid "" +"A public channel is best used when many employees need to access information" +" (such as company announcements), whereas a private channel could be used " +"whenever information should be limited to specific groups (such as a " +"specific department)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:26 +msgid "Configuration options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:28 +msgid "" +"You can configure a channel’s name, description, email alias, and privacy by" +" clicking on the *Channel Settings* icon on the sidebar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:36 +msgid "Privacy and Members" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Changing *Who can follow the group’s activities?* allows you to control " +"which groups can have access to the channel. Note that allowing *Everyone* " +"to follow a private channel lets other users view and join it, as they would" +" a public one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:42 +msgid "" +"If you choose *Invited people only*, go to the *Members* tab to add your " +"members, or, go to Discuss’ main page, select the channel and click on " +"*Invite*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:49 +msgid "" +"For *Selected group of users*, the option *Auto Subscribe Groups* " +"automatically add its members as followers. In other words, while " +"*Authorized Groups* limits which users can access the channel, *Auto " +"Subscribe Groups* automatically adds the user as a member as long as they " +"are part of the group." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:55 +msgid "Use a channel as a mailing list" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Choosing to *Send messages by email* configures the channel to behave as a " +"mailing list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Enabling this option allows you to *Moderate this channel*, meaning that " +"messages will need to be approved before being sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Under the *Moderation* tab choose as many moderators as you need, and if you" +" would like them to receive an *Automatic notification*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Mark *Send guidelines to new subscribers* to automatically send instructions" +" to newcomers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Moderators can: *Accept*, *Reject*, *Discard*, *Always Allow* or *Ban* " +"messages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Members of a mailing channel receive messages through email regardless of " +"their :doc:`notification preference <get_started>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Once a channel is moderated, the menu *Ban List* allows you to add email " +"addresses per moderated channel to auto-ban them from sending messages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:91 +msgid "Quick search bar" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Once at least 20 channels, direct message and live chat conversations (if " +"the module is installed on your database) are pinned in the sidebar, a " +"*Quick search…* bar is displayed. It is a clever way to filter conversations" +" and quickly find the one you need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:103 +msgid "Finding channels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:106 +msgid "" +"Click on *Channels* (on the sidebar), browse through the list of public " +"channels, and join or leave them from a single screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Apply filters criteria and save it for later use. The search function " +"accepts wildcards by using the underscore character *(_)* to represent a " +"single character." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:116 +msgid ":doc:`plan_activities`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot.rst:4 +msgid "Internet of Things (IoT)" +msgstr "Интернет вещей (IoT)" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config.rst:3 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Настройка" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:3 +msgid "Connect an IoT Box to your database" +msgstr "Подключение IoT Box к вашей базе данных" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:5 +msgid "Install the Internet of Things (IoT) App on your Odoo Database." +msgstr "Установите программу Интернет вещей (IoT) на базу данных Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:10 +msgid "Go in the IoT App and click on Connect on the IoT Boxes page." +msgstr "" +"Зайдите в приложение IoT и нажмите на Подключить на странице IoT Boxes." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:15 +msgid "Follow the steps to connect your IoT Box." +msgstr "Следуйте инструкциям по подключению IoT Box." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:21 +msgid "Ethernet Connection" +msgstr "подключение Ethernet" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Connect to the IoT Box all the devices that have to be connected with cables" +" (ethernet, usb devices, etc.)." +msgstr "" +"Подключите к IoT Box все устройства, которые должны быть соединены кабелями " +"(Ethernet, USB-устройства и т.д.)." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:26 +msgid "Power on the IoT Box." +msgstr "Включите IoT Box." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Read the Pairing Code from a screen or a receipt printer connected to the " +"IoT Box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:32 +msgid "Input the Pairing Code and click on the Pair button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Recent changes in modern web browsers forced us to modify the connection " +"wizard. If your screen is different from the screenshots, make sure that the" +" ``iot_pairing`` module is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:40 +msgid "WiFi Connection" +msgstr "Соединение с WiFi" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:42 +msgid "Power on the IoT Box" +msgstr "Включите IoT Box." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:44 +msgid "Copy the token" +msgstr "Скопируйте токен" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Connect to the IoT Box WiFi Network (make sure there is no ethernet cable " +"plugged in your computer)." +msgstr "" +"Подключите WiFi до IoT Box (убедитесь, что в компьютере не подключены кабель" +" Ethernet)." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:53 +msgid "" +"You will be redirected to the IoT Box Homepage (if it doesn't work, connect " +"to the IP address of the box). Give a name to your IoT Box (not required) " +"and paste the token, then click on next." +msgstr "" +"Вы будете перенаправлены на главную страницу IoT Box (если она не работает, " +"подключитесь к IP-адреса коробки). Дайте название вашему IoT Box (не " +"обязательно) и вставьте токен, а затем нажмите кнопку Далее." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:60 +msgid "" +"If you are on Runbot, do not forget to add the -all or -base in the token " +"(e.g. this token **http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-" +"f3f920.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401** should become " +"**http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-f3f920-all.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401**)." +msgstr "" +"Если вы на Runbot, не забудьте добавить -all или -base в токене (например, " +"этот токен ** http: //375228-saas-11-5-iot-f3f920.runbot16.odoo.com \\ | " +"4957098401 ** должен стать ** http: //375228-saas-11-5-iot-" +"f3f920-all.runbot16.odoo.com \\ | 4957098401 **)." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Choose the WiFi network you want to connect with (enter the password if " +"there is one) and click on Submit. Wait a few seconds before being " +"redirected to your database." +msgstr "" +"Выберите сеть WiFi, которую вы хотите подключить (введите пароль, если " +"таковой имеется) и нажмите кнопку Отправить. Подождите несколько секунд, " +"прежде чем перенаправитися в базу данных." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:72 +msgid "You should now see the IoT Box." +msgstr "Теперь вы можете видеть IoT Box." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:78 +msgid "IoT Box Schema" +msgstr "Схема IoT Box" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:3 +msgid "Flashing your SD Card" +msgstr "Запись вашей SD карточки" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In some case, you may need to reflash your IoT Box’s SD Card to benefit from" +" our latest updates." +msgstr "" +"В некоторых случаях вам может понадобиться перепрошивка вашей SD карточки " +"IoT Box, чтобы воспользоваться нашими последними обновлениями." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:9 +msgid "Upgrade from the IoT Box homepage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to the IoT Box homepage, click on *Update*, next to the version number. " +"If a new version of the IoT Box image is available, you will see a *Upgrade " +"to ___* button a the bottom of the page, the IoT Box will then flash itself " +"to the new version of the IoT Box. All of your configurations will be saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:18 +msgid "" +"This process can take more than 30 minutes. Do not turn off or unplug the " +"IoT Box as it would leave it in an inconsistent state." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:25 +msgid "Upgrade with Etcher" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Go to Balena’s website and download `Etcher <https://www.balena.io/>`__. " +"It’s a free and open-source utility used for burning image files. Install " +"and launch it. Download the latest image from `nightly " +"<http://nightly.odoo.com/master/iotbox/>`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Then, open *Etcher* and select *Flash from file*, find the image you just " +"downloaded. Insert the IoT Box SD card into your computer and select it. " +"Click on *Flash* and wait for the process to finish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:3 +msgid "Use the IoT Box for the PoS" +msgstr "Применение IoT Box для точки продаж" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:9 +msgid "Prerequisites" +msgstr "предпосылки" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:11 +msgid "Before starting, make sure you have the following:" +msgstr "Прежде чем начать, убедитесь, что у вас есть:" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:13 +msgid "An IoT Box, with its power adapter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:15 +msgid "A computer or tablet with an up-to-date web browser" +msgstr "Компьютер или планшет с современным веб-браузером" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:17 +msgid "" +"A running SaaS or Odoo instance with the Point of Sale and IoT apps " +"installed" +msgstr "" +"Запущена версия SaaS или Odoo с установленными программами Точки продаж и " +"IoT" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:20 +msgid "A local network setup with DHCP (this is the default setting)" +msgstr "Настройка локальной сети с помощью DHCP (это настройки по умолчанию)" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:22 +msgid "An RJ45 Ethernet Cable (optional, WiFi is built in)" +msgstr "Кабель RJ45 Ethernet (необязательно, встроенный WiFi)" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Any of the supported hardware (receipt printer, barcode scanner, cash " +"drawer, payment terminal, scale, customer display, etc.). The list of " +"supported hardware can be found on the `POS Hardware page " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/point-of-sale-hardware>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:30 +msgid "Set Up" +msgstr "установите" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To connect hardware to the PoS, the first step is to connect an IoT Box to " +"your database. For this, follow this :doc:`documentation <connect>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:36 +msgid "Then, you have to connect the peripheral devices to your IoT Box." +msgstr "Затем, вы должны подключить периферийные устройства к вашему IoT Box." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:38 +msgid "" +"**Printer**: Connect a supported receipt printer to a USB port or to the " +"network and power it on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:41 +msgid "" +"**Cash drawer**: The cash drawer should be connected to the printer with an " +"RJ25 cable." +msgstr "" +"** Кассовая ящик **: кассовая ящик должен быть подключена к принтеру с " +"помощью кабеля RJ25." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:44 +msgid "" +"**Barcode scanner**: Connect your barcode scanner. In order for your barcode" +" scanner to be compatible it must end barcodes with an Enter character " +"(keycode 28). This is most likely the default configuration of your barcode " +"scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:49 +msgid "**Scale**: Connect your scale and power it on." +msgstr "** Весы **: подключите веса и включите их." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:51 +msgid "" +"**Customer Display**: Connect a monitor to the IoT Box using an HDMI cable. " +"You can also access the Customer Display from any other computer by " +"accessing the IoT Box homepage and clicking on the *POS Display* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:56 +msgid "" +"**Payment terminal**: The connection process depends on the terminal, please" +" refer to the :doc:`payment terminals documentation " +"</applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Once it's done, you can connect the IoT Box to your PoS. For this, go in " +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> PoS`, tick *IoT Box* and" +" select the devices you want to use in this Point of Sale. Save the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:68 +msgid "Set up is done, you can launch a new PoS Session." +msgstr "Настройка завершена, вы можете запустить новую сессию Точки продаж." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:3 +msgid "Troubleshooting" +msgstr "Решение проблем" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:6 +msgid "IoT Box Connection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:9 +msgid "I can't find the pairing code to connect my IoT Box" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:11 +msgid "" +"The pairing code should be printed on receipt printers connected to the IoT " +"Box and should also be displayed on connected monitors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:14 +msgid "The pairing code doesn't show under the following circumstances:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:16 +msgid "The IoT Box is already connected to an Odoo database;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:18 +msgid "The IoT Box is not connected to the Internet;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The code is only valid for 5 minutes after the IoT Box has started. It's " +"automatically removed from connected displays when this delay has expired;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:23 +msgid "" +"The version of the IoT Box image is too old. It should use version 20.06 or " +"more recent. If your IoT Box image is from an earlier version, then you will" +" have to reflash the SD card of your IoT Box to update the image (see " +":doc:`Flashing your SD Card <flash_sdcard>`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:28 +msgid "" +"If you are not in any of the cases listed above, make sure that the IoT Box " +"has correctly started, by checking that a fixed green LED is showing next to" +" the micro-USB port." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:33 +msgid "I've connected my IoT Box but it's not showing in my database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:35 +msgid "" +"When you connect an IoT Box to a database, the IoT Box might restart, if " +"that is the case, it might take up to one minute before appearing in your " +"database. If after some time the IoT is still not showing, make sure that " +"your database can be reached from the IoT Box and that your server doesn't " +"use a multi-database environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:42 +msgid "My IoT Box is connected to my database, but cannot be reached" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Make sure that the IoT Box and the device running the browser are located on" +" the same network as the IoT Box cannot be reached from outside the local " +"network." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:49 +msgid "Printer" +msgstr "Принтер" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:52 +msgid "My printer is not detected" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:54 +msgid "" +"If one of your printers doesn't show up in your devices list, go to the IoT " +"Box homepage and make sure that it is listed under *Printers*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:60 +msgid "" +"If your printer is not present on the IoT Box homepage, hit *Printers " +"Server*, go to the *Administration* tab and click on *Add Printer*. If you " +"can't find your printer in the list, it's probably not connected properly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:66 +msgid "My printer outputs random text" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:68 +msgid "" +"For most printers, the correct driver should be automatically detected and " +"selected. However, in some cases, the automatic detection mechanism might " +"not be enough, and if no driver is found the printer might print random " +"characters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:73 +msgid "" +"The solution is to manually select the corresponding driver. On the IoT Box " +"homepage, click on *Printers Server*, go to the *Printers* tab and select " +"the printer in the list. In the Administration dropdown, click on *Modify " +"Printer*. Follow the steps and select the Make and Model corresponding to " +"your printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Epson and Star receipt printers and Zebra label printers do not need a " +"driver to work. Make sure that no driver is selected for those printers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:88 +msgid "My Zebra Printer doesn't print anything" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Zebra printers are quite sensitive to the format of the ZPL code that is " +"printed. If nothing comes out of the printer or blank labels are printed, " +"try changing the format of the report that is sent to the printer by " +"accessing :menuselection:`Settings ~~> Technical ~~> Views` in developer " +"mode and look for the corresponding template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:97 +msgid "Barcode Scanner" +msgstr "Сканер штрих-кода" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:100 +msgid "The characters read by the barcode scanner don't match the barcode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:102 +msgid "" +"By default, we assume that your barcode scanner is configured in US QWERTY. " +"This is the default configuration of most barcode readers. If your barcode " +"scanner uses a different layout, please go to the form view of your device " +"and select the correct one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:108 +msgid "Nothing happens when a barcode is scanned" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Make sure that the correct device is selected in your Point of Sale " +"configuration and that your barcode is configured to send an ENTER character" +" (keycode 28) at the end of every barcode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:115 +msgid "The barcode scanner is detected as a keyboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Some poorly built barcode scanners do not advertise themselves as barcode " +"scanners but as a USB keyboard instead, and will not be recognized by the " +"IoT Box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:121 +msgid "" +"You can manually change the device type by going to its form view and " +"activating the *Is scanner* option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:128 +msgid "Cashdrawer" +msgstr "Денежный ящик" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:131 +msgid "The cashdrawer does not open" +msgstr "Наличный расчет не открывается" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The cashdrawer should be connected to the printer and the *Cashdrawer* " +"checkbox should be ticked in the POS configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices.rst:3 +msgid "Devices" +msgstr "Устройства" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Camera" +msgstr "Подключите камеру" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When using your *IoT Box* in Odoo, you could need to use a camera. As it can" +" be done in a few steps, this device is really easy to configure. Then, you " +"can use it in your manufacturing process and link it to a control point. " +"Doing so will allow you to take pictures when you reach the chosen quality " +"control point." +msgstr "" +"При использовании * IoT Box * в Odoo, вам может потребоваться использование " +"камеры. Это можно сделать в несколько шагов, ведь это устройство легкий в " +"настройке. Затем вы можете использовать его в вашем производстве и " +"объединять с пунктами контроля. Это позволит вам фотографировать в тот " +"момент, когда вы достигаете пункта контроля качества." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:10 +msgid "Connection" +msgstr "подключение" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To connect the camera to the *IoT Box*, simply connect the two by cable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If your camera is a `*supported one* <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-" +"hardware>`__, there is no need to set up anything as it will be detected as " +"soon as it is connected." +msgstr "" +"Если ваша камера `* поддерживается * <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-" +"hardware> `__, тогда не нужно ничего устанавливать, поскольку она будет " +"взначено, как только она будет подключена." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:25 +msgid "Link a Camera to a Quality Control Point" +msgstr "Объедините камеру с пунктом контроля качества" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:34 +msgid "With the Manufacturing app" +msgstr "С модулем производство" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:30 +msgid "" +"In your *Quality app*, you can setup the device on a *Quality Control " +"Point*. Go to the *Control Points* menu, under *Quality Control* and open " +"the control point you want to link with the camera." +msgstr "" +"В вашем * модули Качества * вы можете установить прибор на * Пункт контроля " +"качества *. Перейдите в меню * Пункты контроля * под Контроль качества * и " +"откройте пукт контроля, который вы хотите соединить с камерой." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Now, you can edit the control point and select the device from the dropdown " +"list. Now, hit save." +msgstr "" +"Теперь вы можете редактировать пункт контроля и выбирать прибор с " +"выпадающего списка. Теперь сохраните." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Then, your camera can be used with the picked *Control Point*. During the " +"manufacturing process, reaching the *Quality Control Point* you chose before" +" will allow you to take a picture." +msgstr "" +"Затем вашу камеру можно использовать с выбранным * Пунктом контроля *. В " +"течение процесса производства, достигнув * Пункт контроля качества *, " +"который вы выбирали, перед тем, как вам будет разрешено сделать фото." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Footswitch" +msgstr "Подключите нежный переключатель" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When working, it is always better to have your two hands available. Using " +"Odoo’s *IoT Box* and a footswitch will allow it." +msgstr "" +"Во время работы всегда лучше иметь обе руки свободными. Используя * IoT Box " +"* Odoo и педаль, вы сможете этого достичь." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In fact, you will be able to go from one screen to another and perform " +"actions by using your foot and the footswitch. Really convenient, it can be " +"configured in a few steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Connecting the footswitch to the *IoT Box* is easy, you just have to connect" +" the two by cable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:18 +msgid "" +"If your footswitch is a `supported one <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-" +"hardware>`__, there is no need to set up anything since it will be " +"automatically detected when connected." +msgstr "" +"Если ваша педаль `поддерживается <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-hardware> " +"`__, не нужно ничего устанавливать, как только она будет автоматически " +"определена после подключения." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:26 +msgid "Link a Footswitch to a Workcenter" +msgstr "Соедините педаль с рабочим центром" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To link the footswitch to an action, it needs to be configured on a " +"workcenter. Go to the workcenter you want to use the footswitch in and add " +"the device in the *IoT Triggers* tab. Then, you can link it to an action and" +" also add a key to trigger it." +msgstr "" +"Чтобы соединить педаль с действием, необходимо настроить педаль в рабочем " +"центре. Перейдите в рабочий центр, в котором вы хотите использовать педаль и" +" добавьте устройство на вкладке * Запуски IoT *. Затем вы сможете соединить " +"ее с действием, а также добавить ключ для ее запуска." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Note that the one that is first in the list will be chosen. So, the order " +"matters! In the picture above, using the footswitch will, for example, " +"automatically skip the current part of the process you work on." +msgstr "" +"Запишите, что из списка будут выбраны первое устройство. Поэтому порядок " +"имеет значение! Как показано на картинке ниже, используя педаль, будет " +"автоматически пропущен текущую часть процесса, с которой вы работаете." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:41 +msgid "" +"When you are on the work order screen, a status button indicates if you are " +"correctly connected to the footswitch." +msgstr "" +"Когда вы на форме рабочего заказ, кнопка статуса указывает, вы правильно " +"подключили педаль." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Measurement Tool" +msgstr "Подключите инструмент измерения" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With Odoo’s *IoT Box*, it is possible to connect measurement tools to your " +"database. Find the list of supported devices here: `Supported devices " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-hardware>`__,." +msgstr "" +"С * IoT Box * Odoo возможно подключить инструменты измерения к вашей базе " +"данных. Найдите список поддерживаемых устройств здесь: `Поддерживаемые " +"устройства <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-hardware> `__ ,." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:10 +msgid "Connect in USB" +msgstr "Подключите через USB" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To add a device connected by USB, just plug the USB cable in the *IoT Box*, " +"and the device should appear in your Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:19 +msgid "Connect in Bluetooth" +msgstr "Подключитесь через Bluetooth" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Activate the Bluetooth on your device (see your device manual for further " +"explanation) and the IoT Box will automatically try to connect to the " +"device." +msgstr "" +"Активируйте Bluetooth на вашем устройстве (см. Руководство по устройству для" +" дальнейшего объяснения) и IoT Box автоматически попытается подключиться к " +"устройствам." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:25 +msgid "Here is an example of what it should look like:" +msgstr "Вот пример, как это должно выглядеть:" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:31 +msgid "Link a measurement tool to a quality control point" +msgstr "Соедините инструмент измерения пункту контроля качества" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:36 +msgid "" +"In your *Quality app*, you can setup a device on your *Quality Control " +"Points*. To do so, go to the *Control Points* menu, under *Quality Control* " +"and open the control point to which you want to assign a measurement tool." +msgstr "" +"В вашем * модули Качества *, вы можете установить устройство в ваши * Пункты" +" контроля качества *. Чтобы сделать это, перейдите в меню * Пункты контроля " +"* под * Контролем качества * и откройте пункт контроля, в который вы хотите " +"назначить инструмент измерения." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Now, you can edit the control point and choose the device from the dropdown " +"list. Then, hit save." +msgstr "" +"Теперь вы можете редактировать пункт контроля и выбирать устройство из " +"выпадающего списка. Сохраните настройки." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Now, your measurement tool is linked to the chosen *Control Point*. The " +"value, which needs to be changed manually, will be automatically updated " +"while the tool is being used." +msgstr "" +"Теперь ваш инструмент измерения соединены с избранным * Пунктом контроля *. " +"Значение, которое требует изменений вручную, автоматически обновлен, пока " +"используется инструмент." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Printer" +msgstr "Подключите принтер" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When using your *IoT Box* in Odoo, you could need to use a printer. Doing so" +" is easy and convenient as it can be done in a few steps. Then, you can use " +"it to print receipts, orders or even reports in different Odoo apps." +msgstr "" +"Используя * IoT Box * в Odoo, вам может понадобиться принтер. Сделать это " +"можно легко и просто всего за несколько шагов. ПТМ вы сможете использовать " +"принтер для печати чеков, заказов или даже отчетов в различных модулях Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:13 +msgid "" +"The IoT Box supports printers connected through USB, network or Bluetooth. " +"`Supported printers <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-hardware>`__ will be " +"detected automatically and will appear in the *Devices* list of your IoT " +"app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:18 +msgid "The printer can take up to two minutes to appear in your devices list." +msgstr "Принтер может появляться в списке устройств в течение двух минут." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:24 +msgid "Link the Printer" +msgstr "Подключите принтер" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:27 +msgid "To Work Orders" +msgstr "К рабочим заказов" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:29 +msgid "" +"You can link *Work Orders* to printers via a *Quality Control Point* to " +"print labels for manufactured products." +msgstr "" +"Вы можете соединить * Рабочие заказ * с принтерами через * Пункт контроля " +"качества * для печати этикеток изготовленных товаров." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To do so, you need to create a *Quality Control Point* from the *Quality* " +"app. Then, you can select the correct manufacturing operation and the work " +"order operation. In type, choose *Print Label* and hit save." +msgstr "" +"Для этого вам необходимо создать * Пункт контроля качества * из модуля * " +"Качество *. Затем вы можете выбрать корректировать производственную операцию" +" и операцию рабочего заказ. В типе выберите * Печать этикет * и сохраните." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Now, each time you reach the quality control point for the chosen product, a" +" *Print Label* button will appear." +msgstr "" +"Теперь каждый раз, когда вы достигаете пункта контроля качества для " +"выбранного товара, будет появляться кнопка * Печать этикетки *." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:47 +msgid "To Reports" +msgstr "отчетам" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:49 +msgid "" +"You can also link a type of report to a certain printer. In the *IoT* app, " +"go to the *Devices* menu and select the printer you want to set up." +msgstr "" +"Вы также можете соединить тип отчета по определенным принтером. В модуле * " +"IoT * перейдите в меню * Устройства * и выберите принтер, который вы хотите " +"установить." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:56 +msgid "Now, go to the *Printer Reports* tab." +msgstr "Теперь перейдите на вкладку * Отчеты принтера *." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Hit edit and then, click on *Add a line*. In the window that shows up, check" +" all the types of reports that should be linked to this printer. Click on " +"select and save." +msgstr "" +"Нажмите редактировать и на * Добавить строку *. В открывшемся окне, " +"проверьте все типы отчетов, которые будут связаны с этим принтером. Нажмите " +"выбрать и сохранить." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Now, each time you click on *Print* in the control panel, instead of " +"downloading a PDF, it will send it to the selected printer and automatically" +" print it." +msgstr "" +"Теперь каждый раз, когда вы нажимаете на * Печать * в контрольной панели, " +"вместо загрузки PDF, система пришлет файл на выбранный принтер и " +"автоматически распечатает его." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:73 +msgid "Print Receipts from the PoS" +msgstr "Печатайте чеки с Точки продаж" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:75 +msgid "" +"You can link a printer to your *Point of Sale* app so you can print receipts" +" directly from your *PoS*." +msgstr "" +"Вы можете соединить принтер с вашим модулем * Точка продажи *, поэтому вы " +"можете печатать чеки прямо с вашего * Точки продаж *." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Doing so is really easy. Go to your *Point of Sale* app and open your *Point" +" of Sale* settings, under *Configuration*. There, click on *Edit* and check " +"the *IoT Box* feature. Then, choose your *Receipt Printer* from the " +"dropdown." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Now, you will be able to print different kinds of tickets from your *POS*: " +"**receipts**, **sale details** and **bills**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Receipts are printed once the order is validated. The process is automated " +"when you enable the feature in your *PoS* configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Sales details can be printed by clicking on the printer icon on the navbar " +"at the top of the *PoS*. It will print the details of the sales of the " +"current day." +msgstr "" +"Детали продаже можно распечатать, когда вы нажимаете на иконку печати на " +"верхней панели * Точки продаж *. Она распечатает детали продажи текущего " +"дня." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:99 +msgid "" +"As for the bill, it is only available in restaurant mode. In your restaurant" +" settings, activate *Print Bills* and a *Bill* button will appear in the " +"left panel of the *PoS*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:107 +msgid "Print Orders in the kitchen" +msgstr "Печатайте заказ на кухне" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:109 +msgid "In restaurant mode, you can send order tickets to the kitchen." +msgstr "В режиме ресторана вы можете присылать квитанции заказ на кухню." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:111 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to the *PoS* app and open your *PoS* settings. Then, tick " +"*Order Printer*." +msgstr "" +"Для этого перейдите в модуль * Точки продаж * и откройте ваши настройки * " +"Точки продаж *. Отметив * Принтеры заказов *." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Now, go to the *Printers* menu. Hit create, select the printer from the " +"dropdown and, in the *Printer Product Categories* field, choose all the " +"categories of products that should be printed on this printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:124 +msgid "" +"In the *PoS*, when you add or remove a product from one of the selected " +"categories, the button *Order* will be green. If you click on it, the IoT " +"Box will print a receipt on the corresponding printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Scale" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When using your **IoT Box** in Odoo, you could need to use a scale. Doing so" +" is easy and convenient as it can be done in a few steps. Then, you can use " +"it in your **Point of Sale app** to weigh your products, which is helpful if" +" their price are based on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:12 +msgid "To link the scale to the **IoT Box**, connect them with a cable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:15 +msgid "In some cases, a serial to USB adapter may be needed." +msgstr "В некоторых случаях может понадобиться USB-адаптер." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If your scale is `compatibale with Odoo IoT Box <https://www.odoo.com/page" +"/iot-hardware>`_, there is no need to set up anything because it will be " +"automatically detected as soon as it is connected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You may need to restart the box and download your scales’ drivers from the " +"box in some cases. To do so, go to the *IoT Box Home Page* and click on " +"*drivers list*. Then, click on load drivers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:32 +msgid "Use a Scale in Point of Sale" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To use the scale in your *Point of Sale* app, go to :menuselection:`Point of" +" Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, open the one you want to " +"configure, then click on *Edit* and enable the *IoT Box* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Now, choose the *IoT Box* in the dropdown menu and check the *Electronic " +"Scale* option. Then, you hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:49 +msgid "" +"The scale is now available in all your *PoS* sessions. Then, if a product " +"has a price per weight set, clicking on it on the *PoS* screen opens the " +"scale screen, where the cashier can weigh the product and add the correct " +"price to the cart." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:3 +msgid "Studio" +msgstr "Студия" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts.rst:3 +msgid "Concepts" +msgstr "понятие" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:3 +msgid "Understanding Automated Actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:6 +msgid "" +"Automated actions are used to trigger actions. They are based on conditions " +"and happen on top of Odoo’s default business logic." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Examples of automated actions include: creating a next activity upon a " +"quote's confirmation; adding a user as a follower of a confirmed invoice if " +"its total is higher than a certain amount; or preventing a lead from " +"changing stage if a field is not filled in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Let's understand how to properly define *when* an automated action runs and " +"*how* to create one:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:18 +msgid "" +"The first step is to choose the :doc:`Model <understanding_general>` on " +"which the action is applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:19 +msgid "" +"The **Trigger** field defines the event that causes the automated action to " +"happen:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:21 +msgid "" +"*On Creation*: when a new record is created. Note that the record is created" +" once saved for the first time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:23 +msgid "" +"*On Update*: when the record is updated. Note that the update happens once " +"the record is saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:24 +msgid "" +"*On Creation & Update*: on the creation and/or on the update of a record " +"once the form is saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:25 +msgid "*On Deletion*: on the removal of a record under the condition set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:26 +msgid "" +"*Based on Form Modification*: when the value of the specified *Trigger* " +"field is changed in the interface (user sees the changes before saving the " +"record). Note that this action can only be used with the *Execute Python " +"Code* action type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:29 +msgid "" +"*Based on Timed Condition*: a delay happens after a specific date/time. Set " +"a *Delay after trigger date* if you need a delay to happen before the " +"*Trigger Date*. Example: to send a reminder 15min before a meeting. If the " +"date/time is not set on the form of the model chosen, the date/time " +"considered is the one of the creation/update of the record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:34 +msgid "For every Trigger option, **conditions** can be applied, such as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:36 +msgid "" +"*Before Update Domain*: if designated, this condition must be satisfied " +"before the record is updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:38 +msgid "" +"*Apply on*: if designated, this condition must be satisfied before executing" +" the action rule (*Action To Do*), and after the update." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The **Active** option is to be turned off when the rule should be hidden and" +" not executed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Under **Action To Do** choose the type of server action that must be " +"executed once records meet the *Trigger* conditions:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:45 +msgid "" +"*Execute Python Code*: a block of code is executed. A *Help* tab with the " +"variables that can be used is available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:47 +msgid "*Create New Record*: a new record with new values is created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:48 +msgid "*Update a Record*: updates the record that triggered the action." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:49 +msgid "" +"*Execute several actions*: defines an action that triggers other server " +"actions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:50 +msgid "" +"*Send Email*: an automatic :doc:`email " +"<../../discuss/advanced/email_template>` is sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:51 +msgid "*Add Followers*: followers are notified of changes in the task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:52 +msgid "" +"*Create Next Activity*: creates an activity such as: *Call*, *Email*, " +"*Reminder*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:53 +msgid "" +"*Send SMS Text Message*: sends an :doc:`SMS " +"</applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:56 +msgid "Example" +msgstr "пример" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:58 +msgid "" +"This is the process of which the update of the *Email* field on the " +"Lead/Opportunity *Model*, with a *Trigger Condition* set to *On Update*, " +"goes through:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:65 +msgid "The user creates the record without an email address set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:66 +msgid "The user updates the record defining an email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Once the change is saved, the automation checks if any of the *Watched " +"Fields* are being updated (for the example: field name *email_from* (Email)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:69 +msgid "" +"If true, it checks if the record matches the *Before Update Domain* (for the" +" example: *email is not set*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:71 +msgid "" +"If true, it checks (*after the update*) whether the record matches the " +"*Apply on* domain (for the example: *email is set*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:73 +msgid "If true, the chosen *Action To Do* is performed on the record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:76 +msgid ":doc:`understanding_general`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:77 +msgid ":doc:`../use_cases/automated_actions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:3 +msgid "Understanding General Concepts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Odoo Studio is a toolbox that allows you to add models or adapt " +"functionalities on top of Odoo’s standard behavior without coding knowledge." +" You can also create custom views and modify existing ones without having to" +" get into the XML code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Even for experienced developers, typing out code requires time. By using " +"Odoo Studio, you can quickly get your models up and going and focus on the " +"crucial parts of your application. The result is a user-friendly solution " +"that makes customizations and designing new applications easy with or " +"without programming skills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:15 +msgid "Getting started" +msgstr "Начиная работу" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:17 +msgid "" +"One you start using Odoo Studio, you automatically create a new *module* " +"that contains all your modifications. These modifications can be done on " +"existing screens (*views*), by adding new *fields* in existing applications," +" or by creating an entirely new *model*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:22 +msgid "What is a Module?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:25 +msgid "" +"An Odoo **Module** can contain a number of elements, such as: business " +"objects (models), object views, data files, web controllers, and static web " +"data. An application is a collection of modules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:29 +msgid "" +"In object-oriented programming, models usually represent a concept from the " +"real world. Example: Odoo has models for Sales Orders, Users, Countries, " +"etc. If you were to build an application to manage Real Estate sales, a " +"model that represents the Properties for sale would probably be your first " +"step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:38 +msgid "What is a Model (also called Object)?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:40 +msgid "" +"A **Model** determines the logical structure of a database and fundamentally" +" determines in which manner data can be stored, organized, and manipulated. " +"In other words, a model is a table of information that can be bridged with " +"other tables." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:45 +msgid "What are Fields?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:47 +msgid "" +"**Fields** compose models. It is where a record (a piece of data) is " +"registered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Example: on the Real Estate application, fields on the Properties model " +"would include the price, address, a picture, a link to the current owner, " +"etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:50 +msgid "" +"There are 2 main types of fields in Odoo: *basic (or scalar) fields* and " +"*relational fields*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Basic fields represent simple values, like numbers or text. Relational " +"fields represent relations between models. So, if you have a model for " +"*Customers* and another one for *Properties*, you would use a relational " +"field to link each Property to its Customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:56 +msgid "Relational Fields in detail" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:59 +msgid "" +"**Relational Fields** provide the option to link the data of one model with " +"the data of another model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:60 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, relational field types are: *One2many*, *Many2one*, *Many2many*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:66 +msgid "" +"An **One2many** field is a *one-way* direction of selecting *multiple* " +"records from a table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Example: a Sales Order can contain multiple Sales Order Lines, which also " +"contain multiple fields of information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:69 +msgid "" +"A **Many2one** field is a *one-way* direction of selecting *one* record from" +" a table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Example: you can have many product categories, but each product can only " +"belong to one category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:71 +msgid "" +"A **Many2many** field is a *two-way* direction of selecting records from a " +"table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:72 +msgid "Example: multiple tags can be added to a lead’s form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:75 +msgid "An *One2many* field must have a *Many2one* related to it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:78 +msgid "What are Views?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:80 +msgid "" +"**Views** define how records are displayed. They are specified in XML which " +"means that they can be edited independently from the models that they " +"represent. There are various types of views in Odoo, and each of them " +"represents a mode of visualization. Some examples are: *form*, *list*, " +"*kanban*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:85 +msgid "What is a Menu?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:87 +msgid "" +"A **Menu** is a button that executes and action. In Odoo Studio, to create " +"menus (models) and rearrange their hierarchy, click on *Edit Menu*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:95 +msgid "`Studio Basics <https://www.odoo.com/fr_FR/slides/studio-31>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to.rst:3 +msgid "How To" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/export_import.rst:3 +msgid "Export and Import Modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/export_import.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you do customizations in Odoo Studio, a new module is created in your " +"database, making it easy to use Studio for prototyping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/export_import.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To export these customizations, activate Studio on the main dashboard and, " +"under the menu *Customizations*, click on *Export*. The default filename is " +"*customizations.zip*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/export_import.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The module created contains the definition of custom models and fields, as " +"well as the UI elements of any customization in an XML format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/export_import.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To import and install the customizations in another instance, connect to the" +" destination database, activate Studio and, under *Customizations*, click on" +" *Import*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/export_import.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Studio does not know which apps are customized (because the same view can be" +" modified on different apps), therefore, it *does not* add the underlying " +"modules as dependencies of the exported module. In other words, the " +"applications installed on the source database should be installed on the " +"destination database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:3 +msgid "Customizing the Rainbow Man" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The Rainbow Man in Odoo is an animation shown once the user completes " +"certain tasks and clicks on certain buttons. It is a way to make the " +"software fun to use, and rewarding, for employees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:13 +msgid "" +"On most buttons in Odoo, such as *Send by Email*, *Confirm* or *Cancel*, " +"once they are selected in Studio, under their *Properties*, the *Rainbow " +"Man* effect can be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:14 +msgid "By default, the feature is active:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:16 +msgid "when opportunities are marked as won;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:17 +msgid "when users empty their inboxes;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:18 +msgid "when the user finishes a tour;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:19 +msgid "when the user finishes doing reconciliations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:3 +msgid "Customizing Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses HTML and CSS technologies to create reports. HTML is a markup " +"language that uses tags, also called elements. It is the core of any webpage" +" because it provides its basic structure. CSS interacts with HTML elements " +"to add style to the page, establishing how the HTML is shown to the user. " +"Odoo’s reports also use Bootstrap’s grid layout, which is the containers, " +"rows, and columns to align content, and support Odoo's website themes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:11 +msgid "" +"When creating a new report, choose the purpose of it and if you would like " +"the report to include header and footer (company logo, name, address, phone," +" email address, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Under the tab **Add**, you find the fields to be dragged and dropped to the " +"view. *Fields*, *Data tables*, *Subtotal & Total*, and *Address Book* are " +"dynamic elements (meaning that they need a :doc:`one2many or a many2many " +"<../concepts/understanding_general>` related object). *Text*, *Title Block*," +" *Image*, and *Text in Cell* are static elements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Once the element is added to the view, select it to see its **Options**. The" +" first section shows the hierarchy of the selected object and its " +"properties, allowing you to individually edit them. Fields with related " +"objects have their directives shown on *Field Expression*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Under **Visible if**, define the rule(s) to set visibility conditions to " +"fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Example: if choosing to display a product image, you could set a visibility " +"rule to only display the ones that are *set* in the product form, avoiding " +"having a plain icon when they are not set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:40 +msgid "" +"**Visible for** is used to set which :doc:`groups " +"</applications/general/odoo_basics/users>` can have access to specific " +"elements in the report. **Limit visibility to groups**, under *Report*, sets" +" the visibility of the report to specifics groups, meaning that users " +"belonging to other groups do not see the same final document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Under the **Report** tab, name your report, choose the paper format, and if " +"the report should be added to the *Print* menu list on its respective " +"document form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:53 +msgid "" +"If activating the :doc:`Developer mode " +"</applications/general/developer_mode/activate>`, additional fields such as " +"*Class* under *Options*, and *Reload from attachment* under *Report*, become" +" visible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:56 +msgid "" +"*Class*: add custom CSS classes to the selected element (e.g. Bootstrap " +"classes such as *text-danger*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:59 +msgid "" +"*Reload from attachment*: saves the report as an attachment of the document " +"when printed. When the report is reprinted, it re-downloads that attachment " +"instead of re-printing it. This means that if the underlying record (e.g. " +"Invoice) changes when compared to the first impression, the report does not " +"reflect the changes because they were done after the attachment was created." +" This is typically useful for reports linked to documents that should not " +"change, such as Invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Actions in Odoo Studio can be undone until you *Close* the toolbox. Once you" +" have closed Studio, changes can not be undone anymore." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases.rst:3 +msgid "Use Cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Use Cases: Automated Actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 1: when a Belgian lead is created, a 3-stars priority should" +" be automatically applied.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:8 +msgid "Under *Automations*, click on *Create* and set the following rules:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:10 +msgid "*Model*: Lead/Opportunity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:11 +msgid "*Active*: On" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:12 +msgid "*Trigger*: On Creation & Update" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:13 +msgid "*Apply on*: Country > Country Name = Belgium" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:53 +msgid "*Action To Do*: Update the Record" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:15 +msgid "*Data to Write*: Lead/Opportunity > Value > 3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Check :doc:`this doc <filters_status_bar>` in order to have another " +"automated action example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:25 +msgid ":doc:`../concepts/understanding_automated_actions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/views.rst:28 +msgid ":doc:`../concepts/understanding_general`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Use Cases: Filters and Status Bar" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 1: on Sales, set a filter on Belgian customers and define it" +" as the default one (the user should still be able to unset the filter).**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:8 +msgid "" +"On your customer’s page, use *Filters* > *Add Custom Filter* to group " +"customers by country. Now, under *Favorites*, *Save Current Search* enabling" +" *Use by default* and *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:15 +msgid "" +"On *Filter Rules* in Studio mode, select the respective filter and enable " +"*Default Filter*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:21 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 2: add a status bar on the product form to manage its life " +"cycle. Set the values: ‘Prototype’, ‘In use’ and ‘Deprecated’. By default, " +"the Kanban view must be grouped by status.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:26 +msgid "" +"On your product form, *Add a pipeline status bar* and name its values. " +"Status bars are *selection* fields that give you the ability to follow a " +"specific flow. They are useful to show you the progress that has been made." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:28 +msgid "" +"On the *Views* menu, access *Kanban* and, under its *View* options, set the " +"*Default Group by* as *Pipeline status bar*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Now, open your product form and set the right status for that product. As " +"you move products throughout stages (also through the product’s form), " +"stages are shown in the Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To make modifications in the pipeline status bar, for example, remember to " +"go back to *Form View*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:44 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 2.a: when a product goes from ‘In use’ to ‘Deprecate’, set " +"its cost to 0€.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Create an :doc:`automated action " +"<../concepts/understanding_automated_actions>` with the selected values:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:49 +msgid "*Model*: Product Template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:50 +msgid "*Trigger*: On Update" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:51 +msgid "*First Domain*: Pipeline status bar = In use" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:52 +msgid "*Second Domain*: Pipeline status bar = Deprecated" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:54 +msgid "*Data to Write*: Cost (Product Template) > Value > 0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Use Cases: Creating Models and Adding Fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 1: on the leads’ form, if the chosen country is France, show" +" a field 'Pay by check?'**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:8 +msgid "" +"On your leads’ form, add a *Related Field* to *Country > Country Name*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Now, add a *Checkbox* field and define its invisibility options as *Country*" +" (carefully select the one just created) *> is not = > France.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:11 +msgid "You can now hide the related field created (*Country*) if you wish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Another approach is to use the country’s ID. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Contacts --> Configuration --> Countries`, select France " +"(for example), and on the URL check its *ID*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:21 +msgid "" +"The related field invisibility path should now be *Country* (carefully " +"select the one just created) *> is not = > 75*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:22 +msgid "Again, hide the related field with the country’s ID if you prefer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:28 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 2: create a model called 'Properties' and add fields called:" +" company, value, name, address, active, image.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:31 +msgid "" +"From the dashboard, (optionally) start a new module. Then, click on *Edit " +"Menu* and start a *New Menu* (model). Set your menu name and *Confirm*. Now," +" on its form, drag & drop the necessary fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:39 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 2.a: now, you would like to have a model called 'Regions' to" +" which each property must be linked. And, on 'Regions', you would like to " +"see the properties for each region.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Go to *Edit Menu > New Menu* and create your menu, calling it *Regions*. Add" +" the necessary fields on its form by dragging & dropping them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Now, in the form view of *Properties*, add a *Many2one* field with a " +"relation to your model *Region*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:48 +msgid "" +"The *Existing Fields* are the ones that are on the current model but not yet" +" in the view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Now, go to the model *Regions*, select the form view, and add a status " +"button selecting *Regions (Properties)* as your relational field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:62 +msgid "" +"*Status buttons* are computed fields, meaning that they count the numbers of" +" records on the related model, and allow you to access them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:69 +msgid "" +"When searching for relations, click on *Search more* and filter it by " +"*Custom*. This way you avoid creating duplicates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:76 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 2.b: in the model 'Properties', show all the tags as " +"checkboxes instead of tags.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Once the field *Tags* is added to the form, select it and, under its " +"*Properties > Widgets*, choose *Checkboxes*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:85 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 3: on the leads’ form, add a selection field with the " +"values:'Tags' & 'List' & 'Checkboxes'. According to the value of the field, " +"show tags as many2many_tags, many2many_radio, or many2many(_list).**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:89 +msgid "" +"In your form view, add a *Tags* field and relate it to *Partners Tag*. Under" +" *Properties*, define its *Widget* as *Many2many*. Do the same process " +"another 2 times for *Checkboxes* and *Tags*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:96 +msgid "Now, add a *Selection* field and the necessary values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Continue by selecting your *Tags* fields, one by one, to set their " +"*Invisible* options according to their *Widget*. In the example below, the " +"invisibility rule for the *Partner Tags* is set as: *Select Tag type > is " +"not = > Tags.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:105 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 4: on a quotation’s form, add a selection field called " +"'Manager Validation' with the values: ‘Accepted’ and ‘Refused’. Only a sales" +" manager can see it, and the field should be set as mandatory if the untaxed" +" amount is higher than 500€.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:109 +msgid "" +"On your quotation form, add a *Selection* field with the values *Accepted* " +"and *Refused*. Set its *Required* condition as *Untaxed Amount > 500* and " +"the *Limit visibility to groups* as *Sales / Administrator* or managers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:117 +msgid "**Case scenario 5: change the tooltip of a field for all views.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Activate the :doc:`Developer mode " +"</applications/general/developer_mode/activate>` and open Studio." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Select the necessary field and, under *Properties*, click on *More* to write" +" your tooltip message on *Field Help*. The tooltip message is the " +"explanatory message shown when the user hovers the field. The message here " +"written is displayed on all views forms where the field is added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:129 +msgid "" +"The *Field Help* message can only be applied to *new* fields. If you would " +"like to change/apply a tooltip for a specific field, use the *Help Tooltip* " +"option under *Properties*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/views.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Use Cases: Views" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/views.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 1: in Sales, show orders in a Kanban View instead of a List " +"View.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/views.rst:7 +msgid "" +"From the Sales page, access Studio and, under *Views*, set the *Kanban* " +"option as the default one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/views.rst:14 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 2: allow for the list of leads to be edited inline without " +"having to switch to the form view.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/views.rst:19 +msgid "" +"On the *List View*, under *View* > *Editable*, choose between *New record on" +" top* or *New record at the bottom*. This way, besides defining the order in" +" which new records are displayed in the view, you are able to edit them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/views.rst:21 +msgid "" +"If the field is left blank, no editing is possible and records are shown " +"based on your column preferences on the lead's page (front-end)." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/project.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/project.po deleted file mode 100644 index 03b7b33c8..000000000 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/project.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,144 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: ru\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<12 || n%100>14) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%10>=5 && n%10<=9) || (n%100>=11 && n%100<=14)? 2 : 3);\n" - -#: ../../project.rst:5 -msgid "Project" -msgstr "Проект" - -#: ../../project/planning.rst:3 -msgid "Planning" -msgstr "Планирование" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:3 -msgid "Forecast Resources Across Projects" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Allocate the needed time for specific tasks under a planned shift. Once that" -" is done, analyse Key Performance Indicators (KPIs), so you can evaluate " -"your employees’ performance and workload, besides the progress of your " -"projects/tasks when comparing the planned and effective hours." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:10 -msgid "Allocate times under shifts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:12 -msgid "" -"When planning a shift, in the *Planning* application, create a project and a" -" task on the fly, or simply select the one you want." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:20 -msgid "" -"*Allocated Time (%)* allows you to define the percentage of time you would " -"like your employee to work on that specific task during his shift. See that " -"information in hours on *Allocated hours*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:22 -msgid "" -"The calculation shows you how many hours out of the total shift time (*End " -"date* - *Start date*) are spent by the employee on that task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:24 -msgid "" -"On :menuselection:`Project --> Planning --> By Project`, immediately see the" -" total number of employees allocated per project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:31 -msgid "Compare forecast hours with the effective ones" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Now, once the employee has timesheeted his hours in the task, go to " -"*Project* and with the *View list*, under *All Tasks*, conveniently see the " -"*Planned Hours* compared to the *Remaining Hours*, and a calculation of the " -"*Progress*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:42 -msgid "Reminder: the option *Timesheets* has to be enabled on your project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks.rst:3 -msgid "Tasks" -msgstr "Задачи" - -#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:3 -msgid "Create Project's Tasks from an Email Alias" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When you already have an email address that customers know from the top of " -"their heads, changing it is the last thing you want to do. Instead, link " -"that address to your project and transform those conversations into " -"structured work. It automatically creates a task in the first stage of a " -"project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:11 -msgid "Set up an incoming email server" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:14 -msgid "" -"On the *Settings* application, enable *External Email Servers* and define " -"the incoming email alias you would like to use." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:15 -msgid "**For more information**: :doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_servers`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:18 -msgid "Configure the email alias in your project" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Now that you have the incoming email server set up, go to " -":menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects --> Edit`. Under the " -"*Emails* tab, define the wanted email alias and choose the policy to receive" -" a message." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:23 -msgid "In addition, you can now directly set it when creating a new project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:30 -msgid "" -"All the recipients of the email (To/Cc/Bcc) are automatically added as " -"followers of the task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:32 -msgid "The email can be seen under the name of your project on the dashboard." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po deleted file mode 100644 index bf3c0ac95..000000000 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,885 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Ivan Yelizariev <yelizariev@itpp.dev>, 2020 -# Martin Trigaux, 2021 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-11 09:05+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2021\n" -"Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: ru\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<12 || n%100>14) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%10>=5 && n%10<=9) || (n%100>=11 && n%100<=14)? 2 : 3);\n" - -#: ../../purchase.rst:5 -msgid "Purchase" -msgstr "Закупка" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced" -msgstr "Расширенный" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:3 -msgid "Analyze the performance of your purchases" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:5 -msgid "" -"If your company regularly purchases products, you have several reasons to " -"track and analyze your performance. The insights gathered can help you to " -"better forecast and plan your future orders. For example, you can assess if " -"your business is dependent on particular vendors, and the data can help you " -"negotiate discounts on prices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:11 -msgid "Generate customized reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Go to *Reporting* to access the purchase analysis. Simply by accessing the " -"reporting dashboard, you can get a quick overview of your actual " -"performance. By default, the reporting dashboard displays a line chart " -"presenting the untaxed amount of your purchase orders per day, and below it," -" key metrics and a pivot table." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:22 -msgid "" -"While the data initially presented is useful, there are several tools and " -"features you can use to get even more insights on your purchases." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:26 -msgid "Use filters to select the data you need" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Odoo offers several default filters you can use and combine by clicking on " -"*Filters*. When you select one or several filters, Odoo looks for all the " -"orders that match at least one of the filters you have chosen and populates " -"the chart, key metrics, and pivot table with the data. The pre-configured " -"filters are:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:33 -msgid "All *Requests for Quotation*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:35 -msgid "All *Purchase Orders*, except canceled ones" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:37 -msgid "" -"*Confirmation Date Last Year* includes all orders that were confirmed the " -"previous year, canceled purchase orders included" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:40 -msgid "" -"*Order Date* includes all orders - request for quotations and purchases " -"orders (canceled ones included) - depending on their date of creation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:43 -msgid "" -"*Confirmation Date* includes all confirmed orders, canceled ones included, " -"depending on their date of confirmation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:47 -msgid "" -"When you have to select a period, you can use multiple years, and, with at " -"least one year selected, multiple quarters and the three most recent months." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:51 -msgid "" -"If you use the *Order Date* or *Confirmation Date* filters, the *Comparison*" -" feature appears next to *Filters*. It enables you to compare the period you" -" filtered with the previous one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:59 -msgid "Add custom filters" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Thanks to the 31 filtering options to choose from, the possibilities of your" -" customizing your dataset are almost limitless. Go to " -":menuselection:`Filters --> Add Custom Filter`, specify the condition the " -"filtering option should meet (e.g. *is equal to*, *contains*, etc.), and " -"click on *Apply*. If you want to select orders matching several conditions " -"simultaneously (*and* operator), repeat the process to add another custom " -"filter. If you want to use the *or* operator, don't click on *Apply*, and " -"click on *Add a condition* instead. Once you have added all the desired " -"filtering options, click on *Apply*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:74 -msgid "" -"To avoid having to recreate custom filters every time, save them by clicking" -" on :menuselection:`Favorites --> Save current search --> Save`. The " -"customized search filter can then be accessed by clicking on *Favorites* or " -"can even be set as the default filter when you open the reporting dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:80 -msgid "Measure exactly what you need" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:82 -msgid "" -"Before selecting what you want to measure, you need to decide whether you " -"prefer using the graph view or the pivot view. By default, the dashboard " -"presents both views. However, the measures you select won't be applied to " -"both views. You can access each view separately by clicking on the icons at " -"the top right of the dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:92 -msgid "Visualize your data" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:94 -msgid "" -"You can transform the main graph in just a click by selecting one of the " -"three charts: bar, line or pie. Fourteen different measures are available, " -"but you can only use one at a time. However, you can group the measure using" -" one or several of the 19 *Groups*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:102 -msgid "" -"For bar and line charts, the selected measure is your y-axis, and the first " -"group you select is used to create the x-axis. Adding more group adds " -"additional lines (line chart) or transforms your bar chart into a stacked " -"bar chart. For pie charts, the more groups you select, the more slices are " -"displayed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:108 -msgid "Explore your data" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:110 -msgid "" -"The pivot table view enables you to explore your data in great detail. " -"Unlike the graph view, the pivot table enables you to add several measures " -"at the same time. By clicking on *Measures* or on the **+** sign in the " -"*Total* column, you can add as many as you want, each assigned to a new " -"column. By clicking on the **+** sign in the *Total* row, you can add " -"*Groups*. If you click on a group's **+** sign, you can add a sub-group, and" -" so on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:121 -msgid "" -"You can insert your pivot table's data directly in the Spreadsheet app or " -"export it as an Excel file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals.rst:3 -msgid "Manage deals" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:3 -msgid "Purchase agreements: blanket orders and calls for tenders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:5 -msgid "" -"There are two main types of purchase agreements preconfigured in Odoo: " -"blanket orders and call for tenders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Blanket orders are long-term agreements between a company and a vendor to " -"deliver products on a recurring basis with predetermined pricing. Your " -"company should consider using them when you frequently purchase the same " -"products from the same vendor in varying quantities and/or at different " -"times. Among their many benefits, you can save time as the ordering process " -"is simplified, and money thanks to more advantageous bulk pricing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Calls for tenders use a special procedure to request offers from multiple " -"vendors at the same time. While public sector organizations are often " -"legally bound to release calls for tenders when they want to purchase goods " -"or services, private organizations can also use them to get the best deal " -"among several vendors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:20 -msgid "Enable purchase agreements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:22 -msgid "" -"From the Purchase app, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and" -" activate *Purchase Agreements*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:30 -msgid "Configure or create new types of purchase agreements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Before you start using purchase agreements, make sure they are configured " -"the way you want by going to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Purchase " -"Agreement Types`. From there, you can edit the way blanket orders and calls " -"for tenders or *Create* a new type of purchase agreement. You can configure " -"the:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:37 -msgid "Agreement Type: the name you want to give to the agreement." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Agreement Selection Type: you can either select multiple offers using " -"*Select multiple RFQ (non-exclusive)*, which is the default setting for both" -" blanket orders and calls for tenders, or a single offer using *Select only " -"one RFQ (exclusive)*, which is sometimes needed for calls for tenders where " -"you only want to select a single vendor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Lines: generally, you would always want to select *Use lines of agreement*, " -"which are the different product lines you can configure when you set up your" -" purchase agreement. However, you can select *Do not create RfQ lines " -"automatically* if you don't want your requests for quotations to be pre-" -"filled in with that information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Quantities: if you use lines of agreements, you can also specify " -"independently if the products' quantities should be used to pre-fill new " -"requests for quotations. The default option for blanket orders is *Set " -"quantities manually*, while for calls for tenders are set to *Use quantities" -" of agreement*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:59 -msgid "Set up a blanket order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Orders --> Purchase Agreements` and click on *Create*." -" Select *Blanket Order* as your *Agreement Type*. Next, select the vendor. " -"The other fields aren't mandatory, but you usually want to define an " -"*Agreement Deadline* after which the blanket order won't be valid anymore." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Next, add the products you want to order and their price. Note that you can " -"also add a *Quantity* for each product, for example, if you have agreed with" -" your vendor to order a specific minimum quantity each time or in total. If " -"you have configured your blanked order to *Set quantities manually*, this is" -" only used for informational purposes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:74 -msgid "" -"You can also write any *Terms and Conditions* at the bottom of the " -"agreement. Once you are satisfied with your blanket order, click on " -"*Confirm*. Its status then changes from *Draft* to *Ongoing* and it's ready " -"to be used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:79 -msgid "Create requests for quotation from the blanket order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:81 -msgid "" -"You can now create new quotations from the blanket order whenever you need " -"it by clicking on *New Quotation*. Odoo automatically fills in requests for " -"quotation with the information initially defined when you set up the blanket" -" order. Depending on the way you configured the *Purchase Agreement Type*, " -"product lines can also be pre-filled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:86 -msgid "" -"From here, you can quickly view all the requests for quotations made under " -"that blanket order by clicking on *RFQs/Orders*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:94 -msgid "" -"You can also create a *Request for Quotation* the usual way and then link it" -" to an existing *Blanket Order*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:98 -msgid "Blanket orders and replenishment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:100 -msgid "" -"Blanket orders can be used for :doc:`automated replenishment " -"<../../purchase/products/reordering>`, as once a blanket order is confirmed," -" a new vendor line is added to your product. Make sure the related vendor is" -" in the first position if you have several vendors linked to your product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:109 -msgid "Set up a call for tenders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:111 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Orders --> Purchase Agreements` and click on *Create*." -" Select *Call for Tenders* as your *Agreement Type*. The other fields aren't" -" mandatory, but you can add the date you want to be delivered and set an " -"agreement deadline. You usually don't want to select a vendor for calls for " -"tenders as you are looking to get quotations from multiple vendors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:116 -msgid "" -"Next, add the products you want to order and in what quantity. For calls for" -" tenders, you typically don't add a price, as the vendors should give you " -"their best quote." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:119 -msgid "" -"You can also write any *Terms and Conditions* at the bottom of the " -"agreement. Once you are ready, click on *Confirm*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:127 -msgid "Requests quotations from the call for tenders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:129 -msgid "" -"You can now request new quotations from the call for tenders. Click on *New " -"Quotation* and select one of your vendors you want to invite to the call for" -" tenders. Product lines should also be pre-filled in, depending on how you " -"configured the *Purchase Agreement Type*. Click on *Send by email* to send " -"it to the vendor. Go back to the call for tenders and repeat this process " -"for each vendor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:139 -msgid "" -"Once you have sent a request for quotation to every vendor and receiving " -"their quotes, click on *Validate* to proceed to the bid selection. Next, " -"click on the RFQs/Orders smart button to view all your vendors' quotations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:147 -msgid "" -"Click on each request for quotation to add the price communicated by your " -"vendors manually. When that's done, select the most advantageous offer and " -"click on *Confirm Order*. This automatically closes the call for tenders. " -"You can now proceed with the purchase order as you would for a regular one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:3 -msgid "Control and know when vendor bills should be paid" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:5 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can define how your vendor bills are controlled. For each " -"purchase order, you can decide when the related vendor bill should be paid: " -"either before or after you have received your products. You can also check " -"at a glance what is the billing status of each purchase order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:9 -msgid "" -"With the 3-way matching feature, Odoo compares the information appearing on " -"the *Purchase Order*, the *Vendor Bill* and the *Receipt*, and lets you know" -" if you should pay the bill. This way you can avoid paying incorrect or " -"fraudulent vendor bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:14 -msgid "Vendor bills default control policy" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:16 -msgid "" -"As a first step, open your Purchase app and go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` to set the default bill control " -"policy for all the products created onwards." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:23 -msgid "" -"By selecting *On ordered quantities*, you can create a vendor bill as soon " -"as you confirm an order. The quantities mentioned in the purchase order are " -"used to generate the draft bill." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:26 -msgid "" -"If you choose *On received quantities* instead, you can only create one once" -" you have at least received some of the products you have ordered. The " -"quantities you have received are used to generate the draft bill. If you try" -" to create one without having received any product, you get an error " -"message." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:36 -msgid "Change a specific product's control policy" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:38 -msgid "" -"If you want to modify a specific product's control policy, go to " -":menuselection:`Products --> Products`, open it, click on *Edit* and go to " -"the *Purchase tab*. There you can change a product's default bill control " -"policy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:47 -msgid "View a purchase order's billing status" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Once you confirm an order, you can view its *Billing Status* by going to the" -" *Other Information* tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Below you can find a list of the different *Billing Status*, and when they " -"are displayed, depending on the products' bill control policy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:60 -msgid "**Billing status**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:60 -msgid "**Conditions**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:62 -msgid "*On received quantities*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:62 -msgid "*On ordered quantities*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:64 -msgid "*Nothing to Bill*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:64 -msgid "PO confirmed; no products received" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:64 -msgid "*(Not applicable)*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:66 -msgid "*Waiting Bills*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:66 -msgid "All/some products received; bill not created" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:66 -msgid "PO confirmed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:68 -msgid "*Fully Billed*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:68 -msgid "All/some products received; draft bill created" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:68 -msgid "Draft bill created" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:72 -msgid "Determine when to pay with 3-way matching" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:74 -msgid "" -"First, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate *3-way" -" matching*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:81 -msgid "" -"3-way matching is intended to work with the bill control policy set to *On " -"received quantities*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:84 -msgid "Should I pay the vendor bill?" -msgstr "Должен ли я платить этот счет поставщика?" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:86 -msgid "" -"With the feature activated, your vendor bills now display the *Should Be " -"Paid* field under the *Other info* tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:93 -msgid "" -"As you can't create a bill until you have received your products - and if " -"you haven't received all of them, Odoo only includes the products you have " -"received in the draft bill - the *Should Be Paid* status is set to *Yes* " -"when you create one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:97 -msgid "" -"If you edit a draft bill to increase the billed quantity, change the price, " -"or add other products, the *Should Be Paid* status is set to *Exception*. It" -" means Odoo notices the discrepancy, but that you might have a valid reason " -"to have done so." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:101 -msgid "" -"Once the payment has been registered and mentions *Paid*, the *Should Be " -"Paid* status is set to *No*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:109 -msgid "" -"The *Should Be Paid* status is set automatically by Odoo. However, you can " -"change the status manually when you are viewing a bill in edit mode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products.rst:3 -msgid "Products" -msgstr "Продукты" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:3 -msgid "Don’t run out of stock with reordering rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:5 -msgid "" -"To make sure you never run out of stock, you can define *Reordering Rules* " -"on products. Thanks to them, Odoo can help you replenish your stock " -"automatically when it reaches set quantities or whenever a sales order is " -"created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:9 -msgid "You need to install the *Inventory app* to use reordering rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:12 -msgid "Configure your storable product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Open or create a product with its *Product Type* set to *Storable Product*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:20 -msgid "" -"As you are purchasing this product from a vendor, go to the product's " -"*Purchase tab* and add a vendor by clicking on *Add a line*. You can add " -"multiple vendors, but make sure to order them correctly, since reordering " -"rules always use the first vendor in a list. You can add a price, but it " -"isn't necessary for the reordering rule to work. In addition, you can add a " -"minimum quantity you must order to benefit from that price." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:27 -msgid "" -"If the quantity Odoo has to reorder doesn't match the minimum quantity " -"specified, Odoo selects the next vendor on your list. If you don't have " -"another vendor on your list, the reordering rule won't work. For that " -"purpose, you can add the same vendor multiple times with different prices " -"for different quantities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:37 -msgid "" -"By default, a draft purchase order is created. However, if you have enabled " -"*Purchase Agreements*, you can *Propose a call for tenders* instead as shown" -" in the image above. For more information, see " -":doc:`../manage_deals/agreements`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Next, make sure the correct route is selected under the Inventory tab of " -"your product. If you created your product within the Purchase app, the *Buy*" -" route is selected by default. If you are looking to dropship your product, " -"select *Dropship*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:50 -msgid "Set up your reordering rule" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:52 -msgid "Open your product and click on the *Reordering Rules* button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Once you are on the product's reordering rules page, click on *Create*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:61 -msgid "" -"You can access and create reordering rules from :menuselection:`Inventory " -"--> Configuration --> Reordering Rules` and from :menuselection:`Inventory " -"--> Operations --> Replenishment`. By default, the replenishment view " -"presents a summary of all the products that you might need to purchase to " -"fulfill your sales orders. From there, you can ask Odoo with a single click " -"to order a product once or automate all orders for that product, future " -"orders included." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:68 -msgid "Define quantities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:70 -msgid "" -"You can set a **minimum quantity** your stock should always have. Once set, " -"if your stock goes below the minimum quantity, and if you selected the Buy " -"route, a request for quotation is automatically generated to reach that " -"minimum quantity, plus any additional quantity needed to fill in a sales " -"order for example." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:75 -msgid "" -"If you set a **maximum quantity**, every time the product has to be " -"replenished, enough products are reordered to reach the maximum quantity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:78 -msgid "" -"If you want to order only the exact quantity needed to fill in a sales order" -" for example, set both both the minimum and maximum quantity to **zero**. " -"The quantity mentioned in the sales order is then used by the reordering " -"rule." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:82 -msgid "" -"You can also add a **quantity multiple** to only order products in batches " -"of a certain quantity. Click on the optional columns drop-down menu, and " -"select *Multiple Quantity* to show the column. Bear in mind that you might " -"go over the maximum quantity you set if your rule includes a quantity " -"multiple, as Odoo orders enough products to reach the maximum quantity and " -"respect the set quantity multiple." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:92 -msgid "" -"If you selected multiple routes for the same product under its Inventory " -"tab, make sure to select your *Preferred Route* on your reordering rule by " -"clicking on the optional columns drop-down menu, adding the *Preferred " -"Route* column, and selecting the right route." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:3 -msgid "Purchase in different units of measure than sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When you purchase a product, it may happen that your vendor uses a different" -" unit of measure than you do when you sell it. This can cause confusion " -"between sales and purchase representatives. It is also time-consuming to " -"convert measures manually every time. With Odoo, you can configure your " -"product once and let Odoo handle the conversion." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:10 -msgid "Consider the following examples:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:12 -msgid "" -"You purchase orange juice from an American vendor, and they use **gallons**." -" However, your customers are European and use **liters**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:15 -msgid "" -"You buy curtains from a vendor in the form of **rolls** and you sell pieces " -"of the rolls to your customers using **square meters**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:19 -msgid "Enable units of measure" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Open your Sales app and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. " -"Under Product Catalog, enable *Units of Measure*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:29 -msgid "Specify sales and purchase units of measure" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:32 -msgid "Standard units of measure" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:34 -msgid "" -"A variety of units of measure are available by default in your database. " -"Each belongs to one of the five pre-configured units of measure categories: " -"*Length / Distance*, *Unit*, *Volume*, *Weight* and *Working Time*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:39 -msgid "" -"You can create your new units of measure and units of measure categories " -"(see next section)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:41 -msgid "" -"To specify different units of measures for sales and purchases, open the " -"Purchase app and go to :menuselection:`Products --> Products`. Create a " -"product or select an existing one. Under the product's *General Information*" -" tab, first select the *Unit of Measure* to be used for sales (as well as " -"for other apps such as inventory). Then, select the *Purchase Unit of " -"Measure* to be used for purchases." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Back to the first example, if you purchase orange juice from your vendor in " -"**gallons** and sell it to your customers in **liters**, first select *L* " -"(liters) as the *Unit of Measure*, and *gal (US)* (gallons) as the *Purchase" -" Unit of Measure*, then click on *Save*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:56 -msgid "Create new units of measure and units of measure categories" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Sometimes you need to create your own units and categories, either because " -"the measure is not pre-configured in Odoo or because the units do not relate" -" with each other (e.g. kilos and centimeters)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:62 -msgid "" -"If you take the second example where you buy curtains from a vendor in the " -"form of **rolls** and you sell pieces of the rolls using **square meters**, " -"you need to create a new *Units of Measure Category* in order to relate both" -" units of measure." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:66 -msgid "" -"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Units of Measure " -"Categories`. Click on *Create* and name the category." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:73 -msgid "" -"The next step is to create the two units of measures. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Units of Measure`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:76 -msgid "" -"First, create the unit of measure used as the reference point for converting" -" to other units of measure inside the category by clicking on *Create*. Name" -" the unit and select the units of measure category you just created. For the" -" *Type*, select *Reference Unit of Measure for this category type*. Enter " -"the *Rounding Precision* you would like to use. The quantity computed by " -"Odoo is always a multiple of this value." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:82 -msgid "" -"In the example, as you cannot purchase less than 1 roll and won't use " -"fractions of a roll as a unit of measure, you can enter 1." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:89 -msgid "" -"If you use a *Rounding Precision* inferior to 0.01, a warning message might " -"appear stating that it is higher than the *Decimal Accuracy* and that it " -"might cause inconsistencies. If you wish to use a *Rounding Precision* lower" -" than 0.01, first :doc:`activate the Developer Mode " -"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, then go to " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Database Structure --> Decimal " -"Accuracy`, select *Product Unit of Measure* and edit *Digits* accordingly. " -"For example, if you want to use a rounding precision of 0.00001, set " -"*Digits* to 5." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:96 -msgid "" -"Next, create a second unit of measure, name it, and select the same units of" -" measure category as your reference unit. As *Type*, select *Smaller* or " -"*Bigger than the reference Unit of Measure*, depending on your situation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:100 -msgid "" -"As the curtain roll equals to 100 square meters, you should select " -"*Smaller*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:102 -msgid "" -"Next, you need to enter the *Ratio* between your reference unit and the " -"second one. If the second unit is smaller, the *Ratio* should be greater " -"than 1. If the second unit is larger, the ratio should be smaller than 1." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:106 -msgid "For your curtain roll, the ratio should be set to 100." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:112 -msgid "" -"You can now configure your product just as you would using Odoo's standard " -"units of measure." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/quality.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/quality.po deleted file mode 100644 index 6c095763f..000000000 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/quality.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,466 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# Ivan Yelizariev <yelizariev@it-projects.info>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Ivan Yelizariev <yelizariev@it-projects.info>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: ru\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<12 || n%100>14) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%10>=5 && n%10<=9) || (n%100>=11 && n%100<=14)? 2 : 3);\n" - -#: ../../quality.rst:5 -msgid "Quality" -msgstr "Качество" - -#: ../../quality/alert.rst:3 -msgid "Alert" -msgstr "Предупреждение" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:3 -msgid "Generate a Quality Alert from a Manufacturing Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Speaking of manufacturing orders, you have two different situations to " -"consider in Odoo. Those two will result in two different processes:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:8 -msgid "You work with a simple manufacturing flow;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:10 -msgid "You work with a complex manufacturing flow that includes routings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:13 -msgid "Simple manufacturing flow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:15 -msgid "" -"If you work with simple manufacturing orders, the *Quality Alerts* will be " -"launched from the manufacturing order itself. When manufacturing a product " -"for which you need to process quality controls, a button *Quality Alert* " -"will appear on the top of your manufacturing order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:23 -msgid "" -"By clicking on the button, you can specify the quality problem that arose " -"during the process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:29 -msgid "" -"If one of the quality checks failed, the button will be highlighted on the " -"document. If not, the button won’t be highlighted." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:36 ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:50 -msgid "Manufacturing Flow with Routings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:38 -msgid "" -"If you work with routings defined on your manufacturing orders, the quality " -"alerts will be launched directly from the work orders on which the quality " -"checks took place." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Then, a button *Quality Alert* will be available from the work order view. " -"When you click on the button, you can specify the quality problem that " -"appeared during the process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:3 -msgid "Generate a Quality Alert from a Transfer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:6 -msgid "Use the Quality Alert" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Every time you perform some *Quality Checks* on a transfer, a *Quality " -"Alert* button appears. You can always use it. The button is automatically " -"highlighted once you have a failed quality check for the transfer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:16 -msgid "" -"If you click on that *Quality Alert* button, you can specify what was the " -"problem with the product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:22 -msgid "" -"The *Quality Alert* that is created from the transfer can be found via the " -"button appearing on the top right corner of the transfer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:28 -msgid "" -"You can also access all your *Quality Alerts* via the menu, accessible under" -" *Control*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks.rst:3 -msgid "Checks" -msgstr "Проверки" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:3 -msgid "Perform Quality Checks on Manufacturing Orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:5 -msgid "" -"There are two different situations to consider and that will differ in Odoo " -"processes:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:8 -msgid "You work with simple manufacturing flows;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:10 -msgid "" -"You work with complex manufacturing flows that are represented by the use of" -" routings in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:13 -msgid "Simple Manufacturing Flow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:16 -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:53 -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:6 -msgid "Create the Quality Control Point" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:18 -msgid "" -"To create a quality control point, open the quality app and go to " -":menuselection:`Control --> Control Points`. There, hit create. Make sure to" -" select *Manufacturing* as operation and choose the type of quality check " -"you want to perform." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:27 -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:69 -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:17 -msgid "Process the Quality Check" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Once your *Quality Control Point* has been created, you can create a " -"manufacturing order for your product. Now, and before marking the " -"manufacturing as done, you can register the *Quality Checks*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Once you have performed your quality checks, you can find them via the " -"*Quality Checks* button available on the manufacturing order form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:46 -msgid "" -"If you want to access all your quality checks, you can do this by opening " -"the quality checks menu, under quality control." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:55 -msgid "" -"If you want to create a *Quality Control Point*, open the *Quality* app and " -"go to :menuselection:`Control --> Control Points`. Then, click on create. " -"Make sure to select *Manufacturing* as operation and select the work order " -"operation on which the quality check should be performed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Choosing the work order operation is necessary if you want the quality " -"checks to be performed in the work orders. After that, you can choose the " -"type of quality check." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Once your *Quality Control Point* has been configured, create a " -"manufacturing order for your product. You have to plan it if you want to " -"generate the necessary work orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:78 -msgid "" -"Now, process the work order and your quality check will appear. In this " -"example, the quality check requests to enter the serial number of the Table " -"Top component." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:3 -msgid "Perform Quality Checks on Transfers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:8 -msgid "" -"To create a *Quality Control Point*, open the *Quality* application. Then, " -"go to :menuselection:`Quality Control --> Control Points --> Create`. Now, " -"you can define the quality control point you want to apply to a specific " -"product. Don’t forget to select a transfer operation type." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Let’s say that we will receive a laptop. First, create a planned receipt for" -" the product. Then, on the receipt, you will see a *Quality Checks* button " -"that appears to proceed to the quality check you configured before." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:27 -msgid "" -"By clicking on it, the instruction set on the quality control point will be " -"displayed and will require the check value." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Once the quality check is done, you can find it linked to the corresponding " -"transfer and access it by clicking on the button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:39 -msgid "" -"But, if the quality check failed, the stat button will appear in red " -"(instead of green) and Odoo will suggest you to create a *Quality Alert* by " -"highlighting the corresponding button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:46 -msgid "" -"The quality checks can also be found in the *Quality* application by opening" -" the *Quality Checks* menu, under *Quality Control*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control.rst:3 -msgid "Control" -msgstr "Контроль" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:3 -msgid "Define Quality Control Points" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Quality is an important factor when it comes to products or services. " -"Nowadays, quality has become the differentiating factor for all goods and " -"services. It is vital for businesses to deliver products that meet or exceed" -" expectations. It also helps minimize waste." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:10 -msgid "" -"That is why most manufacturers would not think of eliminating the quality " -"control from their manufacturing process. After all, removing quality " -"controls would dramatically increase the number of defective products that " -"the company then has to rework or scrap." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Then, using business applications to ensure data quality is important. With " -"Odoo insuring the rear, any major problem can be avoided before occurring!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:20 -msgid "Quality Control Points" -msgstr "Контрольные точки качества" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:22 -msgid "" -"To create a *Quality Control Point*, go to :menuselection:`Quality --> " -"Quality Control --> Control Points`. Once there, define the product on which" -" the quality control point should take place. The operation at which it " -"takes place also is to be defined here." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:27 -msgid "" -"The *Quality Control Points* take place during transfers or during the " -"manufacturing process of the products. If working with routings on *Bill of " -"Materials*, you have to precise at which step of the manufacturing process " -"the quality control point needs to be applied." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:32 -msgid "" -"The *Control Type* defines at which frequency the quality checks should take" -" place:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:35 -msgid "" -"**All operations**: all the operations automatically generate quality checks" -" to perform;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:38 -msgid "" -"**Randomly**: the quality checks only perform on x% of the operation. The " -"percentage needs to be defined on the control point;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:41 -msgid "" -"**Periodically**: the quality checks are performed periodically. The " -"periodicity is based on the defined period (once a day, once a week)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:50 -msgid "Quality Control Point Types" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Now, one thing remains to be configured: the type of quality check. There " -"are several types that can be used: text, take a picture, pass-fail, take a " -"measure, register consumed material, register by-product, and print label." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Some types are available only with the manufacturing application installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:62 -msgid "Text" -msgstr "Текст" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:64 -msgid "" -"This control point type allows giving instructions to workers during the " -"transfer or during the manufacturing process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:80 -msgid "Take a Picture" -msgstr "сделать изображение" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:82 -msgid "" -"This control point type asks to take a picture of the product applied in a " -"transfer or when manufacturing it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:98 -msgid "" -"This process can be simplified by using a connected :doc:`camera " -"<../../iot/devices/measurement_tool>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:102 -msgid "Pass-Fail" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:104 -msgid "" -"*Pass-Fail* requires to specify if the products pass or fail specific " -"criteria. It can be applied for both transfers or manufacturing orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:111 -msgid "" -"For this kind of type, there is the possibility to define a failure message " -"giving instructions to follow in case of failure." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:127 -msgid "Take a Measure" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:129 -msgid "" -"Taking measures requires to enter the product’s measurements during a " -"transfer or during the manufacturing process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:132 -msgid "" -"To use it, it necessary to specify the norm for your product’s measurements," -" but also a tolerance threshold. Doing so, all the products with good " -"measures can are automatically accepted." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:140 -msgid "" -"As for *Pass-Fail*, this type allows defining a failure message that gives " -"instructions to the worker." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:156 -msgid "" -"This process can be simplified by using connected :doc:`measurement tools " -"<../../iot/devices/camera>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:159 -msgid "Register Consumed Materials" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:161 -msgid "" -"When using *Register Consumed Materials*, it is required to register the " -"component’s serial/lot numbers during the manufacturing process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:165 -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:182 -msgid "This type is only available when working with routings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:176 -msgid "Register By-Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:178 -msgid "" -"With *Register By-Products*, it is required to register the serial/lot " -"number of the by-products that are manufactured." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:193 -msgid "Print Label" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:195 -msgid "" -"*Print Label*, as its name points out, allows printing labels to add to the " -"product during the manufacturing process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:207 -msgid "" -"This process can be simplified by using a connected :doc:`printer " -"<../../iot/devices/printer>`." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/recruitment.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/recruitment.po deleted file mode 100644 index c85b53bd8..000000000 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/recruitment.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,22 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 9.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-11-22 13:16+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: ru\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<12 || n%100>14) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%10>=5 && n%10<=9) || (n%100>=11 && n%100<=14)? 2 : 3);\n" - -#: ../../recruitment.rst:5 -msgid "Recruitment" -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index 047ec77ca..47f52dc97 100644 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -1,25 +1,27 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: +# Vitalius Sharkhun <al070572sva@gmail.com>, 2020 # Sergo S, 2020 # Denis Baranov <baranov@itlibertas.com>, 2020 -# Ivan Yelizariev <yelizariev@itpp.dev>, 2020 -# Vitalius Sharkhun <al070572sva@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 # Sergey Vilizhanin, 2020 # Alex Puchkov <ap@alteco.co>, 2020 +# Ekaterina <nawsikaya@bk.ru>, 2021 +# Martin Trigaux, 2021 +# Irina Fedulova <istartlin@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Ivan Yelizariev // IEL <yelizariev@itpp.dev>, 2021 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-18 07:12+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Alex Puchkov <ap@alteco.co>, 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Ivan Yelizariev // IEL <yelizariev@itpp.dev>, 2021\n" "Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -27,23 +29,3146 @@ msgstr "" "Language: ru\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<12 || n%100>14) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%10>=5 && n%10<=9) || (n%100>=11 && n%100<=14)? 2 : 3);\n" -#: ../../sales.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales.rst:4 msgid "Sales" msgstr "Продажи" -#: ../../sales/advanced.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm.rst:4 +msgid "CRM" +msgstr "Учёт покупателей" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads.rst:3 +msgid "Acquire leads" +msgstr "получите лиды" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:3 +msgid "Convert leads into opportunities" +msgstr "Преобразование лидов в возможности" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The system can generate leads instead of opportunities, in order to add a " +"qualification step before converting a *Lead* into an *Opportunity* and " +"assigning to the right sales people." +msgstr "" +"Система может генерировать лиды вместо возможностей, чтобы добавить шаг " +"квалификации перед конвертацией * Лида * в * Случай * и назначения его " +"продавцу." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:9 +msgid "" +"You can activate this mode from the CRM Settings. It applies to all your " +"sales channels by default. But you can make it specific for specific " +"channels from their configuration form." +msgstr "" +"Вы можете активировать этот режим с Настроек CRM. Он применяется ко всем " +"каналам продаж по умолчанию. Но вы можете применить его для конкретных " +"каналов с их формы настройки." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:25 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Настройка" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:16 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` and activate the *Leads* feature." +msgstr "" +"Чтобы эта функция работала, перейдите на :menuselection:`CRM --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` и активируйте функцию * Лиды *." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:22 +msgid "" +"You will now have a new submenu *Leads* under *Leads* where they will " +"aggregate." +msgstr "" +"Теперь у вас появится новое подменю * Лиды * в разделе * Лиды *, где они " +"накапливаются." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:29 +msgid "Convert a lead into an opportunity" +msgstr "Конвертируйте лед в возможность" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:31 +msgid "" +"When you click on a *Lead* you will have the option to convert it to an " +"opportunity and decide if it should still be assigned to the same " +"channel/person and if you need to create a new customer." +msgstr "" +"Когда вы нажмете на Лед *, вы сможете превратить его в возможность и решить," +" следует ли его еще назначить тому же каналу / продавцу, и если вам нужно " +"создать нового клиента." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:38 +msgid "" +"If you already have an opportunity with that customer Odoo will " +"automatically offer you to merge with that opportunity. In the same manner, " +"Odoo will automatically offer you to link to an existing customer if that " +"customer already exists." +msgstr "" +"Если у вас уже есть возможность с этим клиентом, Odoo автоматически " +"предложит вам объединить эту возможность. Точно так же Odoo автоматически " +"предложит вам связать с существующим клиентом, если этот клиент уже " +"существует." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:44 +msgid "Merge opportunities" +msgstr "Объединение предложений" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Odoo will also automatically propose to merge opportunities if they have the" +" same email address. When merging opportunities, Odoo merges the information" +" into the opportunity which was created first, giving priority to the " +"information present on the first opportunity." +msgstr "" +"Odoo также автоматически предложит объединить возможности, если в них " +"одинакова адрес. Во время объединения возможностей Odoo объединяет и " +"информацию возможностей, которая была сначала создана, отдавая приоритет " +"информации первой возможности." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:51 +msgid "" +"No information is lost: data from the other opportunity is logged in the " +"chatter and the information fields for easy access." +msgstr "" +"Ни одна Информация не втрачаться: данные по другим поводам записывается в " +"чаттери и информационных полях для легкого доступа." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Would you find a duplicate yourself, ...you can also merge opportunities or " +"leads even if the system doesn't propose it." +msgstr "" +"Если вы найдете дубликат самостоятельно ... вы можете объединить возможности" +" или лиды, даже если система этого не предлагает." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Here’s how, from the list view. Select the opportunities or leads you want " +"to merge and the action button will appear. Then, you can select merge." +msgstr "" +"Здесь есть как это сделать из списка. Выберите случаю или лиды, которые вы " +"хотите объединить, тогда появится кнопка действия. Затем вы можете выбрать " +"объединения." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:67 +msgid "It is also possible to merge more than 2 opportunities or leads." +msgstr "Возможно также объединить более двух случаю или лида." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:3 +msgid "Generate leads/opportunities from emails" +msgstr "Создавайте лиды / случаю по электронной почте" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Automating the lead/opportunity generation will considerably improve your " +"efficiency. By default, any email sent to *sales@database\\_domain.ext* will" +" create an opportunity in the pipeline of the default sales channel." +msgstr "" +"Автоматизация генерации лида / случаю значительно улучшит вашу " +"эффективность. По умолчанию любой электронное письмо, посланное на * sales @" +" database \\ _domain.ext * создаст возможность в рамках канала продаж по " +"умолчанию." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:11 +msgid "Configure email aliases" +msgstr "Настройте псевдонимы электронной почты" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Each sales teams can have its own email alias, to generate " +"leads/opportunities automatically assigned to it. It is useful if you manage" +" several sales teams with specific business processes. You will find the " +"configuration of sales teams under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Sales " +"Teams`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:3 +msgid "Generate leads/opportunities from your website contact page" +msgstr "Создайте лиды / случаю со страницы контактов вашего сайта" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Automating the lead/opportunity generation will considerably improve your " +"efficiency. Any visitor using the contact form on your website will create a" +" lead/opportunity in the pipeline." +msgstr "" +"Автоматизация генерации лидов / возможностей значительно улучшит вашу " +"эффективность. Любой посетитель, который использует контактную форму на " +"вашем сайте, создаст лед / возможность в конеери." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:10 +msgid "Use the contact us on your website" +msgstr "Используйте свяжитесь с нами на своем сайте" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:12 +msgid "You should first go to your website app." +msgstr "Сначала нужно перейти к вашему приложения сайта." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:14 +msgid "|image0|\\ |image1|" +msgstr "|image0|\\ |image1|" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:16 +msgid "" +"With the CRM app installed, you benefit from a ready-to-use contact form on " +"your Odoo website that will generate leads/opportunities automatically." +msgstr "" +"С установлением модуля CRM, вы пользуетесь готовой к использованию " +"контактной формой на своем веб-сайте Odoo, которая автоматически генерирует " +"лиды / возможности." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To change to a specific sales channel, go to :menuselection:`Website --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` under *Communication* you will find the Contact " +"Form info and where to change the *Sales Channel* or *Salesperson*." +msgstr "" +"Чтобы перейти на конкретный канал продаж, перейдите на страницу " +":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings` под * Связь * вы " +"найдете информацию о контактном форму и куда следует изменить * Каналы " +"продаж * или * продавца * ." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:50 +msgid "Create a custom contact form" +msgstr "Создайте собственную контактную форму" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:34 +msgid "" +"You may want to know more from your visitor when they use the contact form " +"to you will need to build a custom contact form on your website. These " +"contact forms can generate multiple types of records in the system (emails, " +"leads/opportunities, project tasks, helpdesk tickets, etc.)" +msgstr "" +"Вы можете узнать больше о своем посетителя, когда он использует контактную " +"форму, вам нужно будет создать на вашем сайте специальную контактную форму. " +"Эти контактные формы могут генерировать несколько типов записей в системе " +"(электронные письма, лиды / возможности, задачи проекта, заявки поддержки и " +"т.д.)." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:43 +msgid "" +"You will need to install the free *Form Builder* module, only available in " +"Odoo Enterprise." +msgstr "" +"Вам нужно будет установить бесплатный модуль * Конструктор форм *, который " +"доступен в только Odoo Enterprise." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:52 +msgid "" +"First, go to the page where you want to put your contact form. In edit mode," +" drag the form builder onto the page, and you will be able to add all the " +"fields you wish." +msgstr "" +"Сначала перейдите на страницу, где в хотите вставить вашу контактную форму. " +"В режиме редактирования перетащите конструктор форм на страницу, и тогда вы " +"сможете добавить все поля, которые вы хотите." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:59 +msgid "" +"By default, any new contact form will send an email. You can switch to " +"lead/opportunity generation in *Change Form Parameters*." +msgstr "" +"По умолчанию все новые формы контакта будут отправлять электронное письмо. " +"Вы можете переключить на создание лида / случаю в * Изменить параметры формы" +" *." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:63 +msgid "" +"If the same visitor uses the contact form twice, the second entry will be " +"added to the first lead/opportunity in the chatter." +msgstr "" +"Если тот же посетитель использует контактную форму дважды, вторая запись " +"будет добавлено к первому лида / случаю в чате." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:67 +msgid "Generate leads instead of opportunities" +msgstr "Создавайте лиды, а не возможности" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:69 +msgid "" +"When using a contact form, you should use a qualification step before " +"assigning the form to the right sales people. To do so, activate *Leads* in " +"CRM settings and refer to :doc:`convert`." +msgstr "" +"При использовании контактной формы, вам следует использовать шаг " +"квалификации перед назначением формы правильном продавцу. Сделав это, " +"активируйте * Лиды * в настройках CRM и перейдите на: doc: `convert`." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:3 +msgid "Lead mining" +msgstr "получение лидов" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:4 +msgid "" +"In any business, getting quality leads is essential to keep the business " +"growing. Lead mining allows you to generate leads from scratch directly from" +" your database. Target your leads based on a set of criteria such as the " +"country, the size of the company, the industry your leads are coming from to" +" make them relevant to your business." +msgstr "" +"В любом бизнесе, получения качественных лидов имеет важное значение для " +"роста бизнеса. Получение лидов позволяет генерировать лиды с нуля " +"непосредственно из базы данных. Нацеливайте свои лиды на основе набора таких" +" критериев, как страна, размер компании, отрасль, с откуда происходит ваш " +"лед, чтобы сделать их соответствующими вашего бизнеса." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:10 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` and activate the **Lead Mining** feature." +msgstr "" +"Чтобы запустить эту функцию, перейдите в :menuselection:`CRM --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` и активируйте функцию ** Получение лидов **." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:17 +msgid "Start generating leads" +msgstr "Начните создание лидов" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:18 +msgid "" +"You will now have a new button **Generate Leads** available in your " +"pipeline. You are also able to create lead mining requests from the " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Lead Mining Requests` and trough " +":menuselection:`Leads --> Leads` where you have the **Generate Leads** " +"button." +msgstr "" +"Теперь у вас будет кнопка ** Создать лиды **, доступна в вашем конвейере. Вы" +" также можете создавать запросы на получение лидов с " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Lead Mining Requests` и через " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Lead Mining Requests`, где у вас есть " +"кнопка ** Создать лиды **." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:27 +msgid "" +"From there, click on the **Generate Leads** button, a window where you will " +"be able to pick your criteria will pop up." +msgstr "" +"Там нажмите на кнопку ** Создать лиды **, появится окно, где вы сможете " +"выбрать критерии." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:34 +msgid "" +"When choosing to target Companied and their contacts you can choose the " +"contacts you are getting based on Role or Seniority. When getting contact " +"information make sure to be aware of the latest EU regulation, get more " +"information about General Data Protection Regulation on `Odoo GDPR " +"<http://odoo.com/gdpr>`__," +msgstr "" +"При избрании цели компнаий и их контакты, вы можете выбрать окнтакты, " +"которые вы получаете на основе Роли или Стажа. Получив информацию о " +"контактах, убедитесь, что вы в курсе последних норм ЕС, больше информации о " +"Общие положения о защите данных получите на `Odoo GDPR " +"<http://odoo.com/gdpr> `__," + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:39 +msgid "" +"You can decide to filter the leads you are getting depending on the size " +"(number of employees) of the companies. You can pick the countries your " +"leads are coming from. It is possible to pick multiple countries. You can " +"pick the industries your leads are coming from. It is possible to pick " +"multiple industries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:43 +msgid "" +"You can choose the salesperson and the Salesteam the lead will be assigned " +"to. You can also add tags to track your generated leads." +msgstr "" +"Вы можете выбрать несколько продавцов и команду продажи, к которой будет " +"назначен лида. Вы можете добавить теги для отслеживания созданных лидов." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:47 +msgid "The generated leads will have the name of the company." +msgstr "Созданные лиды иметь название компании." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:36 +msgid "Pricing" +msgstr "Установление цены" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:51 +msgid "" +"This is an In-App Purchase feature, each generated lead will cost you one " +"credit. If you choose to get contact information each contact will also cost" +" us one additional credit. Here is the pricing for this `feature " +"<https://iap.odoo.com/iap/in-app-services/167?>`__, To buy credits you can " +"either go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Settings --> Buy " +"Credits`; or go to :menuselection:`Settings --> In-App Purchases --> View my" +" Services`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:65 +msgid "" +"The blue box will automatically tell you how many credits are going to be " +"consumed." +msgstr "" +"Синее поле автоматически подскажет, сколько кредитов будет использовано." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:169 +msgid "" +"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you " +"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." +msgstr "" +"Если вы на Odoo Online (SAAS) и у вас версия Enterprise, для тестирования " +"функции вы пользуетесь бесплатными пробными кредитам." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:71 +msgid "" +":doc:`In-App Purchases (IAP) " +"</applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:3 +msgid "Send quotations" +msgstr "Коммерческих предложений" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you qualify a lead into an opportunity you will most likely need to " +"send them a quotation. You can directly do this in the CRM App with Odoo." +msgstr "" +"Когда вы квалифицируете лед в возможность, вам необходимо прислать ему " +"коммерческое предложение. Вы можете делать это непосредственно в модуле CRM " +"с Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:12 +msgid "Create a new quotation" +msgstr "Создайте новое коммерческое предложение" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:14 +msgid "" +"By clicking on any opportunity or lead, you will see a *New Quotation* " +"button, it will bring you into a new menu where you can manage your quote." +msgstr "" +"Нажав на любую возможность или лед, вы увидите кнопку * Новая коммерческое " +"предложение *, которая приведет вас к новому меню, в котором вы сможете " +"управлять коммерческим предложением." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:21 +msgid "" +"You will find all your quotes to that specific opportunity under the " +"*Quotations* menu on that page." +msgstr "" +"Вы найдете все свои коммерческие предложения по конкретным случаем в меню * " +"Коммерческие предложения * на этой странице." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:28 +msgid "Mark them won/lost" +msgstr "Отметьте их, как поймали / потеряно" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Now you will need to mark your opportunity as won or lost to move the " +"process along." +msgstr "" +"Теперь вам придется отметить вашу возможность как пойман или потеряно, чтобы" +" переместить этот процесс." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you mark them as won, they will move to your *Won* column in your Kanban " +"view. If you however mark them as *Lost* they will be archived." +msgstr "" +"Если вы отметите их как поймали, они перейдут к вашему столбца * пойманных *" +" в вашем конвейере канбан. Если вы отметите их как * Потеряно *, они будут " +"заархивированы." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize.rst:3 +msgid "Optimize your Day-to-Day work" +msgstr "Оптимизируйте свою ежедневную работу" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:3 +msgid "How to motivate and reward my salespeople?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Challenging your employees to reach specific targets with goals and rewards " +"is an excellent way to reinforce good habits and improve your salespeople " +"productivity. The Gamification module gives you simple and creative ways to " +"motivate and evaluate your employees with real-time recognition and badges " +"inspired by game mechanics." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Install the *Gamification* module, or the *CRM gamification* one, which adds" +" some useful data (goals and challenges) that can be used on *CRM/Sale*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:21 +msgid "Create a challenge" +msgstr "Создать вызов" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Now, create your first challenge by going to :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Gamification Tools --> Challenges`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:27 +msgid "" +"As the gamification tool is a one-time technical setup, you need to activate" +" the technical features in order to access the configuration. To do so, go " +"to *Settings* and *Activate the developer mode*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:35 +msgid "" +"A challenge is a mission that you send to your sales team. It can include " +"one or several goals, set for a specific period of time. Configure your " +"challenge as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:38 +msgid "Assign the salespeople to be challenged;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:39 +msgid "Assign a responsible;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:40 +msgid "Set up the periodicity along with the start and the end date;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:41 +msgid "Select your goals;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:42 +msgid "Set up your rewards (badges)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Badges are granted when a challenge is finished. This is either at the end " +"of a running period (eg: end of the month for a monthly challenge), at the " +"end date of a challenge (if no periodicity is set), or when the challenge is" +" manually closed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:49 +msgid "" +"In the example below, 2 employees are being challenged with a *Monthly Sales" +" Target*. The challenge is based on 2 goals: the total amount invoiced and " +"number of new leads generated. At the end of the month, the winner will be " +"granted with a badge." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:58 +msgid "Set up goals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:60 +msgid "" +"The users can be evaluated using goals and numerical objectives to reach." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:62 +msgid "" +"**Goals** are assigned through *challenges* that evaluate (see image above) " +"and compare members of a team throughout time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:66 +msgid "" +"You can create a new goal on the fly from a *Challenge* by clicking on *Add " +"new item*, under *Goals*. Select the business object according to your " +"company's needs. Examples: number of new leads, time to qualify a lead, " +"total amount invoiced in a specific week, month or any other time frame " +"based on your management preferences, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Goals may include your database setup as well (e.g. set your company data " +"and a timezone, create new users, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:77 +msgid "Set up rewards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:79 +msgid "" +"For non-numerical achievements, **Badges** can be granted to users. From a " +"simple thank you to an exceptional achievement, a badge is an easy way to " +"express gratitude to a user for their good work. To create and grant badges " +"to your employees based on their performance, go to :menuselection:`Settings" +" --> Gamification Tools --> Badges`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:3 +msgid "Outlook Extension" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The **Odoo CRM Extension** is a connector that bridges your Outlook mailbox " +"with your Odoo database. This extension allows you to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:8 +msgid "Create leads from emails sent to your mailbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:9 +msgid "Centralize Prospects' emails into a CRM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:10 +msgid "Search and store insights on your contacts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:17 +msgid "" +"This extension is compatible with the Web version of Outlook as well as the " +"desktop apps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The Outlook Extension uses *Partner Autocomplete IAP credits* to search and " +"store insights on your contacts. See the :ref:`Pricing section " +"<outlook_extension/pricing>` below for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The Outlook Extension requires to be configured both in Odoo and in Outlook." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:34 +msgid "Enable the feature on your database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To enable this feature on your Odoo database, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> " +"Configuration --> Lead Generation`, enable **Outlook CRM Extension**, and " +"click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:42 +msgid "Install the add-in on Outlook" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:44 +msgid "" +"You can install the Outlook Extension as a **Custom Add-in**. To do so, " +"follow these steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:0 +msgid "URL of the **Odoo for Outlook** add-in's manifest file:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:0 +msgid "``https://download.odoo.com/plugins/outlook/manifest.xml``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:50 +msgid "Todo" +msgstr "Сделать" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:50 +msgid "add copy button when the feature is added to the doc" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Connect to your Outlook mailbox, open any email, and click on the *More " +"actions* button, displayed as three little dots." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:59 +msgid "Click on *Get add-ins*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:65 +msgid "" +"In the new window, select the tab named *My add-ins*, click on *+ Add a " +"custom add-in*, and then on *Add from URL...*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Outlook prompts you to **enter the URL of the add-in's manifest file**. To " +"do so, copy the following URL, paste it in the box, and click on *OK*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Outlook warns you that Microsoft hasn’t verified the add-in. Click on " +"*Install* to complete the installation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:84 +msgid "" +"The *Odoo for Outlook* add-in is not listed yet on Outlook's add-ins list. " +"This is why it is currently necessary to install it as a *custom add-in*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:90 +msgid "Add a shortcut to open the extension" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:92 +msgid "" +"By default, you can open the **Odoo for Outlook** extension from the *More " +"actions* menu. This section explains how to move the launcher next to the " +"other default actions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:99 +msgid "" +"In your Outlook mailbox, click on *Settings*, then on *View all Outlook " +"settings*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Mail --> Customize actions --> Message " +"surface`, select *Odoo for Outlook*, and click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:109 +msgid "Connect to your database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Open **Odoo for Outlook** from any email. This opens the extension as a " +"panel on the right side of your screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:113 +msgid "Click on *login* at the bottom of the extension." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:114 +msgid "Insert your database's URL then click on *Login*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:120 +msgid "" +"Log into your database by entering your credentials. Skip this step if you " +"are already logged in with this browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:122 +msgid "" +"A message asks you if you want to let Outlook access your Odoo database. " +"Click on *Allow* to complete the connection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Make sure first to :ref:`enable the feature on your database " +"<outlook_extension/enable-feature>`. Failing to do so would result in an " +"*error 404 message*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:130 +msgid "" +"The extension displays some information, even if you do not connect it to " +"any Odoo database. Note that only a limited amount of contact enrichment " +"requests are available as a trial, as this feature requires prepaid credits." +" See the :ref:`Pricing section <outlook_extension/pricing>` below for more " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:140 +msgid "" +"The extension is **free** and doesn't require any purchase to be installed " +"and used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:142 +msgid "" +"However, this extension provides you with *Lead Enrichment* in the **Company" +" Insights** section. This service is part of a paid service known as **Lead " +"Generation**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:145 +msgid "" +"The extension allows you to test this service for free, whether you connect " +"the extension to a database or not. After a while, the extension asks you to" +" buy credits to keep using this additional service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:155 +msgid "" +"You can buy more *Lead Generation* credits to keep using this service or " +"disregard this message and keep using the extension for free without *Lead " +"Enrichment*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:159 +msgid "In-App Purchase" +msgstr "Покупки в приложении" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:162 +msgid "" +"*Lead Generation* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service, which requires " +"prepaid credits to be used. Each request consumes one credit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To buy credits, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Contacts --> Partner " +"Autocomplete or Odoo IAP --> View My Services` and select a package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:167 +msgid "" +"If you run out of credits, the only information populated when clicking on " +"the suggested company is the website link and logo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Learn about our *Privacy Policy* `here " +"<https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#header_2>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:174 +msgid ":doc:`../../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:175 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Lead Enrichment <https://www.odoo.com/r/p73>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:3 +msgid "Enrich your contacts base with Partner Autocomplete" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Parter Autocomplete helps you to enrich your contacts database with " +"corporate data. Select one of the companies suggested in the dropdown, and " +"quickly get all the information you need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Contacts` and activate the *Partner " +"Autocomplete* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:18 +msgid "Enrich your contacts with corporate data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:22 +msgid "" +"From any module, once you start to create a new contact typing the name of " +"it, the system will suggest a potential match. If you select it, the contact" +" will be populated with corporate data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:23 +msgid "" +"For example, after typing *Odoo*, you will get the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Partner Autocomplete also works if you enter a VAT number instead of a " +"company name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:39 +msgid "" +"*Partner Autocomplete* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service, which requires" +" prepaid credits to be used. Each request will consume one credit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:44 +msgid "" +"If you run out of credits, the only information that will be populated when " +"clicking on the suggested company will be the website link and the logo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:46 +msgid "" +"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and you have the Enterprise version, you " +"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance.rst:3 +msgid "Analyze performance" +msgstr "Проанализируйте эффективность" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:3 +msgid "Check your Win/Loss Ratio" +msgstr "Проверьте ваш коэффициент пойман / Потеряно" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To see how well you are doing with your pipeline, take a look at the " +"Win/Loss ratio." +msgstr "" +"Чтобы узнать, насколько хорошо вы выполняете свой конвейер, посмотрите на " +"коэффициент пойман / Потеряно." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To access this report, go to your *Pipeline* view under the *Reporting* tab." +msgstr "" +"Чтобы получить доступ к этому отчету, перейдите к просмотру * конвейеров * " +"на вкладке * Отчетность *." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:11 +msgid "" +"From there you can filter to which opportunities you wish to see, yours, the" +" ones from your sales channel, your whole company, etc. You can then click " +"on filter and check Won/Lost." +msgstr "" +"Оттуда вы можете фильтровать, которые случаю вы хотите увидеть, ваши каналы " +"продаж, всю вашу компанию и тому подобное. После этого вы можете нажать на " +"фильтр и проверить пойманных / Потеряно." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:18 +msgid "You can also change the *Measures* to *Total Revenue*." +msgstr "Вы также можете изменить Измерение * в * Общий доход *." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:23 +msgid "You also have the ability to switch to a pie chart view." +msgstr "Вы также можете перейти на просмотр круговой диаграммы." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline.rst:3 +msgid "Organize the pipeline" +msgstr "организуйте конвейер" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:3 +msgid "Manage lost opportunities" +msgstr "Управление потерянными нагодами" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:5 +msgid "" +"While working with your opportunities, you might lose some of them. You will" +" want to keep track of the reasons you lost them and also which ways Odoo " +"can help you recover them in the future." +msgstr "" +"Во время работы с вашими нагодами вы можете потерять некоторые из них. Вы " +"захотите отслеживать причины, по которым вы их потеряли, а также в способы " +"Odoo поможет вам восстановить их в будущем." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:10 +msgid "Mark a lead as lost" +msgstr "Отметьте лед как потерянный" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:12 +msgid "" +"While in your pipeline, select any opportunity you want and you will see a " +"*Mark Lost* button." +msgstr "" +"В вашем конвейере выберите любую возможность, и вы увидите кнопку * " +"Календарь как потеряно *." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:15 +msgid "" +"You can then select an existing *Lost Reason* or create a new one right " +"there." +msgstr "" +"Затем вы можете выбрать существующую * Причину потери * или создать новую, " +"что находится здесь." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:22 +msgid "Manage & create lost reasons" +msgstr "Управляйте и создавайте причины потерь" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You will find your *Lost Reasons* under :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Lost Reasons`." +msgstr "" +"Вы найдете ваши * причины потерь * под :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Lost Reasons`." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:26 +msgid "" +"You can select & rename any of them as well as create a new one from there." +msgstr "" +"Вы можете выбрать и переименовать любую из них, а также создать новую " +"оттуда." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:30 +msgid "Retrieve lost opportunities" +msgstr "Получите утраченные возможности" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To retrieve lost opportunities and do actions on them (send an email, make a" +" feedback call, etc.), select the *Lost* filter in the search bar." +msgstr "" +"Чтобы получить утраченные возможности и делать на них действия (отправлять " +"электронные письма, сделать обратную связь и т.п.), выберите фильтр * " +"Потеряно * на панели поиска." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:39 +msgid "You will then see all your lost opportunities." +msgstr "Там вы увидите все ваши потерянные возможности." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:41 +msgid "" +"If you want to refine them further, you can add a filter on the *Lost " +"Reason*." +msgstr "" +"Если вы хотите уточнить их, вы можете добавить фильтр на * Причины потери *." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:44 +msgid "For Example, *Too Expensive*." +msgstr "Например, * Очень дорого *." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:50 +msgid "Restore lost opportunities" +msgstr "Восстановите утраченные возможности" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:52 +msgid "" +"From the Kanban view with the filter(s) in place, you can select any " +"opportunity you wish and work on it as usual. You can also restore it by " +"clicking on *Archived*." +msgstr "" +"С канбан с фильтром (ами) на месте, вы можете выбрать любую возможность, " +"которую вы хотите, и работать как обычно. Вы также можете восстановить ее, " +"нажав * заархивированные *." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:59 +msgid "" +"You can also restore items in batch from the Kanban view when they belong to" +" the same stage. Select *Restore Records* in the column options. You can " +"also archive the same way." +msgstr "" +"Вы также можете восстановить элементы группой с канбан, когда они " +"принадлежат к одному этапу. Выберите * Восстановить записи * в параметрах " +"столбцов. Вы также можете архивировать так же." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:66 +msgid "To select specific opportunities, you should switch to the list view." +msgstr "" +"Чтобы выбрать конкретные возможности, нужно перейти к просмотру списка." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Then you can select as many or all opportunities and select the actions you " +"want to take." +msgstr "" +"Тогда вы можете выбрать как много, так и все возможности, а также выбрать " +"действия, которые вы хотите сделать." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:78 +msgid ":doc:`../performance/win_loss`" +msgstr ":doc:`../performance/win_loss`" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:3 +msgid "Manage multiple sales teams" +msgstr "Управление несколькими командами продажи" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, you can manage several sales teams, departments or channels with " +"specific sales processes. To do so, we use the concept of *Sales Channel*." +msgstr "" +"В Odoo вы можете управлять несколькими командами продаж, отделами или " +"каналами с конкретными процессами продаж. Для этого мы используем концепцию " +"* канала продаж *." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:10 +msgid "Create a new sales channel" +msgstr "Создайте новый канал продаж" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To create a new *Sales Channel*, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Sales Channels`." +msgstr "" +"Чтобы создать новый * Канал Продаж * перейдите к " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Sales Channels`." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:14 +msgid "" +"There you can set an email alias to it. Every message sent to that email " +"address will create a lead/opportunity." +msgstr "" +"Здесь вы можете указать ему псевдоним электронной почты. Каждое сообщение, " +"отправленное на этот адрес электронной почты, создаст лед / возможность." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:21 +msgid "Add members to your sales channel" +msgstr "Добавьте участников к своему канала продаж" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You can add members to any channel; that way those members will see the " +"pipeline structure of the sales channel when opening it. Any " +"lead/opportunity assigned to them will link to the sales channel. Therefore," +" you can only be a member of one channel." +msgstr "" +"Вы можете добавить участников к любому каналу; таким образом, эти участники " +"увидят конвейерную структуру канала продажи при его открытии. Любой лед / " +"возможность, предназначенная им, будет ссылаться на канал продаж. Поэтому вы" +" можете быть участником только одного канала." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:28 +msgid "This will ease the process review of the team manager." +msgstr "Это облегчит процесс обзора менеджера команды." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you now filter on this specific channel in your pipeline, you will find " +"all of its opportunities." +msgstr "" +"Если вы сейчас отфильтрует этот конкретный канал в вашем конвейере, вы " +"найдете все его возможности." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:40 +msgid "Sales channel dashboard" +msgstr "Информационная панель канала продаж" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To see the operations and results of any sales channel at a glance, the " +"sales manager also has access to the *Sales Channel Dashboard* under " +"*Reporting*." +msgstr "" +"Чтобы увидеть операции и результаты любого канала продаж, мгновенный обзор " +"менеджера по продажам также имеет доступ к информационной панели * канала " +"продаж * в разделе * Отчетность *." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:46 +msgid "" +"It is shared with the whole ecosystem so every revenue stream is included in" +" it: Sales, eCommerce, PoS, etc." +msgstr "" +"Это делится со всей экосистемой, поэтому все доходы включают в себя: " +"продажи, электронную коммерцию, точку продажи и тому подобное." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads.rst:3 +msgid "Assign and track leads" +msgstr "Назначайте и отслеживайте лиды" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:3 +msgid "Assign leads based on scoring" +msgstr "Назначение лидов на основе оценки" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With *Leads Scoring* you can automatically rank your leads based on selected" +" criterias." +msgstr "" +"С помощью * Оценка лидов * вы можете автоматически оценивать ваши лиды на " +"основе выбранных критериев." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:8 +msgid "" +"For example you could score customers from your country higher or the ones " +"that visited specific pages on your website." +msgstr "" +"Например, вы можете оценить в своей стране выше или тех, кто посетил " +"определенные страницы вашего сайта." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To use scoring, install the free module *Lead Scoring* under your *Apps* " +"page (only available in Odoo Enterprise)." +msgstr "" +"Чтобы воспользоваться оценкой, установите бесплатный модуль * Оценка лидов *" +" на странице * Приложения * (доступно только в Odoo Enterprise)." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:21 +msgid "Create scoring rules" +msgstr "Создайте правила оценки" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You now have a new tab in your *CRM* app called *Leads Management* where you" +" can manage your scoring rules." +msgstr "" +"У вас теперь есть новая вкладка в вашем приложении * CRM * под названием * " +"Управление лидами *, где вы можете управлять своим правилам оценки." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Here's an example for a Canadian lead, you can modify for whatever criteria " +"you wish to score your leads on. You can add as many criterias as you wish." +msgstr "" +"Вот пример для канадского лиду, вы можете изменить на любые критерии, по " +"которым вы хотите оценить своих лидов. Вы можете добавить столько критериев," +" сколько хотите." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Every hour every lead without a score will be automatically scanned and " +"assigned their right score according to your scoring rules." +msgstr "" +"Каждый час каждый лед без оценки автоматически отсканирован и ему будет " +"назначен правильный балл по вашим правилам." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:40 +msgid "Assign leads" +msgstr "назначение лидов" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Once the scores computed, leads can be assigned to specific teams using the " +"same domain mechanism. To do so go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Leads " +"Management --> Team Assignation` and apply a specific domain on each team. " +"This domain can include scores." +msgstr "" +"После того, как результаты рассчитаны, лиды могут быть предназначены для " +"конкретных команд с помощью того же механизма домена. Чтобы это сделать, " +"перейдите к :menuselection:`CRM --> Leads Management --> Team Assignation` и" +" применять конкретный домен в каждой команде. Этот домен может включать " +"оценки." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Further on, you can assign to a specific vendor in the team with an even " +"more refined domain." +msgstr "" +"Далее, вы можете назначить конкретного поставщика в команде еще более " +"изощренного домена." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:52 +msgid "" +"To do so go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Leads Management --> Leads " +"Assignation`." +msgstr "" +"Для этого перейдите к :menuselection:`CRM --> Leads Management --> Leads " +"Assignation`." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:58 +msgid "" +"The team & leads assignation will assign the unassigned leads once a day." +msgstr "" +"Присвоение команды и лидов назначает не предназначены лиды один раз в день." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:62 +msgid "Evaluate & use the unassigned leads" +msgstr "Оцените и используйте не предназначены лиды" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Once your scoring rules are in place you will most likely still have some " +"unassigned leads. Some of them could still lead to an opportunity so it is " +"useful to do something with them." +msgstr "" +"После того, как ваши правила оценки установлены, вы, скорее всего, будут " +"иметь определенные не предназначены лиды. Некоторые из них, как и ранее, " +"могут быть преобразованы в возможности, поэтому полезно что-то с ними " +"сделать." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:68 +msgid "" +"In your leads page you can place a filter to find your unassigned leads." +msgstr "" +"На странице лидов можно поместить фильтр, чтобы найти не предназначены лиды." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Why not using :menuselection:`Email Marketing` or :menuselection:`Marketing " +"Automation` apps to send a mass email to them? You can also easily find such" +" unassigned leads from there." +msgstr "" +"Почему бы не пользоваться приложениями :menuselection:`Email Marketing` или " +":menuselection:`Email Marketing` для передачи им массовую электронную почту?" +" Вы также можете легко найти такие не предназначены лиды оттуда." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:3 +msgid "Track your prospects visits" +msgstr "Отслеживайте посещения ваших потенциальных клиентов" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Tracking your website pages will give you much more information about the " +"interests of your website visitors." +msgstr "" +"Отслеживание страниц вашего сайта даст вам гораздо больше информации об " +"интересах посетителей вашего сайта." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Every tracked page they visit will be recorded on your lead/opportunity if " +"they use the contact form on your website." +msgstr "" +"Каждая отслеживаемая страница, которую они посещают, будет записана на вашем" +" лиде / случае, если они используют контактную форму на вашем сайте." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To use this feature, install the free module *Lead Scoring* under your " +"*Apps* page (only available in Odoo Enterprise)." +msgstr "" +"Чтобы воспользоваться этой функцией, установите бесплатный модуль * Оценка " +"лидов * на странице * Приложения * (доступно только в Odoo Enterprise)." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:21 +msgid "Track a webpage" +msgstr "Отслеживание веб-страниц" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Go to any static page you want to track on your website and under the " +"*Promote* tab you will find *Optimize SEO*" +msgstr "" +"Откройте любую статическую страницу, которую вы хотите отслеживать на своем " +"веб-сайте, и на вкладке * Рекламировать * вы найдете * Оптимизировать SEO *" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:29 +msgid "There you will see a *Track Page* checkbox to track this page." +msgstr "" +"Здесь вы увидите пункт * Отслеживание страницы * для отслеживания этой " +"страницы." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:35 +msgid "See visited pages in your leads/opportunities" +msgstr "Смотрите посещенные страницы в ваших лидах / возможность" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Now each time a lead is created from the contact form it will keep track of " +"the pages visited by that visitor. You have two ways to see those pages, on " +"the top right corner of your lead/opportunity you can see a *Page Views* " +"button but also further down you will see them in the chatter." +msgstr "" +"Теперь каждый раз, когда в контактной форме создается лед, он будет " +"отслеживать страницы, посещенные этим посетителем. У вас есть два способа, " +"чтобы увидеть эти страницы, в верхнем правом углу вашего лида / возможности," +" вы можете видеть кнопку Просмотры страниц *, а также внизу вы увидите их в " +"чате." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Both will update if the viewers comes back to your website and visits more " +"pages." +msgstr "" +"Оба они будут обновляться, если посетители вернутся на ваш сайт и посетят " +"другие страницы." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:52 +msgid "" +"The feature will not repeat multiple viewings of the same pages in the " +"chatter." +msgstr "" +"Эта функция будет повторять несколько просмотров тех же страниц в чате." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:55 +msgid "Your customers will no longer be able to keep any secrets from you!" +msgstr "Ваши клиенты больше не смогут сохранять любые секреты от вас!" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:4 +msgid "Point of Sale" +msgstr "Касса" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features.rst:3 +msgid "Pricing Features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:3 +msgid "Using discount tags with a barcode scanner" +msgstr "Использование тегов скидок со сканером штрих-кодов" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:5 +msgid "" +"If you want to sell your products with a discount, for a product getting " +"close to its expiration date for example, you can use discount tags. They " +"allow you to scan discount barcodes." +msgstr "" +"Если вы хотите продать свои товары со скидкой, например, для товара, " +"приближается к дате его окончания, вы можете использовать теги скидок. Они " +"позволяют сканировать штрих-коды со скидкой." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:10 +msgid "To use discount tags you will need to use a barcode scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:13 +msgid "Barcode Nomenclature" +msgstr "Номенклатура штрих-кода" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:15 +msgid "To use discounts tags, we need to learn about barcode nomenclature." +msgstr "" +"Чтобы использовать теги скидок, нам нужно узнать о номенклатуре штрих-кодов." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Let's say you want to have a discount for the product with the following " +"barcode:" +msgstr "" +"Скажем, вы хотите получить скидку для товара с последующим штрих-кодом:" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You can find the *Default Nomenclature* under the settings of your PoS " +"interface." +msgstr "" +"Вы можете найти * Номенклатура по умолчанию * в настройках вашего интерфейса" +" точки продаж." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Let's say you want 50% discount on a product you have to start your barcode " +"with 22 (for the discount barcode nomenclature) and then 50 (for the %) " +"before adding the product barcode. In our example, the barcode would be:" +msgstr "" +"Скажем, вам нужно 50% скидки на товар, для которого вам нужно будет начать " +"свой штрих-код с 22 (для номера штрих-кода скидки), а затем 50 (для%), " +"прежде чем добавлять штрих-код товара. В нашем примере штрих-код будет:" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:41 +msgid "Scan the products & tags" +msgstr "Отсканируйте товары и теги" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:43 +msgid "You first have to scan the desired product (in our case, a lemon)." +msgstr "Сначала нужно отсканировать нужный товар (в нашем случае, лимон)." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:48 +msgid "" +"And then scan the discount tag. The discount will be applied and you can " +"finish the transaction." +msgstr "" +"Затем отсканируйте тег со скидкой. Скидка будет применена, и вы можете " +"закончить транзакцию." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:3 +msgid "Apply Discounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"By offering discounts, you can entice your customers and drastically " +"increase your revenue. It is vital to offer discounts, whether they are " +"time-limited, seasonal or manually given." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:9 +msgid "" +"To manage discounts, Odoo has powerful features that help set up a pricing " +"strategy tailored to every business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:13 +msgid "Apply manual discounts" +msgstr "Применение скидок вручную" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:15 +msgid "" +"If you seldom use discounts, applying manual ones might be the easiest " +"solution for your Point of Sale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:18 +msgid "" +"You can either apply a discount on the whole order or on specific products " +"inside an order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:22 +msgid "Apply a discount on a product" +msgstr "Примените скидку на товар" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:24 +msgid "From your PoS session interface, use the *Disc* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Then, you can input a discount over the product that is currently selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:34 +msgid "Apply a global discount" +msgstr "Примените общую скидку" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To apply a discount on the whole order, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales" +" --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and select your PoS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Once on your PoS form, select *Global Discounts*, under the *Pricing* " +"category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:45 +msgid "Now, you have a new *Discount* button appearing on your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:51 +msgid "Click on it and enter the wanted discount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:58 +msgid "" +"On this example, there is a global discount of 50% as well as a specific 50%" +" discount on oranges." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:62 +msgid "Apply time-limited discounts" +msgstr "Применение сезонных скидок" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To activate time-limited discounts, you must activate the *Pricelists* " +"feature. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Configuration " +"--> Point of Sale` and open your PoS. Then, enable the pricelist feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Once activated, you must choose the pricelists you want to make available in" +" the PoS and define a default one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:77 +msgid "Create a pricelist" +msgstr "создайте прайслист" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:79 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo has a *Public Pricelist* configured. To create more, go to " +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Products --> Pricelists`. Then click on " +"create." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:83 +msgid "" +"When creating a pricelist, you can set several criteria to use a specific " +"price: period, min. quantity, etc. You can also decide to apply that " +"pricelist on specific products or on the whole range." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:92 +msgid "Using a pricelist with the PoS interface" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:94 +msgid "" +"On the PoS interface, a new button appears. Use it to select a pricelist." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Click on it to instantly update the prices with the selected pricelist. " +"Then, you can finalize the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:3 +msgid "Manage a loyalty program" +msgstr "Управление программой лояльности" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Encourage your customers to continue to shop at your point of sale with a " +"*Loyalty Program*." +msgstr "" +"Поощряйте своих клиентов продолжать покупать в вашей точке продажи с * " +"программой лояльности *." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To activate the *Loyalty Program* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " +"Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface. " +"Under the Pricing features, select *Loyalty Program*" +msgstr "" +"Чтобы активировать программу лояльности, перейдите к :menuselection:`Point " +"of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` и выберите свой интерфейс точки" +" продаж. В разделе Функции ценообразования выберите * программу лояльности *" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:19 +msgid "From there you can create and edit your loyalty programs." +msgstr "Оттуда вы можете создавать и редактировать свои программы лояльности." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You can decide what type of program you wish to use, if the reward is a " +"discount or a gift, make it specific to some products or cover your whole " +"range. Apply rules so that it is only valid in specific situation and " +"everything in between." +msgstr "" +"Вы можете решить, какой тип программы вы хотите использовать, если " +"вознаграждение - это скидка или подарок, делая ее конкретной для некоторых " +"товаров или охватывая весь ваш ассортимент. Применяйте правила так, чтобы " +"они были действительными только в конкретной ситуации и все, что существует " +"между ними." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:30 +msgid "Use the loyalty program in your PoS interface" +msgstr "Используйте программу лояльности в своем интерфейсе точки продаж" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:32 +msgid "" +"When a customer is set, you will now see the points they will get for the " +"transaction and they will accumulate until they are spent. They are spent " +"using the button *Rewards* when they have enough points according to the " +"rules defined in the loyalty program." +msgstr "" +"Когда клиент установлен, теперь вы увидите пункты, которые они получат для " +"транзакции, и они будут накапливаться, пока они не будут израсходованы. Они " +"расходуются с помощью кнопки * Награды *, если у них есть достаточно баллов " +"в соответствии с правилами, определенными в программе лояльности." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:40 +msgid "" +"You can see the price is instantly updated to reflect the pricelist. You can" +" finalize the order in your usual way." +msgstr "" +"Вы можете видеть, что цена моментально обновляется, чтобы отразить " +"прайслист. Вы можете завершить оформление заказа обычным способом." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:44 +msgid "" +"If you select a customer with a default pricelist, it will be applied. You " +"can of course change it." +msgstr "" +"Если вы выберете клиента с ПРАЙСЛИСТ по умолчанию, он будет применен. Вы, " +"конечно, можете изменить это." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:3 +msgid "Using Pricelists in Point of Sale" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You probably know the concept of happy hour: during a certain period of " +"time, the barman gives a discount on some drinks (usually 50% off or a buy " +"one get one free). When the period is over, prices go back to normal. But " +"how does that relate with Odoo?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:10 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, you can set up happy hours. It’s one of the many possible uses of " +"*Pricelists*. Those *Pricelists* allow the creation of multiple prices for " +"the same product: a regular one and a special one for happy hours. Available" +" in the *PoS* app, those are really convenient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:17 +msgid "Set up Pricelists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To set up a *Pricelist*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Configuration` and enable the *Pricelist* feature. Then, " +"go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and" +" enable *Pricelist* for the *PoS*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Now, you can create *Pricelists* by clicking on the *Pricelists* link. Then," +" set it up by choosing the product category you want to include in your " +"happy hour and the discount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Go back to your *PoS* settings and add the Happy Hour pricelist to the list." +" You can even choose a default pricelist if needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:39 +msgid "" +"From now on, on the *PoS* interface, a new button is available, allowing you" +" to choose among the different *pricelists* you added before." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:46 +msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm.rst:3 +msgid "Fiscal Data Modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Setting up the Fiscal Data Module with the Odoo POS" +msgstr "Настройка модуля налоговых данных с точкой продажи Odoo" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:170 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "Введение" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The Belgian government requires certain businesses to use a government-" +"certified device called a **Fiscal Data Module** (also known as a " +"**blackbox**). This device works together with the POS application and logs " +"certain transactions. On top of that, the used POS application must also be " +"certified by the government and must adhere to strict standards specified by" +" them. `Odoo 9 (Enterprise Edition) is a certified application " +"<http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/systemes-certifies>`_. More " +"information concerning the Fiscal Data Module can be found on `the official " +"website <http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/>`_." +msgstr "" +"Бельгийское законодательство требует от некоторых предприятий использовать " +"сертифицированный государством устройство под названием ** Модуль налоговых " +"данных ** (также известный как ** blackbox **). Данное устройство вместе с " +"приложением точки продаж и записывает определенные транзакции. Кроме того, " +"используемое приложение точки продаж также должен быть сертифицирован " +"правительством и должен соответствовать установленным им строгим стандартам." +" `Odoo 9 (Enterprise Edition) - сертифицированная программа " +"<http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/systemes-certifies> _ _. Более " +"подробную информацию о модуля налоговых данных можно найти на официальном " +"веб-сайте http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/> _." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:20 +msgid "Required hardware" +msgstr "необходимое оборудование" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:22 +msgid "" +"A government certified `Fiscal Data Module " +"<http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/systemes-" +"certifies#FDM%20certifiés>`_ per POS, all of them should work, but the " +"Cleancash SC-B is recommended, you will also need:" +msgstr "" +"Правительство сертифицировал `Модуль налоговых данных " +"<http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/systemes-" +"certifies#FDM%20certifiés> `_ Per POS, все они должны работать, но " +"рекомендуется использовать Cleancash SC-B, вам также понадобится:" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Serial null modem cable per FDM (`example <http://www.startech.com/Cables" +"/Serial-Parallel-PS-2/DB9-DB25/10-ft-Cross-Wired-Serial-Null-Modem-Cable-" +"DB9-FM~SCNM9FM>`__)" +msgstr "" +"Последовательный нулевой модемный кабель на FDM ( `пример " +"<http://www.startech.com/Cables/Serial-Parallel-PS-2/DB9-DB25/10-ft-Cross-" +"Wired-Serial-Null-Modem-Cable-DB9-FM~SCNM9FM> `__)" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Serial-to-USB adapter per FDM (`example " +"<http://trendnet.com/products/proddetail.asp?prod=265_TU-S9>`__)" +msgstr "" +"Серийный адаптер к USB для FDM ( `пример " +"<http://trendnet.com/products/proddetail.asp?prod=265_TU-S9> `__)" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:32 +msgid "A registered IoT Box per POS configuration" +msgstr "Настройка зарегистрированного IoT Box на точку продажи" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:35 +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "Настройки" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:38 +msgid "IoT Box" +msgstr "IoT Box" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In order to use a Fiscal Data Module, you will need a registered IoT Box. " +"These IoT Boxes are similar to the regular IoT Boxes we sell, but they are " +"registered with the Belgian government. This is required by law. Attempting " +"to use a Fiscal Data Module on a non-registered IoT Box will not work. You " +"can verify that the Fiscal Data Module is recognized by the IoT Box by going" +" to the *Hardware status page* via the IoT Box homepage." +msgstr "" +"Для использования модуля фискальных данных вам понадобится зарегистрирован " +"IoT Box. Они похожи на обычные коробки IoT, которые мы продаем, но они " +"зарегистрированы в бельгийском правительстве. Это требует законом. Попытка " +"использовать модуль фискальных данных на незарегистрированном IoT Box не " +"будет. Можно убедиться, что модуль фискальных данных распознается IoT Box, " +"перейдя на страницу статуса * Оборудование * на домашней странице IoT Box." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:52 +msgid "Odoo" +msgstr "Odoo" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:54 +msgid "" +"An Odoo POS app can be given certified POS capabilities by installing the " +"**Belgian Registered Cash Register** app (technical name: " +"``pos_blackbox_be``). Because of government restrictions imposed on us, this" +" installation cannot be undone. After this, you will have to ensure that " +"each POS configuration has a unique registered IoT Box associated with it " +"(:menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and " +"ensure Hardware Proxy / IoT Box and the serial number of your IoT Box is " +"set). The first time you open the Point of Sale and attempt to do a " +"transaction, you will be asked to input the PIN that you received with your " +"VAT signing card." +msgstr "" +"Приложении точки продажи Odoo можно предоставить сертифицированные " +"возможности точки продаж, установив приложение ** бельгийского " +"зарегистрированного кассового аппарата ** (техническое название: " +"`pos_blackbox_be``). Из-за ограничений, налагаемых на нас, эту установку " +"нельзя отменить. После этого вам придется убедиться, что каждое настройки " +"точки продаж имеет уникальный зарегистрирован IoT Box, связанный с ней ( " +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` и " +"обеспечьте Proxy Оборудование / IoT Box и серийный номер вашего IoT Box). " +"Когда вы впервые открываете точку продажи и пытаетесь осуществить " +"транзакцию, вам будет предложено ввести PIN-код, который вы получили с вашей" +" подписанного карточки НДС." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:69 +msgid "Certification & On-premise" +msgstr "Сертификация и на заказ" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The certification granted by the government is restricted to the use on " +"odoo.com SaaS instance. The usage of the module from the source or a " +"modified version will **not** be certified. For on-premise users, we also " +"support the Fiscal Data Module in such installations. The main restriction " +"is that this requires an obfuscated version of the ``pos_blackbox_be`` " +"module we will provide on request for Enterprise customers." +msgstr "" +"Сертификация, предоставленная правительством, ограничена использованием на " +"примере SaaS odoo.com. Использование модуля из источника или " +"модифицированной версии ** НЕ ** будет сертифицировано. Для пользователей по" +" умолчанию мы также поддерживаем модуль бюджетных данных в таких установках." +" Основное ограничение состоит в том, что для этого нужна замаскированная " +"версия модуля `pos_blackbox_be``, который мы предоставим на заказ для " +"клиентов компании." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:79 +msgid "Restrictions" +msgstr "ограничения" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:81 +msgid "" +"As mentioned before, in order to get certified the POS application must " +"adhere to strict government guidelines. Because of this, a certified Odoo " +"POS has some limitations not present in the non-certified Odoo POS." +msgstr "" +"Как упоминалось ранее, для получения сертификата заявка на использование " +"точки продажи должна соответствовать строгим правилам правительства. Поэтому" +" сертифицирована точка продажи Odoo имеет определенные ограничения, " +"отсутствующие в сертифицированной точке продажи Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:86 +msgid "Refunding is disabled" +msgstr "возмещение отключены" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:87 +msgid "Modifying orderline prices" +msgstr "Изменение цен на заказ" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:88 +msgid "Creating/modifying/deleting POS orders" +msgstr "Создание / изменение / удаление заказов точки продаж" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:89 +msgid "Selling products without a valid tax" +msgstr "Продажа продукции без действительного налога" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:90 +msgid "Multiple Odoo POS configurations per IoT Box are not allowed" +msgstr "Настройка нескольких точек продаж Odoo на IoT Box не доступны" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:91 +msgid "Using the POS without a connection to the IoT Box (and thus FDM)" +msgstr "" +"Использование точки продажи без подключения к IoT Box (и таким образом FDM)" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:92 +msgid "Blacklisted modules: pos_discount, pos_reprint, pos_loyalty" +msgstr "Модули с черным списком: pos_discount, pos_reprint, pos_loyalty" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Обзор" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:3 +msgid "Getting started" +msgstr "Начиная работу" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When working with a Point of Sale application, employees want a simple, and " +"user-friendly solution. A solution that works online or offline and with any" +" device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:9 +msgid "" +"A Point of Sale system is a fully integrated application that allows any " +"transaction, automatically registers product moves in your stock, and gives " +"you real-time statistics and consolidations across all shops." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:17 +msgid "Make products available in the PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To make products available for sale, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale -->" +" Products --> Products` and open a product. In the *Sales* tab, enable " +"*Available in Point of Sale*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:28 +msgid "You can also define if the product has to be weighted or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:31 +msgid "Configure your payment methods" +msgstr "Настройте свои способы оплаты" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:33 +msgid "" +"To add a payment method, you first need to create it. Go to " +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment Methods` and " +"click on create. Then, you can name your payment method and set it up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:43 +msgid "Don’t forget your credentials for methods using a payment terminal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Now, you can select the payment method in your PoS settings. To do so, go to" +" :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and open" +" the PoS in which you want to include the payment method. Then, add the " +"payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:55 +msgid "" +"*Configuration* is the menu where you can edit all your point of sale " +"settings. Some more features are available for restaurants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:59 +msgid "Your first PoS session" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:62 +msgid "Your first order" +msgstr "Ваше первый заказ" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:64 +msgid "Open a new session from the dashboard by clicking on *New Session*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:70 +msgid "After the loading screen, you arrive on the PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Once an order is completed, you can register the payment. All the available " +"payment methods appear on the left of the screen. Select the payment method " +"and enter the received amount. Then, you can validate the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:82 +msgid "Return and refund products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Having a well-thought-out return policy is key to keep customers satisfied " +"and make the process of accepting returns and refunds easy for you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:87 +msgid "" +"To do that, from the PoS interface, select the product and quantity (with " +"the +/- button) that the customer wants to return. For multiple products, " +"repeat the process individually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:94 +msgid "" +"When on the payment interface, the total is negative. To end the refund, " +"process the payment and validate it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:102 +msgid "Close the PoS session" +msgstr "Закройте сессию точки продаж" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To close your session at the end of the day, click on the close button on " +"the upper right corner of your screen and confirm. Now, close the session on" +" the dashboard view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:112 +msgid "" +"It’s strongly advised to close your PoS session at the end of each day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Once a session is closed, you can see a summary of all transactions per " +"payment method. Then, click on a line to see all orders that were paid " +"during your PoS session. If everything is correct, validate the session and " +"post the closing entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:123 +msgid "" +"To connect the PoS hardware with an Odoo IoT Box, please refer to these " +"docs: :doc:`Connect an IoT Box to your database " +"</applications/productivity/iot/config/connect>` and :doc:`Use the IoT Box " +"for the PoS </applications/productivity/iot/config/pos>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:129 +msgid "View your statistics" +msgstr "Посмотреть статистику" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Keeping track of your sales is essential to get meaningful statistics. " +"That’s why Odoo provides analyzes about your sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:134 +msgid "" +"To access your statistics, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> " +"Reporting --> Orders`. There, you can see various statistics in graph or " +"pivot form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:142 +msgid "You can also access them through the dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:3 +msgid "Register customers" +msgstr "Регистрация клиентов" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Registering your customers will give you the ability to grant them various " +"privileges such as discounts, loyalty program, specific communication. It " +"will also be required if they want an invoice and registering them will make" +" any future interaction with them faster." +msgstr "" +"Регистрация ваших клиентов даст вам возможность предоставлять им различные " +"привилегии, такие как скидки, программа лояльности, особая коммуникация. Она" +" будет также требуется, если они хотят получить счет-фактуру и " +"регистрировать его с любой будущей взаимодействием с ними быстрее." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:11 +msgid "Create a customer" +msgstr "создайте клиента" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:13 +msgid "From your session interface, use the customer button." +msgstr "С интерфейса сессии используйте кнопку клиента." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:18 +msgid "Create a new one by using this button." +msgstr "Создайте нового, используя эту кнопку." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You will be invited to fill out the customer form with their information." +msgstr "Вам будет предложено заполнить форму клиента со своей информацией." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Use the save button when you are done. You can then select that customer in " +"any future transactions." +msgstr "" +"Когда вы закончите, воспользуйтесь кнопкой сохранения. Затем вы можете " +"выбрать этого клиента в любых будущих операциях." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment.rst:3 +msgid "Payment Terminals" +msgstr "Платежные терминалы" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:3 +msgid "Connect an Ingenico Payment Terminal to your PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Connecting a payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid payment flow to " +"your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Please note that Ingenico is currently only available for customers in the " +"Benelux." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:15 +msgid "Connect an IoT Box" +msgstr "Подключить IoT Box" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Connecting an Ingenico Payment Terminal to Odoo is a feature that requires " +"an IoT Box. For more information on how to connect an IoT Box to your " +"database, please refer to the :doc:`IoT documentation " +"</applications/productivity/iot/config/connect>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:22 +msgid "Configure the Lane/5000 for Ingenico BENELUX" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Click on the F button of the terminal, then go in the :menuselection:`PoS " +"Menu --> Settings` and enter the settings password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Now, click on connexion change and TCP/IP. Type the IP of your *IoT Box* " +"(you can find it on the form view of your IoT Box). Then, enter 9000 as " +"port. The terminal will restart. Once it is done, go on your *IoT Box* form " +"in Odoo and verify that the terminal has been found." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:36 +msgid "Configure the payment method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:38 +msgid "" +"First, go in the general settings of the POS app, and activate the Ingenico " +"setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Go back in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of " +"Sale`, go in the payments section and access your payment methods. Create a " +"new payment method for Ingenico, select the payment terminal option " +"Ingenico, and select your payment terminal device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:53 +msgid "Pay with a payment terminal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:55 +msgid "" +"In your *PoS interface*, when processing a payment, select a *Payment " +"Method* using a payment terminal. Check that the amount in the tendered " +"column is the one that has to be sent to the payment terminal and click on " +"*Send*. When the payment is successful, the status will change to *Payment " +"Successful*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:64 +msgid "" +"If you want to cancel the payment request, click on cancel. You can still " +"retry to send the payment request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:67 +msgid "" +"If there is any issue with the payment terminal, you can still force the " +"payment using the *Force Done*. This will allow you to validate the order in" +" Odoo even if the connexion between the terminal and Odoo has issues." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:73 +msgid "" +"This option will only be available if you received an error message telling " +"you the connexion failed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Once your payment is processed, on the payment record, you’ll find the type " +"of card that has been used and the transaction ID." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a SIX Payment Terminal to your PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Connecting a SIX payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid payment flow " +"to your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Even though Worldline has recently acquired SIX Payment Services and both " +"companies use Yomani payment terminals, the firmware they run is different. " +"Terminals received from Worldline are therefore not compatible with this " +"integration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:16 +msgid "Configure the Payment Method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:20 +msgid "" +"First, make sure that the POS Six module is installed. For this, go to " +"*Apps*, remove the \"Apps\" filter and search for \"POS Six\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Back in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment " +"Methods`, Create a new payment method for SIX, select the payment terminal " +"option \"SIX without IoT Box\", and enter your payment terminal IP address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:40 +msgid "Pay with a Payment Terminal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:36 +msgid "" +"In your PoS interface, at the moment of the payment, select a payment method" +" using a payment terminal. Verify that the amount in the tendered column is " +"the one that has to be sent to the payment terminal and click on *Send*. If " +"you want to cancel the payment request, click on cancel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:44 +msgid "" +"When the payment is done, the status will change to *Payment Successful*. " +"You can always reverse the last transaction by clicking on *Reverse*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If there is any issue with the payment terminal, you can still force the " +"payment using the *Force Done*. This will allow you to validate the order in" +" Odoo even if the connexion between the terminal and Odoo encounters issues." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Vantiv Payment Terminal to your PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Connecting a Vantiv payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid payment " +"flow to your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Please note MercuryPay only operates with US and Canadian banks, making this" +" procedure only suitable for North American businesses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:18 +msgid "" +"First, go in the general settings of the POS app, and activate the Vantiv " +"setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Back in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, " +"go in the payments section and access your payment methods. Create a new " +"payment method for Vantiv, select the payment terminal option Vantiv, and " +"create new Vantiv credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To create new Vantiv credentials, fill in your merchant ID and password, " +"then save. Make sure the credentials you just created are selected, then " +"save the payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:42 +msgid "" +"In your PoS interface, at the moment of the payment, select your Vantiv " +"payment method and… that’s all." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:3 +msgid "Restaurant Features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:3 +msgid "Print the Bill" +msgstr "печать счета" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Use the *Bill Printing* feature to print the bill before the payment. This " +"is useful if the bill is still subject to evolve and is thus not the " +"definitive ticket." +msgstr "" +"Используйте функцию * печати счетов *, чтобы напечатать счет перед оплатой. " +"Это полезно, если счет еще может изменяться и не является окончательным " +"заказом." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:10 +msgid "Configure Bill Printing" +msgstr "Настройте печать счета" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To activate *Bill Printing*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" +"Чтобы активировать функцию * печать счета *, перейдите к " +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` и " +"выберите свой интерфейс точки продаж." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Bill Printing* option." +msgstr "В разделе Счета и квитанции вы найдете вариант * Печать счета *." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:22 +msgid "Split a Bill" +msgstr "разбейте счет" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:24 +msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Bill* button." +msgstr "В вашем интерфейсе точки продаж теперь есть кнопка * Счет *." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:29 +msgid "When you use it, you can then print the bill." +msgstr "Когда вы примените, вы сможете распечатать счет." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:3 +msgid "Using fiscal positions in PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, *Fiscal Positions* let you apply different taxes based on the " +"customer location. In a *Point of Sale*, such as a restaurant, it can be " +"used to apply different taxes depending if the customer eats in or takes " +"away." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:11 +msgid "Set up fiscal positions for PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To enable this feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of Sale` and check *Fiscal Position per Order*. Now," +" you can choose the fiscal positions you want for your *PoS*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:21 +msgid "You need to create your fiscal positions before using this feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:24 +msgid "Using fiscal positions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Once on your *PoS* interface, click on the *Tax* button. Now, choose the " +"fiscal position you need for the current order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:33 +msgid "Set up a default fiscal position" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:35 +msgid "" +"If you want to use a default fiscal position, meaning that a preexisting " +"value is always automatically assigned, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale " +"--> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and enable *Fiscal Position*. Now, " +"choose one to set as the default one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Now, the *tax* button is replaced by a *on site* button when on the *PoS* " +"interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:3 +msgid "Print orders at the kitchen or bar" +msgstr "Печать заказов на кухне или в баре" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To ease the workflow between the front of house and the back of the house, " +"printing the orders taken on the PoS interface right in the kitchen or bar " +"can be a tremendous help." +msgstr "" +"Чтобы облегчить рабочий процесс между передней частью дома и задней частью, " +"печать заказов, сделанных на интерфейсе точки продажи прямо на кухне или в " +"баре, может стать огромной помощью." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:10 +msgid "Activate the bar/kitchen printer" +msgstr "Активируйте барный / кухонный принтер" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To activate the *Order printing* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " +"Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" +"Чтобы активировать функцию * печать заказ * перейдите к " +":menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` и " +"выберите свой интерфейс точки продаж." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Under the IoT Box / Hardware Proxy category, you will find *Order Printers*." +" Note that you need an IoT Box to connect your Printer to the PoS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:20 +msgid "Add a printer" +msgstr "добавьте принтер" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:22 +msgid "" +"In your configuration menu you will now have a *Order Printers* option where" +" you can add the printer." +msgstr "" +"В вашем меню настройки теперь появится параметр * Заказ принтеров *, где вы " +"можете добавить принтер." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:29 +msgid "Print a kitchen/bar order" +msgstr "Печать заказа на кухне / баре" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:34 +msgid "Select or create a printer." +msgstr "Выберите или создайте принтер." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:37 +msgid "Print the order in the kitchen/bar" +msgstr "Распечатайте заказ на кухне / баре" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:39 +msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Order* button." +msgstr "На вашем интерфейсе точки продаж теперь есть кнопка * Заказ *." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:44 +msgid "" +"When you press it, it will print the order on your kitchen/bar printer." +msgstr "" +"При нажатии на нее будет напечатано заказ на принтере на кухне / баре." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:3 +msgid "Manage your tables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Restaurants have specific needs that shops don’t have. That’s why Odoo gives" +" restaurant owners several unique features to help them manage their " +"business in the best possible way." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Floor and table management, bill splitting, or even the possibility to print" +" orders from the kitchen, everything is there to help your business shine " +"and your employees to work efficiently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To activate the bar/restaurant features, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale" +" --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and open your PoS. Now, select *Is a " +"Bar/Restaurant*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:24 +msgid "" +"New features are shown with a fork and a knife next to it, indicating that " +"they are restaurant-specific." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:32 +msgid "Add a floor" +msgstr "добавьте этаж" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Once your *Point of Sale* has been configured, select *Table Management* " +"under :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`. " +"Then, click on *Floors* to create and name your floor and tables." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:47 +msgid "Don’t forget to link your floor to your point of sale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:50 +msgid "Add tables" +msgstr "добавьте столы" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:52 +msgid "" +"To add tables, you can also open your PoS interface to see your floor(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Then, click on *Edit Mode* (pencil icon on the upper right corner) to be " +"allowed to create, move, modify tables, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To make your table easier to be found, you can rename them, change their " +"shape, size or even color. It is also possible to add the maximum number of " +"sits the table can have." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:72 +msgid "Register your table(s) orders" +msgstr "Зарегистрируйте свои заказы на столы" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To register an order, click on the respective table. By doing so, you are " +"taken to your main interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:82 +msgid "Transfer customer(s)" +msgstr "Перемещение клиента (ов)" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:84 +msgid "" +"If your customers want to move to another table after they already ordered, " +"use the transfer button. This way, the order is also moved to the new table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:88 +msgid "To do so, select the table your customer is currently on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Now, click on the transfer button and select the table to which you are " +"transferring your customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:103 +msgid "Register an additional order" +msgstr "Зарегистрируйте дополнительный заказ" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:105 +msgid "" +"When registering an order, use the + button to simultaneously proceed to " +"another one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Then, you can shift between your orders and process the payment when needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:116 +msgid "The - button allows you to remove the order you are currently on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:3 +msgid "Offer a bill-splitting option" +msgstr "Предложите вариант разбивки счета" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Offering an easy bill splitting solution to your customers will leave them " +"with a positive experience. That's why this feature is available out-of-the-" +"box in the Odoo Point of Sale application." +msgstr "" +"Предложив своему клиенту легкий разбиение счета, вы получите положительный " +"опыт. Вот почему эта функция доступна за пределами программы в Точке продажи" +" Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To activate the *Bill Splitting* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " +"Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" +"Чтобы активировать функцию * разбиение счета *, перейдите к " +":menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` и " +"выберите свой интерфейс точки продаж." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find the Bill Splitting " +"option." +msgstr "В разделе Счета и квитанции вы найдете вариант Разбивка счета." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:23 +msgid "Split a bill" +msgstr "разбейте счет" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:25 +msgid "In your PoS interface, you now have a *Split* button." +msgstr "В вашем интерфейсе точки продаж теперь есть кнопка * разбить *." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:30 +msgid "" +"When you use it, you will be able to select what that guest should had and " +"process the payment, repeating the process for each guest." +msgstr "" +"Когда вы используете его, вы сможете выбрать, что этот гость должен получить" +" и выполнить платеж, повторяя процесс для каждого гостя." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:3 +msgid "Integrate a tip option into payment" +msgstr "Интегрируйте чаевые в оплату" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:5 +msgid "" +"As it is customary to tip in many countries all over the world, it is " +"important to have the option in your PoS interface." +msgstr "" +"Как принято во многих странах во всем мире платить чаевые, важно иметь такой" +" вариант в вашем интерфейсе точки продаж." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:9 +msgid "Configure Tipping" +msgstr "Настройте чаевые" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To activate the *Tips* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS." +msgstr "" +"Чтобы активировать функцию * Чаевые * перейдите к :menuselection:`Point of " +"Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` и выберите вашу точку продажи." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Tips*. Select it and " +"create a *Tip Product* such as *Tips* in this case." +msgstr "" +"В разделе Счета и квитанции вы найдете * Чаевые *. Выберите их и создайте * " +"товар Чаевые *, например, * Чаевые * в этом случае." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:21 +msgid "Add Tips to the bill" +msgstr "Добавьте чаевые в счет" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:23 +msgid "Once on the payment interface, you now have a new *Tip* button" +msgstr "После этого в интерфейсе платежа появится новая кнопка * Чаевые *" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:28 +msgid "Add the tip your customer wants to leave and process to the payment." +msgstr "" +"Добавьте чаевые, которые ваш клиент хочет оставить и обработайте в платежа." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop.rst:3 +msgid "Shop Features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:3 +msgid "Using barcodes in PoS" +msgstr "Использование штрих-кодов в точке продажи" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Using a barcode scanner to process point of sale orders improves your " +"efficiency and helps you to save time for you and your customers." +msgstr "" +"Использование сканера штрих-кодов для обработки заказов на продажу улучшает " +"вашу эффективность и помогает вам сэкономить время для вас и ваших клиентов." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To use a barcode scanner, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" +"Чтобы воспользоваться сканером штрих-кодов, перейдите к " +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` и " +"выберите ваш интерфейс точки продаж." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Under the IoT Box / Hardware category, you will find *Barcode Scanner* " +"select it." +msgstr "" +"Под категорией IoT Box / Оборудование вы найдете * Сканер штрих-кодов *." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:21 +msgid "Add barcodes to product" +msgstr "Добавьте штрих-коды к товару" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Products` and select a " +"product." +msgstr "" +"Перейдите к :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Products` и " +"выберите товар." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Under the general information tab, you can find a barcode field where you " +"can input any barcode." +msgstr "" +"На вкладке общей информации вы можете найти поле штрих-кода, где вы можете " +"ввести любой штрих-код." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:33 +msgid "Scanning products" +msgstr "сканирование товаров" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:35 +msgid "" +"From your PoS interface, scan any barcode with your barcode scanner. The " +"product will be added, you can scan the same product to add it multiple " +"times or change the quantity manually on the screen." +msgstr "" +"С вашего интерфейса точки продажи отсканируйте любой штрих-код с вашим " +"сканером штрих-кодов. Товар будет добавлен, вы сможете сканировать тот же " +"товар, чтобы добавить его несколько раз или изменить количество вручную на " +"экране." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:3 +msgid "Set-up Cash Control in Point of Sale" +msgstr "Настройка контроля за наличными в точке продажи" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Cash control allows you to check the amount of the cashbox at the opening " +"and closing. You can thus make sure no error has been made and that no cash " +"is missing." +msgstr "" +"Наличный контроль позволяет проверить сумму кассы при открытии и закрытии. " +"Таким образом, вы можете убедиться, что никаких ошибок не было сделано, и " +"деньги отсутствуют." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:10 +msgid "Activate Cash Control" +msgstr "Активизируйте контроль наличности" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To activate the *Cash Control* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales" +" --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" +"Для включения функции Контроль наличных * перейдите к :menuselection:`Point " +"of Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` и выберите свой интерфейс " +"точки продаж." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:16 +msgid "Under the payments category, you will find the cash control setting." +msgstr "Под категорией платежей вы найдете настройки контроля наличности." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:21 +msgid "" +"In this example, you can see I want to have 275$ in various denomination at " +"the opening and closing." +msgstr "" +"В этом примере вы можете видеть, что вы хотите иметь 275 долларов в разной " +"деноминации во время открытия и закрытия." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:24 +msgid "" +"When clicking on **Opening/Closing Values** you will be able to create those" +" values." +msgstr "" +"При нажатии ** Значение Открытие / Закрытие ** вы сможете создать эти " +"значения." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:31 +msgid "Start a session" +msgstr "начните сессию" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:33 +msgid "" +"You now have a new button added when you open a session, *Set opening " +"Balance*" +msgstr "" +"Теперь у вас есть новая кнопка, добавлена при открытии сессии, * Установить " +"начальный баланс *" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:42 +msgid "" +"By default it will use the values you added before, but you can always " +"modify it." +msgstr "" +"По умолчанию он будет использовать значения, которые вы добавили ранее, но " +"вы всегда можете изменить его." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:46 +msgid "Close a session" +msgstr "закройте сессию" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:48 +msgid "" +"When you want to close your session, you now have a *Set Closing Balance* " +"button as well." +msgstr "" +"Если вы хотите закрыть сессию, у вас также есть кнопка * Установить баланс " +"закрытия *." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:51 +msgid "" +"You can then see the theoretical balance, the real closing balance (what you" +" have just counted) and the difference between the two." +msgstr "" +"Затем вы можете увидеть теоретический баланс, реальный баланс закрытия (то, " +"что вы только что подсчитали) и разницу между ними двумя." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:57 +msgid "" +"If you use the *Take Money Out* option to take out your transactions for " +"this session, you now have a zero-sum difference and the same closing " +"balance as your opening balance. You cashbox is ready for the next session." +msgstr "" +"Если вы используете параметр * Забрать деньги *, чтобы изъять свои " +"транзакции для этой сессии, у вас теперь есть разница между нулевой суммой и" +" тем самым балансом закрытия, как начальный баланс. Ваша касса готова для " +"следующей сессии." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:3 +msgid "Cash Rounding" +msgstr "Округление наличных денег" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Cash rounding** is required when the lowest physical denomination of " +"currency, or the smallest coin, is higher than the minimum unit of account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:9 +msgid "" +"For example, some countries require their companies to round up or down the " +"total amount of an invoice to the nearest five cents, when the payment is " +"made in cash." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Each point of sale in Odoo can be configured to apply cash rounding to the " +"totals of its bills or receipts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings` and " +"enable *Cash Rounding*, then click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, " +"open the point of sale you want to configure, and enable the *Cash Rounding*" +" option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:29 +msgid "" +"To define the **Rounding Method**, open the drop-down list and click on " +"*Create and Edit...*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Define here your *Rounding Precision*, *Profit Account*, and *Loss Account*," +" then save both the Rounding Method and your Point of Sale settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:39 +msgid "" +"All total amounts of this point of sale now add a line to apply the rounding" +" according to your settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Odoo Point of Sale only support the *Add a rounding line* rounding " +"strategies and *Half-up* rounding methods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:3 +msgid "Invoice from the PoS interface" +msgstr "Выставления счета с интерфейса точки продаж" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Some of your customers might request an invoice when buying from your Point " +"of Sale, you can easily manage it directly from the PoS interface." +msgstr "" +"Некоторые ваши клиенты могут запрашивать счет-фактуру при покупке с точки " +"продажи, вы можете легко управлять им непосредственно из интерфейса точки " +"продаж." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:9 +msgid "Activate invoicing" +msgstr "Активизируйте выставления счетов" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and" +" select your Point of Sale:" +msgstr "" +"Перейдите к :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of " +"Sale` и выберите свою точку продажи:" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Under the *Bills & Receipts* you will see the invoicing option, tick it. " +"Don't forget to choose in which journal the invoices should be created." +msgstr "" +"В разделе * Счета и квитанции * вы увидите параметр выставления счета, " +"отметьте его. Не забудьте выбрать, в каком журнале должны быть созданы " +"счета-фактуры." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:25 +msgid "Select a customer" +msgstr "Выберите клиента" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:27 +msgid "From your session interface, use the customer button" +msgstr "С интерфейса сессии используйте кнопку клиента" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:32 +msgid "" +"You can then either select an existing customer and set it as your customer " +"or create a new one by using this button." +msgstr "" +"Затем вы можете выбрать существующего клиента и установить его как своего " +"клиента или создать новый с помощью этой кнопки." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:38 +msgid "" +"You will be invited to fill out the customer form with its information." +msgstr "Вам будет предложено заполнить форму клиента со своей информацией." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:41 +msgid "Invoice your customer" +msgstr "Выставьте счет вашему клиенту" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:43 +msgid "" +"From the payment screen, you now have an invoice option, use the button to " +"select it and validate." +msgstr "" +"На экране платежа вы опцию счета-фактуры, воспользуйтесь кнопкой, чтобы " +"выбрать ее и подтвердить." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:49 +msgid "You can then print the invoice and move on to your next order." +msgstr "Затем можно распечатать счет-фактуру и перейти к следующему заказу." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:52 +msgid "Retrieve invoices" +msgstr "Получение счетов-фактур" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Once out of the PoS interface (:menuselection:`Close --> Confirm` on the top" +" right corner) you will find all your orders in :menuselection:`Point of " +"Sale --> Orders --> Orders` and under the status tab you will see which ones" +" have been invoiced. When clicking on a order you can then access the " +"invoice." +msgstr "" +"Выйдя из интерфейса точки продажи ( :menuselection:`Close --> Confirm` в " +"верхнем правом углу), вы найдете все ваши заказы в меню " +":menuselection:`Close --> Confirm` и на вкладке статуса вы увидите , на " +"которые выставлены счета. После нажатия заказ вы сможете получить доступ к " +"счета-фактуры." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:3 +msgid "Log in with employee" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With Odoo *Point of Sale*, you can manage multiple cashiers. This feature " +"allows you to keep track of who is working, when and how much each cashier " +"made for that session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:9 +msgid "" +"There are three ways to switch cashiers in Odoo: by *selecting the cashier*," +" by *entering a PIN code* or by *scanning a barcode*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To manage multiple cashiers, you need several employees (at least two)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:16 +msgid "Set up log in with employees" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To enable the feature, go to your *PoS settings* and check log in with " +"employees on your *PoS form*. Then, add the employees that have access to " +"the cash register." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:25 +msgid "Now, you can switch cashier easily." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:28 +msgid "Switch without pin codes" +msgstr "Переключатель без PIN-кодов" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The easiest way to switch cashiers is without a code. To do so, click on the" +" cashier name in your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:36 +msgid "Now, you just have to click on your name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:42 +msgid "Switch cashier with pin codes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:44 +msgid "" +"You can set a pin code on each cashier. To set up a pin code, go to the " +"employee form and add a security PIN, in the *HR settings tab*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:50 +msgid "Now, when switching cashier, a PIN password will be asked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:56 +msgid "Switch cashier with barcodes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:58 +msgid "" +"You can ask your employees to log themselves with their badges. To do so, " +"set up a barcode at the same place you add the PIN code. Print the badge and" +" when they will scan it, the cashier will be switched to that employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:67 +msgid "Find who was the cashier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Once you have closed your *PoS session*, you can have an overview of the " +"amount each cashier sold for. To do so, go to the orders menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:75 +msgid "Now, you can open the order and have a summary of the sold products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:3 +msgid "Reprint Receipts" +msgstr "Повторная печать чеков" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Use the *Reprint receipt* feature if you have the need to reprint a ticket." +msgstr "" +"Используйте функцию подтверждения * повторный печати *, если вам нужно " +"повторно печатать чек." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To activate *Reprint Receipt*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of sale`. and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Reprint Receipt* option." +msgstr "В разделе Счета и чеки вы найдете функцию * Повторная печать чека *." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:17 +msgid "" +"In order to allow the option reprint receipt, you need to activate the " +"receipt printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:23 +msgid "Reprint a receipt" +msgstr "Повторно введите чек" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:25 +msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Reprint receipt* button." +msgstr "" +"В вашем интерфейсе точки продаж теперь кнопка подтверждения * повторной " +"печати *." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:30 +msgid "When you use it, you can then reprint your last receipt." +msgstr "Когда вы используете его, вы можете повторно печатать последний чек." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced.rst:3 msgid "Advanced Topics" msgstr "Дополнительные разделы" -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:3 msgid "How to give portal access rights to my customers?" msgstr "Как предоставить доступ к порталу моим клиентам?" -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:6 msgid "What is Portal access/Who is a portal user?" msgstr "Что такое Портал/Кто такой портальный пользователь?" -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:8 msgid "" "A portal access is given to a user who has the necessity to have access to " "Odoo instance, to view certain documents or information in the system." @@ -51,12 +3176,12 @@ msgstr "" "Доступ к порталу Odoo предоставляется пользователям для просмотра документов" " или информации в системе." -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:12 msgid "For Example, a long term client who needs to view online quotations." msgstr "" "Например, постоянный клиент, которому необходимо посмотреть онлайн цены" -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:14 msgid "" "A portal user has only read/view access. He or she will not be able to edit " "any document in the system." @@ -64,15 +3189,15 @@ msgstr "" "Портальный пользователь имеет доступ только на чтение. Он или она не может " "редактировать любой документ в системе." -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:18 msgid "How to give portal access to customers?" msgstr "Как предоставить доступ к порталу клиентам?" -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:21 msgid "From Contacts Module" msgstr "Из модуля Контакты" -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:23 msgid "" "From the main menu, select **Contacts** menu. If the contact is not yet " "created in the system, click on the create button to create new contact. " @@ -82,19 +3207,19 @@ msgstr "" " системе, то нажмите на кнопку Создать. Введите информацию о контакте и " "нажмите \"Сохранить\"." -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:33 msgid "" "Choose a contact, click on the **Action** menu in the top-center of the " "interface and from the drop down." msgstr "Выберите контакт, нажмите меню **Действие** в центре интерфейса." -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:36 msgid "Select **Portal Access Management**. A pop up window appears." msgstr "" "И из выпадающего списка выберите **Доступ к порталу**. Появится всплывающее " "окно." -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:41 msgid "" "Enter the login **email ID**, check the box under **In Portal** and add the " "content to be included in the email in the text field box below. Click on " @@ -104,7 +3229,7 @@ msgstr "" "сопровождающее письмо, которое будет включено в письмо новому пользователю. " "По окончанию нажмите **Применить**." -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:47 msgid "" "An email will be sent to the specified email address, indicating that the " "contact is now a portal user of the respective instance." @@ -112,253 +3237,253 @@ msgstr "" "Письмо будет отправлено на указанную электронную почту с инструкцией по " "доступу к порталу новому пользователю." -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector.rst:3 msgid "Amazon Connector" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:3 msgid "Amazon Connector Features" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:5 msgid "" "The **Amazon Connector** synchronizes the orders between Amazon and your " "Odoo database, which reduces considerably the amount of time spent on your " "Amazon Seller Central dashboard, making your daily routine a lot easier." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:10 msgid "Supported Features" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:12 msgid "The connector is able to:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:14 msgid "" "Synchronize (Amazon to Odoo) all confirmed orders (both FBA and FBM) and " "their order items which include:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:17 msgid "the product’s name, description and quantity" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:18 msgid "the shipping costs for the product" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:19 msgid "the gift wrapping charges" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:21 msgid "" "Create on Odoo any missing partner related to an order (contact types " "supported: contact and delivery)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:23 msgid "" "Notify Amazon of a shipping confirmed on Odoo (FBM) in order to get paid." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:25 msgid "Support multiple seller accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:26 msgid "Support multiple marketplaces per seller account." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:29 msgid "Fulfilled By Amazon (FBA)" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:29 msgid "Fulfilled By Merchant (FBM)" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:31 msgid "**Orders**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:31 msgid "Synchronize shipped and canceled orders" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:31 msgid "Synchronize unshipped and canceled orders" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 msgid "**Shipping**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 msgid "Charges" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:35 msgid "Delivery created" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 msgid "**Gift Wrapping**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:43 msgid "Handled by Amazon" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 msgid "Gift wrapping charges" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:38 msgid "Gift message" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 msgid "**Stock Management**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 msgid "One stock move created per sales order item" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 msgid "Handled by the delivery" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:43 msgid "**Confirmation**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:43 msgid "Notify Amazon when confirming delivery" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:48 msgid "" "The connector is designed to synchronize orders' data as detailed above. " "Other actions, such as downloading monthly fees reports, handling disputes, " "or issuing refunds must be managed from Amazon Seller Central, as usual." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:55 msgid "Supported Marketplaces" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:57 msgid "" "The Amazon Connector currently supports 9 marketplaces. If a marketplace is " "not listed below, it may be possible for you to :ref:`add it as an " "unsupported marketplace <amazon/add-unsupported-marketplace>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:62 msgid "**North America region**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:64 msgid "Canada" msgstr "Канада" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:64 msgid "Amazon.ca" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:66 msgid "Mexico" msgstr "Мексика" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:66 msgid "Amazon.com.mx" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:68 msgid "US" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:68 msgid "Amazon.com" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:72 msgid "**Europe region**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:74 msgid "Germany" msgstr "Германия" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:74 msgid "Amazon.de" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:76 msgid "Spain" msgstr "Испания" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:76 msgid "Amazon.es" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:78 msgid "France" msgstr "Франция" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:78 msgid "Amazon.fr" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:80 msgid "UK" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:80 msgid "Amazon.co.uk" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:82 msgid "Italy" msgstr "Италия" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:82 msgid "Amazon.it" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:84 msgid "Netherlands" msgstr "Нидерланды" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:84 msgid "Amazon.nl" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:88 -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:98 msgid ":doc:`setup`" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:89 -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:162 msgid ":doc:`manage`" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:3 msgid "Manage Amazon orders in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:6 msgid "Synchronization of orders" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:8 msgid "" "Orders are automatically fetched from Amazon and synchronized in Odoo at " "regular intervals. The synchronization is based on the Amazon status: only " @@ -370,35 +3495,35 @@ msgid "" " are not yet registered." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:15 msgid "" "When an order is canceled in Amazon and was already synchronized in Odoo, " "the corresponding sales order is automatically canceled in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:19 msgid "" "To force the synchronization of an order whose status has not changed since " "the last synchronization, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " -"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, navigate to your Amazon account " -"and modify the date under :menuselection:`Orders Follow-up --> Last Order " +"</applications/general/developer_mode>`, navigate to your Amazon account and" +" modify the date under :menuselection:`Orders Follow-up --> Last Order " "Sync`. Pick a date anterior to the last status change of the order that you " "wish to synchronize and save." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:26 msgid "" "To synchronize immediately the orders of your Amazon account switch to " -":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, head to your " +":doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>`, head to your " "Amazon account and click on **SYNC ORDERS**. The same can be done with " "pickings by clicking on **SYNC PICKINGS**." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:31 msgid "Manage deliveries in FBM" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:33 msgid "" "When a **FBM** (Fulfilled by Merchant) order is synchronized in Odoo, a " "picking is created along with the sales order and the customer. You can " @@ -406,18 +3531,18 @@ msgid "" "products partially by using backorders." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:37 msgid "" "When a picking related to the order is confirmed, a notification is sent to " "Amazon who will, in turn, notify the customer that the order (or a part of " "it) is on its way." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:41 msgid "Follow deliveries in FBA" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:43 msgid "" "When a **FBA** (Fulfilled by Amazon) order is synchronized in Odoo, a stock " "move is recorded for each sales order item so that it is saved in your " @@ -428,14 +3553,14 @@ msgid "" "under the FBA program." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:50 msgid "" "To follow your Amazon (FBA) stock in Odoo, you can make an inventory " "adjustment after replenishing it. You can also trigger an automated " "replenishment from reordering rules on the Amazon location." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:55 msgid "" "The Amazon location is configurable by Amazon account managed in Odoo. All " "accounts of the same company use the same location by default. It is however" @@ -447,24 +3572,24 @@ msgid "" " your account." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:63 msgid "Issue invoices and register payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:65 msgid "" "You can issue invoices for Amazon orders in Odoo. Click **Create Invoice** " "in the sales order to do so. You can also do it in batch from the list view " "of orders. Then, confirm and send the invoices to your customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:70 msgid "" "To display only Amazon-related orders on the list view, you can filter " "orders based on the sales team." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:73 msgid "" "As the customer has paid Amazon as an intermediary, you should register " "invoice payments in a payment journal dedicated to Amazon (e.g. Amazon " @@ -475,11 +3600,11 @@ msgid "" "account by the amount received." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:80 msgid "Follow your Amazon sales in sales reporting" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:82 msgid "" "As a sales team is set on your account under the tab **Order Follow-up**, " "this helps you give quick glances at the figures in just a few clicks in " @@ -487,13 +3612,13 @@ msgid "" " of your company's accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:86 msgid "" "If you wish, you can change the sales team on your account for another to " "perform a separate reporting for the sales of this account." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:90 msgid "" "It is also possible to perform reporting on a per-marketplace basis in a " "similar fashion. First, remove the marketplace you wish to track separately " @@ -503,20 +3628,20 @@ msgid "" "two registrations of your account." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:97 -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:161 msgid ":doc:`features`" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:3 msgid "Configure Amazon Connector in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:6 msgid "Generate an Authorization Token in Seller Central" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:10 msgid "" "The Amazon Connector uses an Authorization Token that allows Odoo to fetch " "data from your Amazon Seller Central account. This token can be obtained " @@ -524,7 +3649,7 @@ msgid "" "your Odoo database configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:14 msgid "" "Connect to your Seller Central account for the marketplace you initially " "signed up (e.g. if you created your account on Amazon Germany, go to `Amazon" @@ -532,53 +3657,53 @@ msgid "" "administrator account." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:19 msgid "" "You might need to use the *main* (or first) administrator account and not " "one added subsequently." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:22 msgid "" "In the main menu, select :menuselection:`Apps & Services --> Manage Your " "Apps`; in the page that displays, click on the ``Authorize new developper`` " "button:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:28 msgid "Fill in the form depending on your Marketplace:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:33 msgid "" "If your seller account is registered in the **North America** region, use " "these values:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:35 -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:40 msgid "Developer's Name: ``Odoo S.A.``" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:36 msgid "Developer ID: ``586127723692``" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:38 msgid "For the **Europe** region, use these values:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:41 msgid "Developer ID: ``579095187166``" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:43 msgid "" "Amazon will then inform you that by submitting the form, you are giving " "access to your Seller Central Information to Odoo S.A." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:47 msgid "" "Odoo S.A. is unable to access your Amazon account's information without the " "Authorization Token which is stored in your Odoo database - we do not store " @@ -586,18 +3711,18 @@ msgid "" "your account's information outside of the Amazon Connector normal flows." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:53 msgid "Register your Amazon account in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:57 msgid "" "To register your seller account in Odoo, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales " "--> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Amazon " "Accounts` and click on **CREATE**." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:60 msgid "" "The **Seller ID** can be found in Seller Central under the link **Your " "Merchant Token** on the **Seller Account Information** page. The " @@ -605,14 +3730,14 @@ msgid "" "<amazon/generate_auth_token>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:64 msgid "" "Upon saving, your credentials are checked. In case of issues, an error will " "be displayed - the information cannot be saved until your credentials are " "recognized by Amazon." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:67 msgid "" "Once the account is registered, the marketplaces available to this account " "are synchronized and listed under the **Marketplaces** tab. If you wish, you" @@ -620,11 +3745,11 @@ msgid "" " their synchronization." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:72 msgid "Match database products in Amazon" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:74 msgid "" "When an Amazon order is synchronized, up to three sales order items are " "created in Odoo for each product sold on Amazon: one for the marketplace " @@ -632,7 +3757,7 @@ msgid "" " charges (if any)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:80 msgid "" "The selection of a database product for a sales order item is done by " "matching its **internal reference** with the **SKU** for marketplace items, " @@ -640,7 +3765,7 @@ msgid "" "for gift wrapping charges." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:84 msgid "" "For marketplace products, pairings are saved as **Amazon Offers** which are " "listed under the **Offers** stat button on the account form. Offers are " @@ -649,7 +3774,7 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`the internal reference is used instead <amazon/matching>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:90 msgid "" "It is possible to force the pairing of a marketplace item with a specific " "product by changing either the product or the SKU of an offer. The offer can" @@ -658,7 +3783,7 @@ msgid "" " under different conditions." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:95 msgid "" "If no database product with a matching internal reference is found for a " "given SKU or gift wrapping code, a default database product **Amazon Sale** " @@ -666,19 +3791,19 @@ msgid "" "the shipping code." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:100 msgid "" "To modify the default products, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " -"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>` and navigate to " +"</applications/general/developer_mode>` and navigate to " ":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> " "Amazon Sync --> Default Products`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:106 msgid "Configure taxes of products" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:108 msgid "" "To allow for tax reporting of Amazon sales with Odoo, the taxes applied to " "the sales order items are those set on the product or determined by the " @@ -687,7 +3812,7 @@ msgid "" " subtotals between Seller Central and Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:114 msgid "" "As Amazon does not necessarily apply the same taxes as those configured in " "Odoo, it may happen that order totals differ by a few cents from that on " @@ -695,11 +3820,11 @@ msgid "" "reconciling the payments in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:121 msgid "Add an unsupported marketplace" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:123 msgid "" "Some Amazon Marketplaces, such as Amazon Brazil, are not officially " "supported by Odoo but might be compatible with your seller account. These " @@ -708,7 +3833,7 @@ msgid "" "natively supported marketplaces." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:129 msgid "" "To find out if a marketplace is eventually compatible, check the `Amazon " "Documentation " @@ -717,19 +3842,19 @@ msgid "" "account." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:133 msgid "" "To add a new marketplace, you must first enable :doc:`Developer mode " -"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." +"</applications/general/developer_mode>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:136 msgid "" "Once that is done, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " "Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Amazon Marketplaces`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:139 msgid "" "From there, you can create a new marketplace record. You will need the " "Marketplace ID and Endpoint for your marketplace as described in the `Amazon" @@ -737,7 +3862,7 @@ msgid "" "<https://docs.developer.amazonservices.com/en_US/dev_guide/DG_Endpoints.html>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:143 msgid "" "Set the name of the record to ``Amazon.<domain>`` to easily retrieve it (for" " instance: ``Amazon.se``). The **Code**, **Domain** and **API Identifier** " @@ -745,7 +3870,7 @@ msgid "" "and *MarketplaceId* values from the Amazon Documentation." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:147 msgid "" "Once the marketplace is saved, you should then update the Amazon Account " "configuration by going to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " @@ -758,26 +3883,26 @@ msgid "" " it is either incompatible or unavailable for your seller account." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:156 msgid "" "As manually added marketplaces are not officially supported by Odoo, there " "is no guarantee that adding one as described above will work, nor can this " "be considered as a bug when contacting Odoo Support." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector.rst:3 msgid "eBay Connector" msgstr "коннектор eBay" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:3 msgid "How to list a product?" msgstr "Как внести продукт в список?" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:6 msgid "Listing without variation" msgstr "Составление списка без вариаций" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:8 msgid "" "In order to list a product, you need to check the **use eBay** field on a " "product form. The eBay tab will be available." @@ -785,7 +3910,7 @@ msgstr "" "Для того, чтобы указать товар, нужно проверить поле ** использования eBay **" " на форме товара. Вкладка eBay будет доступна." -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:14 msgid "" "When the **Use Stock Quantity** field is checked, the quantity sets on eBay " "will be the Odoo **Forecast Quantity**." @@ -793,7 +3918,7 @@ msgstr "" "Когда обозначено поле ** Использовать остатки товаров на складе **, " "количество, установленная в eBay, будет ** Прогноз Количества ** Odoo." -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:17 msgid "" "The **Description Template** allows you to use templates for your listings. " "The default template only use the **eBay Description** field of the product." @@ -804,7 +3929,7 @@ msgstr "" "Шаблон по умолчанию использует только поле ** описания eBay ** в товаре. Вы " "можете использовать HTML в ** шаблоне описания ** и в ** описании eBay **." -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:21 msgid "" "To use pictures in your listing, you need to add them as **Attachments** on " "the product template." @@ -812,11 +3937,11 @@ msgstr "" "Чтобы использовать фотографии в вашем списке, нужно добавить их как ** " "Прикрепление ** в шаблон товара." -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:24 msgid "Listing with variations" msgstr "Список с вариациями" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:26 msgid "" "When the **use eBay** on a product with variations is checked and with " "**Fixed Price** as **Listing Type**, the eBay form is sligthly different. In" @@ -828,11 +3953,11 @@ msgstr "" "массиве вариантов вы можете выбрать, какой вариант будет указан в eBay, а " "также установить цену и количество для каждого варианта." -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:35 msgid "Listing with item specifics" msgstr "Список с элементами спецификации" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:37 msgid "" "In order to add item specifics, you should create a product attribute with " "one value in the **Variants** tab on the product form." @@ -840,11 +3965,11 @@ msgstr "" "Чтобы добавить спецификацию к элементу, необходимо создать атрибут товара с " "одним значением на вкладке ** Варианты ** формы товара." -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:44 msgid "Product Identifiers" msgstr "идентификаторы товара" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:46 msgid "" "Products identifiers such as EAN, UPC, Brand or MPN are required in most of " "the eBay category. The module manages the EAN and UPC identifiers with the " @@ -864,15 +3989,15 @@ msgstr "" "вкладке ** Варианты ** в форме товара. Если значение этих значений не " "установлены, "Не применяется" будет использовано для списка eBay." -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:3 msgid "How to configure eBay in Odoo?" msgstr "Как настроить eBay в Odoo?" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:6 msgid "Create eBay tokens" msgstr "Создайте токены eBay" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:8 msgid "" "In order to create your tokens, you need to create a developer account on " "the `developer portal <https://go.developer.ebay.com/>`_. Once you are " @@ -884,7 +4009,7 @@ msgstr "" "систему вы можете создать ** Тестовый режим ** и ** Рабочий режим ** нажав " "соответствующие кнопки." -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:16 msgid "" "After the creation of the keys, you can get the user token. To do so, click " "on the **Get a User Token** link in the bottom of the page. Go through the " @@ -896,11 +4021,11 @@ msgstr "" " Перейдите по форме, войдите в свой аккаунт eBay, и вы получите ключи и " "токен, необходимые для настройки модуля в Odoo." -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:22 msgid "Set up tokens in Odoo?" msgstr "Установка токенов в Odoo?" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:24 msgid "" "To set up the eBay integration, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " "Configuration --> Settings`." @@ -908,7 +4033,7 @@ msgstr "" "Чтобы настроить интеграцию eBay, перейдите к :menuselection:`Sales --> " "Configuration --> Settings`." -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:29 msgid "" "First choose if you want to use the production or the sandbox eBay Site. " "Then fill in the fields **Developer Key**, **Token**, **App Key**, **Cert " @@ -918,7 +4043,7 @@ msgstr "" "заполните поля ** Ключ разработчика **, ** Токен **, ** Ключ приложения ** и" " ** Ключ сертификата **. Примените изменения." -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:33 msgid "" "Once the page is reloaded, you need to synchronize information from eBay. " "Push on **Sync countries and currencies**, then you can fill in all the " @@ -928,7 +4053,7 @@ msgstr "" "Нажмите на ** Синхронизировать страны и валюты **, тогда вы можете заполнить" " все остальные поля." -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:36 msgid "" "When all the fields are filled in, you can synchronize the categories and " "the policies by clicking on the adequate buttons." @@ -936,71 +4061,71 @@ msgstr "" "Когда все поля заполнены, вы можете синхронизировать категории и политики, " "нажав соответствующие кнопки." -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:40 msgid "Using the updated synchronisation method" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:42 msgid "" "If you have a lot of products, the eBay API can sometimes refuse some " "synchronization calls due to a time-based limit on the number of requests " "that eBay enforces." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:45 msgid "" "To fix this issue, a new implementation mechanism has been developped; " "however this updated mechanism is disabled by default to avoid having the 2 " "systems running in parallel in existing installations." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:49 msgid "To switch to the new synchronization mechanism:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:51 msgid "" -"Enable the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." +"Enable the :doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:52 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Scheduled Actions`" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:53 msgid "" "Archive the old synchronization actions (both are named *Ebay: update " "product status*)" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:54 msgid "" "Activate the new synchronization actions (*Ebay: get new orders* which runs " "every 15min by default and *Ebay: synchronise stock (for 'get new orders' " "synchronisation)* which runs once a day per default)" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:55 msgid "" "Ensure that the **Next Execution Date** for both these actions are in the " "near future" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:57 msgid "" "Starting with the next execution date, the new method will be used instead " "of the old one." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing.rst:3 msgid "Invoicing Method" msgstr "Метод выставления счета" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:3 msgid "Request a down payment" msgstr "Запрос на предоплату" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:5 msgid "" "A down payment is a partial payment made by the buyer when a sales contract " "is concluded. This implies both parties' full commitment (seller and buyer) " @@ -1009,17 +4134,17 @@ msgid "" "obliged to provide the goods by accepting it." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:10 msgid "" "Sometimes a down payment is required for expensive orders or projects. That " "way, you can protect yourself and make sure that your customer is reliable." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:14 msgid "First time you request a down payment" msgstr "Первый раз вы спрашиваете предоплату" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:16 msgid "" "When a sales order is confirmed, you then have the possibility to create an " "invoice. Invoices are automatically created in drafts so that you can review" @@ -1027,19 +4152,19 @@ msgid "" "options:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:20 msgid "Regular invoice" msgstr "Обычный счёт" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:21 msgid "Down payment (percentage)" msgstr "Авансовый платеж (в процентах)" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:22 msgid "Down payment (fixed amount)" msgstr "Авансовый платеж (фиксированная сумма)" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:24 msgid "" "In terms of down payment, it can either be a fixed amount or a percentage of" " the total amount. The first time you request a down payment, you can set a " @@ -1047,7 +4172,7 @@ msgid "" "account and taxes. These settings will be reused for future down payments." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:34 msgid "" "When you request your first down payment, a new product called **Down " "payment** will be created. This product will be registered as a **service** " @@ -1057,11 +4182,11 @@ msgid "" " to create an invoice**." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:41 msgid "Basic sales flow using down payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:43 msgid "" "For this first example, we will use a 50% amount down payment with a product" " using **ordered quantities** as invoicing policy. Make sure to check out " @@ -1071,7 +4196,7 @@ msgid "" "down payment (as you can see below)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:53 msgid "" "There, you can post the invoice and register the payment of your customer. " "But, we all know that in real life this flow does not happen immediately. " @@ -1082,7 +4207,7 @@ msgid "" " and draft invoice)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:63 msgid "" "To complete the flow, when the customer wants to pay the rest of his sales " "order, you must create another invoice. Once again, you will have the choice" @@ -1090,13 +4215,13 @@ msgid "" "paying the rest of the invoice as a regular invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:71 msgid "" "This flow is also possible with a down payment taking into account a fixed " "amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:74 msgid "" "Be careful that if you do a down payment with a product using **delivered " "quantities** as invoicing policy, you won’t be able to deduct all the down " @@ -1108,15 +4233,15 @@ msgid "" "delivered quantity manually on the sales order." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:82 msgid "Modify the income account and customer taxes" msgstr "Измените счет дохода и налоги клиента" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:84 msgid "From the products list, search for the **Down Payment** product." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:90 msgid "" "You can edit it and under the **General Information Tab** you will be able " "to change the customer taxes. Now, to change the income account, you will " @@ -1124,15 +4249,15 @@ msgid "" "**Accounting Tab** on the product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:99 msgid ":doc:`invoicing_policy`" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:3 msgid "Re-invoice expenses to customers" msgstr "Включение расходов на счета клиентов" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:5 msgid "" "It often happens that your employees have to spend their personal money " "while working on a project for your client. Let's take the example of an " @@ -1144,13 +4269,13 @@ msgstr "" "консультанта, который оплачивает отель для работы с вашим клиентом. Будучи " "компанией, вы хотели бы иметь такую сумму в счете для своего клиента." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:12 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:64 msgid "Expenses configuration" msgstr "Настройка расходов" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:14 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:66 msgid "" "To track & invoice expenses, you will need the expenses app. Go to " ":menuselection:`Apps --> Expenses` to install it." @@ -1159,7 +4284,7 @@ msgstr "" "модуль расходов. Перейдите к :menuselection:`Apps --> Expenses`, чтобы " "установить его." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:17 msgid "" "You should also activate the analytic accounts feature to link expenses to " "the sales order, to do so, go to :menuselection:`Invoicing --> Configuration" @@ -1170,13 +4295,13 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Invoicing --> Configuration --> Settings` и активируйте * " "Аналитический бухучет *." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:22 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:74 msgid "Add expenses to your sales order" msgstr "Добавьте расходы к заказу на продажу" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:24 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:76 msgid "" "From the expense app, you or your consultant can create a new one, e.g. the " "hotel for the first week on the site of your customer." @@ -1184,8 +4309,8 @@ msgstr "" "Из приложения расходов вы или ваш консультант можете создать новые расходы, " "например, гостиница на первую неделю работы с вашим клиентом." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:27 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:79 msgid "" "You can then enter a relevant description and select an existing product or " "create a new one from right there." @@ -1193,12 +4318,12 @@ msgstr "" "Затем вы можете ввести соответствующее описание и выбрать существующий товар" " или создать новый прямо там." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:33 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:85 msgid "Here, we are creating a *Hotel* product:" msgstr "Здесь мы создаем товар * Отель *:" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:38 msgid "" "Under the invoicing tab, select *Delivered quantities* and either *At cost* " "or *Sales price* as well depending if you want to invoice the cost of your " @@ -1208,8 +4333,8 @@ msgstr "" "стоимости * или * Цена продажи *, если вы хотите начислить стоимость своих " "расходов или ранее согласованную цену продажи." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:45 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:97 msgid "" "To modify or create more products go to :menuselection:`Expenses --> " "Configuration --> Expense products`." @@ -1217,43 +4342,43 @@ msgstr "" "Чтобы изменить или создать больше товаров, перейдите на страницу " ":menuselection:`Expenses --> Configuration --> Expense products`." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:48 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:100 msgid "" "Back on the expense, add the original sale order in the expense to submit." msgstr "" "Вернитесь на расходы, добавьте оригинальное заказ на продажу в расходах для " "отправки." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:54 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:106 msgid "It can then be submitted to the manager, approved and finally posted." msgstr "" "Затем он может быть передан менеджеру, его можно утвердить и окончательно " "разместить." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:65 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:117 msgid "It will then be in the sales order and ready to be invoiced." msgstr "Он будет в заказе на продажу и готов к выставления счета." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:3 msgid "Invoice based on delivered or ordered quantities" msgstr "Выставления счета на основе заказанной или доставленной количества" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:5 msgid "" "Different business policies might require different options for invoicing:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:7 msgid "" "The **Invoice what is ordered** rule is used as **default mode** in Odoo " "Sales, which means that customers will be invoiced once the sales order is " "confirmed." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:10 msgid "" "The **Invoice what is delivered** rule will invoice customers once the " "delivery is done. This rule concerns businesses that sell materials, liquids" @@ -1262,58 +4387,58 @@ msgid "" " delivered." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:15 msgid "" "Being able to have different invoicing options allow you more flexibility. " "Indeed, you need to know exactly how to invoice your customers for different" " situations." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:19 msgid "Activate these features" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:21 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and under " "**Invoicing policy** choose the rule you want to apply." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:30 msgid "" "If you decide to choose the **Invoice what is delivered** rule, you will not" " be able to activate the feature called **Automatic invoice**, which " "automatically generates invoices when the online payment is confirmed." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:35 msgid "Choose an invoicing policy on a product form" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:37 msgid "" "From any product page, under the **Sales tab**, you will find the invoicing " "policy, which can be manually changed." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:46 msgid "Impact on sales flow" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:48 msgid "" "On Odoo Sales, the basic sales flow will be to create a quotation, send it " "to your customer, wait for confirmation, confirm the sales order and create " "an invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:51 msgid "" "**Invoice what is ordered**: No impact on this basic sales flow. Indeed, you" " can invoice as soon as the sale is confirmed." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:54 msgid "" "**Invoice what is delivered**: Small impact on sales flow because you will " "have to manually enter the delivered quantity on the sales order or to " @@ -1323,36 +4448,36 @@ msgid "" "error message as below." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:65 msgid "" "Once the quotation is confirmed and that the status went from **Quotation " "sent** to **Sales order**, you are able to see your delivered and invoiced " "quantities directly from your sales order (it is true for both rules)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:74 msgid "" "Odoo will automatically add the quantities to the invoice (even if it is a " "partial delivery)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:76 msgid "" "Finally, to create an invoice, you will have different possibilities: " "regular invoice or down payment (percentage or fixed amount)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:80 msgid "" "Be sure to check out our documentation about down payment here: " ":doc:`down_payment`, to master this incredible feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:3 msgid "Invoice project milestones" msgstr "Выставление счетов по этапам проекта" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:5 msgid "" "Milestone invoicing can be used for expensive or large-scale projects, with " "each milestone representing a clear sequence of work that will incrementally" @@ -1369,11 +4494,11 @@ msgstr "" "клиента, который может контролировать достижение проекта и платить его в " "несколько раз." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:13 msgid "Create milestone products" msgstr "Создайте поэтапные товары" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:15 msgid "" "In Odoo, each milestone of your project is considered as a product. To " "configure products to work this way, go to any product form." @@ -1381,7 +4506,7 @@ msgstr "" "В Odoo каждый этап вашего проекта рассматривается как товар. Чтобы настроить" " товары таким образом, перейдите к любой формы товара." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:18 msgid "" "You have to set the product type as *Service* under general information and " "select *Milestones* in the sales tab." @@ -1389,11 +4514,11 @@ msgstr "" "Вы должны установить тип товара как * Услуга * по общей информацией и " "выбрать * Основные этапы * на вкладке продажи." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:25 msgid "Invoice milestones" msgstr "Выставления счета-фактуры по этапам" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:27 msgid "" "From the sales order, you can manually edit the quantity delivered as you " "complete a milestone." @@ -1401,15 +4526,16 @@ msgstr "" "По заказу на продажу можно вручную изменить поставленную количество после " "завершения этапа." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:33 msgid "You can then invoice that first milestone." msgstr "Вы можете затем выставить счет за первый этап." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:3 ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:22 msgid "Send a pro-forma invoice" msgstr "Отправка проформы счета" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:5 msgid "" "A pro-forma invoice is an abridged or estimated invoice in advance of a " "delivery of goods. It notes the kind and quantity of goods, their value, and" @@ -1426,12 +4552,12 @@ msgstr "" "импорте. Они отличаются от обычного счета-фактуры, поскольку не является " "требованием или запросом на оплату." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:13 -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:10 msgid "Activate the feature" msgstr "Включите эту функцию" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:15 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the" " *Pro-Forma Invoice* feature." @@ -1439,7 +4565,7 @@ msgstr "" "Перейдите к :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` и " "активируйте функцию * Проформа счета-фактуры *." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:24 msgid "" "From any quotation or sales order, you know have an option to send a pro-" "forma invoice." @@ -1447,7 +4573,7 @@ msgstr "" "С любой коммерческой предложения или заказ на продажу вы можете прислать " "проформу счета-фактуры." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:30 msgid "" "When you click on send, Odoo will send an email with the pro-forma invoice " "in attachment." @@ -1455,11 +4581,11 @@ msgstr "" "Когда вы нажмете на Отправить, Odoo пришлет электронное письмо с проформой " "счета-фактуры во вложении." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:3 msgid "Sell subscriptions" msgstr "продажа подписок" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:5 msgid "" "Selling subscription products will give you predictable revenue, making " "planning ahead much easier." @@ -1467,17 +4593,17 @@ msgstr "" "Продажа товаров подписки даст вам прогнозируемый доход, значительно облегчит" " планирование." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:9 msgid "Make a subscription from a sales order" msgstr "Сделайте подписку по заказу на продажу" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:11 msgid "" "From the sales app, create a quotation to the desired customer, and select " "the subscription product your previously created from the Subscriptions App." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:14 msgid "" "When you confirm the sale the subscription will be created automatically. " "You will see a direct link from the sales order to the Subscription in the " @@ -1486,11 +4612,11 @@ msgstr "" "Подтверждая продажа, подписка будет создан автоматически. В верхнем правом " "углу вы увидите прямую ссылку с заказа на продажу на подписку." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:3 msgid "Invoice based on time and materials" msgstr "Выставления счета на основе сроков и материалов" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:5 msgid "" "Time and Materials is generally used in projects in which it is not possible" " to accurately estimate the size of the project, or when it is expected that" @@ -1500,7 +4626,7 @@ msgstr "" "невозможно точно оценить размер проекта или когда ожидается, что требования " "проекта, скорее всего, изменятся." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:9 msgid "" "This is opposed to a fixed-price contract in which the owner agrees to pay " "the contractor a lump sum for the fulfillment of the contract no matter what" @@ -1511,7 +4637,7 @@ msgstr "" "контракта независимо от того, что подрядчики платят своим работникам, " "субподрядчикам и поставщикам." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:14 msgid "" "For this documentation I will use the example of a consultant, you will need" " to invoice their time, their various expenses (transport, lodging, ...) and" @@ -1521,11 +4647,11 @@ msgstr "" "будет учесть свое время, различные расходы (транспорт, проживание, ...) и " "покупки." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:19 msgid "Invoice time configuration" msgstr "Настройка выставления счета-фактуры по времени" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:21 msgid "" "To keep track of progress in the project, you will need the *Project* app. " "Go to :menuselection:`Apps --> Project` to install it." @@ -1533,7 +4659,7 @@ msgstr "" "Чтобы отслеживать прогресс в проекте, вам понадобится модуль * Проект *. " "Откройте :menuselection:`Apps --> Project`, чтобы установить его." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:24 msgid "" "In *Project* you will use timesheets, to do so go to :menuselection:`Project" " --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Timesheets* feature." @@ -1542,11 +4668,11 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings` и активируйте " "функцию * Табели *." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:32 msgid "Invoice your time spent" msgstr "Выставления счета за потраченное время" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:34 msgid "" "From a product page set as a service, you will find two options under the " "invoicing tab, select both *Timesheets on tasks* and *Create a task in a new" @@ -1556,11 +4682,11 @@ msgstr "" "вкладке выставления счетов, оба * Табели на задачах * и * Создание задачи в " "новом проекте *." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:41 msgid "You could also add the task to an existing project." msgstr "Вы также можете добавить задачу в существующий проект." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:43 msgid "" "Once confirming a sales order, you will now see two new buttons, one for the" " project overview and one for the current task." @@ -1568,7 +4694,7 @@ msgstr "" "После подтверждения заказа на продажу вы увидите две новые кнопки, один для " "осмотра проекта и один для текущей задачи." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:49 msgid "" "You will directly be in the task if you click on it, you can also access it " "from the *Project* app." @@ -1576,7 +4702,7 @@ msgstr "" "Если вы нажмете на него, вы будете непосредственно находиться в работе, вы " "также можете получить доступ к нему из модуля * Проект *." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:52 msgid "" "Under timesheets, you can assign who works on it. You can or they can add " "how many hours they worked on the project so far." @@ -1584,18 +4710,18 @@ msgstr "" "Во табелям вы можете назначить того, кто работает на проекте. Вы можете либо" " они могут добавить, сколько часов они отработали над проектом." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:58 msgid "From the sales order, you can then invoice those hours." msgstr "По заказу на продажу можно отнести эти часы." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:69 msgid "" "You should also activate the analytic accounts feature to link expenses to " "the sales order, to do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Settings` and activate *Analytic Accounting*." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:90 msgid "" "under the invoicing tab, select *Delivered quantities* and either *At cost* " "or *Sales price* as well depending if you want to invoice the cost of your " @@ -1605,11 +4731,11 @@ msgstr "" "стоимости * или * Цена продажи *, если вы хотите начислить стоимость своих " "расходов или ранее согласованную цену продажи." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:120 msgid "Invoice purchases" msgstr "Выставления счетов-фактур на покупку" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:122 msgid "" "The last thing you might need to add to the sale order is purchases made for" " it." @@ -1617,7 +4743,7 @@ msgstr "" "Последнее, что нужно добавить к заказу на продажу - это покупки, сделанные " "для заказа." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:125 msgid "" "You will need the *Purchase Analytics* feature, to activate it, go to " ":menuselection:`Invoicing --> Configuration --> Settings` and select " @@ -1627,7 +4753,7 @@ msgstr "" "перейдите к разделу :menuselection:`Invoicing --> Configuration --> " "Settings` и выберите * Аналитика покупок *." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:129 msgid "" "While making the purchase order don't forget to add the right analytic " "account." @@ -1635,7 +4761,7 @@ msgstr "" "При оформлении заказа на покупку не забудьте добавить правильный " "аналитический счет." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:135 msgid "" "Once the PO is confirmed and received, you can create the vendor bill, this " "will automatically add it to the SO where you can invoice it." @@ -1643,25 +4769,25 @@ msgstr "" "После того, как СНП будет подтверждено и получено, вы можете создать счет " "поставщика, автоматически добавит его в СНП, где вы можете выставить счет." -#: ../../sales/products_prices.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices.rst:3 msgid "Products & Prices" msgstr "Товары и цены" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices.rst:3 msgid "Manage your pricing" msgstr "Управляйте вашими ценами" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:3 msgid "How to sell in foreign currencies" msgstr "Как продавать в иностранной валюте" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:5 msgid "Pricelists can also be used to manage prices in foreign currencies." msgstr "" "Прайс-лист может также использоваться для управления ценами в иностранной " "валюте." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:7 msgid "" "Check *Allow multi currencies* in :menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> " "Settings`. As admin, you need *Adviser* access rights on " @@ -1672,7 +4798,7 @@ msgstr "" "нужны права доступа * Консультантов * для приложений Выставление счетов-" "фактур / Бухучета." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:10 msgid "" "Create one pricelist per currency. A new *Currency* field shows up in " "pricelist setup form." @@ -1680,7 +4806,7 @@ msgstr "" "Создайте один прайс-лист на одну валюту. Новое поле * Валюты * отображается " "в форме установления прайс-листа." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:13 msgid "" "To activate a new currency, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Currencies`, select it in the list and press *Activate* in" @@ -1690,15 +4816,15 @@ msgstr "" "Configuration --> Currencies`, выберите в списке и нажмите * Активировать * " "в верхнем правом углу. Теперь он появится в выпадающих списках валют." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:17 msgid "Prices in foreign currencies can be defined in two fashions." msgstr "Цены в иностранной валюте можно определить двумя способами." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:20 msgid "Automatic conversion from public price" msgstr "Автоматическая конвертация по открытой цене" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:22 msgid "" "The public price is in your company's main currency (see " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings`) and is set in product detail form." @@ -1707,7 +4833,7 @@ msgstr "" "`Бухучет -> Налаштування`) и установлен в форме детальной информации о " "товаре." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:28 msgid "" "The conversion rates can be found in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Currencies`. They can be updated from Yahoo or the " @@ -1719,11 +4845,11 @@ msgstr "" " вручную, ежедневно, еженедельно и тому подобное. См. : Menuselection: " "`Бухучет -> Налаштування`." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:40 msgid "Set your own prices" msgstr "Установите свои собственные цены" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:42 msgid "" "This is advised if you don't want your pricing to change along with currency" " rates." @@ -1731,15 +4857,15 @@ msgstr "" "Установление собственных цен рекомендуется, если вы не хотите, чтобы ваши " "цены менялись вместе с курсом валют." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:49 msgid ":doc:`pricing`" msgstr ":doc:`pricing`" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:3 msgid "How to adapt your prices to your customers and apply discounts" msgstr "Как адаптировать цены до ваших клиентов и применять скидки" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo has a powerful pricelist feature to support a pricing strategy tailored" " to your business. A pricelist is a list of prices or price rules that Odoo " @@ -1748,36 +4874,36 @@ msgid "" "quantity and get a price break), etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:9 msgid "" "As pricelists only suggest prices, they can be overridden by vendors " "completing sales orders. Choose your pricing strategy from " ":menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:18 msgid "" "*A single sale price per product :* doesn't let you adapt prices, it use " "default product price ;" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:19 msgid "" "*Different prices per customer segment :* you will set several prices per " "products ;" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:20 msgid "" "*Advanced pricing based on formula :* will let you apply discounts, margins " "and roundings." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:23 msgid "Several prices per product" msgstr "Несколько цен на товар" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:25 msgid "" "To apply several prices per product, select *Different prices per customer " "segment* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`. Then open the *Sales* tab " @@ -1788,18 +4914,18 @@ msgstr "" "откройте вкладку * Продажи * в форме деталей товара. Вы можете решить " "следующие стратегии." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:30 msgid "Prices per customer segment" msgstr "Цены на сегмент клиента" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:32 msgid "" "Create pricelists for your customer segments: e.g. registered, premium, etc." msgstr "" "Создайте стоимость для ваших сегментов клиентов: например, зарегистрирован, " "премиум и др." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:37 msgid "" "The default pricelist applied to any new customer is *Public Pricelist*. To " "segment your customers, open the customer detail form and change the *Sale " @@ -1810,17 +4936,17 @@ msgstr "" "подробную форму заказчика и измените * Продажную стоимость * на вкладке * " "Продажи и покупки *." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:45 msgid "Temporary prices" msgstr "временные цены" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:47 msgid "Apply deals for bank holidays, etc. Enter start and end dates dates." msgstr "" "Примените соглашения для праздничных дней и др. Введите даты начала и " "завершения." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:53 msgid "" "Make sure you have default prices set in the pricelist outside of the deals " "period. Otherwise you might have issues once the period over." @@ -1828,11 +4954,11 @@ msgstr "" "Убедитесь, что цены по умолчанию установлены в прайс-листе за пределами " "периода сделок. Иначе вы можете иметь проблемы после окончания периода." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:57 msgid "Prices per minimum quantity" msgstr "Цены за минимальное количество" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:63 msgid "" "The prices order does not matter. The system is smart and applies first " "prices that match the order date and/or the minimal quantities." @@ -1840,11 +4966,11 @@ msgstr "" "Ценовой заказ не имеет значения. Система умный и применяет первые цены, " "которые соответствуют дате заказа и / или минимальным количествам." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:67 msgid "Discounts, margins, roundings" msgstr "Скидки, маржа, округление" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:69 msgid "" "*Advanced pricing based on formula* allows to set price change rules. " "Changes can be relative to the product list/catalog price, the product cost " @@ -1854,7 +4980,7 @@ msgid "" " or multiple of either (nearest 5 cents, nearest 10 dollars)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:76 msgid "" "Once installed go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Pricelists`" " (or :menuselection:`Website Admin --> Catalog --> Pricelists` if you use " @@ -1864,7 +4990,7 @@ msgstr "" "Pricelists` (или :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Pricelists` " "если вы используете электронную коммерцию)." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:84 msgid "" "Each pricelist item can be associated to either all products, to a product " "internal category (set of products) or to a specific product. Like in second" @@ -1874,7 +5000,7 @@ msgstr "" " категорией товара (набором товаров) или с определенным товаром. Как и во " "втором варианте, вы можете установить даты и минимальные количества." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:91 msgid "" "Once again the system is smart. If a rule is set for a particular item and " "another one for its category, Odoo will take the rule of the item." @@ -1882,44 +5008,44 @@ msgstr "" "Еще раз - система является разумной. Если для элемента установлено правило, " "а другой - для его категории, Odoo принимает правило элемента." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:93 msgid "Make sure at least one pricelist item covers all your products." msgstr "" "Убедитесь, что по крайней мере один элемент прайс-листа охватывает все ваши " "товара." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:95 msgid "There are 3 modes of computation: fix price, discount & formula." msgstr "Существует 3 режима вычисления: фиксированная цена, скидка и формула." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:100 msgid "Here are different price settings made possible thanks to formulas." msgstr "" "Вот различные настройки цен, которые стали возможными благодаря формулам." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:103 msgid "Discounts with roundings" msgstr "Скидки с округлениями" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:105 msgid "e.g. 20% discounts with prices rounded up to 9.99." msgstr "напр. 20% скидки с ценами, скругленными к 9.99." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:111 msgid "Costs with markups (retail)" msgstr "Расходы по наценками (розница)" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:113 msgid "e.g. sale price = 2*cost (100% markup) with $5 of minimal margin." msgstr "" "например, цена продажи = 2 * стоимость (100% расценка) с 5 гривен " "минимальной маржи." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:119 msgid "Prices per country" msgstr "Цены на страну" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:120 msgid "" "Pricelists can be set by countries group. Any new customer recorded in Odoo " "gets a default pricelist, i.e. the first one in the list matching the " @@ -1931,22 +5057,22 @@ msgstr "" "в списке соответствует стране. Если ни одна страна не установлена для " "клиента, Odoo берет первый прайс-лист без какой-либо группы-стран." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:123 msgid "The default pricelist can be replaced when creating a sales order." msgstr "" "По умолчанию прайс-лист можно заменить при создании заказа на продажу." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:125 msgid "You can change the pricelists sequence by drag & drop in list view." msgstr "" "Вы можете изменять последовательность прайс-листов с помощью перетаскивания " "в виде списка." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:128 msgid "Compute and show discount % to customers" msgstr "Вычислите и покажите процент скидки покупателям" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:130 msgid "" "In case of discount, you can show the public price and the computed discount" " % on printed sales orders and in your eCommerce catalog. To do so:" @@ -1955,7 +5081,7 @@ msgstr "" "на печатные заказы на продажу и в каталоге электронной коммерции. Делайте " "так:" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:132 msgid "" "Check *Allow discounts on sales order lines* in :menuselection:`Sales --> " "Configuration --> Settings --> Quotations & Sales --> Discounts`." @@ -1964,143 +5090,115 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings --> Quotations & Sales " "--> Discounts`." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:133 msgid "Apply the option in the pricelist setup form." msgstr "Используйте эту опцию в форме установления прайс-листа." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:140 msgid ":doc:`currencies`" msgstr ":doc:`currencies`" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:141 -msgid ":doc:`../../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing`" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:141 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing`" +msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products.rst:3 msgid "Manage your products" msgstr "Управляйте вашими товарами" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:3 -msgid "How to import products with categories and variants" -msgstr "Как импортировать товары с категориями и вариантами в Odoo" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:3 +msgid "How to import Products with Categories and Variants" +msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:5 msgid "" -"Import templates are provided in the import tool of the most common data to " -"import (contacts, products, bank statements, etc.). You can open them with " -"any spreadsheets software (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, " +"Import templates are provided in the **Import Tool** of the most common data" +" to import (contacts, products, bank statements, etc.). You can open them " +"with any spreadsheet software (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, " "etc.)." msgstr "" -"Шаблоны импорта, содержащие наиболее распространенные данные для импорта " -"(контакты, продукты, банковские выписки и т.д.) предоставляются в " -"инструменте импорта. Вы можете открыть их с помощью любого программного " -"обеспечения для электронных таблиц (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google " -"Drive и т.д.)." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:11 msgid "How to customize the file" msgstr "Как настроить файл" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:13 msgid "" -"Remove columns you don't need. We advise to not remove the *ID* one (see why" -" here below)." +"Remove columns you don't need. However, we advise you to not remove the *ID*" +" column (see why below)." msgstr "" -"Удалите ненужные столбцы. Мы не рекомендуем удалять столбец *ID* (почему, " -"см. ниже)." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:15 msgid "" "Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing." msgstr "" "Установите уникальный ID для каждой отдельной записи, перетаскивая их вниз " "последовательно." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:16 msgid "" -"Don't change labels of columns you want to import. Otherwise Odoo won't " -"recognize them anymore and you will have to map them on your own in the " +"Don't change the labels of columns you want to import. Otherwise, Odoo won't" +" recognize them anymore, and you will have to map them on your own in the " "import screen." msgstr "" -"Не изменяйте метки столбцов, которые нужно импортировать. В противном случае" -" Odoo больше не будет их распознавать, и вам придется сопоставлять их на " -"экране импорта." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:18 msgid "" -"To add new columns,Feel free to add new columns but the fields need to exist" -" in Odoo. If Odoo fails in matching the column name with a field, you can " -"make it manually when importing by browsing a list of available fields." +"Feel free to add new columns, but the fields need to exist in Odoo. If Odoo " +"fails in matching the column name with a field, you can match it manually " +"when importing by browsing a list of available fields." msgstr "" -"Чтобы добавить новые столбцы, не стесняйтесь их добавлять, но не забывайте, " -"что в Odoo должны быть поля. Если Odoo не в состоянии сопоставить название " -"столбца с полем, его можно вручную импортировать, просмотрев список " -"доступных полей." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:24 -msgid "Why an “ID” column" -msgstr "Почему столбец “ID”?" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:24 +msgid "Why an “ID” column?" +msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:26 msgid "" -"The ID is an unique identifier for the line item. Feel free to use the one " -"of your previous software to ease the transition to Odoo." +"The ID is a truly unique identifier for the line item. Feel free to use one" +" of your previous software to ease the transition into Odoo." msgstr "" -"ИD - это уникальный идентификатор позиции. Не стесняйтесь использовать один " -"из предыдущих программных обеспечений, чтобы облегчить переход к Odoo." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:29 msgid "" -"Setting an ID is not mandatory when importing but it helps in many cases:" +"Setting an ID is not mandatory when importing, but it helps in many cases:" msgstr "" -"Установка ID не является обязательной при импорте, но это помогает во многих" -" случаях:" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:31 msgid "" "Update imports: you can import the same file several times without creating " -"duplicates;" +"duplicates." msgstr "" -"Обновление импорта: вы можете импортировать один и тот же файл несколько раз" -" без создания дубликатов;" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:32 msgid "Import relation fields (see here below)." msgstr "Импортируйте поля отношений (см. ниже)." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:35 msgid "How to import relation fields" msgstr "Как импортировать поля отношений" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:37 msgid "" -"An Odoo object is always related to many other objects (e.g. a product is " +"An Odoo object is always related to many other objects (e.g., a product is " "linked to product categories, attributes, vendors, etc.). To import those " -"relations you need to import the records of the related object first from " +"relations, you need to import the records of the related object first from " "their own list menu." msgstr "" -"Объекты в Odoo всегда связаны со многими другими объектами (например, товар " -"связан с категориями товаров, атрибутами, поставщиками и т.д.). Чтобы " -"импортировать эти отношения, вам нужно сначала импортировать записи " -"связанного объекта из их собственного меню." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:41 msgid "" -"You can do it using either the name of the related record or its ID. The ID " -"is expected when two records have the same name. In such a case add \" / " -"ID\" at the end of the column title (e.g. for product attributes: Product " +"You can do this using the name of the related record or its ID. The ID is " +"expected when two records have the same name. In such a case, add \" / ID\" " +"at the end of the column title (e.g., for product attributes: Product " "Attributes / Attribute / ID)." msgstr "" -"Вы можете сделать это, используя имя соответствующей записи или его ID. ID " -"ожидается тогда, когда две записи имеют одинаковое имя. В таком случае " -"добавьте "/ ID" в конце заголовка колонки (например, для атрибутов" -" товара: атрибуты товара / атрибут / ID товара)." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:3 msgid "Using product variants" msgstr "Использование вариантов товара" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:5 msgid "" "Product variants are used to manage products having different variations, " "like size, color, etc. It allows managing the product at the template level " @@ -2111,24 +5209,24 @@ msgstr "" "уровне шаблона (для всех вариантов) и на уровне вариантов (специфические " "атрибуты)." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:10 msgid "" "As an example, a company selling t-shirts may have the following product:" msgstr "Например, компания, продающая футболки, может иметь такой товар:" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:13 msgid "B&C T-shirt" msgstr "Футболка B & C" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:15 msgid "Sizes: S, M, L, XL, XXL" msgstr "Размеры: S, M, L, XL, XXL" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:16 msgid "Colors: Blue, Red, White, Black" msgstr "Цвета: синий, красный, белый, черный" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:18 msgid "" "In this example, **B&C T-Shirt** is called the product template and **B&C " "T-Shirt, S, Blue** is a variant. Sizes and color are **attributes**." @@ -2137,7 +5235,7 @@ msgstr "" "& C, S **, синий - это вариант. Размеры и цвет является ** атрибутами " "**." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:22 msgid "" "The above example has a total of 20 different products (5 sizes x 4 colors)." " Each one of these products has its own inventory, sales, etc." @@ -2146,11 +5244,11 @@ msgstr "" "размеров на 4 цвета). Каждый из этих товаров имеет собственную " "инвентаризацию, продажа и др." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:26 msgid "Impact of variants" msgstr "влияние вариантов" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:28 msgid "" "**Barcode**: the code and barcode is associated to a variant, not the " "template. Every variant may have its own barcode / SKU." @@ -2158,7 +5256,7 @@ msgstr "" "** Штрих-код ** код и штрих-код ассоциируются с вариантом, а не с шаблоном. " "Каждый вариант может иметь свой штрих-код / ​​SKU." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:31 msgid "" "**Price**: every product variant has its own public price that is computed " "based on the template price ($20) with an optional extra for every variant " @@ -2170,7 +5268,7 @@ msgstr "" "каждого варианта (+ 3 долл. США за красный цвет). Тем не менее, вы можете " "определить ценовые правила, применяемые к шаблону или варианта." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:36 msgid "" "**Inventory**: the inventory is managed by product variant. You don't own " "t-shirts, you only own \"T-shirts, S, Red\", or \"T-Shirts, M, Blue\". For " @@ -2184,7 +5282,7 @@ msgstr "" "шаблона товара вы получаете запас, который является суммой каждого варианта " "(но фактический запас исчисляется по варианту)." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:42 msgid "" "**Picture**: the picture is related to the variant, every variation of a " "product may have its own primary picture." @@ -2192,7 +5290,7 @@ msgstr "" "** Изображения **: картинка связана с вариантом, каждая вариация товара " "может иметь свою основную картину." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:45 msgid "" "**Other fields**: most of the other fields belongs to the product template. " "If you update them, it updates automatically all the variants. (example: " @@ -2202,19 +5300,19 @@ msgstr "" "Если вы их обновляете, он автоматически обновляет все варианты (пример: Счет" " дохода, Налоги)." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:50 msgid "Should you use variants?" msgstr "Стоит ли использовать варианты?" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:53 msgid "When should you use variants?" msgstr "Когда следует использовать варианты?" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:55 msgid "Using variants has the following impacts:" msgstr "Использование вариантов имеет следующие последствия:" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:57 msgid "" "**eCommerce**: in your online shop, the customer will only see product " "templates in the catalog page. Once the visitor click on such a product, he " @@ -2224,7 +5322,7 @@ msgstr "" "шаблоны товаров на странице каталога. Когда посетитель нажимает на такой " "товар, он будет иметь варианты выбора среди вариантов (цвета, размеры, ...)" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:62 msgid "" "**Manufacturing**: Using variants allows to define only one bill of material" " for a product template and slight variations for some of the variants. " @@ -2239,7 +5337,7 @@ msgstr "" "строки, соответствующие конкретному размера S, а также другие строки, " "специфичные для красного цвета." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:69 msgid "" "**Pricing**: The default price of a product is computed using the price of " "the product template and add the optional extra price on each dimension of " @@ -2253,11 +5351,11 @@ msgstr "" "нужно устанавливать цены по каждому варианту. Однако можно создать ценовые " "правила, чтобы установить цену за вариантом." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:77 msgid "When should you avoid using variants?" msgstr "Когда следует избегать использования вариантов?" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:79 msgid "" "Using variants may add a level of complexity on the way you use Odoo. You " "should consider using variants only if you need it to reduce the complexity " @@ -2268,7 +5366,7 @@ msgstr "" "только в том случае, когда вам это нужно, чтобы уменьшить сложность " "управления многими товарами, которые являются аналогами." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:83 msgid "" "As an example, importing your initial product catalog is more complex if you" " use variants. You can't just import a list of products, you must import " @@ -2278,7 +5376,7 @@ msgstr "" " используете варианты. Вы не можете просто импортировать список товаров, вы " "должны импортировать шаблоны товаров и все связанные с ними варианты." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:87 msgid "" "In addition to that, you should also carefully select the dimensions that " "you manage as separate product templates and those as variants. As an " @@ -2288,23 +5386,23 @@ msgstr "" "управляете как отдельными шаблонами товаров, и те, что являются вариантами. " "Например, компания, которая имеет эти товары:" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:91 msgid "Quality: T-Shirts, Polos, Shirts" msgstr "Качество: футболки, поло" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:93 -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:105 -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:110 msgid "Color: Red, Blue" msgstr "Цвет: красный, синий" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:95 -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:106 -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:111 msgid "Size: S, M, L, XL" msgstr "Размер: S, M, L, XL" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:97 msgid "" "In such a use case, you could create 1 template with three dimensions of " "variants (Layout, T-Shirts, Polos). But, it's recommended to create two " @@ -2318,25 +5416,19 @@ msgstr "" "потребитель надеется увидеть их как два разных товара в электронной " "коммерции:" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:103 msgid "Product Template: T-shirt" msgstr "Шаблон товара: футболка" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:108 msgid "Product Template: Polos" msgstr "Шаблон товара: поло" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:114 -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:9 -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:16 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Настройка" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:117 msgid "Activate the variant feature" msgstr "Активизируйте функцию варианта" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:119 msgid "" "Before you can use product variants, you must first activate the product " "variants in the settings. To do so, you must go to the Sales app. In the " @@ -2350,11 +5442,11 @@ msgstr "" "товара ** и поставьте флажок ** Товары могут иметь несколько атрибутов **, " "затем нажмите ** Применить **." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:129 msgid "Creating products with variants" msgstr "Создание продуктов с различными вариантами" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:131 msgid "" "Once you have activated the variant option, you can add variants to your " "products. To do so, go to the Sales module, :menuselection:`Sales --> " @@ -2364,11 +5456,11 @@ msgstr "" "этого перейдите к модулю :menuselection:`Sales --> Products`. Он также " "доступен в модуле Покупки и Состав." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:135 msgid "Now, click on the product you wish to add variants to." msgstr "Теперь нажмите на товар, к которому нужно добавить варианты." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:137 msgid "" "In the product page, a new tab called Variants has appeared. The number in " "purple written on top is the number of variants this product currently has. " @@ -2380,7 +5472,7 @@ msgstr "" "время. Чтобы добавить новые варианты, нажмите на плитку. В новом окне " "нажмите кнопку ** Создать **." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:142 msgid "" "In **Attributes**, click on the rolldown menu and select the type of " "variance you wish to add. If the variant does not yet exist, you can create " @@ -2390,7 +5482,7 @@ msgstr "" "разницы, какой вы хотите добавить. Если вариант еще не существует, вы можете" " создать его на лету, нажав кнопку Создать и изменение ..." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:149 msgid "" "In the Attributes window, the **Value** field is the description of the " "attribute such as Green, Plastic or 32GB. The **Attribute** field is the " @@ -2400,7 +5492,7 @@ msgstr "" "Зеленый, Пластиковый или «32 Гб». Поле ** Атрибут ** - это тип варианта, " "такого как Цвет, Материал или Память." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:156 msgid "" "You can add a cost for the variant on the fly by adding it in the " "**Attribute Price Extra** field, or choose to modify it later. Click on " @@ -2410,13 +5502,13 @@ msgstr "" "Дополнительные характеристики ** или выберите позже. Нажмите кнопку ** " "Сохранить **." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:160 msgid "" "You can also add a different barcode and internal reference to the variant." msgstr "" "Вы также можете добавить другой штрих-код и внутренняя ссылка на вариант." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:163 msgid "" "When you have entered all the specifications of the variant, click on " "**Save**." @@ -2424,15 +5516,11 @@ msgstr "" "Когда вы ввели все спецификации этого варианта, нажмите кнопку ** Сохранить " "**." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:167 msgid "Managing Product Variants" msgstr "Управление вариантами товара" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:170 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "Введение" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:172 msgid "" "The examples below are all based on this product template that has two " "variant attributes :" @@ -2440,23 +5528,23 @@ msgstr "" "Приведенные ниже примеры являются основой этого шаблона товара, который " "имеет два атрибуты варианта:" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:175 msgid "T-Shirt B&C" msgstr "Футболка B & C" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:177 msgid "Color: Red, Blue, White" msgstr "Цвет: красный, синий, белый" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:179 msgid "Size: S, M, L, XL, XXL" msgstr "Размер: S, M, L, XL, XXL" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:182 msgid "Managing combination possibilities" msgstr "Управление возможностями комбинации" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:184 msgid "" "By default, with the above product template, you get 15 different products " "(3 colors, 5 sizes). If the XXL size only exists for red and blue t-shirts, " @@ -2466,7 +5554,7 @@ msgstr "" "различных товаров (3 цвета, 5 размеров). Если размер XXL существует только " "для красных и синих футболок, вы можете отключить вариант белого товара." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:188 msgid "" "To do this, click on the **Variants** button, select the XXL, White T-shirt." " From the product form, uncheck the **Active** box of the T-shirt White, " @@ -2475,16 +5563,16 @@ msgstr "" "Для этого нажмите кнопку ** Варианты **, выберите XXL, белая футболка. Из " "формы товара снимите обозначения ** Активно ** футболки белого цвета XXL." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:197 msgid "" "That deactivating a product is different than having an inventory of 0." msgstr "Отключение товара отличается от наличия инвентаризации 0." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:200 msgid "Setting a price per variant" msgstr "Установление цены за вариант" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:202 msgid "" "You can add a cost over the main price for some of the variants of a " "product." @@ -2492,7 +5580,7 @@ msgstr "" "Вы можете добавить стоимость по основной цене для некоторых вариантов " "товара." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:205 msgid "" "Once you have activated the variant option, you can add variants to your " "products. To do so, go to the Sales module, open :menuselection:`Sales --> " @@ -2504,7 +5592,7 @@ msgstr "" "Products` и нажмите на товар, который нужно изменить. Нажмите кнопку ** " "Варианты цен **, чтобы посмотреть список вариантов значений." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:213 msgid "" "Click on the variant name you wish to add a value to, to make the 3 fields " "editable. In the **Attribute Price Extra** field, add the cost of the " @@ -2515,35 +5603,37 @@ msgstr "" "характеристики ** добавьте стоимость варианта, который будет добавлен к " "начальной цены." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:220 msgid "When you have entered all the extra values, click on **Save**." msgstr "" "Когда вы введете все дополнительные значения, нажмите кнопку ** Сохранить " "**." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:223 msgid "" "`Accounting Memento: Details of Journal Entries " -"<../../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.html#journal-entries>`_" +"</applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.html" +"#journal-entries>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:225 -msgid ":doc:`../../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill`" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:225 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill`" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/taxes.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/taxes.rst:3 msgid "Set taxes" msgstr "установите налоги" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations.rst:3 msgid "Send Quotations" msgstr "Отправьте коммерческие предложения" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:3 msgid "Use quotations deadline to stimulate your customers" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:5 msgid "" "When sending quotations, it is important to set a deadline to encourage your" " customers to act. Indeed, this will stimulate them because they will be " @@ -2552,21 +5642,21 @@ msgid "" "profitable for you." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:11 msgid "Set a deadline" msgstr "установите дедлайн" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:13 msgid "" "With Odoo Sales, it is possible to instantly add an **Expiration Date** from" " the quotation or the sales order." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:22 msgid "Use deadline in your quotation templates" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:24 msgid "" "It is also possible to add a deadline to every quotation template created. " "Whenever a specific quotation template is used in a quote, its associated " @@ -2574,26 +5664,26 @@ msgid "" "documentation about :doc:`quote_template` to excel in their use." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:34 msgid "" "By clicking on the **Customer Preview** button, you will be able to see when" " the offer expires. For your information, the number of days will be the " "same as those mentioned in the quotation template." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:44 -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:50 -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:51 -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:65 -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:115 msgid ":doc:`quote_template`" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:3 msgid "Deliver and invoice to different addresses" msgstr "Доставляйте и выставляйте счета на разные адреса" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:5 msgid "" "With Odoo Sales, you can configure different addresses for delivery and " "invoicing. For some customers, it will be very practical to define specific " @@ -2601,17 +5691,17 @@ msgid "" "delivery location as the invoicing location." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:12 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the" " **Customer Addresses** feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:21 msgid "Add addresses from a quotation" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:23 msgid "" "When you create a quotation, you must add a customer. This customer can be a" " company or a person with specific billing and shipping addresses already " @@ -2621,7 +5711,7 @@ msgid "" "able to add, delete and modify invoice and delivery addresses." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:35 msgid "" "If you select a customer with defined invoice and delivery addresses, Odoo " "will automatically use them to fill in the fields. Now, if you want to " @@ -2629,11 +5719,11 @@ msgid "" "the sales order." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:40 msgid "Add addresses from a contact form" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:42 msgid "" "Previously, we talked about the contact form that you can fill in directly " "from a quotation or a sales order to add billing and shipping addresses to " @@ -2643,11 +5733,11 @@ msgid "" " quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:54 msgid "Deal with different addresses" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:56 msgid "" "Like for the previous example, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> " "Customers` and create a new customer. There, you can add company information" @@ -2655,7 +5745,7 @@ msgid "" "the **Contacts & Addresses** tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:65 msgid "" "Once done, you can return to your Sales dashboard and create a new " "quotation. Now, if you enter your new customer, you will see that the other " @@ -2663,17 +5753,17 @@ msgid "" "billing and shipping addresses." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:74 msgid "" "With Odoo Sales, it is now very convenient to play with various addresses in" " terms of invoice and delivery features." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:3 msgid "Get paid to confirm an order" msgstr "Получите плату, чтобы подтвердить заказ" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:5 msgid "" "In general, online payments are considered as a fast and secure alternative " "to traditional payment methods. It is generally cheaper, easier and faster " @@ -2683,67 +5773,67 @@ msgid "" "it's very convenient and saves lots of time in a basic sales process." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:12 msgid "Enable online payment" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:14 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the" " **Online Payment** feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:22 msgid "" "There, you will have direct access to the **Payment Acquirers** page. It " "will allow you to select and configure your acquirers of choice. Before " "creating or modifying a payment acquirer, be sure to check out our " "documentation about how to be paid with payment acquirers such as " -":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal`, " -":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize`, and others in the " -":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers` documentation." +":doc:`/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal`, " +":doc:`/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize`, and others in the " +":doc:`/applications/general/payment_acquirers` documentation." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:30 msgid "" "If you are familiar with this documentation: :doc:`quote_template`; you can " "activate or not the **Online Payment** feature for each template you use, " "under their confirmation tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:35 msgid "Register a payment" msgstr "зарегистрируйте оплату" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:37 msgid "" "After opening quotations from their received email, your customers will have" " different possibilities to make their online payments. For example:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:46 msgid "" "By clicking on the **Customer Preview** button, you will be able to see what" " your customers will have to choose when it comes to payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:51 -msgid ":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers`" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:51 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/payment_acquirers`" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:52 -msgid ":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal`" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:52 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal`" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:53 -msgid ":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize`" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:53 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize`" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:3 msgid "Get a signature to confirm an order" msgstr "Получите подпись, чтобы подтвердить заказ" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:5 msgid "" "Online signatures are like electronic \"fingerprints\". By using them on " "Odoo, you will get automatic orders confirmation. You and your customers " @@ -2751,28 +5841,28 @@ msgid "" "process." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:10 msgid "Activate online signature" msgstr "Активируйте подпись онлайн" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:12 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the" " **Online Signature** feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:21 msgid "" "If you are familiar with this documentation: :doc:`quote_template`, you can " "activate or not the **Online Signature** feature for each quotation template" " you use, under their confirmation tab. Example:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:31 msgid "Confirm an order with a signature" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:33 msgid "" "When you send quotations to clients, they can instantly accept and sign it " "online. When they click on **Sign & Pay**, they have the choice to draw " @@ -2781,24 +5871,24 @@ msgid "" "of an automated signature:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:43 msgid "" "Once signed, you will have the possibility to choose your payment methods. " "Then, when the quotation will be paid and confirmed, a delivery order will " "be created automatically by Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:47 msgid "" "Be careful that delivery orders are only generated for storable products and" " if the **Inventory app** is already installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:3 msgid "Add optional products" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:5 msgid "" "The use of optional products is a marketing strategy for cross-selling " "products along with a core product. The aim is to offer useful and related " @@ -2807,24 +5897,24 @@ msgid "" "or not to order such high-quality products and simply buy his car." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:11 msgid "Add optional products to your quotations" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:13 msgid "" "With Odoo Sales, it is possible to add or modify optional products directly " "on quotations (under the **Optional Products** tab, as you can see below)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:22 msgid "" "By clicking on the **Customer Preview** button, you will be able to see what" " your customers will have as possibilities after opening a quotation from " "their received email." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:30 msgid "" "In practice, your customers will be able to add different optional products " "to their order by using associated carts, with a user-friendly layout. More " @@ -2833,85 +5923,86 @@ msgid "" "salesman." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:40 msgid "" "Like this, salespeople will see each movement made by the customer and " "tracking the order will be all the better." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:49 msgid "Add optional products to your quotation templates" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:51 msgid "" "Be sure to check out our documentation about :doc:`quote_template` to " "understand how you can enable, create, design and manage your own quotation " "templates before reading this part." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:54 msgid "" "For quotation templates, you also have an **Optional Products** tab where " "you can add related products or services." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:62 msgid "" "With Odoo Sales, it is now very easy to understand your customer's needs." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:3 msgid "Use quotation templates" msgstr "Используйте шаблоны коммерческого предложения" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:5 msgid "" "By creating custom quotation templates, you will save a lot of time. Indeed," " with the use of templates, you will be able to send complete quotations at " "a fast pace." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:11 msgid "" "To enable this feature, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " "Settings` and activate **Quotation Templates**." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:19 msgid "" "For even more convenience, it is also recommended to add the **Quotation " "Builder** feature which will help you design your quotation templates very " "easily. This option will automatically install the Odoo Website App." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:47 msgid "Create your first template" msgstr "Создайте ваш первый шаблон" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:31 msgid "" "Quotation templates are under :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:33 msgid "" "You can create a new template or edit an existing one. Once named, you will " "be able to select products and quantities as well as the expiration time of " "the quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:42 msgid "" "On each template, you can also specify discounts if the option is activated " "in the **Sales** settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:46 msgid "Design your template" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:48 msgid "" "You will have the possibility to design your template and edit the customer " "interface in order to manage what clients will see before accepting and " @@ -2920,59 +6011,59 @@ msgid "" "**Edit** and you will be brought to the quotation builder." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:58 msgid "" "You can easily edit the content of your template by dragging & dropping " "different building blocks to organize your quotation. For example, you can " "add a content block to describe your products." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:67 msgid "Use a quotation template" msgstr "Используйте шаблон коммерческого предложения" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:69 msgid "When creating a quotation, you can choose a specific template." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:77 msgid "" "You can select any template of your choice and suggest it as the default " "template in the **Sales** settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:81 msgid "Confirm the quotation" msgstr "Подтвердите коммерческое предложение" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:83 msgid "" "Templates facilitate the confirmation process by allowing customers to sign " "electronically or to pay online. You can activate these two options directly" " in the quotation template itself." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:92 msgid "" "Every quotation will now have this setting. Of course you can always change " "it and make it specific for each quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:96 -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:116 msgid ":doc:`get_signature_to_validate`" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:97 -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:117 msgid ":doc:`get_paid_to_validate`" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:3 msgid "Add terms & conditions" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:5 msgid "" "Specifying terms and conditions is essential to set out important " "contractual points such as payment terms, limitation of liability and " @@ -2984,17 +6075,17 @@ msgid "" "manage." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:13 msgid "Default Terms & Conditions" msgstr "Стандартные условия" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:18 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and " "activate *Default Terms & Conditions*." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:27 msgid "" "Please note that this feature is activated via the settings of the " "**Invoicing App** and **not** via the settings of the **Sales App**. " @@ -3002,73 +6093,73 @@ msgid "" "done automatically with the installation of the sales application." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:32 msgid "DT&C on your quotations, sales orders, and invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:34 msgid "" "In the settings of the **Invoicing App**, you have the possibility to insert" " your default terms and conditions." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:42 msgid "They appear subsequently on every quotation, sales order, and invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:45 msgid "DT&C on your quotation templates" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:47 msgid "" "According to your business needs, you can specify your terms and conditions " "on your quotation templates. This is interesting if you have different terms" " and conditions within your company." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:56 msgid "" "Be sure to check out our documentation about quotation templates: " ":doc:`quote_template`, to master each step of this amazing feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:60 msgid "General Terms & Conditions" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:63 msgid "GT&C on your website" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:65 msgid "" "Use the **Website App** and create your own general terms and conditions " "page. For example, here is the Odoo terms and conditions page:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:73 msgid "" "You can refer to this page in the footer of all your documents. The layout " "is available in the **General Settings** under the **Business Documents** " "category. For example, this footer appears in every document from Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:83 msgid "GT&C as attachment in your emails" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:85 msgid "" "Attach an external document with your general terms and conditions when you " "are about to send your quotation by email to your customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:94 msgid "GT&C as attachment in your quotation templates" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:96 msgid "" "Create and edit email templates to set a default attachment for all " "quotation emails that you will send in the future. To do so, you have to go " @@ -3080,12 +6171,924 @@ msgid "" "conditions." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:109 msgid "" "To customize your email templates, activate the **developer mode** and go to" " :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Email --> Templates`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:112 msgid "With Odoo Sales it is now very simple to deal with terms & conditions." msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:3 +msgid "Subscriptions" +msgstr "Подписки" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:3 +msgid "Add subscription products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To properly sell your subscriptions using our amazing **Odoo Subscriptions**" +" application, you must follow these steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:8 +msgid "**Create your own subscription templates**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:9 +msgid "**Create your own subscription products with the right settings**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:11 +msgid "" +"As a result, you will be able to manage your subscriptions like any other " +"product, create your quotations and continue the sales flow to track the " +"number of subscriptions you sell and manage the revenue they generate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Subscription products` to learn how " +"you can configure your own subscription products. You have the possibility " +"to create a new product or edit an existing one. Once named, be careful to " +"select the option *Can be sold* and deselect *Can be purchased*. For the " +"product type, it is recommended to use *Service* for subscription products " +"as they are non-material products that you provide to your customers. " +"Finally, you can adapt your prices and also add an internal reference." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:30 +msgid "" +"In the Sales tab, underneath the Subscriptions section, make sure the " +"*Subscription products* option is activated. In fact, if you create a " +"subscription product from the **Odoo Subscriptions** application, this " +"option is selected by default. However, if you create a product from another" +" application, it is not the case." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:39 +msgid "You can also choose the subscription templates you want to use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Be sure to check out our documentation on how to create, edit and manage " +"your own :doc:`Subscription templates " +"<../../subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates>` before creating " +"your own subscription products. Once created, check out our documentation on" +" how to :doc:`Create a quotation using subscription products " +"<../../subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation>`, to complete the sales " +"flow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:83 +msgid ":doc:`../../subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:85 +msgid ":doc:`../../subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:3 +msgid "Use subscription templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The subscription business model is becoming more popular. Are you wondering " +"why?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:7 +msgid "For **customers**, value lies in **convenience**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Subscriptions simplify the business process. Indeed, subscribers never have " +"to remember to renew their orders every month, which gives them the " +"assurance that they will have everything they need before they actually need" +" it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:12 +msgid "Subscriptions help customers stay on budget." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:14 +msgid "" +"For **businesses**, value lies in the **ability to predict recurring " +"revenue**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Subscriptions reduce customer churn rate and significantly increase customer" +" retention." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Subscriptions provide much higher payment security for your business. They " +"stabilize and maintain recurring revenue streams by guaranteeing monthly " +"revenues and adding value to your business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:27 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Subscriptions** help you save time and money. Subscription templates " +"can help you generate recurring invoices and manage renewals at a fast pace." +" With Odoo you have the possibility to create, edit, and manage your own " +"subscription templates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Configuration --> Subscription " +"templates`. By default, Odoo suggests you two types of subscription (MON - " +"Monthly subscription *vs* YEA - Yearly subscription). You can also create " +"your own ones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:43 +msgid "" +"The **Odoo Subscriptions** application automatically installs **Odoo Sales**" +" and **Odoo Invoicing** as they work integrated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:49 +msgid "" +"You can create a new template or edit an existing one. The first thing you " +"need to do is give your template a name. After that, choose an *Invoicing " +"period* and specify whether you would like to invoice your customers per " +"*Days*, *Weeks*, *Months* or *Years*. On *Duration*, determine if the " +"subscription must go on *Forever* (until it’s manually closed), or for a " +"*Fixed amount* of time. Among the payment options, an additional field " +"called *Invoice email* appears when you choose *Send*, *Send & try to " +"charge* or *Send after successful payment*. This field allows you to add an " +"invoice email template to your subscription templates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:61 +msgid "" +"For each template, you can also choose if you want your customers to be able" +" to close their subscriptions or not. If enabled, you can set an *Automatic " +"closing* limit and specify the *Group of subscription* and *Journal* " +"options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:66 +msgid "" +"On each template, you can add your **Terms and Conditions**. Specifying " +"terms and conditions is essential to set out important contractual points " +"between the customers and the sellers (payment, refund policy, cancellation," +" complaints, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Finally, if you want to know the basic running health status of your " +"subscriptions, you also have access to a specific tab called **Health " +"Check**. There, you can edit and create your own filters to define what is a" +" subscription in good health *vs* bad health. The system automatically " +"summarizes all the records corresponding to these filters and you are able " +"to manage them in one click." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:85 +msgid "" +"After creating your own subscription templates, be sure to check out our " +"documentation on how to create, edit and manage your own :doc:`Subscription " +"products <../../subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products>`, to " +"complete the sales flow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:84 +msgid ":doc:`../../subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up.rst:3 +msgid "Follow-up" +msgstr "Напоминание" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:3 +msgid "Set up automatic alerts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Now that your subscriptions are up and running, you want to stay up-to-date " +"with your customers. Some automation would be appreciated since you would " +"not want to go through the list of all your subscribers to check how things " +"are going. This is what the *Automatic Alerts* feature is for." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:9 +msgid "" +"For example, when customers subscribe to your magazine, you would probably " +"want to send them an email to welcome them and express your gratitude. Or, " +"if the satisfaction rate of your customers drops below 50%, you would " +"probably want to schedule a call with them to understand the reasons for " +"their dissatisfaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:14 +msgid "" +"With **Odoo Subscriptions**, you can set automatic emails, create a \"Call\"" +" task for one of your salespeople so that he/she can try to understand your " +"customer's dissatisfaction, and finally, why not automatically send " +"satisfaction surveys so customers can evaluate your services? All of that is" +" now possible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:20 +msgid "Create a new automatic alert" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The following example shows how to create a new automatic alert to send " +"satisfaction surveys to your customers, by email, after one month of " +"subscription. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> " +"Configuration --> Alerts`, and create a new alert." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:30 +msgid "" +"On the *Apply on* section, first give the alert a name. Then, you can choose" +" to apply this alert on a subscription template, on a specific customer, or " +"even on a specific product. If you want to add more specifications, you can " +"also specify the value of your MRR, the change rate of your MRR over a " +"certain period of time, the value of the satisfaction rate, and even the " +"stage to which you want to apply this alert." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:37 +msgid "" +"In this example, the alert is applied to a specific product, and the stage " +"goes from *Undefined* to *In Progress*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:40 +msgid "" +"For the *Action* section, specify the *Action* and the *Trigger on*. If the " +"*Trigger on* is set to *Modification*, the action is triggered every time " +"there is a change or anything added to the subscription, and all the " +"conditions on the *Apply on* section are met. Now, if the *Trigger on* is " +"set to *Timed condition*, it means that the action is triggered based on the" +" type of *Trigger date*. After that, you can choose your *Action*. You have " +"the choice between *Create next activity*, *Set a tag on the subscription*, " +"*Set a stage on the subscription*, *Mark as To Renew*, *Send an email to the" +" customer* and *Send an SMS Text Message to the customer*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:50 +msgid "" +"In the example above, the *Trigger on* is set to *Timed condition*, " +"therefore, a *Trigger date* and *Delay after trigger* need to be specified. " +"And because the *Send an email to the customer* action was adopted, an " +"*Email template* can be chosen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:54 +msgid "" +"As a result, this alert will send a rating survey after one month, to the " +"customers who have purchased that specific product. The survey will appear " +"in the chatter of your respective subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:63 +msgid "Modify an existing automatic alert" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:65 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo suggests you an automatic alert called *Take action on less" +" satisfied clients*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:71 +msgid "" +"This alert is applied to the *Rating Satisfaction* of your customers, and " +"the action is triggered on *Timed condition*. If their satisfaction rate is " +"lower than 50%, a salesperson contacts the customer. This action is " +"automatically assigned to the salesperson who manages the subscription, and " +"the due date is 5 days after the triggering of this action. This alert " +"ensures that your clients are happy and that you are taking actions if they " +"are not. It helps to keep your customer retention rates very high." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:79 +msgid "" +"By editing the alert, you can modify the *Apply on*, the *Action* and " +"*Activity* sections, and adapt them to your own needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:86 +msgid ":doc:`../../subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting.rst:3 +msgid "Reporting" +msgstr "Отчетность" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:3 +msgid "Generate subscription reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:5 +msgid "" +"As we know, understanding how our business is going, and where it is going, " +"is key to success. And particularly so when we offer subscription services " +"or products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Before getting to the heart of the matter, it is very important to recall " +"certain essential concepts to the proper understanding of the following " +"reports:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:11 +msgid "" +"**Monthly Recurring Revenue (MRR)**: MRR is arguably the most important " +"metric for subscription businesses. It shows the monthly revenue earned with" +" subscription-based products or services. It is a consistent number used to " +"track all recurring revenue over time, in monthly increments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:15 +msgid "" +"**Annual Run-Rate (ARR)**: ARR is the yearly version of MRR, which is based " +"on the current MRR, to estimate the coming year's performance. However, this" +" estimation does not take variations and growth into account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:23 +msgid "" +"**Non-Recurring Revenue (NRR)**: NRR shows the revenue earned for everything" +" else than subscription-based products or services. This includes gains of a" +" rare or unique nature that are unlikely to occur in the ordinary course of " +"businesses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:27 +msgid "" +"**Customer Retention**: Practices to engage existing customers to continue " +"buying products or services from your business. Customer retention can be a " +"challenge, because you must prove you are worthy of your customers' trust." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:31 +msgid "" +"**Churn Rate**: Also known as the Rate of Attrition or Customer Churn, the " +"churn rate can be defined, in this case, as the percentage of subscribers " +"who discontinued their subscriptions within a given time period. We can " +"distinguish two types of Churn:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:35 +msgid "**Logo Churn**: It corresponds to the subscription cancellation rate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:37 +msgid "" +"**Revenue Churn**: It corresponds to the monthly recurring revenue loss " +"rate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:39 +msgid "Let's imagine a 2$ increase in a subscription service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:42 +msgid "" +"We lost 3 customers out of the initial 20, which generates a **Logo Churn** " +"of 15%." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Therefore, the 56$ of MRR difference out of the initial 600$ causes a " +"**Revenue Churn**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:0 +msgid "of 9,33%." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Reminder: even though they seem to evolve in the same direction most of the " +"time, it might not be the case all the time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:53 +msgid "" +"**Customer Lifetime Value (CLV)**: Indicates how much revenue can be " +"expected for a customer during his/her entire contract. This approach " +"emphasizes the importance of customer retention, shifting our focus from a " +"quarterly or yearly approach to a long-term one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Check out the different kinds of reports you can access from the **Odoo " +"Subscriptions** application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:61 +msgid "Subscriptions analysis report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Reporting --> Subscriptions`. From " +"there, you can change the *Measures*. By default, Odoo uses the *Monthly " +"Recurring Revenue*. In addition to that, you can choose *Quantity*, " +"*Recurring Price*, *Yearly Recurring Revenue* and *Count*. For this example," +" *Quantity* is added. This way, you can review both of these measures at the" +" same time. You can even *Group By Start Date* and, more precisely, by " +"*Week*, to get a clear view of your report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:74 +msgid "Retention analysis report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Reporting --> Retention`. The " +"default measure applied is *Count*, but you can change to the appropriate " +"one for you. For the example below, *Monthly Recurring Revenue* was chosen, " +"and the *Month* periodicity remains intact. By using these criteria, you can" +" see the progression of the retention from its start." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:86 +msgid "Revenue KPIs report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Reporting --> Revenue KPIs`. From " +"there, you can check different KPIs: *Monthly Recurring Revenue*, *Net " +"Revenue*, *Non-Recurring Revenue*, *Revenue per Subscription*, *Annual Run-" +"Rate*, *Lifetime Value*, and more. You can also filter this information on " +"subscriptions, companies, and sales teams. This is useful if you are looking" +" for specific information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:98 +msgid "" +"The example below shows the *Monthly Recurring Revenue* detailed report. At " +"the moment, there is no data, which is the typical scenario for a new " +"business. But, as your company grows over the months, these graphs get " +"populated with more and more data. Once again, you can filter these specific" +" KPIs on subscriptions, companies, and sales teams." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:108 +msgid "Salesperson dashboard report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Reporting --> Salesperson " +"Dashboard`. This page gives you a summary of your *Monthly Recurring " +"Revenue*, *Non-Recurring Revenue*, *Subscription modifications*, and *Non-" +"Recurring Invoices* for each of your salespeople. You can choose the period " +"you want to apply and the salesperson you want to analyze." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow.rst:3 +msgid "Sales flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:3 +msgid "Close a subscription" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Losing a customer is always difficult, especially if you put a lot of effort" +" into getting them to sign up for your products/services. However, many " +"companies come up with dubious methods to reduce the probability of this " +"happening." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If you adopt such methods, you are among companies that actively and " +"indirectly spread the phobia of subscriptions, who do not think about how " +"negatively dissatisfied customers could impact their business and, who " +"frustrate the customers in a way or another. However, at some point, it is " +"understandable that you do not want your customers to be involved in your " +"subscription status." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If you do not adopt such methods, you are among companies that continue to " +"evolve in a long-term subscription business model, especially in an era of " +"ultra-fast communications between dissatisfied customers, and who retain " +"their customers by making it easier for them to leave if they want to. By " +"giving them the opportunity to close their own subscriptions, your customers" +" do not feel trapped because they subscribed to your products/services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In summary, the **Odoo Subscriptions** application gives you the " +"**possibility to choose what you want to apply**. Indeed, you can decide " +"whether to give your customers the option to close their subscriptions " +"whenever they want to or to restrict this possibility. It depends on you and" +" we will show you how to do that in our amazing application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Configuration --> Subscription " +"templates`. From there, you can create a new *Subscription template* or " +"modify an existing one. When editing your template, underneath the Invoicing" +" tab, you have the possibility to activate the option *Closable by " +"customer*. Once enabled, this option gives your customers the right to close" +" their own subscriptions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Be sure to check out our documentation on how to :doc:`Use subscription " +"templates <../../subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates>` to " +"fully understand the importance of this feature in a basic flow using the " +"**Odoo Subscriptions** application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:49 +msgid "Close your first subscription" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:52 +msgid "Administrator view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Once confirmed, a quotation becomes a sales order and a new subscription is " +"automatically created. Therefore, this subscription has the status *In " +"progress*. From there, you have the possibility to close the subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:62 +msgid "" +"By using the smart button *Close*, you have to enter a close reason. For " +"example, \"Subscription too expensive\", \"Subscription does not meet my " +"requirements\", \"Subscription reached its end date\", etc. Immediately " +"after confirming your close reason, you can observe that the status of the " +"subscription is now *Closed* and that the close reason is mentioned on the " +"subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:72 +msgid "Customer view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:74 +msgid "" +"As previously explained in the *Administrator view* part, from the " +"subscription form, you also have the possibility to visualize what your " +"customers see when managing their subscriptions thanks to the *Customer " +"preview* button. In this example, the customer has the choice to close " +"his/her subscription whenever he/she wants to, due to the *Close " +"Subscription* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:83 +msgid "" +"By using this button, the customer can specify the reason for cancelling " +"his/her subscription and he/she can even leave a message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:90 +msgid "" +"By confirming the cancellation, the customer is redirected to his/her " +"portal. The administrator is informed of this modification. Indeed, the " +"status of the subscription becomes *Closed* and a note appears in the " +"chatter with the new stage, the end date, the close reason, and the closing " +"text added by the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Before closing a subscription, check out our documentation on how to " +":doc:`Create a quotation using subscription products " +"<../../subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation>` to understand how " +"subscriptions are managed in the **Odoo Subscriptions** application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:3 +msgid "Create a quotation using subscription products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Selling a digital product or service gives instant gratification. However, " +"you have to work hard for a new customer to make a purchase. It costs time " +"and money. By convincing customers to sign up for a subscription, you " +"maximize your income and streamline your cash flow. You can sell any type of" +" product or service through a subscription business model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Here is a scenario using **Odoo Subscriptions** to create a quotation " +"including subscription products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:19 +msgid "Create your first quotation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Before creating your first quotation, be sure to check out our documentation" +" on how to create and manage your own :doc:`Subscription templates " +"<../../subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates>` and on how to " +"add :doc:`Subscription products " +"<../../subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products>` to your " +"templates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:30 +msgid "" +"These steps are **mandatory** to make a basic sales flow using **Odoo " +"Subscriptions**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Go to **Odoo Sales** and create a new quotation. Then, choose a customer and" +" add a product. Be careful to select a product that you previously " +"configured as a *Subscription product*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:39 +msgid "" +"When your quotation is ready, you have the possibility to send it to your " +"customers or to confirm it. It is better to first *Send by email* the " +"quotation to your customers to have their confirmation and, then, *Confirm* " +"it in **Odoo Sales**. By clicking on *Customer preview*, you have an idea of" +" what your customers will see when receiving your quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:48 +msgid "" +"From there, your customers have three choices: *Sign & Pay* the quotation, " +"give you a *Feedback* or *Reject* the quotation. It appears that they are " +"very happy and accept the option *Sign & Pay*. Then, they have to validate " +"the order with a signature and by choosing a payment method. When it is " +"done, you can check out the quotation in **Odoo Sales** and *Confirm* it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:54 +msgid "Manage your subscriptions from your SO" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Once confirmed, the quotation becomes a sales order and a new button " +"appears, *Subscriptions*. Indeed, a subscription is automatically created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:63 +msgid "" +"By clicking on the *Subscriptions* button, you can see that the status of " +"the subscription is *In progress*. From there, you will have three options: " +":doc:`Renew <../../subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals>`, :doc:`Close " +"<../../subscriptions/sales_flow/closing>` or :doc:`Upsell " +"<../../subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling>` your subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:73 +msgid "" +"In the top-right corner, you can see the status of the subscription. When a " +"subscription is new and created from **Odoo Subscriptions**, the status is " +"*Draft*. When a sales order has been validated, the status is *In progress*." +" Finally, when a customer decides to close his subscription, the status " +"becomes *Closed*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:81 +msgid ":doc:`../../subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:82 +msgid ":doc:`../../subscriptions/sales_flow/closing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:83 +msgid ":doc:`../../subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:3 +msgid "Renew a subscription" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The key feature of a subscription business model is the recurring nature of " +"payments. In this model, customers pay a recurring amount in exchange for " +"access to a product or a service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Each subscriber experiences this renewal process monthly, annually, or " +"sometimes more, depending on the duration of the contract. Most subscription" +" companies choose to automate their renewal processes but, in some cases, " +"manual subscription renewals are still the preferred option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:18 +msgid "" +"With **Odoo Subscriptions**, you can have all your subscriptions in one " +"application, suggest an automatic subscription renewal to your customers (as" +" well as a manual one) and, finally, filter all your subscriptions and " +"easily find those to renew (with the help of the tag *To renew*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:23 +msgid "Renew your first subscription" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Before renewing a subscription, be sure to check out our documentation on " +"how to :doc:`Create a quotation " +"<../../subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation>` using subscription " +"products. Indeed, once confirmed, a quotation becomes a sales order and a " +"new subscription is automatically created. Therefore, this subscription has " +"the status *In progress*. From there, you have the possibility to renew the " +"subscription. In the Other Info tab, underneath the To Renew section, you " +"can activate the *To renew* option. When activated, a yellow tag " +"automatically appears in the upper right corner of the subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:38 +msgid "" +"The *To renew* tag is automatically ticked when a payment fails. This " +"indicator also appears on the customer portal. To visualize that, you just " +"have to click on the *Customer preview* button. The tag *To renew* appears " +"on the top right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:46 +msgid "" +"When a subscription needs to be renewed, you have the possibility to use a " +"new button called *Renewal quotation*. By clicking on it, a new quotation is" +" created. From there, start a basic sales flow allowing you to send the " +"quotation by email to your customers or to confirm it. It is better to first" +" *Send by email* the quotation to your customers in order to have their " +"confirmation and, then, *Confirm* it in **Odoo Sales**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:53 +msgid "" +"In the Chatter of this new quotation, it is mentioned that \"This renewal " +"order has been created from the previous subscription\". Once confirmed by " +"your customers, this quotation becomes a sales order and a new sale is " +"mentioned in the upper right corner of the subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:61 +msgid "" +"By clicking on the *Sales* button, you have a summary of your sales orders " +"in a list view. The only difference between your two quotations is the " +"description underneath the *Subscription Management* category. There, you " +"can easily visualize which one is your renewal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:70 +msgid "Visualize your subscriptions to renew" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Finally, if you want to visualize all your subscriptions and easily find " +"those to renew, you can go to your *Subscriptions dashboard* and use the " +"filter *To renew*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:3 +msgid "Upsell a subscription" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Subscriptions are recurrent and go on indefinitely. As time passes by, our " +"customers may want to modify them. We must then be able to adapt the prices " +"or change the products’ quantities to accommodate their needs. Two " +"situations can happen:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:9 +msgid "" +"**Loyal customers:** This kind of customers already trust you as a brand. " +"Therefore, you are confident regarding what you offer since they keep paying" +" for your products and services. Consequently, it is easier to sell them " +"something additional than it would be to a new customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:14 +msgid "" +"**New customers:** For this kind of customers, you have to come with " +"something new, something attractive. What about discounts? Typically, every " +"subscription ends after a certain given time. Making these types of offers " +"for new customers strengthens your relationships with them and also " +"increases their retention." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:27 +msgid "" +"As previously explained, to upsell a subscription to new customers, it is " +"recommended to offer *Discounts*. To activate this option, go to " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and, under the " +"*Pricing* category, you have the possibility to grant discounts on sales " +"order lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:36 +msgid "Upsell your first subscription" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Before upselling a subscription, be sure to check out our documentation on " +"how to :doc:`Create a quotation " +"<../../subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation>` using subscription " +"products. Indeed, once confirmed, a quotation becomes a sales order and a " +"new subscription is automatically created. Therefore, this subscription has " +"the status *In progress*. From there, you have the possibility to upsell " +"your subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:48 +msgid "" +"By using the smart button *Upsell*, you are able to create a new quotation " +"with new subscription products and send it to your customers for approval." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:56 +msgid "" +"When the quotation is confirmed by your customers, the products are added to" +" the initial subscription. Quotation prices are, then, prorated to the " +"remaining time of the current invoicing period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Of course, before sending this new quotation to your customers, you can " +"change the unit price, taxes, and, even the discount you want to offer. The " +"smart button *Customer preview* is useful for mimicking the customer's " +"reaction. In this case, we can confidently say that the customer will *Sign " +"and pay* this new quotation. When it is done, you have to go back in edit " +"mode, confirm the quotation, and click on the smart button *Subscriptions* " +"to visualize all updates. From there, you can see that an additional line " +"has been added to the subscription with the new extra service the customer " +"wanted to purchase." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:72 +msgid "" +"In addition, by clicking on the *Sales* button, you have a summary of your " +"sales orders in a list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:79 +msgid "" +"The only difference between your two sales orders is the description " +"underneath the *Subscription Management* category. There, you can easily " +"visualize which one is your upselling." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/services.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/services.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3b4589122 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/services.po @@ -0,0 +1,1540 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Sergey Vilizhanin, 2021 +# Сергей Шебанин <sergey@shebanin.ru>, 2021 +# Martin Trigaux, 2021 +# Ivan Yelizariev // IEL <yelizariev@itpp.dev>, 2021 +# ILMIR <karamov@it-projects.info>, 2021 +# Irina Fedulova <istartlin@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Ekaterina <nawsikaya@bk.ru>, 2021 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-18 07:12+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-05-18 05:18+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Ekaterina <nawsikaya@bk.ru>, 2021\n" +"Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: ru\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<12 || n%100>14) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%10>=5 && n%10<=9) || (n%100>=11 && n%100<=14)? 2 : 3);\n" + +#: ../../content/applications/services.rst:3 ../../content/services.rst:3 +msgid "Services" +msgstr "Услуги" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm.rst:4 +msgid "Field Service" +msgstr "Выездные сотрудники" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/helpdesk.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:4 +msgid "Helpdesk" +msgstr "Техподдержка" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:3 +msgid "Plan onsite interventions from helpdesk tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:4 +msgid "" +"The integration with the Helpdesk app lets your helpdesk team manage " +"intervention requests directly. Planning field service tasks from tickets " +"speeds up your processes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:8 +msgid "Configure the helpdesk team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`. Select" +" a team and enable *Onsite Interventions*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The helpdesk tickets of the team now display the *Plan Intervention* button." +" Click on it to create a new task under your field service project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales.rst:3 +msgid "Sales" +msgstr "Продажи" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:3 +msgid "Create onsite interventions from sales orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Allowing your sales team to open onsite interventions creates a seamless " +"experience for your customers. They can receive a quotation they first have " +"to approve before the work even starts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:8 +msgid "Configure a product" +msgstr "настроить товар" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration --> Products` and " +"create or edit a product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Under the *General Information* tab, select *Service* as *Product Type*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Under the *Sales* tab, select *Timesheets on tasks* as *Service Invoicing " +"Policy*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:15 +msgid "Select *Create a task in an existing project* as *Service Tracking*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:17 +msgid "Select your *Project*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If you use them, select your *Worksheet Template* and then click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:25 +msgid "" +"From the *Sales* app, create a quotation with the product and confirm it. A " +"task is automatically set up under your Field Service project. It is " +"directly accessible from the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced" +msgstr "Расширенный" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:3 +msgid "After Sales Features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:5 +msgid "" +"As your business grows, having the right tool to support your helpdesk team " +"on recording, tracking and managing issues raised easy and efficiently, is " +"key. Odoo’s Helpdesk application allows you to generate credit notes, manage" +" returns, products, repairs, grant coupons, and even plan onsite " +"interventions from a ticket’s page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:11 +msgid "Set up the after sales services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " +"enable the after sales options: *Refunds, Returns, Coupons, Repairs and " +"Onsite Interventions*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:20 +msgid "Generate credit notes from tickets" +msgstr "Создавать сторно из обращений" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:22 +msgid "" +"You can use a credit note to refund a customer or adjust the amount due. For" +" that, simply go to your ticket page, click on *Refund* and select the " +"corresponding *Invoice*. Clicking on *Reverse* generates a credit note, and " +"you can *Post* it while still being in the *Helpdesk* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:30 +msgid "Allow product returns from tickets" +msgstr "Разрешить возврат товара по обращению" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:32 +msgid "" +"The process of a product return from your customer back to your warehouse is" +" taken into action when, at the ticket page, you choose the option *Return*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:39 +msgid "Grant coupons from tickets" +msgstr "Предоставлять купоны из обращений" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:41 +msgid "" +"First, be sure to have your *Coupon Program* planned in the *Sales* or " +"*Website* application. Then, in *Helpdesk*, open your ticket, click on " +"*Coupon*, and choose the respective one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:48 +msgid "Repairs from tickets" +msgstr "Ремонт по заявке" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Clicking on *Repair* option, on your ticket page, a new repair order form is" +" shown. Fill in the information as needed and choose the next step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:57 +msgid "Plan onsite interventions from tickets" +msgstr "Планируйте вмешательства на месте из заявок" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:59 +msgid "" +"At the ticket's page click on *Plan Intervention*, and set up your onsite " +"intervention exactly the same way as if you were on the *Field Service* " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:67 +msgid "" +"`Coupons <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/coupon-" +"programs-640?fullscreen=1>`_" +msgstr "" +"`Купоны <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/coupon-programs-640?fullscreen=1>" +" `_" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:3 +msgid "Allow Customers to Close their Tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Allowing customers to close their tickets gives them autonomy and minimize " +"misunderstandings about when an issue is considered solved, or not. It makes" +" communication and actions more efficient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:9 +msgid "Configure the feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To configure the feature go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Settings --> " +"Helpdesk Teams --> Edit` and enable *Ticket closing*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:18 +msgid "" +"In order to designate to which stage the ticket migrates to once it is " +"closed, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Overview --> Tickets`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:25 +msgid "" +"You can either create a new Kanban stage or work with an existing one. For " +"both scenarios, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Settings --> Edit Stage` " +"and enable *Closing Stage*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:32 +msgid "" +"If a closing stage is not specified, by default, the ticket is moved to the " +"last stage; contrarily, if you have more than one stage set as closing, the " +"ticket is put in the first one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:36 +msgid "The Costumer Portal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Now, once the user logs into his Portal, the option *Close this ticket* is " +"available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:45 +msgid "Get reports on tickets closed by costumers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:47 +msgid "" +"To do an analysis of the tickets that have been closed by costumers go to " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting --> Tickets --> Filters --> Add " +"Custom filter --> Closed by partner --> Applied`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Обзор" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:3 +msgid "Forum and eLearning" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:6 +msgid "Forum" +msgstr "Форум" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To go above and beyond email, live chat, web forms, and phone lines, offer " +"your customers a support forum. This way, customers might become more " +"attached to your company as they would be investing time to get into details" +" of your business. You also encourage the exchange of experiences and " +"knowledge, supporting the feeling of belonging to a community (your " +"community!)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:11 +msgid "Set up" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Team` and " +"enable *Help Center*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Create, or edit a forum by clicking on the external link. Among the editing " +"options, choose if you would like the *Forum Mode* to be *Questions*: only " +"one answer is allowed per question or *Discussions*: multiple answers are " +"allowed per question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:31 +msgid "" +"From now on, logged in users can start their discussions. To keep track of " +"posts, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Forum --> Posts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Turn tickets into forum posts by simply clicking on *Share on the Forum* on " +"the ticket's page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:45 +msgid "eLearning" +msgstr "Онлайн-обучение" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:47 +msgid "" +"In addition to a forum, offer online courses. When doing so, you link your " +"customers and users’ needs and questions to useful content, helping to boost" +" efficiency as they can also find their answers there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " +"enable *eLearning*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Once the structure and content of your course are ready, *Publish* it by " +"clicking on *Unpublished*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To keep track of your course statistics, go to *eLearning* and *View " +"Course*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:73 +msgid "Todo" +msgstr "Сделать" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:73 +msgid "" +"DETAILS/INFO SHOULD COME FROM ELEARNING DOCS. THEREFORE, LINK DOCS ONCE " +"AVAILABLE!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:3 +msgid "Getting Started" +msgstr "начните" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Helpdesk teams provide your customers with support to queries or errors they" +" might encounter while using your product/service. Therefore, a successful " +"scheme where you can organize multiple teams with their customized pipeline," +" visibilities settings, and ticket traceability is essential." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:10 +msgid "Set up teams" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To modify or create teams, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration " +"--> Helpdesk Teams`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Setting up multiple teams allows you to group tickets by your channels " +"(example: BE/US), or by your support services' types (example: IT, " +"accounting, admin, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:21 +msgid "Team’s productivity and visibility" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Teams can have individual *Assignment Methods* to ensure that tickets get " +"redirected to the right person:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:26 +msgid "" +"*Manually*: tickets are manually assigned, allowing employees to manage " +"their own workload and target tickets they are experts at;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:28 +msgid "" +"*Random*: tickets are randomly assigned and everyone gets the same amount. " +"This method ensures that all tickets are handled as the assignment happens " +"automatically;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:30 +msgid "" +"*Balanced*: tickets are assigned to the person with the least amount of " +"tickets so that everyone fairly gets the same amount. Thereby, you ensure " +"that all tickets get to be taken care of." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:40 +msgid "" +"For the *Random* and *Balanced* assignment methods, you can set the *Team " +"Members* among whom tickets are assigned. Leave the field empty to include " +"all employees (with the proper access rights)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:43 +msgid "" +"The *Team Visibility* feature allows you to specify who can see and access " +"the team’s tickets. Therefore, ticket’s with sensible information are only " +"seen by the right people. Leave the field empty to include all employees " +"(with the proper access rights)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:46 +msgid "Set up stages and share it among teams" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To set up stages, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> " +"Stages`. Then, create and/or edit stages as you need and set specific teams " +"to use certain stages under *Team*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Stages can be shared between one or multiple teams, allowing you to adapt " +"the pipeline to your individual needs. They also apply a visibility and " +"access rule, as other teams are not able to see or use the stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:64 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/odoo_basics/users`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:3 +msgid "Ratings" +msgstr "Рейтинги" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Allow customers to rate their experience with your helpdesk teams to " +"strengthen your credibility and gain their trust. Reviews can also influence" +" a customer’s decision and open space for feedback that can help you improve" +" the quality of your services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " +"enable *Ratings on tickets*. The feature automatically adds a default email " +"template on the non-folded *closing stage(s)* of that team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To edit the email template and the stage(s) set as the closing ones, go to " +"the Kanban view of your helpdesk team and click on *Settings*, then on *Edit" +" Stage*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Now, once a ticket reaches the stage(s) designated as the *Closing Stage*, " +"an email is sent to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Ratings can be seen on the chatter of each ticket, under the *See Customer " +"Satisfaction* link on the main dashboard, and through *Reporting*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:39 +msgid "Ratings visible on the customer portal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " +"enable *Display Rating on Customer Portal*. Now, by clicking on the helpdesk" +" team’s name on their ticket, customers can see its ratings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:47 +msgid ":doc:`../advanced/close_tickets`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:3 +msgid "Start Receiving Tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Offering a variety of channels from where your customers can contact you " +"grants them flexibility and the right to choose the best one for themselves." +" And, in order to make sure inquiries across all channels get addressed, it " +"is essential to have a solution where all interactions come in one place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:11 +msgid "Channels options to submit tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`, and " +"enable the following features as you want them to be available to your " +"users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:21 +msgid "Email Alias" +msgstr "Псевдоним электронной почты" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Let your customers submit tickets by sending an email to your support email " +"address. The subject line of the email becomes the title of the ticket and " +"the content is shown in the Chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Select *Configure domain name* to be redirected to *Settings* and, from " +"there, enable *External Email Servers* to determine or change your *Alias " +"Domain*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Using your own email server is required to send and receive emails in Odoo " +"Community and Enterprise. Online users benefit from a ready-to-use email " +"server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:39 +msgid "Website Form" +msgstr "Форма на веб-сайте" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Allow your customers to submit a ticket by filling in a form through your " +"website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Once the feature is activated, get redirected to your website by clicking on" +" *Go to Website*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:49 +msgid "" +"From the website page customize the form as you like. Then, publish it by " +"clicking on *Unpublished*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:56 +msgid "Live Chat" +msgstr "Живой чат" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Through live interactions with your website visitors, helpdesk tickets can " +"be instantly created and redirected to the right person." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Click on your helpdesk team's name - for the example below: *Customer Care* " +"- and :doc:`set up your channel " +"</applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Now, your operators can create tickets by using the :doc:`command " +"</applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses>` */helpdesk " +"(subject_of_ticket)*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:72 +msgid "Prioritize tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Use the stars to prioritize your tickets. The most urgent ones appear at the" +" top of your list on the Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:77 +msgid "1 star = *Low priority*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:78 +msgid "2 stars = *High priority*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:79 +msgid "3 stars = *Urgent*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:60 +msgid ":doc:`sla`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:89 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:3 +msgid "Reports for a Better Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:5 +msgid "" +"An efficient customer service solution should have a built-in reporting " +"option. Reports allow you to track trends, identify areas for improvement, " +"manage employees’ workloads and, most importantly, meet your customer’s " +"expectations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:10 +msgid "Cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:12 +msgid "Some examples of the reports Odoo Helpdesk can generate include:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:14 +msgid "The number of tickets *grouped by* team and ticket type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:17 +msgid "" +"In this manner, you are able to evaluate which ticket types have been the " +"most frequent ones, plus the workload of your teams." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Apply *Time Ranges* if you would like to make comparisons to a *Previous " +"Period* or a *Previous Year*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:25 +msgid "The number of tickets closed per day, per team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Get an overview of how many requests each team is closing per day in order " +"to measure their performance. Identify productivity levels to understand how" +" many requests they are able to handle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Filter it by *Assignee* to see Key Performance Indicators (KPI) per agent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:37 +msgid "" +"The number of hours tickets are taking to be solved, grouped by team and " +"ticket type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Check if your expectations are met by *measuring* the *Time to close " +"(hours)*. Your customers not only expect fast responses but they also want " +"their issues to be handled quickly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:48 +msgid "Save filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Save the filters you use the most and avoid having to reconstruct them every" +" time they are needed. To do so, set the groups, filters, and measures " +"needed. Then, go to *Favorites*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:59 +msgid ":doc:`receiving_tickets`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:3 +msgid "Service Level Agreements (SLA)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Service Level Agreements (SLA) are commitments you make with your customers " +"to outline how a service is delivered. It bolsters trust between you and " +"your customers as it makes clear what needs to be done, to what standard, " +"and when." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:10 +msgid "Create your policies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:13 +msgid "" +"First, enable the feature on the settings of the team you would like " +"policies to be applied, going to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration " +"--> Helpdesk Teams`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Create your policies through the team’s settings page or go to " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> SLA Policies`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Choose to which **Team** the policy is relevant and the **Minimum Priority**" +" a ticket needs to have for the policy to be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:27 +msgid "" +"**Target** is the stage a ticket needs to reach within the period defined to" +" satisfy the SLA. The period is based on the ticket’s creation date, and a " +"deadline is set on the ticket’s form once it matches an SLA policy rule. If " +"a ticket has more than one policy applied to it, the closest deadline of all" +" SLAs is the one considered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:29 +msgid "" +"When a ticket has satisfied an SLA policy, the SLA tag appears in green and " +"the deadline field is not shown anymore." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:37 +msgid "SLA Analysis" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting --> SLA Status Analysis`. Apply" +" *Filters* and *Group by* to identify tickets that should be prioritized and" +" keep track of upcoming deadlines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice.rst:3 +msgid "Timesheet and Invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:3 +msgid "Invoice Time Spent on Tickets (Prepaid Support Services)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Have the option to work with prepaid support services, meaning that a sales " +"order and a corresponding invoice are issued and, once the service is done, " +"you can deduct the time spent. Odoo allows it to happen because the " +"applications are fully integrated, resulting in faster responses to your " +"customer needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:14 +msgid "Step 1: Set up a helpdesk team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`, create" +" or edit an existing team, and enable *Timesheet on Ticket* and *Time " +"Reinvoicing*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Select or create a project under *Timesheet on Ticket*. The selected/created" +" is the one at which employees timesheet on by default. However, it can be " +"ultimately modified on each ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:28 +msgid "Step 2: Set up a service" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " +"*Units of Measure* to optionally be able to choose *hours* (for example) as " +"the unit of measure of your service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Then, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`, create or edit" +" an existing one, and set its *Product Type* as *Service*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Now, select the invoicing management you would like to have under the " +"*Sales* tab. We recommend the following configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:47 +msgid "" +"This configuration ensures that the customer is invoiced by the number of " +"hours predicted in the sales order, meaning that less or extra hours " +"recorded are not taken into account. It also ensures that every time a sales" +" order is confirmed, a new task is created under the right project, " +"automating the process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:53 +msgid "" +"We recommend setting up a specific project, as it was done for this flow " +"example. The important thing to remember is that the sales order item needs " +"to be set on the corresponding project or task, in order to reinvoice the " +"time spent on a ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:58 +msgid "Prevision an invoice and record time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:61 +msgid "Step 1: Place an order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> Orders` and create one for the " +"helpdesk service product you have previously set up, with the customer who " +"needs the ticket to be opened. Set the number of hours needed to assist the " +"customer and *Confirm* the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:72 +msgid "Step 2: Invoice the customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:74 +msgid "In *Sales*, select the respective sales order to *Create Invoice*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:82 +msgid "Step 3: Link the task to the ticket" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Now, in *Helpdesk*, create or edit the respective ticket and link it to the " +"task created by the confirmation of the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:92 +msgid "Step 4: Record the time spent" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Still on the respective helpdesk ticket, record the hours performed under " +"the *Timesheets* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Note that the hours recorded on the ticket form are shown on the *Delivered*" +" column in the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Hours recorded on the ticket are automatically shown in *Timesheets* and on " +"the dedicated task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:111 +msgid ":doc:`reinvoice_from_project`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:112 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:3 +msgid "Invoice Time Spent on Tickets (Postpaid Support Services)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Directly pull the billable time you have tracked on your helpdesk tickets " +"into sales orders and invoices through a project task. It gives you more " +"control over what you charge your client, and it is more efficient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:10 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Настройка" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk team --> Edit`" +" and enable the options *Timesheet on Ticket* and *Time Reinvoicing*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Under *Timesheet on Ticket*, choose the *Project* to which tickets (and " +"timesheets) will be linked by default. Open its *External link* to enable " +"the feature *Bill from tasks*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:22 +msgid "Create a sales order and an invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Now, once you have recorded the time you spent on the helpdesk ticket, under" +" the *Timesheets* tab, access the task clicking on its name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:31 +msgid "*Create Sales Order* and proceed to create the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project.rst:4 +msgid "Project" +msgstr "Управление проектами" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks.rst:3 +msgid "Tasks" +msgstr "Задачи" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:3 +msgid "Create Project's Tasks from an Email Alias" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you already have an email address that customers know from the top of " +"their heads, changing it is the last thing you want to do. Instead, link " +"that address to your project and transform those conversations into " +"structured work. It automatically creates a task in the first stage of a " +"project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:11 +msgid "Set up an incoming email server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:14 +msgid "" +"On the *Settings* application, enable *External Email Servers* and define " +"the incoming email alias you would like to use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:15 +msgid "" +"**For more information**: " +":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:18 +msgid "Configure the email alias in your project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Now that you have the incoming email server set up, go to " +":menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects --> Edit`. Under the " +"*Emails* tab, define the wanted email alias and choose the policy to receive" +" a message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:23 +msgid "In addition, you can now directly set it when creating a new project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:30 +msgid "" +"All the recipients of the email (To/Cc/Bcc) are automatically added as " +"followers of the task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:32 +msgid "The email can be seen under the name of your project on the dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets.rst:4 +msgid "Timesheets" +msgstr "Табели" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:3 +msgid "Create Timesheets upon Time Off Validation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically timesheets on project/tasks upon time off requests. This " +"allows for better overall control over the validation of timesheets, as it " +"does not leave place for forgetfulness and questions after hours that have " +"not been timesheeted by the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Activate the :doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>`, " +"go to *Timesheets*, and change the *Project* and *Task* set by default, if " +"you like." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Time Off --> Configuration --> Time Off Types`. Select" +" or create the needed type, and decide if you would like the requests to be " +"validated or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Now, once the employee has requested his time off and the request has been " +"validated (or not, depending on the setting chosen), the time is " +"automatically allocated on *Timesheets*, under the respective project and " +"task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:27 +msgid "" +"On the example below, the user requested *Paid Time off* from July 13th to " +"15th." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Considering that validation is not required, the requested time off is " +"automatically displayed in *Timesheets*. If validation is necessary, the " +"time is automatically allocated after the responsible person for validating " +"does it so." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Click on the magnifying glass, hovering over the concerned cell, to access " +"all the aggregated data on that cell (day), and see details regarding the " +"project/task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support.rst:4 +msgid "Support" +msgstr "Поддержка" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:6 +msgid "Supported versions" +msgstr "Поддерживаемые версии" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo provides support and bug fixing **for the 3 last major versions** of " +"Odoo." +msgstr "Оду предоставляет поддержку и багфиксы для 3 последних версий" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Users hosted on **Odoo Online** may use intermediary versions (sometimes " +"called *SaaS versions*) that are supported as well. These versions are not " +"published for Odoo.sh or On-Premise installations." +msgstr "" +"Пользователи пользующиеся **Odoo Online** могут использовать промежуточные " +"версии (иногда называемые *SaaS версиями*), которые также поддерживаются. " +"Эти версии не публикуются для Odoo.sh или локальной установки." + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:17 +msgid "What's the support status of my Odoo?" +msgstr "Каков статус поддержки моего Odoo?" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:19 +msgid "This matrix shows the support status of every version." +msgstr "Эта матрица показывает статус поддержки каждой версии." + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:21 +msgid "**Major releases are in bold type.**" +msgstr "**Основные выпуски выделены жирным шрифтом.**" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:24 +msgid "Odoo Online" +msgstr "Оду Онлайн" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:24 +msgid "Odoo.sh" +msgstr "Odoo.sh" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:24 +msgid "On-Premise" +msgstr "Локальная установка" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:24 +msgid "Release date" +msgstr "Дата выпуска" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:26 +msgid "**Odoo 14.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:26 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:26 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:26 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:28 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:30 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:30 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:30 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:32 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:34 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:34 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:34 +msgid "|green|" +msgstr "|зеленый|" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:26 +msgid "October 2020" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:28 +msgid "Odoo 13.saas~4" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:28 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:28 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:32 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:32 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:36 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:36 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:40 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:40 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:42 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:42 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:46 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:46 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:48 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:50 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:50 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:52 +msgid "N/A" +msgstr "Н/A" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:28 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:32 +msgid "August 2019" +msgstr "Август 2019" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:30 +msgid "**Odoo 13.0**" +msgstr "**Оду 13.0**" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:30 +msgid "October 2019" +msgstr "Октябрь 2019" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:32 +msgid "Odoo 12.saas~3" +msgstr "Оду 12.saas~3" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:34 +msgid "**Odoo 12.0**" +msgstr "**Оду 12.0**" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:34 +msgid "October 2018" +msgstr "Октябрь 2018" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:34 +msgid "*End-of-support is planned for October 2021*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:36 +msgid "Odoo 11.saas~3" +msgstr "Оду 11.saas~3" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:36 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:38 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:38 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:40 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:42 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:44 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:44 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:46 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:48 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:50 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:52 +msgid "|orange|" +msgstr "|оранжевый|" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:36 +msgid "April 2018" +msgstr "Апрель 2018" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:38 +msgid "**Odoo 11.0**" +msgstr "**Оду 11.0**" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:38 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:44 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:48 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:52 +msgid "|red|" +msgstr "|красный|" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:38 +msgid "October 2017" +msgstr "Октябрь 2017" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:40 +msgid "Odoo 10.saas~15" +msgstr "Оду 10.saas~15" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:40 +msgid "March 2017" +msgstr "Март 2017" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:42 +msgid "Odoo 10.saas~14" +msgstr "Оду 10.saas~14" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:42 +msgid "January 2017" +msgstr "Январь 2017" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:44 +msgid "**Odoo 10.0**" +msgstr "**Оду 10.0**" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:44 +msgid "October 2016" +msgstr "Октябрь 2016" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:46 +msgid "Odoo 9.saas~11" +msgstr "Оду 9.saas~11" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:46 +msgid "May 2016" +msgstr "Май 2016" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:48 +msgid "**Odoo 9.0**" +msgstr "**Оду 9.0**" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:48 +msgid "October 2015" +msgstr "Октябрь 2015" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:50 +msgid "Odoo 8.saas~6" +msgstr "Оду 8.saas~6" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:50 +msgid "February 2015" +msgstr "Февраль 2015" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:52 +msgid "**Odoo 8.0**" +msgstr "**Оду 8.0**" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:52 +msgid "September 2014" +msgstr "Сентябрь 2014" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:58 +msgid "|green| Supported version" +msgstr "|зеленый| Поддерживаемая версия" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:60 +msgid "|red| End-of-support" +msgstr "|красный| Прекращение поддержки" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:62 +msgid "N/A Never released for this platform" +msgstr "Н/А Никогда не выпускалась для этой платформы" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:64 +msgid "" +"|orange| Some of our older customers may still run this version on our Odoo " +"Online servers, we provide help only on blocking issues and advise you to " +"upgrade." +msgstr "" +"|оранжевый| Некоторые из наших старых клиентов могут до сих пор запускать " +"данную версию на наших серверах Оду Онлайн, мы предоставляем помощь только " +"по проблемам блокирующим работу и советуем вам обновиться" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:66 +msgid "🏁 Future version, not released yet" +msgstr "🏁 Будущая версия, еще не выпущенная" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:79 +msgid "I run an older version of Odoo/OpenERP/TinyERP" +msgstr "Я запускаю более старую версию Оду/OpenERP/TinyERP" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:81 +msgid "" +"OpenERP 7.0, 6.1, 6.0 and 5.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform." +msgstr "" +"OpenERP 7.0, 6.1, 6.0 and 5.0 больше не поддерживается ни на какой платформе" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:83 +msgid "" +"TinyERP 4.0, 3.0, 2.0 and 1.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform." +msgstr "" +"TinyERP 4.0, 3.0, 2.0 and 1.0 больше не поддерживается ни на какой платформе" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:85 +msgid "" +"You should consider `upgrading <https://upgrade.odoo.com/>`_ your database." +msgstr "" +"Вам следует подумать об `обновлении <https://upgrade.odoo.com/>` вашей базы " +"данных" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:6 +msgid "What can I expect from the support service?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:10 +msgid "5 days a week" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Your Odoo Online subscription includes **unlimited 24hr support at no extra " +"cost, Monday to Friday**. Our teams are located around the world to ensure " +"you have support, no matter your location. Your support representative could" +" be communicating to you from San Francisco, Belgium, or India!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Our support team can be contacted through our `online support form " +"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:21 +msgid "What kind of support is included?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Providing you with relevant material (guidelines, product documentation, " +"etc...)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Answers to issues that you may encounter in your standard Odoo database (eg." +" “I cannot close my Point of Sale” or “I cannot find my sales KPIs?”)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:27 +msgid "Questions related to your account, subscription, or billing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Bug resolution (blocking issues or unexpected behaviour not due to " +"misconfiguration or customization)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Issues that might occur in a test database after upgrading to a newer " +"version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:32 +msgid "" +"*Odoo Support does not make changes to your production database without your" +" agreement and gives you the material and knowledge to do it yourself!*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:37 +msgid "What kind of support is not included?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Questions that require us to understand your business processes in order to " +"help you implement your database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Training on how to use our software (we will direct you to our many " +"resources)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:42 +msgid "Import of documents into your database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Guidance on which configurations to apply inside of an application or the " +"database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:44 +msgid "" +"How to set up configuration models (Examples include: Inventory Routes, " +"Payment Terms, Warehouses, etc)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:46 +msgid "Any intervention on your own servers/deployments of Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Any intervention on your own third party account (Ingenico, Authorize, UPS, " +"etc)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Questions or issues related to specific developments or customizations done " +"either by Odoo or a third party (this is specific only to your database or " +"involving code)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:52 +msgid "" +"You can get this type of support with a `Success Pack <https://www.odoo.com" +"/pricing-packs>`__. With a pack, one of our consultants will analyze the way" +" your business runs and tell you how you can get the most out of your Odoo " +"Database. We will handle all configurations and coach you on how to use " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:4 +msgid "Where to find help?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:8 +msgid "Odoo Enterprise" +msgstr "Odoo Enterprise" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Users who have a valid Odoo Enterprise subscription may always contact our " +"support teams through our `support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_, no " +"matter the hosting type you chose (Odoo Online, Odoo.sh or on your own " +"server)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:14 +msgid "Please include in your request:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:16 +msgid "your subscription number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:17 +msgid "" +"the URL of your database if your database is hosted by Odoo (Odoo Online or " +"Odoo.sh)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:19 +msgid "Our agents will get back to you as soon as possible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:23 +msgid "Odoo Community" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:25 +msgid "*Odoo Community users don't get access to the support service.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:27 +msgid "Here are some resources that might help you:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:29 +msgid "Our `documentation pages <https://www.odoo.com/page/docs>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Ask your question on the `community forum " +"<https://www.odoo.com/forum/help-1>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:31 +msgid "" +":doc:`Buy Odoo Enterprise </administration/enterprise>` to get the support " +"and bugfix services." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..662ae7100 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po @@ -0,0 +1,266 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2021 +# Ivan Yelizariev // IEL <yelizariev@itpp.dev>, 2021 +# Ekaterina <nawsikaya@bk.ru>, 2021 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-18 07:12+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-05-18 05:18+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Ekaterina <nawsikaya@bk.ru>, 2021\n" +"Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: ru\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<12 || n%100>14) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%10>=5 && n%10<=9) || (n%100>=11 && n%100<=14)? 2 : 3);\n" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings.rst:3 +msgid "Settings" +msgstr "Настройки" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:6 +msgid "Users and Features" +msgstr "Пользователи и приложения" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:8 +msgid "" +"As the administrator of your database, you are responsible for its usage. " +"This includes the Apps you install as well as the number of users currently " +"in use." +msgstr "" +"Как администратор вашей базы данных, вы несете ответственность за ее " +"использование. Она включает приложения, которые вы устанавливаете, а также " +"количество пользователей, которые сейчас пользуются системой." + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Odoo is many things (ERP, CMS, CRM application, e-Commerce backend, etc.) " +"but it is *not* a smartphone. You should apply caution when adding/removing " +"features (especially Apps) on your database since this may impact your " +"subscription amount significantly (or switch you from a free account to a " +"paying one on our online platform)." +msgstr "" +"В Odoo есть много вещей (ERP, CMS, приложение CRM, бэкенд электронной " +"коммерции и т.д.), но это не смартфон. Вы должны быть осторожными при " +"добавлении / удалении функций (особенно приложений) в вашей базе данных, это" +" может существенно повлиять на сумму вашей подписки (или вы можете " +"переключиться с бесплатной версии на платную на онлайн-платформе Odoo)." + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:18 +msgid "" +"This page contains some information as to how you can manage your Odoo " +"instances. Before carrying any of these procedures, we **strongly** advise " +"to test them on a duplicate of your database first. That way, if something " +"goes wrong, your day-to-day business is not impacted." +msgstr "" +"Эта страница содержит некоторую информацию о том, как можно управлять " +"версиями Odoo. Прежде чем выполнять любую из этих действий, ** настоятельно " +"** советуем сначала протестировать их на копии вашей базы данных. Таким " +"образом, если что-то пойдет не так, на ваш ежедневный бизнес ничего не " +"влияет." + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You can find guides on how to duplicate your databases both for :ref:`online" +" <duplicate_online>` and :ref:`on premise <duplicate_premise>` " +"installations." +msgstr "" +"Вы можете найти справочники о том, как дублировать свои базы данных как. : " +"Ref: `онлайн <duplicate_online> `Так и: ref:` на вашем хостинге " +"<duplicate_premise> ." + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:27 +msgid "" +"If you have questions about the content of this page or if you encounter an " +"issue while carrying out these procedures, please contact us through our " +"`support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." +msgstr "" +"Если у вас возникли вопросы по содержанию этой страницы или возникли " +"проблемы при выполнении этих действий, свяжитесь с нами по нашей `формы " +"поддержки <https://www.odoo.com/help> `__." + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:33 +msgid "Deactivating Users" +msgstr "отключение пользователей" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Make sure you have sufficient **administrative rights** if you want to " +"change the status of any of your users." +msgstr "" +"Убедитесь, что у вас есть достаточно ** административных прав **, если вы " +"хотите изменить статус любого из ваших пользователей." + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:38 +msgid "" +"In your Odoo instance, click on **Settings**. You will have a section " +"showing you the active users on your database. Click on **Manage Users.**" +msgstr "" +"В вашей версии Odoo нажмите ** Настройка **. У вас будет секция, которая " +"будет показывать вам активных пользователей вашей базы данных. Нажмите ** " +"Управлять пользователями. **" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:79 +msgid "|settings|" +msgstr "|настройки|" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:42 +msgid "|browse_users|" +msgstr "|browse_users|" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:45 +msgid "You'll then see the list of your users." +msgstr "После этого вы увидите список пользователей." + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The pre-selected filter *Internal Users* shows your paying users (different " +"from the *Portal Users* which are free). If you remove this filter, you'll " +"get all your users (the ones you pay for and the portal ones)" +msgstr "" +"Заранее выбранный фильтр Внутренние пользователи * покажет ваших платных " +"пользователей (отличных от * Пользователей портала *, которые являются " +"бесплатными). Если вы удалите этот фильтр, вы получите всех своих " +"пользователей (тех, кого вы оплачиваете, а также портальные)." + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:55 +msgid "" +"In your list of users, click on the user you want to deactivate. As soon as " +"you are on the userform, click on the Action drop down menu, and then click " +"on Archive." +msgstr "" +"В вашем списке пользователей нажмите на пользователя, якаого вы хотите " +"отключить. Как только вы будете на форме пользователя, нажмите на выпадающее" +" меню действий и нажмите Архивировать." + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:63 +msgid "The user is now deactivated." +msgstr "Пользователя деактивирована." + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:65 +msgid "**Never** deactivate the main user (*admin*)" +msgstr "" +"** Никогда ** Не отключайте главного пользователя (** администратора **)." + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:68 +msgid "Uninstalling Apps" +msgstr "удаление приложений" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Make sure you first test what you are about to do on a :ref:`duplicate " +"<duplicate_online>` of your database before making any changes (*especially*" +" installing/uninstalling apps)." +msgstr "" +"Для дополнительной (особенно установка / удаление приложений), сначала " +"проверьте, что вы собираетесь делать на: ref: `тестовой <duplicate_online> " +"`Базе данных." + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:74 +msgid "" +"In your Odoo instance click on **Settings**; in this app, you will be able " +"to see how many applications you have installed. Click on **Browse Apps** to" +" access the list of your installed applications." +msgstr "" +"В своей версии Odoo нажмите ** Настройка **, в этом приложении вы сможете " +"увидеть, сколько программ было установлено. Нажмите ** Посмотреть приложения" +" **, чтобы получить доступ к списку установленных программ." + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:79 +msgid "|browse_apps|" +msgstr "|browse_apps|" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:82 +msgid "" +"In your applications' dashboard, you will see all the icons of your " +"applications. Click on the application you want to uninstall. Then, on the " +"form of the application, click on **Uninstall**." +msgstr "" +"На панели приборов приложений вы увидите все значки ваших модулей. Нажмите " +"программу, которую вы хотите удалить. Затем, по форме приложения нажмите " +"кнопку ** Удалить **." + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Some applications have dependencies, like Invoicing, eCommerce, etc. " +"Therefore, the system will give you a warning message to advise you of what " +"is about to be removed. If you uninstall your application, all its " +"dependencies will be uninstalled as well (and the data in them will " +"permanently disappear). If you are sure you still want to uninstall it, then" +" click **Confirm**." +msgstr "" +"Некоторые программы имеют зависимости, такие как выставление счетов, " +"электронная коммерция и др. Таким образом, система предупредит вас, что вы " +"собираетесь удалить. Если вы деинсталлируете вашу программу, все ее " +"зависимости будет также удаленно (и данные в них навсегда исчезнут). Если вы" +" уверены, что все равно хотите удалить приложение, нажмите кнопку ** " +"Подтвердить **." + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Last, after having checked the warning message (if any), click **Confirm**." +msgstr "" +"Наконец, после проверки предупреждения (если оно есть), нажмите кнопку ** " +"Подтвердить **." + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:101 +msgid "You have finished uninstalling your application." +msgstr "Вы завершили удаление вашего модуля." + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:104 +msgid "Good to know" +msgstr "стоит знать" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:106 +msgid "" +"**Uninstalling apps, managing users, etc. is up to you**: no one else can " +"know if your business flow is broken better than you. If we were to " +"uninstall applications for you, we would never be able to tell if relevant " +"data had been removed or if one of your business flow was broken because we " +"*do not know how you work* and therefore cannot validate these kinds of " +"operations." +msgstr "" +"** Удаление приложений, управления пользователями и т.д. зависит от вас **: " +"никто не знает лучше вас, ваш бизнес-процесс сломан. Если мы хотели бы " +"деинсталлировать приложения для вас, мы никогда не сможем определить, были " +"удалены релевантные данные или если один из ваших бизнес-процессов был " +"сломан, поскольку мы не знаем, как вы работаете, и поэтому не можем " +"проверить такие операции." + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:112 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Apps have dependencies**: this means that you may need to install " +"modules that you do not actively use to access some features of Odoo you " +"might need. For example, the Website Builder app is needed to be able to " +"show your customer their Quotes in a web page. Even though you might not " +"need or use the Website itself, it is needed for the Online Quotes feature " +"to work properly." +msgstr "" +"** Приложения Odoo имеют зависимости **: это означает, что вам может " +"понадобиться установить модули, которые вы не используете для доступа к " +"некоторым функциям Odoo, которые вам могут понадобиться. Например, " +"приложение Website Builder нужен, чтобы показать своему клиенту свои " +"коммерческие предложения на веб-странице. Несмотря на то, вам может не " +"потребоваться использование самого Веб-сайта, это необходимо, чтобы функция " +"коммерческих предложений онлайн работала должным образом." + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:119 +msgid "" +"**Always test app installation/removal on a duplicate** (or on a free trial " +"database): that way you can know what other apps may be required, etc. This " +"will avoid surprises when uninstalling or when receiving your invoices." +msgstr "" +"** Всегда проверяйте установка / удаление приложения на тестовой базе ** " +"(или на базе бесплатной пробной версии): таким образом вы можете узнать, " +"какие другие программы могут понадобиться. Это поможет избежать " +"неожиданностей при удалении или при получении счетов-фактур." diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/sign.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/sign.po deleted file mode 100644 index 53b987e05..000000000 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/sign.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,152 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2021 -# Ekaterina <nawsikaya@bk.ru>, 2021 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-02-04 10:31+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Ekaterina <nawsikaya@bk.ru>, 2021\n" -"Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: ru\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<12 || n%100>14) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%10>=5 && n%10<=9) || (n%100>=11 && n%100<=14)? 2 : 3);\n" - -#: ../../sign.rst:5 -msgid "Sign" -msgstr "Подпись" - -#: ../../sign/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Обзор" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:3 -msgid "Validity of electronic signatures" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The legal validity of electronic signatures generated by Odoo depends on the" -" legislation of your country. Companies doing business abroad should " -"consider electronic signature laws of other countries as well." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:10 -msgid "In the European Union" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:12 -msgid "" -"The `eIDAS regulation <http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2014/910/oj>`_ " -"establishes the framework for electronic signatures in all `27 member states" -" of the European Union <https://europa.eu/european-union/about-" -"eu/countries_en>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:16 -msgid "It distinguishes three types of electronic signatures:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:18 -msgid "Electronic signatures" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:19 -msgid "Advanced electronic signatures" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:20 -msgid "Qualified electronic signatures" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Odoo generates the first type, regular electronic signatures, and these " -"signatures can produce legal effects in the EU, as the regulation states " -"that “an electronic signature shall not be denied legal effect and " -"admissibility as evidence in legal proceedings solely on the grounds that it" -" is in an electronic form or that it does not meet the requirements for " -"qualified electronic signatures.”" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Note that electronic signatures may not be automatically recognized as " -"valid. You may need to bring supporting evidence of a signature’s validity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:31 -msgid "In the United States of America" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:33 -msgid "" -"The `ESIGN Act (Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act) " -"<https://www.fdic.gov/regulations/compliance/manual/10/X-3.1.pdf>`_, at the " -"interstate and international levels, and the `UETA (Uniform Electronic " -"Transactions Act) <https://www.uniformlaws.org/committees/community-" -"home/librarydocuments?communitykey=2c04b76c-2b7d-4399-977e-" -"d5876ba7e034&tab=librarydocuments>`_, at the state level, provide the legal " -"framework for electronic signatures. Note that `Illinois " -"<https://www.ilga.gov/legislation/ilcs/ilcs5.asp?ActID=89&>`_ and `New York " -"<https://its.ny.gov/electronic-signatures-and-records-act-esra>`_ have not " -"adopted the UETA, but similar acts instead." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Overall, to be recognized as valid, electronic signatures have to meet five " -"criteria:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:44 -msgid "" -"A signer must show a clear intent to sign. For example, using a mouse to " -"draw a signature can show intent. The signer must also have the option to " -"opt-out of electronically signing a document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:47 -msgid "" -"A signer must first express or imply their consent to conduct business " -"electronically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:48 -msgid "" -"The signature must be clearly attributed. In Odoo, metadata, such as the " -"signer’s IP address, is added to the signature, which can be used as " -"supporting evidence." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:50 -msgid "" -"The signature must be associated with the document being signed, for " -"example, by keeping a record detailing how the signature was captured." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Electronically signed documents need to be retained and available for later " -"reference by all parties involved, for example, by providing the signer " -"either a fully-executed copy or the option to download a copy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:57 -msgid "" -"The information provided here does not constitute legal advice; it is " -"provided for general informational purposes only. As laws governing " -"electronic signatures evolve rapidly, we cannot guarantee that the " -"information is up to date. We advise you to should contact a local attorney " -"to obtain legal advice." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po deleted file mode 100644 index 2a3e55190..000000000 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,574 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# Андрей Гусев <gaussgss@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Ivan Yelizariev <yelizariev@itpp.dev>, 2020 -# Sergey Vilizhanin, 2020 -# Ekaterina <nawsikaya@bk.ru>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Ekaterina <nawsikaya@bk.ru>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: ru\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<12 || n%100>14) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%10>=5 && n%10<=9) || (n%100>=11 && n%100<=14)? 2 : 3);\n" - -#: ../../sms_marketing.rst:5 -msgid "SMS Marketing" -msgstr "SMS-маркетинг" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Обзор" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:3 -msgid "Contact Lists and Blacklist" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Creating your own list of contacts, or importing it, is useful when you want" -" to create specific groups of people, such as the subscribers of your " -"newsletter. It is also the best way to get started if you are coming from " -"another system and already have built an audience. It makes the SMS " -"distribution easier." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:11 -msgid "Contact lists" -msgstr "Список контактов" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:13 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Contacts lists --> Contacts lists --> Create`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Choose a name for your *Mailing list*, and activate the option *Is Public* " -"if you would like to make the mailing list accessible to your recipients in " -"the unsubscription page (allowing users to update their subscription " -"preferences)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:22 -msgid "History with the Log Notes" -msgstr "История с записями журнала" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:25 -msgid "" -"A record of the mailings sent is kept on the recipient's chatter (whether it" -" is a contact or an opportunity, for example)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:28 -msgid "" -"This is important as you and team members can easily keep track and see a " -"history of the interactions with your contacts or prospects. Example: your " -"sales representative can easily find out which SMS mailing promotions a " -"customer has received or not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:35 -msgid "Blacklist" -msgstr "Чёрный список" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:38 -msgid "" -"If you are coming from another software and have a list of clients who have " -"already asked to be blacklisted, you can import those entries to your " -"database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:39 -msgid "" -"For that, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Phone Blacklist --> " -"Import`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:3 -msgid "Integrations and Templates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Using SMS to reach people can be a strategy not just used for advertisement " -"purposes, but also as a reminder of events or issued invoices to your " -"costumers, for example." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:9 -msgid "Campaigns" -msgstr "Кампании" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:11 -msgid "" -"First, make sure to have the necessary feature activated. Go to the " -":menuselection:`Email Marketing app --> Configuration --> Settings` and " -"enable *Mailing Campaigns*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Now, the menu *Campaigns* is also available on the *SMS Marketing* app, " -"allowing you to manage and have an overview of your SMS mailings under " -"campaigns." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:23 -msgid "" -"This feature is especially useful if you have aggregated campaigns, as you " -"have a global reporting view. In addition to that, you can create stages in " -"your Kanban view to better organize the work being done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:31 -msgid "Sending SMSs through the Contacts app" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Sending SMSs through the contact’s form is available by default in Odoo. It " -"makes your work easier if you need to send an SMS to a specific contact, for" -" example." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:36 -msgid "" -"For that, go to the *Contacts* app, select the contact and click on the " -"*SMS* icon next to the phone number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:41 -msgid "" -"If you would like to send a message to multiple contacts at once, choose the" -" *List View*, select all the contacts needed, and under *Action* select " -"*Send SMS*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:48 -msgid "Set up SMS templates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:50 -msgid "" -"To set up *SMS Templates*, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " -"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, then go to " -":menuselection:`Technical --> SMS Templates`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Use *Dynamic Placeholders* to adapt automatically the content of the SMS to " -"the context." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:63 -msgid "SMS Text Messaging is available throughout Odoo:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:65 -msgid "*CRM*: send SMSs to your leads and opportunities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:66 -msgid "*Subscription*: alert customers about their subscription." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:67 -msgid "*Accounting*: send payment reminders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:68 -msgid "*Marketing Automation*: automate your SMS marketing campaigns." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:69 -msgid "" -"*Inventory*: send an automatic confirmation when a delivery order is done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:70 -msgid "" -"*Sign*: receive a validation code to verify your identity before signing a " -"document online." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:71 -msgid "" -"*SEPA debit payment provider*: send a verification code to your customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:72 -msgid "" -"*Studio*: send an SMS according to your needs by using automated actions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:75 -msgid "" -"For more information about SMS integrations in Odoo and a list of frequently" -" asked questions, go to :doc:`../pricing/pricing_and_faq`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:79 -msgid ":doc:`../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:80 -msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_template`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:3 -msgid "Build, Send and Get Reports from a SMS Mailing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Using SMS Marketing as part of your communication strategies can empower you" -" to expand your markets, considering that in some countries emails are not " -"very used or used at all. It also helps to boost conversion rates, as this " -"strategy has a high open-rate percentage among people who use smartphones." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:11 -msgid "Get started" -msgstr "Начать" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:13 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`SMS Marketing --> Create`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Specify a *subject* name to help you remembering what the mailing is about." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Under *Recipients*, choose to whom you would like the SMS to be sent. If you" -" choose *Contact*, all your Odoo contacts (vendor, customers, etc.) receive " -"your SMS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:22 -msgid "" -"From there, you can refine your recipient list with the *add filter* option." -" In the example below, the message would be sent to the contacts living in " -"Belgium." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:27 -msgid "" -"The *Mailing list* option, on the other hand, allows you to choose the " -"specific mailing lists you created to group specific contacts. You are " -"allowed to select multiple ones." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Under the *SMS Content* tab, links can be included and Odoo automatically " -"generates *link trackers* in order to generate data about these links." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Under *Settings* you have the option *Include opt-out link*. If activated, " -"the contact is able to unsubscribe from the mailing list." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:43 -msgid "" -"In the *Link Tracker* menu under *Configuration*, you can see the history of" -" your sent links, access them and look at statistics." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:50 -msgid "Double-check that you have the phone number of your contacts saved." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:53 -msgid "Send a mailing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Once you have your mailing created, you must choose when you would like it " -"to be delivered:" -msgstr "" -"После создания почтовой рассылки необходимо выбрать, когда она будет " -"доставлена:" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:59 -msgid "" -"*Put in Queue*: the mailing is triggered with the next automatic run. " -"Interesting option if you do not need the message to be sent at a specific " -"time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:61 -msgid "" -"*Send Now*: sends the message immediately. Use this option if the recipient " -"list is not excessive." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:62 -msgid "" -"*Schedule*: allows you to choose a day and time. Best option for mailings " -"that you would like to send during a specific event, to promote an offer " -"while it is active, or to simply plan your content strategy in advance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:65 -msgid "" -"*Test*: allows you to send an SMS to one or multiple numbers for test " -"purposes. Check, for example, if the link provided lands on the right page " -"while making sure they are responsive. If sending it to multiple numbers, " -"you must remember to use a comma between them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:70 -msgid "Visualize reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:72 -msgid "" -"Under the *Reporting* menu apply filters, measures, and adopt different " -"layouts to do analyses of the performance of your SMS mailings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:79 -msgid "" -"You can also check the price to send an SMS for your country by clicking on " -"the *Information* icon." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:86 -msgid "" -"**Buy Credits:** in order to take advantage of the app and its features, " -"make sure you have purchased credits. For more information: " -":doc:`../pricing/pricing_and_faq`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing.rst:3 -msgid "Pricing and FAQ" -msgstr "Цены и часто задаваемые вопросы" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:3 -msgid "SMS Pricing and FAQ" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:6 -msgid "What do I need to send SMSs?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:7 -msgid "" -"SMS Text Messaging is an In-App Purchase (IAP) service that *requires " -"prepaid credits* to work." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:11 -msgid "How many types of SMSs are there?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:12 -msgid "There are 2 types: GSM7 and UNICODE." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:14 -msgid "" -"**GSM7** is the standard format, with a limit of 160 characters per message," -" that includes the following characters:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:23 -msgid "" -"**UNICODE** is the format applied if a special character, that *is not* in " -"the GSM7 list, is used. Limit per SMS: 70 characters." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:27 -msgid "" -"For GSM7 SMS the size limit is 160 characters, and for Unicode is 70. *Above" -" these limits, the content is divided into a multi-part message* and the " -"limit of characters is lowered to 153 for GSM7 and to 67 for Unicode. The " -"system will inform you in real-time about the number of SMS your message " -"represents." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:34 -msgid "How much does it cost to send an SMS?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:35 -msgid "" -"The price of an SMS depends on the destination and the length (number of " -"characters) of the message." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:37 -msgid "" -"To see the **price per country, please consult**: `Odoo SMS - FAQ <https" -"://iap-services.odoo.com/iap/sms/pricing#sms_faq_01>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:39 -msgid "" -"The number of SMSs a message represents will be always available to you in " -"your database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:49 -msgid "How do I buy credits?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:50 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Buy Credits`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:57 -msgid "Or go to :menuselection:`Settings --> View my Services`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:65 -msgid "" -"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you " -"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." -msgstr "" -"Если вы на Odoo Online (SAAS) и у вас версия Enterprise, для тестирования " -"функции вы пользуетесь бесплатными пробными кредитам." - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:70 -msgid "More common questions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:72 -msgid "**Is there an expiration time for my credits?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:74 -msgid "No, credits do not expire." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:77 -msgid "" -"**Can I send an SMS to a phone number (which is not a mobile phone) because " -"I see the icon in front of the field “phone”?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:80 -msgid "Only if that phone number supports SMS (e.g. SIP phones)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:83 -msgid "**Do I receive an invoice to buy my credits?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:85 -msgid "Yes." -msgstr "Да." - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:88 -msgid "**Can the recipient answer to me?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:90 -msgid "No, it is not possible to reply to the SMS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:93 -msgid "" -"**What happens if I send multiple SMS but I do not have enough credits to " -"send them all?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:95 -msgid "" -"The whole transaction is counted as a single one, so no SMS will be sent " -"until you have enough credits to send them all." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:99 -msgid "**Do I have a history of the sent SMSs?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:101 -msgid "" -"Yes, the SMS is logged as a note under the chatter of the corresponding " -"record, and a complete history of the SMSs sent is available on " -":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` under " -":menuselection:`Technical --> SMS`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:107 -msgid "**Can I send as many SMSs I want at once?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:109 -msgid "Yes, if you have enough credits." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:112 -msgid "" -"**If I have a number that does not exist in the list of recipients, will I " -"lose credits?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:114 -msgid "" -"Not if the phone number is in the wrong format (e.g. too many digits). " -"Otherwise, if the SMS is sent to the wrong person or to a fake number, the " -"credit will be lost." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:118 -msgid "" -"**What happens if I send my SMS to a paying number (e.g.: a contest to win a" -" ticket for a festival)?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:120 -msgid "" -"The SMS will not be delivered to that kind of number, so you won’t be " -"charged." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:123 -msgid "" -"**Can I identify the numbers that do not exist when I send several SMSs?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:125 -msgid "Only the ones that have an invalid format." -msgstr "Только те, которые имеют недопустимый формат." - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:128 -msgid "**How does the GDPR regulation affect this service?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:130 -msgid "" -"Please find our `Privacy Policy here <https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#sms>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:132 -msgid "**Can I use my own SMS provider?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:134 -msgid "" -"Yes, but it is not possible out of the box. Our experts can help you " -"customize your database to make it happen. Please, check our success packs " -"`here <https://www.odoo.com/pricing-packs>`_." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po deleted file mode 100644 index 076c06b2b..000000000 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,362 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# Ivan Yelizariev <yelizariev@it-projects.info>, 2020 -# Ekaterina <nawsikaya@bk.ru>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:42+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Ekaterina <nawsikaya@bk.ru>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: ru\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<12 || n%100>14) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%10>=5 && n%10<=9) || (n%100>=11 && n%100<=14)? 2 : 3);\n" - -#: ../../social_marketing.rst:5 -msgid "Social Marketing" -msgstr "Меркетинг соцсетей" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Обзор" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:3 -msgid "Connecting to my Marketplace with Campaigns" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Whether your goal is to sell a new product, explain the value of your " -"services or advertise your event, a campaign helps you to connect with your " -"marketplace. They normally involve multiple channels, so it is fundamental " -"to have a solution with which you can plan, execute, track, and analyze your" -" content." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:10 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Campaigns --> Create`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:16 -msgid "" -"As you create content, tabs for that specific channel are shown. The " -"overview of the campaign displays global metrics such as:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:19 -msgid "" -"*Revenue*: number of users who, from a link in your content, finished a " -"transaction (paid)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:20 -msgid "" -"*Quotations*: number of users who, from a link in your content, have started" -" but not finished a transaction (did not pay)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:22 -msgid "" -"*Leads*: users who have filled out your contact form, from a link in your " -"content." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:25 -msgid "" -"To be able to *Send New Mailing*, make sure the feature is enabled in the " -"*Email Marketing* application, under :menuselection:`Email Marketing --> " -"Configuration --> Settings`. To be able to *Send SMS*, the *SMS Marketing* " -"application must be installed on your database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:30 -msgid "" -"*Social Marketing* works integrated with other applications such as *Sales*," -" *Invoicing*, *CRM* and *Website*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:34 -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:77 -msgid ":doc:`./push_notifications`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:35 -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:66 -msgid ":doc:`./manage_social`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:3 -msgid "Interact with Customers and Visitors with Live Chat" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:5 -msgid "" -"One of the ways you can build stronger relationships with your customers is " -"by making yourself available through live chat. Live chats can have a big " -"impact not just on your customer service, but also on sales performance, as " -"it gives users a chance of having real-time, fast, and effective " -"interaction." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:11 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Настройка" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Live Chat` " -"select the appropriate channel, and set it up." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Under *Channel Rules*, choose when the chat pop-up appears, and an action " -"for a given URL and/or country. Note that to take the country into account, " -"GeoIP must be installed on your server." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:24 -msgid "The *Live Chat* application must be installed on your database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:27 -msgid "Monitor your visitors" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Under the *Visitors* menu, see the visitors that landed on one of your " -":ref:`social_marketing/website_tracked_pages` online or offline." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:34 -msgid "" -"You can send emails (if an email address has been saved), send SMSs (if a " -"phone number has been saved), send a push notification (if the user has " -"subscribed to it), and even send a live chat request that will be received " -"by the user once they move to a tracked page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Open a record to see details including the visited pages, and the first and " -"last date and time the user was connected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Your online visitors will be authenticated if they are linked to a lead or " -"an existing partner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:44 -msgid "" -"If you do not use the *Website* app, you can add a live chat widget to your " -"own website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:49 -msgid "Website’s tracked pages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:51 -msgid "" -"To define which pages are tracked, on the *Website* application, go to " -":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Pages` and enable the option " -"*Track*, on the respective pages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:60 -msgid ":doc:`../../livechat/overview/get_started`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:3 -msgid "Manage Social Media Pages and Create Content" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Once you are present on social media platforms, it is important to keep them" -" up-to-date. However, that might feel like a full-time job. Having a " -"solution that allows you to create, schedule, keep track, engage with your " -"audience and measure results saves you time and helps you to successfully " -"execute your online strategy, from posts to results." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:12 -msgid "Add accounts and create your feed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Click on *Add Stream* and grant the required permissions to add your " -"accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:21 -msgid "You can link a Facebook page for which you are the admin." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:23 -msgid "" -"You are then redirected to your *Feed* and a column with the publications is" -" automatically added." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:25 -msgid "" -"You can then add new accounts and/or streams, such as Facebook mentions, and" -" customize your Kanban view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Adding social media accounts to your feed will also link KPIs. To get " -"redirected to the statistics page of the social account, click on " -"*Insights*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:39 -msgid "Link a LinkedIn account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Configuration --> Social Media`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:48 -msgid "" -"LinkedIn is in Beta Version, therefore, the feed is not available. Only the " -"creation of content." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:51 -msgid "Publish content" -msgstr "опубликовать содержание" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Click on :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Feed --> New Post`, or go to " -":menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Posts → Create`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:60 -msgid "Choose to upload your post right away or to schedule it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:61 -msgid "Saving your post will apply a draft status to it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:64 -msgid "Overview and plan your posts with a calendar view" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Through the calendar view, besides having an overview of your planned day, " -"week or month, also see your drafted, scheduled and published posts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:68 -msgid "Drag and drop (scheduled posts) to change their scheduled date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Double-click on a date to create a post directly from the *Calendar view*, " -"and click on an existing one to edit it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:78 -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:67 -msgid ":doc:`./campaigns`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:79 -msgid ":doc:`./livechat`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:3 -msgid "Use Web Push Notifications" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Web Push Notifications deliver messages to your user’s device without the " -"need to be on your website, or for them to give personal information. They " -"can be used to inform your users about news, articles and content posted, " -"practical messages like traffic and weather updates, flight information, " -"sales alerts, coupons, and product updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:11 -msgid "Ask users for permission" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:13 -msgid "" -"In the *Website* application go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration" -" --> Settings` and enable *Web Push Notifications*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Choose your message, icon, and delay time (which is the wait time for the " -"permission request to be shown once the user lands on your page)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:28 -msgid "Send notifications" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:31 -msgid "Individually" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:33 -msgid "You can send individual messages through the menu *Visitors*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:40 -msgid "To a group" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Target a bigger segment by selecting multiple visitors in the *View List* " -"(e.g.: all visitors that visited your Homepage)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Visitors records are kept under *Visitors* for a week, before getting " -"archived." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:53 -msgid "By rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Or go to :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Posts --> Create`. Under *Web " -"Notification options*, apply filters to send your message to the records " -"that match the rules you set." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:63 -msgid "The feature only works with Odoo Website application." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/studio.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/studio.po deleted file mode 100644 index a415e4901..000000000 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/studio.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,940 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# Ivan Yelizariev <yelizariev@it-projects.info>, 2020 -# Irina Fedulova <istartlin@gmail.com>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-11-02 12:05+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:42+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Irina Fedulova <istartlin@gmail.com>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: ru\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<12 || n%100>14) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%10>=5 && n%10<=9) || (n%100>=11 && n%100<=14)? 2 : 3);\n" - -#: ../../studio.rst:5 -msgid "Studio" -msgstr "Студия" - -#: ../../studio/concepts.rst:3 -msgid "Concepts" -msgstr "понятие" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:3 -msgid "Understanding Automated Actions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:6 -msgid "" -"Automated actions are used to trigger actions. They are based on conditions " -"and happen on top of Odoo’s default business logic." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Examples of automated actions include: creating a next activity upon a " -"quote's confirmation; adding a user as a follower of a confirmed invoice if " -"its total is higher than a certain amount; or preventing a lead from " -"changing stage if a field is not filled in." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Let's understand how to properly define *when* an automated action runs and " -"*how* to create one:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:18 -msgid "" -"The first step is to choose the :doc:`Model <understanding_general>` on " -"which the action is applied." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:19 -msgid "" -"The **Trigger** field defines the event that causes the automated action to " -"happen:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:21 -msgid "" -"*On Creation*: when a new record is created. Note that the record is created" -" once saved for the first time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:23 -msgid "" -"*On Update*: when the record is updated. Note that the update happens once " -"the record is saved." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:24 -msgid "" -"*On Creation & Update*: on the creation and/or on the update of a record " -"once the form is saved." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:25 -msgid "*On Deletion*: on the removal of a record under the condition set." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:26 -msgid "" -"*Based on Form Modification*: when the value of the specified *Trigger* " -"field is changed in the interface (user sees the changes before saving the " -"record). Note that this action can only be used with the *Execute Python " -"Code* action type." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:29 -msgid "" -"*Based on Timed Condition*: a delay happens after a specific date/time. Set " -"a *Delay after trigger date* if you need a delay to happen before the " -"*Trigger Date*. Example: to send a reminder 15min before a meeting. If the " -"date/time is not set on the form of the model chosen, the date/time " -"considered is the one of the creation/update of the record." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:34 -msgid "For every Trigger option, **conditions** can be applied, such as:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:36 -msgid "" -"*Before Update Domain*: if designated, this condition must be satisfied " -"before the record is updated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:38 -msgid "" -"*Apply on*: if designated, this condition must be satisfied before executing" -" the action rule (*Action To Do*), and after the update." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:41 -msgid "" -"The **Active** option is to be turned off when the rule should be hidden and" -" not executed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Under **Action To Do** choose the type of server action that must be " -"executed once records meet the *Trigger* conditions:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:45 -msgid "" -"*Execute Python Code*: a block of code is executed. A *Help* tab with the " -"variables that can be used is available." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:47 -msgid "*Create New Record*: a new record with new values is created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:48 -msgid "*Update a Record*: updates the record that triggered the action." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:49 -msgid "" -"*Execute several actions*: defines an action that triggers other server " -"actions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:50 -msgid "" -"*Send Email*: an automatic :doc:`email " -"<../../discuss/advanced/email_template>` is sent." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:51 -msgid "*Add Followers*: followers are notified of changes in the task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:52 -msgid "" -"*Create Next Activity*: creates an activity such as: *Call*, *Email*, " -"*Reminder*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:53 -msgid "" -"*Send SMS Text Message*: sends an :doc:`SMS " -"<../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:56 -msgid "Example" -msgstr "пример" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:58 -msgid "" -"This is the process of which the update of the *Email* field on the " -"Lead/Opportunity *Model*, with a *Trigger Condition* set to *On Update*, " -"goes through:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:65 -msgid "The user creates the record without an email address set." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:66 -msgid "The user updates the record defining an email address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Once the change is saved, the automation checks if any of the *Watched " -"Fields* are being updated (for the example: field name *email_from* (Email)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:69 -msgid "" -"If true, it checks if the record matches the *Before Update Domain* (for the" -" example: *email is not set*)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:71 -msgid "" -"If true, it checks (*after the update*) whether the record matches the " -"*Apply on* domain (for the example: *email is set*)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:73 -msgid "If true, the chosen *Action To Do* is performed on the record." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:76 -msgid ":doc:`understanding_general`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:77 -msgid ":doc:`../use_cases/automated_actions`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:3 -msgid "Understanding General Concepts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:7 -msgid "" -"Odoo Studio is a toolbox that allows you to add models or adapt " -"functionalities on top of Odoo’s standard behavior without coding knowledge." -" You can also create custom views and modify existing ones without having to" -" get into the XML code." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Even for experienced developers, typing out code requires time. By using " -"Odoo Studio, you can quickly get your models up and going and focus on the " -"crucial parts of your application. The result is a user-friendly solution " -"that makes customizations and designing new applications easy with or " -"without programming skills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:15 -msgid "Getting started" -msgstr "Начиная работу" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:17 -msgid "" -"One you start using Odoo Studio, you automatically create a new *module* " -"that contains all your modifications. These modifications can be done on " -"existing screens (*views*), by adding new *fields* in existing applications," -" or by creating an entirely new *model*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:22 -msgid "What is a Module?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:25 -msgid "" -"An Odoo **Module** can contain a number of elements, such as: business " -"objects (models), object views, data files, web controllers, and static web " -"data. An application is a collection of modules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:29 -msgid "" -"In object-oriented programming, models usually represent a concept from the " -"real world. Example: Odoo has models for Sales Orders, Users, Countries, " -"etc. If you were to build an application to manage Real Estate sales, a " -"model that represents the Properties for sale would probably be your first " -"step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:38 -msgid "What is a Model (also called Object)?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:40 -msgid "" -"A **Model** determines the logical structure of a database and fundamentally" -" determines in which manner data can be stored, organized, and manipulated. " -"In other words, a model is a table of information that can be bridged with " -"other tables." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:45 -msgid "What are Fields?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:47 -msgid "" -"**Fields** compose models. It is where a record (a piece of data) is " -"registered." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Example: on the Real Estate application, fields on the Properties model " -"would include the price, address, a picture, a link to the current owner, " -"etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:50 -msgid "" -"There are 2 main types of fields in Odoo: *basic (or scalar) fields* and " -"*relational fields*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Basic fields represent simple values, like numbers or text. Relational " -"fields represent relations between models. So, if you have a model for " -"*Customers* and another one for *Properties*, you would use a relational " -"field to link each Property to its Customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:56 -msgid "Relational Fields in detail" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:59 -msgid "" -"**Relational Fields** provide the option to link the data of one model with " -"the data of another model." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:60 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, relational field types are: *One2many*, *Many2one*, *Many2many*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:66 -msgid "" -"An **One2many** field is a *one-way* direction of selecting *multiple* " -"records from a table." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Example: a Sales Order can contain multiple Sales Order Lines, which also " -"contain multiple fields of information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:69 -msgid "" -"A **Many2one** field is a *one-way* direction of selecting *one* record from" -" a table." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Example: you can have many product categories, but each product can only " -"belong to one category." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:71 -msgid "" -"A **Many2many** field is a *two-way* direction of selecting records from a " -"table." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:72 -msgid "Example: multiple tags can be added to a lead’s form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:75 -msgid "An *One2many* field must have a *Many2one* related to it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:78 -msgid "What are Views?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:80 -msgid "" -"**Views** define how records are displayed. They are specified in XML which " -"means that they can be edited independently from the models that they " -"represent. There are various types of views in Odoo, and each of them " -"represents a mode of visualization. Some examples are: *form*, *list*, " -"*kanban*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:85 -msgid "What is a Menu?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:87 -msgid "" -"A **Menu** is a button that executes and action. In Odoo Studio, to create " -"menus (models) and rearrange their hierarchy, click on *Edit Menu*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:95 -msgid "`Studio Basics <https://www.odoo.com/fr_FR/slides/studio-31>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to.rst:3 -msgid "How To" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/export_import.rst:3 -msgid "Export and Import Modules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/export_import.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When you do customizations in Odoo Studio, a new module is created in your " -"database, making it easy to use Studio for prototyping." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/export_import.rst:8 -msgid "" -"To export these customizations, activate Studio on the main dashboard and, " -"under the menu *Customizations*, click on *Export*. The default filename is " -"*customizations.zip*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/export_import.rst:16 -msgid "" -"The module created contains the definition of custom models and fields, as " -"well as the UI elements of any customization in an XML format." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/export_import.rst:18 -msgid "" -"To import and install the customizations in another instance, connect to the" -" destination database, activate Studio and, under *Customizations*, click on" -" *Import*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/export_import.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Studio does not know which apps are customized (because the same view can be" -" modified on different apps), therefore, it *does not* add the underlying " -"modules as dependencies of the exported module. In other words, the " -"applications installed on the source database should be installed on the " -"destination database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:3 -msgid "Customizing the Rainbow Man" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The Rainbow Man in Odoo is an animation shown once the user completes " -"certain tasks and clicks on certain buttons. It is a way to make the " -"software fun to use, and rewarding, for employees." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:13 -msgid "" -"On most buttons in Odoo, such as *Send by Email*, *Confirm* or *Cancel*, " -"once they are selected in Studio, under their *Properties*, the *Rainbow " -"Man* effect can be applied." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:14 -msgid "By default, the feature is active:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:16 -msgid "when opportunities are marked as won;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:17 -msgid "when users empty their inboxes;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:18 -msgid "when the user finishes a tour;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:19 -msgid "when the user finishes doing reconciliations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:3 -msgid "Customizing Reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Odoo uses HTML and CSS technologies to create reports. HTML is a markup " -"language that uses tags, also called elements. It is the core of any webpage" -" because it provides its basic structure. CSS interacts with HTML elements " -"to add style to the page, establishing how the HTML is shown to the user. " -"Odoo’s reports also use Bootstrap’s grid layout, which is the containers, " -"rows, and columns to align content, and support Odoo's website themes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:11 -msgid "" -"When creating a new report, choose the purpose of it and if you would like " -"the report to include header and footer (company logo, name, address, phone," -" email address, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Under the tab **Add**, you find the fields to be dragged and dropped to the " -"view. *Fields*, *Data tables*, *Subtotal & Total*, and *Address Book* are " -"dynamic elements (meaning that they need a :doc:`one2many or a many2many " -"<../concepts/understanding_general>` related object). *Text*, *Title Block*," -" *Image*, and *Text in Cell* are static elements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Once the element is added to the view, select it to see its **Options**. The" -" first section shows the hierarchy of the selected object and its " -"properties, allowing you to individually edit them. Fields with related " -"objects have their directives shown on *Field Expression*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Under **Visible if**, define the rule(s) to set visibility conditions to " -"fields." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Example: if choosing to display a product image, you could set a visibility " -"rule to only display the ones that are *set* in the product form, avoiding " -"having a plain icon when they are not set." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:40 -msgid "" -"**Visible for** is used to set which :doc:`groups " -"<../../general/odoo_basics/add_user>` can have access to specific elements " -"in the report. **Limit visibility to groups**, under *Report*, sets the " -"visibility of the report to specifics groups, meaning that users belonging " -"to other groups do not see the same final document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Under the **Report** tab, name your report, choose the paper format, and if " -"the report should be added to the *Print* menu list on its respective " -"document form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:53 -msgid "" -"If activating the :doc:`Developer mode " -"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, additional fields such as *Class* " -"under *Options*, and *Reload from attachment* under *Report*, become " -"visible." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:56 -msgid "" -"*Class*: add custom CSS classes to the selected element (e.g. Bootstrap " -"classes such as *text-danger*)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:59 -msgid "" -"*Reload from attachment*: saves the report as an attachment of the document " -"when printed. When the report is reprinted, it re-downloads that attachment " -"instead of re-printing it. This means that if the underlying record (e.g. " -"Invoice) changes when compared to the first impression, the report does not " -"reflect the changes because they were done after the attachment was created." -" This is typically useful for reports linked to documents that should not " -"change, such as Invoices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Actions in Odoo Studio can be undone until you *Close* the toolbox. Once you" -" have closed Studio, changes can not be undone anymore." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases.rst:3 -msgid "Use Cases" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced Use Cases: Automated Actions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:5 -msgid "" -"**Case scenario 1: when a Belgian lead is created, a 3-stars priority should" -" be automatically applied.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:8 -msgid "Under *Automations*, click on *Create* and set the following rules:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:10 -msgid "*Model*: Lead/Opportunity" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:11 -msgid "*Active*: On" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:12 -msgid "*Trigger*: On Creation & Update" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:13 -msgid "*Apply on*: Country > Country Name = Belgium" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:14 -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:53 -msgid "*Action To Do*: Update the Record" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:15 -msgid "*Data to Write*: Lead/Opportunity > Value > 3" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Check :doc:`this doc <filters_status_bar>` in order to have another " -"automated action example." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:25 -msgid ":doc:`../concepts/understanding_automated_actions`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:26 -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:61 -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:138 -#: ../../studio/use_cases/views.rst:28 -msgid ":doc:`../concepts/understanding_general`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced Use Cases: Filters and Status Bar" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:5 -msgid "" -"**Case scenario 1: on Sales, set a filter on Belgian customers and define it" -" as the default one (the user should still be able to unset the filter).**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:8 -msgid "" -"On your customer’s page, use *Filters* > *Add Custom Filter* to group " -"customers by country. Now, under *Favorites*, *Save Current Search* enabling" -" *Use by default* and *Save*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:15 -msgid "" -"On *Filter Rules* in Studio mode, select the respective filter and enable " -"*Default Filter*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:21 -msgid "" -"**Case scenario 2: add a status bar on the product form to manage its life " -"cycle. Set the values: ‘Prototype’, ‘In use’ and ‘Deprecated’. By default, " -"the Kanban view must be grouped by status.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:26 -msgid "" -"On your product form, *Add a pipeline status bar* and name its values. " -"Status bars are *selection* fields that give you the ability to follow a " -"specific flow. They are useful to show you the progress that has been made." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:28 -msgid "" -"On the *Views* menu, access *Kanban* and, under its *View* options, set the " -"*Default Group by* as *Pipeline status bar*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Now, open your product form and set the right status for that product. As " -"you move products throughout stages (also through the product’s form), " -"stages are shown in the Kanban view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:38 -msgid "" -"To make modifications in the pipeline status bar, for example, remember to " -"go back to *Form View*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:44 -msgid "" -"**Case scenario 2.a: when a product goes from ‘In use’ to ‘Deprecate’, set " -"its cost to 0€.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Create an :doc:`automated action " -"<../concepts/understanding_automated_actions>` with the selected values:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:49 -msgid "*Model*: Product Template" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:50 -msgid "*Trigger*: On Update" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:51 -msgid "*First Domain*: Pipeline status bar = In use" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:52 -msgid "*Second Domain*: Pipeline status bar = Deprecated" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:54 -msgid "*Data to Write*: Cost (Product Template) > Value > 0" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced Use Cases: Creating Models and Adding Fields" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:5 -msgid "" -"**Case scenario 1: on the leads’ form, if the chosen country is France, show" -" a field 'Pay by check?'**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:8 -msgid "" -"On your leads’ form, add a *Related Field* to *Country > Country Name*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Now, add a *Checkbox* field and define its invisibility options as *Country*" -" (carefully select the one just created) *> is not = > France.*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:11 -msgid "You can now hide the related field created (*Country*) if you wish." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Another approach is to use the country’s ID. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Contacts --> Configuration --> Countries`, select France " -"(for example), and on the URL check its *ID*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:21 -msgid "" -"The related field invisibility path should now be *Country* (carefully " -"select the one just created) *> is not = > 75*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:22 -msgid "Again, hide the related field with the country’s ID if you prefer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:28 -msgid "" -"**Case scenario 2: create a model called 'Properties' and add fields called:" -" company, value, name, address, active, image.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:31 -msgid "" -"From the dashboard, (optionally) start a new module. Then, click on *Edit " -"Menu* and start a *New Menu* (model). Set your menu name and *Confirm*. Now," -" on its form, drag & drop the necessary fields." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:39 -msgid "" -"**Case scenario 2.a: now, you would like to have a model called 'Regions' to" -" which each property must be linked. And, on 'Regions', you would like to " -"see the properties for each region.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Go to *Edit Menu > New Menu* and create your menu, calling it *Regions*. Add" -" the necessary fields on its form by dragging & dropping them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Now, in the form view of *Properties*, add a *Many2one* field with a " -"relation to your model *Region*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:48 -msgid "" -"The *Existing Fields* are the ones that are on the current model but not yet" -" in the view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Now, go to the model *Regions*, select the form view, and add a status " -"button selecting *Regions (Properties)* as your relational field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:62 -msgid "" -"*Status buttons* are computed fields, meaning that they count the numbers of" -" records on the related model, and allow you to access them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:69 -msgid "" -"When searching for relations, click on *Search more* and filter it by " -"*Custom*. This way you avoid creating duplicates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:76 -msgid "" -"**Case scenario 2.b: in the model 'Properties', show all the tags as " -"checkboxes instead of tags.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:78 -msgid "" -"Once the field *Tags* is added to the form, select it and, under its " -"*Properties > Widgets*, choose *Checkboxes*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:85 -msgid "" -"**Case scenario 3: on the leads’ form, add a selection field with the " -"values:'Tags' & 'List' & 'Checkboxes'. According to the value of the field, " -"show tags as many2many_tags, many2many_radio, or many2many(_list).**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:89 -msgid "" -"In your form view, add a *Tags* field and relate it to *Partners Tag*. Under" -" *Properties*, define its *Widget* as *Many2many*. Do the same process " -"another 2 times for *Checkboxes* and *Tags*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:96 -msgid "Now, add a *Selection* field and the necessary values." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:99 -msgid "" -"Continue by selecting your *Tags* fields, one by one, to set their " -"*Invisible* options according to their *Widget*. In the example below, the " -"invisibility rule for the *Partner Tags* is set as: *Select Tag type > is " -"not = > Tags.*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:105 -msgid "" -"**Case scenario 4: on a quotation’s form, add a selection field called " -"'Manager Validation' with the values: ‘Accepted’ and ‘Refused’. Only a sales" -" manager can see it, and the field should be set as mandatory if the untaxed" -" amount is higher than 500€.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:109 -msgid "" -"On your quotation form, add a *Selection* field with the values *Accepted* " -"and *Refused*. Set its *Required* condition as *Untaxed Amount > 500* and " -"the *Limit visibility to groups* as *Sales / Administrator* or managers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:117 -msgid "**Case scenario 5: change the tooltip of a field for all views.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:119 -msgid "" -"Activate the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` " -"and open Studio." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:122 -msgid "" -"Select the necessary field and, under *Properties*, click on *More* to write" -" your tooltip message on *Field Help*. The tooltip message is the " -"explanatory message shown when the user hovers the field. The message here " -"written is displayed on all views forms where the field is added." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:129 -msgid "" -"The *Field Help* message can only be applied to *new* fields. If you would " -"like to change/apply a tooltip for a specific field, use the *Help Tooltip* " -"option under *Properties*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/views.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced Use Cases: Views" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/views.rst:5 -msgid "" -"**Case scenario 1: in Sales, show orders in a Kanban View instead of a List " -"View.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/views.rst:7 -msgid "" -"From the Sales page, access Studio and, under *Views*, set the *Kanban* " -"option as the default one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/views.rst:14 -msgid "" -"**Case scenario 2: allow for the list of leads to be edited inline without " -"having to switch to the form view.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/views.rst:19 -msgid "" -"On the *List View*, under *View* > *Editable*, choose between *New record on" -" top* or *New record at the bottom*. This way, besides defining the order in" -" which new records are displayed in the view, you are able to edit them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/views.rst:21 -msgid "" -"If the field is left blank, no editing is possible and records are shown " -"based on your column preferences on the lead's page (front-end)." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/support.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/support.po deleted file mode 100644 index 24afb4c06..000000000 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/support.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,473 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Gennady Marchenko <gennadym@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# ILMIR <karamov@it-projects.info>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:42+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ILMIR <karamov@it-projects.info>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: ru\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<12 || n%100>14) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%10>=5 && n%10<=9) || (n%100>=11 && n%100<=14)? 2 : 3);\n" - -#: ../../support.rst:5 -msgid "Support" -msgstr "Поддержка" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:7 -msgid "Supported versions" -msgstr "Поддерживаемые версии" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Odoo provides support and bug fixing **for the 3 last major versions** of " -"Odoo." -msgstr "Оду предоставляет поддержку и багфиксы для 3 последних версий" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Users hosted on **Odoo Online** may use intermediary versions (sometimes " -"called *SaaS versions*) that are supported as well. These versions are not " -"published for Odoo.sh or On-Premise installations." -msgstr "" -"Пользователи пользующиеся **Odoo Online** могут использовать промежуточные " -"версии (иногда называемые *SaaS версиями*), которые также поддерживаются. " -"Эти версии не публикуются для Odoo.sh или локальной установки." - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:18 -msgid "What's the support status of my Odoo?" -msgstr "Каков статус поддержки моего Odoo?" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:20 -msgid "This matrix shows the support status of every version." -msgstr "Эта матрица показывает статус поддержки каждой версии." - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:22 -msgid "**Major releases are in bold type.**" -msgstr "**Основные выпуски выделены жирным шрифтом.**" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:25 -msgid "Odoo Online" -msgstr "Оду Онлайн" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:25 -msgid "Odoo.sh" -msgstr "Odoo.sh" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:25 -msgid "On-Premise" -msgstr "Локальная установка" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:25 -msgid "Release date" -msgstr "Дата выпуска" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:27 -msgid "**Odoo 14.0**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:27 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:27 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:27 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:29 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:31 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:31 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:31 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:33 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:35 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:35 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:35 -msgid "|green|" -msgstr "|зеленый|" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:27 -msgid "October 2020" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:29 -msgid "Odoo 13.saas~4" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:29 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:29 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:33 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:33 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:37 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:37 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:41 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:41 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:43 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:43 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:47 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:47 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:49 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:51 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:51 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:53 -msgid "N/A" -msgstr "Н/A" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:29 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:33 -msgid "August 2019" -msgstr "Август 2019" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:31 -msgid "**Odoo 13.0**" -msgstr "**Оду 13.0**" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:31 -msgid "October 2019" -msgstr "Октябрь 2019" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:33 -msgid "Odoo 12.saas~3" -msgstr "Оду 12.saas~3" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:35 -msgid "**Odoo 12.0**" -msgstr "**Оду 12.0**" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:35 -msgid "October 2018" -msgstr "Октябрь 2018" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:35 -msgid "*End-of-support is planned for October 2021*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:37 -msgid "Odoo 11.saas~3" -msgstr "Оду 11.saas~3" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:37 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:39 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:39 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:41 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:43 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:45 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:45 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:47 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:49 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:51 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:53 -msgid "|orange|" -msgstr "|оранжевый|" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:37 -msgid "April 2018" -msgstr "Апрель 2018" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:39 -msgid "**Odoo 11.0**" -msgstr "**Оду 11.0**" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:39 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:45 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:49 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:53 -msgid "|red|" -msgstr "|красный|" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:39 -msgid "October 2017" -msgstr "Октябрь 2017" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:41 -msgid "Odoo 10.saas~15" -msgstr "Оду 10.saas~15" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:41 -msgid "March 2017" -msgstr "Март 2017" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:43 -msgid "Odoo 10.saas~14" -msgstr "Оду 10.saas~14" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:43 -msgid "January 2017" -msgstr "Январь 2017" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:45 -msgid "**Odoo 10.0**" -msgstr "**Оду 10.0**" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:45 -msgid "October 2016" -msgstr "Октябрь 2016" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:47 -msgid "Odoo 9.saas~11" -msgstr "Оду 9.saas~11" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:47 -msgid "May 2016" -msgstr "Май 2016" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:49 -msgid "**Odoo 9.0**" -msgstr "**Оду 9.0**" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:49 -msgid "October 2015" -msgstr "Октябрь 2015" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:51 -msgid "Odoo 8.saas~6" -msgstr "Оду 8.saas~6" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:51 -msgid "February 2015" -msgstr "Февраль 2015" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:53 -msgid "**Odoo 8.0**" -msgstr "**Оду 8.0**" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:53 -msgid "September 2014" -msgstr "Сентябрь 2014" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:59 -msgid "|green| Supported version" -msgstr "|зеленый| Поддерживаемая версия" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:61 -msgid "|red| End-of-support" -msgstr "|красный| Прекращение поддержки" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:63 -msgid "N/A Never released for this platform" -msgstr "Н/А Никогда не выпускалась для этой платформы" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:65 -msgid "" -"|orange| Some of our older customers may still run this version on our Odoo " -"Online servers, we provide help only on blocking issues and advise you to " -"upgrade." -msgstr "" -"|оранжевый| Некоторые из наших старых клиентов могут до сих пор запускать " -"данную версию на наших серверах Оду Онлайн, мы предоставляем помощь только " -"по проблемам блокирующим работу и советуем вам обновиться" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:67 -msgid "🏁 Future version, not released yet" -msgstr "🏁 Будущая версия, еще не выпущенная" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:80 -msgid "I run an older version of Odoo/OpenERP/TinyERP" -msgstr "Я запускаю более старую версию Оду/OpenERP/TinyERP" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:82 -msgid "" -"OpenERP 7.0, 6.1, 6.0 and 5.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform." -msgstr "" -"OpenERP 7.0, 6.1, 6.0 and 5.0 больше не поддерживается ни на какой платформе" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:84 -msgid "" -"TinyERP 4.0, 3.0, 2.0 and 1.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform." -msgstr "" -"TinyERP 4.0, 3.0, 2.0 and 1.0 больше не поддерживается ни на какой платформе" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:86 -msgid "" -"You should consider `upgrading <https://upgrade.odoo.com/>`_ your database." -msgstr "" -"Вам следует подумать об `обновлении <https://upgrade.odoo.com/>` вашей базы " -"данных" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:8 -msgid "What can I expect from the support service?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:12 -msgid "5 days a week" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Your Odoo Online subscription includes **unlimited 24hr support at no extra " -"cost, Monday to Friday**. Our teams are located around the world to ensure " -"you have support, no matter your location. Your support representative could" -" be communicating to you from San Francisco, Belgium, or India!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Our support team can be contacted through our `online support form " -"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:23 -msgid "What kind of support is included?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Providing you with relevant material (guidelines, product documentation, " -"etc...)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Answers to issues that you may encounter in your standard Odoo database (eg." -" “I cannot close my Point of Sale” or “I cannot find my sales KPIs?”)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:29 -msgid "Questions related to your account, subscription, or billing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Bug resolution (blocking issues or unexpected behaviour not due to " -"misconfiguration or customization)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Issues that might occur in a test database after upgrading to a newer " -"version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:34 -msgid "" -"*Odoo Support does not make changes to your production database without your" -" agreement and gives you the material and knowledge to do it yourself!*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:39 -msgid "What kind of support is not included?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Questions that require us to understand your business processes in order to " -"help you implement your database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Training on how to use our software (we will direct you to our many " -"resources)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:44 -msgid "Import of documents into your database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Guidance on which configurations to apply inside of an application or the " -"database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:46 -msgid "" -"How to set up configuration models (Examples include: Inventory Routes, " -"Payment Terms, Warehouses, etc)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:48 -msgid "Any intervention on your own servers/deployments of Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Any intervention on your own third party account (Ingenico, Authorize, UPS, " -"etc)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Questions or issues related to specific developments or customizations done " -"either by Odoo or a third party (this is specific only to your database or " -"involving code)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:54 -msgid "" -"You can get this type of support with a `Success Pack <https://www.odoo.com" -"/pricing-packs>`__. With a pack, one of our consultants will analyze the way" -" your business runs and tell you how you can get the most out of your Odoo " -"Database. We will handle all configurations and coach you on how to use " -"Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:6 -msgid "Where to find help?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:10 -msgid "Odoo Enterprise" -msgstr "Odoo для Предприятий" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Users who have a valid Odoo Enterprise subscription may always contact our " -"support teams through our `support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_, no " -"matter the hosting type you chose (Odoo Online, Odoo.sh or on your own " -"server)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:16 -msgid "Please include in your request:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:18 -msgid "your subscription number" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:19 -msgid "" -"the URL of your database if your database is hosted by Odoo (Odoo Online or " -"Odoo.sh)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:21 -msgid "Our agents will get back to you as soon as possible." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:25 -msgid "Odoo Community" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:27 -msgid "*Odoo Community users don't get access to the support service.*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:29 -msgid "Here are some resources that might help you:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:31 -msgid "Our `documentation pages <https://www.odoo.com/page/docs>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Ask your question on the `community forum " -"<https://www.odoo.com/forum/help-1>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:33 -msgid "" -"`Buy Odoo Enterprise " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/14.0/setup/enterprise.html>`_ to get the" -" support and bugfix services." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/survey.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/survey.po deleted file mode 100644 index b88287b41..000000000 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/survey.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,241 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# Sergey Vilizhanin, 2020 -# Ekaterina <nawsikaya@bk.ru>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:42+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Ekaterina <nawsikaya@bk.ru>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: ru\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<12 || n%100>14) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%10>=5 && n%10<=9) || (n%100>=11 && n%100<=14)? 2 : 3);\n" - -#: ../../survey.rst:5 -msgid "Survey" -msgstr "Опрос" - -#: ../../survey/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Обзор" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:3 -msgid "Get Started with Surveys" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Surveys can be used for a range of purposes that can go from collecting " -"customer feedback, evaluate the success of an event, measure how pleased " -"customers are with your products/services, gauge whether employees are happy" -" and satisfied with their work environment, and even to find out what your " -"market is thinking." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:11 -msgid "Get started" -msgstr "Начать" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:13 -msgid "" -"When creating your survey, choose a *Title* and *Category*. The *Category* " -"field is used to know in which context the survey is being conducted, as " -"different applications might use it for different purposes such as " -"recruitment, certification, or employee appraisal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:22 -msgid "Tab: Questions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:24 -msgid "Add sections and questions by clicking on the respective links." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:27 -msgid "" -"On the *Sections and Questions* form, once the question type is chosen and " -"the answer added, under the tab *Options*, enable *Mandatory Answer*, and " -"set an *Error message* to be shown when the user tries to submit the survey " -"without answering the respective question." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Depending on the *Question Type*, the tab *Options* aggregates extra and " -"different possibilities. Examples:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:31 -msgid "" -"*Single Line Text Box* - can choose a minimum and maximum text length " -"(number of characters - spaces do not count), and its error message." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:33 -msgid "" -"*Multiple choice: multiple answers allowed*: choose between radio buttons or" -" a dropdown menu list, and if you would like to have a comment field. If the" -" user select an answer and type a comment, the values are separately " -"recorded. Or, enable the comment field to be displayed as an answer choice, " -"with which a text type field is displayed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:37 -msgid "" -"*Matrix Type*: choose if you would like to have one or multiple choices per " -"row." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:44 -msgid "Tab: Description" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Write a *Description* to be displayed under the title of the survey's " -"homepage." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:53 -msgid "Click on *Edit* to personalize your pages with the website builder." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:56 -msgid "Tab: Options" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Under the tab *Options*, choose the *Layout* of your questions. If choosing " -"*One page per section* or *One page per question*, an option *Back Button* " -"becomes available, which allows the user to go back pages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:67 -msgid "Test and share the survey" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Once your Survey is ready, *Test* it to avoid *Sharing* it with potential " -"errors. As answers get collected, click on *Answers* to access all the " -"details of the respondent and his answers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:72 -msgid "" -"By default, a filter *Except Test Entries* is applied to keep the list of " -"entries clean with only real participants." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:79 -msgid "" -"Another way to access detailed answers is by going to " -":menuselection:`Participations --> Participations`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:80 -msgid "Click on *See results* to be redirected to an analytical page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:87 -#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:34 -msgid ":doc:`scoring`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:88 ../../survey/overview/scoring.rst:35 -msgid ":doc:`time_random`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/scoring.rst:3 -msgid "Scoring Surveys" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/scoring.rst:5 -msgid "" -"To measure your respondent’s performance, knowledge of a subject, or overall" -" satisfaction, attach points to the answers of specific questions. The " -"points are summed up to give your respondent a final score." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/scoring.rst:9 -msgid "" -"On your survey’s form, click on *Add a question* and, under the tab " -"*Options*, choose between *Scoring with answers at the end* or *Scoring " -"without answers at the end*. Now, on your question’s form, set the right " -"answer and score." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/scoring.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Set the percentage score the user needs to achieve to have successfully " -"taken the survey. If enabling *Certificate*, choose its template. The " -"certification is automatically sent by email to the users who successfully " -"finish it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/scoring.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Enable *Login required* to be able to *Give Badges*. Badges are related to " -"the eLearning section of your website. Besides the logged-in user, visitors " -"of the website that access the page *Courses* can also see the granted " -"badges." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:3 -msgid "Time and Randomize Questions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:6 -msgid "Time Limit" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:10 -msgid "" -"On timed surveys, respondents need to complete the survey within a certain " -"period of time. It can be used to ensure that all respondents get the same " -"amount of time to find the answers, or to decrease the chance of having them" -" looking at external resources." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:11 -msgid "Set the *Time limit* under the tab *Options*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:17 -msgid "" -"A timer is shown on the pages so the user can keep track of the remaining " -"time. Surveys not \\ submitted by the *Time limit* do not have their answers" -" saved." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:21 -msgid "Selection" -msgstr "Выбор" - -#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:25 -msgid "" -"When you randomize a survey, you allow for the questions to be shuffled in a" -" random order every time someone opens the questionnaire. This can be useful" -" to avoid having respondents looking at each others' answers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:27 -msgid "" -"To do so, under the tab *Options*, enable *Randomized per section*. Now, " -"under the tab *Questions*, set how many of the questions in that section " -"should be taken into account during the shuffling." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/timesheets.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/timesheets.po deleted file mode 100644 index ed726458e..000000000 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/timesheets.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,86 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# Ekaterina <nawsikaya@bk.ru>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 15:13+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Ekaterina <nawsikaya@bk.ru>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: ru\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<12 || n%100>14) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%10>=5 && n%10<=9) || (n%100>=11 && n%100<=14)? 2 : 3);\n" - -#: ../../timesheets.rst:5 -msgid "Timesheets" -msgstr "Табели" - -#: ../../timesheets/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Обзор" - -#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:3 -msgid "Create Timesheets upon Time Off Validation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo automatically timesheets on project/tasks upon time off requests. This " -"allows for better overall control over the validation of timesheets, as it " -"does not leave place for forgetfulness and questions after hours that have " -"not been timesheeted by the employee." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Activate the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, " -"go to *Timesheets*, and change the *Project* and *Task* set by default, if " -"you like." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Time Off --> Configuration --> Time Off Types`. Select" -" or create the needed type, and decide if you would like the requests to be " -"validated or not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Now, once the employee has requested his time off and the request has been " -"validated (or not, depending on the setting chosen), the time is " -"automatically allocated on *Timesheets*, under the respective project and " -"task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:27 -msgid "" -"On the example below, the user requested *Paid Time off* from July 13th to " -"15th." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Considering that validation is not required, the requested time off is " -"automatically displayed in *Timesheets*. If validation is necessary, the " -"time is automatically allocated after the responsible person for validating " -"does it so." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Click on the magnifying glass, hovering over the concerned cell, to access " -"all the aggregated data on that cell (day), and see details regarding the " -"project/task." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/website.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/website.po deleted file mode 100644 index cb9757a88..000000000 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/website.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2371 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Sergey Vilizhanin, 2020 -# ILMIR <karamov@it-projects.info>, 2020 -# Irina Fedulova <istartlin@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Collex100, 2020 -# Ivan Yelizariev <yelizariev@itpp.dev>, 2020 -# Yuriy Razumovskiy <garazdcreation@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Ekaterina <nawsikaya@bk.ru>, 2020 -# Сергей Шебанин <sergey@shebanin.ru>, 2020 -# Martin Trigaux, 2021 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 15:13+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2021\n" -"Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: ru\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<12 || n%100>14) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%10>=5 && n%10<=9) || (n%100>=11 && n%100<=14)? 2 : 3);\n" - -#: ../../website.rst:5 -msgid "Website" -msgstr "Веб-сайт" - -#: ../../website/optimize.rst:3 -msgid "Optimize" -msgstr "оптимизировать" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:3 -msgid "How to track your website's traffic in Google Analytics" -msgstr "Как отслеживать трафик вашего сайта на Google Analytics" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:5 -msgid "To follow your website's traffic with Google Analytics:" -msgstr "Чтобы следить за трафиком вашего сайта с помощью Google Analytics:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:7 -msgid "" -"`Create a Google Analytics account <https://www.google.com/analytics/>`__ if" -" you don't have any." -msgstr "" -"`Создайте аккаунт Google Analytics <https://www.google.com/analytics/> `__ " -"если у вас его нет." - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Go through the creation form and accept the conditions to get the tracking " -"ID." -msgstr "" -"Пройдите форму создания и примите условия, чтобы получить ID отслеживания." - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:15 -msgid "Copy the tracking ID to insert it in Odoo." -msgstr "Скопируйте ID отслеживания, чтобы вставить его в Odoo." - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Go to the *Configuration* menu of your Odoo's Website app. In the settings, " -"turn on Google Analytics and paste the tracking ID. Then save the page." -msgstr "" -"Откройте меню * Настройка * приложении Сайт Odoo. В настройках включите " -"Google Analytics и вставьте ID отслеживания. Сохраните страницу." - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:27 -msgid "" -"To make your first steps in Google Analytics, refer to `Google Documentation" -" <https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/1008015?hl=en/>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:32 -msgid ":doc:`google_analytics_dashboard`" -msgstr ":doc:`google_analytics_dashboard`" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:3 -msgid "How to track your website traffic from your Odoo Dashboard" -msgstr "Как отслеживать трафик вашего сайта с информационной панели Odoo" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:5 -msgid "" -"You can follow your traffic statistics straight from your Odoo Website " -"Dashboard thanks to Google Analytics." -msgstr "" -"Вы можете следить за вашей статистике трафика прямо с панели инструментов " -"веб-сайта Odoo благодаря Google Analytics." - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:8 -msgid "" -"A preliminary step is creating a Google Analytics account and entering the " -"tracking ID in your Website's settings (see :doc:`google_analytics`)." -msgstr "" -"Для начала создайте учетную запись Google Analytics и введите ID " -"отслеживания в настройках вашего сайта. (See: doc: `google_analytics`)." - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Go to `Google APIs platform <https://console.developers.google.com>`__ to " -"generate Analytics API credentials. Log in with your Google account." -msgstr "" -"Перейдите на "платформу Google API " -"<https://console.developers.google.com> `__ для создания учетных данных " -"Analytics API. Войдите в свой аккаунт Google." - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:14 -msgid "Select Analytics API." -msgstr "Выберите Analytics API." - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Create a new project and give it a name (e.g. Odoo). This project is needed " -"to store your API credentials." -msgstr "" -"Создайте новый проект и дайте ему имя (например, Odoo). Проект нужен для " -"хранения учетных данных API." - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:25 -msgid "Enable the API." -msgstr "Активируйте API." - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:30 -msgid "Create credentials to use in Odoo." -msgstr "Создайте учетные данные для использования в Odoo." - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Select *Web browser (Javascript)* as calling source and *User data* as kind " -"of data." -msgstr "" -"Выберите *Web browser (Javascript)* как источник вызова и *User data* как " -"тип данных." - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Then you can create a Client ID. Enter the name of the application (e.g. " -"Odoo) and the allowed pages on which you will be redirected. The *Authorized" -" JavaScript origin* is your Odoo's instance URL. The *Authorized redirect " -"URI* is your Odoo's instance URL followed by " -"'/google_account/authentication'." -msgstr "" -"Тогда вы можете создать ID клиента. Введите название программы (например, " -"Odoo) и разрешены страницы, на которые вы будете перенаправлены. Началом * " -"авторизованного JavaScript * ваша версия URL-адреса Odoo. * Авторизованный " -"URI * перенаправления - это URL-адрес вашей версии Odoo, а потимy '/ " -"google_account / authentication "." - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:51 -msgid "" -"Go through the Consent Screen step by entering a product name (e.g. Google " -"Analytics in Odoo). Feel free to check the customizations options but this " -"is not mandatory. The Consent Screen will only show up when you enter the " -"Client ID in Odoo for the first time." -msgstr "" -"Перейдите по шагом согласия на экран, введите название товара (например, " -"Google Analytics в Odoo). Не стесняйтесь проверять параметры настройки, но " -"это не обязательно. Экран согласия отображается только тогда, когда вы " -"впервые введете ID клиента в Odoo." - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Finally you are provided with your Client ID. Copy and paste it in Odoo." -msgstr "" -"Наконец, вам предоставляется ID клиента. Скопируйте и вставьте его в Odoo." - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Open your Website Dashboard in Odoo and link your Analytics account to past " -"your Client ID." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:67 -msgid "As a last step, authorize Odoo to access Google API." -msgstr "" -"В качестве последнего шага позвольте Odoo получить доступ к Google API." - -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:3 -msgid "Track clicks and visitors using Link Trackers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Link Trackers allow you to track your marketing campaigns (emails, banner " -"ads, blog posts, social media posts, affiliate links, etc.). This way, you " -"are able to identify your best traffic sources and make informed decisions " -"about the distribution of your marketing budget." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:10 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Настройка" - -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate " -"*Link Trackers*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:19 -msgid "Set up traceable URLs" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Go to website --> Promote --> Track this " -"page`. Here, you are able to get a specific tracked URL based on the " -"campaign, medium, and source being used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:28 -msgid "" -"**URL**: url of the page you want to track (e.g. the home page or a " -"product's page)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:29 -msgid "**Campaign**: context of your link (e.g. a special promotion)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:30 -msgid "" -"**Medium**: channel used to share (deliver) your link (e.g. an email or a " -"Facebook ad)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:31 -msgid "" -"**Source**: platform where the traffic originates (e.g. Google or Twitter)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Now, click on *Get tracked link* to generate a URL that you can post or send" -" by the source you have decided on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:37 -msgid "Follow-up on tracked links" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:39 -msgid "" -"To look at statistics of your links, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Go to" -" website --> Promote --> Track this page`. Besides being able to see the " -"*Most Clicked* and *Recently Used* links, you can also see complete " -"statistics by clicking on *Stats*, including the number of clicks, and the " -"country of origin for those clicks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:50 -msgid "You can also access the link tracker on *odoo.com/r* via your browser." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:51 -msgid "" -"Activate the developer mode (:menuselection:`Settings --> Activate the " -"developer mode`) and get access to the *Link Tracker* module and its back-" -"end functionalities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Integrated with :doc:`Google Analytics <google_analytics>`, those trackers " -"allow you to see the number of clicks and visitors to keep you on top of " -"your marketing campaigns." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:55 -msgid "" -"The integration with the :doc:`CRM <../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits>` " -"application allows you to understand where your leads and opportunities are " -"coming from." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:3 -msgid "How to do Search Engine Optimisation (SEO) in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Search Engine Optimization (SEO) is a set of good practices to optimize your" -" website so that you get a better ranking in search engines like Google. In " -"short, a good SEO allows you to get more visitors." -msgstr "" -"Поисковая оптимизация (SEO) - это набор оптимальных методов оптимизации " -"вашего сайта, благодаря чему вы получаете лучший рейтинг в поисковых " -"системах, таких как Google. Словом, хорошая оптимизация SEO позволяет " -"получить больше посетителей." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Some examples of SEO rules: your web pages should load fast, your page " -"should have one and only one title ``<h1>``, meta tags (alt-tag, title-tag) " -"should be consistent with the content, your website should have a " -"``/sitemap.xml`` file, etc." -msgstr "" -"Некоторые примеры правил SEO: ваши веб-страницы имеют загружаться быстро, на" -" странице должен быть один и только один заголовок ` <h1> `, Мета теги (alt-" -"tag, title-tag) должны соответствовать содержимому страницы, ваш сайт должен" -" иметь файл` / sitemap.xml`` и т.д .." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:15 -msgid "" -"To guarantee Odoo Website and Odoo eCommerce users have a great SEO, Odoo " -"abstracts all the technical complexities of SEO and handles everything for " -"you, in the best possible way. This will be explained here below." -msgstr "" -"Чтобы гарантировать, что пользователи флеш и электронной коммерции Odoo " -"имеют замечательный SEO, Odoo берет на себя все технические сложности SEO. " -"Как именно - читайте ниже." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:20 -msgid "" -"But first, let see how you can easily boost your ranking by finetuning the " -"content and the meta tags of your website." -msgstr "" -"Но сначала посмотрите, как вы можете легко повысить свой рейтинг путем " -"тонкой настройки содержания и метатегов вашего сайта." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:24 -msgid "Meta Tags" -msgstr "метатеги" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:27 -msgid "Title, Description" -msgstr "Название, Описание" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Every web page should define the ``<title>`` and ``<description>`` meta " -"data. These information elements are used by search engines to promote your " -"website. They are automatically generated based on page title & content, but" -" you can finetune them. Make sure they fit the content of the page, " -"otherwise you will be downgraded by search engines." -msgstr "" -"<html> Каждая веб-страница должна определять метаданные ` <title> `,` " -"`<Description>` и `<keywords> ''. Эти информационные " -"элементы используются поисковыми системами, чтобы определить рейтинг вашего " -"сайта. Они генерируются автоматически на основе названия и содержания " -"страницы, но вы можете дополнительно их настроить. Проверьте, что они " -"соответствуют содержанию вашей страницы, иначе поисковые системы снизят ваш " -"рейтинг. </ Html>" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:39 -msgid "Keywords" -msgstr "Ключевые слова" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:40 -msgid "" -"In order to write quality content and boost your traffic, Odoo provides a " -"``<keyword>`` finder. Those keywords are the searches you want to head " -"towards your website. For each keyword, you see how it is used in the " -"content (H1, H2, page title, page description, page content) and what are " -"the related searches in Google. The more keywords are used the better." -msgstr "" -"Для того, чтобы написать качественный содержание и увеличить ваш трафик, " -"Odoo предлагает поиск ` <keyword> ''. Эти ключевые слова - это " -"поисковые запросы, которые вы хотите направить на ваш вебсайт. Для каждого " -"ключевого слова вы видите, как оно используется в содержании (H1, H2, " -"заголовок страницы, описание страницы, содержимое страницы) и которые " -"связаны поисковые запросы в Google. Чем больше ключевых слов будет " -"использовано, тем лучше." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:50 -msgid "" -"If your website is in multiple languages, you can use the Promote tool for " -"every language of a single page and set specific title, description and " -"search tags." -msgstr "" -"Если ваш сайт имеет несколько языков, вы можете использовать инструмент " -"продвижения для каждого языка отдельной страницы и устанавливать специальный" -" заголовок, описание и поисковые тэги." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:55 -msgid "Content is King" -msgstr "Содержание это наше все!" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:57 -msgid "" -"When it comes to SEO, content is usually king. Odoo provides several modules" -" to help you build your website content:" -msgstr "" -"Когда речь идет о SEO, содержание имеет очень большое влияние. Odoo " -"предоставляет несколько модулей, которые помогут создать свой содержимое на " -"вашем вебсайте:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:60 -msgid "**Odoo Blogs**: write great contents." -msgstr "** Блоги Odoo **: написание замечательного содержания" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:62 -msgid "" -"**Odoo Slides**: publish all your Powerpoint or PDF presentations. Their " -"content is automatically indexed on the web page. Example: `odoo.com/slides" -"/public-channel-1 <https://www.odoo.com/slides/public-channel-1>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:66 -msgid "" -"**Odoo Forum**: let your community create contents for you. Example: " -"`odoo.com/forum/1 <https://odoo.com/forum/1>`_ (accounts for 30% of Odoo.com" -" landing pages)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:70 -msgid "" -"**Odoo Mailing List Archive**: publish mailing list archives on your " -"website. Example: `odoo.com/groups/community-59 " -"<https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59>`_ (1000 pages created per month)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:76 -msgid "" -"The 404 page is a regular page, that you can edit like any other page in " -"Odoo. That way, you can build a great 404 page to redirect to the top " -"content of your website when visitors get lost in invalid URLs." -msgstr "" -"Страница 404 - это обычная страница, которую можно редактировать, как и " -"любую другую страницу в Odoo. Таким образом, вы можете создать классную 404 " -"страницу, перенаправлять на самый популярный содержание вашего сайта, если " -"человек попал на неверную URL." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:81 -msgid "Use Social Networks" -msgstr "Используйте социальные сети" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Social media is built for mass sharing. If lots of people share your content" -" on social media, then it's likely more people will link to it, and links " -"are a huge factor for SEO ranking." -msgstr "" -"Социальные сети созданы для того, чтобы делиться интересной информацией с " -"большим количеством людей. Если много людей распространят ваш содержание в " -"социальных сетях, то, вероятно, больше людей будет ссылаться на него, а " -"ссылки является огромным фактором для SEO-рейтинга." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:87 -msgid "Odoo embeds several tools to share content through social media:" -msgstr "" -"Odoo имеет несколько инструментов для обмена содержимым через социальные " -"сети:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:90 -msgid "Social Network" -msgstr "социальные сети" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Odoo allows to link all your social network accounts in your website footer." -" All you have to do is to refer all your accounts in your company settings." -msgstr "" -"Odoo позволяет отображать все ваши учетные записи в социальных сетях в " -"подвале (футере) вашего сайта. Все, что вам нужно сделать - это указать все " -"ваши учетные записи в настройках вашей компании." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:99 -msgid "Social Share" -msgstr "Делиться в социальной сети" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:101 -msgid "" -"Drop the building block *Share* on any page you want your visitors to share." -" By clicking the icon, they are prompted to share the page in their social " -"media wall." -msgstr "" -"Сдвиньте блок * Делиться * на любую страницу. Пользователи смогут нажать на " -"иконку и поделиться этой веб страницей на своей странице в социальной сети." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:108 -msgid "" -"Most social media use a picture of the picture to decorate the share post. " -"Odoo uses the website logo by default but you can choose any other image of " -"your page in the Promote tool." -msgstr "" -"Большинство социальных сетей используют изображение для лучшей визуальной " -"презентации своей публикации. По умолчанию Odoo использует логотип флеш, но " -"вы можете выбрать любое другое изображение вашей страницы в инструменте " -"«Продвижение»." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:116 -msgid "Facebook Page" -msgstr "Страница Facebook" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:118 -msgid "" -"Drop the building block *Facebook Page* to display a widget of your Facebook" -" business page and encourage visitors to follow it. You can display the " -"timeline, the next events and the messages." -msgstr "" -"Сдвиньте блок * Страница Facebook *, чтобы отобразить виджет вашей деловой " -"страницы на Facebook и поощрить посетителей следить за ней. Вы можете " -"отобразить временную шкалу, последующие события и сообщения." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:123 -msgid "Twitter Scroller" -msgstr "прокрутки Twitter" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:125 -msgid "" -"Display the Twitter feeds with customer satifaction on your website. This " -"will increase the number of tweets and shares." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:129 -msgid "Test Your Website" -msgstr "Проверьте ваш сайт" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:131 -msgid "" -"You can compare how your website rank, in terms of SEO, against Odoo using " -"WooRank free services: `woorank.com <https://www.woorank.com>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:136 -msgid "URLs Handling" -msgstr "Обработка URL-адресов" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:138 -msgid "This section sheds some light on how Odoo makes URLs SEO-friendly." -msgstr "" -"В этом разделе освещены как URL-адреса в Odoo способствуют хорошему рейтинге" -" SEO." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:141 -msgid "URLs Structure" -msgstr "Структура URL-адреса" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:143 -msgid "A typical Odoo URL will look like this:" -msgstr "Типичная URL-адрес Odoo выглядеть так:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:145 -msgid "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/my-great-product-31" -msgstr "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/my-great-product-31" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:147 -msgid "With the following components:" -msgstr "С следующими компонентами:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:149 -msgid "**https://** = Protocol" -msgstr "**https://** = Protocol" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:151 -msgid "**www.mysite.com** = your domain name" -msgstr "** www.mysite.com ** = ваше доменное имя" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:153 -msgid "" -"**/fr\\_FR** = page language. This part of the URL is removed if the visitor" -" browses the main language of the website Thus, the main version of this " -"page is: https://www.mysite.com/shop/product/my-great-product-31" -msgstr "" -"** / fr \\ _FR ** указывает на язык страницы. Эта часть URL-адреса " -"удаляется, если посетитель просматривает основной язык сайта. Таким образом," -" основная версия этой страницы: https://www.mysite.com/shop/product/my-" -"great-product-31" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:158 -msgid "" -"**/shop/product** = every module defines its own namespace (/shop is for the" -" catalog of the eCommerce module, /shop/product is for a product page)." -msgstr "" -"** / shop / product ** - каждый модуль определяет собственное пространство " -"имен (/ shop - это название каталога модуля электронной коммерции, / shop / " -"product указывает, что это страница товара)." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:162 -msgid "" -"**my-great-product** = by default, this is the slugified title of the " -"product this page refers to. But you can customize it for SEO purposes. A " -"product named \"Pain carré\" will be slugified to \"pain-carre\". Depending " -"on the namespace, this could be different objects (blog post, page title, " -"forum post, forum comment, product category, etc.)." -msgstr "" -"** my-great-product ** по умолчанию, это сглаженный заголовок товара, " -"содержит эта страница. Но вы можете настроить его для целей SEO. Товар под " -"названием "Pain carré" будет преобразован в "pain-" -"carre". В зависимости от пространства имен это могут быть различные " -"объекты (публикация блога, заголовок страницы, сообщений на форуме, " -"комментарий к форуму, категория товара и т.д.)." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:169 -msgid "**-31** = the unique ID of the product" -msgstr "** - 31 ** = уникальный ID товара" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:171 -msgid "" -"Note that any dynamic component of an URL can be reduced to its ID. As an " -"example, the following URLs all do a 301 redirect to the above URL:" -msgstr "" -"Заметьте, что любой динамический компонент URL-адреса можно свести к его ID." -" В качестве примера, все последующие URL-адреса делают переадресацию 301 на " -"указанный URL-адрес:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:174 -msgid "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (short version)" -msgstr "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (short version)" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:176 -msgid "http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (even shorter version)" -msgstr "http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (even shorter version)" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:178 -msgid "" -"http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/other-product-name-31 (old product " -"name)" -msgstr "" -"http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/other-product-name-31 (old product " -"name)" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:181 -msgid "" -"Some URLs have several dynamic parts, like this one (a blog category and a " -"post):" -msgstr "" -"Некоторые URL-адреса имеют несколько динамических частей, например эта " -"(категория блога и публикация):" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:184 -msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/company-news-5/post/the-odoo-story-56" -msgstr "https://www.odoo.com/blog/company-news-5/post/the-odoo-story-56" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:186 -msgid "In the above example:" -msgstr "В приведенном выше примере:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:188 -msgid "*Company News* is the title of the blog" -msgstr "* Новости компании * - это название блога" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:190 -msgid "*The Odoo Story* is the title of a specific blog post" -msgstr "* История Odoo * - это название конкретного поста в блоге" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:192 -msgid "" -"When an Odoo page has a pager, the page number is set directly in the URL " -"(does not have a GET argument). This allows every page to be indexed by " -"search engines. Example:" -msgstr "" -"Когда страница Odoo имеет пейджер, номер страницы устанавливается " -"непосредственно в URL (не имеет аргумента GET). Это позволяет каждой " -"странице индексировать поисковые системы. пример:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:196 -msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/page/3" -msgstr "https://www.odoo.com/blog/page/3" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:199 -msgid "Changes in URLs & Titles" -msgstr "Изменения в URL-адресах и заголовках" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:201 -msgid "" -"When the URL of a page changes (e.g. a more SEO friendly version of your " -"product name), you don't have to worry about updating all links:" -msgstr "" -"Когда меняется URL страницы (например, более дружественная версия для печати" -" вашего товара), вам не нужно беспокоиться об обновлении всех ссылок:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:204 -msgid "Odoo will automatically update all its links to the new URL." -msgstr "Odoo автоматически обновит все свои ссылки на новый URL-адрес." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:206 -msgid "" -"If external websites still points to the old URL, a 301 redirect will be " -"done to route visitors to the new address of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:209 -msgid "As an example, this URL:" -msgstr "В качестве примера, эта URL-адрес:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:211 -msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/old-product-name-31" -msgstr "http://mysite.com/shop/product/old-product-name-31" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:213 -msgid "Will automatically redirect to:" -msgstr "Автоматически переспрямовуватиметься на:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:215 -msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/new-and-better-product-name-31" -msgstr "http://mysite.com/shop/product/new-and-better-product-name-31" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:217 -msgid "" -"In short, just change the title of a blog post or the name of a product, and" -" the changes will apply automatically everywhere in your website. The old " -"link still functions when used by external websites, via a 301 redirect, " -"maintaining the SEO link juice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:223 -msgid "HTTPS" -msgstr "HTTPS" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:225 -msgid "" -"Search engines boost ranking of secure HTTPS/SSL websites. So, by default " -"all Odoo Online instances are fully based on HTTPS. If the visitor accesses " -"your website through a non HTTPS url, it gets a 301 redirect to its HTTPS " -"equivalent." -msgstr "" -"Поисковики повышают рейтинг вебсайтов защищенных через HTTPS / SSL. Итак, по" -" умолчанию все инсталляции Odoo Online полностью основываются на HTTPS. Если" -" посетитель обращается к вашему флеш с помощью URL-адреса, не содержит " -"HTTPS, то 301 переадресация перенаправит его до эквивалента URL-адреса с " -"HTTPS." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:231 -msgid "Links: Nofollow Strategy" -msgstr "Ссылка: стратегия nofollow" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:233 -msgid "" -"The more a page is linked from external and quality websites, the better it " -"is for your SEO." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:236 -msgid "Here are Odoo strategies to manage links:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:238 -msgid "" -"Every link you add to your website is \"dofollow\", which means that this " -"link will contribute to the SEO Juice for the linked page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:242 -msgid "" -"Every link posted by a contributor (forum post, blog comment, etc.) that " -"links to your own website is \"dofollow\" too." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:245 -msgid "" -"But every link posted by a contributor that links to an external website is " -"\"nofollow\". In that way, you do not run the risk of people posting links " -"on your website to third-party websites which have a bad reputation." -msgstr "" -"Но каждое ссылки, размещенное собеседником, который ссылается на внешний " -"веб-сайт, является "nofollow". Таким образом, вы не рискуете, что " -"люди публикуют ссылки на ваш сайт на сторонние веб-сайты, которые имеют " -"плохую репутацию." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:250 -msgid "" -"Note that, when using the forum, contributors having a lot of Karma can be " -"trusted. In such case, their links will not have any ``rel=\"nofollow\"`` " -"attribute." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:255 -msgid "Multi-Language Support" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:258 -msgid "Multi-Language URLs" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:260 -msgid "" -"If you run a website in multiple languages, the same content will be " -"available in different URLs, depending on the language used:" -msgstr "" -"Если вы запускаете сайт на нескольких языках, одинаковое содержание будет " -"доступен в различных URL-адресам в зависимости от языка использования:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:263 -msgid "" -"https://www.mywebsite.com/shop/product/my-product-1 (main language, English " -"here)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:265 -msgid "" -"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1 (French " -"version)" -msgstr "" -"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1 (French " -"version)" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:267 -msgid "" -"In this example, fr\\_FR is the language of the page. You can even have " -"several variations of the same language: pt\\_BR (Portuguese from Brazil) , " -"pt\\_PT (Portuguese from Portugal)." -msgstr "" -"В этом примере fr \\ _FR является языком страницы. Вы даже можете иметь " -"несколько вариантов одного языка: pt \\ _BR (португальский из Бразилии), pt " -"\\ _PT (португальский из Португалии)." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:272 -msgid "Language Annotation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:274 -msgid "" -"To let search engines know that the second URL is the French translation of " -"the first URL, Odoo will add an HTML link element in the header. In the HTML" -" <head> section of the main version, Odoo automatically adds a link element " -"pointing to the translated versions of that webpage;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:279 -msgid "" -"<link rel=\"alternate\" hreflang=\"fr\" " -"href=\"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1\"/>" -msgstr "" -"<link rel=\"alternate\" hreflang=\"fr\" " -"href=\"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1\"/>" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:282 -msgid "With this approach:" -msgstr "С таким подходом:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:284 -msgid "" -"Search engines will redirect to the right language according to the visitor " -"language." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:287 -msgid "" -"You do not get penalized by search engines if your page is not translated " -"yet. Indeed, it's not a duplicated content, but a different version of the " -"same content." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:292 -msgid "Language Detection" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:294 -msgid "" -"When a visitor lands for the first time on your website (e.g. " -"yourwebsite.com/shop), they may automatically be redirected to a translated " -"version according to their browser language preference (e.g. " -"yourwebsite.com/fr\\_FR/shop)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:299 -msgid "" -"Next time, it keeps a cookie of the current language to avoid any " -"redirection." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:302 -msgid "" -"To force a visitor to stick to the default language, you can use the code of" -" the default language in your link, example: yourwebsite.com/en\\_US/shop. " -"This will always land visitors to the English version of the page, without " -"using the browser language preferences." -msgstr "" -"Чтобы заставить посетителя придерживаться стандартной языка, вы можете " -"использовать код языка по умолчанию в вашем ссылке, например " -"yourwebsite.com/en\\_US/shop. Это всегда приведет к посещению английского " -"версии страницы без использования языковых настроек браузера." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:309 -msgid "Page Speed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:312 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "Введение" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:314 -msgid "" -"The time to load a page is an important criteria for search engines. A " -"faster website not only improves your visitor's experience, but gives you a " -"better page ranking. Some studies have shown that, if you divide the time to" -" load your pages by two (e.g. 2 seconds instead of 4 seconds), the visitor " -"abandonment rate is also divided by two. (25% to 12.5%). One extra second to" -" load a page could `cost $1.6b to Amazon in sales " -"<http://www.fastcompany.com/1825005/how-one-second-could-cost-amazon-16" -"-billion-sales>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:325 -msgid "" -"Fortunately, Odoo does all the magic for you. Below, you will find the " -"tricks Odoo uses to speed up your page loading time. You can compare how " -"your website ranks using these two tools:" -msgstr "" -"К счастью, Оdоо делает для вас магию. Ниже вы найдете хитрости, которые Odoo" -" использует, чтобы ускорить время загрузки страницы. Вы можете сравнить, как" -" ваш сайт использует эти два инструмента:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:329 -msgid "" -"`Google Page Speed " -"<https://developers.google.com/speed/pagespeed/insights/>`__" -msgstr "" -"`Скорость страницы Google " -"<https://developers.google.com/speed/pagespeed/insights/> `__" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:331 -msgid "`Pingdom Website Speed Test <http://tools.pingdom.com/fpt/>`__" -msgstr "`Тест скорости сайта Pingdom <http://tools.pingdom.com/fpt/> `__" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:334 -msgid "Images" -msgstr "Изображения" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:336 -msgid "" -"When you upload new images, Odoo automatically compresses them to reduce " -"their sizes (lossless compression for .PNG and .GIF and lossy compression " -"for .JPG)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:340 -msgid "" -"From the upload button, you have the option to keep the original image " -"unmodified if you prefer to optimize the quality of the image rather than " -"performance." -msgstr "" -"С кнопки загрузки вы можете сохранить оригинальное изображение без " -"изменения, если вы хотите оптимизировать качество изображения, а не " -"производительность." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:348 -msgid "" -"Odoo compresses images when they are uploaded to your website, not when " -"requested by the visitor. Thus, it's possible that, if you use a third-party" -" theme, it will provide images that are not compressed efficiently. But all " -"images used in Odoo official themes have been compressed by default." -msgstr "" -"Odoo сжимает изображения, когда они загружаются на ваш сайт, а не по запросу" -" посетителя. Таким образом, возможно, если вы используете стороннюю тему, " -"она обеспечит изображения, которые не сжаты эффективно. Но все изображения, " -"используемые в официальных темах Odoo, сжимаются по умолчанию." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:354 -msgid "" -"When you click on an image, Odoo shows you the Alt and title attributes of " -"the ``<img>`` tag. You can click on it to set your own title and Alt " -"attributes for the image." -msgstr "" -"При нажатии изображение, Odoo показывает атрибуты ` <img> `И название тега. " -"Вы можете нажать на нее, чтобы установить собственное и атрибуты Alt для " -"изображения." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:361 -msgid "When you click on this link, the following window will appear:" -msgstr "Когда вы нажмете на это ссылке, появится такое окно:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:366 -msgid "" -"Odoo's pictograms are implemented using a font (`Font Awesome " -"<https://fortawesome.github.io/Font-Awesome/icons/>`__ in most Odoo themes)." -" Thus, you can use as many pictograms as you want in your page, they will " -"not result in extra requests to load the page." -msgstr "" -"Пиктограммы Odoo реализованы с помощью шрифта ( `Font Awesome " -"<https://fortawesome.github.io/Font-Awesome/icons/> `__ в большинстве тем " -"Odoo). Таким образом, вы можете использовать столько пиктограмм, сколько " -"хотите, на своей странице, но они не дадут дополнительных запросов на " -"загрузку страницы." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:375 -msgid "Static Resources: CSS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:377 -msgid "" -"All CSS files are pre-processed, concatenated, minified, compressed and " -"cached (server-side and browser-side). The result:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:380 -msgid "only one CSS file request is needed to load a page" -msgstr "для загрузки страницы нужен только один запрос CSS-файла" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:382 -msgid "" -"this CSS file is shared and cached amongst pages, so that when the visitor " -"clicks on another page, the browser doesn't have to even load a single CSS " -"resource." -msgstr "" -"этот файл CSS используется для совместного использования и кэширования среди" -" страниц, поэтому, когда посетитель нажимает другую страницу, браузер не " -"должен даже загружать ни ресурса CSS." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:386 -msgid "this CSS file is optimized to be small" -msgstr "этот файл CSS оптимизирован как небольшой" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:388 -msgid "" -"**Pre-processed:** The CSS framework used by Odoo is Bootstrap. Although a " -"theme might use another framework, most of `Odoo themes " -"<https://www.odoo.com/apps/themes>`__ extend and customize Bootstrap " -"directly. Since Odoo supports Less and Sass, you can modify CSS rules " -"instead of overwriting them through extra CSS lines, resulting in a smaller " -"file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:395 -msgid "" -"**Concatenated:** every module or library you might use in Odoo has its own " -"set of CSS, Less or Sass files (eCommerce, blogs, themes, etc.). Having " -"several CSS files is great for the modularity, but not good for the " -"performance because most browsers can only perform 6 requests in parallel " -"resulting in lots of files loaded in series. The latency time to transfer a " -"file is usually much longer than the actual data transfer time, for small " -"files like .JS and .CSS. Thus, the time to load CSS resources depends more " -"on the number of requests to be done than the actual file size." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:405 -msgid "" -"To address this issue, all CSS / Less / Sass files are concatenated into a " -"single .CSS file to send to the browser. So a visitor has **only one .CSS " -"file to load** per page, which is particularly efficient. As the CSS is " -"shared amongst all pages, when the visitor clicks on another page, the " -"browser does not even have to load a new CSS file!" -msgstr "" -"Для решения этой проблемы все файлы CSS / Less / Sass объединяются в единый " -"файл .CSS для отправки в браузер. Таким образом, посетитель имеет ** только " -"один CSS файл для загрузки ** на страницу, особенно эффективен. Поскольку " -"CSS распределяется среди всех страниц, когда посетитель нажимает другую " -"страницу, браузер даже не должен загружать новый CSS-файл!" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:412 -msgid "**Both files in the <head>**" -msgstr "** Оба файлы <head> **" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:412 -msgid "**What the visitor gets (only one file)**" -msgstr "** Что получает посетитель (только один файл) **" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:414 -msgid "/\\* From bootstrap.css \\*/" -msgstr "/\\* From bootstrap.css \\*/" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:414 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:415 -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:421 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:447 -msgid ".text-muted {" -msgstr ".text-muted {" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:415 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:422 -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:448 -msgid "color: #666;" -msgstr "color: #666;" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:416 -msgid "color: #777;" -msgstr "color: #777;" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:416 -msgid "background: yellow" -msgstr "background: yellow" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:417 -msgid "background: yellow;" -msgstr "background: yellow;" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:417 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:418 -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:423 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:449 -msgid "}" -msgstr "}" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:420 -msgid "/\\* From my-theme.css \\*/" -msgstr "/\\* From my-theme.css \\*/" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:426 -msgid "" -"The CSS sent by Odoo includes all CSS / Less / Sass of all pages / modules. " -"By doing this, additional page views from the same visitor will not have to " -"load CSS files at all. But some modules might include huge CSS/Javascript " -"resources that you do not want to prefetch at the first page because they " -"are too big. In this case, Odoo splits this resource into a second bundle " -"that is loaded only when the page using it is requested. An example of this " -"is the backend that is only loaded when the visitor logs in and accesses the" -" backend (/web)." -msgstr "" -"CSS, оставленный Odoo, включает в себя все CSS / Less / Sass всех страниц / " -"модулей. Таким образом, для дополнительных просмотров страниц одного " -"посетителя не нужно будет загружать файлы CSS вообще. Но некоторые модули " -"могут включать в себя огромные ресурсы CSS / Javascript, которые вы не " -"хотите предварительно получать на первой странице, поскольку они слишком " -"велики. В этом случае Odoo распределяет этот ресурс на другой пакет, который" -" загружается только тогда, когда запрашивается страница, которая использует " -"ее. Примером этого является бэкенд, который загружается только тогда, когда " -"посетитель входит в систему и обращается к бэкенд (/ web)." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:436 -msgid "" -"If the CSS file is very big, Odoo will split it into two smaller files to " -"avoid the 4095 selectors limit per sheet of Internet Explorer. But most " -"themes fit below this limit." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:440 -msgid "" -"**Minified:** After being pre-processed and concatenated, the resulting CSS " -"is minified to reduce its size." -msgstr "" -"** Минификований **: после предварительной обработки и объединения, " -"результативность CSS уменьшается, чтобы уменьшить его размер." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:444 -msgid "**Before minification**" -msgstr "** Перед минификациею **" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:444 -msgid "**After minification**" -msgstr "** После минификации **" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:446 -msgid "/\\* some comments \\*/" -msgstr "/\\* some comments \\*/" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:446 -msgid ".text-muted {color: #666}" -msgstr ".text-muted {color: #666}" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:452 -msgid "" -"The final result is then compressed, before being delivered to the browser." -msgstr "Конечный результат сжимается, прежде чем поступать в браузер." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:455 -msgid "" -"Then, a cached version is stored server-side (so we do not have to pre-" -"process, concatenate, minify at every request) and browser-side (so the same" -" visitor will load the CSS only once for all pages they visit)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:461 -msgid "Static Resources: Javascript" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:463 -msgid "" -"As with CSS resources, Javascript resources are also concatenated, minified," -" compressed and cached (server-side and browser-side)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:466 -msgid "Odoo creates three Javascript bundles:" -msgstr "Odoo создает три пакета Javascript:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:468 -msgid "" -"One for all pages of the website (including code for parallax effects, form " -"validation, etc.)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:471 -msgid "" -"One for common Javascript code shared among frontend and backend (Bootstrap)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:474 -msgid "" -"One for backend specific Javascript code (Odoo Web Client interface for your" -" employees using Odoo)" -msgstr "" -"Один для бэкэнда конкретного кода Javascript (Odoo Web Client интерфейс для " -"ваших сотрудников, которые использует Odoo)" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:477 -msgid "" -"Most visitors of your website will only need the first two bundles, " -"resulting in a maximum of two Javascript files to load to render one page. " -"As these files are shared across all pages, further clicks by the same " -"visitor will not load any other Javascript resource." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:483 -msgid "" -"If you work on :doc:`Developer mode " -"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, the CSS and Javascript are neither" -" concatenated, nor minified. Thus, it's much slower. But it allows you to " -"easily debug with the Chrome debugger as CSS and Javascript resources are " -"not transformed from their original versions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:489 -msgid "CDN" -msgstr "CDN" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:491 -msgid "" -"If you activate the CDN feature in Odoo, static resources (Javascript, CSS, " -"images) are loaded from a Content Delivery Network. Using a Content Delivery" -" Network has three advantages:" -msgstr "" -"Если вы активируете функцию CDN в Odoo, статические ресурсы (Javascript, " -"CSS, изображения) загружаются из сети доставки содержимого. Использование " -"сети доставки контента имеет три преимущества:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:495 -msgid "" -"Load resources from a nearby server (most CDN have servers in main countries" -" around the globe)" -msgstr "" -"Загрузка ресурсов из соседнего сервера (большинство CDN имеют серверы в " -"основных странах мира)" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:498 -msgid "" -"Cache resources efficiently (no computation resources usage on your own " -"server)" -msgstr "" -"Эффективный кэш ресурсов (без использования вычислительных ресурсов на вашем" -" собственном сервере)" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:501 -msgid "" -"Split the resource loading on different services allowing to load more " -"resources in parallel (since the Chrome limit of 6 parallel requests is by " -"domain)" -msgstr "" -"Разбивка загрузки ресурсов на различные службы, позволяет параллельно " -"загружать больше ресурсов (поскольку лимит Chrome на 6 параллельных запросов" -" по домену)" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:505 -msgid "" -"You can configure your CDN options from the **Website Admin** app, using the" -" Configuration menu. Here is an example of configuration you can use:" -msgstr "" -"Вы можете настроить параметры CDN из приложения ** Администратор сайта ** в " -"меню Настройка. Вот пример настройки, который вы можете использовать:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:512 -msgid "HTML Pages" -msgstr "страницы HTML" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:514 -msgid "" -"The HTML pages can be compressed, but this is usually handled by your web " -"server (NGINX or Apache)." -msgstr "" -"Кроме того, страницы HTML могут быть сжаты, но, как правило, это " -"обрабатывается вашим веб-сервером (NGINX или Apache)." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:517 -msgid "" -"The Odoo Website builder has been optimized to guarantee clean and short " -"HTML code. Building blocks have been developed to produce clean HTML code, " -"usually using Bootstrap and the HTML editor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:521 -msgid "" -"As an example, if you use the color picker to change the color of a " -"paragraph to the primary color of your website, Odoo will produce the " -"following code:" -msgstr "" -"В качестве примера, если вы используете средства выбора цвета, чтобы " -"изменить цвет абзаца на основной цвет вашего сайта, Odoo выведет следующий " -"код:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:525 -msgid "``<p class=\"text-primary\">My Text</p>``" -msgstr "` <p class=\"text-primary\"> Мой текст </p> `" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:527 -msgid "" -"Whereas most HTML editors (such as CKEditor) will produce the following " -"code:" -msgstr "" -"Тогда как большинство редакторов HTML (например, CKEditor) производить такой" -" код:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:530 -msgid "``<p style=\"color: #AB0201\">My Text</p>``" -msgstr "` <p style=\"color: #AB0201\"> Мой текст </p> `" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:533 -msgid "Responsive Design" -msgstr "адаптивный дизайн" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:535 -msgid "" -"Websites that are not mobile-friendly are negatively impacted in search " -"engine rankings. All Odoo themes rely on Bootstrap to render efficiently " -"according to the device: desktop, tablet or mobile." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:542 -msgid "" -"As all Odoo modules share the same technology, absolutely all pages in your " -"website are mobile friendly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:546 -msgid "Browser Caching" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:548 -msgid "" -"Javascript, images and CSS resources have an URL that changes dynamically " -"when their content change. As an example, all CSS files are loaded through " -"this URL: `localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets\\_common.0.css " -"<http://localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets_common.0.css>`__. " -"The ``457-0da1d9d`` part of this URL will change if you modify the CSS of " -"your website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:555 -msgid "" -"This allows Odoo to set a very long cache delay (XXX) on these resources: " -"XXX secs, while being updated instantly if you update the resource." -msgstr "" -"Это позволяет Odoo установить очень длительное время задержки кэширования " -"(XXX) на этих ресурсах: XXX секунды, при этом он обновляется мгновенно, если" -" вы обновляете ресурс." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:560 -msgid "Scalability" -msgstr "масштабируемость" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:562 -msgid "" -"In addition to being fast, Odoo is also more scalable than traditional CMS " -"and eCommerce (Drupal, Wordpress, Magento, Prestashop). The following link " -"provides an analysis of the major open source CMS and eCommerce compared to " -"Odoo when it comes to high query volumes: " -"`https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/197 <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide" -"/odoo-cms-performance-comparison-and-optimisation-197>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:569 -msgid "Todo" -msgstr "Сделать" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:569 -msgid "fix above link" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:571 -msgid "" -"Here is the slide that summarizes the scalability of Odoo Website & " -"eCommerce." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:577 -msgid "Search Engines Files" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:580 -msgid "Sitemap" -msgstr "Карта сайта" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:582 -msgid "" -"The sitemap points out pages to index to search engine robots. Odoo " -"generates a ``/sitemap.xml`` file automatically for you. For performance " -"reasons, this file is cached and updated every 12 hours." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:586 -msgid "" -"By default, all URLs will be in a single ``/sitemap.xml`` file, but if you " -"have a lot of pages, Odoo will automatically create a Sitemap Index file, " -"respecting the `sitemaps.org protocol " -"<http://www.sitemaps.org/protocol.html>`__ grouping sitemap URL's in 45000 " -"chunks per file." -msgstr "" -"По умолчанию все URL-адреса будут размещены в одном файле `/ sitemap.xml``, " -"но если у вас много страниц, Odoo автоматически создаст файл индекса " -"Sitemap, соблюдая группировки в файле sitemaps.org protocol " -"<http://www.sitemaps.org/protocol.html> `__ в 45000 шт. файла." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:592 -msgid "Every sitemap entry has 4 attributes that are computed automatically:" -msgstr "Каждая карта сайта содержит 4 атрибуты вычисляются автоматически:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:594 -msgid "``<loc>`` : the URL of a page" -msgstr "` <loc> `: URL страницы" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:596 -msgid "" -"``<lastmod>`` : last modification date of the resource, computed " -"automatically based on related object. For a page related to a product, this" -" could be the last modification date of the product or the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:601 -msgid "" -"``<priority>`` : modules may implement their own priority algorithm based on" -" their content (example: a forum might assign a priority based on the number" -" of votes on a specific post). The priority of a static page is defined by " -"it's priority field, which is normalized (16 is the default)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:608 -msgid "Structured Data Markup" -msgstr "Разметка структурированных данных" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:610 -msgid "" -"Structured Data Markup is used to generate Rich Snippets in search engine " -"results. It is a way for website owners to send structured data to search " -"engine robots; helping them understand your content and create well-" -"presented search results." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:615 -msgid "" -"Google supports a number of rich snippets for content types, including: " -"Reviews, People, Products, Businesses, Events and Organizations." -msgstr "" -"Google поддерживает множество богатых фрагментов для типов содержимого, в " -"том числе: обзоры, люди, товары, компании, события и организации." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:618 -msgid "" -"Odoo implements micro data as defined in the `schema.org " -"<http://schema.org>`__ specification for events, eCommerce products, forum " -"posts and contact addresses. This allows your product pages to be displayed " -"in Google using extra information like the price and rating of a product:" -msgstr "" -"Odoo реализует микро-данные, как это определено в спецификации `schema.org " -"<http://schema.org> `__ для событий, товаров электронной коммерции, " -"сообщений форума и контактных адресов. Это позволяет отображать ваши " -"страницы товара в Google с помощью дополнительной информации, такой как цена" -" и рейтинг товара:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:628 -msgid "robots.txt" -msgstr "robots.txt" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:630 -msgid "" -"When indexing your website, search engines take a first look at the general " -"indexing rules of the a``/robots.txt`` file (allowed robots, sitemap path, " -"etc.). Odoo automatically creates it. Its content is:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:634 -msgid "User-agent: \\* Sitemap: https://www.odoo.com/sitemap.xml" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:637 -msgid "" -"It means that all robots are allowed to index your website and there is no " -"other indexing rule than specified in the sitemap to be found at following " -"address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:641 -msgid "" -"You can customize the file *robots* in :doc:`Developer mode " -"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>` from *Settings --> Technical --> " -"User Interface --> Views* (exclude robots, exclude some pages, redirect to a" -" custom Sitemap). Make the Model Data of the view *Non Updatable* to not " -"reset the file after system upgrades." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish.rst:3 -msgid "Publish" -msgstr "Опубликовать" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:3 -msgid "How to use my own domain name" -msgstr "Как использовать собственное доменное имя?" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:5 -msgid "" -"By default, your Odoo Online instance and website have a *.odoo.com* domain " -"name, for both the URL and the emails. But you can change to a custom one " -"(e.g. www.yourcompany.com)." -msgstr "" -"По умолчанию ваша версия и сайт Odoo Online имеют имя домена .odoo.com для " -"URL-адреса и электронных писем. Но вы можете перейти на обычную (например, " -"www.yourcompany.com)." - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:10 -msgid "What is a good domain name" -msgstr "Что такое хорошее доменное имя?" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Your website address is as important to your branding as the name of your " -"business or organization, so put some thought into changing it for a proper " -"domain. Here are some tips:" -msgstr "" -"Ваш адрес веб-сайта так же важна для вашего брендинга, как название вашего " -"бизнеса или организации, поэтому подумайте об изменении его для " -"соответствующего домена. Вот несколько советов:" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:15 -msgid "Simple and obvious" -msgstr "Простое и очевидное" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:16 -msgid "Easy to remember and spell" -msgstr "Легко запомнить и произнести" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:17 -msgid "The shorter the better" -msgstr "Чем короче, тем лучше" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:18 -msgid "Avoid special characters" -msgstr "Избегайте специальных символов" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:19 -msgid "Aim for a .com and/or your country extension" -msgstr "Цель для .com и/или вашей страны расширения" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Read more: `How to Choose a Domain Name for Maximum SEO " -"<https://www.searchenginejournal.com/choose-a-domain-name-maximum-" -"seo/158951/>`__" -msgstr "" -"Подробнее: `Как выбрать доменное имя для максимального SEO " -"<https://www.searchenginejournal.com/choose-a-domain-name-maximum-" -"seo/158951/> `__" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:24 -msgid "How to buy a domain name" -msgstr "Как купить доменное имя" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:25 -msgid "Buy your domain name at a popular registrar:" -msgstr "Купуты доменное имя можно на популярных реестрах:" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:27 -msgid "`GoDaddy <https://www.godaddy.com>`__" -msgstr "`GoDaddy <https://www.godaddy.com>`__" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:28 -msgid "`Namecheap <https://www.namecheap.com>`__" -msgstr "`Namecheap <https://www.namecheap.com>`__" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:29 -msgid "`OVH <https://www.ovh.com>`__" -msgstr "`OVH <https://www.ovh.com>`__" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Steps to buy a domain name are pretty much straight forward. In case of " -"issue, check out those easy tutorials:" -msgstr "" -"Шаги для покупки доменного имени в значительной степени ведут вас вперед. В " -"случае возникновения проблем ознакомьтесь эти простые подсказки" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:34 -msgid "`GoDaddy <https://roadtoblogging.com/buy-domain-name-from-godaddy>`__" -msgstr "`GoDaddy <https://roadtoblogging.com/buy-domain-name-from-godaddy>`__" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:35 -msgid "" -"`Namecheap <https://www.loudtips.com/buy-domain-name-hosting-namecheap//>`__" -msgstr "" -"`Namecheap <https://www.loudtips.com/buy-domain-name-hosting-namecheap//>`__" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Feel free to buy an email server to have email addresses using your domain " -"name. However don't buy any extra service to create or host your website. " -"This is Odoo's job!" -msgstr "" -"Не стесняйтесь покупать почтовый сервер, чтобы адреса электронной почты с " -"помощью вашего доменного имени. Однако не покупайте дополнительный сервис " -"для создания или размещения вашего сайта. Это работа Оdоо!" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:45 -msgid "How to apply my domain name to my Odoo instance" -msgstr "Как применить свое доменное имя в версии Odoo" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:46 -msgid "" -"First let's authorize the redirection (yourcompany.com -> " -"yourcompany.odoo.com):" -msgstr "" -"Сначала позвольте авторизовать перенаправления (yourcompany.com -> " -"yourcompany.odoo.com):" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:48 -msgid "Open your Odoo.com account from your homepage." -msgstr "Откройте свой аккаунт Odoo.com с домашней страницы." - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:53 -msgid "Go to the *Manage Databases* page." -msgstr "Перейдите на страницу * Управление базами данных *." - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Click on *Domains* to the right of the database you would like to redirect." -msgstr "" -"Нажмите на разделе * Домены * справа от базы данных, которую нужно " -"переадресовывать." - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:63 -msgid "" -"A database domain prompt will appear. Enter your custom domain (e.g. " -"www.yourcompany.com)." -msgstr "" -"Появится подсказка домена базы данных. Введите специальный домен (например, " -"www.yourcompany.com)." - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:70 -msgid "" -"We can now apply the redirection from your domain name's manager account:" -msgstr "" -"Теперь мы можем применить перенаправления из управляющего аккаунта вашего " -"доменного имени:" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:72 -msgid "Log in to your account and search for the DNS Zones management page." -msgstr "Войдите в свой аккаунт и найдите страницу управления зонами DNS." - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:74 -msgid "" -"Create a CNAME record *www.yourdomain.com* pointing to *mywebsite.odoo.com*." -" If you want to use the naked domain (e.g. yourdomain.com), you need to " -"redirect *yourdomain.com* to *www.yourdomain.com*." -msgstr "" -"Создайте запись CNAME * www.yourdomain.com * со ссылкой на * " -"mywebsite.odoo.com *. Если вы хотите использовать * голый * домен (например," -" yourdomain.com), вам нужно переадресовывать свой * yourdomain.com * в * " -"www.yourdomain.com *." - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:78 -msgid "Here are some specific guidelines to create a CNAME record:" -msgstr "" -"Ниже приведены несколько специальных инструкций для создания записи CNAME:" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:80 -msgid "`GoDaddy <https://be.godaddy.com/fr/help/add-a-cname-record-19236>`__" -msgstr "`GoDaddy <https://be.godaddy.com/fr/help/add-a-cname-record-19236>`__" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:81 -msgid "" -"`Namecheap " -"<https://www.namecheap.com/support/knowledgebase/article.aspx/9646/10/how-" -"can-i-set-up-a-cname-record-for-my-domain>`__" -msgstr "" -"`Namecheap " -"<https://www.namecheap.com/support/knowledgebase/article.aspx/9646/10/how-" -"can-i-set-up-a-cname-record-for-my-domain>`__" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:82 -msgid "" -"`OVH " -"<https://www.ovh.co.uk/g1519.exchange_20132016_how_to_add_a_cname_record>`__" -msgstr "" -"`OVH " -"<https://www.ovh.co.uk/g1519.exchange_20132016_how_to_add_a_cname_record>`__" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:85 -msgid "How to enable SSL (HTTPS) for my Odoo instance" -msgstr "Как включить SSL (HTTPS) для вашей версии Odoo" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:87 -msgid "" -"Until recently, Odoo users needed to use a third-party CDN service provider " -"such as CloudFlare to enable SSL." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:89 -msgid "" -"It is not required anymore: Odoo generates the certificate for you " -"automatically, using integration with `Let's Encrypt Certificate Authority " -"and ACME protocol <https://letsencrypt.org/how-it-works/>`__. In order to " -"get this, simply add your domain name in your customer portal (a separate " -"certificate is generated for each domain name specified)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:93 -msgid "**Please note that the certificate generation may take up to 24h.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:95 -msgid "" -"If you already use CloudFlare or a similar service, you can keep using it or" -" simply change for Odoo. The choice is yours." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:99 -msgid "How to make sure that all my URLs use my custom domain?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:101 -msgid "" -"To set up the root URL of your website and of all the links sent in emails, " -"you can ask an administrator of your database (any user in the *Settings* " -"group) to perform a login from the login screen. It's as simple as that!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:103 -msgid "" -"If you want to do it manually, you can go to :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Technical --> System Parameters` . Find the entry called ``web.base.url`` " -"(you can create it if it does not exist) and enter the full URL of your " -"website, like ``https://www.myodoowebsite.com``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:107 -msgid "" -"The URL must include the protocol (``https://`` or ``http://``) and must not" -" end by a slash (``/``)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:109 -msgid "" -"If you want to block the root URL update when an administrator logs in, you " -"can add a System Parameter called ``web.base.url.freeze`` with its value " -"set to ``True``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:113 -msgid "My website is indexed twice by Google" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:115 -msgid "" -"If you set up a custom domain *mydomain.com* name for *mydatabase.odoo.com*," -" Google indexes your website under both names. This is a limitation of the " -"Odoo cloud platforms/" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:120 -msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_servers`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:3 -msgid "Manage Multi Websites" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo’s Multi-Websites opens up broad possibilities of diversification and " -"customer segmentation for your business. A multiplied audience and boosted " -"revenue are now just a few clicks away!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Each website can work in a fully independent way, with its theme, branding, " -"domain name, header & footer, pages, languages, products, blog posts, forum," -" slides, events, live chat channels, etc. Let’s go for a tour!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:18 -msgid "Setup" -msgstr "Установка" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:20 -msgid "" -"To create a new website, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration -->" -" Settings`. The button, *Create a new website*, lays in the first section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:28 -msgid "" -"In the upcoming prompt, set a name for your new website and a specific " -"domain name. Leave empty to publish the new website under the default domain" -" of your Odoo database. You can later set some country groups to redirect " -"visitors to it using Geo IP." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Then, select a theme. This new website might have an entirely different " -"purpose or audience than the first one. So feel free to go for a different " -"theme!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Once the theme is selected, you can start to build the homepage of your " -"website. Follow the purple drops; they will help you in the first steps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:48 -msgid "" -"If you run Odoo Online, don’t forget to redirect any new domain name to your" -" Odoo database (``CNAME``) and to authorize it Odoo-side. See " -":doc:`domain_name`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:52 -msgid "Create the menu" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:54 -msgid "" -"The new website has a default menu with all the installed applications. To " -"edit it, click :menuselection:`Pages --> Edit Menu`. Moving forward you only" -" edit the menu of the current website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:59 -msgid "Switch from one website to another" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:62 -msgid "" -"As easy as ABC! There is a website switcher in the right corner of the edit " -"bar. Switching to another website will connect to the domain of this " -"website. If you use another domain for the website, the user is requested to" -" sign in." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:71 -msgid "" -"When switching, you are redirected to the same domain path on the other " -"website (e.g., ``/shop/myproduct``). If this URL is not used, you will be " -"redirected to a 404 page but prompted to create a new page from there." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:76 -msgid "Add features" -msgstr "Добавьте функции" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:78 -msgid "" -"The website apps you install (e.g., Slides, Blogs) are made available on all" -" your websites. You can, of course, keep them hidden in one website by " -"removing the menu item." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:82 -msgid "" -"Each website comes with a high range of specific options in the settings. " -"First, select the website to configure." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:88 -msgid "" -"Then, take a look at the options flagged with the earth icon. It means they " -"only impact the very website you are working on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:94 -msgid "You can, for instance, set specific :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:96 -msgid "languages," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:98 -msgid "domain names," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:100 -msgid "social media links," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:102 -msgid "customer portal mode (B2C vs. B2B)," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:104 -msgid "dedicated live chat channels," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:106 -msgid "etc." -msgstr "и т.д." - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:108 -msgid "The other options are global and apply to all your websites." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:111 -msgid "Manage domain names" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:113 -msgid "" -"As said earlier, your websites can either share the same domain name or use " -"a specific one. If you share it and want to adapt the content per region, " -"set country groups in the setting of each website. Visitors will be " -"redirected to the right website using GeoIP." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:122 -msgid "" -"Geo IP is installed by default in Odoo Online. If you run Odoo on-premise, " -"don’t forget to install *GeoIP* library. See :doc:`on-premise_geo-ip-" -"installation`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:127 -msgid ":doc:`domain_name`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:130 -msgid "Customize the visitor experience" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:133 -msgid "" -"The customer experience can be customized very profoundly thanks to the menu" -" \\*Customize\\*. All the visual options available there are specific to " -"each website. Go through the different pages to adapt them to this new " -"audience. Focus on workflows, and automatic pages (eCommerce checkout, " -"blogs, events, etc.) as the number of available options is higher there." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:143 -msgid "Publish specific content per website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:146 -msgid "" -"Like static pages, any content created from the front-end (product, blog " -"post, etc.) is always only published in the current website. You can change " -"that from the edit form view in the backend and leave the *Website* field " -"blank. This will publish it in all the websites." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:154 -msgid "" -"Here are all the objects that you can link to *either one or all the " -"websites*:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:157 -msgid "Products" -msgstr "Продукты" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:159 -msgid "Product Categories for eCommerce" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:161 -msgid "Blogs" -msgstr "Блоги" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:163 -msgid "Slide Channels" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:165 -msgid "Forums" -msgstr "Форумы" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:167 -msgid "Events" -msgstr "События" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:169 -msgid "Job Positions" -msgstr "Штатное расписание" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:172 -msgid "" -"When you create the record from the backend and publish it, typically a " -"product or an event, it is made available in all websites." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:176 -msgid "Publish a page in all websites" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:178 -msgid "" -"A new static page is created and only made available in the current website." -" You can duplicate it to other websites from :menuselection:`Website --> " -"Configuration --> Pages`. To do so, leave the *Website* field empty." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:182 -msgid "" -"If you want to duplicate it in just one other website, duplicate the page " -"and set the new website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:188 -msgid "" -"When you edit the page again, the change only affects the current website. A" -" new page is duplicated and tied up to the website. The original page still " -"being linked to all websites." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:193 -msgid "" -"By grouping pages by URL in the page manager, you quickly find the original " -"page behind each edited page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:200 -msgid "Multi-companies" -msgstr "Мульти-компании" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:202 -msgid "" -"Each website can be linked to a specific company of your system, in a multi-" -"companies environment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:208 -msgid "" -"With such a configuration, only company-related data appear on the website " -"(products, jobs, events, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:211 -msgid "" -"Website editors can only view and edit the pages of the records they have " -"access to, typically the ones belonging to their current company (and to " -"their subsidiaries, or child companies in Odoo language). And so is it for " -"visitors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:217 -msgid "" -"If websites are multi-companies, you don’t change company when switching " -"websites. To change the company and see the related content, use the company" -" selector in the menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:223 -msgid "Configure your eCommerce website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:225 -msgid "" -"eCommerce is a crucial feature in the multi-websites environment. We made it" -" so that the entire flow can be customized to fit the very audience of each " -"website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:230 -msgid "Products only available on one website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:232 -msgid "" -"We already saw earlier how to publish a specific record in only one website." -" You will find the \\*Website\\* field in the eCommerce tab of the product " -"edit form. Empty means available in all websites." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:240 -msgid "Products available on *some* websites" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:242 -msgid "" -"To make a product available on some websites, but not all of them, you " -"should duplicate the product for each website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:245 -msgid "" -"If you need a unique reference to manage in your inventory, you should " -"install *Manufacturing\\ and create *Kits* BoMs (bills of materials). Each " -"kit will link each published “virtual” product to the main reference managed" -" in your inventory. That way, any item sold from your website will be " -"converted into the storable item in the delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:252 -msgid "Pricelists" -msgstr "Прайс-листы" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:254 -msgid "" -"To manage specific prices by websites, you can activate *Multiple Sales " -"Prices per Product* in Website settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:257 -msgid "" -"Then, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Products --> Pricelists` to create " -"additional pricelists. See " -":doc:`../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:260 -msgid "" -"If you need help. Select a website to make a pricelist only available on " -"this website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:266 -msgid "" -"Leaving the field empty means that you make it work in all websites if " -"*Selectable* is selected. Otherwise, it makes it only available for backend " -"operations of Sales and Point of Sale applications." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:271 -msgid "Payment Acquirers and Delivery Methods" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:273 -msgid "" -"By default, published payment acquirers and delivery methods are deployed in" -" all websites. You could already use specific payment acquirers per country " -"using Geo IP by defining countries in their configuration. Now you can also " -"do it per website by filling in the *Website* field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:279 -msgid "Customer accounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:281 -msgid "" -"There is a setting to choose how to manage customer accounts in Website " -"settings. You can either allow customers to use one account through all the " -"websites or compel them to create one account for each website. This last " -"option is convenient if your websites shouldn’t be related to each other in " -"the visitor mind." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:291 -msgid "Technical hints for customization" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:293 -msgid "" -"If you want to publish custom objects on the website, here are a few tips to" -" make it work with multi websites:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:297 -msgid "Sitemap: don’t forget the domain in the route to only publish" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:297 -msgid "available records in each website’s sitemap." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:301 -msgid "Access: you should call the method" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:300 -msgid "" -"*can_access_from_current_website* in the controller to make sure the visitor" -" can see a record in the current website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:305 -msgid "Search: when a list of records is displayed, don’t forget to specify" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:304 -msgid "the domain to only display records available for the current website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:3 -msgid "Geo IP installation (on-premises database)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:6 -msgid "Installation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Please note that the installation depends on your computer operating system " -"and distribution. We will assume here that a Linux operating system is used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:13 -msgid "Install `geoip2 <https://pypi.org/project/geoip2/>`__ Python library" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Download the `GeoLite2 City database " -"<https://dev.maxmind.com/geoip/geoip2/geolite2/>`_. You should end up with a" -" file called ``GeoLite2-City.mmdb``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:19 -msgid "Move the file to the folder ``/usr/share/GeoIP/``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:21 -msgid "Restart the server" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:23 -msgid "" -"If you can't/don't want to locate the geoip database in " -"``/usr/share/GeoIP/``, you can use the ``--geoip-db`` option of the Odoo " -"command line interface. This option takes the absolute path to the GeoIP " -"database file and will use it as the GeoIP database. For example:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:32 -msgid "" -"`CLI documentation " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/14.0/reference/cmdline.html>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:34 -msgid "" -"``GeoIP`` Python library can also be used. However this version is " -"discontinued since January 2019. See `GeoLite Legacy databases are now " -"discontinued <https://support.maxmind.com/geolite-legacy-discontinuation-" -"notice/>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:37 -msgid "How to test GeoIP geolocation in your Odoo website?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Go into your website. Open the web page on which you want to test ``GeoIP``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:39 -msgid "Choose :menuselection:`Customize --> HTML/CSS/JS Editor`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:40 -msgid "Add the following piece of XML in the page :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:46 -msgid "" -"You should end up with a dictionary indicating the location of the ip " -"address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:51 -msgid "" -"If the curly braces are empty ``{}``, it can be for any of the following " -"reason :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:53 -msgid "" -"The browsing IP address is the localhost (``127.0.0.1``) or a local area " -"network one (``192.168.*.*``)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:54 -msgid "" -"If a reversed proxy is used, make sure to configure it correctly. See " -"`--proxy-mode " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/14.0/reference/cmdline.html#cmdoption-" -"odoo-bin-proxy-mode>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:55 -msgid "``geoip2`` is not installed or the GeoIP database file wasn't found" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:56 -msgid "The GeoIP database was unable to resolve the given IP address" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:3 -msgid "How to translate my website" -msgstr "Как перевести свой сайт" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:6 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Обзор" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In addition to creating great modern websites, Odoo gives you the " -"possibility to translate it in different languages." -msgstr "" -"Кроме создания великолепных современных веб-сайтов, Odoo предоставляет вам " -"возможность переводить их на разные языки." - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:12 -msgid "Process" -msgstr "Выполняется" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Once your website is created, you have the opportunity to translate it in as" -" many different languages as you want." -msgstr "" -"После того как ваш сайт будет создан, у вас есть возможность переводить его " -"на любой другой язык." - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:17 -msgid "" -"There are two ways to translate your website, you can do it manually or " -"automatically with the Gengo App. If you want to do it automatically, go to " -"the **App** module and Install **Automated translations through Gengo Api** " -"and **Website Gengo Translator**. If you want to do it manually, don't " -"install anything, and follow the next step." -msgstr "" -"Есть два способа перевода вашего сайта, это можно сделать вручную или " -"автоматически с помощью программы Gengo. Если вы хотите сделать это, " -"перейдите к модулю ** Приложения ** и установите ** Автоматические переводы " -"через Gengo Api ** и ** Сайт Gengo Translator **. Если вы хотите сделать это" -" вручную, не устанавливайте ничего и выполните следующий шаг." - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Now go to your website. On the bottom right corner of the page, click on " -"**Add a language**." -msgstr "" -"Откройте свой веб-сайт. В нижнем правом углу страницы нажмите ** Добавить " -"язык **." - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Choose the language in which you want to translate your website and then " -"click on **Load.**" -msgstr "" -"Выберите язык, на котором вы хотите перевести ваш сайт, а затем нажмите " -"кнопку ** Скачать **." - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:35 -msgid "" -"You will see that Now, next to English there is also French, which means " -"that the page for the translation has been created. You can also see that " -"some of the text has been translated automatically." -msgstr "" -"Вы увидите, что сейчас у английской также французская, что означает, что " -"страница для перевода была создана. Вы также можете увидеть, что часть " -"текста была переведена автоматически." - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:42 -msgid "" -"To translate the content of the website, click on **Translate** (here " -"**Traduire** since we want to translate the website in French)." -msgstr "" -"Чтобы перевести содержание сайта, нажмите на ** Переложить ** (здесь, ** " -"Traduire **, поскольку мы хотим перевести сайт на французском языке)." - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:45 -msgid "" -"There, if you have installed the Gengo Translator, You will see that next to" -" the **Translate** button you also have a button **Translate " -"automatically**. Once you click on that button, you will be asked some " -"information on your account. If you don't have an account yet, follow `this " -"link <https://gengo.com/auth/form/login/>`_ in order to create one. You need" -" to ask for a public key and a private key." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:53 -msgid "" -"The content you wish to translate will then be translated automatically." -msgstr "Содержимое, которое вы хотите перевести автоматически переведены." - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Now you can see that most of the content is highlighted in yellow or in " -"green. The yellow represents the content that you have to translate by " -"yourself. The green represents the content that has already been translated " -"automatically." -msgstr "" -"Теперь вы можете увидеть, что большая часть содержания выделена желтым или " -"зеленым цветом. Желтый - это содержимое, которое требуется перевести " -"самостоятельно. Зеленый - это содержимое, которое уже переведены " -"автоматически." diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a5bded33c --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po @@ -0,0 +1,3456 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# ILMIR <karamov@it-projects.info>, 2021 +# Irina Fedulova <istartlin@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Ekaterina <nawsikaya@bk.ru>, 2021 +# Martin Trigaux, 2021 +# Collex100, 2021 +# Ivan Yelizariev // IEL <yelizariev@itpp.dev>, 2021 +# Sergey Vilizhanin, 2021 +# Yuriy Razumovskiy <garazdcreation@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Сергей Шебанин <sergey@shebanin.ru>, 2021 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-18 07:12+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-05-18 05:18+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Сергей Шебанин <sergey@shebanin.ru>, 2021\n" +"Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: ru\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<12 || n%100>14) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%10>=5 && n%10<=9) || (n%100>=11 && n%100<=14)? 2 : 3);\n" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites.rst:3 +msgid "Websites" +msgstr "Веб-сайты" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce.rst:4 +msgid "eCommerce" +msgstr "eCommerce" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started.rst:3 +msgid "Get started" +msgstr "Начать" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:3 +msgid "How to customize my catalog page" +msgstr "Как настроить страницу каталога товаров" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:6 +msgid "Product Catalog" +msgstr "Каталог товаров" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:8 +msgid "" +"All your published items show up in your catalog page (or *Shop* page)." +msgstr "" +"Все ваши опубликованы элементы отображаются на странице каталога (или на " +"странице * Магазина *)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Most options are available in the *Customize* menu: display attributes, " +"website categories, etc." +msgstr "" +"Большинство параметров доступны в меню * Настройка *: элементы отображения, " +"категории сайта и тому подобное." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:20 +msgid "Highlight a product" +msgstr "выделите товар" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Boost the visibility of your star/promoted products: push them to top, make " +"them bigger, add a ribbon that you can edit (Sale, New, etc.). Open the Shop" +" page, switch to Edit mode and click any item to start customizing the grid." +msgstr "" +"Повышайте видимость товаров со звездочкой / рекламируемые товары: поднимите " +"их вверх, увеличьте их, добавьте ленту, которую можно редактировать " +"(продажа, новый т.п.). Откройте страницу магазина, перейдите в режим " +"редактирования и нажмите на любой элемент, чтобы начать настройку сети." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:26 +msgid "" +"See how to do it: " +"https://www.odoo.com/openerp_website/static/src/video/e-commerce/editing.mp4" +msgstr "" +"Посмотрите, как сделать это: " +"https://www.odoo.com/openerp_website/static/src/video/e-commerce/editing.mp4" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:29 +msgid "Quick add to cart" +msgstr "Быстрое добавление в корзину" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:31 +msgid "" +"If your customers buy a lot of items at once, make their process shorter by " +"enabling purchases from the catalog page. To do so, add product description " +"and add to cart button. Turn on the following options in *Customize* menu: " +"Product Description, Add to Cart, List View (to display product description " +"better)." +msgstr "" +"Если ваши клиенты покупают много товаров одновременно, сделайте этот процесс" +" быстрее, позволяя покупки со страницы каталога. Для этого добавьте описание" +" товара и добавьте в кнопку корзины. Включите следующие параметры в меню * " +"Настройка *: описание товара, добавление в корзину, просмотр списка (для " +"лучшего отображения описания товара)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:3 +msgid "How to build a product page" +msgstr "Как создать страницу товара" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:5 +msgid "On the website click *New Page* in the top-right corner." +msgstr "На сайте нажмите кнопку * Новая страница * в верхнем правом углу." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:7 +msgid "Then click *New Product* and follow the blinking tips." +msgstr "Нажмите * Новый товар * и следуйте всплывающих советов." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:12 +msgid "Here are the main elements of the Product page:" +msgstr "Вот основные элементы страницы товара:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:17 +msgid "Many elements can be made visible from the *Customize* menu." +msgstr "Многие элементы можно сделать видимыми в меню * Настройка *." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:22 +msgid "See how to configure your products from links here below." +msgstr "Узнайте, как настраивать свои товары на страницах ниже." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:26 +msgid ":doc:`../managing_products/variants`" +msgstr ":doc:`../managing_products/variants`" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:27 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/taxes`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:28 +msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/cross_selling`" +msgstr ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/cross_selling`" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:29 +msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/reviews`" +msgstr ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/reviews`" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:30 +msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`" +msgstr ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:31 +msgid ":doc:`../../website/optimize/seo`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../website/optimize/seo`" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products.rst:3 +msgid "Manage my products" +msgstr "Управляйте вашими товарами" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:3 +msgid "How to display several images per product" +msgstr "Как отразить несколько картинок на товаре" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:5 +msgid "" +"By default your product web page displays the main image of your product " +"only. If you like to show your products under several angles, you can turn " +"the image into a carrousel." +msgstr "" +"По умолчанию веб-страница товара отражает главное изображение вашего товара." +" Если вы хотите показать свои товары по нескольким ракурсов, вы можете " +"преобразовать изображение в карусель." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Check *Several images per product* in :menuselection:`Website Admin --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" +"Проверьте * Несколько изображений на товаре * в :menuselection:`Website " +"Admin --> Configuration --> Settings`." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Open a product detail form and upload images from *Images* tab. Hit *Create*" +" in Edit mode to get the upload wizard." +msgstr "" +"Откройте детали формы товара и загрузите изображение с вкладки Картинки. " +"Нажмите * Создать * в режиме редактирования, чтобы получить мастер загрузки." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:19 +msgid "Such extra image are common to all the product variants (if any)." +msgstr "" +"Такое дополнительное изображение является общим для всех вариантов товаров " +"(если таковые имеются)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage product variants" +msgstr "Как управлять вариантами товара" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Product variants are used to offer variations of the same product to your " +"customers on the products page. For example, the customer chooses a T-shirt " +"and then selects its size and color. In the example below, the customer " +"chooses a phone, and then selects the memory; color and Wi-Fi band from the " +"available options." +msgstr "" +"Варианты товара используются для того, чтобы предложить варианты того же " +"товара для ваших клиентов на странице товаров. Например, клиент выбирает " +"футболку, а затем выбирает ее размер и цвет. В приведенном ниже примере " +"клиент выбирает телефон, а затем выбирает память; цвет и Wi-Fi из доступных " +"функций." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:15 +msgid "How to create attributes & variants" +msgstr "Как создать атрибуты и варианты" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Turn on *Products can have several attributes, defining variants (Example: " +"size, color,...)* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`." +msgstr "" +"Включите * Товары могут иметь несколько атрибутов, определяющих варианты " +"(например, размер, цвет, ...) * в разделе :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Settings`." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:20 +msgid "Select a product from the Products list, go to the *Variants* tab." +msgstr "Выберите товар в списке товаров, перейдите на вкладку * Варианты *." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Add as many attributes as you need from 3 different types: radio buttons, " +"drop-down menu or color buttons. You get several variants as soon as there " +"are 2 values for 1 attribute." +msgstr "" +"Добавьте как можно больше атрибутов, которые вам нужно, с 3 различных типов:" +" переключатели, выпадающее меню или цветные кнопки. Вы получаете несколько " +"вариантов, как только будет 2 атрибута для атрибута 1." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:30 +msgid "How to edit variants" +msgstr "Как редактировать варианты" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:32 +msgid "See all the variants from the product template detail form." +msgstr "Просмотрите все варианты из формы шаблона деталей товара." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:40 +msgid "You can edit following data:" +msgstr "Вы можете редактировать следующие данные:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:42 +msgid "Picture (will update in real time on the website)," +msgstr "Изображения (обновляется в реальном времени на сайте)," + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:43 +msgid "Barcode," +msgstr "Штрих-код," + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:44 +msgid "Internal Reference (SKU #)," +msgstr "Внутренняя справка (SKU #)," + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:45 +msgid "Volume," +msgstr "Объем," + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:46 +msgid "Weight," +msgstr "вес," + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:47 +msgid "Active (available in quotes & website)." +msgstr "Активный (доступен в предложениях и на сайте)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Both the Barcode and the Internal Reference are variant-specific. You need " +"to populate them once the variants generated." +msgstr "" +"Штрих-код и внутренняя справка являются специальными для вариантов. Нужно " +"заполнить их, когда созданы варианты." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:54 +msgid "" +"See and edit all the variants from :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> " +"Product Variants` as well. This might be quicker if you manage lots of " +"variants." +msgstr "" +"Смотрите и измените все варианты с :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> " +"Product Variants`. Это может быть быстрее, если вы управляете множеством " +"вариантов." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:58 +msgid "How to set specific prices per variant" +msgstr "Как установить конкретные цены за вариант" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:60 +msgid "" +"You can also set a specific public price per variant by clicking *Variant " +"Prices* in the product detail form (action in top-left corner)." +msgstr "" +"Вы также можете установить конкретную общую стоимость каждого варианта, " +"нажав * Цены варианта * в форме сведений о товаре (действие в верхнем левом " +"углу)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:66 +msgid "" +"The Price Extra is added to the product price whenever the corresponding " +"attribute value is selected." +msgstr "" +"Дополнительная цена добавляется к цене товара, когда выбирается " +"соответствующее значение атрибута." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Pricelist formulas let you set advanced price computation methods for " +"product variants. See :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`." +msgstr "" +"Формулы премиум-класса позволяют устанавливать расширенные методы вычисления" +" цены вариантов товара. См. : Doc: `../ maximizing_revenue / pricing`." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:80 +msgid "How to disable/archive variants" +msgstr "Как отключить / архивировать варианты" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:82 +msgid "" +"You can disable/archive specific variants so that they are no longer " +"available in quotes & website (not existing in your stock, deprecated, " +"etc.). Simply uncheck *Active* in their detail form." +msgstr "" +"Вы можете отключить / архивировать конкретные варианты, чтобы они больше не " +"были доступны в предложениях и на веб-сайте (не существовавших на вашем " +"складе, устаревших и т.п.). Просто снимите отметку * Активно * в детальной " +"форме." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To retrieve such archived items, hit *Archived* on searching the variants " +"list. You can reactivate them the same way." +msgstr "" +"Чтобы получить такие архивные элементы, нажмите * Архивирование * при поиске" +" списка вариантов. Вы можете повторно активировать их так же." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue.rst:3 +msgid "Maximize my revenue" +msgstr "Увеличьте свой доход" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:3 +msgid "How to sell accessories and optional products (cross-selling)" +msgstr "" +"Как продавать аксессуары и функциональные товары (перекрестный продажа)" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You sell computers. Why not stimulating your customers to buy a top-notch " +"screen or an extra-warranty? That's the goal of cross-selling " +"functionalities:" +msgstr "" +"Вы продаете компьютеры. Почему бы не стимулировать своих клиентов покупать " +"лучший экран или дополнительную гарантию? Это цель перекрестных продаж:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:8 +msgid "Accessory products on checkout page," +msgstr "Аксессуары на странице оформления заказа," + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Optional products on a new *Add to Cart* screen (not installed by default)." +msgstr "" +"Дополнительные товары на новом экране * Добавить в корзину * (не установлен " +"по умолчанию)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:12 +msgid "Accessory products when checking out" +msgstr "Аксессуары при проверке" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Accessories (e.g. for computers: mouse, keyboard) show up when the customer " +"reviews the cart before paying." +msgstr "" +"Аксессуары (например, для компьютеров: мышь, клавиатура) появляются, когда " +"пользователь просматривает корзину перед оплатой." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:20 +msgid "Select accessories in the *Sales* tab of the product detail page." +msgstr "" +"Выберите аксессуары на вкладке * Продажи * на странице сведений о товаре." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:26 +msgid "" +"There is an algorithm to figure out the best accessories to display in case " +"several items are added to cart. If any item is the accessory of several " +"products added to cart, it is most likely that it will be atop the list of " +"suggested accessories." +msgstr "" +"Существует алгоритм выявления лучших аксессуаров для отображения, если в " +"корзину добавлено несколько элементов. Если любой элемент является " +"аксессуаром нескольких товаров, добавленных в корзину, то, скорее всего, он " +"будет вверху списка предложенных аксессуаров." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:31 +msgid "Optional products when adding to cart" +msgstr "Дополнительные товары при добавлении в корзину" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Optional products are directly related to the item added to cart (e.g. for " +"computers: warranty, OS software, extra components). Whenever the main " +"product is added to cart, such a new screen pops up as an extra step." +msgstr "" +"Необязательные товары напрямую связаны с элементом, добавленным в корзину " +"(например, для компьютеров гарантия, программное обеспечение для ОS, " +"дополнительные компоненты). Каждый раз, когда основной товар добавляется в " +"корзину, такой новый экран появляется как дополнительный шаг." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:40 +msgid "To publish optional products:" +msgstr "Опубликовать дополнительные товары:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Install *eCommerce Optional Products* addon in *Apps* menu. Remove the " +"default filter to search on addons as well, otherwise only main apps show " +"up." +msgstr "" +"Установите * Дополнительные товары электронной коммерции * в меню * " +"Приложения *. Удалите фильтр по умолчанию для поиска в аддонах, иначе " +"появятся только основные модули." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:48 +msgid "Select optional items from the *Sales* tab of the product detail form." +msgstr "Выберите дополнительные элементы на вкладке * Продажи * формы товара." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The quantity of optional items added to cart is the same than the main item." +msgstr "" +"Количество дополнительных элементов, добавленных в корзину, совпадает с " +"основным элементом." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:3 +msgid "Adapt prices to website visitors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:5 +msgid "" +"This section sheds light on pricing features found in the eCommerce app:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:7 +msgid "force a price by geo-localization," +msgstr "установление цены за геолокации," + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:9 +msgid "let the customer choose the currency." +msgstr "позвольте клиенту выбирать валюту." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:11 +msgid "" +"As a pre-requisite, check out how to managing product pricing: " +":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:15 +msgid "Geo-IP automatically applies the right price" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Assign country groups to your pricelists. That way, visitors who aren't " +"logged in yet will get their own currency when landing on your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:20 +msgid "Once logged in, they get the pricelist matching their country." +msgstr "После входа они получают прайслист, который соответствует их стране." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:23 +msgid "Currency selector" +msgstr "валютный выбор" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In the case that you sell in several currencies, you can let your customers " +"choose their own. Check the *Selectable* box to add the pricelist to the " +"website drop-down menu, which can be found in *Pricelists* under the " +"*Products* menu, located in the Website application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:35 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:36 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:37 +msgid ":doc:`promo_code`" +msgstr ":doc:`promo_code`" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:3 +msgid "How to create & share promotional codes" +msgstr "Как создать и делиться промокод" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Want to boost your sales for Xmas? Share promocodes through your marketing " +"campaigns and apply any kind of discounts." +msgstr "" +"Хотите увеличить продажи до Рождества? Поделитесь промокод с помощью " +"маркетинговых кампаний и примените любые скидки." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:18 +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "Настройки" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings` and choose *Advanced pricing based" +" on formula* for *Sale Price*." +msgstr "" +"Откройте :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings` и выберите * Расширенное " +"ценообразование на основе формулы * для * Цены продаже *." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website Admin --> Catalog --> Pricelists` and create a" +" new pricelist with the discount rule (see :doc:`pricing`). Then enter a " +"code." +msgstr "" +"Перейдите к :menuselection:`Website Admin --> Catalog --> Pricelists` и " +"создайте новый прайслист правилу скидки (см.: Doc:` pricing`). Введите код." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Make the promocode field available on your *Shopping Cart* page (option in " +"*Customize* menu). Add a product to cart to reach it." +msgstr "" +"Сделайте поле промокод доступным на * Странице корзины * (опция в меню * " +"Настройка *). Добавьте товар в корзину, чтобы сделать это." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Once turned on you see a new section on the right side. On clicking *Apply* " +"prices get automatically updated in the cart." +msgstr "" +"При включении этой функции вы увидите новый раздел с правой стороны. При " +"нажатии кнопки * Применить * цены автоматически обновляются в корзине." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:33 +msgid "" +"The promocode used by the customer is stored in the system so you can " +"analyze the performance of your marketing campaigns." +msgstr "" +"Промокод, который использует клиент, сохраняется в системе, чтобы вы могли " +"проанализировать эффективность ваших маркетинговых кампаний." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:39 +msgid "Show sales per pricelists..." +msgstr "Покажите продажи по ценам ..." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:43 +msgid ":doc:`pricing`" +msgstr ":doc:`pricing`" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:3 +msgid "How to enable comments & rating" +msgstr "Как включить комментарии и рейтинг в электронной коммерции" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Publishing and monitoring customer experience will help you gain the trust " +"of new customers and better engage with your community. In 2 clicks, allow " +"your customer to share their feedback!" +msgstr "" +"Публикация и мониторинг опыта клиентов поможет доверять вам новым клиентам и" +" лучше взаимодействовать с вашей сообществом. Только в два клика позвольте " +"своему клиенту поделиться своим отзывом!" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Activate comments & rating from the *Customize* menu of the product web " +"page." +msgstr "" +"Активируйте комментарии и рейтинг в меню * Настройка * веб-страницы товара." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Visitors must log in to share their comments. Make sure they are able to do " +"so (see Portal documentation)." +msgstr "" +"Посетители должны войти, чтобы поделиться своими комментариями. Убедитесь, " +"что они смогут это сделать (см. Документацию Портал)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:25 +msgid "Review the posts in real time" +msgstr "Смотрите публикации в режиме реального времени" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Whenever a post is published, the product manager and all the product " +"followers get notified in their Inbox (*Discuss* menu)." +msgstr "" +"Каждый раз, когда пост опубликован, менеджер товара и все подписчики на " +"товар получают уведомления в своей папке Входящие (меню (* Обсуждение *)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:34 +msgid "" +"By default the user who created the product is automatically set as " +"follower." +msgstr "" +"По умолчанию пользователь, который создал товар, автоматически " +"устанавливается как подписчик." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Click the product name to open the detail form and review the comment (in " +"the product discussion thread)." +msgstr "" +"Нажмите на название товара, чтобы открыть подробную форму и посмотреть " +"комментарий (в обсуждении о товаре)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:43 +msgid "Moderate & unpublish" +msgstr "Модератор и отменяйте публикации" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:45 +msgid "" +"You can easily moderate by using the chatter, either in the product detail " +"form or on the web page." +msgstr "" +"Вы можете легко модерировать, используя чат, в форме детальной информации о " +"товаре или на веб-странице." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To unpublish the post, open the product web page and click the *Published* " +"button to turn it red (*Unpublished*)." +msgstr "" +"Чтобы отменить публикацию, откройте веб-страницу товара и нажмите кнопку * " +"Опубликовано *, чтобы превратить ее в красный цвет (* неопубликованные *)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:56 +msgid "..tip::" +msgstr "..tip::" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:55 +msgid "" +"You can access the web page from the detail form by clicking the *Published*" +" smart button (and vice versa)." +msgstr "" +"Вы можете получить доступ к веб-страницы в детальной форме, нажав кнопку * " +"Опубликовано * (и наоборот)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:3 +msgid "How to sell pricier alternative products (upselling)" +msgstr "Как продавать альтернативные товары (допродажа)" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In order to maximize your revenue, suggesting pricier alternative products " +"is strongly advised for basic items. That way, your customer will spend more" +" time browsing your catalog." +msgstr "" +"Чтобы максимально увеличить ваш доход, рекомендуется предлагать ценнее " +"варианты товара для базовых товаров. Таким образом, ваш клиент потратит " +"больше времени на просмотр вашего каталога." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:12 +msgid "To do so:" +msgstr "Сделать так:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Select such *Alternative Products* in the *Sales* tab of the product detail " +"form. 3 alternatives are fine! Don't publish too many otherwise your " +"customers will be confused." +msgstr "" +"Выберите такие * Альтернативные * на вкладке * Продажи * формы товара. Три " +"альтернативы будет достаточно! Не размещайте слишком много, иначе ваши " +"клиенты будут путаться." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Turn on *Alternative Products* from the *Customize* menu of the product web " +"page." +msgstr "" +"Включите * альтернативные товары * в меню * Настройка * веб-страницы товара." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/publish.rst:3 +msgid "Launch my website" +msgstr "Запустите свой веб-сайт" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience.rst:3 +msgid "Get paid" +msgstr "получите оплату" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:3 +msgid "Manage orders paid with Payment Acquirers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The moment a payment is officially authorized by a Payment Acquirer, Odoo " +"*automatically* confirms the order, which triggers the delivery. And, if you" +" invoice based on ordered quantities, you are requested to invoice the " +"order, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Let’s take a closer look at how to manage orders paid with Payment " +"Acquirers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:12 +msgid "Checking the status of a payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To check the status of a payment, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Orders " +"--> Orders`. Then, simply click on the order you wish to check on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Once you are on the Sales Order page, you will find the payment is confirmed" +" with an automatic note in the *Chatter*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If the user decides to create an invoice, the payment is directly " +"reconciled. This note in the *Chatter* includes a link to the Payment entry," +" which contains various details about the transaction, along with a link to " +"the related Journal Entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Specific messages are provided to your customers for every payment status " +"whenever they are redirected to Odoo after the transaction. To edit these " +"messages, go to the *Messages* tab of the payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:38 +msgid "Automatically generate invoices at order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:40 +msgid "" +"When the order is confirmed, you can also choose to have an invoice " +"automatically issued and paid. This fully-automated feature is designed for " +"businesses that invoice orders right away." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:47 +msgid "To do automatically generate invoices at order:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Invoicing`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Then, under the **Invoicing Policy** option, select *Invoice what is " +"ordered*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:47 +msgid "Then activate *Automatic Invoices* and *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:54 +msgid "Capture payment after the delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:56 +msgid "" +"If the acquirer handling the payment is configured to capture amounts " +"manually, the order is confirmed, but the amount is kept on hold. Once the " +"delivery is processed, you can capture the payment from the related Sales " +"Order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:61 +msgid ":doc:`../../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:62 +msgid "" +":ref:`Payment Acquirers: Place a hold on a card " +"<payment_acquirers/capture_amount>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:3 +msgid "How customers can access their customer account" +msgstr "Как клиенты могут получить доступ к клиентского аккаунта" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:5 +msgid "" +"It has never been so easy for your customers to access their customer " +"account. Forget endless signup forms, Odoo makes it as easy as ABC. They are" +" suggested to sign up (name, email, password) when the order is placed, and " +"not before. Indeed, nothing is more annoying than going through a signup " +"process before buying something." +msgstr "" +"Вашим клиентам еще никогда не было так легко получить доступ к клиентского " +"аккаунта. Забудьте о бесконечных формы регистрации, Odoo делает это так же " +"просто, как АБВ. Предлагаем регистрации (имя, электронная почта, пароль), " +"когда заказ размещен, а не раньше. Действительно, ничто не раздражает " +"больше, чем процесс регистрации, до того, как происходит покупка." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:14 +msgid "Sign up" +msgstr "Регистрация" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The invitation to sign up shows up when the customer wants to visualize the " +"order from order confirmation email." +msgstr "" +"Приглашение на регистрацию появляется, когда клиент хочет визуализировать " +"заказ из электронного письма с подтверждением заказа." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:23 +msgid "Customer account" +msgstr "Клиентский аккаунт" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Once logged in the customer will access the account by clicking *My Account*" +" in the login dropdown menu." +msgstr "" +"После входа клиент получит доступ к учетной записи, нажав Мой аккаунт * в " +"выпадающем меню." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:31 +msgid "" +"THere they find all their history. The main address (billing) can also be " +"modified." +msgstr "" +"Там они находят всю свою историю. Главную адрес (для получения счетов) можно" +" изменить." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:37 +msgid "" +"If the customer is set as a contact of a company in your address book, they " +"will see all the documents whose the customer belongs to this company." +msgstr "" +"Если клиент установлен как контакт компании в вашей адресной книге, он " +"увидит все документы, которые принадлежат этой компании." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/taxes.rst:3 +msgid "Collect taxes" +msgstr "собирайте налоги" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:4 +msgid "Live Chat" +msgstr "Живой чат" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:6 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Обзор" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:3 +msgid "Get Started with Live Chat" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Live Chat has the highest satisfaction rating of any communication tool. It " +"allows fast responses and it is accessible and convenient, as your customers" +" can keep doing what they are doing while interacting with you. Remember: " +"your customers want to talk to you, so let's make it easy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:10 +msgid "Set up" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Once *Live Chat* is installed on your database, if your website was created " +"with Odoo, the application is automatically added to it. All that is left to" +" do is to go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> " +"Live Chat`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Select the channel to be linked to your website or create one on the fly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:27 +msgid "For both scenarios, under:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:30 +msgid "" +"- **Operators**: add agents to respond to the chat requests. Add as many as " +"you like, and keep in mind that operators that do not show any activity in " +"Odoo for more than 30min are considered disconnected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:33 +msgid "" +"- **Options**: set the default text to be shown on the live chat button; an " +"automated welcome message to be seen by visitors when a conversation is " +"initiated, and the text that prompts the user to initiate a chat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:36 +msgid "" +"- **Channel Rules**: choose an action for a given URL, and/or per country. " +"In the example below, the chat window automatically pops-up 3 seconds after " +"users (from any country) land on the contact us page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:43 +msgid "" +"GeoIP, which refers to the process of finding a computer terminal’s " +"geographical location by its IP address, must be installed on your server. " +"Otherwise, under *Channel Rules*, countries are not taken into account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:48 +msgid "External options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If your website was not created with Odoo, you can find the code to be added" +" to your own, under the *Widget* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Odoo also offers an URL you can send to users so they can have access to a " +"single live chat page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:59 +msgid "Managing chat requests" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Conversations initiated by visitors pop up as a direct message, and are " +"shown in *Discuss*. Therefore, inquiries can be answered wherever you are in" +" Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Conversations are dispatched based on the current workload of the online " +"operators." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:72 +msgid "Leave or join a channel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, access your " +"channel under *Live Chat*, and *Join Channel* or *Leave Channel*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:48 +msgid ":doc:`ratings`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:45 +msgid ":doc:`responses`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:3 +msgid "Ratings" +msgstr "Рейтинги" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Giving users the opportunity to rate their interactions can help you " +"improving the experience you offer. That means staying on top of your " +"customers' needs, besides keeping track of your operators’ performances." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:10 +msgid "Customer Rating" +msgstr "Рейтинг клиентов" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Once the user chooses to close the chat window, he can rate his interaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If the user is *Not satisfied* or *Highly dissatisfied*, a field allowing " +"for an explanation is shown." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:15 +msgid "A copy of the conversation can also be sent by email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:22 +msgid "The rating is shown on the chat window itself for the operator." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:28 +msgid "And under :menuselection:`Report --> Customer Ratings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:35 +msgid "Make the rating public" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, access your " +"channel form, click on *Go to Website* and on *Unpublished*, to publish the " +"rating of that channel on your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:3 +msgid "Commands and Canned Responses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Using canned responses can help you save time and have a previous, well-" +"thought response, to some of your most common questions and comments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:9 +msgid "Use commands" +msgstr "используйте команды" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Commands are shortcuts that do specific actions within the chat window:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:13 +msgid "**/help**: shows a help message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:14 +msgid "**/helpdesk**: creates a helpdesk ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:15 +msgid "**/helpdesk_search**: searches for a helpdesk ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:16 +msgid "**/history**: shows the last 15 visited pages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:17 +msgid "**/lead**: creates a new lead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:18 +msgid "**/leave**: leaves the channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:0 +msgid "" +"- For *helpdesk tickets*: make sure the application is installed on your " +"database and the option *Live Chat* under :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> " +"Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` is enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:0 +msgid "" +"- For *leads*: the *CRM* application must be installed on your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To access the ticket or lead created from the chat, click on the shortcut " +"link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Helpdesk tickets created from the chat automatically add the conversation as" +" a description of the ticket. The same goes for the creation of a lead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:37 +msgid "Send canned responses" +msgstr "Присылайте фиксированные ответы" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Canned responses allow you to have a full piece of text being placed when " +"you type a shortcut word. To create them, go to :menuselection:`Live Chat " +"--> Configuration --> Canned Responses`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To use them during a conversation, simply type **:** followed by the " +"shortcut word you created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website.rst:4 +msgid "Website" +msgstr "Веб-сайт" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize.rst:3 +msgid "Optimize" +msgstr "оптимизировать" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:3 +msgid "How to track your website's traffic in Google Analytics" +msgstr "Как отслеживать трафик вашего сайта на Google Analytics" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:5 +msgid "To follow your website's traffic with Google Analytics:" +msgstr "Чтобы следить за трафиком вашего сайта с помощью Google Analytics:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:7 +msgid "" +"`Create a Google Analytics account <https://www.google.com/analytics/>`__ if" +" you don't have any." +msgstr "" +"`Создайте аккаунт Google Analytics <https://www.google.com/analytics/> `__ " +"если у вас его нет." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Go through the creation form and accept the conditions to get the tracking " +"ID." +msgstr "" +"Пройдите форму создания и примите условия, чтобы получить ID отслеживания." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:15 +msgid "Copy the tracking ID to insert it in Odoo." +msgstr "Скопируйте ID отслеживания, чтобы вставить его в Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Go to the *Configuration* menu of your Odoo's Website app. In the settings, " +"turn on Google Analytics and paste the tracking ID. Then save the page." +msgstr "" +"Откройте меню * Настройка * приложении Сайт Odoo. В настройках включите " +"Google Analytics и вставьте ID отслеживания. Сохраните страницу." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To make your first steps in Google Analytics, refer to `Google Documentation" +" <https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/1008015?hl=en/>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:32 +msgid ":doc:`google_analytics_dashboard`" +msgstr ":doc:`google_analytics_dashboard`" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:3 +msgid "How to track your website traffic from your Odoo Dashboard" +msgstr "Как отслеживать трафик вашего сайта с информационной панели Odoo" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You can follow your traffic statistics straight from your Odoo Website " +"Dashboard thanks to Google Analytics." +msgstr "" +"Вы можете следить за вашей статистике трафика прямо с панели инструментов " +"веб-сайта Odoo благодаря Google Analytics." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:8 +msgid "" +"A preliminary step is creating a Google Analytics account and entering the " +"tracking ID in your Website's settings (see :doc:`google_analytics`)." +msgstr "" +"Для начала создайте учетную запись Google Analytics и введите ID " +"отслеживания в настройках вашего сайта. (See: doc: `google_analytics`)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to `Google APIs platform <https://console.developers.google.com>`__ to " +"generate Analytics API credentials. Log in with your Google account." +msgstr "" +"Перейдите на "платформу Google API " +"<https://console.developers.google.com> `__ для создания учетных данных " +"Analytics API. Войдите в свой аккаунт Google." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:14 +msgid "Select Analytics API." +msgstr "Выберите Analytics API." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Create a new project and give it a name (e.g. Odoo). This project is needed " +"to store your API credentials." +msgstr "" +"Создайте новый проект и дайте ему имя (например, Odoo). Проект нужен для " +"хранения учетных данных API." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:25 +msgid "Enable the API." +msgstr "Активируйте API." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:30 +msgid "Create credentials to use in Odoo." +msgstr "Создайте учетные данные для использования в Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Select *Web browser (Javascript)* as calling source and *User data* as kind " +"of data." +msgstr "" +"Выберите *Web browser (Javascript)* как источник вызова и *User data* как " +"тип данных." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Then you can create a Client ID. Enter the name of the application (e.g. " +"Odoo) and the allowed pages on which you will be redirected. The *Authorized" +" JavaScript origin* is your Odoo's instance URL. The *Authorized redirect " +"URI* is your Odoo's instance URL followed by " +"'/google_account/authentication'." +msgstr "" +"Тогда вы можете создать ID клиента. Введите название программы (например, " +"Odoo) и разрешены страницы, на которые вы будете перенаправлены. Началом * " +"авторизованного JavaScript * ваша версия URL-адреса Odoo. * Авторизованный " +"URI * перенаправления - это URL-адрес вашей версии Odoo, а потимy '/ " +"google_account / authentication "." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Go through the Consent Screen step by entering a product name (e.g. Google " +"Analytics in Odoo). Feel free to check the customizations options but this " +"is not mandatory. The Consent Screen will only show up when you enter the " +"Client ID in Odoo for the first time." +msgstr "" +"Перейдите по шагом согласия на экран, введите название товара (например, " +"Google Analytics в Odoo). Не стесняйтесь проверять параметры настройки, но " +"это не обязательно. Экран согласия отображается только тогда, когда вы " +"впервые введете ID клиента в Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Finally you are provided with your Client ID. Copy and paste it in Odoo." +msgstr "" +"Наконец, вам предоставляется ID клиента. Скопируйте и вставьте его в Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Open your Website Dashboard in Odoo and link your Analytics account to past " +"your Client ID." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:67 +msgid "As a last step, authorize Odoo to access Google API." +msgstr "" +"В качестве последнего шага позвольте Odoo получить доступ к Google API." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:3 +msgid "Track clicks and visitors using Link Trackers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Link Trackers allow you to track your marketing campaigns (emails, banner " +"ads, blog posts, social media posts, affiliate links, etc.). This way, you " +"are able to identify your best traffic sources and make informed decisions " +"about the distribution of your marketing budget." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:10 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Настройка" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate " +"*Link Trackers*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:19 +msgid "Set up traceable URLs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Go to website --> Promote --> Track this " +"page`. Here, you are able to get a specific tracked URL based on the " +"campaign, medium, and source being used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:28 +msgid "" +"**URL**: url of the page you want to track (e.g. the home page or a " +"product's page)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:29 +msgid "**Campaign**: context of your link (e.g. a special promotion)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:30 +msgid "" +"**Medium**: channel used to share (deliver) your link (e.g. an email or a " +"Facebook ad)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:31 +msgid "" +"**Source**: platform where the traffic originates (e.g. Google or Twitter)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Now, click on *Get tracked link* to generate a URL that you can post or send" +" by the source you have decided on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:37 +msgid "Follow-up on tracked links" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To look at statistics of your links, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Go to" +" website --> Promote --> Track this page`. Besides being able to see the " +"*Most Clicked* and *Recently Used* links, you can also see complete " +"statistics by clicking on *Stats*, including the number of clicks, and the " +"country of origin for those clicks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:50 +msgid "You can also access the link tracker on *odoo.com/r* via your browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Activate the developer mode (:menuselection:`Settings --> Activate the " +"developer mode`) and get access to the *Link Tracker* module and its back-" +"end functionalities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Integrated with :doc:`Google Analytics <google_analytics>`, those trackers " +"allow you to see the number of clicks and visitors to keep you on top of " +"your marketing campaigns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The integration with the :doc:`CRM " +"</applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits>` application allows " +"you to understand where your leads and opportunities are coming from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:3 +msgid "How to do Search Engine Optimisation (SEO) in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Search Engine Optimization (SEO) is a set of good practices to optimize your" +" website so that you get a better ranking in search engines like Google. In " +"short, a good SEO allows you to get more visitors." +msgstr "" +"Поисковая оптимизация (SEO) - это набор оптимальных методов оптимизации " +"вашего сайта, благодаря чему вы получаете лучший рейтинг в поисковых " +"системах, таких как Google. Словом, хорошая оптимизация SEO позволяет " +"получить больше посетителей." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Some examples of SEO rules: your web pages should load fast, your page " +"should have one and only one title ``<h1>``, meta tags (alt-tag, title-tag) " +"should be consistent with the content, your website should have a " +"``/sitemap.xml`` file, etc." +msgstr "" +"Некоторые примеры правил SEO: ваши веб-страницы имеют загружаться быстро, на" +" странице должен быть один и только один заголовок ` <h1> `, Мета теги (alt-" +"tag, title-tag) должны соответствовать содержимому страницы, ваш сайт должен" +" иметь файл` / sitemap.xml`` и т.д .." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To guarantee Odoo Website and Odoo eCommerce users have a great SEO, Odoo " +"abstracts all the technical complexities of SEO and handles everything for " +"you, in the best possible way. This will be explained here below." +msgstr "" +"Чтобы гарантировать, что пользователи флеш и электронной коммерции Odoo " +"имеют замечательный SEO, Odoo берет на себя все технические сложности SEO. " +"Как именно - читайте ниже." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:20 +msgid "" +"But first, let see how you can easily boost your ranking by finetuning the " +"content and the meta tags of your website." +msgstr "" +"Но сначала посмотрите, как вы можете легко повысить свой рейтинг путем " +"тонкой настройки содержания и метатегов вашего сайта." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:24 +msgid "Meta Tags" +msgstr "метатеги" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:27 +msgid "Title, Description" +msgstr "Название, Описание" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Every web page should define the ``<title>`` and ``<description>`` meta " +"data. These information elements are used by search engines to promote your " +"website. They are automatically generated based on page title & content, but" +" you can finetune them. Make sure they fit the content of the page, " +"otherwise you will be downgraded by search engines." +msgstr "" +"<html> Каждая веб-страница должна определять метаданные ` <title> `,` " +"`<Description>` и `<keywords> ''. Эти информационные " +"элементы используются поисковыми системами, чтобы определить рейтинг вашего " +"сайта. Они генерируются автоматически на основе названия и содержания " +"страницы, но вы можете дополнительно их настроить. Проверьте, что они " +"соответствуют содержанию вашей страницы, иначе поисковые системы снизят ваш " +"рейтинг. </ Html>" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:39 +msgid "Keywords" +msgstr "Ключевые слова" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In order to write quality content and boost your traffic, Odoo provides a " +"``<keyword>`` finder. Those keywords are the searches you want to head " +"towards your website. For each keyword, you see how it is used in the " +"content (H1, H2, page title, page description, page content) and what are " +"the related searches in Google. The more keywords are used the better." +msgstr "" +"Для того, чтобы написать качественный содержание и увеличить ваш трафик, " +"Odoo предлагает поиск ` <keyword> ''. Эти ключевые слова - это " +"поисковые запросы, которые вы хотите направить на ваш вебсайт. Для каждого " +"ключевого слова вы видите, как оно используется в содержании (H1, H2, " +"заголовок страницы, описание страницы, содержимое страницы) и которые " +"связаны поисковые запросы в Google. Чем больше ключевых слов будет " +"использовано, тем лучше." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If your website is in multiple languages, you can use the Promote tool for " +"every language of a single page and set specific title, description and " +"search tags." +msgstr "" +"Если ваш сайт имеет несколько языков, вы можете использовать инструмент " +"продвижения для каждого языка отдельной страницы и устанавливать специальный" +" заголовок, описание и поисковые тэги." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:55 +msgid "Content is King" +msgstr "Содержание это наше все!" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:57 +msgid "" +"When it comes to SEO, content is usually king. Odoo provides several modules" +" to help you build your website content:" +msgstr "" +"Когда речь идет о SEO, содержание имеет очень большое влияние. Odoo " +"предоставляет несколько модулей, которые помогут создать свой содержимое на " +"вашем вебсайте:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:60 +msgid "**Odoo Blogs**: write great contents." +msgstr "** Блоги Odoo **: написание замечательного содержания" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:62 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Slides**: publish all your Powerpoint or PDF presentations. Their " +"content is automatically indexed on the web page. Example: `odoo.com/slides" +"/public-channel-1 <https://www.odoo.com/slides/public-channel-1>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:66 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Forum**: let your community create contents for you. Example: " +"`odoo.com/forum/1 <https://odoo.com/forum/1>`_ (accounts for 30% of Odoo.com" +" landing pages)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:70 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Mailing List Archive**: publish mailing list archives on your " +"website. Example: `odoo.com/groups/community-59 " +"<https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59>`_ (1000 pages created per month)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:76 +msgid "" +"The 404 page is a regular page, that you can edit like any other page in " +"Odoo. That way, you can build a great 404 page to redirect to the top " +"content of your website when visitors get lost in invalid URLs." +msgstr "" +"Страница 404 - это обычная страница, которую можно редактировать, как и " +"любую другую страницу в Odoo. Таким образом, вы можете создать классную 404 " +"страницу, перенаправлять на самый популярный содержание вашего сайта, если " +"человек попал на неверную URL." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:81 +msgid "Use Social Networks" +msgstr "Используйте социальные сети" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Social media is built for mass sharing. If lots of people share your content" +" on social media, then it's likely more people will link to it, and links " +"are a huge factor for SEO ranking." +msgstr "" +"Социальные сети созданы для того, чтобы делиться интересной информацией с " +"большим количеством людей. Если много людей распространят ваш содержание в " +"социальных сетях, то, вероятно, больше людей будет ссылаться на него, а " +"ссылки является огромным фактором для SEO-рейтинга." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:87 +msgid "Odoo embeds several tools to share content through social media:" +msgstr "" +"Odoo имеет несколько инструментов для обмена содержимым через социальные " +"сети:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:90 +msgid "Social Network" +msgstr "социальные сети" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows to link all your social network accounts in your website footer." +" All you have to do is to refer all your accounts in your company settings." +msgstr "" +"Odoo позволяет отображать все ваши учетные записи в социальных сетях в " +"подвале (футере) вашего сайта. Все, что вам нужно сделать - это указать все " +"ваши учетные записи в настройках вашей компании." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:99 +msgid "Social Share" +msgstr "Делиться в социальной сети" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Drop the building block *Share* on any page you want your visitors to share." +" By clicking the icon, they are prompted to share the page in their social " +"media wall." +msgstr "" +"Сдвиньте блок * Делиться * на любую страницу. Пользователи смогут нажать на " +"иконку и поделиться этой веб страницей на своей странице в социальной сети." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Most social media use a picture of the picture to decorate the share post. " +"Odoo uses the website logo by default but you can choose any other image of " +"your page in the Promote tool." +msgstr "" +"Большинство социальных сетей используют изображение для лучшей визуальной " +"презентации своей публикации. По умолчанию Odoo использует логотип флеш, но " +"вы можете выбрать любое другое изображение вашей страницы в инструменте " +"«Продвижение»." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:116 +msgid "Facebook Page" +msgstr "Страница Facebook" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Drop the building block *Facebook Page* to display a widget of your Facebook" +" business page and encourage visitors to follow it. You can display the " +"timeline, the next events and the messages." +msgstr "" +"Сдвиньте блок * Страница Facebook *, чтобы отобразить виджет вашей деловой " +"страницы на Facebook и поощрить посетителей следить за ней. Вы можете " +"отобразить временную шкалу, последующие события и сообщения." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:123 +msgid "Twitter Scroller" +msgstr "прокрутки Twitter" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:125 +msgid "" +"Display the Twitter feeds with customer satifaction on your website. This " +"will increase the number of tweets and shares." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:129 +msgid "Test Your Website" +msgstr "Проверьте ваш сайт" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:131 +msgid "" +"You can compare how your website rank, in terms of SEO, against Odoo using " +"WooRank free services: `woorank.com <https://www.woorank.com>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:136 +msgid "URLs Handling" +msgstr "Обработка URL-адресов" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:138 +msgid "This section sheds some light on how Odoo makes URLs SEO-friendly." +msgstr "" +"В этом разделе освещены как URL-адреса в Odoo способствуют хорошему рейтинге" +" SEO." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:141 +msgid "URLs Structure" +msgstr "Структура URL-адреса" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:143 +msgid "A typical Odoo URL will look like this:" +msgstr "Типичная URL-адрес Odoo выглядеть так:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:145 +msgid "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/my-great-product-31" +msgstr "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/my-great-product-31" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:147 +msgid "With the following components:" +msgstr "С следующими компонентами:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:149 +msgid "**https://** = Protocol" +msgstr "**https://** = Protocol" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:151 +msgid "**www.mysite.com** = your domain name" +msgstr "** www.mysite.com ** = ваше доменное имя" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:153 +msgid "" +"**/fr\\_FR** = page language. This part of the URL is removed if the visitor" +" browses the main language of the website Thus, the main version of this " +"page is: https://www.mysite.com/shop/product/my-great-product-31" +msgstr "" +"** / fr \\ _FR ** указывает на язык страницы. Эта часть URL-адреса " +"удаляется, если посетитель просматривает основной язык сайта. Таким образом," +" основная версия этой страницы: https://www.mysite.com/shop/product/my-" +"great-product-31" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:158 +msgid "" +"**/shop/product** = every module defines its own namespace (/shop is for the" +" catalog of the eCommerce module, /shop/product is for a product page)." +msgstr "" +"** / shop / product ** - каждый модуль определяет собственное пространство " +"имен (/ shop - это название каталога модуля электронной коммерции, / shop / " +"product указывает, что это страница товара)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:162 +msgid "" +"**my-great-product** = by default, this is the slugified title of the " +"product this page refers to. But you can customize it for SEO purposes. A " +"product named \"Pain carré\" will be slugified to \"pain-carre\". Depending " +"on the namespace, this could be different objects (blog post, page title, " +"forum post, forum comment, product category, etc.)." +msgstr "" +"** my-great-product ** по умолчанию, это сглаженный заголовок товара, " +"содержит эта страница. Но вы можете настроить его для целей SEO. Товар под " +"названием "Pain carré" будет преобразован в "pain-" +"carre". В зависимости от пространства имен это могут быть различные " +"объекты (публикация блога, заголовок страницы, сообщений на форуме, " +"комментарий к форуму, категория товара и т.д.)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:169 +msgid "**-31** = the unique ID of the product" +msgstr "** - 31 ** = уникальный ID товара" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:171 +msgid "" +"Note that any dynamic component of an URL can be reduced to its ID. As an " +"example, the following URLs all do a 301 redirect to the above URL:" +msgstr "" +"Заметьте, что любой динамический компонент URL-адреса можно свести к его ID." +" В качестве примера, все последующие URL-адреса делают переадресацию 301 на " +"указанный URL-адрес:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:174 +msgid "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (short version)" +msgstr "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (short version)" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:176 +msgid "http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (even shorter version)" +msgstr "http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (even shorter version)" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:178 +msgid "" +"http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/other-product-name-31 (old product " +"name)" +msgstr "" +"http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/other-product-name-31 (old product " +"name)" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:181 +msgid "" +"Some URLs have several dynamic parts, like this one (a blog category and a " +"post):" +msgstr "" +"Некоторые URL-адреса имеют несколько динамических частей, например эта " +"(категория блога и публикация):" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:184 +msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/company-news-5/post/the-odoo-story-56" +msgstr "https://www.odoo.com/blog/company-news-5/post/the-odoo-story-56" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:186 +msgid "In the above example:" +msgstr "В приведенном выше примере:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:188 +msgid "*Company News* is the title of the blog" +msgstr "* Новости компании * - это название блога" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:190 +msgid "*The Odoo Story* is the title of a specific blog post" +msgstr "* История Odoo * - это название конкретного поста в блоге" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:192 +msgid "" +"When an Odoo page has a pager, the page number is set directly in the URL " +"(does not have a GET argument). This allows every page to be indexed by " +"search engines. Example:" +msgstr "" +"Когда страница Odoo имеет пейджер, номер страницы устанавливается " +"непосредственно в URL (не имеет аргумента GET). Это позволяет каждой " +"странице индексировать поисковые системы. пример:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:196 +msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/page/3" +msgstr "https://www.odoo.com/blog/page/3" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:199 +msgid "Changes in URLs & Titles" +msgstr "Изменения в URL-адресах и заголовках" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:201 +msgid "" +"When the URL of a page changes (e.g. a more SEO friendly version of your " +"product name), you don't have to worry about updating all links:" +msgstr "" +"Когда меняется URL страницы (например, более дружественная версия для печати" +" вашего товара), вам не нужно беспокоиться об обновлении всех ссылок:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:204 +msgid "Odoo will automatically update all its links to the new URL." +msgstr "Odoo автоматически обновит все свои ссылки на новый URL-адрес." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:206 +msgid "" +"If external websites still points to the old URL, a 301 redirect will be " +"done to route visitors to the new address of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:209 +msgid "As an example, this URL:" +msgstr "В качестве примера, эта URL-адрес:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:211 +msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/old-product-name-31" +msgstr "http://mysite.com/shop/product/old-product-name-31" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:213 +msgid "Will automatically redirect to:" +msgstr "Автоматически переспрямовуватиметься на:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:215 +msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/new-and-better-product-name-31" +msgstr "http://mysite.com/shop/product/new-and-better-product-name-31" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:217 +msgid "" +"In short, just change the title of a blog post or the name of a product, and" +" the changes will apply automatically everywhere in your website. The old " +"link still functions when used by external websites, via a 301 redirect, " +"maintaining the SEO link juice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:223 +msgid "HTTPS" +msgstr "HTTPS" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:225 +msgid "" +"Search engines boost ranking of secure HTTPS/SSL websites. So, by default " +"all Odoo Online instances are fully based on HTTPS. If the visitor accesses " +"your website through a non HTTPS url, it gets a 301 redirect to its HTTPS " +"equivalent." +msgstr "" +"Поисковики повышают рейтинг вебсайтов защищенных через HTTPS / SSL. Итак, по" +" умолчанию все инсталляции Odoo Online полностью основываются на HTTPS. Если" +" посетитель обращается к вашему флеш с помощью URL-адреса, не содержит " +"HTTPS, то 301 переадресация перенаправит его до эквивалента URL-адреса с " +"HTTPS." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:231 +msgid "Links: Nofollow Strategy" +msgstr "Ссылка: стратегия nofollow" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:233 +msgid "" +"The more a page is linked from external and quality websites, the better it " +"is for your SEO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:236 +msgid "Here are Odoo strategies to manage links:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:238 +msgid "" +"Every link you add to your website is \"dofollow\", which means that this " +"link will contribute to the SEO Juice for the linked page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:242 +msgid "" +"Every link posted by a contributor (forum post, blog comment, etc.) that " +"links to your own website is \"dofollow\" too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:245 +msgid "" +"But every link posted by a contributor that links to an external website is " +"\"nofollow\". In that way, you do not run the risk of people posting links " +"on your website to third-party websites which have a bad reputation." +msgstr "" +"Но каждое ссылки, размещенное собеседником, который ссылается на внешний " +"веб-сайт, является "nofollow". Таким образом, вы не рискуете, что " +"люди публикуют ссылки на ваш сайт на сторонние веб-сайты, которые имеют " +"плохую репутацию." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:250 +msgid "" +"Note that, when using the forum, contributors having a lot of Karma can be " +"trusted. In such case, their links will not have any ``rel=\"nofollow\"`` " +"attribute." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:255 +msgid "Multi-Language Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:258 +msgid "Multi-Language URLs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:260 +msgid "" +"If you run a website in multiple languages, the same content will be " +"available in different URLs, depending on the language used:" +msgstr "" +"Если вы запускаете сайт на нескольких языках, одинаковое содержание будет " +"доступен в различных URL-адресам в зависимости от языка использования:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:263 +msgid "" +"https://www.mywebsite.com/shop/product/my-product-1 (main language, English " +"here)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:265 +msgid "" +"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1 (French " +"version)" +msgstr "" +"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1 (French " +"version)" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:267 +msgid "" +"In this example, fr\\_FR is the language of the page. You can even have " +"several variations of the same language: pt\\_BR (Portuguese from Brazil) , " +"pt\\_PT (Portuguese from Portugal)." +msgstr "" +"В этом примере fr \\ _FR является языком страницы. Вы даже можете иметь " +"несколько вариантов одного языка: pt \\ _BR (португальский из Бразилии), pt " +"\\ _PT (португальский из Португалии)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:272 +msgid "Language Annotation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:274 +msgid "" +"To let search engines know that the second URL is the French translation of " +"the first URL, Odoo will add an HTML link element in the header. In the HTML" +" <head> section of the main version, Odoo automatically adds a link element " +"pointing to the translated versions of that webpage;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:279 +msgid "" +"<link rel=\"alternate\" hreflang=\"fr\" " +"href=\"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1\"/>" +msgstr "" +"<link rel=\"alternate\" hreflang=\"fr\" " +"href=\"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1\"/>" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:282 +msgid "With this approach:" +msgstr "С таким подходом:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:284 +msgid "" +"Search engines will redirect to the right language according to the visitor " +"language." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:287 +msgid "" +"You do not get penalized by search engines if your page is not translated " +"yet. Indeed, it's not a duplicated content, but a different version of the " +"same content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:292 +msgid "Language Detection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:294 +msgid "" +"When a visitor lands for the first time on your website (e.g. " +"yourwebsite.com/shop), they may automatically be redirected to a translated " +"version according to their browser language preference (e.g. " +"yourwebsite.com/fr\\_FR/shop)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:299 +msgid "" +"Next time, it keeps a cookie of the current language to avoid any " +"redirection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:302 +msgid "" +"To force a visitor to stick to the default language, you can use the code of" +" the default language in your link, example: yourwebsite.com/en\\_US/shop. " +"This will always land visitors to the English version of the page, without " +"using the browser language preferences." +msgstr "" +"Чтобы заставить посетителя придерживаться стандартной языка, вы можете " +"использовать код языка по умолчанию в вашем ссылке, например " +"yourwebsite.com/en\\_US/shop. Это всегда приведет к посещению английского " +"версии страницы без использования языковых настроек браузера." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:309 +msgid "Page Speed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:312 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "Введение" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:314 +msgid "" +"The time to load a page is an important criteria for search engines. A " +"faster website not only improves your visitor's experience, but gives you a " +"better page ranking. Some studies have shown that, if you divide the time to" +" load your pages by two (e.g. 2 seconds instead of 4 seconds), the visitor " +"abandonment rate is also divided by two. (25% to 12.5%). One extra second to" +" load a page could `cost $1.6b to Amazon in sales " +"<http://www.fastcompany.com/1825005/how-one-second-could-cost-amazon-16" +"-billion-sales>`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:325 +msgid "" +"Fortunately, Odoo does all the magic for you. Below, you will find the " +"tricks Odoo uses to speed up your page loading time. You can compare how " +"your website ranks using these two tools:" +msgstr "" +"К счастью, Оdоо делает для вас магию. Ниже вы найдете хитрости, которые Odoo" +" использует, чтобы ускорить время загрузки страницы. Вы можете сравнить, как" +" ваш сайт использует эти два инструмента:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:329 +msgid "" +"`Google Page Speed " +"<https://developers.google.com/speed/pagespeed/insights/>`__" +msgstr "" +"`Скорость страницы Google " +"<https://developers.google.com/speed/pagespeed/insights/> `__" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:331 +msgid "`Pingdom Website Speed Test <http://tools.pingdom.com/fpt/>`__" +msgstr "`Тест скорости сайта Pingdom <http://tools.pingdom.com/fpt/> `__" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:334 +msgid "Images" +msgstr "Изображения" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:336 +msgid "" +"When you upload new images, Odoo automatically compresses them to reduce " +"their sizes (lossless compression for .PNG and .GIF and lossy compression " +"for .JPG)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:340 +msgid "" +"From the upload button, you have the option to keep the original image " +"unmodified if you prefer to optimize the quality of the image rather than " +"performance." +msgstr "" +"С кнопки загрузки вы можете сохранить оригинальное изображение без " +"изменения, если вы хотите оптимизировать качество изображения, а не " +"производительность." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:348 +msgid "" +"Odoo compresses images when they are uploaded to your website, not when " +"requested by the visitor. Thus, it's possible that, if you use a third-party" +" theme, it will provide images that are not compressed efficiently. But all " +"images used in Odoo official themes have been compressed by default." +msgstr "" +"Odoo сжимает изображения, когда они загружаются на ваш сайт, а не по запросу" +" посетителя. Таким образом, возможно, если вы используете стороннюю тему, " +"она обеспечит изображения, которые не сжаты эффективно. Но все изображения, " +"используемые в официальных темах Odoo, сжимаются по умолчанию." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:354 +msgid "" +"When you click on an image, Odoo shows you the Alt and title attributes of " +"the ``<img>`` tag. You can click on it to set your own title and Alt " +"attributes for the image." +msgstr "" +"При нажатии изображение, Odoo показывает атрибуты ` <img> `И название тега. " +"Вы можете нажать на нее, чтобы установить собственное и атрибуты Alt для " +"изображения." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:361 +msgid "When you click on this link, the following window will appear:" +msgstr "Когда вы нажмете на это ссылке, появится такое окно:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:366 +msgid "" +"Odoo's pictograms are implemented using a font (`Font Awesome " +"<https://fortawesome.github.io/Font-Awesome/icons/>`__ in most Odoo themes)." +" Thus, you can use as many pictograms as you want in your page, they will " +"not result in extra requests to load the page." +msgstr "" +"Пиктограммы Odoo реализованы с помощью шрифта ( `Font Awesome " +"<https://fortawesome.github.io/Font-Awesome/icons/> `__ в большинстве тем " +"Odoo). Таким образом, вы можете использовать столько пиктограмм, сколько " +"хотите, на своей странице, но они не дадут дополнительных запросов на " +"загрузку страницы." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:375 +msgid "Static Resources: CSS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:377 +msgid "" +"All CSS files are pre-processed, concatenated, minified, compressed and " +"cached (server-side and browser-side). The result:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:380 +msgid "only one CSS file request is needed to load a page" +msgstr "для загрузки страницы нужен только один запрос CSS-файла" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:382 +msgid "" +"this CSS file is shared and cached amongst pages, so that when the visitor " +"clicks on another page, the browser doesn't have to even load a single CSS " +"resource." +msgstr "" +"этот файл CSS используется для совместного использования и кэширования среди" +" страниц, поэтому, когда посетитель нажимает другую страницу, браузер не " +"должен даже загружать ни ресурса CSS." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:386 +msgid "this CSS file is optimized to be small" +msgstr "этот файл CSS оптимизирован как небольшой" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:388 +msgid "" +"**Pre-processed:** The CSS framework used by Odoo is Bootstrap. Although a " +"theme might use another framework, most of `Odoo themes " +"<https://www.odoo.com/apps/themes>`__ extend and customize Bootstrap " +"directly. Since Odoo supports Less and Sass, you can modify CSS rules " +"instead of overwriting them through extra CSS lines, resulting in a smaller " +"file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:395 +msgid "" +"**Concatenated:** every module or library you might use in Odoo has its own " +"set of CSS, Less or Sass files (eCommerce, blogs, themes, etc.). Having " +"several CSS files is great for the modularity, but not good for the " +"performance because most browsers can only perform 6 requests in parallel " +"resulting in lots of files loaded in series. The latency time to transfer a " +"file is usually much longer than the actual data transfer time, for small " +"files like .JS and .CSS. Thus, the time to load CSS resources depends more " +"on the number of requests to be done than the actual file size." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:405 +msgid "" +"To address this issue, all CSS / Less / Sass files are concatenated into a " +"single .CSS file to send to the browser. So a visitor has **only one .CSS " +"file to load** per page, which is particularly efficient. As the CSS is " +"shared amongst all pages, when the visitor clicks on another page, the " +"browser does not even have to load a new CSS file!" +msgstr "" +"Для решения этой проблемы все файлы CSS / Less / Sass объединяются в единый " +"файл .CSS для отправки в браузер. Таким образом, посетитель имеет ** только " +"один CSS файл для загрузки ** на страницу, особенно эффективен. Поскольку " +"CSS распределяется среди всех страниц, когда посетитель нажимает другую " +"страницу, браузер даже не должен загружать новый CSS-файл!" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:412 +msgid "**Both files in the <head>**" +msgstr "** Оба файлы <head> **" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:412 +msgid "**What the visitor gets (only one file)**" +msgstr "** Что получает посетитель (только один файл) **" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:414 +msgid "/\\* From bootstrap.css \\*/" +msgstr "/\\* From bootstrap.css \\*/" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:414 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:415 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:421 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:447 +msgid ".text-muted {" +msgstr ".text-muted {" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:415 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:422 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:448 +msgid "color: #666;" +msgstr "color: #666;" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:416 +msgid "color: #777;" +msgstr "color: #777;" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:416 +msgid "background: yellow" +msgstr "background: yellow" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:417 +msgid "background: yellow;" +msgstr "background: yellow;" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:417 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:418 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:423 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:449 +msgid "}" +msgstr "}" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:420 +msgid "/\\* From my-theme.css \\*/" +msgstr "/\\* From my-theme.css \\*/" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:426 +msgid "" +"The CSS sent by Odoo includes all CSS / Less / Sass of all pages / modules. " +"By doing this, additional page views from the same visitor will not have to " +"load CSS files at all. But some modules might include huge CSS/Javascript " +"resources that you do not want to prefetch at the first page because they " +"are too big. In this case, Odoo splits this resource into a second bundle " +"that is loaded only when the page using it is requested. An example of this " +"is the backend that is only loaded when the visitor logs in and accesses the" +" backend (/web)." +msgstr "" +"CSS, оставленный Odoo, включает в себя все CSS / Less / Sass всех страниц / " +"модулей. Таким образом, для дополнительных просмотров страниц одного " +"посетителя не нужно будет загружать файлы CSS вообще. Но некоторые модули " +"могут включать в себя огромные ресурсы CSS / Javascript, которые вы не " +"хотите предварительно получать на первой странице, поскольку они слишком " +"велики. В этом случае Odoo распределяет этот ресурс на другой пакет, который" +" загружается только тогда, когда запрашивается страница, которая использует " +"ее. Примером этого является бэкенд, который загружается только тогда, когда " +"посетитель входит в систему и обращается к бэкенд (/ web)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:436 +msgid "" +"If the CSS file is very big, Odoo will split it into two smaller files to " +"avoid the 4095 selectors limit per sheet of Internet Explorer. But most " +"themes fit below this limit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:440 +msgid "" +"**Minified:** After being pre-processed and concatenated, the resulting CSS " +"is minified to reduce its size." +msgstr "" +"** Минификований **: после предварительной обработки и объединения, " +"результативность CSS уменьшается, чтобы уменьшить его размер." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:444 +msgid "**Before minification**" +msgstr "** Перед минификациею **" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:444 +msgid "**After minification**" +msgstr "** После минификации **" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:446 +msgid "/\\* some comments \\*/" +msgstr "/\\* some comments \\*/" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:446 +msgid ".text-muted {color: #666}" +msgstr ".text-muted {color: #666}" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:452 +msgid "" +"The final result is then compressed, before being delivered to the browser." +msgstr "Конечный результат сжимается, прежде чем поступать в браузер." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:455 +msgid "" +"Then, a cached version is stored server-side (so we do not have to pre-" +"process, concatenate, minify at every request) and browser-side (so the same" +" visitor will load the CSS only once for all pages they visit)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:461 +msgid "Static Resources: Javascript" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:463 +msgid "" +"As with CSS resources, Javascript resources are also concatenated, minified," +" compressed and cached (server-side and browser-side)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:466 +msgid "Odoo creates three Javascript bundles:" +msgstr "Odoo создает три пакета Javascript:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:468 +msgid "" +"One for all pages of the website (including code for parallax effects, form " +"validation, etc.)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:471 +msgid "" +"One for common Javascript code shared among frontend and backend (Bootstrap)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:474 +msgid "" +"One for backend specific Javascript code (Odoo Web Client interface for your" +" employees using Odoo)" +msgstr "" +"Один для бэкэнда конкретного кода Javascript (Odoo Web Client интерфейс для " +"ваших сотрудников, которые использует Odoo)" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:477 +msgid "" +"Most visitors of your website will only need the first two bundles, " +"resulting in a maximum of two Javascript files to load to render one page. " +"As these files are shared across all pages, further clicks by the same " +"visitor will not load any other Javascript resource." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:483 +msgid "" +"If you work on :doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>`," +" the CSS and Javascript are neither concatenated, nor minified. Thus, it's " +"much slower. But it allows you to easily debug with the Chrome debugger as " +"CSS and Javascript resources are not transformed from their original " +"versions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:489 +msgid "CDN" +msgstr "CDN" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:491 +msgid "" +"If you activate the CDN feature in Odoo, static resources (Javascript, CSS, " +"images) are loaded from a Content Delivery Network. Using a Content Delivery" +" Network has three advantages:" +msgstr "" +"Если вы активируете функцию CDN в Odoo, статические ресурсы (Javascript, " +"CSS, изображения) загружаются из сети доставки содержимого. Использование " +"сети доставки контента имеет три преимущества:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:495 +msgid "" +"Load resources from a nearby server (most CDN have servers in main countries" +" around the globe)" +msgstr "" +"Загрузка ресурсов из соседнего сервера (большинство CDN имеют серверы в " +"основных странах мира)" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:498 +msgid "" +"Cache resources efficiently (no computation resources usage on your own " +"server)" +msgstr "" +"Эффективный кэш ресурсов (без использования вычислительных ресурсов на вашем" +" собственном сервере)" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:501 +msgid "" +"Split the resource loading on different services allowing to load more " +"resources in parallel (since the Chrome limit of 6 parallel requests is by " +"domain)" +msgstr "" +"Разбивка загрузки ресурсов на различные службы, позволяет параллельно " +"загружать больше ресурсов (поскольку лимит Chrome на 6 параллельных запросов" +" по домену)" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:505 +msgid "" +"You can configure your CDN options from the **Website Admin** app, using the" +" Configuration menu. Here is an example of configuration you can use:" +msgstr "" +"Вы можете настроить параметры CDN из приложения ** Администратор сайта ** в " +"меню Настройка. Вот пример настройки, который вы можете использовать:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:512 +msgid "HTML Pages" +msgstr "страницы HTML" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:514 +msgid "" +"The HTML pages can be compressed, but this is usually handled by your web " +"server (NGINX or Apache)." +msgstr "" +"Кроме того, страницы HTML могут быть сжаты, но, как правило, это " +"обрабатывается вашим веб-сервером (NGINX или Apache)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:517 +msgid "" +"The Odoo Website builder has been optimized to guarantee clean and short " +"HTML code. Building blocks have been developed to produce clean HTML code, " +"usually using Bootstrap and the HTML editor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:521 +msgid "" +"As an example, if you use the color picker to change the color of a " +"paragraph to the primary color of your website, Odoo will produce the " +"following code:" +msgstr "" +"В качестве примера, если вы используете средства выбора цвета, чтобы " +"изменить цвет абзаца на основной цвет вашего сайта, Odoo выведет следующий " +"код:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:525 +msgid "``<p class=\"text-primary\">My Text</p>``" +msgstr "` <p class=\"text-primary\"> Мой текст </p> `" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:527 +msgid "" +"Whereas most HTML editors (such as CKEditor) will produce the following " +"code:" +msgstr "" +"Тогда как большинство редакторов HTML (например, CKEditor) производить такой" +" код:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:530 +msgid "``<p style=\"color: #AB0201\">My Text</p>``" +msgstr "` <p style=\"color: #AB0201\"> Мой текст </p> `" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:533 +msgid "Responsive Design" +msgstr "адаптивный дизайн" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:535 +msgid "" +"Websites that are not mobile-friendly are negatively impacted in search " +"engine rankings. All Odoo themes rely on Bootstrap to render efficiently " +"according to the device: desktop, tablet or mobile." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:542 +msgid "" +"As all Odoo modules share the same technology, absolutely all pages in your " +"website are mobile friendly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:546 +msgid "Browser Caching" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:548 +msgid "" +"Javascript, images and CSS resources have an URL that changes dynamically " +"when their content change. As an example, all CSS files are loaded through " +"this URL: `localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets\\_common.0.css " +"<http://localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets_common.0.css>`__. " +"The ``457-0da1d9d`` part of this URL will change if you modify the CSS of " +"your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:555 +msgid "" +"This allows Odoo to set a very long cache delay (XXX) on these resources: " +"XXX secs, while being updated instantly if you update the resource." +msgstr "" +"Это позволяет Odoo установить очень длительное время задержки кэширования " +"(XXX) на этих ресурсах: XXX секунды, при этом он обновляется мгновенно, если" +" вы обновляете ресурс." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:560 +msgid "Scalability" +msgstr "масштабируемость" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:562 +msgid "" +"In addition to being fast, Odoo is also more scalable than traditional CMS " +"and eCommerce (Drupal, Wordpress, Magento, Prestashop). The following link " +"provides an analysis of the major open source CMS and eCommerce compared to " +"Odoo when it comes to high query volumes: " +"`https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/197 <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide" +"/odoo-cms-performance-comparison-and-optimisation-197>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:569 +msgid "Todo" +msgstr "Сделать" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:569 +msgid "fix above link" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:571 +msgid "" +"Here is the slide that summarizes the scalability of Odoo Website & " +"eCommerce." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:577 +msgid "Search Engines Files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:580 +msgid "Sitemap" +msgstr "Карта сайта" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:582 +msgid "" +"The sitemap points out pages to index to search engine robots. Odoo " +"generates a ``/sitemap.xml`` file automatically for you. For performance " +"reasons, this file is cached and updated every 12 hours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:586 +msgid "" +"By default, all URLs will be in a single ``/sitemap.xml`` file, but if you " +"have a lot of pages, Odoo will automatically create a Sitemap Index file, " +"respecting the `sitemaps.org protocol " +"<http://www.sitemaps.org/protocol.html>`__ grouping sitemap URL's in 45000 " +"chunks per file." +msgstr "" +"По умолчанию все URL-адреса будут размещены в одном файле `/ sitemap.xml``, " +"но если у вас много страниц, Odoo автоматически создаст файл индекса " +"Sitemap, соблюдая группировки в файле sitemaps.org protocol " +"<http://www.sitemaps.org/protocol.html> `__ в 45000 шт. файла." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:592 +msgid "Every sitemap entry has 4 attributes that are computed automatically:" +msgstr "Каждая карта сайта содержит 4 атрибуты вычисляются автоматически:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:594 +msgid "``<loc>`` : the URL of a page" +msgstr "` <loc> `: URL страницы" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:596 +msgid "" +"``<lastmod>`` : last modification date of the resource, computed " +"automatically based on related object. For a page related to a product, this" +" could be the last modification date of the product or the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:601 +msgid "" +"``<priority>`` : modules may implement their own priority algorithm based on" +" their content (example: a forum might assign a priority based on the number" +" of votes on a specific post). The priority of a static page is defined by " +"it's priority field, which is normalized (16 is the default)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:608 +msgid "Structured Data Markup" +msgstr "Разметка структурированных данных" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:610 +msgid "" +"Structured Data Markup is used to generate Rich Snippets in search engine " +"results. It is a way for website owners to send structured data to search " +"engine robots; helping them understand your content and create well-" +"presented search results." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:615 +msgid "" +"Google supports a number of rich snippets for content types, including: " +"Reviews, People, Products, Businesses, Events and Organizations." +msgstr "" +"Google поддерживает множество богатых фрагментов для типов содержимого, в " +"том числе: обзоры, люди, товары, компании, события и организации." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:618 +msgid "" +"Odoo implements micro data as defined in the `schema.org " +"<http://schema.org>`__ specification for events, eCommerce products, forum " +"posts and contact addresses. This allows your product pages to be displayed " +"in Google using extra information like the price and rating of a product:" +msgstr "" +"Odoo реализует микро-данные, как это определено в спецификации `schema.org " +"<http://schema.org> `__ для событий, товаров электронной коммерции, " +"сообщений форума и контактных адресов. Это позволяет отображать ваши " +"страницы товара в Google с помощью дополнительной информации, такой как цена" +" и рейтинг товара:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:628 +msgid "robots.txt" +msgstr "robots.txt" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:630 +msgid "" +"When indexing your website, search engines take a first look at the general " +"indexing rules of the a``/robots.txt`` file (allowed robots, sitemap path, " +"etc.). Odoo automatically creates it. Its content is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:634 +msgid "User-agent: \\* Sitemap: https://www.odoo.com/sitemap.xml" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:637 +msgid "" +"It means that all robots are allowed to index your website and there is no " +"other indexing rule than specified in the sitemap to be found at following " +"address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:641 +msgid "" +"You can customize the file *robots* in :doc:`Developer mode " +"</applications/general/developer_mode>` from *Settings --> Technical --> " +"User Interface --> Views* (exclude robots, exclude some pages, redirect to a" +" custom Sitemap). Make the Model Data of the view *Non Updatable* to not " +"reset the file after system upgrades." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish.rst:3 +msgid "Publish" +msgstr "Опубликовать" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:3 +msgid "How to use my own domain name" +msgstr "Как использовать собственное доменное имя?" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:5 +msgid "" +"By default, your Odoo Online instance and website have a *.odoo.com* domain " +"name, for both the URL and the emails. But you can change to a custom one " +"(e.g. www.yourcompany.com)." +msgstr "" +"По умолчанию ваша версия и сайт Odoo Online имеют имя домена .odoo.com для " +"URL-адреса и электронных писем. Но вы можете перейти на обычную (например, " +"www.yourcompany.com)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:10 +msgid "What is a good domain name" +msgstr "Что такое хорошее доменное имя?" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Your website address is as important to your branding as the name of your " +"business or organization, so put some thought into changing it for a proper " +"domain. Here are some tips:" +msgstr "" +"Ваш адрес веб-сайта так же важна для вашего брендинга, как название вашего " +"бизнеса или организации, поэтому подумайте об изменении его для " +"соответствующего домена. Вот несколько советов:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:15 +msgid "Simple and obvious" +msgstr "Простое и очевидное" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:16 +msgid "Easy to remember and spell" +msgstr "Легко запомнить и произнести" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:17 +msgid "The shorter the better" +msgstr "Чем короче, тем лучше" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:18 +msgid "Avoid special characters" +msgstr "Избегайте специальных символов" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:19 +msgid "Aim for a .com and/or your country extension" +msgstr "Цель для .com и/или вашей страны расширения" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Read more: `How to Choose a Domain Name for Maximum SEO " +"<https://www.searchenginejournal.com/choose-a-domain-name-maximum-" +"seo/158951/>`__" +msgstr "" +"Подробнее: `Как выбрать доменное имя для максимального SEO " +"<https://www.searchenginejournal.com/choose-a-domain-name-maximum-" +"seo/158951/> `__" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:24 +msgid "How to buy a domain name" +msgstr "Как купить доменное имя" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:25 +msgid "Buy your domain name at a popular registrar:" +msgstr "Купуты доменное имя можно на популярных реестрах:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:27 +msgid "`GoDaddy <https://www.godaddy.com>`__" +msgstr "`GoDaddy <https://www.godaddy.com>`__" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:28 +msgid "`Namecheap <https://www.namecheap.com>`__" +msgstr "`Namecheap <https://www.namecheap.com>`__" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:29 +msgid "`OVH <https://www.ovh.com>`__" +msgstr "`OVH <https://www.ovh.com>`__" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Steps to buy a domain name are pretty much straight forward. In case of " +"issue, check out those easy tutorials:" +msgstr "" +"Шаги для покупки доменного имени в значительной степени ведут вас вперед. В " +"случае возникновения проблем ознакомьтесь эти простые подсказки" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:34 +msgid "`GoDaddy <https://roadtoblogging.com/buy-domain-name-from-godaddy>`__" +msgstr "`GoDaddy <https://roadtoblogging.com/buy-domain-name-from-godaddy>`__" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:35 +msgid "" +"`Namecheap <https://www.loudtips.com/buy-domain-name-hosting-namecheap//>`__" +msgstr "" +"`Namecheap <https://www.loudtips.com/buy-domain-name-hosting-namecheap//>`__" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Feel free to buy an email server to have email addresses using your domain " +"name. However don't buy any extra service to create or host your website. " +"This is Odoo's job!" +msgstr "" +"Не стесняйтесь покупать почтовый сервер, чтобы адреса электронной почты с " +"помощью вашего доменного имени. Однако не покупайте дополнительный сервис " +"для создания или размещения вашего сайта. Это работа Оdоо!" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:45 +msgid "How to apply my domain name to my Odoo instance" +msgstr "Как применить свое доменное имя в версии Odoo" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:46 +msgid "" +"First let's authorize the redirection (yourcompany.com -> " +"yourcompany.odoo.com):" +msgstr "" +"Сначала позвольте авторизовать перенаправления (yourcompany.com -> " +"yourcompany.odoo.com):" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:48 +msgid "Open your Odoo.com account from your homepage." +msgstr "Откройте свой аккаунт Odoo.com с домашней страницы." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:53 +msgid "Go to the *Manage Databases* page." +msgstr "Перейдите на страницу * Управление базами данных *." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Click on *Domains* to the right of the database you would like to redirect." +msgstr "" +"Нажмите на разделе * Домены * справа от базы данных, которую нужно " +"переадресовывать." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:63 +msgid "" +"A database domain prompt will appear. Enter your custom domain (e.g. " +"www.yourcompany.com)." +msgstr "" +"Появится подсказка домена базы данных. Введите специальный домен (например, " +"www.yourcompany.com)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:70 +msgid "" +"We can now apply the redirection from your domain name's manager account:" +msgstr "" +"Теперь мы можем применить перенаправления из управляющего аккаунта вашего " +"доменного имени:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:72 +msgid "Log in to your account and search for the DNS Zones management page." +msgstr "Войдите в свой аккаунт и найдите страницу управления зонами DNS." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Create a CNAME record *www.yourdomain.com* pointing to *mywebsite.odoo.com*." +" If you want to use the naked domain (e.g. yourdomain.com), you need to " +"redirect *yourdomain.com* to *www.yourdomain.com*." +msgstr "" +"Создайте запись CNAME * www.yourdomain.com * со ссылкой на * " +"mywebsite.odoo.com *. Если вы хотите использовать * голый * домен (например," +" yourdomain.com), вам нужно переадресовывать свой * yourdomain.com * в * " +"www.yourdomain.com *." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:78 +msgid "Here are some specific guidelines to create a CNAME record:" +msgstr "" +"Ниже приведены несколько специальных инструкций для создания записи CNAME:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:80 +msgid "`GoDaddy <https://be.godaddy.com/fr/help/add-a-cname-record-19236>`__" +msgstr "`GoDaddy <https://be.godaddy.com/fr/help/add-a-cname-record-19236>`__" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:81 +msgid "" +"`Namecheap " +"<https://www.namecheap.com/support/knowledgebase/article.aspx/9646/10/how-" +"can-i-set-up-a-cname-record-for-my-domain>`__" +msgstr "" +"`Namecheap " +"<https://www.namecheap.com/support/knowledgebase/article.aspx/9646/10/how-" +"can-i-set-up-a-cname-record-for-my-domain>`__" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:82 +msgid "" +"`OVH " +"<https://www.ovh.co.uk/g1519.exchange_20132016_how_to_add_a_cname_record>`__" +msgstr "" +"`OVH " +"<https://www.ovh.co.uk/g1519.exchange_20132016_how_to_add_a_cname_record>`__" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:85 +msgid "How to enable SSL (HTTPS) for my Odoo instance" +msgstr "Как включить SSL (HTTPS) для вашей версии Odoo" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Until recently, Odoo users needed to use a third-party CDN service provider " +"such as CloudFlare to enable SSL." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:89 +msgid "" +"It is not required anymore: Odoo generates the certificate for you " +"automatically, using integration with `Let's Encrypt Certificate Authority " +"and ACME protocol <https://letsencrypt.org/how-it-works/>`__. In order to " +"get this, simply add your domain name in your customer portal (a separate " +"certificate is generated for each domain name specified)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:93 +msgid "**Please note that the certificate generation may take up to 24h.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:95 +msgid "" +"If you already use CloudFlare or a similar service, you can keep using it or" +" simply change for Odoo. The choice is yours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:99 +msgid "How to make sure that all my URLs use my custom domain?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:101 +msgid "" +"To set up the root URL of your website and of all the links sent in emails, " +"you can ask an administrator of your database (any user in the *Settings* " +"group) to perform a login from the login screen. It's as simple as that!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:103 +msgid "" +"If you want to do it manually, you can go to :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Technical --> System Parameters` . Find the entry called ``web.base.url`` " +"(you can create it if it does not exist) and enter the full URL of your " +"website, like ``https://www.myodoowebsite.com``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:107 +msgid "" +"The URL must include the protocol (``https://`` or ``http://``) and must not" +" end by a slash (``/``)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:109 +msgid "" +"If you want to block the root URL update when an administrator logs in, you " +"can add a System Parameter called ``web.base.url.freeze`` with its value " +"set to ``True``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:113 +msgid "My website is indexed twice by Google" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:115 +msgid "" +"If you set up a custom domain *mydomain.com* name for *mydatabase.odoo.com*," +" Google indexes your website under both names. This is a limitation of the " +"Odoo cloud platforms/" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:120 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Multi Websites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo’s Multi-Websites opens up broad possibilities of diversification and " +"customer segmentation for your business. A multiplied audience and boosted " +"revenue are now just a few clicks away!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Each website can work in a fully independent way, with its theme, branding, " +"domain name, header & footer, pages, languages, products, blog posts, forum," +" slides, events, live chat channels, etc. Let’s go for a tour!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To create a new website, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration -->" +" Settings`. The button, *Create a new website*, lays in the first section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:28 +msgid "" +"In the upcoming prompt, set a name for your new website and a specific " +"domain name. Leave empty to publish the new website under the default domain" +" of your Odoo database. You can later set some country groups to redirect " +"visitors to it using Geo IP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Then, select a theme. This new website might have an entirely different " +"purpose or audience than the first one. So feel free to go for a different " +"theme!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Once the theme is selected, you can start to build the homepage of your " +"website. Follow the purple drops; they will help you in the first steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:48 +msgid "" +"If you run Odoo Online, don’t forget to redirect any new domain name to your" +" Odoo database (``CNAME``) and to authorize it Odoo-side. See " +":doc:`domain_name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:52 +msgid "Create the menu" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The new website has a default menu with all the installed applications. To " +"edit it, click :menuselection:`Pages --> Edit Menu`. Moving forward you only" +" edit the menu of the current website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:59 +msgid "Switch from one website to another" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:62 +msgid "" +"As easy as ABC! There is a website switcher in the right corner of the edit " +"bar. Switching to another website will connect to the domain of this " +"website. If you use another domain for the website, the user is requested to" +" sign in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:71 +msgid "" +"When switching, you are redirected to the same domain path on the other " +"website (e.g., ``/shop/myproduct``). If this URL is not used, you will be " +"redirected to a 404 page but prompted to create a new page from there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:76 +msgid "Add features" +msgstr "Добавьте функции" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:78 +msgid "" +"The website apps you install (e.g., Slides, Blogs) are made available on all" +" your websites. You can, of course, keep them hidden in one website by " +"removing the menu item." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Each website comes with a high range of specific options in the settings. " +"First, select the website to configure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Then, take a look at the options flagged with the earth icon. It means they " +"only impact the very website you are working on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:94 +msgid "You can, for instance, set specific :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:96 +msgid "languages," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:98 +msgid "domain names," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:100 +msgid "social media links," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:102 +msgid "customer portal mode (B2C vs. B2B)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:104 +msgid "dedicated live chat channels," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:106 +msgid "etc." +msgstr "и т.д." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:108 +msgid "The other options are global and apply to all your websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:111 +msgid "Manage domain names" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:113 +msgid "" +"As said earlier, your websites can either share the same domain name or use " +"a specific one. If you share it and want to adapt the content per region, " +"set country groups in the setting of each website. Visitors will be " +"redirected to the right website using GeoIP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Geo IP is installed by default in Odoo Online. If you run Odoo on-premise, " +"don’t forget to install *GeoIP* library. See :doc:`on-premise_geo-ip-" +"installation`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:127 +msgid ":doc:`domain_name`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:130 +msgid "Customize the visitor experience" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The customer experience can be customized very profoundly thanks to the menu" +" \\*Customize\\*. All the visual options available there are specific to " +"each website. Go through the different pages to adapt them to this new " +"audience. Focus on workflows, and automatic pages (eCommerce checkout, " +"blogs, events, etc.) as the number of available options is higher there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:143 +msgid "Publish specific content per website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:146 +msgid "" +"Like static pages, any content created from the front-end (product, blog " +"post, etc.) is always only published in the current website. You can change " +"that from the edit form view in the backend and leave the *Website* field " +"blank. This will publish it in all the websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:154 +msgid "" +"Here are all the objects that you can link to *either one or all the " +"websites*:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:157 +msgid "Products" +msgstr "Продукты" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:159 +msgid "Product Categories for eCommerce" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:161 +msgid "Blogs" +msgstr "Блоги" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:163 +msgid "Slide Channels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:165 +msgid "Forums" +msgstr "Форумы" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:167 +msgid "Events" +msgstr "События" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:169 +msgid "Job Positions" +msgstr "Штатное расписание" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:172 +msgid "" +"When you create the record from the backend and publish it, typically a " +"product or an event, it is made available in all websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:176 +msgid "Publish a page in all websites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:178 +msgid "" +"A new static page is created and only made available in the current website." +" You can duplicate it to other websites from :menuselection:`Website --> " +"Configuration --> Pages`. To do so, leave the *Website* field empty." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:182 +msgid "" +"If you want to duplicate it in just one other website, duplicate the page " +"and set the new website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:188 +msgid "" +"When you edit the page again, the change only affects the current website. A" +" new page is duplicated and tied up to the website. The original page still " +"being linked to all websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:193 +msgid "" +"By grouping pages by URL in the page manager, you quickly find the original " +"page behind each edited page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:200 +msgid "Multi-companies" +msgstr "Мульти-компании" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:202 +msgid "" +"Each website can be linked to a specific company of your system, in a multi-" +"companies environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:208 +msgid "" +"With such a configuration, only company-related data appear on the website " +"(products, jobs, events, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:211 +msgid "" +"Website editors can only view and edit the pages of the records they have " +"access to, typically the ones belonging to their current company (and to " +"their subsidiaries, or child companies in Odoo language). And so is it for " +"visitors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:217 +msgid "" +"If websites are multi-companies, you don’t change company when switching " +"websites. To change the company and see the related content, use the company" +" selector in the menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:223 +msgid "Configure your eCommerce website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:225 +msgid "" +"eCommerce is a crucial feature in the multi-websites environment. We made it" +" so that the entire flow can be customized to fit the very audience of each " +"website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:230 +msgid "Products only available on one website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:232 +msgid "" +"We already saw earlier how to publish a specific record in only one website." +" You will find the \\*Website\\* field in the eCommerce tab of the product " +"edit form. Empty means available in all websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:240 +msgid "Products available on *some* websites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:242 +msgid "" +"To make a product available on some websites, but not all of them, you " +"should duplicate the product for each website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:245 +msgid "" +"If you need a unique reference to manage in your inventory, you should " +"install *Manufacturing\\ and create *Kits* BoMs (bills of materials). Each " +"kit will link each published “virtual” product to the main reference managed" +" in your inventory. That way, any item sold from your website will be " +"converted into the storable item in the delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:252 +msgid "Pricelists" +msgstr "Прайс-листы" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:254 +msgid "" +"To manage specific prices by websites, you can activate *Multiple Sales " +"Prices per Product* in Website settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:257 +msgid "" +"Then, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Products --> Pricelists` to create " +"additional pricelists. See " +":doc:`../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:260 +msgid "" +"If you need help. Select a website to make a pricelist only available on " +"this website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:266 +msgid "" +"Leaving the field empty means that you make it work in all websites if " +"*Selectable* is selected. Otherwise, it makes it only available for backend " +"operations of Sales and Point of Sale applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:271 +msgid "Payment Acquirers and Delivery Methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:273 +msgid "" +"By default, published payment acquirers and delivery methods are deployed in" +" all websites. You could already use specific payment acquirers per country " +"using Geo IP by defining countries in their configuration. Now you can also " +"do it per website by filling in the *Website* field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:279 +msgid "Customer accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:281 +msgid "" +"There is a setting to choose how to manage customer accounts in Website " +"settings. You can either allow customers to use one account through all the " +"websites or compel them to create one account for each website. This last " +"option is convenient if your websites shouldn’t be related to each other in " +"the visitor mind." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:291 +msgid "Technical hints for customization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:293 +msgid "" +"If you want to publish custom objects on the website, here are a few tips to" +" make it work with multi websites:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:297 +msgid "Sitemap: don’t forget the domain in the route to only publish" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:297 +msgid "available records in each website’s sitemap." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:301 +msgid "Access: you should call the method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:300 +msgid "" +"*can_access_from_current_website* in the controller to make sure the visitor" +" can see a record in the current website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:305 +msgid "Search: when a list of records is displayed, don’t forget to specify" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:304 +msgid "the domain to only display records available for the current website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:3 +msgid "Geo IP Installation (On-Premises Database)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:6 +msgid "Installation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Please note that the installation depends on your computer's operating " +"system and distribution. We will assume that a Linux operating system is " +"being used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:15 +msgid "Install `geoip2 <https://pypi.org/project/geoip2/>`__ Python library" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Download the `GeoLite2 City database " +"<https://dev.maxmind.com/geoip/geoip2/geolite2/>`_. You should end up with a" +" file called ``GeoLite2-City.mmdb``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:22 +msgid "Move the file to the folder ``/usr/share/GeoIP/``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:24 +msgid "Restart the server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:27 +msgid "" +"If you can't/don't want to locate the geoip database in " +"``/usr/share/GeoIP/``, you can use the ``--geoip-db`` option of the Odoo " +"command line interface. This option takes the absolute path to the GeoIP " +"database file and uses it as the GeoIP database. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:36 +msgid ":doc:`CLI documentation </developer/reference/cmdline>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:39 +msgid "" +"``GeoIP`` Python library can also be used. However this version is " +"discontinued since January 1. See `GeoLite Legacy databases are now " +"discontinued <https://support.maxmind.com/geolite-legacy-discontinuation-" +"notice/>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:44 +msgid "How To Test GeoIP Geolocation In Your Odoo Website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:45 +msgid "Go to your website. Open the web page that you want to test ``GeoIP``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:46 +msgid "Choose :menuselection:`Customize --> HTML/CSS/JS Editor`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:47 +msgid "Add the following piece of XML in the page :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:53 +msgid "" +"You should end up with a dictionary indicating the location of the IP " +"address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If the curly braces are empty ``{}``, it can be for any of the following " +"reasons :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The browsing IP address is the localhost (``127.0.0.1``) or a local area " +"network one (``192.168.*.*``)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:62 +msgid "" +"If a reversed proxy is used, make sure to configure it correctly. See " +":option:`proxy mode <odoo-bin --proxy-mode>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:63 +msgid "``geoip2`` is not installed or the GeoIP database file wasn't found" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:64 +msgid "The GeoIP database was unable to resolve the given IP address" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:3 +msgid "How to translate my website" +msgstr "Как перевести свой сайт" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In addition to creating great modern websites, Odoo gives you the " +"possibility to translate it in different languages." +msgstr "" +"Кроме создания великолепных современных веб-сайтов, Odoo предоставляет вам " +"возможность переводить их на разные языки." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:12 +msgid "Process" +msgstr "Выполняется" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Once your website is created, you have the opportunity to translate it in as" +" many different languages as you want." +msgstr "" +"После того как ваш сайт будет создан, у вас есть возможность переводить его " +"на любой другой язык." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:17 +msgid "" +"There are two ways to translate your website, you can do it manually or " +"automatically with the Gengo App. If you want to do it automatically, go to " +"the **App** module and Install **Automated translations through Gengo Api** " +"and **Website Gengo Translator**. If you want to do it manually, don't " +"install anything, and follow the next step." +msgstr "" +"Есть два способа перевода вашего сайта, это можно сделать вручную или " +"автоматически с помощью программы Gengo. Если вы хотите сделать это, " +"перейдите к модулю ** Приложения ** и установите ** Автоматические переводы " +"через Gengo Api ** и ** Сайт Gengo Translator **. Если вы хотите сделать это" +" вручную, не устанавливайте ничего и выполните следующий шаг." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Now go to your website. On the bottom right corner of the page, click on " +"**Add a language**." +msgstr "" +"Откройте свой веб-сайт. В нижнем правом углу страницы нажмите ** Добавить " +"язык **." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Choose the language in which you want to translate your website and then " +"click on **Load.**" +msgstr "" +"Выберите язык, на котором вы хотите перевести ваш сайт, а затем нажмите " +"кнопку ** Скачать **." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:35 +msgid "" +"You will see that Now, next to English there is also French, which means " +"that the page for the translation has been created. You can also see that " +"some of the text has been translated automatically." +msgstr "" +"Вы увидите, что сейчас у английской также французская, что означает, что " +"страница для перевода была создана. Вы также можете увидеть, что часть " +"текста была переведена автоматически." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To translate the content of the website, click on **Translate** (here " +"**Traduire** since we want to translate the website in French)." +msgstr "" +"Чтобы перевести содержание сайта, нажмите на ** Переложить ** (здесь, ** " +"Traduire **, поскольку мы хотим перевести сайт на французском языке)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:45 +msgid "" +"There, if you have installed the Gengo Translator, You will see that next to" +" the **Translate** button you also have a button **Translate " +"automatically**. Once you click on that button, you will be asked some " +"information on your account. If you don't have an account yet, follow `this " +"link <https://gengo.com/auth/form/login/>`_ in order to create one. You need" +" to ask for a public key and a private key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:53 +msgid "" +"The content you wish to translate will then be translated automatically." +msgstr "Содержимое, которое вы хотите перевести автоматически переведены." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Now you can see that most of the content is highlighted in yellow or in " +"green. The yellow represents the content that you have to translate by " +"yourself. The green represents the content that has already been translated " +"automatically." +msgstr "" +"Теперь вы можете увидеть, что большая часть содержания выделена желтым или " +"зеленым цветом. Желтый - это содержимое, которое требуется перевести " +"самостоятельно. Зеленый - это содержимое, которое уже переведены " +"автоматически." diff --git a/locale/sources/administration.pot b/locale/sources/administration.pot new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e1683ca40 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/sources/administration.pot @@ -0,0 +1,4869 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-18 07:12+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#: ../../content/administration.rst:3 +msgid "Administration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_management.rst:3 +msgid "Database Management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_online.rst:6 +msgid "Online Database management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_online.rst:8 +msgid "To manage your databases, access the `database management page <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__ (you will have to sign in). Then click on the `Manage Your Databases <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases/manage>`__ button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_online.rst:16 +msgid "Make sure you are connected as the administrator of the database you want to manage - many operations depends on indentifying you remotely to that database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_online.rst:20 +msgid "Several actions are available:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_online.rst:26 +msgid ":ref:`Upgrade <upgrade_button>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_online.rst:26 +msgid "Upgrade your database to the latest Odoo version to enjoy cutting-edge features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_online.rst:30 +msgid ":ref:`Duplicate <duplicate_online>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_online.rst:29 +msgid "Make an exact copy of your database, if you want to try out new apps or new flows without compromising your daily operations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_online.rst:32 +msgid ":ref:`Rename <rename_online_database>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_online.rst:33 +msgid "Rename your database (and its URL)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_online.rst:35 +msgid "**Backup**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_online.rst:35 +msgid "Download an instant backup of your database; note that we back up databases daily according to our Odoo Cloud SLA" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_online.rst:38 +msgid ":ref:`Domains <custom_domain>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_online.rst:38 +msgid "Configure custom domains to access your database via another URL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_online.rst:40 +msgid ":ref:`Delete <delete_online_database>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_online.rst:41 +msgid "Delete a database instantly" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_online.rst:44 +msgid "Contact Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_online.rst:43 +msgid "Access our `support page <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__ with the correct database already selected" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_online.rst:49 +#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:11 +msgid "Upgrade" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_online.rst:51 +msgid "Upgrading your database to a newer version of Odoo is a complex operation that require time and caution. It is extremely important that you fully test the process before upgrading your production database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_online.rst:55 +msgid "Odoo releases new versions regularly (at least once a year), and upgrading your database to enjoy new Odoo features is part of the Odoo Online experience." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_online.rst:58 +msgid "The upgrade process can take some time, especially if you use multiple apps or apps that manage sensitive data (e.g. Accounting, Inventory, etc.). In general, the 'smaller' the database, the quickest the upgrade. A single-user database that uses only CRM will be processed faster than a multi-company, multi-user database that uses Accounting, Sales, Purchase and Manufacturing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_online.rst:64 +msgid "Unfortunately, it is impossible to give time estimates for every upgrade request, since Odoo.com will test manually every database upgrade at least once and will need to correct/adapt changes made to the standard Odoo Apps (e.g. through Studio or through a Success Pack) on a case-by-case basis. This can make the process slower, since requests are treated in the order they arrive. This is especially true in the months following the release of a new major version, which can lengthen the upgrade delay significantly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_online.rst:72 +msgid "The upgrade process is quite simple from your point of view:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_online.rst:74 +msgid "You request a test upgrade" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_online.rst:75 +msgid "Once all tests have been validated **by you**, you upgrade your actual database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_online.rst:77 +msgid "The process to request a test or a production (*actual*) upgrade is the same." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_online.rst:79 +msgid "First, make sure to be connected to the database you want to upgrade and access the `database management page <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_online.rst:82 +msgid "You have to have an active session with access to the Settings app in the database you want to upgrade for the button to be visible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_online.rst:85 +msgid "On the line of the database you want to upgrade, click on the \"Cog\" menu. If an newer version of Odoo is available, you will see an 'Upgrade' button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_online.rst:92 +msgid "You have the possibility to choose the target version of the upgrade. By default, we select the highest available version available for your database; if you were already in the process of testing an upgrade, we will automatically select the version you were already testing (even if we released a more recent version during your tests)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_online.rst:101 +msgid "By clicking on the \"Test upgrade\" button, an upgrade request will be generated. Only one request can be made at time for each database; if a request has already been made, you will see an 'Upgrade Queued' note instead and asking another request will not be possible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_online.rst:106 +msgid "A test upgrade will create a copy of your database, upgrade it and make it available to you automatically once successful. If this is the first test you request for this particular database, a manual testing phase will be done by Odoo.com - this could take time (up to several weeks). Subsequent requests will not go through that manual testing step and will usually be made available in a few hours. Once the test database is available, you should receive an e-mail with the URL of the test database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_online.rst:114 +msgid "**Testing your database is the most important step of the upgrade process!** Even though we test all upgrades manually, we do not know your work processes. A change in standard worfklows of Odoo in new versions might require you to change internal processes, or some of the customizations you made through Odoo Studio might not work properly. *It is up to you to make sure that everything works as it should!* You can report issues with your test database through our `Support page <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_online.rst:122 +msgid "Make sure to do one last test of your upgrade right before the final upgrade (e.g. the day before) to ensure everything will run smoothly. Downgrading is not possible and post-poning an upgrade is always easier than being prevented to work by an upgrade issue after the fact!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_online.rst:127 +msgid "Once you are ready and you have validated all your tests, you can click again on the Upgrade button and confirm by clicking on Upgrade (the button with the little rocket!) to switch your production database to the new version. Your database will then be taken offline within the next 10 minutes and will be upgraded automatically; you receive a confirmation e-mail once the process is completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_online.rst:138 +msgid "Your database will be taken offline during the upgrade (usually between 30min up to several hours for big databases), so make sure to plan your migration during non-business hours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_online.rst:144 +msgid "Duplicating a database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_online.rst:146 +msgid "Database duplication, renaming, custom DNS, etc. is not available for trial databases on our Online platform. Paid Databases and \"One App Free\" database can duplicate without problem." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_online.rst:151 +msgid "In the line of the database you want to duplicate, you will have a few buttons. To duplicate your database, just click **Duplicate**. You will have to give a name to your duplicate, then click **Duplicate Database**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_online.rst:158 +msgid "If you do not check the \"For testing purposes\" checkbox when duplicating a database, all external communication will remain active:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_online.rst:161 +msgid "Emails are sent" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_online.rst:163 +msgid "Payments are processed (in the e-commerce or Subscriptions apps, for example)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_online.rst:166 +msgid "Delivery orders (shipping providers) are sent" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_online.rst:168 +msgid "Etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_online.rst:170 +msgid "Make sure to check the checkbox \"For testing purposes\" if you want these behaviours to be disabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_online.rst:173 +msgid "After a few seconds, you will be logged in your duplicated database. Notice that the url uses the name you chose for your duplicated database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_online.rst:178 +msgid "Duplicate databases expire automatically after 15 days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_online.rst:186 +msgid "Rename a Database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_online.rst:188 +msgid "To rename your database, make sure you are connected to the database you want to rename, access the `database management page <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__ and click **Rename**. You will have to give a new name to your database, then click **Rename Database**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_online.rst:199 +msgid "Deleting a Database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_online.rst:201 +msgid "You can only delete databases of which you are the administrator." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_online.rst:203 +msgid "When you delete your database all the data will be permanently lost. The deletion is instant and for all the Users. We advise you to do an instant backup of your database before deleting it, since the last automated daily backup may be several hours old at that point." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_online.rst:209 +msgid "From the `database management page <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__, on the line of the database you want to delete, click on the \"Delete\" button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_online.rst:216 +msgid "Read carefully the warning message that will appear and proceed only if you fully understand the implications of deleting a database:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_online.rst:222 +msgid "After a few seconds, the database will be deleted and the page will reload automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_online.rst:226 +msgid "If you need to re-use this database name, it will be immediately available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_online.rst:228 +msgid "It is not possible to delete a database if it is expired or linked to a Subscription. In these cases contact `Odoo Support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_online.rst:232 +msgid "If you want to delete your Account, please contact `Odoo Support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_premise.rst:6 +msgid "On-premises Database management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_premise.rst:9 +msgid "Register a database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_premise.rst:11 +msgid "To register your database, you just need to enter your Subscription Code in the banner in the App Switcher. Make sure you do not add extra spaces before or after your subscription code. If the registration is successful, it will turn green and will provide you with the Expiration Date of your freshly-registered database. You can check this Epiration Date in the About menu (Odoo 9) or in the Settings Dashboard (Odoo 10)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_premise.rst:19 +msgid "Registration Error Message" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_premise.rst:21 +msgid "If you are unable to register your database, you will likely encounter this message:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_premise.rst:30 +#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_premise.rst:109 +#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_premise.rst:137 +msgid "Solutions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_premise.rst:32 +msgid "Do you have a valid Enterprise subscription?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_premise.rst:34 +msgid "Check if your subscription details get the tag \"In Progress\" on your `Odoo Account <https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__ or with your Account Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_premise.rst:38 +msgid "Have you already linked a database with your subscription reference?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_premise.rst:40 +msgid "You can link only one database per subscription. (Need a test or a development database? `Find a partner <https://www.odoo.com/partners>`__)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_premise.rst:44 +msgid "You can unlink the old database yourself on your `Odoo Contract <https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__ with the button \"Unlink database\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_premise.rst:51 +msgid "A confirmation message will appear; make sure this is the correct database as it will be deactivated shortly:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_premise.rst:58 +msgid "Do you have the updated version of Odoo 9?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_premise.rst:60 +#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_premise.rst:170 +msgid "From July 2016 onward, Odoo 9 now automatically change the uuid of a duplicated database; a manual operation is no longer required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_premise.rst:63 +msgid "If it's not the case, you may have multiple databases sharing the same UUID. Please check on your `Odoo Contract <https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__, a short message will appear specifying which database is problematic:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_premise.rst:72 +msgid "In this case, you need to change the UUID on your test databases to solve this issue. You will find more information about this in :ref:`this section <duplicate_premise>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_premise.rst:75 +msgid "For your information, we identify database with UUID. Therefore, each database should have a distinct UUID to ensure that registration and invoicing proceed effortlessly for your and for us." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_premise.rst:79 +msgid "Check your network and firewall settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_premise.rst:81 +msgid "The Update notification must be able to reach Odoo's subscription validation servers. In other words, make sure that the Odoo server is able to open outgoing connections towards:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_premise.rst:85 +msgid "services.odoo.com on port 443 (or 80)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_premise.rst:86 +msgid "services.openerp.com on port 443 (or 80) for older deployments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_premise.rst:88 +msgid "Once you activated your database, you must keep these ports open, as the Update notification runs once a week." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_premise.rst:94 +msgid "Error message due to too many users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_premise.rst:96 +msgid "If you have more users in your local database than provisionned in your Odoo Enterprise subscription, you may encounter this message:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_premise.rst:105 +msgid "When the message appears you have 30 days before the expiration. The countdown is updated everyday." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_premise.rst:111 +msgid "**Add more users** on your subscription: follow the link and Validate the upsell quotation and pay for the extra users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_premise.rst:113 +msgid "**Deactivate users** as explained in this `documentation <documentation.html#deactivating-users>`_ and **Reject** the upsell quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_premise.rst:116 +msgid "Once your database has the correct number of users, the expiration message will disappear automatically after a few days, when the next verification occurs. We understand that it can be a bit frightening to see the countdown, so you can :ref:`force an Update Notification <force_ping>` to make the message disappear right away." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_premise.rst:123 +msgid "Database expired error message" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_premise.rst:125 +msgid "If your database reaches its expiration date before your renew your subscription, you will encounter this message:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_premise.rst:133 +msgid "This **blocking** message appears after a non-blocking message that lasts 30 days. If you fail to take action before the end of the countdown, the database is expired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_premise.rst:141 +msgid "Renew your subscription: follow the link and renew your subscription - note that" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_premise.rst:140 +msgid "if you wish to pay by Wire Transfer, your subscription will effectively be renewed only when the payment arrives, which can take a few days. Credit card payments are processed immediately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_premise.rst:143 +msgid "Contact our `Support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_premise.rst:145 +msgid "None of those solutions worked for you? Please contact our `Support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_premise.rst:154 +msgid "Duplicate a database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_premise.rst:156 +msgid "You can duplicate your database by accessing the database manager on your server (<odoo-server>/web/database/manager). In this page, you can easily duplicate your database (among other things)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_premise.rst:164 +msgid "When you duplicate a local database, it is **strongly** advised to change the duplicated database's uuid (Unniversally Unique Identifier), since this uuid is how your database identifies itself with our servers. Having two databases with the same uuid could result in invoicing problems or registration problems down the line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_premise.rst:173 +msgid "The database uuid is currently accessible from the menu :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> System Parameters`, we advise you to use a `uuid generator <https://www.uuidtools.com>`_ or to use the unix command ``uuidgen`` to generate a new uuid. You can then simply replace it like any other record by clicking on it and using the edit button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_management/hosting_changes.rst:6 +msgid "Hosting Changes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_management/hosting_changes.rst:8 +msgid "You may want to move your Odoo database from one hosting solution to another. Depending on the platforms, you have to do it by yourself or contact our support team first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_management/hosting_changes.rst:12 +msgid "From on-premises to Odoo Online" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_management/hosting_changes.rst:14 +#: ../../content/administration/db_management/hosting_changes.rst:48 +msgid "Odoo Online is not compatible with **non-standard apps**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_management/hosting_changes.rst:16 +msgid "Create a :ref:`duplicate <duplicate_premise>` of your database: in this duplicate, uninstall all the **non-standard apps**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_management/hosting_changes.rst:17 +msgid "Grab a \"dump with filestore\" of your database by using the Database Manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_management/hosting_changes.rst:18 +#: ../../content/administration/db_management/hosting_changes.rst:51 +msgid "**If you have time constraints, contact us earlier to schedule the transfer.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_management/hosting_changes.rst:19 +#: ../../content/administration/db_management/hosting_changes.rst:52 +msgid "`Create a support ticket <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_ and attach the dump (if the file is too large, use any file transfer service and attach the link to your ticket). Also include your subscription number and the URL you want to use for your database (e.g.: my-company.odoo.com)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_management/hosting_changes.rst:20 +#: ../../content/administration/db_management/hosting_changes.rst:53 +msgid "We will make sure your database is compatible and upload it to our cloud. In case of technical issues, we will get in touch with you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_management/hosting_changes.rst:21 +#: ../../content/administration/db_management/hosting_changes.rst:54 +msgid "It's done!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_management/hosting_changes.rst:24 +msgid "From on-premises to Odoo.sh" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_management/hosting_changes.rst:26 +#: ../../content/administration/db_management/hosting_changes.rst:43 +msgid "Follow the :ref:`Import your database section of the Odoo.sh documentation <odoo_sh_import_your_database>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_management/hosting_changes.rst:27 +msgid "...and voilà!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_management/hosting_changes.rst:30 +msgid "From Odoo Online to on-premises" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_management/hosting_changes.rst:32 +#: ../../content/administration/db_management/hosting_changes.rst:40 +msgid "Log into `your Odoo Online user portal <https://accounts.odoo.com/my/databases/manage>`_ and look for the version number of your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_management/hosting_changes.rst:33 +msgid "If your database does not run a :ref:`major version <supported_versions>` of Odoo, you cannot host it on-premises yet, you have to upgrade it first to a new major version. (*e.g.: If your database runs Odoo 12.3 which is not a major version, you have to upgrade it first to Odoo 13.0 or 14.0.*)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_management/hosting_changes.rst:34 +#: ../../content/administration/db_management/hosting_changes.rst:42 +msgid "Download a backup of your database by clicking on the \"Gear\" icon next to your database name then :menuselection:`Download` (if the download fails due to your backup file being too large, contact `our support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_management/hosting_changes.rst:35 +#: ../../content/administration/db_management/hosting_changes.rst:60 +msgid "Restore it from the database manager on your local server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_management/hosting_changes.rst:38 +msgid "From Odoo Online to Odoo.sh" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_management/hosting_changes.rst:41 +msgid "If your database does not run a :ref:`major version <supported_versions>` of Odoo, you cannot host it on Odoo.sh yet, you have to upgrade it first to a new major version. (*e.g.: If your database runs Odoo 12.3 which is not a major version, you have to upgrade it first to Odoo 13.0 or 14.0.*)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_management/hosting_changes.rst:46 +msgid "From Odoo.sh to Odoo Online" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_management/hosting_changes.rst:50 +msgid "Uninstall all the **non-standard apps**: test it in a staging build first, then do it in your production build." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_management/hosting_changes.rst:57 +msgid "From Odoo.sh to on-premises" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_management/hosting_changes.rst:59 +msgid "Grab a :ref:`backup of your Odoo.sh production database <odoo_sh_branches_backups>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:16 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:7 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:9 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:7 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:9 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:7 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:9 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:7 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/status.rst:7 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/overview.rst:4 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:21 +msgid "The upgrade process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:23 +msgid "This documentation is for our *On-Premise* (self-hosted) and *Odoo.sh* customers. If you are hosted Online, please check our :ref:`instruction page for our Online (SaaS) customers <upgrade_button>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:29 +msgid "Definition" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:31 +msgid "An upgrade is switching to a newer version of Odoo (e.g., Odoo 13.0 to Odoo 14.0)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:33 +msgid "An upgrade does not cover:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:35 +msgid "changing :ref:`Editions <db-upgrade/faq/editions-change>` (i.e., Community to Enterprise edition)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:36 +msgid "switching :ref:`hosting type <db-upgrade/faq/hosting-types-switch>` (i.e., On-Premise to Online or Odoo.sh)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:38 +msgid "migration from another ERP to Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:40 +#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:98 +#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:230 +#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:360 +#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:369 +#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:381 +msgid "|assistance-contact|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:45 +msgid "Process workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:47 +msgid "The upgrade process in a nutshell:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:49 +msgid "You create a test upgrade request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:0 +msgid "The request is processed by Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:0 +msgid "This happens via an automated process that runs the database through an upgrade script and takes between 20 and 120 minutes. Only if an issue(s) arises will we have to intervene manually and adjust the script specifically to your database until the upgrade succeeds." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:54 +msgid "Odoo delivers a test database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:55 +msgid "You test your database for possible discrepancies (see :ref:`db-upgrade/test-guidance`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:56 +msgid "If there are any discrepancies, you report them to the Upgrade support team via the :ref:`Help portal <db-upgrade/test-assistance>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:58 +msgid "We will fix the issues and send you a new test database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:59 +msgid "Once you completed the testing and are happy with the result, you decide on a date and time when you stop users from accessing Odoo, freeze all data entries and create an upgrade request for the production upgrade." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:62 +msgid "Odoo delivers the production database through the automated process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:63 +msgid "You restore it in your Production environment a few short hours later and continue working on the newly upgraded database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:69 +msgid "Service Level Agreement" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:72 +msgid "What is covered by the Enterprise Licence?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:74 +msgid "Databases hosted on Odoo’s Cloud platforms (Saas and Odoo.sh) or On-Premise (Self-Hosting) enjoy the following service at all times." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:77 +msgid "The upgrade of:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:79 +msgid "standard applications" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:80 +msgid "Studio customization (as long as the Studio app is still active)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:81 +msgid "customizations done by our consulting and developer services *if* they are covered by a ‘Maintenance of Customisations’ subscription" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:84 +msgid "The Upgrade Service is limited to the technical conversion and adaptation of your database (standard modules and data) to make it compatible with the targeted version." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:88 +msgid "What upgrading does NOT cover" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:90 +msgid "The cleaning of pre-existing data & configuration while upgrading" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:91 +msgid "Any new developments and/or upgrade of your own :ref:`custom modules <db-upgrade/faq/custom-modules>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:93 +msgid "`Training <https://www.odoo.com/learn>`_ on the new version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:95 +msgid "You can get more information about your Enterprise Licence on our :ref:`Odoo Enterprise Subscription Agreement <upgrade>` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:103 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started.rst:4 +msgid "Get started" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:105 +msgid "The upgrade process varies depending on where your database is hosted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:110 +msgid "Online (SaaS)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:112 +msgid "If you are hosted Online, please check our :ref:`instruction page for our Online (SaaS) customers <upgrade_button>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:118 +msgid "Odoo.sh" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:120 +msgid "If you are Odoo.sh hosted, check our :doc:`specific instructions to be able to upgrade <odoo_sh/advanced/upgrade_your_database>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:126 +msgid "On-Premise" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:128 +msgid "There are two possibilities:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:130 +msgid "Via the interface of our `website form <https://upgrade.odoo.com>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:0 +msgid "For technically-advanced users and partners, via the following command line (to be used on the machine where your database is hosted):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:0 +msgid "``python <(curl -s beta.upgrade.odoo.com/upgrade) test -d <your db name> -t 14.0``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:136 +msgid "What does it do?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:138 +msgid "The above command will dump your database to a file, then send it to the upgrade platform for upgrade, displaying you the live logs, then restore the upgraded database back on your server as a duplicate test database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:145 +msgid "Steps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:150 +msgid "The testing phase" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:155 +msgid "Test process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:157 +msgid "Also referred to as the pre-production phase, the test phase allows you to review an upgraded version of your database without affecting your production database in any way." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:160 +msgid "We suggest that you run the test upgrade process at least once, but you can do it as often as you want (one at a time)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:163 +msgid "Once you receive your upgraded test database, you should check that all data, processes and functionality are still correct and working as expected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:166 +msgid "If you do find discrepancies, you'll be able to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:0 +msgid ":ref:`Report your issues <db-upgrade/test-assistance>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:0 +msgid "and/or" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:170 +msgid "Ask for a new :ref:`test request <db-upgrade/test-db-request>` after the reported issues have been fixed in the upgrade script." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:173 +msgid "When you do not find any discrepancies, you'll be able to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:175 +msgid "Move on to the upgrade of your :ref:`production database <db-upgrade/production-live>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:180 +msgid "Request a test database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:182 +msgid "When filling the `website form <https://upgrade.odoo.com>`_, select *Testing* purpose." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:191 +msgid "Test guidance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:193 +msgid "Every business and organization has its own operational needs and will have to test its specific Odoo instance respectively. However, we recommend you look at `the test scenario <https://drive.google.com/open?id=1Lm4JqbsHBirB1wMi14UChoz_YHLjx5ec>`_ we created, a high-level idea of what you should test and look out for." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:198 +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:408 +msgid "Todo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:198 +msgid "change link \"test scenario\" once the related doc is published" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:203 +#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:262 +#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:394 +msgid "Assistance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:205 +msgid "If you encounter issues or problems in the **test database**, please contact the Odoo Upgrade Support:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:208 +#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:267 +msgid "Connect to our `Odoo Support page <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:209 +msgid "Under the *Ticket Description* section, select *An issue related to my upgrade* ticket type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:216 +msgid "If you choose another *Ticket Description* type, the request will be redirected to another team than the upgrade one and will slow down the processing and response time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:219 +#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:275 +msgid "Please provide as much detail as you can. Where applicable, illustrate the current and previous flows with videos and/or screenshots. This will avoid clarifying questions and speed up the resolution process significantly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:228 +msgid "The purpose of the test phase is not to correct existing data or configurations in your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:235 +msgid "The production launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:240 +msgid "Production goes live" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:242 +msgid "The production upgrade request is when you decide to upgrade your current database with all your production data (invoices, VAT returns, inventories, current orders) to a new version of your choice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:245 +msgid "After your :ref:`tests <db-upgrade/steps-test>` are completed to your satisfaction, submit the request to upgrade your production database via our `website form <https://upgrade.odoo.com>`_. Select *Production* purpose." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:254 +msgid "Going into production without first testing may lead to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:256 +msgid "business interruptions (e.g. no longer having the possibility to validate an action)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:257 +msgid "poor customer experiences (e.g. an eCommerce website that does not work correctly)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:264 +msgid "If you encounter issues or problems in the **production database**, please contact the **Odoo Support**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:268 +msgid "Under the *Ticket Description* section, select the appropriate type related to your issue but **do not select** the option *An issue related to my upgrade*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:272 +msgid "After upgrading to production, the support will be provided by the Support team instead of the Upgrade team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:284 +msgid "If you choose *An issue related to my upgrade* as ticket type, the request will be redirected to another team than the support one and will slow down the processing and response time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:290 +msgid "FAQ" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:295 +msgid "Why upgrade?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:297 +msgid "You benefit from the latest features of the :ref:`new major version <db-upgrade/faq/release-notes>` released by Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:299 +msgid "If you are in an :ref:`unsupported version <db-upgrade/supported-versions>`, you get a new version with support." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:305 +msgid "When to upgrade?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:307 +msgid "Whenever you want. You can make your upgrade request as soon as a new version is released on our `website form <https://upgrade.odoo.com>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:313 +msgid "Availability of the new version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:315 +msgid "Please kindly note that as soon as we announce the release of a new major version (usually at the end of year), the Upgrade Service team needs to adapt the upgrade scripts to it, which is why the new version is not immediately available for existing databases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:322 +msgid "Finalization of the upgrade (:abbr:`ETA (Estimated Time of Arrival)`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:324 +msgid "Unfortunately, it is impossible to give time estimates for every upgrade request. Odoo offers so many possibilities (e.g. branding, workflows, customization, etc) that it can get tricky to upgrade, and translate to the new structure. If you use multiple apps managing sensitive data (e.g., Accounting, Inventory, etc.), some cases may still require a human intervention, making the process slower." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:330 +msgid "This is especially true during the first months following the release of a new major version, which can significantly lengthen the upgrade delay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:333 +msgid "In general, the ‘smaller’ the database, the quickest the upgrade. A single-user database that uses only CRM will be processed faster than a multi-company, multi-user database that uses Accounting, Sales, Purchase, and Manufacturing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:337 +msgid "So, in a nutshell, what can impact your upgrade lead time?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:339 +msgid "Source & targeted versions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:340 +msgid "Installed apps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:341 +msgid "Volume of data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:342 +msgid "Amount of customization (models, fields, methods, workflows, reports, website, etc.)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:343 +msgid "Installation of new apps or configuration changes after the start of the test phase" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:345 +msgid "Usually, the delays experienced during the first request (waiting time between the time you submitted your first request for a test upgrade) can generally give you an idea of the time to wait for the production request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:352 +msgid "Upgrade of the custom modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:354 +msgid "As stated in our :doc:`../legal/terms/enterprise`, section :ref:`charges_standard`, this optional service is subject to additional fees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:357 +msgid "If you have a custom code, you can choose to have it upgraded by our services, by one of our `partners <https://www.odoo.com/partners>`_ or you can do it yourself." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:365 +msgid "Editions change (from Community to Enterprise)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:367 +msgid "An upgrade does not cover a change of `Editions <https://www.odoo.com/page/editions>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:374 +msgid "Switching the hosting types (Self-hosted vs Online vs Odoo.sh)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:376 +msgid "An upgrade does not cover a change of `Hosting types <https://www.odoo.com/page/hosting-types>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:378 +msgid "Open the following link to get :doc:`more information about how to change your hosting type <db_management/hosting_changes>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:386 +msgid "Release Notes by version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:388 +msgid "Open our `Release Note <https://www.odoo.com/page/release-notes>`_ page to get a summary of the new features and improvements made in each version." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:399 +msgid "Contact our Upgrade service support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:401 +msgid "Should you have any more questions about the upgrade, do not hesitate to send a message to `Odoo Upgrade Team <mailto:upgrade@odoo.com>`_. We will be very pleased to answer it as soon as possible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:407 +msgid "Supported versions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:409 +msgid "Please note that Odoo provides support and bug fixing only for the three last major versions of Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:411 +msgid "This is a factor to take into consideration before upgrading. If you are on an older version, we suggest you to prefer the most recent version to benefit from a longer support (before having to upgrade again)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:415 +msgid "You can get more information about our :doc:`supported versions <../services/support/supported_versions>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment.rst:3 +msgid "Deployment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/cdn.rst:4 +msgid "Deploying with Content Delivery Networks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/cdn.rst:9 +msgid "Deploying with KeyCDN_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/cdn.rst:13 +msgid "This document will guide you through the setup of a KeyCDN_ account with your Odoo powered website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/cdn.rst:17 +msgid "Step 1: Create a pull zone in the KeyCDN dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/cdn.rst:22 +msgid "When creating the zone, enable the CORS option in the :guilabel:`advanced features` submenu. (more on that later)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/cdn.rst:28 +msgid "Once done, you'll have to wait a bit while KeyCDN_ is crawling your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/cdn.rst:33 +msgid "a new URL has been generated for your Zone, in this case it is ``http://pulltest-b49.kxcdn.com``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/cdn.rst:37 +msgid "Step 2: Configure the odoo instance with your zone" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/cdn.rst:39 +msgid "In the Odoo back end, go to the :guilabel:`Website Settings`: menu, then activate the CDN support and copy/paste your zone URL in the :guilabel:`CDN Base URL` field. This field is only visible and configurable if you have developer mode activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/cdn.rst:47 +msgid "Now your website is using the CDN for the resources matching the :guilabel:`CDN filters` regular expressions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/cdn.rst:50 +msgid "You can have a look to the HTML of your website in order to check if the CDN integration is properly working." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/cdn.rst:58 +msgid "Why should I activate CORS?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/cdn.rst:60 +msgid "A security restriction in some browsers (Firefox and Chrome at time of writing) prevents a remotely linked CSS file to fetch relative resources on this same external server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/cdn.rst:64 +msgid "If you don't activate the CORS option in the CDN zone, the more obvious resulting problem on a default Odoo website will be the lack of font-awesome icons because the font file declared in the font-awesome CSS won't be loaded on the remote server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/cdn.rst:69 +msgid "Here's what you would see on your homepage in such a case:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/cdn.rst:74 +msgid "A security error message will also appear in the browser's console:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/cdn.rst:79 +msgid "Enabling the CORS option in the CDN fixes this issue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:4 +msgid "Deploying Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:6 +msgid "This document describes basic steps to set up Odoo in production or on an internet-facing server. It follows :ref:`installation <setup/install>`, and is not generally necessary for a development systems that is not exposed on the internet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:11 +msgid "If you are setting up a public server, be sure to check our :ref:`security` recommandations!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:17 +msgid "dbfilter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:19 +msgid "Odoo is a multi-tenant system: a single Odoo system may run and serve a number of database instances. It is also highly customizable, with customizations (starting from the modules being loaded) depending on the \"current database\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:23 +msgid "This is not an issue when working with the backend (web client) as a logged-in company user: the database can be selected when logging in, and customizations loaded afterwards." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:27 +msgid "However it is an issue for non-logged users (portal, website) which aren't bound to a database: Odoo needs to know which database should be used to load the website page or perform the operation. If multi-tenancy is not used that is not an issue, there's only one database to use, but if there are multiple databases accessible Odoo needs a rule to know which one it should use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:33 +msgid "That is one of the purposes of :option:`--db-filter <odoo-bin --db-filter>`: it specifies how the database should be selected based on the hostname (domain) that is being requested. The value is a `regular expression`_, possibly including the dynamically injected hostname (``%h``) or the first subdomain (``%d``) through which the system is being accessed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:39 +msgid "For servers hosting multiple databases in production, especially if ``website`` is used, dbfilter **must** be set, otherwise a number of features will not work correctly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:44 +msgid "Configuration samples" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:46 +msgid "Show only databases with names beginning with 'mycompany'" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:48 +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:60 +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:155 +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:281 +msgid "in ``/etc/odoo.conf`` set:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:55 +msgid "Show only databases matching the first subdomain after ``www``: for example the database \"mycompany\" will be shown if the incoming request was sent to ``www.mycompany.com`` or ``mycompany.co.uk``, but not for ``www2.mycompany.com`` or ``helpdesk.mycompany.com``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:68 +msgid "Setting a proper :option:`--db-filter <odoo-bin --db-filter>` is an important part of securing your deployment. Once it is correctly working and only matching a single database per hostname, it is strongly recommended to block access to the database manager screens, and to use the ``--no-database-list`` startup paramater to prevent listing your databases, and to block access to the database management screens. See also security_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:78 +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:299 +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:460 +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:629 +msgid "PostgreSQL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:80 +msgid "By default, PostgreSQL only allows connection over UNIX sockets and loopback connections (from \"localhost\", the same machine the PostgreSQL server is installed on)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:84 +msgid "UNIX socket is fine if you want Odoo and PostgreSQL to execute on the same machine, and is the default when no host is provided, but if you want Odoo and PostgreSQL to execute on different machines [#different-machines]_ it will need to `listen to network interfaces`_ [#remote-socket]_, either:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:89 +msgid "Only accept loopback connections and `use an SSH tunnel`_ between the machine on which Odoo runs and the one on which PostgreSQL runs, then configure Odoo to connect to its end of the tunnel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:92 +msgid "Accept connections to the machine on which Odoo is installed, possibly over ssl (see `PostgreSQL connection settings`_ for details), then configure Odoo to connect over the network" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:97 +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:147 +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:236 +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:276 +msgid "Configuration sample" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:99 +msgid "Allow tcp connection on localhost" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:100 +msgid "Allow tcp connection from 192.168.1.x network" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:102 +msgid "in ``/etc/postgresql/9.5/main/pg_hba.conf`` set:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:110 +msgid "in ``/etc/postgresql/9.5/main/postgresql.conf`` set:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:121 +msgid "Configuring Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:123 +msgid "Out of the box, Odoo connects to a local postgres over UNIX socket via port 5432. This can be overridden using :ref:`the database options <reference/cmdline/server/database>` when your Postgres deployment is not local and/or does not use the installation defaults." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:128 +msgid "The :ref:`packaged installers <setup/install/packaged>` will automatically create a new user (``odoo``) and set it as the database user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:131 +msgid "The database management screens are protected by the ``admin_passwd`` setting. This setting can only be set using configuration files, and is simply checked before performing database alterations. It should be set to a randomly generated value to ensure third parties can not use this interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:136 +msgid "All database operations use the :ref:`database options <reference/cmdline/server/database>`, including the database management screen. For the database management screen to work requires that the PostgreSQL user have ``createdb`` right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:140 +msgid "Users can always drop databases they own. For the database management screen to be completely non-functional, the PostgreSQL user needs to be created with ``no-createdb`` and the database must be owned by a different PostgreSQL user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:144 +msgid "the PostgreSQL user *must not* be a superuser" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:149 +msgid "connect to a PostgreSQL server on 192.168.1.2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:150 +msgid "port 5432" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:151 +msgid "using an 'odoo' user account," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:152 +msgid "with 'pwd' as a password" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:153 +msgid "filtering only db with a name beginning with 'mycompany'" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:170 +msgid "SSL Between Odoo and PostgreSQL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:172 +msgid "Since Odoo 11.0, you can enforce ssl connection between Odoo and PostgreSQL. in Odoo the db_sslmode control the ssl security of the connection with value choosed out of 'disable', 'allow', 'prefer', 'require', 'verify-ca' or 'verify-full'" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:177 +msgid "`PostgreSQL Doc <https://www.postgresql.org/docs/current/static/libpq-ssl.html>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:182 +msgid "Builtin server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:184 +msgid "Odoo includes built-in HTTP servers, using either multithreading or multiprocessing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:187 +msgid "For production use, it is recommended to use the multiprocessing server as it increases stability, makes somewhat better use of computing resources and can be better monitored and resource-restricted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:191 +msgid "Multiprocessing is enabled by configuring :option:`a non-zero number of worker processes <odoo-bin --workers>`, the number of workers should be based on the number of cores in the machine (possibly with some room for cron workers depending on how much cron work is predicted)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:195 +msgid "Worker limits can be configured based on the hardware configuration to avoid resources exhaustion" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:198 +msgid "multiprocessing mode currently isn't available on Windows" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:202 +msgid "Worker number calculation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:204 +msgid "Rule of thumb : (#CPU * 2) + 1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:205 +msgid "Cron workers need CPU" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:206 +msgid "1 worker ~= 6 concurrent users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:209 +msgid "memory size calculation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:211 +msgid "We consider 20% of the requests are heavy requests, while 80% are simpler ones" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:212 +msgid "A heavy worker, when all computed field are well designed, SQL requests are well designed, ... is estimated to consume around 1GB of RAM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:213 +msgid "A lighter worker, in the same scenario, is estimated to consume around 150MB of RAM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:215 +msgid "Needed RAM = #worker * ( (light_worker_ratio * light_worker_ram_estimation) + (heavy_worker_ratio * heavy_worker_ram_estimation) )" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:218 +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:375 +msgid "LiveChat" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:220 +msgid "In multiprocessing, a dedicated LiveChat worker is automatically started and listening on :option:`the longpolling port <odoo-bin --longpolling-port>` but the client will not connect to it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:224 +msgid "Instead you must have a proxy redirecting requests whose URL starts with ``/longpolling/`` to the longpolling port. Other request should be proxied to the :option:`normal HTTP port <odoo-bin --http-port>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:228 +msgid "To achieve such a thing, you'll need to deploy a reverse proxy in front of Odoo, like nginx or apache. When doing so, you'll need to forward some more http Headers to Odoo, and activate the proxy_mode in Odoo configuration to have Odoo read those headers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:238 +msgid "Server with 4 CPU, 8 Thread" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:239 +msgid "60 concurrent users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:241 +msgid "60 users / 6 = 10 <- theorical number of worker needed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:242 +msgid "(4 * 2) + 1 = 9 <- theorical maximal number of worker" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:243 +msgid "We'll use 8 workers + 1 for cron. We'll also use a monitoring system to measure cpu load, and check if it's between 7 and 7.5 ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:244 +msgid "RAM = 9 * ((0.8*150) + (0.2*1024)) ~= 3Go RAM for Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:246 +msgid "in ``/etc/odoo.conf``:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:262 +msgid "HTTPS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:264 +msgid "Whether it's accessed via website/web client or web service, Odoo transmits authentication information in cleartext. This means a secure deployment of Odoo must use HTTPS\\ [#switching]_. SSL termination can be implemented via just about any SSL termination proxy, but requires the following setup:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:269 +msgid "Enable Odoo's :option:`proxy mode <odoo-bin --proxy-mode>`. This should only be enabled when Odoo is behind a reverse proxy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:270 +msgid "Set up the SSL termination proxy (`Nginx termination example`_)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:271 +msgid "Set up the proxying itself (`Nginx proxying example`_)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:272 +msgid "Your SSL termination proxy should also automatically redirect non-secure connections to the secure port" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:278 +msgid "Redirect http requests to https" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:279 +msgid "Proxy requests to odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:287 +msgid "in ``/etc/nginx/sites-enabled/odoo.conf`` set:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:349 +msgid "Odoo as a WSGI Application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:351 +msgid "It is also possible to mount Odoo as a standard WSGI_ application. Odoo provides the base for a WSGI launcher script as ``odoo-wsgi.example.py``. That script should be customized (possibly after copying it from the setup directory) to correctly set the configuration directly in :mod:`odoo.tools.config` rather than through the command-line or a configuration file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:357 +msgid "However the WSGI server will only expose the main HTTP endpoint for the web client, website and webservice API. Because Odoo does not control the creation of workers anymore it can not setup cron or livechat workers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:362 +msgid "Cron Workers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:364 +msgid "To run cron jobs for an Odoo deployment as a WSGI application requires" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:366 +msgid "A classical Odoo (run via ``odoo-bin``)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:367 +msgid "Connected to the database in which cron jobs have to be run (via :option:`odoo-bin -d`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:369 +msgid "Which should not be exposed to the network. To ensure cron runners are not network-accessible, it is possible to disable the built-in HTTP server entirely with :option:`odoo-bin --no-http` or setting ``http_enable = False`` in the configuration file" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:377 +msgid "The second problematic subsystem for WSGI deployments is the LiveChat: where most HTTP connections are relatively short and quickly free up their worker process for the next request, LiveChat require a long-lived connection for each client in order to implement near-real-time notifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:382 +msgid "This is in conflict with the process-based worker model, as it will tie up worker processes and prevent new users from accessing the system. However, those long-lived connections do very little and mostly stay parked waiting for notifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:387 +msgid "The solutions to support livechat/motifications in a WSGI application are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:389 +msgid "Deploy a threaded version of Odoo (instread of a process-based preforking one) and redirect only requests to URLs starting with ``/longpolling/`` to that Odoo, this is the simplest and the longpolling URL can double up as the cron instance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:393 +msgid "Deploy an evented Odoo via ``odoo-gevent`` and proxy requests starting with ``/longpolling/`` to :option:`the longpolling port <odoo-bin --longpolling-port>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:398 +msgid "Serving Static Files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:400 +msgid "For development convenience, Odoo directly serves all static files in its modules. This may not be ideal when it comes to performances, and static files should generally be served by a static HTTP server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:404 +msgid "Odoo static files live in each module's ``static/`` folder, so static files can be served by intercepting all requests to :samp:`/{MODULE}/static/{FILE}`, and looking up the right module (and file) in the various addons paths." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:408 +msgid "test whether it would be interesting to serve filestored attachments via this, and how (e.g. possibility of mapping ir.attachment id to filestore hash in the database?)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:415 +msgid "Security" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:417 +msgid "For starters, keep in mind that securing an information system is a continuous process, not a one-shot operation. At any moment, you will only be as secure as the weakest link in your environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:421 +msgid "So please do not take this section as the ultimate list of measures that will prevent all security problems. It's only intended as a summary of the first important things you should be sure to include in your security action plan. The rest will come from best security practices for your operating system and distribution, best practices in terms of users, passwords, and access control management, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:427 +msgid "When deploying an internet-facing server, please be sure to consider the following security-related topics:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:430 +msgid "Always set a strong super-admin admin password, and restrict access to the database management pages as soon as the system is set up. See :ref:`db_manager_security`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:433 +msgid "Choose unique logins and strong passwords for all administrator accounts on all databases. Do not use 'admin' as the login. Do not use those logins for day-to-day operations, only for controlling/managing the installation. *Never* use any default passwords like admin/admin, even for test/staging databases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:438 +msgid "Do **not** install demo data on internet-facing servers. Databases with demo data contain default logins and passwords that can be used to get into your systems and cause significant trouble, even on staging/dev systems." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:442 +msgid "Use appropriate database filters ( :option:`--db-filter <odoo-bin --db-filter>`) to restrict the visibility of your databases according to the hostname. See :ref:`db_filter`. You may also use :option:`-d <odoo-bin -d>` to provide your own (comma-separated) list of available databases to filter from, instead of letting the system fetch them all from the database backend." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:449 +msgid "Once your ``db_name`` and ``db_filter`` are configured and only match a single database per hostname, you should set ``list_db`` configuration option to ``False``, to prevent listing databases entirely, and to block access to the database management screens (this is also exposed as the :option:`--no-database-list <odoo-bin --no-database-list>` command-line option)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:455 +msgid "Make sure the PostgreSQL user (:option:`--db_user <odoo-bin --db_user>`) is *not* a super-user, and that your databases are owned by a different user. For example they could be owned by the ``postgres`` super-user if you are using a dedicated non-privileged ``db_user``. See also :ref:`setup/deploy/odoo`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:460 +msgid "Keep installations updated by regularly installing the latest builds, either via GitHub or by downloading the latest version from https://www.odoo.com/page/download or http://nightly.odoo.com" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:464 +msgid "Configure your server in multi-process mode with proper limits matching your typical usage (memory/CPU/timeouts). See also :ref:`builtin_server`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:467 +msgid "Run Odoo behind a web server providing HTTPS termination with a valid SSL certificate, in order to prevent eavesdropping on cleartext communications. SSL certificates are cheap, and many free options exist. Configure the web proxy to limit the size of requests, set appropriate timeouts, and then enable the :option:`proxy mode <odoo-bin --proxy-mode>` option. See also :ref:`https_proxy`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:474 +msgid "If you need to allow remote SSH access to your servers, make sure to set a strong password for **all** accounts, not just `root`. It is strongly recommended to entirely disable password-based authentication, and only allow public key authentication. Also consider restricting access via a VPN, allowing only trusted IPs in the firewall, and/or running a brute-force detection system such as `fail2ban` or equivalent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:480 +msgid "Consider installing appropriate rate-limiting on your proxy or firewall, to prevent brute-force attacks and denial of service attacks. See also :ref:`login_brute_force` for specific measures." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:484 +msgid "Many network providers provide automatic mitigation for Distributed Denial of Service attacks (DDOS), but this is often an optional service, so you should consult with them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:488 +msgid "Whenever possible, host your public-facing demo/test/staging instances on different machines than the production ones. And apply the same security precautions as for production." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:492 +msgid "If your public-facing Odoo server has access to sensitive internal network resources or services (e.g. via a private VLAN), implement appropriate firewall rules to protect those internal resources. This will ensure that the Odoo server cannot be used accidentally (or as a result of malicious user actions) to access or disrupt those internal resources. Typically this can be done by applying an outbound default DENY rule on the firewall, then only explicitly authorizing access to internal resources that the Odoo server needs to access. `Systemd IP traffic access control <http://0pointer.net/blog/ip-accounting-and-access-lists-with-systemd.html>`_ may also be useful to implement per-process network access control." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:503 +msgid "If your public-facing Odoo server is behind a Web Application Firewall, a load-balancer, a transparent DDoS protection service (like CloudFlare) or a similar network-level device, you may wish to avoid direct access to the Odoo system. It is generally difficult to keep the endpoint IP addresses of your Odoo servers secret. For example they can appear in web server logs when querying public systems, or in the headers of emails posted from Odoo. In such a situation you may want to configure your firewall so that the endpoints are not accessible publicly except from the specific IP addresses of your WAF, load-balancer or proxy service. Service providers like CloudFlare usually maintain a public list of their IP address ranges for this purpose." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:514 +msgid "If you are hosting multiple customers, isolate customer data and files from each other using containers or appropriate \"jail\" techniques." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:517 +msgid "Setup daily backups of your databases and filestore data, and copy them to a remote archiving server that is not accessible from the server itself." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:524 +msgid "Blocking Brute Force Attacks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:525 +msgid "For internet-facing deployments, brute force attacks on user passwords are very common, and this threat should not be neglected for Odoo servers. Odoo emits a log entry whenever a login attempt is performed, and reports the result: success or failure, along with the target login and source IP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:529 +msgid "The log entries will have the following form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:531 +msgid "Failed login::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:535 +msgid "Successful login::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:540 +msgid "These logs can be easily analyzed by an intrusion prevention system such as `fail2ban`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:542 +msgid "For example, the following fail2ban filter definition should match a failed login::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:549 +msgid "This could be used with a jail definition to block the attacking IP on HTTP(S)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:551 +msgid "Here is what it could look like for blocking the IP for 15 minutes when 10 failed login attempts are detected from the same IP within 1 minute::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:568 +msgid "Database Manager Security" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:570 +msgid ":ref:`setup/deploy/odoo` mentioned ``admin_passwd`` in passing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:572 +msgid "This setting is used on all database management screens (to create, delete, dump or restore databases)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:575 +msgid "If the management screens must not be accessible at all, you should set ``list_db`` configuration option to ``False``, to block access to all the database selection and management screens." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:581 +msgid "It is strongly recommended to disable the Database Manager for any internet-facing system! It is meant as a development/demo tool, to make it easy to quickly create and manage databases. It is not designed for use in production, and may even expose dangerous features to attackers. It is also not designed to handle large databases, and may trigger memory limits." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:587 +msgid "On production systems, database management operations should always be performed by the system administrator, including provisioning of new databases and automated backups." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:590 +msgid "Be sure to setup an appropriate ``db_name`` parameter (and optionally, ``db_filter`` too) so that the system can determine the target database for each request, otherwise users will be blocked as they won't be allowed to choose the database themselves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:595 +msgid "If the management screens must only be accessible from a selected set of machines, use the proxy server's features to block access to all routes starting with ``/web/database`` except (maybe) ``/web/database/selector`` which displays the database-selection screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:599 +msgid "If the database-management screen should be left accessible, the ``admin_passwd`` setting must be changed from its ``admin`` default: this password is checked before allowing database-alteration operations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:603 +msgid "It should be stored securely, and should be generated randomly e.g." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:609 +msgid "which will generate a 32 characters pseudorandom printable string." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:612 +msgid "Supported Browsers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:614 +msgid "Odoo supports all the major desktop and mobile browsers available on the market, as long as they are supported by their publishers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:617 +msgid "Here are the supported browsers:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:619 +msgid "Google Chrome" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:620 +msgid "Mozilla Firefox" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:621 +msgid "Microsoft Edge" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:622 +msgid "Apple Safari" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:624 +msgid "Please make sure your browser is up-to-date and still supported by its publisher before filing a bug report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:630 +msgid "Since Odoo 13.0, ES6 is supported. Therefore, IE support is dropped." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:634 +msgid "to have multiple Odoo installations use the same PostgreSQL database, or to provide more computing resources to both software." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:637 +msgid "technically a tool like socat_ can be used to proxy UNIX sockets across networks, but that is mostly for software which can only be used over UNIX sockets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:641 +msgid "or be accessible only over an internal packet-switched network, but that requires secured switches, protections against `ARP spoofing`_ and precludes usage of WiFi. Even over secure packet-switched networks, deployment over HTTPS is recommended, and possible costs are lowered as \"self-signed\" certificates are easier to deploy on a controlled environment than over the internet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/email_gateway.rst:4 +msgid "Odoo email gateway" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/email_gateway.rst:6 +msgid "The Odoo mail gateway allows you to inject directly all the received emails in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/email_gateway.rst:8 +msgid "Its principle is straightforward: your SMTP server executes the \"mailgate\" script for every new incoming email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/email_gateway.rst:10 +msgid "The script takes care of connecting to your Odoo database through XML-RPC, and send the emails via the `MailThread.message_process()` feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/email_gateway.rst:14 +msgid "Prerequisites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/email_gateway.rst:15 +msgid "Administrator access to the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/email_gateway.rst:16 +msgid "Your own mail server such as Postfix or Exim." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/email_gateway.rst:17 +msgid "Technical knowledge on how to configure an email server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/email_gateway.rst:20 +msgid "For Postfix" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/email_gateway.rst:21 +msgid "In you alias config (:file:`/etc/aliases`):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/email_gateway.rst:28 +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/email_gateway.rst:42 +msgid "Resources" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/email_gateway.rst:30 +msgid "`Postfix <http://www.postfix.org/documentation.html>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/email_gateway.rst:31 +msgid "`Postfix aliases <http://www.postfix.org/aliases.5.html>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/email_gateway.rst:32 +msgid "`Postfix virtual <http://www.postfix.org/virtual.8.html>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/email_gateway.rst:36 +msgid "For Exim" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/email_gateway.rst:44 +msgid "`Exim <https://www.exim.org/docs.html>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/deployment/email_gateway.rst:47 +msgid "If you don't have access/manage your email server, use :ref:`inbound messages <discuss/email_servers/inbound_messages>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/enterprise.rst:6 +msgid "From Community to Enterprise" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/enterprise.rst:8 +msgid "Depending on your current installation, there are multiple ways to upgrade your community version. In any case the basic guidelines are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/enterprise.rst:12 +#: ../../content/administration/enterprise.rst:31 +#: ../../content/administration/enterprise.rst:63 +#: ../../content/administration/enterprise.rst:80 +msgid "Backup your community database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/enterprise.rst:17 +#: ../../content/administration/enterprise.rst:62 +msgid "Shutdown your server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/enterprise.rst:19 +msgid "Install the web_enterprise module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/enterprise.rst:21 +msgid "Restart your server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/enterprise.rst:23 +msgid "Enter your Odoo Enterprise Subscription code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/enterprise.rst:29 +msgid "On Linux, using an installer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/enterprise.rst:33 +msgid "Stop the odoo service" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/enterprise.rst:39 +msgid "Install the enterprise .deb (it should install over the community package)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/enterprise.rst:45 +msgid "Update your database to the enterprise packages using" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/enterprise.rst:51 +msgid "You should be able to connect to your Odoo Enterprise instance using your usual mean of identification. You can then link your database with your Odoo Enterprise Subscription by entering the code you received by e-mail in the form input" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/enterprise.rst:57 +msgid "On Linux, using the source code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/enterprise.rst:59 +msgid "There are many ways to launch your server when using sources, and you probably have your own favourite. You may need to adapt sections to your usual workflow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/enterprise.rst:64 +msgid "Update the ``--addons-path`` parameter of your launch command (see :ref:`setup/install/source`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/enterprise.rst:65 +msgid "Install the web_enterprise module by using" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/enterprise.rst:71 +msgid "Depending on the size of your database, this may take some time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/enterprise.rst:73 +msgid "Restart your server with the updated addons path of point 3. You should be able to connect to your instance. You can then link your database with your Odoo Enterprise Subscription by entering the code you received by e-mail in the form input" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/enterprise.rst:78 +msgid "On Windows" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/enterprise.rst:82 +msgid "Uninstall Odoo Community (using the Uninstall executable in the installation folder) - PostgreSQL will remain installed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/enterprise.rst:88 +msgid "Launch the Odoo Enterprise Installer and follow the steps normally. When choosing the installation path, you can set the folder of the Community installation (this folder still contains the PostgreSQL installation). Uncheck ``Start Odoo`` at the end of the installation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/enterprise.rst:96 +msgid "Using a command window, update your Odoo Database using this command (from the Odoo installation path, in the server subfolder)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/enterprise.rst:103 +msgid "No need to manually launch the server, the service is running. You should be able to connect to your Odoo Enterprise instance using your usual mean of identification. You can then link your database with your Odoo Enterprise Subscription by entering the code you received by e-mail in the form input" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:6 +msgid "Installing Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:8 +msgid "There are multiple ways to install Odoo, or not install it at all, depending on the intended use case." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:11 +msgid "This documents attempts to describe most of the installation options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:14 +msgid ":ref:`setup/install/online`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:14 +msgid "The easiest way to use Odoo in production or to try it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:18 +msgid ":ref:`setup/install/packaged`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:17 +msgid "Suitable for testing Odoo, developing modules and can be used for long-term production use with additional deployment and maintenance work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:23 +msgid ":ref:`setup/install/source`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:21 +msgid "Provides greater flexibility: e.g. allow multiple running Odoo versions on the same system. Good for developing modules, can be used as base for production deployment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:28 +msgid ":ref:`setup/install/docker`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:26 +msgid "If you usually use docker_ for development or deployment, an official docker_ base image is available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:33 +msgid "Editions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:35 +msgid "There are two different Editions_ of Odoo: the Community and Enterprise versions. Using the Enterprise version is possible on our SaaS_ and accessing the code is restricted to Enterprise customers and partners. The Community version is freely available to anyone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:40 +msgid "If you already use the Community version and wish to upgrade to Enterprise, please refer to :ref:`setup/enterprise` (except for :ref:`setup/install/source`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:47 +msgid "Online" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:50 +msgid "Demo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:52 +msgid "To simply get a quick idea of Odoo, demo_ instances are available. They are shared instances which only live for a few hours, and can be used to browse around and try things out with no commitment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:56 +msgid "Demo_ instances require no local installation, just a web browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:59 +msgid "SaaS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:61 +msgid "Trivial to start with, fully managed and migrated by Odoo S.A., Odoo's SaaS_ provides private instances and starts out free. It can be used to discover and test Odoo and do non-code customizations (i.e. incompatible with custom modules or the Odoo Apps Store) without having to install it locally." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:66 +msgid "Can be used for both testing Odoo and long-term production use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:68 +msgid "Like demo_ instances, SaaS_ instances require no local installation, a web browser is sufficient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:75 +msgid "Packaged installers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:77 +msgid "Odoo provides packaged installers for Windows, deb-based distributions (Debian, Ubuntu, …) and RPM-based distributions (Fedora, CentOS, RHEL, …) for both the Community and Enterprise versions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:81 +msgid "These packages automatically set up all dependencies (for the Community version), but may be difficult to keep up-to-date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:84 +msgid "Official Community packages with all relevant dependency requirements are available on our nightly_ server. Both Communtiy and Enterprise packages can be downloaded from our download_ page (you must to be logged in as a paying customer or partner to download the Enterprise packages)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:90 +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:226 +msgid "Windows" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:92 +msgid "Download the installer from our nightly_ server (Community only) or the Windows installer from the download_ page (any edition)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:94 +msgid "Execute the downloaded file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:0 +msgid "On Windows 8 and later you may see a warning titled \"Windows protected your PC\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:0 +msgid "Click on **More Info** and then on **Run anyway**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:99 +msgid "Accept the UAC_ prompt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:100 +msgid "Go through the various installation steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:102 +msgid "Odoo will automatically be started at the end of the installation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:105 +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:390 +msgid "Linux" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:108 +msgid "Debian/Ubuntu" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:110 +msgid "Odoo 14.0 'deb' package currently supports `Debian Buster`_, `Ubuntu 20.04`_ or above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:112 +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:172 +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:341 +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:512 +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:674 +msgid "`wkhtmltopdf` is not installed through **pip** and must be installed manually in version `0.12.5 <the wkhtmltopdf download page_>`_ for it to support headers and footers. See our `wiki <https://github.com/odoo/odoo/wiki/Wkhtmltopdf>`_ for more details on the various versions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:118 +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:178 +msgid "Repository" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:120 +msgid "Odoo S.A. provides a repository that can be used with Debian and Ubuntu distributions. It can be used to install *Odoo Community Edition* by executing the following commands:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:129 +msgid "You can then use the usual `apt-get upgrade` command to keep your installation up-to-date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:131 +msgid "At this moment, there is no nightly repository for the Enterprise Edition." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:134 +msgid "Deb Package" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:136 +msgid "Instead of using the repository as described above, the 'deb' packages for both the *Community* and *Enterprise* editions can be downloaded from the `official download page <download_>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:139 +msgid "Next, execute the following commands:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:145 +msgid "This will install Odoo as a service, create the necessary PostgreSQL_ user and automatically start the server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:148 +msgid "The recommended `postgresql-server` package will be installed by the Debian Odoo package. The `--no-install-recommends` argument of the `apt-get` tool should be used if you plan to install the Postgresql server on another machine." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:153 +msgid "Fedora" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:155 +msgid "Odoo 14.0 'rpm' package supports Fedora 32." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:157 +msgid "The Odoo 14.0 rpm package does not support Fedora 33 or above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:160 +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:274 +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:438 +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:607 +msgid "Prepare" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:161 +msgid "Odoo needs a `PostgreSQL`_ server to run properly. Make sure that the `sudo` command is available and well configured and, only then, execute the following command in order to install the PostgreSQL server:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:180 +msgid "Odoo S.A. provides a repository that can be used with the Fedora distributions. It can be used to install *Odoo Community Edition* by executing the following commands:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:192 +msgid "RPM package" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:194 +msgid "Instead of using the repository as described above, the 'rpm' packages for both the *Community* and *Enterprise* editions can be downloaded from the `official download page <download_>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:197 +msgid "Once downloaded, the package can be installed using the 'dnf' package manager:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:209 +msgid "Source Install" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:211 +msgid "The source \"installation\" is really about not installing Odoo, and running it directly from source instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:214 +msgid "This can be more convenient for module developers as the Odoo source is more easily accessible than using packaged installation (for information or to build this documentation and have it available offline)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:218 +msgid "It also makes starting and stopping Odoo more flexible and explicit than the services set up by the packaged installations, and allows overriding settings using :ref:`command-line parameters <reference/cmdline>` without needing to edit a configuration file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:222 +msgid "Finally it provides greater control over the system's set up, and allows to more easily keep (and run) multiple versions of Odoo side-by-side." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:229 +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:393 +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:562 +msgid "Fetch the sources" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:231 +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:395 +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:564 +msgid "There are two ways to obtain the source code of Odoo: as a zip **archive** or through **git**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:234 +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:398 +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:567 +msgid "Archive" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:236 +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:253 +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:400 +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:417 +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:569 +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:586 +msgid "Community Edition:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:238 +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:244 +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:402 +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:408 +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:571 +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:577 +msgid "`Official download page <download_>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:239 +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:403 +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:572 +msgid "`GitHub repository <community-repository_>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:240 +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:404 +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:573 +msgid "`Nightly server <nightly_>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:242 +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:406 +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:575 +msgid "Enterprise Edition:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:245 +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:409 +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:578 +msgid "`GitHub repository <enterprise-repository_>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:248 +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:412 +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:581 +msgid "Git" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:250 +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:414 +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:583 +msgid "The following requires git_ to be installed on your machine and that you have basic knowledge of git commands." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:260 +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:424 +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:593 +msgid "Enterprise Edition: (see :ref:`setup/install/editions` to get access)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:266 +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:430 +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:599 +msgid "**The Enterprise git repository does not contain the full Odoo source code**. It is only a collection of extra add-ons. The main server code is in the Community version. Running the Enterprise version actually means running the server from the Community version with the addons-path option set to the folder with the Enterprise version. You need to clone both the Community and Enterprise repository to have a working Odoo Enterprise installation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:277 +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:441 +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:610 +msgid "Python" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:279 +msgid "Odoo requires Python 3.6 or later to run. Visit `Python's download page <https://www.python.org/downloads/windows/>`_ to download and install the latest version of Python 3 on your machine." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:282 +msgid "During installation, check **Add Python 3 to PATH**, then click **Customize Installation** and make sure that **pip** is checked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:285 +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:446 +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:615 +msgid "If Python 3 is already installed, make sure that the version is 3.6 or above, as previous versions are not compatible with Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:292 +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:453 +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:622 +msgid "Verify also that pip_ is installed for this version." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:301 +msgid "Odoo uses PostgreSQL as database management system. `Download and install PostgreSQL <https://www.postgresql.org/download/windows/>`_ (supported version: 10.0 and later)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:304 +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:471 +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:634 +msgid "By default, the only user is `postgres` but Odoo forbids connecting as `postgres`, so you need to create a new PostgreSQL user:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:307 +msgid "Add PostgreSQL's `bin` directory (by default: `C:\\\\Program Files\\\\PostgreSQL\\\\<version>\\\\bin`) to your `PATH`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:309 +msgid "Create a postgres user with a password using the pg admin gui:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:311 +msgid "Open **pgAdmin**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:312 +msgid "Double-click the server to create a connection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:313 +msgid "Select :menuselection:`Object --> Create --> Login/Group Role`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:314 +msgid "Enter the username in the **Role Name** field (e.g. `odoo`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:315 +msgid "Open the **Definition** tab and enter the password (e.g. ``odoo``), then click **Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:316 +msgid "Open the **Privileges** tab and switch **Can login?** to `Yes` and **Create database?** to `Yes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:320 +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:483 +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:646 +msgid "Dependencies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:322 +msgid "Before installing the dependencies, you must download and install the `Build Tools for Visual Studio <https://visualstudio.microsoft.com/downloads/#build-tools-for-visual-studio-2019>`_. When prompted, select **C++ build tools** in the **Workloads** tab and install them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:326 +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:497 +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:648 +msgid "Odoo dependencies are listed in the `requirements.txt` file located at the root of the Odoo community directory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:329 +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:500 +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:651 +msgid "It can be preferable to not mix python modules packages between different instances of Odoo or with your system. You can use virtualenv_ to create isolated Python environments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:332 +msgid "Navigate to the path of your Odoo Community installation (`CommunityPath`) and run **pip** on the requirements file in a terminal **with Administrator privileges**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:346 +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:517 +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:679 +msgid "For languages with right-to-left interface (such as Arabic or Hebrew), the package `rtlcss` is needed:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:349 +msgid "Download and install `nodejs <https://nodejs.org/en/download/>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:350 +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:521 +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:683 +msgid "Install `rtlcss`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:356 +msgid "Edit the System Environment's variable `PATH` to add the folder where `rtlcss.cmd` is located (typically: `C:\\\\Users\\\\<user>\\\\AppData\\\\Roaming\\\\npm\\\\`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:360 +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:528 +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:690 +msgid "Running Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:362 +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:530 +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:692 +msgid "Once all dependencies are set up, Odoo can be launched by running `odoo-bin`, the command-line interface of the server. It is located at the root of the Odoo Community directory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:365 +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:533 +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:695 +msgid "To configure the server, you can either specify :ref:`command-line arguments <reference/cmdline/server>` or a :ref:`configuration file <reference/cmdline/config>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:368 +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:536 +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:698 +msgid "For the Enterprise edition, you must add the path to the `enterprise` addons to the `addons-path` argument. Note that it must come before the other paths in `addons-path` for addons to be loaded correctly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:372 +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:540 +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:702 +msgid "Common necessary configurations are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:374 +msgid "PostgreSQL user and password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:375 +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:545 +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:707 +msgid "Custom addon paths beyond the defaults, to load your own modules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:377 +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:547 +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:709 +msgid "A typical way to run the server would be:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:384 +msgid "Where `CommunityPath` is the path of the Odoo Community installation, `dbuser` is the PostgreSQL login, `dbpassword` is the PostgreSQL password and `mydb` is the default database to serve on `localhost:8069`. You can add other directory paths separated by a comma to ``addons`` at the end of the addons-path option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:443 +msgid "Odoo requires Python 3.6 or later to run. Use your package manager to download and install Python 3 on your machine if it is not already done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:462 +msgid "Odoo uses PostgreSQL as database management system. Use your package manager to download and install PostgreSQL (supported version: 10.0 and later)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:465 +msgid "On Debian/Unbuntu, it can be achieved by executing the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:479 +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:642 +msgid "Because your PostgreSQL user has the same name as your Unix login, you will be able to connect to the database without password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:485 +msgid "For libraries using native code, it is necessary to install development tools and native dependencies before the Python dependencies of Odoo. They are available in `-dev` or `-devel` packages for Python, PostgreSQL, libxml2, libxslt1, libevent, libsasl2 and libldap2." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:489 +msgid "On Debian/Unbuntu, the following command should install all the required libraries:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:503 +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:654 +msgid "Navigate to the path of your Odoo Community installation (`CommunityPath`) and run **pip** on the requirements file:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:520 +msgid "Download and install **nodejs** and **npm** with your package manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:542 +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:704 +msgid "PostgreSQL user and password. Odoo has no defaults beyond `psycopg2's defaults <http://initd.org/psycopg/docs/module.html>`_: connects over a UNIX socket on port `5432` with the current user and no password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:554 +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:716 +msgid "Where `CommunityPath` is the path of the Odoo Community installation and `mydb` is the default database to serve on `localhost:8069`. You can add other directory paths separated by a comma to ``addons`` at the end of the addons-path option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:559 +msgid "Mac OS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:612 +msgid "Odoo requires Python 3.6 or later to run. Use your preferred package manager (homebrew_, macports_) to download and install Python 3 on your machine if it is not already done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:631 +msgid "Odoo uses PostgreSQL as database management system. Use `postgres.app <https://postgresapp.com>`_ to download and install PostgreSQL (supported version: 10.0 and later)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:663 +msgid "Non-Python dependencies need to be installed with a package manager:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:665 +msgid "Download and install the **Command Line Tools**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:671 +msgid "Download and install the package manager of your choice (homebrew_, macports_)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:672 +msgid "Install non-python dependencies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:682 +msgid "Download and install **nodejs** with your preferred package manager (homebrew_, macports_)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:724 +#: ../../content/administration/update.rst:147 +msgid "Docker" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:726 +msgid "The full documentation on how to use Odoo with Docker can be found on the official Odoo `docker image <https://registry.hub.docker.com/_/odoo/>`_ page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh.rst:3 +msgid "Odoo sh" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced.rst:4 +msgid "Advanced" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:4 +msgid "Containers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:9 +msgid "Each build is isolated within its own container (Linux namespaced container)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:11 +msgid "The base is an Ubuntu system, where all of Odoo's required dependencies, as well as common useful packages, are installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:14 +msgid "If your project requires additional Python dependencies, or more recent releases, you can define a :file:`requirements.txt` file in the root of your branches listing them. The platform will take care to install these dependencies in your containers. `The pip requirements specifiers <https://pip.pypa.io/en/stable/reference/pip_install/#requirement-specifiers>`_ documentation can help you write a :file:`requirements.txt` file. To have a concrete example, check out the `requirements.txt file of Odoo <https://github.com/odoo/odoo/blob/14.0/requirements.txt>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:22 +msgid "The :file:`requirements.txt` files of submodules are taken into account as well. The platform looks for :file:`requirements.txt` files in each folder containing Odoo modules: Not in the module folder itself, but in their parent folder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:27 +msgid "Directory structure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:29 +msgid "As the containers are Ubuntu based, their directory structure follows the linux Filesystem Hierarchy Standard. `Ubuntu's filesystem tree overview <https://help.ubuntu.com/community/LinuxFilesystemTreeOverview#Main_directories>`_ explains the main directories." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:33 +msgid "Here are the Odoo.sh pertinent directories:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:73 +msgid "Both Python 2.7 and 3.5 are installed in the containers. However:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:75 +msgid "If your project is configured to use Odoo 10.0, the Odoo server runs with Python 2.7." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:76 +msgid "If your project is configured to use Odoo 11.0 or above, the Odoo server runs with Python 3.5." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:79 +msgid "Database shell" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:81 +msgid "While accessing a container with the shell, you can access the database using *psql*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:92 +msgid "**Be careful !** `Use transactions <https://www.postgresql.org/docs/current/static/sql-begin.html>`_ (*BEGIN...COMMIT/ROLLBACK*) for every *sql* statements leading to changes (*UPDATE*, *DELETE*, *ALTER*, ...), especially for your production database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:97 +msgid "The transaction mechanism is your safety net in case of mistake. You simply have to rollback your changes to revert your database to its previous state." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:100 +msgid "For example, it may happen that you forget to set your *WHERE* condition." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:111 +msgid "In such a case, you can rollback to revert the unwanted changes that you just mistakenly did, and rewrite the statement:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:122 +msgid "However, do not forget to either commit or rollback your transaction after having done it. Open transactions may lock records in your tables and your running database may wait for them to be released. It can cause a server to hang indefinitely." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:126 +msgid "In addition, when possible, use your staging databases to test your statements first. It gives you an extra safety net." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:129 +msgid "Run an Odoo server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:131 +msgid "You can start an Odoo server instance from a container shell. You won't be able to access it from the outside world with a browser, but you can for instance:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:134 +msgid "use the Odoo shell," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:146 +msgid "install a module," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:152 +msgid "update a module," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:158 +msgid "run the tests for a module," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:164 +msgid "In the above commands, the argument:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:166 +msgid "``--without-demo=all`` prevents demo data to be loaded for all modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:167 +msgid "``--stop-after-init`` will immediately shutdown the server instance after it completed the operations you asked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:169 +msgid "More options are available and detailed in the :doc:`CLI documentation </developer/reference/cmdline>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:172 +msgid "You can find in the logs (*~/logs/odoo.log*) the addons path used by Odoo.sh to run your server. Look for \"*odoo: addons paths*\":" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:181 +msgid "**Be careful**, especially with your production database. Operations that you perform running this Odoo server instance are not isolated: Changes will be effective in the database. Always, make your tests in your staging databases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:186 +msgid "Debugging in Odoo.sh" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:188 +msgid "Debugging an Odoo.sh build is not really different than another Python app. This article only explains the specificities and limitations of the Odoo.sh platform, and assumes that you already know how to use a debugger." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:190 +msgid "If you don't know how to debug a Python application yet, there are multiple introductory courses that can be easily found on the Internet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:192 +msgid "You can use ``pdb``, ``pudb`` or ``ipdb`` to debug your code on Odoo.sh. As the server is run outside a shell, you cannot launch the debugger directly from your Odoo instance backend as the debugger needs a shell to operate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:195 +msgid "`pdb <https://docs.python.org/3/library/pdb.html>`_ is installed by default in every container." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:197 +msgid "If you want to use `pudb <https://pypi.org/project/pudb/>`_ or `ipdb <https://pypi.org/project/ipdb/>`_ you have to install it before." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:199 +msgid "To do so, you have two options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:201 +msgid "temporary (only in the current build):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:207 +msgid "or" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:213 +msgid "permanent: add ``pudb`` or ``ipdb`` to your project ``requirements.txt`` file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:216 +msgid "Then edit the code where you want to trigger the debugger and add this:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:224 +msgid "The condition :code:`sys.__stdin__.isatty()` is a hack that detects if you run Odoo from a shell." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:226 +msgid "Save the file and then run the Odoo Shell:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:232 +msgid "Finally, *via* the Odoo Shell, you can trigger the piece of code/function/method you want to debug." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/frequent_technical_questions.rst:6 +msgid "Frequent Technical Questions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/frequent_technical_questions.rst:9 +msgid "\"Scheduled actions do not run at the exact time they were expected\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/frequent_technical_questions.rst:11 +msgid "On the Odoo.sh platform, we cannot guarantee an exact running time for scheduled actions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/frequent_technical_questions.rst:13 +msgid "This is due to the fact that there might be multiple customers on the same server, and we must guarantee a fair share of the server for every customer. Scheduled actions are therefore implemented slightly differently than on a regular Odoo server, and are run on a *best effort* policy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/frequent_technical_questions.rst:16 +msgid "Do not expect any scheduled action to be run more often than every 5 min." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/frequent_technical_questions.rst:19 +msgid "Are there \"best practices\" regarding scheduled actions?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/frequent_technical_questions.rst:21 +msgid "**Odoo.sh always limits the execution time of scheduled actions (*aka* crons).** Therefore, you must keep this fact in mind when developing your own crons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/frequent_technical_questions.rst:24 +msgid "We advise that:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/frequent_technical_questions.rst:26 +msgid "Your scheduled actions should work on small batches of records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/frequent_technical_questions.rst:27 +msgid "Your scheduled actions should commit their work after processing each batch; this way, if they get interrupted by the time-limit, there is no need to start over." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/frequent_technical_questions.rst:29 +msgid "Your scheduled actions should be `idempotent <https://stackoverflow.com/a/1077421/3332416>`_: they must not cause side-effects if they are started more often than expected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:6 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:110 +msgid "Submodules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:11 +msgid "A `Git submodule <https://git-scm.com/book/en/v2/Git-Tools-Submodules>`_ allows you to integrate other Git projects into your code, without the need to copy-paste all their code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:14 +msgid "Indeed, your custom modules can depend on modules from other repositories. Regarding Odoo, this feature allows you to add modules from other Git repositories into the branches of your repository. Adding these dependencies in your branch through submodules makes the deployment of your code and servers easier, as you can clone the repositories added as submodules at the same time you clone your own repository." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:19 +msgid "Besides, you can choose the branch of the repository added as submodule and you have the control of the revision you want. It's up to you to decide whether you want to pin the submodule to a specific revision and when you want to update to a newer revision." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:24 +msgid "In Odoo.sh, the submodules give you the possibility to use and depend on modules available in other repositories. The platform will detect that you added modules through submodules in your branches and add them to your addons path automatically so you can install them in your databases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:28 +msgid "If you add private repositories as submodules in your branches, you need to configure a deploy key in your Odoo.sh project settings and in your repository settings. Otherwise Odoo.sh won't be allowed to download them. The procedure is detailed in the chapter :ref:`Settings > Submodules <odoosh-gettingstarted-settings-submodules>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:34 +msgid "Adding a submodule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:37 +msgid "With Odoo.sh (simple)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:40 +msgid "For now it is not possible to add **private** repositories with this method. You can nevertheless do so :ref:`with Git <odoosh-advanced-submodules-withgit>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:43 +msgid "On Odoo.sh, in the branches view of your project, choose the branch in which you want to add a submodule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:45 +msgid "In the upper right corner, click on the *Submodule* button, and then on *Run*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:50 +msgid "A dialog with a form is shown. Fill the inputs as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:52 +msgid "Repository URL: The SSH URL of the repository." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:53 +msgid "Branch: The branch you want to use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:54 +msgid "Path: The folder in which you want to add this submodule in your branch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:59 +msgid "On Github, you can get the repository URL with the *Clone or download* button of the repository. Make sure to *use SSH*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:67 +msgid "With Git (advanced)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:69 +msgid "In a terminal, in the folder where your Git repository is cloned, checkout the branch in which you want to add a submodule:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:76 +msgid "Then, add the submodule using the command below:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:82 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:94 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:358 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:487 +msgid "Replace" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:84 +msgid "*<git@yourprovider.com>:<username/repository.git>* by the SSH URL of the repository you want to add as submodule," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:85 +msgid "*<branch>* by the branch you want to use in the above repository," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:86 +msgid "*<path>* by the folder in which you want to add this submodule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:88 +msgid "Commit and push your changes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:96 +msgid "<remote> by the repository on which you want to push your changes. For a standard Git setup, this is *origin*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:97 +msgid "<branch> by the branch on which you want to push your changes. Most likely the branch you used :code:`git checkout` on in the first step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:100 +msgid "You can read the `git-scm.com documentation <https://git-scm.com/book/en/v2/Git-Tools-Submodules>`_ for more details about the Git submodules. For instance, if you would like to update your submodules to have their latest revision, you can follow the chapter `Pulling in Upstream changes <https://git-scm.com/book/en/v2/Git-Tools-Submodules#_pulling_in_upstream_changes_from_the_submodule_remote>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:107 +msgid "Ignore modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:109 +msgid "If you're adding a repository that contains a lot of modules, you may want to ignore some of them in case there are any that are installed automatically. To do so, you can prefix your submodule folder with a :code:`.`. The platform will ignore this folder and you can hand pick your modules by creating symlinks to them from another folder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/upgrade_your_database.rst:4 +msgid "Upgrade your database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/upgrade_your_database.rst:9 +msgid "Download and Upload your database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/upgrade_your_database.rst:11 +msgid "Download a dump of your database (from the :ref:`Builds view <odoosh-gettingstarted-builds-download-dump>`), choose the exact copy and without filestore options. Upload the .sql.gz dump on https://upgrade.odoo.com/upload and select the Testing Purpose. If you have custom code, you can choose to have it upgraded by us, or do it yourself. Once it's processed, you'll get a dump of the database in return." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/upgrade_your_database.rst:17 +msgid "Do *not* upload *backups* of your production database (found in the Backups tab of the production branch) as these are incompatible with the Upgrade platform - they contain your complete sources, etc. that are not needed for the upgrade. Make sure to download a **Dump** instead - either through the Backups tab using the *Download Dump* button or through the Builds page by using the *Download Dump* entry of the contextual menu of your latest production build." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/upgrade_your_database.rst:23 +msgid "Test your upgraded database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/upgrade_your_database.rst:25 +msgid "Create a staging branch that will run the upgraded database. Either make sure your production branch's code is compatible between the two Odoo versions and fork your production branch, or make a new staging branch containing the upgraded code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/upgrade_your_database.rst:29 +msgid "Once the staging build is done (it doesn't matter if it failed due to the version incompatibility), import your upgraded dump in the backups tab of the branch. The platform will automatically detect the version of the dump and change the version of Odoo's source code to the corresponding version for the build." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/upgrade_your_database.rst:33 +msgid "Test the upgraded database and make sure everything runs as it's supposed to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/upgrade_your_database.rst:36 +msgid "Replace your existing production database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/upgrade_your_database.rst:38 +msgid "Once you've tested everything and you're satisfied, start the process over to get an up-to-date upgraded dump:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/upgrade_your_database.rst:40 +msgid "Make a new dump of your production database (as described in step 1)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/upgrade_your_database.rst:41 +msgid "Upload it on upgrade.odoo.com and select the Production purpose" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/upgrade_your_database.rst:42 +msgid "Receive the newly upgraded dump and import it in your production branch. The build might get marked as failed because the platform will run it with the upgraded databases' Odoo version together with the old custom code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/upgrade_your_database.rst:44 +msgid "Merge or commit the upgraded custom code in the production branch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/upgrade_your_database.rst:46 +msgid "If anything goes wrong, remember you can restore a backup. The platform will always make one before you make any Odoo.sh operation on the production database. If the restored backup comes from a previous version, the platform will detect it and change the project's Odoo version back if it needs to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:4 +msgid "Branches" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:9 +msgid "The branches view gives you an overview of the different branches your repository has." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:17 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:40 +msgid "Stages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:19 +msgid "Odoo.sh offers three different stages for your branches: production, staging and development." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:21 +msgid "You can change the stage of a branch by drag and dropping it into the stage section title." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:29 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:43 +msgid "Production" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:30 +msgid "This is the branch holding the code on which your production database runs. There can be only one production branch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:33 +msgid "When you push a new commit in this branch, your production server is updated with the code of the new revision and is then restarted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:36 +msgid "If your changes require the update of a module, such as a change in a form view, and you want it to be performed automatically, increase the version number of the module in its manifest (*__manifest__.py*). The platform will then take care to perform the update during which the instance will be held temporarily unavailable for maintenance reason." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:43 +msgid "This method is equivalent to perform an upgrade of the module through the Apps menu, or through the :code:`-u` switch of :doc:`the command line </developer/reference/cmdline>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:47 +msgid "In the case the changes in the commit prevent the server to restart, or if the modules update fails, the server is automatically reverted to the previous successful code revision and the database is roll-backed as it was before the update. You still have access to the log of the failed update, so you can troubleshoot it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:53 +msgid "The demo data is not loaded, as it is not meant to be used in a production database. The unit tests are not performed, as it would increase the unavailability time of the production database during the updates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:57 +msgid "Partners using trial projects should be aware their production branch, along with all the staging branches, will automatically be set back to the development stage after 30 days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:61 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:61 +msgid "Staging" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:62 +msgid "Staging branches are meant to test your new features using the production data without compromising the actual production database with test records. They will create databases that are neutralized duplicates of the production database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:66 +msgid "The neutralization includes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:68 +msgid "Disabling scheduled actions. If you want to test them, you can trigger their action manually or re-enable them. Be aware that the platform will trigger them less often if no one is using the database in order to save up resources." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:71 +msgid "Disabling outgoing emails by intercepting them with a mailcatcher. An :ref:`interface to view <odoosh-gettingstarted-branches-tabs-mails>` the emails sent by your database is provided. That way, you do not have to worry about sending test emails to your contacts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:74 +msgid "Setting payment acquirers and shipping providers in test mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:75 +msgid "Disabling IAP services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:77 +msgid "The latest database will be kept alive indefinitely, older ones from the same branch may get garbage collected to make room for new ones. It will be valid for 3 months, after which you will be expected to rebuild the branch. If you make configuration or view changes in these databases, make sure to document them or write them directly in the modules of the branch, using XML data files overriding the default configuration or views." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:82 +msgid "The unit tests are not performed as, in Odoo, they currently rely on the demo data, which is not loaded in the production database. In the future, if Odoo supports to run the unit tests without the demo data, Odoo.sh will then consider running the tests on staging databases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:88 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:80 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:52 +msgid "Development" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:89 +msgid "Development branches create new databases using the demo data to run the unit tests. The installed modules are the ones included in your branches. You can change this list of modules to install in your :ref:`project Settings <odoosh-gettingstarted-settings-modules-installation>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:93 +msgid "When you push a new commit in one of these branches, a new server is started, with a database created from scratch and the new revision of the branch. The demo data is loaded, and the unit tests are performed by default. This verifies your changes do not break any of the features tested by them. If you wish, you can disable the tests or allow specific tests to be run with custom tags in the :ref:`branch's settings <odoosh-gettingstarted-branches-tabs-settings>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:100 +msgid "Similar to staging branches, the emails are not sent but are intercepted by a mailcatcher and scheduled actions are not triggered as often is the database is not in use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:103 +msgid "The databases created for development branches are meant to live around three days. After that, they can be automatically garbage collected to make room for new databases without prior notice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:109 +msgid "Merging your branches" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:110 +msgid "You can merge your branches easily by drag and dropping them into each other." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:115 +msgid "When you want to test the changes of your development branches with the production data, you can either:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:118 +msgid "merge the development branch into your staging branch, by drag and dropping it onto the desired staging branch," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:119 +msgid "drag and dropping the development branch on the staging section title, to make it become a staging branch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:121 +msgid "When your latest changes are ready for production, you can drag and drop your staging branch onto your production branch to merge and deploy in production your newest features." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:125 +msgid "If you are bold enough, you can merge your development branches into your production branch as well. It just means you skip the validation of your changes with the production data through a staging branch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:129 +msgid "You can merge your development branches into each other, and your staging branches into each other." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:131 +msgid "Of course, you can also use :code:`git merge` directly on your workstation to merge your branches. Odoo.sh will be notified when new revisions have been pushed in your branches." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:134 +msgid "Merging a staging branch in the production branch only merges the source code: Any configuration changes you made in the staging databases are not passed to the production database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:137 +msgid "If you test configuration changes in staging branches, and want them to be applied in the production, you have to either:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:139 +msgid "write the configuration changes in XML data files overriding the default configuration or views in your branches, and then increase the version of your module in its manifest (*__manifest__.py*) to trigger the update of the module when you merge your staging branch in your production branch. This is the best practice for a better scalability of your developments as you will use the Git versioning features for all your configuration changes, and therefore have a traceability for your changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:145 +msgid "pass them manually from your staging to your production database, by copy/pasting them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:150 +msgid "Tabs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:153 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:52 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:64 +msgid "History" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:154 +msgid "An overview of your branch history:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:156 +msgid "The messages of the commits and their authors," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:157 +msgid "The various events linked to the platform, such as stage changes, database imports, backup restores." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:162 +msgid "For each event, a status is displayed in the top right-hand corner. It can provide information about the ongoing operation on the database (installation, update, backup import, ...), or its result (tests feedback, successful backup import, ...). When an operation is successful, you can access the database thanks to the *connect* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:170 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:60 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:72 +msgid "Mails" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:171 +msgid "This tab contains the mail catcher. It displays an overview of the emails sent by your database. The mail catcher is available for your development and staging branches as the emails of your production database are really sent instead of being intercepted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:180 +msgid "Shell" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:181 +msgid "A shell access to your container. You can perform basic linux commands (:code:`ls`, :code:`top`) and open a shell on your database by typing :code:`psql`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:187 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:203 +msgid "You can open multiple tabs and drag-and-drop them to arrange the layout as you wish, for instance side by side." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:192 +msgid "Long running shell instances are not guaranteed. Idle shells can be disconnected at anytime in order to free up resources." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:196 +msgid "Editor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:197 +msgid "An online integrated development environment (IDE) to edit the source code. You can also open terminals, Python consoles and even Odoo Shell consoles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:207 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:74 +msgid "Monitoring" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:208 +msgid "This link contains various monitoring metrics of the current build." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:213 +msgid "You can zoom, change the time range or select a specific metric on each graph. On the graphs, annotations help you relate to changes on the build (database import, git push, etc...)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:217 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:56 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:68 +msgid "Logs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:218 +msgid "A viewer to have a look to your server logs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:223 +msgid "Different logs are available:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:225 +msgid "install.log: The logs of the database installation. In a development branch, the logs of the tests are included." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:226 +msgid "pip.log: The logs of the Python dependencies installation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:227 +msgid "odoo.log: The logs of the running server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:228 +msgid "update.log: The logs of the database updates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:229 +msgid "pg_long_queries.log: The logs of psql queries that take an unusual amount of time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:231 +msgid "If new lines are added in the logs, they will be displayed automatically. If you scroll to the bottom, the browser will scroll automatically each time a new line is added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:234 +msgid "You can pause the logs fetching by clicking on the according button in the upper right corner of the view. The fetching is automatically stopped after 5 minutes. You can restart it using the play button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:240 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:76 +msgid "Backups" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:241 +msgid "A list of the backups available for download and restore, the ability to perform a manual backup and to import a database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:247 +msgid "Odoo.sh makes daily backups of the production database. It keeps 7 daily, 4 weekly and 3 monthly backups. Each backup includes the database dump, the filestore (attachments, binary fields), logs and sessions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:250 +msgid "Staging and development databases are not backed up. You nevertheless have the possibility to restore a backup of the production database in your staging branches, for testing purposes, or to manually recover data that has been deleted by accident from the production database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:254 +msgid "The list contains the backups kept on the server your production database is hosted on. This server only keeps one month of backups: 7 daily and 4 weekly backups." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:257 +msgid "Dedicated backup servers keep the same backups, as well as 3 additional monthly backups. To restore or download one of these monthly backups, please `contact us <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:260 +msgid "If you merge a commit updating the version of one or several modules (in :file:`__manifest__.py`), or their linked python dependencies (in :file:`requirements.txt`), then Odoo.sh performs a backup automatically (flagged with type Update in the list), as either the container will be changed by the installation of new pip packages, either the database itself will be changed with the module update triggered afterwards. In these two cases, we are doing a backup as it may potentially break things." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:266 +msgid "If you merge a commit that only changes some code without the above-mentioned modifications, then no backup is done by Odoo.sh, as neither the container nor the database is modified so the platform considers this safe enough. Of course, as an extra precaution, you can make a backup manually before making big changes in your production sources in case something goes wrong (those manual backups are available for about one week). To avoid abuse, we limit manual backups to 5 per day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:272 +msgid "The *import database* feature accepts database archives in the format provided by:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:274 +msgid "the standard Odoo databases manager, (available for on-premise Odoo servers under :code:`/web/database/manager`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:276 +msgid "the Odoo online databases manager," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:277 +msgid "the Odoo.sh backup download button of this *Backups* tab," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:278 +msgid "the Odoo.sh dump download button in the :ref:`Builds view <odoosh-gettingstarted-builds>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:283 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:4 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:62 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:78 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:82 +msgid "Settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:284 +msgid "Here you can find a couple of settings that only apply to the currently selected branch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:289 +msgid "**Behaviour upon new commit**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:291 +msgid "For development and staging branches, you can change the branch's behavior upon receiving a new commit. By default, a development branch will create a new build and a staging branch will update the previous build (see the :ref:`Production Stage <stage_production>`). This is especially useful should the feature you're working on require a particular setup or configuration, to avoid having to manually set it up again on every commit. If you choose new build for a staging branch, it will make a fresh copy from the production build every time a commit is pushed. A branch that is put back from staging to development will automatically be set to 'Do nothing'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:299 +msgid "**Modules installation**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:301 +msgid "Choose the modules to install automatically for your development builds." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:306 +msgid "*Install only my modules* will install the modules of the branch only. This is the default option. The :ref:`submodules <odoosh-advanced-submodules>` are excluded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:308 +msgid "*Full installation (all modules)* will install the modules of the branch, the modules included in the submodules and all standard modules of Odoo. When running the full installation, the test suite is disabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:310 +msgid "*Install a list of modules* will install the modules specified in the input just below this option. The names are the technical name of the modules, and they must be comma-separated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:313 +msgid "If the tests are enabled, the standard Odoo modules suite can take up to 1 hour. This setting applies to development builds only. Staging builds duplicate the production build and the production build only installs base." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:318 +msgid "**Test suite**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:320 +msgid "For development branches, you can choose to enable or disable the test suite. It's enabled by default. When the test suite is enabled, you can restrict them by specifying test tags :ref:`test tags <developer/reference/testing/selection>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:324 +msgid "**Odoo Version**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:326 +msgid "For development branches only, you can change the version of Odoo, should you want to test upgraded code or develop features while your production database is in the process of being upgraded to a newer version." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:329 +msgid "In addition, for each version you have two options regarding the code update." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:331 +msgid "You can choose to benefit from the latest bug, security and performance fixes automatically. The sources of your Odoo server will be updated weekly. This is the 'Latest' option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:333 +msgid "You can choose to pin the Odoo sources to a specific revision by selecting them from a list of dates. Revisions will expire after 3 months. You will be notified by mail when the expiration date approaches and if you don't take action afterwards, you will automatically be set to the latest revision." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:338 +msgid "**Custom domains**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:340 +msgid "Here you can configure additional domains for the selected branch. It's possible to add other *<name>.odoo.com* domains or your own custom domains. For the latter you have to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:343 +msgid "own or purchase the domain name," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:344 +msgid "add the domain name in this list," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:345 +msgid "in your registrar's domain name manager, configure the domain name with a ``CNAME`` record set to your production database domain name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:348 +msgid "For instance, to associate *www.mycompany.com* to your database *mycompany.odoo.com*:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:350 +msgid "in Odoo.sh, add *www.mycompany.com* in the custom domains of your project settings," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:351 +msgid "in your domain name manager (e.g. *godaddy.com*, *gandi.net*, *ovh.com*), configure *www.mycompany.com* with a ``CNAME`` record with as value *mycompany.odoo.com*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:354 +msgid "Bare domains (e.g. *mycompany.com*) are not accepted:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:356 +msgid "they can only be configured using ``A`` records," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:357 +msgid "``A`` records only accept IP addresses as value," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:358 +msgid "the IP address of your database can change, following an upgrade, a hardware failure or your wish to host your database in another country or continent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:361 +msgid "Therefore, bare domains could suddenly no longer work because of this change of IP address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:363 +msgid "In addition, if you would like both *mycompany.com* and *www.mycompany.com* to work with your database, having the first redirecting to the second is amongst the `SEO best practices <https://support.google.com/webmasters/answer/7451184?hl=en>`_ (See *Provide one version of a URL to reach a document*) in order to have one dominant URL. You can therefore just configure *mycompany.com* to redirect to *www.mycompany.com*. Most domain managers have the feature to configure this redirection. This is commonly called a web redirection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:370 +msgid "**HTTPS/SSL**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:372 +msgid "If the redirection is correctly set up, the platform will automatically generate an SSL certificate with `Let's Encrypt <https://letsencrypt.org/about/>`_ within the hour and your domain will be accessible through HTTPS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:376 +msgid "While it is currently not possible to configure your own SSL certificates on the Odoo.sh platform we are considering the feature if there is enough demand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:380 +msgid "**SPF and DKIM compliance**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:382 +msgid "In case the domain of your users email addresses use SPF (Sender Policy Framework) or DKIM (DomainKeys Identified Mail), don't forget to authorize Odoo as a sending host in your domain name settings to increase the deliverability of your outgoing emails. The configuration steps are explained in the :ref:`Discuss app documentation <discuss-email_servers-spf-compliant>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:388 +msgid "Forgetting to configure your SPF or DKIM to authorize Odoo as a sending host can lead to the delivery of your emails as spam in your contacts inbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:393 +msgid "Shell commands" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:394 +msgid "In the top right-hand corner of the view, different shell commands are available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:399 +msgid "Each command can be copied in the clipboard to be used in a terminal, and some of them can be used directly from Odoo.sh by clicking the *run* button in such case a popup will prompt the user in order to define eventual placeholders such as ``<URL>``, ``<PATH>``, ..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:405 +msgid "Clone" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:406 +msgid "Download the Git repository." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:412 +msgid "Clones the repository *odoo/odoo*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:414 +msgid ":code:`--recurse-submodules`: Downloads the submodules of your repository. Submodules included in the submodules are downloaded as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:415 +msgid ":code:`--branch`: checks out a specific branch of the repository, in this case *master*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:417 +msgid "The *run* button is not available for this command, as it is meant to be used on your machines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:420 +msgid "Fork" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:421 +msgid "Create a new branch based on the current branch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:427 +msgid "Creates a new branch called *feature-1* based on the branch *master*, and then checkouts it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:433 +msgid "Uploads the new branch *feature-1* on your remote repository." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:436 +msgid "Merge" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:437 +msgid "Merge the current branch in another branch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:443 +msgid "Merges the branch *staging-1* in the current branch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:449 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:521 +msgid "Uploads the changes you just added in the *master* branch on your remote repository." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:452 +msgid "SSH" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:454 +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:455 +msgid "In order to use SSH, you have to set up your profile SSH public key (if it is not already done). To do so, follow these steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:458 +msgid "`Generate a new SSH key <https://help.github.com/en/github/authenticating-to-github/generating-a-new-ssh-key-and-adding-it-to-the-ssh-agent#generating-a-new-ssh-key>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:460 +msgid "`Copy the SSH key to your clipboard <https://help.github.com/en/github/authenticating-to-github/adding-a-new-ssh-key-to-your-github-account>`_ (only apply the step 1)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:463 +msgid "Paste the copied content to your profile SSH keys and press \"Add\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:468 +msgid "The key should appear below" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:474 +msgid "Connection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:476 +msgid "To connect to your builds using ssh use the following command in a terminal:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:482 +msgid "You will find a shortcut for this command into the SSH tab in the upper right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:487 +msgid "Provided you have the :ref:`correct access rights <odoosh-gettingstarted-settings-collaborators>` on the project, you'll be granted ssh access to the build." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:491 +msgid "Long running ssh connections are not guaranteed. Idle connections will be disconnected in order to free up resources." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:496 +msgid "Submodule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:498 +msgid "Add a branch from another repository in your current branch as a *submodule*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:500 +msgid "*Submodules* allows you to use modules from other repositories in your project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:502 +msgid "The submodules feature is detailed in the chapter :ref:`Submodules <odoosh-advanced-submodules>` of this documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:509 +msgid "Adds the branch *master* of the repository *<URL>* as a submodule under the path *<PATH>* in your current branch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:515 +msgid "Commits all your current changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:524 +msgid "Delete" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:526 +msgid "Delete a branch from your repository." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:532 +msgid "Deletes the branch in your remote repository." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:538 +msgid "Deletes the branch in your local copy of the repository." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:6 +msgid "Builds" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:11 +msgid "In Odoo.sh, a build is considered as a database loaded by an Odoo server (`odoo/odoo <https://github.com/odoo/odoo>`_ & `odoo/enterprise <https://github.com/odoo/enterprise>`_) running on a specific revision of your project repository in a containerized environment. Its purpose is to test the well-behavior of the server, the database and the features with this revision." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:19 +msgid "In this view, a row represents a branch, and a cell of a row represents a build of this branch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:21 +msgid "Most of the time, builds are created following pushes on your Github repository branches. They can be created as well when you do other operations, such as importing a database on Odoo.sh or asking a rebuild for a branch in your project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:25 +msgid "A build is considered successful if no errors or warnings come up during its creation. A successful build is highlighted in green." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:28 +msgid "A build is considered failed if errors come up during its creation. A failed build is highlighted in red." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:31 +msgid "If warnings come up during the creation, but there are no errors, the build is considered almost successful. It is highlighted in yellow to notify the developer warnings were raised." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:34 +msgid "Builds do not always create a database from scratch. For instance, when pushing a change on the production branch, the build created just starts the server with your new revision and tries to load the current production database on it. If no errors come up, the build is considered successful, and otherwise failed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:45 +msgid "The first build of a production branch creates a database from scratch. If this build is successful, this database is considered as the production database of your project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:48 +msgid "From then, pushes on the production branch will create new builds that attempt to load the database using a server running with the new revision." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:51 +msgid "If the build is successful, or has warnings but no errors, the production database will now run with this build, along with the revision associated to this build." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:54 +msgid "If the build fails to load or update the database, then the previous successful build is re-used to load the database, and therefore the database will run using a server running with the previous successful revision." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:57 +msgid "The build used to run the production database is always the first of the builds list. If a build fails, it is put after the build currently running the production database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:63 +msgid "Staging builds duplicate the production database, and try to load this duplicate with the revisions of the staging branches." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:66 +msgid "Each time you push a new revision on a staging branch, the build created uses a new copy of the production database. The databases are not re-used between builds of the same branch. This ensures:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:69 +msgid "staging builds use databases that are close to what the production looks like, so you do not make your tests with outdated data," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:72 +msgid "you can play around as much as you want in the same staging database, and you can then ask for a rebuild when you want to restart with a new copy of the production." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:75 +msgid "Nevertheless, this means that if you make configuration changes in staging databases and do not apply them in the production, they will not be passed on the next build of the same staging branch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:82 +msgid "Development builds create new databases, load the demo data and run the unit tests." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:84 +msgid "A build will be considered failed and highlighted in red if tests fail during the installation, as they are meant to raise errors if something wrong occurs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:87 +msgid "If all tests pass, and there is no error, the build will be considered successful." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:89 +msgid "According to the list of modules to install and test, a development build can take up to 1 hour to be ready. This is due to the large number of tests set in the default Odoo modules suite." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:93 +msgid "Features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:95 +msgid "The production branch will always appear first, and then the other branches are ordered by last build created. You can filter out the branches." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:101 +msgid "For each branch, you can access the last build's database using the *Connect* link and jump to the branch code using the *Github* link. For other branches than the production, you can create a new build which will use the latest revision of the branch using the link *rebuild*. This last link is not available when there is already a build in progress for the branch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:109 +msgid "For each build, you can access the revision changes using the button with the Github icon. You can access the build's database as the administrator using the *Connect* button. Also, you can access the database with another user using the *Connect as* button, in the dropdown menu of the *Connect* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:121 +msgid "In the dropdown menu of the build, you can access the same features than in :ref:`the branches view <odoosh-gettingstarted-branches-tabs>`: *Logs*, *Web Shell*, *Editor*, *Outgoing e-mails*. You also have the possibility to *Download a dump* of the build's database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:6 +msgid "Create your project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:9 +msgid "Deploy your platform" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:11 +msgid "Go to `Odoo.sh <https://www.odoo.sh/>`_ and hit the *Deploy your platform* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:17 +msgid "Sign in with Github" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:19 +msgid "Sign in with your Github account. If you do not have an account yet, hit the *Create an account* link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:25 +msgid "Authorize Odoo.sh" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:27 +msgid "Grant Odoo.sh the required accesses to your account by clicking the *Authorize* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:32 +msgid "Odoo.sh basically needs:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:34 +msgid "to know your Github login and email," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:35 +msgid "to create a new repository in case you decide to start from scratch," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:36 +msgid "to read your existing repositories, including the ones of your organizations, in case you want to start from an existing repository," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:37 +msgid "to create a webhook to be notified each time you push changes," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:38 +msgid "to commit changes to make your deployment easier, merging branches or adding new `submodules <https://git-scm.com/book/en/v2/Git-Tools-Submodules>`_ for example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:41 +msgid "Submit your project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:43 +msgid "Choose if you want to start from scratch by creating a new repository, or if you want to use an existing repository." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:45 +msgid "Then, choose a name or select the repository you want to use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:47 +msgid "Choose the Odoo version you want to use. If you plan to import an existing database or an existing set of applications, you might need to choose the according version. If you start from scratch, use the latest version." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:49 +msgid "Enter your *subscription code*. This is also called *subscription referral*, *contract number* or *activation code*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:51 +msgid "It should be the code of your Enterprise subscription that includes Odoo.sh." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:53 +msgid "Partners can use their partnership codes to start a trial. Should their clients start a project, they ought to get an Enterprise subscription including Odoo.sh and use its subscription code. The partner will get the full amount as back commission. Contact your sales representative or account manager in order to get it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:56 +msgid "When submitting the form, if you are notified your subscription is not valid, it either means:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:58 +msgid "it is not an existing subscription," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:59 +msgid "it is not a partnership subscription," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:60 +msgid "it is an enterprise subscription, but which does not include Odoo.sh," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:61 +msgid "it is neither a partnership subscription or an enterprise subscription (e.g. an online subscription)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:63 +msgid "In case of doubt with your subscription, please contact the `Odoo support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:69 +msgid "You're done !" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:71 +msgid "You can start using Odoo.sh. Your first build is about to be created. You will soon be able to connect to your first database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:79 +msgid "Import your database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:81 +msgid "You can import your database in your Odoo.sh project as long as this is an Odoo 10.0, 11.0 or above database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:84 +msgid "Push your modules in production" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:86 +msgid "If you use community or custom modules, add them in a branch in your Github repository. Databases hosted on the Odoo.com online platform do not have any custom modules. Users of these databases can therefore skip this step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:90 +msgid "You can structure your modules as you wish, Odoo.sh will automatically detect the folders containing Odoo addons. For instance, you can put all your modules folder in the root directory of your repository, or group the modules in folders by categories that you define (accounting, project, ...)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:94 +msgid "For community modules available in public Git repositories, you can also consider to add them using :ref:`Submodules <odoosh-advanced-submodules>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:97 +msgid "Then, either :ref:`make this branch the production branch <odoosh-gettingstarted-branches-stages>`, or :ref:`merge it into your production branch <odoosh-gettingstarted-branches-mergingbranches>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:101 +msgid "Download a backup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:104 +msgid "On-premise databases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:106 +msgid "Access the URL :file:`/web/database/manager` of your on-premise database and download a backup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:110 +msgid "If you cannot access the database manager, it may have been disabled by your system administrator. See the :ref:`database manager security documentation <db_manager_security>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:113 +msgid "You will need the master password of your database server. If you do not have it, contact your system administrator." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:118 +msgid "Choose a zip including the filestore as the backup format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:124 +msgid "Odoo Online databases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:126 +msgid "`Access your databases manager <https://accounts.odoo.com/my/databases/manage>`_ and download a backup of your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:133 +msgid "Saas releases (e.g. *saas-**) are not supported on Odoo.sh." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:136 +msgid "Upload the backup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:138 +msgid "Then, in your Odoo.sh project, in the backups tab of your production branch, import the backup you just downloaded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:143 +msgid "Once the backup imported, you can access the database using the *Connect* button in the history of the branch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:149 +msgid "Check your outgoing email servers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:151 +msgid "There is a default mail server provided with Odoo.sh. To use it, there must be no enabled outgoing mail server configured in your database in :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Outgoing Mail Servers` (:doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode/activate>` must be activated)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:156 +msgid "After the import of your database, all outgoing email servers are disabled so you use the Odoo.sh email server provided by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:161 +msgid "Port 25 is (and will stay) closed. If you want to connect to an external SMTP server, you should use ports 465 and 587." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:164 +msgid "Check your scheduled actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:166 +msgid "All scheduled actions are disabled after the import." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:168 +msgid "This is to prevent your newly imported database to perform actions that could impact your running production, such as sending the mails remaining in the queue, processing mass mailings, or third-party services synchronization (Calendars, files hosting, ...)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:172 +msgid "If you plan to make the imported database your production, enable the scheduled actions you need. You can check what is enabled in the database of origin and enable the same actions in the imported database. Scheduled actions are located under :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:177 +msgid "Register your subscription" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:179 +msgid "Your subscription is unlinked after the import." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:181 +msgid "The imported database is considered a duplicate by default and the enterprise subscription is therefore removed, as you can only have one database linked per subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:184 +msgid "If you plan to make it your production, unlink your former database from the subscription, and register the newly imported database. Read the :ref:`database registration documentation <db_premise>` for instructions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:4 +msgid "Your first module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:9 +msgid "This chapter helps you to create your first Odoo module and deploy it in your Odoo.sh project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:11 +msgid "This tutorial requires :ref:`you created a project on Odoo.sh <odoosh-gettingstarted-create>`, and you know your Github repository's URL." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:13 +msgid "Basic use of Git and Github is explained." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:15 +msgid "The below assumptions are made:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:17 +msgid "*~/src* is the directory where are located the Git repositories related to your Odoo projects," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:18 +msgid "*odoo* is the Github user," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:19 +msgid "*odoo-addons* is the Github repository," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:20 +msgid "*feature-1* is the name of a development branch," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:21 +msgid "*master* is the name of the production branch," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:22 +msgid "*my_module* is the name of the module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:24 +msgid "Replace these by the values of your choice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:27 +msgid "Create the development branch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:30 +msgid "From Odoo.sh" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:32 +msgid "In the branches view:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:34 +msgid "hit the :code:`+` button next to the development stage," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:35 +msgid "choose the branch *master* in the *Fork* selection," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:36 +msgid "type *feature-1* in the *To* input." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:38 +msgid "|pic1| |pic2|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:47 +msgid "Once the build created, you can access the editor and browse to the folder *~/src/user* to access to the code of your development branch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:57 +msgid "From your computer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:60 +msgid "Clone your Github repository on your computer:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:69 +msgid "Create a new branch:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:77 +msgid "Create the module structure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:80 +msgid "Scaffolding the module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:82 +msgid "While not necessary, scaffolding avoids the tedium of setting the basic Odoo module structure. You can scaffold a new module using the executable *odoo-bin*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:85 +msgid "From the Odoo.sh editor, in a terminal:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:91 +msgid "Or, from your computer, if you have an :ref:`installation of Odoo <setup/install/source>`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:97 +msgid "If you do not want to bother installing Odoo on your computer, you can also :download:`download this module structure template <media/my_module.zip>` in which you replace every occurrences of *my_module* to the name of your choice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:101 +msgid "The below structure will be generated:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:124 +msgid "Do not use special characters other than the underscore ( _ ) for your module name, not even an hyphen ( - ). This name is used for the Python classes of your module, and having classes name with special characters other than the underscore is not valid in Python." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:128 +msgid "Uncomment the content of the files:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:130 +msgid "*models/models.py*, an example of model with its fields," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:132 +msgid "*views/views.xml*, a tree and a form view, with the menus opening them," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:134 +msgid "*demo/demo.xml*, demo records for the above example model," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:136 +msgid "*controllers/controllers.py*, an example of controller implementing some routes," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:138 +msgid "*views/templates.xml*, two example qweb views used by the above controller routes," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:140 +msgid "*__manifest__.py*, the manifest of your module, including for instance its title, description and data files to load. You just need to uncomment the access control list data file:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:149 +msgid "Manually" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:151 +msgid "If you want to create your module structure manually, you can follow :doc:`Build an Odoo module </developer/howtos/backend>` to understand the structure of a module and the content of each file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:156 +msgid "Push the development branch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:158 +msgid "Stage the changes to be committed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:164 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:392 +msgid "Commit your changes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:170 +msgid "Push your changes to your remote repository" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:172 +msgid "From an Odoo.sh editor terminal:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:178 +msgid "The above command is explained in the section :ref:`Commit & Push your changes <odoosh-gettingstarted-online-editor-push>` of the :ref:`Online Editor <odoosh-gettingstarted-online-editor>` chapter. It includes the explanation regarding the fact you will be prompted to type your username and password, and what to do if you use the two-factor authentication." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:186 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:380 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:406 +msgid "Or, from your computer terminal:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:192 +msgid "You need to specify *-u origin feature-1* for the first push only. From that point, to push your future changes from your computer, you can simply use" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:200 +msgid "Test your module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:202 +msgid "Your branch should appear in your development branches in your project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:207 +msgid "In the branches view of your project, you can click on your branch name in the left navigation panel to access its history." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:213 +msgid "You can see here the changes you just pushed, including the comment you set. Once the database ready, you can access it by clicking the *Connect* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:219 +msgid "If your Odoo.sh project is configured to install your module automatically, you will directly see it amongst the database apps. Otherwise, it will be available in the apps to install." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:222 +msgid "You can then play around with your module, create new records and test your features and buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:226 +msgid "Test with the production data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:228 +msgid "You need to have a production database for this step. You can create it if you do not have it yet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:230 +msgid "Once you tested your module in a development build with the demo data and believe it is ready, you can test it with the production data using a staging branch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:233 +msgid "You can either:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:235 +msgid "Make your development branch a staging branch, by drag and dropping it onto the *staging* section title." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:240 +msgid "Merge it in an existing staging branch, by drag and dropping it onto the given staging branch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:245 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:289 +msgid "You can also use the :code:`git merge` command to merge your branches." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:247 +msgid "This will create a new staging build, which will duplicate the production database and make it run using a server updated with your latest changes of your branch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:253 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:297 +msgid "Once the database ready, you can access it using the *Connect* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:258 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:300 +msgid "Install your module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:260 +msgid "Your module will not be installed automatically, you have to install it from the apps menu. Indeed, the purpose of the staging build is to test the behavior of your changes as it would be on your production, and on your production you would not like your module to be installed automatically, but on demand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:264 +msgid "Your module may not appear directly in your apps to install either, you need to update your apps list first:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:266 +msgid "activate the :doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode/activate>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:267 +msgid "in the apps menu, click the *Update Apps List* button," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:268 +msgid "in the dialog that appears, click the *Update* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:273 +msgid "Your module will then appear in the list of available apps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:279 +msgid "Deploy in production" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:281 +msgid "Once you tested your module in a staging branch with your production data, and believe it is ready for production, you can merge your branch in the production branch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:284 +msgid "Drag and drop your staging branch on the production branch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:291 +msgid "This will merge the latest changes of your staging branch in the production branch, and update your production server with these latest changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:302 +msgid "Your module will not be installed automatically, you have to install it manually as explained in the :ref:`above section about installing your module in staging databases <odoosh-gettingstarted-firstmodule-productiondata-install>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:308 +msgid "Add a change" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:310 +msgid "This section explains how to add a change in your module by adding a new field in a model and deploy it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:314 +msgid "From the Odoo.sh editor," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:313 +msgid "browse to your module folder *~/src/user/my_module*," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:314 +msgid "then, open the file *models/models.py*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:319 +msgid "Or, from your computer," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:317 +msgid "use the file browser of your choice to browse to your module folder *~/src/odoo-addons/my_module*," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:318 +msgid "then, open the file *models/models.py* using the editor of your choice, such as *Atom*, *Sublime Text*, *PyCharm*, *vim*, ..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:321 +msgid "Then, after the description field" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:327 +msgid "Add a datetime field" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:333 +msgid "Then, open the file *views/views.xml*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:335 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:462 +msgid "After" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:341 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:439 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:456 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:468 +msgid "Add" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:347 +msgid "These changes alter the database structure by adding a column in a table, and modify a view stored in database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:350 +msgid "In order to be applied in existing databases, such as your production database, these changes requires the module to be updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:353 +msgid "If you would like the update to be performed automatically by the Odoo.sh platform when you push your changes, increase your module version in its manifest." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:356 +msgid "Open the module manifest *__manifest__.py*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:364 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:493 +msgid "with" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:370 +msgid "The platform will detect the change of version and trigger the update of the module upon the new revision deployment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:372 +msgid "Browse to your Git folder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:374 +msgid "Then, from an Odoo.sh terminal:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:386 +msgid "Then, stage your changes to be committed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:398 +msgid "Push your changes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:400 +msgid "From an Odoo.sh terminal:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:412 +msgid "The platform will then create a new build for the branch *feature-1*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:417 +msgid "Once you tested your changes, you can merge your changes in the production branch, for instance by drag-and-dropping the branch on the production branch in the Odoo.sh interface. As you increased the module version in the manifest, the platform will update the module automatically and your new field will be directly available. Otherwise you can manually update the module within the apps list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:423 +msgid "Use an external Python library" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:425 +msgid "If you would like to use an external Python library which is not installed by default, you can define a *requirements.txt* file listing the external libraries your modules depends on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:428 +msgid "The platform will use this file to automatically install the Python libraries your project needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:430 +msgid "The feature is explained in this section by using the `Unidecode library <https://pypi.python.org/pypi/Unidecode>`_ in your module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:433 +msgid "Create a file *requirements.txt* in the root folder of your repository" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:435 +msgid "From the Odoo.sh editor, create and open the file ~/src/user/requirements.txt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:437 +msgid "Or, from your computer, create and open the file ~/src/odoo-addons/requirements.txt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:445 +msgid "Then use the library in your module, for instance to remove accents from characters in the name field of your model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:448 +msgid "Open the file *models/models.py*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:450 +msgid "Before" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:483 +msgid "Adding a Python dependency requires a module version increase for the platform to install it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:485 +msgid "Edit the module manifest *__manifest__.py*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:499 +msgid "Stage and commit your changes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:507 +msgid "Then, push your changes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:509 +msgid "In an Odoo.sh terminal:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:515 +msgid "In your computer terminal:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:6 +msgid "Online Editor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:11 +msgid "The online editor allows you to edit the source code of your builds from a web browser. It also gives you the possibility to open terminals, Python consoles, Odoo Shell consoles and `Notebooks <https://jupyterlab.readthedocs.io/en/stable/user/notebook.html>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:18 +msgid "You can access the editor of a build through :ref:`the branches tabs <odoosh-gettingstarted-branches-tabs>`, :ref:`the builds dropdown menu <odoosh-gettingstarted-builds-dropdown-menu>` or by adding */odoo-sh/editor* to your build domain name (e.g. *https://odoo-addons-master-1.dev.odoo.com/odoo-sh/editor*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:25 +msgid "Edit the source code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:27 +msgid "The working directory is composed of the following folders:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:50 +msgid "You can edit the source code (files under */src*) in development and staging builds." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:53 +msgid "Your changes won't be propagated to a new build, you must commit them in your source code if you want to make them persist." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:57 +msgid "For production builds, the source code is read-only, because applying local changes on a production server is not a good practice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:60 +msgid "The source code of your Github repository is located under */src/user*," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:61 +msgid "The source code of Odoo is located under" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:63 +msgid "*/src/odoo* (`odoo/odoo <https://github.com/odoo/odoo>`_)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:64 +msgid "*/src/enterprise* (`odoo/enterprise <https://github.com/odoo/enterprise>`_)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:65 +msgid "*/src/themes* (`odoo/design-themes <https://github.com/odoo/design-themes>`_)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:67 +msgid "To open a file in the editor, just double-click on it in the file browser panel on the left." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:72 +msgid "You can then begin to make your changes. You can save your changes with the menu :menuselection:`File --> Save .. File` or by hitting the :kbd:`Ctrl+S` shortcut." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:78 +msgid "If you save a Python file which is under your Odoo server addons path, Odoo will detect it and reload automatically so your changes are reflected immediately, without having to restart the server manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:85 +msgid "However, if the change is a data stored in database, such as the label of a field, or a view, you have to update the according module to apply the change. You can update the module of the currently opened file by using the menu :menuselection:`Odoo --> Update current module`. Note that the file considered as currently opened is the file focused in the text editor, not the file highlighted in the file browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:94 +msgid "You can also open a terminal and execute the command:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:103 +msgid "Commit & Push your changes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:105 +msgid "You have the possibility to commit and push your changes to your Github repository." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:107 +msgid "Open a terminal (:menuselection:`File --> New --> Terminal`)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:108 +msgid "Change the directory to *~/src/user* using :code:`cd ~/src/user`," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:109 +msgid "Stage your changes using :code:`git add`," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:110 +msgid "Commit your changes using :code:`git commit`," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:111 +msgid "Push your changes using :code:`git push https HEAD:<branch>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:113 +msgid "In this last command," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:115 +msgid "*https* is the name of your *HTTPS* Github remote repository (e.g. https://github.com/username/repository.git)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:117 +msgid "HEAD is the reference to the latest revision you committed," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:118 +msgid "<branch> must be replaced by the name of the branch to which you want to push the changes, most-likely the current branch if you work in a development build." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:125 +msgid "The SSH Github remote is not used because your SSH private key is not hosted in your build containers (for obvious security concerns) nor forwarded through an SSH Agent (as you access this editor through a web browser) and you therefore cannot authenticate yourself to Github using SSH. You have to use the HTTPS remote of your Github repository to push your changes, which is added automatically named as *https* in your Git remotes. You will be prompted to enter your Github username and password. If you activated the two-factor authentication on Github, you can create a `personal access token <https://help.github.com/articles/creating-a-personal-access-token-for-the-command-line/>`_ and use it as password. Granting the ``repo`` permission suffices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:139 +msgid "The Git source folder *~/src/user* is not checked out on a branch but rather on a detached revision: This is because builds work on specific revisions rather than branches. In other words, this means you can have multiple builds on the same branch, but on different revisions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:143 +msgid "Once your changes are pushed, according to your :ref:`branch push behavior <odoosh-gettingstarted-branches-tabs-settings>`, a new build may be created. You can continue to work in the editor you pushed from, as it will have the same revision as the new build that was created, but always make sure to be in an editor of a build using the latest revision of your branch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:150 +msgid "Consoles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:152 +msgid "You can open Python consoles, which are `IPython interactive shells <https://ipython.readthedocs.io/en/stable/interactive/tutorial.html>`_. One of the most interesting addition to use a Python console rather than a IPython shell within a terminal is the `rich display <https://ipython.readthedocs.io/en/stable/config/integrating.html#rich-display>`_ capabilities. Thanks to this, you will be able to display objects in HTML." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:160 +msgid "You can for instance display cells of a CSV file using `pandas <https://pandas.pydata.org/pandas-docs/stable/tutorials.html>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:166 +msgid "You can also open an Odoo Shell console to play around with the Odoo registry and model methods of your database. You can also directly read or write on your records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:171 +msgid "In an Odoo Console, transactions are automatically committed. This means, for instance, that changes in records are applied effectively in the database. If you change the name of a user, the name of the user is changed in your database as well. You therefore should use Odoo consoles carefully on production databases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:177 +msgid "You can use *env* to invoke models of your database registry, e.g. :code:`env['res.users']`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:187 +msgid "The class :code:`Pretty` gives you the possibility to easily display lists and dicts in a pretty way, using the `rich display <https://ipython.readthedocs.io/en/stable/config/integrating.html#rich-display>`_ mentioned above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:195 +msgid "You can also use `pandas <https://pandas.pydata.org/pandas-docs/stable/tutorials.html>`_ to display graphs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:9 +msgid "The settings allow you to manage the configuration of your project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:15 +msgid "Project name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:17 +msgid "The name of your project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:22 +msgid "This defines the address that will be used to access your production database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:24 +msgid "Addresses of your staging and development builds are derived from this name and assigned automatically. However, when you change your project name, only future builds will use the new name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:30 +msgid "Collaborators" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:32 +msgid "Manage the Github users who can access your project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:37 +msgid "There are two levels of users:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:39 +msgid "Admin: has access to all features of Odoo.sh." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:40 +msgid "User: does not have access to the project settings nor to the production and staging databases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:42 +msgid "The user group is meant for developers who can make modifications in your code but are not allowed to access the production data. Users of this group cannot connect to the production and staging databases using the *1-click connect* feature, but they can of course use their regular account on these databases if they have one, using their regular credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:47 +msgid "In addition, they cannot use the webshell nor have access to the server logs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:50 +msgid "User" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:50 +msgid "Admin" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:52 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:52 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:54 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:54 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:56 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:56 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:58 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:58 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:60 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:60 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:62 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:62 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:64 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:64 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:66 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:68 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:70 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:72 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:74 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:76 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:78 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:78 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:80 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:80 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:82 +msgid "X" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:54 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:66 +msgid "1-click connect" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:58 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:70 +msgid "Shell/SSH" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:64 +msgid "Production & Staging" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:80 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/status.rst:4 +msgid "Status" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:86 +msgid "Public Access" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:88 +msgid "Allow public access to your development builds." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:93 +msgid "If activated, this option exposes the Builds page publicly, allowing visitors to connect to your development builds." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:95 +msgid "In addition, visitors have access to the logs, shell and mails of your development builds." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:97 +msgid "Production and staging builds are excluded, visitors can only see their status." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:103 +msgid "Custom domains" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:105 +msgid "To configure additional domains please refer to the corresponding branch's :ref:`settings tab <odoosh-gettingstarted-branches-tabs-settings>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:112 +msgid "Configure the deploy keys for the private repositories you use as submodules in your branches to allow Odoo.sh to download them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:116 +msgid "These settings are required for **private repositories** only. If you are looking on how to set up your submodules, instructions are available in the chapter :ref:`Submodules <odoosh-advanced-submodules>` of this documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:123 +msgid "When a repository is private, it is not possible to publicly download its branches and revisions. For that reason, you need to configure a deploy key for Odoo.sh, so the remote Git server allows our platform to download the revisions of this private repository." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:128 +msgid "To configure the deploy key for a private repository, proceed as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:130 +msgid "in the input, paste the SSH URL of your private sub-repository and click on *Add*," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:132 +msgid "e.g. *git@github.com:USERNAME/REPOSITORY.git*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:133 +msgid "it can be another Git server than Github, such as Bitbucket, Gitlab or even your own self-hosted server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:135 +msgid "copy the public key," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:137 +msgid "it should look like *ssh-rsa some...random...characters...here...==*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:139 +msgid "in the settings of the private sub-repository, add the public key amongst the deploy keys." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:141 +msgid "Github.com: :menuselection:`Settings --> Deploy keys --> Add deploy key`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:142 +msgid "Bitbucket.com: :menuselection:`Settings --> Access keys --> Add key`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:143 +msgid "Gitlab.com: :menuselection:`Settings --> Repository --> Deploy Keys`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:144 +msgid "Self-hosted: append the key to the git user’s authorized_keys file in its .ssh directory" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:147 +msgid "Storage Size" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:149 +msgid "This section shows the storage size used by your project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:154 +msgid "Storage size is computed as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:156 +msgid "the size of the PostgreSQL database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:158 +msgid "the size of the disk files available in your container: database filestore, sessions storage directory..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:161 +msgid "In case you want to analyze disk usage, you can run the tool `ncdu <https://dev.yorhel.nl/ncdu/man>`_ in your Web Shell." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:163 +msgid "Should your production database size grow to exceed what's provisioned in your subscription, it will automatically be synchronized with it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:167 +msgid "Database Workers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:169 +msgid "Additional database workers can be configured here. More workers help increase the load your production database is able to handle. If you add more, it will automatically be synchronized with your subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:177 +msgid "Adding more workers will not magically solve all performance issues. It only allows the server to handle more connections at the same time. If some operations are unusually slow, it's most likely a problem with the code, if it's not due to your own customizations you can open a ticket `here <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:183 +msgid "Staging Branches" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:185 +msgid "Additional staging branches allow you to develop and test more features at the same time. If you add more, it will automatically be synchronized with your subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:192 +msgid "Activation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:194 +msgid "Shows the status of the project's activation. You can change the project's activation code if needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/status.rst:9 +msgid "The status page shows statistics regarding the servers your project uses. It includes the servers availability." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/overview/introduction.rst:4 +msgid "Introduction to Odoo.sh" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/overview/introduction.rst:11 +msgid "The documentation will help you go live with your Odoo.sh project in no time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/update.rst:6 +msgid "Updating an Odoo installation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/update.rst:9 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/update.rst:11 +msgid "In order to benefit from the latest improvements, security fixes, bug corrections and performance boosts, you may need to update your Odoo installation from time to time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/update.rst:14 +msgid "This guide only applies when are using Odoo on your own hosting infrastructure. If you are using one of the Odoo Cloud solutions, updates are automatically performed for you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/update.rst:17 +msgid "The terminology surrounding software updates is often confusing, so here are some preliminary definitions:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/update.rst:25 +msgid "Updating (an Odoo installation)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/update.rst:21 +msgid "Refers to the process of obtaining the latest revision of the source code for your current Odoo Edition. For example, updating your Odoo Enterprise 13.0 to the latest revision. This does not directly cause any change to the contents of your Odoo database, and can be undone by reinstalling the previous revision of the source code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/update.rst:35 +msgid "Upgrading (an Odoo database)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/update.rst:28 +msgid "Refers to a complex data processing operation where the structure and contents of your database is permanently altered to make it compatible with a new release of Odoo. This operation is irreversible and typically accomplished via Odoo's `database upgrade service <https://upgrade.odoo.com>`_, when you decide to switch to a newer release of Odoo. Historically, this process has also been known as a \"migration\" because it involves moving data around inside the database, even though the database may end up at the same physical location after the upgrade." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/update.rst:37 +msgid "This page describes the typical steps needed to *update* an Odoo installation to the latest version. If you'd like more information about upgrading a database, please visit the `Odoo Upgrade page <https://upgrade.odoo.com>`_ instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/update.rst:43 +msgid "In a nutshell" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/update.rst:45 +msgid "Updating Odoo is accomplished by simply reinstalling the latest version of your Odoo Edition on top of your current installation. This will preserve your data without any alteration, as long as you do not uninstall PostgreSQL (the database engine that comes with Odoo)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/update.rst:49 +msgid "The main reference for updating is logically our :ref:`installation guide <setup/install>`, which explains the common installation methods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/update.rst:52 +msgid "Updating is also most appropriately accomplished by the person who deployed Odoo initially, because the procedure is very similar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/update.rst:55 +msgid "We always recommend to download a complete new up-to-date Odoo version, rather than manually applying patches, such as the security patches that come with Security Advisories. The patches are mainly provided for installations that are heavily customized, or for technical personnel who prefer to apply minimal changes temporarily while testing a complete update." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/update.rst:64 +msgid "Step 1: Download an updated Odoo version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/update.rst:66 +msgid "The central download page is https://www.odoo.com/page/download. If you see a \"Buy\" link for the Odoo Enterprise download, make sure you are logged into Odoo.com with the same login that is linked to your Odoo Enterprise subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/update.rst:70 +msgid "Alternatively, you can use the unique download link that was included with your Odoo Enterprise purchase confirmation email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/update.rst:73 +msgid "Downloading an updated version is not necessary if you installed via Github (see below)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/update.rst:77 +msgid "Step 2: Make a backup of your database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/update.rst:79 +msgid "The update procedure is quite safe and should not alter you data. However it's always best to take a full database backup before performing any change on your installation, and to store it somewhere safe, on a different computer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/update.rst:83 +msgid "If you have not disabled the database manager screen (see :ref:`here <security>` why you should), you can use it (link at bottom of your database selection screen) to download a backup of your database(s). If you disabled it, use the same procedure than for your usual backups." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/update.rst:89 +msgid "Step 3: Install the updated version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/update.rst:91 +msgid "Choose the method that matches your current installation:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/update.rst:95 +msgid "Packaged Installers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/update.rst:97 +msgid "If you installed Odoo with an installation package downloaded on our website (the recommended method), updating is very simple. All you have to do is download the installation package corresponding to your system (see step #1) and install it on your server. They are updated daily and include the latest security fixes. Usually, you can simply double-click the package to install it on top of the current installation. After installing the package, be sure to restart the Odoo service or reboot your server, and you're all set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/update.rst:106 +msgid "Source Install (Tarball)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/update.rst:107 +msgid "If you have originally installed Odoo with the \"tarball\" version (source code archive), you have to replace the installation directory with a newer version. First download the latest tarball from Odoo.com. They are updated daily and include the latest security fixes (see step #1) After downloading the package, extract it to a temporary location on your server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/update.rst:112 +msgid "You will get a folder labelled with the version of the source code, for example \"odoo-13.0+e.20190719\", that contains a folder \"odoo.egg-info\" and the actual source code folder named \"odoo\" (for Odoo 10 and later) or \"openerp\" for older versions. You can ignore the odoo.egg-info folder. Locate the folder where your current installation is deployed, and replace it with the newer \"odoo\" or \"openerp\" folder that was in the archive you just extracted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/update.rst:118 +msgid "Be sure to match the folder layout, for example the new \"addons\" folder included in the source code should end up exactly at the same path it was before. Next, watch out for any specific configuration files that you may have manually copied or modified in the old folder, and copy them over to the new folder. Finally, restart the Odoo service or reboot the machine, and you are all set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/update.rst:125 +msgid "Source Install (Github)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/update.rst:126 +msgid "If you have originally installed Odoo with a full Github clone of the official repositories, the update procedure requires you to pull the latest source code via git. Change into the directory for each repository (the main Odoo repository, and the Enterprise repository), and run the following commands::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/update.rst:134 +msgid "The last command may encounter source code conflicts if you had edited the Odoo source code locally. The error message will give you the list of files with conflicts, and you will need to resolve the conflicts manually, by editing them and deciding which part of the code to keep." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/update.rst:138 +msgid "Alternatively, if you prefer to simply discard the conflicting changes and restore the official version, you can use the following command::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/update.rst:143 +msgid "Finally, restart the Odoo service or reboot the machine, and you should be done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/update.rst:149 +msgid "Please refer to our `Docker image documentation <https://hub.docker.com/_/odoo/>`_ for specific update instructions." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/applications.pot b/locale/sources/applications.pot index 6003188e8..fa7ece13f 100644 --- a/locale/sources/applications.pot +++ b/locale/sources/applications.pot @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-18 07:12+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" @@ -16,6 +16,6 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#: ../../applications.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications.rst:3 msgid "Applications" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/business.pot b/locale/sources/business.pot deleted file mode 100644 index 0f43b7fff..000000000 --- a/locale/sources/business.pot +++ /dev/null @@ -1,22 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -#: ../../business.rst:3 -msgid "Business Mementos" -msgstr "" - diff --git a/locale/sources/contributing.pot b/locale/sources/contributing.pot index c3700bade..0bbefaa86 100644 --- a/locale/sources/contributing.pot +++ b/locale/sources/contributing.pot @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-18 07:12+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" @@ -16,1304 +16,1439 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#: ../../contributing.rst:5 +#: ../../content/contributing.rst:4 msgid "Contributing" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation.rst:5 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation.rst:4 msgid "Contributing to the documentation" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:5 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:4 msgid "Content guidelines" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:7 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:6 msgid "To give the community the best documentation possible, we listed here a few guidelines, tips and tricks that will make your content shine at its brightest! While we encourage you to adopt your own writing style, some rules still apply to give the reader more clarity and comprehension." msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:12 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:11 msgid "We strongly recommend contributors to carefully read the other documents in this *Contribution* section of the documentation. Good knowledge of the ins and outs of **RST writing** is required to write and submit your contribution. Note that it also affects your writing style itself." msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:16 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:15 msgid ":doc:`introduction_guide`" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:17 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:41 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:16 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:34 msgid ":doc:`rst_cheat_sheet`" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:18 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:42 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:17 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:35 msgid ":doc:`rst_guidelines`" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:23 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:22 msgid "Writing style" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:25 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:24 msgid "**Writing for documentation** isn't the same as writing for a blog or another medium. Readers are more likely to skim read until they've found the information they are looking for. Keep in mind that the user documentation is a place to inform and describe, not to convince and promote." msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:32 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:31 msgid "Consistency" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:34 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:33 msgid "*Consistency is key to everything.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:36 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:35 msgid "Make sure that your writing style remains **consistent**. If you modify an existing text, try to match the existing tone and presentation, or rewrite it to match your own style." msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:42 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:41 msgid "Grammatical tenses" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:44 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:43 msgid "In English, descriptions and instructions require the use of a **Present Tense**, while a *future tense* is appropriate only when a specific event is to happen ulteriorly. This logic might be different in other languages." msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 msgid "Good example (present):" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 msgid "*Screenshots are automatically resized to fit the content block's width.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 msgid "Bad example (future):" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 msgid "*When you take a screenshot, remember that it will be automatically resized to fit the content block's width.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:57 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:56 msgid "Paragraphing" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:59 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:58 msgid "A paragraph comprises several sentences that are linked by a shared idea. They usually are two to six lines long." msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:62 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:61 msgid "In English, a new idea implies a new paragraph, rather than having a *line break* as it is common to do in some other languages. *Line breaks* are useful for layout purposes but shouldn't be used as a grammatical way of separating ideas." msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:67 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:66 msgid ":ref:`RST cheat sheet: Break the line but not the paragraph <contributing/line-break>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:72 -msgid "Titles" +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:71 +msgid "Titles and headings" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:74 -msgid "To write a good title :" +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:73 +msgid "To write good titles and headings:" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:76 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:75 msgid "**Be concise.**" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:77 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:76 msgid "**Avoid sentences**, questions, and titles starting with \"how to.\"" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:78 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:77 msgid "**Don't use pronouns** in your titles, especially 2nd person (*your*)" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:83 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:78 +msgid "Use **sentence case**. This means you capitalize only:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:80 +msgid "the first word of the title or heading" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:81 +msgid "the first word after a colon" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:82 +msgid "proper nouns (brands, product and service names, etc.)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:83 +msgid "app features, as written in the apps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:86 +msgid "Do not capitalize common nouns when they are not referred to as features. This is more likely to happen in headings rather than in titles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:90 +msgid "Examples" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:90 +msgid "Explanations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 +msgid "**Titles**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 +msgid "(h1)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:92 +msgid "*Quotation Templates*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:92 +msgid "\"Quotation Templates\" is a feature in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:94 +msgid "*Lead Mining*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:94 +msgid "\"Lead Mining\" is a feature in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:96 +msgid "*Resupply from another Warehouse*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:96 +msgid "\"Warehouse\" is capitalized as we refer to the feature in the app rather than to a real warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:99 +msgid "*Synchronize Google Calendar with Odoo*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:99 +msgid "\"Google Calendar\" is a product and \"Odoo\" is a brand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 +msgid "**Headings**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 +msgid "(h2, h3, etc.)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:102 +msgid "*Confirm the quotation*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:102 +msgid "\"The quotation\" is a common noun not referring to a feature in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:105 +msgid "*Test environment*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:105 +msgid "\"Environment\" is a common noun." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:107 +msgid "*Add a new Payment Acquirer*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:107 +msgid "\"Payment Acquirers\" is a feature in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:109 +msgid "*Generate SEPA Direct Debit XML files to submit payments*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:109 +msgid "\"SEPA Direct Debit\" and \"XML\" are considered as proper nouns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:116 msgid "Document's structure" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:85 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:118 msgid "Use different **headings levels** to organize your text by sections and sub-sections. Your headings are also displayed in a dynamic *navigation bar* on the side." msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "**H1: Page Title**" +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 +msgid "**H1: Page title**" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 msgid "Your *page title* gives your reader a quick and clear understanding of what your content is about. It is also referenced in the section's *table of contents*." msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:93 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:126 msgid "The *content* in this section describes the upcoming content from a **business point of view**, and shouldn't put the emphasis on Odoo, as this is documentation and not marketing." msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:97 -msgid "Start first with a **Lead Paragraph**, which helps the reader make sure that they've found the right page, then explain the **business aspects of this topic** in the following paragraphs." +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:130 +msgid "Start first with a **lead paragraph**, which helps the reader make sure that they've found the right page, then explain the **business aspects of this topic** in the following paragraphs." msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "**H2: Section Title (configuration)**" +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 +msgid "**H2: Section title (configuration)**" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 msgid "This first H2 section is about the configuration of the feature, or the prerequisites to achieve a specific goal. To add a path, make sure you use the ``:menuselection:`` specialized directive (see link below)." msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 msgid "Example:" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 msgid "To do so, go to ``:menuselection:`App name --> Menu --> Sub-menu```, and enable the XYZ feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "**H2: Section Title (main sections)**" +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 +msgid "**H2: Section title (main sections)**" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 msgid "Create as many main sections as you have actions or features to distinguish. The title can start with a verb, but try to avoid using \"Create ...\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 msgid "**H3: Subsection**" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 msgid "Subsections are perfect for assessing very specific points. The title can be in the form of a question, if appropriate." msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:118 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:151 msgid "**H2: Next Section**" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:122 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:155 msgid ":ref:`RST cheat sheet: headings <contributing/headings>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:123 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:156 msgid ":ref:`RST cheat sheet: specialized directives <contributing/specialized-directives>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:128 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:161 msgid "Images" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:130 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:163 msgid "Adding a few images to illustrate your text helps the readers to understand and memorize your content. However, avoid adding too many images: it isn't necessary to illustrate all steps and features, and it may overload your page." msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:135 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:168 msgid "Don't forget to :ref:`compress your PNG files with pngquant <contributing/pngquant>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:140 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:173 msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:142 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:175 msgid "Screenshots are automatically resized to fit the content block's width. This implies that screenshots can't be too wide, else they would appear very small on-screen. Therefore, we recommend to avoid to take screenshots of a full screen display of the app, unless it is relevant to do so." msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:146 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:179 msgid "A few tips to improve your screenshots:" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:148 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:181 msgid "**Zoom** in your browser. We recommend a 110% zoom for better results." msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:149 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:182 msgid "**Resize** your browser's width, either by *resizing the window* itself or by opening the *browser's developer tools* (press the ``F12`` key) and resizing the width." msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:151 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:184 msgid "**Select** the relevant area, rather than keeping the full window." msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:152 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:185 msgid "If necessary, you can **edit** the screenshot to remove unnecessary fields and to narrow even more Odoo's display." msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:160 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:193 msgid "Resizing the window's width is the most important step to do as Odoo's responsive design automatically resizes all fields to match the window's width." msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:166 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:199 +msgid "Media files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:201 +msgid "A **media filename**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:203 +msgid "is written in **lower-case letters**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:204 +msgid "is **relevant** to the media's content. (E.g., :file:`screenshot-tips.gif`.)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:205 +msgid "separates its words with a **hyphen** ``-`` (E.g., :file:`awesome-filename.png`.)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:207 +msgid "Each document has its own folder in which the media files are located. The folder's name must be the same as the document's filename." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:210 +msgid "For example, the document :file:`doc_filename.rst` refers to two images that are placed in the folder ``doc_filename``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:222 +msgid "Previously, image filenames would mostly be named with numbers (e.g., :file:`feature01.png`) and placed in a single ``media`` folder. While it is advised not to name your *new* images in that fashion, it is also essential **not to rename unchanged files**, as doing this would double the weight of renamed image files on the repository. They will eventually all be replaced as the content referencing those images is updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:231 msgid "ALT tags" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:168 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:233 msgid "An **ALT tag** is a *text alternative* to an image. This text is displayed if the browser fails to render the image. It is also helpful for users who are visually impaired. Finally, it helps search engines, such as Google, to understand what the image is about and index it correctly, which improves the :abbr:`SEO (Search Engine Optimization)` significantly." msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:173 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:238 msgid "Good ALT tags are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:175 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:240 msgid "**Short** (one line maximum)" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:176 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:241 msgid "**Not a repetition** of a previous sentence or title" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:177 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:242 msgid "A **good description** of the action happening on the image" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:178 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:243 msgid "Easily **understandable** if read aloud" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:181 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:246 msgid ":ref:`RST cheat sheet: image directive <contributing/image>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:5 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:4 msgid "Introduction guide" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:7 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:6 msgid "**First of all, thank you for landing here and helping us improve the user documentation of Odoo!**" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:9 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:8 msgid "This introductory guide will help you acquire the tools and knowledge you need to write documentation, whether you plan to make a minor content change or document an application from scratch." msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:14 -msgid "This tutorial only concerns the `user documentation <https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/index.html>`_ of Odoo. The documentation for `developing in Odoo <https://www.odoo.com/documentation/master/index.html>`_ in maintained alongside the source code of Odoo at `github.com/odoo/odoo <https://github.com/odoo/odoo/tree/master/doc>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:22 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:15 msgid "reStructuredText" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:24 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:17 msgid "Our documentation is written in **reStructuredText** (RST), a `lightweight markup language <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lightweight_markup_language>`_ consisting of normal text augmented with markup which allows including headings, images, notes, and so on. This might seem a bit abstract but there is no need to worry. :abbr:`RST (reStructuredText)` is not hard to learn, especially if you intend to make only small changes to the content." msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:30 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:23 msgid "If you need to learn about a specific markup, head over to :doc:`our cheat sheet for RST <rst_cheat_sheet>` which contains all the information that you should ever need for the user documentation of Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:35 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:28 msgid "We kindly ask you to observe a set of :doc:`content <content_guidelines>` and :doc:`RST <rst_guidelines>` guidelines as you write documentation. This ensures that you stay consistent with the rest of the documentation and facilitates the approval of your content changes as they are reviewed by a redactor at Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:43 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:36 msgid ":doc:`content_guidelines`" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:48 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:41 msgid "Getting started" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:50 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:43 msgid "As our documentation is maintained on GitHub, you will need a free GitHub account. Click `here <https://github.com/join>`_ to create one." msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:53 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:46 msgid "Now, depending on whether you want to update existing content, or rather work on new content and make file changes, you have two courses of action:" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:56 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:49 msgid "**For small changes** in ``.rst`` files only, i.e. addition/edition of paragraphs or typos, **we suggest that you use the GitHub interface**. This is the easiest and fasted way to submit your request for changes for the documentation and is suitable for non-technical people. Read :ref:`contributing/github-interface` to learn how to use this method." msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:60 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:53 msgid "**For more complex cases**, it is necessary to **use Git and work from a local copy of the documentation**. This method seems intimidating but only requires basic knowledge of Git. See :ref:`contributing/canonical-git-workflow` for more information on this method." msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:67 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:60 msgid "Use the GitHub interface" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:69 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:62 msgid "Verify that you are browsing the documentation in the version that you intend to change. The version can be selected from the dropdown in the top menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:74 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:67 msgid "Head over to the page that you want to change and click on the **Edit on GitHub** button in the bottom of the left menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:79 -msgid "If you do not have edit rights on the repository (`odoo/documentation-user <https://github.com/odoo/documentation-user>`_), you need to fork it by clicking on the appropriate button. In other terms, you create a copy of the entire repository on your own account. If you do have the edit rights, skip this step." +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:72 +msgid "If you do not have edit rights on the repository (`odoo/documentation <https://github.com/odoo/documentation>`_), you need to fork it by clicking on the appropriate button. In other terms, you create a copy of the entire repository on your own account. If you do have the edit rights, skip this step." msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:86 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:79 msgid "Make the appropriate changes while taking care of following the :doc:`guidelines <rst_guidelines>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:89 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:82 msgid "Click on the **Preview changes** button to review your contribution in a more human-readable format. Be aware that the preview is not able to handle all markups correctly. Notes and tips, for instance, are not correctly rendered. The version of your content published to the website will be, however." msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:94 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:87 msgid "Go to the bottom of the page to create a commit (:dfn:`what packs your changes together and labels them with a commit message`) of your changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:0 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:0 msgid "In first text box, describe your changes. For instance, \"Fix a typo\" and \"Add documentation for invoicing of sales orders\" are two clear commit messages." msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:0 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:0 msgid "In the second text box, justify *why* you made these changes, if you feel that it is not obvious." msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:101 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:94 msgid "Select the option \"Create a new branch for this commit and start a pull request.\" if you have the choice (if you have partial or full edit writes on the repository). If not, skip this step." msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:104 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:97 msgid "Click on the green button. It is either labelled \"Commit changes\" or \"Propose file change\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:108 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:101 msgid "In the dropdown for the selection of the base branch (i.e., the version of the documentation that your changes concern), make sure to select the same version as in the first step of this guide and click on the **Create pull request** button." msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:114 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:392 -msgid "Double-check your :abbr:`PR (Pull Request)` and, when ready, click again on the **Create pull request** button to submit your changes for review by a redactor at Odoo." +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:107 +msgid "Double-check your :abbr:`PR (Pull Request)` and, when ready, click again on the **Create pull request** button to submit your changes for review by a content writer at Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:119 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:397 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:112 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:390 msgid "You're done! If your changes are approved straight away they will appear in the documentation the very next day. It may also be the case that the reviewer has a question or a remark, so make sure to check your notifications or your emails, depending on your account settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:126 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:119 msgid "Use the canonical Git workflow" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:131 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:124 msgid "Prepare your machine" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:136 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:129 msgid "Install Git" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:138 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:131 msgid "We use `Git <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Git>`_ to manage the files of the user documentation. It is a tool that allows to track the history of changes made to a file and, more importantly, to work on different versions of those files at the same time. It means that you do not need to worry about overwriting someone else’s pending work when you start editing the documentation." msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:143 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:136 msgid "You must then configure Git to identify yourself as the author of your future contribution. Enter the same email address as the one you used to register on GitHub." msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:146 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:139 msgid "Download and install **Git** on your machine." msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:147 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:140 msgid "Verify that `the installation folder of Git is included in your system's PATH variable <win-add-to-path_>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:149 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:174 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:320 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:337 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:368 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:142 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:167 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:314 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:331 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:362 msgid "Execute the following commands in a terminal:" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:159 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:152 msgid "Fetch the sources" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:161 -msgid "As stated earlier, our documentation (in all its versions) is maintained on GitHub at `github.com/odoo/documentation-user <https://github.com/odoo/documentation-user>`_. A modification is made by the mean of a :abbr:`PR (Pull Request)` (:dfn:`proposal of content changes`) to allow for a review of the changes before updating the sources of the documentation." +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:154 +msgid "As stated earlier, our documentation (in all its versions) is maintained on GitHub at `github.com/odoo/documentation <https://github.com/odoo/documentation>`_. A modification is made by the mean of a :abbr:`PR (Pull Request)` (:dfn:`proposal of content changes`) to allow for a review of the changes before updating the sources of the documentation." msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:166 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:159 msgid "Prior to submitting a modification, you need to make a copy of the sources and download that copy on your machine." msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:169 -msgid "Go to `github.com/odoo/documentation-user <https://github.com/odoo/documentation-user>`_ and click on the **Fork** button in the top right corner." +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:162 +msgid "Go to `github.com/odoo/documentation <https://github.com/odoo/documentation>`_ and click on the **Fork** button in the top right corner." msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:182 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:175 msgid "If you do not have edit rights on the repository owned by Odoo, replace \"odoo\" with your Github username in the URL of the command above. If you do have edit rights, it is not necessary to fork the repository." msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:186 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:179 msgid "In order to ease the collaboration between writers coming from many different systems and teams, execute the following group of commands that correspond to your :abbr:`OS (Operating System)` in a terminal." msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:190 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:183 msgid "Windows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:198 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:191 msgid "Linux or Mac OS:" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:209 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:202 msgid "Python" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:211 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:204 msgid "Because the documentation is written in :abbr:`RST (reStructuredText)`, it needs to be built (:dfn:`converted to HTML`) in order to display nicely. This is done by the documentation generator which takes the original :abbr:`RST (reStructuredText)` files as input, transforms the markups in a human-readable format, and outputs HTML files to be read in your web browser." msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:216 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:209 msgid "The documentation generator that we use is called `Sphinx <http://www.sphinx-doc.org/en/master/>`_. and is written in `Python <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Python_(programming_language)>`_. You have to install Python in order to use Sphinx. For the record, Sphinx is the program and Python the programming language, but you do not need to know much more about them so don't panic!" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:221 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:214 msgid "Python comes with its own package manager: `pip <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pip_(package_manager)>`_. It allows installing Python dependencies in a single command." msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:225 -msgid "Download and install the latest release of **Python 3** on your machine." +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:218 +msgid "Download and install the recommended release (`see README file <https://github.com/odoo/documentation/tree/14.0/README.md>`_) of **Python 3** on your machine." msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:226 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:220 msgid "Make sure to have **pip** installed on your machine (on Windows, you can install pip alongside Python)." msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:228 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:222 msgid "Execute the following commands in a terminal to verify that both installations finished successfully:" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:236 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:230 msgid "Execute the following commands in a terminal to install the Python dependencies of the documentation:" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:245 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:239 msgid "Depending on your :abbr:`OS (Operating System)`, you may need to run the commands ``python`` and ``pip`` instead of ``python3`` and ``pip3``" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:251 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:245 msgid "Make" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:253 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:247 msgid "`Make <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Make_(software)>`_ is a tool that packs a bunch of command-lines into one to be easier to remember and to type. In our case, it is used to execute complex Sphinx build commands by using a single and simpler one instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:257 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:251 msgid "Download and install **Make** on your machine." msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:258 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:252 msgid "Verify that `the installation folder of Make is included in your system's PATH variable <win-add-to-path_>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:264 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:258 msgid "pngquant" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:266 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:260 msgid "`pngquant <https://pngquant.org/>`_ is a tool that we use to compress PNG images so that the documentation does not end up weighting several Gigabytes in a few year span." msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:269 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:263 msgid "Download and install **pngquant** on your machine." msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:270 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:264 msgid "Verify that `the installation folder of pngquant is included in your system's PATH variable <win-add-to-path_>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:276 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:270 msgid "Prepare your version" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:278 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:272 msgid "Now that your machine is all set up, it is time to do the same for your version of the documentation files. As it would not be convenient to have several people working on the version 14.0 in parallel (conflicts of content would occur all the time), and in order to be able to create a :abbr:`PR (Pull Request)`, you must `create a new branch <https://www.atlassian.com/git/tutorials/using-branches>`_ starting from the branch 14.0. In other words, you copy the entirety of this version’s files and give it another name. For this example, we will go with ``14.0-my_contribution``." msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:286 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:280 msgid "Execute the following commands in a terminal to..." msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:288 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:282 msgid "Navigate to the documentation folder:" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:294 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:288 msgid "Switch to the version 14.0:" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:300 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:294 msgid "Create your own branch which will be a copy of 14.0:" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:309 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:303 msgid "Perform your changes" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:311 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:305 msgid "You can now perform any change you want to the documentation files. These changes must be compliant with :abbr:`RST (reStructuredText)` syntax (see :doc:`rst_cheat_sheet`) and with our :doc:`guidelines <rst_guidelines>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:316 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:310 msgid "If your changes include the addition of a new image, for instance :file:`my_image.png`, proceed as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:319 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:313 msgid "Make sure that the image is in ``.png`` format." msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:327 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:321 msgid "Delete :file:`my_image.png`." msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:328 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:322 msgid "Rename :file:`my_image-fs8.png` to :file:`my_image.png`." msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:333 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:327 msgid "Preview your changes" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:335 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:329 msgid "To preview your changes in a generated documentation, proceed as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:346 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:340 msgid "You can omit the :command:`make clean` command when no recent change has been made to the hierarchy of documentation files." msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:349 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:343 msgid "Fix any error or warning shown in the logs of the build." msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:350 -msgid "Open the file :file:`documentation-user/_build/html/index.html` with your default web browser." +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:344 +msgid "Open the file :file:`documentation/_build/html/index.html` with your default web browser." msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:353 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:347 msgid "These steps have for only purpose to show you the final results of your changes. They have no impact on the documentation source files." msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:359 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:353 msgid "Submit your changes" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:362 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:356 msgid "We expect you to have basic knowledge of Git, which should be enough to cover the basic flow of a one-time contribution. If you plan on submitting several contributions, work on older versions of the documentation or perform any other advanced action, we recommend you to be confident with Git. Help yourself with `this manual of Git <https://www.atlassian.com/git>`_ and `this interactive tutorial <https://learngitbranching.js.org/>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:376 -msgid "Go to `github.com/odoo/documentation-user/pulls <https://github.com/odoo/documentation-user/pulls>`_ and click on the **New pull request** button." +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:370 +msgid "Go to `github.com/odoo/documentation/pulls <https://github.com/odoo/documentation/pulls>`_ and click on the **New pull request** button." msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:382 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:375 msgid "If you forked the base repository in the section :ref:`contributing/fetch-sources`, click on the link **compare across forks** If not, skip this step." msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:387 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:380 msgid "In the dropdown for the selection of the base branch (i.e., the version of the documentation that your changes concern), make sure to select the version that your changes target (here **14.0**)." msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:5 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:385 +msgid "Double-check your :abbr:`PR (Pull Request)` and, when ready, click again on the **Create pull request** button to submit your changes for review by a redactor at Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:4 msgid "RST cheat sheet" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:10 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:9 msgid "Headings" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:13 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:12 msgid "For each formatting line (e.g., ``===``), write as many symbols (``=``) as there are characters in the header." msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:17 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:16 msgid "The symbols used for the formatting are, in fact, not important. Only the order in which they are written matters, as it determines the size of the decorated heading. This means that you may encounter different heading formatting and in a different order, in which case you should follow the formatting in place in the document. In any other case, use the formatting shown below." msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:20 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:19 msgid "Heading size" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:20 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:19 msgid "Formatting" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:20 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:19 msgid "Min/Max number of occurrences" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:22 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:21 msgid "H1" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 msgid "``=======``" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 msgid "``Heading``" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:22 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:21 msgid "1/1" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:26 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:25 msgid "H2" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:26 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:29 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:32 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:35 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:38 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:25 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:28 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:31 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:34 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:37 msgid "0/∞" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:29 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:28 msgid "H3" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 msgid "``-------``" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:32 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:31 msgid "H4" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 msgid "``~~~~~~~``" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:35 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:34 msgid "H5" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 msgid "``*******``" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:38 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:37 msgid "H6" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 msgid "``^^^^^^^``" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:45 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:44 msgid "Markup" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:50 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:49 msgid "Inline markup" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:52 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:51 msgid "Use the following markups to emphasize your text to your liking:" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:55 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:54 msgid "\\*\\*Text\\*\\*" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:55 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:54 msgid "**Text**" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:57 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:56 msgid "\\*Text\\*" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:57 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:56 msgid "*Text*" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:59 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:58 msgid "\\`\\`Text\\`\\`" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:59 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:58 msgid "``Text``" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:63 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:62 msgid ":ref:`contributing/specialized-directives`" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:68 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:67 msgid "Bulleted list" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:84 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:83 msgid "Numbered list" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:99 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:98 msgid "Nested lists" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:111 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:110 msgid "Hyperlinks" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:116 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:115 msgid "Hyperlink references" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:118 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:117 msgid "Hyperlink references are links to a URL with a custom label. They follow this syntax: ```label <URL>`_``" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:122 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:121 msgid "The URL can be a relative path to a file within the documentation." msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:125 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:146 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:192 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:232 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:263 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:288 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:313 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:19 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:124 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:145 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:191 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:231 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:262 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:287 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:312 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:18 msgid "Example" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:127 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:126 msgid "This excerpt of :abbr:`RST (reStructuredText)`: ``For instance, `this is a hyperlink reference <https://odoo.com>`_.`` is rendered as follows in HTML: “For instance, `this is a hyperlink reference <https://odoo.com>`_.”" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:134 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:133 msgid "External hyperlink targets" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:136 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:135 msgid "External hyperlink targets allow creating shortcuts for hyperlink references." msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:137 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:136 msgid "The definition syntax is as follows: ``.. _target: URL``" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:138 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:137 msgid "There are two ways to reference them, depending on the use case:" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:140 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:139 msgid "``target_`` creates a hyperlink with the target name as label and the URL as reference. Note that the ``_`` moved after the target!" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:142 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:141 msgid "```label <target_>`_`` does exactly what you expect: the label replaces the name of the target, and the target is replaced by the URL." msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:149 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:195 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:235 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:266 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:291 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:316 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:352 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:373 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:392 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:413 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:432 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:453 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:490 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:148 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:194 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:234 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:265 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:290 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:315 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:351 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:372 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:391 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:412 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:431 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:452 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:476 msgid "RST" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:159 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:211 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:243 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:274 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:299 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:330 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:361 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:381 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:401 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:421 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:441 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:461 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:499 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:158 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:210 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:242 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:273 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:298 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:329 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:360 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:380 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:400 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:420 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:440 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:460 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:485 msgid "Render" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:161 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:160 msgid "A `proof-of-concept <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Proof_of_concept>`_ is a simplified version, a prototype of what is expected to agree on the main lines of expected changes. `PoC <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Proof_of_concept>`_ is a common abbreviation." msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:168 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:167 msgid "Internal hyperlink targets" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:170 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:169 msgid "Internal hyperlink targets follow the same syntax as external hyperlink targets but without any URL. Indeed, they are internal. They allow referencing a specific part of a document by using the target as an anchor. When the user clicks on the reference, the documentation scrolls to the part of the page containing the target." msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:176 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:175 msgid "Targets can be referenced from other files than the ones in which they are defined." msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:178 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:177 msgid "The definition syntax is: ``.. _target:``" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:179 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:178 msgid "There are two ways to reference them, both using the ``ref`` directive:" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:181 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:180 msgid "``:ref:`target``` creates a hyperlink to the anchor with the heading defined below as label." msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:182 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:181 msgid "``:ref:`label <target>``` creates a hyperlink to the anchor with the given label." msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:184 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:183 msgid "See :ref:`contributing/relative-links` to learn how to write proper relative links for internal references." msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:188 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:187 msgid "Notice that there is no ``_`` at the end, as it is done with :ref:`hyperlink targets <contributing/hyperlink-references>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:213 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:212 msgid "This can easily be done by creating a new product, see `How to create a product? <https://example.com/product>`_ for additional help." msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:216 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:215 msgid "**How to create a product?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:218 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:217 msgid "As explained at the `start of the page <https://example.com/scroll-to-start-of-page>`_, ..." msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:223 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:222 msgid "Implicit hyperlink targets" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:227 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:226 msgid "Implicit hyperlink targets are a special kind of internal hyperlink targets: they are automatically generated by section titles, footnotes, etc. Consequently, they don’t have a definition syntax." msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:229 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:228 msgid "They can be referenced the same first way as external hyperlink targets by using the name of the section title as URL." msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:245 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:244 msgid "This can easily be done by creating a new user, see `How to create a new user? <https://example.com/how-to-create-a-user>`_ for additional help. ..." msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:251 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:250 msgid "The ``doc`` directive" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:254 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:253 msgid "The ``doc`` directive allows referencing a documentation page wherever it is in the file tree through a relative file path." msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:255 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:254 msgid "As usual, there are two ways to use the directive:" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:257 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:256 msgid "``:doc:`path_to_doc_page``` creates a hyperlink reference to the documentation page with the title of the page as label." msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:259 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:258 msgid "``:doc:`label <path_to_doc_page>``` creates a hyperlink reference to the documentation page with the given label." msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:276 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:275 msgid "Please refer to `this documentation <https://example.com/doc/accounting/invoices.html>`_ and to `Send a pro-forma invoice <https://example.com/doc/sales/proforma.html>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:282 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:281 msgid "The ``download`` directive" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:284 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:283 msgid "The ``download`` directive allows referencing files (that are not necessarily :abbr:`RST (reStructuredText)` documents) within the source tree to be downloaded." msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:301 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:300 msgid "Download this `module structure template <https://example.com/doc/odoosh/extras/my_module.zip>`_ to start building your module in no time." msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:307 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:306 msgid "The ``image`` directive" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:309 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:308 msgid "The ``image`` directive allows inserting images in a document. It comes with a set of optional parameter directives that can individually be omitted if considered redundant." msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:344 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:343 msgid "Admonitions (alert blocks)" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:349 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:348 msgid "Seealso" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:364 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:363 msgid "`Customer invoices <https://example.com/doc/accounting/invoices.html>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:365 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:364 msgid "`Pro-forma invoices <https://example.com/doc/sales/proforma.html#activate-the-feature>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:370 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:369 msgid "Note" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:384 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:383 msgid "Use this to get the attention of the reader about additional information." msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:389 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:388 msgid "Tip" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:404 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:403 msgid "Use this to inform the reader about a useful trick that requires an action." msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:410 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:409 msgid "Important" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:424 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:423 msgid "Use this to notify the reader about an important information." msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:429 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:428 msgid "Warning" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:444 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:443 msgid "Use this to require the reader to proceed with caution with what is described in the warning." msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:450 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:449 msgid "Danger" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:464 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:463 msgid "Use this to alarm the reader about a serious threat." msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:469 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:468 msgid "Formatting tips" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:474 -msgid "Add banners on top of documents" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:480 -msgid "The Odoo theme supports banner images at the top of documents. At the first line of your documents, insert the directive ``:banner: banners/file_name.png``. Replace ``file_name.png`` with the file that you placed in :file:`_static/banners` to server as a banner of your document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:487 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:473 msgid "Break the line but not the paragraph" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:502 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:488 msgid "First super long line that you break in two… here is rendered as a single line." msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:503 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:489 msgid "Second line that follows a line break." msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:508 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:494 msgid "Add comments" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:510 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:496 msgid "If you made a particular choice of writing or formatting that a future writer should be able to understand and take into account, consider writing a comment. Comments are blocks of text that do not count as a part of the documentation and that are used to pass a message to writers of the source code. They consist of a line starting with two dots and a space, followed by the comment." msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:515 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:501 msgid "``.. For instance, this line will not be rendered in the documentation.``" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:520 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:506 msgid "Use tables" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:522 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:508 msgid "Make use of `this convenient table generator <https://www.tablesgenerator.com/text_tables>`_ to build your tables. Then, copy-paste the generated formatting into your document." msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:528 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:514 msgid "Spice up your writing with specialized directives" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:530 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:516 msgid "Use these additional directives to fine-tune your content:" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:533 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:519 msgid "**Directive**" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:533 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:519 msgid "**Purpose**" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:533 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:519 msgid "**Example**" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:535 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:521 msgid "**RST**" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:535 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:521 msgid "**HTML**" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:537 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:523 msgid "``abbr``" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:537 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:523 msgid "Self-defining abbreviations" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:537 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:523 msgid "``:abbr:`SO (Sales Order)```" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:537 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:523 msgid ":abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:539 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:525 msgid "``command``" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:539 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:525 msgid "Highlight a command" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:539 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:525 msgid "``:command:`python example.py```" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:539 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:525 msgid ":command:`python example.py`" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:541 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:527 msgid "``dfn``" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:541 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:527 msgid "Define a term" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:541 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:527 msgid "``:dfn:`a definition for a new term```" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:541 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:527 msgid ":dfn:`a definition for a new term`" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:543 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:529 msgid "``file``" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:543 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:529 msgid "Indicate a file path" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:543 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:529 msgid "``:file:`~/odoo/odoo-bin```" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:543 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:529 msgid ":file:`~/odoo/odoo-bin`" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:545 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:531 msgid "``menuselection``" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:545 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:531 msgid "Guide a user through a sequence of menus" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:545 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:531 msgid "``:menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings```" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:545 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:531 msgid ":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings`" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:551 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:537 msgid "Escape markup symbols (Advanced)" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:553 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:539 msgid "Markup symbols escaped with backslashes (``\\``) are rendered normally. For instance, ``this \\*\\*line of text\\*\\* with \\*markup\\* symbols`` is rendered as “this \\*\\*line of text\\*\\* with \\*markup\\* symbols”." msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:557 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:543 msgid "When it comes to backticks (`````), which are used in many case such as :ref:`hyperlink references <contributing/hyperlink-references>`, using backslashes for escaping is no longer an option because the outer backticks interpret enclosed backslashes and thus prevent them from escaping inner backticks. For instance, ```\\`this formatting\\```` produces an ``[UNKNOWN NODE title_reference]`` error. Instead, `````this formatting````` should be used to produce the following result: ```this formatting```." msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:5 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:4 msgid "RST guidelines" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:10 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:9 msgid "Use relative links for internal URLs" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:12 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:11 msgid "If you need to reference an internal documentation page or a file that is not sitting in the same directory as your current page, always make use of *relative file paths* rather than *absolute file paths*. An absolute file path indicates the location of the target from the root of its file tree. A relative file path makes use of smart notations (such as ``../`` git that redirects to the parent folder) to indicate the location of the target *relative* to that of the source document." msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:21 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:20 msgid "Given the following source file tree:" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:33 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:35 msgid "A reference to the rendered :file:`prices.html` and :file:`variants.html` could be made from :file:`import.rst` as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:36 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:38 msgid "Absolute:" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:38 -msgid "``https://odoo.com/documentation/user/14.0/sales/products_prices/prices.html``" +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:40 +msgid "``https://odoo.com/documentation/14.0/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices.html``" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:39 -msgid "``https://odoo.com/documentation/user/14.0/sales/products_prices/products/variants.html``" +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:41 +msgid "``https://odoo.com/documentation/14.0/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.html``" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:41 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:43 msgid "Relative:" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:43 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:45 msgid "``../prices.html``" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:44 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:46 msgid "``variants.html``" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:46 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:48 msgid "The relative links are clearly superior in terms of readability and stability: the references survive version updates, folder name changes and file tree restructurations." msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:52 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:54 msgid "Start a new line before the 100th character" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:54 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:56 msgid "In RST, it is possible to break a line without forcing a line break on the rendered HTML. Make use of this feature to write **lines of maximum 100 characters**. A line break in a sentence results in an additional whitespace in HTML. That means that you do not need to leave a trailing whitespace at the end of a line to separate words." msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:60 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:62 msgid "You can safely break a line around the separators (``-->``) of ``menuselection`` directives and anywhere in a hyperlink reference. For the ``doc``, ``ref`` and ``download`` directives, this is only true for the label part of the reference." msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:65 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:67 msgid "Example: Line breaks within directive and inline markup" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:74 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:76 msgid "Be consistent with indentation" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:76 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:78 msgid "Use only spaces (never tabs)." msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:78 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:80 msgid "Use as many spaces at the beginning of an indented line as needed to align it with the first character of the directive in the line above. This usually implies 3 spaces but you only need 2 for bulleted lists." msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:83 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:85 msgid "Example: The first ``:`` is below the ``i`` (3 spaces)" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:92 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:94 msgid "Example: The ``:titlesonly:`` and page references start below the ``t`` (3 spaces)" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:103 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:105 msgid "Example: Continuation lines resume below the ``I``’s of “Invoice” (2 spaces)" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:113 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:115 msgid "Use the menuselection directive" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:115 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:117 msgid "Although chaining characters ``‣`` and menu names works fine to indicate a user which menus to click, it is best to use the ``menuselection`` directive (see :ref:`contributing/specialized-directives`) for the same result. Indeed, it renders the menus chain consistently with the rest of the documentation and would automatically adapt to the new graphic chart if we were to switch to a new one. This directive is used inline as follows: ``:menuselection:`Settings --> Products --> Variants```." msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:125 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:127 msgid "Write resilient code" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:127 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:129 msgid "Prefer the use of ``#.`` in numbered lists instead of ``1.``, ``2.``, etc. This removes the risk of breaking the numbering when adding new elements to the list and is easier to maintain." msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:129 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:131 msgid "Avoid using implicit hyperlink targets and prefer internal hyperlink targets instead. Referencing the implicit target ``How to print quotations?`` is more prone to break than a reference to the explicit target ``_print_quotation`` which never appears in the rendered HTML and is thus even less likely to be modified." msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:137 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:139 msgid "Prefix hyperlink targets with application names" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:139 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:141 msgid "As hyperlink targets are visible from the entire documentation when referenced with the ``ref`` directive, it is recommended to prefix the target name with that of the related application. For instance, naming a target ``_amazon/form`` instead of ``_form`` avoids unwanted behaviors and makes the purpose of the target clear." msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:147 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:149 msgid "Don’t break hyperlink targets" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:149 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:151 msgid "When refactoring (improving without adding new content) section headings or hyperlink targets, take care not to break any hyperlink reference to these targets or update them accordingly." msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:155 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:157 msgid "Use single-underscore suffixes for hyperlink references" msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:160 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:162 msgid "Although using a double-underscore suffix works most of the time for classic hyperlink references, it is not recommended as double-underscores normally indicate an anonymous hyperlink reference. This is a special kind of hyperlink reference that makes use of nameless hyperlink targets consisting only of two underscore." msgstr "" -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:162 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:164 msgid "tl;dr: Double-underscore suffixes work until they don’t and are bad practice, use single-underscore suffixes instead." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/crm.pot b/locale/sources/crm.pot deleted file mode 100644 index 34834d004..000000000 --- a/locale/sources/crm.pot +++ /dev/null @@ -1,851 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -#: ../../crm.rst:5 -msgid "CRM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads.rst:3 -msgid "Acquire leads" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:3 -msgid "Convert leads into opportunities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:5 -msgid "The system can generate leads instead of opportunities, in order to add a qualification step before converting a *Lead* into an *Opportunity* and assigning to the right sales people." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:9 -msgid "You can activate this mode from the CRM Settings. It applies to all your sales channels by default. But you can make it specific for specific channels from their configuration form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:14 -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:41 -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:8 -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:11 -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:27 -#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:9 -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:12 -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:12 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:16 -msgid "For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Leads* feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:22 -msgid "You will now have a new submenu *Leads* under *Leads* where they will aggregate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:29 -msgid "Convert a lead into an opportunity" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:31 -msgid "When you click on a *Lead* you will have the option to convert it to an opportunity and decide if it should still be assigned to the same channel/person and if you need to create a new customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:38 -msgid "If you already have an opportunity with that customer Odoo will automatically offer you to merge with that opportunity. In the same manner, Odoo will automatically offer you to link to an existing customer if that customer already exists." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:44 -msgid "Merge opportunities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:46 -msgid "Odoo will also automatically propose to merge opportunities if they have the same email address. When merging opportunities, Odoo merges the information into the opportunity which was created first, giving priority to the information present on the first opportunity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:51 -msgid "No information is lost: data from the other opportunity is logged in the chatter and the information fields for easy access." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:57 -msgid "Would you find a duplicate yourself, ...you can also merge opportunities or leads even if the system doesn't propose it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:60 -msgid "Here’s how, from the list view. Select the opportunities or leads you want to merge and the action button will appear. Then, you can select merge." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:67 -msgid "It is also possible to merge more than 2 opportunities or leads." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:3 -msgid "Generate leads/opportunities from emails" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:5 -msgid "Automating the lead/opportunity generation will considerably improve your efficiency. By default, any email sent to *sales@database\\_domain.ext* will create an opportunity in the pipeline of the default sales channel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:11 -msgid "Configure email aliases" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:13 -msgid "Each sales teams can have its own email alias, to generate leads/opportunities automatically assigned to it. It is useful if you manage several sales teams with specific business processes. You will find the configuration of sales teams under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Sales Teams`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:3 -msgid "Generate leads/opportunities from your website contact page" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:5 -msgid "Automating the lead/opportunity generation will considerably improve your efficiency. Any visitor using the contact form on your website will create a lead/opportunity in the pipeline." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:10 -msgid "Use the contact us on your website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:12 -msgid "You should first go to your website app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:14 -msgid "|image0|\\ |image1|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:16 -msgid "With the CRM app installed, you benefit from a ready-to-use contact form on your Odoo website that will generate leads/opportunities automatically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:23 -msgid "To change to a specific sales channel, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings` under *Communication* you will find the Contact Form info and where to change the *Sales Channel* or *Salesperson*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:32 -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:50 -msgid "Create a custom contact form" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:34 -msgid "You may want to know more from your visitor when they use the contact form to you will need to build a custom contact form on your website. These contact forms can generate multiple types of records in the system (emails, leads/opportunities, project tasks, helpdesk tickets, etc.)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:43 -msgid "You will need to install the free *Form Builder* module, only available in Odoo Enterprise." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:52 -msgid "First, go to the page where you want to put your contact form. In edit mode, drag the form builder onto the page, and you will be able to add all the fields you wish." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:59 -msgid "By default, any new contact form will send an email. You can switch to lead/opportunity generation in *Change Form Parameters*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:63 -msgid "If the same visitor uses the contact form twice, the second entry will be added to the first lead/opportunity in the chatter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:67 -msgid "Generate leads instead of opportunities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:69 -msgid "When using a contact form, you should use a qualification step before assigning the form to the right sales people. To do so, activate *Leads* in CRM settings and refer to :doc:`convert`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:3 -msgid "Lead mining" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:4 -msgid "In any business, getting quality leads is essential to keep the business growing. Lead mining allows you to generate leads from scratch directly from your database. Target your leads based on a set of criteria such as the country, the size of the company, the industry your leads are coming from to make them relevant to your business." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:10 -msgid "For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the **Lead Mining** feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:17 -msgid "Start generating leads" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:18 -msgid "You will now have a new button **Generate Leads** available in your pipeline. You are also able to create lead mining requests from the :menuselection:`Configuration --> Lead Mining Requests` and trough :menuselection:`Leads --> Leads` where you have the **Generate Leads** button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:27 -msgid "From there, click on the **Generate Leads** button, a window where you will be able to pick your criteria will pop up." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:34 -msgid "When choosing to target Companied and their contacts you can choose the contacts you are getting based on Role or Seniority. When getting contact information make sure to be aware of the latest EU regulation, get more information about General Data Protection Regulation on `Odoo GDPR <http://odoo.com/gdpr>`__," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:39 -msgid "You can decide to filter the leads you are getting depending on the size (number of employees) of the companies. You can pick the countries your leads are coming from. It is possible to pick multiple countries. You can pick the industries your leads are coming from. It is possible to pick multiple industries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:43 -msgid "You can choose the salesperson and the Salesteam the lead will be assigned to. You can also add tags to track your generated leads." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:47 -msgid "The generated leads will have the name of the company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:50 -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:138 -#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:36 -msgid "Pricing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:51 -msgid "This is an In-App Purchase feature, each generated lead will cost you one credit. If you choose to get contact information each contact will also cost us one additional credit. Here is the pricing for this `feature <https://iap.odoo.com/iap/in-app-services/167?>`__, To buy credits you can either go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Settings --> Buy Credits`; or go to :menuselection:`Settings --> In-App Purchases --> View my Services`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:65 -msgid "The blue box will automatically tell you how many credits are going to be consumed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:68 -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:169 -msgid "If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:71 -msgid ":doc:`In-App Purchases (IAP) <../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:3 -msgid "Send quotations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:5 -msgid "When you qualify a lead into an opportunity you will most likely need to send them a quotation. You can directly do this in the CRM App with Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:12 -msgid "Create a new quotation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:14 -msgid "By clicking on any opportunity or lead, you will see a *New Quotation* button, it will bring you into a new menu where you can manage your quote." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:21 -msgid "You will find all your quotes to that specific opportunity under the *Quotations* menu on that page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:28 -msgid "Mark them won/lost" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:30 -msgid "Now you will need to mark your opportunity as won or lost to move the process along." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:33 -msgid "If you mark them as won, they will move to your *Won* column in your Kanban view. If you however mark them as *Lost* they will be archived." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize.rst:3 -msgid "Optimize your Day-to-Day work" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:3 -msgid "How to motivate and reward my salespeople?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:5 -msgid "Challenging your employees to reach specific targets with goals and rewards is an excellent way to reinforce good habits and improve your salespeople productivity. The Gamification module gives you simple and creative ways to motivate and evaluate your employees with real-time recognition and badges inspired by game mechanics." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:13 -msgid "Install the *Gamification* module, or the *CRM gamification* one, which adds some useful data (goals and challenges) that can be used on *CRM/Sale*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:21 -msgid "Create a challenge" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:23 -msgid "Now, create your first challenge by going to :menuselection:`Settings --> Gamification Tools --> Challenges`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:27 -msgid "As the gamification tool is a one-time technical setup, you need to activate the technical features in order to access the configuration. To do so, go to *Settings* and *Activate the developer mode*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:35 -msgid "A challenge is a mission that you send to your sales team. It can include one or several goals, set for a specific period of time. Configure your challenge as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:38 -msgid "Assign the salespeople to be challenged;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:39 -msgid "Assign a responsible;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:40 -msgid "Set up the periodicity along with the start and the end date;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:41 -msgid "Select your goals;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:42 -msgid "Set up your rewards (badges)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:45 -msgid "Badges are granted when a challenge is finished. This is either at the end of a running period (eg: end of the month for a monthly challenge), at the end date of a challenge (if no periodicity is set), or when the challenge is manually closed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:49 -msgid "In the example below, 2 employees are being challenged with a *Monthly Sales Target*. The challenge is based on 2 goals: the total amount invoiced and number of new leads generated. At the end of the month, the winner will be granted with a badge." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:58 -msgid "Set up goals" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:60 -msgid "The users can be evaluated using goals and numerical objectives to reach." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:62 -msgid "**Goals** are assigned through *challenges* that evaluate (see image above) and compare members of a team throughout time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:66 -msgid "You can create a new goal on the fly from a *Challenge* by clicking on *Add new item*, under *Goals*. Select the business object according to your company's needs. Examples: number of new leads, time to qualify a lead, total amount invoiced in a specific week, month or any other time frame based on your management preferences, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:73 -msgid "Goals may include your database setup as well (e.g. set your company data and a timezone, create new users, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:77 -msgid "Set up rewards" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:79 -msgid "For non-numerical achievements, **Badges** can be granted to users. From a simple thank you to an exceptional achievement, a badge is an easy way to express gratitude to a user for their good work. To create and grant badges to your employees based on their performance, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Gamification Tools --> Badges`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:3 -msgid "Outlook Extension" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:5 -msgid "The **Odoo CRM Extension** is a connector that bridges your Outlook mailbox with your Odoo database. This extension allows you to:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:8 -msgid "Create leads from emails sent to your mailbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:9 -msgid "Centralize Prospects' emails into a CRM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:10 -msgid "Search and store insights on your contacts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:17 -msgid "This extension is compatible with the Web version of Outlook as well as the desktop apps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:20 -msgid "The Outlook Extension uses *Partner Autocomplete IAP credits* to search and store insights on your contacts. See the :ref:`Pricing section <outlook_extension/pricing>` below for more information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:29 -msgid "The Outlook Extension requires to be configured both in Odoo and in Outlook." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:34 -msgid "Enable the feature on your database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:36 -msgid "To enable this feature on your Odoo database, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Lead Generation`, enable **Outlook CRM Extension**, and click on *Save*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:42 -msgid "Install the add-in on Outlook" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:44 -msgid "You can install the Outlook Extension as a **Custom Add-in**. To do so, follow these steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:0 -msgid "URL of the **Odoo for Outlook** add-in's manifest file:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:0 -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:0 -msgid "``https://download.odoo.com/plugins/outlook/manifest.xml``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:50 -msgid "Todo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:50 -msgid "add copy button when the feature is added to the doc" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:52 -msgid "Connect to your Outlook mailbox, open any email, and click on the *More actions* button, displayed as three little dots." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:59 -msgid "Click on *Get add-ins*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:65 -msgid "In the new window, select the tab named *My add-ins*, click on *+ Add a custom add-in*, and then on *Add from URL...*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:0 -msgid "Outlook prompts you to **enter the URL of the add-in's manifest file**. To do so, copy the following URL, paste it in the box, and click on *OK*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:80 -msgid "Outlook warns you that Microsoft hasn’t verified the add-in. Click on *Install* to complete the installation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:84 -msgid "The *Odoo for Outlook* add-in is not listed yet on Outlook's add-ins list. This is why it is currently necessary to install it as a *custom add-in*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:90 -msgid "Add a shortcut to open the extension" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:92 -msgid "By default, you can open the **Odoo for Outlook** extension from the *More actions* menu. This section explains how to move the launcher next to the other default actions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:99 -msgid "In your Outlook mailbox, click on *Settings*, then on *View all Outlook settings*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:100 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Mail --> Customize actions --> Message surface`, select *Odoo for Outlook*, and click on *Save*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:109 -msgid "Connect to your database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:111 -msgid "Open **Odoo for Outlook** from any email. This opens the extension as a panel on the right side of your screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:113 -msgid "Click on *login* at the bottom of the extension." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:114 -msgid "Insert your database's URL then click on *Login*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:120 -msgid "Log into your database by entering your credentials. Skip this step if you are already logged in with this browser." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:122 -msgid "A message asks you if you want to let Outlook access your Odoo database. Click on *Allow* to complete the connection." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:126 -msgid "Make sure first to :ref:`enable the feature on your database <outlook_extension/enable-feature>`. Failing to do so would result in an *error 404 message*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:130 -msgid "The extension displays some information, even if you do not connect it to any Odoo database. Note that only a limited amount of contact enrichment requests are available as a trial, as this feature requires prepaid credits. See the :ref:`Pricing section <outlook_extension/pricing>` below for more information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:140 -msgid "The extension is **free** and doesn't require any purchase to be installed and used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:142 -msgid "However, this extension provides you with *Lead Enrichment* in the **Company Insights** section. This service is part of a paid service known as **Lead Generation**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:145 -msgid "The extension allows you to test this service for free, whether you connect the extension to a database or not. After a while, the extension asks you to buy credits to keep using this additional service." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:155 -msgid "You can buy more *Lead Generation* credits to keep using this service or disregard this message and keep using the extension for free without *Lead Enrichment*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:159 -msgid "In-App Purchase" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:162 -msgid "*Lead Generation* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service, which requires prepaid credits to be used. Each request consumes one credit." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:164 -#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:41 -msgid "To buy credits, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Contacts --> Partner Autocomplete or Odoo IAP --> View My Services` and select a package." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:167 -msgid "If you run out of credits, the only information populated when clicking on the suggested company is the website link and logo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:171 -#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:48 -msgid "Learn about our *Privacy Policy* `here <https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#header_2>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:174 -msgid ":doc:`../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:175 -msgid "`Odoo Learn: Lead Enrichment <https://www.odoo.com/r/p73>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:3 -msgid "Enrich your contacts base with Partner Autocomplete" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:5 -msgid "Parter Autocomplete helps you to enrich your contacts database with corporate data. Select one of the companies suggested in the dropdown, and quickly get all the information you need." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:11 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Contacts` and activate the *Partner Autocomplete* feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:18 -msgid "Enrich your contacts with corporate data" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:22 -msgid "From any module, once you start to create a new contact typing the name of it, the system will suggest a potential match. If you select it, the contact will be populated with corporate data." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:23 -msgid "For example, after typing *Odoo*, you will get the following information:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:33 -msgid "Partner Autocomplete also works if you enter a VAT number instead of a company name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:39 -msgid "*Partner Autocomplete* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service, which requires prepaid credits to be used. Each request will consume one credit." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:44 -msgid "If you run out of credits, the only information that will be populated when clicking on the suggested company will be the website link and the logo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:46 -msgid "If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and you have the Enterprise version, you benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance.rst:3 -msgid "Analyze performance" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:3 -msgid "Check your Win/Loss Ratio" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:5 -msgid "To see how well you are doing with your pipeline, take a look at the Win/Loss ratio." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:8 -msgid "To access this report, go to your *Pipeline* view under the *Reporting* tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:11 -msgid "From there you can filter to which opportunities you wish to see, yours, the ones from your sales channel, your whole company, etc. You can then click on filter and check Won/Lost." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:18 -msgid "You can also change the *Measures* to *Total Revenue*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:23 -msgid "You also have the ability to switch to a pie chart view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline.rst:3 -msgid "Organize the pipeline" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:3 -msgid "Manage lost opportunities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:5 -msgid "While working with your opportunities, you might lose some of them. You will want to keep track of the reasons you lost them and also which ways Odoo can help you recover them in the future." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:10 -msgid "Mark a lead as lost" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:12 -msgid "While in your pipeline, select any opportunity you want and you will see a *Mark Lost* button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:15 -msgid "You can then select an existing *Lost Reason* or create a new one right there." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:22 -msgid "Manage & create lost reasons" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:24 -msgid "You will find your *Lost Reasons* under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Lost Reasons`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:26 -msgid "You can select & rename any of them as well as create a new one from there." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:30 -msgid "Retrieve lost opportunities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:32 -msgid "To retrieve lost opportunities and do actions on them (send an email, make a feedback call, etc.), select the *Lost* filter in the search bar." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:39 -msgid "You will then see all your lost opportunities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:41 -msgid "If you want to refine them further, you can add a filter on the *Lost Reason*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:44 -msgid "For Example, *Too Expensive*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:50 -msgid "Restore lost opportunities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:52 -msgid "From the Kanban view with the filter(s) in place, you can select any opportunity you wish and work on it as usual. You can also restore it by clicking on *Archived*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:59 -msgid "You can also restore items in batch from the Kanban view when they belong to the same stage. Select *Restore Records* in the column options. You can also archive the same way." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:66 -msgid "To select specific opportunities, you should switch to the list view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:71 -msgid "Then you can select as many or all opportunities and select the actions you want to take." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:78 -msgid ":doc:`../performance/win_loss`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:3 -msgid "Manage multiple sales teams" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:5 -msgid "In Odoo, you can manage several sales teams, departments or channels with specific sales processes. To do so, we use the concept of *Sales Channel*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:10 -msgid "Create a new sales channel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:12 -msgid "To create a new *Sales Channel*, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Sales Channels`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:14 -msgid "There you can set an email alias to it. Every message sent to that email address will create a lead/opportunity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:21 -msgid "Add members to your sales channel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:23 -msgid "You can add members to any channel; that way those members will see the pipeline structure of the sales channel when opening it. Any lead/opportunity assigned to them will link to the sales channel. Therefore, you can only be a member of one channel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:28 -msgid "This will ease the process review of the team manager." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:33 -msgid "If you now filter on this specific channel in your pipeline, you will find all of its opportunities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:40 -msgid "Sales channel dashboard" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:42 -msgid "To see the operations and results of any sales channel at a glance, the sales manager also has access to the *Sales Channel Dashboard* under *Reporting*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:46 -msgid "It is shared with the whole ecosystem so every revenue stream is included in it: Sales, eCommerce, PoS, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads.rst:3 -msgid "Assign and track leads" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:3 -msgid "Assign leads based on scoring" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:5 -msgid "With *Leads Scoring* you can automatically rank your leads based on selected criterias." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:8 -msgid "For example you could score customers from your country higher or the ones that visited specific pages on your website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:14 -msgid "To use scoring, install the free module *Lead Scoring* under your *Apps* page (only available in Odoo Enterprise)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:21 -msgid "Create scoring rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:23 -msgid "You now have a new tab in your *CRM* app called *Leads Management* where you can manage your scoring rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:26 -msgid "Here's an example for a Canadian lead, you can modify for whatever criteria you wish to score your leads on. You can add as many criterias as you wish." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:33 -msgid "Every hour every lead without a score will be automatically scanned and assigned their right score according to your scoring rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:40 -msgid "Assign leads" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:42 -msgid "Once the scores computed, leads can be assigned to specific teams using the same domain mechanism. To do so go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Leads Management --> Team Assignation` and apply a specific domain on each team. This domain can include scores." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:49 -msgid "Further on, you can assign to a specific vendor in the team with an even more refined domain." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:52 -msgid "To do so go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Leads Management --> Leads Assignation`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:58 -msgid "The team & leads assignation will assign the unassigned leads once a day." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:62 -msgid "Evaluate & use the unassigned leads" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:64 -msgid "Once your scoring rules are in place you will most likely still have some unassigned leads. Some of them could still lead to an opportunity so it is useful to do something with them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:68 -msgid "In your leads page you can place a filter to find your unassigned leads." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:73 -msgid "Why not using :menuselection:`Email Marketing` or :menuselection:`Marketing Automation` apps to send a mass email to them? You can also easily find such unassigned leads from there." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:3 -msgid "Track your prospects visits" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:5 -msgid "Tracking your website pages will give you much more information about the interests of your website visitors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:8 -msgid "Every tracked page they visit will be recorded on your lead/opportunity if they use the contact form on your website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:14 -msgid "To use this feature, install the free module *Lead Scoring* under your *Apps* page (only available in Odoo Enterprise)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:21 -msgid "Track a webpage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:23 -msgid "Go to any static page you want to track on your website and under the *Promote* tab you will find *Optimize SEO*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:29 -msgid "There you will see a *Track Page* checkbox to track this page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:35 -msgid "See visited pages in your leads/opportunities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:37 -msgid "Now each time a lead is created from the contact form it will keep track of the pages visited by that visitor. You have two ways to see those pages, on the top right corner of your lead/opportunity you can see a *Page Views* button but also further down you will see them in the chatter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:43 -msgid "Both will update if the viewers comes back to your website and visits more pages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:52 -msgid "The feature will not repeat multiple viewings of the same pages in the chatter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:55 -msgid "Your customers will no longer be able to keep any secrets from you!" -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/db_management.pot b/locale/sources/db_management.pot deleted file mode 100644 index 17529a0de..000000000 --- a/locale/sources/db_management.pot +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1116 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:8 -msgid "Online Database management" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:10 -msgid "To manage your databases, access the `database management page <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__ (you will have to sign in). Then click on the `Manage Your Databases <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases/manage>`__ button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:18 -msgid "Make sure you are connected as the administrator of the database you want to manage - many operations depends on indentifying you remotely to that database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:22 -msgid "Several actions are available:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:28 -msgid ":ref:`Upgrade <upgrade_button>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:28 -msgid "Upgrade your database to the latest Odoo version to enjoy cutting-edge features" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:32 -msgid ":ref:`Duplicate <duplicate_online>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:31 -msgid "Make an exact copy of your database, if you want to try out new apps or new flows without compromising your daily operations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:34 -msgid ":ref:`Rename <rename_online_database>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:35 -msgid "Rename your database (and its URL)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:37 -msgid "**Backup**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:37 -msgid "Download an instant backup of your database; note that we back up databases daily according to our Odoo Cloud SLA" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:40 -msgid ":ref:`Domains <custom_domain>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:40 -msgid "Configure custom domains to access your database via another URL" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:42 -msgid ":ref:`Delete <delete_online_database>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:43 -msgid "Delete a database instantly" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:46 -msgid "Contact Support" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:45 -msgid "Access our `support page <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__ with the correct database already selected" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:51 -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:12 -msgid "Upgrade" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:53 -msgid "Upgrading your database to a newer version of Odoo is a complex operation that require time and caution. It is extremely important that you fully test the process before upgrading your production database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:57 -msgid "Odoo releases new versions regularly (at least once a year), and upgrading your database to enjoy new Odoo features is part of the Odoo Online experience." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:60 -msgid "The upgrade process can take some time, especially if you use multiple apps or apps that manage sensitive data (e.g. Accounting, Inventory, etc.). In general, the 'smaller' the database, the quickest the upgrade. A single-user database that uses only CRM will be processed faster than a multi-company, multi-user database that uses Accounting, Sales, Purchase and Manufacturing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:66 -msgid "Unfortunately, it is impossible to give time estimates for every upgrade request, since Odoo.com will test manually every database upgrade at least once and will need to correct/adapt changes made to the standard Odoo Apps (e.g. through Studio or through a Success Pack) on a case-by-case basis. This can make the process slower, since requests are treated in the order they arrive. This is especially true in the months following the release of a new major version, which can lengthen the upgrade delay significantly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:74 -msgid "The upgrade process is quite simple from your point of view:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:76 -msgid "You request a test upgrade" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:77 -msgid "Once all tests have been validated **by you**, you upgrade your actual database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:79 -msgid "The process to request a test or a production (*actual*) upgrade is the same." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:81 -msgid "First, make sure to be connected to the database you want to upgrade and access the `database management page <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:84 -msgid "You have to have an active session with access to the Settings app in the database you want to upgrade for the button to be visible." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:87 -msgid "On the line of the database you want to upgrade, click on the \"Cog\" menu. If an newer version of Odoo is available, you will see an 'Upgrade' button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:94 -msgid "You have the possibility to choose the target version of the upgrade. By default, we select the highest available version available for your database; if you were already in the process of testing an upgrade, we will automatically select the version you were already testing (even if we released a more recent version during your tests)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:103 -msgid "By clicking on the \"Test upgrade\" button, an upgrade request will be generated. Only one request can be made at time for each database; if a request has already been made, you will see an 'Upgrade Queued' note instead and asking another request will not be possible." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:108 -msgid "A test upgrade will create a copy of your database, upgrade it and make it available to you automatically once successful. If this is the first test you request for this particular database, a manual testing phase will be done by Odoo.com - this could take time (up to several weeks). Subsequent requests will not go through that manual testing step and will usually be made available in a few hours. Once the test database is available, you should receive an e-mail with the URL of the test database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:116 -msgid "**Testing your database is the most important step of the upgrade process!** Even though we test all upgrades manually, we do not know your work processes. A change in standard worfklows of Odoo in new versions might require you to change internal processes, or some of the customizations you made through Odoo Studio might not work properly. *It is up to you to make sure that everything works as it should!* You can report issues with your test database through our `Support page <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:124 -msgid "Make sure to do one last test of your upgrade right before the final upgrade (e.g. the day before) to ensure everything will run smoothly. Downgrading is not possible and post-poning an upgrade is always easier than being prevented to work by an upgrade issue after the fact!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:129 -msgid "Once you are ready and you have validated all your tests, you can click again on the Upgrade button and confirm by clicking on Upgrade (the button with the little rocket!) to switch your production database to the new version. Your database will then be taken offline within the next 10 minutes and will be upgraded automatically; you receive a confirmation e-mail once the process is completed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:140 -msgid "Your database will be taken offline during the upgrade (usually between 30min up to several hours for big databases), so make sure to plan your migration during non-business hours." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:146 -msgid "Duplicating a database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:148 -msgid "Database duplication, renaming, custom DNS, etc. is not available for trial databases on our Online platform. Paid Databases and \"One App Free\" database can duplicate without problem." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:153 -msgid "In the line of the database you want to duplicate, you will have a few buttons. To duplicate your database, just click **Duplicate**. You will have to give a name to your duplicate, then click **Duplicate Database**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:160 -msgid "If you do not check the \"For testing purposes\" checkbox when duplicating a database, all external communication will remain active:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:163 -msgid "Emails are sent" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:165 -msgid "Payments are processed (in the e-commerce or Subscriptions apps, for example)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:168 -msgid "Delivery orders (shipping providers) are sent" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:170 -msgid "Etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:172 -msgid "Make sure to check the checkbox \"For testing purposes\" if you want these behaviours to be disabled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:175 -msgid "After a few seconds, you will be logged in your duplicated database. Notice that the url uses the name you chose for your duplicated database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:180 -msgid "Duplicate databases expire automatically after 15 days." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:188 -msgid "Rename a Database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:190 -msgid "To rename your database, make sure you are connected to the database you want to rename, access the `database management page <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__ and click **Rename**. You will have to give a new name to your database, then click **Rename Database**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:201 -msgid "Deleting a Database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:203 -msgid "You can only delete databases of which you are the administrator." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:205 -msgid "When you delete your database all the data will be permanently lost. The deletion is instant and for all the Users. We advise you to do an instant backup of your database before deleting it, since the last automated daily backup may be several hours old at that point." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:211 -msgid "From the `database management page <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__, on the line of the database you want to delete, click on the \"Delete\" button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:218 -msgid "Read carefully the warning message that will appear and proceed only if you fully understand the implications of deleting a database:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:224 -msgid "After a few seconds, the database will be deleted and the page will reload automatically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:228 -msgid "If you need to re-use this database name, it will be immediately available." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:230 -msgid "It is not possible to delete a database if it is expired or linked to a Subscription. In these cases contact `Odoo Support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:234 -msgid "If you want to delete your Account, please contact `Odoo Support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:7 -msgid "On-premises Database management" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:10 -msgid "Register a database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:12 -msgid "To register your database, you just need to enter your Subscription Code in the banner in the App Switcher. Make sure you do not add extra spaces before or after your subscription code. If the registration is successful, it will turn green and will provide you with the Expiration Date of your freshly-registered database. You can check this Epiration Date in the About menu (Odoo 9) or in the Settings Dashboard (Odoo 10)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:20 -msgid "Registration Error Message" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:22 -msgid "If you are unable to register your database, you will likely encounter this message:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:31 -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:110 -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:138 -msgid "Solutions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:33 -msgid "Do you have a valid Enterprise subscription?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:35 -msgid "Check if your subscription details get the tag \"In Progress\" on your `Odoo Account <https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__ or with your Account Manager" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:39 -msgid "Have you already linked a database with your subscription reference?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:41 -msgid "You can link only one database per subscription. (Need a test or a development database? `Find a partner <https://www.odoo.com/partners>`__)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:45 -msgid "You can unlink the old database yourself on your `Odoo Contract <https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__ with the button \"Unlink database\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:52 -msgid "A confirmation message will appear; make sure this is the correct database as it will be deactivated shortly:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:59 -msgid "Do you have the updated version of Odoo 9?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:61 -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:171 -msgid "From July 2016 onward, Odoo 9 now automatically change the uuid of a duplicated database; a manual operation is no longer required." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:64 -msgid "If it's not the case, you may have multiple databases sharing the same UUID. Please check on your `Odoo Contract <https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__, a short message will appear specifying which database is problematic:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:73 -msgid "In this case, you need to change the UUID on your test databases to solve this issue. You will find more information about this in :ref:`this section <duplicate_premise>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:76 -msgid "For your information, we identify database with UUID. Therefore, each database should have a distinct UUID to ensure that registration and invoicing proceed effortlessly for your and for us." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:80 -msgid "Check your network and firewall settings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:82 -msgid "The Update notification must be able to reach Odoo's subscription validation servers. In other words, make sure that the Odoo server is able to open outgoing connections towards:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:86 -msgid "services.odoo.com on port 443 (or 80)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:87 -msgid "services.openerp.com on port 443 (or 80) for older deployments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:89 -msgid "Once you activated your database, you must keep these ports open, as the Update notification runs once a week." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:95 -msgid "Error message due to too many users" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:97 -msgid "If you have more users in your local database than provisionned in your Odoo Enterprise subscription, you may encounter this message:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:106 -msgid "When the message appears you have 30 days before the expiration. The countdown is updated everyday." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:112 -msgid "**Add more users** on your subscription: follow the link and Validate the upsell quotation and pay for the extra users." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:114 -msgid "**Deactivate users** as explained in this `documentation <documentation.html#deactivating-users>`_ and **Reject** the upsell quotation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:117 -msgid "Once your database has the correct number of users, the expiration message will disappear automatically after a few days, when the next verification occurs. We understand that it can be a bit frightening to see the countdown, so you can :ref:`force an Update Notification <force_ping>` to make the message disappear right away." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:124 -msgid "Database expired error message" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:126 -msgid "If your database reaches its expiration date before your renew your subscription, you will encounter this message:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:134 -msgid "This **blocking** message appears after a non-blocking message that lasts 30 days. If you fail to take action before the end of the countdown, the database is expired." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:142 -msgid "Renew your subscription: follow the link and renew your subscription - note that" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:141 -msgid "if you wish to pay by Wire Transfer, your subscription will effectively be renewed only when the payment arrives, which can take a few days. Credit card payments are processed immediately." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:144 -msgid "Contact our `Support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:146 -msgid "None of those solutions worked for you? Please contact our `Support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:155 -msgid "Duplicate a database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:157 -msgid "You can duplicate your database by accessing the database manager on your server (<odoo-server>/web/database/manager). In this page, you can easily duplicate your database (among other things)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:165 -msgid "When you duplicate a local database, it is **strongly** advised to change the duplicated database's uuid (Unniversally Unique Identifier), since this uuid is how your database identifies itself with our servers. Having two databases with the same uuid could result in invoicing problems or registration problems down the line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:174 -msgid "The database uuid is currently accessible from the menu :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> System Parameters`, we advise you to use a `uuid generator <https://www.uuidtools.com>`_ or to use the unix command ``uuidgen`` to generate a new uuid. You can then simply replace it like any other record by clicking on it and using the edit button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:17 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:22 -msgid "The upgrade process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:24 -msgid "This documentation is for our *On-Premise* (self-hosted) and *Odoo.sh* customers. If you are hosted Online, please check our :ref:`instruction page for our Online (SaaS) customers <upgrade_button>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:30 -msgid "Definition" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:32 -msgid "An upgrade is switching to a newer version of Odoo (e.g., Odoo 13.0 to Odoo 14.0)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:34 -msgid "An upgrade does not cover:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:36 -msgid "changing :ref:`Editions <db-upgrade/faq/editions-change>` (i.e., Community to Enterprise edition)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:37 -msgid "switching :ref:`hosting type <db-upgrade/faq/hosting-types-switch>` (i.e., On-Premise to Online or Odoo.sh)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:39 -msgid "migration from another ERP to Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:41 -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:99 -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:231 -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:361 -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:370 -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:382 -msgid "|assistance-contact|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:46 -msgid "Process workflow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:48 -msgid "The upgrade process in a nutshell:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:50 -msgid "You create a test upgrade request." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:0 -msgid "The request is processed by Odoo:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:0 -msgid "This happens via an automated process that runs the database through an upgrade script and takes between 20 and 120 minutes. Only if an issue(s) arises will we have to intervene manually and adjust the script specifically to your database until the upgrade succeeds." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:55 -msgid "Odoo delivers a test database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:56 -msgid "You test your database for possible discrepancies (see :ref:`db-upgrade/test-guidance`)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:57 -msgid "If there are any discrepancies, you report them to the Upgrade support team via the :ref:`Help portal <db-upgrade/test-assistance>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:59 -msgid "We will fix the issues and send you a new test database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:60 -msgid "Once you completed the testing and are happy with the result, you decide on a date and time when you stop users from accessing Odoo, freeze all data entries and create an upgrade request for the production upgrade." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:63 -msgid "Odoo delivers the production database through the automated process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:64 -msgid "You restore it in your Production environment a few short hours later and continue working on the newly upgraded database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:70 -msgid "Service Level Agreement" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:73 -msgid "What is covered by the Enterprise Licence?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:75 -msgid "Databases hosted on Odoo’s Cloud platforms (Saas and Odoo.sh) or On-Premise (Self-Hosting) enjoy the following service at all times." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:78 -msgid "The upgrade of:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:80 -msgid "standard applications" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:81 -msgid "Studio customization (as long as the Studio app is still active)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:82 -msgid "customizations done by our consulting and developer services *if* they are covered by a ‘Maintenance of Customisations’ subscription" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:85 -msgid "The Upgrade Service is limited to the technical conversion and adaptation of your database (standard modules and data) to make it compatible with the targeted version." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:89 -msgid "What upgrading does NOT cover" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:91 -msgid "The cleaning of pre-existing data & configuration while upgrading" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:92 -msgid "Any new developments and/or upgrade of your own :ref:`custom modules <db-upgrade/faq/custom-modules>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:94 -msgid "`Training <https://www.odoo.com/learn>`_ on the new version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:96 -msgid "You can get more information about your Enterprise Licence on our :ref:`Odoo Enterprise Subscription Agreement <upgrade>` page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:104 -msgid "Get started" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:106 -msgid "The upgrade process varies depending on where your database is hosted." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:111 -msgid "Online (SaaS)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:113 -msgid "If you are hosted Online, please check our :ref:`instruction page for our Online (SaaS) customers <upgrade_button>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:119 -msgid "Odoo.sh" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:121 -msgid "If you are Odoo.sh hosted, check our :doc:`specific instructions to be able to upgrade <../odoo_sh/advanced/upgrade_your_database>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:127 -msgid "On-Premise" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:129 -msgid "There are two possibilities:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:131 -msgid "Via the interface of our `website form <https://upgrade.odoo.com>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:0 -msgid "For technically-advanced users and partners, via the following command line (to be used on the machine where your database is hosted):" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:0 -msgid "``python <(curl -s beta.upgrade.odoo.com/upgrade) test -d <your db name> -t 14.0``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:137 -msgid "What does it do?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:139 -msgid "The above command will dump your database to a file, then send it to the upgrade platform for upgrade, displaying you the live logs, then restore the upgraded database back on your server as a duplicate test database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:146 -msgid "Steps" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:151 -msgid "The testing phase" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:156 -msgid "Test process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:158 -msgid "Also referred to as the pre-production phase, the test phase allows you to review an upgraded version of your database without affecting your production database in any way." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:161 -msgid "We suggest that you run the test upgrade process at least once, but you can do it as often as you want (one at a time)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:164 -msgid "Once you receive your upgraded test database, you should check that all data, processes and functionality are still correct and working as expected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:167 -msgid "If you do find discrepancies, you'll be able to:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:0 -msgid ":ref:`Report your issues <db-upgrade/test-assistance>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:0 -msgid "and/or" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:171 -msgid "Ask for a new :ref:`test request <db-upgrade/test-db-request>` after the reported issues have been fixed in the upgrade script." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:174 -msgid "When you do not find any discrepancies, you'll be able to:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:176 -msgid "Move on to the upgrade of your :ref:`production database <db-upgrade/production-live>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:181 -msgid "Request a test database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:183 -msgid "When filling the `website form <https://upgrade.odoo.com>`_, select *Testing* purpose." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:192 -msgid "Test guidance" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:194 -msgid "Every business and organization has its own operational needs and will have to test its specific Odoo instance respectively. However, we recommend you look at `the test scenario <https://drive.google.com/open?id=1Lm4JqbsHBirB1wMi14UChoz_YHLjx5ec>`_ we created, a high-level idea of what you should test and look out for." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:199 -msgid "Todo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:199 -msgid "change link \"test scenario\" once the related doc is published" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:204 -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:263 -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:395 -msgid "Assistance" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:206 -msgid "If you encounter issues or problems in the **test database**, please contact the Odoo Upgrade Support:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:209 -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:268 -msgid "Connect to our `Odoo Support page <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:210 -msgid "Under the *Ticket Description* section, select *An issue related to my upgrade* ticket type." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:217 -msgid "If you choose another *Ticket Description* type, the request will be redirected to another team than the upgrade one and will slow down the processing and response time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:220 -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:276 -msgid "Please provide as much detail as you can. Where applicable, illustrate the current and previous flows with videos and/or screenshots. This will avoid clarifying questions and speed up the resolution process significantly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:229 -msgid "The purpose of the test phase is not to correct existing data or configurations in your database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:236 -msgid "The production launch" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:241 -msgid "Production goes live" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:243 -msgid "The production upgrade request is when you decide to upgrade your current database with all your production data (invoices, VAT returns, inventories, current orders) to a new version of your choice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:246 -msgid "After your :ref:`tests <db-upgrade/steps-test>` are completed to your satisfaction, submit the request to upgrade your production database via our `website form <https://upgrade.odoo.com>`_. Select *Production* purpose." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:255 -msgid "Going into production without first testing may lead to:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:257 -msgid "business interruptions (e.g. no longer having the possibility to validate an action)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:258 -msgid "poor customer experiences (e.g. an eCommerce website that does not work correctly)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:265 -msgid "If you encounter issues or problems in the **production database**, please contact the **Odoo Support**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:269 -msgid "Under the *Ticket Description* section, select the appropriate type related to your issue but **do not select** the option *An issue related to my upgrade*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:273 -msgid "After upgrading to production, the support will be provided by the Support team instead of the Upgrade team." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:285 -msgid "If you choose *An issue related to my upgrade* as ticket type, the request will be redirected to another team than the support one and will slow down the processing and response time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:291 -msgid "FAQ" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:296 -msgid "Why upgrade?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:298 -msgid "You benefit from the latest features of the :ref:`new major version <db-upgrade/faq/release-notes>` released by Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:300 -msgid "If you are in an :ref:`unsupported version <db-upgrade/supported-versions>`, you get a new version with support." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:306 -msgid "When to upgrade?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:308 -msgid "Whenever you want. You can make your upgrade request as soon as a new version is released on our `website form <https://upgrade.odoo.com>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:314 -msgid "Availability of the new version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:316 -msgid "Please kindly note that as soon as we announce the release of a new major version (usually at the end of year), the Upgrade Service team needs to adapt the upgrade scripts to it, which is why the new version is not immediately available for existing databases." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:323 -msgid "Finalization of the upgrade (:abbr:`ETA (Estimated Time of Arrival)`)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:325 -msgid "Unfortunately, it is impossible to give time estimates for every upgrade request. Odoo offers so many possibilities (e.g. branding, workflows, customization, etc) that it can get tricky to upgrade, and translate to the new structure. If you use multiple apps managing sensitive data (e.g., Accounting, Inventory, etc.), some cases may still require a human intervention, making the process slower." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:331 -msgid "This is especially true during the first months following the release of a new major version, which can significantly lengthen the upgrade delay." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:334 -msgid "In general, the ‘smaller’ the database, the quickest the upgrade. A single-user database that uses only CRM will be processed faster than a multi-company, multi-user database that uses Accounting, Sales, Purchase, and Manufacturing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:338 -msgid "So, in a nutshell, what can impact your upgrade lead time?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:340 -msgid "Source & targeted versions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:341 -msgid "Installed apps" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:342 -msgid "Volume of data" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:343 -msgid "Amount of customization (models, fields, methods, workflows, reports, website, etc.)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:344 -msgid "Installation of new apps or configuration changes after the start of the test phase" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:346 -msgid "Usually, the delays experienced during the first request (waiting time between the time you submitted your first request for a test upgrade) can generally give you an idea of the time to wait for the production request." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:353 -msgid "Upgrade of the custom modules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:355 -msgid "As stated in our :doc:`../legal/terms/enterprise`, section :ref:`charges_standard`, this optional service is subject to additional fees." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:358 -msgid "If you have a custom code, you can choose to have it upgraded by our services, by one of our `partners <https://www.odoo.com/partners>`_ or you can do it yourself." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:366 -msgid "Editions change (from Community to Enterprise)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:368 -msgid "An upgrade does not cover a change of `Editions <https://www.odoo.com/page/editions>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:375 -msgid "Switching the hosting types (Self-hosted vs Online vs Odoo.sh)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:377 -msgid "An upgrade does not cover a change of `Hosting types <https://www.odoo.com/page/hosting-types>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:379 -msgid "Open the following link to get :doc:`more information about how to change your hosting type <hosting_changes>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:387 -msgid "Release Notes by version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:389 -msgid "Open our `Release Note <https://www.odoo.com/page/release-notes>`_ page to get a summary of the new features and improvements made in each version." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:400 -msgid "Contact our Upgrade service support" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:402 -msgid "Should you have any more questions about the upgrade, do not hesitate to send a message to `Odoo Upgrade Team <mailto:upgrade@odoo.com>`_. We will be very pleased to answer it as soon as possible." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:408 -msgid "Supported versions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:410 -msgid "Please note that Odoo provides support and bug fixing only for the three last major versions of Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:412 -msgid "This is a factor to take into consideration before upgrading. If you are on an older version, we suggest you to prefer the most recent version to benefit from a longer support (before having to upgrade again)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:416 -msgid "You can get more information about our :doc:`supported versions <../support/supported_versions>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:7 -msgid "Users and Features" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:9 -msgid "As the administrator of your database, you are responsible for its usage. This includes the Apps you install as well as the number of users currently in use." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:13 -msgid "Odoo is many things (ERP, CMS, CRM application, e-Commerce backend, etc.) but it is *not* a smartphone. You should apply caution when adding/removing features (especially Apps) on your database since this may impact your subscription amount significantly (or switch you from a free account to a paying one on our online platform)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:19 -msgid "This page contains some information as to how you can manage your Odoo instances. Before carrying any of these procedures, we **strongly** advise to test them on a duplicate of your database first. That way, if something goes wrong, your day-to-day business is not impacted." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:24 -msgid "You can find guides on how to duplicate your databases both for :ref:`online <duplicate_online>` and :ref:`on premise <duplicate_premise>` installations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:28 -msgid "If you have questions about the content of this page or if you encounter an issue while carrying out these procedures, please contact us through our `support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:34 -msgid "Deactivating Users" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:36 -msgid "Make sure you have sufficient **administrative rights** if you want to change the status of any of your users." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:39 -msgid "In your Odoo instance, click on **Settings**. You will have a section showing you the active users on your database. Click on **Manage Users.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:43 -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:80 -msgid "|settings|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:43 -msgid "|browse_users|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:46 -msgid "You'll then see the list of your users." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:51 -msgid "The pre-selected filter *Internal Users* shows your paying users (different from the *Portal Users* which are free). If you remove this filter, you'll get all your users (the ones you pay for and the portal ones)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:56 -msgid "In your list of users, click on the user you want to deactivate. As soon as you are on the userform, click on the Action drop down menu, and then click on Archive." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:64 -msgid "The user is now deactivated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:66 -msgid "**Never** deactivate the main user (*admin*)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:69 -msgid "Uninstalling Apps" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:71 -msgid "Make sure you first test what you are about to do on a :ref:`duplicate <duplicate_online>` of your database before making any changes (*especially* installing/uninstalling apps)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:75 -msgid "In your Odoo instance click on **Settings**; in this app, you will be able to see how many applications you have installed. Click on **Browse Apps** to access the list of your installed applications." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:80 -msgid "|browse_apps|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:83 -msgid "In your applications' dashboard, you will see all the icons of your applications. Click on the application you want to uninstall. Then, on the form of the application, click on **Uninstall**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:90 -msgid "Some applications have dependencies, like Invoicing, eCommerce, etc. Therefore, the system will give you a warning message to advise you of what is about to be removed. If you uninstall your application, all its dependencies will be uninstalled as well (and the data in them will permanently disappear). If you are sure you still want to uninstall it, then click **Confirm**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:97 -msgid "Last, after having checked the warning message (if any), click **Confirm**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:102 -msgid "You have finished uninstalling your application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:105 -msgid "Good to know" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:107 -msgid "**Uninstalling apps, managing users, etc. is up to you**: no one else can know if your business flow is broken better than you. If we were to uninstall applications for you, we would never be able to tell if relevant data had been removed or if one of your business flow was broken because we *do not know how you work* and therefore cannot validate these kinds of operations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:113 -msgid "**Odoo Apps have dependencies**: this means that you may need to install modules that you do not actively use to access some features of Odoo you might need. For example, the Website Builder app is needed to be able to show your customer their Quotes in a web page. Even though you might not need or use the Website itself, it is needed for the Online Quotes feature to work properly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:120 -msgid "**Always test app installation/removal on a duplicate** (or on a free trial database): that way you can know what other apps may be required, etc. This will avoid surprises when uninstalling or when receiving your invoices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:7 -msgid "Hosting Changes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:9 -msgid "You may want to move your Odoo database from one hosting solution to another. Depending on the platforms, you have to do it by yourself or contact our support team first." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:13 -msgid "From on-premises to Odoo Online" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:15 -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:49 -msgid "Odoo Online is not compatible with **non-standard apps**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:17 -msgid "Create a :ref:`duplicate <duplicate_premise>` of your database: in this duplicate, uninstall all the **non-standard apps**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:18 -msgid "Grab a \"dump with filestore\" of your database by using the Database Manager." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:19 -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:52 -msgid "**If you have time constraints, contact us earlier to schedule the transfer.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:20 -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:53 -msgid "`Create a support ticket <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_ and attach the dump (if the file is too large, use any file transfer service and attach the link to your ticket). Also include your subscription number and the URL you want to use for your database (e.g.: my-company.odoo.com)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:21 -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:54 -msgid "We will make sure your database is compatible and upload it to our cloud. In case of technical issues, we will get in touch with you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:22 -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:55 -msgid "It's done!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:25 -msgid "From on-premises to Odoo.sh" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:27 -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:44 -msgid "Follow the :ref:`Import your database section of the Odoo.sh documentation <odoo_sh_import_your_database>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:28 -msgid "...and voilà!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:31 -msgid "From Odoo Online to on-premises" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:33 -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:41 -msgid "Log into `your Odoo Online user portal <https://accounts.odoo.com/my/databases/manage>`_ and look for the version number of your database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:34 -msgid "If your database does not run a :ref:`major version <supported_versions>` of Odoo, you cannot host it on-premises yet, you have to upgrade it first to a new major version. (*e.g.: If your database runs Odoo 12.3 which is not a major version, you have to upgrade it first to Odoo 13.0 or 14.0.*)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:35 -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:43 -msgid "Download a backup of your database by clicking on the \"Gear\" icon next to your database name then :menuselection:`Download` (if the download fails due to your backup file being too large, contact `our support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:36 -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:61 -msgid "Restore it from the database manager on your local server." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:39 -msgid "From Odoo Online to Odoo.sh" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:42 -msgid "If your database does not run a :ref:`major version <supported_versions>` of Odoo, you cannot host it on Odoo.sh yet, you have to upgrade it first to a new major version. (*e.g.: If your database runs Odoo 12.3 which is not a major version, you have to upgrade it first to Odoo 13.0 or 14.0.*)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:47 -msgid "From Odoo.sh to Odoo Online" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:51 -msgid "Uninstall all the **non-standard apps**: test it in a staging build first, then do it in your production build." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:58 -msgid "From Odoo.sh to on-premises" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:60 -msgid "Grab a :ref:`backup of your Odoo.sh production database <odoo_sh_branches_backups>`." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/developer.pot b/locale/sources/developer.pot new file mode 100644 index 000000000..db9b717d3 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/sources/developer.pot @@ -0,0 +1,19920 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-18 07:12+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#: ../../content/developer.rst:3 +msgid "Developer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/glossary.rst:5 +msgid "Glossary" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/glossary.rst:8 +msgid "external id" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/glossary.rst:9 +msgid "external identifier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/glossary.rst:10 +msgid "external identifiers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/glossary.rst:12 +msgid "string identifier stored in ``ir.model.data``, can be used to refer to a record regardless of its database identifier during data imports or export/import roundtrips." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/glossary.rst:16 +msgid "External identifiers are in the form :samp:`{module}.{id}` (e.g. ``account.invoice_graph``). From within a module, the :samp:`{module}.` prefix can be left out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/glossary.rst:20 +msgid "Sometimes referred to as \"xml id\" or ``xml_id`` as XML-based :ref:`reference/data` make extensive use of them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/glossary.rst:22 +msgid "format string" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/glossary.rst:24 +msgid "inspired by `jinja variables`_, format strings allow more easily mixing literal content and computed content (expressions): content between ``{{`` and ``}}`` is interpreted as an expression and evaluated, other content is interpreted as literal strings and displayed as-is" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/glossary.rst:29 +msgid "GIS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/glossary.rst:30 +msgid "Geographic Information System" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/glossary.rst:32 +msgid "any computer system or subsystem to capture, store, manipulate, analyze, manage or present spatial and geographical data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/glossary.rst:34 +msgid "minified" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/glossary.rst:35 +msgid "minification" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/glossary.rst:37 +msgid "process of removing extraneous/non-necessary sections of files (comments, whitespace) and possibly recompiling them using equivalent but shorter structures (`ternary operator`_ instead of ``if/else``) in order to reduce network traffic" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos.rst:3 +msgid "Tutorials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:7 +msgid "Building a Module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:11 +msgid "This tutorial requires :ref:`having installed Odoo <setup/install>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:14 +msgid "Start/Stop the Odoo server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:16 +msgid "Odoo uses a client/server architecture in which clients are web browsers accessing the Odoo server via RPC." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:19 +msgid "Business logic and extension is generally performed on the server side, although supporting client features (e.g. new data representation such as interactive maps) can be added to the client." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:23 +msgid "In order to start the server, simply invoke the command :ref:`odoo-bin <reference/cmdline>` in the shell, adding the full path to the file if necessary:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:31 +msgid "The server is stopped by hitting ``Ctrl-C`` twice from the terminal, or by killing the corresponding OS process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:35 +msgid "Build an Odoo module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:37 +msgid "Both server and client extensions are packaged as *modules* which are optionally loaded in a *database*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:40 +msgid "Odoo modules can either add brand new business logic to an Odoo system, or alter and extend existing business logic: a module can be created to add your country's accounting rules to Odoo's generic accounting support, while the next module adds support for real-time visualisation of a bus fleet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:45 +msgid "Everything in Odoo thus starts and ends with modules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:48 +msgid "Composition of a module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:50 +msgid "An Odoo module can contain a number of elements:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:54 +msgid "Business objects" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:53 +msgid "Declared as Python classes, these resources are automatically persisted by Odoo based on their configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:57 +msgid ":ref:`Object views <reference/views>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:57 +msgid "Definition of business objects UI display" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:65 +msgid ":ref:`Data files <reference/data>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:60 +msgid "XML or CSV files declaring the model metadata :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:62 +msgid ":ref:`views <reference/views>` or :ref:`reports <reference/reports>`," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:63 +msgid "configuration data (modules parametrization, :ref:`security rules <reference/security>`)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:64 +msgid "demonstration data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:65 +msgid "and more" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:68 +msgid ":ref:`Web controllers <reference/controllers>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:68 +msgid "Handle requests from web browsers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:71 +msgid "Static web data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:71 +msgid "Images, CSS or javascript files used by the web interface or website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:74 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:32 +msgid "Module structure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:76 +msgid "Each module is a directory within a *module directory*. Module directories are specified by using the :option:`--addons-path <odoo-bin --addons-path>` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:83 +msgid "most command-line options can also be set using :ref:`a configuration file <reference/cmdline/config>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:86 +msgid "An Odoo module is declared by its :ref:`manifest <reference/module/manifest>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:88 +msgid "A module is also a `Python package <http://docs.python.org/2/tutorial/modules.html#packages>`_ with a ``__init__.py`` file, containing import instructions for various Python files in the module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:93 +msgid "For instance, if the module has a single ``mymodule.py`` file ``__init__.py`` might contain::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:98 +msgid "Odoo provides a mechanism to help set up a new module, :ref:`odoo-bin <reference/cmdline/server>` has a subcommand :ref:`scaffold <reference/cmdline/scaffold>` to create an empty module:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:106 +msgid "The command creates a subdirectory for your module, and automatically creates a bunch of standard files for a module. Most of them simply contain commented code or XML. The usage of most of those files will be explained along this tutorial." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:110 +msgid "Module creation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:112 +msgid "Use the command line above to create an empty module Open Academy, and install it in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:116 +msgid "Object-Relational Mapping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:118 +msgid "A key component of Odoo is the :abbr:`ORM (Object-Relational Mapping)` layer. This layer avoids having to write most :abbr:`SQL (Structured Query Language)` by hand and provides extensibility and security services\\ [#rawsql]_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:122 +msgid "Business objects are declared as Python classes extending :class:`~odoo.models.Model` which integrates them into the automated persistence system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:126 +msgid "Models can be configured by setting a number of attributes at their definition. The most important attribute is :attr:`~odoo.models.Model._name` which is required and defines the name for the model in the Odoo system. Here is a minimally complete definition of a model::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:137 +msgid "Model fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:139 +msgid "Fields are used to define what the model can store and where. Fields are defined as attributes on the model class::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:150 +msgid "Common Attributes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:152 +msgid "Much like the model itself, its fields can be configured, by passing configuration attributes as parameters::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:157 +msgid "Some attributes are available on all fields, here are the most common ones:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:159 +msgid ":attr:`~odoo.fields.Field.string` (``unicode``, default: field's name)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:160 +msgid "The label of the field in UI (visible by users)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:162 +msgid ":attr:`~odoo.fields.Field.required` (``bool``, default: ``False``)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:162 +msgid "If ``True``, the field can not be empty, it must either have a default value or always be given a value when creating a record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:164 +msgid ":attr:`~odoo.fields.Field.help` (``unicode``, default: ``''``)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:165 +msgid "Long-form, provides a help tooltip to users in the UI." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:167 +msgid ":attr:`~odoo.fields.Field.index` (``bool``, default: ``False``)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:167 +msgid "Requests that Odoo create a `database index`_ on the column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:170 +msgid "Simple fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:172 +msgid "There are two broad categories of fields: \"simple\" fields which are atomic values stored directly in the model's table and \"relational\" fields linking records (of the same model or of different models)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:176 +msgid "Example of simple fields are :class:`~odoo.fields.Boolean`, :class:`~odoo.fields.Date`, :class:`~odoo.fields.Char`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:180 +msgid "Reserved fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:182 +msgid "Odoo creates a few fields in all models\\ [#autofields]_. These fields are managed by the system and shouldn't be written to. They can be read if useful or necessary:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:186 +msgid ":attr:`~odoo.fields.Model.id` (:class:`~odoo.fields.Id`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:187 +msgid "The unique identifier for a record in its model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:188 +msgid ":attr:`~odoo.fields.Model.create_date` (:class:`~odoo.fields.Datetime`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:189 +msgid "Creation date of the record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:190 +msgid ":attr:`~odoo.fields.Model.create_uid` (:class:`~odoo.fields.Many2one`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:191 +msgid "User who created the record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:192 +msgid ":attr:`~odoo.fields.Model.write_date` (:class:`~odoo.fields.Datetime`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:193 +msgid "Last modification date of the record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:195 +msgid ":attr:`~odoo.fields.Model.write_uid` (:class:`~odoo.fields.Many2one`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:195 +msgid "user who last modified the record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:198 +msgid "Special fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:200 +msgid "By default, Odoo also requires a ``name`` field on all models for various display and search behaviors. The field used for these purposes can be overridden by setting :attr:`~odoo.models.Model._rec_name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:204 +msgid "Define a model" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:206 +msgid "Define a new data model *Course* in the *openacademy* module. A course has a title and a description. Courses must have a title." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:210 +msgid "Data files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:212 +msgid "Odoo is a highly data driven system. Although behavior is customized using Python_ code part of a module's value is in the data it sets up when loaded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:215 +msgid "some modules exist solely to add data into Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:218 +msgid "Module data is declared via :ref:`data files <reference/data>`, XML files with ``<record>`` elements. Each ``<record>`` element creates or updates a database record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:232 +msgid "``model`` is the name of the Odoo model for the record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:233 +msgid "``id`` is an :term:`external identifier`, it allows referring to the record (without having to know its in-database identifier)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:235 +msgid "``<field>`` elements have a ``name`` which is the name of the field in the model (e.g. ``description``). Their body is the field's value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:238 +msgid "Data files have to be declared in the manifest file to be loaded, they can be declared in the ``'data'`` list (always loaded) or in the ``'demo'`` list (only loaded in demonstration mode)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:242 +msgid "Define demonstration data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:244 +msgid "Create demonstration data filling the *Courses* model with a few demonstration courses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:247 +msgid "The content of the data files is only loaded when a module is installed or updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:250 +msgid "After making some changes, do not forget to use :ref:`odoo-bin -u openacademy <reference/cmdline>` to save the changes to your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:257 +msgid "Actions and Menus" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:259 +msgid "Actions and menus are regular records in database, usually declared through data files. Actions can be triggered in three ways:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:262 +msgid "by clicking on menu items (linked to specific actions)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:263 +msgid "by clicking on buttons in views (if these are connected to actions)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:264 +msgid "as contextual actions on object" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:266 +msgid "Because menus are somewhat complex to declare there is a ``<menuitem>`` shortcut to declare an ``ir.ui.menu`` and connect it to the corresponding action more easily." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:283 +msgid "The action must be declared before its corresponding menu in the XML file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:285 +msgid "Data files are executed sequentially, the action's ``id`` must be present in the database before the menu can be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:288 +msgid "Define new menu entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:290 +msgid "Define new menu entries to access courses under the OpenAcademy menu entry. A user should be able to :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:293 +msgid "display a list of all the courses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:294 +msgid "create/modify courses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:297 +msgid "Basic views" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:299 +msgid "Views define the way the records of a model are displayed. Each type of view represents a mode of visualization (a list of records, a graph of their aggregation, …). Views can either be requested generically via their type (e.g. *a list of partners*) or specifically via their id. For generic requests, the view with the correct type and the lowest priority will be used (so the lowest-priority view of each type is the default view for that type)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:307 +msgid ":ref:`View inheritance <reference/views/inheritance>` allows altering views declared elsewhere (adding or removing content)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:311 +msgid "Generic view declaration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:313 +msgid "A view is declared as a record of the model ``ir.ui.view``. The view type is implied by the root element of the ``arch`` field:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:327 +msgid "The view's content is XML." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:330 +msgid "The ``arch`` field must thus be declared as ``type=\"xml\"`` to be parsed correctly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:334 +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:855 +msgid "Tree views" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:336 +msgid "Tree views, also called list views, display records in a tabular form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:338 +msgid "Their root element is ``<tree>``. The simplest form of the tree view simply lists all the fields to display in the table (each field as a column):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:351 +msgid "Form views" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:353 +msgid "Forms are used to create and edit single records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:356 +msgid "Their root element is ``<form>``. They are composed of high-level structure elements (groups, notebooks) and interactive elements (buttons and fields):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:385 +msgid "Customise form view using XML" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:387 +msgid "Create your own form view for the Course object. Data displayed should be: the name and the description of the course." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:390 +msgid "Notebooks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:392 +msgid "In the Course form view, put the description field under a tab, such that it will be easier to add other tabs later, containing additional information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:396 +msgid "Form views can also use plain HTML for more flexible layouts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:423 +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:928 +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:970 +msgid "Search views" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:425 +msgid "Search views customize the search field associated with the list view (and other aggregated views). Their root element is ``<search>`` and they're composed of fields defining which fields can be searched on:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:436 +msgid "If no search view exists for the model, Odoo generates one which only allows searching on the ``name`` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:439 +msgid "Search courses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:441 +msgid "Allow searching for courses based on their title or their description." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:444 +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:644 +msgid "Relations between models" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:446 +msgid "A record from a model may be related to a record from another model. For instance, a sale order record is related to a client record that contains the client data; it is also related to its sale order line records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:450 +msgid "Create a session model" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:452 +msgid "For the module Open Academy, we consider a model for *sessions*: a session is an occurrence of a course taught at a given time for a given audience." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:455 +msgid "Create a model for *sessions*. A session has a name, a start date, a duration and a number of seats. Add an action and a menu item to display them. Make the new model visible via a menu item." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:460 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:2053 +msgid "Relational fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:462 +msgid "Relational fields link records, either of the same model (hierarchies) or between different models." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:465 +msgid "Relational field types are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:472 +msgid ":class:`Many2one(other_model, ondelete='set null') <odoo.fields.Many2one>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:468 +msgid "A simple link to an other object::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:472 +msgid "`foreign keys <http://www.postgresql.org/docs/9.3/static/tutorial-fk.html>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:486 +msgid ":class:`One2many(other_model, related_field) <odoo.fields.One2many>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:475 +msgid "A virtual relationship, inverse of a :class:`~odoo.fields.Many2one`. A :class:`~odoo.fields.One2many` behaves as a container of records, accessing it results in a (possibly empty) set of records::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:484 +msgid "Because a :class:`~odoo.fields.One2many` is a virtual relationship, there *must* be a :class:`~odoo.fields.Many2one` field in the :samp:`{other_model}`, and its name *must* be :samp:`{related_field}`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:494 +msgid ":class:`Many2many(other_model) <odoo.fields.Many2many>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:489 +msgid "Bidirectional multiple relationship, any record on one side can be related to any number of records on the other side. Behaves as a container of records, accessing it also results in a possibly empty set of records::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:496 +msgid "Many2one relations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:498 +msgid "Using a many2one, modify the *Course* and *Session* models to reflect their relation with other models:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:501 +msgid "A course has a *responsible* user; the value of that field is a record of the built-in model ``res.users``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:503 +msgid "A session has an *instructor*; the value of that field is a record of the built-in model ``res.partner``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:505 +msgid "A session is related to a *course*; the value of that field is a record of the model ``openacademy.course`` and is required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:507 +msgid "Adapt the views." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:509 +msgid "Inverse one2many relations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:511 +msgid "Using the inverse relational field one2many, modify the models to reflect the relation between courses and sessions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:514 +msgid "Multiple many2many relations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:516 +msgid "Using the relational field many2many, modify the *Session* model to relate every session to a set of *attendees*. Attendees will be represented by partner records, so we will relate to the built-in model ``res.partner``. Adapt the views accordingly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:522 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:411 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:184 +msgid "Inheritance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:525 +msgid "Model inheritance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:527 +msgid "Odoo provides two *inheritance* mechanisms to extend an existing model in a modular way." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:530 +msgid "The first inheritance mechanism allows a module to modify the behavior of a model defined in another module:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:533 +msgid "add fields to a model," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:534 +msgid "override the definition of fields on a model," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:535 +msgid "add constraints to a model," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:536 +msgid "add methods to a model," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:537 +msgid "override existing methods on a model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:539 +msgid "The second inheritance mechanism (delegation) allows to link every record of a model to a record in a parent model, and provides transparent access to the fields of the parent record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:548 +msgid ":attr:`~odoo.models.Model._inherit`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:549 +msgid ":attr:`~odoo.models.Model._inherits`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:552 +msgid "View inheritance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:554 +msgid "Instead of modifying existing views in place (by overwriting them), Odoo provides view inheritance where children \"extension\" views are applied on top of root views, and can add or remove content from their parent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:558 +msgid "An extension view references its parent using the ``inherit_id`` field, and instead of a single view its ``arch`` field is composed of any number of ``xpath`` elements selecting and altering the content of their parent view:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:579 +msgid "``expr``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:579 +msgid "An XPath_ expression selecting a single element in the parent view. Raises an error if it matches no element or more than one" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:595 +msgid "``position``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:582 +msgid "Operation to apply to the matched element:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:584 +msgid "``inside``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:585 +msgid "appends ``xpath``'s body at the end of the matched element" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:587 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:528 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:282 +msgid "``replace``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:587 +msgid "replaces the matched element with the ``xpath``'s body, replacing any ``$0`` node occurrence in the new body with the original element" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:589 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:522 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:288 +msgid "``before``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:590 +msgid "inserts the ``xpath``'s body as a sibling before the matched element" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:591 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:524 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:285 +msgid "``after``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:592 +msgid "inserts the ``xpaths``'s body as a sibling after the matched element" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:595 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:533 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:308 +msgid "``attributes``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:594 +msgid "alters the attributes of the matched element using special ``attribute`` elements in the ``xpath``'s body" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:599 +msgid "When matching a single element, the ``position`` attribute can be set directly on the element to be found. Both inheritances below will give the same result." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:613 +msgid "Alter existing content" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:615 +msgid "Using model inheritance, modify the existing *Partner* model to add an ``instructor`` boolean field, and a many2many field that corresponds to the session-partner relation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:618 +msgid "Using view inheritance, display this fields in the partner form view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:621 +msgid "Domains" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:623 +msgid "In Odoo, :ref:`reference/orm/domains` are values that encode conditions on records. A domain is a list of criteria used to select a subset of a model's records. Each criteria is a triple with a field name, an operator and a value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:627 +msgid "For instance, when used on the *Product* model the following domain selects all *services* with a unit price over *1000*::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:632 +msgid "By default criteria are combined with an implicit AND. The logical operators ``&`` (AND), ``|`` (OR) and ``!`` (NOT) can be used to explicitly combine criteria. They are used in prefix position (the operator is inserted before its arguments rather than between). For instance to select products \"which are services *OR* have a unit price which is *NOT* between 1000 and 2000\"::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:644 +msgid "A ``domain`` parameter can be added to relational fields to limit valid records for the relation when trying to select records in the client interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:647 +msgid "Domains on relational fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:649 +msgid "When selecting the instructor for a *Session*, only instructors (partners with ``instructor`` set to ``True``) should be visible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:652 +msgid "More complex domains" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:654 +msgid "Create new partner categories *Teacher / Level 1* and *Teacher / Level 2*. The instructor for a session can be either an instructor or a teacher (of any level)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:659 +msgid "Computed fields and default values" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:661 +msgid "So far fields have been stored directly in and retrieved directly from the database. Fields can also be *computed*. In that case, the field's value is not retrieved from the database but computed on-the-fly by calling a method of the model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:666 +msgid "To create a computed field, create a field and set its attribute :attr:`~odoo.fields.Field.compute` to the name of a method. The computation method should simply set the value of the field to compute on every record in ``self``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:671 +msgid "``self`` is a collection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:674 +msgid "The object ``self`` is a *recordset*, i.e., an ordered collection of records. It supports the standard Python operations on collections, like ``len(self)`` and ``iter(self)``, plus extra set operations like ``recs1 + recs2``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:679 +msgid "Iterating over ``self`` gives the records one by one, where each record is itself a collection of size 1. You can access/assign fields on single records by using the dot notation, like ``record.name``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:699 +msgid "Dependencies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:701 +msgid "The value of a computed field usually depends on the values of other fields on the computed record. The ORM expects the developer to specify those dependencies on the compute method with the decorator :func:`~odoo.api.depends`. The given dependencies are used by the ORM to trigger the recomputation of the field whenever some of its dependencies have been modified::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:720 +msgid "Computed fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:722 +msgid "Add the percentage of taken seats to the *Session* model" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:723 +msgid "Display that field in the tree and form views" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:724 +msgid "Display the field as a progress bar" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:727 +msgid "Default values" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:729 +msgid "Any field can be given a default value. In the field definition, add the option ``default=X`` where ``X`` is either a Python literal value (boolean, integer, float, string), or a function taking a recordset and returning a value::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:738 +msgid "The object ``self.env`` gives access to request parameters and other useful things:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:741 +msgid "``self.env.cr`` or ``self._cr`` is the database *cursor* object; it is used for querying the database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:743 +msgid "``self.env.uid`` or ``self._uid`` is the current user's database id" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:744 +msgid "``self.env.user`` is the current user's record" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:745 +msgid "``self.env.context`` or ``self._context`` is the context dictionary" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:746 +msgid "``self.env.ref(xml_id)`` returns the record corresponding to an XML id" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:747 +msgid "``self.env[model_name]`` returns an instance of the given model" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:749 +msgid "Active objects – Default values" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:751 +msgid "Define the start_date default value as today (see :class:`~odoo.fields.Date`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:753 +msgid "Add a field ``active`` in the class Session, and set sessions as active by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:757 +msgid "Onchange" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:759 +msgid "The \"onchange\" mechanism provides a way for the client interface to update a form whenever the user has filled in a value in a field, without saving anything to the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:763 +msgid "For instance, suppose a model has three fields ``amount``, ``unit_price`` and ``price``, and you want to update the price on the form when any of the other fields is modified. To achieve this, define a method where ``self`` represents the record in the form view, and decorate it with :func:`~odoo.api.onchange` to specify on which field it has to be triggered. Any change you make on ``self`` will be reflected on the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:792 +msgid "For computed fields, valued ``onchange`` behavior is built-in as can be seen by playing with the *Session* form: change the number of seats or participants, and the ``taken_seats`` progressbar is automatically updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:796 +msgid "Warning" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:798 +msgid "Add an explicit onchange to warn about invalid values, like a negative number of seats, or more participants than seats." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:802 +msgid "Model constraints" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:804 +msgid "Odoo provides two ways to set up automatically verified invariants: :func:`Python constraints <odoo.api.constrains>` and :attr:`SQL constraints <odoo.models.Model._sql_constraints>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:808 +msgid "A Python constraint is defined as a method decorated with :func:`~odoo.api.constrains`, and invoked on a recordset. The decorator specifies which fields are involved in the constraint, so that the constraint is automatically evaluated when one of them is modified. The method is expected to raise an exception if its invariant is not satisfied::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:823 +msgid "Add Python constraints" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:825 +msgid "Add a constraint that checks that the instructor is not present in the attendees of his/her own session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:828 +msgid "SQL constraints are defined through the model attribute :attr:`~odoo.models.Model._sql_constraints`. The latter is assigned to a list of triples of strings ``(name, sql_definition, message)``, where ``name`` is a valid SQL constraint name, ``sql_definition`` is a table_constraint_ expression, and ``message`` is the error message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:834 +msgid "Add SQL constraints" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:836 +msgid "With the help of `PostgreSQL's documentation`_ , add the following constraints:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:839 +msgid "CHECK that the course description and the course title are different" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:840 +msgid "Make the Course's name UNIQUE" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:842 +msgid "Exercise 6 - Add a duplicate option" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:844 +msgid "Since we added a constraint for the Course name uniqueness, it is not possible to use the \"duplicate\" function anymore (:menuselection:`Form --> Duplicate`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:848 +msgid "Re-implement your own \"copy\" method which allows to duplicate the Course object, changing the original name into \"Copy of [original name]\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:852 +msgid "Advanced Views" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:857 +msgid "Tree views can take supplementary attributes to further customize their behavior:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:885 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:978 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1411 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1532 +msgid "``decoration-{$name}``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:861 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:965 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1407 +msgid "allow changing the style of a row's text based on the corresponding record's attributes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:864 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:104 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:968 +msgid "Values are Python expressions. For each record, the expression is evaluated with the record's attributes as context values and if ``true``, the corresponding style is applied to the row. Here are some of the other values available in the context:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:869 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:109 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:973 +msgid "``uid``: the id of the current user," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:870 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:110 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:974 +msgid "``today``: the current local date as a string of the form ``YYYY-MM-DD``," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:871 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:111 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:975 +msgid "``now``: same as ``today`` with the addition of the current time. This value is formatted as ``YYYY-MM-DD hh:mm:ss``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:874 +msgid "``{$name}`` can be ``bf`` (``font-weight: bold``), ``it`` (``font-style: italic``), or any `bootstrap contextual color <https://getbootstrap.com/docs/3.3/components/#available-variations>`_ (``danger``, ``info``, ``muted``, ``primary``, ``success`` or ``warning``)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:890 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1391 +msgid "``editable``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:888 +msgid "Either ``\"top\"`` or ``\"bottom\"``. Makes the tree view editable in-place (rather than having to go through the form view), the value is the position where new rows appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:892 +msgid "List coloring" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:894 +msgid "Modify the Session tree view in such a way that sessions lasting less than 5 days are colored blue, and the ones lasting more than 15 days are colored red." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:899 +msgid "Calendars" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:901 +msgid "Displays records as calendar events. Their root element is ``<calendar>`` and their most common attributes are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:907 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:410 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:962 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1342 +msgid "``color``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:905 +msgid "The name of the field used for *color segmentation*. Colors are automatically distributed to events, but events in the same color segment (records which have the same value for their ``@color`` field) will be given the same color." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:909 +msgid "``date_start``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:910 +msgid "record's field holding the start date/time for the event" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:911 +msgid "``date_stop`` (optional)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:912 +msgid "record's field holding the end date/time for the event" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:914 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:897 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1017 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1435 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1493 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1682 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1727 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1843 +msgid "``string``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:914 +msgid "record's field to define the label for each calendar event" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:922 +msgid "Calendar view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:924 +msgid "Add a Calendar view to the *Session* model enabling the user to view the events associated to the Open Academy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:930 +msgid "Search view ``<field>`` elements can have a ``@filter_domain`` that overrides the domain generated for searching on the given field. In the given domain, ``self`` represents the value entered by the user. In the example below, it is used to search on both fields ``name`` and ``description``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:935 +msgid "Search views can also contain ``<filter>`` elements, which act as toggles for predefined searches. Filters must have one of the following attributes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:938 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:850 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1801 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1878 +msgid "``domain``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:939 +msgid "add the given domain to the current search" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:942 +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:1707 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/data.rst:72 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:852 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1273 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1481 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1606 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1803 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1871 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1973 +msgid "``context``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:941 +msgid "add some context to the current search; use the key ``group_by`` to group results on the given field name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:961 +msgid "To use a non-default search view in an action, it should be linked using the ``search_view_id`` field of the action record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:964 +msgid "The action can also set default values for search fields through its ``context`` field: context keys of the form :samp:`search_default_{field_name}` will initialize *field_name* with the provided value. Search filters must have an optional ``@name`` to have a default and behave as booleans (they can only be enabled by default)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:972 +msgid "Add a button to filter the courses for which the current user is the responsible in the course search view. Make it selected by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:974 +msgid "Add a button to group courses by responsible user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:977 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:945 +msgid "Gantt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:981 +msgid "The gantt view requires the web_gantt module which is present in :ref:`the enterprise edition <setup/install/editions>` version." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:984 +msgid "Horizontal bar charts typically used to show project planning and advancement, their root element is ``<gantt>``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:995 +msgid "Gantt charts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:997 +msgid "Add a Gantt Chart enabling the user to view the sessions scheduling linked to the Open Academy module. The sessions should be grouped by instructor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:1001 +msgid "Graph views" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:1003 +msgid "Graph views allow aggregated overview and analysis of models, their root element is ``<graph>``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:1007 +msgid "Pivot views (element ``<pivot>``) a multidimensional table, allows the selection of filers and dimensions to get the right aggregated dataset before moving to a more graphical overview. The pivot view shares the same content definition as graph views." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:1012 +msgid "Graph views have 4 display modes, the default mode is selected using the ``@type`` attribute." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:1019 +msgid "Bar (default)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:1016 +msgid "a bar chart, the first dimension is used to define groups on the horizontal axis, other dimensions define aggregated bars within each group." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:1019 +msgid "By default bars are side-by-side, they can be stacked by using ``@stacked=\"True\"`` on the ``<graph>``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:1021 +msgid "Line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:1022 +msgid "2-dimensional line chart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:1024 +msgid "Pie" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:1024 +msgid "2-dimensional pie" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:1026 +msgid "Graph views contain ``<field>`` with a mandatory ``@type`` attribute taking the values:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:1029 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1151 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1733 +msgid "``row`` (default)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:1030 +msgid "the field should be aggregated by default" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:1032 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1156 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1737 +msgid "``measure``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:1032 +msgid "the field should be aggregated rather than grouped on" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:1043 +msgid "Graph views perform aggregations on database values, they do not work with non-stored computed fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:1046 +msgid "Graph view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:1048 +msgid "Add a Graph view in the Session object that displays, for each course, the number of attendees under the form of a bar chart." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:1052 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1175 +msgid "Kanban" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:1054 +msgid "Used to organize tasks, production processes, etc… their root element is ``<kanban>``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:1057 +msgid "A kanban view shows a set of cards possibly grouped in columns. Each card represents a record, and each column the values of an aggregation field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:1060 +msgid "For instance, project tasks may be organized by stage (each column is a stage), or by responsible (each column is a user), and so on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:1063 +msgid "Kanban views define the structure of each card as a mix of form elements (including basic HTML) and :ref:`reference/qweb`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:1066 +msgid "Kanban view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:1068 +msgid "Add a Kanban view that displays sessions grouped by course (columns are thus courses)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:1072 +msgid "Security" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:1074 +msgid "Access control mechanisms must be configured to achieve a coherent security policy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:1078 +msgid "Group-based access control mechanisms" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:1080 +msgid "Groups are created as normal records on the model ``res.groups``, and granted menu access via menu definitions. However even without a menu, objects may still be accessible indirectly, so actual object-level permissions (read, write, create, unlink) must be defined for groups. They are usually inserted via CSV files inside modules. It is also possible to restrict access to specific fields on a view or object using the field's groups attribute." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:1088 +msgid "Access rights" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:1090 +msgid "Access rights are defined as records of the model ``ir.model.access``. Each access right is associated to a model, a group (or no group for global access), and a set of permissions: read, write, create, unlink. Such access rights are usually created by a CSV file named after its model: ``ir.model.access.csv``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:1102 +msgid "Add access control through the Odoo interface" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:1104 +msgid "Create a new user \"John Smith\". Then create a group \"OpenAcademy / Session Read\" with read access to the *Session* model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:1107 +msgid "Add access control through data files in your module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:1109 +msgid "Using data files," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:1111 +msgid "Create a group *OpenAcademy / Manager* with full access to all OpenAcademy models" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:1113 +msgid "Make *Session* and *Course* readable by all users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:1116 +msgid "Record rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:1118 +msgid "A record rule restricts the access rights to a subset of records of the given model. A rule is a record of the model ``ir.rule``, and is associated to a model, a number of groups (many2many field), permissions to which the restriction applies, and a domain. The domain specifies to which records the access rights are limited." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:1124 +msgid "Here is an example of a rule that prevents the deletion of leads that are not in state ``cancel``. Notice that the value of the field ``groups`` must follow the same convention as the method :meth:`~odoo.models.Model.write` of the ORM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:1141 +msgid "Record rule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:1143 +msgid "Add a record rule for the model Course and the group \"OpenAcademy / Manager\", that restricts ``write`` and ``unlink`` accesses to the responsible of a course. If a course has no responsible, all users of the group must be able to modify it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:1151 +msgid "Wizards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:1153 +msgid "Wizards describe interactive sessions with the user (or dialog boxes) through dynamic forms. A wizard is simply a model that extends the class :class:`~odoo.models.TransientModel` instead of :class:`~odoo.models.Model`. The class :class:`~odoo.models.TransientModel` extends :class:`~odoo.models.Model` and reuse all its existing mechanisms, with the following particularities:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:1160 +msgid "Wizard records are not meant to be persistent; they are automatically deleted from the database after a certain time. This is why they are called *transient*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:1163 +msgid "Wizard records may refer to regular records or wizard records through relational fields(many2one or many2many), but regular records *cannot* refer to wizard records through a many2one field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:1167 +msgid "We want to create a wizard that allow users to create attendees for a particular session, or for a list of sessions at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:1170 +msgid "Define the wizard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:1172 +msgid "Create a wizard model with a many2one relationship with the *Session* model and a many2many relationship with the *Partner* model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:1176 +msgid "Launching wizards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:1178 +msgid "Wizards are simply :ref:`window actions <howtos/module/actions>` with a ``target`` field set to the value ``new``, which opens the view (usually :ref:`a form <howtos/module/views/form>`) in a separate dialog. The action may be triggered via a menu item, but is more generally triggered by a button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:1184 +msgid "An other way to launch wizards is through the :menuselection:`Action` menu of a tree or form view. This is done through the ``binding_model_id`` field of the action. Setting this field will make the action appear on the views of the model the action is \"bound\" to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:1201 +msgid "While wizards use regular views and buttons, normally clicking any button in a form would first save the form then close the dialog. Because this is often undesirable in wizards, a special attribute ``special=\"cancel\"`` is available which immediately closes the wizard without saving the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:1206 +msgid "Launch the wizard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:1208 +msgid "Define a form view for the wizard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:1209 +msgid "Add the action to launch it in the context of the *Session* model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:1210 +msgid "Define a default value for the session field in the wizard; use the context parameter ``self._context`` to retrieve the current session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:1213 +msgid "Register attendees" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:1215 +msgid "Add buttons to the wizard, and implement the corresponding method for adding the attendees to the given session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:1218 +msgid "Register attendees to multiple sessions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:1220 +msgid "Modify the wizard model so that attendees can be registered to multiple sessions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:1224 +msgid "Internationalization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:1226 +msgid "Each module can provide its own translations within the i18n directory, by having files named LANG.po where LANG is the locale code for the language, or the language and country combination when they differ (e.g. pt.po or pt_BR.po). Translations will be loaded automatically by Odoo for all enabled languages. Developers always use English when creating a module, then export the module terms using Odoo's gettext POT export feature (:menuselection:`Settings --> Translations --> Import/Export --> Export Translation` without specifying a language), to create the module template POT file, and then derive the translated PO files. Many IDE's have plugins or modes for editing and merging PO/POT files." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:1237 +msgid "The Portable Object files generated by Odoo are published on `Transifex <https://www.transifex.com/odoo/public/>`__, making it easy to translate the software." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:1252 +msgid "By default Odoo's POT export only extracts labels inside XML files or inside field definitions in Python code, but any Python string can be translated this way by surrounding it with the function :func:`odoo._` (e.g. ``_(\"Label\")``)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:1257 +msgid "Translate a module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:1259 +msgid "Choose a second language for your Odoo installation. Translate your module using the facilities provided by Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:1263 +msgid "Reporting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:1266 +msgid "Printed reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:1268 +msgid "Odoo uses a report engine based on :ref:`reference/qweb`, `Twitter Bootstrap`_ and Wkhtmltopdf_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:1271 +msgid "A report is a combination two elements:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:1273 +msgid "an ``ir.actions.report`` which configures various basic parameters for the report (default type, whether the report should be saved to the database after generation,…)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:1294 +msgid "Because it largerly a standard action, as with :ref:`howto/module/wizard` it is generally useful to add the report as a *contextual item* on the tree and / or form views of the model being reported on via the ``binding_model_id`` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:1299 +msgid "Here we are also using ``binding_type`` in order for the report to be in the *report* contextual menu rather than the *action* one. There is no technical difference but putting elements in the right place helps users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:1303 +msgid "A standard :ref:`QWeb view <reference/views/qweb>` for the actual report:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:1317 +msgid "the standard rendering context provides a number of elements, the most important being:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:1320 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/reports.rst:70 +msgid "``docs``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:1321 +msgid "the records for which the report is printed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:1323 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/reports.rst:31 +msgid "``user``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:1323 +msgid "the user printing the report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:1325 +msgid "Because reports are standard web pages, they are available through a URL and output parameters can be manipulated through this URL, for instance the HTML version of the *Invoice* report is available through http://localhost:8069/report/html/account.report_invoice/1 (if ``account`` is installed) and the PDF version through http://localhost:8069/report/pdf/account.report_invoice/1." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:1336 +msgid "If it appears that your PDF report is missing the styles (i.e. the text appears but the style/layout is different from the html version), probably your wkhtmltopdf_ process cannot reach your web server to download them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:1340 +msgid "If you check your server logs and see that the CSS styles are not being downloaded when generating a PDF report, most surely this is the problem." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:1343 +msgid "The wkhtmltopdf_ process will use the ``web.base.url`` system parameter as the *root path* to all linked files, but this parameter is automatically updated each time the Administrator is logged in. If your server resides behind some kind of proxy, that could not be reachable. You can fix this by adding one of these system parameters:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:1349 +msgid "``report.url``, pointing to an URL reachable from your server (probably ``http://localhost:8069`` or something similar). It will be used for this particular purpose only." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:1353 +msgid "``web.base.url.freeze``, when set to ``True``, will stop the automatic updates to ``web.base.url``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:1356 +msgid "Create a report for the Session model" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:1358 +msgid "For each session, it should display session's name, its start and end, and list the session's attendees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:1362 +msgid "Dashboards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:1364 +msgid "Define a Dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:1366 +msgid "Define a dashboard containing the graph view you created, the sessions calendar view and a list view of the courses (switchable to a form view). This dashboard should be available through a menuitem in the menu, and automatically displayed in the web client when the OpenAcademy main menu is selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:1373 +msgid "WebServices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:1375 +msgid "The web-service module offer a common interface for all web-services :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:1377 +msgid "XML-RPC" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:1378 +msgid "JSON-RPC" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:1380 +msgid "Business objects can also be accessed via the distributed object mechanism. They can all be modified via the client interface with contextual views." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:1384 +msgid "Odoo is accessible through XML-RPC/JSON-RPC interfaces, for which libraries exist in many languages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:1388 +msgid "XML-RPC Library" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:1390 +msgid "The following example is a Python 3 program that interacts with an Odoo server with the library ``xmlrpc.client``::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:1409 +msgid "Add a new service to the client" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:1411 +msgid "Write a Python program able to send XML-RPC requests to a PC running Odoo (yours, or your instructor's). This program should display all the sessions, and their corresponding number of seats. It should also create a new session for one of the courses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:1447 +msgid "Instead of using a hard-coded course id, the code can look up a course by name::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:1458 +msgid "JSON-RPC Library" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:1460 +msgid "The following example is a Python 3 program that interacts with an Odoo server with the standard Python libraries ``urllib.request`` and ``json``. This example assumes the **Productivity** app (``note``) is installed::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:1504 +msgid "Examples can be easily adapted from XML-RPC to JSON-RPC." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:1508 +msgid "There are a number of high-level APIs in various languages to access Odoo systems without *explicitly* going through XML-RPC or JSON-RPC, such as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:1511 +msgid "https://github.com/akretion/ooor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:1512 +msgid "https://github.com/OCA/odoorpc" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:1513 +msgid "https://github.com/nicolas-van/openerp-client-lib" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:1514 +msgid "http://pythonhosted.org/OdooRPC" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:1515 +msgid "https://github.com/abhishek-jaiswal/php-openerp-lib" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:1517 +msgid "it is possible to :ref:`disable the automatic creation of some fields <reference/fields/automatic/log_access>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/backend.rst:1519 +msgid "writing raw SQL queries is possible, but requires care as it bypasses all Odoo authentication and security mechanisms." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/company.rst:6 +msgid "Multi-company Guidelines" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/company.rst:10 +msgid "This tutorial requires good knowledge of Odoo. Please refer to the :ref:`basic tutorial <howto/base>` first if needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/company.rst:13 +msgid "As of version 13.0, a user can be logged in multiple companies at once. This allows the user to access information from multiple companies but also to create/edit records in a multi-company environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/company.rst:17 +msgid "If not handled correctly, it may be the source of a lot of inconsistent multi-company behaviors. For instance, a user logged in both companies A and B could create a sales order in company A and add products belonging to company B to it. It is only when the user will log out from company B that access errors will occur for the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/company.rst:22 +msgid "To correctly manage multi-company behaviors, Odoo's ORM provides multiple features:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/company.rst:24 +msgid ":ref:`Company-dependent fields <howto/company/company_dependent>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/company.rst:25 +msgid ":ref:`Multi-company consistency <howto/company/check_company>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/company.rst:26 +msgid ":ref:`Default company <howto/company/default_company>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/company.rst:27 +msgid ":ref:`Views <howto/company/views>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/company.rst:28 +msgid ":ref:`Security rules <howto/company/security>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/company.rst:33 +msgid "Company-dependent fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/company.rst:35 +msgid "When a record is available from multiple companies, we must expect that different values will be assigned to a given field depending on the company from which the value is set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/company.rst:38 +msgid "For the field of a same record to support several values, it must be defined with the attribute `company_dependent` set to `True`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/company.rst:57 +msgid "The `_compute_display_info` method is decorated with `depends_context('company')` (see :attr:`~odoo.api.depends_context`) to ensure that the computed field is recomputed depending on the current company (`self.env.company`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/company.rst:61 +msgid "When a company-dependent field is read, the current company is used to retrieve its value. In other words, if a user is logged in companies A and B with A as main company and creates a record for company B, the values of company-dependent fields will be that of company A." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/company.rst:65 +msgid "To read the values of company-dependent fields set from another company than the current one, we need to ensure the company we are using is the correct one. This can be done with :meth:`~odoo.models.Model.with_company`, which updates the current company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/company.rst:80 +msgid "Whenever you are computing/creating/... things that may behave differently in different companies, you should make sure whatever you are doing is done in the right company. It doesn't cost much to always use `with_company` to avoid problems later on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/company.rst:101 +msgid "Multi-company consistency" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/company.rst:103 +msgid "When a record is made shareable between several companies by the mean of a `company_id` field, we must take care that it cannot be linked to the record of another company through a relational field. For instance, we do not want to have a sales order and its invoice belonging to different companies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/company.rst:107 +msgid "To ensure this multi-company consistency, you must:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/company.rst:109 +msgid "Set the class attribute `_check_company_auto` to `True`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/company.rst:110 +msgid "Define relational fields with the attribute `check_company` set to `True` if their model has a `company_id` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/company.rst:113 +msgid "On each :meth:`~odoo.models.Model.create` and :meth:`~odoo.models.Model.write`, automatic checks will be triggered to ensure the multi-company consistency of the record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/company.rst:127 +msgid "The field `company_id` must not be defined with `check_company=True`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/company.rst:132 +msgid "The `check_company` feature performs a strict check ! It means that if a record has no `company_id` (i.e. the field is not required), it cannot be linked to a record whose `company_id` is set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/company.rst:138 +msgid "When no domain is defined on the field and `check_company` is set to `True`, a default domain is added: `['|', '('company_id', '=', False), ('company_id', '=', company_id)]`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/company.rst:144 +msgid "Default company" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/company.rst:146 +msgid "When the field `company_id` is made required on a model, a good practice is to set a default company. It eases the setup flow for the user or even guarantees its validity when the company is hidden from the view. Indeed, the company is usually hidden if the user does not have access to multiple companies (i.e. when the user does not have the group `base.group_multi_company`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/company.rst:168 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1421 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:6 +msgid "Views" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/company.rst:170 +msgid "As stated in :ref:`above <howto/company/default_company>`, the company is usually hidden from the view if the user does not have access to multiple companies. This is tested with the group `base.group_multi_company`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/company.rst:197 +msgid "Security rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/company.rst:199 +msgid "When working with records shared across companies or restricted to a single company, we must take care that a user does not have access to records belonging to other companies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/company.rst:202 +msgid "This is achieved with security rules based on `company_ids`, which contains the current companies of the user (the companies the user checked in the multi-company widget)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/company.rst:229 +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:134 +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:1875 +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:490 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:176 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:605 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:607 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:722 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:879 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:340 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:421 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/security.rst:91 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/translations.rst:21 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:13 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:70 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:81 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:179 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:241 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:818 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:938 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:940 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1221 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1300 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1316 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1483 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:2125 +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:121 +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:225 +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:407 +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:409 +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:510 +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/odoo.rst:400 +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/odoo.rst:996 +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/odoo.rst:1187 +msgid "Todo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/company.rst:229 +msgid "check_company on company_dependent fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/profilecode.rst:3 +msgid "Profiling Odoo code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/profilecode.rst:7 +msgid "This tutorial requires :ref:`having installed Odoo <setup/install>` and :doc:`writing Odoo code <backend>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/profilecode.rst:11 +msgid "Graph a method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/profilecode.rst:13 +msgid "Odoo embeds a profiler of code. This embedded profiler output can be used to generate a graph of calls triggered by the method, number of queries, percentage of time taken in the method itself as well as the time that the method took and its sub-called methods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/profilecode.rst:25 +msgid "This produces a file called /temp/prof.profile" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/profilecode.rst:27 +msgid "A tool called *gprof2dot* will produce a graph with this result:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/profilecode.rst:33 +msgid "A tool called *xdot* will display the resulting graph:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/profilecode.rst:40 +msgid "Log a method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/profilecode.rst:42 +msgid "Another profiler can be used to log statistics on a method:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/profilecode.rst:52 +msgid "The statistics will be displayed into the logs once the method to be analysed is completely reviewed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/profilecode.rst:83 +msgid "Dump stack" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/profilecode.rst:85 +msgid "Sending the SIGQUIT signal to an Odoo process (only available on POSIX) makes this process output the current stack trace to log, with info level. When an odoo process seems stucked, sending this signal to the process permit to know what the process is doing, and letting the process continue his job." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/profilecode.rst:91 +msgid "Tracing code execution" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/profilecode.rst:93 +msgid "Instead of sending the SIGQUIT signal to an Odoo process often enough, to check where the processes are performing worse than expected, we can use the `py-spy`_ tool to do it for us." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/profilecode.rst:98 +msgid "Install py-spy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/profilecode.rst:105 +msgid "Record executed code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/profilecode.rst:107 +msgid "As py-spy is installed, we now record the executed code lines. This tool will record, multiple times a second, the stacktrace of the process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/profilecode.rst:118 +msgid "where <PID> is the process ID of the odoo process you want to graph." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/profilecode.rst:120 +msgid "To open profile.json you can use online tool `speedscope.app`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/profilecode.rst:122 +msgid "To open profile.svg you should use browser, because other viewer may not support interactive part." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:4 +msgid "Theme Tutorial" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:8 +msgid "This tutorial provides a great overview of what you can do creating an Odoo theme. It is however incomplete. We are currently working on a new detailed theme tutorial, come back here soon to unleash the true power of Odoo themes!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:15 +msgid "Odoo celebrates freedom. Freedom for the designer to go further and freedom for the user to customize everything according to their needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:18 +msgid "Ready to create your own theme? Great. Here are some things you should know before you begin. This tutorial is a guide to creating an Odoo theme." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:24 +msgid "An introduction for web designers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:26 +msgid "If you are a web designer using Odoo for the first time, you are in the right place. This introduction will outline the basics of Odoo theme creation. Odoo’s team has created a framework that’s powerful and easy to use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:30 +msgid "From common CMS to Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:34 +msgid "If you always think and work in the same way, you’ll probably get the same results. If you want something completely new, then try something different." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:38 +msgid "Where is my header.php file?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:40 +msgid "This is usually the first question from a web designer used to working with Wordpress or Joomla and coming to Odoo for the first time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:50 +msgid "Indeed, when using common CMSs, you have to code several files (like header.php, page.php, post.php, etc.) in order to create a basic structure for your website. With those systems, this base structure acts as a design foundation that you have to update over time to ensure compatibility within your CMS. So, even after you have spent hours coding the files, you have not even started on the design yet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:52 +msgid "This **does not** apply to creating Odoo themes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:56 +msgid "We think that theme design should be simple (and powerful). When we created our Website Builder, we decided to start from scratch instead of relying on what already existed. This approach gave us the freedom to focus on the things that are really important for designers: styles, content and the logic behind them. No more struggling with technical stuff." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:59 +msgid "Odoo default theme structure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:65 +msgid "Odoo comes with a default website structure. It is a very basic “theme” that provides minimal structure and layout. When you create a new theme, you are actually **extending** this. Indeed it’s always enabled in your setup and it acts exactly like the CMS’s base structure we mentioned above, except that you don’t have to create or maintain it. It will upgrade automatically within your Odoo installation and, since it is included in the Website Builder module, everything is smoothly integrated by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:70 +msgid "As a result, you are totally free to focus on design while this structure does the job of providing integrations and functionality." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:80 +msgid "**Main features:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:82 +msgid "Basic layouts for pages, blog, eCommerce and much more" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:83 +msgid "Website Builder integration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:84 +msgid "Basic Snippets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:85 +msgid "Automatic Sass compiling" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:86 +msgid "Automatic Js and CSS minification and combination" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:90 +msgid "**Main technologies:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:92 +msgid "Twitter Bootstrap" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:93 +msgid "jQuery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:94 +msgid "jQuery UI" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:95 +msgid "underscore.js" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:98 +msgid "Thinking \"modular\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:100 +msgid "An Odoo theme is not a folder containing HTML or PHP files, it’s a modular framework written in XML. Never worked with XML files before? Don’t worry, after following the tutorial, you’ll be able to create your first theme with only basic knowledge of HTML." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:102 +msgid "Using classical web design workflows, you usually code the layout of the entire page. The result of this is a “static” web page. You can update the content, of course, but your client will need you to work on making even basic changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:104 +msgid "Creating themes for Odoo is a total change of perspective. Instead of defining the complete layout for a page, you can create blocks (snippets) and let the user choose where to “drag&drop” them, creating the page layout on their own. We call this modular design." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:107 +msgid "Imagine an Odoo theme as a “list” of elements and options that you have to create or extend. As a designer, your goal is to style these elements in order to achieve a wonderful result, regardless of where the end user chooses to place them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:110 +msgid "Let’s take a tour of our “list” elements:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:117 +msgid "Snippets (or building-blocks)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:119 +msgid "A piece of HTML code. The user will drag&drop, modify and combine them using our built-in Website Builder interface. You can define sets of options and styles for each snippet. The user will choose from them according to their needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:124 +msgid "Pages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:126 +msgid "These are normal web pages, except that they will be editable by the final user and that you can define an empty area that the user can “fill” by dragging snippets into it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:137 +msgid "Styles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:139 +msgid "Styles are defined using SCSS files (or you can use standard CSS files). You can define a style as **default** or **optional**. The default styles are always active in your theme, the optional styles can be enabled or disabled by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:144 +msgid "Functionalities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:146 +msgid "Thanks to Odoo’s modularity, everything can be personalized even more. This means there are endless possibilities for your creativity. Adding functionalities is easy and it’s simple to provide the end user with customizable options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:150 +msgid "Odoo's XML files, an overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:152 +msgid "Any Odoo XML file starts with encoding specifications. After that, you have to write your code inside a ``<odoo>`` tag." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:165 +msgid "Almost every element and option that you create has to be placed inside a ``<template>`` tag, like in this example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:177 +msgid "don't misunderstand what ``template`` means. A template tag only defines a piece of html code or options - but it does not necessarily coincide with a visual arrangement of elements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:181 +msgid "The previous code defines a title, but it will not be displayed anywhere because that *template* is not associated with any part of the **Odoo default structure**. In order to do that you can use **xpath**, **qWeb** or a combination of both." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:186 +msgid "Keep reading the tutorial to learn to how properly extend it with your own code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:190 +msgid "Create a theme module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:192 +msgid "Odoo’s themes are packaged like modules. Even if you are designing a very simple website for your company or client, you need to package the theme like an Odoo module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:196 +msgid "``main folder``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:195 +msgid "Create a folder and name it like this: ``theme_`` followed by your theme's name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:201 +msgid "``__manifest__.py``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:199 +msgid "Create an empty document and save it to your folder as ``__manifest__.py``. This will contain the configuration info for your theme." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:205 +msgid "``__init__.py``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:204 +msgid "Create another empty file and name it ``__init__.py``. It's a mandatory system file. Create and leave it blank." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:211 +msgid "``views`` and ``static`` folders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:208 +msgid "Create them in the main folder. In ``views`` you'll place your xml files that define your snippets, your pages and your options. ``static`` folder is the right place for your style , images and custom js code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:215 +msgid "Use two underscore characters at the beginning and two at the end of odoo and init file names." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:218 +msgid "The final result should be like this:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:223 +msgid "Edit ``__manifest__.py``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:225 +msgid "Open the ``__manifest__.py`` you created and copy/paste the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:241 +msgid "Replace the first four property’s values with anything you like. These values will be used to identify your new theme in Odoo’s backend." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:244 +msgid "``category`` defines your module category (always “Theme”) and, after a slash, the subcategory. You can use one subcategory from the Odoo Apps categories list. (https://www.odoo.com/apps/themes)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:246 +msgid "``depends`` specifies the modules needed by our theme to work properly. For our tutorial theme, we only need website and website_theme_install to install/update. If you need blogging or eCommerce features as well, you have to add those modules too. If you plan to offer your theme to the majority of users, it is however recommended that you only depend on website and website_theme_install for the base of your theme. You can then create a second theme, which is an extension of the first one and another Odoo feature like the eCommerce." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:254 +msgid "The ``data`` property will contain the xml files list. Right now it’s empty, but we will add any new files created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:258 +msgid "Installing your theme" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:260 +msgid "To install your theme, you just place your theme folder inside addons in your Odoo installation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:262 +msgid "After that, navigate to the Odoo **Website** module, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:265 +msgid "Under **Website** section click the **Pick a Theme** button, then hover over your theme and click **Use this theme**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:269 +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:523 +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:697 +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:982 +msgid "Update your theme" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:271 +msgid "Since XML files are only loaded when you install the theme, you will have to force reloading every time you make changes on an xml file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:273 +msgid "To do that, click on the Upgrade button in the theme selection screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:278 +msgid "Structure of an Odoo page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:280 +msgid "An Odoo page is the visual result of a combination of 2 kind of elements, **cross-pages** and **unique**. By default, Odoo provides you with a **Header** and a **Footer** (cross-pages) and a unique main element that contains the content that makes your page unique." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:285 +msgid "Cross-pages elements will be the same on every page. Unique elements are related to a specific page only." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:289 +msgid "To inspect the default layout, simply create a new page using the Website Builder. Click on :menuselection:`New --> New Page` and add a page name. Inspect the page using your browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:303 +msgid "Add Styles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:306 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mobile.rst:9 +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:10 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:308 +msgid "The most important feature or your theme should be the style it provides. Odoo includes Bootstrap by default. This means that you can take advantage of all Bootstrap styles and layout functionalities out of the box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:311 +msgid "Of course Bootstrap is not enough if you want to provide a unique design. The following steps will guide you through how to add custom styles to your theme. The final result won't be pretty, but will provide you with enough information to build upon on your own." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:314 +msgid "Let’s start by creating an empty file called **style.scss** and place it in a folder called **scss** in your static folder. Let's add an example rule which adds a top border on the footer. Copy and paste it, then save the file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:323 +msgid "Our file is ready but it is not included in our theme yet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:325 +msgid "Let’s navigate to the view folder and create an XML file called *assets.xml*. Add the default Odoo xml markup as seen before then copy/paste the following code between the Odoo tags. Remember to replace ``theme_tutorial`` with your theme’s main folder name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:338 +msgid "We just created a template specifying our scss file. As you can see, our template has a special attribute called ``inherit_id``. This attribute tells Odoo that our template is referring to another one in order to operate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:343 +msgid "In this case, we are referring to ``assets_frontend`` template, located in the ``website`` module. ``assets_frontend`` specifies the list of assets loaded by the website builder and our goal is to add our scss file to this list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:348 +msgid "This can be achieved using xpath with the attributes ``expr=\"link[last()]\"`` and ``position=\"after\"``, which means \"*take my style file and place it after the last link in the list of assets*\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:353 +msgid "Placing it after the last one, we ensure that our file will be loaded at the end and takes priority." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:356 +msgid "Finally add **assets.xml** in your **__manifest__.py** file in the data section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:358 +msgid "Update your theme." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:363 +msgid "Our scss file is now included in our theme, it will be automatically compiled, minified and combined with all Odoo’s assets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:365 +msgid "You can now see the beautiful footer border on the website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:369 +msgid "Advanced tips for styling" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:371 +msgid "In the introduction, we saw how to add a basic file of CSS rules into the system to extend the website. This is actually the last step you should need to add style to your theme." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:375 +msgid "The Odoo website builder already allows the user to create pages by adding a large variety of default well-designed blocks. It also allows a large set of customization possibilities. What may not be straightforward for the user is to combine all of those options to make something really beautiful. This is where your theme can shine. First try to construct the spirit of your theme by enabling a nice set of Odoo default options. This also allows you to ensure two things:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:383 +msgid "You do not re-invent something which already exists. If Odoo provides an option to have a border on the footer, don't recode it yourself. Enable it, then extend it if needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:387 +msgid "You ensure that the user can still use all of Odoo features with your theme. Again, if Odoo provides an option to have a border on the footer and that you recode it yourself, you may break the default option or make it useless, making the user have a bad experience. Your option might also not work as well with all the other Odoo features relying on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:393 +msgid "So here are the steps to create a robust and consistent style for your theme:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:395 +msgid "\\(1) Set the values for Odoo-provided SCSS variables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:397 +msgid "Odoo declares many CSS rules, most being entirely customizable by overridding the related SCSS variables. First, create a new file called primary_variables.scss and add it the same way as the style.scss file. The only difference it that you won't add it in the ``assets_frontend`` template but in the ``_assets_primary_variables`` template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:414 +msgid "That file must only contain definition and overrides of SCSS variables and mixins." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:417 +msgid "Add those:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:438 +msgid "This defines two color palettes for the user to choose from. Odoo relies on five named colors to be used by the website builder. By defining those in your theme, you ensure a consistent colored Odoo theme. Starting with Odoo 14.0, a lot more variable are there for you to customize." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:445 +msgid "All variables defined through those \"palettes\" SCSS maps can later be customized by the users themselves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:448 +msgid "\\(2) Set the values for Bootstrap variables that Odoo do not surcharge" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:450 +msgid "If Odoo does not provide the variable you are looking for, then try to find a Bootstrap variable which allows it. Indeed all Odoo layouts respect Bootstrap structures and use Bootstrap components or extensions of them. So if you customize a bootstrap variable, you add a generic style for the whole user website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:456 +msgid "Bootstrap values **must** not be overridden in the primary_variables.scss file but in another dedicated file, extending the ``_assets_frontend_helpers`` template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:467 +msgid "With for example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:475 +msgid "Make sure to not override Bootstrap variables which depend on Odoo variables of step (1). Otherwise, you might break the possibility for the user to customize them using the Odoo website builder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:479 +msgid "\\(3) Add your own CSS rules as seen in the introduction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:481 +msgid "You may also want to design your snippet first, as we will see in a later section of this tutorial." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:486 +msgid "Extend Odoo Layout" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:488 +msgid "By default, Odoo header contains a responsive navigation menu and the company’s logo. You can easily add new elements or style the existing one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:490 +msgid "To do so, create a **layout.xml** file in your **views** folder and add the default Odoo xml markup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:492 +msgid "Then copy-pasting the following code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:508 +msgid "This xpath will add a welcome message just before the page content. You can do a lot more of thing with xpath and qweb, check the related doc for more details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:513 +msgid "Be careful replacing default elements attributes. As your theme will extend the default one, your changes will take priority in any future Odoo’s update." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:516 +msgid "The last step is to add layout.xml to the list of xml files used by the theme. To do that, edit your ``__manifest__.py`` file like this" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:527 +msgid "Great! We successfully added an id to the header and an element after the navigation menu. These changes will be applied to each page of the website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:535 +msgid "Create a specific page layout" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:537 +msgid "Imagine that we want to create a specific layout for a Services page. For this page, we need to add a list of services to the top and give the client the possibility of setting the rest of the page’s layout using snippets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:540 +msgid "Inside your *views* folder, create a **pages.xml** file and add the default Odoo markup. Inside ``<odoo>``, instead of defining a ``<template>``, we will create a *page* object." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:570 +msgid "As you can see, pages come with many additional properties like the *name* or the *url* where it is reachable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:573 +msgid "We successfully created a new page layout, but we haven't told the system **how to use it**. To do that, we can use **QWeb**. Wrap the html code into a ``<t>`` tag, like in this example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:604 +msgid "Using ``<t t-call=\"website.layout\">`` we will use the Odoo default page layout with our code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:607 +msgid "As you can see, we wrapped our code into two ``<div>``, one with ID ``wrap`` and the other one with class ``container``. This is to provide a minimal layout." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:609 +msgid "The next step is to add an empty area that the user can fill with snippets. To achieve this, just create a ``div`` with ``oe_structure`` class just before closing the ``div#wrap`` element." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:649 +msgid "You can create as many snippet areas as you like and place them anywhere in your pages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:651 +msgid "It is worth mentioning there is an alternative to create pages using the ``<template>`` directive we saw before." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:686 +msgid "This would allow your page content to be further customized using ``<xpath>``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:688 +msgid "Our page is almost ready. Now all we have to do is add **pages.xml** in our **__manifest__.py** file" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:701 +msgid "Great, our Services page is ready and you’ll be able to access it by navigating to ``<yourwebsite>/services`` (the URL we chose above)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:703 +msgid "You will notice that it's possible to drag/drop snippets underneath the *Our Services* list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:709 +msgid "Now let's go back to our *pages.xml* and, after our page template, copy/paste the following code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:721 +msgid "This code will add a link to the main menu, referring to the page we created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:726 +msgid "The **sequence** attribute defines the link’s position in the top menu. In our example, we set the value to ``99`` in order to place it last. I you want to place it in a particular position, you have to replace the value according to your needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:729 +msgid "As you can see inspecting the *data.xml* file in the ``website`` module, the **Home** link is set to ``10`` and the **Contact** us one is set to ``60`` by default. If, for example, you want to place your link in the **middle**, you can set your link’s sequence value to ``40``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:733 +msgid "Create Snippets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:735 +msgid "Since snippets are how users design and layout pages, they are the most important XML elements of your design. Let’s create a snippet for our Service page. The snippet will display three testimonials and it will be editable by the end user using the Website Builder UI. Navigate to the view folder and create an XML file called **snippets.xml**. Add the default Odoo xml markup and copy/paste the following code. The template contains the HTML markup that will be displayed by the snippet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:767 +msgid "As you can see, we used Bootstrap default classes for our three columns. It’s not just about layout, these classes **will be triggered by the Website Builder to make them resizable by the user**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:769 +msgid "The previous code will create the snippet’s content, but we still need to place it into the editor bar, so the user will be able to drag&drop it into the page. Copy/paste this template in your **snippets.xml** file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:782 +msgid "Using xpath, we are targeting a particular element with id ``snippet_structure``. This means that the snippet will appear in the Structure tab. If you want to change the destination tab, you have just to replace the ``id`` value in the xpath expression." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:794 +msgid "Tab Name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:794 +msgid "Xpath expression" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:796 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/data.rst:14 +msgid "Structure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:796 +msgid "``//div[@id='snippet_structure']``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:797 +msgid "Content" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:797 +msgid "``//div[@id='snippet_content']``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:798 +msgid "Feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:798 +msgid "``//div[@id='snippet_feature']``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:799 +msgid "Effect" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:799 +msgid "``//div[@id='snippet_effect']``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:802 +msgid "The ``<t>`` tag will call our snippet's template and will assign a thumbnail placed in the img folder. You can now drag your snippet from the snippet bar, drop it in your page and see the result." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:809 +msgid "Snippet options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:811 +msgid "Options allow publishers to edit a snippet’s appearance using the Website Builder’s UI. Using Website Builder functionalities, you can create snippet options easily and automatically add them to the UI." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:815 +msgid "Options group properties" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:817 +msgid "Options are wrapped in groups. Groups can have properties that define how the included options will interact with the user interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:819 +msgid "``data-selector=\"[css selector(s)]\"``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:820 +msgid "Bind all the options included into the group to a particular element." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:821 +msgid "``data-js=\" custom method name \"``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:822 +msgid "Is used to bind custom Javascript methods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:823 +msgid "``data-drop-in=\"[css selector(s)]\"``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:824 +msgid "Defines the list of elements where the snippet can be dropped into." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:826 +msgid "``data-drop-near=\"[css selector(s)]\"``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:826 +msgid "Defines the list of elements that the snippet can be dropped beside." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:829 +msgid "Default option methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:831 +msgid "Options apply standard CSS classes to the snippet. Depending on the method that you choose, the UI will behave differently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:834 +msgid "``data-select-class=\"[class name]\"``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:834 +msgid "More data-select-class in the same group defines a list of classes that the user can choose to apply. Only one option can be enabled at a time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:837 +msgid "``data-toggle-class=\"[class name]\"``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:837 +msgid "The data-toggle-class is used to apply one or more CSS classes from the list to a snippet. Multiple selections can be applied at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:839 +msgid "Let's demonstrate how default options work with a basic example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:841 +msgid "We start by adding a new file in our views folder - name it **options.xml** and add the default Odoo XML markup. Create a new template copy/pasting the following" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:863 +msgid "The previous template will inherit the default **snippet_options template** adding our options after the **background** options (xpath expr attribute). To place your options in a particular order, inspect the **snippet_options template** from the **website module** and add your options before/after the desired position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:866 +msgid "As you can see, we wrapped all our options inside a DIV tag that will group our options and that will target them to the right selector (``data-selector=\".s_testimonial\"``)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:870 +msgid "To define our options we applied ``data-select-class`` attributes to the ``li`` elements. When the user selects an option, the class contained in the attribute will automatically be applied to the element." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:874 +msgid "Since ``selectClass`` method avoids multiple selections, the last \"empty\" option will reset the snippet to default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:877 +msgid "Add **options.xml** to ``__manifest__.py`` and update your theme." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:881 +msgid "Dropping our snippet onto the page, you will notice that our new options are automatically added to the customize menu. Inspecting the page, you will also notice that the class will be applied to the element when selecting an option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:885 +msgid "Let’s create some css rules in order to provide a visual feedback for our options. Open our **style.scss** file and add the following" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:907 +msgid "Great! We successfully created options for our snippet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:909 +msgid "Any time the publisher clicks on an option, the system will add the class specified in the data-select-class attribute." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:911 +msgid "By replacing ``data-select-class`` with ``data-toggle-class`` you will be able to select more classes at the same time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:916 +msgid "Javascript Options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:918 +msgid "``data-select-class`` and ``data-toggle-class`` are great if you need to perform simple class change operations. But what if your snippet’s customization needs something more?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:921 +msgid "As we said before, ``data-js`` propriety can be assigned to an options group in order to define a custom method. Let’s create one for our *testimonials snippet* by adding a ``data-js`` attribute to the option’s group div that we created earlier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:929 +msgid "Done. From now on, the Website Builder will look for a ``s_testimonial_options`` JS option each time the publisher enters in edit mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:933 +msgid "Let's go one step further by creating a javascript file, name it **tutorial_editor.js** and place it into the **static** folder. Copy/paste the following code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:943 +msgid "Great, we successfully created our javascript editor file. This file will contain all the javascript functions used by our snippets in edit mode. Let’s create a new function for our testimonial snippet using the ``s_testimonial_options`` name that we used before." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:956 +msgid "As you will notice, we used a method called ``onFocus`` to trigger our function. The Website Builder provides several events you can use to trigger your custom functions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:959 +msgid "Event" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:959 +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:42 +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:152 +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:382 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:961 +msgid "``start``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:961 +msgid "Fires when the publisher selects the snippet for the first time in an editing session or when the snippet is drag-dropped into the page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:962 +msgid "``onFocus``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:962 +msgid "Fires each time the snippet is selected by the user or when the snippet is drag-dropped into the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:963 +msgid "``onBlur``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:963 +msgid "This event occurs when a snippet loses focus." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:964 +msgid "``onClone``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:964 +msgid "Fires just after a snippet is duplicated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:965 +msgid "``onRemove``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:965 +msgid "It occurs just before that the snippet is removed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:966 +msgid "``onBuilt``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:966 +msgid "Fires just after that the snippet is drag and dropped into a drop zone. When this event is triggered, the content is already inserted in the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:967 +msgid "``cleanForSave``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:967 +msgid "It trigger before the publisher saves the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:970 +msgid "Let’s add our new javascript files to the editor assets list. Go back to **assets.xml** and create a new template like the previous one. This time we have to inherit ``assets_editor`` instead of ``assets_frontend``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:987 +msgid "Let’s test our new javascript function. Enter in Edit mode and drop into the page. You should now see the javascript alert that we bound on the ``onFocus`` event. If you close it, then click outside of your snippet and then click in it again, the event will trigger again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:997 +msgid "Editing Reference Guide" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:999 +msgid "Basically all the elements in a page can be edited by the publisher. Besides that, some element types and css classes will trigger special Website Builder functionalities when edited." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:1003 +msgid "Layout" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:1006 +msgid "``<section />``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:1006 +msgid "Any section element can be edited like a block of content. The publisher can move or duplicate it. It’s also possible to set a background image or color. Section is the standard main container of any snippet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:1009 +msgid "``.row > .col-lg-*``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:1009 +msgid "Any large bootstrap columns directly descending from a .row element (respecting Bootstrap structure), will be resizable by the publisher." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:1012 +msgid "``contenteditable=\"False\"``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:1012 +msgid "This attribute will prevent editing to the element and all its children." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:1015 +msgid "``contenteditable=\"True\"``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:1015 +msgid "Apply it to an element inside a contenteditable=\"False\" element in order to create an exception and make the element and its children editable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:1018 +msgid "``<a href=”#” />``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:1018 +msgid "In Edit Mode, any link can be edited and styled. Using the “Link Modal” it’s also possible to replace it with a button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:1021 +msgid "Media" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:1024 +msgid "``<span class=”fa” />``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:1024 +msgid "Pictogram elements. Editing this element will open the Pictogram library to replace the icon. It’s also possible to transform the elements using CSS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:1027 +msgid "``<img />``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:1027 +msgid "Once clicked, the Image Library will open and you can replace images. Transformation is also possible for this kind of element." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:1037 +msgid "This html structure will create an ``<iframe>`` element editable by the publisher." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:1041 +msgid "SEO best practice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:1044 +msgid "Facilitate content insertion" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:1046 +msgid "Modern search engine algorithms increasingly focus on content, which means there is less focus on **keyword saturation** and more focus on whether or not the content is **actually relevant to the keywords**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:1048 +msgid "As content is so important for SEO, you should concentrate on giving publishers the tools to easily insert it. It is important that your snippets are “content-responsive”, meaning that they should fit the publisher’s content regardless of size." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:1050 +msgid "Let’s have a look to this example of a classic two column snippet, implemented in two different ways." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:1060 +msgid "**Bad**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:1062 +msgid "Using fixed image, the publisher will be forced to limit the text in order to follow the layout." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:1072 +msgid "**Good**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:1074 +msgid "Using background images that fit the column height, the publisher will be free to add the content regardless of the image’s height." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:1079 +msgid "Page segmentation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:1081 +msgid "Basically, page segmentation means that a page is divided into several separate parts and these parts are treated as separate entries by search engines. When you design pages or snippets, you should be sure to use the right tags in order to facilitate search engine indexing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:1085 +msgid "``<article>``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:1085 +msgid "Specifies an independent block of content. Within it should be a piece of self-contained content that should make sense on its own. You can nest ``<article>`` elements within one another. In this case, it’s implied that the nested elements are related to the outer ``<article>`` element." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:1088 +msgid "``<header>``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:1088 +msgid "Indicates the header section of a self-contained block of content (an ``<article>``)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:1091 +msgid "``<section>``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:1091 +msgid "Is the snippet default tag and it specifies a subsection of a block of content. It can be used to split ``<article>`` content into several parts. It’s advisable to use a heading element (``<h1>`` – ``<h6>``) to define the section’s topic." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:1101 +msgid "``<hgroup>``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:1094 +msgid "Is used to wrap a section of headings (``<h1>`` - ``<h6>``). A great example would be an article with both a headline and sub-headline at the top:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:1104 +msgid "Describe your page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:1107 +msgid "Define keywords" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:1108 +msgid "You should use appropriate, relevant keywords and synonyms for those keywords. You can define them for each page using the built-in “Promote” function found in the bar at the top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:1111 +msgid "Define a title and a description" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:1113 +msgid "Define them using the “Promote” function. Keep your page titles short and include the main keyword phrase for the page. Good titles evoke an emotional response, ask a question or promise something." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/themes.rst:1116 +msgid "Descriptions, while not important to search engine rankings, are extremely important in gaining user click-through. These are an opportunity to advertise content and to let people searching know exactly whether the given page contains the information they're looking for. It is important that titles and descriptions on each page are unique." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:4 +msgid "Customizing the web client" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:6 +msgid "Note: this section is really really out of date. It will be updated someday, but meanwhile, this tutorial will probably be frustrating to follow, since it was written a long time ago." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:15 +msgid "This guide is about creating modules for Odoo's web client." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:17 +msgid "To create websites with Odoo, see :doc:`website`; to add business capabilities or extend existing business systems of Odoo, see :doc:`backend`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:22 +msgid "This guide assumes knowledge of:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:24 +msgid "Javascript basics and good practices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:25 +msgid "jQuery_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:26 +msgid "`Underscore.js`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:28 +msgid "It also requires :ref:`an installed Odoo <setup/install>`, and Git_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:32 +msgid "A Simple Module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:34 +msgid "Let's start with a simple Odoo module holding basic web component configuration and letting us test the web framework." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:37 +msgid "The example module is available online and can be downloaded using the following command:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:44 +msgid "This will create a ``petstore`` folder wherever you executed the command. You then need to add that folder to Odoo's :option:`addons path <odoo-bin --addons-path>`, create a new database and install the ``oepetstore`` module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:49 +msgid "If you browse the ``petstore`` folder, you should see the following content:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:75 +msgid "The module already holds various server customizations. We'll come back to these later, for now let's focus on the web-related content, in the ``static`` folder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:79 +msgid "Files used in the \"web\" side of an Odoo module must be placed in a ``static`` folder so they are available to a web browser, files outside that folder can not be fetched by browsers. The ``src/css``, ``src/js`` and ``src/xml`` sub-folders are conventional and not strictly necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:84 +msgid "``oepetstore/static/css/petstore.css``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:85 +msgid "Currently empty, will hold the CSS_ for pet store content" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:86 +msgid "``oepetstore/static/xml/petstore.xml``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:87 +msgid "Mostly empty, will hold :ref:`reference/qweb` templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:106 +msgid "``oepetstore/static/js/petstore.js``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:89 +msgid "The most important (and interesting) part, contains the logic of the application (or at least its web-browser side) as javascript. It should currently look like::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:108 +msgid "Which only prints a small message in the browser's console." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:110 +msgid "The files in the ``static`` folder, need to be defined within the module in order for them to be loaded correctly. Everything in ``src/xml`` is defined in ``__manifest__.py`` while the contents of ``src/css`` and ``src/js`` are defined in ``petstore.xml``, or a similar file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:114 +msgid "All JavaScript files are concatenated and :term:`minified` to improve application load time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:117 +msgid "One of the drawback is debugging becomes more difficult as individual files disappear and the code is made significantly less readable. It is possible to disable this process by enabling the \"developer mode\": log into your Odoo instance (user *admin* password *admin* by default) open the user menu (in the top-right corner of the Odoo screen) and select :guilabel:`About Odoo` then :guilabel:`Activate the developer mode`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:131 +msgid "This will reload the web client with optimizations disabled, making development and debugging significantly more comfortable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:134 +msgid "qweb files hooked via __manifest__.py, but js and CSS use bundles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:137 +msgid "Odoo JavaScript Module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:139 +msgid "Javascript doesn't have built-in modules. As a result variables defined in different files are all mashed together and may conflict. This has given rise to various module patterns used to build clean namespaces and limit risks of naming conflicts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:144 +msgid "The Odoo framework uses one such pattern to define modules within web addons, in order to both namespace code and correctly order its loading." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:147 +msgid "``oepetstore/static/js/petstore.js`` contains a module declaration::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:153 +msgid "In Odoo web, modules are declared as functions set on the global ``odoo`` variable. The function's name must be the same as the addon (in this case ``oepetstore``) so the framework can find it, and automatically initialize it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:157 +msgid "When the web client loads your module it will call the root function and provide two parameters:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:160 +msgid "the first parameter is the current instance of the Odoo web client, it gives access to various capabilities defined by the Odoo (translations, network services) as well as objects defined by the core or by other modules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:164 +msgid "the second parameter is your own local namespace automatically created by the web client. Objects and variables which should be accessible from outside your module (either because the Odoo web client needs to call them or because others may want to customize them) should be set inside that namespace." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:171 +msgid "Classes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:173 +msgid "Much as modules, and contrary to most object-oriented languages, javascript does not build in *classes*\\ [#classes]_ although it provides roughly equivalent (if lower-level and more verbose) mechanisms." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:177 +msgid "For simplicity and developer-friendliness Odoo web provides a class system based on John Resig's `Simple JavaScript Inheritance`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:180 +msgid "New classes are defined by calling the :func:`~odoo.web.Class.extend` method of :class:`odoo.web.Class`::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:189 +msgid "The :func:`~odoo.web.Class.extend` method takes a dictionary describing the new class's content (methods and static attributes). In this case, it will only have a ``say_hello`` method which takes no parameters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:193 +msgid "Classes are instantiated using the ``new`` operator::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:199 +msgid "And attributes of the instance can be accessed via ``this``::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:212 +msgid "Classes can provide an initializer to perform the initial setup of the instance, by defining an ``init()`` method. The initializer receives the parameters passed when using the ``new`` operator::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:229 +msgid "It is also possible to create subclasses from existing (used-defined) classes by calling :func:`~odoo.web.Class.extend` on the parent class, as is done to subclass :class:`~odoo.web.Class`::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:243 +msgid "When overriding a method using inheritance, you can use ``this._super()`` to call the original method::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:259 +msgid "``_super`` is not a standard method, it is set on-the-fly to the next method in the current inheritance chain, if any. It is only defined during the *synchronous* part of a method call, for use in asynchronous handlers (after network calls or in ``setTimeout`` callbacks) a reference to its value should be retained, it should not be accessed via ``this``::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:282 +msgid "Widgets Basics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:284 +msgid "The Odoo web client bundles jQuery_ for easy DOM manipulation. It is useful and provides a better API than standard `W3C DOM`_\\ [#dombugs]_, but insufficient to structure complex applications leading to difficult maintenance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:289 +msgid "Much like object-oriented desktop UI toolkits (e.g. Qt_, Cocoa_ or GTK_), Odoo Web makes specific components responsible for sections of a page. In Odoo web, the base for such components is the :class:`~odoo.Widget` class, a component specialized in handling a page section and displaying information for the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:296 +msgid "Your First Widget" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:298 +msgid "The initial demonstration module already provides a basic widget::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:306 +msgid "It extends :class:`~odoo.Widget` and overrides the standard method :func:`~odoo.Widget.start`, which — much like the previous ``MyClass`` — does little for now." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:310 +msgid "This line at the end of the file::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:315 +msgid "registers our basic widget as a client action. Client actions will be explained later, for now this is just what allows our widget to be called and displayed when we select the :menuselection:`Pet Store --> Pet Store --> Home Page` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:322 +msgid "because the widget will be called from outside our module, the web client needs its \"fully qualified\" name, not the local version." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:326 +msgid "Display Content" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:328 +msgid "Widgets have a number of methods and features, but the basics are simple:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:330 +msgid "set up a widget" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:331 +msgid "format the widget's data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:332 +msgid "display the widget" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:334 +msgid "The ``HomePage`` widget already has a :func:`~odoo.Widget.start` method. That method is part of the normal widget lifecycle and automatically called once the widget is inserted in the page. We can use it to display some content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:339 +msgid "All widgets have a :attr:`~odoo.Widget.$el` which represents the section of page they're in charge of (as a jQuery_ object). Widget content should be inserted there. By default, :attr:`~odoo.Widget.$el` is an empty ``<div>`` element." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:344 +msgid "A ``<div>`` element is usually invisible to the user if it has no content (or without specific styles giving it a size) which is why nothing is displayed on the page when ``HomePage`` is launched." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:348 +msgid "Let's add some content to the widget's root element, using jQuery::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:356 +msgid "That message will now appear when you open :menuselection:`Pet Store --> Pet Store --> Home Page`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:361 +msgid "to refresh the javascript code loaded in Odoo Web, you will need to reload the page. There is no need to restart the Odoo server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:364 +msgid "The ``HomePage`` widget is used by Odoo Web and managed automatically. To learn how to use a widget \"from scratch\" let's create a new one::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:373 +msgid "We can now add our ``GreetingsWidget`` to the ``HomePage`` by using the ``GreetingsWidget``'s :func:`~odoo.Widget.appendTo` method::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:384 +msgid "``HomePage`` first adds its own content to its DOM root" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:385 +msgid "``HomePage`` then instantiates ``GreetingsWidget``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:386 +msgid "Finally it tells ``GreetingsWidget`` where to insert itself, delegating part of its :attr:`~odoo.Widget.$el` to the ``GreetingsWidget``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:389 +msgid "When the :func:`~odoo.Widget.appendTo` method is called, it asks the widget to insert itself at the specified position and to display its content. The :func:`~odoo.Widget.start` method will be called during the call to :func:`~odoo.Widget.appendTo`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:394 +msgid "To see what happens under the displayed interface, we will use the browser's DOM Explorer. But first let's alter our widgets slightly so we can more easily find where they are, by :attr:`adding a class to their root elements <odoo.Widget.className>`::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:408 +msgid "If you can find the relevant section of the DOM (right-click on the text then :guilabel:`Inspect Element`), it should look like this:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:420 +msgid "Which clearly shows the two ``<div>`` elements automatically created by :class:`~odoo.Widget`, because we added some classes on them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:423 +msgid "We can also see the two message-holding divs we added ourselves" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:425 +msgid "Finally, note the ``<div class=\"oe_petstore_greetings\">`` element which represents the ``GreetingsWidget`` instance is *inside* the ``<div class=\"oe_petstore_homepage\">`` which represents the ``HomePage`` instance, since we appended" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:431 +msgid "Widget Parents and Children" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:433 +msgid "In the previous part, we instantiated a widget using this syntax::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:437 +msgid "The first argument is ``this``, which in that case was a ``HomePage`` instance. This tells the widget being created which other widget is its *parent*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:441 +msgid "As we've seen, widgets are usually inserted in the DOM by another widget and *inside* that other widget's root element. This means most widgets are \"part\" of another widget, and exist on behalf of it. We call the container the *parent*, and the contained widget the *child*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:446 +msgid "Due to multiple technical and conceptual reasons, it is necessary for a widget to know who is its parent and who are its children." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:457 +msgid ":func:`~odoo.Widget.getParent`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:450 +msgid "can be used to get the parent of a widget::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:469 +msgid ":func:`~odoo.Widget.getChildren`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:460 +msgid "can be used to get a list of its children::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:471 +msgid "When overriding the :func:`~odoo.Widget.init` method of a widget it is *of the utmost importance* to pass the parent to the ``this._super()`` call, otherwise the relation will not be set up correctly::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:482 +msgid "Finally, if a widget does not have a parent (e.g. because it's the root widget of the application), ``null`` can be provided as parent::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:488 +msgid "Destroying Widgets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:490 +msgid "If you can display content to your users, you should also be able to erase it. This is done via the :func:`~odoo.Widget.destroy` method::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:495 +msgid "When a widget is destroyed it will first call :func:`~odoo.Widget.destroy` on all its children. Then it erases itself from the DOM. If you have set up permanent structures in :func:`~odoo.Widget.init` or :func:`~odoo.Widget.start` which must be explicitly cleaned up (because the garbage collector will not handle them), you can override :func:`~odoo.Widget.destroy`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:504 +msgid "when overriding :func:`~odoo.Widget.destroy`, ``_super()`` *must always* be called otherwise the widget and its children are not correctly cleaned up leaving possible memory leaks and \"phantom events\", even if no error is displayed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:510 +msgid "The QWeb Template Engine" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:512 +msgid "In the previous section we added content to our widgets by directly manipulating (and adding to) their DOM::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:517 +msgid "This allows generating and displaying any type of content, but gets unwieldy when generating significant amounts of DOM (lots of duplication, quoting issues, ...)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:521 +msgid "As many other environments, Odoo's solution is to use a `template engine`_. Odoo's template engine is called :ref:`reference/qweb`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:524 +msgid "QWeb is an XML-based templating language, similar to `Genshi <http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Genshi_(templating_language)>`_, `Thymeleaf <http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Thymeleaf>`_ or `Facelets <http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Facelets>`_. It has the following characteristics:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:530 +msgid "It's implemented fully in JavaScript and rendered in the browser" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:531 +msgid "Each template file (XML files) contains multiple templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:532 +msgid "It has special support in Odoo Web's :class:`~odoo.Widget`, though it can be used outside of Odoo's web client (and it's possible to use :class:`~odoo.Widget` without relying on QWeb)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:538 +msgid "The rationale behind using QWeb instead of existing javascript template engines is the extensibility of pre-existing (third-party) templates, much like Odoo :ref:`views <reference/views>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:542 +msgid "Most javascript template engines are text-based which precludes easy structural extensibility where an XML-based templating engine can be generically altered using e.g. XPath or CSS and a tree-alteration DSL (or even just XSLT). This flexibility and extensibility is a core characteristic of Odoo, and losing it was considered unacceptable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:549 +msgid "Using QWeb" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:551 +msgid "First let's define a simple QWeb template in the almost-empty ``oepetstore/static/src/xml/petstore.xml`` file:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:563 +msgid "Now we can use this template inside of the ``HomePage`` widget. Using the ``QWeb`` loader variable defined at the top of the page, we can call to the template defined in the XML file::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:573 +msgid ":func:`QWeb.render` looks for the specified template, renders it to a string and returns the result." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:576 +msgid "However, because :class:`~odoo.Widget` has special integration for QWeb the template can be set directly on the widget via its :attr:`~odoo.Widget.template` attribute::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:587 +msgid "Although the result looks similar, there are two differences between these usages:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:590 +msgid "with the second version, the template is rendered right before :func:`~odoo.Widget.start` is called" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:592 +msgid "in the first version the template's content is added to the widget's root element, whereas in the second version the template's root element is directly *set as* the widget's root element. Which is why the \"greetings\" sub-widget also gets a red background" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:599 +msgid "templates should have a single non-``t`` root element, especially if they're set as a widget's :attr:`~odoo.Widget.template`. If there are multiple \"root elements\", results are undefined (usually only the first root element will be used and the others will be ignored)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:605 +msgid "QWeb Context" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:607 +msgid "QWeb templates can be given data and can contain basic display logic." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:609 +msgid "For explicit calls to :func:`QWeb.render`, the template data is passed as second parameter::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:614 +msgid "with the template modified to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:622 +msgid "will result in:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:628 +msgid "When using :class:`~odoo.Widget`'s integration it is not possible to provide additional data to the template. The template will be given a single ``widget`` context variable, referencing the widget being rendered right before :func:`~odoo.Widget.start` is called (the widget's state will essentially be that set up by :func:`~odoo.Widget.init`):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:652 +msgid "Result:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:659 +msgid "Template Declaration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:661 +msgid "We've seen how to *render* QWeb templates, let's now see the syntax of the templates themselves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:664 +msgid "A QWeb template is composed of regular XML mixed with QWeb *directives*. A QWeb directive is declared with XML attributes starting with ``t-``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:667 +msgid "The most basic directive is ``t-name``, used to declare new templates in a template file:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:678 +msgid "``t-name`` takes the name of the template being defined, and declares that it can be called using :func:`QWeb.render`. It can only be used at the top-level of a template file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:683 +msgid "Escaping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:685 +msgid "The ``t-esc`` directive can be used to output text:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:691 +msgid "It takes a Javascript expression which is evaluated, the result of the expression is then HTML-escaped and inserted in the document. Since it's an expression it's possible to provide just a variable name as above, or a more complex expression like a computation:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:700 +msgid "or method calls:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:707 +msgid "Outputting HTML" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:709 +msgid "To inject HTML in the page being rendered, use ``t-raw``. Like ``t-esc`` it takes an arbitrary Javascript expression as parameter, but it does not perform an HTML-escape step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:719 +msgid "``t-raw`` *must not* be used on any data which may contain non-escaped user-provided content as this leads to `cross-site scripting`_ vulnerabilities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:724 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:66 +msgid "Conditionals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:726 +msgid "QWeb can have conditional blocks using ``t-if``. The directive takes an arbitrary expression, if the expression is falsy (``false``, ``null``, ``0`` or an empty string) the whole block is suppressed, otherwise it is displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:743 +msgid "QWeb doesn't have an \"else\" structure, use a second ``t-if`` with the original condition inverted. You may want to store the condition in a local variable if it's a complex or expensive expression." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:748 +msgid "Iteration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:750 +msgid "To iterate on a list, use ``t-foreach`` and ``t-as``. ``t-foreach`` takes an expression returning a list to iterate on ``t-as`` takes a variable name to bind to each item during iteration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:764 +msgid "``t-foreach`` can also be used with numbers and objects (dictionaries)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:768 +msgid "Defining attributes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:770 +msgid "QWeb provides two related directives to define computed attributes: :samp:`t-att-{name}` and :samp:`t-attf-{name}`. In either case, *name* is the name of the attribute to create (e.g. ``t-att-id`` defines the attribute ``id`` after rendering)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:775 +msgid "``t-att-`` takes a javascript expression whose result is set as the attribute's value, it is most useful if all of the attribute's value is computed:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:786 +msgid "``t-attf-`` takes a *format string*. A format string is literal text with interpolation blocks inside, an interpolation block is a javascript expression between ``{{`` and ``}}``, which will be replaced by the result of the expression. It is most useful for attributes which are partially literal and partially computed such as a class:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:799 +msgid "Calling other templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:801 +msgid "Templates can be split into sub-templates (for simplicity, maintainability, reusability or to avoid excessive markup nesting)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:804 +msgid "This is done using the ``t-call`` directive, which takes the name of the template to render:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:818 +msgid "rendering the ``A`` template will result in:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:826 +msgid "Sub-templates inherit the rendering context of their caller." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:829 +msgid "To Learn More About QWeb" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:831 +msgid "For a QWeb reference, see :ref:`reference/qweb`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:834 +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:1100 +msgid "Exercise" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:836 +msgid "Usage of QWeb in Widgets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:838 +msgid "Create a widget whose constructor takes two parameters aside from ``parent``: ``product_names`` and ``color``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:841 +msgid "``product_names`` should an array of strings, each one the name of a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:843 +msgid "``color`` is a string containing a color in CSS color format (ie: ``#000000`` for black)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:846 +msgid "The widget should display the given product names one under the other, each one in a separate box with a background color with the value of ``color`` and a border. You should use QWeb to render the HTML. Any necessary CSS should be in ``oepetstore/static/src/css/petstore.css``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:851 +msgid "Use the widget in ``HomePage`` with half a dozen products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:915 +msgid "Widget Helpers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:918 +msgid "``Widget``'s jQuery Selector" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:920 +msgid "Selecting DOM elements within a widget can be performed by calling the ``find()`` method on the widget's DOM root::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:925 +msgid "But because it's a common operation, :class:`~odoo.Widget` provides an equivalent shortcut through the :func:`~odoo.Widget.$` method::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:936 +msgid "The global jQuery function ``$()`` should *never* be used unless it is absolutely necessary: selection on a widget's root are scoped to the widget and local to it, but selections with ``$()`` are global to the page/application and may match parts of other widgets and views, leading to odd or dangerous side-effects. Since a widget should generally act only on the DOM section it owns, there is no cause for global selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:944 +msgid "Easier DOM Events Binding" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:946 +msgid "We have previously bound DOM events using normal jQuery event handlers (e.g. ``.click()`` or ``.change()``) on widget elements::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:961 +msgid "While this works it has a few issues:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:963 +msgid "it is rather verbose" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:964 +msgid "it does not support replacing the widget's root element at runtime as the binding is only performed when ``start()`` is run (during widget initialization)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:967 +msgid "it requires dealing with ``this``-binding issues" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:969 +msgid "Widgets thus provide a shortcut to DOM event binding via :attr:`~odoo.Widget.events`::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:981 +msgid ":attr:`~odoo.Widget.events` is an object (mapping) of an event to the function or method to call when the event is triggered:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:984 +msgid "the key is an event name, possibly refined with a CSS selector in which case only if the event happens on a selected sub-element will the function or method run: ``click`` will handle all clicks within the widget, but ``click .my_button`` will only handle clicks in elements bearing the ``my_button`` class" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:989 +msgid "the value is the action to perform when the event is triggered" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:991 +msgid "It can be either a function::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:997 +msgid "or the name of a method on the object (see example above)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:999 +msgid "In either case, the ``this`` is the widget instance and the handler is given a single parameter, the `jQuery event object`_ for the event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:1003 +msgid "Widget Events and Properties" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:1006 +msgid "Events" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:1008 +msgid "Widgets provide an event system (separate from the DOM/jQuery event system described above): a widget can fire events on itself, and other widgets (or itself) can bind themselves and listen for these events::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:1028 +msgid "This widget acts as a facade, transforming user input (through DOM events) into a documentable internal event to which parent widgets can bind themselves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:1032 +msgid ":func:`~odoo.Widget.trigger` takes the name of the event to trigger as its first (mandatory) argument, any further arguments are treated as event data and passed directly to listeners." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:1036 +msgid "We can then set up a parent event instantiating our generic widget and listening to the ``user_chose`` event using :func:`~odoo.Widget.on`::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:1054 +msgid ":func:`~odoo.Widget.on` binds a function to be called when the event identified by ``event_name`` is. The ``func`` argument is the function to call and ``object`` is the object to which that function is related if it is a method. The bound function will be called with the additional arguments of :func:`~odoo.Widget.trigger` if it has any. Example::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:1073 +msgid "Triggering events on an other widget is generally a bad idea. The main exception to that rule is ``odoo.web.bus`` which exists specifically to broadcasts evens in which any widget could be interested throughout the Odoo web application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:1079 +msgid "Properties" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:1081 +msgid "Properties are very similar to normal object attributes in that they allow storing data on a widget instance, however they have the additional feature that they trigger events when set::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:1094 +msgid ":func:`~odoo.Widget.set` sets the value of a property and triggers :samp:`change:{propname}` (where *propname* is the property name passed as first parameter to :func:`~odoo.Widget.set`) and ``change``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:1097 +msgid ":func:`~odoo.Widget.get` retrieves the value of a property." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:1102 +msgid "Widget Properties and Events" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:1104 +msgid "Create a widget ``ColorInputWidget`` that will display 3 ``<input type=\"text\">``. Each of these ``<input>`` is dedicated to type a hexadecimal number from 00 to FF. When any of these ``<input>`` is modified by the user the widget must query the content of the three ``<input>``, concatenate their values to have a complete CSS color code (ie: ``#00FF00``) and put the result in a property named ``color``. Please note the jQuery ``change()`` event that you can bind on any HTML ``<input>`` element and the ``val()`` method that can query the current value of that ``<input>`` could be useful to you for this exercise." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:1114 +msgid "Then, modify the ``HomePage`` widget to instantiate ``ColorInputWidget`` and display it. The ``HomePage`` widget should also display an empty rectangle. That rectangle must always, at any moment, have the same background color as the color in the ``color`` property of the ``ColorInputWidget`` instance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:1120 +msgid "Use QWeb to generate all HTML." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:1193 +msgid "Modify existing widgets and classes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:1195 +msgid "The class system of the Odoo web framework allows direct modification of existing classes using the :func:`~odoo.web.Class.include` method::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:1213 +msgid "This system is similar to the inheritance mechanism, except it will alter the target class in-place instead of creating a new class." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:1216 +msgid "In that case, ``this._super()`` will call the original implementation of a method being replaced/redefined. If the class already had sub-classes, all calls to ``this._super()`` in sub-classes will call the new implementations defined in the call to :func:`~odoo.web.Class.include`. This will also work if some instances of the class (or of any of its sub-classes) were created prior to the call to :func:`~odoo.Widget.include`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:1224 +msgid "Translations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:1226 +msgid "The process to translate text in Python and JavaScript code is very similar. You could have noticed these lines at the beginning of the ``petstore.js`` file::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:1233 +msgid "These lines are simply used to import the translation functions in the current JavaScript module. They are used thus::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:1238 +msgid "In Odoo, translations files are automatically generated by scanning the source code. All piece of code that calls a certain function are detected and their content is added to a translation file that will then be sent to the translators. In Python, the function is ``_()``. In JavaScript the function is :func:`~odoo.web._t` (and also :func:`~odoo.web._lt`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:1244 +msgid "``_t()`` will return the translation defined for the text it is given. If no translation is defined for that text, it will return the original text as-is." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:1249 +msgid "To inject user-provided values in translatable strings, it is recommended to use `_.str.sprintf <http://gabceb.github.io/underscore.string.site/#sprintf>`_ with named arguments *after* the translation::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:1259 +msgid "This makes translatable strings more readable to translators, and gives them more flexibility to reorder or ignore parameters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:1262 +msgid ":func:`~odoo.web._lt` (\"lazy translate\") is similar but somewhat more complex: instead of translating its parameter immediately, it returns an object which, when converted to a string, will perform the translation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:1266 +msgid "It is used to define translatable terms before the translations system is initialized, for class attributes for instance (as modules are loaded before the user's language is configured and translations are downloaded)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:1271 +msgid "Communication with the Odoo Server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:1274 +msgid "Contacting Models" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:1276 +msgid "Most operations with Odoo involve communicating with *models* implementing business concern, these models will then (potentially) interact with some storage engine (usually PostgreSQL_)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:1280 +msgid "Although jQuery_ provides a `$.ajax`_ function for network interactions, communicating with Odoo requires additional metadata whose setup before every call would be verbose and error-prone. As a result, Odoo web provides higher-level communication primitives." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:1285 +msgid "To demonstrate this, the file ``petstore.py`` already contains a small model with a sample method:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:1300 +msgid "This declares a model with two fields, and a method ``my_method()`` which returns a literal dictionary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:1303 +msgid "Here is a sample widget that calls ``my_method()`` and displays the result::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:1316 +msgid "The class used to call Odoo models is :class:`odoo.Model`. It is instantiated with the Odoo model's name as first parameter (``oepetstore.message_of_the_day`` here)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:1320 +msgid ":func:`~odoo.web.Model.call` can be used to call any (public) method of an Odoo model. It takes the following positional arguments:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:1323 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:19 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:416 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/data.rst:221 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1456 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1490 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1570 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1680 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1841 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1977 +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/odoo.rst:1014 +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/odoo.rst:1163 +msgid "``name``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:1324 +msgid "The name of the method to call, ``my_method`` here" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:1340 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1458 +msgid "``args``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:1326 +msgid "an array of `positional arguments`_ to provide to the method. Because the example has no positional argument to provide, the ``args`` parameter is not provided." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:1330 +msgid "Here is an other example with positional arguments:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:1354 +msgid "``kwargs``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:1343 +msgid "a mapping of `keyword arguments`_ to pass. The example provides a single named argument ``context``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:1356 +msgid ":func:`~odoo.Widget.call` returns a deferred resolved with the value returned by the model's method as first argument." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:1360 +msgid "CompoundContext" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:1362 +msgid "The previous section used a ``context`` argument which was not explained in the method call::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:1367 +msgid "The context is like a \"magic\" argument that the web client will always give to the server when calling a method. The context is a dictionary containing multiple keys. One of the most important key is the language of the user, used by the server to translate all the messages of the application. Another one is the time zone of the user, used to compute correctly dates and times if Odoo is used by people in different countries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:1374 +msgid "The ``argument`` is necessary in all methods, otherwise bad things could happen (such as the application not being translated correctly). That's why, when you call a model's method, you should always provide that argument. The solution to achieve that is to use :class:`odoo.web.CompoundContext`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:1379 +msgid ":class:`~odoo.web.CompoundContext` is a class used to pass the user's context (with language, time zone, etc...) to the server as well as adding new keys to the context (some models' methods use arbitrary keys added to the context). It is created by giving to its constructor any number of dictionaries or other :class:`~odoo.web.CompoundContext` instances. It will merge all those contexts before sending them to the server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:1397 +msgid "You can see the dictionary in the argument ``context`` contains some keys that are related to the configuration of the current user in Odoo plus the ``new_key`` key that was added when instantiating :class:`~odoo.web.CompoundContext`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:1403 +msgid "Queries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:1405 +msgid "While :func:`~odoo.Model.call` is sufficient for any interaction with Odoo models, Odoo Web provides a helper for simpler and clearer querying of models (fetching of records based on various conditions): :func:`~odoo.Model.query` which acts as a shortcut for the common combination of :py:meth:`~odoo.models.Model.search` and ::py:meth:`~odoo.models.Model.read`. It provides a clearer syntax to search and read models::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:1420 +msgid "versus::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:1430 +msgid ":func:`~odoo.web.Model.query` takes an optional list of fields as parameter (if no field is provided, all fields of the model are fetched). It returns a :class:`odoo.web.Query` which can be further customized before being executed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:1434 +msgid ":class:`~odoo.web.Query` represents the query being built. It is immutable, methods to customize the query actually return a modified copy, so it's possible to use the original and the new version side-by-side. See :class:`~odoo.web.Query` for its customization options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:1439 +msgid "When the query is set up as desired, simply call :func:`~odoo.web.Query.all` to execute it and return a deferred to its result. The result is the same as :py:meth:`~odoo.models.Model.read`'s, an array of dictionaries where each dictionary is a requested record, with each requested field a dictionary key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:1446 +msgid "Exercises" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:1448 +msgid "Message of the Day" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:1450 +msgid "Create a ``MessageOfTheDay`` widget displaying the last record of the ``oepetstore.message_of_the_day`` model. The widget should fetch its record as soon as it is displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:1454 +msgid "Display the widget in the Pet Store home page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:1514 +msgid "Pet Toys List" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:1516 +msgid "Create a ``PetToysList`` widget displaying 5 toys (using their name and their images)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:1519 +msgid "The pet toys are not stored in a new model, instead they're stored in ``product.product`` using a special category *Pet Toys*. You can see the pre-generated toys and add new ones by going to :menuselection:`Pet Store --> Pet Store --> Pet Toys`. You will probably need to explore ``product.product`` to create the right domain to select just pet toys." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:1526 +msgid "In Odoo, images are generally stored in regular fields encoded as base64_, HTML supports displaying images straight from base64 with :samp:`<img src=\"data:{mime_type};base64,{base64_image_data}\"/>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:1530 +msgid "The ``PetToysList`` widget should be displayed on the home page on the right of the ``MessageOfTheDay`` widget. You will need to make some layout with CSS to achieve this." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:1650 +msgid "Existing web components" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:1653 +msgid "The Action Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:1655 +msgid "In Odoo, many operations start from an :ref:`action <reference/actions>`: opening a menu item (to a view), printing a report, ..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:1658 +msgid "Actions are pieces of data describing how a client should react to the activation of a piece of content. Actions can be stored (and read through a model) or they can be generated on-the fly (locally to the client by javascript code, or remotely by a method of a model)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:1663 +msgid "In Odoo Web, the component responsible for handling and reacting to these actions is the *Action Manager*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:1667 +msgid "Using the Action Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:1669 +msgid "The action manager can be invoked explicitly from javascript code by creating a dictionary describing :ref:`an action <reference/actions>` of the right type, and calling an action manager instance with it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:1673 +msgid ":func:`~odoo.Widget.do_action` is a shortcut of :class:`~odoo.Widget` looking up the \"current\" action manager and executing the action::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:1689 +msgid "The most common action ``type`` is ``ir.actions.act_window`` which provides views to a model (displays a model in various manners), its most common attributes are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:1693 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:74 +msgid "``res_model``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:1694 +msgid "The model to display in views" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:1695 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:86 +msgid "``res_id`` (optional)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:1696 +msgid "For form views, a preselected record in ``res_model``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:1701 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:83 +msgid "``views``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:1698 +msgid "Lists the views available through the action. A list of ``[view_id, view_type]``, ``view_id`` can either be the database identifier of a view of the right type, or ``false`` to use the view by default for the specified type. View types can not be present multiple times. The action will open the first view of the list by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:1704 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:197 +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:537 +msgid "``target``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:1704 +msgid "Either ``current`` (the default) which replaces the \"content\" section of the web client by the action, or ``new`` to open the action in a dialog box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:1707 +msgid "Additional context data to use within the action." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:1709 +msgid "Jump to Product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:1711 +msgid "Modify the ``PetToysList`` component so clicking on a toy replaces the homepage by the toy's form view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:1758 +msgid "Client Actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:1760 +msgid "Throughout this guide, we used a simple ``HomePage`` widget which the web client automatically starts when we select the right menu item. But how did the Odoo web know to start this widget? Because the widget is registered as a *client action*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:1765 +msgid "A client action is (as its name implies) an action type defined almost entirely in the client, in javascript for Odoo web. The server simply sends an action tag (an arbitrary name), and optionally adds a few parameters, but beyond that *everything* is handled by custom client code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:1770 +msgid "Our widget is registered as the handler for the client action through this::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:1775 +msgid "``instance.web.client_actions`` is a :class:`~odoo.web.Registry` in which the action manager looks up client action handlers when it needs to execute one. The first parameter of :class:`~odoo.web.Registry.add` is the name (tag) of the client action, and the second parameter is the path to the widget from the Odoo web client root." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:1781 +msgid "When a client action must be executed, the action manager looks up its tag in the registry, walks the specified path and displays the widget it finds at the end." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:1785 +msgid "a client action handler can also be a regular function, in whch case it'll be called and its result (if any) will be interpreted as the next action to execute." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:1789 +msgid "On the server side, we had simply defined an ``ir.actions.client`` action:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:1797 +msgid "and a menu opening the action:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:1805 +msgid "Architecture of the Views" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:1807 +msgid "Much of Odoo web's usefulness (and complexity) resides in views. Each view type is a way of displaying a model in the client." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:1811 +msgid "The View Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:1813 +msgid "When an ``ActionManager`` instance receive an action of type ``ir.actions.act_window``, it delegates the synchronization and handling of the views themselves to a *view manager*, which will then set up one or multiple views depending on the original action's requirements:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:1823 +msgid "The Views" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:1825 +msgid "Most :ref:`Odoo views <reference/views>` are implemented through a subclass of :class:`odoo.web.View` which provides a bit of generic basic structure for handling events and displaying model information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:1829 +msgid "The *search view* is considered a view type by the main Odoo framework, but handled separately by the web client (as it's a more permanent fixture and can interact with other views, which regular views don't do)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:1833 +msgid "A view is responsible for loading its own description XML (using :py:class:`~odoo.models.Model.fields_view_get`) and any other data source it needs. To that purpose, views are provided with an optional view identifier set as the :attr:`~odoo.web.View.view_id` attribute." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:1838 +msgid "Views are also provided with a :class:`~odoo.web.DataSet` instance which holds most necessary model information (the model name and possibly various record ids)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:1842 +msgid "Views may also want to handle search queries by overriding :func:`~odoo.web.View.do_search`, and updating their :class:`~odoo.web.DataSet` as necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:1847 +msgid "The Form View Fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:1849 +msgid "A common need is the extension of the web form view to add new ways of displaying fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:1852 +msgid "All built-in fields have a default display implementation, a new form widget may be necessary to correctly interact with a new field type (e.g. a :term:`GIS` field) or to provide new representations and ways to interact with existing field types (e.g. validate :py:class:`~odoo.fields.Char` fields which should contain email addresses and display them as email links)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:1859 +msgid "To explicitly specify which form widget should be used to display a field, simply use the ``widget`` attribute in the view's XML description:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:1868 +msgid "the same widget is used in both \"view\" (read-only) and \"edit\" modes of a form view, it's not possible to use a widget in one and an other widget in the other" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:1871 +msgid "and a given field (name) can not be used multiple times in the same form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:1872 +msgid "a widget may ignore the current mode of the form view and remain the same in both view and edit modes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:1875 +msgid "most of this should probably move to an advanced form view guide" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:1877 +msgid "Fields are instantiated by the form view after it has read its XML description and constructed the corresponding HTML representing that description. After that, the form view will communicate with the field objects using some methods. These methods are defined by the ``FieldInterface`` interface. Almost all fields inherit the ``AbstractField`` abstract class. That class defines some default mechanisms that need to be implemented by most fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:1885 +msgid "Here are some of the responsibilities of a field class:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:1887 +msgid "The field class must display and allow the user to edit the value of the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:1888 +msgid "It must correctly implement the 3 field attributes available in all fields of Odoo. The ``AbstractField`` class already implements an algorithm that dynamically calculates the value of these attributes (they can change at any moment because their value change according to the value of other fields). Their values are stored in *Widget Properties* (the widget properties were explained earlier in this guide). It is the responsibility of each field class to check these widget properties and dynamically adapt depending of their values. Here is a description of each of these attributes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:1898 +msgid "``required``: The field must have a value before saving. If ``required`` is ``true`` and the field doesn't have a value, the method ``is_valid()`` of the field must return ``false``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:1901 +msgid "``invisible``: When this is ``true``, the field must be invisible. The ``AbstractField`` class already has a basic implementation of this behavior that fits most fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:1904 +msgid "``readonly``: When ``true``, the field must not be editable by the user. Most fields in Odoo have a completely different behavior depending on the value of ``readonly``. As example, the ``FieldChar`` displays an HTML ``<input>`` when it is editable and simply displays the text when it is read-only. This also means it has much more code it would need to implement only one behavior, but this is necessary to ensure a good user experience." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:1912 +msgid "Fields have two methods, ``set_value()`` and ``get_value()``, which are called by the form view to give it the value to display and get back the new value entered by the user. These methods must be able to handle the value as given by the Odoo server when a ``read()`` is performed on a model and give back a valid value for a ``write()``. Remember that the JavaScript/Python data types used to represent the values given by ``read()`` and given to ``write()`` is not necessarily the same in Odoo. As example, when you read a many2one, it is always a tuple whose first value is the id of the pointed record and the second one is the name get (ie: ``(15, \"Agrolait\")``). But when you write a many2one it must be a single integer, not a tuple anymore. ``AbstractField`` has a default implementation of these methods that works well for simple data type and set a widget property named ``value``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:1926 +msgid "Please note that, to better understand how to implement fields, you are strongly encouraged to look at the definition of the ``FieldInterface`` interface and the ``AbstractField`` class directly in the code of the Odoo web client." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:1932 +msgid "Creating a New Type of Field" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:1934 +msgid "In this part we will explain how to create a new type of field. The example here will be to re-implement the ``FieldChar`` class and progressively explain each part." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:1939 +msgid "Simple Read-Only Field" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:1941 +msgid "Here is a first implementation that will only display text. The user will not be able to modify the content of the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:1958 +msgid "In this example, we declare a class named ``FieldChar2`` inheriting from ``AbstractField``. We also register this class in the registry ``instance.web.form.widgets`` under the key ``char2``. That will allow us to use this new field in any form view by specifying ``widget=\"char2\"`` in the ``<field/>`` tag in the XML declaration of the view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:1964 +msgid "In this example, we define a single method: ``render_value()``. All it does is display the widget property ``value``. Those are two tools defined by the ``AbstractField`` class. As explained before, the form view will call the method ``set_value()`` of the field to set the value to display. This method already has a default implementation in ``AbstractField`` which simply sets the widget property ``value``. ``AbstractField`` also watch the ``change:value`` event on itself and calls the ``render_value()`` when it occurs. So, ``render_value()`` is a convenience method to implement in child classes to perform some operation each time the value of the field changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:1974 +msgid "In the ``init()`` method, we also define the default value of the field if none is specified by the form view (here we assume the default value of a ``char`` field should be an empty string)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:1979 +msgid "Read-Write Field" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:1981 +msgid "Read-only fields, which only display content and don't allow the user to modify it can be useful, but most fields in Odoo also allow editing. This makes the field classes more complicated, mostly because fields are supposed to handle both editable and non-editable mode, those modes are often completely different (for design and usability purpose) and the fields must be able to switch between modes at any moment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:1988 +msgid "To know in which mode the current field should be, the ``AbstractField`` class sets a widget property named ``effective_readonly``. The field should watch for changes in that widget property and display the correct mode accordingly. Example::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:2036 +msgid "In the ``start()`` method (which is called immediately after a widget has been appended to the DOM), we bind on the event ``change:effective_readonly``. That allows us to redisplay the field each time the widget property ``effective_readonly`` changes. This event handler will call ``display_field()``, which is also called directly in ``start()``. This ``display_field()`` was created specifically for this field, it's not a method defined in ``AbstractField`` or any other class. We can use this method to display the content of the field depending on the current mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:2045 +msgid "From now on the conception of this field is typical, except there is a lot of verifications to know the state of the ``effective_readonly`` property:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:2048 +msgid "In the QWeb template used to display the content of the widget, it displays an ``<input type=\"text\" />`` if we are in read-write mode and nothing in particular in read-only mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:2051 +msgid "In the ``display_field()`` method, we have to bind on the ``change`` event of the ``<input type=\"text\" />`` to know when the user has changed the value. When it happens, we call the ``internal_set_value()`` method with the new value of the field. This is a convenience method provided by the ``AbstractField`` class. That method will set a new value in the ``value`` property but will not trigger a call to ``render_value()`` (which is not necessary since the ``<input type=\"text\" />`` already contains the correct value)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:2059 +msgid "In ``render_value()``, we use a completely different code to display the value of the field depending if we are in read-only or in read-write mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:2062 +msgid "Create a Color Field" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:2064 +msgid "Create a ``FieldColor`` class. The value of this field should be a string containing a color code like those used in CSS (example: ``#FF0000`` for red). In read-only mode, this color field should display a little block whose color corresponds to the value of the field. In read-write mode, you should display an ``<input type=\"color\" />``. That type of ``<input />`` is an HTML5 component that doesn't work in all browsers but works well in Google Chrome. So it's OK to use as an exercise." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:2072 +msgid "You can use that widget in the form view of the ``message_of_the_day`` model for its field named ``color``. As a bonus, you can change the ``MessageOfTheDay`` widget created in the previous part of this guide to display the message of the day with the background color indicated in the ``color`` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:2137 +msgid "The Form View Custom Widgets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:2139 +msgid "Form fields are used to edit a single field, and are intrinsically linked to a field. Because this may be limiting, it is also possible to create *form widgets* which are not so restricted and have less ties to a specific lifecycle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:2144 +msgid "Custom form widgets can be added to a form view through the ``widget`` tag:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:2150 +msgid "This type of widget will simply be created by the form view during the creation of the HTML according to the XML definition. They have properties in common with the fields (like the ``effective_readonly`` property) but they are not assigned a precise field. And so they don't have methods like ``get_value()`` and ``set_value()``. They must inherit from the ``FormWidget`` abstract class." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:2157 +msgid "Form widgets can interact with form fields by listening for their changes and fetching or altering their values. They can access form fields through their :attr:`~odoo.web.form.FormWidget.field_manager` attribute::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:2177 +msgid ":attr:`~odoo.web.form.FormWidget` is generally the :class:`~odoo.web.form.FormView` itself, but features used from it should be limited to those defined by :class:`~odoo.web.form.FieldManagerMixin`, the most useful being:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:2182 +msgid ":func:`~odoo.web.form.FieldManagerMixin.get_field_value(field_name)` which returns the value of a field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:2184 +msgid ":func:`~odoo.web.form.FieldManagerMixin.set_values(values)` sets multiple field values, takes a mapping of ``{field_name: value_to_set}``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:2186 +msgid "An event :samp:`field_changed:{field_name}` is triggered any time the value of the field called ``field_name`` is changed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:2189 +msgid "Show Coordinates on Google Map" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:2191 +msgid "Add two fields to ``product.product`` storing a latitude and a longitude, then create a new form widget to display the latitude and longitude of a product's origin on a map" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:2195 +msgid "To display the map, use Google Map's embedding:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:2202 +msgid "where ``XXX`` should be replaced by the latitude and ``YYY`` by the longitude." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:2205 +msgid "Display the two position fields and a map widget using them in a new notebook page of the product's form view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:2237 +msgid "Get the Current Coordinate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:2239 +msgid "Add a button resetting the product's coordinates to the location of the user, you can get these coordinates using the `javascript geolocation API`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:2243 +msgid "Now we would like to display an additional button to automatically set the coordinates to the location of the current user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:2246 +msgid "To get the coordinates of the user, an easy way is to use the geolocation JavaScript API. `See the online documentation to know how to use it`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:2251 +msgid "Please also note that the user should not be able to click on that button when the form view is in read-only mode. So, this custom widget should handle correctly the ``effective_readonly`` property just like any field. One way to do this would be to make the button disappear when ``effective_readonly`` is true." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:2302 +msgid "as a separate concept from instances. In many languages classes are full-fledged objects and themselves instance (of metaclasses) but there remains two fairly separate hierarchies between classes and instances" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/web.rst:2306 +msgid "as well as papering over cross-browser differences, although this has become less necessary over time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:3 +msgid "Building a Website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:7 +msgid "This guide assumes `basic knowledge of Python <http://docs.python.org/2/tutorial/>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:9 +msgid "This guide assumes :ref:`an installed Odoo <setup/install>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:12 +msgid "Creating a basic module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:14 +msgid "In Odoo, tasks are performed by creating modules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:16 +msgid "Modules customize the behavior of an Odoo installation, either by adding new behaviors or by altering existing ones (including behaviors added by other modules)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:20 +msgid ":ref:`Odoo's scaffolding <reference/cmdline/scaffold>` can setup a basic module. To quickly get started simply invoke:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:27 +msgid "This will automatically create a ``my-modules`` *module directory* with an ``academy`` module inside. The directory can be an existing module directory if you want, but the module name must be unique within the directory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:32 +msgid "A demonstration module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:34 +msgid "We have a \"complete\" module ready for installation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:36 +msgid "Although it does absolutely nothing we can install it:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:38 +msgid "start the Odoo server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:44 +msgid "go to http://localhost:8069" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:45 +msgid "create a new database including demonstration data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:46 +msgid "to go :menuselection:`Settings --> Modules --> Modules`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:47 +msgid "in the top-right corner remove the *Installed* filter and search for *academy*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:49 +msgid "click the :guilabel:`Install` button for the *Academy* module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:52 +msgid "To the browser" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:54 +msgid ":ref:`Controllers <reference/controllers>` interpret browser requests and send data back." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:57 +msgid "Add a simple controller and ensure it is imported by ``__init__.py`` (so Odoo can find it):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:60 +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:96 +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:243 +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:301 +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:369 +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:384 +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:401 +msgid "``academy/controllers.py``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:72 +msgid "Shut down your server (:kbd:`^C`) then restart it:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:78 +msgid "and open a page to http://localhost:8069/academy/academy/, you should see your \"page\" appear:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:84 +msgid "Templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:86 +msgid "Generating HTML in Python isn't very pleasant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:88 +msgid "The usual solution is templates_, pseudo-documents with placeholders and display logic. Odoo allows any Python templating system, but provides its own :ref:`QWeb <reference/qweb>` templating system which integrates with other features." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:93 +msgid "Create a template and ensure the template file is registered in the ``__manifest__.py`` manifest, and alter the controller to use our template:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:107 +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:255 +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:313 +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:410 +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:429 +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:470 +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:497 +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:518 +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:532 +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:545 +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:969 +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:992 +msgid "``academy/templates.xml``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:121 +msgid "The templates iterates (``t-foreach``) on all the teachers (passed through the *template context*), and prints each teacher in its own paragraph." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:124 +msgid "Finally restart Odoo and update the module's data (to install the template) by going to :menuselection:`Settings --> Modules --> Modules --> Academy` and clicking :guilabel:`Upgrade`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:130 +msgid "Alternatively, Odoo can be restarted :option:`and update modules at the same time<odoo-bin -u>`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:137 +msgid "Going to http://localhost:8069/academy/academy/ should now result in:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:142 +msgid "Storing data in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:144 +msgid ":ref:`Odoo models <reference/orm/model>` map to database tables." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:146 +msgid "In the previous section we just displayed a list of string entered statically in the Python code. This doesn't allow modifications or persistent storage so we'll now move our data to the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:151 +msgid "Defining the data model" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:153 +msgid "Define a teacher model, and ensure it is imported from ``__init__.py`` so it is correctly loaded:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:156 +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:461 +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:656 +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:730 +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:796 +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:913 +msgid "``academy/models.py``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:166 +msgid "Then setup :ref:`basic access control <reference/security/acl>` for the model and add them to the manifest:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:169 +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:290 +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:586 +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:785 +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:846 +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:863 +msgid "``academy/__manifest__.py``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:178 +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:665 +msgid "``academy/security/ir.model.access.csv``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:184 +msgid "this simply gives read access (``perm_read``) to all users (``group_id:id`` left empty)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:189 +msgid ":ref:`Data files <reference/data>` (XML or CSV) must be added to the module manifest, Python files (models or controllers) don't but have to be imported from ``__init__.py`` (directly or indirectly)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:195 +msgid "the administrator user bypasses access control, they have access to all models even if not given access" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:199 +msgid "Demonstration data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:201 +msgid "The second step is to add some demonstration data to the system so it's possible to test it easily. This is done by adding a ``demo`` :ref:`data file <reference/data>`, which must be linked from the manifest:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:205 +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:884 +msgid "``academy/demo.xml``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:224 +msgid ":ref:`Data files <reference/data>` can be used for demo and non-demo data. Demo data are only loaded in \"demonstration mode\" and can be used for flow testing and demonstration, non-demo data are always loaded and used as initial system setup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:229 +msgid "In this case we're using demonstration data because an actual user of the system would want to input or import their own teachers list, this list is only useful for testing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:234 +msgid "Accessing the data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:236 +msgid "The last step is to alter model and template to use our demonstration data:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:238 +msgid "fetch the records from the database instead of having a static list" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:239 +msgid "Because :meth:`~odoo.models.Model.search` returns a set of records matching the filter (\"all records\" here), alter the template to print each teacher's ``name``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:269 +msgid "Restart the server and update the module (in order to update the manifest and templates and load the demo file) then navigate to http://localhost:8069/academy/academy/. The page should look slightly different: names should simply be prefixed by a number (the database identifier for the teacher)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:276 +msgid "Website support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:278 +msgid "Odoo bundles a module dedicated to building websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:280 +msgid "So far we've used controllers fairly directly, but Odoo 8 added deeper integration and a few other services (e.g. default styling, theming) via the ``website`` module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:284 +msgid "first, add ``website`` as a dependency to ``academy``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:285 +msgid "then add the ``website=True`` flag on the controller, this sets up a few new variables on :ref:`the request object <reference/http/request>` and allows using the website layout in our template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:288 +msgid "use the website layout in the template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:333 +msgid "After restarting the server while updating the module (in order to update the manifest and template) access http://localhost:8069/academy/academy/ should yield a nicer looking page with branding and a number of built-in page elements (top-level menu, footer, …)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:340 +msgid "The website layout also provides support for editing tools: click :guilabel:`Sign In` (in the top-right), fill the credentials in (``admin`` / ``admin`` by default) then click :guilabel:`Log In`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:344 +msgid "You're now in Odoo \"proper\": the administrative interface. For now click on the :guilabel:`Website` menu item (top-left corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:347 +msgid "We're back in the website but as an administrator, with access to advanced editing features provided by the *website* support:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:350 +msgid "a template code editor (:menuselection:`Customize --> HTML Editor`) where you can see and edit all templates used for the current page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:352 +msgid "the :guilabel:`Edit` button in the top-left switches to \"editing mode\" where blocks (snippets) and rich text editing are available" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:354 +msgid "a number of other features such as mobile preview or :abbr:`SEO (Search Engine Optimization)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:358 +msgid "URLs and routing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:360 +msgid "Controller methods are associated with *routes* via the :func:`~odoo.http.route` decorator which takes a routing string and a number of attributes to customise its behavior or security." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:364 +msgid "We've seen a \"literal\" routing string, which matches a URL section exactly, but routing strings can also use `converter patterns`_ which match bits of URLs and make those available as local variables. For instance we can create a new controller method which takes a bit of URL and prints it out:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:377 +msgid "restart Odoo, access http://localhost:8069/academy/Alice/ and http://localhost:8069/academy/Bob/ and see the difference." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:380 +msgid "As the name indicates, `converter patterns`_ don't just do extraction, they also do *validation* and *conversion*, so we can change the new controller to only accept integers:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:391 +msgid "Restart Odoo, access http://localhost:8069/academy/2, note how the old value was a string, but the new one was converted to an integers. Try accessing http://localhost:8069/academy/Carol/ and note that the page was not found: since \"Carol\" is not an integer, the route was ignored and no route could be found." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:397 +msgid "Odoo provides an additional converter called ``model`` which provides records directly when given their id. Let's use this to create a generic page for teacher biographies:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:426 +msgid "then change the list of model to link to our new controller:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:448 +msgid "Restart Odoo and upgrade the module, then you can visit each teacher's page. As an exercise, try adding blocks to a teacher's page to write a biography, then go to another teacher's page and so forth. You will discover, that your biography is shared between all teachers, because blocks are added to the *template*, and the *biography* template is shared between all teachers, when one page is edited they're all edited at the same time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:456 +msgid "Field editing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:458 +msgid "Data which is specific to a record should be saved on that record, so let us add a new biography field to our teachers:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:487 +msgid "Restart Odoo and update the views, reload the teacher's page and… the field is invisible since it contains nothing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:490 +msgid "the view has been set to noupdate because modified previously, force via ``-i`` or do something else?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:493 +msgid "For record fields, templates can use a special ``t-field`` directive which allows editing the field content from the website using field-specific interfaces. Change the *person* template to use ``t-field``:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:507 +msgid "Restart Odoo and upgrade the module, there is now a placeholder under the teacher's name and a new zone for blocks in :guilabel:`Edit` mode. Content dropped there is stored in the corresponding teacher's ``biography`` field, and thus specific to that teacher." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:512 +msgid "The teacher's name is also editable, and when saved the change is visible on the index page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:515 +msgid "``t-field`` can also take formatting options which depend on the exact field. For instance if we display the modification date for a teacher's record:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:529 +msgid "it is displayed in a very \"computery\" manner and hard to read, but we could ask for a human-readable version:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:543 +msgid "or a relative display:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:557 +msgid "Administration and ERP integration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:560 +msgid "A brief and incomplete introduction to the Odoo administration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:562 +msgid "The Odoo administration was briefly seen during the `website support`_ section. We can go back to it using :menuselection:`Administrator --> Administrator` in the menu (or :guilabel:`Sign In` if you're signed out)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:566 +msgid "The conceptual structure of the Odoo backend is simple:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:568 +msgid "first are menus, a tree (menus can have sub-menus) of records. Menus without children map to…" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:570 +msgid "actions. Actions have various types: links, reports, code which Odoo should execute or data display. Data display actions are called *window actions*, and tell Odoo to display a given *model* according to a set of views…" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:573 +msgid "a view has a type, a broad category to which it corresponds (a list, a graph, a calendar) and an *architecture* which customises the way the model is displayed inside the view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:578 +msgid "Editing in the Odoo administration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:580 +msgid "By default, an Odoo model is essentially invisible to a user. To make it visible it must be available through an action, which itself needs to be reachable, generally through a menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:584 +msgid "Let's create a menu for our model:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:596 +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:627 +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:675 +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:747 +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:806 +msgid "``academy/views.xml``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:613 +msgid "then accessing http://localhost:8069/web/ in the top left should be a menu :guilabel:`Academy`, which is selected by default, as it is the first menu, and having opened a listing of teachers. From the listing it is possible to :guilabel:`Create` new teacher records, and to switch to the \"form\" by-record view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:619 +msgid "If there is no definition of how to present records (a :ref:`view <reference/views>`) Odoo will automatically create a basic one on-the-fly. In our case it works for the \"list\" view for now (only displays the teacher's name) but in the \"form\" view the HTML ``biography`` field is displayed side-by-side with the ``name`` field and not given enough space. Let's define a custom form view to make viewing and editing teacher records a better experience:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:646 +msgid "We have seen a pair of \"basic\" fields stored directly in the record. There are :ref:`a number of basic fields <reference/fields/basic>`. The second broad categories of fields are :ref:`relational <reference/fields/relational>` and used to link records to one another (within a model or across models)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:652 +msgid "For demonstration, let's create a *courses* model. Each course should have a ``teacher`` field, linking to a single teacher record, but each teacher can teach many courses:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:672 +msgid "let's also add views so we can see and edit a course's teacher:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:725 +msgid "It should also be possible to create new courses directly from a teacher's page, or to see all the courses they teach, so add :class:`the inverse relationship <odoo.fields.One2many>` to the *teachers* model:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:769 +msgid "Discussions and notifications" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:771 +msgid "Odoo provides technical models, which don't directly fulfill business needs but which add capabilities to business objects without having to build them by hand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:775 +msgid "One of these is the *Chatter* system, part of Odoo's email and messaging system, which can add notifications and discussion threads to any model. The model simply has to :attr:`~odoo.models.Model._inherit` ``mail.thread``, and add the ``message_ids`` field to its form view to display the discussion thread. Discussion threads are per-record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:781 +msgid "For our academy, it makes sense to allow discussing courses to handle e.g. scheduling changes or discussions between teachers and assistants:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:826 +msgid "At the bottom of each course form, there is now a discussion thread and the possibility for users of the system to leave messages and follow or unfollow discussions linked to specific courses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:831 +msgid "Selling courses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:833 +msgid "Odoo also provides business models which allow using or opting in business needs more directly. For instance the ``website_sale`` module sets up an e-commerce site based on the products in the Odoo system. We can easily make course subscriptions sellable by making our courses specific kinds of products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:839 +msgid "Rather than the previous classical inheritance, this means replacing our *course* model by the *product* model, and extending products in-place (to add anything we need to it)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:843 +msgid "First of all we need to add a dependency on ``website_sale`` so we get both products (via ``sale``) and the ecommerce interface:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:857 +msgid "restart Odoo, update your module, there is now a :guilabel:`Shop` section in the website, listing a number of pre-filled (via demonstration data) products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:860 +msgid "The second step is to replace the *courses* model by ``product.template``, and add a new category of product for courses:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:874 +msgid "``academy/data.xml``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:923 +msgid "With this installed, a few courses are now available in the :guilabel:`Shop`, though they may have to be looked for." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:928 +msgid "to extend a model in-place, it's :attr:`inherited <odoo.models.Model._inherit>` without giving it a new :attr:`~odoo.models.Model._name`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:931 +msgid "``product.template`` already uses the discussions system, so we can remove it from our extension model" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:933 +msgid "we're creating our courses as *published* by default so they can be seen without having to log in" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:937 +msgid "Altering existing views" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:939 +msgid "So far, we have briefly seen:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:941 +msgid "the creation of new models" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:942 +msgid "the creation of new views" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:943 +msgid "the creation of new records" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:944 +msgid "the alteration of existing models" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:946 +msgid "We're left with the alteration of existing records and the alteration of existing views. We'll do both on the :guilabel:`Shop` pages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:949 +msgid "View alteration is done by creating *extension* views, which are applied on top of the original view and alter it. These alteration views can be added or removed without modifying the original, making it easier to try things out and roll changes back." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:954 +msgid "Since our courses are free, there is no reason to display their price on the shop page, so we're going to alter the view and hide the price if it's 0. The first task is finding out which view displays the price, this can be done via :menuselection:`Customize --> HTML Editor` which lets us read the various templates involved in rendering a page. Going through a few of them, \"Product item\" looks a likely culprit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:961 +msgid "Altering view architectures is done in 3 steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:963 +msgid "Create a new view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:964 +msgid "Extend the view to modify by setting the new view's ``inherit_id`` to the modified view's external id" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:966 +msgid "In the architecture, use the ``xpath`` tag to select and alter elements from the modified view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:978 +msgid "The second thing we will change is making the product categories sidebar visible by default: :menuselection:`Customize --> Product Categories` lets you toggle a tree of product categories (used to filter the main display) on and off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:983 +msgid "This is done via the ``customize_show`` and ``active`` fields of extension templates: an extension template (such as the one we've just created) can be *customize_show=True*. This choice will display the view in the :guilabel:`Customize` menu with a check box, allowing administrators to activate or disable them (and easily customize their website pages)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:989 +msgid "We simply need to modify the *Product Categories* record and set its default to *active=\"True\"*:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/howtos/website.rst:999 +msgid "With this, the *Product Categories* sidebar will automatically be enabled when the *Academy* module is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference.rst:5 +msgid "Reference" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:6 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/iot.rst:138 +msgid "Actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:8 +msgid "Actions define the behavior of the system in response to user actions: login, action button, selection of an invoice, ..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:11 +msgid "Actions can be stored in the database or returned directly as dictionaries in e.g. button methods. All actions share two mandatory attributes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:15 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/data.rst:135 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1120 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1156 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1454 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1742 +msgid "``type``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:15 +msgid "the category of the current action, determines which fields may be used and how the action is interpreted" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:18 +msgid "short user-readable description of the action, may be displayed in the client's interface" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:21 +msgid "A client can get actions in 4 forms:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:23 +msgid "``False``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:24 +msgid "if any action dialog is currently open, close it" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:26 +msgid "A string" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:26 +msgid "if a :ref:`client action <reference/actions/client>` matches, interpret as a client action's tag, otherwise treat as a number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:29 +msgid "A number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:29 +msgid "read the corresponding action record from the database, may be a database identifier or an :term:`external id`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:32 +msgid "A dictionary" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:32 +msgid "treat as a client action descriptor and execute" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:37 +msgid "Bindings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:39 +msgid "Aside from their two mandatory attributes, all actions also share *optional* attributes used to present an action in an arbitrary model's contextual menu:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:45 +msgid "``binding_model_id``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:43 +msgid "specifies which model the action is bound to" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:45 +msgid "For Server Actions, use ``model_id``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:55 +msgid "``binding_type``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:48 +msgid "specifies the type of binding, which is mostly which contextual menu the action will appear under" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:52 +msgid "``action`` (default)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:52 +msgid "Specifies that the action will appear in the :menuselection:`Action` contextual menu of the bound model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:55 +msgid "``report``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:55 +msgid "Specifies that the action will appear in the :menuselection:`Print` contextual menu of the bound model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:60 +msgid "``binding_view_types``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:58 +msgid "a comma-separated list of view types for which the action appears in the contextual menu, mostly \"list\" and / or \"form\". Defaults to ``list,form`` (both list and form )" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:65 +msgid "Window Actions (``ir.actions.act_window``)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:67 +msgid "The most common action type, used to present visualisations of a model through :ref:`views <reference/views>`: a window action defines a set of view types (and possibly specific views) for a model (and possibly specific record of the model)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:72 +msgid "Its fields are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:75 +msgid "model to present views for" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:77 +msgid "a list of ``(view_id, view_type)`` pairs. The second element of each pair is the category of the view (tree, form, graph, ...) and the first is an optional database id (or ``False``). If no id is provided, the client should fetch the default view of the specified type for the requested model (this is automatically done by :meth:`~odoo.models.Model.fields_view_get`). The first type of the list is the default view type and will be open by default when the action is executed. Each view type should be present at most once in the list" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:86 +msgid "if the default view is ``form``, specifies the record to load (otherwise a new record should be created)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:90 +msgid "``search_view_id`` (optional)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:89 +msgid "``(id, name)`` pair, ``id`` is the database identifier of a specific search view to load for the action. Defaults to fetching the default search view for the model" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:95 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:393 +msgid "``target`` (optional)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:93 +msgid "whether the views should be open in the main content area (``current``), in full screen mode (``fullscreen``) or in a dialog/popup (``new``). Use ``main`` instead of ``current`` to clear the breadcrumbs. Defaults to ``current``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:97 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:222 +msgid "``context`` (optional)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:98 +msgid "additional context data to pass to the views" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:99 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:624 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1891 +msgid "``domain`` (optional)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:100 +msgid "filtering domain to implicitly add to all view search queries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:103 +msgid "``limit`` (optional)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:102 +msgid "number of records to display in lists by default. Defaults to 80 in the web client" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:105 +msgid "For instance, to open customers (partner with the ``customer`` flag set) with list and form views::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:115 +msgid "Or to open the form view of a specific product (obtained separately) in a new dialog::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:126 +msgid "In-database window actions have a few different fields which should be ignored by clients, mostly to use in composing the ``views`` list:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:130 +msgid "``view_mode`` (default= ``tree,form`` )" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:130 +msgid "comma-separated list of view types as a string (/!\\\\ No spaces /!\\\\). All of these types will be present in the generated ``views`` list (with at least a ``False`` view_id)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:148 +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/odoo.rst:1025 +msgid "``view_ids``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:133 +msgid "M2M\\ [#notquitem2m]_ to view objects, defines the initial content of ``views``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:136 +msgid "Act_window views can also be defined cleanly through ``ir.actions.act_window.view``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:138 +msgid "If you plan to allow multiple views for your model, prefer using ir.actions.act_window.view instead of the action ``view_ids``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:153 +msgid "``view_id``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:151 +msgid "specific view added to the ``views`` list in case its type is part of the ``view_mode`` list and not already filled by one of the views in ``view_ids``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:155 +msgid "These are mostly used when defining actions from :ref:`reference/data`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:166 +msgid "will use the \"my_specific_view\" view even if that's not the default view for the model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:169 +msgid "The server-side composition of the ``views`` sequence is the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:171 +msgid "get each ``(id, type)`` from ``view_ids`` (ordered by ``sequence``)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:172 +msgid "if ``view_id`` is defined and its type isn't already filled, append its ``(id, type)``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:174 +msgid "for each unfilled type in ``view_mode``, append ``(False, type)``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:178 +msgid "``usage``?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:179 +msgid "``groups_id``?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:180 +msgid "``filter``?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:182 +msgid "technically not an M2M: adds a sequence field and may be composed of just a view type, without a view id." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:188 +msgid "URL Actions (``ir.actions.act_url``)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:190 +msgid "Allow opening a URL (website/web page) via an Odoo action. Can be customized via two fields:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:193 +msgid "``url``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:194 +msgid "the address to open when activating the action" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:196 +msgid "opens the address in a new window/page if ``new``, replaces the current content with the page if ``self``. Defaults to ``new``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:207 +msgid "will replace the current content section by the Odoo home page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:212 +msgid "Server Actions (``ir.actions.server``)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:216 +msgid "Allow triggering complex server code from any valid action location. Only two fields are relevant to clients:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:219 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/data.rst:70 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/data.rst:155 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/data.rst:232 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/data.rst:242 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:810 +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:107 +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:192 +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:504 +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:531 +msgid "``id``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:220 +msgid "the in-database identifier of the server action to run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:222 +msgid "context data to use when running the server action" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:224 +msgid "In-database records are significantly richer and can perform a number of specific or generic actions based on their ``state``. Some fields (and corresponding behaviors) are shared between states:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:229 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:433 +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/odoo.rst:1161 +msgid "``model_id``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:229 +msgid "Odoo model linked to the action." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:231 +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/odoo.rst:1019 +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/odoo.rst:1170 +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:545 +msgid "``state``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:233 +msgid "``code``: Executes python code given through the ``code`` argument." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:235 +msgid "``object_create``: Creates a new record of model ``crud_model_id`` following ``fields_lines`` specifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:237 +msgid "``object_write``: Updates the current record(s) following ``fields_lines`` specifications" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:239 +msgid "``multi``: Executes serveral actions given through the ``child_ids`` argument." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:242 +msgid "State fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:244 +msgid "Depending on its state, the behavior is defined through different fields. The concerned state is given after each field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:289 +msgid "``code`` (code)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:248 +msgid "Specify a piece of Python code to execute when the action is called" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:263 +msgid "The code segment can define a variable called ``action``, which will be returned to the client as the next action to execute:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:283 +msgid "will ask the client to open a form for the record if it fulfills some condition" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:291 +msgid "``crud_model_id`` (create)(required)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:292 +msgid "model in which to create a new record" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:295 +msgid "``link_field_id`` (create)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:294 +msgid "many2one to ``ir.model.fields``, specifies the current record's m2o field on which the newly created record should be set (models should match)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:309 +msgid "``fields_lines`` (create/write)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:298 +msgid "fields to override when creating or copying the record. :class:`~odoo.fields.One2many` with the fields:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:302 +msgid "``col1``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:302 +msgid "``ir.model.fields`` to set in the concerned model (``crud_model_id`` for creates, ``model_id`` for updates)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:304 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:827 +msgid "``value``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:305 +msgid "value for the field, interpreted via ``type``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:309 +msgid "``type`` (value|reference|equation)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:307 +msgid "If ``value``, the ``value`` field is interpreted as a literal value (possibly converted), if ``equation`` the ``value`` field is interpreted as a Python expression and evaluated" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:314 +msgid "``child_ids`` (multi)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:312 +msgid "Specify the multiple sub-actions (``ir.actions.server``) to enact in state multi. If sub-actions themselves return actions, the last one will be returned to the client as the multi's own next action" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:319 +msgid "Evaluation context" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:321 +msgid "A number of keys are available in the evaluation context of or surrounding server actions:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:324 +msgid "``model`` model object linked to the action via ``model_id``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:325 +msgid "``record``/``records`` record/recorset on which the action is triggered, can be void." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:326 +msgid "``env`` Odoo Environment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:327 +msgid "``datetime``, ``dateutil``, ``time``, ``timezone`` corresponding Python modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:328 +msgid "``log: log(message, level='info')`` logging function to record debug information in ir.logging table" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:329 +msgid "``Warning`` constructor for the ``Warning`` exception" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:334 +msgid "Report Actions (``ir.actions.report``)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:336 +msgid "Triggers the printing of a report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:338 +msgid "If you define your report through a `<record>` instead of a `<report>` tag and want the action to show up in the Print menu of the model's views, you will also need to specify ``binding_model_id`` from :ref:`reference/bindings`. It's not necessary to set ``binding_type`` to ``report``, since ``ir.actions.report`` will implicitly default to that." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:347 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/reports.rst:195 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:616 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:719 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:807 +msgid "``name`` (mandatory)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:346 +msgid "used as the file name if ``print_report_name`` is not specified. Otherwise, only useful as a mnemonic/description of the report when looking for one in a list of some sort" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:349 +msgid "``model`` (mandatory)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:350 +msgid "the model your report will be about" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:351 +msgid "``report_type`` (default=qweb-pdf)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:352 +msgid "either ``qweb-pdf`` for PDF reports or ``qweb-html`` for HTML" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:353 +msgid "``report_name`` (mandatory)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:354 +msgid "the name (:term:`external id`) of the qweb template used to render the report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:355 +msgid "``print_report_name``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:356 +msgid "python expression defining the name of the report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:358 +msgid "``groups_id``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:358 +msgid ":class:`~odoo.fields.Many2many` field to the groups allowed to view/use the current report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:360 +msgid "``multi``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:361 +msgid "if set to ``True``, the action will not be displayed on a form view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:363 +msgid "``paperformat_id``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:363 +msgid ":class:`~odoo.fields.Many2one` field to the paper format you wish to use for this report (if not specified, the company format will be used)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:370 +msgid "``attachment_use``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:366 +msgid "if set to ``True``, the report is only generated once the first time it is requested, and re-printed from the stored report afterwards instead of being re-generated every time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:370 +msgid "Can be used for reports which must only be generated once (e.g. for legal reasons)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:374 +msgid "``attachment``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:373 +msgid "python expression that defines the name of the report; the record is accessible as the variable ``object``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:379 +msgid "Client Actions (``ir.actions.client``)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:381 +msgid "Triggers an action implemented entirely in the client." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:384 +msgid "``tag``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:384 +msgid "the client-side identifier of the action, an arbitrary string which the client should know how to react to" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:387 +msgid "``params`` (optional)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:387 +msgid "a Python dictionary of additional data to send to the client, alongside the client action tag" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:390 +msgid "whether the client action should be open in the main content area (``current``), in full screen mode (``fullscreen``) or in a dialog/popup (``new``). Use ``main`` instead of ``current`` to clear the breadcrumbs. Defaults to ``current``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:402 +msgid "tells the client to start the Point of Sale interface, the server has no idea how the POS interface works." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:406 +msgid ":ref:`Tutorial: Client Actions <howtos/web/client_actions>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:411 +msgid "Automated Actions (``ir.cron``)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:413 +msgid "Actions triggered automatically on a predefined frequency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:416 +msgid "Name of the automated action (Mainly used in log display)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:419 +msgid "``interval_number``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:419 +msgid "Number of *interval_type* uom between two executions of the action" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:422 +msgid "``interval_type``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:422 +msgid "Unit of measure of frequency interval (``minutes``, ``hours``, ``days``, ``weeks``, ``months``," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:426 +msgid "``numbercall``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:425 +msgid "Number of times this action has to be run. If the action is expected to run indefinitely, set to ``-1``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:430 +msgid "``doall``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:429 +msgid "Boolean precising whether the missed actions have to be executed in case of server restarts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:433 +msgid "Model on which this action will be called" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:441 +msgid "``code``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:436 +msgid "Code content of the action. Can be a simple call to the model's method :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:443 +msgid "``nextcall``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/actions.rst:444 +msgid "Next planned execution date of this action (date/time format)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:6 +msgid "Command-line interface: odoo-bin" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:11 +msgid "Running the server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:17 +msgid "database(s) used when installing or updating modules. Providing a comma-separated list restrict access to databases provided in list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:21 +msgid "For advanced database options, take a look :ref:`below <reference/cmdline/server/database>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:25 +msgid "comma-separated list of modules to install before running the server (requires :option:`-d`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:30 +msgid "comma-separated list of modules to update before running the server (requires :option:`-d`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:35 +msgid "comma-separated list of directories in which modules are stored. These directories are scanned for modules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:42 +msgid "provide an alternate :ref:`configuration file <reference/cmdline/config>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:46 +msgid "saves the server configuration to the current configuration file (:file:`{$HOME}/.odoorc` by default, and can be overridden using :option:`-c`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:52 +msgid "disables demo data loading for modules installed comma-separated, use ``all`` for all modules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:57 +msgid "runs tests after installing modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:61 +msgid "select the tests to run by using tags." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:65 +msgid "Specify directory where to write screenshots when an HttpCase.browser_js test fails. It defaults to :file:`/tmp/odoo_tests/{db_name}/screenshots`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:70 +msgid "Enable screencasts and specify directory where to write screencasts files. The ``ffmpeg`` utility needs to be installed to encode frames into a video file. Otherwise frames will be kept instead of the video file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:77 +msgid "Database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:81 +msgid "database username, used to connect to PostgreSQL." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:85 +msgid "database password, if using `password authentication`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:89 +msgid "host for the database server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:91 +msgid "``localhost`` on Windows" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:92 +msgid "UNIX socket otherwise" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:96 +msgid "port the database listens on, defaults to 5432" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:100 +msgid "hides databases that do not match ``<filter>``. The filter is a `regular expression`_, with the additions that:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:103 +msgid "``%h`` is replaced by the whole hostname the request is made on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:104 +msgid "``%d`` is replaced by the subdomain the request is made on, with the exception of ``www`` (so domain ``odoo.com`` and ``www.odoo.com`` both match the database ``odoo``)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:108 +msgid "These operations are case sensitive. Add option ``(?i)`` to match all databases (so domain ``odoo.com`` using ``(?i)%d`` matches the database ``Odoo``)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:112 +msgid "Since version 11, it's also possible to restrict access to a given database listen by using the --database parameter and specifying a comma-separated list of databases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:116 +msgid "When combining the two parameters, db-filter supersedes the comma-separated database list for restricting database list, while the comma-separated list is used for performing requested operations like upgrade of modules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:124 +msgid "Restrict access to databases whose name starts with 11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:130 +msgid "Restrict access to only two databases, 11firstdatabase and 11seconddatabase" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:136 +msgid "Restrict access to only two databases, 11firstdatabase and 11seconddatabase, and update base module on one database: 11firstdatabase. If database 11seconddatabase doesn't exist, the database is created and base modules is installed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:145 +msgid "Restrict access to databases whose name starts with 11, and update base module on one database: 11firstdatabase. If database 11seconddatabase doesn't exist, the database is created and base modules is installed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:152 +msgid "when creating new databases from the database-management screens, use the specified `template database`_. Defaults to ``template0``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:157 +msgid "Path to the PostgreSQL binaries that are used by the database manager to dump and restore databases. You have to specify this option only if these binaries are located in a non-standard directory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:163 +msgid "Suppresses the ability to list databases available on the system" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:167 +msgid "Control the SSL security of the connection between Odoo and PostgreSQL. Value should bve one of 'disable', 'allow', 'prefer', 'require', 'verify-ca' or 'verify-full' Default value is 'prefer'" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:175 +msgid "Emails" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:179 +msgid "Email address used as <FROM> when Odoo needs to send mails" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:183 +msgid "Address of the SMTP server to connect to in order to send mails" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:189 +msgid "If set, odoo should use SSL/STARTSSL SMTP connections" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:193 +msgid "Username to connect to the SMTP server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:197 +msgid "Password to connect to the SMTP server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:202 +msgid "Internationalisation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:204 +msgid "Use these options to translate Odoo to another language. See i18n section of the user manual. Option '-d' is mandatory. Option '-l' is mandatory in case of importation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:210 +msgid "specifies the languages (separated by commas) for the translations you want to be loaded" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:215 +msgid "specify the language of the translation file. Use it with --i18n-export or --i18n-import" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:220 +msgid "export all sentences to be translated to a CSV file, a PO file or a TGZ archive and exit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:225 +msgid "import a CSV or a PO file with translations and exit. The '-l' option is required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:230 +msgid "overwrites existing translation terms on updating a module or importing a CSV or a PO file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:235 +msgid "specify modules to export. Use in combination with --i18n-export" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:240 +msgid "Advanced Options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:245 +msgid "Developer features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:249 +msgid "``all``: all the features below are activated" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:251 +msgid "``xml``: read template qweb from xml file directly instead of database. Once a template has been modified in database, it will be not be read from the xml file until the next update/init." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:255 +msgid "``reload``: restart server when python file are updated (may not be detected depending on the text editor used)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:258 +msgid "``qweb``: break in the evaluation of qweb template when a node contains ``t-debug='debugger'``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:260 +msgid "``(i)p(u)db``: start the chosen python debugger in the code when an unexpected error is raised before logging and returning the error." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:267 +msgid "HTTP" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:271 +msgid "do not start the HTTP or long-polling workers (may still start :ref:`cron <reference/actions/cron>` workers)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:274 +msgid "has no effect if :option:`--test-enable` is set, as tests require an accessible HTTP server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:279 +msgid "TCP/IP address on which the HTTP server listens, defaults to ``0.0.0.0`` (all addresses)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:284 +msgid "Port on which the HTTP server listens, defaults to 8069." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:288 +msgid "TCP port for long-polling connections in multiprocessing or gevent mode, defaults to 8072. Not used in default (threaded) mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:293 +msgid "enables the use of ``X-Forwarded-*`` headers through `Werkzeug's proxy support`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:296 +msgid "proxy mode *must not* be enabled outside of a reverse proxy scenario" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:302 +msgid "Logging" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:304 +msgid "By default, Odoo displays all logging of level_ ``info`` except for workflow logging (``warning`` only), and log output is sent to ``stdout``. Various options are available to redirect logging to other destinations and to customize the amount of logging output." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:311 +msgid "sends logging output to the specified file instead of stdout. On Unix, the file `can be managed by external log rotation programs <https://docs.python.org/3/library/logging.handlers.html#watchedfilehandler>`_ and will automatically be reopened when replaced" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:318 +msgid "logs to the system's event logger: `syslog on unices <https://docs.python.org/3/library/logging.handlers.html#sysloghandler>`_ and `the Event Log on Windows <https://docs.python.org/3/library/logging.handlers.html#nteventloghandler>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:321 +msgid "Neither is configurable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:325 +msgid "logs to the ``ir.logging`` model (``ir_logging`` table) of the specified database. The database can be the name of a database in the \"current\" PostgreSQL, or `a PostgreSQL URI`_ for e.g. log aggregation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:331 +msgid ":samp:`{LOGGER}:{LEVEL}`, enables ``LOGGER`` at the provided ``LEVEL`` e.g. ``odoo.models:DEBUG`` will enable all logging messages at or above ``DEBUG`` level in the models." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:335 +msgid "The colon ``:`` is mandatory" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:336 +msgid "The logger can be omitted to configure the root (default) handler" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:337 +msgid "If the level is omitted, the logger is set to ``INFO``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:339 +msgid "The option can be repeated to configure multiple loggers e.g." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:347 +msgid "enable DEBUG logging for RPC requests, equivalent to ``--log-handler=odoo.http.rpc.request:DEBUG``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:352 +msgid "enable DEBUG logging for RPC responses, equivalent to ``--log-handler=odoo.http.rpc.response:DEBUG``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:357 +msgid "enables DEBUG logging of HTTP requests and responses, equivalent to ``--log-handler=odoo.http:DEBUG``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:362 +msgid "enables DEBUG logging of SQL querying, equivalent to ``--log-handler=odoo.sql_db:DEBUG``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:367 +msgid "Shortcut to more easily set predefined levels on specific loggers. \"real\" levels (``critical``, ``error``, ``warn``, ``debug``) are set on the ``odoo`` and ``werkzeug`` loggers (except for ``debug`` which is only set on ``odoo``)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:372 +msgid "Odoo also provides debugging pseudo-levels which apply to different sets of loggers:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:377 +msgid "``debug_sql``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:376 +msgid "sets the SQL logger to ``debug``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:378 +msgid "equivalent to ``--log-sql``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:381 +msgid "``debug_rpc``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:380 +msgid "sets the ``odoo`` and HTTP request loggers to ``debug``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:382 +msgid "equivalent to ``--log-level debug --log-request``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:387 +msgid "``debug_rpc_answer``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:384 +msgid "sets the ``odoo`` and HTTP request and response loggers to ``debug``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:387 +msgid "equivalent to ``--log-level debug --log-request --log-response``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:391 +msgid "In case of conflict between :option:`--log-level` and :option:`--log-handler`, the latter is used" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:397 +msgid "Multiprocessing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:401 +msgid "if ``count`` is not 0 (the default), enables multiprocessing and sets up the specified number of HTTP workers (sub-processes processing HTTP and RPC requests)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:405 +msgid "multiprocessing mode is only available on Unix-based systems" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:407 +msgid "A number of options allow limiting and recycling workers:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:411 +msgid "Number of requests a worker will process before being recycled and restarted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:414 +msgid "Defaults to *8196*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:418 +msgid "Maximum allowed virtual memory per worker. If the limit is exceeded, the worker is killed and recycled at the end of the current request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:421 +msgid "Defaults to *2048MiB*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:425 +msgid "Hard limit on virtual memory, any worker exceeding the limit will be immediately killed without waiting for the end of the current request processing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:429 +msgid "Defaults to *2560MiB*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:433 +msgid "Prevents the worker from using more than <limit> CPU seconds for each request. If the limit is exceeded, the worker is killed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:436 +msgid "Defaults to *60*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:440 +msgid "Prevents the worker from taking longer than <limit> seconds to process a request. If the limit is exceeded, the worker is killed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:443 +msgid "Differs from :option:`--limit-time-cpu` in that this is a \"wall time\" limit including e.g. SQL queries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:446 +msgid "Defaults to *120*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:450 +msgid "number of workers dedicated to :ref:`cron <reference/actions/cron>` jobs. Defaults to *2*. The workers are threads in multi-threading mode and processes in multi-processing mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:453 +msgid "For multi-processing mode, this is in addition to the HTTP worker processes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:458 +msgid "Configuration file" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:462 +msgid "Most of the command-line options can also be specified via a configuration file. Most of the time, they use similar names with the prefix ``-`` removed and other ``-`` are replaced by ``_`` e.g. :option:`--db-template` becomes ``db_template``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:467 +msgid "Some conversions don't match the pattern:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:469 +msgid ":option:`--db-filter` becomes ``dbfilter``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:470 +msgid ":option:`--no-http` corresponds to the ``http_enable`` boolean" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:471 +msgid "logging presets (all options starting with ``--log-`` except for :option:`--log-handler` and :option:`--log-db`) just add content to ``log_handler``, use that directly in the configuration file" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:474 +msgid ":option:`--smtp` is stored as ``smtp_server``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:475 +msgid ":option:`--database` is stored as ``db_name``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:476 +msgid ":option:`--i18n-import` and :option:`--i18n-export` aren't available at all from configuration files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:479 +msgid "The default configuration file is :file:`{$HOME}/.odoorc` which can be overridden using :option:`--config <odoo-bin -c>`. Specifying :option:`--save <odoo-bin -s>` will save the current configuration state back to that file. The configuration items relative to the command-line are to be specified in the section ``[options]``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:485 +msgid "Here is a sample file:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:509 +msgid "Shell" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:511 +msgid "Odoo command-line also allows to launch odoo as a python console environment. This enables direct interaction with the :ref:`orm <reference/orm>` and its functionalities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:521 +msgid "Specify a preferred REPL to use in shell mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:527 +msgid "Scaffolding" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:531 +msgid "Scaffolding is the automated creation of a skeleton structure to simplify bootstrapping (of new modules, in the case of Odoo). While not necessary it avoids the tedium of setting up basic structures and looking up what all starting requirements are." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:536 +msgid "Scaffolding is available via the :command:`odoo-bin scaffold` subcommand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:544 +msgid "the name of the module to create, may munged in various manners to generate programmatic names (e.g. module directory name, model names, …)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:549 +msgid "directory in which to create the new module, defaults to the current directory" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:554 +msgid "a template directory, files are passed through jinja2_ then copied to the ``destination`` directory" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:558 +msgid "This will create module *my_module* in directory */addons/*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:563 +msgid "Database Population" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:567 +msgid "Odoo CLI supports database population features. If the feature is :ref:`implemented on a given model <reference/testing/populate/methods>`, it allows automatic data generation of the model's records to test your modules in databases containing non-trivial amounts of records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:577 +msgid "list of models for which the database should be filled" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:581 +msgid "population size, the actual records number depends on the model's `_populate_sizes` attribute. The generated records content is specified by the :meth:`~odoo.models._populate_factories` method of a given model (cf. the :file:`populate` folder of modules for further details)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:587 +msgid ":ref:`reference/testing/populate`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:591 +msgid "Cloc" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:595 +msgid "Odoo Cloc is a tool to count the number of relevant lines written in Python, Javascript or XML. This can be used as a rough metric for pricing maintenance of extra modules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:600 +msgid "Command-line options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:605 +msgid "Process the code of all extra modules installed on the provided database, and of all server actions and computed fields manually created in the provided database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:607 +msgid "The :option:`--addons-path` option is required to specify the path(s) to the module folder(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:610 +msgid "If combined with :option:`--path`, the count will be that of the sum of both options' results (with possible overlaps). At least one of these two options is required to specify which code to process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:617 +msgid ":ref:`reference/cmdline/cloc/database-option`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:622 +msgid "Process the files in the provided path." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:625 +msgid "If combined with :option:`--database`, the count will be that of the sum of both options' results (with possible overlaps). At least one of these two options is required to specify which code to process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:632 +msgid "Multiple paths can be provided by repeating the option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:639 +msgid ":ref:`reference/cmdline/cloc/path-option`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:645 +msgid "Comma-separated list of directories in which modules are stored. These directories are scanned for modules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:646 +msgid "Required if the :option:`--database` option is used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:651 +msgid "Specify a configuration file to use in place of the :option:`--addons-path` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:660 +msgid "Show the details of lines counted for each file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:664 +msgid "Processed files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:669 +msgid "With the :option:`--database` option" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:671 +msgid "Odoo Cloc counts the lines in each file of extra installed modules in a given database. In addition, it counts the Python lines of server actions and custom computed fields that have been directly created in the database or imported." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:676 +msgid "Some files are excluded from the count by default:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:678 +msgid "The manifest (:file:`__manifest__.py` or :file:`__openerp__.py`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:679 +msgid "The contents of the folder :file:`static/lib`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:680 +msgid "The tests defined in the folder :file:`tests` and :file:`static/tests`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:681 +msgid "The migrations scripts defined in the folder :file:`migrations`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:682 +msgid "The XML files declared in the ``demo`` or ``demo_xml`` sections of the manifest" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:684 +msgid "For special cases, a list of files that should be ignored by Odoo Cloc can be defined per module. This is specified by the ``cloc_exclude`` entry of the manifest:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:696 +msgid "The pattern ``**/*`` can be used to ignore an entire module. This can be useful to exclude a module from maintenance service costs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:698 +msgid "For more information about the pattern syntax, see `glob <https://docs.python.org/3/library/pathlib.html#pathlib.Path.glob>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:705 +msgid "With the :option:`--path` option" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:707 +msgid "This method works the same as with the :ref:`--database option <reference/cmdline/cloc/database-option>` if a manifest file is present in the given folder. Otherwise, it counts all files." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:713 +msgid "Identifying Extra Modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:715 +msgid "To distinguish between standard and extra modules, Odoo Cloc uses the following heuristic: modules that are located (real file system path, after following symbolic links) in the same parent directory as the ``base``, ``web`` or ``web_enterprise`` standard modules are considered standard. Other modules are treated as extra modules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:722 +msgid "Error Handling" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:724 +msgid "Some file cannot be counted by Odoo Cloc. Those file are reported at the end of the output." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:728 +msgid "Max file size exceeded" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:730 +msgid "Odoo Cloc rejects any file larger than 25MB. Usually, source files are smaller than 1 MB. If a file is rejected, it may be:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:733 +msgid "A generated XML file that contains lots of data. It should be excluded in the manifest." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:734 +msgid "A JavaScript library that should be placed in the :file:`static/lib` folder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:737 +msgid "Syntax Error" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/cmdline.rst:739 +msgid "Odoo Cloc cannot count the lines of code of a Python file with a syntax problem. If an extra module contains such files, they should be fixed to allow the module to load. If the module works despite the presence of those files, they are probably not loaded and should therefore be removed from the module, or at least excluded in the manifest via ``cloc_exclude``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/data.rst:6 +msgid "Data Files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/data.rst:8 +msgid "Odoo is greatly data-driven, and a big part of modules definition is thus the definition of the various records it manages: UI (menus and views), security (access rights and access rules), reports and plain data are all defined via records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/data.rst:16 +msgid "The main way to define data in Odoo is via XML data files: The broad structure of an XML data file is the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/data.rst:19 +msgid "Any number of operation elements within the root element ``odoo``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/data.rst:30 +msgid "Data files are executed sequentially, operations can only refer to the result of operations defined previously" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/data.rst:35 +msgid "If the content of the data file is expected to be applied only once, you can specify the odoo flag ``noupdate`` set to 1. If part of the data in the file is expected to be applied once, you can place this part of the file in a <data noupdate=\"1\"> domain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/data.rst:53 +msgid "Core operations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/data.rst:58 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:387 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1270 +msgid "``record``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/data.rst:60 +msgid "``record`` appropriately defines or updates a database record, it has the following attributes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/data.rst:63 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/data.rst:153 +msgid "``model`` (required)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/data.rst:64 +msgid "name of the model to create (or update)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/data.rst:66 +msgid "the :term:`external identifier` for this record. It is strongly recommended to provide one" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/data.rst:69 +msgid "for record creation, allows subsequent definitions to either modify or refer to this record" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/data.rst:71 +msgid "for record modification, the record to modify" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/data.rst:73 +msgid "context to use when creating the record" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/data.rst:77 +msgid "``forcecreate``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/data.rst:75 +msgid "in update mode whether the record should be created if it doesn't exist" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/data.rst:77 +msgid "Requires an :term:`external id`, defaults to ``True``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/data.rst:80 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:369 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:881 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1232 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1560 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1878 +msgid "``field``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/data.rst:82 +msgid "Each record can be composed of ``field`` tags, defining values to set when creating the record. A ``record`` with no ``field`` will use all default values (creation) or do nothing (update)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/data.rst:86 +msgid "A ``field`` has a mandatory ``name`` attribute, the name of the field to set, and various methods to define the value itself:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/data.rst:91 +msgid "Nothing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/data.rst:90 +msgid "if no value is provided for the field, an implicit ``False`` will be set on the field. Can be used to clear a field, or avoid using a default value for the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/data.rst:98 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/data.rst:159 +msgid "``search``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/data.rst:94 +msgid "for :ref:`relational fields <reference/fields/relational>`, should be a :ref:`domain <reference/orm/domains>` on the field's model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/data.rst:97 +msgid "Will evaluate the domain, search the field's model using it and set the search's result as the field's value. Will only use the first result if the field is a :class:`~odoo.fields.Many2one`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/data.rst:104 +msgid "``ref``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/data.rst:101 +msgid "if a ``ref`` attribute is provided, its value must be a valid :term:`external id`, which will be looked up and set as the field's value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/data.rst:104 +msgid "Mostly for :class:`~odoo.fields.Many2one` and :class:`~odoo.fields.Reference` fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/data.rst:107 +msgid "if a ``type`` attribute is provided, it is used to interpret and convert the field's content. The field's content can be provided through an external file using the ``file`` attribute, or through the node's body." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/data.rst:111 +msgid "Available types are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/data.rst:115 +msgid "``xml``, ``html``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/data.rst:114 +msgid "extracts the ``field``'s children as a single document, evaluates any :term:`external id` specified with the form ``%(external_id)s``. ``%%`` can be used to output actual *%* signs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/data.rst:118 +msgid "``file``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/data.rst:118 +msgid "ensures that the field content is a valid file path in the current model, saves the pair :samp:`{module},{path}` as the field value" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/data.rst:121 +msgid "``char``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/data.rst:121 +msgid "sets the field content directly as the field's value without alterations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/data.rst:124 +msgid "``base64``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/data.rst:124 +msgid "base64_-encodes the field's content, useful combined with the ``file`` *attribute* to load e.g. image data into attachments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/data.rst:127 +msgid "``int``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/data.rst:127 +msgid "converts the field's content to an integer and sets it as the field's value" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/data.rst:130 +msgid "``float``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/data.rst:130 +msgid "converts the field's content to a float and sets it as the field's value" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/data.rst:135 +msgid "``list``, ``tuple``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/data.rst:133 +msgid "should contain any number of ``value`` elements with the same properties as ``field``, each element resolves to an item of a generated tuple or list, and the generated collection is set as the field's value" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/data.rst:145 +msgid "``eval``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/data.rst:138 +msgid "for cases where the previous methods are unsuitable, the ``eval`` attributes simply evaluates whatever Python expression it is provided and sets the result as the field's value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/data.rst:142 +msgid "The evaluation context contains various modules (``time``, ``datetime``, ``timedelta``, ``relativedelta``), a function to resolve :term:`external identifiers` (``ref``) and the model object for the current field if applicable (``obj``)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/data.rst:148 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1314 +msgid "``delete``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/data.rst:150 +msgid "The ``delete`` tag can remove any number of records previously defined. It has the following attributes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/data.rst:154 +msgid "the model in which a specified record should be deleted" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/data.rst:156 +msgid "the :term:`external id` of a record to remove" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/data.rst:158 +msgid "a :ref:`domain <reference/orm/domains>` to find records of the model to remove" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/data.rst:161 +msgid "``id`` and ``search`` are exclusive" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/data.rst:164 +msgid "``function``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/data.rst:166 +msgid "The ``function`` tag calls a method on a model, with provided parameters. It has two mandatory parameters ``model`` and ``name`` specifying respectively the model and the name of the method to call." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/data.rst:170 +msgid "Parameters can be provided using ``eval`` (should evaluate to a sequence of parameters to call the method with) or ``value`` elements (see ``list`` values)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/data.rst:200 +msgid "Shortcuts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/data.rst:202 +msgid "Because some important structural models of Odoo are complex and involved, data files provide shorter alternatives to defining them using :ref:`record tags <reference/data/record>`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/data.rst:207 +msgid "``menuitem``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/data.rst:209 +msgid "Defines an ``ir.ui.menu`` record with a number of defaults and fallbacks:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/data.rst:218 +msgid "``parent``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/data.rst:212 +msgid "If a ``parent`` attribute is set, it should be the :term:`external id` of an other menu item, used as the new item's parent" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/data.rst:214 +msgid "If no ``parent`` is provided, tries to interpret the ``name`` attribute as a ``/``-separated sequence of menu names and find a place in the menu hierarchy. In that interpretation, intermediate menus are automatically created" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/data.rst:218 +msgid "Otherwise the menu is defined as a \"top-level\" menu item (*not* a menu with no parent)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/data.rst:221 +msgid "If no ``name`` attribute is specified, tries to get the menu name from a linked action if any. Otherwise uses the record's ``id``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/data.rst:226 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/data.rst:250 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:837 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1499 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1873 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1983 +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/odoo.rst:1175 +msgid "``groups``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/data.rst:224 +msgid "A ``groups`` attribute is interpreted as a comma-separated sequence of :term:`external identifiers` for ``res.groups`` models. If an :term:`external identifier` is prefixed with a minus (``-``), the group is *removed* from the menu's groups" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/data.rst:229 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1454 +msgid "``action``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/data.rst:229 +msgid "if specified, the ``action`` attribute should be the :term:`external id` of an action to execute when the menu is open" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/data.rst:232 +msgid "the menu item's :term:`external id`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/data.rst:237 +msgid "``template``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/data.rst:239 +msgid "Creates a :ref:`QWeb view <reference/views/qweb>` requiring only the ``arch`` section of the view, and allowing a few *optional* attributes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/data.rst:243 +msgid "the view's :term:`external identifier`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/data.rst:245 +msgid "``name``, ``inherit_id``, ``priority``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/data.rst:245 +msgid "same as the corresponding field on ``ir.ui.view`` (nb: ``inherit_id`` should be an :term:`external identifier`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/data.rst:248 +msgid "``primary``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/data.rst:248 +msgid "if set to ``True`` and combined with a ``inherit_id``, defines the view as a primary" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/data.rst:251 +msgid "comma-separated list of group :term:`external identifiers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/data.rst:253 +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:282 +msgid "``page``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/data.rst:253 +msgid "if set to ``\"True\"``, the template is a website page (linkable to, deletable)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/data.rst:258 +msgid "``optional``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/data.rst:256 +msgid "``enabled`` or ``disabled``, whether the view can be disabled (in the website interface) and its default status. If unset, the view is always enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/data.rst:264 +msgid "CSV data files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/data.rst:266 +msgid "XML data files are flexible and self-descriptive, but very verbose when creating a number of simple records of the same model in bulk." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/data.rst:269 +msgid "For this case, data files can also use csv_, this is often the case for :ref:`access rights <reference/security/acl>`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/data.rst:272 +msgid "the file name is :file:`{model_name}.csv`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/data.rst:273 +msgid "the first row lists the fields to write, with the special field ``id`` for :term:`external identifiers` (used for creation or update)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/data.rst:275 +msgid "each row thereafter creates a new record" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/data.rst:277 +msgid "Here's the first lines of the data file defining US states ``res.country.state.csv``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/data.rst:283 +msgid "rendered in a more readable format:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/static/res.country.state.csv:1 +msgid "id" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/static/res.country.state.csv:1 +msgid "country_id:id" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/static/res.country.state.csv:1 +msgid "name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/static/res.country.state.csv:1 +msgid "code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/static/res.country.state.csv:1 +msgid "state_au_1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/static/res.country.state.csv:1 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/static/res.country.state.csv:1 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/static/res.country.state.csv:1 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/static/res.country.state.csv:1 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/static/res.country.state.csv:1 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/static/res.country.state.csv:1 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/static/res.country.state.csv:1 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/static/res.country.state.csv:1 +msgid "au" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/static/res.country.state.csv:1 +msgid "Australian Capital Territory" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/static/res.country.state.csv:1 +msgid "ACT" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/static/res.country.state.csv:1 +msgid "state_au_2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/static/res.country.state.csv:1 +msgid "New South Wales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/static/res.country.state.csv:1 +msgid "NSW" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/static/res.country.state.csv:1 +msgid "state_au_3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/static/res.country.state.csv:1 +msgid "Northern Territory" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/static/res.country.state.csv:1 +msgid "NT" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/static/res.country.state.csv:1 +msgid "state_au_4" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/static/res.country.state.csv:1 +msgid "Queensland" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/static/res.country.state.csv:1 +msgid "QLD" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/static/res.country.state.csv:1 +msgid "state_au_5" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/static/res.country.state.csv:1 +msgid "South Australia" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/static/res.country.state.csv:1 +msgid "SA" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/static/res.country.state.csv:1 +msgid "state_au_6" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/static/res.country.state.csv:1 +msgid "Tasmania" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/static/res.country.state.csv:1 +msgid "TAS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/static/res.country.state.csv:1 +msgid "state_au_7" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/static/res.country.state.csv:1 +msgid "Victoria" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/static/res.country.state.csv:1 +msgid "VIC" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/static/res.country.state.csv:1 +msgid "state_au_8" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/static/res.country.state.csv:1 +msgid "Western Australia" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/static/res.country.state.csv:1 +msgid "WA" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/static/res.country.state.csv:1 +msgid "state_us_1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/static/res.country.state.csv:1 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/static/res.country.state.csv:1 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/static/res.country.state.csv:1 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/static/res.country.state.csv:1 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/static/res.country.state.csv:1 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/static/res.country.state.csv:1 +msgid "us" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/static/res.country.state.csv:1 +msgid "Alabama" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/static/res.country.state.csv:1 +msgid "AL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/static/res.country.state.csv:1 +msgid "state_us_2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/static/res.country.state.csv:1 +msgid "Alaska" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/static/res.country.state.csv:1 +msgid "AK" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/static/res.country.state.csv:1 +msgid "state_us_3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/static/res.country.state.csv:1 +msgid "Arizona" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/static/res.country.state.csv:1 +msgid "AZ" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/static/res.country.state.csv:1 +msgid "state_us_4" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/static/res.country.state.csv:1 +msgid "Arkansas" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/static/res.country.state.csv:1 +msgid "AR" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/static/res.country.state.csv:1 +msgid "state_us_5" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/static/res.country.state.csv:1 +msgid "California" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/static/res.country.state.csv:1 +msgid "CA" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/static/res.country.state.csv:1 +msgid "state_us_6" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/static/res.country.state.csv:1 +msgid "Colorado" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/static/res.country.state.csv:1 +msgid "CO" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/data.rst:290 +msgid "For each row (record):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/data.rst:292 +msgid "the first column is the :term:`external id` of the record to create or update" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/data.rst:294 +msgid "the second column is the :term:`external id` of the country object to link to (country objects must have been defined beforehand)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/data.rst:296 +msgid "the third column is the ``name`` field for ``res.country.state``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/data.rst:297 +msgid "the fourth column is the ``code`` field for ``res.country.state``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:8 +msgid "Odoo Guidelines" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:10 +msgid "This page introduces the Odoo Coding Guidelines. Those aim to improve the quality of Odoo Apps code. Indeed proper code improves readability, eases maintenance, helps debugging, lowers complexity and promotes reliability. These guidelines should be applied to every new module and to all new development." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:17 +msgid "When modifying existing files in **stable version** the original file style strictly supersedes any other style guidelines. In other words please never modify existing files in order to apply these guidelines. It avoids disrupting the revision history of code lines. Diff should be kept minimal. For more details, see our `pull request guide <https://odoo.com/submit-pr>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:25 +msgid "When modifying existing files in **master (development) version** apply those guidelines to existing code only for modified code or if most of the file is under revision. In other words modify existing files structure only if it is going under major changes. In that case first do a **move** commit then apply the changes related to the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:35 +msgid "Directories" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:36 +msgid "A module is organized in important directories. Those contain the business logic; having a look at them should make you understand the purpose of the module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:39 +msgid "*data/* : demo and data xml" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:40 +msgid "*models/* : models definition" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:41 +msgid "*controllers/* : contains controllers (HTTP routes)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:42 +msgid "*views/* : contains the views and templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:43 +msgid "*static/* : contains the web assets, separated into *css/, js/, img/, lib/, ...*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:45 +msgid "Other optional directories compose the module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:47 +msgid "*wizard/* : regroups the transient models (``models.TransientModel``) and their views" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:48 +msgid "*report/* : contains the printable reports and models based on SQL views. Python objects and XML views are included in this directory" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:49 +msgid "*tests/* : contains the Python tests" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:53 +msgid "File naming" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:55 +msgid "File naming is important to quickly find information through all odoo addons. This section explains how to name files in a standard odoo module. As an example we use a `plant nursery <https://github.com/tivisse/odoodays-2018/tree/master/plant_nursery>`_ application. It holds two main models *plant.nursery* and *plant.order*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:60 +msgid "Concerning *models*, split the business logic by sets of models belonging to a same main model. Each set lies in a given file named based on its main model. If there is only one model, its name is the same as the module name. Each inherited model should be in its own file to help understanding of impacted models." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:74 +msgid "Concerning *security* and access rights and rules two main files should be used. First one is the definition of access rights done in a ``ir.model.access.csv`` file. User groups are defined in ``<module>_groups.xml``. Access rules are defined in ``<model>_security.xml``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:88 +msgid "Concerning *views*, backend views should be split like models and suffixed by ``_views.xml``. Backend views are list, form, kanban, activity, graph, pivot, .. views. To ease split by model in views main menus not linked to specific actions may be extracted into an optional ``<module>_menus.xml`` file. Templates (QWeb pages used notably for portal / website display) and bundles (import of JS and CSS assets) are put in separate files. Those are respectively ``<model>_templates.xml`` and ``assets.xml`` files." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:108 +msgid "Concerning *data*, split them by purpose (demo or data) and main model. Filenames will be the main_model name suffixed by ``_demo.xml`` or ``_data.xml``. For instance for an application having demo and data for its main model as well as subtypes, activities and mail templates all related to mail module:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:121 +msgid "Concerning *controllers*, generally all controllers belong to a single controller contained in a file named ``<module_name>.py``. An old convention in Odoo is to name this file ``main.py`` but it is considered as outdated. If you need to inherit an existing controller from another module do it in ``<inherited_module_name>.py``. For example adding portal controller in an application is done in ``portal.py``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:135 +msgid "Concerning *static files*, Javascript files follow globally the same logic as python models. Each component should be in its own file with a meaningful name. For instance, the activity widgets are located in ``activity.js`` of mail module. Subdirectories can also be created to structure the 'package' (see web module for more details). The same logic should be applied for the templates of JS widgets (static XML files) and for their styles (scss files). Don't link data (image, libraries) outside Odoo: do not use an URL to an image but copy it in the codebase instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:144 +msgid "Concerning *wizards*, naming convention is the same of for python models: ``<transient>.py`` and ``<transient>_views.xml``. Both are put in the wizard directory. This naming comes from old odoo applications using the wizard keyword for transient models." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:156 +msgid "Concerning *statistics reports* done with python / SQL views and classic views naming is the following :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:166 +msgid "Concerning *printable reports* which contain mainly data preparation and Qweb templates naming is the following :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:176 +msgid "The complete tree of our Odoo module therefore looks like" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:235 +msgid "File names should only contain ``[a-z0-9_]`` (lowercase alphanumerics and ``_``)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:238 +msgid "Use correct file permissions : folder 755 and file 644." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:243 +msgid "XML files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:246 +msgid "Format" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:247 +msgid "To declare a record in XML, the **record** notation (using *<record>*) is recommended:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:249 +msgid "Place ``id`` attribute before ``model``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:250 +msgid "For field declaration, ``name`` attribute is first. Then place the *value* either in the ``field`` tag, either in the ``eval`` attribute, and finally other attributes (widget, options, ...) ordered by importance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:255 +msgid "Try to group the record by model. In case of dependencies between action/menu/views, this convention may not be applicable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:257 +msgid "Use naming convention defined at the next point" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:258 +msgid "The tag *<data>* is only used to set not-updatable data with ``noupdate=1``. If there is only not-updatable data in the file, the ``noupdate=1`` can be set on the ``<odoo>`` tag and do not set a ``<data>`` tag." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:276 +msgid "Odoo supports custom tags acting as syntactic sugar:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:278 +msgid "menuitem: use it as a shortcut to declare a ``ir.ui.menu``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:279 +msgid "template: use it to declare a QWeb View requiring only the ``arch`` section of the view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:280 +msgid "report: use to declare a :ref:`report action <reference/actions/report>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:281 +msgid "act_window: use it if the record notation can't do what you want" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:283 +msgid "The 4 first tags are preferred over the *record* notation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:287 +msgid "XML IDs and naming" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:290 +msgid "Security, View and Action" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:292 +msgid "Use the following pattern :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:294 +msgid "For a menu: :samp:`{<model_name>}_menu`, or :samp:`{<model_name>}_menu_{do_stuff}` for submenus." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:295 +msgid "For a view: :samp:`{<model_name>}_view_{<view_type>}`, where *view_type* is ``kanban``, ``form``, ``tree``, ``search``, ..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:297 +msgid "For an action: the main action respects :samp:`{<model_name>}_action`. Others are suffixed with :samp:`_{<detail>}`, where *detail* is a lowercase string briefly explaining the action. This is used only if multiple actions are declared for the model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:301 +msgid "For window actions: suffix the action name by the specific view information like :samp:`{<model_name>}_action_view_{<view_type>}`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:303 +msgid "For a group: :samp:`{<module_name>}_group_{<group_name>}` where *group_name* is the name of the group, generally 'user', 'manager', ..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:305 +msgid "For a rule: :samp:`{<model_name>}_rule_{<concerned_group>}` where *concerned_group* is the short name of the concerned group ('user' for the 'model_name_group_user', 'public' for public user, 'company' for multi-company rules, ...)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:310 +msgid "Name should be identical to xml id with dots replacing underscores. Actions should have a real naming as it is used as display name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:364 +msgid "Inheriting XML" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:366 +msgid "Xml Ids of inheriting views should use the same ID as the original record. It helps finding all inheritance at a glance. As final Xml Ids are prefixed by the module that creates them there is no overlap." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:370 +msgid "Naming should contain an ``.inherit.{details}`` suffix to ease understanding the override purpose when looking at its name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:381 +msgid "New primary views do not require the inherit suffix as those are new records based upon the first one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:396 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:332 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/security.rst:355 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/security.rst:357 +msgid "Python" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:400 +msgid "Do not forget to read the :ref:`Security Pitfalls <reference/security/pitfalls>` section as well to write secure code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:404 +msgid "PEP8 options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:406 +msgid "Using a linter can help show syntax and semantic warnings or errors. Odoo source code tries to respect Python standard, but some of them can be ignored." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:409 +msgid "E501: line too long" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:410 +msgid "E301: expected 1 blank line, found 0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:411 +msgid "E302: expected 2 blank lines, found 1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:414 +msgid "Imports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:415 +msgid "The imports are ordered as" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:417 +msgid "External libraries (one per line sorted and split in python stdlib)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:418 +msgid "Imports of ``odoo``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:419 +msgid "Imports from Odoo modules (rarely, and only if necessary)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:421 +msgid "Inside these 3 groups, the imported lines are alphabetically sorted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:439 +msgid "Idiomatics of Programming (Python)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:441 +msgid "Each python file should have ``# -*- coding: utf-8 -*-`` as first line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:442 +msgid "Always favor *readability* over *conciseness* or using the language features or idioms." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:443 +msgid "Don't use ``.clone()``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:454 +msgid "Python dictionary : creation and update" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:479 +msgid "Use meaningful variable/class/method names" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:480 +msgid "Useless variable : Temporary variables can make the code clearer by giving names to objects, but that doesn't mean you should create temporary variables all the time:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:492 +msgid "Multiple return points are OK, when they're simpler" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:512 +msgid "Know your builtins : You should at least have a basic understanding of all the Python builtins (http://docs.python.org/library/functions.html)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:520 +msgid "Also, ``if 'key' in my_dict`` and ``if my_dict.get('key')`` have very different meaning, be sure that you're using the right one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:523 +msgid "Learn list comprehensions : Use list comprehension, dict comprehension, and basic manipulation using ``map``, ``filter``, ``sum``, ... They make the code easier to read." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:536 +msgid "Collections are booleans too : In python, many objects have \"boolean-ish\" value when evaluated in a boolean context (such as an if). Among these are collections (lists, dicts, sets, ...) which are \"falsy\" when empty and \"truthy\" when containing items:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:547 +msgid "So, you can write ``if some_collection:`` instead of ``if len(some_collection):``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:550 +msgid "Iterate on iterables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:564 +msgid "Use dict.setdefault" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:580 +msgid "As a good developer, document your code (docstring on methods, simple comments for tricky part of code)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:582 +msgid "In additions to these guidelines, you may also find the following link interesting: http://python.net/~goodger/projects/pycon/2007/idiomatic/handout.html (a little bit outdated, but quite relevant)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:587 +msgid "Programming in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:589 +msgid "Avoid to create generators and decorators: only use the ones provided by the Odoo API." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:591 +msgid "As in python, use ``filtered``, ``mapped``, ``sorted``, ... methods to ease code reading and performance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:596 +msgid "Make your method work in batch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:597 +msgid "When adding a function, make sure it can process multiple records by iterating on self to treat each record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:606 +msgid "For performance issue, when developing a 'stat button' (for instance), do not perform a ``search`` or a ``search_count`` in a loop. It is recommended to use ``read_group`` method, to compute all value in only one request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:621 +msgid "Propagate the context" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:622 +msgid "The context is a ``frozendict`` that cannot be modified. To call a method with a different context, the ``with_context`` method should be used :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:631 +msgid "Passing parameter in context can have dangerous side-effects." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:633 +msgid "Since the values are propagated automatically, some unexpected behavior may appear. Calling ``create()`` method of a model with *default_my_field* key in context will set the default value of *my_field* for the concerned model. But if during this creation, other objects (such as sale.order.line, on sale.order creation) having a field name *my_field* are created, their default value will be set too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:639 +msgid "If you need to create a key context influencing the behavior of some object, choice a good name, and eventually prefix it by the name of the module to isolate its impact. A good example are the keys of ``mail`` module : *mail_create_nosubscribe*, *mail_notrack*, *mail_notify_user_signature*, ..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:646 +msgid "Think extendable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:648 +msgid "Functions and methods should not contain too much logic: having a lot of small and simple methods is more advisable than having few large and complex methods. A good rule of thumb is to split a method as soon as it has more than one responsibility (see http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Single_responsibility_principle)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:653 +msgid "Hardcoding a business logic in a method should be avoided as it prevents to be easily extended by a submodule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:679 +msgid "The above code is over extendable for the sake of example but the readability must be taken into account and a tradeoff must be made." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:682 +msgid "Also, name your functions accordingly: small and properly named functions are the starting point of readable/maintainable code and tighter documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:685 +msgid "This recommendation is also relevant for classes, files, modules and packages. (See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cyclomatic_complexity)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:690 +msgid "Never commit the transaction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:691 +msgid "The Odoo framework is in charge of providing the transactional context for all RPC calls. The principle is that a new database cursor is opened at the beginning of each RPC call, and committed when the call has returned, just before transmitting the answer to the RPC client, approximately like this:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:712 +msgid "If any error occurs during the execution of the RPC call, the transaction is rolled back atomically, preserving the state of the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:715 +msgid "Similarly, the system also provides a dedicated transaction during the execution of tests suites, so it can be rolled back or not depending on the server startup options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:719 +msgid "The consequence is that if you manually call ``cr.commit()`` anywhere there is a very high chance that you will break the system in various ways, because you will cause partial commits, and thus partial and unclean rollbacks, causing among others:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:724 +msgid "inconsistent business data, usually data loss" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:725 +msgid "workflow desynchronization, documents stuck permanently" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:726 +msgid "tests that can't be rolled back cleanly, and will start polluting the database, and triggering error (this is true even if no error occurs during the transaction)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:737 +msgid "Here is the very simple rule:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:731 +msgid "You should **NEVER** call ``cr.commit()`` yourself, **UNLESS** you have created your own database cursor explicitly! And the situations where you need to do that are exceptional!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:735 +msgid "And by the way if you did create your own cursor, then you need to handle error cases and proper rollback, as well as properly close the cursor when you're done with it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:739 +msgid "And contrary to popular belief, you do not even need to call ``cr.commit()`` in the following situations: - in the ``_auto_init()`` method of an *models.Model* object: this is taken care of by the addons initialization method, or by the ORM transaction when creating custom models - in reports: the ``commit()`` is handled by the framework too, so you can update the database even from within a report - within *models.Transient* methods: these methods are called exactly like regular *models.Model* ones, within a transaction and with the corresponding ``cr.commit()/rollback()`` at the end - etc. (see general rule above if you have in doubt!)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:751 +msgid "All ``cr.commit()`` calls outside of the server framework from now on must have an **explicit comment** explaining why they are absolutely necessary, why they are indeed correct, and why they do not break the transactions. Otherwise they can and will be removed !" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:758 +msgid "Use translation method correctly" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:760 +msgid "Odoo uses a GetText-like method named \"underscore\" ``_( )`` to indicate that a static string used in the code needs to be translated at runtime using the language of the context. This pseudo-method is accessed within your code by importing as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:769 +msgid "A few very important rules must be followed when using it, in order for it to work and to avoid filling the translations with useless junk." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:772 +msgid "Basically, this method should only be used for static strings written manually in the code, it will not work to translate field values, such as Product names, etc. This must be done instead using the translate flag on the corresponding field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:777 +msgid "The method accepts optional positional or named parameter The rule is very simple: calls to the underscore method should always be in the form ``_('literal string')`` and nothing else:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:820 +msgid "Also, keep in mind that translators will have to work with the literal values that are passed to the underscore function, so please try to make them easy to understand and keep spurious characters and formatting to a minimum. Translators must be aware that formatting patterns such as ``%s`` or ``%d``, newlines, etc. need to be preserved, but it's important to use these in a sensible and obvious manner:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:840 +msgid "In general in Odoo, when manipulating strings, prefer ``%`` over ``.format()`` (when only one variable to replace in a string), and prefer ``%(varname)`` instead of position (when multiple variables have to be replaced). This makes the translation easier for the community translators." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:847 +msgid "Symbols and Conventions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:857 +msgid "Model name (using the dot notation, prefix by the module name) :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:850 +msgid "When defining an Odoo Model : use singular form of the name (*res.partner* and *sale.order* instead of *res.partnerS* and *saleS.orderS*)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:852 +msgid "When defining an Odoo Transient (wizard) : use ``<related_base_model>.<action>`` where *related_base_model* is the base model (defined in *models/*) related to the transient, and *action* is the short name of what the transient do. Avoid the *wizard* word. For instance : ``account.invoice.make``, ``project.task.delegate.batch``, ..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:856 +msgid "When defining *report* model (SQL views e.i.) : use ``<related_base_model>.report.<action>``, based on the Transient convention." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:859 +msgid "Odoo Python Class : use camelcase (Object-oriented style)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:870 +msgid "Variable name :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:868 +msgid "use camelcase for model variable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:869 +msgid "use underscore lowercase notation for common variable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:870 +msgid "suffix your variable name with *_id* or *_ids* if it contains a record id or list of id. Don't use ``partner_id`` to contain a record of res.partner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:878 +msgid "``One2Many`` and ``Many2Many`` fields should always have *_ids* as suffix (example: sale_order_line_ids)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:879 +msgid "``Many2One`` fields should have *_id* as suffix (example : partner_id, user_id, ...)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:889 +msgid "Method conventions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:881 +msgid "Compute Field : the compute method pattern is *_compute_<field_name>*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:882 +msgid "Search method : the search method pattern is *_search_<field_name>*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:883 +msgid "Default method : the default method pattern is *_default_<field_name>*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:884 +msgid "Selection method: the selection method pattern is *_selection_<field_name>*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:885 +msgid "Onchange method : the onchange method pattern is *_onchange_<field_name>*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:886 +msgid "Constraint method : the constraint method pattern is *_check_<constraint_name>*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:887 +msgid "Action method : an object action method is prefix with *action_*. Since it uses only one record, add ``self.ensure_one()`` at the beginning of the method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:900 +msgid "In a Model attribute order should be" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:892 +msgid "Private attributes (``_name``, ``_description``, ``_inherit``, ...)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:893 +msgid "Default method and ``_default_get``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:894 +msgid "Field declarations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:895 +msgid "Compute, inverse and search methods in the same order as field declaration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:896 +msgid "Selection method (methods used to return computed values for selection fields)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:897 +msgid "Constrains methods (``@api.constrains``) and onchange methods (``@api.onchange``)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:898 +msgid "CRUD methods (ORM overrides)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:899 +msgid "Action methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:900 +msgid "And finally, other business methods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:956 +msgid "Javascript and CSS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:959 +msgid "Static files organization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:961 +msgid "Odoo addons have some conventions on how to structure various files. We explain here in more details how web assets are supposed to be organized." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:964 +msgid "The first thing to know is that the Odoo server will serve (statically) all files located in a *static/* folder, but prefixed with the addon name. So, for example, if a file is located in *addons/web/static/src/js/some_file.js*, then it will be statically available at the url *your-odoo-server.com/web/static/src/js/some_file.js*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:969 +msgid "The convention is to organize the code according to the following structure:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:971 +msgid "*static*: all static files in general" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:973 +msgid "*static/lib*: this is the place where js libs should be located, in a sub folder. So, for example, all files from the *jquery* library are in *addons/web/static/lib/jquery*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:975 +msgid "*static/src*: the generic static source code folder" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:977 +msgid "*static/src/css*: all css files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:978 +msgid "*static/src/fonts*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:979 +msgid "*static/src/img*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:980 +msgid "*static/src/js*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:982 +msgid "*static/src/js/tours*: end user tour files (tutorials, not tests)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:984 +msgid "*static/src/scss*: scss files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:985 +msgid "*static/src/xml*: all qweb templates that will be rendered in JS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:987 +msgid "*static/tests*: this is where we put all test related files." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:989 +msgid "*static/tests/tours*: this is where we put all tour test files (not tutorials)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:992 +msgid "Javascript coding guidelines" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:994 +msgid "``use strict;`` is recommended for all javascript files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:995 +msgid "Use a linter (jshint, ...)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:996 +msgid "Never add minified Javascript Libraries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:997 +msgid "Use camelcase for class declaration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:999 +msgid "More precise JS guidelines are detailed in the `github wiki <https://github.com/odoo/odoo/wiki/Javascript-coding-guidelines>`_. You may also have a look at existing API in Javascript by looking Javascript References." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:1004 +msgid "CSS coding guidelines" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:1006 +msgid "Prefix all your classes with *o_<module_name>* where *module_name* is the technical name of the module ('sale', 'im_chat', ...) or the main route reserved by the module (for website module mainly, i.e. : 'o_forum' for *website_forum* module). The only exception for this rule is the webclient: it simply uses *o_* prefix." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:1011 +msgid "Avoid using *id* tag" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:1012 +msgid "Use Bootstrap native classes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:1013 +msgid "Use underscore lowercase notation to name class" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:1018 +msgid "Git" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:1021 +msgid "Configure your git" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:1023 +msgid "Based on ancestral experience and oral tradition, the following things go a long way towards making your commits more helpful:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:1026 +msgid "Be sure to define both the user.email and user.name in your local git config" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:1032 +msgid "Be sure to add your full name to your Github profile here. Please feel fancy and add your team, avatar, your favorite quote, and whatnot ;-)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:1036 +msgid "Commit message structure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:1038 +msgid "Commit message has four parts: tag, module, short description and full description. Try to follow the preferred structure for your commit messages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:1061 +msgid "Tag and module name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:1063 +msgid "Tags are used to prefix your commit. They should be one of the following" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:1065 +msgid "**[FIX]** for bug fixes: mostly used in stable version but also valid if you are fixing a recent bug in development version;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:1067 +msgid "**[REF]** for refactoring: when a feature is heavily rewritten;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:1068 +msgid "**[ADD]** for adding new modules;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:1069 +msgid "**[REM]** for removing resources: removing dead code, removing views, removing modules, ...;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:1071 +msgid "**[REV]** for reverting commits: if a commit causes issues or is not wanted reverting it is done using this tag;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:1073 +msgid "**[MOV]** for moving files: use git move and do not change content of moved file otherwise Git may loose track and history of the file; also used when moving code from one file to another;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:1076 +msgid "**[REL]** for release commits: new major or minor stable versions;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:1077 +msgid "**[IMP]** for improvements: most of the changes done in development version are incremental improvements not related to another tag;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:1079 +msgid "**[MERGE]** for merge commits: used in forward port of bug fixes but also as main commit for feature involving several separated commits;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:1081 +msgid "**[CLA]** for signing the Odoo Individual Contributor License;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:1082 +msgid "**[I18N]** for changes in translation files;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:1084 +msgid "After tag comes the modified module name. Use the technical name as functional name may change with time. If several modules are modified, list them or use various to tell it is cross-modules. Unless really required or easier avoid modifying code across several modules in the same commit. Understanding module history may become difficult." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:1091 +msgid "Commit message header" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:1093 +msgid "After tag and module name comes a meaningful commit message header. It should be self explanatory and include the reason behind the change. Do not use single words like \"bugfix\" or \"improvements\". Try to limit the header length to about 50 characters for readability." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:1098 +msgid "Commit message header should make a valid sentence once concatenated with ``if applied, this commit will <header>``. For example ``[IMP] base: prevent to archive users linked to active partners`` is correct as it makes a valid sentence ``if applied, this commit will prevent users to archive...``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:1104 +msgid "Commit message full description" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:1106 +msgid "In the message description specify the part of the code impacted by your changes (module name, lib, transversal object, ...) and a description of the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:1109 +msgid "First explain WHY you are modifying code. What is important if someone goes back to your commit in about 4 decades (or 3 days) is why you did it. It is the purpose of the change." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:1113 +msgid "What you did can be found in the commit itself. If there was some technical choices involved it is a good idea to explain it also in the commit message after the why. For Odoo R&D developers \"PO team asked me to do it\" is not a valid why, by the way." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:1117 +msgid "Please avoid commits which simultaneously impact multiple modules. Try to split into different commits where impacted modules are different. It will be helpful if we need to revert changes in a given module separately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:1121 +msgid "Don't hesitate to be a bit verbose. Most people will only see your commit message and judge everything you did in your life just based on those few sentences. No pressure at all." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:1125 +msgid "**You spend several hours, days or weeks working on meaningful features. Take some time to calm down and write clear and understandable commit messages.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:1128 +msgid "If you are an Odoo R&D developer the WHY should be the purpose of the task you are working on. Full specifications make the core of the commit message. **If you are working on a task that lacks purpose and specifications please consider making them clear before continuing.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:1133 +msgid "Finally here are some examples of correct commit messages :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/guidelines.rst:1156 +msgid "Use the long description to explain the *why* not the *what*, the *what* can be seen in the diff" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/http.rst:6 +msgid "Web Controllers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/http.rst:9 +msgid "Controllers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/http.rst:11 +msgid "Controllers need to provide extensibility, much like :class:`~odoo.models.Model`, but can't use the same mechanism as the pre-requisites (a database with loaded modules) may not be available yet (e.g. no database created, or no database selected)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/http.rst:16 +msgid "Controllers thus provide their own extension mechanism, separate from that of models:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/http.rst:19 +msgid "Controllers are created by :ref:`inheriting <python:tut-inheritance>` from :class:`~odoo.http.Controller`. Routes are defined through methods decorated with :func:`~odoo.http.route`::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/http.rst:27 +msgid "To *override* a controller, :ref:`inherit <python:tut-inheritance>` from its class and override relevant methods, re-exposing them if necessary::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/http.rst:36 +msgid "decorating with :func:`~odoo.http.route` is necessary to keep the method (and route) visible: if the method is redefined without decorating, it will be \"unpublished\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/http.rst:39 +msgid "the decorators of all methods are combined, if the overriding method's decorator has no argument all previous ones will be kept, any provided argument will override previously defined ones e.g.::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/http.rst:48 +msgid "will change ``/some_url`` from public authentication to user (requiring a log-in)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/http.rst:52 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:48 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:590 +msgid "API" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/http.rst:57 +msgid "Routing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/http.rst:64 +msgid "Request" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/http.rst:66 +msgid "The request object is automatically set on :data:`odoo.http.request` at the start of the request" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/http.rst:78 +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:103 +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:188 +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:500 +msgid "Response" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/iot.rst:4 +msgid "Internet of Things" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/iot.rst:6 +msgid "IoT Drivers allow any Odoo module to communicate in real-time with any device connected to the IoT Box. Communication with the IoT Box goes both ways, so the Odoo client can send commands to and receive information from any of the supported devices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/iot.rst:11 +msgid "To add support for a device, all we need is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/iot.rst:13 +msgid "an `Interface`, to detect connected devices of a specific type" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/iot.rst:14 +msgid "a `Driver`, to communicate with an individual device" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/iot.rst:16 +msgid "At each boot, the IoT Box will load all of the Interfaces and Drivers that can be located on the connected Odoo instance. Each module can contain an `iot_handlers` directory that will be copied to the IoT Box. The structure of this directory is the following" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/iot.rst:35 +msgid "Detect Devices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/iot.rst:37 +msgid "Devices connected to the IoT Box are detected through `Interfaces`. There is an Interface for each supported connection type (USB, Bluetooth, Video, Printers, Serial, etc.). The interface maintains a list of detected devices and associates them with the right Driver." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/iot.rst:42 +msgid "Supported devices will appear both on the IoT Box Homepage that you can access through its IP address and in the IoT module of the connected Odoo instance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/iot.rst:46 +msgid "Interface" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/iot.rst:48 +msgid "The role of the Interface is to maintain a list of devices connected through a determined connection type. Creating a new interface requires" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/iot.rst:51 +msgid "Extending the `Interface` class" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/iot.rst:52 +msgid "Setting the `connection_type` class attribute" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/iot.rst:53 +msgid "Implementing the `get_devices` method, that should return a dictionary containing data about each detected device. This data will be given as argument to the constructors and `supported` method of the Drivers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/iot.rst:58 +msgid "Setting the `_loop_delay` attribute will modify the interval between calls to `get_devices`. By default, this interval is set to 3 seconds." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/iot.rst:75 +msgid "Driver" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/iot.rst:77 +msgid "Once the interface has retrieved the list of detected devices, it will loop through all of the Drivers that have the same `connection_type` attribute and test their respective `supported` method on all detected devices. If the supported method of a Driver returns `True`, an instance of this Driver will be created for the corresponding device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/iot.rst:84 +msgid "`supported` methods of drivers are given a priority order. The `supported` method of a child class will always be tested before the one of its parent. This priority can be adjusted by modifying the `priority` attribute of the Driver." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/iot.rst:89 +msgid "Creating a new Driver requires:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/iot.rst:91 +msgid "Extending `Driver`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/iot.rst:92 +msgid "Setting the `connection_type` class attribute." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/iot.rst:93 +msgid "Setting the `device_type`, `device_connection` and `device_name` attributes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/iot.rst:94 +msgid "Defining the `supported` method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/iot.rst:114 +msgid "Communicate With Devices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/iot.rst:116 +msgid "Once your new device is detected and appears in the IoT module, the next step is to communicate with it. Since the box only has a local IP address, it can only be reached from the same local network. Communication, therefore, needs to happen on the browser-side, in JavaScript." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/iot.rst:121 +msgid "The process depends on the direction of the communication: - From the browser to the box, through `Actions`_ - From the box to the browser, through `Longpolling`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/iot.rst:125 +msgid "Both channels are accessed from the same JS object, the `DeviceProxy`, which is instantiated using the IP of the IoT Box and the device identifier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/iot.rst:140 +msgid "Actions are used to tell a selected device to execute a specific action, such as taking a picture, printing a receipt, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/iot.rst:144 +msgid "It must be noted that no “answer” will be sent by the box on this route, only the request status. The answer to the action, if any, has to be retrieved via the longpolling." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/iot.rst:148 +msgid "An action can be performed on the DeviceProxy Object." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/iot.rst:154 +msgid "In your driver, define an `action` method that will be executed when called from an Odoo module. It takes the data given during the call as argument." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/iot.rst:163 +msgid "Longpolling" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/iot.rst:165 +msgid "When any module in Odoo wants to read data from a specific device, it creates a listener identified by the IP/domain of the box and the device identifier and passes it a callback function to be called every time the device status changes. The callback is called with the new data as argument." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/iot.rst:178 +msgid "In the Driver, an event is released by calling the `device_changed` function from the `event_manager`. All callbacks set on the listener will then be called with `self.data` as argument." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_cheatsheet.rst:6 +msgid "Javascript Cheatsheet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_cheatsheet.rst:8 +msgid "There are many ways to solve a problem in JavaScript, and in Odoo. However, the Odoo framework was designed to be extensible (this is a pretty big constraint), and some common problems have a nice standard solution. The standard solution has probably the advantage of being easy to understand for an odoo developers, and will probably keep working when Odoo is modified." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_cheatsheet.rst:14 +msgid "This document tries to explain the way one could solve some of these issues. Note that this is not a reference. This is just a random collection of recipes, or explanations on how to proceed in some cases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_cheatsheet.rst:19 +msgid "First of all, remember that the first rule of customizing odoo with JS is: *try to do it in python*. This may seem strange, but the python framework is quite extensible, and many behaviours can be done simply with a touch of xml or python. This has usually a lower cost of maintenance than working with JS:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_cheatsheet.rst:24 +msgid "the JS framework tends to change more, so JS code needs to be more frequently updated" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_cheatsheet.rst:26 +msgid "it is often more difficult to implement a customized behaviour if it needs to communicate with the server and properly integrate with the javascript framework. There are many small details taken care by the framework that customized code needs to replicate. For example, responsiveness, or updating the url, or displaying data without flickering." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_cheatsheet.rst:33 +msgid "This document does not really explain any concepts. This is more a cookbook. For more details, please consult the javascript reference page (see :doc:`javascript_reference`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_cheatsheet.rst:38 +msgid "Creating a new field widget" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_cheatsheet.rst:40 +msgid "This is probably a really common usecase: we want to display some information in a form view in a really specific (maybe business dependent) way. For example, assume that we want to change the text color depending on some business condition." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_cheatsheet.rst:44 +msgid "This can be done in three steps: creating a new widget, registering it in the field registry, then adding the widget to the field in the form view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_cheatsheet.rst:58 +msgid "creating a new widget:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_cheatsheet.rst:48 +msgid "This can be done by extending a widget:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_cheatsheet.rst:68 +msgid "registering it in the field registry:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_cheatsheet.rst:61 +msgid "The web client needs to know the mapping between a widget name and its actual class. This is done by a registry:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_cheatsheet.rst:77 +msgid "adding the widget in the form view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_cheatsheet.rst:75 +msgid "Note that only the form, list and kanban views use this field widgets registry. These views are tightly integrated, because the list and kanban views can appear inside a form view)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_cheatsheet.rst:80 +msgid "Modifying an existing field widget" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_cheatsheet.rst:82 +msgid "Another use case is that we want to modify an existing field widget. For example, the voip addon in odoo need to modify the FieldPhone widget to add the possibility to easily call the given number on voip. This is done by *including* the FieldPhone widget, so there is no need to change any existing form view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_cheatsheet.rst:87 +msgid "Field Widgets (instances of (subclass of) AbstractField) are like every other widgets, so they can be monkey patched. This looks like this:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_cheatsheet.rst:109 +msgid "Note that there is no need to add the widget to the registry, since it is already registered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_cheatsheet.rst:113 +msgid "Modifying a main widget from the interface" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_cheatsheet.rst:115 +msgid "Another common usecase is the need to customize some elements from the user interface. For example, adding a message in the home menu. The usual process in this case is again to *include* the widget. This is the only way to do it, since there are no registries for those widgets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_cheatsheet.rst:120 +msgid "This is usually done with code looking like this:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_cheatsheet.rst:136 +msgid "Creating a new view (from scratch)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_cheatsheet.rst:138 +msgid "Creating a new view is a more advanced topic. This cheatsheet will only highlight the steps that will probably need to be done (in no particular order):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_cheatsheet.rst:141 +msgid "adding a new view type to the field ``type`` of ``ir.ui.view``::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_cheatsheet.rst:148 +msgid "adding the new view type to the field ``view_mode`` of ``ir.actions.act_window.view``::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_cheatsheet.rst:179 +msgid "creating the four main pieces which makes a view (in JavaScript):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_cheatsheet.rst:157 +msgid "we need a view (a subclass of ``AbstractView``, this is the factory), a renderer (from ``AbstractRenderer``), a controller (from ``AbstractController``) and a model (from ``AbstractModel``). I suggest starting by simply extending the superclasses:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_cheatsheet.rst:189 +msgid "adding the view to the registry:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_cheatsheet.rst:182 +msgid "As usual, the mapping between a view type and the actual class needs to be updated:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_cheatsheet.rst:196 +msgid "implementing the four main classes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_cheatsheet.rst:192 +msgid "The ``View`` class needs to parse the ``arch`` field and setup the other three classes. The ``Renderer`` is in charge of representing the data in the user interface, the ``Model`` is supposed to talk to the server, to load data and process it. And the ``Controller`` is there to coordinate, to talk to the web client, ..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_cheatsheet.rst:210 +msgid "creating some views in the database:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_cheatsheet.rst:213 +msgid "Customizing an existing view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_cheatsheet.rst:215 +msgid "Assume we need to create a custom version of a generic view. For example, a kanban view with some extra *ribbon-like* widget on top (to display some specific custom information). In that case, this can be done with 3 steps: extend the kanban view (which also probably mean extending controllers/renderers and/or models), then registering the view in the view registry, and finally, using the view in the kanban arch (a specific example is the helpdesk dashboard)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_cheatsheet.rst:245 +msgid "extending a view:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_cheatsheet.rst:223 +msgid "Here is what it could look like:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_cheatsheet.rst:254 +msgid "adding it to the view registry:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_cheatsheet.rst:248 +msgid "as usual, we need to inform the web client of the mapping between the name of the views and the actual class." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_cheatsheet.rst:273 +msgid "using it in an actual view:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_cheatsheet.rst:257 +msgid "we now need to inform the web client that a specific ``ir.ui.view`` needs to use our new class. Note that this is a web client specific concern. From the point of view of the server, we still have a kanban view. The proper way to do this is by using a special attribute ``js_class`` (which will be renamed someday into ``widget``, because this is really not a good name) on the root node of the arch:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_cheatsheet.rst:277 +msgid "Note: you can change the way the view interprets the arch structure. However, from the server point of view, this is still a view of the same base type, subjected to the same rules (rng validation, for example). So, your views still need to have a valid arch field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_cheatsheet.rst:283 +msgid "Promises and asynchronous code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_cheatsheet.rst:285 +msgid "For a very good and complete introduction to promises, please read this excellent article https://github.com/getify/You-Dont-Know-JS/blob/1st-ed/async%20%26%20performance/ch3.md" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_cheatsheet.rst:288 +msgid "Creating new Promises" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_cheatsheet.rst:307 +msgid "turn a constant into a promise" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_cheatsheet.rst:290 +msgid "There are 2 static functions on Promise that create a resolved or rejected promise based on a constant:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_cheatsheet.rst:306 +msgid "Note that even if the promises are created already resolved or rejected, the `then` or `catch` handlers will still be called asynchronously." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_cheatsheet.rst:320 +msgid "based on an already asynchronous code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_cheatsheet.rst:310 +msgid "Suppose that in a function you must do a rpc, and when it is completed set the result on this. The `this._rpc` is a function that returns a `Promise`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_cheatsheet.rst:350 +msgid "for callback based function" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_cheatsheet.rst:323 +msgid "Suppose that you were using a function `this.close` that takes as parameter a callback that is called when the closing is finished. Now suppose that you are doing that in a method that must send a promise that is resolved when the closing is finished." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_cheatsheet.rst:336 +msgid "line 2: we save the `this` into a variable so that in an inner function, we can access the scope of our component" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_cheatsheet.rst:338 +msgid "line 3: we create and return a new promise. The constructor of a promise takes a function as parameter. This function itself has 2 parameters that we called here `resolve` and `reject`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_cheatsheet.rst:338 +msgid "`resolve` is a function that, when called, puts the promise in the resolved state." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_cheatsheet.rst:339 +msgid "`reject` is a function that, when called, puts the promise in the rejected state. We do not use reject here and it can be omitted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_cheatsheet.rst:340 +msgid "line 4: we are calling the function close on our object. It takes a function as parameter (the callback) and it happens that resolve is already a function, so we can pass it directly. To be clearer, we could have written:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_cheatsheet.rst:366 +msgid "creating a promise generator (calling one promise after the other *in sequence* and waiting for the last one)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_cheatsheet.rst:353 +msgid "Suppose that you need to loop over an array, do an operation *in sequence* and resolve a promise when the last operation is done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_cheatsheet.rst:367 +msgid "This way, the promise you return is effectively the last promise." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_cheatsheet.rst:382 +msgid "creating a promise, then resolving it outside the scope of its definition (anti-pattern)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_cheatsheet.rst:369 +msgid "we do not recommend using this, but sometimes it is useful. Think carefully for alternatives first..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_cheatsheet.rst:385 +msgid "Waiting for Promises" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_cheatsheet.rst:404 +msgid "waiting for a number of Promises" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_cheatsheet.rst:387 +msgid "if you have multiple promises that all need to be waited, you can convert them into a single promise that will be resolved when all the promises are resolved using Promise.all(arrayOfPromises)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_cheatsheet.rst:419 +msgid "waiting for a part of a promise chain, but not another part" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_cheatsheet.rst:407 +msgid "If you have an asynchronous process that you want to wait to do something, but you also want to return to the caller before that something is done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_cheatsheet.rst:422 +msgid "Error handling" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_cheatsheet.rst:446 +msgid "in general in promises" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_cheatsheet.rst:425 +msgid "The general idea is that a promise should not be rejected for control flow, but should only be rejected for errors. When that is the case, you would have multiple resolutions of your promise with, for instance status codes that you would have to check in the `then` handlers and a single `catch` handler at the end of the promise chain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_cheatsheet.rst:486 +msgid "in Odoo specifically" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_cheatsheet.rst:449 +msgid "In Odoo, it happens that we use promise rejection for control flow, like in mutexes and other concurrency primitives defined in module `web.concurrency` We also want to execute the catch for *business* reasons, but not when there is a coding error in the definition of the promise or of the handlers. For this, we have introduced the concept of `guardedCatch`. It is called like `catch` but not when the rejected reason is an error" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_cheatsheet.rst:489 +msgid "Testing asynchronous code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_cheatsheet.rst:543 +msgid "using promises in tests" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_cheatsheet.rst:492 +msgid "In the tests code, we support the latest version of Javascript, including primitives like `async` and `await`. This makes using and waiting for promises very easy. Most helper methods also return a promise (either by being marked `async` or by returning a promise directly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_cheatsheet.rst:544 +msgid "as you can see, the nicer form is to use `async/await` as it is clearer and shorter to write." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:8 +msgid "Javascript Reference" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:10 +msgid "This document presents the Odoo Javascript framework. This framework is not a large application in term of lines of code, but it is quite generic, because it is basically a machine to turn a declarative interface description into a live application, able to interact with every model and records in the database. It is even possible to use the web client to modify the interface of the web client." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:18 +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:26 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:20 +msgid "The Javascript framework is designed to work with three main use cases:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:22 +msgid "the *web client*: this is the private web application, where one can view and edit business data. This is a single page application (the page is never reloaded, only the new data is fetched from the server whenever it is needed)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:25 +msgid "the *website*: this is the public part of Odoo. It allows an unidentified user to browse some content, to shop or to perform many actions, as a client. This is a classical website: various routes with controllers and some javascript to make it work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:29 +msgid "the *point of sale*: this is the interface for the point of sale. It is a specialized single page application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:32 +msgid "Some javascript code is common to these three use cases, and is bundled together (see below in the assets section). This document will focus mostly on the web client design." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:37 +msgid "Web client" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:40 +msgid "Single Page Application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:42 +msgid "In short, the *webClient*, instance of *WebClient* is the root component of the whole user interface. Its responsibility is to orchestrate all various subcomponents, and to provide services, such as rpcs, local storage and more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:46 +msgid "In runtime, the web client is a single page application. It does not need to request a full page from the server each time the user perform an action. Instead, it only requests what it needs, and then replaces/updates the view. Also, it manages the url: it is kept in sync with the web client state." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:51 +msgid "It means that while a user is working on Odoo, the web client class (and the action manager) actually creates and destroys many sub components. The state is highly dynamic, and each widget could be destroyed at any time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:56 +msgid "Overview of web client JS code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:58 +msgid "Here, we give a very quick overview on the web client code, in the *web/static/src/js* addon. Note that it is deliberately not exhaustive. We only cover the most important files/folders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:62 +msgid "*boot.js*: this is the file that defines the module system. It needs to be loaded first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:64 +msgid "*core/*: this is a collection of lower level building blocks. Notably, it contains the class system, the widget system, concurrency utilities, and many other class/functions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:67 +msgid "*chrome/*: in this folder, we have most large widgets which make up most of the user interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:69 +msgid "*chrome/abstract_web_client.js* and *chrome/web_client.js*: together, these files define the WebClient widget, which is the root widget for the web client." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:71 +msgid "*chrome/action_manager.js*: this is the code that will convert an action into a widget (for example a kanban or a form view)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:73 +msgid "*chrome/search_X.js* all these files define the search view (it is not a view in the point of view of the web client, only from the server point of view)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:75 +msgid "*fields*: all main view field widgets are defined here" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:76 +msgid "*views*: this is where the views are located" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:79 +msgid "Assets Management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:81 +msgid "Managing assets in Odoo is not as straightforward as it is in some other apps. One of the reason is that we have a variety of situations where some, but not all the assets are required. For example, the needs of the web client, the point of sale, the website or even the mobile application are different. Also, some assets may be large, but are seldom needed. In that case, we sometimes want them to be loaded lazily." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:88 +msgid "The main idea is that we define a set of *bundles* in xml. A bundle is here defined as a collection of files (javascript, css, scss). In Odoo, the most important bundles are defined in the file *addons/web/views/webclient_templates.xml*. It looks like this:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:103 +msgid "The files in a bundle can then be inserted into a template by using the *t-call-assets* directive:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:111 +msgid "Here is what happens when a template is rendered by the server with these directives:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:113 +msgid "all the *scss* files described in the bundle are compiled into css files. A file named *file.scss* will be compiled in a file named *file.scss.css*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:116 +msgid "if we are in *debug=assets* mode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:118 +msgid "the *t-call-assets* directive with the *t-js* attribute set to false will be replaced by a list of stylesheet tags pointing to the css files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:121 +msgid "the *t-call-assets* directive with the *t-css* attribute set to false will be replaced by a list of script tags pointing to the js files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:124 +msgid "if we are not in *debug=assets* mode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:126 +msgid "the css files will be concatenated and minified, then a stylesheet tag is generated" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:129 +msgid "the js files are concatenated and minified, then a script tag is generated" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:131 +msgid "Note that the assets files are cached, so in theory, a browser should only load them once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:135 +msgid "Main bundles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:136 +msgid "When the Odoo server is started, it checks the timestamp of each file in a bundle, and if necessary, will create/recreate the corresponding bundles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:139 +msgid "Here are some important bundles that most developers will need to know:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:141 +msgid "*web.assets_common*: this bundle contains most assets which are common to the web client, the website, and also the point of sale. This is supposed to contain lower level building blocks for the odoo framework. Note that it contains the *boot.js* file, which defines the odoo module system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:146 +msgid "*web.assets_backend*: this bundle contains the code specific to the web client (notably the web client/action manager/views)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:149 +msgid "*web.assets_frontend*: this bundle is about all that is specific to the public website: ecommerce, forum, blog, event management, ..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:154 +msgid "Adding files in an asset bundle" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:156 +msgid "The proper way to add a file located in *addons/web* to a bundle is simple: it is just enough to add a *script* or a *stylesheet* tag to the bundle in the file *webclient_templates.xml*. But when we work in a different addon, we need to add a file from that addon. In that case, it should be done in three steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:161 +msgid "add a *assets.xml* file in the *views/* folder" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:162 +msgid "add the string 'views/assets.xml' in the 'data' key in the manifest file" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:163 +msgid "create an inherited view of the desired bundle, and add the file(s) with an xpath expression. For example," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:178 +msgid "Note that the files in a bundle are all loaded immediately when the user loads the odoo web client. This means that the files are transferred through the network everytime (except when the browser cache is active). In some cases, it may be better to lazyload some assets. For example, if a widget requires a large library, and that widget is not a core part of the experience, then it may be a good idea to only load the library when the widget is actually created. The widget class has actually builtin support just for this use case. (see section :ref:`reference/javascript_reference/qweb`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:188 +msgid "What to do if a file is not loaded/updated" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:190 +msgid "There are many different reasons why a file may not be properly loaded. Here are a few things you can try to solve the issue:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:193 +msgid "once the server is started, it does not know if an asset file has been modified. So, you can simply restart the server to regenerate the assets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:195 +msgid "check the console (in the dev tools, usually opened with F12) to make sure there are no obvious errors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:197 +msgid "try to add a console.log at the beginning of your file (before any module definition), so you can see if a file has been loaded or not" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:199 +msgid "in the user interface, in debug mode (INSERT LINK HERE TO DEBUG MODE), there is an option to force the server to update its assets files." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:201 +msgid "use the *debug=assets* mode. This will actually bypass the asset bundles (note that it does not actually solve the issue. The server still uses outdated bundles)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:203 +msgid "finally, the most convenient way to do it, for a developer, is to start the server with the *--dev=all* option. This activates the file watcher options, which will automatically invalidate assets when necessary. Note that it does not work very well if the OS is Windows." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:207 +msgid "remember to refresh your page!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:208 +msgid "or maybe to save your code file..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:211 +msgid "Once an asset file has been recreated, you need to refresh the page, to reload the proper files (if that does not work, the files may be cached)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:216 +msgid "Javascript Module System" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:218 +msgid "Once we are able to load our javascript files into the browser, we need to make sure they are loaded in the correct order. In order to do that, Odoo has defined a small module system (located in the file *addons/web/static/src/js/boot.js*, which needs to be loaded first)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:223 +msgid "The Odoo module system, inspired by AMD, works by defining the function *define* on the global odoo object. We then define each javascript module by calling that function. In the Odoo framework, a module is a piece of code that will be executed as soon as possible. It has a name and potentially some dependencies. When its dependencies are loaded, a module will then be loaded as well. The value of the module is then the return value of the function defining the module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:231 +msgid "As an example, it may look like this:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:256 +msgid "An alternative way to define a module is to give explicitly a list of dependencies in the second argument." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:271 +msgid "If some dependencies are missing/non ready, then the module will simply not be loaded. There will be a warning in the console after a few seconds." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:274 +msgid "Note that circular dependencies are not supported. It makes sense, but it means that one needs to be careful." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:278 +msgid "Defining a module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:280 +msgid "The *odoo.define* method is given three arguments:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:282 +msgid "*moduleName*: the name of the javascript module. It should be a unique string. The convention is to have the name of the odoo addon followed by a specific description. For example, 'web.Widget' describes a module defined in the *web* addon, which exports a *Widget* class (because the first letter is capitalized)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:287 +msgid "If the name is not unique, an exception will be thrown and displayed in the console." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:290 +msgid "*dependencies*: the second argument is optional. If given, it should be a list of strings, each corresponding to a javascript module. This describes the dependencies that are required to be loaded before the module is executed. If the dependencies are not explicitly given here, then the module system will extract them from the function by calling toString on it, then using a regexp to find all *require* statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:308 +msgid "finally, the last argument is a function which defines the module. Its return value is the value of the module, which may be passed to other modules requiring it. Note that there is a small exception for asynchronous modules, see the next section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:313 +msgid "If an error happens, it will be logged (in debug mode) in the console:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:315 +msgid "``Missing dependencies``: These modules do not appear in the page. It is possible that the JavaScript file is not in the page or that the module name is wrong" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:318 +msgid "``Failed modules``: A javascript error is detected" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:320 +msgid "``Rejected modules``: The module returns a rejected Promise. It (and its dependent modules) is not loaded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:323 +msgid "``Rejected linked modules``: Modules who depend on a rejected module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:325 +msgid "``Non loaded modules``: Modules who depend on a missing or a failed module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:331 +msgid "Asynchronous modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:333 +msgid "It can happen that a module needs to perform some work before it is ready. For example, it could do a rpc to load some data. In that case, the module can simply return a promise. In that case, the module system will simply wait for the promise to complete before registering the module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:353 +msgid "Best practices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:355 +msgid "remember the convention for a module name: *addon name* suffixed with *module name*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:357 +msgid "declare all your dependencies at the top of the module. Also, they should be sorted alphabetically by module name. This makes it easier to understand your module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:359 +msgid "declare all exported values at the end" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:360 +msgid "try to avoid exporting too many things from one module. It is usually better to simply export one thing in one (small/smallish) module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:362 +msgid "asynchronous modules can be used to simplify some use cases. For example, the *web.dom_ready* module returns a promise which will be resolved when the dom is actually ready. So, another module that needs the DOM could simply have a `require('web.dom_ready')` statement somewhere, and the code will only be executed when the DOM is ready." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:367 +msgid "try to avoid defining more than one module in one file. It may be convenient in the short term, but this is actually harder to maintain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:372 +msgid "Class System" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:374 +msgid "Odoo was developed before ECMAScript 6 classes were available. In Ecmascript 5, the standard way to define a class is to define a function and to add methods on its prototype object. This is fine, but it is slightly complex when we want to use inheritance, mixins." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:379 +msgid "For these reasons, Odoo decided to use its own class system, inspired by John Resig. The base Class is located in *web.Class*, in the file *class.js*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:383 +msgid "Creating a subclass" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:385 +msgid "Let us discuss how classes are created. The main mechanism is to use the *extend* method (this is more or less the equivalent of *extend* in ES6 classes)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:407 +msgid "In this example, the *init* function is the constructor. It will be called when an instance is created. Making an instance is done by using the *new* keyword." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:413 +msgid "It is convenient to be able to inherit an existing class. This is simply done by using the *extend* method on the superclass. When a method is called, the framework will secretly rebind a special method: *_super* to the currently called method. This allows us to use *this._super* whenever we need to call a parent method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:438 +msgid "Mixins" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:440 +msgid "The odoo Class system does not support multiple inheritance, but for those cases when we need to share some behaviour, we have a mixin system: the *extend* method can actually take an arbitrary number of arguments, and will combine all of them in the new class." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:460 +msgid "In this example, the *Hamster* class is a subclass of Animal, but it also mix the DanceMixin in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:465 +msgid "Patching an existing class" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:467 +msgid "It is not common, but we sometimes need to modify another class *in place*. The goal is to have a mechanism to change a class and all future/present instances. This is done by using the *include* method:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:483 +msgid "This is obviously a dangerous operation and should be done with care. But with the way Odoo is structured, it is sometimes necessary in one addon to modify the behavior of a widget/class defined in another addon. Note that it will modify all instances of the class, even if they have already been created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:490 +msgid "Widgets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:492 +msgid "The *Widget* class is really an important building block of the user interface. Pretty much everything in the user interface is under the control of a widget. The Widget class is defined in the module *web.Widget*, in *widget.js*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:496 +msgid "In short, the features provided by the Widget class include:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:498 +msgid "parent/child relationships between widgets (*PropertiesMixin*)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:499 +msgid "extensive lifecycle management with safety features (e.g. automatically destroying children widgets during the destruction of a parent)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:501 +msgid "automatic rendering with :ref:`qweb <reference/qweb>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:502 +msgid "various utility functions to help interacting with the outside environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:504 +msgid "Here is an example of a basic counter widget:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:525 +msgid "For this example, assume that the template *some.template* (and is properly loaded: the template is in a file, which is properly defined in the *qweb* key in the module manifest) is given by:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:536 +msgid "This example widget can be used in the following manner:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:545 +msgid "This example illustrates a few of the features of the *Widget* class, including the event system, the template system, the constructor with the initial *parent* argument." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:549 +msgid "Widget Lifecycle" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:551 +msgid "Like many component systems, the widget class has a well defined lifecycle. The usual lifecycle is the following: *init* is called, then *willStart*, then the rendering takes place, then *start* and finally *destroy*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:557 +msgid "this is the constructor. The init method is supposed to initialize the base state of the widget. It is synchronous and can be overridden to take more parameters from the widget's creator/parent" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:0 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:0 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:0 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mobile.rst:0 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mobile.rst:0 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mobile.rst:0 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mobile.rst:0 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mobile.rst:0 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:0 +msgid "Arguments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:561 +msgid "the new widget's parent, used to handle automatic destruction and event propagation. Can be ``null`` for the widget to have no parent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:568 +msgid "this method will be called once by the framework when a widget is created and in the process of being appended to the DOM. The *willStart* method is a hook that should return a promise. The JS framework will wait for this promise to complete before moving on to the rendering step. Note that at this point, the widget does not have a DOM root element. The *willStart* hook is mostly useful to perform some asynchronous work, such as fetching data from the server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:577 +msgid "This step is automatically done by the framework. What happens is that the framework checks if a template key is defined on the widget. If that is the case, then it will render that template with the *widget* key bound to the widget in the rendering context (see the example above: we use *widget.count* in the QWeb template to read the value from the widget). If no template is defined, we read the *tagName* key and create a corresponding DOM element. When the rendering is done, we set the result as the $el property of the widget. After this, we automatically bind all events in the events and custom_events keys." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:589 +msgid "when the rendering is complete, the framework will automatically call the *start* method. This is useful to perform some specialized post-rendering work. For example, setting up a library." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:593 +msgid "Must return a promise to indicate when its work is done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:0 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:0 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:0 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:0 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:0 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:0 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:0 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:0 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:0 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:0 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:0 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:0 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:0 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:0 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mobile.rst:0 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mobile.rst:0 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:0 +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:0 +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:0 +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:0 +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:0 +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:0 +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:0 +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:0 +msgid "Returns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:595 +msgid "promise" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:599 +msgid "This is always the final step in the life of a widget. When a widget is destroyed, we basically perform all necessary cleanup operations: removing the widget from the component tree, unbinding all events, ..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:603 +msgid "Automatically called when the widget's parent is destroyed, must be called explicitly if the widget has no parent or if it is removed but its parent remains." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:607 +msgid "Note that the willStart and start method are not necessarily called. A widget can be created (the *init* method will be called) and then destroyed (*destroy* method) without ever having been appended to the DOM. If that is the case, the willStart and start will not even be called." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:613 +msgid "Widget API" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:617 +msgid "Used if the widget has no template defined. Defaults to ``div``, will be used as the tag name to create the DOM element to set as the widget's DOM root. It is possible to further customize this generated DOM root with the following attributes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:625 +msgid "Used to generate an ``id`` attribute on the generated DOM root. Note that this is rarely needed, and is probably not a good idea if a widget can be used more than once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:631 +msgid "Used to generate a ``class`` attribute on the generated DOM root. Note that it can actually contain more than one css class: *'some-class other-class'*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:637 +msgid "Mapping (object literal) of attribute names to attribute values. Each of these k:v pairs will be set as a DOM attribute on the generated DOM root." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:643 +msgid "raw DOM element set as root to the widget (only available after the start lifecycle method)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:648 +msgid "jQuery wrapper around :attr:`~Widget.el`. (only available after the start lifecycle method)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:653 +msgid "Should be set to the name of a :ref:`QWeb template <reference/qweb>`. If set, the template will be rendered after the widget has been initialized but before it has been started. The root element generated by the template will be set as the DOM root of the widget." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:660 +msgid "List of paths to xml files that need to be loaded before the widget can be rendered. This will not induce loading anything that has already been loaded. This is useful when you want to load your templates lazily, or if you want to share a widget between the website and the web client interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:674 +msgid "Events are a mapping of an event selector (an event name and an optional CSS selector separated by a space) to a callback. The callback can be the name of a widget's method or a function object. In either case, the ``this`` will be set to the widget:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:688 +msgid "The selector is used for jQuery's event delegation, the callback will only be triggered for descendants of the DOM root matching the selector. If the selector is left out (only an event name is specified), the event will be set directly on the widget's DOM root." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:694 +msgid "Note: the use of an inline function is discouraged, and will probably be removed sometimes in the future." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:699 +msgid "this is almost the same as the *events* attribute, but the keys are arbitrary strings. They represent business events triggered by some sub widgets. When an event is triggered, it will 'bubble up' the widget tree (see the section on component communication for more details)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:706 +msgid "``true`` if the widget is being or has been destroyed, ``false`` otherwise" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:711 +msgid "Applies the CSS selector specified as parameter to the widget's DOM root:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:718 +msgid "is functionally identical to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:724 +msgid "CSS selector" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:725 +msgid "jQuery object" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:727 +msgid "this helper method is similar to ``Backbone.View.$``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:731 +msgid "Re-sets the widget's DOM root to the provided element, also handles re-setting the various aliases of the DOM root as well as unsetting and re-setting delegated events." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:735 +msgid "a DOM element or jQuery object to set as the widget's DOM root" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:740 +msgid "Inserting a widget in the DOM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:744 +msgid "Renders the widget and inserts it as the last child of the target, uses `.appendTo()`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:749 +msgid "Renders the widget and inserts it as the first child of the target, uses `.prependTo()`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:754 +msgid "Renders the widget and inserts it as the preceding sibling of the target, uses `.insertAfter()`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:759 +msgid "Renders the widget and inserts it as the following sibling of the target, uses `.insertBefore()`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:762 +msgid "All of these methods accept whatever the corresponding jQuery method accepts (CSS selectors, DOM nodes or jQuery objects). They all return a promise and are charged with three tasks:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:766 +msgid "rendering the widget's root element via :func:`~Widget.renderElement`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:767 +msgid "inserting the widget's root element in the DOM using whichever jQuery method they match" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:769 +msgid "starting the widget, and returning the result of starting it" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:772 +msgid "Widget Guidelines" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:774 +msgid "Identifiers (``id`` attribute) should be avoided. In generic applications and modules, ``id`` limits the re-usability of components and tends to make code more brittle. Most of the time, they can be replaced with nothing, classes or keeping a reference to a DOM node or jQuery element." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:779 +msgid "If an ``id`` is absolutely necessary (because a third-party library requires one), the id should be partially generated using ``_.uniqueId()`` e.g.:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:786 +msgid "Avoid predictable/common CSS class names. Class names such as \"content\" or \"navigation\" might match the desired meaning/semantics, but it is likely an other developer will have the same need, creating a naming conflict and unintended behavior. Generic class names should be prefixed with e.g. the name of the component they belong to (creating \"informal\" namespaces, much as in C or Objective-C)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:793 +msgid "Global selectors should be avoided. Because a component may be used several times in a single page (an example in Odoo is dashboards), queries should be restricted to a given component's scope. Unfiltered selections such as ``$(selector)`` or ``document.querySelectorAll(selector)`` will generally lead to unintended or incorrect behavior. Odoo Web's :class:`~Widget` has an attribute providing its DOM root (:attr:`~Widget.$el`), and a shortcut to select nodes directly (:func:`~Widget.$`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:802 +msgid "More generally, never assume your components own or controls anything beyond its own personal :attr:`~Widget.$el` (so, avoid using a reference to the parent widget)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:806 +msgid "Html templating/rendering should use QWeb unless absolutely trivial." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:808 +msgid "All interactive components (components displaying information to the screen or intercepting DOM events) must inherit from :class:`~Widget` and correctly implement and use its API and life cycle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:812 +msgid "Make sure to wait for start to be finished before using $el e.g.:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:844 +msgid "QWeb Template Engine" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:846 +msgid "The web client uses the :doc:`qweb` template engine to render widgets (unless they override the *renderElement* method to do something else). The Qweb JS template engine is based on XML, and is mostly compatible with the python implementation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:851 +msgid "Now, let us explain how the templates are loaded. Whenever the web client starts, a rpc is made to the */web/webclient/qweb* route. The server will then return a list of all templates defined in data files for each installed modules. The correct files are listed in the *qweb* entry in each module manifest." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:856 +msgid "The web client will wait for that list of template to be loaded, before starting its first widget." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:859 +msgid "This mechanism works quite well for our needs, but sometimes, we want to lazy load a template. For example, imagine that we have a widget which is rarely used. In that case, maybe we prefer to not load its template in the main file, in order to make the web client slightly lighter. In that case, we can use the *xmlDependencies* key of the Widget:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:877 +msgid "With this, the *Counter* widget will load the xmlDependencies files in its *willStart* method, so the template will be ready when the rendering is performed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:882 +msgid "Event system" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:884 +msgid "There are currently two event systems supported by Odoo: a simple system which allows adding listeners and triggering events, and a more complete system that also makes events 'bubble up'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:888 +msgid "Both of these event systems are implemented in the *EventDispatcherMixin*, in the file *mixins.js*. This mixin is included in the *Widget* class." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:892 +msgid "Base Event system" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:894 +msgid "This event system was historically the first. It implements a simple bus pattern. We have 4 main methods:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:897 +msgid "*on*: this is used to register a listener on an event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:898 +msgid "*off*: useful to remove events listener." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:899 +msgid "*once*: this is used to register a listener that will only be called once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:900 +msgid "*trigger*: trigger an event. This will cause each listeners to be called." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:902 +msgid "Here is an example on how this event system could be used:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:927 +msgid "the use of this event system is discouraged, we plan to replace each *trigger* method by the *trigger_up* method from the extended event system" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:931 +msgid "Extended Event System" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:933 +msgid "The custom event widgets is a more advanced system, which mimic the DOM events API. Whenever an event is triggered, it will 'bubble up' the component tree, until it reaches the root widget, or is stopped." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:937 +msgid "*trigger_up*: this is the method that will create a small *OdooEvent* and dispatch it in the component tree. Note that it will start with the component that triggered the event" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:940 +msgid "*custom_events*: this is the equivalent of the *event* dictionary, but for odoo events." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:943 +msgid "The OdooEvent class is very simple. It has three public attributes: *target* (the widget that triggered the event), *name* (the event name) and *data* (the payload). It also has 2 methods: *stopPropagation* and *is_stopped*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:947 +msgid "The previous example can be updated to use the custom event system:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:974 +msgid "Registries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:976 +msgid "A common need in the Odoo ecosystem is to extend/change the behaviour of the base system from the outside (by installing an application, i.e. a different module). For example, one may need to add a new widget type in some views. In that case, and many others, the usual process is to create the desired component, then add it to a registry (registering step), to make the rest of the web client aware of its existence." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:983 +msgid "There are a few registries available in the system:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:998 +msgid "field registry (exported by :js:data:`web.field_registry`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:986 +msgid "The field registry contains all field widgets known to the web client. Whenever a view (typically form or list/kanban) needs a field widget, this is where it will look. A typical use case look like this:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:998 +msgid "Note that each value should be a subclass of *AbstractField*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1003 +msgid "view registry" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1001 +msgid "This registry contains all JS views known to the web client (and in particular, the view manager). Each value of this registry should be a subclass of *AbstractView*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1010 +msgid "action registry" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1006 +msgid "We keep track of all client actions in this registry. This is where the action manager looks up whenever it needs to create a client action. In version 11, each value should simply be a subclass of *Widget*. However, in version 12, the values are required to be *AbstractAction*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1013 +msgid "Communication between widgets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1015 +msgid "There are many ways to communicate between components." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1023 +msgid "From a parent to its child" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1018 +msgid "This is a simple case. The parent widget can simply call a method on its child:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1050 +msgid "From a widget to its parent/some ancestor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1026 +msgid "In this case, the widget's job is simply to notify its environment that something happened. Since we do not want the widget to have a reference to its parent (this would couple the widget with its parent's implementation), the best way to proceed is usually to trigger an event, which will bubble up the component tree, by using the ``trigger_up`` method:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1036 +msgid "This event will be triggered on the widget, then will bubble up and be eventually caught by some upstream widget:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1081 +msgid "Cross component" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1053 +msgid "Cross component communication can be achieved by using a bus. This is not the preferred form of communication, because it has the disadvantage of making the code harder to maintain. However, it has the advantage of decoupling the components. In that case, this is simply done by triggering and listening to events on a bus. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1084 +msgid "Services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1086 +msgid "In version 11.0, we introduced the notion of *service*. The main idea is to give to sub components a controlled way to access their environment, in a way that allow the framework enough control, and which is testable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1090 +msgid "The service system is organized around three ideas: services, service providers and widgets. The way it works is that widgets trigger (with *trigger_up*) events, these events bubble up to a service provider, which will ask a service to perform a task, then maybe return an answer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1096 +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:354 +msgid "Service" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1098 +msgid "A service is an instance of the *AbstractService* class. It basically only has a name and a few methods. Its job is to perform some work, typically something depending on the environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1102 +msgid "For example, we have the *ajax* service (job is to perform a rpc), the *localStorage* (interact with the browser local storage) and many others." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1105 +msgid "Here is a simplified example on how the ajax service is implemented:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1118 +msgid "This service is named 'ajax' and define one method, *rpc*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1121 +msgid "Service Provider" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1123 +msgid "For services to work, it is necessary that we have a service provider ready to dispatch the custom events. In the *backend* (web client), this is done by the main web client instance. Note that the code for the service provider comes from the *ServiceProviderMixin*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1130 +msgid "Widget" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1132 +msgid "The widget is the part that requests a service. In order to do that, it simply triggers an event *call_service* (typically by using the helper function *call*). This event will bubble up and communicate the intent to the rest of the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1136 +msgid "In practice, some functions are so frequently called that we have some helpers functions to make them easier to use. For example, the *_rpc* method is a helper that helps making a rpc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1152 +msgid "If a widget is destroyed, it will be detached from the main component tree and will not have a parent. In that case, the events will not bubble up, which means that the work will not be done. This is usually exactly what we want from a destroyed widget." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1158 +msgid "RPCs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1160 +msgid "The rpc functionality is supplied by the ajax service. But most people will probably only interact with the *_rpc* helpers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1163 +msgid "There are typically two usecases when working on Odoo: one may need to call a method on a (python) model (this goes through a controller *call_kw*), or one may need to directly call a controller (available on some route)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1167 +msgid "Calling a method on a python model:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1177 +msgid "Directly calling a controller:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1187 +msgid "Notifications" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1189 +msgid "The Odoo framework has a standard way to communicate various information to the user: notifications, which are displayed on the top right of the user interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1192 +msgid "There are two types of notifications:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1194 +msgid "*notification*: useful to display some feedback. For example, whenever a user unsubscribed to a channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1197 +msgid "*warning*: useful to display some important/urgent information. Typically most kind of (recoverable) errors in the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1200 +msgid "Also, notifications can be used to ask a question to the user without disturbing its workflow. Imagine a phone call received through VOIP: a sticky notification could be displayed with two buttons *Accept* and *Decline*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1205 +msgid "Notification system" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1207 +msgid "The notification system in Odoo is designed with the following components:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1209 +msgid "a *Notification* widget: this is a simple widget that is meant to be created and displayed with the desired information" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1212 +msgid "a *NotificationService*: a service whose responsibility is to create and destroy notifications whenever a request is done (with a custom_event). Note that the web client is a service provider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1216 +msgid "a client action *display_notification*: this allows to trigger the display of a notification from python (e.g. in the method called when the user clicked on a button of type object)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1220 +msgid "two helper functions in *ServiceMixin*: *do_notify* and *do_warn*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1224 +msgid "Displaying a notification" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1225 +msgid "The most common way to display a notification is by using two methods that come from the *ServiceMixin*:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1241 +msgid "*do_notify(title, message, sticky, className)*:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1229 +msgid "Display a notification of type *notification*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1231 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1246 +msgid "*title*: string. This will be displayed on the top as a title" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1233 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1248 +msgid "*message*: string, the content of the notification" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1235 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1250 +msgid "*sticky*: boolean, optional. If true, the notification will stay until the user dismisses it. Otherwise, the notification will be automatically closed after a short delay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1239 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1254 +msgid "*className*: string, optional. This is a css class name that will be automatically added to the notification. This could be useful for styling purpose, even though its use is discouraged." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1256 +msgid "*do_warn(title, message, sticky, className)*:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1244 +msgid "Display a notification of type *warning*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1258 +msgid "Here are two examples on how to use these methods:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1267 +msgid "Here an example in python:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1284 +msgid "Systray" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1286 +msgid "The Systray is the right part of the menu bar in the interface, where the web client displays a few widgets, such as a messaging menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1289 +msgid "When the SystrayMenu is created by the menu, it will look for all registered widgets and add them as a sub widget at the proper place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1292 +msgid "There is currently no specific API for systray widgets. They are supposed to be simple widgets, and can communicate with their environment just like other widgets with the *trigger_up* method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1297 +msgid "Adding a new Systray Item" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1299 +msgid "There is no systray registry. The proper way to add a widget is to add it to the class variable SystrayMenu.items." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1314 +msgid "Ordering" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1316 +msgid "Before adding the widget to himself, the Systray Menu will sort the items by a sequence property. If that property is not present on the prototype, it will use 50 instead. So, to position a systray item to be on the right, one can set a very high sequence number (and conversely, a low number to put it on the left)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1328 +msgid "Translation management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1330 +msgid "Some translations are made on the server side (basically all text strings rendered or processed by the server), but there are strings in the static files that need to be translated. The way it currently works is the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1334 +msgid "each translatable string is tagged with the special function *_t* (available in the JS module *web.core*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1336 +msgid "these strings are used by the server to generate the proper PO files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1337 +msgid "whenever the web client is loaded, it will call the route */web/webclient/translations*, which returns a list of all translatable terms" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1339 +msgid "in runtime, whenever the function *_t* is called, it will look up in this list in order to find a translation, and return it or the original string if none is found." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1343 +msgid "Note that translations are explained in more details, from the server point of view, in the document :doc:`translations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1346 +msgid "There are two important functions for the translations in javascript: *_t* and *_lt*. The difference is that *_lt* is lazily evaluated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1365 +msgid "In this example, the *_lt* is necessary because the translations are not ready when the module is loaded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1368 +msgid "Note that translation functions need some care. The string given in argument should not be dynamic." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1372 +msgid "Session" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1374 +msgid "There is a specific module provided by the web client which contains some information specific to the user current *session*. Some notable keys are" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1377 +msgid "uid: the current user ID (its ID as a *res.users*)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1378 +msgid "user_name: the user name, as a string" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1379 +msgid "the user context (user ID, language and timezone)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1380 +msgid "partner_id: the ID of the partner associated to the current user" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1381 +msgid "db: the name of the database currently being in use" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1384 +msgid "Adding information to the session" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1386 +msgid "When the /web route is loaded, the server will inject some session information in the template a script tag. The information will be read from the method *session_info* of the model *ir.http*. So, if one wants to add a specific information, it can be done by overriding the session_info method and adding it to the dictionary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1406 +msgid "Now, the value can be obtained in javascript by reading it in the session:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1414 +msgid "Note that this mechanism is designed to reduce the amount of communication needed by the web client to be ready. It is more appropriate for data which is cheap to compute (a slow session_info call will delay the loading for the web client for everyone), and for data which is required early in the initialization process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1423 +msgid "The word 'view' has more than one meaning. This section is about the design of the javascript code of the views, not the structure of the *arch* or anything else." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1427 +msgid "In 2017, Odoo replaced the previous view code with a new architecture. The main need was to separate the rendering logic from the model logic." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1431 +msgid "Views (in a generic sense) are now described with 4 pieces: a View, a Controller, a Renderer and a Model. The API of these 4 pieces is described in the AbstractView, AbstractController, AbstractRenderer and AbstractModel classes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1452 +msgid "the View is the factory. Its job is to get a set of fields, arch, context and some other parameters, then to construct a Controller/Renderer/Model triplet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1455 +msgid "The view's role is to properly setup each piece of the MVC pattern, with the correct information. Usually, it has to process the arch string and extract the data necessary for each other parts of the view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1459 +msgid "Note that the view is a class, not a widget. Once its job has been done, it can be discarded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1462 +msgid "the Renderer has one job: representing the data being viewed in a DOM element. Each view can render the data in a different way. Also, it should listen on appropriate user actions and notify its parent (the Controller) if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1466 +msgid "The Renderer is the V in the MVC pattern." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1468 +msgid "the Model: its job is to fetch and hold the state of the view. Usually, it represents in some way a set of records in the database. The Model is the owner of the 'business data'. It is the M in the MVC pattern." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1472 +msgid "the Controller: its job is to coordinate the renderer and the model. Also, it is the main entry point for the rest of the web client. For example, when the user changes something in the search view, the *update* method of the controller will be called with the appropriate information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1477 +msgid "It is the C in the MVC pattern." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1480 +msgid "The JS code for the views has been designed to be usable outside of the context of a view manager/action manager. They could be used in a client action, or, they could be displayed in the public website (with some work on the assets)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1487 +msgid "Field Widgets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1489 +msgid "A good part of the web client experience is about editing and creating data. Most of that work is done with the help of field widgets, which are aware of the field type and of the specific details on how a value should be displayed and edited." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1494 +msgid "AbstractField" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1496 +msgid "The *AbstractField* class is the base class for all widgets in a view, for all views that support them (currently: Form, List, Kanban)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1499 +msgid "There are many differences between the v11 field widgets and the previous versions. Let us mention the most important ones:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1502 +msgid "the widgets are shared between all views (well, Form/List/Kanban). No need to duplicate the implementation anymore. Note that it is possible to have a specialized version of a widget for a view, by prefixing it with the view name in the view registry: *list.many2one* will be chosen in priority over *many2one*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1506 +msgid "the widgets are no longer the owner of the field value. They only represent the data and communicate with the rest of the view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1508 +msgid "the widgets do no longer need to be able to switch between edit and readonly mode. Now, when such a change is necessary, the widget will be destroyed and rerendered again. It is not a problem, since they do not own their value anyway" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1512 +msgid "the field widgets can be used outside of a view. Their API is slightly awkward, but they are designed to be standalone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1516 +msgid "Decorations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1518 +msgid "Like the list view, field widgets have a simple support for decorations. The goal of decorations is to have a simple way to specify a text color depending on the record current state. For example," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1526 +msgid "The valid decoration names are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1528 +msgid "decoration-bf" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1529 +msgid "decoration-it" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1530 +msgid "decoration-danger" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1531 +msgid "decoration-info" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1532 +msgid "decoration-muted" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1533 +msgid "decoration-primary" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1534 +msgid "decoration-success" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1535 +msgid "decoration-warning" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1537 +msgid "Each decoration *decoration-X* will be mapped to a css class *text-X*, which is a standard bootstrap css class (except for *text-it* and *text-bf*, which are handled by odoo and correspond to italic and bold, respectively). Note that the value of the decoration attribute should be a valid python expression, which will be evaluated with the record as evaluation context." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1544 +msgid "Non relational fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1546 +msgid "We document here all non relational fields available by default, in no particular order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1580 +msgid "integer (FieldInteger)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1550 +msgid "This is the default field type for fields of type *integer*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1552 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1741 +msgid "Supported field types: *integer*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1554 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1595 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1667 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1680 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1693 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1720 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1805 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1823 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1888 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1932 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1951 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1983 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:2004 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:2076 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:2106 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:2180 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:2195 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:2205 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:2253 +msgid "Options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1556 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1597 +msgid "type: setting the input type (*text* by default, can be set on *number*)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1558 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1599 +msgid "On edit mode, the field is rendered as an input with the HTML attribute type setted on *number* (so user can benefit the native support, especially on mobile). In this case, the default formatting is disabled to avoid incompability." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1566 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1607 +msgid "step: set the step to the value up and down when the user click on buttons (only for input of type number, 1 by default)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1573 +msgid "format: should the number be formatted. (true by default)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1576 +msgid "By default, numbers are formatted according to locale parameters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1576 +msgid "This option will prevent the field's value from being formatted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1621 +msgid "float (FieldFloat)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1583 +msgid "This is the default field type for fields of type *float*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1585 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1628 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1635 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1644 +msgid "Supported field types: *float*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1587 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:2100 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:2175 +msgid "Attributes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1589 +msgid "digits: displayed precision" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1628 +msgid "float_time (FieldFloatTime)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1624 +msgid "The goal of this widget is to display properly a float value that represents a time interval (in hours). So, for example, 0.5 should be formatted as 0:30, or 4.75 correspond to 4:45." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1635 +msgid "float_factor (FieldFloatFactor)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1631 +msgid "This widget aims to display properly a float value that converted using a factor given in its options. So, for example, the value saved in database is 0.5 and the factor is 3, the widget value should be formatted as 1.5." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1648 +msgid "float_toggle (FieldFloatToggle)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1638 +msgid "The goal of this widget is to replace the input field by a button containing a range of possible values (given in the options). Each click allows the user to loop in the range. The purpose here is to restrict the field value to a predefined selection. Also, the widget support the factor conversion as the *float_factor* widget (Range values should be the result of the conversion)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1653 +msgid "boolean (FieldBoolean)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1651 +msgid "This is the default field type for fields of type *boolean*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1653 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1920 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1930 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:2002 +msgid "Supported field types: *boolean*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1658 +msgid "char (FieldChar)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1656 +msgid "This is the default field type for fields of type *char*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1658 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1748 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1756 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1787 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1794 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:2021 +msgid "Supported field types: *char*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1673 +msgid "date (FieldDate)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1661 +msgid "This is the default field type for fields of type *date*. Note that it also works with datetime fields. It uses the session timezone when formatting dates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1665 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1678 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1691 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1711 +msgid "Supported field types: *date*, *datetime*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1669 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1682 +msgid "datepicker: extra settings for the datepicker_ widget." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1686 +msgid "datetime (FieldDateTime)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1676 +msgid "This is the default field type for fields of type *datetime*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1703 +msgid "daterange (FieldDateRange)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1689 +msgid "This widget allows the user to select start and end date into a single picker." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1695 +msgid "related_start_date: apply on end date field to get start date value which is used to display range in the picker." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1697 +msgid "related_end_date: apply on start date field to get end date value which is used to display range in the picker." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1699 +msgid "picker_options: extra settings for picker." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1711 +msgid "remaining_days (RemainingDays)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1706 +msgid "This widget can be used on date and datetime fields. In readonly, it displays the delta (in days) between the value of the field and today. The widget is intended to be used for informative purpose: therefore the value cannot be modified in edit mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1726 +msgid "monetary (FieldMonetary)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1714 +msgid "This is the default field type for fields of type 'monetary'. It is used to display a currency. If there is a currency fields given in option, it will use that, otherwise it will fall back to the default currency (in the session)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1718 +msgid "Supported field types: *monetary*, *float*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1722 +msgid "currency_field: another field name which should be a many2one on currency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1732 +msgid "text (FieldText)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1729 +msgid "This is the default field type for fields of type *text*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1731 +msgid "Supported field types: *text*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1742 +msgid "handle (HandleWidget)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1735 +msgid "This field's job is to be displayed as a *handle*, and allows reordering the various records by drag and dropping them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1738 +msgid "It has to be specified on the field by which records are sorted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1739 +msgid "Having more than one field with a handle widget on the same list is not supported." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1748 +msgid "email (FieldEmail)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1745 +msgid "This field displays email address. The main reason to use it is that it is rendered as an anchor tag with the proper href, in readonly mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1756 +msgid "phone (FieldPhone)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1751 +msgid "This field displays a phone number. The main reason to use it is that it is rendered as an anchor tag with the proper href, in readonly mode, but only in some cases: we only want to make it clickable if the device can call this particular number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1775 +msgid "url (UrlWidget)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1759 +msgid "This field displays an url (in readonly mode). The main reason to use it is that it is rendered as an anchor tag with the proper css classes and href." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1762 +msgid "Also, the text of the anchor tag can be customized with the *text* attribute (it won't change the href value)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1787 +msgid "domain (FieldDomain)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1778 +msgid "The \"Domain\" field allows the user to construct a technical-prefix domain thanks to a tree-like interface and see the selected records in real time. In debug mode, an input is also there to be able to enter the prefix char domain directly (or to build advanced domains the tree-like interface does not allow to)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1784 +msgid "Note that this is limited to 'static' domain (no dynamic expression, or access to context variable)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1794 +msgid "link_button (LinkButton)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1790 +msgid "The LinkButton widget actually simply displays a span with an icon and the text value as content. The link is clickable and will open a new browser window with its value as url." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1816 +msgid "image (FieldBinaryImage)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1797 +msgid "This widget is used to represent a binary value as an image. In some cases, the server returns a 'bin_size' instead of the real image (a bin_size is a string representing a file size, such as 6.5kb). In that case, the widget will make an image with a source attribute corresponding to an image on the server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1803 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1821 +msgid "Supported field types: *binary*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1807 +msgid "preview_image: if the image is only loaded as a 'bin_size', then this option is useful to inform the web client that the default field name is not the name of the current field, but the name of another field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1811 +msgid "accepted_file_extensions: the file extension the user can pick from the file input dialog box (default value is `image/\\*`) (cf: ``accept`` attribute on <input type=\"file\"/>)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1836 +msgid "binary (FieldBinaryFile)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1819 +msgid "Generic widget to allow saving/downloading a binary file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1825 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:2197 +msgid "accepted_file_extensions: the file extension the user can pick from the file input dialog box (cf: ``accept`` attribute on <input type=\"file\"/>)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1828 +msgid "Attribute:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1830 +msgid "filename: saving a binary file will lose its file name, since it only saves the binary value. The filename can be saved in another field. To do that, an attribute filename should be set to a field present in the view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1845 +msgid "priority (PriorityWidget)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1839 +msgid "This widget is rendered as a set of stars, allowing the user to click on it to select a value or not. This is useful for example to mark a task as high priority." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1843 +msgid "Note that this widget also works in 'readonly' mode, which is unusual." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1845 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1862 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1886 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1905 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1914 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:2057 +msgid "Supported field types: *selection*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1857 +msgid "attachment_image (AttachmentImage)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1848 +msgid "Image widget for many2one fields. If the field is set, this widget will be rendered as an image with the proper src url. This widget does not have a different behaviour in edit or readonly mode, it is only useful to view an image." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1853 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:2098 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:2130 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:2141 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:2150 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:2168 +msgid "Supported field types: *many2one*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1880 +msgid "image_selection (ImageSelection)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1860 +msgid "Allow the user to select a value by clicking on an image." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1864 +msgid "Options: a dictionary with a mapping from a selection value to an object with the url for an image (*image_link*) and a preview image (*preview_link*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1867 +msgid "Note that this option is not optional!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1896 +msgid "label_selection (LabelSelection)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1883 +msgid "This widget renders a simple non-editable label. This is only useful to display some information, not to edit it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1890 +msgid "classes: a mapping from a selection value to a css class" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1909 +msgid "state_selection (StateSelectionWidget)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1899 +msgid "This is a specialized selection widget. It assumes that the record has some hardcoded fields, present in the view: *stage_id*, *legend_normal*, *legend_blocked*, *legend_done*. This is mostly used to display and change the state of a task in a project, with additional information displayed in the dropdown." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1914 +msgid "kanban_state_selection (StateSelectionWidget)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1912 +msgid "This is exactly the same widget as state_selection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1920 +msgid "boolean_favorite (FavoriteWidget)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1917 +msgid "This widget is displayed as an empty (or not) star, depending on a boolean value. Note that it also can be edited in readonly mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1939 +msgid "boolean_button (FieldBooleanButton)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1923 +msgid "The Boolean Button widget is meant to be used in a stat button in a form view. The goal is to display a nice button with the current state of a boolean field (for example, 'Active'), and allow the user to change that field when clicking on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1928 +msgid "Note that it also can be edited in readonly mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1934 +msgid "terminology: it can be either 'active', 'archive', 'close' or a customized mapping with the keys *string_true*, *string_false*, *hover_true*, *hover_false*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1943 +msgid "boolean_toggle (BooleanToggle)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1942 +msgid "Displays a toggle switch to represent a boolean. This is a subfield of FieldBoolean, mostly used to have a different look." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1964 +msgid "statinfo (StatInfo)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1946 +msgid "This widget is meant to represent statistical information in a *stat button*. It is basically just a label with a number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1949 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1972 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1981 +msgid "Supported field types: *integer, float*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1953 +msgid "label_field: if given, the widget will use the value of the label_field as text." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1976 +msgid "percentpie (FieldPercentPie)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1967 +msgid "This widget is meant to represent statistical information in a *stat button*. This is similar to a statinfo widget, but the information is represented in a *pie* chart (empty to full). Note that the value is interpreted as a percentage (a number between 0 and 100)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1995 +msgid "progressbar (FieldProgressBar)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1979 +msgid "Represent a value as a progress bar (from 0 to some value)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1985 +msgid "editable: boolean if value is editable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1986 +msgid "current_value: get the current_value from the field that must be present in the view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1987 +msgid "max_value: get the max_value from the field that must be present in the view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1988 +msgid "edit_max_value: boolean if the max_value is editable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1989 +msgid "title: title of the bar, displayed on top of the bar --> not translated, use parameter (not option) \"title\" instead" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:2013 +msgid "toggle_button (FieldToggleBoolean)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:1998 +msgid "This widget is intended to be used on boolean fields. It toggles a button switching between a green bullet / gray bullet. It also set up a tooltip, depending on the value and some options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:2006 +msgid "active: the string for the tooltip that should be set when boolean is true" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:2007 +msgid "inactive: the tooltip that should be set when boolean is false" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:2031 +msgid "dashboard_graph (JournalDashboardGraph)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:2016 +msgid "This is a more specialized widget, useful to display a graph representing a set of data. For example, it is used in the accounting dashboard kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:2019 +msgid "It assumes that the field is a JSON serialization of a set of data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:2023 +msgid "Attribute" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:2025 +msgid "graph_type: string, can be either 'line' or 'bar'" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:2037 +msgid "ace (AceEditor)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:2034 +msgid "This widget is intended to be used on Text fields. It provides Ace Editor for editing XML and Python." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:2037 +msgid "Supported field types: *char, text*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:2050 +msgid "badge (FieldBadge)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:2040 +msgid "Displays the value inside a bootstrap badge pill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:2042 +msgid "Supported field types: *char*, *selection*, *many2one*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:2044 +msgid "By default, the badge has a lightgrey background, but it can be customized by using the decoration-X mechanism. For instance, to display a red badge under a given condition:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:2061 +msgid "a string which is used to display some info when no value is selected" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:2083 +msgid "radio (FieldRadio)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:2068 +msgid "This is a subfield of FielSelection, but specialized to display all the valid choices as radio buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:2071 +msgid "Note that if used on a many2one records, then more rpcs will be done to fetch the name_gets of the related records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:2074 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:2089 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:2273 +msgid "Supported field types: *selection, many2one*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:2078 +msgid "horizontal: if true, radio buttons will be displayed horizontally." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:2093 +msgid "selection_badge (FieldSelectionBadge)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:2086 +msgid "This is a subfield of FieldSelection, but specialized to display all the valid choices as rectangular badges." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:2121 +msgid "many2one (FieldMany2One)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:2096 +msgid "Default widget for many2one fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:2102 +msgid "can_create: allow the creation of related records (take precedence over no_create option)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:2104 +msgid "can_write: allow the editing of related records (default: true)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:2108 +msgid "no_create: prevent the creation of related records" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:2109 +msgid "quick_create: allow the quick creation of related records (default: true)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:2110 +msgid "no_quick_create: prevent the quick creation of related records (don't ask me)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:2111 +msgid "no_create_edit: same as no_create, maybe..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:2112 +msgid "create_name_field: when creating a related record, if this option is set, the value of the *create_name_field* will be filled with the value of the input (default: *name*)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:2113 +msgid "always_reload: boolean, default to false. If true, the widget will always do an additional name_get to fetch its name value. This is used for the situations where the name_get method is overridden (please do not do that)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:2116 +msgid "no_open: boolean, default to false. If set to true, the many2one will not redirect on the record when clicking on it (in readonly mode)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:2130 +msgid "list.many2one (ListFieldMany2One)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:2124 +msgid "Default widget for many2one fields (in list view)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:2126 +msgid "Specialization of many2one field for list views. The main reason is that we need to render many2one fields (in readonly mode) as a text, which does not allow opening the related records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:2141 +msgid "many2one_barcode (FieldMany2OneBarcode)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:2133 +msgid "Widget for many2one fields allows to open the camera from a mobile device (Android/iOS) to scan a barcode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:2135 +msgid "Specialization of many2one field where the user is allowed to use the native camera to scan a barcode. Then it uses name_search to search this value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:2138 +msgid "If this widget is set and user is not using the mobile application, it will fallback to regular many2one (FieldMany2One)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:2150 +msgid "many2one_avatar (Many2OneAvatar)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:2144 +msgid "This widget is only supported on many2one fields pointing to a model which inherits from 'image.mixin'. In readonly, it displays the image of the related record next to its display_name. Note that the display_name isn't a clickable link in this case. In edit, it behaves exactly like the regular many2one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:2157 +msgid "many2one_avatar_user (Many2OneAvatarUser)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:2153 +msgid "This widget is a specialization of the Many2OneAvatar. When the avatar is clicked, we open a chat window with the corresponding user. This widget can only be set on many2one fields pointing to the 'res.users' model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:2157 +msgid "Supported field types: *many2one* (pointing to 'res.users')" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:2162 +msgid "many2one_avatar_employee (Many2OneAvatarEmployee)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:2160 +msgid "Same as Many2OneAvatarUser, but for many2one fields pointing to 'hr.employee'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:2162 +msgid "Supported field types: *many2one* (pointing to 'hr.employee')" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:2168 +msgid "kanban.many2one (KanbanFieldMany2One)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:2165 +msgid "Default widget for many2one fields (in kanban view). We need to disable all editing in kanban views." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:2185 +msgid "many2many (FieldMany2Many)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:2171 +msgid "Default widget for many2many fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:2173 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:2193 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:2203 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:2230 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:2235 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:2244 +msgid "Supported field types: *many2many*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:2177 +msgid "mode: string, default view to display" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:2178 +msgid "domain: restrict the data to a specific domain" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:2182 +msgid "create_text: allow the customization of the text displayed when adding a new record" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:2184 +msgid "link: domain determining whether or not records can be added to the relation (default: True)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:2185 +msgid "unlink: domain determining whether or not records can be removed from the relation (default: True)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:2198 +msgid "many2many_binary (FieldMany2ManyBinaryMultiFiles)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:2188 +msgid "This widget helps the user to upload or delete one or more files at the same time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:2191 +msgid "Note that this widget is specific to the model 'ir.attachment'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:2224 +msgid "many2many_tags (FieldMany2ManyTags)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:2201 +msgid "Display many2many as a list of tags." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:2207 +msgid "create: domain determining whether or not new tags can be created (default: True)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:2213 +msgid "color_field: the name of a numeric field, which should be present in the view. A color will be chosen depending on its value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:2220 +msgid "no_edit_color: set to True to remove the possibility to change the color of the tags (default: False)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:2230 +msgid "form.many2many_tags (FormFieldMany2ManyTags)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:2227 +msgid "Specialization of many2many_tags widget for form views. It has some extra code to allow editing the color of a tag." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:2235 +msgid "kanban.many2many_tags (KanbanFieldMany2ManyTags)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:2233 +msgid "Specialization of many2many_tags widget for kanban views." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:2244 +msgid "many2many_checkboxes (FieldMany2ManyCheckBoxes)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:2238 +msgid "This field displays a list of checkboxes and allows the user to select a subset of the choices. Note that the number of displayed values is limited to 100. This limit isn't customizable. It simply allows to handle extreme cases where this widget is wrongly set on a field with a huge comodel. In those cases, a list view is more adequate as it allows pagination and filtering." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:2267 +msgid "one2many (FieldOne2Many)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:2247 +msgid "Default widget for one2many fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:2249 +msgid "It usually displays data in a sub list view, or a sub kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:2251 +msgid "Supported field types: *one2many*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:2255 +msgid "create: domain determining whether or not related records can be created (default: True)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:2257 +msgid "delete: domain determining whether or not related records can be deleted (default: True)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:2263 +msgid "create_text: a string that is used to customize the 'Add' label/text." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:2273 +msgid "statusbar (FieldStatus)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:2270 +msgid "This is a really specialized widget for the form views. It is the bar on top of many forms which represent a flow, and allow selecting a specific state." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:2281 +msgid "reference (FieldReference)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:2276 +msgid "The FieldReference is a combination of a select (for the model) and a FieldMany2One (for its value). It allows the selection of a record on an arbitrary model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:2280 +msgid "Supported field types: *char, reference*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:2284 +msgid "Client actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:2286 +msgid "The idea of a client action is a customized widget that is integrated in the web client interface, just like a *act_window_action*. This is useful when you need a component that is not closely linked to an existing view or a specific model. For example, the Discuss application is actually a client action." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:2292 +msgid "A client action is a term that has various meanings, depending on the context:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:2294 +msgid "from the perspective of the server, it is a record of the model *ir_action*, with a field *tag* of type char" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:2296 +msgid "from the perspective of the web client, it is a widget, which inherit from the class AbstractAction, and is supposed to be registered in the action registry under the corresponding key (from the field char)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:2300 +msgid "Whenever a menu item is associated to a client action, opening it will simply fetch the action definition from the server, then lookup into its action registry to get the Widget definition at the appropriate key, and finally, it will instantiate and append the widget to the proper place in the DOM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:2306 +msgid "Adding a client action" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:2308 +msgid "A client action is a widget which will control the part of the screen below the menu bar. It can have a control panel, if necessary. Defining a client action can be done in two steps: implementing a new widget, and registering the widget in the action registry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:2323 +msgid "Implementing a new client action." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:2314 +msgid "This is done by creating a widget:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:2346 +msgid "Registering the client action:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:2326 +msgid "As usual, we need to make the web client aware of the mapping between client actions and the actual class:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:2336 +msgid "Then, to use the client action in the web client, we need to create a client action record (a record of the model ``ir.actions.client``) with the proper ``tag`` attribute:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:2349 +msgid "Using the control panel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:2351 +msgid "By default, the client action does not display a control panel. In order to do that, several steps should be done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:2354 +msgid "Set the *hasControlPanel* to *true*. In the widget code:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:2366 +msgid "when the ``loadControlPanel`` is set to true, the client action will automatically get the content of a search view or a control panel view. In this case, a model name should be specified like this:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:2377 +msgid "Call the method *updateControlPanel* whenever we need to update the control panel. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/javascript_reference.rst:2406 +msgid "The ``updateControlPanel`` is the main method to customize the content in controlpanel. For more information, look into the `control_panel_renderer.js <https://github.com/odoo/odoo/blob/13.0/addons/web/static/src/js/views/control_panel/control_panel_renderer.js#L130>`_ file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:6 +msgid "Mixins and Useful Classes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:8 +msgid "Odoo implements some useful classes and mixins that make it easy for you to add often-used behaviours on your objects. This guide will details most of them, with examples and use cases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:15 +msgid "Messaging features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:20 +msgid "Messaging integration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:23 +msgid "Basic messaging system" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:25 +msgid "Integrating messaging features to your model is extremely easy. Simply inheriting the ``mail.thread`` model and adding the messaging fields (and their appropriate widgets) to your form view will get you up and running in no time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:29 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:203 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:275 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:425 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:612 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:741 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:177 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:843 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1004 +msgid "Example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:31 +msgid "Let's create a simplistic model representing a business trip. Since organizing this kind of trip usually involves a lot of people and a lot of discussion, let's add support for message exchange on the model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:46 +msgid "In the form view:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:66 +msgid "Once you've added chatter support on your model, users can easily add messages or internal notes on any record of your model; every one of those will send a notification (to all followers for messages, to employee (*base.group_user*) users for internal notes). If your mail gateway and catchall address are correctly configured, these notifications will be sent by e-mail and can be replied-to directly from your mail client; the automatic routing system will route the answer to the correct thread." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:74 +msgid "Server-side, some helper functions are there to help you easily send messages and to manage followers on your record:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:78 +msgid "Posting messages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:81 +msgid "Post a new message in an existing thread, returning the new mail.message ID." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:0 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:0 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:0 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:0 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:0 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:0 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:0 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:0 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:0 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:0 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:0 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:0 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:0 +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:0 +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:0 +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:0 +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:0 +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:0 +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:0 +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:0 +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:0 +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:0 +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:0 +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:0 +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:0 +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:0 +msgid "Parameters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:84 +msgid "body of the message, usually raw HTML that will be sanitized" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:86 +msgid "see mail_message.message_type field" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:87 +msgid "handle reply to a previous message by adding the parent partners to the message in case of private discussion" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:89 +msgid "list of attachment tuples in the form ``(name,content)``, where content is NOT base64 encoded" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:91 +msgid "extra keyword arguments will be used as default column values for the new mail.message record" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:93 +msgid "ID of newly created mail.message" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:0 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:0 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:0 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:0 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:0 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:0 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:0 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:0 +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:0 +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:0 +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:0 +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:0 +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:0 +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:0 +msgid "Return type" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:98 +msgid "Helper method to send a mail / post a message using a view_id to render using the ir.qweb engine. This method is stand alone, because there is nothing in template and composer that allows to handle views in batch. This method will probably disappear when templates handle ir ui views." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:104 +msgid "external id or record of the view that should be sent" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:109 +msgid "Helper method to send a mail with a template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:111 +msgid "the id of the template to render to create the body of the message" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:112 +msgid "parameter to create a mail.compose.message wizzard (which inherit from mail.message)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:115 +msgid "Receiving messages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:116 +msgid "These methods are called when a new e-mail is processed by the mail gateway. These e-mails can either be new thread (if they arrive via an :ref:`alias <reference/mixins/mail/alias>`) or simply replies from an existing thread. Overriding them allows you to set values on the thread's record depending on some values from the email itself (i.e. update a date or an e-mail address, add CC's addresses as followers, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:124 +msgid "Called by ``message_process`` when a new message is received for a given thread model, if the message did not belong to an existing thread." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:128 +msgid "The default behavior is to create a new record of the corresponding model (based on some very basic info extracted from the message). Additional behavior may be implemented by overriding this method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:132 +msgid "a map containing the email details and attachments. See ``message_process`` and ``mail.message.parse`` for details" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:134 +msgid "optional dictionary of additional field values to pass to create() when creating the new thread record; be careful, these values may override any other values coming from the message" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:139 +msgid "the id of the newly created thread object" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:143 +msgid "Called by ``message_process`` when a new message is received for an existing thread. The default behavior is to update the record with ``update_vals`` taken from the incoming email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:147 +msgid "Additional behavior may be implemented by overriding this method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:150 +msgid "a map containing the email details and attachments; see ``message_process`` and ``mail.message.parse()`` for details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:152 +msgid "a dict containing values to update records given their ids; if the dict is None or is void, no write operation is performed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:154 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:182 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:192 +msgid "True" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:157 +msgid "Followers management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:160 +msgid "Add partners to the records followers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:162 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:178 +msgid "IDs of the partners that will be subscribed to the record" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:164 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:180 +msgid "IDs of the channels that will be subscribed to the record" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:166 +msgid "IDs of the subtypes that the channels/partners will be subscribed to (defaults to the default subtypes if ``None``)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:168 +msgid "if True, delete existing followers before creating new one using the subtypes given in the parameters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:170 +msgid "Success/Failure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:176 +msgid "Remove partners from the record's followers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:188 +msgid "Wrapper on message_subscribe, using users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:190 +msgid "IDs of the users that will be unsubscribed to the record; if None, unsubscribe the current user instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:197 +msgid "Logging changes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:199 +msgid "The ``mail`` module adds a powerful tracking system on fields, allowing you to log changes to specific fields in the record's chatter. To add tracking to a field, simple set the tracking attribute to True." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:205 +msgid "Let's track changes on the name and responsible of our business trips:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:219 +msgid "From now on, every change to a trip's name or responsible will log a note on the record. The ``name`` field will be displayed in the notification as well to give more context about the notification (even if the name did not change)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:226 +msgid "Subtypes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:228 +msgid "Subtypes give you more granular control over messages. Subtypes act as a classification system for notifications, allowing subscribers to a document to customize the subtype of notifications they wish to receive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:232 +msgid "Subtypes are created as data in your module; the model has the following fields:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:235 +msgid "``name`` (mandatory) - :class:`~odoo.fields.Char`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:235 +msgid "name of the subtype, will be displayed in the notification customization popup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:238 +msgid "``description`` - :class:`~odoo.fields.Char`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:238 +msgid "description that will be added in the message posted for this subtype. If void, the name will be added instead" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:241 +msgid "``internal`` - :class:`~odoo.fields.Boolean`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:241 +msgid "messages with internal subtypes will be visible only by employees, aka members of the ``base.group_user`` group" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:246 +msgid "``parent_id`` - :class:`~odoo.fields.Many2one`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:244 +msgid "link subtypes for automatic subscription; for example project subtypes are linked to task subtypes through this link. When someone is subscribed to a project, he will be subscribed to all tasks of this project with subtypes found using the parent subtype" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:249 +msgid "``relation_field`` - :class:`~odoo.fields.Char`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:249 +msgid "as an example, when linking project and tasks subtypes, the relation field is the project_id field of tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:251 +msgid "``res_model`` - :class:`~odoo.fields.Char`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:252 +msgid "model the subtype applies to; if False, this subtype applies to all models" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:253 +msgid "``default`` - :class:`~odoo.fields.Boolean`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:254 +msgid "wether the subtype is activated by default when subscribing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:255 +msgid "``sequence`` - :class:`~odoo.fields.Integer`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:256 +msgid "used to order subtypes in the notification customization popup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:259 +msgid "``hidden`` - :class:`~odoo.fields.Boolean`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:258 +msgid "wether the subtype is hidden in the notification customization popup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:261 +msgid "Interfacing subtypes with field tracking allows to subscribe to different kind of notifications depending on what might interest users. To do this, you can override the ``_track_subtype()`` function:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:267 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:349 +msgid "Give the subtype triggered by the changes on the record according to values that have been updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:270 +msgid "the original values of the record; only modified fields are present in the dict" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:272 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:391 +msgid "a subtype's full external id or False if no subtype is triggered" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:277 +msgid "Let's add a ``state`` field on our example class and trigger a notification with a specific subtype when this field change values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:280 +msgid "First, let's define our subtype:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:292 +msgid "Then, we need to override the ``track_subtype()`` function. This function is called by the tracking system to know which subtype should be used depending on the change currently being applied. In our case, we want to use our shiny new subtype when the ``state`` field changes from *draft* to *confirmed*:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:323 +msgid "Customizing notifications" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:325 +msgid "When sending notifications to followers, it can be quite useful to add buttons in the template to allow quick actions directly from the e-mail. Even a simple button to link directly to the record's form view can be useful; however in most cases you don't want to display these buttons to portal users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:330 +msgid "The notification system allows customizing notification templates in the following ways:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:333 +msgid "Display *Access Buttons*: these buttons are visible at the top of the notification e-mail and allow the recipient to directly access the form view of the record" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:335 +msgid "Display *Follow Buttons*: these buttons allow the recipient to directly quickly subscribe from the record" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:337 +msgid "Display *Unfollow Buttons*: these buttons allow the recipient to directly quickly unsubscribe from the record" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:339 +msgid "Display *Custom Action Buttons*: these buttons are calls to specific routes and allow you to make some useful actions directly available from the e-mail (i.e. converting a lead to an opportunity, validating an expense sheet for an Expense Manager, etc.)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:344 +msgid "These buttons settings can be applied to different groups that you can define yourself by overriding the function ``_notification_recipients``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:352 +msgid "``mail.message`` record currently being sent" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:353 +msgid "list of tuple of the form (group_name, group_func,group_data) where: group_name is an identifier used only to be able to override and manipulate groups. Default groups are ``user`` (recipients linked to an employee user), ``portal`` (recipients linked to a portal user) and ``customer`` (recipients not linked to any user). An example of override use would be to add a group linked to a res.groups like Hr Officers to set specific action buttons to them. group_func is a function pointer taking a partner record as parameter. This method will be applied on recipients to know whether they belong to a given group or not. Only first matching group is kept. Evaluation order is the list order. group_data is a dict containing parameters for the notification email with the following possible keys - values: - has_button_access whether to display Access <Document> in email. True by default for new groups, False for portal / customer. - button_access dict with url and title of the button - has_button_follow whether to display Follow in email (if recipient is not currently following the thread). True by default for new groups, False for portal / customer. - button_follow dict with url adn title of the button - has_button_unfollow whether to display Unfollow in email (if recipient is currently following the thread). True by default for new groups, False for portal / customer. - button_unfollow dict with url and title of the button - actions list of action buttons to display in the notification email. Each action is a dict containing url and title of the button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:353 +msgid "list of tuple of the form (group_name, group_func,group_data) where:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:360 +msgid "group_name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:356 +msgid "is an identifier used only to be able to override and manipulate groups. Default groups are ``user`` (recipients linked to an employee user), ``portal`` (recipients linked to a portal user) and ``customer`` (recipients not linked to any user). An example of override use would be to add a group linked to a res.groups like Hr Officers to set specific action buttons to them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:365 +msgid "group_func" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:363 +msgid "is a function pointer taking a partner record as parameter. This method will be applied on recipients to know whether they belong to a given group or not. Only first matching group is kept. Evaluation order is the list order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:389 +msgid "group_data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:368 +msgid "is a dict containing parameters for the notification email with the following possible keys - values:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:372 +msgid "has_button_access" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:372 +msgid "whether to display Access <Document> in email. True by default for new groups, False for portal / customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:374 +msgid "button_access" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:375 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:386 +msgid "dict with url and title of the button" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:378 +msgid "has_button_follow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:377 +msgid "whether to display Follow in email (if recipient is not currently following the thread). True by default for new groups, False for portal / customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:380 +msgid "button_follow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:381 +msgid "dict with url adn title of the button" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:383 +msgid "has_button_unfollow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:383 +msgid "whether to display Unfollow in email (if recipient is currently following the thread). True by default for new groups, False for portal / customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:385 +msgid "button_unfollow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:389 +msgid "actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:388 +msgid "list of action buttons to display in the notification email. Each action is a dict containing url and title of the button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:394 +msgid "The urls in the actions list can be generated automatically by calling the ``_notification_link_helper()`` function:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:400 +msgid "Generate a link for the given type on the current record (or on a specific record if the kwargs ``model`` and ``res_id`` are set)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:403 +msgid "link type to be generated; can be any of these values: ``view`` link to form view of the record ``assign`` assign the logged user to the ``user_id`` field of the record (if it exists) ``follow`` self-explanatory ``unfollow`` self-explanatory ``method`` call a method on the record; the method's name should be provided as the kwarg ``method`` ``new`` open an empty form view for a new record; you can specify a specific action by providing its id (database id or fully resolved external id) in the kwarg ``action_id``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:403 +msgid "link type to be generated; can be any of these values:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:405 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:579 +msgid "``view``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:406 +msgid "link to form view of the record" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:408 +msgid "``assign``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:408 +msgid "assign the logged user to the ``user_id`` field of the record (if it exists)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:410 +msgid "``follow``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:411 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:413 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1276 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1278 +msgid "self-explanatory" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:412 +msgid "``unfollow``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:415 +msgid "``method``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:415 +msgid "call a method on the record; the method's name should be provided as the kwarg ``method``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:420 +msgid "``new``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:418 +msgid "open an empty form view for a new record; you can specify a specific action by providing its id (database id or fully resolved external id) in the kwarg ``action_id``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:422 +msgid "link of the type selected for the record" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:427 +msgid "Let's add a custom button to the Business Trip state change notification; this button will reset the state to Draft and will be only visible to a member of the (imaginary) group Travel Manager (``business.group_trip_manager``)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:466 +msgid "Note that that I could have defined my evaluation function outside of this method and define a global function to do it instead of a lambda, but for the sake of being more brief and less verbose in these documentation files that can sometimes be boring, I choose the former instead of the latter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:472 +msgid "Overriding defaults" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:474 +msgid "There are several ways you can customize the behaviour of ``mail.thread`` models, including (but not limited to):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:479 +msgid "``_mail_post_access`` - :class:`~odoo.models.Model` attribute" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:478 +msgid "the required access rights to be able to post a message on the model; by default a ``write`` access is needed, can be set to ``read`` as well" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:499 +msgid "Context keys:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:482 +msgid "These context keys can be used to somewhat control ``mail.thread`` features like auto-subscription or field tracking during calls to ``create()`` or ``write()`` (or any other method where it may be useful)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:486 +msgid "``mail_create_nosubscribe``: at create or message_post, do not subscribe the current user to the record thread" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:488 +msgid "``mail_create_nolog``: at create, do not log the automatic '<Document> created' message" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:490 +msgid "``mail_notrack``: at create and write, do not perform the value tracking creating messages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:492 +msgid "``tracking_disable``: at create and write, perform no MailThread features (auto subscription, tracking, post, ...)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:494 +msgid "``mail_auto_delete``: auto delete mail notifications; True by default" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:495 +msgid "``mail_notify_force_send``: if less than 50 email notifications to send, send them directly instead of using the queue; True by default" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:497 +msgid "``mail_notify_user_signature``: add the current user signature in email notifications; True by default" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:504 +msgid "Mail alias" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:506 +msgid "Aliases are configurable email addresses that are linked to a specific record (which usually inherits the ``mail.alias.mixin`` model) that will create new records when contacted via e-mail. They are an easy way to make your system accessible from the outside, allowing users or customers to quickly create records in your database without needing to connect to Odoo directly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:513 +msgid "Aliases vs. Incoming Mail Gateway" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:515 +msgid "Some people use the Incoming Mail Gateway for this same purpose. You still need a correctly configured mail gateway to use aliases, however a single catchall domain will be sufficient since all routing will be done inside Odoo. Aliases have several advantages over Mail Gateways:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:523 +msgid "Easier to configure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:521 +msgid "A single incoming gateway can be used by many aliases; this avoids having to configure multiple emails on your domain name (all configuration is done inside Odoo)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:524 +msgid "No need for System access rights to configure aliases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:525 +msgid "More coherent" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:526 +msgid "Configurable on the related record, not in a Settings submenu" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:531 +msgid "Easier to override server-side" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:528 +msgid "Mixin model is built to be extended from the start, allowing you to extract useful data from incoming e-mails more easily than with a mail gateway." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:534 +msgid "Alias support integration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:536 +msgid "Aliases are usually configured on a parent model which will then create specific record when contacted by e-mail. For example, Project have aliases to create tasks or issues, Sales Team have aliases to generate Leads." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:540 +msgid "The model that will be created by the alias **must** inherit the ``mail_thread`` model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:543 +msgid "Alias support is added by inheriting ``mail.alias.mixin``; this mixin will generate a new ``mail.alias`` record for each record of the parent class that gets created (for example, every ``project.project`` record having its ``mail.alias`` record initialized on creation)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:548 +msgid "Aliases can also be created manually and supported by a simple :class:`~odoo.fields.Many2one` field. This guide assumes you wish a more complete integration with automatic creation of the alias, record-specific default values, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:553 +msgid "Unlike ``mail.thread`` inheritance, the ``mail.alias.mixin`` **requires** some specific overrides to work correctly. These overrides will specify the values of the created alias, like the kind of record it must create and possibly some default values these records may have depending on the parent object:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:560 +msgid "Return the model name for the alias. Incoming emails that are not replies to existing records will cause the creation of a new record of this alias model. The value may depend on ``vals``, the dict of values passed to ``create`` when a record of this model is created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:565 +msgid "values of the newly created record that will holding the alias" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:567 +msgid "model name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:572 +msgid "Return values to create an alias, or to write on the alias after its creation. While not completely mandatory, it is usually required to make sure that newly created records will be linked to the alias' parent (i.e. tasks getting created in the right project) by setting a dictionary of default values in the alias' ``alias_defaults`` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:578 +msgid "dictionnary of values that will be written to the new alias" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:581 +msgid "The ``_get_alias_values()`` override is particularly interesting as it allows you to modify the behaviour of your aliases easily. Among the fields that can be set on the alias, the following are of particular interest:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:586 +msgid "``alias_name`` - :class:`~odoo.fields.Char`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:586 +msgid "name of the email alias, e.g. 'jobs' if you want to catch emails for <jobs@example.odoo.com>" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:591 +msgid "``alias_user_id`` - :class:`~odoo.fields.Many2one` (``res.users``)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:589 +msgid "owner of records created upon receiving emails on this alias; if this field is not set the system will attempt to find the right owner based on the sender (From) address, or will use the Administrator account if no system user is found for that address" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:594 +msgid "``alias_defaults`` - :class:`~odoo.fields.Text`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:594 +msgid "Python dictionary that will be evaluated to provide default values when creating new records for this alias" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:598 +msgid "``alias_force_thread_id`` - :class:`~odoo.fields.Integer`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:597 +msgid "optional ID of a thread (record) to which all incoming messages will be attached, even if they did not reply to it; if set, this will disable the creation of new records completely" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:605 +msgid "``alias_contact`` - :class:`~odoo.fields.Selection`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:601 +msgid "Policy to post a message on the document using the mailgateway" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:603 +msgid "*everyone*: everyone can post" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:604 +msgid "*partners*: only authenticated partners" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:605 +msgid "*followers*: only followers of the related document or members of following channels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:607 +msgid "Note that aliases make use of :ref:`delegation inheritance <reference/orm/inheritance>`, which means that while the alias is stored in another table, you have access to all these fields directly from your parent object. This allows you to make your alias easily configurable from the record's form view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:614 +msgid "Let's add aliases on our business trip class to create expenses on the fly via e-mail." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:662 +msgid "We would like our alias to be easily configurable from the form view of our business trips, so let's add the following to our form view:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:687 +msgid "Now we can change the alias address directly from the form view and change who can send e-mails to the alias." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:690 +msgid "We can then override ``message_new()`` on our expense model to fetch the values from our email when the expense will be created:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:727 +msgid "Activities tracking" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:729 +msgid "Activities are actions users have to take on a document like making a phone call or organizing a meeting. Activities come with the mail module as they are integrated in the Chatter but are *not bundled with mail.thread*. Activities are records of the ``mail.activity`` class, which have a type (``mail.activity.type``), name, description, scheduled time (among others). Pending activities are visible above the message history in the chatter widget." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:736 +msgid "You can integrate activities using the ``mail.activity.mixin`` class on your object and the specific widgets to display them (via the field ``activity_ids``) in the form view and kanban view of your records (``mail_activity`` and ``kanban_activity`` widgets, respectively)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:743 +msgid "Organizing a business trip is a tedious process and tracking needed activities like ordering plane tickets or a cab for the airport could be useful. To do so, we will add the activities mixin on our model and display the next planned activities in the message history of our trip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:758 +msgid "We modify the form view of our trips to display their next activites:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:777 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:853 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:1072 +msgid "You can find concrete examples of integration in the following models:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:779 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:855 +msgid "``crm.lead`` in the CRM (*crm*) Application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:780 +msgid "``sale.order`` in the Sales (*sale*) Application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:781 +msgid "``project.task`` in the Project (*poject*) Application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:787 +msgid "Website features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:792 +msgid "Visitor tracking" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:794 +msgid "The ``utm.mixin`` class can be used to track online marketing/communication campaigns through arguments in links to specified resources. The mixin adds 3 fields to your model:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:798 +msgid "``campaign_id``: :class:`~odoo.fields.Many2one` field to a ``utm.campaign`` object (i.e. Christmas_Special, Fall_Collection, etc.)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:800 +msgid "``source_id``: :class:`~odoo.fields.Many2one` field to a ``utm.source`` object (i.e. Search Engine, mailing list, etc.)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:802 +msgid "``medium_id``: :class:`~odoo.fields.Many2one` field to a ``utm.medium`` object (i.e. Snail Mail, e-Mail, social network update, etc.)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:805 +msgid "These models have a single field ``name`` (i.e. they are simply there to distinguish campaigns but don't have any specific behaviour)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:808 +msgid "Once a customer visits your website with these parameters set in the url (i.e. https://www.odoo.com/?campaign_id=mixin_talk&source_id=www.odoo.com&medium_id=website), three cookies are set in the visitor's website for these parameters. Once a object that inherits the utm.mixin is created from the website (i.e. lead form, job application, etc.), the utm.mixin code kicks in and fetches the values from the cookies to set them in the new record. Once this is done, you can then use the campaign/source/medium fields as any other field when defining reports and views (group by, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:817 +msgid "To extend this behaviour, simply add a relational field to a simple model (the model should support the *quick create* (i.e. call to ``create()`` with a single ``name`` value) and extend the function ``tracking_fields()``:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:846 +msgid "This will tell the system to create a cookie named *odoo_utm_my_field* with the value found in the url parameter ``my_field``; once a new record of this model is created by a call from a website form, the generic override of the ``create()`` method of ``utm.mixin`` will fetch the default values for this field from the cookie (and the ``my_module.my_track`` record will be creatwed on the fly if it does not exist yet)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:856 +msgid "``hr.applicant`` in the Recruitment Process (*hr_recruitment*) Application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:857 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:1075 +msgid "``helpdesk.ticket`` in the Helpdesk (*helpdesk* - Odoo Enterprise only) Application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:862 +msgid "Website visibility" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:864 +msgid "You can quite easily add a website visibility toggle on any of your record. While this mixin is quite easy to implement manually, it is the most often-used after the ``mail.thread`` inheritance; a testament to its usefulness. The typical use case for this mixin is any object that has a frontend-page; being able to control the visibility of the page allows you to take your time while editing the page and only publish it when you're satisfied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:871 +msgid "To include the functionnality, you only need to inherit ``website.published.mixin``:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:880 +msgid "This mixin adds 2 fields on your model:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:882 +msgid "``website_published``: :class:`~odoo.fields.Boolean` field which represents the status of the publication" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:884 +msgid "``website_url``: :class:`~odoo.fields.Char` field which represents the URL through which the object is accessed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:887 +msgid "Note that this last field is a computed field and must be implemented for your class:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:895 +msgid "Once the mechanism is in place, you just have to adapt your frontend and backend views to make it accessible. In the backend, adding a button in the button box is usually the way to go:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:906 +msgid "In the frontend, some security checks are needed to avoid showing 'Editing' buttons to website visitors:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:920 +msgid "Note that you must pass your object as the variable ``object`` to the template; in this example, the ``blog.post`` record was passed as the ``blog_post`` variable to the ``qweb`` rendering engine, it is necessary to specify this to the publish management template. The ``publish_edit`` variable allow the frontend button to link to the backend (allowing you to switch from frontend to backend and vice-versa easily); if set, you must specify the full external id of the action you want to call in the backend in the ``action`` variable (note that a Form View must exist for the model)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:929 +msgid "The action ``website_publish_button`` is defined in the mixin and adapts its behaviour to your object: if the class has a valid ``website_url`` compute function, the user is redirected to the frontend when he clicks on the button; the user can then publish the page directly from the frontend. This ensures that no online publication can happen by accident. If there is not compute function, the boolean ``website_published`` is simply triggered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:939 +msgid "Website metadata" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:941 +msgid "This simple mixin simply allows you to easily inject metadata in your frontend pages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:951 +msgid "This mixin adds 3 fields on your model:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:953 +msgid "``website_meta_title``: :class:`~odoo.fields.Char` field that allow you to set an additional title to your page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:955 +msgid "``website_meta_description``: :class:`~odoo.fields.Char` field that contains a short description of the page (sometimes used in search engines results)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:957 +msgid "``website_meta_keywords``: :class:`~odoo.fields.Char` field that contains some keywords to help your page to be classified more precisely by search engines; the \"Promote\" tool will help you select lexically-related keywords easily" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:961 +msgid "These fields are editable in the frontend using the \"Promote\" tool from the Editor toolbar. Setting these fields can help search engines to better index your pages. Note that search engines do not base their results only on these metadata; the best SEO practice should still be to get referenced by reliable sources." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:969 +msgid "Others" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:974 +msgid "Customer Rating" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:976 +msgid "The rating mixin allows sending email to ask for customer rating, automatic transitioning in a kanban processes and aggregating statistics on your ratings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:980 +msgid "Adding rating on your model" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:982 +msgid "To add rating support, simply inherit the ``rating.mixin`` model:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:993 +msgid "The behaviour of the mixin adapts to your model:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:995 +msgid "The ``rating.rating`` record will be linked to the ``partner_id`` field of your model (if the field is present)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:998 +msgid "this behaviour can be overridden with the function ``rating_get_partner_id()`` if you use another field than ``partner_id``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:1001 +msgid "The ``rating.rating`` record will be linked to the partner of the ``user_id`` field of your model (if the field is present) (i.e. the partner who is rated)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:1004 +msgid "this behaviour can be overridden with the function ``rating_get_rated_partner_id()`` if you use another field than ``user_id`` (note that the function must return a ``res.partner``, for ``user_id`` the system automatically fetches the partner of the user)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:1009 +msgid "The chatter history will display the rating event (if your model inherits from ``mail.thread``)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:1013 +msgid "Send rating requests by e-mail" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:1015 +msgid "If you wish to send emails to request a rating, simply generate an e-mail with links to the rating object. A very basic email template could look like this:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:1039 +msgid "Your customer will then receive an e-mail with links to a simple webpage allowing them to provide a feedback on their interaction with your users (including a free-text feedback message)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:1043 +msgid "You can then quite easily integrate your ratings with your form view by defining an action for the ratings:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:1069 +msgid "Note that there are default views (kanban,pivot,graph) for ratings which allow you a quick bird's eye view of your customer ratings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mixins.rst:1074 +msgid "``project.task`` in the Project (*rating_project*) Application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mobile.rst:6 +msgid "Mobile JavaScript" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mobile.rst:11 +msgid "In Odoo 10.0 we released a mobile app which allows you to access all **Odoo apps** (even your customized modules)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mobile.rst:14 +msgid "The application is a combination of **Odoo Web** and **Native Mobile components**. In other words it is a Odoo Web instance loaded inside a native, mobile, WebView container." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mobile.rst:17 +msgid "This page documents how you can access mobile native components like Camera, Vibration, Notification and Toast through Odoo Web (via JavaScript). For this, you do not need to be a mobile developer, if you know Odoo JavaScript API you can access all available mobile features." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mobile.rst:22 +msgid "These features work with **Odoo Enterprise 10.0+** only" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mobile.rst:25 +msgid "How does it work?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mobile.rst:27 +msgid "Internal workings of the mobile application:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mobile.rst:31 +msgid "Of course, it is a web page that loads on a Mobile Native Web container. But it is integrated in such a way that you can access native resources from your web JavaScript." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mobile.rst:35 +msgid "WebPages (Odoo Web) is on the top of each layer, where the second layer is a Bridge between Odoo Web (JS) and the native mobile components." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mobile.rst:38 +msgid "When any call from JavaScript is triggered it passes through Bridge and Bridge passes it to the native invoker to perform that action." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mobile.rst:41 +msgid "When the native component has done its work, it is passed to the Bridge again and you get the output in JavaScript." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mobile.rst:44 +msgid "Process time taken by the Native component depends on what you are requesting from the Native resources. For example the Camera or GPS Location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mobile.rst:48 +msgid "How to use it?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mobile.rst:50 +msgid "Just like the Odoo Web Framework, the Mobile API can be used anywhere by getting the object from **web_mobile.rpc**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mobile.rst:55 +msgid "The mobile RPC object provides a list of methods that are available (this only works with the mobile app)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mobile.rst:58 +msgid "Check if the method is available and then execute it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mobile.rst:61 +msgid "Methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mobile.rst:63 +msgid "Each of the methods returns a JQuery Deffered object which returns a data JSON dictionary" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mobile.rst:67 +msgid "Show Toast in device" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mobile.rst:71 +msgid "**message** text to display" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mobile.rst:73 +msgid "A toast provides simple feedback about an operation in a small popup. It only fills the amount of space required for the message and the current activity remains visible and interactive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mobile.rst:85 +msgid "Vibrating device" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mobile.rst:90 +msgid "Vibrates constantly for the specified period of time (in milliseconds)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mobile.rst:93 +msgid "Vibrate mobile device with given duration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mobile.rst:100 +msgid "Show snackbar with action" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mobile.rst:104 +msgid "(*required*) **Message** to show in snackbar and action **button label** in Snackbar (optional)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mobile.rst:105 +msgid "``True`` if the user clicks on the Action button, ``False`` if SnackBar auto dismissed after some time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mobile.rst:107 +msgid "Snackbars provide lightweight feedback about an operation. They show a brief message at the bottom of the screen on mobile or in the lower left corner on larger devices. Snackbars appear above all the other elements on the screen and only one can be displayed at a time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mobile.rst:125 +msgid "Showing notification" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mobile.rst:129 +msgid "**title** (first row) of the notification, **message** (second row) of the notification, in a standard notification." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mobile.rst:131 +msgid "A notification is a message you can display to the user outside of your application's normal UI. When you tell the system to issue a notification, it first appears as an icon in the notification area. To see the details of the notification, the user opens the notification drawer. Both the notification area and the notification drawer are system-controlled areas that the user can view at any time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mobile.rst:146 +msgid "Create contact in device" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mobile.rst:150 +msgid "Dictionary with contact details. Possible keys (name, mobile, phone, fax, email, website, street, street2, country_id, state_id, city, zip, parent_id, function and image)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mobile.rst:152 +msgid "Create a new device contact with the given contact details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mobile.rst:179 +msgid "Scanning barcodes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mobile.rst:183 +msgid "Scanned ``code`` from any barcode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mobile.rst:185 +msgid "The barcode API detects barcodes in real-time, on the device, in any orientation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mobile.rst:187 +msgid "The barcode API can read the following barcode formats:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mobile.rst:189 +msgid "1D barcodes: EAN-13, EAN-8, UPC-A, UPC-E, Code-39, Code-93, Code-128, ITF, Codabar" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mobile.rst:190 +msgid "2D barcodes: QR Code, Data Matrix, PDF-417, AZTEC" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mobile.rst:201 +msgid "Switching account in device" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/mobile.rst:205 +msgid "Use switchAccount to switch from one account to another on the device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/module.rst:4 +msgid "Module Manifests" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/module.rst:11 +msgid "Manifest" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/module.rst:13 +msgid "The manifest file serves to declare a python package as an Odoo module and to specify module metadata." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/module.rst:16 +msgid "It is a file called ``__manifest__.py`` and contains a single Python dictionary, where each key specifies module metadatum." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/module.rst:40 +msgid "Available manifest fields are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/module.rst:42 +msgid "``name`` (``str``, required)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/module.rst:43 +msgid "the human-readable name of the module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/module.rst:44 +msgid "``version`` (``str``)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/module.rst:45 +msgid "this module's version, should follow `semantic versioning`_ rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/module.rst:46 +msgid "``description`` (``str``)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/module.rst:47 +msgid "extended description for the module, in reStructuredText" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/module.rst:48 +msgid "``author`` (``str``)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/module.rst:49 +msgid "name of the module author" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/module.rst:50 +msgid "``website`` (``str``)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/module.rst:51 +msgid "website URL for the module author" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/module.rst:65 +msgid "``license`` (``str``, defaults: ``LGPL-3``)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/module.rst:53 +msgid "distribution license for the module. Possible values:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/module.rst:56 +msgid "`GPL-2`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/module.rst:57 +msgid "`GPL-2 or any later version`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/module.rst:58 +msgid "`GPL-3`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/module.rst:59 +msgid "`GPL-3 or any later version`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/module.rst:60 +msgid "`AGPL-3`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/module.rst:61 +msgid "`LGPL-3`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/module.rst:62 +msgid "`Other OSI approved licence`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/module.rst:63 +msgid "`OEEL-1` (Odoo Enterprise Edition License v1.0)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/module.rst:64 +msgid "`OPL-1` (Odoo Proprietary License v1.0)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/module.rst:65 +msgid "`Other proprietary`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/module.rst:73 +msgid "``category`` (``str``, default: ``Uncategorized``)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/module.rst:68 +msgid "classification category within Odoo, rough business domain for the module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/module.rst:70 +msgid "Although using `existing categories`_ is recommended, the field is freeform and unknown categories are created on-the-fly. Category hierarchies can be created using the separator ``/`` e.g. ``Foo / Bar`` will create a category ``Foo``, a category ``Bar`` as child category of ``Foo``, and will set ``Bar`` as the module's category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/module.rst:80 +msgid "``depends`` (``list(str)``)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/module.rst:76 +msgid "Odoo modules which must be loaded before this one, either because this module uses features they create or because it alters resources they define." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/module.rst:80 +msgid "When a module is installed, all of its dependencies are installed before it. Likewise dependencies are loaded before a module is loaded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/module.rst:83 +msgid "``data`` (``list(str)``)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/module.rst:83 +msgid "List of data files which must always be installed or updated with the module. A list of paths from the module root directory" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/module.rst:86 +msgid "``demo`` (``list(str)``)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/module.rst:86 +msgid "List of data files which are only installed or updated in *demonstration mode*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/module.rst:97 +msgid "``auto_install`` (``bool``, default: ``False``)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/module.rst:89 +msgid "If ``True``, this module will automatically be installed if all of its dependencies are installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/module.rst:92 +msgid "It is generally used for \"link modules\" implementing synergic integration between two otherwise independent modules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/module.rst:95 +msgid "For instance ``sale_crm`` depends on both ``sale`` and ``crm`` and is set to ``auto_install``. When both ``sale`` and ``crm`` are installed, it automatically adds CRM campaigns tracking to sale orders without either ``sale`` or ``crm`` being aware of one another" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/module.rst:110 +msgid "``external_dependencies`` (``dict(key=list(str))``)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/module.rst:100 +msgid "A dictionary containing python and/or binary dependencies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/module.rst:102 +msgid "For python dependencies, the ``python`` key must be defined for this dictionary and a list of python modules to be imported should be assigned to it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/module.rst:106 +msgid "For binary dependencies, the ``bin`` key must be defined for this dictionary and a list of binary executable names should be assigned to it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/module.rst:109 +msgid "The module won't be installed if either the python module is not installed in the host machine or the binary executable is not found within the host machine's PATH environment variable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/module.rst:114 +msgid "``application`` (``bool``, default: ``False``)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/module.rst:113 +msgid "Whether the module should be considered as a fully-fledged application (``True``) or is just a technical module (``False``) that provides some extra functionality to an existing application module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/module.rst:117 +msgid "``css`` (``list(str)``)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/module.rst:117 +msgid "Specify css files with custom rules to be imported, these files should be located in ``static/src/css`` inside the module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/module.rst:119 +msgid "``images`` (``list(str)``)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/module.rst:120 +msgid "Specify image files to be used by the module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/module.rst:121 +msgid "``installable`` (``bool`` default: ``True``)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/module.rst:122 +msgid "Whether a user should be able to install the module from the Web UI or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/module.rst:124 +msgid "``maintainer`` (``str``)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/module.rst:124 +msgid "Person or entity in charge of the maintenance of this module, by default it is assumed that the author is the maintainer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/module.rst:140 +msgid "``{pre_init, post_init, uninstall}_hook`` (``str``)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/module.rst:127 +msgid "Hooks for module installation/uninstallation, their value should be a string representing the name of a function defined inside the module's ``__init__.py``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/module.rst:131 +msgid "``pre_init_hook`` takes a cursor as its only argument, this function is executed prior to the module's installation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/module.rst:134 +msgid "``post_init_hook`` takes a cursor and a registry as its arguments, this function is executed right after the module's installation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/module.rst:137 +msgid "``uninstall_hook`` takes a cursor and a registry as its arguments, this function is executed after the module's uninstallation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/module.rst:140 +msgid "These hooks should only be used when setup/cleanup required for this module is either extremely difficult or impossible through the api." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/module.rst:143 +msgid "``active`` (``bool``)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/module.rst:143 +msgid "This indicates whether this module must install automatically or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:6 +msgid "ORM API" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:14 +msgid "Models" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:16 +msgid "Model fields are defined as attributes on the model itself::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:24 +msgid "this means you cannot define a field and a method with the same name, the last one will silently overwrite the former ones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:27 +msgid "By default, the field's label (user-visible name) is a capitalized version of the field name, this can be overridden with the ``string`` parameter. ::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:32 +msgid "For the list of field types and parameters, see :ref:`the fields reference <reference/fields>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:35 +msgid "Default values are defined as parameters on fields, either as a value::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:39 +msgid "or as a function called to compute the default value, which should return that value::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:85 +msgid "AbstractModel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:90 +msgid "Model" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:99 +msgid "TransientModel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:111 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:36 +msgid "Fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:123 +msgid "Basic Fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:136 +msgid "Advanced Fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:153 +msgid "Date(time) Fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:155 +msgid ":class:`Dates <odoo.fields.Date>` and :class:`Datetimes <odoo.fields.Datetime>` are very important fields in any kind of business application. Their misuse can create invisible yet painful bugs, this section aims to provide Odoo developers with the knowledge required to avoid misusing these fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:161 +msgid "When assigning a value to a Date/Datetime field, the following options are valid:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:163 +msgid "A `date` or `datetime` object." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:164 +msgid "A string in the proper server format:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:166 +msgid "``YYYY-MM-DD`` for :class:`~odoo.fields.Date` fields," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:167 +msgid "``YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS`` for :class:`~odoo.fields.Datetime` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:169 +msgid "`False` or `None`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:171 +msgid "The Date and Datetime fields class have helper methods to attempt conversion into a compatible type:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:174 +msgid ":func:`~odoo.fields.Date.to_date` will convert to a :class:`datetime.date`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:175 +msgid ":func:`~odoo.fields.Datetime.to_datetime` will convert to a :class:`datetime.datetime`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:179 +msgid "To parse date/datetimes coming from external sources::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:183 +msgid "Date / Datetime comparison best practices:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:185 +msgid "Date fields can **only** be compared to date objects." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:186 +msgid "Datetime fields can **only** be compared to datetime objects." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:188 +msgid "Strings representing dates and datetimes can be compared between each other, however the result may not be the expected result, as a datetime string will always be greater than a date string, therefore this practice is **heavily** discouraged." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:194 +msgid "Common operations with dates and datetimes such as addition, substraction or fetching the start/end of a period are exposed through both :class:`~odoo.fields.Date` and :class:`~odoo.fields.Datetime`. These helpers are also available by importing `odoo.tools.date_utils`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:199 +msgid "Timezones" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:201 +msgid "Datetime fields are stored as `timestamp without timezone` columns in the database and are stored in the UTC timezone. This is by design, as it makes the Odoo database independent from the timezone of the hosting server system. Timezone conversion is managed entirely by the client side." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:214 +msgid "Relational Fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:223 +msgid "Pseudo-relational fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:232 +msgid "Computed Fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:234 +msgid "Fields can be computed (instead of read straight from the database) using the ``compute`` parameter. **It must assign the computed value to the field**. If it uses the values of other *fields*, it should specify those fields using :func:`~odoo.api.depends`. ::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:247 +msgid "dependencies can be dotted paths when using sub-fields::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:254 +msgid "computed fields are not stored by default, they are computed and returned when requested. Setting ``store=True`` will store them in the database and automatically enable searching." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:257 +msgid "searching on a computed field can also be enabled by setting the ``search`` parameter. The value is a method name returning a :ref:`reference/orm/domains`. ::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:268 +msgid "The search method is invoked when processing domains before doing an actual search on the model. It must return a domain equivalent to the condition: ``field operator value``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:274 +msgid "Computed fields are readonly by default. To allow *setting* values on a computed field, use the ``inverse`` parameter. It is the name of a function reversing the computation and setting the relevant fields::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:290 +msgid "multiple fields can be computed at the same time by the same method, just use the same method on all fields and set all of them::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:306 +msgid "While it is possible to use the same compute method for multiple fields, it is not recommended to do the same for the inverse method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:310 +msgid "During the computation of the inverse, **all** fields that use said inverse are protected, meaning that they can't be computed, even if their value is not in the cache." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:314 +msgid "If any of those fields is accessed and its value is not in cache, the ORM will simply return a default value of `False` for these fields. This means that the value of the inverse fields (other than the one triggering the inverse method) may not give their correct value and this will probably break the expected behavior of the inverse method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:323 +msgid "Related fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:325 +msgid "A special case of computed fields are *related* (proxy) fields, which provide the value of a sub-field on the current record. They are defined by setting the ``related`` parameter and like regular computed fields they can be stored::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:332 +msgid "The value of a related field is given by following a sequence of relational fields and reading a field on the reached model. The complete sequence of fields to traverse is specified by the ``related`` attribute." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:336 +msgid "Some field attributes are automatically copied from the source field if they are not redefined: ``string``, ``help``, ``readonly``, ``required`` (only if all fields in the sequence are required), ``groups``, ``digits``, ``size``, ``translate``, ``sanitize``, ``selection``, ``comodel_name``, ``domain``, ``context``. All semantic-free attributes are copied from the source field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:343 +msgid "By default, the values of related fields are not stored to the database. Add the attribute ``store=True`` to make it stored, just like computed fields. Related fields are automatically recomputed when their dependencies are modified." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:348 +msgid "The related fields are computed in sudo mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:352 +msgid "You cannot chain :class:`~odoo.fields.Many2many` or :class:`~odoo.fields.One2many` fields in ``related`` fields dependencies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:354 +msgid "``related`` can be used to refer to a :class:`~odoo.fields.One2many` or :class:`~odoo.fields.Many2many` field on another model on the condition that it's done through a ``Many2one`` relation on the current model. ``One2many`` and ``Many2many`` are not supported and the results will not be aggregated correctly::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:375 +msgid "Automatic fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:379 +msgid "Identifier :class:`field <odoo.fields.Field>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:381 +msgid "If length of current recordset is 1, return id of unique record in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:383 +msgid "Raise an Error otherwise." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:388 +msgid "Access Log fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:390 +msgid "These fields are automatically set and updated if :attr:`~odoo.models.BaseModel._log_access` is enabled. It can be disabled to avoid creating or updating those fields on tables for which they are not useful." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:395 +msgid "By default, :attr:`~odoo.models.BaseModel._log_access` is set to the same value as :attr:`~odoo.models.BaseModel._auto`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:400 +msgid "Stores when the record was created, :class:`~odoo.fields.Datetime`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:404 +msgid "Stores *who* created the record, :class:`~odoo.fields.Many2one` to a ``res.users``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:409 +msgid "Stores when the record was last updated, :class:`~odoo.fields.Datetime`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:413 +msgid "Stores who last updated the record, :class:`~odoo.fields.Many2one` to a ``res.users``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:416 +msgid ":attr:`~odoo.models.BaseModel._log_access` *must* be enabled on :class:`~odoo.models.TransientModel`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:422 +msgid "Reserved Field names" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:424 +msgid "A few field names are reserved for pre-defined behaviors beyond that of automated fields. They should be defined on a model when the related behavior is desired:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:430 +msgid "default value for :attr:`~odoo.models.BaseModel._rec_name`, used to display records in context where a representative \"naming\" is necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:434 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:472 +msgid ":class:`~odoo.fields.Char`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:438 +msgid "toggles the global visibility of the record, if ``active`` is set to ``False`` the record is invisible in most searches and listing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:441 +msgid ":class:`~odoo.fields.Boolean`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:452 +msgid "lifecycle stages of the object, used by the ``states`` attribute on :class:`fields <odoo.fields.Field>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:455 +msgid ":class:`~odoo.fields.Selection`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:459 +msgid "default_value of :attr:`~._parent_name`, used to organize records in a tree structure and enables the ``child_of`` and ``parent_of`` operators in domains." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:463 +msgid ":class:`~odoo.fields.Many2one`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:467 +msgid "When :attr:`~._parent_store` is set to True, used to store a value reflecting the tree structure of :attr:`~._parent_name`, and to optimize the operators ``child_of`` and ``parent_of`` in search domains. It must be declared with ``index=True`` for proper operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:476 +msgid "Main field name used for Odoo multi-company behavior." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:478 +msgid "Used by `:meth:~odoo.models._check_company` to check multi company consistency. Defines whether a record is shared between companies (no value) or only accessible by the users of a given company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:482 +msgid ":class:`~odoo.fields.Many2one` :type: :class:`~odoo.addons.base.models.res_company`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:486 +msgid "Recordsets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:488 +msgid "Interactions with models and records are performed through recordsets, an ordered collection of records of the same model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:491 +msgid "Contrary to what the name implies, it is currently possible for recordsets to contain duplicates. This may change in the future." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:494 +msgid "Methods defined on a model are executed on a recordset, and their ``self`` is a recordset::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:504 +msgid "Iterating on a recordset will yield new sets of *a single record* (\"singletons\"), much like iterating on a Python string yields strings of a single characters::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:514 +msgid "Field access" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:516 +msgid "Recordsets provide an \"Active Record\" interface: model fields can be read and written directly from the record as attributes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:521 +msgid "When accessing non-relational fields on a recordset of potentially multiple records, use :meth:`~odoo.models.BaseModel.mapped`::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:526 +msgid "Field values can also be accessed like dict items, which is more elegant and safer than ``getattr()`` for dynamic field names. Setting a field's value triggers an update to the database::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:541 +msgid "Trying to read a field on multiple records will raise an error for non relational fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:544 +msgid "Accessing a relational field (:class:`~odoo.fields.Many2one`, :class:`~odoo.fields.One2many`, :class:`~odoo.fields.Many2many`) *always* returns a recordset, empty if the field is not set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:549 +msgid "Record cache and prefetching" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:551 +msgid "Odoo maintains a cache for the fields of the records, so that not every field access issues a database request, which would be terrible for performance. The following example queries the database only for the first statement::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:558 +msgid "To avoid reading one field on one record at a time, Odoo *prefetches* records and fields following some heuristics to get good performance. Once a field must be read on a given record, the ORM actually reads that field on a larger recordset, and stores the returned values in cache for later use. The prefetched recordset is usually the recordset from which the record comes by iteration. Moreover, all simple stored fields (boolean, integer, float, char, text, date, datetime, selection, many2one) are fetched altogether; they correspond to the columns of the model's table, and are fetched efficiently in the same query." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:567 +msgid "Consider the following example, where ``partners`` is a recordset of 1000 records. Without prefetching, the loop would make 2000 queries to the database. With prefetching, only one query is made::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:576 +msgid "The prefetching also works on *secondary records*: when relational fields are read, their values (which are records) are subscribed for future prefetching. Accessing one of those secondary records prefetches all secondary records from the same model. This makes the following example generate only two queries, one for partners and one for countries::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:591 +msgid "Method decorators" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:605 +msgid "With sphinx 2.0 : autodecorator" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:607 +msgid "Add in Views reference * It is possible to suppress the trigger from a specific field by adding ``on_change=\"0\"`` in a view::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:613 +msgid "will not trigger any interface update when the field is edited by the user, even if there are function fields or explicit onchange depending on that field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:620 +msgid "Environment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:622 +msgid "The :class:`~odoo.api.Environment` stores various contextual data used by the ORM: the database cursor (for database queries), the current user (for access rights checking) and the current context (storing arbitrary metadata). The environment also stores caches." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:627 +msgid "All recordsets have an environment, which is immutable, can be accessed using :attr:`~odoo.models.Model.env` and gives access to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:630 +msgid "the current user (:attr:`~odoo.api.Environment.user`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:631 +msgid "the cursor (:attr:`~odoo.api.Environment.cr`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:632 +msgid "the superuser flag (:attr:`~odoo.api.Environment.su`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:633 +msgid "or the context (:attr:`~odoo.api.Environment.context`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:644 +msgid "When creating a recordset from an other recordset, the environment is inherited. The environment can be used to get an empty recordset in an other model, and query that model::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:668 +msgid "Altering the environment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:685 +msgid "SQL Execution" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:687 +msgid "The :attr:`~odoo.api.Environment.cr` attribute on environments is the cursor for the current database transaction and allows executing SQL directly, either for queries which are difficult to express using the ORM (e.g. complex joins) or for performance reasons::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:694 +msgid "Because models use the same cursor and the :class:`~odoo.api.Environment` holds various caches, these caches must be invalidated when *altering* the database in raw SQL, or further uses of models may become incoherent. It is necessary to clear caches when using ``CREATE``, ``UPDATE`` or ``DELETE`` in SQL, but not ``SELECT`` (which simply reads the database)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:701 +msgid "Clearing caches can be performed using the :meth:`~odoo.models.Model.invalidate_cache` method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:707 +msgid "Executing raw SQL bypasses the ORM, and by consequent, Odoo security rules. Please make sure your queries are sanitized when using user input and prefer using ORM utilities if you don't really need to use SQL queries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:715 +msgid "Common ORM methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:720 +msgid "Create/update" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:722 +msgid "api.model_create_multi information" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:737 +msgid "Search/Read" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:752 +msgid "Fields/Views" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:761 +msgid "Search domains" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:763 +msgid "A domain is a list of criteria, each criterion being a triple (either a ``list`` or a ``tuple``) of ``(field_name, operator, value)`` where:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:769 +msgid "``field_name`` (``str``)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:767 +msgid "a field name of the current model, or a relationship traversal through a :class:`~odoo.fields.Many2one` using dot-notation e.g. ``'street'`` or ``'partner_id.country'``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:823 +msgid "``operator`` (``str``)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:772 +msgid "an operator used to compare the ``field_name`` with the ``value``. Valid operators are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:775 +msgid "``=``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:776 +msgid "equals to" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:777 +msgid "``!=``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:778 +msgid "not equals to" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:779 +msgid "``>``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:780 +msgid "greater than" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:781 +msgid "``>=``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:782 +msgid "greater than or equal to" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:783 +msgid "``<``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:784 +msgid "less than" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:785 +msgid "``<=``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:786 +msgid "less than or equal to" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:788 +msgid "``=?``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:788 +msgid "unset or equals to (returns true if ``value`` is either ``None`` or ``False``, otherwise behaves like ``=``)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:792 +msgid "``=like``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:791 +msgid "matches ``field_name`` against the ``value`` pattern. An underscore ``_`` in the pattern stands for (matches) any single character; a percent sign ``%`` matches any string of zero or more characters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:795 +msgid "``like``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:795 +msgid "matches ``field_name`` against the ``%value%`` pattern. Similar to ``=like`` but wraps ``value`` with '%' before matching" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:797 +msgid "``not like``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:798 +msgid "doesn't match against the ``%value%`` pattern" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:799 +msgid "``ilike``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:800 +msgid "case insensitive ``like``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:801 +msgid "``not ilike``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:802 +msgid "case insensitive ``not like``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:803 +msgid "``=ilike``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:804 +msgid "case insensitive ``=like``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:806 +msgid "``in``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:806 +msgid "is equal to any of the items from ``value``, ``value`` should be a list of items" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:808 +msgid "``not in``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:809 +msgid "is unequal to all of the items from ``value``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:815 +msgid "``child_of``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:811 +msgid "is a child (descendant) of a ``value`` record (value can be either one item or a list of items)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:814 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:821 +msgid "Takes the semantics of the model into account (i.e following the relationship field named by :attr:`~odoo.models.Model._parent_name`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:823 +msgid "``parent_of``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:818 +msgid "is a parent (ascendant) of a ``value`` record (value can be either one item or a list of items)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:826 +msgid "variable type, must be comparable (through ``operator``) to the named field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:829 +msgid "Domain criteria can be combined using logical operators in *prefix* form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:832 +msgid "``'&'``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:832 +msgid "logical *AND*, default operation to combine criteria following one another. Arity 2 (uses the next 2 criteria or combinations)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:834 +msgid "``'|'``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:835 +msgid "logical *OR*, arity 2." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:841 +msgid "``'!'``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:837 +msgid "logical *NOT*, arity 1." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:839 +msgid "Mostly to negate combinations of criteria Individual criterion generally have a negative form (e.g. ``=`` -> ``!=``, ``<`` -> ``>=``) which is simpler than negating the positive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:845 +msgid "To search for partners named *ABC*, from belgium or germany, whose language is not english::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:853 +msgid "This domain is interpreted as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:862 +msgid "Unlink" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:869 +msgid "Record(set) information" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:875 +msgid "Returns the environment of the given recordset." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:0 +msgid "type" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:877 +msgid ":class:`~odoo.api.Environment`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:879 +msgid "Environment documentation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:892 +msgid "Operations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:894 +msgid "Recordsets are immutable, but sets of the same model can be combined using various set operations, returning new recordsets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:899 +msgid "``record in set`` returns whether ``record`` (which must be a 1-element recordset) is present in ``set``. ``record not in set`` is the inverse operation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:902 +msgid "``set1 <= set2`` and ``set1 < set2`` return whether ``set1`` is a subset of ``set2`` (resp. strict)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:904 +msgid "``set1 >= set2`` and ``set1 > set2`` return whether ``set1`` is a superset of ``set2`` (resp. strict)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:906 +msgid "``set1 | set2`` returns the union of the two recordsets, a new recordset containing all records present in either source" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:908 +msgid "``set1 & set2`` returns the intersection of two recordsets, a new recordset containing only records present in both sources" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:910 +msgid "``set1 - set2`` returns a new recordset containing only records of ``set1`` which are *not* in ``set2``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:913 +msgid "Recordsets are iterable so the usual Python tools are available for transformation (:func:`python:map`, :func:`python:sorted`, :func:`~python:itertools.ifilter`, ...) however these return either a :class:`python:list` or an :term:`python:iterator`, removing the ability to call methods on their result, or to use set operations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:919 +msgid "Recordsets therefore provide the following operations returning recordsets themselves (when possible):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:923 +msgid "Filter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:930 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1639 +msgid "Map" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:936 +msgid "Since V13, multi-relational field access is supported and works like a mapped call:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:945 +msgid "Sort" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:952 +msgid "Inheritance and extension" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:954 +msgid "Odoo provides three different mechanisms to extend models in a modular way:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:956 +msgid "creating a new model from an existing one, adding new information to the copy but leaving the original module as-is" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:958 +msgid "extending models defined in other modules in-place, replacing the previous version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:960 +msgid "delegating some of the model's fields to records it contains" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:966 +msgid "Classical inheritance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:968 +msgid "When using the :attr:`~odoo.models.Model._inherit` and :attr:`~odoo.models.Model._name` attributes together, Odoo creates a new model using the existing one (provided via :attr:`~odoo.models.Model._inherit`) as a base. The new model gets all the fields, methods and meta-information (defaults & al) from its base." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:996 +msgid "and using them::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:1004 +msgid "will yield:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:1006 +msgid "\"This is model 0 record A\" \"This is model 1 record B\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:1009 +msgid "the second model has inherited from the first model's ``check`` method and its ``name`` field, but overridden the ``call`` method, as when using standard :ref:`Python inheritance <python:tut-inheritance>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:1014 +msgid "Extension" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:1016 +msgid "When using :attr:`~odoo.models.Model._inherit` but leaving out :attr:`~odoo.models.Model._name`, the new model replaces the existing one, essentially extending it in-place. This is useful to add new fields or methods to existing models (created in other modules), or to customize or reconfigure them (e.g. to change their default sort order)::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:1038 +msgid "will yield::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:1045 +msgid "It will also yield the various :ref:`automatic fields <reference/fields/automatic>` unless they've been disabled" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:1049 +msgid "Delegation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:1051 +msgid "The third inheritance mechanism provides more flexibility (it can be altered at runtime) but less power: using the :attr:`~odoo.models.Model._inherits` a model *delegates* the lookup of any field not found on the current model to \"children\" models. The delegation is performed via :class:`~odoo.fields.Reference` fields automatically set up on the parent model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:1058 +msgid "The main difference is in the meaning. When using Delegation, the model **has one** instead of **is one**, turning the relationship in a composition instead of inheritance::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:1100 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:26 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:36 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:324 +msgid "will result in::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:1105 +msgid "and it's possible to write directly on the delegated field::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:1109 +msgid "when using delegation inheritance, methods are *not* inherited, only fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:1114 +msgid "`_inherits` is more or less implemented, avoid it if you can;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:1115 +msgid "chained `_inherits` is essentially not implemented, we cannot guarantee anything on the final behavior." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:1119 +msgid "Fields Incremental Definition" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:1121 +msgid "A field is defined as class attribute on a model class. If the model is extended, one can also extend the field definition by redefining a field with the same name and same type on the subclass. In that case, the attributes of the field are taken from the parent class and overridden by the ones given in subclasses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:1127 +msgid "For instance, the second class below only adds a tooltip on the field ``state``::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/orm.rst:1141 +msgid "Error management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:8 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1774 +msgid "QWeb" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:10 +msgid "QWeb is the primary templating_ engine used by Odoo\\ [#othertemplates]_. It is an XML templating engine\\ [#genshif]_ and used mostly to generate HTML_ fragments and pages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:14 +msgid "Template directives are specified as XML attributes prefixed with ``t-``, for instance ``t-if`` for :ref:`reference/qweb/conditionals`, with elements and other attributes being rendered directly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:18 +msgid "To avoid element rendering, a placeholder element ``<t>`` is also available, which executes its directive but doesn't generate any output in and of itself::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:30 +msgid "if ``condition`` is true, but::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:45 +msgid "Data output" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:47 +msgid "QWeb has a primary output directive which automatically HTML-escape its content limiting XSS_ risks when displaying user-provided content: ``esc``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:50 +msgid "``esc`` takes an expression, evaluates it and prints the content::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:54 +msgid "rendered with the value ``value`` set to ``42`` yields::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:58 +msgid "There is one other output directive ``raw`` which behaves the same as respectively ``esc`` but *does not HTML-escape its output*. It can be useful to display separately constructed markup (e.g. from functions) or already sanitized user-provided markup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:68 +msgid "QWeb has a conditional directive ``if``, which evaluates an expression given as attribute value::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:77 +msgid "The element is rendered if the condition is true::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:83 +msgid "but if the condition is false it is removed from the result::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:88 +msgid "The conditional rendering applies to the bearer of the directive, which does not have to be ``<t>``::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:95 +msgid "will give the same results as the previous example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:97 +msgid "Extra conditional branching directives ``t-elif`` and ``t-else`` are also available::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:110 +msgid "Loops" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:112 +msgid "QWeb has an iteration directive ``foreach`` which take an expression returning the collection to iterate on, and a second parameter ``t-as`` providing the name to use for the \"current item\" of the iteration::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:120 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:209 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:223 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:234 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:244 +msgid "will be rendered as::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:126 +msgid "Like conditions, ``foreach`` applies to the element bearing the directive's attribute, and" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:135 +msgid "is equivalent to the previous example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:137 +msgid "``foreach`` can iterate on an array (the current item will be the current value) or a mapping (the current item will be the current key). Iterating on an integer (equivalent to iterating on an array between 0 inclusive and the provided integer exclusive) is still supported but deprecated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:142 +msgid "In addition to the name passed via ``t-as``, ``foreach`` provides a few other variables for various data points:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:145 +msgid "``$as`` will be replaced by the name passed to ``t-as``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:150 +msgid ":samp:`{$as}_all` (deprecated)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:148 +msgid "the object being iterated over" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:150 +msgid "This variable is only available on JavaScript QWeb, not Python." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:153 +msgid ":samp:`{$as}_value`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:153 +msgid "the current iteration value, identical to ``$as`` for lists and integers, but for mappings it provides the value (where ``$as`` provides the key)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:155 +msgid ":samp:`{$as}_index`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:156 +msgid "the current iteration index (the first item of the iteration has index 0)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:157 +msgid ":samp:`{$as}_size`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:158 +msgid "the size of the collection if it is available" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:160 +msgid ":samp:`{$as}_first`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:160 +msgid "whether the current item is the first of the iteration (equivalent to :samp:`{$as}_index == 0`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:164 +msgid ":samp:`{$as}_last`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:163 +msgid "whether the current item is the last of the iteration (equivalent to :samp:`{$as}_index + 1 == {$as}_size`), requires the iteratee's size be available" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:166 +msgid ":samp:`{$as}_parity` (deprecated)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:167 +msgid "either ``\"even\"`` or ``\"odd\"``, the parity of the current iteration round" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:169 +msgid ":samp:`{$as}_even` (deprecated)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:169 +msgid "a boolean flag indicating that the current iteration round is on an even index" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:173 +msgid ":samp:`{$as}_odd` (deprecated)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:172 +msgid "a boolean flag indicating that the current iteration round is on an odd index" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:175 +msgid "These extra variables provided and all new variables created into the ``foreach`` are only available in the scope of the``foreach``. If the variable exists outside the context of the ``foreach``, the value is copied at the end of the foreach into the global context." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:197 +msgid "attributes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:199 +msgid "QWeb can compute attributes on-the-fly and set the result of the computation on the output node. This is done via the ``t-att`` (attribute) directive which exists in 3 different forms:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:210 +msgid ":samp:`t-att-{$name}`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:204 +msgid "an attribute called ``$name`` is created, the attribute value is evaluated and the result is set as the attribute's value::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:226 +msgid ":samp:`t-attf-{$name}`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:213 +msgid "same as previous, but the parameter is a :term:`format string` instead of just an expression, often useful to mix literal and non-literal string (e.g. classes)::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:235 +msgid ":samp:`t-att=mapping`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:229 +msgid "if the parameter is a mapping, each (key, value) pair generates a new attribute and its value::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:246 +msgid ":samp:`t-att=pair`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:238 +msgid "if the parameter is a pair (tuple or array of 2 element), the first item of the pair is the name of the attribute and the second item is the value::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:249 +msgid "setting variables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:251 +msgid "QWeb allows creating variables from within the template, to memoize a computation (to use it multiple times), give a piece of data a clearer name, ..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:255 +msgid "This is done via the ``set`` directive, which takes the name of the variable to create. The value to set can be provided in two ways:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:258 +msgid "a ``t-value`` attribute containing an expression, and the result of its evaluation will be set::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:264 +msgid "will print ``3``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:265 +msgid "if there is no ``t-value`` attribute, the node's body is rendered and set as the variable's value::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:273 +msgid "will generate ``<li>ok</li>`` (the content is escaped as we used the ``esc`` directive)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:276 +msgid "using the result of this operation is a significant use-case for the ``raw`` directive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:280 +msgid "calling sub-templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:282 +msgid "QWeb templates can be used for top-level rendering, but they can also be used from within another template (to avoid duplication or give names to parts of templates) using the ``t-call`` directive::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:288 +msgid "This calls the named template with the execution context of the parent, if ``other_template`` is defined as::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:293 +msgid "the call above will be rendered as ``<p/>`` (no content), but::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:298 +msgid "will be rendered as ``<p>1</p>``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:300 +msgid "However this has the problem of being visible from outside the ``t-call``. Alternatively, content set in the body of the ``call`` directive will be evaluated *before* calling the sub-template, and can alter a local context::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:309 +msgid "The body of the ``call`` directive can be arbitrarily complex (not just ``set`` directives), and its rendered form will be available within the called template as a magical ``0`` variable::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:318 +msgid "being called thus::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:335 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:436 +msgid "Exclusive directives" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:338 +msgid "Asset bundles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:340 +msgid "have fme write these up because I've no idea how they work" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:343 +msgid "\"smart records\" fields formatting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:345 +msgid "The ``t-field`` directive can only be used when performing field access (``a.b``) on a \"smart\" record (result of the ``browse`` method). It is able to automatically format based on field type, and is integrated in the website's rich text editing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:350 +msgid "``t-options`` can be used to customize fields, the most common option is ``widget``, other options are field- or widget-dependent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:354 +msgid "Debugging" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:362 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:563 +msgid "``t-debug``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:357 +msgid "invokes a debugger using PDB's ``set_trace`` API. The parameter should be the name of a module, on which a ``set_trace`` method is called::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:362 +msgid "is equivalent to ``importlib.import_module(\"pdb\").set_trace()``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:365 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:576 +msgid "Helpers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:368 +msgid "Request-based" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:370 +msgid "Most Python-side uses of QWeb are in controllers (and during HTTP requests), in which case templates stored in the database (as :ref:`views <reference/views/qweb>`) can be trivially rendered by calling :meth:`odoo.http.HttpRequest.render`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:381 +msgid "This automatically creates a :class:`~odoo.http.Response` object which can be returned from the controller (or further customized to suit)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:385 +msgid "View-based" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:387 +msgid "At a deeper level than the previous helper is the ``render`` method on ``ir.ui.view``:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:392 +msgid "Renders a QWeb view/template by database id or :term:`external id`. Templates are automatically loaded from ``ir.ui.view`` records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:395 +msgid "Sets up a number of default values in the rendering context:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:397 +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:113 +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:320 +msgid "``request``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:398 +msgid "the current :class:`~odoo.http.WebRequest` object, if any" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:399 +msgid "``debug``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:400 +msgid "whether the current request (if any) is in ``debug`` mode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:401 +msgid ":func:`quote_plus <werkzeug.urls.url_quote_plus>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:402 +msgid "url-encoding utility function" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:403 +msgid ":mod:`json`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:404 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:406 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:408 +msgid "the corresponding standard library module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:405 +msgid ":mod:`time`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:407 +msgid ":mod:`datetime`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:409 +msgid "`relativedelta <https://labix.org/python-dateutil#head-ba5ffd4df8111d1b83fc194b97ebecf837add454>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:410 +msgid "see module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:412 +msgid "``keep_query``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:412 +msgid "the ``keep_query`` helper function" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:414 +msgid "context values to pass to QWeb for rendering" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:415 +msgid "name of the Odoo model to use for rendering, can be used to expand or customize QWeb locally (by creating a \"new\" qweb based on ``ir.qweb`` with alterations)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:421 +msgid "the members below are no longer relevant, section to rewrite" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:433 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/security.rst:356 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/security.rst:358 +msgid "Javascript" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:439 +msgid "Defining templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:441 +msgid "The ``t-name`` directive can only be placed at the top-level of a template file (direct children to the document root)::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:450 +msgid "It takes no other parameter, but can be used with a ``<t>`` element or any other. With a ``<t>`` element, the ``<t>`` should have a single child." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:453 +msgid "The template name is an arbitrary string, although when multiple templates are related (e.g. called sub-templates) it is customary to use dot-separated names to indicate hierarchical relationships." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:458 +msgid "Template inheritance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:460 +msgid "Template inheritance is used to either:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:461 +msgid "Alter existing templates in-place, e.g. to add information to templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:463 +msgid "created by other modules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:463 +msgid "Create a new template from a given parent template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:469 +msgid "Template inheritance is performed via the use of two directives:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:466 +msgid "``t-inherit`` which is the name of the template to inherit from," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:467 +msgid "``t-inherit-mode`` which is the behaviour of the inheritance: it can either be set to ``primary`` to create a new child template from the parented one or to ``extension`` to alter the parent template in place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:471 +msgid "An optional ``t-name`` directive can also be specified. It will be the name of the newly created template if used in primary mode, else it will be added as a comment on the transformed template to help retrace inheritances." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:475 +msgid "For the inheritance itself, the changes are done using xpaths directives. See the XPATH_ documentation for the complete set of available instructions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:478 +msgid "Primary inheritance (child template)::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:486 +msgid "Extension inheritance (in-place transformation)::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:495 +msgid "Old inheritance mechanism (deprecated)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:497 +msgid "Template inheritance is performed via the ``t-extend`` directive which takes the name of the template to alter as parameter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:500 +msgid "The directive ``t-extend`` will act as a primary inheritance when combined with ``t-name`` and as an extension one when used alone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:503 +msgid "In both cases the alteration is then performed with any number of ``t-jquery`` sub-directives::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:512 +msgid "The ``t-jquery`` directives takes a `CSS selector`_. This selector is used on the extended template to select *context nodes* to which the specified ``t-operation`` is applied:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:517 +msgid "``append``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:517 +msgid "the node's body is appended at the end of the context node (after the context node's last child)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:520 +msgid "``prepend``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:520 +msgid "the node's body is prepended to the context node (inserted before the context node's first child)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:523 +msgid "the node's body is inserted right before the context node" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:525 +msgid "the node's body is inserted right after the context node" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:526 +msgid "``inner``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:527 +msgid "the node's body replaces the context node's children" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:529 +msgid "the node's body is used to replace the context node itself" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:531 +msgid "the nodes's body should be any number of ``attribute`` elements, each with a ``name`` attribute and some textual content, the named attribute of the context node will be set to the specified value (either replaced if it already existed or added if not)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:541 +msgid "No operation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:536 +msgid "if no ``t-operation`` is specified, the template body is interpreted as javascript code and executed with the context node as ``this``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:539 +msgid "while much more powerful than other operations, this mode is also much harder to debug and maintain, it is recommended to avoid it" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:544 +msgid "debugging" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:546 +msgid "The javascript QWeb implementation provides a few debugging hooks:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:554 +msgid "``t-log``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:549 +msgid "takes an expression parameter, evaluates the expression during rendering and logs its result with ``console.log``::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:555 +msgid "will print ``42`` to the console" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:557 +msgid "triggers a debugger breakpoint during template rendering::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:563 +msgid "will stop execution if debugging is active (exact condition depend on the browser and its development tools)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:573 +msgid "``t-js``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:566 +msgid "the node's body is javascript code executed during template rendering. Takes a ``context`` parameter, which is the name under which the rendering context will be available in the ``t-js``'s body::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:580 +msgid "(core is the ``web.core`` module) An instance of :js:class:`QWeb2.Engine` with all module-defined template files loaded, and references to standard helper objects ``_`` (underscore), ``_t`` (translation function) and JSON_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:584 +msgid ":js:func:`core.qweb.render <QWeb2.Engine.render>` can be used to easily render basic module templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:594 +msgid "The QWeb \"renderer\", handles most of QWeb's logic (loading, parsing, compiling and rendering templates)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:597 +msgid "Odoo Web instantiates one for the user in the core module, and exports it to ``core.qweb``. It also loads all the template files of the various modules into that QWeb instance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:601 +msgid "A :js:class:`QWeb2.Engine` also serves as a \"template namespace\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:605 +msgid "Renders a previously loaded template to a String, using ``context`` (if provided) to find the variables accessed during template rendering (e.g. strings to display)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:609 +msgid "the name of the template to render" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:610 +msgid "the basic namespace to use for template rendering" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:612 +msgid "String" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:614 +msgid "The engine exposes an other method which may be useful in some cases (e.g. if you need a separate template namespace with, in Odoo Web, Kanban views get their own :js:class:`QWeb2.Engine` instance so their templates don't collide with more general \"module\" templates):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:622 +msgid "Loads a template file (a collection of templates) in the QWeb instance. The templates can be specified as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:627 +msgid "An XML string" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:626 +msgid "QWeb will attempt to parse it to an XML document then load it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:631 +msgid "A URL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:630 +msgid "QWeb will attempt to download the URL content, then load the resulting XML string." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:636 +msgid "A ``Document`` or ``Node``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:634 +msgid "QWeb will traverse the first level of the document (the child nodes of the provided root) and load any named template or template override." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:640 +msgid "A :js:class:`QWeb2.Engine` also exposes various attributes for behavior customization:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:645 +msgid "Prefix used to recognize directives during parsing. A string. By default, ``t``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:650 +msgid "Boolean flag putting the engine in \"debug mode\". Normally, QWeb intercepts any error raised during template execution. In debug mode, it leaves all exceptions go through without intercepting them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:657 +msgid "The jQuery instance used during template inheritance processing. Defaults to ``window.jQuery``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:662 +msgid "A ``Function``. If present, called before compiling each DOM node to template code. In Odoo Web, this is used to automatically translate text content and some attributes in templates. Defaults to ``null``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:667 +msgid "it is similar in that to Genshi_, although it does not use (and has no support for) `XML namespaces`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/qweb.rst:670 +msgid "although it uses a few others, either for historical reasons or because they remain better fits for the use case. Odoo 9.0 still depends on Jinja_ and Mako_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/reports.rst:10 +msgid "QWeb Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/reports.rst:12 +msgid "Reports are written in HTML/QWeb, like website views in Odoo. You can use the usual :ref:`QWeb control flow tools <reference/qweb>`. The PDF rendering itself is performed by wkhtmltopdf_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/reports.rst:16 +msgid "Reports are declared using a :ref:`report action <reference/actions/report>`, and a :ref:`reference/reports/templates` for the action to use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/reports.rst:19 +msgid "If useful or necessary, it is possible to specify a :ref:`reference/reports/paper_formats` for the report report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/reports.rst:25 +msgid "Report template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/reports.rst:27 +msgid "Report templates will always provide the following variables:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/reports.rst:29 +msgid "``time``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/reports.rst:30 +msgid "a reference to :mod:`python:time` from the Python standard library" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/reports.rst:32 +msgid "``res.user`` record for the user printing the report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/reports.rst:33 +msgid "``res_company``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/reports.rst:34 +msgid "record for the current ``user``'s company" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/reports.rst:35 +msgid "``website``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/reports.rst:36 +msgid "the current website object, if any (this item can be present but ``None``)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/reports.rst:37 +msgid "``web_base_url``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/reports.rst:38 +msgid "the base url for the webserver" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/reports.rst:41 +msgid "``context_timestamp``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/reports.rst:40 +msgid "a function taking :class:`python:datetime.datetime` in UTC\\ [#unzoned]_ and converting it to the timezone of the user printing the report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/reports.rst:44 +msgid "Minimal viable template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/reports.rst:46 +msgid "A minimal template would look like::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/reports.rst:61 +msgid "Calling ``external_layout`` will add the default header and footer on your report. The PDF body will be the content inside the ``<div class=\"page\">``. The template's ``id`` must be the name specified in the report declaration; for example ``account.report_invoice`` for the above report. Since this is a QWeb template, you can access all the fields of the ``docs`` objects received by the template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/reports.rst:68 +msgid "By default, the rendering context will also expose the following items:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/reports.rst:71 +msgid "records for the current report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/reports.rst:72 +msgid "``doc_ids``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/reports.rst:73 +msgid "list of ids for the ``docs`` records" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/reports.rst:75 +msgid "``doc_model``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/reports.rst:75 +msgid "model for the ``docs`` records" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/reports.rst:77 +msgid "If you wish to access other records/models in the template, you will need :ref:`a custom report <reference/reports/custom_reports>`, however in that case you will have to provide the items above if you need them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/reports.rst:82 +msgid "Translatable Templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/reports.rst:84 +msgid "If you wish to translate reports (to the language of a partner, for example), you need to define two templates:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/reports.rst:87 +msgid "The main report template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/reports.rst:88 +msgid "The translatable document" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/reports.rst:90 +msgid "You can then call the translatable document from your main template with the attribute ``t-lang`` set to a language code (for example ``fr`` or ``en_US``) or to a record field. You will also need to re-browse the related records with the proper context if you use fields that are translatable (like country names, sales conditions, etc.)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/reports.rst:97 +msgid "If your report template does not use translatable record fields, re-browsing the record in another language is *not* necessary and will impact performances." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/reports.rst:100 +msgid "For example, let's look at the Sale Order report from the Sale module::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/reports.rst:130 +msgid "The main template calls the translatable template with ``doc.partner_id.lang`` as a ``t-lang`` parameter, so it will be rendered in the language of the partner. This way, each Sale Order will be printed in the language of the corresponding customer. If you wish to translate only the body of the document, but keep the header and footer in a default language, you could call the report's external layout this way::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/reports.rst:140 +msgid "Please take note that this works only when calling external templates, you will not be able to translate part of a document by setting a ``t-lang`` attribute on an xml node other than ``t-call``. If you wish to translate part of a template, you can create an external template with this partial template and call it from the main one with the ``t-lang`` attribute." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/reports.rst:148 +msgid "Barcodes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/reports.rst:150 +msgid "Barcodes are images returned by a controller and can easily be embedded in reports thanks to the QWeb syntax (e.g. see :ref:`reference/qweb/attributes`):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/reports.rst:157 +msgid "More parameters can be passed as a query string" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/reports.rst:166 +msgid "Useful Remarks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/reports.rst:167 +msgid "Twitter Bootstrap and FontAwesome classes can be used in your report template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/reports.rst:169 +msgid "Local CSS can be put directly in the template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/reports.rst:170 +msgid "Global CSS can be inserted in the main report layout by inheriting its template and inserting your CSS::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/reports.rst:183 +msgid "If it appears that your PDF report is missing the styles, please check :ref:`these instructions <reference/backend/reporting/printed-reports/pdf-without-styles>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/reports.rst:189 +msgid "Paper Format" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/reports.rst:191 +msgid "Paper formats are records of ``report.paperformat`` and can contain the following attributes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/reports.rst:195 +msgid "only useful as a mnemonic/description of the report when looking for one in a list of some sort" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/reports.rst:197 +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:441 +msgid "``description``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/reports.rst:198 +msgid "a small description of your format" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/reports.rst:201 +msgid "``format``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/reports.rst:200 +msgid "either a predefined format (A0 to A9, B0 to B10, Legal, Letter, Tabloid,...) or ``custom``; A4 by default. You cannot use a non-custom format if you define the page dimensions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/reports.rst:203 +msgid "``dpi``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/reports.rst:204 +msgid "output DPI; 90 by default" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/reports.rst:205 +msgid "``margin_top``, ``margin_bottom``, ``margin_left``, ``margin_right``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/reports.rst:206 +msgid "margin sizes in mm" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/reports.rst:207 +msgid "``page_height``, ``page_width``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/reports.rst:208 +msgid "page dimensions in mm" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/reports.rst:209 +msgid "``orientation``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/reports.rst:210 +msgid "Landscape or Portrait" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/reports.rst:211 +msgid "``header_line``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/reports.rst:212 +msgid "boolean to display a header line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/reports.rst:214 +msgid "``header_spacing``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/reports.rst:214 +msgid "header spacing in mm" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/reports.rst:216 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/reports.rst:283 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/reports.rst:293 +msgid "Example::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/reports.rst:237 +msgid "Custom Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/reports.rst:239 +msgid "By default, the reporting system builds rendering values based on the target model specified through the ``model`` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/reports.rst:242 +msgid "However, it will first look for a model named :samp:`report.{module.report_name}` and call that model's ``_get_report_values(doc_ids, data)`` in order to prepare the rendering data for the template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/reports.rst:247 +msgid "This can be used to include arbitrary items to use or display while rendering the template, such as data from additional models:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/reports.rst:269 +msgid "When using a custom report, the \"default\" document-related items (``doc_ids``, ``doc_model`` and ``docs``) will *not* be included. If you want them, you will need to include them yourself." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/reports.rst:273 +msgid "In the example above, the rendering context will contain the \"global\" values as well as the ``lines`` we put in there but nothing else." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/reports.rst:279 +msgid "Custom fonts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/reports.rst:280 +msgid "If you want to use custom fonts you will need to add your custom font and the related less/CSS to the ``web.reports_assets_common`` assets bundle. Adding your custom font(s) to ``web.assets_common`` or ``web.assets_backend`` will not make your font available in QWeb reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/reports.rst:291 +msgid "You will need to define your ``@font-face`` within this less file, even if you've used in another assets bundle (other than ``web.reports_assets_common``)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/reports.rst:306 +msgid "After you've added the less into your assets bundle you can use the classes - in this example ``h1-title-big`` - in your custom QWeb report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/reports.rst:309 +msgid "Reports are web pages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/reports.rst:311 +msgid "Reports are dynamically generated by the report module and can be accessed directly via URL:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/reports.rst:314 +msgid "For example, you can access a Sale Order report in html mode by going to \\http://<server-address>/report/html/sale.report_saleorder/38" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/reports.rst:317 +msgid "Or you can access the pdf version at \\http://<server-address>/report/pdf/sale.report_saleorder/38" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/reports.rst:320 +msgid "it does not matter what timezone the :class:`python:datetime` object is actually in (including no timezone), its timezone will unconditionally be *set* to UTC before being adjusted to the user's" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/security.rst:6 +msgid "Security in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/security.rst:8 +msgid "Aside from manually managing access using custom code, Odoo provides two main data-driven mechanisms to manage or restrict access to data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/security.rst:11 +msgid "Both mechanisms are linked to specific users through *groups*: a user belongs to any number of groups, and security mechanisms are associated to groups, thus applying security mechamisms to users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/security.rst:18 +msgid "Access Control" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/security.rst:20 +msgid "Managed by the ``ir.model.access`` records, defines access to a whole model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/security.rst:22 +msgid "Each access control has a model to which it grants permissions, the permissions it grants and optionally a group." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/security.rst:25 +msgid "Access controls are additive, for a given model a user has access all permissions granted to any of its groups: if the user belongs to one group which allows writing and another which allows deleting, they can both write and delete." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/security.rst:30 +msgid "If no group is specified, the access control applies to all users, otherwise it only applies to the members of the given group." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/security.rst:33 +msgid "Available permissions are creation (``perm_create``), searching and reading (``perm_read``), updating existing records (``perm_write``) and deleting existing records (``perm_unlink``)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/security.rst:40 +msgid "Record Rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/security.rst:42 +msgid "Record rules are conditions that records must satisfy for an operation (create, read, update or delete) to be allowed. It is applied record-by-record after access control has been applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/security.rst:46 +msgid "A record rule has:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/security.rst:48 +msgid "a model on which it applies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/security.rst:49 +msgid "a set of permissions to which it applies (e.g. if ``perm_read`` is set, the rule will only be checked when reading a record)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/security.rst:51 +msgid "a set of user groups to which the rule applies, if no group is specified the rule is *global*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/security.rst:53 +msgid "a :ref:`domain <reference/orm/domains>` used to check whether a given record matches the rule (and is accessible) or does not (and is not accessible). The domain is evaluated with two variables in context: ``user`` is the current user's record and ``time`` is the `time module`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/security.rst:58 +msgid "Global rules and group rules (rules restricted to specific groups versus groups applying to all users) are used quite differently:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/security.rst:61 +msgid "Global rules are subtractive, they *must all* be matched for a record to be accessible" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/security.rst:63 +msgid "Group rules are additive, if *any* of them matches (and all global rules match) then the record is accessible" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/security.rst:66 +msgid "This means the first *group rule* restricts access, but any further *group rule* expands it, while *global rules* can only ever restrict access (or have no effect)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/security.rst:70 +msgid "record rules do not apply to the Superuser account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/security.rst:76 +msgid "Field Access" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/security.rst:78 +msgid "An ORM :class:`~odoo.fields.Field` can have a ``groups`` attribute providing a list of groups (as a comma-separated string of :term:`external identifiers`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/security.rst:82 +msgid "If the current user is not in one of the listed groups, he will not have access to the field:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/security.rst:85 +msgid "restricted fields are automatically removed from requested views" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/security.rst:86 +msgid "restricted fields are removed from :meth:`~odoo.models.Model.fields_get` responses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/security.rst:88 +msgid "attempts to (explicitly) read from or write to restricted fields results in an access error" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/security.rst:93 +msgid "field access groups apply to the Superuser in fields_get but not in read/write..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/security.rst:102 +msgid "Security Pitfalls" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/security.rst:104 +msgid "As a developer, it is important to understand the security mechanisms and avoid common mistakes leading to insecure code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/security.rst:108 +msgid "Unsafe Public Methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/security.rst:110 +msgid "Any public method can be executed via a :ref:`RPC call <webservices/odoo/calling_methods>` with the chosen parameters. The methods starting with a ``_`` are not callable from an action button or external API." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/security.rst:114 +msgid "On public methods, the record on which a method is executed and the parameters can not be trusted, ACL being only verified during CRUD operations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/security.rst:128 +msgid "Making a method private is obviously not enough and care must be taken to use it properly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/security.rst:132 +msgid "Bypassing the ORM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/security.rst:133 +msgid "You should never use the database cursor directly when the ORM can do the same thing! By doing so you are bypassing all the ORM features, possibly the automated behaviours like translations, invalidation of fields, ``active``, access rights and so on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/security.rst:138 +msgid "And chances are that you are also making the code harder to read and probably less secure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/security.rst:157 +msgid "SQL injections" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/security.rst:158 +msgid "Care must be taken not to introduce SQL injections vulnerabilities when using manual SQL queries. The vulnerability is present when user input is either incorrectly filtered or badly quoted, allowing an attacker to introduce undesirable clauses to a SQL query (such as circumventing filters or executing ``UPDATE`` or ``DELETE`` commands)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/security.rst:164 +msgid "The best way to be safe is to never, NEVER use Python string concatenation (+) or string parameters interpolation (%) to pass variables to a SQL query string." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/security.rst:167 +msgid "The second reason, which is almost as important, is that it is the job of the database abstraction layer (psycopg2) to decide how to format query parameters, not your job! For example psycopg2 knows that when you pass a list of values it needs to format them as a comma-separated list, enclosed in parentheses !" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/security.rst:187 +msgid "This is very important, so please be careful also when refactoring, and most importantly do not copy these patterns!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/security.rst:190 +msgid "Here is a memorable example to help you remember what the issue is about (but do not copy the code there). Before continuing, please be sure to read the online documentation of pyscopg2 to learn of to use it properly:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/security.rst:194 +msgid "`The problem with query parameters <http://initd.org/psycopg/docs/usage.html#the-problem-with-the-query-parameters>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/security.rst:195 +msgid "`How to pass parameters with psycopg2 <http://initd.org/psycopg/docs/usage.html#passing-parameters-to-sql-queries>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/security.rst:196 +msgid "`Advanced parameter types <http://initd.org/psycopg/docs/usage.html#adaptation-of-python-values-to-sql-types>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/security.rst:197 +msgid "`Psycopg documentation <https://www.psycopg.org/docs/sql.html>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/security.rst:200 +msgid "Unescaped field content" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/security.rst:202 +msgid "When rendering content using JavaScript and XML, one may be tempted to use a ``t-raw`` to display rich-text content. This should be avoided as a frequent `XSS <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cross-site_scripting>`_ vector." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/security.rst:206 +msgid "It is very hard to control the integrity of the data from the computation until the final integration in the browser DOM. A ``t-raw`` that is correctly escaped at the time of introduction may no longer be safe at the next bugfix or refactoring." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/security.rst:223 +msgid "The above code may feel safe as the message content is controlled but is a bad practice that may lead to unexpected security vulnerabilities once this code evolves in the future." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/security.rst:235 +msgid "While formatting the template differently would prevent such vulnerabilities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/security.rst:260 +msgid "Escaping vs Sanitizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/security.rst:264 +msgid "Escaping is always 100% mandatory when you mix data and code, no matter how safe the data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/security.rst:267 +msgid "**Escaping** converts *TEXT* to *CODE*. It is absolutely mandatory to do it every time you mix *DATA/TEXT* with *CODE* (e.g. generating HTML or python code to be evaluated inside a `safe_eval`), because *CODE* always requires *TEXT* to be encoded. It is critical for security, but it's also a question of correctness. Even when there is no security risk (because the text is 100% guarantee to be safe or trusted), it is still required (e.g. to avoid breaking the layout in generated HTML)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/security.rst:275 +msgid "Escaping will never break any feature, as long as the developer identifies which variable contains *TEXT* and which contains *CODE*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/security.rst:291 +msgid "**Sanitizing** converts *CODE* to *SAFER CODE* (but not necessary *safe* code). It does not work on *TEXT*. Sanitizing is only necessary when *CODE* is untrusted, because it comes in full or in part from some user-provided data. If the user-provided data is in the form of *TEXT* (e.g. the content from a form filled by a user), and if that data was correctly escaped before putting it in *CODE*, then sanitizing is useless (but can still be done). If however, the user-provided data was **not escaped**, then sanitizing will **not** work as expected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/security.rst:310 +msgid "Sanitizing can break features, depending on whether the *CODE* is expected to contain patterns that are not safe. That's why `fields.Html` and `tools.html_sanitize()` have options to fine-tune the level of sanitization for styles, etc. Those options have to be carefully considered depending on where the data comes from, and the desired features. The sanitization safety is balanced against sanitization breakages: the safer the sanitisation the more likely it is to break things." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/security.rst:327 +msgid "Evaluating content" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/security.rst:328 +msgid "Some may want to ``eval`` to parse user provided content. Using ``eval`` should be avoided at all cost. A safer, sandboxed, method :class:`~odoo.tools.safe_eval` can be used instead but still gives tremendous capabilities to the user running it and must be reserved for trusted privileged users only as it breaks the barrier between code and data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/security.rst:350 +msgid "Parsing content does not need ``eval``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/security.rst:353 +msgid "Language" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/security.rst:353 +msgid "Data type" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/security.rst:353 +msgid "Suitable parser" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/security.rst:355 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/security.rst:356 +msgid "int, float, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/security.rst:355 +msgid "int(), float()" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/security.rst:356 +msgid "parseInt(), parseFloat()" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/security.rst:357 +msgid "dict" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/security.rst:357 +msgid "json.loads(), ast.literal_eval()" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/security.rst:358 +msgid "object, list, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/security.rst:358 +msgid "JSON.parse()" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/security.rst:362 +msgid "Accessing object attributes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/security.rst:364 +msgid "If the values of a record needs to be retrieved or modified dynamically, one may want to use the ``getattr`` and ``setattr`` methods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/security.rst:374 +msgid "This code is however not safe as it allows to access any property of the record, including private attributes or methods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/security.rst:377 +msgid "The ``__getitem__`` of a recordset has been defined and accessing a dynamic field value can be easily achieved safely:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/security.rst:387 +msgid "The above method is obviously still too optimistic and additional verifications on the record id and field value must be done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/testing.rst:7 +msgid "Testing Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/testing.rst:9 +msgid "There are many ways to test an application. In Odoo, we have three kinds of tests" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/testing.rst:12 +msgid "Python unit tests (see `Testing Python code`_): useful for testing model business logic" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/testing.rst:13 +msgid "JS unit tests (see `Testing JS code`_): useful to test the javascript code in isolation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/testing.rst:14 +msgid "Tours (see `Integration Testing`_): tours simulate a real situation. They ensures that the python and the javascript parts properly talk to each other." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/testing.rst:18 +msgid "Testing Python code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/testing.rst:20 +msgid "Odoo provides support for testing modules using unittest." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/testing.rst:22 +msgid "To write tests, simply define a ``tests`` sub-package in your module, it will be automatically inspected for test modules. Test modules should have a name starting with ``test_`` and should be imported from ``tests/__init__.py``, e.g." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/testing.rst:36 +msgid "and ``__init__.py`` contains::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/testing.rst:42 +msgid "test modules which are not imported from ``tests/__init__.py`` will not be run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/testing.rst:45 +msgid "The test runner will simply run any test case, as described in the official `unittest documentation`_, but Odoo provides a number of utilities and helpers related to testing Odoo content (modules, mainly):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/testing.rst:62 +msgid "By default, tests are run once right after the corresponding module has been installed. Test cases can also be configured to run after all modules have been installed, and not run right after the module installation::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/testing.rst:75 +msgid "The most common situation is to use :class:`~odoo.tests.common.TransactionCase` and test a property of a model in each method::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/testing.rst:91 +msgid "Test methods must start with ``test_``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/testing.rst:103 +msgid "Running tests" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/testing.rst:105 +msgid "Tests are automatically run when installing or updating modules if :option:`--test-enable <odoo-bin --test-enable>` was enabled when starting the Odoo server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/testing.rst:114 +msgid "Test selection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/testing.rst:116 +msgid "In Odoo, Python tests can be tagged to facilitate the test selection when running tests." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/testing.rst:119 +msgid "Subclasses of :class:`odoo.tests.common.BaseCase` (usually through :class:`~odoo.tests.common.TransactionCase`, :class:`~odoo.tests.common.SavepointCase` or :class:`~odoo.tests.common.HttpCase`) are automatically tagged with ``standard``, ``at_install`` and their source module's name by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/testing.rst:126 +msgid "Invocation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/testing.rst:128 +msgid ":option:`--test-tags <odoo-bin --test-tags>` can be used to select/filter tests to run on the command-line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/testing.rst:131 +msgid "This option defaults to ``+standard`` meaning tests tagged ``standard`` (explicitly or implicitly) will be run by default when starting Odoo with :option:`--test-enable <odoo-bin --test-enable>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/testing.rst:135 +msgid "When writing tests, the :func:`~odoo.tests.common.tagged` decorator can be used on **test classes** to add or remove tags." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/testing.rst:138 +msgid "The decorator's arguments are tag names, as strings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/testing.rst:140 +msgid ":func:`~odoo.tests.common.tagged` is a class decorator, it has no effect on functions or methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/testing.rst:143 +msgid "Tags can be prefixed with the minus (``-``) sign, to *remove* them instead of add or select them e.g. if you don't want your test to be executed by default you can remove the ``standard`` tag:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/testing.rst:155 +msgid "This test will not be selected by default, to run it the relevant tag will have to be selected explicitely:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/testing.rst:162 +msgid "Note that only the tests tagged ``nice`` are going to be executed. To run *both* ``nice`` and ``standard`` tests, provide multiple values to :option:`--test-tags <odoo-bin --test-tags>`: on the command-line, values are *additive* (you're selecting all tests with *any* of the specified tags)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/testing.rst:171 +msgid "The config switch parameter also accepts the ``+`` and ``-`` prefixes. The ``+`` prefix is implied and therefore, totaly optional. The ``-`` (minus) prefix is made to deselect tests tagged with the prefixed tags, even if they are selected by other specified tags e.g. if there are ``standard`` tests which are also tagged as ``slow`` you can run all standard tests *except* the slow ones:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/testing.rst:182 +msgid "When you write a test that does not inherit from the :class:`~odoo.tests.common.BaseCase`, this test will not have the default tags, you have to add them explicitely to have the test included in the default test suite. This is a common issue when using a simple ``unittest.TestCase`` as they're not going to get run:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/testing.rst:198 +msgid "Special tags" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/testing.rst:200 +msgid "``standard``: All Odoo tests that inherit from :class:`~odoo.tests.common.BaseCase` are implicitely tagged standard. :option:`--test-tags <odoo-bin --test-tags>` also defaults to ``standard``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/testing.rst:204 +msgid "That means untagged test will be executed by default when tests are enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/testing.rst:205 +msgid "``at_install``: Means that the test will be executed right after the module installation and before other modules are installed. This is a default implicit tag." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/testing.rst:208 +msgid "``post_install``: Means that the test will be executed after all the modules are installed. This is what you want for HttpCase tests most of the time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/testing.rst:211 +msgid "Note that this is *not exclusive* with ``at_install``, however since you will generally not want both ``post_install`` is usually paired with ``-at_install`` when tagging a test class." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/testing.rst:214 +msgid "*module_name*: Odoo tests classes extending :class:`~odoo.tests.common.BaseCase` are implicitely tagged with the technical name of their module. This allows easily selecting or excluding specific modules when testing e.g. if you want to only run tests from ``stock_account``:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/testing.rst:225 +msgid "Examples" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/testing.rst:229 +msgid "Tests will be executed only in the installed or updated modules. So modules have to be selected with the :option:`-u <odoo-bin -u>` or :option:`-i <odoo-bin -i>` switches. For simplicity, those switches are not specified in the examples below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/testing.rst:234 +msgid "Run only the tests from the sale module:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/testing.rst:240 +msgid "Run the tests from the sale module but not the ones tagged as slow:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/testing.rst:246 +msgid "Run only the tests from stock or tagged as slow:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/testing.rst:252 +msgid "``-standard`` is implicit (not required), and present for clarity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/testing.rst:255 +msgid "Testing JS code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/testing.rst:257 +msgid "Testing a complex system is an important safeguard to prevent regressions and to guarantee that some basic functionality still works. Since Odoo has a non trivial codebase in Javascript, it is necessary to test it. In this section, we will discuss the practice of testing JS code in isolation: these tests stay in the browser, and are not supposed to reach the server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/testing.rst:264 +msgid "Qunit test suite" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/testing.rst:266 +msgid "The Odoo framework uses the QUnit_ library testing framework as a test runner. QUnit defines the concepts of *tests* and *modules* (a set of related tests), and gives us a web based interface to execute the tests." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/testing.rst:270 +msgid "For example, here is what a pyUtils test could look like:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/testing.rst:285 +msgid "The main way to run the test suite is to have a running Odoo server, then navigate a web browser to ``/web/tests``. The test suite will then be executed by the web browser Javascript engine." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/testing.rst:292 +msgid "The web UI has many useful features: it can run only some submodules, or filter tests that match a string. It can show every assertions, failed or passed, rerun specific tests, ..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/testing.rst:298 +msgid "While the test suite is running, make sure that:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/testing.rst:300 +msgid "your browser window is focused," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/testing.rst:301 +msgid "it is not zoomed in/out. It needs to have exactly 100% zoom level." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/testing.rst:303 +msgid "If this is not the case, some tests will fail, without a proper explanation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/testing.rst:306 +msgid "Testing Infrastructure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/testing.rst:308 +msgid "Here is a high level overview of the most important parts of the testing infrastructure:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/testing.rst:311 +msgid "there is an asset bundle named `web.qunit_suite`_. This bundle contains the main code (assets common + assets backend), some libraries, the QUnit test runner and the test bundles listed below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/testing.rst:315 +msgid "a bundle named `web.tests_assets`_ includes most of the assets and utils required by the test suite: custom QUnit asserts, test helpers, lazy loaded assets, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/testing.rst:318 +msgid "another asset bundle, `web.qunit_suite_tests`_, contains all the test scripts. This is typically where the test files are added to the suite." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/testing.rst:321 +msgid "there is a `controller`_ in web, mapped to the route */web/tests*. This controller simply renders the *web.qunit_suite* template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/testing.rst:324 +msgid "to execute the tests, one can simply point its browser to the route */web/tests*. In that case, the browser will download all assets, and QUnit will take over." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/testing.rst:327 +msgid "there is some code in `qunit_config.js`_ which logs in the console some information when a test passes or fails." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/testing.rst:330 +msgid "we want the runbot to also run these tests, so there is a test (in `test_js.py`_) which simply spawns a browser and points it to the *web/tests* url. Note that the browser_js method spawns a Chrome headless instance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/testing.rst:336 +msgid "Modularity and testing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/testing.rst:338 +msgid "With the way Odoo is designed, any addon can modify the behaviour of other parts of the system. For example, the *voip* addon can modify the *FieldPhone* widget to use extra features. This is not really good from the perspective of the testing system, since this means that a test in the addon web will fail whenever the voip addon is installed (note that the runbot runs the tests with all addons installed)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/testing.rst:345 +msgid "At the same time, our testing sytem is good, because it can detect whenever another module breaks some core functionality. There is no complete solution to this issue. For now, we solve this on a case by case basis." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/testing.rst:349 +msgid "Usually, it is not a good idea to modify some other behaviour. For our voip example, it is certainly cleaner to add a new *FieldVOIPPhone* widget and modify the few views that needs it. This way, the *FieldPhone* widget is not impacted, and both can be tested." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/testing.rst:355 +msgid "Adding a new test case" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/testing.rst:357 +msgid "Let us assume that we are maintaining an addon *my_addon*, and that we want to add a test for some javascript code (for example, some utility function myFunction, located in *my_addon.utils*). The process to add a new test case is the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/testing.rst:362 +msgid "create a new file *my_addon/static/tests/utils_tests.js*. This file contains the basic code to add a QUnit module *my_addon > utils*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/testing.rst:380 +msgid "In *my_addon/assets.xml*, add the file to the main test assets:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/testing.rst:393 +msgid "Restart the server and update *my_addon*, or do it from the interface (to make sure the new test file is loaded)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/testing.rst:396 +msgid "Add a test case after the definition of the *utils* sub test suite:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/testing.rst:407 +msgid "Visit */web/tests/* to make sure the test is executed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/testing.rst:410 +msgid "Helper functions and specialized assertions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/testing.rst:412 +msgid "Without help, it is quite difficult to test some parts of Odoo. In particular, views are tricky, because they communicate with the server and may perform many rpcs, which needs to be mocked. This is why we developed some specialized helper functions, located in `test_utils.js`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/testing.rst:417 +msgid "Mock test functions: these functions help setting up a test environment. The most important use case is mocking the answers given by the Odoo server. These functions use a `mock server`_. This is a javascript class that simulates answers to the most common model methods: read, search_read, nameget, ..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/testing.rst:422 +msgid "DOM helpers: useful to simulate events/actions on some specific target. For example, testUtils.dom.click performs a click on a target. Note that it is safer than doing it manually, because it also checks that the target exists, and is visible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/testing.rst:427 +msgid "create helpers: they are probably the most important functions exported by `test_utils.js`_. These helpers are useful to create a widget, with a mock environment, and a lot of small detail to simulate as much as possible the real conditions. The most important is certainly `createView`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/testing.rst:432 +msgid "`qunit assertions`_: QUnit can be extended with specialized assertions. For Odoo, we frequently test some DOM properties. This is why we made some assertions to help with that. For example, the *containsOnce* assertion takes a widget/jQuery/HtmlElement and a selector, then checks if the target contains exactly one match for the css selector." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/testing.rst:438 +msgid "For example, with these helpers, here is what a simple form test could look like:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/testing.rst:462 +msgid "Notice the use of the testUtils.createView helper and of the containsOnce assertion. Also, the form controller was properly destroyed at the end of the test." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/testing.rst:467 +msgid "Best Practices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/testing.rst:469 +msgid "In no particular order:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/testing.rst:471 +msgid "all test files should be added in *some_addon/static/tests/*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/testing.rst:472 +msgid "for bug fixes, make sure that the test fails without the bug fix, and passes with it. This ensures that it actually works." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/testing.rst:474 +msgid "try to have the minimal amount of code necessary for the test to work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/testing.rst:475 +msgid "usually, two small tests are better than one large test. A smaller test is easier to understand and to fix." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/testing.rst:477 +msgid "always cleanup after a test. For example, if your test instantiates a widget, it should destroy it at the end." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/testing.rst:479 +msgid "no need to have full and complete code coverage. But adding a few tests helps a lot: it makes sure that your code is not completely broken, and whenever a bug is fixed, it is really much easier to add a test to an existing test suite." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/testing.rst:482 +msgid "if you want to check some negative assertion (for example, that a HtmlElement does not have a specific css class), then try to add the positive assertion in the same test (for example, by doing an action that changes the state). This will help avoid the test to become dead in the future (for example, if the css class is changed)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/testing.rst:489 +msgid "Tips" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/testing.rst:491 +msgid "running only one test: you can (temporarily!) change the *QUnit.test(...)* definition into *QUnit.only(...)*. This is useful to make sure that QUnit only runs this specific test." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/testing.rst:494 +msgid "debug flag: most create utility functions have a debug mode (activated by the debug: true parameter). In that case, the target widget will be put in the DOM instead of the hidden qunit specific fixture, and more information will be logged. For example, all mocked network communications will be available in the console." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/testing.rst:499 +msgid "when working on a failing test, it is common to add the debug flag, then comment the end of the test (in particular, the destroy call). With this, it is possible to see the state of the widget directly, and even better, to manipulate the widget by clicking/interacting with it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/testing.rst:506 +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:538 +msgid "Integration Testing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/testing.rst:508 +msgid "Testing Python code and JS code separately is very useful, but it does not prove that the web client and the server work together. In order to do that, we can write another kind of test: tours. A tour is a mini scenario of some interesting business flow. It explains a sequence of steps that should be followed. The test runner will then create a Chrome headless browser, point it to the proper url and simulate the click and inputs, according to the scenario." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/testing.rst:516 +msgid "Screenshots and screencasts during browser_js tests" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/testing.rst:518 +msgid "When running tests that use HttpCase.browser_js from the command line, the Chrome browser is used in headless mode. By default, if a test fails, a PNG screenshot is taken at the moment of the failure and written in" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/testing.rst:526 +msgid "Two new command line arguments were added since Odoo 13.0 to control this behavior: :option:`--screenshots <odoo-bin --screenshots>` and :option:`--screencasts <odoo-bin --screencasts>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/testing.rst:531 +msgid "Performance Testing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/testing.rst:534 +msgid "Query counts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/testing.rst:536 +msgid "One of the ways to test performance is to measure database queries. Manually, this can be tested with the `--log-sql` CLI parameter. If you want to establish the maximum number of queries for an operation, you can use the :meth:`~odoo.tests.common.BaseCase.assertQueryCount` method, integrated in Odoo test classes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/testing.rst:548 +msgid "Database population" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/testing.rst:550 +msgid "Odoo CLI offers a :ref:`database population<reference/cmdline/populate>` feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/testing.rst:556 +msgid "Instead of the tedious manual, or programmatic, specification of test data, one can use this feature to fill a database on demand with the desired number of test data. This can be used to detect diverse bugs or performance issues in tested flows." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/testing.rst:562 +msgid "To specify this feature for a given model, the following methods and attributes can be defined." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/testing.rst:573 +msgid "You have to define at least :meth:`~odoo.models.Model._populate` or :meth:`~odoo.models.Model._populate_factories` on the model to enable database population." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/testing.rst:577 +msgid "Example model" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/testing.rst:621 +msgid "Population tools" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/testing.rst:623 +msgid "Multiple population tools are available to easily create the needed data generators." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/translations.rst:7 +msgid "Translating Modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/translations.rst:9 +msgid "This section explains how to provide translation abilities to your module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/translations.rst:11 +msgid "If you want to contribute to the translation of Odoo itself, please refer to the `Odoo Wiki page <https://github.com/odoo/odoo/wiki/Translations>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/translations.rst:15 +msgid "Exporting translatable term" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/translations.rst:17 +msgid "A number of terms in your modules are \"implicitly translatable\" as a result, even if you haven't done any specific work towards translation you can export your module's translatable terms and may find content to work with." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/translations.rst:21 +msgid "needs technical features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/translations.rst:23 +msgid "Translations export is performed via the administration interface by logging into the backend interface and opening :menuselection:`Settings --> Translations --> Import / Export --> Export Translations`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/translations.rst:27 +msgid "leave the language to the default (new language/empty template)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/translations.rst:28 +msgid "select the `PO File`_ format" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/translations.rst:29 +msgid "select your module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/translations.rst:30 +msgid "click :guilabel:`Export` and download the file" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/translations.rst:36 +msgid "This gives you a file called :file:`{yourmodule}.pot` which should be moved to the :file:`{yourmodule}/i18n/` directory. The file is a *PO Template* which simply lists translatable strings and from which actual translations (PO files) can be created. PO files can be created using msginit_, with a dedicated translation tool like POEdit_ or by simply copying the template to a new file called :file:`{language}.po`. Translation files should be put in :file:`{yourmodule}/i18n/`, next to :file:`{yourmodule}.pot`, and will be automatically loaded by Odoo when the corresponding language is installed (via :menuselection:`Settings --> Translations --> Languages`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/translations.rst:46 +msgid "translations for all loaded languages are also installed or updated when installing or updating a module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/translations.rst:50 +msgid "Implicit exports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/translations.rst:52 +msgid "Odoo automatically exports translatable strings from \"data\"-type content:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/translations.rst:54 +msgid "in non-QWeb views, all text nodes are exported as well as the content of the ``string``, ``help``, ``sum``, ``confirm`` and ``placeholder`` attributes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/translations.rst:57 +msgid "QWeb templates (both server-side and client-side), all text nodes are exported except inside ``t-translation=\"off\"`` blocks, the content of the ``title``, ``alt``, ``label`` and ``placeholder`` attributes are also exported" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/translations.rst:61 +msgid "for :class:`~odoo.fields.Field`, unless their model is marked with ``_translate = False``:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/translations.rst:64 +msgid "their ``string`` and ``help`` attributes are exported" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/translations.rst:65 +msgid "if ``selection`` is present and a list (or tuple), it's exported" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/translations.rst:66 +msgid "if their ``translate`` attribute is set to ``True``, all of their existing values (across all records) are exported" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/translations.rst:68 +msgid "help/error messages of :attr:`~odoo.models.Model._constraints` and :attr:`~odoo.models.Model._sql_constraints` are exported" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/translations.rst:72 +msgid "Explicit exports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/translations.rst:74 +msgid "When it comes to more \"imperative\" situations in Python code or Javascript code, Odoo cannot automatically export translatable terms so they must be marked explicitly for export. This is done by wrapping a literal string in a function call." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/translations.rst:79 +msgid "In Python, the wrapping function is :func:`odoo._`::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/translations.rst:83 +msgid "In JavaScript, the wrapping function is generally :js:func:`odoo.web._t`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/translations.rst:91 +msgid "Only literal strings can be marked for exports, not expressions or variables. For situations where strings are formatted, this means the format string must be marked, not the formatted string" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/translations.rst:95 +msgid "The lazy version of `_` and `_t` is :func:`odoo._lt` in python and :js:func:`odoo.web._lt` in javascript. The translation lookup is executed only at rendering and can be used to declare translatable properties in class methods of global variables." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/translations.rst:101 +msgid "Variables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/translations.rst:102 +msgid "**Don't** the extract may work but it will not translate the text correctly::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/translations.rst:106 +msgid "**Do** set the dynamic variables as a parameter of the translation lookup (this will fallback on source in case of missing placeholder in the translation)::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/translations.rst:113 +msgid "Blocks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/translations.rst:114 +msgid "**Don't** split your translation in several blocks or multiples lines::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/translations.rst:124 +msgid "**Do** keep in one block, giving the full context to translators::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/translations.rst:135 +msgid "Plural" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/translations.rst:136 +msgid "**Don't** pluralize terms the English-way::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/translations.rst:142 +msgid "**Do** keep in mind every language has different plural forms::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/translations.rst:150 +msgid "Read vs Run Time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/translations.rst:152 +msgid "**Don't** invoke translation lookup at server launch::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/translations.rst:165 +msgid "**Don't** invoke translation lookup when the javascript file is read::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/translations.rst:176 +msgid "**Do** use lazy translation lookup method::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/translations.rst:190 +msgid "or **do** evaluate dynamically the translatable content::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/translations.rst:199 +msgid "**Do** in the case where the translation lookup is done when the JS file is *read*, use `_lt` instead of `_t` to translate the term when it is *used*::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:8 +msgid "Views are what define how records should be displayed to end-users. They are specified in XML which means that they can be edited independently from the models that they represent. They are flexible and allow a high level of customization of the screens that they control. There exist various types of views. Each of them represents a mode of visualization: *form*, *list*, *kanban*, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:13 +msgid "Build doc of ir_ui_view.py ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:18 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:906 +msgid "Generic structure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:20 +msgid "Basic views generally share the common structure defined below. Placeholders are denoted in all caps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:38 +msgid "View objects expose a number of fields. They are optional unless specified otherwise." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:40 +msgid "``name`` (mandatory) :class:`~odoo.fields.Char`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:42 +msgid "Only useful as a mnemonic/description of the view when looking for one in a list of some sort." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:44 +msgid "``model`` :class:`~odoo.fields.Char`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:46 +msgid "The model linked to the view, if applicable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:48 +msgid "``priority`` :class:`~odoo.fields.Integer`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:50 +msgid "When a view is requested by ``(model, type)``, the view matching the model and the type, with the lowest priority will be returned (it is the default view)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:53 +msgid "It also defines the order of views application during :ref:`view inheritance <reference/views/inheritance>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:56 +msgid "``groups_id`` :class:`~odoo.fields.Many2many` -> :class:`odoo.addons.base.models.res_users.Groups`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:58 +msgid "The groups allowed to use/access the current view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:60 +msgid "If the view extends an existing view, the extension will only be applied for a given user if the user has access to the provided ``groups_id``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:63 +msgid "``arch`` :class:`~odoo.fields.Text`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:65 +msgid "The description of the view layout." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:68 +msgid "Attributes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:72 +msgid "view attributes & view element attributes attrs & states attributes are missing generic information" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:75 +msgid "The different view types have a wide variety of attributes allowing customizations of the generic behaviors. Some main attributes will be explained here. They do not all have an impact on all view types." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:79 +msgid "The current context and user access rights may also impact the view abilities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:81 +msgid "info on create/... in the context ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:83 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1606 +msgid "``create``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:85 +msgid "Disable/enable record creation on the view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:87 +msgid "``edit`` (``form`` & ``list`` & ``gantt``)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:89 +msgid "Disable/enable record editing on the view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:91 +msgid "``delete`` (``form`` & ``list``)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:93 +msgid "Disable/enable record deletion on the view through the **Action** dropdown." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:95 +msgid "``duplicate`` (``form`` & ``list``)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:97 +msgid "Disable/enable record duplication on the view through the **Action** dropdown." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:99 +msgid "``decoration-{$name}`` (``list`` & ``gantt``)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:101 +msgid "Define a conditional display of a record in the style of a row's text based on the corresponding record's attributes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:123 +msgid "Supported values differ for the two view types. The Gantt view only supports ``success``, ``info``, ``warning``, ``danger`` and ``secondary`` displays. The list view supports ``bf``, ``it``, ``success``, ``info``, ``warning``, ``danger``, ``muted`` and ``primary`` displays." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:127 +msgid "``sample`` (``kanban`` & ``list`` & ``gantt`` & ``graph`` & ``pivot`` & ``cohort`` & ``dashboard``)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:129 +msgid "Populate the view with a set of sample records if none are found for the current model. This attribute is false by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:132 +msgid "These fake records will have heuristics for certain field names/models. For example, a field 'display_name' on the model 'res.users' will be populated with sample people names while an 'email' field will be in the form 'firstname.lastname@sample.demo'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:136 +msgid "The user will not be able to interact with these data and they will be discarded as soon as an action is performed (record created, column added, etc.)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:139 +msgid "``banner_route`` a route address to be fetched and prepended to the view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:142 +msgid "If this attribute is set, the :ref:`controller route url<reference/controllers>` will be fetched and displayed above the view. The json response from the controller should contain an \"html\" key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:147 +msgid "If the html contains a stylesheet <link> tag, it will be removed and appended to <head>." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:150 +msgid "To interact with the backend you can use <a type=\"action\"> tags. Please take a look at the documentation of the _onActionClicked method of AbstractController (*addons/web/static/src/js/views/abstract_controller.js*) for more details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:155 +msgid "Only views extending AbstractView and AbstractController can use this attribute, like :ref:`reference/views/form`, :ref:`reference/views/kanban`, :ref:`reference/views/list`, ..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:159 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1901 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1938 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1964 +msgid "Example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:179 +msgid "Views main content section, with field, group & separator ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:187 +msgid "Inheritance fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:189 +msgid "The two following :class:`~odoo.addons.base.ir_ui_view.View` fields are used to specify inherited views." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:192 +msgid "``inherit_id`` :class:`~odoo.fields.Many2one`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:194 +msgid "the current view's parent view, unset by default. Specify the parent using the `ref` attribute:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:201 +msgid "``mode`` :class:`~odoo.fields.Selection`: `extension / primary`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:203 +msgid "inheritance mode, ``extension`` by default if ``inherit_id`` is set, ``primary`` otherwise." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:206 +msgid "An example of where you would want to override ``mode`` while using ``inherit_id`` is delegation inheritance. In that case your derived model will be separate from its parent and views matching with one won't match with the other. Suppose you inherit from a view associated with the parent model and want to customize the derived view to show data from the derived model. The ``mode`` of the derived view needs to be set to ``primary``, because it's the base (and maybe only) view for that derived model. Otherwise the :ref:`view matching <reference/views/inheritance/view-matching>` rules won't apply." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:219 +msgid "View matching" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:221 +msgid "if a view is requested by ``(model, type)``, the view with the right model and type, ``mode=primary`` and the lowest priority is matched." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:223 +msgid "when a view is requested by ``id``, if its mode is not ``primary`` its *closest* parent with mode ``primary`` is matched." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:227 +msgid "View resolution" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:229 +msgid "Resolution generates the final ``arch`` for a requested/matched ``primary`` view:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:232 +msgid "if the view has a parent, the parent is fully resolved then the current view's inheritance specs are applied" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:234 +msgid "if the view has no parent, its ``arch`` is used as-is" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:235 +msgid "the current view's children with mode ``extension`` are looked up and their inheritance specs are applied depth-first (a child view is applied, then its children, then its siblings)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:239 +msgid "The result of applying children views yields the final ``arch``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:241 +msgid "NOTE on fields_view_get and link to ORM ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:244 +msgid "Inheritance specs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:246 +msgid "Inheritance specs are comprised of an element locator, to match the inherited element in the parent view, and children element that will be used to modify the inherited element." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:250 +msgid "There are three types of element locators for matching a target element:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:252 +msgid "An ``xpath`` element with an ``expr`` attribute. ``expr`` is an XPath_ expression\\ [#hasclass]_ applied to the current ``arch``, the first node it finds is the match" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:255 +msgid "a ``field`` element with a ``name`` attribute, matches the first ``field`` with the same ``name``. All other attributes are ignored during matching" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:257 +msgid "any other element: the first element with the same name and identical attributes (ignoring ``position`` and ``version`` attributes) is matched" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:274 +msgid "The inheritance spec may have an optional ``position`` attribute specifying how the matched node should be altered:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:277 +msgid "``inside`` (default)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:278 +msgid "the content of the inheritance spec is appended to the matched node" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:280 +msgid "the content of the inheritance spec replaces the matched node. Any text node containing only ``$0`` within the contents of the spec will be replaced by a complete copy of the matched node, effectively wrapping the matched node." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:285 +msgid "the content of the inheritance spec is added to the matched node's parent, after the matched node" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:288 +msgid "the content of the inheritance spec is added to the matched node's parent, before the matched node" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:291 +msgid "the content of the inheritance spec should be ``attribute`` elements with a ``name`` attribute and an optional body:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:294 +msgid "if the ``attribute`` element has a body, a new attributed named after its ``name`` is created on the matched node with the ``attribute`` element's text as value" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:297 +msgid "if the ``attribute`` element has no body, the attribute named after its ``name`` is removed from the matched node. If no such attribute exists, an error is raised" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:324 +msgid "``move``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:311 +msgid "can be used as a direct child of a inheritance spec with a ``inside``, ``replace``, ``after`` or ``before`` ``position`` attribute to move a node." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:326 +msgid "A view's specs are applied sequentially." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:328 +msgid "an extension function is added for simpler matching in QWeb views: ``hasclass(*classes)`` matches if the context node has all the specified classes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:335 +msgid "View types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:340 +msgid "Activity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:342 +msgid "The Activity view is used to display the activities linked to the records. The data are displayed in a chart with the records forming the rows and the activity types the columns. The first cell of each row displays a (customizable, see ``templates``, quite similarly to :ref:`reference/views/kanban`) card representing the corresponding record. When clicking on others cells, a detailed description of all activities of the same type for the record is displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:351 +msgid "The Activity view is only available when the ``mail`` module is installed, and for the models that inherit from the ``mail.activity.mixin``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:354 +msgid "The root element of the Activity view is ``<activity>``, it accepts the following attributes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:358 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:487 +msgid "``string`` (mandatory)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:358 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:487 +msgid "A title, which should describe the view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:360 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1223 +msgid "Possible children of the view element are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:363 +msgid "declares fields to use in activity *logic*. If the field is simply displayed in the activity view, it does not need to be pre-declared." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:366 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1229 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1237 +msgid "Possible attributes are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:369 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:520 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1137 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1232 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1723 +msgid "``name`` (required)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:369 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1232 +msgid "the name of the field to fetch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:387 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1081 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1319 +msgid "``templates``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:372 +msgid "defines the :ref:`reference/qweb` templates. Cards definition may be split into multiple templates for clarity, but activity views *must* define at least one root template ``activity-box``, which will be rendered once for each record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:377 +msgid "The activity view uses mostly-standard :ref:`javascript qweb <reference/qweb/javascript>` and provides the following context variables (see :ref:`reference/views/kanban` for more details):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:383 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:723 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:820 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1077 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1263 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1509 +msgid "``widget``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:382 +msgid "the current :js:class:`ActivityRecord`, can be used to fetch some meta-information. These methods are also available directly in the template context and don't need to be accessed via ``widget``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:386 +msgid "an object with all the requested fields as its attributes. Each field has two attributes ``value`` and ``raw_value``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:392 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1324 +msgid "Calendar" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:394 +msgid "Calendar views display records as events in a daily, weekly, monthly or yearly calendar. Their root element is ``<calendar>``. Available attributes on the calendar view are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:398 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:957 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1330 +msgid "``date_start`` (required)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:399 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1331 +msgid "name of the record's field holding the start date for the event" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:402 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1334 +msgid "``date_stop``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:401 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1333 +msgid "name of the record's field holding the end date for the event, if ``date_stop`` is provided records become movable (via drag and drop) directly in the calendar" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:405 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1337 +msgid "``date_delay``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:405 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1337 +msgid "alternative to ``date_stop``, provides the duration of the event instead of its end date (unit: day)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:408 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1340 +msgid "name of a record field to use for *color segmentation*. Records in the same color segment are allocated the same highlight color in the calendar, colors are allocated semi-randomly. Displayed the display_name/avatar of the visible record in the sidebar" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:414 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1086 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1346 +msgid "``form_view_id``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:413 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1345 +msgid "view to open when the user create or edit an event. Note that if this attribute is not set, the calendar view will fall back to the id of the form view in the current action, if any." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:418 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1350 +msgid "``event_open_popup``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:417 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1349 +msgid "If the option 'event_open_popup' is set to true, then the calendar view will open events (or records) in a FormViewDialog. Otherwise, it will open events in a new form view (with a do_action)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:422 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1354 +msgid "``quick_add``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:421 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1353 +msgid "enables quick-event creation on click: only asks the user for a ``name`` and tries to create a new event with just that and the clicked event time. Falls back to a full form dialog if the quick creation fails" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:425 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1357 +msgid "``all_day``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:425 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1357 +msgid "name of a boolean field on the record indicating whether the corresponding event is flagged as day-long (and duration is irrelevant)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:428 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:869 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1360 +msgid "``mode``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:428 +msgid "Default display mode when loading the calendar. Possible attributes are: ``day``, ``week``, ``month``, ``year``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:432 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1065 +msgid "``scales``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:431 +msgid "Comma-separated list of scales to provide. By default, all scales are available. See mode for possible scale values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:452 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1367 +msgid "``<field>``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:435 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1366 +msgid "declares fields to aggregate or to use in kanban *logic*. If the field is simply displayed in the calendar cards." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:438 +msgid "Fields can have additional attributes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:440 +msgid "``invisible`` use \"True\" to hide the value in the cards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:442 +msgid "``avatar_field`` only for x2many field, to display the avatar instead of the display_name in the cards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:445 +msgid "``write_model`` and ``write_field``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:447 +msgid "you can add a filter and save the result in the defined model, the filter is added in the sidebar" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:449 +msgid "``filter`` and ``color``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:451 +msgid "use \"True\" to add this field in filter in the sidebar. You can specify a ``color`` field used to colorize the checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:457 +msgid "Cohort" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:463 +msgid "The cohort view is used to display and understand the way some data changes over a period of time. For example, imagine that for a given business, clients can subscribe to some service. The cohort view can then display the total number of subscriptions each month, and study the rate at which client leave the service (churn). When clicking on a cell, the cohort view will redirect you to a new action in which you will only see the records contained in the cell's time interval; this action contains a list view and a form view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:471 +msgid "By default the cohort view will use the same list and form views as those defined on the action. You can pass a list view and a form view to the context of the action in order to set/override the views that will be used (the context keys to use being `form_view_id` and `list_view_id`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:476 +msgid "For example, here is a very simple cohort view:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:482 +msgid "The root element of the Cohort view is <cohort>, it accepts the following attributes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:491 +msgid "``date_start`` (mandatory)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:490 +msgid "A valid date or datetime field. This field is understood by the view as the beginning date of a record" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:495 +msgid "``date_stop`` (mandatory)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:494 +msgid "A valid date or datetime field. This field is understood by the view as the end date of a record. This is the field that will determine the churn." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:500 +msgid "``mode`` (optional)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:498 +msgid "A string to describe the mode. It should be either 'churn' or 'retention' (default). Churn mode will start at 0% and accumulate over time whereas retention will start at 100% and decrease over time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:506 +msgid "``timeline`` (optional)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:503 +msgid "A string to describe the timeline. It should be either 'backward' or 'forward' (default). Forward timeline will display data from date_start to date_stop, whereas backward timeline will display data from date_stop to date_start (when the date_start is in future / greater than date_stop)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:510 +msgid "``interval`` (optional)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:509 +msgid "A string to describe a time interval. It should be 'day', 'week', 'month'' (default) or 'year'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:514 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:663 +msgid "``measure`` (optional)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:513 +msgid "A field that can be aggregated. This field will be used to compute the values for each cell. If not set, the cohort view will count the number of occurrences." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:518 +msgid "``<field>`` (optional)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:517 +msgid "allows to specify a particular field in order to manage it from the available measures, it's main use is for hiding a field from the selectable measures:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:521 +msgid "the name of the field to use in the view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:523 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:588 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:620 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:693 +msgid "``string`` (optional)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:523 +msgid "the name that would be used to display the field in the cohort view, overrides the default python String attribute of the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:528 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1144 +msgid "``invisible`` (optional)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:526 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1745 +msgid "if true, the field will not appear either in the active measures nor in the selectable measures (useful for fields that do not make sense aggregated, such as fields in different units, e.g. € and $)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:533 +msgid "Dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:539 +msgid "Like pivot and graph view, The dashboard view is used to display aggregate data. However, the dashboard can embed sub views, which makes it possible to have a more complete and interesting look on a given dataset." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:543 +msgid "The dashboard view can display sub views, aggregates for some fields (over a domain), or even *formulas* (expressions which involves one or more aggregates). For example, here is a very simple dashboard:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:560 +msgid "The root element of the Dashboard view is <dashboard>, it does not accept any attributes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:563 +msgid "There are 5 possible type of tags in a dashboard view:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:566 +msgid "declares a sub view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:568 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:585 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:605 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:681 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:715 +msgid "Admissible attributes are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:571 +msgid "``type`` (mandatory)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:571 +msgid "The type of the sub view. For example, *graph* or *pivot*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:575 +msgid "``ref`` (optional)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:574 +msgid "An xml id for a view. If not given, the default view for the model will be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:579 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:690 +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:308 +msgid "``name`` (optional)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:578 +msgid "A string which identifies this element. It is mostly useful to be used as a target for an xpath." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:596 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:766 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:2015 +msgid "``group``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:582 +msgid "defines a column layout. This is actually very similar to the group element in a form view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:588 +msgid "A description which will be displayed as a group title." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:591 +msgid "``colspan`` (optional)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:591 +msgid "The number of subcolumns in this group tag. By default, 6." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:596 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:647 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:697 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:723 +msgid "``col`` (optional)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:594 +msgid "The number of columns spanned by this group tag (only makes sense inside another group). By default, 6." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:673 +msgid "``aggregate``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:599 +msgid "declares an aggregate. This is the value of an aggregate for a given field over the current domain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:602 +msgid "Note that aggregates are supposed to be used inside a group tag (otherwise the style will not be properly applied)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:613 +msgid "``field`` (mandatory)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:608 +msgid "The field name to use for computing the aggregate. Possible field types are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:611 +msgid "``integer`` (default group operator is sum)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:612 +msgid "``float`` (default group operator is sum)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:613 +msgid "``many2one`` (default group operator is count distinct)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:616 +msgid "A string to identify this aggregate (useful for formulas)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:619 +msgid "A short description that will be displayed above the value. If not given, it will fall back to the field string." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:623 +msgid "An additional restriction on the set of records that we want to aggregate. This domain will be combined with the current domain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:629 +msgid "``domain_label`` (optional)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:627 +msgid "When the user clicks on an aggregate with a domain, it will be added to the search view as a facet. The string displayed for this facet can be customized with this attribute." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:643 +msgid "``group_operator`` (optional)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:632 +msgid "A valid postgreSQL aggregate function identifier to use when aggregating values (see https://www.postgresql.org/docs/9.5/static/functions-aggregate.html). If not provided, By default, the group_operator from the field definition is used. Note that no aggregation of field values is achieved if the group_operator value is \"\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:637 +msgid "The special aggregate function ``count_distinct`` (defined in odoo) can also be used here" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:646 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:696 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:722 +msgid "The number of columns spanned by this tag (only makes sense inside a group). By default, 1." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:651 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:701 +msgid "``widget`` (optional)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:650 +msgid "A widget to format the value (like the widget attribute for fields). For example, monetary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:654 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:704 +msgid "``help`` (optional)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:654 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:704 +msgid "A help message to dipslay in a tooltip (equivalent of help for a field in python)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:657 +msgid "This attribute is the name of a field describing the measure that has to be used in the graph and pivot views when clicking on the aggregate. The special value __count__ can be used to use the count measure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:668 +msgid "``clickable`` (optional)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:666 +msgid "A boolean indicating if this aggregate should be clickable or not (default to true). Clicking on a clickable aggregate will change the measures used by the subviews and add the value of the domain attribute (if any) to the search view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:673 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:709 +msgid "``value_label`` (optional)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:671 +msgid "A string put on the right of the aggregate value. For example, it can be useful to indicate the unit of measure of the aggregate value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:709 +msgid "``formula``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:676 +msgid "declares a derived value. Formulas are values computed from aggregates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:678 +msgid "Note that like aggregates, formulas are supposed to be used inside a group tag (otherwise the style will not be properly applied)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:687 +msgid "``value`` (mandatory)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:684 +msgid "A string expression that will be evaluated, with the builtin python evaluator (in the web client). Every aggregate can be used in the context, in the ``record`` variable. For example, ``record.price_total / record.order_id``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:690 +msgid "A string to identify this formula" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:693 +msgid "A short description that will be displayed above the formula." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:700 +msgid "A widget to format the value (like the widget attribute for fields). For example, monetary. By default, it is 'float'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:707 +msgid "A string put on the right of the formula value. For example, it can be useful to indicate the unit of measure of the formula value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:712 +msgid "Declares a specialized widget to be used to display the information. This is a mechanism similar to the widgets in the form view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:718 +msgid "A string to identify which widget should be instantiated. The view will look into the ``widget_registry`` to get the proper class." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:728 +msgid "Form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:730 +msgid "Form views are used to display the data from a single record. Their root element is ``<form>``. They are composed of regular HTML_ with additional structural and semantic components." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:735 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1663 +msgid "Structural components" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:737 +msgid "Structural components provide structure or \"visual\" features with little logic. They are used as elements or sets of elements in form views." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:751 +msgid "``notebook``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:741 +msgid "defines a tabbed section. Each tab is defined through a ``page`` child element. Pages can have the following attributes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:744 +msgid "``string`` (required) the title of the tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:746 +msgid "``accesskey`` an HTML accesskey_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:748 +msgid "``attrs`` standard dynamic attributes based on record values" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:751 +msgid "Note that ``notebook`` should not be placed within ``group``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:754 +msgid "used to define column layouts in forms. By default, groups define 2 columns and most direct children of groups take a single column. ``field`` direct children of groups display a label by default, and the label and the field itself have a colspan of 1 each." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:759 +msgid "The number of columns in a ``group`` can be customized using the ``col`` attribute, the number of columns taken by an element can be customized using ``colspan``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:763 +msgid "Children are laid out horizontally (tries to fill the next column before changing row)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:766 +msgid "Groups can have a ``string`` attribute, which is displayed as the group's title" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:770 +msgid "``newline``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:769 +msgid "only useful within ``group`` elements, ends the current row early and immediately switches to a new row (without filling any remaining column beforehand)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:773 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:2011 +msgid "``separator``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:773 +msgid "small horizontal spacing, with a ``string`` attribute behaves as a section title" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:776 +msgid "``sheet``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:776 +msgid "can be used as a direct child to ``form`` for a narrower and more responsive form layout" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:780 +msgid "``header``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:779 +msgid "combined with ``sheet``, provides a full-width location above the sheet itself, generally used to display workflow buttons and status widgets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:783 +msgid "Semantic components" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:785 +msgid "Semantic components tie into and allow interaction with the Odoo system. Available semantic components are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:798 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1483 +msgid "``button``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:789 +msgid "call into the Odoo system, similar to :ref:`list view buttons <reference/views/list/button>`. In addition, the following attribute can be specified:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:794 +msgid "``special``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:794 +msgid "for form views opened in dialogs: ``save`` to save the record and close the dialog, ``cancel`` to close the dialog without saving." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:798 +msgid "``confirm``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:797 +msgid "confirmation message to display (and for the user to accept) before performing the button's Odoo call (also works in Kanban views)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:801 +msgid "renders (and allow editing of, possibly) a single field of the current record. Using several times a field in a form view is supported and the fields can receive different values for modifiers 'invisible' and 'readonly'. However, the behavior is not guaranteed when several fields exist with different values for modifier 'required'. Possible attributes of the field node are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:808 +msgid "the name of the field to render" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:810 +msgid "the node id. Useful when there are several occurrences of the same field in the view (see ``label`` component below). Default is the field name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:813 +msgid "fields have a default rendering based on their type (e.g. :class:`~odoo.fields.Char`, :class:`~odoo.fields.Many2one`). The ``widget`` attributes allows using a different rendering method and context." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:818 +msgid "list of widgets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:820 +msgid "& options & specific attributes (e.g. widget=statusbar statusbar_visible clickable)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:823 +msgid "``options``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:823 +msgid "JSON object specifying configuration option for the field's widget (including default widgets)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:835 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:899 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1197 +msgid "``class``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:826 +msgid "HTML class to set on the generated element, common field classes are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:828 +msgid "``oe_inline``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:829 +msgid "prevent the usual line break following fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:830 +msgid "``oe_left``, ``oe_right``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:831 +msgid "floats_ the field to the corresponding direction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:832 +msgid "``oe_read_only``, ``oe_edit_only``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:833 +msgid "only displays the field in the corresponding form mode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:835 +msgid "``oe_avatar``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:835 +msgid "for image fields, displays images as \"avatar\" (square, 90x90 maximum size, some image decorations)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:838 +msgid "only displays the field for specific users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:845 +msgid "``on_change``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:840 +msgid "calls the specified method when this field's value is edited, can generate update other fields or display warnings for the user" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:845 +msgid "Use :func:`odoo.api.onchange` on the model" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:847 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:903 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1466 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1518 +msgid "``attrs``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:848 +msgid "dynamic meta-parameters based on record values" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:850 +msgid "for relational fields only, filters to apply when displaying existing records for selection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:853 +msgid "for relational fields only, context to pass when fetching possible values" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:855 +msgid "``readonly``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:855 +msgid "display the field in both readonly and edit mode, but never make it editable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:858 +msgid "``required``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:858 +msgid "generates an error and prevents saving the record if the field doesn't have a value" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:861 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1536 +msgid "``nolabel``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:861 +msgid "don't automatically display the field's label, only makes sense if the field is a direct child of a ``group`` element" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:865 +msgid "``placeholder``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:864 +msgid "help message to display in *empty* fields. Can replace field labels in complex forms. *Should not* be an example of data as users are liable to confuse placeholder text with filled fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:868 +msgid "for :class:`~odoo.fields.One2many`, display mode (view type) to use for the field's linked records. One of ``tree``, ``form``, ``kanban`` or ``graph``. The default is ``tree`` (a list display)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:871 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1980 +msgid "``help``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:872 +msgid "tooltip displayed for users when hovering the field or its label" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:874 +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:541 +msgid "``filename``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:874 +msgid "for binary fields, name of the related field providing the name of the file" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:877 +msgid "``password``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:877 +msgid "indicates that a :class:`~odoo.fields.Char` field stores a password and that its data shouldn't be displayed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:881 +msgid "``kanban_view_ref``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:880 +msgid "for opening specific kanban view when selecting records from m2o/m2m in mobile environment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:903 +msgid "``label``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:884 +msgid "when a ``field`` component isn't placed directly inside a ``group``, or when its ``nolabel`` attribute is set, the field's label isn't automatically displayed alongside its value. The ``label`` component is the manual alternative of displaying the label of a field. Possible attributes are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:894 +msgid "``for`` (mandatory)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:890 +msgid "the reference to the field associated with the label. Can be either the name of a field, or its id (``id`` attribute set on the ``field``). When there are several occurrences of the same field in the view, and there are several ``label`` components associated with these ``field`` nodes, those labels must have unique ``for`` attributes (in this case referencing the ``id`` attribute of the corresponding ``field`` nodes)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:897 +msgid "the label to display. Display the field's label (coming from the field definition in the model) by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:900 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:902 +msgid "same as for ``field`` component." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:938 +msgid "classes for forms" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:940 +msgid "widgets?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:951 +msgid "Gantt views appropriately display Gantt charts (for scheduling)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:953 +msgid "The root element of gantt views is ``<gantt/>``, it has no children but can take the following attributes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:957 +msgid "name of the field providing the start datetime of the event for each record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:960 +msgid "``date_stop`` (required)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:960 +msgid "name of the field providing the end duration of the event for each record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:963 +msgid "name of the field used to color the pills according to its value" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:978 +msgid "``{$name}`` can be one of the following `bootstrap contextual color`_ (``danger``, ``info``, ``secondary``, ``success`` or ``warning``)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:980 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1192 +msgid "``default_group_by``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:981 +msgid "name of a field to group tasks by" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:982 +msgid "``consolidation``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:983 +msgid "field name to display consolidation value in record cell" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:986 +msgid "``consolidation_max``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:985 +msgid "dictionnary with the \"group by\" field as key and the maximum consolidation value that can be reached before displaying the cell in red (e.g. ``{\"user_id\": 100}``)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:990 +msgid "``consolidation_exclude``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:989 +msgid "name of the field that describes if the task has to be excluded from the consolidation if set to true it displays a striped zone in the consolidation line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1007 +msgid "``create``, ``cell_create``, ``edit``, ``delete``, ``plan``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:993 +msgid "allows *dis*\\ abling the corresponding action in the view by setting the corresponding attribute to ``false`` (default: ``true``)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:996 +msgid "``create``: If enabled, an ``Add`` button will be available in the control panel to create records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:998 +msgid "``cell_create``: If enabled and ``create`` enabled, a \"**+**\" button will be displayed while hovering on a time slot cell to create a new record on that slot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1000 +msgid "``edit``: If enabled, the opened records will be in edit mode (thus editable)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1001 +msgid "``plan``: If enabled and ``edit`` enabled, a \"magnifying glass\" button will be displayed on time slots to plan unassigned records into that time slot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1006 +msgid "When you do not want to create records on the gantt view and the beginning and end dates are required on the model, the planning feature should be disabled because no record will ever be found." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1012 +msgid "``offset``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1010 +msgid "Depending on the scale, the number of units to add to today to compute the default period. Examples: An offset of +1 in default_scale week will open the gantt view for next week, and an offset of -2 in default_scale month will open the gantt view of 2 months ago." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1015 +msgid "``progress``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1015 +msgid "name of a field providing the completion percentage for the record's event, between 0 and 100" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1018 +msgid "title of the gantt view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1043 +msgid "``precision``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1020 +msgid "JSON object specifying snapping precisions for the pills in each scale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1022 +msgid "Possible values for scale ``day`` are (default: ``hour``):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1024 +msgid "``hour``: records times snap to full hours (ex: 7:12 becomes 8:00)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1026 +msgid "``hour:half``: records times snap to half hours (ex: 7:12 becomes 7:30)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1028 +msgid "``hour:quarter``: records times snap to half hours (ex: 7:12 becomes 7:15)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1030 +msgid "Possible values for scale ``week`` are (default: ``day:half``):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1032 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1038 +msgid "``day``: records times snap to full days (ex: 7:28 AM becomes 11:59:59 PM of the previous day, 10:32 PM becomes 12:00 PM of the current day)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1034 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1040 +msgid "``day:half``: records times snap to half hours (ex: 7:28 AM becomes 12:00 PM)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1036 +msgid "Possible values for scale ``month`` are (default: ``day:half``):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1042 +msgid "Scale ``year`` always snap to full day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1044 +msgid "Example of precision attribute: ``{\"day\": \"hour:quarter\", \"week\": \"day:half\", \"month\": \"day\"}``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1046 +msgid "``total_row``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1046 +msgid "boolean to control whether the row containing the total count of records should be displayed. (default: ``false``)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1049 +msgid "``collapse_first_level``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1049 +msgid "boolean to control whether it is possible to collapse each row if grouped by one field. (default: ``false``, the collapse starts when grouping by two fields)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1053 +msgid "``display_unavailability``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1052 +msgid "boolean to mark the dates returned by the ``gantt_unavailability`` function of the model as available inside the gantt view. Records can still be scheduled in them, but their unavailability is visually displayed. (default: ``false``)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1061 +msgid "``default_scale``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1056 +msgid "default scale when rendering the view. Possible values are (default: ``month``):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1058 +msgid "``day``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1059 +msgid "``week``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1060 +msgid "``month``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1061 +msgid "``year``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1064 +msgid "comma-separated list of allowed scales for this view. By default, all scales are allowed. For possible scale values to use in this list, see ``default_scale``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1068 +msgid "defines the :ref:`reference/qweb` template ``gantt-popover`` which is used when the user hovers over one of the records in the gantt view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1071 +msgid "The gantt view uses mostly-standard :ref:`javascript qweb <reference/qweb/javascript>` and provides the following context variables:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1075 +msgid "the current :js:class:`GanttRow`, can be used to fetch some meta-information. The ``getColor`` method to convert in a color integer is also available directly in the template context without using ``widget``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1079 +msgid "``on_create`` If specified when clicking the add button on the view, instead of opening a generic dialog, launch a client action. this should hold the xmlid of the action (eg: ``on_create=\"%(my_module.my_wizard)d\"``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1084 +msgid "view to open when the user create or edit a record. Note that if this attribute is not set, the gantt view will fall back to the id of the form view in the current action, if any." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1090 +msgid "``dynamic_range``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1089 +msgid "if set to true, the gantt view will start at the first record, instead of starting at the beginning of the year/month/day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1109 +msgid "``thumbnails``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1093 +msgid "This allows to display a thumbnail next to groups name if the group is a relationnal field. This expects a python dict which keys are the name of the field on the active model. Values are the names of the field holding the thumbnail on the related model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1097 +msgid "Example: tasks have a field user_id that reference res.users. The res.users model has a field image that holds the avatar, then:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1109 +msgid "will display the users avatars next to their names when grouped by user_id." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1114 +msgid "Graph" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1116 +msgid "The graph view is used to visualize aggregations over a number of records or record groups. Its root element is ``<graph>`` which can take the following attributes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1121 +msgid "one of ``bar`` (default), ``pie`` and ``line``, the type of graph to use" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1123 +msgid "``stacked``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1123 +msgid "only used for ``bar`` charts. If present and set to ``True``, stacks bars within a group" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1125 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1704 +msgid "``disable_linking``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1126 +msgid "set to ``True`` to prevent from redirecting clicks on graph to list view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1130 +msgid "``order``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1128 +msgid "if set, x-axis values will be sorted by default according their measure with respect to the given order (``asc`` or ``desc``). Only used for ``bar`` and ``pie`` charts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1132 +msgid "The only allowed element within a graph view is ``field`` which can have the following attributes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1136 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1722 +msgid "the name of a field to use in the view. If used for grouping (rather than aggregating)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1140 +msgid "``title`` (optional)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1140 +msgid "string displayed on the top of the graph." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1143 +msgid "if true, the field will not appear either in the active measures nor in the selectable measures." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1147 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1730 +msgid "indicates whether the field should be used as a grouping criteria or as an aggregated value within a group. Possible values are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1151 +msgid "groups by the specified field. All graph types support at least one level of grouping, some may support more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1153 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1735 +msgid "``col``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1154 +msgid "authorized in graph views but only used by pivot tables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1156 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1738 +msgid "field to aggregate within a group" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1161 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1742 +msgid "``interval``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1159 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1740 +msgid "on date and datetime fields, groups by the specified interval (``day``, ``week``, ``month``, ``quarter`` or ``year``) instead of grouping on the specific datetime (fixed second resolution) or date (fixed day resolution)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1163 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1749 +msgid "The measures are automatically generated from the model fields; only the aggregatable fields are used. Those measures are also alphabetically sorted on the string of the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1169 +msgid "graph view aggregations are performed on database content, non-stored function fields can not be used in graph views" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1177 +msgid "The kanban view is a `kanban board`_ visualisation: it displays records as \"cards\", halfway between a :ref:`list view <reference/views/list>` and a non-editable :ref:`form view <reference/views/form>`. Records may be grouped in columns for use in workflow visualisation or manipulation (e.g. tasks or work-progress management), or ungrouped (used simply to visualize records)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1183 +msgid "The kanban view will load and display a maximum of ten columns. Any column after that will be closed (but can still be opened by the user)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1187 +msgid "The root element of the Kanban view is ``<kanban>``, it can use the following attributes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1191 +msgid "whether the kanban view should be grouped if no grouping is specified via the action or the current search. Should be the name of the field to group by when no grouping is otherwise specified" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1195 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1404 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1669 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1716 +msgid "``default_order``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1195 +msgid "cards sorting order used if the user has not already sorted the records (via the list view)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1198 +msgid "adds HTML classes to the root HTML element of the Kanban view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1199 +msgid "``examples``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1200 +msgid "if set to a key in the `KanbanExamplesRegistry`_, examples on column setups will be available in the grouped kanban view. `Here <https://github.com/odoo/odoo/blob/99821fdcf89aa66ac9561a972c6823135ebf65c0/addons/project/static/src/js/project_task_kanban_examples.js#L27>`_ is an example of how to define those setups." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1201 +msgid "``group_create``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1202 +msgid "whether the \"Add a new column\" bar is visible or not. Default: true." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1203 +msgid "``group_delete``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1204 +msgid "whether groups can be deleted via the context menu. Default: true." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1205 +msgid "``group_edit``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1206 +msgid "whether groups can be edited via the context menu. Default: true." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1208 +msgid "``archivable``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1208 +msgid "whether records belonging to a column can be archived / restored if an ``active`` field is defined on the model. Default: true." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1212 +msgid "``quick_create``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1211 +msgid "whether it should be possible to create records without switching to the form view. By default, ``quick_create`` is enabled when the Kanban view is grouped by many2one, selection, char or boolean fields, and disabled when not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1214 +msgid "``quick_create_view``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1215 +msgid "``form`` view reference, specifying the view used for records quick creation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1219 +msgid "``records_draggable``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1217 +msgid "whether it should be possible to drag records when kanban is grouped. Default: true." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1219 +msgid "Set to ``true`` to always enable it, and to ``false`` to always disable it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1221 +msgid "VFE missing information on on_create attribute of kanban views." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1226 +msgid "declares fields to use in kanban *logic*. If the field is simply displayed in the kanban view, it does not need to be pre-declared." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1250 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1505 +msgid "``progressbar``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1235 +msgid "declares a progressbar element to put on top of kanban columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1241 +msgid "``field`` (required)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1240 +msgid "the name of the field whose values are used to subgroup column's records in the progressbar" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1245 +msgid "``colors`` (required)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1244 +msgid "JSON mapping the above field values to either \"danger\", \"warning\", \"success\" or \"muted\" colors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1250 +msgid "``sum_field`` (optional)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1248 +msgid "the name of the field whose column's records' values will be summed and displayed next to the progressbar (if omitted, displays the total number of records)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1253 +msgid "defines a list of :ref:`reference/qweb` templates. Cards definition may be split into multiple templates for clarity, but kanban views *must* define at least one root template ``kanban-box``, which will be rendered once for each record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1258 +msgid "The kanban view uses mostly-standard :ref:`javascript qweb <reference/qweb/javascript>` and provides the following context variables:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1262 +msgid "the current :js:class:`KanbanRecord`, can be used to fetch some meta-information. These methods are also available directly in the template context and don't need to be accessed via ``widget``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1266 +msgid "an object with all the requested fields as its attributes. Each field has two attributes ``value`` and ``raw_value``, the former is formatted according to current user parameters, the latter is the direct value from a :meth:`~odoo.models.Model.read` (except for date and datetime fields that are `formatted according to user's locale <https://github.com/odoo/odoo/blob/a678bd4e/addons/web_kanban/static/src/js/kanban_record.js#L102>`_)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1273 +msgid "the current context, coming from the action, and the one2many or many2many field in the case of a Kanban view embedded in a Form view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1275 +msgid "``user_context``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1277 +msgid "``read_only_mode``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1319 +msgid "``selection_mode``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1280 +msgid "set to true when kanban view is opened in mobile environment from m2o/m2m field for selecting records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1283 +msgid "clicking on m2o/m2m field in mobile environment opens kanban view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:0 +msgid "buttons and fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1288 +msgid "While most of the Kanban templates are standard :ref:`reference/qweb`, the Kanban view processes ``field``, ``button`` and ``a`` elements specially:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1291 +msgid "by default fields are replaced by their formatted value, unless the ``widget`` attribute is specified, in which case their rendering and behavior depends on the corresponding widget. Possible values are (among others):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1298 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1509 +msgid "``handle``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1297 +msgid "for ``sequence`` (or ``integer``) fields by which records are sorted, allows to drag&drop records to reorder them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1300 +msgid "list widgets?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1302 +msgid "buttons and links with a ``type`` attribute become perform Odoo-related operations rather than their standard HTML function. Possible types are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1307 +msgid "``action``, ``object``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1306 +msgid "standard behavior for :ref:`Odoo buttons <reference/views/list/button>`, most attributes relevant to standard Odoo buttons can be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1309 +msgid "``open``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1310 +msgid "opens the card's record in the form view in read-only mode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1311 +msgid "``edit``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1312 +msgid "opens the card's record in the form view in editable mode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1314 +msgid "deletes the card's record and removes the card" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1318 +msgid "kanban-specific CSS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1319 +msgid "kanban structures/widgets (vignette, details, ...)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1321 +msgid "If you need to extend the Kanban view, see :js:class::`the JS API <KanbanRecord>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1326 +msgid "Calendar views display records as events in a daily, weekly or monthly calendar. Their root element is ``<calendar>``. Available attributes on the calendar view are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1360 +msgid "Default display mode when loading the calendar. Possible attributes are: ``day``, ``week``, ``month``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1363 +msgid "``create``, ``delete``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1363 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1414 +msgid "allows *dis*\\ abling the corresponding action in the view by setting the corresponding attribute to ``false``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1372 +msgid "List" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1374 +msgid "The root element of list views is ``<tree>``\\ [#treehistory]_. The list view's root can have the following attributes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1378 +msgid "by default, selecting a list view's row opens the corresponding :ref:`form view <reference/views/form>`. The ``editable`` attributes makes the list view itself editable in-place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1382 +msgid "Valid values are ``top`` and ``bottom``, making *new* records appear respectively at the top or bottom of the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1385 +msgid "The architecture for the inline :ref:`form view <reference/views/form>` is derived from the list view. Most attributes valid on a :ref:`form view <reference/views/form>`'s fields and buttons are thus accepted by list views although they may not have any meaning if the list view is non-editable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1391 +msgid "if the ``edit`` attribute is set to ``false``, the ``editable`` option will be ignored." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1395 +msgid "``multi_edit``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1394 +msgid "editable or not editable list can activate the multi-editing feature by defining the `multi_edit=1`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1398 +msgid "overrides the ordering of the view, replacing the model's order (:attr:`~odoo.models.BaseModel._order` model attribute). The value is a comma-separated list of fields, postfixed by ``desc`` to sort in reverse order:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1410 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1531 +msgid "``{$name}`` can be ``bf`` (``font-weight: bold``), ``it`` (``font-style: italic``), or any `bootstrap contextual color`_ (``danger``, ``info``, ``muted``, ``primary``, ``success`` or ``warning``)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1414 +msgid "``create``, ``edit``, ``delete``, ``duplicate``, ``import``, ``export_xlsx``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1416 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1685 +msgid "``limit``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1417 +msgid "the default size of a page. It must be a positive integer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1419 +msgid "``groups_limit``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1419 +msgid "when the list view is grouped, the default number of groups of a page. It must be a position integer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1423 +msgid "``expand``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1422 +msgid "when the list view is grouped, automatically open the first level of groups if set to true (default: false)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1425 +msgid "Possible children elements of the list view are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1430 +msgid "displays a button in a list cell" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1432 +msgid "``icon``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1433 +msgid "icon to use to display the button" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1435 +msgid "if there is no ``icon``, the button's text" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1436 +msgid "if there is an ``icon``, ``alt`` text for the icon" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1438 +msgid "type of button, indicates how it clicking it affects Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1447 +msgid "``object``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1441 +msgid "call a method on the list's model. The button's ``name`` is the method, which is called with the current row's record id and the current context." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1450 +msgid "load an execute an ``ir.actions``, the button's ``name`` is the database id of the action. The context is expanded with the list's model (as ``active_model``), the current row's record (``active_id``) and all the records currently loaded in the list (``active_ids``, may be just a subset of the database records matching the current search)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1457 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1459 +msgid "see ``type``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1461 +msgid "dynamic attributes based on record values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1463 +msgid "A mapping of attributes to domains, domains are evaluated in the context of the current row's record, if ``True`` the corresponding attribute is set on the cell." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1467 +msgid "Possible attribute is ``invisible`` (hides the button)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1478 +msgid "``states``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1469 +msgid "shorthand for ``invisible`` ``attrs``: a list of states, comma separated, requires that the model has a ``state`` field and that it is used in the view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1473 +msgid "Makes the button ``invisible`` if the record is *not* in one of the listed states" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1478 +msgid "Using ``states`` in combination with ``attrs`` may lead to unexpected results as domains are combined with a logical AND." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1481 +msgid "merged into the view's context when performing the button's Odoo call" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1483 +msgid "declared but unused: help" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1486 +msgid "defines a column where the corresponding field should be displayed for each record. Can use the following attributes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1490 +msgid "the name of the field to display in the current model. A given name can only be used once per view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1493 +msgid "the title of the field's column (by default, uses the ``string`` of the model's field)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1497 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1747 +msgid "``invisible``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1496 +msgid "fetches and stores the field, but doesn't display the column in the table. Necessary for fields which shouldn't be displayed but are used by e.g. ``@colors``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1500 +msgid "lists the groups which should be able to see the field" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1502 +msgid "alternate representations for a field's display. Possible list view values are (among others):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1506 +msgid "displays ``float`` fields as a progress bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1508 +msgid "for ``sequence`` (or ``integer``) fields by which records are sorted, instead of displaying the field's value just displays a drag&drop icon to reorder records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1514 +msgid "``sum``, ``avg``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1512 +msgid "displays the corresponding aggregate at the bottom of the column. The aggregation is only computed on *currently displayed* records. The aggregation operation must match the corresponding field's ``group_operator``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1517 +msgid "dynamic attributes based on record values. Only effects the current field, so e.g. ``invisible`` will hide the field but leave the same field of other records visible, it will not hide the column itself" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1525 +msgid "``width`` (for ``editable``)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1521 +msgid "when there is no data in the list, the width of a column can be forced by setting this attribute. The value can be an absolute width (e.g. '100px'), or a relative weight (e.g. '3', meaning that this column will be 3 times larger than the others). Note that when there are records in the list, we let the browser automatically adapt the column's widths according to their content, and this attribute is thus ignored." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1528 +msgid "allow changing the style of a cell's text based on the corresponding record's attributes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1535 +msgid "if set to \"1\", the column header will remain empty. Also, the column won't be sortable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1540 +msgid "if the list view is ``editable``, any field attribute from the :ref:`form view <reference/views/form>` is also valid and will be used when setting up the inline form view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1546 +msgid "In case of list sub-views (One2many/Many2many display in a form view), The attribute ``column_invisible`` can be useful to hide a column depending on the parent object." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1554 +msgid "When a list view is grouped, numeric fields are aggregated and displayed for each group. Also, if there are too many records in a group, a pager will appear on the right of the group row. For this reason, it is not a good practice to have a numeric field in the last column, when the list view is in a situation where it can be grouped (it is however fine for x2manys field in a form view: they cannot be grouped)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1581 +msgid "``groupby``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1563 +msgid "defines custom headers (with buttons) for the current view when grouping records on many2one fields. It is also possible to add `field`, inside the `groupby` which can be used for modifiers. These fields thus belong on the many2one comodel. These extra fields will be fetched in batch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1569 +msgid "the name of a many2one field (on the current model). Custom header will be displayed when grouping the view on this field name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1581 +msgid "A special button (`type=\"edit\"`) can be defined to open the many2one form view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1631 +msgid "``control``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1584 +msgid "defines custom controls for the current view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1586 +msgid "This makes sense if the parent ``tree`` view is inside a One2many field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1588 +msgid "Does not support any attribute, but can have children:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1591 +msgid "adds a button to create a new element on the current list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1593 +msgid "If any ``create`` is defined, it will overwrite the default \"add a line\" button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1596 +msgid "The following attributes are supported:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1599 +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1888 +msgid "``string`` (required)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1599 +msgid "The text displayed on the button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1602 +msgid "This context will be merged into the existing context when retrieving the default value of the new record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1605 +msgid "For example it can be used to override default values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1608 +msgid "The following example will override the default \"add a line\" button by replacing it with 3 new buttons: \"Add a product\", \"Add a section\" and \"Add a note\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1612 +msgid "\"Add a product\" will set the field 'display_type' to its default value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1614 +msgid "The two other buttons will set the field 'display_type' to be respectively 'line_section' and 'line_note'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1633 +msgid "for historical reasons, it has its origin in tree-type views later repurposed to a more table/list-type display" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1645 +msgid "This view is able to display records on a map and the routes between them. The record are represented by pins. It also allows the visualization of fields from the model in a popup tied to the record's pin." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1649 +msgid "The model on which the view is applied should contains a res.partner many2one since the view relies on the res.partner's address and coordinates fields to localize the records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1654 +msgid "Api" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1656 +msgid "The view uses location data platforms' api to fetch the tiles (the map's background), do the geoforwarding (converting addresses to a set of coordinates) and fetch the routes. The view implements two api, the default one, openstreet map is able to fetch `tiles`_ and do `geoforwarding`_. This api does not require a token. As soon as a valid `MapBox`_ token is provided in the general settings the view switches to the Mapbox api. This api is faster and allows the computation of routes. The token are available by `signing up`_ to MapBox" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1665 +msgid "The view's root element is ``<map>`` multiple attributes are allowed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1667 +msgid "``res_partner``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1668 +msgid "Contains the res.partner many2one. If not provided the view will resort to create an empty map." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1670 +msgid "If a field is provided the view will override the model's default order. The field must be part of the model on which the view is applied not from res.partner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1671 +msgid "``routing``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1672 +msgid "if ``true`` the routes between the records will be shown. The view still needs a valid MapBox token and at least two located records. (i.e the records has a res.partner many2one and the partner has a address or valid coordinates)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1673 +msgid "``hide_name``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1674 +msgid "if ``true`` hide a name from the marker's popup (default: false)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1676 +msgid "``hide_address``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1676 +msgid "if ``true`` hide a address from the marker's popup (default: false)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1678 +msgid "The ``<map>`` element can contain multiple ``<field>`` elements. Each ``<field>`` element will be interpreted as a line in the marker's popup. The field's attributes are the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1681 +msgid "The field to display." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1683 +msgid "This string will be displayed before the field's content. It Can be used as a description." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1685 +msgid "The size of a page (default: 80). It must be a positive integer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1687 +msgid "No attribute or element is mandatory but as stated above if no res.partner many2one is provided the view won't be able to locate records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1694 +msgid "For example here is a map:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1699 +msgid "Pivot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1701 +msgid "The pivot view is used to visualize aggregations as a `pivot table`_. Its root element is ``<pivot>`` which can take the following attributes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1705 +msgid "Set to ``True`` to remove table cell's links to list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1706 +msgid "``display_quantity``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1707 +msgid "Set to ``true`` to display the Quantity column by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1709 +msgid "The name of the measure and the order (asc or desc) to use as default order in the view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1718 +msgid "The only allowed element within a pivot view is ``field`` which can have the following attributes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1726 +msgid "the name that will be used to display the field in the pivot view, overrides the default python String attribute of the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1734 +msgid "groups by the specified field, each group gets its own row." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1736 +msgid "creates column-wise groups" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1755 +msgid "like the graph view, the pivot aggregates data on database content which means that non-stored function fields can not be used in pivot views" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1759 +msgid "In Pivot view a ``field`` can have a ``widget`` attribute to dictate its format. The widget should be a field formatter, of which the most interesting are ``date``, ``datetime``, ``float_time``, and ``monetary``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1763 +msgid "For instance a timesheet pivot view could be defined as::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1776 +msgid "QWeb views are standard :ref:`reference/qweb` templates inside a view's ``arch``. They don't have a specific root element. Because QWeb views don't have a specific root element, their type must be specified explicitly (it can not be inferred from the root element of the ``arch`` field)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1781 +msgid "QWeb views have two use cases:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1783 +msgid "they can be used as frontend templates, in which case :ref:`reference/data/template` should be used as a shortcut." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1785 +msgid "they can be used as actual qweb views (opened inside an action), in which case they should be defined as regular view with an explicit ``type`` (it can not be inferred) and a model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1789 +msgid "The main additions of qweb-as-view to the basic qweb-as-template are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1791 +msgid "qweb-as-view has a special case for a ``<nav>`` element bearing the CSS class ``o_qweb_cp_buttons``: its contents should be buttons and will be extracted and moved to the control panel's button area, the ``<nav>`` itself will be removed, this is a work-around to control panel views not existing yet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1796 +msgid "qweb-as-view rendering adds several items to the standard qweb rendering context:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1799 +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/odoo.rst:1016 +msgid "``model``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1800 +msgid "the model to which the qweb view is bound" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1802 +msgid "the domain provided by the search view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1804 +msgid "the context provided by the search view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1807 +msgid "``records``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1806 +msgid "a lazy proxy to ``model.search(domain)``, this can be used if you just want to iterate the records and not perform more complex operations (e.g. grouping)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1809 +msgid "qweb-as-view also provides additional rendering hooks:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1811 +msgid "``_qweb_prepare_context(view_id, domain)`` prepares the rendering context specific to qweb-as-view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1813 +msgid "``qweb_render_view(view_id, domain)`` is the method called by the client and will call the context-preparation methods and ultimately ``env['ir.qweb'].render()``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1820 +msgid "Search" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1822 +msgid "Search views are a break from previous view types in that they don't display *content*: although they apply to a specific model, they are used to filter other view's content (generally aggregated views e.g. :ref:`reference/views/list` or :ref:`reference/views/graph`). Beyond that difference in use case, they are defined the same way." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1828 +msgid "The root element of search views is ``<search>``. It takes no attributes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1832 +msgid "Possible children elements of the search view are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1835 +msgid "fields define domains or contexts with user-provided values. When search domains are generated, field domains are composed with one another and with filters using **AND**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1839 +msgid "Fields can have the following attributes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1842 +msgid "the name of the field to filter on" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1844 +msgid "the field's label" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1853 +msgid "``operator``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1846 +msgid "by default, fields generate domains of the form :samp:`[({name}, {operator}, {provided_value})]` where ``name`` is the field's name and ``provided_value`` is the value provided by the user, possibly filtered or transformed (e.g. a user is expected to provide the *label* of a selection field's value, not the value itself)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1852 +msgid "The ``operator`` attribute allows overriding the default operator, which depends on the field's type (e.g. ``=`` for float fields but ``ilike`` for char fields)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1861 +msgid "``filter_domain``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1856 +msgid "complete domain to use as the field's search domain, can use a ``self`` variable to inject the provided value in the custom domain. Can be used to generate significantly more flexible domains than ``operator`` alone (e.g. searches on multiple fields at once)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1861 +msgid "If both ``operator`` and ``filter_domain`` are provided, ``filter_domain`` takes precedence." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1864 +msgid "allows adding context keys, including the user-provided values (which as for ``domain`` are available as a ``self`` variable, an array of values e.g. ``[id_1, id_2]`` for a :class:`~odoo.fields.Many2one` field). By default, fields don't generate domains." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1869 +msgid "the domain and context are inclusive and both are generated if a ``context`` is specified. To only generate context values, set ``filter_domain`` to an empty list: ``filter_domain=\"[]\"``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1874 +msgid "make the field only available to specific users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1876 +msgid "if the field can provide an auto-completion (e.g. :class:`~odoo.fields.Many2one`), filters the possible completion results." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:2008 +msgid "``filter``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1881 +msgid "a filter is a predefined toggle in the search view, it can only be enabled or disabled. Its main purposes are to add data to the search context (the context passed to the data view for searching/filtering), or to append new sections to the search filter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1886 +msgid "Filters can have the following attributes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1889 +msgid "the label of the filter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1891 +msgid "an Odoo :ref:`domain <reference/orm/domains>`, will be appended to the action's domain as part of the search domain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1925 +msgid "``date`` (optional)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1894 +msgid "the name of a field of type ``date`` or ``datetime``. Using this attribute has the effect to create a set of filters available in a submenu of the filters menu. The filters proposed are time dependent but not dynamic in the sense that their domains are evaluated at the time of the control panel instantiation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1907 +msgid "The example above allows to easily search for records with creation date field values in one of the periods below (if the current month is August 2019)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1925 +msgid "Muti selection of options is allowed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1942 +msgid "``default_period`` (optional)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1928 +msgid "only makes sense for a filter with non empty ``date`` attribute. determines which period is activated if the filter is in the default set of filters activated at the view initialization. If not provided, 'this_month' is used by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1933 +msgid "To choose among the following options: today, this_week, this_month, last_month, antepenultimate_month, fourth_quarter, third_quarter, second_quarter, first_quarter, this_year, last_year, antepenultimate_year." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1945 +msgid "a Python dictionary, merged into the action's domain to generate the search domain" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1948 +msgid "The key ``group_by`` can be used to define a groupby available in the 'Group By' menu. The 'group_by' value can be a valid field name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1955 +msgid "The groupby defined above allows to group data by category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1957 +msgid "When the field is of type ``date`` or ``datetime``, the filter generates a submenu of the Group By menu in which the following interval options are available: day, week, month, quarter, year." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1960 +msgid "In case the filter is in the default set of filters activated at the view initialization, the records are grouped by month by default. This can be changed by using the syntax 'date_field:interval' as in the following example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1971 +msgid "The results of read_groups grouped on a field may be influenced by its group_expand attribute, allowing to display empty groups when needed. For more information, please refer to :class:`~odoo.fields.Field` attributes documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1976 +msgid "logical name for the filter, can be used to :ref:`enable it by default <reference/views/search/defaults>`, can also be used as :ref:`inheritance hook <reference/views/inheritance>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1980 +msgid "a longer explanatory text for the filter, may be displayed as a tooltip" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1983 +msgid "makes a filter only available to specific users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1989 +msgid "Sequences of filters (without non-filters separating them) are treated as inclusively composited: they will be composed with ``OR`` rather than the usual ``AND``, e.g." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:1998 +msgid "if both filters are selected, will select the records whose ``state`` is ``draft`` or ``done``, but" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:2007 +msgid "if both filters are selected, will select the records whose ``state`` is ``draft`` **and** ``delay`` is below 15." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:2011 +msgid "can be used to separates groups of filters in simple search views" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:2014 +msgid "can be used to separate groups of filters, more readable than ``separator`` in complex search views" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:2091 +msgid "``searchpanel``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:2018 +msgid "allows to display a search panel on the left of any multi records view. By default, the list and kanban views have the searchpanel enabled. The search panel can be activated on other views with the attribute:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:2022 +msgid "``view_types`` a comma separated list of view types on which to enable the search panel default: 'tree,kanban'" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:2025 +msgid "This tool allows to quickly filter data on the basis of given fields. The fields are specified as direct children of the ``searchpanel`` with tag name ``field``, and the following attributes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:2029 +msgid "``name`` (mandatory) the name of the field to filter on" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:2031 +msgid "``select`` determines the behavior and display. Possible values are" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:2033 +msgid "``one`` (default) at most one value can be selected. Supported field types are many2one and selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:2036 +msgid "``multi`` several values can be selected (checkboxes). Supported field types are many2one, many2many and selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:2039 +msgid "``groups``: restricts to specific users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:2041 +msgid "``string``: determines the label to display" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:2043 +msgid "``icon``: specifies which icon is used" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:2045 +msgid "``color``: determines the icon color" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:2047 +msgid "``enable_counters``: default is false. If set to true the record counters will be computed and displayed if non-zero." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:2050 +msgid "This feature has been implemented in case performances would be too bad." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:2052 +msgid "Another way to solve performance issues is to properly override the ``search_panel_select_range`` and ``search_panel_select_multi_range`` methods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:2055 +msgid "``expand``: default is false. If set to false categories or filters with 0 records will be hidden." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:2057 +msgid "``limit``: default is 200. Integer determining the maximal number of values to fetch for the field. If the limit is reached, no values will be displayed in the search panel and an error message will appear instead because we consider that is useless / bad performance-wise. All values will be fetched if set to 0." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:2062 +msgid "Additional optional attributes are available according to the chosen case:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:2064 +msgid "For the ``one`` case:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:2066 +msgid "``hierarchize``: (only available for many2one fields) default is true. Handles the display style of categories :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:2068 +msgid "If set to true child categories will appear under their related parent. If not, all categories will be displayed on the same level." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:2071 +msgid "For the ``multi`` case:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:2073 +msgid "``domain``: determines conditions that the comodel records have to satisfy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:2075 +msgid "A domain might be used to express a dependency on another field (with select=\"one\") of the search panel. Consider /!\\ This attribute is incompatible with a select=\"one\" with enabled counters; if a select=\"multi\" has a `domain` attribute, all select=\"one\" will have their counters disabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:2087 +msgid "In the above example, the range of values for manager_id (manager names) available at screen will depend on the value currently selected for the field ``department_id``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:2090 +msgid "``groupby``: field name of the comodel (only available for many2one and many2many fields). Values will be grouped by that field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:2096 +msgid "Search defaults" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:2098 +msgid "Search fields and filters can be configured through the action's ``context`` using :samp:`search_default_{name}` keys. For fields, the value should be the value to set in the field, for filters it's a boolean value or a number. For instance, assuming ``foo`` is a field and ``bar`` is a filter an action context of:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:2110 +msgid "will automatically enable the ``bar`` filter and search the ``foo`` field for *acro*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:2113 +msgid "A numeric value (between 1 and 99) can be used to describe the order of default groupbys. For instance if ``foo`` and ``bar`` refer to two groupbys" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:2123 +msgid "has the effect to activate first ``bar`` then ``foo``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/reference/views.rst:2125 +msgid "View Grid" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices.rst:4 +msgid "Web Services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:5 +msgid "Extract API" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:7 +msgid "Odoo provides a service allowing you to automate the processing of your invoices. The service scans your document using an Optical Character Recognition (OCR) engine and then uses AI-based algorithms to extract the fields of interest such as the total, the due date, or the invoice lines. More functional information can be found on the `demo page <https://www.odoo.com/page/invoice-automation>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:11 +msgid "This service is a paid service. Each invoice processing will cost you one credit. Three different sized packs can be bought on `iap.odoo.com <https://iap.odoo.com/iap/in-app-services/259?sortby=date>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:13 +msgid "You can either use this service directly in the Odoo Accounting App or through the API. The Extract API which is detailed in the next section allows you to integrate our service directly into your own projects." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:17 +msgid "Invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:18 +msgid "The extract API use the JSON-RPC2_ protocol. The diffent routes are located at the following address: **https://iap-extract.odoo.com**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:21 +msgid "Expected successful flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:23 +msgid "Call :ref:`webservices/extract_api/invoice_parse` to submit your invoices (one call for each invoice). On success, you receive a `document_id` in the response." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:24 +msgid "You then have to regularly poll :ref:`webservices/extract_api/invoice_get_results` to get the document's parsing status." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:25 +msgid "Once the result received, you can validate it by calling :ref:`webservices/extract_api/invoice_validate` and sending the expected values. This step is optional but greatly helps the system to improve." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:28 +msgid "These 3 routes are detailed in this :ref:`section <webservices/extract_api/routes>`. The HTTP POST method should be used for all of them. A python implementation of the full flow can be found :download:`here <files/extract_api_implementation.py>` and a token for integration testing is provided in the :ref:`integration testing section <webservices/extract_api/integration_testing>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:34 +msgid "Routes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:39 +msgid "``/iap/invoice_extract/parse``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:43 +msgid "Request a processing of the document from the OCR. The route will return a `document_id` you can use to obtain the result of your request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:46 +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:156 +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:387 +msgid "Request Body" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:48 +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:158 +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:389 +msgid "``jsonrpc`` (required)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:49 +msgid "Must be exactly “2.0”." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:50 +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:160 +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:391 +msgid "``method`` (required)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:51 +msgid "Must be “call”." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:52 +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:162 +msgid "``id`` (required)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:53 +msgid "An identifier established by the client. It allows the client to keep track of which response goes with which request. This makes asynchronous calls easier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:76 +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:397 +msgid "``params``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:55 +msgid "``account_token`` (required)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:56 +msgid "The token of the account from which credits will be taken. Each successful call costs one token." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:58 +msgid "``version`` (optional)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:58 +msgid "The version will determine the format of your requests and the format of the server response. Some results can be unavailable in older versions. For the current version 1.2.0, send ‘120’. If not specified, the latest version will be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:62 +msgid "``documents`` (required)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:61 +msgid "The invoice must be provided as a string in the ASCII encoding. The list should contain only one string. If multiple strings are provided only the first string corresponding to a pdf will be processed. If no pdf is found, the first string will be processed. This field is a list only for legacy reasons. The supported extensions are *pdf*, *png*, *jpg* and *bmp*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:76 +msgid "``user_infos`` (required)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:65 +msgid "Information concerning the person to whom the invoice is intended. This informations is not required in order for the service to work but it greatly improves the quality of the result." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:67 +msgid "``user_company_vat`` (optional)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:68 +msgid "VAT number of the client." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:69 +msgid "``user_company_name`` (optional)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:70 +msgid "Name of the client’s company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:71 +msgid "``user_company_country_code`` (optional)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:72 +msgid "Country code of the client. Format: `ISO3166 alpha-2 <https://www.iban.com/country-codes>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:73 +msgid "``user_lang`` (optional)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:74 +msgid "The client language. Format: *language_code + _ + locale* (ex: fr_FR, en_US)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:76 +msgid "``user_email`` (optional)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:76 +msgid "The client email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:105 +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:190 +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:502 +msgid "``jsonrpc``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:106 +msgid "A string specifying the version of the JSON-RPC protocol. It will be “2.0”." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:108 +msgid "The identifier you set in the request body." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:115 +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:202 +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:510 +msgid "``result``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:110 +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:197 +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:507 +msgid "``status_code``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:111 +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:198 +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:508 +msgid "|STATUS_CODE|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:112 +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:199 +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:510 +msgid "``status_msg``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:113 +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:200 +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:510 +msgid "|STATUS_MSG|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:115 +msgid "``document_id``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:115 +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:202 +msgid "Only present if the request is successful." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:117 +msgid "The API does not actually use the JSON-RPC error scheme. Instead the API has its own error scheme bundled inside a successful JSON-RPC result." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:120 +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:207 +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:513 +msgid "status_code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:120 +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:207 +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:513 +msgid "status_msg" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:122 +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:209 +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:515 +msgid "0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:122 +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:209 +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:515 +msgid "Success" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:123 +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:211 +msgid "2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:123 +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:211 +msgid "An error occured" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:124 +msgid "3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:124 +msgid "You don't have enough credit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:125 +msgid "6" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:125 +msgid "Unsupported file format" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:126 +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:212 +msgid "9" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:126 +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:212 +msgid "Server is currently under maintenance. Please try again later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:149 +msgid "``/iap/invoice_extract/get_results``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:153 +msgid "Request the results of the documents ids obtained with the :ref:`/parse <webservices/extract_api/invoice_parse>` route. Can either return the results or a \"request pending\" message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:159 +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:161 +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:163 +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:166 +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:191 +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:193 +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:390 +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:392 +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:503 +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:505 +msgid "|SAME_AS_PARSE|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:168 +msgid "``params``:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:165 +msgid "``version`` (required)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:168 +msgid "``documents_ids`` (required)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:168 +msgid "The list of ``document_id`` for which you want to get the current parsing status." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:195 +msgid "Dictionary where each key is a document_id. For each ``document_id``:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:202 +msgid "``results``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:204 +msgid "result keys are strings despite the fact that the document_ids given in the request body are integers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:210 +msgid "1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:210 +msgid "Not ready" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:248 +msgid "``feature_result``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:250 +msgid "Each field of interest we want to extract from the invoice such as the total or the due date are also called features. An exhaustive list of all the extracted features can be found in the table below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:252 +msgid "For each feature, we return a list of candidates and we spotlight the candidate our model predicts to be the best fit for the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:254 +msgid "``selected_value``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:255 +msgid "The best candidate for this feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:257 +msgid "``words``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:257 +msgid "List of all the candidates for this feature ordered by decreasing score." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:272 +msgid "``candidate``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:274 +msgid "For each candidate we give its representation and position in the document. Candidates are sorted by decreasing order of suitability." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:276 +msgid "``content``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:277 +msgid "Representation of the candidate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:279 +msgid "``coords``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:279 +msgid "``[center_x, center_y, width, height, rotation_angle]``. The position and dimensions are relative to the size of the page and are therefore between 0 and 1. The angle is a clockwise rotation measured in degrees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:282 +msgid "Page of the original document on which the candidate is located (starts at 0)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:297 +msgid "Feature name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:297 +msgid "Specifities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:299 +msgid "``SWIFT_code``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:299 +msgid "**content** is a dictionary encoded as a string." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:301 +msgid "It contains information about the detected SWIFT code (or `BIC <https://www.iso9362.org/isobic/overview.html>`_)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:304 +msgid "Keys:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:306 +msgid "``bic``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:307 +msgid "detected BIC (string)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:309 +msgid "bank name (string)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:310 +msgid "``country_code``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:311 +msgid "ISO3166 alpha-2 country code of the bank (string)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:312 +msgid "``city`` (optional)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:313 +msgid "city of the bank (string)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:315 +msgid "``verified_bic``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:315 +msgid "True if the BIC has been found in our DB (bool)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:317 +msgid "Name and city are present only if verified_bic is true." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:319 +msgid "``VAT_Number``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:319 +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:321 +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:323 +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:325 +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:339 +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:345 +msgid "**content** is a string" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:321 +msgid "``country``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:323 +msgid "``currency``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:325 +msgid "``date``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:327 +msgid "Format : *YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:329 +msgid "``due_date``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:329 +msgid "Same as for ``date``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:331 +msgid "``global_taxes``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:331 +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:337 +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:341 +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:343 +msgid "**content** is a float" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:333 +msgid "**candidate** has an additional field ``amount_type``. Its value is always percent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:335 +msgid "**selected_values** is a list of candidates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:337 +msgid "``global_taxes_amount``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:339 +msgid "``invoice_id``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:341 +msgid "``subtotal``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:343 +msgid "``total``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:345 +msgid "``supplier``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:349 +msgid "``feature_result`` for the ``invoice_lines`` feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:351 +msgid "It follows a more specific structure. It is basically a list of dictionaries where each dictionary represents an invoice line. Each value follows a :ref:`webservices/extract_api/invoice_get_results/feature_result` structure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:379 +msgid "``/iap/invoice_extract/validate``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:383 +msgid "Route that validates the different features of an invoice. The validation step is an optional step but is strongly recommended. By telling the system if it were right or wrong for each feature you give an important feedback. It has no direct impact but it helps the system to greatly improve its prediction accuracy for the invoices you will send in the future." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:394 +msgid "``documents_id`` (required)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:395 +msgid "Id of the document for which you want to validate the result." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:397 +msgid "``values``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:397 +msgid "Contains the validation for each feature. The field ``merged_line`` indicates if the ``invoice_lines`` have been merged or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:399 +msgid "You don't have to validate all the features in order for the validation to succeed. However :ref:`/validate <webservices/extract_api/invoice_validate>` can't be called multiple times for a same invoice. Therefore you should validate all the features you want to validate at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:424 +msgid "``validation``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:426 +msgid "A **validation** for a given feature is a dictionary containing the textual representation of the expected value for this given feature. This format apply for all the features except for ``global_taxes`` and ``invoice_lines`` which have more complex validation format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:438 +msgid "validation for ``global_taxes``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:440 +msgid "**content** is a list of dictionaries. Each dictionary represents a tax:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:442 +msgid "``amount``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:443 +msgid "Amount on which the tax is applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:444 +msgid "``tax_amount``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:445 +msgid "Amount of the tax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:446 +msgid "``tax_amount_type``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:447 +msgid "Indicates if the ``tax_amount`` is a percentage or a fixed value. The type must be specified using the literal string \"fixed\" or \"percent\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:449 +msgid "``tax_price_include``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:449 +msgid "Indicates if ``amount`` already contains the tax or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:468 +msgid "validation for ``invoice_lines``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:470 +msgid "**lines** is a list of dictionaries. Each dictionary represents an invoice line. The dictionary keys speak for themselves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:516 +msgid "12" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:516 +msgid "Validation format is incorrect" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:540 +msgid "You can test your integration by using *integration_token* as ``account_token`` in the :ref:`/parse <webservices/extract_api/invoice_parse>` request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:542 +msgid "Using this token put you in test mode and allows you to simulate the entire flow without really parsing a document and without being billed one credit for each successful invoice parsing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:544 +msgid "The only technical differences in test mode is that the document you send is not parsed by the system and that the response you get from :ref:`/get_results <webservices/extract_api/invoice_get_results>` is a hard-coded one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/extract_api.rst:547 +msgid "A python implementation of the full flow can be found :download:`here <files/extract_api_implementation.py>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:6 +msgid "In-App Purchase" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:8 +msgid "In-App Purchase (IAP) allows providers of ongoing services through Odoo apps to be compensated for ongoing service use rather than — and possibly instead of — a sole initial purchase." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:12 +msgid "In that context, Odoo acts mostly as a *broker* between a client and an Odoo App Developer:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:15 +msgid "Users purchase service tokens from Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:16 +msgid "Service providers draw tokens from the user's Odoo account when service is requested." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:21 +msgid "This document is intended for *service providers* and presents the latter, which can be done either via direct JSON-RPC2_ or if you are using Odoo using the convenience helpers it provides." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:31 +msgid "The Players" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:33 +msgid "The Service Provider is (probably) you the reader, you will be providing value to the client in the form of a service paid per-use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:35 +msgid "The Client installed your Odoo App, and from there will request services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:36 +msgid "Odoo brokers crediting, the Client adds credit to their account, and you can draw credits from there to provide services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:38 +msgid "The External Service is an optional player: *you* can either provide a service directly, or you can delegate the actual service acting as a bridge/translator between an Odoo system and the actual service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:46 +msgid "The Credits" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:48 +msgid "The credits went from integer to float value starting **October 2018**. Integer values are still supported." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:51 +msgid "Every service provided through the IAP platform can be used by the clients with tokens or *credits*. The credits are an float unit and their monetary value depends on the service and is decided by the provider. This could be:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:56 +msgid "for an sms service: 1 credit = 1 sms;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:57 +msgid "for an ad service: 1 credit = 1 ad; or" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:58 +msgid "for a postage service: 1 credit = 1 post stamp." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:60 +msgid "A credit can also simply be associated with a fixed amount of money to palliate the variations of price (e.g. the prices of sms and stamps may vary following the countries)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:64 +msgid "The value of the credits is fixed with the help of prepaid credit packs that the clients can buy on https://iap.odoo.com (see :ref:`Packs <iap-packages>`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:67 +msgid "In the following explanations we will ignore the External Service, they are just a detail of the service you provide." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:73 +msgid "'Normal' service flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:75 +msgid "If everything goes well, the normal flow is the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:77 +msgid "The Client requests a service of some sort." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:78 +msgid "The Service Provider asks Odoo if there are enough credits for the service in the Client's account, and creates a transaction over that amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:81 +msgid "The Service Provider provides the service (either on their own or calling to External Services)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:83 +msgid "The Service Provider goes back to Odoo to capture (if the service could be provided) or cancel (if the service could not be provided) the transaction created at step 2." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:86 +msgid "Finally, the Service Provider notifies the Client that the service has been rendered, possibly (depending on the service) displaying or storing its results in the client's system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:93 +msgid "Insufficient credits" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:95 +msgid "However, if the Client's account lacks credits for the service, the flow will be as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:97 +msgid "The Client requests a service as previously." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:98 +msgid "The Service Provider asks Odoo if there are enough credits on the Client's account and gets a negative reply." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:100 +msgid "This is signaled back to the Client." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:101 +msgid "Who is redirected to their Odoo account to credit it and re-try." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:105 +msgid "Building your service" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:107 +msgid "For this example, the service we will provide is ~~mining dogecoins~~ burning 10 seconds of CPU for a credit. For your own services, you could, for example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:110 +msgid "provide an online service yourself (e.g. convert quotations to faxes for business in Japan);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:112 +msgid "provide an *offline* service yourself (e.g. provide accountancy service); or" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:113 +msgid "act as intermediary to an other service provider (e.g. bridge to an MMS gateway)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:119 +msgid "Register the service on Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:121 +msgid "complete this part with screenshots" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:123 +msgid "The first step is to register your service on the IAP endpoint (production and/or test) before you can actually query user accounts. To create a service, go to your *Portal Account* on the IAP endpoint (https://iap.odoo.com for production, https://iap-sandbox.odoo.com for testing, the endpoints are *independent* and *not synchronized*). Alternatively, you can go to your portal on Odoo (https://iap.odoo.com/my/home) and select *In-App Services*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:132 +msgid "On production, there is a manual validation step before the service can be used to manage real transactions. This step is automatically passed when on sandbox to ease the tests." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:136 +msgid "Log in then go to :menuselection:`My Account --> Your In-App Services`, click Create and provide the informations of your service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:140 +msgid "The service has *seven* important fields:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:142 +msgid ":samp:`name` - :class:`ServiceName`: This is the string you will need to provide inside the client's :ref:`app <iap-odoo-app>` when requesting a transaction from Odoo. (e.g. :class:`self.env['iap.account].get(name)`). As good practice, this should match the technical name of your app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:147 +msgid ":samp:`label` - :class:`Label`: The name displayed on the shopping portal for the client." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:152 +msgid "Both the :class:`ServiceName` and :class:`Label` are unique. As good practice, the :class:`ServiceName` should usually match the name of your Odoo Client App." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:155 +msgid ":samp:`icon` - :class:`Icon`: A generic icon that will serve as default for your :ref:`packs <iap-packages>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:158 +msgid ":samp:`key` - :class:`ServiceKey`: The developer key that identifies you in IAP (see :ref:`your service <iap-service>`) and allows to draw credits from the client's account. It will be shown only once upon creation of the service and can be regenerated at will." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:164 +msgid "Your :class:`ServiceKey` *is a secret*, leaking your service key allows other application developers to draw credits bought for your service(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:168 +msgid ":samp:`trial credits` - :class:`Float`: This corresponds to the credits you are ready to offer upon first use to your app users. Note that such service will only be available to clients that have an active enterprise contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:172 +msgid ":samp:`privacy policy` - :class:`PrivacyPolicy`: This is an url to the privacy policy of your service. This should explicitly mention the **information you collect**, how you **use it, its relevance** to make your service work and inform the client on how they can **access, update or delete their personal information**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:189 +msgid "You can then create *credit packs* which clients can purchase in order to use your service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:195 +msgid "Packs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:197 +msgid "A credit pack is essentially a product with five characteristics:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:199 +msgid "Name: name of the pack," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:200 +msgid "Icon: specific icon for the pack (if not provided, it will fallback on the service icon)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:201 +msgid "Description: details on the pack that will appear on the shop page as well as the invoice," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:203 +msgid "Amount: amount of credits the client is entitled to when buying the pack," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:204 +msgid "Price: price in EUR (for the time being, USD support is planned)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:208 +msgid "Odoo takes a 25% commission on all pack sales. Adjust your selling price accordingly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:213 +msgid "Depending on the strategy, the price per credit may vary from one pack to another." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:223 +msgid "Odoo App" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:225 +msgid "does this actually require apps?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:227 +msgid "The second step is to develop an `Odoo App`_ which clients can install in their Odoo instance and through which they can *request* the services you provide. Our app will just add a button to the Partners form which lets a user request burning some CPU time on the server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:232 +msgid "First, we will create an *odoo module* depending on ``iap``. IAP is a standard V11 module and the dependency ensures a local account is properly set up and we will have access to some necessary views and useful helpers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:236 +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:251 +msgid "`coalroller/__manifest__.py`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:246 +msgid "Second, the \"local\" side of the integration. Here we will only be adding an action button to the partners view, but you can of course provide significant local value via your application and additional parts via a remote service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:264 +msgid "`coalroller/views/res_partner_views.xml`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:289 +msgid "We can now implement the action method/callback. This will *call our own server*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:292 +msgid "There are no requirements when it comes to the server or the communication protocol between the app and our server, but ``iap`` provides a :func:`~odoo.addons.iap.tools.iap_tools.iap_jsonrpc` helper to call a JSON-RPC2_ endpoint on an other Odoo instance and transparently re-raise relevant Odoo exceptions (:class:`~odoo.addons.iap.tools.iap_tools.InsufficientCreditError`, :class:`odoo.exceptions.AccessError` and :class:`odoo.exceptions.UserError`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:299 +msgid "In that call, we will need to provide:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:301 +msgid "any relevant client parameter (none here)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:302 +msgid "the :class:`token <UserToken>` of the current client that is provided by the ``iap.account`` model's ``account_token`` field. You can retrieve the account for your service by calling :samp:`env['iap.account'].get({service_name})` where :class:`service_name <ServiceName>` is the name of the service registered on IAP endpoint." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:308 +msgid "`coalroller/models/res_partner.py`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:336 +msgid "``iap`` automatically handles :class:`~odoo.addons.iap.tools.iap_tools.InsufficientCreditError` coming from the action and prompts the user to add credits to their account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:340 +msgid ":func:`~odoo.addons.iap.tools.iap_tools.iap_jsonrpc` takes care of re-raising :class:`~odoo.addons.iap.models.iap.InsufficientCreditError` for you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:345 +msgid "If you are not using :func:`~odoo.addons.iap.tools.iap_tools.iap_jsonrpc` you *must* be careful to re-raise :class:`~odoo.addons.iap.tools.iap_tools.InsufficientCreditError` in your handler otherwise the user will not be prompted to credit their account, and the next call will fail the same way." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:356 +msgid "Though that is not *required*, since ``iap`` provides both a client helper for JSON-RPC2_ calls (:func:`~odoo.addons.iap.tools.iap_tools.iap_jsonrpc`) and a service helper for transactions (:class:`~odoo.addons.iap.tools.iap_tools.iap_charge`) we will also be implementing the service side as an Odoo module:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:361 +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:449 +msgid "`coalroller_service/__manifest__.py`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:371 +msgid "Since the query from the client comes as JSON-RPC2_ we will need the corresponding controller which can call :class:`~odoo.addons.iap.tools.iap_tools.iap_charge` and perform the service within:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:375 +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:462 +msgid "`coalroller_service/controllers/main.py`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:407 +msgid "for the actual IAP will the \"portal\" page be on odoo.com or iap.odoo.com?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:409 +msgid "\"My Account\" > \"Your InApp Services\"?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:412 +msgid "The :class:`~odoo.addons.iap.tools.iap_tools.iap_charge` helper will:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:414 +msgid "authorize (create) a transaction with the specified number of credits, if the account does not have enough credits it will raise the relevant error" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:417 +msgid "execute the body of the ``with`` statement" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:418 +msgid "if the body of the ``with`` executes successfully, update the price of the transaction if needed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:420 +msgid "capture (confirm) the transaction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:421 +msgid "otherwise, if an error is raised from the body of the ``with``, cancel the transaction (and release the hold on the credits)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:426 +msgid "By default, :class:`~odoo.addons.iap.tools.iap_tools.iap_charge` contacts the *production* IAP endpoint, https://iap.odoo.com. While developing and testing your service you may want to point it towards the *development* IAP endpoint https://iap-sandbox.odoo.com." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:431 +msgid "To do so, set the ``iap.endpoint`` config parameter in your service Odoo: in debug/developer mode, :menuselection:`Setting --> Technical --> Parameters --> System Parameters`, just define an entry for the key ``iap.endpoint`` if none already exists)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:436 +msgid "The :class:`~odoo.addons.iap.tools.iap_tools.iap_charge` helper has two additional optional parameters we can use to make things clearer to the end-user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:440 +msgid "is a message which will be associated with the transaction and will be displayed in the user's dashboard, it is useful to remind the user why the charge exists." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:447 +msgid "``credit_template``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:444 +msgid "is the name of a :ref:`reference/qweb` template which will be rendered and shown to the user if their account has less credit available than the service provider is requesting, its purpose is to tell your users why they should be interested in your IAP offers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:487 +msgid "`coalroller_service/views/no-credit.xml`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:510 +msgid "how do you test your service?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:513 +msgid "JSON-RPC2_ Transaction API" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:518 +msgid "The IAP transaction API does not require using Odoo when implementing your server gateway, calls are standard JSON-RPC2_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:520 +msgid "Calls use different *endpoints* but the same *method* on all endpoints (``call``)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:522 +msgid "Exceptions are returned as JSON-RPC2_ errors, the formal exception name is available on ``data.name`` for programmatic manipulation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:525 +msgid "`iap.odoo.com documentation`_ for additional information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:528 +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:770 +msgid "Authorize" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:532 +msgid "Verifies that the user's account has at least as ``credit`` available *and creates a hold (pending transaction) on that amount*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:535 +msgid "Any amount currently on hold by a pending transaction is considered unavailable to further authorize calls." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:538 +msgid "Returns a :class:`TransactionToken` identifying the pending transaction which can be used to capture (confirm) or cancel said transaction (`iap.odoo.com documentation`_)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:544 +msgid "optional, helps users identify the reason for charges on their account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:546 +msgid "optional, allows the user to benefit from trial credits if his database is eligible (see :ref:`Service registration <register-service>`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:548 +msgid ":class:`TransactionToken` if the authorization succeeded" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:0 +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:0 +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:0 +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:0 +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:0 +msgid "raises" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:549 +msgid ":class:`~odoo.exceptions.AccessError` if the service token is invalid" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:550 +msgid ":class:`~odoo.addons.iap.models.iap.InsufficientCreditError` if the account does not have enough credits" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:551 +msgid "``TypeError`` if the ``credit`` value is not an integer or a float" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:573 +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:849 +msgid "Capture" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:577 +msgid "Confirms the specified transaction, transferring the reserved credits from the user's account to the service provider's." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:580 +msgid "Capture calls are idempotent: performing capture calls on an already captured transaction has no further effect." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:585 +msgid "optional parameter to capture a smaller amount of credits than authorized" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:586 +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:618 +msgid ":class:`~odoo.exceptions.AccessError`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:606 +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:811 +msgid "Cancel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:610 +msgid "Cancels the specified transaction, releasing the hold on the user's credits." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:613 +msgid "Cancel calls are idempotent: performing capture calls on an already cancelled transaction has no further effect." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:636 +msgid "Types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:638 +msgid "Exceptions aside, these are *abstract types* used for clarity, you should not care how they are implemented." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:643 +msgid "String identifying your service on https://iap.odoo.com (production) as well as the account related to your service in the client's database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:648 +msgid "Identifier generated for the provider's service. Each key (and service) matches a token of a fixed value, as generated by the service provide." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:651 +msgid "Multiple types of tokens correspond to multiple services. As an exampe, SMS and MMS could either be the same service (with an MMS being 'worth' multiple SMS) or could be separate services at separate price points." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:655 +msgid "Your service key *is a secret*, leaking your service key allows other application developers to draw credits bought for your service(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:661 +msgid "Identifier for a user account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:665 +msgid "Transaction identifier, returned by the authorization process and consumed by either capturing or cancelling the transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:670 +msgid "Raised during transaction authorization if the credits requested are not currently available on the account (either not enough credits or too many pending transactions/existing holds)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:677 +msgid "Raised by:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:679 +msgid "any operation to which a service token is required, if the service token is invalid; or" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:680 +msgid "any failure in an inter-server call. (typically, in :func:`~odoo.addons.iap.tools.iap_tools.iap_jsonrpc`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:685 +msgid "Raised by any unexpected behaviour at the discretion of the App developer (*you*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:689 +msgid "Test the API" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:691 +msgid "In order to test the developped app, we propose a sandbox platform that allows you to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:693 +msgid "Test the whole flow from the client's point of view - Actual services and transactions that can be consulted. (again this requires to change the endpoint, see the danger note in :ref:`Service <iap-service>`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:696 +msgid "Test the API." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:698 +msgid "The latter consists in specific tokens that will work on **IAP-Sandbox only**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:700 +msgid "Token ``000000``: Represents a non-existing account. Returns an :class:`~odoo.addons.iap.tools.iap_tools.InsufficientCreditError` on authorize attempt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:702 +msgid "Token ``000111``: Represents an account without sufficient credits to perform any service. Returns an :class:`~odoo.addons.iap.tools.iap_tools.InsufficientCreditError` on authorize attempt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:704 +msgid "Token ``111111``: Represents an account with enough credits to perform any service. An authorize attempt will return a dummy transacion token that is processed by the capture and cancel routes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:710 +msgid "Those tokens are only active on the IAP-Sanbox server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:711 +msgid "The service key is completely ignored with this flow, If you want to run a robust test of your service, you should ignore these tokens." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:715 +msgid "Odoo Helpers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:717 +msgid "For convenience, if you are implementing your service using Odoo the ``iap`` module provides a few helpers to make IAP flow even simpler." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:723 +msgid "Charging" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:727 +msgid "A *context manager* for authorizing and automatically capturing or cancelling transactions for use in the backend/proxy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:730 +msgid "Works much like e.g. a cursor context manager:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:732 +msgid "immediately authorizes a transaction with the specified parameters;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:733 +msgid "executes the ``with`` body;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:734 +msgid "if the body executes in full without error, captures the transaction;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:735 +msgid "otherwise cancels it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:737 +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:776 +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:817 +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:855 +msgid "used to retrieve the ``iap.endpoint`` configuration key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:774 +msgid "Will authorize everything." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:815 +msgid "Will cancel an authorized transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/iap.rst:853 +msgid "Will capture the amount ``credit`` on the given transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/localization.rst:4 +msgid "Creating a Localization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/localization.rst:8 +msgid "This tutorial requires knowledges about how to build a module in Odoo (see :doc:`../howtos/backend`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/localization.rst:12 +msgid "Building a localization module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/localization.rst:14 +msgid "When installing the ``accounting`` module, the localization module corresponding to the country code of the company is installed automatically. In case of no country code set or no localization module found, the ``l10n_generic_coa`` (US) localization module is installed by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/localization.rst:17 +msgid "For example, ``l10n_be`` will be installed if the company has ``Belgium`` as country." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/localization.rst:19 +msgid "This behavior is allowed by the presence of a *.xml* file containing the following code:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/localization.rst:27 +msgid "Where ``module.template_xmlid`` is the **fully-qualified** xmlid of the corresponding template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/localization.rst:29 +msgid "Usually located in the ``data`` folder, it must be loaded at the very last in the ``__manifest__.py`` file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/localization.rst:33 +msgid "If the *.xml* file is missing, the right chart of accounts won't be loaded on time!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/localization.rst:37 +msgid "Configuring my own Chart of Accounts?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/localization.rst:39 +msgid "First of all, before I proceed, we need to talk about the templates. A template is a record that allows replica of itself. This mechanism is needed when working in multi-companies. For example, the creation of a new account is done using the ``account.account.template`` model. However, each company using this chart of accounts will be linked to a replica having ``account.account`` as model. So, the templates are never used directly by the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/localization.rst:44 +msgid "Then, when a chart of accounts needs to be installed, all templates dependent of this one will create a replica and link this newly generated record to the company's user. It means all such templates must be linked to the chart of accounts in some way. To do so, each one must reference the desired chart of accounts using the ``chart_template_id`` field. For this reason, we need to define an instance of the ``account.chart.template`` model before creating its templates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/localization.rst:87 +msgid "For example, let's take a look to the Belgium chart of accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/localization.rst:99 +msgid "Now that the chart of accounts is created, we can focus on the creation of the templates. As said previously, each record must reference this record through the ``chart_template_id`` field. If not, the template will be ignored. The following sections show in details how to create these templates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/localization.rst:104 +msgid "Adding a new account to my Chart of Accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/localization.rst:106 +msgid "It's time to create our accounts. It consists to creating records of ``account.account.template`` type. Each ``account.account.template`` is able to create an ``account.account`` for each company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/localization.rst:137 +msgid "Some of the described fields above deserve a bit more explanation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/localization.rst:139 +msgid "The ``user_type_id`` field requires a value of type ``account.account.type``. Although some additional types could be created in a localization module, we encourage the usage of the existing types in the `account/data/data_account_type.xml <https://github.com/odoo/odoo/blob/14.0/addons/account/data/data_account_type.xml>`_ file. The usage of these generic types ensures the generic reports working correctly in addition to those that you could create in your localization module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/localization.rst:145 +msgid "Avoid the usage of liquidity ``account.account.type``! Indeed, the bank & cash accounts are created directly at the installation of the localization module and then, are linked to an ``account.journal``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/localization.rst:150 +msgid "Only one account of type payable/receivable is enough." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/localization.rst:152 +msgid "Although the ``tag_ids`` field is optional, this one remains a very powerful feature. Indeed, this one allows you to define some tags for your accounts to spread them correctly on your reports. For example, suppose you want to create a financial report having multiple lines but you have no way to find a rule to dispatch the accounts according their ``code`` or ``name``. The solution is the usage of tags, one for each report line, to spread and aggregate your accounts like you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/localization.rst:157 +msgid "Like any other record, a tag can be created with the following xml structure:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/localization.rst:170 +msgid "As you can well imagine with the usage of tags, this feature can also be used with taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/localization.rst:172 +msgid "An examples coming from the ``l10n_be`` module:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/localization.rst:185 +msgid "Don't create too much accounts: 200-300 is enough." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/localization.rst:188 +msgid "Adding a new tax to my Chart of Accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/localization.rst:190 +msgid "To create a new tax record, you just need to follow the same process as the creation of accounts. The only difference being that you must use the ``account.tax.template`` model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/localization.rst:271 +msgid "An example found in the ``l10n_pl`` module:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/localization.rst:290 +msgid "Adding a new fiscal position to my Chart of Accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/localization.rst:294 +msgid "If you need more information about what is a fiscal position and how it works in Odoo, please refer to :doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/localization.rst:297 +msgid "To create a new fiscal position, simply use the ``account.fiscal.position.template`` model:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/localization.rst:313 +msgid "Adding the properties to my Chart of Accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/localization.rst:315 +msgid "When the whole accounts are generated, you have the possibility to override the newly generated chart of accounts by adding some properties that correspond to default accounts used in certain situations. This must be done after the creation of accounts before each one must be linked to the chart of accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/localization.rst:348 +msgid "For example, let's come back to the Belgium PCMN. This chart of accounts is override in this way to add some properties." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/localization.rst:363 +msgid "How to create a new bank operation model?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/localization.rst:367 +msgid "How a bank operation model works exactly in Odoo? See :doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/localization.rst:369 +msgid "Since ``V10``, a new feature is available in the bank statement reconciliation widget: the bank operation model. This allows the user to pre-fill some accounting entries with a single click. The creation of an ``account.reconcile.model.template`` record is quite easy:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/localization.rst:415 +msgid "How to create a new dynamic report?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/localization.rst:417 +msgid "If you need to add some reports on your localization, you need to create a new module named **l10n_xx_reports**. Furthermore, this additional module must be present in the ``enterprise`` repository and must have at least two dependencies, one to bring all the stuff for your localization module and one more, ``account_reports``, to design dynamic reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/localization.rst:425 +msgid "Once it's done, you can start the creation of your report statements. The documentation is available in the following `slides <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/how-to-create-custom-accounting-report-415>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/odoo.rst:5 +msgid "External API" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/odoo.rst:7 +msgid "Odoo is usually extended internally via modules, but many of its features and all of its data are also available from the outside for external analysis or integration with various tools. Part of the :ref:`reference/orm/model` API is easily available over XML-RPC_ and accessible from a variety of languages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/odoo.rst:23 +msgid "Connection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/odoo.rst:88 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/odoo.rst:90 +msgid "If you already have an Odoo server installed, you can just use its parameters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/odoo.rst:95 +msgid "For Odoo Online instances (<domain>.odoo.com), users are created without a *local* password (as a person you are logged in via the Odoo Online authentication system, not by the instance itself). To use XML-RPC on Odoo Online instances, you will need to set a password on the user account you want to use:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/odoo.rst:101 +msgid "Log in your instance with an administrator account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/odoo.rst:102 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users --> Users`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/odoo.rst:103 +msgid "Click on the user you want to use for XML-RPC access" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/odoo.rst:104 +msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Change Password` button" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/odoo.rst:105 +msgid "Set a :guilabel:`New Password` value then click :guilabel:`Change Password`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/odoo.rst:108 +msgid "The *server url* is the instance's domain (e.g. *https://mycompany.odoo.com*), the *database name* is the name of the instance (e.g. *mycompany*). The *username* is the configured user's login as shown by the *Change Password* screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/odoo.rst:146 +msgid "API Keys" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/odoo.rst:150 +msgid "Odoo has support for **api keys** and (depending on modules or settings) may **require** these keys to perform webservice operations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/odoo.rst:153 +msgid "The way to use API Keys in your scripts is to simply replace your **password** by the key. The login remains in-use. You should store the API Key as carefully as the password as they essentially provide the same access to your user account (although they can not be used to log-in via the interface)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/odoo.rst:158 +msgid "In order to add a key to your account, simply go to your :guilabel:`Preferences` (or :guilabel:`My Profile`):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/odoo.rst:164 +msgid "then open the :guilabel:`Account Security` tab, and click :guilabel:`New API Key`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/odoo.rst:170 +msgid "Input a description for the key, **this description should be as clear and complete as possible**: it is the only way you will have to identify your keys later and know whether you should remove them or keep them around." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/odoo.rst:174 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Generate Key`, then copy the key provided. **Store this key carefully**: it is equivalent to your password, and just like your password the system will not be able to retrieve or show the key again later on. If you lose this key, you will have to create a new one (and probably delete the one you lost)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/odoo.rst:180 +msgid "Once you have keys configured on your account, they will appear above the :guilabel:`New API Key` button, and you will be able to delete them:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/odoo.rst:186 +msgid "**A deleted API key can not be undeleted or re-set**. You will have to generate a new key and update all the places where you used the old one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/odoo.rst:190 +msgid "demo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/odoo.rst:192 +msgid "To make exploration simpler, you can also ask https://demo.odoo.com for a test database:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/odoo.rst:224 +msgid "These examples use the `Ripcord <https://code.google.com/p/ripcord/>`_ library, which provides a simple XML-RPC API. Ripcord requires that `XML-RPC support be enabled <https://php.net/manual/en/xmlrpc.installation.php>`_ in your PHP installation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/odoo.rst:230 +msgid "Since calls are performed over `HTTPS <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_Secure>`_, it also requires that the `OpenSSL extension <https://php.net/manual/en/openssl.installation.php>`_ be enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/odoo.rst:253 +msgid "These examples use the `Apache XML-RPC library <https://ws.apache.org/xmlrpc/>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/odoo.rst:256 +msgid "The examples do not include imports as these imports couldn't be pasted in the code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/odoo.rst:260 +msgid "Logging in" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/odoo.rst:262 +msgid "Odoo requires users of the API to be authenticated before they can query most data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/odoo.rst:265 +msgid "The ``xmlrpc/2/common`` endpoint provides meta-calls which don't require authentication, such as the authentication itself or fetching version information. To verify if the connection information is correct before trying to authenticate, the simplest call is to ask for the server's version. The authentication itself is done through the ``authenticate`` function and returns a user identifier (``uid``) used in authenticated calls instead of the login." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/odoo.rst:335 +msgid "Calling methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/odoo.rst:337 +msgid "The second endpoint is ``xmlrpc/2/object``, is used to call methods of odoo models via the ``execute_kw`` RPC function." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/odoo.rst:340 +msgid "Each call to ``execute_kw`` takes the following parameters:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/odoo.rst:342 +msgid "the database to use, a string" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/odoo.rst:343 +msgid "the user id (retrieved through ``authenticate``), an integer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/odoo.rst:344 +msgid "the user's password, a string" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/odoo.rst:345 +msgid "the model name, a string" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/odoo.rst:346 +msgid "the method name, a string" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/odoo.rst:347 +msgid "an array/list of parameters passed by position" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/odoo.rst:348 +msgid "a mapping/dict of parameters to pass by keyword (optional)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/odoo.rst:352 +msgid "For instance to see if we can read the ``res.partner`` model we can call ``check_access_rights`` with ``operation`` passed by position and ``raise_exception`` passed by keyword (in order to get a true/false result rather than true/error):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/odoo.rst:400 +msgid "this should be runnable and checked" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/odoo.rst:403 +msgid "List records" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/odoo.rst:405 +msgid "Records can be listed and filtered via :meth:`~odoo.models.Model.search`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/odoo.rst:407 +msgid ":meth:`~odoo.models.Model.search` takes a mandatory :ref:`domain <reference/orm/domains>` filter (possibly empty), and returns the database identifiers of all records matching the filter. To list customer companies for instance:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/odoo.rst:448 +msgid "Pagination" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/odoo.rst:450 +msgid "By default a search will return the ids of all records matching the condition, which may be a huge number. ``offset`` and ``limit`` parameters are available to only retrieve a subset of all matched records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/odoo.rst:494 +msgid "Count records" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/odoo.rst:496 +msgid "Rather than retrieve a possibly gigantic list of records and count them, :meth:`~odoo.models.Model.search_count` can be used to retrieve only the number of records matching the query. It takes the same :ref:`domain <reference/orm/domains>` filter as :meth:`~odoo.models.Model.search` and no other parameter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/odoo.rst:539 +msgid "calling ``search`` then ``search_count`` (or the other way around) may not yield coherent results if other users are using the server: stored data could have changed between the calls" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/odoo.rst:544 +msgid "Read records" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/odoo.rst:546 +msgid "Record data is accessible via the :meth:`~odoo.models.Model.read` method, which takes a list of ids (as returned by :meth:`~odoo.models.Model.search`) and optionally a list of fields to fetch. By default, it will fetch all the fields the current user can read, which tends to be a huge amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/odoo.rst:612 +msgid "Conversedly, picking only three fields deemed interesting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/odoo.rst:652 +msgid "even if the ``id`` field is not requested, it is always returned" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/odoo.rst:655 +msgid "Listing record fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/odoo.rst:657 +msgid ":meth:`~odoo.models.Model.fields_get` can be used to inspect a model's fields and check which ones seem to be of interest." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/odoo.rst:660 +msgid "Because it returns a large amount of meta-information (it is also used by client programs) it should be filtered before printing, the most interesting items for a human user are ``string`` (the field's label), ``help`` (a help text if available) and ``type`` (to know which values to expect, or to send when updating a record):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/odoo.rst:739 +msgid "Search and read" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/odoo.rst:741 +msgid "Because it is a very common task, Odoo provides a :meth:`~odoo.models.Model.search_read` shortcut which as its name suggests is equivalent to a :meth:`~odoo.models.Model.search` followed by a :meth:`~odoo.models.Model.read`, but avoids having to perform two requests and keep ids around." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/odoo.rst:747 +msgid "Its arguments are similar to :meth:`~odoo.models.Model.search`'s, but it can also take a list of ``fields`` (like :meth:`~odoo.models.Model.read`, if that list is not provided it will fetch all fields of matched records):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/odoo.rst:826 +msgid "Create records" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/odoo.rst:828 +msgid "Records of a model are created using :meth:`~odoo.models.Model.create`. The method will create a single record and return its database identifier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/odoo.rst:831 +msgid ":meth:`~odoo.models.Model.create` takes a mapping of fields to values, used to initialize the record. For any field which has a default value and is not set through the mapping argument, the default value will be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/odoo.rst:871 +msgid "while most value types are what would be expected (integer for :class:`~odoo.fields.Integer`, string for :class:`~odoo.fields.Char` or :class:`~odoo.fields.Text`)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/odoo.rst:875 +msgid ":class:`~odoo.fields.Date`, :class:`~odoo.fields.Datetime` and :class:`~odoo.fields.Binary` fields use string values" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/odoo.rst:877 +msgid ":class:`~odoo.fields.One2many` and :class:`~odoo.fields.Many2many` use a special command protocol detailed in :meth:`the documentation to the write method <odoo.models.Model.write>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/odoo.rst:882 +msgid "Update records" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/odoo.rst:884 +msgid "Records can be updated using :meth:`~odoo.models.Model.write`, it takes a list of records to update and a mapping of updated fields to values similar to :meth:`~odoo.models.Model.create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/odoo.rst:888 +msgid "Multiple records can be updated simultanously, but they will all get the same values for the fields being set. It is not currently possible to perform \"computed\" updates (where the value being set depends on an existing value of a record)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/odoo.rst:943 +msgid "Delete records" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/odoo.rst:945 +msgid "Records can be deleted in bulk by providing their ids to :meth:`~odoo.models.Model.unlink`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/odoo.rst:994 +msgid "Inspection and introspection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/odoo.rst:996 +msgid "``get_external_id`` is kinda crap and may not return an id: it just gets a random existing xid but won't generate one if there is no xid currently associated with the record. And operating with xids isn't exactly fun in RPC." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/odoo.rst:1001 +msgid "While we previously used :meth:`~odoo.models.Model.fields_get` to query a model and have been using an arbitrary model from the start, Odoo stores most model metadata inside a few meta-models which allow both querying the system and altering models and fields (with some limitations) on the fly over XML-RPC." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/odoo.rst:1010 +msgid "``ir.model``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/odoo.rst:1012 +msgid "Provides information about Odoo models via its various fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/odoo.rst:1015 +msgid "a human-readable description of the model" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/odoo.rst:1017 +msgid "the name of each model in the system" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/odoo.rst:1019 +msgid "whether the model was generated in Python code (``base``) or by creating an ``ir.model`` record (``manual``)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/odoo.rst:1022 +msgid "``field_id``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/odoo.rst:1022 +msgid "list of the model's fields through a :class:`~odoo.fields.One2many` to :ref:`reference/webservice/inspection/fields`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/odoo.rst:1025 +msgid ":class:`~odoo.fields.One2many` to the :ref:`reference/views` defined for the model" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/odoo.rst:1029 +msgid "``access_ids``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/odoo.rst:1028 +msgid ":class:`~odoo.fields.One2many` relation to the :ref:`reference/security/acl` set on the model" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/odoo.rst:1031 +msgid "``ir.model`` can be used to" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/odoo.rst:1033 +msgid "query the system for installed models (as a precondition to operations on the model or to explore the system's content)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/odoo.rst:1035 +msgid "get information about a specific model (generally by listing the fields associated with it)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/odoo.rst:1037 +msgid "create new models dynamically over RPC" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/odoo.rst:1041 +msgid "\"custom\" model names must start with ``x_``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/odoo.rst:1042 +msgid "the ``state`` must be provided and ``manual``, otherwise the model will not be loaded" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/odoo.rst:1044 +msgid "it is not possible to add new *methods* to a custom model, only fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/odoo.rst:1048 +msgid "a custom model will initially contain only the \"built-in\" fields available on all models:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/odoo.rst:1155 +msgid "``ir.model.fields``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/odoo.rst:1157 +msgid "Provides information about the fields of Odoo models and allows adding custom fields without using Python code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/odoo.rst:1161 +msgid ":class:`~odoo.fields.Many2one` to :ref:`reference/webservice/inspection/models` to which the field belongs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/odoo.rst:1164 +msgid "the field's technical name (used in ``read`` or ``write``)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/odoo.rst:1165 +msgid "``field_description``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/odoo.rst:1166 +msgid "the field's user-readable label (e.g. ``string`` in ``fields_get``)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/odoo.rst:1167 +msgid "``ttype``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/odoo.rst:1168 +msgid "the :ref:`type <reference/orm/fields>` of field to create" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/odoo.rst:1170 +msgid "whether the field was created via Python code (``base``) or via ``ir.model.fields`` (``manual``)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/odoo.rst:1172 +msgid "``required``, ``readonly``, ``translate``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/odoo.rst:1173 +msgid "enables the corresponding flag on the field" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/odoo.rst:1175 +msgid ":ref:`field-level access control <reference/security/fields>`, a :class:`~odoo.fields.Many2many` to ``res.groups``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/odoo.rst:1179 +msgid "``selection``, ``size``, ``on_delete``, ``relation``, ``relation_field``, ``domain``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/odoo.rst:1178 +msgid "type-specific properties and customizations, see :ref:`the fields documentation <reference/orm/fields>` for details" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/odoo.rst:1181 +msgid "Like custom models, only new fields created with ``state=\"manual\"`` are activated as actual fields on the model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/odoo.rst:1184 +msgid "computed fields can not be added via ``ir.model.fields``, some field meta-information (defaults, onchange) can not be set either" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/odoo.rst:1187 +msgid "maybe new-API fields could store constant ``default`` in a new column, maybe JSON-encoded?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:7 +msgid "Database Upgrade" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:12 +msgid "This document describes the API used to upgrade an Odoo database to a higher version." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:15 +msgid "It allows a database to be upgraded without ressorting to the html form at https://upgrade.odoo.com Although the database will follow the same process described on that form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:20 +msgid "The required steps are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:22 +msgid ":ref:`creating a request <upgrade-api-create-method>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:23 +msgid ":ref:`uploading a database dump <upgrade-api-upload-method>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:24 +msgid ":ref:`running the upgrade process <upgrade-api-process-method>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:25 +msgid ":ref:`obtaining the status of the database request <upgrade-api-status-method>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:26 +msgid ":ref:`downloading the upgraded database dump <upgrade-api-download-method>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:29 +msgid "The methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:34 +msgid "Creating a database upgrade request" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:36 +msgid "This action creates a database request with the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:38 +msgid "your contract reference" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:39 +msgid "your email address" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:40 +msgid "the target version (the Odoo version you want to upgrade to)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:41 +msgid "the purpose of your request (test or production)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:42 +msgid "the database dump name (required but purely informative)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:43 +msgid "optionally the server timezone (for Odoo source version < 6.1)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:46 +msgid "The ``create`` method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:50 +msgid "Creates a database upgrade request" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:52 +msgid "(required) your enterprise contract reference" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:53 +msgid "(required) your email address" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:54 +msgid "(required) the Odoo version you want to upgrade to. Valid choices: 11.0, 12.0, 13.0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:55 +msgid "(required) the purpose of your upgrade database request. Valid choices: test, production." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:56 +msgid "(required) a purely informative name for you database dump file" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:57 +msgid "(optional) the timezone used by your server. Only for Odoo source version < 6.1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:58 +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:203 +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:260 +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:387 +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:440 +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:491 +msgid "request result" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:61 +msgid "The *create* method returns a JSON dictionary containing the following keys:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:66 +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:314 +msgid "``failures``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:68 +msgid "The list of errors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:70 +msgid "A list of dictionaries, each dictionary giving information about one particular error. Each dictionary can contain various keys depending of the type of error but you will always get the ``reason`` and the ``message`` keys:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:74 +msgid "``reason``: the error type" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:75 +msgid "``message``: a human friendly message" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:77 +msgid "Some possible keys:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:79 +msgid "``code``: a faulty value" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:80 +msgid "``value``: a faulty value" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:81 +msgid "``expected``: a list of valid values" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:83 +msgid "See a sample output aside." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:115 +msgid "If the *create* method is successful, the value associated to the *request* key will be a dictionary containing various information about the created request:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:118 +msgid "The most important keys are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:120 +msgid "``id``: the request id" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:121 +msgid "``key``: your private key for this request" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:123 +msgid "These 2 values will be requested by the other methods (upload, process and status)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:125 +msgid "The other keys will be explained in the section describing the :ref:`status method <upgrade-api-status-method>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:129 +msgid "Sample script" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:131 +msgid "Here are 2 examples of database upgrade request creation using:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:133 +msgid "one in the python programming language using the requests library" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:134 +msgid "one in the bash programming language using `curl <https://curl.haxx.se>`_ (tool for transfering data using http) and `jq <https://stedolan.github.io/jq>`_ (JSON processor):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:184 +msgid "Uploading your database dump" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:186 +msgid "There are 2 methods to upload your database dump:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:188 +msgid "the ``upload`` method using the HTTPS protocol" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:189 +msgid "the ``request_sftp_access`` method using the SFTP protocol" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:192 +msgid "The ``upload`` method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:194 +msgid "It's the most simple and most straightforward way of uploading your database dump. It uses the HTTPS protocol." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:199 +msgid "Uploads a database dump" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:201 +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:257 +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:385 +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:438 +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:489 +msgid "(required) your private key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:202 +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:258 +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:386 +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:439 +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:490 +msgid "(required) your request id" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:206 +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:263 +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:390 +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:443 +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:494 +msgid "The request id and the private key are obtained using the :ref:`create method <upgrade-api-create-method>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:209 +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:393 +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:446 +msgid "The result is a JSON dictionary containing the list of ``failures``, which should be empty if everything went fine." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:245 +msgid "The ``request_sftp_access`` method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:247 +msgid "This method is recommanded for big database dumps. It uses the SFTP protocol and supports resuming." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:250 +msgid "It will create a temporary SFTP server where you can connect to and allow you to upload your database dump using an SFTP client." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:255 +msgid "Creates an SFTP server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:259 +msgid "(required) the path to a file listing the ssh public keys you'd like to use" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:266 +msgid "The file listing your ssh public keys should be roughly similar to a standard ``authorized_keys`` file. This file should only contains public keys, blank lines or comments (lines starting with the ``#`` character)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:269 +msgid "Your database upgrade request should be in the ``draft`` state." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:271 +msgid "The ``request_sftp_access`` method returns a JSON dictionary containing the following keys:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:316 +msgid "The list of errors. See :ref:`failures <upgrade-api-json-failure>` for an explanation about the JSON dictionary returned in case of failure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:322 +msgid "If the call is successful, the value associated to the *request* key will be a dictionary containing your SFTP connexion parameters:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:325 +msgid "``hostname``: the host address to connect to" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:326 +msgid "``sftp_port``: the port to connect to" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:327 +msgid "``sftp_user``: the SFTP user to use for connecting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:328 +msgid "``shared_file``: the filename you need to use (identical to the ``filename`` value you have used when creating the request in the :ref:`create method <upgrade-api-create-method>`.)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:329 +msgid "``request_id``: the related upgrade request id (only informative, ,not required for the connection)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:330 +msgid "``sample_command``: a sample command using the 'sftp' client" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:332 +msgid "You should normally be able to connect using the sample command as is." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:334 +msgid "You will only have access to the ``shared_file``. No other files will be accessible and you will not be able to create new files in your shared environment on the SFTP server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:339 +msgid "Using the 'sftp' client" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:341 +msgid "Once you have successfully connected using your SFTP client, you can upload your database dump. Here is a sample session using the 'sftp' client:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:353 +msgid "If your connection is interrupted, you can continue your file transfer using the ``-a`` command line switch:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:361 +msgid "If you don't want to manually type the command and need to automate your database upgrade using a script, you can use a batch file or pipe your commands to 'sftp':" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:368 +msgid "The ``-b`` parameter takes a filename. If the filename is ``-``, it reads the commands from standard input." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:374 +msgid "Asking to process your request" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:376 +msgid "This action ask the Upgrade Platform to process your database dump." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:379 +msgid "The ``process`` method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:383 +msgid "Process a database dump" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:426 +msgid "Asking to skip the tests" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:428 +msgid "This action asks the Upgrade Platform to skip the tests for your request. If you don't want Odoo to test and validate the migration, you can bypass the testing stage and directly get the migrated dump." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:432 +msgid "The ``skip_test`` method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:436 +msgid "Skip the tests, deliver the upgraded dump, and set the state to 'delivered'" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:478 +msgid "Obtaining your request status" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:480 +msgid "This action ask the status of your database upgrade request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:483 +msgid "The ``status`` method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:487 +msgid "Ask the status of a database upgrade request" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:497 +msgid "The result is a JSON dictionary containing various information about your database upgrade request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:527 +msgid "Sample output" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:529 +msgid "The ``request`` key contains various useful information about your request:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:532 +msgid "the request id" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:533 +msgid "``key``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:534 +msgid "your private key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:535 +msgid "``email``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:536 +msgid "the email address you supplied when creating the request" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:538 +msgid "the target Odoo version you supplied when creating the request" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:539 +msgid "``aim``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:540 +msgid "the purpose (test, production) of your database upgrade request you supplied when creating the request" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:542 +msgid "the filename you supplied when creating the request" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:543 +msgid "``timezone``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:544 +msgid "the timezone you supplied when creating the request" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:546 +msgid "the state of your request" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:547 +msgid "``issue_stage``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:548 +msgid "the stage of the issue we have create on Odoo main server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:549 +msgid "``issue``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:550 +msgid "the id of the issue we have create on Odoo main server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:551 +msgid "``status_url``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:552 +msgid "the URL to access your database upgrade request html page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:553 +msgid "``notes_url``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:554 +msgid "the URL to get the notes about your database upgrade" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:555 +msgid "``original_sql_url``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:556 +msgid "the URL used to get your uploaded (not upgraded) database as an SQL stream" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:557 +msgid "``original_dump_url``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:558 +msgid "the URL used to get your uploaded (not upgraded) database as an archive file" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:559 +msgid "``upgraded_sql_url``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:560 +msgid "the URL used to get your upgraded database as an SQL stream" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:561 +msgid "``upgraded_dump_url``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:562 +msgid "the URL used to get your upgraded database as an archive file" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:563 +msgid "``modules_url``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:564 +msgid "the URL used to get your custom modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:565 +msgid "``filesize``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:566 +msgid "the size of your uploaded database file" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:567 +msgid "``database_uuid``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:568 +msgid "the Unique ID of your database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:569 +msgid "``created_at``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:570 +msgid "the date when you created the request" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:571 +msgid "``estimated_time``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:572 +msgid "an estimation of the time it takes to upgrade your database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:573 +msgid "``processed_at``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:574 +msgid "time when your database upgrade was started" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:575 +msgid "``elapsed``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:576 +msgid "the time it takes to upgrade your database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:577 +msgid "``filestore``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:578 +msgid "your attachments were converted to the filestore" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:579 +msgid "``customer_message``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:580 +msgid "an important message related to your request" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:581 +msgid "``database_version``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:582 +msgid "the guessed Odoo version of your uploaded (not upgraded) database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:583 +msgid "``postgresql``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:584 +msgid "the guessed Postgresql version of your uploaded (not upgraded) database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:586 +msgid "``compressions``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:586 +msgid "the compression methods used by your uploaded database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:634 +msgid "Downloading your database dump" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:636 +msgid "Beside downloading your migrated database using the URL provided by the :ref:`status method <upgrade-api-status-method>`, you can also use the SFTP protocol as described in the :ref:`request_sftp_access method <upgrade-api-request-sftp-access-method>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:641 +msgid "The diffence is that you'll only be able to download the migrated database. No uploading will be possible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:644 +msgid "Your database upgrade request should be in the ``done`` state." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/developer/webservices/upgrade.rst:646 +msgid "Once you have successfully connected using your SFTP client, you can download your database dump. Here is a sample session using the 'sftp' client:" +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/discuss.pot b/locale/sources/discuss.pot deleted file mode 100644 index 4602dea8e..000000000 --- a/locale/sources/discuss.pot +++ /dev/null @@ -1,531 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -#: ../../discuss.rst:5 -msgid "Discuss" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:3 -msgid "How to Use my Mail Server to Send and Receive Emails in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:6 -msgid "If you are a user of Odoo Online or Odoo.sh..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:8 -msgid "You have nothing to do! **Odoo sets up its own mail servers for your database.** Outgoing and incoming emails work out-of-the-box!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:11 -msgid "Unless you plan to send large batches of mass mailing that could require the use of an external mail server, simply enjoy your new Odoo database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:16 -msgid "Scope of this documentation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:18 -msgid "This document is **mainly dedicated to Odoo on-premise users** who don't benefit from an out-of-the-box solution to send and receive emails in Odoo, unlike `Odoo Online <https://www.odoo.com/trial>`__ & `Odoo.sh <https://www.odoo.sh>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:25 -msgid "If no one in your company is used to manage email servers, we strongly recommend that you opt for those Odoo hosting solutions. Their email system works instantly and is monitored by professionals. Nevertheless you can still use your own email servers if you want to manage your email server's reputation yourself." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:31 -msgid "You will find here below some useful information on how to integrate your own email solution with Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:34 -msgid "Office 365 email servers don't easily allow to send external emails from hosts like Odoo. Refer to `Microsoft's documentation <https://support.office.com/en-us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-device-or-application-to-send-email-using-Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ to make it work." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:39 -msgid "How to manage outbound messages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:40 -msgid "As a system admin, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and check *External Email Servers*. Then, click *Outgoing Mail Servers* to create one and reference the SMTP data of your email server. Once all the information has been filled out, click on *Test Connection*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:45 -msgid "Here is a typical configuration for a G Suite server." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:50 -msgid "Then set your email domain name in the General Settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:53 -msgid "If you get a ``[AUTHENTICATIONFAILED] Invalid credentials (Failure)`` warning when you *Test Connection* on a Gmail address, activate the *Less secure app access* option. A direct link can be `accessed here <https://myaccount.google.com/lesssecureapps?pli=1>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:57 -msgid "In addition to that, enable the IMAP setting on your Gmail account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:61 -msgid "Can I use an Office 365 server" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:62 -msgid "You can use an Office 365 server if you run Odoo on-premise. Office 365 SMTP relays are not compatible with Odoo Online." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:65 -msgid "Please refer to `Microsoft's documentation <https://support.office.com/en-us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-device-or-application-to-send-email-using-Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ to configure a SMTP relay for your Odoo's IP address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:69 -msgid "How to use a G Suite server" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:70 -msgid "You can use an G Suite server for any Odoo hosting type. To do so you need to setup the SMTP relay service. The configuration steps are explained in `Google documentation <https://support.google.com/a/answer/2956491?hl=en>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:77 -msgid "Be SPF-compliant" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:78 -msgid "In case you use SPF (Sender Policy Framework) to increase the deliverability of your outgoing emails, don't forget to authorize Odoo as a sending host in your domain name settings. Here is the configuration for Odoo Online:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:82 -msgid "If no TXT record is set for SPF, create one with following definition: v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com ~all" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:84 -msgid "In case a SPF TXT record is already set, add \"include:_spf.odoo.com\". e.g. for a domain name that sends emails via Odoo Online and via G Suite it could be: v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com include:_spf.google.com ~all" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:88 -msgid "Find `here <https://www.mail-tester.com/spf/>`__ the exact procedure to create or modify TXT records in your own domain registrar." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:91 -msgid "Your new SPF record can take up to 48 hours to go into effect, but this usually happens more quickly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:94 -msgid "Adding more than one SPF record for a domain can cause problems with mail delivery and spam classification. Instead, we recommend using only one SPF record by modifying it to authorize Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:99 -msgid "Allow DKIM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:100 -msgid "You should do the same thing if DKIM (Domain Keys Identified Mail) is enabled on your email server. In the case of Odoo Online & Odoo.sh, you should add a DNS \"odoo._domainkey\" CNAME record to \"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\". For example, for \"foo.com\" they should have a record \"odoo._domainkey.foo.com\" that is a CNAME with the value \"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:108 -msgid "Restriction" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:109 -msgid "Please note that the port 25 is blocked for security reasons. Try using 587, 465 or 2525." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:112 -msgid "How to manage inbound messages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:114 -msgid "Odoo relies on generic email aliases to fetch incoming messages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:116 -msgid "**Reply messages** of messages sent from Odoo are routed to their original discussion thread (and to the inbox of all its followers) by the catchall alias (**catchall@**)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:120 -msgid "**Bounced messages** are routed to **bounce@** in order to track them in Odoo. This is especially used in `Odoo Email Marketing <https://www.odoo.com/page/email-marketing>`__ to opt-out invalid recipients." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:124 -msgid "**Original messages**: Several business objects have their own alias to create new records in Odoo from incoming emails:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:127 -msgid "Sales Channel (to create Leads or Opportunities in `Odoo CRM <https://www.odoo.com/page/crm>`__)," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:129 -msgid "Support Channel (to create Tickets in `Odoo Helpdesk <https://www.odoo.com/page/helpdesk>`__)," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:131 -msgid "Projects (to create new Tasks in `Odoo Project <https://www.odoo.com/page/project-management>`__)," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:133 -msgid "Job Positions (to create Applicants in `Odoo Recruitment <https://www.odoo.com/page/recruitment>`__)," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:135 -msgid "etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:137 -msgid "Depending on your mail server, there might be several methods to fetch emails. The easiest and most recommended method is to manage one email address per Odoo alias in your mail server." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:141 -msgid "Create the corresponding email addresses in your mail server (catchall@, bounce@, sales@, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:143 -msgid "Set your domain name in the General Settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:148 -msgid "If you use Odoo on-premise, create an *Incoming Mail Server* in Odoo for each alias. You can do it from the General Settings as well. Fill out the form according to your email provider’s settings. Leave the *Actions to Perform on Incoming Mails* blank. Once all the information has been filled out, click on *TEST & CONFIRM*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:157 -msgid "If you use Odoo Online or Odoo.sh, We do recommend to redirect incoming messages to Odoo's domain name rather than exclusively use your own email server. That way you will receive incoming messages without delay. Indeed, Odoo Online is fetching incoming messages of external servers once per hour only. You should set redirections for all the email addresses to Odoo's domain name in your email server (e.g. *catchall@mydomain.ext* to *catchall@mycompany.odoo.com*)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:167 -msgid "All the aliases are customizable in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:165 -msgid "Object aliases can be edited from their respective configuration view. To edit catchall and bounce aliases, you first need to activate the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:169 -msgid "Then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System Parameters` to customize the aliases (*mail.catchall.alias* & * mail.bounce.alias*)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:175 -msgid "By default inbound messages are fetched every 5 minutes in Odoo on-premise. You can change this value in :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions` and look for *Mail: Fetchmail Service*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:3 -msgid "Email Templates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:5 -msgid "We all know writing good emails is vital to get a high response rate, but you do not want to rewrite the same structure every time, do you? That is where email templates come in. Without the need to rewrite the entire email structure every time, you save time to focus on the content. Multiple templates also let you deliver the right message to the right audience, improving their overall experience with the company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:12 -msgid "Enable it and understand a few concepts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:14 -msgid "The :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` must be activated. Then, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Templates`. A view of the existing templates is shown." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:18 -msgid "**It is highly recommended not to change the content in existing templates unless the user has prior knowledge about placeholders.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:21 -msgid "To add a new one, click on *Create* and choose the type of document this template is used with. In the example below, the template would be sent to job applicants." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:30 -msgid "Under *Email Configuration*, fields such as *From*, *To (Emails)*, *To (Partners)*, require placeholders. If the *From* field is not set, the default value is the author’s email alias, if configured, or email address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:32 -msgid "Under *Advanced Settings*, if an *Outgoing Mail Server* is not set, the one with the highest priority is used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:34 -msgid "The option *Auto Delete* permanently deletes the emails after they are sent, saving space in your database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:37 -msgid "Writing content including placeholder expressions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:39 -msgid "Under the tab *Dynamic Placeholder Generator*, look for the *Field* you would like to use." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:45 -msgid "Next, copy the *Placeholder Expression* and paste it in the *Body* of the email, under the *Content* tab, using - essentially - the *Code View*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:52 -msgid "Deactivate the *Code View* option by simply clicking on it again, and easily design the message. Click on *Preview* to check how the email looks before sending it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:3 -msgid "Get Started with Discuss" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:5 -msgid "Discuss allows you to bring all of your company’s communication together through messages, notes, and chat. Share information, projects, files, prioritize tasks, and stay connected with colleagues and partners throughout applications. Forge better relationships, increase productivity and transparency by promoting a convenient way of communicating." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:11 -msgid "Choose your notifications preference" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:13 -msgid "Access your *Preferences* and choose how you would like your notifications to be handled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:21 -msgid "By default, the field is set as *Handle by Emails* making messages, notes, and notifications where you were mentioned or that you follow, to be sent through email. By choosing *Handle in Odoo*, they are shown in the *Inbox*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:22 -msgid "Messages can then be *Marked as Todo*, *Replied*, or *Marked as Read*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:28 -msgid "The messages tagged as *Mark as Todo* are also shown in *Starred*, while the ones *Marked as Read* are moved to *History*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:36 -msgid "Start Chatting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:38 -msgid "The first time you log in to your account, OdooBot sends you a message asking for permission to receive desktop notifications to chats. If accepted, you receive push notifications to the messages sent to you despite of where you are in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:48 -msgid "To stop receiving desktop notifications, reset the notifications settings of your browser." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:50 -msgid "To start a chat, click on *New Message* on the *Messaging Menu*, or go to *Discuss* and send a *Direct Message*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:58 -msgid "You can also create :doc:`public and private channels <team_communication>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:61 -msgid "Mentions in the chat and on the Chatter" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:64 -msgid "To mention a user within a chat or the chatter type *@user-name*; to refer to a channel, type *#channel-name*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:66 -msgid "A notification is sent to the user mentioned either to his *Inbox* or through email, depending on his settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:73 -msgid "When a user is mentioned, the search list (list of names) suggests values first based on the task’s followers, and secondly on *Employees*. If the record being searched does not match with either a follower or employee, the scope of the search becomes all partners." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:78 -msgid "Chat status" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:80 -msgid "It is helpful to see what colleagues are up to and how quickly they can respond to messages by checking their *Status*. The status is shown on the left side of a contact’s names on Discuss’ sidebar and on the *Messaging menu*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:84 -msgid "Green = online" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:85 -msgid "Orange = away" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:86 -msgid "White = offline" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:87 -msgid "Airplane = out of the office" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:95 -#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:65 -msgid ":doc:`team_communication`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:96 -msgid ":doc:`../advanced/email_servers`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:3 -msgid "Get Organized by Planning Activities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:5 -msgid "When you plan activities you minimize the risk of uncertainties, as you provide clear directions for the course of your next action. In addition to that, you do not leave space for wasteful activities and reduce the chance of having overlapping actions between team members." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:10 -msgid "Where do I see my schedule activities?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:12 -msgid "Access and manage your activities wherever you are in Odoo by the *Activities* menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:20 -msgid "Plan activities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:22 -msgid "Activities can be planned and managed from the chatter by clicking on *Schedule activity*, or through Kanban views." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:31 -msgid "Set your activity types" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:33 -msgid "A number of activities types are available by default in Odoo (call, email, meeting, etc.). However, you can set new ones going to :menuselection:`Settings --> Activity types`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:42 -msgid "If you need to create an activity type with an available calendar, make sure to create it with an *Action to Perform* set as *Meeting*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:46 -msgid "Recommend next activities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:48 -msgid "Odoo helps you to plan a flow of activities by allowing you to set *Recommended Next Activities*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:55 -msgid "Once the respective activity is completed, select *Done & Schedule Next* and next steps are suggested to you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:64 -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:115 -msgid ":doc:`get_started`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:3 -msgid "Efficiently Communicate Using Channels" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:5 -msgid "You can use channels to organize discussions between individual teams, departments, projects, or any other group that requires regular communication. This way, you keep everyone in the loop updated with the latest developments." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:10 -msgid "Public and Private channels" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:12 -msgid "A *Public* channel can be seen by everyone, while a *Private* one is only visible to users invited to it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:21 -msgid "A public channel is best used when many employees need to access information (such as company announcements), whereas a private channel could be used whenever information should be limited to specific groups (such as a specific department)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:26 -msgid "Configuration options" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:28 -msgid "You can configure a channel’s name, description, email alias, and privacy by clicking on the *Channel Settings* icon on the sidebar." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:36 -msgid "Privacy and Members" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:40 -msgid "Changing *Who can follow the group’s activities?* allows you to control which groups can have access to the channel. Note that allowing *Everyone* to follow a private channel lets other users view and join it, as they would a public one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:42 -msgid "If you choose *Invited people only*, go to the *Members* tab to add your members, or, go to Discuss’ main page, select the channel and click on *Invite*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:49 -msgid "For *Selected group of users*, the option *Auto Subscribe Groups* automatically add its members as followers. In other words, while *Authorized Groups* limits which users can access the channel, *Auto Subscribe Groups* automatically adds the user as a member as long as they are part of the group." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:55 -msgid "Use a channel as a mailing list" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:57 -msgid "Choosing to *Send messages by email* configures the channel to behave as a mailing list." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:59 -msgid "Enabling this option allows you to *Moderate this channel*, meaning that messages will need to be approved before being sent." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:66 -msgid "Under the *Moderation* tab choose as many moderators as you need, and if you would like them to receive an *Automatic notification*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:67 -msgid "Mark *Send guidelines to new subscribers* to automatically send instructions to newcomers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:73 -msgid "Moderators can: *Accept*, *Reject*, *Discard*, *Always Allow* or *Ban* messages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:80 -msgid "Members of a mailing channel receive messages through email regardless of their :doc:`notification preference <get_started>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:83 -msgid "Once a channel is moderated, the menu *Ban List* allows you to add email addresses per moderated channel to auto-ban them from sending messages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:91 -msgid "Quick search bar" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:93 -msgid "Once at least 20 channels, direct message and live chat conversations (if the module is installed on your database) are pinned in the sidebar, a *Quick search…* bar is displayed. It is a clever way to filter conversations and quickly find the one you need." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:103 -msgid "Finding channels" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:106 -msgid "Click on *Channels* (on the sidebar), browse through the list of public channels, and join or leave them from a single screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:108 -msgid "Apply filters criteria and save it for later use. The search function accepts wildcards by using the underscore character *(_)* to represent a single character." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:116 -msgid ":doc:`plan_activities`" -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/ecommerce.pot b/locale/sources/ecommerce.pot deleted file mode 100644 index 090d5e14c..000000000 --- a/locale/sources/ecommerce.pot +++ /dev/null @@ -1,646 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -#: ../../ecommerce.rst:5 -msgid "eCommerce" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started.rst:3 -msgid "Get started" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:3 -msgid "How to customize my catalog page" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:6 -msgid "Product Catalog" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:8 -msgid "All your published items show up in your catalog page (or *Shop* page)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:13 -msgid "Most options are available in the *Customize* menu: display attributes, website categories, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:20 -msgid "Highlight a product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:22 -msgid "Boost the visibility of your star/promoted products: push them to top, make them bigger, add a ribbon that you can edit (Sale, New, etc.). Open the Shop page, switch to Edit mode and click any item to start customizing the grid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:26 -msgid "See how to do it: https://www.odoo.com/openerp_website/static/src/video/e-commerce/editing.mp4" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:29 -msgid "Quick add to cart" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:31 -msgid "If your customers buy a lot of items at once, make their process shorter by enabling purchases from the catalog page. To do so, add product description and add to cart button. Turn on the following options in *Customize* menu: Product Description, Add to Cart, List View (to display product description better)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:3 -msgid "How to build a product page" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:5 -msgid "On the website click *New Page* in the top-right corner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:7 -msgid "Then click *New Product* and follow the blinking tips." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:12 -msgid "Here are the main elements of the Product page:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:17 -msgid "Many elements can be made visible from the *Customize* menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:22 -msgid "See how to configure your products from links here below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:26 -msgid ":doc:`../managing_products/variants`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:27 -msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/taxes`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:28 -msgid ":doc:`../managing_products/stock`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:29 -msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/cross_selling`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:30 -msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/reviews`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:31 -msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:32 -msgid ":doc:`../../website/optimize/seo`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products.rst:3 -msgid "Manage my products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:3 -msgid "How to display several images per product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:5 -msgid "By default your product web page displays the main image of your product only. If you like to show your products under several angles, you can turn the image into a carrousel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:11 -msgid "Check *Several images per product* in :menuselection:`Website Admin --> Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:13 -msgid "Open a product detail form and upload images from *Images* tab. Hit *Create* in Edit mode to get the upload wizard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:19 -msgid "Such extra image are common to all the product variants (if any)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:3 -msgid "How to show product availability" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:5 -msgid "The availability of your products can be shown on the website to reassure your customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:10 -msgid "To display this, open the *Sales* tab in the product detail form and select an option in *Availability*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:16 -msgid "A custom warning message can be anything related to a stock out, delivery delay, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:22 -msgid "This tool does not require the Inventory app to be installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:25 -msgid "If one item is no longer sellable, unpublish it from your website. If it comes to one particular product variant, deactivate the variant in the backend (see :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage product variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:5 -msgid "Product variants are used to offer variations of the same product to your customers on the products page. For example, the customer chooses a T-shirt and then selects its size and color. In the example below, the customer chooses a phone, and then selects the memory; color and Wi-Fi band from the available options." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:15 -msgid "How to create attributes & variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:17 -msgid "Turn on *Products can have several attributes, defining variants (Example: size, color,...)* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:20 -msgid "Select a product from the Products list, go to the *Variants* tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:22 -msgid "Add as many attributes as you need from 3 different types: radio buttons, drop-down menu or color buttons. You get several variants as soon as there are 2 values for 1 attribute." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:30 -msgid "How to edit variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:32 -msgid "See all the variants from the product template detail form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:40 -msgid "You can edit following data:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:42 -msgid "Picture (will update in real time on the website)," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:43 -msgid "Barcode," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:44 -msgid "Internal Reference (SKU #)," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:45 -msgid "Volume," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:46 -msgid "Weight," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:47 -msgid "Active (available in quotes & website)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:50 -msgid "Both the Barcode and the Internal Reference are variant-specific. You need to populate them once the variants generated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:54 -msgid "See and edit all the variants from :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> Product Variants` as well. This might be quicker if you manage lots of variants." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:58 -msgid "How to set specific prices per variant" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:60 -msgid "You can also set a specific public price per variant by clicking *Variant Prices* in the product detail form (action in top-left corner)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:66 -msgid "The Price Extra is added to the product price whenever the corresponding attribute value is selected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:76 -msgid "Pricelist formulas let you set advanced price computation methods for product variants. See :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:80 -msgid "How to disable/archive variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:82 -msgid "You can disable/archive specific variants so that they are no longer available in quotes & website (not existing in your stock, deprecated, etc.). Simply uncheck *Active* in their detail form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:88 -msgid "To retrieve such archived items, hit *Archived* on searching the variants list. You can reactivate them the same way." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue.rst:3 -msgid "Maximize my revenue" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:3 -msgid "How to sell accessories and optional products (cross-selling)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:5 -msgid "You sell computers. Why not stimulating your customers to buy a top-notch screen or an extra-warranty? That's the goal of cross-selling functionalities:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:8 -msgid "Accessory products on checkout page," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:9 -msgid "Optional products on a new *Add to Cart* screen (not installed by default)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:12 -msgid "Accessory products when checking out" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:14 -msgid "Accessories (e.g. for computers: mouse, keyboard) show up when the customer reviews the cart before paying." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:20 -msgid "Select accessories in the *Sales* tab of the product detail page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:26 -msgid "There is an algorithm to figure out the best accessories to display in case several items are added to cart. If any item is the accessory of several products added to cart, it is most likely that it will be atop the list of suggested accessories." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:31 -msgid "Optional products when adding to cart" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:33 -msgid "Optional products are directly related to the item added to cart (e.g. for computers: warranty, OS software, extra components). Whenever the main product is added to cart, such a new screen pops up as an extra step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:40 -msgid "To publish optional products:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:42 -msgid "Install *eCommerce Optional Products* addon in *Apps* menu. Remove the default filter to search on addons as well, otherwise only main apps show up." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:48 -msgid "Select optional items from the *Sales* tab of the product detail form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:54 -msgid "The quantity of optional items added to cart is the same than the main item." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:3 -msgid "How to adapt the prices to my website visitors" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:5 -msgid "This section sheds some light on pricing features of eCommerce app:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:7 -msgid "force a price by geo-localization," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:9 -msgid "let the customer choose the currency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:11 -msgid "As a pre-requisite, check out how to managing produt pricing: :doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:15 -msgid "Geo-IP to automatically apply the right price" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:17 -msgid "Assign country groups to your pricelists. That way, your visitors not yet logged in will get their own currency when landing on your website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:20 -msgid "Once logged in, they get the pricelist matching their country." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:23 -msgid "Currency selector" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:25 -msgid "In case you sell in several currencies, you can let your customers choose their own currency. Check *Selectable* to add the pricelist to the website drop-down menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:34 -msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:35 -msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:36 -msgid ":doc:`promo_code`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:3 -msgid "How to create & share promotional codes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:5 -msgid "Want to boost your sales for Xmas? Share promocodes through your marketing campaigns and apply any kind of discounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:9 -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:13 -msgid "Setup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:11 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings` and choose *Advanced pricing based on formula* for *Sale Price*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:14 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Website Admin --> Catalog --> Pricelists` and create a new pricelist with the discount rule (see :doc:`pricing`). Then enter a code." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:21 -msgid "Make the promocode field available on your *Shopping Cart* page (option in *Customize* menu). Add a product to cart to reach it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:27 -msgid "Once turned on you see a new section on the right side. On clicking *Apply* prices get automatically updated in the cart." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:33 -msgid "The promocode used by the customer is stored in the system so you can analyze the performance of your marketing campaigns." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:39 -msgid "Show sales per pricelists..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:43 -msgid ":doc:`pricing`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:3 -msgid "How to enable comments & rating" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:5 -msgid "Publishing and monitoring customer experience will help you gain the trust of new customers and better engage with your community. In 2 clicks, allow your customer to share their feedback!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:15 -msgid "Activate comments & rating from the *Customize* menu of the product web page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:21 -msgid "Visitors must log in to share their comments. Make sure they are able to do so (see Portal documentation)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:25 -msgid "Review the posts in real time" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:27 -msgid "Whenever a post is published, the product manager and all the product followers get notified in their Inbox (*Discuss* menu)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:34 -msgid "By default the user who created the product is automatically set as follower." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:36 -msgid "Click the product name to open the detail form and review the comment (in the product discussion thread)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:43 -msgid "Moderate & unpublish" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:45 -msgid "You can easily moderate by using the chatter, either in the product detail form or on the web page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:48 -msgid "To unpublish the post, open the product web page and click the *Published* button to turn it red (*Unpublished*)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:56 -msgid "..tip::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:55 -msgid "You can access the web page from the detail form by clicking the *Published* smart button (and vice versa)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:3 -msgid "How to sell pricier alternative products (upselling)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:5 -msgid "In order to maximize your revenue, suggesting pricier alternative products is strongly advised for basic items. That way, your customer will spend more time browsing your catalog." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:12 -msgid "To do so:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:14 -msgid "Select such *Alternative Products* in the *Sales* tab of the product detail form. 3 alternatives are fine! Don't publish too many otherwise your customers will be confused." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:20 -msgid "Turn on *Alternative Products* from the *Customize* menu of the product web page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:3 -msgid "Introduction to Odoo eCommerce" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:10 -msgid "The documentation will help you go live with your eCommerce website in no time. The topics follow the buying process:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:13 -msgid "Product Page" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:14 -msgid "Shop Page" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:15 -msgid "Pricing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:16 -msgid "Taxes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:17 -msgid "Checkout process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:18 -msgid "Upselling & cross-selling" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:19 -msgid "Payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:20 -msgid "Shipping & Tracking" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:24 -msgid ":doc:`../../website/publish/domain_name`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/publish.rst:3 -msgid "Launch my website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience.rst:3 -msgid "Get paid" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage orders paid with payment acquirers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:5 -msgid "Odoo confirms orders automatically as soon as the payment is authorized by a payment acquirer. This triggers the delivery. If you invoice based on ordered quantities, you are also requested to invoice the order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:12 -msgid "What are the payment status" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:13 -msgid "At anytime, the salesman can check the transaction status from the order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:18 -msgid "*Draft*: transaction under processing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:20 -msgid "*Pending*: the payment acquirer keeps the transaction on hold and you need to authorize it from the acquirer interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:23 -msgid "*Authorized*: the payment has been authorized but not yet captured. In Odoo, the order is already confirmed. Once the delivery done, you can capture the amount from the acquirer interface (or from Odoo if you use Authorize.net)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:28 -msgid "*Done*: the payment is authorized and captured. The order has been confirmed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:30 -msgid "*Error*: an error has occured during the transaction. The customer needs to retry the payment. The order is still in draft." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:34 -msgid "*Cancelled*: when the customer cancels the payment in the payment acquirer form. They are taken back to Odoo in order to modify the order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:37 -msgid "Specific messages are provided to your customers for every payment status, when they are redirected to Odoo after the transaction. To edit such messages, go to the *Messages* tab of the payment method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:44 -msgid "Auto-validate invoices at order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:46 -msgid "When the order is confirmed you can also have an invoice automatically issued and paid. This fully-automated made for businesses that invoice orders straight on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:54 -msgid "If you choose this mode you are requested to select a payment journal in order to record payments in your books. This payment is automatically reconcilied with the invoice, marking it as paid. Select your **bank account** if you get paid immediately on your bank account. If you don't you can create a specific journal for the payment acquirer (type = Bank). That way, you can track online payments in an intermediary account of your books until you get paid into your bank account (see :doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers`)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:63 -msgid "Capture the payment after the delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:64 -msgid "With this mode, the order is confirmed but the amount is kept on hold. Once the delivery processed, you can capture the payment from Odoo. This mode is only available with Authorize.net." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:71 -msgid "To capture the payment, open the transaction from the order. Then click *Capture Transaction*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:77 -msgid "With other payment acquirers, you can manage the capture in their own interfaces, not from Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:3 -msgid "How customers can access their customer account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:5 -msgid "It has never been so easy for your customers to access their customer account. Forget endless signup forms, Odoo makes it as easy as ABC. They are suggested to sign up (name, email, password) when the order is placed, and not before. Indeed, nothing is more annoying than going through a signup process before buying something." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:14 -msgid "Sign up" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:16 -msgid "The invitation to sign up shows up when the customer wants to visualize the order from order confirmation email." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:23 -msgid "Customer account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:25 -msgid "Once logged in the customer will access the account by clicking *My Account* in the login dropdown menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:31 -msgid "THere they find all their history. The main address (billing) can also be modified." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:37 -msgid "If the customer is set as a contact of a company in your address book, they will see all the documents whose the customer belongs to this company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/taxes.rst:3 -msgid "Collect taxes" -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/email_marketing.pot b/locale/sources/email_marketing.pot deleted file mode 100644 index 73f275f47..000000000 --- a/locale/sources/email_marketing.pot +++ /dev/null @@ -1,206 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -#: ../../email_marketing.rst:5 -msgid "Email Marketing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:3 -msgid "Work with Mailing Lists" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:5 -msgid "Mailing lists can be a goldmine for your company’s marketing department as they can provide leads for sales, focus groups for testing new products, and consumers to provide feedback on satisfaction, for example." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:10 -msgid "Create mailing lists" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:12 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Mailing lists --> Mailing lists --> Create`. Enable the option *Is Public* to make the list visible for users when unsubscribing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:19 -msgid "Once your mailing list is created, you can manually add contacts clicking on *Create*. *Import* a list of contacts if you have it from a previous tool." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:23 -msgid "Linking a mailing list to my website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:26 -msgid "Create a mailing list called Newsletter, as you use this strategy to advertise and communicate new ideas to subscribers interested in listening." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:27 -msgid "Go to your *Website*, add a *Newsletter* block and choose the respective mailing list." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:34 -msgid "Contacts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:36 -msgid "Under :menuselection:`Mailing Lists --> Mailing List Contacts` see a list of all contacts under all your mailing lists, and the ones you individually created here." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:43 -msgid "Open a contact form to see or add different mailing lists to which the contact is or will be part of." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:51 -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:46 -msgid ":doc:`send_emails`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:3 -msgid "Manage Unsubscriptions and Blacklist" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:5 -msgid "It is best practice, and legally required, to allow recipients to unsubscribe from mailing lists as you do not want your audience to think that your company is using any tactics that are dishonest or spammy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:10 -msgid "Enable the Blacklist feature" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:12 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable the option *Blacklist Option when Unsubscribing*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:19 -msgid "Now, once the user clicks on the *Unsubscribe* link on your email, he is redirected to the following page:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:28 -msgid "After clicking on the unsubscribe button when using the test feature, you are sent to an error page (*error 403 - Access Denied*). If you want to be sure the link is working properly, create your mass mail and send it only to a personal email." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:32 -msgid "In addition to having the option of unsubscribing from specific mailing lists, the user can also blacklist himself, meaning that he will not receive *any* more emails from you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:36 -msgid "The mailing list has to be configured as *Public* in order to be visible for users." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:38 -msgid "Under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Blacklist`, blacklisted email addresses are shown." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:39 -msgid "When opening the record, as a *Log note*, a description-history is kept." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:47 -msgid ":doc:`mailing_lists`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:3 -msgid "Send Emails Marketing and Manage Campaigns" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:5 -msgid "Emails allow you to effectively, and at a low cost, reach a large number of consumers while being able to customize your message in a way that resonates with them. It is measurable, and a call-to-action oriented channel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:10 -msgid "Choose the right target and create the message" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:12 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Mailings --> Create`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:14 -msgid "Choosing *Contacts* as *Recipients* (for example), allows you to add specifications to match just certain contacts, filtering your target." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:21 -msgid "With a trial databases, you have a limit of 50 emails per day; on Odoo SH Cloud Platform the limit is 200. There is a possibility to increase these numbers by contacting Odoo Support. To contact Support, `click here <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:25 -msgid "Under *Mail Body*, choose a layout and make the modifications needed by dragging, dropping and double-clicking on content. Note that it is possible to start from scratch selecting the *blank* template option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:34 -msgid "Under *Settings*, you can assign someone else as the responsible sender if you do not want it to be you. To do so, change the email address used as the sender (*Send From*)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:37 -msgid "With the *Reply To* radio button, you can also choose to gather answers either on the respective recipients’ records or on a specific email address. Note that this option is not available if you target mailing contacts or contacts as recipients." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:45 -msgid "Test, send or schedule a mailing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:53 -msgid "*Save*: the work is allocated in the *draft* column in the Kanban view. Modifications can be made while being in this stage. The option *Discard* deletes the email." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:54 -msgid "Click on *Test* and send your message to one, or even multiple, test contacts to avoid errors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:56 -msgid "*Send* triggers the email with the next run and put the work on the *queue* column in the Kanban view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:58 -msgid "*Schedule* allows you to choose a date and time, and puts the email in the *queue* column in the Kanban view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:61 -msgid "The daily limit is applied for **all emails** sent, in other words, throughout all applications. Therefore, if at the end of the day you have remaining ones to be sent, note that they *will not* be sent automatically the next day. You need to force that by opening the email and clicking on *Retry*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:67 -msgid "Manage campaigns" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:69 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable *Mailing Campaigns*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:71 -msgid "The campaign option is effective as it allows you to organize your marketing efforts and have a centralized view of its metrics." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:72 -msgid "Go to *Campaign* and click on *Create* to start one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:80 -msgid "If you use the SMS and Social Marketing applications, as well as the Push Notification feature, you see the option to create content for those channels. You also see the *Campaign* menu within those applications. All of this is possible because the applications work integrated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:85 -msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_servers`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:86 -msgid ":doc:`../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns`" -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/events.pot b/locale/sources/events.pot deleted file mode 100644 index 644b6407e..000000000 --- a/locale/sources/events.pot +++ /dev/null @@ -1,318 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -#: ../../events.rst:5 -msgid "Events" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/integrations.rst:3 -msgid "Integrations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:3 -msgid "Communicating about my Event using SMS Text Messages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:5 -msgid "Using SMS as a communication strategy for your event establishes interaction between organizers, attendees, speakers and further targets. It allows your message to be heard whether the goal is to send out reminders, teasers or to advertise." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:10 -#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:9 -#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:9 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:13 -msgid "Under *Communication* SMS is a standard feature. That means nothing needs to be enabled or installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:16 -msgid "On the other hand, to contact the speakers of your event, you need the *SMS Marketing* application installed, and to enable *Schedule & Tracks* under :menuselection:`Events --> Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:23 -msgid "The *Schedule & Tracks* feature allows you to manage the agenda and speakers of your event. For more details watch: `Creating an agenda for your event <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/create-an-agenda-for-your-event-717?fullscreen=1>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:28 -msgid "Send SMSs to attendees" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:30 -msgid "Under *Communication*, the message’s target is the attendees of your event." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:32 -msgid "You can choose to confirm each registration with the *Registration* template, and to send a reminder shortly before the event takes place with the *Reminder* template." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:38 -msgid "To make changes in an existing template, click on the external link." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:45 -msgid "Send SMSs to speakers and further targets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:47 -msgid "The benefit of the integration with the *SMS Marketing* application is that you can choose the target you would like your message to be delivered to. To get started, click on *Contact Track Speakers*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:56 -msgid "If *Event Track* is not your target (*Recipient*), choose the right one. *Filters* are eligible here." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:58 -msgid "In the example below, the SMS would be sent to the speakers who are in the stage *Proposal* on *Event Track*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:65 -msgid "Credits are required to be able to send SMSs. For more information about Pricing :doc:`click here <../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq>`, and, about IAP Services :doc:`here <../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:3 -msgid "Create your First Event" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:5 -msgid "Some of the reasons why hosting events is essential are:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:7 -msgid "To create an engaging experience with your audience;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:8 -msgid "To generate word of mouth about your company;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:9 -msgid "To allow networking;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:10 -msgid "To provide an opportunity for sales representatives to walk their prospects through the product and even their pipeline." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:14 -msgid "Get started" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:16 -msgid "Under the menu *Events*, have a view of all existing events and some key information, such as the number of expected and confirmed attendees." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:23 -msgid "To start a new one, click on *Create* and fill in the form with all the needed information. Enable *Website Menu* to have the menus *Introduction*, *Location*, and *Register* being shown on your event’s website page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:31 -msgid "To personalize these pages, click on *Edit* to open the `website builder <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/website-basics-643?fullscreen=1>`_, and edit content by dragging and dropping blocks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:40 -msgid "Tab: Tickets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:43 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Events --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable :doc:`Tickets and Online Ticketing <tickets>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:46 -msgid "Now, under the *Tickets* Tab, add lines to include the different ticket types you offer. Include the price, the start and end dates for registrations, and even the maximum number of tickets that can be sold." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:48 -msgid "The *Reserved Seats* and *Unconfirmed Seat Reservations* are counted as attendees are marked as :doc:`confirmed <track_attendees>` or not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:55 -msgid "Tab: Communication" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:58 -msgid "Choose the email and/or SMS message template, as well as the frequency with which you would like to communicate with your attendees under the tab *Communication*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:61 -msgid "Create a template on the fly or choose an existing one. Define the *Interval* (2, 7, 15..) for the *Unit* (days, hours, weeks, etc.), and the *Trigger* action (after registration, after the event, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:68 -msgid "Tab: Questions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:70 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable *Questions*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:72 -msgid "Now, under the tab *Questions*, edit your questions and answers, choosing if you would like your questionnaire to be asked per order or per registration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:75 -msgid "Example of a registration for 3 attendees: if enabling the option *Ask each attendee*, the questionnaire is shown 3 times, meaning that answers can vary for each attendee; if *Ask each attendee* is not enabled, the questionnaire is shown once, resulting in a global answer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:81 -msgid "Once your event is *Confirmed*, you can manage attendees badges, and mark the event as *Finished*. Events marked as *Finished* can be *Set to draft*, putting the event back to an *Unconfirmed* stage from which it can be edited and used again." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:90 -msgid "Publish your event" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:92 -msgid "*Go to Website* and turn *Published* on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:99 -msgid ":doc:`track_attendees`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:100 -#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:45 -msgid ":doc:`tickets`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:101 -#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:46 -msgid ":doc:`track_talks`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:3 -msgid "Selling Tickets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:5 -msgid "If you automate processes, you save time. If you give attendees multiple payment options to choose from, you allow flexibility and open margins for more registrations to happen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:11 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate *Tickets* and *Online Ticketing*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:13 -msgid "*Tickets* allow tickets to be sold :ref:`events/create_event/through_sales_orders`. *Online Ticketing* allows the sale of tickets to happen :ref:`events/create_event/through_the_website`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:22 -msgid "Through Sales Orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:24 -msgid "On the *Sales* application, choose the event product you created and add it as a product line. A window pops-up, allowing you to choose the event for which you want to create the sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:32 -msgid "Remember to create a product form for the event registration, under *Product*, in the *Sales* application, and to add that same product under your event’s form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:43 -msgid "Through the Website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:45 -msgid "On the website, once tickets are added to the cart, the user can continue the transaction choosing among the payment methods you chose to have available." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:53 -msgid ":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:3 -msgid "Track your Attendees" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:5 -msgid "Attendees are at the heart of your event. Keeping track of their number and managing their registration and attendance is necessary for planning and analyzing reasons." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:9 -msgid "Attendees list and attendance" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:11 -msgid "Once attendees have registered or bought their tickets, they are added to the *Attendees* list." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:12 -msgid "Tickets sold through sales orders validate attendees as soon as the quotation is confirmed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:18 -msgid "The check mark button is used to confirm the registration. Once a registration is confirmed, attendance can be marked." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:26 -msgid "Bagdes and cancellations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:28 -msgid "On the attendees form, choose to send badges manually by clicking on *Send By Email*. *Cancel Registration* to have that attendee being moved to the *Cancelled* stage." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:36 -msgid "To see a list of your canceled attendees, under *Filters*, add a *Custom Filter* choosing *Status > is > Cancelled*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:44 -#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:49 -msgid ":doc:`../integrations/integration_sms`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:3 -msgid "Track and Manage Talks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:5 -msgid "Allow partners to submit talk proposals so they can share their knowledge and expertise. Good speakers and talks are what make your event great." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:11 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Events --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable *Schedule & Tracks*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:14 -msgid "Now, in your event's form, once *Website menu* is enabled, the options *Tracks on Website* and *Track Proposals on Website* become available. Enabling them adds the menus *Talks*, *Talk Proposals*, and *Agenda* to your website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:20 -msgid "Besides having the ability to suggest their own talks, the website now allows users to see a list of the whole agenda and scheduled talks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:28 -msgid "To handle tracks internally and not have the menus *Talks*, *Talk Proposals*, and *Agenda* online, use the menu *Tracks* individually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:32 -msgid "Publishing speaker proposals" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:34 -msgid "Once partners have filled in the appropriate form and submitted their proposals, a new *Proposal* is instantly created under the menu *Track*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:41 -msgid "If the proposal is accepted and can go online, simply open its form and click on *Go to Website*. From the website page, turn *Published* on." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/expense.pot b/locale/sources/expense.pot deleted file mode 100644 index f473bedb0..000000000 --- a/locale/sources/expense.pot +++ /dev/null @@ -1,258 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:5 -msgid "Expenses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:8 -msgid "How to set expense types" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:9 -msgid "The first step to track expenses is to configure the expense types (managed as products in Odoo) that your company allows, from the *Configuration* menu. When a specific expense is reimbursed at a fixed price, set a cost on the product. Otherwise keep the cost at 0.0 and employees will report the real cost per expense." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:17 -msgid "Here are some examples to configure:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:19 -msgid "Restaurant:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:21 -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:27 -msgid "Cost: 0.00 (the cost of the ticket will be recorded on every expense)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:22 -msgid "Travel with Personal Car:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:24 -msgid "Cost: 0.30 (the price per mile reimbursed by the company is fixed)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:25 -msgid "Hotel:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:29 -msgid "Others:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:31 -msgid "Cost: 0.0" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:33 -msgid "Don't forget to set an expense tax on each expense type (and an account if you use Odoo Accounting). It's usually a good practice to use a tax that is configured with :ref:`Tax Included in Price <taxes/included-in-price>`. That way, employees report expenses with prices including taxes, which is usually the expected behaviour." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:41 -msgid "The *Sales* app allows you to specify unit of measures for your expense types (units, miles, nights, etc.). Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and check *Some products may be sold/purchased in different units of measure (advanced)*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:48 -msgid "How to record expenses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:51 -msgid "Manually" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:53 -msgid "As an employee (Employee in user access rights), you can record expenses from :menuselection:`My Expenses --> Expenses to Submit`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:59 -msgid "Select the related product and enter either the total amount you paid (with Quantity = 1) or the unit price if Quantity is countable (e.g. number of hotel nights)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:62 -msgid "Enter the expense date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:63 -msgid "Choose if you paid the bill on your own (and expect to be reimbursed) or if the company paid directly (e.g. if you used a company's credit card)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:65 -msgid "Set the bill reference, add some notes if requested and attach a photo/scan of the receipt from the discussion thread. That will help the manager and the accountant validate it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:73 -msgid "In one click from emails" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:74 -msgid "Let your employees record their expenses from a simple email. Make a snapshot of the receipt and send it by email, or simply forward a bill!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:77 -msgid "The only thing to do is setting up an email alias in :menuselection:`Expenses --> Configuration --> Settings` (e.g. *expenses* @mycompany.odoo.com). For security purposes, only authenticated employee emails (cfr. *Work Email* in employee detail form) are accepted." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:83 -msgid "The expense product is set automatically if the mail subject contains the product's internal reference in first position. Type the expense amount in the mail subject to set it on the expense too (e.g. Ref001 Food 100€)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:88 -msgid "How to submit expenses to managers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:90 -msgid "When you are ready to submit your expenses to your manager (e.g. at the end of a business trip, or once a month), go to the menu :menuselection:`My Expenses --> Expenses to Submit`. Select all expenses from the list view and click on :menuselection:`Action --> Submit to Manager`. Save the newly created expense report (i.e. set of expenses), and wait for your manager to approve it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:100 -msgid "You can also submit expenses one by one from the *Submit to Manager* button on the form view of an expense." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:103 -msgid "All your submitted expense reports can be found in :menuselection:`Expenses --> My Expenses --> Expense Reports`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:108 -msgid "How to approve expenses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:110 -msgid "HR and team managers get an overview of all expense reports to validate from the top menu :menuselection:`To Approve --> Expense Reports to Approve`. Such users must have at least *Officers* access rights for *Expenses*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:117 -msgid "They can review expense reports, approve or reject them, as well as providing feedback thanks to the integrated communication tool." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:123 -msgid "As a team manager you can easily find the expense reports of your team members. You need to be set as manager in the detail form of those employees." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:131 -msgid "How to post expenses in accounting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:133 -msgid "Once expense reports approved by managers, the accounting department goes to :menuselection:`Expenses --> Accountant --> Expense Reports To Post` to check accounts, products and taxes. They can click *Post Journal Entries* to post related journal entries into your books. To do so, the user must have following access rights:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:139 -msgid "Accounting: Accountant or Adviser" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:140 -msgid "Expenses: Manager" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:143 -msgid "To post an expense, a *Home Address* must be set on the employee. If you get a related blocking message when posting, click the employee, go to *Personal Information* tab and select/create the contact of your employee in the address book. A contact has been automatically created if this person is using Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:150 -msgid "How to reimburse employees" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:152 -msgid "You can now see all the expense reports to reimburse in :menuselection:`Expenses --> Accountant --> Expense Reports To Pay`. To record the payment or pay by check, click *Register a Payment*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:156 -msgid "See how you can easily manage the payment process in Odoo:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:158 -msgid ":doc:`../accounting/payables/pay/check`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:159 -msgid ":doc:`../accounting/payables/pay/sepa`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:163 -msgid "How to re-invoice expenses to your customers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:165 -msgid "If you track expenses on customer projects, you can charge them back to your customers automatically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:169 -msgid "Setup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:171 -msgid "Enable **Customer Billing** in the Expenses settings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:173 -msgid "Go to the product configuration menu and set the invoicing method on all your Expense types:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:176 -msgid "Ordered quantities : it will invoice expenses based on the ordered quantity" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:179 -msgid "Delivered quantities :it will invoice expenses based on the expenses quantity" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:182 -msgid "At cost: will invoice expenses at their real cost." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:184 -msgid "At sales price: will invoice based on a fixed sales price set on the sale order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:191 -msgid "Create an order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:193 -msgid "As a salesman, create and confirm a Sales Order for the services delivered to your customer. If you don't put any expense in the order, it will be added automatically once posted by the accountant." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:198 -msgid "Link the expense to the Sale Order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:204 -msgid "Submit, validate and post expenses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:206 -msgid "As a manager, make sure the analytic account is set on every expense line on approving expenses reports. Click the line to add one if missing. Employees are already able to set one when submitting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:213 -msgid "As an accountant, post journal entries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:216 -msgid "Invoice expenses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:218 -msgid "Now you can invoice the order. It shows up in :menuselection:`Sales --> Invoicing --> Sales` to Invoice. The expenses have been added automatically in the order lines. Such items show up in blue (i.e. to invoice)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:226 -msgid "e (i.e. to invoice)." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/expenses.pot b/locale/sources/expenses.pot deleted file mode 100644 index 4bb608825..000000000 --- a/locale/sources/expenses.pot +++ /dev/null @@ -1,22 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 9.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-11-22 13:16+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -#: ../../expenses.rst:5 -msgid "Expenses" -msgstr "" - diff --git a/locale/sources/accounting.pot b/locale/sources/finance.pot similarity index 52% rename from locale/sources/accounting.pot rename to locale/sources/finance.pot index f99c14e3e..8cf880baf 100644 --- a/locale/sources/accounting.pot +++ b/locale/sources/finance.pot @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-03-02 11:19+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-18 07:12+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" @@ -16,14164 +16,14539 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#: ../../accounting.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance.rst:3 +msgid "Finance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:4 msgid "Invoicing and Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:3 msgid "Bank & Cash" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds.rst:3 msgid "Bank Feeds" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:145 msgid "Bank Statements" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:5 msgid "Importing your bank statements in Odoo Accounting allows you to keep track of the financial movements that occur on your bank accounts and reconcile them with the transactions recorded in your accounting." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:9 msgid "We recommend you use bank synchronization for more efficiency. Please read the related documentation: :doc:`bank_synchronization`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:12 msgid "However, if you don't want to use bank synchronization or if your bank is not a supported institution, you still have other options:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:15 msgid "Import the bank statement files delivered by your bank" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:16 msgid "Register the bank statements manually" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:19 msgid "Import bank statements files" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:21 msgid "Odoo supports multiple file formats to import bank statements:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:23 msgid "SEPA recommended Cash Management format (CAMT.053)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:24 msgid "Comma-separated values (.CSV)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:25 msgid "Open Financial Exchange (.OFX)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:26 msgid "Quicken Interchange Format (.QIF)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:27 msgid "Belgium: Coded Statement of Account (.CODA)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:29 msgid "To import them, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Overview --> Bank`, click on *Import Statements*, or on the three dots, and then on *Import Statement*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:36 msgid "Next, select the file you want to import and click on *Import*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:38 msgid "Odoo opens an **import widget** to help you set the **Formatting Options** and **map** the different columns you want to import." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:46 msgid "Quicken Interchange Format (.QIF) is an older file format that is no longer supported since 2005. If possible, prefer OFX files over QIF." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:50 msgid "Register bank statements manually" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:52 msgid "If needed, you can also record your bank statements manually." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:54 msgid "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Overview --> Bank`, click on *Create Statements*, or on the three dots, and then on *New Statement*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:57 msgid "Add a new line for each transaction written on the original bank statement." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:59 msgid "To ease the reconciliation process, make sure to fill out the *Partner* field. You can also write the payments’ references in the *Label* field." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:67 msgid "The *Ending Balance* and the *Computed Balance* should have the same amount. If it is not the case, make sure that there is no mistake in the transactions’ amounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:122 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:109 msgid ":doc:`bank_synchronization`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:10 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:16 msgid "Todo" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:72 msgid "add doc link to new documentation about reconciliation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:3 msgid "Bank Synchronization: Automatic Import" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:5 msgid "Odoo can synchronize directly with your bank institution to get all bank statements imported automatically into your database." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:8 msgid "To check if your bank is compatible with Odoo, go to `Odoo Accounting Features <https://www.odoo.com/page/accounting-features>`_, and click on *See list of supported institutions*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:15 msgid "More than 20,000 institutions around the world are supported." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:17 msgid "To connect to the banks, Odoo uses multiple web-services:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:19 msgid "**Plaid**: United States of America and Canada" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:20 msgid "**Yodlee**: Worldwide" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:21 msgid "**Salt Edge**: Europe (:doc:`more information <saltedge>`)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:22 msgid "**Ponto**: Europe (:doc:`more information <ponto>`)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:25 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:24 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:19 -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:14 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:69 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:16 -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:22 -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:9 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:31 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:28 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:284 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:321 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:34 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:92 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:25 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:14 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:60 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:19 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:27 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:23 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:12 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:29 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:13 -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:21 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:18 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:16 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:16 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:15 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:22 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:11 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:30 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:31 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:13 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:20 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:37 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:15 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:20 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:39 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:331 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/vat_validation.rst:13 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:28 msgid "On-Premise users" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:30 msgid "To be able to use this service, you need to have a valid Odoo Enterprise subscription. So make sure that your database is registered with your Odoo Enterprise contract. We also use a proxy between your database and the third party provider so, in case of a connection error, please check that you don't have a firewall or a proxy blocking the following address:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:36 msgid "https://production.odoofin.com/" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:39 msgid "First Synchronization" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:41 msgid "You can start synchronization either by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Add a Bank Account` or via the configuration bar on the accounting dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:44 msgid "Now you can search for your bank institution. Select it and follow the steps to synchronize with it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:47 msgid "If you have any issues during your first synchronization, please verify that your web browser doesn't block pop-ups and that your adblocker is disabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:50 msgid "During your first synchronization, you will be asked for a phone number to secure your account. The reason we ask for such information is that we don't want your data falling into the wrong hands. Therefore, if we detect suspicious activity on your account, we block all requests coming from your account, and you need to reactivate it using that phone number. The third-party provider may request more information in order to connect with your bank institution. This information is not stored on Odoo's servers." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:57 msgid "By default, transactions fetched from an online source are grouped inside the same statement, and one bank statement is created per month. You can change the bank statement creation periodicity in your journal settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:61 msgid "You can find all your synchronizations by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Online Synchronization`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:65 msgid "Synchronize manually" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:67 msgid "After your first synchronization, the created journals are synchronized by default every 12 hours. If you wish, you can synchronize manually by clicking on the *Synchronize Now* button on the dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:75 msgid "Or you can go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Online Synchronization`, select your institution and then click on the *Fetch Transactions* button." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:83 msgid "Some institutions do not allow transactions to be fetched automatically. For such institutions, during the automatic synchronization of the account, you receive an error message asking you to disable the automatic synchronization. This message can be found in the chatter of your online synchronizations. In this case, make sure to perform manual synchronizations." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:89 msgid "Issues" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:92 msgid "Synchronization in error" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:94 msgid "To report a connection error to the `Odoo support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Online Synchronization`, select the connection that failed, and copy the error description and the reference." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:99 msgid "Synchronization disconnected" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:101 msgid "If your connection with the proxy is disconnected, you can reconnect with the proxy using the *Reconnect* button." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:105 msgid "This disconnection can be caused by the Odoo support. In this case, please contact the `support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_ directly with your client id or the reference of the error listed in the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:112 msgid "Migration process for users having installed Odoo before December 2020" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:114 msgid "If you are on-premise, please first make sure that your source is up-to-date with the latest version of Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:117 msgid "Users who have created a database before December 2020 need to install the new module manually to use the new functionalities." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:120 msgid "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Apps --> Update Apps List`, remove the default filter in the search bar and type: **account_online_synchronization**. You can then click on the *Install* button to install the new module." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:128 msgid "Finally, make sure all your users refresh their Odoo page by pressing CTRL+F5." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:132 msgid "All previous synchronizations are disconnected during the installation and won't work anymore. You can find them directly in the synchronization menu (:menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Online Synchronization`). It is not possible to resynchronize these connections; you have to make new ones." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:136 msgid "Please do not uninstall *account_online_sync* which is the previous module for online synchronization. The new one overrides it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:138 msgid "By default *account_online_synchronization* is installed automatically with Accounting." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:141 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:95 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:78 msgid "FAQ" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:144 msgid "The synchronization is not working in real-time. Is that normal?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:146 msgid "The process is not intended to work in real-time as third party providers synchronize your accounts at different intervals. To force the synchronization and fetch the statements, go to your *Accounting dashboard*, and click on the *Synchronize Now* button. You can also synchronize and fetch transactions through :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Online Synchronization`. Some providers only allow one refresh per day, so it is possible that clicking on *Synchronize Now* does not get your latest transactions if you already performed such action earlier in the day." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:153 msgid "A transaction can be visible on your bank account, but not be fetched if it has the status *Pending*. Only transactions with the *Posted* status will be retrieved. If it is not *Posted* yet, you will have to wait until the status changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:158 msgid "Is the Online Bank Synchronization feature included in my contract?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:160 msgid "**Community Version**: No, this feature is not included in the Community Version." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:161 msgid "**Online Version**: Yes, even if you benefit from the One App Free contract." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:162 msgid "**Enterprise Version**: Yes, if you have a valid enterprise contract linked to your database." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:165 msgid "Some banks have a status \"Beta.\" What does this mean?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:167 msgid "This means that banking institutions are not yet fully supported by our Third Party Provider. Bugs or other problems may arise. Odoo does not support technical problems that occur with banks in the Beta phase, but the user may still choose to connect. Connecting with these banks contributes to the development process since the Provider will have real data and feedback from the connection." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:173 msgid "Why do my transactions only synchronize when I refresh manually?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:175 msgid "Some banks have additional security measures and require extra steps, such as an SMS/email authentication code or another type of MFA. Because of this, the integrator cannot pull transactions until the security code is provided." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:180 msgid "Not all of my past transactions are in Odoo, why?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:182 msgid "For some institutions, transactions can only be fetched up to 3 months in the past." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:185 msgid "Why don't I see any transactions?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:187 msgid "During your first synchronization, you selected the bank accounts you decided to synchronize with Odoo. If you didn't synchronize any of your accounts, you can go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Online Synchronization` to click on the *Fetch Accounts* button on the connection." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:191 msgid "There may also be no new transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:193 msgid "If your bank account is properly linked to a journal and posted transactions are not visible in your database, please `submit a support ticket <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:197 msgid "How can I update my bank credentials?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:199 msgid "You can update your credentials by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Online Synchronization`, open the connection you want to update your credentials and click on the *Update Credentials* button." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:204 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:124 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:111 msgid ":doc:`bank_statements`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:205 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:110 msgid ":doc:`ponto`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:206 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:123 msgid ":doc:`saltedge`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:3 msgid "Ponto as bank synchronization provider" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:5 msgid "**Ponto** is a service that allows companies and professionals to aggregate their accounts in one place and directly see all their transactions within one app. It is a third-party solution that is continuously expanding the number of bank institutions that can be synchronized with Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:13 msgid "**Odoo** can synchronize directly with your bank to get all bank statements imported automatically into your database." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:16 msgid "Ponto is a paid third-party provider that can handle the synchronization between your bank accounts and Odoo. `Its pricing is 4€/month per account/integration <https://myponto.com/en#pricing>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:20 msgid "You can find more information about bank synchronization :doc:`on this page <bank_synchronization>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:27 msgid "Link your bank accounts with Ponto" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:29 msgid "Go to `Ponto's website (https://myponto.com) <https://myponto.com>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:30 msgid "Create an account if you don't have one yet." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:31 msgid "Once you are logged in, create an *organization*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounts --> Live`, and click on *Add account*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 msgid "You might have to add your **Billing Information** first." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:39 msgid "Select your country, your bank institutions, give your consent to Ponto, and follow the steps on-screen to link your bank account with your Ponto account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:46 msgid "Make sure to add all bank accounts you want to synchronize with your Odoo database before moving on to the next steps." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:50 msgid "Link your Ponto account with your Odoo database" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:52 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Add a Bank Account`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:53 msgid "Search your institution, make sure to select the right institution. By selecting the institution, you can verify that the third party provider is Ponto." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:55 msgid "Click on *Connect* and follow the steps." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:56 msgid "At some point, you will have to authorize the accounts you want to access in Odoo. Please select **all the accounts** you want to synchronize. Even the ones coming from other banking institutions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:64 msgid "Finish the flow." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:67 msgid "You have to authorize all the accounts you want to access in Odoo but, Odoo will filter the accounts based on the institution you selected at the second step." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:71 msgid "Update your synchronization credentials" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:73 msgid "You might have to update your Ponto credentials or modify the synchronization settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:75 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:87 msgid "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Online Synchronization` and select the institution you want to fetch the other accounts. Click on *Fetch Accounts* button to start the flow." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:79 msgid "During the update, select **all the accounts** you want to synchronize, even the ones coming from other banking institutions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:83 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:66 msgid "Fetch new accounts" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:85 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:68 msgid "You might want to add new online accounts to your connection." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:91 msgid "Don't forget to keep authorization for existing accounts (for all institutions that you have synchronized with Ponto)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:98 msgid "After my synchronization, no account appears" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:100 msgid "You selected an institution from the list and did not authorize any accounts from this institution." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:103 msgid "I have an error about that my authorization has expired" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:105 msgid "Every **3 months** (90 days) you must re-authorize the connection between your bank account and Ponto. This must be done from the `Ponto website <https://myponto.com>`_. If you do not do this, the synchronization will stop for these accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:110 msgid "I have some errors with my beta institution" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:112 msgid "Ponto provides institutions in *beta*, these institutions are not directly supported by Odoo and we advise you to contact Ponto directly." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:116 msgid "Using an institution in beta is beneficial for Ponto, it allows them to have real feedback on the connection with the institution." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:3 msgid "Salt Edge as bank synchronization provider" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:5 msgid "**Salt Edge** is a third-party provider that aggregates banking information from your bank accounts. It supports ~5000 institutions in more than 50 countries." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:13 msgid "Odoo can synchronize directly with your bank to get all bank statements imported automatically into your database." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:16 msgid "Salt Edge is a free third-party provider." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:22 msgid "Link your bank accounts with Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:24 msgid "Start synchronization by clicking on :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Add a Bank Account`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:26 msgid "Select the institution you want to synchronize. You can see if Salt Edge is the third party provider of the institution by selecting it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:28 msgid "After giving your phone number, you are asked for an email address. This email address is used to create your Salt Edge account. Please make sure you enter a valid email address, as otherwise, you will not be able to access your Salt Edge account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:37 msgid "After entering your email address, you are redirected to Salt Edge to continue the synchronization process." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:44 msgid "Make sure you give your consent by checking the consent checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:50 msgid "Complete the synchronization by following the steps." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:54 msgid "Update your credentials" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:56 msgid "You might have to update your Salt Edge credentials or modify the synchronization settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:58 msgid "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Online Synchronization` and select the institution you want to update credentials. Click on the *Update Credentials* button to start the flow and follow the steps." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:62 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:74 msgid "Don't forget to check the consent checkbox. Otherwise, Odoo may not be able to access your information." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:70 msgid "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Online Synchronization` and select the institution to fetch the new accounts. Click on the *Fetch Accounts* button to start the flow and follow the steps." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:81 msgid "I have an error when I try to delete my synchronization within Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:83 msgid "Odoo can't permanently delete the connection you have created with the banking institution. However, it can revoke the consent you gave so that Odoo won't be able to access your account anymore. The error you are seeing is probably a message telling you that the consent was revoked, but the record could not be deleted as it still exists within Salt edge. If you want to remove the connection completely, please connect to your `Salt Edge account <https://www.saltedge.com/dashboard>`_ and manually delete your synchronization. Once this is done, you can go back to Odoo to delete the record." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:92 msgid "I have an error saying that I have already synchronized this account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:94 msgid "You have probably already synchronized your bank account with Salt Edge, please check on your `dashboard <https://www.saltedge.com/dashboard>`_ that you don't already have a connection with the same credentials." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:98 msgid "In case you already have a synchronization with the same credentials present on your Salt Edge dashboard and this synchronization has not been created with Odoo, please delete it and create it from your Odoo database." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:102 msgid "In case you already have a connection with the same credentials present on your Salt Edge dashboard and this synchronization was created with Odoo, you will normally be able to find it by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Online Synchronization`. Please make sure to do an *Update Credentials* to reactivate the connection." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc.rst:3 msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:3 msgid "Do a bank wire transfer from one bank to another" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:5 msgid "A company might have several bank accounts or cash registers. Within odoo it is possible to handle internal transfers of money with only a couple of clicks." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:9 msgid "We will take the following example to illustrate. My company has two bank accounts and I want to transfer 50.000 euros from one of our bank accounts to the another one." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:17 msgid "Check your Chart of Accounts and default transfer account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:19 msgid "To handle internal transfers you need a transfer account in your charts of account. Odoo will generate an account automatically based on the country of your chart of account. To configure your chart of accounts and check the default transfer account go into the accounting module settings, select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:25 msgid "Your chart of accounts will be pre-installed depending on the country specified during your registration, it cannot be changed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:31 msgid "The default transfer account will automatically be generated as well depending on your country's legislation. If necessary it can be modified from the same page." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:39 msgid "Create a second bank account / Journal" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:41 msgid "Before we can register an internal transfer we need to add a new bank to our accounting dashboard. To do so enter the accounting module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Bank Accounts`. Create a new bank account. You should fill in the **Account Number**. You can also create and edit your bank to specify your bank's details." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:50 msgid "By saving the changes you now have 2 bank accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:56 msgid "Register an internal transfer from one bank to another." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:58 msgid "We will now transfer 50.000 euros from our **Bank** to our **Bank BE57 0633 9533 1498** account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:62 msgid "Log an internal transfer" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:64 msgid "The first step is to register the internal payment. To do so go into your accounting dashboard, click on the **more** button of one of your banks and select :menuselection:`New --> Internal transfer`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:71 msgid "Create a new payment. The payment type will automatically be set to internal transfer. Select the **Bank** you want to transfer to, specify the **Amount** and add a **Memo** if you wish." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:76 msgid "The memo is important if you wish to automatically reconcile (see `Import bank statements and reconcile`_)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:82 msgid "Save and confirm the changes to register the payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:84 msgid "In terms of accounting the money is now booked in the transfer account. We'll need to import bank statements to book the money in the final accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:89 msgid "Import bank statements and reconcile" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:91 msgid "Note that the bank balance computed by Odoo is different that the last statement of your bank." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:97 msgid "That is because we did not import the bank statement confirming the receiving and sending of the money. It's thus necessary to import your bank statement and reconcile the payment with the correct bank statement line. Once you receive your bank statements click the **new statement** button of the corresponding bank to import them." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:106 msgid "Fill in your **Transactions line**. Once done, Odoo will display a **Computed Balance**. that computed balance is the theorical end balance of your bank account. If it's corresponding to the bank statement, it means that no errors were made. Fill in the **Ending balance** and click on the **Reconcile** button." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:114 msgid "The following window will open:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:119 msgid "You need to choose counterparts for the payment. Select the correct bank statement line corresponding to the payment and click on the **reconcile** button. Close the statement to finish the transaction" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:126 msgid "The same steps will need to be repeated once you receive your second bank statement. Note that if you specify the same amount and the same memo in both bank statements and payment transactions then the reconciliation will happen automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:177 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:80 -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:153 msgid "Bank Reconciliation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:3 msgid "Reconciliation Models" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:5 msgid "Once the bank statements are correctly imported, it is essential to *reconcile* the records properly and ensure all *Journal Entries* are balanced and in agreement. To ease and speed up the reconciliation process, you can configure **Reconciliation Models**, which are particularly useful with recurrent entries such as bank fees." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:10 msgid "Add a link to the Reconciliation process in the paragraph above, once the doc will have been updated." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:14 msgid "Reconciliation Models are also useful to handle *Cash Discounts*. Please refer to :doc:`this documentation <../../receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts>` for more information." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:21 msgid "Types of Reconciliation Models" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:23 msgid "There are three types of Reconciliation Models:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:25 msgid ":ref:`Write-off Button <reconciliation_models_button>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:26 msgid ":ref:`Suggestion of counterpart values <reconciliation_models_suggestion>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:27 msgid ":ref:`Match existing invoices/bills <reconciliation_models_match>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:32 msgid "Manually create a write-off on clicked button" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:34 msgid "When you are reconciling an entry with an *Open Balance*, you can use the buttons available under the *Manual Operations* tab to pre-fill all the values automatically, before validating the reconciliation. Each button is a different Reconciliation Model." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:45 msgid "Suggest counterpart values" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:47 msgid "This type of Reconciliation Model suggests immediately counterpart values that only need to be validated. This automation is based on a set of rules defined in the reconciliation model." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:57 msgid "Match existing invoices/bills" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:59 msgid "This type of Reconciliation Model automatically selects the right Customer Invoice or Vendor Bill that matches the payment. All that is left to do is to validate the entry. This automation is based on a set of rules defined in the reconciliation model." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:71 msgid "To manage or create new **Reconciliation Models**, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reconciliation --> Reconciliation Models`. Alternatively, you can also open this menu from the Accounting Overview, by going to your Bank Journal card, clicking on the three little dots, and then on *Reconciliation Models*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:81 msgid "The first entry, named *Invoices Matching Rule*, is the one responsible for the current matching of invoices and bills. Therefore, it is advised to leave it at the top of the list and not to delete it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:85 msgid "Open the model you want to modify, or click on *Create* to create a new one, then fill out the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:88 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:50 msgid "Type" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:90 msgid "See :ref:`above <reconciliation_models_types>` for an explanation about the different types of Reconciliation Models." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:94 msgid "If the *Documents* application is installed on your database, an additional **Activity type** field appears when *To check* is ticked. Selecting the value *Reconciliation request* implies that, whenever you use this model, a *Request Document* window pops up to request a document from a user." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:100 msgid "Conditions on Bank Statement Line" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:102 msgid "Define here all the conditions that are required for a Reconciliation Model to be applied." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:105 msgid "If a record matches with several Reconciliation Models, the first one in the *sequence* of models will be applied. The sequence is simply the order of the models in the *list view*. They can be rearranged by dragging-and-dropping the handle next to the name." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:114 msgid "Counterpart Values" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:116 msgid "This section comprises the values that are applied by the Reconciliation Model." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:118 msgid "If the value to reconcile needs to be written-off in two separate accounts, click on *Add a second line*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:127 msgid ":doc:`use_cases`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:128 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:108 msgid ":doc:`../feeds/bank_synchronization`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:129 msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:3 msgid "Bank reconciliation process - use cases" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/overview.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:8 msgid "Matching your bank statements with your accounting records can be a tedious task. You need to find the corresponding invoices, compare the amounts and partners' details with those in the bank statement. These steps can take a lot of time. Luckily, with Odoo you can very easily match your invoices or any other payment document with your bank statements." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:10 msgid "Two options of the reconciliation process exist in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:12 msgid "We can directly specify the payment on the invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:13 msgid "We can reconcile open invoices with bank statements" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:18 msgid "No special configuration is necessary to record invoices. All we need to do is to install the accounting app." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:25 msgid "Use cases" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:28 msgid "Case 1: Payments registration" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:30 msgid "We received the proof of payment of our invoice in the amount of 2100 euros issued to Smith & Co." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:33 msgid "We start at our issued Invoice of 2100 euros for Smith & Co. Because the sold product is a service we demand an immediate payment. Our accountant only handles bank statements at the end of week, so we have to mark this invoice as paid immediately in order to indicate that we can start rendering services to our customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:39 msgid "Our customer send us a payment confirmation. We can thus register a payment and mark the invoice as paid." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:45 msgid "By clicking on **register payment,** we are telling Odoo that our customer has paid the Invoice. We thus have to specify the amount and the payment method." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:52 msgid "Now we can always find the payment details in the Invoice by clicking on the :menuselection:`Info --> Open Payment`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:58 msgid "The invoice has been paid and **the reconciliation has been done automatically.**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:62 msgid "Case 2: Bank statements reconciliations" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:64 msgid "We start at our issued Invoice of 3000 euros for Smith & Co. Let's also assume that other Invoices are open for different customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:70 msgid "We receive our bank statement and find that not only the invoice issued to Smith & Co has been paid, but the one to Buzz of 92 euros as well." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:73 msgid "**Import** or **Create** the bank statements. Please refer to the documents from the Bank Feeds section." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:79 msgid "On the dashboard, click on **Reconcile # Items**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:84 msgid "If everything was right (correct partner name, right amount) odoo will do the reconciliations **automatically**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:90 msgid "If some issues are found, you will need to take **manual actions**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:92 msgid "For example, if the partner is missing from your bank statement, just fill it in :" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:98 msgid "If the payment is done with a down payment, just check if it is all right and validate all related payments :" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:105 msgid "Hit CTRL-Enter to reconcile all the balanced items in the sheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:168 msgid "Setup" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:3 msgid "Bank Accounts" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:5 msgid "You can manage as many **Bank Accounts** as needed on your database. Configuring them well allows you to make sure that all your banking data is up to date and ready for the reconciliation with your *Journal Entries*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:9 msgid "In Odoo Accounting, each Bank Account is configured to have a dedicated *Journal* which is configured to post all entries in a dedicated *Account*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:12 msgid "Whenever you add a Bank Account, a dedicated journal and a dedicated account are automatically created and configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:15 msgid "Every **Bank Journal** is displayed by default on the **Accounting Overview** in the form of a convenient card. It includes action buttons that are displayed when appropriate." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:25 msgid "Add a new Bank Account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:27 msgid "You can either connect your bank account to your Odoo database, or configure your bank account manually and :doc:`upload the bank statements manually <../feeds/bank_statements>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:31 msgid "Bank Synchronization" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:33 msgid "Connect your bank account to your database and have your bank statements synced automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:35 msgid "To synchronize a new bank account, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration`, click on *Add a Bank Account*, then find your bank in the list, click on *Connect*, and follow the instructions on-screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:40 msgid ":doc:`Click here <../../bank/feeds/bank_synchronization>` for more information about this bank synchronization." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:48 msgid "Manual configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:50 msgid "If your Bank Institution can’t be synchronized automatically, or if you prefer not to sync it with your database, you may also configure your bank account manually." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:53 msgid "To add a new bank account manually, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration`, click on *Add a Bank Account*, then on *Create it*, and fill out the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:65 msgid "**Name**: the bank account's name, as displayed on Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:57 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:66 msgid "**Account Number**: your bank account number (IBAN in Europe)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:67 msgid "**Bank**: click on *Create and Edit* to configure the bank's details. Add the bank institution's name and its Identifier Code (BIC or SWIFT)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:60 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:69 msgid "**Code**: this code is your Journal's *Short Code*, as displayed on Odoo. By default, Odoo creates a new Journal with this Short Code." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:62 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:71 msgid "**Journal**: This field is displayed if you have an existing Bank Journal that is not linked yet to a bank account. If so, then select the *Journal* you want to use to record the financial transactions linked to this bank account or create a new one by clicking on *Create and Edit*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:67 msgid "Odoo detects the bank account type (e.g., IBAN) and enables some features accordingly." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:75 msgid "Advanced configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:77 msgid "To edit an existing bank account, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Bank Accounts`, and open the bank account you want to modify." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:80 msgid "If you need to edit the bank account details, go to the *Bank Account* field and click on the *External Link* button next to the list arrow. There, you can edit the bank account's number, Account Holder, Account Holder Name, and your Bank Institution's details by clicking on the *External Link* next to the *Bank* field. These details are used to register some payments." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:85 msgid "You can configure which types of payments are enabled in the **Payment Method Types** section and how the bank statements are recorded and posted in the **Bank Statements** section." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:93 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:192 msgid ":doc:`../../bank/feeds/bank_synchronization`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:94 msgid ":doc:`../feeds/bank_statements`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:95 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:194 -msgid "`Odoo Learn: Accounting Basics <https://www.odoo.com/r/lsZ>`_" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:194 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Accounting Basics <https://www.odoo.com/r/lsZ>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:3 msgid "Manage a bank in a foreign currency" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:5 msgid "In Odoo, every transaction is recorded in the default currency of the company. Reports are all based on the currency of the company. But for transactions occurring in another currency, Odoo stores both the value in the currency of the company and the value in the currency of the transaction." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:11 msgid "When you have a bank account in a foreign currencies, for every transaction, Odoo stores two values:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:14 msgid "The debit/credit in the currency of the company" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:16 msgid "The debit/credit in the currency of the bank account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:18 msgid "Currency rates are updated automatically using yahoo.com, or the European Central bank web-services." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:25 msgid "Activate the multi-currency feature" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:27 msgid "In order to allow your company to work with multiple currencies, you should activate the multi-currency mode. In the accounting application, go into :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings --> Accounting & Finance Features` make sure the **Allow Multi-currencies** box is ticked. Provide a **Currency Exchange Gain / Loss** account, then click on **Apply**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:34 msgid "Configure currencies" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:36 msgid "Once the Odoo is configured to support multiple currencies, you should activate the currencies you plan to work with. To do that, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Currencies`. All the currencies are created by default, but you should activate the ones you plan to support (to activate a currency, check its \"Active\" field)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:42 msgid "After having activated the currencies, you can configure the parameters to automate the currency rate update. These options are also in the settings of the Accounting application, in the bottom of the page:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:49 msgid "Click on the **Update Now** link to update the currency rates now." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:52 msgid "Create a new bank account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:54 msgid "In the accounting application, we first go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Accounting / Bank account`, and we create a new one." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:60 msgid "Once you save this bank account, Odoo will create all the documents for you:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:63 msgid "An account in the trial balance" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:65 msgid "A journal in your dashboard" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:67 msgid "Information about the bank account in the footer of your invoices if checked the box **Show in Invoices Footer**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:71 msgid "Example: A vendor bill in a foreign currency" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:73 msgid "Based on the above example, let's assume we receive the following bill from a supplier in China." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:76 msgid "In the :menuselection:`Purchase --> Vendor Bills` , this is what you could see:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:81 msgid "Once you are ready to pay this bill, click on register payment on the bill to record a payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:87 msgid "That's all you have to do. Odoo will automatically post the foreign exchange gain or loss at the reconciliation of the payment with the invoice, depending if the currency rate increased or decreased between the invoice and the payment date." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:92 msgid "Note that you can pay a foreign bill with another currency. In such a case, Odoo will automatically convert between the two currencies." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:96 msgid "Customers Statements" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:98 msgid "Customers and vendor statements are managed in the currency of the invoice. So, the amount due by your customer (to your vendor) is always expressed in the currency of the invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:102 msgid "If you have several invoices with different currencies for the same customer, Odoo will split the customer statement by currency, as shown in the report below." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:109 msgid "In the above report, the account receivable associated to Camptocamp is not managed in a secondary currency, which means that it keeps every transaction in its own currency. If you prefer, you can set the account receivable for this customer in a secondary currency and all its debts will automatically be converted to this currency." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:115 msgid "In such a case, the customer statement always has only one currency. In general, this is not what the customer expect as he prefers to see the amounts in the currency of the invoices he received;" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:3 msgid "Manage a cash register" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:5 msgid "The cash register is a journal to register receivings and payments transactions. It calculates the total money in and out, computing the total balance." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:14 msgid "Configure the Cash journal in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:17 msgid "In the tab Journal Entries, the Default Debit and Credit Account can be configured as well as the currency of the journal" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:21 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:256 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:34 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:24 msgid "How to register cash payments?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:26 msgid "To register a cash payment specific to another customer, you should follow these steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:29 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Dashboard --> Cash --> Register Transactions`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:32 msgid "Fill in the start and ending balance" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:34 msgid "Register the transactions, specifying the customers linked to the transaction" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:37 msgid "Put money in" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:39 msgid "Put money in is used to placed your cash manually before starting your transactions. From the Register Transactions window, go to :menuselection:`More --> Put money in`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:47 msgid "Take money out" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:49 msgid "Take money out is used to collect/get yor your cash manually after ending all your transactions. From the Register Transaction windows, go to :menuselection:`More --> Take money out`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:56 msgid "The transactions will be added to the current cash payment registration." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations.rst:3 msgid "Fiscal Localizations" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations.rst:3 msgid "Localizations" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:17 msgid "Argentina" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:6 msgid "Webinars" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:8 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:8 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:8 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:8 msgid "Below you can find videos with a general description of the localization, and how to configure it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:10 msgid "`VIDEO WEBINAR OF A COMPLETE DEMO <https://youtu.be/c41-8cVaYAI>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:13 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:13 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:13 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:13 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:11 +msgid "`ECOMMERCE <https://youtu.be/5gUi2WWfRuI>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:63 msgid "Introduction" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:16 msgid "The Argentinean localization has been improved and extended in Odoo v13, in this version the next modules are available:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:19 msgid "**l10n_ar**: This module add accounting features for the Argentinian localization, which represent the minimal configuration needed for a company to operate in Argentina and under the AFIP (Administración Federal de Ingresos Públicos) regulations and guidelines." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:23 msgid "**l10n_ar_reports**: Add VAT Book report which is a legal requirement in Argentine and that holds the VAT detail info of sales or purchases recorded on the journal entries. This module includes as well the VAT summary report that is used to analyze the invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:27 msgid "**l10n_ar_edi**: This module includes all technical and functional requirements to generate Electronic Invoice via web service, based on the AFIP regulations." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:35 msgid "Install the Argentinean localization modules" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:37 msgid "For this, go to *Apps* and search for Argentina. Then click *Install* for the first two modules." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:42 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:43 msgid "Configure your company" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:45 msgid "Once that the modules are installed, the first step is to set up your company data. Additional to the basic information, a key field to fill in the AFIP Responsibility Type, that represent the fiscal obligation and structure of the company:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:53 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:64 msgid "Chart of Account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:56 msgid "In Accounting settings there are three available packages of Chart of accounts, which are related to the AFIP responsibility type of the Company, considering that if the base companies don't require as many accounts as the companies that gave more complex fiscal requirements:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:60 msgid "Monotributista (149 accounts)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:61 msgid "IVA Exempto (159 accounts)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:62 msgid "Responsables Inscriptos (166 Accounts)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:67 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:234 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:240 msgid "Configure Master data" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:71 msgid "Electronic Invoice Credentials" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:74 msgid "Environment" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:76 msgid "The AFIP infrastructure is replicated in two separate environments, Testing and Production." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:78 msgid "Testing is provided so that the Companies can test their developments until they are ready to move into the Production environment. As these two environments are completely isolated from each other, the digital certificates of one instance are not valid in the other one." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:82 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Argentinian Localization` to select the environment:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:89 msgid "AFIP Certificates" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:90 msgid "The electronic invoice and other afip services work with WebServices (WS) provided by the AFIP." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:92 msgid "In order to enable communication with the AFIP, the first step is to request a Digital Certificate if you don’t have one already." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:95 msgid "Generate certificate Sign Request (Odoo). When this option is selected a file with extension ``.csr`` (certificate signing request) is generated to be used the AFIP portal to request the certificate." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:101 msgid "Generate Certificate (AFIP). Access the AFIP portal and follow the instructions described in the next document in order to get a certificate. `Get AFIP Certificate <http://www.afip.gob.ar/ws/WSAA/wsaa_obtener_certificado_produccion.pdf>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:105 msgid "Upload Certificate and Private Key (Odoo). Once the certificate has been generated, it needs to be uploaded in Odoo, using the pencil next in the field “Certificado” and selecting the corresponding file." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:112 msgid "In case you need to configure the Homologation Certificate, please refer to the AFIP official documentation: `Homologation Certificate <http://www.afip.gob.ar/ws/documentacion/certificados.asp>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:116 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:154 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:322 msgid "Partner" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:157 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:325 msgid "Identification Type and VAT" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:122 msgid "As part of the Argentinean localization, the document types defined by the AFIP are now available on the Partner form, this information is essential for most transactions. There are six identification types available by default:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:130 msgid "The complete list of Identification types defined by the AFIP is included in Odoo but only the common ones are active." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:134 msgid "AFIP Responsibility Type" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:136 msgid "In Argentina the document type associated with customers and vendors transactions is defined based on the AFIP Responsibility type, this field should be defined in the partner form:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:142 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:192 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:122 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:69 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:237 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:3 msgid "Taxes" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:145 msgid "As part of the localization module, the taxes are created automatically with their related financial account and configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:151 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:208 msgid "Taxes Types" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:154 msgid "Argentina has several tax types, the most common ones are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:156 msgid "VAT. Is the regular VAT and it can have several percentages." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:157 msgid "Perception. Advance payment of a tax that is applied on Invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:158 msgid "Retention. Advance payment of a tax that is applied on payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:159 msgid "Otros." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:162 msgid "Special Taxes" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:164 msgid "Some argentine taxes are not commonly used for all companies, these type of taxes are included as inactive by default, it's important that before creating a new tax you confirm if they are not already included in the Inactive taxes:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:171 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:218 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:268 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:274 msgid "Document Types" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:174 msgid "In some Latin America countries, including Argentina, some accounting transactions like invoices and vendor bills are classified by document types defined by the government fiscal authorities (In Argentina case: AFIP)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:178 msgid "The document type is an essential information that needs to be displayed in the printed reports and that needs to be easily identified, within the set of invoices as well of account moves." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:181 msgid "Each document type can have a unique sequence per journal where it is assigned. As part of the localization, the Document Type include the country on which the document is applicable and the data is created automatically when the localization module is installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:184 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:237 msgid "The information required for the document types is included by default so the user doesn't need to fill anything on this view:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:191 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:245 msgid "There are several document types that are inactive by default but can be activated if needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:195 msgid "Letters" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:196 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:197 msgid "For Argentina, the document types include a letter that helps that indicates the transaction/operation, example:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:200 msgid "When an invoice is related to a B2B transaction, a document type \"A\" must be used." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:201 msgid "When an invoice is related to a B2C transaction, a document type \"B\" must be used." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:202 msgid "When an invoice is related to exportation transaction, a document type \"E\" must be used." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:204 msgid "The documents included in the localization have the proper letter associated, the user doesn't need to configure anything additional." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:210 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:249 msgid "Use on Invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:212 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:251 msgid "The document type on each transaction will be determined by:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:215 msgid "The Journal related to the Invoice, identifying if the journal use documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:216 msgid "Condition applied based on the type of Issues and Receiver (ex. Type of fiscal regimen of the buyer and type of fiscal regimen of the vendor)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:219 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:253 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:140 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:296 msgid "Journals" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:222 msgid "In the Argentinean localization the Journal can have a different approach depending on its usage and internal type, to configure you journals go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:226 msgid "For Sales and Purchase Journals it’s possible to enable the option *Use Documents*, this indicates the Journal enables a list of document types that can be related to the Invoices and vendor Bills, for more detail of the invoices, please refer to the section 2.3 Document Types." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:230 msgid "If the Sales/Purchase journal are used without the option *Use Documents* it because they won’t be used to generate fiscal invoices, but mostly for account moves related to internal control process." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:234 msgid "AFIP Information (also known as AFIP Point of Sale)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:239 msgid "**AFIP POS System**: This field is only visible for the Sales journals and defined the type of AFIP POS that will be used to manage the transactions for which the journal is created. The AFIP POS defines as well:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:243 msgid "The sequences of document types related to the Web service." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:244 msgid "The structure and data of the electronic invoice file." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:247 msgid "Web Services" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:248 msgid "``wsfev1: Electronic Invoice.`` This is the most common service, is used to generated invoices for document types A, B, C, M with no detail per item." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:250 msgid "``wsbfev1: Electronic Fiscal Bond.`` For those who invoice capital goods and wish to access the benefit of the Electronic Tax Bonds granted by the Ministry of Economy. For more detail you can refer to the next link: `Fiscal Bond <https://www.argentina.gob.ar/acceder-un-bono-por-fabricar-bienes-de-capital>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:253 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:254 msgid "``wsfexv1: Electronic Exportation Invoice.`` Used to generate invoices for international customers and transactions that involve exportation process, the document type related is type “E”." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:260 msgid "**AFIP POS Number**: This is the number configured in the AFIP to identify the operations related to this AFIP POS." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:263 msgid "**AFIP POS Address**: This field is related to commercial address registered for the POS, which is usually the same address than the Company. For example: has multiple stores (fiscal locations) then AFIP will require that you have one AFIP POS per location: this location will be printed in the invoice report." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:268 msgid "**Unified Book**: When AFIP POS System is Preimpresa the document types (applicable to the journal) with the same letter will share the same sequence. For example:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:270 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:271 msgid "Invoice: FA-A 0001-00000002." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:271 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:272 msgid "Credit Note: NC-A 0001-00000003." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:273 msgid "Debit Note: ND-A 0001-00000004." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:276 msgid "Sequences" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:276 -msgid "In case that you want to synchronize the next number in the sequence in Odoo based on the next number in the AFIP POS, the next button that is visible under :doc:`developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` can be used:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:277 +msgid "In case that you want to synchronize the next number in the sequence in Odoo based on the next number in the AFIP POS, the next button that is visible under :doc:`developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>` can be used:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:285 msgid "When creating the Purchase journals, it's possible to define if they can be related to document types or not. In case that the option to use documents is selected, there is no need to manually associate the document type sequences as the document number is provided by the vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:290 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:170 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:348 msgid "Usage and testing" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:293 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:294 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:173 msgid "Invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:295 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:296 msgid "After the partners and journals are created and configured, when the invoices are created the will have the next behaviour:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:299 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:300 msgid "Document type assignation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:302 msgid "Once the partner is selected the document type will filled automatically, based on the AFIP document type:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:305 msgid "**Invoice for a customer IVA Responsable Inscripto, prefix A**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:310 msgid "**Invoice for an end customer, prefix B**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:315 msgid "**Exportation Invoice, prefix E**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:320 msgid "As it is shown in the invoices, all of them use the same journal but the prefix and sequence is given by the document type." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:322 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:323 msgid "The most common document type will be defined automatically for the different combinations of AFIP responsibility type but it can be updated manually by the user." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:327 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:328 msgid "Electronic Invoice elements" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:328 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:329 msgid "When using electronic invoice, if all the information is correct the Invoice is posted in the standard way, in case that something needs to be addressed (check the section common errors for more detail), an error message is raised indicating the issue/proposed solution and the invoice remains in draft until the related data is corrected." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:333 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:334 msgid "Once the invoice is posted, the information related to the AFIP validation and status is displayed in the AFIP Tab, including:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:336 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:337 msgid "AFIP Autorisation: CAE number." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:338 msgid "Expiration date: Deadline to deliver the invoice to the customers. Normally 10 days after the CAE is generated." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:339 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:340 msgid "Result:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:341 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:342 msgid "Aceptado en AFIP." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:343 msgid "Aceptado con Observaciones." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:349 msgid "Invoice Taxes" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:351 msgid "Based on the AFIP Responsibility type, the VAT tax can have a different behavior on the pdf report:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:353 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:354 msgid "**A. Tax excluded:** In this case the taxed amount needs to be clearly identified in the report. This condition applies when the customer has the following AFIP Responsibility type:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:356 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:357 msgid "Responsable Inscripto." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:361 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:362 msgid "**B. Tax amount included:** This means that the taxed amount is included as part of the product price, subtotal and totals. This condition applies when the customer has the following AFIP Responsibility types:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:365 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:366 msgid "IVA Sujeto Exento." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:366 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:367 msgid "Consumidor Final." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:367 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:368 msgid "Responsable Monotributo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:368 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:369 msgid "IVA liberado." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:375 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:376 msgid "Special Use Cases" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:378 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:379 msgid "Invoices for Services" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:379 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:380 msgid "For electronic invoices that include Services, the AFIP requires to report the service starting and ending date, this information can be filled in the tab “Other Info”:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:385 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:386 msgid "If the dates are not selected manually before the invoice is validated, the values will be filled automatically considering the beginning and day of the invoice month:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:393 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:394 msgid "Exportation Invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:394 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:395 msgid "The invoices related to Exportation transactions required a Journal that used the AFIP POS System “Expo Voucher - Web Service” so the proper document type be associated:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:400 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:401 msgid "When the customer selected in the Invoice has set the AFIP responsibility type as “Cliente / Proveedor del Exterior” or “IVA Liberado – Ley Nº 19.640”, Odoo automatically assigned:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:403 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:404 msgid "Journal related to the exportation Web Service." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:404 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:405 msgid "Exportation document type ." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:405 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:406 msgid "Fiscal position: Compras/Ventas al exterior." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:406 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:407 msgid "Concepto AFIP: Products / Definitive export of goods." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:407 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:408 msgid "Exempt Taxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:413 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:414 msgid "The Exportation Documents required the Incoterm in :menuselection:`Other Info --> Accounting`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:420 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:421 msgid "Fiscal Bond" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:421 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:422 msgid "The Electronic Fiscal bond is used for those who invoice capital goods and wish to access the benefit of the Electronic Tax Bonds granted by the Ministry of Economy." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:424 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:449 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:425 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:450 msgid "For these transactions it’s important to have into consideration the next requirements:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:426 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:427 msgid "Currency (according to parameter table) and invoice quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:427 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:428 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:150 msgid "Taxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:428 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:429 msgid "Zone." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:429 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:430 msgid "Detail each item." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:431 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:432 msgid "Code according to the Common Nomenclator of Mercosur (NCM)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:432 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:433 msgid "Complete description." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:433 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:434 msgid "Unit Net Price." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:434 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:435 msgid "Quantity." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:435 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:436 msgid "Unit of measurement." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:436 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:437 msgid "Bonus." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:437 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:438 msgid "VAT rate." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:441 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:442 msgid "Electronic Credit Invoice MiPyme (FCE)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:443 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:444 msgid "**Invoices:** There are several document types classified as Mipyme also known as Electronic Credit Invoice (FCE in spanish), which is used to impulse the SME, its purpose is to develop a mechanism that improves the financing conditions of these companies and allows them to increase their productivity, through the early collection of credits and receivables issued to their clients and / or vendors." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:451 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:452 msgid "Specific document types (201, 202, 206, etc)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:452 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:453 msgid "The emisor should be eligible by the AFIP to MiPyme transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:453 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:454 msgid "The amount should be bigger than 100,000 ARS." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:454 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:455 msgid "A bank account type CBU must be related to the emisor, otherwise the invoice can’t be validated, having these errors messages for example:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:460 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:461 msgid "**Credit& Debit Notes:** When creating a Credit/Debit note related to a FCE document, it is important take the next points into consideration:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:463 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:464 msgid "Use the Credit and Debit Note buttons, so the correct reference of the originator document passed to the note." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:470 msgid "The document letter should be the same than the originator document (either A or B)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:470 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:471 msgid "The same currency as the source document must be used. When using a secondary currency there is an exchange difference if the currency rate is different between the emission day and the payment date, it’s possible to create a credit/debit note to decrease/increase the amount to pay in ARS." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:475 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:476 msgid "In the workflow we can have two scenarios:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:477 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:478 msgid "The FCE is rejected so the Credit Note should have the field “FCE, is Cancellation?” as True." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:478 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:479 msgid "The Credit Note, is created with the negative amount to annulate the FCE document, in this case the field “FCE, is Cancellation?” must be empty (false)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:485 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:486 msgid "Invoice printed report" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:486 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:487 msgid "The PDF report related to electronic invoices that have been validated by the AFIP includes a barcode at the bottom of the format which represent the CAE number, the Expiration Date is also displayed as it’s legal requirement:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:495 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:496 msgid "Troubleshooting and Auditing" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:496 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:497 msgid "For auditing and troubleshooting purposes you can get the detailed information of an invoice number that has been previously sent to the AFIP," msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:506 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:507 msgid "You can also get the last number used in AFIP for a specific Document Type and POS Number as support for any possible issues on the sequence synchronization between Odoo and AFIP." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:514 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:621 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:515 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:645 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills.rst:3 msgid "Vendor Bills" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:516 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:517 msgid "Based on the purchase journal selected for the vendor bill, the document type is now a required field. This value is auto populated based on the AFIP Responsibility type of Issuer and Customer, but the value can be switched if necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:523 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:524 msgid "The document number needs to be registered manually and the format is validated automatically, in case that the format is invalid a user error will be displayed indicating the correct format that is expected." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:530 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:531 msgid "The vendor bill number is structured in the same way that the invoices with the difference that the document sequence is input by the user: “Document Prefix - Letter - Document number\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:535 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:536 msgid "Validate Vendor Bill number in AFIP" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:536 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:537 msgid "As most companies have internal controls to verify that the vendor bill is related to an AFIP valid document, an automatic validation can be set in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Argentinian Localization --> Validate document in the AFIP`, considering the following levels:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:540 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:541 msgid "**Not available:** The verification is not done (this is the default value)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:541 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:542 msgid "**Available:** The verification is done, in case the number is not valid it only raises a warning but it allows you to post the vendor bill." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:543 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:544 msgid "**Required:** The verification is done and it doesn't allow the user to post the vendor bill if the document number is not valid." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:550 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:551 msgid "How to use it in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:551 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:552 msgid "This tool incorporates in the vendor bill a new \"Verify on AFIP\" button located next to the AFIP Authorization code." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:557 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:558 msgid "In case it’s not a valid AFIP authorization the value “Rejected” will be displayed and the details of the validation will be added to the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:565 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:471 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:566 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:477 msgid "Special Use cases" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:567 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:568 msgid "Untaxed Concepts" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:568 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:569 msgid "There are some transactions that include items that are not part of the VAT base amount, this is commonly used in fuel and gasoline invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:571 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:572 msgid "The vendor bill will be registered using 1 item for each product that is part of the VAT base amount and an additional item to register the amount of the Exempt concept:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:578 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:579 msgid "Perception Taxes" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:579 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:580 msgid "The vendor bill will be registered using 1 item for each product that is part of the VAT base amount, the perception tax can be added in any of the product lines, as result we will have one tax group for the VAT and one for the perception, the perception default value is always 1.00." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:587 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:588 msgid "You should use the pencil that is the next to the Perception amount to edit it and set the correct amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:593 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:594 msgid "After this is done the invoice can be validated." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:597 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:598 msgid "Reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:599 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:600 msgid "As part of the localization the next Financial reports were added:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:605 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:606 msgid "VAT Reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:608 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:609 msgid "Libro de IVA Ventas" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:614 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:615 msgid "Libro de IVA Compras" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:620 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:621 msgid "Resumen de IVA" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:626 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:627 msgid "IIBB - Reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:629 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:630 msgid "IIBB - Ventas por Jurisdicción" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:635 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:636 msgid "IIBB - Compras por Jurisdicción" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:3 msgid "Australia" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:8 msgid "KeyPay Australian Payroll" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:10 msgid "The KeyPay Module synchronizes payslip accounting entries (e.g., expenses, social charges, liabilities, taxes) from KeyPay to Odoo automatically. Payroll administration is still done in KeyPay. We only record the journal entries in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:15 msgid "Configuration Steps" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:17 msgid "Create a company located in Australia." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:18 msgid "Check that the Australian localization module (Australia - Accounting) is installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:19 msgid "Configure the *KeyPay API*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:25 msgid "More fields become visible after clicking on *Enable KeyPay Integration*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:31 msgid "You can find the API Key in the *My Account* section of the KeyPay platform." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:37 msgid "The **Payroll URL** is pre-filled with ``https://keypay.yourpayroll.com.au``. *Please do not change it.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:39 msgid "You can find the **Business ID** in the KeyPay URL. (i.e., ``189241``)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:45 msgid "You can choose any Odoo journal to post the payslip entries." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:48 msgid "How does the API work?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:50 msgid "The API syncs the journal entries from KeyPay to Odoo and leaves them in draft mode. The reference includes the KeyPay payslip entry ID in brackets for the user to easily retrieve the same record in KeyPay and Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:59 msgid "The API sync is triggered by scheduled actions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:65 msgid "KeyPay payslip entries also work based on double-entry bookkeeping. Debit must equal credit (like in Odoo)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:68 msgid "The accounts used by KeyPay are defined in the section **Payroll settings**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:74 msgid "For the API to work, you need to create the same accounts as the default accounts of your KeyPay business (**same name and same code**) in Odoo. You also need to choose the correct account types in Odoo to generate accurate financial reports." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:3 msgid "Chile" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:10 -msgid "`VIDEO WEBINAR OF A COMPLETE DEMO <https://youtu.be/BHnByZiyYcM>`_." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:10 +msgid "`VIDEO WEBINAR OF CHILEAN LOCALIZATION: INTRO AND DEMO <https://youtu.be/BHnByZiyYcM>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:11 +msgid "`VIDEO WEBINAR OF DELIVERY GUIDE <https://youtu.be/X7i4PftnEdU>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:16 msgid "The Chilean localization has been improved and extended in Odoo v13. In this version, the next modules are available:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:19 msgid "**l10n_cl:** Adds accounting features for the Chilean localization, which represent the minimal configuration required for a company to operate in Chile and under the SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos) regulations and guidelines." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:23 msgid "**l10n_cl_edi:** Includes all technical and functional requirements to generate and receive Electronic Invoice via web service, based on the SII regulations." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:26 msgid "**l10n_cl_reports:** Adds the reports Propuesta F29 y Balance Tributario (8 columnas)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:32 msgid "Install the Chilean localization modules" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:34 msgid "For this, go to *Apps* and search for Chile. Then click *Install* in the module **Chile E-invoicing**. This module has a dependency with **Chile - Accounting**. In case this last one is not installed, Odoo installs it automatically with E-invoicing." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:43 msgid "When you install a database from scratch selecting Chile as country, Odoo will automatically install the base module: Chile - Accounting." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:48 msgid "Company Settings" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:50 msgid "Once the modules are installed, the first step is to set up your company data. Additional to the basic information, you need to add all the data and elements required for Electronic Invoice, the easiest way to configure it is in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Chilean Localization`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:56 +msgid "All the following configuration and functionality is only available in Odoo if your company already passed the `Certification process <https://www.sii.cl/factura_electronica/ factura_mercado/proceso_certificacion.htm>`_ in the SII - Sistema de Facturación de Mercado, this certification enables you to generate electronic invoices from your ERP and send them automatically to the SII. If your company has not passed this certification yet, make sure you communicate this to your Account Manager as a special process outside Odoo is required in order to complete this certification." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:66 msgid "Fiscal Information" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:68 msgid "Fill in the fiscal information for your company according to the SII register, follow the instructions on each section." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:65 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:186 msgid "Electronic Invoice Data" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:78 msgid "This is part of the main information required to generate electronic Invoice, select your environment and the legal information, as well as the email address to receive invoices from your vendors and the alias you use to send invoices to your customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:87 msgid "Configure DTE Incoming email server" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:89 msgid "In order to receive you the claim and acceptance emails from your customers, it is crucial to define the DTE incoming email server, considering this configuration:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:97 msgid "For your Go-live make sure you archive/remove from your inbox all the emails related to vendor bills that are not required to be processed in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:90 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:215 msgid "Certificate" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:103 msgid "In order to generate the electronic invoice signature, a digital certificate with the extension ``.pfx`` is required, proceed to this section and load your file and password." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:114 msgid "A certificate can be shared between several users. If this is the case leave the user field empty, so all your billing users can use the same one. On the other hand, if you need to restrict the certificate for a particular user, just define the users in the certificate." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:108 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:672 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:119 +msgid "In some cases, depending on the certificate format, it is possible that the field Subject Serial Number is not loaded automatically. If this is the case, you can manually edit this field by filling it with the Certificate’s legal representative RUT." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:696 msgid "Financial Reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:126 msgid "The report Propuesta F29 requires two values that need to be defined as part of the company configuration:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:118 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:220 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:226 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies.rst:3 msgid "Multicurrency" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:120 -msgid "The official currency rate in Chile is provided by the SBIF, you can find the SBIF synchronization service in the currency rate configuration and you can set a predefined interval for the rate updates." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:136 +msgid "The official currency rate in Chile is provided by the Chilean service `mindicador.cl <https://mindicador.cl>`_. You can find this service in the currency rate configuration, and you can set a predefined interval for the rate updates." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:129 -msgid "In order to configure your token, you need to enable developer mode and access to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> System parameters` and search the parameter ``sbif_api_key`` and in the field Value introduce your token provided by the SBIF:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:145 msgid "Chart of accounts" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:147 msgid "The chart of accounts is installed by default as part of the set of data included in the localization module. The accounts are mapped automatically in:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:144 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:70 msgid "Default Account Payable." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:152 msgid "Default Account Receivable." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:153 msgid "Transfer Accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:154 msgid "Conversion Rate." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:158 msgid "Master Data" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:166 msgid "As part of the Chilean localization, the identification types defined by the SII are now available on the Partner form. This information is essential for most transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:174 msgid "TaxpayerType" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:176 msgid "In Chile, the document type associated with customers and vendors transactions is defined based on the Taxpayer Type. This field should be defined in the partner form, when creating a customer is important you make sure this value is set:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:188 msgid "As part of the information that is sent in the electronic Invoice, you need to define the email that is going to appear as the sender of the electronic invoice to your customer, and the Industry description." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:200 msgid "As part of the localization module, the taxes are created automatically with their related financial account and configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:210 msgid "Chile has several tax types, the most common ones are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:212 msgid "VAT. Is the regular VAT and it can have several rates." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:213 msgid "ILA (Impuesto a la Ley de Alcholes). Taxes for alcoholic drinks. It has a different rate." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:211 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:265 msgid "Fiscal Positions" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:219 msgid "Based on the purchase transactions, the VAT can have different affections. This will be done in Odoo using the default purchase fiscal positions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:226 msgid "In some Latin American countries, including Chile, some accounting transactions like invoices and vendor bills are classified by document types defined by the government fiscal authorities (In Chile case: SII)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:230 msgid "The document type is essential information that needs to be displayed in the printed reports and that needs to be easily identified within the set of invoices as well of account moves." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:233 msgid "Each document type can have a unique sequence per company. As part of the localization, the Document Type includes the country on which the document is applicable and the data is created automatically when the localization module is installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:253 msgid "The Journal related to the Invoice, identifying if the journal uses documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:254 msgid "Condition applied based on the type of Issues and Receiver (ex. Type of fiscal regimen of the buyer and type of fiscal regimen of the vendor)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:259 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:16 msgid "Sales" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:261 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:267 msgid "Sales Journals in Odoo usually represent a business unit or location, example:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:269 msgid "Ventas Santiago." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:270 msgid "Ventas Valparaiso." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:272 msgid "For the retail stores is common to have one journal per POS:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:268 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:274 msgid "Cashier 1." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:269 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:275 msgid "Cashier 2." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:273 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 msgid "Purchases" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:281 msgid "The transactions purchase can be managed with a single journal, but sometimes companies use more than one in order to handle some accounting transactions that are not related to vendor bills but can be easily registered using this model, for example:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:285 msgid "Tax Payments to government." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:286 msgid "Employees payments." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:292 msgid "When creating sales journals the next information must be filled in:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:294 msgid "**Point of sale type**: If the Sales journal will be used for electronic documents, the option Online must be selected. Otherwise, if the journal is used for invoices imported from a previous system or if you are using the SII portal “Facturación MiPyme“ you can use the option Manual." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:298 msgid "**Use Documents**: This field is used to define if the journal will use Document Types. It is only applicable to Purchase and Sales journals that can be related to the different sets of document types available in Chile. By default, all the sales journals created will use documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:302 -msgid "For the Chilean localization it’s important to define the default Debt and Credit accounts as they are required for one of the debit notes use cases." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:308 +msgid "For the Chilean localization, it is important to define the default Debit and Credit accounts as they are required for one of the debit notes use cases." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:312 msgid "CAF" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:308 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:314 msgid "A CAF (Folio Authorization Code) is required, for each document type that is issued to your customers, the CAF is a file the SII provides to the Emisor with the folio/sequence authorized for the electronic invoice documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:318 msgid "Your company can make several requests for folios and obtain several CAFs, each one associated with different ranges of folios. The CAFs are shared within all the journals, this means that you only need one active CAF per document type and it will be applied on all journals." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:322 msgid "Please refer to the SII documentation to check the detail on how to acquire the CAF: `SII Timbraje <https://palena.sii.cl/dte/mn_timbraje.html>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:326 +msgid "The CAFs required by the SII are different from Production to Test (Certification mode). Make sure you have the correct CAF set depending on your environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:333 msgid "Once you have the CAF files you need to associate them with a document type in Odoo, in order to add a CAF, just follow these steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:336 msgid "Access to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> CAF`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:327 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:337 msgid "Upload the file." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:328 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:338 msgid "Save the CAF." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:344 msgid "Once loaded, the status changes to *In Use*. At this moment, when a transaction is used for this document type, the invoice number takes the first folio in the sequence." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:338 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:348 msgid "In case you have used some folios in your previous system, make sure you set the next valid folio when the first transation is created." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:354 msgid "Usage and Testing" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:347 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:357 msgid "Electronic Invoice Workflow" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:349 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:359 msgid "In the Chilean localization the electronic Invoice workflow covers the Emission of Customer Invoices and the reception of Vendor Bills, in the next diagram we explain how the information transmitted to the SII and between the customers and Vendors." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:359 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:369 msgid "Customer invoice Emission" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:361 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:371 msgid "After the partners and journals are created and configured, the invoices are created in the standard way, for Chile one of the differentiators is the document type which is selected automatically based on the Taxpayer." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:365 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:375 msgid "You can manually change the document type if needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:373 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:383 msgid "Validation and DTE Status" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:375 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:385 msgid "When all the invoice information is filled, either manually or automatically when it’s created from a sales order, proceed to validate the invoice. After the invoice is posted:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:378 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:388 msgid "The DTE File (Electronic Tax Document) is created automatically and added in the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:379 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:389 msgid "The DTE SII status is set as: Pending to be sent." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:385 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:395 msgid "The DTE Status is updated automatically by Odoo with a scheduled action that runs every day at night, if you need to get the response from the SII immediately you can do it manually as well. The DTE status workflow is as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:394 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:404 msgid "In the first step the DTE is sent to the SII, you can manually send it using the button: Enviar Ahora, a SII Tack number is generated and assigned to the invoice, you can use this number to check the details the SII sent back by email. The DTE status is updated to Ask for Status." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:399 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:409 msgid "Once the SII response is received Odoo updates the DTE Status, in case you want to do it manually just click on the button: Verify on SII. The result can either be Accepted, Accepted With Objection or Rejected." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:408 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:418 msgid "There are several internal status in the SII before you get Acceptance or Rejection, in case you click continuously the Button Verify in SII, you will receive in the chatter the detail of those intermediate statuses:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:416 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:426 msgid "The final response from the SII, can take on of these values:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:419 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:429 msgid "**Accepted:** Indicates the invoice information is correct, our document is now fiscally valid and it’s automatically sent to the customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:422 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:432 msgid "**Accepted with objections:** Indicates the invoice information is correct but a minor issue was identified, nevertheless our document is now fiscally valid and it’s automatically sent to the customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:440 msgid "**Rejected:** Indicates the information in the invoice is incorrect and needs to be corrected, the detail of the issue is received in the emails you registered in the SII, if it is properly configured in Odoo, the details are also retrieved in the chatter once the email server is processed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:435 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:445 msgid "If the invoice is Rejected please follow this steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:437 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:447 msgid "Change the document to draft." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:438 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:448 msgid "Make the required corrections based on the message received from the SII." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:439 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:449 msgid "Post the invoice again." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:447 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:457 msgid "Crossed references" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:449 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:459 msgid "When the Invoice is created as a result of another fiscal document, the information related to the originator document must be registered in the Tab Cross Reference, which is commonly used for credit or debit notes, but in some cases can be used on Customer Invoices as well. In the case of the credit and debit notes, they are set automatically by Odoo:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:459 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:444 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:450 msgid "Invoice PDF Report" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:461 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:471 msgid "After the invoice is Accepted and valdiated by the SII and the PDF is printed it includes the fiscal elements that indicates out document is fiscally valid:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:470 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:480 msgid "Commercial Validation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:472 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:482 msgid "Once the invoice has been sent to the customer:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:474 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:484 msgid "DTE partner status changes to “Sent”." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:475 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:485 msgid "The customer must send a reception confirmation email." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:476 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:486 msgid "Subsequently, if all the commercial terms and invoice data are correct, they will send the Acceptance confirmation, otherwise they send a Claim." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:478 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:488 msgid "The field DTE acceptation status is updated automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:486 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:496 msgid "Processed for Claimed invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:488 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:498 msgid "Once the invoice has been Accepted by the SII **it can not be cancelled in Odoo**. In case you get a Claim for your customer the correct way to proceed is with a Credit Note to either cancel the Invoice or correct it. Please refer to the Credit Notes section for more details." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:497 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:420 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:507 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:426 msgid "Common Errors" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:499 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:509 msgid "There are multiple reasons behind a rejection from the SII, but these are some of the common errors you might have and which is the related solution." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:502 -msgid "Error: RECHAZO- DTE Sin Comuna Origen." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:512 +msgid "Error: ``RECHAZO- DTE Sin Comuna Origen.``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:504 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:514 msgid "*Hint:* Make sure the Company Address is properly filled including the State and City." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:506 -msgid "Error en Monto : - IVA debe declararse." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:516 +msgid "Error en Monto: ``- IVA debe declararse.``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:508 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:512 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:518 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:522 msgid "*Hint:* The invoice lines should include one VAT tax, make sure you add one on each invoice line." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:510 -msgid "Error: Rut No Autorizado a Firmar." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:520 +msgid "Error: ``Rut No Autorizado a Firmar.``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:514 -msgid "Error: Fecha/Número Resolucion Invalido RECHAZO- CAF Vencido : (Firma_DTE[AAAA-MM-DD] - CAF[AAAA-MM-DD]) > 6 meses." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:524 +msgid "Error: ``Fecha/Número Resolucion Invalido RECHAZO- CAF Vencido : (Firma_DTE[AAAA-MM-DD] - CAF[AAAA-MM-DD]) > 6 meses.``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:517 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:527 msgid "*Hint:* Try to add a new CAF related to this document as the one you’re using is expired." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:522 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:550 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:529 +msgid "Error: ``Element '{http://www.sii.cl/SiiDte%7DRutReceptor': This element is not expected. Expected is ( {http://www.sii.cl/SiiDte%7DRutEnvia ).``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:532 +msgid "*Hint:* Make sure the field Document Type and VAT are set either in the Customer and in the main company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:535 +msgid "GLOSA: ``Usuario sin permiso de envio.``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:537 +msgid "*Hint:* This error indicates that most likely, your company has not passed the `Certification process <https://www.sii.cl/factura_electronica/factura_mercado/proceso_certificacion.htm>`_ in the SII - Sistema de Facturación de Mercado. If this is the case, please contact your Account Manager or Customer Support as this certification is not part of the the Odoo services, but we can give you some alternatives." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:546 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:556 msgid "Credit Notes" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:524 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:548 msgid "When a cancellation or correction is needed over a validated invoice, a credit note must be generated. It is important to consider that a CAF file is required for the Credit Note, which is identified as document 64 in the SII." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:533 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:557 msgid "Refer to the CAF section where we described the process to load the CAF on each document type." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:537 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:589 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:561 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:613 msgid "Use Cases" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:540 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:564 msgid "Cancel Referenced document" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:542 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:566 msgid "In case you need to cancel or invalid an Invoice, use the button Add Credit note and select Full Refund, in this case the SII reference Code is automatically set to: Anula Documento de referencia." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:550 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:574 msgid "Corrects Referenced Document Text" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:552 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:576 msgid "If a correction in the invoice information is required, for example the Street Name, use the button Add Credit note,select Partial Refund and select the option “Solo corregir Texto”. In this case the SII reference Code is automatically set to: Corrige el monto del Documento de Referencia." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:560 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:584 msgid "Odoo creates a Credit Note with the corrected text in an invoice and price 0." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:567 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:591 msgid "It’s important to define the default credit account in the Sales journal as it is taken for this use case in specific." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:571 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:595 msgid "Corrects Referenced Document Amount" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:573 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:597 msgid "When a correction on the amounts is required, use the button Add Credit note and select Partial Refund. In this case the SII reference Code is automatically set to: Corrige el monto del Documento de Referencia." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:582 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:578 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:606 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:584 msgid "Debit Notes" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:584 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:608 msgid "As part of the Chilean localization, besides creating credit notes from an existing document you can also create debit Notes. For this just use the button “Add Debit Note”. The two main use cases for debit notes are detailed below." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:592 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:616 msgid "Add debt on Invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:594 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:618 msgid "The most common use case for debit notes is to increase the value of an existing invoice, you need to select option 3 in the field Reference code SII:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:602 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:626 msgid "In this case Odoo automatically includes the source invoice in the cross reference section:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:609 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:633 msgid "Cancel Credit Notes" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:611 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:635 msgid "In Chile the debits notes are used to cancel a validated Credit Note, in this case just select the button Add debit note and select the first option in the wizard: *1: Anula Documentos de referencia.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:623 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:647 msgid "As part of the Chilean localization, you can configure your Incoming email server as the same you have register in the SII in order to:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:626 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:650 msgid "Automatically receive the vendor bills DTE and create the vendor bill based on this information." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:627 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:651 msgid "Automatically Send the reception acknowledgement to your vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:628 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:652 msgid "Accept or Claim the document and send this status to your vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:632 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:656 msgid "Reception" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:634 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:658 msgid "As soon as the vendor email with the attached DTE is received: 1. The vendor Bill mapping all the information included in the xml. 2. An email is sent to the vendor with the Reception acknowledgement. 3. The DTE status is set as: Acuse de Recibido Enviado" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:644 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:668 msgid "Acceptation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:646 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:670 msgid "If all the commercial information is correct on your vendor bill, you can accept the document using the button: Aceptar Documento, once this is done the DTE Acceptation Status changes to: Accepted and an email of acceptance is sent to the vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:656 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:680 msgid "Claim" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:658 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:682 msgid "In case there is a commercial issue or the information is not correct on your vendor bill, you can Claim the document before validating it, using the button: Claim, once this is done the DTE Acceptation Status change to: Claim and an email of acceptance is sent to the vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:666 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:690 msgid "If you claim a vendor bill, the status changes from draft to cancel automatically. Considering this as best practice, all the Claim documents should be canceled as they won’t be valid for your accounting records." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:675 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:699 msgid "Balance Tributario de 8 Columnas" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:677 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:701 msgid "This report presents the accounts in detail (with their respective balances), classifying them according to their origin and determining the level of profit or loss that the business had within the evaluated period of time, so that a real and complete knowledge of the status of a company." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:681 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:697 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:705 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:721 msgid "You can find this report in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Reports`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:688 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:712 msgid "Propuesta F29" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:690 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:714 msgid "The form F29 is a new system that the SII enabled to taxpayers, and that replaces the Purchase and Sales Books. This report is integrated by Purchase Register (CR) and the Sales Register (RV). Its purpose is to support the transactions related to VAT, improving its control and declaration." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:694 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:718 msgid "This record is supplied by the electronic tax documents (DTE’s) that have been received by the SII." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:37 msgid "Colombia" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:10 msgid "`VIDEO WEBINAR OF A COMPLETE DEMO <https://youtu.be/BOzucXRUZDE>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:15 msgid "Electronic invoicing for Colombia is available from Odoo 12 and requires the next modules:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:18 msgid "**l10n_co**: All the basic data to manage the accounting module, contains the default setup for: chart of accounts, taxes, retentions, identification document types" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:21 msgid "**l10n_co_edi**: This module includes all the extra fields that are required for the Integration with Carvajal T&S and generate the electronic invoice, based on the DIAN legal requirements." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:27 msgid "Workflow" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:37 msgid "Install the Colombian localization modules" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:39 msgid "For this, go in Apps and search for Colombia. Then click Install for the first two modules." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:47 msgid "Configure credentials for Carvajal T&S web service" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:49 msgid "Once that the modules are installed, in order to be able to connect with Carvajal T&S Web Service, it's necessary to configure the user and credentials, this information will be provided by Carvajal T&S." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:53 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:75 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and look for the *Colombian Electronic Invoice* section." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:59 msgid "Using the Testing mode it is possible to connect with a Carvajal T&S testing environment. This allows users to test the complete workflow and integration with the CEN Financiero portal, which is accessible here: https://cenfinancierolab.cen.biz" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:64 msgid "Once that Odoo and Carvajal T&S is fully configured and ready for production the testing environment can be disabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:69 msgid "Configure your report data" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:71 msgid "As part of the configurable information that is sent in the XML, you can define the data for the fiscal section and the bank information in the PDF." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:83 msgid "Configure data required in the XML" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:89 msgid "Identification" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:91 msgid "As part of the Colombian Localization, the document types defined by the DIAN are now available on the Partner form. Colombian partners have to have their identification number and document type set:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:98 msgid "When the document type is RUT the identification number needs to be configured in Odoo including the verification digit, Odoo will split this number when the data to the third party vendor is sent." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:105 msgid "Fiscal structure (RUT)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:107 msgid "The partner's responsibility codes (section 53 in the RUT document) are included as part of the electronic invoice module given that is part of the information required by the DIAN ." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:111 msgid "These fields can be found in :menuselection:`Partner --> Sales & Purchase Tab --> Fiscal Information`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:117 msgid "Additionally two booleans fields were added in order to specify the fiscal regimen of the partner." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:124 msgid "If your sales transactions include products with taxes, it's important to consider that an extra field *Value Type* needs to be configured per tax. This option is located in the Advanced Options tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:131 msgid "Retention tax types (ICA, IVA, Fuente) are also included in the options to configure your taxes. This configuration is used in order to correctly display taxes in the invoice PDF." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:142 -msgid "Once the DIAN has assigned the official sequence and prefix for the electronic invoice resolution, the Sales journals related to your invoice documents need to be updated in Odoo. The sequence can be accessed using the :doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`: :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Configuration Setting --> Journals`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:142 +msgid "Once the DIAN has assigned the official sequence and prefix for the electronic invoice resolution, the Sales journals related to your invoice documents need to be updated in Odoo. The sequence can be accessed using the :doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>`: :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Configuration Setting --> Journals`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:151 msgid "Once that the sequence is opened, the Prefix and Next Number fields should be configured and synchronized with the CEN Financiero." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:159 msgid "Users" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:161 msgid "The default template that is used by Odoo on the invoice PDF includes the job position of the salesperson, so these fields should be configured:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:175 msgid "When all your master data and credentials has been configured, it's possible to start testing the electronic invoice workflow." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:180 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:30 msgid "Invoice creation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:182 msgid "The functional workflow that takes place before an invoice validation doesn't change. The main changes that are introduced with the electronic invoice are the next fields:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:189 msgid "There are three types of documents:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:191 msgid "**Factura Electronica**: This is the regular type of document and its applicable for Invoices, Credit Notes and Debit Notes." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:193 msgid "**Factura de Importación**: This should be selected for importation transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:195 msgid "**Factura de contingencia**: This is an exceptional type that is used as a manual backup in case that the company is not able to use the ERP and it's necessary to generate the invoice manually, when this invoice is added to the ERP, this invoice type should be selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:203 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:380 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:386 msgid "Invoice validation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:205 msgid "After the invoice is validated an XML file is created and sent automatically to Carvajal, this file is displayed in the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:211 msgid "An extra field is now displayed in \"Other Info\" tab with the name of the XML file. Additionally there is a second extra field that is displayed with the Electronic Invoice status, with the initial value \"In progress\":" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:221 msgid "Reception of legal XML and PDF" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:223 msgid "The electronic invoice vendor receives the XML file and proceeds to validate the structure and the information in it, if everything is correct the invoice status changes to \"Validated\" after using the \"Check Carvajal Status\" button in the Action dropdown. They then proceed to generate a Legal XML which includes a digital signature and a unique code (CUFE), a PDF invoice that includes a QR code and the CUFE is also generated." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:231 msgid "After this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:233 msgid "A ZIP containing the legal XML and the PDF is downloaded and displayed in the invoice chatter:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:240 msgid "The Electronic Invoice status changes to \"Accepted\"" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:244 msgid "Common errors" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:246 msgid "During the XML validation the most common errors are usually related to missing master data. In such cases, error messages are shown in the chatter after updating the electronic invoice status." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:253 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:253 msgid "After the master data is corrected, it's possible to reprocess the XML with the new data and send the updated version, using the following button:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:265 msgid "Additional use cases" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:267 msgid "The process for credit and debit notes is exactly the same as the invoice, the functional workflow remains the same as well." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:3 msgid "Colombia (ES)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:6 msgid "Introducción" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:8 msgid "La Facturación Electrónica para Colombia está disponible en Odoo 12 y requiere los siguientes Módulos:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:11 msgid "**l10n_co**: Contiene los datos básicos para manejar el módulo de contabilidad, incluyendo la configuración por defecto de los siguientes puntos:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:15 msgid "Plan Contable" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:16 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:124 msgid "Impuestos" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:17 msgid "Retenciones" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:18 msgid "Tipos de Documentos de Identificación" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:20 msgid "**l10n_co_edi**: Este módulo incluye todos los campos adicionales que son requeridos para la Integración entre Carvajal T&S y la generación de la Factura Electrónica, basado en los requisitos legales de la DIAN." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:26 msgid "Flujo General" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:33 msgid "Configuración" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:36 msgid "Instalación de los módulos de Localización Colombiana" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:38 msgid "Para esto ve a las aplicaciones y busca “Colombia”, luego da click en Instalar a los primeros dos módulos:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:46 msgid "Configuración de las credenciales del Servicio Web de Carvajal T&S" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:50 msgid "Una vez que los módulos están instalados, para poderte conectar con el Servicio Web de Carvajal T&S, es necesario configurar el Usuario y las Credenciales. Esta información será provista por Carvajal T&S." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:52 msgid "Ve a :menuselection:`Facturación --> Configuración --> Configuración` y busca la sección **Facturación Electrónica Colombiana**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:57 msgid "La funcionalidad de pruebas le permite conectarse e interactuar con el ambiente piloto de Carvajal T&S, esto permite a los usuarios probar el flujo completo y la integración con el Portal Financiero CEN, al cual se accede a través de la siguiente liga: `Cenfinanciero <https://cenfinancierolab.cen.biz>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:62 msgid "Una vez que el ambiente de producción está listo en Odoo y en Carvajal T&S el ambiente de pruebas debe ser deshabilitado para poder enviar la información al ambiente de producción de Carvajal, para el cual es utilizada la siguiente URL: `Cenfinanciero <https://cenfinancierolab.cen.biz>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:69 msgid "Configuración de Información para PDF" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:73 msgid "Como parte de la información configurable que es enviada en el XML, puedes definir los datos de la sección fiscal del PDF, así como de la información Bancaria." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:75 msgid "Ve a :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> Ajustes` y busca la sección **Facturación Electrónica Colombiana**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:82 msgid "Configuración de los Datos Principales Requeridos en el XML" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:85 msgid "Contacto (Tercero)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:88 msgid "Identificación" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:90 msgid "Como parte de la Localización Colombiana, los tipos de documentos definidos por la DIAN ahora están disponibles en el formulario de Contactos, por lo cual ya es posible asignarles su número de identificación asociado al tipo de documento correspondiente." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:98 msgid "Nota: Cuando el tipo de documento es RUT la identificación necesita ser ingresada en Odoo incluyendo el Dígito de Verificación. Odoo separará este número cuando la información sea enviada a los proveedores terceros." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:105 msgid "Estructura Fiscal (RUT)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:107 msgid "Los Códigos de tipo de Obligación aplicables a los terceros (sección 53 en el documento de RUT), son incluidos como parte del módulo de Facturación Electrónica, dado que es información requerida por la DIAN." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:111 msgid "Estos campos se encuentran en :menuselection:`Contactos --> Pestaña de Ventas y Compras --> Información Fiscal`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:117 msgid "Adicionalmente dos últimos campos fueron agregados para especificar el régimen fiscal del contacto. Cabe aclarar que para envío de Factura electrónica de Carvajal, únicamente se hace distinción de entre Grandes Contribuyentes y Régimen simplificado, por lo se muestran solo estas dos opciones." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:126 msgid "Si tus transacciones de ventas incluyen productos con impuestos, es importante considerar que un campo adicional llamado *Tipo de Valor* necesita ser configurado en la siguiente ruta: :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> Impuestos: --> Opciones Avanzadas --> Tipo de Valor`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:134 msgid "Los impuestos para Retenciones (ICA, IVA y Fuente) también están incluidos en las opciones para configurar tus impuestos, esta configuración es considerada para desplegar correctamente los impuestos en la representación gráfica de la Factura. (PDF)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:144 msgid "Diarios" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:146 msgid "Una vez que la DIAN ha asignado la secuencia y prefijo oficiales para la resolución de la Facturación Electrónica, los Diarios de Ventas relacionados con tus documentos de facturación necesitan ser actualizados en Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:151 msgid "La secuencia es configurada usando el modo de desarrollador en la siguiente ruta: :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> Diarios --> Liga de Secuencia`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:158 msgid "Una vez que la secuencia es abierta, los campos de Prefijo y Siguiente Número deben ser configurados y sincronizados con el CEN Financiero." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:166 msgid "Usuarios" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:168 msgid "La plantilla por defecto que es usada por Odoo en la representación gráfica incluye el nombre del Vendedor, así que estos campos deben ser considerados:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:177 msgid "Uso y Pruebas" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:180 msgid "Facturas" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:182 msgid "Una vez que toda la información principal y las credenciales han sido configuradas, es posible empezar a probar el flujo de la Facturación Electrónica siguiendo las instrucciones que se detallan a continuación:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:188 msgid "Invoice Creation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:190 msgid "El flujo de trabajo funcional que lleva lugar antes de la validación de una factura continua siendo igual con Facturación Electrónica, independientemente de si es creada desde una Orden de Venta o si es creado manualmente." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:195 msgid "Los cambios principales que son introducidos con la Facturación Electrónica son los siguientes:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:198 msgid "Hay tres tipos de documentos" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:200 msgid "**Factura electrónica**. Este es el documento normal y aplica para Facturas, Notas de Crédito y Notas de Débito." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:203 msgid "**Factura de Importación**. Debe ser seleccionada para transacciones de importación." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:206 msgid "**Factura de Contingencia**. Esta es un caso excepcional y es utilizada como un respaldo manual en caso que la compañía no pueda usar el ERP y hay necesidad de crear la factura manualmente. Al ingresar esta factura en el ERP, se debe seleccionar este tipo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:216 msgid "Invoice Validation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:218 msgid "Después que la factura fue validada, un archivo XML es creado y enviado automáticamente al proveedor de la factura electrónica. Este archivo es desplegado en el historial." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:225 msgid "Un campo adicional es ahora desplegado en la pestaña de “Otra Información” con el nombre del archivo XML. Adicionalmente hay un segundo campo adicional que es desplegado con el estatus de la Factura Electrónica, con el valor inicial **En Proceso**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:235 msgid "Recepción del XML y PDF Legal" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:242 msgid "El proveedor de la Factura Electrónica recibe el archivo XML y procede a validar la información y la estructura contenida. Si todo es correcto, el estatus de la Factura cambia a “Validado”. Como parte de este proceso se generar el XML Legal, el cual incluye una firma digital y un código único (CUFE) y generan el PDF de la Factura (el cual incluye un código QR) y el CUFE." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:246 msgid "Odoo envía una petición de actualización automáticamente para verificar que el XML fue creado. Si este es el caso, las siguientes acciones son hechas automáticamente:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:248 msgid "El XML Legal y el PDF son incluidos en un archivo ZIP y desplegados en el historial de la Factura." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:253 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:253 msgid "El estatus de la Factura Electrónica es cambiado a “Aceptado”." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:258 msgid "En caso que el PDF y el XML sean requeridos inmediatamente, es posible mandar manualmente la petición del estatus usando el siguiente botón:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:267 msgid "Errores Frecuentes" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:269 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:269 msgid "Durante la validación del XML los errores más comunes usualmente están relacionados con información principal faltante. En estos casos, los detalles del error son recuperados en la petición de actualización y desplegados en el historial." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:277 msgid "Si la información principal es corregida, es posible re procesar el XML con la nueva información y mandar la versión actualizada usando el siguiente botón:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:289 msgid "Casos de Uso adicionales" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:291 msgid "El proceso para las Notas de Crédito y Débito (Proveedores) es exactamente el mismo que en las Facturas. Su flujo de trabajo funcional se mantiene igual." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:296 msgid "Consideraciones del Anexo 1.7" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:299 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:299 msgid "Contexto" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:302 msgid "Contexto Normativo" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:304 msgid "Soporte Normativo:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:305 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:305 msgid "Resolución DIAN Número 000042 ( 5 de Mayo de 2020) Por la cual se desarrollan:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:307 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:307 msgid "Los sistemas de facturación," msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:308 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:308 msgid "Los proveedores tecnológicos," msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:309 msgid "El registro de la factura electrónica de venta como título valor," msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:310 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:310 msgid "Se expide el anexo técnico de factura electrónica de venta y" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:311 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:311 msgid "Se dictan otras disposiciones en materia de sistemas de facturación." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:314 msgid "Anexo 1.7: Principales Cambios" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:316 msgid "Cambios en la definición de Consumidor Final." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:317 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:317 msgid "Informar bienes cubiertos para los 3 dias sin IVA." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:318 msgid "Actualización de descripción de Impuestos." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:319 msgid "Se agrega concepto para IVA Excluido." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:320 msgid "Informar la fecha efectiva de entrega de los bienes." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:321 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:321 msgid "Adecuaciones en la representación Gráfica (PDF)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:324 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:324 msgid "Calendario" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:326 msgid "Se tiene varias fechas límites para la salida a producción bajo las condiciones del Anexo 1.7 las cuales dependen de los siguientes factores:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:329 msgid "Calendario de implementación de acuerdo con la actividad económica principal en el RUT:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:334 msgid "Calendario de implementación, para otros sujetos obligados:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:339 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:339 msgid "Calendario de implementación permanente:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:345 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:345 msgid "Requerimientos en Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:347 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:347 msgid "Con la finalidad de facilitar el proceso de preparación de las bases de Odoo estándar V12 y v13, únicamente será necesario que los administradores actualicen algunos módulos y creen los datos maestros relacionados a los nuevos procesos." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:352 msgid "Actualización de listado de Apps" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:354 msgid "Utilizando el modo desarrollador, acceder al módulo de Aplicaciones y seleccionar el menú *Actualizar Lista*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:361 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:361 msgid "Actualización de Módulos" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:363 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:363 msgid "Una vez actualizado Buscar *Colombia*, los siguientes módulos serán desplegados, se requieren actualizar dos módulos." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:366 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:366 msgid "Colombia - Contabilidad - l10n_co" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:367 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:367 msgid "Electronic invoicing for Colombia with Carvajal UBL 2.1 - l10n_co_edi_ubl_2_1" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:372 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:372 msgid "En cada módulo o ícono hay que desplegar el menú opciones utilizando los 3 puntos de la esquina superior derecha y seleccionamos *Actualizar*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:375 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:375 msgid "Primero lo hacemos con en el módulo l10n_co:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:380 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:380 msgid "Posteriormente lo hacemos con el módulo l10n_co_edi_ubl_2_1:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:386 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:386 msgid "Creación de Datos Maestros" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:388 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:388 msgid "Las bases de datos existentes a Junio 2020 tanto en V12 como V13, deberán crear algunos datos maestros necesarios para operar correctamente con los cambios del Anexo 1.7." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:392 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:491 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:392 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:491 msgid "Consumidor Final" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:394 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:394 msgid "La figura del consumidor final será utilizada para aquellas ventas sobre las cuales no es posible identificar toda la información fiscal y demográfica del cliente por lo que la factura se genera a nombre de este registro genérico." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:398 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:398 msgid "Es importante coordinar y definir los casos de uso en los que dependiendo de su empresa se tendrá permitido utilizar este registro genérico." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:401 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:401 msgid "Dentro de Odoo se tendrá que crear un contacto con las siguientes características, es importante que se defina de esta manera debido a que son los parámetros definidos por la DIAN." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:404 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:404 msgid "**Tipo de contacto:** Individuo" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:405 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:405 msgid "**Nombre:** Consumidor Final" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:406 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:406 msgid "**Tipo de documento:** Cedula de Ciudadania" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:407 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:407 msgid "**Numero de Identificacion:** 222222222222" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:412 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:412 msgid "Dentro de la pestaña Ventas y Compras, en la sección Información Fiscal, del campo Obligaciones y Responsabilidades colocaremos el valor: **R-99-PN**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:419 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:506 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:419 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:506 msgid "IVA Excluido - Bienes Cubiertos" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:421 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:421 msgid "Para reportar las transacciones realizadas mediante Bienes Cubiertos para los tres días sin IVA, será necesario crear un nuevo Impuesto al cual se le debe de asociar un grupo de impuestos específico que será utilizado por Odoo para agregar la sección requerida en el XML de factura electrónica." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:426 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:426 msgid "Para el crear el impuesto accederemos a Contabilidad dentro del menú :menuselection:`Configuración --> Impuestos`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:432 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:432 msgid "Procedemos a crear un nuevo Impuesto con importe 0% considerando los siguientes parámetros:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:437 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:437 msgid "El nombre del Impuesto puede ser definido a preferencia del usuario, sin embargo el campo clave es **Grupo de Impuestos** dentro de Opciones avanzadas, el cual debe ser: *bienes cubiertos* y el campo **Tipo de Valor**: *IVA*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:445 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:445 msgid "Actualización de descripción de Departamentos" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:447 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:447 msgid "Es necesario actualizar la descripción de algunos departamentos, para lo cual accederemos a módulo de Contactos y dentro del menú de :menuselection:`Configuración --> Provincias`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:453 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:453 msgid "Posteriormente, podemos agregar por País para identificar claramente las provincias (Departamentos) de Colombia:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:459 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:459 msgid "Una vez agrupados buscar los siguientes departamentos para actualizarlos con el valor indicado en la columna **Nombre actualizado**:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:463 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:463 msgid "Nombre de provincia" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:463 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:463 msgid "Código de Provincia" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:463 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:463 msgid "Nombre actualizado" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:465 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:465 msgid "D.C." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:465 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:465 msgid "DC" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:465 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:465 msgid "Bogotá" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:467 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:467 msgid "Quindio" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:467 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:467 msgid "QUI" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:467 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:467 msgid "Quindío" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:469 msgid "Archipiélago de San Andrés, Providencia y Santa Catalina" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:469 msgid "SAP" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:469 msgid "San Andrés y Providencia" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:473 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:473 msgid "Ejemplo:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:479 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:479 msgid "Verificación de Código postal" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:481 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:481 msgid "Dentro del Anexo 1.7 se comienza a validar que el código postal de las direcciones para contactos colombianos corresponda a las tablas oficiales definidas por la DIAN, por lo que se debe verificar que este campo está debidamente diligenciado de acuerdo a los definidos en la sigueinte fuente: `Codigos_Postales_Nacionales.csv <http://visor.codigopostal.gov.co/472/visor/Codigos_Postales_Nacionales.csv>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:488 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:488 msgid "Consideraciones Operativas" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:493 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:493 msgid "Una vez que resgistro de Consumidor final ha sido creado este deberá ser utilizado a demanda, generalmente será utilizado en las transacciones de facturación del punto de punto de venta." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:496 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:496 msgid "El proceso de validación de la Factura será realizado de forma convencional en Odoo y la factura será generada de la misma manera. Al detectar que el número de identificación corresponde a consumidor Final, el XML que se envía a Carvajal será generado con las consideraciones y secciones correspondientes." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:500 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:500 msgid "Contablemente todos los registros de Consumidor final quedarán asociados al identificador generico:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:508 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:508 msgid "El 21 mayo del 2020 fue publicado el El Decreto 682 el cual establece Excepción especial en el Impuesto sobre las ventas. El principal objetivo de este decreto es reactivar la economía en Colombia por las bajas ventas generadas a causa del COVID." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:513 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:513 msgid "Fechas" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:515 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:515 msgid "Días de excención del impuesto sobre las ventas – IVA para bienes cubiertos (3 días SIN IVA)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:517 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:517 msgid "**Primer día**: 19 de junio de 2020" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:518 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:518 msgid "**Segundo día**: 3 de Julio de 2020" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:519 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:519 msgid "**Tercer día**: 19 de Julio de 2020" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:522 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:522 msgid "Condiciones" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:524 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:524 msgid "Debido a que estas transacciones serán generadas de forma excepcional y que se tiene una combinación de varios factores y condiciones, los productores debera ser actualizados de forma manual en Odoo asignados temporalmente el impuesto de venta *IVA exento - Bienes cubierto* en cada empresa según corresponda." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:529 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:529 msgid "A continuación se mencionan algunas de las principales condiciones, sin embargo, cabe mencionar que las empresas deben de verificar todos los detalles en el `Decreto 682 <https://dapre.presidencia.gov.co/normativa/normativa/DECRETO%20682%20DEL%2021%20DE%20MAYO%20DE%202020.pdf>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:533 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:533 msgid "Tipo de productos y precio Máximo:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:536 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:536 msgid "Tipo de Productos" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:536 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:536 msgid "Precio Máximo" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:538 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:538 msgid "Electrodomesticos" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:538 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:538 msgid "40 UVT: $1,4 millones." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:540 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:540 msgid "Vestuario y complementos" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 msgid "3 UVT: $106.000" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 msgid "En el caso de los complementos es:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:544 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:544 msgid "10 UVT- $356.000" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:544 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:544 msgid "Elementos deportivos" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:546 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:546 msgid "Juguetes y Utiles Escolares" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:546 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:548 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:546 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:548 msgid "5 UVT - $178.035" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:548 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:548 msgid "Utiles Escolares" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:550 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:550 msgid "Bienes o servicios para el sector agropecuario" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:550 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:550 msgid "80 UVT - $2.848.560" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:554 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:554 msgid "Métodos de Pago:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:556 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:556 msgid "El pago debe realizarse por medios electrónico por ejemplo tarjetas de crédito/débito o bien mecanismos de pago online." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:558 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:558 msgid "Limite de unidades:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:560 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:560 msgid "Cada cliente puede adquirir únicamente 3 unidades como máximo de cada producto." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:563 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:563 msgid "Medidas en Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:565 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:565 msgid "**Preparación de datos**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:567 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:567 msgid "Crear el Impuesto para Bienes cubiertos de acuerdo a lo indicado en este punto: Datos maestros." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:568 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:568 msgid "Identificar los productos y transacciones a los cuales les aplicará la Exclusión de IVA de acuerdo a las condiciones establecidas en el decreto 682. En caso de ser un porcentaje significativo de productos, se recomienda actualizar el impuesto de forma temporal en Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:571 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:571 msgid "Exportar un listado con los productos que serán afectados incluyendo el campo IVA Venta el cual será sustituido temporalmente por el IVA de Bienes Cubiertos." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:573 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:573 msgid "Al finalizar las operaciones del día anterior a las fechas establecidas de día sin IVA, se debe hacer la actualización temporal a IVA de Bienes Cubiertos." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:579 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:579 msgid "**Durante el día SIN IVA**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:581 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:581 msgid "Por defecto los productos previamente considerados con IVA de Bienes cubiertos serán generados con este parámetro tanto en Órdenes de venta como facturas creadas durante ese mismo día." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:587 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:587 msgid "Las órdenes de venta generadas con este impuesto deberán ser facturas el mismo día." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:588 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:588 msgid "En caso de que alguna de las condiciones no sea cumplida (ejemplo el pago es realizado en efectivo) el impuesto deberá ser actualizado manualmente al momento de facturar." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:591 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:591 msgid "**Posterior al día SIN IVA**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:593 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:593 msgid "Los productos que fueron actualizados deberá ser reconfigurados a su IVA original." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:594 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:594 msgid "En caso de que se detecte alguna Orden de venta facturar en la cual se incluya IVA de Bienes Cubiertos, se deberá realizar actualización manual correspondiente al IVA convencional." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:3 msgid "France" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:6 msgid "FEC" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:8 msgid "If you have installed the French Accounting, you will be able to download the FEC. For this, go in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> France --> FEC`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:12 msgid "If you do not see the submenu **FEC**, go in **Apps** and search for the module called **France-FEC** and verify if it is well installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:16 msgid "French Accounting Reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:18 msgid "If you have installed the French Accounting, you will have access to some accounting reports specific to France:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:20 msgid "Bilan comptable" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:21 msgid "Compte de résultats" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:22 msgid "Plan de Taxes France" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:25 msgid "Get the VAT anti-fraud certification with Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:27 msgid "As of January 1st 2018, a new anti-fraud legislation comes into effect in France and DOM-TOM. This new legislation stipulates certain criteria concerning the inalterability, security, storage and archiving of sales data. These legal requirements are implemented in Odoo, version 9 onward, through a module and a certificate of conformity to download." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:34 msgid "Is my company required to use an anti-fraud software?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:36 msgid "Your company is required to use an anti-fraud cash register software like Odoo (CGI art. 286, I. 3° bis) if:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:39 msgid "You are taxable (not VAT exempt) in France or any DOM-TOM," msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:40 msgid "Some of your customers are private individuals (B2C)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:42 msgid "This rule applies to any company size. Auto-entrepreneurs are exempted from VAT and therefore are not affected." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:46 msgid "Get certified with Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:48 msgid "Getting compliant with Odoo is very easy." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:50 -msgid "Your company is requested by the tax administration to deliver a certificate of conformity testifying that your software complies with the anti-fraud legislation. This certificate is granted by Odoo SA to Odoo Enterprise users `here <https://www.odoo.com/my/contract/french-certification/>`_. If you use Odoo Community, you should `upgrade to Odoo Enterprise <https://www.odoo.com/documentation/14.0/setup/enterprise.html>`_ or contact your Odoo service provider." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:50 +msgid "Your company is requested by the tax administration to deliver a certificate of conformity testifying that your software complies with the anti-fraud legislation. This certificate is granted by Odoo SA to Odoo Enterprise users `here <https://www.odoo.com/my/contract/french-certification/>`_. If you use Odoo Community, you should :doc:`upgrade to Odoo Enterprise </administration/enterprise>` or contact your Odoo service provider." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:58 msgid "In case of non-conformity, your company risks a fine of €7,500." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:60 msgid "To get the certification just follow the following steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:62 msgid "Install the anti-fraud module fitting your Odoo environment from the *Apps* menu:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:65 msgid "if you use Odoo Point of Sale: *l10n_fr_pos_cert*: France - VAT Anti-Fraud Certification for Point of Sale (CGI 286 I-3 bis)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:66 msgid "in any other case: *l10n_fr_certification*: France - VAT Anti-Fraud Certification (CGI 286 I-3 bis)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:68 msgid "Make sure a country is set on your company, otherwise your entries won’t be encrypted for the inalterability check. To edit your company’s data, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies`. Select a country from the list; Do not create a new country." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:72 msgid "Download the mandatory certificate of conformity delivered by Odoo SA `here <https://www.odoo.com/my/contract/french-certification/>`__." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:75 -msgid "To install the module in any system created before December 18th 2017, you should update the modules list. To do so, activate the :doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Then go to the *Apps* menu and press *Update Modules List* in the top-menu." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:75 +msgid "To install the module in any system created before December 18th 2017, you should update the modules list. To do so, activate the :doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>`. Then go to the *Apps* menu and press *Update Modules List* in the top-menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:79 msgid "In case you run Odoo on-premise, you need to update your installation and restart your server beforehand." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:81 msgid "If you have installed the initial version of the anti-fraud module (prior to December 18th 2017), you need to update it. The module's name was *France - Accounting - Certified CGI 286 I-3 bis*. After an update of the modules list, search for the updated module in *Apps*, select it and click *Upgrade*. Finally, make sure the following module *l10n_fr_sale_closing* is installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:90 msgid "Anti-fraud features" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:92 msgid "The anti-fraud module introduces the following features:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:94 msgid "**Inalterability**: deactivation of all the ways to cancel or modify key data of POS orders, invoices and journal entries;" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:96 msgid "**Security**: chaining algorithm to verify the inalterability;" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:97 msgid "**Storage**: automatic sales closings with computation of both period and cumulative totals (daily, monthly, annually)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:101 msgid "Inalterability" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:103 msgid "All the possible ways to cancel and modify key data of paid POS orders, confirmed invoices and journal entries are deactivated, if the company is located in France or in any DOM-TOM." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:107 msgid "If you run a multi-companies environment, only the documents of such companies are impacted." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:111 msgid "Security" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:113 msgid "To ensure the inalterability, every order or journal entry is encrypted upon validation. This number (or hash) is calculated from the key data of the document as well as from the hash of the precedent documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:118 msgid "The module introduces an interface to test the data inalterability. If any information is modified on a document after its validation, the test will fail. The algorithm recomputes all the hashes and compares them against the initial ones. In case of failure, the system points out the first corrupted document recorded in the system." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:124 msgid "Users with *Manager* access rights can launch the inalterability check. For POS orders, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Reporting --> French Statements`. For invoices or journal entries, go to :menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Reporting --> French Statements`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:131 msgid "Storage" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:133 msgid "The system also processes automatic sales closings on a daily, monthly and annual basis. Such closings distinctly compute the sales total of the period as well as the cumulative grand totals from the very first sales entry recorded in the system." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:139 msgid "Closings can be found in the *French Statements* menu of Point of Sale, Invoicing and Accounting apps." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:143 msgid "Closings compute the totals for journal entries of sales journals (Journal Type = Sales)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:145 msgid "For multi-companies environments, such closings are performed by company." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:147 msgid "POS orders are posted as journal entries at the closing of the POS session. Closing a POS session can be done anytime. To prompt users to do it on a daily basis, the module prevents from resuming a session opened more than 24 hours ago. Such a session must be closed before selling again." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:153 msgid "A period’s total is computed from all the journal entries posted after the previous closing of the same type, regardless of their posting date. If you record a new sales transaction for a period already closed, it will be counted in the very next closing." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:158 -msgid "For test & audit purposes such closings can be manually generated in the :doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:158 +msgid "For test & audit purposes such closings can be manually generated in the :doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>`. Then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:164 msgid "Responsibilities" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:166 msgid "Do not uninstall the module! If you do so, the hashes will be reset and none of your past data will be longer guaranteed as being inalterable." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:169 msgid "Users remain responsible for their Odoo instance and must use it with due diligence. It is not permitted to modify the source code which guarantees the inalterability of data." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:173 msgid "Odoo absolves itself of all and any responsibility in case of changes in the module’s functions caused by 3rd party applications not certified by Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:178 msgid "More Information" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:180 msgid "You will find more information about this legislation in the official documents:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:182 msgid "`Frequently Asked Questions <https://www.economie.gouv.fr/files/files/directions_services/dgfip/controle_fiscal/actualites_reponses/logiciels_de_caisse.pdf>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:183 msgid "`Official Statement <http://bofip.impots.gouv.fr/bofip/10691-PGP.html?identifiant=BOI-TVA-DECLA-30-10-30-20160803>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:184 msgid "`Item 88 of Finance Law 2016 <https://www.legifrance.gouv.fr/affichTexteArticle.do?idArticle=JORFARTI000031732968&categorieLien=id&cidTexte=JORFTEXT000031732865>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:56 msgid "Germany" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:6 msgid "German Chart of Accounts" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:8 msgid "The chart of accounts SKR03 and SKR04 are both supported in Odoo. You can choose the one you want by going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration` then choose the package you want in the Fiscal Localization section." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:12 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:17 msgid "Be careful, you can only change the accounting package as long as you have not created any accounting entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:16 msgid "When you create a new SaaS database, the SKR03 is installed by default." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:19 msgid "German Accounting Reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:21 msgid "Here is the list of German-specific reports available on Odoo Enterprise:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:23 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:27 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:30 msgid "Balance Sheet" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:24 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:19 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:17 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:89 msgid "Profit & Loss" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:25 msgid "Tax Report (Umsatzsteuervoranmeldung)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:26 msgid "Partner VAT Intra" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:29 msgid "Export from Odoo to Datev" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:31 msgid "It is possible to export your accounting entries from Odoo to Datev. To be able to use this feature, the german accounting localization needs to be installed on your Odoo Enterprise database. Then you can go in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> General Ledger` then click on the **Export Datev (csv)** button." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:39 msgid "German Tax Accounting Standards: Odoo's guide to GoBD Compliance" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:41 msgid "**GoBD** stands for `Grundsätze zur ordnungsmäßigen Führung und Aufbewahrung von Büchern, Aufzeichnungen und Unterlagen in elektronischer Form sowie zum Datenzugriff <https://www.bundesfinanzministerium.de/Content/DE/Downloads/BMF_Schreiben/Weitere_Steuerthemen/Abgabenordnung/2019-11-28-GoBD.pdf>`_. In short, it is a **guideline for the proper management and storage of books, records, and documents in electronic form, as well as for data access**, that is relevant for the German tax authority, tax declaration, and balance sheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:48 msgid "These principles have been written and published by the Federal Ministry of Finance (BMF) in November 2014. Since January 2015, **they have become the norm** and replace previously accepted practices linked to computer-based accounting. Several changes have been made by the BMF in 2019 and January 2020 to specify some of the content and due to the development of digital solutions (cloud hosting, paperless companies, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:55 msgid "Odoo gives you **the means to be compliant with GoBD**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:58 msgid "What do you need to know about GoBD when relying on accounting software?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:61 msgid "If you can, the best way to understand GoBD is to Read the `Official GoBD text <https://www.bundesfinanzministerium.de/Content/DE/Downloads/BMF_Schreiben/Weitere_Steuerthemen/Abgabenordnung/2019-11-28-GoBD.pdf>`_. It is a bit long but quite readable for non-experts. But in short, here is what to expect:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:65 msgid "The **GoBD is binding for companies that have to present accounts, which includes SMEs, freelancers, and entrepreneurs, to the financial authorities**. As such, **the taxpayer himself is the sole responsible** for the complete and exhaustive keeping of fiscal-relevant data (above-mentioned financial and related data)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:70 msgid "Apart from software requirements, the user is required to ensure Internal control systems (*in accordance with sec. 146 of the Fiscal Code*):" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:73 msgid "Access rights control;" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:74 msgid "Segregation of Duties, Functional separating;" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:75 msgid "Entry controls (error notifications, plausibility checks);" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:76 msgid "Reconciliation checks at data entry;" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:77 msgid "Processing controls;" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:78 msgid "Measures to prevent intentional or unintentional manipulation of software, data, or documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:80 msgid "The user must distribute tasks within its organization to the relevant positions (*control*) and verify that the tasks are properly and completely performed (*supervision*). The result of these controls must be recorded (*documentation*), and should errors be found during these controls, appropriate measures to correct the situation should be put into place (*prevention*)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:86 msgid "What about data security?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:88 msgid "**The taxpayer must secure the system against any data loss due to deletion, removal, or theft of any data**. If the entries are not sufficiently secured, the bookkeeping will be regarded as not in accordance with the GoBD guidelines." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:92 msgid "Once bookings have been finally posted, they can no longer be changed or deleted via the application." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:95 msgid "If Odoo is used in the cloud, regular backups are part of the SaaS service. In addition, regular backups can be downloaded and backed up on external systems." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:99 msgid "`Odoo Cloud Hosting - Service Level Agreement <https://www.odooo.com/cloud-sla>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:101 msgid "If the server is operated locally, it is the responsibility of the user to create the necessary backup infrastructure." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:105 msgid "In some cases, data has to be kept for ten years or more, so always have backups saved. It is even more important if you decide to change software provider." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:109 msgid "Responsibility of the software editor" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:111 msgid "Considering GoBD only applies between the taxpayer and the financial authority, **the software editor can by no means be held responsible for the accurate and compliant documentation of financial transactional data of their users**. It can merely provide the necessary tools for the user to respect the software related guidelines described in the GoBD." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:117 msgid "How can Odoo help you achieve Compliance?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:119 msgid "The key words, when it comes to GoBD, are: **traceable, verifiable, true, clear, and continuous**. In short, you need to have audit-proof archiving in place and Odoo provides you with the means to achieve all of these objectives:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 msgid "**Traceability and verifiability**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 msgid "Each record in Odoo is stamped with the creator of the document, the creation date, the modification date, and who modified it. In addition, relevant fields are tracked thus it can be seen which value was changed by whom in the chatter of the relevant object." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 msgid "**Completeness**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 msgid "All financial data must be recorded in the system, and there can be no gaps. Odoo ensures that there is no gap in the numbering of the financial transactions. It is the responsibility of the user to encode all financial data in the system. As most financial data in Odoo is generated automatically, it remains the responsibility of the user to encode all vendor bills and miscellaneous operations completely." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 msgid "**Accuracy**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 msgid "Odoo ensures with the correct configuration that the correct accounts are used. In addition, the control mechanisms between purchase orders and sales orders and their respective invoices reflect the business reality. It is the responsibility of the user to scan and attach the paper-based vendor bill to the respective record in Odoo. *Odoo Document helps you automate this task*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 msgid "**Timely booking and record-keeping**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 msgid "As most financial data in Odoo is generated by the transactional objects (for example, the invoice is booked at confirmation), Odoo ensures out-of-the-box timely record-keeping. It is the responsibility of the user to encode all incoming vendor bills in a timely manner, as well as the miscellaneous operations." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 msgid "**Order**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 msgid "Financial data stored in Odoo is per definition ordered and can be reordered according to most fields present in the model. A specific ordering is not enforced by the GoBD, but the system must ensure that a given financial transaction can be quickly found by a third-party expert. Odoo ensures this out-of-the-box." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 msgid "**Inalterability**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 msgid "With the German Odoo localization, Odoo is in standard configured in such a way that the inalterability clause can be adhered to without any further customization." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:154 msgid "Do you need a GoBD-Export?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:156 msgid "In the case of fiscal control, the fiscal authority can request three levels of access to the accounting system (Z1, Z2, Z3). These levels vary from direct access to the interface to the handover of the financial data on a storage device." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:160 msgid "In case of a handover of the financial data on a storage device, the format is **not** enforced by the GoBD. It can be, for example, in XLS, CSV, XML, Lotus 123, SAP-format, AS/400-format, or else. Odoo supports the CSV and XLS-export of financial data out-of-the-box. The GoBD **recommends** the export in a specific XML-based GoBD-format (see \"Ergänzende Informationen zur Datenntträgerüberlassung\" §3) but it is not binding." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:167 msgid "What is the role and meaning of the compliance certification?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:169 msgid "The GoBD clearly states that due to the nature of a state of the art accounting software, their configuration possibilities, changing nature, and various forms of use, **no legally binding certification can be given**, nor can the software be made liable towards a public authority. Third-party certificates can indeed have **an informative value** for customers to make software buying decisions but are by no means legally binding or of any other legal value (A. 12, § 181)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:175 msgid "A GoBD certificate states nothing more than that if you use the software according to its guidelines, the software will not refrain you from respecting the GoBD. These certifications are very expensive in terms of time and cost, and their value is very relative. Thus we focus our efforts on ensuring GoBD compliance rather than pay for a marketing tool which does not, however, offer our customer any legal certainty." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:182 msgid "The BMF actually states the following in the `Official GoBD text <https://www.bundesfinanzministerium.de/Content/DE/Downloads/BMF_Schreiben/Weitere_Steuerthemen/Abgabenordnung/2019-11-28-GoBD.pdf>`_:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:185 msgid "180. Positive attestations on the correctness of the bookkeeping - and thus on the correctness of IT-based bookkeeping systems - are not issued either in the context of a tax field audit or in the context of binding information." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:188 msgid "181. \"Certificates\" or \"attestations\" from third parties can serve as a decision criterion for the company when selecting a software product, but develop from the in margin no. 179 is not binding on the tax authorities." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:193 msgid "The previous content was `automatically translated from German with Google Translate <https://translate.google.com/?sl=de&tl=en&text=180.%0APositivtestate%20zur%20Ordnungsm%C3%A4%C3%9Figkeit%20der%20Buchf%C3%BChrung%20-%20und%20damit%20zur%20Ordnungsm%C3%A4%C3%9Figkeit%20DV-gest%C3%BCtzter%20Buchf%C3%BChrungssysteme%20-%20werden%20weder%20im%20Rahmen%20einer%20steuerlichen%20Au%C3%9Fenpr%C3%BCfung%20noch%20im%20Rahmen%20einer%20verbindlichen%20Auskunft%20erteilt.%0A%0A181.%0A%E2%80%9EZertifikate%E2%80%9C%20oder%20%E2%80%9ETestate%E2%80%9C%20Dritter%20k%C3%B6nnen%20bei%20der%20Auswahl%20eines%20Softwareproduktes%20dem%20Unternehmen%20als%20Entscheidungskriterium%20dienen%2C%20entfalten%20jedoch%20aus%20den%20in%20Rz.%20179%20genannten%20Gr%C3%BCnden%20gegen%C3%BCber%20der%20Finanzbeh%C3%B6rde%20keine%20Bindungswirkung.%20&op=translate>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:198 msgid "What happens if you are not compliant?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:200 msgid "In the event of an infringement, you can expect a fine but also a court order demanding the implementation of specific measures." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:3 msgid "Indonesia" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:8 msgid "E-Faktur Module" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:10 msgid "The **E-Faktur Module** is installed by default with the Indonesian localization module. It allows one to generate a CSV file for one tax invoice or for a batch of tax invoices to upload to the **Tax Office e-Faktur** application." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:17 msgid "NPWP/NIK settings" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:0 msgid "**Your Company**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:0 msgid "This information is used in the FAPR line in the effect file format. You need to set a VAT number on the related partner of your Odoo company. If you don't, it won't be possible to create an e-Faktur from an invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:0 msgid "**Your Clients**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:0 msgid "You need to set the checkbox *ID PKP* to generate e-fakturs for a customer. You can use the VAT field on the customer's contact to set the NPWP needed to generate the e-Faktur file. If your customer does not have an NPWP, just enter the NIK in the same VAT field." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:39 msgid "Generate Tax Invoice Serial Number" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:41 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> e-Faktur`. In order to be able to export customer invoices as e-Faktur for the Indonesian government, you need to put here the ranges of numbers you were assigned by the government. When you validate an invoice, a number will be assigned based on these ranges. Afterwards, you can filter the invoices still to export in the invoices list and click on *Action*, then on *Download e-Faktur*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:46 msgid "After receiving new serial numbers from the Indonesian Revenue Department, you can create a set of tax invoice serial numbers group through this list view. You only have to specify the Min and Max of each serial numbers' group and Odoo will format the number automatically to a 13-digits number, as requested by the Indonesia Tax Revenue Department." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:50 msgid "There is a counter to inform you how many unused numbers are left in that group." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:58 msgid "Generate e-faktur csv for a single invoice or a batch invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:60 msgid "Create an invoice from :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Invoices`. If the invoice customer's country is Indonesia and the customer is set as *ID PKP*, Odoo will allow you to create an e-Faktur." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:63 msgid "Set a Kode Transaksi for the e-Faktur. There are constraints related to the Kode transaksi and the type of VAT applied to invoice lines." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:69 msgid "Odoo will automatically pick the next available serial number from the e-Faktur number table (see the :ref:`section above <localization_indonesia/tax_invoice_sn>`) and generate the e-faktur number as a concatenation of Kode Transaksi and serial number. You can see this from the invoice form view under the page *Extra Info* in the box *Electronic Tax*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:77 msgid "Once the invoice is posted, you can generate and download the e-Faktur from the *Action* menu item *Download e-faktur*. The checkbox *CSV created* will be set." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:83 msgid "You can select multiple invoices in list view and generate a batch e-Faktur .csv." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:88 msgid "Kode Transaksi FP (Transaction Code)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:90 msgid "The following codes are available when generating an e-Faktur. - 01 Kepada Pihak yang Bukan Pemungut PPN (Customer Biasa) - 02 Kepada Pemungut Bendaharawan (Dinas Kepemerintahan) - 03 Kepada Pemungut Selain Bendaharawan (BUMN) - 04 DPP Nilai Lain (PPN 1%) - 06 Penyerahan Lainnya (Turis Asing) - 07 Penyerahan yang PPN-nya Tidak Dipungut (Kawasan Ekonomi Khusus/ Batam) - 08 Penyerahan yang PPN-nya Dibebaskan (Impor Barang Tertentu) - 09 Penyerahan Aktiva (Pasal 16D UU PPN)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:103 msgid "Correct an invoice that has been posted and downloaded: Replace Invoice feature" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:105 msgid "Cancel the original wrong invoice in Odoo. For instance, we will change the Kode Transakski from 01 to 03 for the INV/2020/0001." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:107 msgid "Create a new invoice and set the canceled invoice in the *Replace Invoice* field. In this field, we can only select invoices in *Cancel* state from the same customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:109 msgid "As you validate, Odoo will automatically use the same e-Faktur serial number as the canceled and replaced invoice replacing the third digit of the original serial number with *1* (as requested to upload a replacement invoice in the e-Faktur app)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:120 msgid "Correct an invoice that has been posted but not downloaded yet: Reset e-Faktur" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:122 msgid "Reset the invoice to draft and cancel it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:123 msgid "Click on the button *Reset e-Faktur* on the invoice form view." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:124 msgid "The serial number will be unassigned, and we will be able to reset the invoice to draft, edit it and re-assign a new serial number." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:3 msgid "Italy (IT)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:5 msgid "Questa guida spiegherà come utilizzare la fattura elettronica in Odoo e come configurare correttamente i dati aziendali, i contatti e la contabilità. Per testare la fattura elettronica i dati devono essere reali e non inventati, altrimenti il sistema dell’agenzia delle entrate non riconoscerà l’interscambio di informazioni." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:13 msgid "Configurare le informazioni sulla tua Azienda" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:15 msgid "Il passo successivo è la configurazione delle informazioni necessarie al funzionamento della fatturazione elettronica. Si può accedere alla schermata dall’applicazione Impostazioni: selezionare “Utenti e aziende” e scegliere Aziende. Accedere quindi alle informazioni sulla Azienda per cui si desidera configurare la fatturazione elettronica." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:21 msgid "I dati necessari al funzionamento dello strumento di fatturazione elettronica sono i seguenti:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:24 -msgid "Server PEC. Le informazioni sul server utilizzato dal tuo indirizzo di posta elettronica certificata sono fornite dal tuo fornitore o dal Ministero. Lo stesso server deve essere configurato come server che gestisce tutta la corrispondenza mail in Odoo, per saperne di più si puo’ consultare la relativa :doc:`guida <../../../discuss/advanced/email_servers>`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:24 +msgid "Server PEC. Le informazioni sul server utilizzato dal tuo indirizzo di posta elettronica certificata sono fornite dal tuo fornitore o dal Ministero. Lo stesso server deve essere configurato come server che gestisce tutta la corrispondenza mail in Odoo, per saperne di più si puo’ consultare la relativa :doc:`guida </applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:30 msgid "Indirizzo PEC dell’ Azienda, tale indirizzo deve essere lo stesso registrato presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate per l’utilizzo dei servizi di fatturazione elettronica." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:34 msgid "Indirizzo PEC dell’Agenzia delle Entrate. La mail sarà fornito al momento della registrazione della tua PEC presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate, ricorda che l’Agenzia delle Entrate potrebbe cambiare questo indirizzo in seguito, previa comunicazione." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:39 msgid "Partita IVA e Codice Fiscale. Per far si che la Fatturazione Elettronica funzioni correttamente, questi cambi devono essere compilati correttamente." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:43 msgid "Regime Fiscale. Il regime fiscale a cui è sottoposta l’Azienda deve essere selezionato scegliendo dalla lista precompilata fornita da Odoo. Chiedi al commercialista qual’è il corretto regime fiscale!" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:47 msgid "Numero di Iscrizione nel registro delle Imprese." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:54 msgid "Configurare le impostazioni per la Fatturazione Elettronica" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:56 msgid "Numero di iscrizione nel registro Imprese tenuto presso la Camera di Commercio." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:59 msgid "Rappresentate Fiscale. Questa opzione è dedicata ad aziende con sede al di fuori del territorio nazionale ma conducenti attività commerciali in Italia rilevanti ai fini dell’IVA. È possibile indicare in questo campo se l’Azienda si avvale di un Rappresentate Fiscale in Italia." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:70 msgid "Configurare il profilo dei clienti" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:72 msgid "Per un corretto utilizzo dell’applicazione, il profilo di clienti e fornitori, nell’applicazione contatti, deve essere configurato con le necessarie informazioni legali." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:76 msgid "Selezionando il nome del cliente e accedendo quindi ai suoi dati, si trovano i seguenti campi che devono essere compilati: Indirizzo PEC, Codice Fiscale e Indice PA *che deve contere i 6-7 caratteri contenuti nell’indice PA e necessari per la comunicazione tramite fattura elettronica*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:87 msgid "Il processo di fatturazione" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:89 msgid "Si può procedere ad emettere una fattura seguendo le indicazioni dell’applicazione. Il momento che determina il formale invio della fattura è il momento in cui viene selezionata l’opzione “Valida”. La fattura viene quindi inviata: lo stato della sua consegna verrà notificato all’utente tramite pop-up sulla parte iniziale della schermata della fattura." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:102 msgid "I messaggi che possono apparire sono i seguenti:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:104 msgid "Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:106 msgid "Invio fallito. Puoi modificare la fattura ed inviarla di nuovo" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:108 msgid "La fattura è stata correttamente inviata ed accettata dal destinatario." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:111 msgid "I vari stadi di spedizione e recezione della fattura sono visibili anche dall’elenco delle Fatture nella forma di icone, accanto alla colonna “Stato” dall’applicazione contabilità." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:115 msgid "*Icona Rossa*: Invio fallito" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:117 msgid "*Icona Gialla*: Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:119 msgid "*Icona Verde*: Fattura inviata e accettata dal destinatario" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:121 msgid "Per inviare la fattura tramite PEC e generare il file XML, basterà cliccare su invia. Il documento verrà poi mostrato tra gli allegati." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:3 msgid "Mexico" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:10 msgid "`VIDEO WEBINAR OF A COMPLETE DEMO <https://youtu.be/JSqQo5eRqlI>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:15 msgid "Odoo Enterprise users in Mexico have free access to a set of modules that allow them to issue electronic invoices according to the specifications of the SAT for `version 3.3 of the CFDI <http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/informacion_fiscal/factura_electronica/Documents/GuiaAnexo20Global.pdf>`_, a legal requirement as of January 1, 2018. These modules also add relevant accounting reports (for example, the DIOT), and enable foreign trade, with support for associated customs operations." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:21 msgid "With the Mexican location in Odoo you will not only be able to comply with the legal requirements to invoice in Mexico, but also use it as your accounting system, satisfying the normal needs of the market. This makes Odoo the perfect solution to manage your business in Mexico." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:26 msgid "Pre requirements" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:28 msgid "Before installing the modules and making the necessary configurations to have the Mexican localization in Odoo, it is necessary to meet the following requirements:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:31 msgid "Be registered with the SAT and have an RFC." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:32 msgid "Have a `Certificate of Digital Seal <https://www.gob.mx/sat/acciones-y-programas/certificado-de-sello-digital>`_ (CSD)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:34 msgid "Choose a PAC and purchase stamps. Currently the Mexican location in Odoo works with two PACs: `Solución Factible <https://solucionfactible.com/>`_, `Quadrum (formerly Finkok) <https://cfdiquadrum.com.mx/index.html>`_ and `SW Sapien - Smarter Web <https://sw.com.mx/>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:37 -msgid "Have knowledge and experience with billing, sales and accounting in Odoo. This documentation contains only the information necessary to enable the use of Odoo in a company based in Mexico. For information on how to use these applications, see the page :doc:`../../../index`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:37 +msgid "Have knowledge and experience with billing, sales and accounting in Odoo. This documentation contains only the information necessary to enable the use of Odoo in a company based in Mexico." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:41 msgid "Modules" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:43 msgid "To install the Mexican localization module, go to :menuselection:`Apps`, then remove the default filter \"Apps\" and search for ``l10n_mx``." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:51 msgid "If you created the database from `www.odoo.com <https://www.odoo.com>`_ and chose \"Mexico\" as the country when creating your account, some of the Mexican localization modules will have been installed automatically. In that case we observe that some modules have a button that says \"Install\", while others will instead have a label that says \"Installed\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:56 msgid "The following modules are necessary for all databases that require Mexican localization:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "**Mexico - Accounting (l10n_mx)**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "All the basic data to manage accounting, taxes and the chart of accounts. The installed chart of accounts is based on `the SAT account grouping code <https://www.gob.mx/cms/uploads/attachment/file/151586/codigo_agrupador.pdf>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "**EDI for Mexico (l10n_mx_edi)**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "Necessary for electronic transactions, CFDI 3.3, payment complement, and addenda on invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "**Odoo Mexican localization reports (l10n_mx_reports)**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "All mandatory reports for electronic accounting. (Requires the accounting application)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:67 msgid "The following modules are optional, and should be installed only if they meet a specific organization requirement. Installing these modules is not recommended unless you are sure they are needed as they add fields that can unnecessarily complicate form filling." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "**EDI External Trade Complement for Mexico (l10n_mx_edi_external_trade)**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "For clients that export, add the foreign trade complement to the CFDI, and the logic for filling it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "**Odoo Mexico Localization for Invoice with customs Number (l10n_mx_edi_customs)**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "For importing customers, this module allows adding to the CFDI the request number with which the merchandise to be resold entered. When it is imported into Mexico, in the invoice that comes from any foreign country it is necessary to specify which was the import document; This is known as a \"pedimento\", and it is processed at customs." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "**Odoo Mexico Localization for Stock / Landing (l10n_mx_edi_landing)**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "Related to the import module (*l10n_mx_edi_customs*), this module allows managing the requests as part of the shipping costs." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "**Bank account payment to Mexico (l10n_mx_edi_payment_bank)**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "Add optional attributes to the payment plugin, allowing the user to select the bank account that was used to pay the bills." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "**Odoo Mexico Localization for Sale Coupon (l10n_mx_edi_sale_coupon)**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "Complements the Odoo coupon module (*sale_coupon*) to avoid errors in the generation of CFDIs." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "**Tax Cash Basis Entries at Payment Date (l10n_mx_tax_cash_basis)** Create journal entries for" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "taxes on the payment date (instead of the issue date)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:94 msgid "Enable electronic invoicing" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:96 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Accounting --> Customer Invoices`, and make sure that the option **Mexican Electronic Invoicing** is enabled. With this you will be able to generate the signed invoice and also generate the signed payment complement, all automatically integrated into the normal billing flow in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:108 msgid "Enter legal information" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:110 msgid "After verifying the general configuration, you must verify that the company is configured with the correct data. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Companies`, and click on *Update information* under your company name." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:118 msgid "In the resulting form, put your full address (including zip code), RFC (VAT number), and the rest of the data." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:122 msgid "Make sure that in the address, for the Country field, \"Mexico\" is chosen from the list of countries that Odoo shows, because if it is entered manually there is a risk of creating a \"new country\" in the system, which it will result in errors later when the CFDIs are generated." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:131 msgid "If you want to test the Mexican localization, you can configure the company with a real address within Mexico (including all fields) and add ``EKU9003173C9`` as RFC." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:135 msgid "Set the fiscal regime of the company" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:137 msgid "The following is to indicate what is the fiscal regime of the company that we are configuring, which is done through a pre-existing field in Odoo called \"Fiscal Regime\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:140 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Accounting --> Electronic Invoicing (MX) --> Fiscal Regime`, and select the option that applies to your company from the drop-down list." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:148 msgid "For the test environment: Select the option **General Law on Legal Persons** from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:152 msgid "Contacts Configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:154 msgid "When creating a contact to be invoiced in Odoo, the following information must be configured for invoice validation: **complete address** (including postal code, city, state, country, etc.) and the **VAT** number." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:163 msgid "Taxes Configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:165 msgid "A necessary configuration for electronic invoicing to work correctly in Odoo is to add the factor type associated with sales taxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:168 msgid "To make this configuration you first have to go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:171 msgid "Within the list of taxes that are pre-loaded, select the option *Sales* on the filter, this is to see only taxes associated with sales, which are those that are validated for the stamping of invoices. Open the form view of any of the sales taxes, select the **Advanced Options** tab and within the field **Factor Type** choose the option *Tasa*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:180 msgid "Do the same for all the sales taxes that the company needs, either those that come by default in Odoo, or those that you add that are necessary for your company bill." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:184 msgid "For the 0% VAT tax, select the option *Exento* instead of *Tasa* within the **Factor Type** field." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:187 msgid "When registering a payment, Odoo will carry out the movement of taxes from the **Cash Basis Transition Account** to the account set in the **Definition** tab. For such movement, a tax base account will be used (\"Base Imponible de Impuestos en Base a Flujo de Efectivo\" - **do not eliminate this account**) in the Journal Entry when reclassifying taxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:197 msgid "Products Configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:199 msgid "All products to be sold need to have the SAT code associated with their classification so that the invoices do not give an error when validating." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:202 msgid "To configure products, go to the **General Information** tab and in the **UNSPSC Product Category** field select the category that represents that product. The process can be done manually or through a bulk import." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:211 msgid "PAC Configuration to sign invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:213 msgid "Another important step to configure electronic invoicing in Odoo is to enter the PAC which you are working with and the credentials. That way, electronic invoicing will be enabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:217 msgid "Remember that you must register directly with the PAC of your choice before you start creating invoices from Odoo. We have the following PACs available: `Quadrum <https://cfdiquadrum.com.mx/index.html>`_, `Solución Factible <https://solucionfactible.com/>`_ and `SW Sapien - Smarter Web <https://sw.com.mx/>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:222 msgid "You must process your **Private Key (CSD)** with the SAT institution before following these steps. If you do not have this information, try with the Test Credentials and return to this process when you have the SAT Credentials for your production environment to work with real transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:227 msgid "To add the credentials, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Accounting --> Electronic Invoicing (MX)`. Under the **PAC MX** section, enter the name of your PAC with your credentials (PAC username and PAC password)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:236 msgid "If you check the checkbox **Test Environment**, it is not necessary to enter a PAC username and/or password, but you must select a PAC from the drop-down list." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:239 msgid "Finally, upload the digital certificates of the company within the section **MX Certificates**. Click on *Add a line*, a window will open, click on *Create* and from there you can upload your digital certificate, your key and your password. To finish, click on *Save and Close*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:248 msgid "If you still do not have one of the contracted PACs and you want to test electronic invoicing you can use the following SAT test certificates:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:252 -msgid ":download:`Certificate <../../../_static/files/certificate.cer>`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:251 +msgid ":download:`Certificate <files/certificate.cer>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:253 -msgid ":download:`Certificate Key <../../../_static/files/certificate.key>`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:252 +msgid ":download:`Certificate Key <files/certificate.key>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:254 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:253 msgid "**Password:** ``12345678a``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:255 msgid "You must also configure the company with a real address within Mexico (including all fields) and add ``EKU9003173C9`` as the **VAT** number." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:260 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:259 msgid "Workflows" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:262 msgid "Electronic invoicing" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:264 msgid "The invoicing process in Odoo is based on `Annex 20 <http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/tramitesyservicios/Paginas/anexo_20_version3-3.htm>`_ version 3.3 of electronic invoicing of the SAT." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:269 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:268 msgid "To start invoicing from Odoo, an invoice must be created using the standard invoicing flow, that is, either from a sales order or from the invoice menu in the Accounting application." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:271 msgid "The invoice will be stamped after clicking on *Validate*, before that the status is still in draft mode and changes can be made to it. After validating the invoice, you can verify that it was successfully stamped, as it would look like this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:279 msgid "The details of the invoice will be reflected in the Chatter, which is what you see on the right of the invoice in the attached image. There you can find your XML sent to the SAT and the status of the stamping, that is, if it was validated or not." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:283 msgid "To send the stamped invoice to your client, you can send the XML together with the PDF file directly from Odoo, by clicking the *Send and Print* button. You can also download the PDF file directly to your computer by clicking the *Print* button and selecting the desired option." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:288 msgid "Depending on the size of the screen, the Chatter can be seen next to or below the document." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:291 msgid "Invoicing Special Cases" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:295 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:294 msgid "Foreign Trade Invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:297 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:296 msgid "The foreign trade invoicing process in Odoo is based on the corresponding `SAT regulation <http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/tramitesyservicios/Paginas/complemento_comercio_exterior.htm>`_. SAT electronic invoicing version is 3.3." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:301 msgid "What do we mean when we talk about foreign trade?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:303 msgid "Since January 2018, the SAT requires a Foreign Trade Supplement in export transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:307 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:306 msgid "What is the Foreign Trade complement?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:308 msgid "It is an Annex to the electronic invoice that allows the identification of exporters and importers, in addition to expanding the description of the merchandise sold." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:313 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:312 msgid "What information can be incorporated in this new complement?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:314 msgid "Information on the operation type it covers." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:315 msgid "Tax identification data of the issuer, receiver or recipient of the merchandise." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:317 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:316 msgid "Description of the goods to be exported." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:319 msgid "Who is obliged to generate it?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:322 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:321 msgid "Taxpayers who carry out export operations of A1 type." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:325 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:324 msgid "To which exports does the A1 type apply?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:327 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:326 msgid "Entry of goods of foreign origin to remain in national territory for an unlimited time." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:328 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:327 msgid "Exit of goods from the country to stay abroad for an unlimited time." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:328 msgid "Definitive importation of vehicles by diplomatic and consular missions and offices of international organizations and their foreign personnel, in accordance with the import of vehicles in diplomatic exemption." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:333 msgid "Is Foreign Trade the same as Pedimentos?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:336 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:335 msgid "Not necessarily, the Pedimentos are directly related to the process of Importing goods, while the Foreign Trade Complement is related to the Exporting process." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:339 msgid "Required Modules" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:341 msgid "In order to generate foreign trade invoices, the following modules must be installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:343 msgid "EDI for Mexico (l10n_mx_edi)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:349 msgid "EDI for Mexico (l10n_mx_edi_extended)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:357 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:356 msgid "Company" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:359 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:358 msgid "Configure the company with a valid postal code, and if you have a colony code, this should match with the corresponding Zip Code. At the same time, remember to place the Tax Identification Number (VAT Number - RFC)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:368 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:367 msgid "Receiving Client" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:370 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:369 msgid "Generally it will be a foreign client, in which you must verify that you have at least the following fields completed with the corresponding information." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:378 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:377 msgid "The customer's delivery address must also contain the zip code." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:379 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:378 msgid "The format of the foreign VAT (Tax Identification Number) will be validated as appropriate in each Country (Example: Colombia ``123456789-1``)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:381 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:380 msgid "In the XML, the VAT is automatically replaced by the Generic VAT for abroad transactions: ``XEXX010101000``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:385 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:384 msgid "Products" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:387 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:386 msgid "At the product level there must also configure some parameters in the following fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:398 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:397 msgid "You must select the **UMT Aduana** (Unit of Measure) in *KG* since it is only accepted by the SAT" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:399 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:398 msgid "The weight refers to **the unit weight** of the product" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:400 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:399 msgid "The tariff item must be from the code UoM of Kilograms (**UoM = 01**)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:402 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:401 msgid "Although the product is sold in pieces or in units, the value that must be registered with customs in the tariff item must be reported in Kilograms." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:406 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:405 msgid "Invoicing Flow" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:408 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:407 msgid "When creating the foreign sales invoice, you must select the **Incoterm** corresponding and the **Need external trade?** checkbox must be checked. With this configuration enabled, the **PDF** and the complement **XML** of the invoice will have the necessary information to comply with the SAT regulations." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:414 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:413 msgid "What is the certificate of origin and when is it used?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:416 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:415 msgid "The **Certificate Source** (or proof of origin) is the document that allows an importer or exporter to prove the country or region from which a good is considered to originate and serves to receive tariff preferences generally agreed in trade agreements." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:429 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:428 msgid "Assign Pedimentos" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:431 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:430 msgid "If your company imports products and you need to add the **Pedimentos** number in your invoices, you can also configure Odoo to record the process." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:434 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:433 msgid "First, go to :menuselection:`Apps`, remove the \"Apps\" filter and search for ``Mexico``, ``mx`` or ``l10n_mx``. Then, install **Odoo Mexico Localization for Stock / Landing module (l10n_mx_edi_landing)**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:443 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:442 msgid "The l10n_mx_edi_landing module depends on the **Inventory** and **Sales** apps, since the products must be entered into inventory to be able to add their Pedimentos number to the corresponding receipt of products." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:447 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:446 msgid "Then, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Settings --> Settings`. Within the options, activate **Landed Costs**. This option will allow adding the Pedimentos number to the corresponding product receptions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:456 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:455 msgid "In order to use landed costs, the accounting configuration of the inventory valuation of the products must be configured as *Automated* and its costing method *Average* or *FIFO* (first in, first out)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:460 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:459 msgid "To associate the Pedimentos number indicated with an import (merchandise reception) a new **Landed Cost** must be created. They can be accessed through :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Landed Costs`. There you will find the option to attach the Pedimentos number." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:468 msgid "You can only add the Pedimentos number once, so be careful when associating the correct number with the transfer(s)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:473 -msgid ":doc:`../../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:472 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:476 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:475 msgid "Payment Terms" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:478 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:477 msgid "The **Payment Terms** are already configured in Odoo when installing the Mexican localization, this means that if you go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Terms`, you will find the default list in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:486 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:485 msgid "In Mexico you can have 2 types of payments: PPD or PUE. These are given by the **Payment Term** chosen (or if there is no chosen payment term it will be based on the due date of the invoice)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:490 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:489 msgid "PPD Payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:492 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:491 msgid "To configure PPD payments (payment in installments or deferred) it is only necessary to choose a date expiration date for your invoice and Odoo will detect if it is after the first day of the following month (in this case no payment term is set - with the payment term you can also stipulate if it will be PPDo PUE)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:498 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:497 msgid "PUE" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:500 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:499 msgid "To configure PUE payments (payment in a single payment) you must select an invoice due date within the same month or choose a payment term that does not imply changing the due month (immediate payment, 15 days, 21 days, all falling within the current month)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:505 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:504 msgid "Payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:507 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:506 msgid "`According to the SAT documentation <https://www.sat.gob.mx/consultas/92764/comprobante-de-recepcion-de-pagos>`_, there may be 2 types of payments: **PUE** or **PPD**. In both cases the payment process in Odoo is the same, the difference of whether the payment is PUE or PPD lies in the payment term of the invoice - as indicated in the previous point in the **Payment Terms**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:513 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:512 msgid "If the payment is a PPD type, Odoo will generate the corresponding payment complement automatically when you *Confirm* it. If the payment is PUE, the payment complement will not be generated. The type of payment is visible from the invoice in the field called **Payment Policy** and takes the invoice date and the due date as parameters." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:522 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:521 msgid "When configuring the contacts that will be used when making payments, you must configure the banks in the **Accounting** tab, place both the Bank, Account Number and CLABE." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:530 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:529 msgid "Register PPD Payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:532 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:531 msgid "If at the time of registering a payment it is of type PPD then a Payment Complement (XML) will be generated with its details." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:535 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:572 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:534 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:571 msgid "The payment can be registered from the invoice and once it is confirmed, the invoice will be paid and with its payment associated." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:547 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:546 msgid "The journal will be the payment method where you receive or send the payment from. You must also associate a **Payment Way** and a Recipient Bank Account (this last one must be created within the contact associated with the invoice)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:551 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:550 msgid "Once the payment is made, it will be associated with the corresponding invoice and its status will be *In Payment* since the payment will be effectively validated when it is bank reconciled." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:555 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:554 msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:562 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:561 msgid "The **Recipient Bank Account** is the one attached to the **Accounting** tab in the contact associated with the invoice, it must be valid so that the stamped payment complement can be created." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:567 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:566 msgid "Register PUE Payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:569 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:568 msgid "If at the time of registering a payment it is of the PUE type then in this case a Payment Complement (XML) will not be generated since it is not necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:588 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:587 msgid "In this case it is not created as a payment supplement by the nature of it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:591 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:590 msgid "Down Payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:593 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:592 msgid "This is a special case in which we must receive an advance payment from a client to later be applied to an invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:597 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:596 msgid "`The official documentation for registration of down payments in Mexico <http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/tramitesyservicios/Paginas/documentos/Caso_uso_Anticipo.pdf>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:601 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:600 msgid "Process to create advance in Mexico" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:603 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:602 msgid "Issuance of electronic invoicing with the amount of the advance payment received." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:604 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:603 msgid "Issuance of the electronic invoice for the total value of the operation (full invoice). (CFDI Origin: 07 | Advance invoice, point 1)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:606 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:605 msgid "Issuance of the electronic invoice with the *Egreso* type. (CFDI Origin: 07 | Invoice_total, point 2)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:610 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:609 msgid "Steps to follow in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:612 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:611 msgid "Preparation: Create the product" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:613 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:612 msgid "Down Payment issuance of the electronic invoice for the amount of the advance payment received" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:614 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:613 msgid "Issuance of the electronic invoice for the total value of the operation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:615 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:614 msgid "Add a credit note from the down payment invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:618 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:617 msgid "Preparation: Create the Product" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:620 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:619 msgid "The Down Payment product must be type *Service* and must use the **NSPSC Product Category**: *84111506 Servicios de facturación*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:627 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:626 msgid "Add the down payment product as default to be used from the Odoo configurations." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:634 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:633 msgid "Issuance of the electronic invoice for the value of the advance received" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:636 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:635 msgid "Create the Advance Payment Invoice: From the sales order, create an advance payment invoice for the percentage of the purchase to be paid in advance (or for a fixed amount)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:643 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:642 msgid "Validate invoice with the down payment product." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:653 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:652 msgid "Register Payment to the advance payment invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:664 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:663 msgid "Issuance of the electronic invoice for the total value of the operation." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:666 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:665 msgid "From the sales order, create an invoice for the total, that is, for all the order lines without discounting the advance." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:674 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:673 msgid "Remove the check mark from the **Deduct down payments** field." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:676 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:675 msgid "Add the original CFDI of the advance payment invoice by adding ``07 |`` at the beginning + Folio Fiscal of the advance payment Invoice created in the previous step." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:679 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:678 msgid "Copy the Folio Fiscal of the following invoice following this example:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:685 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:684 msgid "And paste it in the draft invoice created from the Sales Order without deducting the advances:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:691 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:690 msgid "Validate and copy the Folio Fiscal for later (in the example the Folio Fiscal copy is: 50E4FF06-4341-4006-A7C3-A7F653CBEFAE )" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:695 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:694 msgid "Add credit note from invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:697 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:696 msgid "Create a **Credit Note** from the down payment invoice (the corrective invoice must be edited prior to confirming it, see explanation below the 2 following images)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:708 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:707 msgid "Before you *Confirm* the Credit Note, edit the Origin CFDI with ``07 | XXX`` instead of the prefix ``01 | XXX``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:719 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:718 msgid "Now the invoice can be confirmed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:725 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:724 msgid "Now the Credit Note (Advance Payment) must be applied to the total invoice, this is added at the bottom below the amount owed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:736 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:735 msgid "Register a payment for the difference of the down payment and the total of the sale." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:742 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:741 msgid "If you go to the XML of the invoice, you should see in CFDI related the type of relationship 07 and the Folio Fiscal of the advance payment invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:750 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:749 msgid "Discounts based on payment days" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:752 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:751 msgid "Cash discounts are incentives that you can offer to motivate customers to pay within a specified time period. For example, you offer a 2% discount if the customer pays you within the first 5 days of the invoice, when it is due in 30 days. This approach can greatly improve your average customer payments period." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:757 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:762 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:756 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:761 msgid "Create and assign the corresponding Payment Term" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:758 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:781 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:757 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:780 msgid "Register the Payment within the days of the discount" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:759 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:807 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:758 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:806 msgid "Create a credit note" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:764 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:763 msgid "To configure the discount for advance payment, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Terms` and click on *Create*. Add a Percentage type with a corresponding value (for example, 98% of the total price for a 2% discount) and the number of days for which the offer is valid (for example 5 days). You can also change the balance due type if necessary (in this example 30 days)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:774 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:773 msgid "Then when creating our Sales Order or Sales Invoice, assign the Payment Term created previously." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:783 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:782 msgid "Register the payment within the days in which the application of the discount was specified, in our case it is within 5 days after the creation of the Sales Invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:790 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:789 msgid "Then go to the bottom of the invoice where the totals are located and there you will see 2 payments created, reset to draft and cancel the payment that does not correspond - the one related to the discount." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:809 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:808 msgid "Finally to close the cycle we must close the invoice, but as in this case we apply a discount, to close it correctly we must create a credit note specifying that the difference was given to the customer on a **Credit Note**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:821 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:820 msgid "Adjust the amount to the remaining balance in the original invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:827 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:826 msgid "Add the Credit Note to the original invoice so that it is settled." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:834 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:833 msgid "Cancellation of invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:837 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:836 msgid "Before 72 Hours" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:839 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:838 msgid "If it is necessary to cancel an invoice validated and sent to the SAT in less than 72 hours follow the steps below." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:842 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:841 msgid "Request Cancellation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:848 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:847 msgid "The status of the **Electronic invoicing** changes to *Cancelled*" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:849 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:848 msgid "Click on *RESET TO DRAFT*" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:855 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:854 msgid "Click on *CANCEL ENTRY*" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:862 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:861 msgid "After 72 Hours" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:864 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:863 msgid "If It is necessary to cancel an invoice validated and sent to the SAT more than 72 hours, the client must be asked to accept the cancellation, for this the following steps must be followed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:867 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:866 msgid "Click on *Request EDI Cancellation* to inform the SAT that you want to cancel the invoice, in this case the client has to enter the SAT webpage and approve it. (The status of the **Electronic invoicing** field in Odoo changes to *To Cancel*)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:870 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:869 msgid "When the client (Receiver / Customer) approves the Cancellation in their SAT portal it is now possible to Change the invoice to Draft and then click on *Cancel entry*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:872 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:871 msgid "Odoo synchronizes with the SAT to update the status of the **Electronic invoicing** with a scheduled action, Invoices canceled in the SAT will be canceled in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:879 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:878 msgid "After clicking on **Request EDI cancellation**, the status of the **Electronic invoicing** field will be *To Cancel* but the status of the SAT will be the same to *Valid*, it will remain active until the end customer / Recipient approves the cancellation in the SAT." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:887 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:886 msgid "Once canceled in the SAT, Odoo will synchronize the status of the SAT through scheduled actions that are executed every day to synchronize the statuses of the SAT, Electronic invoicing and Odoo (this scheduled action can be executed manually by entering with developer mode)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:891 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:890 msgid "If the invoice is canceled in the SAT, in Odoo it is also canceled, which allows you to switch the invoice to draft and finally cancel the invoice (*cancel entry*)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:899 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:898 msgid "Cancel Paid Invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:901 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:900 msgid "If the invoice has already been paid, a credit note must be created from the invoice so that the originating CFDI is recognized and later cancel the original invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:913 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:912 msgid "Cancel Invoices from the previous period" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:916 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:915 msgid "Problem" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:918 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:917 msgid "If the invoice is from the previous month and the period is closed, the income has already been declared in Financial Reports and to the government. In Odoo, when canceling an invoice, the journal entry is eliminated as if the income already reported had not existed, this represents a fiscal problem because the income was already declared in the previous month." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:923 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:922 msgid "The problem resides when the fiscal period has been closed, in the current period you have to make the reverse entry and save the cancellation information." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:926 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:925 msgid "Invoice to be canceled" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:932 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:931 msgid "This is how the Balance Sheet looks like:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:938 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:937 msgid "If the invoice is canceled, the journal entry and the Balance Sheet looks like this after canceling:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:945 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:944 msgid "Solution" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:947 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:946 msgid "Close the fiscal period every month (Best Practice Mexican Localization)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:948 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:947 msgid "Cancel invoice in SAT" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:949 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:948 msgid "Create a Manual Reversion entry (Journal Entry)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:950 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:949 msgid "Reconcile the open invoice with the reversal entry (Journal Entry)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:951 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:950 msgid "Change Electronic invoicing status to Cancelled with server action" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:954 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:953 msgid "Close accounting period each month (Best Practice Mexican Localization)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:956 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:955 msgid "If the accounting period is closed due to the blocking dates, Odoo will not allow to modify or add accounting entries of a date corresponding to that accounting period." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:964 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:963 msgid "Cancel invoice in the SAT" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:966 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:965 msgid "If the accounting period is closed, and the invoice was canceled in the SAT, the status in Odoo will be published while the **Electronic invoicing** status will be *Sent* and the SAT status is *Cancelled*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:975 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:974 msgid "Create Manual Reversal Journal Entry" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:977 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:976 msgid "The solution is to create the reversal journal entry manually dated in the current fiscal period and reconcile the open invoice with the reversion created manually." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:980 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:979 msgid "It must be clearly indicated in the reference that it is a cancellation (you can use a cancellation account for invoices from previous periods such as **Other Income**)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:988 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:987 msgid "Reconcile the open invoice with the reversal entry" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:998 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:997 msgid "In the Balance Sheet and Trial balance they are now with the correct balances." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1013 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1012 msgid "Change status of Electronic invoicing to Cancelled with server action" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1015 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1014 msgid "A server action can be created that modifies the status of the invoice to *Cancelled* once it is reconciled with the reversal entry (You should check this with support or with your Assigned Functional Consultant prior to performing this action)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1028 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1027 msgid "Electronic Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1030 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1029 msgid "Accounting for Mexico in Odoo is composed of 3 reports:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1032 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1046 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1031 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1045 msgid "Electronic Chart of Accounts (Called and displayed as COA)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1033 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1032 msgid "Electronic Trial Balance." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1034 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1033 msgid "DIOT report." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1036 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1035 msgid "1. and 2. are considered electronic accounting, and DIOT is a report only available in the context of accounting." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1039 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1038 msgid "You can find all of those reports in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Mexico`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1048 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1047 msgid "Electronic invoicing has never been so easy, just go to :menuselection:`Accounting -> Reports -> Mexico -> COA` and click the button **Export for SAT (XML)**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1056 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1055 msgid "How to add new accounts ?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1058 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1057 msgid "If you add an account with the NNN.YY.ZZ encoding convention where NNN.YY is a SAT encoding group, your account will be set up automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1061 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1060 msgid "Example to add an Account for a new Bank account go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Chart of Account` and then create a new account in the «Create» button and try to create an account with the number 102.01.99 once you change to establish the name you will see an automatically configured label, the configured labels are the ones chosen to be used in the COA in XML." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1072 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1071 msgid "What is the meaning of the tags?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1074 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1073 msgid "To know all the possible labels, you can read `Annex 24 <http://www.sat.gob.mx/fichas_tematicas/buzon_tributario/Documents/Anexo24_05012015.pdf>`_ on the SAT website in the section called **Código agrupador de cuentas del SAT**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1079 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1078 msgid "When you install the l10n_mx module and your chart of accounts depends on it (this happens automatically when you install the configuration of Mexico as a country in your database), it will have the most common labels by default. If the tag you need is not created, you can create it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1085 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1084 msgid "Trial Balance" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1087 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1086 msgid "Exactly like the COA but with the credit and debit of the initial balance, once you have correctly configured your COA, you can go to :menuselection:`Reports --> Trial Balance` this is automatically generated and can be exported to XML using the button on the top **Export for SAT (XML)** with the previous selection of the period you want to export." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1096 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1095 msgid "All normal analysis and listed functions are available here as well as any normal Odoo Report." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1099 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1098 msgid "DIOT Report (Requires Accounting App)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1101 msgid "What is DIOT and the importance of presenting it SAT" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1103 msgid "When it comes to procedures with the SAT Administration Service, we know that we should not neglect what we present." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1106 msgid "The DIOT is the Informative Declaration of Operations with Third Parties (DIOT), which is an additional obligation with VAT, where we must give the status of our operations to third parties, or what is considered the same, with our suppliers." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1110 msgid "This applies to both individuals and Personas Morales, so if we have VAT to present to the SAT and also deal with suppliers it is necessary to send the DIOT." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1114 msgid "When to file the DIOT and in what format ?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1116 msgid "It is easy to present the DIOT, since, like all formats, you can obtain it on the SAT page, it is the electronic form A-29 that you can find on the SAT website." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1119 msgid "Every month if you have operations with third parties, it is necessary to present the DIOT, as we do with VAT, so if in January we have deals with suppliers, by February we must present the information relevant to said data." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1124 msgid "Where is DIOT presented?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1126 msgid "You can present DIOT in different ways, it is up to you which one you will choose and which one will be more comfortable for you since you will present it every month or every time you have dealings with suppliers." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1130 msgid "The A-29 form is electronic so you can present it on the SAT page, but this after having made up to 500 registrations." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1133 msgid "Once these 500 records have been entered in the SAT, you must submit them to the Local Taxpayer Services Administration (ALSC) with correspondence to your tax address, these records can be submitted on a digital storage medium such as a CD or USB, which a Once validated, they will return you, so do not doubt that you will still have these discs and of course, your CD or USB." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1140 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1139 msgid "One more thing to know: batch loading?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1141 msgid "When reviewing the official SAT documents in DIOT, you will find the Batch load, and of course the first thing we think is what is that ?, and according to the SAT site it is:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1144 msgid "The \"batch load\" is the conversion of databases from records of transactions with suppliers made by taxpayers in text files (.txt). These files have the necessary structure for their application and import into the Informative Declaration of Operations with third parties system, avoiding direct capture and consequently, optimizing the time invested in their integration for the presentation in time and form to the SAT." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1151 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1150 msgid "You can use it to present the DIOT, since it is allowed, which will facilitate this operation, so that it does not exist to avoid being in line with the SAT in regards to the Informative Declaration of Operations with Third Parties." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1155 msgid "`official information <http://www.sat.gob.mx/fichas_tematicas/declaraciones_informativas/Paginas/declaracion_informativa_terceros.aspx>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1159 msgid "How to generate this report in Odoo?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1162 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1161 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports --> Mexico --> Transactions with third partied (DIOT)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1168 msgid "A report view is displayed, select the last month to report the immediately preceding month or leave the current month if it suits you." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1176 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1175 msgid "Click on *Export (XLSX)* or *Print (TXT)*" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1181 msgid "Save the downloaded file in a safe place, go to the SAT website and follow the necessary steps to declare it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1186 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1185 msgid "Important considerations about your supplier and invoice data for DIOT" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1188 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1187 msgid "All suppliers must have the fields configured in the accounting tab called \"DIOT Information\", the L10N MX Nationality field is completed by simply selecting the appropriate country in the address, not You need to do nothing else there, but the l10n MX type of operation must be configured in all your providers." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1197 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1196 msgid "There are 3 VAT options for this report, 16%, 0% and exempt, one invoice line in Odoo is considered exempt if there is no tax on it, the other 2 taxes are already configured correctly." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1199 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1198 msgid "Remember that to pay an invoice that represents a prepayment, you must first request the invoice and then pay it and properly reconcile the payment following the standard Odoo procedure." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1201 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1200 msgid "You do not need to fill in all your partner data to try to generate the supplier invoice, you can correct this information when you generate the report." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1203 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1202 msgid "Remember that this report only shows vendor invoices that were actually paid." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1205 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1204 msgid "If some of these considerations are not taken into account, a message like this will appear when you generate the DIOT in TXT with all the partners you need to verify this particular report, this is the reason why we recommend to use this report not only for exporting your legal information. obligation, but generate it before the end of the month and use it as your auditory process to see that all your partners are configured correctly." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1216 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1215 msgid "Closing Fiscal Period in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1217 msgid "Before proceeding to the close of the fiscal year, there are some steps that you should normally take to ensure that your accounting is correct, updated and accurate:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1221 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1220 msgid "Make sure that you have fully reconciled your bank account (s) through the end of the year and confirm that the closing book balances match the balances on your bank statements." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1223 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1222 msgid "Verify that all customer invoices have been entered and approved." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1224 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1223 msgid "Confirm that you have entered and approved all vendor bills." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1225 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1224 msgid "Validate all expenses, ensuring their accuracy." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1226 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1225 msgid "Check that all payments received have been entered and recorded exactly." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1229 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:23 msgid "Year-end checklist" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1231 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1230 msgid "Run a **Tax Report**, and verify that your tax information is correct." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1231 msgid "Reconcile all accounts on your **Balance Sheet**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1234 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1233 msgid "Compare your bank balances in Odoo against the current bank balances on your statements. Use the report **Bank Reconciliation** to help you with this." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1236 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1235 msgid "Reconcile all cash and bank account transactions by running your **Old Accounts Receivable** and **Old Accounts Payable** reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1238 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1237 msgid "Audit your accounts, making sure you fully understand the transactions that affect them and the nature of the transactions, making sure to include loans and fixed assets." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1241 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1240 msgid "Run the optional function **Payments Matching**, under the *More* drop-down on the Journal options from the Accounting dashboard, validating any Vendor Bill and Customer Invoices with its payments. This step is optional, however it can assist the year-end process if all pending payments and invoices are reconciled, and it can lead to finding errors or mistakes in the system." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1245 msgid "Your accountant will probably like to check your items in the balance sheet and do some Journal Entries for:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1249 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1248 msgid "Manual year-end adjustments, using the **Journal Audit** report (For example, the **Current Earnings for the Year** and **Retained Earnings reports**)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1251 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1250 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:54 msgid "**Work in Progress**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1252 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1251 msgid "**Depreciation Journals**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1253 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1252 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:58 msgid "**Loans**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1254 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1253 msgid "**Tax Adjustments**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1256 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1255 msgid "If your accountant is on the year-end audit, they will want to have copies of the balance sheet items (such as loans, bank accounts, prepayments, sales tax reports, etc ...) to compare against. your balances in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1260 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1259 msgid "During this process, it is a good practice setting the **Closing Date for Non-Advisers** to the last day of the preceding financial year, which is set under the accounting settings. In this way, the accountant can trust that no one else is changing the previous year's transactions while auditing the books." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1270 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1269 msgid "Accounting Closing Process" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1272 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1271 msgid "In Odoo there is no need to make a specific year-end entry to close the reporting income accounts . The result of the exercise is automatically calculated in the account type (Current Year Earnings) and the difference between Income - Expenses will be accumulated to calculate it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1276 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1275 msgid "The reports are created in real-time, which means that the **Income Report** corresponds directly to the closing date of the year that you specify in Odoo. In addition, at any time that you generate the **Income Report**, the start date will correspond to the start date of the **Fiscal Year** and the account balances will all be 0." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1281 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1280 msgid "As of December 31, the Balance Sheet shows the earnings of the Current Year that do not have been recognized (Account type Total Current Year Unallocated Earnings in MX account 305.01.01 ['current year earnings' type])" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1289 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1288 msgid "The accountant should create a Journal Entry to recognize the result of the year in Accumulated Earnings from previous years on the account \"previous years results\" account (304.01.01 in Mexico) - that is an equity account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1293 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1292 msgid "The simplified accounting entry would look like this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1299 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1298 msgid "Once the accountant has created the journal entry to locate the **Current Earnings for the Year**, they must set the **Closing Date** to the last day of the fiscal year. Making sure that before doing this, whether or not the current gain of the year in the **Balance Sheet** is properly reporting a balance 0." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1309 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1308 msgid "Extra Recommended features" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1312 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1311 msgid "Contacts App (Free)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1314 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1313 msgid "If you want to properly manage your customers, suppliers and addresses, this module, even if it is not a technical need, it is highly recommended to install it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1318 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1317 msgid "Multi-currency (Requires Accounting application)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1320 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1319 msgid "In Mexico, almost all companies send and receive payments in different currencies. If you want to do this you can enable the use of multi-currency. You should also enable synchronization with the **Mexican Bank Service**, as this would allow you to automatically have the exchange rate from the SAT without having to manually create this information every day in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1325 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1324 msgid "Go to settings and enable the multi-currency feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1332 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1331 msgid "Enabling Explicit errors on the CFDI using the XSD local validator (CFDI 3.3)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1334 -msgid "Frequently you want receive explicit errors from the fields incorrectly set on the xml, those errors are better informed to the user if the check is enable, to enable the Check with xsd feature follow the next steps (with the :doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` enabled)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1333 +msgid "Frequently you want receive explicit errors from the fields incorrectly set on the xml, those errors are better informed to the user if the check is enable, to enable the Check with xsd feature follow the next steps (with the :doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>` enabled)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1339 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1338 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Actions --> Server Actions`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1340 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1339 msgid "Look for the Action called \"Download XSD files to CFDI\"" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1341 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1340 msgid "Click on button \"Create Contextual Action\"" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1342 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1341 msgid "Go to the company form :menuselection:`Settings --> Users&Companies --> Companies`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1343 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1342 msgid "Open any company you have." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1344 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1343 msgid "Click on \"Action\" and then on \"Download XSD file to CFDI\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1350 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1349 msgid "Now you can make an invoice with any error (for example a product without code which is pretty common) and an explicit error will be shown instead a generic one with no explanation." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1355 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1354 msgid "If you see an error like this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "``The cfdi generated is not valid``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "``attribute decl. 'TipoRelacion', attribute 'type': The QName value '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_TipoRelacion' does not resolve to a(n) simple type definition., line 36``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1362 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1361 msgid "This can be caused by a database backup restored in anothe server, or when the XSD files are not correctly downloaded. Follow the same steps as above but:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1366 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1365 msgid "Go to the company in which the error occurs." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1367 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1366 msgid "Click on *Action* and then on *Download XSD file to CFDI*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1370 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1369 msgid "Common problems and errors" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1372 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1371 msgid "**Error messages** (Only applicable on CFDI 3.3):" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1374 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1373 msgid "``9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_MINLENGTH_VALID: Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': [facet 'minLength'] The value '' has a length of '0'; this underruns the allowed minimum length of '1'.``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1379 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1378 msgid "``9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_PATTERN_VALID: Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': [facet 'pattern'] The value '' is not accepted by the pattern '[^|]{1,100}'.``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1383 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1382 msgid "**Solution**: You forgot to set the proper \"Reference\" field in the product, please go to the product form and set your internal reference properly." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1387 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1428 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1459 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1480 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1488 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1386 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1427 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1458 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1479 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1487 msgid "**Error messages**:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1389 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1388 msgid "``6:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}RegimenFiscal': The attribute 'Regimen' is required but missing.``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1392 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1391 msgid "``5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'RegimenFiscal' is required but missing.``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1395 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1394 msgid "**Solution**: You forgot to set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the partner of the company. Go to customers, remove the customer filter and look for the partner called as your company and set the proper fiscal position which is the kind of business your company does related to SAT list of possible values, another option can be that you forgot to follow the considerations about fiscal positions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1402 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1401 msgid "You need to go to Fiscal Position settings and set the proper code (it is the first 3 numbers of the name), for example, for the test, you need to set 601, it will look like the picture." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1410 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1409 msgid "For testing purposes this value must be set to ``601 - General de Ley Personas Morales`` which is the one required for the VAT demo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1413 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1445 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1412 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1444 msgid "**Error message**:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1415 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1414 msgid "``2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'FormaPago': [facet 'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'01', '02', '03', '04', '05', '06', '08', '12', '13', '14', '15', '17', '23', '24', '25', '26', '27', '28', '29', '30', '99'}``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1421 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1420 msgid "**Solution**: The payment method is required on your invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1430 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1429 msgid "``2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': [facet 'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'00``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1433 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1447 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1432 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1446 msgid "``2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1: Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': '' is not a valid value of the atomic type '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal'.``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1436 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1435 msgid "``5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'Rfc' is required but missing.``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1439 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1438 msgid "**Solution**: You must configure your company address correctly, this is a mandatory group of fields, you can go to your company configuration in :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies` and fill complete all the mandatory fields for your address by following the steps in this section: :ref:`mx-legal-info`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1452 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1451 msgid "**Solution**: The postal code of your company address is not valid for Mexico, please correct it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1461 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1460 msgid "``18:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is required but missing.``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1464 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1463 msgid "``34:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is required but missing.\", '')``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1468 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1467 msgid "**Solution**: Set the Mexican name for the 0% and 16% tax in your system and use it on the invoice. Your tax, which represents 16% VAT and 0%, must have the **Factor Type** field set to *Tasa*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "``CCE159``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "``The XXXX attribute must be registered if the key of cce11: ComercioExterior: TipoOperacion registered is '1' or '2'.``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1486 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1485 msgid "**Solution**: It is necessary to specify the Incoterm." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "``CCE209``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "``The attribute cce11: Foreign Trade: Goods: Goods: Customs Unit must have the value specified in the catalog catCFDI: c_FraccionArancelaria column 'UMT' when the attribute cce11: Foreign Trade: Goods: Me``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1495 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1494 msgid "**Solution**: The Tariff Fraction must have the code of the unit of measure 01, corresponding to Kilograms." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1499 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1498 msgid "Glossary" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1501 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1500 msgid ":abbr:`CFDI (Comprobante Fiscal Digital por Internet)`: Online Digital Tax Receipt" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1502 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1501 msgid ":abbr:`CSD (Certificado de Sello Digital)`: Digital Seal Certificate" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1503 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1502 msgid ":abbr:`PAC (Proveedores Autorizados de Certificación)`: Authorized Certification Provider" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1504 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1503 msgid "Stamp: Digital signature of the electronic invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1505 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1504 msgid "Addenda: Complement of information that can be attached to an Internet Digital Tax Receipt (CFDI) normally required by certain companies in Mexico such as Walmart, Tiendas Sorianas, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1507 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1506 msgid ":abbr:`UUID (Universally Unique Identifier)`: It is the acronym in English of the Universally Unique Identifier. The UUID is the equivalent of Folio Fiscal, it is composed of 32 hexadecimal digits, shown in 5 groups separated by hyphens." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1510 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1509 msgid "LCO: List of Obliged Taxpayers (LCO) is a list issued by the SAT that accounts for all the taxpayers whom it authorizes the issuance of invoices and payroll receipts. This means that, to be able to electronically bill your clients, you must be in this database." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:2 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:2 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:100 msgid "Netherlands" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:5 msgid "XAF Export" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:7 msgid "With the Dutch accounting localization installed, you will be able to export all your accounting entries in XAF format. For this, you have to go in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> General Ledger`, you define the entries you want to export using the filters (period, journals, ...) and then you click on the button **EXPORT (XAF)**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:14 msgid "Dutch Accounting Reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:16 msgid "If you install the Dutch accounting localization, you will have access to some reports that are specific to the Netherlands such as :" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:21 msgid "Tax Report (Aangifte omzetbelasting)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:23 msgid "Intrastat Report (ICP)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:109 msgid "Peru" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:8 msgid "The Peruvian localization has been improved and extended, in this version the next modules are available:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:11 msgid "**l10n_pe**: Adds accounting features for the Peruvian localization, which represent the minimal configuration required for a company to operate in Peru and under the SUNAT regulations and guidelines. The main elements included in this module are: Chart of account, taxes, document types." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:16 msgid "**l10n_pe_edi**: includes all technical and functional requirements to generate and validate Electronic Invoice, based on the SUNAT specification to create and process valid electronic documents, for more technical detail you can access the `SUNAT EDI specifications <https://cpe.sunat.gob.pe/node/88/>`_, that keeps track of new changes and updates. The features of this module are based on the resolutions published on the `SUNAT Legislation <https://www.sunat.gob.pe/legislacion/general/index.html/>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:28 msgid "Install the Peruvian localization modules" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:30 msgid "Go to *Apps* and search for Peru, then click Install in the module Peru EDI. This module has a dependency with *Peru - Accounting*. In case this last one is not installed, Odoo installs it automatically within EDI." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:39 msgid "When you install a database from scratch selecting Peru as country, Odoo automatically installs the base module: Peru - Accounting." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:45 msgid "In addition to the basic information in the Company, we need to set Peru as the Country, this is essential for the Electronic Invoice to work properly. The field **Address Type Code** represents the establishment code assigned by the SUNAT when companies register their RUC (Unique Contributor Registration):" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:56 msgid "In case the Address type code is unknown, you can set it as the default value: 0000. Be aware that if an incorrect value is entered, the Electronic invoice validation might have errors." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:60 msgid "The NIF should be set following the RUC format." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:66 msgid "The chart of accounts is installed by default as part of the set of data included in the localization module, the accounts are mapped automatically in:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:71 msgid "Default Account Receivable" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:73 msgid "The chart of accounts for Peru is based on the most updated version of the :abbr:`PCGE (Plan Contable General Empresarial)`, which is grouped in several categories and is compatible with NIIF accounting." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:78 msgid "Accouting Seetings" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:80 msgid "Once the modules are installed and the basic information of your company is set, you need to configure the elements required for Electronic Invoice. For this, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Peruvian Localization`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:85 msgid "Basic Concepts" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:87 msgid "Here are some terms that are essential on the Peruvian localization:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:89 msgid "**EDI**: Electronic Data Interchange, which in this refers to the Electronic Invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:90 msgid "**SUNAT**: is the organization that enforces customs and taxation in Peru." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:91 msgid "**OSE**: Electronic Service Operator, `OSE SUNAT's definition <https://cpe.sunat.gob.pe/aliados/ose#:~:text=El%20Operador%20de%20Servicios%20Electr%C3%B3nicos%20(OSE)%20es%20qui%C3%A9n%20se%20encarga,otro%20documento%20que%20se%20emita>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:93 msgid "**CDR**: Receipt certificate (Constancia de Recepción)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:94 -msgid "**SOL Credentials**: User and password provided by the SUNAT and grants access to Online Operations systems." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:94 +msgid "**SOL Credentials**: Sunat Operaciones en Línea. User and password are provided by the SUNAT and grant access to Online Operations systems." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:99 msgid "Signature Provider" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:101 msgid "As part of the requirements for Electronic Invoice in Peru, your company needs to select a Signature Provider that will take care of the document signing process and manage the SUNAT validation response. Odoo offers three options:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:112 msgid "IAP (Odoo In-App Purchase)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:106 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:170 msgid "Digiflow" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:186 msgid "SUNAT" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:109 msgid "Please refer to the sections below to check the details and considerations for each option." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:114 msgid "This is the default and the suggested option, considering the digital ceritificate is included as part of the service." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:122 msgid "What is the IAP?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:124 msgid "This is a signature service offered directly by Odoo, the service takes care of the next process:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:126 msgid "Provides the Electronic invoice Certificate, so you do not need to acquire one by yourself." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:127 msgid "Send the document to the OSE, in this case, Digiflow." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:128 msgid "Receive the OSE validation and CDR." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:131 msgid "How does it work?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:133 msgid "The service requires Credits in order to process your electronic documents. Odoo provides 1000 credits for free in new databases. After these credits are consumed, you need to buy a Credit Package." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:138 msgid "Credits" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:138 msgid "EUR" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:140 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:113 msgid "1000" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:140 msgid "22" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:142 msgid "5000" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:142 msgid "110" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:144 msgid "10,000" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:144 msgid "220" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:146 msgid "20,000" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:146 msgid "440" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:149 msgid "The credits are consumed per each document that is sent to the OSE." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:152 msgid "If you have a validation error and the document needs to be sent one more time, one additional credit will be charged. Therefore, it is paramount that you verify all information is correct before sending your document to the OSE." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:157 msgid "What do you need to do?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:159 msgid "In Odoo, once your enterprise contract is activated and you start working in Production, you need to buy credits once the first 1000 are consumed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:161 msgid "As Digiflow is the OSE used in the IAP, you need to affiliate it as the official OSE for your company on the SUNAT website. This is a simple process. For more information, please check `OSE Affiliation guide <https://drive.google.com/file/d/1BkrMTZIiJyi5XI0lGMi3rbMzHddOL1pa/view?usp=sharing>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:165 +msgid "Register Digiflow as the authorized PSE, please check `PSE Affiliation guide <https://drive.google.com/file/d/1QZoqWvtQERpS0pqp6LcKmw7EBlm9EroU/view?usp=sharing>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:172 msgid "This option can be used as an alternative, instead of using the IAP services you can send your document validation directly to Digiflow. In this case you need to consider:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:172 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:192 msgid "Buy your own digital Certificate: For more detail regarding the official vendor list, and the process to acquire it, please refer to `SUNAT Digital Ceritifcates <https://cpe.sunat.gob.pe/informacion_general/certificados_digitales/>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:178 msgid "Sign a service agreement directly with `Digiflow <https://www.digiflow.pe/>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:179 msgid "Provide your SOL credentials." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:188 msgid "In case your company wants to sign directly with the SUNAT, it is possible to select this option in your configuration. In this case you need to consider: - Get the SUNAT Certification process accepted." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:196 msgid "Provide you SOL credentials." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:199 +msgid "When using direct connection with the SUNAT, the SOL User must be set with the Company RUT + User Id. Example: ``20121888549JOHNSMITH``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:203 msgid "Testing environment" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:205 msgid "Odoo provides a testing environment that can be activated before your company goes into production." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:207 msgid "When using the testing environment and the IAP signature, you don’t need to buy testing credits for your transactions as all of them are validated by default." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:211 msgid "By default the databases are set to work on production, make sure to enable the testing mode if needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:217 msgid "In case you don’t use Odoo IAP, in order to generate the electronic invoice signature, a digital certificate with the extension ``.pfx`` is required. Proceed to this section and load your file and password." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:228 msgid "The official currency exchange rate in Peru is provided by the Bank of Peru. Odoo can connect directly to its services and get the currency rate either automatically or manually." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:235 msgid "Please refer to the next section in our documentation for more information about :doc:`multicurrency <../../others/multicurrencies/how_it_works>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:245 msgid "As part of the localization module the taxes are created automatically with their related financial account and electronic invoice configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:253 msgid "EDI Configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:255 msgid "As part of the taxes configuration, there are three new fields required for electronic invoice, the taxes created by default have this data included, but in case you create new taxes make sure you fill in the fields:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:261 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:267 msgid "There are two main fiscal positions included by default when you install the Peruvian localization." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:269 msgid "**Extranjero - Exportación**: Set this fiscal position on customers for Exportation transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:271 msgid "**Local Peru**: Set this fiscal position on local customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:270 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:276 msgid "In some Latin American countries, including Peru, some accounting transactions like invoices and vendor bills are classified by document types, defined by the government fiscal authorities, in this case by the SUNAT." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:280 msgid "Each document type can have a unique sequence per journal where it is assigned. As part of the localization, the Document Type includes the country on which the document is applicable;the data is created automatically when the localization module is installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:278 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:284 msgid "The information required for the document types is included by default so the user does not need to fill anything on this view:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:292 msgid "Currently the documents supported on customer invoices are: Invoice, Boleta, Debit Note and Credit Note." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:298 msgid "When creating Sales Journals, the following information must be filled, in addition to the standard fields on the Journals:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:302 msgid "Use Documents" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:304 msgid "This field is used to define if the journal uses Document Types. It is only applicable to Purchase and Sales journals, which are the ones that can be related to the different set of document types available in Peru. By default, all the sales journals created use documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:303 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:309 msgid "Electronic Data Interchange" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:305 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:311 msgid "This section indicates which EDI workflow is used in the invoice, for Peru we must select “Peru UBL 2.1”." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:313 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:319 msgid "By default, the value Factur-X (FR) is always displayed, make sure you can uncheck it manually." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:321 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:327 msgid "As part of the Peruvian localization, the identification types defined by the SUNAT are now available on the Partner form, this information is essential for most transactions either on the sender company and in the customer, make sure you fill in this information in your records." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:331 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:337 msgid "Product" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:333 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:339 msgid "Additional to the basic information in your products, for the Peruvian localization, the UNSPC Code on the product is a required value to be configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:345 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:351 msgid "Customer invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:354 msgid "EDI Elements" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:356 msgid "Once you have configured your master data, the invoices can be created from your sales order or manually. Additional to the basic invoice information described on :doc:`our page about the invoicing process <../../receivables/customer_invoices/overview>`, there are a couple of fields required as part of the Peru EDI:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:355 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:361 msgid "**Document type**: The default value is “Factura Electronica” but you can manually change the document type if needed and select Boleta for example." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:362 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:368 msgid "**Operation type**: This value is required for Electronic Invoice and indicates the transaction type, the default value is “Internal Sale” but another value can be selected manually when needed, for example Export of Goods." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:370 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:376 msgid "**EDI Affectation Reason**: In the invoice lines, additional to the Tax there is a field “EDI Affectation Reason” that determines the tax scope based on the SUNAT list that is displayed. All the taxes loaded by default are associated with a default EDI affection reason, if needed you can manually select another one when creating the invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:382 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:388 msgid "Once you check all the information in your invoice is correct, you can proceed to validate it. This action registers the account move and triggers the Electronic invoice workflow to send it to the OSE and the SUNAT. The following message is displayed at the top of the invoice:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:390 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:396 msgid "Asynchronous means that the document is not sent automatically after the invoice has been posted." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:393 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:487 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:399 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:493 msgid "Electronic Invoice Status" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:395 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:401 msgid "**To be Sent**: To be sent: Indicates the document is ready to be sent to the OSE, this can be done either automatically by Odoo with a *cron* that runs every hour, or the user can send it immediately by clicking on the button “Sent now”." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:403 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:409 msgid "**Sent**: Indicates the document was sent to the OSE and was successfully validated. As part of the validation a ZIP file is downloaded and a message is logged in the chatter indicating the correct Government validation." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:411 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:417 msgid "In case there is a validation error the Electronic Invoice status remains in “To be sent” so the corrections can be made and the invoice can be sent again." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:415 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:421 msgid "One credit is consumed each time that you send a document for validation, in this sense if an error is detected on an invoice and you send it one more time, two credits are consumed in total." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:422 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:428 msgid "There are multiple reasons behind a rejection from the OSE or the SUNAT, when this happens Odoo sends a message at the top of the invoice indicating the error details and in the most common cases a hint to fix the issue." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:426 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:432 msgid "If a validation error is received, you have two options:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:428 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:434 msgid "In case the error is related to master data on the partner, customer or taxes, you can simply apply the change on the record (example customer identification type) and once it is done click on the Retry button." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:431 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:437 msgid "If the error is related to some data recorded on the invoice directly (Operation type, missing data on the invoice lines), the correct solution is to reset the invoice to Draft, apply the changes, and then send the invoice again to the SUNAT for another validation." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:440 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:446 msgid "For more detail please refert to `Common errors in SUNAT <https://www.nubefact.com/codigos-error-sunat/>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:446 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:452 msgid "After the invoice is accepted and validated by the SUNAT, the invoice PDF report can be printed. The report includes a QR code, indicating the invoice is a valid fiscal document." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:454 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:460 msgid "IAP Credits" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:456 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:462 msgid "Odoo’s Electronic IAP offers 1000 credits for free, after these credits are consumed in your production database, your company must buy new credits in order to process your transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:459 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:465 msgid "Once you run out of credits a red label is displayed at the top of the invoice indicating that additional credits are required, you can easily buy them by accessing the link provided in the message." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:467 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:473 msgid "In the IAP service includes packages with different pricing based on the number of credits. The price list in the IAP is always displayed in EUR." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:474 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:510 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:480 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:516 msgid "Cancelation process" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:476 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:482 msgid "Some scenarios require an invoice cancellation, for example, when an invoice was created by mistake. If the invoice was already sent and validated by the SUNAT, the correct way to proceed is by clicking on the button Request Cancellation:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:484 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:490 msgid "In order to cancel an invoice, please provide a cancellation Reason." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:489 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:495 msgid "**To Cancel**: Indicates the cancellation request is ready to be sent to the OSE, this can be done either automatically by Odoo with a *cron* that runs every hour, or the user can send it immediately by clicking on the button “Send now”. Once it is sent, a cancellation ticket is created, as a result the next message and CDR File are logged in the chatter:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:498 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:504 msgid "**Cancelled**: Indicates the cancellation request was sent to the OSE and was successfully validated. As part of the validation a ZIP file is downloaded and a message is logged in the chatter indicating the correct Government validation." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:507 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:513 msgid "One credit is consumed on each cancellation request." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:512 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:518 msgid "When creating exportation invoices, take into account the next considerations:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:514 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:520 msgid "The Identification type on your customer must be Foreign ID." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:515 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:521 msgid "Operation type in your invoice must be an Exportation one." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:516 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:522 msgid "The taxes included in the invoice lines should be EXP taxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:523 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:529 msgid "Advance Payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:525 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:531 msgid "Create the advance payment Invoice and apply its related payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:526 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:532 msgid "Create the final invoice without considering the advance payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:527 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:533 msgid "Create a credit note for the Final invoice with the advance payment amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:528 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:534 msgid "Reconcile the Credit note with the final invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:529 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:535 msgid "The remaining balance on the final invoice should be paid with a regular payment transaction." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:533 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:539 msgid "Detraction Invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:535 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:541 msgid "When creating invoices that is subject to Detractions, take into account the next considerations:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:537 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:543 msgid "All the products included in the invoice must have these fields configured:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:543 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:549 msgid "Operation type in your invoice must be ``1001``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:552 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:558 msgid "When a correction or refund is needed over a validated invoice, a credit note must be generated, for this just click on the button “Add Credit Note”, a part of the Peruvian localization you need to prove a Credit Reason selecting one of the options in the list." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:561 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:567 msgid "When creating your first credit Note, select the Credit Method: Partial Refund, this allows you to define the credit note sequence." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:564 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:570 msgid "By default the Credit Note is set in the document type:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:570 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:576 msgid "To finish the workflow please follow the instructions on :doc:`our page about Credit Notes <../../receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:574 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:580 msgid "The EDI workflow for the Credit notes works in the same way as the invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:580 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:586 msgid "As part of the Peruvian localization, besides creating credit notes from an existing document you can also create debit Notes. For this just use the button “Add Debit Note”." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:583 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:589 msgid "By default the Debit Note is set in the document type." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:3 msgid "Spain" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:6 msgid "Spanish Chart of Accounts" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:8 msgid "In Odoo, there are several Spanish Chart of Accounts that are available by default:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:10 msgid "PGCE PYMEs 2008" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:11 msgid "PGCE Completo 2008" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:12 msgid "PGCE Entitades" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:14 msgid "You can choose the one you want by going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration` then choose the package you want in the **Fiscal Localization** section." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:20 msgid "When you create a new SaaS database, the PGCE PYMEs 2008 is installed by default." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:23 msgid "Spanish Accounting Reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:25 msgid "If the Spanish Accounting Localization is installed, you will have access to accounting reports specific to Spain:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:28 msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 111)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:29 msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 115)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:30 msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 303)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:3 msgid "Switzerland" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:6 msgid "ISR (In-payment Slip with Reference number)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:8 msgid "The ISRs are payment slips used in Switzerland. You can print them directly from Odoo. On the customer invoices, there is a new button called *Print ISR*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:16 msgid "The button *Print ISR* only appears there is well a bank account defined on the invoice. You can use CH6309000000250097798 as bank account number and 010391391 as CHF ISR reference." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:23 msgid "Then you open a pdf with the ISR." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:28 msgid "There exists two layouts for ISR: one with, and one without the bank coordinates. To choose which one to use, there is an option to print the bank information on the ISR. To activate it, go in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Customer Invoices` and enable **Print bank on ISR**:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:38 msgid "ISR reference on invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:40 msgid "To ease the reconciliation process, you can add your ISR reference as **Payment Reference** on your invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:43 msgid "To do so, you need to configure the Journal you usually use to issue invoices. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, open the Journal you want to modify (By default, the Journal is named *Customer Invoices*), click en *Edit*, and open the *Advanced Settings* tab. In the **Communication Standard** field, select *Switzerland*, and click on *Save*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:53 msgid "Currency Rate Live Update" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:55 msgid "You can update automatically your currencies rates based on the Federal Tax Administration from Switzerland. For this, go in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings`, activate the multi-currencies setting and choose the service you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:64 msgid "Updated VAT for January 2018" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:66 msgid "Starting from the 1st January 2018, new reduced VAT rates will be applied in Switzerland. The normal 8.0% rate will switch to 7.7% and the specific rate for the hotel sector will switch from 3.8% to 3.7%." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:71 msgid "How to update your taxes in Odoo Enterprise (SaaS or On Premise)?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:73 msgid "If you have the V11.1 version, all the work is already been done, you don't have to do anything." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:76 msgid "If you have started on an earlier version, you first have to update the module \"Switzerland - Accounting Reports\". For this, you go in :menuselection:`Apps --> remove the filter \"Apps\" --> search for \"Switzerland - Accounting Reports\" --> open the module --> click on \"upgrade\"`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:83 msgid "Once it has been done, you can work on creating new taxes for the updated rates." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:87 msgid "**Do not suppress or modify the existing taxes** (8.0% and 3.8%). You want to keep them since you may have to use both rates for a short period of time. Instead, remember to archive them once you have encoded all your 2017 transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:92 msgid "The creation of such taxes should be done in the following manner:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:94 msgid "**Purchase taxes**: copy the origin tax, change its name, label on invoice, rate and tax group (effective from v10 only)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 msgid "**Sale taxes**: copy the origin tax, change its name, label on invoice, rate and tax group (effective from v10 only). Since the vat report now shows the details for old and new rates, you should also set the tags accordingly to" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:102 msgid "For 7.7% taxes: Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 base, Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 tax" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 msgid "For 3.7% taxes: Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 base, Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 tax" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:108 msgid "You'll find below, as examples, the correct configuration for all taxes included in Odoo by default" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 msgid "**Tax Name**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 msgid "**Rate**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 msgid "**Label on Invoice**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 msgid "**Tax Group (effective from V10)**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 msgid "**Tax Scope**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 msgid "**Tag**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 msgid "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (TN)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 msgid "7.7%" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 msgid "7.7% achat" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 msgid "TVA 7.7%" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 msgid "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 400" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 msgid "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TN)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 msgid "7.7% achat Incl." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 msgid "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TN)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 msgid "7.7% invest." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 msgid "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 405" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 msgid "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TN)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 msgid "7.7% invest. Incl." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 msgid "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (TS)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 msgid "3.7%" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 msgid "3.7% achat" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 msgid "TVA 3.7%" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 msgid "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TS)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 msgid "3.7% achat Incl." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 msgid "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TS)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 msgid "3.7% invest" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 msgid "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TS)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 msgid "3.7% invest Incl." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 msgid "TVA due a 7.7% (TN)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 msgid "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 base, Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 tax" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 msgid "TVA due à 7.7% (Incl. TN)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 msgid "7.7% Incl." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 msgid "TVA due à 3.7% (TS)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 msgid "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 base, Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 tax" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 msgid "TVA due a 3.7% (Incl. TS)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 msgid "3.7% Incl." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:139 msgid "If you have questions or remarks, please contact our support using odoo.com/help." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:143 msgid "Don't forget to update your fiscal positions. If you have a version 11.1 (or higher), there is nothing to do. Otherwise, you will also have to update your fiscal positions accordingly." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:3 msgid "Fiscal Localization Packages" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:5 msgid "**Fiscal Localization Packages** are country-specific modules that install pre-configured taxes, fiscal positions, chart of accounts, and legal statements on your database. Some additional features, such as the configuration of specific certificates, are also added to your Accounting app, following your fiscal administration requirements." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:11 msgid "Odoo continuously adds new localizations and improves the existing packages." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:16 msgid "Odoo automatically installs the appropriate package for your company, according to the country selected at the creation of the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:20 msgid "As long as you haven't posted any entry, you can still add and select another package." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:22 msgid "To install a new package, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Fiscal Localization`, click on **Install More Packages**, and install your country's module." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:29 msgid "Once done, select your country's package, and click on *Save*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:36 msgid "Use" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:38 msgid "These packages require you to fine-tune your chart of accounts according to your needs, activate the taxes you use, and configure your country-specific statements and certifications." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:41 msgid "Please refer to the documentation listed below for more information." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:44 msgid ":doc:`localizations_list`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:45 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:254 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:195 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:194 msgid ":doc:`../../overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:46 -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:123 -msgid ":doc:`../../fiscality/taxes/taxes`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:123 +msgid ":doc:`../../taxation/taxes/taxes`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:48 msgid "update list of linked docs, and link with the future one about country-specific statements." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:3 msgid "List of supported countries" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:5 msgid "Odoo Accounting can be used in many countries out of the box by installing the appropriate module. Here is a list of all :doc:`Fiscal Localization Packages <fiscal_localization_packages>` that are available on Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:14 msgid "Fiscal Localization Packages available" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:16 msgid "Algeria - Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:19 msgid "Argentinian Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:20 msgid "Argentinian Accounting Reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:21 msgid "Argentinian Electronic Invoicing" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:23 msgid "Australian - Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:24 msgid "Austria - Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:25 msgid "Belgium - Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:26 msgid "Bolivia - Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:27 msgid "Brazilian - Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:28 msgid "Canada - Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:29 msgid "Chile - Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:30 msgid "China" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:32 msgid "China - Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:33 msgid "China - City Data" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:34 msgid "China - Small Business CoA" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:35 msgid "China - Standard CoA" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:39 msgid "Colombian - Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:40 msgid "Colombian - Point of Sale" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:42 msgid "Costa Rica - Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:43 msgid "Croatia - Accounting (RRIF 2012)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:44 msgid "Denmark" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:46 msgid "Denmark - Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:47 msgid "Denmark - Accounting Reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:49 msgid "Dominican Republic - Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:50 msgid "Ecuador - Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:51 msgid "Ethiopia - Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:52 msgid "EU Mini One Stop Shop (MOSS)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:53 msgid "Finnish Localization" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:54 msgid "France - Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:55 msgid "Generic - Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:58 msgid "Germany - Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:59 msgid "Germany SKR03 - Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:60 msgid "Germany SKR04 - Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:62 msgid "Greece - Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:63 msgid "Guatemala - Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:64 msgid "Honduras - Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:65 msgid "Hong Kong - Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:66 msgid "Hungarian - Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:67 msgid "India" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:69 msgid "Indian - Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:70 msgid "Indian - Point of Sale" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:72 msgid "Indonesian - Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:73 msgid "Ireland - Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:74 msgid "Israel - Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:75 msgid "Italy" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:77 msgid "Italy - Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:78 msgid "Italy - E-invoicing" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:80 msgid "Japan - Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:81 msgid "LATAM" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:83 msgid "LATAM Localization Base" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:84 msgid "LATAM Document" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:86 msgid "Lithuania" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:88 msgid "Lithuania - Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:89 msgid "LT - Accounting Reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:91 msgid "Luxembourg - Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:92 msgid "Maroc - Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:93 msgid "Mexico - Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:94 msgid "Mongolia" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:96 msgid "Mongolia - Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:97 msgid "Mongolia - Accounting Reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:99 msgid "Multi Language Chart of Accounts" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:102 msgid "Netherlands - Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:103 msgid "Netherlands - Intrastat Declaration" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:105 msgid "New Zealand - Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:106 msgid "Norway - Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:107 msgid "OHADA - Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:108 msgid "Panama - Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:111 msgid "Peruvian Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:112 msgid "Peruvian Accounting Reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:113 msgid "Peruvian Electronic Invoicing" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:115 msgid "Poland - Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:116 msgid "Portugal - Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:117 msgid "Romania - Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:118 msgid "Saudi Arabia - Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:119 msgid "Singapore - Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:120 msgid "Slovenian - Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:121 msgid "South Africa - Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:122 msgid "Spain - Accounting (PGCE 2008)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:123 msgid "Sweden" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:125 msgid "Sweden - Structured Communication OCR" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:126 msgid "Swedish - Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:128 msgid "Switzerland - Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:129 msgid "Thailand - Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:130 msgid "Turkey - Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:131 msgid "U.A.E. - Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:132 msgid "UK - Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:133 msgid "Ukraine - Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:134 msgid "United States - Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:135 msgid "Uruguay - Chart of Accounts" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:136 msgid "Venezuela - Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:137 msgid "Vietnam - Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:140 msgid ":doc:`fiscal_localization_packages`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality.rst:3 -msgid "Fiscality" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year.rst:3 -msgid "Fiscal Year" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:3 -msgid "Do a year end in Odoo (close a fiscal year)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:5 -msgid "Before going ahead with closing a fiscal year, there are a few steps one should typically take to ensure that your accounting is correct, up to date, and accurate:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:9 -msgid "Make sure you have fully reconciled your **bank account(s)** up to year end and confirm that your ending book balances agree with your bank statement balances." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:13 -msgid "Verify that all **customer invoices** have been entered and approved." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:15 -msgid "Confirm that you have entered and agreed all **vendor bills**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:17 -msgid "Validate all **expenses**, ensuring their accuracy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:19 -msgid "Corroborate that all **received payments** have been entered and recorded accurately." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:25 -msgid "Run a **Tax report**, and verify that your tax information is correct." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:27 -msgid "Reconcile all accounts on your **Balance Sheet**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:29 -msgid "Agree your bank balances in Odoo against your actual bank balances on your statements. Utilize the **Bank Reconciliation** report to assist with this." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:33 -msgid "Reconcile all transactions in your cash and bank accounts by running your **Aged Receivables** and **Aged Payables** reports." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:36 -msgid "Audit your accounts, being sure to fully understand the transactions affecting them and the nature of the transactions, making sure to include loans and fixed assets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:40 -msgid "Run the optional **Payments Matching** feature, under the **More** dropdown on the dashboard, validating any open **Vendor Bills** and **Customer Invoices** with their payments. This step is optional, however it may assist the year-end process if all outstanding payments and invoices are reconciled, and could lead finding errors or mistakes in the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:47 -msgid "Your accountant/bookkeeper will likely verify your balance sheet items and book entries for:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:50 -msgid "Year-end manual adjustments, using the **Adviser Journal Entries** menu (For example, the **Current Year Earnings** and **Retained Earnings** reports)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:56 -msgid "**Depreciation Journal Entries**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:60 -msgid "**Tax adjustments**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:62 -msgid "If your accountant/bookkeeper is going through end of the year auditing, they may want to have paper copies of all balance sheet items (such as loans, bank accounts, prepayments, sales tax statements, etc...) to agree these against your Odoo balances." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:67 -msgid "During this process, it is good practice to set the **Lock date for Non-Advisers** to the last day of the preceding financial year, which is set under the accounting configuration. This way, the accountant can be confident that nobody is changing the previous year transactions while auditing the books." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:77 -msgid "Closing the fiscal year" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:79 -msgid "In Odoo there is no need to do a specific year end closing entry in order to close out income statement accounts. The reports are created in real-time, meaning that the **Income statement** corresponds directly with the year-end date you specify in Odoo. Therefore, any time you generate the **Income Statement**, the beginning date will correspond with the beginning of the **Fiscal Year** and the account balances will all be 0." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:86 -msgid "Once the accountant/bookkeeper has created the journal entry to allocate the **Current Year Earnings**, you should set the **Lock Date** to the last day of the fiscal year. Making sure that before doing so, you confirm whether or not the current year earnings in the **Balance Sheet** is correctly reporting a 0 balance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:93 -msgid ":doc:`fiscal_year`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:3 -msgid "Manage Fiscal Years" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:5 -msgid "In most cases, the fiscal years last 12 months. If it is your case, you just have to define what is the last day of your fiscal year in the accounting settings. By default, it is set on the 31st December." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:12 -msgid "However, there might be some exceptions. For example, if it is the first fiscal year of your business, it could last more or less than 12 months. In this case, some additional configuration is required." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:16 -msgid "Go in :menuselection:`accounting --> configuration --> settings` and activate the fiscal years." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:22 -msgid "You can then configure your fiscal years in :menuselection:`accounting --> configuration --> fiscal years`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:29 -msgid "You only have to create fiscal years if they last more or less than 12 months." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:34 -msgid ":doc:`close_fiscal_year`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:3 -msgid "Manage prices for B2B (tax excluded) and B2C (tax included)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:5 -msgid "When working with consumers, prices are usually expressed with taxes included in the price (e.g., in most eCommerce). But, when you work in a B2B environment, companies usually negotiate prices with taxes excluded." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:9 -msgid "Odoo manages both use cases easily, as long as you register your prices on the product with taxes excluded or included, but not both together. If you manage all your prices with tax included (or excluded) only, you can still easily do sales order with a price having taxes excluded (or included): that's easy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:15 -msgid "This documentation is only for the specific use case where you need to have two references for the price (tax included or excluded), for the same product. The reason of the complexity is that there is not a symmetrical relationship with prices included and prices excluded, as shown in this use case, in belgium with a tax of 21%:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:21 -msgid "Your eCommerce has a product at **10€ (taxes included)**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:23 -msgid "This would do **8.26€ (taxes excluded)** and a **tax of 1.74€**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:25 -msgid "But for the same use case, if you register the price without taxes on the product form (8.26€), you get a price with tax included at 9.99€, because:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:29 -msgid "**8.26€ \\* 1.21 = 9.99€**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:31 -msgid "So, depending on how you register your prices on the product form, you will have different results for the price including taxes and the price excluding taxes:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:35 -msgid "Taxes Excluded: **8.26€ & 10.00€**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:37 -msgid "Taxes Included: **8.26€ & 9.99€**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:40 -msgid "If you buy 100 pieces at 10€ taxes included, it gets even more tricky. You will get: **1000€ (taxes included) = 826.45€ (price) + 173.55€ (taxes)** Which is very different from a price per piece at 8.26€ tax excluded." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:45 -msgid "This documentation explains how to handle the very specific use case where you need to handle the two prices (tax excluded and included) on the product form within the same company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:50 -msgid "In terms of finance, you have no more revenues selling your product at 10€ instead of 9.99€ (for a 21% tax), because your revenue will be exactly the same at 9.99€, only the tax is 0.01€ higher. So, if you run an eCommerce in Belgium, make your customer a favor and set your price at 9.99€ instead of 10€. Please note that this does not apply to 20€ or 30€, or other tax rates, or a quantity >1. You will also make you a favor since you can manage everything tax excluded, which is less error prone and easier for your salespeople." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:65 -msgid "The best way to avoid this complexity is to choose only one way of managing your prices and stick to it: price without taxes or price with taxes included. Define which one is the default stored on the product form (on the default tax related to the product), and let Odoo compute the other one automatically, based on the pricelist and fiscal position. Negotiate your contracts with customers accordingly. This perfectly works out-of-the-box and you have no specific configuration to do." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:73 -msgid "If you can not do that and if you really negotiate some prices with tax excluded and, for other customers, others prices with tax included, you must:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:77 -msgid "always store the default price TAX EXCLUDED on the product form, and apply a tax (price included on the product form)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:80 -msgid "create a pricelist with prices in TAX INCLUDED, for specific customers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:83 -msgid "create a fiscal position that switches the tax excluded to a tax included" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:86 -msgid "assign both the pricelist and the fiscal position to customers who want to benefit to this pricelist and fiscal position" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:89 -msgid "For the purpose of this documentation, we will use the above use case:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:91 -msgid "your product default sale price is 8.26€ tax excluded" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:93 -msgid "but we want to sell it at 10€, tax included, in our shops or eCommerce website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:97 -msgid "Setting your products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:99 -msgid "Your company must be configured with tax excluded by default. This is usually the default configuration, but you can check your **Default Sale Tax** from the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` of the Accounting application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:107 -msgid "Once done, you can create a **B2C** pricelist. You can activate the pricelist feature per customer from the menu: :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` of the Sale application. Choose the option **different prices per customer segment**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:112 -msgid "Once done, create a B2C pricelist from the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Pricelists`. It's also good to rename the default pricelist into B2B to avoid confusion." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:116 -msgid "Then, create a product at 8.26€, with a tax of 21% (defined as tax not included in price) and set a price on this product for B2C customers at 10€, from the :menuselection:`Sales --> Products` menu of the Sales application:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:125 -msgid "Setting the B2C fiscal position" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:127 -msgid "From the accounting application, create a B2C fiscal position from this menu: :menuselection:`Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`. This fiscal position should map the VAT 21% (tax excluded of price) with a VAT 21% (tax included in price)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:136 -msgid "Test by creating a quotation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:138 -msgid "Create a quotation from the Sale application, using the :menuselection:`Sales --> Quotations` menu. You should have the following result: 8.26€ + 1.73€ = 9.99€." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:145 -msgid "Then, create a quotation but **change the pricelist to B2C and the fiscal position to B2C** on the quotation, before adding your product. You should have the expected result, which is a total price of 10€ for the customer: 8.26€ + 1.74€ = 10.00€." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:153 -msgid "This is the expected behavior for a customer of your shop." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:156 -msgid "Avoid changing every sale order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:158 -msgid "If you negotiate a contract with a customer, whether you negotiate tax included or tax excluded, you can set the pricelist and the fiscal position on the customer form so that it will be applied automatically at every sale of this customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:163 -msgid "The pricelist is in the **Sales & Purchases** tab of the customer form, and the fiscal position is in the accounting tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:166 -msgid "Note that this is error prone: if you set a fiscal position with tax included in prices but use a pricelist that is not included, you might have wrong prices calculated for you. That's why we usually recommend companies to only work with one price reference." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:3 -msgid "Manage cash basis taxes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:5 -msgid "The cash basis taxes are due when the payment has been done and not at the validation of the invoice (as it is the case with standard taxes). Reporting your income and expenses to the administration based on the cash basis method is legal in some countries and under some conditions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:10 -msgid "Example : You sell a product in the 1st quarter of your fiscal year and receive the payment the 2nd quarter of your fiscal year. Based on the cash basis method, the tax you have to pay to the administration is due for the 2nd quarter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:16 -msgid "How to configure cash basis taxes ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:18 -msgid "You first have to activate the setting in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Allow Tax Cash Basis`. You will be asked to define the Tax Cash Basis Journal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:27 -msgid "Once this is done, you can configure your taxes in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. At first set the proper transitional accounts to post taxes until you register the payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:35 -msgid "In the *Advanced Options* tab you will turn *Tax Due* to *Based on Payment*. You will then have to define the *Tax Received* account in which to post the tax amount when the payment is received and the *Base Tax Received Account* to post the base tax amount for an accurate tax report." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:45 -msgid "What is the impact of cash basis taxes in my accounting ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:47 -msgid "Let’s take an example. You make a sale of $100 with a 15% cash basis tax. When you validate the customer invoice, the following entry is created in your accounting:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:52 -msgid "Customer Invoices Journal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 -msgid "**Debit**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 -msgid "**Credit**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:72 -msgid "Receivables $115" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:82 -msgid "Temporary Tax Account $15" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:60 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:88 -msgid "Income Account $100" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:63 -msgid "A few days later, you receive the payment:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:66 -msgid "Bank Journal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:70 -msgid "Bank $115" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:75 -msgid "When you reconcile the invoice and the payment, this entry is generated:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:78 -msgid "Tax Cash Basis Journal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:84 -msgid "Tax Received Account $15" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:92 -msgid "The last two journal items are neutral but they are needed to insure correct tax reports in Odoo with accurate base tax amounts. We advise to use a default revenue account. The balance of this account will then always be at zero." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:121 -msgid "Default Taxes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:5 -msgid "**Default Taxes** define which :doc:`taxes <taxes>` are automatically selected when there is no other indication about which tax to use. For example, Odoo prefills the **Taxes** field with the Default Taxes when you create a new product or add a new line on an invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:14 -msgid ":doc:`Fiscal Positions <fiscal_positions>` take the Default Tax into account. Therefore, if a Fiscal Position is applied to an invoice, Odoo applies the related tax instead of the Default Taxes, as mapped in the Fiscal Position." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:21 -msgid "**Default Taxes** are automatically set up according to the country selected at the creation of your database, or when you set up a :doc:`Fiscal Localization Package <../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>` for your company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:25 -msgid "To change your **Default Taxes**, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes --> Default Taxes`, select the appropriate taxes for your default **Sales Tax** and **Purchase Tax**, and click on *Save*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:34 -msgid "Databases with multiple companies: the Default Taxes values are company-specific." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:38 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:70 -msgid ":doc:`taxes`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:39 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:93 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:279 -msgid ":doc:`fiscal_positions`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:40 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:174 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:193 -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:125 -msgid ":doc:`../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:3 -msgid "Fiscal Positions (tax and account mapping)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:5 -msgid "Default taxes and accounts are set on products and customers to create new transactions on the fly. However, you might have to use different taxes and record the transactions on different accounts, according to your customers' and providers' localizations and business types." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:9 -msgid "**Fiscal Positions** allow you to create *sets of rules* to automatically adapt the taxes and the accounts used for a transaction." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:16 -msgid "They can be applied in various ways:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:18 -msgid ":ref:`automatically applied, based on some rules <fiscal_positions/automatic>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:19 -msgid ":ref:`manually applied on a transaction <fiscal_positions/partner>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:20 -msgid ":ref:`assigned to a partner, on its contact form <fiscal_positions/transaction>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:23 -msgid "A few Fiscal Positions are already preconfigured on your database, as part of your :doc:`Fiscal Localization Package <../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:30 -msgid "Tax and Account Mapping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:32 -msgid "To edit or create a Fiscal Position, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`, and open the entry you want to modify or click on *Create*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:35 -msgid "The mapping of taxes and accounts is based on the default taxes and accounts defined in the products' forms." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:38 -msgid "To map to another tax or account, fill out the right column (**Tax to Apply**/**Account to Use Instead**)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:40 -msgid "To remove a tax, rather than replacing it with another, leave the field **Tax to Apply** empty." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:41 -msgid "To replace a tax with multiple other taxes, add multiple lines with the same **Tax on Product**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:44 -msgid "The mapping only works with *active* taxes. Therefore, make sure they are active by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:50 -msgid "Automatic application" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:52 -msgid "You can configure your Fiscal Positions to be applied automatically, following a set of conditions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:54 -msgid "To do so, open the Fiscal Position you want to modify and click on **Detect Automatically**. You can configure a few conditions:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:57 -msgid "**VAT Required**: The VAT number *must* be indicated in the customer's contact form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:58 -msgid "**Country Group** / **Country**: The Fiscal Position is applied to these countries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:65 -msgid "Taxes on **eCommerce orders** are automatically updated once the visitor has logged in or filled out their billing details." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:69 -msgid "The Fiscal Positions' **sequence** - the order in which they are arranged - defines which Fiscal Position to apply if the conditions are met in multiple Fiscal Positions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:72 -msgid "For example, if the first Fiscal Position targets *country A*, and the second Fiscal Position targets a *Country Group* that also comprises *country A*, only the first Fiscal Position will be applied to customers from *country A*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:79 -msgid "Application" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:84 -msgid "Assign a Fiscal Position to a partner" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:86 -msgid "You can manually define which Fiscal Position must be used by default for a specific partner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:88 -msgid "To do so, open the partner's contact form, go to the **Sales & Purchase** tab, edit the **Fiscal Position** field, and click on *Save*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:98 -msgid "Choose Fiscal Positions manually on Sales Orders, Invoices, and Bills" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:100 -msgid "To manually select which Fiscal Position to use for a new Sales Order, Invoice, or Bill, go to the **Other Info** tab and select the right **Fiscal Position** *before* adding product lines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:110 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:281 -msgid ":doc:`taxcloud`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:280 -msgid ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:3 -msgid "Manage withholding taxes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:5 -msgid "A withholding tax, also called a retention tax, is a government requirement for the payer of a customer invoice to withhold or deduct tax from the payment, and pay that tax to the government. In most jurisdictions, withholding tax applies to employment income." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:10 -msgid "With normal taxes, the tax is added to the subtotal to give you the total to pay. As opposed to normal taxes, withholding taxes are deducted from the amount to pay, as the tax will be paid by the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:14 -msgid "As, an example, in Colombia you may have the following invoice:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:19 -msgid "In this example, the **company** who sent the invoice owes $20 of taxes to the **government** and the **customer** owes $10 of taxes to the **government**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:25 -msgid "In Odoo, a withholding tax is defined by creating a negative tax. For a retention of 10%, you would configure the following tax (accessible through :menuselection:`Configuration --> Taxes`):" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:32 -msgid "In order to make it appear as a retention on the invoice, you should set a specific tax group **Retention** on your tax, in the **Advanced Options** tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:39 -msgid "Once the tax is defined, you can use it in your products, sales order or invoices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:43 -msgid "If the retention is a percentage of a regular tax, create a Tax with a **Tax Computation** as a **Tax Group** and set the two taxes in this group (normal tax and retention)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:48 -msgid "Applying retention taxes on invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:50 -msgid "Once your tax is created, you can use it on customer forms, sales order or customer invoices. You can apply several taxes on a single customer invoice line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:58 -msgid "When you see the customer invoice on the screen, you get only a **Taxes line** summarizing all the taxes (normal taxes & retentions). But when you print or send the invoice, Odoo does the correct grouping amongst all the taxes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:63 -msgid "The printed invoice will show the different amounts in each tax group." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:3 -msgid "Get correct tax rates in the United States using TaxCloud" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:5 -msgid "The **TaxCloud** integration allows you to correctly calculate the sales tax for every address in the United States and keeps track of which products are exempt from sales tax and in which states each exemption applies. TaxCloud calculates sales tax in real-time for every state, city, and special jurisdiction in the United States." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:15 -msgid "In TaxCloud" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:16 -msgid "Create a free account on `TaxCloud <https://taxcloud.com/#register>`__ website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:18 -msgid "Register your Odoo website on TaxCloud to get an *API ID* and an *API Key*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:23 -msgid "In Settings on TaxCloud, click *Locations* to enter the location of your Office(s) & Warehouse(s)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:24 -msgid "In Settings on TaxCloud, click *Manage Tax States* to verify the states where you collect sales tax." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:27 -msgid "In Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:28 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Invoicing / Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and check *TaxCloud - Compute tax rates based on U.S. ZIP codes* (note: actually uses complete street address)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:30 -msgid "Enter your TaxCloud credentials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:31 -msgid "Click SAVE to store your credentials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:36 -msgid "Click the Refresh Icon next to *Default Category* to import the TIC product categories from TaxCloud (Taxability Information Codes). Some categories may imply specific rates or attract product/service type exemptions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:38 -msgid "Select your default *TIC Code*. This will apply to any new product created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:40 -msgid "Set a specific TaxCloud TIC Category on the *General Information* tab of the Product, or on the Product Category." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:42 -msgid "Make sure your company address is complete (including the state and the zip code). Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies` to open and edit your Company record." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:47 -msgid "How it works" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:49 -msgid "Salestax is calculated in Odoo based on fiscal positions (see :doc:`fiscal_positions`). A Fiscal Position for the United States is created when installing *TaxCloud*. Everything works out-of-the-box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:54 -msgid "You can configure Odoo to automtically detect which Customers should use this fiscal position. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Fiscal Positions` to open and edit the record." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:61 -msgid "Now, this fiscal position is automatically set on any sales order, web order, or invoice when the customer country is *United States*. This triggers the automated tax computation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:68 -msgid "Add your product(s). You have two options to get Sales Tax on the Order. You can confirm it, or you can save it and from the *Action* Menu choose **Update Taxes with TaxCloud**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:73 -msgid "Coupons & Promotions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:75 -msgid "If you use the Coupon or Promotion Programs, the integration with Taxcloud might seem a bit odd." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:77 -msgid "The problem lies with the fact that Taxcloud does not accept lines with negative amounts as part of the tax computation. This means that the amount of the lines added by the promotion program must be deduced from the total of the lines it impacts. This means, amongst other complications, that orders that use coupons or promotions with a Taxcloud fiscal position **must** be invoiced completely - you cannot create invoices for partial deliveries, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:83 -msgid "Another specific oddity is possible in the UI: imagine that you sell a product from the Taxcloud category *[20110] Computers* and that you have a promotion program in place that provides a 50% discount on this product. If the tax rate for this particular product is 7%, the tax rate that will be computed from the Taxcloud integration will display 3.5%. This happens because the discount is included in the price that is sent to Taxcloud, but in Odoo this discount is in another line entirely. At the end of the day, your tax computation will be correct (since a 3.5% tax on the full price is the equivalent of a 7% tax on half the price), but this might be surprising from a user point of view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:5 -msgid "There are numerous types of **taxes**, and their application varies greatly, depending mostly on your company's localization. To make sure they are recorded with accuracy, Odoo's tax engine supports all kinds of uses and computations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:12 -msgid "Activate Sales Taxes from the List view" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:14 -msgid "As part of your :doc:`Fiscal Localization Package <../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>`, most of your country's sales taxes are already preconfigured on your database. However, only a few of them are activated by default, so that you can activate only the ones relevant for your business." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:19 -msgid "To activate Sale Taxes, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes` and use the *Activate* toggle button to activate or deactivate a tax." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:31 -msgid "To edit or create a **Tax**, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes` and open a tax or click on *Create*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:41 -msgid "Taxes have three different labels, each one having a specific use. Refer to the following table to see where they are displayed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:45 -msgid ":ref:`Tax Name <taxes/name>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:45 -msgid ":ref:`Label on Invoice <taxes/label-invoices>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:45 -msgid ":ref:`Tax Group <taxes/tax-group>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:48 -msgid "Back end" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:48 -msgid "*Taxes* column on exported invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:48 -msgid "Above the *Total* line on exported invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:53 -msgid "Basic Options" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:58 -msgid "Tax Name" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:60 -msgid "The **Tax Name** as you want to display it for backend users. This is the :ref:`label <taxes/labels>` you see while editing Sales Orders, Invoices, Products, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:66 -msgid "Tax Computation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:68 -msgid "**Group of Taxes**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:70 -msgid "The tax is a combination of multiple sub-taxes. You can add as many taxes you want, in the order you want them to be applied." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:74 -msgid "Make sure that the tax sequence is correct, as the order in which they are may impact the taxes' amounts computation, especially if one of the taxes :ref:`affects the base of the subsequent ones <taxes/base-subsequent>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:78 -msgid "**Fixed**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:80 -msgid "The tax has a fixed amount in the default currency. The amount remains the same, regardless of the Sales Price." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:83 -msgid "For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *$10 fixed* tax. We then have:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:231 -msgid "Product's Sales Price" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:231 -msgid "Price without tax" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:231 -msgid "Tax" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:231 -msgid "Total" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:89 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:89 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:104 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:104 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:118 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:118 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:234 -msgid "1,000" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:89 -msgid "10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:89 -msgid "1,010.00" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:92 -msgid "**Percentage of Price**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:94 -msgid "The *Sales Price* is the taxable basis: the tax's amount is computed by multiplying the Sales Price by the tax's percentage." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:97 -msgid "For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *10% of Price* tax. We then have:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:104 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 -msgid "100" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:104 -msgid "1,100.00" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:107 -msgid "**Percentage of Price Tax Included**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:109 -msgid "The *Total* is the taxable basis: the tax's amount is a percentage of the Total." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:111 -msgid "For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *10% of Price Tax Included* tax. We then have:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:118 -msgid "111.11" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:118 -msgid "1,111.11" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:124 -msgid "Active" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:126 -msgid "Only **Active** taxes can be added to new documents." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:129 -msgid "It is not possible to delete taxes that have already been used. Instead, you can deactivate them to prevent future use." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:133 -msgid "This field can be modified from the *List View*. See :ref:`above <taxes/list_activation>` for more information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:139 -msgid "Tax Scope" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:141 -msgid "The **Tax Scope** determines the tax's application, which also restricts where it is displayed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:143 -msgid "**Sales**: Customer Invoices, Product's Customer Taxes, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:144 -msgid "**Purchase**: Vendor Bills, Product's Vendor Taxes, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:145 -msgid "**None**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:148 -msgid "You can use **None** for taxes that you want to include in a :ref:`Group of Taxes <taxes/computation>` but that you don't want to list along with other Sales or Purchase taxes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:154 -msgid "Definition tab" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:156 -msgid "Allocate with precision the amount of the taxable basis or percentages of the computed tax to multiple accounts and Tax Grids." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:163 -msgid "**Based On**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:165 -msgid "Base: the price on the invoice line" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:166 -msgid "% of tax: a percentage of the computed tax." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:168 -msgid "**Account**: if defined, an additional Journal Item is recorded." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:169 -msgid "**Tax Grids**: used to generate :doc:`Tax Reports <../../reporting/declarations/tax_returns>` automatically, according to your country's regulations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:175 -msgid "Advanced Options tab" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:180 -msgid "Label on Invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:182 -msgid "The label of the tax, as displayed on each invoice line in the **Taxes** column. This is the :ref:`label <taxes/labels>` visible to *front end* users, on exported invoices, on their Customer Portals, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:193 -msgid "Tax Group" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:195 -msgid "Select to which **Tax Group** the tax belongs. The Tax Group name is the :ref:`label <taxes/labels>` displayed above the *Total* line on exported invoices, and the Customer Portals." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:198 -msgid "Tax groups include different iterations of the same tax. This can be useful when you must record differently the same tax according to :doc:`Fiscal Positions <fiscal_positions>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:205 -msgid "In the example above, we see a 0% tax for Intra-Community customers in Europe. It records amounts on specific accounts and with specific tax grids. Still, to the customer, it is a 0% tax. That's why the :ref:`Label on the Invoice <taxes/label-invoices>` indicates *0% EU*, and the Tax Group name, above the *Total* line, indicates *0%*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:213 -msgid "Include in Analytic Cost" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:215 -msgid "With this option activated, the tax's amount is assigned to the same **Analytic Account** as the invoice line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:221 -msgid "Included in Price" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:223 -msgid "With this option activated, the total (including the tax) equals the **Sales Price**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:225 -msgid ":dfn:`Total = Sales Price = Computed Tax-Excluded price + Tax`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:227 -msgid "For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *10% of Price* tax, which is *included in the price*. We then have:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:234 -msgid "900.10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:234 -msgid "90.9" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:234 -msgid "1,000.00" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:238 -msgid "If you need to define prices accurately, both tax-included and tax-excluded, please refer to the following documentation: :doc:`B2B_B2C`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:242 -msgid "**Invoices**: By default, the Line Subtotals displayed on your invoices are *Tax-Excluded*. To display *Tax-Included* Line Subtotals, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Customer Invoices`, and select *Tax-Included* in the **Line Subtotals Tax Display** field, then click on *Save*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:246 -msgid "**eCommerce**: By default, the prices displayed on your eCommerce website are *Tax-Excluded*. To display *Tax-Included* prices, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Pricing`, and select *Tax-Included* in the **Product Prices** field, then click on *Save*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:253 -msgid "Affect Base of Subsequent Taxes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:255 -msgid "With this option, the total tax-included becomes the taxable basis for the other taxes applied to the same product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:258 -msgid "You can configure a new :ref:`Group of Taxes <taxes/computation>` to include this tax, or add it directly to a product line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:266 -msgid "The order in which you add the taxes on a product line has no effect on how amounts are computed. If you add taxes directly on a product line, only the tax sequence determines the order in which they are applied." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:270 -msgid "To reorder the sequence, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`, and drag and drop the lines with the handles next to the tax names." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:282 -msgid ":doc:`../../reporting/declarations/tax_returns`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:3 -msgid "VIES VAT numbers validation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:5 -msgid "**VAT Information Exchange System** - abbreviated **VIES** - is a tool provided by the European Commission that allows you to check the validity of VAT numbers of companies registered in the European Union." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:9 -msgid "Odoo provides a feature to **Verify VAT Numbers** when you save a contact. This helps you make sure that your contacts provided you with a valid VAT number without leaving Odoo interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:15 -msgid "To enable this feature, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes`, enable the **Verify VAT Numbers** feature, and click on *Save*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:23 -msgid "VAT Number validation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:25 -msgid "Whenever you create or modify a contact, make sure to fill out the **Country** and **VAT** fields." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:31 -msgid "When you click on *Save*, Odoo runs a VIES VAT number check, and displays an error message if the VAT number is invalid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:39 -msgid "This tool checks the VAT number's validity but does not check the other fields' validity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:43 -msgid "`European Commission: VIES search engine <https://ec.europa.eu/taxation_customs/vies/vatRequest.html>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:109 msgid "Others" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser.rst:3 msgid "Adviser" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:3 msgid "Manage a financial budget" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:8 msgid "Managing budgets is an essential part of running a business. Budgets help people become more intentional with the way money is spent and direct people to organize and prioritize their work to meet financial goals. They allows you to plan your desired financial outcome and then measure your actual performance against the plan. Odoo manages budgets using both General and Analytic Accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:15 msgid "We will use the following example to illustrate. We just started a project with Smith&Co and we would like to budget the incomes and expenses of that project. We plan to have a revenue of 1000 and we don't want to spend more than 700." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:23 msgid "First we need to install the relevant apps to use budgeting. The main module is the accounting app. Go in the app module and install the **Accounting and Finance** app." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:30 msgid "Further configuration is as well necessary. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting module --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable the **Budget management** feature" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:38 msgid "Budgetary Positions" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:40 msgid "Budgetary positions are lists of accounts for which you want to keep budgets (typically expense or income accounts). They need to be defined so Odoo can know it which accounts he needs to go get the budget information." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:45 msgid "The budgetary positions act as a type of restriction on what can be recorded in the 'practical amount' column in a budget." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:48 msgid "Each budgetary position can have any number of accounts from the general ledger (the main chart of accounts) assigned to it, though it must have at least one." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:51 msgid "If you record a transaction that has an analytic account assigned to it that *is* included in a budget line but one of the general ledger accounts *is not* included in the budgetary position for that same budget line, it will not appear within the 'practical amount' column of that budget line." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:56 msgid "Some budgetary positions might be already installed with your chart of accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:59 msgid "To define the positions enter the :menuselection:`Accounting module --> Configuration --> Budgetary Positions`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:62 msgid "For our example we need to define what accounts relates to our project's expenses. Create a position and add items to select the accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:68 msgid "In this case we select the three relevant accounts used wherein we will book our expenses." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:74 msgid "Click on *Select*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:79 msgid "Save the changes to confirm your Budgetary position." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:81 msgid "Repeat this steps to create a revenue budgetary position. Only in this case select the relevant income accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:85 msgid "Analytical account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:87 msgid "Odoo needs to know which costs or expenses are relevant to a specified budget. To do so we need to link our invoices and expenses to a defined analytical account. Create an analytical account by entering the Accounting module and clicking :menuselection:`Advisers --> Analytic Accounts --> Open Charts`. Create a new Account called Smith&Co project and select the related partner." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:98 msgid "Set a budget" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:100 msgid "Let's now set our targets for our budget. We specified that we expect to gain 1000 with this project and we would like not to spend more than 700." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:104 msgid "To set those targets, enter the accounting app, select :menuselection:`Advisers --> Budgets` and create a new Budget." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:107 msgid "We have to give a name to the budget. In this case we'll call it \"Smith Project\". Select the period wherein the budget will be applicable. Next add an item to specify your targets in the Budget Line." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:114 msgid "Select the Budgetary Position related to the Budget Line. In other words, select the position that points to the accounts you want to budget. In this case we will start with our 700 maximum charge target. Select the \"Cost\" Budgetary Position and specify the Planned Amount. As we are recording a cost, we need to specify a **negative amount**. Finally, select the corresponding analytic account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:124 msgid "Click on **Save & new** to input the revenue budget. The Budgetary Position is Revenue and the Planned Amount is 1000. Save and close" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:127 msgid "You'll need to **Confirm** and **Approve** the budget." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:130 msgid "Check your budget" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:132 msgid "You can check your budget at any time. To see the evolution, let's book some Invoices and Vendors Bills." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:136 msgid "If you use analytical accounts remember that you need to specify the account in the invoice and/or purchase line." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:140 msgid "For more information about booking invoices and purchase orders see :doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/overview`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:143 msgid "Go back in the budget list and find the Smith Project." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:145 msgid "Via the analytical account, Odoo can account the invoice lines and purchase lines booked in the accounts and will display them in the **Practical Amount** column." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:153 msgid "The theoretical amount represents the amount of money you theoretically could have spend / should have received in function of the date. When your budget is 1200 for 12 months (january to december), and today is 31 of january, the theoretical amount will be 100, since this is the actual amount that could have been realised." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic.rst:3 msgid "Analytic" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:3 msgid "Track costs of purchases, expenses, subcontracting" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:8 msgid "Thanks to analytical accounting we can track costs of purchases, expenses and subcontracting in the accounting module." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:11 msgid "We'll take the following example. We sold a consulting package for a customer. The package is all inclusive meaning no extra cost can be added. We would however like to follow which cost were attached to this transaction as we need to pay for purchases, expenses, and subcontracting costs related to the project." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:20 msgid "The following modules needs to be installed to track cost. Enter the app module and install the following apps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:28 msgid "Please note that the applications provided by these apps only allows us to **track** the costs. We won't be able to automatically re invoice those costs to our customers. To track and **re invoice costs** you should install the Sales management app as well." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:37 msgid "Enable Analytical accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:39 msgid "Next step is to activate the analytical accounting. In the accounting app, select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and thick the Analytic accounting box." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:46 msgid "Moreover, scroll down and tick the **Analytic accounting for purchases** box." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:52 msgid "Don't forget to save your changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:55 msgid "Create an Analytical account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:57 msgid "First of all you should create an Analytical account on which you can point all your expenses. Enter the accounting app, select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Analytic Accounts`. Create a new one. In this case we will call it \"consulting pack\" for our customer Smith&Co." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:65 msgid "We will point all our costs to this account to keep track of them." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:68 msgid "Record an expense" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:70 msgid "We start by booking an expense. Our IT technician had to take a train to go see our customer. He paid for his ticket himself." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:75 msgid "Create an expense product" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:77 msgid "We first need to create an expense product. Enter the **Expense** module, Click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Expense Products`. Create a new product called Train ticket and set the cost price to 15.50 euros. Make sure the **Can be expensed** box is ticked." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:86 msgid "Book the expense" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:88 msgid "Enter the Expense module, click on :menuselection:`My expenses --> Create`. Select the Train ticket product and link it to the analytical account discussed above." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:95 msgid "Submit to manager and wait for the manager to approve and post the journal entries." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:99 msgid "Create a Purchase Order linked to the analytical account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:102 msgid "Purchase Product" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:104 msgid "We also need to buy a software for our customers. In the purchase app create a purchase order for the software product. Within the line we can link the product's cost with the analytical account. Specify the order line and select the correct analytical account. Confirm the sale." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:113 msgid "Accept the delivery and enter the invoice. Once the invoice is entered the cost price (**Vendor Price** field) will be booked in the analytical account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:117 msgid "Subcontracting" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:119 msgid "The purchase module can be used in the same way as seen previously to handle subcontracting. if we purchase a service from another company we can re invoice this cost by linking the purchase order line to the correct analytical account. We simply need to create the correct vendors product." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:126 msgid "You can also track cost with timesheets, see: :doc:`timesheets`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:129 msgid "Track costs in accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:131 msgid "Now that everything is booked and points to the analytical account. Simply open it to check the costs related to that account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:134 msgid "Enter the accounting module, click on :menuselection:`Advisers --> Analytic Accounts --> Open Charts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:137 msgid "Select \"consulting pack - Smith\" and click on the cost and revenue button to have an overview of all cost linked to the account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:144 msgid "If you would like to have the revenue as well you should invoice the Consulting Pack in the Invoice menu and link the invoice line to this same analytical account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:3 msgid "Track costs of human resources with timesheets" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:5 msgid "Human resource of course has a cost. It is interesting to see how much a particular contract costs the company in term of human power in relation to the invoiced amounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:9 msgid "We will take the following example: Our two employees **Harry Potter** and **Cedric Digory** both work on a **Consultancy pack** for our customer **Smith&Co**. Harry is paid 18€ p.h. and Cedric's salary is 12€ p.h. We would like to track their timesheet costs within the accounting app, and compare them with the revenue of the consultancy service." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:18 msgid "First, install the three applications necessary to use this functionality, namely **Accounting**, **Sales** and **Timesheet**. Enter the apps module name and install them." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:31 msgid "Next you will need to enable analytical accounting. To do so enter the **Accounting app**. Select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and tick the **Analytic accounting** option (see picture below)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:38 msgid "Apply your changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:41 msgid "Create an employee" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:43 msgid "In order to check the revenue of an employee you need to have one. To create an employee enter the **Employee** app. Select **Employees** and create a new employee, fill in the name and the basic information." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:47 msgid "On the employee sheet enter the **HR settings** tab. Here you are able to specify the **Timesheet Cost** of your employee. In this case Harry has a cost of 18 euros / hours. We will thus fill in 18 in this field." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:55 msgid "If you want the employee to be able to enter timesheets he needs to be related to a User." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:58 msgid "Repeat the operation to create the Cedric Digory employee. Don't forget to specify its related user and **Timesheet Costs**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:62 msgid "Issue a Sales Order" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:64 msgid "We created two employees called Harry Potter and Cedric Diggory in the **Employee** app. Both of them will work on a consultancy contract for our customer Smith&Co where they will point their hours on a timesheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:68 msgid "We thus need to create a **sales order** with a **service** product invoiced **based on time and material** and tracked by timesheets with **hours** as unit of measures." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:75 -msgid "For more information on how to create a sales order based on time and material please see :doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/time_materials`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:75 +msgid "For more information on how to create a sales order based on time and material please see :doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:78 msgid "We save a Sales Order with the service product **External Consulting**. An analytical account will automatically be generated once the **Sales Order** is confirmed. Our employees will have to point to that account (in this case **SO002-Smith&Co**) in order to be able to invoice their hours (see picture below)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:88 msgid "Fill in timesheet" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:90 msgid "As an employee linked to a user, Harry can enter the **Timesheet** app and specify his timesheets for the contract. Logged on Harry's account we enter the **Timesheet** app and enter a detailed line pointing to the **Analytical Account** discussed above." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:95 msgid "Harry worked three hours on a SWOT analysis for Smith&Co." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:100 msgid "In the meantime, Cedric discussed businesses needs with the customer for 1 hour and specified it as well in his personal timesheet, pointing as well on the **Analytic Account**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:104 msgid "In the **Sales Order** we notice that the delivered amounts of hours is automatically computed (see picture below)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:111 msgid "Analytic accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:113 msgid "Thanks to analytic accounts we are able to have an overview of HR cost and revenues. All the revenues and cost of this transactions have been registered in the **SO002-Smith&Co** account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:117 msgid "We can use two methods to analyze this situation." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:120 msgid "Without filters" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:122 msgid "If we pointed all our costs and revenues of the project on the correct analytical account we can easily retrieve the cost and revenues related to this analytical account. Enter the *Accounting* app, select :menuselection:`Adviser --> Analytic Accounts --> Open Charts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:127 msgid "Note : you can specify a period for **Analysis**. If you want to open the current situation you should keep the fields empty. We can already note the credit and debit balance of the account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:134 msgid "If we click on the account a special button is provided to have the details of cost and revenues (see picture below)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:140 msgid "Click the button **Cost/Revenue** to have an overview of cost and revenues with the corresponding description." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:144 msgid "With filters" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:146 msgid "We can thus filter this information from the **Analytic Entries**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:148 msgid "Enter the **Accounting** app, and click on :menuselection:`Adviser --> Analytic Entries`. In this menu we have several options to analyse the human resource cost." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:151 msgid "We filter on the **Analytic account** so we can see the cost and revenues of the project. Add a custom **Filter** where the **Analytic Account** contains the **Sales Order** number." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:158 msgid "In the results we see timesheets activities and invoiced lines with the corresponding costs and revenues." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:164 msgid "We can group the different analytical accounts together and check their respective revenues. Simply group by **Analytic account** and select the **Graph view** to have a clear overview." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:3 msgid "Analytic account use cases" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:5 msgid "The analytic accounting can be used for several purposes:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:7 msgid "analyse costs of a company" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:9 msgid "reinvoice time to a customer" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:11 msgid "analyse performance of a service or a project" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:13 msgid "To manage analytic accounting, you have to activate it in :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:19 msgid "To illustrate analytic accounts clearly, you will follow three use cases, each in one of three different types of company:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:22 msgid "Industrial company: Costs Analyse" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:24 msgid "Law Firm: reinvoice spent hours" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:26 msgid "IT/Services Company: performance analysis" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:29 msgid "Case 1: Industrial company: Costs Analyse" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:31 msgid "In industry, you will often find analytic charts of accounts structured into departments and products the company itself is built on." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:34 msgid "The objective is to examine the costs, sales and margins by department/resources and by product. The first level of the structure comprises the different departments, and the lower levels represent the product ranges the company makes and sells." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:39 msgid "**Analytic Chart of Accounts for an Industrial Manufacturing Company**:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:41 msgid "Marketing Department" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:43 msgid "Commercial Department" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:45 msgid "Administration Department" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:47 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:80 msgid "Production Range 1" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:49 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:82 msgid "Production Range 2" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:51 msgid "In daily use, it is useful to mark the analytic account on each purchase invoice. When the invoice is approved, it will automatically generate the entries for both the general and the corresponding analytic accounts. For each entry on the general accounts, there is at least one analytic entry that allocates costs to the department which incurred them." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:58 msgid "Here is a possible breakdown of some general accounting entries for the example above, allocated to various analytic accounts:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:62 msgid "**General accounts**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:62 msgid "**Analytic accounts**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 msgid "**Title**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 msgid "**Account**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 +msgid "**Debit**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 +msgid "**Credit**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 msgid "**Value**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 msgid "Purchase of Raw Material" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 msgid "2122" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 msgid "1500" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 msgid "-1 500" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 msgid "Subcontractors" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 msgid "450" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 msgid "-450" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 msgid "Credit Note for defective materials" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 msgid "200" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 msgid "Transport charges" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 msgid "Staff costs" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 msgid "2121" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 msgid "10000" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 msgid "Marketing" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:80 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:82 msgid "-2 000" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:76 msgid "Commercial" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:76 msgid "-3 000" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:78 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 msgid "Administrative" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:78 msgid "-1 000" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 msgid "PR" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 msgid "-400" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:87 msgid "The analytic representation by department enables you to investigate the costs allocated to each department in the company. The analytic chart of accounts shows the distribution of the company's costs using the example above:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:94 msgid "In this example of a hierarchical structure in Odoo, you can analyse not only the costs of each product range, but also the costs of the whole production. A report that relates both general accounts and analytic accounts enables you to get a breakdown of costs within a given department." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:103 msgid "The examples above are based on a breakdown of the costs of the company. Analytic allocations can be just as effective for sales. That gives you the profitability (sales - costs) of different departments." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:107 msgid "This analytic representation by department is generally used by trading companies and industries." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:110 msgid "A variantion of this, is not to break it down by sales and marketing departments, but to assign each cost to its corresponding product range. This will give you an analysis of the profitability of each product range." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:115 msgid "Choosing one over the other depends on how you look at your marketing effort. Is it a global cost allocated in some general way, or is each product range responsible for its own marketing costs?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:120 msgid "Case 2: Law Firm: costs of human resources?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:122 msgid "Law firms generally adopt management by case, where each case represents a current client file. All of the expenses and products are then attached to a given file/analytic account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:126 msgid "A principal preoccupation of law firms is the invoicing of hours worked, and the profitability by case and by employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:129 msgid "Mechanisms used for encoding the hours worked will be covered in detail in timesheet documentation. Like most system processes, hours worked are integrated into the analytic accounting. In the employee form, specify the cost of the employee. The hourly charge is a function of the employee's cost." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:135 msgid "So a law firm will opt for an analytic representation which reflects the management of the time that employees work on the different customer cases." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:139 msgid "Billing for the different cases is a bit unusual. The cases do not match any entry in the general account nor do they come from purchase or sales invoices. They are represented by the various analytic operations and do not have exact counterparts in the general accounts. They are calculated on the basis of the hourly cost per employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:145 msgid "At the end of the month when you pay salaries and benefits, you integrate them into the general accounts but not in the analytic accounts, because they have already been accounted for in billing each account. A report that relates data from the analytic and general accounts then lets you compare the totals, so you can readjust your estimates of hourly cost per employee depending on the time actually worked." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:153 msgid "The following table shows an example of different analytic entries that you can find for your analytic account:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 msgid "**Amount**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 msgid "**General Account**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 msgid "Study the file (1 h)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 msgid "Case 1.1" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 msgid "-15" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 msgid "Search for information (3 h)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 msgid "-45" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 msgid "Consultation (4 h)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 msgid "Case 2.1" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 msgid "-60" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 msgid "Service charges" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 msgid "280" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 msgid "705 – Billing services" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 msgid "Stationery purchase" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 msgid "-42" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 msgid "601 – Furniture purchase" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 msgid "42" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 msgid "Fuel Cost -Client trip" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 msgid "-35" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 msgid "613 – Transports" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 msgid "35" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 msgid "Staff salaries" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 msgid "6201 – Salaries" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 msgid "3 000" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:174 msgid "Such a structure allows you to make a detailed study of the profitability of various transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:177 msgid "For more details about profitablity, please read the following document: :doc:`timesheets`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:180 msgid "But analytical accounting is not limited to a simple analysis of the profitability of different customer. The same data can be used for automatic recharging of the services to the customer at the end of the month. To invoice customers, just link the analytic account to a sale order and sell products that manage timesheet or expenses ." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:187 msgid "Case 3: IT Services Company: perfomance analysis" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:189 msgid "Most IT service companies face the following problems:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:191 msgid "project planning," msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:193 msgid "invoicing, profitability and financial follow-up of projects," msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:195 msgid "managing support contracts." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:197 msgid "To deal with these problems, you would use an analytic chart of accounts structured by project and by sale order." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:200 msgid "The management of services, expenditures and sales is similar to that presented above for lawyers. Invoicing and the study of profitability are also similar." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:204 msgid "But now look at support contracts. These contracts are usually limited to a prepaid number of hours. Each service posted in the analytic accounts shows the remaining hours of support. To manage support contracts, you would create a product configured to invoice on order and link the sale order to an analytic account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:210 msgid "In Odoo, each analytic line lists the number of units sold or used, as well as what you would usually find there – the amount in currency units (USD or GBP, or whatever other choice you make). So you can sum the quantities sold and used on each sale order to determine whether any hours of the support contract remain." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:217 msgid "Conclusion" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:219 msgid "Analytic accounting helps you to analyse costs and revenues whatever the use case. You can sell or purchase services, track time or analyse the production performance." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:223 msgid "Analytic accounting is flexible and easy to use through all Odoo applications (sales, purchase, timesheet, production, invoice, …)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory.rst:3 msgid "Inventory" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:3 msgid "Impact on the average price valuation when returning goods" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:5 msgid "As stated in the `*inventory valuation page* <https://www.odoo.com/documentation/functional/valuation.html>`__, one of the possible costing method you can use in perpetual stock valuation, is the average cost." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:10 msgid "This document answers to one recurrent question for companies using that method to make their stock valuation: how does a shipping returned to its supplier impact the average cost and the accounting entries? This document is **only** for the specific use case of a perpetual valuation (as opposed to the periodic one) and in average price costing method (as opposed to standard of FIFO)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:18 msgid "Definition of average cost" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:20 msgid "The average cost method calculates the cost of ending inventory and cost of goods sold on the basis of weighted average cost per unit of inventory." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:24 msgid "The weighted average cost per unit is calculated using the following formula:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:27 msgid "When new products arrive in a warehouse, the new average cost is recomputed as:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:33 msgid "When products leave the warehouse: the average cost **does not** change" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:36 msgid "Defining the purchase price" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:38 msgid "The purchase price is estimated at the reception of the products (you might not have received the vendor bill yet) and reevaluated at the reception of the vendor bill. The purchase price includes the cost you pay for the products, but it may also includes additional costs, like landed costs." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:45 msgid "Average cost example" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 msgid "Operation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 msgid "Delta Value" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 msgid "Inventory Value" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 msgid "Qty On Hand" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 msgid "Avg Cost" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 msgid "$0" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 msgid "0" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 msgid "Receive 8 Products at $10" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 msgid "+8\\*$10" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 msgid "$80" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 msgid "8" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 msgid "$10" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 msgid "Receive 4 Products at $16" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 msgid "+4\\*$16" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 msgid "$144" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 msgid "12" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 msgid "$12" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 msgid "Deliver 10 Products" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 msgid "-10\\*$12" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 msgid "$24" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 msgid "2" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:60 msgid "At the beginning, the Avg Cost is set to 0 set as there is no product in the inventory. When the first reception is made, the average cost becomes logically the purchase price." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:64 msgid "At the second reception, the average cost is updated because the total inventory value is now ``$80 + 4*$16 = $144``. As we have 12 units on hand, the average price per unit is ``$144 / 12 = $12``." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:68 msgid "By definition, the delivery of 10 products does not change the average cost. Indeed, the inventory value is now $24 as we have only 2 units remaining of each ``$24 / 2 = $12``." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:73 msgid "Purchase return use case" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:75 msgid "In case of a product returned to its supplier after reception, the inventory value is reduced using the average cost formulae (not at the initial price of these products!)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:79 msgid "Which means that the above table will be updated as follow:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 msgid "Return of 1 Product initially bought at $10" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 msgid "-1\\*$12" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 msgid "1" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:90 msgid "Explanation: counter example" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:92 msgid "Remember the definition of **Average Cost**, saying that we do not update the average cost of a product leaving the inventory. If you break this rule, you may lead to inconsistencies in your inventory." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:96 msgid "As an example, here is the scenario when you deliver one piece to the customer and return the other one to your supplier (at the cost you purchased it). Here is the operation:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 msgid "Customer Shipping 1 product" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 msgid "-1\\*$10" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 msgid "**$2**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 msgid "**0**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:110 msgid "As you can see in this example, this is not correct: an inventory valuation of $2 for 0 pieces in the warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:113 msgid "The correct scenario should be to return the goods at the current average cost:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 msgid "**$0**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:126 msgid "On the other hand, using the average cost to value the return ensure a correct inventory value at all times." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:130 msgid "Further thoughts on anglo saxon mode" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:132 msgid "For people in using the **anglo saxon accounting** principles, there is another concept to take into account: the stock input account of the product, which is intended to hold at any time the value of vendor bills to receive. So the stock input account will increase on reception of incoming shipments and will decrease when receiving the related vendor bills." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:139 msgid "Back to our example, we see that when the return is valued at the average price, the amount booked in the stock input account is the original purchase price:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 msgid "stock input" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 msgid "price diff" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 msgid "($80)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 msgid "Receive vendor bill $80" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 msgid "($64)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 msgid "Receive vendor bill $64" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 msgid "**$10**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 msgid "**$12**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 msgid "Receive vendor refund $10" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 msgid "$2" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:163 msgid "This is because the vendor refund will be made using the original purchase price, so to zero out the effect of the return in the stock input in last operation, we need to reuse the original price. The price difference account located on the product category is used to book the difference between the average cost and the original purchase price." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:3 msgid "Record exchange rates at payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:8 msgid "Any company doing international trade faces the case where the payments are in a different currency." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:11 msgid "After receiving their payments, you have the option to convert the amount into your company currency. Multi currency payment implies rates fluctuations. The rate differences are automatically recorded by Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:19 msgid "Enable multi-currencies" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:21 msgid "In the accounting module, Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and flag **Allow multi currencies**, then click on **apply**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:27 msgid "Configure the currency rates in :menuselection:`Configuration --> Currencies`. Write down the rate and make sure the currency is active." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:33 msgid "In this document, the base currency is **Euro** and we will record payments in **Dollars**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:40 msgid "You can automatically fetch the currency rates from the **European Central Bank** or from **Yahoo**. Please read the document : :doc:`how_it_works`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:45 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:31 msgid "Configure your journal" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:47 msgid "In order to register payments in other currencies, you have to **remove the currency constraint** on the journal. Go to the accounting application, Click on **More** on the journal and **Settings**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:54 msgid "Check if the **Currency** field is empty or in the foreign currency in which you will register the payments. If a currency is filled in, it means that you can register payments only in this currency." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:62 msgid "Record a payment in a different currency" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:64 msgid "In the **Accounting** application, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. Register the payment and indicate that it was done in the foreign currency. Then click on **confirm**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:83 msgid "The journal entry has been posted but not allocated." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:73 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:85 msgid "Go back to your invoice (:menuselection:`Sales --> Customer Invoices`) and click on **Add** to allocate the payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:80 msgid "Record a bank statement in a different currency" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:82 msgid "Create or import the bank statement of your payment. The **Amount** is in the company currency. There are two complementary fields, the **Amount currency**, which is the amount that was actually paid and the **Currency** in which it was paid." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:89 msgid "When reconciling it, Odoo will directly match the payment with the right **Invoice**. You will get the invoice price in the invoice currency and the amount in your company currency." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:97 msgid "Check the exchange rate differences" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:99 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` and look for the **Exchange difference** journal entries. All the exchange rates differences are recorded in it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:106 msgid "The Exchange difference journal can be changed in your accounting settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/full_reconcile_warning.rst:2 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/full_reconcile_warning.rst:2 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/full_reconcile_warning.rst:2 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/full_reconcile_warning.rst:2 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/full_reconcile_warning.rst:2 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/full_reconcile_warning.rst:2 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/full_reconcile_warning.rst:2 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/full_reconcile_warning.rst:2 msgid "In order for an exchange difference entry to be created automatically, the corresponding invoices and payments need to be fully reconciled. This means the invoices are fully paid and the payments are fully spent on invoices. If you partially pay 3 invoices from 2 payments, and the last invoice still has an amount due, there will be no exchange difference entry for any of them until that final amount is paid." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:147 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:68 msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:112 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:100 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:136 msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:3 msgid "Odoo's multi-currency system" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:8 msgid "Choosing to use the multi-currency option in Odoo will allow you to send sales invoices, quotes and purchase orders or receive bills and payments in currencies other than your own. With multi-currency, you can also set up bank accounts in other currencies and run reports on your foreign currency activities." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:18 msgid "Turn on multi-currency" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:20 msgid "In the accounting module, Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and flag **Allow multi currencies**, then click on **Apply**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:27 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:159 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:109 msgid "Exchange Rate Journal" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:29 msgid "The **Rate Difference Journal** records the differences between the payment registration and the expected amount. For example, if a payment is paid 1 month after the invoice was issued, the exchange rate has probably changed. The fluctuation implies some loss or profit that are recorded by Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:35 msgid "You can change it in the settings:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:41 msgid "View or edit rate being used" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:43 msgid "You can manually configure the currency rates in :menuselection:`Configuration --> Currencies`. Open the currencies you want to use in Odoo and edit it. Make sure the currency is active." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:50 msgid "Click on **View Rates** to edit it and to see the history :" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:55 msgid "Click on **Create** to add the rate. Fill in the date and the rate. Click on **Save** when you are done." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:62 msgid "Live Currency Rate" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:64 msgid "By default, the currencies need to be updated manually. But you can synchronize it with `Yahoo <https://finance.yahoo.com/currency-converter/>`__ or the `European Central Bank <http://www.ecb.europa.eu>`__. In :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, go to the **Live Currency Rate** section." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:69 msgid "Choose the interval : Manually, Daily, Weekly or Monthly. You can always force the update by clicking on **Update Now**. Select the provider, and you are set !" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:77 msgid "Only the **active** currencies are updated" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:80 msgid "Configure your charts of account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:82 msgid "In the accounting application, go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Charts of Accounts`. On each account, you can set a currency. It will force all moves for this account to have the account currency." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:86 msgid "If you leave it empty, it means that it can handle all currencies that are Active." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:93 msgid "Configure your journals" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:95 msgid "In order to register payments in other currencies, you have to remove the currency constraint on the journal. Go to the accounting application, Click on **More** on the journal and **Settings**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:102 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:40 msgid "Check if the currency field is empty or in the foreign currency in which you will register the payments. If a currency is filled in, it means that you can register payments only in this currency." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:110 msgid "How is Odoo's multi-currency working?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:112 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:50 msgid "Now that you are working in a multi-currency environment, all accountable items will be linked to a currency, domestic or foreign." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:116 msgid "Sales Orders and Invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:118 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:56 msgid "You are now able to set a different currency than the company one on your sale orders and on your invoices. The currency is set for the whole document." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:126 msgid "Purchases orders and Vendor Bills" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:128 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:66 msgid "You are now able to set a different currency than the company one on your purchase orders and on your vendor bills. The currency is set for the whole document." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:136 msgid "Payment Registrations" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:138 msgid "In the accounting application, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. Register the payment and set the currency." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:147 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:94 msgid "When creating or importing bank statements, the amount is in the company currency. But there are now two complementary fields, the amount that was actually paid and the currency in which it was paid." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:154 msgid "When reconciling it, Odoo will directly match the payment with the right Invoice. You will get the invoice price in the invoice currency and the amount in your company currency." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:161 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` and look for the Exchange difference journal entries. All the exchange rates differences are recorded in it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:170 msgid ":doc:`invoices_payments`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:171 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:121 msgid ":doc:`exchange`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:3 msgid "Manage invoices and payment in multiple currencies" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:8 msgid "Odoo provides multi-currency support with automatic currency gross or loss entry adjustment. There are a few things Odoo has been to ease the user's life." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:12 msgid "All the account transactions will be done using the company currency. However you can see two extra fields with the journal entry where secondary currency and amount will visible. You can create multi-currency journals of force a specific currency." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:17 msgid "When creating an invoice, the currency can be changed very easily; however Odoo takes the company currency as a default assignment. It will convert all the amounts automatically using that currency." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:25 msgid "Enable Multi-Currency" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:27 msgid "For information about enabling Multi-Currency, please read the document: :doc:`how_it_works`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:33 msgid "In order to register payments in other currencies, you have to remove the currency constraint on the journal. Go to the accounting application, on the journal, click on :menuselection:`More --> Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:48 msgid "Multi-currency invoices & Vendor Bills" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:54 msgid "Invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:74 msgid "Multi-currency Payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:76 msgid "In the accounting application, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. Register the payment and indicate that it was done in the foreign currency. Then click on **Confirm**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:92 msgid "Multi- Currency Bank Statements" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:101 msgid "When reconciling it, Odoo will directly match the payment with the right invoice. You will get the invoice price in the invoice currency and the amount in your company currency." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:111 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` and look for the **Exchange Difference** journal entries. All the exchange rates differences are recorded in it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:120 msgid ":doc:`how_it_works`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started.rst:3 msgid "Getting Started" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:100 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:69 msgid "Chart of Accounts" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:5 msgid "The **Chart of Accounts (COA)** is the list of all the accounts used to record financial transactions in the general ledger of an organization." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:8 msgid "The accounts are usually listed in the order of appearance in the financial reports. Most of the time, they are listed as follows :" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:11 msgid "Balance Sheet accounts" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:13 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 msgid "Assets" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:14 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:77 msgid "Liabilities" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:15 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:85 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:85 msgid "Equity" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:19 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:89 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:89 msgid "Income" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:20 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:93 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:93 msgid "Expense" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:22 msgid "When browsing your Chart of Accounts, you can filter the accounts by number, in the left column, and also group them by Account Type." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:30 msgid "Configuration of an Account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:32 msgid "The country you select at the creation of your database (or additional company on your database) determines which **Fiscal Localization Package** is installed by default. This package includes a standard Chart of Accounts already configured according to the country's regulations. You can use it directly or set it according to your company's needs." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:38 msgid "It is not possible to modify the **Fiscal Localization** of a company once a Journal Entry has been posted." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:41 msgid "To create a new account, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Chart of Accounts`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:45 msgid "Code and Name" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:47 msgid "Each account is identified by its **Code** and **Name**, which also indicates the account's purpose." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:52 msgid "Configuring correctly the **Account Type** is critical as it serves multiple purposes:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:54 msgid "Information on the account's purpose and behavior" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:55 msgid "Generate country-specific legal and financial reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:56 msgid "Set the rules to close a fiscal year" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:57 msgid "Generate opening entries" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:59 msgid "To configure an account type, open the **Type** field's drop-down selector and select the right type among the following list:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 msgid "Report" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 msgid "Category" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 msgid "Account Types" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 msgid "Receivable" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:67 msgid "Bank and Cash" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:69 msgid "Current Assets" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:71 msgid "Non-current Assets" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:73 msgid "Prepayments" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:75 msgid "Fixed Assets" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:77 msgid "Payable" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:79 msgid "Credit Card" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:81 msgid "Current Liabilities" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:83 msgid "Non-current Liabilities" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:87 msgid "Current Year Earnings" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:91 msgid "Other Income" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:95 msgid "Depreciation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:97 msgid "Cost of Revenue" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 msgid "Other" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 msgid "Off-Balance Sheet" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:103 msgid "Assets, Deferred Expenses, and Deferred Revenues Automation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:105 msgid "Some Account Types display a new field **to automate** the creation of :ref:`Assets <assets-automation>` entries, :ref:`Deferred Expenses <deferred-expenses-automation>` entries, and :ref:`Deferred Revenues <deferred-revenues-automation>` entries." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:109 msgid "You have three choices for the **Automation** field:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:238 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:177 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:177 msgid "**No:** this is the default value. Nothing happens." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:112 msgid "**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a draft entry is created, but not validated. You must first fill out the corresponding form." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:114 msgid "**Create and validate:** you must also select a Model. Whenever a transaction is posted on the account, an entry is created and immediately validated." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:118 msgid "Please refer to the related documentation for more information." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:3 +msgid "Default Taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:123 msgid "Select a **default tax** that will be applied when this account is chosen for a product sale or purchase." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:127 msgid "Tags" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:129 msgid "Some accounting reports require **tags** to be set on the relevant accounts. By default, you can choose among the tags that are used by the *Cash Flow Statement*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:133 msgid "Account Groups" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:135 msgid "**Account Groups** are useful to list multiple accounts as *sub-accounts* of a bigger account and thus consolidate reports such as the **Trial Balance**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:138 msgid "To create a new Account Group, open the account you want to configure as sub-account, click on the *Group* drop-down selector, select *Create and Edit...*, fill out the form, and save. Next, set all the sub-accounts with the right Account Group." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:142 msgid "To display your **Trial Balance** report with your Account Groups, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Trial Balance`, then open the *Options* menu and select **Hierarchy and Subtotals**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:151 msgid "Allow Reconciliation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:153 msgid "Some accounts, such as accounts made to record the transactions of a payment method, can be used for the reconciliation of journal entries." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:156 msgid "For example, an invoice paid with a credit card can be *marked as paid* if reconciled with the payment. Therefore, the account used to record credit card payments needs to be configured as *allowing reconciliation*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:160 msgid "To do so, check the **Allow Reconciliation** box and save." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:163 msgid "Deprecated" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:165 msgid "It is not possible to delete an account once a transaction has been recorded on it. You can make them unusable by using the **Deprecated** feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:168 msgid "To do so, check the **Deprecated** box and save." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:171 msgid ":doc:`../../payables/supplier_bills/assets`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:172 msgid ":doc:`../../payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:173 msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:40 +msgid ":doc:`../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:3 msgid "Initial setup of Odoo Accounting and Odoo Invoicing" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:5 msgid "When you first open your Odoo Accounting app, the *Accounting Overview* page welcomes you with a step-by-step onboarding banner, a wizard that helps you get started. This onboarding banner is displayed until you choose to close it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:9 msgid "The settings visible in the onboarding banner can still be modified later by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:13 msgid "Odoo Accounting automatically installs the appropriate **Fiscal Localization Package** for your company, according to the country selected at the creation of the database. This way, the right accounts, reports, and taxes are ready-to-go. :doc:`Click here <../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>` for more information about Fiscal Localization Packages." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:20 msgid "Accounting onboarding banner" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:22 msgid "The step-by-step Accounting onboarding banner is composed of four steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:28 msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-company`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:29 msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-bank`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:30 msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-periods`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:31 msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-chart`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:36 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:140 msgid "Company Data" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:38 msgid "This menu allows you to add your company’s details such as the name, address, logo, website, phone number, email address, and Tax ID, or VAT number. These details are then displayed on your documents, such as on invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:47 msgid "You can also change these settings by going to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Settings --> Companies` and clicking on **Update Info**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:53 msgid "Bank Account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:55 msgid "Connect your bank account to your database and have your bank statements synced automatically. To do so, find your bank in the list, click on *Connect*, and follow the instructions on-screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:59 msgid ":doc:`Click here <../../bank/feeds/bank_synchronization>` for more information about this feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:61 msgid "If your Bank Institution can’t be synchronized automatically, or if you prefer not to sync it with your database, you may also configure your bank account manually by clicking on *Create it*, and filling out the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:76 msgid "You can add as many bank accounts as needed with this tool by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration`, and clicking on *Add a Bank Account*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:78 msgid ":doc:`Click here <../../bank/setup/bank_accounts>` for more information about Bank Accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:84 msgid "Accounting Periods" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:86 msgid "Define here your **Fiscal Years**’ opening and closing dates, which are used to generate reports automatically, and your **Tax Return Periodicity**, along with a reminder to never miss a tax return deadline." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:90 msgid "By default, the opening date is set on the 1st of January and the closing date on the 31st of December, as this is the most common use." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:94 msgid "You can also change these settings by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Fiscal Periods` and updating the values." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:102 msgid "With this menu, you can add accounts to your **Chart of Accounts** and indicate their initial opening balances." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:105 msgid "Basic settings are displayed on this page to help you review your Chart of Accounts. To access all the settings of an account, click on the *double arrow button* at the end of the line." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:113 msgid ":doc:`Click here <chart_of_accounts>` for more information on how to configure your Chart of Accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:117 msgid "Invoicing onboarding banner" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:119 msgid "There is another step-by-step onboarding banner that helps you take advantage of your Odoo Invoicing and Accounting apps. The *Invoicing onboarding banner* is the one that welcomes you if you use the Invoicing app rather than the Accounting app." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:123 msgid "If you have Odoo Accounting installed on your database, you can reach it by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Invoices`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:126 msgid "The Invoicing onboarding banner is composed of four main steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:132 msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-company`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:133 msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-layout`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:134 msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-payment`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:135 msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-sample`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:142 msgid "This form is the same as :ref:`the one presented in the Accounting onboarding banner <accounting-setup-company>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:148 msgid "Invoice Layout" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:150 msgid "With this tool, you can design the appearance of your documents by selecting which layout tamplate, paper format, colors, font, and logo you want to use." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:153 msgid "You can also add your *Company Tagline* and the content of the documents’ *footer*. Note that Odoo automatically adds the company's phone number, email, website URL, and Tax ID (or VAT number) to the footer, according to the values you previously configured in the :ref:`Company Data <accounting-setup-company>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:163 msgid "Add your **bank account number** and a link to your **General Terms & Condition** in the footer. This way, your contacts can find the full content of your GT&C online without having to print them on the invoices you issue." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:168 msgid "These settings can also be modified by going to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings`, under the *Business Documents* section." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:174 msgid "Payment Method" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:176 msgid "This menu helps you configure the payment methods with which your customers can pay you." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:179 msgid "Configuring a *Payment Acquirer* with this tool also activates the *Invoice Online Payment* option automatically. With this, users can directly pay online, from their Customer Portal." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:185 msgid "Sample Invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:187 msgid "Send yourself a sample invoice by email to make sure everything is correctly configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:190 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:135 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:146 msgid ":doc:`../../bank/setup/bank_accounts`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:191 msgid ":doc:`chart_of_accounts`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts.rst:3 msgid "Main Concepts" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:3 msgid "The Accounting behind Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:5 msgid "This page summarises the way Odoo deals with typical accounts and transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:9 msgid "Double-entry bookkeeping" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:11 msgid "Odoo automatically creates all the behind-the-scenes journal entries for each of your accounting transactions: customer invoices, point of sale order, expenses, inventory moves, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:15 msgid "Odoo uses the rules of double-entry bookkeeping system: all journal entries are automatically balanced (sum of debits = sum of credits)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:19 msgid "`Understand Odoo's accounting transactions per document <https://odoo.com/documentation/functional/accounting.html>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:23 msgid "Accrual and Cash Basis Methods" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:25 msgid "Odoo supports both accrual and cash basis reporting. This allows you to report income / expense at the time transactions occur (i.e., accrual basis), or when payment is made or received (i.e., cash basis)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:30 msgid "Multi-companies" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:32 msgid "Odoo allows one to manage several companies within the same database. Each company has its own chart of accounts and rules. You can get consolidation reports following your consolidation rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:36 msgid "Users can access several companies but always work in one company at a time." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:40 msgid "Multi-currencies" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:42 msgid "Every transaction is recorded in the default currency of the company. For transactions occurring in another currency, Odoo stores both the value in the currency of the company and the value in the currency of the transaction. Odoo can generate currencies gains and losses after the reconciliation of the journal items." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:48 msgid "Currency rates are updated once a day using a yahoo.com online web-service." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:52 msgid "International Standards" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:54 msgid "Odoo accounting supports more than 50 countries. The Odoo core accounting implements accounting standards that are common to all countries. Specific modules exist per country for the specificities of the country like the chart of accounts, taxes, or bank interfaces." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:60 msgid "In particular, Odoo's core accounting engine supports:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:62 msgid "Anglo-Saxon Accounting (U.S., U.K.,, and other English-speaking countries including Ireland, Canada, Australia, and New Zealand) where costs of good sold are reported when products are sold/delivered." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:66 msgid "European accounting where expenses are accounted at the supplier bill." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:69 msgid "Odoo has modules to comply with IFRS rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:72 msgid "Accounts Receivable & Payable" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:74 msgid "By default, Odoo uses a single account for all account receivable entries and one for all accounts payable entries. You can create separate accounts per customers/suppliers, but you don't need to." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:79 msgid "As transactions are associated to customers or suppliers, you get reports to perform analysis per customer/supplier such as the customer statement, revenues per customers, aged receivable/payables, ..." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:84 msgid "Wide range of financial reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:86 msgid "In Odoo, you can generate financial reports in real time. Odoo's reports range from basic accounting reports to advanced management reports. Odoo's reports include:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:90 msgid "Performance reports (such as Profit and Loss, Budget Variance)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:91 msgid "Position reports (such as Balance Sheet, Aged Payables, Aged Receivables)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:93 msgid "Cash reports (such as Bank Summary)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:94 msgid "Detail reports (such as Trial Balance and General Ledger)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:95 msgid "Management reports (such as Budgets, Executive Summary)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:97 msgid "Odoo's report engine allows you to customize your own report based on your own formulae." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:101 msgid "Import bank feeds automatically" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:103 msgid "Bank reconciliation is a process that matches your bank statement lines, as supplied by the bank, to your accounting transactions in the general ledger. Odoo makes bank reconciliation easy by frequently importing bank statement lines from your bank directly into your Odoo account. This means you can have a daily view of your cashflow without having to log into your online banking or wait for your paper bank statements." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:111 msgid "Odoo speeds up bank reconciliation by matching most of your imported bank statement lines to your accounting transactions. Odoo also remembers how you've treated other bank statement lines and provides suggested general ledger transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:117 msgid "Calculate the tax you owe your tax authority" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:119 msgid "Odoo totals all your accounting transactions for your tax period and uses these totals to calculate your tax obligation. You can then check your sales tax by running Odoo's Tax Report." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:124 msgid "Inventory Valuation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:126 msgid "Odoo support both periodic (manual) and perpetual (automated) inventory valuations. The available methods are standard price, average price, LIFO (for countries allowing it) and FIFO." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:131 msgid "`View impact of the valuation method on your transactions <https://odoo.com/documentation/functional/valuation.html>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:135 msgid "Easy retained earnings" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:137 msgid "Retained earnings are the portion of income retained by your business. Odoo automatically calculates your current year earnings in real time so no year-end journal or rollover is required. This is calculated by reporting the profit and loss balance to your balance sheet report automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:7 msgid "Accounting Memento For Entrepreneurs (US GAAP)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:13 msgid "The **Profit and Loss** (P&L) report shows the performance of the company over a specific period (usually the current year)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:18 msgid "The **Gross Profit** equals the revenues from sales minus the cost of goods sold." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:23 msgid "**Operating Expenses** (OPEX) include administration, sales and R&D salaries as well as rent and utilities, miscellaneous costs, insurances, … anything beyond the costs of products sold." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:29 msgid "The **Balance Sheet** is a snapshot of the company's finances at a specific date (as opposed to the Profit and Loss which is an analysis over a period)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:34 msgid "**Assets** represent the company's wealth, things it owns. Fixed assets includes building and offices, current assets include bank accounts and cash. A client owing money is an asset. An employee is not an asset." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:40 msgid "**Liabilities** are obligations from past events that the company will have to pay in the future (utility bills, debts, unpaid suppliers)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:45 msgid "**Equity** is the amount of the funds contributed by the owners (founders or shareholders) plus previously retained earnings (or losses)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:50 msgid "Each year, net profits (or losses) are reported to retained earnings." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:56 msgid "What is owned (an asset) has been financed through debts to reimburse (liabilities) or equity (profits, capital)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:59 msgid "A difference is made between buying an assets (e.g. a building) and expenses (e.g. fuel). Assets have an intrinsic value over time, versus expenses having value in them being consumed for the company to \"work\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:66 msgid "Assets = Liabilities + Equity" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:71 msgid "The **chart of accounts** lists all the accounts, whether they are balance sheet accounts or P&L accounts. Every financial transaction (e.g. a payment, an invoice) impacts accounts by moving value from one account (credit) to an other account (debit)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:78 msgid "Balance = Debit - Credit" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:84 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:83 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:90 msgid "Journal Entries" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:88 msgid "Every financial document of the company (e.g. an invoice, a bank statement, a pay slip, a capital increase contract) is recorded as a journal entry, impacting several accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:92 msgid "For a journal entry to be *balanced*, the sum of all its debits must be equal to the sum of all its credits." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:97 msgid "examples of accounting entries for various transactions. Example:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:99 msgid "Example 1: Customer Invoice:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:99 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:119 msgid "Explanation:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:103 msgid "You generate a revenue of $1,000" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:104 msgid "You have a tax to pay of $90" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:105 msgid "The customer owes $1,090" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:124 msgid "Configuration:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:109 msgid "Income: defined on the product, or the product category" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:108 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:127 msgid "Account Receivable: defined on the customer" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:111 msgid "Tax: defined on the tax set on the invoice line" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:113 msgid "The fiscal position used on the invoice may have a rule that replaces the Income Account or the tax defined on the product by another one." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:117 msgid "Example 2: Customer Payment:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:121 msgid "Your customer owes $1,090 less" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:122 msgid "Your receive $1,090 on your bank account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:126 msgid "Bank Account: defined on the related bank journal" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:130 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 msgid "Reconciliation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:134 msgid "Reconciliation is the process of linking journal items of a specific account, matching credits and debits." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:137 msgid "Its primary purpose is to link payments to their related invoices in order to mark invoices that are paid and clear the customer statement. This is done by doing a reconciliation on the *Accounts Receivable* account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:141 msgid "An invoice is marked as paid when its Accounts Receivable journal items are reconciled with the related payment journal items." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:144 msgid "Reconciliation is performed automatically by the system when:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:146 msgid "the payment is registered directly on the invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:147 msgid "the links between the payments and the invoices are detected at the bank matching process" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:0 msgid "Customer Statement Example" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:156 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 msgid "Accounts Receivable" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:156 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:96 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 msgid "Debit" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:156 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:96 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 msgid "Credit" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:160 msgid "Invoice 1" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:104 +msgid "100" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:162 msgid "Payment 1.1" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:162 msgid "70" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:164 msgid "Invoice 2" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:162 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:168 msgid "65" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:166 msgid "Payment 1.2" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:166 msgid "30" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:168 msgid "Payment 2" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:170 msgid "Invoice 3" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:168 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:174 msgid "50" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:174 msgid "Total To Pay" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:181 msgid "Bank reconciliation is the matching of bank statement lines (provided by your bank) with transactions recorded internally (payments to suppliers or from customers). For each line in a bank statement, it can be:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:186 msgid "matched with a previously recorded payment:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:186 msgid "a payment is registered when a check is received from a customer, then matched when checking the bank statement" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:190 msgid "recorded as a new payment:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:189 msgid "the payment's journal entry is created and :ref:`reconciled <accounting/reconciliation>` with the related invoice when processing the bank statement" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:193 msgid "recorded as another transaction:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:193 msgid "bank transfer, direct charge, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:195 msgid "Odoo should automatically reconcile most transactions, only a few of them should need manual review. When the bank reconciliation process is finished, the balance on the bank account in Odoo should match the bank statement's balance." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:203 msgid "Checks Handling" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:205 msgid "There are two approaches to manage checks and internal wire transfer:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:207 msgid "Two journal entries and a reconciliation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:208 msgid "One journal entry and a bank reconciliation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:212 msgid "The first journal entry is created by registering the payment on the invoice. The second one is created when registering the bank statement." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:96 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 msgid "Account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:98 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:100 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 msgid "Account Receivable" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 msgid "Invoice ABC" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 msgid "Undeposited funds" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 msgid "Check 0123" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:85 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:135 msgid "Bank" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:237 msgid "A journal entry is created by registering the payment on the invoice. When reconciling the bank statement, the statement line is linked to the existing journal entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 msgid "Bank Statement" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:248 msgid "Statement XYZ" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview.rst:3 msgid "Process overview" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:3 msgid "From Customer Invoice to Payments Collection" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:5 msgid "Odoo supports multiple invoicing and payment workflows, so you can choose and use the ones that match your business needs. Whether you want to accept a single payment for a single invoice, or process a payment spanning multiple invoices and taking discounts for early payments, you can do so efficiently and accurately." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:12 msgid "From Draft Invoice to Profit and Loss" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:14 msgid "If we pick up at the end of a typical 'order to cash' scenario, after the goods have been shipped, you will: issue an invoice; receive payment; deposit that payment at the bank; make sure the Customer Invoice is closed; follow up if Customers are late; and finally present your Income on the Profit and Loss report and show the decrease in Assets on the Balance Sheet report." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:21 msgid "Invoicing in most countries occurs when a contractual obligation is met. If you ship a box to a customer, you have met the terms of the contract and can bill them. If your supplier sends you a shipment, they have met the terms of that contract and can bill you. Therefore, the terms of the contract is fulfilled when the box moves to or from the truck. At this point, Odoo supports the creation of what is called a Draft Invoice by Warehouse staff." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:32 msgid "Draft invoices can be manually generated from other documents such as Sales Orders, Purchase Orders,etc. Although you can create a draft invoice directly if you would like." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:36 msgid "An invoice must be provided to the customer with the necessary information in order for them to pay for the goods and services ordered and delivered. It must also include other information needed to pay the invoice in a timely and precise manner." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:42 msgid "Draft invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:44 msgid "The system generates invoice which are initially set to the Draft state. While these invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:47 msgid "remain unvalidated, they have no accounting impact within the system. There is nothing to stop users from creating their own draft invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:50 msgid "Let's create a customer invoice with following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:52 msgid "Customer: Agrolait" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:53 msgid "Product: iMac" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:54 msgid "Quantity: 1" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:55 msgid "Unit Price: 100" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:56 msgid "Taxes: Tax 15%" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:64 msgid "The document is composed of three parts:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:66 msgid "the top of the invoice, with customer information," msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:67 msgid "the main body of the invoice, with detailed invoice lines," msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:68 msgid "the bottom of the page, with detail about the taxes, and the totals." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:71 msgid "Open or Pro-forma invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:73 msgid "An invoice will usually include the quantity and the price of goods and/or services, the date, any parties involved, the unique invoice number, and any tax information." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:77 msgid "\"Validate\" the invoice when you are ready to approve it. The invoice then moves from the Draft state to the Open state." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:80 msgid "When you have validated an invoice, Odoo gives it a unique number from a defined, and modifiable, sequence." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:86 msgid "Accounting entries corresponding to this invoice are automatically generated when you validate the invoice. You can see the details by clicking on the entry in the Journal Entry field in the \"Other Info\" tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:95 msgid "Send the invoice to customer" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:97 msgid "After validating the customer invoice, you can directly send it to the customer via the 'Send by email' functionality." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:103 msgid "A typical journal entry generated from a validated invoice will look like as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 msgid "**Partner**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 msgid "**Due date**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 msgid "Agrolait" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 msgid "01/07/2015" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 msgid "115" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 msgid "15" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:117 msgid "Payment" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:119 msgid "In Odoo, an invoice is considered to be paid when the associated accounting entry has been reconciled with the payment entries. If there has not been a reconciliation, the invoice will remain in the Open state until you have entered the payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:124 msgid "A typical journal entry generated from a payment will look like as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:136 msgid "Receive a partial payment through the bank statement" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:138 msgid "You can manually enter your bank statements in Odoo, or you can import them in from a csv file or from several other predefined formats according to your accounting localisation." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:142 msgid "Create a bank statement from the accounting dashboard with the related journal and enter an amount of $100 ." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:149 msgid "Reconcile" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:151 msgid "Now let's reconcile!" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:156 msgid "You can now go through every transaction and reconcile them or you can mass reconcile with instructions at the bottom." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:158 msgid "After reconciling the items in the sheet, the related invoice will now display \"You have outstanding payments for this customer. You can reconcile them to pay this invoice. \"" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:168 msgid "Apply the payment. Below, you can see that the payment has been added to the invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:175 msgid "Payment Followup" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:177 msgid "There's a growing trend of customers paying bills later and later. Therefore, collectors must make every effort to collect money and collect it faster." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:181 msgid "Odoo will help you define your follow-up strategy. To remind customers to pay their outstanding invoices, you can define different actions depending on how severely overdue the customer is. These actions are bundled into follow-up levels that are triggered when the due date of an invoice has passed a certain number of days. If there are other overdue invoices for the same customer, the actions of the most overdue invoice will be executed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:189 msgid "By going to the customer record and diving into the \"Overdue Payments\" you will see the follow-up message and all overdue invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:199 msgid "Customer aging report:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:201 msgid "The customer aging report will be an additional key tool for the collector to understand the customer credit issues, and to prioritize their work." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:205 msgid "Use the aging report to determine which customers are overdue and begin your collection efforts." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:212 msgid "Profit and loss" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:214 msgid "The Profit and Loss statement displays your revenue and expense details. Ultimately, this gives you a clear image of your Net Profit and Loss. It is sometimes referred to as the \"Income Statement\" or \"Statement of Revenues and Expenses.\"" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:223 msgid "Balance sheet" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:225 msgid "The balance sheet summarizes your company's liabilities, assets and equity at a specific moment in time." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:234 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:234 msgid "For example, if you manage your inventory using the perpetual accounting method, you should expect a decrease in account \"Current Assets\" once the material has been shipped to the customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:15 msgid "From Vendor Bill to Payment" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:5 msgid "Once vendor bills are registered in Odoo, you can easily pay vendors for the correct amount and at the right time (not too late, not too early; depending on your vendor policy). Odoo also offers reports to track your aged payable balances." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:10 msgid "If you want to control vendor bills received from your vendors, you can use the Odoo Purchase application that allows you to control and pre-complete them automatically based on past purchase orders." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:18 msgid "Record a new vendor bill" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:20 msgid "When a vendor bill is received, you can record it from :menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendor Bills` in the Accounting application. As a shortcut, you can also use the **New Bill** feature on the accounting dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:27 msgid "To register a new vendor bill, start by selecting a vendor and inputting their invoice as the **Vendor Reference**, then add and confirm the product lines, making sure to have the right product quantities, taxes and prices." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:35 msgid "Save the invoice to update the pre tax and tax amounts at the bottom of the screen. You will most likely need to configure the prices of your products without taxes as Odoo will compute the tax for you." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:40 msgid "On the bottom left corner, Odoo shows a summary table of all taxes on the vendor bill. In several countries, different methods are accepted to round the totals (round per line, or round globally). The default rounding method in Odoo is to round the final prices per line (as you may have different taxes per product. E.g. Alcohol and cigarettes). However if your vendor has a different tax amount on their bill, you can change the amount in the bottom left table to adjust and match." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:48 msgid "Validate The Vendor Bill" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:50 msgid "Once the vendor bill is validated, a journal entry will be generated based on the configuration on the invoice. This journal entry may differ depending on the the accounting package you choose to use." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:54 msgid "For most European countries, the journal entry will use the following accounts:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:57 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:66 msgid "**Accounts Payable:** defined on the vendor form" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:59 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:68 msgid "**Taxes:** defined on the products and per line" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:61 msgid "**Expenses:** defined on the line item product used" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:63 msgid "For Anglo-Saxon (US) accounting, the journal entry will use the following accounts:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:70 msgid "**Goods Received:** defined on the product form" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:72 msgid "You can check your Profit & Loss or the Balance Sheet reports after having validated a couple of vendor bills to see the impact on your general ledger." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:77 msgid "Pay a bill" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:79 msgid "To create a payment for an open vendor bill directly, you can click on **Register a Payment** at the top of the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:82 msgid "From there, you select the payment method (i.e. Checking account, credit card, check, etc…) and the amount you wish to pay. By default, Odoo will propose the entire remaining balance on the bill for payment. In the memo field, we recommend you set the vendor invoice number as a reference (Odoo will auto fill this field from the from the vendor bill if set it correctly)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:94 msgid "You can also register a payment to a vendor directly without applying it to a vendor bill. To do that, :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. Then, from the vendor bill you will be able to reconcile this payment with directly." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:99 msgid "Printing vendor Checks" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:101 msgid "If you choose to pay your vendor bills by check, Odoo offers a method to do so directly from your vendor payments within Odoo. Whether you do so on a daily basis or prefer to do so at the end of the week, you can print in checks in batches." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:106 msgid "If you have checks to print, Odoo's accounting dashboard acts as a to do list and reminds you of how many checks you have left to be printed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:112 msgid "By selecting the amount of checks to be printed, you can dive right into a list of all payments that are ready to be processed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:115 msgid "Select all the checks you wish to print (use the first checkbox to select them all) and set the action to **Print Checks**. Odoo will ask you to set the next check number in the sequence and will then print all the checks at once." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:124 -#: ../../accounting/reporting.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:3 msgid "Reporting" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:127 msgid "Aged payable balance" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:129 msgid "In order to get a list of open vendor bills and their related due dates, you can use the **Aged Payable** report, under the reporting menu, (in :menuselection:`Reporting --> Business Statement --> Aged payable`) to get a visual of all of your outstanding bills." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:137 msgid "From here, you can click directly on a vendors name to open up the details of all outstanding bills and the amounts due, or you can annotate any line for managements information. At any point in time while you're looking through the report, you can print directly to Excel or PDF and get exactly what you see on the screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:144 msgid ":doc:`customer_invoice`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables.rst:3 msgid "Account Payables" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:3 msgid "Forecast future bills to pay" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:5 msgid "When you get hundreds of vendor bills per month with each of them having different payment terms, it could be complex to follow what you have to pay and when. Paying your vendors too early can decrease your cash availabilities and paying too late can lead to extra charges." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:10 msgid "Fortunately, Odoo provides you the right tools to manage payment orders to vendors efficiently." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:14 msgid "Configuration: payment terms" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:16 msgid "In order to track the vendor conditions, we use payment terms in Odoo. Payment terms allow to keep track of the conditions to compute the due date on an invoice. As an example, a payment term can be:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:20 msgid "50% within 30 days" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:22 msgid "50% within 45 days" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:24 msgid "To create your most common payment terms, use the menu: :menuselection:`Configuration --> Management --> Payment Terms` in the **Accounting** application. The following example show a payment term of 30% directly and the balance after 30 days." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:32 msgid "Once payment terms are defined, you can assign them to your vendor by default. Set the Vendor Payment Term field on the Accounting tab of a vendor form. That way, every time you will purchase to this vendor, Odoo will propose you automatically the right payment term." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:42 msgid "If you do not set a specific payment term on a vendor, you will still be able to set a specific payment term on the vendor bill." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:46 msgid "Forecast bills to pay with the Aged Payables report" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:48 msgid "In order to track amounts to be paid to the vendors, use the Aged Payable report. You can get it from the Reports menu of the Accounting application. This report gives you a summary per vendor of the amounts to pay, compared to their due date (the due date being computed on each bill using the payment term)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:57 msgid "This reports tells you how much you will have to pay within the next months." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:61 msgid "Select bills to pay" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:63 msgid "Using the menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendor Bills`, you can get a list of vendor bills. Using the advanced filters, you can list all the bills that you should pay or the bills that are overdue (you are late on the payment)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:70 msgid "From this screen, you can also switch to the pivot table or the graph view to get statistics on the amount due over the next month, using the group by \"Due Date\" feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay.rst:3 msgid "Vendor Payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:3 msgid "Pay by Checks" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:5 msgid "Once you decide to pay a supplier bill, you can select to pay by check. Then, at the end of the day, the manager can print all checks by batch. Finally, the bank reconciliation process will match the checks you sent to suppliers with actual bank statements." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:14 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:33 msgid "Install the required module" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:16 msgid "To record supplier payments by checks, you must install the **Check Writing** module. This module handle the process of recording checks in Odoo. Others modules are necessary to print checks, according to the country. As an example, the **U.S. Check Printing** module is required to print U.S. checks." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:23 msgid "According to your country and the chart of account you use, those modules may be installed by default. (example: United States users have nothing to install, it's configured by default)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:28 msgid "Activate checks payment methods" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:30 msgid "In order to allow payments by checks, you must activate the payment method on related bank journals. From the accounting dashboard (the screen you get when you enter the accounting application), click on your bank account on :menuselection:`More --> Settings` option. On the **Payment Method** field, set **Check**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:40 msgid "Compatible check stationery for printing checks" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:43 msgid "United States" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:45 msgid "For the United States, Odoo supports by default the check formats of:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:47 msgid "**Quickbooks & Quicken**: check on top, stubs in the middle and bottom" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:48 msgid "**Peachtree**: check in the middle, stubs on top and bottom" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:49 msgid "**ADP**: check in the bottom, and stubs on the top." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:51 msgid "It is also possible to customize your own check format through customizations." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:54 msgid "Pay a supplier bill with a check" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:56 msgid "Paying a supplier with a check is done in three steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:58 msgid "registering a payment you'd like to do on the bill" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:59 msgid "printing checks in batch for all registered payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:60 msgid "reconcile bank statements" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:63 msgid "Register a payment by check" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:65 msgid "To register a payment on a bill, open any supplier bill from the menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendor Bills`. Once the supplier bill is validated, you can register a payment. Set the **Payment Method** to **Check** and validate the payment dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:74 msgid "Print checks" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:76 msgid "From the accounting dashboard, on your bank account, you should see a link \"X checks to print\". Click on this link and you will get the list of all checks that are not printed yet. From this screen, you can print all checks in batch or review them one by one." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:81 msgid "If you want to review every payment one by one before printing the check, open on the payment and click on **Print Check** if you accept it. A dialog will ask you the number of the check. It automatically proposes you the next number, but you can change it if it does not match your next check number." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:87 msgid "To print all checks in batch, select all payments from the list view and Print Check from the top \"print\" menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:94 msgid "Reconcile bank statements" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:96 msgid "Once you process your bank statement, when the check is credited from your bank account, Odoo will propose you automatically to match it with the payment. This will mark the payment as **Reconciled**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:101 msgid "To review checks that have not been credited, open the list of payments and filter on the Sent state. Review those payments that have a date more than 2 weeks ago." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:106 msgid "Pay anything with a check" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:108 msgid "You can register a payment that is not related to a supplier bill. To do so, use the top menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. Register your payment and select a payment method by check." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:112 msgid "If you pay a specific supplier bill, put the reference of the bill in the **Memo** field." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:118 msgid "Once your payment by check is registered, don't forget to **Confirm** it. Once confirmed, you can use **Print Check** directly or follow the preceding flow to print checks in batch:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:122 msgid "`Print checks`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:123 msgid "`Reconcile bank statements`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:3 msgid "Pay several bills at once" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:5 msgid "Odoo provides a simple and effective way to handle several bills at once, with various quick or complex options. With one single process, anyone is able to handle bills and payment in just a few clicks." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:10 msgid "Pay multiple bills with one payment" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:13 msgid "Record several payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:15 msgid "In the following example, we will generate some bills. You can control the whole process from your accounting dashboard (first screen you get when you open the accounting application)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:22 msgid "To create a bill, open the Dashboard menu and click on **Vendor Bills**. In the Vendor Bills window, click on **Create**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:28 msgid "Choose the vendor from which you wish to purchase the product, and click on Add an item to add one (or more) product(s). Click on **Save** and then **Validate**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:33 msgid "Pay supplier bills, one after the other" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:38 msgid "We will now record a payment for one bill only. Open the bill, then click on **Register Payment**. Insert the Payment Method, Date and Amount, and click on **Validate**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:45 msgid "Once you have validated the payment, the system will automatically reconcile the payment with the bill, and set the bill as **Paid**. The system will also generate a move from the payment account and reconcile it with the expense transaction." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:51 msgid "Pay several bills altogether" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:53 msgid "In order to illustrate the process thoroughly, create at least 2 more bills following the above standing guide. **Make sure all bills come from the same vendor.**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:60 msgid "In the Vendors Bills, select the new bills you have just created by checking the box next to each of them. In the Action menu located in the middle of the page, click on **Register Payment**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:67 msgid "Insert the details of the payment. The system calculated the total amount for both bills, but you can modify it freely. Click on **Validate**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:71 msgid "Record the payment, reconcile afterwards" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:73 msgid "You can also reconcile a payment with bills after the payment has been recorded." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:76 msgid "First, we need to create a payment" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:78 msgid "This will handle from :menuselection:`Dashboard --> Bank journal --> More Option --> Send Money`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:84 msgid "Creating payment order with check payment method. Selecting related Vendor and amount which remain to pay. After filling all details, we will confirm the payment order which will generate payment transaction with the system." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:92 msgid "As you can see, bill payment status show what is posted and what is remaining to reconcile." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:95 msgid "After receiving bank statement from the bank with payment detail, you can reconcile the transaction from the Dashboard. It will automatically map the transaction amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:103 msgid "Partial payments of several supplier bills" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:106 msgid "How to pay several supplier bills having cash discounts at once?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:108 msgid "You already learned how to pay bills in various way but what about partial payment? We are taking another example where we will do partial payment for various bills." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:112 msgid "We are creating multiple bills and partially pay them through bank statements." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:115 msgid "We are adding payment terms which allow some cash discount where vendor offer us early payment discount." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:121 msgid "We are creating the following bills with the assignment of the above payment term." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:127 msgid "We have created the following bills:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:132 msgid "We will pay the invoices by creating bank statement where we will adjust the cash discount our vendor provided under payment terms." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:138 msgid "Before reconciling this bank statement, we need to create one statement model for cash discount." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:144 msgid "Now we are going back to bank statement and opening reconcile view." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:69 msgid "Pay with SEPA" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:5 msgid "SEPA, the Single Euro Payments Area, is a payment-integration initiative of the European union for simplification of bank transfers denominated in EURO. SEPA allows you to send payment orders to your bank to automate bank wire transfer." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:10 msgid "SEPA is supported by the banks of the 28 EU member states as well as Iceland, Norway, Switzerland, Andorra, Monaco and San Marino." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:13 msgid "With Odoo, once you decide to pay a vendor, you can select to pay the bill with SEPA. Then, at the end of the day, the manager can generate the SEPA file containing all bank wire transfers and send it to the bank." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:18 msgid "By default,the file follows the SEPA Credit Transfer **'pain.001.001.03'** specifications. This is a well-defined standard that makes consensus among banks. However, according to the country set on your company, another format can be used : **'pain.001.001.03.ch.02'** for Switzerland and **'pain.001.003.03'** for Germany." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:24 msgid "Once the payments are processed by your bank, you can directly import the account statement inside Odoo. The bank reconciliation process will seamlessly match the SEPA orders you sent to your bank with actual bank statements." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:35 msgid "To pay suppliers with SEPA, you must install the **SEPA Credit Transfer** module. This module handle the process of generating SEPA files based on Odoo payments." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:40 msgid "According to your country and the chart of account you use, this module may be installed by default." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:44 msgid "Activate SEPA payment methods on banks" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:46 msgid "In order to allow payments by SEPA, you must activate the payment method on related bank journals. From the accounting dashboard (the screen you get when you enter the accounting application), click on \"More\" on your bank account and select the \"Settings\" option." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:51 msgid "To activate SEPA, click the **Advanced Settings** tab and, in the **Payment Methods** part of the **Miscellaneous** section, check the box **Sepa Credit Transfer**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:55 msgid "Make sure to specify the IBAN account number (domestic account number won't work with SEPA) and the BIC (bank identifier code) on your bank journal." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:60 msgid "By default, the payments you send using SEPA will use your company name as initiating party name. This is what appears on the recipient's bank statement in the **payment from** field. You can customize it in your company settings, in the tab **Configuration**, under the **SEPA** section." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:72 msgid "Register your payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:74 msgid "You can register a payment that is not related to a supplier bill. To do so, use the top menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. Register your payment and select a payment method by Sepa Credit Transfer." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:78 msgid "If it's the first time you pay this vendor, you will have to fill in the Recipient Bank Account field with, at least, the bank name, IBAN and BIC (Bank Identifier Code). Odoo will automatically verify the IBAN format." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:82 msgid "For future payments to this vendor, Odoo will propose you automatically the bank accounts but you will be able to select another one or create a new one." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:86 msgid "If you pay a specific supplier bill, put the reference of the bill in the **memo** field." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:92 msgid "Once your payment is registered, don't forget to Confirm it. You can also pay vendor bills from the bill directly using the Register Payment button on top of a vendor bill. The form is the same, but the payment is directly linked to the bill and will be automatically reconciled to it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:98 msgid "Generate SEPA files" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:100 msgid "From your accounting dashboard, you should see if there are SEPA files to generate for every bank account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:106 msgid "Click on the link to check all the payments that are ready to transfer via SEPA. Then, select all the payments you want to send (or check the top box to select all payment at once) and click on :menuselection:`More --> Download SEPA Payments`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:115 msgid "Troubleshooting" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:118 msgid "The bank refuses my SEPA file" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:120 msgid "Ask your bank if they support the **SEPA Credit Transfer specification** (the SEPA pain version depends on the country set on your company). If they don't, or cannot provide relevant informations, please forward the error message to your Odoo partner." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:126 msgid "There is no Bank Identifier Code recorded for bank account ..." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:128 msgid "In order to send a SEPA payment, the recipient must be identified by a valid IBAN and BIC. If this message appear, you probably encoded an IBAN account for the partner you are paying but forgot to fill in the BIC field." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:134 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:125 msgid ":doc:`check`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:3 msgid "Non-current Assets and Fixed Assets" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:5 msgid "**Non-current Assets**, also known as **long-term assets**, are investments that are expected to be realized after one year. They are capitalized rather than being expensed and appear on the company's balance sheet. Depending on their nature, they may undergo **depreciation**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:9 msgid "**Fixed Assets** are a type of Non-current Assets and include the properties bought for their productive aspects, such as buildings, vehicles, equipment, land, and software." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:12 msgid "For example, let's say we buy a car for $ 27,000. We plan to amortize it over five years, and we will sell it for $ 7,000 afterward. Using the linear, or straight-line, depreciation method, $ 4,000 are expensed each year as **depreciation expenses**. After five years, the **Accumulated Depreciation** amount reported on the balance sheet equals $ 20,000, leaving us with $ 7,000 of **Not Depreciable Value**, or Salvage value." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:18 msgid "Odoo Accounting handles depreciation by creating all depreciation entries automatically in *draft mode*. They are then posted periodically." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:21 msgid "Odoo supports the following **Depreciation Methods**:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:23 -msgid "Linear" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:23 +msgid "Straight Line" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:24 -msgid "Degressive" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:24 +msgid "Declining" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:25 -msgid "Accelerated Degressive" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:25 +msgid "Declining Then Straight Line" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:28 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:25 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:24 msgid "The server checks once a day if an entry must be posted. It might then take up to 24 hours before you see a change from *draft* to *posted*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:32 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:29 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:28 -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:19 msgid "Prerequisites" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:34 msgid "Such transactions must be posted on an **Assets Account** rather than on the default expense account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:38 msgid "Configure an Assets Account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:40 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:37 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:36 msgid "To configure your account in the **Chart of Accounts**, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Chart of Accounts`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:48 msgid "This account's type must be either *Fixed Assets* or *Non-current Assets*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:51 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:48 msgid "Post an expense to the right account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:51 msgid "Select the account on a draft bill" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:56 msgid "On a draft bill, select the right account for all the assets you are buying." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:65 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:61 msgid "Choose a different Expense Account for specific products" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:67 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:63 msgid "Start editing the product, go to the *Accounting* tab, select the right **Expense Account**, and save." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:75 msgid "It is possible to :ref:`automate the creation of assets entries <assets-automation>` for these products." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:75 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:74 msgid "Change the account of a posted journal item" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:83 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:77 msgid "To do so, open your Purchases Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Purchases`, select the journal item you want to modify, click on the account, and select the right one." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:92 msgid "Assets entries" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:97 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:89 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:88 msgid "Create a new entry" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:99 msgid "An **Asset entry** automatically generates all journal entries in *draft mode*. They are then posted one by one at the right time." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:102 msgid "To create a new entry, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Assets`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:105 msgid "Click on **select related purchases** to link an existing journal item to this new entry. Some fields are then automatically filled out, and the journal item is now listed under the **Related Purchase** tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:113 msgid "Once done, you can click on *Compute Depreciation* (next to the *Confirm* button) to generate all the values of the **Depreciation Board**. This board shows you all the entries that Odoo will post to depreciate your asset, and at which date." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:122 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:114 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:113 msgid "What does \"Prorata Temporis\" mean?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:124 msgid "The **Prorata Temporis** feature is useful to depreciate your assets the most accurately possible." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:126 msgid "With this feature, the first entry on the Depreciation Board is computed based on the time left between the *Prorata Date* and the *First Depreciation Date* rather than the default amount of time between depreciations." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:130 msgid "For example, the Depreciation Board above has its first depreciation with an amount of $ 241.10 rather than $ 4,000.00. Consequently, the last entry is also lower and has an amount of $ 3758.90." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:134 msgid "What are the different Depreciation Methods" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:136 -msgid "The **Linear Depreciation Method** divides the initial Depreciable Value by the number of depreciations planned. All depreciation entries have the same amount." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:136 +msgid "The **Straight Line Depreciation Method** divides the initial Depreciable Value by the number of depreciations planned. All depreciation entries have the same amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:139 -msgid "The **Degressive Depreciation Method** multiplies the Depreciable Value by the **Degressive Factor** for each entry. Each depreciation entry has a lower amount than the previous entry." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:139 +msgid "The **Declining Depreciation Method** multiplies the Depreciable Value by the **Declining Factor** for each entry. Each depreciation entry has a lower amount than the previous entry. The last depreciation entry doesn't use the declining factor but instead has an amount corresponding to the balance of the depreciable value so that it reaches $0 by the end of the specified duration." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:142 -msgid "The **Accelerated Degressive Depreciation Method** uses the Degressive Method, but with a minimum Depreciation equal to the Linear Method. This method ensures a fast depreciation at the beginning, followed by a constant one afterward." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:144 +msgid "The **Declining Then Straight Line Depreciation Method** uses the Declining Method, but with a minimum Depreciation equal to the Straight Line Method. This method ensures a fast depreciation at the beginning, followed by a constant one afterward." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:149 msgid "Assets from the Purchases Journal" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:151 msgid "You can create an asset entry from a specific journal item in your **Purchases Journal**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:153 msgid "To do so, open your Purchases Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Purchases`, and select the journal item you want to record as an asset. Make sure that it is posted in the right account (see: :ref:`journal-assets-account`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:157 msgid "Then, click on *Action*, select **Create Asset**, and fill out the form the same way you would do to :ref:`create a new entry <create-assets-entry>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:165 msgid "Modification of an Asset" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:167 msgid "You can modify the values of an asset to increase or decrease its value." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:169 msgid "To do so, open the asset you want to modify, and click on *Modify Depreciation*. Then, fill out the form with the new depreciation values and click on *Modify*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:172 msgid "A **decrease in value** posts a new Journal Entry for the **Value Decrease** and modifies all the future *unposted* Journal Entries listed in the Depreciation Board." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:175 msgid "An **increase in value** requires you to fill out additional fields related to the account movements and creates a new Asset entry with the **Value Increase**. The Gross Increase Asset Entry can be accessed with a Smart Button." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:184 msgid "Disposal of Fixed Assets" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:186 msgid "To **sell** an asset or **dispose** of it implies that it must be removed from the Balance Sheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:188 msgid "To do so, open the asset you want to dispose of, click on *Sell or Dispose*, and fill out the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:194 msgid "Odoo Accounting then generates all the journal entries necessary to dispose of the asset, including the gain or loss on sale, which is based on the difference between the asset's book value at the time of the sale and the amount it is sold for." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:199 msgid "To record the sale of an asset, you must first post the related Customer Invoice so you can link the sale of the asset with it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:203 msgid "Assets Models" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:205 msgid "You can create **Assets Models** to create your Asset entries faster. It is particularly useful if you recurrently buy the same kind of assets." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:208 msgid "To create a model, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Assets Models`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form the same way you would do to create a new entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:212 msgid "You can also convert a *confirmed Asset entry* into a model by opening it from :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Assets` and then, by clicking on the button *Save Model*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:217 msgid "Apply an Asset Model to a new entry" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:219 msgid "When you create a new Asset entry, fill out the **Fixed Asset Account** with the right asset account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:220 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:160 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:160 msgid "New buttons with all the models linked to that account appear at the top of the form. Clicking on a model button fills out the form according to that model." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:230 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:232 msgid "Automate the Assets" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:234 msgid "When you create or edit an account of which the type is either *Non-current Assets* or *Fixed Assets*, you can configure it to create assets for the expenses that are credited on it automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:238 msgid "You have three choices for the **Automate Assets** field:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:241 msgid "**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a draft *Assets entry* is created, but not validated. You must first fill out the form in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Assets`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:244 msgid "**Create and validate:** you must also select an Asset Model (see: `Assets Models`_). Whenever a transaction is posted on the account, an *Assets entry* is created and immediately validated." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:250 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:252 msgid "You can, for example, select this account as the default **Expense Account** of a product to fully automate its purchase. (see: :ref:`product-assets-account`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:3 msgid "Deferred Expenses and Prepayments" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:5 msgid "**Deferred expenses** and **prepayments** (also known as **prepaid expense**), are both costs that have already occurred for unconsumed products or services yet to receive." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:8 msgid "Such costs are **assets** for the company that pays them since it already paid for products and services still to receive or that are yet to be used. The company cannot report them on the current **Profit and Loss statement**, or *Income Statement*, since the payments will be effectively expensed in the future." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:13 msgid "These future expenses must be deferred on the company's balance sheet until the moment in time they can be **recognized**, at once or over a defined period, on the Profit and Loss statement." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:16 msgid "For example, let's say we pay $ 1200 at once for one year of insurance. We already pay the cost now but haven't used the service yet. Therefore, we post this new expense in a *prepayment account* and decide to recognize it on a monthly basis. Each month, for the next 12 months, $ 100 will be recognized as an expense." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:21 msgid "Odoo Accounting handles deferred expenses and prepayments by spreading them in multiple entries that are automatically created in *draft mode* and then posted periodically." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:31 msgid "Such transactions must be posted on a **Deferred Expense Account** rather than on the default expense account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:35 msgid "Configure a Deferred Expense Account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:45 msgid "This account's type must be either *Current Assets* or *Prepayments*" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:53 msgid "On a draft bill, select the right account for all the products of which the expenses must be deferred." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:71 msgid "It is possible to automate the creation of expense entries for these products (see: `Automate the Deferred Expenses`_)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:86 msgid "Deferred Expenses entries" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:91 msgid "A **Deferred Expense entry** automatically generates all journal entries in *draft mode*. They are then posted one by one at the right time until the full amount of the expense is recognized." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:94 msgid "To create a new entry, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Deferred Expense`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:97 msgid "Click on **select related purchases** to link an existing journal item to this new entry. Some fields are then automatically filled out, and the journal item is now listed under the **Related Expenses** tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:105 msgid "Once done, you can click on *Compute Deferral* (next to the *Confirm* button) to generate all the values of the **Expense Board**. This board shows you all the entries that Odoo will post to recognize your expense, and at which date." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:116 msgid "The **Prorata Temporis** feature is useful to recognize your expense the most accurately possible." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:118 msgid "With this feature, the first entry on the Expense Board is computed based on the time left between the *Prorata Date* and the *First Recognition Date* rather than the default amount of time between recognitions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:122 msgid "For example, the Expense Board above has its first expense with an amount of $ 70.97 rather than $ 100.00. Consequently, the last entry is also lower and has an amount of $ 29.03." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:126 msgid "Deferred Entry from the Purchases Journal" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:128 msgid "You can create a deferred entry from a specific journal item in your **Purchases Journal**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:130 msgid "To do so, open your Purchases Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Purchases`, and select the journal item you want to defer. Make sure that it is posted in the right account (see: `Change the account of a posted journal item`_)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:134 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:134 msgid "Then, click on *Action*, select **Create Deferred Entry**, and fill out the form the same way you would do to `create a new entry`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:142 msgid "Deferred Expense Models" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:144 msgid "You can create **Deferred Expense Models** to create your Deferred Expense entries faster." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:146 msgid "To create a model, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Deferred Expense Models`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form the same way you would do to create a new entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:150 msgid "You can also convert a *confirmed Deferred Expense entry* into a model by opening it from :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Deferred Expenses` and then, by clicking on the button *Save Model*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:155 msgid "Apply a Deferred Expense Model to a new entry" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:157 msgid "When you create a new Deferred Expense entry, fill out the **Deferred Expense Account** with the right recognition account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:170 msgid "Automate the Deferred Expenses" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:172 msgid "When you create or edit an account of which the type is either *Current Assets* or *Prepayments*, you can configure it to defer the expenses that are credited on it automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:175 msgid "You have three choices for the **Automate Deferred Expense** field:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:178 msgid "**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a draft *Deferred Expenses entry* is created, but not validated. You must first fill out the form in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Deferred Expenses`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:181 msgid "**Create and validate:** you must also select a Deferred Expense Model (see: `Deferred Expense Models`_). Whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a *Deferred Expenses entry* is created and immediately validated." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:190 msgid "You can, for example, select this account as the default **Expense Account** of a product to fully automate its purchase. (see: `Choose a different Expense Account for specific products`_)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:3 msgid "Manage vendor Bills" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:5 msgid "The **Purchase** application allows you to manage your purchase orders, incoming products, and vendor bills all seamlessly in one place." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:8 msgid "If you want to set up a vendor bill control process, the first thing you need to do is to have purchase data in Odoo. Knowing what has been purchased and received is the first step towards understanding your purchase management processes." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:13 msgid "Here is the standard work flow in Odoo:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:15 msgid "You begin with a **Request for Quotation (RFQ)** to send out to your vendor(s)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:18 msgid "Once the vendor has accepted the RFQ, confirm the RFQ into a **Purchase Order (PO)**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:21 msgid "Confirming the PO generates an **Incoming Shipment** if you purchased any stockable products." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:24 msgid "Upon receiving a **Vendor Bill** from your Vendor, validate the bill with products received in the previous step to ensure accuracy." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:27 msgid "This process may be done by three different people within the company, or only one." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:34 msgid "Installing the Purchase and Inventory applications" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:36 msgid "From the **Apps** application, search for the **Purchase** module and install it. Due to certain dependencies, installing Purchase will automatically install the **Inventory** and **Accounting** applications." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:41 msgid "Creating products" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:43 msgid "Creating products in Odoo is essential for quick and efficient purchasing within Odoo. Simply navigate to the Products submenu under Purchase and click create." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:50 msgid "When creating the product, pay attention to the **Product Type** field, since it is important:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:53 msgid "Products that are set as **Stockable or Consumable** will allow you to keep track of their inventory levels. These options imply stock management and will allow for receiving these kinds of products." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:58 msgid "Conversely, products that are set as a **Service or Digital Product** will not imply stock management, simply due to the fact that there is no inventory to manage. You will not be able to receive products under either of these designations." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:64 msgid "It is recommended that you create a **Miscellaneous** product for all purchases that occur infrequently and do not require inventory valuation or management. If you create such a product, it is recommended to set the product type to **Service**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:69 msgid "Managing your Vendor Bills" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:72 msgid "Purchasing products or services" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:74 msgid "From the purchase application, you can create a purchase order with as many products as you need. If the vendor sends you a confirmation or quotation for an order, you may record the order reference number in the **Vendor Reference** field. This will enable you to easily match the PO with the the vendor bill later (as the vendor bill will probably include the Vendor Reference)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:84 msgid "Validate the purchase order and receive the products from the Inventory application." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:88 msgid "Receiving Products" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:90 msgid "If you purchased any stockable products that you manage the inventory of, you will need to receive the products from the Inventory application after you confirm a purchase order. From the **Inventory dashboard**, you should see a button linking you directly to the transfer of products. This button is outlined in red below:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:99 msgid "Navigating this route will take you to a list of all orders waiting to be received." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:105 msgid "If you have a lot of awaiting orders, apply a filter using the search bar in the upper right. With this search bar, you may filter based on the vendor (partner), the product, or the source document (also known as the reference of your purchase order). You can also group the orders by different criteria under **Group By**. Selecting an item from this list will open the following screen where you then will receive the products." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:116 msgid "Purchasing service products does not trigger a delivery order." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:119 msgid "Managing Vendor Bills" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:121 msgid "When you receive a vendor bill for a previous purchase, be sure to record it in the Purchases application under the **Control Menu**. You need to create a new vendor bill even if you already registered a purchase order." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:129 msgid "The first thing you will need to do upon creating a vendor bill is to select the appropriate vendor, since doing so will also pull up any associated accounting or pricelist information. From there, you can choose to specify one or multiple Purchase Orders to populate the Vendor Bill with. When you select a Purchase Order from the list, Odoo will pull any uninvoiced products associated to that Purchase Order and automatically populate that information below. If you are having a hard time finding the appropriate vendor bill, you may search through the list by inputting the vendor reference number or your internal purchase order number." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:143 msgid "While the invoice is in a draft state, you can make any modifications you need (i.e. remove or add product lines, modify quantities, and change prices)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:148 msgid "Your vendor may send you several bills for the same Purchase Order if:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:150 msgid "Your vendor is in back-order and is sending you invoices as they ship the products." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:151 msgid "Your vendor is sending you a partial bill or asking for a deposit." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:153 msgid "Every time you record a new vendor bill, Odoo will automatically populate the product quantities based on what has been received from the vendor. If this value is showing a zero, this means that you have not yet received this product and simply serves as a reminder that the product is not in hand and you may need to inquire further into this. At any point in time, before you validate the Vendor Bill, you may override this zero quantity." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:162 msgid "Vendor Bill Matching" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:165 msgid "What to do if your vendor bill does not match what you received" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:167 msgid "If the bill you receive from the vendor has quantities that do not match the quantities automatically populated by Odoo, this could be due to several reasons:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:171 msgid "The vendor is incorrectly charging you for products and/or services that you have not ordered." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:174 msgid "The vendor is billing you for products that you might not have received yet, as the invoicing control may be based on ordered or received quantities." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:178 msgid "The vendor did not bill you for previously purchased products." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:180 msgid "In these instances it is recommended that you verify that the bill, and any associated purchase order to the vendor, are accurate and that you understand what you have ordered and what you have already received." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:184 msgid "If you are unable to find a purchase order related to a vendor bill, this could be due to one of a few reasons:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:187 msgid "The vendor has already invoiced you for this purchase order; therefore it is not going to appear anywhere in the selection." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:190 msgid "Someone in the company forgot to record a purchase order for this vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:193 msgid "The vendor is charging you for something you did not order." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:198 msgid "How product quantities are managed" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:200 msgid "By default, services are managed based on ordered quantities, while stockables and consumables are managed based on received quantities." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:203 msgid "If you need to manage products based on ordered quantities over received quantities, you will need to belong to the group **Purchase Manager**. Ask your system administrator to enable these access on :menuselection:`Settings --> Users --> Users --> Access Rights`. Once you belong to the correct group, select the product(s) you wish to modify, and you should see a new field appear, labeled **Control Purchase Bills**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:213 msgid "You can then change the default management method for the selected product to be based on either:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:216 msgid "Ordered quantities" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:218 msgid "or Received quantities" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:221 msgid "Batch Billing" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:223 msgid "When creating a vendor bill and selecting the appropriate purchase order, you may continue to select additional purchase orders. Odoo will add the additional line items from the purchase orders you select. If you have not deleted the previous line items from the first purchase order, the bill will be linked to all the appropriate purchase orders." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:3 msgid "Digitize Vendor Bills with Optical Character Recognition (OCR)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:5 msgid "Encoding bills manually can be a time-consuming task. Having a solution that allows you to digitize them and automatically import the data to your database reduces errors and saves you time." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:9 msgid "Set up the feature" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:11 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Bill Digitalization`, and choose whether the bills should be processed automatically or manually." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:19 msgid "Start digitizing your bills" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:21 msgid "Scan your bills and then go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> Bills` and upload your document. Based on your configuration, it either processes the documents automatically, or you need to click on *Send for Digitalization* to do it manually." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:26 msgid "You can also create a vendor bill through the *Documents* app or by using an email alias on your journals." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:29 msgid "Once the data is extracted from the PDF, you can correct it if necessary by clicking on the respective tag (available in *Edit* mode), and selecting the right information instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:38 msgid "The more bills you scan, the better the system gets at identifying the correct data." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:41 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:34 msgid "Pricing" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:44 msgid "The *Bill Digitalization* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service which requires prepaid credits to work. Digitalizing one document consumes one credit." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:47 msgid "To buy credits, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Bill Digitalization` and click on *Buy credits*, or go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Odoo IAP` and click on *View My Services*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:50 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:43 msgid "If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:52 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:45 msgid "Click `here <https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#header_4>`_ to know about our *Privacy Policy*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:3 msgid "Purchase Receipts" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:5 msgid "**Purchase Receipts** are not invoices but rather confirmations of received payments, such as a ticket or a receipt." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:8 msgid "This feature is meant to be used when you pay directly with your company's money for an expense. **Vendor Bills**, on the other hand, are recorded when an invoice is issued to you and that the amount is first credited on a debt account before a later payment reconciliation." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:13 -msgid "Expenses paid by employees can be managed with **Odoo Expenses**, an app dedicated to the approval of such expenses and the payments management. Click :doc:`here <../../../expense/expense>` for more information on how to use Odoo Expenses." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:13 +msgid "Expenses paid by employees can be managed with **Odoo Expenses**, an app dedicated to the approval of such expenses and the payments management. Click :doc:`here </applications/finance/expense/expense>` for more information on how to use Odoo Expenses." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:18 msgid "Register a receipt" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:20 msgid "To record a new receipt, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> Receipts`, click on *Create*, fill out the form, and click on *Post*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:27 msgid "You can register the payment by clicking on *Register Payment*, then filling out the payment's details, and clicking on *Validate*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:31 msgid "Edit the Journal Entry before posting it" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:33 msgid "Once you have filled out the *Invoice Lines* tab, you can modify the **Journal Entry** before you post it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:36 msgid "To do so, click on the **Journal Items** tab, change the accounts and values according to your needs, and click on *Post*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:44 msgid ":doc:`manage`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:45 -msgid ":doc:`../../../expense/expense`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:45 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/expense/expense`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables.rst:3 msgid "Account Receivables" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:99 msgid "Customer Invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:3 msgid "Offer cash discounts" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:5 msgid "Cash discounts are incentives you can offer to customers to motivate them to pay within a specific time frame. For instance, you offer a 2% discount if the customer pays you within the first 5 days of the invoice, when it is due in 30 days. This approach can greatly improve your average collection period." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:12 msgid "Set up a cash discount" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:14 msgid "To set up a cash discount, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Management --> Payment Terms` and click on *Create*. Add a *Percent* type of term with a corresponding value (e.g. 98% of the total price for a 2% discount) and the number of days during which the offer is valid. You can also change the default balance term if needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:25 msgid "Start offering the cash discount" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:27 msgid "Now, you can create a customer invoice and select the cash discount payment term you added. Once the invoice is validated, Odoo will automatically split the account receivables part of the journal entry into two installments having different due dates. Since the discounted price is already calculated, your payment controls will be simplified." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:37 msgid "Grant the cash discount" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:39 msgid "The customer fulfilled the payment terms and therefore benefits from the cash discount. When you process the bank statement, match the payment with the related journal entry. Then, select the remaining cash discount and click on *Create Write-off* to reconcile it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:48 msgid "You can also create a dedicated reconciliation model to make the process easier. In this case, you should add a tax to the model based on the taxes applied to your invoices. This means that if you handle multiple tax rates, you need to create several reconciliation models. Note that depending on your localisation, you might already have a Cash Discount model available by default." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:56 msgid "Register the full payment" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:58 msgid "In this case, the customer has not fulfilled the payment term and cannot benefit from the cash discount. When you process the bank statement, match the payment with the two related journal entries." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:67 msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:3 msgid "Cash Rounding" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:4 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:5 msgid "**Cash rounding** is required when the lowest physical denomination of currency, or the smallest coin, is higher than the minimum unit of account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:9 msgid "For example, some countries require their companies to round up or down the total amount of an invoice to the nearest five cents, when the payment is made in cash." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:16 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable *Cash Rounding*, then click on *Save*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:22 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Cash Roundings`, and click on *Create*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:25 msgid "Define here your *Rounding Precision*, *Rounding Strategy*, and *Rounding Method*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:28 msgid "Odoo supports two **rounding strategies**:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:30 msgid "**Add a rounding line**: a *rounding* line is added on the invoice. You have to define which account records the cash roundings." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:33 msgid "**Modify tax amount**: the rounding is applied in the taxes section." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:36 msgid "Apply roundings" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:38 msgid "When editing a draft invoice, open the *Other Info* tab, go to the *Accounting Information* section, and select the appropriate *Cash Rounding Method*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:3 msgid "Credit Notes and Refunds" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:4 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:4 msgid "A **credit note**, or **credit memo**, is a document issued to a customer that notifies them that they have been credited a certain amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:11 msgid "There are several reasons that can lead to a credit note, such as:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:9 msgid "a mistake in the invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:10 msgid "a return of the goods, or a rejection of the services" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:11 msgid "the goods delivered are damaged" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:14 msgid "Issuing a credit note is the only legal way to cancel, refund or modify a validated invoice. Don’t forget to *register the payment* afterward if you need to send money back to your customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:20 msgid "Issue a Credit Note" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:21 msgid "You can create a credit note from scratch by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Credit Notes`, and by clicking on *Create*. Filling the Credit Note’s form works the same way as the Invoice’s form." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:26 msgid "However, most of the time, credit notes are generated directly from the invoices they are related to." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:29 msgid "To do so, open the *Customer Invoice*, and click on *Add Credit Note*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:37 msgid "You can choose between three options:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:35 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:44 msgid "Partial Refund" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:36 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:55 msgid "Full Refund" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:37 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:66 msgid "Full refund and new draft invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:40 msgid "Credit Notes’ numbers start with “R” and are followed by the number of the document they are related to (e.g., RINV/2019/0004)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:45 msgid "Odoo creates a draft credit note already prefilled with all the necessary information from the original invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:48 msgid "This is the option to choose to do a partial refund, or if you want to modify any detail on the credit note." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:52 msgid "This is the only option available for invoices that are already marked as *Paid*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:56 msgid "Odoo creates a credit note, automatically validates it, and reconciles the original invoice with it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:62 msgid "This is the option to choose to do a full refund or cancel a validated invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:67 msgid "Odoo creates a credit note, automatically validates it, reconciles the original invoice with it, and open a new draft invoice prefilled with the same details from the original invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:71 msgid "This is the option to choose to modify the content of a validated invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:74 msgid "Record a Vendor Refund" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:75 msgid "**Vendor Refunds** are recorded the same way you would do with invoices’ credit notes:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:77 msgid "You can either create a credit note from scratch by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> Refund`, and by clicking on *Create*, or by opening the validated *Vendor Bill*, and clicking on *Add Credit Note*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:84 msgid "Issuing a credit note from an invoice creates a **reverse entry** that zeroes out the journal items generated by the original invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:87 msgid "Here is an example of an invoice’s journal entry:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:92 msgid "And here is the credit note’s journal entry generated to reverse the original invoice above:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:3 msgid "Deferred Revenues" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:5 msgid "**Deferred revenues**, or **unearned revenue**, are payments made in advance by customers for products yet to deliver or services yet to render." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:8 msgid "Such payments are a **liability** for the company that receives them since it still owes its customers these products or services. The company cannot report them on the current **Profit and Loss statement**, or *Income Statement*, since the payments will be effectively earned in the future." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:12 msgid "These future revenues must be deferred on the company's balance sheet until the moment in time they can be **recognized**, at once or over a defined period, on the Profit and Loss statement." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:15 msgid "For example, let's say we sell a five-year extended warranty for $ 350. We already receive the money now but haven't earned it yet. Therefore, we post this new income in a deferred revenue account and decide to recognize it on a yearly basis. Each year, for the next 5 years, $ 70 will be recognized as revenue." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:20 msgid "Odoo Accounting handles deferred revenues by spreading them in multiple entries that are automatically created in *draft mode* and then posted periodically." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:30 msgid "Such transactions must be posted on a **Deferred Revenue Account** rather than on the default income account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:34 msgid "Configure a Deferred Revenue Account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:44 msgid "This account's type must be either *Current Liabilities* or *Non-current Liabilities*" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:47 msgid "Post an income to the right account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:50 msgid "Select the account on a draft invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:52 msgid "On a draft invoice, select the right account for all the products of which the incomes must be deferred." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:60 msgid "Choose a different Income Account for specific products" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:62 msgid "Start editing the product, go to the *Accounting* tab, select the right **Income Account**, and save." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:70 msgid "It is possible to automate the creation of revenue entries for these products (see: `Automate the Deferred Revenues`_)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:76 msgid "To do so, open your Sales Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Sales`, select the journal item you want to modify, click on the account, and select the right one." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:85 msgid "Deferred Revenues entries" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:90 msgid "A **Deferred Revenues entry** automatically generates all journal entries in *draft mode*. They are then posted one by one at the right time until the full amount of the income is recognized." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:93 msgid "To create a new entry, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Deferred Revenues`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:96 msgid "Click on **select related purchases** to link an existing journal item to this new entry. Some fields are then automatically filled out, and the journal item is now listed under the **Related Sales** tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:104 msgid "Once done, you can click on *Compute Revenue* (next to the *Confirm* button) to generate all the values of the **Revenue Board**. This board shows you all the entries that Odoo will post to recognize your revenue, and at which date." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:115 msgid "The **Prorata Temporis** feature is useful to recognize your revenue the most accurately possible." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:117 msgid "With this feature, the first entry on the Revenue Board is computed based on the time left between the *Prorata Date* and the *First Recognition Date* rather than the default amount of time between recognitions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:121 msgid "For example, the Revenue Board above has its first revenue with an amount of $ 4.22 rather than $ 70.00. Consequently, the last entry is also lower and has an amount of $ 65.78." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:125 msgid "Deferred Entry from the Sales Journal" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:127 msgid "You can create a deferred entry from a specific journal item in your **Sales Journal**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:129 msgid "To do so, open your Sales Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Sales`, and select the journal item you want to defer. Make sure that it is posted in the right account (see: `Change the account of a posted journal item`_)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:142 msgid "Deferred Revenue Models" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:144 msgid "You can create **Deferred Revenue Models** to create your Deferred Revenue entries faster." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:146 msgid "To create a model, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Deferred Revenue Models`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form the same way you would do to create a new entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:150 msgid "You can also convert a *confirmed Deferred Revenue entry* into a model by opening it from :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Deferred Revenues` and then, by clicking on the button *Save Model*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:155 msgid "Apply a Deferred Revenue Model to a new entry" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:157 msgid "When you create a new Deferred Revenue entry, fill out the **Deferred Revenue Account** with the right recognition account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:170 msgid "Automate the Deferred Revenues" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:172 msgid "When you create or edit an account of which the type is either *Current Liabilities* or *Non-current Liabilities*, you can configure it to defer the revenues that are credited on it automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:175 msgid "You have three choices for the **Automate Deferred Revenue** field:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:178 msgid "**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a draft *Deferred Revenues entry* is created, but not validated. You must first fill out the form in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Deferred Revenues`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:181 msgid "**Create and validate:** you must also select a Deferred Revenue Model (see: `Deferred Revenue Models`_). Whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a *Deferred Revenues entry* is created and immediately validated." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:190 msgid "You can, for example, select this account as the default **Income Account** of a product to fully automate its sale. (see: `Choose a different Income Account for specific products`_)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:195 msgid "`Odoo Academy: Deferred Revenues (Recognition) <https://www.odoo.com/r/EWO>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:3 msgid "Add EPC QR Codes to invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:4 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:4 msgid "European Payments Council Quick Response Code, or **EPC QR Code**, are two-dimensional barcodes that customers can scan with their **mobile banking applications** to initiate a **SEPA Credit Transfer (SCT)**, and pay their invoices instantly." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:10 msgid "In addition to bringing ease of use and speed, it greatly reduces typing errors that would potentially make for payment issues." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:15 msgid "This feature is only available in several European countries such as Austria, Belgium, Finland, Germany, and The Netherlands." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:21 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the **SEPA QR Code** feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:28 msgid "Configure your Bank Account’s journal" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:29 msgid "Make sure that your *Bank Account* is correctly configured on Odoo with your IBAN and BIC." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:32 msgid "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, open your *bank journal*, then fill out the *Bank Account* and *Bank* under the *Bank Account* tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:40 msgid "Issue Invoices with EPC QR Codes" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:41 msgid "EPC QR Codes are added automatically to your invoices, as long as you issue them to customers that are located in a country where this feature is available." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:45 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Invoices`, and create a new invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:48 msgid "Before posting it, open the *Other Info* tab. Odoo automatically fills out the *Bank Account* field with your IBAN." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:51 msgid "Make sure that the account indicated is the one you want to use to receive your customer’s payment as Odoo uses this field to generate the EPC QR Code." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:59 msgid "If you want to issue an invoice without an EPC QR Code, remove the IBAN indicated in the *Bank Account* field, under the *Other Info* tab of the invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:65 msgid "`Odoo Academy: QR Code on Invoices for European Customers <https://www.odoo.com/r/VuU>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview of the invoicing process" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:5 msgid "Depending on your business and the application you use, there are different ways to automate the customer invoice creation in Odoo. Usually, draft invoices are created by the system (with information coming from other documents like sales order or contracts) and accountant just have to validate draft invoices and send the invoices in batch (by regular mail or email)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:12 msgid "Depending on your business, you may opt for one of the following way to create draft invoices:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:19 msgid "Sales Order ‣ Invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:21 msgid "In most companies, salespeople create quotations that become sales order once they are validated. Then, draft invoices are created based on the sales order. You have different options like:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:25 msgid "Invoice manually: use a button on the sale order to trigger the draft invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:28 msgid "Invoice before delivery: invoice the full order before triggering the delivery order" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:31 msgid "Invoice based on delivery order: see next section" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:33 msgid "Invoice before delivery is usually used by the eCommerce application when the customer pays at the order and we deliver afterwards. (pre-paid)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:37 msgid "For most other use cases, it's recommended to invoice manually. It allows the salesperson to trigger the invoice on demand with options: invoice the whole order, invoice a percentage (advance), invoice some lines, invoice a fixed advance." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:42 msgid "This process is good for both services and physical products." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:45 -msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/proforma`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:45 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:48 msgid "Sales Order ‣ Delivery Order ‣ Invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:50 msgid "Retailers and eCommerce usually invoice based on delivery orders, instead of sales order. This approach is suitable for businesses where the quantities you deliver may differs from the ordered quantities: foods (invoice based on actual Kg)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:55 msgid "This way, if you deliver a partial order, you only invoice for what you really delivered. If you do back orders (deliver partially and the rest later), the customer will receive two invoices, one for each delivery order." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:61 -msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:61 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:64 msgid "eCommerce Order ‣ Invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:66 msgid "An eCommerce order will also trigger the creation of the order when it is fully paid. If you allow paying orders by check or wire transfer, Odoo only creates an order and the invoice will be triggered once the payment is received." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:72 msgid "Contracts" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:75 msgid "Regular Contracts ‣ Invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:77 msgid "If you use contracts, you can trigger invoice based on time and material spent, expenses or fixed lines of services/products. Every month, the salesperson will trigger invoice based on activities on the contract." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:81 msgid "Activities can be:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:83 msgid "fixed products/services, coming from a sale order linked to this contract" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:84 msgid "materials purchased (that you will re-invoice)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:85 msgid "time and material based on timesheets or purchases (subcontracting)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:86 msgid "expenses like travel and accommodation that you re-invoice to the customer" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:88 msgid "You can invoice at the end of the contract or trigger intermediate invoices. This approach is used by services companies that invoice mostly based on time and material. For services companies that invoice on fix price, they use a regular sales order." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:94 -msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/time_materials`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:94 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:95 -msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/expense`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:95 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:96 -msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/milestone`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:96 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:99 msgid "Recurring Contracts ‣ Invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:101 msgid "For subscriptions, an invoice is triggered periodically, automatically. The frequency of the invoicing and the services/products invoiced are defined on the contract." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:106 -msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:106 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/subscriptions`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:112 msgid "Creating an invoice manually" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:114 msgid "Users can also create invoices manually without using contracts or a sales order. It's a recommended approach if you do not need to manage the sales process (quotations), or the delivery of the products or services." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:119 msgid "Even if you generate the invoice from a sales order, you may need to create invoices manually in exceptional use cases:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:122 msgid "if you need to create a refund" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:124 msgid "If you need to give a discount" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:126 msgid "if you need to change an invoice created from a sales order" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:128 msgid "if you need to invoice something not related to your core business" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:131 msgid "Specific modules" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:133 msgid "Some specific modules are also able to generate draft invoices:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:135 msgid "**membership**: invoice your members every year" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:137 msgid "**repairs**: invoice your after-sale services" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:3 msgid "Payment Terms and Installment Plans" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:5 -msgid "**Payment Terms** regroup all the conditions under which a sale is completed and paid. They can be applied to sales orders, customer invoices, and supplier bills, mostly to ensure that they will be correctly paid, and on time. These conditions cover:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:5 +msgid "**Payment Terms** specify all the conditions under which a sale is paid, mostly to ensure customers pay their invoices correctly and on time." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:8 +msgid "Payment Terms can be applied to sales orders, customer invoices, supplier bills, and contacts. These conditions cover:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:11 msgid "The due date" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:12 msgid "Some discounts" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:13 msgid "Any other condition on the payment" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:13 -msgid "Defining Payment Terms automates the computation of payments due dates, both for invoices and bills. This is particularly helpful in managing installment plans." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:15 +msgid "Defining Payment Terms automatically calculates the payments' due dates. This is particularly helpful for managing installment plans." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:18 msgid "An **installment plan** allows the customers to pay an invoice in parts, with the amounts and payment dates defined beforehand by the seller." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:21 msgid "**Examples of Payment Terms:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "**Immediate Payment**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "The full payment is due on the day of the invoice's issuance." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "**15 Days** (or **Net 15**)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "The full payment is due 15 days after the invoice date." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "**21 MFI**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "The full payment is due by the 21st of the month following the invoice date." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "**2% 10, Net 30 EOM**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "2% :doc:`cash discount <cash_discounts>` if the payment is received within ten days. Otherwise, the full payment is due at the end of the month following the invoice date." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:32 -msgid "Payment terms are not to be confused with payment in several parts. If, for a specific order, you invoice the customer in two parts, that is nor a payment term nor an installment plan, but an invoicing policy." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:34 +msgid "Payment terms are not to be confused with down payment invoices. If, for a specific order, you issue several invoices to your customer, that is neither a payment term nor an installment plan, but an invoicing policy." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:39 +msgid "This document is about the *Payment Terms* feature, not *Terms & Conditions*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:44 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Terms` and click on *Create*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:41 -msgid "The **Description on the Invoice** is the displayed text on a sale order, invoice, or bill." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:46 +msgid "The **Description on the Invoice** is the text displayed on the document (sale order, invoice, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:43 -msgid "In the **Terms** section, you can add a set of rules, that we call *terms*, to define what needs to be paid, and by which due date." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:49 +msgid "In the **Terms** section, you can add a set of rules, called *terms*, to define what needs to be paid and by which due date." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:52 msgid "To add a term, click on *Add a line*, and define its *Type*, *Value*, and *Due Date Computation*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:55 msgid "Terms are computed in the order they are set up." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:56 msgid "The **balance** should always be used for the last line." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:52 -msgid "In the following example, 30% of the invoice is due on the day of issuance of the invoice, and the balance is due at the end of the following month." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 +msgid "In the following example, 30% is due on the day of issuance, and the balance is due at the end of the following month." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:67 msgid "Using Payment Terms" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:62 -msgid "Payment Terms can be defined with the **Payment Terms** field on:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:69 +msgid "Payment Terms can be defined in the **Due Date** field, with the **Terms** drop-down list, on:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 -msgid "**Contacts**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 -msgid "To set specific payment terms automatically on new sales orders, invoices, and bills of a contact. This can be modified in the contact’s *Form View*, under the *Sales & Purchase* tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "**Quotations**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "To set specific payment terms automatically on all invoices generated from a quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "**Customer Invoices**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "To set specific payment terms on an invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "**Vendor Bills**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "To set specific payment terms on a bill. This is mostly useful when you need to manage vendor terms with several installments. Otherwise, setting the *Due Date* is enough." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:77 -msgid "Invoices with specific Payment Terms generate different *Journal Entries*, with one *Journal Item* for each different *Due Date* computed." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:80 +msgid "You can also define a **Due Date** manually. If Payment Terms are already defined, empty the field so you can select a date." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:80 -msgid "This makes for easier *Follow-ups* and *Reconciliation* since Odoo takes each due date into account, rather than just the balance due date." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:83 +msgid "Payment Terms can be defined with the **Payment Terms** field on:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:83 -msgid "In the following example, an invoice of $1000 has been issued with the following payment terms: 30% of the invoice is due on the day of issuance of the invoice, and the balance is due at the end of the following month." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**Contacts**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:92 -msgid "The $1000 debited on the Account Receivable is split into two distinct *Journal Items*. Both of them have their own **Due Date**." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "To set specific payment terms automatically on new sales orders, invoices, and bills of a contact. This can be modified in the contact’s *Form View*, under the *Sales & Purchase* tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:92 +msgid "Invoices with specific Payment Terms generate different *Journal Entries*, with one *Journal Item* for every computed *Due Date*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:95 +msgid "This makes for easier *Follow-ups* and *Reconciliation* since Odoo takes each due date into account, rather than just the balance due date. It also helps to get an accurate *Aged Receivable report*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:103 +msgid "In this example, an invoice of $1000 has been issued with the following payment terms: *30% is due on the day of issuance, and the balance is due at the end of the following month.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:107 msgid "Due date" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:109 msgid "February 21" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:109 msgid "300" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:111 msgid "March 31" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:111 msgid "700" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:113 msgid "Product Sales" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:105 -msgid "This allows for easier reconciliation and to accurately follow up late payments." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:116 +msgid "The $1000 debited on the Account Receivable is split into two distinct *Journal Items*. Both of them have their own **Due Date**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:120 msgid ":doc:`cash_discounts`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:109 -msgid "`Odoo Learn: Terms and Conditions (T&C) and Payment Terms <https://www.odoo.com/r/fpv>`_" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:121 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Terms and Conditions (T&C) and Payment Terms <https://www.odoo.com/r/fpv>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:3 msgid "Send your Invoices by Post (Snailmail)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:5 msgid "Direct mail is a great way to capture individuals’ attention at a time where inboxes are always full. Odoo allows you to send invoices and follow-up reports by post, worldwide, directly from your database." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:10 msgid "Set up Snailmail" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:12 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Snailmail` and activate the feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:14 msgid "If you would like this option to be a default feature, enable *Send by Post* under *Default Sending Options*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:21 msgid "Send your invoices by post" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:23 msgid "Open your Invoice, click on the *Send & Print* button and select *Send by Post*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:30 msgid "Make sure to have your customer’s address set correctly, and that it includes a country, before sending the letter." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:37 msgid "*Snailmail* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service which requires prepaid stamps (=credits) to work. Sending one document consumes one stamp." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:40 msgid "To buy stamps, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Snailmail` and click on *Buy credits*, or go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Odoo IAP` and click on *View my Services*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments.rst:3 msgid "Customer Payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:3 msgid "Batch Payments: Batch Deposits (checks, cash etc.)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:5 msgid "A **Batch Deposit** groups multiple payments in a single batch. This allows you to deposit several payments into your bank account with a single transaction. This is particularly useful to deposit cash and checks." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:9 msgid "This feature allows you to list several customer payments and print a **deposit slip**. This ticket contains the details of the transactions and a reference to the batch deposit. You can then select this reference during a bank reconciliation to match the single bank statement line with all the transactions listed in the batch deposit." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:17 msgid "To activate the feature, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Customer Payments`, activate **Batch Payments**, and click on *Save*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:21 msgid "Payment Method Types" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:23 msgid "To record new payments as part of a Batch Deposit, you have to configure first the Journal on which you record them." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:26 msgid "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, open the Journal you want to edit, click on *Edit*, and open the *Advanced Settings* tab. In the *Payment Method Types* section, enable **Batch Deposit**, and click on *Save*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:35 msgid "Your main bank accounts are automatically configured to process batch payments when you activate the feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:39 msgid "Deposit multiple payments in batch" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:42 msgid "Record payments to deposit in batch" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:44 msgid ":doc:`Register the payments <recording>` on the bank account on which you plan to deposit them by opening the *Customer Invoice* for which you received a payment, and clicking on *Register Payment*. There, select the appropriate Journal linked to your bank account and select *Batch Deposit* as Payment Method." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:53 msgid "Do this step for all checks or payments you want to process in batch." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:56 msgid "Make sure to write the payment reference in the **Memo** field." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:59 msgid "Add payments to a Batch Deposit" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:61 msgid "To add the payments to a Batch Deposit, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Batch Payments`, and click on *Create*. Next, select the Bank and Payment Method, then click on *Add a line*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:69 msgid "Select all payments to include in the current Batch Deposit and click on *Select*. You can also record a new payment and add it to the list by clicking on *Create*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:76 msgid "Once done, click on *Validate* to finalize your Batch Deposit. You can then click on *Print* to download a PDF file to include with the deposit slip that the bank usually requires to fill out." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:82 msgid "Once the bank statements are on your database, you can reconcile the bank statement line with the *Batch Payment* reference. To do so, start your **Bank Reconciliation** by going to your Accounting dashboard and clicking on *Reconcile Items* on the related bank account. At the bank statement line, click on *Choose counterpart or Create Write-off* to display more options, open the *Batch Payments* tab, and select your Batch Payment. All related payments are automatically added." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:89 msgid "The *Batch Payments* tab won't appear if a Partner is selected for this bank statement line." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:95 msgid "If a check, or a payment, couldn't be processed by the bank and is missing, remove the related payment before validating the bank reconciliation." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:99 msgid ":doc:`recording`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:100 msgid ":doc:`batch_sdd`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:3 msgid "Batch Payments: SEPA Direct Debit (SDD)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:5 msgid "SEPA, the Single Euro Payments Area, is a payment-integration initiative of the European Union for simplification of bank transfers denominated in EURO. With **SEPA Direct Debit**, your customers can sign a **mandate** that authorizes you to collect future payments from their bank accounts. This is particularly useful for recurring payments based on a subscription." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:10 msgid "You can record customer mandates in Odoo, and generate XML files containing pending payments made with an SDD mandate." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:0 msgid "SDD is supported by all SEPA countries, which includes the 27 member states of the European Union as well as additional countries." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:0 msgid "`List of all SEPA countries <https://www.europeanpaymentscouncil.eu/document-library/other/epc-list-sepa-scheme-countries>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:22 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`, activate **SEPA Direct Debit (SDD)** and click on *Save*. Enter your company's **Creditor Identifier**. This number is provided by your bank institution, or the authority responsible for delivering them." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:31 msgid "SEPA Direct Debit Mandates" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:34 msgid "Create a mandate" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:36 msgid "The SEPA Direct Debit Mandate is the document that your customers sign to authorize you to collect money directly from their bank accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:39 msgid "To create a new mandate, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Direct Debit Mandates`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:46 msgid "Export the PDF file by clicking on *Print*. It is then up to your customer to sign this document. Once done, upload the signed file in the **Original Document** field, and click on *Validate* to start running the mandate." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:51 msgid "Make sure that the **IBAN bank accounts details** are correctly recorded on the debtor’s contact form, under the *Accounting* tab, and in your own :doc:`Bank Account <../../bank/setup/bank_accounts>` settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:56 msgid "SEPA Direct Debit as a Payment Method" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:58 msgid "SEPA Direct Debit can be used as a payment method both on your **eCommerce** or on the **Customer Portal** by activating SDD as a **Payment Acquirer**. With this method, your customers can create and sign their mandates themselves." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:62 msgid "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Acquirers`, click on *SEPA Direct Debit*, and set it up according to your needs." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:66 msgid "Make sure to change the **State** field to *Enabled*, and to check **Online Signature**, as this is necessary to let your customers sign their mandates." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:69 msgid "Customers using SDD as payment method get prompted to add their IBAN, email address, and to sign their SEPA Direct Debit mandate." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:73 msgid "Add link to future **Payment Acquirer** documentation." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:76 msgid "Close or revoke a mandate" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:78 msgid "Direct Debit mandates are closed automatically after their *End Date*. If this field is left blank, the mandate keeps being *Active* until it is *Closed* or *Revoked*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:85 msgid "Clicking on **Close** updates the mandate’s end day to the current day. This means that invoices issued after the present day will not be processed with an SDD payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:88 msgid "Clicking on **Revoke** disables the mandate immediately. No SDD payment can be registered anymore, regardless of the invoice’s date. However, payments that have already been registered are still included in the next SDD XML file." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:93 msgid "Once a mandate has been *closed* or *revoked*, it cannot be reactivated." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:96 msgid "Get paid with SDD Batch Payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:101 msgid "You can register SDD payments for invoices issued to customers who have an active SDD mandate." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:103 msgid "To do so, open the invoice, click on *Register Payment*, and choose *SEPA Direct Debit* as payment method." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:107 msgid "Generate SEPA Direct Debit XML files to submit payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:109 msgid "**XML files** with all SDD payment instructions can be uploaded to your online banking interface to process all payments at once." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:113 msgid "The files generated by Odoo follow the SEPA Direct Debit **PAIN.008.001.02** specifications, as required by the SEPA customer-to-bank Implementation Guidelines, which ensures compatibility with the banks." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:117 msgid "To generate your XML file for the pending SDD payments, go to the related *bank journal* on your *Accounting dashboard*, then click on *Direct Debit Payments to Collect*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:124 msgid "Select all the payments you want to include in your SDD XML file, then click on *Action* and select *Create Batch Payment*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:131 msgid "Odoo then takes you to your *Batch Payment*’s form. Click on *Validate* and download the SDD XML file." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:138 msgid "Finally, upload this file to your online banking interface to process the payments." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:141 msgid "You can retrieve all the generated SDD XML files by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Customers --> Batch Payments`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:145 msgid ":doc:`batch`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:147 msgid "`Odoo Academy: SEPA Direct Debit Mandates (SDD) <https://www.odoo.com/r/Zxs>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:148 msgid "`List of all SEPA countries <https://www.europeanpaymentscouncil.eu/document-library/other/epc-list-sepa-scheme-countries>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:3 msgid "Register customer payments by checks" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:5 msgid "There are two ways to handle payments received by checks. Odoo support both approaches so that you can use the one that better fits your habits." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:9 msgid "**Undeposited Funds:** once you receive the check, you record a payment by check on the invoice. (using a Check journal and posted on the Undeposited Fund account) Then, once the check arrives in your bank account, move money from Undeposited Funds to your bank account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:16 msgid "**One journal entry only:** once your receive the check, you record a payment on your bank, paid by check, without going through the **Undeposited Funds**. Once you process your bank statement, you do the matching with your bank feed and the check payment, without creating a dedicated journal entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:23 msgid "We recommend the first approach as it is more accurate (your bank account balance is accurate, taking into accounts checks that have not been cashed yet). Both approaches require the same effort." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:27 msgid "Even if the first method is cleaner, Odoo support the second approach because some accountants are used to it (quickbooks and peachtree users)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:32 msgid "You may have a look at the *Deposit Ticket feature* if you deposit several checks to your bank accounts in batch." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:36 msgid "Option 1: Undeposited Funds" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:41 msgid "Create a journal **Checks**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:43 msgid "Set **Undeposited Checks** as a defaut credit/debit account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:45 msgid "Set the bank account related to this journal as **Allow Reconciliation**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:109 msgid "From check payments to bank statements" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:50 msgid "The first way to handle checks is to create a check journal. Thus, checks become a payment method in itself and you will record two transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:111 msgid "Once you receive a customer check, go to the related invoice and click on **Register Payment**. Fill in the information about the payment:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:57 msgid "Payment method: Check Journal (that you configured with the debit and credit default accounts as **Undeposited Funds**)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:60 msgid "Memo: write the Check number" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:65 msgid "This operation will produce the following journal entry:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 msgid "Statement Match" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:85 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:135 msgid "100.00" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 msgid "Undeposited Funds" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:75 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:121 msgid "The invoice is marked as paid as soon as you record the check." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:77 msgid "Then, once you get the bank statements, you will match this statement with the check that is in Undeposited Funds." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 msgid "X" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:89 msgid "If you use this approach to manage received checks, you get the list of checks that have not been cashed in the **Undeposit Funds** account (accessible, for example, from the general ledger)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:94 msgid "Both methods will produce the same data in your accounting at the end of the process. But, if you have checks that have not been cashed, this one is cleaner because those checks have not been reported yet on your bank account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:100 msgid "Option 2: One journal entry only" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:105 msgid "These is nothing to configure if you plan to manage your checks using this method." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:114 msgid "**Payment method:** the bank that will be used for the deposit" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:116 msgid "Memo: write the check number" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:123 msgid "Once you will receive the bank statements, you will do the matching with the statement and this actual payment. (technically: point this payment and relate it to the statement line)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:127 msgid "With this approach, you will get the following journal entry in your books:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:139 msgid "You may also record the payment directly without going on the customer invoice, using the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. This method may be more convenient if you have a lot of checks to record in a batch but you will have to reconcile entries afterwards (matching payments with invoices)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:145 msgid "If you use this approach to manage received checks, you can use the report **Bank Reconciliation Report** to verify which checks have been received or paid by the bank. (this report is available from the **More** option from the Accounting dashboard on the related bank account)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:3 msgid "Follow-up on invoices and get paid faster" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:5 msgid "It is essential for your business to collect payments when they are overdue. Odoo will help you identify payments that are late and will allow you to send the appropriate reminders." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:10 msgid "Manage your follow-ups" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:13 msgid "We recommend that you reconcile your bank statements before launching your follow-up process. It will avoid you the trouble of sending a statement to a customer that has already paid you." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:17 msgid "The overdue invoices you need to follow-up on are available by default in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Sales --> Follow-up Reports`. There, you can easily send a reminder by email or print it as a letter. Then, you can click on the *Done* button to view the next follow-up that needs your attention." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:23 msgid "Otherwise, if now is not the time for a reminder, click on *Remind me later*. You will get the next report according to the *Next Reminder Date* set on the statement." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:28 msgid "To avoid sending too many reminders in a short period of time, change the number of days calculated between each report by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Payment Follow-up`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:33 msgid "You can also set a trust level for your customers by marking them as bad, normal or good debtors on the follow-up reports." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:40 msgid "Send reminders in batch" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:42 msgid "To get your follow-up process easier, you can send reminder emails in batch from your follow-up reports page. Select all the reports you would like to process, click on *Action* and then on *Process Follow-ups*. A pdf document containing all of the follow-up letters for you to print will also be automatically generated." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:52 msgid "Plan a follow-up process" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:54 msgid "To plan a follow-up process, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Follow-up Levels* feature under the *Customer Payments* section. Then, click on the new *Follow-up Levels* button that has appeared on your settings page." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:59 msgid "A follow-up plan with several actions is available by default in Odoo, but you can customize it any way you want. Depending on a specific number of overdue days, plan to send an email, a letter or to undertake a manual action. You can also edit the template used for the statement according to the stage of the process." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:69 msgid "If you would like to get a reminder before the actual due date, set a negative number of due days." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:3 msgid "Invoice Online Payment" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:5 msgid "To make it more convenient for your customers to pay the invoices you issue, you can activate the **Invoice Online Payment** feature, which adds a *Pay Now* button on their **Customer Portal**. This allows your customers to see their invoices online and pay directly with their favorite payment method, making the payment process much easier." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:17 msgid "Make sure your :ref:`Payment Acquirers are correctly configured <payment_acquirers/configuration>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:20 -msgid "By default, \":doc:`Wire Transfer <../../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer>`\" is the only Payment Acquirer activated, but you still have to fill out the payment details." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:20 +msgid "By default, \":doc:`Wire Transfer </applications/general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer>`\" is the only Payment Acquirer activated, but you still have to fill out the payment details." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:23 msgid "To activate the Invoice Online Payment, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Customer Payments`, enable **Invoice Online Payment**, and click on *Save*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:27 msgid "Customer Portal" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:29 msgid "After issuing the invoice, click on *Send & Print* and send the invoice by email to the customer. They will receive an email with a link that redirects them to the invoice on their **Customer Portal**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:37 msgid "They can choose which Payment Acquirer to use by clicking on *Pay Now*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:45 -msgid ":doc:`../../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:45 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:3 msgid "Different ways to record a payment" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:5 msgid "In Odoo, a payment can either be linked directly to an invoice or be a stand alone record for use on a later date:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:8 msgid "If a payment is linked to an invoice, it reduces the amount due of the invoice. You can have multiple payments linked to the same invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:12 msgid "If a payment is not linked to an invoice, the customer has an outstanding credit with your company, or your company as an outstanding balance with a vendor. You can use this outstanding credit/debit to pay future invoices or bills." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:18 msgid "Paying an invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:20 msgid "If you register a payment on a customer invoice or a vendor bill, the payment is automatically reconciled with the invoice reducing the amount due." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:27 msgid "The green icon near the payment line will display more information about the payment. From there you can choose to open the journal entry or reconcile the payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:32 msgid "If you unreconcile a payment, it is still registered in your books but not linked to the specific invoice any longer. If you unreconcile a payment in a different currency, Odoo will create a journal entry to reverse the Currency Exchange Loss/Gain posted at the time of reconciliation." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:38 msgid "Payments not tied to an invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:41 msgid "Registering a payment" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:43 msgid "In the Accounting application, you can create a new payment from the Sales menu (register a customer payment) or the Purchases menu (pay a vendor). If you use these menus, the payment is not linked to an invoice, but can easily be reconciled on an invoice later on." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:51 msgid "When registering a new payment, you must select a customer or vendor, the payment method, and the amount of the payment. The currency of the transaction is defined by the payment method. If the payment refers to a document (sale order, purchase order or invoice), set the reference of this document in the memo field." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:57 msgid "Once confirmed, a journal entry will be posted reflecting the transaction just made in the accounting application." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:61 msgid "Reconciling invoice payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:63 msgid "The easiest way of reconciling a payment with an invoice is to do so on the invoice directly." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:66 msgid "When validating a new invoice, Odoo will warn you that an outstanding payment for this customer or vendor is available. In this case, you can reconcile this payment to the invoice near the totals at the bottom, under \"Outstanding Payments\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:75 msgid "Reconciling all your outstanding payments and invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:77 msgid "If you want to reconcile all outstanding payments and invoices at once (instead of doing so one by one), you can use the batch reconciliation feature within Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:81 msgid "The batch reconciliation feature is available from the dashboard on the Customer Invoices card and the Vendor Bills card for reconciling Accounts Receivable and Payable, respectively." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:88 msgid "The payments matching tool will open all unreconciled customers or vendors and will give you the opportunity to process them all one by one, doing the matching of all their payments and invoices at once." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:95 msgid "During the reconciliation, if the sum of the debits and credits do not match, it means there is still a remaining balance that either needs to be reconciled at a later date, or needs to be written off directly." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:100 msgid "Transferring money from one bank account to another" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:102 msgid "Just like making a customer or vendor payment, you transfer cash internally between your bank accounts from the dashboard or from the menus up top." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:109 msgid "This will take you to the same screen you have for receiving and making payments." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:116 msgid "When making an internal transfer from one bank account to another, select the bank you want to apply the transfer from in the dashboard, and in the register payments screen, you select the transfer to account. Do not go through this process again in the other bank account or else you will end up with two journal entries for the same transaction." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:124 msgid ":doc:`online_payment`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:126 msgid ":doc:`followup`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations.rst:3 msgid "Declarations" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:3 msgid "Tax Return (VAT Declaration)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:5 msgid "Companies that are registered for **VAT (Value Added Tax)** must file a **Tax return** on a monthly or quarterly basis, depending on their turnover and the regulation of the country in which they are registered. A Tax return - or VAT return - gives the tax authorities information about the taxable transactions made by the company, the *output tax* it has charged its customers, and the *input tax* its vendors have charged it. Based on these values, the company can calculate the tax amount they have to pay or be refunded." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:13 msgid "You can find information about VAT and its mechanism on `this page from the European Commission <https://ec.europa.eu/taxation_customs/business/vat/what-is-vat_en>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:16 msgid "add doc about intracom listing" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:22 msgid "Tax Return Periodicity" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:24 msgid "The configuration of the **Tax Return Periodicity** allows Odoo Accounting to compute your Tax Return correctly and also to send you a reminder to never miss a tax return deadline." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:27 msgid "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Fiscal Periods`, and go to the **Tax Return Periodicity** section." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:30 msgid "**Periodicity**: define here whether you file your tax return each month or every three months." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:31 msgid "**Reminder**: define when Odoo should remind you to file your tax return." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:32 msgid "**Journal**: select the journal in which to record the tax return." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:39 msgid "This is usually configured during the :doc:`app's initial set up <../../overview/getting_started/setup>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:43 msgid "Tax Grids" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:45 msgid "Odoo generates Tax Reports based on the **Tax Grids** settings that are configured on your taxes. Therefore, it is crucial to make sure that all the recorded transactions use the right taxes. You can see on each Journal Item which Tax Grid is used for that transaction." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:53 msgid "To configure your taxes' Tax Grids, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`, and open the tax you want to modify. There, you can edit your tax settings, along with the tax grids that are used to record invoices or credit notes." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:62 msgid "Taxes and reports are usually already pre-configured: a *Fiscal Localization Package* is installed according to the country you select at the creation of your database. :doc:`Click here <../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>` for more information about Fiscal Localization Packages." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:70 msgid "Close a tax period" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:73 msgid "Tax Lock Date" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:75 msgid "Any new transaction which accounting date is prior to the **Tax Lock Date** has its tax values moved to the next open tax period. This is useful to make sure that no change can be made to a report once its period is closed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:79 msgid "Therefore, we recommend locking your tax date before working on your *Closing Journal Entry*. This way, other users can't modify or add transactions that would have an impact on the Closing Journal Entry, which helps you avoid some tax declaration errors." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:83 msgid "To check the current **Tax Lock Date**, or to edit it, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Lock Dates`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:144 msgid "Tax Report" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:93 msgid "Once all the transactions involving taxes have been posted for the period you want to report, open your **Tax Report**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:96 msgid "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Tax Report`. You can also click on *TAX Report* from your *Accounting Overview*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:99 msgid "Make sure to select the right period you want to declare by using the date filter. You can see an overview of your tax report. Then, click on the button *Closing Journal Entry*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:106 msgid "After having reviewed the generated Journal Entry, click on *Post*. In addition to posting the entry, Odoo automatically creates a PDF file with the **Tax Report** that you can download from the chatter and preview on the right column. It includes all the values to report to the tax authorities, along with the amount you have to pay or be refunded." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:116 msgid "If you forgot to :ref:`lock your tax date <tax_return_lock>` before clicking on *Closing Journal Entry*, then Odoo automatically locks your fiscal period on the same date as the Accounting Date of your entry. This automatic lock happens when you click on *Post*. This safety mechanism can prevent some fiscal errors, but it is advised to lock your tax date manually before, as described above." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:124 msgid ":doc:`../../overview/getting_started/setup`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:3 msgid "Create a customized reports with your own formulas" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:8 msgid "Odoo 13 comes with a powerful and easy-to-use reporting framework. Creating new reports (such as a tax report or a balance sheet or income statement with specific groupings and layout ) to suit your needs is now easier than ever." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:14 msgid "Activate the developer mode" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:16 -msgid "In order to have access to the financial report creation interface, the :doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` needs to be activated." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:16 +msgid "In order to have access to the financial report creation interface, the :doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>` needs to be activated." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:20 msgid "Create your financial report" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:22 msgid "First, you need to create your financial report. To do that, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Financial Reports`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:28 msgid "Once the name is entered, there are two other parameters that need to be configured:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:31 msgid "**Show Credit and Debit Columns**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:33 msgid "**Analysis Period** :" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:35 msgid "Based on date ranges (e.g. Profit and Loss)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:37 msgid "Based on a single date (e.g. Balance Sheet)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:39 msgid "Based on date ranges with 'older' and 'total' columns and last 3 months (e.g. Aged Partner Balances)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:42 msgid "Bases on date ranges and cash basis method (e.g. Cash Flow Statement)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:46 msgid "Add lines in your custom reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:48 msgid "After you've created the report, you need to fill it with lines. They all need a **name**, a **code** (that is used to refer to the line), a **sequence number** and a **level** (Used for the line rendering)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:55 msgid "In the **formulas** field you can add one or more formulas to assign a value to the balance column (and debit and credit column if applicable – separated by ;)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:59 msgid "You have several objects available in the formula :" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:61 msgid "``Ndays`` : The number of days in the selected period (for reports with a date range)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:64 msgid "Another report, referenced by its code. Use ``.balance`` to get its balance value (also available are ``.credit``, ``.debit`` and ``.amount_residual``)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:68 msgid "A line can also be based on the sum of account move lines on a selected domain. In which case you need to fill the domain field with an Odoo domain on the account move line object. Then an extra object is available in the formulas field, namely ``sum``, the sum of the account move lines in the domain. You can also use the group by field to group the account move lines by one of their columns." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:75 msgid "Other useful fields :" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:77 msgid "**Type** : Type of the result of the formula." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:79 msgid "**Is growth good when positive** : Used when computing the comparison column. Check if growth is good (displayed in green) or not." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:82 msgid "**Special date changer** : If a specific line in a report should not use the same dates as the rest of the report." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:85 msgid "**Show domain** : How the domain of a line is displayed. Can be foldable (``default``, hidden at the start but can be unfolded), ``always`` (always displayed) or ``never`` (never shown)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:90 msgid ":doc:`main_reports`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:3 msgid "Main reports available" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:5 msgid "Besides the reports created specifically in each localisation module, a few very useful **generic** and **dynamic reports** are available for all countries :" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:9 msgid "**Balance Sheet**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:10 msgid "**Profit and Loss**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:11 msgid "**Chart of Account**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:12 msgid "**Executive Summary**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:13 msgid "**General Ledger**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:14 msgid "**Aged Payable**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:15 msgid "**Aged Receivable**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:16 msgid "**Cash Flow Statement**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:17 msgid "**Tax Report**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:18 msgid "**Bank Reconciliation**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:20 msgid "You can annotate every reports to print them and report to your adviser. Export to xls to manage extra analysis. Drill down in the reports to see more details (payments, invoices, journal items, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:24 msgid "You can also compare values with another period. Choose how many periods you want to compare the chosen time period with. You can choose up to 12 periods back from the date of the report if you don't want to use the default **Previous 1 Period** option." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:32 msgid "The **Balance Sheet** shows a snapshot of the assets, liabilities and equity of your organisation as at a particular date." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:39 msgid "Profit and Loss" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:41 msgid "The **Profit and Loss** report (or **Income Statement**) shows your organisation's net income, by deducting expenses from revenue for the report period." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:49 msgid "Chart of account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:51 msgid "A listing of all your accounts grouped by class." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:57 msgid "Executive Summary" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:59 msgid "The **Executive Summary** allows for a quick look at all the important figures you need to run your company." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:62 msgid "In very basic terms, this is what each of the items in this section is reporting :" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:77 msgid "**Performance:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:68 msgid "**Gross profit margin:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:67 msgid "The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct costs needed to make those sales (things like labour, materials, etc)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:74 msgid "**Net profit margin:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:71 msgid "The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct costs needed to make those sales, as well as any fixed overheads your company has (things like rent, electricity, taxes you need to pay as a result of those sales)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:77 msgid "**Return on investment (p.a.):**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:77 msgid "The ratio of net profit made, to the amount of assets the company used to make those profits." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:97 msgid "**Position:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:81 msgid "**Average debtor days:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:81 msgid "The average number of days it takes your customers to pay you (fully), across all your customer invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:84 msgid "**Average creditor days:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:84 msgid "The average number of days it takes you to pay your suppliers (fully) across all your bills." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:89 msgid "**Short term cash forecast:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:87 msgid "How much cash is expected in or out of your organisation in the next month i.e. balance of your **Sales account** for the month less the balance of your **Purchases account** for the month." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:97 msgid "**Current assets to liabilities:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:92 msgid "Also referred to as **current ratio**, this is the ratio of current assets (assets that could be turned into cash within a year) to the current liabilities (liabilities which will be due in the next year). This is typically used as as a measure of a company's ability to service its debt." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:103 msgid "General Ledger" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:105 msgid "The **General Ledger Report** shows all transactions from all accounts for a chosen date range. The initial summary report shows the totals for each account and from there you can view a detailed transaction report or any exceptions. This report is useful for checking every transaction that occurred during a certain period of time." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:115 msgid "Aged Payable" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:117 msgid "Run the **Aged Payable Details** report to display information on individual bills, credit notes and overpayments owed by you, and how long these have gone unpaid." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:125 msgid "Aged Receivable" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:127 msgid "The **Aged Receivables** report shows the sales invoices that were awaiting payment during a selected month and several months prior." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:134 msgid "Cash Flow Statement" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:136 msgid "The **Cash Flow Statement** shows how changes in balance sheet accounts and income affect cash and cash equivalents, and breaks the analysis down to operating, investing and financing activities." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:146 msgid "This report allows you to see the **net** and **tax amounts** for all the taxes grouped by type (sale/purchase)." msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation.rst:3 +msgid "Taxation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year.rst:3 +msgid "Fiscal Year" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:3 +msgid "Do a year end in Odoo (close a fiscal year)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:5 +msgid "Before going ahead with closing a fiscal year, there are a few steps one should typically take to ensure that your accounting is correct, up to date, and accurate:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:9 +msgid "Make sure you have fully reconciled your **bank account(s)** up to year end and confirm that your ending book balances agree with your bank statement balances." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:13 +msgid "Verify that all **customer invoices** have been entered and approved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:15 +msgid "Confirm that you have entered and agreed all **vendor bills**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:17 +msgid "Validate all **expenses**, ensuring their accuracy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:19 +msgid "Corroborate that all **received payments** have been entered and recorded accurately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:25 +msgid "Run a **Tax report**, and verify that your tax information is correct." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:27 +msgid "Reconcile all accounts on your **Balance Sheet**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:29 +msgid "Agree your bank balances in Odoo against your actual bank balances on your statements. Utilize the **Bank Reconciliation** report to assist with this." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:33 +msgid "Reconcile all transactions in your cash and bank accounts by running your **Aged Receivables** and **Aged Payables** reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:36 +msgid "Audit your accounts, being sure to fully understand the transactions affecting them and the nature of the transactions, making sure to include loans and fixed assets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:40 +msgid "Run the optional **Payments Matching** feature, under the **More** dropdown on the dashboard, validating any open **Vendor Bills** and **Customer Invoices** with their payments. This step is optional, however it may assist the year-end process if all outstanding payments and invoices are reconciled, and could lead finding errors or mistakes in the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:47 +msgid "Your accountant/bookkeeper will likely verify your balance sheet items and book entries for:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:50 +msgid "Year-end manual adjustments, using the **Adviser Journal Entries** menu (For example, the **Current Year Earnings** and **Retained Earnings** reports)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:56 +msgid "**Depreciation Journal Entries**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:60 +msgid "**Tax adjustments**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:62 +msgid "If your accountant/bookkeeper is going through end of the year auditing, they may want to have paper copies of all balance sheet items (such as loans, bank accounts, prepayments, sales tax statements, etc...) to agree these against your Odoo balances." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:67 +msgid "During this process, it is good practice to set the **Lock date for Non-Advisers** to the last day of the preceding financial year, which is set under the accounting configuration. This way, the accountant can be confident that nobody is changing the previous year transactions while auditing the books." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:77 +msgid "Closing the fiscal year" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:79 +msgid "In Odoo there is no need to do a specific year end closing entry in order to close out income statement accounts. The reports are created in real-time, meaning that the **Income statement** corresponds directly with the year-end date you specify in Odoo. Therefore, any time you generate the **Income Statement**, the beginning date will correspond with the beginning of the **Fiscal Year** and the account balances will all be 0." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:86 +msgid "Once the accountant/bookkeeper has created the journal entry to allocate the **Current Year Earnings**, you should set the **Lock Date** to the last day of the fiscal year. Making sure that before doing so, you confirm whether or not the current year earnings in the **Balance Sheet** is correctly reporting a 0 balance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:93 +msgid ":doc:`fiscal_year`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Fiscal Years" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:5 +msgid "In most cases, the fiscal years last 12 months. If it is your case, you just have to define what is the last day of your fiscal year in the accounting settings. By default, it is set on the 31st December." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:12 +msgid "However, there might be some exceptions. For example, if it is the first fiscal year of your business, it could last more or less than 12 months. In this case, some additional configuration is required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:16 +msgid "Go in :menuselection:`accounting --> configuration --> settings` and activate the fiscal years." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:22 +msgid "You can then configure your fiscal years in :menuselection:`accounting --> configuration --> fiscal years`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:29 +msgid "You only have to create fiscal years if they last more or less than 12 months." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:34 +msgid ":doc:`close_fiscal_year`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:3 +msgid "Manage prices for B2B (tax excluded) and B2C (tax included)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:5 +msgid "When working with consumers, prices are usually expressed with taxes included in the price (e.g., in most eCommerce). But, when you work in a B2B environment, companies usually negotiate prices with taxes excluded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:9 +msgid "Odoo manages both use cases easily, as long as you register your prices on the product with taxes excluded or included, but not both together. If you manage all your prices with tax included (or excluded) only, you can still easily do sales order with a price having taxes excluded (or included): that's easy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:15 +msgid "This documentation is only for the specific use case where you need to have two references for the price (tax included or excluded), for the same product. The reason of the complexity is that there is not a symmetrical relationship with prices included and prices excluded, as shown in this use case, in belgium with a tax of 21%:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:21 +msgid "Your eCommerce has a product at **10€ (taxes included)**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:23 +msgid "This would do **8.26€ (taxes excluded)** and a **tax of 1.74€**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:25 +msgid "But for the same use case, if you register the price without taxes on the product form (8.26€), you get a price with tax included at 9.99€, because:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:29 +msgid "**8.26€ \\* 1.21 = 9.99€**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:31 +msgid "So, depending on how you register your prices on the product form, you will have different results for the price including taxes and the price excluding taxes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:35 +msgid "Taxes Excluded: **8.26€ & 10.00€**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:37 +msgid "Taxes Included: **8.26€ & 9.99€**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:40 +msgid "If you buy 100 pieces at 10€ taxes included, it gets even more tricky. You will get: **1000€ (taxes included) = 826.45€ (price) + 173.55€ (taxes)** Which is very different from a price per piece at 8.26€ tax excluded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:45 +msgid "This documentation explains how to handle the very specific use case where you need to handle the two prices (tax excluded and included) on the product form within the same company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:50 +msgid "In terms of finance, you have no more revenues selling your product at 10€ instead of 9.99€ (for a 21% tax), because your revenue will be exactly the same at 9.99€, only the tax is 0.01€ higher. So, if you run an eCommerce in Belgium, make your customer a favor and set your price at 9.99€ instead of 10€. Please note that this does not apply to 20€ or 30€, or other tax rates, or a quantity >1. You will also make you a favor since you can manage everything tax excluded, which is less error prone and easier for your salespeople." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:65 +msgid "The best way to avoid this complexity is to choose only one way of managing your prices and stick to it: price without taxes or price with taxes included. Define which one is the default stored on the product form (on the default tax related to the product), and let Odoo compute the other one automatically, based on the pricelist and fiscal position. Negotiate your contracts with customers accordingly. This perfectly works out-of-the-box and you have no specific configuration to do." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:73 +msgid "If you can not do that and if you really negotiate some prices with tax excluded and, for other customers, others prices with tax included, you must:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:77 +msgid "always store the default price TAX EXCLUDED on the product form, and apply a tax (price included on the product form)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:80 +msgid "create a pricelist with prices in TAX INCLUDED, for specific customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:83 +msgid "create a fiscal position that switches the tax excluded to a tax included" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:86 +msgid "assign both the pricelist and the fiscal position to customers who want to benefit to this pricelist and fiscal position" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:89 +msgid "For the purpose of this documentation, we will use the above use case:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:91 +msgid "your product default sale price is 8.26€ tax excluded" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:93 +msgid "but we want to sell it at 10€, tax included, in our shops or eCommerce website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:97 +msgid "Setting your products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:99 +msgid "Your company must be configured with tax excluded by default. This is usually the default configuration, but you can check your **Default Sale Tax** from the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` of the Accounting application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:107 +msgid "Once done, you can create a **B2C** pricelist. You can activate the pricelist feature per customer from the menu: :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` of the Sale application. Choose the option **different prices per customer segment**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:112 +msgid "Once done, create a B2C pricelist from the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Pricelists`. It's also good to rename the default pricelist into B2B to avoid confusion." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:116 +msgid "Then, create a product at 8.26€, with a tax of 21% (defined as tax not included in price) and set a price on this product for B2C customers at 10€, from the :menuselection:`Sales --> Products` menu of the Sales application:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:125 +msgid "Setting the B2C fiscal position" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:127 +msgid "From the accounting application, create a B2C fiscal position from this menu: :menuselection:`Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`. This fiscal position should map the VAT 21% (tax excluded of price) with a VAT 21% (tax included in price)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:136 +msgid "Test by creating a quotation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:138 +msgid "Create a quotation from the Sale application, using the :menuselection:`Sales --> Quotations` menu. You should have the following result: 8.26€ + 1.73€ = 9.99€." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:145 +msgid "Then, create a quotation but **change the pricelist to B2C and the fiscal position to B2C** on the quotation, before adding your product. You should have the expected result, which is a total price of 10€ for the customer: 8.26€ + 1.74€ = 10.00€." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:153 +msgid "This is the expected behavior for a customer of your shop." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:156 +msgid "Avoid changing every sale order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:158 +msgid "If you negotiate a contract with a customer, whether you negotiate tax included or tax excluded, you can set the pricelist and the fiscal position on the customer form so that it will be applied automatically at every sale of this customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:163 +msgid "The pricelist is in the **Sales & Purchases** tab of the customer form, and the fiscal position is in the accounting tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:166 +msgid "Note that this is error prone: if you set a fiscal position with tax included in prices but use a pricelist that is not included, you might have wrong prices calculated for you. That's why we usually recommend companies to only work with one price reference." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:3 +msgid "Manage cash basis taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:5 +msgid "The cash basis taxes are due when the payment has been done and not at the validation of the invoice (as it is the case with standard taxes). Reporting your income and expenses to the administration based on the cash basis method is legal in some countries and under some conditions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:10 +msgid "Example : You sell a product in the 1st quarter of your fiscal year and receive the payment the 2nd quarter of your fiscal year. Based on the cash basis method, the tax you have to pay to the administration is due for the 2nd quarter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:16 +msgid "How to configure cash basis taxes ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:18 +msgid "You first have to activate the setting in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Allow Tax Cash Basis`. You will be asked to define the Tax Cash Basis Journal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:27 +msgid "Once this is done, you can configure your taxes in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. At first set the proper transitional accounts to post taxes until you register the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:35 +msgid "In the *Advanced Options* tab you will turn *Tax Due* to *Based on Payment*. You will then have to define the *Tax Received* account in which to post the tax amount when the payment is received and the *Base Tax Received Account* to post the base tax amount for an accurate tax report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:45 +msgid "What is the impact of cash basis taxes in my accounting ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:47 +msgid "Let’s take an example. You make a sale of $100 with a 15% cash basis tax. When you validate the customer invoice, the following entry is created in your accounting:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:52 +msgid "Customer Invoices Journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:72 +msgid "Receivables $115" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:82 +msgid "Temporary Tax Account $15" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:88 +msgid "Income Account $100" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:63 +msgid "A few days later, you receive the payment:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:66 +msgid "Bank Journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:70 +msgid "Bank $115" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:75 +msgid "When you reconcile the invoice and the payment, this entry is generated:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:78 +msgid "Tax Cash Basis Journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:84 +msgid "Tax Received Account $15" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:92 +msgid "The last two journal items are neutral but they are needed to insure correct tax reports in Odoo with accurate base tax amounts. We advise to use a default revenue account. The balance of this account will then always be at zero." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:5 +msgid "**Default Taxes** define which :doc:`taxes <taxes>` are automatically selected when there is no other indication about which tax to use. For example, Odoo prefills the **Taxes** field with the Default Taxes when you create a new product or add a new line on an invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:14 +msgid ":doc:`Fiscal Positions <fiscal_positions>` take the Default Tax into account. Therefore, if a Fiscal Position is applied to an invoice, Odoo applies the related tax instead of the Default Taxes, as mapped in the Fiscal Position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:21 +msgid "**Default Taxes** are automatically set up according to the country selected at the creation of your database, or when you set up a :doc:`Fiscal Localization Package <../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>` for your company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:25 +msgid "To change your **Default Taxes**, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes --> Default Taxes`, select the appropriate taxes for your default **Sales Tax** and **Purchase Tax**, and click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:34 +msgid "Databases with multiple companies: the Default Taxes values are company-specific." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:70 +msgid ":doc:`taxes`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:279 +msgid ":doc:`fiscal_positions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:3 +msgid "Fiscal Positions (tax and account mapping)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:5 +msgid "Default taxes and accounts are set on products and customers to create new transactions on the fly. However, you might have to use different taxes and record the transactions on different accounts, according to your customers' and providers' localizations and business types." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:9 +msgid "**Fiscal Positions** allow you to create *sets of rules* to automatically adapt the taxes and the accounts used for a transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:16 +msgid "They can be applied in various ways:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:18 +msgid ":ref:`automatically applied, based on some rules <fiscal_positions/automatic>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:19 +msgid ":ref:`manually applied on a transaction <fiscal_positions/partner>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:20 +msgid ":ref:`assigned to a partner, on its contact form <fiscal_positions/transaction>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:23 +msgid "A few Fiscal Positions are already preconfigured on your database, as part of your :doc:`Fiscal Localization Package <../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:30 +msgid "Tax and Account Mapping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:32 +msgid "To edit or create a Fiscal Position, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`, and open the entry you want to modify or click on *Create*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:35 +msgid "The mapping of taxes and accounts is based on the default taxes and accounts defined in the products' forms." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:38 +msgid "To map to another tax or account, fill out the right column (**Tax to Apply**/**Account to Use Instead**)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:40 +msgid "To remove a tax, rather than replacing it with another, leave the field **Tax to Apply** empty." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:41 +msgid "To replace a tax with multiple other taxes, add multiple lines with the same **Tax on Product**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:44 +msgid "The mapping only works with *active* taxes. Therefore, make sure they are active by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:50 +msgid "Automatic application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:52 +msgid "You can configure your Fiscal Positions to be applied automatically, following a set of conditions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:54 +msgid "To do so, open the Fiscal Position you want to modify and click on **Detect Automatically**. You can configure a few conditions:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:57 +msgid "**VAT Required**: The VAT number *must* be indicated in the customer's contact form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:58 +msgid "**Country Group** / **Country**: The Fiscal Position is applied to these countries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:65 +msgid "Taxes on **eCommerce orders** are automatically updated once the visitor has logged in or filled out their billing details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:69 +msgid "The Fiscal Positions' **sequence** - the order in which they are arranged - defines which Fiscal Position to apply if the conditions are met in multiple Fiscal Positions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:72 +msgid "For example, if the first Fiscal Position targets *country A*, and the second Fiscal Position targets a *Country Group* that also comprises *country A*, only the first Fiscal Position will be applied to customers from *country A*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:79 +msgid "Application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:84 +msgid "Assign a Fiscal Position to a partner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:86 +msgid "You can manually define which Fiscal Position must be used by default for a specific partner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:88 +msgid "To do so, open the partner's contact form, go to the **Sales & Purchase** tab, edit the **Fiscal Position** field, and click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:98 +msgid "Choose Fiscal Positions manually on Sales Orders, Invoices, and Bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:100 +msgid "To manually select which Fiscal Position to use for a new Sales Order, Invoice, or Bill, go to the **Other Info** tab and select the right **Fiscal Position** *before* adding product lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:281 +msgid ":doc:`taxcloud`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:280 +msgid ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:3 +msgid "Manage withholding taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:5 +msgid "A withholding tax, also called a retention tax, is a government requirement for the payer of a customer invoice to withhold or deduct tax from the payment, and pay that tax to the government. In most jurisdictions, withholding tax applies to employment income." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:10 +msgid "With normal taxes, the tax is added to the subtotal to give you the total to pay. As opposed to normal taxes, withholding taxes are deducted from the amount to pay, as the tax will be paid by the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:14 +msgid "As, an example, in Colombia you may have the following invoice:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:19 +msgid "In this example, the **company** who sent the invoice owes $20 of taxes to the **government** and the **customer** owes $10 of taxes to the **government**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:25 +msgid "In Odoo, a withholding tax is defined by creating a negative tax. For a retention of 10%, you would configure the following tax (accessible through :menuselection:`Configuration --> Taxes`):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:32 +msgid "In order to make it appear as a retention on the invoice, you should set a specific tax group **Retention** on your tax, in the **Advanced Options** tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:39 +msgid "Once the tax is defined, you can use it in your products, sales order or invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:43 +msgid "If the retention is a percentage of a regular tax, create a Tax with a **Tax Computation** as a **Tax Group** and set the two taxes in this group (normal tax and retention)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:48 +msgid "Applying retention taxes on invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:50 +msgid "Once your tax is created, you can use it on customer forms, sales order or customer invoices. You can apply several taxes on a single customer invoice line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:58 +msgid "When you see the customer invoice on the screen, you get only a **Taxes line** summarizing all the taxes (normal taxes & retentions). But when you print or send the invoice, Odoo does the correct grouping amongst all the taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:63 +msgid "The printed invoice will show the different amounts in each tax group." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:3 +msgid "Get correct tax rates in the United States using TaxCloud" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:5 +msgid "The **TaxCloud** integration allows you to correctly calculate the sales tax for every address in the United States and keeps track of which products are exempt from sales tax and in which states each exemption applies. TaxCloud calculates sales tax in real-time for every state, city, and special jurisdiction in the United States." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:15 +msgid "In TaxCloud" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:16 +msgid "Create a free account on `TaxCloud <https://taxcloud.com/#register>`__ website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:18 +msgid "Register your Odoo website on TaxCloud to get an *API ID* and an *API Key*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:23 +msgid "In Settings on TaxCloud, click *Locations* to enter the location of your Office(s) & Warehouse(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:24 +msgid "In Settings on TaxCloud, click *Manage Tax States* to verify the states where you collect sales tax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:27 +msgid "In Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:28 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Invoicing / Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and check *TaxCloud - Compute tax rates based on U.S. ZIP codes* (note: actually uses complete street address)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:30 +msgid "Enter your TaxCloud credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:31 +msgid "Click SAVE to store your credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:36 +msgid "Click the Refresh Icon next to *Default Category* to import the TIC product categories from TaxCloud (Taxability Information Codes). Some categories may imply specific rates or attract product/service type exemptions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:38 +msgid "Select your default *TIC Code*. This will apply to any new product created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:40 +msgid "Set a specific TaxCloud TIC Category on the *General Information* tab of the Product, or on the Product Category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:42 +msgid "Make sure your company address is complete (including the state and the zip code). Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies` to open and edit your Company record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:47 +msgid "How it works" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:49 +msgid "Salestax is calculated in Odoo based on fiscal positions (see :doc:`fiscal_positions`). A Fiscal Position for the United States is created when installing *TaxCloud*. Everything works out-of-the-box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:54 +msgid "You can configure Odoo to automtically detect which Customers should use this fiscal position. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Fiscal Positions` to open and edit the record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:61 +msgid "Now, this fiscal position is automatically set on any sales order, web order, or invoice when the customer country is *United States*. This triggers the automated tax computation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:68 +msgid "Add your product(s). You have two options to get Sales Tax on the Order. You can confirm it, or you can save it and from the *Action* Menu choose **Update Taxes with TaxCloud**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:73 +msgid "Coupons & Promotions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:75 +msgid "If you use the Coupon or Promotion Programs, the integration with Taxcloud might seem a bit odd." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:77 +msgid "The problem lies with the fact that Taxcloud does not accept lines with negative amounts as part of the tax computation. This means that the amount of the lines added by the promotion program must be deduced from the total of the lines it impacts. This means, amongst other complications, that orders that use coupons or promotions with a Taxcloud fiscal position **must** be invoiced completely - you cannot create invoices for partial deliveries, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:83 +msgid "Another specific oddity is possible in the UI: imagine that you sell a product from the Taxcloud category *[20110] Computers* and that you have a promotion program in place that provides a 50% discount on this product. If the tax rate for this particular product is 7%, the tax rate that will be computed from the Taxcloud integration will display 3.5%. This happens because the discount is included in the price that is sent to Taxcloud, but in Odoo this discount is in another line entirely. At the end of the day, your tax computation will be correct (since a 3.5% tax on the full price is the equivalent of a 7% tax on half the price), but this might be surprising from a user point of view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:5 +msgid "There are numerous types of **taxes**, and their application varies greatly, depending mostly on your company's localization. To make sure they are recorded with accuracy, Odoo's tax engine supports all kinds of uses and computations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:12 +msgid "Activate Sales Taxes from the List view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:14 +msgid "As part of your :doc:`Fiscal Localization Package <../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>`, most of your country's sales taxes are already preconfigured on your database. However, only a few of them are activated by default, so that you can activate only the ones relevant for your business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:19 +msgid "To activate Sale Taxes, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes` and use the *Activate* toggle button to activate or deactivate a tax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:31 +msgid "To edit or create a **Tax**, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes` and open a tax or click on *Create*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:41 +msgid "Taxes have three different labels, each one having a specific use. Refer to the following table to see where they are displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:45 +msgid ":ref:`Tax Name <taxes/name>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:45 +msgid ":ref:`Label on Invoice <taxes/label-invoices>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:45 +msgid ":ref:`Tax Group <taxes/tax-group>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:48 +msgid "Back end" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:48 +msgid "*Taxes* column on exported invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:48 +msgid "Above the *Total* line on exported invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:53 +msgid "Basic Options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:58 +msgid "Tax Name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:60 +msgid "The **Tax Name** as you want to display it for backend users. This is the :ref:`label <taxes/labels>` you see while editing Sales Orders, Invoices, Products, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:66 +msgid "Tax Computation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:68 +msgid "**Group of Taxes**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:70 +msgid "The tax is a combination of multiple sub-taxes. You can add as many taxes you want, in the order you want them to be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:74 +msgid "Make sure that the tax sequence is correct, as the order in which they are may impact the taxes' amounts computation, especially if one of the taxes :ref:`affects the base of the subsequent ones <taxes/base-subsequent>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:78 +msgid "**Fixed**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:80 +msgid "The tax has a fixed amount in the default currency. The amount remains the same, regardless of the Sales Price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:83 +msgid "For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *$10 fixed* tax. We then have:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:231 +msgid "Product's Sales Price" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:231 +msgid "Price without tax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:231 +msgid "Tax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:231 +msgid "Total" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:234 +msgid "1,000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:89 +msgid "10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:89 +msgid "1,010.00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:92 +msgid "**Percentage of Price**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:94 +msgid "The *Sales Price* is the taxable basis: the tax's amount is computed by multiplying the Sales Price by the tax's percentage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:97 +msgid "For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *10% of Price* tax. We then have:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:104 +msgid "1,100.00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:107 +msgid "**Percentage of Price Tax Included**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:109 +msgid "The *Total* is the taxable basis: the tax's amount is a percentage of the Total." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:111 +msgid "For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *10% of Price Tax Included* tax. We then have:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:118 +msgid "111.11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:118 +msgid "1,111.11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:124 +msgid "Active" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:126 +msgid "Only **Active** taxes can be added to new documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:129 +msgid "It is not possible to delete taxes that have already been used. Instead, you can deactivate them to prevent future use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:133 +msgid "This field can be modified from the *List View*. See :ref:`above <taxes/list_activation>` for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:139 +msgid "Tax Scope" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:141 +msgid "The **Tax Scope** determines the tax's application, which also restricts where it is displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:143 +msgid "**Sales**: Customer Invoices, Product's Customer Taxes, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:144 +msgid "**Purchase**: Vendor Bills, Product's Vendor Taxes, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:145 +msgid "**None**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:148 +msgid "You can use **None** for taxes that you want to include in a :ref:`Group of Taxes <taxes/computation>` but that you don't want to list along with other Sales or Purchase taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:154 +msgid "Definition tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:156 +msgid "Allocate with precision the amount of the taxable basis or percentages of the computed tax to multiple accounts and Tax Grids." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:163 +msgid "**Based On**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:165 +msgid "Base: the price on the invoice line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:166 +msgid "% of tax: a percentage of the computed tax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:168 +msgid "**Account**: if defined, an additional Journal Item is recorded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:169 +msgid "**Tax Grids**: used to generate :doc:`Tax Reports <../../reporting/declarations/tax_returns>` automatically, according to your country's regulations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:175 +msgid "Advanced Options tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:180 +msgid "Label on Invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:182 +msgid "The label of the tax, as displayed on each invoice line in the **Taxes** column. This is the :ref:`label <taxes/labels>` visible to *front end* users, on exported invoices, on their Customer Portals, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:193 +msgid "Tax Group" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:195 +msgid "Select to which **Tax Group** the tax belongs. The Tax Group name is the :ref:`label <taxes/labels>` displayed above the *Total* line on exported invoices, and the Customer Portals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:198 +msgid "Tax groups include different iterations of the same tax. This can be useful when you must record differently the same tax according to :doc:`Fiscal Positions <fiscal_positions>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:205 +msgid "In the example above, we see a 0% tax for Intra-Community customers in Europe. It records amounts on specific accounts and with specific tax grids. Still, to the customer, it is a 0% tax. That's why the :ref:`Label on the Invoice <taxes/label-invoices>` indicates *0% EU*, and the Tax Group name, above the *Total* line, indicates *0%*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:213 +msgid "Include in Analytic Cost" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:215 +msgid "With this option activated, the tax's amount is assigned to the same **Analytic Account** as the invoice line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:221 +msgid "Included in Price" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:223 +msgid "With this option activated, the total (including the tax) equals the **Sales Price**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:225 +msgid ":dfn:`Total = Sales Price = Computed Tax-Excluded price + Tax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:227 +msgid "For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *10% of Price* tax, which is *included in the price*. We then have:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:234 +msgid "900.10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:234 +msgid "90.9" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:234 +msgid "1,000.00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:238 +msgid "If you need to define prices accurately, both tax-included and tax-excluded, please refer to the following documentation: :doc:`B2B_B2C`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:242 +msgid "**Invoices**: By default, the Line Subtotals displayed on your invoices are *Tax-Excluded*. To display *Tax-Included* Line Subtotals, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Customer Invoices`, and select *Tax-Included* in the **Line Subtotals Tax Display** field, then click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:246 +msgid "**eCommerce**: By default, the prices displayed on your eCommerce website are *Tax-Excluded*. To display *Tax-Included* prices, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Pricing`, and select *Tax-Included* in the **Product Prices** field, then click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:253 +msgid "Affect Base of Subsequent Taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:255 +msgid "With this option, the total tax-included becomes the taxable basis for the other taxes applied to the same product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:258 +msgid "You can configure a new :ref:`Group of Taxes <taxes/computation>` to include this tax, or add it directly to a product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:266 +msgid "The order in which you add the taxes on a product line has no effect on how amounts are computed. If you add taxes directly on a product line, only the tax sequence determines the order in which they are applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:270 +msgid "To reorder the sequence, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`, and drag and drop the lines with the handles next to the tax names." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:282 +msgid ":doc:`../../reporting/declarations/tax_returns`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/vat_validation.rst:3 +msgid "VIES VAT numbers validation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/vat_validation.rst:5 +msgid "**VAT Information Exchange System** - abbreviated **VIES** - is a tool provided by the European Commission that allows you to check the validity of VAT numbers of companies registered in the European Union." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/vat_validation.rst:9 +msgid "Odoo provides a feature to **Verify VAT Numbers** when you save a contact. This helps you make sure that your contacts provided you with a valid VAT number without leaving Odoo interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/vat_validation.rst:15 +msgid "To enable this feature, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes`, enable the **Verify VAT Numbers** feature, and click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/vat_validation.rst:23 +msgid "VAT Number validation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/vat_validation.rst:25 +msgid "Whenever you create or modify a contact, make sure to fill out the **Country** and **VAT** fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/vat_validation.rst:31 +msgid "When you click on *Save*, Odoo runs a VIES VAT number check, and displays an error message if the VAT number is invalid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/vat_validation.rst:39 +msgid "This tool checks the VAT number's validity but does not check the other fields' validity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/vat_validation.rst:43 +msgid "`European Commission: VIES search engine <https://ec.europa.eu/taxation_customs/vies/vatRequest.html>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:4 +msgid "Expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:7 +msgid "How to set expense types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:8 +msgid "The first step to track expenses is to configure the expense types (managed as products in Odoo) that your company allows, from the *Configuration* menu. When a specific expense is reimbursed at a fixed price, set a cost on the product. Otherwise keep the cost at 0.0 and employees will report the real cost per expense." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:16 +msgid "Here are some examples to configure:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:18 +msgid "Restaurant:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:26 +msgid "Cost: 0.00 (the cost of the ticket will be recorded on every expense)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:21 +msgid "Travel with Personal Car:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:23 +msgid "Cost: 0.30 (the price per mile reimbursed by the company is fixed)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:24 +msgid "Hotel:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:28 +msgid "Others:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:30 +msgid "Cost: 0.0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:32 +msgid "Don't forget to set an expense tax on each expense type (and an account if you use Odoo Accounting). It's usually a good practice to use a tax that is configured with :ref:`Tax Included in Price <taxes/included-in-price>`. That way, employees report expenses with prices including taxes, which is usually the expected behaviour." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:40 +msgid "The *Sales* app allows you to specify unit of measures for your expense types (units, miles, nights, etc.). Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and check *Some products may be sold/purchased in different units of measure (advanced)*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:47 +msgid "How to record expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:50 +msgid "Manually" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:52 +msgid "As an employee (Employee in user access rights), you can record expenses from :menuselection:`My Expenses --> Expenses to Submit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:58 +msgid "Select the related product and enter either the total amount you paid (with Quantity = 1) or the unit price if Quantity is countable (e.g. number of hotel nights)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:61 +msgid "Enter the expense date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:62 +msgid "Choose if you paid the bill on your own (and expect to be reimbursed) or if the company paid directly (e.g. if you used a company's credit card)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:64 +msgid "Set the bill reference, add some notes if requested and attach a photo/scan of the receipt from the discussion thread. That will help the manager and the accountant validate it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:72 +msgid "In one click from emails" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:73 +msgid "Let your employees record their expenses from a simple email. Make a snapshot of the receipt and send it by email, or simply forward a bill!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:76 +msgid "The only thing to do is setting up an email alias in :menuselection:`Expenses --> Configuration --> Settings` (e.g. *expenses* @mycompany.odoo.com). For security purposes, only authenticated employee emails (cfr. *Work Email* in employee detail form) are accepted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:82 +msgid "The expense product is set automatically if the mail subject contains the product's internal reference in first position. Type the expense amount in the mail subject to set it on the expense too (e.g. Ref001 Food 100€)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:87 +msgid "How to submit expenses to managers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:89 +msgid "When you are ready to submit your expenses to your manager (e.g. at the end of a business trip, or once a month), go to the menu :menuselection:`My Expenses --> Expenses to Submit`. Select all expenses from the list view and click on :menuselection:`Action --> Submit to Manager`. Save the newly created expense report (i.e. set of expenses), and wait for your manager to approve it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:99 +msgid "You can also submit expenses one by one from the *Submit to Manager* button on the form view of an expense." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:102 +msgid "All your submitted expense reports can be found in :menuselection:`Expenses --> My Expenses --> Expense Reports`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:107 +msgid "How to approve expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:109 +msgid "HR and team managers get an overview of all expense reports to validate from the top menu :menuselection:`To Approve --> Expense Reports to Approve`. Such users must have at least *Officers* access rights for *Expenses*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:116 +msgid "They can review expense reports, approve or reject them, as well as providing feedback thanks to the integrated communication tool." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:122 +msgid "As a team manager you can easily find the expense reports of your team members. You need to be set as manager in the detail form of those employees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:130 +msgid "How to post expenses in accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:132 +msgid "Once expense reports approved by managers, the accounting department goes to :menuselection:`Expenses --> Accountant --> Expense Reports To Post` to check accounts, products and taxes. They can click *Post Journal Entries* to post related journal entries into your books. To do so, the user must have following access rights:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:138 +msgid "Accounting: Accountant or Adviser" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:139 +msgid "Expenses: Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:142 +msgid "To post an expense, a *Home Address* must be set on the employee. If you get a related blocking message when posting, click the employee, go to *Personal Information* tab and select/create the contact of your employee in the address book. A contact has been automatically created if this person is using Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:149 +msgid "How to reimburse employees" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:151 +msgid "You can now see all the expense reports to reimburse in :menuselection:`Expenses --> Accountant --> Expense Reports To Pay`. To record the payment or pay by check, click *Register a Payment*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:155 +msgid "See how you can easily manage the payment process in Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:157 +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/payables/pay/check`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:158 +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/payables/pay/sepa`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:162 +msgid "How to re-invoice expenses to your customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:164 +msgid "If you track expenses on customer projects, you can charge them back to your customers automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:170 +msgid "Enable **Customer Billing** in the Expenses settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:172 +msgid "Go to the product configuration menu and set the invoicing method on all your Expense types:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:175 +msgid "Ordered quantities : it will invoice expenses based on the ordered quantity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:178 +msgid "Delivered quantities :it will invoice expenses based on the expenses quantity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:181 +msgid "At cost: will invoice expenses at their real cost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:183 +msgid "At sales price: will invoice based on a fixed sales price set on the sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:190 +msgid "Create an order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:192 +msgid "As a salesman, create and confirm a Sales Order for the services delivered to your customer. If you don't put any expense in the order, it will be added automatically once posted by the accountant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:197 +msgid "Link the expense to the Sale Order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:203 +msgid "Submit, validate and post expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:205 +msgid "As a manager, make sure the analytic account is set on every expense line on approving expenses reports. Click the line to add one if missing. Employees are already able to set one when submitting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:212 +msgid "As an accountant, post journal entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:215 +msgid "Invoice expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:217 +msgid "Now you can invoice the order. It shows up in :menuselection:`Sales --> Invoicing --> Sales` to Invoice. The expenses have been added automatically in the order lines. Such items show up in blue (i.e. to invoice)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:225 +msgid "e (i.e. to invoice)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:3 +msgid "Sign" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:3 +msgid "Validity of electronic signatures" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:5 +msgid "The legal validity of electronic signatures generated by Odoo depends on the legislation of your country. Companies doing business abroad should consider electronic signature laws of other countries as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:10 +msgid "In the European Union" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:12 +msgid "The `eIDAS regulation <http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2014/910/oj>`_ establishes the framework for electronic signatures in all `27 member states of the European Union <https://europa.eu/european-union/about-eu/countries_en>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:16 +msgid "It distinguishes three types of electronic signatures:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:18 +msgid "Electronic signatures" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:19 +msgid "Advanced electronic signatures" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:20 +msgid "Qualified electronic signatures" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:22 +msgid "Odoo generates the first type, regular electronic signatures, and these signatures can produce legal effects in the EU, as the regulation states that “an electronic signature shall not be denied legal effect and admissibility as evidence in legal proceedings solely on the grounds that it is in an electronic form or that it does not meet the requirements for qualified electronic signatures.”" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:27 +msgid "Note that electronic signatures may not be automatically recognized as valid. You may need to bring supporting evidence of a signature’s validity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:31 +msgid "In the United States of America" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:33 +msgid "The `ESIGN Act (Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act) <https://www.fdic.gov/regulations/compliance/manual/10/X-3.1.pdf>`_, at the interstate and international levels, and the `UETA (Uniform Electronic Transactions Act) <https://www.uniformlaws.org/committees/community-home/librarydocuments?communitykey=2c04b76c-2b7d-4399-977e-d5876ba7e034&tab=librarydocuments>`_, at the state level, provide the legal framework for electronic signatures. Note that `Illinois <https://www.ilga.gov/legislation/ilcs/ilcs5.asp?ActID=89&>`_ and `New York <https://its.ny.gov/electronic-signatures-and-records-act-esra>`_ have not adopted the UETA, but similar acts instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:42 +msgid "Overall, to be recognized as valid, electronic signatures have to meet five criteria:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:44 +msgid "A signer must show a clear intent to sign. For example, using a mouse to draw a signature can show intent. The signer must also have the option to opt-out of electronically signing a document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:47 +msgid "A signer must first express or imply their consent to conduct business electronically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:48 +msgid "The signature must be clearly attributed. In Odoo, metadata, such as the signer’s IP address, is added to the signature, which can be used as supporting evidence." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:50 +msgid "The signature must be associated with the document being signed, for example, by keeping a record detailing how the signature was captured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:52 +msgid "Electronically signed documents need to be retained and available for later reference by all parties involved, for example, by providing the signer either a fully-executed copy or the option to download a copy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:57 +msgid "The information provided here does not constitute legal advice; it is provided for general informational purposes only. As laws governing electronic signatures evolve rapidly, we cannot guarantee that the information is up to date. We advise you to should contact a local attorney to obtain legal advice." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/fsm.pot b/locale/sources/fsm.pot deleted file mode 100644 index 384e4f8dc..000000000 --- a/locale/sources/fsm.pot +++ /dev/null @@ -1,89 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -#: ../../fsm.rst:5 -msgid "Field Service" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/helpdesk.rst:3 -msgid "Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:3 -msgid "Plan onsite interventions from helpdesk tickets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:4 -msgid "The integration with the Helpdesk app lets your helpdesk team manage intervention requests directly. Planning field service tasks from tickets speeds up your processes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:8 -msgid "Configure the helpdesk team" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:9 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`. Select a team and enable *Onsite Interventions*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:16 -msgid "The helpdesk tickets of the team now display the *Plan Intervention* button. Click on it to create a new task under your field service project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/sales.rst:3 -msgid "Sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:3 -msgid "Create onsite interventions from sales orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:4 -msgid "Allowing your sales team to open onsite interventions creates a seamless experience for your customers. They can receive a quotation they first have to approve before the work even starts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:8 -msgid "Configure a product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:9 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration --> Products` and create or edit a product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:11 -msgid "Under the *General Information* tab, select *Service* as *Product Type*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:13 -msgid "Under the *Sales* tab, select *Timesheets on tasks* as *Service Invoicing Policy*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:15 -msgid "Select *Create a task in an existing project* as *Service Tracking*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:17 -msgid "Select your *Project*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:19 -msgid "If you use them, select your *Worksheet Template* and then click on *Save*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:25 -msgid "From the *Sales* app, create a quotation with the product and confirm it. A task is automatically set up under your Field Service project. It is directly accessible from the sales order." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/general.pot b/locale/sources/general.pot index 324e184b6..5399336df 100644 --- a/locale/sources/general.pot +++ b/locale/sources/general.pot @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-18 07:12+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" @@ -16,2531 +16,2599 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#: ../../general.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:3 msgid "General" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth.rst:3 msgid "Authentication" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:3 msgid "Two-factor Authentication" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:5 msgid "Two-factor authentication (\"2FA\") is a good way to improve the security of an account, to make it less likely that an other person will manage to log in instead of you." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:9 msgid "Practically, it means storing a secret inside an *authenticator* (usually your cell phone) and exchanging a code from the authenticator when you try to log in." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:13 msgid "This means an attacker needs *both* to have guessed (or found) your password and to access (or steal) your authenticator, a more difficult proposition than either one or the other." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:18 msgid "Requirements" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:20 msgid "These lists are just examples, they are not endorsements of any specific software." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:23 msgid "If you don't already have one, you will need to choose an authenticator." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:26 msgid "Phone-based authenticators are the easiest and most common so we will assume you'll pick and install one on your phone, examples include `Authy <https://authy.com/>`_, `FreeOTP <https://freeotp.github.io/>`_, `Google Authenticator <https://support.google.com/accounts/answer/1066447?hl=en>`_, `LastPass Authenticator <https://lastpass.com/auth/>`_, `Microsoft Authenticator <https://www.microsoft.com/en-gb/account/authenticator?cmp=h66ftb_42hbak>`_, ...; password managers also commonly include :abbr:`2FA (two-factor authentication)` support e.g. `1Password <https://support.1password.com/one-time-passwords/>`_, `Bitwarden <https://bitwarden.com/help/article/authenticator-keys/>`_, ..." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:39 msgid "For the sake of demonstration we will be using Google Authenticator (not because it is any good but because it is quite common)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:43 msgid "Setting up two-factor authentication" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:45 msgid "Once you have your authenticator of choice, go to the Odoo instance you want to setup :abbr:`2FA (two-factor authentication)`, then open :guilabel:`Preferences` (or :guilabel:`My Profile`):" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:52 msgid "Open the :guilabel:`Account Security` tab, then click the :guilabel:`Enable two-factor authentication` button:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:58 msgid "Because this is a security-sensitive action, you will need to input your password:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:64 msgid "After which you will see this screen with a barcode:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:69 msgid "In most applications, you can simply *scan the barcode* via the authenticator of your choice, the authenticator will then take care of all the setup:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:78 msgid "If you can not scan the screen (e.g. because you are doing this set-up on the same phone as the authenticator application), you can click the provided link, or copy the secret to manually set-up your authenticator:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:89 msgid "Once this is done, the authenticator should display a *verification code* with some useful identifying information (e.g. the domain and login for which the code is):" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:96 msgid "You can now input the code into the :guilabel:`Verification Code` field, then click the :guilabel:`Enable two-factor authentication` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:100 msgid "Congratulation, your account is now protected by two-factor authentication!" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:107 msgid "Logging in" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:109 msgid "You should now :guilabel:`Log out` to follow along." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:111 msgid "On the login page, input the username and password of the account for which you set up :abbr:`2FA (two-factor authentication)`, rather than immediately enter Odoo you will now get a second log-in screen:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:118 msgid "Get your authenticator, input the code it provides for the domain and account, validate, and you're now in." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:121 msgid "And that's it. From now on, unless you disable :abbr:`2FA (two-factor authentication)` you will have a two-step log-in process rather than the old one-step process." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:125 msgid "Don't lose your authenticator, if you do, you will need an *Odoo Administrator* to disable :abbr:`2FA (two-factor authentication)` on the account." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/azure.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:3 msgid "OAuth" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/azure.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:5 msgid "Due to specific requirements in Azure's OAuth implementation, Microsoft Azure OAuth identification is NOT compatible with Odoo at the moment." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:3 msgid "How to allow users to sign in with their Google account" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:5 msgid "Connect to your Google account and go to the `Google API Dashboard <https://console.developers.google.com/>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:8 msgid "Click on **Create Project** and enter the project name and other details." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:16 msgid "Click on **Use Google APIs**" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:21 msgid "On the left side menu, select the sub menu **Credentials** (from **API Manager**) then select **OAuth consent screen**." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:26 msgid "Fill in your address, email and the product name (for example odoo) and then save." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:31 msgid "Then click on **Add Credentials** and select the second option (OAuth 2.0 Client ID)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:39 msgid "Check that the application type is set on **Web Application**. Now configure the allowed pages on which you will be redirected." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:41 msgid "To achieve this, complete the field **Authorized redirect URIs**. Copy paste the following link in the box: http://mydomain.odoo.com/auth_oauth/signin. Then click on **Create**" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:49 msgid "Once done, you receive two information (your Client ID and Client Secret). You have to insert your Client ID in the **General Settings**." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:3 msgid "How to use Google Spreadsheet in Addition to my Data?" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:5 msgid "Create custom dashboards in Google Spreadsheet that retrieves data directly from Odoo using spreadsheet formula. You can use it to create sales commission plans, budgets, project forecasts, etc. Formulas are written in Python but programming skills are not required." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:10 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:84 -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:16 -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:13 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:12 msgid "From the *General Settings*, active *Google Drive* and *Google Spreadsheet*. The options *Authorization Code* and *Get Authorization Code* are now available." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:19 msgid "Now, link your Google account with Odoo going to :menuselection:`Get Authorization Code --> select your Google account --> enter your password --> copy the code --> paste it into the Authorization Code field`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:24 msgid "Create a new Spreadsheet" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:26 msgid "From the *CRM* app, for example, go to *Favorites* and click on *Add to Google Spreadsheet*." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:32 msgid "A new spreadsheet will be automatically created in your Google Drive." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:35 msgid "When you opening this new file, a second sheet is created automatically by Odoo with a tutorial/documentation on *How to use Google Spreadsheet*." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:39 msgid "Link a Spreadsheet with Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:41 msgid "From this new file, configure your database." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:42 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Odoo --> Server Settings --> Database Name --> Username --> Password`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:49 msgid "Applications" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:51 msgid "You have 2 different formulas of using Google Spreadsheet in Odoo: retrieve data and retrieve grouped sums." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:55 msgid "Google Drive limits the execution time of scripts; if the data you requested takes too long to be delivered, you might get an error. There is no specific size limit, since the time for Odoo to respond depends on several factors - although reading data regarding several thousand records is usually fine." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:62 msgid "Retrieve Data" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:66 msgid "The theoretical formula is :command:`= oe_browse (table;columns;filters;orderby:limit)`. Used it if you want to display the information without grouping it (e.g.: each sales order in the database)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:67 msgid "Find some the arguments in the table below." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:74 msgid "Retrieve Grouped Sums" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:77 msgid "The theoretical formula is :command:`= oe_read_group (table;columns;group_by;filters;orderby:limit)`. Use it when you want to display a sum of data (e.g.: total invoiced)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:78 msgid "Find some arguments in the table below." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:85 msgid "Other uses" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:87 msgid "Mix Odoo data with spreadsheet data, add traditional formulas, and create Dynamic Tabled and Graphs." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:3 msgid "How to allow users to sign in with LDAP" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:5 msgid "Install the LDAP module in General Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:7 msgid "Click on **Create** in Setup your LDAP Server." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:15 msgid "Choose the company about to use the LDAP." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:20 msgid "In **Server Information**, enter the IP address of your server and the port it listens to." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:22 msgid "Tick **User TLS** if your server is compatible." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:27 msgid "In **Login Information**, enter ID and password of the account used to query the server. If left empty, the server will be queried anonymously." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:32 msgid "In **Process Parameter**, enter the domain name of your LDAP server in LDAP nomenclature (e.g. ``dc=example,dc=com``)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:34 msgid "In **LDAP filter**, enter ``uid=%s``" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:39 msgid "In **User Information**, tick *Create User* if you want Odoo to create a User profile the first time someone log in with LDAP." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:41 msgid "In **Template User**, indicate a template for the new profiles created. If left blanked, the admin profile will be used as template." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import.rst:3 msgid "Data Import" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:3 msgid "How to adapt an import template" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:5 msgid "Import templates are provided in the import tool of the most common data to import (contacts, products, bank statements, etc.). You can open them with any spreadsheets software (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:11 msgid "How to customize the file" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:13 msgid "Remove columns you don't need. We advise to not remove the *ID* one (see why here below)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:15 -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:27 msgid "Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:20 msgid "When you add a new column, Odoo might not be able to map it automatically if its label doesn't fit any field of the system. If so, find the corresponding field using the search." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:27 msgid "Then, use the label you found in your import template in order to make it work straight away the very next time you try to import." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:31 msgid "Why an “ID” column" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:33 msgid "The **ID** (External ID) is an unique identifier for the line item. Feel free to use the one of your previous software to ease the transition to Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:36 msgid "Setting an ID is not mandatory when importing but it helps in many cases:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:38 msgid "Update imports: you can import the same file several times without creating duplicates;" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:39 msgid "Import relation fields (see here below)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:42 msgid "How to import relation fields" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:44 msgid "An Odoo object is always related to many other objects (e.g. a product is linked to product categories, attributes, vendors, etc.). To import those relations you need to import the records of the related object first from their own list menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:48 msgid "You can do it using either the name of the related record or its ID. The ID is expected when two records have the same name. In such a case add \" / ID\" at the end of the column title (e.g. for product attributes: Product Attributes / Attribute / ID)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:3 msgid "Import data" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:6 msgid "How to start" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:8 msgid "You can import data on any Odoo's business object using either Excel (.xlsx) or CSV (.csv) formats: contacts, products, bank statements, journal entries and even orders!" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:12 msgid "Open the view of the object you want to populate and click on :menuselection:`Favorites --> Import records`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:18 msgid "There you are provided with templates you can easily populate with your own data. Such templates can be imported in one click; The data mapping is already done." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:23 msgid "How to adapt the template" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:25 msgid "Add, remove and sort columns to fit at best your data structure." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:26 msgid "We advise to not remove the **ID** one (see why in the next section)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:32 msgid "When you add a new column, Odoo might not be able to map it automatically if its label doesn't fit any field in Odoo. Don't worry! You can map new columns manually when you test the import. Search the list for the corresponding field." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:40 msgid "Then, use this field's label in your file in order to make it work straight on the very next time." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:45 msgid "How to import from another application" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:47 msgid "In order to re-create relationships between different records, you should use the unique identifier from the original application and map it to the **ID** (External ID) column in Odoo. When you import another record that links to the first one, use **XXX/ID** (XXX/External ID) to the original unique identifier. You can also find this record using its name but you will be stuck if at least 2 records have the same name." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:55 msgid "The **ID** will also be used to update the original import if you need to re-import modified data later, it's thus good practice to specify it whenever possible." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:61 msgid "I cannot find the field I want to map my column to" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:63 msgid "Odoo tries to find with some heuristic, based on the first ten lines of the files, the type of field for each column inside your file. For example if you have a column only containing numbers, only the fields that are of type *Integer* will be displayed for you to choose from. While this behavior might be good and easy for most cases, it is also possible that it goes wrong or that you want to map your column to a field that is not proposed by default." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:72 msgid "If that happens, you just have to check the ** Show fields of relation fields (advanced)** option, you will then be able to choose from the complete list of fields for each column." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:80 msgid "Where can I change the date import format?" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:82 msgid "Odoo can automatically detect if a column is a date, and it will try to guess the date format from a set of most commonly used date formats. While this process can work for many date formats, some date formats will not be recognized. This can cause confusion due to day-month inversions; it is difficult to guess which part of a date format is the day and which part is the month in a date such as '01-03-2016'." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:88 msgid "To view which date format Odoo has found from your file you can check the **Date Format** that is shown when clicking on **Options** under the file selector. If this format is incorrect you can change it to your liking using the *ISO 8601* to define the format." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:93 msgid "If you are importing an excel (.xls, .xlsx) file, you can use date cells to store dates as the display of dates in excel is different from the way it is stored. That way you will be sure that the date format is correct in Odoo whatever your locale date format is." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:98 msgid "Can I import numbers with currency sign (e.g.: $32.00)?" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:100 msgid "Yes, we fully support numbers with parenthesis to represent negative sign as well as numbers with currency sign attached to them. Odoo also automatically detect which thousand/decimal separator you use (you can change those under **options**). If you use a currency symbol that is not known to Odoo, it might not be recognized as a number though and it will crash." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:105 msgid "Examples of supported numbers (using thirty-two thousands as an example):" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:107 msgid "32.000,00" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:108 msgid "32000,00" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:109 msgid "32,000.00" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:110 msgid "-32000.00" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:111 msgid "(32000.00)" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:112 msgid "$ 32.000,00" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:113 msgid "(32000.00 €)" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:115 msgid "Example that will not work:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:117 msgid "ABC 32.000,00" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:118 msgid "$ (32.000,00)" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:121 msgid "What can I do when the Import preview table isn't displayed correctly?" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:123 msgid "By default the Import preview is set on commas as field separators and quotation marks as text delimiters. If your csv file does not have these settings, you can modify the File Format Options (displayed under the Browse CSV file bar after you select your file)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:127 msgid "Note that if your CSV file has a tabulation as separator, Odoo will not detect the separations. You will need to change the file format options in your spreadsheet application. See the following question." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:132 msgid "How can I change the CSV file format options when saving in my spreadsheet application?" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:134 msgid "If you edit and save CSV files in spreadsheet applications, your computer's regional settings will be applied for the separator and delimiter. We suggest you use OpenOffice or LibreOffice Calc as they will allow you to modify all three options (in :menuselection:`'Save As' dialog box --> Check the box 'Edit filter settings' --> Save`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:139 msgid "Microsoft Excel will allow you to modify only the encoding when saving (in :menuselection:`'Save As' dialog box --> click 'Tools' dropdown list --> Encoding tab`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:143 msgid "What's the difference between Database ID and External ID?" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:145 msgid "Some fields define a relationship with another object. For example, the country of a contact is a link to a record of the 'Country' object. When you want to import such fields, Odoo will have to recreate links between the different records. To help you import such fields, Odoo provides three mechanisms. You must use one and only one mechanism per field you want to import." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:150 msgid "For example, to reference the country of a contact, Odoo proposes you 3 different fields to import:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:152 msgid "Country: the name or code of the country" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:153 msgid "Country/Database ID: the unique Odoo ID for a record, defined by the ID postgresql column" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:154 msgid "Country/External ID: the ID of this record referenced in another application (or the .XML file that imported it)" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:157 msgid "For the country Belgium, you can use one of these 3 ways to import:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:159 msgid "Country: Belgium" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:160 msgid "Country/Database ID: 21" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:161 msgid "Country/External ID: base.be" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:163 msgid "According to your need, you should use one of these 3 ways to reference records in relations. Here is when you should use one or the other, according to your need:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:166 msgid "Use Country: This is the easiest way when your data come from CSV files that have been created manually." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:168 msgid "Use Country/Database ID: You should rarely use this notation. It's mostly used by developers as it's main advantage is to never have conflicts (you may have several records with the same name, but they always have a unique Database ID)" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:171 msgid "Use Country/External ID: Use External ID when you import data from a third party application." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:173 msgid "When you use External IDs, you can import CSV files with the \"External ID\" column to define the External ID of each record you import. Then, you will be able to make a reference to that record with columns like \"Field/External ID\". The following two CSV files give you an example for Products and their Categories." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:178 -msgid ":download:`CSV file for categories <../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_product_categories.csv>`." +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:178 +msgid ":download:`CSV file for categories <files/External_id_3rd_party_application_product_categories.csv>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:181 -msgid ":download:`CSV file for Products <../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_products.csv>`." +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:181 +msgid ":download:`CSV file for Products <files/External_id_3rd_party_application_products.csv>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:185 msgid "What can I do if I have multiple matches for a field?" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:187 msgid "If for example you have two product categories with the child name \"Sellable\" (ie. \"Misc. Products/Sellable\" & \"Other Products/Sellable\"), your validation is halted but you may still import your data. However, we recommend you do not import the data because they will all be linked to the first 'Sellable' category found in the Product Category list (\"Misc. Products/Sellable\"). We recommend you modify one of the duplicates' values or your product category hierarchy." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:193 msgid "However if you do not wish to change your configuration of product categories, we recommend you use make use of the external ID for this field 'Category'." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:197 msgid "How can I import a many2many relationship field (e.g. a customer that has multiple tags)?" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:199 msgid "The tags should be separated by a comma without any spacing. For example, if you want your customer to be linked to both tags 'Manufacturer' and 'Retailer' then you will encode \"Manufacturer,Retailer\" in the same column of your CSV file." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:203 -msgid ":download:`CSV file for Manufacturer, Retailer <../../_static/example_files/m2m_customers_tags.csv>`" +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:203 +msgid ":download:`CSV file for Manufacturer, Retailer <files/m2m_customers_tags.csv>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:207 msgid "How can I import a one2many relationship (e.g. several Order Lines of a Sales Order)?" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:209 msgid "If you want to import sales order having several order lines; for each order line, you need to reserve a specific row in the CSV file. The first order line will be imported on the same row as the information relative to order. Any additional lines will need an additional row that does not have any information in the fields relative to the order. As an example, here is ``purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.CSV`` file of some quotations you can import, based on demo data." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:216 -msgid ":download:`File for some Quotations <../../_static/example_files/purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.csv>`." +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:216 +msgid ":download:`File for some Quotations <files/purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.csv>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:218 msgid "The following CSV file shows how to import purchase orders with their respective purchase order lines:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:222 -msgid ":download:`Purchase orders with their respective purchase order lines <../../_static/example_files/o2m_purchase_order_lines.csv>`." +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:221 +msgid ":download:`Purchase orders with their respective purchase order lines <files/o2m_purchase_order_lines.csv>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:223 msgid "The following CSV file shows how to import customers and their respective contacts:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:227 -msgid ":download:`Customers and their respective contacts <../../_static/example_files/o2m_customers_contacts.csv>`." +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:225 +msgid ":download:`Customers and their respective contacts <files/o2m_customers_contacts.csv>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:228 msgid "Can I import several times the same record?" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:230 msgid "If you import a file that contains one of the column \"External ID\" or \"Database ID\", records that have already been imported will be modified instead of being created. This is very usefull as it allows you to import several times the same CSV file while having made some changes in between two imports. Odoo will take care of creating or modifying each record depending if it's new or not." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:235 msgid "This feature allows you to use the Import/Export tool of Odoo to modify a batch of records in your favorite spreadsheet application." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:239 msgid "What happens if I do not provide a value for a specific field?" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:241 msgid "If you do not set all fields in your CSV file, Odoo will assign the default value for every non defined fields. But if you set fields with empty values in your CSV file, Odoo will set the EMPTY value in the field, instead of assigning the default value." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:246 msgid "How to export/import different tables from an SQL application to Odoo?" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:251 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:248 msgid "If you need to import data from different tables, you will have to recreate relations between records belonging to different tables. (e.g. if you import companies and persons, you will have to recreate the link between each person and the company they work for)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:252 msgid "To manage relations between tables, you can use the \"External ID\" facilities of Odoo. The \"External ID\" of a record is the unique identifier of this record in another application. This \"External ID\" must be unique across all the records of all objects, so it's a good practice to prefix this \"External ID\" with the name of the application or table. (like 'company_1', 'person_1' instead of '1')" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:261 -msgid "As an example, suppose you have a SQL database with two tables you want to import: companies and persons. Each person belong to one company, so you will have to recreate the link between a person and the company he work for. (If you want to test this example, here is a :download:`dump of such a PostgreSQL database <../../_static/example_files/database_import_test.sql>`)" +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:258 +msgid "As an example, suppose you have a SQL database with two tables you want to import: companies and persons. Each person belong to one company, so you will have to recreate the link between a person and the company he work for. (If you want to test this example, here is a :download:`dump of such a PostgreSQL database <files/database_import_test.sql>`)" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:263 msgid "We will first export all companies and their \"External ID\". In PSQL, write the following command:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:269 msgid "This SQL command will create the following CSV file:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:278 msgid "To create the CSV file for persons, linked to companies, we will use the following SQL command in PSQL:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:284 msgid "It will produce the following CSV file:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:297 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:294 msgid "As you can see in this file, Fabien and Laurence are working for the Bigees company (company_1) and Eric is working for the Organi company. The relation between persons and companies is done using the External ID of the companies. We had to prefix the \"External ID\" by the name of the table to avoid a conflict of ID between persons and companies (person_1 and company_1 who shared the same ID 1 in the original database)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:303 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:300 msgid "The two files produced are ready to be imported in Odoo without any modifications. After having imported these two CSV files, you will have 4 contacts and 3 companies. (the firsts two contacts are linked to the first company). You must first import the companies and then the persons." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars.rst:3 msgid "Calendars" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:3 msgid "Synchronize Google Calendar with Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:5 msgid "Odoo is perfectly integrated with Google Calendar so that you can see & manage your meetings from both platforms (updates go through both directions)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:10 msgid "Setup in Google" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:11 msgid "Go to `Google APIs platform <https://console.developers.google.com>`__ to generate Google Calendar API credentials. Log in with your Google account." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:14 msgid "Go to the API & Services page." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:19 msgid "Search for *Google Calendar API* and select it." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:27 msgid "Enable the API." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:32 msgid "Select or create an API project to store the credentials if not yet done before. Give it an explicit name (e.g. Odoo Sync)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:35 msgid "Create credentials." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:40 msgid "Select *Web browser (Javascript)* as calling source and *User data* as kind of data." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:46 msgid "Then you can create a Client ID. Enter the name of the application (e.g. Odoo Calendar) and the allowed pages on which you will be redirected. The *Authorized JavaScript origin* is your Odoo's instance URL. The *Authorized redirect URI* is your Odoo's instance URL followed by '/google_account/authentication'." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:55 msgid "Go through the Consent Screen step by entering a product name (e.g. Odoo Calendar). Feel free to check the customizations options but this is not mandatory. The Consent Screen will only show up when you enter the Client ID in Odoo for the first time." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:60 msgid "Finally you are provided with your **Client ID**. Go to *Credentials* to get the **Client Secret** as well. Both of them are required in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:67 msgid "Setup in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:69 msgid "Install the **Google Calendar** App from the *Apps* menu or by checking the option in :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:75 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and enter your **Client ID** and **Client Secret** in Google Calendar option." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:81 msgid "The setup is now ready. Open your Odoo Calendar and sync with Google. The first time you do it you are redirected to Google to authorize the connection. Once back in Odoo, click the sync button again. You can click it whenever you want to synchronize your calendar." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:89 msgid "As of now you no longer have excuses to miss a meeting!" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:3 msgid "Synchronization with Outlook's Calendar" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:5 msgid "Synchronizing your **main** Outlook Calendar with Odoo is useful to keep track of your tasks and appointments, and across all related applications." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:9 msgid "Register your application with the Microsoft identity platform" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:13 msgid "In order to be able to sync your Outlook Calendar with Odoo's Calendar, a Microsoft Azure account is needed. The creation of an account is free for users that have never tried or paid for Azure. For more information, `click here <https://azure.microsoft.com/en-us/free/?WT.mc_id=A261C142F>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:15 msgid "Following, `Set up an Azure AD Tenant <https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/active-directory/develop/quickstart-create-new-tenant>`_, also called environment, which is a representation of an organization, to manage and register apps." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:17 msgid "Ultimately, `Register an Application <https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/active-directory/develop/quickstart-register-app>`_, choosing the appropriate supported account type." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:20 msgid "When configuring your platform settings, choose *Web*." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:0 msgid "For the **Redirect URI restrictions**, copy your Odoo database URI followed by ``/microsoft_account/authentication``. Example:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:0 msgid "For more information on the restrictions and limitations of URIs, `check this page <https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/active-directory/develop/reply-url>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:37 msgid "Regarding credentials, you *must* **Add a client secret**, called *Client Secret* in Odoo, which allows Odoo to authenticate itself, requiring no interaction from your side. *Certificates* are optional." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:42 msgid "Configuration in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:44 msgid "Go to general *Settings* and activate the *Outlook Calendar* feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:50 msgid "From your Azure portal, under *Overview*, copy your *Application (client) ID*, and paste it to *Client ID* in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:57 msgid "Going back to your Azure portal, now under *Certificates & secrets*, copy your *Client Secret Value* and paste it to *Client Secret* in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:67 msgid "Sync with Outlook" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:0 msgid "Odoo Calendar sends a confirmation email at the creation of an event to its attendees. But, on the **first** sync, Outlook will also send confirmation emails of all scheduled events (including past ones)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:0 msgid "To avoid this situation, we recommend *archiving all past events, and removing yourself from future ones in Odoo Calendar before the first sync*. This will prevent events from being created in Outlook, and therefore, no redundant emails will be sent during the first synchronization. After the sync, events will only send one confirmation email." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:82 msgid "Go to the *Calendar* application and *Sync with Outlook*. You are asked to log in to your account, if you are not already, and grant the required permissions." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:89 msgid "The synchronization is a two-way process, meaning that events are reconciled in both accounts (Outlook and Odoo)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:97 msgid "All users that want to use the synchronization simply need to :ref:`sync their calendar with Outlook <outlook_calendar/sync_with_outlook>`. The configuration of Microsoft's Azure account is only done once, as Azure AD tenants' are unique, and represent an organization that helps you to manage a specific instance of Microsoft cloud services for your internal and external users." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:103 -msgid ":doc:`../../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension`" +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:103 +msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:104 msgid ":doc:`../google/google_calendar_credentials`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/developer_mode.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:3 msgid "Developer Mode" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:3 msgid "Activate the Developer (Debug) Mode" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:5 msgid "The Developer or Debug Mode gives you access to extra and advanced tools." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:8 msgid "Through the Settings application" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:10 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Activate the developer mode`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:17 msgid "*Activate the developer mode (with assets)* is used by developers; *Activate the developer mode (with tests assets)* is used by developers and testers." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:20 msgid "Once activated, the *Deactivate the developer mode* option becomes available." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:23 msgid "Through a browser extension" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:26 msgid "Go to the settings and extensions of your web browser, and search for *Odoo Debug*. Once the extension is installed, a new icon will be shown on your toolbar." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:28 msgid "For the *Odoo Debug* extension, a single click enables a normal version of the mode, while a double click enables it with assets. To deactivate it, use a single click." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:35 msgid "Through the URL" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:37 msgid "In the URL add ``?debug=1`` or ``?debug=true`` after *web*." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:44 msgid "Developers: type ``?debug=assets`` and activate the mode with assets." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:47 msgid "Locate the mode tools" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:49 msgid "The Developer mode tools can be accessed from the *Open Developer Tools* button, located on the header of your pages." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:3 msgid "In-App Purchase" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:3 msgid "General guide about In-App Purchase (IAP) Services" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:5 msgid "In-App Purchases (IAP) gives access to additional services through Odoo. For instance, it allows me to send SMS Text Messages or to send Invoices by post directly from my database." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:9 msgid "Buying Credits" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:11 msgid "Each IAP Service relies on prepaid credits to work and has its own pricing. To consult my current balance or to recharge my account, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Odoo IAP --> View my Services`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:19 msgid "If I am on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, I benefit from free credits to test our IAP features." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:23 msgid "IAP accounts" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:25 -msgid "Credits to use IAP services are stored on IAP accounts, which are specific to each service and database. By default, IAP accounts are common to all companies, but can be restricted to specific ones. Activate the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, then go to :menuselection:`Technical Settings --> IAP Account`." +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:25 +msgid "Credits to use IAP services are stored on IAP accounts, which are specific to each service and database. By default, IAP accounts are common to all companies, but can be restricted to specific ones. Activate the :doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>`, then go to :menuselection:`Technical Settings --> IAP Account`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:34 msgid "IAP Portal" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:36 msgid "The IAP Portal is a platform regrouping my IAP Services. It is accessible from :menuselection:`Settings app --> Odoo IAP --> View my Services`. From there, I can view my current balance, recharge my credits, review my consumption and set a reminder to when credits are low." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:44 msgid "Get notified when credits are low" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:46 msgid "To be notified when it’s time to recharge my credits, I’ll go to my IAP Portal through :menuselection:`Settings app --> Odoo IAP --> View my Services`, unfold a service and mark the Receive threshold warning option. Then, I’ll provide a minimum amount of credits and email addresses. Now, every time that the limit is reached, an automatic reminder will be sent to by email!" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:56 msgid "IAP services available" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:58 msgid "Different services are available depending on the hosting type of your Database:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:60 msgid "*Odoo Online (SAAS)*: only the IAP services provided by Odoo can be used (i.e. the SMS, Snailmail, Reveal and Partner Autocomplete features);" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:62 msgid "*Odoo.sh and Odoo Enterprise (on-premise)*: both the services provided by Odoo and by third-party apps can be used." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:66 msgid "Offering my own services" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:68 -msgid "I am more than welcome to offer my own IAP services through Odoo Apps! It is the perfect opportunity to get recurring revenue for an ongoing service use rather than — and possibly instead of — a sole initial purchase. Please, find more information at: `In-App Purchase <https://www.odoo.com/documentation/14.0/webservices/iap.html>`_" +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:68 +msgid "I am more than welcome to offer my own IAP services through Odoo Apps! It is the perfect opportunity to get recurring revenue for an ongoing service use rather than — and possibly instead of — a sole initial purchase. Please, find more information at: :doc:`In-App Purchase </developer/webservices/iap>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies.rst:3 -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:2 -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/general/mobile.rst:4 +msgid "Mobile" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/mobile.rst:7 +msgid "Push Notifications" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/mobile.rst:9 +msgid "As of Odoo 12.0, 13.0 or above, there is no more complex configuration to enable push notifications in the mobile app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/mobile.rst:12 +msgid "Simply go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Odoo Cloud Notification (OCN)` and make sure that **Push Notifications** is checked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:2 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:189 msgid "Multi Companies" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:4 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:4 msgid "A centralized management environment allows you to select multiple companies simultaneously and set their specific warehouses, customers, equipment, and contacts. It provides you the ability to generate reports of aggregated figures without switching interfaces, which facilitates daily tasks and the overall management process." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:10 msgid "Manage companies and records" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:12 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Manage Companies` and fill in the form with your company’s information. If a *Parent Company* is selected, records are shared between the two companies (as long as both environments are active)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:21 -msgid "Activate the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` to choose a *Favicon* for each of your companies, and easily identify them by the browser tabs. Set your favicons’ files size to 16x16 or 32x32 pixels. JPG, PNG, GIF, and ICO are extensions accepted." +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:21 +msgid "Activate the :doc:`Developer mode <../developer_mode/activate>` to choose a *Favicon* for each of your companies, and easily identify them by the browser tabs. Set your favicons’ files size to 16x16 or 32x32 pixels. JPG, PNG, GIF, and ICO are extensions accepted." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:30 msgid "Switch between or select multiple companies by enabling their selection boxes to activate them. The grayed company is the one which environment is in use. To switch environments, click on the company’s name. In the example below, the user has access to three companies, two are activated, and the environment in use is of *JS Store US*." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:39 msgid "Data such as Products, Contacts, and Equipment can be shared or set to be shown for a specific company only. To do so, on their forms, choose between:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:42 msgid "*A blank field*: the record is shared within all companies." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:43 -msgid "*Adding a company*: the record is visible to users logged in to that specific company and its child companies." +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:43 +msgid "*Adding a company*: the record is visible to users logged in to that specific company." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:50 msgid "Employees' access" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:53 -msgid "Once companies are created, manage your employees' :doc:`Access Rights <../odoo_basics/add_user>` for *Multi Companies*." +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:52 +msgid "Once companies are created, manage your employees' :doc:`Access Rights <../odoo_basics/users>` for *Multi Companies*." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:61 msgid "If a user has multiple companies *activated* on his database, and he is **editing** a record, the editing happens on the record's related company." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:64 msgid "Example: if editing a sale order issued under JS Store US while working on the JS Store Belgium environment, the changes are applied under JS Store US (the company from which the sale order was issued)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:65 msgid "When **creating** a record, the company taken into account is:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:67 msgid "The current company (the one active) or," msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:68 msgid "No company is set (on products and contacts’ forms for example) or," msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:69 msgid "The company set is the one linked to the document (the same as if a record is being edited)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:72 msgid "Documents’ format" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:74 msgid "To set documents' formats according to each company, *activate* and *select* the respective one and, under *Settings*, click on *Configure Document Layout*." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:82 msgid "Inter-Company Transactions" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:84 msgid "First, make sure each one of your companies is properly set in relation to:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:87 -msgid ":doc:`Chart of Accounts <../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts>`" +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:86 +msgid ":doc:`Chart of Accounts <../../finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:88 -msgid ":doc:`Taxes <../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes>`" +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:87 +msgid ":doc:`Taxes <../../finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:89 -msgid ":doc:`Fiscal Positions <../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions>`" +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:88 +msgid ":doc:`Fiscal Positions <../../finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:90 -msgid ":doc:`Journals <../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts>`" +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:89 +msgid ":doc:`Journals <../../finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:91 -msgid ":doc:`Fiscal Localizations <../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>`" +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:90 +msgid ":doc:`Fiscal Localizations <../../finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:92 -msgid ":doc:`Pricelists <../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing>`" +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:91 +msgid ":doc:`Pricelists <../../sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:93 -msgid ":doc:`Warehouses <../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:93 msgid "Now, activate the *Inter-Company Transactions* option under *Settings*. With the respective company *activated* and *selected*, choose if you would like operations between companies to be synchronized at an invoice/bills level or at a sales/purchase orders level." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:101 msgid "**Synchronize invoice/bills**: generates a bill/invoice when a company confirms a bill/invoice for the selected company." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:104 msgid "*Example:* an invoice posted on JS Store Belgium, for JS Store US, automatically creates a vendor bill on the JS Store US, from the JS Store Belgium." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:111 msgid "**Synchronize sales/purchase order**: generates a drafted purchase/sales order using the selected company warehouse when a sales/purchase order is confirmed for the selected company. If instead of a drafted purchase/sales order you rather have it validated, enable *Automatic Validation*." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:115 msgid "*Example:* when a sale order for JS Store US is confirmed on JS Store Belgium, a purchase order on JS Store Belgium is automatically created (and confirmed if the *Automatic Validation* feature was enabled)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:126 -msgid "Products have to be configured as *Can be sold*." +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:124 +msgid "Products have to be configured as *Can be sold* and must be shared between the companies." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:127 msgid "Remember to test all workflows as an user other than the administrator." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:132 -msgid "`Multi-company Guidelines <https://www.odoo.com/documentation/14.0/howtos/company.html>`_" +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:130 +msgid ":doc:`Multi-company Guidelines </developer/howtos/company>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:133 -msgid ":doc:`../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works`" +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:131 +msgid ":doc:`../../finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics.rst:3 msgid "Basics" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:3 -msgid "Add Users and Manage Access Rights" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:5 -msgid "Odoo defines a *user* as someone who has access to a database to perform daily tasks. You can add as many users as you need and, in order to restrict the type of information each user can access, rules can be applied. Users and access rights can be added and changed at any point." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:12 -msgid "Add individual users" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:14 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Manage Users` and click on *Create*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:23 -msgid "Fill in the form with the needed information. Under the tab :ref:`Access Rights <general/odoo_basics/add_user/access_rights>` choose the group within each application the user can have access to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:24 -msgid "The list of applications shown is based on the applications installed on the database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:30 -msgid "When you are done editing the page and have *Saved* it, an invitation email is automatically sent to the user. The user must click on it to accept the invitation and create a login." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:38 -msgid "Remember that subscription prices follow the number of users. Refer to our `pricing page <https://www.odoo.com/pricing>`_ for more information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:42 -msgid "With the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` activated, *User Types* can be selected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:50 -msgid "The *Portal* and *Public* options do not allow you to choose access rights. Members have specific ones (such as record rules and restricted menus) and usually do not belong to the usual Odoo groups." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:57 -msgid "Access Rights in detail" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:59 -msgid "Activate the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Groups`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:63 -msgid "Groups" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:68 -msgid "When choosing the groups the user can have access under :ref:`Access Rights <general/odoo_basics/add_individual_user>`, details of the rules and inheritances of that group are not shown, so this is when the menu *Groups* comes along. *Groups* are created to define rules to models within an application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:70 -msgid "Under *Users*, have a list of the current ones. The ones with administrative rights are shown in black." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:76 -msgid "*Inherited* means that users added to this application group are automatically added to the following ones. In the example below, users who have access to the group *Administrator* of *Sales* also have access to *Website/Restricted Editor* and *Sales/User: All Documents*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:86 -msgid "Remember to always test the settings being changed in order to ensure that they are being applied to the needed and right users." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:89 -msgid "The *Menus* tab is where you define which menus (models) the user can have access to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:96 -msgid "*Access Rights* rules are the first level of rights. The field is composed of the object name, which is the technical name given to a model. For each model, enable the following options as appropriate:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:99 -msgid "*Read*: the values of that object can be only seen by the user." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:100 -msgid "*Write*: the values of that object can be edited by the user." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:101 -msgid "*Create*: values for that object can be created by the user." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:102 -msgid "*Delete*: the values of that object can be deleted by the user." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:109 -msgid "As a second layer of editing and visibility rules, *Record Rules* can be formed. They overwrite, or refine, the *Access Rights*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:112 -msgid "A record rule is written using a *Domain*. Domains are conditions used to filter or searching data. Therefore, a domain expression is a list of conditions. For each rule, choose among the following options: *Read*, *Write*, *Create* and *Delete* values." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:119 -msgid "Making changes in access rights can have a big impact on the database. For this reason, we recommend you to contact your Odoo Business Analyst or our Support Team, unless you have knowledge about Domains in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:126 -msgid "The *Multi Companies* field allows you to set to which of the multiple companies database you hold the user can have access." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:130 -msgid "Note that if not handled correctly, it may be the source of a lot of inconsistent multi-company behaviors. Therefore, a good knowledge of Odoo is required. For technical explanations refer to `this <https://www.odoo.com/documentation/14.0/howtos/company.html>`_ documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:140 -msgid ":doc:`../multi_companies/manage_multi_companies`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:141 -msgid ":doc:`../../db_management/documentation`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:3 msgid "Manage Odoo in your own language" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:5 msgid "Odoo provides you with the option to manage Odoo in different languages, and each user can use Odoo in his own language ." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:9 msgid "Load your desired language" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:11 msgid "The first thing to do is to load your desired language on your Odoo instance." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:14 msgid "From the general dashboard click on the **Settings** app; on the top left of the page select :menuselection:`Translations --> Load a Translation`, select a language to install and click on **LOAD.**" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:23 msgid "If you check the \"Websites to translate\" checkbox you will have the option to change the navigation language on your website." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:27 msgid "Change your language" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:29 msgid "You can change the language to the installed language by going to the drop-down menu at the top right side of the screen, choose **Preferences**." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:36 msgid "Then change the Language setting to your installed language and click **SAVE.**" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:42 msgid "Open a new menu to view the changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:45 msgid "Change another user's language" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:47 msgid "Odoo also gives you the possibility for each user to choose his preferred language." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:50 msgid "To change the language for a different user, choose :menuselection:`Users --> Users` from the Settings app. Here you have a list of all users and you can choose the user who you'd like to change the language for. Select the user and click on **Edit** in the top left corner. Under Preferences you can change the Language to any previously installed language and click **SAVE.**" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:61 -msgid ":doc:`../../website/publish/translate`" +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:61 +msgid ":doc:`../../websites/website/publish/translate`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:3 msgid "Export Data From Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:5 msgid "When working with a database, it sometimes is necessary to export your data in a distinct file. Doing so can help to do reporting over your activities (even if Odoo offers a precise and easy reporting tool with each available application)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:9 msgid "With Odoo, you can export the values from any field in any record. To do so, activate the list view on the items that need to be exported, click on *Action*, and, then, on *Export*." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:17 msgid "Pretty simple, this action still comes with some specificities. In fact, when clicking on *Export*, a pop-up window appears with several options for the data to export:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:25 msgid "With the *I want to update data* option ticked, the system only shows the fields which can be imported. This is very helpful in case you want to update existing records. Basically, this works like a filter. Leaving the box unticked gives way more field options because it shows all the fields, not just the ones which can be imported." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:31 msgid "When exporting, you can choose between two formats: .csv and .xls. With .csv, items are separated with a comma, while .xls holds information about all the worksheets in a file, including both content and formatting." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:34 msgid "Those are the items you may want to export. Use the arrows to display more sub-field options. Of course, you can use the search bar to find specific fields more easily. To use the search option more efficiently, display all the fields by clicking on all the arrows!" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:39 msgid "The + button is there to add fields to the “to export” list." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:40 msgid "The “handles” next to the selected fields allow you to move the fields up and down to change the order in which they must be displayed in the exported file." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:43 msgid "The trashcan is there if you need to remove fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:44 msgid "For recurring reports, it might be interesting to save export presets. Select all the needed ones and click on the template bar. There, click on *New template* and give a name to yours. The next time you need to export the same list, simply select the related template." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:51 msgid "It’s good to keep the field’s external identifier in mind. For example, *Related Company* is equal to *parent_id*. Doing so helps export only what you would like to import next." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers.rst:3 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:3 +msgid "Users and Access Rights" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:5 +msgid "Odoo defines a *user* as someone who has access to a database to perform daily tasks. You can add as many users as you need and, in order to restrict the type of information each user can access, rules can be applied. Users and access rights can be added and changed at any point." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:12 +msgid "Add individual users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:14 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Manage Users` and click on *Create*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:23 +msgid "Fill in the form with the needed information. Under the tab :ref:`Access Rights <general/odoo_basics/users/access_rights>` choose the group within each application the user can have access to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:24 +msgid "The list of applications shown is based on the applications installed on the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:30 +msgid "When you are done editing the page and have *Saved* it, an invitation email is automatically sent to the user. The user must click on it to accept the invitation and create a login." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:38 +msgid "Remember that subscription prices follow the number of users. Refer to our `pricing page <https://www.odoo.com/pricing>`_ for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:42 +msgid "With the :doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>` activated, *User Types* can be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:50 +msgid "The *Portal* and *Public* options do not allow you to choose access rights. Members have specific ones (such as record rules and restricted menus) and usually do not belong to the usual Odoo groups." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:57 +msgid "Passwords management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:62 +msgid "Reset passwords" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:67 +msgid "Enable password resets from login page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:69 +msgid "It is possible to enable password resets directly from the login page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:71 +msgid "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Permissions`, activate **Password Reset** and *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:80 +msgid "Send reset instructions to users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:82 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Users`, select the user out of the list and click on *Send Password Reset Instructions* on its user form. An email is automatically sent to them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:87 +msgid "The *Send Password Reset Instructions* button only appears if the Odoo invitation email has already been confirmed by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:90 +msgid "This email contains all the instructions needed to reset the password, along with a link redirecting the user to an Odoo login page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:100 +msgid "Change users’ passwords" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:102 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Users` and select a user to access its form. Click on the *Action* button and select *Change Password*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:109 +msgid "Enter a new password and confirm by clicking on *Change Password*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:112 +msgid "This operation only modifies the password of the users locally and does not affect their odoo.com account. If you want to change the odoo.com password, you can :ref:`send the password reset instructions <users/reset-password-email>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:116 +msgid "Click on *Change Password* one more time. You are then redirected to an Odoo login page where you can reaccess your database using your new password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:122 +msgid "Access Rights in detail" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:124 +msgid "Activate the :doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>`, then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Groups`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:128 +msgid "Groups" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:133 +msgid "When choosing the groups the user can have access under :ref:`Access Rights <general/odoo_basics/add_individual_user>`, details of the rules and inheritances of that group are not shown, so this is when the menu *Groups* comes along. *Groups* are created to define rules to models within an application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:135 +msgid "Under *Users*, have a list of the current ones. The ones with administrative rights are shown in black." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:141 +msgid "*Inherited* means that users added to this application group are automatically added to the following ones. In the example below, users who have access to the group *Administrator* of *Sales* also have access to *Website/Restricted Editor* and *Sales/User: All Documents*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:151 +msgid "Remember to always test the settings being changed in order to ensure that they are being applied to the needed and right users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:154 +msgid "The *Menus* tab is where you define which menus (models) the user can have access to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:161 +msgid "*Access Rights* rules are the first level of rights. The field is composed of the object name, which is the technical name given to a model. For each model, enable the following options as appropriate:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:164 +msgid "*Read*: the values of that object can be only seen by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:165 +msgid "*Write*: the values of that object can be edited by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:166 +msgid "*Create*: values for that object can be created by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:167 +msgid "*Delete*: the values of that object can be deleted by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:174 +msgid "As a second layer of editing and visibility rules, *Record Rules* can be formed. They overwrite, or refine, the *Access Rights*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:177 +msgid "A record rule is written using a *Domain*. Domains are conditions used to filter or searching data. Therefore, a domain expression is a list of conditions. For each rule, choose among the following options: *Read*, *Write*, *Create* and *Delete* values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:184 +msgid "Making changes in access rights can have a big impact on the database. For this reason, we recommend you to contact your Odoo Business Analyst or our Support Team, unless you have knowledge about Domains in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:191 +msgid "The *Multi Companies* field allows you to set to which of the multiple companies database you hold the user can have access." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:195 +msgid "Note that if not handled correctly, it may be the source of a lot of inconsistent multi-company behaviors. Therefore, a good knowledge of Odoo is required. For technical explanations refer to :doc:`this </developer/howtos/company>` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:205 +msgid ":doc:`../multi_companies/manage_multi_companies`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:206 +msgid ":doc:`../../settings/users_and_features`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:27 msgid "Payment Acquirers" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:3 msgid "Authorize.Net" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:5 msgid "`Authorize.Net <https://www.authorize.net>`__ is a United States-based online payment solution provider, allowing businesses to accept **credit cards**." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:12 msgid "This Payment Acquirer offers additional options that are not available for other :doc:`Payment Acquirers <payment_acquirers>`, such as the ability to process your customer's payment after delivery." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:17 msgid "Authorize.Net account" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:19 msgid "If not done yet, choose a plan and `Sign Up for an Authorize.Net account <https://www.authorize.net/sign-up.html>`__." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:22 msgid "Odoo needs your **API Credentials & Keys** to connect with your Authorize.Net account, which comprise:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:25 msgid "API Login ID" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:26 msgid "Transaction Key" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:27 msgid "Signature Key" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:29 msgid "To retrieve them, log into your Authorize.Net account, go to :menuselection:`Account --> Security Settings --> General Security Settings --> API Credentials & Keys`, and generate your **Transaction Key** and **Signature Key**." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:39 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:114 msgid "`Authorize.Net: Getting Started Guide <https://support.authorize.net/s/article/Authorize-Net-Getting-Started-Guide>`__" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:43 msgid "Payment Acquirer Configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:45 msgid "To configure Authorize.Net as Payment Acquirer in Odoo, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Acquirers`, open **Authorize.Net**, and change the **State** to *Enabled*. Don't forget to click on *Save* once you've set everything up." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:50 msgid "Please refer to the :doc:`Payment Acquirers documentation <payment_acquirers>` to read how to configure this payment acquirer." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:54 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:133 msgid "Credentials" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:56 msgid "Copy your credentials from your Authorize.Net account (API Login Id, API Transaction Key, and API Signature Key), paste them in the related fields under the **Credentials** tab, then click on **Generate Client Key**." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:61 msgid "The **API Client Key** is necessary only if you select *Payment from Odoo* option as :ref:`Payment Flow <payment_acquirers/payment_flow>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:65 msgid "If you are trying Authorize.Net as a test, with a *sandbox account*, change the **State** to *Test Mode*. We recommend doing this on a test Odoo database, rather than on your main database." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:69 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:151 msgid "Payment Flow" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:71 msgid "The **Payment Flow** lets you decide if to redirect the user to the payment acquirer's portal to authenticate the payment, or if to stay on the current page and authenticate the payment from Odoo. This field is under the **Configuration** tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:75 msgid "If you select *Redirection to the acquirer website*, make sure you add a **Default Receipt URL** and a **Default Relay Response URL** to your Authorize.net account." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:78 msgid "To do so, log into your Authorize.Net account, go to :menuselection:`Account --> Transaction Format Settings --> Transaction Response Settings --> Response/Receipt URLs`, and set the default links:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 msgid "Default Receipt URL:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 msgid "*https://[yourcompany.odoo.com]*/**payment/authorize/return**" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 msgid "Default Relay Response URL:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 msgid "*https://[yourcompany.odoo.com]*/**shop/confirmation**" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 msgid "Failing to complete this step results in the following error:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 msgid "*The referrer, relay response or receipt link URL is invalid.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:91 msgid "Capture the payment after the delivery" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:93 msgid "The **Capture Amount Manually** field is under the **Configuration** tab. If enabled, the funds are reserved for 30 days on the customer's card, but not charged yet." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:100 msgid "To capture the payment, go to the related Sales Order and click on *Capture Transaction*. If the order is canceled, you can click on *Void Transaction* to unlock the funds from the customer's card." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:108 msgid "After **30 days**, the transaction is **voided automatically** by Authorize.net." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:111 msgid "With other payment acquirers, you can manage the capture in their own interfaces, not from Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:116 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:206 msgid ":doc:`payment_acquirers`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:117 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:207 -msgid ":doc:`../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer`" +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:207 +msgid ":doc:`../../websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:3 msgid "Payment Acquirers (Credit Cards, Online Payment)" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:5 msgid "Odoo embeds several **payment methods** that allow your customers to pay on their *Customer Portals* or your *eCommerce website*. They can pay Sales Orders, invoices, or subscriptions with recurring payments with their favorite payment acquirers, including **online payment providers** that accept **Credit Cards**." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:10 msgid "Having several payment methods increases the chances of getting paid in time, or even immediately, as you make it more convenient for your customers to pay with the payment method they prefer and trust." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:19 msgid "Odoo does not keep Credit Card numbers or credentials on its servers, nor is it stored on Odoo databases hosted elsewhere. Instead, Odoo apps use a unique reference to the data stored in the payment acquirers' systems, where the information is safely stored. This reference is useless without your credentials for the payment acquirer." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:29 msgid "From an accounting perspective, we can distinguish two types of payment acquirers: the payments that go directly on the bank account and follow the usual reconciliation workflow, and the payment acquirers that are third-party services and require you to follow another accounting workflow." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:36 msgid "Bank Payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 msgid ":doc:`Wire Transfer <wire_transfer>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 msgid "When selected, Odoo displays your payment information with a payment reference. You have to approve the payment manually once you have received it on your bank account." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 msgid "SEPA Direct Debit" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 -msgid "Your customers can sign a SEPA Direct Debit mandate online and get their bank account charged directly. :doc:`Click here <../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd>` for more information about this payment method." +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +msgid "Your customers can sign a SEPA Direct Debit mandate online and get their bank account charged directly. :doc:`Click here <../../finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd>` for more information about this payment method." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:49 msgid "Online Payment Providers" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 msgid "Redirection to the acquirer website" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 msgid "Payment from Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 msgid "Save Cards" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 msgid "Capture Amount Manually" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:55 msgid "Adyen" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:55 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:57 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:61 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:65 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:67 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:69 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 msgid "✔" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:57 msgid "Alipay" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 msgid ":doc:`Authorize.Net <authorize>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:61 msgid "Buckaroo" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 msgid "Ingenico" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:65 msgid ":doc:`PayPal <paypal>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:67 msgid "PayUMoney" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:69 msgid "SIPS" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:3 msgid "Stripe" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:75 -msgid "Some of these Online Payment Providers can also be added as :doc:`Bank Accounts <../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts>`, but this is **not** the same process as adding them as Payment Acquirers. Payment Acquirers allow customers to pay online, and Bank Accounts are added and configured on your Accounting app to do a bank reconciliation, which is an accounting control process." +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:75 +msgid "Some of these Online Payment Providers can also be added as :doc:`Bank Accounts <../../finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts>`, but this is **not** the same process as adding them as Payment Acquirers. Payment Acquirers allow customers to pay online, and Bank Accounts are added and configured on your Accounting app to do a bank reconciliation, which is an accounting control process." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:86 msgid "Some of the features described in this section are available only with some Payment Acquirers. Refer to :ref:`the table above <payment_acquirers/online_providers>` for more details." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:92 msgid "Add a new Payment Acquirer" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:94 msgid "To add a new Payment acquirer and make it available to your customers, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Acquirers`, look for your payment acquirer, install the related module, and activate it. To do so, open the payment acquirer and change its state from *Disabled* to *Enabled*." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:104 msgid "We recommend using the *Test Mode* on a duplicated database or a test database. The Test Mode is meant to be used with your test/sandbox credentials, but Odoo generates Sales Orders and Invoices as usual. It isn't always possible to cancel an invoice, and this could create some issues with your invoices numbering if you were to test your payment acquirers on your main database." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:112 msgid "Credentials tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:114 msgid "If not done yet, go to the **Online Payment Provider**'s website, create an account, and make sure to have the credentials required for third-party use. Odoo requires these credentials to communicate with the Payment Acquirer and get the confirmation of the *payment authentication*." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:118 msgid "The form in this section is specific to the Payment Acquirer you are configuring. Please refer to the related documentation for more information." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:124 msgid "Configuration tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:126 msgid "You can change the Payment Acquirer front-end appearance by modifying its name under the **Displayed as** field and which credit card icons to display under the **Supported Payment Icons** field." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:132 msgid "Save and reuse Credit Cards" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:134 msgid "With the **Save Cards** feature, Odoo can store **Payment Tokens** in your database, which can be used for subsequent payments, without having to reenter the payment details. This is particularly useful for subscriptions' recurring payments." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:141 msgid "Place a hold on a card" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:143 msgid "If the **Capture Amount Manually** field is enabled, the funds are reserved for a few days on the customer's card, but not charged yet. You must then go to the related Sales Order and manually *capture* the funds before its automatic cancellation, or *void the transaction* to unlock the funds from the customer's card." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:153 msgid "Choose in the **Payment Flow** field if to redirect the user to the payment acquirer's portal to authenticate the payment, or if to stay on the current page and authenticate the payment from Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:157 msgid "Some features are available only if you select *Redirection to the acquirer website*." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:162 msgid "Countries" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:164 msgid "Restrict the use of the Payment Acquirer to a selection of countries. Leave this field blank to make the Payment Acquirer available to all countries." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:170 msgid "Payment Journal" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:172 msgid "The **Payment Journal** selected for your Payment Acquirer must be a *Bank* journal." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:175 msgid "In many cases, Odoo automatically creates a new **Journal** and a new **Account** when you activate a new Payment Acquirer. Both of them are preset to work out-of-the-box, but we strongly recommend you to make sure these fields are correctly set according to your accounting needs, and adapt them if necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:183 msgid "Messages tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:185 msgid "Change here the messages displayed by Odoo after a payment's confirmation or failure." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:190 msgid "Accounting perspective" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:192 msgid "The **Bank Payments** that go directly to one of your bank accounts follow their usual reconciliation workflows. However, payments recorded with **Online Payment Providers** require you to consider how you want to record your payments' journal entries. We recommend you to ask your accountant for advice." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:197 msgid "Odoo default method is to record the payments on a *Current Assets Account*, on a dedicated *Bank Journal*, once the *Payment Authentication* is confirmed. At some point, you transfer the funds from the *Payment Acquirer* to your *Bank Account*." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:201 msgid "Here are the requirements for this to work:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:203 msgid "Bank Journal" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:205 msgid "The Journal's **type** must be *Bank Journal*." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:206 msgid "Select the right **Default Debit Account** and **Default Credit Account**." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 msgid "Under the *Advanced Settings* tab, make sure that **Posting** is set as *Post At Payment Validation*." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 msgid "This implies that the Journal Entry is recorded directly when your Odoo database receives the confirmation of the *Payment Authentication* from the Online Payment Provider." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:212 msgid "Current Asset Account" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:214 msgid "The Account's **type** is *Current Assets*" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:215 msgid "The Account must **Allow Reconciliation**" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:218 msgid "In many cases, Odoo automatically creates a new **Journal** and a new **Current Asset Account** when you activate a new Payment Acquirer. You can modify them if necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:223 -msgid ":doc:`../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording`" +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:223 +msgid ":doc:`../../finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:224 msgid ":doc:`wire_transfer`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:225 msgid ":doc:`authorize`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:226 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:226 msgid ":doc:`paypal`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:3 msgid "Configure your Paypal account" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:5 msgid "Paypal is available and popular worldwide. It doesn’t charge any subscription fee and creating an account is very easy. That’s why we definitely recommend it for starters in Odoo. It works as a seamless flow where the customer is routed to Paypal website to register the payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:12 msgid "Paypal account" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:14 msgid "A business account is needed to get paid with Paypal. Create a `Paypal Business Account <https://www.paypal.com/us/merchantsignup/ applicationChecklist?signupType=CREATE_NEW_ACCOUNT&productIntentId=wp_standard>`_ or upgrade your Personal account to a Business account. Go to the Paypal settings and click on *Upgrade to a Business account*. Then follow the few configuration steps." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:23 msgid "Settings in Paypal" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:26 msgid "First, let’s see how to set up your Paypal account in order to build a seamless customer experience with Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:28 msgid "Log in and open the settings. Go to :menuselection:`Products & Services --> Website payments` and click **Update** on **Website preferences**." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:34 msgid "Auto Return" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:36 msgid "*Auto Return* automatically redirects your customers to Odoo once the payment is processed. Check *Auto Return* and enter your domain name with the suffix ``/shop/confirmation`` as *Return URL* (e.g. ``https://yourcompany.odoo.com/shop/confirmation``)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:41 msgid "This URL is requested in Paypal but not used in practice as Odoo transmits it at each transaction. Don’t worry if you manage several sales channels or Odoo databases." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:49 msgid "Payment Data Transfer (PDT)" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:51 msgid "*Payment Data Transfer* delivers the payment confirmation to Odoo as soon as it is processed. Without it, Odoo cannot end the sales flow. This setting must be activated as well. When saving, an *Identity Token* is generated. You will be later requested to enter it in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:59 msgid "Paypal Account Optional" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:61 msgid "We advise you to not prompt customers to log in with a Paypal account when they get to pay. Let them pay with debit/credit cards as well, or you might lose some deals. Make sure this setting is turned on." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:68 msgid "Instant Payment Notification (IPN)" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:70 msgid "PDT sends order confirmations once and only once. As a result, your site must be running when it happens; otherwise, it will never receive the message. That’s why we advise to activate the *Instant Payment Notification* (IPN) on top. With IPN, delivery of order confirmations is virtually guaranteed since IPN resends a confirmation until your site acknowledges receipt." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:77 msgid "To activate IPN, get back to *Website payments* menu and click *Update* in *Instant Payment Notification*." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:79 msgid "The *Notification URL* to set is your domain name + “payment/paypal/ipn” (e.g. ``https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/paypal/ipn``)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:85 msgid "Payment Messages Format" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:87 msgid "If you use accented characters (or anything else than basic Latin characters) for your customer names, addresses... you MUST configure the encoding format of the payment request sent by Odoo to Paypal." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:93 msgid "If you don't configure this setting, some transactions fail without notice." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:95 msgid "To do so, open:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:97 msgid "`this page for a test account <https://sandbox.paypal.com/cgi-bin/customerprofileweb?cmd=_profile-language-encoding>`__" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:99 msgid "`this page for a production account <https://www.paypal.com/cgi-bin/customerprofileweb?cmd=_profile-language-encoding>`__" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:101 msgid "Then, click *More Options* and set the two default encoding formats as **UTF-8**." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:109 msgid "Your Paypal account is ready!" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:112 msgid "If you want your customers to pay without creating a Paypal account, *Paypal Account Optional* needs to be turned on." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:118 msgid "For Encrypted Website Payments & EWP_SETTINGS error, please check the `Paypal documentation <https://developer.paypal.com/docs/ classic/paypal-payments-standard/integration-guide/encryptedwebpayments/ #encrypted-website-payments-ewp>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:124 msgid "Settings in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:127 msgid "Activation" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:129 msgid "Activate *Paypal* from the config bar of Sales, Invoicing and eCommerce apps, or from the configuration menu of *Payment Acquirers*." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:135 msgid "Odoo requires three Paypal credentials:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:137 msgid "*Email ID* is your login email address in Paypal." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:138 msgid "*Merchant ID* can be found in the settings of your Paypal account, in :menuselection:`Account Settings --> Business information`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:140 msgid "*Paypal PDT Token* is given in *Website payments* configuration as explained here above." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:146 msgid "Transaction fees" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:148 msgid "You can charge extra fees to your customers for paying with Paypal; This to cover the transaction fees Paypal charges you. Once redirected to Paypal, your customer sees an extra applied to the order amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:151 msgid "To activate this, go to the Configuration tab of Paypal configuration in Odoo and check *Add Extra Fees*." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:157 msgid "You can refer to `Paypal Fees <https://www.paypal.com/webapps/mpp/paypal-fees>`__ to set up fees." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:161 msgid "`Traders in the EU <https://europa.eu/youreurope/citizens/consumers/shopping/pricing-payments/ index_en.htm>`_ are not allowed to charge extra fees for paying with credit cards." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:165 msgid "Go live!" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:167 msgid "Your configuration is ready to roll. Make sure *Production* mode is on. Then publish the payment method by clicking the *Published* button right next to it." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:176 msgid "Paypal is now available in your payment form available in eCommerce, Sales and Invoicing apps. Customers are redirected to Paypal website when hitting *Pay Now*. They get back to a confirmation page in Odoo once the payment is processed." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:185 msgid "Test environment" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:187 msgid "You can test the entire payment flow in Odoo thanks to Paypal Sandbox accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:189 msgid "Log in to `Paypal Developer Site <https://developer.paypal.com/>`__ with your Paypal credentials." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:191 msgid "This will create two sandbox accounts:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:193 msgid "A business account (to use as merchant, e.g. `pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com <mailto:pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com>`__)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:195 msgid "A default personal account (to use as shopper, e.g. `pp.merch01-buyer@example.com <mailto:pp.merch01-buyer@example.com>`__)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:197 msgid "Log in to Paypal Sandbox with the merchant account and follow the same configuration instructions. Enter your sandbox credentials in Odoo and make sure Paypal is still set on *Test Environment*. Also, make sure the automatic invoicing is not activated in your eCommerce settings, to not generate invoices when a fictitious transaction is completed." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:203 msgid "Run a test transaction from Odoo using the sandbox personal account." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:5 msgid "`Stripe <https://stripe.com/>`_ is a United States-based online payment solution provider, allowing businesses to accept **credit cards** and other payment methods." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:9 msgid "Enable Local Payment Methods" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:11 msgid "Local payment methods are payment methods that are only available for certain merchants and customers countries and currencies." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:14 msgid "The Stripe connector in Odoo supports the following local payment methods:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:16 msgid "Bancontact" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:17 msgid "EPS" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:18 msgid "Giropay" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:19 msgid "iDeal:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:20 msgid "Przelewy24 (P24)" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:22 msgid "To enable specific Local Payment Methods with Stripe, list them as supported payment icons. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Payment Acquirers --> Stripe --> Configuration` and add the desired payment methods in the **Supported Payment Icons** field. If the desired payment method is already listed, you don't have anything to do." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:31 msgid "If a payment method icon doesn't exist at all in the database, the corresponding local payment method is always offered to customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:3 msgid "How to get paid with wire transfers" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:5 msgid "**Wire Transfer** is the default payment method available. The aim is providing your customers with your bank details so they can pay on their own. This is very easy to start with but slow and inefficient process-wise. Opt for payment acquirers as soon as you can!" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:13 msgid "How to provide customers with payment instructions" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:14 msgid "Put your payment instructions in the **Thanks Message** of your payment method." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:19 msgid "They will appear to the customers when they place an order." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:26 msgid "How to manage an order once you get paid" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:28 msgid "Whenever a customer pays by wire transfer, the order stays in an intermediary stage **Quotation Sent** (i.e. unpaid order). When you get paid, you confirm the order manually to launch the delivery." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:35 msgid "How to create other manual payment methods" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:37 msgid "If you manage a B2B business, you can create other manually-processed payment methods like paying by check. To do so, just rename *Wire Transfer* or duplicate it." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash.rst:3 msgid "Unsplash" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:3 msgid "How to generate an Unsplash access key" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:6 msgid "**As an SaaS user**, you are ready to use Unsplash. You won't need to follow this guide to set up Unsplash informations, since you will use our own Odoo Unsplash key in a transparent way." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:9 msgid "Generate an Unsplash access key for **non-Saas** users" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:11 msgid "Create an account on `Unsplash.com <https://unsplash.com/join>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:13 msgid "Go to your `applications dashboard <https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications>`_ and click on **New Application**." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:18 msgid "Accept the conditions and click on **Accept terms**." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:23 msgid "You will be prompted to insert an **Application name** and a **Description**. Please prefix your application name by \"**Odoo:** \" so that Unsplash can recognize it as an Odoo instance. Once done, click on **Create application**." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:28 msgid "You should be redirected to your application details page. Scroll down a bit to find your **access key**." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:34 msgid "**As a non-SaaS user**, you won't be able to register for a production Unsplash key and will be limited to your test key that has a restriction of 50 Unsplash requests per hour." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:37 msgid ":doc:`unsplash_application_id`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:3 msgid "How to generate an Unsplash application ID" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:6 msgid "You should first create and set up your Unsplash application with this tutorial: :doc:`unsplash_access_key`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:8 msgid "Go to your `applications dashboard <https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications>`_ and click on your newly created Unsplash application under **Your applications**." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:13 msgid "You will be redirected to your application details page. The **application ID** will be visible in your browser's URL. The URL should be something like ``https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications/<application_id>``" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:19 msgid "**As a non-SaaS user**, you won't be able to register for a production Unsplash key and will be limited to your test key that has a 50 Unsplash requests per hour restriction." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip.rst:3 msgid "VoIP (Voice over Internet Protocol)" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:3 msgid "Configure your VoIP Asterisk server for Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:6 msgid "Installing Asterisk server" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:9 msgid "Dependencies" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:11 msgid "Before installing Asterisk you need to install the following dependencies:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:13 msgid "wget" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:14 msgid "gcc" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:15 msgid "g++" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:16 msgid "ncurses-devel" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:17 msgid "libxml2-devel" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:18 msgid "sqlite-devel" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:19 msgid "libsrtp-devel" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:20 msgid "libuuid-devel" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:21 msgid "openssl-devel" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:22 msgid "pkg-config" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:24 msgid "In order to install libsrtp, follow the instructions below:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:35 msgid "You also need to install PJSIP, you can download the source `here <http://www.pjsip.org/download.htm>`_. Once the source directory is extracted:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:37 msgid "**Change to the pjproject source directory:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:43 msgid "**run:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:49 msgid "**Build and install pjproject:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:57 msgid "**Update shared library links:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:63 msgid "**Verify that pjproject is installed:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:69 msgid "**The result should be:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:86 msgid "Asterisk" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:88 msgid "In order to install Asterisk 13.7.0, you can download the source directly `there <http://downloads.asterisk.org/pub/telephony/asterisk/old-releases/asterisk-13.7.0.tar.gz>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:90 msgid "Extract Asterisk:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:96 msgid "Enter the Asterisk directory:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:102 msgid "Run the Asterisk configure script:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:108 msgid "Run the Asterisk menuselect tool:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:114 msgid "In the menuselect, go to the resources option and ensure that res_srtp is enabled. If there are 3 x’s next to res_srtp, there is a problem with the srtp library and you must reinstall it. Save the configuration (press x). You should also see stars in front of the res_pjsip lines." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:116 msgid "Compile and install Asterisk:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:122 msgid "If you need the sample configs you can run 'make samples' to install the sample configs. If you need to install the Asterisk startup script you can run 'make config'." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:125 msgid "DTLS Certificates" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:127 msgid "After you need to setup the DTLS certificates." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:133 msgid "Enter the Asterisk scripts directory:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:139 msgid "Create the DTLS certificates (replace pbx.mycompany.com with your ip address or dns name, replace My Super Company with your company name):" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:146 msgid "Configure Asterisk server" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:148 msgid "For WebRTC, a lot of the settings that are needed MUST be in the peer settings. The global settings do not flow down into the peer settings very well. By default, Asterisk config files are located in /etc/asterisk/. Start by editing http.conf and make sure that the following lines are uncommented:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:158 msgid "Next, edit sip.conf. The WebRTC peer requires encryption, avpf, and icesupport to be enabled. In most cases, directmedia should be disabled. Also under the WebRTC client, the transport needs to be listed as ‘ws’ to allow websocket connections. All of these config lines should be under the peer itself; setting these config lines globally might not work:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:186 msgid "In the sip.conf and rtp.conf files you also need to add or uncomment the lines:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:193 msgid "Lastly, set up extensions.conf:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:202 msgid "Configure Odoo VOIP" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:204 msgid "In Odoo, the configuration should be done in the user's preferences." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:210 msgid "The SIP Login/Browser's Extension is the number you configured previously in the sip.conf file (in our example: 1060)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:212 msgid "The SIP Password is the secret you chose in the sip.conf file." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:214 msgid "The extension of your office's phone is not a required field but it is used if you want to transfer your call from Odoo to an external phone also configured in the sip.conf file." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:217 msgid "The configuration should also be done in the General Settings under the \"Integrations\" section." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:222 msgid "The PBX Server IP should be the same as the IP you define in the http.conf file." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:224 msgid "The WebSocket should be: ws://localhost:XXXX/ws where \"localhost\" needs to be the same as the IP defined previously and \"XXXX\" needs to be the port defined in the http.conf file." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:3 msgid "Use VoIP services in Odoo with Axivox" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:6 -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:6 msgid "Introduction" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:8 msgid "Odoo VoIP can be set up to work together with `Axivox <https://www.axivox.com/>`_. In that case, an :doc:`Asterisk server <asterisk>` is not necessary as the infrastructure is hosted and managed by Axivox." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:12 msgid "To use this service, `contact Axivox <https://www.axivox.com/contact/>`_ to open an account. Before doing so, verify that Axivox covers your area and the areas you wish to call." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:18 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Apps` and install the **VoIP Module**." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:24 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Integrations`, and fill out the **Asterisk (VoIP)** field:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:27 msgid "**PBX Server IP**: set the domain created by Axivox for your account (e.g., *yourcompany.axivox.com*)" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:29 msgid "**WebSocket**: type in ``wss://pabx.axivox.com:3443``" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:30 msgid "**VoIP Environment**: set as *Production*" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:36 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Users`, then open the user's form you want to configure. Under the **Preferences** tab, fill out the section **PBX Configuration**:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:39 msgid "**SIP Login / Browser's Extension**: the Axivox *username*" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:40 msgid "**SIP Password**: the Axivox *SIP Password*" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:43 msgid "You can find all this information by logging in at https://manage.axivox.com/, selecting the user you want to configure, and referring to the fields as pictured below." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:51 msgid "Phone Calls" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:53 msgid "You can make phone calls by clicking on the phone icon in the navigation bar." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:55 msgid "You can also receive phone calls. Odoo rings and displays a notification." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:58 msgid "Your number is the one provided by Axivox." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:65 msgid "If you see a *Missing Parameter* message in the **Odoo softphone**, refresh your Odoo window and try again." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:73 msgid "If you see an *Incorrect Number* message in the Odoo softphone, make sure to use the international format, leading with the plus (+) sign followed by the international country code. E.g., +16506913277 (where +1 is the international prefix for the United States)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:3 msgid "Use VoIP services in Odoo with OnSIP" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:8 msgid "Odoo VoIP can be set up to work together with OnSIP (www.onsip.com). In that case, the installation and setup of an Asterisk server is not necessary as the whole infrastructure is hosted and managed by OnSIP." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:10 msgid "You will need to open an account with OnSIP to use this service. Before doing so, make sure that your area and the areas you wish to call are covered by the service. After opening an OnSIP account, follow the configuration procedure below." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:15 msgid "Go to Apps and install the module **VoIP OnSIP**." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:20 msgid "Go to Settings/General Settings. In the section Integrations/Asterisk (VoIP), fill in the 3 fields:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:22 msgid "**OnSIP Domain** is the domain you chose when creating an account on www.onsip.com. If you don't know it, log in to https://admin.onsip.com/ and you will see it in the top right corner of the screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:23 msgid "**WebSocket** should contain wss://edge.sip.onsip.com" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:24 msgid "**Mode** should be Production" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:29 msgid "Go to **Settings/Users**. In the form view of each VoIP user, in the Preferences tab, fill in the section **PBX Configuration**:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:31 msgid "**SIP Login / Browser's Extension**: the OnSIP 'Username'" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:32 msgid "**OnSIP authorization User**: the OnSIP 'Auth Username'" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:33 msgid "**SIP Password**: the OnSIP 'SIP Password'" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:34 msgid "**Handset Extension**: the OnSIP 'Extension'" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:36 msgid "You can find all this information by logging in at https://admin.onsip.com/users, then select the user you want to configure and refer to the fields as pictured below." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:41 msgid "You can now make phone calls by clicking the phone icon in the top right corner of Odoo (make sure you are logged in as a user properly configured in Odoo and in OnSIP)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:45 msgid "If you see a *Missing Parameters* message in the Odoo softphone, make sure to refresh your Odoo window and try again." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:52 msgid "If you see an *Incorrect Number* message in the Odoo softphone, make sure to use the international format, leading with the plus (+) sign followed by the international country code. E.g.: +16506913277 (where +1 is the international prefix for the United States)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:57 msgid "You can now also receive phone calls. Your number is the one provided by OnSIP. Odoo will ring and display a notification." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:63 msgid "OnSIP on Your Cell Phone" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:65 msgid "In order to make and receive phone calls when you are not in front of your computer, you can use a softphone app on your cell phone in parallel of Odoo VoIP. This is useful for on-the-go calls, but also to make sure to hear incoming calls, or simply for convenience. Any SIP softphone will work." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:67 msgid "On Android and iOS, OnSIP has been successfully tested with `Grandstream Wave <https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.grandstream.wave>`_. When creating an account, select OnSIP in the list of carriers. You will then have to configure it as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:69 msgid "**Account name**: OnSIP" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:70 msgid "**SIP Server**: the OnSIP 'Domain'" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:71 msgid "**SIP User ID**: the OnSIP 'Username'" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:72 msgid "**SIP Authentication ID**: the OnSIP 'Auth Username'" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:73 msgid "**Password**: the OnSIP 'SIP Password'" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:75 msgid "Aside from initiating calls from Grandstream Wave on your phone, you can also initiate calls by clicking phone numbers in your browser on your PC. This will make Grandstream Wave ring and route the call via your phone to the other party. This approach is useful to avoid wasting time dialing phone numbers. In order to do so, you will need the Chrome extension `OnSIP Call Assistant <https://chrome.google.com/webstore/detail/onsip-call-assistant/pceelmncccldedfkcgjkpemakjbapnpg?hl=en>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:79 msgid "The downside of using a softphone on your cell phone is that your calls will not be logged in Odoo as the softphone acts as an independent separate app." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/getting_started.pot b/locale/sources/getting_started.pot deleted file mode 100644 index b2cf7356f..000000000 --- a/locale/sources/getting_started.pot +++ /dev/null @@ -1,221 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:5 -msgid "Basics of the QuickStart Methodology" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:7 -msgid "This document summarizes Odoo Online's services, our Success Pack implementation methodology, and best practices to get started with our product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:12 -msgid "The SPoC (*Single Point of Contact*) and the Consultant" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:14 -msgid "Within the context of your project, it is highly recommended to designate and maintain on both sides (your side and ours) **one and only single person of contact** who will take charge and assume responsibilities regarding the project. He also has to have **the authority** in terms of decision making." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:20 -msgid "**The Odoo Consultant ensures the project implementation from A to Z**: From the beginning to the end of the project, he ensures the overall consistency of the implementation in Odoo and shares his expertise in terms of good practices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:25 -msgid "**One and only decision maker on the client side (SPoC)**: He is responsible for the business knowledge transmission (coordinate key users intervention if necessary) and the consistency of the implementation from a business point of view (decision making, change management, etc.)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:31 -msgid "**Meetings optimization**: The Odoo consultant is not involved in the process of decision making from a business point of view nor to precise processes and company's internal procedures (unless a specific request or an exception). Project meetings, who will take place once or twice a week, are meant to align on the business needs (SPoC) and to define the way those needs will be implemented in Odoo (Consultant)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:39 -msgid "**Train the Trainer approach**: The Odoo consultant provides functional training to the SPoC so that he can pass on this knowledge to his collaborators. In order for this approach to be successful, it is necessary that the SPoC is also involved in its own rise in skills through self-learning via the :doc:`Odoo documentation <../index>`, `The elearning platform <https://odoo.com/learn>`_ and the testing of functionalities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:49 -msgid "Project Scope" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:51 -msgid "To make sure all the stakeholders involved are always aligned, it is necessary to define and to make the project scope evolve as long as the project implementation is pursuing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:55 -msgid "**A clear definition of the initial project scope**: A clear definition of the initial needs is crucial to ensure the project is running smoothly. Indeed, when all the stakeholders share the same vision, the evolution of the needs and the resulting decision-making process are more simple and more clear." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:61 -msgid "**Phasing the project**: Favoring an implementation in several coherent phases allowing regular production releases and an evolving takeover of Odoo by the end users have demonstrated its effectiveness over time. This approach also helps to identify gaps and apply corrective actions early in the implementation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:68 -msgid "**Adopting standard features as a priority**: Odoo offers a great environment to implement slight improvements (customizations) or more important ones (developments). Nevertheless, adoption of the standard solution will be preferred as often as possible in order to optimize project delivery times and provide the user with a long-term stability and fluid scalability of his new tool. Ideally, if an improvement of the software should still be realized, its implementation will be carried out after an experiment of the standard in production." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:82 -msgid "Managing expectations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:84 -msgid "The gap between the reality of an implementation and the expectations of future users is a crucial factor. Three important aspects must be taken into account from the beginning of the project:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:88 -msgid "**Align with the project approach**: Both a clear division of roles and responsibilities and a clear description of the operating modes (validation, problem-solving, etc.) are crucial to the success of an Odoo implementation. It is therefore strongly advised to take the necessary time at the beginning of the project to align with these topics and regularly check that this is still the case." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:96 -msgid "**Focus on the project success, not on the ideal solution**: The main goal of the SPoC and the Consultant is to carry out the project entrusted to them in order to provide the most effective solution to meet the needs expressed. This goal can sometimes conflict with the end user's vision of an ideal solution. In that case, the SPoC and the consultant will apply the 80-20 rule: focus on 80% of the expressed needs and take out the remaining 20% of the most disadvantageous objectives in terms of cost/benefit ratio (those proportions can of course change over time). Therefore, it will be considered acceptable to integrate a more time-consuming manipulation if a global relief is noted. Changes in business processes may also be proposed to pursue this same objective." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:110 -msgid "**Specifications are always EXPLICIT**: Gaps between what is expected and what is delivered are often a source of conflict in a project. In order to avoid being in this delicate situation, we recommend using several types of tools\\* :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:115 -msgid "**The GAP Analysis**: The comparison of the request with the standard features proposed by Odoo will make it possible to identify the gap to be filled by developments/customizations or changes in business processes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:120 -msgid "**The User Story**: This technique clearly separates the responsibilities between the SPoC, responsible for explaining the WHAT, the WHY and the WHO, and the Consultant who will provide a response to the HOW." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:128 -msgid "`The Proof of Concept <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Proof_of_concept>`__ A simplified version, a prototype of what is expected to agree on the main lines of expected changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:132 -msgid "**The Mockup**: In the same idea as the Proof of Concept, it will align with the changes related to the interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:135 -msgid "To these tools will be added complete transparency on the possibilities and limitations of the software and/or its environment so that all project stakeholders have a clear idea of what can be expected/achieved in the project. We will, therefore, avoid basing our work on hypotheses without verifying its veracity beforehand." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:141 -msgid "*This list can, of course, be completed by other tools that would more adequately meet the realities and needs of your project*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:145 -msgid "Communication Strategy" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:147 -msgid "The purpose of the QuickStart methodology is to ensure quick ownership of the tool for end users. Effective communication is therefore crucial to the success of this approach. Its optimization will, therefore, lead us to follow those principles:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:152 -msgid "**Sharing the project management documentation**: The best way to ensure that all stakeholders in a project have the same level of knowledge is to provide direct access to the project's tracking document (Project Organizer). This document will contain at least a list of tasks to be performed as part of the implementation for which the priority level and the manager are clearly defined." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:160 -msgid "The Project Organizer is a shared project tracking tool that allows both detailed tracking of ongoing tasks and the overall progress of the project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:164 -msgid "**Report essential information**: In order to minimize the documentation time to the essentials, we will follow the following good practices:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:168 -msgid "Meeting minutes will be limited to decisions and validations;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:170 -msgid "Project statuses will only be established when an important milestone is reached;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:173 -msgid "Training sessions on the standard or customized solution will be organized." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:177 -msgid "Customizations and Development" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:179 -msgid "Odoo is a software known for its flexibility and its important evolution capacity. However, a significant amount of development contradicts a fast and sustainable implementation. This is the reason why it is recommended to:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:184 -msgid "**Develop only for a good reason**: The decision to develop must always be taken when the cost-benefit ratio is positive (saving time on a daily basis, etc.). For example, it will be preferable to realize a significant development in order to reduce the time of a daily operation, rather than an operation to be performed only once a quarter. It is generally accepted that the closer the solution is to the standard, the lighter and more fluid the migration process, and the lower the maintenance costs for both parties. In addition, experience has shown us that 60% of initial development requests are dropped after a few weeks of using standard Odoo (see \"Adopting the standard as a priority\")." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:196 -msgid "**Replace, without replicate**: There is a good reason for the decision to change the management software has been made. In this context, the moment of implementation is THE right moment to accept and even be a change initiator both in terms of how the software will be used and at the level of the business processes of the company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:204 -msgid "Testing and Validation principles" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:206 -msgid "Whether developments are made or not in the implementation, it is crucial to test and validate the correspondence of the solution with the operational needs of the company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:210 -msgid "**Role distribution**: In this context, the Consultant will be responsible for delivering a solution corresponding to the defined specifications; the SPoC will have to test and validate that the solution delivered meets the requirements of the operational reality." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:216 -msgid "**Change management**: When a change needs to be made to the solution, the noted gap is caused by:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:220 -msgid "A difference between the specification and the delivered solution - This is a correction for which the Consultant is responsible" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:223 -msgid "**or**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:225 -msgid "A difference between the specification and the imperatives of operational reality - This is a change that is the responsibility of SPoC." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:229 -msgid "Data Imports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:231 -msgid "Importing the history of transactional data is an important issue and must be answered appropriately to allow the project running smoothly. Indeed, this task can be time-consuming and, if its priority is not well defined, prevent production from happening in time. To do this as soon as possible, it will be decided :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:237 -msgid "**Not to import anything**: It often happens that after reflection, importing data history is not considered necessary, these data being, moreover, kept outside Odoo and consolidated for later reporting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:242 -msgid "**To import a limited amount of data before going into production**: When the data history relates to information being processed (purchase orders, invoices, open projects, for example), the need to have this information available from the first day of use in production is real. In this case, the import will be made before the production launch." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:249 -msgid "**To import after production launch**: When the data history needs to be integrated with Odoo mainly for reporting purposes, it is clear that these can be integrated into the software retrospectively. In this case, the production launch of the solution will precede the required imports." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:256 -msgid "Support" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:258 -msgid "When your project is put in production, our support teams take care of your questions or technical issues." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:261 -msgid "See :ref:`support-expectations`." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/helpdesk.pot b/locale/sources/helpdesk.pot deleted file mode 100644 index e82d86595..000000000 --- a/locale/sources/helpdesk.pot +++ /dev/null @@ -1,631 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -#: ../../helpdesk.rst:5 -msgid "Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:3 -msgid "After Sales Features" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:5 -msgid "As your business grows, having the right tool to support your helpdesk team on recording, tracking and managing issues raised easy and efficiently, is key. Odoo’s Helpdesk application allows you to generate credit notes, manage returns, products, repairs, grant coupons, and even plan onsite interventions from a ticket’s page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:11 -msgid "Set up the after sales services" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:13 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and enable the after sales options: *Refunds, Returns, Coupons, Repairs and Onsite Interventions*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:20 -msgid "Generate credit notes from tickets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:22 -msgid "You can use a credit note to refund a customer or adjust the amount due. For that, simply go to your ticket page, click on *Refund* and select the corresponding *Invoice*. Clicking on *Reverse* generates a credit note, and you can *Post* it while still being in the *Helpdesk* app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:30 -msgid "Allow product returns from tickets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:32 -msgid "The process of a product return from your customer back to your warehouse is taken into action when, at the ticket page, you choose the option *Return*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:39 -msgid "Grant coupons from tickets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:41 -msgid "First, be sure to have your *Coupon Program* planned in the *Sales* or *Website* application. Then, in *Helpdesk*, open your ticket, click on *Coupon*, and choose the respective one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:48 -msgid "Repairs from tickets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:50 -msgid "Clicking on *Repair* option, on your ticket page, a new repair order form is shown. Fill in the information as needed and choose the next step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:57 -msgid "Plan onsite interventions from tickets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:59 -msgid "At the ticket's page click on *Plan Intervention*, and set up your onsite intervention exactly the same way as if you were on the *Field Service* application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:67 -msgid "`Coupons <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/coupon-programs-640?fullscreen=1>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:68 -msgid ":doc:`../../manufacturing/repair/repair`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:3 -msgid "Allow Customers to Close their Tickets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:5 -msgid "Allowing customers to close their tickets gives them autonomy and minimize misunderstandings about when an issue is considered solved, or not. It makes communication and actions more efficient." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:9 -msgid "Configure the feature" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:11 -msgid "To configure the feature go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Settings --> Helpdesk Teams --> Edit` and enable *Ticket closing*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:18 -msgid "In order to designate to which stage the ticket migrates to once it is closed, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Overview --> Tickets`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:25 -msgid "You can either create a new Kanban stage or work with an existing one. For both scenarios, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Settings --> Edit Stage` and enable *Closing Stage*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:32 -msgid "If a closing stage is not specified, by default, the ticket is moved to the last stage; contrarily, if you have more than one stage set as closing, the ticket is put in the first one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:36 -msgid "The Costumer Portal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:38 -msgid "Now, once the user logs into his Portal, the option *Close this ticket* is available." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:45 -msgid "Get reports on tickets closed by costumers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:47 -msgid "To do an analysis of the tickets that have been closed by costumers go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting --> Tickets --> Filters --> Add Custom filter --> Closed by partner --> Applied`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:3 -msgid "Forum and eLearning" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:6 -msgid "Forum" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:8 -msgid "To go above and beyond email, live chat, web forms, and phone lines, offer your customers a support forum. This way, customers might become more attached to your company as they would be investing time to get into details of your business. You also encourage the exchange of experiences and knowledge, supporting the feeling of belonging to a community (your community!)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:14 -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:52 -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:10 -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:11 -msgid "Set up" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:16 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Team` and enable *Help Center*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:23 -msgid "Create, or edit a forum by clicking on the external link. Among the editing options, choose if you would like the *Forum Mode* to be *Questions*: only one answer is allowed per question or *Discussions*: multiple answers are allowed per question." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:31 -msgid "From now on, logged in users can start their discussions. To keep track of posts, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Forum --> Posts`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:38 -msgid "Turn tickets into forum posts by simply clicking on *Share on the Forum* on the ticket's page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:45 -msgid "eLearning" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:47 -msgid "In addition to a forum, offer online courses. When doing so, you link your customers and users’ needs and questions to useful content, helping to boost efficiency as they can also find their answers there." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:54 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and enable *eLearning*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:61 -msgid "Once the structure and content of your course are ready, *Publish* it by clicking on *Unpublished*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:67 -msgid "To keep track of your course statistics, go to *eLearning* and *View Course*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:73 -msgid "Todo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:73 -msgid "DETAILS/INFO SHOULD COME FROM ELEARNING DOCS. THEREFORE, LINK DOCS ONCE AVAILABLE!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:3 -msgid "Getting Started" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:5 -msgid "Helpdesk teams provide your customers with support to queries or errors they might encounter while using your product/service. Therefore, a successful scheme where you can organize multiple teams with their customized pipeline, visibilities settings, and ticket traceability is essential." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:10 -msgid "Set up teams" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:12 -msgid "To modify or create teams, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:14 -msgid "Setting up multiple teams allows you to group tickets by your channels (example: BE/US), or by your support services' types (example: IT, accounting, admin, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:21 -msgid "Team’s productivity and visibility" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:23 -msgid "Teams can have individual *Assignment Methods* to ensure that tickets get redirected to the right person:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:26 -msgid "*Manually*: tickets are manually assigned, allowing employees to manage their own workload and target tickets they are experts at;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:28 -msgid "*Random*: tickets are randomly assigned and everyone gets the same amount. This method ensures that all tickets are handled as the assignment happens automatically;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:30 -msgid "*Balanced*: tickets are assigned to the person with the least amount of tickets so that everyone fairly gets the same amount. Thereby, you ensure that all tickets get to be taken care of." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:40 -msgid "For the *Random* and *Balanced* assignment methods, you can set the *Team Members* among whom tickets are assigned. Leave the field empty to include all employees (with the proper access rights)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:43 -msgid "The *Team Visibility* feature allows you to specify who can see and access the team’s tickets. Therefore, ticket’s with sensible information are only seen by the right people. Leave the field empty to include all employees (with the proper access rights)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:46 -msgid "Set up stages and share it among teams" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:48 -msgid "To set up stages, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Stages`. Then, create and/or edit stages as you need and set specific teams to use certain stages under *Team*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:55 -msgid "Stages can be shared between one or multiple teams, allowing you to adapt the pipeline to your individual needs. They also apply a visibility and access rule, as other teams are not able to see or use the stage." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:64 -msgid ":doc:`../../general/odoo_basics/add_user`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:3 -msgid "Ratings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:5 -msgid "Allow customers to rate their experience with your helpdesk teams to strengthen your credibility and gain their trust. Reviews can also influence a customer’s decision and open space for feedback that can help you improve the quality of your services." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:12 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and enable *Ratings on tickets*. The feature automatically adds a default email template on the non-folded *closing stage(s)* of that team." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:21 -msgid "To edit the email template and the stage(s) set as the closing ones, go to the Kanban view of your helpdesk team and click on *Settings*, then on *Edit Stage*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:28 -msgid "Now, once a ticket reaches the stage(s) designated as the *Closing Stage*, an email is sent to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:35 -msgid "Ratings can be seen on the chatter of each ticket, under the *See Customer Satisfaction* link on the main dashboard, and through *Reporting*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:39 -msgid "Ratings visible on the customer portal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:41 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and enable *Display Rating on Customer Portal*. Now, by clicking on the helpdesk team’s name on their ticket, customers can see its ratings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:51 -msgid ":doc:`../../portal/my_odoo_portal`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:52 -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:88 -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:47 -msgid ":doc:`../advanced/close_tickets`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:3 -msgid "Start Receiving Tickets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:5 -msgid "Offering a variety of channels from where your customers can contact you grants them flexibility and the right to choose the best one for themselves. And, in order to make sure inquiries across all channels get addressed, it is essential to have a solution where all interactions come in one place." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:11 -msgid "Channels options to submit tickets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:13 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`, and enable the following features as you want them to be available to your users." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:21 -msgid "Email Alias" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:24 -msgid "Let your customers submit tickets by sending an email to your support email address. The subject line of the email becomes the title of the ticket and the content is shown in the Chatter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:26 -msgid "Select *Configure domain name* to be redirected to *Settings* and, from there, enable *External Email Servers* to determine or change your *Alias Domain*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:35 -msgid "Using your own email server is required to send and receive emails in Odoo Community and Enterprise. Online users benefit from a ready-to-use email server." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:39 -msgid "Website Form" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:41 -msgid "Allow your customers to submit a ticket by filling in a form through your website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:42 -msgid "Once the feature is activated, get redirected to your website by clicking on *Go to Website*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:49 -msgid "From the website page customize the form as you like. Then, publish it by clicking on *Unpublished*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:56 -msgid "Live Chat" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:59 -msgid "Through live interactions with your website visitors, helpdesk tickets can be instantly created and redirected to the right person." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:61 -msgid "Click on your helpdesk team's name - for the example below: *Customer Care* - and :doc:`set up your channel <../../livechat/overview/get_started>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:68 -msgid "Now, your operators can create tickets by using the :doc:`command <../../livechat/overview/responses>` */helpdesk (subject_of_ticket)*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:72 -msgid "Prioritize tickets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:74 -msgid "Use the stars to prioritize your tickets. The most urgent ones appear at the top of your list on the Kanban view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:77 -msgid "1 star = *Low priority*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:78 -msgid "2 stars = *High priority*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:79 -msgid "3 stars = *Urgent*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:87 -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:60 -msgid ":doc:`sla`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:89 -msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_servers`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:3 -msgid "Reports for a Better Support" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:5 -msgid "An efficient customer service solution should have a built-in reporting option. Reports allow you to track trends, identify areas for improvement, manage employees’ workloads and, most importantly, meet your customer’s expectations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:10 -msgid "Cases" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:12 -msgid "Some examples of the reports Odoo Helpdesk can generate include:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:14 -msgid "The number of tickets *grouped by* team and ticket type." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:17 -msgid "In this manner, you are able to evaluate which ticket types have been the most frequent ones, plus the workload of your teams." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:19 -msgid "Apply *Time Ranges* if you would like to make comparisons to a *Previous Period* or a *Previous Year*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:25 -msgid "The number of tickets closed per day, per team." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:27 -msgid "Get an overview of how many requests each team is closing per day in order to measure their performance. Identify productivity levels to understand how many requests they are able to handle." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:35 -msgid "Filter it by *Assignee* to see Key Performance Indicators (KPI) per agent." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:37 -msgid "The number of hours tickets are taking to be solved, grouped by team and ticket type." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:39 -msgid "Check if your expectations are met by *measuring* the *Time to close (hours)*. Your customers not only expect fast responses but they also want their issues to be handled quickly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:48 -msgid "Save filters" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:50 -msgid "Save the filters you use the most and avoid having to reconstruct them every time they are needed. To do so, set the groups, filters, and measures needed. Then, go to *Favorites*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:59 -msgid ":doc:`receiving_tickets`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:3 -msgid "Service Level Agreements (SLA)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:5 -msgid "Service Level Agreements (SLA) are commitments you make with your customers to outline how a service is delivered. It bolsters trust between you and your customers as it makes clear what needs to be done, to what standard, and when." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:10 -msgid "Create your policies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:13 -msgid "First, enable the feature on the settings of the team you would like policies to be applied, going to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:15 -msgid "Create your policies through the team’s settings page or go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> SLA Policies`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:23 -msgid "Choose to which **Team** the policy is relevant and the **Minimum Priority** a ticket needs to have for the policy to be applied." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:27 -msgid "**Target** is the stage a ticket needs to reach within the period defined to satisfy the SLA. The period is based on the ticket’s creation date, and a deadline is set on the ticket’s form once it matches an SLA policy rule. If a ticket has more than one policy applied to it, the closest deadline of all SLAs is the one considered." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:29 -msgid "When a ticket has satisfied an SLA policy, the SLA tag appears in green and the deadline field is not shown anymore." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:37 -msgid "SLA Analysis" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:39 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting --> SLA Status Analysis`. Apply *Filters* and *Group by* to identify tickets that should be prioritized and keep track of upcoming deadlines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice.rst:3 -msgid "Timesheet and Invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:3 -msgid "Invoice Time Spent on Tickets (Prepaid Support Services)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:5 -msgid "Have the option to work with prepaid support services, meaning that a sales order and a corresponding invoice are issued and, once the service is done, you can deduct the time spent. Odoo allows it to happen because the applications are fully integrated, resulting in faster responses to your customer needs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:14 -msgid "Step 1: Set up a helpdesk team" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:17 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`, create or edit an existing team, and enable *Timesheet on Ticket* and *Time Reinvoicing*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:20 -msgid "Select or create a project under *Timesheet on Ticket*. The selected/created is the one at which employees timesheet on by default. However, it can be ultimately modified on each ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:28 -msgid "Step 2: Set up a service" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:31 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable *Units of Measure* to optionally be able to choose *hours* (for example) as the unit of measure of your service." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:33 -msgid "Then, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`, create or edit an existing one, and set its *Product Type* as *Service*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:40 -msgid "Now, select the invoicing management you would like to have under the *Sales* tab. We recommend the following configuration:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:47 -msgid "This configuration ensures that the customer is invoiced by the number of hours predicted in the sales order, meaning that less or extra hours recorded are not taken into account. It also ensures that every time a sales order is confirmed, a new task is created under the right project, automating the process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:53 -msgid "We recommend setting up a specific project, as it was done for this flow example. The important thing to remember is that the sales order item needs to be set on the corresponding project or task, in order to reinvoice the time spent on a ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:58 -msgid "Prevision an invoice and record time" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:61 -msgid "Step 1: Place an order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:63 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> Orders` and create one for the helpdesk service product you have previously set up, with the customer who needs the ticket to be opened. Set the number of hours needed to assist the customer and *Confirm* the order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:72 -msgid "Step 2: Invoice the customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:74 -msgid "In *Sales*, select the respective sales order to *Create Invoice*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:82 -msgid "Step 3: Link the task to the ticket" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:84 -msgid "Now, in *Helpdesk*, create or edit the respective ticket and link it to the task created by the confirmation of the sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:92 -msgid "Step 4: Record the time spent" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:94 -msgid "Still on the respective helpdesk ticket, record the hours performed under the *Timesheets* tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:100 -msgid "Note that the hours recorded on the ticket form are shown on the *Delivered* column in the sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:108 -msgid "Hours recorded on the ticket are automatically shown in *Timesheets* and on the dedicated task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:111 -msgid ":doc:`reinvoice_from_project`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:112 -msgid ":doc:`../../inventory/management/products/uom`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:3 -msgid "Invoice Time Spent on Tickets (Postpaid Support Services)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:5 -msgid "Directly pull the billable time you have tracked on your helpdesk tickets into sales orders and invoices through a project task. It gives you more control over what you charge your client, and it is more efficient." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:10 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:13 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk team --> Edit` and enable the options *Timesheet on Ticket* and *Time Reinvoicing*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:15 -msgid "Under *Timesheet on Ticket*, choose the *Project* to which tickets (and timesheets) will be linked by default. Open its *External link* to enable the feature *Bill from tasks*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:22 -msgid "Create a sales order and an invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:24 -msgid "Now, once you have recorded the time you spent on the helpdesk ticket, under the *Timesheets* tab, access the task clicking on its name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:31 -msgid "*Create Sales Order* and proceed to create the invoice." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/index.pot b/locale/sources/index.pot index 847000a1d..c4d0cb571 100644 --- a/locale/sources/index.pot +++ b/locale/sources/index.pot @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-18 07:12+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" @@ -16,11 +16,6 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#: ../../index.rst:7 -#: ../../index.rst:7 -msgid "Index" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../index.rst:3 -msgid "Odoo User Documentation" +#: ../../content/index.rst:3 +msgid "Odoo Documentation" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/inventory.pot b/locale/sources/inventory.pot deleted file mode 100644 index d841c0cd2..000000000 --- a/locale/sources/inventory.pot +++ /dev/null @@ -1,4657 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -#: ../../inventory.rst:5 -msgid "Inventory" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode.rst:3 -msgid "Barcodes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations.rst:3 -msgid "Daily Operations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3 -msgid "Process to an Inventory Adjustment with Barcodes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:5 -msgid "To process an inventory adjustment by using barcodes, you first need to open the *Barcode* app. Then, from the application, click on *Inventory Adjustments*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:13 -msgid "If you want to fully work with barcodes, you can download the sheet *Commands for Inventory*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:16 -msgid "Once you have clicked on *Inventory Adjustments*, Odoo will automatically create one. Note that, if you work with multi-location, you first need to specify in which location the inventory adjustment takes place." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:24 -msgid "If you don’t work with multi-location, you will be able to scan the different products you want to include in the inventory adjustment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:31 -msgid "If you have 5 identical articles, scan it 5 times or use the keyboard to set the quantity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:34 -msgid "Besides using the barcode scanner, you can also manually add a product if necessary. To do so, click on *Add Product* and fill the information in manually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:44 -msgid "When you have scanned all the items of the location, validate the inventory manually or scan the *Validate* barcode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:3 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/overview.rst:3 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:6 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:5 -msgid "There are different situations in which barcode nomenclatures can be useful. A well-known use case is the one of a point of sale which sells products in bulk, in which the customers will scale their products themselves and get the printed barcode to stick on the product. This barcode will contain the weight of the product and help compute the price accordingly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:13 -msgid "Create a Barcode Nomenclature" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:15 -msgid "Odoo supports Barcode Nomenclatures, which determine the mapping and interpretation of the encoded information. You can configure your barcode nomenclature being in :doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Barcode Nomenclature`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:20 -msgid "You can create a barcode nomenclature from there, and then add a line to create your first rule." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:26 -msgid "The first step is to specify the **rule name**, for example Weight Barcode with 3 Decimals. You then have to specify the type for barcode nomenclature, in our case it will be Weighted Product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:33 -msgid "The Barcode Pattern is a regular expression that defines the structure of the barcode. In this example 21 defines the products on which the rule will be applied, those are the numbers by which the product barcode should start. The 5 “dots” are the following numbers of the product barcode and are there simply to identify the product in question. The “N” define a number and the “D” define the decimals." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:40 -msgid "The encoding allows to specify the barcode encoding on which the rule should be applied." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:44 -msgid "You can define different rules and order their priority thanks to the sequence. The first rule which matches the scanned barcode will be applied." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:49 -msgid "Configure your Product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:51 -msgid "The barcode of the product should start by “21”;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:52 -msgid "The 5 “dots” are the other numbers of your product barcode, allowing to identify the product;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:53 -msgid "The barcode should contain 0’s where you did defined D’s or N’s. In our case we need to set 5 zeros because we configured “21…..{NNDDD}”;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:54 -msgid "In EAN-13, the last number is a check number, use an EAN13 generator to know which digit it should be in your case." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:59 -msgid "In case you weight 1,5 Kg of pasta, the balance will print you the following barcode 2112345015002. If you scan this barcode in your POS or when receiving products in your barcode application, Odoo will automatically create a new line for the Pasta product for a quantity of 1.5 Kg. For the point of sale, a price depending on the quantity will also be computed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:70 -msgid "Rule Types" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:72 -msgid "**Priced Product**: allows you to identify the product and specify its price, used in POS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:73 -msgid "**Discounted Product**: allows you to create one barcode per applied discount. You can then scan your product in the POS and then scan the discount barcode, discount will be applied on the normal price of the product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:74 -msgid "**Weighted Product**: allows you to identify the product and specify its weight, used in both POS (in which the price is computed based on the weight) and in inventory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:75 -msgid "**Client**: allows you to identify the customer, for example used with loyalty program." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:76 -msgid "**Cashier**: allows you to identify the cashier when entering the POS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:77 -msgid "**Location**: allows you to identify the location on a transfer when multi-location is activated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:78 -msgid "**Package**: allows you to identify packages on a transfer when packages are activated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:79 -msgid "**Lot**: allows you to identify the lot number of a product on a transfer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:80 -msgid "**Credit Card**: doesn’t need manual modification, exists for data from the Mercury module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:81 -msgid "**Unit Product**: allows you to identify a product for both POS and transfers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:84 -msgid "When the barcode pattern contains .*, it means that it can contain any number of characters, those characters being any number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:3 -msgid "Process to Transfers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:6 -msgid "Simple Transfers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:8 -msgid "To process a transfer from the *Barcode* app, the first step is to go to *Operations*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:14 -msgid "Then, you have the choice to either enter an existing transfer, by going to the corresponding operation type and manually selecting the one you want to enter, or by scanning the barcode of the transfer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:24 -msgid "From there, you will be able to scan the products that are part of the existing transfer and/or add new products to this transfer. Once all the products have been scanned, you can validate the transfer to proceed with the stock moves." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:33 -msgid "If you have different storage locations in your warehouse, you can add additional steps for the different operation types." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:37 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:50 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:45 -msgid "Receipts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:39 -msgid "When receiving a product in stock, you need to scan its barcode in order to identify it in the system. Once done, you can either make it enter the main location of the transfer, for example WH/Stock, or scan a location barcode to make it enter a sub-location of the main location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:48 -msgid "If you want the product to enter WH/Stock in our example, you can simply scan the next product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:52 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery.rst:3 -msgid "Delivery Orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:54 -msgid "When delivering a product, you have to scan the source location if it is different than the one initially set on the transfer. Then, you can start scanning the products that are delivered from this specific location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:62 -msgid "Once the different products have been scanned, you have the possibility to scan another location, such as WH/Stock, and another page will be added to your delivery order. You can move from one to the other thanks to the *Previous* and *Next* buttons." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:70 -msgid "Now, you can validate your transfer. To do so, click on *Next* until you reach the last page of the transfer. There, you will be able to validate it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:78 -msgid "Internal Transfers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:80 -msgid "When realizing an internal transfer with multi-location, you first have to scan the source location of the product. Then, you can scan the product in itself, before having to scan the barcode of the destination location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:85 -msgid "If the source and destination of the internal transfers are already correct, you don’t need to scan them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:89 -msgid "Transfers with Tracked Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:91 -msgid "If you work with products tracked by lot/serial numbers, you have two ways of working:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:94 -msgid "If you work with serial/lot numbers taking all products into consideration, you can scan the barcode of the lot/serial number and Odoo will increase the quantity of the product, setting its lot/serial number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:99 -msgid "If you have the same lot/serial number for different products, you can work by scanning the product barcode first, and then the barcode of the lot/serial number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:3 -msgid "Create a Transfer from Scratch" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:5 -msgid "To create a transfer from the *Barcode* application, you first need to print the operation type barcodes. To do so, you can download the *Stock barcode sheet* from the home page of the app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:12 -msgid "Once done, you can scan the one for which you want to create a new document. Then, an empty document will be created and you will be able to scan your products to populate it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup.rst:3 -msgid "Setup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:3 -msgid "Set up your barcode scanner" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:5 -msgid "Getting started with barcode scanning in Odoo is fairly easy. Yet, a good user experience relies on an appropriate hardware setup. This guide will help you through the task of choosing and configuring the barcode scanner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:11 -msgid "Find the barcode scanner that suits your needs" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:13 -msgid "The 3 recommended type of barcode scanners to work with the Odoo **Inventory** and **Barcode Scanning** apps are the **USB scanner**, **the bluetooth scanner** and the **mobile computer scanner**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:20 -msgid "If you scan products at a computer location, the **USB scanner** is the way to go. Simply plug it in the computer to start scanning. Just make sure when you buy it that the scanner is compatible with your keyboard layout or can be configured to be so." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:25 -msgid "The **bluetooth scanner** can be paired with a smartphone or a tablet and is a good choice if you want to be mobile but don't need a big investment. An approach is to log in Odoo on you smartphone, pair the bluetooth scanner with the smartphone and work in the warehouse with the possibility to check your smartphone from time to time and use the software 'manually'." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:32 -msgid "For heavy use, the **mobile computer scanner** is the handiest solution. It consists of a small computer with a built-in barcode scanner. This one can turn out to be a very productive solution, however you need to make sure that is is capable of running Odoo smoothly. The most recent models using Android + Google Chrome or Windows + Internet Explorer Mobile should do the job. However, due to the variety of models and configurations on the market, it is essential to test it first." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:42 -msgid "Configure your barcode scanner" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:45 -msgid "Keyboard layout" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:50 -msgid "An USB barcode scanner needs to be configured to use the same keyboard layout as your operating system. Otherwise, your scanner won't translate characters correctly (replacing a 'A' with a 'Q' for example). Most scanners are configured by scanning the appropriate barcode in the user manual." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:57 -msgid "Automatic carriage return" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:59 -msgid "By default, Odoo has a 50 milliseconds delay between each successive scan (it helps avoid accidental double scanning). If you want to suppress this delay, you can configure your scanner to insert a carriage return at the end of each barcode. This is usually the default configuration and can be explicitly configured by scanning a specific barcode in the user manual ('CR suffix ON', 'Apply Enter for suffix', etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:3 -msgid "Activate the Barcodes in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:5 -msgid "The barcode scanning features can save you a lot of time usually lost switching between the keyboard, the mouse and the scanner. Properly attributing barcodes to products, pickings locations, etc. allows you to work more efficiently by controlling the software almost exclusively with the barcode scanner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:12 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:12 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:37 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:9 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:50 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:18 -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:19 -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:16 -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:21 -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:15 -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:14 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:10 -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:10 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:16 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:15 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:17 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:14 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:14 -msgid "To use this feature, you first need to activate the *Barcode* functionality via :menuselection:`Inventory --> Settings --> Barcode Scanner`. Once you have ticked the feature, you can hit save." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:22 -msgid "Set Product Barcodes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:24 -msgid "You can easily assign barcodes to your different products via the *Inventory* app. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Products Barcodes`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:30 -msgid "Then, you have the possibility to assign barcodes to your products directly at creation on the product form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:40 -msgid "Be careful to add barcodes directly on the product variants and not on the template product. Otherwise, you won’t be able to differentiate them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:45 -msgid "Set Locations Barcodes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:47 -msgid "If you manage multiple locations, you will find useful to attribute a barcode to each location and stick it on the location. You can configure the locations barcodes in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:58 -msgid "You can easily print the barcode you allocate to the locations via the *Print* menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:62 -msgid "Barcode Formats" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:64 -msgid "Most retail products use EAN-13 barcodes. They cannot be made up without proper authorization. You must pay the International Article Numbering Association a fee in exchange for an EAN code sequence." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:68 -msgid "Still, as Odoo supports any string as a barcode, you can always define your own barcode format for internal use." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management.rst:3 -msgid "Warehouse Management" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:3 -msgid "How do I cancel a delivery order?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:8 -msgid "Odoo gives you the possibility to cancel a delivery method whether it has been validated to fast, it needs to be modified or for any other reason." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:12 -msgid "Some carriers are more flexible than others, so make sure to cancel your delivery order as fast as possible if it needs to be done so you don't have any bad surprise." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:17 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:26 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:107 -msgid "Sale process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:19 -msgid "Go to the **Sales** module, click on **Sales** and then on **Sales Order**. Then click on the sale order you want to cancel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:25 -msgid "Click on the **Delivery** button, in the upper right corner of the sale order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:31 -msgid "Now, click on the **Additional info** tab and you will see that next to the **Carrier Tracking Reference**, there is a **Cancel** button. Click on it to cancel the delivery." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:38 -msgid "To make sure that your delivery is cancelled, check in the history, you will receive the confirmation of the cancellation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:3 -msgid "How can I limit a delivery method to a certain number of countries?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:8 -msgid "With Odoo, you can have different types of delivery methods, and you can limit them to a certain number of countries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:14 -msgid "Go to the **Inventory** module, click on **Configuration** and then on **Delivery Methods**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:20 -msgid "Select the delivery method that you want to change, or create a new one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:25 -msgid "In the **Destination** tab, choose the countries to which you want to apply this delivery method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:28 -msgid "Now, that this is done, Let's see the result." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:30 -msgid "If you go to the website, and you try to buy something, once you've entered your details and you proceed to the payment, the website will propose you only the delivery methods that apply to your shipping address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:39 -msgid "This process doesn't work in backend. We assume that when you create a Sale Order, you know which delivery method you can use since you created them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:3 -msgid "Send Products to Customers Directly from Suppliers (Drop-shipping)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:6 -msgid "What is Drop-Shipping?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:8 -msgid "Drop-Shipping is a system that allows orders taken from your store to be shipped straight from your supplier to your customer. On a usual delivery system, products are sent from your supplier to your warehouse to be put in stock and then shipped to your customers after ordering." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:13 -msgid "With drop-shipping, no item is stocked. When a customer places an order in your shop, the item is delivered straight from the supplier to the customer. Therefore, the product doesn't need to get through your warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:19 -msgid "Points to be Considered while Implementing Drop-Shipping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:24 -msgid "Use drop-shipping only for the products you can't or don't want to keep in stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:22 -msgid "One reason is that you'll always make smaller margins on items that are drop-shipped, so you should keep it only for items that take up a lot of space in your warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:30 -msgid "Drop-shipping is best for niche products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:27 -msgid "Chances are that products that are in high demand are being offered by large suppliers at a fraction of the price you'll be able to charge, so using a more costly shipping method won't be financially rewarding. But if your product is unique, then it makes sense!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:33 -msgid "To protect your customers from bad experiences." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:33 -msgid "Test drop-shipping companies for yourself beforehand and list the best ones." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:37 -msgid "Make sure time is not against you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:36 -msgid "Drop-shipping should take a reasonable amount of time and surely not more than it would have taken you to handle it all by yourself. It's also nice to be able to provide your customers with a tracking number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:44 -msgid "Items have to be available from your supplier." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:40 -msgid "It's good to know if the product you're selling is available upstream. If you don't have that information, inform your customers that you don't hold the item in stock and that it's subject to availability from a third party." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:47 -msgid "For more information and insights about Drop-Shipping, you can read our blog: `*What is drop-shipping and how to use it* <https://www.odoo.com/blog/business-hacks-1/post/what-is-drop-shipping-and-how-to-use-it-250>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:52 -msgid "Configure Drop-Shipping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:54 -msgid "Activate the functionality in the *Purchase* application by going to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:60 -msgid "Then, go to the *Inventory* app, in :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` to activate the *Multi-Step Routes* feature. It will allow you to make the *Route* field appear on the sale order lines to specify you send a product via drop-shipping." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:68 -msgid "Now, in the *Sales* app, go to :menuselection:`Products --> Products`. Select the product you would like to drop-ship and add a vendor pricelist which contains the right supplier, via the purchase tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:76 -msgid "Send Products from the Suppliers Directly to the Customers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:78 -msgid "Create a *Sales Order* and add the product on which you just set the vendor. Add the *Route* field thanks to the widget on the right of the sale order line. Now, you are able to specify that your products’ route is *Drop-Shipping*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:89 -msgid "Once the sale order is confirmed, Odoo automatically generates a *Request for Quotation* for the supplier who will proceed to the drop-shipping. You can find it in the *Purchase* app, with the sale order as *Source Document*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:97 -msgid "Once this *Purchase Order* is confirmed, a *Receipt Order* is created and linked to it. The source location is the vendor location and the destination location is the customer location. Then, the product won’t go through your own stock when you validate the dropship document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:105 -msgid "You can also easily access the dropship document directly from your inventory dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:3 -msgid "How to choose the right inventory flow to handle delivery orders?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:5 -msgid "Depending on factors such as the type of items you sell, the size of your warehouse, the number of orders you register everyday... the way you handle deliveries to your customers can vary a lot." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:9 -msgid "Odoo allows you to handle shipping from your warehouse in 3 different ways:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:12 -msgid "**One step (shipping)**: Ship directly from stock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:14 -msgid "**Two steps (pick + ship)**: Bring goods to output location before shipping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:17 -msgid "**Three steps (pick + pack + ship)**: Make packages into a dedicated location, then bring them to the output location for shipping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:20 -msgid "For companies having a rather small warehouse and that do not require high stock of items or don't sell perishable items, a one step shipping is the simplest solution, as it does not require a lot of configuration and allows to handle orders very quickly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:25 -msgid "Using inventory methods such as FIFO, LIFO and FEFO require to have at least two steps to handle a shipment. The picking method will be determined by the removal strategy, and the items removed will then be shipped to the customer. This method is also interesting if you hold larger stocks and especially when the items you stock are big in size." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:31 -msgid "The three steps system becomes useful in more specific situations, the main one being for handling very large stocks. The items are transferred to a packing area, where they will be assembled by area of destination, and then set to outbound trucks for final delivery to the customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:40 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:53 -msgid "One step flow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:42 -msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`one_step`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:45 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:58 -msgid "Two steps flow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:47 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:60 -msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`two_steps`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:50 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:63 -msgid "Three steps flow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:52 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:65 -msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`three_steps`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:3 -msgid "How can I change the label type?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:8 -msgid "With Odoo, you can choose among different types of labels for your delivery orders. Follow the steps below and give an appropriate label type to your delivery." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:15 -msgid "In the **Inventory** module, Go to **Configuration** and click on **Delivery methods**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:18 -msgid "Choose a delivery method and then click on **Edit**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:23 -msgid "In the **Pricing** tab, under **Fedex label stock type**, you can choose one of the label types available. The availability will vary depending on the carrier." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:30 -msgid "Once this is done, you can see the result if you go to the Sales module and you create a new sale order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:33 -msgid "As you confirm the sale and validate the delivery with the carrier for which you have modified the label type, The label will appear in your history." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:46 -msgid "The default label type is paper letter, and if you choose the label type bottom half for example, here is the difference :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:3 -msgid "Process Delivery Orders in one Step (Shipping)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:5 -msgid "There is no configuration needed to deliver in one step. The default outgoing shipments are configured to be directly delivered from the stock to the customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:9 -msgid "However, if advanced routes have been activated and you set another shipping configuration on your warehouse, you can set it back to the one-step delivery configuration. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses` and edit the warehouse in question." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:14 -msgid "Then, choose *Deliver goods directly* as your *Outgoing Shipments* strategy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:21 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:45 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:47 -msgid "Create a Sales Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:23 -msgid "In the *Sales* application, create a quotation with some storable products to deliver and confirm it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:26 -msgid "Notice that we now see 1 delivery associated with this *sales order* in the stat button above the sales order. If you click on the 1 Delivery stat button, you should now see your delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:34 -msgid "Process a Delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:36 -msgid "You can also find the *delivery order* directly from the *Inventory* application. In the dashboard, you can click the *1 TO PROCESS* button under the Delivery Orders Kanban card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:43 -msgid "Enter the picking that you want to process. You will be able to click on *Validate* to complete the move if you have products in stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:49 -msgid "Once you *Validate* the delivery order, the products leave your *WH/Stock location* and are moved to the *Customer location*. You can easily see that the delivery took place thanks to the status of the document which is now *Done*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:3 -msgid "Deliver Products in Packages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:5 -msgid "In Odoo, you have the possibility to deliver your products in different packages, depending on the volume and or weight of your products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:11 -msgid "First, you need to activate the *Delivery Packages* feature in the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:18 -msgid "Proceed to a Delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:20 -msgid "Now, you can create a planned delivery with some products in it. You will have the possibility to create new packages and assign them to the stock move lines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:27 -msgid "Then, you can define the package type from this window. Once the delivery order is validated, you can retrieve which products have been included in the package." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:34 -msgid "A button will appear at the delivery stage, allowing you to find all the packages which were part of the delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:44 -msgid "Use the Put in Pack button" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:46 -msgid "Another way to put products in packs is to use the *Put in Pack* button. It will automatically assign a pack to the number of products which is set as *Done* and duplicate the stock move line if necessary." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:53 -msgid "Then, you will be able to update the different packages created this way, directly via the *Packages* button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:3 -msgid "Process Delivery Orders in three Steps (Pick + Pack + Ship)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:5 -msgid "When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is set up by default to utilize a one-step operation: once all goods are available, they are able to be shipped in a single delivery order. However, that process may not reflect reality and your company could require more steps before shipping." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:11 -msgid "With the delivery in 3 steps (Pick + Pack + Ship), the items will be picked to be transferred to a packing area. Then, they will be moved to an output location before being effectively shipped to the customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:16 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:15 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:18 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:19 -msgid "Activate Multi-Step Routes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:18 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:17 -msgid "The first step is to allow using *multi-step routes*. Indeed, routes provide a mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we will chain the picking step to the shipping step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:22 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:21 -msgid "To allow *multi-step routes*, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the option. Note that activating *Multi-Step Routes* will also activate *Storage Locations*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:30 -msgid "Configure Warehouse for Delivery in 3 Steps" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:32 -msgid "Once *Multi-Step Routes* has been activated, you can go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the warehouse which will use delivery in 3 steps. You can then select the option *Pack goods, send goods in output and then deliver (3 steps)* for *Outgoing Shipments*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:40 -msgid "Activating this option will lead to the creation of two new locations, *Output* and *Packing Zone*. If you want to rename it go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, *Select* the one you want to rename and update its name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:47 -msgid "In the *Sales* application, you can create a quotation with some storable products to deliver. Once you confirm the quotation, three pickings will be created and automatically linked to your sale order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:54 -msgid "If you click the button, you should now see three different pickings:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:56 -msgid "The first one with a reference PICK to designate the picking process," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:58 -msgid "The second one with the reference PACK that is the packing process," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:60 -msgid "The last one with a reference OUT to designate the shipping process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:66 -msgid "Process the Picking, Packing, and Delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:68 -msgid "The picking operation is the first one to be processed and has a *Ready* status while the other ones are *Waiting Another Operation*. The Packing operation will become *Ready* as soon as the picking one is marked as done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:73 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:71 -msgid "You can enter the picking operation from here, or access it through the inventory dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:79 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:77 -msgid "In case you have the product in stock, it has automatically been reserved and you can simply validate the picking document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:85 -msgid "Once the picking has been validated, the packing order is ready to be processed. Thanks to the fact that the documents are chained, the products which have been previously picked are automatically reserved on the packing order which can be directly validated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:96 -msgid "Once the packing has been validated, the delivery order is ready to be processed. Here again, it is directly ready to be validated in order to transfer the products to the customer location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:3 -msgid "Process Delivery Orders in two Steps (Pick + Ship)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:5 -msgid "When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is set up by default to utilize a one-step operation: once all goods are available, they are able to be shipped in a single delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:9 -msgid "However, your company's business process may have one or more steps that happen before shipping. In the two steps process, the products which are part of the delivery order are picked in the warehouse and brought to an output location before being effectively shipped." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:29 -msgid "Warehouse configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:31 -msgid "Once *Multi-Step Routes* has been activated, you can go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the warehouse which will use delivery in 2 steps. You can then select the option *Send goods in output and then deliver (2 steps)* for Outgoing Shipments." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:39 -msgid "Activating this option will lead to the creation of a new *Output* location. If you want to rename it go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, Select Output and update its name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:49 -msgid "In the *Sales* application, you can create a quotation with some storable products to deliver. Once you confirm the quotation, two pickings will be created and automatically linked to your sale order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:56 -msgid "If you click on the *2 Delivery* button, you should now see two different pickings, one with a reference *PICK* to designate the picking process and another one with a reference *OUT* to designate the shipping process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:65 -msgid "Process the Picking and the Delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:67 -msgid "The picking operation is the first one to be processed and has a *Ready* status while the delivery operation will only become *Ready* once the picking operation has been marked as done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:83 -msgid "Once the picking has been validated, the delivery order is ready to be processed. Thanks to the fact that the documents are chained, the products which have been previously picked are automatically reserved on the delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming.rst:3 -msgid "Incoming Shipments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:3 -msgid "How to choose the right flow to handle receipts?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:8 -msgid "Depending on factors such as the type of items you receive, the size of your warehouse, the number of receipt you register everyday... the way you handle receipts to your customers can vary a lot." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:12 -msgid "Odoo allows you to handle receipts from your warehouse in 3 different ways:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:15 -msgid "**One step**: Receive goods directly in stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:17 -msgid "**Two steps**: Unload in input location then go to stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:19 -msgid "**Three steps**: Unload in input location, go through a quality control before being admitted in stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:22 -msgid "Odoo uses **routes** to define exactly how you will handle the different receipt steps. The configuration is done at the level of the warehouse. In standard, the reception is a one step process, but changing the configuration can allow to have 2 or even 3 steps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:27 -msgid "The principles are the following:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:29 -msgid "**One step**: You receive the goods directly in your stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:31 -msgid "**Two steps**: You receive the goods in an input area then transfer them from input area to your stock. As long as the goods are not transferred in your stock, they will not be available for further processing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:36 -msgid "**Three steps**: In many companies, it is necessary to assess the received good. The goal is to check that the products correspond to the quality requirements agreed with the suppliers. Adding a quality control step in the goods receipt process can become essential." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:42 -msgid "You receive the goods in an input area, then transfer them into quality area for quality control. When your quality check process finishes then you can move the goods from QC to stock. Of course, you may change the quantity and only transfer to Stock the quantity that is valid and decide that you will return the quantity that is not good." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:55 -msgid "This is the default configuration in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:68 -msgid ":doc:`../delivery/inventory_flow`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:69 -msgid ":doc:`../../../purchase/advanced/analyze`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:3 -msgid "Process a Receipt in one step (Receipt)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:5 -msgid "There is no configuration needed to receive in one step. The default incoming shipments are configured to be directly received from the vendors to the stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:9 -msgid "However, if advanced routes have been activated and you set another incoming configuration on your warehouse, you can set it back to the one-step receipt configuration. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouses` and edit the warehouse in question." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:14 -msgid "Set the *Incoming Shipments* option to *Receive goods directly (1 step)*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:21 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:50 -msgid "Create a Purchase Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:23 -msgid "To create a *Request for Quotation*, go to the *Purchase* application and click on *Create*. Then, add some storable products to receive and confirm the *RfQ*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:27 -msgid "Notice that, now, we see 1 receipt associated with the purchase order you just created. If you click on the button, you will see your receipt order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:35 -msgid "Process a Receipt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:37 -msgid "You can also fin the receipt directly from the *Inventory* app. When on the dashboard, you can click the *1 TO PROCESS* button under the *Receipts* Kanban card. Then, you will see your receipt." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:44 -msgid "Now, enter the picking that you want to process. You will be able to click on *Validate* to complete the move directly as products coming from suppliers are considered as being always available." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:51 -msgid "Once you *Validate* the receipt, the products leave the *Supplier Location* to enter your *WH/Stock Location*. You can easily see that the receipt took place thanks to the status of the document, which is now *Done*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:3 -msgid "Process a Receipt in three steps (Input + Quality + Stock)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:5 -msgid "Quality is essential for most companies. To make sure we maintain quality throughout the supply chain, it only makes sense that we assess the quality of the products received from suppliers. To do so, we will add a quality control step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:9 -msgid "Odoo uses routes to define how to handle the different receipt steps. Configuration of those routes is done at the warehouse level. By default, the reception is a one-step process, but it can also be configured to have two-steps or three-steps processes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:13 -msgid "The three-steps flow works as follows: you receive the goods in your receiving area, then transfer them into a quality area for quality control (QC). When the quality check is completed, the goods that match the QC requirements are moved to stock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:20 -msgid "The first step is to allow the use of *Multi-Step Routes*. Routes provide a mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we will chain the picking step to the shipping step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:23 -msgid "To enable *Multi-Step Routes*, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:31 -msgid "By default, activating *Multi-Step Routes* also activates *Storage Locations*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:35 -msgid "Configure warehouse for receipt in 3-steps" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:37 -msgid "Once *Multi-Step Routes* has been activated, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the warehouse which should work with the 3-steps reception. Then, select *Receive goods in input, then quality and then stock (3 steps)* for *Incoming Shipments*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:45 -msgid "Activating this option leads to the creation of two new locations: *Input* and *Quality Control*. To rename them, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations` and select the one you want to rename." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:52 -msgid "To start the 3-steps reception process, create a *Request for Quotation* from the *Purchase* app, add some storable products to it and confirm. Then, three pickings are created with your *Purchase Order* as the source document:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:56 -msgid "The first one with a reference *IN* to designate the receipt process;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:59 -msgid "The second one with a reference *INT*, which is the move to the quality control zone;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:62 -msgid "The last one with a reference *INT* to designate the move to stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:69 -msgid "Process the receipt, quality control and entry in stock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:71 -msgid "As the receipt operation is the first one to be processed, it has a *Ready* status while the others are *Waiting Another Operation*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:74 -msgid "To access the receipt operation, click on the button from the *Purchase Order* or go back to the *Inventory* app dashboard and click on *Receipts*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:81 -msgid "In the receipt order, products are always considered available because they come from the supplier. Then, the receipt can be validated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:88 -msgid "Once the receipt has been validated, the transfer to quality becomes *Ready*. And, because the documents are chained to each other, products previously received are automatically reserved on the transfer. Then, the transfer can be directly validated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:100 -msgid "Now, the transfer that enters the products to stock is *Ready*. Here, it is again ready to be validated in order to transfer the products to your stock location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:3 -msgid "Process a Receipt in two steps (Input + Stock)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:8 -msgid "Odoo uses routes to define exactly how you will handle the different receipt steps. The configuration is done at the *Warehouse* level. By default, the reception is a one-step process, but changing the configuration can allow you to have 2 steps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:13 -msgid "The 2 steps flow is like this: you receive the goods in an input area, then transfer them to your stock. As long as the goods are not transferred in your stock, they will not be available for further processing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:21 -msgid "The first step is to allow using *multi-step routes*. Indeed, routes provide a mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we will chain the unload step in the input area to the step entering the products in stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:26 -msgid "To allow *multi-step routes*, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate the feature. By default, activating *multi-step routes* will also activate *Storage Locations*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:34 -msgid "Configure warehouse for receipt in 2 steps" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:36 -msgid "Once *multi-step routes* is activated, you can go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the warehouse which will use receipt in 2 steps. Then, you can select the option *Receive goods in input and then stock (2 steps)* for *Incoming Shipments*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:44 -msgid "Activating this option will lead to the creation of a new *Input* location. If you want to rename it, you can go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations --> Select Input` and update its name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:52 -msgid "Create a purchase order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:54 -msgid "In the *Purchase* application, you can create a *Request for Quotation* with some storable products to receive from a supplier. Once the *RfQ* is confirmed, the receipt picking will be created and automatically linked to your purchase order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:62 -msgid "Now, by clicking on the *1 Receipt* button, you will see the first picking which will allow entering the product in the *input location*. Then, another picking, an internal transfer, has been created in order to move the products to *Stock*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:68 -msgid "Process the receipt and the internal transfer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:70 -msgid "The receipt is the first one to be processed and has a *Ready* status while the internal transfer will only become *Ready* once the receipt has been marked as *Done*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:74 -msgid "You can enter the receipt operation from the purchase order, or access it through the inventory dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:80 -msgid "By default, a receipt is always considered as ready to be processed. Then, you will be able to directly click on *Validate* to mark it as done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:87 -msgid "Once the receipt has been validated, the internal transfer is ready to be processed. As documents are chained, the products which have been received are automatically reserved on the internal transfer. Once the transfer is validated, those products enter the stock and you will be able to use them to fulfill customer deliveries or manufacture products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers.rst:3 -msgid "Lots and Serial Numbers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:3 -msgid "What's the difference between lots and serial numbers?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:6 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:8 -msgid "In Odoo, lots and serial numbers have similarities in their functional system but are different in their behavior. They are both managed within the **Inventory**, **Purchases** and **Sales** app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:12 -msgid "**Lots** correspond to a certain number of products you received and store altogether in one single pack." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:15 -msgid "**Serial numbers** are identification numbers given to one product in particular, to allow to track the history of the item from reception to delivery and after-sales." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:20 -msgid "When to use" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:22 -msgid "**Lots** are interesting for products you receive in great quantity and for which a lot number can help in reportings, quality controls, or any other info. Lots will help identify a number of pieces having for instance a production fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or food." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:28 -msgid "**Serial numbers** are interesting for items that could require after-sales service, such as smartphones, laptops, fridges, and any electronic devices. You could use the manufacturer's serial number or your own, depending on the way you manage these products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:34 -msgid "When not to use" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:36 -msgid "Storing consumable products such as kitchen roll, toilet paper, pens and paper blocks in lots would make no sense at all, as there are very few chances that you can return them for production fault." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:40 -msgid "On the other hand, giving a serial number to every product is a time-consuming task that will have a purpose only in the case of items that have a warranty and/or after-sales services. Putting a serial number on bread, for instance, makes no sense at all." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:46 -msgid ":doc:`serial_numbers`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:47 -msgid ":doc:`lots`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:3 -msgid "Manage expiration dates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:5 -msgid "In many companies, products have expiration dates and they should be tracked based on those dates. In the food industry, for example, tracking stocks based on expiration dates is mandatory to avoid selling expired products to customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:10 -msgid "With Odoo, you can track your products based on their expiration dates, even if they are already tracked by lots or serial numbers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:14 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:15 -msgid "Configurations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:17 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:18 -msgid "Application configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:19 -msgid "To use expiration dates tracking, open the *Inventory* application and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Lots & Serial Numbers* and *Expiration Dates* features." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:27 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:28 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:68 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:90 -msgid "Product configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:29 -msgid "Now, you have the possibility to define different dates in the *inventory tab* of the product form:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:32 -msgid "Product Use Time: it’s the number of days before the goods start deteriorating, without being dangerous yet. It will be computed using the lot/serial number;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:34 -msgid "Product Life Time: refers to the number of days before the goods may become dangerous and must not be consumed. It will be computed on the lot/serial number;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:36 -msgid "Product Removal Time: shows the number of days before the goods should be removed from the stock. It will be computed on the lot/serial number;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:38 -msgid "Product Alert Time: refers to the number of days before an alert should be raised on the lot/serial number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:44 -msgid "Expiration Date on Lots/Serial Numbers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:46 -msgid "When receiving a product in stock, the dates will automatically be updated on the corresponding lot/serial number. This update will be based on the reception date of the product and the times set on the product form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:58 -msgid "Expiration Alerts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:60 -msgid "You can access all your expiration alerts from the *inventory* app. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. There, you can use the pre-existing filter that shows all the lots/serial numbers that exceeded their alert date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:3 -msgid "Manage lots of identical products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:5 -msgid "Lots are useful for products you receive in great quantity and for which a lot number can help in reporting, quality controls, or any other info. Lots will help identify a number of pieces having, for instance, a production fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or food." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:11 -msgid "Odoo has the capacity to manage lots, ensuring compliance with the traceability requirements imposed by the majority of industries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:14 -msgid "The double-entry management in Odoo enables you to run very advanced traceability." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:18 -msgid "Setting Up" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:21 -msgid "Application Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:23 -msgid "First, you need to activate the tracking of lot numbers. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and tick *Lots & Serial Numbers*. Then, click on save." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:31 -msgid "Product Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:33 -msgid "Now, you have to configure which products you want to track by serial numbers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:36 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products` and open the product of your choice. There, click on *Edit* and select *Tracking by Lots* in the inventory tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:47 -msgid "Manage Lots" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:52 -msgid "In order to receive a product tracked by lots, you have to specify its lot numbers. You have several ways of doing so:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:55 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:65 -msgid "Manually assign the different lot numbers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:57 -msgid "Copy/paste lot numbers from an Excel file" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:59 -msgid "First, you need to open the detailed operations of your picking." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:67 -msgid "When opening the detailed operations, you can click on *Add a line*. Then, you will be able to fill the lot number in. Once done, you can click on *Add a line* again to register a new lot number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:75 -msgid "Copy/paste lot number from an Excel file" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:77 -msgid "Once the spreadsheet containing the lot numbers you received from your supplier and copy the list. Then, you can paste them in the *Lot/Serial Number Name* column for Odoo to automatically create the necessary lines. After that, you will have to manually enter the number of products that are contained in each one of the lots." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:93 -msgid "Operation Types" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:95 -msgid "Of course, you also have the possibility to define how you will manage lots for each operation type. To do so, open the *Inventory* app and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Operation Types`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:99 -msgid "For each type (receipts, internal transfers, deliveries, …), you can decide if you allow to create new lot numbers or only use existing ones. By default, the creation of new lots is only allowed at product reception, and using existing lot numbers isn’t allowed in this operation. If you have inter-warehouse transfers and track products by lots, it can be useful to allow using existing lot numbers in receipts too." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:111 -msgid "Lots traceability" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:113 -msgid "The lot number given to the products allows you to keep track of where they were received, put in stock, to whom they were sold and where they were shipped to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:117 -msgid "To track an item, open the *Inventory* module and, in :menuselection:`Master Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers`, click on the lot number corresponding to your search." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:124 -msgid "When you open the *Traceability* information, you see in which documents the lot number has been used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:130 -msgid "Now, if you want to locate the lot number, you can do so by clicking on the *Location* stat button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:3 -msgid "Work with serial numbers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:5 -msgid "To track products with serial numbers, you can use the serial number tracking. With them, you can track the current location of the product and, when the products are moved from one location to another, the system will automatically identify the current location of the product, based on its last movement." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:11 -msgid "If you want to do it or run very advanced traceability, the Odoo double-entry management is the feature you need." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:20 -msgid "First, you need to activate the serial numbers tracking. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the *Inventory* application. Then, enable the feature and hit save." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:30 -msgid "Now, you have to configure the products you want to track by serial numbers. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products` and open the product of your choice. Edit it and select *Tracking By Unique Serial Number* in the *Inventory tab*. Then, click on save." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:42 -msgid "Manage Serial Numbers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:47 -msgid "To receive a product that is tracked by serial number, you have to specify its serial number. Of course, you have several ways of doing so:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:50 -msgid "Manual assignation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:52 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:73 -msgid "Multi-assignation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:54 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:89 -msgid "Copy/pasting from an Excel file" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:56 -msgid "Whatever could be your favorite way to assign serial numbers, you firstly need to open the detailed operations of your picking." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:63 -msgid "Manual assignation of the different serial numbers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:65 -msgid "When opening the detailed operations, you can click on *Add a line*. Then, you will be able to fill in the serial number field. Once done, you can click again on *Add a line* to register a new serial number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:75 -msgid "By using the multi-assignation of serial numbers, Odoo will automatically create the necessary lines. To do so, you have to enter the first serial number of your set and the number of products you have to assign a serial number to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:80 -msgid "Once done, click on *Assign Serial Numbers* and Odoo will do the rest." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:91 -msgid "To use copy/pasting, open the spreadsheet containing the serial numbers you received and copy the list. Then, past them in the *Lot/Serial Number Name* column of the wizard. Doing so, Odoo will automatically create the lines you need." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:106 -msgid "Operation types" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:108 -msgid "You also have the possibility to define how you will manage lots for each operation type. To define it, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Operation Types` in the *Inventory* app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:112 -msgid "For each type, you can decide if you allow the creation of new lot numbers or want to use existing ones. By default, the creation of new lots is only allowed at product reception." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:120 -msgid "If you have inter-warehouse transfers and track products by lots, it can be useful to allow using existing lot numbers in receipts too." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:124 -msgid "Serial Number traceability" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:126 -msgid "Using serial numbers allows you to keep track of where the products were received, put in stock, to whom they were sold, and where they were shipped to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:130 -msgid "Tracking an item is easy: open the *Inventory* app, and go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers` and click on the serial number corresponding to your search. Then, open the *Traceability* information. There, you will see in which documents the serial number has been used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:140 -msgid "And, if you want to locate a serial number, you can do so by clicking on the *Location* button available on the serial number form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc.rst:3 -msgid "Miscellaneous Operations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:3 -msgid "Process Batch Transfers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:5 -msgid "Batch picking allows a single picker to handle a batch of orders, reducing the number of times he must visit the same location. In Odoo, it means you can regroup several transfers into the same batch transfer, then process it, either via the barcode application or in the form view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:11 -msgid "Create a Batch Transfer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:13 -msgid "To activate the batch picking option, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Configuration` and enable *Batch Pickings*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:20 -msgid "Then, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Batch Transfers` and hit the create button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:27 -msgid "Now, determine the batch transfer responsible and the type of transfers you want to include in the batch. To add the types of transfers, click on *Add a line*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:34 -msgid "In the example below, a filter was applied to only see the transfers that are in the *Pick* step. After that, the different transfers that needed to be included in the batch transfer were selected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:42 -msgid "To see the products to pick for the different transfers, click on *Select*. If *Multi-locations* has been activated, the document also shows the locations they have been reserved from." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:51 -msgid "For more info about *Multi-Locations*, please refer to this doc: :doc:`../warehouses/location_creation`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:54 -msgid "Create a Batch Transfer from the Transfers List View" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:56 -msgid "From the *Transfers List View*, select transfers that should be included in the Batch. Then, select *Add to batch* from the *Action* list." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:64 -msgid "Next, determine if you want to add the transfers to an existing draft batch transfer or create a new one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:72 -msgid "Process a Batch Transfer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:74 -msgid "While gathering the products, you can edit the batch transfer and update the *Quantity done* for each product. Once everything has been picked, select *Validate* so the different transfers contained in the batch are validated too." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:83 -msgid "In case all the products cannot be picked, you can create backorders for each individual transfer which couldn’t be completely processed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:96 -msgid "Process a Batch Transfer from the Barcode app" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:98 -msgid "Enter the *Barcode* application, select the *Batch Transfers* menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:104 -msgid "Then, you can enter the batch transfer on which you want to work. Batch transfers can easily be grouped per responsible if necessary." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:111 -msgid "In the batch transfer, products are classified per location. The source document is visible on each line and a color-code helps differentiate them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:119 -msgid "To see the products to pick from another location, click on the *Next* button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:126 -msgid "Once all the products have been picked, click on *Validate* (on the last page) to mark the batch transfer as done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:3 -msgid "Send Automated Emails at Delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:8 -msgid "First, go to the *Inventory* app, then to *Settings* and activate the *Email Confirmation* feature. If you work in multi-company, this configuration is company-specific." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:15 -msgid "When you enable this feature, Odoo automatically creates an email template. Of course, you can modify it if necessary by clicking on the small arrow next to its name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:23 -msgid "Send email at delivery validation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:25 -msgid "On the inventory dashboard, click on *Create* and fill the form for a specific partner. Once you have added some products in it, *Validate* it and do the same for the delivery." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:32 -msgid "Doing so, an automated email will be sent and will appear in the chatter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:38 -msgid "If you work with a shipping method, and then have a tracking link, it will be included in the standard email template." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:3 -msgid "Manage Stock that you don't own" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:5 -msgid "Sometimes, suppliers can offer you to store and sell products without having to buy those items. This technique is called *consignee stock*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:8 -msgid "Consignee stock is a great way for manufacturers and suppliers to launch new products. As resellers may be reluctant to buy a product they are not sure to be able to sell, consignee stock will allow them to offer an item to check its market without having to pay for it in the first place." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:14 -msgid "Of course, Odoo has the ability to manage those consignee stocks through advanced settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:20 -msgid "To use this feature, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` in the inventory app. Then, enable the *Consignment* feature in the *Traceability* section. Now, hit save." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:28 -msgid "Reception of Consignee Stock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:30 -msgid "When in the *Inventory* app, open the receipts and create a new reception. On the right side, you will see that a new line called *Assign Owner* has appeared. There, you can specify the partner which owns the stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:39 -msgid "If you are the owner, you can leave the field blank." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:41 -msgid "Once the receipt is validated, the products enter your stock but still belong to the owner. They don’t impact your inventory valuation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:3 -msgid "Scrap Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:5 -msgid "In your warehouse, you sometimes find products that are damaged or that are unusable due to expiry or for some other reasons. You often notice this during picking or physical inventory. Since those products cannot be sold or stored, you have to scrap them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:10 -msgid "When goods are scrapped, they are not reflected in the system as a part of the inventory. The scrapped material will be physically moved to the scrap area and not taken into account into inventory valuation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:15 -msgid "Scrap means waste that either has no economic value or only the value of its basic material content, recoverable through recycling." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:21 -msgid "When you install the *Inventory* app, Odoo automatically creates a scrap location. It’s named *Virtual Location/Scap*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:24 -msgid "Of course, you can create new scrap areas if needed. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Storage Locations* feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:31 -msgid "Now, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations` and create your scrap location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:34 -msgid "You have to check *Is a Scrap Location?* on the location form. In fact, scrap locations cannot be used as normal storage locations and then, a virtual location will be created for scrapped products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:39 -msgid "Different ways to scrap products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:41 -msgid "With Odoo, you have several ways to scrap products: from receipts, from a delivery order, and from an internal transfer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:45 -msgid "Scrap from receipt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:47 -msgid "Scrapping products from receipts is easy. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Dashboard --> Receipts` or click on *1 TO PROCESS* under the receipts location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:53 -msgid "Now, open the receipt and validate the picking. Once the products entered your stock, the Scrap button appears on the top left corner of your screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:57 -msgid "You can scrap products that were part of the receipt from there. If you do so, it will move them from available stock to the virtual scrap location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:68 -msgid "Scrap from delivery order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:70 -msgid "To scrap products from a delivery order, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Dashboard --> Delivery orders` or click on *1 TO PROCESS*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:76 -msgid "Once done, open the delivery order. You can see the scrap button in the upper left of the document. If you scrap the product from there, it will be moved from your available stock to the virtual scrap location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:80 -msgid "You can find all the scrap orders made from the picking by clicking on the button on the top right corner of the document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:93 -msgid "Scrap from an internal transfer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:95 -msgid "To do this, the flow is almost the same. In fact, you just have to go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Dashboard --> Internal Transfers`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:101 -msgid "There, open the internal transfer that interests you. Now, click on the scrap button that is on the top left of the document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:104 -msgid "When scrapping before validating the internal transfer, the product is, by default, moved from the source location to the virtual scrap location. But, if you scrap after validating the internal transfer, it will be moved from the destination location, as opposed to the source location, to the virtual scrap location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:110 -msgid "Of course, you can manually update the source location of the scrap order if necessary." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:3 -msgid "Send Automated SMS at Delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:8 -msgid "To send automated SMS, you need to activate the *SMS Confirmation* feature. To do so, go to the *Inventory* app *Settings* and enable the feature. In multi-company, this feature is company-specific." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:15 -msgid "Of course, an SMS template already exists by default in Odoo. You can modify it by clicking on the arrow on the right." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:22 -msgid "Send SMS at delivery validation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:24 -msgid "To use this feature, try to *Create* a delivery order for a specific partner and add some products to it. Then, *Validate* the delivery." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:30 -msgid "Now, the automated SMS that has been sent appears in the chatter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:36 -msgid "The partner which is set on the transfer needs to have a phone number specified in its contact form for the SMS to be sent." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:39 -msgid "If you work with a shipping method, and then have a tracking link, it will be included in the SMS template." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning.rst:3 -msgid "Planning" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:3 -msgid "How is the Scheduled Delivery Date Computed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:5 -msgid "Providing the best possible service to customers is vital for business. It implies planning every move: manufacturing orders, deliveries, receptions, and so on. To do so, you need to configure lead time properly and coordinate scheduled dates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:9 -msgid "By using lead times, Odoo provides end dates, the **Commitment Date**, for each process. On a sales order, for example, this is the date your customer will get the products he ordered." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:13 -msgid "From the customers’ side, the commitment date is important because it gives them an estimation of when they will receive their products. The dates take all other lead times, such as manufacturing, delivery, or suppliers, into account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:19 -msgid "How are Lead Times Calculated?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:27 -msgid "As said above, there are several types of lead times. Each is calculated based on various indicators. Before going through the configuration, here is a brief summary of how lead times are calculated and what they are:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:32 -msgid "**Customer Lead Time**: the customer lead time is the default duration you set. Therefore, the expected date on the sales orders is today + customer lead time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:36 -msgid "**Sales Security Lead Time**: the purpose is to be ready shipping that many days before the actual commitment taken with the customer. Then, the default scheduled date on the delivery order is **SO delivery date - Security Lead Time**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:41 -msgid "**Purchase Security Lead Time**: additional time to mitigate the risk of a vendor delay. The receipt will be scheduled that many days earlier to cope with unexpected vendor delays. In case of a *Replenish to Order*, the **Delivery order scheduled date - Security lead time** for purchase will be the default *Receipt* scheduled date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:48 -msgid "**Purchase Delivery Lead Time**: this is the expected time between a PO being confirmed and the receipt of the ordered products. The **Receipt scheduled date - Vendor delivery date** is the default *PO Order By* date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:53 -msgid "**Days to Purchase**: number of days the purchasing department takes to validate a PO. If another RFQ to the same vendor is already opened, Odoo adds the line to the RFQ instead of creating a new one. Then, the specific date is set on the line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:58 -msgid "**Manufacturing Lead Time**: this is the expected time it takes to manufacture a product. This lead time is independent of the quantity to produce and does not take the routing time into account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:63 -msgid "**Manufacturing Security Lead Time**: additional time to mitigate the risk of a manufacturing delay. In case of a *Replenish to Order*, the **Delivery Order scheduled date - Manufacturing Lead Time - Manufacturing Security Lead Time** is the default *Manufacturing Order* planned date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:70 -msgid "Sales - Lead Times" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:72 -msgid "In the *Sales* app, there is an option called *Delivery Date*. It allows seeing an additional field on the sales orders, *Expected Date*. This one is automatically computed based on the different lead times previously configured." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:81 -msgid "If the set up *Delivery Date* is earlier than the the *Expected Date*, a warning message is displayed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:89 -msgid "But, for all of this properly working, it is still necessary to configure all the lead times that could occur." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:93 -msgid "Customer Lead Time" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:95 -msgid "The *Customer Lead Time* is the time needed for your product to go from your warehouse to the customer place. It can be configured on any product by going to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`. There, open your product form, go in the inventory tab, and add your *Customer Lead Time*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:105 -msgid "For example, product B is ordered on the 2nd of April but the *Customer Lead Time* is two days. In that case, the expected delivery date is the 4th of April." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:110 -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:182 -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:219 -msgid "Security Lead Time" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:112 -msgid "In sales, *Security Lead Time* corresponds to backup days to ensure you are able to deliver the products in time. The purpose is to be ready shipping earlier in order to arrive on time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:116 -msgid "The number of security days is subtracted from the calculation to compute a scheduled date earlier than the one promised to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:119 -msgid "To set this up, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable the feature *Security Lead Time for Sales*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:126 -msgid "For example, product B is scheduled to be delivered on the 6th of April but the *Security Lead Time* is one day. In that case, the scheduled date for the delivery order is the 5th of April." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:131 -msgid "Deliver several products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:133 -msgid "In many cases, customers order several products at the same time. Those can have different lead times but still need to be delivered, at once or separately. Fortunately, Odoo can help you handle these cases easily." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:137 -msgid "From the *Other Info* tab of your *Sale Order*, you can choose between *When all products are ready* and *As soon as possible*. The first one is to deliver products at once, while the second is to deliver them separately." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:142 -msgid "For example, products A and B are ordered at the same time. A has 8 lead days and B has 5. With the first option, the *Expected Date* is calculated based on the product with the most lead days, here A. If the order is confirmed on the 2nd of April, then the *Expected Date* is on the 10th of April." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:148 -msgid "With the second option, the *Expected Date* is calculated based on the product with the least customer lead days. In this example, B is the product with the least lead days. So, the *Expected Date* is on the 7th of April." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:154 -msgid "Purchase - Lead Times" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:157 -msgid "Supplier Lead Time" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:159 -msgid "The *Supplier Lead Time* is the time needed for a product you purchased to be delivered. To configure it, open a product from :menuselection:`Purchase --> Products --> Products` and add a vendor under the *Purchase* tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:168 -msgid "By clicking on *Add a line*, a new window is displayed. You can specify the *Delivery Lead Time* there. If done so, the delivery day for every purchase of that product is now equal to *Date of the Purchase Order + Delivery Lead Time*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:178 -msgid "It is possible to add different vendors and, thus, different lead times depending on the vendor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:184 -msgid "The *Security Lead Time* for purchase follows the same logic as the one for *Sales*, except that you are the customer. Then, it is the margin of error for your supplier to deliver your order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:188 -msgid "To set up *Security Lead Time* for purchase, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable the feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:196 -msgid "Doing so, every time the system generates purchase orders, those are scheduled that many days earlier to cope with unexpected vendor delays." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:200 -msgid "Manufacturing - Lead Times" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:203 -msgid "Manufacturing Lead Time" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:205 -msgid "The *Manufacturing Lead Time* is the time needed to manufacture the product. To specify it, open the *Inventory* tab of your product form and add the number of days the manufacturing takes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:213 -msgid "When working with *Manufacturing Lead Times*, the *Deadline Start* of the *MO* is **Commitment Date - Manufacturing Lead Time**. For example, the MO’s deadline start date for an order having a commitment date on the 10th of July is June 27th." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:221 -msgid "The *Security Lead Time* for manufacturing allows generating manufacturing orders earlier to cope with the risk of manufacturing delays." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:225 -msgid "To enable it, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> Settings` and tick *Security Lead Time*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:232 -msgid "For example, a customer orders B with a delivery date scheduled on the 20th of June. The *Manufacturing Lead Time* is 14 days and the *Security Lead Time* is 3 days, so the manufacturing of B needs to start at the latest on the 3rd of June, which is the MO’s planned date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:238 -msgid "Global Example" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:240 -msgid "Here is a configuration:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:242 -msgid "1 day of security lead time for Sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:243 -msgid "2 days of security lead time for Manufacturing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:244 -msgid "3 days of manufacturing lead time" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:245 -msgid "1 day of security lead time for Purchase" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:246 -msgid "4 days of supplier lead time" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:248 -msgid "Let’s say that a customer orders B on the 1st of September and the delivery date is planned to be within 20 days (September 20th). In such a scenario, here is when all the various steps are triggered." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:252 -msgid "**September 1st**: the sales order is created" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:253 -msgid "**September 10th**: the deadline to order components from the supplier because of the manufacturing process (4 days of supplier lead time)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:256 -msgid "**September 13th**: the reception of the product from the supplier (1 day of security lead time for Purchase)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:258 -msgid "**September 14th**: the deadline start date for the manufacturing (19th - 3 days of manufacturing lead time - 2 days of security lead time for Manufacturing)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:261 -msgid "**September 19th**: the expected date on the delivery order form (1 day of security lead time for sales)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:3 -msgid "Configure and Run Schedulers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:6 -msgid "What is a scheduler?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:8 -msgid "The scheduler is the calculation engine that plans and prioritizes production and purchasing. It does it automatically, according to the rules defined on products. By default, the scheduler is set to run once a day." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:14 -msgid "Calculating Requirements / Scheduling" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:16 -msgid "Scheduling only validates procurements that are confirmed but not yet started. These procurement reservations will start production, tasks or purchases themselves, depending on the configuration of the requested product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:21 -msgid "As a human would do, the scheduler takes the priority of operations into account when starting reservations and procurements. Urgent requests will be started first." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:26 -msgid "In case there are not enough products in stock to satisfy all the requests, you can be sure that the most urgent ones will be produced first." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:31 -msgid "Configure and run the scheduler" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:34 -msgid "Run the scheduler manually" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:36 -msgid "To start the scheduler manually, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Run Schedulers`. The scheduler uses all the relevant parameters defined for products, suppliers and the company to prioritize the different production orders, deliveries and supplier purchases." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:45 -msgid "Configure and run the scheduler (for advanced users)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:47 -msgid "To use this feature, you have to enable the :doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` mode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:50 -msgid "Then, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions` and modify the *Run MRP Scheduler Configuration*. There, you can set the starting time of the scheduler." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products.rst:3 -msgid "Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:3 -msgid "How to select the right replenishment strategy" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:5 -msgid "Minimum Stock rules and Make to Order have similar consequences but different rules. They should be used depending on your manufacturing and delivery strategies." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:10 -msgid "Terminology" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:13 -msgid "Minimum stock rule" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:15 -msgid "Minimum Stock rules are used to ensure that you always have the minimum amount of a product in stock in order to manufacture your products and/or answer to your customer needs. When the stock level of a product reaches its minimum the system will automatically generate a procurement order with the quantity needed to reach the maximum stock level." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:22 -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:58 -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:67 -msgid "Make to Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:24 -msgid "The Make to Order function will trigger a Purchase Order of the amount of the Sales Order related to the product. The system will **not** check the current stock. This means that a draft purchase order will be generated regardless of the quantity on hand of the product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:33 -msgid "Minimum stock rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:35 -msgid "The Minimum Stock Rules configuration is available through your Inventory module. In the Inventory Control menu select \"Reordering Rule\" in the drop down menu. There, click on \"Create\" to set minimum and maximum stock values for a given product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:44 -msgid "Show tooltips for \"minimum quantity\", \"maximum quantity\" and \"quantity multiple\" fields" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:47 -msgid "Then, click on your product to access the related product form and, on the \"Inventory submenu\", do not forget to select a supplier." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:54 -msgid "Don't forget to select the right product type. A consumable can not be stocked and will thus not be accounted for in the stock valuation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:60 -msgid "The Make to Order configuration is available on your product form through your :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory control --> Products` (or any other module where products are available)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:64 -msgid "On the product form, under Inventory, click on \"Make To Order\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:70 -msgid "Choice between the two options" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:72 -msgid "The choice between the two options is thus dependent of your inventory strategy. If you prefer to have a buffer and always have at least a minimum amount, the minimum stock rule should be used. If you want to reorder your stocks only if your sale is confirmed it is better to use the Make to Order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:3 -msgid "Use Different Units of Measure" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:5 -msgid "In some cases, handling products in different units of measure is necessary. For example, if you buy products in a country where the metric system is of application and sell in a country where the imperial system is used, you will need to convert the units. Another common use case is buying products in bigger packs to your supplier and selling them in units to your customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:12 -msgid "You can set up Odoo to work with different units of measure for one product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:18 -msgid "In the *Inventory* application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. In the *Products* section, activate *Units of Measure*, then *Save*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:25 -msgid "Create New Units of Measure" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:27 -msgid "In the *Inventory* application go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> UoM`. There, hit *Create*. As an example, we will create a Box of 6 units that we will use for the Egg product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:34 -msgid "The category is important for unit conversion, you will be able to convert products from one unit to another only if those units belong to the same category. The box of 6 is 6 times bigger than the reference unit of measure for the category which is “Units” here." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:43 -msgid "Specify Units of Measure on your Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:45 -msgid "In the :menuselection:`Inventory application --> Master Data --> Products`, open the product which you would like to change the purchase/sale unit of measure, and click on *Edit*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:49 -msgid "In the *General Information* tab, you can select the *Unit of Measure* in which the product will be sold, which is also the unit in which internal transfers will take place. You can also select the *Purchase Unit of Measure*, which is the unit in which you purchase the product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:59 -msgid "Transfer from One Unit to Another" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:62 -msgid "Buy in the Pruchase UoM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:64 -msgid "In the *Purchase* application, *Create* a new request for quotation in which you include the product with the different *Units of Measure* and *Confirm* it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:71 -msgid "On the automatically generated purchase orders, the UoM used is the Box of 6, meaning the Purchase UoM. You have of course the possibility to manually modify the UoM if necessary. When you enter the *Receipt* which is linked to the purchase order, you can observe that the 10 boxes of 6 units have been converted in 60 units. Indeed, the stock is managed in units." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:82 -msgid "Replenishment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:84 -msgid "When doing a replenishment via the *Replenish* button on the product form, you have the possibility to use a different unit of measure." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:94 -msgid "Sell in bigger UoM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:96 -msgid "You can choose the unit of measure on the sale order document and decide to sell the eggs by the dozen. When doing so, the price is automatically computed from Units UoM to adapt to the selected *UoM*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:103 -msgid "In the delivery order, the *UoM* used in the sale order is converted to the *UoM* used for stock management, in our use case, the Units." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:3 -msgid "When Should you Use Packages, Units of Measure or Special Packaging?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:6 -msgid "Units of Measure" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:8 -msgid "Units of measure specify the unit used to handle a product. In Odoo, you have the possibility to specify the unit of measure in which you manage your stock and the one which is used when purchasing the product to your supplier." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:16 -msgid "The *conversion* between the different units of measure is done automatically. The only condition is that all the units have to be in the *same category* (Unit, Weight, Volume, Length,...)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:20 -msgid "For example, if I have the following reordering rule for the egg and I run the scheduler, the quantity added in the automatically generated purchase order will be in dozens but what will enter the stock will be units." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:35 -msgid "Packages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:37 -msgid "The package is the physical container in which you put one or several products from a picking. For example, when you deliver a product, you can decide to separate the quantity into two different packages. It then allows you to have a report with the quantity of products for each package." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:43 -msgid "To separate a delivery into different packages you will have to set the done quantity to the desired package quantity then click on \"PUT IN PACK\", do this for each package." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:54 -msgid "Packaging" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:56 -msgid "The packaging is the physical container that protects your product. If you are selling computers, the packaging contains the computer with the notice and the power plug." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:60 -msgid "In Odoo, packagings are used for indicative purposes on sale orders. They can be specified on the product form, in the inventory tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:70 -msgid "Another useful use of the packaging is for product reception. By scanning the barcode of the packaging, Odoo adds the number of units contained in the packing on the picking." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies.rst:3 -msgid "Inventory Adjustment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:3 -msgid "Choose Between Reordering Rules and Make to Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:5 -msgid "*Reordering rules* and *make to order* do both allow to automatically replenish products when necessary. The difference between those tools is how they are triggered." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:9 -msgid "*Reordering rules* are used to ensure that you always have a minimum amount of a product in stock in order to manufacture your products and/or answer to your customer needs. When the stock level of a product reaches its minimum the system will automatically generate a procurement with the needed quantity to reach the maximum stock level." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:15 -msgid "The *Make to Order* route will trigger a procurement (purchase order or manufacturing order) with the necessary quantity to fulfill a product request (coming from a sale order or a manufacturing order). The system will not check the quantity on hand for the corresponding product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:24 -msgid "Reordering Rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:26 -msgid "The *Reordering Rules* configuration is available through the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Master Data --> Reordering Rules`. There, click on *Create* to set minimum and maximum stock values for a given product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:33 -msgid "When the forecasted stock goes below the *Minimum Quantity* specified in this field, Odoo generates a procurement to bring the forecasted quantity to the *Maximum Quantity*. The *Quantity Multiple* is used to round the procurement quantity up to this multiple. If it is 0, the exact quantity will be used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:42 -msgid "The *Lead time* is the number of days after the order point is triggered to receive the products or to order them to the vendor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:45 -msgid "In case you work with multi-warehouses and/or multi-locations, you will be able to specify different reordering rules for the same product in each location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:50 -msgid "For the reordering rules to be triggered, on the corresponding product, a route should be specified. In case you manufacture your products, make sure to select the route *Manufacture* and create a *Bill of Material* for the product. In case you purchase your products, make sure to select the route *Buy* and add a *Vendor Pricelist*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:62 -msgid "Don't forget to select the product type *storable* in the product form. A consumable can not be stocked and won’t trigger reordering rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:69 -msgid "The *Make To Order* configuration is available on your product form through your :menuselection:`Inventory module --> Master Data --> Products` (or in any other module where products are available)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:73 -msgid "On the product form, in the *Inventory tab*, you can set a route. You can choose *Make To Order* and another route, either *Buy* or *Manufacture*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:77 -msgid "Again, if the *Buy* route is selected, make sure to set a *Vendor pricelist* in the *Purchase tab*. In case you have set a *Manufacture* route, make sure you have a *BoM* for this product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:3 -msgid "Resupply from another Warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:8 -msgid "In order to be able to resupply from another warehouse, you need to activate \\*multi-warehouses\\* and \\*multi-step routes\\*. Storage locations will be automatically activated when activating multi-warehouses." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:16 -msgid "You can then access your warehouses via :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses`. Create the necessary warehouses following this :doc:`documentation <../warehouses/warehouse_creation>`. Enter the warehouse which should be resupplied by another one. You will have the possibility to directly indicate through which warehouse it gets resupplied." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:26 -msgid "By activating this option, a new route will now be available on your products \\*Supply Product from Second warehouse\\*. It can now be selected, along with either a \\*reordering rule\\* or a \\*make to order\\*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:34 -msgid "For the demonstration, I set a reordering rule with a minimum of 5 units in stock and a maximum of 10 units in stock, having currently 0 units on hand. I will run the scheduler by going to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Run scheduler`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:42 -msgid "The system automatically creates two pickings, one \\*delivery order\\* from my Second Warehouse which contains the necessary products, and a receipt in my main warehouse WH/Stock for the same products. The source document is the \\*reordering rule\\* which triggered the route \\*Supply Product from Second warehouse\\*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting.rst:3 -msgid "Valuation Methods" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:3 -msgid "Integrating additional costs to products (landed costs)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:5 -msgid "The landed cost feature in Odoo allows to include additional costs (shipment, insurance, customs duties, etc.) into the cost of the product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:10 -msgid "Landed costs can only be applied to products with a FIFO or AVCO costing method and an automated inventory valuation (which requires the accounting application to be installed)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:17 -msgid "First, you need to go in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the landed costs feature. You can also determine the default journal in which the landed cost accounting entries will be recorded." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:25 -msgid "Add costs to products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:28 -msgid "Receive the vendor bill" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:30 -msgid "Let’s imagine I receive a bill from custom duties for a shipment. I’ll tick the box *Landed Costs* on the vendor bill line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:37 -msgid "The landed cost product must be of type service." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:39 -msgid "If this product is always a landed cost, you can also define it on the product and avoid having to tick the box on each vendor bill." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:45 -msgid "At the top of my vendor bill, I’ll see a button *create landed costs*. I click on this button and a landed cost is automatically created. I can now decide on which picking those additional costs should apply." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:52 -msgid "I can now click on *Compute* and go in the tab *Valuation Adjustments* to see the impact on my products costs. The last step is to validate the landed cost." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:56 -msgid "I can access the journal entry that has been created by the landed cost by clicking on the journal entry." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:63 -msgid "You are not forced to start from the vendor bill, you can also go in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Landed Costs` and directly create the landed cost from there." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:5 -msgid "Inventory valuation configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:7 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:5 -msgid "Inventory valuation refers to how you value your stock. It’s a very important aspect of a business as the inventory can be the biggest asset of a company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:11 -msgid "Inventory valuation implies two main choices:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:13 -msgid "The cost method you use to value your goods (standard, fifo, avco)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:14 -msgid "The way you record this value into your accounting books (manually or automatically)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:16 -msgid "Those two concepts are explained in the sections below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:19 -msgid "Costing Methods: Standard, FIFO, AVCO" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:21 -msgid "The costing method is defined in the product category. There are three options available. Each of them is explained in detail below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:69 -msgid "Standard Price" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:34 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:79 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:125 -msgid "Operation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:35 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:80 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:126 -msgid "Unit Cost" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:36 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:81 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:127 -msgid "Qty On Hand" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:37 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:82 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:128 -msgid "Delta Value" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:38 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:83 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:129 -msgid "Inventory Value" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:40 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:45 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:50 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:55 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:61 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:90 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:136 -msgid "€10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:41 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:86 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:132 -msgid "0" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:43 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:85 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:88 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:131 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:134 -msgid "€0" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:44 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:89 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:135 -msgid "Receive 8 Products at €10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:46 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:91 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:137 -msgid "8" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:47 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:92 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:138 -msgid "+8*€10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:48 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:93 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:139 -msgid "€80" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:49 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:94 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:140 -msgid "Receive 4 Products at €16" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:51 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:96 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:142 -msgid "12" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:52 -msgid "+4*€10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:53 -msgid "€120" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:54 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:99 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:145 -msgid "Deliver 10 Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:56 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:101 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:147 -msgid "2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 -msgid "-10*€10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:59 -msgid "€20" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:60 -msgid "Receive 2 Products at €9" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:62 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:107 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:153 -msgid "4" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:63 -msgid "+2*€10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:64 -msgid "€40" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:66 -msgid "In **Standard Price**, any product will be valued at the cost that you defined manually on the product form. Usually, this cost is an estimation based on the material and labor needed to obtain the product. This cost must be reviewed periodically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:115 -msgid "Average Price" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:95 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:100 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:141 -msgid "€12" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:97 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:143 -msgid "+4*€16" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:98 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:144 -msgid "€144" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 -msgid "-10*€12" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:104 -msgid "€24" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:105 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:151 -msgid "Receive 2 Products at €6" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:106 -msgid "€9" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:108 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:154 -msgid "+2*€6" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:109 -msgid "€36" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:111 -msgid "In **AVCO (Average Cost)**, each product has the same value and this value is the average purchase cost of the product. With this costing method, the cost of the product is recomputed as each receipt." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:115 -msgid "The average cost does not change when products leave the warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:166 -msgid "FIFO" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:146 -msgid "€16" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 -msgid "-8*€10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 -msgid "-2*€16" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:150 -msgid "€32" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:152 -msgid "€11" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:155 -msgid "€44" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:157 -msgid "In **FIFO (First In First Out)**, the products are valued at their purchase cost. When a product leaves the stock, that’s the “First in, first out” rule that applies." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:161 -msgid "Pay attention, that this is a financial FIFO. The first value “in” is the first value “out”, no matter the storage location, warehouse or serial number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:165 -msgid "FIFO is advised if you manage all your workflows into Odoo (Sales, Purchases, Inventory). It suits any kind of users." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:169 -msgid "Inventory Valuation: Manual or Automated" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:171 -msgid "There are two ways to record your inventory valuation in your accounting books. As the costing method, this is defined in your product category. Those two methods are detailed below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:175 -msgid "It is important to also note that the accounting entries will depend on your accounting mode: it can be continental or anglo-saxon. In continental accounting, the cost of a good is taken into account as soon as the product is received in stock. In anglo-saxon accounting, the cost of a good is only recorded as an expense when this good is invoiced to a final customer. In the tables below, you can easily compare those two accounting modes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:183 -msgid "Usually, based on your country, the correct accounting mode will be chosen by default. If you want to verify your accounting mode, activate the :doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` and open your accounting settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:189 -msgid "Manual Inventory Valuation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:191 -msgid "In this case, goods receipts and deliveries won’t have any direct impact on your accounting books. Periodically, you create a manual journal entry representing the value of what you have in stock. To know that value, go in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Inventory Valuation`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:196 -msgid "This is the default configuration in Odoo and it works out-of-the-box. Check following operations and find out how Odoo is managing the accounting postings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:201 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:360 -msgid "Continental Accounting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:218 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:292 -msgid "Vendor Bill" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:209 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:226 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:260 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:282 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:300 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:339 -msgid "\\" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:209 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:226 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:260 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:282 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:300 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:339 -msgid "Debit" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:209 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:226 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:260 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:282 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:300 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:339 -msgid "Credit" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:211 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:262 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:284 -msgid "Assets: Inventory" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:211 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:284 -msgid "50" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:212 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:285 -msgid "Assets: Deferred Tax Assets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:212 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:285 -msgid "4.68" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:213 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:286 -msgid "Liabilities: Accounts Payable" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:213 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:286 -msgid "54.68" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:218 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:236 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:292 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:311 -msgid "Configuration:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:217 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:290 -msgid "Purchased Goods: defined on the product or on the internal category of related product (Expense Account field)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:218 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:292 -msgid "Deferred Tax Assets: defined on the tax used on the purchase order line" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:219 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:293 -msgid "Accounts Payable: defined on the vendor related to the bill" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:220 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:294 -msgid "Goods Receptions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:221 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:241 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:243 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:295 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:316 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:318 -msgid "No Journal Entry" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:238 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:313 -msgid "Customer Invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:228 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:302 -msgid "Revenues: Sold Goods" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:228 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:302 -msgid "100" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:229 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:303 -msgid "Liabilities: Deferred Tax Liabilities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:229 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:303 -msgid "9" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:230 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:304 -msgid "Assets: Accounts Receivable" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:230 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:304 -msgid "109" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:234 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:308 -msgid "Revenues: defined on the product or on the internal category of related product (Income Account field)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:235 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:310 -msgid "Deferred Tax Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:236 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:311 -msgid "Accounts Receivable: defined on the customer (Receivable Account)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:238 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:313 -msgid "The fiscal position used on the invoice may have a rule that replaces the Income Account or the tax defined on the product by another one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:240 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:315 -msgid "Customer Shipping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:243 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:318 -msgid "Manufacturing Orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:249 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:324 -msgid "At the end of the month/year, your company does a physical inventory or just relies on the inventory in Odoo to value the stock into your books." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:252 -msgid "Create a journal entry to move the stock variation value from your Profit&Loss section to your assets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:262 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:263 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:341 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:342 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:343 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:344 -msgid "X" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:263 -msgid "Expenses: Inventory Variations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:266 -msgid "If the stock value decreased, the **Inventory** account is credited and te **Inventory Variations** debited." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:274 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:387 -msgid "Anglo-Saxon Accounting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:327 -msgid "Then you need to break down the purchase balance into both the inventory and the cost of goods sold using the following formula:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:330 -msgid "Cost of goods sold (COGS) = Starting inventory value + Purchases – Closing inventory value" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:332 -msgid "To update the stock valuation in your books, record such an entry:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:341 -msgid "Assets: Inventory (closing value)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:342 -msgid "Expenses: Cost of Good Sold" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:343 -msgid "Expenses: Purchased Goods" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:344 -msgid "Assets: Inventory (starting value)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:348 -msgid "Automated Inventory Valuation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:350 -msgid "In that case, when a product enters or leaves your stock, an accounting entry will be automatically created. This means your accounting books are always up-to-date. This mode is dedicated to expert accountants and advanced users only. As opposed to periodic valuation, it requires some extra configuration & testing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:356 -msgid "First, you need to define the accounts that will be used for those accounting entries. This is done on the product category." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:372 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:399 -msgid "**Configuration:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:374 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:401 -msgid "Accounts Receivable/Payable: defined on the partner (Accounting tab)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:376 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:403 -msgid "Deferred Tax Assets/Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:378 -msgid "Revenues/Expenses: defined by default on product's internal category; can be also set in product form (Accounting tab) as a replacement value." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:381 -msgid "Inventory Variations: to set as Stock Input/Output Account in product's internal category" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:384 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:419 -msgid "Inventory: to set as Stock Valuation Account in product's internal category" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:406 -msgid "Revenues: defined on the product category as a default, or specifically to a specific product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:409 -msgid "Expenses: this is where you should set the \"Cost of Goods Sold\" account. Defined on the product category as a default value, or specifically on the product form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:413 -msgid "Goods Received Not Purchased: to set as Stock Input Account in product's internal category" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:416 -msgid "Goods Issued Not Invoiced: to set as Stock Output Account in product's internal category" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:421 -msgid "Price Difference: to set in product's internal category or in product form as a specific replacement value" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:3 -msgid "Using the inventory valuation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:9 -msgid "In this documentation, we will explain how the inventory valuation works in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:13 -msgid "Inventory valuation: the basics" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:16 -msgid "Receive a product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:18 -msgid "Each time a product enters or leaves your stock, the value of your inventory is impacted. The way it is impacted depends on the configuration of your product (more info here)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:22 -msgid "Let’s take an example with a product - a table - configured with a *FIFO costing method* and an automated inventory valuation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:25 -msgid "I purchase 10 tables at a cost of $10." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:30 -msgid "When I’ll confirm the receipt of the products, the value of my inventory will be impacted. If I want to know what this impact is, I can click on the valuation stat button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:35 -msgid "The consignment feature allows you to set owners on your stock (discover more about the consignment feature). When you receive products that are owned by another company, they are not taken into account in your inventory valuation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:44 -msgid "You need access rights on the accounting module to see that button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:46 -msgid "In this case, I can see that the 10 tables entered the stock for a total value of $100." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:52 -msgid "I can also easily access the accounting entry that has been generated (in case of automated inventory valuation)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:59 -msgid "Deliver a product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:61 -msgid "In the same logic, when a table will be delivered, the stock valuation will be impacted and you will have access to a similar information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:68 -msgid "The inventory valuation report" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:70 -msgid "The summary of this is accessible via the inventory valuation report (accessible from :menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Inventory Valuation`). It gives you, product per product, the value of your stock. By clicking on the button *Inventory At Date*, you can have the same information for a past date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses.rst:3 -msgid "Warehouses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:3 -msgid "What is the difference between warehouses and locations?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:5 -msgid "In Odoo, a **Warehouse** is the actual building/place in which your items are stocked. You can setup multiple warehouses and create moves between warehouses." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:9 -msgid "A **Location**, is a specific space within your warehouse. It can be considered as a sublocation of your warehouse, as a shelf, a floor, an aisle, etc. Therefore, a location is part of one warehouse only and it is not possible to link one location to multiple warehouses. You can configure as much locations as you need under one warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:15 -msgid "There are 3 types of locations:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:17 -msgid "The **Physical Locations** are internal locations that are part of the warehouses for which you are the owner. They can be the loading and unloading area of your warehouse, a shelf or a department, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:21 -msgid "The **Partner Locations** are spaces within a customer and/or vendor's warehouse. They work the same way as Physical Locations with the only difference being that you are not the owner of the warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:25 -msgid "The **Virtual Locations** are places that do not exist, but in which products can be placed when they are not physically in an inventory yet (or anymore). They come in handy when you want to place lost products out of your stock (in the **Inventory loss**), or when you want to take into account products that are on their way to your warehouse (**Procurements**)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:31 -msgid "In Odoo, locations are structured hierarchically. You can structure your locations as a tree, dependent on a parent-child relationship. This gives you more detailed levels of analysis of your stock operations and the organization of your warehouses." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:37 -msgid ":doc:`warehouse_creation`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:38 -msgid ":doc:`location_creation`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:3 -msgid "Create a New Location" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:8 -msgid "In order to be able to create different locations, you will need to activate *Multi-Locations* in the settings which can be done from the :menuselection:`Inventory application --> Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:15 -msgid "In the *Inventory application*, you can now go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations` and hit *Create* in order to create a new location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:21 -msgid "Type the name of the location in the *Location Name* field, and select the *Parent Location* in the list. The parent location can be a physical, partner or virtual location, and you can add as many sub-locations as needed to a location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:29 -msgid "In case you want the location to be suggested when creating a Return or when Scrapping a product, you should check *Is a Scrap Location?* and *Is a Return Location?*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:33 -msgid "If you have the *Barcode* application installed, you can specify the barcode which will correspond to this location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:37 -msgid "A warehouse also corresponds to a location. As the locations are hierarchical, Odoo will create the parent location of the warehouse, containing all the sublocations in it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:3 -msgid "Create a New Warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:8 -msgid "In order to create a new warehouse, you should activate the *Multi-Warehouse* settings. Note that the *Multi-Locations* settings will be automatically activated at the same time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:12 -msgid "In order to do so, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:18 -msgid "You can then go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses` and hit *Create* to add a new warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:24 -msgid "You will be able to enter your warehouse name. You should also choose a short name for your warehouse which is 5-characters long and is used on the different warehouse documents." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:28 -msgid "In the Address field, you can select an existing company or create one on-the-go. Therefore, the address of your warehouse will be the same as the one of the company you selected. You can also leave this field empty and edit it afterward." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:36 -msgid "After the creation of your new warehouse, you can go back to the *Dashboard* and you will see the new operation types automatically created by Odoo due to the creation of a new warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process.rst:3 -msgid "Process Overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:3 -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:25 -msgid "Deliver Products from Stock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:6 -msgid "Create Storable/Consumable Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:8 -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:5 -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:5 -msgid "The first step to use the inventory application is to create products in your database via the menu :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products`. Click the Create button and enter the name of your product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:15 -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:12 -msgid "In case you set the product as *storable*, you will track the stock for this product and know how many units are in stock and what is the forecasted number of units. If you want to include a product on receipts/deliveries but don’t need to track its stock, you can set it as *consumable*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:27 -msgid "Once you have existing products, you can decide to create a delivery to deliver products to your customers. The process in order to do so is described in the following print screens." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:37 -msgid "On the delivery order, you can specify to whom the products will be delivered along with the different products and their respective quantities. When the delivery is complete you can hit *Validate* and the products will go out of your stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:45 -msgid "In case you have a delivery that is planned but shouldn’t be immediately validated, you can create a *planned delivery* with a scheduled date in the future. You can indicate the initial demand for each product, corresponding to what has been ordered by your customer. Once the document is filled in, you can hit “Mark as to do” in order to consider it in your product forecasts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:51 -msgid "The default setting is the immediate transfer where you do not need to “Mark as to do” and “Check availability” when delivering a product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:54 -msgid "Deliver Products from Stock from a Sale Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:56 -msgid "If you have the *Sales* application installed, delivery can be directly created by *validating a quotation*. You will be able to find the corresponding delivery directly on the *sale order*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:3 -msgid "Set your Initial Stock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:12 -msgid "Set the product as *storable*, in order to track the stock for this product and be able to include it in an inventory adjustment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:19 -msgid "Inventory Adjustment for Multiple Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:21 -msgid "Once you have created all your *storable products*, you can create an *inventory adjustment* to determine their current stock level in Odoo. You therefore need to go to :menuselection:`Operations --> Inventory Adjustments` and create a new one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:29 -msgid "You have to enter a title for your *inventory adjustment* and you can then decide if you want to proceed to the *inventory adjustment* of all products or only some of them. For a first *inventory adjustment*, I suggest you to keep the *Products* field empty. You can then *Start Inventory*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:38 -msgid "If you already have some products in stock, Odoo will add the lines with the theoretical quantity currently in stock. You can also add new lines with your other products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:46 -msgid "If your products are tracked by Serial/Lot numbers, you will have an additional column allowing you to specify those for the different units added to the inventory adjustment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:50 -msgid "Odoo will highlight in red the lines for which there is a difference between the theoretical quantity on hand, which is automatically computed by the system, and the counted quantity you manually entered. Once all the necessary products have been entered, you can hit *Validate Inventory* and the quantities on hand of your different products will be updated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:58 -msgid "Inventory Adjustment for one Product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:60 -msgid "On each storable product, you have access to the *Update Quantity* button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:66 -msgid "When clicking this button, you see the current stock you have for this product. You can edit the existing lines or create new ones to add stock of your product in different locations and/or add new serial/lot numbers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:74 -msgid "Once you come back to your product, you see that the quantity on hand as been updated taking your modification into account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:81 -msgid "If you work with product variants, the quantity on hand will show you the total quantity in stock for the product template, taking the different variants into account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:85 -msgid "By default, the quantity on hand of the product form will show you the number of products that are part of your warehouse view location, meaning which are part of an internal type sub-location of this warehouse. It means that if you have any product in a location that isn’t under the main warehouse location, they won’t appear in the stock on hand stat button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:3 -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:22 -msgid "Receive Products in Stock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:24 -msgid "Once you have existing products, you can decide to create a receipt to enter products from your supplier in stock. The process in order to do so is described in the following print screens." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:34 -msgid "On the receipt document, you can select the quantity of the different products you receive and the supplier from who you received them. When the receipt is complete, you can hit *Validate* and the products will enter your stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:42 -msgid "In case you have a receipt that is planned but shouldn’t be immediately validated, you can create a *planned receipt* with a scheduled date in the future. You can indicate the initial demand for each product, corresponding to what has been ordered to your supplier. Once the document is filled in, you can hit “Mark as to do” in order to consider it in your product forecasts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:56 -msgid "Receive Products in Stock from Purchase Orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:58 -msgid "If you have the *Purchase* application installed, receipts can be directly created by validating a *request for quotation*. You will be able to find the corresponding receipt directly on the *purchase order*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced Routes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts.rst:3 -msgid "Concepts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:3 -msgid "Organize a cross-dock in a warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:5 -msgid "Cross-docking is the process of sending products that are received directly to the customers, without making them enter the stock. The trucks are simply unloaded in a *Cross-Dock* area in order to reorganize products and load another truck." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:11 -msgid "For more information on how to organize your warehouse, read our blog: `What is cross-docking and is it for me? <https://www.odoo.com/blog/business-hacks-1/post/what-is-cross-docking-and-is-it-for-me-270>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:16 -msgid "In the *Inventory* app, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Multi-Step Routes*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:22 -msgid "Doing so will also enable the *Storage Locations* feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:24 -msgid "Now, both *Incoming* and *Outgoing* shipments should be configured to work with 2 steps. To adapt the configuration, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses` and edit your warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:31 -msgid "This modification will lead to the creation of a *Cross-Docking* route that can be found in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:38 -msgid "Configure products with Cross-Dock Route" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:40 -msgid "Create the product that uses the *Cross-Dock Route* and then, in the inventory tab, select the routes *Buy* and *Cross-Dock*. Now, in the purchase tab, specify the vendor to who you buy the product and set a price for it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:48 -msgid "Once done, create a sale order for the product and confirm it. Odoo will automatically create two transfers which will be linked to the sale order. The first one is the transfer from the *Input Location* to the *Output Location*, corresponding to the move of the product in the *Cross-Dock* area. The second one is the delivery order from the *Output Location* to your *Customer Location. Both are in state *Waiting Another Operation* because we still need to order the product to our supplier." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:56 -msgid "Now, go to the *Purchase* app. There, you will find the purchase order that has been automatically triggered by the system. Validate it and receive the products in the *Input Location*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:64 -msgid "When the products have been received from the supplier, you can go back to your initial sale order and validate the internal transfer from *Input* to *Output*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:72 -msgid "The delivery order is now ready to be processed and can be validated too." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:3 -msgid "How to do inter-warehouses transfers?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:5 -msgid "If you own different warehouses you might want to transfer goods from one warehouse to the other. This is very easy thanks to the inventory application in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:12 -msgid "First of all you have to select the multi locations option. Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the **Inventory application**. Then tick the **Manage several locations per warehouse** option. Please don't forget to **apply** your changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:21 -msgid "This option should also be ticked if you wish to manage different locations and routes in your warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:25 -msgid "Creating a new warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:27 -msgid "The next step is to create your new warehouse. In the Inventory application click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> Warehouses`. You are now able to create your warehouse by clicking on **Create**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:32 -msgid "Fill in a **Warehouse Name** and a **Short Name**. The short name is 5 characters maximum." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:39 -msgid "Please note that the **Short Name** is very important as it will appear on your transfer orders and other warehouse documents. It might be smart to use an understandable one (e.g.: WH/[first letters of location])." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:44 -msgid "If you go back to your dashboard, new operations will automatically have been generated for your new warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:51 -msgid "Creating a new inventory" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:53 -msgid "If you create a new warehouse you might already have an existing physical inventory in it. In that case you should create an inventory in Odoo, if not you can skip this step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:57 -msgid "Go into the inventory application, select :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Inventory Adjustment`. You can then create a new inventory by clicking on **Create**. Fill in the **Inventory Reference**, **Date** and be sure to select the right warehouse and location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:65 -msgid "Next, click on **Start Inventory**. A new window will open where you will be able to input your existing products. Select add an item and indicate the **Real Quantity** available in the warehouse. The theoretical quantity can not be changed as it represents a computed quantity from purchase and sales orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:74 -msgid "Don't forget to validate your inventory once you have recorder the state of all yours product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:78 -msgid "Create an internal transfer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:80 -msgid "The final step is to create your internal transfer. If you want to tranfer 2 units of a product from your first warehouse to another one in Brussels, proceed as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:84 -msgid "From your dashboard, select a internal movement of one of the two warehouses. To do so, click on :menuselection:`More --> Transfer`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:90 -msgid "A new window will open where you will be able to select the source location zone (in this case our \"old warehouse\") and the destination location zone (in this case our \"new\" warehouse located in Brussels)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:94 -msgid "Add the products you want to transfer by clicking on **Add an Item** and don't forget to **Validate** or **Mark as TODO** once you are done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:100 -msgid "If you select **Validate**, Odoo will process all quantities to transfer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:102 -msgid "If you select **Mark as TODO**, Odoo will put the transfer in **Waiting Availability** status. Click on **Reserve** to reserve the amount of products in your source warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:106 -msgid "It is also possible to manually transfer each product:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:108 -msgid "Via your dashboard, select the transfer order in the source location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:113 -msgid "Select the right transfer order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:118 -msgid "3. Click on the little pencil logo in the lower right corner in order to open the operation details window. In this new window you can manually indicate how much products you process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:126 -msgid "If you decide to partially process the transfer order (e.g. a part of the products can't be shipped yet due to an unexpected event), Odoo will automatically ask if you wish to create a **backorder**. Create a backorder if you expect to process the remaining products later, do not create a backorder if you will not supply/receive the remaining products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:3 -msgid "Taking stock from different warehouses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:5 -msgid "When you plan to deliver a customer, you don’t know in advance if the products will come from Warehouse A or Warehouse B. You may, in some cases, need to take stock from different warehouses. With *Odoo*, you can configure this by using the concept of virtual warehouses. Let us show you how to set those virtual warehouses." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:8 -msgid "Set up virtual warehouses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:10 -msgid "Let’s say you have two warehouses: Warehouse A and Warehouse B. Create a new warehouse, that will be a virtual one. It will allow you to take the stock from A or B. To do so, go to your inventory app settings and enable the multi-warehouses feature. Then, go to the warehouses menu and click on create." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:16 -msgid "The *Storage Location* feature will be automatically enabled. Good news, because you will need it later in the process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:18 -msgid "Now, you have to make sure that the main stock locations of warehouse A and warehouse B are children locations of the main stock location of warehouse A + B. Go to the locations menu, and edit the main location of your two warehouses. Then, change their parent location to main location of warehouse A+B." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:24 -msgid "Sell a product from the virtual warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:26 -msgid "Let’s say you have two products, one stored in warehouse A and one stored in warehouse B. Now, you can create a new quotation for one of each product. Go to other information and choose Warehouse A+B in the shipping information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:31 -msgid "Once you have done it, you can convert it to a sales order. Then, a delivery order will be automatically generated, with a product reserved in warehouse A and one in warehouse B." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:3 -msgid "Using Routes and Pull/Push Rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:5 -msgid "In inventory management, the supply chain strategy determines when products should be fabricated, delivered to distribution centers, and made available in the retail channel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:9 -msgid "This kind of strategic process can be configured using *Routes*, featuring *Pull and Push Rules*. Once everything is properly configured, the inventory app can automatically generate transfers following the instructions given by the rules. Yes, Odoo simplifies your life." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:16 -msgid "Inside the warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:18 -msgid "Let’s imagine a generic warehouse plan, where you can find receiving docks, a quality control area, storage locations, picking and packing areas, and shipping docks. All products go through all these locations, which also trigger all the route's rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:27 -msgid "In this example, vendor trucks unload pallets of ordered goods at receiving docks. Operators then scan the products in the receiving area. Some of these products are sent to a quality control area (those devoted to being used during the manufacturing process, for example), while others are directly stored in their respective locations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:36 -msgid "Here is an example of a fulfillment route. In the morning, items are picked for all the orders that need to be prepared during the day. These items are picked from storage locations and moved to the picking area, close to where the orders are packed. Then, the orders are packed in their respective boxes and conveyors bring them close to the shipping docks, ready to be delivered to customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:48 -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:45 -msgid "How does it work?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:51 -msgid "Pull Rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:53 -msgid "With *Pull Rules*, a demand for some products triggers procurements, while *Push Rules* are triggered by products arriving in a specific location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:57 -msgid "We can say that *Pull Rules* are used to fulfill a customer order, a sale order. So, Odoo generates a need at the *Customer Location* for each product in the order. Because *Pull Rules* are triggered by a need, Odoo looks for a *Pull Rule* defined on the *Customer Location*. In our case, a delivery order pull rule that transfers products from the *Shipping Area* to the *Customer Location* is found, and a transfer between the two locations is created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:65 -msgid "Then, Odoo finds another pull rule that tries to fulfill the need for the *Shipping Area*: the *Packing Rule* that transfers products from the *Packing Area* to the *Shipping Area*. And, finally, other rules are triggered until a transfer between the *Stock* and the *Picking Area* is created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:72 -msgid "All theses transfers are pre-generated by Odoo, starting from the end and going backwards. While working, the operator process these transfers in the opposite order: first the picking, then the packing, then the delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:77 -msgid "Push Rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:79 -msgid "On the other hand, *Push Rules* are much easier to understand. Instead of pre-generating documents based on needs, they are live-triggered when products arrive in a specific location. *Push Rules* basically say: \"when a product arrives at a specific location, move it to another location.\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:84 -msgid "A simple example would be: when a product arrives in the *Receipt Area*, move them to the *Storage Location*. As different rules can be applied to different products, you can assign different storage locations for different products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:89 -msgid "Another rule could be: when products arrive at a location, move them to the *Quality Control Area*. Then, once the quality check is done, move them to their *Storage Location*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:94 -msgid "*Push Rules* can be triggered only if no *Pull Rule* pre-generated the upstream transfers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:98 -msgid "Sets of rules like those are called routes. The grouping on the rule defines how products are grouped in the same transfer or not. For example, during the picking operation, all orders are grouped in one transfer, whereas the packing operation respects the grouping per customer order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:105 -msgid "Use Routes and Rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:107 -msgid "Since *Routes* are a collection of *Push and Pull Rules*, Odoo helps you manage advanced routes configuration such as:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:110 -msgid "Manage product manufacturing chains;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:111 -msgid "Manage default locations per product;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:112 -msgid "Define routes within your warehouse according to business needs, such as quality control, after-sales services, or supplier returns;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:114 -msgid "Help rental management by generating automated return moves for rented products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:117 -msgid "To configure a route such as one of those above, open the **Inventory Application** and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. Then, enable the *Multi-Step Routes* feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:126 -msgid "The *Storage Locations* feature is automatically activated with the *Multi-Step Routes*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:129 -msgid "Once this first step is completed, you have the choice between pre-configured routes or custom ones. Both are explained below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:133 -msgid "Pre-configured Routes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:135 -msgid "Odoo’s pre-configured routes are available in the warehouses’ menu. To find it, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses`. There, open your warehouse and edit it to see the pre-configured routes for incoming and outgoing shipments." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:144 -msgid "Some more advanced routes, such as pick-pack-ship, are already configured to make your life easier. Those are based on your choice for shipments. Once you made your choice, head to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes` to see the routes Odoo generated for you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:153 -msgid "Opening one of those routes allows you to see on what you can apply the route. Here, all the selected product categories in the *YourCompany* warehouse are set up to follow the 3-steps route." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:161 -msgid "Easier for many businesses, this process might not fit yours. Thus, you can configure custom routes in which you can define your own rules, but also the source and destination location of each action. As an example, here are the rules for the pre-configured route." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:171 -msgid "Custom Routes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:173 -msgid "To create a custom route, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`, click on create, and choose the places where this route can be selected. Of course, combinations are available." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:182 -msgid "Each place has a different behavior, so it is important to tick only the useful ones and adapt each route accordingly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:185 -msgid "When applying the route on a product category (:menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories`), all the rules configured in the route are applied to **every** product of the category. For example, this can be useful if you use the dropshipping process for all the products from the same category." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:195 -msgid "The same behavior applies to the warehouses. If you tick *Warehouses*, all the transfers occurring inside the chosen warehouse, and meeting the conditions of the linked rules, then follow that route." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:203 -msgid "For the *Sales Order Lines*, it is more or less the opposite. You have to choose the route yourself when creating a quotation. This is pretty useful if some products go through different routes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:211 -msgid "If you work with this kind of route, it is important to keep in mind that it must be selected on the sales order, such as below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:218 -msgid "Then, the route can be chosen on each line of the document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:224 -msgid "Finally, there are routes that can be applied to products. Those work more or less like the product categories: once selected, you have to manually set on which product it must be applied." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:232 -msgid "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Master Data --> Products` and open the one on which you want to apply the route. Then go to the *Inventory tab* and select the route you’ve created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:240 -msgid "If, prima facie, the routes’ configuration can appear quite easy, don’t forget that we haven’t set up any rule yet. If not harder to set up, those are vital to have working routings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:245 -msgid "Rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:247 -msgid "The rules are to be defined on the routes. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`, then to the *Rules* section, and click on *Add a line* button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:255 -msgid "The available rules trigger various actions. If Odoo offers *Push* and *Pull* rules, others are also available. Here are some explanations for all of them:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:259 -msgid "**Pull From**: this rule is triggered by a need for the product in a specific stock location. The need can come from a sale order which has been validated or for a manufacturing order which requires a specific component. When the need appears in the source location, Odoo generates a picking to fulfill this need." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:264 -msgid "**Push To**: this rule is triggered by the arrival of some products in the defined source location. In case you move products to the source location, Odoo generates a picking to move those products to the destination location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:268 -msgid "**Push & Pull**: it allows to generate pickings in the two different situations explained above. It means that when products are required at a specific location, a transfer is created from the previous location to fulfill that need. Then, a need is created in the previous location and a rule is triggered to fulfill it. Once the second need fulfilled, the products are pushed to the first location and all the needs are fulfilled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:274 -msgid "**Buy**: when products are needed at the destination location, a request for quotation is created to fulfill the need." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:276 -msgid "**Manufacture**: when products are needed in the source location, a manufacturing order is created to fulfill the need." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:283 -msgid "You must also define the *Operation Type*. This operation allows defining which kind of picking is created from the rule. With our above screenshot, the created picking is, for example, an internal transfer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:288 -msgid "On the other hand, the *Supply Method*, allows defining what happens at the source location:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:291 -msgid "**Take From Stock**: the products are taken from the available stock of the source location;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:293 -msgid "**Trigger Another Rule**: the system tries to find a stock rule to bring the products to the source location. The available stock is ignored." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:296 -msgid "**Take From Stock, if Unavailable, Trigger Another Rule**: the products are taken from the available stock of the source location. If there is no stock available, the system tries to find a rule to bring the products to the source location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:301 -msgid "In the *Scheduling* section, you can determine how Odoo behaves when one of the chain's pickings is rescheduled. In case you decide to **Propagate Rescheduling**, the next move is also to be rescheduled. If you prefer having the choice to reschedule the next move, you can decide to receive an alert in the form of a *next activity*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:309 -msgid "What about a full flow?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:311 -msgid "Do you remember our Pick - Pack - Ship custom route? Let’s use it to try a full flow with an advanced custom route." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:314 -msgid "First, a quick look at our rules and their supply methods: we have three rules, all **Pull From** rules. The supply methods are the following:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:318 -msgid "**Take From Stock**: When products are needed in WH/Packing Zone, *Picks* (internal transfers from WH/Stock to WH/Packing Zone) are created from WH/Stock to fulfill the need." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:321 -msgid "**Trigger Another Rule**: When products are needed in WH/Output, *Packs* (internal transfers from WH/Packing Zone to WH/Output) are created from WH/Packing Zone to fulfill the need." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:324 -msgid "**Trigger Another Rule**: When products are needed in Partner Locations/Customers, Delivery Orders are created from WH/Output to fulfill the need." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:332 -msgid "This means that, when a customer orders products, a delivery order is created to fulfill the order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:340 -msgid "If the source document is the same sale order, the status is not the same. In fact, the status is **Waiting Another Operation** if the previous transfer in the list is not done yet." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:348 -msgid "To prepare the order, conveyors need products packed at the output area, so an internal transfer is requested from the packing zone." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:355 -msgid "Obviously, the packing zone needs products ready to be packed. So, an internal transfer is requested to the stock and employees can gather the required products from the warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:363 -msgid "As explained in this documentation introduction, the last step in the process (here the delivery order) is the first to be triggered, which then triggers other rules until we reach the first step in the process (here, the internal transfer from to stock to the packing area). Now, everything is ready to be processed so the customer can get the ordered items." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:370 -msgid "In our case, the product is delivered to the customer when all the rules have been triggered and the transfers done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies.rst:3 -msgid "Putaway & Removal Strategies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:3 -msgid "What is a Putaway Rule?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:5 -msgid "A good warehouse implementation takes care that products automatically move to their appropriate destination location. To make that process easier, Odoo uses *Putaway rules*. But what is a putaway rule? Putaway is the process of taking products off the receiving shipments and directly putting them into the most appropriate location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:7 -msgid "If, for example, a warehouse contains volatile substances, it is important to make sure that certain products are not stored close to each other because of a potential chemical reaction. That’s where putaway rules intervene, to avoid storing products wrongly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:12 -msgid "In the *Inventory* app, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Multi-Step Routes*. By doing so, the *Storage Locations* will be automatically activated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:19 -msgid "Setting up a Putaway Rule" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:21 -msgid "In some cases, like for a retail shop storing vegetables and fruits, we have to store products in different locations to maintain product quality." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:23 -msgid "Let’s suppose there are one warehouse location *WH/Stock* and two sub-locations *WH/Stock/Vegatable* and *WH/Stock/Fruits*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:25 -msgid "To manage those locations, we will create putaway rules. To do so, open the *Inventory* app and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Putaway Rules`. Then, click on create and configure your first rule indicating the main location the product will enter before being redirected to the right location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:31 -msgid "The putaway rules can be defined either per product or per product category." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:36 -msgid "Now, if I purchase apples and carrots to my supplier, they will be grouped in the same receipt but redirected to the right location automatically, thanks to putaway rules. This information is available from *Inventory Report*, under the reporting menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:3 -msgid "What is a Removal Strategy (FIFO, LIFO, and FEFO)?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:5 -msgid "Usually, *Removal Strategies* are defined in picking operations to select the best products to optimize the distance for the worker, for quality control purposes, or to first move the products with the closest expiration date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:9 -msgid "When a product movement needs to be done, Odoo finds available products that can be assigned to the transfer. The way Odoo assigns these products depends on the *Removal Strategy* defined in the *Product Category* or on the *Location*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:14 -msgid "What happens inside the warehouse?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:16 -msgid "Imagine a generic warehouse plan, with receiving docks and area, storage locations, picking and packing areas, and shipping docks. All products go through all these locations, but some rules, such as removal strategies, can have an effect on which products are taken for the pickings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:24 -msgid "Here, vendor trucks unload pallets of goods at the docks. Then, operators scan the products in the receiving area, with the receiving date and, if the product has an expiration date, the expiration date. After that, products are stored in their respective locations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:32 -msgid "Next, several orders for the same product are made, but you didn’t receive the goods the same day and they don’t have the same expiration date. In that situation, you logically prefer sending those with the closest date first. Depending on the removal strategy you chose, Odoo generates a transfer with the products fitting your settings the best." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:42 -msgid "On the transfer form, you can find the product’s lot/serial number to pick for delivery." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:48 -msgid "First In, First Out (FIFO)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:50 -msgid "When using a **First In, First Out** strategy, a demand for some products triggers a removal rule which requests a transfer for the lot/serial number that has entered your stock the first." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:53 -msgid "To be clearer, let’s imagine that you have three lots of nails in your warehouse. Those three have the following lot numbers: 00001, 00002, 00003, each with 5 nails boxes in it. 00001 entered the stock on the 23rd of May, 00002 on the 25th of May, and 00003 on the 1st of June. A customer orders you 6 boxes on the 11th of June. With the *FIFO* strategy selected, a transfer is requested for the five boxes of 00001 and one of the boxes in 00002 because 00001 has entered your stock before the others. The box from 00002 is taken because it has the oldest enter date after 00001." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:60 -msgid "So, for every order of a product with the *FIFO* strategy selected, Odoo requests a transfer for the good that has been in your stock for the longest period." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:64 -msgid "Last In, First Out (LIFO)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:66 -msgid "The same way as for FIFO, the **Last In, First Out** strategy is based on moving products based on the date they entered the stock. Here, a demand for some products triggers a removal rule that requests a transfer for the lot/serial number that has entered your stock the last." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:70 -msgid "To better understand, let’s imagine three lots of screws in your warehouse. Those three have the following numbers: 10001, 10002, 10003, each with 10 screw boxes in it. 10001 has entered the stock on the 1st of June, 10002 on the 3rd of June, and 10003 on the 6th of June. A customer orders 7 boxes on the 8th of June. With the *LIFO* strategy selected, a transfer is requested for seven boxes of 10003 because that lot is the last one to have entered the stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:76 -msgid "So, basically, for every order of a product with the *LIFO* strategy used, a transfer for the last one to have entered the stock is requested." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:80 -msgid "This strategy is banned in many countries and can lead to only have old or obsolete products in your stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:84 -msgid "First Expire, First Out (FEFO)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:86 -msgid "The **First Expire, First Out** strategy is a bit different from the two others. Here, it is the expiration date that is important and not the date the product entered the stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:89 -msgid "Let’s imagine three lots of 6-eggs boxes (in this specific case, don’t forget to use :doc:`units of measure <../../management/products/uom>`). Those three have the following numbers: 20001, 20002, and 20003, each with 5 boxes in it. 20001 has entered the stock on the 1st of July and expires on the 15th of July, 20002 on the 2nd and expires on the 14th of July, and 20003 on the 4th and expires on the 21st of July. A customer orders 6 boxes on the 5th of July. With the *FEFO* strategy selected, a transfer is requested for the five boxes of 20002 and one from 20001. The transfer for all the boxes of the lot 20002 is because they have the closest expiration date. The transfer also requests one box from 20001 because it’s the lot that expires the sooner after 20002." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:98 -msgid "Then, you can remember that for every order of a product with the *FEFO* strategy, a transfer is requested for the product that has the nearest expiration date from the order date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:102 -msgid "Use Removal Strategies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:104 -msgid "To identify some units from other ones, you need to track them, either by *lot* or by *serial number*. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. Then, activate *Storage Location*, *Multi-Steps Routes*, and *Lots & Serial Numbers*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:113 -msgid "To work with the *FEFO* strategy, activate the *Expiration Dates* feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:115 -msgid "Next, you need to define your removal strategy, on *Product Categories* via :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:123 -msgid "FIFO (First In, First Out)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:125 -msgid "As said, a *FIFO* strategy implies that products stocked first move out first. Companies should use that method if they are selling products with short demand cycles, such as clothes, and to ensure they are not stuck with outdated styles in stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:129 -msgid "For this example, we created three lots of white shirts. Those are from the All/Clothes category, where we put *FIFO* as the removal strategy. In our stock location (WH/Stock), we now find the three lots available." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:137 -msgid "The lot 000001 contains 5 shirts, 000002 contains 3 shirts, and 000003 contains 2. As it can be seen above, 000001 has entered the stock first. Let’s create a sale order of six white shirts to check that products from that lot are the first ones to move out." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:141 -msgid "On the delivery order linked to the picking, you can see that the oldest lot numbers have been reserved thanks to the *FIFO* strategy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:149 -msgid "LIFO (Last In, First Out)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:151 -msgid "With a *LIFO* strategy, that’s quite the opposite. In fact, the products that are brought the last move out the first. It is mostly used in case of products without a shelf life." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:154 -msgid "Even if our white shirts are clothes, we can say that they are timeless. So, let’s use them to test our *LIFO* strategy. Once again, open the product category via :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories` and change the removal strategy to *LIFO*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:162 -msgid "Now, create a sale order for 4 white shirts and check that the reserved products are from lots 000003 and 000002." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170 -msgid "Don’t forget that the *LIFO* strategy is banned in many countries!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:173 -msgid "FEFO (First Expiry, First Out)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:175 -msgid "With the *FEFO* strategy, the way products are picked is not based on the reception date. In this particular case, they are dispatched according to their expiration date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:179 -msgid "To have more information about Expiration date, please have a look at :doc:`the related doc <../../management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:182 -msgid "By activating *Expiration Dates*, it becomes possible to define different dates on the serial/lot numbers to be used in *FEFO*. These dates can be set by going to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Master Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:190 -msgid "Lots are picked based on their removal date, from earliest to latest. Lots without a removal date defined are picked after lots with removal dates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:194 -msgid "Other dates are for informational and reporting purposes only. If not removed from the stock, lots that are past the expiration dates may still be picked for delivery orders!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:197 -msgid "To use the *FEFO* strategy, once again go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories` and choose *FEFO* as the *Force Removal Strategy*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:204 -msgid "For this particular case, let’s use hand cream. As usual, we have three lots of them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:207 -msgid "**Lot / Serial No**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:207 -msgid "**Product**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:207 -msgid "**Expiration Date**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:209 -msgid "0000001" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:209 -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:211 -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:213 -msgid "Hand Cream" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:209 -msgid "09/30/2019" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:211 -msgid "0000002" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:211 -msgid "11/30/2019" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:213 -msgid "0000003" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:213 -msgid "10/31/2019" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:216 -msgid "When we realize a sale for 25 units of Hand Cream, we can see that the lot numbers which have been automatically reserved by Odoo are the ones with the closest expiration date, meaning 0000001 and 0000003." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping.rst:3 -msgid "Shipping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation.rst:3 -msgid "Shipping Operations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:3 -msgid "How to cancel a shipping request to a shipper?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:8 -msgid "Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. Odoo will be linked with the transportation company tracking system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:12 -msgid "It will allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the destination." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:15 -msgid "You can easily cancel the request made to the carrier system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:18 -msgid "How to cancel a shipping request?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:20 -msgid "If the delivery order is not **Validated**, then the request hasn't been made. You can choose to cancel the delivery or to change the carrier." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:24 -msgid "If you have clicked on **Validate**, the request has been made and you should have received the tracking number and the label. You can still cancel the request. Simply click on the **Cancel** button next to the **Carrier Tracking Ref**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:32 -msgid "You will now see that the shipment has been cancelled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:37 -msgid "You can now change the carrier if you wish." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:40 -msgid "How to send a shipping request after cancelling one?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:42 -msgid "After cancelling the shipping request, you can change the carrier you want to use. Confirm it by clicking on the **Send to shipper** button. You will get a new tracking number and a new label." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:50 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:115 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:83 -msgid ":doc:`invoicing`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:51 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:116 -msgid ":doc:`multipack`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:3 -msgid "How to invoice the shipping cost to the customer?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:8 -msgid "There are two ways to invoice the shipping costs:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:10 -msgid "Agree with the customer over a cost and seal it down in the sale order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:13 -msgid "Invoice the real cost of the shipping." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:18 -msgid "To configure the price of your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** app, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery --> Delivery Methods`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:21 -msgid "You can manually set a price for the shipping: It can be fixed or based on rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:24 -msgid "Or you can use the transportation company computation system. Read the document :doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:28 -msgid "How to invoice the shipping costs to the customer?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:31 -msgid "Invoice the price set on the sale order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:33 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:55 -msgid "On your sale order, choose the carrier that will be used. Click on **Delivery Method** to choose the right one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:39 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:36 -msgid "The price is computed when you **save** the sale order or when you click on **Set price**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:42 -msgid "To invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, click on **Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery method as a product. It may vary from the real price." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:46 -msgid "When you create the invoice, it will take the price set on the sale order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:53 -msgid "Invoice the real shipping costs" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:61 -msgid "The price is computed when you **save** the sale order. Confirm the sale order and proceed to deliver the product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:64 -msgid "The real shipping cost is computed when the delivery order is validated, you can see the real cost in the chatter of the delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:70 -msgid "Go back to the sale order, the real cost is now added to the sale order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:76 -msgid "When you create the invoice, it will take the price computed by the carrier." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:83 -msgid "If you split the delivery and make several ones, each delivery order will add a line to the sale order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:87 -msgid ":doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:88 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:84 -msgid ":doc:`labels`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:3 -msgid "How to print shipping labels?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:8 -msgid "Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers linked with the transportation company tracking system. It allows you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the destination. And finally, you will be able to print the shipping labels directly from Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:18 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:17 -msgid "Install the shipper company connector module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:20 -msgid "In the **Inventory** module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies you want to integrate :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:27 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:26 -msgid "Then click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:34 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:33 -msgid "Configure the delivery method" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:32 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:36 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:35 -msgid "To configure your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery Methods`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:35 -msgid "The delivery methods for the chosen shippers have been automatically created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:41 -msgid "In the **Pricing** tab, the name of the provider means that the delivery will be handled and computed by the shipper system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:44 -msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:46 -msgid "The first one is linked to **your account** (develop key, password,...). For more information, please refer to the provider website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:49 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:62 -msgid "The second column varies according to the **provider**. You can choose the packaging type, the service type, the weight unit..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:52 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:65 -msgid "Uncheck **Test Mode** when you are done with the testings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:55 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:77 -msgid "Company configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:57 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:79 -msgid "In order to compute the right price, the provider needs your company information. Be sure your address and phone number are correctly encoded." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:64 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:86 -msgid "To check your information, go to the **Settings** application and click on **General Settings**. Click on the first link **Configure your company data**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:70 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:92 -msgid "The shipper companies need the weight of your product, otherwise the price computation cannot be done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:73 -msgid "Go the **Sales** module, click on :menuselection:`Sales --> Products`. Open the products you want to ship and set a weight on it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:80 -msgid "The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to do the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:85 -msgid "How to print shipping labels ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:87 -msgid "The delivery order created from the sale order will take the shipping information from it, but you can change the carrier if you want to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:90 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:135 -msgid "If you create a delivery transfer from the inventory module, you can add the third party shipper in the additional info tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:96 -msgid "Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number and **the label(s)**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:98 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:151 -msgid "The label to stick on your package is available in the history underneath :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:104 -msgid "Click on it to open the document and print it :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:110 -msgid "If you are doing multi-packages shippings, most of the time, there will be one label per package. Each label will appear in the delivery history." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage multiple packs for the same delivery order?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:8 -msgid "By default, Odoo considers that your delivery is composed of one package. But you can easily ship your deliveries with more than one package. It is fully integrated with the third-party shippers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:15 -msgid "To configure the use of packages, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. Locate the **Packages** section and tick **Record packages used on packing: pallets, boxes,...**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:23 -msgid "Click on **Apply** when you are done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:29 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:77 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:110 -msgid "Sale order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:34 -msgid "Click on a **Delivery Method** to choose the right one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:40 -msgid "Multi-packages Delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:42 -msgid "The delivery created from the sale order will take the shipping information from it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:48 -msgid "From here, you can split your delivery into multiple packages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:50 -msgid "Choose the quantity you want to put in the first pack in the **Done** column, then click on the link **Put in Pack**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:56 -msgid "It will automatically create a pack with the requested quantity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:58 -msgid "Do the same steps for the other pieces you want to pack in." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:63 -msgid "Click on **Validate** when you are done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:66 -msgid "Multi-packages with a 3rd party-shipper" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:68 -msgid "Once the delivery order is validated, you will receive the tracking number. The **carrier Tracking ref** field will automatically be filled. Click on the **Tracking** button to check your delivery on the provider website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:76 -msgid "The **labels** to stick on your packages are available in the history underneath:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup.rst:3 -msgid "Shipping Setup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:3 -msgid "How to setup a delivery method?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:8 -msgid "Odoo can handle various delivery methods, but it is not activated by default. Delivery methods can be used for your sale orders, your deliveries but also on your e-commerce." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:12 -msgid "Delivery methods allow you to manage the transport company, the price and the destination. You can even integrate Odoo with external shippers to compute the real price and the packagings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:20 -msgid "Install the inventory module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:22 -msgid "Delivery methods are handled by the **Delivery costs** module. Go to **Apps** and search for the module. You should remove the **Apps** filter in order to see it :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:29 -msgid "If you want to integrate delivery methods in your e-commerce, you'll have to install the **eCommerce Delivery** module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:39 -msgid "First set a name and a transporter company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:44 -msgid "Then you'll have to set the pricing. It can be fixed or based on rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:46 -msgid "If the price is fixed, tick **Fixed price**. You'll just have to define the price. If you want the delivery to be free above a certain amount, tick the option **Free if Order total is more than** and set a price." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:54 -msgid "If the price varies according to rules, tick **Based on Rules**. Click on **add an item to a pricing rule**. Choose a condition based on either the weight, the volume, the price or the quantity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:61 -msgid "Finally you can limit the delivery method to a few destinations. The limit can be applied to some countries, states or even zip codes. This feature limits the list of countries on your e-commerce." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:69 -msgid "You can integrate Odoo with external shippers in order to compute the real price and packagings, and handle the printing the shipping labels. See :doc:`third_party_shipper`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:74 -msgid "Delivery process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:82 -msgid "You can now choose the **Delivery Method** on your sale order. If you want to invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, click on **Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery method as a product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:88 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:130 -msgid "Delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:90 -msgid "You can add or change the delivery method on the delivery itself." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:95 -msgid "On the delivery, check the **Carrier Information**. The carrier is the chosen delivery method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:99 -msgid ":doc:`third_party_shipper`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:100 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:158 -msgid ":doc:`../operation/invoicing`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:3 -msgid "How to get DHL credentials for integration with Odoo?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:5 -msgid "In order to use the Odoo DHL API, you will need:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:7 -msgid "A DHL.com SiteID" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:9 -msgid "A DHL Password" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:11 -msgid "A DHL Account Number" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:15 -msgid "Getting SiteID and password for countries other than United States (UK and Rest of the world)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:17 -msgid "You should contact DHL account manager and request integration for XML Express API. The presales should provide you live credentials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:20 -msgid "Getting SiteID and Password for United States" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:22 -msgid "You need to write to xmlrequests@dhl.com along with your full Account details like account number, region, address, etc. to get API Access." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:24 -msgid "In meantime, for testing the solution, you can use the tests credentials as given in the demo data:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:26 -msgid "**SiteID**: CustomerTest" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:28 -msgid "**Password**: alkd89nBV" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:30 -msgid "**DHL Account Number**: 803921577" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:3 -msgid "How to integrate a third party shipper?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:8 -msgid "Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. Odoo can be linked with the transportation company tracking system. It will allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the destination." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:19 -msgid "In the inventory module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies you want to integrate :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:38 -msgid "The delivery methods for the chosen shippers have been automatically created. Most of the time, there will be **2** delivery methods for the same provider: one for **international** shipping and the other for **domestic** shipping." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:43 -msgid "You can create other methods with the same provider with other configuration, for example the **Packaging Type**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:46 -msgid "You can change the **Name** of the delivery method. This is the name that will appear on your ecommerce." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:49 -msgid "Flag **Shipping enabled** when you are ready to use it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:54 -msgid "In the pricing tab, the name of the provider chosen under the **Price computation** means that the pricing will be computed by the shipper system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:57 -msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:59 -msgid "The first one is linked to **your account** (developer key, password,...). For more information, please refer to the provider website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:67 -msgid "Finally you can limit the delivery method to a few destinations. You can limit it to some countries, states or even zip codes. This feature limits the list of countries on your e-commerce. It is useful for the domestic providers. For example, USPS US only delivers from the United States to the United States." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:95 -msgid "Go the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> Products`. Open the products you want to ship and set a weight on it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:102 -msgid "The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to make the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:115 -msgid "You can now choose the carrier on your sale order. Click on **Delivery method** to choose the right one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:118 -msgid "The price is computed when you save the sale order or when you click on **Set price**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:121 -msgid "If you want to invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, click on **Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery method as a product. It may vary from the real price." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:125 -msgid "Otherwise, the real price (computed when the delivery is validated) will automatically be added to the invoice. For more information, please read the document :doc:`../operation/invoicing`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:132 -msgid "The delivery created from the sale order will take the shipping information from it. You can change the carrier if you want to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:141 -msgid "The weight is computed based on the products weights. The shipping cost will be computed once the transfer is validated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:144 -msgid "Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number. The **Carrier Tracking ref** field will automatically be filled. Click on the **Tracking** button to check your delivery on the provider website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:159 -msgid ":doc:`../operation/labels`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:3 -msgid "How to get UPS credentials for integration with Odoo?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:5 -msgid "In order to use the Odoo UPS API, you will need:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:7 -msgid "A UPS.com user ID and password" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:9 -msgid "A UPS account number" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:11 -msgid "An Access Key" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:13 -msgid "An Access Key is a 16 character alpha-numeric code that allows access to the UPS Developer Kit API Development and Production servers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:17 -msgid "Create a UPS Account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:19 -msgid "Note that only customers located in the US can open a UPS account online. If you are located outside the US, you will need to contact UPS Customer Service in order to to open an account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:23 -msgid "You can read additional information about opening a UPS account on the their website, on the page, `How to Open a UPS Account Online <https://www.ups.com/content/us/en/resources/sri/openaccountonline.html?srch_pos=2&srch_phr=open+ups+account>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:27 -msgid "If you don't already have a UPS account, you can create one along with your online profile by following these steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:30 -msgid "1. Access the UPS.com web site at `www.ups.com <http://www.ups.com/>`__, and click the **New User** link at the top of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:34 -msgid "2. Click the **Register for MyUPS** button, and follow the prompts to complete the registration process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:37 -msgid "If you already have a UPS account, you can add it to your online profile as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:39 -msgid "Log in to the `UPS.com website <http://www.ups.com/>`_) using your UPS.com User ID and Password." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:41 -msgid "Click the **My UPS** tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:43 -msgid "Click the **Account Summary** link." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:45 -msgid "4. Click the **Add an Existing UPS Account** link in the **UPS Account Details** section of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:48 -msgid "5. In the **Add New Account** screen, enter the **UPS Account Number**, **Account Name**, and **Postal Code** fields. The country defaults to United States.q" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:52 -msgid "Click the **Next** button to continue." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:55 -msgid "Get an Access Key" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:57 -msgid "After you have added your UPS account number to your user profile you can request an Access Key from UPS using the steps below:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:60 -msgid "Go to the `UPS Developer Kit web page <https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en_US>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:61 -msgid "Log into UPS.com with your user ID and password" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:62 -msgid "Click on the link **Request an access key**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:63 -msgid "Verify your contact information" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:64 -msgid "Click the **Request Access Key** button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:66 -msgid "The **Access Key** will be provided to you on the web page, and an email with the Access Key will be sent to the email address of the primary contact." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/inventory_and_mrp.pot b/locale/sources/inventory_and_mrp.pot new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f988e7125 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/sources/inventory_and_mrp.pot @@ -0,0 +1,5276 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-18 07:12+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp.rst:3 +msgid "Inventory & Mrp" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:4 +msgid "Inventory" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode.rst:3 +msgid "Barcodes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations.rst:3 +msgid "Daily Operations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3 +msgid "Process to an Inventory Adjustment with Barcodes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:5 +msgid "To process an inventory adjustment by using barcodes, you first need to open the *Barcode* app. Then, from the application, click on *Inventory Adjustments*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:13 +msgid "If you want to fully work with barcodes, you can download the sheet *Commands for Inventory*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:16 +msgid "Once you have clicked on *Inventory Adjustments*, Odoo will automatically create one. Note that, if you work with multi-location, you first need to specify in which location the inventory adjustment takes place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:24 +msgid "If you don’t work with multi-location, you will be able to scan the different products you want to include in the inventory adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:31 +msgid "If you have 5 identical articles, scan it 5 times or use the keyboard to set the quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:34 +msgid "Besides using the barcode scanner, you can also manually add a product if necessary. To do so, click on *Add Product* and fill the information in manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:44 +msgid "When you have scanned all the items of the location, validate the inventory manually or scan the *Validate* barcode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:6 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:5 +msgid "There are different situations in which barcode nomenclatures can be useful. A well-known use case is the one of a point of sale which sells products in bulk, in which the customers will scale their products themselves and get the printed barcode to stick on the product. This barcode will contain the weight of the product and help compute the price accordingly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:13 +msgid "Create a Barcode Nomenclature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:15 +msgid "Odoo supports Barcode Nomenclatures, which determine the mapping and interpretation of the encoded information. You can configure your barcode nomenclature being in :doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>`. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Barcode Nomenclature`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:20 +msgid "You can create a barcode nomenclature from there, and then add a line to create your first rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:26 +msgid "The first step is to specify the **rule name**, for example Weight Barcode with 3 Decimals. You then have to specify the type for barcode nomenclature, in our case it will be Weighted Product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:33 +msgid "The Barcode Pattern is a regular expression that defines the structure of the barcode. In this example 21 defines the products on which the rule will be applied, those are the numbers by which the product barcode should start. The 5 “dots” are the following numbers of the product barcode and are there simply to identify the product in question. The “N” define a number and the “D” define the decimals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:40 +msgid "The encoding allows to specify the barcode encoding on which the rule should be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:44 +msgid "You can define different rules and order their priority thanks to the sequence. The first rule which matches the scanned barcode will be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:49 +msgid "Configure your Product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:51 +msgid "The barcode of the product should start by “21”;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:52 +msgid "The 5 “dots” are the other numbers of your product barcode, allowing to identify the product;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:53 +msgid "The barcode should contain 0’s where you did defined D’s or N’s. In our case we need to set 5 zeros because we configured “21…..{NNDDD}”;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:54 +msgid "In EAN-13, the last number is a check number, use an EAN13 generator to know which digit it should be in your case." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:59 +msgid "In case you weight 1,5 Kg of pasta, the balance will print you the following barcode 2112345015002. If you scan this barcode in your POS or when receiving products in your barcode application, Odoo will automatically create a new line for the Pasta product for a quantity of 1.5 Kg. For the point of sale, a price depending on the quantity will also be computed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:70 +msgid "Rule Types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:72 +msgid "**Priced Product**: allows you to identify the product and specify its price, used in POS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:73 +msgid "**Discounted Product**: allows you to create one barcode per applied discount. You can then scan your product in the POS and then scan the discount barcode, discount will be applied on the normal price of the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:74 +msgid "**Weighted Product**: allows you to identify the product and specify its weight, used in both POS (in which the price is computed based on the weight) and in inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:75 +msgid "**Client**: allows you to identify the customer, for example used with loyalty program." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:76 +msgid "**Cashier**: allows you to identify the cashier when entering the POS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:77 +msgid "**Location**: allows you to identify the location on a transfer when multi-location is activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:78 +msgid "**Package**: allows you to identify packages on a transfer when packages are activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:79 +msgid "**Credit Card**: doesn’t need manual modification, exists for data from the Mercury module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:80 +msgid "**Unit Product**: allows you to identify a product for both POS and transfers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:83 +msgid "When the barcode pattern contains .*, it means that it can contain any number of characters, those characters being any number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:3 +msgid "Process to Transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:6 +msgid "Simple Transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:8 +msgid "To process a transfer from the *Barcode* app, the first step is to go to *Operations*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:14 +msgid "Then, you have the choice to either enter an existing transfer, by going to the corresponding operation type and manually selecting the one you want to enter, or by scanning the barcode of the transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:24 +msgid "From there, you will be able to scan the products that are part of the existing transfer and/or add new products to this transfer. Once all the products have been scanned, you can validate the transfer to proceed with the stock moves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:33 +msgid "If you have different storage locations in your warehouse, you can add additional steps for the different operation types." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:45 +msgid "Receipts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:39 +msgid "When receiving a product in stock, you need to scan its barcode in order to identify it in the system. Once done, you can either make it enter the main location of the transfer, for example WH/Stock, or scan a location barcode to make it enter a sub-location of the main location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:48 +msgid "If you want the product to enter WH/Stock in our example, you can simply scan the next product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery.rst:3 +msgid "Delivery Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:54 +msgid "When delivering a product, you have to scan the source location if it is different than the one initially set on the transfer. Then, you can start scanning the products that are delivered from this specific location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:62 +msgid "Once the different products have been scanned, you have the possibility to scan another location, such as WH/Stock, and another page will be added to your delivery order. You can move from one to the other thanks to the *Previous* and *Next* buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:70 +msgid "Now, you can validate your transfer. To do so, click on *Next* until you reach the last page of the transfer. There, you will be able to validate it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:78 +msgid "Internal Transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:80 +msgid "When realizing an internal transfer with multi-location, you first have to scan the source location of the product. Then, you can scan the product in itself, before having to scan the barcode of the destination location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:85 +msgid "If the source and destination of the internal transfers are already correct, you don’t need to scan them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:89 +msgid "Transfers with Tracked Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:91 +msgid "If you work with products tracked by lot/serial numbers, you have two ways of working:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:94 +msgid "If you work with serial/lot numbers taking all products into consideration, you can scan the barcode of the lot/serial number and Odoo will increase the quantity of the product, setting its lot/serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:99 +msgid "If you have the same lot/serial number for different products, you can work by scanning the product barcode first, and then the barcode of the lot/serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:3 +msgid "Create a Transfer from Scratch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:5 +msgid "To create a transfer from the *Barcode* application, you first need to print the operation type barcodes. To do so, you can download the *Stock barcode sheet* from the home page of the app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:12 +msgid "Once done, you can scan the one for which you want to create a new document. Then, an empty document will be created and you will be able to scan your products to populate it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:3 +msgid "Set up your barcode scanner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:5 +msgid "Getting started with barcode scanning in Odoo is fairly easy. Yet, a good user experience relies on an appropriate hardware setup. This guide will help you through the task of choosing and configuring the barcode scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:11 +msgid "Find the barcode scanner that suits your needs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:13 +msgid "The 3 recommended type of barcode scanners to work with the Odoo **Inventory** and **Barcode Scanning** apps are the **USB scanner**, **the bluetooth scanner** and the **mobile computer scanner**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:20 +msgid "If you scan products at a computer location, the **USB scanner** is the way to go. Simply plug it in the computer to start scanning. Just make sure when you buy it that the scanner is compatible with your keyboard layout or can be configured to be so." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:25 +msgid "The **bluetooth scanner** can be paired with a smartphone or a tablet and is a good choice if you want to be mobile but don't need a big investment. An approach is to log in Odoo on you smartphone, pair the bluetooth scanner with the smartphone and work in the warehouse with the possibility to check your smartphone from time to time and use the software 'manually'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:32 +msgid "For heavy use, the **mobile computer scanner** is the handiest solution. It consists of a small computer with a built-in barcode scanner. This one can turn out to be a very productive solution, however you need to make sure that is is capable of running Odoo smoothly. The most recent models using Android + Google Chrome or Windows + Internet Explorer Mobile should do the job. However, due to the variety of models and configurations on the market, it is essential to test it first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:42 +msgid "Configure your barcode scanner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:45 +msgid "Keyboard layout" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:50 +msgid "An USB barcode scanner needs to be configured to use the same keyboard layout as your operating system. Otherwise, your scanner won't translate characters correctly (replacing a 'A' with a 'Q' for example). Most scanners are configured by scanning the appropriate barcode in the user manual." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:57 +msgid "Automatic carriage return" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:59 +msgid "By default, Odoo has a 50 milliseconds delay between each successive scan (it helps avoid accidental double scanning). If you want to suppress this delay, you can configure your scanner to insert a carriage return at the end of each barcode. This is usually the default configuration and can be explicitly configured by scanning a specific barcode in the user manual ('CR suffix ON', 'Apply Enter for suffix', etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:3 +msgid "Activate the Barcodes in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:5 +msgid "The barcode scanning features can save you a lot of time usually lost switching between the keyboard, the mouse and the scanner. Properly attributing barcodes to products, pickings locations, etc. allows you to work more efficiently by controlling the software almost exclusively with the barcode scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:9 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:14 +msgid "To use this feature, you first need to activate the *Barcode* functionality via :menuselection:`Inventory --> Settings --> Barcode Scanner`. Once you have ticked the feature, you can hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:22 +msgid "Set Product Barcodes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:24 +msgid "You can easily assign barcodes to your different products via the *Inventory* app. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Products Barcodes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:30 +msgid "Then, you have the possibility to assign barcodes to your products directly at creation on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:40 +msgid "Be careful to add barcodes directly on the product variants and not on the template product. Otherwise, you won’t be able to differentiate them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:45 +msgid "Set Locations Barcodes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:47 +msgid "If you manage multiple locations, you will find useful to attribute a barcode to each location and stick it on the location. You can configure the locations barcodes in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:58 +msgid "You can easily print the barcode you allocate to the locations via the *Print* menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:62 +msgid "Barcode Formats" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:64 +msgid "Most retail products use EAN-13 barcodes. They cannot be made up without proper authorization. You must pay the International Article Numbering Association a fee in exchange for an EAN code sequence." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:68 +msgid "Still, as Odoo supports any string as a barcode, you can always define your own barcode format for internal use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management.rst:3 +msgid "Warehouse Management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:3 +msgid "Send Products to Customers Directly from Suppliers (Drop-shipping)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:6 +msgid "What is Drop-Shipping?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:8 +msgid "Drop-Shipping is a system that allows orders taken from your store to be shipped straight from your supplier to your customer. On a usual delivery system, products are sent from your supplier to your warehouse to be put in stock and then shipped to your customers after ordering." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:13 +msgid "With drop-shipping, no item is stocked. When a customer places an order in your shop, the item is delivered straight from the supplier to the customer. Therefore, the product doesn't need to get through your warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:19 +msgid "Points to be Considered while Implementing Drop-Shipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:24 +msgid "Use drop-shipping only for the products you can't or don't want to keep in stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:22 +msgid "One reason is that you'll always make smaller margins on items that are drop-shipped, so you should keep it only for items that take up a lot of space in your warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:30 +msgid "Drop-shipping is best for niche products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:27 +msgid "Chances are that products that are in high demand are being offered by large suppliers at a fraction of the price you'll be able to charge, so using a more costly shipping method won't be financially rewarding. But if your product is unique, then it makes sense!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:33 +msgid "To protect your customers from bad experiences." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:33 +msgid "Test drop-shipping companies for yourself beforehand and list the best ones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:37 +msgid "Make sure time is not against you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:36 +msgid "Drop-shipping should take a reasonable amount of time and surely not more than it would have taken you to handle it all by yourself. It's also nice to be able to provide your customers with a tracking number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:44 +msgid "Items have to be available from your supplier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:40 +msgid "It's good to know if the product you're selling is available upstream. If you don't have that information, inform your customers that you don't hold the item in stock and that it's subject to availability from a third party." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:47 +msgid "For more information and insights about Drop-Shipping, you can read our blog: `*What is drop-shipping and how to use it* <https://www.odoo.com/blog/business-hacks-1/post/what-is-drop-shipping-and-how-to-use-it-250>`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:52 +msgid "Configure Drop-Shipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:54 +msgid "Activate the functionality in the *Purchase* application by going to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:60 +msgid "Then, go to the *Inventory* app, in :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` to activate the *Multi-Step Routes* feature. It will allow you to make the *Route* field appear on the sale order lines to specify you send a product via drop-shipping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:68 +msgid "Now, in the *Sales* app, go to :menuselection:`Products --> Products`. Select the product you would like to drop-ship and add a vendor pricelist which contains the right supplier, via the purchase tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:76 +msgid "Send Products from the Suppliers Directly to the Customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:78 +msgid "Create a *Sales Order* and add the product on which you just set the vendor. Add the *Route* field thanks to the widget on the right of the sale order line. Now, you are able to specify that your products’ route is *Drop-Shipping*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:89 +msgid "Once the sale order is confirmed, Odoo automatically generates a *Request for Quotation* for the supplier who will proceed to the drop-shipping. You can find it in the *Purchase* app, with the sale order as *Source Document*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:97 +msgid "Once this *Purchase Order* is confirmed, a *Receipt Order* is created and linked to it. The source location is the vendor location and the destination location is the customer location. Then, the product won’t go through your own stock when you validate the dropship document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:105 +msgid "You can also easily access the dropship document directly from your inventory dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:3 +msgid "How to choose the right inventory flow to handle delivery orders?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:5 +msgid "Depending on factors such as the type of items you sell, the size of your warehouse, the number of orders you register everyday... the way you handle deliveries to your customers can vary a lot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:9 +msgid "Odoo allows you to handle shipping from your warehouse in 3 different ways:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:12 +msgid "**One step (shipping)**: Ship directly from stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:14 +msgid "**Two steps (pick + ship)**: Bring goods to output location before shipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:17 +msgid "**Three steps (pick + pack + ship)**: Make packages into a dedicated location, then bring them to the output location for shipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:20 +msgid "For companies having a rather small warehouse and that do not require high stock of items or don't sell perishable items, a one step shipping is the simplest solution, as it does not require a lot of configuration and allows to handle orders very quickly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:25 +msgid "Using inventory methods such as FIFO, LIFO and FEFO require to have at least two steps to handle a shipment. The picking method will be determined by the removal strategy, and the items removed will then be shipped to the customer. This method is also interesting if you hold larger stocks and especially when the items you stock are big in size." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:31 +msgid "The three steps system becomes useful in more specific situations, the main one being for handling very large stocks. The items are transferred to a packing area, where they will be assembled by area of destination, and then set to outbound trucks for final delivery to the customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:53 +msgid "One step flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:42 +msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`one_step`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:58 +msgid "Two steps flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:60 +msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`two_steps`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:63 +msgid "Three steps flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:65 +msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`three_steps`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:3 +msgid "How can I change the label type?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:8 +msgid "With Odoo, you can choose among different types of labels for your delivery orders. Follow the steps below and give an appropriate label type to your delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:15 +msgid "In the **Inventory** module, Go to **Configuration** and click on **Delivery methods**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:18 +msgid "Choose a delivery method and then click on **Edit**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:23 +msgid "In the **Pricing** tab, under **Fedex label stock type**, you can choose one of the label types available. The availability will vary depending on the carrier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:30 +msgid "Once this is done, you can see the result if you go to the Sales module and you create a new sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:33 +msgid "As you confirm the sale and validate the delivery with the carrier for which you have modified the label type, The label will appear in your history." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:46 +msgid "The default label type is paper letter, and if you choose the label type bottom half for example, here is the difference :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:3 +msgid "Process Delivery Orders in one Step (Shipping)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:5 +msgid "There is no configuration needed to deliver in one step. The default outgoing shipments are configured to be directly delivered from the stock to the customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:9 +msgid "However, if advanced routes have been activated and you set another shipping configuration on your warehouse, you can set it back to the one-step delivery configuration. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses` and edit the warehouse in question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:14 +msgid "Then, choose *Deliver goods directly* as your *Outgoing Shipments* strategy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:47 +msgid "Create a Sales Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:23 +msgid "In the *Sales* application, create a quotation with some storable products to deliver and confirm it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:26 +msgid "Notice that we now see 1 delivery associated with this *sales order* in the stat button above the sales order. If you click on the 1 Delivery stat button, you should now see your delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:34 +msgid "Process a Delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:36 +msgid "You can also find the *delivery order* directly from the *Inventory* application. In the dashboard, you can click the *1 TO PROCESS* button under the Delivery Orders Kanban card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:43 +msgid "Enter the picking that you want to process. You will be able to click on *Validate* to complete the move if you have products in stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:49 +msgid "Once you *Validate* the delivery order, the products leave your *WH/Stock location* and are moved to the *Customer location*. You can easily see that the delivery took place thanks to the status of the document which is now *Done*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:3 +msgid "Process Delivery Orders in three Steps (Pick + Pack + Ship)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:5 +msgid "When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is set up by default to utilize a one-step operation: once all goods are available, they are able to be shipped in a single delivery order. However, that process may not reflect reality and your company could require more steps before shipping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:11 +msgid "With the delivery in 3 steps (Pick + Pack + Ship), the items will be picked to be transferred to a packing area. Then, they will be moved to an output location before being effectively shipped to the customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:19 +msgid "Activate Multi-Step Routes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:17 +msgid "The first step is to allow using *multi-step routes*. Indeed, routes provide a mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we will chain the picking step to the shipping step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:21 +msgid "To allow *multi-step routes*, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the option. Note that activating *Multi-Step Routes* will also activate *Storage Locations*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:30 +msgid "Configure Warehouse for Delivery in 3 Steps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:32 +msgid "Once *Multi-Step Routes* has been activated, you can go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the warehouse which will use delivery in 3 steps. You can then select the option *Pack goods, send goods in output and then deliver (3 steps)* for *Outgoing Shipments*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:40 +msgid "Activating this option will lead to the creation of two new locations, *Output* and *Packing Zone*. If you want to rename it go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, *Select* the one you want to rename and update its name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:47 +msgid "In the *Sales* application, you can create a quotation with some storable products to deliver. Once you confirm the quotation, three pickings will be created and automatically linked to your sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:54 +msgid "If you click the button, you should now see three different pickings:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:56 +msgid "The first one with a reference PICK to designate the picking process," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:58 +msgid "The second one with the reference PACK that is the packing process," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:60 +msgid "The last one with a reference OUT to designate the shipping process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:66 +msgid "Process the Picking, Packing, and Delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:68 +msgid "The picking operation is the first one to be processed and has a *Ready* status while the other ones are *Waiting Another Operation*. The Packing operation will become *Ready* as soon as the picking one is marked as done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:71 +msgid "You can enter the picking operation from here, or access it through the inventory dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:77 +msgid "In case you have the product in stock, it has automatically been reserved and you can simply validate the picking document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:85 +msgid "Once the picking has been validated, the packing order is ready to be processed. Thanks to the fact that the documents are chained, the products which have been previously picked are automatically reserved on the packing order which can be directly validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:96 +msgid "Once the packing has been validated, the delivery order is ready to be processed. Here again, it is directly ready to be validated in order to transfer the products to the customer location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:3 +msgid "Process Delivery Orders in two Steps (Pick + Ship)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:5 +msgid "When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is set up by default to utilize a one-step operation: once all goods are available, they are able to be shipped in a single delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:9 +msgid "However, your company's business process may have one or more steps that happen before shipping. In the two steps process, the products which are part of the delivery order are picked in the warehouse and brought to an output location before being effectively shipped." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:29 +msgid "Warehouse configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:31 +msgid "Once *Multi-Step Routes* has been activated, you can go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the warehouse which will use delivery in 2 steps. You can then select the option *Send goods in output and then deliver (2 steps)* for Outgoing Shipments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:39 +msgid "Activating this option will lead to the creation of a new *Output* location. If you want to rename it go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, Select Output and update its name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:49 +msgid "In the *Sales* application, you can create a quotation with some storable products to deliver. Once you confirm the quotation, two pickings will be created and automatically linked to your sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:56 +msgid "If you click on the *2 Delivery* button, you should now see two different pickings, one with a reference *PICK* to designate the picking process and another one with a reference *OUT* to designate the shipping process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:65 +msgid "Process the Picking and the Delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:67 +msgid "The picking operation is the first one to be processed and has a *Ready* status while the delivery operation will only become *Ready* once the picking operation has been marked as done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:83 +msgid "Once the picking has been validated, the delivery order is ready to be processed. Thanks to the fact that the documents are chained, the products which have been previously picked are automatically reserved on the delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming.rst:3 +msgid "Incoming Shipments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:3 +msgid "How to choose the right flow to handle receipts?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:8 +msgid "Depending on factors such as the type of items you receive, the size of your warehouse, the number of receipt you register everyday... the way you handle receipts to your customers can vary a lot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:12 +msgid "Odoo allows you to handle receipts from your warehouse in 3 different ways:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:15 +msgid "**One step**: Receive goods directly in stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:17 +msgid "**Two steps**: Unload in input location then go to stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:19 +msgid "**Three steps**: Unload in input location, go through a quality control before being admitted in stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:22 +msgid "Odoo uses **routes** to define exactly how you will handle the different receipt steps. The configuration is done at the level of the warehouse. In standard, the reception is a one step process, but changing the configuration can allow to have 2 or even 3 steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:27 +msgid "The principles are the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:29 +msgid "**One step**: You receive the goods directly in your stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:31 +msgid "**Two steps**: You receive the goods in an input area then transfer them from input area to your stock. As long as the goods are not transferred in your stock, they will not be available for further processing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:36 +msgid "**Three steps**: In many companies, it is necessary to assess the received good. The goal is to check that the products correspond to the quality requirements agreed with the suppliers. Adding a quality control step in the goods receipt process can become essential." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:42 +msgid "You receive the goods in an input area, then transfer them into quality area for quality control. When your quality check process finishes then you can move the goods from QC to stock. Of course, you may change the quantity and only transfer to Stock the quantity that is valid and decide that you will return the quantity that is not good." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:55 +msgid "This is the default configuration in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:68 +msgid ":doc:`../delivery/inventory_flow`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:69 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:3 +msgid "Process a Receipt in one step (Receipt)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:5 +msgid "There is no configuration needed to receive in one step. The default incoming shipments are configured to be directly received from the vendors to the stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:9 +msgid "However, if advanced routes have been activated and you set another incoming configuration on your warehouse, you can set it back to the one-step receipt configuration. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouses` and edit the warehouse in question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:14 +msgid "Set the *Incoming Shipments* option to *Receive goods directly (1 step)*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:50 +msgid "Create a Purchase Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:23 +msgid "To create a *Request for Quotation*, go to the *Purchase* application and click on *Create*. Then, add some storable products to receive and confirm the *RfQ*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:27 +msgid "Notice that, now, we see 1 receipt associated with the purchase order you just created. If you click on the button, you will see your receipt order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:35 +msgid "Process a Receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:37 +msgid "You can also fin the receipt directly from the *Inventory* app. When on the dashboard, you can click the *1 TO PROCESS* button under the *Receipts* Kanban card. Then, you will see your receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:44 +msgid "Now, enter the picking that you want to process. You will be able to click on *Validate* to complete the move directly as products coming from suppliers are considered as being always available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:51 +msgid "Once you *Validate* the receipt, the products leave the *Supplier Location* to enter your *WH/Stock Location*. You can easily see that the receipt took place thanks to the status of the document, which is now *Done*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:3 +msgid "Process a Receipt in three steps (Input + Quality + Stock)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:5 +msgid "Quality is essential for most companies. To make sure we maintain quality throughout the supply chain, it only makes sense that we assess the quality of the products received from suppliers. To do so, we will add a quality control step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:9 +msgid "Odoo uses routes to define how to handle the different receipt steps. Configuration of those routes is done at the warehouse level. By default, the reception is a one-step process, but it can also be configured to have two-steps or three-steps processes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:13 +msgid "The three-steps flow works as follows: you receive the goods in your receiving area, then transfer them into a quality area for quality control (QC). When the quality check is completed, the goods that match the QC requirements are moved to stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:20 +msgid "The first step is to allow the use of *Multi-Step Routes*. Routes provide a mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we will chain the picking step to the shipping step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:23 +msgid "To enable *Multi-Step Routes*, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:31 +msgid "By default, activating *Multi-Step Routes* also activates *Storage Locations*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:35 +msgid "Configure warehouse for receipt in 3-steps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:37 +msgid "Once *Multi-Step Routes* has been activated, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the warehouse which should work with the 3-steps reception. Then, select *Receive goods in input, then quality and then stock (3 steps)* for *Incoming Shipments*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:45 +msgid "Activating this option leads to the creation of two new locations: *Input* and *Quality Control*. To rename them, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations` and select the one you want to rename." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:52 +msgid "To start the 3-steps reception process, create a *Request for Quotation* from the *Purchase* app, add some storable products to it and confirm. Then, three pickings are created with your *Purchase Order* as the source document:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:56 +msgid "The first one with a reference *IN* to designate the receipt process;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:59 +msgid "The second one with a reference *INT*, which is the move to the quality control zone;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:62 +msgid "The last one with a reference *INT* to designate the move to stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:69 +msgid "Process the receipt, quality control and entry in stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:71 +msgid "As the receipt operation is the first one to be processed, it has a *Ready* status while the others are *Waiting Another Operation*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:74 +msgid "To access the receipt operation, click on the button from the *Purchase Order* or go back to the *Inventory* app dashboard and click on *Receipts*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:81 +msgid "In the receipt order, products are always considered available because they come from the supplier. Then, the receipt can be validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:88 +msgid "Once the receipt has been validated, the transfer to quality becomes *Ready*. And, because the documents are chained to each other, products previously received are automatically reserved on the transfer. Then, the transfer can be directly validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:100 +msgid "Now, the transfer that enters the products to stock is *Ready*. Here, it is again ready to be validated in order to transfer the products to your stock location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:3 +msgid "Process a Receipt in two steps (Input + Stock)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:8 +msgid "Odoo uses routes to define exactly how you will handle the different receipt steps. The configuration is done at the *Warehouse* level. By default, the reception is a one-step process, but changing the configuration can allow you to have 2 steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:13 +msgid "The 2 steps flow is like this: you receive the goods in an input area, then transfer them to your stock. As long as the goods are not transferred in your stock, they will not be available for further processing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:21 +msgid "The first step is to allow using *multi-step routes*. Indeed, routes provide a mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we will chain the unload step in the input area to the step entering the products in stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:26 +msgid "To allow *multi-step routes*, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate the feature. By default, activating *multi-step routes* will also activate *Storage Locations*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:34 +msgid "Configure warehouse for receipt in 2 steps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:36 +msgid "Once *multi-step routes* is activated, you can go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the warehouse which will use receipt in 2 steps. Then, you can select the option *Receive goods in input and then stock (2 steps)* for *Incoming Shipments*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:44 +msgid "Activating this option will lead to the creation of a new *Input* location. If you want to rename it, you can go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations --> Select Input` and update its name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:52 +msgid "Create a purchase order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:54 +msgid "In the *Purchase* application, you can create a *Request for Quotation* with some storable products to receive from a supplier. Once the *RfQ* is confirmed, the receipt picking will be created and automatically linked to your purchase order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:62 +msgid "Now, by clicking on the *1 Receipt* button, you will see the first picking which will allow entering the product in the *input location*. Then, another picking, an internal transfer, has been created in order to move the products to *Stock*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:68 +msgid "Process the receipt and the internal transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:70 +msgid "The receipt is the first one to be processed and has a *Ready* status while the internal transfer will only become *Ready* once the receipt has been marked as *Done*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:74 +msgid "You can enter the receipt operation from the purchase order, or access it through the inventory dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:80 +msgid "By default, a receipt is always considered as ready to be processed. Then, you will be able to directly click on *Validate* to mark it as done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:87 +msgid "Once the receipt has been validated, the internal transfer is ready to be processed. As documents are chained, the products which have been received are automatically reserved on the internal transfer. Once the transfer is validated, those products enter the stock and you will be able to use them to fulfill customer deliveries or manufacture products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers.rst:3 +msgid "Lots and Serial Numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:3 +msgid "What's the difference between lots and serial numbers?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:6 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:8 +msgid "In Odoo, lots and serial numbers have similarities in their functional system but are different in their behavior. They are both managed within the **Inventory**, **Purchases** and **Sales** app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:12 +msgid "**Lots** correspond to a certain number of products you received and store altogether in one single pack." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:15 +msgid "**Serial numbers** are identification numbers given to one product in particular, to allow to track the history of the item from reception to delivery and after-sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:20 +msgid "When to use" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:22 +msgid "**Lots** are interesting for products you receive in great quantity and for which a lot number can help in reportings, quality controls, or any other info. Lots will help identify a number of pieces having for instance a production fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or food." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:28 +msgid "**Serial numbers** are interesting for items that could require after-sales service, such as smartphones, laptops, fridges, and any electronic devices. You could use the manufacturer's serial number or your own, depending on the way you manage these products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:34 +msgid "When not to use" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:36 +msgid "Storing consumable products such as kitchen roll, toilet paper, pens and paper blocks in lots would make no sense at all, as there are very few chances that you can return them for production fault." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:40 +msgid "On the other hand, giving a serial number to every product is a time-consuming task that will have a purpose only in the case of items that have a warranty and/or after-sales services. Putting a serial number on bread, for instance, makes no sense at all." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:46 +msgid ":doc:`serial_numbers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:47 +msgid ":doc:`lots`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:3 +msgid "Manage expiration dates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:5 +msgid "In many companies, products have expiration dates and they should be tracked based on those dates. In the food industry, for example, tracking stocks based on expiration dates is mandatory to avoid selling expired products to customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:10 +msgid "With Odoo, you can track your products based on their expiration dates, even if they are already tracked by lots or serial numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:15 +msgid "Configurations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:18 +msgid "Application configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:19 +msgid "To use expiration dates tracking, open the *Inventory* application and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Lots & Serial Numbers* and *Expiration Dates* features." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:90 +msgid "Product configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:29 +msgid "Now, you have the possibility to define different dates in the *inventory tab* of the product form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:32 +msgid "Product Use Time: it’s the number of days before the goods start deteriorating, without being dangerous yet. It will be computed using the lot/serial number;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:34 +msgid "Product Life Time: refers to the number of days before the goods may become dangerous and must not be consumed. It will be computed on the lot/serial number;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:36 +msgid "Product Removal Time: shows the number of days before the goods should be removed from the stock. It will be computed on the lot/serial number;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:38 +msgid "Product Alert Time: refers to the number of days before an alert should be raised on the lot/serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:44 +msgid "Expiration Date on Lots/Serial Numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:46 +msgid "When receiving a product in stock, the dates will automatically be updated on the corresponding lot/serial number. This update will be based on the reception date of the product and the times set on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:58 +msgid "Expiration Alerts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:60 +msgid "You can access all your expiration alerts from the *inventory* app. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. There, you can use the pre-existing filter that shows all the lots/serial numbers that exceeded their alert date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:3 +msgid "Manage lots of identical products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:5 +msgid "Lots are useful for products you receive in great quantity and for which a lot number can help in reporting, quality controls, or any other info. Lots will help identify a number of pieces having, for instance, a production fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or food." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:11 +msgid "Odoo has the capacity to manage lots, ensuring compliance with the traceability requirements imposed by the majority of industries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:14 +msgid "The double-entry management in Odoo enables you to run very advanced traceability." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:18 +msgid "Setting Up" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:21 +msgid "Application Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:23 +msgid "First, you need to activate the tracking of lot numbers. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and tick *Lots & Serial Numbers*. Then, click on save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:31 +msgid "Product Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:33 +msgid "Now, you have to configure which products you want to track by serial numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:36 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products` and open the product of your choice. There, click on *Edit* and select *Tracking by Lots* in the inventory tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:47 +msgid "Manage Lots" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:52 +msgid "In order to receive a product tracked by lots, you have to specify its lot numbers. You have several ways of doing so:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:65 +msgid "Manually assign the different lot numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:57 +msgid "Copy/paste lot numbers from an Excel file" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:59 +msgid "First, you need to open the detailed operations of your picking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:67 +msgid "When opening the detailed operations, you can click on *Add a line*. Then, you will be able to fill the lot number in. Once done, you can click on *Add a line* again to register a new lot number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:75 +msgid "Copy/paste lot number from an Excel file" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:77 +msgid "Once the spreadsheet containing the lot numbers you received from your supplier and copy the list. Then, you can paste them in the *Lot/Serial Number Name* column for Odoo to automatically create the necessary lines. After that, you will have to manually enter the number of products that are contained in each one of the lots." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:93 +msgid "Operation Types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:95 +msgid "Of course, you also have the possibility to define how you will manage lots for each operation type. To do so, open the *Inventory* app and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Operation Types`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:99 +msgid "For each type (receipts, internal transfers, deliveries, …), you can decide if you allow to create new lot numbers or only use existing ones. By default, the creation of new lots is only allowed at product reception, and using existing lot numbers isn’t allowed in this operation. If you have inter-warehouse transfers and track products by lots, it can be useful to allow using existing lot numbers in receipts too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:111 +msgid "Lots traceability" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:113 +msgid "The lot number given to the products allows you to keep track of where they were received, put in stock, to whom they were sold and where they were shipped to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:117 +msgid "To track an item, open the *Inventory* module and, in :menuselection:`Master Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers`, click on the lot number corresponding to your search." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:124 +msgid "When you open the *Traceability* information, you see in which documents the lot number has been used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:130 +msgid "Now, if you want to locate the lot number, you can do so by clicking on the *Location* stat button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:3 +msgid "Work with serial numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:5 +msgid "To track products with serial numbers, you can use the serial number tracking. With them, you can track the current location of the product and, when the products are moved from one location to another, the system will automatically identify the current location of the product, based on its last movement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:11 +msgid "If you want to do it or run very advanced traceability, the Odoo double-entry management is the feature you need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:20 +msgid "First, you need to activate the serial numbers tracking. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the *Inventory* application. Then, enable the feature and hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:30 +msgid "Now, you have to configure the products you want to track by serial numbers. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products` and open the product of your choice. Edit it and select *Tracking By Unique Serial Number* in the *Inventory tab*. Then, click on save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:42 +msgid "Manage Serial Numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:47 +msgid "To receive a product that is tracked by serial number, you have to specify its serial number. Of course, you have several ways of doing so:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:50 +msgid "Manual assignation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:73 +msgid "Multi-assignation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:89 +msgid "Copy/pasting from an Excel file" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:56 +msgid "Whatever could be your favorite way to assign serial numbers, you firstly need to open the detailed operations of your picking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:63 +msgid "Manual assignation of the different serial numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:65 +msgid "When opening the detailed operations, you can click on *Add a line*. Then, you will be able to fill in the serial number field. Once done, you can click again on *Add a line* to register a new serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:75 +msgid "By using the multi-assignation of serial numbers, Odoo will automatically create the necessary lines. To do so, you have to enter the first serial number of your set and the number of products you have to assign a serial number to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:80 +msgid "Once done, click on *Assign Serial Numbers* and Odoo will do the rest." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:91 +msgid "To use copy/pasting, open the spreadsheet containing the serial numbers you received and copy the list. Then, past them in the *Lot/Serial Number Name* column of the wizard. Doing so, Odoo will automatically create the lines you need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:106 +msgid "Operation types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:108 +msgid "You also have the possibility to define how you will manage lots for each operation type. To define it, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Operation Types` in the *Inventory* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:112 +msgid "For each type, you can decide if you allow the creation of new lot numbers or want to use existing ones. By default, the creation of new lots is only allowed at product reception." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:120 +msgid "If you have inter-warehouse transfers and track products by lots, it can be useful to allow using existing lot numbers in receipts too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:124 +msgid "Serial Number traceability" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:126 +msgid "Using serial numbers allows you to keep track of where the products were received, put in stock, to whom they were sold, and where they were shipped to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:130 +msgid "Tracking an item is easy: open the *Inventory* app, and go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers` and click on the serial number corresponding to your search. Then, open the *Traceability* information. There, you will see in which documents the serial number has been used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:140 +msgid "And, if you want to locate a serial number, you can do so by clicking on the *Location* button available on the serial number form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc.rst:3 +msgid "Miscellaneous Operations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:3 +msgid "Process Batch Transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:5 +msgid "Batch picking allows a single picker to handle a batch of orders, reducing the number of times he must visit the same location. In Odoo, it means you can regroup several transfers into the same batch transfer, then process it, either via the barcode application or in the form view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:11 +msgid "Create a Batch Transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:13 +msgid "To activate the batch picking option, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Configuration` and enable *Batch Pickings*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:20 +msgid "Then, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Batch Transfers` and hit the create button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:27 +msgid "Now, determine the batch transfer responsible and the type of transfers you want to include in the batch. To add the types of transfers, click on *Add a line*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:34 +msgid "In the example below, a filter was applied to only see the transfers that are in the *Pick* step. After that, the different transfers that needed to be included in the batch transfer were selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:42 +msgid "To see the products to pick for the different transfers, click on *Select*. If *Multi-locations* has been activated, the document also shows the locations they have been reserved from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:51 +msgid "Create a Batch Transfer from the Transfers List View" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:53 +msgid "From the *Transfers List View*, select transfers that should be included in the Batch. Then, select *Add to batch* from the *Action* list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:61 +msgid "Next, determine if you want to add the transfers to an existing draft batch transfer or create a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:69 +msgid "Process a Batch Transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:71 +msgid "While gathering the products, you can edit the batch transfer and update the *Quantity done* for each product. Once everything has been picked, select *Validate* so the different transfers contained in the batch are validated too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:80 +msgid "In case all the products cannot be picked, you can create backorders for each individual transfer which couldn’t be completely processed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:93 +msgid "Process a Batch Transfer from the Barcode app" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:95 +msgid "Enter the *Barcode* application, select the *Batch Transfers* menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:101 +msgid "Then, you can enter the batch transfer on which you want to work. Batch transfers can easily be grouped per responsible if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:108 +msgid "In the batch transfer, products are classified per location. The source document is visible on each line and a color-code helps differentiate them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:116 +msgid "To see the products to pick from another location, click on the *Next* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:123 +msgid "Once all the products have been picked, click on *Validate* (on the last page) to mark the batch transfer as done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Stock that you don't own" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:5 +msgid "Sometimes, suppliers can offer you to store and sell products without having to buy those items. This technique is called *consignee stock*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:8 +msgid "Consignee stock is a great way for manufacturers and suppliers to launch new products. As resellers may be reluctant to buy a product they are not sure to be able to sell, consignee stock will allow them to offer an item to check its market without having to pay for it in the first place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:14 +msgid "Of course, Odoo has the ability to manage those consignee stocks through advanced settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:20 +msgid "To use this feature, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` in the inventory app. Then, enable the *Consignment* feature in the *Traceability* section. Now, hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:28 +msgid "Reception of Consignee Stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:30 +msgid "When in the *Inventory* app, open the receipts and create a new reception. On the right side, you will see that a new line called *Assign Owner* has appeared. There, you can specify the partner which owns the stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:39 +msgid "If you are the owner, you can leave the field blank." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:41 +msgid "Once the receipt is validated, the products enter your stock but still belong to the owner. They don’t impact your inventory valuation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning.rst:3 +msgid "Planning" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:3 +msgid "How is the Scheduled Delivery Date Computed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:5 +msgid "Providing the best possible service to customers is vital for business. It implies planning every move: manufacturing orders, deliveries, receptions, and so on. To do so, you need to configure lead time properly and coordinate scheduled dates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:9 +msgid "By using lead times, Odoo provides end dates, the **Commitment Date**, for each process. On a sales order, for example, this is the date your customer will get the products he ordered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:13 +msgid "From the customers’ side, the commitment date is important because it gives them an estimation of when they will receive their products. The dates take all other lead times, such as manufacturing, delivery, or suppliers, into account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:19 +msgid "How are Lead Times Calculated?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:27 +msgid "As said above, there are several types of lead times. Each is calculated based on various indicators. Before going through the configuration, here is a brief summary of how lead times are calculated and what they are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:32 +msgid "**Customer Lead Time**: the customer lead time is the default duration you set. Therefore, the expected date on the sales orders is today + customer lead time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:36 +msgid "**Sales Security Lead Time**: the purpose is to be ready shipping that many days before the actual commitment taken with the customer. Then, the default scheduled date on the delivery order is **SO delivery date - Security Lead Time**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:41 +msgid "**Purchase Security Lead Time**: additional time to mitigate the risk of a vendor delay. The receipt will be scheduled that many days earlier to cope with unexpected vendor delays. In case of a *Replenish to Order*, the **Delivery order scheduled date - Security lead time** for purchase will be the default *Receipt* scheduled date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:48 +msgid "**Purchase Delivery Lead Time**: this is the expected time between a PO being confirmed and the receipt of the ordered products. The **Receipt scheduled date - Vendor delivery date** is the default *PO Order By* date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:53 +msgid "**Days to Purchase**: number of days the purchasing department takes to validate a PO. If another RFQ to the same vendor is already opened, Odoo adds the line to the RFQ instead of creating a new one. Then, the specific date is set on the line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:58 +msgid "**Manufacturing Lead Time**: this is the expected time it takes to manufacture a product. This lead time is independent of the quantity to produce and does not take the routing time into account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:63 +msgid "**Manufacturing Security Lead Time**: additional time to mitigate the risk of a manufacturing delay. In case of a *Replenish to Order*, the **Delivery Order scheduled date - Manufacturing Lead Time - Manufacturing Security Lead Time** is the default *Manufacturing Order* planned date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:70 +msgid "Sales - Lead Times" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:72 +msgid "In the *Sales* app, there is an option called *Delivery Date*. It allows seeing an additional field on the sales orders, *Expected Date*. This one is automatically computed based on the different lead times previously configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:81 +msgid "If the set up *Delivery Date* is earlier than the the *Expected Date*, a warning message is displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:89 +msgid "But, for all of this properly working, it is still necessary to configure all the lead times that could occur." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:93 +msgid "Customer Lead Time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:95 +msgid "The *Customer Lead Time* is the time needed for your product to go from your warehouse to the customer place. It can be configured on any product by going to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`. There, open your product form, go in the inventory tab, and add your *Customer Lead Time*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:105 +msgid "For example, product B is ordered on the 2nd of April but the *Customer Lead Time* is two days. In that case, the expected delivery date is the 4th of April." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:219 +msgid "Security Lead Time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:112 +msgid "In sales, *Security Lead Time* corresponds to backup days to ensure you are able to deliver the products in time. The purpose is to be ready shipping earlier in order to arrive on time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:116 +msgid "The number of security days is subtracted from the calculation to compute a scheduled date earlier than the one promised to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:119 +msgid "To set this up, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable the feature *Security Lead Time for Sales*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:126 +msgid "For example, product B is scheduled to be delivered on the 6th of April but the *Security Lead Time* is one day. In that case, the scheduled date for the delivery order is the 5th of April." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:131 +msgid "Deliver several products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:133 +msgid "In many cases, customers order several products at the same time. Those can have different lead times but still need to be delivered, at once or separately. Fortunately, Odoo can help you handle these cases easily." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:137 +msgid "From the *Other Info* tab of your *Sale Order*, you can choose between *When all products are ready* and *As soon as possible*. The first one is to deliver products at once, while the second is to deliver them separately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:142 +msgid "For example, products A and B are ordered at the same time. A has 8 lead days and B has 5. With the first option, the *Expected Date* is calculated based on the product with the most lead days, here A. If the order is confirmed on the 2nd of April, then the *Expected Date* is on the 10th of April." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:148 +msgid "With the second option, the *Expected Date* is calculated based on the product with the least customer lead days. In this example, B is the product with the least lead days. So, the *Expected Date* is on the 7th of April." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:154 +msgid "Purchase - Lead Times" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:157 +msgid "Supplier Lead Time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:159 +msgid "The *Supplier Lead Time* is the time needed for a product you purchased to be delivered. To configure it, open a product from :menuselection:`Purchase --> Products --> Products` and add a vendor under the *Purchase* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:168 +msgid "By clicking on *Add a line*, a new window is displayed. You can specify the *Delivery Lead Time* there. If done so, the delivery day for every purchase of that product is now equal to *Date of the Purchase Order + Delivery Lead Time*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:178 +msgid "It is possible to add different vendors and, thus, different lead times depending on the vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:184 +msgid "The *Security Lead Time* for purchase follows the same logic as the one for *Sales*, except that you are the customer. Then, it is the margin of error for your supplier to deliver your order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:188 +msgid "To set up *Security Lead Time* for purchase, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:196 +msgid "Doing so, every time the system generates purchase orders, those are scheduled that many days earlier to cope with unexpected vendor delays." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:200 +msgid "Manufacturing - Lead Times" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:203 +msgid "Manufacturing Lead Time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:205 +msgid "The *Manufacturing Lead Time* is the time needed to manufacture the product. To specify it, open the *Inventory* tab of your product form and add the number of days the manufacturing takes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:213 +msgid "When working with *Manufacturing Lead Times*, the *Deadline Start* of the *MO* is **Commitment Date - Manufacturing Lead Time**. For example, the MO’s deadline start date for an order having a commitment date on the 10th of July is June 27th." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:221 +msgid "The *Security Lead Time* for manufacturing allows generating manufacturing orders earlier to cope with the risk of manufacturing delays." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:225 +msgid "To enable it, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> Settings` and tick *Security Lead Time*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:232 +msgid "For example, a customer orders B with a delivery date scheduled on the 20th of June. The *Manufacturing Lead Time* is 14 days and the *Security Lead Time* is 3 days, so the manufacturing of B needs to start at the latest on the 3rd of June, which is the MO’s planned date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:238 +msgid "Global Example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:240 +msgid "Here is a configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:242 +msgid "1 day of security lead time for Sales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:243 +msgid "2 days of security lead time for Manufacturing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:244 +msgid "3 days of manufacturing lead time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:245 +msgid "1 day of security lead time for Purchase" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:246 +msgid "4 days of supplier lead time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:248 +msgid "Let’s say that a customer orders B on the 1st of September and the delivery date is planned to be within 20 days (September 20th). In such a scenario, here is when all the various steps are triggered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:252 +msgid "**September 1st**: the sales order is created" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:253 +msgid "**September 10th**: the deadline to order components from the supplier because of the manufacturing process (4 days of supplier lead time)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:256 +msgid "**September 13th**: the reception of the product from the supplier (1 day of security lead time for Purchase)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:258 +msgid "**September 14th**: the deadline start date for the manufacturing (19th - 3 days of manufacturing lead time - 2 days of security lead time for Manufacturing)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:261 +msgid "**September 19th**: the expected date on the delivery order form (1 day of security lead time for sales)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products.rst:3 +msgid "Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:3 +msgid "How to select the right replenishment strategy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:5 +msgid "Minimum Stock rules and Make to Order have similar consequences but different rules. They should be used depending on your manufacturing and delivery strategies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:10 +msgid "Terminology" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:13 +msgid "Minimum stock rule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:15 +msgid "Minimum Stock rules are used to ensure that you always have the minimum amount of a product in stock in order to manufacture your products and/or answer to your customer needs. When the stock level of a product reaches its minimum the system will automatically generate a procurement order with the quantity needed to reach the maximum stock level." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:58 +msgid "Make to Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:24 +msgid "The Make to Order function will trigger a Purchase Order of the amount of the Sales Order related to the product. The system will **not** check the current stock. This means that a draft purchase order will be generated regardless of the quantity on hand of the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:33 +msgid "Minimum stock rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:35 +msgid "The Minimum Stock Rules configuration is available through your Inventory module. In the Inventory Control menu select \"Reordering Rule\" in the drop down menu. There, click on \"Create\" to set minimum and maximum stock values for a given product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:44 +msgid "Show tooltips for \"minimum quantity\", \"maximum quantity\" and \"quantity multiple\" fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:47 +msgid "Then, click on your product to access the related product form and, on the \"Inventory submenu\", do not forget to select a supplier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:54 +msgid "Don't forget to select the right product type. A consumable can not be stocked and will thus not be accounted for in the stock valuation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:60 +msgid "The Make to Order configuration is available on your product form through your :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory control --> Products` (or any other module where products are available)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:64 +msgid "On the product form, under Inventory, click on \"Make To Order\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:70 +msgid "Choice between the two options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:72 +msgid "The choice between the two options is thus dependent of your inventory strategy. If you prefer to have a buffer and always have at least a minimum amount, the minimum stock rule should be used. If you want to reorder your stocks only if your sale is confirmed it is better to use the Make to Order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:3 +msgid "Use Different Units of Measure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:5 +msgid "In some cases, handling products in different units of measure is necessary. For example, if you buy products in a country where the metric system is of application and sell in a country where the imperial system is used, you will need to convert the units. Another common use case is buying products in bigger packs to your supplier and selling them in units to your customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:12 +msgid "You can set up Odoo to work with different units of measure for one product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:18 +msgid "In the *Inventory* application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. In the *Products* section, activate *Units of Measure*, then *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:25 +msgid "Create New Units of Measure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:27 +msgid "In the *Inventory* application go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> UoM`. There, hit *Create*. As an example, we will create a Box of 6 units that we will use for the Egg product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:34 +msgid "The category is important for unit conversion, you will be able to convert products from one unit to another only if those units belong to the same category. The box of 6 is 6 times bigger than the reference unit of measure for the category which is “Units” here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:43 +msgid "Specify Units of Measure on your Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:45 +msgid "In the :menuselection:`Inventory application --> Master Data --> Products`, open the product which you would like to change the purchase/sale unit of measure, and click on *Edit*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:49 +msgid "In the *General Information* tab, you can select the *Unit of Measure* in which the product will be sold, which is also the unit in which internal transfers will take place. You can also select the *Purchase Unit of Measure*, which is the unit in which you purchase the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:59 +msgid "Transfer from One Unit to Another" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:62 +msgid "Buy in the Purchase UoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:64 +msgid "In the *Purchase* application, *Create* a new request for quotation in which you include the product with the different *Units of Measure* and *Confirm* it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:71 +msgid "On the automatically generated purchase orders, the UoM used is the Box of 6, meaning the Purchase UoM. You have of course the possibility to manually modify the UoM if necessary. When you enter the *Receipt* which is linked to the purchase order, you can observe that the 10 boxes of 6 units have been converted in 60 units. Indeed, the stock is managed in units." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:82 +msgid "Replenishment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:84 +msgid "When doing a replenishment via the *Replenish* button on the product form, you have the possibility to use a different unit of measure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:94 +msgid "Sell in bigger UoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:96 +msgid "You can choose the unit of measure on the sale order document and decide to sell the eggs by the dozen. When doing so, the price is automatically computed from Units UoM to adapt to the selected *UoM*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:103 +msgid "In the delivery order, the *UoM* used in the sale order is converted to the *UoM* used for stock management, in our use case, the Units." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:3 +msgid "When Should you Use Packages, Units of Measure or Special Packaging?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:6 +msgid "Units of Measure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:8 +msgid "Units of measure specify the unit used to handle a product. In Odoo, you have the possibility to specify the unit of measure in which you manage your stock and the one which is used when purchasing the product to your supplier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:16 +msgid "The *conversion* between the different units of measure is done automatically. The only condition is that all the units have to be in the *same category* (Unit, Weight, Volume, Length,...)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:20 +msgid "For example, if I have the following reordering rule for the egg and I run the scheduler, the quantity added in the automatically generated purchase order will be in dozens but what will enter the stock will be units." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:35 +msgid "Packages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:37 +msgid "The package is the physical container in which you put one or several products from a picking. For example, when you deliver a product, you can decide to separate the quantity into two different packages. It then allows you to have a report with the quantity of products for each package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:43 +msgid "To separate a delivery into different packages you will have to set the done quantity to the desired package quantity then click on \"PUT IN PACK\", do this for each package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:54 +msgid "Packaging" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:56 +msgid "The packaging is the physical container that protects your product. If you are selling computers, the packaging contains the computer with the notice and the power plug." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:60 +msgid "In Odoo, packagings are used for indicative purposes on sale orders. They can be specified on the product form, in the inventory tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:70 +msgid "Another useful use of the packaging is for product reception. By scanning the barcode of the packaging, Odoo adds the number of units contained in the packing on the picking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies.rst:3 +msgid "Inventory Adjustment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:3 +msgid "Resupply from another Warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:8 +msgid "In order to be able to resupply from another warehouse, you need to activate \\*multi-step routes\\*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:15 +msgid "You can then access your warehouses via :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses`. Enter the warehouse which should be resupplied by another one. You will have the possibility to directly indicate through which warehouse it gets resupplied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:24 +msgid "By activating this option, a new route will now be available on your products \\*Supply Product from Second warehouse\\*. It can now be selected, along with either a \\*reordering rule\\* or a \\*make to order\\*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:32 +msgid "For the demonstration, I set a reordering rule with a minimum of 5 units in stock and a maximum of 10 units in stock, having currently 0 units on hand. I will run the scheduler by going to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Run scheduler`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:40 +msgid "The system automatically creates two pickings, one \\*delivery order\\* from my Second Warehouse which contains the necessary products, and a receipt in my main warehouse WH/Stock for the same products. The source document is the \\*reordering rule\\* which triggered the route \\*Supply Product from Second warehouse\\*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting.rst:3 +msgid "Valuation Methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:3 +msgid "Integrating additional costs to products (landed costs)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:5 +msgid "The landed cost feature in Odoo allows to include additional costs (shipment, insurance, customs duties, etc.) into the cost of the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:10 +msgid "Landed costs can only be applied to products with a FIFO or AVCO costing method and an automated inventory valuation (which requires the accounting application to be installed)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:17 +msgid "First, you need to go in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the landed costs feature. You can also determine the default journal in which the landed cost accounting entries will be recorded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:25 +msgid "Add costs to products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:28 +msgid "Receive the vendor bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:30 +msgid "Let’s imagine I receive a bill from custom duties for a shipment. I’ll tick the box *Landed Costs* on the vendor bill line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:37 +msgid "The landed cost product must be of type service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:39 +msgid "If this product is always a landed cost, you can also define it on the product and avoid having to tick the box on each vendor bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:45 +msgid "At the top of my vendor bill, I’ll see a button *create landed costs*. I click on this button and a landed cost is automatically created. I can now decide on which picking those additional costs should apply." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:52 +msgid "I can now click on *Compute* and go in the tab *Valuation Adjustments* to see the impact on my products costs. The last step is to validate the landed cost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:56 +msgid "I can access the journal entry that has been created by the landed cost by clicking on the journal entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:63 +msgid "You are not forced to start from the vendor bill, you can also go in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Landed Costs` and directly create the landed cost from there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:7 +msgid "Inventory valuation configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:5 +msgid "Inventory valuation refers to how you value your stock. It’s a very important aspect of a business as the inventory can be the biggest asset of a company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:13 +msgid "Inventory valuation implies two main choices:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:15 +msgid "The cost method you use to value your goods (standard, fifo, avco)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:16 +msgid "The way you record this value into your accounting books (manually or automatically)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:18 +msgid "Those two concepts are explained in the sections below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:21 +msgid "Costing Methods: Standard, FIFO, AVCO" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:23 +msgid "The costing method is defined in the product category. There are three options available. Each of them is explained in detail below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:71 +msgid "Standard Price" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:127 +msgid "Operation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:128 +msgid "Unit Cost" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:129 +msgid "Qty On Hand" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:130 +msgid "Delta Value" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:131 +msgid "Inventory Value" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:138 +msgid "€10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:134 +msgid "0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:136 +msgid "€0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:137 +msgid "Receive 8 Products at €10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:139 +msgid "8" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:140 +msgid "+8*€10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:141 +msgid "€80" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:142 +msgid "Receive 4 Products at €16" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:144 +msgid "12" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:54 +msgid "+4*€10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:55 +msgid "€120" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:147 +msgid "Deliver 10 Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:149 +msgid "2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +msgid "-10*€10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:61 +msgid "€20" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:62 +msgid "Receive 2 Products at €9" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:155 +msgid "4" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:65 +msgid "+2*€10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:66 +msgid "€40" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:68 +msgid "In **Standard Price**, any product will be valued at the cost that you defined manually on the product form. Usually, this cost is an estimation based on the material and labor needed to obtain the product. This cost must be reviewed periodically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:117 +msgid "Average Price" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:143 +msgid "€12" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:145 +msgid "+4*€16" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:146 +msgid "€144" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +msgid "-10*€12" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:106 +msgid "€24" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:153 +msgid "Receive 2 Products at €6" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:108 +msgid "€9" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:156 +msgid "+2*€6" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:111 +msgid "€36" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:113 +msgid "In **AVCO (Average Cost)**, each product has the same value and this value is the average purchase cost of the product. With this costing method, the cost of the product is recomputed as each receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:117 +msgid "The average cost does not change when products leave the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:168 +msgid "FIFO" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:148 +msgid "€16" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +msgid "-8*€10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +msgid "-2*€16" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:152 +msgid "€32" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:154 +msgid "€11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:157 +msgid "€44" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:159 +msgid "In **FIFO (First In First Out)**, the products are valued at their purchase cost. When a product leaves the stock, that’s the “First in, first out” rule that applies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:163 +msgid "Pay attention, that this is a financial FIFO. The first value “in” is the first value “out”, no matter the storage location, warehouse or serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:167 +msgid "FIFO is advised if you manage all your workflows into Odoo (Sales, Purchases, Inventory). It suits any kind of users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:171 +msgid "Inventory Valuation: Manual or Automated" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:173 +msgid "There are two ways to record your inventory valuation in your accounting books. As the costing method, this is defined in your product category. Those two methods are detailed below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:177 +msgid "It is important to also note that the accounting entries will depend on your accounting mode: it can be continental or anglo-saxon. In continental accounting, the cost of a good is taken into account as soon as the product is received in stock. In anglo-saxon accounting, the cost of a good is only recorded as an expense when this good is invoiced to a final customer. In the tables below, you can easily compare those two accounting modes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:185 +msgid "Usually, based on your country, the correct accounting mode will be chosen by default. If you want to verify your accounting mode, activate the :doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>` and open your accounting settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:191 +msgid "Manual Inventory Valuation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:193 +msgid "In this case, goods receipts and deliveries won’t have any direct impact on your accounting books. Periodically, you create a manual journal entry representing the value of what you have in stock. To know that value, go in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Inventory Valuation`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:198 +msgid "This is the default configuration in Odoo and it works out-of-the-box. Check following operations and find out how Odoo is managing the accounting postings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:362 +msgid "Continental Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:294 +msgid "Vendor Bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:341 +msgid "\\" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:341 +msgid "Debit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:341 +msgid "Credit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:286 +msgid "Assets: Inventory" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:286 +msgid "50" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:287 +msgid "Assets: Deferred Tax Assets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:287 +msgid "4.68" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:288 +msgid "Liabilities: Accounts Payable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:288 +msgid "54.68" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:294 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:313 +msgid "Configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:292 +msgid "Purchased Goods: defined on the product or on the internal category of related product (Expense Account field)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:294 +msgid "Deferred Tax Assets: defined on the tax used on the purchase order line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:295 +msgid "Accounts Payable: defined on the vendor related to the bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:296 +msgid "Goods Receptions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:297 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:320 +msgid "No Journal Entry" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:315 +msgid "Customer Invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:230 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:304 +msgid "Revenues: Sold Goods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:230 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:304 +msgid "100" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:305 +msgid "Liabilities: Deferred Tax Liabilities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:305 +msgid "9" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:306 +msgid "Assets: Accounts Receivable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:306 +msgid "109" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:310 +msgid "Revenues: defined on the product or on the internal category of related product (Income Account field)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:312 +msgid "Deferred Tax Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:313 +msgid "Accounts Receivable: defined on the customer (Receivable Account)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:315 +msgid "The fiscal position used on the invoice may have a rule that replaces the Income Account or the tax defined on the product by another one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:317 +msgid "Customer Shipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:320 +msgid "Manufacturing Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:251 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:326 +msgid "At the end of the month/year, your company does a physical inventory or just relies on the inventory in Odoo to value the stock into your books." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:254 +msgid "Create a journal entry to move the stock variation value from your Profit&Loss section to your assets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:343 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:345 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:346 +msgid "X" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:265 +msgid "Expenses: Inventory Variations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:268 +msgid "If the stock value decreased, the **Inventory** account is credited and te **Inventory Variations** debited." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:389 +msgid "Anglo-Saxon Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:329 +msgid "Then you need to break down the purchase balance into both the inventory and the cost of goods sold using the following formula:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:332 +msgid "Cost of goods sold (COGS) = Starting inventory value + Purchases – Closing inventory value" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:334 +msgid "To update the stock valuation in your books, record such an entry:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:343 +msgid "Assets: Inventory (closing value)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:344 +msgid "Expenses: Cost of Good Sold" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:345 +msgid "Expenses: Purchased Goods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:346 +msgid "Assets: Inventory (starting value)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:350 +msgid "Automated Inventory Valuation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:352 +msgid "In that case, when a product enters or leaves your stock, an accounting entry will be automatically created. This means your accounting books are always up-to-date. This mode is dedicated to expert accountants and advanced users only. As opposed to periodic valuation, it requires some extra configuration & testing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:358 +msgid "First, you need to define the accounts that will be used for those accounting entries. This is done on the product category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:374 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:401 +msgid "**Configuration:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:376 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:403 +msgid "Accounts Receivable/Payable: defined on the partner (Accounting tab)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:378 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:405 +msgid "Deferred Tax Assets/Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:380 +msgid "Revenues/Expenses: defined by default on product's internal category; can be also set in product form (Accounting tab) as a replacement value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:383 +msgid "Inventory Variations: to set as Stock Input/Output Account in product's internal category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:386 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:421 +msgid "Inventory: to set as Stock Valuation Account in product's internal category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:408 +msgid "Revenues: defined on the product category as a default, or specifically to a specific product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:411 +msgid "Expenses: this is where you should set the \"Cost of Goods Sold\" account. Defined on the product category as a default value, or specifically on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:415 +msgid "Goods Received Not Purchased: to set as Stock Input Account in product's internal category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:418 +msgid "Goods Issued Not Invoiced: to set as Stock Output Account in product's internal category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:423 +msgid "Price Difference: to set in product's internal category or in product form as a specific replacement value" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:3 +msgid "Using the inventory valuation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:9 +msgid "In this documentation, we will explain how the inventory valuation works in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:13 +msgid "Inventory valuation: the basics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:16 +msgid "Receive a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:18 +msgid "Each time a product enters or leaves your stock, the value of your inventory is impacted. The way it is impacted depends on the configuration of your product (more info here)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:22 +msgid "Let’s take an example with a product - a table - configured with a *FIFO costing method* and an automated inventory valuation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:25 +msgid "I purchase 10 tables at a cost of $10." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:30 +msgid "When I’ll confirm the receipt of the products, the value of my inventory will be impacted. If I want to know what this impact is, I can click on the valuation stat button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:35 +msgid "The consignment feature allows you to set owners on your stock (discover more about the consignment feature). When you receive products that are owned by another company, they are not taken into account in your inventory valuation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:44 +msgid "You need access rights on the accounting module to see that button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:46 +msgid "In this case, I can see that the 10 tables entered the stock for a total value of $100." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:52 +msgid "I can also easily access the accounting entry that has been generated (in case of automated inventory valuation)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:59 +msgid "Deliver a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:61 +msgid "In the same logic, when a table will be delivered, the stock valuation will be impacted and you will have access to a similar information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:68 +msgid "The inventory valuation report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:70 +msgid "The summary of this is accessible via the inventory valuation report (accessible from :menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Inventory Valuation`). It gives you, product per product, the value of your stock. By clicking on the button *Inventory At Date*, you can have the same information for a past date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses.rst:3 +msgid "Warehouses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:3 +msgid "What is the difference between warehouses and locations?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:5 +msgid "In Odoo, a **Warehouse** is the actual building/place in which your items are stocked. You can setup multiple warehouses and create moves between warehouses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:9 +msgid "A **Location**, is a specific space within your warehouse. It can be considered as a sublocation of your warehouse, as a shelf, a floor, an aisle, etc. Therefore, a location is part of one warehouse only and it is not possible to link one location to multiple warehouses. You can configure as much locations as you need under one warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:15 +msgid "There are 3 types of locations:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:17 +msgid "The **Physical Locations** are internal locations that are part of the warehouses for which you are the owner. They can be the loading and unloading area of your warehouse, a shelf or a department, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:21 +msgid "The **Partner Locations** are spaces within a customer and/or vendor's warehouse. They work the same way as Physical Locations with the only difference being that you are not the owner of the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:25 +msgid "The **Virtual Locations** are places that do not exist, but in which products can be placed when they are not physically in an inventory yet (or anymore). They come in handy when you want to place lost products out of your stock (in the **Inventory loss**), or when you want to take into account products that are on their way to your warehouse (**Procurements**)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:31 +msgid "In Odoo, locations are structured hierarchically. You can structure your locations as a tree, dependent on a parent-child relationship. This gives you more detailed levels of analysis of your stock operations and the organization of your warehouses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Routes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts.rst:3 +msgid "Concepts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:3 +msgid "Organize a cross-dock in a warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:5 +msgid "Cross-docking is the process of sending products that are received directly to the customers, without making them enter the stock. The trucks are simply unloaded in a *Cross-Dock* area in order to reorganize products and load another truck." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:11 +msgid "For more information on how to organize your warehouse, read our blog: `What is cross-docking and is it for me? <https://www.odoo.com/blog/business-hacks-1/post/what-is-cross-docking-and-is-it-for-me-270>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:16 +msgid "In the *Inventory* app, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Multi-Step Routes*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:22 +msgid "Doing so will also enable the *Storage Locations* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:24 +msgid "Now, both *Incoming* and *Outgoing* shipments should be configured to work with 2 steps. To adapt the configuration, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses` and edit your warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:31 +msgid "This modification will lead to the creation of a *Cross-Docking* route that can be found in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:38 +msgid "Configure products with Cross-Dock Route" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:40 +msgid "Create the product that uses the *Cross-Dock Route* and then, in the inventory tab, select the routes *Buy* and *Cross-Dock*. Now, in the purchase tab, specify the vendor to who you buy the product and set a price for it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:48 +msgid "Once done, create a sale order for the product and confirm it. Odoo will automatically create two transfers which will be linked to the sale order. The first one is the transfer from the *Input Location* to the *Output Location*, corresponding to the move of the product in the *Cross-Dock* area. The second one is the delivery order from the *Output Location* to your *Customer Location. Both are in state *Waiting Another Operation* because we still need to order the product to our supplier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:56 +msgid "Now, go to the *Purchase* app. There, you will find the purchase order that has been automatically triggered by the system. Validate it and receive the products in the *Input Location*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:64 +msgid "When the products have been received from the supplier, you can go back to your initial sale order and validate the internal transfer from *Input* to *Output*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:72 +msgid "The delivery order is now ready to be processed and can be validated too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:3 +msgid "Inter-warehouse transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:5 +msgid "When owning several warehouses, you might need to transfer goods from one warehouse to another. Proceeding to such behavior is called *inter-warehouse transfers*. If this action is physically easy to perform, the administrative part can be arduous. Fortunately, Odoo comes with an intuitive flow that helps save time when registering those transfers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:13 +msgid "First of all, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable **Storage Locations**. Then, hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:21 +msgid "If you want to manage several routes within your warehouses, then enable **Multi-Step Routes** and check :doc:`use-routes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:25 +msgid "Creating a new warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:27 +msgid "The next step is to create your new warehouse. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> Warehouses` and click on **Create**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:30 +msgid "Fill out a **Warehouse Name** and a **Short Name**. The short name is five characters maximum." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:37 +msgid "The **Short Name** appears on your transfer orders and other warehouse documents. We recommend using an understandable one (e.g.: WH/[first letters of location])." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:40 +msgid "Now, go back to your dashboard. There, new operations related to your warehouse have been automatically generated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:48 +msgid "Creating a new inventory" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:50 +msgid "If you create a new warehouse, you might already have an existing inventory in it. In that case, you should create an inventory in Odoo. If this is not the case, you can skip this step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:53 +msgid "Into the inventory application, select :menuselection:`Operations --> Inventory Adjustment`. Then, create a new inventory by clicking on **Create**. Fill in the **Inventory Reference**, **Date** and make sure to select the right warehouse and location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:61 +msgid "Next, click on **Start Inventory**. You will be able to input your existing products in the new window. Select add an item and indicate the **Real Quantity** available in the warehouse. The theoretical quantity can not be changed as it represents a computed one from purchase and sales orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:71 +msgid "Don't forget to validate your inventory once you have recorded the state of all your products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:74 +msgid "Create an internal transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:76 +msgid "The final step is to create your internal transfer. If you want to transfer eight units of a product from your first warehouse to another one, proceed as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:79 +msgid "From your dashboard, select an internal movement of one of the two warehouses. To do so, click on :menuselection:`Manage --> Planned Transfer`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:86 +msgid "On the new window, select the source location zone (in this case, your \"old\" warehouse) and the destination location zone (in this case, your \"new\" warehouse)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:89 +msgid "Add the products you want to transfer by clicking on **Add an Item**, then click on **Save** and **Mark as TODO** once you are done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:96 +msgid "If you selected **Immediate Transfer**, Odoo processes the transfer automatically after you clicked on **Validate**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:99 +msgid "If you select **Mark as TODO**, Odoo puts the transfer in **Waiting Availability** status. Click on **Reserve** to reserve the number of products in your source warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:102 +msgid "It is also possible to manually transfer each product:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:104 +msgid "Via your dashboard, select the transfer order in the source location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:110 +msgid "Select the right transfer order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:116 +msgid "Click on the little pencil logo in the lower right corner to open the operation details window. In this new window you can manually indicate how many products you process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:124 +msgid "If you decide to process the transfer order partially (e.g., a part of the products can't be shipped yet due to an unexpected event), Odoo automatically asks if you wish to create a **backorder**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:128 +msgid "Create a backorder if you expect to process the remaining products later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:129 +msgid "Do not create a backorder if you will not supply/receive the remaining products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:3 +msgid "Taking stock from different warehouses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:5 +msgid "When you plan to deliver a customer, you don’t know in advance if the products will come from Warehouse A or Warehouse B. You may, in some cases, need to take stock from different warehouses. With *Odoo*, you can configure this by using the concept of virtual warehouses. Let us show you how to set those virtual warehouses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:8 +msgid "Set up virtual warehouses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:10 +msgid "Let’s say you have two warehouses: Warehouse A and Warehouse B. Create a new warehouse, that will be a virtual one. It will allow you to take the stock from A or B. To do so, go to your inventory app settings and enable the multi-warehouses feature. Then, go to the warehouses menu and click on create." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:16 +msgid "The *Storage Location* feature will be automatically enabled. Good news, because you will need it later in the process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:18 +msgid "Now, you have to make sure that the main stock locations of warehouse A and warehouse B are children locations of the main stock location of warehouse A + B. Go to the locations menu, and edit the main location of your two warehouses. Then, change their parent location to main location of warehouse A+B." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:24 +msgid "Sell a product from the virtual warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:26 +msgid "Let’s say you have two products, one stored in warehouse A and one stored in warehouse B. Now, you can create a new quotation for one of each product. Go to other information and choose Warehouse A+B in the shipping information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:31 +msgid "Once you have done it, you can convert it to a sales order. Then, a delivery order will be automatically generated, with a product reserved in warehouse A and one in warehouse B." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:3 +msgid "Using Routes and Pull/Push Rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:5 +msgid "In inventory management, the supply chain strategy determines when products should be fabricated, delivered to distribution centers, and made available in the retail channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:9 +msgid "This kind of strategic process can be configured using *Routes*, featuring *Pull and Push Rules*. Once everything is properly configured, the inventory app can automatically generate transfers following the instructions given by the rules. Yes, Odoo simplifies your life." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:16 +msgid "Inside the warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:18 +msgid "Let’s imagine a generic warehouse plan, where you can find receiving docks, a quality control area, storage locations, picking and packing areas, and shipping docks. All products go through all these locations, which also trigger all the route's rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:27 +msgid "In this example, vendor trucks unload pallets of ordered goods at receiving docks. Operators then scan the products in the receiving area. Some of these products are sent to a quality control area (those devoted to being used during the manufacturing process, for example), while others are directly stored in their respective locations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:36 +msgid "Here is an example of a fulfillment route. In the morning, items are picked for all the orders that need to be prepared during the day. These items are picked from storage locations and moved to the picking area, close to where the orders are packed. Then, the orders are packed in their respective boxes and conveyors bring them close to the shipping docks, ready to be delivered to customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:45 +msgid "How does it work?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:51 +msgid "Pull Rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:53 +msgid "With *Pull Rules*, a demand for some products triggers procurements, while *Push Rules* are triggered by products arriving in a specific location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:57 +msgid "We can say that *Pull Rules* are used to fulfill a customer order, a sale order. So, Odoo generates a need at the *Customer Location* for each product in the order. Because *Pull Rules* are triggered by a need, Odoo looks for a *Pull Rule* defined on the *Customer Location*. In our case, a delivery order pull rule that transfers products from the *Shipping Area* to the *Customer Location* is found, and a transfer between the two locations is created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:65 +msgid "Then, Odoo finds another pull rule that tries to fulfill the need for the *Shipping Area*: the *Packing Rule* that transfers products from the *Packing Area* to the *Shipping Area*. And, finally, other rules are triggered until a transfer between the *Stock* and the *Picking Area* is created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:72 +msgid "All theses transfers are pre-generated by Odoo, starting from the end and going backwards. While working, the operator process these transfers in the opposite order: first the picking, then the packing, then the delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:77 +msgid "Push Rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:79 +msgid "On the other hand, *Push Rules* are much easier to understand. Instead of pre-generating documents based on needs, they are live-triggered when products arrive in a specific location. *Push Rules* basically say: \"when a product arrives at a specific location, move it to another location.\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:84 +msgid "A simple example would be: when a product arrives in the *Receipt Area*, move them to the *Storage Location*. As different rules can be applied to different products, you can assign different storage locations for different products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:89 +msgid "Another rule could be: when products arrive at a location, move them to the *Quality Control Area*. Then, once the quality check is done, move them to their *Storage Location*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:94 +msgid "*Push Rules* can be triggered only if no *Pull Rule* pre-generated the upstream transfers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:98 +msgid "Sets of rules like those are called routes. The grouping on the rule defines how products are grouped in the same transfer or not. For example, during the picking operation, all orders are grouped in one transfer, whereas the packing operation respects the grouping per customer order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:105 +msgid "Use Routes and Rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:107 +msgid "Since *Routes* are a collection of *Push and Pull Rules*, Odoo helps you manage advanced routes configuration such as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:110 +msgid "Manage product manufacturing chains;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:111 +msgid "Manage default locations per product;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:112 +msgid "Define routes within your warehouse according to business needs, such as quality control, after-sales services, or supplier returns;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:114 +msgid "Help rental management by generating automated return moves for rented products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:117 +msgid "To configure a route such as one of those above, open the **Inventory Application** and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. Then, enable the *Multi-Step Routes* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:126 +msgid "The *Storage Locations* feature is automatically activated with the *Multi-Step Routes*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:129 +msgid "Once this first step is completed, you have the choice between pre-configured routes or custom ones. Both are explained below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:133 +msgid "Pre-configured Routes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:135 +msgid "Odoo’s pre-configured routes are available in the warehouses’ menu. To find it, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses`. There, open your warehouse and edit it to see the pre-configured routes for incoming and outgoing shipments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:144 +msgid "Some more advanced routes, such as pick-pack-ship, are already configured to make your life easier. Those are based on your choice for shipments. Once you made your choice, head to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes` to see the routes Odoo generated for you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:153 +msgid "Opening one of those routes allows you to see on what you can apply the route. Here, all the selected product categories in the *YourCompany* warehouse are set up to follow the 3-steps route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:161 +msgid "Easier for many businesses, this process might not fit yours. Thus, you can configure custom routes in which you can define your own rules, but also the source and destination location of each action. As an example, here are the rules for the pre-configured route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:171 +msgid "Custom Routes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:173 +msgid "To create a custom route, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`, click on create, and choose the places where this route can be selected. Of course, combinations are available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:182 +msgid "Each place has a different behavior, so it is important to tick only the useful ones and adapt each route accordingly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:185 +msgid "When applying the route on a product category (:menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories`), all the rules configured in the route are applied to **every** product of the category. For example, this can be useful if you use the dropshipping process for all the products from the same category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:195 +msgid "The same behavior applies to the warehouses. If you tick *Warehouses*, all the transfers occurring inside the chosen warehouse, and meeting the conditions of the linked rules, then follow that route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:203 +msgid "For the *Sales Order Lines*, it is more or less the opposite. You have to choose the route yourself when creating a quotation. This is pretty useful if some products go through different routes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:211 +msgid "If you work with this kind of route, it is important to keep in mind that it must be selected on the sales order, such as below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:218 +msgid "Then, the route can be chosen on each line of the document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:224 +msgid "Finally, there are routes that can be applied to products. Those work more or less like the product categories: once selected, you have to manually set on which product it must be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:232 +msgid "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Master Data --> Products` and open the one on which you want to apply the route. Then go to the *Inventory tab* and select the route you’ve created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:240 +msgid "If, prima facie, the routes’ configuration can appear quite easy, don’t forget that we haven’t set up any rule yet. If not harder to set up, those are vital to have working routings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:245 +msgid "Rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:247 +msgid "The rules are to be defined on the routes. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`, then to the *Rules* section, and click on *Add a line* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:255 +msgid "The available rules trigger various actions. If Odoo offers *Push* and *Pull* rules, others are also available. Here are some explanations for all of them:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:259 +msgid "**Pull From**: this rule is triggered by a need for the product in a specific stock location. The need can come from a sale order which has been validated or for a manufacturing order which requires a specific component. When the need appears in the source location, Odoo generates a picking to fulfill this need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:264 +msgid "**Push To**: this rule is triggered by the arrival of some products in the defined source location. In case you move products to the source location, Odoo generates a picking to move those products to the destination location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:268 +msgid "**Push & Pull**: it allows to generate pickings in the two different situations explained above. It means that when products are required at a specific location, a transfer is created from the previous location to fulfill that need. Then, a need is created in the previous location and a rule is triggered to fulfill it. Once the second need fulfilled, the products are pushed to the first location and all the needs are fulfilled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:274 +msgid "**Buy**: when products are needed at the destination location, a request for quotation is created to fulfill the need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:276 +msgid "**Manufacture**: when products are needed in the source location, a manufacturing order is created to fulfill the need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:283 +msgid "You must also define the *Operation Type*. This operation allows defining which kind of picking is created from the rule. With our above screenshot, the created picking is, for example, an internal transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:288 +msgid "On the other hand, the *Supply Method*, allows defining what happens at the source location:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:291 +msgid "**Take From Stock**: the products are taken from the available stock of the source location;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:293 +msgid "**Trigger Another Rule**: the system tries to find a stock rule to bring the products to the source location. The available stock is ignored." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:296 +msgid "**Take From Stock, if Unavailable, Trigger Another Rule**: the products are taken from the available stock of the source location. If there is no stock available, the system tries to find a rule to bring the products to the source location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:301 +msgid "In the *Scheduling* section, you can determine how Odoo behaves when one of the chain's pickings is rescheduled. In case you decide to **Propagate Rescheduling**, the next move is also to be rescheduled. If you prefer having the choice to reschedule the next move, you can decide to receive an alert in the form of a *next activity*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:309 +msgid "What about a full flow?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:311 +msgid "Do you remember our Pick - Pack - Ship custom route? Let’s use it to try a full flow with an advanced custom route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:314 +msgid "First, a quick look at our rules and their supply methods: we have three rules, all **Pull From** rules. The supply methods are the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:318 +msgid "**Take From Stock**: When products are needed in WH/Packing Zone, *Picks* (internal transfers from WH/Stock to WH/Packing Zone) are created from WH/Stock to fulfill the need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:321 +msgid "**Trigger Another Rule**: When products are needed in WH/Output, *Packs* (internal transfers from WH/Packing Zone to WH/Output) are created from WH/Packing Zone to fulfill the need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:324 +msgid "**Trigger Another Rule**: When products are needed in Partner Locations/Customers, Delivery Orders are created from WH/Output to fulfill the need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:332 +msgid "This means that, when a customer orders products, a delivery order is created to fulfill the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:340 +msgid "If the source document is the same sale order, the status is not the same. In fact, the status is **Waiting Another Operation** if the previous transfer in the list is not done yet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:348 +msgid "To prepare the order, conveyors need products packed at the output area, so an internal transfer is requested from the packing zone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:355 +msgid "Obviously, the packing zone needs products ready to be packed. So, an internal transfer is requested to the stock and employees can gather the required products from the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:363 +msgid "As explained in this documentation introduction, the last step in the process (here the delivery order) is the first to be triggered, which then triggers other rules until we reach the first step in the process (here, the internal transfer from to stock to the packing area). Now, everything is ready to be processed so the customer can get the ordered items." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:370 +msgid "In our case, the product is delivered to the customer when all the rules have been triggered and the transfers done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies.rst:3 +msgid "Putaway & Removal Strategies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:3 +msgid "What is a Putaway Rule?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:5 +msgid "A good warehouse implementation takes care that products automatically move to their appropriate destination location. To make that process easier, Odoo uses *Putaway rules*. But what is a putaway rule? Putaway is the process of taking products off the receiving shipments and directly putting them into the most appropriate location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:7 +msgid "If, for example, a warehouse contains volatile substances, it is important to make sure that certain products are not stored close to each other because of a potential chemical reaction. That’s where putaway rules intervene, to avoid storing products wrongly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:12 +msgid "In the *Inventory* app, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Multi-Step Routes*. By doing so, the *Storage Locations* will be automatically activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:19 +msgid "Setting up a Putaway Rule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:21 +msgid "In some cases, like for a retail shop storing vegetables and fruits, we have to store products in different locations to maintain product quality." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:23 +msgid "Let’s suppose there are one warehouse location *WH/Stock* and two sub-locations *WH/Stock/Vegatable* and *WH/Stock/Fruits*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:25 +msgid "To manage those locations, we will create putaway rules. To do so, open the *Inventory* app and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Putaway Rules`. Then, click on create and configure your first rule indicating the main location the product will enter before being redirected to the right location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:31 +msgid "The putaway rules can be defined either per product or per product category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:36 +msgid "Now, if I purchase apples and carrots to my supplier, they will be grouped in the same receipt but redirected to the right location automatically, thanks to putaway rules. This information is available from *Inventory Report*, under the reporting menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:3 +msgid "What is a Removal Strategy (FIFO, LIFO, and FEFO)?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:5 +msgid "Usually, *Removal Strategies* are defined in picking operations to select the best products to optimize the distance for the worker, for quality control purposes, or to first move the products with the closest expiration date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:9 +msgid "When a product movement needs to be done, Odoo finds available products that can be assigned to the transfer. The way Odoo assigns these products depends on the *Removal Strategy* defined in the *Product Category* or on the *Location*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:14 +msgid "What happens inside the warehouse?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:16 +msgid "Imagine a generic warehouse plan, with receiving docks and area, storage locations, picking and packing areas, and shipping docks. All products go through all these locations, but some rules, such as removal strategies, can have an effect on which products are taken for the pickings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:24 +msgid "Here, vendor trucks unload pallets of goods at the docks. Then, operators scan the products in the receiving area, with the receiving date and, if the product has an expiration date, the expiration date. After that, products are stored in their respective locations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:32 +msgid "Next, several orders for the same product are made, but you didn’t receive the goods the same day and they don’t have the same expiration date. In that situation, you logically prefer sending those with the closest date first. Depending on the removal strategy you chose, Odoo generates a transfer with the products fitting your settings the best." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:42 +msgid "On the transfer form, you can find the product’s lot/serial number to pick for delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:48 +msgid "First In, First Out (FIFO)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:50 +msgid "When using a **First In, First Out** strategy, a demand for some products triggers a removal rule which requests a transfer for the lot/serial number that has entered your stock the first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:53 +msgid "To be clearer, let’s imagine that you have three lots of nails in your warehouse. Those three have the following lot numbers: 00001, 00002, 00003, each with 5 nails boxes in it. 00001 entered the stock on the 23rd of May, 00002 on the 25th of May, and 00003 on the 1st of June. A customer orders you 6 boxes on the 11th of June. With the *FIFO* strategy selected, a transfer is requested for the five boxes of 00001 and one of the boxes in 00002 because 00001 has entered your stock before the others. The box from 00002 is taken because it has the oldest enter date after 00001." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:60 +msgid "So, for every order of a product with the *FIFO* strategy selected, Odoo requests a transfer for the good that has been in your stock for the longest period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:64 +msgid "Last In, First Out (LIFO)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:66 +msgid "The same way as for FIFO, the **Last In, First Out** strategy is based on moving products based on the date they entered the stock. Here, a demand for some products triggers a removal rule that requests a transfer for the lot/serial number that has entered your stock the last." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:70 +msgid "To better understand, let’s imagine three lots of screws in your warehouse. Those three have the following numbers: 10001, 10002, 10003, each with 10 screw boxes in it. 10001 has entered the stock on the 1st of June, 10002 on the 3rd of June, and 10003 on the 6th of June. A customer orders 7 boxes on the 8th of June. With the *LIFO* strategy selected, a transfer is requested for seven boxes of 10003 because that lot is the last one to have entered the stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:76 +msgid "So, basically, for every order of a product with the *LIFO* strategy used, a transfer for the last one to have entered the stock is requested." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:80 +msgid "This strategy is banned in many countries and can lead to only have old or obsolete products in your stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:84 +msgid "First Expire, First Out (FEFO)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:86 +msgid "The **First Expire, First Out** strategy is a bit different from the two others. Here, it is the expiration date that is important and not the date the product entered the stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:89 +msgid "Let’s imagine three lots of 6-eggs boxes (in this specific case, don’t forget to use :doc:`units of measure <../../management/products/uom>`). Those three have the following numbers: 20001, 20002, and 20003, each with 5 boxes in it. 20001 has entered the stock on the 1st of July and expires on the 15th of July, 20002 on the 2nd and expires on the 14th of July, and 20003 on the 4th and expires on the 21st of July. A customer orders 6 boxes on the 5th of July. With the *FEFO* strategy selected, a transfer is requested for the five boxes of 20002 and one from 20001. The transfer for all the boxes of the lot 20002 is because they have the closest expiration date. The transfer also requests one box from 20001 because it’s the lot that expires the sooner after 20002." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:98 +msgid "Then, you can remember that for every order of a product with the *FEFO* strategy, a transfer is requested for the product that has the nearest expiration date from the order date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:102 +msgid "Use Removal Strategies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:104 +msgid "To identify some units from other ones, you need to track them, either by *lot* or by *serial number*. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. Then, activate *Storage Location*, *Multi-Steps Routes*, and *Lots & Serial Numbers*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:113 +msgid "To work with the *FEFO* strategy, activate the *Expiration Dates* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:115 +msgid "Next, you need to define your removal strategy, on *Product Categories* via :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:123 +msgid "FIFO (First In, First Out)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:125 +msgid "As said, a *FIFO* strategy implies that products stocked first move out first. Companies should use that method if they are selling products with short demand cycles, such as clothes, and to ensure they are not stuck with outdated styles in stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:129 +msgid "For this example, we created three lots of white shirts. Those are from the All/Clothes category, where we put *FIFO* as the removal strategy. In our stock location (WH/Stock), we now find the three lots available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:137 +msgid "The lot 000001 contains 5 shirts, 000002 contains 3 shirts, and 000003 contains 2. As it can be seen above, 000001 has entered the stock first. Let’s create a sale order of six white shirts to check that products from that lot are the first ones to move out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:141 +msgid "On the delivery order linked to the picking, you can see that the oldest lot numbers have been reserved thanks to the *FIFO* strategy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:149 +msgid "LIFO (Last In, First Out)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:151 +msgid "With a *LIFO* strategy, that’s quite the opposite. In fact, the products that are brought the last move out the first. It is mostly used in case of products without a shelf life." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:154 +msgid "Even if our white shirts are clothes, we can say that they are timeless. So, let’s use them to test our *LIFO* strategy. Once again, open the product category via :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories` and change the removal strategy to *LIFO*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:162 +msgid "Now, create a sale order for 4 white shirts and check that the reserved products are from lots 000003 and 000002." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170 +msgid "Don’t forget that the *LIFO* strategy is banned in many countries!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:173 +msgid "FEFO (First Expiry, First Out)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:175 +msgid "With the *FEFO* strategy, the way products are picked is not based on the reception date. In this particular case, they are dispatched according to their expiration date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:179 +msgid "To have more information about Expiration date, please have a look at :doc:`the related doc <../../management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:182 +msgid "By activating *Expiration Dates*, it becomes possible to define different dates on the serial/lot numbers to be used in *FEFO*. These dates can be set by going to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Master Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:190 +msgid "Lots are picked based on their removal date, from earliest to latest. Lots without a removal date defined are picked after lots with removal dates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:194 +msgid "Other dates are for informational and reporting purposes only. If not removed from the stock, lots that are past the expiration dates may still be picked for delivery orders!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:197 +msgid "To use the *FEFO* strategy, once again go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories` and choose *FEFO* as the *Force Removal Strategy*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:204 +msgid "For this particular case, let’s use hand cream. As usual, we have three lots of them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:207 +msgid "**Lot / Serial No**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:207 +msgid "**Product**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:207 +msgid "**Expiration Date**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:209 +msgid "0000001" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:213 +msgid "Hand Cream" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:209 +msgid "09/30/2019" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:211 +msgid "0000002" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:211 +msgid "11/30/2019" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:213 +msgid "0000003" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:213 +msgid "10/31/2019" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:216 +msgid "When we realize a sale for 25 units of Hand Cream, we can see that the lot numbers which have been automatically reserved by Odoo are the ones with the closest expiration date, meaning 0000001 and 0000003." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping.rst:3 +msgid "Shipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation.rst:3 +msgid "Shipping Operations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:3 +msgid "How to cancel a shipping request to a shipper?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:8 +msgid "Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. Odoo will be linked with the transportation company tracking system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:12 +msgid "It will allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the destination." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:15 +msgid "You can easily cancel the request made to the carrier system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:18 +msgid "How to cancel a shipping request?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:20 +msgid "If the delivery order is not **Validated**, then the request hasn't been made. You can choose to cancel the delivery or to change the carrier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:24 +msgid "If you have clicked on **Validate**, the request has been made and you should have received the tracking number and the label. You can still cancel the request. Simply click on the **Cancel** button next to the **Carrier Tracking Ref**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:32 +msgid "You will now see that the shipment has been cancelled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:37 +msgid "You can now change the carrier if you wish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:40 +msgid "How to send a shipping request after cancelling one?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:42 +msgid "After cancelling the shipping request, you can change the carrier you want to use. Confirm it by clicking on the **Send to shipper** button. You will get a new tracking number and a new label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:83 +msgid ":doc:`invoicing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:116 +msgid ":doc:`multipack`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:3 +msgid "How to invoice the shipping cost to the customer?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:8 +msgid "There are two ways to invoice the shipping costs:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:10 +msgid "Agree with the customer over a cost and seal it down in the sale order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:13 +msgid "Invoice the real cost of the shipping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:18 +msgid "To configure the price of your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** app, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery --> Delivery Methods`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:21 +msgid "You can manually set a price for the shipping: It can be fixed or based on rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:24 +msgid "Or you can use the transportation company computation system. Read the document :doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:28 +msgid "How to invoice the shipping costs to the customer?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:31 +msgid "Invoice the price set on the sale order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:55 +msgid "On your sale order, choose the carrier that will be used. Click on **Delivery Method** to choose the right one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:36 +msgid "The price is computed when you **save** the sale order or when you click on **Set price**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:42 +msgid "To invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, click on **Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery method as a product. It may vary from the real price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:46 +msgid "When you create the invoice, it will take the price set on the sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:53 +msgid "Invoice the real shipping costs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:61 +msgid "The price is computed when you **save** the sale order. Confirm the sale order and proceed to deliver the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:64 +msgid "The real shipping cost is computed when the delivery order is validated, you can see the real cost in the chatter of the delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:70 +msgid "Go back to the sale order, the real cost is now added to the sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:76 +msgid "When you create the invoice, it will take the price computed by the carrier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:83 +msgid "If you split the delivery and make several ones, each delivery order will add a line to the sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:87 +msgid ":doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:84 +msgid ":doc:`labels`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:3 +msgid "How to print shipping labels?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:8 +msgid "Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers linked with the transportation company tracking system. It allows you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the destination. And finally, you will be able to print the shipping labels directly from Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:17 +msgid "Install the shipper company connector module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:20 +msgid "In the **Inventory** module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies you want to integrate :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:26 +msgid "Then click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:33 +msgid "Configure the delivery method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:35 +msgid "To configure your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery Methods`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:35 +msgid "The delivery methods for the chosen shippers have been automatically created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:41 +msgid "In the **Pricing** tab, the name of the provider means that the delivery will be handled and computed by the shipper system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:44 +msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:46 +msgid "The first one is linked to **your account** (develop key, password,...). For more information, please refer to the provider website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:62 +msgid "The second column varies according to the **provider**. You can choose the packaging type, the service type, the weight unit..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:65 +msgid "Uncheck **Test Mode** when you are done with the testings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:77 +msgid "Company configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:79 +msgid "In order to compute the right price, the provider needs your company information. Be sure your address and phone number are correctly encoded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:86 +msgid "To check your information, go to the **Settings** application and click on **General Settings**. Click on the first link **Configure your company data**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:92 +msgid "The shipper companies need the weight of your product, otherwise the price computation cannot be done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:73 +msgid "Go the **Sales** module, click on :menuselection:`Sales --> Products`. Open the products you want to ship and set a weight on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:80 +msgid "The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to do the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:85 +msgid "How to print shipping labels ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:87 +msgid "The delivery order created from the sale order will take the shipping information from it, but you can change the carrier if you want to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:135 +msgid "If you create a delivery transfer from the inventory module, you can add the third party shipper in the additional info tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:96 +msgid "Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number and **the label(s)**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:151 +msgid "The label to stick on your package is available in the history underneath :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:104 +msgid "Click on it to open the document and print it :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:110 +msgid "If you are doing multi-packages shippings, most of the time, there will be one label per package. Each label will appear in the delivery history." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage multiple packs for the same delivery order?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:8 +msgid "By default, Odoo considers that your delivery is composed of one package. But you can easily ship your deliveries with more than one package. It is fully integrated with the third-party shippers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:15 +msgid "To configure the use of packages, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. Locate the **Packages** section and tick **Record packages used on packing: pallets, boxes,...**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:23 +msgid "Click on **Apply** when you are done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:107 +msgid "Sale process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:110 +msgid "Sale order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:34 +msgid "Click on a **Delivery Method** to choose the right one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:40 +msgid "Multi-packages Delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:42 +msgid "The delivery created from the sale order will take the shipping information from it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:48 +msgid "From here, you can split your delivery into multiple packages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:50 +msgid "Choose the quantity you want to put in the first pack in the **Done** column, then click on the link **Put in Pack**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:56 +msgid "It will automatically create a pack with the requested quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:58 +msgid "Do the same steps for the other pieces you want to pack in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:63 +msgid "Click on **Validate** when you are done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:66 +msgid "Multi-packages with a 3rd party-shipper" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:68 +msgid "Once the delivery order is validated, you will receive the tracking number. The **carrier Tracking ref** field will automatically be filled. Click on the **Tracking** button to check your delivery on the provider website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:76 +msgid "The **labels** to stick on your packages are available in the history underneath:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Shipping Setup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:3 +msgid "How to setup a delivery method?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:8 +msgid "Odoo can handle various delivery methods, but it is not activated by default. Delivery methods can be used for your sale orders, your deliveries but also on your e-commerce." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:12 +msgid "Delivery methods allow you to manage the transport company, the price and the destination. You can even integrate Odoo with external shippers to compute the real price and the packagings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:20 +msgid "Install the inventory module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:22 +msgid "Delivery methods are handled by the **Delivery costs** module. Go to **Apps** and search for the module. You should remove the **Apps** filter in order to see it :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:29 +msgid "If you want to integrate delivery methods in your e-commerce, you'll have to install the **eCommerce Delivery** module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:39 +msgid "First set a name and a transporter company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:44 +msgid "Then you'll have to set the pricing. It can be fixed or based on rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:46 +msgid "If the price is fixed, tick **Fixed price**. You'll just have to define the price. If you want the delivery to be free above a certain amount, tick the option **Free if Order total is more than** and set a price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:54 +msgid "If the price varies according to rules, tick **Based on Rules**. Click on **add an item to a pricing rule**. Choose a condition based on either the weight, the volume, the price or the quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:61 +msgid "Finally you can limit the delivery method to a few destinations. The limit can be applied to some countries, states or even zip codes. This feature limits the list of countries on your e-commerce." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:69 +msgid "You can integrate Odoo with external shippers in order to compute the real price and packagings, and handle the printing the shipping labels. See :doc:`third_party_shipper`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:74 +msgid "Delivery process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:82 +msgid "You can now choose the **Delivery Method** on your sale order. If you want to invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, click on **Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery method as a product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:130 +msgid "Delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:90 +msgid "You can add or change the delivery method on the delivery itself." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:95 +msgid "On the delivery, check the **Carrier Information**. The carrier is the chosen delivery method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:99 +msgid ":doc:`third_party_shipper`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:158 +msgid ":doc:`../operation/invoicing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:3 +msgid "How to get DHL credentials for integration with Odoo?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:5 +msgid "In order to use the Odoo DHL API, you will need:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:7 +msgid "A DHL.com SiteID" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:9 +msgid "A DHL Password" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:11 +msgid "A DHL Account Number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:15 +msgid "Getting SiteID and password for countries other than United States (UK and Rest of the world)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:17 +msgid "You should contact DHL account manager and request integration for XML Express API. The presales should provide you live credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:20 +msgid "Getting SiteID and Password for United States" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:22 +msgid "You need to write to xmlrequests@dhl.com along with your full Account details like account number, region, address, etc. to get API Access." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:3 +msgid "How to integrate a third party shipper?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:8 +msgid "Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. Odoo can be linked with the transportation company tracking system. It will allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the destination." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:19 +msgid "In the inventory module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies you want to integrate :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:38 +msgid "The delivery methods for the chosen shippers have been automatically created. Most of the time, there will be **2** delivery methods for the same provider: one for **international** shipping and the other for **domestic** shipping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:43 +msgid "You can create other methods with the same provider with other configuration, for example the **Packaging Type**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:46 +msgid "You can change the **Name** of the delivery method. This is the name that will appear on your ecommerce." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:49 +msgid "Flag **Shipping enabled** when you are ready to use it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:54 +msgid "In the pricing tab, the name of the provider chosen under the **Price computation** means that the pricing will be computed by the shipper system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:57 +msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:59 +msgid "The first one is linked to **your account** (developer key, password,...). For more information, please refer to the provider website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:67 +msgid "Finally you can limit the delivery method to a few destinations. You can limit it to some countries, states or even zip codes. This feature limits the list of countries on your e-commerce. It is useful for the domestic providers. For example, USPS US only delivers from the United States to the United States." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:95 +msgid "Go the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> Products`. Open the products you want to ship and set a weight on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:102 +msgid "The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to make the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:115 +msgid "You can now choose the carrier on your sale order. Click on **Delivery method** to choose the right one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:118 +msgid "The price is computed when you save the sale order or when you click on **Set price**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:121 +msgid "If you want to invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, click on **Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery method as a product. It may vary from the real price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:125 +msgid "Otherwise, the real price (computed when the delivery is validated) will automatically be added to the invoice. For more information, please read the document :doc:`../operation/invoicing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:132 +msgid "The delivery created from the sale order will take the shipping information from it. You can change the carrier if you want to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:141 +msgid "The weight is computed based on the products weights. The shipping cost will be computed once the transfer is validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:144 +msgid "Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number. The **Carrier Tracking ref** field will automatically be filled. Click on the **Tracking** button to check your delivery on the provider website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:159 +msgid ":doc:`../operation/labels`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:3 +msgid "How to get UPS credentials for integration with Odoo?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:5 +msgid "In order to use the Odoo UPS API, you will need:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:7 +msgid "A UPS.com user ID and password" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:9 +msgid "A UPS account number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:11 +msgid "An Access Key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:13 +msgid "An Access Key is a 16 character alpha-numeric code that allows access to the UPS Developer Kit API Development and Production servers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:17 +msgid "Create a UPS Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:19 +msgid "Note that only customers located in the US can open a UPS account online. If you are located outside the US, you will need to contact UPS Customer Service in order to to open an account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:23 +msgid "You can read additional information about opening a UPS account on the their website, on the page, `How to Open a UPS Account Online <https://www.ups.com/content/us/en/resources/sri/openaccountonline.html?srch_pos=2&srch_phr=open+ups+account>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:27 +msgid "If you don't already have a UPS account, you can create one along with your online profile by following these steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:30 +msgid "1. Access the UPS.com web site at `www.ups.com <http://www.ups.com/>`__, and click the **New User** link at the top of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:34 +msgid "2. Click the **Register for MyUPS** button, and follow the prompts to complete the registration process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:37 +msgid "If you already have a UPS account, you can add it to your online profile as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:39 +msgid "Log in to the `UPS.com website <http://www.ups.com/>`_) using your UPS.com User ID and Password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:41 +msgid "Click the **My UPS** tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:43 +msgid "Click the **Account Summary** link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:45 +msgid "4. Click the **Add an Existing UPS Account** link in the **UPS Account Details** section of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:48 +msgid "5. In the **Add New Account** screen, enter the **UPS Account Number**, **Account Name**, and **Postal Code** fields. The country defaults to United States.q" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:52 +msgid "Click the **Next** button to continue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:55 +msgid "Get an Access Key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:57 +msgid "After you have added your UPS account number to your user profile you can request an Access Key from UPS using the steps below:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:60 +msgid "Go to the `UPS Developer Kit web page <https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en_US>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:61 +msgid "Log into UPS.com with your user ID and password" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:62 +msgid "Click on the link **Request an access key**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:63 +msgid "Verify your contact information" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:64 +msgid "Click the **Request Access Key** button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:66 +msgid "The **Access Key** will be provided to you on the web page, and an email with the Access Key will be sent to the email address of the primary contact." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:4 +msgid "Manufacturing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management.rst:4 +msgid "Manufacturing Management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:3 +msgid "Using an alternative Work Center" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:5 +msgid "For many manufacturing companies, a common issue is to have to manufacture, at the same time, several products usually produced at the same work center. If in practice, employees can manufacture the goods at another work center, it is not that simple." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:10 +msgid "You need to keep track of the job: which work center has been used and when, so you can schedule maintenance efficiently. With Odoo, you can configure it so you can keep tracking manufacturing orders and your employees have an alternative work center to use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:15 +msgid "This way, your process becomes more efficient, and less non-productive time will be noticed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:20 +msgid "Configure your Work Centers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:22 +msgid "The first thing to do is to go to the *Manufacturing* app settings. Then, enable the *Work Orders* feature and hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:30 +msgid "Now, go to the *Work Centers* menu under *Master Data* and create two new work centers. Add the second work centers as an alternative to the first and vice versa." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:39 +msgid "The next step is to create your *routing*. Add your work center and an operation to it before saving." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:47 +msgid "Then, you can create your *Bill of Materials* and add components and routing to it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:56 +msgid "Create your Work Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:58 +msgid "Now that everything is configured, you can create your *Work Orders*. Go to the *Manufacturing Orders* menu and hit *Create*. There, add your product and plan it. In the *Work Orders* list, you can find it ready to be assembled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:68 +msgid "Each new *Work Order*, which will be created before the end of the first one, will be scheduled at the alternative work center you configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:78 +msgid "Keep in mind that, if you add time after production to your work center, you may have work orders scheduled for your alternative work center even if the usual one is free." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:3 +msgid "Create Bills of Materials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:5 +msgid "A *Bill of Materials* is a document defining the quantity of each component required to manufacture a finished product. It also includes the routing and individual steps of the manufacturing process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:9 +msgid "With Odoo, you can link multiple BoMs to each product and use it to describe multiple variants of them. Each BoM will, yet, be associated with one product only." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:13 +msgid "This feature will help optimize your manufacturing process while saving you time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:17 +msgid "Setting up a BoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:19 +msgid "You can use BoMs without routings. You will use this if you choose to manage your manufacturing operations using manufacturing orders only. In other words, you choose to realize your manufacturing process in one step and do not track the steps the product goes through." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:24 +msgid "Before creating your *BoM*, you have to create the product using the *BoM* and, at least, one of the components. Go to the :menuselection:`Master Data menu --> Products` and create both the finished product and the component." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:28 +msgid "Once done, go to the *Bills of Materials* menu under *Master Data*. Now, create it. Choose the product from the dropdown menu and add your components and the quantity. In this case, keep the default *BoM* type, which is *Manufacture this Product*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:37 +msgid "Using the same BoM to describe Variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:39 +msgid "As said above, you can use *BoM* for *Product Variants*. It is basically the same as for the standard product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:42 +msgid "If your *BoM* is for one variant only, then specify which one in the *Product Variant* field. If not, specify the variant it is consumed for on each component line. You can add several variants for each component." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:51 +msgid "Adding a routing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:53 +msgid "You can add routing to your *BoM*. You will do this if you need to define a series of operations required by your manufacturing process. To use it, enable the *Work Orders* feature in the *Manufacturing* app settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:62 +msgid "Each *BoM* can have only one routing while each routing can be used multiple times." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:65 +msgid "Now that you have created your routing, add it to your *BoM*. You can select when, in the work operations, your components are consumed with the dropdown menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:73 +msgid "Adding By-Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:75 +msgid "In Odoo, a *by-product* is any product produced by a *BoM* in addition to the primary product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:78 +msgid "To add *by-products* to a *BoM*, you will first need to enable them from the *Manufacturing* app settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:84 +msgid "Once the feature is enabled, you can add your *By-Products* to your *BoMs*. You can add as many *By-Products* as you want. Just keep in mind that you need to register during which operation your by-product is produced." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:3 +msgid "Sell sets of products as kits" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:5 +msgid "A *kit* is a set of components that are delivered without first being assembled or mixed. *Kits* are described in Odoo using *Bills of Materials*. There are two basic ways to configure *kits*, depending on how the stock of the kit product is to be managed. In either case, both the *Inventory* and *Manufacturing* apps must be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:12 +msgid "Manage Stock of Component Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:14 +msgid "If you want to assemble kits as they are ordered, managing stock of the kit components only, you will use a *Kit BoM* without a manufacturing step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:18 +msgid "A product using a *Kit BoM* will appear as a single line item on a quotation and sales order, but will generate a delivery order with one line item for each of the components of the kit. In the examples below, the first image shows a sales order for the kit *Custom Computer Kit*, while the second image shows the corresponding delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:33 +msgid "From the *Products menu* in either the *Inventory* or *Manufacturing* app, create each component product as you would with any other product, then create the top-level, or kit product. The kit product should have only the *route Manufacture* set, in the *Inventory tab*. Because you cannot track the stock of kit products, the *Product Type* should be set to Consumable. Because a kit product cannot be purchased, then, *Can be Purchased* should be unchecked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:41 +msgid "All other parameters on the kit product may be modified according to your preference. The component products require no particular configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:48 +msgid "Once the products are configured, create a *bill of materials* for the kit product. Add each component and its quantity. Select the *BoM Type Ship this product as a set of components*. All other options may be left with their default values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:57 +msgid "Manage Stock of Kit Product and Component Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:59 +msgid "If you want to manage stock of the *top-level kit product*, you will use a standard *BoM* with a manufacturing step instead of a *Kit BoM*. When using a standard BoM to assemble kits, a *manufacturing order* will be created. The *manufacturing order* must be registered as completed before the kit product will appear in your stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:68 +msgid "On the kit product, select the *route Manufacture*. You may also select *Make to Order*, which will create a *manufacturing order* whenever a sales order is confirmed. Select the product type *Storable Product* to enable stock management." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:76 +msgid "When you create the *bill of materials*, select the BoM Type *Manufacture this product*. The assembly of the kit will be described by a *manufacturing order* rather than a packing operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage BoMs for product variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:5 +msgid "Odoo allows you to use one bill of materials for multiple variants of the same product. Simply enable variants from :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:12 +msgid "You will then be able to specify which component lines are to be used in the manufacture of each product variant. You may specify multiple variants for each line. If no variant is specified, the line will be used for all variants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:17 +msgid "When defining variant BoMs on a line-item-basis, the **Product Variant** field in the main section of the BoM should be left blank. This field is used when creating a BoM for one variant of a product only." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:3 +msgid "Set routings on kit Bills of materials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:5 +msgid "It often happens that you want to use kit BoM’s within manufactured product BoM’s in order to lighten the list of components for this manufactured product. When doing so, you would like to have the possibility to specify, for each kit component, in which operation they are consumed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:11 +msgid "We will see the three use cases that you can face in these kinds of configurations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:15 +msgid "Finished Product & Kit Component have the same Routing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:107 +msgid "Create BoM for the Finished Product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:65 +msgid "Create a manufactured BoM for the finished product which includes a kit component. Set a routing on your BoM, for example, *Assemble Furniture*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:117 +msgid "Create a Kit BoM for the Kit Component" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:30 +msgid "Update the kit component to define its BoM. Make sure that the routing which is set on this BoM is the same one than on the Finished Product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:36 +msgid "You can define the operations in which the kit components are used directly in the BoM of the kit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:127 +msgid "Manufacturing Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:42 +msgid "In the list of components, the kit is split. Two work orders are created as we have two operations defined in the *Assemble Furniture* routing. The components of the kits are well consumed in the operations defined in the kit BoM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:57 +msgid "Finished Product & Kit Component haven’t the same Routing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:60 +msgid "Kit Consumption set on Finished Product BoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:75 +msgid "Update the kit component to define its BoM. In this use case, the routing which is set on this Kit BoM is different than the one of the Finished Product. Specify the operations at which the kit components are consumed in this BoM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:129 +msgid "When the manufacturing order is created for the Manufactured product, the kit is split among its components. When the manufacturing order is planned, three work orders are created in our case, one coming from the routing of the manufactured products, the two other ones coming from the routing of the kit BoM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:95 +msgid "The components are all consumed during their respective operations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:104 +msgid "Kit Consumption set on Kit BoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:109 +msgid "Create a manufactured BoM for the finished product which includes a kit component. Set a routing on your BoM, for example, *Assemble Furniture*. Precise the consumption of the components on this BoM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:119 +msgid "Update the kit component to define its BoM. In this use case, the routing which is set on this Kit BoM is different than the one of the Finished Product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:138 +msgid "All the components of the kits are consumed during the first operation. The last component is consumed during the second operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:3 +msgid "Manage semi-finished products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:5 +msgid "In Odoo, you can use subassembly products to simplify a complex *Bill of Materials* or to represent your manufacturing flow more accurately. A *subassembly product* is a manufactured product that is used as a component to make another one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:10 +msgid "A *BoM* that employs *subassemblies* is referred to as a multi-level BoM. Those are accomplished by creating a *top-level BoM* and *subassembly ones*. This process requires a route that will ensure that every time a manufacturing order for the top-level product is created, another one will be for subassemblies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:17 +msgid "Configure the Subassembly Product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:19 +msgid "To configure a *multi-level BoM*, you will need a top-level product but also its subassemblies. The first step is to create a product form for each of the subassemblies. Select the routes *Manufacture* and *Replenish on Order*. Now, hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:27 +msgid "In the *Bill of Materials* menu, under *Master Data*, create a new *Bill of Materials*. Choose the product you just created and add its components." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:35 +msgid "Configure the Main BoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:37 +msgid "Now, you can configure the top-level product and its *BoM*. Include any subassemblies in the list of components." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:43 +msgid "Now, each time you will plan a manufacturing order for the top-level product, a manufacturing order will be created for the subassembly one. Then, you will have to manufacture the subassembly in order to make it available before manufacturing the finished product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:3 +msgid "Subcontract your Manufacturing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:5 +msgid "Outsourcing a portion of some or all your company’s manufacturing needs is not easy. To make it work right, you have to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:8 +msgid "Manage the inventory of raw materials at your subcontractor;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:9 +msgid "Ship new materials to your subcontractors based on your forecasted demand;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:11 +msgid "Keep track of manufacturing operations done at the subcontractor location;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:13 +msgid "Control incoming goods quality;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:14 +msgid "Control subcontractors bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:16 +msgid "Here is an example of subcontracting the manufacturing of “C”, which is produced out of raw materials “A” and “B”." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:23 +msgid "With its subcontracting feature, Odoo helps you handle this flow easily." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:28 +msgid "To use the subcontracting feature, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> Settings` and tick the box *Subcontracting*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:35 +msgid "To define if a product must be subcontracted, use a *Bill of Materials (BoM)* of type *Subcontracting*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:38 +msgid "To create a new *BoM*, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Master Data --> Bill of Materials` and hit create. Then, list the components your subcontractor needs to manufacture the product. For costing purposes, you might want to register all the components, even the ones that are sourced directly from the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:44 +msgid "Once you have set the *BoM Type* to *Subcontracting*, specify one or several subcontractors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:52 +msgid "Basic Subcontracting Flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:54 +msgid "To let your subcontractor know how many products you need, create and send them purchase orders (PO). To do so, open the *Purchase* app and create a new one. Be sure to send the PO to a vendor that is defined as a subcontractor on the *BoM*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:63 +msgid "Once the *PO* is validated (1), a pending receipt is created. When the products are received, validate the receipt (2), with the actual quantity received. Then Odoo automatically created several inventory moves:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:68 +msgid "Consume the components at the subcontractor’s location, based on the *BoM* (3);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:70 +msgid "Produce finished goods at the subcontractor’s location (4);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:71 +msgid "Move products from the subcontractor’s location to YourCompany through the validated receipt (5)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:74 +msgid "Of course, Odoo does all the transactions for you, automatically. Simply control the vendor bill with the usual matching process with the purchase order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:79 +msgid "The *PO* is optional. If you create a receipt manually, with the right subcontractor, Odoo still performs all the moves. Useful if the subcontractor does not bill a fixed price per item, but rather the time and materials used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:85 +msgid "Inventory Valuation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:87 +msgid "The cost of the manufactured product “C” is defined as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:89 +msgid "**C = A + B + s**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:91 +msgid "With:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:93 +msgid "**A**: Cost of raw materials coming from YourCompany;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:96 +msgid "**B**: Cost of raw materials sourced directly from the" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:96 +msgid "subcontractor;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:98 +msgid "**s**: Cost of the subcontracted service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:100 +msgid "Sending raw materials to your subcontractors (**A**) does not impact the inventory valuation, the components still belonging to your company. To manage this, the *Subcontracting Location* is configured as an *Internal Location* so that the components are still valued in the inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:106 +msgid "Then, the vendor price set on the product C form has to be what has to be paid to the subcontractor for his parts and service time: **B + s**. The product cost has to be: **A + B + s**, how much the product is valued in the accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:111 +msgid "Finally, the subcontractor bill matches the purchase order, with the proposed price coming from the finished products C." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:115 +msgid "If managing the replenishment of raw materials **B** at your subcontractor’s location is not needed, simply include the cost of **B** in the subcontractor’s price **s** and remove the products *B* from the *BoM*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:121 +msgid "Traceability" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:123 +msgid "In case the products received from the subcontractor contain tracked components, their serial or lot numbers need to be specified during the receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:127 +msgid "On the receipt of the subcontracted product, a *Record Components* button appears when necessary. Click on it to open a dialog and record the serial/lot numbers of the components. If the finished product is also tracked, its serial/lot number can be registered here too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:136 +msgid "For audit purposes, it is possible to check the lot numbers recorded on a receipt by using the icon on the right of the finished products:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:144 +msgid "Automate Replenishment of Subcontractors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:146 +msgid "To manage the resupply of your subcontractor, activate *Multi-locations* in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Configuration`. Then, the inventory at the subcontractor location can be tracked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:151 +msgid "It is possible to resupply subcontractors by sending products from the company locations, or by sending products from another supplier to the subcontractors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:156 +msgid "Replenishment from the warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:158 +msgid "Resupplying subcontractors manually is the simplest approach. To do so, create delivery orders in which the subcontractor is set as a delivery address and fill the components to deliver." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:162 +msgid "To automate the subcontractors’ replenishment propositions, there are two approaches:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:165 +msgid "Reordering rules;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:166 +msgid "Replenish on order flow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:168 +msgid "For the first one, just define a reordering rule on the subcontracting location, with a minimum and maximum inventory level. When the reordering rule is triggered, a delivery order is created to ship the components to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:177 +msgid "The second approach is to use a “pull” flow. Here, the demand in the finished product (real demand or forecasted one through the Master Production Schedule) triggers the replenishment of the subcontractor. To do so, select the route *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* on the wanted components." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:188 +msgid "Replenishment from another supplier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:190 +msgid "When purchasing items to another supplier, it is possible to ask him to deliver the subcontractor directly. To do so, activate the *Drop Shipping* feature in :menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> Configuration`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:195 +msgid "Now, set the *Dropship* option in the *Deliver To* field of the *Other Information* tab. Then, provide the address of the subcontractor for the shipping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:203 +msgid "That way, the supplier can ship items directly and you simply receive and pay the bill. However, it is still required to validate receipts for the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:212 +msgid "Quality Control" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:214 +msgid "Controlling the quality of the products manufactured by subcontractors is possible thanks to the Odoo Quality app. Quality checks can be made on a manufacturing step but, because the manufacturing process is handled by an external party, it can be defined on the product reception." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:224 +msgid "To create a quality check at the receipt, open the *Quality* app and create a new *Control Point* on the reception." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:231 +msgid "By doing so, a quality check is automatically created each time a finished product is received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:3 +msgid "Use the Master Production Schedule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:5 +msgid "The Master Production Schedule (MPS) is a valuable tool to plan your production based on your demand forecast." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:11 +msgid "Go to the :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the Master Production Schedule feature before hitting save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:18 +msgid "In the manufacturing settings, you can define the time range of your MPS (month/week/day) and the number of periods you want to display." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:20 +msgid "Now, go in :menuselection:`Planning --> Master Production Schedule` and click on add a product. You can now define your safety stock target (= the stock you want to have on hand at the end of the period) and the minimum and maximum quantities to replenish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:29 +msgid "The products are ordered in the MPS based on their sequence. You can rearrange that sequence by going on the list of your products and reorganize them with drag and drop." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:36 +msgid "In the MPS view, you can decide which information you would like to show by clicking on *rows*. Some fields can be added to the view, such as *Actual demand*, which will show which quantity of products has already been ordered for the period, or *Available to Promise*, which allows you to know what can still be sold during the period (what you plan to replenish - what is already sold during the period). You can also decide to hide some information if it isn’t necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:48 +msgid "Estimate your demand and launch replenishment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:50 +msgid "The next step is to estimate the demand for the period. This estimation should be entered in the row *Demand Forecast*. You can easily, at any time, compare the demand forecast with the actual demand (= confirmed sales). The demand forecast for a finished product will impact the indirect demand for its components." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:59 +msgid "Then, the quantity to replenish for the different periods will be automatically computed. The replenishments you are supposed to launch based on your lead times (vendor lead time or manufacturing lead time) are displayed in green. You can now launch the replenishment by clicking on the replenish button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:65 +msgid "Depending on the configuration of the product (buy vs. manufacture), requests for quotations or manufacturing orders will be created. You can easily access those by clicking on the *Actual Replenishment* cell." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:75 +msgid "In case you manually edit the *To replenish* quantity, a small cross will appear on the left. In case you want to go back to the automatically computed value given by Odoo, you can click the cross." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:83 +msgid "Cells color signification" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:85 +msgid "The cells, which are part of the *To replenish* line, can take different colors depending on the situation:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:88 +msgid "**Green**: quantity of products which should be replenished to reach the expected safety stock considering the demand forecast and the indirect demand forecast." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:90 +msgid "**Grey**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity still matches current data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:92 +msgid "**Red**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity was too high considering current data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:94 +msgid "**Orange**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity was too low considering current data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:96 +msgid "The *Forecasted stock* line can also contain red cells, which means the stock will be negative during the period in question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:100 +msgid "What if I have underestimated the demand?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:102 +msgid "You can still increase the demand forecast. It will impact the quantity to replenish. The cell will become orange, and you’ll be able to launch a new replenishment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:107 +msgid "What if I have overestimated the demand?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:109 +msgid "You can decrease the demand forecast. The cell will become red to inform you that you’ve ordered more than planned. If you’re still able to do it, you can cancel some RFQ or MO manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:114 +msgid "What if I wrongly added a product to the MPS?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:116 +msgid "You can easily remove a product from the MPS by clicking the small bin on the right of its name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:4 +msgid "Purchase" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:3 +msgid "Analyze the performance of your purchases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:5 +msgid "If your company regularly purchases products, you have several reasons to track and analyze your performance. The insights gathered can help you to better forecast and plan your future orders. For example, you can assess if your business is dependent on particular vendors, and the data can help you negotiate discounts on prices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:11 +msgid "Generate customized reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:13 +msgid "Go to *Reporting* to access the purchase analysis. Simply by accessing the reporting dashboard, you can get a quick overview of your actual performance. By default, the reporting dashboard displays a line chart presenting the untaxed amount of your purchase orders per day, and below it, key metrics and a pivot table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:22 +msgid "While the data initially presented is useful, there are several tools and features you can use to get even more insights on your purchases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:26 +msgid "Use filters to select the data you need" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:28 +msgid "Odoo offers several default filters you can use and combine by clicking on *Filters*. When you select one or several filters, Odoo looks for all the orders that match at least one of the filters you have chosen and populates the chart, key metrics, and pivot table with the data. The pre-configured filters are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:33 +msgid "All *Requests for Quotation*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:35 +msgid "All *Purchase Orders*, except canceled ones" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:37 +msgid "*Confirmation Date Last Year* includes all orders that were confirmed the previous year, canceled purchase orders included" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:40 +msgid "*Order Date* includes all orders - request for quotations and purchases orders (canceled ones included) - depending on their date of creation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:43 +msgid "*Confirmation Date* includes all confirmed orders, canceled ones included, depending on their date of confirmation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:47 +msgid "When you have to select a period, you can use multiple years, and, with at least one year selected, multiple quarters and the three most recent months." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:51 +msgid "If you use the *Order Date* or *Confirmation Date* filters, the *Comparison* feature appears next to *Filters*. It enables you to compare the period you filtered with the previous one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:59 +msgid "Add custom filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:61 +msgid "Thanks to the 31 filtering options to choose from, the possibilities of your customizing your dataset are almost limitless. Go to :menuselection:`Filters --> Add Custom Filter`, specify the condition the filtering option should meet (e.g. *is equal to*, *contains*, etc.), and click on *Apply*. If you want to select orders matching several conditions simultaneously (*and* operator), repeat the process to add another custom filter. If you want to use the *or* operator, don't click on *Apply*, and click on *Add a condition* instead. Once you have added all the desired filtering options, click on *Apply*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:74 +msgid "To avoid having to recreate custom filters every time, save them by clicking on :menuselection:`Favorites --> Save current search --> Save`. The customized search filter can then be accessed by clicking on *Favorites* or can even be set as the default filter when you open the reporting dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:80 +msgid "Measure exactly what you need" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:82 +msgid "Before selecting what you want to measure, you need to decide whether you prefer using the graph view or the pivot view. By default, the dashboard presents both views. However, the measures you select won't be applied to both views. You can access each view separately by clicking on the icons at the top right of the dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:92 +msgid "Visualize your data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:94 +msgid "You can transform the main graph in just a click by selecting one of the three charts: bar, line or pie. Fourteen different measures are available, but you can only use one at a time. However, you can group the measure using one or several of the 19 *Groups*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:102 +msgid "For bar and line charts, the selected measure is your y-axis, and the first group you select is used to create the x-axis. Adding more group adds additional lines (line chart) or transforms your bar chart into a stacked bar chart. For pie charts, the more groups you select, the more slices are displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:108 +msgid "Explore your data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:110 +msgid "The pivot table view enables you to explore your data in great detail. Unlike the graph view, the pivot table enables you to add several measures at the same time. By clicking on *Measures* or on the **+** sign in the *Total* column, you can add as many as you want, each assigned to a new column. By clicking on the **+** sign in the *Total* row, you can add *Groups*. If you click on a group's **+** sign, you can add a sub-group, and so on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:121 +msgid "You can insert your pivot table's data directly in the Spreadsheet app or export it as an Excel file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals.rst:3 +msgid "Manage deals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:3 +msgid "Purchase agreements: blanket orders and calls for tenders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:5 +msgid "There are two main types of purchase agreements preconfigured in Odoo: blanket orders and call for tenders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:8 +msgid "Blanket orders are long-term agreements between a company and a vendor to deliver products on a recurring basis with predetermined pricing. Your company should consider using them when you frequently purchase the same products from the same vendor in varying quantities and/or at different times. Among their many benefits, you can save time as the ordering process is simplified, and money thanks to more advantageous bulk pricing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:14 +msgid "Calls for tenders use a special procedure to request offers from multiple vendors at the same time. While public sector organizations are often legally bound to release calls for tenders when they want to purchase goods or services, private organizations can also use them to get the best deal among several vendors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:20 +msgid "Enable purchase agreements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:22 +msgid "From the Purchase app, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate *Purchase Agreements*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:30 +msgid "Configure or create new types of purchase agreements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:32 +msgid "Before you start using purchase agreements, make sure they are configured the way you want by going to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Purchase Agreement Types`. From there, you can edit the way blanket orders and calls for tenders or *Create* a new type of purchase agreement. You can configure the:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:37 +msgid "Agreement Type: the name you want to give to the agreement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:39 +msgid "Agreement Selection Type: you can either select multiple offers using *Select multiple RFQ (non-exclusive)*, which is the default setting for both blanket orders and calls for tenders, or a single offer using *Select only one RFQ (exclusive)*, which is sometimes needed for calls for tenders where you only want to select a single vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:44 +msgid "Lines: generally, you would always want to select *Use lines of agreement*, which are the different product lines you can configure when you set up your purchase agreement. However, you can select *Do not create RfQ lines automatically* if you don't want your requests for quotations to be pre-filled in with that information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:49 +msgid "Quantities: if you use lines of agreements, you can also specify independently if the products' quantities should be used to pre-fill new requests for quotations. The default option for blanket orders is *Set quantities manually*, while for calls for tenders are set to *Use quantities of agreement*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:59 +msgid "Set up a blanket order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:61 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Orders --> Purchase Agreements` and click on *Create*. Select *Blanket Order* as your *Agreement Type*. Next, select the vendor. The other fields aren't mandatory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:64 +msgid "Next, add the products you want to order and their price. Note that you can also add a *Quantity* for each product, for example, if you have agreed with your vendor to order a specific minimum quantity each time or in total. If you have configured your blanket order to *Set quantities manually*, this is only used for informational purposes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:73 +msgid "You can also write any *Terms and Conditions* at the bottom of the agreement. Once you are satisfied with your blanket order, click on *Confirm*. Its status then changes from *Draft* to *Ongoing* and it's ready to be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:78 +msgid "Create requests for quotation from the blanket order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:80 +msgid "You can now create new quotations from the blanket order whenever you need it by clicking on *New Quotation*. Odoo automatically fills in requests for quotation with the information initially defined when you set up the blanket order. Depending on the way you configured the *Purchase Agreement Type*, product lines can also be pre-filled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:85 +msgid "From here, you can quickly view all the requests for quotations made under that blanket order by clicking on *RFQs/Orders*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:93 +msgid "You can also create a *Request for Quotation* the usual way and then link it to an existing *Blanket Order*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:97 +msgid "Blanket orders and replenishment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:99 +msgid "Blanket orders can be used for :doc:`automated replenishment <../../purchase/products/reordering>`, as once a blanket order is confirmed, a new vendor line is added to your product. Make sure the related vendor is in the first position if you have several vendors linked to your product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:108 +msgid "Set up a call for tenders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:110 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Orders --> Purchase Agreements` and click on *Create*. Select *Call for Tenders* as your *Agreement Type*. The other fields aren't mandatory, but you can add the date you want to be delivered and set an agreement deadline. You usually don't want to select a vendor for calls for tenders as you are looking to get quotations from multiple vendors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:115 +msgid "Next, add the products you want to order and in what quantity. For calls for tenders, you typically don't add a price, as the vendors should give you their best quote." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:118 +msgid "You can also write any *Terms and Conditions* at the bottom of the agreement. Once you are ready, click on *Confirm*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:126 +msgid "Requests quotations from the call for tenders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:128 +msgid "You can now request new quotations from the call for tenders. Click on *New Quotation* and select one of your vendors you want to invite to the call for tenders. Product lines should also be pre-filled in, depending on how you configured the *Purchase Agreement Type*. Click on *Send by email* to send it to the vendor. Go back to the call for tenders and repeat this process for each vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:138 +msgid "Once you have sent a request for quotation to every vendor and receiving their quotes, click on *Validate* to proceed to the bid selection. Next, click on the RFQs/Orders smart button to view all your vendors' quotations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:146 +msgid "Click on each request for quotation to add the price communicated by your vendors manually. When that's done, select the most advantageous offer and click on *Confirm Order*. This automatically closes the call for tenders. You can now proceed with the purchase order as you would for a regular one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:3 +msgid "Control and know when vendor bills should be paid" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:5 +msgid "With Odoo, you can define how your vendor bills are controlled. For each purchase order, you can decide when the related vendor bill should be paid: either before or after you have received your products. You can also check at a glance what is the billing status of each purchase order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:9 +msgid "With the 3-way matching feature, Odoo compares the information appearing on the *Purchase Order*, the *Vendor Bill* and the *Receipt*, and lets you know if you should pay the bill. This way you can avoid paying incorrect or fraudulent vendor bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:14 +msgid "Vendor bills default control policy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:16 +msgid "As a first step, open your Purchase app and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` to set the default bill control policy for all the products created onwards." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:23 +msgid "By selecting *On ordered quantities*, you can create a vendor bill as soon as you confirm an order. The quantities mentioned in the purchase order are used to generate the draft bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:26 +msgid "If you choose *On received quantities* instead, you can only create one once you have at least received some of the products you have ordered. The quantities you have received are used to generate the draft bill. If you try to create one without having received any product, you get an error message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:36 +msgid "Change a specific product's control policy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:38 +msgid "If you want to modify a specific product's control policy, go to :menuselection:`Products --> Products`, open it, click on *Edit* and go to the *Purchase tab*. There you can change a product's default bill control policy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:47 +msgid "View a purchase order's billing status" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:49 +msgid "Once you confirm an order, you can view its *Billing Status* by going to the *Other Information* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:56 +msgid "Below you can find a list of the different *Billing Status*, and when they are displayed, depending on the products' bill control policy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:60 +msgid "**Billing status**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:60 +msgid "**Conditions**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:62 +msgid "*On received quantities*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:62 +msgid "*On ordered quantities*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:64 +msgid "*Nothing to Bill*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:64 +msgid "PO confirmed; no products received" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:64 +msgid "*(Not applicable)*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:66 +msgid "*Waiting Bills*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:66 +msgid "All/some products received; bill not created" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:66 +msgid "PO confirmed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:68 +msgid "*Fully Billed*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:68 +msgid "All/some products received; draft bill created" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:68 +msgid "Draft bill created" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:72 +msgid "Determine when to pay with 3-way matching" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:74 +msgid "First, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate *3-way matching*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:81 +msgid "3-way matching is intended to work with the bill control policy set to *On received quantities*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:84 +msgid "Should I pay the vendor bill?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:86 +msgid "With the feature activated, your vendor bills now display the *Should Be Paid* field under the *Other info* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:93 +msgid "As you can't create a bill until you have received your products - and if you haven't received all of them, Odoo only includes the products you have received in the draft bill - the *Should Be Paid* status is set to *Yes* when you create one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:97 +msgid "If you edit a draft bill to increase the billed quantity, change the price, or add other products, the *Should Be Paid* status is set to *Exception*. It means Odoo notices the discrepancy, but that you might have a valid reason to have done so." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:101 +msgid "Once the payment has been registered and mentions *Paid*, the *Should Be Paid* status is set to *No*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:109 +msgid "The *Should Be Paid* status is set automatically by Odoo. However, you can change the status manually when you are viewing a bill in edit mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:3 +msgid "Don’t run out of stock with reordering rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:5 +msgid "To make sure you never run out of stock, you can define *Reordering Rules* on products. Thanks to them, Odoo can help you replenish your stock automatically when it reaches set quantities or whenever a sales order is created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:9 +msgid "You need to install the *Inventory app* to use reordering rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:12 +msgid "Configure your storable product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:14 +msgid "Open or create a product with its *Product Type* set to *Storable Product*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:20 +msgid "As you are purchasing this product from a vendor, go to the product's *Purchase tab* and add a vendor by clicking on *Add a line*. You can add multiple vendors, but make sure to order them correctly, since reordering rules always use the first vendor in a list. You can add a price, but it isn't necessary for the reordering rule to work. In addition, you can add a minimum quantity you must order to benefit from that price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:27 +msgid "If the quantity Odoo has to reorder doesn't match the minimum quantity specified, Odoo selects the next vendor on your list. If you don't have another vendor on your list, the reordering rule won't work. For that purpose, you can add the same vendor multiple times with different prices for different quantities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:37 +msgid "By default, a draft purchase order is created. However, if you have enabled *Purchase Agreements*, you can *Propose a call for tenders* instead as shown in the image above. For more information, see :doc:`../manage_deals/agreements`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:41 +msgid "Next, make sure the correct route is selected under the Inventory tab of your product. If you created your product within the Purchase app, the *Buy* route is selected by default. If you are looking to dropship your product, select *Dropship*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:50 +msgid "Set up your reordering rule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:52 +msgid "Open your product and click on the *Reordering Rules* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:58 +msgid "Once you are on the product's reordering rules page, click on *Create*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:61 +msgid "You can access and create reordering rules from :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Reordering Rules` and from :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Replenishment`. By default, the replenishment view presents a summary of all the products that you might need to purchase to fulfill your sales orders. From there, you can ask Odoo with a single click to order a product once or automate all orders for that product, future orders included." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:68 +msgid "Define quantities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:70 +msgid "You can set a **minimum quantity** your stock should always have. Once set, if your stock goes below the minimum quantity, and if you selected the Buy route, a request for quotation is automatically generated to reach that minimum quantity, plus any additional quantity needed to fill in a sales order for example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:75 +msgid "If you set a **maximum quantity**, every time the product has to be replenished, enough products are reordered to reach the maximum quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:78 +msgid "If you want to order only the exact quantity needed to fill in a sales order for example, set both both the minimum and maximum quantity to **zero**. The quantity mentioned in the sales order is then used by the reordering rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:82 +msgid "You can also add a **quantity multiple** to only order products in batches of a certain quantity. Click on the optional columns drop-down menu, and select *Multiple Quantity* to show the column. Bear in mind that you might go over the maximum quantity you set if your rule includes a quantity multiple, as Odoo orders enough products to reach the maximum quantity and respect the set quantity multiple." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:92 +msgid "If you selected multiple routes for the same product under its Inventory tab, make sure to select your *Preferred Route* on your reordering rule by clicking on the optional columns drop-down menu, adding the *Preferred Route* column, and selecting the right route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:3 +msgid "Purchase in different units of measure than sales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:5 +msgid "When you purchase a product, it may happen that your vendor uses a different unit of measure than you do when you sell it. This can cause confusion between sales and purchase representatives. It is also time-consuming to convert measures manually every time. With Odoo, you can configure your product once and let Odoo handle the conversion." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:10 +msgid "Consider the following examples:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:12 +msgid "You purchase orange juice from an American vendor, and they use **gallons**. However, your customers are European and use **liters**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:15 +msgid "You buy curtains from a vendor in the form of **rolls** and you sell pieces of the rolls to your customers using **square meters**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:19 +msgid "Enable units of measure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:21 +msgid "Open your Sales app and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. Under Product Catalog, enable *Units of Measure*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:29 +msgid "Specify sales and purchase units of measure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:32 +msgid "Standard units of measure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:34 +msgid "A variety of units of measure are available by default in your database. Each belongs to one of the five pre-configured units of measure categories: *Length / Distance*, *Unit*, *Volume*, *Weight* and *Working Time*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:39 +msgid "You can create your new units of measure and units of measure categories (see next section)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:41 +msgid "To specify different units of measures for sales and purchases, open the Purchase app and go to :menuselection:`Products --> Products`. Create a product or select an existing one. Under the product's *General Information* tab, first select the *Unit of Measure* to be used for sales (as well as for other apps such as inventory). Then, select the *Purchase Unit of Measure* to be used for purchases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:47 +msgid "Back to the first example, if you purchase orange juice from your vendor in **gallons** and sell it to your customers in **liters**, first select *L* (liters) as the *Unit of Measure*, and *gal (US)* (gallons) as the *Purchase Unit of Measure*, then click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:56 +msgid "Create new units of measure and units of measure categories" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:58 +msgid "Sometimes you need to create your own units and categories, either because the measure is not pre-configured in Odoo or because the units do not relate with each other (e.g. kilos and centimeters)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:62 +msgid "If you take the second example where you buy curtains from a vendor in the form of **rolls** and you sell pieces of the rolls using **square meters**, you need to create a new *Units of Measure Category* in order to relate both units of measure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:66 +msgid "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Units of Measure Categories`. Click on *Create* and name the category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:73 +msgid "The next step is to create the two units of measures. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Units of Measure`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:76 +msgid "First, create the unit of measure used as the reference point for converting to other units of measure inside the category by clicking on *Create*. Name the unit and select the units of measure category you just created. For the *Type*, select *Reference Unit of Measure for this category type*. Enter the *Rounding Precision* you would like to use. The quantity computed by Odoo is always a multiple of this value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:82 +msgid "In the example, as you cannot purchase less than 1 roll and won't use fractions of a roll as a unit of measure, you can enter 1." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:89 +msgid "If you use a *Rounding Precision* inferior to 0.01, a warning message might appear stating that it is higher than the *Decimal Accuracy* and that it might cause inconsistencies. If you wish to use a *Rounding Precision* lower than 0.01, first :doc:`activate the Developer Mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Database Structure --> Decimal Accuracy`, select *Product Unit of Measure* and edit *Digits* accordingly. For example, if you want to use a rounding precision of 0.00001, set *Digits* to 5." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:96 +msgid "Next, create a second unit of measure, name it, and select the same units of measure category as your reference unit. As *Type*, select *Smaller* or *Bigger than the reference Unit of Measure*, depending on your situation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:100 +msgid "As the curtain roll equals to 100 square meters, you should select *Smaller*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:102 +msgid "Next, you need to enter the *Ratio* between your reference unit and the second one. If the second unit is smaller, the *Ratio* should be greater than 1. If the second unit is larger, the ratio should be smaller than 1." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:106 +msgid "For your curtain roll, the ratio should be set to 100." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:112 +msgid "You can now configure your product just as you would using Odoo's standard units of measure." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/iot.pot b/locale/sources/iot.pot deleted file mode 100644 index 202fc6221..000000000 --- a/locale/sources/iot.pot +++ /dev/null @@ -1,584 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -#: ../../iot.rst:5 -msgid "Internet of Things (IoT)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config.rst:3 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:3 -msgid "Connect an IoT Box to your database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:5 -msgid "Install the Internet of Things (IoT) App on your Odoo Database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:10 -msgid "Go in the IoT App and click on Connect on the IoT Boxes page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:15 -msgid "Follow the steps to connect your IoT Box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:21 -msgid "Ethernet Connection" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:23 -msgid "Connect to the IoT Box all the devices that have to be connected with cables (ethernet, usb devices, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:26 -msgid "Power on the IoT Box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:28 -msgid "Read the Pairing Code from a screen or a receipt printer connected to the IoT Box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:32 -msgid "Input the Pairing Code and click on the Pair button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:35 -msgid "Recent changes in modern web browsers forced us to modify the connection wizard. If your screen is different from the screenshots, make sure that the ``iot_pairing`` module is installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:40 -msgid "WiFi Connection" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:42 -msgid "Power on the IoT Box" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:44 -msgid "Copy the token" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:48 -msgid "Connect to the IoT Box WiFi Network (make sure there is no ethernet cable plugged in your computer)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:53 -msgid "You will be redirected to the IoT Box Homepage (if it doesn't work, connect to the IP address of the box). Give a name to your IoT Box (not required) and paste the token, then click on next." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:60 -msgid "If you are on Runbot, do not forget to add the -all or -base in the token (e.g. this token **http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-f3f920.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401** should become **http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-f3f920-all.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401**)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:66 -msgid "Choose the WiFi network you want to connect with (enter the password if there is one) and click on Submit. Wait a few seconds before being redirected to your database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:72 -msgid "You should now see the IoT Box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:78 -msgid "IoT Box Schema" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:3 -msgid "Flashing your SD Card" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:5 -msgid "In some case, you may need to reflash your IoT Box’s SD Card to benefit from our latest updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:9 -msgid "Upgrade from the IoT Box homepage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:11 -msgid "Go to the IoT Box homepage, click on *Update*, next to the version number. If a new version of the IoT Box image is available, you will see a *Upgrade to ___* button a the bottom of the page, the IoT Box will then flash itself to the new version of the IoT Box. All of your configurations will be saved." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:18 -msgid "This process can take more than 30 minutes. Do not turn off or unplug the IoT Box as it would leave it in an inconsistent state." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:25 -msgid "Upgrade with Etcher" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:27 -msgid "Go to Balena’s website and download `Etcher <https://www.balena.io/>`__. It’s a free and open-source utility used for burning image files. Install and launch it. Download the latest image from `nightly <http://nightly.odoo.com/master/iotbox/>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:32 -msgid "Then, open *Etcher* and select *Flash from file*, find the image you just downloaded. Insert the IoT Box SD card into your computer and select it. Click on *Flash* and wait for the process to finish." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:3 -msgid "Use the IoT Box for the PoS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:9 -msgid "Prerequisites" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:11 -msgid "Before starting, make sure you have the following:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:13 -msgid "An IoT Box, with its power adapter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:15 -msgid "A computer or tablet with an up-to-date web browser" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:17 -msgid "A running SaaS or Odoo instance with the Point of Sale and IoT apps installed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:20 -msgid "A local network setup with DHCP (this is the default setting)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:22 -msgid "An RJ45 Ethernet Cable (optional, WiFi is built in)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:24 -msgid "Any of the supported hardware (receipt printer, barcode scanner, cash drawer, payment terminal, scale, customer display, etc.). The list of supported hardware can be found on the `POS Hardware page <https://www.odoo.com/page/point-of-sale-hardware>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:30 -msgid "Set Up" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:32 -msgid "To connect hardware to the PoS, the first step is to connect an IoT Box to your database. For this, follow this :doc:`documentation <connect>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:36 -msgid "Then, you have to connect the peripheral devices to your IoT Box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:38 -msgid "**Printer**: Connect a supported receipt printer to a USB port or to the network and power it on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:41 -msgid "**Cash drawer**: The cash drawer should be connected to the printer with an RJ25 cable." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:44 -msgid "**Barcode scanner**: Connect your barcode scanner. In order for your barcode scanner to be compatible it must end barcodes with an Enter character (keycode 28). This is most likely the default configuration of your barcode scanner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:49 -msgid "**Scale**: Connect your scale and power it on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:51 -msgid "**Customer Display**: Connect a monitor to the IoT Box using an HDMI cable. You can also access the Customer Display from any other computer by accessing the IoT Box homepage and clicking on the *POS Display* button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:56 -msgid "**Payment terminal**: The connection process depends on the terminal, please refer to the :doc:`payment terminals documentation <../../point_of_sale/payment>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:60 -msgid "Once it's done, you can connect the IoT Box to your PoS. For this, go in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> PoS`, tick *IoT Box* and select the devices you want to use in this Point of Sale. Save the changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:68 -msgid "Set up is done, you can launch a new PoS Session." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:3 -msgid "Troubleshooting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:6 -msgid "IoT Box Connection" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:9 -msgid "I can't find the pairing code to connect my IoT Box" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:11 -msgid "The pairing code should be printed on receipt printers connected to the IoT Box and should also be displayed on connected monitors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:14 -msgid "The pairing code doesn't show under the following circumstances:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:16 -msgid "The IoT Box is already connected to an Odoo database;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:18 -msgid "The IoT Box is not connected to the Internet;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:20 -msgid "The code is only valid for 5 minutes after the IoT Box has started. It's automatically removed from connected displays when this delay has expired;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:23 -msgid "The version of the IoT Box image is too old. It should use version 20.06 or more recent. If your IoT Box image is from an earlier version, then you will have to reflash the SD card of your IoT Box to update the image (see :doc:`Flashing your SD Card <flash_sdcard>`)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:28 -msgid "If you are not in any of the cases listed above, make sure that the IoT Box has correctly started, by checking that a fixed green LED is showing next to the micro-USB port." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:33 -msgid "I've connected my IoT Box but it's not showing in my database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:35 -msgid "When you connect an IoT Box to a database, the IoT Box might restart, if that is the case, it might take up to one minute before appearing in your database. If after some time the IoT is still not showing, make sure that your database can be reached from the IoT Box and that your server doesn't use a multi-database environment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:42 -msgid "My IoT Box is connected to my database, but cannot be reached" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:44 -msgid "Make sure that the IoT Box and the device running the browser are located on the same network as the IoT Box cannot be reached from outside the local network." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:49 -msgid "Printer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:52 -msgid "My printer is not detected" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:54 -msgid "If one of your printers doesn't show up in your devices list, go to the IoT Box homepage and make sure that it is listed under *Printers*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:60 -msgid "If your printer is not present on the IoT Box homepage, hit *Printers Server*, go to the *Administration* tab and click on *Add Printer*. If you can't find your printer in the list, it's probably not connected properly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:66 -msgid "My printer outputs random text" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:68 -msgid "For most printers, the correct driver should be automatically detected and selected. However, in some cases, the automatic detection mechanism might not be enough, and if no driver is found the printer might print random characters." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:73 -msgid "The solution is to manually select the corresponding driver. On the IoT Box homepage, click on *Printers Server*, go to the *Printers* tab and select the printer in the list. In the Administration dropdown, click on *Modify Printer*. Follow the steps and select the Make and Model corresponding to your printer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:83 -msgid "Epson and Star receipt printers and Zebra label printers do not need a driver to work. Make sure that no driver is selected for those printers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:88 -msgid "My Zebra Printer doesn't print anything" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:90 -msgid "Zebra printers are quite sensitive to the format of the ZPL code that is printed. If nothing comes out of the printer or blank labels are printed, try changing the format of the report that is sent to the printer by accessing :menuselection:`Settings ~~> Technical ~~> Views` in developer mode and look for the corresponding template." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:97 -msgid "Barcode Scanner" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:100 -msgid "The characters read by the barcode scanner don't match the barcode" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:102 -msgid "By default, we assume that your barcode scanner is configured in US QWERTY. This is the default configuration of most barcode readers. If your barcode scanner uses a different layout, please go to the form view of your device and select the correct one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:108 -msgid "Nothing happens when a barcode is scanned" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:110 -msgid "Make sure that the correct device is selected in your Point of Sale configuration and that your barcode is configured to send an ENTER character (keycode 28) at the end of every barcode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:115 -msgid "The barcode scanner is detected as a keyboard" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:117 -msgid "Some poorly built barcode scanners do not advertise themselves as barcode scanners but as a USB keyboard instead, and will not be recognized by the IoT Box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:121 -msgid "You can manually change the device type by going to its form view and activating the *Is scanner* option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:128 -msgid "Cashdrawer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:131 -msgid "The cashdrawer does not open" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:133 -msgid "The cashdrawer should be connected to the printer and the *Cashdrawer* checkbox should be ticked in the POS configuration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices.rst:3 -msgid "Devices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:3 -msgid "Connect a Camera" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:5 -msgid "When using your *IoT Box* in Odoo, you could need to use a camera. As it can be done in a few steps, this device is really easy to configure. Then, you can use it in your manufacturing process and link it to a control point. Doing so will allow you to take pictures when you reach the chosen quality control point." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:12 -#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:13 -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:11 -msgid "Connection" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:14 -msgid "To connect the camera to the *IoT Box*, simply connect the two by cable." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:17 -msgid "If your camera is a `*supported one* <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-hardware>`__, there is no need to set up anything as it will be detected as soon as it is connected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:25 -msgid "Link a Camera to a Quality Control Point" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:28 -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:34 -msgid "With the Manufacturing app" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:30 -msgid "In your *Quality app*, you can setup the device on a *Quality Control Point*. Go to the *Control Points* menu, under *Quality Control* and open the control point you want to link with the camera." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:34 -msgid "Now, you can edit the control point and select the device from the dropdown list. Now, hit save." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:40 -msgid "Then, your camera can be used with the picked *Control Point*. During the manufacturing process, reaching the *Quality Control Point* you chose before will allow you to take a picture." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:3 -msgid "Connect a Footswitch" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:5 -msgid "When working, it is always better to have your two hands available. Using Odoo’s *IoT Box* and a footswitch will allow it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:8 -msgid "In fact, you will be able to go from one screen to another and perform actions by using your foot and the footswitch. Really convenient, it can be configured in a few steps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:15 -msgid "Connecting the footswitch to the *IoT Box* is easy, you just have to connect the two by cable." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:18 -msgid "If your footswitch is a `supported one <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-hardware>`__, there is no need to set up anything since it will be automatically detected when connected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:26 -msgid "Link a Footswitch to a Workcenter" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:28 -msgid "To link the footswitch to an action, it needs to be configured on a workcenter. Go to the workcenter you want to use the footswitch in and add the device in the *IoT Triggers* tab. Then, you can link it to an action and also add a key to trigger it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:36 -msgid "Note that the one that is first in the list will be chosen. So, the order matters! In the picture above, using the footswitch will, for example, automatically skip the current part of the process you work on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:41 -msgid "When you are on the work order screen, a status button indicates if you are correctly connected to the footswitch." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:3 -msgid "Connect a Measurement Tool" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:5 -msgid "With Odoo’s *IoT Box*, it is possible to connect measurement tools to your database. Find the list of supported devices here: `Supported devices <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-hardware>`__,." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:10 -msgid "Connect in USB" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:12 -msgid "To add a device connected by USB, just plug the USB cable in the *IoT Box*, and the device should appear in your Odoo database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:19 -msgid "Connect in Bluetooth" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:21 -msgid "Activate the Bluetooth on your device (see your device manual for further explanation) and the IoT Box will automatically try to connect to the device." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:25 -msgid "Here is an example of what it should look like:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:31 -msgid "Link a measurement tool to a quality control point" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:36 -msgid "In your *Quality app*, you can setup a device on your *Quality Control Points*. To do so, go to the *Control Points* menu, under *Quality Control* and open the control point to which you want to assign a measurement tool." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:41 -msgid "Now, you can edit the control point and choose the device from the dropdown list. Then, hit save." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:47 -msgid "Now, your measurement tool is linked to the chosen *Control Point*. The value, which needs to be changed manually, will be automatically updated while the tool is being used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:3 -msgid "Connect a Printer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:5 -msgid "When using your *IoT Box* in Odoo, you could need to use a printer. Doing so is easy and convenient as it can be done in a few steps. Then, you can use it to print receipts, orders or even reports in different Odoo apps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:13 -msgid "The IoT Box supports printers connected through USB, network or Bluetooth. `Supported printers <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-hardware>`__ will be detected automatically and will appear in the *Devices* list of your IoT app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:18 -msgid "The printer can take up to two minutes to appear in your devices list." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:24 -msgid "Link the Printer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:27 -msgid "To Work Orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:29 -msgid "You can link *Work Orders* to printers via a *Quality Control Point* to print labels for manufactured products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:32 -msgid "To do so, you need to create a *Quality Control Point* from the *Quality* app. Then, you can select the correct manufacturing operation and the work order operation. In type, choose *Print Label* and hit save." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:40 -msgid "Now, each time you reach the quality control point for the chosen product, a *Print Label* button will appear." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:47 -msgid "To Reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:49 -msgid "You can also link a type of report to a certain printer. In the *IoT* app, go to the *Devices* menu and select the printer you want to set up." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:56 -msgid "Now, go to the *Printer Reports* tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:61 -msgid "Hit edit and then, click on *Add a line*. In the window that shows up, check all the types of reports that should be linked to this printer. Click on select and save." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:68 -msgid "Now, each time you click on *Print* in the control panel, instead of downloading a PDF, it will send it to the selected printer and automatically print it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:73 -msgid "Print Receipts from the PoS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:75 -msgid "You can link a printer to your *Point of Sale* app so you can print receipts directly from your *PoS*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:78 -msgid "Doing so is really easy. Go to your *Point of Sale* app and open your *Point of Sale* settings, under *Configuration*. There, click on *Edit* and check the *IoT Box* feature. Then, choose your *Receipt Printer* from the dropdown." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:86 -msgid "Now, you will be able to print different kinds of tickets from your *POS*: **receipts**, **sale details** and **bills**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:89 -msgid "Receipts are printed once the order is validated. The process is automated when you enable the feature in your *PoS* configuration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:92 -msgid "Sales details can be printed by clicking on the printer icon on the navbar at the top of the *PoS*. It will print the details of the sales of the current day." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:99 -msgid "As for the bill, it is only available in restaurant mode. In your restaurant settings, activate *Print Bills* and a *Bill* button will appear in the left panel of the *PoS*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:107 -msgid "Print Orders in the kitchen" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:109 -msgid "In restaurant mode, you can send order tickets to the kitchen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:111 -msgid "To do so, go to the *PoS* app and open your *PoS* settings. Then, tick *Order Printer*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:117 -msgid "Now, go to the *Printers* menu. Hit create, select the printer from the dropdown and, in the *Printer Product Categories* field, choose all the categories of products that should be printed on this printer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:124 -msgid "In the *PoS*, when you add or remove a product from one of the selected categories, the button *Order* will be green. If you click on it, the IoT Box will print a receipt on the corresponding printer." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/legal.pot b/locale/sources/legal.pot new file mode 100644 index 000000000..92619fdff --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/sources/legal.pot @@ -0,0 +1,4665 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-18 07:12+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#: ../../content/legal.rst:7 +msgid "Legal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal.rst:17 +#: ../../content/legal/licenses.rst:4 +#: ../../content/legal/licenses/licenses.rst:6 +msgid "Licenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal.rst:19 +msgid ":ref:`licenses`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal.rst:22 +#: ../../content/legal/terms.rst:4 +msgid "Terms and Conditions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal.rst:127 +msgid "**English**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal.rst:127 +msgid "Français" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal.rst:127 +msgid "Nederlands" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal.rst:127 +msgid "Deutsch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal.rst:127 +msgid "Español" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal.rst:129 +msgid "Odoo Enterprise Agreement [#ltoe1]_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal.rst:129 +msgid "|view_enterprise_en| |download_enterprise_en|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal.rst:129 +msgid "|view_enterprise_fr| |download_enterprise_fr|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal.rst:129 +#: ../../content/legal.rst:129 +#: ../../content/legal.rst:129 +#: ../../content/legal.rst:131 +#: ../../content/legal.rst:131 +#: ../../content/legal.rst:131 +msgid "|missing_txt| |missing_pdf|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal.rst:131 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:5 +msgid "Odoo Partnership Agreement" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal.rst:131 +msgid "|view_partnership_en| |download_partnership_en|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal.rst:131 +msgid "|view_partnership_fr| |download_partnership_fr|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal.rst:133 +msgid "Terms of Sale" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal.rst:133 +msgid "|view_terms_of_sale_en| |download_terms_of_sale_en|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal.rst:133 +msgid "|view_terms_of_sale_fr| |download_terms_of_sale_fr|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal.rst:135 +msgid "Archive of older agreements: `Archive <https://drive.google.com/open?id=1skSTsdAPOBlaIWi_hUkL3tfaoi8Qdspu>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal.rst:137 +msgid "Applies to self-hosting, Odoo.SH and Odoo Cloud" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal.rst:141 +#: ../../content/legal/others.rst:4 +msgid "Other legal references" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal.rst:143 +msgid "`Odoo Cloud Service Level Agreement (SLA) <https://www.odoo.com/cloud-sla>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal.rst:144 +msgid "`Odoo Cloud Acceptable Use Policy <https://www.odoo.com/acceptable-use>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal.rst:145 +msgid "`Odoo SA's Privacy Policy <https://www.odoo.com/privacy>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal.rst:146 +msgid "`Odoo SA's GDPR Compliance Guide <https://www.odoo.com/gdpr>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal.rst:147 +msgid ":ref:`cla`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal.rst:148 +msgid ":ref:`germany/gobd`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/coc.rst:7 +msgid "Odoo Mailing Lists - Code of Conduct" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/coc.rst:9 +msgid "Version 1 - Last revision: Novembre 16, 2017." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/coc.rst:12 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/coc.rst:14 +msgid "The Odoo community lists are for enthusiast users, partners and developers who want to have constructive discussions about Odoo. As the lists have thousands of subscribers, this code of conduct aims to ensure a quality discussion for everyone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/coc.rst:19 +msgid "These lists are not systematically reviewed by Odoo staff - while you will see responses from staff members from time to time, there are other paid support channels available if you require an official response." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/coc.rst:26 +msgid "We Strive To" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/coc.rst:28 +msgid "Be friendly and patient" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/coc.rst:30 +msgid "If someone asks for help it is because they need it. Politely suggest specific documentation or more appropriate venues where appropriate. Avoid aggressive or vague responses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/coc.rst:33 +msgid "We all want to live in a positive and friendly environment. Negative behaviors and non-constructive criticisms are not allowed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/coc.rst:36 +msgid "Be civil and considerate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/coc.rst:38 +msgid "Disagreement is no excuse for poor conduct or personal attacks. A community where people feel uncomfortable is not a productive one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/coc.rst:41 +msgid "Assume good faith" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/coc.rst:43 +msgid "Remember that technical questions may be very complex. If you disagree, please do so politely, by disputing factual premises rather than by attacking individuals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/coc.rst:46 +msgid "If something seems outrageous, check that you did not misinterpret it. Ask for clarification, rather than assuming the worst." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/coc.rst:49 +msgid "Respect time and attention" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/coc.rst:51 +msgid "List members are busy people. So, we value concision and clarity. Emails that are brief and to the point take more time to write, but are repaid many times over when other members of the list make the same effort." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/coc.rst:54 +msgid "Avoid talking about the same topics several times, or hijacking other's threads." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/coc.rst:56 +msgid "Provide extra valuable information or a question in every reply. (e.g. avoid just “Thank you” or “+1” emails)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/coc.rst:59 +msgid "Respect the topics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/coc.rst:61 +msgid "Conversations should remain focused and on-topic. If you must change the topic, start a new thread by changing the topic line of your emails. Avoid flooding the list with long threads by reading the entire thread first, instead of responding quickly to many emails in a short period of time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/coc.rst:66 +msgid "You can not use these mailing lists to advertise your services, commercial offers or discuss software other than Odoo. New modules and features can be announced on the “Announcements” mailing list only." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/coc.rst:69 +msgid "Don't use the list to report copyright or licenses infringements, report issues to abuse@odoo.com instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/coc.rst:72 +msgid "Don't feed the trolls" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/coc.rst:74 +msgid "Don't get involved in flame wars. Neither post nor respond to incendiary material." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/coc.rst:76 +msgid "If you should find yourself in a disagreement with one person, make your responses to each other over email rather than continue to send messages to the list or the group." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/coc.rst:79 +msgid "Avoid sending messages or posting articles which are no more than gratuitous replies to replies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/coc.rst:85 +msgid "Enforcement" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/coc.rst:87 +msgid "Experienced members of the Odoo community comply with this code, not because of the existence of the code, but because they have long experience participating in communities where the conduct described above is normal and expected. However, failure to observe the code may be grounds for reprimand, probation, or removal from the lists." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/coc.rst:93 +msgid "If you have concerns about someone’s conduct: Direct contact: it is always appropriate to email a list member, mention that you think their behavior was out of line, and (if necessary) point them to this document. Moderators: You can reach the list moderators through community-mods@odoo.com" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/coc.rst:100 +msgid "This policy was inspired by" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/coc.rst:102 +msgid "https://opensource.org/codeofconduct/licensing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/coc.rst:103 +msgid "https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc1855.txt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/licenses/licenses.rst:11 +msgid "Odoo 14 Community Edition" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/licenses/licenses.rst:13 +msgid "Odoo 14 Community Edition is licensed under `LGPL version 3 <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/lgpl-3.0.en.html>`_ (also known as LGPLv3). See also the `GPL FAQ <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl-faq.en.html>`_ and the `compatibility matrix <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl-faq.en.html#AllCompatibility>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/licenses/licenses.rst:22 +msgid "Odoo 14 Enterprise Edition" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/licenses/licenses.rst:24 +msgid "Odoo 14 Enterprise Edition is licensed under the Odoo Enterprise Edition License v1.0, defined as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/licenses/enterprise_license.txt:1 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:650 +#: ../../content/legal/licenses/enterprise_license.txt:1 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:405 +#: ../../content/legal/licenses/enterprise_license.txt:1 +msgid "Odoo Enterprise Edition License v1.0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/licenses/enterprise_license.txt:3 +#: ../../content/legal/licenses/enterprise_license.txt:3 +#: ../../content/legal/licenses/enterprise_license.txt:3 +msgid "This software and associated files (the \"Software\") can only be used (executed, modified, executed after modifications) with a valid Odoo Enterprise Subscription for the correct number of users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/licenses/enterprise_license.txt:7 +#: ../../content/legal/licenses/enterprise_license.txt:7 +#: ../../content/legal/licenses/enterprise_license.txt:7 +msgid "With a valid Partnership Agreement with Odoo S.A., the above permissions are also granted, as long as the usage is limited to a testing or development environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/licenses/enterprise_license.txt:11 +#: ../../content/legal/licenses/enterprise_license.txt:11 +#: ../../content/legal/licenses/enterprise_license.txt:11 +msgid "You may develop Odoo modules based on the Software and distribute them under the license of your choice, provided that it is compatible with the terms of the Odoo Enterprise Edition License (For example: LGPL, MIT, or proprietary licenses similar to this one)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/licenses/enterprise_license.txt:16 +#: ../../content/legal/licenses/enterprise_license.txt:16 +#: ../../content/legal/licenses/enterprise_license.txt:16 +msgid "You may use Odoo modules published under any license along with the Software, provided that their license is compatible with the terms of the Odoo Enterprise License (Including, but not limited to, any module published on the Odoo Apps Store on odoo.com/apps)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/licenses/enterprise_license.txt:21 +#: ../../content/legal/licenses/licenses.rst:69 +#: ../../content/legal/licenses/enterprise_license.txt:21 +#: ../../content/legal/licenses/enterprise_license.txt:21 +msgid "It is forbidden to publish, distribute, sublicense, or sell copies of the Software or modified copies of the Software." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/licenses/enterprise_license.txt:24 +#: ../../content/legal/licenses/enterprise_license.txt:24 +#: ../../content/legal/licenses/enterprise_license.txt:24 +msgid "The above copyright notice and this permission notice must be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/licenses/enterprise_license.txt:27 +#: ../../content/legal/licenses/enterprise_license.txt:27 +#: ../../content/legal/licenses/enterprise_license.txt:27 +msgid "THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED \"AS IS\", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON INFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/licenses/licenses.rst:43 +msgid "Odoo Apps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/licenses/licenses.rst:45 +msgid "Unless otherwise stated, Odoo Apps by Odoo SA (including the website themes) are published under the Odoo Proprietary License v1.0, defined as follows" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/licenses/licenses.rst:54 +msgid "Odoo Proprietary License v1.0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/licenses/licenses.rst:56 +msgid "This software and associated files (the \"Software\") may only be used (executed, modified, executed after modifications) if you have purchased a valid license from the authors, typically via Odoo Apps, or if you have received a written agreement from the authors of the Software (see the COPYRIGHT file)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/licenses/licenses.rst:62 +msgid "You may develop Odoo modules that use the Software as a library (typically by depending on it, importing it and using its resources), but without copying any source code or material from the Software. You may distribute those modules under the license of your choice, provided that this license is compatible with the terms of the Odoo Proprietary License (For example: LGPL, MIT, or proprietary licenses similar to this one)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/licenses/licenses.rst:72 +msgid "The above copyright notice and this permission notice must be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/licenses/licenses.rst:75 +msgid "THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED \"AS IS\", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/licenses/licenses.rst:90 +msgid "Odoo 9 - Odoo 13" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/licenses/licenses.rst:92 +msgid "The licenses for both Community Edition and Enterprise Edition of all Odoo versions since Odoo 9 are respectively the same as for :ref:`odoo_community_license` and :ref:`odoo_enterprise_license`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/licenses/licenses.rst:100 +msgid "Odoo 8" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/licenses/licenses.rst:102 +msgid "Odoo 8 is licensed under `AGPL version 3 <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/agpl-3.0.en.html>`_ (also known as AGPLv3). See also the `GPL FAQ <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl-faq.en.html>`_ and the `compatibility matrix <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl-faq.en.html#AllCompatibility>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/others/cla.rst:5 +msgid "Contributor License Agreement" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/others/cla.rst:7 +msgid "In order to contribute to any of the Odoo projects, companies and individuals have to sign the Odoo Contributor License Agreement (CLA)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/others/cla.rst:10 +msgid "More information about this requirement, the procedure to sign the agreement, and a FAQ can be found on our `GitHub project page <https://github.com/odoo/odoo/blob/14.0/doc/cla/sign-cla.md>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/others/privacy.rst:5 +msgid "Privacy Policy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/others/privacy.rst:7 +msgid "Temporary version at `<https://www.odoo.com/page/odoo-privacy-policy>`__ (needs cleanup)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/enterprise.rst:5 +msgid "Odoo Enterprise Subscription Agreement" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/enterprise.rst:7 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:14 +msgid "Version 9c - 2020-06-15" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/enterprise.rst:20 +msgid "By subscribing to the Odoo Enterprise services (the \"Services\") provided by Odoo SA and its affiliates (collectively, \"Odoo SA\") in relation with Odoo Enterprise Edition or Odoo Community Edition (the \"Software\"), hosted on Odoo SA's Cloud platforms (the \"Cloud Platform\") or on-premises (\"Self-Hosting\"), you (the \"Customer\") are agreeing to be bound by the following terms and conditions (the \"Agreement\")." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/enterprise.rst:29 +msgid "1 Term of the Agreement" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/enterprise.rst:31 +msgid "The duration of this Agreement (the “Term”) shall be specified in writing on conclusion of this Agreement, beginning on the date of conclusion. It is automatically renewed for an equal Term, unless either party provides a written notice of termination minimum 30 days before the end of the Term to the other party." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/enterprise.rst:39 +msgid "2 Definitions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/enterprise.rst:45 +msgid "User" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/enterprise.rst:42 +msgid "Any user account indicated as active in the Software, with access to creation and/or edition mode. Deactivated user accounts and accounts used by external people (or systems) who only have limited access to the Software through the portal facilities (known as \"portal Users\") are not counted as Users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/enterprise.rst:49 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_de.rst:54 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:57 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_nl.rst:60 +msgid "App" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/enterprise.rst:48 +msgid "An \"App\" is a specialized group of features available for installation in the Software, and listed in the public Pricing section of `Odoo SA's website <https://www.odoo.com>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/enterprise.rst:54 +msgid "Odoo Partner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/enterprise.rst:52 +msgid "An Odoo Partner is a third-party company or individual, chosen by the Customer, and working with the Customer for their Odoo related services. The Customer can decide at any time to work with a different Odoo Partner, or to work with Odoo SA directly (subject to prior notice)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/enterprise.rst:60 +msgid "Extra Module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/enterprise.rst:57 +msgid "An extra module is a directory of source code files, or a set of Python-based customizations created in a database (e.g. with Odoo Studio), that adds features or changes the standard behavior of the Software. It may have been developed by the Customer, by Odoo SA, by an Odoo Partner on behalf of the Customer, or by third parties." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/enterprise.rst:64 +msgid "Covered Extra Module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/enterprise.rst:63 +msgid "A Covered Extra Module is an Extra Module for which the Customer chooses to pay a maintenance fee in order to get support, upgrade and bug fixing services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/enterprise.rst:73 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:83 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_nl.rst:71 +msgid "Bug" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/enterprise.rst:67 +msgid "Is considered a Bug any failure of the Software or of a Covered Extra Module that results in a complete stop, error traceback or security breach, and is not directly caused by a defective installation or configuration. Non-compliance with specifications or requirements will be considered as Bugs at the discretion of Odoo SA (typically, when the Software does not produce the results or performance it was designed to produce, or when a country-specific feature does not meet legal accounting requirements anymore)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/enterprise.rst:79 +msgid "Covered Versions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/enterprise.rst:76 +msgid "Unless specified otherwise, the Services provided under this Agreement are applicable only to the Covered Versions of the Software, which include the 3 most recently released major versions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/enterprise.rst:84 +msgid "3 Access to the Software" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/enterprise.rst:86 +msgid "The Customer can use the Software hosted on the Cloud Platform, or choose the Self-Hosting option. The Cloud Platform is hosted and fully managed by Odoo SA, and accessed remotely by the Customer. With the Self-Hosting option, the Customer instead hosts the Software on computer systems of their choice, that are not under the control of Odoo SA." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/enterprise.rst:91 +msgid "For the duration of this Agreement, Odoo SA gives the Customer a non-exclusive, non-transferable license to use (execute, modify, execute after modification) the Odoo Enterprise Edition software, under the terms set forth in :ref:`appendix_a`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/enterprise.rst:95 +msgid "The Customer agrees to take all necessary measures to guarantee the unmodified execution of the part of the Software that verifies the validity of the Odoo Enterprise Edition usage and collects statistics for that purpose, including but not limited to the running of an instance, the number of Users, the installed Apps, and the number of lines of code of Covered Extra Modules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/enterprise.rst:100 +msgid "Odoo SA commits not to disclose individual or named figures to third parties without the consent of the Customer, and to deal with all collected data in compliance with its official Privacy Policy, published at https://www.odoo.com/privacy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/enterprise.rst:104 +msgid "Upon expiration or termination of this Agreement, this license is revoked immediately and the Customer agrees to stop using the Odoo Enterprise Edition software and the Cloud Platform." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/enterprise.rst:107 +msgid "Should the Customer breach the terms of this section, the Customer agrees to pay Odoo SA an extra fee equal to 300% of the applicable list price for the actual number of Users and installed Apps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/enterprise.rst:114 +msgid "4 Services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/enterprise.rst:119 +msgid "4.1 Bug Fixing Service" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/enterprise.rst:121 +msgid "For the duration of this Agreement, Odoo SA commits to making all reasonable efforts to remedy any Bug of the Software and Covered Extra Modules submitted by the Customer through the appropriate channel (typically, the web form or phone numbers listed on `odoo.com/help <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_, or when working with an Odoo Partner, the channel provided by the partner), and to start handling such Customer submissions within 2 business days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/enterprise.rst:127 +msgid "As soon as the Bug is fixed an appropriate remedy will be communicated to the Customer. If the Customer is using a Covered Version, they will not be asked to upgrade to a more recent Covered Version of the Software as a remedy to a Bug." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/enterprise.rst:131 +msgid "When a Bug is fixed in any Covered Version, Odoo SA commits to fixing the Bug in all more recent Covered Versions of the Software." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/enterprise.rst:134 +msgid "Both parties acknowledge that as specified in the license of the Software and in the :ref:`liability` section of this Agreement, Odoo SA cannot be held liable for Bugs in the Software or in Covered Extra Modules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/enterprise.rst:140 +msgid "4.2 Security Updates Service" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/enterprise.rst:145 +msgid "Self-Hosting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/enterprise.rst:147 +msgid "For the duration of this Agreement, Odoo SA commits to sending a \"Security Advisory\" to the Customer for any security Bug that is discovered in the Covered Versions of the Software (this excludes Extra Modules), at least 2 weeks before making the Security Advisory public, unless the Bug has already been disclosed publicly by a third party. Security Advisories include a complete description of the Bug, its cause, its possible impacts on the Customer's systems, and the corresponding remedy for each Covered Version." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/enterprise.rst:154 +msgid "The Customer understands that the Bug and the information in the Security Advisory must be treated as Confidential Information as described in :ref:`confidentiality` during the embargo period prior to the public disclosure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/enterprise.rst:161 +msgid "Cloud Platform" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/enterprise.rst:163 +msgid "Odoo SA commits to apply the security remedies for any security Bug discovered in a version of the Software hosted on the Cloud Platform, on all systems under its control, as soon as the remedy is available, without requiring any manual action of the Customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/enterprise.rst:171 +msgid "4.3 Upgrade Services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/enterprise.rst:176 +msgid "Upgrade Service for the Software" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/enterprise.rst:178 +msgid "For the duration of this Agreement, the Customer can submit upgrade requests through the appropriate channel (typically Odoo SA's upgrade service website), in order to convert a database of the Software from any version of the Software to a more recent Covered Version (the \"Target Version\")." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/enterprise.rst:182 +msgid "For the Cloud Platform, upgrade requests are submitted directly from the control panel of the Cloud Platform, and do not require any data upload. For Self-Hosting, upgrade requests must include a copy of the Customer's database and the associated data (typically obtained from the Backup menu of the Software)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/enterprise.rst:187 +msgid "This service provided through an automated platform in order to allow the Customer to perform unattended upgrades once a previous version of the Customer's database has been successfully upgraded for a Covered Version." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/enterprise.rst:191 +msgid "The Upgrade Service is limited to the technical conversion and adaptation of the Customer's database to make it compatible with the Target Version, the correction of any Bug directly caused by the upgrade operation and not normally occurring in the Target Version, and the conversion of the source code and data of Covered Extra Modules for the Target Version." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/enterprise.rst:196 +msgid "It is the responsibility of the Customer to verify and validate the upgraded database in order to detect Bugs, to analyze the impact of changes and new features implemented in the Target Version, and to convert and adapt for the Target Version any third-party extensions of the Software that were installed in the database before the upgrade (e.g. non-convered Extra Modules). The Customer may submit multiple upgrade requests for a database, until an acceptable result is achieved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/enterprise.rst:206 +msgid "4.4 Cloud Hosting Services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/enterprise.rst:208 +msgid "For the duration of this Agreement, when the Customer chooses to use the Cloud Platform, Odoo SA commits to providing at least the following services:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/enterprise.rst:211 +msgid "Choice of multiple hosting regions (minimum 3: Europe, America, Asia/Pacific)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/enterprise.rst:212 +msgid "Hosting in Tier-III data centers or equivalent, with 99.9% network uptime" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/enterprise.rst:213 +msgid "Grade A SSL (HTTPS) Encryption of communication" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/enterprise.rst:214 +msgid "Fully automated, verified backups, replicated in multiple regions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/enterprise.rst:215 +msgid "Disaster Recovery Plan, tested regularly" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/enterprise.rst:217 +msgid "The details of the Cloud Hosting Services are described on the Service Level Agreement page at https://www.odoo.com/cloud-sla." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/enterprise.rst:224 +msgid "4.5 Support Services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/enterprise.rst:227 +msgid "Scope" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/enterprise.rst:229 +msgid "For the duration of this Agreement, the Customer may open an unlimited number of support tickets free of charge, exclusively for questions regarding Bugs (see :ref:`bugfix`) or guidance with respect to the use of the standard features of the Software and Covered Extra Modules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/enterprise.rst:233 +msgid "Other assistance requests, such as questions related to development or customizations may be covered through the purchase of a separate service agreement. In case it’s not clear if a request is covered by this Agreement, the decision is at the discretion of Odoo SA." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/enterprise.rst:239 +msgid "Availability" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/enterprise.rst:241 +msgid "Tickets can be submitted via the web form or phone numbers listed on `odoo.com/help <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_, or when working with an Odoo Partner, the channel provided by the partner, subject to local opening hours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/enterprise.rst:249 +msgid "4.6 Working with an Odoo Partner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/enterprise.rst:251 +msgid "For bug fixes, support and upgrade services, the Customer may either work with an Odoo Partner as the main point of contact, or work with Odoo SA directly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/enterprise.rst:254 +msgid "If the Customer decides to work with an Odoo Partner, Odoo SA will subcontract services related to the Covered Extra Modules to the Odoo Partner, who becomes the main point of contact of the customer. The Odoo Partner may contact Odoo SA on behalf of the customer for second-level assistance with regard to standard features of the Software." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/enterprise.rst:259 +msgid "If the Customer decides to work with Odoo SA directly, services related to Covered Extra Modules are provided *if and only if* the Customer is hosted on the Odoo Cloud Platform." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/enterprise.rst:266 +msgid "5 Charges and Fees" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/enterprise.rst:271 +msgid "5.1 Standard charges" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/enterprise.rst:273 +msgid "The standard charges for the Odoo Enterprise subscription and the Services are based on the number of Users and the installed Apps used by the Customer, and specified in writing at the conclusion of the Agreement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/enterprise.rst:277 +msgid "When during the Term, the Customer has more Users or more installed Apps than specified at the time of conclusion of this Agreement, the Customer agrees to pay an extra fee equivalent to the applicable list price (at the beginning of the Term) for the additional Users or Apps, for the remainder of the Term." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/enterprise.rst:281 +msgid "In addition, services for Covered Extra Modules are charged based on the number of lines of code in these modules. When the Customer opts for the maintenance of Covered Extra Modules, the charge is a monthly fee of 16€ per 100 lines of code (rounded up to the next hundred), unless otherwise specified in writing at the conclusion of the Agreement. Lines of code will be counted with the ``cloc`` command of the Software, and include all text lines in the source code of those modules, regardless of the programming language (Python, Javascript, XML, etc.), excluding blank lines, comment lines and files that are not loaded when installing or executing the Software." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/enterprise.rst:289 +msgid "When the Customer requests an upgrade, for each Covered Extra Module that has not been covered by a maintenance fee for the last 12 months, Odoo SA may charge a one-time extra fee of 16€ per 100 lines of code, for each missing month of coverage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/enterprise.rst:296 +msgid "5.2 Renewal charges" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/enterprise.rst:298 +msgid "Upon renewal as covered in section :ref:`term`, if the charges applied during the previous Term (excluding any “Initial User Discounts”) are lower than the most current applicable list price, these charges will increase by up to 7%." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/enterprise.rst:305 +msgid "5.3 Taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/enterprise.rst:309 +msgid "All fees and charges are exclusive of all applicable federal, provincial, state, local or other governmental taxes, fees or charges (collectively, \"Taxes\"). The Customer is responsible for paying all Taxes associated with purchases made by the Customer under this Agreement, except when Odoo SA is legally obliged to pay or collect Taxes for which the Customer is responsible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/enterprise.rst:318 +msgid "6 Conditions of Services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/enterprise.rst:321 +msgid "6.1 Customer Obligations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/enterprise.rst:323 +msgid "The Customer agrees to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/enterprise.rst:325 +msgid "pay Odoo SA any applicable charges for the Services of the present Agreement, in accordance with the payment conditions specified at the signature of this contract ;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/enterprise.rst:327 +msgid "immediately notify Odoo SA when their actual number of Users or their installed Apps exceed the numbers specified at the conclusion of the Agreement, and in this event, pay the applicable additional fee as described in section :ref:`charges_standard`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/enterprise.rst:330 +msgid "take all measures necessary to guarantee the unmodified execution of the part of the Software that verifies the validity of the Odoo Enterprise Edition usage, as described in :ref:`enterprise_access` ;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/enterprise.rst:333 +msgid "appoint 1 dedicated Customer contact person for the entire duration of the Agreement;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/enterprise.rst:334 +msgid "provide written notice to Odoo SA 30 days before changing their main point of contact to work with another Odoo Partner, or to work with Odoo SA directly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/enterprise.rst:337 +msgid "When the Customer chooses to use the Cloud Platform, the Customer further agrees to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/enterprise.rst:339 +msgid "take all reasonable measures to keep their user accounts secure, including by choosing a strong password and not sharing it with anyone else;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/enterprise.rst:341 +msgid "make a reasonable use of the Hosting Services, to the exclusion of any illegal or abusive activities, and strictly observe the rules outlined in the Acceptable Use Policy published at https://www.odoo.com/acceptable-use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/enterprise.rst:345 +msgid "When the Customer chooses the Self-Hosting option, the Customer further agrees to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/enterprise.rst:347 +msgid "take all reasonable measures to protect Customer’s files and databases and to ensure Customer’s data is safe and secure, acknowledging that Odoo SA cannot be held liable for any data loss;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/enterprise.rst:349 +msgid "grant Odoo SA the necessary access to verify the validity of the Odoo Enterprise Edition usage upon request (e.g. if the automatic validation is found to be inoperant for the Customer);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/enterprise.rst:356 +msgid "6.2 No Soliciting or Hiring" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/enterprise.rst:358 +msgid "Except where the other party gives its consent in writing, each party, its affiliates and representatives agree not to solicit or offer employment to any employee of the other party who is involved in performing or using the Services under this Agreement, for the duration of the Agreement and for a period of 12 months from the date of termination or expiration of this Agreement. In case of any breach of the conditions of this section that leads to the termination of said employee toward that end, the breaching party agrees to pay to the other party an amount of EUR (€) 30 000.00 (thirty thousand euros)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/enterprise.rst:370 +msgid "6.3 Publicity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/enterprise.rst:372 +msgid "Except where notified otherwise in writing, each party grants the other a non-transferable, non-exclusive, royalty free, worldwide license to reproduce and display the other party’s name, logos and trademarks, solely for the purpose of referring to the other party as a customer or supplier, on websites, press releases and other marketing materials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/enterprise.rst:381 +msgid "6.4 Confidentiality" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/enterprise.rst:389 +msgid "Definition of \"Confidential Information\":" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/enterprise.rst:384 +msgid "All information disclosed by a party (the \"Disclosing Party\") to the other party (the \"Receiving Party\"), whether orally or in writing, that is designated as confidential or that reasonably should be understood to be confidential given the nature of the information and the circumstances of disclosure. In particular any information related to the business, affairs, products, developments, trade secrets, know-how, personnel, customers and suppliers of either party should be regarded as confidential." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/enterprise.rst:391 +msgid "For all Confidential Information received during the Term of this Agreement, the Receiving Party will use the same degree of care that it uses to protect the confidentiality of its own similar Confidential Information, but not less than reasonable care." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/enterprise.rst:395 +msgid "The Receiving Party may disclose Confidential Information of the Disclosing Party to the extent compelled by law to do so, provided the Receiving Party gives the Disclosing Party prior notice of the compelled disclosure, to the extent permitted by law." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/enterprise.rst:403 +msgid "6.5 Data Protection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/enterprise.rst:409 +msgid "Definitions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/enterprise.rst:406 +msgid "\"Personal Data\", \"Controller\", \"Processing\" take the same meanings as in the Regulation (EU) 2016/679 and the Directive 2002/58/EC, and any regulation or legislation that amends or replaces them (hereafter referred to as “Data Protection Legislation”)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/enterprise.rst:412 +msgid "Processing of Personal Data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/enterprise.rst:414 +msgid "The parties acknowledge that the Customer's database may contain Personal Data, for which the Customer is the Controller. This data will be processed by Odoo SA when the Customer instructs so, by using any of the Services that require a database (e.g. the Cloud Hosting Services or the Database Upgrade Service), or if the Customer transfers their database or a part of their database to Odoo SA for any reason pertaining to this Agreement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/enterprise.rst:420 +msgid "This processing will be performed in conformance with Data Protection Legislation. In particular, Odoo SA commits to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/enterprise.rst:423 +msgid "(a) only process the Personal Data when and as instructed by the Customer, and for the purpose of performing one of the Services under this Agreement, unless required by law to do so, in which case Odoo SA will provide prior notice to the Customer, unless the law forbids it ;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/enterprise.rst:427 +msgid "(b) ensure that all persons within Odoo SA authorised to process the Personal Data have committed themselves to confidentiality ;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/enterprise.rst:429 +msgid "(c) implement and maintain appropriate technical and organizational measures to protect the Personal Data against unauthorized or unlawful processing and against accidental loss, destruction, damage, theft, alteration or disclosure ;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/enterprise.rst:432 +msgid "(d) forward promptly to the Customer any Data Protection request that was submitted to Odoo SA with regard to the Customer's database ;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/enterprise.rst:434 +msgid "(e) notify the Customer promptly upon becoming aware of and confirming any accidental, unauthorized, or unlawful processing of, disclosure of, or access to the Personal Data ;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/enterprise.rst:436 +msgid "(f) notify the Customer if the processing instructions infringe applicable Data Protection Legislation, in the opinion of Odoo SA;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/enterprise.rst:438 +msgid "(g) make available to the Customer all information necessary to demonstrate compliance with the Data Protection Legislation, allow for and contribute reasonably to audits, including inspections, conducted or mandated by the Customer;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/enterprise.rst:441 +msgid "(h) permanently delete all copies of the Customer's database in possession of Odoo SA, or return such data, at the Customer’s choice, upon termination of this Agreement, subject to the delays specified in Odoo SA's `Privacy Policy <https://www.odoo.com/privacy>`_ ;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/enterprise.rst:446 +msgid "With regard to points (d) to (f), the Customer agrees to provide Odoo SA with accurate contact information at all times, as necessary to notify the Customer's Data Protection responsible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/enterprise.rst:450 +msgid "Subprocessors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/enterprise.rst:452 +msgid "The Customer acknowledges and agrees that in order to provide the Services, Odoo SA may use third-party service providers (Subprocessors) to process Personal Data. Odoo SA commits to only use Subprocessors in compliance with Data Protection Legislation. This use will be covered by a contract between Odoo SA and the Subprocessor that provides guarantees to that effect. Odoo SA's Privacy Policy, published at https://www.odoo.com/privacy provides up-to-date information regarding the names and purposes of Subprocessors currently in use by Odoo SA for the execution of the Services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/enterprise.rst:464 +msgid "6.6 Termination" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/enterprise.rst:466 +msgid "In the event that either Party fails to fulfill any of its obligations arising herein, and if such breach has not been remedied within 30 calendar days from the written notice of such breach, this Agreement may be terminated immediately by the non-breaching Party." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/enterprise.rst:470 +msgid "Further, Odoo SA may terminate the Agreement immediately in the event the Customer fails to pay the applicable fees for the Services within 21 days following the due date specified on the corresponding invoice, and after minimum 3 reminders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/enterprise.rst:478 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:247 +msgid "Surviving Provisions:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/enterprise.rst:475 +msgid "The sections \":ref:`confidentiality`”, “:ref:`disclaimers`”, “:ref:`liability`”, and “:ref:`general_provisions`” will survive any termination or expiration of this Agreement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/enterprise.rst:483 +msgid "7 Warranties, Disclaimers, Liability" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/enterprise.rst:488 +msgid "7.1 Warranties" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/enterprise.rst:492 +msgid "Odoo SA owns the copyright or an equivalent [#cla1]_ on 100% of the code of the Software, and confirms that all the software libraries required to use the Software are available under a licence compatible with the licence of the Software." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/enterprise.rst:496 +msgid "For the duration of this Agreement, Odoo SA commits to using commercially reasonable efforts to execute the Services in accordance with the generally accepted industry standards provided that:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/enterprise.rst:499 +msgid "the Customer’s computing systems are in good operational order and, for Self-Hosting, that the Software is installed in a suitable operating environment;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/enterprise.rst:501 +msgid "the Customer provides adequate troubleshooting information and, for Self-Hosting, any access that Odoo SA may need to identify, reproduce and address problems;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/enterprise.rst:503 +msgid "all amounts due to Odoo SA have been paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/enterprise.rst:505 +msgid "The Customer's sole and exclusive remedy and Odoo SA's only obligation for any breach of this warranty is for Odoo SA to resume the execution of the Services at no additional charge." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/enterprise.rst:509 +msgid "External contributions are covered by a `Copyright License Agreement <https://www.odoo.com/cla>`_ that provides a permanent, free and irrevocable, copyright and patent licence to Odoo SA." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/enterprise.rst:515 +msgid "7.2 Disclaimers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/enterprise.rst:519 +msgid "Except as expressly provided herein, neither party makes any warranty of any kind, whether express, implied, statutory or otherwise, and each party specifically disclaims all implied warranties, including any implied warranty of merchantability, fitness for a particular purpose or non-infringement, to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/enterprise.rst:524 +msgid "Odoo SA does not warrant that the Software complies with any local or international law or regulations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/enterprise.rst:529 +msgid "7.3 Limitation of Liability" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/enterprise.rst:531 +msgid "To the maximum extent permitted by law, the aggregate liability of each party together with its affiliates arising out of or related to this Agreement will not exceed 50% of the total amount paid by the Customer under this Agreement during the 12 months immediately preceding the date of the event giving rise to such claim. Multiple claims shall not enlarge this limitation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/enterprise.rst:536 +msgid "In no event will either party or its affiliates be liable for any indirect, special, exemplary, incidental or consequential damages of any kind, including but not limited to loss of revenue, profits, savings, loss of business or other financial loss, costs of standstill or delay, lost or corrupted data, arising out of or in connection with this Agreement regardless of the form of action, whether in contract, tort (including strict negligence) or any other legal or equitable theory, even if a party or its affiliates have been advised of the possibility of such damages, or if a party or its affiliates' remedy otherwise fails of its essential purpose." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/enterprise.rst:547 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:583 +msgid "7.4 Force Majeure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/enterprise.rst:549 +msgid "Neither party shall be liable to the other party for the delay in any performance or failure to render any performance under this Agreement when such failure or delay finds its cause in a case of *force majeure*, such as governmental regulations, fire, strike, war, flood, accident, epidemic, embargo, appropriation of plant or product in whole or in part by any government or public authority, or any other cause or causes, whether of like or different nature, beyond the reasonable control of such party as long as such cause or causes exist." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/enterprise.rst:561 +msgid "8 General Provisions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/enterprise.rst:566 +msgid "8.1 Governing Law" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/enterprise.rst:568 +msgid "This Agreement and all Customer orders will be subject to Belgian law. Any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement or any Customer order will be subject to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Nivelles Business Court." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/enterprise.rst:576 +msgid "8.2 Severability" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/enterprise.rst:578 +msgid "In case any one or more of the provisions of this Agreement or any application thereof shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement and any application thereof shall be in no way thereby affected or impaired. Both parties undertake to replace any invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision of this Agreement by a valid provision having the same effects and objectives." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/enterprise.rst:589 +msgid "9 Appendix A: Odoo Enterprise Edition License" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/enterprise.rst:593 +msgid "Odoo Enterprise Edition is licensed under the Odoo Enterprise Edition License v1.0, defined as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/enterprise.rst:602 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:372 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:380 +msgid "See :ref:`odoo_enterprise_license`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/enterprise.rst:613 +msgid "Agreement Registration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/enterprise.rst:616 +msgid "Customer contact information" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/enterprise.rst:618 +msgid "Company name: Company address: VAT number (if applicable): Contact name: Email: Phone:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/enterprise.rst:626 +msgid "Technical contact information (can be an Odoo partner):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/enterprise.rst:627 +msgid "Company name: Contact name: Email: Phone:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/enterprise.rst:633 +msgid "By signing this Agreement I confirm I am a legal representative of Customer as stated in the resent section and approve all provisions and conditions of the present Agreement:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/enterprise.rst:636 +msgid "For and on behalf of (company name): Last name, first name: Title: Date:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/enterprise.rst:641 +msgid "Signature:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_de.rst:6 +msgid "Odoo Enterprise Subscription Agreement (DE)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_de.rst:9 +msgid "Dies ist eine deutsche Übersetzung des \"Odoo Enterprise Subscription Agreement\". Diese Übersetzung soll das Verständnis erleichtern, hat aber keinen rechtlichen Wert. Der einzige offizielle Verweis auf die Geschäftsbedingungen des „Odoo Enterprise Subscription Agreement“ ist :ref:`die englische Originalversion <enterprise_agreement>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_de.rst:15 +msgid "DIESE VERSION IST NICHT AKTUELL, FÜR DIE AKTUELLE VERSION SIEHE :ref:`original english version <enterprise_agreement>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_de.rst:22 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_nl.rst:24 +msgid "Version 7.1 - 2018-03-16" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_de.rst:24 +msgid "Durch das Abonnieren der von der Odoo SA und ihren Tochtergesellschaften (zusammen „Odoo SA“) hinsichtlich der Odoo Enterprise Edition oder der Odoo Community Edition (der „Software“) bereitgestellten Odoo Enterprise-Dienstleistungen (der „Dienste“) sind Sie (der „Kunde“) verpflichtet, die nachstehenden Allgemeinen Geschäftsbedingungen (die „Vereinbarung“) einzuhalten." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_de.rst:32 +msgid "1. Laufzeit der Vereinbarung" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_de.rst:34 +msgid "Die Dauer dieser Vereinbarung (die „Laufzeit“) beträgt mindestens ein Jahr wie schriftlich bei Unterzeichnung dieser Vereinbarung festgelegt, beginnend zum Datum der Unterschrift. Sie wird automatisch um die gleiche Laufzeit verlängert, sofern nicht eine der Parteien mindestens 30 Tage vor Ablauf der Laufzeit gegenüber der anderen Partei per Einschreiben schriftlich kündigt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_de.rst:42 +msgid "2. Definitionen" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_de.rst:49 +msgid "Benutzer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_de.rst:45 +msgid "Alle aktiven Benutzerkonten mit Zugriff auf die Software im Erstellungs- und/oder Bearbeitungsmodus. Deaktivierte Benutzerkonten und Konten, die von externen Personen (oder Systemen) verwendet werden, die über das Portal nur eingeschränkten Zugriff auf die Software haben („Portalbenutzer“ genannt), werden nicht als Benutzer gezählt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_de.rst:52 +msgid "Eine „App“ ist eine spezielle Gruppe von Funktionen, die in der Software installiert werden können und bei Unterzeichnung dieser Vereinbarung in der öffentlichen Preisliste der `Odoo SA-Website <https://www.odoo.com>`_ aufgeführt sind." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_de.rst:63 +msgid "Fehler (Bug)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_de.rst:57 +msgid "Als Fehler (oder auch Bug) gilt jeder Fehler der Software, der zu einem vollständigen Stopp, einer Traceback-Fehlermeldung oder einer Sicherheitsverletzung führt und nicht direkt durch eine fehlerhafte Installation oder Konfiguration verursacht wird. Eine Nichteinhaltung von Spezifikationen oder Anforderungen wird im Ermessen von Odoo SA als Fehler angesehen (in der Regel dann, wenn die Software nicht die Ergebnisse oder die Leistungswerte liefert, für die sie entwickelt wurde oder wenn eine landesspezifische Funktion nicht mehr den gesetzlichen Buchhaltungsanforderungen entspricht)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_de.rst:73 +msgid "Abgedeckte Versionen" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_de.rst:66 +msgid "Alle im Rahmen Vereinbarung erbrachten Dienstleistungen gelten nur für die abgedeckten Versionen der Software, welche die 3 (drei) zuletzt veröffentlichten Hauptversionen umfassen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_de.rst:69 +msgid "Um von der aktuellen Vereinbarung abgedeckt zu sein, müssen die Installationen des Kunden die aktuellste abgedeckte Version zum Zeitpunkt der Unterzeichnung dieser Vereinbarung aufweisen. Sollte dies nicht der Fall sein, so können zusätzliche Kosten anfallen, die unter :ref:`charges_de` beschrieben werden." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_de.rst:78 +msgid "3. Zugriff auf die Odoo Enterprise Edition" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_de.rst:80 +msgid "Für die Laufzeit dieser Vereinbarung gewährt Odoo SA dem Kunden eine nicht-ausschließliche, nicht übertragbare Nutzungslizenz (Ausführung, Änderung, Ausführung nach Änderung) der Odoo Enterprise Edition-Software unter den in :ref:`appendix_a_de` festgelegten Bedingungen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_de.rst:84 +msgid "Der Kunde erklärt, alle notwendigen Maßnahmen zu ergreifen, um die unveränderte Ausführung des Teils der Software zu gewährleisten, mit dem die gültige Nutzung der Odoo Enterprise Edition überprüft wird und die zu diesem Zweck Statistiken sammelt, einschließlich unter anderem die Ausführung einer Instanz, die Anzahl der Benutzer und die installierten Apps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_de.rst:89 +msgid "Odoo SA ist verpflichtet, einzelne keine einzelnen oder benannten Zahlen ohne Zustimmung des Kunden an Dritte weiterzugeben und alle gesammelten Daten gemäß seiner offiziellen Datenschutzrichtlinie zu behandeln, die unter https://www.odoo.com/privacy veröffentlicht ist." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_de.rst:93 +msgid "Nach Ablauf oder Kündigung dieser Vereinbarung wird diese Lizenz sofort widerrufen und der Kunde ist verpflichtet, die Nutzung der Odoo Enterprise Edition-Software einzustellen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_de.rst:96 +msgid "Sollte der Kunde gegen die Bestimmungen dieses Abschnitts verstoßen, so ist er verpflichtet, Odoo SA eine zusätzliche Gebühr in Höhe von 300 % des geltenden Listenpreises für die tatsächliche Anzahl der Nutzer zu zahlen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_de.rst:104 +msgid "4. Inbegriffene Dienstleistungen" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_de.rst:107 +msgid "4.1 Fehlerbehebung" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_de.rst:109 +msgid "Während der Laufzeit dieser Vereinbarung ist Odoo SA verpflichtet, alle zumutbaren Anstrengungen zu unternehmen, um die Fehler zu beheben, die vom Kunden über den entsprechenden Kanal (üblicherweise die E-Mail-Adresse oder das Websiteformular des Odoo SA Servicedesks) eingereicht wurden, und mit der Bearbeitung dieser Einsendungen des Kunden innerhalb von 2 Werktagen zu beginnen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_de.rst:115 +msgid "Der Kunde versteht, dass Fehler, die durch eine Änderung oder Erweiterung verursacht wurden, die kein Teil der offiziellen Software sind, von dieser Dienstleistung nicht abgedeckt sind." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_de.rst:118 +msgid "Sobald der Fehler behoben wurde, wird dem Kunden eine geeignete Gegenmaßnahme mitgeteilt. Falls der Fehler in einer neueren Version der vom Kunden verwendeten Software behoben wurde, so ist der Kunde verpflichtet, seine Systeme auf diese Version zu aktualisieren, um die Korrektur zu erhalten. Der Kunde wird nicht aufgefordert, auf eine neuere abgedeckte Version der Software zu aktualisieren, um einen Fehler zu beheben." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_de.rst:124 +msgid "Wenn ein Fehler in einer abgedeckten Version behoben wurde, ist Odoo SA verpflichtet, den Fehler auch in allen neueren abgedeckten Versionen der Software zu beheben." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_de.rst:127 +msgid "Beide Parteien erkennen an, dass Odoo SA gemäß der Softwarelizenz und dem Abschnitt :ref:`liability_de` dieser Vereinbarung für Fehler in der Software nicht haftbar gemacht werden kann." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_de.rst:132 +msgid "4.2 Sicherheitsmitteilungen" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_de.rst:134 +msgid "Für die Dauer dieser Vereinbarung ist Odoo SA verpflichtet, dem Kunden für jedes Sicherheitsproblem, das in den abgedeckten Versionen der Software entdeckt wurde, eine Sicherheitsmitteilung zuzusenden. Diese Zusendung muss mindestens 2 Wochen vor Veröffentlichung der Sicherheitsmitteilung erfolgen, außer wenn der Fehler bereits von Dritten öffentlich gemacht wurde. Diese Sicherheitsberatung umfasst eine vollständige Beschreibung des Fehlers, seine Ursache, seine möglichen Auswirkungen auf die Kundensysteme sowie die entsprechenden Gegenmaßnahmen für jede abgedeckte Version." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_de.rst:142 +msgid "Der Kunde versteht, dass der Fehler und die Informationen in der Sicherheitsmitteilung während der Sperrfrist vor der öffentlichen Bekanntgabe als vertrauliche Informationen behandelt werden müssen, die im Abschnitt :ref:`confidentiality_de` beschrieben werden." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_de.rst:149 +msgid "4.3 Upgrade-Dienstleistungen" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_de.rst:154 +msgid "Upgrade-Service für die Software" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_de.rst:156 +msgid "Während der Laufzeit dieser Vereinbarung kann der Kunde Upgrade-Anfragen über den entsprechenden Kanal übermitteln (üblicherweise die Website der Odoo SA für den Upgrade-Service), um eine Datenbank der Software einer abgedeckten Softwareversion auf eine neuere abgedeckte Version (die „Zielversion“) zu konvertieren." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_de.rst:161 +msgid "Upgrade-Anfragen müssen eine vollständige Sicherungskopie der Kundendatenbank und die zugehörigen Daten enthalten (die in der Regel mit dem Backup-Menü der Software abgerufen werden können). Sollte es aus Gründen der Datensicherheit oder der Regulierung erforderlich sein, so umfasst der Upgrade-Service ein optionales Tool zur Anonymisierung identifizierbarer Daten einer Datenbank, bevor die Upgrade-Anfrage eingereicht wird, und ebenso ein Tool zum Wiederherstellen der anonymisierten Daten nach dem Upgrade." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_de.rst:168 +msgid "Dieser Service erfolgt über eine automatisierte Plattform, damit der Kunde unbeaufsichtigte Upgrades durchführen kann, sobald eine frühere Version der Kundendatenbank für eine abgedeckte Version erfolgreich aktualisiert worden ist. Der Kunde kann aufeinander folgende Upgrade-Anfragen für eine Datenbank einreichen. Er ist damit einverstanden, zuerst mindestens 1 (eine) Upgrade-Anfrage zu Testzwecken einzureichen, bevor er die abschließende Upgrade-Anfrage einreicht." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_de.rst:175 +msgid "Der Upgrade-Service ist beschränkt auf die technische Konvertierung und Anpassung der Kundendatenbank, um diese mit der Zielversion kompatibel zu machen, und auf die Korrektur von Fehlern, die unmittelbar durch den Upgrade-Vorgang verursacht werden und in der Zielversion normalerweise nicht auftreten würden." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_de.rst:180 +msgid "Es liegt in der alleinigen Verantwortung des Kunden, die Datenbank nach dem Upgrade zu überprüfen und zu validieren, um Fehler zu erkennen, die Auswirkungen der in der Zielversion umgesetzten Änderungen und neuen Funktionen zu analysieren und diejenigen Erweiterungen der Software von Drittanbietern für die Zielversion zu konvertieren und anzupassen, die vor dem Upgrade in der Datenbank installiert waren (sofern nicht anders vorgesehen, siehe Abschnitt :ref:`upgrade_extra_de`). Der Kunde kann mehrere Upgrade-Anforderungen für eine Datenbank einreichen, bis ein akzeptables Ergebnis erzielt wird." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_de.rst:191 +msgid "Upgrade-Service für Erweiterungen von Drittanbietern" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_de.rst:193 +msgid "Für die Laufzeit dieser Vereinbarung kann der Kunde optionale Upgrade-Services optionale für von Drittanbieter angebotene Erweiterungsmodule der Software anfordern. Für diese optionale Dienstleistung fallen zusätzlichen Gebühren an (die unter „Gebühren“ beschrieben werden). Sie umfasst die technische Anpassung der Module von Drittanbietern, die in der Datenbank des Kunden installiert sind, und deren entsprechende Daten, damit sie mit der Zielversion kompatibel sind. Der Kunde wird eine Upgrade-Version aller installierten Module von Drittanbietern zusammen mit der aktualisierten Datenbank erhalten." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_de.rst:204 +msgid "5. Abgaben und Gebühren" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_de.rst:209 +msgid "5.1 Standardgebühren" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_de.rst:211 +msgid "Die Standardgebühren für das Odoo Enterprise Abonnement, die Fehlerbehebung, die Sicherheitsmitteilungen und die Upgrades basieren auf der Anzahl der Benutzer, den installierten Apps, der vom Kunden verwendeten Softwareversion und werden bei Unterzeichnung der Vereinbarung schriftlich festgehalten." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_de.rst:216 +msgid "Sollte der Kunde während der Laufzeit mehr Benutzer oder mehr installierte Apps als bei Unterzeichnung der vorliegenden Vereinbarung angegeben haben, so erklärt sich der Kunde bereit, für die restliche Laufzeit eine zusätzliche Gebühr in Höhe des (zu Beginn der Laufzeit) geltenden Listenpreises für die zusätzlichen Benutzer oder Apps zu entrichten." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_de.rst:221 +msgid "Sollte der Kunde bei Unterzeichnung dieser Vereinbarung eine abgedeckte Version verwenden, bei der es sich nicht um die neueste Version handelt, so können die Standardgebühren für die erste Laufzeit im Ermessen der Odoo SA um 50 % erhöht werden, um die zusätzlichen Wartungskosten abzudecken." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_de.rst:229 +msgid "5.2 Verlängerungsgebühren" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_de.rst:231 +msgid "Bei einer Verlängerung gemäß Abschnitt :ref:`term_de` erhöhen sich die Gebühren um bis zu 7 %, wenn die in der vorherigen Laufzeit erhobenen Gebühren niedriger als der dann gültige Listenpreis waren." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_de.rst:238 +msgid "5.3 Gebühren für Upgrade-Services für Module von Drittanbietern" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_de.rst:240 +msgid "Die zusätzliche Gebühr für das Upgrade von Drittanbietern-Modulen beträgt 1000,00 € (eintausend Euro) pro 1000 Codezeilen in diesen Modulen, jeweils aufgerundet auf die nächsten Tausend Zeilen. Die Codezeilen umfassen alle Textzeilen im Quellcode dieser Module, unabhängig von Programmiersprache (Python, Javascript usw.) oder Datenformat (XML, TSV usw.). Ausgenommen sind Leer- und Kommentarzeilen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_de.rst:246 +msgid "Odoo SA behält sich das Recht vor, eine Upgrade-Anfrage für Drittanbieter-Module unter den vorstehenden Bedingungen abzulehnen, wenn die Qualität des Quellcodes dieser Module zu schlecht sein oder diese Module eine Schnittstelle mit Drittanbieter-Software oder -Systemen darstellen sollten. Das Upgrade dieser Module erfolgt vorbehaltlich eines separaten Angebots außerhalb der vorliegenden Vereinbarung." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_de.rst:255 +msgid "5.4 Steuern" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_de.rst:257 +msgid "Alle Gebühren und Abgaben verstehen sich ausschließlich aller geltenden Steuern, Gebühren oder Abgaben auf Bundes-, Provinz-, Bundesland- oder Kommunalebene oder anderer Behörden (zusammen als „Steuern“ bezeichnet). Der Kunde ist für die Zahlung sämtlicher Steuern im Zusammenhang mit seinen Käufen im Rahmen dieser Vereinbarung verantwortlich, außer wenn Odoo SA rechtlich verpflichtet sein sollte, Steuern zu zahlen oder einzuziehen, für welche der Kunde verantwortlich ist." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_de.rst:268 +msgid "6. Dienstleistungsbedingungen" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_de.rst:271 +msgid "6.1 Pflichten des Kunden" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_de.rst:273 +msgid "Der Kunde stimmt folgenden Klauseln zu:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_de.rst:275 +msgid "er zahlt Odoo SA sämtliche Gebühren für die Dienstleistungen im Rahmen der vorliegenden Vereinbarung gemäß den Zahlungsbedingungen, die auf der entsprechenden Rechnung angegeben sind;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_de.rst:277 +msgid "er wird Odoo SA unverzüglich informieren, sobald seine tatsächliche Benutzerzahl oder die Anzahl der installierten Apps die bei Unterzeichnung der Vereinbarung angegebenen Zahlen überschreiten sollten. In diesem Falle wird er die geltende zusätzliche Gebühr gemäß dem Abschnitt :ref:`charges_standard_de` entrichten;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_de.rst:281 +msgid "er wird alle notwendigen Maßnahmen zu ergreifen, um die unveränderte Ausführung des Teils der Software zu gewährleisten, mit dem die gültige Nutzung der Odoo Enterprise Edition überprüft, wie sie in :ref:`enterprise_access_de` beschrieben wird;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_de.rst:284 +msgid "er wird Odoo SA den notwendigen Zugang einräumen, um die Gültigkeit der Nutzung der Odoo Enterprise Edition auf Anfrage zu prüfen (z. B. wenn die automatische Validierung für den Kunden nicht funktioniert);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_de.rst:287 +msgid "er wird 1 speziellen Ansprechpartner des Kunden für die gesamte Laufzeit der Vereinbarung ernennen;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_de.rst:289 +msgid "er wird alle angemessenen Maßnahmen ergreifen, um die Dateien und Datenbanken des Kunden zu schützen und sicherzustellen, dass die Kundendaten sicher sind, während er anerkennt, dass Odoo SA für Datenverluste nicht haftbar gemacht werden kann;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_de.rst:297 +msgid "6.2 Verzicht auf Abwerbung oder Einstellung" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_de.rst:299 +msgid "Beide Parteien, ihre Tochtergesellschaften und Vertreter sind verpflichtet, während der Laufzeit dieser Vereinbarung und für einen Zeitraum von 12 Monaten ab dem Datum der Kündigung oder des Ablaufs dieser Vereinbarung keine Mitarbeiter der anderen Partei, die an der Erbringung oder Nutzung der Dienstleistungen im Rahmen dieser Vereinbarung beteiligt sind, abzuwerben oder eine Beschäftigung anzubieten, außer wenn diese andere Partei eine schriftliche Zustimmung dafür erteilt hat. Im Falle eines Verstoßes gegen die Bestimmungen dieses Abschnitts, der zu einer diesbezüglichen Kündigung dieses Arbeitnehmers führt, ist die dagegen verstoßende Partei verpflichtet, der anderen Partei einen Betrag in Höhe von 30.000,00 € (dreißigtausend Euro) zu zahlen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_de.rst:313 +msgid "6.3 Werbung" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_de.rst:315 +msgid "Sofern keine anderslautende schriftliche Mitteilung erfolgte, gewährt jede Partei der anderen Partei eine nicht übertragbare, nicht ausschließliche, gebührenfreie, weltweite Lizenz zur Wiedergabe und Anzeige des Namens, der Logos und der Markenzeichen der jeweils anderen Partei. Diese Lizenz gilt ausschließlich für die Bezugnahme auf die andere Partei als Kunde oder Lieferant auf Websites, Pressemitteilungen und anderen Marketingmaterialien." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_de.rst:325 +msgid "6.4 Vertraulichkeit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_de.rst:334 +msgid "Definition von „vertraulichen Informationen“:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_de.rst:328 +msgid "Alle von einer Partei (der „offenlegenden Partei“) gegenüber der anderen Partei (der „empfangenden Partei“) mündlich oder schriftlich mitgeteilten, offengelegten Informationen, die als vertraulich bezeichnet werden oder angesichts der Art der Informationen und den Umständen der Offenlegung vernünftigerweise als vertraulich verstanden werden sollten. Insbesondere sollten alle Informationen zu Unternehmen, Geschäften, Produkten, Entwicklungen, Geschäftsgeheimnissen, Fachwissen, Personal, Kunden und Lieferanten beider Parteien als vertraulich betrachtet werden." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_de.rst:336 +msgid "Für alle während der Laufzeit dieser Vereinbarung empfangenen vertraulichen Informationen wird die empfangende Partei die gleiche Sorgfalt aufwenden, mit der sie die Vertraulichkeit ihrer eigenen, ähnlichen vertraulichen Informationen schützt, mindestens jedoch angemessene Sorgfalt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_de.rst:341 +msgid "Die empfangende Partei kann vertrauliche Informationen der offenlegenden Partei offenlegen, soweit dies gesetzlich vorgeschrieben ist, sofern die empfangende Partei der offenlegenden Partei diese vorgeschriebene Offenlegung im gesetzlich zulässigen Umfang mitteilt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_de.rst:348 +msgid "6.5 Kündigung" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_de.rst:350 +msgid "Sollte eine der Parteien ihre Verpflichtungen aus dieser Vereinbarung nicht erfüllen und dieser Verstoß nicht innerhalb von 30 Kalendertagen nach schriftlicher Benachrichtigung über diesen Verstoß nicht behoben worden sein, so kann dieser Vertrag von der nicht säumigen Partei fristlos gekündigt werden." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_de.rst:355 +msgid "Außerdem kann Odoo SA den Vertrag sofort kündigen, falls der Kunde die geltenden Gebühren für die Dienstleistungen nicht bis zum in der entsprechenden Rechnung angegebenen Fälligkeitsdatum bezahlt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_de.rst:359 +msgid "Überdauernde Bestimmungen: Die Abschnitte \":ref:`confidentiality_de`”, “:ref:`disclaimers_de`”, “:ref:`liability_de`” sowie “:ref:`general_provisions_de`” werden jede Kündigung oder Ablauf dieser Vereinbarung überdauern." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_de.rst:367 +msgid "7. Garantien, Haftungsausschlüsse, Haftung" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_de.rst:372 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:520 +msgid "7.1 Garantie" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_de.rst:374 +msgid "Für die Laufzeit dieser Vereinbarung ist Odoo SA verpflichtet, wirtschaftlich angemessene Anstrengungen zu unternehmen, um die Dienstleistungen gemäß den allgemein branchenweit anerkannten Standards auszuführen, sofern folgende Bedingungen erfüllt sind:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_de.rst:378 +msgid "die Computersysteme des Kunden befinden sich in einem guten Betriebszustand und die Software ist in einer geeigneten Betriebsumgebung installiert;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_de.rst:380 +msgid "der Kunde stellt angemessene Informationen und Zugänge für die Fehlerbehebung bereit, damit Odoo SA Probleme identifizieren, reproduzieren und beheben kann;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_de.rst:382 +msgid "alle Odoo SA zustehenden Beträge wurden bezahlt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_de.rst:384 +msgid "Das einzige und ausschließliche Rechtsmittel des Kunden und die einzige Verpflichtung von Odoo SA bei Verstößen gegen diese Garantie besteht darin, dass Odoo SA die Ausführung der Dienste ohne zusätzliche Kosten wiederaufnimmt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_de.rst:391 +msgid "7.2 Haftungsausschlüsse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_de.rst:393 +msgid "Außer wenn in diesem Dokument ausdrücklich angegeben, räumt keine der beiden Parteien weder ausdrückliche noch stillschweigende, gesetzliche oder anderweitige Gewährleistungen irgendeiner Art ein, und beide Parteien lehnen alle implizierten Garantien ausdrücklich ab, einschließlich jeglicher stillschweigenden Zusicherung der Marktgängigkeit, der Eignung für einen bestimmten Zweck oder der Nichtverletzung, soweit diese Einschränkung nach geltendem Recht zulässig ist." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_de.rst:399 +msgid "Odoo SA garantiert nicht, dass die Software örtlichen oder internationalen Gesetzen oder Rechtsvorschriften entspricht." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_de.rst:405 +msgid "7.3 Haftungsbeschränkung" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_de.rst:407 +msgid "Im gesetzlich maximal zulässigen Umfang darf die Gesamthaftung jeder Partei zusammen mit ihren Tochtergesellschaften aus oder im Zusammenhang mit dieser Vereinbarung 50 % des vom Kunden im Rahmen dieser Vereinbarung in den 12 Monaten unmittelbar vor dem Datum des Ereignisses, das zu diesem Anspruch führt, gezahlten Gesamtbetrags nicht übersteigen. Auch bei mehreren Ansprüchen darf diese Beschränkung nicht verändert werden." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_de.rst:413 +msgid "Keine der beiden Parteien oder ihre Tochtergesellschaften werden unter keinen Umständen für indirekte, besondere, exemplarische, zufällige oder Folgeschäden jeglicher Art haften, einschließlich unter anderem Verluste von Erträgen, Gewinnen, Einsparungen, verlorene Geschäftsgelegenheiten oder andere finanzielle Verluste, Kosten für Stillstand oder Verspätung, verlorene oder beschädigte Daten, die aus oder im Zusammenhang mit dieser Vereinbarung entstehen. Dies gilt unabhängig von der Art der Handlung, egal ob vertraglicher Art, unerlaubte Handlung (einschließlich grober Fahrlässigkeit) oder einer anderen rechtlichen oder billigen Theorie, selbst wenn eine Partei oder ihre Tochtergesellschaften auf die Möglichkeit solcher Schäden hingewiesen wurden oder die von einer Partei oder ihren Tochtergesellschaften ergriffenen Abhilfemaßnahmen ihren wesentlichen Zweck verfehlen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_de.rst:427 +msgid "7.4 Höhere Gewalt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_de.rst:429 +msgid "Keine der beiden Parteien haftet gegenüber der anderen Partei für die Verzögerung oder die Nichterbringung einer Leistung im Rahmen dieser Vereinbarung, wenn diese Nichterbringung oder Verzögerung durch folgende Punkte verursacht wurden: staatliche Rechtsvorschriften, Brand, Streik, Krieg, Überschwemmung, Unfall, Epidemie, Embargo, vollständige oder teilweise Enteignung von Anlagen oder Produkten seitens einer Regierung oder einer öffentlichen Behörde oder aus allen anderen Gründen oder Ursachen gleicher oder unterschiedlicher Art, die außerhalb des angemessenen Einflussbereichs dieser Partei liegen. Dies gilt, solange diese Gründe oder Ursachen vorliegen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_de.rst:441 +msgid "8. Allgemeine Bestimmungen" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_de.rst:446 +msgid "8.1 Geltendes Recht" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_de.rst:448 +msgid "Beide Parteien stimmen zu, dass im Falle von Streitigkeiten aus oder im Zusammenhang mit dieser Vereinbarung das belgische Recht angewendet wird, ohne Rücksicht auf Wahl- oder Kollisionsrecht. Soweit im Rahmen dieser Bestimmung eine Klage oder ein Gerichtsverfahren zulässig ist, stimmen beide Parteien bei, die Gerichte in Nivelles (Belgien) für die Beilegung aller Streitigkeiten als ausschließlich zuständig anzuerkennen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_de.rst:457 +msgid "8.2 Salvatorische Klausel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_de.rst:459 +msgid "Sollten eine oder mehrere Bestimmungen dieser Vereinbarung oder deren Anwendung unwirksam, rechtswidrig oder nicht durchsetzbar sein, so werden die Wirksamkeit, Rechtmäßigkeit und Durchsetzbarkeit der übrigen Bestimmungen dieser Vereinbarung und ihrer Anwendung davon nicht berührt oder beeinträchtigt. Beide Parteien verpflichten sich, alle unwirksamen, rechtswidrigen oder nicht durchsetzbaren Bestimmungen dieser Vereinbarung durch eine wirksame Bestimmung möglichst mit gleichen Wirkungen und Zielen zu ersetzen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_de.rst:470 +msgid "9. Anhang A: Odoo Enterprise Edition-Lizenz" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_de.rst:474 +msgid "Die Odoo Enterprise Edition ist unter nachstehend definierten der Odoo Enterprise Edition Lizenz v1.0 lizenziert:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_de.rst:483 +msgid "Siehe :ref:`odoo_enterprise_license`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_es.rst:6 +msgid "Odoo Enterprise Subscription Agreement (ES)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_es.rst:9 +msgid "Esta es una traducción al español del \"Odoo Enterprise Subscription Agreement\". Esta traducción se proporciona con la esperanza de que facilite la comprensión, pero no tiene valor legal. La única referencia oficial de los términos y condiciones del \"Odoo Enterprise Subscription Agreement\" es :ref:`la versión original en inglés <enterprise_agreement>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_es.rst:16 +msgid "ESTA VERSIÓN NO ESTÁ ACTUALIZADA. PARA LA ÚLTIMA VERSIÓN POR FAVOR VEA :ref:`LA VERSIÓN ORIGINAL EN INGLÉS <enterprise_agreement>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_es.rst:19 +msgid "Version 8.0 - 2018-05-22" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_es.rst:21 +msgid "Al suscribirse a los servicios de Odoo Enterprise proporcionados por Odoo SA y sus afiliados (colectivamente “Odoo SA”) en relación a Odoo Enterprise Edition u Odoo Community Edition, alojados en las plataformas *Cloud Hosting* (la nube de Odoo) o en las instalaciones *On Premise* (\"Self-Hosting\"), usted (el \"Cliente\") acepta regirse por lo siguientes términos y condiciones:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_es.rst:30 +msgid "1 Términos de duración del acuerdo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_es.rst:32 +msgid "La duración de este Acuerdo se especifica por escrito en el acuerdo entre las partes. Odoo acepta contratos mensuales o anuales. Los contratos de la licencia, llámese uso de Aplicaciones y de Usuarios, se renueva automáticamente por un término igual al contrato inicial a menos que cualquiera de las partes proporcione un aviso de terminación por escrito con un mínimo de 30 días antes de la fecha de finalización del acuerdo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_es.rst:43 +msgid "2 Definiciones" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_es.rst:49 +msgid "Usuario" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_es.rst:46 +msgid "Cualquier cuenta de usuario activa con acceso al Software en modo de creación y / o edición. Las cuentas de usuario desactivadas y las cuentas utilizadas por personas (o sistemas) externos que solo tienen acceso limitado al Software a través del portal de usuario no son considerados *Usuarios.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_es.rst:54 +msgid "Aplicación" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_es.rst:52 +msgid "Una \"Aplicación\" es un grupo especializado de funciones disponibles para la instalación en el Software, y listados en la sección de precios públicos del `sitio web de Odoo SA <https://www.odoo.com/es_ES/>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_es.rst:63 +msgid "Error/Bug" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_es.rst:57 +msgid "Se considera un error cualquier falla del Software que resulte en una detención completa, un rastreo de errores o una violación de la seguridad, y no es causada directamente por una instalación o configuración defectuosa. El incumplimiento de algunas especificaciones o requisitos será considerado como error a discreción del Odoo SA (Por ejemplo, cuando el Software no cumple con el comportamiento ni los resultados para el cual fue diseñado, o cuando una característica específica del país ya no cumple con los requisitos legales de contabilidad)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_es.rst:74 +msgid "Versiones Cubiertas" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_es.rst:66 +msgid "A menos que se especifique lo contrario, los servicios que se ofrecen bajo este acuerdo son aplicables hasta las 3 versiones más recientes, inclusive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_es.rst:70 +msgid "Para estar cubierto por el presente Contrato, el Cliente debe utilizar la versión más reciente del software en el momento que se acuerda este contrato. De no ser el caso, se pueden realizar cargos adicionales, como se describe en el apartado número :ref:`charges_es`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_es.rst:77 +msgid "3 Acceso al Software" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_es.rst:79 +msgid "El cliente puede utilizar el software alojado en la plataforma en la nube, o elegir la opción de instalarlo en servidores propios. La plataforma en la nube está alojada y totalmente administrada por Odoo SA y se accede de forma remota por el cliente. Con la opción de self/hosting o alojado en servidores propios, el cliente en su lugar aloja el software en sistemas informáticos de su elección, que no están bajo el control de Odoo SA." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_es.rst:86 +msgid "Durante la vigencia de este Acuerdo, Odoo SA otorga al Cliente una licencia no exclusiva e intransferible para usar (ejecutar, modificar, ejecutar después de la modificación) las opciones adquiridas del software, según los términos establecidos en el :ref:`appendix_a_es`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_es.rst:91 +msgid "El Cliente acuerda tomar todas las medidas necesarias para garantizar la ejecución y verificación de la parte del Software que se encuentra instalada o descargada tanto la verificación del uso de Odoo Enterprise Edition, incluyendo pero no limitado a la ejecución de su instancia, el número de usuarios activos/instalados y las aplicaciones instaladas." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_es.rst:96 +msgid "Odoo SA se compromete a no divulgar figuras individuales o nombradas a terceros sin el consentimiento del Cliente, y tratar con todos los datos recopilados de conformidad con su Política de Privacidad oficial, publicado en `Odoo Privacy <https://www.odoo.com/privacy/>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_es.rst:100 +msgid "Al vencimiento o terminación de este Acuerdo, esta licencia se revoca inmediatamente y el cliente acepta dejar de usar el software Odoo Enterprise Edition y la plataforma en la nube." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_es.rst:104 +msgid "En caso de que el Cliente incumpla los términos de esta sección, el Cliente acepta pagar a Odoo SA una tarifa adicional igual a 300% del precio de lista aplicable para el número real de Usuarios y Aplicaciones instaladas." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_es.rst:112 +msgid "4 Servicios" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_es.rst:117 +msgid "4.1 Servicio de corrección de errores" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_es.rst:119 +msgid "Durante la vigencia de este Acuerdo, Odoo SA se compromete a hacer todos los esfuerzos razonables para remediar cualquier error del software enviado por el cliente a través del canal apropiado (dirección de correo electrónico de la mesa de servicio de Odoo SA o el formulario del sitio web `Odoo Help <https://www.odoo.com/help/>`__ y comenzar a analizar la resolución del error dentro de un tiempo estimado de 2 días hábiles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_es.rst:125 +msgid "El cliente entiende que los errores causados por una modificación o extensión que sea parte del software oficial no será cubierto por este servicio de soporte." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_es.rst:128 +msgid "Tan pronto como se solucione el error, se comunicará al cliente." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_es.rst:130 +msgid "Para los clientes con alojamiento en la nube, si el error se ha solucionado en una revisión más reciente de la Versión Cubierta del Software utilizado por el cliente, el cliente acepta actualizar su sistema a esa revisión para obtener la corrección. No se le pedirá al cliente que actualice a la versión más reciente como solución." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_es.rst:136 +msgid "Cuando se corrige un error en cualquier Versión Cubierta, Odoo SA se compromete a solucionar el error en todas las Versiones Cubiertas recientes del software." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_es.rst:140 +msgid "Ambas partes reconocen que tal como se especifica en la licencia del Software y en la sección :ref:`liability_es`, Odoo SA no se hace responsable de los errores en el Software." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_es.rst:145 +msgid "4.2 Servicio de actualizaciones de seguridad" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_es.rst:150 +msgid "Auto-alojamiento/Self-Hosting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_es.rst:152 +msgid "Durante la vigencia de este Acuerdo, Odoo SA se compromete a enviar un \"Aviso de Seguridad\" al cliente para cualquier error de seguridad que se descubra en las Versiones Cubiertas del software, al menos 2 semanas antes de hacer público el Aviso de seguridad, a menos que el error ya haya sido divulgado públicamente por un tercero. Los avisos de seguridad incluyen una descripción completa del error, su causa, sus posibles impactos en los sistemas del cliente, y la solución correspondiente para cada Cobertura." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_es.rst:159 +msgid "El cliente entiende que el error y la información en el aviso de seguridad deben ser tratados como información confidencial como se describe en el apartado :ref:`confidentiality_es` durante el período de embargo anterior a la divulgación pública." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_es.rst:165 +msgid "Plataforma en la nube/Cloud Hosting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_es.rst:167 +msgid "Odoo SA se compromete a aplicar las soluciones de seguridad para cualquier error de seguridad descubierto en una versión del software alojado en la plataforma de la nube, en todos los sistemas bajo su control, tan pronto como la solución esté disponible, sin requerir ninguna acción manual del cliente." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_es.rst:176 +msgid "4.3 Servicios de actualización" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_es.rst:180 +msgid "**Servicio de actualización para el software**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_es.rst:182 +msgid "Durante la vigencia de este Acuerdo, el Cliente puede enviar solicitudes de actualización a través del canal apropiado (normalmente, el sitio web del servicio de actualización de Odoo SA), para convertir una base de datos del software de una Versión Cubierta del software a una Versión Cubierta más reciente." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_es.rst:187 +msgid "Para la Plataforma en la nube, las solicitudes de actualización se envían directamente desde el panel de control de la Plataforma en la nube, y no requiere ninguna carga de datos. Para Auto-Hosting, las solicitudes de actualización deben incluir una copia de respaldo completa de la base de datos del Cliente y los datos asociados (generalmente obtenido en el menú de copia de seguridad del software)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_es.rst:194 +msgid "Este servicio se proporciona a través de una plataforma automatizada para permitir que el Cliente realice actualizaciones desatendidas una vez que una versión anterior de la base de datos del Cliente ha sido exitosamente actualizada para una Versión Cubierta. El Cliente puede presentar solicitudes de actualización sucesivas para una base de datos, y acepta enviar al menos 1 solicitud de actualización para fines de prueba antes de enviar la solicitud de actualización final." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_es.rst:201 +msgid "El Servicio de actualización se limita a la conversión técnica y la adaptación de la base de datos para que sea compatible con la versión de destino y la corrección de cualquier error directamente causado por la operación de actualización y que normalmente no ocurre en la versión de ndestino." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_es.rst:206 +msgid "Es responsabilidad exclusiva del Cliente verificar y validar la base de datos actualizada para detectar errores, analizar el impacto de los cambios y las nuevas características implementadas en el versión de destino, y para convertir y adaptar a la versión de destino cualquier extensión de terceros que se haya instalado en la base de datos antes de la actualización (excepto cuando sea aplicable según lo previsto en la sección Servicio de actualización para extensiones de terceros). El cliente puede presentar múltiples solicitudes de actualización para una base de datos, hasta que se logre un resultado aceptable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_es.rst:217 +msgid "Servicio de actualización para extensiones de terceros" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_es.rst:219 +msgid "Durante la vigencia de este Acuerdo, el Cliente podrá solicitar servicios de actualización opcionales para módulos de extensión de terceros, además de los Servicios de actualización habituales. Esta servicio es opcional y está sujeto a tarifas adicionales (como se describe en el apartado :ref:`charges_es`) e incluye la adaptación técnica de módulos de terceros instalados en la base de datos del Cliente y sus datos correspondientes para ser compatibles con la versión de destino. El cliente recibirá una versión actualizada de todos los módulos de terceros instalados junto con la base de datos actualizada." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_es.rst:231 +msgid "4.4 Servicios de alojamiento en la nube / Cloud Hosting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_es.rst:233 +msgid "Durante la vigencia de este Acuerdo, cuando el Cliente elija utilizar la Plataforma en la nube (Cloud Hosting), Odoo SA se compromete a proporcionar los siguientes servicios:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_es.rst:237 +msgid "Elección de múltiples regiones de alojamiento (mínimo 3: Europa, América, Asia / Pacífico)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_es.rst:239 +msgid "Alojamiento en centros de datos de nivel III o equivalente, con un 99,9% de tiempo de actividad óptima de la red" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_es.rst:241 +msgid "Cifrado de comunicación Grado A SSL (HTTPS)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_es.rst:242 +msgid "Copias de seguridad verificadas, completamente automatizadas, replicadas en múltiples regiones" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_es.rst:244 +msgid "Plan de recuperación de desastres, probado regularmente" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_es.rst:246 +msgid "Los detalles de los servicios de alojamiento en la nube se describen en la página del Acuerdo de nivel de servicio: `Cloud SLA <http://www.odoo.com/cloud-sla>`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_es.rst:253 +msgid "4.5 Servicios de soporte" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_es.rst:256 +msgid "Alcance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_es.rst:258 +msgid "Durante la vigencia de este Acuerdo, el Cliente puede abrir un número ilimitado de tickets de soporte en `Odoo SA <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__, exclusivamente para preguntas relacionadas con errores (:ref:`bugfix_es`) u orientación con respecto al uso de las características estándar del Software y los Servicios (funcionalidades, uso previsto, configuración, solución de problemas)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_es.rst:264 +msgid "Se pueden cubrir otras solicitudes de asistencia, como preguntas relacionadas con desarrollos, personalizaciones, instalación de Auto-Hosting o servicios que requieren acceso a la base de datos del Cliente a través de la compra de un Service Pack o Paquete de Implementación. En caso de que no quede claro si una solicitud está cubierta por este Acuerdo o un Service Pack, la decisión es a discreción de la disponibilidad de Odoo SA." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_es.rst:275 +msgid "5 Cargos y Cuotas" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_es.rst:280 +msgid "5.1 Cargos estándares" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_es.rst:282 +msgid "Los cargos estándares para la suscripción de Odoo Enterprise y los Servicios se basan en el número de Usuarios y las Aplicaciones instaladas, en la versión de software utilizada por el cliente." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_es.rst:286 +msgid "Cuando durante el plazo de uso del sistema, el Cliente tiene más Usuarios o más Aplicaciones instaladas que las especificadas en el momento de la celebración de este Acuerdo, el Cliente acepta pagar la tarifa adicional equivalente al precio de lista aplicable según el servicio que tenga instalado, para los Usuarios o Aplicaciones adicionales, para el resto del plazo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_es.rst:293 +msgid "Si en el momento de la conclusión de este Acuerdo, el Cliente utiliza una Versión Cubierta que no es la más reciente, los cargos estándares pueden incrementarse en un 50% durante la duración del primer plazo, a discreción exclusiva de Odoo SA, para cubrir los costos de mantenimiento adicionales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_es.rst:301 +msgid "5.2 Cargos de renovación" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_es.rst:303 +msgid "En el momento de la renovación, tal como se describe en la sección :ref:`term_es`, si los cargos aplicados durante los términos anteriores son más bajos que el precio de lista aplicable más actual, estos cargos pueden aumentar hasta un 7%." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_es.rst:311 +msgid "5.3 Cargos por servicios de actualización de módulos de terceros" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_es.rst:313 +msgid "El cargo adicional por el Servicio de actualización para módulos de terceros es de EUR (€) 1000.00 (mil euros) por 1000 líneas de código en los módulos de terceros, redondeados a las siguientes mil líneas. Las líneas de código incluyen todas las líneas de texto en el código fuente de esos módulos, independientemente del lenguaje de programación (Python, Javascript, etc.) o el formato de datos (XML, CSV, etc.), excluyendo líneas en blanco y líneas de comentarios." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_es.rst:320 +msgid "Odoo SA se reserva el derecho de rechazar una solicitud de actualización para módulos de terceros en virtud de lo anterior si la calidad del código fuente de esos módulos es demasiado baja, o si estos módulos constituyen una interfaz con software o sistemas de terceros. La actualización de dichos módulos puede ser sujeta a una oferta por separado, fuera de este Acuerdo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_es.rst:328 +msgid "5.4 Impuestos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_es.rst:330 +msgid "Todos los aranceles y cargos son exclusivos de todos los impuestos, aranceles o cargos federales, provinciales, estatales, locales u otros gubernamentales aplicables (colectivamente, “Impuestos”). El cliente es responsable de pagar todos los Impuestos asociados con las compras realizadas por el Cliente en virtud de este Acuerdo, excepto cuando Odoo SA está legalmente obligado a pagar o cobrar impuestos de los cuales el cliente es responsable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_es.rst:341 +msgid "6 Condiciones de los servicios" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_es.rst:344 +msgid "6.1 Obligaciones del cliente" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_es.rst:346 +msgid "El Cliente se compromete a:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_es.rst:348 +msgid "Pagar a Odoo SA cualquier cargo aplicable por los Servicios del presente Acuerdo, según las condiciones de pago especificadas en la factura correspondiente;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_es.rst:352 +msgid "Notificar inmediatamente a Odoo SA cuando su número real de usarios o aplicaciones instaladas exceda el número especificado al final del Acuerdo y, en este caso, el pago de la tarifa adicional aplicable como se describe en la sección :ref:`charges_standard_es`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_es.rst:357 +msgid "Tomar todas las medidas necesarias para garantizar la ejecución no modificada de la parte del Software que verifica la validez del uso de Odoo Enterprise Edition, como se describe en la sección :ref:`enterprise_access_es`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_es.rst:361 +msgid "Designar a 1 persona de contacto dedicada del Cliente durante toda la duración del Acuerdo;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_es.rst:363 +msgid "Cuando el Cliente elige usar la Plataforma en la nube, el Cliente acuerda además:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_es.rst:366 +msgid "Tomar todas las medidas razonables para mantener sus cuentas de Usuario seguras, incluso al elegir una contraseña segura y no compartirla con nadie más;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_es.rst:370 +msgid "Hacer uso razonable de los servicios de alojamiento, cone xclusiónde cualquier actividad ilegal o actividades abusivas, y observar estrictamente las reglas descritas en la Política de uso aceptable publicada en `acceptable use <https://www.odoo.com/acceptable-use>`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_es.rst:374 +msgid "Cuando el Cliente elige la opción de Auto-alojamiento, el Cliente acepta además:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_es.rst:377 +msgid "Tomar todas las medidas razonables para proteger los archivos y las bases de datos del Cliente y para garantizar que los datos del Cliente sean seguros y estén protegidos, reconociendo que Odoo SA no se hace responsable de ninguna pérdida de datos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_es.rst:381 +msgid "Otorgar a Odoo SA el acceso necesario para verificar la validez de la Edición Enterprise de Odoo uso a solicitud (por ejemplo, si la validación automática no es válida para el Cliente);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_es.rst:385 +msgid "6.2 No solicitar o contratar" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_es.rst:386 +msgid "Excepto cuando la otra parte dé su consentimiento por escrito, cada parte, sus afiliados y sus representantes acuerdan no solicitar u ofrecer empleo a ningún empleado de la otra parte que esté involucrada en la prestación o el uso de los Servicios en virtud de este Acuerdo, durante la vigencia del Acuerdo y por un período de 12 meses a partir de la fecha de terminación o vencimiento de este Acuerdo. En caso de cualquier incumplimiento de las condiciones de esta sección que conduzca a la terminación de dicho empleado, la parte infractora acuerda pagar a la otra parte un importe de EUR (€) 30000 (treinta mil euros)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_es.rst:397 +msgid "6.3 Publicidad" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_es.rst:399 +msgid "Excepto cuando se notifique lo contrario por escrito, cada parte otorga a la otra una licencia mundial no transferible, no exclusiva, sin regalías para reproducir y mostrar el nombre, los logotipos de la otra parte y marcas comerciales, con el único fin de referirse a la otra parte como cliente o proveedor, en sitios web, comunicados de prensa y otros materiales de marketing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_es.rst:407 +msgid "6.4 Confidencialidad" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_es.rst:409 +msgid "Definición de \"Información confidencial\": Toda la información divulgada por una parte (la \"Parte reveladora\") a la otra parte (la \"Parte receptora\"), ya sea oralmente o por escrito, es decir, designado como confidencial o que razonablemente debe entenderse como confidencial dado la naturaleza de la información y las circunstancias de divulgación." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_es.rst:415 +msgid "En particular, cualquier información relacionada con los negocios, asuntos, productos, desarrollos, secretos comerciales, “know-how”, el personal, los clientes y los proveedores de cualquiera de las partes deben considerarse confidenciales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_es.rst:420 +msgid "Para toda la Información confidencial recibida durante el Término de este Acuerdo, la parte receptora utilizará el mismo grado de atención que utiliza para proteger la confidencialidad de sus propios servicios similares." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_es.rst:425 +msgid "La parte receptora puede divulgar información confidencial de la parte reveladora en la medida en que sea obligado por ley, siempre que la Parte Receptora dé aviso previo a la Parte Divulgadora de la divulgación obligada, en la medida permitida por la ley." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_es.rst:433 +msgid "6.5 Protección de datos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_es.rst:435 +msgid "Las definiciones de \"Datos personales\", \"Controlador\", \"Procesamiento\" toman los mismos significados que en el Reglamento (UE) 2016/679 y la Directiva 2002/58 / CE, y cualquier reglamento o legislación que los modifica o reemplaza (en lo sucesivo, \"Legislación de protección de datos”)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_es.rst:442 +msgid "Procesamiento de datos personales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_es.rst:444 +msgid "Las partes reconocen que la base de datos del Cliente puede contener datos personales, para los cuales el cliente es el controlador. Estos datos serán procesados por Odoo SA cuando el Cliente así lo indique, mediante el uso de cualquiera de los Servicios que requieren una base de datos (por ejemplo, los Servicios de hospedaje en la nube o el Servicio de actualización de la base de datos), o si el Cliente transfiere su base de datos o una parte de su base de datos a Odoo SA por cualquier motivo relacionado con este Acuerdo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_es.rst:453 +msgid "Este procesamiento se realizará de conformidad con la legislación de protección de datos. En particular, Odoo SA se compromete a:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_es.rst:456 +msgid "(a) Solo procesar los datos personales cuando y como lo indique el Cliente, y para elp ropósito de realizar uno de los Servicios en virtud de este Acuerdo, a menos que sea requerido por la ley, en cuyo caso, Odoo SA proporcionará un aviso previo al Cliente, a menos que la ley lo prohíba;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_es.rst:459 +msgid "(b) garantizar que todas las personas dentro de Odoo SA” autorizadas para procesar los Datos personales estén comprometidos con la confidencialidad;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_es.rst:461 +msgid "(c) implementar y mantener medidas técnicas y organizativas adecuadas para proteger los datos personales contra el procesamiento no autorizado o ilegal y contra la pérdida accidental, destrucción, daño, robo, alteración o divulgación;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_es.rst:464 +msgid "(d) enviará sin demora al Cliente cualquier solicitud de protección de datos que se haya enviado a Odoo SA con respecto a la base de datos del Cliente;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_es.rst:466 +msgid "(e) notificar al Cliente inmediatamente al momento de conocer y confirmar cualquier accidente, el procesamiento no autorizado o ilegal de, la divulgación o el acceso a los datos personales;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_es.rst:468 +msgid "(f) notificar al Cliente si las instrucciones de procesamiento infringen la Protección de datos aplicables a la legislación, en opinión de Odoo SA;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_es.rst:470 +msgid "(g) poner a disposición del Cliente toda la información necesaria para demostrar el cumplimiento con la legislación de protección de datos, permitir y contribuir razonablemente a las auditorías, incluidas las inspecciones, realizadas o exigidas por el Cliente;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_es.rst:473 +msgid "(h) eliminar permanentemente todas las copias de la base de datos del Cliente en posesión de Odoo SA, o devolver dichos datos, a elección del Cliente, a la terminación de este Acuerdo, sujeto a los retrasos especificados en la Política de privacidad de Odoo SA (`Privacy <https://www.odoo.com/privacy>`__)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_es.rst:478 +msgid "Con respecto a los puntos (d) a (f), el Cliente acepta proporcionar a Odoo SA un contacto preciso para información en todo momento, según sea necesario para notificar al responsable de Protección de Datos del Cliente." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_es.rst:483 +msgid "Sub procesadores" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_es.rst:485 +msgid "El Cliente reconoce y acepta que para proporcionar los Servicios, Odoo SA puede utilizar proveedores de servicios de terceros (sub procesadores) para procesar datos personales. Odoo SA se compromete a utilizar únicamente sub procesadores de conformidad con la legislación de protección de datos. Este uso será cubierto por un contrato entre Odoo SA y el Sub procesador que proporciona garantías al efecto." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_es.rst:491 +msgid "La Política de privacidad de Odoo SA, publicada en `Odoo Privacy <https://www.odoo.com/privacy>`_ proporciona información actualizada sobre los nombres y propósitos de los Sub procesadores actualmente en uso por Odoo SA para la ejecución de los Servicios." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_es.rst:498 +msgid "6.6 Terminación" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_es.rst:500 +msgid "En el caso de que cualquiera de las Partes incumpla alguna de las obligaciones que surgen en el presente documento, y si tal el incumplimiento no ha sido subsanado dentro de los 30 días de calendario posteriores a la notificación por escrito de dicho incumplimiento, este Acuerdo puede ser rescindido inmediatamente por la Parte que no incumple." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_es.rst:506 +msgid "Además, Odoo SA puede rescindir el Contrato inmediatamente en caso de que el Cliente incumpla con pagos de las tarifas aplicables a los Servicios dentro de la fecha de vencimiento especificada en el factura." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_es.rst:510 +msgid "Disposiciones supervivientes: Las secciones \":ref:`confidentiality_es`\", “:ref:`disclaimers_es`\",“:ref:`liability_es`\", y “:ref:`general_provisions_es`” sobrevivirán cualquier terminación o vencimiento de este Acuerdo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_es.rst:517 +msgid "7 Garantías, Renuncias, Responsabilidad Civil." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_es.rst:522 +msgid "7.1 Garantías" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_es.rst:524 +msgid "Durante la vigencia de este Acuerdo, Odoo SA se compromete a utilizar esfuerzos comercialmente razonables con la finalidad de ejecutar los Servicios de acuerdo con los estándares de la industria generalmente aceptados siempre y cuando:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_es.rst:529 +msgid "los sistemas informáticos del Cliente están en buen estado de funcionamiento y, en el caso de Auto-Hosting, el software se instala en un entorno operativo adecuado;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_es.rst:533 +msgid "el Cliente proporciona información adecuada para la resolución de problemas y, para el Auto alojamiento, cualquier acceso que Odoo SA puede necesitar para identificar, reproducir y resolver problemas;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_es.rst:537 +msgid "Todos los montos adeudados a Odoo SA han sido pagados." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_es.rst:539 +msgid "El único y exclusivo remedio del Cliente y la única obligación de Odoo SA por cualquier incumplimiento de esta garantía es para Odoo SA reanudar la ejecución de los Servicios sin cargo adicional." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_es.rst:546 +msgid "7.2 Renuncias" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_es.rst:548 +msgid "Excepto por lo expresamente dispuesto en este documento, ninguna de las partes ofrece ninguna garantía de ningún tipo, ya sea expresa, implícita, estatutaria o de otro tipo, y cada parte niega específicamente todas las garantías implícitas, incluida cualquier garantía implícita de comercialización, idoneidad para un propósito particular o no infracción, en la medida máxima permitida por la ley aplicable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_es.rst:556 +msgid "Odoo SA no garantiza que el Software cumpla con leyes o regulaciones locales o internacionales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_es.rst:562 +msgid "7.3 Limitación de responsabilidad" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_es.rst:564 +msgid "En la medida máxima permitida por la ley, la responsabilidad agregada de cada parte junto con los afiliados que surjan de o estén relacionados con este Acuerdo no excederán el 50% del monto total pagado por el Cliente en virtud de este Acuerdo durante los 12 meses inmediatamente anteriores a la fecha del evento que da lugar a tal reclamo. Las reclamaciones múltiples no ampliarán esta limitación." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_es.rst:570 +msgid "En ningún caso, ninguna de las partes o sus afiliadas serán responsable por daños indirectos, especiales, ejemplares, incidentales o consecuentes de cualquier tipo, incluidos, entre otros, la pérdida de ingresos, ganancias, ahorros, pérdida de negocios u otras pérdidas financieras, costos de inactividad o demora, datos perdidos o dañados, que surjan de o en conexión con este Acuerdo independientemente de la forma de acción, ya sea en contrato, agravio (incluida negligencia estricta) o cualquier otra teoría legal o equitativa, incluso si una parte o sus afiliados han sido informados de la posibilidad de tales daños, o si una parte o sus afiliados no cumpla con su propósito esencial." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_es.rst:585 +msgid "7.4 Fuerza mayor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_es.rst:587 +msgid "Ninguna de las partes será responsable ante la otra parte por la demora en el cumplimiento o la falta de hacer cualquier desempeño bajo este Acuerdo cuando tal falla o demora sea causada por regulaciones gubernamentales, incendios, huelgas, guerras, inundaciones, accidentes, epidemias, embargos, apropiación de plantas, o producto en su totalidad o en parte por cualquier gobierno o autoridad pública, o cualquier otra causa o causas, ya sean de naturaleza similar o diferente, más allá del control razonable de dicha parte siempre que tal causa o causas existen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_es.rst:599 +msgid "8 Disposiciones generales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_es.rst:604 +msgid "8.1 Ley aplicable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_es.rst:606 +msgid "Ambas partes acuerdan que las leyes de Bélgica se aplicarán, en caso de que surja cualquier disputa fuera de o en relación con este Acuerdo, sin tener en cuenta la elección o el conflicto de principios legales. En la medida en que anteriormente se permita cualquier demanda o procedimiento judicial, ambas partes acuerdan someterse a la única jurisdicción del tribunal de Nivelles (Bélgica) con el fin de litigar todas las disputas." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_es.rst:616 +msgid "8.2 Divisibilidad" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_es.rst:618 +msgid "En caso de que una o más de las disposiciones de este Acuerdo o cualquiera de sus aplicaciones sean inválidas, ilegales o no exigibles en ningún aspecto, la validez, legalidad y exigibilidad de las disposiciones restantes del presente Acuerdo y su aplicación no serán de ninguna manera afectados o deteriorados. Ambas partes se comprometen a reemplazar cualquier inválido, ilegal o inaplicable disposición de este Acuerdo por una disposición válida que tenga los mismos efectos y objetivos." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_es.rst:631 +msgid "9 Apéndice A: Licencia de Odoo Enterprise Edition" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_es.rst:635 +msgid "Odoo Enterprise Edition tiene licencia de Odoo Enterprise Edition License v1.0, definido como sigue:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_es.rst:643 +msgid "Ver :ref:`odoo_enterprise_license`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:5 +msgid "Odoo Enterprise Subscription Agreement (FR)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:8 +msgid "Ceci est une traduction en français du contrat “Odoo Enterprise Subscription Agreement”. Cette traduction est fournie dans l’espoir qu’elle facilitera sa compréhension, mais elle n'a aucune valeur légale. La seule référence officielle des termes du contrat “Odoo Enterprise Subscription Agreement” est la :ref:`version originale en anglais <enterprise_agreement>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:27 +msgid "En vous abonnant aux services de Odoo Enterprise (les \"Services\") fournis par Odoo SA et ses filiales (collectivement, \"Odoo SA\") en relation avec Odoo Enterprise Edition ou Odoo Community Edition (le \"Logiciel\"), hébergé sur le plate-formes Cloud d'Odoo SA (la \"Plate-forme Cloud\") ou sur site (\"Auto-Hébergement\"), vous (le \"Client\") acceptez d'être lié par les conditions générales suivantes (le \"Contrat\")." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:36 +msgid "1 Durée du Contrat" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:38 +msgid "La durée du présent contrat (la \"Durée\") sera spécifiée par écrit à la conclusion du Contrat, à compter de la date de la conclusion. Celui-ci est automatiquement reconduit pour une même durée, à moins que l'une des parties n’envoie à l'autre partie un préavis écrit de résiliation, et au moins 30 jours avant la date d'échéance du contrat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:46 +msgid "2 Définitions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:52 +msgid "Utilisateur" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:49 +msgid "Tout compte utilisateur indiqué comme actif dans le Logiciel et donnant accès au mode création et/ou édition. Les comptes désactivés ainsi que ceux utilisés par des personnes ou systèmes extérieur(e)s n'ayant qu'un accès limité au Logiciel via le portail (\"Utilisateurs Portail\") ne sont pas comptés comme Utilisateurs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:55 +msgid "Une \"App\" est un ensemble de fonctionnalités, disponible pour installation dans le Logiciel, et inclus dans la section Tarifs Odoo sur `le site d'Odoo SA <https://www.odoo.com>`_, au moment de la conclusion de ce Contrat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:62 +msgid "Partenaire Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:60 +msgid "Un Partenaire Odoo est un individu ou société tierce, choisi par le Client et qui collabore avec celui-ci pour les services liés à Odoo. Le Client peut choisir à tout moment de travailler avec un autre Partenaire Odoo, ou avec Odoo SA directement (moyennant préavis)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:69 +msgid "Module Supplémentaire" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:65 +msgid "Un Module Supplémentaire est un répertoire de fichiers de code source, ou un ensemble de personnalisations nécessitant du code Python créées dans une base de données (par ex. avec Odoo Studio), pour ajouter des fonctionnalités ou changer des comportements du Logiciel. Il peut avoir été développé par le Client, par Odoo SA, par un Partenaire Odoo pour le compte du Client, ou par des tiers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:74 +msgid "Module Supplémentaire Couvert" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:72 +msgid "Un Module Supplémentaire Couvert est un Module Supplémentaire pour lequel le Client choisit de payer un abonnement de maintenance afin d'obtenir de l'assistance, des corrections de bug et des migrations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:77 +msgid "Désigne toute défaillance du Logiciel ou d'un Module Supplémentaire Couvert, qui se traduit par un arrêt complet, un message d'erreur avec trace d'exécution, ou une brèche de sécurité, et n'est pas directement causé par un problème d'installation ou une configuration défectueuse. Un non-respect des spécifications ou des besoins sera considéré comme un Bug à la discrétion d'Odoo SA (en général, lorsque le Logiciel ne produit pas les résultats ou la performance pour lesquels il a été conçu, ou lorsqu'une fonctionnalité spécifique à un pays ne répond plus aux exigences comptables légales de ce pays)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:88 +msgid "Versions Couvertes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:86 +msgid "Sauf exception explicite, tous les Services dans le cadre du présent contrat s'appliquent uniquement aux Versions Couvertes du Logiciel, qui comprennent les 3 plus récentes versions majeures." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:93 +msgid "3 Accès au Logiciel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:95 +msgid "Le Client peut utiliser le Logiciel hébergé sur la Plate-forme Cloud, ou choisir l'option de l'Auto-Hébergement. La Plate-forme Cloud est hébergée et entièrement gérée par Odoo SA, and accédée à distance par le Client. En cas d'Auto-Hébergement, le Client héberge lui-même le Logiciel sur un système informatique de son choix, hors du contrôle d'Odoo SA." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:100 +msgid "Pour toute la durée du présent Contrat, Odoo SA octroie au Client une licence non exclusive, non transférable d'utilisation (exécution, modification, exécution après modification) du logiciel Odoo Enterprise Edition, conformément aux conditions énoncées à la section :ref:`appendix_a_fr`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:104 +msgid "Le Client accepte de prendre toutes les mesures nécessaires pour garantir l'exécution sans aucune modification de la partie du Logiciel qui vérifie la validité de l'utilisation d'Odoo Enterprise Edition et recueille des statistiques à cet effet, y compris mais sans s'y limiter, l'exécution du Logiciel, le nombre d'Utilisateurs, les Apps installées et le nombre de lignes de code des Modules Supplémentaires Couverts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:110 +msgid "Odoo SA s'engage à ne pas divulguer à une tierce partie d'informations chiffrées personnelles ou spécifiques sans le consentement du Client, et à traiter toutes les données recueillies en respectant sa politique officielle de confidentialité, telle que publiée sur https://www.odoo.com/privacy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:115 +msgid "À l'expiration ou la résiliation de ce Contrat, cette licence est immédiatement révoquée et le Client accepte de cesser toute utilisation du logiciel Odoo Enterprise Edition et de la Plate-forme Cloud." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:119 +msgid "Si le Client devait enfreindre les dispositions de la présente section, il accepte de payer à Odoo SA des frais supplémentaires équivalents à 300 % du tarif en vigueur applicable correspondant au nombre réel d'Utilisateurs et aux Apps installées." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:127 +msgid "4 Services inclus" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:132 +msgid "4.1 Service de correction de Bugs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:134 +msgid "Pour la durée de ce Contrat, Odoo SA s'engage à déployer tous les efforts raisonnables pour corriger tout Bug du Logiciel ou des Modules Supplémentaires Couverts qui pourrait être signalé par le Client en suivant la procédure appropriée (généralement par le biais du formulaire en ligne ou des numéros de téléphone indiqués sur Module Supplémentaire Couvert, ou en cas de travail avec un Partenaire Odoo, le canal prévu par le partenaire), et de commencer à traiter ces signalements du Client dans un délai de 2 jours ouvrables." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:141 +msgid "Dès que le Bug est remédié, un correctif approprié sera communiqué au Client. Si le Client utilise une Version Couverte, il ne lui sera jamais demandé de passer à une Version Couverte plus récente pour obtenir un correctif." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:145 +msgid "Lorsqu'un Bug est corrigé dans une Version Couverte, Odoo SA s'engage à le corriger dans toutes les Versions Couvertes plus récentes du Logiciel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:148 +msgid "Les deux parties reconnaissent que comme spécifié dans la licence du Logiciel et à la section :ref:`liability_fr` de ce Contrat, Odoo SA ne peut être tenue responsable des Bugs du Logiciel ou des Modules Supplémentaires Couverts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:154 +msgid "4.2 Mises à jour de sécurité" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:159 +msgid "Auto-Hébergement" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:161 +msgid "Pour la durée du Contrat, Odoo SA s'engage à envoyer une \"alerte de sécurité\"\" au Client pour tout Bug présentant un risque de sécurité qui serait découvert dans les Versions Couvertes du Logiciel (à l'exclusion des Modules Supplémentaires), au moins 2 semaines avant de rendre ladite alerte de sécurité publique, et ce à moins que le Bug ait déjà été rendu public par un tiers. Les alertes de sécurité comprennent une description complète du Bug, de sa cause, ses conséquences possibles sur les systèmes du Client, et le correctif correspondant pour chaque Version Couverte." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:168 +msgid "Le Client s'engage à traiter le Bug de sécurité et les informations figurant dans l'alerte de sécurité comme des Informations Confidentielles telles que décrites à la section :ref:`confidentiality_fr` pendant toute la période d'embargo avant la divulgation publique." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:175 +msgid "Plate-forme Cloud" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:177 +msgid "Odoo SA s'engage à appliquer les correctifs de sécurité pour tout Bug de sécurité découvert dans une version du Logiciel hébergé sur la Plate-forme Cloud, sur tous les systèmes sous son contrôle, dès que le correctif est disponible, et sans intervention manuelle du Client." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:185 +msgid "4.3 Service de migration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:190 +msgid "Service de migration du Logiciel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:192 +msgid "Pour la durée du présent Contrat, le Client peut soumettre des demandes de migration en suivant les procédures appropriées (généralement, via le site du service de migration d'Odoo SA), afin de convertir une base de données du Logiciel depuis n'importe quelle version du Logiciel vers une Version Couverte plus récente (la \"Version Cible\")." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:197 +msgid "Pour la Plate-forme Cloud, les demandes de migration sont envoyées directement depuis la panneau de contrôle de la Plate-forme Cloud, et ne requièrent pas d'envoi de données. Pour l'Auto-Hébergement, les demandes de migration doivent inclure une copie complète de la base de données du Client et les données associées (généralement obtenues à partir du menu Backup du Logiciel)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:204 +msgid "Ce service est fourni par le biais d'une plateforme automatisée, afin de permettre au Client d'effectuer des migration sans intervention humain, dès lors qu’une version précédente de la base de données du Client a été migrée avec succès pour une Version Couverte donnée." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:208 +msgid "Le service de migration est limité à la conversion et à l'adaptation techniques de la base de données du Client pour la rendre compatible avec la Version Cible, et à la correction de tout Bug directement causé par l'opération de migration, et ne se produisant normalement pas dans la Version Cible, et la conversion du code et des données des Modules Supplémentaires Couverts vers la Version Cible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:214 +msgid "Il incombe au Client de vérifier et valider la base de données migrée afin de détecter tout Bug, d'analyser l'impact des changements et des nouvelles fonctionnalités ajoutées dans la Version Cible, de convertir et d'adapter pour la Version Cible les modules tiers du Logiciel qui auraient été installées dans la base de données avant la migration (par ex. des Modules Supplémentaires non-couverts). Le client peut soumettre plusieurs demandes de migration pour une base de données, jusqu'à ce qu'un résultat satisfaisant soit obtenu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:225 +msgid "4.4 Service d'Hébergement Cloud" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:227 +msgid "Pour la durée du présent Contrat, lorsque le Client choisit d'utiliser la Plate-forme Cloud, Odoo SA s'engage à fournir au minimum le service suivant:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:230 +msgid "Choix de plusieurs régions d'hébergement (minimum 3: Europe, America, Asia/Pacific)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:231 +msgid "Hébergement en centre de données Tiers-III ou équivalent, avec 99.9% de disponibilité" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:232 +msgid "Cryptage des communications SSL Grade A (HTTPS)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:233 +msgid "Sauvegardes automatisées et vérifiées, répliquées dans plusieurs régions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:234 +msgid "Plan de Reprise d'Activité, testé régulièrement" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:236 +msgid "Les détails du Service d'Hébergement Cloud sont décrits sur la page du Service Level Agreement: https://www.odoo.com/cloud-sla." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:243 +msgid "4.5 Service d'Assistance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:246 +msgid "Portée" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:248 +msgid "Pour la durée du présent Contrat, le Client peut ouvrir un nombre non limité de demandes d'assistance sans frais, exclusivement pour des questions relatives à des Bugs (voir :ref:`bugfix_fr`) ou des explications au sujet de l'utilisation des fonctions standard du Logiciel et des Modules Supplémentaires Couverts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:253 +msgid "D'autres types de demandes, telles que celles relatives à des développements ou des personnalisations, peuvent être couvertes par l'achat d'un contrat de service séparé. Au cas où il n'est pas clair qu'une demande est couverte par ce Contrat, la décision sera à la discrétion d'Odoo SA." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:259 +msgid "Disponibilité" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:261 +msgid "Les demandes d'assistances peuvent être soumises à tout moment en ligne via https://www.odoo.com/help, ou par téléphone directement aux différents bureaux d'Odoo SA, ou en cas de travail avec un Partenaire Odoo, le canal préconisé par ce partenaire, pendant les heures de bureau correspondantes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:270 +msgid "Collaboration avec un Partenaire Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:272 +msgid "Pour les services de correction de Bug, d'assistance et de migration, le Client peut choisir de collaborer avec un Partenaire Odoo comme point de contact principal, ou directement avec Odoo SA." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:276 +msgid "Si le Client choisit un Partenaire Odoo, Odoo SA sous-traitera les services liés au Modules Supplémentaires Couverts à ce partenaire, qui deviendra le point de contact principal du client. Le Partenaire Odoo peut obtenir de l'assistance de second niveau auprès d'Odoo SA pour le compte du Client, concernant les fonctions standard du Logiciel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:281 +msgid "Si le Client décide de collaborer directement avec Odoo SA, les services liés aux Modules Supplémentaires Couverts ne seront fournis que *si et seulement si* le Client est hébergé sur la Plate-forme Cloud d'Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:289 +msgid "5 Tarifs et Frais" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:294 +msgid "5.1 Tarifs standards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:296 +msgid "Les tarifs standards pour le contrat d'abonnement à Odoo Enterprise et les Services sont basés sur le nombre d'Utilisateurs et les Apps installées, et précisés par écrit à la conclusion du contrat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:299 +msgid "Pendant la durée du contrat, si le Client a plus d'Utilisateurs ou d'Apps que spécifié au moment de la conclusion du présent Contrat, le Client accepte de payer un supplément équivalent au tarif en vigueur applicable (au début du Contrat) pour les utilisateurs supplémentaires, pour le reste de la durée." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:304 +msgid "Par ailleurs, les services concernant les Modules Supplémentaires Couverts sont facturés sur base du nombre de lignes de code dans ces modules. Lorsque le client opte pour l'abonnement de maintenance des Modules Supplémentaires Couverts, le coût mensuel est de 16€ par 100 lignes de code (arrondi à la centaine supérieure), sauf si spécifié par écrit à la conclusion du Contrat. Les lignes de code sont comptées avec la commande ``cloc`` du Logiciel, et comprennent toutes les lignes de texte du code source de ces modules, peu importe le langage de programmation (Python, Javascript, XML, etc.), à l'exclusion des lignes vides, des lignes de commentaires et des fichiers qui ne sont pas chargés à l'installation ou à l'exécution du Logiciel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:313 +msgid "Lorsque le Client demande une migration, pour chaque Module Supplémentaire Couvert qui n'a pas fait l'objet de frais de maintenance pour les 12 derniers mois, Odoo SA peut facturer des frais supplémentaires unique de 16€ par 100 lignes de code, pour chaque mois de maintenance manquant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:321 +msgid "5.2 Tarifs de reconduction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:323 +msgid "Lors de la reconduction telle que décrite à la section :ref:`term_fr`, si les tarifs par Utilisateur (à l'exclusion des “Initial User Discounts”) qui ont été appliqués pendant la Durée précédente sont inférieurs aux tarifs par Utilisateur en vigueur les plus récents, les tarifs par Utilisateur augmenteront automatiquement de maximum 7% par reconduction, sans dépasser les tarifs en vigueur les plus récents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:332 +msgid "5.3 Taxes et impôts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:334 +msgid "Tous les frais et tarifs sont indiqués hors taxes, frais et charges fédérales, provinciales, locales ou autres taxes gouvernementales applicables (collectivement, les \"Taxes\"). Le Client est responsable du paiement de toutes les Taxes liées aux achats effectués par le Client en vertu du présent Contrat, sauf lorsque Odoo SA est légalement tenue de payer ou de percevoir les Taxes dont le client est responsable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:343 +msgid "6 Conditions des Services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:346 +msgid "6.1 Obligations du Client" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:348 +msgid "Le Client accepte de / d':" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:350 +msgid "Payer à Odoo SA les frais applicables pour les Services en vertu du présent Contrat, conformément aux conditions de paiement spécifiées à la souscription du présent Contrat ;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:352 +msgid "Aviser immédiatement Odoo SA si le nombre réel d'Utilisateurs ou les Apps installées dépassent les nombres spécifiés à la conclusion du Contrat, et dans ce cas, de régler les frais supplémentaires applicables telles que décrits à la section :ref:`charges_standard_fr`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:355 +msgid "Prendre toutes les mesures nécessaires pour garantir l'exécution non modifiée de la partie du Logiciel qui vérifie la validité de l'utilisation de Odoo Enterprise Edition, comme décrit à la section :ref:`enterprise_access_fr`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:358 +msgid "Désigner 1 personne de contact représentant le Client pour toute la durée du contrat ;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:359 +msgid "Signaler par écrit à Odoo SA avec un préavis de 30 jours en cas de changement de point de contact principal, pour collaborer avec un autre Partenaire Odoo, ou directement avec Odoo SA." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:362 +msgid "Lorsque le Client choisit d'utiliser la Plate-forme Cloud, il accepte aussi de:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:364 +msgid "Prendre toute mesure raisonnable pour garantir la sécurité de ses comptes utilisateur, y compris en choisissant un mot de passe sûr et en ne le partageant avec personne;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:366 +msgid "Faire une utilisation raisonnable des Services d'Hébergement, à l'exclusion de toute activité illégale ou abusive, et de respecter strictement les règles indiquées dans la Politique d'Utilisation Acceptable: https://www.odoo.com/acceptable-use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:370 +msgid "Lorsque le Client choisit l'Auto-Hébergement, il accepte aussi de:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:372 +msgid "Fournir tout accès nécessaire à Odoo SA pour vérifier la validité de l'utilisation d'Odoo Enterprise Edition sur demande (par exemple, si la validation automatique ne fonctionne pas pour le Client) ;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:375 +msgid "Prendre toutes les mesures raisonnables pour protéger les fichiers et les bases de données du Client et s'assurer que les données du Client sont en sûreté et sécurisées, en reconnaissant qu'Odoo SA ne peut être tenue responsable de toute perte de données ;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:381 +msgid "6.2 Non solicitation ou embauche" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:383 +msgid "Sauf si l'autre partie donne son consentement par écrit, chaque partie, ses sociétés affiliées et ses représentants conviennent de ne pas solliciter ou offrir un emploi à tout employé de l'autre partie qui est impliqué dans l'exécution ou l'utilisation des Services en vertu du présent Contrat, pendant la Durée du Contrat et pendant une période de 12 mois à compter de la date de résiliation ou de l'expiration du présent Contrat. En cas de violation des conditions de la présente section qui conduirait à la démission dudit employé à cette fin, la partie ayant enfreint ces dispositions accepte de payer à l'autre partie un montant forfaitaire de 30 000,00 euros (€) (trente mille euros)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:396 +msgid "6.3 Publicité" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:398 +msgid "Sauf demande contraire par écrit, chaque partie accorde à l'autre partie une licence mondiale libre de droits, non transférable, non exclusive pour reproduire et afficher le nom, les logos et les marques de l'autre partie, dans le seul but de citer l'autre partie en tant que client ou fournisseur, sur les sites Web, dans des communiqués de presse et autres documents de marketing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:406 +msgid "6.4 Confidentialité" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:417 +msgid "Définition des \"Informations Confidentielles\" :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:409 +msgid "Désigne toutes les informations divulguées par une partie (la \"Partie Communicante\") à l'autre partie (la \"Partie Bénéficiaire\"), que ce soit oralement ou par écrit, qui sont désignées comme confidentielles ou qui devraient raisonnablement être comprises comme étant confidentielles étant donné la nature des informations et les circonstances de la divulgation. En particulier, toute information liée aux activités, aux affaires, aux produits, aux développements, aux secrets commerciaux, au savoir-faire, au personnel, aux clients et aux fournisseurs de l'une des parties doit être considérée comme confidentielle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:419 +msgid "Pour toute Information Confidentielle reçue pendant la durée du présent contrat, la Partie Bénéficiaire utilisera le même degré de précaution qu'elle utilise pour protéger la confidentialité de ses propres Informations Confidentielles de même importance. Ce degré de précaution devra correspondre au minimum à une précaution raisonnable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:424 +msgid "La Partie Bénéficiaire peut divulguer les Informations Confidentielles de la Partie Communicante dans la mesure où la loi l'y oblige, à condition que la Partie Bénéficiaire avise au préalable par écrit la Partie Communicante de son obligation de divulgation, dans la mesure permise par la loi." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:432 +msgid "6.5 Protection de données" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:437 +msgid "Définitions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:435 +msgid "\"Données à Caractère Personnel\", \"Responsable de Traitement\", \"Traitement\" prennent le même sens que dans le Règlement (EU) 2016/679 et la Directive 2002/58/EC, et dans tout règlement ou législation qui les amende ou les remplace (collectivement, la \"Législation sur la Protection des Données\")" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:440 +msgid "Traitement de Données à Caractère Personnel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:442 +msgid "Les parties conviennent que la base de données du Client peut contenir des Données à Caractère Personnel, pour lesquelles le Client est le Responsable de Traitement. Ces données seront traitées par Odoo SA quand le Client en donnera l'instruction, par son utilisation des Services qui requièrent une base de données (tels que le Service d'Hébergement ou le Service de migration), ou si le Client transfère sa base de données ou une partie de celle-ci à Odoo SA pour toute autre raison relative à l'exécution du présent Contrat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:449 +msgid "Ce traitement sera exécuté en conformité avec la Législation sur la Protection des Données. En particulier, Odoo SA s'engage à:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:452 +msgid "(a) Ne traiter les Données à Caractère Personnel que quand et comme demandé par le Client, et pour la finalité de l'exécution de l'un des Services du Contrat, à moins que la loi ne l'exige, auquel cas Odoo SA préviendra préalablement le Client, à moins que la loi ne l'interdise;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:455 +msgid "(b) S'assurer que tout le personnel d'Odoo SA autorisé à traiter les Données à Caractère Personnel soit soumis à un devoir de confidentialité ;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:457 +msgid "(c) Mettre en oeuvre et maintenir des mesures de sécurité appropriées au niveau technique et organisationnel, afin de protéger les Données à Caractère Personnel de tout traitement non autorisé ou illégal, et de toute perte accidentelle, destruction, dégât, vol, altération ou divulgation ;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:461 +msgid "(d) Transmettre promptement au Client toute demande relative à des Données à Caractère Personnel qui aurait été soumise à Odoo SA au sujet de la base de données du Client ;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:463 +msgid "(e) Signaler au Client dès la prise de connaissance et la confirmation de tout traitement, accès ou divulgation non autorisés, accidentels ou illégal des Données à Caractère Personnel ;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:465 +msgid "(f) Signaler au Client lorsque ses instructions de traitement vont à l'encontre de la Législation sur la Protection des Données, d'après Odoo SA ;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:467 +msgid "(g) Fournir au Client toute information nécessaire à la démonstration de la conformité avec la Législation sur la Protection des Données, autoriser et contribuer de façon raisonnable à des audits, y compris des inspections, conduits ou mandatés par le Client dans ce but;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:470 +msgid "(h) Supprimer définitivement tout copie de la base de données du Client en possession d'Odoo SA, ou retourner ces données, au choix du Client, lors de la résiliation de ce Contrat, en respect des délais indiqués dans la `Politique de Protection des Données <https://www.odoo.com/privacy>`_ d'Odoo SA ;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:475 +msgid "Concernant les points (d) à (f), le Client s'engage à fournir à Odoo SA des informations de contact valables, tel que nécessaire pour toute notification auprès du responsable de protection des données du Client." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:480 +msgid "Sous-traitants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:482 +msgid "Le Client convient et accepte que pour fournir les Services, Odoo SA peut faire appel à des prestataires de service tiers (Sous-traitants) pour traiter les Données à Caractère Personnel. Odoo SA s'engage à n'utiliser de tels Sous-traitants qu'en conformité avec la Législation sur la Protection des Données. Cet usage sera couvert par un contrat entre Odoo SA et le Sous-traitant qui offrira toutes les garanties nécessaires à cet effet. La Politique de Protection des Données d'Odoo SA, publiée à l'adresse https://www.odoo.com/privacy fournit des informations actualisées sur les noms et les finalités des Sous-traitants utilisés par Odoo SA pour l'exécution des Services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:495 +msgid "6.6 Résiliation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:497 +msgid "Dans le cas où l'une des parties ne remplit pas ses obligations découlant du présent contrat, et si une telle violation n’est pas résolue dans les 30 jours civils à compter de la notification écrite de cette violation, le présent contrat peut être résilié immédiatement par la partie qui n'a pas commis la violation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:503 +msgid "En outre, Odoo SA peut résilier le contrat immédiatement dans le cas où le Client ne paie pas les frais applicables pour les services dans les 21 jours suivant la date d'échéance indiquée sur la facture correspondante, après minimum 3 rappels." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:510 +msgid "Durée de l'applicabilité des dispositions:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:508 +msgid "Les sections \":ref:`confidentiality_fr`\", “:ref:`disclaimers_fr`\", “:ref:`liability_fr`\", et “:ref:`general_provisions_fr`\" survivront la résiliation ou l'expiration du présent contrat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:515 +msgid "7 Limitations de garantie et de responsabilité" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:522 +msgid "Odoo SA détient le copyright ou un équivalent [#cla_fr1]_ sur 100% du code du Logiciel, et confirme que toutes les librairies logicielles nécessaires au fonctionnement du Logiciel sont disponibles sous une licence compatible avec la licence du Logiciel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:526 +msgid "Pendant la durée du présent contrat, Odoo SA s'engage à déployer les efforts raisonnables sur le plan commercial pour exécuter les Services conformément aux normes du secteur généralement acceptées à condition que :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:530 +msgid "Les systèmes informatiques du Client soient en bon état de fonctionnement et, pour l'Auto-Hébergement, que le Logiciel soit installé selon les bonnes pratiques en vigueur;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:532 +msgid "Le Client fournisse les informations adéquates nécessaires au dépannage et, pour l'Auto-Hébergement, tout accès utile, de telle sorte qu'Odoo SA puisse identifier, reproduire et gérer les problèmes ;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:535 +msgid "Tous les montants dus à Odoo SA, qui sont échus, aient été réglés." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:537 +msgid "La reprise de l'exécution des Services par Odoo SA sans frais supplémentaires constitue la seule et unique réparation pour le Client et la seule obligation d'Odoo SA pour tout manquement à cette garantie." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:541 +msgid "Les contributions externes sont couvertes par un `Copyright License Agreement <https://www.odoo.com/cla>`_ fournissant une licence de copyright et de brevet permanente, gratuite et irrévocable à Odoo SA." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:548 +msgid "7.2 Limitation de garantie" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:550 +msgid "Mis à part les dispositions expresses du présent Contrat, aucune des parties ne donne de garantie d'aucune sorte, expresse, implicite ou autre, et chaque partie décline expressément toutes garanties implicites, y compris toute garantie implicite de qualité marchande, d'adéquation à un usage particulier ou de non- contrefaçon, dans les limites autorisées par la loi en vigueur." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:556 +msgid "Odoo SA ne garantit pas que le Logiciel soit conforme à toute loi ou réglementation locale ou internationale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:563 +msgid "7.3 Limitation de responsabilité" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:565 +msgid "Dans la limite autorisée par la loi, la responsabilité globale de chaque partie, ainsi que de ses filiales, découlant ou liée au présent Contrat ne dépassera pas 50% du montant total réglé par le Client en vertu du présent Contrat au cours des 12 mois précédant la date de l'événement donnant lieu à une telle réclamation. Des réclamations multiples n'augmenteront pas cette limite." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:570 +msgid "Les parties et leurs filiales ne pourront en aucun cas être tenues responsables des dommages indirects, spéciaux, accessoires ou consécutifs de quelque nature que ce soit, y compris, mais sans s'y limiter, la perte de revenus, perte de profits, perte d’économies, perte commerciale ou toute autre perte financière, les coûts relatifs à l'arrêt ou au retard, la perte ou altération des données, découlant ou en relation avec le présent Contrat, quelle que soit la forme de l'action, qu'elle soit fondée sur une obligation contractuelle, délictuelle (y compris la stricte négligence) ou fondée sur toute autre règle de droit ou d'équité, même si la partie ou ses filiales ont été informées du risque de tels dommages, ou si le recours proposé par la partie ou ses filiales n'atteint pas son but essentiel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:585 +msgid "Aucune des parties ne sera tenue pour responsable envers l'autre partie de tout retard ou manquement d'exécution en vertu du présent Contrat, si ce manquement ou retard trouve sa cause dans un cas de *force majeure*, comme une règlementation gouvernementale, un incendie, une grève, une guerre, une inondation, un accident, une épidémie, un embargo, la saisie d'une usine ou d'un produit dans son intégralité ou en partie par un gouvernement ou une autorité publique, ou toute (s) autre (s) cause (s), qu’elle (s) soit (soient) de nature similaire ou différente, pour autant que cette cause soit hors du contrôle raisonnable de la partie concernée, et tant qu'une telle cause existe." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:597 +msgid "8 Dispositions générales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:602 +msgid "8.1 Droit applicable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:604 +msgid "Le présent contrat et les commandes passées par le client sont exclusivement régis par le droit belge. Tout différend relatif au présent contrat ou à une commande passée par le Client relève de la compétence exclusive du tribunal de l’entreprise de Nivelles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:611 +msgid "8.2 Divisibilité" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:613 +msgid "Dans le cas où une ou plusieurs des dispositions du présent contrat ou toute autre application de celles-ci se trouvent non valables, illégales ou non exécutoires, la validité, la légalité et le caractère exécutoire des autres dispositions du présent contrat et toute application de celles-ci ne doivent en aucun cas en être affectés ou compromis. Les parties s'engagent à remplacer toute disposition non valable, illégale ou non exécutoire du présent contrat par une disposition valable ayant les mêmes effets et objectifs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:623 +msgid "9 Appendice A: Odoo Enterprise Edition License" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:625 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:386 +msgid "Odoo Enterprise Edition est publié sous la licence Odoo Enterprise Edition License v1.0, définie ci-dessous." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:629 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:390 +msgid "Ceci est une traduction en français de la licence “Odoo Enterprise Edition License”. Cette traduction est fournie dans l’espoir qu’elle facilitera sa compréhension, mais elle n'a aucune valeur légale. La seule référence officielle des termes de la licence “Odoo Enterprise Edition License” est la :ref:`version originale <odoo_enterprise_license>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:635 +msgid "This is a french translation of the \"Odoo Enterprise Edition License”. This translation is provided in the hope that it will facilitate understanding, but it has no legal value. The only official reference of the terms of the “Odoo Enterprise Edition License” is the :ref:`original english version <odoo_enterprise_license>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:652 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:407 +msgid "Ce logiciel et les fichiers associés (le \"Logiciel\") ne peuvent être utilisés (c'est-à-dire exécutés, modifiés, ou exécutés avec des modifications) qu'avec un contrat Odoo Enterprise Subscription en ordre de validité, et pour le nombre d'utilisateurs prévus dans ce contrat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:657 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:412 +msgid "Un contrat de Partnariat avec Odoo S.A. en ordre de validité donne les mêmes permissions que ci-dessus, mais uniquement pour un usage restreint à un environnement de test ou de développement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:661 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:416 +msgid "Vous êtes autorisé à développer des modules Odoo basés sur le Logiciel et à les distribuer sous la license de votre choix, pour autant que cette licence soit compatible avec les conditions de la licence Odoo Enterprise Edition Licence (Par exemple: LGPL, MIT ou d'autres licenses propriétaires similaires à celle-ci)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:666 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:421 +msgid "Vous êtes autorisé à utiliser des modules Odoo publiés sous n'importe quelle licence, pour autant que leur licence soit compatible avec les conditions de la licence Odoo Enterprise Edition License (Notamment tous les modules publiés sur l'Odoo Apps Store sur odoo.com/apps)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:671 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:426 +msgid "Il est interdit de publier, distribuer, accorder des sous-licences, ou vendre tout copie du Logiciel ou toute copie modifiée du Logiciel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:674 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:429 +msgid "Toute copie du Logiciel ou d'une partie substantielle de celui-ci doit inclure l'avis de droit d'auteur original ainsi que le texte de la présente licence." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:677 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:432 +msgid "LE LOGICIEL EST FOURNI \"EN L'ETAT\", SANS AUCUNE GARANTIE DE QUELQUE NATURE QUE CE SOIT, EXPRESSE OU IMPLICITE, Y COMPRIS, MAIS SANS Y ETRE LIMITE, LES GARANTIES IMPLICITES DE COMMERCIABILITE, DE CONFORMITE A UNE UTILISATION PARTICULIERE, OU DE NON INFRACTION AUX DROITS D'UN TIERS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:682 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:437 +msgid "EN AUCUN CAS LES AUTEURS OU TITULAIRES DE DROITS D'AUTEUR NE POURRONT ETRE TENUS POUR RESPONSABLE A VOTRE EGARD DE RECLAMATIONS, DOMMAGES OU AUTRES RESPONSABILITES, EN VERTU D'UN CONTRAT, DÉLIT OU AUTREMENT, RELATIVEMENT AU LOGICIEL, A L'UTILISATION DU LOGICIEL, OU A TOUTE AUTRE MANIPULATION RELATIVE AU LOGICIEL." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_nl.rst:6 +msgid "Odoo Enterprise Subscription Agreement (NL)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_nl.rst:9 +msgid "Dit is een Nederlandse vertaling van de \"Odoo Enterprise Subscription Agreement\". Deze vertaling wordt verstrekt in de hoop dat deze het begrip zal vergemakkelijken, maar heeft geen juridische waarde. De enige officiële referentie van de algemene voorwaarden van de \"Odoo Enterprise Subscription Agreement\" is :ref:`de originele Engelse versie <enterprise_agreement>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_nl.rst:16 +msgid "DEZE VERSIE IS NIET ACTUEEL. VOOR DE NIEUWSTE VERSIE ZIE DE :ref:`ORIGINELE ENGELSE VERSIE <enterprise_agreement>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_nl.rst:26 +msgid "Door u op de Odoo Enterprise-diensten (de “Diensten”) te abonneren die door Odoo NV/SA en zijn dochterondernemingen (gezamenlijk “Odoo NV”) worden verleend met betrekking tot de Odoo Enterprise Edition of de Odoo Community Edition (de “Software”), gaat u (de \"Klant\") ermee akkoord om gebonden te zijn door de volgende algemene voorwaarden (de “Overeenkomst”)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_nl.rst:35 +msgid "1 Looptijd van de Overeenkomst" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_nl.rst:37 +msgid "De duur van deze Overeenkomst (de \"Looptijd\") zal minimaal één jaar zijn en, zoals schriftelijk verduidelijkt bij de ondertekening van deze Overeenkomst, ingaan op de datum van de ondertekening. De duur wordt automatisch verlengd voor dezelfde Looptijd, tenzij een van beide partijen minstens 30 dagen voor het einde van de Looptijd de Overeenkomst per aangetekend schrijven aan de andere partij opzegt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_nl.rst:47 +msgid "2 Definities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_nl.rst:54 +msgid "Gebruiker" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_nl.rst:50 +msgid "Elke actieve gebruikersaccount met toegang tot de Software in de creatie- en/of bewerkingsmodus. Gedeactiveerde gebruikersaccounts en accounts die worden gebruikt door externe mensen (of systemen) die slechts beperkte toegang hebben tot de Software via de portalfaciliteiten (ook wel \"Portalgebruikers\" genoemd) tellen niet mee als Gebruikers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_nl.rst:57 +msgid "Een \"App\" is een gespecialiseerde groep functies die beschikbaar is voor installatie in de Software en wordt vermeld in de publieke sectie “Prijzen” van de website van Odoo NV <https://www.odoo.com> bij de ondertekening van deze Overeenkomst." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_nl.rst:63 +msgid "Elke storing van de Software die resulteert in een volledige stilstand," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_nl.rst:65 +msgid "foutopsporing of beveiligingsinbreuk en die niet rechtstreeks door een gebrekkige installatie of configuratie wordt veroorzaakt, wordt als een Bug beschouwd. Niet-naleving van specificaties of vereisten zal als een Bug worden beschouwd naar goeddunken van Odoo NV (doorgaans wanneer de Software niet de resultaten of prestaties levert die hij moet leveren, of wanneer een landspecifieke functie niet langer aan de wettelijke boekhoudkundige vereisten voldoet)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_nl.rst:82 +msgid "Gedekte Versies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_nl.rst:74 +msgid "Alle Diensten die onder deze Overeenkomst vallen, zijn alleen van toepassing op de Gedekte Versies van de Software, waaronder de 3 (drie) meest recent uitgebrachte hoofdversies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_nl.rst:78 +msgid "Om onder de onderhavige Overeenkomst te vallen, moet de meest recente Gedekte Versie op de installaties van de Klant draaien op het moment van de ondertekening van deze Overeenkomst. Wanneer dit niet het geval is, zijn aanvullende kosten van toepassing, zoals beschreven in :ref:`charges_standard_nl`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_nl.rst:87 +msgid "3 Toegang tot de Odoo Enterprise Edition" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_nl.rst:89 +msgid "Voor de duur van deze Overeenkomst geeft Odoo NV de Klant een niet-exclusieve, niet-overdraagbare licentie om de Odoo Enterprise Edition-software te gebruiken (uitvoeren, wijzigen, uitvoeren na wijziging) onder de voorwaarden uiteengezet in :ref:`appendix_a_nl`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_nl.rst:94 +msgid "De Klant gaat ermee akkoord alle nodige maatregelen te nemen om de ongewijzigde uitvoering te waarborgen van het deel van de Software dat de geldigheid van het gebruik van de Odoo Enterprise Edition controleert en statistieken verzamelt voor dat doel, met inbegrip van maar niet beperkt tot het uitvoeren van een extensie, het aantal Gebruikers en geïnstalleerde Apps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_nl.rst:100 +msgid "Odoo NV verbindt zich ertoe om individuele of vermelde cijfers niet bekend te maken aan derden zonder de toestemming van de Klant, en om alle verzamelde gegevens te behandelen in overeenstemming met zijn officiële Privacybeleid, gepubliceerd op https://www.odoo.com/privacy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_nl.rst:105 +msgid "Bij het aflopen of beëindigen van deze Overeenkomst wordt deze licentie onmiddellijk ingetrokken en gaat de Klant ermee akkoord om de Odoo Enterprise Edition-software niet meer te gebruiken." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_nl.rst:109 +msgid "Indien de Klant de voorwaarden van deze sectie schendt, gaat de Klant ermee akkoord om Odoo NV een extra vergoeding te betalen gelijk aan 300% van de geldende catalogusprijs voor het werkelijke aantal Gebruikers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_nl.rst:116 +msgid "4 Inbegrepen diensten" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_nl.rst:119 +msgid "4.1 Bugfixingdienst" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_nl.rst:121 +msgid "Voor de duur van deze Overeenkomst verbindt Odoo NV zich ertoe alle redelijke inspanningen aan te wenden om elke Bug van de Software die via het juiste kanaal (gewoonlijk het e-mailadres of het websiteformulier van de servicedesk van Odoo NV) door de Klant wordt ingediend, te verhelpen en dergelijke indiening van de Klant binnen 2 werkdagen af te handelen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_nl.rst:127 +msgid "De Klant begrijpt dat Bugs die worden veroorzaakt door een wijziging of uitbreiding die niet deel uitmaakt van de officiële Software niet onder deze dienst valt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_nl.rst:131 +msgid "Zodra de Bug verholpen is, zal een passende oplossing aan de Klant worden meegedeeld. Indien de Bug reeds verholpen is in een recentere herziening van de Gedekte Versie van de Software die door de Klant wordt gebruikt, stemt de Klant ermee in om zijn systemen bij te werken naar die herziening om de correctie te verkrijgen. Er zal niet aan de Klant worden gevraagd om naar een recentere Gedekte Versie van de Software te upgraden als oplossing voor een Bug." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_nl.rst:138 +msgid "Wanneer een Bug verholpen is in een Gedekte Versie verbindt Odoo NV zich ertoe om de Bug in alle recentere Gedekte Versies van de software te verhelpen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_nl.rst:141 +msgid "Beide partijen erkennen dat, zoals gespecificeerd in de licentie van de Software en in de sectie :ref:`liability_nl` van deze Overeenkomst, Odoo NV niet aansprakelijk kan worden gesteld voor Bugs in de Software." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_nl.rst:147 +msgid "4.2 Beveiligingswaarschuwingendienst" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_nl.rst:149 +msgid "Voor de duur van deze Overeenkomst verbindt Odoo NV zich ertoe om een “Beveiligingswaarschuwing” naar de Klant te sturen voor elke Bug in de beveiliging die wordt ontdekt in de Gedekte Versies van de Software, ten minste 2 weken voordat de Beveiligingswaarschuwing openbaar wordt gemaakt, tenzij de Bug reeds openbaar is gemaakt door een derde partij. Beveiligingswaarschuwingen bevatten een volledige beschrijving van de Bug, de oorzaak ervan, de mogelijke gevolgen ervan voor de systemen van de Klant en de bijbehorende oplossing voor elke Gedekte Versie." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_nl.rst:158 +msgid "De Klant begrijpt dat de Bug en de informatie in het Beveiligingswaarschuwing als Vertrouwelijke Informatie moeten worden behandeld, zoals beschreven in de sectie :ref:`confidentiality_nl`, gedurende de embargoperiode die voorafgaat aan de openbare bekendmaking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_nl.rst:166 +msgid "4.3 Upgradediensten" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_nl.rst:171 +msgid "Upgradedienst voor de Software" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_nl.rst:173 +msgid "Gedurende de looptijd van deze Overeenkomst kan de Klant via het juiste kanaal (doorgaans de upgradedienstwebsite van Odoo NV) upgradeaanvragen indienen om een database van de Software van een Gedekte Versie van de Software om te zetten naar een meer recente Gedekte Versie (de \"Doelversie\")." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_nl.rst:178 +msgid "Upgradeaanvragen moeten een volledige reservekopie van de database van de Klant en de bijbehorende gegevens omvatten (doorgaans verkregen via het Back-upmenu van de Software). Waar nodig met het oog om redenen van gegevensbeveiliging of regelgeving bevat de Upgradedienst een optionele tool om identificeerbare gegevens in een database te anonimiseren voordat de upgradeaanvraag wordt ingediend, evenals een tool om de geanonimiseerde gegevens na de upgrade te herstellen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_nl.rst:186 +msgid "Deze dienst wordt verleend via een geautomatiseerd platform om de Klant in staat te stellen zonder toezicht te upgraden zodra een eerdere versie van de database van de Klant met succes werd geüpgraded voor een Gedekte Versie. De Klant kan opeenvolgende upgradeaanvragen voor een database indienen en gaat ermee akkoord om ten minste 1 upgradeaanvraag voor testdoeleinden in te dienen voordat hij de definitie upgradeaanvraag indient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_nl.rst:193 +msgid "De Upgradedienst is beperkt tot de technische conversie en aanpassing van de database van de Klant om deze compatibel te maken met de Doelversie en de correctie van elke Bug die rechtstreeks wordt veroorzaakt door de upgradebewerking en die normaal niet voorkomt in de Doelversie." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_nl.rst:198 +msgid "Het is de exclusieve verantwoordelijkheid van de Klant om de geüpgradede database te controleren en te valideren teneinde Bugs te detecteren, om de impact van wijzigingen en nieuwe functies te analyseren die in de Doelversie zijn geïmplementeerd, om eventuele uitbreidingen van derden van de Software die vóór de upgrade in de database waren geïnstalleerd, om te zetten en aan te passen (behalve indien van toepassing zoals voorzien in sectie :ref:`upgrade_extra_nl`). De Klant kan meerdere upgradeaanvragen voor een database indienen totdat een aanvaardbaar resultaat wordt bereikt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_nl.rst:210 +msgid "Upgradedienst voor extensies van derden" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_nl.rst:212 +msgid "Gedurende de duur van deze Overeenkomst kan de Klant naast de gewone Upgradediensten optionele upgradediensten voor uitbreidingsmodules van derden van de Software aanvragen. Deze optionele dienst is onderworpen aan extra kosten (zoals beschreven in :ref:`charges_nl`) en omvat de technische aanpassing van de modules van derden die geïnstalleerd zijn in de database van de Klant, en van de bijbehorende gegevens, om compatibel te zijn met de Doelversie. De Klant zal samen met de geüpgradede database een geüpgradede versie van alle geïnstalleerde modules van derden ontvangen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_nl.rst:224 +msgid "5 Kosten en vergoedingen" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_nl.rst:229 +msgid "5.1 Standaardkosten" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_nl.rst:231 +msgid "De standaardkosten voor het Odoo Enterprise-abonnement, de Bugfixingdienst, de Beveiligingswaarschuwingendienst en de Upgradedienst zijn gebaseerd op het aantal Gebruikers, de geïnstalleerde Apps, de Softwareversie die door de Klant wordt gebruikt en schriftelijk wordt gespecificeerd bij de ondertekening van de Overeenkomst." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_nl.rst:237 +msgid "Wanneer de Klant tijdens de Looptijd meer Gebruikers of meer geïnstalleerde Apps heeft dan gespecificeerd op het moment van de ondertekening van deze Overeenkomst, gaat de Klant ermee akkoord om een extra vergoeding te betalen gelijk aan de toepasselijke catalogusprijs (aan het begin van de Looptijd) voor de bijkomende Gebruikers of Apps, voor de rest van de Looptijd." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_nl.rst:243 +msgid "Indien de Klant op het moment van de ondertekening van deze Overeenkomst een Gedekte Versie gebruikt die niet de meest recente is, kunnen de standaardkosten naar eigen goeddunken van Odoo NV met 50% worden verhoogd voor de duur van de eerste Looptijd om de extra onderhoudskosten te dekken." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_nl.rst:251 +msgid "5.2 Verlengingskosten" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_nl.rst:253 +msgid "Indien, bij verlenging zoals beschreven in de sectie :ref:`term_nl`, de kosten gedurende de vorige Looptijd lager zijn dan de meest actuele geldende catalogusprijs, zullen de kosten met maximaal 7% stijgen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_nl.rst:262 +msgid "5.3 Kosten voor Upgradediensten voor modules van derden" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_nl.rst:264 +msgid "De extra kosten voor de Upgradedienst voor modules van derden bedragen EUR (€) 1000,00 (duizend euro) per 1000 Coderegels in de modules van derden, afgerond op de volgende duizend regels. Coderegels omvatten alle tekstregels in de broncode van die modules, ongeacht de programmeertaal (Python, Javascript enz.) of het gegevensformaat (XML, CSV enz.), met uitzondering van lege regels en commentaarregels." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_nl.rst:271 +msgid "Odoo NV behoudt zich het recht voor om een upgradeaanvraag onder de voor modules van derden onder de bovenstaande voorwaarden te weigeren indien de kwaliteit van de broncode van die modules te slecht is, of indien deze modules een interface vormen met software of systemen van derden. Het upgraden van dergelijke modules zal onderworpen zijn aan een afzonderlijke offerte, buiten deze Overeenkomst." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_nl.rst:281 +msgid "5.4 Belastingen" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_nl.rst:283 +msgid "Alle vergoedingen en kosten zijn exclusief alle toepasselijke federale, provinciale, gewestelijke, lokale of andere overheidsbelastingen, kosten of heffingen (gezamenlijk \"Belastingen\"). De Klant is verantwoordelijk voor het betalen van alle Belastingen die verbonden zijn aan de aankopen die de Klant in het kader van deze Overeenkomst doet, behalve wanneer Odoo NV wettelijk verplicht is om Belastingen te betalen of te incasseren waarvoor de Klant verantwoordelijk is.arden:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_nl.rst:292 +msgid "6 Voorwaarden van de Diensten" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_nl.rst:295 +msgid "6.1 Verplichtingen van de Klant" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_nl.rst:297 +msgid "De Klant gaat ermee akkoord om:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_nl.rst:299 +msgid "Odoo NV alle toepasselijke kosten voor de Diensten van deze Overeenkomst te betalen in overeenstemming met de betaalvoorwaarden gespecificeerd in de desbetreffende factuur;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_nl.rst:302 +msgid "Odoo NV onmiddellijk op de hoogte te brengen wanneer het werkelijke aantal Gebruikers of zijn geïnstalleerde Apps de aantallen overschrijden de bij de ondertekening van de Overeenkomst gespecificeerde aantallen overschrijden en in dat geval de toepasselijke extra vergoeding betalen zoals beschreven in de sectie :ref:`charges_standard_nl`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_nl.rst:306 +msgid "alle nodige maatregelen te nemen om de ongewijzigde uitvoering te waarborgen van het deel van de Software dat de geldigheid van het gebruik van de Odoo Enterprise Edition bevestigt, zoals beschreven in :ref:`enterprise_access_nl`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_nl.rst:309 +msgid "Odoo NV de nodige toegang verlenen om de geldigheid van het gebruik van de Odoo Enterprise Edition op verzoek te controleren (bv. indien blijkt dat de automatische validatie niet werkt voor de Klant);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_nl.rst:312 +msgid "1 speciale Klantencontactpersoon aan te wijzen voor de volledige duur van de Overeenkomst;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_nl.rst:314 +msgid "alle redelijke maatregelen te nemen om de bestanden en databases van de Klant te beschermen en ervoor te zorgen dat de gegevens van de Klant veilig en beveiligd zijn, en daarbij te erkennen dat Odoo NV niet aansprakelijk kan worden gesteld voor enig gegevensverlies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_nl.rst:322 +msgid "6.2 Niet benaderen of aanwerven" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_nl.rst:324 +msgid "Behalve wanneer de andere partij schriftelijk haar toestemming daartoe verleent, gaan elke partij, haar dochterondernemingen en vertegenwoordigers ermee akkoord om geen werknemer te benaderen of aan te werven van de andere partij die betrokken is bij de uitvoering of het gebruik van de Diensten volgens deze Overeenkomst, voor de duur van de Overeenkomst en voor een periode van 24 maanden vanaf de datum van beëindiging of afloop van deze Overeenkomst. In geval van een schending van de voorwaarden van deze sectie die leidt tot het ontslag van voornoemde werknemer gaat de inbreuk makende partij ermee akkoord om de andere partij een bedrag van EUR (€) 30 000,00 (dertigduizend euro) te betalen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_nl.rst:339 +msgid "6.3 Publiciteit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_nl.rst:341 +msgid "Behoudens andersluidende schriftelijke vermelding verleent elke partij de andere partij een niet-overdraagbare, niet-exclusieve, royaltyvrije, wereldwijde licentie om de naam, de logo's en handelsmerken van de andere partij te reproduceren en weer te geven, uitsluitend om naar de andere partij te verwijzen als een klant of leverancier, op websites, in persberichten en ander marketingmateriaal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_nl.rst:352 +msgid "6.4 Vertrouwelijkheid" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_nl.rst:362 +msgid "Definitie van \"Vertrouwelijke informatie\":" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_nl.rst:355 +msgid "Alle informatie die door een partij (de \"Bekendmakende Partij\") aan de andere partij (de \"Ontvangende Partij\") wordt bekendgemaakt, hetzij mondeling of schriftelijk, en die als vertrouwelijk wordt aangemerkt of die redelijkerwijs als vertrouwelijk moet worden beschouwd gezien de aard van de informatie en de omstandigheden van de bekendmaking. In het bijzonder moet alle informatie met betrekking tot het bedrijf, zaken, producten, ontwikkelingen, handelsgeheimen, knowhow, personeel, klanten en leveranciers van beide partijen als vertrouwelijk worden beschouwd." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_nl.rst:364 +msgid "Voor alle Vertrouwelijke Informatie die tijdens de Looptijd van deze Overeenkomst wordt ontvangen, zal de Ontvangende Partij dezelfde mate van zorg aanwenden die zij aanwendt om de vertrouwelijkheid van haar eigen gelijkaardige Vertrouwelijke Informatie te beschermen, maar op zijn minst redelijke zorg." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_nl.rst:369 +msgid "De Ontvangende Partij mag Vertrouwelijke Informatie van de Bekendmakende Partij bekendmaken voor zover ze wettelijk verplicht is om dit te doen, mits de Ontvangende Partij de Bekendmakende Partij vooraf in kennis stelt van de verplichte bekendmaking, voor zover toegestaan door de wet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_nl.rst:377 +msgid "6.5 Beëindiging" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_nl.rst:379 +msgid "In het geval dat een van beide Partijen een van de uit deze Overeenkomst voortvloeien verplichtingen niet nakomt en deze nalatigheid niet binnen 30 kalenderdagen na de schriftelijke kennisgeving van deze nalatigheid verholpen is, kan deze Overeenkomst onmiddellijk worden beëindigd door de niet in gebreke blijvende Partij." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_nl.rst:385 +msgid "Verder kan Odoo NV de Overeenkomst onmiddellijk beëindigen in het geval dat de Klant de toepasselijke vergoedingen voor de Diensten niet betaalt tegen de vervaldatum die wordt vermeld op de desbetreffende factuur." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_nl.rst:393 +msgid "Overlevende bepalingen:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_nl.rst:390 +msgid "De secties \":ref:`confidentiality_nl`”, \":ref:`disclaimers_nl`”, \":ref:`liability_nl`” en \":ref:`general_provisions_nl`” zullen geldig blijven na beëindiging of afloop van deze Overeenkomst." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_nl.rst:398 +msgid "7 Garanties, afwijzingen van aansprakelijkheid, aansprakelijkheid" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_nl.rst:403 +msgid "7.1 Garanties" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_nl.rst:405 +msgid "Voor de duur van deze Overeenkomst verbindt Odoo NV zich ertoe om commercieel redelijke inspanningen aan te wenden om de Diensten uit te voeren in overeenstemming met de algemeen aanvaarde industrienormen op voorwaarde dat:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_nl.rst:409 +msgid "de computersystemen van de Klant in goede bedrijfsstaat zijn en de Software geïnstalleerd is in een geschikte werkomgeving;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_nl.rst:411 +msgid "de Klant passende probleemoplossingsen toegangsinformatie, zodat Odoo NV problemen kan identificeren, reproduceren en verhelpen;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_nl.rst:413 +msgid "alle aan Odoo NV verschuldigde bedragen zijn betaald." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_nl.rst:415 +msgid "Het enige en exclusieve verhaal van de Klant en de enige verplichting van Odoo NV in geval van een inbreuk op deze garantie is dat Odoo NV de uitvoering van de Diensten zonder extra kosten hervat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_nl.rst:422 +msgid "7.2 Afwijzingen van aansprakelijkheid" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_nl.rst:424 +msgid "Behalve zoals uitdrukkelijk hierin wordt vermeld, geeft geen enkele partij enige garantie, uitdrukkelijk, impliciet, wettelijk of anderszins, en wijst elke partij nadrukkelijk alle impliciete garanties af, met inbegrip van enige impliciete garanties van verkoopbaarheid, geschiktheid voor een bepaald doel of niet-inbreuk, voor zover maximaal toegestaan door de toepasselijke wetgeving." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_nl.rst:430 +msgid "Odoo NV garandeert niet dat de Software voldoet aan alle lokale of internationale wet- of regelgeving." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_nl.rst:436 +msgid "7.3 Beperking van aansprakelijkheid" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_nl.rst:438 +msgid "Voor zover maximaal toegestaan door de wet, zal de totale aansprakelijkheid van elke partij samen met haar dochterondernemingen die voortvloeit uit of verband houdt met deze Overeenkomst niet meer bedragen dan 50% van het totale bedrag betaald door de Klant in het kader van deze Overeenkomst gedurende de 12 maanden onmiddellijk voorafgaand aan de datum van de gebeurtenis die aanleiding geeft tot dergelijke claim. Meerdere claims zullen deze beperking niet vergroten." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_nl.rst:446 +msgid "In geen geval zal een van de partijen of haar dochterondernemingen aansprakelijk zijn voor enige indirecte, speciale, exemplaire, incidentele of gevolgschade van welke aard dan ook, met inbegrip van maar niet beperkt tot verlies van inkomsten, winst, besparingen, verlies van zaken of ander financieel verlies, kosten van stilstand of vertraging, verloren of beschadigde gegevens, voortkomend uit of in verband met deze Overeenkomst, ongeacht de vorm van actie, hetzij in contract, onrechtmatige daad (met inbegrip van strikte nalatigheid) of enige andere wettelijke of billijke theorie, zelfs indien een partij of haar dochterondernemingen op de hoogte zijn gebracht van de mogelijkheid van dergelijke schade, of indien het verhaal van een partij of haar dochteronderneming anderszins haar essentiële doel voorbijschiet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_nl.rst:461 +msgid "7.4 Overmacht" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_nl.rst:463 +msgid "Geen der partijen zal aansprakelijk zijn jegens de andere partij voor de vertraging in de uitvoering of het verzuim om een prestatie in het kader van deze Overeenkomst te verrichten wanneer dergelijk verzuim of dergelijke vertraging wordt veroorzaakt door overheidsbepalingen, brand, staking, oorlog, overstroming, ongeval, epidemie, embargo, volledige of gedeeltelijke toe- eigening van een fabriek of product door een regering of overheidsinstantie, of enige andere oorzaak of oorzaken, hetzij van gelijke of andere aard, buiten de redelijke controle van die partij, zolang dergelijke oorzaak of oorzaken bestaan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_nl.rst:477 +msgid "8 Algemene bepalingen" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_nl.rst:482 +msgid "8.1 Toepasselijk recht" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_nl.rst:484 +msgid "Beide partijen komen overeen dat de wetten van België van toepassing zijn in geval van geschillen die voortvloeien uit of verband houden met deze Overeenkomst, ongeacht de keuze of botsing van rechtsbeginselen. Voor zover een rechtszaak of gerechtelijke procedure in dit verband is toegestaan, komen beide partijen overeen om zich te onderwerpen aan de exclusieve bevoegdheid van de rechtbank van Nijvel (België) voor de beslechting van alle geschillen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_nl.rst:494 +msgid "8.2 Scheidbaarheid" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_nl.rst:496 +msgid "Ingeval een of meerdere bepalingen van deze Overeenkomst of een toepassing daarvan in enig opzicht ongeldig, onwettig of niet-afdwingbaar is/zijn, zullen de geldigheid, wettigheid en afdwingbaarheid van de overige bepalingen van deze Overeenkomst en elke toepassing daarvan op geen enkele wijze worden beïnvloed of aangetast. Beide partijen verbinden zich ertoe om elke eventuele ongeldige, onwettige of niet-afdwingbare bepaling van deze Overeenkomst te vervangen door een geldige bepaling met dezelfde effecten en doelstellingen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_nl.rst:508 +msgid "9 Bijlage A: Odoo Enterprise Edition-licentie" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_nl.rst:512 +msgid "De Odoo Enterprise Edition wordt in licentie gegeven onder de Odoo Enterprise Edition License v1.0, die als volgt wordt gedefinieerd:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_nl.rst:521 +msgid "Zie :ref:`odoo_enterprise_license`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:5 +msgid "Odoo Partnership Agreement (ES)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:8 +msgid "Esta es una traducción al español del \"Odoo Partnership Agreement\". Esta traducción se proporciona con la esperanza de que facilitará la comprensión, pero no tiene valor legal. La única referencia oficial de los términos y condiciones del \"Odoo Partnership Agreement\" es :ref:`la versión original en inglés <partnership_agreement>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:23 +msgid "Versión 8a - 2019-08-09" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:25 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:22 +msgid "ENTRE:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:26 +msgid "Odoo S.A., una empresa que tiene su sede social en Chaussée de Namur, 40, 1367 Grand-Rosière," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:27 +msgid "Bélgica, y sus filiales (en adelante denominados conjuntamente “ODOO”)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:28 +msgid "Y:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:29 +msgid "_____________________________________________, una empresa que tiene su domicilio social en" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:30 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:27 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:22 +msgid "_____________________________________________________________________________________." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:31 +msgid "(en adelante denominado “EL COLABORADOR”)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:33 +msgid "ODOO y EL COLABORADOR se denominan individualmente “Parte” y conjuntamente “las Partes”." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:36 +msgid "1 Objeto" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:37 +msgid "El presente contrato tiene por objeto regular las condiciones bajo las cuales ODOO presta servicios a EL COLABORADOR, acceso al software Odoo Enterprise Edition, y bajo las cuales EL COLABORADOR cumple con las obligaciones establecidas a continuación." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:41 +msgid "Por la presente ODOO nombra a EL COLABORADOR, y EL COLABORADOR acepta ser nombrado, socio no exclusivo para promover y vender “Odoo Enterprise Edition” a los clientes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:44 +msgid "EL COLABORADOR se compromete a hacer su mejor esfuerzo para vender contratos de Odoo Enterprise a sus clientes. En apoyo a esta afirmación, EL COLABORADOR dará prioridad a la comercialización de la versión “Odoo Enterprise Edition” a clientes potenciales y clientes. EL COLABORADOR siempre tiene la posibilidad de vender servicios con otras versiones del software, como “Odoo Community Edition”, en caso de ser necesario." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:51 +msgid "2 Duración del Contrato" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:52 +msgid "La duración de este contrato será de un año (\"la Duración\") a partir de la fecha de la firma. Se renueva automáticamente por una duración igual, a menos que cualquiera de las partes notifique por escrito a la otra parte su terminación como mínimo 30 días antes del final de la duración." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:57 +msgid "3 Acceso a Odoo Enterprise Edition" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:60 +msgid "3.1 Acceso a la plataforma del proyecto" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:61 +msgid "Para ayudar a EL COLABORADOR a promover Odoo Enterprise Edition, ODOO otorga a EL COLABORADOR acceso a su repositorio de código del proyecto para todas las “Aplicaciones Odoo Enterprise Edition”, en los términos establecidos en :ref:`appendix_p_a_es` y las condiciones restringidas del presente Contrato." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:66 +msgid "Además, ODOO otorga a EL COLABORADOR acceso gratuito a la plataforma ODOO.SH con fines de prueba y desarrollo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:73 +msgid "3.2 Restricciones" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:74 +msgid "EL COLABORADOR se compromete a mantener la confidencialidad del código fuente de las aplicaciones Odoo Enterprise Edition entre su personal. El acceso al código fuente de Odoo Enterprise Edition para los clientes se rige por el Contrato de suscripción de Odoo Enterprise. EL COLABORADOR se compromete a NO redistribuir este código a terceros sin el permiso por escrito de ODOO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:80 +msgid "PARTNER se compromete a no ofrecer servicios en Odoo Enterprise Edition a clientes que no estén cubiertos por una suscripción de Odoo Enterprise, incluso durante la fase de implementación." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:83 +msgid "A pesar de lo anterior, EL COLABORADOR se compromete a preservar por completo la integridad del código de Odoo Enterprise Edition necesario para verificar la validez del uso de Odoo Enterprise Edition y para recopilar estadísticas necesarias para este fin." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:89 +msgid "4 Servicios de colaboración" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:92 +msgid "4.1 Niveles de colaboración" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:93 +msgid "El programa de socios de Odoo consta de dos tipos de asociaciones y cuatro niveles; \"Learning Partners\" es para empresas que desean todo lo necesario para comenzar a implementar Odoo, sin visibilidad como socio oficial hasta que obtengan la experiencia requerida; \"Official Partners\" es para empresas que desean la visibilidad como Ready, Silver y Gold, según su experiencia con Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:99 +msgid "El nivel de colaboración otorgado a EL COLABORADOR depende de los ingresos anuales de Odoo Enterprise generados para ODOO (en términos de Usuarios de Odoo Enterprise vendidos). Las renovaciones de los contratos existentes no cuentan para el número de Usuarios vendidos, pero EL COLABORADOR sigue recibiendo una comisión por estos contratos, tal como se indica en la sección :ref:`benefits_es`.." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:105 +msgid "La tabla siguiente resume los requisitos para cada nivel de colaboración." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:108 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:144 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:104 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:140 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:98 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:134 +msgid "Learning Partner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:108 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:144 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:104 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:140 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:98 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:134 +msgid "Official: Ready" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:108 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:144 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:104 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:140 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:98 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:134 +msgid "Official: Silver" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:108 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:144 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:104 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:140 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:98 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:134 +msgid "Official: Gold" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:110 +msgid "Usuarios de Odoo Enterprise anuales vendidos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:110 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:112 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:106 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:108 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:100 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:102 +msgid "0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:110 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:106 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:100 +msgid "10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:110 +msgid "50" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:110 +msgid "150" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:112 +msgid "Número de empleados certificados en al menos uno de las 3 últimas versiones de Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:112 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:108 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:102 +msgid "1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:112 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:108 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:102 +msgid "2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:112 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:108 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:102 +msgid "3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:115 +msgid "Tasa de retención mínima" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:115 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:115 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:111 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:111 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:105 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:105 +msgid "n/a" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:115 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:111 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:105 +msgid "70%" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:115 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:111 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:105 +msgid "80%" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:118 +msgid "La Tasa de Retención se define como la relación entre el número de contratos de Odoo Enterprise que están actualmente activos y la cantidad de contratos de Odoo Enterprise que han estado activos en algún momento en los últimos 12 meses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:122 +msgid "Las certificaciones son personales, por lo que cuando un miembro certificado del personal deja la empresa, EL COLABORADOR debe notificarlo a ODOO para que actualice la cantidad de recursos certificados activos para el contrato de colaboración." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:126 +msgid "ODOO revisará trimestralmente el nivel de colaboración de EL COLABORADOR y lo ajustará al nivel más alto para el cual se cumplan los 3 requisitos." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:129 +msgid "Sin embargo, los \"Official Partners\" pueden actualizarse automáticamente a un nivel superior una vez que alcancen los 3 requisitos para ese nivel de colaboración." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:135 +msgid "4.2 Ventajas" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:137 +msgid "En la tabla siguiente se describen los detalles de las ventajas para cada nivel de colaboración:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:146 +msgid "**Reconocimiento**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:148 +msgid "Visibilidad en odoo.com" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:148 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:177 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:184 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:138 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:168 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:175 +msgid "No" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:148 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:144 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:138 +msgid "\"Ready Partner\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:148 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:144 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:138 +msgid "\"Silver Partner\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:148 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:144 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:138 +msgid "\"Gold Partner\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:150 +msgid "Derechos de uso de la marca registrada “Odoo” y logotipos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:150 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:150 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:150 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:150 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:155 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:155 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:155 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:155 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:157 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:157 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:157 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:157 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:161 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:161 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:161 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:161 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:164 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:164 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:164 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:164 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:167 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:167 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:167 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:167 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:177 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:177 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:177 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:182 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:182 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:182 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:182 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:184 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:184 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:184 +msgid "Sí" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:153 +msgid "**Ventajas de la formación**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:155 +msgid "Coaching de ventas y webinars" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:157 +msgid "Acceso a la base de conocimiento Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:159 +msgid "**Ventajas del software**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:161 +msgid "Acceso al código fuente de Odoo Enterprise y repositorio Github" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:164 +msgid "Código de extensión de prueba de Odoo Enterprise" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:167 +msgid "Acceso a Odoo.sh con fines de prueba y desarrollo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:170 +msgid "**Ventajas de las ventas**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:172 +msgid "Comisión por la plataforma Odoo SH [#s1]_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:172 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:175 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:175 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:166 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:169 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:169 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:161 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:163 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:163 +msgid "10%" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:172 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:172 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:172 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:166 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:166 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:166 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:161 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:161 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:161 +msgid "100%" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:175 +msgid "Comisión por Odoo Enterprise" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:175 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:169 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:163 +msgid "15%" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:175 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:169 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:163 +msgid "20%" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:177 +msgid "Acceso a un gestor de cuentas especializado y Partner Dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:180 +msgid "**Ventajas de marketing**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:182 +msgid "Material de marketing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:184 +msgid "Evento de EL COLABORADOR - Asistencia y promoción de ODOO" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:188 +msgid "hasta un máximo de 150€ (o 180 $) de comisión mensual por suscripción" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:191 +msgid "4.3 Reconocimiento de socios" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:192 +msgid "ODOO promocionará EL COLABORADOR como socio oficial en el sitio web oficial (odoo.com)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:194 +msgid "ODOO concede a EL COLABORADOR, de forma no exclusiva, el derecho a usar y reproducir el logotipo de socio de ODOO del nivel de colaboración correspondiente y el nombre “Odoo” en relación con este contrato de colaboración." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:198 +msgid "Cada Parte se compromete a respetar todos los derechos de la otra Parte en todos los elementos mencionados en el párrafo anterior y, más concretamente, cada Parte debe abstenerse de causar cualquier analogía o crear confusión entre sus respectivas compañías en el público general, por cualquier motivo y por cualquier medio." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:204 +msgid "4.4 Ventajas de la formación" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:205 +msgid "EL COLABORADOR tiene acceso a la base de conocimiento de ODOO durante la duración de este Contrato. La base de conocimiento de ODOO es una plataforma electrónica en línea que contiene un conjunto de documentos comerciales, funcionales y de marketing para ayudar a EL COLABORADOR a adquirir y aprovechar el conocimiento de Odoo, hacer crecer su negocio, atraer más clientes y crear conciencia de marca." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:211 +msgid "EL COLABORADOR podrá acceder al coaching comercial facilitado por su gestor de cuentas especializado, designado por ODOO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:214 +msgid "EL COLABORADOR también tiene la opción de comprar servicios de soporte o de formación suscribiéndose a un Success Pack de Odoo, por una tarifa adicional." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:218 +msgid "4.5 Comisiones por los servicios de Odoo vendidos por EL COLABORADOR" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:219 +msgid "Para los servicios ODOO comprados por un cliente a través de EL COLABORADOR, y siempre que el PARTNER mantenga una relación contractual con el cliente correspondiente, EL COLABORADOR ecibirá una comisión de acuerdo con la tabla de la sección :ref:`benefits_es` y su nivel de asociación en la fecha de la factura del cliente." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:226 +msgid "5 Tarifas" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:227 +msgid "EL COLABORADOR se compromete a pagar la tarifa de la colaboración al recibir la factura anual enviada por ODOO. La tarifa se especificará por escrito al momento de la firma de este contracto." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:230 +msgid "EL COLABORADOR reconoce que la tarifa de colaboración mencionadas anteriormente no son reembolsables." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:233 +msgid "6 Resolución" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:234 +msgid "En el caso de que cualquiera de las Partes no cumpla con cualquiera de sus obligaciones que se derivan de este documento, y si tal incumplimiento no se ha rectificado en un período de 30 días naturales a partir de la notificación por escrito de dicho incumplimiento, la Parte que no incumplió sus obligaciones puede rescindir este contrato inmediatamente." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:241 +msgid "Disposiciones subsistentes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:240 +msgid "Las secciones « :ref:`restrictions_es` », « :ref:`p_liability_es` », y « :ref:`gov_law_es` » mantendrán su vigencia tras cualquier resolución o expiración de este contrato." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:244 +msgid "6.1 Consecuencia de la resolución" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:249 +msgid "En el momento de la resolución de este contrato, EL COLABORADOR:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:246 +msgid "no deberá utilizar más los materiales y/o la marca Odoo ni reclamar la existencia de ninguna colaboración o relación con ODOO;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:248 +msgid "deberá cumplir con sus obligaciones durante cualquier período de aviso previo a dicha resolución;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:249 +msgid "ya no podrá usar Odoo Enterprise para fines de desarrollo, prueba o producción" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:254 +msgid "7 Responsabilidad e indemnizaciones" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:255 +msgid "Ambas Partes están vinculadas por una obligación de medios aquí descrita." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:257 +msgid "En la medida máxima permitida por la ley, la responsabilidad de ODOO por cualquier reclamo, pérdida, daño o gasto derivado de cualquier manera o bajo cualquier circunstancia del presente contrato se limitará a los daños directos demostrados, pero en ningún caso excederá por todos los eventos o series de eventos relacionados que ocasionen daños la cantidad total de las tarifas pagadas por EL COLABORADOR en el transcurso de los seis (6) meses inmediatamente anteriores a la fecha del evento que dio lugar a dicha reclamación." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:264 +msgid "En ningún caso ODOO será responsable de ningún daño indirecto o consecuente, incluyendo, entre otros, reclamaciones de clientes o terceros, pérdidas de ingresos, ganancias, ahorros, pérdidas de negocios y otras pérdidas financieras, costos de paralización y retraso, datos perdidos o dañados derivados o relacionados con el cumplimiento de sus obligaciones en virtud de este contrato." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:269 +msgid "EL COLABORADOR reconoce que no tiene ninguna expectativa y que no ha recibido garantías de recuperar ninguna inversión realizada en la ejecución de este contrato y el programa de socios de Odoo o de obtener ninguna cantidad anticipada de ganancias en virtud de este contrato." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:275 +msgid "8 Imagen de marca" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:276 +msgid "La marca \"Odoo\" (incluida la palabra y sus representaciones visuales y logotipos) es exclusiva propiedad de ODOO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:279 +msgid "ODOO autoriza a PARTNER a usar la marca \"Odoo\" para promocionar sus productos y servicios, solo por la Duración del Contrato, siempre que:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:282 +msgid "no hay confusión posible de que el servicio sea proporcionado por PARTNER, no por ODOO;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:283 +msgid "PARTNER no use la palabra \"Odoo\" en el nombre de su compañía, nombre de producto, nombre de dominio y no registrar ninguna marca que la incluya." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:286 +msgid "Ambas Partes se abstendrán de dañar de ninguna manera la imagen de marca y la reputación de la otra Parte en el cumplimiento de este contrato." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:289 +msgid "El incumplimiento de las disposiciones de esta sección será causa de resolución de este Contrato." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:293 +msgid "8.1 Publicidad" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:294 +msgid "EL COLABORADOR concede a ODOO el derecho no exclusivo de utilizar el nombre y las marcas comerciales de EL COLABORADOR en comunicados de prensa, promociones u otros anuncios públicos. En concreto, EL COLABORADOR acepta que se le mencione, y que el logotipo y la marca comercial de EL COLABORADOR se use solo para este fin, en la lista oficial de socios de ODOO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:302 +msgid "8.2 No captación o contratación" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:303 +msgid "Excepto cuando la otra Parte dé su consentimiento por escrito, cada Parte, sus afiliados y representantes acuerdan no captar u ofrecer empleo a ningún empleado de la otra Parte que participe en la realización o uso de los servicios de este contrato, durante la duración de este contrato y por un período de 24 meses a partir de la fecha de resolución o expiración de este contrato. En caso de cualquier incumplimiento de las condiciones de esta sección que conduzca al despido de dicho empleado con este objetivo, la Parte incumplidora se compromete a pagar a la otra parte la cantidad de 30 000,00 EUR (€) (treinta mil euros)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:314 +msgid "8.3 Contratistas independientes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:315 +msgid "Las Partes son contratistas independientes, y este contrato no debe interpretarse como la configuración de cualquier Parte como socia, empresa conjunta o fiduciaria de la otra, como la creación de otra forma de asociación legal que exigiría responsabilidad a una Parte por la acción o la falta de acción de la otra, o como la prestación a cada Parte del derecho, poder o autoridad (expresa o implícita) para crear cualquier deber u obligación de la otra." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:325 +msgid "9 Ley y jurisdicción aplicables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:326 +msgid "Este contrato se rige y se interpreta de acuerdo con las leyes de Bélgica. Todas las disputas que surjan en relación con este contrato para las que no se pueda encontrar una solución amistosa serán resueltas definitivamente en los Tribunales de Bélgica en Nivelles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:346 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:None +msgid "Firmas" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:348 +msgid "Por ODOO," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:348 +msgid "Por EL COLABORADOR" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:356 +msgid "|vnegspace| |hspace| Por ODOO, |hspace| Por EL COLABORADOR, |vspace|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst:364 +msgid "10 Anexo A: Licencia Odoo Enterprise Edition" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:5 +msgid "Odoo Partnership Agreement (FR)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:8 +msgid "Ceci est une traduction en français du contrat “Odoo Partnership Agreement”. Cette traduction est fournie dans l’espoir qu’elle facilitera sa compréhension, mais elle n'a aucune valeur légale. La seule référence officielle des termes du contrat “Odoo Partnership Agreement” est la :ref:`version originale en anglais <partnership_agreement>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:20 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:15 +msgid "Version 9b - 2021-01-12" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:23 +msgid "Odoo S.A., une entreprise dont le siège social se situe Chaussée de Namur, 40," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:24 +msgid "1367 Grand-Rosière, Belgique, et ses filialies (désignées collectivement « ODOO »)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:25 +msgid "ET:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:26 +msgid "_____________________________________________, une entreprise dont le siège social se situe à" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:28 +msgid "(ci-après dénommée « PARTENAIRE »)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:31 +msgid "ODOO et PARTENAIRE sont désignées individuellement par le terme « Partie » et collectivement par le terme « les Parties »." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:35 +msgid "1 Objectif" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:36 +msgid "L’objectif de ce Contrat est de présenter les conditions auxquelles ODOO fournit des services au PARTENAIRE et l’accès au logiciel Odoo Enterprise Edition, et en vertu desquelles le PARTENAIRE se plie aux obligations énoncées ci-après." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:40 +msgid "Par le présent accord, ODOO désigne le PARTENAIRE, désignation acceptée par le PARTENAIRE, comme partenaire non exclusif pour promouvoir et vendre « Odoo Enterprise Edition » à des clients." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:43 +msgid "Le PARTENAIRE s’engage à faire tous les efforts possibles pour vendre des contrats Odoo Enterprise à ses clients. Pour étayer ces efforts, le PARTENAIRE commercialisera en priorité la version « Odoo Enterprise Edition » aux prospects et clients. Si nécessaire, le PARTENAIRE peut vendre des services sur d’autres versions du logiciel, comme « Odoo Community Edition »." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:49 +msgid "2 Durée du Contrat" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:50 +msgid "Ce Contrat restera en vigueur pendant un an (la « Durée ») à compter de la date de la signature. Il est automatiquement renouvelé pour une Durée équivalente, à moins qu’une partie transmette à l’autre partie une dénonciation écrite au moins 30 jours avant la fin de la Durée." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:56 +msgid "3 Accès à Odoo Enterprise Edition" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:59 +msgid "3.1 Accès à la plate-forme projet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:60 +msgid "Pour aider le PARTENAIRE à promouvoir Odoo Enterprise Edition, ODOO octroie au PARTENAIRE l’accès à son dépôt de code pour toutes les « Apps Odoo Enterprise Edition » sous les conditions présentées dans :ref:`appendix_p_a_fr` et les conditions reprises dans ce Contrat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:64 +msgid "ODOO accorde aussi au PARTENAIRE un accès gratuit à la plate-forme ODOO.SH, exclusivement dans un but de test et de développement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:70 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:64 +msgid "3.2 Restrictions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:71 +msgid "Le PARTENAIRE s’engage à maintenir la confidentialité du code source des Apps Odoo Enterprise Edition au sein de son personnel. L’accès au code source d’Odoo Enterprise Edition pour les clients est régi par l'Odoo Enterprise Subscription Agreement. Le PARTENAIRE s'engage à ne PAS redistribuer ce code à un tiers sans l’autorisation écrite d’ODOO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:76 +msgid "Le PARTENAIRE s'engage à n'offrir des services relatifs à Odoo Enterprise Edition qu'aux clients qui disposent d'un contrat Odoo Enterprise valide, et ce même pendant la phase d'implémentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:79 +msgid "Nonobstant ce qui précède, le PARTENAIRE s’engage à préserver totalement l’intégrité du code d’Odoo Enterprise Edition requis pour vérifier la validité de l’utilisation d’Odoo Enterprise Edition et recueillir les données statistiques nécessaires à cette fin." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:84 +msgid "4 Services du partenariat" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:87 +msgid "4.1 Niveaux de partenariat" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:88 +msgid "Le programme partenaire d’Odoo consiste en deux types de partenariat et quatre niveaux. Le type “Learning Partners” est prévu les sociétés souhaitent démarrer la mise en oeuvre d'Odoo, mais sans la visibilité d'un partenaire officiel, en attendant d'acquérir l'expérience requise; tandis qu' \"Official Partners\" est prévu pour les sociétés qui veulent la visibilité en tant que partenaire Ready, Silver ou Gold, suivant leur niveau d'expérience." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:94 +msgid "Le niveau de partenariat accordé au PARTENAIRE dépend des nouvelles recettes annuelles Odoo Enterprise générées par le PARTENAIRE pour ODOO (en terme du nombre de nouveaux utilisateur Odoo Enterprise vendus), du nombre de ressources internes certifiées, et du taux de rétention de clients. Les renouvellements de contrats existants n’entrent pas en ligne de compte pour le nombre de nouveaux utilisateurs vendus, mais le PARTENAIRE reçoit tout de même une commission sur ces contrats, comme indiqué dans la section :ref:`benefits_fr`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:101 +msgid "Le tableau ci-dessous résume les exigences pour chaque niveau de partenariat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:106 +msgid "Nouveaux utilisateurs Odoo Enterprise vendus" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:106 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:100 +msgid "75" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:106 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:100 +msgid "200" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:108 +msgid "Nombre d'employés certifiés sur au moins une des 3 dernières version d'Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:111 +msgid "Taux de Rétention minimum" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:114 +msgid "Le Taux de Rétention est défini comme le rapport entre le nombre de contrats Odoo Enterprise qui sont toujours en cours, et le nombre de contrats Odoo Enterprise qui ont été actifs à un moment au cours des 12 derniers mois." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:118 +msgid "Les certifications sont personnelles, donc lorsqu’un membre du personnel quitte ou rejoint l’entreprise, le PARTENAIRE doit en informer ODOO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:121 +msgid "Le niveau de partenariat du PARTENAIRE sera revu trimestriellement par ODOO, et ajusté au plus haut niveau pour lequel les 3 exigences sont atteintes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:124 +msgid "Cependant les \"Official Partners\" pourront monter de niveau de partenariat dès qu’ils répondent aux 3 exigences pour ce niveau." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:131 +msgid "4.2 Avantages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:133 +msgid "Les avantages de chaque niveau de partenariat sont détaillés dans le tableau ci-dessous :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:142 +msgid "**Reconnaissance**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:144 +msgid "Visibilité sur odoo.com" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:144 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:174 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:181 +msgid "Non" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:146 +msgid "Droit d’utiliser la marque déposée et les logos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:146 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:146 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:146 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:146 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:151 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:151 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:151 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:151 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:153 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:153 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:153 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:153 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:157 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:157 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:157 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:157 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:159 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:159 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:159 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:159 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:161 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:161 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:161 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:161 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:174 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:174 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:174 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:179 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:179 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:179 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:179 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:181 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:181 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:181 +msgid "Oui" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:149 +msgid "**Avantages formation**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:151 +msgid "Coaching Vente & Webinars" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:153 +msgid "Accès à la base de connaissances Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:155 +msgid "**Avantages logiciel**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:157 +msgid "Accès au code source Odoo Enterprise" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:159 +msgid "Code extension d'essai Odoo Enterprise" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:161 +msgid "Accès à Odoo.SH dans un but de test ou de développement" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:164 +msgid "**Avantages Ventes**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:166 +msgid "Commission sur la plateforme Odoo SH [#s1f]_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:169 +msgid "Commission sur Odoo Enterprise" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:171 +msgid "Commission sur la Maintenance de Modules Supplémentaires" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:171 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:171 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:171 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:171 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:165 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:165 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:165 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:165 +msgid "82%" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:174 +msgid "Accès à un Account Manager dédié et au Tableau de Bord Partenaire" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:177 +msgid "**Avantages marketing**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:179 +msgid "Accès au matériel de marketing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:181 +msgid "Événement PARTENAIRE - ODOO support & promotion" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:185 +msgid "jusqu'à un maximum de 150€ (ou 180$) de commission mensuelle par contrat Odoo.SH." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:189 +msgid "4.3 Reconnaissance du partenaire" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:190 +msgid "ODOO promouvra les \"Official Partners\" dans la liste des partenaires Odoo sur odoo.com." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:192 +msgid "ODOO octroie au PARTENAIRE, sur une base non exclusive, le droit d’utiliser et de reproduire le logo partenaire d’ODOO du niveau de partenariat correspondant et le nom « Odoo » en relation avec ce Contrat de partenariat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:196 +msgid "Chacune des Parties s’engage à respecter les droits de l’autre Partie pour tous les éléments repris dans le paragraphe précédent et s’abstiendra plus particulièrement de créer des analogies ou une confusion entre leurs entreprises respectives dans l’esprit du grand public, pour quelque raison et par quelque moyen que ce soit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:202 +msgid "4.4 Avantages formation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:203 +msgid "Le PARTENAIRE a accès à la base de connaissances d’ODOO pour toute la durée de ce Contrat. La base de connaissance d’ODOO est une plateforme en ligne reprenant une série de documents commerciaux, marketing et de documentation sur les fonctionnalités, pour aider le PARTENAIRE à engranger et exploiter des connaissances Odoo, étendre son entreprise, attirer davantage de clients et augmenter la visibilité de sa marque." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:209 +msgid "Le PARTENAIRE aura accès à un coaching commercial fourni par son Account Manager dédié désigné par ODOO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:212 +msgid "Le PARTENAIRE a également la possibilité d'acheter des services de support ou de formation en souscrivant à un Odoo Success Pack, moyennant un supplément." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:216 +msgid "4.5 Commissions sur les Services Odoo vendus par le PARTENAIRE" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:217 +msgid "Pour les services ODOO achetés par un client par le biais du PARTENAIRE, et pour autant que le PARTENAIRE maintienne une relation contractuelle avec ce client, le PARTENAIRE recevra une commission en fonction du tableau de la section :ref:`benefits_fr` et du niveau de partenariat à la date de la facture client correspondante." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:222 +msgid "Une fois par mois, le PARTENAIRE recevra un bon de commande pour la commission due pour le mois précédent. Sur base de ce bon de commande, le PARTENAIRE facturera ODOO, et sera payé dans un délai de 15 jours suivant la réception de cette facture." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:226 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:218 +msgid "**Maintenance of Covered Extra Modules**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:228 +msgid "Le PARTENAIRE comprend et accepte que lorsqu'un client choisit de Collaborer avec le PARTENAIRE, ODOO lui déléguera la Maintenance des Modules Supplémentaires Couverts [#pcom_fr1]_, et qu'il deviendra le point de contact principal du client." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:232 +msgid "Le PARTENAIRE ne recevra de commission pour la Maintenance des Modules Supplémentaires Couverts que pour autant que le client ne signale pas à ODOO sa volonté d'arrêter de Collaborer avec le PARTENAIRE." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:237 +msgid "“Collaborer avec un Partenaire Odoo” et “Modules Supplémentaires Couverts” sont définis dans le contrat \"Odoo Enterprise Subscription Agreement\" entre ODOO et le client." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:242 +msgid "5 Frais" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:243 +msgid "Le PARTENAIRE s’engage à payer les frais annuels de Partenariat à la réception de la facture annuelle envoyée par ODOO. Ces frais seront spécifiés par écrit au moment de la signature de ce Contrat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:247 +msgid "Le PARTENAIRE accepte que les frais de partenariat susmentionnés ne soient pas remboursables." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:251 +msgid "6 Résiliation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:252 +msgid "Dans le cas où l’une des Parties ne remplirait pas l’une des obligations mentionnées ici et qu’un tel manquement ne serait remédié dans les 30 jours calendrier suivant la communication écrite d’un tel manquement, la Partie non fautive peut mettre un terme immédiat à ce Contrat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:258 +msgid "Maintien des dispositions:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:257 +msgid "Les sections « :ref:`restrictions_fr` », « :ref:`p_liability_fr` », et « :ref:`gov_law_fr` » seront maintenues après expiration ou résiliation de ce Contrat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:261 +msgid "6.1 Conséquences de la résiliation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:267 +msgid "À l’expiration ou la résiliation de ce Contrat, le PARTENAIRE :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:263 +msgid "n’utilisera plus le matériel et le nom de marque d’Odoo et ses marques déposées, et ne revendiquera plus l’existence d’un partenariat ou d’une relation quelconque avec ODOO ;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:265 +msgid "respectera ses engagements pendant toute période de préavis précédant une telle résiliation ;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:266 +msgid "ne pourra plus utiliser Odoo Enterprise, que ce soit à des fins de développement, de test ou de production." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:272 +msgid "7 Responsabilité et Indemnités" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:273 +msgid "Les deux Parties sont liées par l’obligation de moyens ci-après." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:275 +msgid "Dans les limites autorisées par la loi, la responsabilité d’ODOO pour quelque réclamation, perte, dommage ou dépense que ce soit découlant de n’importe quelle cause et survenant de quelque manière que ce soit dans le cadre de ce Contrat sera limitée aux dommages directs prouvés, mais ne dépassera en aucun cas, pour tous les événements ou séries d’événements connexes entraînant des dommages, le montant total des frais payés par le PARTENAIRE au cours de six (6) mois précédant immédiatement la date de l’événement donnant naissance à une telle plainte." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:282 +msgid "En aucun cas, ODOO ne sera responsable pour tout dommage indirect ou consécutif, y compris, mais sans s’y restreindre, aux plaintes, pertes de revenu, de recettes, d’économies, d’entreprise ou autre perte financière, coûts d’arrêt ou de retard, pertes de données ou données corrompues de tiers ou de clients résultant de ou en lien avec l’exécution de ses obligations dans le cadre de ce Contrat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:288 +msgid "Le PARTENAIRE comprend qu’il n’a aucune attente et n’a reçu aucune assurance qu’un investissement effectué dans l’exécution de ce Contrat et du Programme de partenariat d’Odoo sera récupéré ou recouvert ou qu’il obtiendra un quelconque montant de bénéfices anticipé en vertu de ce Contrat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:294 +msgid "8 Image de marque" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:296 +msgid "La marque \"Odoo\" (y compris le nom et ses représentations visuelles et logos) est la propriété exclusive d'ODOO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:299 +msgid "ODOO autorise le PARTENAIRE à utiliser la marque \"Odoo\" pour promouvoir ses produits et services, pour la Durée de ce Contrat seulement, et tant que les conditions suivantes sont remplies:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:302 +msgid "Aucune confusion n'est possible sur le fait que les services sont fournis par le PARTENAIRE, et non par ODOO;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:304 +msgid "Le PARTENAIRE n'utilise pas la marque \"Odoo\" dans un nom d'entreprise, un nom de produit, ou un nom de domaine, et ne dépose aucune marque qui la contienne." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:307 +msgid "Les Parties s’abstiendront de nuire à l’image de marque et à la réputation de l’autre Partie de quelque façon que ce soit, dans l’exécution de ce Contrat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:310 +msgid "Le non-respect des dispositions de cette section sera une cause de résiliation du Contrat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:314 +msgid "8.1 Publicité" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:315 +msgid "Le PARTENAIRE octroie à ODOO un droit non exclusif d’utilisation du nom ou de la marque déposée du PARTENAIRE dans des communiqués de presse, annonces publicitaires ou autres annonces publiques." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:318 +msgid "Le PARTENAIRE accepte en particulier d’être mentionné dans la liste officielle des partenaires ODOO et que son logo ou sa marque déposée soient utilisés à cette fin uniquement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:322 +msgid "8.2 Pas de candidature ou d’engagement" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:324 +msgid "À moins que l’autre Partie ne donne son consentement écrit, chaque Partie, ses filiales et ses représentants acceptent de ne pas solliciter ou proposer un emploi à un travailleur de l’autre Partie impliqué dans l’exécution ou l’utilisation des Services repris dans ce Contrat, pour toute la durée de l’accord et une période de 12 mois suivant la date de résiliation ou d’expiration de ce Contrat. En cas de non-respect des conditions de cette section qui mène à la résiliation dudit travailleur à cet effet, la Partie fautive accepte de payer à l’autre Partie la somme de 30 000,00 (trente mille) euros (€)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:333 +msgid "8.3 Contracteurs indépendants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:334 +msgid "Les Parties sont des contracteurs indépendants et ce Contrat ne sera pas interprété comme constituant une Partie comme partenaire, joint-venture ou fiduciaire de l’autre ni créant tout autre forme d’association légale qui imposerait à l’une des Parties la responsabilité pour l’action ou l’inaction de l’autre ou fournissant à l’une des Parties le droit, le pouvoir ou l’autorité (expresse ou implicite) de créer quelque devoir ou obligation que ce soit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:343 +msgid "9 Loi applicable et compétence" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:344 +msgid "Ce Contrat sera gouverné par et interprété en accord avec la loi belge. Tout litige naissant en lien avec le Contrat et pour lequel aucun règlement à l’amiable ne peut être trouvé sera finalement réglé par les Tribunaux de Belgique à Nivelles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:364 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:None +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:354 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:None +msgid "Signatures" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:366 +msgid "Pour ODOO," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:366 +msgid "Pour le PARTENAIRE," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:374 +msgid "|vnegspace| |hspace| Pour ODOO, |hspace| Pour le PARTENAIRE, |vspace|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst:384 +msgid "10 Annexe A : Licence Odoo Enterprise Edition" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/terms_of_sale_fr.rst:5 +msgid "Conditions Générales de Vente" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/terms_of_sale_fr.rst:7 +msgid "Dernière modification: 5 mai 2017." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/terms_of_sale_fr.rst:9 +msgid "Ces conditions régissent la vente de produits et services entre Odoo S.A. et ses filiales (collectivement, \"Odoo S.A.\") et le client. Des conditions supplémentaires peuvent s'appliquer pour d'autres services offerts par Odoo S.A. (par exemple, l'Odoo Enterprise Subscription Agreement). Si ces conditions supplémentaires entrent en contradiction avec les Conditions Générales de Vente, les conditions supplémentaires prévaudront." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/terms_of_sale_fr.rst:16 +msgid "Veuillez lire ces conditions attentivement avant de faire une commande auprès d'Odoo S.A. En commandant auprès d'Odoo S.A., le client marque son accord avec les présentes conditions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/terms_of_sale_fr.rst:20 +msgid "Le client renonce explicitement à ses propres conditions générales, même dans le cas où celles-ci seraient postérieures aux présentes conditions générales. Toute dérogation doit, pour être valable, être convenue de manière expresse, préalable et par écrit. Les présentes conditions sont une prolongation du contrat signé entre parties et font en tant que telles partie intégrante de la relation contractuelle entre parties." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/terms_of_sale_fr.rst:27 +msgid "Toutes les offres, tarifs ou listes de prix d’Odoo S.A. s’entendent, sauf stipulation contraire, sans engagement. Sauf stipulation contraire, toutes les factures sont payables à Odoo S.A. au comptant, au moment de la livraison. L'endroit de paiement est le siège social de Odoo S.A. peut envoyer des factures pour des marchandises déjà livrées même avant la livraison complète des marchandises. Le Client ne peut en aucun cas compenser une quelconque créance sur Odoo S.A. avec son obligation de paiement, sauf stipulation contraire." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/terms_of_sale_fr.rst:35 +msgid "Si la facture n’est pas payée à son échéance, elle sera, à titre d’indemnité forfaitaire, majorée de 15% et majorée d'autres indemnités, éventuellement dues pour tout préjudice, à démontrer par Odoo S.A.. Le non-paiement de tout ou partie d’une facture à son échéance rend immédiatement exigibles toutes sommes ou toutes factures dues non-encore échue. En cas de non-paiement d’une facture, Odoo S.A.  a le droit de rompre toutes les conventions de vente qui restent encore à exécuter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/terms_of_sale_fr.rst:43 +msgid "Si le Client est autorisé à effectuer des paiements à terme, l’absence de paiement d’un seul terme entraînera de plein droit et sans mise en demeure l’exigibilité de toute la dette, nonobstant toute indemnité supplémentaire." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/terms_of_sale_fr.rst:47 +msgid "Certains pays appliquent une retenue à la source sur le montant de la facture, conformément à leur législation interne. La retenue à la source sera réglée par le client, auprès de l'administration fiscale. En aucun cas, Odoo S.A. ne sera impliquée dans les coûts liés à la législation du pays. Le montant de la facture est donc dû à Odoo S.A. dans son intégralité et n’inclus pas les coûts relatifs à la législation du pays où se trouve le client." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/terms_of_sale_fr.rst:54 +msgid "Odoo S.A. s'engage à faire ses meilleurs efforts en vue de fournir en temps utile des services performants. Toutefois, aucune de ses obligations ne peut être considérée comme étant une obligation de résultat. Odoo S.A. ne peut, en aucun cas, être appelée en garantie par le client dans le cadre de demandes en dommages et intérêts formulée par le consommateur final à l'encontre du client." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/terms_of_sale_fr.rst:60 +msgid "Dans la limite autorisée par la loi, la responsabilité globale de chaque partie, ainsi que de ses filiales ne dépassera pas 50% du montant total réglé par le Client en vertu des présentes conditions au cours des 12 mois précédant la date de l'événement donnant lieu à une telle réclamation. Des réclamations multiples n'augmenteront pas cette limite." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/terms_of_sale_fr.rst:66 +msgid "Toute réclamation doit, pour être recevable, être notifiée à Odoo S.A., à son siège social, par courrier recommandé dans les 8 jours suivant la livraison des marchandises ou la prestation des services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/terms_of_sale_fr.rst:70 +msgid "Odoo S.A. se réserve le droit de modifier ces conditions à n'importe quel moment et sans notification préalable. Le client est soumis aux conditions en application au moment de son acceptation de ces conditions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/i18n/terms_of_sale_fr.rst:74 +msgid "Tout litige résultant de la présente convention ressort de l’application du droit belge et est de la compétence des Tribunaux de l’arrondissement du siège social d’Odoo S.A. hormis le droit d’Odoo S.A. de porter le litige devant une autre juridiction compétente." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/odoo_sh_terms.rst:5 +msgid "Odoo.sh Beta Program" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/odoo_sh_terms.rst:7 +msgid "Version 1 - Last revision: October 3, 2017." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/odoo_sh_terms.rst:9 +msgid "TERMS & CONDITIONS OF THE ODOO.SH BETA PROGRAM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/odoo_sh_terms.rst:11 +msgid "You understand and acknowledge that the Service is being provided as a “Public Beta”, and is made available on an “AS IS” and “AS AVAILABLE” basis for the purpose of providing Odoo S.A. and its affiliates with feedback on the quality and usability of the Service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/odoo_sh_terms.rst:15 +msgid "The Service may contain errors or inaccuracies that could cause failures, corruption or loss of data and/or information from your test, staging and production instances." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/odoo_sh_terms.rst:18 +msgid "You assume all risks and all costs associated with your use of the service, including, without limitation, any loss of information or data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/odoo_sh_terms.rst:21 +msgid "In addition, Odoo S.A. is not obligated to provide any maintenance, technical or other support for the Service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:17 +msgid "BETWEEN:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:18 +msgid "Odoo S.A., having its registered office at Chaussée de Namur, 40, 1367 Grand-Rosière," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:19 +msgid "Belgium, and its affiliates (collectively referred to as “ODOO”)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:20 +msgid "AND:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:21 +msgid "_____________________________________________, a company having its registered office at" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:23 +msgid "(hereinafter referred to as “PARTNER”)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:25 +msgid "ODOO and PARTNER are individually referred to as a \"Party\" and collectively referred to as \"the Parties\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:29 +msgid "1 Purpose" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:30 +msgid "The purpose of this agreement is to set forth the conditions under which ODOO provides services to PARTNER, access to the Odoo Enterprise Edition software, and under which PARTNER complies with the obligations set out hereafter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:34 +msgid "ODOO hereby appoints PARTNER, and PARTNER hereby accepts the appointment, to be a non-exclusive partner promoting and selling \"Odoo Enterprise Edition\" to customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:37 +msgid "PARTNER commits to doing its best effort to sell Odoo Enterprise contracts to its clients. To support that, PARTNER will market in priority the \"Odoo Enterprise Edition\" version to prospects and customers. PARTNER still has the option to sell services on other versions of the software, like \"Odoo Community Edition\", should it be needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:43 +msgid "2 Term of the Agreement" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:44 +msgid "The duration of this Agreement (the “Term”) shall be one year beginning on the date of the signature. It is automatically renewed for an equal Term unless either party provides written notice of termination minimum 30 days before the end of the Term to the other party." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:50 +msgid "3 Access to Odoo Enterprise Edition" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:53 +msgid "3.1 Project platform access" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:54 +msgid "To help PARTNER promote Odoo Enterprise Edition, ODOO grants PARTNER access to its project code repository for all \"Odoo Enterprise Edition\" Apps, under the terms set forth in :ref:`appendix_p_a` and the conditions restricted under this Agreement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:58 +msgid "In addition, ODOO grants PARTNER free access to the ODOO.SH platform for testing and development purposes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:65 +msgid "PARTNER commits to keeping confidentiality of the source code of Odoo Enterprise Edition Apps within its staff. Access to the source code of Odoo Enterprise Edition for customers is governed by the Odoo Enterprise Subscription Agreement. PARTNER agrees to NOT redistribute this code to third parties without the written permission of ODOO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:70 +msgid "PARTNER commits to not offer services on Odoo Enterprise Edition to customers who are not covered by an Odoo Enterprise subscription, even during the implementation phase." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:73 +msgid "Notwithstanding the above, PARTNER commits to wholly preserve the integrity of the Odoo Enterprise Edition code that is required to verify the validity of usage of Odoo Enterprise Edition and to collect statistics that are needed for that purpose." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:79 +msgid "4 Partnership Services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:82 +msgid "4.1 Partnership levels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:83 +msgid "The Odoo partner program consists of two types of partnerships and four levels; “Learning Partners” is for companies who want everything necessary to start implementing Odoo, without visibility as an official partner until they get the required experience; “Official Partners” is for companies who want the visibility as Ready, Silver, and Gold, according to their experience with Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:89 +msgid "Partnership level granted to PARTNER depends on the annual new Odoo Enterprise revenue generated for ODOO (in terms of Odoo Enterprise Users sold), the number of certified resources and the customer Retention Rate. Renewals of existing contracts do not count towards the number of Users Sold, but PARTNER still gets a commission on these contracts as stated in section :ref:`benefits`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:95 +msgid "The table below summarizes the requirements that have to be met for each partnership level." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:100 +msgid "Annual New Odoo Enterprise Users Sold" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:102 +msgid "Number of Certified Employees on at least one of the 3 last Odoo versions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:105 +msgid "Minimum Retention Rate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:108 +msgid "The Retention Rate is defined as the ratio between the number of Odoo Enterprise contracts that are currently active, and the number of Odoo Enterprise contracts that have been active at some point in the last 12 months" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:112 +msgid "Certifications are personal, so when a certified staff member leaves or joins the company, PARTNER must notify ODOO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:115 +msgid "PARTNER's partnership level will be reviewed quarterly by ODOO, and adjusted to the highest level for which the 3 requirements are met." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:118 +msgid "However, \"Official Partners\" may be upgraded automatically to a higher level once they reach the 3 requirements for that higher partnership level." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:125 +msgid "4.2 Benefits" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:127 +msgid "The details of the benefits for each level of the partnership are described in the table below:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:136 +msgid "**Recognition**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:138 +msgid "Visibility on odoo.com" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:140 +msgid "Right to use \"Odoo\" trademark and Partner Logo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:140 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:140 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:140 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:140 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:145 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:145 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:145 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:145 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:147 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:147 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:147 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:147 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:151 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:151 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:151 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:151 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:154 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:154 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:154 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:154 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:156 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:156 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:156 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:156 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:168 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:168 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:168 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:173 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:173 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:173 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:173 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:175 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:175 +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:175 +msgid "Yes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:143 +msgid "**Training benefits**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:145 +msgid "Sales Coaching & Webinars" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:147 +msgid "Access to Odoo Knowledge Base" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:149 +msgid "**Software benefits**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:151 +msgid "Access to Odoo Enterprise source code and Github repository" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:154 +msgid "Odoo Enterprise trial extension code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:156 +msgid "Access to Odoo.sh for testing and development purposes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:159 +msgid "**Sales benefits**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:161 +msgid "Commission on Odoo SH platform [#s1]_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:163 +msgid "Commission on Odoo Enterprise" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:165 +msgid "Commission on Maintenance of Extra Modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:168 +msgid "Dedicated Account Manager & Partner Dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:171 +msgid "**Marketing benefits**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:173 +msgid "Access to marketing material" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:175 +msgid "PARTNER Event - ODOO support & Promotion" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:179 +msgid "up to a maximum of 150€ (or 180$) of monthly commission per subscription" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:183 +msgid "4.3 Partner Recognition" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:184 +msgid "ODOO will promote \"Official Partners\" on the Odoo Partners list on odoo.com." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:186 +msgid "ODOO grants PARTNER, on a non-exclusive basis, the right to use and reproduce the ODOO Partner logo of the corresponding partnership level, and the \"Odoo\" name in relation to this partnership agreement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:190 +msgid "Each Party undertakes to respect all the rights of the other Party in all the items referred to in the previous paragraph and, more particularly, each Party shall refrain from causing any analogy or creating any confusion between their respective company in the mind of the general public." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:195 +msgid "4.4 Training Benefits" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:196 +msgid "PARTNER has access to the ODOO knowledge base for the duration of this Agreement. The ODOO knowledge base is an online e-platform containing a set of commercial, marketing and functional documents, to help PARTNER acquire and leverage Odoo knowledge, grow its business, attract more customers, and build brand awareness." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:201 +msgid "PARTNER will have access to commercial coaching provided by their dedicated Account Manager, as appointed by ODOO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:204 +msgid "PARTNER also has the option to purchase support services or training by subscribing to an Odoo Success Pack, for an extra fee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:208 +msgid "4.5 Commissions on Odoo Services sold by PARTNER" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:209 +msgid "For ODOO services purchased by a customer through PARTNER, and as long as PARTNER maintains a contractual relationship with the corresponding customer, PARTNER shall receive a commission according to the table of section :ref:`benefits` and their Partnership level at the date of the customer invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:214 +msgid "Once a month, PARTNER will receive a purchase order with the commission due for the preceding month. Based on this purchase order, PARTNER shall invoice ODOO, and will be paid within 15 days upon receipt of the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:220 +msgid "PARTNER acknowledges and agrees that when a customer decides to Work with PARTNER [#pcom1]_ , ODOO will delegate the Maintenance of Covered Extra Modules to PARTNER, who becomes the main point of contact of the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:224 +msgid "PARTNER shall only receive the commission for the Maintenance of Covered Extra Modules as long as the customer does not notify ODOO that they want to stop Working with PARTNER." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:227 +msgid "“Working with an Odoo Partner” and “Covered Extra Modules” are defined in the Odoo Enterprise Subscription Agreement between ODOO and customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:231 +msgid "5 Fees" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:232 +msgid "PARTNER agrees to pay the Partnership Annual Fee upon receipt of the annual invoice sent by ODOO. The fee will be specified in writing at the time of signature of this agreement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:236 +msgid "PARTNER acknowledges that the above-mentioned Partnership fee is not refundable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:240 +msgid "6 Termination" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:241 +msgid "In the event that either Party fails to fulfill any of its obligations arising herein, and if such a breach has not been remedied within 30 calendar days from the written notice of such breach, this Agreement may be terminated immediately by the non-breaching Party." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:246 +msgid "The sections \":ref:`restrictions`”, “:ref:`p_liability`”, and “:ref:`gov_law`” will survive any termination or expiration of this Agreement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:250 +msgid "6.1 Consequence of termination" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:255 +msgid "On expiry or termination of this Agreement, PARTNER:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:252 +msgid "shall not use anymore the materials and the Odoo brand name, trademarks and logos or claim the existence of any partnership or relationship with ODOO ;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:254 +msgid "shall comply with its obligations during any notice period prior to such termination ;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:255 +msgid "may not use Odoo Enterprise anymore, for development, test or production purpose" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:260 +msgid "7 Liability and Indemnities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:261 +msgid "Both Parties are bound by a best endeavours obligation hereunder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:263 +msgid "To the maximum extent permitted by law, ODOO’s liability for any and all claims, losses, damages or expenses from any cause whatsoever and howsoever arising under this Agreement will be limited to the direct damages proved, but will in no event exceed for all damage-causing event or series of connected events causing damages the total amount for the fees paid by PARTNER in the course of the six (6) months immediately preceding the date of the event giving rise to such claim." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:269 +msgid "In no event will ODOO be liable for any indirect or consequential damages, including but not limited third parties or customer claims, loss of revenue, profits, savings, loss of business or other financial loss, costs of standstill or delay, lost or corrupted data arising out of or in connection with the performance of its obligations under this Agreement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:274 +msgid "PARTNER acknowledges that he has no expectations and has received no assurances that any investment made in execution of this Agreement and the Odoo Partnership Program will be recovered or recouped or that he shall obtain any anticipated amount of profits by virtue of this Agreement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:280 +msgid "8 Brand Image" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:282 +msgid "The \"Odoo\" mark (including the word mark and its visual representations and logos) is the exclusive property of ODOO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:285 +msgid "ODOO authorizes PARTNER to use the \"Odoo\" mark to promote its products and services, for the duration of this agreement only, as long as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:288 +msgid "There is no possible confusion that the service is provided by PARTNER, not ODOO;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:289 +msgid "PARTNER does not use the word “Odoo” in their company name, product name, domain name, and does not register any trademark that includes it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:292 +msgid "Both Parties shall refrain from harming the brand image and reputation of the other Party, in any way whatsoever, in the performance of this Agreement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:295 +msgid "Non-compliance with the provisions of this section shall be a cause for termination of this Agreement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:299 +msgid "8.1 Publicity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:300 +msgid "PARTNER grants ODOO the nonexclusive right to use PARTNER's name or trademarks in press releases, advertisements or other public announcements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:303 +msgid "In particular, PARTNER accepts to be mentioned in the official list of Odoo Partners on odoo.com, and that PARTNER's logo and trademarks may be used for this purpose only." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:310 +msgid "8.2 No Soliciting or Hiring" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:312 +msgid "Except where the other Party gives its consent in writing, each Party, its affiliates and representatives agree not to solicit or offer employment to any employee of the other Party who is involved in performing or using the Services under this Agreement, for the duration of the Agreement and for a period of 12 months from the date of termination or expiration of this Agreement. In case of any breach of the conditions of this section that leads to the termination of said employee toward that end, the breaching Party agrees to pay the other Party an amount of EUR (€) 30 000.00 (thirty thousand euros)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:322 +msgid "8.3 Independent Contractors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:323 +msgid "The Parties are independent contractors, and this Agreement shall not be construed as constituting either Party as a partner, joint venture or fiduciary of the other, as creating any other form of a legal association that would impose liability on one Party for the act or failure to act of the other or as providing either Party with the right, power or authority (express or implied) to create any duty or obligation of the other." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:333 +msgid "9 Governing Law and Jurisdiction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:334 +msgid "This Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of Belgium. All disputes arising in connection with the Agreement for which no amicable settlement can be found shall be finally settled by the Courts of Belgium in Nivelles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:356 +msgid "For ODOO," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:356 +msgid "For PARTNER" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:364 +msgid "|vnegspace| |hspace| For ODOO, |hspace| For PARTNER, |vspace|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/partnership.rst:372 +msgid "10 Appendix A: Odoo Enterprise Edition License" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/terms_of_sale.rst:5 +msgid "General Terms of Sale" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/terms_of_sale.rst:7 +msgid "Last revision: May 5, 2017." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/terms_of_sale.rst:9 +msgid "These General Terms of Sale govern the sale of products and services by Odoo S.A. and its affiliates (collectively, \"Odoo S.A.\") to the client. Additional terms may apply for services provided by Odoo S.A. (for example, the Enterprise Subscription Agreement). If these additional terms are inconsistent with the General Terms of Sale, the additional terms will prevail over these General Terms of Sale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/terms_of_sale.rst:16 +msgid "Please read these terms carefully before placing an order with Odoo S.A. By accepting an order with Odoo S.A., the client marks his acceptance with these terms." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/terms_of_sale.rst:20 +msgid "The client explicitly waives its own standard terms and conditions, even if these were drawn up after these standard terms and conditions of sale. In order to be valid, any derogation must be expressly agreed to in advance in writing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/terms_of_sale.rst:25 +msgid "Our invoices are payable within 21 working days, unless another payment timeframe is indicated on either the invoice or the order. In the event of non-payment by the due date, Odoo S.A. reserves the right to request a fixed interest payment amounting to 15% of the sum remaining due. Odoo S.A. will be authorised to suspend any provision of services without prior warning in the event of late payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/terms_of_sale.rst:32 +msgid "If a payment is still outstanding more than sixty (60) days after the due payment date, Odoo S.A. reserves the right to call on the services of a debt recovery company. All legal expenses will be payable by the client." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/terms_of_sale.rst:36 +msgid "Certain countries apply withholding at source on the amount of invoices, in accordance with their internal legislation. Any withholding at source will be paid by the client to the tax authorities. Under no circumstances can Odoo S.A. become involved in costs related to a country's legislation. The amount of the invoice will therefore be due to Odoo S.A. in its entirety and does not include any costs relating to the legislation of the country in which the client is located." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/terms_of_sale.rst:44 +msgid "Odoo S.A. undertakes to do its best to supply services in due time in accordance with the agreed timeframes. However, none of its obligations can be considered as being an obligation to achieve results. Odoo S.A. cannot, under any circumstances, be required by the client to appear as a third party in the context of any claim for damages filed against the client by an end consumer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/terms_of_sale.rst:50 +msgid "In order for it to be admissible, Odoo S.A. must be notified of any claim by means of a letter sent by recorded delivery to its registered office within 8 days of the delivery of the goods or the provision of the services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/terms_of_sale.rst:54 +msgid "To the maximum extent permitted by law, the aggregate liability of each party together with its affiliates arising will not exceed 50% of the total amount paid by the Customer under these terms during the 12 months immediately preceding the date of the event giving rise to such claim. Multiple claims shall not enlarge this limitation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/terms_of_sale.rst:60 +msgid "Odoo S.A. reserves the right to modify these terms at any time without prior notice. The client will be subject to the terms in force at the time of acceptation of those terms." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/legal/terms/terms_of_sale.rst:64 +msgid "All our contractual relations will be governed exclusively by Belgian law. Moreover, any dispute that may arise will be subject exclusively to the jurisdiction of the courts of the Nivelles arrondissement (Belgium)." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/livechat.pot b/locale/sources/livechat.pot deleted file mode 100644 index 184e087e9..000000000 --- a/locale/sources/livechat.pot +++ /dev/null @@ -1,211 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -#: ../../livechat/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:3 -msgid "Get Started with Live Chat" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:5 -msgid "Live Chat has the highest satisfaction rating of any communication tool. It allows fast responses and it is accessible and convenient, as your customers can keep doing what they are doing while interacting with you. Remember: your customers want to talk to you, so let's make it easy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:10 -msgid "Set up" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:12 -msgid "Once *Live Chat* is installed on your database, if your website was created with Odoo, the application is automatically added to it. All that is left to do is to go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Live Chat`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:21 -msgid "Select the channel to be linked to your website or create one on the fly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:27 -msgid "For both scenarios, under:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:30 -msgid "- **Operators**: add agents to respond to the chat requests. Add as many as you like, and keep in mind that operators that do not show any activity in Odoo for more than 30min are considered disconnected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:33 -msgid "- **Options**: set the default text to be shown on the live chat button; an automated welcome message to be seen by visitors when a conversation is initiated, and the text that prompts the user to initiate a chat." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:36 -msgid "- **Channel Rules**: choose an action for a given URL, and/or per country. In the example below, the chat window automatically pops-up 3 seconds after users (from any country) land on the contact us page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:43 -msgid "GeoIP, which refers to the process of finding a computer terminal’s geographical location by its IP address, must be installed on your server. Otherwise, under *Channel Rules*, countries are not taken into account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:48 -msgid "External options" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:51 -msgid "If your website was not created with Odoo, you can find the code to be added to your own, under the *Widget* tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:52 -msgid "Odoo also offers an URL you can send to users so they can have access to a single live chat page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:59 -msgid "Managing chat requests" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:61 -msgid "Conversations initiated by visitors pop up as a direct message, and are shown in *Discuss*. Therefore, inquiries can be answered wherever you are in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:69 -msgid "Conversations are dispatched based on the current workload of the online operators." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:72 -msgid "Leave or join a channel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:74 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, access your channel under *Live Chat*, and *Join Channel* or *Leave Channel*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:82 -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:48 -msgid ":doc:`ratings`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:83 -#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:45 -msgid ":doc:`responses`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:3 -msgid "Ratings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:5 -msgid "Giving users the opportunity to rate their interactions can help you improving the experience you offer. That means staying on top of your customers' needs, besides keeping track of your operators’ performances." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:10 -msgid "Customer Rating" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:12 -msgid "Once the user chooses to close the chat window, he can rate his interaction." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:14 -msgid "If the user is *Not satisfied* or *Highly dissatisfied*, a field allowing for an explanation is shown." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:15 -msgid "A copy of the conversation can also be sent by email." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:22 -msgid "The rating is shown on the chat window itself for the operator." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:28 -msgid "And under :menuselection:`Report --> Customer Ratings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:35 -msgid "Make the rating public" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:37 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, access your channel form, click on *Go to Website* and on *Unpublished*, to publish the rating of that channel on your website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:3 -msgid "Commands and Canned Responses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:5 -msgid "Using canned responses can help you save time and have a previous, well-thought response, to some of your most common questions and comments." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:9 -msgid "Use commands" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:11 -msgid "Commands are shortcuts that do specific actions within the chat window:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:13 -msgid "**/help**: shows a help message." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:14 -msgid "**/helpdesk**: creates a helpdesk ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:15 -msgid "**/helpdesk_search**: searches for a helpdesk ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:16 -msgid "**/history**: shows the last 15 visited pages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:17 -msgid "**/lead**: creates a new lead." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:18 -msgid "**/leave**: leaves the channel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:0 -msgid "- For *helpdesk tickets*: make sure the application is installed on your database and the option *Live Chat* under :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` is enabled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:0 -msgid "- For *leads*: the *CRM* application must be installed on your database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:26 -msgid "To access the ticket or lead created from the chat, click on the shortcut link." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:33 -msgid "Helpdesk tickets created from the chat automatically add the conversation as a description of the ticket. The same goes for the creation of a lead." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:37 -msgid "Send canned responses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:40 -msgid "Canned responses allow you to have a full piece of text being placed when you type a shortcut word. To create them, go to :menuselection:`Live Chat --> Configuration --> Canned Responses`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:41 -msgid "To use them during a conversation, simply type **:** followed by the shortcut word you created." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/manufacturing.pot b/locale/sources/manufacturing.pot deleted file mode 100644 index e099062ab..000000000 --- a/locale/sources/manufacturing.pot +++ /dev/null @@ -1,901 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -#: ../../manufacturing.rst:5 -msgid "Manufacturing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management.rst:5 -msgid "Manufacturing Management" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:3 -msgid "Using an alternative Work Center" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:5 -msgid "For many manufacturing companies, a common issue is to have to manufacture, at the same time, several products usually produced at the same work center. If in practice, employees can manufacture the goods at another work center, it is not that simple." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:10 -msgid "You need to keep track of the job: which work center has been used and when, so you can schedule maintenance efficiently. With Odoo, you can configure it so you can keep tracking manufacturing orders and your employees have an alternative work center to use." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:15 -msgid "This way, your process becomes more efficient, and less non-productive time will be noticed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:20 -msgid "Configure your Work Centers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:22 -msgid "The first thing to do is to go to the *Manufacturing* app settings. Then, enable the *Work Orders* feature and hit save." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:30 -msgid "Now, go to the *Work Centers* menu under *Master Data* and create two new work centers. Add the second work centers as an alternative to the first and vice versa." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:39 -msgid "The next step is to create your *routing*. Add your work center and an operation to it before saving." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:47 -msgid "Then, you can create your *Bill of Materials* and add components and routing to it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:56 -msgid "Create your Work Orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:58 -msgid "Now that everything is configured, you can create your *Work Orders*. Go to the *Manufacturing Orders* menu and hit *Create*. There, add your product and plan it. In the *Work Orders* list, you can find it ready to be assembled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:68 -msgid "Each new *Work Order*, which will be created before the end of the first one, will be scheduled at the alternative work center you configured." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:78 -msgid "Keep in mind that, if you add time after production to your work center, you may have work orders scheduled for your alternative work center even if the usual one is free." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:3 -msgid "Create Bills of Materials" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:5 -msgid "A *Bill of Materials* is a document defining the quantity of each component required to manufacture a finished product. It also includes the routing and individual steps of the manufacturing process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:9 -msgid "With Odoo, you can link multiple BoMs to each product and use it to describe multiple variants of them. Each BoM will, yet, be associated with one product only." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:13 -msgid "This feature will help optimize your manufacturing process while saving you time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:17 -msgid "Setting up a BoM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:19 -msgid "You can use BoMs without routings. You will use this if you choose to manage your manufacturing operations using manufacturing orders only. In other words, you choose to realize your manufacturing process in one step and do not track the steps the product goes through." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:24 -msgid "Before creating your *BoM*, you have to create the product using the *BoM* and, at least, one of the components. Go to the :menuselection:`Master Data menu --> Products` and create both the finished product and the component." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:28 -msgid "Once done, go to the *Bills of Materials* menu under *Master Data*. Now, create it. Choose the product from the dropdown menu and add your components and the quantity. In this case, keep the default *BoM* type, which is *Manufacture this Product*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:37 -msgid "Using the same BoM to describe Variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:39 -msgid "As said above, you can use *BoM* for *Product Variants*. It is basically the same as for the standard product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:42 -msgid "If your *BoM* is for one variant only, then specify which one in the *Product Variant* field. If not, specify the variant it is consumed for on each component line. You can add several variants for each component." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:51 -msgid "Adding a routing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:53 -msgid "You can add routing to your *BoM*. You will do this if you need to define a series of operations required by your manufacturing process. To use it, enable the *Work Orders* feature in the *Manufacturing* app settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:62 -msgid "Each *BoM* can have only one routing while each routing can be used multiple times." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:65 -msgid "Now that you have created your routing, add it to your *BoM*. You can select when, in the work operations, your components are consumed with the dropdown menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:73 -msgid "Adding By-Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:75 -msgid "In Odoo, a *by-product* is any product produced by a *BoM* in addition to the primary product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:78 -msgid "To add *by-products* to a *BoM*, you will first need to enable them from the *Manufacturing* app settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:84 -msgid "Once the feature is enabled, you can add your *By-Products* to your *BoMs*. You can add as many *By-Products* as you want. Just keep in mind that you need to register during which operation your by-product is produced." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:3 -msgid "Use flexible components consumption" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:5 -msgid "Sometimes, you might need more components than usual to manufacture a product. Let’s say that you produce a desk combination of 4 desks and two chairs but your customer asks you one more desk. Alright, you can do that. But you will need to register it!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:10 -msgid "In case this happens, Odoo has the *flexible components consumption* feature available. If you enable it, you will be able to consume as many components as needed and it will make you save time in the registration of your items consumption." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:16 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:31 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:66 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:26 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:9 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:18 -msgid "Using flexible component consumption is easy and can be done in a few steps. All you need is a *BoM* and a *Quality Control Point*. Therefore, you will need to activate the feature *Quality* in the *MRP* app settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:23 -msgid "First, open the *BoM* you want to use for flexible component consumption and edit it. In the *Miscellaneous* tab, choose *Flexible* as the consumption type. Then, save." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:30 -msgid "Now, in the *Quality* app, open the *Control Point* menu, under *Quality Control* and create a new *Quality Control Point*. Choose your product, your operation and work order operation. Then, choose *Register Consumed Materials* as type." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:38 -msgid "Next, go back to your *Manufacturing* app and create a *Manufacturing order*. Choose the product for which you have created the flexible *BoM*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:42 -msgid "Then, confirm it and launch the process step. While processing, you will have the possibility to consume more components than expected in the *BoM*. To do so, click on *Continue Consumption*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:49 -msgid "When the job is over, you will find a summary of your component consumption in the *Finished Steps* tab of your work order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:3 -msgid "Sell sets of products as kits" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:5 -msgid "A *kit* is a set of components that are delivered without first being assembled or mixed. *Kits* are described in Odoo using *Bills of Materials*. There are two basic ways to configure *kits*, depending on how the stock of the kit product is to be managed. In either case, both the *Inventory* and *Manufacturing* apps must be installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:12 -msgid "Manage Stock of Component Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:14 -msgid "If you want to assemble kits as they are ordered, managing stock of the kit components only, you will use a *Kit BoM* without a manufacturing step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:18 -msgid "A product using a *Kit BoM* will appear as a single line item on a quotation and sales order, but will generate a delivery order with one line item for each of the components of the kit. In the examples below, the first image shows a sales order for the kit *Custom Computer Kit*, while the second image shows the corresponding delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:33 -msgid "From the *Products menu* in either the *Inventory* or *Manufacturing* app, create each component product as you would with any other product, then create the top-level, or kit product. The kit product should have only the *route Manufacture* set, in the *Inventory tab*. Because you cannot track the stock of kit products, the *Product Type* should be set to Consumable. Because a kit product cannot be purchased, then, *Can be Purchased* should be unchecked." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:41 -msgid "All other parameters on the kit product may be modified according to your preference. The component products require no particular configuration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:48 -msgid "Once the products are configured, create a *bill of materials* for the kit product. Add each component and its quantity. Select the *BoM Type Ship this product as a set of components*. All other options may be left with their default values." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:57 -msgid "Manage Stock of Kit Product and Component Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:59 -msgid "If you want to manage stock of the *top-level kit product*, you will use a standard *BoM* with a manufacturing step instead of a *Kit BoM*. When using a standard BoM to assemble kits, a *manufacturing order* will be created. The *manufacturing order* must be registered as completed before the kit product will appear in your stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:68 -msgid "On the kit product, select the *route Manufacture*. You may also select *Make to Order*, which will create a *manufacturing order* whenever a sales order is confirmed. Select the product type *Storable Product* to enable stock management." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:76 -msgid "When you create the *bill of materials*, select the BoM Type *Manufacture this product*. The assembly of the kit will be described by a *manufacturing order* rather than a packing operation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:3 -msgid "Process Manufacturing Orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:5 -msgid "In Odoo, you can manage your manufacturing process in two different ways. You can work with one document, or decide to have more information and control over it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:9 -msgid "In the first case, Odoo makes things easier and helps you manage work with one document only: the manufacturing order. No complex steps during the process, you just have to schedule the job and record the production." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:14 -msgid "But, if you need more control, you can use additional documents (steps) to your manufacturing process. This way, *Manufacturing Orders* are divided into one or more steps defined by *Work Orders* and performed in a sequence defined by *routings*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:19 -msgid "Using Odoo will allow you to precisely schedule the job, analyze your efficiency but also have ease when realizing each step of your manufacturing process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:24 -msgid "Manage Manufacturing Without Routings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:26 -msgid "If your manufacturing process is limited to one place, one person and one step, you will probably use manufacturing orders without routings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:29 -msgid "In Odoo, it is the default behavior. If work this way, there are two basic phases from planning to production:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:32 -msgid "Create a manufacturing order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:34 -msgid "Record the production" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:37 -msgid "Manage Manufacturing with Routings and Work Centers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:39 -msgid "To use *Work Centers* and *Routings*, you will need to enable the *Work Orders* feature. To do so, go to the *Manufacturing* app settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:46 -msgid "Now, you can add routings to *BoMs* and configure your operations taking place at different *work centers*. The *Work Centers* are the locations at which work orders are performed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:53 -msgid "When manufacturing this way, each *Work Order* is scheduled individually. You will also have access to time and capacity planning, as well as reports on costing and efficiency for each *Work Center*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:60 -msgid "Thus, the workflow is divided into three basic phases:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:62 -msgid "Create the manufacturing order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:67 -msgid "Schedule the associated work orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:72 -msgid "Perform the scheduled work and record production" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:3 -msgid "Plan Work Orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:5 -msgid "In some cases, companies need to schedule their work orders. Doing so, they can organize the work for the whole day and be sure everything goes well. It helps to avoid scheduling multiple work orders at the same time when you don’t have the capacity to do so." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:10 -msgid "With Odoo, companies can schedule the planned start date for their manufacturing orders. No possible duplication, no potential issues with the planning. And, if you plan two work orders at the same work center, at the same hour, the second one will be scheduled right after the first one, avoiding work superposition." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:17 -msgid "Create the Work Orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:19 -msgid "The first thing you need to do is to open the *Manufacturing* app. Then, Go to the settings and enable the *Work Orders* feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:25 -msgid "Now, go to the *Manufacturing Orders* menu and hit *Create*. Choose your product and add a *Planned Start Date*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:32 -msgid "The “Deadline Start” field is informative. It shows you until when you can launch the manufacturing order to fulfill the initial demand." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:35 -msgid "Mark your *Manufacturing Order* as todo and plan it. By going to the *Planning* menu, you can access to the scheduled orders. Here is the one we just created:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:43 -msgid "If you plan two work orders at the same hour, the second one will be scheduled after the first one if the jobs need to be done at the same work center. The start date will, then, be automatically updated considering the first free slot on the work center." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:48 -msgid "If you overrun the planned date and begin the job later, you will have a track of it in the *Time Tracking* tab of your work order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage BoMs for product variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:5 -msgid "Odoo allows you to use one bill of materials for multiple variants of the same product. Simply enable variants from :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:12 -msgid "You will then be able to specify which component lines are to be used in the manufacture of each product variant. You may specify multiple variants for each line. If no variant is specified, the line will be used for all variants." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:17 -msgid "When defining variant BoMs on a line-item-basis, the **Product Variant** field in the main section of the BoM should be left blank. This field is used when creating a BoM for one variant of a product only." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:3 -msgid "Set routings on kit Bills of materials" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:5 -msgid "It often happens that you want to use kit BoM’s within manufactured product BoM’s in order to lighten the list of components for this manufactured product. When doing so, you would like to have the possibility to specify, for each kit component, in which operation they are consumed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:11 -msgid "We will see the three use cases that you can face in these kinds of configurations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:15 -msgid "Finished Product & Kit Component have the same Routing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:18 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:63 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:107 -msgid "Create BoM for the Finished Product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:20 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:65 -msgid "Create a manufactured BoM for the finished product which includes a kit component. Set a routing on your BoM, for example, *Assemble Furniture*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:28 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:73 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:117 -msgid "Create a Kit BoM for the Kit Component" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:30 -msgid "Update the kit component to define its BoM. Make sure that the routing which is set on this BoM is the same one than on the Finished Product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:36 -msgid "You can define the operations in which the kit components are used directly in the BoM of the kit." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:40 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:84 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:127 -msgid "Manufacturing Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:42 -msgid "In the list of components, the kit is split. Two work orders are created as we have two operations defined in the *Assemble Furniture* routing. The components of the kits are well consumed in the operations defined in the kit BoM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:57 -msgid "Finished Product & Kit Component haven’t the same Routing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:60 -msgid "Kit Consumption set on Finished Product BoM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:75 -msgid "Update the kit component to define its BoM. In this use case, the routing which is set on this Kit BoM is different than the one of the Finished Product. Specify the operations at which the kit components are consumed in this BoM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:86 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:129 -msgid "When the manufacturing order is created for the Manufactured product, the kit is split among its components. When the manufacturing order is planned, three work orders are created in our case, one coming from the routing of the manufactured products, the two other ones coming from the routing of the kit BoM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:95 -msgid "The components are all consumed during their respective operations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:104 -msgid "Kit Consumption set on Kit BoM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:109 -msgid "Create a manufactured BoM for the finished product which includes a kit component. Set a routing on your BoM, for example, *Assemble Furniture*. Precise the consumption of the components on this BoM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:119 -msgid "Update the kit component to define its BoM. In this use case, the routing which is set on this Kit BoM is different than the one of the Finished Product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:138 -msgid "All the components of the kits are consumed during the first operation. The last component is consumed during the second operation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:3 -msgid "Manage semi-finished products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:5 -msgid "In Odoo, you can use subassembly products to simplify a complex *Bill of Materials* or to represent your manufacturing flow more accurately. A *subassembly product* is a manufactured product that is used as a component to make another one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:10 -msgid "A *BoM* that employs *subassemblies* is referred to as a multi-level BoM. Those are accomplished by creating a *top-level BoM* and *subassembly ones*. This process requires a route that will ensure that every time a manufacturing order for the top-level product is created, another one will be for subassemblies." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:17 -msgid "Configure the Subassembly Product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:19 -msgid "To configure a *multi-level BoM*, you will need a top-level product but also its subassemblies. The first step is to create a product form for each of the subassemblies. Select the routes *Manufacture* and *Replenish on Order*. Now, hit save." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:27 -msgid "In the *Bill of Materials* menu, under *Master Data*, create a new *Bill of Materials*. Choose the product you just created and add its components." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:35 -msgid "Configure the Main BoM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:37 -msgid "Now, you can configure the top-level product and its *BoM*. Include any subassemblies in the list of components." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:43 -msgid "Now, each time you will plan a manufacturing order for the top-level product, a manufacturing order will be created for the subassembly one. Then, you will have to manufacture the subassembly in order to make it available before manufacturing the finished product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:3 -msgid "Subcontract your Manufacturing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:5 -msgid "Outsourcing a portion of some or all your company’s manufacturing needs is not easy. To make it work right, you have to:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:8 -msgid "Manage the inventory of raw materials at your subcontractor;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:9 -msgid "Ship new materials to your subcontractors based on your forecasted demand;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:11 -msgid "Keep track of manufacturing operations done at the subcontractor location;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:13 -msgid "Control incoming goods quality;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:14 -msgid "Control subcontractors bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:16 -msgid "Here is an example of subcontracting the manufacturing of “C”, which is produced out of raw materials “A” and “B”." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:23 -msgid "With its subcontracting feature, Odoo helps you handle this flow easily." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:28 -msgid "To use the subcontracting feature, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> Settings` and tick the box *Subcontracting*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:35 -msgid "To define if a product must be subcontracted, use a *Bill of Materials (BoM)* of type *Subcontracting*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:38 -msgid "To create a new *BoM*, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Master Data --> Bill of Materials` and hit create. Then, list the components your subcontractor needs to manufacture the product. For costing purposes, you might want to register all the components, even the ones that are sourced directly from the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:44 -msgid "Once you have set the *BoM Type* to *Subcontracting*, specify one or several subcontractors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:52 -msgid "Basic Subcontracting Flow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:54 -msgid "To let your subcontractor know how many products you need, create and send them purchase orders (PO). To do so, open the *Purchase* app and create a new one. Be sure to send the PO to a vendor that is defined as a subcontractor on the *BoM*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:63 -msgid "Once the *PO* is validated (1), a pending receipt is created. When the products are received, validate the receipt (2), with the actual quantity received. Then Odoo automatically created several inventory moves:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:68 -msgid "Consume the components at the subcontractor’s location, based on the *BoM* (3);" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:70 -msgid "Produce finished goods at the subcontractor’s location (4);" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:71 -msgid "Move products from the subcontractor’s location to YourCompany through the validated receipt (5)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:74 -msgid "Of course, Odoo does all the transactions for you, automatically. Simply control the vendor bill with the usual matching process with the purchase order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:79 -msgid "The *PO* is optional. If you create a receipt manually, with the right subcontractor, Odoo still performs all the moves. Useful if the subcontractor does not bill a fixed price per item, but rather the time and materials used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:85 -msgid "Inventory Valuation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:87 -msgid "The cost of the manufactured product “C” is defined as:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:89 -msgid "**C = A + B + s**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:91 -msgid "With:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:93 -msgid "**A**: Cost of raw materials coming from YourCompany;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:96 -msgid "**B**: Cost of raw materials sourced directly from the" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:96 -msgid "subcontractor;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:98 -msgid "**s**: Cost of the subcontracted service." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:100 -msgid "Sending raw materials to your subcontractors (**A**) does not impact the inventory valuation, the components still belonging to your company. To manage this, the *Subcontracting Location* is configured as an *Internal Location* so that the components are still valued in the inventory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:106 -msgid "Then, the vendor price set on the product C form has to be what has to be paid to the subcontractor for his parts and service time: **B + s**. The product cost has to be: **A + B + s**, how much the product is valued in the accounting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:111 -msgid "Finally, the subcontractor bill matches the purchase order, with the proposed price coming from the finished products C." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:115 -msgid "If managing the replenishment of raw materials **B** at your subcontractor’s location is not needed, simply include the cost of **B** in the subcontractor’s price **s** and remove the products *B* from the *BoM*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:121 -msgid "Traceability" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:123 -msgid "In case the products received from the subcontractor contain tracked components, their serial or lot numbers need to be specified during the receipt." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:127 -msgid "On the receipt of the subcontracted product, a *Record Components* button appears when necessary. Click on it to open a dialog and record the serial/lot numbers of the components. If the finished product is also tracked, its serial/lot number can be registered here too." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:136 -msgid "For audit purposes, it is possible to check the lot numbers recorded on a receipt by using the icon on the right of the finished products:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:144 -msgid "Automate Replenishment of Subcontractors" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:146 -msgid "To manage the resupply of your subcontractor, activate *Multi-locations* in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Configuration`. Then, the inventory at the subcontractor location can be tracked." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:151 -msgid "It is possible to resupply subcontractors by sending products from the company locations, or by sending products from another supplier to the subcontractors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:156 -msgid "Replenishment from the warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:158 -msgid "Resupplying subcontractors manually is the simplest approach. To do so, create delivery orders in which the subcontractor is set as a delivery address and fill the components to deliver." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:162 -msgid "To automate the subcontractors’ replenishment propositions, there are two approaches:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:165 -msgid "Reordering rules;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:166 -msgid "Replenish on order flow." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:168 -msgid "For the first one, just define a reordering rule on the subcontracting location, with a minimum and maximum inventory level. When the reordering rule is triggered, a delivery order is created to ship the components to the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:177 -msgid "The second approach is to use a “pull” flow. Here, the demand in the finished product (real demand or forecasted one through the Master Production Schedule) triggers the replenishment of the subcontractor. To do so, select the route *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* on the wanted components." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:188 -msgid "Replenishment from another supplier" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:190 -msgid "When purchasing items to another supplier, it is possible to ask him to deliver the subcontractor directly. To do so, activate the *Drop Shipping* feature in :menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> Configuration`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:195 -msgid "Now, set the *Dropship* option in the *Deliver To* field of the *Other Information* tab. Then, provide the address of the subcontractor for the shipping." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:203 -msgid "That way, the supplier can ship items directly and you simply receive and pay the bill. However, it is still required to validate receipts for the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:212 -msgid "Quality Control" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:214 -msgid "Controlling the quality of the products manufactured by subcontractors is possible thanks to the Odoo Quality app. Quality checks can be made on a manufacturing step but, because the manufacturing process is handled by an external party, it can be defined on the product reception." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:224 -msgid "To create a quality check at the receipt, open the *Quality* app and create a new *Control Point* on the reception." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:231 -msgid "By doing so, a quality check is automatically created each time a finished product is received." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:3 -msgid "Unbuild a product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:5 -msgid "In Odoo Manufacturing App, you can *Unbuild* products. Two use cases can be managed: (1) you can unbuild products you have built yourself or (2) you can unbuild products you have received." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:9 -msgid "Let's take the first case, you are manufacturing products yourself. If one of your product presents some defect, you might want to unbuild it instead of scrapping it completely, allowing you to reuse some components of the product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:14 -msgid "In the second case, you are buying products for the sole purpose of unbuilding them and recycling them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:18 -msgid "Unbuild Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:20 -msgid "While in the Manufacturing App, under the *Operations* tab you will find the menu *Unbuild Orders*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:26 -msgid "When creating a new one, you can either select a MO if you are unbuilding something you manufactured or only select a product if you are unbuilding something you received." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:33 -msgid "When you are done, just click unbuild and the process will be over." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:35 -msgid "If you unbuild a product that you manufactured before, you will get the components from the MO back in stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:38 -msgid "If you unbuild a product you bought, you will get the components from the BoM back in stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:3 -msgid "Use the Master Production Schedule" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:5 -msgid "The Master Production Schedule (MPS) is a valuable tool to plan your production based on your demand forecast." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:11 -msgid "Go to the :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the Master Production Schedule feature before hitting save." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:18 -msgid "In the manufacturing settings, you can define the time range of your MPS (month/week/day) and the number of periods you want to display." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:20 -msgid "Now, go in :menuselection:`Planning --> Master Production Schedule` and click on add a product. You can now define your safety stock target (= the stock you want to have on hand at the end of the period) and the minimum and maximum quantities to replenish." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:29 -msgid "The products are ordered in the MPS based on their sequence. You can rearrange that sequence by going on the list of your products and reorganize them with drag and drop." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:36 -msgid "In the MPS view, you can decide which information you would like to show by clicking on *rows*. Some fields can be added to the view, such as *Actual demand*, which will show which quantity of products has already been ordered for the period, or *Available to Promise*, which allows you to know what can still be sold during the period (what you plan to replenish - what is already sold during the period). You can also decide to hide some information if it isn’t necessary." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:48 -msgid "Estimate your demand and launch replenishment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:50 -msgid "The next step is to estimate the demand for the period. This estimation should be entered in the row *Demand Forecast*. You can easily, at any time, compare the demand forecast with the actual demand (= confirmed sales). The demand forecast for a finished product will impact the indirect demand for its components." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:59 -msgid "Then, the quantity to replenish for the different periods will be automatically computed. The replenishments you are supposed to launch based on your lead times (vendor lead time or manufacturing lead time) are displayed in green. You can now launch the replenishment by clicking on the replenish button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:65 -msgid "Depending on the configuration of the product (buy vs. manufacture), requests for quotations or manufacturing orders will be created. You can easily access those by clicking on the *Actual Replenishment* cell." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:75 -msgid "In case you manually edit the *To replenish* quantity, a small cross will appear on the left. In case you want to go back to the automatically computed value given by Odoo, you can click the cross." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:83 -msgid "Cells color signification" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:85 -msgid "The cells, which are part of the *To replenish* line, can take different colors depending on the situation:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:88 -msgid "**Green**: quantity of products which should be replenished to reach the expected safety stock considering the demand forecast and the indirect demand forecast." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:90 -msgid "**Grey**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity still matches current data." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:92 -msgid "**Red**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity was too high considering current data." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:94 -msgid "**Orange**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity was too low considering current data." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:96 -msgid "The *Forecasted stock* line can also contain red cells, which means the stock will be negative during the period in question." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:100 -msgid "What if I have underestimated the demand?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:102 -msgid "You can still increase the demand forecast. It will impact the quantity to replenish. The cell will become orange, and you’ll be able to launch a new replenishment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:107 -msgid "What if I have overestimated the demand?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:109 -msgid "You can decrease the demand forecast. The cell will become red to inform you that you’ve ordered more than planned. If you’re still able to do it, you can cancel some RFQ or MO manually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:114 -msgid "What if I wrongly added a product to the MPS?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:116 -msgid "You can easily remove a product from the MPS by clicking the small bin on the right of its name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview.rst:7 -msgid "I want to use Odoo Manufacturing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview.rst:5 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair.rst:5 -msgid "Repair Management" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:5 -msgid "Repair products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:7 -msgid "The Odoo *Repair* app allows you to manage a complete after sales process but also to simply repair products you have manufactured, if they present a defect." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:12 -msgid "Create a Repair Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:14 -msgid "Once in the app, you can access your existing *Repair Orders* and create a new one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:21 -msgid "Manage a repair" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:23 -msgid "When a customer sends you a product for repair, create a new *Repair Order*. Fill it in with all the information you may need such as the product, the customer, if it has to be invoiced after or before the repair, the parts you might need, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:31 -msgid "Once everything is done, you can then send the repair quotation to your customer. If it is approved, you can confirm the repair. You will then be able to start & end the repair when it is completed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:38 -msgid "You can now invoice the repair." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/marketing.pot b/locale/sources/marketing.pot new file mode 100644 index 000000000..404de32dd --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/sources/marketing.pot @@ -0,0 +1,419 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-18 07:12+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing.rst:3 +msgid "Marketing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation.rst:3 +msgid "Marketing Automation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:3 +msgid "Understanding Metrics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:4 +msgid "Metrics are values that help you measure progress and can be a powerful way of linking your employees to goals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:9 +msgid "When you create a workflow in Odoo, its visual content already shows metrics in a graph form and in numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:10 +msgid "Let’s consider the example below:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:19 +msgid "The *Target* - business object - is *Lead/Opportunity* and was narrowed down to the ones whose *Tag Name* contain the description “Product”, and have an email address set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:20 +msgid "A total number of 20 records match the criteria." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:28 +msgid "Out of those 20 records, 25 have become participants, in other words, they have matched the criteria." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:36 +msgid "Every time the system runs, updating numbers and triggering actions, it will look at the *Target* model and check if new records have been added or modified, keeping the flow up-to-date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:41 +msgid "The filter here is applied to *all* activities. Leads that lose the tag in the meantime will be excluded from later activities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:45 +msgid "*Records* is a real-time number, therefore while the workflow is running, changes in opportunity records can be made - delete, add, adjustment - updating the number of records, but not changing the number of participants, as the metric *will not* exclude opportunities that have been set as participants before. It will just add new ones. For this reason, the number of *Records* can be different from the number of *Participants*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 +msgid "You can also have filters applied to activities individually, under *Domain*. A useful feature to specify an individual filter that will only be performed if the records satisfied both filters, the activity and its domain one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 +msgid "Example: for an activity sending an SMS, you could make sure a phone number is set to avoid triggering a SMS that would never be sent and crash." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:64 +msgid "*Success* is the number of times the searching for participants - that match the filter(s) of that activity - was performed successfully in relation to the total number of participants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:65 +msgid "If a participant does not match the conditions, it will be added to *Rejected*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:71 +msgid "Hovering over the graph, you can see the number of successful and rejected participants, per day, for the last 15 days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:75 +msgid "Every time a new record is added to the *Target* model, it will be automatically added to the workflow, and, it will start the workflow from the beginning (parent action)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing.rst:3 +msgid "SMS Marketing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing.rst:3 +msgid "Pricing and FAQ" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:3 +msgid "SMS Pricing and FAQ" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:6 +msgid "What do I need to send SMSs?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:7 +msgid "SMS Text Messaging is an In-App Purchase (IAP) service that *requires prepaid credits* to work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:11 +msgid "How many types of SMSs are there?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:12 +msgid "There are 2 types: GSM7 and UNICODE." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:14 +msgid "**GSM7** is the standard format, with a limit of 160 characters per message, that includes the following characters:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:23 +msgid "**UNICODE** is the format applied if a special character, that *is not* in the GSM7 list, is used. Limit per SMS: 70 characters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:27 +msgid "For GSM7 SMS the size limit is 160 characters, and for Unicode is 70. *Above these limits, the content is divided into a multi-part message* and the limit of characters is lowered to 153 for GSM7 and to 67 for Unicode. The system will inform you in real-time about the number of SMS your message represents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:34 +msgid "How much does it cost to send an SMS?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:35 +msgid "The price of an SMS depends on the destination and the length (number of characters) of the message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:37 +msgid "To see the **price per country, please consult**: `Odoo SMS - FAQ <https://iap-services.odoo.com/iap/sms/pricing#sms_faq_01>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:39 +msgid "The number of SMSs a message represents will be always available to you in your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:49 +msgid "How do I buy credits?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:50 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Buy Credits`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:57 +msgid "Or go to :menuselection:`Settings --> View my Services`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:65 +msgid "If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:70 +msgid "More common questions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:72 +msgid "**Is there an expiration time for my credits?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:74 +msgid "No, credits do not expire." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:77 +msgid "**Can I send an SMS to a phone number (which is not a mobile phone) because I see the icon in front of the field “phone”?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:80 +msgid "Only if that phone number supports SMS (e.g. SIP phones)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:83 +msgid "**Do I receive an invoice to buy my credits?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:85 +msgid "Yes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:88 +msgid "**Can the recipient answer to me?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:90 +msgid "No, it is not possible to reply to the SMS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:93 +msgid "**What happens if I send multiple SMS but I do not have enough credits to send them all?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:95 +msgid "The whole transaction is counted as a single one, so no SMS will be sent until you have enough credits to send them all." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:99 +msgid "**Do I have a history of the sent SMSs?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:101 +msgid "Yes, the SMS is logged as a note under the chatter of the corresponding record, and a complete history of the SMSs sent is available on :doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode/activate>` under :menuselection:`Technical --> SMS`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:107 +msgid "**Can I send as many SMSs I want at once?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:109 +msgid "Yes, if you have enough credits." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:112 +msgid "**If I have a number that does not exist in the list of recipients, will I lose credits?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:114 +msgid "Not if the phone number is in the wrong format (e.g. too many digits). Otherwise, if the SMS is sent to the wrong person or to a fake number, the credit will be lost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:118 +msgid "**What happens if I send my SMS to a paying number (e.g.: a contest to win a ticket for a festival)?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:120 +msgid "The SMS will not be delivered to that kind of number, so you won’t be charged." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:123 +msgid "**Can I identify the numbers that do not exist when I send several SMSs?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:125 +msgid "Only the ones that have an invalid format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:128 +msgid "**How does the GDPR regulation affect this service?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:130 +msgid "Please find our `Privacy Policy here <https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#sms>`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:132 +msgid "**Can I use my own SMS provider?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:134 +msgid "Yes, but it is not possible out of the box. Our experts can help you customize your database to make it happen. Please, check our success packs `here <https://www.odoo.com/pricing-packs>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey.rst:3 +msgid "Survey" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:3 +msgid "Get Started with Surveys" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:5 +msgid "Surveys can be used for a range of purposes that can go from collecting customer feedback, evaluate the success of an event, measure how pleased customers are with your products/services, gauge whether employees are happy and satisfied with their work environment, and even to find out what your market is thinking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:11 +msgid "Get started" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:13 +msgid "When creating your survey, choose a *Title* and *Category*. The *Category* field is used to know in which context the survey is being conducted, as different applications might use it for different purposes such as recruitment, certification, or employee appraisal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:22 +msgid "Tab: Questions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:24 +msgid "Add sections and questions by clicking on the respective links." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:27 +msgid "On the *Sections and Questions* form, once the question type is chosen and the answer added, under the tab *Options*, enable *Mandatory Answer*, and set an *Error message* to be shown when the user tries to submit the survey without answering the respective question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:29 +msgid "Depending on the *Question Type*, the tab *Options* aggregates extra and different possibilities. Examples:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:31 +msgid "*Single Line Text Box* - can choose a minimum and maximum text length (number of characters - spaces do not count), and its error message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:33 +msgid "*Multiple choice: multiple answers allowed*: choose between radio buttons or a dropdown menu list, and if you would like to have a comment field. If the user select an answer and type a comment, the values are separately recorded. Or, enable the comment field to be displayed as an answer choice, with which a text type field is displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:37 +msgid "*Matrix Type*: choose if you would like to have one or multiple choices per row." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:44 +msgid "Tab: Description" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:46 +msgid "Write a *Description* to be displayed under the title of the survey's homepage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:53 +msgid "Click on *Edit* to personalize your pages with the website builder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:56 +msgid "Tab: Options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:58 +msgid "Under the tab *Options*, choose the *Layout* of your questions. If choosing *One page per section* or *One page per question*, an option *Back Button* becomes available, which allows the user to go back pages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:67 +msgid "Test and share the survey" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:70 +msgid "Once your Survey is ready, *Test* it to avoid *Sharing* it with potential errors. As answers get collected, click on *Answers* to access all the details of the respondent and his answers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:72 +msgid "By default, a filter *Except Test Entries* is applied to keep the list of entries clean with only real participants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:79 +msgid "Another way to access detailed answers is by going to :menuselection:`Participations --> Participations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:80 +msgid "Click on *See results* to be redirected to an analytical page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:34 +msgid ":doc:`scoring`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/scoring.rst:35 +msgid ":doc:`time_random`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/scoring.rst:3 +msgid "Scoring Surveys" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/scoring.rst:5 +msgid "To measure your respondent’s performance, knowledge of a subject, or overall satisfaction, attach points to the answers of specific questions. The points are summed up to give your respondent a final score." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/scoring.rst:9 +msgid "On your survey’s form, click on *Add a question* and, under the tab *Options*, choose between *Scoring with answers at the end* or *Scoring without answers at the end*. Now, on your question’s form, set the right answer and score." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/scoring.rst:17 +msgid "Set the percentage score the user needs to achieve to have successfully taken the survey. If enabling *Certificate*, choose its template. The certification is automatically sent by email to the users who successfully finish it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/scoring.rst:25 +msgid "Enable *Login required* to be able to *Give Badges*. Badges are related to the eLearning section of your website. Besides the logged-in user, visitors of the website that access the page *Courses* can also see the granted badges." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:3 +msgid "Time and Randomize Questions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:6 +msgid "Time Limit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:10 +msgid "On timed surveys, respondents need to complete the survey within a certain period of time. It can be used to ensure that all respondents get the same amount of time to find the answers, or to decrease the chance of having them looking at external resources." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:11 +msgid "Set the *Time limit* under the tab *Options*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:17 +msgid "A timer is shown on the pages so the user can keep track of the remaining time. Surveys not \\ submitted by the *Time limit* do not have their answers saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:21 +msgid "Selection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:25 +msgid "When you randomize a survey, you allow for the questions to be shuffled in a random order every time someone opens the questionnaire. This can be useful to avoid having respondents looking at each others' answers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:27 +msgid "To do so, under the tab *Options*, enable *Randomized per section*. Now, under the tab *Questions*, set how many of the questions in that section should be taken into account during the shuffling." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/marketing_automation.pot b/locale/sources/marketing_automation.pot deleted file mode 100644 index 73edfc922..000000000 --- a/locale/sources/marketing_automation.pot +++ /dev/null @@ -1,279 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -#: ../../marketing_automation.rst:5 -msgid "Marketing Automation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:3 -msgid "Understanding Metrics" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:4 -msgid "Metrics are values that help you measure progress and can be a powerful way of linking your employees to goals." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:9 -msgid "When you create a workflow in Odoo, its visual content already shows metrics in a graph form and in numbers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:10 -msgid "Let’s consider the example below:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:19 -msgid "The *Target* - business object - is *Lead/Opportunity* and was narrowed down to the ones whose *Tag Name* contain the description “Product”, and have an email address set." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:20 -msgid "A total number of 20 records match the criteria." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:28 -msgid "Out of those 20 records, 25 have become participants, in other words, they have matched the criteria." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:36 -msgid "Every time the system runs, updating numbers and triggering actions, it will look at the *Target* model and check if new records have been added or modified, keeping the flow up-to-date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:41 -msgid "The filter here is applied to *all* activities. Leads that lose the tag in the meantime will be excluded from later activities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:45 -msgid "*Records* is a real-time number, therefore while the workflow is running, changes in opportunity records can be made - delete, add, adjustment - updating the number of records, but not changing the number of participants, as the metric *will not* exclude opportunities that have been set as participants before. It will just add new ones. For this reason, the number of *Records* can be different from the number of *Participants*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 -msgid "You can also have filters applied to activities individually, under *Domain*. A useful feature to specify an individual filter that will only be performed if the records satisfied both filters, the activity and its domain one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 -msgid "Example: for an activity sending an SMS, you could make sure a phone number is set to avoid triggering a SMS that would never be sent and crash." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:64 -msgid "*Success* is the number of times the searching for participants - that match the filter(s) of that activity - was performed successfully in relation to the total number of participants." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:65 -msgid "If a participant does not match the conditions, it will be added to *Rejected*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:71 -msgid "Hovering over the graph, you can see the number of successful and rejected participants, per day, for the last 15 days." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:75 -msgid "Every time a new record is added to the *Target* model, it will be automatically added to the workflow, and, it will start the workflow from the beginning (parent action)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:79 -msgid ":doc:`../overview/automate_actions`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:80 -msgid ":doc:`../overview/segment`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:81 -msgid ":doc:`../overview/test`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:3 -msgid "Automate Actions and Create a Workflow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:4 -msgid "Automated workflows are a sign that you are building intelligent, data-driven, multifaceted campaigns to enable the delivery of the right message, to the right prospects, at the right time. It also speeds up processes and creates a seamless experience for employees." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:9 -msgid "Segment and create a campaign" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:10 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Campaigns --> Create`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:12 -msgid "In the example below, the *Marketing Automation* application is fully integrated with *Contacts*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:14 -msgid "But it can also be integrated with other apps like CRM, as long as they are installed in your database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:23 -msgid "Depending on the criteria, the *target model updates itself* while the campaign is running. That means that every new record that meets the criteria will be added to the workflow." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:25 -msgid "Example: a campaign starts for leads that have no salesman assigned. If at some point, those leads get to have a salesman assigned to it, the campaign will stop running." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:29 -msgid "Create a parent activity and start to build a workflow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:30 -msgid "Click on *Add new activity*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:37 -msgid "*Trigger* is the field to set for the activity to start to de deployed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:39 -msgid "Adopt an *Expiry Duration* if you would like to stop actions from being executed after a certain amount of time and in subsequence to the trigger." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:42 -msgid "Under *Domain* you can narrow down your target, even more, applying filters for this specific activity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:47 -msgid "Add Child Activities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:48 -msgid "A *child activity* is an action that will take place based on a condition." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:50 -msgid "You can either create or add a child activity if on the previous one: the email was opened or not, the email was replied or not, the link was clicked or not, the email bounced back." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:59 -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:53 -msgid ":doc:`segment`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:3 -msgid "Segment the Database with Filters" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:4 -msgid "Filters let you reach a granular level of detail in your records." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:7 -msgid "How to work with filters" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:8 -msgid "When working with filters, you will see that some of the rules have an arrow button next to it, informing you that the parameter has more variables within it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:18 -msgid "More than one parameter line - *node* (+) - can be added under what is called a *branch* (...)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:19 -msgid "To exclude a *node* or a *branch*, click on *Delete node* (x)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:27 -msgid "Every time a new branch is created, you can choose if you would like the records to match *all* criteria of the upcoming rules, or *any*, meaning one rule or the other." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:32 -msgid "Use cases" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:34 -msgid "**Scenario**: narrow the target down to new opportunities in the pipeline." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:39 -msgid "**Scenario**: narrow the target down to suppliers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:44 -msgid "**Scenario**: narrow the leads down to the ones that contain a certain tag name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:49 -msgid "**Scenario**: narrow the target down to the attendees of a specific event that purchase a specific category of ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:55 -msgid "**Scenario**: narrow the target down to the employees who have kids." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:60 -msgid "**Scenario**: narrow the target down to records with a helpdesk ticket solved." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:66 -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:52 -msgid ":doc:`automate_actions`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:3 -msgid "Launch a Test and Start a Campaign" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:4 -msgid "Before starting a campaign, launching a test allows you to run the workflow on a test contact and view the sequence of events in action, avoiding mistakes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:8 -msgid "Launch a test" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:9 -msgid "Click on *Launch a test*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:12 -msgid "Once you have selected the test contact, *Run* the parent activity and the subsequent ones as needed. *Run* and *Stop* activities individually. To stop the whole workflow click on *Stop*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:22 -msgid "Launching a test does not add data to your metrics with the purpose of not introducing wrong inputs to reports." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:27 -msgid "Start and stop a workflow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:28 -msgid "Click on *Start* to run the workflow, and on *Stop* to interrupt it. The interruption and new start can happen at any moment. The current status will be shown on the status bar." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:38 -msgid "Participants and their specific workflow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:39 -msgid "*Participants* are all the records that have ever been involved in the campaign." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:47 -msgid "If you click on *Participants* and open a record, you will find the specific activities the record went/are/will go through, as well as when the workflow was triggered to him. If you wish to cancel an activity click on *Cancel*." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/mobile.pot b/locale/sources/mobile.pot deleted file mode 100644 index 6340477c8..000000000 --- a/locale/sources/mobile.pot +++ /dev/null @@ -1,33 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:5 -msgid "Mobile" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:8 -msgid "Push Notifications" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:10 -msgid "As of Odoo 12.0, 13.0 or above, there is no more complex configuration to enable push notifications in the mobile app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:13 -msgid "Simply go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Odoo Cloud Notification (OCN)` and make sure that **Push Notifications** is checked." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/planning.pot b/locale/sources/planning.pot deleted file mode 100644 index 02841e8f7..000000000 --- a/locale/sources/planning.pot +++ /dev/null @@ -1,117 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -#: ../../planning.rst:5 -msgid "Planning" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:3 -msgid "Create a Schedule and Make Encoding Easier" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:5 -msgid "Organize regular schedules or forecast projects in a long term basis. Create shifts to manage your tasks, assign employees, and stay organized at a high level." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:9 -msgid "Organize your team by roles" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:11 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Roles --> Create`. Optionally, go to the *Employees* application, select the respective employee, and under *Work Information* select the *Default Planning Role*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:20 -msgid "Make shifts recurrent" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:22 -msgid "While creating a shift, select *Repeat* and configure as needed, saving you from the need of re-planning it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:30 -msgid "Repeated shifts are generated for the next six months. A modification is possible in :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, from *Settings*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:38 -msgid "To duplicate a shift in the Gantt view, press CTRL + drag and drop." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:41 -msgid "Save shifts as templates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:43 -msgid "If creating a shift on the fly and know you might use that template in the future, click on *Save as a Template*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:51 -msgid "To create a template in advance, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Shifts Templates --> Create`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:55 -msgid "Duplicate a planning from the previous week" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:57 -msgid "When in the Gantt view, either under *Schedule by Employee, Role or Project*, instead of re-planning shifts that have been planned before, simply click on *Copy Previous Week*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:65 -msgid "The integration with the *Time off* and *Employee* applications, show you grayed cells to the days when the employee does not work and is on vacation time, for example." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:3 -msgid "Send Planned Shifts and Give Employees Autonomy Over Shifts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:5 -msgid "If you are not on top of your tasks and shifts you might fall behind, losing productivity. Allowing your employees to have a say over shifts helps you to be on top of your workload, and gives them flexibility." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:10 -msgid "Publish and send the planned week by email" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:12 -msgid "Once you have your shifts planned, click on *Send Schedule*. Select *Include Open shift* if you would like the *Unassigned* shifts to be seen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:19 -msgid "Choose if you just want to *Publish* or *Publish and Send*. If you *Publish and Send*, employees get an email that redirects them to their planned tasks:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:26 -msgid "Employees will not be able to see shifts until they have been published." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:29 -msgid "Let employees unassign themselves from shifts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:31 -msgid "Go to *Configuration* and enable *Allow Unassignment*. From now on, when an employee opens his tasks, he can indicate his unavailability clicking on *I am unavailable*. The shift will be opened again, allowing someone else to take it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:44 -msgid "Employees have portal access; users have access to the database." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/point_of_sale.pot b/locale/sources/point_of_sale.pot deleted file mode 100644 index 7e12c35ae..000000000 --- a/locale/sources/point_of_sale.pot +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1212 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -#: ../../point_of_sale.rst:5 -msgid "Point of Sale" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features.rst:3 -msgid "Pricing Features" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:3 -msgid "Using discount tags with a barcode scanner" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:5 -msgid "If you want to sell your products with a discount, for a product getting close to its expiration date for example, you can use discount tags. They allow you to scan discount barcodes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:10 -msgid "To use discount tags you will need to use a barcode scanner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:13 -msgid "Barcode Nomenclature" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:15 -msgid "To use discounts tags, we need to learn about barcode nomenclature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:17 -msgid "Let's say you want to have a discount for the product with the following barcode:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:23 -msgid "You can find the *Default Nomenclature* under the settings of your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:32 -msgid "Let's say you want 50% discount on a product you have to start your barcode with 22 (for the discount barcode nomenclature) and then 50 (for the %) before adding the product barcode. In our example, the barcode would be:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:41 -msgid "Scan the products & tags" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:43 -msgid "You first have to scan the desired product (in our case, a lemon)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:48 -msgid "And then scan the discount tag. The discount will be applied and you can finish the transaction." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:3 -msgid "Apply Discounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:5 -msgid "By offering discounts, you can entice your customers and drastically increase your revenue. It is vital to offer discounts, whether they are time-limited, seasonal or manually given." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:9 -msgid "To manage discounts, Odoo has powerful features that help set up a pricing strategy tailored to every business." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:13 -msgid "Apply manual discounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:15 -msgid "If you seldom use discounts, applying manual ones might be the easiest solution for your Point of Sale." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:18 -msgid "You can either apply a discount on the whole order or on specific products inside an order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:22 -msgid "Apply a discount on a product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:24 -msgid "From your PoS session interface, use the *Disc* button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:30 -msgid "Then, you can input a discount over the product that is currently selected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:34 -msgid "Apply a global discount" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:36 -msgid "To apply a discount on the whole order, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and select your PoS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:39 -msgid "Once on your PoS form, select *Global Discounts*, under the *Pricing* category." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:45 -msgid "Now, you have a new *Discount* button appearing on your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:51 -msgid "Click on it and enter the wanted discount." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:58 -msgid "On this example, there is a global discount of 50% as well as a specific 50% discount on oranges." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:62 -msgid "Apply time-limited discounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:64 -msgid "To activate time-limited discounts, you must activate the *Pricelists* feature. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and open your PoS. Then, enable the pricelist feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:73 -msgid "Once activated, you must choose the pricelists you want to make available in the PoS and define a default one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:77 -msgid "Create a pricelist" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:79 -msgid "By default, Odoo has a *Public Pricelist* configured. To create more, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Products --> Pricelists`. Then click on create." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:83 -msgid "When creating a pricelist, you can set several criteria to use a specific price: period, min. quantity, etc. You can also decide to apply that pricelist on specific products or on the whole range." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:92 -msgid "Using a pricelist with the PoS interface" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:94 -msgid "On the PoS interface, a new button appears. Use it to select a pricelist." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:101 -msgid "Click on it to instantly update the prices with the selected pricelist. Then, you can finalize the order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:3 -msgid "Manage a loyalty program" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:5 -msgid "Encourage your customers to continue to shop at your point of sale with a *Loyalty Program*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:9 -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:14 -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:12 -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:15 -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:13 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:14 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:10 -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:9 -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:20 -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:8 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:11 -msgid "To activate the *Loyalty Program* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface. Under the Pricing features, select *Loyalty Program*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:19 -msgid "From there you can create and edit your loyalty programs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:24 -msgid "You can decide what type of program you wish to use, if the reward is a discount or a gift, make it specific to some products or cover your whole range. Apply rules so that it is only valid in specific situation and everything in between." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:30 -msgid "Use the loyalty program in your PoS interface" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:32 -msgid "When a customer is set, you will now see the points they will get for the transaction and they will accumulate until they are spent. They are spent using the button *Rewards* when they have enough points according to the rules defined in the loyalty program." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:40 -msgid "You can see the price is instantly updated to reflect the pricelist. You can finalize the order in your usual way." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:44 -msgid "If you select a customer with a default pricelist, it will be applied. You can of course change it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:3 -msgid "Using Pricelists in Point of Sale" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:5 -msgid "You probably know the concept of happy hour: during a certain period of time, the barman gives a discount on some drinks (usually 50% off or a buy one get one free). When the period is over, prices go back to normal. But how does that relate with Odoo?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:10 -msgid "In Odoo, you can set up happy hours. It’s one of the many possible uses of *Pricelists*. Those *Pricelists* allow the creation of multiple prices for the same product: a regular one and a special one for happy hours. Available in the *PoS* app, those are really convenient." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:17 -msgid "Set up Pricelists" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:19 -msgid "To set up a *Pricelist*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Configuration` and enable the *Pricelist* feature. Then, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and enable *Pricelist* for the *PoS*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:26 -msgid "Now, you can create *Pricelists* by clicking on the *Pricelists* link. Then, set it up by choosing the product category you want to include in your happy hour and the discount." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:33 -msgid "Go back to your *PoS* settings and add the Happy Hour pricelist to the list. You can even choose a default pricelist if needed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:39 -msgid "From now on, on the *PoS* interface, a new button is available, allowing you to choose among the different *pricelists* you added before." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:46 -msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm.rst:3 -msgid "Fiscal Data Modules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:3 -msgid "Setting up the Fiscal Data Module with the Odoo POS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:6 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:8 -msgid "The Belgian government requires certain businesses to use a government-certified device called a **Fiscal Data Module** (also known as a **blackbox**). This device works together with the POS application and logs certain transactions. On top of that, the used POS application must also be certified by the government and must adhere to strict standards specified by them. `Odoo 9 (Enterprise Edition) is a certified application <http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/systemes-certifies>`_. More information concerning the Fiscal Data Module can be found on `the official website <http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:20 -msgid "Required hardware" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:22 -msgid "A government certified `Fiscal Data Module <http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/systemes-certifies#FDM%20certifiés>`_ per POS, all of them should work, but the Cleancash SC-B is recommended, you will also need:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:27 -msgid "Serial null modem cable per FDM (`example <http://www.startech.com/Cables/Serial-Parallel-PS-2/DB9-DB25/10-ft-Cross-Wired-Serial-Null-Modem-Cable-DB9-FM~SCNM9FM>`__)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:29 -msgid "Serial-to-USB adapter per FDM (`example <http://trendnet.com/products/proddetail.asp?prod=265_TU-S9>`__)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:32 -msgid "A registered IoT Box per POS configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:35 -msgid "Setup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:38 -msgid "IoT Box" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:40 -msgid "In order to use a Fiscal Data Module, you will need a registered IoT Box. These IoT Boxes are similar to the regular IoT Boxes we sell, but they are registered with the Belgian government. This is required by law. Attempting to use a Fiscal Data Module on a non-registered IoT Box will not work. You can verify that the Fiscal Data Module is recognized by the IoT Box by going to the *Hardware status page* via the IoT Box homepage." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:52 -msgid "Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:54 -msgid "An Odoo POS app can be given certified POS capabilities by installing the **Belgian Registered Cash Register** app (technical name: ``pos_blackbox_be``). Because of government restrictions imposed on us, this installation cannot be undone. After this, you will have to ensure that each POS configuration has a unique registered IoT Box associated with it (:menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and ensure Hardware Proxy / IoT Box and the serial number of your IoT Box is set). The first time you open the Point of Sale and attempt to do a transaction, you will be asked to input the PIN that you received with your VAT signing card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:69 -msgid "Certification & On-premise" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:71 -msgid "The certification granted by the government is restricted to the use on odoo.com SaaS instance. The usage of the module from the source or a modified version will **not** be certified. For on-premise users, we also support the Fiscal Data Module in such installations. The main restriction is that this requires an obfuscated version of the ``pos_blackbox_be`` module we will provide on request for Enterprise customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:79 -msgid "Restrictions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:81 -msgid "As mentioned before, in order to get certified the POS application must adhere to strict government guidelines. Because of this, a certified Odoo POS has some limitations not present in the non-certified Odoo POS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:86 -msgid "Refunding is disabled" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:87 -msgid "Modifying orderline prices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:88 -msgid "Creating/modifying/deleting POS orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:89 -msgid "Selling products without a valid tax" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:90 -msgid "Multiple Odoo POS configurations per IoT Box are not allowed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:91 -msgid "Using the POS without a connection to the IoT Box (and thus FDM)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:92 -msgid "Blacklisted modules: pos_discount, pos_reprint, pos_loyalty" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:3 -msgid "Getting started" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:5 -msgid "When working with a Point of Sale application, employees want a simple, and user-friendly solution. A solution that works online or offline and with any device." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:9 -msgid "A Point of Sale system is a fully integrated application that allows any transaction, automatically registers product moves in your stock, and gives you real-time statistics and consolidations across all shops." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:17 -msgid "Make products available in the PoS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:19 -msgid "To make products available for sale, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Products --> Products` and open a product. In the *Sales* tab, enable *Available in Point of Sale*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:28 -msgid "You can also define if the product has to be weighted or not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:31 -msgid "Configure your payment methods" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:33 -msgid "To add a payment method, you first need to create it. Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment Methods` and click on create. Then, you can name your payment method and set it up." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:43 -msgid "Don’t forget your credentials for methods using a payment terminal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:45 -msgid "Now, you can select the payment method in your PoS settings. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and open the PoS in which you want to include the payment method. Then, add the payment method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:55 -msgid "*Configuration* is the menu where you can edit all your point of sale settings. Some more features are available for restaurants." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:59 -msgid "Your first PoS session" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:62 -msgid "Your first order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:64 -msgid "Open a new session from the dashboard by clicking on *New Session*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:70 -msgid "After the loading screen, you arrive on the PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:76 -msgid "Once an order is completed, you can register the payment. All the available payment methods appear on the left of the screen. Select the payment method and enter the received amount. Then, you can validate the payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:82 -msgid "Return and refund products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:84 -msgid "Having a well-thought-out return policy is key to keep customers satisfied and make the process of accepting returns and refunds easy for you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:87 -msgid "To do that, from the PoS interface, select the product and quantity (with the +/- button) that the customer wants to return. For multiple products, repeat the process individually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:94 -msgid "When on the payment interface, the total is negative. To end the refund, process the payment and validate it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:102 -msgid "Close the PoS session" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:104 -msgid "To close your session at the end of the day, click on the close button on the upper right corner of your screen and confirm. Now, close the session on the dashboard view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:112 -msgid "It’s strongly advised to close your PoS session at the end of each day." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:114 -msgid "Once a session is closed, you can see a summary of all transactions per payment method. Then, click on a line to see all orders that were paid during your PoS session. If everything is correct, validate the session and post the closing entries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:123 -msgid "To connect the PoS hardware with an Odoo IoT Box, please refer to these docs: :doc:`Connect an IoT Box to your database <../../iot/config/connect>` and :doc:`Use the IoT Box for the PoS <../../iot/config/pos>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:129 -msgid "View your statistics" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:131 -msgid "Keeping track of your sales is essential to get meaningful statistics. That’s why Odoo provides analyzes about your sales." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:134 -msgid "To access your statistics, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Reporting --> Orders`. There, you can see various statistics in graph or pivot form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:142 -msgid "You can also access them through the dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:3 -msgid "Register customers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:5 -msgid "Registering your customers will give you the ability to grant them various privileges such as discounts, loyalty program, specific communication. It will also be required if they want an invoice and registering them will make any future interaction with them faster." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:11 -msgid "Create a customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:13 -msgid "From your session interface, use the customer button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:18 -msgid "Create a new one by using this button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:23 -msgid "You will be invited to fill out the customer form with their information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:29 -msgid "Use the save button when you are done. You can then select that customer in any future transactions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment.rst:3 -msgid "Payment Terminals" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:3 -msgid "Connect an Ingenico Payment Terminal to your PoS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:5 -msgid "Connecting a payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid payment flow to your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:8 -msgid "Please note that Ingenico is currently only available for customers in the Benelux." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:15 -msgid "Connect an IoT Box" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:17 -msgid "Connecting an Ingenico Payment Terminal to Odoo is a feature that requires an IoT Box. For more information on how to connect an IoT Box to your database, please refer to the :doc:`IoT documentation <../../iot/config/connect>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:22 -msgid "Configure the Lane/5000 for Ingenico BENELUX" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:24 -msgid "Click on the F button of the terminal, then go in the :menuselection:`PoS Menu --> Settings` and enter the settings password." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:27 -msgid "Now, click on connexion change and TCP/IP. Type the IP of your *IoT Box* (you can find it on the form view of your IoT Box). Then, enter 9000 as port. The terminal will restart. Once it is done, go on your *IoT Box* form in Odoo and verify that the terminal has been found." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:36 -msgid "Configure the payment method" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:38 -msgid "First, go in the general settings of the POS app, and activate the Ingenico setting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:44 -msgid "Go back in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, go in the payments section and access your payment methods. Create a new payment method for Ingenico, select the payment terminal option Ingenico, and select your payment terminal device." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:53 -msgid "Pay with a payment terminal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:55 -msgid "In your *PoS interface*, when processing a payment, select a *Payment Method* using a payment terminal. Check that the amount in the tendered column is the one that has to be sent to the payment terminal and click on *Send*. When the payment is successful, the status will change to *Payment Successful*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:64 -msgid "If you want to cancel the payment request, click on cancel. You can still retry to send the payment request." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:67 -msgid "If there is any issue with the payment terminal, you can still force the payment using the *Force Done*. This will allow you to validate the order in Odoo even if the connexion between the terminal and Odoo has issues." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:73 -msgid "This option will only be available if you received an error message telling you the connexion failed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:76 -msgid "Once your payment is processed, on the payment record, you’ll find the type of card that has been used and the transaction ID." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:3 -msgid "Connect a SIX Payment Terminal to your PoS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:5 -msgid "Connecting a SIX payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid payment flow to your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:9 -msgid "Even though Worldline has recently acquired SIX Payment Services and both companies use Yomani payment terminals, the firmware they run is different. Terminals received from Worldline are therefore not compatible with this integration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:18 -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:16 -msgid "Configure the Payment Method" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:20 -msgid "First, make sure that the POS Six module is installed. For this, go to *Apps*, remove the \"Apps\" filter and search for \"POS Six\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:26 -msgid "Back in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment Methods`, Create a new payment method for SIX, select the payment terminal option \"SIX without IoT Box\", and enter your payment terminal IP address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:34 -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:40 -msgid "Pay with a Payment Terminal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:36 -msgid "In your PoS interface, at the moment of the payment, select a payment method using a payment terminal. Verify that the amount in the tendered column is the one that has to be sent to the payment terminal and click on *Send*. If you want to cancel the payment request, click on cancel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:44 -msgid "When the payment is done, the status will change to *Payment Successful*. You can always reverse the last transaction by clicking on *Reverse*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:51 -msgid "If there is any issue with the payment terminal, you can still force the payment using the *Force Done*. This will allow you to validate the order in Odoo even if the connexion between the terminal and Odoo encounters issues." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:3 -msgid "Connect a Vantiv Payment Terminal to your PoS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:5 -msgid "Connecting a Vantiv payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid payment flow to your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:9 -msgid "Please note MercuryPay only operates with US and Canadian banks, making this procedure only suitable for North American businesses." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:18 -msgid "First, go in the general settings of the POS app, and activate the Vantiv setting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:24 -msgid "Back in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, go in the payments section and access your payment methods. Create a new payment method for Vantiv, select the payment terminal option Vantiv, and create new Vantiv credentials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:32 -msgid "To create new Vantiv credentials, fill in your merchant ID and password, then save. Make sure the credentials you just created are selected, then save the payment method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:42 -msgid "In your PoS interface, at the moment of the payment, select your Vantiv payment method and… that’s all." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:3 -msgid "Restaurant Features" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:3 -msgid "Print the Bill" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:5 -msgid "Use the *Bill Printing* feature to print the bill before the payment. This is useful if the bill is still subject to evolve and is thus not the definitive ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:10 -msgid "Configure Bill Printing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:12 -msgid "To activate *Bill Printing*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:15 -msgid "Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Bill Printing* option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:22 -msgid "Split a Bill" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:24 -msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Bill* button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:29 -msgid "When you use it, you can then print the bill." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:3 -msgid "Using fiscal positions in PoS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:5 -msgid "In Odoo, *Fiscal Positions* let you apply different taxes based on the customer location. In a *Point of Sale*, such as a restaurant, it can be used to apply different taxes depending if the customer eats in or takes away." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:11 -msgid "Set up fiscal positions for PoS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:13 -msgid "To enable this feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and check *Fiscal Position per Order*. Now, you can choose the fiscal positions you want for your *PoS*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:21 -msgid "You need to create your fiscal positions before using this feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:24 -msgid "Using fiscal positions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:26 -msgid "Once on your *PoS* interface, click on the *Tax* button. Now, choose the fiscal position you need for the current order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:33 -msgid "Set up a default fiscal position" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:35 -msgid "If you want to use a default fiscal position, meaning that a preexisting value is always automatically assigned, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and enable *Fiscal Position*. Now, choose one to set as the default one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:43 -msgid "Now, the *tax* button is replaced by a *on site* button when on the *PoS* interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:3 -msgid "Print orders at the kitchen or bar" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:5 -msgid "To ease the workflow between the front of house and the back of the house, printing the orders taken on the PoS interface right in the kitchen or bar can be a tremendous help." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:10 -msgid "Activate the bar/kitchen printer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:12 -msgid "To activate the *Order printing* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:16 -msgid "Under the IoT Box / Hardware Proxy category, you will find *Order Printers*. Note that you need an IoT Box to connect your Printer to the PoS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:20 -msgid "Add a printer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:22 -msgid "In your configuration menu you will now have a *Order Printers* option where you can add the printer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:29 -msgid "Print a kitchen/bar order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:34 -msgid "Select or create a printer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:37 -msgid "Print the order in the kitchen/bar" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:39 -msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Order* button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:44 -msgid "When you press it, it will print the order on your kitchen/bar printer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:3 -msgid "Manage your tables" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:5 -msgid "Restaurants have specific needs that shops don’t have. That’s why Odoo gives restaurant owners several unique features to help them manage their business in the best possible way." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:9 -msgid "Floor and table management, bill splitting, or even the possibility to print orders from the kitchen, everything is there to help your business shine and your employees to work efficiently." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:16 -msgid "To activate the bar/restaurant features, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and open your PoS. Now, select *Is a Bar/Restaurant*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:24 -msgid "New features are shown with a fork and a knife next to it, indicating that they are restaurant-specific." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:32 -msgid "Add a floor" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:34 -msgid "Once your *Point of Sale* has been configured, select *Table Management* under :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`. Then, click on *Floors* to create and name your floor and tables." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:47 -msgid "Don’t forget to link your floor to your point of sale." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:50 -msgid "Add tables" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:52 -msgid "To add tables, you can also open your PoS interface to see your floor(s)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:59 -msgid "Then, click on *Edit Mode* (pencil icon on the upper right corner) to be allowed to create, move, modify tables, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:67 -msgid "To make your table easier to be found, you can rename them, change their shape, size or even color. It is also possible to add the maximum number of sits the table can have." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:72 -msgid "Register your table(s) orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:74 -msgid "To register an order, click on the respective table. By doing so, you are taken to your main interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:82 -msgid "Transfer customer(s)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:84 -msgid "If your customers want to move to another table after they already ordered, use the transfer button. This way, the order is also moved to the new table." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:88 -msgid "To do so, select the table your customer is currently on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:94 -msgid "Now, click on the transfer button and select the table to which you are transferring your customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:103 -msgid "Register an additional order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:105 -msgid "When registering an order, use the + button to simultaneously proceed to another one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:108 -msgid "Then, you can shift between your orders and process the payment when needed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:116 -msgid "The - button allows you to remove the order you are currently on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:3 -msgid "Offer a bill-splitting option" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:5 -msgid "Offering an easy bill splitting solution to your customers will leave them with a positive experience. That's why this feature is available out-of-the-box in the Odoo Point of Sale application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:12 -msgid "To activate the *Bill Splitting* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:16 -msgid "Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find the Bill Splitting option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:23 -msgid "Split a bill" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:25 -msgid "In your PoS interface, you now have a *Split* button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:30 -msgid "When you use it, you will be able to select what that guest should had and process the payment, repeating the process for each guest." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:3 -msgid "Integrate a tip option into payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:5 -msgid "As it is customary to tip in many countries all over the world, it is important to have the option in your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:9 -msgid "Configure Tipping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:11 -msgid "To activate the *Tips* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:14 -msgid "Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Tips*. Select it and create a *Tip Product* such as *Tips* in this case." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:21 -msgid "Add Tips to the bill" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:23 -msgid "Once on the payment interface, you now have a new *Tip* button" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:28 -msgid "Add the tip your customer wants to leave and process to the payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop.rst:3 -msgid "Shop Features" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:3 -msgid "Using barcodes in PoS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:5 -msgid "Using a barcode scanner to process point of sale orders improves your efficiency and helps you to save time for you and your customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:11 -msgid "To use a barcode scanner, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:14 -msgid "Under the IoT Box / Hardware category, you will find *Barcode Scanner* select it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:21 -msgid "Add barcodes to product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:23 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Products` and select a product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:26 -msgid "Under the general information tab, you can find a barcode field where you can input any barcode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:33 -msgid "Scanning products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:35 -msgid "From your PoS interface, scan any barcode with your barcode scanner. The product will be added, you can scan the same product to add it multiple times or change the quantity manually on the screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:3 -msgid "Set-up Cash Control in Point of Sale" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:5 -msgid "Cash control allows you to check the amount of the cashbox at the opening and closing. You can thus make sure no error has been made and that no cash is missing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:10 -msgid "Activate Cash Control" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:12 -msgid "To activate the *Cash Control* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:16 -msgid "Under the payments category, you will find the cash control setting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:21 -msgid "In this example, you can see I want to have 275$ in various denomination at the opening and closing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:24 -msgid "When clicking on **Opening/Closing Values** you will be able to create those values." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:31 -msgid "Start a session" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:33 -msgid "You now have a new button added when you open a session, *Set opening Balance*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:42 -msgid "By default it will use the values you added before, but you can always modify it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:46 -msgid "Close a session" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:48 -msgid "When you want to close your session, you now have a *Set Closing Balance* button as well." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:51 -msgid "You can then see the theoretical balance, the real closing balance (what you have just counted) and the difference between the two." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:57 -msgid "If you use the *Take Money Out* option to take out your transactions for this session, you now have a zero-sum difference and the same closing balance as your opening balance. You cashbox is ready for the next session." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:3 -msgid "Cash Rounding" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:4 -msgid "**Cash rounding** is required when the lowest physical denomination of currency, or the smallest coin, is higher than the minimum unit of account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:8 -msgid "For example, some countries require their companies to round up or down the total amount of an invoice to the nearest five cents, when the payment is made in cash." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:12 -msgid "Each point of sale in Odoo can be configured to apply cash rounding to the totals of its bills or receipts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:16 -msgid "This feature will soon be added to Odoo. We are currently working to make it available for all supported versions as soon as possible." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:21 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable *Cash Rounding*, then click on *Save*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:27 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, open the point of sale you want to configure, and enable the *Cash Rounding* option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:31 -msgid "To define the **Rounding Method**, open the drop-down list and click on *Create and Edit...*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:34 -msgid "Define here your *Rounding Precision*, *Profit Account*, and *Loss Account*, then save both the Rounding Method and your Point of Sale settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:41 -msgid "All total amounts of this point of sale now add a line to apply the rounding according to your settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:48 -msgid "Odoo Point of Sale only support the *Add a rounding line* rounding strategies and *Half-up* rounding methods." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:3 -msgid "Invoice from the PoS interface" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:5 -msgid "Some of your customers might request an invoice when buying from your Point of Sale, you can easily manage it directly from the PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:9 -msgid "Activate invoicing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:11 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and select your Point of Sale:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:17 -msgid "Under the *Bills & Receipts* you will see the invoicing option, tick it. Don't forget to choose in which journal the invoices should be created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:25 -msgid "Select a customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:27 -msgid "From your session interface, use the customer button" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:32 -msgid "You can then either select an existing customer and set it as your customer or create a new one by using this button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:38 -msgid "You will be invited to fill out the customer form with its information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:41 -msgid "Invoice your customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:43 -msgid "From the payment screen, you now have an invoice option, use the button to select it and validate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:49 -msgid "You can then print the invoice and move on to your next order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:52 -msgid "Retrieve invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:54 -msgid "Once out of the PoS interface (:menuselection:`Close --> Confirm` on the top right corner) you will find all your orders in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Orders --> Orders` and under the status tab you will see which ones have been invoiced. When clicking on a order you can then access the invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:3 -msgid "Log in with employee" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:5 -msgid "With Odoo *Point of Sale*, you can manage multiple cashiers. This feature allows you to keep track of who is working, when and how much each cashier made for that session." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:9 -msgid "There are three ways to switch cashiers in Odoo: by *selecting the cashier*, by *entering a PIN code* or by *scanning a barcode*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:13 -msgid "To manage multiple cashiers, you need several employees (at least two)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:16 -msgid "Set up log in with employees" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:18 -msgid "To enable the feature, go to your *PoS settings* and check log in with employees on your *PoS form*. Then, add the employees that have access to the cash register." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:25 -msgid "Now, you can switch cashier easily." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:28 -msgid "Switch without pin codes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:30 -msgid "The easiest way to switch cashiers is without a code. To do so, click on the cashier name in your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:36 -msgid "Now, you just have to click on your name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:42 -msgid "Switch cashier with pin codes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:44 -msgid "You can set a pin code on each cashier. To set up a pin code, go to the employee form and add a security PIN, in the *HR settings tab*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:50 -msgid "Now, when switching cashier, a PIN password will be asked." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:56 -msgid "Switch cashier with barcodes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:58 -msgid "You can ask your employees to log themselves with their badges. To do so, set up a barcode at the same place you add the PIN code. Print the badge and when they will scan it, the cashier will be switched to that employee." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:67 -msgid "Find who was the cashier" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:69 -msgid "Once you have closed your *PoS session*, you can have an overview of the amount each cashier sold for. To do so, go to the orders menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:75 -msgid "Now, you can open the order and have a summary of the sold products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:3 -msgid "Reprint Receipts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:5 -msgid "Use the *Reprint receipt* feature if you have the need to reprint a ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:10 -msgid "To activate *Reprint Receipt*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale`. and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:13 -msgid "Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Reprint Receipt* option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:17 -msgid "In order to allow the option reprint receipt, you need to activate the receipt printer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:23 -msgid "Reprint a receipt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:25 -msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Reprint receipt* button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:30 -msgid "When you use it, you can then reprint your last receipt." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/portal.pot b/locale/sources/portal.pot deleted file mode 100644 index 8c057e1f9..000000000 --- a/locale/sources/portal.pot +++ /dev/null @@ -1,130 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:6 -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:9 -msgid "My Odoo Portal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:11 -msgid "In this section of the portal, you will find all the communications between you and Odoo: documents such as quotations, sales orders, invoices and subscriptions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:15 -msgid "To access this section, you have to log with your username and password to `Odoo <https://www.odoo.com/my/home>`_. If you are already logged in, just click on your name on the top-right corner and select \"My Account\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:23 -msgid "Quotations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:25 -msgid "Here you will find all the quotations sent to you by Odoo. For example, a quotation can be generated for you after adding an application or a user to your database or if your contract has to be renewed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:32 -msgid "The *Valid Until* column shows the date through which the quotation is valid; after that date, the quotation will be \"Expired\". By clicking on the quotation, you will see all the details of the offer, such as the pricing and other useful information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:39 -msgid "If you want to accept the quotation, just click \"Accept & Pay,\" and the quote will get confirmed. If you don't want to accept it, or you need to ask for some modifications, click on \"Ask Changes Reject.\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:44 -msgid "Sales Orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:46 -msgid "All your purchases within Odoo (Upsells, Themes, Applications, etc.) will be registered under this section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:52 -msgid "By clicking on the sale order, you can review the details of the products purchased and process the payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:56 -msgid "Invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:58 -msgid "All the invoices of your subscriptions and/or sales orders will be shown in this section. The tag before the Amount Due will indicate if the invoice has been paid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:65 -msgid "Just click on the invoice if you wish to see more information, pay the invoice, or download a PDF version of the document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:69 -msgid "Tickets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:71 -msgid "When you submit a ticket through `Odoo Support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`, a ticket will be created. Here you can find all the tickets that you have opened, the conversations between you and our Agents, and the statuses and IDs (# Ref) of the tickets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:79 -msgid "Subscriptions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:81 -msgid "You can access your subscriptions with Odoo from this section. The first page shows you the subscriptions that you have and their status." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:87 -msgid "By clicking on the subscription you will access all the details regarding your plan: the number of applications purchased, the billing information, and the payment method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:91 -msgid "To change the payment method, click on \"Change Payment Method\" and enter the new credit card details." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:97 -msgid "If you want to remove the credit cards that are saved, you can do so by clicking on \"Manage your payment methods\" at the bottom of the page. Click \"Delete\" to delete the payment method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:105 -msgid "At the date of the next invoice, if there is no payment information provided or if your credit card has expired, the status of your subscription will change to \"To Renew\". You will then have 7 days to provide a valid method of payment. After this delay, the subscription will be closed, and you will no longer be able to access the database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:111 -msgid "Success Packs" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:112 -msgid "With a Success Pack/Partner Success Pack, you are assigned an expert to provide unique personalized assistance to help you customize your solution and optimize your workflows as part of your initial implementation. These hours never expire, allowing you to utilize them whenever you need support." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:118 -msgid "If you need information about how to manage your database see :ref:`db_online`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:121 -msgid "Delete your Odoo.com account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:123 -msgid "In order to delete your Odoo.com account, you have to reach out to our `Support Services <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:126 -msgid "If you want to delete one of your databases, see :ref:`db_online`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:129 -msgid "If you wish instead to formally request the deletion of all the information connected to your email address as per the European Union General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR), please send an email to privacy@odoo.com." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/practical.pot b/locale/sources/practical.pot deleted file mode 100644 index 30ad97e84..000000000 --- a/locale/sources/practical.pot +++ /dev/null @@ -1,21 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -#: ../../practical.rst:3 -msgid "Practical Information" -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/productivity.pot b/locale/sources/productivity.pot new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ad82532fb --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/sources/productivity.pot @@ -0,0 +1,1803 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-18 07:12+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity.rst:3 +msgid "Productivity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss.rst:4 +msgid "Discuss" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:3 +msgid "How to Use my Mail Server to Send and Receive Emails in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:6 +msgid "If you are a user of Odoo Online or Odoo.sh..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:8 +msgid "You have nothing to do! **Odoo sets up its own mail servers for your database.** Outgoing and incoming emails work out-of-the-box!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:11 +msgid "Unless you plan to send large batches of mass mailing that could require the use of an external mail server, simply enjoy your new Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:16 +msgid "Scope of this documentation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:18 +msgid "This document is **mainly dedicated to Odoo on-premise users** who don't benefit from an out-of-the-box solution to send and receive emails in Odoo, unlike `Odoo Online <https://www.odoo.com/trial>`__ & `Odoo.sh <https://www.odoo.sh>`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:25 +msgid "If no one in your company is used to manage email servers, we strongly recommend that you opt for those Odoo hosting solutions. Their email system works instantly and is monitored by professionals. Nevertheless you can still use your own email servers if you want to manage your email server's reputation yourself." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:31 +msgid "You will find here below some useful information on how to integrate your own email solution with Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:34 +msgid "Office 365 email servers don't easily allow to send external emails from hosts like Odoo. Refer to `Microsoft's documentation <https://support.office.com/en-us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-device-or-application-to-send-email-using-Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ to make it work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:39 +msgid "How to manage outbound messages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:40 +msgid "As a system admin, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and check *External Email Servers*. Then, click *Outgoing Mail Servers* to create one and reference the SMTP data of your email server. Once all the information has been filled out, click on *Test Connection*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:45 +msgid "Here is a typical configuration for a G Suite server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:50 +msgid "Then set your email domain name in the General Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:53 +msgid "If you get a ``[AUTHENTICATIONFAILED] Invalid credentials (Failure)`` warning when you *Test Connection* on a Gmail address, activate the *Less secure app access* option. A direct link can be `accessed here <https://myaccount.google.com/lesssecureapps?pli=1>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:57 +msgid "In addition to that, enable the IMAP setting on your Gmail account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:61 +msgid "Can I use an Office 365 server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:62 +msgid "You can use an Office 365 server if you run Odoo on-premise. Office 365 SMTP relays are not compatible with Odoo Online." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:65 +msgid "Please refer to `Microsoft's documentation <https://support.office.com/en-us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-device-or-application-to-send-email-using-Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ to configure a SMTP relay for your Odoo's IP address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:69 +msgid "How to use a G Suite server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:70 +msgid "You can use an G Suite server for any Odoo hosting type. To do so you need to setup the SMTP relay service. The configuration steps are explained in `Google documentation <https://support.google.com/a/answer/2956491?hl=en>`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:77 +msgid "Be SPF-compliant" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:78 +msgid "In case you use SPF (Sender Policy Framework) to increase the deliverability of your outgoing emails, don't forget to authorize Odoo as a sending host in your domain name settings. Here is the configuration for Odoo Online:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:82 +msgid "If no TXT record is set for SPF, create one with following definition: v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com ~all" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:84 +msgid "In case a SPF TXT record is already set, add \"include:_spf.odoo.com\". e.g. for a domain name that sends emails via Odoo Online and via G Suite it could be: v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com include:_spf.google.com ~all" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:88 +msgid "Find `here <https://www.mail-tester.com/spf/>`__ the exact procedure to create or modify TXT records in your own domain registrar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:91 +msgid "Your new SPF record can take up to 48 hours to go into effect, but this usually happens more quickly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:94 +msgid "Adding more than one SPF record for a domain can cause problems with mail delivery and spam classification. Instead, we recommend using only one SPF record by modifying it to authorize Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:99 +msgid "Allow DKIM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:100 +msgid "You should do the same thing if DKIM (Domain Keys Identified Mail) is enabled on your email server. In the case of Odoo Online & Odoo.sh, you should add a DNS \"odoo._domainkey\" CNAME record to \"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\". For example, for \"foo.com\" they should have a record \"odoo._domainkey.foo.com\" that is a CNAME with the value \"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:108 +msgid "Restriction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:109 +msgid "Please note that the port 25 is blocked for security reasons. Try using 587, 465 or 2525." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:114 +msgid "How to manage inbound messages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:116 +msgid "Odoo relies on generic email aliases to fetch incoming messages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:118 +msgid "**Reply messages** of messages sent from Odoo are routed to their original discussion thread (and to the inbox of all its followers) by the catchall alias (**catchall@**)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:122 +msgid "**Bounced messages** are routed to **bounce@** in order to track them in Odoo. This is especially used in `Odoo Email Marketing <https://www.odoo.com/page/email-marketing>`__ to opt-out invalid recipients." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:126 +msgid "**Original messages**: Several business objects have their own alias to create new records in Odoo from incoming emails:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:129 +msgid "Sales Channel (to create Leads or Opportunities in `Odoo CRM <https://www.odoo.com/page/crm>`__)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:131 +msgid "Support Channel (to create Tickets in `Odoo Helpdesk <https://www.odoo.com/page/helpdesk>`__)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:133 +msgid "Projects (to create new Tasks in `Odoo Project <https://www.odoo.com/page/project-management>`__)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:135 +msgid "Job Positions (to create Applicants in `Odoo Recruitment <https://www.odoo.com/page/recruitment>`__)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:137 +msgid "etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:139 +msgid "Depending on your mail server, there might be several methods to fetch emails. The easiest and most recommended method is to manage one email address per Odoo alias in your mail server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:143 +msgid "Create the corresponding email addresses in your mail server (catchall@, bounce@, sales@, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:145 +msgid "Set your domain name in the General Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:150 +msgid "If you use Odoo on-premise, create an *Incoming Mail Server* in Odoo for each alias. You can do it from the General Settings as well. Fill out the form according to your email provider’s settings. Leave the *Actions to Perform on Incoming Mails* blank. Once all the information has been filled out, click on *TEST & CONFIRM*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:159 +msgid "If you use Odoo Online or Odoo.sh, We do recommend to redirect incoming messages to Odoo's domain name rather than exclusively use your own email server. That way you will receive incoming messages without delay. Indeed, Odoo Online is fetching incoming messages of external servers once per hour only. You should set redirections for all the email addresses to Odoo's domain name in your email server (e.g. *catchall@mydomain.ext* to *catchall@mycompany.odoo.com*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:169 +msgid "All the aliases are customizable in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:167 +msgid "Object aliases can be edited from their respective configuration view. To edit catchall and bounce aliases, you first need to activate the :doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:171 +msgid "Then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System Parameters` to customize the aliases (*mail.catchall.alias* & * mail.bounce.alias*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:177 +msgid "By default inbound messages are fetched every 5 minutes in Odoo on-premise. You can change this value in :doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>`. Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions` and look for *Mail: Fetchmail Service*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:186 +msgid "Set up different dedicated servers for transactional and mass mails" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:188 +msgid "Odoo's e-mail server has the capability of sending 200 e-mails per day on Odoo SH Cloud Platform. However, if needed, you can use a separate Mail Transfer Agent (MTA) servers for transactional e-mails and mass mailings. Example: use Odoo's own mail server for transactional e-mails, and Sendgrid, Amazon SES, or Mailgun for mass mailings. Another alternative is to use Postmark for transactional e-mails, and Amazon SES or Sendgrid for mass mailings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:196 +msgid "A default outgoing email server is already configured. You should not create an alternative one unless you want to use a specific external outgoing email server for technical reasons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:199 +msgid "To do this, you should first enable the :doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>` and then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Outgoing` e-mail servers. There you have to create two e-mail MTA server settings. One for transactional e-mails and one for mass mail servers. Be sure to mark the priority of transactional e-mail servers as low as the mass email servers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:205 +msgid "Now, go to :menuselection:`Email Marketing --> Settings` and enable *Dedicated Server*. With these settings, Odoo uses the server with the lower priority for transactional emails, and the server here selected for mass mails. Note that in this case, you have to set your domain's Sender Policy Framework (SPF) records to include both transactional and mass mail servers. If your server resides with xxxx.odoo.com, the available options are Sendinblue and Mailchimp, as your e-mails would be originated from the xxxx.odoo.com domain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:3 +msgid "Email Templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:5 +msgid "We all know writing good emails is vital to get a high response rate, but you do not want to rewrite the same structure every time, do you? That is where email templates come in. Without the need to rewrite the entire email structure every time, you save time to focus on the content. Multiple templates also let you deliver the right message to the right audience, improving their overall experience with the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:12 +msgid "Enable it and understand a few concepts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:14 +msgid "The :doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>` must be activated. Then, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Templates`. A view of the existing templates is shown." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:18 +msgid "**It is highly recommended not to change the content in existing templates unless the user has prior knowledge about placeholders.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:21 +msgid "To add a new one, click on *Create* and choose the type of document this template is used with. In the example below, the template would be sent to job applicants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:30 +msgid "Under *Email Configuration*, fields such as *From*, *To (Emails)*, *To (Partners)*, require placeholders. If the *From* field is not set, the default value is the author’s email alias, if configured, or email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:32 +msgid "Under *Advanced Settings*, if an *Outgoing Mail Server* is not set, the one with the highest priority is used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:34 +msgid "The option *Auto Delete* permanently deletes the emails after they are sent, saving space in your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:37 +msgid "Writing content including placeholder expressions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:39 +msgid "Under the tab *Dynamic Placeholder Generator*, look for the *Field* you would like to use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:45 +msgid "Next, copy the *Placeholder Expression* and paste it in the *Body* of the email, under the *Content* tab, using - essentially - the *Code View*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:52 +msgid "Deactivate the *Code View* option by simply clicking on it again, and easily design the message. Click on *Preview* to check how the email looks before sending it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:3 +msgid "Get Started with Discuss" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:5 +msgid "Discuss allows you to bring all of your company’s communication together through messages, notes, and chat. Share information, projects, files, prioritize tasks, and stay connected with colleagues and partners throughout applications. Forge better relationships, increase productivity and transparency by promoting a convenient way of communicating." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:11 +msgid "Choose your notifications preference" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:13 +msgid "Access your *Preferences* and choose how you would like your notifications to be handled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:21 +msgid "By default, the field is set as *Handle by Emails* making messages, notes, and notifications where you were mentioned or that you follow, to be sent through email. By choosing *Handle in Odoo*, they are shown in the *Inbox*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:22 +msgid "Messages can then be *Marked as Todo*, *Replied*, or *Marked as Read*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:28 +msgid "The messages tagged as *Mark as Todo* are also shown in *Starred*, while the ones *Marked as Read* are moved to *History*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:36 +msgid "Start Chatting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:38 +msgid "The first time you log in to your account, OdooBot sends you a message asking for permission to receive desktop notifications to chats. If accepted, you receive push notifications to the messages sent to you despite of where you are in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:48 +msgid "To stop receiving desktop notifications, reset the notifications settings of your browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:50 +msgid "To start a chat, click on *New Message* on the *Messaging Menu*, or go to *Discuss* and send a *Direct Message*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:58 +msgid "You can also create :doc:`public and private channels <team_communication>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:61 +msgid "Mentions in the chat and on the Chatter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:64 +msgid "To mention a user within a chat or the chatter type *@user-name*; to refer to a channel, type *#channel-name*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:66 +msgid "A notification is sent to the user mentioned either to his *Inbox* or through email, depending on his settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:73 +msgid "When a user is mentioned, the search list (list of names) suggests values first based on the task’s followers, and secondly on *Employees*. If the record being searched does not match with either a follower or employee, the scope of the search becomes all partners." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:78 +msgid "Chat status" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:80 +msgid "It is helpful to see what colleagues are up to and how quickly they can respond to messages by checking their *Status*. The status is shown on the left side of a contact’s names on Discuss’ sidebar and on the *Messaging menu*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:84 +msgid "Green = online" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:85 +msgid "Orange = away" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:86 +msgid "White = offline" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:87 +msgid "Airplane = out of the office" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:65 +msgid ":doc:`team_communication`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:96 +msgid ":doc:`../advanced/email_servers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:3 +msgid "Get Organized by Planning Activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:5 +msgid "When you plan activities you minimize the risk of uncertainties, as you provide clear directions for the course of your next action. In addition to that, you do not leave space for wasteful activities and reduce the chance of having overlapping actions between team members." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:10 +msgid "Where do I see my schedule activities?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:12 +msgid "Access and manage your activities wherever you are in Odoo by the *Activities* menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:20 +msgid "Plan activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:22 +msgid "Activities can be planned and managed from the chatter by clicking on *Schedule activity*, or through Kanban views." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:31 +msgid "Set your activity types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:33 +msgid "A number of activities types are available by default in Odoo (call, email, meeting, etc.). However, you can set new ones going to :menuselection:`Settings --> Activity types`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:42 +msgid "If you need to create an activity type with an available calendar, make sure to create it with an *Action to Perform* set as *Meeting*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:46 +msgid "Recommend next activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:48 +msgid "Odoo helps you to plan a flow of activities by allowing you to set *Recommended Next Activities*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:55 +msgid "Once the respective activity is completed, select *Done & Schedule Next* and next steps are suggested to you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:115 +msgid ":doc:`get_started`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:3 +msgid "Efficiently Communicate Using Channels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:5 +msgid "You can use channels to organize discussions between individual teams, departments, projects, or any other group that requires regular communication. This way, you keep everyone in the loop updated with the latest developments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:10 +msgid "Public and Private channels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:12 +msgid "A *Public* channel can be seen by everyone, while a *Private* one is only visible to users invited to it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:21 +msgid "A public channel is best used when many employees need to access information (such as company announcements), whereas a private channel could be used whenever information should be limited to specific groups (such as a specific department)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:26 +msgid "Configuration options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:28 +msgid "You can configure a channel’s name, description, email alias, and privacy by clicking on the *Channel Settings* icon on the sidebar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:36 +msgid "Privacy and Members" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:40 +msgid "Changing *Who can follow the group’s activities?* allows you to control which groups can have access to the channel. Note that allowing *Everyone* to follow a private channel lets other users view and join it, as they would a public one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:42 +msgid "If you choose *Invited people only*, go to the *Members* tab to add your members, or, go to Discuss’ main page, select the channel and click on *Invite*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:49 +msgid "For *Selected group of users*, the option *Auto Subscribe Groups* automatically add its members as followers. In other words, while *Authorized Groups* limits which users can access the channel, *Auto Subscribe Groups* automatically adds the user as a member as long as they are part of the group." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:55 +msgid "Use a channel as a mailing list" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:57 +msgid "Choosing to *Send messages by email* configures the channel to behave as a mailing list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:59 +msgid "Enabling this option allows you to *Moderate this channel*, meaning that messages will need to be approved before being sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:66 +msgid "Under the *Moderation* tab choose as many moderators as you need, and if you would like them to receive an *Automatic notification*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:67 +msgid "Mark *Send guidelines to new subscribers* to automatically send instructions to newcomers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:73 +msgid "Moderators can: *Accept*, *Reject*, *Discard*, *Always Allow* or *Ban* messages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:80 +msgid "Members of a mailing channel receive messages through email regardless of their :doc:`notification preference <get_started>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:83 +msgid "Once a channel is moderated, the menu *Ban List* allows you to add email addresses per moderated channel to auto-ban them from sending messages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:91 +msgid "Quick search bar" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:93 +msgid "Once at least 20 channels, direct message and live chat conversations (if the module is installed on your database) are pinned in the sidebar, a *Quick search…* bar is displayed. It is a clever way to filter conversations and quickly find the one you need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:103 +msgid "Finding channels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:106 +msgid "Click on *Channels* (on the sidebar), browse through the list of public channels, and join or leave them from a single screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:108 +msgid "Apply filters criteria and save it for later use. The search function accepts wildcards by using the underscore character *(_)* to represent a single character." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:116 +msgid ":doc:`plan_activities`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot.rst:4 +msgid "Internet of Things (IoT)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config.rst:3 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:3 +msgid "Connect an IoT Box to your database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:5 +msgid "Install the Internet of Things (IoT) App on your Odoo Database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:10 +msgid "Go in the IoT App and click on Connect on the IoT Boxes page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:15 +msgid "Follow the steps to connect your IoT Box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:21 +msgid "Ethernet Connection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:23 +msgid "Connect to the IoT Box all the devices that have to be connected with cables (ethernet, usb devices, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:26 +msgid "Power on the IoT Box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:28 +msgid "Read the Pairing Code from a screen or a receipt printer connected to the IoT Box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:32 +msgid "Input the Pairing Code and click on the Pair button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:35 +msgid "Recent changes in modern web browsers forced us to modify the connection wizard. If your screen is different from the screenshots, make sure that the ``iot_pairing`` module is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:40 +msgid "WiFi Connection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:42 +msgid "Power on the IoT Box" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:44 +msgid "Copy the token" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:48 +msgid "Connect to the IoT Box WiFi Network (make sure there is no ethernet cable plugged in your computer)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:53 +msgid "You will be redirected to the IoT Box Homepage (if it doesn't work, connect to the IP address of the box). Give a name to your IoT Box (not required) and paste the token, then click on next." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:60 +msgid "If you are on Runbot, do not forget to add the -all or -base in the token (e.g. this token **http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-f3f920.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401** should become **http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-f3f920-all.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401**)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:66 +msgid "Choose the WiFi network you want to connect with (enter the password if there is one) and click on Submit. Wait a few seconds before being redirected to your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:72 +msgid "You should now see the IoT Box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:78 +msgid "IoT Box Schema" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:3 +msgid "Flashing your SD Card" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:5 +msgid "In some case, you may need to reflash your IoT Box’s SD Card to benefit from our latest updates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:9 +msgid "Upgrade from the IoT Box homepage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:11 +msgid "Go to the IoT Box homepage, click on *Update*, next to the version number. If a new version of the IoT Box image is available, you will see a *Upgrade to ___* button a the bottom of the page, the IoT Box will then flash itself to the new version of the IoT Box. All of your configurations will be saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:18 +msgid "This process can take more than 30 minutes. Do not turn off or unplug the IoT Box as it would leave it in an inconsistent state." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:25 +msgid "Upgrade with Etcher" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:27 +msgid "Go to Balena’s website and download `Etcher <https://www.balena.io/>`__. It’s a free and open-source utility used for burning image files. Install and launch it. Download the latest image from `nightly <http://nightly.odoo.com/master/iotbox/>`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:32 +msgid "Then, open *Etcher* and select *Flash from file*, find the image you just downloaded. Insert the IoT Box SD card into your computer and select it. Click on *Flash* and wait for the process to finish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:3 +msgid "Use the IoT Box for the PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:9 +msgid "Prerequisites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:11 +msgid "Before starting, make sure you have the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:13 +msgid "An IoT Box, with its power adapter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:15 +msgid "A computer or tablet with an up-to-date web browser" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:17 +msgid "A running SaaS or Odoo instance with the Point of Sale and IoT apps installed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:20 +msgid "A local network setup with DHCP (this is the default setting)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:22 +msgid "An RJ45 Ethernet Cable (optional, WiFi is built in)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:24 +msgid "Any of the supported hardware (receipt printer, barcode scanner, cash drawer, payment terminal, scale, customer display, etc.). The list of supported hardware can be found on the `POS Hardware page <https://www.odoo.com/page/point-of-sale-hardware>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:30 +msgid "Set Up" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:32 +msgid "To connect hardware to the PoS, the first step is to connect an IoT Box to your database. For this, follow this :doc:`documentation <connect>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:36 +msgid "Then, you have to connect the peripheral devices to your IoT Box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:38 +msgid "**Printer**: Connect a supported receipt printer to a USB port or to the network and power it on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:41 +msgid "**Cash drawer**: The cash drawer should be connected to the printer with an RJ25 cable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:44 +msgid "**Barcode scanner**: Connect your barcode scanner. In order for your barcode scanner to be compatible it must end barcodes with an Enter character (keycode 28). This is most likely the default configuration of your barcode scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:49 +msgid "**Scale**: Connect your scale and power it on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:51 +msgid "**Customer Display**: Connect a monitor to the IoT Box using an HDMI cable. You can also access the Customer Display from any other computer by accessing the IoT Box homepage and clicking on the *POS Display* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:56 +msgid "**Payment terminal**: The connection process depends on the terminal, please refer to the :doc:`payment terminals documentation </applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:60 +msgid "Once it's done, you can connect the IoT Box to your PoS. For this, go in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> PoS`, tick *IoT Box* and select the devices you want to use in this Point of Sale. Save the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:68 +msgid "Set up is done, you can launch a new PoS Session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:3 +msgid "Troubleshooting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:6 +msgid "IoT Box Connection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:9 +msgid "I can't find the pairing code to connect my IoT Box" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:11 +msgid "The pairing code should be printed on receipt printers connected to the IoT Box and should also be displayed on connected monitors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:14 +msgid "The pairing code doesn't show under the following circumstances:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:16 +msgid "The IoT Box is already connected to an Odoo database;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:18 +msgid "The IoT Box is not connected to the Internet;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:20 +msgid "The code is only valid for 5 minutes after the IoT Box has started. It's automatically removed from connected displays when this delay has expired;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:23 +msgid "The version of the IoT Box image is too old. It should use version 20.06 or more recent. If your IoT Box image is from an earlier version, then you will have to reflash the SD card of your IoT Box to update the image (see :doc:`Flashing your SD Card <flash_sdcard>`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:28 +msgid "If you are not in any of the cases listed above, make sure that the IoT Box has correctly started, by checking that a fixed green LED is showing next to the micro-USB port." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:33 +msgid "I've connected my IoT Box but it's not showing in my database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:35 +msgid "When you connect an IoT Box to a database, the IoT Box might restart, if that is the case, it might take up to one minute before appearing in your database. If after some time the IoT is still not showing, make sure that your database can be reached from the IoT Box and that your server doesn't use a multi-database environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:42 +msgid "My IoT Box is connected to my database, but cannot be reached" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:44 +msgid "Make sure that the IoT Box and the device running the browser are located on the same network as the IoT Box cannot be reached from outside the local network." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:49 +msgid "Printer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:52 +msgid "My printer is not detected" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:54 +msgid "If one of your printers doesn't show up in your devices list, go to the IoT Box homepage and make sure that it is listed under *Printers*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:60 +msgid "If your printer is not present on the IoT Box homepage, hit *Printers Server*, go to the *Administration* tab and click on *Add Printer*. If you can't find your printer in the list, it's probably not connected properly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:66 +msgid "My printer outputs random text" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:68 +msgid "For most printers, the correct driver should be automatically detected and selected. However, in some cases, the automatic detection mechanism might not be enough, and if no driver is found the printer might print random characters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:73 +msgid "The solution is to manually select the corresponding driver. On the IoT Box homepage, click on *Printers Server*, go to the *Printers* tab and select the printer in the list. In the Administration dropdown, click on *Modify Printer*. Follow the steps and select the Make and Model corresponding to your printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:83 +msgid "Epson and Star receipt printers and Zebra label printers do not need a driver to work. Make sure that no driver is selected for those printers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:88 +msgid "My Zebra Printer doesn't print anything" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:90 +msgid "Zebra printers are quite sensitive to the format of the ZPL code that is printed. If nothing comes out of the printer or blank labels are printed, try changing the format of the report that is sent to the printer by accessing :menuselection:`Settings ~~> Technical ~~> Views` in developer mode and look for the corresponding template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:97 +msgid "Barcode Scanner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:100 +msgid "The characters read by the barcode scanner don't match the barcode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:102 +msgid "By default, we assume that your barcode scanner is configured in US QWERTY. This is the default configuration of most barcode readers. If your barcode scanner uses a different layout, please go to the form view of your device and select the correct one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:108 +msgid "Nothing happens when a barcode is scanned" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:110 +msgid "Make sure that the correct device is selected in your Point of Sale configuration and that your barcode is configured to send an ENTER character (keycode 28) at the end of every barcode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:115 +msgid "The barcode scanner is detected as a keyboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:117 +msgid "Some poorly built barcode scanners do not advertise themselves as barcode scanners but as a USB keyboard instead, and will not be recognized by the IoT Box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:121 +msgid "You can manually change the device type by going to its form view and activating the *Is scanner* option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:128 +msgid "Cashdrawer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:131 +msgid "The cashdrawer does not open" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:133 +msgid "The cashdrawer should be connected to the printer and the *Cashdrawer* checkbox should be ticked in the POS configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices.rst:3 +msgid "Devices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Camera" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:5 +msgid "When using your *IoT Box* in Odoo, you could need to use a camera. As it can be done in a few steps, this device is really easy to configure. Then, you can use it in your manufacturing process and link it to a control point. Doing so will allow you to take pictures when you reach the chosen quality control point." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:10 +msgid "Connection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:14 +msgid "To connect the camera to the *IoT Box*, simply connect the two by cable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:17 +msgid "If your camera is a `*supported one* <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-hardware>`__, there is no need to set up anything as it will be detected as soon as it is connected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:25 +msgid "Link a Camera to a Quality Control Point" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:34 +msgid "With the Manufacturing app" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:30 +msgid "In your *Quality app*, you can setup the device on a *Quality Control Point*. Go to the *Control Points* menu, under *Quality Control* and open the control point you want to link with the camera." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:34 +msgid "Now, you can edit the control point and select the device from the dropdown list. Now, hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:40 +msgid "Then, your camera can be used with the picked *Control Point*. During the manufacturing process, reaching the *Quality Control Point* you chose before will allow you to take a picture." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Footswitch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:5 +msgid "When working, it is always better to have your two hands available. Using Odoo’s *IoT Box* and a footswitch will allow it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:8 +msgid "In fact, you will be able to go from one screen to another and perform actions by using your foot and the footswitch. Really convenient, it can be configured in a few steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:15 +msgid "Connecting the footswitch to the *IoT Box* is easy, you just have to connect the two by cable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:18 +msgid "If your footswitch is a `supported one <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-hardware>`__, there is no need to set up anything since it will be automatically detected when connected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:26 +msgid "Link a Footswitch to a Workcenter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:28 +msgid "To link the footswitch to an action, it needs to be configured on a workcenter. Go to the workcenter you want to use the footswitch in and add the device in the *IoT Triggers* tab. Then, you can link it to an action and also add a key to trigger it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:36 +msgid "Note that the one that is first in the list will be chosen. So, the order matters! In the picture above, using the footswitch will, for example, automatically skip the current part of the process you work on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:41 +msgid "When you are on the work order screen, a status button indicates if you are correctly connected to the footswitch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Measurement Tool" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:5 +msgid "With Odoo’s *IoT Box*, it is possible to connect measurement tools to your database. Find the list of supported devices here: `Supported devices <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-hardware>`__,." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:10 +msgid "Connect in USB" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:12 +msgid "To add a device connected by USB, just plug the USB cable in the *IoT Box*, and the device should appear in your Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:19 +msgid "Connect in Bluetooth" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:21 +msgid "Activate the Bluetooth on your device (see your device manual for further explanation) and the IoT Box will automatically try to connect to the device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:25 +msgid "Here is an example of what it should look like:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:31 +msgid "Link a measurement tool to a quality control point" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:36 +msgid "In your *Quality app*, you can setup a device on your *Quality Control Points*. To do so, go to the *Control Points* menu, under *Quality Control* and open the control point to which you want to assign a measurement tool." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:41 +msgid "Now, you can edit the control point and choose the device from the dropdown list. Then, hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:47 +msgid "Now, your measurement tool is linked to the chosen *Control Point*. The value, which needs to be changed manually, will be automatically updated while the tool is being used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Printer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:5 +msgid "When using your *IoT Box* in Odoo, you could need to use a printer. Doing so is easy and convenient as it can be done in a few steps. Then, you can use it to print receipts, orders or even reports in different Odoo apps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:13 +msgid "The IoT Box supports printers connected through USB, network or Bluetooth. `Supported printers <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-hardware>`__ will be detected automatically and will appear in the *Devices* list of your IoT app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:18 +msgid "The printer can take up to two minutes to appear in your devices list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:24 +msgid "Link the Printer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:27 +msgid "To Work Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:29 +msgid "You can link *Work Orders* to printers via a *Quality Control Point* to print labels for manufactured products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:32 +msgid "To do so, you need to create a *Quality Control Point* from the *Quality* app. Then, you can select the correct manufacturing operation and the work order operation. In type, choose *Print Label* and hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:40 +msgid "Now, each time you reach the quality control point for the chosen product, a *Print Label* button will appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:47 +msgid "To Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:49 +msgid "You can also link a type of report to a certain printer. In the *IoT* app, go to the *Devices* menu and select the printer you want to set up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:56 +msgid "Now, go to the *Printer Reports* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:61 +msgid "Hit edit and then, click on *Add a line*. In the window that shows up, check all the types of reports that should be linked to this printer. Click on select and save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:68 +msgid "Now, each time you click on *Print* in the control panel, instead of downloading a PDF, it will send it to the selected printer and automatically print it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:73 +msgid "Print Receipts from the PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:75 +msgid "You can link a printer to your *Point of Sale* app so you can print receipts directly from your *PoS*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:78 +msgid "Doing so is really easy. Go to your *Point of Sale* app and open your *Point of Sale* settings, under *Configuration*. There, click on *Edit* and check the *IoT Box* feature. Then, choose your *Receipt Printer* from the dropdown." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:86 +msgid "Now, you will be able to print different kinds of tickets from your *POS*: **receipts**, **sale details** and **bills**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:89 +msgid "Receipts are printed once the order is validated. The process is automated when you enable the feature in your *PoS* configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:92 +msgid "Sales details can be printed by clicking on the printer icon on the navbar at the top of the *PoS*. It will print the details of the sales of the current day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:99 +msgid "As for the bill, it is only available in restaurant mode. In your restaurant settings, activate *Print Bills* and a *Bill* button will appear in the left panel of the *PoS*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:107 +msgid "Print Orders in the kitchen" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:109 +msgid "In restaurant mode, you can send order tickets to the kitchen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:111 +msgid "To do so, go to the *PoS* app and open your *PoS* settings. Then, tick *Order Printer*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:117 +msgid "Now, go to the *Printers* menu. Hit create, select the printer from the dropdown and, in the *Printer Product Categories* field, choose all the categories of products that should be printed on this printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:124 +msgid "In the *PoS*, when you add or remove a product from one of the selected categories, the button *Order* will be green. If you click on it, the IoT Box will print a receipt on the corresponding printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Scale" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:5 +msgid "When using your **IoT Box** in Odoo, you could need to use a scale. Doing so is easy and convenient as it can be done in a few steps. Then, you can use it in your **Point of Sale app** to weigh your products, which is helpful if their price are based on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:12 +msgid "To link the scale to the **IoT Box**, connect them with a cable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:15 +msgid "In some cases, a serial to USB adapter may be needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:17 +msgid "If your scale is `compatibale with Odoo IoT Box <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-hardware>`_, there is no need to set up anything because it will be automatically detected as soon as it is connected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:24 +msgid "You may need to restart the box and download your scales’ drivers from the box in some cases. To do so, go to the *IoT Box Home Page* and click on *drivers list*. Then, click on load drivers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:32 +msgid "Use a Scale in Point of Sale" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:34 +msgid "To use the scale in your *Point of Sale* app, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, open the one you want to configure, then click on *Edit* and enable the *IoT Box* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:42 +msgid "Now, choose the *IoT Box* in the dropdown menu and check the *Electronic Scale* option. Then, you hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:49 +msgid "The scale is now available in all your *PoS* sessions. Then, if a product has a price per weight set, clicking on it on the *PoS* screen opens the scale screen, where the cashier can weigh the product and add the correct price to the cart." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:3 +msgid "Studio" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts.rst:3 +msgid "Concepts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:3 +msgid "Understanding Automated Actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:6 +msgid "Automated actions are used to trigger actions. They are based on conditions and happen on top of Odoo’s default business logic." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:9 +msgid "Examples of automated actions include: creating a next activity upon a quote's confirmation; adding a user as a follower of a confirmed invoice if its total is higher than a certain amount; or preventing a lead from changing stage if a field is not filled in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:16 +msgid "Let's understand how to properly define *when* an automated action runs and *how* to create one:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:18 +msgid "The first step is to choose the :doc:`Model <understanding_general>` on which the action is applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:19 +msgid "The **Trigger** field defines the event that causes the automated action to happen:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:21 +msgid "*On Creation*: when a new record is created. Note that the record is created once saved for the first time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:23 +msgid "*On Update*: when the record is updated. Note that the update happens once the record is saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:24 +msgid "*On Creation & Update*: on the creation and/or on the update of a record once the form is saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:25 +msgid "*On Deletion*: on the removal of a record under the condition set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:26 +msgid "*Based on Form Modification*: when the value of the specified *Trigger* field is changed in the interface (user sees the changes before saving the record). Note that this action can only be used with the *Execute Python Code* action type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:29 +msgid "*Based on Timed Condition*: a delay happens after a specific date/time. Set a *Delay after trigger date* if you need a delay to happen before the *Trigger Date*. Example: to send a reminder 15min before a meeting. If the date/time is not set on the form of the model chosen, the date/time considered is the one of the creation/update of the record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:34 +msgid "For every Trigger option, **conditions** can be applied, such as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:36 +msgid "*Before Update Domain*: if designated, this condition must be satisfied before the record is updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:38 +msgid "*Apply on*: if designated, this condition must be satisfied before executing the action rule (*Action To Do*), and after the update." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:41 +msgid "The **Active** option is to be turned off when the rule should be hidden and not executed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:43 +msgid "Under **Action To Do** choose the type of server action that must be executed once records meet the *Trigger* conditions:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:45 +msgid "*Execute Python Code*: a block of code is executed. A *Help* tab with the variables that can be used is available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:47 +msgid "*Create New Record*: a new record with new values is created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:48 +msgid "*Update a Record*: updates the record that triggered the action." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:49 +msgid "*Execute several actions*: defines an action that triggers other server actions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:50 +msgid "*Send Email*: an automatic :doc:`email <../../discuss/advanced/email_template>` is sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:51 +msgid "*Add Followers*: followers are notified of changes in the task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:52 +msgid "*Create Next Activity*: creates an activity such as: *Call*, *Email*, *Reminder*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:53 +msgid "*Send SMS Text Message*: sends an :doc:`SMS </applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:56 +msgid "Example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:58 +msgid "This is the process of which the update of the *Email* field on the Lead/Opportunity *Model*, with a *Trigger Condition* set to *On Update*, goes through:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:65 +msgid "The user creates the record without an email address set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:66 +msgid "The user updates the record defining an email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:67 +msgid "Once the change is saved, the automation checks if any of the *Watched Fields* are being updated (for the example: field name *email_from* (Email)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:69 +msgid "If true, it checks if the record matches the *Before Update Domain* (for the example: *email is not set*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:71 +msgid "If true, it checks (*after the update*) whether the record matches the *Apply on* domain (for the example: *email is set*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:73 +msgid "If true, the chosen *Action To Do* is performed on the record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:76 +msgid ":doc:`understanding_general`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:77 +msgid ":doc:`../use_cases/automated_actions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:3 +msgid "Understanding General Concepts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:7 +msgid "Odoo Studio is a toolbox that allows you to add models or adapt functionalities on top of Odoo’s standard behavior without coding knowledge. You can also create custom views and modify existing ones without having to get into the XML code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:11 +msgid "Even for experienced developers, typing out code requires time. By using Odoo Studio, you can quickly get your models up and going and focus on the crucial parts of your application. The result is a user-friendly solution that makes customizations and designing new applications easy with or without programming skills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:15 +msgid "Getting started" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:17 +msgid "One you start using Odoo Studio, you automatically create a new *module* that contains all your modifications. These modifications can be done on existing screens (*views*), by adding new *fields* in existing applications, or by creating an entirely new *model*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:22 +msgid "What is a Module?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:25 +msgid "An Odoo **Module** can contain a number of elements, such as: business objects (models), object views, data files, web controllers, and static web data. An application is a collection of modules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:29 +msgid "In object-oriented programming, models usually represent a concept from the real world. Example: Odoo has models for Sales Orders, Users, Countries, etc. If you were to build an application to manage Real Estate sales, a model that represents the Properties for sale would probably be your first step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:38 +msgid "What is a Model (also called Object)?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:40 +msgid "A **Model** determines the logical structure of a database and fundamentally determines in which manner data can be stored, organized, and manipulated. In other words, a model is a table of information that can be bridged with other tables." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:45 +msgid "What are Fields?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:47 +msgid "**Fields** compose models. It is where a record (a piece of data) is registered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:49 +msgid "Example: on the Real Estate application, fields on the Properties model would include the price, address, a picture, a link to the current owner, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:50 +msgid "There are 2 main types of fields in Odoo: *basic (or scalar) fields* and *relational fields*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:53 +msgid "Basic fields represent simple values, like numbers or text. Relational fields represent relations between models. So, if you have a model for *Customers* and another one for *Properties*, you would use a relational field to link each Property to its Customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:56 +msgid "Relational Fields in detail" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:59 +msgid "**Relational Fields** provide the option to link the data of one model with the data of another model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:60 +msgid "In Odoo, relational field types are: *One2many*, *Many2one*, *Many2many*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:66 +msgid "An **One2many** field is a *one-way* direction of selecting *multiple* records from a table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:68 +msgid "Example: a Sales Order can contain multiple Sales Order Lines, which also contain multiple fields of information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:69 +msgid "A **Many2one** field is a *one-way* direction of selecting *one* record from a table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:70 +msgid "Example: you can have many product categories, but each product can only belong to one category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:71 +msgid "A **Many2many** field is a *two-way* direction of selecting records from a table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:72 +msgid "Example: multiple tags can be added to a lead’s form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:75 +msgid "An *One2many* field must have a *Many2one* related to it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:78 +msgid "What are Views?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:80 +msgid "**Views** define how records are displayed. They are specified in XML which means that they can be edited independently from the models that they represent. There are various types of views in Odoo, and each of them represents a mode of visualization. Some examples are: *form*, *list*, *kanban*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:85 +msgid "What is a Menu?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:87 +msgid "A **Menu** is a button that executes and action. In Odoo Studio, to create menus (models) and rearrange their hierarchy, click on *Edit Menu*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:95 +msgid "`Studio Basics <https://www.odoo.com/fr_FR/slides/studio-31>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to.rst:3 +msgid "How To" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/export_import.rst:3 +msgid "Export and Import Modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/export_import.rst:5 +msgid "When you do customizations in Odoo Studio, a new module is created in your database, making it easy to use Studio for prototyping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/export_import.rst:8 +msgid "To export these customizations, activate Studio on the main dashboard and, under the menu *Customizations*, click on *Export*. The default filename is *customizations.zip*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/export_import.rst:16 +msgid "The module created contains the definition of custom models and fields, as well as the UI elements of any customization in an XML format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/export_import.rst:18 +msgid "To import and install the customizations in another instance, connect to the destination database, activate Studio and, under *Customizations*, click on *Import*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/export_import.rst:25 +msgid "Studio does not know which apps are customized (because the same view can be modified on different apps), therefore, it *does not* add the underlying modules as dependencies of the exported module. In other words, the applications installed on the source database should be installed on the destination database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:3 +msgid "Customizing the Rainbow Man" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:5 +msgid "The Rainbow Man in Odoo is an animation shown once the user completes certain tasks and clicks on certain buttons. It is a way to make the software fun to use, and rewarding, for employees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:13 +msgid "On most buttons in Odoo, such as *Send by Email*, *Confirm* or *Cancel*, once they are selected in Studio, under their *Properties*, the *Rainbow Man* effect can be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:14 +msgid "By default, the feature is active:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:16 +msgid "when opportunities are marked as won;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:17 +msgid "when users empty their inboxes;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:18 +msgid "when the user finishes a tour;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:19 +msgid "when the user finishes doing reconciliations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:3 +msgid "Customizing Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:9 +msgid "Odoo uses HTML and CSS technologies to create reports. HTML is a markup language that uses tags, also called elements. It is the core of any webpage because it provides its basic structure. CSS interacts with HTML elements to add style to the page, establishing how the HTML is shown to the user. Odoo’s reports also use Bootstrap’s grid layout, which is the containers, rows, and columns to align content, and support Odoo's website themes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:11 +msgid "When creating a new report, choose the purpose of it and if you would like the report to include header and footer (company logo, name, address, phone, email address, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:17 +msgid "Under the tab **Add**, you find the fields to be dragged and dropped to the view. *Fields*, *Data tables*, *Subtotal & Total*, and *Address Book* are dynamic elements (meaning that they need a :doc:`one2many or a many2many <../concepts/understanding_general>` related object). *Text*, *Title Block*, *Image*, and *Text in Cell* are static elements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:26 +msgid "Once the element is added to the view, select it to see its **Options**. The first section shows the hierarchy of the selected object and its properties, allowing you to individually edit them. Fields with related objects have their directives shown on *Field Expression*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:34 +msgid "Under **Visible if**, define the rule(s) to set visibility conditions to fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:36 +msgid "Example: if choosing to display a product image, you could set a visibility rule to only display the ones that are *set* in the product form, avoiding having a plain icon when they are not set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:40 +msgid "**Visible for** is used to set which :doc:`groups </applications/general/odoo_basics/users>` can have access to specific elements in the report. **Limit visibility to groups**, under *Report*, sets the visibility of the report to specifics groups, meaning that users belonging to other groups do not see the same final document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:46 +msgid "Under the **Report** tab, name your report, choose the paper format, and if the report should be added to the *Print* menu list on its respective document form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:53 +msgid "If activating the :doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode/activate>`, additional fields such as *Class* under *Options*, and *Reload from attachment* under *Report*, become visible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:56 +msgid "*Class*: add custom CSS classes to the selected element (e.g. Bootstrap classes such as *text-danger*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:59 +msgid "*Reload from attachment*: saves the report as an attachment of the document when printed. When the report is reprinted, it re-downloads that attachment instead of re-printing it. This means that if the underlying record (e.g. Invoice) changes when compared to the first impression, the report does not reflect the changes because they were done after the attachment was created. This is typically useful for reports linked to documents that should not change, such as Invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:67 +msgid "Actions in Odoo Studio can be undone until you *Close* the toolbox. Once you have closed Studio, changes can not be undone anymore." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases.rst:3 +msgid "Use Cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Use Cases: Automated Actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:5 +msgid "**Case scenario 1: when a Belgian lead is created, a 3-stars priority should be automatically applied.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:8 +msgid "Under *Automations*, click on *Create* and set the following rules:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:10 +msgid "*Model*: Lead/Opportunity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:11 +msgid "*Active*: On" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:12 +msgid "*Trigger*: On Creation & Update" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:13 +msgid "*Apply on*: Country > Country Name = Belgium" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:53 +msgid "*Action To Do*: Update the Record" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:15 +msgid "*Data to Write*: Lead/Opportunity > Value > 3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:22 +msgid "Check :doc:`this doc <filters_status_bar>` in order to have another automated action example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:25 +msgid ":doc:`../concepts/understanding_automated_actions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/views.rst:28 +msgid ":doc:`../concepts/understanding_general`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Use Cases: Filters and Status Bar" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:5 +msgid "**Case scenario 1: on Sales, set a filter on Belgian customers and define it as the default one (the user should still be able to unset the filter).**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:8 +msgid "On your customer’s page, use *Filters* > *Add Custom Filter* to group customers by country. Now, under *Favorites*, *Save Current Search* enabling *Use by default* and *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:15 +msgid "On *Filter Rules* in Studio mode, select the respective filter and enable *Default Filter*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:21 +msgid "**Case scenario 2: add a status bar on the product form to manage its life cycle. Set the values: ‘Prototype’, ‘In use’ and ‘Deprecated’. By default, the Kanban view must be grouped by status.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:26 +msgid "On your product form, *Add a pipeline status bar* and name its values. Status bars are *selection* fields that give you the ability to follow a specific flow. They are useful to show you the progress that has been made." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:28 +msgid "On the *Views* menu, access *Kanban* and, under its *View* options, set the *Default Group by* as *Pipeline status bar*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:34 +msgid "Now, open your product form and set the right status for that product. As you move products throughout stages (also through the product’s form), stages are shown in the Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:38 +msgid "To make modifications in the pipeline status bar, for example, remember to go back to *Form View*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:44 +msgid "**Case scenario 2.a: when a product goes from ‘In use’ to ‘Deprecate’, set its cost to 0€.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:46 +msgid "Create an :doc:`automated action <../concepts/understanding_automated_actions>` with the selected values:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:49 +msgid "*Model*: Product Template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:50 +msgid "*Trigger*: On Update" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:51 +msgid "*First Domain*: Pipeline status bar = In use" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:52 +msgid "*Second Domain*: Pipeline status bar = Deprecated" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:54 +msgid "*Data to Write*: Cost (Product Template) > Value > 0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Use Cases: Creating Models and Adding Fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:5 +msgid "**Case scenario 1: on the leads’ form, if the chosen country is France, show a field 'Pay by check?'**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:8 +msgid "On your leads’ form, add a *Related Field* to *Country > Country Name*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:10 +msgid "Now, add a *Checkbox* field and define its invisibility options as *Country* (carefully select the one just created) *> is not = > France.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:11 +msgid "You can now hide the related field created (*Country*) if you wish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:19 +msgid "Another approach is to use the country’s ID. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Contacts --> Configuration --> Countries`, select France (for example), and on the URL check its *ID*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:21 +msgid "The related field invisibility path should now be *Country* (carefully select the one just created) *> is not = > 75*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:22 +msgid "Again, hide the related field with the country’s ID if you prefer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:28 +msgid "**Case scenario 2: create a model called 'Properties' and add fields called: company, value, name, address, active, image.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:31 +msgid "From the dashboard, (optionally) start a new module. Then, click on *Edit Menu* and start a *New Menu* (model). Set your menu name and *Confirm*. Now, on its form, drag & drop the necessary fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:39 +msgid "**Case scenario 2.a: now, you would like to have a model called 'Regions' to which each property must be linked. And, on 'Regions', you would like to see the properties for each region.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:43 +msgid "Go to *Edit Menu > New Menu* and create your menu, calling it *Regions*. Add the necessary fields on its form by dragging & dropping them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:45 +msgid "Now, in the form view of *Properties*, add a *Many2one* field with a relation to your model *Region*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:48 +msgid "The *Existing Fields* are the ones that are on the current model but not yet in the view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:60 +msgid "Now, go to the model *Regions*, select the form view, and add a status button selecting *Regions (Properties)* as your relational field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:62 +msgid "*Status buttons* are computed fields, meaning that they count the numbers of records on the related model, and allow you to access them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:69 +msgid "When searching for relations, click on *Search more* and filter it by *Custom*. This way you avoid creating duplicates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:76 +msgid "**Case scenario 2.b: in the model 'Properties', show all the tags as checkboxes instead of tags.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:78 +msgid "Once the field *Tags* is added to the form, select it and, under its *Properties > Widgets*, choose *Checkboxes*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:85 +msgid "**Case scenario 3: on the leads’ form, add a selection field with the values:'Tags' & 'List' & 'Checkboxes'. According to the value of the field, show tags as many2many_tags, many2many_radio, or many2many(_list).**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:89 +msgid "In your form view, add a *Tags* field and relate it to *Partners Tag*. Under *Properties*, define its *Widget* as *Many2many*. Do the same process another 2 times for *Checkboxes* and *Tags*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:96 +msgid "Now, add a *Selection* field and the necessary values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:99 +msgid "Continue by selecting your *Tags* fields, one by one, to set their *Invisible* options according to their *Widget*. In the example below, the invisibility rule for the *Partner Tags* is set as: *Select Tag type > is not = > Tags.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:105 +msgid "**Case scenario 4: on a quotation’s form, add a selection field called 'Manager Validation' with the values: ‘Accepted’ and ‘Refused’. Only a sales manager can see it, and the field should be set as mandatory if the untaxed amount is higher than 500€.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:109 +msgid "On your quotation form, add a *Selection* field with the values *Accepted* and *Refused*. Set its *Required* condition as *Untaxed Amount > 500* and the *Limit visibility to groups* as *Sales / Administrator* or managers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:117 +msgid "**Case scenario 5: change the tooltip of a field for all views.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:119 +msgid "Activate the :doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode/activate>` and open Studio." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:122 +msgid "Select the necessary field and, under *Properties*, click on *More* to write your tooltip message on *Field Help*. The tooltip message is the explanatory message shown when the user hovers the field. The message here written is displayed on all views forms where the field is added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:129 +msgid "The *Field Help* message can only be applied to *new* fields. If you would like to change/apply a tooltip for a specific field, use the *Help Tooltip* option under *Properties*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/views.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Use Cases: Views" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/views.rst:5 +msgid "**Case scenario 1: in Sales, show orders in a Kanban View instead of a List View.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/views.rst:7 +msgid "From the Sales page, access Studio and, under *Views*, set the *Kanban* option as the default one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/views.rst:14 +msgid "**Case scenario 2: allow for the list of leads to be edited inline without having to switch to the form view.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/views.rst:19 +msgid "On the *List View*, under *View* > *Editable*, choose between *New record on top* or *New record at the bottom*. This way, besides defining the order in which new records are displayed in the view, you are able to edit them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/views.rst:21 +msgid "If the field is left blank, no editing is possible and records are shown based on your column preferences on the lead's page (front-end)." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/project.pot b/locale/sources/project.pot deleted file mode 100644 index 557af2834..000000000 --- a/locale/sources/project.pot +++ /dev/null @@ -1,109 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -#: ../../project.rst:5 -msgid "Project" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning.rst:3 -msgid "Planning" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:3 -msgid "Forecast Resources Across Projects" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:5 -msgid "Allocate the needed time for specific tasks under a planned shift. Once that is done, analyse Key Performance Indicators (KPIs), so you can evaluate your employees’ performance and workload, besides the progress of your projects/tasks when comparing the planned and effective hours." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:10 -msgid "Allocate times under shifts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:12 -msgid "When planning a shift, in the *Planning* application, create a project and a task on the fly, or simply select the one you want." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:20 -msgid "*Allocated Time (%)* allows you to define the percentage of time you would like your employee to work on that specific task during his shift. See that information in hours on *Allocated hours*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:22 -msgid "The calculation shows you how many hours out of the total shift time (*End date* - *Start date*) are spent by the employee on that task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:24 -msgid "On :menuselection:`Project --> Planning --> By Project`, immediately see the total number of employees allocated per project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:31 -msgid "Compare forecast hours with the effective ones" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:33 -msgid "Now, once the employee has timesheeted his hours in the task, go to *Project* and with the *View list*, under *All Tasks*, conveniently see the *Planned Hours* compared to the *Remaining Hours*, and a calculation of the *Progress*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:42 -msgid "Reminder: the option *Timesheets* has to be enabled on your project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks.rst:3 -msgid "Tasks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:3 -msgid "Create Project's Tasks from an Email Alias" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:5 -msgid "When you already have an email address that customers know from the top of their heads, changing it is the last thing you want to do. Instead, link that address to your project and transform those conversations into structured work. It automatically creates a task in the first stage of a project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:11 -msgid "Set up an incoming email server" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:14 -msgid "On the *Settings* application, enable *External Email Servers* and define the incoming email alias you would like to use." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:15 -msgid "**For more information**: :doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_servers`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:18 -msgid "Configure the email alias in your project" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:22 -msgid "Now that you have the incoming email server set up, go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects --> Edit`. Under the *Emails* tab, define the wanted email alias and choose the policy to receive a message." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:23 -msgid "In addition, you can now directly set it when creating a new project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:30 -msgid "All the recipients of the email (To/Cc/Bcc) are automatically added as followers of the task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:32 -msgid "The email can be seen under the name of your project on the dashboard." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/purchase.pot b/locale/sources/purchase.pot deleted file mode 100644 index f223e1563..000000000 --- a/locale/sources/purchase.pot +++ /dev/null @@ -1,569 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-11 09:05+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -#: ../../purchase.rst:5 -msgid "Purchase" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:3 -msgid "Analyze the performance of your purchases" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:5 -msgid "If your company regularly purchases products, you have several reasons to track and analyze your performance. The insights gathered can help you to better forecast and plan your future orders. For example, you can assess if your business is dependent on particular vendors, and the data can help you negotiate discounts on prices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:11 -msgid "Generate customized reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:13 -msgid "Go to *Reporting* to access the purchase analysis. Simply by accessing the reporting dashboard, you can get a quick overview of your actual performance. By default, the reporting dashboard displays a line chart presenting the untaxed amount of your purchase orders per day, and below it, key metrics and a pivot table." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:22 -msgid "While the data initially presented is useful, there are several tools and features you can use to get even more insights on your purchases." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:26 -msgid "Use filters to select the data you need" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:28 -msgid "Odoo offers several default filters you can use and combine by clicking on *Filters*. When you select one or several filters, Odoo looks for all the orders that match at least one of the filters you have chosen and populates the chart, key metrics, and pivot table with the data. The pre-configured filters are:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:33 -msgid "All *Requests for Quotation*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:35 -msgid "All *Purchase Orders*, except canceled ones" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:37 -msgid "*Confirmation Date Last Year* includes all orders that were confirmed the previous year, canceled purchase orders included" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:40 -msgid "*Order Date* includes all orders - request for quotations and purchases orders (canceled ones included) - depending on their date of creation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:43 -msgid "*Confirmation Date* includes all confirmed orders, canceled ones included, depending on their date of confirmation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:47 -msgid "When you have to select a period, you can use multiple years, and, with at least one year selected, multiple quarters and the three most recent months." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:51 -msgid "If you use the *Order Date* or *Confirmation Date* filters, the *Comparison* feature appears next to *Filters*. It enables you to compare the period you filtered with the previous one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:59 -msgid "Add custom filters" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:61 -msgid "Thanks to the 31 filtering options to choose from, the possibilities of your customizing your dataset are almost limitless. Go to :menuselection:`Filters --> Add Custom Filter`, specify the condition the filtering option should meet (e.g. *is equal to*, *contains*, etc.), and click on *Apply*. If you want to select orders matching several conditions simultaneously (*and* operator), repeat the process to add another custom filter. If you want to use the *or* operator, don't click on *Apply*, and click on *Add a condition* instead. Once you have added all the desired filtering options, click on *Apply*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:74 -msgid "To avoid having to recreate custom filters every time, save them by clicking on :menuselection:`Favorites --> Save current search --> Save`. The customized search filter can then be accessed by clicking on *Favorites* or can even be set as the default filter when you open the reporting dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:80 -msgid "Measure exactly what you need" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:82 -msgid "Before selecting what you want to measure, you need to decide whether you prefer using the graph view or the pivot view. By default, the dashboard presents both views. However, the measures you select won't be applied to both views. You can access each view separately by clicking on the icons at the top right of the dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:92 -msgid "Visualize your data" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:94 -msgid "You can transform the main graph in just a click by selecting one of the three charts: bar, line or pie. Fourteen different measures are available, but you can only use one at a time. However, you can group the measure using one or several of the 19 *Groups*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:102 -msgid "For bar and line charts, the selected measure is your y-axis, and the first group you select is used to create the x-axis. Adding more group adds additional lines (line chart) or transforms your bar chart into a stacked bar chart. For pie charts, the more groups you select, the more slices are displayed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:108 -msgid "Explore your data" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:110 -msgid "The pivot table view enables you to explore your data in great detail. Unlike the graph view, the pivot table enables you to add several measures at the same time. By clicking on *Measures* or on the **+** sign in the *Total* column, you can add as many as you want, each assigned to a new column. By clicking on the **+** sign in the *Total* row, you can add *Groups*. If you click on a group's **+** sign, you can add a sub-group, and so on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:121 -msgid "You can insert your pivot table's data directly in the Spreadsheet app or export it as an Excel file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals.rst:3 -msgid "Manage deals" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:3 -msgid "Purchase agreements: blanket orders and calls for tenders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:5 -msgid "There are two main types of purchase agreements preconfigured in Odoo: blanket orders and call for tenders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:8 -msgid "Blanket orders are long-term agreements between a company and a vendor to deliver products on a recurring basis with predetermined pricing. Your company should consider using them when you frequently purchase the same products from the same vendor in varying quantities and/or at different times. Among their many benefits, you can save time as the ordering process is simplified, and money thanks to more advantageous bulk pricing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:14 -msgid "Calls for tenders use a special procedure to request offers from multiple vendors at the same time. While public sector organizations are often legally bound to release calls for tenders when they want to purchase goods or services, private organizations can also use them to get the best deal among several vendors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:20 -msgid "Enable purchase agreements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:22 -msgid "From the Purchase app, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate *Purchase Agreements*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:30 -msgid "Configure or create new types of purchase agreements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:32 -msgid "Before you start using purchase agreements, make sure they are configured the way you want by going to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Purchase Agreement Types`. From there, you can edit the way blanket orders and calls for tenders or *Create* a new type of purchase agreement. You can configure the:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:37 -msgid "Agreement Type: the name you want to give to the agreement." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:39 -msgid "Agreement Selection Type: you can either select multiple offers using *Select multiple RFQ (non-exclusive)*, which is the default setting for both blanket orders and calls for tenders, or a single offer using *Select only one RFQ (exclusive)*, which is sometimes needed for calls for tenders where you only want to select a single vendor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:44 -msgid "Lines: generally, you would always want to select *Use lines of agreement*, which are the different product lines you can configure when you set up your purchase agreement. However, you can select *Do not create RfQ lines automatically* if you don't want your requests for quotations to be pre-filled in with that information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:49 -msgid "Quantities: if you use lines of agreements, you can also specify independently if the products' quantities should be used to pre-fill new requests for quotations. The default option for blanket orders is *Set quantities manually*, while for calls for tenders are set to *Use quantities of agreement*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:59 -msgid "Set up a blanket order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:61 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Orders --> Purchase Agreements` and click on *Create*. Select *Blanket Order* as your *Agreement Type*. Next, select the vendor. The other fields aren't mandatory, but you usually want to define an *Agreement Deadline* after which the blanket order won't be valid anymore." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:65 -msgid "Next, add the products you want to order and their price. Note that you can also add a *Quantity* for each product, for example, if you have agreed with your vendor to order a specific minimum quantity each time or in total. If you have configured your blanked order to *Set quantities manually*, this is only used for informational purposes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:74 -msgid "You can also write any *Terms and Conditions* at the bottom of the agreement. Once you are satisfied with your blanket order, click on *Confirm*. Its status then changes from *Draft* to *Ongoing* and it's ready to be used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:79 -msgid "Create requests for quotation from the blanket order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:81 -msgid "You can now create new quotations from the blanket order whenever you need it by clicking on *New Quotation*. Odoo automatically fills in requests for quotation with the information initially defined when you set up the blanket order. Depending on the way you configured the *Purchase Agreement Type*, product lines can also be pre-filled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:86 -msgid "From here, you can quickly view all the requests for quotations made under that blanket order by clicking on *RFQs/Orders*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:94 -msgid "You can also create a *Request for Quotation* the usual way and then link it to an existing *Blanket Order*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:98 -msgid "Blanket orders and replenishment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:100 -msgid "Blanket orders can be used for :doc:`automated replenishment <../../purchase/products/reordering>`, as once a blanket order is confirmed, a new vendor line is added to your product. Make sure the related vendor is in the first position if you have several vendors linked to your product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:109 -msgid "Set up a call for tenders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:111 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Orders --> Purchase Agreements` and click on *Create*. Select *Call for Tenders* as your *Agreement Type*. The other fields aren't mandatory, but you can add the date you want to be delivered and set an agreement deadline. You usually don't want to select a vendor for calls for tenders as you are looking to get quotations from multiple vendors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:116 -msgid "Next, add the products you want to order and in what quantity. For calls for tenders, you typically don't add a price, as the vendors should give you their best quote." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:119 -msgid "You can also write any *Terms and Conditions* at the bottom of the agreement. Once you are ready, click on *Confirm*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:127 -msgid "Requests quotations from the call for tenders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:129 -msgid "You can now request new quotations from the call for tenders. Click on *New Quotation* and select one of your vendors you want to invite to the call for tenders. Product lines should also be pre-filled in, depending on how you configured the *Purchase Agreement Type*. Click on *Send by email* to send it to the vendor. Go back to the call for tenders and repeat this process for each vendor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:139 -msgid "Once you have sent a request for quotation to every vendor and receiving their quotes, click on *Validate* to proceed to the bid selection. Next, click on the RFQs/Orders smart button to view all your vendors' quotations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:147 -msgid "Click on each request for quotation to add the price communicated by your vendors manually. When that's done, select the most advantageous offer and click on *Confirm Order*. This automatically closes the call for tenders. You can now proceed with the purchase order as you would for a regular one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:3 -msgid "Control and know when vendor bills should be paid" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:5 -msgid "With Odoo, you can define how your vendor bills are controlled. For each purchase order, you can decide when the related vendor bill should be paid: either before or after you have received your products. You can also check at a glance what is the billing status of each purchase order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:9 -msgid "With the 3-way matching feature, Odoo compares the information appearing on the *Purchase Order*, the *Vendor Bill* and the *Receipt*, and lets you know if you should pay the bill. This way you can avoid paying incorrect or fraudulent vendor bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:14 -msgid "Vendor bills default control policy" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:16 -msgid "As a first step, open your Purchase app and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` to set the default bill control policy for all the products created onwards." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:23 -msgid "By selecting *On ordered quantities*, you can create a vendor bill as soon as you confirm an order. The quantities mentioned in the purchase order are used to generate the draft bill." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:26 -msgid "If you choose *On received quantities* instead, you can only create one once you have at least received some of the products you have ordered. The quantities you have received are used to generate the draft bill. If you try to create one without having received any product, you get an error message." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:36 -msgid "Change a specific product's control policy" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:38 -msgid "If you want to modify a specific product's control policy, go to :menuselection:`Products --> Products`, open it, click on *Edit* and go to the *Purchase tab*. There you can change a product's default bill control policy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:47 -msgid "View a purchase order's billing status" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:49 -msgid "Once you confirm an order, you can view its *Billing Status* by going to the *Other Information* tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:56 -msgid "Below you can find a list of the different *Billing Status*, and when they are displayed, depending on the products' bill control policy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:60 -msgid "**Billing status**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:60 -msgid "**Conditions**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:62 -msgid "*On received quantities*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:62 -msgid "*On ordered quantities*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:64 -msgid "*Nothing to Bill*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:64 -msgid "PO confirmed; no products received" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:64 -msgid "*(Not applicable)*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:66 -msgid "*Waiting Bills*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:66 -msgid "All/some products received; bill not created" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:66 -msgid "PO confirmed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:68 -msgid "*Fully Billed*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:68 -msgid "All/some products received; draft bill created" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:68 -msgid "Draft bill created" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:72 -msgid "Determine when to pay with 3-way matching" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:74 -msgid "First, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate *3-way matching*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:81 -msgid "3-way matching is intended to work with the bill control policy set to *On received quantities*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:84 -msgid "Should I pay the vendor bill?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:86 -msgid "With the feature activated, your vendor bills now display the *Should Be Paid* field under the *Other info* tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:93 -msgid "As you can't create a bill until you have received your products - and if you haven't received all of them, Odoo only includes the products you have received in the draft bill - the *Should Be Paid* status is set to *Yes* when you create one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:97 -msgid "If you edit a draft bill to increase the billed quantity, change the price, or add other products, the *Should Be Paid* status is set to *Exception*. It means Odoo notices the discrepancy, but that you might have a valid reason to have done so." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:101 -msgid "Once the payment has been registered and mentions *Paid*, the *Should Be Paid* status is set to *No*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:109 -msgid "The *Should Be Paid* status is set automatically by Odoo. However, you can change the status manually when you are viewing a bill in edit mode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products.rst:3 -msgid "Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:3 -msgid "Don’t run out of stock with reordering rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:5 -msgid "To make sure you never run out of stock, you can define *Reordering Rules* on products. Thanks to them, Odoo can help you replenish your stock automatically when it reaches set quantities or whenever a sales order is created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:9 -msgid "You need to install the *Inventory app* to use reordering rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:12 -msgid "Configure your storable product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:14 -msgid "Open or create a product with its *Product Type* set to *Storable Product*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:20 -msgid "As you are purchasing this product from a vendor, go to the product's *Purchase tab* and add a vendor by clicking on *Add a line*. You can add multiple vendors, but make sure to order them correctly, since reordering rules always use the first vendor in a list. You can add a price, but it isn't necessary for the reordering rule to work. In addition, you can add a minimum quantity you must order to benefit from that price." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:27 -msgid "If the quantity Odoo has to reorder doesn't match the minimum quantity specified, Odoo selects the next vendor on your list. If you don't have another vendor on your list, the reordering rule won't work. For that purpose, you can add the same vendor multiple times with different prices for different quantities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:37 -msgid "By default, a draft purchase order is created. However, if you have enabled *Purchase Agreements*, you can *Propose a call for tenders* instead as shown in the image above. For more information, see :doc:`../manage_deals/agreements`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:41 -msgid "Next, make sure the correct route is selected under the Inventory tab of your product. If you created your product within the Purchase app, the *Buy* route is selected by default. If you are looking to dropship your product, select *Dropship*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:50 -msgid "Set up your reordering rule" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:52 -msgid "Open your product and click on the *Reordering Rules* button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:58 -msgid "Once you are on the product's reordering rules page, click on *Create*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:61 -msgid "You can access and create reordering rules from :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Reordering Rules` and from :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Replenishment`. By default, the replenishment view presents a summary of all the products that you might need to purchase to fulfill your sales orders. From there, you can ask Odoo with a single click to order a product once or automate all orders for that product, future orders included." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:68 -msgid "Define quantities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:70 -msgid "You can set a **minimum quantity** your stock should always have. Once set, if your stock goes below the minimum quantity, and if you selected the Buy route, a request for quotation is automatically generated to reach that minimum quantity, plus any additional quantity needed to fill in a sales order for example." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:75 -msgid "If you set a **maximum quantity**, every time the product has to be replenished, enough products are reordered to reach the maximum quantity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:78 -msgid "If you want to order only the exact quantity needed to fill in a sales order for example, set both both the minimum and maximum quantity to **zero**. The quantity mentioned in the sales order is then used by the reordering rule." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:82 -msgid "You can also add a **quantity multiple** to only order products in batches of a certain quantity. Click on the optional columns drop-down menu, and select *Multiple Quantity* to show the column. Bear in mind that you might go over the maximum quantity you set if your rule includes a quantity multiple, as Odoo orders enough products to reach the maximum quantity and respect the set quantity multiple." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:92 -msgid "If you selected multiple routes for the same product under its Inventory tab, make sure to select your *Preferred Route* on your reordering rule by clicking on the optional columns drop-down menu, adding the *Preferred Route* column, and selecting the right route." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:3 -msgid "Purchase in different units of measure than sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:5 -msgid "When you purchase a product, it may happen that your vendor uses a different unit of measure than you do when you sell it. This can cause confusion between sales and purchase representatives. It is also time-consuming to convert measures manually every time. With Odoo, you can configure your product once and let Odoo handle the conversion." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:10 -msgid "Consider the following examples:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:12 -msgid "You purchase orange juice from an American vendor, and they use **gallons**. However, your customers are European and use **liters**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:15 -msgid "You buy curtains from a vendor in the form of **rolls** and you sell pieces of the rolls to your customers using **square meters**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:19 -msgid "Enable units of measure" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:21 -msgid "Open your Sales app and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. Under Product Catalog, enable *Units of Measure*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:29 -msgid "Specify sales and purchase units of measure" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:32 -msgid "Standard units of measure" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:34 -msgid "A variety of units of measure are available by default in your database. Each belongs to one of the five pre-configured units of measure categories: *Length / Distance*, *Unit*, *Volume*, *Weight* and *Working Time*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:39 -msgid "You can create your new units of measure and units of measure categories (see next section)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:41 -msgid "To specify different units of measures for sales and purchases, open the Purchase app and go to :menuselection:`Products --> Products`. Create a product or select an existing one. Under the product's *General Information* tab, first select the *Unit of Measure* to be used for sales (as well as for other apps such as inventory). Then, select the *Purchase Unit of Measure* to be used for purchases." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:47 -msgid "Back to the first example, if you purchase orange juice from your vendor in **gallons** and sell it to your customers in **liters**, first select *L* (liters) as the *Unit of Measure*, and *gal (US)* (gallons) as the *Purchase Unit of Measure*, then click on *Save*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:56 -msgid "Create new units of measure and units of measure categories" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:58 -msgid "Sometimes you need to create your own units and categories, either because the measure is not pre-configured in Odoo or because the units do not relate with each other (e.g. kilos and centimeters)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:62 -msgid "If you take the second example where you buy curtains from a vendor in the form of **rolls** and you sell pieces of the rolls using **square meters**, you need to create a new *Units of Measure Category* in order to relate both units of measure." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:66 -msgid "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Units of Measure Categories`. Click on *Create* and name the category." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:73 -msgid "The next step is to create the two units of measures. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Units of Measure`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:76 -msgid "First, create the unit of measure used as the reference point for converting to other units of measure inside the category by clicking on *Create*. Name the unit and select the units of measure category you just created. For the *Type*, select *Reference Unit of Measure for this category type*. Enter the *Rounding Precision* you would like to use. The quantity computed by Odoo is always a multiple of this value." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:82 -msgid "In the example, as you cannot purchase less than 1 roll and won't use fractions of a roll as a unit of measure, you can enter 1." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:89 -msgid "If you use a *Rounding Precision* inferior to 0.01, a warning message might appear stating that it is higher than the *Decimal Accuracy* and that it might cause inconsistencies. If you wish to use a *Rounding Precision* lower than 0.01, first :doc:`activate the Developer Mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Database Structure --> Decimal Accuracy`, select *Product Unit of Measure* and edit *Digits* accordingly. For example, if you want to use a rounding precision of 0.00001, set *Digits* to 5." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:96 -msgid "Next, create a second unit of measure, name it, and select the same units of measure category as your reference unit. As *Type*, select *Smaller* or *Bigger than the reference Unit of Measure*, depending on your situation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:100 -msgid "As the curtain roll equals to 100 square meters, you should select *Smaller*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:102 -msgid "Next, you need to enter the *Ratio* between your reference unit and the second one. If the second unit is smaller, the *Ratio* should be greater than 1. If the second unit is larger, the ratio should be smaller than 1." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:106 -msgid "For your curtain roll, the ratio should be set to 100." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:112 -msgid "You can now configure your product just as you would using Odoo's standard units of measure." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/quality.pot b/locale/sources/quality.pot deleted file mode 100644 index 7fa407bca..000000000 --- a/locale/sources/quality.pot +++ /dev/null @@ -1,335 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -#: ../../quality.rst:5 -msgid "Quality" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert.rst:3 -msgid "Alert" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:3 -msgid "Generate a Quality Alert from a Manufacturing Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:5 -msgid "Speaking of manufacturing orders, you have two different situations to consider in Odoo. Those two will result in two different processes:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:8 -msgid "You work with a simple manufacturing flow;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:10 -msgid "You work with a complex manufacturing flow that includes routings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:13 -msgid "Simple manufacturing flow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:15 -msgid "If you work with simple manufacturing orders, the *Quality Alerts* will be launched from the manufacturing order itself. When manufacturing a product for which you need to process quality controls, a button *Quality Alert* will appear on the top of your manufacturing order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:23 -msgid "By clicking on the button, you can specify the quality problem that arose during the process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:29 -msgid "If one of the quality checks failed, the button will be highlighted on the document. If not, the button won’t be highlighted." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:36 -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:50 -msgid "Manufacturing Flow with Routings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:38 -msgid "If you work with routings defined on your manufacturing orders, the quality alerts will be launched directly from the work orders on which the quality checks took place." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:48 -msgid "Then, a button *Quality Alert* will be available from the work order view. When you click on the button, you can specify the quality problem that appeared during the process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:3 -msgid "Generate a Quality Alert from a Transfer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:6 -msgid "Use the Quality Alert" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:8 -msgid "Every time you perform some *Quality Checks* on a transfer, a *Quality Alert* button appears. You can always use it. The button is automatically highlighted once you have a failed quality check for the transfer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:16 -msgid "If you click on that *Quality Alert* button, you can specify what was the problem with the product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:22 -msgid "The *Quality Alert* that is created from the transfer can be found via the button appearing on the top right corner of the transfer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:28 -msgid "You can also access all your *Quality Alerts* via the menu, accessible under *Control*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks.rst:3 -msgid "Checks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:3 -msgid "Perform Quality Checks on Manufacturing Orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:5 -msgid "There are two different situations to consider and that will differ in Odoo processes:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:8 -msgid "You work with simple manufacturing flows;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:10 -msgid "You work with complex manufacturing flows that are represented by the use of routings in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:13 -msgid "Simple Manufacturing Flow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:16 -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:53 -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:6 -msgid "Create the Quality Control Point" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:18 -msgid "To create a quality control point, open the quality app and go to :menuselection:`Control --> Control Points`. There, hit create. Make sure to select *Manufacturing* as operation and choose the type of quality check you want to perform." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:27 -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:69 -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:17 -msgid "Process the Quality Check" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:29 -msgid "Once your *Quality Control Point* has been created, you can create a manufacturing order for your product. Now, and before marking the manufacturing as done, you can register the *Quality Checks*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:39 -msgid "Once you have performed your quality checks, you can find them via the *Quality Checks* button available on the manufacturing order form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:46 -msgid "If you want to access all your quality checks, you can do this by opening the quality checks menu, under quality control." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:55 -msgid "If you want to create a *Quality Control Point*, open the *Quality* app and go to :menuselection:`Control --> Control Points`. Then, click on create. Make sure to select *Manufacturing* as operation and select the work order operation on which the quality check should be performed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:64 -msgid "Choosing the work order operation is necessary if you want the quality checks to be performed in the work orders. After that, you can choose the type of quality check." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:71 -msgid "Once your *Quality Control Point* has been configured, create a manufacturing order for your product. You have to plan it if you want to generate the necessary work orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:78 -msgid "Now, process the work order and your quality check will appear. In this example, the quality check requests to enter the serial number of the Table Top component." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:3 -msgid "Perform Quality Checks on Transfers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:8 -msgid "To create a *Quality Control Point*, open the *Quality* application. Then, go to :menuselection:`Quality Control --> Control Points --> Create`. Now, you can define the quality control point you want to apply to a specific product. Don’t forget to select a transfer operation type." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:19 -msgid "Let’s say that we will receive a laptop. First, create a planned receipt for the product. Then, on the receipt, you will see a *Quality Checks* button that appears to proceed to the quality check you configured before." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:27 -msgid "By clicking on it, the instruction set on the quality control point will be displayed and will require the check value." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:33 -msgid "Once the quality check is done, you can find it linked to the corresponding transfer and access it by clicking on the button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:39 -msgid "But, if the quality check failed, the stat button will appear in red (instead of green) and Odoo will suggest you to create a *Quality Alert* by highlighting the corresponding button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:46 -msgid "The quality checks can also be found in the *Quality* application by opening the *Quality Checks* menu, under *Quality Control*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control.rst:3 -msgid "Control" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:3 -msgid "Define Quality Control Points" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:5 -msgid "Quality is an important factor when it comes to products or services. Nowadays, quality has become the differentiating factor for all goods and services. It is vital for businesses to deliver products that meet or exceed expectations. It also helps minimize waste." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:10 -msgid "That is why most manufacturers would not think of eliminating the quality control from their manufacturing process. After all, removing quality controls would dramatically increase the number of defective products that the company then has to rework or scrap." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:15 -msgid "Then, using business applications to ensure data quality is important. With Odoo insuring the rear, any major problem can be avoided before occurring!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:20 -msgid "Quality Control Points" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:22 -msgid "To create a *Quality Control Point*, go to :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Control Points`. Once there, define the product on which the quality control point should take place. The operation at which it takes place also is to be defined here." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:27 -msgid "The *Quality Control Points* take place during transfers or during the manufacturing process of the products. If working with routings on *Bill of Materials*, you have to precise at which step of the manufacturing process the quality control point needs to be applied." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:32 -msgid "The *Control Type* defines at which frequency the quality checks should take place:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:35 -msgid "**All operations**: all the operations automatically generate quality checks to perform;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:38 -msgid "**Randomly**: the quality checks only perform on x% of the operation. The percentage needs to be defined on the control point;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:41 -msgid "**Periodically**: the quality checks are performed periodically. The periodicity is based on the defined period (once a day, once a week)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:50 -msgid "Quality Control Point Types" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:52 -msgid "Now, one thing remains to be configured: the type of quality check. There are several types that can be used: text, take a picture, pass-fail, take a measure, register consumed material, register by-product, and print label." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:58 -msgid "Some types are available only with the manufacturing application installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:62 -msgid "Text" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:64 -msgid "This control point type allows giving instructions to workers during the transfer or during the manufacturing process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:80 -msgid "Take a Picture" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:82 -msgid "This control point type asks to take a picture of the product applied in a transfer or when manufacturing it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:98 -msgid "This process can be simplified by using a connected :doc:`camera <../../iot/devices/measurement_tool>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:102 -msgid "Pass-Fail" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:104 -msgid "*Pass-Fail* requires to specify if the products pass or fail specific criteria. It can be applied for both transfers or manufacturing orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:111 -msgid "For this kind of type, there is the possibility to define a failure message giving instructions to follow in case of failure." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:127 -msgid "Take a Measure" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:129 -msgid "Taking measures requires to enter the product’s measurements during a transfer or during the manufacturing process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:132 -msgid "To use it, it necessary to specify the norm for your product’s measurements, but also a tolerance threshold. Doing so, all the products with good measures can are automatically accepted." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:140 -msgid "As for *Pass-Fail*, this type allows defining a failure message that gives instructions to the worker." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:156 -msgid "This process can be simplified by using connected :doc:`measurement tools <../../iot/devices/camera>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:159 -msgid "Register Consumed Materials" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:161 -msgid "When using *Register Consumed Materials*, it is required to register the component’s serial/lot numbers during the manufacturing process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:165 -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:182 -msgid "This type is only available when working with routings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:176 -msgid "Register By-Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:178 -msgid "With *Register By-Products*, it is required to register the serial/lot number of the by-products that are manufactured." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:193 -msgid "Print Label" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:195 -msgid "*Print Label*, as its name points out, allows printing labels to add to the product during the manufacturing process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:207 -msgid "This process can be simplified by using a connected :doc:`printer <../../iot/devices/printer>`." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/recruitment.pot b/locale/sources/recruitment.pot deleted file mode 100644 index 8b7a65948..000000000 --- a/locale/sources/recruitment.pot +++ /dev/null @@ -1,22 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 9.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-11-22 13:16+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -#: ../../recruitment.rst:5 -msgid "Recruitment" -msgstr "" - diff --git a/locale/sources/sales.pot b/locale/sources/sales.pot index c94c84154..8a3c9292e 100644 --- a/locale/sources/sales.pot +++ b/locale/sources/sales.pot @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-18 07:12+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" @@ -16,1932 +16,4492 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#: ../../sales.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales.rst:4 msgid "Sales" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/advanced.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced Topics" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:3 -msgid "How to give portal access rights to my customers?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:6 -msgid "What is Portal access/Who is a portal user?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:8 -msgid "A portal access is given to a user who has the necessity to have access to Odoo instance, to view certain documents or information in the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:12 -msgid "For Example, a long term client who needs to view online quotations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:14 -msgid "A portal user has only read/view access. He or she will not be able to edit any document in the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:18 -msgid "How to give portal access to customers?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:21 -msgid "From Contacts Module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:23 -msgid "From the main menu, select **Contacts** menu. If the contact is not yet created in the system, click on the create button to create new contact. Enter details of the contact and click \"save\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:33 -msgid "Choose a contact, click on the **Action** menu in the top-center of the interface and from the drop down." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:36 -msgid "Select **Portal Access Management**. A pop up window appears." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:41 -msgid "Enter the login **email ID**, check the box under **In Portal** and add the content to be included in the email in the text field box below. Click on **Apply** when you're done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:47 -msgid "An email will be sent to the specified email address, indicating that the contact is now a portal user of the respective instance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector.rst:3 -msgid "Amazon Connector" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:3 -msgid "Amazon Connector Features" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:5 -msgid "The **Amazon Connector** synchronizes the orders between Amazon and your Odoo database, which reduces considerably the amount of time spent on your Amazon Seller Central dashboard, making your daily routine a lot easier." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:10 -msgid "Supported Features" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:12 -msgid "The connector is able to:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:14 -msgid "Synchronize (Amazon to Odoo) all confirmed orders (both FBA and FBM) and their order items which include:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:17 -msgid "the product’s name, description and quantity" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:18 -msgid "the shipping costs for the product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:19 -msgid "the gift wrapping charges" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:21 -msgid "Create on Odoo any missing partner related to an order (contact types supported: contact and delivery)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:23 -msgid "Notify Amazon of a shipping confirmed on Odoo (FBM) in order to get paid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:25 -msgid "Support multiple seller accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:26 -msgid "Support multiple marketplaces per seller account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:29 -msgid "Fulfilled By Amazon (FBA)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:29 -msgid "Fulfilled By Merchant (FBM)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:31 -msgid "**Orders**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:31 -msgid "Synchronize shipped and canceled orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:31 -msgid "Synchronize unshipped and canceled orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 -msgid "**Shipping**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 -msgid "Charges" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:35 -msgid "Delivery created" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 -msgid "**Gift Wrapping**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:43 -msgid "Handled by Amazon" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 -msgid "Gift wrapping charges" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:38 -msgid "Gift message" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 -msgid "**Stock Management**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 -msgid "One stock move created per sales order item" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 -msgid "Handled by the delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:43 -msgid "**Confirmation**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:43 -msgid "Notify Amazon when confirming delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:48 -msgid "The connector is designed to synchronize orders' data as detailed above. Other actions, such as downloading monthly fees reports, handling disputes, or issuing refunds must be managed from Amazon Seller Central, as usual." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:55 -msgid "Supported Marketplaces" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:57 -msgid "The Amazon Connector currently supports 9 marketplaces. If a marketplace is not listed below, it may be possible for you to :ref:`add it as an unsupported marketplace <amazon/add-unsupported-marketplace>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:62 -msgid "**North America region**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:64 -msgid "Canada" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:64 -msgid "Amazon.ca" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:66 -msgid "Mexico" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:66 -msgid "Amazon.com.mx" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:68 -msgid "US" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:68 -msgid "Amazon.com" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:72 -msgid "**Europe region**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:74 -msgid "Germany" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:74 -msgid "Amazon.de" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:76 -msgid "Spain" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:76 -msgid "Amazon.es" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:78 -msgid "France" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:78 -msgid "Amazon.fr" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:80 -msgid "UK" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:80 -msgid "Amazon.co.uk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:82 -msgid "Italy" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:82 -msgid "Amazon.it" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:84 -msgid "Netherlands" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:84 -msgid "Amazon.nl" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:88 -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:98 -msgid ":doc:`setup`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:89 -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:162 -msgid ":doc:`manage`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:3 -msgid "Manage Amazon orders in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:6 -msgid "Synchronization of orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:8 -msgid "Orders are automatically fetched from Amazon and synchronized in Odoo at regular intervals. The synchronization is based on the Amazon status: only orders whose status has changed since the last synchronization are fetched from Amazon. For **FBA** (Fulfilled by Amazon), only **Shipped** and **Canceled** orders are fetched. For **FBM** (Fulfilled by Merchant), the same is done for **Unshipped** and **Canceled** orders. For each synchronized order, a sales order and a customer are created in Odoo if they are not yet registered." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:15 -msgid "When an order is canceled in Amazon and was already synchronized in Odoo, the corresponding sales order is automatically canceled in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:19 -msgid "To force the synchronization of an order whose status has not changed since the last synchronization, activate the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, navigate to your Amazon account and modify the date under :menuselection:`Orders Follow-up --> Last Order Sync`. Pick a date anterior to the last status change of the order that you wish to synchronize and save." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:26 -msgid "To synchronize immediately the orders of your Amazon account switch to :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, head to your Amazon account and click on **SYNC ORDERS**. The same can be done with pickings by clicking on **SYNC PICKINGS**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:31 -msgid "Manage deliveries in FBM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:33 -msgid "When a **FBM** (Fulfilled by Merchant) order is synchronized in Odoo, a picking is created along with the sales order and the customer. You can either ship all the ordered products to your customer at once or ship products partially by using backorders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:37 -msgid "When a picking related to the order is confirmed, a notification is sent to Amazon who will, in turn, notify the customer that the order (or a part of it) is on its way." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:41 -msgid "Follow deliveries in FBA" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:43 -msgid "When a **FBA** (Fulfilled by Amazon) order is synchronized in Odoo, a stock move is recorded for each sales order item so that it is saved in your system. Inventory managers can find such moves in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Product Moves`. They pick up products in a specific inventory location called **Amazon**. This location represents your stock in Amazon's warehouses and allows you to manage the stock of your products under the FBA program." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:50 -msgid "To follow your Amazon (FBA) stock in Odoo, you can make an inventory adjustment after replenishing it. You can also trigger an automated replenishment from reordering rules on the Amazon location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:55 -msgid "The Amazon location is configurable by Amazon account managed in Odoo. All accounts of the same company use the same location by default. It is however possible to follow the stock by marketplace. First, remove the marketplace for which you want to follow the stock separately from the list of synchronized marketplaces. Then, create another registration for this account and remove all marketplaces, except the one to isolate from the others. Finally, assign another stock location to the second registration of your account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:63 -msgid "Issue invoices and register payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:65 -msgid "You can issue invoices for Amazon orders in Odoo. Click **Create Invoice** in the sales order to do so. You can also do it in batch from the list view of orders. Then, confirm and send the invoices to your customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:70 -msgid "To display only Amazon-related orders on the list view, you can filter orders based on the sales team." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:73 -msgid "As the customer has paid Amazon as an intermediary, you should register invoice payments in a payment journal dedicated to Amazon (e.g. Amazon Payments, with a dedicated intermediary account). You can do the same with the vendor bill received from Amazon and dedicated to commissions. When you receive the balance on your bank account at the end of the month and record your bank statements in Odoo, you simply credit the Amazon intermediary account by the amount received." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:80 -msgid "Follow your Amazon sales in sales reporting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:82 -msgid "As a sales team is set on your account under the tab **Order Follow-up**, this helps you give quick glances at the figures in just a few clicks in Sales reporting. By default, your account's sales team is shared between all of your company's accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:86 -msgid "If you wish, you can change the sales team on your account for another to perform a separate reporting for the sales of this account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:90 -msgid "It is also possible to perform reporting on a per-marketplace basis in a similar fashion. First, remove the marketplace you wish to track separately from the list of synchronized marketplaces. Then, create another registration for this account and remove all marketplaces, except the one to isolate from the others. Finally, assign another sales team to one of the two registrations of your account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:97 -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:161 -msgid ":doc:`features`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:3 -msgid "Configure Amazon Connector in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:6 -msgid "Generate an Authorization Token in Seller Central" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:10 -msgid "The Amazon Connector uses an Authorization Token that allows Odoo to fetch data from your Amazon Seller Central account. This token can be obtained directly through Seller Central in a few clicks and needs to be set up in your Odoo database configuration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:14 -msgid "Connect to your Seller Central account for the marketplace you initially signed up (e.g. if you created your account on Amazon Germany, go to `Amazon Seller Central for Germany <https://sellercentral.amazon.de>`_) with an administrator account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:19 -msgid "You might need to use the *main* (or first) administrator account and not one added subsequently." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:22 -msgid "In the main menu, select :menuselection:`Apps & Services --> Manage Your Apps`; in the page that displays, click on the ``Authorize new developper`` button:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:28 -msgid "Fill in the form depending on your Marketplace:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:33 -msgid "If your seller account is registered in the **North America** region, use these values:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:35 -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:40 -msgid "Developer's Name: ``Odoo S.A.``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:36 -msgid "Developer ID: ``586127723692``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:38 -msgid "For the **Europe** region, use these values:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:41 -msgid "Developer ID: ``579095187166``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:43 -msgid "Amazon will then inform you that by submitting the form, you are giving access to your Seller Central Information to Odoo S.A." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:47 -msgid "Odoo S.A. is unable to access your Amazon account's information without the Authorization Token which is stored in your Odoo database - we do not store these tokens on our platform directly and are therefore unable to access your account's information outside of the Amazon Connector normal flows." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:53 -msgid "Register your Amazon account in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:57 -msgid "To register your seller account in Odoo, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Amazon Accounts` and click on **CREATE**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:60 -msgid "The **Seller ID** can be found in Seller Central under the link **Your Merchant Token** on the **Seller Account Information** page. The **Authorization Token** is the one you generated in the :ref:`previous step <amazon/generate_auth_token>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:64 -msgid "Upon saving, your credentials are checked. In case of issues, an error will be displayed - the information cannot be saved until your credentials are recognized by Amazon." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:67 -msgid "Once the account is registered, the marketplaces available to this account are synchronized and listed under the **Marketplaces** tab. If you wish, you can remove some items from the list of synchronized marketplaces to disable their synchronization." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:72 -msgid "Match database products in Amazon" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:74 -msgid "When an Amazon order is synchronized, up to three sales order items are created in Odoo for each product sold on Amazon: one for the marketplace product, one for the shipping charges (if any) and one for the gift wrapping charges (if any)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:80 -msgid "The selection of a database product for a sales order item is done by matching its **internal reference** with the **SKU** for marketplace items, the **shipping code** for delivery charges, and the **gift wrapping** code for gift wrapping charges." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:84 -msgid "For marketplace products, pairings are saved as **Amazon Offers** which are listed under the **Offers** stat button on the account form. Offers are automatically created when the pairing is established and are used for subsequent orders to lookup SKUs. If no offer with a matching SKU is found, :ref:`the internal reference is used instead <amazon/matching>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:90 -msgid "It is possible to force the pairing of a marketplace item with a specific product by changing either the product or the SKU of an offer. The offer can be manually created if it was not automatically done yet. This is useful if you do not use the internal reference as the SKU or if you sell the product under different conditions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:95 -msgid "If no database product with a matching internal reference is found for a given SKU or gift wrapping code, a default database product **Amazon Sale** is used. The same is done with the default product **Amazon Shipping** and the shipping code." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:100 -msgid "To modify the default products, activate the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` and navigate to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Default Products`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:106 -msgid "Configure taxes of products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:108 -msgid "To allow for tax reporting of Amazon sales with Odoo, the taxes applied to the sales order items are those set on the product or determined by the fiscal position. Make sure to have set the correct taxes on your products in Odoo or to have it done by a fiscal position, to avoid discrepancies in the subtotals between Seller Central and Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:114 -msgid "As Amazon does not necessarily apply the same taxes as those configured in Odoo, it may happen that order totals differ by a few cents from that on Seller Central. Those differences can be resolved with a write-off when reconciling the payments in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:121 -msgid "Add an unsupported marketplace" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:123 -msgid "Some Amazon Marketplaces, such as Amazon Brazil, are not officially supported by Odoo but might be compatible with your seller account. These marketplaces can be added manually should you wish to use them. See :ref:`here <amazon/supported-marketplaces>` for the exhaustive list of natively supported marketplaces." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:129 -msgid "To find out if a marketplace is eventually compatible, check the `Amazon Documentation <https://docs.developer.amazonservices.com/en_US/dev_guide/DG_Endpoints.html>`_. The marketplace must belong to the same region as that of your seller account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:133 -msgid "To add a new marketplace, you must first enable :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:136 -msgid "Once that is done, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Amazon Marketplaces`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:139 -msgid "From there, you can create a new marketplace record. You will need the Marketplace ID and Endpoint for your marketplace as described in the `Amazon Documentation <https://docs.developer.amazonservices.com/en_US/dev_guide/DG_Endpoints.html>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:143 -msgid "Set the name of the record to ``Amazon.<domain>`` to easily retrieve it (for instance: ``Amazon.se``). The **Code**, **Domain** and **API Identifier** fields should respectively hold the *Country Code*, *Amazon MWS Endpoint* and *MarketplaceId* values from the Amazon Documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:147 -msgid "Once the marketplace is saved, you should then update the Amazon Account configuration by going to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Amazon Accounts`, open the account on which you wish to use the new marketplace, go to the **Marketplaces** tab and click on **Update available marketplaces** (an animation should confirm the success of the operation). Newly added marketplaces are automatically added to the list of synchronized marketplaces. If the new marketplace is not added to the list, it means that it is either incompatible or unavailable for your seller account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:156 -msgid "As manually added marketplaces are not officially supported by Odoo, there is no guarantee that adding one as described above will work, nor can this be considered as a bug when contacting Odoo Support." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector.rst:3 -msgid "eBay Connector" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:3 -msgid "How to list a product?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:6 -msgid "Listing without variation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:8 -msgid "In order to list a product, you need to check the **use eBay** field on a product form. The eBay tab will be available." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:14 -msgid "When the **Use Stock Quantity** field is checked, the quantity sets on eBay will be the Odoo **Forecast Quantity**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:17 -msgid "The **Description Template** allows you to use templates for your listings. The default template only use the **eBay Description** field of the product. You can use html inside the **Description Template** and in the **eBay Description**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:21 -msgid "To use pictures in your listing, you need to add them as **Attachments** on the product template." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:24 -msgid "Listing with variations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:26 -msgid "When the **use eBay** on a product with variations is checked and with **Fixed Price** as **Listing Type**, the eBay form is sligthly different. In the variants array, you can choose which variant will be listed on eBay as well as set the price and the quantity for each variant." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:35 -msgid "Listing with item specifics" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:37 -msgid "In order to add item specifics, you should create a product attribute with one value in the **Variants** tab on the product form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:44 -msgid "Product Identifiers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:46 -msgid "Products identifiers such as EAN, UPC, Brand or MPN are required in most of the eBay category. The module manages the EAN and UPC identifiers with the **Barcode** field of the product variant. If the **Barcode** field is empty or is value is not valid, the EAN and UPC values will be set as 'Does not apply' as recommended by eBay. The Brand and MPN values are working as item specifics and should be define in the **Variants** tab on the product form. If theses values are not set, 'Does not apply' will be used for the eBay listing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:3 -msgid "How to configure eBay in Odoo?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:6 -msgid "Create eBay tokens" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:8 -msgid "In order to create your tokens, you need to create a developer account on the `developer portal <https://go.developer.ebay.com/>`_. Once you are logged in, you can create **Sandbox Keys** and **Production Keys** by clicking on the adequate buttons." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:16 -msgid "After the creation of the keys, you can get the user token. To do so, click on the **Get a User Token** link in the bottom of the page. Go through the form, log in with you eBay account and you will get the keys and token needed to configure the module in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:22 -msgid "Set up tokens in Odoo?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:24 -msgid "To set up the eBay integration, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:29 -msgid "First choose if you want to use the production or the sandbox eBay Site. Then fill in the fields **Developer Key**, **Token**, **App Key**, **Cert Key**. Apply the changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:33 -msgid "Once the page is reloaded, you need to synchronize information from eBay. Push on **Sync countries and currencies**, then you can fill in all the other fields." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:36 -msgid "When all the fields are filled in, you can synchronize the categories and the policies by clicking on the adequate buttons." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:40 -msgid "Using the updated synchronisation method" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:42 -msgid "If you have a lot of products, the eBay API can sometimes refuse some synchronization calls due to a time-based limit on the number of requests that eBay enforces." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:45 -msgid "To fix this issue, a new implementation mechanism has been developped; however this updated mechanism is disabled by default to avoid having the 2 systems running in parallel in existing installations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:49 -msgid "To switch to the new synchronization mechanism:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:51 -msgid "Enable the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:52 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Scheduled Actions`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:53 -msgid "Archive the old synchronization actions (both are named *Ebay: update product status*)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:54 -msgid "Activate the new synchronization actions (*Ebay: get new orders* which runs every 15min by default and *Ebay: synchronise stock (for 'get new orders' synchronisation)* which runs once a day per default)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:55 -msgid "Ensure that the **Next Execution Date** for both these actions are in the near future" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:57 -msgid "Starting with the next execution date, the new method will be used instead of the old one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing.rst:3 -msgid "Invoicing Method" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:3 -msgid "Request a down payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:5 -msgid "A down payment is a partial payment made by the buyer when a sales contract is concluded. This implies both parties' full commitment (seller and buyer) to honor the contract. With a down payment, the buyers show their will to acquire the product and agree to pay the rest later, while the sellers are obliged to provide the goods by accepting it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:10 -msgid "Sometimes a down payment is required for expensive orders or projects. That way, you can protect yourself and make sure that your customer is reliable." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:14 -msgid "First time you request a down payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:16 -msgid "When a sales order is confirmed, you then have the possibility to create an invoice. Invoices are automatically created in drafts so that you can review them before validation. To create an invoice, Odoo Sales offers you 3 options:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:20 -msgid "Regular invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:21 -msgid "Down payment (percentage)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:22 -msgid "Down payment (fixed amount)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:24 -msgid "In terms of down payment, it can either be a fixed amount or a percentage of the total amount. The first time you request a down payment, you can set a percentage or a fixed amount of your choice, and select the right income account and taxes. These settings will be reused for future down payments." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:34 -msgid "When you request your first down payment, a new product called **Down payment** will be created. This product will be registered as a **service** product with an invoicing policy of **ordered quantities**. As a reminder, you can edit this product and modify it at any time. Please note that if you choose **delivered quantities** as invoicing policy, **you will not be able to create an invoice**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:41 -msgid "Basic sales flow using down payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:43 -msgid "For this first example, we will use a 50% amount down payment with a product using **ordered quantities** as invoicing policy. Make sure to check out our documentation about invoicing policies here: :doc:`invoicing_policy` , before requesting your first down payment. When it comes to create and view the invoice, you will only have access to a draft invoice mentioning the down payment (as you can see below)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:53 -msgid "There, you can post the invoice and register the payment of your customer. But, we all know that in real life this flow does not happen immediately. So, for now, you can return to the sales order. There, you will have the possibility to see the order as a customer with the **Customer preview** button or to reach easily the previous draft invoice with the **Invoice** button. In any case, the down payment will be mentioned on both (sales order and draft invoice)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:63 -msgid "To complete the flow, when the customer wants to pay the rest of his sales order, you must create another invoice. Once again, you will have the choice to make another down payment or to deduct all the down payments and so, paying the rest of the invoice as a regular invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:71 -msgid "This flow is also possible with a down payment taking into account a fixed amount." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:74 -msgid "Be careful that if you do a down payment with a product using **delivered quantities** as invoicing policy, you won’t be able to deduct all the down payments when it comes to invoicing your customer. Indeed, you have to deliver a product before creating the final invoice. If nothing has been delivered, you create a **credit note** that cancels the draft invoice created after the down payment. To do so, you have to install the **Inventory App** to confirm the delivery. Otherwise, you can enter the delivered quantity manually on the sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:82 -msgid "Modify the income account and customer taxes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:84 -msgid "From the products list, search for the **Down Payment** product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:90 -msgid "You can edit it and under the **General Information Tab** you will be able to change the customer taxes. Now, to change the income account, you will need to install the **Accounting App** to have the possibility to see the **Accounting Tab** on the product form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:99 -msgid ":doc:`invoicing_policy`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:3 -msgid "Re-invoice expenses to customers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:5 -msgid "It often happens that your employees have to spend their personal money while working on a project for your client. Let's take the example of an consultant paying an hotel to work on the site of your client. As a company, you would like to be able to invoice that expense to your client." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:12 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:64 -msgid "Expenses configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:14 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:66 -msgid "To track & invoice expenses, you will need the expenses app. Go to :menuselection:`Apps --> Expenses` to install it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:17 -msgid "You should also activate the analytic accounts feature to link expenses to the sales order, to do so, go to :menuselection:`Invoicing --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate *Analytic Accounting*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:22 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:74 -msgid "Add expenses to your sales order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:24 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:76 -msgid "From the expense app, you or your consultant can create a new one, e.g. the hotel for the first week on the site of your customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:27 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:79 -msgid "You can then enter a relevant description and select an existing product or create a new one from right there." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:33 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:85 -msgid "Here, we are creating a *Hotel* product:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:38 -msgid "Under the invoicing tab, select *Delivered quantities* and either *At cost* or *Sales price* as well depending if you want to invoice the cost of your expense or a previously agreed on sales price." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:45 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:97 -msgid "To modify or create more products go to :menuselection:`Expenses --> Configuration --> Expense products`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:48 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:100 -msgid "Back on the expense, add the original sale order in the expense to submit." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:54 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:106 -msgid "It can then be submitted to the manager, approved and finally posted." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:65 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:117 -msgid "It will then be in the sales order and ready to be invoiced." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:3 -msgid "Invoice based on delivered or ordered quantities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:5 -msgid "Different business policies might require different options for invoicing:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:7 -msgid "The **Invoice what is ordered** rule is used as **default mode** in Odoo Sales, which means that customers will be invoiced once the sales order is confirmed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:10 -msgid "The **Invoice what is delivered** rule will invoice customers once the delivery is done. This rule concerns businesses that sell materials, liquids or food in large quantities. In these cases, the quantity might diverge a little bit and it is, therefore, preferable to invoice the quantity actually delivered." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:15 -msgid "Being able to have different invoicing options allow you more flexibility. Indeed, you need to know exactly how to invoice your customers for different situations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:19 -msgid "Activate these features" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:21 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and under **Invoicing policy** choose the rule you want to apply." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:30 -msgid "If you decide to choose the **Invoice what is delivered** rule, you will not be able to activate the feature called **Automatic invoice**, which automatically generates invoices when the online payment is confirmed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:35 -msgid "Choose an invoicing policy on a product form" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:37 -msgid "From any product page, under the **Sales tab**, you will find the invoicing policy, which can be manually changed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:46 -msgid "Impact on sales flow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:48 -msgid "On Odoo Sales, the basic sales flow will be to create a quotation, send it to your customer, wait for confirmation, confirm the sales order and create an invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:51 -msgid "**Invoice what is ordered**: No impact on this basic sales flow. Indeed, you can invoice as soon as the sale is confirmed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:54 -msgid "**Invoice what is delivered**: Small impact on sales flow because you will have to manually enter the delivered quantity on the sales order or to install the **Inventory App** to confirm the delivered quantity before creating an invoice, with the **Sales App**. Indeed, if you try to create an invoice without validating the delivered quantity, you will receive an error message as below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:65 -msgid "Once the quotation is confirmed and that the status went from **Quotation sent** to **Sales order**, you are able to see your delivered and invoiced quantities directly from your sales order (it is true for both rules)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:74 -msgid "Odoo will automatically add the quantities to the invoice (even if it is a partial delivery)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:76 -msgid "Finally, to create an invoice, you will have different possibilities: regular invoice or down payment (percentage or fixed amount)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:80 -msgid "Be sure to check out our documentation about down payment here: :doc:`down_payment`, to master this incredible feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:3 -msgid "Invoice project milestones" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:5 -msgid "Milestone invoicing can be used for expensive or large-scale projects, with each milestone representing a clear sequence of work that will incrementally build up to the completion of the contract. This invoicing method is comfortable both for the company which is ensured to get a steady cash flow throughout the project lifetime and for the client who can monitor the project's progress and pay in several installments." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:13 -msgid "Create milestone products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:15 -msgid "In Odoo, each milestone of your project is considered as a product. To configure products to work this way, go to any product form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:18 -msgid "You have to set the product type as *Service* under general information and select *Milestones* in the sales tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:25 -msgid "Invoice milestones" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:27 -msgid "From the sales order, you can manually edit the quantity delivered as you complete a milestone." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:33 -msgid "You can then invoice that first milestone." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:3 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:22 -msgid "Send a pro-forma invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:5 -msgid "A pro-forma invoice is an abridged or estimated invoice in advance of a delivery of goods. It notes the kind and quantity of goods, their value, and other important information such as weight and transportation charges. Pro-forma invoices are commonly used as preliminary invoices with a quotation, or for customs purposes in importation. They differ from a normal invoice in not being a demand or request for payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:13 -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:10 -msgid "Activate the feature" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:15 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Pro-Forma Invoice* feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:24 -msgid "From any quotation or sales order, you know have an option to send a pro-forma invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:30 -msgid "When you click on send, Odoo will send an email with the pro-forma invoice in attachment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:3 -msgid "Sell subscriptions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:5 -msgid "Selling subscription products will give you predictable revenue, making planning ahead much easier." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:9 -msgid "Make a subscription from a sales order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:11 -msgid "From the sales app, create a quotation to the desired customer, and select the subscription product your previously created from the Subscriptions App." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:14 -msgid "When you confirm the sale the subscription will be created automatically. You will see a direct link from the sales order to the Subscription in the upper right corner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:3 -msgid "Invoice based on time and materials" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:5 -msgid "Time and Materials is generally used in projects in which it is not possible to accurately estimate the size of the project, or when it is expected that the project requirements would most likely change." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:9 -msgid "This is opposed to a fixed-price contract in which the owner agrees to pay the contractor a lump sum for the fulfillment of the contract no matter what the contractors pay their employees, sub-contractors, and suppliers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:14 -msgid "For this documentation I will use the example of a consultant, you will need to invoice their time, their various expenses (transport, lodging, ...) and purchases." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:19 -msgid "Invoice time configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:21 -msgid "To keep track of progress in the project, you will need the *Project* app. Go to :menuselection:`Apps --> Project` to install it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:24 -msgid "In *Project* you will use timesheets, to do so go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Timesheets* feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:32 -msgid "Invoice your time spent" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:34 -msgid "From a product page set as a service, you will find two options under the invoicing tab, select both *Timesheets on tasks* and *Create a task in a new project*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:41 -msgid "You could also add the task to an existing project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:43 -msgid "Once confirming a sales order, you will now see two new buttons, one for the project overview and one for the current task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:49 -msgid "You will directly be in the task if you click on it, you can also access it from the *Project* app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:52 -msgid "Under timesheets, you can assign who works on it. You can or they can add how many hours they worked on the project so far." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:58 -msgid "From the sales order, you can then invoice those hours." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:69 -msgid "You should also activate the analytic accounts feature to link expenses to the sales order, to do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate *Analytic Accounting*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:90 -msgid "under the invoicing tab, select *Delivered quantities* and either *At cost* or *Sales price* as well depending if you want to invoice the cost of your expense or a previously agreed on sales price." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:120 -msgid "Invoice purchases" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:122 -msgid "The last thing you might need to add to the sale order is purchases made for it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:125 -msgid "You will need the *Purchase Analytics* feature, to activate it, go to :menuselection:`Invoicing --> Configuration --> Settings` and select *Purchase Analytics*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:129 -msgid "While making the purchase order don't forget to add the right analytic account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:135 -msgid "Once the PO is confirmed and received, you can create the vendor bill, this will automatically add it to the SO where you can invoice it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices.rst:3 -msgid "Products & Prices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices.rst:3 -msgid "Manage your pricing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:3 -msgid "How to sell in foreign currencies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:5 -msgid "Pricelists can also be used to manage prices in foreign currencies." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:7 -msgid "Check *Allow multi currencies* in :menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Settings`. As admin, you need *Adviser* access rights on Invoicing/Accounting apps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:10 -msgid "Create one pricelist per currency. A new *Currency* field shows up in pricelist setup form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:13 -msgid "To activate a new currency, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Currencies`, select it in the list and press *Activate* in the top-right corner. Now it will show up in currencies drop-down lists." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:17 -msgid "Prices in foreign currencies can be defined in two fashions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:20 -msgid "Automatic conversion from public price" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:22 -msgid "The public price is in your company's main currency (see :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings`) and is set in product detail form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:28 -msgid "The conversion rates can be found in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Currencies`. They can be updated from Yahoo or the European Central Bank at your convenience: manually, daily, weekly, etc. See :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:40 -msgid "Set your own prices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:42 -msgid "This is advised if you don't want your pricing to change along with currency rates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:49 -msgid ":doc:`pricing`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:3 -msgid "How to adapt your prices to your customers and apply discounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:5 -msgid "Odoo has a powerful pricelist feature to support a pricing strategy tailored to your business. A pricelist is a list of prices or price rules that Odoo searches to determine the suggested price. You can set several critarias to use a specific price: periods, min. sold quantity (meet a minimum order quantity and get a price break), etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:9 -msgid "As pricelists only suggest prices, they can be overridden by vendors completing sales orders. Choose your pricing strategy from :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:18 -msgid "*A single sale price per product :* doesn't let you adapt prices, it use default product price ;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:19 -msgid "*Different prices per customer segment :* you will set several prices per products ;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:20 -msgid "*Advanced pricing based on formula :* will let you apply discounts, margins and roundings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:23 -msgid "Several prices per product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:25 -msgid "To apply several prices per product, select *Different prices per customer segment* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`. Then open the *Sales* tab in the product detail form. You can settle following strategies." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:30 -msgid "Prices per customer segment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:32 -msgid "Create pricelists for your customer segments: e.g. registered, premium, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:37 -msgid "The default pricelist applied to any new customer is *Public Pricelist*. To segment your customers, open the customer detail form and change the *Sale Pricelist* in the *Sales & Purchases* tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:45 -msgid "Temporary prices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:47 -msgid "Apply deals for bank holidays, etc. Enter start and end dates dates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:53 -msgid "Make sure you have default prices set in the pricelist outside of the deals period. Otherwise you might have issues once the period over." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:57 -msgid "Prices per minimum quantity" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:63 -msgid "The prices order does not matter. The system is smart and applies first prices that match the order date and/or the minimal quantities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:67 -msgid "Discounts, margins, roundings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:69 -msgid "*Advanced pricing based on formula* allows to set price change rules. Changes can be relative to the product list/catalog price, the product cost price, or to another pricelist. Changes are calculated via discounts or surcharges and can be forced to fit within floor (minumum margin) and ceilings (maximum margins). Prices can be rounded to the nearest cent/dollar or multiple of either (nearest 5 cents, nearest 10 dollars)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:76 -msgid "Once installed go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Pricelists` (or :menuselection:`Website Admin --> Catalog --> Pricelists` if you use e-Commerce)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:84 -msgid "Each pricelist item can be associated to either all products, to a product internal category (set of products) or to a specific product. Like in second option, you can set dates and minimum quantities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:91 -msgid "Once again the system is smart. If a rule is set for a particular item and another one for its category, Odoo will take the rule of the item." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:93 -msgid "Make sure at least one pricelist item covers all your products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:95 -msgid "There are 3 modes of computation: fix price, discount & formula." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:100 -msgid "Here are different price settings made possible thanks to formulas." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:103 -msgid "Discounts with roundings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:105 -msgid "e.g. 20% discounts with prices rounded up to 9.99." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:111 -msgid "Costs with markups (retail)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:113 -msgid "e.g. sale price = 2*cost (100% markup) with $5 of minimal margin." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:119 -msgid "Prices per country" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:120 -msgid "Pricelists can be set by countries group. Any new customer recorded in Odoo gets a default pricelist, i.e. the first one in the list matching the country. In case no country is set for the customer, Odoo takes the first pricelist without any country group." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:123 -msgid "The default pricelist can be replaced when creating a sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:125 -msgid "You can change the pricelists sequence by drag & drop in list view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:128 -msgid "Compute and show discount % to customers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:130 -msgid "In case of discount, you can show the public price and the computed discount % on printed sales orders and in your eCommerce catalog. To do so:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:132 -msgid "Check *Allow discounts on sales order lines* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings --> Quotations & Sales --> Discounts`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:133 -msgid "Apply the option in the pricelist setup form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:140 -msgid ":doc:`currencies`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:141 -msgid ":doc:`../../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products.rst:3 -msgid "Manage your products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:3 -msgid "How to import products with categories and variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:5 -msgid "Import templates are provided in the import tool of the most common data to import (contacts, products, bank statements, etc.). You can open them with any spreadsheets software (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:11 -msgid "How to customize the file" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:13 -msgid "Remove columns you don't need. We advise to not remove the *ID* one (see why here below)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:15 -msgid "Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:16 -msgid "Don't change labels of columns you want to import. Otherwise Odoo won't recognize them anymore and you will have to map them on your own in the import screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:18 -msgid "To add new columns,Feel free to add new columns but the fields need to exist in Odoo. If Odoo fails in matching the column name with a field, you can make it manually when importing by browsing a list of available fields." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:24 -msgid "Why an “ID” column" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:26 -msgid "The ID is an unique identifier for the line item. Feel free to use the one of your previous software to ease the transition to Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:29 -msgid "Setting an ID is not mandatory when importing but it helps in many cases:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:31 -msgid "Update imports: you can import the same file several times without creating duplicates;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:32 -msgid "Import relation fields (see here below)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:35 -msgid "How to import relation fields" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:37 -msgid "An Odoo object is always related to many other objects (e.g. a product is linked to product categories, attributes, vendors, etc.). To import those relations you need to import the records of the related object first from their own list menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:41 -msgid "You can do it using either the name of the related record or its ID. The ID is expected when two records have the same name. In such a case add \" / ID\" at the end of the column title (e.g. for product attributes: Product Attributes / Attribute / ID)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:3 -msgid "Using product variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:5 -msgid "Product variants are used to manage products having different variations, like size, color, etc. It allows managing the product at the template level (for all variations) and at the variant level (specific attributes)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:10 -msgid "As an example, a company selling t-shirts may have the following product:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:13 -msgid "B&C T-shirt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:15 -msgid "Sizes: S, M, L, XL, XXL" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:16 -msgid "Colors: Blue, Red, White, Black" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:18 -msgid "In this example, **B&C T-Shirt** is called the product template and **B&C T-Shirt, S, Blue** is a variant. Sizes and color are **attributes**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:22 -msgid "The above example has a total of 20 different products (5 sizes x 4 colors). Each one of these products has its own inventory, sales, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:26 -msgid "Impact of variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:28 -msgid "**Barcode**: the code and barcode is associated to a variant, not the template. Every variant may have its own barcode / SKU." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:31 -msgid "**Price**: every product variant has its own public price that is computed based on the template price ($20) with an optional extra for every variant (+$3 for color red). However, you can define pricelist rules that apply on the template or the variant." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:36 -msgid "**Inventory**: the inventory is managed by product variant. You don't own t-shirts, you only own \"T-shirts, S, Red\", or \"T-Shirts, M, Blue\". For information purpose, on the product template form, you get the inventory that is the sum of every variant. (but the actual inventory is computed by variant)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:42 -msgid "**Picture**: the picture is related to the variant, every variation of a product may have its own primary picture." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:45 -msgid "**Other fields**: most of the other fields belongs to the product template. If you update them, it updates automatically all the variants. (example: Income Account, Taxes)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:50 -msgid "Should you use variants?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:53 -msgid "When should you use variants?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:55 -msgid "Using variants has the following impacts:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:57 -msgid "**eCommerce**: in your online shop, the customer will only see product templates in the catalog page. Once the visitor click on such a product, he will have options to choose amongst the variants (colors, sizes, …)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:62 -msgid "**Manufacturing**: Using variants allows to define only one bill of material for a product template and slight variations for some of the variants. Example: instead of creating a Bill of Material for \"T-shirt, Red, S\", you create a bill of material for \"T-shirt\" and add some lines that are specific to the dimension S, and other lines specific to the color Red." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:69 -msgid "**Pricing**: The default price of a product is computed using the price of the product template and add the optional extra price on each dimension of the variant. This way, variant prices are easier to maintain since you don't have to set the price for every variant. However, it's possible to create pricelist rules to fix price per variants too." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:77 -msgid "When should you avoid using variants?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:79 -msgid "Using variants may add a level of complexity on the way you use Odoo. You should consider using variants only if you need it to reduce the complexity of managing lots of products that are similars." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:83 -msgid "As an example, importing your initial product catalog is more complex if you use variants. You can't just import a list of products, you must import product templates and all their related variations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:87 -msgid "In addition to that, you should also carefully select the dimensions that you manage as separate product templates and those as variants. As an example, a company having these products:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:91 -msgid "Quality: T-Shirts, Polos, Shirts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:93 -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:105 -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:110 -msgid "Color: Red, Blue" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:95 -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:106 -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:111 -msgid "Size: S, M, L, XL" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:97 -msgid "In such a use case, you could create 1 template with three dimensions of variants (Layout, T-Shirts, Polos). But, it's recommended to create two different product templates as T-shirts may highly differ from polos or shirts and customer expect to see these as two different products in the e-Commerce:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:103 -msgid "Product Template: T-shirt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:108 -msgid "Product Template: Polos" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:114 -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:9 -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm.rst:4 +msgid "CRM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads.rst:3 +msgid "Acquire leads" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:3 +msgid "Convert leads into opportunities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:5 +msgid "The system can generate leads instead of opportunities, in order to add a qualification step before converting a *Lead* into an *Opportunity* and assigning to the right sales people." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:9 +msgid "You can activate this mode from the CRM Settings. It applies to all your sales channels by default. But you can make it specific for specific channels from their configuration form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:25 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:117 -msgid "Activate the variant feature" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:16 +msgid "For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Leads* feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:119 -msgid "Before you can use product variants, you must first activate the product variants in the settings. To do so, you must go to the Sales app. In the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, locate the **Products Variants** line, and tick the option **Products can have several attributes**, then click on **Apply**." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:22 +msgid "You will now have a new submenu *Leads* under *Leads* where they will aggregate." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:129 -msgid "Creating products with variants" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:29 +msgid "Convert a lead into an opportunity" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:131 -msgid "Once you have activated the variant option, you can add variants to your products. To do so, go to the Sales module, :menuselection:`Sales --> Products`. It is also accessible from the Purchase and inventory modules." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:31 +msgid "When you click on a *Lead* you will have the option to convert it to an opportunity and decide if it should still be assigned to the same channel/person and if you need to create a new customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:135 -msgid "Now, click on the product you wish to add variants to." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:38 +msgid "If you already have an opportunity with that customer Odoo will automatically offer you to merge with that opportunity. In the same manner, Odoo will automatically offer you to link to an existing customer if that customer already exists." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:137 -msgid "In the product page, a new tab called Variants has appeared. The number in purple written on top is the number of variants this product currently has. To add new variants, click on the tile. In the new window, click on **Create**." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:44 +msgid "Merge opportunities" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:142 -msgid "In **Attributes**, click on the rolldown menu and select the type of variance you wish to add. If the variant does not yet exist, you can create it on the fly by clicking on Create and edit…" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:46 +msgid "Odoo will also automatically propose to merge opportunities if they have the same email address. When merging opportunities, Odoo merges the information into the opportunity which was created first, giving priority to the information present on the first opportunity." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:149 -msgid "In the Attributes window, the **Value** field is the description of the attribute such as Green, Plastic or 32GB. The **Attribute** field is the type of variant such as Color, Material or Memory." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:51 +msgid "No information is lost: data from the other opportunity is logged in the chatter and the information fields for easy access." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:156 -msgid "You can add a cost for the variant on the fly by adding it in the **Attribute Price Extra** field, or choose to modify it later. Click on **Save**." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:57 +msgid "Would you find a duplicate yourself, ...you can also merge opportunities or leads even if the system doesn't propose it." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:160 -msgid "You can also add a different barcode and internal reference to the variant." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:60 +msgid "Here’s how, from the list view. Select the opportunities or leads you want to merge and the action button will appear. Then, you can select merge." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:163 -msgid "When you have entered all the specifications of the variant, click on **Save**." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:67 +msgid "It is also possible to merge more than 2 opportunities or leads." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:167 -msgid "Managing Product Variants" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:3 +msgid "Generate leads/opportunities from emails" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:5 +msgid "Automating the lead/opportunity generation will considerably improve your efficiency. By default, any email sent to *sales@database\\_domain.ext* will create an opportunity in the pipeline of the default sales channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:11 +msgid "Configure email aliases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:13 +msgid "Each sales teams can have its own email alias, to generate leads/opportunities automatically assigned to it. It is useful if you manage several sales teams with specific business processes. You will find the configuration of sales teams under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Sales Teams`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:3 +msgid "Generate leads/opportunities from your website contact page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:5 +msgid "Automating the lead/opportunity generation will considerably improve your efficiency. Any visitor using the contact form on your website will create a lead/opportunity in the pipeline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:10 +msgid "Use the contact us on your website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:12 +msgid "You should first go to your website app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:14 +msgid "|image0|\\ |image1|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:16 +msgid "With the CRM app installed, you benefit from a ready-to-use contact form on your Odoo website that will generate leads/opportunities automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:23 +msgid "To change to a specific sales channel, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings` under *Communication* you will find the Contact Form info and where to change the *Sales Channel* or *Salesperson*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:50 +msgid "Create a custom contact form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:34 +msgid "You may want to know more from your visitor when they use the contact form to you will need to build a custom contact form on your website. These contact forms can generate multiple types of records in the system (emails, leads/opportunities, project tasks, helpdesk tickets, etc.)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:43 +msgid "You will need to install the free *Form Builder* module, only available in Odoo Enterprise." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:52 +msgid "First, go to the page where you want to put your contact form. In edit mode, drag the form builder onto the page, and you will be able to add all the fields you wish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:59 +msgid "By default, any new contact form will send an email. You can switch to lead/opportunity generation in *Change Form Parameters*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:63 +msgid "If the same visitor uses the contact form twice, the second entry will be added to the first lead/opportunity in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:67 +msgid "Generate leads instead of opportunities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:69 +msgid "When using a contact form, you should use a qualification step before assigning the form to the right sales people. To do so, activate *Leads* in CRM settings and refer to :doc:`convert`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:3 +msgid "Lead mining" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:4 +msgid "In any business, getting quality leads is essential to keep the business growing. Lead mining allows you to generate leads from scratch directly from your database. Target your leads based on a set of criteria such as the country, the size of the company, the industry your leads are coming from to make them relevant to your business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:10 +msgid "For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the **Lead Mining** feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:17 +msgid "Start generating leads" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:18 +msgid "You will now have a new button **Generate Leads** available in your pipeline. You are also able to create lead mining requests from the :menuselection:`Configuration --> Lead Mining Requests` and trough :menuselection:`Leads --> Leads` where you have the **Generate Leads** button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:27 +msgid "From there, click on the **Generate Leads** button, a window where you will be able to pick your criteria will pop up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:34 +msgid "When choosing to target Companied and their contacts you can choose the contacts you are getting based on Role or Seniority. When getting contact information make sure to be aware of the latest EU regulation, get more information about General Data Protection Regulation on `Odoo GDPR <http://odoo.com/gdpr>`__," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:39 +msgid "You can decide to filter the leads you are getting depending on the size (number of employees) of the companies. You can pick the countries your leads are coming from. It is possible to pick multiple countries. You can pick the industries your leads are coming from. It is possible to pick multiple industries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:43 +msgid "You can choose the salesperson and the Salesteam the lead will be assigned to. You can also add tags to track your generated leads." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:47 +msgid "The generated leads will have the name of the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:36 +msgid "Pricing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:51 +msgid "This is an In-App Purchase feature, each generated lead will cost you one credit. If you choose to get contact information each contact will also cost us one additional credit. Here is the pricing for this `feature <https://iap.odoo.com/iap/in-app-services/167?>`__, To buy credits you can either go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Settings --> Buy Credits`; or go to :menuselection:`Settings --> In-App Purchases --> View my Services`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:65 +msgid "The blue box will automatically tell you how many credits are going to be consumed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:169 +msgid "If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:71 +msgid ":doc:`In-App Purchases (IAP) </applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:3 +msgid "Send quotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:5 +msgid "When you qualify a lead into an opportunity you will most likely need to send them a quotation. You can directly do this in the CRM App with Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:12 +msgid "Create a new quotation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:14 +msgid "By clicking on any opportunity or lead, you will see a *New Quotation* button, it will bring you into a new menu where you can manage your quote." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:21 +msgid "You will find all your quotes to that specific opportunity under the *Quotations* menu on that page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:28 +msgid "Mark them won/lost" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:30 +msgid "Now you will need to mark your opportunity as won or lost to move the process along." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:33 +msgid "If you mark them as won, they will move to your *Won* column in your Kanban view. If you however mark them as *Lost* they will be archived." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize.rst:3 +msgid "Optimize your Day-to-Day work" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:3 +msgid "How to motivate and reward my salespeople?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:5 +msgid "Challenging your employees to reach specific targets with goals and rewards is an excellent way to reinforce good habits and improve your salespeople productivity. The Gamification module gives you simple and creative ways to motivate and evaluate your employees with real-time recognition and badges inspired by game mechanics." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:13 +msgid "Install the *Gamification* module, or the *CRM gamification* one, which adds some useful data (goals and challenges) that can be used on *CRM/Sale*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:21 +msgid "Create a challenge" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:23 +msgid "Now, create your first challenge by going to :menuselection:`Settings --> Gamification Tools --> Challenges`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:27 +msgid "As the gamification tool is a one-time technical setup, you need to activate the technical features in order to access the configuration. To do so, go to *Settings* and *Activate the developer mode*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:35 +msgid "A challenge is a mission that you send to your sales team. It can include one or several goals, set for a specific period of time. Configure your challenge as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:38 +msgid "Assign the salespeople to be challenged;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:39 +msgid "Assign a responsible;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:40 +msgid "Set up the periodicity along with the start and the end date;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:41 +msgid "Select your goals;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:42 +msgid "Set up your rewards (badges)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:45 +msgid "Badges are granted when a challenge is finished. This is either at the end of a running period (eg: end of the month for a monthly challenge), at the end date of a challenge (if no periodicity is set), or when the challenge is manually closed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:49 +msgid "In the example below, 2 employees are being challenged with a *Monthly Sales Target*. The challenge is based on 2 goals: the total amount invoiced and number of new leads generated. At the end of the month, the winner will be granted with a badge." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:58 +msgid "Set up goals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:60 +msgid "The users can be evaluated using goals and numerical objectives to reach." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:62 +msgid "**Goals** are assigned through *challenges* that evaluate (see image above) and compare members of a team throughout time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:66 +msgid "You can create a new goal on the fly from a *Challenge* by clicking on *Add new item*, under *Goals*. Select the business object according to your company's needs. Examples: number of new leads, time to qualify a lead, total amount invoiced in a specific week, month or any other time frame based on your management preferences, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:73 +msgid "Goals may include your database setup as well (e.g. set your company data and a timezone, create new users, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:77 +msgid "Set up rewards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:79 +msgid "For non-numerical achievements, **Badges** can be granted to users. From a simple thank you to an exceptional achievement, a badge is an easy way to express gratitude to a user for their good work. To create and grant badges to your employees based on their performance, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Gamification Tools --> Badges`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:3 +msgid "Outlook Extension" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:5 +msgid "The **Odoo CRM Extension** is a connector that bridges your Outlook mailbox with your Odoo database. This extension allows you to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:8 +msgid "Create leads from emails sent to your mailbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:9 +msgid "Centralize Prospects' emails into a CRM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:10 +msgid "Search and store insights on your contacts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:17 +msgid "This extension is compatible with the Web version of Outlook as well as the desktop apps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:20 +msgid "The Outlook Extension uses *Partner Autocomplete IAP credits* to search and store insights on your contacts. See the :ref:`Pricing section <outlook_extension/pricing>` below for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:29 +msgid "The Outlook Extension requires to be configured both in Odoo and in Outlook." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:34 +msgid "Enable the feature on your database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:36 +msgid "To enable this feature on your Odoo database, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Lead Generation`, enable **Outlook CRM Extension**, and click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:42 +msgid "Install the add-in on Outlook" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:44 +msgid "You can install the Outlook Extension as a **Custom Add-in**. To do so, follow these steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:0 +msgid "URL of the **Odoo for Outlook** add-in's manifest file:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:0 +msgid "``https://download.odoo.com/plugins/outlook/manifest.xml``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:50 +msgid "Todo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:50 +msgid "add copy button when the feature is added to the doc" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:52 +msgid "Connect to your Outlook mailbox, open any email, and click on the *More actions* button, displayed as three little dots." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:59 +msgid "Click on *Get add-ins*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:65 +msgid "In the new window, select the tab named *My add-ins*, click on *+ Add a custom add-in*, and then on *Add from URL...*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:0 +msgid "Outlook prompts you to **enter the URL of the add-in's manifest file**. To do so, copy the following URL, paste it in the box, and click on *OK*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:80 +msgid "Outlook warns you that Microsoft hasn’t verified the add-in. Click on *Install* to complete the installation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:84 +msgid "The *Odoo for Outlook* add-in is not listed yet on Outlook's add-ins list. This is why it is currently necessary to install it as a *custom add-in*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:90 +msgid "Add a shortcut to open the extension" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:92 +msgid "By default, you can open the **Odoo for Outlook** extension from the *More actions* menu. This section explains how to move the launcher next to the other default actions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:99 +msgid "In your Outlook mailbox, click on *Settings*, then on *View all Outlook settings*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:100 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Mail --> Customize actions --> Message surface`, select *Odoo for Outlook*, and click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:109 +msgid "Connect to your database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:111 +msgid "Open **Odoo for Outlook** from any email. This opens the extension as a panel on the right side of your screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:113 +msgid "Click on *login* at the bottom of the extension." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:114 +msgid "Insert your database's URL then click on *Login*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:120 +msgid "Log into your database by entering your credentials. Skip this step if you are already logged in with this browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:122 +msgid "A message asks you if you want to let Outlook access your Odoo database. Click on *Allow* to complete the connection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:126 +msgid "Make sure first to :ref:`enable the feature on your database <outlook_extension/enable-feature>`. Failing to do so would result in an *error 404 message*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:130 +msgid "The extension displays some information, even if you do not connect it to any Odoo database. Note that only a limited amount of contact enrichment requests are available as a trial, as this feature requires prepaid credits. See the :ref:`Pricing section <outlook_extension/pricing>` below for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:140 +msgid "The extension is **free** and doesn't require any purchase to be installed and used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:142 +msgid "However, this extension provides you with *Lead Enrichment* in the **Company Insights** section. This service is part of a paid service known as **Lead Generation**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:145 +msgid "The extension allows you to test this service for free, whether you connect the extension to a database or not. After a while, the extension asks you to buy credits to keep using this additional service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:155 +msgid "You can buy more *Lead Generation* credits to keep using this service or disregard this message and keep using the extension for free without *Lead Enrichment*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:159 +msgid "In-App Purchase" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:162 +msgid "*Lead Generation* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service, which requires prepaid credits to be used. Each request consumes one credit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:41 +msgid "To buy credits, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Contacts --> Partner Autocomplete or Odoo IAP --> View My Services` and select a package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:167 +msgid "If you run out of credits, the only information populated when clicking on the suggested company is the website link and logo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:48 +msgid "Learn about our *Privacy Policy* `here <https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#header_2>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:174 +msgid ":doc:`../../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:175 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Lead Enrichment <https://www.odoo.com/r/p73>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:3 +msgid "Enrich your contacts base with Partner Autocomplete" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:5 +msgid "Parter Autocomplete helps you to enrich your contacts database with corporate data. Select one of the companies suggested in the dropdown, and quickly get all the information you need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:11 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Contacts` and activate the *Partner Autocomplete* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:18 +msgid "Enrich your contacts with corporate data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:22 +msgid "From any module, once you start to create a new contact typing the name of it, the system will suggest a potential match. If you select it, the contact will be populated with corporate data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:23 +msgid "For example, after typing *Odoo*, you will get the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:33 +msgid "Partner Autocomplete also works if you enter a VAT number instead of a company name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:39 +msgid "*Partner Autocomplete* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service, which requires prepaid credits to be used. Each request will consume one credit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:44 +msgid "If you run out of credits, the only information that will be populated when clicking on the suggested company will be the website link and the logo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:46 +msgid "If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and you have the Enterprise version, you benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance.rst:3 +msgid "Analyze performance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:3 +msgid "Check your Win/Loss Ratio" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:5 +msgid "To see how well you are doing with your pipeline, take a look at the Win/Loss ratio." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:8 +msgid "To access this report, go to your *Pipeline* view under the *Reporting* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:11 +msgid "From there you can filter to which opportunities you wish to see, yours, the ones from your sales channel, your whole company, etc. You can then click on filter and check Won/Lost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:18 +msgid "You can also change the *Measures* to *Total Revenue*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:23 +msgid "You also have the ability to switch to a pie chart view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline.rst:3 +msgid "Organize the pipeline" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:3 +msgid "Manage lost opportunities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:5 +msgid "While working with your opportunities, you might lose some of them. You will want to keep track of the reasons you lost them and also which ways Odoo can help you recover them in the future." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:10 +msgid "Mark a lead as lost" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:12 +msgid "While in your pipeline, select any opportunity you want and you will see a *Mark Lost* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:15 +msgid "You can then select an existing *Lost Reason* or create a new one right there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:22 +msgid "Manage & create lost reasons" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:24 +msgid "You will find your *Lost Reasons* under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Lost Reasons`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:26 +msgid "You can select & rename any of them as well as create a new one from there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:30 +msgid "Retrieve lost opportunities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:32 +msgid "To retrieve lost opportunities and do actions on them (send an email, make a feedback call, etc.), select the *Lost* filter in the search bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:39 +msgid "You will then see all your lost opportunities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:41 +msgid "If you want to refine them further, you can add a filter on the *Lost Reason*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:44 +msgid "For Example, *Too Expensive*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:50 +msgid "Restore lost opportunities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:52 +msgid "From the Kanban view with the filter(s) in place, you can select any opportunity you wish and work on it as usual. You can also restore it by clicking on *Archived*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:59 +msgid "You can also restore items in batch from the Kanban view when they belong to the same stage. Select *Restore Records* in the column options. You can also archive the same way." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:66 +msgid "To select specific opportunities, you should switch to the list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:71 +msgid "Then you can select as many or all opportunities and select the actions you want to take." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:78 +msgid ":doc:`../performance/win_loss`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:3 +msgid "Manage multiple sales teams" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:5 +msgid "In Odoo, you can manage several sales teams, departments or channels with specific sales processes. To do so, we use the concept of *Sales Channel*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:10 +msgid "Create a new sales channel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:12 +msgid "To create a new *Sales Channel*, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Sales Channels`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:14 +msgid "There you can set an email alias to it. Every message sent to that email address will create a lead/opportunity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:21 +msgid "Add members to your sales channel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:23 +msgid "You can add members to any channel; that way those members will see the pipeline structure of the sales channel when opening it. Any lead/opportunity assigned to them will link to the sales channel. Therefore, you can only be a member of one channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:28 +msgid "This will ease the process review of the team manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:33 +msgid "If you now filter on this specific channel in your pipeline, you will find all of its opportunities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:40 +msgid "Sales channel dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:42 +msgid "To see the operations and results of any sales channel at a glance, the sales manager also has access to the *Sales Channel Dashboard* under *Reporting*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:46 +msgid "It is shared with the whole ecosystem so every revenue stream is included in it: Sales, eCommerce, PoS, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads.rst:3 +msgid "Assign and track leads" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:3 +msgid "Assign leads based on scoring" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:5 +msgid "With *Leads Scoring* you can automatically rank your leads based on selected criterias." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:8 +msgid "For example you could score customers from your country higher or the ones that visited specific pages on your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:14 +msgid "To use scoring, install the free module *Lead Scoring* under your *Apps* page (only available in Odoo Enterprise)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:21 +msgid "Create scoring rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:23 +msgid "You now have a new tab in your *CRM* app called *Leads Management* where you can manage your scoring rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:26 +msgid "Here's an example for a Canadian lead, you can modify for whatever criteria you wish to score your leads on. You can add as many criterias as you wish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:33 +msgid "Every hour every lead without a score will be automatically scanned and assigned their right score according to your scoring rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:40 +msgid "Assign leads" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:42 +msgid "Once the scores computed, leads can be assigned to specific teams using the same domain mechanism. To do so go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Leads Management --> Team Assignation` and apply a specific domain on each team. This domain can include scores." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:49 +msgid "Further on, you can assign to a specific vendor in the team with an even more refined domain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:52 +msgid "To do so go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Leads Management --> Leads Assignation`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:58 +msgid "The team & leads assignation will assign the unassigned leads once a day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:62 +msgid "Evaluate & use the unassigned leads" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:64 +msgid "Once your scoring rules are in place you will most likely still have some unassigned leads. Some of them could still lead to an opportunity so it is useful to do something with them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:68 +msgid "In your leads page you can place a filter to find your unassigned leads." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:73 +msgid "Why not using :menuselection:`Email Marketing` or :menuselection:`Marketing Automation` apps to send a mass email to them? You can also easily find such unassigned leads from there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:3 +msgid "Track your prospects visits" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:5 +msgid "Tracking your website pages will give you much more information about the interests of your website visitors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:8 +msgid "Every tracked page they visit will be recorded on your lead/opportunity if they use the contact form on your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:14 +msgid "To use this feature, install the free module *Lead Scoring* under your *Apps* page (only available in Odoo Enterprise)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:21 +msgid "Track a webpage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:23 +msgid "Go to any static page you want to track on your website and under the *Promote* tab you will find *Optimize SEO*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:29 +msgid "There you will see a *Track Page* checkbox to track this page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:35 +msgid "See visited pages in your leads/opportunities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:37 +msgid "Now each time a lead is created from the contact form it will keep track of the pages visited by that visitor. You have two ways to see those pages, on the top right corner of your lead/opportunity you can see a *Page Views* button but also further down you will see them in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:43 +msgid "Both will update if the viewers comes back to your website and visits more pages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:52 +msgid "The feature will not repeat multiple viewings of the same pages in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:55 +msgid "Your customers will no longer be able to keep any secrets from you!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:4 +msgid "Point of Sale" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features.rst:3 +msgid "Pricing Features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:3 +msgid "Using discount tags with a barcode scanner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:5 +msgid "If you want to sell your products with a discount, for a product getting close to its expiration date for example, you can use discount tags. They allow you to scan discount barcodes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:10 +msgid "To use discount tags you will need to use a barcode scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:13 +msgid "Barcode Nomenclature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:15 +msgid "To use discounts tags, we need to learn about barcode nomenclature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:17 +msgid "Let's say you want to have a discount for the product with the following barcode:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:23 +msgid "You can find the *Default Nomenclature* under the settings of your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:32 +msgid "Let's say you want 50% discount on a product you have to start your barcode with 22 (for the discount barcode nomenclature) and then 50 (for the %) before adding the product barcode. In our example, the barcode would be:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:41 +msgid "Scan the products & tags" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:43 +msgid "You first have to scan the desired product (in our case, a lemon)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:48 +msgid "And then scan the discount tag. The discount will be applied and you can finish the transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:3 +msgid "Apply Discounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:5 +msgid "By offering discounts, you can entice your customers and drastically increase your revenue. It is vital to offer discounts, whether they are time-limited, seasonal or manually given." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:9 +msgid "To manage discounts, Odoo has powerful features that help set up a pricing strategy tailored to every business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:13 +msgid "Apply manual discounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:15 +msgid "If you seldom use discounts, applying manual ones might be the easiest solution for your Point of Sale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:18 +msgid "You can either apply a discount on the whole order or on specific products inside an order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:22 +msgid "Apply a discount on a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:24 +msgid "From your PoS session interface, use the *Disc* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:30 +msgid "Then, you can input a discount over the product that is currently selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:34 +msgid "Apply a global discount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:36 +msgid "To apply a discount on the whole order, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and select your PoS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:39 +msgid "Once on your PoS form, select *Global Discounts*, under the *Pricing* category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:45 +msgid "Now, you have a new *Discount* button appearing on your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:51 +msgid "Click on it and enter the wanted discount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:58 +msgid "On this example, there is a global discount of 50% as well as a specific 50% discount on oranges." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:62 +msgid "Apply time-limited discounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:64 +msgid "To activate time-limited discounts, you must activate the *Pricelists* feature. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and open your PoS. Then, enable the pricelist feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:73 +msgid "Once activated, you must choose the pricelists you want to make available in the PoS and define a default one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:77 +msgid "Create a pricelist" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:79 +msgid "By default, Odoo has a *Public Pricelist* configured. To create more, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Products --> Pricelists`. Then click on create." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:83 +msgid "When creating a pricelist, you can set several criteria to use a specific price: period, min. quantity, etc. You can also decide to apply that pricelist on specific products or on the whole range." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:92 +msgid "Using a pricelist with the PoS interface" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:94 +msgid "On the PoS interface, a new button appears. Use it to select a pricelist." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:101 +msgid "Click on it to instantly update the prices with the selected pricelist. Then, you can finalize the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:3 +msgid "Manage a loyalty program" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:5 +msgid "Encourage your customers to continue to shop at your point of sale with a *Loyalty Program*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:11 +msgid "To activate the *Loyalty Program* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface. Under the Pricing features, select *Loyalty Program*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:19 +msgid "From there you can create and edit your loyalty programs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:24 +msgid "You can decide what type of program you wish to use, if the reward is a discount or a gift, make it specific to some products or cover your whole range. Apply rules so that it is only valid in specific situation and everything in between." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:30 +msgid "Use the loyalty program in your PoS interface" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:32 +msgid "When a customer is set, you will now see the points they will get for the transaction and they will accumulate until they are spent. They are spent using the button *Rewards* when they have enough points according to the rules defined in the loyalty program." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:40 +msgid "You can see the price is instantly updated to reflect the pricelist. You can finalize the order in your usual way." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:44 +msgid "If you select a customer with a default pricelist, it will be applied. You can of course change it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:3 +msgid "Using Pricelists in Point of Sale" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:5 +msgid "You probably know the concept of happy hour: during a certain period of time, the barman gives a discount on some drinks (usually 50% off or a buy one get one free). When the period is over, prices go back to normal. But how does that relate with Odoo?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:10 +msgid "In Odoo, you can set up happy hours. It’s one of the many possible uses of *Pricelists*. Those *Pricelists* allow the creation of multiple prices for the same product: a regular one and a special one for happy hours. Available in the *PoS* app, those are really convenient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:17 +msgid "Set up Pricelists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:19 +msgid "To set up a *Pricelist*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Configuration` and enable the *Pricelist* feature. Then, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and enable *Pricelist* for the *PoS*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:26 +msgid "Now, you can create *Pricelists* by clicking on the *Pricelists* link. Then, set it up by choosing the product category you want to include in your happy hour and the discount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:33 +msgid "Go back to your *PoS* settings and add the Happy Hour pricelist to the list. You can even choose a default pricelist if needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:39 +msgid "From now on, on the *PoS* interface, a new button is available, allowing you to choose among the different *pricelists* you added before." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:46 +msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm.rst:3 +msgid "Fiscal Data Modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Setting up the Fiscal Data Module with the Odoo POS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:170 msgid "Introduction" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:8 +msgid "The Belgian government requires certain businesses to use a government-certified device called a **Fiscal Data Module** (also known as a **blackbox**). This device works together with the POS application and logs certain transactions. On top of that, the used POS application must also be certified by the government and must adhere to strict standards specified by them. `Odoo 9 (Enterprise Edition) is a certified application <http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/systemes-certifies>`_. More information concerning the Fiscal Data Module can be found on `the official website <http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:20 +msgid "Required hardware" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:22 +msgid "A government certified `Fiscal Data Module <http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/systemes-certifies#FDM%20certifiés>`_ per POS, all of them should work, but the Cleancash SC-B is recommended, you will also need:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:27 +msgid "Serial null modem cable per FDM (`example <http://www.startech.com/Cables/Serial-Parallel-PS-2/DB9-DB25/10-ft-Cross-Wired-Serial-Null-Modem-Cable-DB9-FM~SCNM9FM>`__)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:29 +msgid "Serial-to-USB adapter per FDM (`example <http://trendnet.com/products/proddetail.asp?prod=265_TU-S9>`__)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:32 +msgid "A registered IoT Box per POS configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:35 +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:38 +msgid "IoT Box" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:40 +msgid "In order to use a Fiscal Data Module, you will need a registered IoT Box. These IoT Boxes are similar to the regular IoT Boxes we sell, but they are registered with the Belgian government. This is required by law. Attempting to use a Fiscal Data Module on a non-registered IoT Box will not work. You can verify that the Fiscal Data Module is recognized by the IoT Box by going to the *Hardware status page* via the IoT Box homepage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:52 +msgid "Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:54 +msgid "An Odoo POS app can be given certified POS capabilities by installing the **Belgian Registered Cash Register** app (technical name: ``pos_blackbox_be``). Because of government restrictions imposed on us, this installation cannot be undone. After this, you will have to ensure that each POS configuration has a unique registered IoT Box associated with it (:menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and ensure Hardware Proxy / IoT Box and the serial number of your IoT Box is set). The first time you open the Point of Sale and attempt to do a transaction, you will be asked to input the PIN that you received with your VAT signing card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:69 +msgid "Certification & On-premise" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:71 +msgid "The certification granted by the government is restricted to the use on odoo.com SaaS instance. The usage of the module from the source or a modified version will **not** be certified. For on-premise users, we also support the Fiscal Data Module in such installations. The main restriction is that this requires an obfuscated version of the ``pos_blackbox_be`` module we will provide on request for Enterprise customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:79 +msgid "Restrictions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:81 +msgid "As mentioned before, in order to get certified the POS application must adhere to strict government guidelines. Because of this, a certified Odoo POS has some limitations not present in the non-certified Odoo POS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:86 +msgid "Refunding is disabled" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:87 +msgid "Modifying orderline prices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:88 +msgid "Creating/modifying/deleting POS orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:89 +msgid "Selling products without a valid tax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:90 +msgid "Multiple Odoo POS configurations per IoT Box are not allowed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:91 +msgid "Using the POS without a connection to the IoT Box (and thus FDM)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:92 +msgid "Blacklisted modules: pos_discount, pos_reprint, pos_loyalty" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:3 +msgid "Getting started" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:5 +msgid "When working with a Point of Sale application, employees want a simple, and user-friendly solution. A solution that works online or offline and with any device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:9 +msgid "A Point of Sale system is a fully integrated application that allows any transaction, automatically registers product moves in your stock, and gives you real-time statistics and consolidations across all shops." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:17 +msgid "Make products available in the PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:19 +msgid "To make products available for sale, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Products --> Products` and open a product. In the *Sales* tab, enable *Available in Point of Sale*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:28 +msgid "You can also define if the product has to be weighted or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:31 +msgid "Configure your payment methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:33 +msgid "To add a payment method, you first need to create it. Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment Methods` and click on create. Then, you can name your payment method and set it up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:43 +msgid "Don’t forget your credentials for methods using a payment terminal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:45 +msgid "Now, you can select the payment method in your PoS settings. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and open the PoS in which you want to include the payment method. Then, add the payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:55 +msgid "*Configuration* is the menu where you can edit all your point of sale settings. Some more features are available for restaurants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:59 +msgid "Your first PoS session" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:62 +msgid "Your first order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:64 +msgid "Open a new session from the dashboard by clicking on *New Session*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:70 +msgid "After the loading screen, you arrive on the PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:76 +msgid "Once an order is completed, you can register the payment. All the available payment methods appear on the left of the screen. Select the payment method and enter the received amount. Then, you can validate the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:82 +msgid "Return and refund products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:84 +msgid "Having a well-thought-out return policy is key to keep customers satisfied and make the process of accepting returns and refunds easy for you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:87 +msgid "To do that, from the PoS interface, select the product and quantity (with the +/- button) that the customer wants to return. For multiple products, repeat the process individually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:94 +msgid "When on the payment interface, the total is negative. To end the refund, process the payment and validate it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:102 +msgid "Close the PoS session" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:104 +msgid "To close your session at the end of the day, click on the close button on the upper right corner of your screen and confirm. Now, close the session on the dashboard view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:112 +msgid "It’s strongly advised to close your PoS session at the end of each day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:114 +msgid "Once a session is closed, you can see a summary of all transactions per payment method. Then, click on a line to see all orders that were paid during your PoS session. If everything is correct, validate the session and post the closing entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:123 +msgid "To connect the PoS hardware with an Odoo IoT Box, please refer to these docs: :doc:`Connect an IoT Box to your database </applications/productivity/iot/config/connect>` and :doc:`Use the IoT Box for the PoS </applications/productivity/iot/config/pos>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:129 +msgid "View your statistics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:131 +msgid "Keeping track of your sales is essential to get meaningful statistics. That’s why Odoo provides analyzes about your sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:134 +msgid "To access your statistics, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Reporting --> Orders`. There, you can see various statistics in graph or pivot form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:142 +msgid "You can also access them through the dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:3 +msgid "Register customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:5 +msgid "Registering your customers will give you the ability to grant them various privileges such as discounts, loyalty program, specific communication. It will also be required if they want an invoice and registering them will make any future interaction with them faster." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:11 +msgid "Create a customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:13 +msgid "From your session interface, use the customer button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:18 +msgid "Create a new one by using this button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:23 +msgid "You will be invited to fill out the customer form with their information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:29 +msgid "Use the save button when you are done. You can then select that customer in any future transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment.rst:3 +msgid "Payment Terminals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:3 +msgid "Connect an Ingenico Payment Terminal to your PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:5 +msgid "Connecting a payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid payment flow to your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:8 +msgid "Please note that Ingenico is currently only available for customers in the Benelux." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:15 +msgid "Connect an IoT Box" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:17 +msgid "Connecting an Ingenico Payment Terminal to Odoo is a feature that requires an IoT Box. For more information on how to connect an IoT Box to your database, please refer to the :doc:`IoT documentation </applications/productivity/iot/config/connect>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:22 +msgid "Configure the Lane/5000 for Ingenico BENELUX" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:24 +msgid "Click on the F button of the terminal, then go in the :menuselection:`PoS Menu --> Settings` and enter the settings password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:27 +msgid "Now, click on connexion change and TCP/IP. Type the IP of your *IoT Box* (you can find it on the form view of your IoT Box). Then, enter 9000 as port. The terminal will restart. Once it is done, go on your *IoT Box* form in Odoo and verify that the terminal has been found." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:36 +msgid "Configure the payment method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:38 +msgid "First, go in the general settings of the POS app, and activate the Ingenico setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:44 +msgid "Go back in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, go in the payments section and access your payment methods. Create a new payment method for Ingenico, select the payment terminal option Ingenico, and select your payment terminal device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:53 +msgid "Pay with a payment terminal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:55 +msgid "In your *PoS interface*, when processing a payment, select a *Payment Method* using a payment terminal. Check that the amount in the tendered column is the one that has to be sent to the payment terminal and click on *Send*. When the payment is successful, the status will change to *Payment Successful*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:64 +msgid "If you want to cancel the payment request, click on cancel. You can still retry to send the payment request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:67 +msgid "If there is any issue with the payment terminal, you can still force the payment using the *Force Done*. This will allow you to validate the order in Odoo even if the connexion between the terminal and Odoo has issues." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:73 +msgid "This option will only be available if you received an error message telling you the connexion failed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:76 +msgid "Once your payment is processed, on the payment record, you’ll find the type of card that has been used and the transaction ID." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a SIX Payment Terminal to your PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:5 +msgid "Connecting a SIX payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid payment flow to your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:9 +msgid "Even though Worldline has recently acquired SIX Payment Services and both companies use Yomani payment terminals, the firmware they run is different. Terminals received from Worldline are therefore not compatible with this integration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:16 +msgid "Configure the Payment Method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:20 +msgid "First, make sure that the POS Six module is installed. For this, go to *Apps*, remove the \"Apps\" filter and search for \"POS Six\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:26 +msgid "Back in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment Methods`, Create a new payment method for SIX, select the payment terminal option \"SIX without IoT Box\", and enter your payment terminal IP address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:40 +msgid "Pay with a Payment Terminal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:36 +msgid "In your PoS interface, at the moment of the payment, select a payment method using a payment terminal. Verify that the amount in the tendered column is the one that has to be sent to the payment terminal and click on *Send*. If you want to cancel the payment request, click on cancel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:44 +msgid "When the payment is done, the status will change to *Payment Successful*. You can always reverse the last transaction by clicking on *Reverse*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:51 +msgid "If there is any issue with the payment terminal, you can still force the payment using the *Force Done*. This will allow you to validate the order in Odoo even if the connexion between the terminal and Odoo encounters issues." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Vantiv Payment Terminal to your PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:5 +msgid "Connecting a Vantiv payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid payment flow to your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:9 +msgid "Please note MercuryPay only operates with US and Canadian banks, making this procedure only suitable for North American businesses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:18 +msgid "First, go in the general settings of the POS app, and activate the Vantiv setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:24 +msgid "Back in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, go in the payments section and access your payment methods. Create a new payment method for Vantiv, select the payment terminal option Vantiv, and create new Vantiv credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:32 +msgid "To create new Vantiv credentials, fill in your merchant ID and password, then save. Make sure the credentials you just created are selected, then save the payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:42 +msgid "In your PoS interface, at the moment of the payment, select your Vantiv payment method and… that’s all." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:3 +msgid "Restaurant Features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:3 +msgid "Print the Bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:5 +msgid "Use the *Bill Printing* feature to print the bill before the payment. This is useful if the bill is still subject to evolve and is thus not the definitive ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:10 +msgid "Configure Bill Printing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:12 +msgid "To activate *Bill Printing*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:15 +msgid "Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Bill Printing* option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:22 +msgid "Split a Bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:24 +msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Bill* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:29 +msgid "When you use it, you can then print the bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:3 +msgid "Using fiscal positions in PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:5 +msgid "In Odoo, *Fiscal Positions* let you apply different taxes based on the customer location. In a *Point of Sale*, such as a restaurant, it can be used to apply different taxes depending if the customer eats in or takes away." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:11 +msgid "Set up fiscal positions for PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:13 +msgid "To enable this feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and check *Fiscal Position per Order*. Now, you can choose the fiscal positions you want for your *PoS*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:21 +msgid "You need to create your fiscal positions before using this feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:24 +msgid "Using fiscal positions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:26 +msgid "Once on your *PoS* interface, click on the *Tax* button. Now, choose the fiscal position you need for the current order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:33 +msgid "Set up a default fiscal position" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:35 +msgid "If you want to use a default fiscal position, meaning that a preexisting value is always automatically assigned, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and enable *Fiscal Position*. Now, choose one to set as the default one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:43 +msgid "Now, the *tax* button is replaced by a *on site* button when on the *PoS* interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:3 +msgid "Print orders at the kitchen or bar" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:5 +msgid "To ease the workflow between the front of house and the back of the house, printing the orders taken on the PoS interface right in the kitchen or bar can be a tremendous help." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:10 +msgid "Activate the bar/kitchen printer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:12 +msgid "To activate the *Order printing* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:16 +msgid "Under the IoT Box / Hardware Proxy category, you will find *Order Printers*. Note that you need an IoT Box to connect your Printer to the PoS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:20 +msgid "Add a printer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:22 +msgid "In your configuration menu you will now have a *Order Printers* option where you can add the printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:29 +msgid "Print a kitchen/bar order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:34 +msgid "Select or create a printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:37 +msgid "Print the order in the kitchen/bar" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:39 +msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Order* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:44 +msgid "When you press it, it will print the order on your kitchen/bar printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:3 +msgid "Manage your tables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:5 +msgid "Restaurants have specific needs that shops don’t have. That’s why Odoo gives restaurant owners several unique features to help them manage their business in the best possible way." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:9 +msgid "Floor and table management, bill splitting, or even the possibility to print orders from the kitchen, everything is there to help your business shine and your employees to work efficiently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:16 +msgid "To activate the bar/restaurant features, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and open your PoS. Now, select *Is a Bar/Restaurant*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:24 +msgid "New features are shown with a fork and a knife next to it, indicating that they are restaurant-specific." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:32 +msgid "Add a floor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:34 +msgid "Once your *Point of Sale* has been configured, select *Table Management* under :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`. Then, click on *Floors* to create and name your floor and tables." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:47 +msgid "Don’t forget to link your floor to your point of sale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:50 +msgid "Add tables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:52 +msgid "To add tables, you can also open your PoS interface to see your floor(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:59 +msgid "Then, click on *Edit Mode* (pencil icon on the upper right corner) to be allowed to create, move, modify tables, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:67 +msgid "To make your table easier to be found, you can rename them, change their shape, size or even color. It is also possible to add the maximum number of sits the table can have." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:72 +msgid "Register your table(s) orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:74 +msgid "To register an order, click on the respective table. By doing so, you are taken to your main interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:82 +msgid "Transfer customer(s)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:84 +msgid "If your customers want to move to another table after they already ordered, use the transfer button. This way, the order is also moved to the new table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:88 +msgid "To do so, select the table your customer is currently on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:94 +msgid "Now, click on the transfer button and select the table to which you are transferring your customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:103 +msgid "Register an additional order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:105 +msgid "When registering an order, use the + button to simultaneously proceed to another one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:108 +msgid "Then, you can shift between your orders and process the payment when needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:116 +msgid "The - button allows you to remove the order you are currently on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:3 +msgid "Offer a bill-splitting option" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:5 +msgid "Offering an easy bill splitting solution to your customers will leave them with a positive experience. That's why this feature is available out-of-the-box in the Odoo Point of Sale application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:12 +msgid "To activate the *Bill Splitting* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:16 +msgid "Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find the Bill Splitting option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:23 +msgid "Split a bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:25 +msgid "In your PoS interface, you now have a *Split* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:30 +msgid "When you use it, you will be able to select what that guest should had and process the payment, repeating the process for each guest." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:3 +msgid "Integrate a tip option into payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:5 +msgid "As it is customary to tip in many countries all over the world, it is important to have the option in your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:9 +msgid "Configure Tipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:11 +msgid "To activate the *Tips* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:14 +msgid "Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Tips*. Select it and create a *Tip Product* such as *Tips* in this case." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:21 +msgid "Add Tips to the bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:23 +msgid "Once on the payment interface, you now have a new *Tip* button" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:28 +msgid "Add the tip your customer wants to leave and process to the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop.rst:3 +msgid "Shop Features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:3 +msgid "Using barcodes in PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:5 +msgid "Using a barcode scanner to process point of sale orders improves your efficiency and helps you to save time for you and your customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:11 +msgid "To use a barcode scanner, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:14 +msgid "Under the IoT Box / Hardware category, you will find *Barcode Scanner* select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:21 +msgid "Add barcodes to product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:23 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Products` and select a product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:26 +msgid "Under the general information tab, you can find a barcode field where you can input any barcode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:33 +msgid "Scanning products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:35 +msgid "From your PoS interface, scan any barcode with your barcode scanner. The product will be added, you can scan the same product to add it multiple times or change the quantity manually on the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:3 +msgid "Set-up Cash Control in Point of Sale" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:5 +msgid "Cash control allows you to check the amount of the cashbox at the opening and closing. You can thus make sure no error has been made and that no cash is missing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:10 +msgid "Activate Cash Control" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:12 +msgid "To activate the *Cash Control* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:16 +msgid "Under the payments category, you will find the cash control setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:21 +msgid "In this example, you can see I want to have 275$ in various denomination at the opening and closing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:24 +msgid "When clicking on **Opening/Closing Values** you will be able to create those values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:31 +msgid "Start a session" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:33 +msgid "You now have a new button added when you open a session, *Set opening Balance*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:42 +msgid "By default it will use the values you added before, but you can always modify it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:46 +msgid "Close a session" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:48 +msgid "When you want to close your session, you now have a *Set Closing Balance* button as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:51 +msgid "You can then see the theoretical balance, the real closing balance (what you have just counted) and the difference between the two." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:57 +msgid "If you use the *Take Money Out* option to take out your transactions for this session, you now have a zero-sum difference and the same closing balance as your opening balance. You cashbox is ready for the next session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:3 +msgid "Cash Rounding" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:5 +msgid "**Cash rounding** is required when the lowest physical denomination of currency, or the smallest coin, is higher than the minimum unit of account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:9 +msgid "For example, some countries require their companies to round up or down the total amount of an invoice to the nearest five cents, when the payment is made in cash." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:13 +msgid "Each point of sale in Odoo can be configured to apply cash rounding to the totals of its bills or receipts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:19 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable *Cash Rounding*, then click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:25 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, open the point of sale you want to configure, and enable the *Cash Rounding* option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:29 +msgid "To define the **Rounding Method**, open the drop-down list and click on *Create and Edit...*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:32 +msgid "Define here your *Rounding Precision*, *Profit Account*, and *Loss Account*, then save both the Rounding Method and your Point of Sale settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:39 +msgid "All total amounts of this point of sale now add a line to apply the rounding according to your settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:46 +msgid "Odoo Point of Sale only support the *Add a rounding line* rounding strategies and *Half-up* rounding methods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:3 +msgid "Invoice from the PoS interface" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:5 +msgid "Some of your customers might request an invoice when buying from your Point of Sale, you can easily manage it directly from the PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:9 +msgid "Activate invoicing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:11 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and select your Point of Sale:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:17 +msgid "Under the *Bills & Receipts* you will see the invoicing option, tick it. Don't forget to choose in which journal the invoices should be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:25 +msgid "Select a customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:27 +msgid "From your session interface, use the customer button" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:32 +msgid "You can then either select an existing customer and set it as your customer or create a new one by using this button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:38 +msgid "You will be invited to fill out the customer form with its information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:41 +msgid "Invoice your customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:43 +msgid "From the payment screen, you now have an invoice option, use the button to select it and validate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:49 +msgid "You can then print the invoice and move on to your next order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:52 +msgid "Retrieve invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:54 +msgid "Once out of the PoS interface (:menuselection:`Close --> Confirm` on the top right corner) you will find all your orders in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Orders --> Orders` and under the status tab you will see which ones have been invoiced. When clicking on a order you can then access the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:3 +msgid "Log in with employee" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:5 +msgid "With Odoo *Point of Sale*, you can manage multiple cashiers. This feature allows you to keep track of who is working, when and how much each cashier made for that session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:9 +msgid "There are three ways to switch cashiers in Odoo: by *selecting the cashier*, by *entering a PIN code* or by *scanning a barcode*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:13 +msgid "To manage multiple cashiers, you need several employees (at least two)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:16 +msgid "Set up log in with employees" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:18 +msgid "To enable the feature, go to your *PoS settings* and check log in with employees on your *PoS form*. Then, add the employees that have access to the cash register." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:25 +msgid "Now, you can switch cashier easily." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:28 +msgid "Switch without pin codes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:30 +msgid "The easiest way to switch cashiers is without a code. To do so, click on the cashier name in your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:36 +msgid "Now, you just have to click on your name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:42 +msgid "Switch cashier with pin codes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:44 +msgid "You can set a pin code on each cashier. To set up a pin code, go to the employee form and add a security PIN, in the *HR settings tab*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:50 +msgid "Now, when switching cashier, a PIN password will be asked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:56 +msgid "Switch cashier with barcodes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:58 +msgid "You can ask your employees to log themselves with their badges. To do so, set up a barcode at the same place you add the PIN code. Print the badge and when they will scan it, the cashier will be switched to that employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:67 +msgid "Find who was the cashier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:69 +msgid "Once you have closed your *PoS session*, you can have an overview of the amount each cashier sold for. To do so, go to the orders menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:75 +msgid "Now, you can open the order and have a summary of the sold products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:3 +msgid "Reprint Receipts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:5 +msgid "Use the *Reprint receipt* feature if you have the need to reprint a ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:10 +msgid "To activate *Reprint Receipt*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale`. and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:13 +msgid "Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Reprint Receipt* option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:17 +msgid "In order to allow the option reprint receipt, you need to activate the receipt printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:23 +msgid "Reprint a receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:25 +msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Reprint receipt* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:30 +msgid "When you use it, you can then reprint your last receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Topics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:3 +msgid "How to give portal access rights to my customers?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:6 +msgid "What is Portal access/Who is a portal user?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:8 +msgid "A portal access is given to a user who has the necessity to have access to Odoo instance, to view certain documents or information in the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:12 +msgid "For Example, a long term client who needs to view online quotations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:14 +msgid "A portal user has only read/view access. He or she will not be able to edit any document in the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:18 +msgid "How to give portal access to customers?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:21 +msgid "From Contacts Module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:23 +msgid "From the main menu, select **Contacts** menu. If the contact is not yet created in the system, click on the create button to create new contact. Enter details of the contact and click \"save\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:33 +msgid "Choose a contact, click on the **Action** menu in the top-center of the interface and from the drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:36 +msgid "Select **Portal Access Management**. A pop up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:41 +msgid "Enter the login **email ID**, check the box under **In Portal** and add the content to be included in the email in the text field box below. Click on **Apply** when you're done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:47 +msgid "An email will be sent to the specified email address, indicating that the contact is now a portal user of the respective instance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector.rst:3 +msgid "Amazon Connector" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:3 +msgid "Amazon Connector Features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:5 +msgid "The **Amazon Connector** synchronizes the orders between Amazon and your Odoo database, which reduces considerably the amount of time spent on your Amazon Seller Central dashboard, making your daily routine a lot easier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:10 +msgid "Supported Features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:12 +msgid "The connector is able to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:14 +msgid "Synchronize (Amazon to Odoo) all confirmed orders (both FBA and FBM) and their order items which include:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:17 +msgid "the product’s name, description and quantity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:18 +msgid "the shipping costs for the product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:19 +msgid "the gift wrapping charges" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:21 +msgid "Create on Odoo any missing partner related to an order (contact types supported: contact and delivery)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:23 +msgid "Notify Amazon of a shipping confirmed on Odoo (FBM) in order to get paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:25 +msgid "Support multiple seller accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:26 +msgid "Support multiple marketplaces per seller account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:29 +msgid "Fulfilled By Amazon (FBA)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:29 +msgid "Fulfilled By Merchant (FBM)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:31 +msgid "**Orders**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:31 +msgid "Synchronize shipped and canceled orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:31 +msgid "Synchronize unshipped and canceled orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 +msgid "**Shipping**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 +msgid "Charges" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:35 +msgid "Delivery created" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 +msgid "**Gift Wrapping**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:43 +msgid "Handled by Amazon" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 +msgid "Gift wrapping charges" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:38 +msgid "Gift message" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 +msgid "**Stock Management**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 +msgid "One stock move created per sales order item" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 +msgid "Handled by the delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:43 +msgid "**Confirmation**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:43 +msgid "Notify Amazon when confirming delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:48 +msgid "The connector is designed to synchronize orders' data as detailed above. Other actions, such as downloading monthly fees reports, handling disputes, or issuing refunds must be managed from Amazon Seller Central, as usual." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:55 +msgid "Supported Marketplaces" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:57 +msgid "The Amazon Connector currently supports 9 marketplaces. If a marketplace is not listed below, it may be possible for you to :ref:`add it as an unsupported marketplace <amazon/add-unsupported-marketplace>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:62 +msgid "**North America region**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:64 +msgid "Canada" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:64 +msgid "Amazon.ca" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:66 +msgid "Mexico" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:66 +msgid "Amazon.com.mx" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:68 +msgid "US" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:68 +msgid "Amazon.com" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:72 +msgid "**Europe region**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:74 +msgid "Germany" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:74 +msgid "Amazon.de" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:76 +msgid "Spain" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:76 +msgid "Amazon.es" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:78 +msgid "France" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:78 +msgid "Amazon.fr" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:80 +msgid "UK" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:80 +msgid "Amazon.co.uk" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:82 +msgid "Italy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:82 +msgid "Amazon.it" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:84 +msgid "Netherlands" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:84 +msgid "Amazon.nl" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:98 +msgid ":doc:`setup`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:162 +msgid ":doc:`manage`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Amazon orders in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:6 +msgid "Synchronization of orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:8 +msgid "Orders are automatically fetched from Amazon and synchronized in Odoo at regular intervals. The synchronization is based on the Amazon status: only orders whose status has changed since the last synchronization are fetched from Amazon. For **FBA** (Fulfilled by Amazon), only **Shipped** and **Canceled** orders are fetched. For **FBM** (Fulfilled by Merchant), the same is done for **Unshipped** and **Canceled** orders. For each synchronized order, a sales order and a customer are created in Odoo if they are not yet registered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:15 +msgid "When an order is canceled in Amazon and was already synchronized in Odoo, the corresponding sales order is automatically canceled in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:19 +msgid "To force the synchronization of an order whose status has not changed since the last synchronization, activate the :doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>`, navigate to your Amazon account and modify the date under :menuselection:`Orders Follow-up --> Last Order Sync`. Pick a date anterior to the last status change of the order that you wish to synchronize and save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:26 +msgid "To synchronize immediately the orders of your Amazon account switch to :doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>`, head to your Amazon account and click on **SYNC ORDERS**. The same can be done with pickings by clicking on **SYNC PICKINGS**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:31 +msgid "Manage deliveries in FBM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:33 +msgid "When a **FBM** (Fulfilled by Merchant) order is synchronized in Odoo, a picking is created along with the sales order and the customer. You can either ship all the ordered products to your customer at once or ship products partially by using backorders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:37 +msgid "When a picking related to the order is confirmed, a notification is sent to Amazon who will, in turn, notify the customer that the order (or a part of it) is on its way." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:41 +msgid "Follow deliveries in FBA" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:43 +msgid "When a **FBA** (Fulfilled by Amazon) order is synchronized in Odoo, a stock move is recorded for each sales order item so that it is saved in your system. Inventory managers can find such moves in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Product Moves`. They pick up products in a specific inventory location called **Amazon**. This location represents your stock in Amazon's warehouses and allows you to manage the stock of your products under the FBA program." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:50 +msgid "To follow your Amazon (FBA) stock in Odoo, you can make an inventory adjustment after replenishing it. You can also trigger an automated replenishment from reordering rules on the Amazon location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:55 +msgid "The Amazon location is configurable by Amazon account managed in Odoo. All accounts of the same company use the same location by default. It is however possible to follow the stock by marketplace. First, remove the marketplace for which you want to follow the stock separately from the list of synchronized marketplaces. Then, create another registration for this account and remove all marketplaces, except the one to isolate from the others. Finally, assign another stock location to the second registration of your account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:63 +msgid "Issue invoices and register payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:65 +msgid "You can issue invoices for Amazon orders in Odoo. Click **Create Invoice** in the sales order to do so. You can also do it in batch from the list view of orders. Then, confirm and send the invoices to your customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:70 +msgid "To display only Amazon-related orders on the list view, you can filter orders based on the sales team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:73 +msgid "As the customer has paid Amazon as an intermediary, you should register invoice payments in a payment journal dedicated to Amazon (e.g. Amazon Payments, with a dedicated intermediary account). You can do the same with the vendor bill received from Amazon and dedicated to commissions. When you receive the balance on your bank account at the end of the month and record your bank statements in Odoo, you simply credit the Amazon intermediary account by the amount received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:80 +msgid "Follow your Amazon sales in sales reporting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:82 +msgid "As a sales team is set on your account under the tab **Order Follow-up**, this helps you give quick glances at the figures in just a few clicks in Sales reporting. By default, your account's sales team is shared between all of your company's accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:86 +msgid "If you wish, you can change the sales team on your account for another to perform a separate reporting for the sales of this account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:90 +msgid "It is also possible to perform reporting on a per-marketplace basis in a similar fashion. First, remove the marketplace you wish to track separately from the list of synchronized marketplaces. Then, create another registration for this account and remove all marketplaces, except the one to isolate from the others. Finally, assign another sales team to one of the two registrations of your account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:161 +msgid ":doc:`features`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Configure Amazon Connector in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:6 +msgid "Generate an Authorization Token in Seller Central" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:10 +msgid "The Amazon Connector uses an Authorization Token that allows Odoo to fetch data from your Amazon Seller Central account. This token can be obtained directly through Seller Central in a few clicks and needs to be set up in your Odoo database configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:14 +msgid "Connect to your Seller Central account for the marketplace you initially signed up (e.g. if you created your account on Amazon Germany, go to `Amazon Seller Central for Germany <https://sellercentral.amazon.de>`_) with an administrator account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:19 +msgid "You might need to use the *main* (or first) administrator account and not one added subsequently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:22 +msgid "In the main menu, select :menuselection:`Apps & Services --> Manage Your Apps`; in the page that displays, click on the ``Authorize new developper`` button:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:28 +msgid "Fill in the form depending on your Marketplace:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:33 +msgid "If your seller account is registered in the **North America** region, use these values:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:40 +msgid "Developer's Name: ``Odoo S.A.``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:36 +msgid "Developer ID: ``586127723692``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:38 +msgid "For the **Europe** region, use these values:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:41 +msgid "Developer ID: ``579095187166``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:43 +msgid "Amazon will then inform you that by submitting the form, you are giving access to your Seller Central Information to Odoo S.A." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:47 +msgid "Odoo S.A. is unable to access your Amazon account's information without the Authorization Token which is stored in your Odoo database - we do not store these tokens on our platform directly and are therefore unable to access your account's information outside of the Amazon Connector normal flows." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:53 +msgid "Register your Amazon account in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:57 +msgid "To register your seller account in Odoo, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Amazon Accounts` and click on **CREATE**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:60 +msgid "The **Seller ID** can be found in Seller Central under the link **Your Merchant Token** on the **Seller Account Information** page. The **Authorization Token** is the one you generated in the :ref:`previous step <amazon/generate_auth_token>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:64 +msgid "Upon saving, your credentials are checked. In case of issues, an error will be displayed - the information cannot be saved until your credentials are recognized by Amazon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:67 +msgid "Once the account is registered, the marketplaces available to this account are synchronized and listed under the **Marketplaces** tab. If you wish, you can remove some items from the list of synchronized marketplaces to disable their synchronization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:72 +msgid "Match database products in Amazon" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:74 +msgid "When an Amazon order is synchronized, up to three sales order items are created in Odoo for each product sold on Amazon: one for the marketplace product, one for the shipping charges (if any) and one for the gift wrapping charges (if any)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:80 +msgid "The selection of a database product for a sales order item is done by matching its **internal reference** with the **SKU** for marketplace items, the **shipping code** for delivery charges, and the **gift wrapping** code for gift wrapping charges." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:84 +msgid "For marketplace products, pairings are saved as **Amazon Offers** which are listed under the **Offers** stat button on the account form. Offers are automatically created when the pairing is established and are used for subsequent orders to lookup SKUs. If no offer with a matching SKU is found, :ref:`the internal reference is used instead <amazon/matching>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:90 +msgid "It is possible to force the pairing of a marketplace item with a specific product by changing either the product or the SKU of an offer. The offer can be manually created if it was not automatically done yet. This is useful if you do not use the internal reference as the SKU or if you sell the product under different conditions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:95 +msgid "If no database product with a matching internal reference is found for a given SKU or gift wrapping code, a default database product **Amazon Sale** is used. The same is done with the default product **Amazon Shipping** and the shipping code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:100 +msgid "To modify the default products, activate the :doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>` and navigate to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Default Products`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:106 +msgid "Configure taxes of products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:108 +msgid "To allow for tax reporting of Amazon sales with Odoo, the taxes applied to the sales order items are those set on the product or determined by the fiscal position. Make sure to have set the correct taxes on your products in Odoo or to have it done by a fiscal position, to avoid discrepancies in the subtotals between Seller Central and Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:114 +msgid "As Amazon does not necessarily apply the same taxes as those configured in Odoo, it may happen that order totals differ by a few cents from that on Seller Central. Those differences can be resolved with a write-off when reconciling the payments in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:121 +msgid "Add an unsupported marketplace" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:123 +msgid "Some Amazon Marketplaces, such as Amazon Brazil, are not officially supported by Odoo but might be compatible with your seller account. These marketplaces can be added manually should you wish to use them. See :ref:`here <amazon/supported-marketplaces>` for the exhaustive list of natively supported marketplaces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:129 +msgid "To find out if a marketplace is eventually compatible, check the `Amazon Documentation <https://docs.developer.amazonservices.com/en_US/dev_guide/DG_Endpoints.html>`_. The marketplace must belong to the same region as that of your seller account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:133 +msgid "To add a new marketplace, you must first enable :doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:136 +msgid "Once that is done, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Amazon Marketplaces`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:139 +msgid "From there, you can create a new marketplace record. You will need the Marketplace ID and Endpoint for your marketplace as described in the `Amazon Documentation <https://docs.developer.amazonservices.com/en_US/dev_guide/DG_Endpoints.html>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:143 +msgid "Set the name of the record to ``Amazon.<domain>`` to easily retrieve it (for instance: ``Amazon.se``). The **Code**, **Domain** and **API Identifier** fields should respectively hold the *Country Code*, *Amazon MWS Endpoint* and *MarketplaceId* values from the Amazon Documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:147 +msgid "Once the marketplace is saved, you should then update the Amazon Account configuration by going to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Amazon Accounts`, open the account on which you wish to use the new marketplace, go to the **Marketplaces** tab and click on **Update available marketplaces** (an animation should confirm the success of the operation). Newly added marketplaces are automatically added to the list of synchronized marketplaces. If the new marketplace is not added to the list, it means that it is either incompatible or unavailable for your seller account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:156 +msgid "As manually added marketplaces are not officially supported by Odoo, there is no guarantee that adding one as described above will work, nor can this be considered as a bug when contacting Odoo Support." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector.rst:3 +msgid "eBay Connector" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:3 +msgid "How to list a product?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:6 +msgid "Listing without variation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:8 +msgid "In order to list a product, you need to check the **use eBay** field on a product form. The eBay tab will be available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:14 +msgid "When the **Use Stock Quantity** field is checked, the quantity sets on eBay will be the Odoo **Forecast Quantity**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:17 +msgid "The **Description Template** allows you to use templates for your listings. The default template only use the **eBay Description** field of the product. You can use html inside the **Description Template** and in the **eBay Description**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:21 +msgid "To use pictures in your listing, you need to add them as **Attachments** on the product template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:24 +msgid "Listing with variations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:26 +msgid "When the **use eBay** on a product with variations is checked and with **Fixed Price** as **Listing Type**, the eBay form is sligthly different. In the variants array, you can choose which variant will be listed on eBay as well as set the price and the quantity for each variant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:35 +msgid "Listing with item specifics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:37 +msgid "In order to add item specifics, you should create a product attribute with one value in the **Variants** tab on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:44 +msgid "Product Identifiers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:46 +msgid "Products identifiers such as EAN, UPC, Brand or MPN are required in most of the eBay category. The module manages the EAN and UPC identifiers with the **Barcode** field of the product variant. If the **Barcode** field is empty or is value is not valid, the EAN and UPC values will be set as 'Does not apply' as recommended by eBay. The Brand and MPN values are working as item specifics and should be define in the **Variants** tab on the product form. If theses values are not set, 'Does not apply' will be used for the eBay listing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:3 +msgid "How to configure eBay in Odoo?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:6 +msgid "Create eBay tokens" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:8 +msgid "In order to create your tokens, you need to create a developer account on the `developer portal <https://go.developer.ebay.com/>`_. Once you are logged in, you can create **Sandbox Keys** and **Production Keys** by clicking on the adequate buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:16 +msgid "After the creation of the keys, you can get the user token. To do so, click on the **Get a User Token** link in the bottom of the page. Go through the form, log in with you eBay account and you will get the keys and token needed to configure the module in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:22 +msgid "Set up tokens in Odoo?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:24 +msgid "To set up the eBay integration, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:29 +msgid "First choose if you want to use the production or the sandbox eBay Site. Then fill in the fields **Developer Key**, **Token**, **App Key**, **Cert Key**. Apply the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:33 +msgid "Once the page is reloaded, you need to synchronize information from eBay. Push on **Sync countries and currencies**, then you can fill in all the other fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:36 +msgid "When all the fields are filled in, you can synchronize the categories and the policies by clicking on the adequate buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:40 +msgid "Using the updated synchronisation method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:42 +msgid "If you have a lot of products, the eBay API can sometimes refuse some synchronization calls due to a time-based limit on the number of requests that eBay enforces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:45 +msgid "To fix this issue, a new implementation mechanism has been developped; however this updated mechanism is disabled by default to avoid having the 2 systems running in parallel in existing installations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:49 +msgid "To switch to the new synchronization mechanism:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:51 +msgid "Enable the :doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:52 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Scheduled Actions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:53 +msgid "Archive the old synchronization actions (both are named *Ebay: update product status*)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:54 +msgid "Activate the new synchronization actions (*Ebay: get new orders* which runs every 15min by default and *Ebay: synchronise stock (for 'get new orders' synchronisation)* which runs once a day per default)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:55 +msgid "Ensure that the **Next Execution Date** for both these actions are in the near future" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:57 +msgid "Starting with the next execution date, the new method will be used instead of the old one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing.rst:3 +msgid "Invoicing Method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:3 +msgid "Request a down payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:5 +msgid "A down payment is a partial payment made by the buyer when a sales contract is concluded. This implies both parties' full commitment (seller and buyer) to honor the contract. With a down payment, the buyers show their will to acquire the product and agree to pay the rest later, while the sellers are obliged to provide the goods by accepting it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:10 +msgid "Sometimes a down payment is required for expensive orders or projects. That way, you can protect yourself and make sure that your customer is reliable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:14 +msgid "First time you request a down payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:16 +msgid "When a sales order is confirmed, you then have the possibility to create an invoice. Invoices are automatically created in drafts so that you can review them before validation. To create an invoice, Odoo Sales offers you 3 options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:20 +msgid "Regular invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:21 +msgid "Down payment (percentage)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:22 +msgid "Down payment (fixed amount)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:24 +msgid "In terms of down payment, it can either be a fixed amount or a percentage of the total amount. The first time you request a down payment, you can set a percentage or a fixed amount of your choice, and select the right income account and taxes. These settings will be reused for future down payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:34 +msgid "When you request your first down payment, a new product called **Down payment** will be created. This product will be registered as a **service** product with an invoicing policy of **ordered quantities**. As a reminder, you can edit this product and modify it at any time. Please note that if you choose **delivered quantities** as invoicing policy, **you will not be able to create an invoice**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:41 +msgid "Basic sales flow using down payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:43 +msgid "For this first example, we will use a 50% amount down payment with a product using **ordered quantities** as invoicing policy. Make sure to check out our documentation about invoicing policies here: :doc:`invoicing_policy` , before requesting your first down payment. When it comes to create and view the invoice, you will only have access to a draft invoice mentioning the down payment (as you can see below)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:53 +msgid "There, you can post the invoice and register the payment of your customer. But, we all know that in real life this flow does not happen immediately. So, for now, you can return to the sales order. There, you will have the possibility to see the order as a customer with the **Customer preview** button or to reach easily the previous draft invoice with the **Invoice** button. In any case, the down payment will be mentioned on both (sales order and draft invoice)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:63 +msgid "To complete the flow, when the customer wants to pay the rest of his sales order, you must create another invoice. Once again, you will have the choice to make another down payment or to deduct all the down payments and so, paying the rest of the invoice as a regular invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:71 +msgid "This flow is also possible with a down payment taking into account a fixed amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:74 +msgid "Be careful that if you do a down payment with a product using **delivered quantities** as invoicing policy, you won’t be able to deduct all the down payments when it comes to invoicing your customer. Indeed, you have to deliver a product before creating the final invoice. If nothing has been delivered, you create a **credit note** that cancels the draft invoice created after the down payment. To do so, you have to install the **Inventory App** to confirm the delivery. Otherwise, you can enter the delivered quantity manually on the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:82 +msgid "Modify the income account and customer taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:84 +msgid "From the products list, search for the **Down Payment** product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:90 +msgid "You can edit it and under the **General Information Tab** you will be able to change the customer taxes. Now, to change the income account, you will need to install the **Accounting App** to have the possibility to see the **Accounting Tab** on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:99 +msgid ":doc:`invoicing_policy`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:3 +msgid "Re-invoice expenses to customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:5 +msgid "It often happens that your employees have to spend their personal money while working on a project for your client. Let's take the example of an consultant paying an hotel to work on the site of your client. As a company, you would like to be able to invoice that expense to your client." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:64 +msgid "Expenses configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:66 +msgid "To track & invoice expenses, you will need the expenses app. Go to :menuselection:`Apps --> Expenses` to install it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:17 +msgid "You should also activate the analytic accounts feature to link expenses to the sales order, to do so, go to :menuselection:`Invoicing --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate *Analytic Accounting*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:74 +msgid "Add expenses to your sales order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:76 +msgid "From the expense app, you or your consultant can create a new one, e.g. the hotel for the first week on the site of your customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:79 +msgid "You can then enter a relevant description and select an existing product or create a new one from right there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:85 +msgid "Here, we are creating a *Hotel* product:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:38 +msgid "Under the invoicing tab, select *Delivered quantities* and either *At cost* or *Sales price* as well depending if you want to invoice the cost of your expense or a previously agreed on sales price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:97 +msgid "To modify or create more products go to :menuselection:`Expenses --> Configuration --> Expense products`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:100 +msgid "Back on the expense, add the original sale order in the expense to submit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:106 +msgid "It can then be submitted to the manager, approved and finally posted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:117 +msgid "It will then be in the sales order and ready to be invoiced." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:3 +msgid "Invoice based on delivered or ordered quantities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:5 +msgid "Different business policies might require different options for invoicing:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:7 +msgid "The **Invoice what is ordered** rule is used as **default mode** in Odoo Sales, which means that customers will be invoiced once the sales order is confirmed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:10 +msgid "The **Invoice what is delivered** rule will invoice customers once the delivery is done. This rule concerns businesses that sell materials, liquids or food in large quantities. In these cases, the quantity might diverge a little bit and it is, therefore, preferable to invoice the quantity actually delivered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:15 +msgid "Being able to have different invoicing options allow you more flexibility. Indeed, you need to know exactly how to invoice your customers for different situations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:19 +msgid "Activate these features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:21 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and under **Invoicing policy** choose the rule you want to apply." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:30 +msgid "If you decide to choose the **Invoice what is delivered** rule, you will not be able to activate the feature called **Automatic invoice**, which automatically generates invoices when the online payment is confirmed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:35 +msgid "Choose an invoicing policy on a product form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:37 +msgid "From any product page, under the **Sales tab**, you will find the invoicing policy, which can be manually changed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:46 +msgid "Impact on sales flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:48 +msgid "On Odoo Sales, the basic sales flow will be to create a quotation, send it to your customer, wait for confirmation, confirm the sales order and create an invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:51 +msgid "**Invoice what is ordered**: No impact on this basic sales flow. Indeed, you can invoice as soon as the sale is confirmed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:54 +msgid "**Invoice what is delivered**: Small impact on sales flow because you will have to manually enter the delivered quantity on the sales order or to install the **Inventory App** to confirm the delivered quantity before creating an invoice, with the **Sales App**. Indeed, if you try to create an invoice without validating the delivered quantity, you will receive an error message as below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:65 +msgid "Once the quotation is confirmed and that the status went from **Quotation sent** to **Sales order**, you are able to see your delivered and invoiced quantities directly from your sales order (it is true for both rules)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:74 +msgid "Odoo will automatically add the quantities to the invoice (even if it is a partial delivery)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:76 +msgid "Finally, to create an invoice, you will have different possibilities: regular invoice or down payment (percentage or fixed amount)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:80 +msgid "Be sure to check out our documentation about down payment here: :doc:`down_payment`, to master this incredible feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:3 +msgid "Invoice project milestones" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:5 +msgid "Milestone invoicing can be used for expensive or large-scale projects, with each milestone representing a clear sequence of work that will incrementally build up to the completion of the contract. This invoicing method is comfortable both for the company which is ensured to get a steady cash flow throughout the project lifetime and for the client who can monitor the project's progress and pay in several installments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:13 +msgid "Create milestone products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:15 +msgid "In Odoo, each milestone of your project is considered as a product. To configure products to work this way, go to any product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:18 +msgid "You have to set the product type as *Service* under general information and select *Milestones* in the sales tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:25 +msgid "Invoice milestones" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:27 +msgid "From the sales order, you can manually edit the quantity delivered as you complete a milestone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:33 +msgid "You can then invoice that first milestone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:22 +msgid "Send a pro-forma invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:5 +msgid "A pro-forma invoice is an abridged or estimated invoice in advance of a delivery of goods. It notes the kind and quantity of goods, their value, and other important information such as weight and transportation charges. Pro-forma invoices are commonly used as preliminary invoices with a quotation, or for customs purposes in importation. They differ from a normal invoice in not being a demand or request for payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:10 +msgid "Activate the feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:15 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Pro-Forma Invoice* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:24 +msgid "From any quotation or sales order, you know have an option to send a pro-forma invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:30 +msgid "When you click on send, Odoo will send an email with the pro-forma invoice in attachment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:3 +msgid "Sell subscriptions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:5 +msgid "Selling subscription products will give you predictable revenue, making planning ahead much easier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:9 +msgid "Make a subscription from a sales order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:11 +msgid "From the sales app, create a quotation to the desired customer, and select the subscription product your previously created from the Subscriptions App." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:14 +msgid "When you confirm the sale the subscription will be created automatically. You will see a direct link from the sales order to the Subscription in the upper right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:3 +msgid "Invoice based on time and materials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:5 +msgid "Time and Materials is generally used in projects in which it is not possible to accurately estimate the size of the project, or when it is expected that the project requirements would most likely change." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:9 +msgid "This is opposed to a fixed-price contract in which the owner agrees to pay the contractor a lump sum for the fulfillment of the contract no matter what the contractors pay their employees, sub-contractors, and suppliers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:14 +msgid "For this documentation I will use the example of a consultant, you will need to invoice their time, their various expenses (transport, lodging, ...) and purchases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:19 +msgid "Invoice time configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:21 +msgid "To keep track of progress in the project, you will need the *Project* app. Go to :menuselection:`Apps --> Project` to install it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:24 +msgid "In *Project* you will use timesheets, to do so go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Timesheets* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:32 +msgid "Invoice your time spent" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:34 +msgid "From a product page set as a service, you will find two options under the invoicing tab, select both *Timesheets on tasks* and *Create a task in a new project*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:41 +msgid "You could also add the task to an existing project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:43 +msgid "Once confirming a sales order, you will now see two new buttons, one for the project overview and one for the current task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:49 +msgid "You will directly be in the task if you click on it, you can also access it from the *Project* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:52 +msgid "Under timesheets, you can assign who works on it. You can or they can add how many hours they worked on the project so far." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:58 +msgid "From the sales order, you can then invoice those hours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:69 +msgid "You should also activate the analytic accounts feature to link expenses to the sales order, to do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate *Analytic Accounting*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:90 +msgid "under the invoicing tab, select *Delivered quantities* and either *At cost* or *Sales price* as well depending if you want to invoice the cost of your expense or a previously agreed on sales price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:120 +msgid "Invoice purchases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:122 +msgid "The last thing you might need to add to the sale order is purchases made for it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:125 +msgid "You will need the *Purchase Analytics* feature, to activate it, go to :menuselection:`Invoicing --> Configuration --> Settings` and select *Purchase Analytics*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:129 +msgid "While making the purchase order don't forget to add the right analytic account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:135 +msgid "Once the PO is confirmed and received, you can create the vendor bill, this will automatically add it to the SO where you can invoice it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices.rst:3 +msgid "Products & Prices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices.rst:3 +msgid "Manage your pricing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:3 +msgid "How to sell in foreign currencies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:5 +msgid "Pricelists can also be used to manage prices in foreign currencies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:7 +msgid "Check *Allow multi currencies* in :menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Settings`. As admin, you need *Adviser* access rights on Invoicing/Accounting apps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:10 +msgid "Create one pricelist per currency. A new *Currency* field shows up in pricelist setup form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:13 +msgid "To activate a new currency, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Currencies`, select it in the list and press *Activate* in the top-right corner. Now it will show up in currencies drop-down lists." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:17 +msgid "Prices in foreign currencies can be defined in two fashions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:20 +msgid "Automatic conversion from public price" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:22 +msgid "The public price is in your company's main currency (see :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings`) and is set in product detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:28 +msgid "The conversion rates can be found in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Currencies`. They can be updated from Yahoo or the European Central Bank at your convenience: manually, daily, weekly, etc. See :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:40 +msgid "Set your own prices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:42 +msgid "This is advised if you don't want your pricing to change along with currency rates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:49 +msgid ":doc:`pricing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:3 +msgid "How to adapt your prices to your customers and apply discounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:5 +msgid "Odoo has a powerful pricelist feature to support a pricing strategy tailored to your business. A pricelist is a list of prices or price rules that Odoo searches to determine the suggested price. You can set several critarias to use a specific price: periods, min. sold quantity (meet a minimum order quantity and get a price break), etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:9 +msgid "As pricelists only suggest prices, they can be overridden by vendors completing sales orders. Choose your pricing strategy from :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:18 +msgid "*A single sale price per product :* doesn't let you adapt prices, it use default product price ;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:19 +msgid "*Different prices per customer segment :* you will set several prices per products ;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:20 +msgid "*Advanced pricing based on formula :* will let you apply discounts, margins and roundings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:23 +msgid "Several prices per product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:25 +msgid "To apply several prices per product, select *Different prices per customer segment* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`. Then open the *Sales* tab in the product detail form. You can settle following strategies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:30 +msgid "Prices per customer segment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:32 +msgid "Create pricelists for your customer segments: e.g. registered, premium, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:37 +msgid "The default pricelist applied to any new customer is *Public Pricelist*. To segment your customers, open the customer detail form and change the *Sale Pricelist* in the *Sales & Purchases* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:45 +msgid "Temporary prices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:47 +msgid "Apply deals for bank holidays, etc. Enter start and end dates dates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:53 +msgid "Make sure you have default prices set in the pricelist outside of the deals period. Otherwise you might have issues once the period over." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:57 +msgid "Prices per minimum quantity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:63 +msgid "The prices order does not matter. The system is smart and applies first prices that match the order date and/or the minimal quantities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:67 +msgid "Discounts, margins, roundings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:69 +msgid "*Advanced pricing based on formula* allows to set price change rules. Changes can be relative to the product list/catalog price, the product cost price, or to another pricelist. Changes are calculated via discounts or surcharges and can be forced to fit within floor (minumum margin) and ceilings (maximum margins). Prices can be rounded to the nearest cent/dollar or multiple of either (nearest 5 cents, nearest 10 dollars)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:76 +msgid "Once installed go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Pricelists` (or :menuselection:`Website Admin --> Catalog --> Pricelists` if you use e-Commerce)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:84 +msgid "Each pricelist item can be associated to either all products, to a product internal category (set of products) or to a specific product. Like in second option, you can set dates and minimum quantities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:91 +msgid "Once again the system is smart. If a rule is set for a particular item and another one for its category, Odoo will take the rule of the item." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:93 +msgid "Make sure at least one pricelist item covers all your products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:95 +msgid "There are 3 modes of computation: fix price, discount & formula." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:100 +msgid "Here are different price settings made possible thanks to formulas." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:103 +msgid "Discounts with roundings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:105 +msgid "e.g. 20% discounts with prices rounded up to 9.99." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:111 +msgid "Costs with markups (retail)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:113 +msgid "e.g. sale price = 2*cost (100% markup) with $5 of minimal margin." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:119 +msgid "Prices per country" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:120 +msgid "Pricelists can be set by countries group. Any new customer recorded in Odoo gets a default pricelist, i.e. the first one in the list matching the country. In case no country is set for the customer, Odoo takes the first pricelist without any country group." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:123 +msgid "The default pricelist can be replaced when creating a sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:125 +msgid "You can change the pricelists sequence by drag & drop in list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:128 +msgid "Compute and show discount % to customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:130 +msgid "In case of discount, you can show the public price and the computed discount % on printed sales orders and in your eCommerce catalog. To do so:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:132 +msgid "Check *Allow discounts on sales order lines* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings --> Quotations & Sales --> Discounts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:133 +msgid "Apply the option in the pricelist setup form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:140 +msgid ":doc:`currencies`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:141 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products.rst:3 +msgid "Manage your products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:3 +msgid "How to import Products with Categories and Variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:5 +msgid "Import templates are provided in the **Import Tool** of the most common data to import (contacts, products, bank statements, etc.). You can open them with any spreadsheet software (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:11 +msgid "How to customize the file" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:13 +msgid "Remove columns you don't need. However, we advise you to not remove the *ID* column (see why below)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:15 +msgid "Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:16 +msgid "Don't change the labels of columns you want to import. Otherwise, Odoo won't recognize them anymore, and you will have to map them on your own in the import screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:18 +msgid "Feel free to add new columns, but the fields need to exist in Odoo. If Odoo fails in matching the column name with a field, you can match it manually when importing by browsing a list of available fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:24 +msgid "Why an “ID” column?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:26 +msgid "The ID is a truly unique identifier for the line item. Feel free to use one of your previous software to ease the transition into Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:29 +msgid "Setting an ID is not mandatory when importing, but it helps in many cases:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:31 +msgid "Update imports: you can import the same file several times without creating duplicates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:32 +msgid "Import relation fields (see here below)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:35 +msgid "How to import relation fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:37 +msgid "An Odoo object is always related to many other objects (e.g., a product is linked to product categories, attributes, vendors, etc.). To import those relations, you need to import the records of the related object first from their own list menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:41 +msgid "You can do this using the name of the related record or its ID. The ID is expected when two records have the same name. In such a case, add \" / ID\" at the end of the column title (e.g., for product attributes: Product Attributes / Attribute / ID)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:3 +msgid "Using product variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:5 +msgid "Product variants are used to manage products having different variations, like size, color, etc. It allows managing the product at the template level (for all variations) and at the variant level (specific attributes)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:10 +msgid "As an example, a company selling t-shirts may have the following product:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:13 +msgid "B&C T-shirt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:15 +msgid "Sizes: S, M, L, XL, XXL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:16 +msgid "Colors: Blue, Red, White, Black" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:18 +msgid "In this example, **B&C T-Shirt** is called the product template and **B&C T-Shirt, S, Blue** is a variant. Sizes and color are **attributes**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:22 +msgid "The above example has a total of 20 different products (5 sizes x 4 colors). Each one of these products has its own inventory, sales, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:26 +msgid "Impact of variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:28 +msgid "**Barcode**: the code and barcode is associated to a variant, not the template. Every variant may have its own barcode / SKU." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:31 +msgid "**Price**: every product variant has its own public price that is computed based on the template price ($20) with an optional extra for every variant (+$3 for color red). However, you can define pricelist rules that apply on the template or the variant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:36 +msgid "**Inventory**: the inventory is managed by product variant. You don't own t-shirts, you only own \"T-shirts, S, Red\", or \"T-Shirts, M, Blue\". For information purpose, on the product template form, you get the inventory that is the sum of every variant. (but the actual inventory is computed by variant)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:42 +msgid "**Picture**: the picture is related to the variant, every variation of a product may have its own primary picture." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:45 +msgid "**Other fields**: most of the other fields belongs to the product template. If you update them, it updates automatically all the variants. (example: Income Account, Taxes)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:50 +msgid "Should you use variants?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:53 +msgid "When should you use variants?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:55 +msgid "Using variants has the following impacts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:57 +msgid "**eCommerce**: in your online shop, the customer will only see product templates in the catalog page. Once the visitor click on such a product, he will have options to choose amongst the variants (colors, sizes, …)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:62 +msgid "**Manufacturing**: Using variants allows to define only one bill of material for a product template and slight variations for some of the variants. Example: instead of creating a Bill of Material for \"T-shirt, Red, S\", you create a bill of material for \"T-shirt\" and add some lines that are specific to the dimension S, and other lines specific to the color Red." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:69 +msgid "**Pricing**: The default price of a product is computed using the price of the product template and add the optional extra price on each dimension of the variant. This way, variant prices are easier to maintain since you don't have to set the price for every variant. However, it's possible to create pricelist rules to fix price per variants too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:77 +msgid "When should you avoid using variants?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:79 +msgid "Using variants may add a level of complexity on the way you use Odoo. You should consider using variants only if you need it to reduce the complexity of managing lots of products that are similars." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:83 +msgid "As an example, importing your initial product catalog is more complex if you use variants. You can't just import a list of products, you must import product templates and all their related variations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:87 +msgid "In addition to that, you should also carefully select the dimensions that you manage as separate product templates and those as variants. As an example, a company having these products:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:91 +msgid "Quality: T-Shirts, Polos, Shirts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:110 +msgid "Color: Red, Blue" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:111 +msgid "Size: S, M, L, XL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:97 +msgid "In such a use case, you could create 1 template with three dimensions of variants (Layout, T-Shirts, Polos). But, it's recommended to create two different product templates as T-shirts may highly differ from polos or shirts and customer expect to see these as two different products in the e-Commerce:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:103 +msgid "Product Template: T-shirt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:108 +msgid "Product Template: Polos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:117 +msgid "Activate the variant feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:119 +msgid "Before you can use product variants, you must first activate the product variants in the settings. To do so, you must go to the Sales app. In the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, locate the **Products Variants** line, and tick the option **Products can have several attributes**, then click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:129 +msgid "Creating products with variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:131 +msgid "Once you have activated the variant option, you can add variants to your products. To do so, go to the Sales module, :menuselection:`Sales --> Products`. It is also accessible from the Purchase and inventory modules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:135 +msgid "Now, click on the product you wish to add variants to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:137 +msgid "In the product page, a new tab called Variants has appeared. The number in purple written on top is the number of variants this product currently has. To add new variants, click on the tile. In the new window, click on **Create**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:142 +msgid "In **Attributes**, click on the rolldown menu and select the type of variance you wish to add. If the variant does not yet exist, you can create it on the fly by clicking on Create and edit…" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:149 +msgid "In the Attributes window, the **Value** field is the description of the attribute such as Green, Plastic or 32GB. The **Attribute** field is the type of variant such as Color, Material or Memory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:156 +msgid "You can add a cost for the variant on the fly by adding it in the **Attribute Price Extra** field, or choose to modify it later. Click on **Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:160 +msgid "You can also add a different barcode and internal reference to the variant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:163 +msgid "When you have entered all the specifications of the variant, click on **Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:167 +msgid "Managing Product Variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:172 msgid "The examples below are all based on this product template that has two variant attributes :" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:175 msgid "T-Shirt B&C" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:177 msgid "Color: Red, Blue, White" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:179 msgid "Size: S, M, L, XL, XXL" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:182 msgid "Managing combination possibilities" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:184 msgid "By default, with the above product template, you get 15 different products (3 colors, 5 sizes). If the XXL size only exists for red and blue t-shirts, you can deactivate the white product variant." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:188 msgid "To do this, click on the **Variants** button, select the XXL, White T-shirt. From the product form, uncheck the **Active** box of the T-shirt White, XXL." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:197 msgid "That deactivating a product is different than having an inventory of 0." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:200 msgid "Setting a price per variant" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:202 msgid "You can add a cost over the main price for some of the variants of a product." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:205 msgid "Once you have activated the variant option, you can add variants to your products. To do so, go to the Sales module, open :menuselection:`Sales --> Products` and click on the product you want to modify. Click on the **Variant Prices** button to access the list of variant values." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:213 msgid "Click on the variant name you wish to add a value to, to make the 3 fields editable. In the **Attribute Price Extra** field, add the cost of the variant that will be added to the original price." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:220 msgid "When you have entered all the extra values, click on **Save**." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:223 -msgid "`Accounting Memento: Details of Journal Entries <../../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.html#journal-entries>`_" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:223 +msgid "`Accounting Memento: Details of Journal Entries </applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.html#journal-entries>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:225 -msgid ":doc:`../../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill`" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:225 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill`" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/taxes.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/taxes.rst:3 msgid "Set taxes" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations.rst:3 msgid "Send Quotations" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:3 msgid "Use quotations deadline to stimulate your customers" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:5 msgid "When sending quotations, it is important to set a deadline to encourage your customers to act. Indeed, this will stimulate them because they will be afraid of missing a good deal and it will also allow you to protect yourself in case you have to fulfill an order at a price that is no longer profitable for you." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:11 msgid "Set a deadline" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:13 msgid "With Odoo Sales, it is possible to instantly add an **Expiration Date** from the quotation or the sales order." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:22 msgid "Use deadline in your quotation templates" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:24 msgid "It is also possible to add a deadline to every quotation template created. Whenever a specific quotation template is used in a quote, its associated deadline will be automatically applied. Be sure to check out our documentation about :doc:`quote_template` to excel in their use." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:34 msgid "By clicking on the **Customer Preview** button, you will be able to see when the offer expires. For your information, the number of days will be the same as those mentioned in the quotation template." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:44 -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:50 -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:51 -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:65 -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:115 msgid ":doc:`quote_template`" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:3 msgid "Deliver and invoice to different addresses" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:5 msgid "With Odoo Sales, you can configure different addresses for delivery and invoicing. For some customers, it will be very practical to define specific billing and shipping addresses. Indeed, not everyone will have the same delivery location as the invoicing location." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:12 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the **Customer Addresses** feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:21 msgid "Add addresses from a quotation" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:23 msgid "When you create a quotation, you must add a customer. This customer can be a company or a person with specific billing and shipping addresses already defined and registered in the system, or it can be a new customer. In this case, you have to **Create and edit** the contact form for your new customer and link it, if necessary, to a company. In this contact form, you will be able to add, delete and modify invoice and delivery addresses." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:35 msgid "If you select a customer with defined invoice and delivery addresses, Odoo will automatically use them to fill in the fields. Now, if you want to change it instantly, it is possible to do so directly from the quotation or the sales order." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:40 msgid "Add addresses from a contact form" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:42 msgid "Previously, we talked about the contact form that you can fill in directly from a quotation or a sales order to add billing and shipping addresses to customers. But, if you go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> Customers`, you can create or modify every customer you want and add, delete or modify invoice and delivery addresses instantly there, before creating a quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:54 msgid "Deal with different addresses" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:56 msgid "Like for the previous example, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> Customers` and create a new customer. There, you can add company information but, more importantly, you can enter billing and shipping addresses under the **Contacts & Addresses** tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:65 msgid "Once done, you can return to your Sales dashboard and create a new quotation. Now, if you enter your new customer, you will see that the other fields will fill in by themself with the information previously saved for billing and shipping addresses." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:74 msgid "With Odoo Sales, it is now very convenient to play with various addresses in terms of invoice and delivery features." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:3 msgid "Get paid to confirm an order" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:5 msgid "In general, online payments are considered as a fast and secure alternative to traditional payment methods. It is generally cheaper, easier and faster than other payment methods. It is particularly useful and efficient for international transactions. With Odoo Sales, you can use online payments to get automatic orders confirmation. Online payments are made instantly, so it's very convenient and saves lots of time in a basic sales process." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:12 msgid "Enable online payment" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:14 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the **Online Payment** feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:22 -msgid "There, you will have direct access to the **Payment Acquirers** page. It will allow you to select and configure your acquirers of choice. Before creating or modifying a payment acquirer, be sure to check out our documentation about how to be paid with payment acquirers such as :doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal`, :doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize`, and others in the :doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers` documentation." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:22 +msgid "There, you will have direct access to the **Payment Acquirers** page. It will allow you to select and configure your acquirers of choice. Before creating or modifying a payment acquirer, be sure to check out our documentation about how to be paid with payment acquirers such as :doc:`/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal`, :doc:`/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize`, and others in the :doc:`/applications/general/payment_acquirers` documentation." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:30 msgid "If you are familiar with this documentation: :doc:`quote_template`; you can activate or not the **Online Payment** feature for each template you use, under their confirmation tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:35 msgid "Register a payment" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:37 msgid "After opening quotations from their received email, your customers will have different possibilities to make their online payments. For example:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:46 msgid "By clicking on the **Customer Preview** button, you will be able to see what your customers will have to choose when it comes to payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:51 -msgid ":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers`" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:51 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/payment_acquirers`" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:52 -msgid ":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal`" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:52 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal`" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:53 -msgid ":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize`" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:53 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize`" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:3 msgid "Get a signature to confirm an order" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:5 msgid "Online signatures are like electronic \"fingerprints\". By using them on Odoo, you will get automatic orders confirmation. You and your customers will save a lot of time by using this feature compared to a traditional process." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:10 msgid "Activate online signature" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:12 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the **Online Signature** feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:21 msgid "If you are familiar with this documentation: :doc:`quote_template`, you can activate or not the **Online Signature** feature for each quotation template you use, under their confirmation tab. Example:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:31 msgid "Confirm an order with a signature" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:33 msgid "When you send quotations to clients, they can instantly accept and sign it online. When they click on **Sign & Pay**, they have the choice to draw their own signature, automatically fill in the field with an automated signature or load a file from their computer. Here below, it is an example of an automated signature:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:43 msgid "Once signed, you will have the possibility to choose your payment methods. Then, when the quotation will be paid and confirmed, a delivery order will be created automatically by Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:47 msgid "Be careful that delivery orders are only generated for storable products and if the **Inventory app** is already installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:3 msgid "Add optional products" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:5 msgid "The use of optional products is a marketing strategy for cross-selling products along with a core product. The aim is to offer useful and related products to your customers. For instance, if a customer wants to buy a car, he has the choice to order an automatic opening trunk and massaging seats, or not to order such high-quality products and simply buy his car." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:11 msgid "Add optional products to your quotations" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:13 msgid "With Odoo Sales, it is possible to add or modify optional products directly on quotations (under the **Optional Products** tab, as you can see below)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:22 msgid "By clicking on the **Customer Preview** button, you will be able to see what your customers will have as possibilities after opening a quotation from their received email." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:30 msgid "In practice, your customers will be able to add different optional products to their order by using associated carts, with a user-friendly layout. More than that, if a customer selects all the optional products suggested, these additional items will automatically fill in the quotation managed by the salesman." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:40 msgid "Like this, salespeople will see each movement made by the customer and tracking the order will be all the better." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:49 msgid "Add optional products to your quotation templates" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:51 msgid "Be sure to check out our documentation about :doc:`quote_template` to understand how you can enable, create, design and manage your own quotation templates before reading this part." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:54 msgid "For quotation templates, you also have an **Optional Products** tab where you can add related products or services." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:62 msgid "With Odoo Sales, it is now very easy to understand your customer's needs." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:3 msgid "Use quotation templates" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:5 msgid "By creating custom quotation templates, you will save a lot of time. Indeed, with the use of templates, you will be able to send complete quotations at a fast pace." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:11 msgid "To enable this feature, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate **Quotation Templates**." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:19 msgid "For even more convenience, it is also recommended to add the **Quotation Builder** feature which will help you design your quotation templates very easily. This option will automatically install the Odoo Website App." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:47 msgid "Create your first template" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:31 msgid "Quotation templates are under :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:33 msgid "You can create a new template or edit an existing one. Once named, you will be able to select products and quantities as well as the expiration time of the quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:42 msgid "On each template, you can also specify discounts if the option is activated in the **Sales** settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:46 msgid "Design your template" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:48 msgid "You will have the possibility to design your template and edit the customer interface in order to manage what clients will see before accepting and paying the quotation. For example, you will be able to describe your company, your services and your products. To do so, you can click on **Edit** and you will be brought to the quotation builder." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:58 msgid "You can easily edit the content of your template by dragging & dropping different building blocks to organize your quotation. For example, you can add a content block to describe your products." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:67 msgid "Use a quotation template" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:69 msgid "When creating a quotation, you can choose a specific template." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:77 msgid "You can select any template of your choice and suggest it as the default template in the **Sales** settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:81 msgid "Confirm the quotation" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:83 msgid "Templates facilitate the confirmation process by allowing customers to sign electronically or to pay online. You can activate these two options directly in the quotation template itself." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:92 msgid "Every quotation will now have this setting. Of course you can always change it and make it specific for each quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:96 -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:116 msgid ":doc:`get_signature_to_validate`" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:97 -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:117 msgid ":doc:`get_paid_to_validate`" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:3 msgid "Add terms & conditions" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:5 msgid "Specifying terms and conditions is essential to set out important contractual points such as payment terms, limitation of liability and delivery terms between customers and sellers. Every seller must declare all formal information concerning products and company policy. On the other hand, each customer must take note of all these conditions before committing to anything. With Odoo Sales, it is very easy to include your default terms and conditions on every quotation, sales order, and invoice that you manage." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:13 msgid "Default Terms & Conditions" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:18 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate *Default Terms & Conditions*." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:27 msgid "Please note that this feature is activated via the settings of the **Invoicing App** and **not** via the settings of the **Sales App**. Moreover, you don't need to install the invoicing application since it is done automatically with the installation of the sales application." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:32 msgid "DT&C on your quotations, sales orders, and invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:34 msgid "In the settings of the **Invoicing App**, you have the possibility to insert your default terms and conditions." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:42 msgid "They appear subsequently on every quotation, sales order, and invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:45 msgid "DT&C on your quotation templates" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:47 msgid "According to your business needs, you can specify your terms and conditions on your quotation templates. This is interesting if you have different terms and conditions within your company." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:56 msgid "Be sure to check out our documentation about quotation templates: :doc:`quote_template`, to master each step of this amazing feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:60 msgid "General Terms & Conditions" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:63 msgid "GT&C on your website" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:65 msgid "Use the **Website App** and create your own general terms and conditions page. For example, here is the Odoo terms and conditions page:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:73 msgid "You can refer to this page in the footer of all your documents. The layout is available in the **General Settings** under the **Business Documents** category. For example, this footer appears in every document from Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:83 msgid "GT&C as attachment in your emails" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:85 msgid "Attach an external document with your general terms and conditions when you are about to send your quotation by email to your customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:94 msgid "GT&C as attachment in your quotation templates" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:96 msgid "Create and edit email templates to set a default attachment for all quotation emails that you will send in the future. To do so, you have to go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Quotation templates` and create a new quotation template or modify an existing one. Under the confirmation tab, you are now able to activate online signatures, online payments and to set a confirmation mail in which you have the possibility to configure the default attachment. There, you can put your general terms & conditions." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:109 msgid "To customize your email templates, activate the **developer mode** and go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Email --> Templates`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:112 msgid "With Odoo Sales it is now very simple to deal with terms & conditions." msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:3 +msgid "Subscriptions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:3 +msgid "Add subscription products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:5 +msgid "To properly sell your subscriptions using our amazing **Odoo Subscriptions** application, you must follow these steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:8 +msgid "**Create your own subscription templates**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:9 +msgid "**Create your own subscription products with the right settings**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:11 +msgid "As a result, you will be able to manage your subscriptions like any other product, create your quotations and continue the sales flow to track the number of subscriptions you sell and manage the revenue they generate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:18 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Subscription products` to learn how you can configure your own subscription products. You have the possibility to create a new product or edit an existing one. Once named, be careful to select the option *Can be sold* and deselect *Can be purchased*. For the product type, it is recommended to use *Service* for subscription products as they are non-material products that you provide to your customers. Finally, you can adapt your prices and also add an internal reference." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:30 +msgid "In the Sales tab, underneath the Subscriptions section, make sure the *Subscription products* option is activated. In fact, if you create a subscription product from the **Odoo Subscriptions** application, this option is selected by default. However, if you create a product from another application, it is not the case." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:39 +msgid "You can also choose the subscription templates you want to use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:46 +msgid "Be sure to check out our documentation on how to create, edit and manage your own :doc:`Subscription templates <../../subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates>` before creating your own subscription products. Once created, check out our documentation on how to :doc:`Create a quotation using subscription products <../../subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation>`, to complete the sales flow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:83 +msgid ":doc:`../../subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:85 +msgid ":doc:`../../subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:3 +msgid "Use subscription templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:5 +msgid "The subscription business model is becoming more popular. Are you wondering why?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:7 +msgid "For **customers**, value lies in **convenience**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:9 +msgid "Subscriptions simplify the business process. Indeed, subscribers never have to remember to renew their orders every month, which gives them the assurance that they will have everything they need before they actually need it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:12 +msgid "Subscriptions help customers stay on budget." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:14 +msgid "For **businesses**, value lies in the **ability to predict recurring revenue**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:16 +msgid "Subscriptions reduce customer churn rate and significantly increase customer retention." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:17 +msgid "Subscriptions provide much higher payment security for your business. They stabilize and maintain recurring revenue streams by guaranteeing monthly revenues and adding value to your business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:27 +msgid "**Odoo Subscriptions** help you save time and money. Subscription templates can help you generate recurring invoices and manage renewals at a fast pace. With Odoo you have the possibility to create, edit, and manage your own subscription templates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:34 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Configuration --> Subscription templates`. By default, Odoo suggests you two types of subscription (MON - Monthly subscription *vs* YEA - Yearly subscription). You can also create your own ones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:43 +msgid "The **Odoo Subscriptions** application automatically installs **Odoo Sales** and **Odoo Invoicing** as they work integrated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:49 +msgid "You can create a new template or edit an existing one. The first thing you need to do is give your template a name. After that, choose an *Invoicing period* and specify whether you would like to invoice your customers per *Days*, *Weeks*, *Months* or *Years*. On *Duration*, determine if the subscription must go on *Forever* (until it’s manually closed), or for a *Fixed amount* of time. Among the payment options, an additional field called *Invoice email* appears when you choose *Send*, *Send & try to charge* or *Send after successful payment*. This field allows you to add an invoice email template to your subscription templates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:61 +msgid "For each template, you can also choose if you want your customers to be able to close their subscriptions or not. If enabled, you can set an *Automatic closing* limit and specify the *Group of subscription* and *Journal* options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:66 +msgid "On each template, you can add your **Terms and Conditions**. Specifying terms and conditions is essential to set out important contractual points between the customers and the sellers (payment, refund policy, cancellation, complaints, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:74 +msgid "Finally, if you want to know the basic running health status of your subscriptions, you also have access to a specific tab called **Health Check**. There, you can edit and create your own filters to define what is a subscription in good health *vs* bad health. The system automatically summarizes all the records corresponding to these filters and you are able to manage them in one click." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:85 +msgid "After creating your own subscription templates, be sure to check out our documentation on how to create, edit and manage your own :doc:`Subscription products <../../subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products>`, to complete the sales flow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:84 +msgid ":doc:`../../subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up.rst:3 +msgid "Follow-up" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:3 +msgid "Set up automatic alerts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:5 +msgid "Now that your subscriptions are up and running, you want to stay up-to-date with your customers. Some automation would be appreciated since you would not want to go through the list of all your subscribers to check how things are going. This is what the *Automatic Alerts* feature is for." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:9 +msgid "For example, when customers subscribe to your magazine, you would probably want to send them an email to welcome them and express your gratitude. Or, if the satisfaction rate of your customers drops below 50%, you would probably want to schedule a call with them to understand the reasons for their dissatisfaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:14 +msgid "With **Odoo Subscriptions**, you can set automatic emails, create a \"Call\" task for one of your salespeople so that he/she can try to understand your customer's dissatisfaction, and finally, why not automatically send satisfaction surveys so customers can evaluate your services? All of that is now possible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:20 +msgid "Create a new automatic alert" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:22 +msgid "The following example shows how to create a new automatic alert to send satisfaction surveys to your customers, by email, after one month of subscription. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Configuration --> Alerts`, and create a new alert." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:30 +msgid "On the *Apply on* section, first give the alert a name. Then, you can choose to apply this alert on a subscription template, on a specific customer, or even on a specific product. If you want to add more specifications, you can also specify the value of your MRR, the change rate of your MRR over a certain period of time, the value of the satisfaction rate, and even the stage to which you want to apply this alert." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:37 +msgid "In this example, the alert is applied to a specific product, and the stage goes from *Undefined* to *In Progress*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:40 +msgid "For the *Action* section, specify the *Action* and the *Trigger on*. If the *Trigger on* is set to *Modification*, the action is triggered every time there is a change or anything added to the subscription, and all the conditions on the *Apply on* section are met. Now, if the *Trigger on* is set to *Timed condition*, it means that the action is triggered based on the type of *Trigger date*. After that, you can choose your *Action*. You have the choice between *Create next activity*, *Set a tag on the subscription*, *Set a stage on the subscription*, *Mark as To Renew*, *Send an email to the customer* and *Send an SMS Text Message to the customer*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:50 +msgid "In the example above, the *Trigger on* is set to *Timed condition*, therefore, a *Trigger date* and *Delay after trigger* need to be specified. And because the *Send an email to the customer* action was adopted, an *Email template* can be chosen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:54 +msgid "As a result, this alert will send a rating survey after one month, to the customers who have purchased that specific product. The survey will appear in the chatter of your respective subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:63 +msgid "Modify an existing automatic alert" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:65 +msgid "By default, Odoo suggests you an automatic alert called *Take action on less satisfied clients*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:71 +msgid "This alert is applied to the *Rating Satisfaction* of your customers, and the action is triggered on *Timed condition*. If their satisfaction rate is lower than 50%, a salesperson contacts the customer. This action is automatically assigned to the salesperson who manages the subscription, and the due date is 5 days after the triggering of this action. This alert ensures that your clients are happy and that you are taking actions if they are not. It helps to keep your customer retention rates very high." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:79 +msgid "By editing the alert, you can modify the *Apply on*, the *Action* and *Activity* sections, and adapt them to your own needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:86 +msgid ":doc:`../../subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting.rst:3 +msgid "Reporting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:3 +msgid "Generate subscription reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:5 +msgid "As we know, understanding how our business is going, and where it is going, is key to success. And particularly so when we offer subscription services or products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:8 +msgid "Before getting to the heart of the matter, it is very important to recall certain essential concepts to the proper understanding of the following reports:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:11 +msgid "**Monthly Recurring Revenue (MRR)**: MRR is arguably the most important metric for subscription businesses. It shows the monthly revenue earned with subscription-based products or services. It is a consistent number used to track all recurring revenue over time, in monthly increments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:15 +msgid "**Annual Run-Rate (ARR)**: ARR is the yearly version of MRR, which is based on the current MRR, to estimate the coming year's performance. However, this estimation does not take variations and growth into account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:23 +msgid "**Non-Recurring Revenue (NRR)**: NRR shows the revenue earned for everything else than subscription-based products or services. This includes gains of a rare or unique nature that are unlikely to occur in the ordinary course of businesses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:27 +msgid "**Customer Retention**: Practices to engage existing customers to continue buying products or services from your business. Customer retention can be a challenge, because you must prove you are worthy of your customers' trust." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:31 +msgid "**Churn Rate**: Also known as the Rate of Attrition or Customer Churn, the churn rate can be defined, in this case, as the percentage of subscribers who discontinued their subscriptions within a given time period. We can distinguish two types of Churn:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:35 +msgid "**Logo Churn**: It corresponds to the subscription cancellation rate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:37 +msgid "**Revenue Churn**: It corresponds to the monthly recurring revenue loss rate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:39 +msgid "Let's imagine a 2$ increase in a subscription service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:42 +msgid "We lost 3 customers out of the initial 20, which generates a **Logo Churn** of 15%." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:0 +msgid "Therefore, the 56$ of MRR difference out of the initial 600$ causes a **Revenue Churn**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:0 +msgid "of 9,33%." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:50 +msgid "Reminder: even though they seem to evolve in the same direction most of the time, it might not be the case all the time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:53 +msgid "**Customer Lifetime Value (CLV)**: Indicates how much revenue can be expected for a customer during his/her entire contract. This approach emphasizes the importance of customer retention, shifting our focus from a quarterly or yearly approach to a long-term one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:57 +msgid "Check out the different kinds of reports you can access from the **Odoo Subscriptions** application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:61 +msgid "Subscriptions analysis report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:63 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Reporting --> Subscriptions`. From there, you can change the *Measures*. By default, Odoo uses the *Monthly Recurring Revenue*. In addition to that, you can choose *Quantity*, *Recurring Price*, *Yearly Recurring Revenue* and *Count*. For this example, *Quantity* is added. This way, you can review both of these measures at the same time. You can even *Group By Start Date* and, more precisely, by *Week*, to get a clear view of your report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:74 +msgid "Retention analysis report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:76 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Reporting --> Retention`. The default measure applied is *Count*, but you can change to the appropriate one for you. For the example below, *Monthly Recurring Revenue* was chosen, and the *Month* periodicity remains intact. By using these criteria, you can see the progression of the retention from its start." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:86 +msgid "Revenue KPIs report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:88 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Reporting --> Revenue KPIs`. From there, you can check different KPIs: *Monthly Recurring Revenue*, *Net Revenue*, *Non-Recurring Revenue*, *Revenue per Subscription*, *Annual Run-Rate*, *Lifetime Value*, and more. You can also filter this information on subscriptions, companies, and sales teams. This is useful if you are looking for specific information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:98 +msgid "The example below shows the *Monthly Recurring Revenue* detailed report. At the moment, there is no data, which is the typical scenario for a new business. But, as your company grows over the months, these graphs get populated with more and more data. Once again, you can filter these specific KPIs on subscriptions, companies, and sales teams." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:108 +msgid "Salesperson dashboard report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:110 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Reporting --> Salesperson Dashboard`. This page gives you a summary of your *Monthly Recurring Revenue*, *Non-Recurring Revenue*, *Subscription modifications*, and *Non-Recurring Invoices* for each of your salespeople. You can choose the period you want to apply and the salesperson you want to analyze." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow.rst:3 +msgid "Sales flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:3 +msgid "Close a subscription" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:5 +msgid "Losing a customer is always difficult, especially if you put a lot of effort into getting them to sign up for your products/services. However, many companies come up with dubious methods to reduce the probability of this happening." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:14 +msgid "If you adopt such methods, you are among companies that actively and indirectly spread the phobia of subscriptions, who do not think about how negatively dissatisfied customers could impact their business and, who frustrate the customers in a way or another. However, at some point, it is understandable that you do not want your customers to be involved in your subscription status." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:19 +msgid "If you do not adopt such methods, you are among companies that continue to evolve in a long-term subscription business model, especially in an era of ultra-fast communications between dissatisfied customers, and who retain their customers by making it easier for them to leave if they want to. By giving them the opportunity to close their own subscriptions, your customers do not feel trapped because they subscribed to your products/services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:25 +msgid "In summary, the **Odoo Subscriptions** application gives you the **possibility to choose what you want to apply**. Indeed, you can decide whether to give your customers the option to close their subscriptions whenever they want to or to restrict this possibility. It depends on you and we will show you how to do that in our amazing application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:33 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Configuration --> Subscription templates`. From there, you can create a new *Subscription template* or modify an existing one. When editing your template, underneath the Invoicing tab, you have the possibility to activate the option *Closable by customer*. Once enabled, this option gives your customers the right to close their own subscriptions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:43 +msgid "Be sure to check out our documentation on how to :doc:`Use subscription templates <../../subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates>` to fully understand the importance of this feature in a basic flow using the **Odoo Subscriptions** application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:49 +msgid "Close your first subscription" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:52 +msgid "Administrator view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:54 +msgid "Once confirmed, a quotation becomes a sales order and a new subscription is automatically created. Therefore, this subscription has the status *In progress*. From there, you have the possibility to close the subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:62 +msgid "By using the smart button *Close*, you have to enter a close reason. For example, \"Subscription too expensive\", \"Subscription does not meet my requirements\", \"Subscription reached its end date\", etc. Immediately after confirming your close reason, you can observe that the status of the subscription is now *Closed* and that the close reason is mentioned on the subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:72 +msgid "Customer view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:74 +msgid "As previously explained in the *Administrator view* part, from the subscription form, you also have the possibility to visualize what your customers see when managing their subscriptions thanks to the *Customer preview* button. In this example, the customer has the choice to close his/her subscription whenever he/she wants to, due to the *Close Subscription* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:83 +msgid "By using this button, the customer can specify the reason for cancelling his/her subscription and he/she can even leave a message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:90 +msgid "By confirming the cancellation, the customer is redirected to his/her portal. The administrator is informed of this modification. Indeed, the status of the subscription becomes *Closed* and a note appears in the chatter with the new stage, the end date, the close reason, and the closing text added by the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:100 +msgid "Before closing a subscription, check out our documentation on how to :doc:`Create a quotation using subscription products <../../subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation>` to understand how subscriptions are managed in the **Odoo Subscriptions** application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:3 +msgid "Create a quotation using subscription products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:5 +msgid "Selling a digital product or service gives instant gratification. However, you have to work hard for a new customer to make a purchase. It costs time and money. By convincing customers to sign up for a subscription, you maximize your income and streamline your cash flow. You can sell any type of product or service through a subscription business model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:15 +msgid "Here is a scenario using **Odoo Subscriptions** to create a quotation including subscription products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:19 +msgid "Create your first quotation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:21 +msgid "Before creating your first quotation, be sure to check out our documentation on how to create and manage your own :doc:`Subscription templates <../../subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates>` and on how to add :doc:`Subscription products <../../subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products>` to your templates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:30 +msgid "These steps are **mandatory** to make a basic sales flow using **Odoo Subscriptions**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:32 +msgid "Go to **Odoo Sales** and create a new quotation. Then, choose a customer and add a product. Be careful to select a product that you previously configured as a *Subscription product*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:39 +msgid "When your quotation is ready, you have the possibility to send it to your customers or to confirm it. It is better to first *Send by email* the quotation to your customers to have their confirmation and, then, *Confirm* it in **Odoo Sales**. By clicking on *Customer preview*, you have an idea of what your customers will see when receiving your quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:48 +msgid "From there, your customers have three choices: *Sign & Pay* the quotation, give you a *Feedback* or *Reject* the quotation. It appears that they are very happy and accept the option *Sign & Pay*. Then, they have to validate the order with a signature and by choosing a payment method. When it is done, you can check out the quotation in **Odoo Sales** and *Confirm* it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:54 +msgid "Manage your subscriptions from your SO" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:56 +msgid "Once confirmed, the quotation becomes a sales order and a new button appears, *Subscriptions*. Indeed, a subscription is automatically created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:63 +msgid "By clicking on the *Subscriptions* button, you can see that the status of the subscription is *In progress*. From there, you will have three options: :doc:`Renew <../../subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals>`, :doc:`Close <../../subscriptions/sales_flow/closing>` or :doc:`Upsell <../../subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling>` your subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:73 +msgid "In the top-right corner, you can see the status of the subscription. When a subscription is new and created from **Odoo Subscriptions**, the status is *Draft*. When a sales order has been validated, the status is *In progress*. Finally, when a customer decides to close his subscription, the status becomes *Closed*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:81 +msgid ":doc:`../../subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:82 +msgid ":doc:`../../subscriptions/sales_flow/closing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:83 +msgid ":doc:`../../subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:3 +msgid "Renew a subscription" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:5 +msgid "The key feature of a subscription business model is the recurring nature of payments. In this model, customers pay a recurring amount in exchange for access to a product or a service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:14 +msgid "Each subscriber experiences this renewal process monthly, annually, or sometimes more, depending on the duration of the contract. Most subscription companies choose to automate their renewal processes but, in some cases, manual subscription renewals are still the preferred option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:18 +msgid "With **Odoo Subscriptions**, you can have all your subscriptions in one application, suggest an automatic subscription renewal to your customers (as well as a manual one) and, finally, filter all your subscriptions and easily find those to renew (with the help of the tag *To renew*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:23 +msgid "Renew your first subscription" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:25 +msgid "Before renewing a subscription, be sure to check out our documentation on how to :doc:`Create a quotation <../../subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation>` using subscription products. Indeed, once confirmed, a quotation becomes a sales order and a new subscription is automatically created. Therefore, this subscription has the status *In progress*. From there, you have the possibility to renew the subscription. In the Other Info tab, underneath the To Renew section, you can activate the *To renew* option. When activated, a yellow tag automatically appears in the upper right corner of the subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:38 +msgid "The *To renew* tag is automatically ticked when a payment fails. This indicator also appears on the customer portal. To visualize that, you just have to click on the *Customer preview* button. The tag *To renew* appears on the top right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:46 +msgid "When a subscription needs to be renewed, you have the possibility to use a new button called *Renewal quotation*. By clicking on it, a new quotation is created. From there, start a basic sales flow allowing you to send the quotation by email to your customers or to confirm it. It is better to first *Send by email* the quotation to your customers in order to have their confirmation and, then, *Confirm* it in **Odoo Sales**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:53 +msgid "In the Chatter of this new quotation, it is mentioned that \"This renewal order has been created from the previous subscription\". Once confirmed by your customers, this quotation becomes a sales order and a new sale is mentioned in the upper right corner of the subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:61 +msgid "By clicking on the *Sales* button, you have a summary of your sales orders in a list view. The only difference between your two quotations is the description underneath the *Subscription Management* category. There, you can easily visualize which one is your renewal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:70 +msgid "Visualize your subscriptions to renew" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:72 +msgid "Finally, if you want to visualize all your subscriptions and easily find those to renew, you can go to your *Subscriptions dashboard* and use the filter *To renew*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:3 +msgid "Upsell a subscription" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:5 +msgid "Subscriptions are recurrent and go on indefinitely. As time passes by, our customers may want to modify them. We must then be able to adapt the prices or change the products’ quantities to accommodate their needs. Two situations can happen:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:9 +msgid "**Loyal customers:** This kind of customers already trust you as a brand. Therefore, you are confident regarding what you offer since they keep paying for your products and services. Consequently, it is easier to sell them something additional than it would be to a new customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:14 +msgid "**New customers:** For this kind of customers, you have to come with something new, something attractive. What about discounts? Typically, every subscription ends after a certain given time. Making these types of offers for new customers strengthens your relationships with them and also increases their retention." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:27 +msgid "As previously explained, to upsell a subscription to new customers, it is recommended to offer *Discounts*. To activate this option, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and, under the *Pricing* category, you have the possibility to grant discounts on sales order lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:36 +msgid "Upsell your first subscription" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:38 +msgid "Before upselling a subscription, be sure to check out our documentation on how to :doc:`Create a quotation <../../subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation>` using subscription products. Indeed, once confirmed, a quotation becomes a sales order and a new subscription is automatically created. Therefore, this subscription has the status *In progress*. From there, you have the possibility to upsell your subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:48 +msgid "By using the smart button *Upsell*, you are able to create a new quotation with new subscription products and send it to your customers for approval." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:56 +msgid "When the quotation is confirmed by your customers, the products are added to the initial subscription. Quotation prices are, then, prorated to the remaining time of the current invoicing period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:60 +msgid "Of course, before sending this new quotation to your customers, you can change the unit price, taxes, and, even the discount you want to offer. The smart button *Customer preview* is useful for mimicking the customer's reaction. In this case, we can confidently say that the customer will *Sign and pay* this new quotation. When it is done, you have to go back in edit mode, confirm the quotation, and click on the smart button *Subscriptions* to visualize all updates. From there, you can see that an additional line has been added to the subscription with the new extra service the customer wanted to purchase." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:72 +msgid "In addition, by clicking on the *Sales* button, you have a summary of your sales orders in a list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:79 +msgid "The only difference between your two sales orders is the description underneath the *Subscription Management* category. There, you can easily visualize which one is your upselling." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/services.pot b/locale/sources/services.pot new file mode 100644 index 000000000..dc5e15e29 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/sources/services.pot @@ -0,0 +1,1165 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-18 07:12+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#: ../../content/applications/services.rst:3 +#: ../../content/services.rst:3 +msgid "Services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm.rst:4 +msgid "Field Service" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/helpdesk.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:4 +msgid "Helpdesk" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:3 +msgid "Plan onsite interventions from helpdesk tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:4 +msgid "The integration with the Helpdesk app lets your helpdesk team manage intervention requests directly. Planning field service tasks from tickets speeds up your processes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:8 +msgid "Configure the helpdesk team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:9 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`. Select a team and enable *Onsite Interventions*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:16 +msgid "The helpdesk tickets of the team now display the *Plan Intervention* button. Click on it to create a new task under your field service project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales.rst:3 +msgid "Sales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:3 +msgid "Create onsite interventions from sales orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:4 +msgid "Allowing your sales team to open onsite interventions creates a seamless experience for your customers. They can receive a quotation they first have to approve before the work even starts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:8 +msgid "Configure a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:9 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration --> Products` and create or edit a product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:11 +msgid "Under the *General Information* tab, select *Service* as *Product Type*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:13 +msgid "Under the *Sales* tab, select *Timesheets on tasks* as *Service Invoicing Policy*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:15 +msgid "Select *Create a task in an existing project* as *Service Tracking*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:17 +msgid "Select your *Project*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:19 +msgid "If you use them, select your *Worksheet Template* and then click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:25 +msgid "From the *Sales* app, create a quotation with the product and confirm it. A task is automatically set up under your Field Service project. It is directly accessible from the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:3 +msgid "After Sales Features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:5 +msgid "As your business grows, having the right tool to support your helpdesk team on recording, tracking and managing issues raised easy and efficiently, is key. Odoo’s Helpdesk application allows you to generate credit notes, manage returns, products, repairs, grant coupons, and even plan onsite interventions from a ticket’s page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:11 +msgid "Set up the after sales services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:13 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and enable the after sales options: *Refunds, Returns, Coupons, Repairs and Onsite Interventions*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:20 +msgid "Generate credit notes from tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:22 +msgid "You can use a credit note to refund a customer or adjust the amount due. For that, simply go to your ticket page, click on *Refund* and select the corresponding *Invoice*. Clicking on *Reverse* generates a credit note, and you can *Post* it while still being in the *Helpdesk* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:30 +msgid "Allow product returns from tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:32 +msgid "The process of a product return from your customer back to your warehouse is taken into action when, at the ticket page, you choose the option *Return*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:39 +msgid "Grant coupons from tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:41 +msgid "First, be sure to have your *Coupon Program* planned in the *Sales* or *Website* application. Then, in *Helpdesk*, open your ticket, click on *Coupon*, and choose the respective one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:48 +msgid "Repairs from tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:50 +msgid "Clicking on *Repair* option, on your ticket page, a new repair order form is shown. Fill in the information as needed and choose the next step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:57 +msgid "Plan onsite interventions from tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:59 +msgid "At the ticket's page click on *Plan Intervention*, and set up your onsite intervention exactly the same way as if you were on the *Field Service* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:67 +msgid "`Coupons <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/coupon-programs-640?fullscreen=1>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:3 +msgid "Allow Customers to Close their Tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:5 +msgid "Allowing customers to close their tickets gives them autonomy and minimize misunderstandings about when an issue is considered solved, or not. It makes communication and actions more efficient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:9 +msgid "Configure the feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:11 +msgid "To configure the feature go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Settings --> Helpdesk Teams --> Edit` and enable *Ticket closing*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:18 +msgid "In order to designate to which stage the ticket migrates to once it is closed, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Overview --> Tickets`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:25 +msgid "You can either create a new Kanban stage or work with an existing one. For both scenarios, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Settings --> Edit Stage` and enable *Closing Stage*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:32 +msgid "If a closing stage is not specified, by default, the ticket is moved to the last stage; contrarily, if you have more than one stage set as closing, the ticket is put in the first one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:36 +msgid "The Costumer Portal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:38 +msgid "Now, once the user logs into his Portal, the option *Close this ticket* is available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:45 +msgid "Get reports on tickets closed by costumers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:47 +msgid "To do an analysis of the tickets that have been closed by costumers go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting --> Tickets --> Filters --> Add Custom filter --> Closed by partner --> Applied`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:3 +msgid "Forum and eLearning" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:6 +msgid "Forum" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:8 +msgid "To go above and beyond email, live chat, web forms, and phone lines, offer your customers a support forum. This way, customers might become more attached to your company as they would be investing time to get into details of your business. You also encourage the exchange of experiences and knowledge, supporting the feeling of belonging to a community (your community!)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:11 +msgid "Set up" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:16 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Team` and enable *Help Center*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:23 +msgid "Create, or edit a forum by clicking on the external link. Among the editing options, choose if you would like the *Forum Mode* to be *Questions*: only one answer is allowed per question or *Discussions*: multiple answers are allowed per question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:31 +msgid "From now on, logged in users can start their discussions. To keep track of posts, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Forum --> Posts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:38 +msgid "Turn tickets into forum posts by simply clicking on *Share on the Forum* on the ticket's page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:45 +msgid "eLearning" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:47 +msgid "In addition to a forum, offer online courses. When doing so, you link your customers and users’ needs and questions to useful content, helping to boost efficiency as they can also find their answers there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:54 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and enable *eLearning*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:61 +msgid "Once the structure and content of your course are ready, *Publish* it by clicking on *Unpublished*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:67 +msgid "To keep track of your course statistics, go to *eLearning* and *View Course*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:73 +msgid "Todo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:73 +msgid "DETAILS/INFO SHOULD COME FROM ELEARNING DOCS. THEREFORE, LINK DOCS ONCE AVAILABLE!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:3 +msgid "Getting Started" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:5 +msgid "Helpdesk teams provide your customers with support to queries or errors they might encounter while using your product/service. Therefore, a successful scheme where you can organize multiple teams with their customized pipeline, visibilities settings, and ticket traceability is essential." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:10 +msgid "Set up teams" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:12 +msgid "To modify or create teams, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:14 +msgid "Setting up multiple teams allows you to group tickets by your channels (example: BE/US), or by your support services' types (example: IT, accounting, admin, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:21 +msgid "Team’s productivity and visibility" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:23 +msgid "Teams can have individual *Assignment Methods* to ensure that tickets get redirected to the right person:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:26 +msgid "*Manually*: tickets are manually assigned, allowing employees to manage their own workload and target tickets they are experts at;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:28 +msgid "*Random*: tickets are randomly assigned and everyone gets the same amount. This method ensures that all tickets are handled as the assignment happens automatically;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:30 +msgid "*Balanced*: tickets are assigned to the person with the least amount of tickets so that everyone fairly gets the same amount. Thereby, you ensure that all tickets get to be taken care of." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:40 +msgid "For the *Random* and *Balanced* assignment methods, you can set the *Team Members* among whom tickets are assigned. Leave the field empty to include all employees (with the proper access rights)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:43 +msgid "The *Team Visibility* feature allows you to specify who can see and access the team’s tickets. Therefore, ticket’s with sensible information are only seen by the right people. Leave the field empty to include all employees (with the proper access rights)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:46 +msgid "Set up stages and share it among teams" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:48 +msgid "To set up stages, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Stages`. Then, create and/or edit stages as you need and set specific teams to use certain stages under *Team*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:55 +msgid "Stages can be shared between one or multiple teams, allowing you to adapt the pipeline to your individual needs. They also apply a visibility and access rule, as other teams are not able to see or use the stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:64 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/odoo_basics/users`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:3 +msgid "Ratings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:5 +msgid "Allow customers to rate their experience with your helpdesk teams to strengthen your credibility and gain their trust. Reviews can also influence a customer’s decision and open space for feedback that can help you improve the quality of your services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:12 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and enable *Ratings on tickets*. The feature automatically adds a default email template on the non-folded *closing stage(s)* of that team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:21 +msgid "To edit the email template and the stage(s) set as the closing ones, go to the Kanban view of your helpdesk team and click on *Settings*, then on *Edit Stage*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:28 +msgid "Now, once a ticket reaches the stage(s) designated as the *Closing Stage*, an email is sent to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:35 +msgid "Ratings can be seen on the chatter of each ticket, under the *See Customer Satisfaction* link on the main dashboard, and through *Reporting*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:39 +msgid "Ratings visible on the customer portal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:41 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and enable *Display Rating on Customer Portal*. Now, by clicking on the helpdesk team’s name on their ticket, customers can see its ratings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:47 +msgid ":doc:`../advanced/close_tickets`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:3 +msgid "Start Receiving Tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:5 +msgid "Offering a variety of channels from where your customers can contact you grants them flexibility and the right to choose the best one for themselves. And, in order to make sure inquiries across all channels get addressed, it is essential to have a solution where all interactions come in one place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:11 +msgid "Channels options to submit tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:13 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`, and enable the following features as you want them to be available to your users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:21 +msgid "Email Alias" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:24 +msgid "Let your customers submit tickets by sending an email to your support email address. The subject line of the email becomes the title of the ticket and the content is shown in the Chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:26 +msgid "Select *Configure domain name* to be redirected to *Settings* and, from there, enable *External Email Servers* to determine or change your *Alias Domain*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:35 +msgid "Using your own email server is required to send and receive emails in Odoo Community and Enterprise. Online users benefit from a ready-to-use email server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:39 +msgid "Website Form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:41 +msgid "Allow your customers to submit a ticket by filling in a form through your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:42 +msgid "Once the feature is activated, get redirected to your website by clicking on *Go to Website*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:49 +msgid "From the website page customize the form as you like. Then, publish it by clicking on *Unpublished*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:56 +msgid "Live Chat" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:59 +msgid "Through live interactions with your website visitors, helpdesk tickets can be instantly created and redirected to the right person." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:61 +msgid "Click on your helpdesk team's name - for the example below: *Customer Care* - and :doc:`set up your channel </applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:68 +msgid "Now, your operators can create tickets by using the :doc:`command </applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses>` */helpdesk (subject_of_ticket)*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:72 +msgid "Prioritize tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:74 +msgid "Use the stars to prioritize your tickets. The most urgent ones appear at the top of your list on the Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:77 +msgid "1 star = *Low priority*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:78 +msgid "2 stars = *High priority*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:79 +msgid "3 stars = *Urgent*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:60 +msgid ":doc:`sla`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:89 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:3 +msgid "Reports for a Better Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:5 +msgid "An efficient customer service solution should have a built-in reporting option. Reports allow you to track trends, identify areas for improvement, manage employees’ workloads and, most importantly, meet your customer’s expectations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:10 +msgid "Cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:12 +msgid "Some examples of the reports Odoo Helpdesk can generate include:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:14 +msgid "The number of tickets *grouped by* team and ticket type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:17 +msgid "In this manner, you are able to evaluate which ticket types have been the most frequent ones, plus the workload of your teams." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:19 +msgid "Apply *Time Ranges* if you would like to make comparisons to a *Previous Period* or a *Previous Year*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:25 +msgid "The number of tickets closed per day, per team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:27 +msgid "Get an overview of how many requests each team is closing per day in order to measure their performance. Identify productivity levels to understand how many requests they are able to handle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:35 +msgid "Filter it by *Assignee* to see Key Performance Indicators (KPI) per agent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:37 +msgid "The number of hours tickets are taking to be solved, grouped by team and ticket type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:39 +msgid "Check if your expectations are met by *measuring* the *Time to close (hours)*. Your customers not only expect fast responses but they also want their issues to be handled quickly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:48 +msgid "Save filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:50 +msgid "Save the filters you use the most and avoid having to reconstruct them every time they are needed. To do so, set the groups, filters, and measures needed. Then, go to *Favorites*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:59 +msgid ":doc:`receiving_tickets`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:3 +msgid "Service Level Agreements (SLA)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:5 +msgid "Service Level Agreements (SLA) are commitments you make with your customers to outline how a service is delivered. It bolsters trust between you and your customers as it makes clear what needs to be done, to what standard, and when." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:10 +msgid "Create your policies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:13 +msgid "First, enable the feature on the settings of the team you would like policies to be applied, going to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:15 +msgid "Create your policies through the team’s settings page or go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> SLA Policies`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:23 +msgid "Choose to which **Team** the policy is relevant and the **Minimum Priority** a ticket needs to have for the policy to be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:27 +msgid "**Target** is the stage a ticket needs to reach within the period defined to satisfy the SLA. The period is based on the ticket’s creation date, and a deadline is set on the ticket’s form once it matches an SLA policy rule. If a ticket has more than one policy applied to it, the closest deadline of all SLAs is the one considered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:29 +msgid "When a ticket has satisfied an SLA policy, the SLA tag appears in green and the deadline field is not shown anymore." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:37 +msgid "SLA Analysis" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:39 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting --> SLA Status Analysis`. Apply *Filters* and *Group by* to identify tickets that should be prioritized and keep track of upcoming deadlines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice.rst:3 +msgid "Timesheet and Invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:3 +msgid "Invoice Time Spent on Tickets (Prepaid Support Services)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:5 +msgid "Have the option to work with prepaid support services, meaning that a sales order and a corresponding invoice are issued and, once the service is done, you can deduct the time spent. Odoo allows it to happen because the applications are fully integrated, resulting in faster responses to your customer needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:14 +msgid "Step 1: Set up a helpdesk team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:17 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`, create or edit an existing team, and enable *Timesheet on Ticket* and *Time Reinvoicing*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:20 +msgid "Select or create a project under *Timesheet on Ticket*. The selected/created is the one at which employees timesheet on by default. However, it can be ultimately modified on each ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:28 +msgid "Step 2: Set up a service" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:31 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable *Units of Measure* to optionally be able to choose *hours* (for example) as the unit of measure of your service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:33 +msgid "Then, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`, create or edit an existing one, and set its *Product Type* as *Service*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:40 +msgid "Now, select the invoicing management you would like to have under the *Sales* tab. We recommend the following configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:47 +msgid "This configuration ensures that the customer is invoiced by the number of hours predicted in the sales order, meaning that less or extra hours recorded are not taken into account. It also ensures that every time a sales order is confirmed, a new task is created under the right project, automating the process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:53 +msgid "We recommend setting up a specific project, as it was done for this flow example. The important thing to remember is that the sales order item needs to be set on the corresponding project or task, in order to reinvoice the time spent on a ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:58 +msgid "Prevision an invoice and record time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:61 +msgid "Step 1: Place an order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:63 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> Orders` and create one for the helpdesk service product you have previously set up, with the customer who needs the ticket to be opened. Set the number of hours needed to assist the customer and *Confirm* the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:72 +msgid "Step 2: Invoice the customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:74 +msgid "In *Sales*, select the respective sales order to *Create Invoice*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:82 +msgid "Step 3: Link the task to the ticket" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:84 +msgid "Now, in *Helpdesk*, create or edit the respective ticket and link it to the task created by the confirmation of the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:92 +msgid "Step 4: Record the time spent" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:94 +msgid "Still on the respective helpdesk ticket, record the hours performed under the *Timesheets* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:100 +msgid "Note that the hours recorded on the ticket form are shown on the *Delivered* column in the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:108 +msgid "Hours recorded on the ticket are automatically shown in *Timesheets* and on the dedicated task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:111 +msgid ":doc:`reinvoice_from_project`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:112 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:3 +msgid "Invoice Time Spent on Tickets (Postpaid Support Services)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:5 +msgid "Directly pull the billable time you have tracked on your helpdesk tickets into sales orders and invoices through a project task. It gives you more control over what you charge your client, and it is more efficient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:10 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:13 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk team --> Edit` and enable the options *Timesheet on Ticket* and *Time Reinvoicing*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:15 +msgid "Under *Timesheet on Ticket*, choose the *Project* to which tickets (and timesheets) will be linked by default. Open its *External link* to enable the feature *Bill from tasks*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:22 +msgid "Create a sales order and an invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:24 +msgid "Now, once you have recorded the time you spent on the helpdesk ticket, under the *Timesheets* tab, access the task clicking on its name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:31 +msgid "*Create Sales Order* and proceed to create the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project.rst:4 +msgid "Project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks.rst:3 +msgid "Tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:3 +msgid "Create Project's Tasks from an Email Alias" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:5 +msgid "When you already have an email address that customers know from the top of their heads, changing it is the last thing you want to do. Instead, link that address to your project and transform those conversations into structured work. It automatically creates a task in the first stage of a project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:11 +msgid "Set up an incoming email server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:14 +msgid "On the *Settings* application, enable *External Email Servers* and define the incoming email alias you would like to use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:15 +msgid "**For more information**: :doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:18 +msgid "Configure the email alias in your project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:22 +msgid "Now that you have the incoming email server set up, go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects --> Edit`. Under the *Emails* tab, define the wanted email alias and choose the policy to receive a message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:23 +msgid "In addition, you can now directly set it when creating a new project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:30 +msgid "All the recipients of the email (To/Cc/Bcc) are automatically added as followers of the task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:32 +msgid "The email can be seen under the name of your project on the dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets.rst:4 +msgid "Timesheets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:3 +msgid "Create Timesheets upon Time Off Validation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:5 +msgid "Odoo automatically timesheets on project/tasks upon time off requests. This allows for better overall control over the validation of timesheets, as it does not leave place for forgetfulness and questions after hours that have not been timesheeted by the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:9 +msgid "Activate the :doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>`, go to *Timesheets*, and change the *Project* and *Task* set by default, if you like." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:16 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Time Off --> Configuration --> Time Off Types`. Select or create the needed type, and decide if you would like the requests to be validated or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:26 +msgid "Now, once the employee has requested his time off and the request has been validated (or not, depending on the setting chosen), the time is automatically allocated on *Timesheets*, under the respective project and task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:27 +msgid "On the example below, the user requested *Paid Time off* from July 13th to 15th." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:33 +msgid "Considering that validation is not required, the requested time off is automatically displayed in *Timesheets*. If validation is necessary, the time is automatically allocated after the responsible person for validating does it so." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:41 +msgid "Click on the magnifying glass, hovering over the concerned cell, to access all the aggregated data on that cell (day), and see details regarding the project/task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support.rst:4 +msgid "Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:6 +msgid "Supported versions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:9 +msgid "Odoo provides support and bug fixing **for the 3 last major versions** of Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:11 +msgid "Users hosted on **Odoo Online** may use intermediary versions (sometimes called *SaaS versions*) that are supported as well. These versions are not published for Odoo.sh or On-Premise installations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:17 +msgid "What's the support status of my Odoo?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:19 +msgid "This matrix shows the support status of every version." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:21 +msgid "**Major releases are in bold type.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:24 +msgid "Odoo Online" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:24 +msgid "Odoo.sh" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:24 +msgid "On-Premise" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:24 +msgid "Release date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:26 +msgid "**Odoo 14.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:26 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:26 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:26 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:28 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:30 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:30 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:30 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:32 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:34 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:34 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:34 +msgid "|green|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:26 +msgid "October 2020" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:28 +msgid "Odoo 13.saas~4" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:28 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:28 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:32 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:32 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:36 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:36 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:40 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:40 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:42 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:42 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:46 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:46 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:48 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:50 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:50 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:52 +msgid "N/A" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:28 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:32 +msgid "August 2019" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:30 +msgid "**Odoo 13.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:30 +msgid "October 2019" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:32 +msgid "Odoo 12.saas~3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:34 +msgid "**Odoo 12.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:34 +msgid "October 2018" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:34 +msgid "*End-of-support is planned for October 2021*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:36 +msgid "Odoo 11.saas~3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:36 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:38 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:38 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:40 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:42 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:44 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:44 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:46 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:48 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:50 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:52 +msgid "|orange|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:36 +msgid "April 2018" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:38 +msgid "**Odoo 11.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:38 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:44 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:48 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:52 +msgid "|red|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:38 +msgid "October 2017" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:40 +msgid "Odoo 10.saas~15" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:40 +msgid "March 2017" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:42 +msgid "Odoo 10.saas~14" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:42 +msgid "January 2017" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:44 +msgid "**Odoo 10.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:44 +msgid "October 2016" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:46 +msgid "Odoo 9.saas~11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:46 +msgid "May 2016" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:48 +msgid "**Odoo 9.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:48 +msgid "October 2015" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:50 +msgid "Odoo 8.saas~6" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:50 +msgid "February 2015" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:52 +msgid "**Odoo 8.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:52 +msgid "September 2014" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:58 +msgid "|green| Supported version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:60 +msgid "|red| End-of-support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:62 +msgid "N/A Never released for this platform" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:64 +msgid "|orange| Some of our older customers may still run this version on our Odoo Online servers, we provide help only on blocking issues and advise you to upgrade." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:66 +msgid "🏁 Future version, not released yet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:79 +msgid "I run an older version of Odoo/OpenERP/TinyERP" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:81 +msgid "OpenERP 7.0, 6.1, 6.0 and 5.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:83 +msgid "TinyERP 4.0, 3.0, 2.0 and 1.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:85 +msgid "You should consider `upgrading <https://upgrade.odoo.com/>`_ your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:6 +msgid "What can I expect from the support service?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:10 +msgid "5 days a week" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:12 +msgid "Your Odoo Online subscription includes **unlimited 24hr support at no extra cost, Monday to Friday**. Our teams are located around the world to ensure you have support, no matter your location. Your support representative could be communicating to you from San Francisco, Belgium, or India!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:17 +msgid "Our support team can be contacted through our `online support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:21 +msgid "What kind of support is included?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:23 +msgid "Providing you with relevant material (guidelines, product documentation, etc...)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:25 +msgid "Answers to issues that you may encounter in your standard Odoo database (eg. “I cannot close my Point of Sale” or “I cannot find my sales KPIs?”)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:27 +msgid "Questions related to your account, subscription, or billing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:28 +msgid "Bug resolution (blocking issues or unexpected behaviour not due to misconfiguration or customization)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:30 +msgid "Issues that might occur in a test database after upgrading to a newer version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:32 +msgid "*Odoo Support does not make changes to your production database without your agreement and gives you the material and knowledge to do it yourself!*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:37 +msgid "What kind of support is not included?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:39 +msgid "Questions that require us to understand your business processes in order to help you implement your database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:41 +msgid "Training on how to use our software (we will direct you to our many resources)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:42 +msgid "Import of documents into your database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:43 +msgid "Guidance on which configurations to apply inside of an application or the database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:44 +msgid "How to set up configuration models (Examples include: Inventory Routes, Payment Terms, Warehouses, etc)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:46 +msgid "Any intervention on your own servers/deployments of Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:47 +msgid "Any intervention on your own third party account (Ingenico, Authorize, UPS, etc)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:48 +msgid "Questions or issues related to specific developments or customizations done either by Odoo or a third party (this is specific only to your database or involving code)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:52 +msgid "You can get this type of support with a `Success Pack <https://www.odoo.com/pricing-packs>`__. With a pack, one of our consultants will analyze the way your business runs and tell you how you can get the most out of your Odoo Database. We will handle all configurations and coach you on how to use Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:4 +msgid "Where to find help?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:8 +msgid "Odoo Enterprise" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:10 +msgid "Users who have a valid Odoo Enterprise subscription may always contact our support teams through our `support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_, no matter the hosting type you chose (Odoo Online, Odoo.sh or on your own server)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:14 +msgid "Please include in your request:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:16 +msgid "your subscription number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:17 +msgid "the URL of your database if your database is hosted by Odoo (Odoo Online or Odoo.sh)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:19 +msgid "Our agents will get back to you as soon as possible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:23 +msgid "Odoo Community" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:25 +msgid "*Odoo Community users don't get access to the support service.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:27 +msgid "Here are some resources that might help you:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:29 +msgid "Our `documentation pages <https://www.odoo.com/page/docs>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:30 +msgid "Ask your question on the `community forum <https://www.odoo.com/forum/help-1>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:31 +msgid ":doc:`Buy Odoo Enterprise </administration/enterprise>` to get the support and bugfix services." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/settings.pot b/locale/sources/settings.pot new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e44e29acd --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/sources/settings.pot @@ -0,0 +1,134 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-18 07:12+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings.rst:3 +msgid "Settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:6 +msgid "Users and Features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:8 +msgid "As the administrator of your database, you are responsible for its usage. This includes the Apps you install as well as the number of users currently in use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:12 +msgid "Odoo is many things (ERP, CMS, CRM application, e-Commerce backend, etc.) but it is *not* a smartphone. You should apply caution when adding/removing features (especially Apps) on your database since this may impact your subscription amount significantly (or switch you from a free account to a paying one on our online platform)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:18 +msgid "This page contains some information as to how you can manage your Odoo instances. Before carrying any of these procedures, we **strongly** advise to test them on a duplicate of your database first. That way, if something goes wrong, your day-to-day business is not impacted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:23 +msgid "You can find guides on how to duplicate your databases both for :ref:`online <duplicate_online>` and :ref:`on premise <duplicate_premise>` installations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:27 +msgid "If you have questions about the content of this page or if you encounter an issue while carrying out these procedures, please contact us through our `support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:33 +msgid "Deactivating Users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:35 +msgid "Make sure you have sufficient **administrative rights** if you want to change the status of any of your users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:38 +msgid "In your Odoo instance, click on **Settings**. You will have a section showing you the active users on your database. Click on **Manage Users.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:79 +msgid "|settings|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:42 +msgid "|browse_users|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:45 +msgid "You'll then see the list of your users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:50 +msgid "The pre-selected filter *Internal Users* shows your paying users (different from the *Portal Users* which are free). If you remove this filter, you'll get all your users (the ones you pay for and the portal ones)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:55 +msgid "In your list of users, click on the user you want to deactivate. As soon as you are on the userform, click on the Action drop down menu, and then click on Archive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:63 +msgid "The user is now deactivated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:65 +msgid "**Never** deactivate the main user (*admin*)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:68 +msgid "Uninstalling Apps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:70 +msgid "Make sure you first test what you are about to do on a :ref:`duplicate <duplicate_online>` of your database before making any changes (*especially* installing/uninstalling apps)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:74 +msgid "In your Odoo instance click on **Settings**; in this app, you will be able to see how many applications you have installed. Click on **Browse Apps** to access the list of your installed applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:79 +msgid "|browse_apps|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:82 +msgid "In your applications' dashboard, you will see all the icons of your applications. Click on the application you want to uninstall. Then, on the form of the application, click on **Uninstall**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:89 +msgid "Some applications have dependencies, like Invoicing, eCommerce, etc. Therefore, the system will give you a warning message to advise you of what is about to be removed. If you uninstall your application, all its dependencies will be uninstalled as well (and the data in them will permanently disappear). If you are sure you still want to uninstall it, then click **Confirm**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:96 +msgid "Last, after having checked the warning message (if any), click **Confirm**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:101 +msgid "You have finished uninstalling your application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:104 +msgid "Good to know" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:106 +msgid "**Uninstalling apps, managing users, etc. is up to you**: no one else can know if your business flow is broken better than you. If we were to uninstall applications for you, we would never be able to tell if relevant data had been removed or if one of your business flow was broken because we *do not know how you work* and therefore cannot validate these kinds of operations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:112 +msgid "**Odoo Apps have dependencies**: this means that you may need to install modules that you do not actively use to access some features of Odoo you might need. For example, the Website Builder app is needed to be able to show your customer their Quotes in a web page. Even though you might not need or use the Website itself, it is needed for the Online Quotes feature to work properly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:119 +msgid "**Always test app installation/removal on a duplicate** (or on a free trial database): that way you can know what other apps may be required, etc. This will avoid surprises when uninstalling or when receiving your invoices." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/sign.pot b/locale/sources/sign.pot deleted file mode 100644 index b245a1fbf..000000000 --- a/locale/sources/sign.pot +++ /dev/null @@ -1,101 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -#: ../../sign.rst:5 -msgid "Sign" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sign/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:3 -msgid "Validity of electronic signatures" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:5 -msgid "The legal validity of electronic signatures generated by Odoo depends on the legislation of your country. Companies doing business abroad should consider electronic signature laws of other countries as well." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:10 -msgid "In the European Union" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:12 -msgid "The `eIDAS regulation <http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2014/910/oj>`_ establishes the framework for electronic signatures in all `27 member states of the European Union <https://europa.eu/european-union/about-eu/countries_en>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:16 -msgid "It distinguishes three types of electronic signatures:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:18 -msgid "Electronic signatures" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:19 -msgid "Advanced electronic signatures" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:20 -msgid "Qualified electronic signatures" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:22 -msgid "Odoo generates the first type, regular electronic signatures, and these signatures can produce legal effects in the EU, as the regulation states that “an electronic signature shall not be denied legal effect and admissibility as evidence in legal proceedings solely on the grounds that it is in an electronic form or that it does not meet the requirements for qualified electronic signatures.”" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:27 -msgid "Note that electronic signatures may not be automatically recognized as valid. You may need to bring supporting evidence of a signature’s validity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:31 -msgid "In the United States of America" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:33 -msgid "The `ESIGN Act (Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act) <https://www.fdic.gov/regulations/compliance/manual/10/X-3.1.pdf>`_, at the interstate and international levels, and the `UETA (Uniform Electronic Transactions Act) <https://www.uniformlaws.org/committees/community-home/librarydocuments?communitykey=2c04b76c-2b7d-4399-977e-d5876ba7e034&tab=librarydocuments>`_, at the state level, provide the legal framework for electronic signatures. Note that `Illinois <https://www.ilga.gov/legislation/ilcs/ilcs5.asp?ActID=89&>`_ and `New York <https://its.ny.gov/electronic-signatures-and-records-act-esra>`_ have not adopted the UETA, but similar acts instead." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:42 -msgid "Overall, to be recognized as valid, electronic signatures have to meet five criteria:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:44 -msgid "A signer must show a clear intent to sign. For example, using a mouse to draw a signature can show intent. The signer must also have the option to opt-out of electronically signing a document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:47 -msgid "A signer must first express or imply their consent to conduct business electronically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:48 -msgid "The signature must be clearly attributed. In Odoo, metadata, such as the signer’s IP address, is added to the signature, which can be used as supporting evidence." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:50 -msgid "The signature must be associated with the document being signed, for example, by keeping a record detailing how the signature was captured." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:52 -msgid "Electronically signed documents need to be retained and available for later reference by all parties involved, for example, by providing the signer either a fully-executed copy or the option to download a copy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:57 -msgid "The information provided here does not constitute legal advice; it is provided for general informational purposes only. As laws governing electronic signatures evolve rapidly, we cannot guarantee that the information is up to date. We advise you to should contact a local attorney to obtain legal advice." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/sms_marketing.pot b/locale/sources/sms_marketing.pot deleted file mode 100644 index 3a2d08e2c..000000000 --- a/locale/sources/sms_marketing.pot +++ /dev/null @@ -1,425 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -#: ../../sms_marketing.rst:5 -msgid "SMS Marketing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:3 -msgid "Contact Lists and Blacklist" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:5 -msgid "Creating your own list of contacts, or importing it, is useful when you want to create specific groups of people, such as the subscribers of your newsletter. It is also the best way to get started if you are coming from another system and already have built an audience. It makes the SMS distribution easier." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:11 -msgid "Contact lists" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:13 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Contacts lists --> Contacts lists --> Create`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:16 -msgid "Choose a name for your *Mailing list*, and activate the option *Is Public* if you would like to make the mailing list accessible to your recipients in the unsubscription page (allowing users to update their subscription preferences)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:22 -msgid "History with the Log Notes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:25 -msgid "A record of the mailings sent is kept on the recipient's chatter (whether it is a contact or an opportunity, for example)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:28 -msgid "This is important as you and team members can easily keep track and see a history of the interactions with your contacts or prospects. Example: your sales representative can easily find out which SMS mailing promotions a customer has received or not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:35 -msgid "Blacklist" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:38 -msgid "If you are coming from another software and have a list of clients who have already asked to be blacklisted, you can import those entries to your database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:39 -msgid "For that, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Phone Blacklist --> Import`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:3 -msgid "Integrations and Templates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:5 -msgid "Using SMS to reach people can be a strategy not just used for advertisement purposes, but also as a reminder of events or issued invoices to your costumers, for example." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:9 -msgid "Campaigns" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:11 -msgid "First, make sure to have the necessary feature activated. Go to the :menuselection:`Email Marketing app --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable *Mailing Campaigns*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:17 -msgid "Now, the menu *Campaigns* is also available on the *SMS Marketing* app, allowing you to manage and have an overview of your SMS mailings under campaigns." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:23 -msgid "This feature is especially useful if you have aggregated campaigns, as you have a global reporting view. In addition to that, you can create stages in your Kanban view to better organize the work being done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:31 -msgid "Sending SMSs through the Contacts app" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:34 -msgid "Sending SMSs through the contact’s form is available by default in Odoo. It makes your work easier if you need to send an SMS to a specific contact, for example." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:36 -msgid "For that, go to the *Contacts* app, select the contact and click on the *SMS* icon next to the phone number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:41 -msgid "If you would like to send a message to multiple contacts at once, choose the *List View*, select all the contacts needed, and under *Action* select *Send SMS*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:48 -msgid "Set up SMS templates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:50 -msgid "To set up *SMS Templates*, activate the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, then go to :menuselection:`Technical --> SMS Templates`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:60 -msgid "Use *Dynamic Placeholders* to adapt automatically the content of the SMS to the context." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:63 -msgid "SMS Text Messaging is available throughout Odoo:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:65 -msgid "*CRM*: send SMSs to your leads and opportunities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:66 -msgid "*Subscription*: alert customers about their subscription." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:67 -msgid "*Accounting*: send payment reminders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:68 -msgid "*Marketing Automation*: automate your SMS marketing campaigns." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:69 -msgid "*Inventory*: send an automatic confirmation when a delivery order is done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:70 -msgid "*Sign*: receive a validation code to verify your identity before signing a document online." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:71 -msgid "*SEPA debit payment provider*: send a verification code to your customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:72 -msgid "*Studio*: send an SMS according to your needs by using automated actions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:75 -msgid "For more information about SMS integrations in Odoo and a list of frequently asked questions, go to :doc:`../pricing/pricing_and_faq`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:79 -msgid ":doc:`../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:80 -msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_template`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:3 -msgid "Build, Send and Get Reports from a SMS Mailing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:5 -msgid "Using SMS Marketing as part of your communication strategies can empower you to expand your markets, considering that in some countries emails are not very used or used at all. It also helps to boost conversion rates, as this strategy has a high open-rate percentage among people who use smartphones." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:11 -msgid "Get started" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:13 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`SMS Marketing --> Create`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:18 -msgid "Specify a *subject* name to help you remembering what the mailing is about." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:20 -msgid "Under *Recipients*, choose to whom you would like the SMS to be sent. If you choose *Contact*, all your Odoo contacts (vendor, customers, etc.) receive your SMS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:22 -msgid "From there, you can refine your recipient list with the *add filter* option. In the example below, the message would be sent to the contacts living in Belgium." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:27 -msgid "The *Mailing list* option, on the other hand, allows you to choose the specific mailing lists you created to group specific contacts. You are allowed to select multiple ones." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:34 -msgid "Under the *SMS Content* tab, links can be included and Odoo automatically generates *link trackers* in order to generate data about these links." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:36 -msgid "Under *Settings* you have the option *Include opt-out link*. If activated, the contact is able to unsubscribe from the mailing list." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:43 -msgid "In the *Link Tracker* menu under *Configuration*, you can see the history of your sent links, access them and look at statistics." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:50 -msgid "Double-check that you have the phone number of your contacts saved." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:53 -msgid "Send a mailing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:57 -msgid "Once you have your mailing created, you must choose when you would like it to be delivered:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:59 -msgid "*Put in Queue*: the mailing is triggered with the next automatic run. Interesting option if you do not need the message to be sent at a specific time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:61 -msgid "*Send Now*: sends the message immediately. Use this option if the recipient list is not excessive." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:62 -msgid "*Schedule*: allows you to choose a day and time. Best option for mailings that you would like to send during a specific event, to promote an offer while it is active, or to simply plan your content strategy in advance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:65 -msgid "*Test*: allows you to send an SMS to one or multiple numbers for test purposes. Check, for example, if the link provided lands on the right page while making sure they are responsive. If sending it to multiple numbers, you must remember to use a comma between them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:70 -msgid "Visualize reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:72 -msgid "Under the *Reporting* menu apply filters, measures, and adopt different layouts to do analyses of the performance of your SMS mailings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:79 -msgid "You can also check the price to send an SMS for your country by clicking on the *Information* icon." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:86 -msgid "**Buy Credits:** in order to take advantage of the app and its features, make sure you have purchased credits. For more information: :doc:`../pricing/pricing_and_faq`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing.rst:3 -msgid "Pricing and FAQ" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:3 -msgid "SMS Pricing and FAQ" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:6 -msgid "What do I need to send SMSs?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:7 -msgid "SMS Text Messaging is an In-App Purchase (IAP) service that *requires prepaid credits* to work." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:11 -msgid "How many types of SMSs are there?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:12 -msgid "There are 2 types: GSM7 and UNICODE." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:14 -msgid "**GSM7** is the standard format, with a limit of 160 characters per message, that includes the following characters:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:23 -msgid "**UNICODE** is the format applied if a special character, that *is not* in the GSM7 list, is used. Limit per SMS: 70 characters." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:27 -msgid "For GSM7 SMS the size limit is 160 characters, and for Unicode is 70. *Above these limits, the content is divided into a multi-part message* and the limit of characters is lowered to 153 for GSM7 and to 67 for Unicode. The system will inform you in real-time about the number of SMS your message represents." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:34 -msgid "How much does it cost to send an SMS?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:35 -msgid "The price of an SMS depends on the destination and the length (number of characters) of the message." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:37 -msgid "To see the **price per country, please consult**: `Odoo SMS - FAQ <https://iap-services.odoo.com/iap/sms/pricing#sms_faq_01>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:39 -msgid "The number of SMSs a message represents will be always available to you in your database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:49 -msgid "How do I buy credits?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:50 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Buy Credits`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:57 -msgid "Or go to :menuselection:`Settings --> View my Services`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:65 -msgid "If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:70 -msgid "More common questions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:72 -msgid "**Is there an expiration time for my credits?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:74 -msgid "No, credits do not expire." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:77 -msgid "**Can I send an SMS to a phone number (which is not a mobile phone) because I see the icon in front of the field “phone”?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:80 -msgid "Only if that phone number supports SMS (e.g. SIP phones)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:83 -msgid "**Do I receive an invoice to buy my credits?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:85 -msgid "Yes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:88 -msgid "**Can the recipient answer to me?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:90 -msgid "No, it is not possible to reply to the SMS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:93 -msgid "**What happens if I send multiple SMS but I do not have enough credits to send them all?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:95 -msgid "The whole transaction is counted as a single one, so no SMS will be sent until you have enough credits to send them all." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:99 -msgid "**Do I have a history of the sent SMSs?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:101 -msgid "Yes, the SMS is logged as a note under the chatter of the corresponding record, and a complete history of the SMSs sent is available on :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` under :menuselection:`Technical --> SMS`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:107 -msgid "**Can I send as many SMSs I want at once?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:109 -msgid "Yes, if you have enough credits." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:112 -msgid "**If I have a number that does not exist in the list of recipients, will I lose credits?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:114 -msgid "Not if the phone number is in the wrong format (e.g. too many digits). Otherwise, if the SMS is sent to the wrong person or to a fake number, the credit will be lost." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:118 -msgid "**What happens if I send my SMS to a paying number (e.g.: a contest to win a ticket for a festival)?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:120 -msgid "The SMS will not be delivered to that kind of number, so you won’t be charged." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:123 -msgid "**Can I identify the numbers that do not exist when I send several SMSs?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:125 -msgid "Only the ones that have an invalid format." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:128 -msgid "**How does the GDPR regulation affect this service?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:130 -msgid "Please find our `Privacy Policy here <https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#sms>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:132 -msgid "**Can I use my own SMS provider?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:134 -msgid "Yes, but it is not possible out of the box. Our experts can help you customize your database to make it happen. Please, check our success packs `here <https://www.odoo.com/pricing-packs>`_." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/social_marketing.pot b/locale/sources/social_marketing.pot deleted file mode 100644 index f6eecd3e6..000000000 --- a/locale/sources/social_marketing.pot +++ /dev/null @@ -1,272 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -#: ../../social_marketing.rst:5 -msgid "Social Marketing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:3 -msgid "Connecting to my Marketplace with Campaigns" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:5 -msgid "Whether your goal is to sell a new product, explain the value of your services or advertise your event, a campaign helps you to connect with your marketplace. They normally involve multiple channels, so it is fundamental to have a solution with which you can plan, execute, track, and analyze your content." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:10 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Campaigns --> Create`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:16 -msgid "As you create content, tabs for that specific channel are shown. The overview of the campaign displays global metrics such as:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:19 -msgid "*Revenue*: number of users who, from a link in your content, finished a transaction (paid)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:20 -msgid "*Quotations*: number of users who, from a link in your content, have started but not finished a transaction (did not pay)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:22 -msgid "*Leads*: users who have filled out your contact form, from a link in your content." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:25 -msgid "To be able to *Send New Mailing*, make sure the feature is enabled in the *Email Marketing* application, under :menuselection:`Email Marketing --> Configuration --> Settings`. To be able to *Send SMS*, the *SMS Marketing* application must be installed on your database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:30 -msgid "*Social Marketing* works integrated with other applications such as *Sales*, *Invoicing*, *CRM* and *Website*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:34 -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:77 -msgid ":doc:`./push_notifications`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:35 -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:66 -msgid ":doc:`./manage_social`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:3 -msgid "Interact with Customers and Visitors with Live Chat" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:5 -msgid "One of the ways you can build stronger relationships with your customers is by making yourself available through live chat. Live chats can have a big impact not just on your customer service, but also on sales performance, as it gives users a chance of having real-time, fast, and effective interaction." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:11 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:13 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Live Chat` select the appropriate channel, and set it up." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:20 -msgid "Under *Channel Rules*, choose when the chat pop-up appears, and an action for a given URL and/or country. Note that to take the country into account, GeoIP must be installed on your server." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:24 -msgid "The *Live Chat* application must be installed on your database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:27 -msgid "Monitor your visitors" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:29 -msgid "Under the *Visitors* menu, see the visitors that landed on one of your :ref:`social_marketing/website_tracked_pages` online or offline." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:34 -msgid "You can send emails (if an email address has been saved), send SMSs (if a phone number has been saved), send a push notification (if the user has subscribed to it), and even send a live chat request that will be received by the user once they move to a tracked page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:36 -msgid "Open a record to see details including the visited pages, and the first and last date and time the user was connected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:43 -msgid "Your online visitors will be authenticated if they are linked to a lead or an existing partner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:44 -msgid "If you do not use the *Website* app, you can add a live chat widget to your own website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:49 -msgid "Website’s tracked pages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:51 -msgid "To define which pages are tracked, on the *Website* application, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Pages` and enable the option *Track*, on the respective pages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:60 -msgid ":doc:`../../livechat/overview/get_started`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:3 -msgid "Manage Social Media Pages and Create Content" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:5 -msgid "Once you are present on social media platforms, it is important to keep them up-to-date. However, that might feel like a full-time job. Having a solution that allows you to create, schedule, keep track, engage with your audience and measure results saves you time and helps you to successfully execute your online strategy, from posts to results." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:12 -msgid "Add accounts and create your feed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:14 -msgid "Click on *Add Stream* and grant the required permissions to add your accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:21 -msgid "You can link a Facebook page for which you are the admin." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:23 -msgid "You are then redirected to your *Feed* and a column with the publications is automatically added." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:25 -msgid "You can then add new accounts and/or streams, such as Facebook mentions, and customize your Kanban view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:31 -msgid "Adding social media accounts to your feed will also link KPIs. To get redirected to the statistics page of the social account, click on *Insights*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:39 -msgid "Link a LinkedIn account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:41 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Configuration --> Social Media`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:48 -msgid "LinkedIn is in Beta Version, therefore, the feed is not available. Only the creation of content." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:51 -msgid "Publish content" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:53 -msgid "Click on :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Feed --> New Post`, or go to :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Posts → Create`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:60 -msgid "Choose to upload your post right away or to schedule it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:61 -msgid "Saving your post will apply a draft status to it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:64 -msgid "Overview and plan your posts with a calendar view" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:67 -msgid "Through the calendar view, besides having an overview of your planned day, week or month, also see your drafted, scheduled and published posts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:68 -msgid "Drag and drop (scheduled posts) to change their scheduled date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:70 -msgid "Double-click on a date to create a post directly from the *Calendar view*, and click on an existing one to edit it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:78 -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:67 -msgid ":doc:`./campaigns`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:79 -msgid ":doc:`./livechat`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:3 -msgid "Use Web Push Notifications" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:5 -msgid "Web Push Notifications deliver messages to your user’s device without the need to be on your website, or for them to give personal information. They can be used to inform your users about news, articles and content posted, practical messages like traffic and weather updates, flight information, sales alerts, coupons, and product updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:11 -msgid "Ask users for permission" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:13 -msgid "In the *Website* application go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable *Web Push Notifications*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:20 -msgid "Choose your message, icon, and delay time (which is the wait time for the permission request to be shown once the user lands on your page)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:28 -msgid "Send notifications" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:31 -msgid "Individually" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:33 -msgid "You can send individual messages through the menu *Visitors*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:40 -msgid "To a group" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:42 -msgid "Target a bigger segment by selecting multiple visitors in the *View List* (e.g.: all visitors that visited your Homepage)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:50 -msgid "Visitors records are kept under *Visitors* for a week, before getting archived." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:53 -msgid "By rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:55 -msgid "Or go to :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Posts --> Create`. Under *Web Notification options*, apply filters to send your message to the records that match the rules you set." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:63 -msgid "The feature only works with Odoo Website application." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/studio.pot b/locale/sources/studio.pot deleted file mode 100644 index a31d094c9..000000000 --- a/locale/sources/studio.pot +++ /dev/null @@ -1,657 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -#: ../../studio.rst:5 -msgid "Studio" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts.rst:3 -msgid "Concepts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:3 -msgid "Understanding Automated Actions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:6 -msgid "Automated actions are used to trigger actions. They are based on conditions and happen on top of Odoo’s default business logic." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:9 -msgid "Examples of automated actions include: creating a next activity upon a quote's confirmation; adding a user as a follower of a confirmed invoice if its total is higher than a certain amount; or preventing a lead from changing stage if a field is not filled in." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:16 -msgid "Let's understand how to properly define *when* an automated action runs and *how* to create one:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:18 -msgid "The first step is to choose the :doc:`Model <understanding_general>` on which the action is applied." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:19 -msgid "The **Trigger** field defines the event that causes the automated action to happen:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:21 -msgid "*On Creation*: when a new record is created. Note that the record is created once saved for the first time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:23 -msgid "*On Update*: when the record is updated. Note that the update happens once the record is saved." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:24 -msgid "*On Creation & Update*: on the creation and/or on the update of a record once the form is saved." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:25 -msgid "*On Deletion*: on the removal of a record under the condition set." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:26 -msgid "*Based on Form Modification*: when the value of the specified *Trigger* field is changed in the interface (user sees the changes before saving the record). Note that this action can only be used with the *Execute Python Code* action type." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:29 -msgid "*Based on Timed Condition*: a delay happens after a specific date/time. Set a *Delay after trigger date* if you need a delay to happen before the *Trigger Date*. Example: to send a reminder 15min before a meeting. If the date/time is not set on the form of the model chosen, the date/time considered is the one of the creation/update of the record." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:34 -msgid "For every Trigger option, **conditions** can be applied, such as:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:36 -msgid "*Before Update Domain*: if designated, this condition must be satisfied before the record is updated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:38 -msgid "*Apply on*: if designated, this condition must be satisfied before executing the action rule (*Action To Do*), and after the update." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:41 -msgid "The **Active** option is to be turned off when the rule should be hidden and not executed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:43 -msgid "Under **Action To Do** choose the type of server action that must be executed once records meet the *Trigger* conditions:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:45 -msgid "*Execute Python Code*: a block of code is executed. A *Help* tab with the variables that can be used is available." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:47 -msgid "*Create New Record*: a new record with new values is created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:48 -msgid "*Update a Record*: updates the record that triggered the action." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:49 -msgid "*Execute several actions*: defines an action that triggers other server actions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:50 -msgid "*Send Email*: an automatic :doc:`email <../../discuss/advanced/email_template>` is sent." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:51 -msgid "*Add Followers*: followers are notified of changes in the task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:52 -msgid "*Create Next Activity*: creates an activity such as: *Call*, *Email*, *Reminder*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:53 -msgid "*Send SMS Text Message*: sends an :doc:`SMS <../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:56 -msgid "Example" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:58 -msgid "This is the process of which the update of the *Email* field on the Lead/Opportunity *Model*, with a *Trigger Condition* set to *On Update*, goes through:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:65 -msgid "The user creates the record without an email address set." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:66 -msgid "The user updates the record defining an email address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:67 -msgid "Once the change is saved, the automation checks if any of the *Watched Fields* are being updated (for the example: field name *email_from* (Email)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:69 -msgid "If true, it checks if the record matches the *Before Update Domain* (for the example: *email is not set*)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:71 -msgid "If true, it checks (*after the update*) whether the record matches the *Apply on* domain (for the example: *email is set*)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:73 -msgid "If true, the chosen *Action To Do* is performed on the record." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:76 -msgid ":doc:`understanding_general`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:77 -msgid ":doc:`../use_cases/automated_actions`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:3 -msgid "Understanding General Concepts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:7 -msgid "Odoo Studio is a toolbox that allows you to add models or adapt functionalities on top of Odoo’s standard behavior without coding knowledge. You can also create custom views and modify existing ones without having to get into the XML code." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:11 -msgid "Even for experienced developers, typing out code requires time. By using Odoo Studio, you can quickly get your models up and going and focus on the crucial parts of your application. The result is a user-friendly solution that makes customizations and designing new applications easy with or without programming skills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:15 -msgid "Getting started" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:17 -msgid "One you start using Odoo Studio, you automatically create a new *module* that contains all your modifications. These modifications can be done on existing screens (*views*), by adding new *fields* in existing applications, or by creating an entirely new *model*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:22 -msgid "What is a Module?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:25 -msgid "An Odoo **Module** can contain a number of elements, such as: business objects (models), object views, data files, web controllers, and static web data. An application is a collection of modules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:29 -msgid "In object-oriented programming, models usually represent a concept from the real world. Example: Odoo has models for Sales Orders, Users, Countries, etc. If you were to build an application to manage Real Estate sales, a model that represents the Properties for sale would probably be your first step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:38 -msgid "What is a Model (also called Object)?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:40 -msgid "A **Model** determines the logical structure of a database and fundamentally determines in which manner data can be stored, organized, and manipulated. In other words, a model is a table of information that can be bridged with other tables." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:45 -msgid "What are Fields?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:47 -msgid "**Fields** compose models. It is where a record (a piece of data) is registered." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:49 -msgid "Example: on the Real Estate application, fields on the Properties model would include the price, address, a picture, a link to the current owner, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:50 -msgid "There are 2 main types of fields in Odoo: *basic (or scalar) fields* and *relational fields*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:53 -msgid "Basic fields represent simple values, like numbers or text. Relational fields represent relations between models. So, if you have a model for *Customers* and another one for *Properties*, you would use a relational field to link each Property to its Customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:56 -msgid "Relational Fields in detail" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:59 -msgid "**Relational Fields** provide the option to link the data of one model with the data of another model." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:60 -msgid "In Odoo, relational field types are: *One2many*, *Many2one*, *Many2many*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:66 -msgid "An **One2many** field is a *one-way* direction of selecting *multiple* records from a table." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:68 -msgid "Example: a Sales Order can contain multiple Sales Order Lines, which also contain multiple fields of information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:69 -msgid "A **Many2one** field is a *one-way* direction of selecting *one* record from a table." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:70 -msgid "Example: you can have many product categories, but each product can only belong to one category." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:71 -msgid "A **Many2many** field is a *two-way* direction of selecting records from a table." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:72 -msgid "Example: multiple tags can be added to a lead’s form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:75 -msgid "An *One2many* field must have a *Many2one* related to it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:78 -msgid "What are Views?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:80 -msgid "**Views** define how records are displayed. They are specified in XML which means that they can be edited independently from the models that they represent. There are various types of views in Odoo, and each of them represents a mode of visualization. Some examples are: *form*, *list*, *kanban*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:85 -msgid "What is a Menu?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:87 -msgid "A **Menu** is a button that executes and action. In Odoo Studio, to create menus (models) and rearrange their hierarchy, click on *Edit Menu*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:95 -msgid "`Studio Basics <https://www.odoo.com/fr_FR/slides/studio-31>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to.rst:3 -msgid "How To" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/export_import.rst:3 -msgid "Export and Import Modules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/export_import.rst:5 -msgid "When you do customizations in Odoo Studio, a new module is created in your database, making it easy to use Studio for prototyping." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/export_import.rst:8 -msgid "To export these customizations, activate Studio on the main dashboard and, under the menu *Customizations*, click on *Export*. The default filename is *customizations.zip*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/export_import.rst:16 -msgid "The module created contains the definition of custom models and fields, as well as the UI elements of any customization in an XML format." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/export_import.rst:18 -msgid "To import and install the customizations in another instance, connect to the destination database, activate Studio and, under *Customizations*, click on *Import*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/export_import.rst:25 -msgid "Studio does not know which apps are customized (because the same view can be modified on different apps), therefore, it *does not* add the underlying modules as dependencies of the exported module. In other words, the applications installed on the source database should be installed on the destination database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:3 -msgid "Customizing the Rainbow Man" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:5 -msgid "The Rainbow Man in Odoo is an animation shown once the user completes certain tasks and clicks on certain buttons. It is a way to make the software fun to use, and rewarding, for employees." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:13 -msgid "On most buttons in Odoo, such as *Send by Email*, *Confirm* or *Cancel*, once they are selected in Studio, under their *Properties*, the *Rainbow Man* effect can be applied." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:14 -msgid "By default, the feature is active:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:16 -msgid "when opportunities are marked as won;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:17 -msgid "when users empty their inboxes;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:18 -msgid "when the user finishes a tour;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:19 -msgid "when the user finishes doing reconciliations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:3 -msgid "Customizing Reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:9 -msgid "Odoo uses HTML and CSS technologies to create reports. HTML is a markup language that uses tags, also called elements. It is the core of any webpage because it provides its basic structure. CSS interacts with HTML elements to add style to the page, establishing how the HTML is shown to the user. Odoo’s reports also use Bootstrap’s grid layout, which is the containers, rows, and columns to align content, and support Odoo's website themes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:11 -msgid "When creating a new report, choose the purpose of it and if you would like the report to include header and footer (company logo, name, address, phone, email address, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:17 -msgid "Under the tab **Add**, you find the fields to be dragged and dropped to the view. *Fields*, *Data tables*, *Subtotal & Total*, and *Address Book* are dynamic elements (meaning that they need a :doc:`one2many or a many2many <../concepts/understanding_general>` related object). *Text*, *Title Block*, *Image*, and *Text in Cell* are static elements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:26 -msgid "Once the element is added to the view, select it to see its **Options**. The first section shows the hierarchy of the selected object and its properties, allowing you to individually edit them. Fields with related objects have their directives shown on *Field Expression*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:34 -msgid "Under **Visible if**, define the rule(s) to set visibility conditions to fields." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:36 -msgid "Example: if choosing to display a product image, you could set a visibility rule to only display the ones that are *set* in the product form, avoiding having a plain icon when they are not set." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:40 -msgid "**Visible for** is used to set which :doc:`groups <../../general/odoo_basics/add_user>` can have access to specific elements in the report. **Limit visibility to groups**, under *Report*, sets the visibility of the report to specifics groups, meaning that users belonging to other groups do not see the same final document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:46 -msgid "Under the **Report** tab, name your report, choose the paper format, and if the report should be added to the *Print* menu list on its respective document form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:53 -msgid "If activating the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, additional fields such as *Class* under *Options*, and *Reload from attachment* under *Report*, become visible." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:56 -msgid "*Class*: add custom CSS classes to the selected element (e.g. Bootstrap classes such as *text-danger*)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:59 -msgid "*Reload from attachment*: saves the report as an attachment of the document when printed. When the report is reprinted, it re-downloads that attachment instead of re-printing it. This means that if the underlying record (e.g. Invoice) changes when compared to the first impression, the report does not reflect the changes because they were done after the attachment was created. This is typically useful for reports linked to documents that should not change, such as Invoices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:67 -msgid "Actions in Odoo Studio can be undone until you *Close* the toolbox. Once you have closed Studio, changes can not be undone anymore." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases.rst:3 -msgid "Use Cases" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced Use Cases: Automated Actions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:5 -msgid "**Case scenario 1: when a Belgian lead is created, a 3-stars priority should be automatically applied.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:8 -msgid "Under *Automations*, click on *Create* and set the following rules:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:10 -msgid "*Model*: Lead/Opportunity" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:11 -msgid "*Active*: On" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:12 -msgid "*Trigger*: On Creation & Update" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:13 -msgid "*Apply on*: Country > Country Name = Belgium" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:14 -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:53 -msgid "*Action To Do*: Update the Record" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:15 -msgid "*Data to Write*: Lead/Opportunity > Value > 3" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:22 -msgid "Check :doc:`this doc <filters_status_bar>` in order to have another automated action example." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:25 -msgid ":doc:`../concepts/understanding_automated_actions`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:26 -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:61 -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:138 -#: ../../studio/use_cases/views.rst:28 -msgid ":doc:`../concepts/understanding_general`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced Use Cases: Filters and Status Bar" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:5 -msgid "**Case scenario 1: on Sales, set a filter on Belgian customers and define it as the default one (the user should still be able to unset the filter).**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:8 -msgid "On your customer’s page, use *Filters* > *Add Custom Filter* to group customers by country. Now, under *Favorites*, *Save Current Search* enabling *Use by default* and *Save*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:15 -msgid "On *Filter Rules* in Studio mode, select the respective filter and enable *Default Filter*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:21 -msgid "**Case scenario 2: add a status bar on the product form to manage its life cycle. Set the values: ‘Prototype’, ‘In use’ and ‘Deprecated’. By default, the Kanban view must be grouped by status.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:26 -msgid "On your product form, *Add a pipeline status bar* and name its values. Status bars are *selection* fields that give you the ability to follow a specific flow. They are useful to show you the progress that has been made." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:28 -msgid "On the *Views* menu, access *Kanban* and, under its *View* options, set the *Default Group by* as *Pipeline status bar*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:34 -msgid "Now, open your product form and set the right status for that product. As you move products throughout stages (also through the product’s form), stages are shown in the Kanban view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:38 -msgid "To make modifications in the pipeline status bar, for example, remember to go back to *Form View*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:44 -msgid "**Case scenario 2.a: when a product goes from ‘In use’ to ‘Deprecate’, set its cost to 0€.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:46 -msgid "Create an :doc:`automated action <../concepts/understanding_automated_actions>` with the selected values:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:49 -msgid "*Model*: Product Template" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:50 -msgid "*Trigger*: On Update" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:51 -msgid "*First Domain*: Pipeline status bar = In use" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:52 -msgid "*Second Domain*: Pipeline status bar = Deprecated" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:54 -msgid "*Data to Write*: Cost (Product Template) > Value > 0" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced Use Cases: Creating Models and Adding Fields" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:5 -msgid "**Case scenario 1: on the leads’ form, if the chosen country is France, show a field 'Pay by check?'**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:8 -msgid "On your leads’ form, add a *Related Field* to *Country > Country Name*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:10 -msgid "Now, add a *Checkbox* field and define its invisibility options as *Country* (carefully select the one just created) *> is not = > France.*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:11 -msgid "You can now hide the related field created (*Country*) if you wish." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:19 -msgid "Another approach is to use the country’s ID. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Contacts --> Configuration --> Countries`, select France (for example), and on the URL check its *ID*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:21 -msgid "The related field invisibility path should now be *Country* (carefully select the one just created) *> is not = > 75*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:22 -msgid "Again, hide the related field with the country’s ID if you prefer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:28 -msgid "**Case scenario 2: create a model called 'Properties' and add fields called: company, value, name, address, active, image.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:31 -msgid "From the dashboard, (optionally) start a new module. Then, click on *Edit Menu* and start a *New Menu* (model). Set your menu name and *Confirm*. Now, on its form, drag & drop the necessary fields." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:39 -msgid "**Case scenario 2.a: now, you would like to have a model called 'Regions' to which each property must be linked. And, on 'Regions', you would like to see the properties for each region.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:43 -msgid "Go to *Edit Menu > New Menu* and create your menu, calling it *Regions*. Add the necessary fields on its form by dragging & dropping them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:45 -msgid "Now, in the form view of *Properties*, add a *Many2one* field with a relation to your model *Region*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:48 -msgid "The *Existing Fields* are the ones that are on the current model but not yet in the view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:60 -msgid "Now, go to the model *Regions*, select the form view, and add a status button selecting *Regions (Properties)* as your relational field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:62 -msgid "*Status buttons* are computed fields, meaning that they count the numbers of records on the related model, and allow you to access them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:69 -msgid "When searching for relations, click on *Search more* and filter it by *Custom*. This way you avoid creating duplicates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:76 -msgid "**Case scenario 2.b: in the model 'Properties', show all the tags as checkboxes instead of tags.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:78 -msgid "Once the field *Tags* is added to the form, select it and, under its *Properties > Widgets*, choose *Checkboxes*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:85 -msgid "**Case scenario 3: on the leads’ form, add a selection field with the values:'Tags' & 'List' & 'Checkboxes'. According to the value of the field, show tags as many2many_tags, many2many_radio, or many2many(_list).**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:89 -msgid "In your form view, add a *Tags* field and relate it to *Partners Tag*. Under *Properties*, define its *Widget* as *Many2many*. Do the same process another 2 times for *Checkboxes* and *Tags*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:96 -msgid "Now, add a *Selection* field and the necessary values." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:99 -msgid "Continue by selecting your *Tags* fields, one by one, to set their *Invisible* options according to their *Widget*. In the example below, the invisibility rule for the *Partner Tags* is set as: *Select Tag type > is not = > Tags.*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:105 -msgid "**Case scenario 4: on a quotation’s form, add a selection field called 'Manager Validation' with the values: ‘Accepted’ and ‘Refused’. Only a sales manager can see it, and the field should be set as mandatory if the untaxed amount is higher than 500€.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:109 -msgid "On your quotation form, add a *Selection* field with the values *Accepted* and *Refused*. Set its *Required* condition as *Untaxed Amount > 500* and the *Limit visibility to groups* as *Sales / Administrator* or managers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:117 -msgid "**Case scenario 5: change the tooltip of a field for all views.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:119 -msgid "Activate the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` and open Studio." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:122 -msgid "Select the necessary field and, under *Properties*, click on *More* to write your tooltip message on *Field Help*. The tooltip message is the explanatory message shown when the user hovers the field. The message here written is displayed on all views forms where the field is added." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:129 -msgid "The *Field Help* message can only be applied to *new* fields. If you would like to change/apply a tooltip for a specific field, use the *Help Tooltip* option under *Properties*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/views.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced Use Cases: Views" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/views.rst:5 -msgid "**Case scenario 1: in Sales, show orders in a Kanban View instead of a List View.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/views.rst:7 -msgid "From the Sales page, access Studio and, under *Views*, set the *Kanban* option as the default one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/views.rst:14 -msgid "**Case scenario 2: allow for the list of leads to be edited inline without having to switch to the form view.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/views.rst:19 -msgid "On the *List View*, under *View* > *Editable*, choose between *New record on top* or *New record at the bottom*. This way, besides defining the order in which new records are displayed in the view, you are able to edit them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/views.rst:21 -msgid "If the field is left blank, no editing is possible and records are shown based on your column preferences on the lead's page (front-end)." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/subscriptions.pot b/locale/sources/subscriptions.pot deleted file mode 100644 index 61202c789..000000000 --- a/locale/sources/subscriptions.pot +++ /dev/null @@ -1,566 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -#: ../../subscriptions.rst:5 -msgid "Subscriptions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../subscriptions/configuration.rst:3 -#: ../../subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:16 -#: ../../subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:32 -#: ../../subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:31 -#: ../../subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:25 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:3 -msgid "Add subscription products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:5 -msgid "To properly sell your subscriptions using our amazing **Odoo Subscriptions** application, you must follow these steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:8 -msgid "**Create your own subscription templates**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:9 -msgid "**Create your own subscription products with the right settings**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:11 -msgid "As a result, you will be able to manage your subscriptions like any other product, create your quotations and continue the sales flow to track the number of subscriptions you sell and manage the revenue they generate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:18 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Subscription products` to learn how you can configure your own subscription products. You have the possibility to create a new product or edit an existing one. Once named, be careful to select the option *Can be sold* and deselect *Can be purchased*. For the product type, it is recommended to use *Service* for subscription products as they are non-material products that you provide to your customers. Finally, you can adapt your prices and also add an internal reference." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:30 -msgid "In the Sales tab, underneath the Subscriptions section, make sure the *Subscription products* option is activated. In fact, if you create a subscription product from the **Odoo Subscriptions** application, this option is selected by default. However, if you create a product from another application, it is not the case." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:39 -msgid "You can also choose the subscription templates you want to use." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:46 -msgid "Be sure to check out our documentation on how to create, edit and manage your own :doc:`Subscription templates <../../subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates>` before creating your own subscription products. Once created, check out our documentation on how to :doc:`Create a quotation using subscription products <../../subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation>`, to complete the sales flow." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:53 -#: ../../subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:83 -#: ../../subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:120 -#: ../../subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:105 -#: ../../subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:79 -#: ../../subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:80 -#: ../../subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:83 -msgid ":doc:`../../subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:54 -#: ../../subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:85 -#: ../../subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:122 -#: ../../subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:107 -#: ../../subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:82 -#: ../../subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:85 -msgid ":doc:`../../subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:3 -msgid "Use subscription templates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:5 -msgid "The subscription business model is becoming more popular. Are you wondering why?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:7 -msgid "For **customers**, value lies in **convenience**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:9 -msgid "Subscriptions simplify the business process. Indeed, subscribers never have to remember to renew their orders every month, which gives them the assurance that they will have everything they need before they actually need it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:12 -msgid "Subscriptions help customers stay on budget." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:14 -msgid "For **businesses**, value lies in the **ability to predict recurring revenue**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:16 -msgid "Subscriptions reduce customer churn rate and significantly increase customer retention." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:17 -msgid "Subscriptions provide much higher payment security for your business. They stabilize and maintain recurring revenue streams by guaranteeing monthly revenues and adding value to your business." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:27 -msgid "**Odoo Subscriptions** help you save time and money. Subscription templates can help you generate recurring invoices and manage renewals at a fast pace. With Odoo you have the possibility to create, edit, and manage your own subscription templates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:34 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Configuration --> Subscription templates`. By default, Odoo suggests you two types of subscription (MON - Monthly subscription *vs* YEA - Yearly subscription). You can also create your own ones." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:43 -msgid "The **Odoo Subscriptions** application automatically installs **Odoo Sales** and **Odoo Invoicing** as they work integrated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:47 -msgid "Create your first template" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:49 -msgid "You can create a new template or edit an existing one. The first thing you need to do is give your template a name. After that, choose an *Invoicing period* and specify whether you would like to invoice your customers per *Days*, *Weeks*, *Months* or *Years*. On *Duration*, determine if the subscription must go on *Forever* (until it’s manually closed), or for a *Fixed amount* of time. Among the payment options, an additional field called *Invoice email* appears when you choose *Send*, *Send & try to charge* or *Send after successful payment*. This field allows you to add an invoice email template to your subscription templates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:61 -msgid "For each template, you can also choose if you want your customers to be able to close their subscriptions or not. If enabled, you can set an *Automatic closing* limit and specify the *Group of subscription* and *Journal* options." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:66 -msgid "On each template, you can add your **Terms and Conditions**. Specifying terms and conditions is essential to set out important contractual points between the customers and the sellers (payment, refund policy, cancellation, complaints, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:74 -msgid "Finally, if you want to know the basic running health status of your subscriptions, you also have access to a specific tab called **Health Check**. There, you can edit and create your own filters to define what is a subscription in good health *vs* bad health. The system automatically summarizes all the records corresponding to these filters and you are able to manage them in one click." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:85 -msgid "After creating your own subscription templates, be sure to check out our documentation on how to create, edit and manage your own :doc:`Subscription products <../../subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products>`, to complete the sales flow." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:91 -#: ../../subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:84 -#: ../../subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:121 -#: ../../subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:106 -#: ../../subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:80 -#: ../../subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:81 -#: ../../subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:84 -msgid ":doc:`../../subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../subscriptions/follow_up.rst:3 -msgid "Follow-up" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:3 -msgid "Set up automatic alerts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:5 -msgid "Now that your subscriptions are up and running, you want to stay up-to-date with your customers. Some automation would be appreciated since you would not want to go through the list of all your subscribers to check how things are going. This is what the *Automatic Alerts* feature is for." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:9 -msgid "For example, when customers subscribe to your magazine, you would probably want to send them an email to welcome them and express your gratitude. Or, if the satisfaction rate of your customers drops below 50%, you would probably want to schedule a call with them to understand the reasons for their dissatisfaction." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:14 -msgid "With **Odoo Subscriptions**, you can set automatic emails, create a \"Call\" task for one of your salespeople so that he/she can try to understand your customer's dissatisfaction, and finally, why not automatically send satisfaction surveys so customers can evaluate your services? All of that is now possible." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:20 -msgid "Create a new automatic alert" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:22 -msgid "The following example shows how to create a new automatic alert to send satisfaction surveys to your customers, by email, after one month of subscription. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Configuration --> Alerts`, and create a new alert." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:30 -msgid "On the *Apply on* section, first give the alert a name. Then, you can choose to apply this alert on a subscription template, on a specific customer, or even on a specific product. If you want to add more specifications, you can also specify the value of your MRR, the change rate of your MRR over a certain period of time, the value of the satisfaction rate, and even the stage to which you want to apply this alert." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:37 -msgid "In this example, the alert is applied to a specific product, and the stage goes from *Undefined* to *In Progress*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:40 -msgid "For the *Action* section, specify the *Action* and the *Trigger on*. If the *Trigger on* is set to *Modification*, the action is triggered every time there is a change or anything added to the subscription, and all the conditions on the *Apply on* section are met. Now, if the *Trigger on* is set to *Timed condition*, it means that the action is triggered based on the type of *Trigger date*. After that, you can choose your *Action*. You have the choice between *Create next activity*, *Set a tag on the subscription*, *Set a stage on the subscription*, *Mark as To Renew*, *Send an email to the customer* and *Send an SMS Text Message to the customer*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:50 -msgid "In the example above, the *Trigger on* is set to *Timed condition*, therefore, a *Trigger date* and *Delay after trigger* need to be specified. And because the *Send an email to the customer* action was adopted, an *Email template* can be chosen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:54 -msgid "As a result, this alert will send a rating survey after one month, to the customers who have purchased that specific product. The survey will appear in the chatter of your respective subscription." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:63 -msgid "Modify an existing automatic alert" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:65 -msgid "By default, Odoo suggests you an automatic alert called *Take action on less satisfied clients*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:71 -msgid "This alert is applied to the *Rating Satisfaction* of your customers, and the action is triggered on *Timed condition*. If their satisfaction rate is lower than 50%, a salesperson contacts the customer. This action is automatically assigned to the salesperson who manages the subscription, and the due date is 5 days after the triggering of this action. This alert ensures that your clients are happy and that you are taking actions if they are not. It helps to keep your customer retention rates very high." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:79 -msgid "By editing the alert, you can modify the *Apply on*, the *Action* and *Activity* sections, and adapt them to your own needs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:86 -msgid ":doc:`../../subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../subscriptions/reporting.rst:3 -msgid "Reporting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:3 -msgid "Generate subscription reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:5 -msgid "As we know, understanding how our business is going, and where it is going, is key to success. And particularly so when we offer subscription services or products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:8 -msgid "Before getting to the heart of the matter, it is very important to recall certain essential concepts to the proper understanding of the following reports:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:11 -msgid "**Monthly Recurring Revenue (MRR)**: MRR is arguably the most important metric for subscription businesses. It shows the monthly revenue earned with subscription-based products or services. It is a consistent number used to track all recurring revenue over time, in monthly increments." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:15 -msgid "**Annual Run-Rate (ARR)**: ARR is the yearly version of MRR, which is based on the current MRR, to estimate the coming year's performance. However, this estimation does not take variations and growth into account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:23 -msgid "**Non-Recurring Revenue (NRR)**: NRR shows the revenue earned for everything else than subscription-based products or services. This includes gains of a rare or unique nature that are unlikely to occur in the ordinary course of businesses." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:27 -msgid "**Customer Retention**: Practices to engage existing customers to continue buying products or services from your business. Customer retention can be a challenge, because you must prove you are worthy of your customers' trust." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:31 -msgid "**Churn Rate**: Also known as the Rate of Attrition or Customer Churn, the churn rate can be defined, in this case, as the percentage of subscribers who discontinued their subscriptions within a given time period. We can distinguish two types of Churn:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:35 -msgid "**Logo Churn**: It corresponds to the subscription cancellation rate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:37 -msgid "**Revenue Churn**: It corresponds to the monthly recurring revenue loss rate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:39 -msgid "Let's imagine a 2$ increase in a subscription service." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:42 -msgid "We lost 3 customers out of the initial 20, which generates a **Logo Churn** of 15%." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:0 -msgid "Therefore, the 56$ of MRR difference out of the initial 600$ causes a **Revenue Churn**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:0 -msgid "of 9,33%." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:50 -msgid "Reminder: even though they seem to evolve in the same direction most of the time, it might not be the case all the time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:53 -msgid "**Customer Lifetime Value (CLV)**: Indicates how much revenue can be expected for a customer during his/her entire contract. This approach emphasizes the importance of customer retention, shifting our focus from a quarterly or yearly approach to a long-term one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:57 -msgid "Check out the different kinds of reports you can access from the **Odoo Subscriptions** application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:61 -msgid "Subscriptions analysis report" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:63 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Reporting --> Subscriptions`. From there, you can change the *Measures*. By default, Odoo uses the *Monthly Recurring Revenue*. In addition to that, you can choose *Quantity*, *Recurring Price*, *Yearly Recurring Revenue* and *Count*. For this example, *Quantity* is added. This way, you can review both of these measures at the same time. You can even *Group By Start Date* and, more precisely, by *Week*, to get a clear view of your report." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:74 -msgid "Retention analysis report" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:76 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Reporting --> Retention`. The default measure applied is *Count*, but you can change to the appropriate one for you. For the example below, *Monthly Recurring Revenue* was chosen, and the *Month* periodicity remains intact. By using these criteria, you can see the progression of the retention from its start." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:86 -msgid "Revenue KPIs report" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:88 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Reporting --> Revenue KPIs`. From there, you can check different KPIs: *Monthly Recurring Revenue*, *Net Revenue*, *Non-Recurring Revenue*, *Revenue per Subscription*, *Annual Run-Rate*, *Lifetime Value*, and more. You can also filter this information on subscriptions, companies, and sales teams. This is useful if you are looking for specific information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:98 -msgid "The example below shows the *Monthly Recurring Revenue* detailed report. At the moment, there is no data, which is the typical scenario for a new business. But, as your company grows over the months, these graphs get populated with more and more data. Once again, you can filter these specific KPIs on subscriptions, companies, and sales teams." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:108 -msgid "Salesperson dashboard report" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:110 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Reporting --> Salesperson Dashboard`. This page gives you a summary of your *Monthly Recurring Revenue*, *Non-Recurring Revenue*, *Subscription modifications*, and *Non-Recurring Invoices* for each of your salespeople. You can choose the period you want to apply and the salesperson you want to analyze." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../subscriptions/sales_flow.rst:3 -msgid "Sales flow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:3 -msgid "Close a subscription" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:5 -msgid "Losing a customer is always difficult, especially if you put a lot of effort into getting them to sign up for your products/services. However, many companies come up with dubious methods to reduce the probability of this happening." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:14 -msgid "If you adopt such methods, you are among companies that actively and indirectly spread the phobia of subscriptions, who do not think about how negatively dissatisfied customers could impact their business and, who frustrate the customers in a way or another. However, at some point, it is understandable that you do not want your customers to be involved in your subscription status." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:19 -msgid "If you do not adopt such methods, you are among companies that continue to evolve in a long-term subscription business model, especially in an era of ultra-fast communications between dissatisfied customers, and who retain their customers by making it easier for them to leave if they want to. By giving them the opportunity to close their own subscriptions, your customers do not feel trapped because they subscribed to your products/services." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:25 -msgid "In summary, the **Odoo Subscriptions** application gives you the **possibility to choose what you want to apply**. Indeed, you can decide whether to give your customers the option to close their subscriptions whenever they want to or to restrict this possibility. It depends on you and we will show you how to do that in our amazing application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:33 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Configuration --> Subscription templates`. From there, you can create a new *Subscription template* or modify an existing one. When editing your template, underneath the Invoicing tab, you have the possibility to activate the option *Closable by customer*. Once enabled, this option gives your customers the right to close their own subscriptions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:43 -msgid "Be sure to check out our documentation on how to :doc:`Use subscription templates <../../subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates>` to fully understand the importance of this feature in a basic flow using the **Odoo Subscriptions** application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:49 -msgid "Close your first subscription" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:52 -msgid "Administrator view" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:54 -msgid "Once confirmed, a quotation becomes a sales order and a new subscription is automatically created. Therefore, this subscription has the status *In progress*. From there, you have the possibility to close the subscription." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:62 -msgid "By using the smart button *Close*, you have to enter a close reason. For example, \"Subscription too expensive\", \"Subscription does not meet my requirements\", \"Subscription reached its end date\", etc. Immediately after confirming your close reason, you can observe that the status of the subscription is now *Closed* and that the close reason is mentioned on the subscription." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:72 -msgid "Customer view" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:74 -msgid "As previously explained in the *Administrator view* part, from the subscription form, you also have the possibility to visualize what your customers see when managing their subscriptions thanks to the *Customer preview* button. In this example, the customer has the choice to close his/her subscription whenever he/she wants to, due to the *Close Subscription* button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:83 -msgid "By using this button, the customer can specify the reason for cancelling his/her subscription and he/she can even leave a message." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:90 -msgid "By confirming the cancellation, the customer is redirected to his/her portal. The administrator is informed of this modification. Indeed, the status of the subscription becomes *Closed* and a note appears in the chatter with the new stage, the end date, the close reason, and the closing text added by the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:100 -msgid "Before closing a subscription, check out our documentation on how to :doc:`Create a quotation using subscription products <../../subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation>` to understand how subscriptions are managed in the **Odoo Subscriptions** application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:3 -msgid "Create a quotation using subscription products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:5 -msgid "Selling a digital product or service gives instant gratification. However, you have to work hard for a new customer to make a purchase. It costs time and money. By convincing customers to sign up for a subscription, you maximize your income and streamline your cash flow. You can sell any type of product or service through a subscription business model." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:15 -msgid "Here is a scenario using **Odoo Subscriptions** to create a quotation including subscription products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:19 -msgid "Create your first quotation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:21 -msgid "Before creating your first quotation, be sure to check out our documentation on how to create and manage your own :doc:`Subscription templates <../../subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates>` and on how to add :doc:`Subscription products <../../subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products>` to your templates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:30 -msgid "These steps are **mandatory** to make a basic sales flow using **Odoo Subscriptions**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:32 -msgid "Go to **Odoo Sales** and create a new quotation. Then, choose a customer and add a product. Be careful to select a product that you previously configured as a *Subscription product*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:39 -msgid "When your quotation is ready, you have the possibility to send it to your customers or to confirm it. It is better to first *Send by email* the quotation to your customers to have their confirmation and, then, *Confirm* it in **Odoo Sales**. By clicking on *Customer preview*, you have an idea of what your customers will see when receiving your quotation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:48 -msgid "From there, your customers have three choices: *Sign & Pay* the quotation, give you a *Feedback* or *Reject* the quotation. It appears that they are very happy and accept the option *Sign & Pay*. Then, they have to validate the order with a signature and by choosing a payment method. When it is done, you can check out the quotation in **Odoo Sales** and *Confirm* it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:54 -msgid "Manage your subscriptions from your SO" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:56 -msgid "Once confirmed, the quotation becomes a sales order and a new button appears, *Subscriptions*. Indeed, a subscription is automatically created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:63 -msgid "By clicking on the *Subscriptions* button, you can see that the status of the subscription is *In progress*. From there, you will have three options: :doc:`Renew <../../subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals>`, :doc:`Close <../../subscriptions/sales_flow/closing>` or :doc:`Upsell <../../subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling>` your subscription." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:73 -msgid "In the top-right corner, you can see the status of the subscription. When a subscription is new and created from **Odoo Subscriptions**, the status is *Draft*. When a sales order has been validated, the status is *In progress*. Finally, when a customer decides to close his subscription, the status becomes *Closed*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:81 -msgid ":doc:`../../subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:82 -msgid ":doc:`../../subscriptions/sales_flow/closing`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:83 -msgid ":doc:`../../subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:3 -msgid "Renew a subscription" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:5 -msgid "The key feature of a subscription business model is the recurring nature of payments. In this model, customers pay a recurring amount in exchange for access to a product or a service." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:14 -msgid "Each subscriber experiences this renewal process monthly, annually, or sometimes more, depending on the duration of the contract. Most subscription companies choose to automate their renewal processes but, in some cases, manual subscription renewals are still the preferred option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:18 -msgid "With **Odoo Subscriptions**, you can have all your subscriptions in one application, suggest an automatic subscription renewal to your customers (as well as a manual one) and, finally, filter all your subscriptions and easily find those to renew (with the help of the tag *To renew*)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:23 -msgid "Renew your first subscription" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:25 -msgid "Before renewing a subscription, be sure to check out our documentation on how to :doc:`Create a quotation <../../subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation>` using subscription products. Indeed, once confirmed, a quotation becomes a sales order and a new subscription is automatically created. Therefore, this subscription has the status *In progress*. From there, you have the possibility to renew the subscription. In the Other Info tab, underneath the To Renew section, you can activate the *To renew* option. When activated, a yellow tag automatically appears in the upper right corner of the subscription." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:38 -msgid "The *To renew* tag is automatically ticked when a payment fails. This indicator also appears on the customer portal. To visualize that, you just have to click on the *Customer preview* button. The tag *To renew* appears on the top right corner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:46 -msgid "When a subscription needs to be renewed, you have the possibility to use a new button called *Renewal quotation*. By clicking on it, a new quotation is created. From there, start a basic sales flow allowing you to send the quotation by email to your customers or to confirm it. It is better to first *Send by email* the quotation to your customers in order to have their confirmation and, then, *Confirm* it in **Odoo Sales**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:53 -msgid "In the Chatter of this new quotation, it is mentioned that \"This renewal order has been created from the previous subscription\". Once confirmed by your customers, this quotation becomes a sales order and a new sale is mentioned in the upper right corner of the subscription." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:61 -msgid "By clicking on the *Sales* button, you have a summary of your sales orders in a list view. The only difference between your two quotations is the description underneath the *Subscription Management* category. There, you can easily visualize which one is your renewal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:70 -msgid "Visualize your subscriptions to renew" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:72 -msgid "Finally, if you want to visualize all your subscriptions and easily find those to renew, you can go to your *Subscriptions dashboard* and use the filter *To renew*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:3 -msgid "Upsell a subscription" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:5 -msgid "Subscriptions are recurrent and go on indefinitely. As time passes by, our customers may want to modify them. We must then be able to adapt the prices or change the products’ quantities to accommodate their needs. Two situations can happen:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:9 -msgid "**Loyal customers:** This kind of customers already trust you as a brand. Therefore, you are confident regarding what you offer since they keep paying for your products and services. Consequently, it is easier to sell them something additional than it would be to a new customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:14 -msgid "**New customers:** For this kind of customers, you have to come with something new, something attractive. What about discounts? Typically, every subscription ends after a certain given time. Making these types of offers for new customers strengthens your relationships with them and also increases their retention." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:27 -msgid "As previously explained, to upsell a subscription to new customers, it is recommended to offer *Discounts*. To activate this option, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and, under the *Pricing* category, you have the possibility to grant discounts on sales order lines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:36 -msgid "Upsell your first subscription" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:38 -msgid "Before upselling a subscription, be sure to check out our documentation on how to :doc:`Create a quotation <../../subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation>` using subscription products. Indeed, once confirmed, a quotation becomes a sales order and a new subscription is automatically created. Therefore, this subscription has the status *In progress*. From there, you have the possibility to upsell your subscription." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:48 -msgid "By using the smart button *Upsell*, you are able to create a new quotation with new subscription products and send it to your customers for approval." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:56 -msgid "When the quotation is confirmed by your customers, the products are added to the initial subscription. Quotation prices are, then, prorated to the remaining time of the current invoicing period." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:60 -msgid "Of course, before sending this new quotation to your customers, you can change the unit price, taxes, and, even the discount you want to offer. The smart button *Customer preview* is useful for mimicking the customer's reaction. In this case, we can confidently say that the customer will *Sign and pay* this new quotation. When it is done, you have to go back in edit mode, confirm the quotation, and click on the smart button *Subscriptions* to visualize all updates. From there, you can see that an additional line has been added to the subscription with the new extra service the customer wanted to purchase." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:72 -msgid "In addition, by clicking on the *Sales* button, you have a summary of your sales orders in a list view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:79 -msgid "The only difference between your two sales orders is the description underneath the *Subscription Management* category. There, you can easily visualize which one is your upselling." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/support.pot b/locale/sources/support.pot deleted file mode 100644 index 7b3e699ad..000000000 --- a/locale/sources/support.pot +++ /dev/null @@ -1,400 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -#: ../../support.rst:5 -msgid "Support" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:7 -msgid "Supported versions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:10 -msgid "Odoo provides support and bug fixing **for the 3 last major versions** of Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:12 -msgid "Users hosted on **Odoo Online** may use intermediary versions (sometimes called *SaaS versions*) that are supported as well. These versions are not published for Odoo.sh or On-Premise installations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:18 -msgid "What's the support status of my Odoo?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:20 -msgid "This matrix shows the support status of every version." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:22 -msgid "**Major releases are in bold type.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:25 -msgid "Odoo Online" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:25 -msgid "Odoo.sh" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:25 -msgid "On-Premise" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:25 -msgid "Release date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:27 -msgid "**Odoo 14.0**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:27 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:27 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:27 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:29 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:31 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:31 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:31 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:33 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:35 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:35 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:35 -msgid "|green|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:27 -msgid "October 2020" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:29 -msgid "Odoo 13.saas~4" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:29 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:29 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:33 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:33 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:37 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:37 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:41 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:41 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:43 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:43 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:47 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:47 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:49 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:51 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:51 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:53 -msgid "N/A" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:29 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:33 -msgid "August 2019" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:31 -msgid "**Odoo 13.0**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:31 -msgid "October 2019" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:33 -msgid "Odoo 12.saas~3" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:35 -msgid "**Odoo 12.0**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:35 -msgid "October 2018" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:35 -msgid "*End-of-support is planned for October 2021*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:37 -msgid "Odoo 11.saas~3" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:37 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:39 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:39 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:41 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:43 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:45 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:45 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:47 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:49 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:51 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:53 -msgid "|orange|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:37 -msgid "April 2018" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:39 -msgid "**Odoo 11.0**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:39 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:45 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:49 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:53 -msgid "|red|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:39 -msgid "October 2017" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:41 -msgid "Odoo 10.saas~15" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:41 -msgid "March 2017" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:43 -msgid "Odoo 10.saas~14" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:43 -msgid "January 2017" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:45 -msgid "**Odoo 10.0**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:45 -msgid "October 2016" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:47 -msgid "Odoo 9.saas~11" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:47 -msgid "May 2016" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:49 -msgid "**Odoo 9.0**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:49 -msgid "October 2015" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:51 -msgid "Odoo 8.saas~6" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:51 -msgid "February 2015" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:53 -msgid "**Odoo 8.0**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:53 -msgid "September 2014" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:59 -msgid "|green| Supported version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:61 -msgid "|red| End-of-support" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:63 -msgid "N/A Never released for this platform" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:65 -msgid "|orange| Some of our older customers may still run this version on our Odoo Online servers, we provide help only on blocking issues and advise you to upgrade." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:67 -msgid "🏁 Future version, not released yet" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:80 -msgid "I run an older version of Odoo/OpenERP/TinyERP" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:82 -msgid "OpenERP 7.0, 6.1, 6.0 and 5.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:84 -msgid "TinyERP 4.0, 3.0, 2.0 and 1.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:86 -msgid "You should consider `upgrading <https://upgrade.odoo.com/>`_ your database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:8 -msgid "What can I expect from the support service?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:12 -msgid "5 days a week" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:14 -msgid "Your Odoo Online subscription includes **unlimited 24hr support at no extra cost, Monday to Friday**. Our teams are located around the world to ensure you have support, no matter your location. Your support representative could be communicating to you from San Francisco, Belgium, or India!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:19 -msgid "Our support team can be contacted through our `online support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:23 -msgid "What kind of support is included?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:25 -msgid "Providing you with relevant material (guidelines, product documentation, etc...)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:27 -msgid "Answers to issues that you may encounter in your standard Odoo database (eg. “I cannot close my Point of Sale” or “I cannot find my sales KPIs?”)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:29 -msgid "Questions related to your account, subscription, or billing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:30 -msgid "Bug resolution (blocking issues or unexpected behaviour not due to misconfiguration or customization)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:32 -msgid "Issues that might occur in a test database after upgrading to a newer version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:34 -msgid "*Odoo Support does not make changes to your production database without your agreement and gives you the material and knowledge to do it yourself!*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:39 -msgid "What kind of support is not included?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:41 -msgid "Questions that require us to understand your business processes in order to help you implement your database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:43 -msgid "Training on how to use our software (we will direct you to our many resources)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:44 -msgid "Import of documents into your database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:45 -msgid "Guidance on which configurations to apply inside of an application or the database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:46 -msgid "How to set up configuration models (Examples include: Inventory Routes, Payment Terms, Warehouses, etc)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:48 -msgid "Any intervention on your own servers/deployments of Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:49 -msgid "Any intervention on your own third party account (Ingenico, Authorize, UPS, etc)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:50 -msgid "Questions or issues related to specific developments or customizations done either by Odoo or a third party (this is specific only to your database or involving code)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:54 -msgid "You can get this type of support with a `Success Pack <https://www.odoo.com/pricing-packs>`__. With a pack, one of our consultants will analyze the way your business runs and tell you how you can get the most out of your Odoo Database. We will handle all configurations and coach you on how to use Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:6 -msgid "Where to find help?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:10 -msgid "Odoo Enterprise" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:12 -msgid "Users who have a valid Odoo Enterprise subscription may always contact our support teams through our `support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_, no matter the hosting type you chose (Odoo Online, Odoo.sh or on your own server)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:16 -msgid "Please include in your request:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:18 -msgid "your subscription number" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:19 -msgid "the URL of your database if your database is hosted by Odoo (Odoo Online or Odoo.sh)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:21 -msgid "Our agents will get back to you as soon as possible." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:25 -msgid "Odoo Community" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:27 -msgid "*Odoo Community users don't get access to the support service.*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:29 -msgid "Here are some resources that might help you:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:31 -msgid "Our `documentation pages <https://www.odoo.com/page/docs>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:32 -msgid "Ask your question on the `community forum <https://www.odoo.com/forum/help-1>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:33 -msgid "`Buy Odoo Enterprise <https://www.odoo.com/documentation/14.0/setup/enterprise.html>`_ to get the support and bugfix services." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/survey.pot b/locale/sources/survey.pot deleted file mode 100644 index d53e93c53..000000000 --- a/locale/sources/survey.pot +++ /dev/null @@ -1,171 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -#: ../../survey.rst:5 -msgid "Survey" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:3 -msgid "Get Started with Surveys" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:5 -msgid "Surveys can be used for a range of purposes that can go from collecting customer feedback, evaluate the success of an event, measure how pleased customers are with your products/services, gauge whether employees are happy and satisfied with their work environment, and even to find out what your market is thinking." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:11 -msgid "Get started" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:13 -msgid "When creating your survey, choose a *Title* and *Category*. The *Category* field is used to know in which context the survey is being conducted, as different applications might use it for different purposes such as recruitment, certification, or employee appraisal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:22 -msgid "Tab: Questions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:24 -msgid "Add sections and questions by clicking on the respective links." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:27 -msgid "On the *Sections and Questions* form, once the question type is chosen and the answer added, under the tab *Options*, enable *Mandatory Answer*, and set an *Error message* to be shown when the user tries to submit the survey without answering the respective question." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:29 -msgid "Depending on the *Question Type*, the tab *Options* aggregates extra and different possibilities. Examples:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:31 -msgid "*Single Line Text Box* - can choose a minimum and maximum text length (number of characters - spaces do not count), and its error message." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:33 -msgid "*Multiple choice: multiple answers allowed*: choose between radio buttons or a dropdown menu list, and if you would like to have a comment field. If the user select an answer and type a comment, the values are separately recorded. Or, enable the comment field to be displayed as an answer choice, with which a text type field is displayed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:37 -msgid "*Matrix Type*: choose if you would like to have one or multiple choices per row." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:44 -msgid "Tab: Description" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:46 -msgid "Write a *Description* to be displayed under the title of the survey's homepage." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:53 -msgid "Click on *Edit* to personalize your pages with the website builder." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:56 -msgid "Tab: Options" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:58 -msgid "Under the tab *Options*, choose the *Layout* of your questions. If choosing *One page per section* or *One page per question*, an option *Back Button* becomes available, which allows the user to go back pages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:67 -msgid "Test and share the survey" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:70 -msgid "Once your Survey is ready, *Test* it to avoid *Sharing* it with potential errors. As answers get collected, click on *Answers* to access all the details of the respondent and his answers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:72 -msgid "By default, a filter *Except Test Entries* is applied to keep the list of entries clean with only real participants." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:79 -msgid "Another way to access detailed answers is by going to :menuselection:`Participations --> Participations`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:80 -msgid "Click on *See results* to be redirected to an analytical page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:87 -#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:34 -msgid ":doc:`scoring`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:88 -#: ../../survey/overview/scoring.rst:35 -msgid ":doc:`time_random`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/scoring.rst:3 -msgid "Scoring Surveys" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/scoring.rst:5 -msgid "To measure your respondent’s performance, knowledge of a subject, or overall satisfaction, attach points to the answers of specific questions. The points are summed up to give your respondent a final score." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/scoring.rst:9 -msgid "On your survey’s form, click on *Add a question* and, under the tab *Options*, choose between *Scoring with answers at the end* or *Scoring without answers at the end*. Now, on your question’s form, set the right answer and score." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/scoring.rst:17 -msgid "Set the percentage score the user needs to achieve to have successfully taken the survey. If enabling *Certificate*, choose its template. The certification is automatically sent by email to the users who successfully finish it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/scoring.rst:25 -msgid "Enable *Login required* to be able to *Give Badges*. Badges are related to the eLearning section of your website. Besides the logged-in user, visitors of the website that access the page *Courses* can also see the granted badges." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:3 -msgid "Time and Randomize Questions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:6 -msgid "Time Limit" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:10 -msgid "On timed surveys, respondents need to complete the survey within a certain period of time. It can be used to ensure that all respondents get the same amount of time to find the answers, or to decrease the chance of having them looking at external resources." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:11 -msgid "Set the *Time limit* under the tab *Options*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:17 -msgid "A timer is shown on the pages so the user can keep track of the remaining time. Surveys not \\ submitted by the *Time limit* do not have their answers saved." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:21 -msgid "Selection" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:25 -msgid "When you randomize a survey, you allow for the questions to be shuffled in a random order every time someone opens the questionnaire. This can be useful to avoid having respondents looking at each others' answers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:27 -msgid "To do so, under the tab *Options*, enable *Randomized per section*. Now, under the tab *Questions*, set how many of the questions in that section should be taken into account during the shuffling." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/timesheets.pot b/locale/sources/timesheets.pot deleted file mode 100644 index 0be922a7a..000000000 --- a/locale/sources/timesheets.pot +++ /dev/null @@ -1,57 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -#: ../../timesheets.rst:5 -msgid "Timesheets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../timesheets/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:3 -msgid "Create Timesheets upon Time Off Validation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:5 -msgid "Odoo automatically timesheets on project/tasks upon time off requests. This allows for better overall control over the validation of timesheets, as it does not leave place for forgetfulness and questions after hours that have not been timesheeted by the employee." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:9 -msgid "Activate the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, go to *Timesheets*, and change the *Project* and *Task* set by default, if you like." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:16 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Time Off --> Configuration --> Time Off Types`. Select or create the needed type, and decide if you would like the requests to be validated or not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:26 -msgid "Now, once the employee has requested his time off and the request has been validated (or not, depending on the setting chosen), the time is automatically allocated on *Timesheets*, under the respective project and task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:27 -msgid "On the example below, the user requested *Paid Time off* from July 13th to 15th." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:33 -msgid "Considering that validation is not required, the requested time off is automatically displayed in *Timesheets*. If validation is necessary, the time is automatically allocated after the responsible person for validating does it so." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:41 -msgid "Click on the magnifying glass, hovering over the concerned cell, to access all the aggregated data on that cell (day), and see details regarding the project/task." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/website.pot b/locale/sources/website.pot deleted file mode 100644 index 34dc8ff9b..000000000 --- a/locale/sources/website.pot +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1525 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -#: ../../website.rst:5 -msgid "Website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize.rst:3 -msgid "Optimize" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:3 -msgid "How to track your website's traffic in Google Analytics" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:5 -msgid "To follow your website's traffic with Google Analytics:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:7 -msgid "`Create a Google Analytics account <https://www.google.com/analytics/>`__ if you don't have any." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:10 -msgid "Go through the creation form and accept the conditions to get the tracking ID." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:15 -msgid "Copy the tracking ID to insert it in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:20 -msgid "Go to the *Configuration* menu of your Odoo's Website app. In the settings, turn on Google Analytics and paste the tracking ID. Then save the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:27 -msgid "To make your first steps in Google Analytics, refer to `Google Documentation <https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/1008015?hl=en/>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:32 -msgid ":doc:`google_analytics_dashboard`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:3 -msgid "How to track your website traffic from your Odoo Dashboard" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:5 -msgid "You can follow your traffic statistics straight from your Odoo Website Dashboard thanks to Google Analytics." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:8 -msgid "A preliminary step is creating a Google Analytics account and entering the tracking ID in your Website's settings (see :doc:`google_analytics`)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:11 -msgid "Go to `Google APIs platform <https://console.developers.google.com>`__ to generate Analytics API credentials. Log in with your Google account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:14 -msgid "Select Analytics API." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:19 -msgid "Create a new project and give it a name (e.g. Odoo). This project is needed to store your API credentials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:25 -msgid "Enable the API." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:30 -msgid "Create credentials to use in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:35 -msgid "Select *Web browser (Javascript)* as calling source and *User data* as kind of data." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:41 -msgid "Then you can create a Client ID. Enter the name of the application (e.g. Odoo) and the allowed pages on which you will be redirected. The *Authorized JavaScript origin* is your Odoo's instance URL. The *Authorized redirect URI* is your Odoo's instance URL followed by '/google_account/authentication'." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:51 -msgid "Go through the Consent Screen step by entering a product name (e.g. Google Analytics in Odoo). Feel free to check the customizations options but this is not mandatory. The Consent Screen will only show up when you enter the Client ID in Odoo for the first time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:56 -msgid "Finally you are provided with your Client ID. Copy and paste it in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:61 -msgid "Open your Website Dashboard in Odoo and link your Analytics account to past your Client ID." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:67 -msgid "As a last step, authorize Odoo to access Google API." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:3 -msgid "Track clicks and visitors using Link Trackers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:5 -msgid "Link Trackers allow you to track your marketing campaigns (emails, banner ads, blog posts, social media posts, affiliate links, etc.). This way, you are able to identify your best traffic sources and make informed decisions about the distribution of your marketing budget." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:10 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:12 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate *Link Trackers*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:19 -msgid "Set up traceable URLs" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:21 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Go to website --> Promote --> Track this page`. Here, you are able to get a specific tracked URL based on the campaign, medium, and source being used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:28 -msgid "**URL**: url of the page you want to track (e.g. the home page or a product's page)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:29 -msgid "**Campaign**: context of your link (e.g. a special promotion)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:30 -msgid "**Medium**: channel used to share (deliver) your link (e.g. an email or a Facebook ad)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:31 -msgid "**Source**: platform where the traffic originates (e.g. Google or Twitter)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:33 -msgid "Now, click on *Get tracked link* to generate a URL that you can post or send by the source you have decided on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:37 -msgid "Follow-up on tracked links" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:39 -msgid "To look at statistics of your links, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Go to website --> Promote --> Track this page`. Besides being able to see the *Most Clicked* and *Recently Used* links, you can also see complete statistics by clicking on *Stats*, including the number of clicks, and the country of origin for those clicks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:50 -msgid "You can also access the link tracker on *odoo.com/r* via your browser." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:51 -msgid "Activate the developer mode (:menuselection:`Settings --> Activate the developer mode`) and get access to the *Link Tracker* module and its back-end functionalities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:53 -msgid "Integrated with :doc:`Google Analytics <google_analytics>`, those trackers allow you to see the number of clicks and visitors to keep you on top of your marketing campaigns." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:55 -msgid "The integration with the :doc:`CRM <../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits>` application allows you to understand where your leads and opportunities are coming from." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:3 -msgid "How to do Search Engine Optimisation (SEO) in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:5 -msgid "Search Engine Optimization (SEO) is a set of good practices to optimize your website so that you get a better ranking in search engines like Google. In short, a good SEO allows you to get more visitors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:9 -msgid "Some examples of SEO rules: your web pages should load fast, your page should have one and only one title ``<h1>``, meta tags (alt-tag, title-tag) should be consistent with the content, your website should have a ``/sitemap.xml`` file, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:15 -msgid "To guarantee Odoo Website and Odoo eCommerce users have a great SEO, Odoo abstracts all the technical complexities of SEO and handles everything for you, in the best possible way. This will be explained here below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:20 -msgid "But first, let see how you can easily boost your ranking by finetuning the content and the meta tags of your website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:24 -msgid "Meta Tags" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:27 -msgid "Title, Description" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:29 -msgid "Every web page should define the ``<title>`` and ``<description>`` meta data. These information elements are used by search engines to promote your website. They are automatically generated based on page title & content, but you can finetune them. Make sure they fit the content of the page, otherwise you will be downgraded by search engines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:39 -msgid "Keywords" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:40 -msgid "In order to write quality content and boost your traffic, Odoo provides a ``<keyword>`` finder. Those keywords are the searches you want to head towards your website. For each keyword, you see how it is used in the content (H1, H2, page title, page description, page content) and what are the related searches in Google. The more keywords are used the better." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:50 -msgid "If your website is in multiple languages, you can use the Promote tool for every language of a single page and set specific title, description and search tags." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:55 -msgid "Content is King" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:57 -msgid "When it comes to SEO, content is usually king. Odoo provides several modules to help you build your website content:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:60 -msgid "**Odoo Blogs**: write great contents." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:62 -msgid "**Odoo Slides**: publish all your Powerpoint or PDF presentations. Their content is automatically indexed on the web page. Example: `odoo.com/slides/public-channel-1 <https://www.odoo.com/slides/public-channel-1>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:66 -msgid "**Odoo Forum**: let your community create contents for you. Example: `odoo.com/forum/1 <https://odoo.com/forum/1>`_ (accounts for 30% of Odoo.com landing pages)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:70 -msgid "**Odoo Mailing List Archive**: publish mailing list archives on your website. Example: `odoo.com/groups/community-59 <https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59>`_ (1000 pages created per month)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:76 -msgid "The 404 page is a regular page, that you can edit like any other page in Odoo. That way, you can build a great 404 page to redirect to the top content of your website when visitors get lost in invalid URLs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:81 -msgid "Use Social Networks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:83 -msgid "Social media is built for mass sharing. If lots of people share your content on social media, then it's likely more people will link to it, and links are a huge factor for SEO ranking." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:87 -msgid "Odoo embeds several tools to share content through social media:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:90 -msgid "Social Network" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:92 -msgid "Odoo allows to link all your social network accounts in your website footer. All you have to do is to refer all your accounts in your company settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:99 -msgid "Social Share" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:101 -msgid "Drop the building block *Share* on any page you want your visitors to share. By clicking the icon, they are prompted to share the page in their social media wall." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:108 -msgid "Most social media use a picture of the picture to decorate the share post. Odoo uses the website logo by default but you can choose any other image of your page in the Promote tool." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:116 -msgid "Facebook Page" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:118 -msgid "Drop the building block *Facebook Page* to display a widget of your Facebook business page and encourage visitors to follow it. You can display the timeline, the next events and the messages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:123 -msgid "Twitter Scroller" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:125 -msgid "Display the Twitter feeds with customer satifaction on your website. This will increase the number of tweets and shares." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:129 -msgid "Test Your Website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:131 -msgid "You can compare how your website rank, in terms of SEO, against Odoo using WooRank free services: `woorank.com <https://www.woorank.com>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:136 -msgid "URLs Handling" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:138 -msgid "This section sheds some light on how Odoo makes URLs SEO-friendly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:141 -msgid "URLs Structure" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:143 -msgid "A typical Odoo URL will look like this:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:145 -msgid "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/my-great-product-31" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:147 -msgid "With the following components:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:149 -msgid "**https://** = Protocol" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:151 -msgid "**www.mysite.com** = your domain name" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:153 -msgid "**/fr\\_FR** = page language. This part of the URL is removed if the visitor browses the main language of the website Thus, the main version of this page is: https://www.mysite.com/shop/product/my-great-product-31" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:158 -msgid "**/shop/product** = every module defines its own namespace (/shop is for the catalog of the eCommerce module, /shop/product is for a product page)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:162 -msgid "**my-great-product** = by default, this is the slugified title of the product this page refers to. But you can customize it for SEO purposes. A product named \"Pain carré\" will be slugified to \"pain-carre\". Depending on the namespace, this could be different objects (blog post, page title, forum post, forum comment, product category, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:169 -msgid "**-31** = the unique ID of the product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:171 -msgid "Note that any dynamic component of an URL can be reduced to its ID. As an example, the following URLs all do a 301 redirect to the above URL:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:174 -msgid "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (short version)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:176 -msgid "http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (even shorter version)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:178 -msgid "http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/other-product-name-31 (old product name)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:181 -msgid "Some URLs have several dynamic parts, like this one (a blog category and a post):" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:184 -msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/company-news-5/post/the-odoo-story-56" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:186 -msgid "In the above example:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:188 -msgid "*Company News* is the title of the blog" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:190 -msgid "*The Odoo Story* is the title of a specific blog post" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:192 -msgid "When an Odoo page has a pager, the page number is set directly in the URL (does not have a GET argument). This allows every page to be indexed by search engines. Example:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:196 -msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/page/3" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:199 -msgid "Changes in URLs & Titles" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:201 -msgid "When the URL of a page changes (e.g. a more SEO friendly version of your product name), you don't have to worry about updating all links:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:204 -msgid "Odoo will automatically update all its links to the new URL." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:206 -msgid "If external websites still points to the old URL, a 301 redirect will be done to route visitors to the new address of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:209 -msgid "As an example, this URL:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:211 -msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/old-product-name-31" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:213 -msgid "Will automatically redirect to:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:215 -msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/new-and-better-product-name-31" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:217 -msgid "In short, just change the title of a blog post or the name of a product, and the changes will apply automatically everywhere in your website. The old link still functions when used by external websites, via a 301 redirect, maintaining the SEO link juice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:223 -msgid "HTTPS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:225 -msgid "Search engines boost ranking of secure HTTPS/SSL websites. So, by default all Odoo Online instances are fully based on HTTPS. If the visitor accesses your website through a non HTTPS url, it gets a 301 redirect to its HTTPS equivalent." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:231 -msgid "Links: Nofollow Strategy" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:233 -msgid "The more a page is linked from external and quality websites, the better it is for your SEO." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:236 -msgid "Here are Odoo strategies to manage links:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:238 -msgid "Every link you add to your website is \"dofollow\", which means that this link will contribute to the SEO Juice for the linked page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:242 -msgid "Every link posted by a contributor (forum post, blog comment, etc.) that links to your own website is \"dofollow\" too." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:245 -msgid "But every link posted by a contributor that links to an external website is \"nofollow\". In that way, you do not run the risk of people posting links on your website to third-party websites which have a bad reputation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:250 -msgid "Note that, when using the forum, contributors having a lot of Karma can be trusted. In such case, their links will not have any ``rel=\"nofollow\"`` attribute." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:255 -msgid "Multi-Language Support" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:258 -msgid "Multi-Language URLs" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:260 -msgid "If you run a website in multiple languages, the same content will be available in different URLs, depending on the language used:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:263 -msgid "https://www.mywebsite.com/shop/product/my-product-1 (main language, English here)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:265 -msgid "https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1 (French version)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:267 -msgid "In this example, fr\\_FR is the language of the page. You can even have several variations of the same language: pt\\_BR (Portuguese from Brazil) , pt\\_PT (Portuguese from Portugal)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:272 -msgid "Language Annotation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:274 -msgid "To let search engines know that the second URL is the French translation of the first URL, Odoo will add an HTML link element in the header. In the HTML <head> section of the main version, Odoo automatically adds a link element pointing to the translated versions of that webpage;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:279 -msgid "<link rel=\"alternate\" hreflang=\"fr\" href=\"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1\"/>" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:282 -msgid "With this approach:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:284 -msgid "Search engines will redirect to the right language according to the visitor language." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:287 -msgid "You do not get penalized by search engines if your page is not translated yet. Indeed, it's not a duplicated content, but a different version of the same content." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:292 -msgid "Language Detection" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:294 -msgid "When a visitor lands for the first time on your website (e.g. yourwebsite.com/shop), they may automatically be redirected to a translated version according to their browser language preference (e.g. yourwebsite.com/fr\\_FR/shop)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:299 -msgid "Next time, it keeps a cookie of the current language to avoid any redirection." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:302 -msgid "To force a visitor to stick to the default language, you can use the code of the default language in your link, example: yourwebsite.com/en\\_US/shop. This will always land visitors to the English version of the page, without using the browser language preferences." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:309 -msgid "Page Speed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:312 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:314 -msgid "The time to load a page is an important criteria for search engines. A faster website not only improves your visitor's experience, but gives you a better page ranking. Some studies have shown that, if you divide the time to load your pages by two (e.g. 2 seconds instead of 4 seconds), the visitor abandonment rate is also divided by two. (25% to 12.5%). One extra second to load a page could `cost $1.6b to Amazon in sales <http://www.fastcompany.com/1825005/how-one-second-could-cost-amazon-16-billion-sales>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:325 -msgid "Fortunately, Odoo does all the magic for you. Below, you will find the tricks Odoo uses to speed up your page loading time. You can compare how your website ranks using these two tools:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:329 -msgid "`Google Page Speed <https://developers.google.com/speed/pagespeed/insights/>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:331 -msgid "`Pingdom Website Speed Test <http://tools.pingdom.com/fpt/>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:334 -msgid "Images" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:336 -msgid "When you upload new images, Odoo automatically compresses them to reduce their sizes (lossless compression for .PNG and .GIF and lossy compression for .JPG)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:340 -msgid "From the upload button, you have the option to keep the original image unmodified if you prefer to optimize the quality of the image rather than performance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:348 -msgid "Odoo compresses images when they are uploaded to your website, not when requested by the visitor. Thus, it's possible that, if you use a third-party theme, it will provide images that are not compressed efficiently. But all images used in Odoo official themes have been compressed by default." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:354 -msgid "When you click on an image, Odoo shows you the Alt and title attributes of the ``<img>`` tag. You can click on it to set your own title and Alt attributes for the image." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:361 -msgid "When you click on this link, the following window will appear:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:366 -msgid "Odoo's pictograms are implemented using a font (`Font Awesome <https://fortawesome.github.io/Font-Awesome/icons/>`__ in most Odoo themes). Thus, you can use as many pictograms as you want in your page, they will not result in extra requests to load the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:375 -msgid "Static Resources: CSS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:377 -msgid "All CSS files are pre-processed, concatenated, minified, compressed and cached (server-side and browser-side). The result:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:380 -msgid "only one CSS file request is needed to load a page" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:382 -msgid "this CSS file is shared and cached amongst pages, so that when the visitor clicks on another page, the browser doesn't have to even load a single CSS resource." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:386 -msgid "this CSS file is optimized to be small" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:388 -msgid "**Pre-processed:** The CSS framework used by Odoo is Bootstrap. Although a theme might use another framework, most of `Odoo themes <https://www.odoo.com/apps/themes>`__ extend and customize Bootstrap directly. Since Odoo supports Less and Sass, you can modify CSS rules instead of overwriting them through extra CSS lines, resulting in a smaller file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:395 -msgid "**Concatenated:** every module or library you might use in Odoo has its own set of CSS, Less or Sass files (eCommerce, blogs, themes, etc.). Having several CSS files is great for the modularity, but not good for the performance because most browsers can only perform 6 requests in parallel resulting in lots of files loaded in series. The latency time to transfer a file is usually much longer than the actual data transfer time, for small files like .JS and .CSS. Thus, the time to load CSS resources depends more on the number of requests to be done than the actual file size." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:405 -msgid "To address this issue, all CSS / Less / Sass files are concatenated into a single .CSS file to send to the browser. So a visitor has **only one .CSS file to load** per page, which is particularly efficient. As the CSS is shared amongst all pages, when the visitor clicks on another page, the browser does not even have to load a new CSS file!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:412 -msgid "**Both files in the <head>**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:412 -msgid "**What the visitor gets (only one file)**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:414 -msgid "/\\* From bootstrap.css \\*/" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:414 -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:415 -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:421 -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:447 -msgid ".text-muted {" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:415 -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:422 -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:448 -msgid "color: #666;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:416 -msgid "color: #777;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:416 -msgid "background: yellow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:417 -msgid "background: yellow;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:417 -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:418 -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:423 -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:449 -msgid "}" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:420 -msgid "/\\* From my-theme.css \\*/" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:426 -msgid "The CSS sent by Odoo includes all CSS / Less / Sass of all pages / modules. By doing this, additional page views from the same visitor will not have to load CSS files at all. But some modules might include huge CSS/Javascript resources that you do not want to prefetch at the first page because they are too big. In this case, Odoo splits this resource into a second bundle that is loaded only when the page using it is requested. An example of this is the backend that is only loaded when the visitor logs in and accesses the backend (/web)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:436 -msgid "If the CSS file is very big, Odoo will split it into two smaller files to avoid the 4095 selectors limit per sheet of Internet Explorer. But most themes fit below this limit." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:440 -msgid "**Minified:** After being pre-processed and concatenated, the resulting CSS is minified to reduce its size." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:444 -msgid "**Before minification**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:444 -msgid "**After minification**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:446 -msgid "/\\* some comments \\*/" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:446 -msgid ".text-muted {color: #666}" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:452 -msgid "The final result is then compressed, before being delivered to the browser." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:455 -msgid "Then, a cached version is stored server-side (so we do not have to pre-process, concatenate, minify at every request) and browser-side (so the same visitor will load the CSS only once for all pages they visit)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:461 -msgid "Static Resources: Javascript" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:463 -msgid "As with CSS resources, Javascript resources are also concatenated, minified, compressed and cached (server-side and browser-side)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:466 -msgid "Odoo creates three Javascript bundles:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:468 -msgid "One for all pages of the website (including code for parallax effects, form validation, etc.)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:471 -msgid "One for common Javascript code shared among frontend and backend (Bootstrap)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:474 -msgid "One for backend specific Javascript code (Odoo Web Client interface for your employees using Odoo)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:477 -msgid "Most visitors of your website will only need the first two bundles, resulting in a maximum of two Javascript files to load to render one page. As these files are shared across all pages, further clicks by the same visitor will not load any other Javascript resource." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:483 -msgid "If you work on :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, the CSS and Javascript are neither concatenated, nor minified. Thus, it's much slower. But it allows you to easily debug with the Chrome debugger as CSS and Javascript resources are not transformed from their original versions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:489 -msgid "CDN" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:491 -msgid "If you activate the CDN feature in Odoo, static resources (Javascript, CSS, images) are loaded from a Content Delivery Network. Using a Content Delivery Network has three advantages:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:495 -msgid "Load resources from a nearby server (most CDN have servers in main countries around the globe)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:498 -msgid "Cache resources efficiently (no computation resources usage on your own server)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:501 -msgid "Split the resource loading on different services allowing to load more resources in parallel (since the Chrome limit of 6 parallel requests is by domain)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:505 -msgid "You can configure your CDN options from the **Website Admin** app, using the Configuration menu. Here is an example of configuration you can use:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:512 -msgid "HTML Pages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:514 -msgid "The HTML pages can be compressed, but this is usually handled by your web server (NGINX or Apache)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:517 -msgid "The Odoo Website builder has been optimized to guarantee clean and short HTML code. Building blocks have been developed to produce clean HTML code, usually using Bootstrap and the HTML editor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:521 -msgid "As an example, if you use the color picker to change the color of a paragraph to the primary color of your website, Odoo will produce the following code:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:525 -msgid "``<p class=\"text-primary\">My Text</p>``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:527 -msgid "Whereas most HTML editors (such as CKEditor) will produce the following code:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:530 -msgid "``<p style=\"color: #AB0201\">My Text</p>``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:533 -msgid "Responsive Design" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:535 -msgid "Websites that are not mobile-friendly are negatively impacted in search engine rankings. All Odoo themes rely on Bootstrap to render efficiently according to the device: desktop, tablet or mobile." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:542 -msgid "As all Odoo modules share the same technology, absolutely all pages in your website are mobile friendly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:546 -msgid "Browser Caching" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:548 -msgid "Javascript, images and CSS resources have an URL that changes dynamically when their content change. As an example, all CSS files are loaded through this URL: `localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets\\_common.0.css <http://localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets_common.0.css>`__. The ``457-0da1d9d`` part of this URL will change if you modify the CSS of your website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:555 -msgid "This allows Odoo to set a very long cache delay (XXX) on these resources: XXX secs, while being updated instantly if you update the resource." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:560 -msgid "Scalability" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:562 -msgid "In addition to being fast, Odoo is also more scalable than traditional CMS and eCommerce (Drupal, Wordpress, Magento, Prestashop). The following link provides an analysis of the major open source CMS and eCommerce compared to Odoo when it comes to high query volumes: `https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/197 <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/odoo-cms-performance-comparison-and-optimisation-197>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:569 -msgid "Todo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:569 -msgid "fix above link" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:571 -msgid "Here is the slide that summarizes the scalability of Odoo Website & eCommerce." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:577 -msgid "Search Engines Files" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:580 -msgid "Sitemap" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:582 -msgid "The sitemap points out pages to index to search engine robots. Odoo generates a ``/sitemap.xml`` file automatically for you. For performance reasons, this file is cached and updated every 12 hours." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:586 -msgid "By default, all URLs will be in a single ``/sitemap.xml`` file, but if you have a lot of pages, Odoo will automatically create a Sitemap Index file, respecting the `sitemaps.org protocol <http://www.sitemaps.org/protocol.html>`__ grouping sitemap URL's in 45000 chunks per file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:592 -msgid "Every sitemap entry has 4 attributes that are computed automatically:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:594 -msgid "``<loc>`` : the URL of a page" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:596 -msgid "``<lastmod>`` : last modification date of the resource, computed automatically based on related object. For a page related to a product, this could be the last modification date of the product or the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:601 -msgid "``<priority>`` : modules may implement their own priority algorithm based on their content (example: a forum might assign a priority based on the number of votes on a specific post). The priority of a static page is defined by it's priority field, which is normalized (16 is the default)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:608 -msgid "Structured Data Markup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:610 -msgid "Structured Data Markup is used to generate Rich Snippets in search engine results. It is a way for website owners to send structured data to search engine robots; helping them understand your content and create well-presented search results." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:615 -msgid "Google supports a number of rich snippets for content types, including: Reviews, People, Products, Businesses, Events and Organizations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:618 -msgid "Odoo implements micro data as defined in the `schema.org <http://schema.org>`__ specification for events, eCommerce products, forum posts and contact addresses. This allows your product pages to be displayed in Google using extra information like the price and rating of a product:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:628 -msgid "robots.txt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:630 -msgid "When indexing your website, search engines take a first look at the general indexing rules of the a``/robots.txt`` file (allowed robots, sitemap path, etc.). Odoo automatically creates it. Its content is:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:634 -msgid "User-agent: \\* Sitemap: https://www.odoo.com/sitemap.xml" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:637 -msgid "It means that all robots are allowed to index your website and there is no other indexing rule than specified in the sitemap to be found at following address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:641 -msgid "You can customize the file *robots* in :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` from *Settings --> Technical --> User Interface --> Views* (exclude robots, exclude some pages, redirect to a custom Sitemap). Make the Model Data of the view *Non Updatable* to not reset the file after system upgrades." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish.rst:3 -msgid "Publish" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:3 -msgid "How to use my own domain name" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:5 -msgid "By default, your Odoo Online instance and website have a *.odoo.com* domain name, for both the URL and the emails. But you can change to a custom one (e.g. www.yourcompany.com)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:10 -msgid "What is a good domain name" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:11 -msgid "Your website address is as important to your branding as the name of your business or organization, so put some thought into changing it for a proper domain. Here are some tips:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:15 -msgid "Simple and obvious" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:16 -msgid "Easy to remember and spell" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:17 -msgid "The shorter the better" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:18 -msgid "Avoid special characters" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:19 -msgid "Aim for a .com and/or your country extension" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:21 -msgid "Read more: `How to Choose a Domain Name for Maximum SEO <https://www.searchenginejournal.com/choose-a-domain-name-maximum-seo/158951/>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:24 -msgid "How to buy a domain name" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:25 -msgid "Buy your domain name at a popular registrar:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:27 -msgid "`GoDaddy <https://www.godaddy.com>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:28 -msgid "`Namecheap <https://www.namecheap.com>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:29 -msgid "`OVH <https://www.ovh.com>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:31 -msgid "Steps to buy a domain name are pretty much straight forward. In case of issue, check out those easy tutorials:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:34 -msgid "`GoDaddy <https://roadtoblogging.com/buy-domain-name-from-godaddy>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:35 -msgid "`Namecheap <https://www.loudtips.com/buy-domain-name-hosting-namecheap//>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:37 -msgid "Feel free to buy an email server to have email addresses using your domain name. However don't buy any extra service to create or host your website. This is Odoo's job!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:45 -msgid "How to apply my domain name to my Odoo instance" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:46 -msgid "First let's authorize the redirection (yourcompany.com -> yourcompany.odoo.com):" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:48 -msgid "Open your Odoo.com account from your homepage." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:53 -msgid "Go to the *Manage Databases* page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:58 -msgid "Click on *Domains* to the right of the database you would like to redirect." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:63 -msgid "A database domain prompt will appear. Enter your custom domain (e.g. www.yourcompany.com)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:70 -msgid "We can now apply the redirection from your domain name's manager account:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:72 -msgid "Log in to your account and search for the DNS Zones management page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:74 -msgid "Create a CNAME record *www.yourdomain.com* pointing to *mywebsite.odoo.com*. If you want to use the naked domain (e.g. yourdomain.com), you need to redirect *yourdomain.com* to *www.yourdomain.com*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:78 -msgid "Here are some specific guidelines to create a CNAME record:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:80 -msgid "`GoDaddy <https://be.godaddy.com/fr/help/add-a-cname-record-19236>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:81 -msgid "`Namecheap <https://www.namecheap.com/support/knowledgebase/article.aspx/9646/10/how-can-i-set-up-a-cname-record-for-my-domain>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:82 -msgid "`OVH <https://www.ovh.co.uk/g1519.exchange_20132016_how_to_add_a_cname_record>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:85 -msgid "How to enable SSL (HTTPS) for my Odoo instance" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:87 -msgid "Until recently, Odoo users needed to use a third-party CDN service provider such as CloudFlare to enable SSL." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:89 -msgid "It is not required anymore: Odoo generates the certificate for you automatically, using integration with `Let's Encrypt Certificate Authority and ACME protocol <https://letsencrypt.org/how-it-works/>`__. In order to get this, simply add your domain name in your customer portal (a separate certificate is generated for each domain name specified)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:93 -msgid "**Please note that the certificate generation may take up to 24h.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:95 -msgid "If you already use CloudFlare or a similar service, you can keep using it or simply change for Odoo. The choice is yours." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:99 -msgid "How to make sure that all my URLs use my custom domain?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:101 -msgid "To set up the root URL of your website and of all the links sent in emails, you can ask an administrator of your database (any user in the *Settings* group) to perform a login from the login screen. It's as simple as that!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:103 -msgid "If you want to do it manually, you can go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> System Parameters` . Find the entry called ``web.base.url`` (you can create it if it does not exist) and enter the full URL of your website, like ``https://www.myodoowebsite.com``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:107 -msgid "The URL must include the protocol (``https://`` or ``http://``) and must not end by a slash (``/``)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:109 -msgid "If you want to block the root URL update when an administrator logs in, you can add a System Parameter called ``web.base.url.freeze`` with its value set to ``True``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:113 -msgid "My website is indexed twice by Google" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:115 -msgid "If you set up a custom domain *mydomain.com* name for *mydatabase.odoo.com*, Google indexes your website under both names. This is a limitation of the Odoo cloud platforms/" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:120 -msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_servers`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:3 -msgid "Manage Multi Websites" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:8 -msgid "Odoo’s Multi-Websites opens up broad possibilities of diversification and customer segmentation for your business. A multiplied audience and boosted revenue are now just a few clicks away!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:12 -msgid "Each website can work in a fully independent way, with its theme, branding, domain name, header & footer, pages, languages, products, blog posts, forum, slides, events, live chat channels, etc. Let’s go for a tour!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:18 -msgid "Setup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:20 -msgid "To create a new website, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`. The button, *Create a new website*, lays in the first section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:28 -msgid "In the upcoming prompt, set a name for your new website and a specific domain name. Leave empty to publish the new website under the default domain of your Odoo database. You can later set some country groups to redirect visitors to it using Geo IP." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:36 -msgid "Then, select a theme. This new website might have an entirely different purpose or audience than the first one. So feel free to go for a different theme!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:40 -msgid "Once the theme is selected, you can start to build the homepage of your website. Follow the purple drops; they will help you in the first steps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:48 -msgid "If you run Odoo Online, don’t forget to redirect any new domain name to your Odoo database (``CNAME``) and to authorize it Odoo-side. See :doc:`domain_name`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:52 -msgid "Create the menu" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:54 -msgid "The new website has a default menu with all the installed applications. To edit it, click :menuselection:`Pages --> Edit Menu`. Moving forward you only edit the menu of the current website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:59 -msgid "Switch from one website to another" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:62 -msgid "As easy as ABC! There is a website switcher in the right corner of the edit bar. Switching to another website will connect to the domain of this website. If you use another domain for the website, the user is requested to sign in." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:71 -msgid "When switching, you are redirected to the same domain path on the other website (e.g., ``/shop/myproduct``). If this URL is not used, you will be redirected to a 404 page but prompted to create a new page from there." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:76 -msgid "Add features" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:78 -msgid "The website apps you install (e.g., Slides, Blogs) are made available on all your websites. You can, of course, keep them hidden in one website by removing the menu item." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:82 -msgid "Each website comes with a high range of specific options in the settings. First, select the website to configure." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:88 -msgid "Then, take a look at the options flagged with the earth icon. It means they only impact the very website you are working on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:94 -msgid "You can, for instance, set specific :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:96 -msgid "languages," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:98 -msgid "domain names," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:100 -msgid "social media links," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:102 -msgid "customer portal mode (B2C vs. B2B)," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:104 -msgid "dedicated live chat channels," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:106 -msgid "etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:108 -msgid "The other options are global and apply to all your websites." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:111 -msgid "Manage domain names" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:113 -msgid "As said earlier, your websites can either share the same domain name or use a specific one. If you share it and want to adapt the content per region, set country groups in the setting of each website. Visitors will be redirected to the right website using GeoIP." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:122 -msgid "Geo IP is installed by default in Odoo Online. If you run Odoo on-premise, don’t forget to install *GeoIP* library. See :doc:`on-premise_geo-ip-installation`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:127 -msgid ":doc:`domain_name`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:130 -msgid "Customize the visitor experience" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:133 -msgid "The customer experience can be customized very profoundly thanks to the menu \\*Customize\\*. All the visual options available there are specific to each website. Go through the different pages to adapt them to this new audience. Focus on workflows, and automatic pages (eCommerce checkout, blogs, events, etc.) as the number of available options is higher there." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:143 -msgid "Publish specific content per website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:146 -msgid "Like static pages, any content created from the front-end (product, blog post, etc.) is always only published in the current website. You can change that from the edit form view in the backend and leave the *Website* field blank. This will publish it in all the websites." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:154 -msgid "Here are all the objects that you can link to *either one or all the websites*:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:157 -msgid "Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:159 -msgid "Product Categories for eCommerce" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:161 -msgid "Blogs" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:163 -msgid "Slide Channels" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:165 -msgid "Forums" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:167 -msgid "Events" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:169 -msgid "Job Positions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:172 -msgid "When you create the record from the backend and publish it, typically a product or an event, it is made available in all websites." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:176 -msgid "Publish a page in all websites" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:178 -msgid "A new static page is created and only made available in the current website. You can duplicate it to other websites from :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Pages`. To do so, leave the *Website* field empty." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:182 -msgid "If you want to duplicate it in just one other website, duplicate the page and set the new website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:188 -msgid "When you edit the page again, the change only affects the current website. A new page is duplicated and tied up to the website. The original page still being linked to all websites." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:193 -msgid "By grouping pages by URL in the page manager, you quickly find the original page behind each edited page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:200 -msgid "Multi-companies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:202 -msgid "Each website can be linked to a specific company of your system, in a multi-companies environment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:208 -msgid "With such a configuration, only company-related data appear on the website (products, jobs, events, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:211 -msgid "Website editors can only view and edit the pages of the records they have access to, typically the ones belonging to their current company (and to their subsidiaries, or child companies in Odoo language). And so is it for visitors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:217 -msgid "If websites are multi-companies, you don’t change company when switching websites. To change the company and see the related content, use the company selector in the menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:223 -msgid "Configure your eCommerce website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:225 -msgid "eCommerce is a crucial feature in the multi-websites environment. We made it so that the entire flow can be customized to fit the very audience of each website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:230 -msgid "Products only available on one website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:232 -msgid "We already saw earlier how to publish a specific record in only one website. You will find the \\*Website\\* field in the eCommerce tab of the product edit form. Empty means available in all websites." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:240 -msgid "Products available on *some* websites" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:242 -msgid "To make a product available on some websites, but not all of them, you should duplicate the product for each website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:245 -msgid "If you need a unique reference to manage in your inventory, you should install *Manufacturing\\ and create *Kits* BoMs (bills of materials). Each kit will link each published “virtual” product to the main reference managed in your inventory. That way, any item sold from your website will be converted into the storable item in the delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:252 -msgid "Pricelists" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:254 -msgid "To manage specific prices by websites, you can activate *Multiple Sales Prices per Product* in Website settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:257 -msgid "Then, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Products --> Pricelists` to create additional pricelists. See :doc:`../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:260 -msgid "If you need help. Select a website to make a pricelist only available on this website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:266 -msgid "Leaving the field empty means that you make it work in all websites if *Selectable* is selected. Otherwise, it makes it only available for backend operations of Sales and Point of Sale applications." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:271 -msgid "Payment Acquirers and Delivery Methods" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:273 -msgid "By default, published payment acquirers and delivery methods are deployed in all websites. You could already use specific payment acquirers per country using Geo IP by defining countries in their configuration. Now you can also do it per website by filling in the *Website* field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:279 -msgid "Customer accounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:281 -msgid "There is a setting to choose how to manage customer accounts in Website settings. You can either allow customers to use one account through all the websites or compel them to create one account for each website. This last option is convenient if your websites shouldn’t be related to each other in the visitor mind." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:291 -msgid "Technical hints for customization" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:293 -msgid "If you want to publish custom objects on the website, here are a few tips to make it work with multi websites:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:297 -msgid "Sitemap: don’t forget the domain in the route to only publish" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:297 -msgid "available records in each website’s sitemap." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:301 -msgid "Access: you should call the method" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:300 -msgid "*can_access_from_current_website* in the controller to make sure the visitor can see a record in the current website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:305 -msgid "Search: when a list of records is displayed, don’t forget to specify" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:304 -msgid "the domain to only display records available for the current website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:3 -msgid "Geo IP installation (on-premises database)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:6 -msgid "Installation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:8 -msgid "Please note that the installation depends on your computer operating system and distribution. We will assume here that a Linux operating system is used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:13 -msgid "Install `geoip2 <https://pypi.org/project/geoip2/>`__ Python library" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:15 -msgid "Download the `GeoLite2 City database <https://dev.maxmind.com/geoip/geoip2/geolite2/>`_. You should end up with a file called ``GeoLite2-City.mmdb``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:19 -msgid "Move the file to the folder ``/usr/share/GeoIP/``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:21 -msgid "Restart the server" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:23 -msgid "If you can't/don't want to locate the geoip database in ``/usr/share/GeoIP/``, you can use the ``--geoip-db`` option of the Odoo command line interface. This option takes the absolute path to the GeoIP database file and will use it as the GeoIP database. For example:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:32 -msgid "`CLI documentation <https://www.odoo.com/documentation/14.0/reference/cmdline.html>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:34 -msgid "``GeoIP`` Python library can also be used. However this version is discontinued since January 2019. See `GeoLite Legacy databases are now discontinued <https://support.maxmind.com/geolite-legacy-discontinuation-notice/>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:37 -msgid "How to test GeoIP geolocation in your Odoo website?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:38 -msgid "Go into your website. Open the web page on which you want to test ``GeoIP``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:39 -msgid "Choose :menuselection:`Customize --> HTML/CSS/JS Editor`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:40 -msgid "Add the following piece of XML in the page :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:46 -msgid "You should end up with a dictionary indicating the location of the ip address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:51 -msgid "If the curly braces are empty ``{}``, it can be for any of the following reason :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:53 -msgid "The browsing IP address is the localhost (``127.0.0.1``) or a local area network one (``192.168.*.*``)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:54 -msgid "If a reversed proxy is used, make sure to configure it correctly. See `--proxy-mode <https://www.odoo.com/documentation/14.0/reference/cmdline.html#cmdoption-odoo-bin-proxy-mode>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:55 -msgid "``geoip2`` is not installed or the GeoIP database file wasn't found" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:56 -msgid "The GeoIP database was unable to resolve the given IP address" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:3 -msgid "How to translate my website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:6 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:8 -msgid "In addition to creating great modern websites, Odoo gives you the possibility to translate it in different languages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:12 -msgid "Process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:14 -msgid "Once your website is created, you have the opportunity to translate it in as many different languages as you want." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:17 -msgid "There are two ways to translate your website, you can do it manually or automatically with the Gengo App. If you want to do it automatically, go to the **App** module and Install **Automated translations through Gengo Api** and **Website Gengo Translator**. If you want to do it manually, don't install anything, and follow the next step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:23 -msgid "Now go to your website. On the bottom right corner of the page, click on **Add a language**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:29 -msgid "Choose the language in which you want to translate your website and then click on **Load.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:35 -msgid "You will see that Now, next to English there is also French, which means that the page for the translation has been created. You can also see that some of the text has been translated automatically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:42 -msgid "To translate the content of the website, click on **Translate** (here **Traduire** since we want to translate the website in French)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:45 -msgid "There, if you have installed the Gengo Translator, You will see that next to the **Translate** button you also have a button **Translate automatically**. Once you click on that button, you will be asked some information on your account. If you don't have an account yet, follow `this link <https://gengo.com/auth/form/login/>`_ in order to create one. You need to ask for a public key and a private key." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:53 -msgid "The content you wish to translate will then be translated automatically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:58 -msgid "Now you can see that most of the content is highlighted in yellow or in green. The yellow represents the content that you have to translate by yourself. The green represents the content that has already been translated automatically." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/websites.pot b/locale/sources/websites.pot new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f1bf7b329 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/sources/websites.pot @@ -0,0 +1,2274 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-18 07:12+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites.rst:3 +msgid "Websites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce.rst:4 +msgid "eCommerce" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started.rst:3 +msgid "Get started" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:3 +msgid "How to customize my catalog page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:6 +msgid "Product Catalog" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:8 +msgid "All your published items show up in your catalog page (or *Shop* page)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:13 +msgid "Most options are available in the *Customize* menu: display attributes, website categories, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:20 +msgid "Highlight a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:22 +msgid "Boost the visibility of your star/promoted products: push them to top, make them bigger, add a ribbon that you can edit (Sale, New, etc.). Open the Shop page, switch to Edit mode and click any item to start customizing the grid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:26 +msgid "See how to do it: https://www.odoo.com/openerp_website/static/src/video/e-commerce/editing.mp4" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:29 +msgid "Quick add to cart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:31 +msgid "If your customers buy a lot of items at once, make their process shorter by enabling purchases from the catalog page. To do so, add product description and add to cart button. Turn on the following options in *Customize* menu: Product Description, Add to Cart, List View (to display product description better)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:3 +msgid "How to build a product page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:5 +msgid "On the website click *New Page* in the top-right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:7 +msgid "Then click *New Product* and follow the blinking tips." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:12 +msgid "Here are the main elements of the Product page:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:17 +msgid "Many elements can be made visible from the *Customize* menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:22 +msgid "See how to configure your products from links here below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:26 +msgid ":doc:`../managing_products/variants`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:27 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/taxes`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:28 +msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/cross_selling`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:29 +msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/reviews`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:30 +msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:31 +msgid ":doc:`../../website/optimize/seo`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products.rst:3 +msgid "Manage my products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:3 +msgid "How to display several images per product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:5 +msgid "By default your product web page displays the main image of your product only. If you like to show your products under several angles, you can turn the image into a carrousel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:11 +msgid "Check *Several images per product* in :menuselection:`Website Admin --> Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:13 +msgid "Open a product detail form and upload images from *Images* tab. Hit *Create* in Edit mode to get the upload wizard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:19 +msgid "Such extra image are common to all the product variants (if any)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage product variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:5 +msgid "Product variants are used to offer variations of the same product to your customers on the products page. For example, the customer chooses a T-shirt and then selects its size and color. In the example below, the customer chooses a phone, and then selects the memory; color and Wi-Fi band from the available options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:15 +msgid "How to create attributes & variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:17 +msgid "Turn on *Products can have several attributes, defining variants (Example: size, color,...)* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:20 +msgid "Select a product from the Products list, go to the *Variants* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:22 +msgid "Add as many attributes as you need from 3 different types: radio buttons, drop-down menu or color buttons. You get several variants as soon as there are 2 values for 1 attribute." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:30 +msgid "How to edit variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:32 +msgid "See all the variants from the product template detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:40 +msgid "You can edit following data:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:42 +msgid "Picture (will update in real time on the website)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:43 +msgid "Barcode," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:44 +msgid "Internal Reference (SKU #)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:45 +msgid "Volume," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:46 +msgid "Weight," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:47 +msgid "Active (available in quotes & website)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:50 +msgid "Both the Barcode and the Internal Reference are variant-specific. You need to populate them once the variants generated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:54 +msgid "See and edit all the variants from :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> Product Variants` as well. This might be quicker if you manage lots of variants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:58 +msgid "How to set specific prices per variant" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:60 +msgid "You can also set a specific public price per variant by clicking *Variant Prices* in the product detail form (action in top-left corner)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:66 +msgid "The Price Extra is added to the product price whenever the corresponding attribute value is selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:76 +msgid "Pricelist formulas let you set advanced price computation methods for product variants. See :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:80 +msgid "How to disable/archive variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:82 +msgid "You can disable/archive specific variants so that they are no longer available in quotes & website (not existing in your stock, deprecated, etc.). Simply uncheck *Active* in their detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:88 +msgid "To retrieve such archived items, hit *Archived* on searching the variants list. You can reactivate them the same way." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue.rst:3 +msgid "Maximize my revenue" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:3 +msgid "How to sell accessories and optional products (cross-selling)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:5 +msgid "You sell computers. Why not stimulating your customers to buy a top-notch screen or an extra-warranty? That's the goal of cross-selling functionalities:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:8 +msgid "Accessory products on checkout page," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:9 +msgid "Optional products on a new *Add to Cart* screen (not installed by default)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:12 +msgid "Accessory products when checking out" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:14 +msgid "Accessories (e.g. for computers: mouse, keyboard) show up when the customer reviews the cart before paying." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:20 +msgid "Select accessories in the *Sales* tab of the product detail page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:26 +msgid "There is an algorithm to figure out the best accessories to display in case several items are added to cart. If any item is the accessory of several products added to cart, it is most likely that it will be atop the list of suggested accessories." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:31 +msgid "Optional products when adding to cart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:33 +msgid "Optional products are directly related to the item added to cart (e.g. for computers: warranty, OS software, extra components). Whenever the main product is added to cart, such a new screen pops up as an extra step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:40 +msgid "To publish optional products:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:42 +msgid "Install *eCommerce Optional Products* addon in *Apps* menu. Remove the default filter to search on addons as well, otherwise only main apps show up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:48 +msgid "Select optional items from the *Sales* tab of the product detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:54 +msgid "The quantity of optional items added to cart is the same than the main item." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:3 +msgid "Adapt prices to website visitors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:5 +msgid "This section sheds light on pricing features found in the eCommerce app:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:7 +msgid "force a price by geo-localization," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:9 +msgid "let the customer choose the currency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:11 +msgid "As a pre-requisite, check out how to managing product pricing: :doc:`/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:15 +msgid "Geo-IP automatically applies the right price" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:17 +msgid "Assign country groups to your pricelists. That way, visitors who aren't logged in yet will get their own currency when landing on your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:20 +msgid "Once logged in, they get the pricelist matching their country." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:23 +msgid "Currency selector" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:25 +msgid "In the case that you sell in several currencies, you can let your customers choose their own. Check the *Selectable* box to add the pricelist to the website drop-down menu, which can be found in *Pricelists* under the *Products* menu, located in the Website application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:35 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:36 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:37 +msgid ":doc:`promo_code`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:3 +msgid "How to create & share promotional codes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:5 +msgid "Want to boost your sales for Xmas? Share promocodes through your marketing campaigns and apply any kind of discounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:18 +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:11 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings` and choose *Advanced pricing based on formula* for *Sale Price*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:14 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Website Admin --> Catalog --> Pricelists` and create a new pricelist with the discount rule (see :doc:`pricing`). Then enter a code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:21 +msgid "Make the promocode field available on your *Shopping Cart* page (option in *Customize* menu). Add a product to cart to reach it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:27 +msgid "Once turned on you see a new section on the right side. On clicking *Apply* prices get automatically updated in the cart." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:33 +msgid "The promocode used by the customer is stored in the system so you can analyze the performance of your marketing campaigns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:39 +msgid "Show sales per pricelists..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:43 +msgid ":doc:`pricing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:3 +msgid "How to enable comments & rating" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:5 +msgid "Publishing and monitoring customer experience will help you gain the trust of new customers and better engage with your community. In 2 clicks, allow your customer to share their feedback!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:15 +msgid "Activate comments & rating from the *Customize* menu of the product web page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:21 +msgid "Visitors must log in to share their comments. Make sure they are able to do so (see Portal documentation)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:25 +msgid "Review the posts in real time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:27 +msgid "Whenever a post is published, the product manager and all the product followers get notified in their Inbox (*Discuss* menu)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:34 +msgid "By default the user who created the product is automatically set as follower." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:36 +msgid "Click the product name to open the detail form and review the comment (in the product discussion thread)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:43 +msgid "Moderate & unpublish" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:45 +msgid "You can easily moderate by using the chatter, either in the product detail form or on the web page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:48 +msgid "To unpublish the post, open the product web page and click the *Published* button to turn it red (*Unpublished*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:56 +msgid "..tip::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:55 +msgid "You can access the web page from the detail form by clicking the *Published* smart button (and vice versa)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:3 +msgid "How to sell pricier alternative products (upselling)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:5 +msgid "In order to maximize your revenue, suggesting pricier alternative products is strongly advised for basic items. That way, your customer will spend more time browsing your catalog." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:12 +msgid "To do so:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:14 +msgid "Select such *Alternative Products* in the *Sales* tab of the product detail form. 3 alternatives are fine! Don't publish too many otherwise your customers will be confused." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:20 +msgid "Turn on *Alternative Products* from the *Customize* menu of the product web page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/publish.rst:3 +msgid "Launch my website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience.rst:3 +msgid "Get paid" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:3 +msgid "Manage orders paid with Payment Acquirers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:5 +msgid "The moment a payment is officially authorized by a Payment Acquirer, Odoo *automatically* confirms the order, which triggers the delivery. And, if you invoice based on ordered quantities, you are requested to invoice the order, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:9 +msgid "Let’s take a closer look at how to manage orders paid with Payment Acquirers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:12 +msgid "Checking the status of a payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:14 +msgid "To check the status of a payment, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Orders --> Orders`. Then, simply click on the order you wish to check on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:17 +msgid "Once you are on the Sales Order page, you will find the payment is confirmed with an automatic note in the *Chatter*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:24 +msgid "If the user decides to create an invoice, the payment is directly reconciled. This note in the *Chatter* includes a link to the Payment entry, which contains various details about the transaction, along with a link to the related Journal Entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:32 +msgid "Specific messages are provided to your customers for every payment status whenever they are redirected to Odoo after the transaction. To edit these messages, go to the *Messages* tab of the payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:38 +msgid "Automatically generate invoices at order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:40 +msgid "When the order is confirmed, you can also choose to have an invoice automatically issued and paid. This fully-automated feature is designed for businesses that invoice orders right away." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:47 +msgid "To do automatically generate invoices at order:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:45 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Invoicing`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:46 +msgid "Then, under the **Invoicing Policy** option, select *Invoice what is ordered*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:47 +msgid "Then activate *Automatic Invoices* and *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:54 +msgid "Capture payment after the delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:56 +msgid "If the acquirer handling the payment is configured to capture amounts manually, the order is confirmed, but the amount is kept on hold. Once the delivery is processed, you can capture the payment from the related Sales Order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:61 +msgid ":doc:`../../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:62 +msgid ":ref:`Payment Acquirers: Place a hold on a card <payment_acquirers/capture_amount>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:3 +msgid "How customers can access their customer account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:5 +msgid "It has never been so easy for your customers to access their customer account. Forget endless signup forms, Odoo makes it as easy as ABC. They are suggested to sign up (name, email, password) when the order is placed, and not before. Indeed, nothing is more annoying than going through a signup process before buying something." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:14 +msgid "Sign up" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:16 +msgid "The invitation to sign up shows up when the customer wants to visualize the order from order confirmation email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:23 +msgid "Customer account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:25 +msgid "Once logged in the customer will access the account by clicking *My Account* in the login dropdown menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:31 +msgid "THere they find all their history. The main address (billing) can also be modified." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:37 +msgid "If the customer is set as a contact of a company in your address book, they will see all the documents whose the customer belongs to this company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/taxes.rst:3 +msgid "Collect taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:4 +msgid "Live Chat" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:6 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:3 +msgid "Get Started with Live Chat" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:5 +msgid "Live Chat has the highest satisfaction rating of any communication tool. It allows fast responses and it is accessible and convenient, as your customers can keep doing what they are doing while interacting with you. Remember: your customers want to talk to you, so let's make it easy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:10 +msgid "Set up" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:12 +msgid "Once *Live Chat* is installed on your database, if your website was created with Odoo, the application is automatically added to it. All that is left to do is to go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Live Chat`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:21 +msgid "Select the channel to be linked to your website or create one on the fly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:27 +msgid "For both scenarios, under:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:30 +msgid "- **Operators**: add agents to respond to the chat requests. Add as many as you like, and keep in mind that operators that do not show any activity in Odoo for more than 30min are considered disconnected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:33 +msgid "- **Options**: set the default text to be shown on the live chat button; an automated welcome message to be seen by visitors when a conversation is initiated, and the text that prompts the user to initiate a chat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:36 +msgid "- **Channel Rules**: choose an action for a given URL, and/or per country. In the example below, the chat window automatically pops-up 3 seconds after users (from any country) land on the contact us page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:43 +msgid "GeoIP, which refers to the process of finding a computer terminal’s geographical location by its IP address, must be installed on your server. Otherwise, under *Channel Rules*, countries are not taken into account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:48 +msgid "External options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:51 +msgid "If your website was not created with Odoo, you can find the code to be added to your own, under the *Widget* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:52 +msgid "Odoo also offers an URL you can send to users so they can have access to a single live chat page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:59 +msgid "Managing chat requests" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:61 +msgid "Conversations initiated by visitors pop up as a direct message, and are shown in *Discuss*. Therefore, inquiries can be answered wherever you are in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:69 +msgid "Conversations are dispatched based on the current workload of the online operators." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:72 +msgid "Leave or join a channel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:74 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, access your channel under *Live Chat*, and *Join Channel* or *Leave Channel*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:48 +msgid ":doc:`ratings`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:45 +msgid ":doc:`responses`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:3 +msgid "Ratings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:5 +msgid "Giving users the opportunity to rate their interactions can help you improving the experience you offer. That means staying on top of your customers' needs, besides keeping track of your operators’ performances." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:10 +msgid "Customer Rating" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:12 +msgid "Once the user chooses to close the chat window, he can rate his interaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:14 +msgid "If the user is *Not satisfied* or *Highly dissatisfied*, a field allowing for an explanation is shown." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:15 +msgid "A copy of the conversation can also be sent by email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:22 +msgid "The rating is shown on the chat window itself for the operator." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:28 +msgid "And under :menuselection:`Report --> Customer Ratings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:35 +msgid "Make the rating public" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:37 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, access your channel form, click on *Go to Website* and on *Unpublished*, to publish the rating of that channel on your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:3 +msgid "Commands and Canned Responses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:5 +msgid "Using canned responses can help you save time and have a previous, well-thought response, to some of your most common questions and comments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:9 +msgid "Use commands" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:11 +msgid "Commands are shortcuts that do specific actions within the chat window:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:13 +msgid "**/help**: shows a help message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:14 +msgid "**/helpdesk**: creates a helpdesk ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:15 +msgid "**/helpdesk_search**: searches for a helpdesk ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:16 +msgid "**/history**: shows the last 15 visited pages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:17 +msgid "**/lead**: creates a new lead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:18 +msgid "**/leave**: leaves the channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:0 +msgid "- For *helpdesk tickets*: make sure the application is installed on your database and the option *Live Chat* under :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` is enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:0 +msgid "- For *leads*: the *CRM* application must be installed on your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:26 +msgid "To access the ticket or lead created from the chat, click on the shortcut link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:33 +msgid "Helpdesk tickets created from the chat automatically add the conversation as a description of the ticket. The same goes for the creation of a lead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:37 +msgid "Send canned responses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:40 +msgid "Canned responses allow you to have a full piece of text being placed when you type a shortcut word. To create them, go to :menuselection:`Live Chat --> Configuration --> Canned Responses`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:41 +msgid "To use them during a conversation, simply type **:** followed by the shortcut word you created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website.rst:4 +msgid "Website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize.rst:3 +msgid "Optimize" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:3 +msgid "How to track your website's traffic in Google Analytics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:5 +msgid "To follow your website's traffic with Google Analytics:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:7 +msgid "`Create a Google Analytics account <https://www.google.com/analytics/>`__ if you don't have any." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:10 +msgid "Go through the creation form and accept the conditions to get the tracking ID." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:15 +msgid "Copy the tracking ID to insert it in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:20 +msgid "Go to the *Configuration* menu of your Odoo's Website app. In the settings, turn on Google Analytics and paste the tracking ID. Then save the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:27 +msgid "To make your first steps in Google Analytics, refer to `Google Documentation <https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/1008015?hl=en/>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:32 +msgid ":doc:`google_analytics_dashboard`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:3 +msgid "How to track your website traffic from your Odoo Dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:5 +msgid "You can follow your traffic statistics straight from your Odoo Website Dashboard thanks to Google Analytics." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:8 +msgid "A preliminary step is creating a Google Analytics account and entering the tracking ID in your Website's settings (see :doc:`google_analytics`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:11 +msgid "Go to `Google APIs platform <https://console.developers.google.com>`__ to generate Analytics API credentials. Log in with your Google account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:14 +msgid "Select Analytics API." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:19 +msgid "Create a new project and give it a name (e.g. Odoo). This project is needed to store your API credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:25 +msgid "Enable the API." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:30 +msgid "Create credentials to use in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:35 +msgid "Select *Web browser (Javascript)* as calling source and *User data* as kind of data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:41 +msgid "Then you can create a Client ID. Enter the name of the application (e.g. Odoo) and the allowed pages on which you will be redirected. The *Authorized JavaScript origin* is your Odoo's instance URL. The *Authorized redirect URI* is your Odoo's instance URL followed by '/google_account/authentication'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:51 +msgid "Go through the Consent Screen step by entering a product name (e.g. Google Analytics in Odoo). Feel free to check the customizations options but this is not mandatory. The Consent Screen will only show up when you enter the Client ID in Odoo for the first time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:56 +msgid "Finally you are provided with your Client ID. Copy and paste it in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:61 +msgid "Open your Website Dashboard in Odoo and link your Analytics account to past your Client ID." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:67 +msgid "As a last step, authorize Odoo to access Google API." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:3 +msgid "Track clicks and visitors using Link Trackers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:5 +msgid "Link Trackers allow you to track your marketing campaigns (emails, banner ads, blog posts, social media posts, affiliate links, etc.). This way, you are able to identify your best traffic sources and make informed decisions about the distribution of your marketing budget." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:10 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:12 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate *Link Trackers*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:19 +msgid "Set up traceable URLs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:21 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Go to website --> Promote --> Track this page`. Here, you are able to get a specific tracked URL based on the campaign, medium, and source being used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:28 +msgid "**URL**: url of the page you want to track (e.g. the home page or a product's page)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:29 +msgid "**Campaign**: context of your link (e.g. a special promotion)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:30 +msgid "**Medium**: channel used to share (deliver) your link (e.g. an email or a Facebook ad)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:31 +msgid "**Source**: platform where the traffic originates (e.g. Google or Twitter)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:33 +msgid "Now, click on *Get tracked link* to generate a URL that you can post or send by the source you have decided on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:37 +msgid "Follow-up on tracked links" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:39 +msgid "To look at statistics of your links, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Go to website --> Promote --> Track this page`. Besides being able to see the *Most Clicked* and *Recently Used* links, you can also see complete statistics by clicking on *Stats*, including the number of clicks, and the country of origin for those clicks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:50 +msgid "You can also access the link tracker on *odoo.com/r* via your browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:51 +msgid "Activate the developer mode (:menuselection:`Settings --> Activate the developer mode`) and get access to the *Link Tracker* module and its back-end functionalities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:53 +msgid "Integrated with :doc:`Google Analytics <google_analytics>`, those trackers allow you to see the number of clicks and visitors to keep you on top of your marketing campaigns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:55 +msgid "The integration with the :doc:`CRM </applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits>` application allows you to understand where your leads and opportunities are coming from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:3 +msgid "How to do Search Engine Optimisation (SEO) in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:5 +msgid "Search Engine Optimization (SEO) is a set of good practices to optimize your website so that you get a better ranking in search engines like Google. In short, a good SEO allows you to get more visitors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:9 +msgid "Some examples of SEO rules: your web pages should load fast, your page should have one and only one title ``<h1>``, meta tags (alt-tag, title-tag) should be consistent with the content, your website should have a ``/sitemap.xml`` file, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:15 +msgid "To guarantee Odoo Website and Odoo eCommerce users have a great SEO, Odoo abstracts all the technical complexities of SEO and handles everything for you, in the best possible way. This will be explained here below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:20 +msgid "But first, let see how you can easily boost your ranking by finetuning the content and the meta tags of your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:24 +msgid "Meta Tags" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:27 +msgid "Title, Description" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:29 +msgid "Every web page should define the ``<title>`` and ``<description>`` meta data. These information elements are used by search engines to promote your website. They are automatically generated based on page title & content, but you can finetune them. Make sure they fit the content of the page, otherwise you will be downgraded by search engines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:39 +msgid "Keywords" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:40 +msgid "In order to write quality content and boost your traffic, Odoo provides a ``<keyword>`` finder. Those keywords are the searches you want to head towards your website. For each keyword, you see how it is used in the content (H1, H2, page title, page description, page content) and what are the related searches in Google. The more keywords are used the better." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:50 +msgid "If your website is in multiple languages, you can use the Promote tool for every language of a single page and set specific title, description and search tags." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:55 +msgid "Content is King" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:57 +msgid "When it comes to SEO, content is usually king. Odoo provides several modules to help you build your website content:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:60 +msgid "**Odoo Blogs**: write great contents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:62 +msgid "**Odoo Slides**: publish all your Powerpoint or PDF presentations. Their content is automatically indexed on the web page. Example: `odoo.com/slides/public-channel-1 <https://www.odoo.com/slides/public-channel-1>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:66 +msgid "**Odoo Forum**: let your community create contents for you. Example: `odoo.com/forum/1 <https://odoo.com/forum/1>`_ (accounts for 30% of Odoo.com landing pages)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:70 +msgid "**Odoo Mailing List Archive**: publish mailing list archives on your website. Example: `odoo.com/groups/community-59 <https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59>`_ (1000 pages created per month)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:76 +msgid "The 404 page is a regular page, that you can edit like any other page in Odoo. That way, you can build a great 404 page to redirect to the top content of your website when visitors get lost in invalid URLs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:81 +msgid "Use Social Networks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:83 +msgid "Social media is built for mass sharing. If lots of people share your content on social media, then it's likely more people will link to it, and links are a huge factor for SEO ranking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:87 +msgid "Odoo embeds several tools to share content through social media:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:90 +msgid "Social Network" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:92 +msgid "Odoo allows to link all your social network accounts in your website footer. All you have to do is to refer all your accounts in your company settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:99 +msgid "Social Share" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:101 +msgid "Drop the building block *Share* on any page you want your visitors to share. By clicking the icon, they are prompted to share the page in their social media wall." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:108 +msgid "Most social media use a picture of the picture to decorate the share post. Odoo uses the website logo by default but you can choose any other image of your page in the Promote tool." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:116 +msgid "Facebook Page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:118 +msgid "Drop the building block *Facebook Page* to display a widget of your Facebook business page and encourage visitors to follow it. You can display the timeline, the next events and the messages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:123 +msgid "Twitter Scroller" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:125 +msgid "Display the Twitter feeds with customer satifaction on your website. This will increase the number of tweets and shares." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:129 +msgid "Test Your Website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:131 +msgid "You can compare how your website rank, in terms of SEO, against Odoo using WooRank free services: `woorank.com <https://www.woorank.com>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:136 +msgid "URLs Handling" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:138 +msgid "This section sheds some light on how Odoo makes URLs SEO-friendly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:141 +msgid "URLs Structure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:143 +msgid "A typical Odoo URL will look like this:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:145 +msgid "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/my-great-product-31" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:147 +msgid "With the following components:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:149 +msgid "**https://** = Protocol" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:151 +msgid "**www.mysite.com** = your domain name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:153 +msgid "**/fr\\_FR** = page language. This part of the URL is removed if the visitor browses the main language of the website Thus, the main version of this page is: https://www.mysite.com/shop/product/my-great-product-31" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:158 +msgid "**/shop/product** = every module defines its own namespace (/shop is for the catalog of the eCommerce module, /shop/product is for a product page)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:162 +msgid "**my-great-product** = by default, this is the slugified title of the product this page refers to. But you can customize it for SEO purposes. A product named \"Pain carré\" will be slugified to \"pain-carre\". Depending on the namespace, this could be different objects (blog post, page title, forum post, forum comment, product category, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:169 +msgid "**-31** = the unique ID of the product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:171 +msgid "Note that any dynamic component of an URL can be reduced to its ID. As an example, the following URLs all do a 301 redirect to the above URL:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:174 +msgid "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (short version)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:176 +msgid "http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (even shorter version)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:178 +msgid "http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/other-product-name-31 (old product name)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:181 +msgid "Some URLs have several dynamic parts, like this one (a blog category and a post):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:184 +msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/company-news-5/post/the-odoo-story-56" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:186 +msgid "In the above example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:188 +msgid "*Company News* is the title of the blog" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:190 +msgid "*The Odoo Story* is the title of a specific blog post" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:192 +msgid "When an Odoo page has a pager, the page number is set directly in the URL (does not have a GET argument). This allows every page to be indexed by search engines. Example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:196 +msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/page/3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:199 +msgid "Changes in URLs & Titles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:201 +msgid "When the URL of a page changes (e.g. a more SEO friendly version of your product name), you don't have to worry about updating all links:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:204 +msgid "Odoo will automatically update all its links to the new URL." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:206 +msgid "If external websites still points to the old URL, a 301 redirect will be done to route visitors to the new address of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:209 +msgid "As an example, this URL:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:211 +msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/old-product-name-31" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:213 +msgid "Will automatically redirect to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:215 +msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/new-and-better-product-name-31" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:217 +msgid "In short, just change the title of a blog post or the name of a product, and the changes will apply automatically everywhere in your website. The old link still functions when used by external websites, via a 301 redirect, maintaining the SEO link juice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:223 +msgid "HTTPS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:225 +msgid "Search engines boost ranking of secure HTTPS/SSL websites. So, by default all Odoo Online instances are fully based on HTTPS. If the visitor accesses your website through a non HTTPS url, it gets a 301 redirect to its HTTPS equivalent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:231 +msgid "Links: Nofollow Strategy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:233 +msgid "The more a page is linked from external and quality websites, the better it is for your SEO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:236 +msgid "Here are Odoo strategies to manage links:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:238 +msgid "Every link you add to your website is \"dofollow\", which means that this link will contribute to the SEO Juice for the linked page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:242 +msgid "Every link posted by a contributor (forum post, blog comment, etc.) that links to your own website is \"dofollow\" too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:245 +msgid "But every link posted by a contributor that links to an external website is \"nofollow\". In that way, you do not run the risk of people posting links on your website to third-party websites which have a bad reputation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:250 +msgid "Note that, when using the forum, contributors having a lot of Karma can be trusted. In such case, their links will not have any ``rel=\"nofollow\"`` attribute." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:255 +msgid "Multi-Language Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:258 +msgid "Multi-Language URLs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:260 +msgid "If you run a website in multiple languages, the same content will be available in different URLs, depending on the language used:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:263 +msgid "https://www.mywebsite.com/shop/product/my-product-1 (main language, English here)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:265 +msgid "https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1 (French version)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:267 +msgid "In this example, fr\\_FR is the language of the page. You can even have several variations of the same language: pt\\_BR (Portuguese from Brazil) , pt\\_PT (Portuguese from Portugal)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:272 +msgid "Language Annotation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:274 +msgid "To let search engines know that the second URL is the French translation of the first URL, Odoo will add an HTML link element in the header. In the HTML <head> section of the main version, Odoo automatically adds a link element pointing to the translated versions of that webpage;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:279 +msgid "<link rel=\"alternate\" hreflang=\"fr\" href=\"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1\"/>" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:282 +msgid "With this approach:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:284 +msgid "Search engines will redirect to the right language according to the visitor language." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:287 +msgid "You do not get penalized by search engines if your page is not translated yet. Indeed, it's not a duplicated content, but a different version of the same content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:292 +msgid "Language Detection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:294 +msgid "When a visitor lands for the first time on your website (e.g. yourwebsite.com/shop), they may automatically be redirected to a translated version according to their browser language preference (e.g. yourwebsite.com/fr\\_FR/shop)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:299 +msgid "Next time, it keeps a cookie of the current language to avoid any redirection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:302 +msgid "To force a visitor to stick to the default language, you can use the code of the default language in your link, example: yourwebsite.com/en\\_US/shop. This will always land visitors to the English version of the page, without using the browser language preferences." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:309 +msgid "Page Speed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:312 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:314 +msgid "The time to load a page is an important criteria for search engines. A faster website not only improves your visitor's experience, but gives you a better page ranking. Some studies have shown that, if you divide the time to load your pages by two (e.g. 2 seconds instead of 4 seconds), the visitor abandonment rate is also divided by two. (25% to 12.5%). One extra second to load a page could `cost $1.6b to Amazon in sales <http://www.fastcompany.com/1825005/how-one-second-could-cost-amazon-16-billion-sales>`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:325 +msgid "Fortunately, Odoo does all the magic for you. Below, you will find the tricks Odoo uses to speed up your page loading time. You can compare how your website ranks using these two tools:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:329 +msgid "`Google Page Speed <https://developers.google.com/speed/pagespeed/insights/>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:331 +msgid "`Pingdom Website Speed Test <http://tools.pingdom.com/fpt/>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:334 +msgid "Images" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:336 +msgid "When you upload new images, Odoo automatically compresses them to reduce their sizes (lossless compression for .PNG and .GIF and lossy compression for .JPG)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:340 +msgid "From the upload button, you have the option to keep the original image unmodified if you prefer to optimize the quality of the image rather than performance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:348 +msgid "Odoo compresses images when they are uploaded to your website, not when requested by the visitor. Thus, it's possible that, if you use a third-party theme, it will provide images that are not compressed efficiently. But all images used in Odoo official themes have been compressed by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:354 +msgid "When you click on an image, Odoo shows you the Alt and title attributes of the ``<img>`` tag. You can click on it to set your own title and Alt attributes for the image." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:361 +msgid "When you click on this link, the following window will appear:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:366 +msgid "Odoo's pictograms are implemented using a font (`Font Awesome <https://fortawesome.github.io/Font-Awesome/icons/>`__ in most Odoo themes). Thus, you can use as many pictograms as you want in your page, they will not result in extra requests to load the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:375 +msgid "Static Resources: CSS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:377 +msgid "All CSS files are pre-processed, concatenated, minified, compressed and cached (server-side and browser-side). The result:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:380 +msgid "only one CSS file request is needed to load a page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:382 +msgid "this CSS file is shared and cached amongst pages, so that when the visitor clicks on another page, the browser doesn't have to even load a single CSS resource." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:386 +msgid "this CSS file is optimized to be small" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:388 +msgid "**Pre-processed:** The CSS framework used by Odoo is Bootstrap. Although a theme might use another framework, most of `Odoo themes <https://www.odoo.com/apps/themes>`__ extend and customize Bootstrap directly. Since Odoo supports Less and Sass, you can modify CSS rules instead of overwriting them through extra CSS lines, resulting in a smaller file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:395 +msgid "**Concatenated:** every module or library you might use in Odoo has its own set of CSS, Less or Sass files (eCommerce, blogs, themes, etc.). Having several CSS files is great for the modularity, but not good for the performance because most browsers can only perform 6 requests in parallel resulting in lots of files loaded in series. The latency time to transfer a file is usually much longer than the actual data transfer time, for small files like .JS and .CSS. Thus, the time to load CSS resources depends more on the number of requests to be done than the actual file size." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:405 +msgid "To address this issue, all CSS / Less / Sass files are concatenated into a single .CSS file to send to the browser. So a visitor has **only one .CSS file to load** per page, which is particularly efficient. As the CSS is shared amongst all pages, when the visitor clicks on another page, the browser does not even have to load a new CSS file!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:412 +msgid "**Both files in the <head>**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:412 +msgid "**What the visitor gets (only one file)**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:414 +msgid "/\\* From bootstrap.css \\*/" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:414 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:415 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:421 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:447 +msgid ".text-muted {" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:415 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:422 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:448 +msgid "color: #666;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:416 +msgid "color: #777;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:416 +msgid "background: yellow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:417 +msgid "background: yellow;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:417 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:418 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:423 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:449 +msgid "}" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:420 +msgid "/\\* From my-theme.css \\*/" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:426 +msgid "The CSS sent by Odoo includes all CSS / Less / Sass of all pages / modules. By doing this, additional page views from the same visitor will not have to load CSS files at all. But some modules might include huge CSS/Javascript resources that you do not want to prefetch at the first page because they are too big. In this case, Odoo splits this resource into a second bundle that is loaded only when the page using it is requested. An example of this is the backend that is only loaded when the visitor logs in and accesses the backend (/web)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:436 +msgid "If the CSS file is very big, Odoo will split it into two smaller files to avoid the 4095 selectors limit per sheet of Internet Explorer. But most themes fit below this limit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:440 +msgid "**Minified:** After being pre-processed and concatenated, the resulting CSS is minified to reduce its size." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:444 +msgid "**Before minification**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:444 +msgid "**After minification**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:446 +msgid "/\\* some comments \\*/" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:446 +msgid ".text-muted {color: #666}" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:452 +msgid "The final result is then compressed, before being delivered to the browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:455 +msgid "Then, a cached version is stored server-side (so we do not have to pre-process, concatenate, minify at every request) and browser-side (so the same visitor will load the CSS only once for all pages they visit)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:461 +msgid "Static Resources: Javascript" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:463 +msgid "As with CSS resources, Javascript resources are also concatenated, minified, compressed and cached (server-side and browser-side)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:466 +msgid "Odoo creates three Javascript bundles:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:468 +msgid "One for all pages of the website (including code for parallax effects, form validation, etc.)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:471 +msgid "One for common Javascript code shared among frontend and backend (Bootstrap)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:474 +msgid "One for backend specific Javascript code (Odoo Web Client interface for your employees using Odoo)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:477 +msgid "Most visitors of your website will only need the first two bundles, resulting in a maximum of two Javascript files to load to render one page. As these files are shared across all pages, further clicks by the same visitor will not load any other Javascript resource." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:483 +msgid "If you work on :doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>`, the CSS and Javascript are neither concatenated, nor minified. Thus, it's much slower. But it allows you to easily debug with the Chrome debugger as CSS and Javascript resources are not transformed from their original versions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:489 +msgid "CDN" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:491 +msgid "If you activate the CDN feature in Odoo, static resources (Javascript, CSS, images) are loaded from a Content Delivery Network. Using a Content Delivery Network has three advantages:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:495 +msgid "Load resources from a nearby server (most CDN have servers in main countries around the globe)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:498 +msgid "Cache resources efficiently (no computation resources usage on your own server)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:501 +msgid "Split the resource loading on different services allowing to load more resources in parallel (since the Chrome limit of 6 parallel requests is by domain)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:505 +msgid "You can configure your CDN options from the **Website Admin** app, using the Configuration menu. Here is an example of configuration you can use:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:512 +msgid "HTML Pages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:514 +msgid "The HTML pages can be compressed, but this is usually handled by your web server (NGINX or Apache)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:517 +msgid "The Odoo Website builder has been optimized to guarantee clean and short HTML code. Building blocks have been developed to produce clean HTML code, usually using Bootstrap and the HTML editor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:521 +msgid "As an example, if you use the color picker to change the color of a paragraph to the primary color of your website, Odoo will produce the following code:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:525 +msgid "``<p class=\"text-primary\">My Text</p>``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:527 +msgid "Whereas most HTML editors (such as CKEditor) will produce the following code:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:530 +msgid "``<p style=\"color: #AB0201\">My Text</p>``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:533 +msgid "Responsive Design" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:535 +msgid "Websites that are not mobile-friendly are negatively impacted in search engine rankings. All Odoo themes rely on Bootstrap to render efficiently according to the device: desktop, tablet or mobile." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:542 +msgid "As all Odoo modules share the same technology, absolutely all pages in your website are mobile friendly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:546 +msgid "Browser Caching" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:548 +msgid "Javascript, images and CSS resources have an URL that changes dynamically when their content change. As an example, all CSS files are loaded through this URL: `localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets\\_common.0.css <http://localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets_common.0.css>`__. The ``457-0da1d9d`` part of this URL will change if you modify the CSS of your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:555 +msgid "This allows Odoo to set a very long cache delay (XXX) on these resources: XXX secs, while being updated instantly if you update the resource." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:560 +msgid "Scalability" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:562 +msgid "In addition to being fast, Odoo is also more scalable than traditional CMS and eCommerce (Drupal, Wordpress, Magento, Prestashop). The following link provides an analysis of the major open source CMS and eCommerce compared to Odoo when it comes to high query volumes: `https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/197 <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/odoo-cms-performance-comparison-and-optimisation-197>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:569 +msgid "Todo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:569 +msgid "fix above link" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:571 +msgid "Here is the slide that summarizes the scalability of Odoo Website & eCommerce." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:577 +msgid "Search Engines Files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:580 +msgid "Sitemap" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:582 +msgid "The sitemap points out pages to index to search engine robots. Odoo generates a ``/sitemap.xml`` file automatically for you. For performance reasons, this file is cached and updated every 12 hours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:586 +msgid "By default, all URLs will be in a single ``/sitemap.xml`` file, but if you have a lot of pages, Odoo will automatically create a Sitemap Index file, respecting the `sitemaps.org protocol <http://www.sitemaps.org/protocol.html>`__ grouping sitemap URL's in 45000 chunks per file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:592 +msgid "Every sitemap entry has 4 attributes that are computed automatically:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:594 +msgid "``<loc>`` : the URL of a page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:596 +msgid "``<lastmod>`` : last modification date of the resource, computed automatically based on related object. For a page related to a product, this could be the last modification date of the product or the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:601 +msgid "``<priority>`` : modules may implement their own priority algorithm based on their content (example: a forum might assign a priority based on the number of votes on a specific post). The priority of a static page is defined by it's priority field, which is normalized (16 is the default)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:608 +msgid "Structured Data Markup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:610 +msgid "Structured Data Markup is used to generate Rich Snippets in search engine results. It is a way for website owners to send structured data to search engine robots; helping them understand your content and create well-presented search results." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:615 +msgid "Google supports a number of rich snippets for content types, including: Reviews, People, Products, Businesses, Events and Organizations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:618 +msgid "Odoo implements micro data as defined in the `schema.org <http://schema.org>`__ specification for events, eCommerce products, forum posts and contact addresses. This allows your product pages to be displayed in Google using extra information like the price and rating of a product:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:628 +msgid "robots.txt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:630 +msgid "When indexing your website, search engines take a first look at the general indexing rules of the a``/robots.txt`` file (allowed robots, sitemap path, etc.). Odoo automatically creates it. Its content is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:634 +msgid "User-agent: \\* Sitemap: https://www.odoo.com/sitemap.xml" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:637 +msgid "It means that all robots are allowed to index your website and there is no other indexing rule than specified in the sitemap to be found at following address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:641 +msgid "You can customize the file *robots* in :doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>` from *Settings --> Technical --> User Interface --> Views* (exclude robots, exclude some pages, redirect to a custom Sitemap). Make the Model Data of the view *Non Updatable* to not reset the file after system upgrades." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish.rst:3 +msgid "Publish" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:3 +msgid "How to use my own domain name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:5 +msgid "By default, your Odoo Online instance and website have a *.odoo.com* domain name, for both the URL and the emails. But you can change to a custom one (e.g. www.yourcompany.com)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:10 +msgid "What is a good domain name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:11 +msgid "Your website address is as important to your branding as the name of your business or organization, so put some thought into changing it for a proper domain. Here are some tips:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:15 +msgid "Simple and obvious" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:16 +msgid "Easy to remember and spell" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:17 +msgid "The shorter the better" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:18 +msgid "Avoid special characters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:19 +msgid "Aim for a .com and/or your country extension" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:21 +msgid "Read more: `How to Choose a Domain Name for Maximum SEO <https://www.searchenginejournal.com/choose-a-domain-name-maximum-seo/158951/>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:24 +msgid "How to buy a domain name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:25 +msgid "Buy your domain name at a popular registrar:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:27 +msgid "`GoDaddy <https://www.godaddy.com>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:28 +msgid "`Namecheap <https://www.namecheap.com>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:29 +msgid "`OVH <https://www.ovh.com>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:31 +msgid "Steps to buy a domain name are pretty much straight forward. In case of issue, check out those easy tutorials:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:34 +msgid "`GoDaddy <https://roadtoblogging.com/buy-domain-name-from-godaddy>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:35 +msgid "`Namecheap <https://www.loudtips.com/buy-domain-name-hosting-namecheap//>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:37 +msgid "Feel free to buy an email server to have email addresses using your domain name. However don't buy any extra service to create or host your website. This is Odoo's job!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:45 +msgid "How to apply my domain name to my Odoo instance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:46 +msgid "First let's authorize the redirection (yourcompany.com -> yourcompany.odoo.com):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:48 +msgid "Open your Odoo.com account from your homepage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:53 +msgid "Go to the *Manage Databases* page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:58 +msgid "Click on *Domains* to the right of the database you would like to redirect." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:63 +msgid "A database domain prompt will appear. Enter your custom domain (e.g. www.yourcompany.com)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:70 +msgid "We can now apply the redirection from your domain name's manager account:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:72 +msgid "Log in to your account and search for the DNS Zones management page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:74 +msgid "Create a CNAME record *www.yourdomain.com* pointing to *mywebsite.odoo.com*. If you want to use the naked domain (e.g. yourdomain.com), you need to redirect *yourdomain.com* to *www.yourdomain.com*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:78 +msgid "Here are some specific guidelines to create a CNAME record:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:80 +msgid "`GoDaddy <https://be.godaddy.com/fr/help/add-a-cname-record-19236>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:81 +msgid "`Namecheap <https://www.namecheap.com/support/knowledgebase/article.aspx/9646/10/how-can-i-set-up-a-cname-record-for-my-domain>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:82 +msgid "`OVH <https://www.ovh.co.uk/g1519.exchange_20132016_how_to_add_a_cname_record>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:85 +msgid "How to enable SSL (HTTPS) for my Odoo instance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:87 +msgid "Until recently, Odoo users needed to use a third-party CDN service provider such as CloudFlare to enable SSL." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:89 +msgid "It is not required anymore: Odoo generates the certificate for you automatically, using integration with `Let's Encrypt Certificate Authority and ACME protocol <https://letsencrypt.org/how-it-works/>`__. In order to get this, simply add your domain name in your customer portal (a separate certificate is generated for each domain name specified)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:93 +msgid "**Please note that the certificate generation may take up to 24h.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:95 +msgid "If you already use CloudFlare or a similar service, you can keep using it or simply change for Odoo. The choice is yours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:99 +msgid "How to make sure that all my URLs use my custom domain?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:101 +msgid "To set up the root URL of your website and of all the links sent in emails, you can ask an administrator of your database (any user in the *Settings* group) to perform a login from the login screen. It's as simple as that!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:103 +msgid "If you want to do it manually, you can go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> System Parameters` . Find the entry called ``web.base.url`` (you can create it if it does not exist) and enter the full URL of your website, like ``https://www.myodoowebsite.com``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:107 +msgid "The URL must include the protocol (``https://`` or ``http://``) and must not end by a slash (``/``)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:109 +msgid "If you want to block the root URL update when an administrator logs in, you can add a System Parameter called ``web.base.url.freeze`` with its value set to ``True``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:113 +msgid "My website is indexed twice by Google" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:115 +msgid "If you set up a custom domain *mydomain.com* name for *mydatabase.odoo.com*, Google indexes your website under both names. This is a limitation of the Odoo cloud platforms/" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:120 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Multi Websites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:8 +msgid "Odoo’s Multi-Websites opens up broad possibilities of diversification and customer segmentation for your business. A multiplied audience and boosted revenue are now just a few clicks away!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:12 +msgid "Each website can work in a fully independent way, with its theme, branding, domain name, header & footer, pages, languages, products, blog posts, forum, slides, events, live chat channels, etc. Let’s go for a tour!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:20 +msgid "To create a new website, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`. The button, *Create a new website*, lays in the first section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:28 +msgid "In the upcoming prompt, set a name for your new website and a specific domain name. Leave empty to publish the new website under the default domain of your Odoo database. You can later set some country groups to redirect visitors to it using Geo IP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:36 +msgid "Then, select a theme. This new website might have an entirely different purpose or audience than the first one. So feel free to go for a different theme!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:40 +msgid "Once the theme is selected, you can start to build the homepage of your website. Follow the purple drops; they will help you in the first steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:48 +msgid "If you run Odoo Online, don’t forget to redirect any new domain name to your Odoo database (``CNAME``) and to authorize it Odoo-side. See :doc:`domain_name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:52 +msgid "Create the menu" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:54 +msgid "The new website has a default menu with all the installed applications. To edit it, click :menuselection:`Pages --> Edit Menu`. Moving forward you only edit the menu of the current website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:59 +msgid "Switch from one website to another" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:62 +msgid "As easy as ABC! There is a website switcher in the right corner of the edit bar. Switching to another website will connect to the domain of this website. If you use another domain for the website, the user is requested to sign in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:71 +msgid "When switching, you are redirected to the same domain path on the other website (e.g., ``/shop/myproduct``). If this URL is not used, you will be redirected to a 404 page but prompted to create a new page from there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:76 +msgid "Add features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:78 +msgid "The website apps you install (e.g., Slides, Blogs) are made available on all your websites. You can, of course, keep them hidden in one website by removing the menu item." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:82 +msgid "Each website comes with a high range of specific options in the settings. First, select the website to configure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:88 +msgid "Then, take a look at the options flagged with the earth icon. It means they only impact the very website you are working on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:94 +msgid "You can, for instance, set specific :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:96 +msgid "languages," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:98 +msgid "domain names," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:100 +msgid "social media links," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:102 +msgid "customer portal mode (B2C vs. B2B)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:104 +msgid "dedicated live chat channels," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:106 +msgid "etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:108 +msgid "The other options are global and apply to all your websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:111 +msgid "Manage domain names" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:113 +msgid "As said earlier, your websites can either share the same domain name or use a specific one. If you share it and want to adapt the content per region, set country groups in the setting of each website. Visitors will be redirected to the right website using GeoIP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:122 +msgid "Geo IP is installed by default in Odoo Online. If you run Odoo on-premise, don’t forget to install *GeoIP* library. See :doc:`on-premise_geo-ip-installation`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:127 +msgid ":doc:`domain_name`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:130 +msgid "Customize the visitor experience" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:133 +msgid "The customer experience can be customized very profoundly thanks to the menu \\*Customize\\*. All the visual options available there are specific to each website. Go through the different pages to adapt them to this new audience. Focus on workflows, and automatic pages (eCommerce checkout, blogs, events, etc.) as the number of available options is higher there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:143 +msgid "Publish specific content per website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:146 +msgid "Like static pages, any content created from the front-end (product, blog post, etc.) is always only published in the current website. You can change that from the edit form view in the backend and leave the *Website* field blank. This will publish it in all the websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:154 +msgid "Here are all the objects that you can link to *either one or all the websites*:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:157 +msgid "Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:159 +msgid "Product Categories for eCommerce" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:161 +msgid "Blogs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:163 +msgid "Slide Channels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:165 +msgid "Forums" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:167 +msgid "Events" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:169 +msgid "Job Positions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:172 +msgid "When you create the record from the backend and publish it, typically a product or an event, it is made available in all websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:176 +msgid "Publish a page in all websites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:178 +msgid "A new static page is created and only made available in the current website. You can duplicate it to other websites from :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Pages`. To do so, leave the *Website* field empty." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:182 +msgid "If you want to duplicate it in just one other website, duplicate the page and set the new website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:188 +msgid "When you edit the page again, the change only affects the current website. A new page is duplicated and tied up to the website. The original page still being linked to all websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:193 +msgid "By grouping pages by URL in the page manager, you quickly find the original page behind each edited page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:200 +msgid "Multi-companies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:202 +msgid "Each website can be linked to a specific company of your system, in a multi-companies environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:208 +msgid "With such a configuration, only company-related data appear on the website (products, jobs, events, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:211 +msgid "Website editors can only view and edit the pages of the records they have access to, typically the ones belonging to their current company (and to their subsidiaries, or child companies in Odoo language). And so is it for visitors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:217 +msgid "If websites are multi-companies, you don’t change company when switching websites. To change the company and see the related content, use the company selector in the menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:223 +msgid "Configure your eCommerce website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:225 +msgid "eCommerce is a crucial feature in the multi-websites environment. We made it so that the entire flow can be customized to fit the very audience of each website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:230 +msgid "Products only available on one website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:232 +msgid "We already saw earlier how to publish a specific record in only one website. You will find the \\*Website\\* field in the eCommerce tab of the product edit form. Empty means available in all websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:240 +msgid "Products available on *some* websites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:242 +msgid "To make a product available on some websites, but not all of them, you should duplicate the product for each website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:245 +msgid "If you need a unique reference to manage in your inventory, you should install *Manufacturing\\ and create *Kits* BoMs (bills of materials). Each kit will link each published “virtual” product to the main reference managed in your inventory. That way, any item sold from your website will be converted into the storable item in the delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:252 +msgid "Pricelists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:254 +msgid "To manage specific prices by websites, you can activate *Multiple Sales Prices per Product* in Website settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:257 +msgid "Then, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Products --> Pricelists` to create additional pricelists. See :doc:`../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:260 +msgid "If you need help. Select a website to make a pricelist only available on this website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:266 +msgid "Leaving the field empty means that you make it work in all websites if *Selectable* is selected. Otherwise, it makes it only available for backend operations of Sales and Point of Sale applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:271 +msgid "Payment Acquirers and Delivery Methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:273 +msgid "By default, published payment acquirers and delivery methods are deployed in all websites. You could already use specific payment acquirers per country using Geo IP by defining countries in their configuration. Now you can also do it per website by filling in the *Website* field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:279 +msgid "Customer accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:281 +msgid "There is a setting to choose how to manage customer accounts in Website settings. You can either allow customers to use one account through all the websites or compel them to create one account for each website. This last option is convenient if your websites shouldn’t be related to each other in the visitor mind." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:291 +msgid "Technical hints for customization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:293 +msgid "If you want to publish custom objects on the website, here are a few tips to make it work with multi websites:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:297 +msgid "Sitemap: don’t forget the domain in the route to only publish" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:297 +msgid "available records in each website’s sitemap." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:301 +msgid "Access: you should call the method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:300 +msgid "*can_access_from_current_website* in the controller to make sure the visitor can see a record in the current website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:305 +msgid "Search: when a list of records is displayed, don’t forget to specify" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:304 +msgid "the domain to only display records available for the current website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:3 +msgid "Geo IP Installation (On-Premises Database)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:6 +msgid "Installation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:9 +msgid "Please note that the installation depends on your computer's operating system and distribution. We will assume that a Linux operating system is being used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:15 +msgid "Install `geoip2 <https://pypi.org/project/geoip2/>`__ Python library" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:17 +msgid "Download the `GeoLite2 City database <https://dev.maxmind.com/geoip/geoip2/geolite2/>`_. You should end up with a file called ``GeoLite2-City.mmdb``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:22 +msgid "Move the file to the folder ``/usr/share/GeoIP/``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:24 +msgid "Restart the server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:27 +msgid "If you can't/don't want to locate the geoip database in ``/usr/share/GeoIP/``, you can use the ``--geoip-db`` option of the Odoo command line interface. This option takes the absolute path to the GeoIP database file and uses it as the GeoIP database. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:36 +msgid ":doc:`CLI documentation </developer/reference/cmdline>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:39 +msgid "``GeoIP`` Python library can also be used. However this version is discontinued since January 1. See `GeoLite Legacy databases are now discontinued <https://support.maxmind.com/geolite-legacy-discontinuation-notice/>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:44 +msgid "How To Test GeoIP Geolocation In Your Odoo Website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:45 +msgid "Go to your website. Open the web page that you want to test ``GeoIP``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:46 +msgid "Choose :menuselection:`Customize --> HTML/CSS/JS Editor`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:47 +msgid "Add the following piece of XML in the page :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:53 +msgid "You should end up with a dictionary indicating the location of the IP address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:59 +msgid "If the curly braces are empty ``{}``, it can be for any of the following reasons :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:61 +msgid "The browsing IP address is the localhost (``127.0.0.1``) or a local area network one (``192.168.*.*``)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:62 +msgid "If a reversed proxy is used, make sure to configure it correctly. See :option:`proxy mode <odoo-bin --proxy-mode>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:63 +msgid "``geoip2`` is not installed or the GeoIP database file wasn't found" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:64 +msgid "The GeoIP database was unable to resolve the given IP address" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:3 +msgid "How to translate my website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:8 +msgid "In addition to creating great modern websites, Odoo gives you the possibility to translate it in different languages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:12 +msgid "Process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:14 +msgid "Once your website is created, you have the opportunity to translate it in as many different languages as you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:17 +msgid "There are two ways to translate your website, you can do it manually or automatically with the Gengo App. If you want to do it automatically, go to the **App** module and Install **Automated translations through Gengo Api** and **Website Gengo Translator**. If you want to do it manually, don't install anything, and follow the next step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:23 +msgid "Now go to your website. On the bottom right corner of the page, click on **Add a language**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:29 +msgid "Choose the language in which you want to translate your website and then click on **Load.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:35 +msgid "You will see that Now, next to English there is also French, which means that the page for the translation has been created. You can also see that some of the text has been translated automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:42 +msgid "To translate the content of the website, click on **Translate** (here **Traduire** since we want to translate the website in French)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:45 +msgid "There, if you have installed the Gengo Translator, You will see that next to the **Translate** button you also have a button **Translate automatically**. Once you click on that button, you will be asked some information on your account. If you don't have an account yet, follow `this link <https://gengo.com/auth/form/login/>`_ in order to create one. You need to ask for a public key and a private key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:53 +msgid "The content you wish to translate will then be translated automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:58 +msgid "Now you can see that most of the content is highlighted in yellow or in green. The yellow represents the content that you have to translate by yourself. The green represents the content that has already been translated automatically." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po b/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po deleted file mode 100644 index 36b866053..000000000 --- a/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,10675 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: Levent Karakaş <levent@mektup.at>, 2017\n" -"Language-Team: Turkish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/tr/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: tr\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" - -#: ../../accounting.rst:5 -msgid "Accounting" -msgstr "Muhasebe" - -#: ../../accounting/bank.rst:3 -msgid "Bank & Cash" -msgstr "Banka & Nakit" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds.rst:3 -msgid "Bank Feeds" -msgstr "Banka Bilgi Akışı" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:3 -msgid "Import Coda statement files (Belgium only)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:5 -msgid "" -"CODA is a file format for bank statements in Belgium. Most Belgian banks, as" -" well as the Isabel software, allows to download a CODA file with all your " -"bank statements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:9 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can download an CODA file from your bank or accounting " -"software and import it directly in Odoo. This will create all bank " -"statements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Test now the feature `with this sample CODA file " -"<https://drive.google.com/file/d/0B5BDHVRYo-" -"q5UVVMbGRxUmtpVDg/view?usp=sharing>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:17 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:12 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:18 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:11 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:19 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:26 -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:21 -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:14 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:20 -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:22 -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:9 -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:24 -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:18 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:18 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:16 -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:16 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:15 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:22 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:60 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:23 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:12 -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:17 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:11 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:26 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:30 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:31 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:15 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:24 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:20 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:19 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:39 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:40 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:113 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:31 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Yapılandırma" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:20 -msgid "Install the CODA feature" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:22 -msgid "" -"If you have installed the Belgian Chart of Account provided with Odoo, the " -"CODA import feature is already installed by default. In such a case, you can" -" move directly to the next section `Import your first coda file " -"<InstallCoda_>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:27 -msgid "" -"If CODA is not activated yet, you need to do it first. In the Accounting " -"application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. " -"From the accounting settings, check the option **Import of Bank Statements " -"in .CODA Format** and apply." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:33 -msgid "Import your first CODA file" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Once you have installed this feature, you can setup your bank account to " -"allow importing bank statement files. To do this, go to the accounting " -"**Dashboard**, and click on the button **More** on the bank account card. " -"Then, click on **Import Statement** to load your first CODA file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Load your CODA file in the following screen and click **Import** to create " -"all your bank statements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:49 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:42 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:43 -msgid "" -"If the file is successfully loaded, you will get redirected to the bank " -"reconciliation screen with all the transactions to reconcile." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:55 -msgid "Importing CODA files" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:57 -msgid "" -"After having imported your first file, the Odoo accounting dashboard will " -"automatically propose you to import more files for your bank. For the next " -"import, you don't need to go to the **More** button anymore, you can " -"directly click on the link **Import Statement**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Every time you get a statement related to a new customer / supplier, Odoo " -"will ask you to select the right contact to reconcile the transaction. Odoo " -"learns from that operation and will automatically complete the next payments" -" you get or make to these contacts. This will speed up a lot the " -"reconciliation process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:72 -msgid "" -"Odoo is able to automatically detect if some files or transactions have " -"already been imported. So, you should not worry about avoiding to import two" -" times the same file: Odoo will check everything for you before creating new" -" bank statements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:78 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:65 -msgid ":doc:`ofx`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:79 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:64 -msgid ":doc:`qif`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:80 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:66 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:67 -msgid ":doc:`synchronize`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:67 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:68 -msgid ":doc:`manual`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:21 -msgid "Register bank statements manually" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Genel Bakış" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:8 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can import your bank statements, synchronize with your bank " -"but also register your bank statements manually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:14 -msgid "" -"No special configuration is necessary to register invoices. All you need to " -"do is install the accounting app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:24 -msgid "Create your Bank Statements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:26 -msgid "" -"In the Dashboard, click on the button **New Statement** related to the bank " -"journal. If some reconciliations need to be done, the New Statement link " -"will be found underneath." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Just fill in the fields according the the information written on your bank " -"statement. The reference can be filled in manually or you can leave it " -"empty. We recommend to fill in the partner to ease the reconciliation " -"process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:38 -msgid "" -"The difference between the starting balance and the ending balance should be" -" equal to the computed balance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:44 -msgid "When you are done, click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:47 -msgid "Reconcile your Bank Statements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:49 -msgid "" -"You can choose to directly reconcile the statement by clicking on the button" -" |manual04|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:54 -msgid "" -"You can also start the reconciliation process from the dashboard by clicking" -" on **Reconcile # Items**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to reconcile your bank statement. If the partner is " -"missing, Odoo will ask you to **select a partner**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:68 -msgid "Hit CTRL-Enter to reconcile all the balanced items on the sheets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:71 -msgid "Close Bank Statements from the reconciliation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:73 -msgid "" -"If the balance is correct, you can directly close the statement from the " -"reconciliation by clicking on |manual07|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:78 -msgid "" -"Otherwise, click on |manual08| to open the statement and correct the issue." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:84 -msgid "Close Bank Statements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:86 -msgid "" -"On the accounting dashboard, click on the More button of your bank journal, " -"then click on Bank Statements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:92 -msgid "To close the bank statement, just click on **Validate**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:99 -msgid ":doc:`../reconciliation/use_cases`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:100 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:115 -msgid ":doc:`../feeds/synchronize`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:3 -msgid "Import OFX statement files" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Open Financial Exchange (OFX) is a unified specification for the electronic " -"exchange of financial data between financial institutions, businesses and " -"consumers via the Internet." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:9 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can download an OFX file from your bank or accounting " -"software and import it directly in your Odoo instance. This will create all " -"bank statements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Test now the feature `with this sample OFX file " -"<https://drive.google.com/file/d/0B5BDHVRYo-q5Mmg4T3oxTWszeEk/view>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:20 -msgid "" -"In order to import OFX statements, you need to activate the feature in Odoo." -" In the Accounting application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration" -" --> Settings`. From the accounting settings, check the bank statements " -"option **Import in .OFX Format** and apply." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Once you have installed this feature, you can setup your bank account to " -"allow importing bank statement files. To do this, go to the accounting " -"Dashboard, and click on the **More** button of the bank account. Then, click" -" on **Import Statement** to load your first OFX file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Load your OFX file in the following screen and click **Import** to create " -"all your bank statements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:46 -msgid "Importing OFX files" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:49 -msgid "" -"After having imported your first file, the Odoo accounting dashboard will " -"automatically propose you to import more files for your bank. For the next " -"import, you don't need to go to the **More** menu anymore, you can directly " -"click on the link **Import Statement**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Every time you get a statement related to a new customer / supplier, Odoo " -"will ask you to select the right contact to reconcile the transaction. Odoo " -"learns from that operation and will automatically complete the next payments" -" you get or do to these contacts. This will speed up a lot the " -"reconciliation process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:65 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:66 -msgid ":doc:`coda`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:3 -msgid "How to synchronize your PayPal account with Odoo?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:5 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can synchronize your PayPal account. That way, you don't have" -" to record all your PayPal transaction in your favorite accounting software." -" The synchronization is done every 4 hours, and you can start reconciling " -"PayPal payments in just a click." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:14 -msgid "Install the account_yodlee module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Start by installing the **account_yodlee** module, if it is not already " -"installed. To do that, got the the menu :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Settings` of the accounting application. In the section " -"**Bank & Cash**, set the option **Bank Interface - Sync your bank feeds " -"automatically**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:25 -msgid "Click on the apply button once it's done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:28 -msgid "Setup your PayPal account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:30 -msgid "" -"A PayPal account in Odoo is managed like a bank account. To setup your " -"PayPal account, use the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Bank " -"Accounts`. Create a new bank account and name it **PayPal**. In the bank " -"field, you can set **PayPal**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Once the PayPal account is created, go back to the **Accounting** dashboard " -"and click on the **Synchronize** button. In the dialog, choose **PayPal** as" -" the online institution and click on the configure button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:45 -msgid "Then, you will have to provide your credentials to connect to PayPal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Your Paypal **must be in English** (if it is not the case you must change " -"the langage of your Paypal account) and if you use a Paypal business account" -" you must switch back to the old interface in order for it to work with " -"Online feeds (you can switch from new to old interface in your Paypal " -"account)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:54 -msgid "" -"If you don't do this you will get a message either saying to put Paypal in " -"English or that the site is not supported." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:57 -msgid "" -"If you configured your Paypal account correctly you should get to the next " -"step of the Online feeds configuration. There you will have a screen with a " -"date to fetch transaction from and a list of account to choose. You must " -"choose the **Paypal balance** account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:62 -msgid "" -"Once everything is done, you should see your PayPal transactions right in " -"Odoo and you can start reconciling your payments." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Enjoy a full integration! You don't need to record transaction manually " -"anymore." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:69 -msgid "" -"You only have to provide your credentials the first time. Once done, Odoo " -"will synchronize with PayPal every 4 hours automatically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:3 -msgid "Import QIF statement files" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Quicken Interchange Format (QIF) is an open specification for reading and " -"writing financial data to media (i.e. files). Although still widely used, " -"QIF is an older format than Open Financial Exchange (OFX) and you should use" -" the OFX version if you can export to both file formats." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:10 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can download a QIF file from your bank or accounting software" -" and import it directly in your Odoo instance. This will create all bank " -"statements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Test now the feature `with this sample QIF file " -"<https://drive.google.com/file/d/0B5BDHVRYo-q5X1ZkUWYzWmtCX0E/view>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:21 -msgid "" -"In order to import QIF statements, you need to activate the feature in Odoo." -" In the Accounting application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration" -" --> Settings`. From the accounting settings, check the bank statements " -"option **Import in .QIF Format** and apply." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Once you have installed this feature, you can setup your bank account to " -"allow importing bank statement files. To do this, go to the accounting " -"Dashboard, and click on the **More** button of the bank account. Then, click" -" on **Import Statement** to load your first QIF file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Load your QIF file in the following screen and click **Import** to create " -"all your bank statements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:47 -msgid "Importing QIF files" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:3 -msgid "How to synchronize Odoo with your bank?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo is able to synchronize directly with your bank in order to get all bank" -" statements imported automatically in Odoo every 4 hours. Before moving " -"forward in this tutorial, you should check if your bank is supported. You " -"can find it out from the `Odoo Accounting Features " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/accounting-features>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Search for your bank name in the above page. If your bank appears in the " -"proposition, it means it is supported by Odoo. The countries which are fully" -" supported (meaning more than 95% of the banks) include: United States, " -"Canada, New Zealand, Austria. More than 30 countries are partially " -"supported, including: Colombia, India, France, Spain, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:19 -msgid "In order to connect with the banks, Odoo uses two web-services:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:21 -msgid "Plaid: for the main banks in the U.S." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:23 -msgid "Yodlee: for all other banks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:29 -msgid "Odoo Online Users" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:31 -msgid "" -"If you we support banks of your country, the bank integration feature should" -" already been installed. If it's not installed, you can manually install the" -" module **account_yodlee**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:36 -msgid "Odoo Enterprise Users" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:38 -msgid "" -"If you plan to use a bank interface with your Odoo Enterprise subscription, " -"you don't have to do anything special, just make sure that your database is " -"registered with your Odoo Enterprise contract." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:42 -msgid "" -"you might want to check that you don't have a firewall/proxy blocking the " -"following addresses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:44 -msgid "https://onlinesync.odoo.com/" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:45 -msgid "https://api.plaid.com/" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:49 -msgid "Sync your bank feeds" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:51 -msgid "" -"Once the Plaid or Yodlee interface is installed, you can connect Odoo to " -"your bank. To do that, click on **More** on the bank of your choice from the" -" accounting dashboard. In the menu, click on Settings to configure this bank" -" account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:59 -msgid "" -"In the bank form, from the Bank Account tab, set the bank feeds option to " -"**Bank Synchronization**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Once it's done, go back to your accounting dashboard. You should see a " -"**Online Synchronization** button on your bank card. Click on this button " -"and fill in your bank credentials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Once you filled in your credentials, your bank feeds will be synchronized " -"every 4 hours." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:187 -msgid "Miscellaneous" -msgstr "Muhtelif" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage batch deposits of checks?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When your company's collections group receives checks from customers they " -"will often place this money into their bank account in batches. As this " -"money has been received in a physical form, someone in your company must " -"manually bring the checks to the bank." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:10 -msgid "" -"The bank will ask for a deposit ticket (also referred to as deposit slip) to" -" be filled-in with the details of the checks or cash to be included in the " -"transactions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:14 -msgid "" -"The bank statement will reflect the total amount that was deposited and the " -"reference to the deposit ticket, not the individual checks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Odoo assists you to prepare and print your deposit tickets, and later on " -"reconcile them with your bank statement easily." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:24 -msgid "Install the batch deposit feature" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:26 -msgid "" -"In order to use the batch deposit feature, you need the module **Batch " -"Deposit** to be installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Usually, this module is automatically installed if checks are widely used in" -" your country." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:34 -msgid "" -"To verify that the **Batch Deposit** feature is installed, go to the " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` menu of the accounting " -"application. Check the feature: **Allow batch deposit**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:42 -msgid "Activate the feature on your bank accounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Once you have installed this feature, Odoo automatically activate bank " -"deposits on your main bank accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:47 -msgid "" -"To control which bank account can do batch deposit and which can not, go to " -"the journal that you defined to pay your checks, usually called 'Checks' or " -"'Bank' (see :doc:`../../receivables/customer_payments/check`, in the " -"Accounting apps, :menuselection:`Configuration --> Accounting --> Journals`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:52 -msgid "" -"In **Advanced Settings** tab, in section **Miscellaneous**, set Debit Method" -" to **Batch Deposit**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:58 -msgid "" -"If you check **Batch Deposit** in your debit method field, it means that " -"payments created using this Journal (called Payment method when you want to " -"make or receive a payment) will be applicable for the creation of Batch " -"Deposits afterwards." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:64 -msgid "From checks received to the bank" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:67 -msgid "Receive customer checks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Once your record checks received, record them on the bank account on which " -"you plan to deposit them. Once you select the bank account (or check journal" -" is you configured Odoo that way), Odoo proposes you to use a batch deposit." -" Select this option if you plan to deposit the check to your bank." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:78 -msgid "In the memo field, you can set the reference of the check." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:82 -msgid "" -"payments can be registered from the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Payments`, or directly on the related invoice, using the **Register " -"Payment** button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:86 -msgid "Prepare a batch deposit" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:88 -msgid "" -"From the Accounting application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Batch Deposit`, and create a new **Batch Deposit**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:94 -msgid "" -"Select the bank, then select the payments (checks) you want to add in this " -"deposit. By default, Odoo proposes you all the checks that have not been " -"deposit yet. That way, you can verify that you do not forget or lost a " -"check." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:102 -msgid "" -"You can then print the batch deposit, which will be very useful to prepare " -"the deposit slip that the bank usually requires to complete." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:106 -msgid "Reconciling the Deposit with the Bank Statement" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:108 -msgid "" -"When you process the bank statement reconciliation you will see the deposit " -"ticket number referenced in the statement. When the reconciliation process " -"is run, the user will be able to select the batch deposit that matches with " -"the bank statement line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:116 -msgid "" -"If you select a batch deposit, Odoo will automatically fills all the checks " -"contained in this deposit for the matching. (2 checks were in this batch " -"deposit the example below)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:124 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:113 -msgid "Troubleshooting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:127 -msgid "I don't see the batch deposit link on bank statements?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:129 -msgid "" -"If you don't have a batch deposit link in your bank statement, there could " -"be two reasons:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:132 -msgid "" -"After having installed the batch deposit features, you need to reload the " -"page so that the browser is aware of this new feature. Just click the reload" -" button of your browser." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:136 -msgid "You do not have a batch deposit created for this bank account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:139 -msgid "What happens if a check was refused?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:141 -msgid "" -"If you have a smaller amount in your bank statement than the actual amount " -"in your batch deposit, it probably means that one of your check has been " -"refused." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:145 -msgid "" -"In this case, click on the line related to this check to remove it from the " -"bank statement matching." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:3 -msgid "How to do a bank wire transfer from one bank to another?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A company might have several bank accounts or cash registers. Within odoo it" -" is possible to handle internal transfers of money with only a couple of " -"clicks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:9 -msgid "" -"We will take the following example to illustrate. My company has two bank " -"accounts and I want to transfer 50.000 euros from one of our bank accounts " -"to the another one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:17 -msgid "Check your Chart of Accounts and default transfer account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:19 -msgid "" -"To handle internal transfers you need a transfer account in your charts of " -"account. Odoo will generate an account automatically based on the country of" -" your chart of account. To parameter your chart of account and check the " -"default transfer account go into your the accounting module, select " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Your chart of accounts will be pre-installed depending on the country " -"specified during your registration, it cannot be changed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:31 -msgid "" -"The default transfer account will automatically be generated as well " -"depending on your country's legislation. If necessary it can be modified " -"from the same page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:39 -msgid "Create a second bank account / Journal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Before we can register an internal transfer we need to add a new bank to our" -" accounting dashboard. To do so enter the accounting module, click on " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Bank Accounts`. Create a new bank account." -" You should fill in the **Account Number**. You can also create and edit " -"your bank to specify your bank's details." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:50 -msgid "By saving the changes you now have 2 bank accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:56 -msgid "Register an internal transfer from one bank to another." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:58 -msgid "" -"We will now transfer 50.000 euros from our **Bank** to our **Bank BE57 0633 " -"9533 1498** account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:62 -msgid "Log an internal transfer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The first step is to register the internal paiement. To do so, go into your " -"accounting dashboard. click on the **more** button of one of your banks and " -"select :menuselection:`New --> Internal transfer`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Create a new payment. The payment type will automatically be set to internal" -" transfer. Select the **Bank** you want to transfer to, specify the " -"**Amount** and add a **Memo** if you wish." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:76 -msgid "" -"The memo is important if you wish to automatically reconcile (`see " -"<Reconcile_>`_)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:81 -msgid "Save and confirm the changes to register the payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:83 -msgid "" -"In terms of accounting the money is now booked in the transfer account. " -"We'll need to import bank statements to book the money in the final " -"accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:90 -msgid "Import bank statements and reconcile" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Note that the bank balance computed by Odoo is different that the last " -"statement of your bank." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:98 -msgid "" -"That is because we did not import the bank statement confirming the " -"departure and arrival of the money. It's thus necessary to import your bank " -"statement and reconcile the payment with the correct bank statement line. " -"Once you receive your bank statements click the **new statement** button of " -"the corresponding bank to import them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:107 -msgid "" -"Fill in your **Transactions line**. Once done, Odoo will display a " -"**Computed Balance**. that computed balance is the theorical end balance of " -"your bank account. If it's corresponding to the bank statement, it means " -"that no errors were made. Fill in the **Ending balance** and click on the " -"**Reconcile** button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:115 -msgid "The following window will open:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:120 -msgid "" -"You need to choose counterparts for the paiement. Select the correct bank " -"statement line corresponding to the paiement and click on the **reconcile** " -"button. Close the statement to finish the transaction" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:127 -msgid "" -"The same steps will need to be repeated once you receive your second bank " -"statement. Note that if you specify the correct amount, and the same memo in" -" both bank statement and payment transaction then the reconciliation will " -"happen automatically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:153 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:177 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:19 -msgid "Bank Reconciliation" -msgstr "Banka Uzlaştırma" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:3 -msgid "Configure model of entries" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In Odoo you have the possibility to pre-fill some accounting entries in " -"order to easily reconcile recurrent entries such as bank fees." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:11 -msgid "" -"We will take the following example to illustrate the concept : Every month " -"my company receives a bank fee cost, which depends of our bank account " -"current balance. This fee is thus variable." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:16 -msgid "Create Reconciliation Models" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:18 -msgid "" -"First, we need to configure two model reconciliation entries. To do so, go " -"to the accounting application dashboard. On your bank journal, click on " -":menuselection:`More --> Reconciliation Models`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:25 -msgid "" -"We want to be able to book our bank fees easily. Our bank deducts fees " -"depending on our balance, meaning that it can vary every month." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:28 -msgid "" -"We create a button Label called Bank fees, select the correct account to " -"book those fees. Moreover we also need to specify that the amount type is " -"\"Percentage of balance\" with an Amount of 100%. This parameter will tell " -"Odoo to take the entire fee into account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:36 -msgid "Save your changes when you are done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:40 -msgid "" -"If the amount of your bank fee is fixed, you can as well select **Fixed** " -"under amount type and specify the amount in the amount tap." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:45 -msgid "" -"You can also use this functionality to handle discounts. Please refer to " -":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:49 -msgid "Register your payments based on a reconciliation model" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:51 -msgid "" -"Register your payment by importing your bank statements that will be " -"impacted by the payment of the bank fee." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:54 -msgid "" -"When doing the reconciliation, you can select an open balance and click the " -"**Reconciliation Model** button (in this case, **Bank Fees**) to get all the" -" relevant data instantly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:61 -msgid "Finally, click on **Reconcile** to finish the process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:65 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:116 -msgid ":doc:`../feeds/manual`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:66 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:114 -msgid ":doc:`../feeds/ofx`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:67 -msgid ":doc:`use_cases`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:3 -msgid "Use cases in the bank reconciliation process?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Linking your bank statements with your accounting can be a lot of work. You " -"need to find invoices back, relate payments and that amount of " -"administration can cast a lot of time. Luckily, with Odoo you can very " -"easily link your invoices or any other payment with your bank statements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:14 -msgid "Two reconciliation processes exist in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:16 -msgid "We can directly register a payment on the invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:17 -msgid "We can reconcile open invoices with bank statements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:22 -msgid "" -"No special configuration is necessary to register invoices. All we need to " -"do is install the accounting app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:29 -msgid "User cases" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:32 -msgid "Case 1: Payments registration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:34 -msgid "" -"We received the payment proof for our invoice of 2100 euros issued to Smith " -"& Co." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:37 -msgid "" -"We start at our issued Invoice of 2100 euros for Smith & Co. Because the " -"sold product is a service we demand an immediate payment. Our accountant " -"only handles the bank statements at the end of week, so we have to mark the " -"invoice as paid so we can remember we can start the service with our " -"customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Our customer send us a payment confirmation. We can thus register a payment " -"and mark the invoice as paid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:49 -msgid "" -"By clicking on **register payment,** we are telling Odoo that our customer " -"paid the Invoice. We thus have to specify the amount and the payment method" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:56 -msgid "" -"We can always find the payment back from the Invoice by clicking on the " -":menuselection:`Info --> Open Payment`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:62 -msgid "" -"The invoice has been paid and **the reconciliation has been done " -"automatically.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:66 -msgid "Case 2: Bank statements reconciliations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:68 -msgid "" -"We start at our issued Invoice of 3000 euros for Smith & Co. Let's also " -"assume that other Invoices are open for different customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:74 -msgid "" -"We receive our bank statement and not only the invoice of Smith & Co has " -"been paid, the one of Buzz of 92 euros as well." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:77 -msgid "" -"**Import** or **Create** the bank statements. Please refer to the documents " -"from the Bank Feeds section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:83 -msgid "On the dashboard, click on **Reconcile # Items**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:88 -msgid "" -"If everything was right (correct partner name, right amount) odoo will do " -"the reconciliations **automatically**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:94 -msgid "If some issues are found, you will need to take **manual actions**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:96 -msgid "" -"For example, if the partner is missing from your bank statement, just fill " -"it in :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:102 -msgid "" -"If the payment is done with a down payment, just check if it is all right " -"and validate all related payments :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:110 -msgid "Hit CTRL-Enter to reconcile all the balanced items in the sheet." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup.rst:3 -msgid "Setup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:3 -msgid "How to setup a new bank account?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, you can manage multiple bank accounts. In this page, you will be " -"guided in the creation, modification or deletion of a bank or a credit card " -"account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:10 -msgid "Edit a bank account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To ease the process, a bank account is already there. We suggest you to edit" -" it first before filling your own bank information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Bank Accounts` and " -"click on the **Bank** item. Edit it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Odoo will detect the bank account type (e.g. IBAN) to allow some payment " -"method like SEPA" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:28 -msgid "Create a bank account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Bank Accounts`. Click" -" on **create** and fill in the form. You can decide to show the bank account" -" number in you intend to send documents like sales orders or invoices. " -"Select the payments methods you support with this bank account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:41 -msgid "" -"If you are working in a multi-company environnement, you'll have to switch " -"the company on your user preferences in order to add, edit or delete bank " -"accounts from another company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:49 -msgid "View *Bank Account* in our Online Demonstration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:60 -msgid "" -"The initial balance of a bank statement will be set to the closing balance " -"of the previous one within the same journal automatically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:63 -msgid "Delete a bank account or credit card account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:65 -msgid "" -"From the list of bank accounts, select items to delete and delete them from " -"the action menu or go to the form and delete a single item from the action " -"menu" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage a bank in a foreign currency?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, every transaction is recorded in the default currency of the " -"company. Reports are all based on the currency of the company. But for " -"transactions occurring in another currency, Odoo stores both the value in " -"the currency of the company and the value in the currency of the " -"transaction." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:11 -msgid "" -"When you have a bank account in a foreign currencies, for every transaction," -" Odoo stores two values:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:14 -msgid "The debit/credit in the currency of the company" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:16 -msgid "The debit/credit in the currency of the bank account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Currency rates are updated automatically using yahoo.com, or the European " -"Central bank web-services." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:25 -msgid "Activate the multi-currency feature" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:27 -msgid "" -"In order to allow your company to work with multiple currencies, you should " -"activate the multi-currency mode. In the accounting application, go into " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings --> Accounting & Finance " -"Features` make sure the **Allow Multi-currencies** box is ticked. Provide a " -"**Currency Exchange Gain / Loss** account, then click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:34 -msgid "Configure currencies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Once the Odoo is configured to support multiple currencies, you should " -"activate the currencies you plan to work with. To do that, go the menu " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Currencies`. All the currencies are " -"created by default, but you should activate the ones you plan to support. " -"(to activate a currency, check his active field)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:42 -msgid "" -"After having activated the currencies, you can configure the parameters to " -"automate the currency rate update. These options are also in the settings of" -" the Accounting application, in the bottom of the page:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:49 -msgid "Click on the **Update Now** link to update the currency rates now." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:52 -msgid "Create a new bank account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:54 -msgid "" -"In the accounting application, we first go to :menuselection:`Configuration " -"--> Accounting / Bank account`, and we create a new one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Once you save this bank account, Odoo will create all the documents for you:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:63 -msgid "An account in the trial balance" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:65 -msgid "A journal in your dashboard" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Information about the bank account in the footer of your invoices if checked" -" the box **Show in Invoices Footer**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:71 -msgid "Example: A vendor bill in a foreign currency" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Based on the above example, let's assume we receive the following bill from " -"a supplier in China." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:76 -msgid "" -"In the :menuselection:`Purchase --> Vendor Bills` , this is what you could " -"see:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:81 -msgid "" -"Once you are ready to pay this bill, click on register payment on the bill " -"to record a payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:87 -msgid "" -"That's all you have to do. Odoo will automatically post the foreign exchange" -" gain or loss at the reconciliation of the payment with the invoice, " -"depending if the currency rate increased or decreased between the invoice " -"and the payment date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Note that you can pay a foreign bill with another currency. In such a case, " -"Odoo will automatically convert between the two currencies." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:96 -msgid "Customers Statements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:98 -msgid "" -"Customers and vendor statements are managed in the currency of the invoice. " -"So, the amount due by your customer (to your vendor) is always expressed in " -"the currency of the invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:102 -msgid "" -"If you have several invoices with different currencies for the same " -"customer, Odoo will split the customer statement by currency, as shown in " -"the report below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:109 -msgid "" -"In the above report, the account receivable associated to Camptocamp is not " -"managed in a secondary currency, which means that it keeps every transaction" -" in his own currency. If you prefer, you can set the account receivable of " -"this customer with a secondary currency and all his debts will automatically" -" be converted in this currency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:115 -msgid "" -"In such a case, the customer statement always has only one currency. In " -"general, this is not what the customer expect as he prefers to see the " -"amounts in the currency of the invoices he received;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage a cash register?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The cash register is a journal to register receivings and payments " -"transactions. It calculates the total money in and out, computing the total " -"balance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Configure the Cash journal in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " -"--> Journals`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:17 -msgid "" -"In the tab Journal Entries, the Default Debit and Credit Account can be " -"configured as well as the currency of the journal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Type" -msgstr "Türü" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Select 'Sale' for customer invoices journals." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Select 'Purchase' for vendor bills journals." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Select 'Cash' or 'Bank' for journals that are used in customer or vendor " -"payments." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Select 'General' for miscellaneous operations journals." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Company" -msgstr "Firma" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Company related to this journal" -msgstr "Bu yevmiyeyle ilişkili firma" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Short Code" -msgstr "Kısa Kod" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "The journal entries of this journal will be named using this prefix." -msgstr "" -"Bu yevmiyenin kayıt girişleri bu önek kullanılarak isimlendirilecektir." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Dedicated Refund Sequence" -msgstr "Atanmış İade Sırası" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Check this box if you don't want to share the same sequence for invoices and" -" refunds made from this journal" -msgstr "" -"Bu yevmiyeden gelen fatura ve iadeler için aynı sıralamayı paylaşmak " -"istemiyorsanız bu kutuyu işaretleyin" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Entry Sequence" -msgstr "Kayıt Sırası" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"This field contains the information related to the numbering of the journal " -"entries of this journal." -msgstr "" -"Bu alan, bu yevmiyeye ait yevmiye giriş numaralarının verilmesiyle ilgili " -"bilgi içerir." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Refund Entry Sequence" -msgstr "İade Giriş Srradüzeni" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"This field contains the information related to the numbering of the refund " -"entries of this journal." -msgstr "" -"Bu alan, bu yevmiyeye ait yevmiye girişleri numaralarının verilmesiyle " -"ilgili bilgi içerir." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Default Debit Account" -msgstr "Varsayılan Borç Hesabı" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "It acts as a default account for debit amount" -msgstr "Borç tutarı için varsayılan hesap olarak davranır" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Default Credit Account" -msgstr "Varsayılan Alacak Hesabı" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "It acts as a default account for credit amount" -msgstr "Alacak tutarı için varsayılan hesap olarak davranır" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Currency" -msgstr "Para Birimi" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "The currency used to enter statement" -msgstr "Hesap özetine girilecek para birimi" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Debit Methods" -msgstr "Borç Metodu" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Means of payment for collecting money. Odoo modules offer various payments " -"handling facilities, but you can always use the 'Manual' payment method in " -"order to manage payments outside of the software." -msgstr "" -"Para alma için ödeme araçları. Odoo modülleri çeşitli ödemeleri işleme " -"olanakları sunar, ancak ödemeleri yazılımın dışında yönetmek için daima " -"'Manuel' ödeme yöntemini kullanabilirsiniz." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Payment Methods" -msgstr "Ödeme Yöntemleri" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Means of payment for sending money. Odoo modules offer various payments " -"handling facilities, but you can always use the 'Manual' payment method in " -"order to manage payments outside of the software." -msgstr "" -"Para göndermek için ödeme yöntemleri. Odoo modülleri çeşitli ödemeleri " -"işleme olanakları sunar, ancak ödemeleri yazılımın dışında yönetmek için " -"daima 'Manuel' ödeme yöntemini kullanabilirsiniz." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Group Invoice Lines" -msgstr "Fatura Kalemlerini Grupla" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"If this box is checked, the system will try to group the accounting lines " -"when generating them from invoices." -msgstr "" -"Bu kutu işaretlenirse, faturalardan muhasebe kalemleri oluşturulurken onları" -" gruplandırmaya çalışacaktır." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Profit Account" -msgstr "Kar Hesabı" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Used to register a profit when the ending balance of a cash register differs" -" from what the system computes" -msgstr "" -"Kasa biten bakiyesi sistemin hesapladığı değerden farklı olduğunda kar " -"kaydetmek için kullanılır" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Loss Account" -msgstr "Zarar Hesabı" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Used to register a loss when the ending balance of a cash register differs " -"from what the system computes" -msgstr "" -"Kasa biten bakiyesi sistemin hesapladığı değerden farklı olduğunda zarar " -"kaydetmek için kullanılır" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Show journal on dashboard" -msgstr "Gösterge Panosunda Yevmiyeyi göster" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Whether this journal should be displayed on the dashboard or not" -msgstr "Bu yevmiyenin gösterge tablosunda gösterilip gösterilmemesi" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Check Printing Payment Method Selected" -msgstr "Çek Yazdırma Ödeme Metodu Seçildi" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Technical feature used to know whether check printing was enabled as payment" -" method." -msgstr "" -"Ödeme metodu olarak çek baskı işleminin etkin olup olmadığını bilmek için " -"kullanılan teknik özellik." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Check Sequence" -msgstr "Çek Sırano" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Checks numbering sequence." -msgstr "Çek Sıralama numarası" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Manual Numbering" -msgstr "Elle Numaralandırma" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Check this option if your pre-printed checks are not numbered." -msgstr "" -"Numara verilmeden önce çekleri ön çıktı olarak izlemek isterseniz bunu seçin" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Next Check Number" -msgstr "Sonraki Çek No" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Sequence number of the next printed check." -msgstr "Bir sonraki basılan kontrolün sıra numarası." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Active in Point of Sale" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Check this box if this journal define a payment method that can be used in a" -" point of sale." -msgstr "" -"Bu yevmiye satış noktasında ödeme yöntemi olarak kullanılacaksa bu kutuyu " -"işaretleyiniz." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Amount Authorized Difference" -msgstr "İzin Verilen Fark Tutarı" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"This field depicts the maximum difference allowed between the ending balance" -" and the theoretical cash when closing a session, for non-POS managers. If " -"this maximum is reached, the user will have an error message at the closing " -"of his session saying that he needs to contact his manager." -msgstr "" -"Bu alan oturum kapatılırken satış noktası yöneticisi olmayanlar için bitiş " -"bakiyesi ile teorik nakit arasında izin verilen en fazla farktır. Eğer bu " -"değer aşılırsa kullanıcı oturumu kapatırken yöneticisiyle iletişime geçmesi " -"gerektiğini söyleyen bir hata mesajı alacaktır." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:25 -msgid "Usage" -msgstr "Kullanımı" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:28 -msgid "How to register cash payments?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:30 -msgid "" -"To register a cash payment specific to another customer, you should follow " -"these steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Dashboard --> Cash --> Register " -"Transactions`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:36 -msgid "Fill in the start and ending balance" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Register the transactions, specifying the customers linked to the " -"transaction" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:41 -msgid "Put money in" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Put money in is used to placed your cash manually before starting your " -"transactions. From the Register Transactions window, go to " -":menuselection:`More --> Put money in`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:51 -msgid "Take money out" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Take money out is used to collect/get yor your cash manually after ending " -"all your transactions. From the Register Transaction windows, go to " -":menuselection:`More --> Take money out`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:60 -msgid "" -"The transactions will be added to the current cash payment registration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:108 -msgid "Others" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser.rst:3 -msgid "Adviser" -msgstr "Müşavir" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:3 -msgid "Manage your fixed assets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The \"Assets\" module allows you to keep track of your fixed assets like " -"machinery, land and building. The module allows you to generate monthly " -"depreciation entries automatically, get depreciation board, sell or dispose " -"assets and perform reports on your company assets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:10 -msgid "" -"As an example, you may buy a car for $36,000 (gross value) and you plan to " -"amortize it over 36 months (3 years). Every months (periodicity), Odoo will " -"create a depreciation entry automatically reducing your assets value by " -"$1,000 and passing $1,000 as an expense. After 3 years, this assets accounts" -" for $0 (salvage value) in your balance sheet." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:16 -msgid "" -"The different types of assets are grouped into \"Assets Types\" that " -"describe how to deprecate an asset. Here are two examples of assets types:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:20 -msgid "Building: 10 years, yearly linear depreciation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:21 -msgid "Car: 5 years, monthly linear depreciation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:27 -msgid "Install the Asset module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:29 -msgid "Start by *installing the Asset module.*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Once the module is installed, you should see two new menus in the accounting" -" application:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:34 -msgid ":menuselection:`Adviser --> Assets`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:35 -msgid ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Asset Types`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Before registering your first asset, you must :ref:`define your Asset Types " -"<accounting/adviser/assets_management/defining>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:43 -msgid "Defining Asset Types" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Asset type are used to configure all information about an assets: asset and " -"deprecation accounts, amortization method, etc. That way, advisers can " -"configure asset types and users can further record assets without having to " -"provide any complex accounting information. They just need to provide an " -"asset type on the supplier bill." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:51 -msgid "" -"You should create asset types for every group of assets you frequently buy " -"like \"Cars: 5 years\", \"Computer Hardware: 3 years\". For all other " -"assets, you can create generic asset types. Name them according to the " -"duration of the asset like \"36 Months\", \"10 Years\", ..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:56 -msgid "" -"To define asset types, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Asset Types`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:63 -msgid "Create assets manually" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:65 -msgid "" -"To register an asset manually, go to the menu :menuselection:`Adviser --> " -"Assets`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Once your asset is created, don't forget to Confirm it. You can also click " -"on the Compute Depreciation button to check the depreciation board before " -"confirming the asset." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:77 -msgid "" -"if you create asset manually, you still need to create the supplier bill for" -" this asset. The asset document will only produce the depreciation journal " -"entries, not those related to the supplier bill." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:82 -msgid "Explanation of the fields:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Status" -msgstr "Durumu" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "When an asset is created, the status is 'Draft'." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "" -"If the asset is confirmed, the status goes in 'Running' and the depreciation" -" lines can be posted in the accounting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "" -"You can manually close an asset when the depreciation is over. If the last " -"line of depreciation is posted, the asset automatically goes in that status." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Category" -msgstr "Kategori" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Category of asset" -msgstr "Demirbaş Kategorisi" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Date" -msgstr "Tarih" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Date of asset" -msgstr "Varlık Tarihi" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Gross Value" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Gross value of asset" -msgstr "Demirbaşın brüt değeri" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Salvage Value" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "It is the amount you plan to have that you cannot depreciate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Computation Method" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Choose the method to use to compute the amount of depreciation lines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "" -"* Linear: Calculated on basis of: Gross Value / Number of Depreciations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "" -"* Degressive: Calculated on basis of: Residual Value * Degressive Factor" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Time Method Based On" -msgstr "Zaman Metodu" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Choose the method to use to compute the dates and number of depreciation " -"lines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "" -"* Number of Depreciations: Fix the number of depreciation lines and the time" -" between 2 depreciations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "" -"* Ending Date: Choose the time between 2 depreciations and the date the " -"depreciations won't go beyond." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Prorata Temporis" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Indicates that the first depreciation entry for this asset have to be done " -"from the purchase date instead of the first January / Start date of fiscal " -"year" -msgstr "" -"Bu demirbaş için ilk amortisman kaydının ilk Ocak ayı yerine alış tarihinden" -" yapılacağını belirtir." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Number of Depreciations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "The number of depreciations needed to depreciate your asset" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Number of Months in a Period" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "The amount of time between two depreciations, in months" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:88 -msgid "Try creating an *Asset* in our online demonstration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:91 -msgid "Create assets automatically from a supplier bill" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:93 -msgid "" -"Assets can be automatically created from supplier bills. All you need to do " -"is to set an asset category on your bill line. When the user will validate " -"the bill, an asset will be automatically created, using the information of " -"the supplier bill." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:100 -msgid "" -"Depending on the information on the asset category, the asset will be " -"created in draft or directly validated\\ *.* It's easier to confirm assets " -"directly so that you won't forget to confirm it afterwards. (check the field" -" *Skip Draft State* on *Asset Category)* Generate assets in draft only when " -"you want your adviser to control all the assets before posting them to your " -"accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:107 -msgid "" -"if you put the asset on the product, the asset category will automatically " -"be filled in the supplier bill." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:111 -msgid "How to deprecate an asset?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Odoo will create depreciation journal entries automatically at the right " -"date for every confirmed asset. (not the draft ones). You can control in the" -" depreciation board: a green bullet point means that the journal entry has " -"been created for this line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:118 -msgid "" -"But you can also post journal entries before the expected date by clicking " -"on the green bullet and forcing the creation of related depreciation entry." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:125 -msgid "" -"In the Depreciation board, click on the red bullet to post the journal " -"entry. Click on the :guilabel:`Items` button on the top to see the journal " -"entries which are already posted." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:130 -msgid "How to modify an existing asset?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:132 -msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Modify Depreciation`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:133 -msgid "Change the number of depreciation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:135 -msgid "Odoo will automatically recompute a new depreciation board." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:138 -msgid "How to record the sale or disposal of an asset?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:140 -msgid "" -"If you sell or dispose an asset, you need to deprecate completly this asset." -" Click on the button :guilabel:`Sell or Dispose`. This action will post the " -"full costs of this assets but it will not record the sales transaction that " -"should be registered through a customer invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage a financial budget?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Managing budgets is an essential part of running a business. It allows you " -"to measure your actual financial performance against the planned one. Odoo " -"manages its budgets using both General and Analytic Accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:12 -msgid "" -"We will use the following example to illustrate. We just started a project " -"with Smith&Co and we would like to budget the incomes and expenses of that " -"project. We plan to have a revenue of 1000 and we don't want to spend more " -"than 700." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:20 -msgid "" -"First we need to install the relevant apps to use budgeting. The main module" -" is the accounting app. Go in the app module and install the **Accounting " -"and Finance** app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Further configuration is as well necessary. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting" -" module --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable the **Budget management**" -" feature" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:34 -msgid "" -"If we want to be precise and point specific invoices and vendors bills to " -"our budget, you should enable the Analytic accounting as well. If we don't " -"we will only be able to budget the total amount of general accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:40 -msgid "Budgetary Positions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Budgetary positions are the general accounts for which you want to keep " -"budgets (typically expense or income accounts). They need to be defined so " -"Odoo can know it which accounts he needs to go get the budget information. " -"Some might be already installed with your chart of accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:48 -msgid "" -"To define the positions enter the :menuselection:`Accounting module --> " -"Configuration --> Budgetary Positions`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:51 -msgid "" -"For our example we need to define what accounts relates to our project's " -"expenses. Create a position and add items to select the accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:57 -msgid "" -"In this case we select the three relevant accounts used wherein we will book" -" our expenses." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:63 -msgid "Click on *Select*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:68 -msgid "Save the changes to confirm your Budgetary position." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Repeat this steps to create a revenue budgetary position. Only in this case " -"select the relevant income accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:74 -msgid "Analytical account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:76 -msgid "" -"If you wish to point specific invoices or vendor bills to your budget you " -"need to use analytical accounting. Odoo needs to know which costs or " -"expenses are relevant to a specified budget. To do so we need to link our " -"invoices and expenses to a defined analytical account. Create an analytical " -"account by entering the Accounting module and clicking " -":menuselection:`Advisers --> Analytic Accounts --> Open Charts`. Create a " -"new Account called Smith&Co project and select the related partner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:88 -msgid "Set a budget" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:90 -msgid "" -"Let's now set our targets for our budget. We specified that we expect to " -"gain 1000 with this project and we would like not to spend more than 700." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:94 -msgid "" -"To set those targets, enter the accounting app, select " -":menuselection:`Advisers --> Budgets` and create a new Budget." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:97 -msgid "" -"We have to give a name to the budget. In this case we'll call it \"Smith " -"Project\". Select the period wherein the budget will be applicable. Next add" -" an item to specify your targets in the Budget Line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:104 -msgid "" -"Select the Budgetary Position related to the Budget Line. In other words, " -"select the position that points to the accounts you want to budget. In this " -"case we will start with our 700 maximum charge target. Select the \"Cost\" " -"Budgetary Position and specify the Planned Amount. As we are recording a " -"cost, we need to specify a **negative amount**. Finally, select the " -"corresponding analytic account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:114 -msgid "" -"Click on **Save & new** to input the revenue budget. The Budgetary Position " -"is Revenue and the Planned Amount is 1000. Save and close" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:117 -msgid "You'll need to **Confirm** and **Approve** the budget." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:120 -msgid "Check your budget" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:122 -msgid "" -"You can check your budget at any time. To see the evolution, let's book some" -" Invoices and Vendors Bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:127 -msgid "" -"if you use analytical accounts remember that you need to specify the account" -" in the invoice and / or purchase line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:131 -msgid "for more information about booking invoices and purchase orders see:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:133 -msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/overview`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:134 -msgid ":doc:`../../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:136 -msgid "Go back in the budget list and find the Smith Project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:138 -msgid "" -"Via the analytical account, Odoo can account the invoice lines and purchase " -"lines booked in the accounts and will display them in the **Practical " -"Amount** column." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:147 -msgid "" -"The theoretical amount represents the amount of money you theoretically " -"could have spend / should have received in function of the date. When your " -"budget is 1200 for 12 months (january to december), and today is 31 of " -"january, the theoretical amount will be 1000, since this is the actual " -"amount that could have been realised." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:3 -msgid "How to do a year end in Odoo? (close a fiscal year)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Before going ahead with closing a fiscal year, there are a few steps one " -"should typically take to ensure that your accounting is correct, up to date," -" and accurate:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Make sure you have fully reconciled your **bank account(s)** up to year end " -"and confirm that your ending book balances agree with your bank statement " -"balances." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:13 -msgid "Verify that all **customer invoices** have been entered and approved." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:15 -msgid "Confirm that you have entered and agreed all **vendor bills**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:17 -msgid "Validate all **expenses**, ensuring their accuracy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Corroborate that all **received payments** have been entered and recorded " -"accurately." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:23 -msgid "Year-end checklist" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:25 -msgid "Run a **Tax report**, and verify that your tax information is correct." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:27 -msgid "Reconcile all accounts on your **Balance Sheet**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Agree your bank balances in Odoo against your actual bank balances on your " -"statements. Utilize the **Bank Reconciliation** report to assist with this." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Reconcile all transactions in your cash and bank accounts by running your " -"**Aged Receivables** and **Aged Payables** reports." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Audit your accounts, being sure to fully understand the transactions " -"affecting them and the nature of the transactions, making sure to include " -"loans and fixed assets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Run the optional **Payments Matching** feature, under the **More** dropdown " -"on the dashboard, validating any open **Vendor Bills** and **Customer " -"Invoices** with their payments. This step is optional, however it may assist" -" the year-end process if all outstanding payments and invoices are " -"reconciled, and could lead finding errors or mistakes in the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Your accountant/bookkeeper will likely verify your balance sheet items and " -"book entries for:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Year-end manual adjustments, using the **Adviser Journal Entries** menu (For" -" example, the **Current Year Earnings** and **Retained Earnings** reports)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:54 -msgid "**Work in Progress**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:56 -msgid "**Depreciation Journal Entries**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:58 -msgid "**Loans**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:60 -msgid "**Tax adjustments**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:62 -msgid "" -"If your accountant/bookkeeper is going through end of the year auditing, " -"they may want to have paper copies of all balance sheet items (such as " -"loans, bank accounts, prepayments, sales tax statements, etc...) to agree " -"these against your Odoo balances." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:67 -msgid "" -"During this process, it is good practice to set the **Lock date for Non-" -"Advisers** to the last day of the preceding financial year, which is set " -"under the accounting configuration. This way, the accountant can be " -"confident that nobody is changing the previous year transactions while " -"auditing the books." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:77 -msgid "Closing the fiscal year" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:79 -msgid "" -"In Odoo there is no need to do a specific year end closing entry in order to" -" close out income statement accounts. The reports are created in real-time, " -"meaning that the **Income statement** corresponds directly with the year-end" -" date you specify in Odoo. Therefore, any time you generate the **Income " -"Statement**, the beginning date will correspond with the beginning of the " -"**Fiscal Year** and the account balances will all be 0." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:86 -msgid "" -"Once the accountant/bookkeeper has created the journal entry to allocate the" -" **Current Year Earnings**, you should set the **Lock Date** to the last day" -" of the fiscal year. Making sure that before doing so, you confirm whether " -"or not the current year earnings in the **Balance Sheet** is correctly " -"reporting a 0 balance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic.rst:3 -msgid "Analytic" -msgstr "Analitik" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:3 -msgid "How to track costs of purchases, expenses, subcontracting?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Thanks to analytical accounting we can track costs of purchases, expenses " -"and subcontracting in the accounting module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:11 -msgid "" -"We'll take the following example. We sold a consulting package for a " -"customer. The package is all inclusive meaning no extra cost can be added. " -"We would however like to follow which cost were attached to this transaction" -" as we need to pay for purchases, expenses, and subcontracting costs related" -" to the project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:20 -msgid "" -"The following modules needs to be installed to track cost. Enter the app " -"module and install the following apps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Please note that the applications provided by these apps only allows us to " -"**track** the costs. We won't be able to automatically re invoice those " -"costs to our customers. To track and **re invoice costs** you should install" -" the Sales management app as well." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:37 -msgid "Enable Analytical accounting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Next step is to activate the analytical accounting. In the accounting app, " -"select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and thick the Analytic " -"accounting box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Moreover, scroll down and tick the **Analytic accounting for purchases** " -"box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:52 -msgid "Don't forget to save your changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:55 -msgid "Create an Analytical account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:57 -msgid "" -"First of all you should create an Analytical account on which you can point " -"all your expenses. Enter the accounting app, select " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Analytic Accounts`. Create a new one. In " -"this case we will call it \"consulting pack\" for our customer Smith&Co." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:65 -msgid "We will point all our costs to this account to keep track of them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:68 -msgid "Record an expense" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:70 -msgid "" -"We start by booking an expense. Our IT technician had to take a train to go " -"see our customer. He paid for his ticket himself." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:75 -msgid "Create an expense product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:77 -msgid "" -"We first need to create an expense product. Enter the **Expense** module, " -"Click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Expense Products`. Create a new " -"product called Train ticket and set the cost price to 15.50 euros. Make sure" -" the **Can be expensed** box is ticked." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:86 -msgid "Book the expense" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:88 -msgid "" -"Enter the Expense module, click on :menuselection:`My expenses --> Create`. " -"Select the Train ticket product and link it to the analytical account " -"discussed above." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:95 -msgid "" -"Submit to manager and wait for the manager to approve and post the journal " -"entries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:99 -msgid "Create a Purchase Order linked to the analytical account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:102 -msgid "Purchase Product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:104 -msgid "" -"We also need to buy a software for our customers. In the purchase app create" -" a purchase order for the software product. (please refer to the following " -"document: :doc:`../../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice`). " -"Within the line we can link the product's cost with the analytical account. " -"Specify the order line and select the correct analytical account. Confirm " -"the sale." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:114 -msgid "" -"Accept the delivery and enter the invoice. Once the invoice is entered the " -"cost price (**Vendor Price** field) will be booked in the analytical " -"account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:118 -msgid "Subcontracting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:120 -msgid "" -"The purchase module can be used in the same way as seen previously to handle" -" subcontracting. if we purchase a service from another company we can re " -"invoice this cost by linking the purchase order line to the correct " -"analytical account. We simply need to create the correct vendors product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:128 -msgid "You can also track cost with timesheets, see: :doc:`timesheets`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:131 -msgid "Track costs in accounting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:133 -msgid "" -"Now that everything is booked and points to the analytical account. Simply " -"open it to check the costs related to that account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:136 -msgid "" -"Enter the accounting module, click on :menuselection:`Advisers --> Analytic " -"Accounts --> Open Charts`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:139 -msgid "" -"Select \"consulting pack - Smith\" and click on the cost and revenue button " -"to have an overview of all cost linked to the account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:147 -msgid "" -"If you would like to have the revenue as well you should invoice the " -"Consulting Pack in the Invoice menu and link the invoice line to this same " -"analytical account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:3 -msgid "How to track costs of human resources with timesheets?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Human resource of course has a cost. It is interesting to see how much a " -"particular contract costs the company in term of human power in relation to " -"the invoiced amounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:9 -msgid "" -"We will take the following example: Our two employees **Harry Potter** and " -"**Cedric Digory** both work on a **Consultancy pack** for our customer " -"**Smith&Co**. Harry is paid 18€ p.h. and Cedric's salary is 12€ p.h. We " -"would like to track their timesheet costs within the accounting app, and " -"compare them with the revenue of the consultancy service." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:18 -msgid "" -"First, install the three applications necessary to use this functionality, " -"namely **Accounting**, **Sales** and **Timesheet**. Enter the apps module " -"name and install them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Next you will need to enable analytical accounting. To do so enter the " -"**Accounting app**. Select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and " -"tick the **Analytic accounting** option (see picture below)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:38 -msgid "Apply your changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:41 -msgid "Create an employee" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:43 -msgid "" -"In order to check the revenue of an employee you need to have one. To create" -" an employee enter the **Employee** app. Select **Employees** and create a " -"new employee, fill in the name and the basic information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:47 -msgid "" -"On the employee sheet enter the **HR settings** tab. Here you are able to " -"specify the **Timesheet Cost** of your employee. In this case Harry has a " -"cost of 18 euros / hours. We will thus fill in 18 in this field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:55 -msgid "" -"If you want the employee to be able to enter timesheets he needs to be " -"related to a User." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Repeat the operation to create the Cedric Digory employee. Don't forget to " -"specify its related user and **Timesheet Costs**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:62 -msgid "Issue a Sales Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:64 -msgid "" -"We created two employees called Harry Potter and Cedric Diggory in the " -"**Employee** app. Both of them will work on a consultancy contract for our " -"customer Smith&Co where they will point their hours on a timesheet." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:68 -msgid "" -"We thus need to create a **sales order** with a **service** product invoiced" -" **based on time and material** and tracked by timesheets with **hours** as " -"unit of measures." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:75 -msgid "" -"For more information on how to create a sales order based on time and " -"material please see: *How to invoice based on time and material* (Work in " -"Progress)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:82 -msgid "" -"We save a Sales Order with the service product **External Consulting**. An " -"analytical account will automatically be generated once the **Sales Order** " -"is confirmed. Our employees will have to point to that account (in this case" -" **SO002-Smith&Co**) in order to be able to invoice their hours (see picture" -" below)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:92 -msgid "Fill in timesheet" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:94 -msgid "" -"As an employee linked to a user, Harry can enter the **Timesheet** app and " -"specify his timesheets for the contract. Logged on Harry's account we enter " -"the **Timesheet** app and enter a detailed line pointing to the **Analytical" -" Account** discussed above." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:99 -msgid "Harry worked three hours on a SWOT analysis for Smith&Co." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:104 -msgid "" -"In the meantime, Cedric discussed businesses needs with the customer for 1 " -"hour and specified it as well in his personal timesheet, pointing as well on" -" the **Analytic Account**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:108 -msgid "" -"In the **Sales Order** we notice that the delivered amounts of hours is " -"automatically computed (see picture below)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:115 -msgid "Analytic accounting" -msgstr "Analitik Muhasebe" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:117 -msgid "" -"Thanks to analytic accounts we are able to have an overview of HR cost and " -"revenues. All the revenues and cost of this transactions have been " -"registered in the **SO002-Smith&Co** account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:121 -msgid "We can use two methods to analyze this situation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:124 -msgid "Without filters" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:126 -msgid "" -"If we pointed all our costs and revenues of the project on the correct " -"analytical account we can easily retrieve the cost and revenues related to " -"this analytical account. Enter the *Accounting* app, select " -":menuselection:`Adviser --> Analytic Accounts --> Open Charts`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:131 -msgid "" -"Note : you can specify a period for **Analysis**. If you want to open the " -"current situation you should keep the fields empty. We can already note the " -"credit and debit balance of the account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:138 -msgid "" -"If we click on the account a special button is provided to have the details " -"of cost and revenues (see picture below)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:144 -msgid "" -"Click the button **Cost/Revenue** to have an overview of cost and revenues " -"with the corresponding description." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:148 -msgid "With filters" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:150 -msgid "We can thus filter this information from the **Analytic Entries**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:152 -msgid "" -"Enter the **Accounting** app, and click on :menuselection:`Adviser --> " -"Analytic Entries`. In this menu we have several options to analyse the human" -" resource cost." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:155 -msgid "" -"We filter on the **Analytic account** so we can see the cost and revenues of" -" the project. Add a custom **Filter** where the **Analytic Account** " -"contains the **Sales Order** number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:162 -msgid "" -"In the results we see timesheets activities and invoiced lines with the " -"corresponding costs and revenues." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:168 -msgid "" -"We can group the different analytical accounts together and check their " -"respective revenues. Simply group by **Analytic account** and select the " -"**Graph view** to have a clear overview." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:3 -msgid "Analytic account use cases" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:5 -msgid "The analytic accounting can be used for several purposes:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:7 -msgid "analyse costs of a company" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:9 -msgid "reinvoice time to a customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:11 -msgid "analyse performance of a service or a project" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:13 -msgid "" -"To manage analytic accounting, you have to activate it in " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:19 -msgid "" -"To illustrate analytic accounts clearly, you will follow three use cases, " -"each in one of three different types of company:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:22 -msgid "Industrial company: Costs Analyse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:24 -msgid "Law Firm: reinvoice spent hours" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:26 -msgid "IT/Services Company: performance analysis" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:29 -msgid "Case 1: Industrial company: Costs Analyse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:31 -msgid "" -"In industry, you will often find analytic charts of accounts structured into" -" departments and products the company itself is built on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:34 -msgid "" -"The objective is to examine the costs, sales and margins by " -"department/resources and by product. The first level of the structure " -"comprises the different departments, and the lower levels represent the " -"product ranges the company makes and sells." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:39 -msgid "" -"**Analytic Chart of Accounts for an Industrial Manufacturing Company**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:41 -msgid "Marketing Department" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:43 -msgid "Commercial Department" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:45 -msgid "Administration Department" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:47 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:80 -msgid "Production Range 1" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:49 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:82 -msgid "Production Range 2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:51 -msgid "" -"In daily use, it is useful to mark the analytic account on each purchase " -"invoice. When the invoice is approved, it will automatically generate the " -"entries for both the general and the corresponding analytic accounts. For " -"each entry on the general accounts, there is at least one analytic entry " -"that allocates costs to the department which incurred them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Here is a possible breakdown of some general accounting entries for the " -"example above, allocated to various analytic accounts:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:62 -msgid "**General accounts**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:62 -msgid "**Analytic accounts**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -msgid "**Title**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:87 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:98 -msgid "**Account**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:62 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:74 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 -msgid "**Debit**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:62 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:74 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 -msgid "**Credit**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -msgid "**Value**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 -msgid "Purchase of Raw Material" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 -msgid "2122" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 -msgid "1500" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 -msgid "-1 500" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 -msgid "Subcontractors" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 -msgid "450" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 -msgid "-450" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 -msgid "Credit Note for defective materials" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 -msgid "200" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 -msgid "Transport charges" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 -msgid "Staff costs" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 -msgid "2121" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 -msgid "10000" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 -msgid "Marketing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:80 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:82 -msgid "-2 000" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:76 -msgid "Commercial" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:76 -msgid "-3 000" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:78 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 -msgid "Administrative" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:78 -msgid "-1 000" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 -msgid "PR" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 -msgid "-400" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:87 -msgid "" -"The analytic representation by department enables you to investigate the " -"costs allocated to each department in the company. The analytic chart of " -"accounts shows the distribution of the company's costs using the example " -"above:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:94 -msgid "" -"In this example of a hierarchical structure in Odoo, you can analyse not " -"only the costs of each product range, but also the costs of the whole " -"production. A report that relates both general accounts and analytic " -"accounts enables you to get a breakdown of costs within a given department." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:103 -msgid "" -"The examples above are based on a breakdown of the costs of the company. " -"Analytic allocations can be just as effective for sales. That gives you the " -"profitability (sales - costs) of different departments." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:107 -msgid "" -"This analytic representation by department is generally used by trading " -"companies and industries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:110 -msgid "" -"A variantion of this, is not to break it down by sales and marketing " -"departments, but to assign each cost to its corresponding product range. " -"This will give you an analysis of the profitability of each product range." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:115 -msgid "" -"Choosing one over the other depends on how you look at your marketing " -"effort. Is it a global cost allocated in some general way, or is each " -"product range responsible for its own marketing costs?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:120 -msgid "Case 2: Law Firm: costs of human resources?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:122 -msgid "" -"Law firms generally adopt management by case, where each case represents a " -"current client file. All of the expenses and products are then attached to a" -" given file/analytic account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:126 -msgid "" -"A principal preoccupation of law firms is the invoicing of hours worked, and" -" the profitability by case and by employee." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:129 -msgid "" -"Mechanisms used for encoding the hours worked will be covered in detail in " -"timesheet documentation. Like most system processes, hours worked are " -"integrated into the analytic accounting. In the employee form, specify the " -"cost of the employee. The hourly charge is a function of the employee's " -"cost." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:135 -msgid "" -"So a law firm will opt for an analytic representation which reflects the " -"management of the time that employees work on the different customer cases." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:139 -msgid "" -"Billing for the different cases is a bit unusual. The cases do not match any" -" entry in the general account nor do they come from purchase or sales " -"invoices. They are represented by the various analytic operations and do not" -" have exact counterparts in the general accounts. They are calculated on the" -" basis of the hourly cost per employee." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:145 -msgid "" -"At the end of the month when you pay salaries and benefits, you integrate " -"them into the general accounts but not in the analytic accounts, because " -"they have already been accounted for in billing each account. A report that " -"relates data from the analytic and general accounts then lets you compare " -"the totals, so you can readjust your estimates of hourly cost per employee " -"depending on the time actually worked." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:153 -msgid "" -"The following table shows an example of different analytic entries that you " -"can find for your analytic account:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -msgid "**Amount**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -msgid "**General Account**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 -msgid "Study the file (1 h)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 -msgid "Case 1.1" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 -msgid "-15" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 -msgid "Search for information (3 h)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 -msgid "-45" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 -msgid "Consultation (4 h)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 -msgid "Case 2.1" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 -msgid "-60" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 -msgid "Service charges" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 -msgid "280" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 -msgid "705 – Billing services" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 -msgid "Stationery purchase" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 -msgid "-42" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 -msgid "601 – Furniture purchase" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 -msgid "42" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 -msgid "Fuel Cost -Client trip" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 -msgid "-35" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 -msgid "613 – Transports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 -msgid "35" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 -msgid "Staff salaries" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 -msgid "6201 – Salaries" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 -msgid "3 000" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:174 -msgid "" -"Such a structure allows you to make a detailed study of the profitability of" -" various transactions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:177 -msgid "" -"For more details about profitablity, please read the following document: " -":doc:`timesheets`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:180 -msgid "" -"But analytical accounting is not limited to a simple analysis of the " -"profitability of different customer. The same data can be used for automatic" -" recharging of the services to the customer at the end of the month. To " -"invoice customers, just link the analytic account to a sale order and sell " -"products that manage timesheet or expenses ." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:187 -msgid "Case 3: IT Services Company: perfomance analysis" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:189 -msgid "Most IT service companies face the following problems:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:191 -msgid "project planning," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:193 -msgid "invoicing, profitability and financial follow-up of projects," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:195 -msgid "managing support contracts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:197 -msgid "" -"To deal with these problems, you would use an analytic chart of accounts " -"structured by project and by sale order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:200 -msgid "" -"The management of services, expenditures and sales is similar to that " -"presented above for lawyers. Invoicing and the study of profitability are " -"also similar." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:204 -msgid "" -"But now look at support contracts. These contracts are usually limited to a " -"prepaid number of hours. Each service posted in the analytic accounts shows " -"the remaining hours of support. To manage support contracts, you would " -"create a product configured to invoice on order and link the sale order to " -"an analytic account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:210 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, each analytic line lists the number of units sold or used, as well " -"as what you would usually find there – the amount in currency units (USD or " -"GBP, or whatever other choice you make). So you can sum the quantities sold " -"and used on each sale order to determine whether any hours of the support " -"contract remain." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:217 -msgid "Conclusion" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:219 -msgid "" -"Analytic accounting helps you to analyse costs and revenues whatever the use" -" case. You can sell or purchase services, track time or analyse the " -"production performance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:223 -msgid "" -"Analytic accounting is flexible and easy to use through all Odoo " -"applications (sales, purchase, timesheet, production, invoice, …)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:3 -msgid "What is an account type and how do I configure it?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:6 -msgid "What is an account type ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:8 -msgid "" -"An account type is a name or code given to an account that indicates the " -"account's purpose." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:11 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, Account Types are used for information purpose, to generate " -"country-specific legal reports, set the rules to close a fiscal year and " -"generate opening entries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Basically Account types categorize general account with some specific " -"category according to its behaviour or purpose." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:19 -msgid "Which are the account types in Odoo ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Odoo covers all accounting types. Therefore, you cannot create new account " -"types. Just pick the one related to your account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:25 -msgid "**List of account types**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:27 -msgid "Receivable" -msgstr "Alacak" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:29 -msgid "Payable" -msgstr "Borç" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:31 -msgid "Bank and Cash" -msgstr "Banka ve Kasa" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:33 -msgid "Current Assets" -msgstr "Dönen Varlıklar" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:35 -msgid "Non-current Assets" -msgstr "Duran Varlıklar" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:37 -msgid "Prepayments" -msgstr "Ön ödemeler" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:39 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:77 -msgid "Fixed Assets" -msgstr "Duran Varlıklar" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:41 -msgid "Current Liabilities" -msgstr "Kısa Vadeli Borçlar" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:43 -msgid "Non-current Liabilities" -msgstr "Uzun Vadeli Borçlar" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:45 -msgid "Equity" -msgstr "Özsermaye" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:47 -msgid "Current Year Earnings" -msgstr "Cari Yıldaki Kazanç" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:49 -msgid "Other Income" -msgstr "Diğer Gelirler" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:51 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:63 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:62 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:76 -msgid "Income" -msgstr "Gelir" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:53 -msgid "Depreciation" -msgstr "Amortisman" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:55 -msgid "Expenses" -msgstr "Giderler" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:57 -msgid "Direct Costs" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:61 -msgid "How do I configure my accounts?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Account types are automatically created when installing a chart of account. " -"By default, Odoo provides a lot of chart of accounts, just install the one " -"related to your country." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:67 -msgid "" -"It will install generic accounts. But if it does not cover all your cases, " -"you can create your own accounts too." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:72 -msgid "" -"If you are a Saas User, your country chart of account is automatically " -"installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:75 -msgid "" -"To create a new accounts, go to the Accounting application. Open the menu " -":menuselection:`Adviser --> Chart of Accounts`, the click on the **Create** " -"button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Account Type is used for information purpose, to generate country-specific " -"legal reports, and set the rules to close a fiscal year and generate opening" -" entries." -msgstr "" -"Hesap Tipi bilgi amaçlıdır, ülkeye özgü yasal raporlar oluşturmak ve mali " -"yıl kapanış kurallarını ayarlamak ve devir kayıtlarını oluşturmak için " -"kullanılabilir. Sistem iç tipi esas alır." - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Tags" -msgstr "Etiketler" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Optional tags you may want to assign for custom reporting" -msgstr "Özel raporlama için atamak isteyebileceğiniz isteğe bağlı etiketler" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Account Currency" -msgstr "Hesap Para Birimi" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Forces all moves for this account to have this account currency." -msgstr "" -"Bu hesap için bütün hareketlerin ikincil para biriminde olmasına zorlar." - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Internal Type" -msgstr "İç Tip" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "" -"The 'Internal Type' is used for features available on different types of " -"accounts: liquidity type is for cash or bank accounts, payable/receivable is" -" for vendor/customer accounts." -msgstr "" -"'İçsel Tür', farklı hesap türlerinde bulunan özellikler için kullanılır: " -"likidite türü nakit veya banka hesapları için, borçlu / alacak satıcı / " -"müşteri hesapları içindir." - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Allow Reconciliation" -msgstr "Uzlaştırmaya İzin Ver" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Check this box if this account allows invoices & payments matching of " -"journal items." -msgstr "" -"Bu hesap için, yevmiye öğelerini fatura ve ödemelerde eşleştirmeye izin " -"vermek istiyorsanız bu kutuyu işaretleyin." - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:86 -msgid "View *Create Account* in our Online Demonstration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory.rst:3 -msgid "Inventory" -msgstr "Stok" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:3 -msgid "Impact on the average price valuation when returning goods" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:5 -msgid "" -"As stated in the `*inventory valuation page* " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/functional/valuation.html>`__, one of " -"the possible costing method you can use in perpetual stock valuation, is the" -" average cost." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:10 -msgid "" -"This document answers to one recurrent question for companies using that " -"method to make their stock valuation: how does a shipping returned to its " -"supplier impact the average cost and the accounting entries? This document " -"is **only** for the specific use case of a perpetual valuation (as opposed " -"to the periodic one) and in average price costing method (as opposed to " -"standard of FIFO)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:18 -msgid "Definition of average cost" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:20 -msgid "" -"The average cost method calculates the cost of ending inventory and cost of " -"goods sold on the basis of weighted average cost per unit of inventory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:24 -msgid "" -"The weighted average cost per unit is calculated using the following " -"formula:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:27 -msgid "" -"When new products arrive in a warehouse, the new average cost is recomputed " -"as:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:33 -msgid "" -"When products leave the warehouse: the average cost **does not** change" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:36 -msgid "Defining the purchase price" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:38 -msgid "" -"The purchase price is estimated at the reception of the products (you might " -"not have received the vendor bill yet) and reevaluated at the reception of " -"the vendor bill. The purchase price includes the cost you pay for the " -"products, but it may also includes additional costs, like landed costs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:45 -msgid "Average cost example" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 -msgid "Operation" -msgstr "Operasyon" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 -msgid "Delta Value" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 -msgid "Inventory Value" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 -msgid "Qty On Hand" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 -msgid "Avg Cost" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 -msgid "$0" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 -msgid "0" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 -msgid "Receive 8 Products at $10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 -msgid "+8\\*$10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 -msgid "$80" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 -msgid "8" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 -msgid "$10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 -msgid "Receive 4 Products at $16" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 -msgid "+4\\*$16" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 -msgid "$144" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 -msgid "12" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 -msgid "$12" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 -msgid "Deliver 10 Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 -msgid "-10\\*$12" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 -msgid "$24" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 -msgid "2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:60 -msgid "" -"At the beginning, the Avg Cost is set to 0 set as there is no product in the" -" inventory. When the first reception is made, the average cost becomes " -"logically the purchase price." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:64 -msgid "" -"At the second reception, the average cost is updated because the total " -"inventory value is now ``$80 + 4*$16 = $144``. As we have 12 units on hand, " -"the average price per unit is ``$144 / 12 = $12``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:68 -msgid "" -"By definition, the delivery of 10 products does not change the average cost." -" Indeed, the inventory value is now $24 as we have only 2 units remaining of" -" each ``$24 / 2 = $12``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:73 -msgid "Purchase return use case" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:75 -msgid "" -"In case of a product returned to its supplier after reception, the inventory" -" value is reduced using the average cost formulae (not at the initial price " -"of these products!)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:79 -msgid "Which means that the above table will be updated as follow:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 -msgid "Return of 1 Product initially bought at $10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 -msgid "-1\\*$12" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 -msgid "1" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:90 -msgid "Explanation: counter example" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Remember the definition of **Average Cost**, saying that we do not update " -"the average cost of a product leaving the inventory. If you break this rule," -" you may lead to inconsistencies in your inventory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:96 -msgid "" -"As an example, here is the scenario when you deliver one piece to the " -"customer and return the other one to your supplier (at the cost you " -"purchased it). Here is the operation:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 -msgid "Customer Shipping 1 product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 -msgid "-1\\*$10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 -msgid "**$2**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 -msgid "**0**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:110 -msgid "" -"As you can see in this example, this is not correct: an inventory valuation " -"of $2 for 0 pieces in the warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:113 -msgid "" -"The correct scenario should be to return the goods at the current average " -"cost:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 -msgid "**$0**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:126 -msgid "" -"On the other hand, using the average cost to value the return ensure a " -"correct inventory value at all times." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:130 -msgid "Further thoughts on anglo saxon mode" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:132 -msgid "" -"For people in using the **anglo saxon accounting** principles, there is " -"another concept to take into account: the stock input account of the " -"product, which is intended to hold at any time the value of vendor bills to " -"receive. So the stock input account will increase on reception of incoming " -"shipments and will decrease when receiving the related vendor bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:139 -msgid "" -"Back to our example, we see that when the return is valued at the average " -"price, the amount booked in the stock input account is the original purchase" -" price:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 -msgid "stock input" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 -msgid "price diff" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 -msgid "($80)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 -msgid "Receive vendor bill $80" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 -msgid "($64)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 -msgid "Receive vendor bill $64" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 -msgid "**$10**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 -msgid "**$12**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 -msgid "Receive vendor refund $10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 -msgid "$2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:163 -msgid "" -"This is because the vendor refund will be made using the original purchase " -"price, so to zero out the effect of the return in the stock input in last " -"operation, we need to reuse the original price. The price difference account" -" located on the product category is used to book the difference between the " -"average cost and the original purchase price." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:3 -msgid "Record exchange rates at payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Any company doing international trade faces the case where the payments are " -"in a different currency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:11 -msgid "" -"After receiving their payments, you have the option to convert the amount " -"into your company currency. Multi currency payment implies rates " -"fluctuations. The rate differences are automatically recorded by Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:19 -msgid "Enable multi-currencies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:21 -msgid "" -"In the accounting module, Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " -"and flag **Allow multi currencies**, then click on **apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Configure the currency rates in :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Currencies`. Write down the rate and make sure the currency is active." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:33 -msgid "" -"In this document, the base currency is **Euro** and we will record payments " -"in **Dollars**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:40 -msgid "" -"You can automatically fetch the currency rates from the **European Central " -"Bank** or from **Yahoo**. Please read the document : :doc:`how_it_works`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:45 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:31 -msgid "Configure your journal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:47 -msgid "" -"In order to register payments in other currencies, you have to **remove the " -"currency constraint** on the journal. Go to the accounting application, " -"Click on **More** on the journal and **Settings**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Check if the **Currency** field is empty or in the foreign currency in which" -" you will register the payments. If a currency is filled in, it means that " -"you can register payments only in this currency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:62 -msgid "Record a payment in a different currency" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:64 -msgid "" -"In the **Accounting** application, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Payments`. Register the payment and indicate that it was done in the foreign" -" currency. Then click on **confirm**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:83 -msgid "The journal entry has been posted but not allocated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:73 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:85 -msgid "" -"Go back to your invoice (:menuselection:`Sales --> Customer Invoices`) and " -"click on **Add** to allocate the payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:80 -msgid "Record a bank statement in a different currency" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:82 -msgid "" -"Create or import the bank statement of your payment. The **Amount** is in " -"the company currency. There are two complementary fields, the **Amount " -"currency**, which is the amount that was actually paid and the **Currency** " -"in which it was paid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:89 -msgid "" -"When reconciling it, Odoo will directly match the payment with the right " -"**Invoice**. You will get the invoice price in the invoice currency and the " -"amount in your company currency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:97 -msgid "Check the exchange rate differences" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:99 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` and look for the " -"**Exchange difference** journal entries. All the exchange rates differences " -"are recorded in it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:106 -msgid "" -"The Exchange difference journal can be changed in your accounting settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:153 -msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/configure`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:110 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:103 -msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:111 -msgid "How is Odoo's multi-currency working?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Choosing to use the multi-currency option in Odoo will allow you to send " -"sales invoices, quotes and purchase orders or receive bills and payments in " -"currencies other than your own. With multi-currency, you can also set up " -"bank accounts in other currencies and run reports on your foreign currency " -"activities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:18 -msgid "Turn on multi-currency" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:20 -msgid "" -"In the accounting module, Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " -"and flag **Allow multi currencies**, then click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:27 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:160 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:109 -msgid "Exchange Rate Journal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:29 -msgid "" -"The **Rate Difference Journal** records the differences between the payment " -"registration and the expected amount. For example, if a payment is paid 1 " -"month after the invoice was issued, the exchange rate has probably changed. " -"The fluctuation implies some loss or profit that are recorded by Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:35 -msgid "You can change it in the settings:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:41 -msgid "View or edit rate being used" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:43 -msgid "" -"You can manually configure the currency rates in " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Currencies`. Open the currencies you want " -"to use in Odoo and edit it. Make sure the currency is active." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:50 -msgid "Click on **View Rates** to edit it and to see the history :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Click on **Create** to add the rate. Fill in the date and the rate. Click on" -" **Save** when you are done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:62 -msgid "Live Currency Rate" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:64 -msgid "" -"By default, the currencies need to be updated manually. But you can " -"synchronize it with `Yahoo <https://finance.yahoo.com/currency-" -"converter/>`__ or the `European Central Bank <http://www.ecb.europa.eu>`__. " -"In :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, go to the **Live Currency " -"Rate** section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Choose the interval : Manually, Daily, Weekly or Monthly. You can always " -"force the update by clicking on **Update Now**. Select the provider, and you" -" are set !" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:78 -msgid "Only the **active** currencies are updated" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:81 -msgid "Configure your charts of account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:83 -msgid "" -"In the accounting application, go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Charts of " -"Accounts`. On each account, you can set a currency. It will force all moves " -"for this account to have the account currency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:87 -msgid "" -"If you leave it empty, it means that it can handle all currencies that are " -"Active." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:94 -msgid "Configure your journals" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:96 -msgid "" -"In order to register payments in other currencies, you have to remove the " -"currency constraint on the journal. Go to the accounting application, Click " -"on **More** on the journal and **Settings**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Check if the currency field is empty or in the foreign currency in which you" -" will register the payments. If a currency is filled in, it means that you " -"can register payments only in this currency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:113 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Now that you are working in a multi-currency environment, all accountable " -"items will be linked to a currency, domestic or foreign." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:117 -msgid "Sales Orders and Invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:56 -msgid "" -"You are now able to set a different currency than the company one on your " -"sale orders and on your invoices. The currency is set for the whole " -"document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:127 -msgid "Purchases orders and Vendor Bills" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:129 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:66 -msgid "" -"You are now able to set a different currency than the company one on your " -"purchase orders and on your vendor bills. The currency is set for the whole " -"document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:137 -msgid "Payment Registrations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:139 -msgid "" -"In the accounting application, go to **Sales > Payments**. Register the " -"payment and set the currency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:146 -msgid "Bank Statements" -msgstr "Banka Hesap Özetleri" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:148 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:94 -msgid "" -"When creating or importing bank statements, the amount is in the company " -"currency. But there are now two complementary fields, the amount that was " -"actually paid and the currency in which it was paid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:155 -msgid "" -"When reconciling it, Odoo will directly match the payment with the right " -"Invoice. You will get the invoice price in the invoice currency and the " -"amount in your company currency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:162 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` and look for the Exchange" -" difference journal entries. All the exchange rates differences are recorded" -" in it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:170 -msgid ":doc:`invoices_payments`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:171 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:120 -msgid ":doc:`exchange`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage invoices & payment in multiple currencies?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo provides multi-currency support with automatic currency gross or loss " -"entry adjustment. There are a few things Odoo has been to ease the user's " -"life." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:12 -msgid "" -"All the account transactions will be done using the company currency. " -"However you can see two extra fields with the journal entry where secondary " -"currency and amount will visible. You can create multi-currency journals of " -"force a specific currency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:17 -msgid "" -"When creating an invoice, the currency can be changed very easily; however " -"Odoo takes the company currency as a default assignment. It will convert all" -" the amounts automatically using that currency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:25 -msgid "Enable Multi-Currency" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:27 -msgid "" -"For information about enabling Multi-Currency, please read the document: " -":doc:`how_it_works`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:33 -msgid "" -"In order to register payments in other currencies, you have to remove the " -"currency constraint on the journal. Go to the accounting application, on the" -" journal, click on :menuselection:`More --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:48 -msgid "Multi-currency invoices & Vendor Bills" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:54 -msgid "Invoices" -msgstr "Faturalar" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:64 -msgid "Vendor Bills" -msgstr "Tedarikçi Faturaları" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:74 -msgid "Multi-currency Payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:76 -msgid "" -"In the accounting application, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. " -"Register the payment and indicate that it was done in the foreign currency. " -"Then click on **Confirm**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:92 -msgid "Multi- Currency Bank Statements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:101 -msgid "" -"When reconciling it, Odoo will directly match the payment with the right " -"invoice. You will get the invoice price in the invoice currency and the " -"amount in your company currency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:111 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` and look for the " -"**Exchange Difference** journal entries. All the exchange rates differences " -"are recorded in it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:119 -msgid ":doc:`how_it_works`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:124 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:106 -msgid "Reporting" -msgstr "Raporlama" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:3 -msgid "How to create a customized reports with your own formulas?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo 9 comes with a powerful and easy-to-use reporting framework. Creating " -"new reports (such as a tax report or a balance sheet for a specific country)" -" to suit your needs is now easier than ever." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:13 -msgid "Activate the developer mode" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:15 -msgid "" -"In order to have access to the financial report creation interface, the " -"**developer mode** needs to be activated. To do that, first click on the " -"user profile in the top right menu, then **About**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:22 -msgid "Click on : **Activate the developer mode**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:28 -msgid "Create your financial report" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:30 -msgid "" -"First, you need to create your financial report. To do that, go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Financial Reports`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Once the name is filled, there are two other parameters that need to be " -"configured:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:39 -msgid "**Show Credit and Debit Columns**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:41 -msgid "**Analysis Period** :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:43 -msgid "Based on date ranges (eg Profit and Loss)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:45 -msgid "Based on a single date (eg Balance Sheet)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Based on date ranges with 'older' and 'total' columns and last 3 months (eg." -" Aged Partner Balances)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:50 -msgid "Bases on date ranges and cash basis method (eg Cash Flow Statement)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:54 -msgid "Add lines in your custom reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:56 -msgid "" -"After you've created the report, you need to fill it with lines. They all " -"need a **name**, a **code** (that is used to refer to the line), a " -"**sequence number** and a **level** (Used for the line rendering)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:63 -msgid "" -"In the **formulas** field you can add one or more formulas to assign a value" -" to the balance column (and debit and credit column if applicable – " -"separated by ;)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:67 -msgid "You have several objects available in the formula :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:69 -msgid "" -"``Ndays`` : The number of days in the selected period (for reports with a " -"date range)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:72 -msgid "" -"Another report, referenced by its code. Use ``.balance`` to get its balance " -"value (also available are ``.credit``, ``.debit`` and ``.amount_residual``)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:76 -msgid "" -"A line can also be based on the sum of account move lines on a selected " -"domain. In which case you need to fill the domain field with an Odoo domain " -"on the account move line object. Then an extra object is available in the " -"formulas field, namely ``sum``, the sum of the account move lines in the " -"domain. You can also use the group by field to group the account move lines " -"by one of their columns." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:83 -msgid "Other useful fields :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:85 -msgid "**Type** : Type of the result of the formula." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:87 -msgid "" -"**Is growth good when positive** : Used when computing the comparison " -"column. Check if growth is good (displayed in green) or not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:90 -msgid "" -"**Special date changer** : If a specific line in a report should not use the" -" same dates as the rest of the report." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:93 -msgid "" -"**Show domain** : How the domain of a line is displayed. Can be foldable " -"(``default``, hidden at the start but can be unfolded), ``always`` (always " -"displayed) or ``never`` (never shown)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:98 -msgid ":doc:`main_reports`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:3 -msgid "What are the main reports available?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Besides the reports created specifically in each localisation module, a few " -"very useful **generic** and **dynamic reports** are available for all " -"countries :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:9 -msgid "**Balance Sheet**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:10 -msgid "**Profit and Loss**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:11 -msgid "**Chart of Account**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:12 -msgid "**Executive Summary**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:13 -msgid "**General Ledger**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:14 -msgid "**Aged Payable**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:15 -msgid "**Aged Receivable**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:16 -msgid "**Cash Flow Statement**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:17 -msgid "**Tax Report**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:18 -msgid "**Bank Reconciliation**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:20 -msgid "" -"You can annotate every reports to print them and report to your adviser. " -"Export to xls to manage extra analysis. Drill down in the reports to see " -"more details (payments, invoices, journal items, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:24 -msgid "" -"You can also compare values with another period. Choose how many periods you" -" want to compare the chosen time period with. You can choose up to 12 " -"periods back from the date of the report if you don't want to use the " -"default **Previous 1 Period** option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:30 -msgid "Balance Sheet" -msgstr "Bilanço" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:32 -msgid "" -"The **Balance Sheet** shows a snapshot of the assets, liabilities and equity" -" of your organisation as at a particular date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:39 -msgid "Profit and Loss" -msgstr "Kar ve Zarar" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:41 -msgid "" -"The **Profit and Loss** report (or **Income Statement**) shows your " -"organisation's net income, by deducting expenses from revenue for the report" -" period." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:49 -msgid "Chart of account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:51 -msgid "A listing of all your accounts grouped by class." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:57 -msgid "Executive Summary" -msgstr "Yönetici Özeti" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:59 -msgid "" -"The **Executive Summary** allows for a quick look at all the important " -"figures you need to run your company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:62 -msgid "" -"In very basic terms, this is what each of the items in this section is " -"reporting :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77 -msgid "**Performance:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:68 -msgid "**Gross profit margin:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:67 -msgid "" -"The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " -"costs needed to make those sales (things like labour, materials, etc)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:74 -msgid "**Net profit margin:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:71 -msgid "" -"The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " -"costs needed to make those sales, as well as any fixed overheads your " -"company has (things like rent, electricity, taxes you need to pay as a " -"result of those sales)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77 -msgid "**Return on investment (p.a.):**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77 -msgid "" -"The ratio of net profit made, to the amount of assets the company used to " -"make those profits." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:97 -msgid "**Position:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:81 -msgid "**Average debtor days:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:81 -msgid "" -"The average number of days it takes your customers to pay you (fully), " -"across all your customer invoices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:84 -msgid "**Average creditor days:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:84 -msgid "" -"The average number of days it takes you to pay your suppliers (fully) across" -" all your bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:89 -msgid "**Short term cash forecast:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:87 -msgid "" -"How much cash is expected in or out of your organisation in the next month " -"i.e. balance of your **Sales account** for the month less the balance of " -"your **Purchases account** for the month." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:97 -msgid "**Current assets to liabilities:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Also referred to as **current ratio**, this is the ratio of current assets " -"(assets that could be turned into cash within a year) to the current " -"liabilities (liabilities which will be due in the next year). This is " -"typically used as as a measure of a company's ability to service its debt." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:103 -msgid "General Ledger" -msgstr "Büyük Defter" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:105 -msgid "" -"The **General Ledger Report** shows all transactions from all accounts for a" -" chosen date range. The initial summary report shows the totals for each " -"account and from there you can view a detailed transaction report or any " -"exceptions. This report is useful for checking every transaction that " -"occurred during a certain period of time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:115 -msgid "Aged Payable" -msgstr "Yaşlandırılmış Borç" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:117 -msgid "" -"Run the **Aged Payable Details** report to display information on individual" -" bills, credit notes and overpayments owed by you, and how long these have " -"gone unpaid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:125 -msgid "Aged Receivable" -msgstr "Alacak Yaşlandırma" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:127 -msgid "" -"The **Aged Receivables** report shows the sales invoices that were awaiting " -"payment during a selected month and several months prior." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:134 -msgid "Cash Flow Statement" -msgstr "Nakit Akış" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:136 -msgid "" -"The **Cash Flow Statement** shows how changes in balance sheet accounts and " -"income affect cash and cash equivalents, and breaks the analysis down to " -"operating, investing and financing activities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:144 -msgid "Tax Report" -msgstr "Vergi Öngörüsü" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:146 -msgid "" -"This report allows you to see the **net** and **tax amounts** for all the " -"taxes grouped by type (sale/purchase)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 -msgid "Taxes" -msgstr "Vergiler" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage prices for B2B (tax excluded) and B2C (tax included)?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When working with consumers, prices are usually expressed with taxes " -"included in the price (e.g., in most eCommerce). But, when you work in a B2B" -" environment, companies usually negotiate prices with taxes excluded." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Odoo manages both use cases easily, as long as you register your prices on " -"the product with taxes excluded or included, but not both together. If you " -"manage all your prices with tax included (or excluded) only, you can still " -"easily do sales order with a price having taxes excluded (or included): " -"that's easy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:15 -msgid "" -"This documentation is only for the specific use case where you need to have " -"two references for the price (tax included or excluded), for the same " -"product. The reason of the complexity is that there is not a symmetrical " -"relationship with prices included and prices excluded, as shown in this use " -"case, in belgium with a tax of 21%:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:21 -msgid "Your eCommerce has a product at **10€ (taxes included)**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:23 -msgid "This would do **8.26€ (taxes excluded)** and a **tax of 1.74€**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:25 -msgid "" -"But for the same use case, if you register the price without taxes on the " -"product form (8.26€), you get a price with tax included at 9.99€, because:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:29 -msgid "**8.26€ \\* 1.21 = 9.99€**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:31 -msgid "" -"So, depending on how you register your prices on the product form, you will " -"have different results for the price including taxes and the price excluding" -" taxes:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:35 -msgid "Taxes Excluded: **8.26€ & 10.00€**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:37 -msgid "Taxes Included: **8.26€ & 9.99€**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:40 -msgid "" -"If you buy 100 pieces at 10€ taxes included, it gets even more tricky. You " -"will get: **1000€ (taxes included) = 826.45€ (price) + 173.55€ (taxes)** " -"Which is very different from a price per piece at 8.26€ tax excluded." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:45 -msgid "" -"This documentation explains how to handle the very specific use case where " -"you need to handle the two prices (tax excluded and included) on the product" -" form within the same company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:50 -msgid "" -"In terms of finance, you have no more revenues selling your product at 10€ " -"instead of 9.99€ (for a 21% tax), because your revenue will be exactly the " -"same at 9.99€, only the tax is 0.01€ higher. So, if you run an eCommerce in " -"Belgium, make your customer a favor and set your price at 9.99€ instead of " -"10€. Please note that this does not apply to 20€ or 30€, or other tax rates," -" or a quantity >1. You will also make you a favor since you can manage " -"everything tax excluded, which is less error prone and easier for your " -"salespeople." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:63 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:65 -msgid "" -"The best way to avoid this complexity is to choose only one way of managing " -"your prices and stick to it: price without taxes or price with taxes " -"included. Define which one is the default stored on the product form (on the" -" default tax related to the product), and let Odoo compute the other one " -"automatically, based on the pricelist and fiscal position. Negotiate your " -"contracts with customers accordingly. This perfectly works out-of-the-box " -"and you have no specific configuration to do." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:73 -msgid "" -"If you can not do that and if you really negotiate some prices with tax " -"excluded and, for other customers, others prices with tax included, you " -"must:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:77 -msgid "" -"always store the default price TAX EXCLUDED on the product form, and apply a" -" tax (price included on the product form)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:80 -msgid "create a pricelist with prices in TAX INCLUDED, for specific customers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:83 -msgid "" -"create a fiscal position that switches the tax excluded to a tax included" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:86 -msgid "" -"assign both the pricelist and the fiscal position to customers who want to " -"benefit to this pricelist and fiscal position" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:89 -msgid "For the purpose of this documentation, we will use the above use case:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:91 -msgid "your product default sale price is 8.26€ price excluded" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:93 -msgid "" -"but we want to sell it at 10€, price included, in our shops or eCommerce " -"website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:97 -msgid "Setting your products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:99 -msgid "" -"Your company must be configured with price excluded by default. This is " -"usually the default configuration, but you can check your **Default Sale " -"Tax** from the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` of the " -"Accounting application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:107 -msgid "" -"Once done, you can create a **B2C** pricelist. You can activate the " -"pricelist feature per customer from the menu: :menuselection:`Configuration " -"--> Settings` of the Sale application. Choose the option **different prices " -"per customer segment**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:112 -msgid "" -"Once done, create a B2C pricelist from the menu " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Pricelists`. It's also good to rename the " -"default pricelist into B2B to avoid confusion." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:116 -msgid "" -"Then, create a product at 8.26€, with a tax of 21% (defined as tax not " -"included in price) and set a price on this product for B2C customers at 10€," -" from the :menuselection:`Sales --> Products` menu of the Sales application:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:125 -msgid "Setting the B2C fiscal position" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:127 -msgid "" -"From the accounting application, create a B2C fiscal position from this " -"menu: :menuselection:`Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`. This fiscal " -"position should map the VAT 21% (tax excluded of price) with a VAT 21% (tax " -"included in price)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:136 -msgid "Test by creating a quotation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:138 -msgid "" -"Create a quotation from the Sale application, using the " -":menuselection:`Sales --> Quotations` menu. You should have the following " -"result: 8.26€ + 1.73€ = 9.99€." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:145 -msgid "" -"Then, create a quotation but **change the pricelist to B2C and the fiscal " -"position to B2C** on the quotation, before adding your product. You should " -"have the expected result, which is a total price of 10€ for the customer: " -"8.26€ + 1.74€ = 10.00€." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:153 -msgid "This is the expected behavior for a customer of your shop." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:156 -msgid "Avoid changing every sale order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:158 -msgid "" -"If you negotiate a contract with a customer, whether you negotiate price " -"included or price excluded, you can set the pricelist and the fiscal " -"position on the customer form so that it will be applied automatically at " -"every sale of this customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:163 -msgid "" -"The pricelist is in the **Sales & Purchases** tab of the customer form, and " -"the fiscal position is in the accounting tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:166 -msgid "" -"Note that this is error prone: if you set a fiscal position with tax " -"included in prices but use a pricelist that is not included, you might have " -"wrong prices calculated for you. That's why we usually recommend companies " -"to only work with one price reference." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:3 -msgid "How to adapt taxes to my customer status or localization" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Most often sales tax rates depend on your customer status or localization. " -"To map taxes, Odoo brings the so-called *Fiscal Positions*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:9 -msgid "Create tax mapping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:11 -msgid "" -"A fiscal position is just a set of rules that maps default taxes (as defined" -" on product form) into other taxes. In the screenshot below, foreign " -"customers get a 0% tax instead of the default 15%, for both sales and " -"purchases." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:18 -msgid "" -"The main fiscal positions are automatically created according to your " -"localization. But you may have to create fiscal positions for specific use " -"cases. To define fiscal positions, go to " -":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Configuration --> Fiscal " -"Positions`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:24 -msgid "" -"If you use Odoo Accounting, you can also map the Income/Expense accounts " -"according to the fiscal position. For example, in some countries, revenues " -"from sales are not posted in the same account than revenues from sales in " -"foreign countries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:29 -msgid "Adapt taxes to your customer status" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:31 -msgid "" -"If a customer falls into a specific taxation rule, you need to apply a tax-" -"mapping. To do so, create a fiscal position and assign it to your customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Odoo will use this specific fiscal position for any order/invoice recorded " -"for the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:40 -msgid "" -"If you set the fiscal position in the sales order or invoice manually, it " -"will only apply to this document and not to future orders/invoices of the " -"same customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:44 -msgid "Adapt taxes to your customer address (destination-based)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Depending on your localization, sales taxes may be origin-based or " -"destination-based. Most states or countries require you to collect taxes at " -"the rate of the destination (i.e. your buyer’s address) while some others " -"require to collect them at the rate effective at the point of origin (i.e. " -"your office or warehouse)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:51 -msgid "" -"If you are under the destination-based rule, create one fiscal position per " -"tax-mapping to apply." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:53 -msgid "Check the box *Detect Automatically*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Select a country group, country, state or city to trigger the tax-mapping." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:59 -msgid "" -"This way if no fiscal position is set on the customer, Odoo will choose the " -"fiscal position matching the shipping address on creating an order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:63 -msgid "" -"For eCommerce orders, the tax of the visitor's cart will automatically " -"update and apply the new tax after the visitor has logged in or filled in " -"his shipping address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:68 -msgid "Specific use cases" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:70 -msgid "" -"If, for some fiscal positions, you want to remove a tax, instead of " -"replacing by another, just keep the *Tax to Apply* field empty." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:76 -msgid "" -"If, for some fiscal positions, you want to replace a tax by two other taxes," -" just create two lines having the same *Tax on Product*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:82 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:27 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:70 -msgid ":doc:`create`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:83 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:29 -msgid ":doc:`taxcloud`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:84 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:31 -msgid ":doc:`tax_included`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:85 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:30 -msgid ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage cash basis taxes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The cash basis taxes are due when the payment has been done and not at the " -"validation of the invoice (as it is the case with standard taxes). Reporting" -" your income and expenses to the administration based on the cash basis " -"method is legal in some countries and under some conditions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Example : You sell a product in the 1st quarter of your fiscal year and " -"receive the payment the 2nd quarter of your fiscal year. Based on the cash " -"basis method, the tax you have to pay to the administration is due for the " -"2nd quarter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:16 -msgid "How to configure cash basis taxes ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:18 -msgid "" -"You first have to activate the setting in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Settings --> Allow Tax Cash Basis`. You will be asked to " -"define the Tax Cash Basis Journal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Once this is done, you can configure your taxes in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. You can open a tax " -"and in the *Advanced Options* tab you will see the checkbox *Use Cash " -"Basis*. You will then have to define the *Tax Received Account*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:39 -msgid "What is the impact of cash basis taxes in my accounting ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Let’s take an example. You make a sale of $100 with a 15% cash basis tax. " -"When you validate the customer invoice, the following entry is created in " -"your accounting:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:46 -msgid "Customer Invoices Journal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:50 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:66 -msgid "Receivables $115" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:52 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:76 -msgid "Tax Account $15" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:82 -msgid "Income Account $100" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:57 -msgid "A few days later, you receive the payment:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:60 -msgid "Bank Journal" -msgstr "Banka Fişi" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:64 -msgid "Bank $115" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:69 -msgid "" -"When you reconcile the invoice and the payment, this entry is generated:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:72 -msgid "Tax Cash Basis Journal" -msgstr "Gerçekleşme Esasına Göre Vergi Yevmiyesi" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:78 -msgid "Tax Received Account $15" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:86 -msgid "" -"The two journal items created in the Income Account are neutral but they are" -" needed to insure correct tax reports in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:3 -msgid "How to create new taxes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo's tax engine is very flexible and support many different type of taxes:" -" value added taxes (VAT), eco-taxes, federal/states/city taxes, retention, " -"withholding taxes, etc. For most countries, your system is pre-configured " -"with the right taxes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:10 -msgid "" -"This section details how you can define new taxes for specific use cases." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. From this " -"menu, you get all the taxes you can use: sales taxes and purchase taxes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:18 -msgid "Choose a scope: Sales, Purchase or None (e.g. deprecated tax)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:20 -msgid "Select a computation method:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:22 -msgid "**Fixed**: eco-taxes, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:24 -msgid "**Percentage of Price**: most common (e.g. 15% sales tax)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:26 -msgid "**Percentage of Price Tax Included**: used in Brazil, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:28 -msgid "**Group of taxes**: allows to have a compound tax" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:34 -msgid "" -"If you use Odoo Accounting, set a tax account (i.e. where the tax journal " -"item will be posted). This field is optional, if you keep it empty, Odoo " -"posts the tax journal item in the income account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:39 -msgid "" -"If you want to avoid using a tax, you can not delete it because the tax is " -"probably used in several invoices. So, in order to avoid users to continue " -"using this tax, you should set the field *Tax Scope* to *None*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:44 -msgid "" -"If you need more advanced tax mechanism, you can install the module " -"**account_tax_python** and you will be able to define new taxes with Python " -"code." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:49 -msgid "Advanced configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:51 -msgid "" -"**Label on Invoices**: a short text on how you want this tax to be printed " -"on invoice line. For example, a tax named \"15% on Services\" can have the " -"following label on invoice \"15%\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:55 -msgid "" -"**Tax Group**: defines where this tax is summed in the invoice footer. All " -"the tax belonging to the same tax group will be grouped on the invoice " -"footer. Examples of tax group: VAT, Retention." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:59 -msgid "" -"**Include in Analytic Cost**: the tax is counted as a cost and, thus, " -"generate an analytic entry if your invoice uses analytic accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:63 -msgid "" -"**Tags**: are used for custom reports. Usually, you can keep this field " -"empty." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:69 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:28 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:87 -msgid ":doc:`application`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:3 -msgid "How to set default taxes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Taxes applied in your country are installed automatically for most " -"localizations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:7 -msgid "" -"Default taxes set in orders and invoices come from each product's Invoicing " -"tab. Such taxes are used when you sell to companies that are in the same " -"country/state than you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:13 -msgid "" -"To change the default taxes set for any new product created go to " -":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:20 -msgid "" -"If you work in a multi-companies environment, the sales and purchase taxes " -"may have a different value according to the company you work for. You can " -"login into two different companies and change this field for each company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage withholding taxes?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A withholding tax, also called a retention tax, is a government requirement " -"for the payer of a customer invoice to withhold or deduct tax from the " -"payment, and pay that tax to the government. In most jurisdictions, " -"withholding tax applies to employment income." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:10 -msgid "" -"With normal taxes, the tax is added to the subtotal to give you the total to" -" pay. As opposed to normal taxes, withholding taxes are deducted from the " -"amount to pay, as the tax will be paid by the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:14 -msgid "As, an example, in Colombia you may have the following invoice:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:19 -msgid "" -"In this example, the **company** who sent the invoice owes $20 of taxes to " -"the **government** and the **customer** owes $10 of taxes to the " -"**government**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:25 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, a withholding tax is defined by creating a negative tax. For a " -"retention of 10%, you would configure the following tax (accessible through " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Taxes`):" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:32 -msgid "" -"In order to make it appear as a retention on the invoice, you should set a " -"specific tax group **Retention** on your tax, in the **Advanced Options** " -"tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Once the tax is defined, you can use it in your products, sales order or " -"invoices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:43 -msgid "" -"If the retention is a percentage of a regular tax, create a Tax with a **Tax" -" Computation** as a **Tax Group** and set the two taxes in this group " -"(normal tax and retention)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:48 -msgid "Applying retention taxes on invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Once your tax is created, you can use it on customer forms, sales order or " -"customer invoices. You can apply several taxes on a single customer invoice " -"line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:58 -msgid "" -"When you see the customer invoice on the screen, you get only a **Taxes " -"line** summarizing all the taxes (normal taxes & retentions). But when you " -"print or send the invoice, Odoo does the correct grouping amongst all the " -"taxes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:63 -msgid "The printed invoice will show the different amounts in each tax group." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:3 -msgid "How to set tax-included prices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In most countries, B2C prices are tax-included. To do that in Odoo, check " -"*Included in Price* for your sales taxes in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Taxes`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:12 -msgid "" -"This way the price set on the product form includes the tax. As an example, " -"let's say you have a product with a sales tax of 10%. The sales price on the" -" product form is $100." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:16 -msgid "If the tax is not included in the price, you will get:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:18 -msgid "Price without tax: $100" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:20 -msgid "Taxes: $10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:22 -msgid "Total to pay: $110" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:24 -msgid "If the tax is included in the price" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:26 -msgid "Price without tax: 90.91" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:28 -msgid "Taxes: $9.09" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:30 -msgid "Total to pay: $100" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:32 -msgid "" -"You can rely on following documentation if you need both tax-included (B2C) " -"and tax-excluded prices (B2B): :doc:`B2B_B2C`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:36 -msgid "Show tax-included prices in eCommerce catalog" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:38 -msgid "" -"By default prices displayed in your eCommerce catalog are tax-excluded. To " -"display it in tax-included, check *Show line subtotals with taxes included " -"(B2C)* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` (Tax " -"Display)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:3 -msgid "How to get correct tax rates in the US thanks to TaxCloud" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The **TaxCloud** integration allows you to calculate the sales tax for every" -" address in the United States and keeps track of which product types are " -"exempt from sales tax and in which states each exemption applies. TaxCloud " -"calculates sales tax in real-time for every state, city, and special " -"jurisdiction in the United States." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:15 -msgid "In Tax Cloud" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Create a free account on `*TaxCloud* <https://taxcloud.net/#register>`__ " -"website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:18 -msgid "Register your website on TaxCloud to get an *API ID* and an *API Key*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:24 -msgid "In Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` " -"and check *Compute sales tax automatically using TaxCloud*. Click *Apply*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:31 -msgid "Still in those settings, enter your TaxCloud credentials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Hit *Sync TaxCloud Categories (TIC)* to import TIC product categories from " -"TaxCloud (Taxability Information Codes). Some categories may imply specific " -"rates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Set default *TIC Code* and taxe rates. This will apply to any new product " -"created. A default sales tax is needed to trigger the tax computation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:43 -msgid "" -"For products under a specific category, select it in its detail form (in " -"*Sales* tab)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Make sure your company address is well defined (especially the state and the" -" zip code). Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and click " -"*Configure your company data*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:51 -msgid "How it works" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Automatic tax assignation works thanks to fiscal positions (see " -":doc:`application`). A specific fiscal position is created when installing " -"*TaxCloud*. Everything works out-of-the-box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:58 -msgid "" -"This fiscal position is set on any sales order, web order, or invoice when " -"the customer country is *United States*. This is triggering the automated " -"tax computation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Add a product with a default sales tax. Odoo will automatically send a " -"request to TaxCloud, get the correct tax percentage based on the customer " -"location (state and zip code) and product TIC category, create a new tax " -"rate if that tax percentage does not already exist in your system and return" -" it in the order item line (e.g. 7.0%)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:75 -msgid "How to create specific tax mappings using TaxCloud" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:77 -msgid "" -"You can create several fiscal positions using TaxCloud. Check *Use TaxCloud " -"API* to do so. Such fiscal postions can be assigned to customers in their " -"detail form in order to get them by default whenever they buy you something." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:86 -msgid ":doc:`default_taxes`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started.rst:3 -msgid "Getting Started" -msgstr "Başlarken" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:3 -msgid "How to setup Odoo Accounting?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The Odoo Accounting application has an implementation guide that you should " -"follow to configure it. It's a step-by-step wizard with links to the " -"different screens you will need." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Once you have `installed the Accounting application " -"<https://www.odoo.com/apps/modules/online/account_accountant/>`__, you " -"should click on the top-right progressbar to get access to the " -"implementation guide." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:17 -msgid "The implementation guide will help you through the following steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:19 -msgid "Completing your company settings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:20 -msgid "Entering in your bank accounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:21 -msgid "Selecting your chart of accounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:22 -msgid "Confirming your usual tax rates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:23 -msgid "Setting up any foreign currencies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:24 -msgid "Importing your customers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:25 -msgid "Importing your suppliers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:26 -msgid "Importing your products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:27 -msgid "Importing your outstanding transactions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:28 -msgid "Importing your starting balances" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:29 -msgid "Define the users for accounting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Once a step is done, you can click on the \"Mark as Done\" button, in the " -"bottom of the screen. That way, you can track the progress of your overall " -"configuration of Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts.rst:3 -msgid "Main Concepts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:3 -msgid "The Accounting behind Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:5 -msgid "" -"This page summarises the way Odoo deals with typical accounts and " -"transactions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:9 -msgid "Double-entry bookkeeping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Odoo automatically creates all the behind-the-scenes journal entries for " -"each of your accounting transactions: customer invoices, point of sale " -"order, expenses, inventory moves, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Odoo uses the rules of double-entry bookkeeping system: all journal entries " -"are automatically balanced (sum of debits = sum of credits)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:20 -msgid "" -"`Understand Odoo's accounting transactions per document " -"<https://odoo.com/documentation/functional/accounting.html>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:23 -msgid "Accrual and Cash Basis Methods" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Odoo support both accrual and cash basis reporting. This allows you to " -"report income / expense at the time transactions occur (i.e., accrual " -"basis), or when payment is made or received (i.e., cash basis)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:30 -msgid "Multi-companies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Odoo allows to manage several companies within the same database. Each " -"company has its own chart of accounts and rules. You can get consolidation " -"reports following your consolidation rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Users can access several companies but always work in one company at a time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:40 -msgid "Multi-currencies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Every transaction is recorded in the default currency of the company. For " -"transactions occurring in another currency, Odoo stores both the value in " -"the currency of the company and the value in the currency of the " -"transaction. Odoo can generate currencies gains and losses after the " -"reconciliation of the journal items." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Currency rates are updated once a day using a yahoo.com online web-service." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:52 -msgid "International Standards" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Odoo accounting support more than 50 countries. The Odoo core accounting " -"implement accounting standards that is common to all countries and specific " -"modules exists per country for the specificities of the country like the " -"chart of accounts, taxes, or bank interfaces." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:60 -msgid "In particular, Odoo's core accounting engine supports:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:62 -msgid "" -"Anglo-Saxon Accounting (U.S., U.K.,, and other English-speaking countries " -"including Ireland, Canada, Australia, and New Zealand) where cost of good " -"sold are reported when products are sold/delivered." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:66 -msgid "European accounting where expenses are accounted at the supplier bill." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Storno accounting (Italy) where refund invoices have negative credit/debit " -"instead of a reverting the original journal items." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:71 -msgid "Odoo also have modules to comply with IFRS rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:74 -msgid "Accounts Receivable & Payable" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:76 -msgid "" -"By default, Odoo uses a single account for all account receivable entries " -"and one for all accounts payable entries. You can create separate accounts " -"per customers/suppliers, but you don't need to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:81 -msgid "" -"As transactions are associated to customers or suppliers, you get reports to" -" perform analysis per customer/supplier such as the customer statement, " -"revenues per customers, aged receivable/payables, ..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:86 -msgid "Wide range of financial reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:88 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, you can generate financial reports in real time. Odoo's reports " -"range from basic accounting reports to advanced management reports. Odoo's " -"reports include:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:92 -msgid "Performance reports (such as Profit and Loss, Budget Variance)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:93 -msgid "" -"Position reports (such as Balance Sheet, Aged Payables, Aged Receivables)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:95 -msgid "Cash reports (such as Bank Summary)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:96 -msgid "Detail reports (such as Trial Balance and General Ledger)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:97 -msgid "Management reports (such as Budgets, Executive Summary)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:99 -msgid "" -"Odoo's report engine allows you to customize your own report based on your " -"own formulae." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:103 -msgid "Import bank feeds automatically" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:105 -msgid "" -"Bank reconciliation is a process that matches your bank statement lines, as " -"supplied by the bank, to your accounting transactions in the general ledger." -" Odoo makes bank reconciliation easy by frequently importing bank statement " -"lines from your bank directly into your Odoo account. This means you can " -"have a daily view of your cashflow without having to log into your online " -"banking or wait for your paper bank statements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Odoo speeds up bank reconciliation by matching most of your imported bank " -"statement lines to your accounting transactions. Odoo also remembers how " -"you've treated other bank statement lines and provides suggested general " -"ledger transactions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:119 -msgid "Calculates the tax you owe your tax authority" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:121 -msgid "" -"Odoo totals all your accounting transactions for your tax period and uses " -"these totals to calculate your tax obligation. You can then check your sales" -" tax by running Odoo's Tax Report." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:126 -msgid "Inventory Valuation" -msgstr "Envanter Değerleme" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:128 -msgid "" -"Odoo support both periodic (manual) and perpetual (automated) inventory " -"valuations. The available methods are standard price, average price, LIFO " -"(for countries allowing it) and FIFO." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:134 -msgid "" -"`View impact of the valuation method on your transactions " -"<https://odoo.com/documentation/functional/valuation.html>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:137 -msgid "Easy retained earnings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:139 -msgid "" -"Retained earnings is the portion of income retained by your business. Odoo " -"automatically calculates your current year earnings in real time so no year-" -"end journal or rollover is required. This is calculated by reporting the " -"profit and loss balance to your balance sheet report automatically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:3 -msgid "Introduction to Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:11 -msgid "Transcript" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Odoo is beautiful accounting software designed for the needs of the 21st " -"century." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Odoo connects directly to your bank or paypal account. Transactions are " -"synchronized every hour and reconciliation is blazing fast. It's like magic." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Instantly create invoices and send them with just a click. No need to print " -"them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:20 -msgid "Odoo can send them for you by email or regular mail." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:22 -msgid "Your customers pay online, meaning you get your money right away." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Odoo accounting is connected with all Odoo our apps such as sale, purchase, " -"inventory and subscriptions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:27 -msgid "" -"This way, recording vendor bills is also super quick. Set a vendor, select " -"the purchase order and Odoo fills in everything for you automatically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Then, just use the SEPA protocol or print checks to pay vendors in batches." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:33 -msgid "It's that easy with Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Wait, there is more. You will love the Odoo reports. From legal statements " -"to executive summaries, they are fast and dynamic. Use Odoo's business " -"intelligence feature to navigate through all your companies data." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Of course, Odoo is mobile too. You can use it to check your accounts on the " -"go." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:41 -msgid "Try Odoo now, and join 2 millions of happy users." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:5 -msgid "Accounting Memento For Entrepreneurs (US GAAP)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:11 -msgid "" -"The **Profit and Loss** (P&L) report shows the performance of the company " -"over a specific period (usually the current year)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:16 -msgid "" -"The **Gross Profit** equals the revenues from sales minus the cost of goods " -"sold." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:21 -msgid "" -"**Operating Expenses** (OPEX) include administration, sales and R&D salaries" -" as well as rent and utilities, miscellaneous costs, insurances, … anything " -"beyond the costs of products sold." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:27 -msgid "" -"The **Balance Sheet** is a snapshot of the company's finances at a specific " -"date (as opposed to the Profit and Loss which is an analysis over a period)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:32 -msgid "" -"**Assets** represent the company's wealth, things it owns. Fixed assets " -"includes building and offices, current assets include bank accounts and " -"cash. A client owing money is an asset. An employee is not an asset." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:38 -msgid "" -"**Liabilities** are obligations from past events that the company will have " -"to pay in the future (utility bills, debts, unpaid suppliers)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:43 -msgid "" -"**Equity** is the amount of the funds contributed by the owners (founders or" -" shareholders) plus previously retained earnings (or losses)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:48 -msgid "Each year, net profits (or losses) are reported to retained earnings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:54 -msgid "" -"What is owned (an asset) has been financed through debts to reimburse " -"(liabilities) or equity (profits, capital)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:57 -msgid "" -"A difference is made between buying an assets (e.g. a building) and expenses" -" (e.g. fuel). Assets have an intrinsic value over time, versus expenses " -"having value in them being consumed for the company to \"work\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:64 -msgid "Assets = Liabilities + Equity" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:67 -msgid "Chart of Accounts" -msgstr "Hesap Planı" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:69 -msgid "" -"The **chart of accounts** lists all the accounts, whether they are balance " -"sheet accounts or P&L accounts. Every financial transaction (e.g. a payment," -" an invoice) impacts accounts by moving value from one account (credit) to " -"an other account (debit)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:76 -msgid "Balance = Debit - Credit" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:84 -msgid "Journal Entries" -msgstr "Yevmiye Kayıtları" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:86 -msgid "" -"Every financial document of the company (e.g. an invoice, a bank statement, " -"a pay slip, a capital increase contract) is recorded as a journal entry, " -"impacting several accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:90 -msgid "" -"For a journal entry to be *balanced*, the sum of all its debits must be " -"equal to the sum of all its credits." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:95 -msgid "examples of accounting entries for various transactions. Example:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:97 -msgid "Example 1: Customer Invoice:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:99 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:117 -msgid "Explanation:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:101 -msgid "You generate a revenue of $1,000" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:102 -msgid "You have a tax to pay of $90" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:103 -msgid "The customer owes $1,090" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:122 -msgid "Configuration:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:107 -msgid "Income: defined on the product, or the product category" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:108 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:125 -msgid "Account Receivable: defined on the customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:109 -msgid "Tax: defined on the tax set on the invoice line" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:111 -msgid "" -"The fiscal position used on the invoice may have a rule that replaces the " -"Income Account or the tax defined on the product by another one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:115 -msgid "Example 2: Customer Payment:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:119 -msgid "Your customer owes $1,090 less" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:120 -msgid "Your receive $1,090 on your bank account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:124 -msgid "Bank Account: defined on the related bank journal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:130 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:26 -msgid "Reconciliation" -msgstr "Uzlaştırma" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:132 -msgid "" -"Reconciliation is the process of linking journal items of a specific " -"account, matching credits and debits." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:135 -msgid "" -"Its primary purpose is to link payments to their related invoices in order " -"to mark invoices that are paid and clear the customer statement. This is " -"done by doing a reconciliation on the *Accounts Receivable* account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:139 -msgid "" -"An invoice is marked as paid when its Accounts Receivable journal items are " -"reconciled with the related payment journal items." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:142 -msgid "Reconciliation is performed automatically by the system when:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:144 -msgid "the payment is registered directly on the invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:145 -msgid "" -"the links between the payments and the invoices are detected at the bank " -"matching process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:0 -msgid "Customer Statement Example" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:156 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 -msgid "Accounts Receivable" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:156 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 -msgid "Debit" -msgstr "Borç" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:156 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 -msgid "Credit" -msgstr "Alacak" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 -msgid "Invoice 1" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:61 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:63 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:60 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:62 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:76 -msgid "100" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:160 -msgid "Payment 1.1" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:160 -msgid "70" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:162 -msgid "Invoice 2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:162 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:166 -msgid "65" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:164 -msgid "Payment 1.2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:164 -msgid "30" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:166 -msgid "Payment 2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:168 -msgid "Invoice 3" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:168 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:172 -msgid "50" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:172 -msgid "Total To Pay" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:179 -msgid "" -"Bank reconciliation is the matching of bank statement lines (provided by " -"your bank) with transactions recorded internally (payments to suppliers or " -"from customers). For each line in a bank statement, it can be:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:184 -msgid "matched with a previously recorded payment:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:184 -msgid "" -"a payment is registered when a check is received from a customer, then " -"matched when checking the bank statement" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:188 -msgid "recorded as a new payment:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:187 -msgid "" -"the payment's journal entry is created and :ref:`reconciled " -"<accounting/reconciliation>` with the related invoice when processing the " -"bank statement" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:191 -msgid "recorded as another transaction:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:191 -msgid "bank transfer, direct charge, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:193 -msgid "" -"Odoo should automatically reconcile most transactions, only a few of them " -"should need manual review. When the bank reconciliation process is finished," -" the balance on the bank account in Odoo should match the bank statement's " -"balance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:201 -msgid "Checks Handling" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:203 -msgid "There are two approaches to manage checks and internal wire transfer:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:205 -msgid "Two journal entries and a reconciliation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:206 -msgid "One journal entry and a bank reconciliation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:210 -msgid "" -"The first journal entry is created by registering the payment on the " -"invoice. The second one is created when registering the bank statement." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 -msgid "Account" -msgstr "Hesap" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:61 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:73 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:75 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:60 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:74 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:79 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:143 -msgid "Account Receivable" -msgstr "Alacak Hesabı" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 -msgid "Invoice ABC" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 -msgid "Undeposited funds" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 -msgid "Check 0123" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:85 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:135 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:95 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:145 -msgid "Bank" -msgstr "Banka" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:235 -msgid "" -"A journal entry is created by registering the payment on the invoice. When " -"reconciling the bank statement, the statement line is linked to the existing" -" journal entry." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 -msgid "Bank Statement" -msgstr "Banka Hesap Özeti" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 -msgid "Statement XYZ" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:3 -msgid "Accounting Terminologies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:6 -msgid "Journal" -msgstr "Yevmiye" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:9 -msgid "" -"A journal is like a folder in which you record all transactions of the same " -"type: all the statements of a bank account, all customer invoices, all " -"supplier bills. It's used to organize similar transactions together." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:13 -msgid "Payment Terms" -msgstr "Ödeme Koşulları" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Payment terms describe how and when a customer invoice (or supplier bill) " -"should be paid over the time. Example: 30% direct payment, balance due in " -"two months." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Bank reconciliation is the process of matching transactions from your bank " -"records with existing journal items or creating new journal items on the " -"fly. It is a process of verification to ensure that your bank and your " -"records in Odoo say the same thing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Journal items reconciliation is the process of linking several journal items" -" together like an invoice and a payment. This allows you to mark invoices as" -" paid. It is also useful when comparing values of 'goods received not " -"invoiced' and 'goods shipped not billed' accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:33 -msgid "Deposit Ticket" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Deposit tickets group several payment orders (usually checks) that are " -"deposited together at the bank at the same time. This allows an easy " -"reconciliation with the bank statement line if the line has one line per " -"deposit." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:40 -msgid "Journal Entry" -msgstr "Yevmiye Kaydı" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:43 -msgid "" -"A journal entry is an accounting transaction, usually related to a financial" -" document: invoice, payment, receipt, etc. A journal entry always consists " -"of at least two lines, described here as journal items, which credit or " -"debit specific accounts. The sum of the credits of all journal items of a " -"journal entry must be equal to the sum of their debits for the entry to be " -"valid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:50 -msgid "Journal Item" -msgstr "Yevmiye Kalemleri" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:53 -msgid "" -"A line of a journal entry, with a monetary debit or credit associated with a" -" specific account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:55 -msgid "Analytic Accounts" -msgstr "Analitik Hesaplar" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Sometimes called **Cost Accounts**, are accounts that are not part of the " -"chart of accounts and that allow you to track costs and revenues. Analytic " -"accounts are usually grouped by projects, departments, etc. for analysis of " -"a company's expenditures. Every journal item is posted in a regular account " -"in the chart of account and can be posted to an analytic account for the " -"purpose of reporting or analysis." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:65 -msgid "Analytic Entries" -msgstr "Analitik Kayıtları" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Costs or revenues posted to analytic accounts, usually related to journal " -"entries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:70 -msgid "Sales Receipt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:73 -msgid "" -"A receipt or other slip of paper issued by a store or other vendor " -"describing the details of a purchase (amount, date, department, etc.). Sales" -" receipt are usually used instead of invoices if the sale is paid in cash in" -" a store." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:80 -msgid "" -"Property owned by the company, usually with a useful life greater than one " -"reporting period. Odoo Asset management is used to manage the depreciation /" -" amortization of the asset over the time. Typical examples would be capital " -"equipment, vehicles, and real estate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:84 -msgid "Deferred Revenues" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:87 -msgid "" -"Are used to recognize revenues for sales of services that are provided over " -"a long period of time. If you sell a 3 year maintenance contract, you can " -"use the deferred revenue mechanism to recognize 1/36 of the revenue every " -"month until the contract expires, rather than taking it all initially or at " -"the end." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:93 -msgid "Fiscal Position" -msgstr "Mali Koşul" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:96 -msgid "" -"Define the taxes that should be applied for a specific customer/vendor or " -"invoice. Example: If some customers benefit from specific taxes (government," -" construction companies, EU companies that are VAT subjected,…), you can " -"assign a fiscal position to them and the right tax will be selected " -"according to the products they buy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview.rst:3 -msgid "Process overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:3 -msgid "From Invoice to Payment Collection" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo supports multiple invoicing and payment workflows, so you can choose " -"and use the ones that match your business needs. Whether you want to accept " -"a single payment for a single invoice, or process a payment spanning " -"multiple invoices and taking discounts for early payments, you can do so " -"efficiently and accurately." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:12 -msgid "From Draft Invoice to Profit and Loss" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:14 -msgid "" -"If we pick up at the end of a typical 'order to cash' scenario, after the " -"goods have been shipped, you will: issue an invoice; receive payment; " -"deposit that payment at the bank; make sure the Customer Invoice is closed; " -"follow up if Customers are late; and finally present your Income on the " -"Profit and Loss report and show the decrease in Assets on the Balance Sheet " -"report." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Invoicing in most countries occurs when a contractual obligation is met. If " -"you ship a box to a customer, you have met the terms of the contract and can" -" bill them. If your supplier sends you a shipment, they have met the terms " -"of that contract and can bill you. Therefore, the terms of the contract is " -"fulfilled when the box moves to or from the truck. At this point, Odoo " -"supports the creation of what is called a Draft Invoice by Warehouse staff." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:30 -msgid "Invoice creation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Draft invoices can be manually generated from other documents such as Sales " -"Orders, Purchase Orders,etc. Although you can create a draft invoice " -"directly if you would like." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:36 -msgid "" -"An invoice must be provided to the customer with the necessary information " -"in order for them to pay for the goods and services ordered and delivered. " -"It must also include other information needed to pay the invoice in a timely" -" and precise manner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:42 -msgid "Draft invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:44 -msgid "" -"The system generates invoice which are initially set to the Draft state. " -"While these invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:47 -msgid "" -"remain unvalidated, they have no accounting impact within the system. There " -"is nothing to stop users from creating their own draft invoices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:50 -msgid "Let's create a customer invoice with following information:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:52 -msgid "Customer: Agrolait" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:53 -msgid "Product: iMac" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:54 -msgid "Quantity: 1" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:55 -msgid "Unit Price: 100" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:56 -msgid "Taxes: Tax 15%" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:64 -msgid "The document is composed of three parts:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:66 -msgid "the top of the invoice, with customer information," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:67 -msgid "the main body of the invoice, with detailed invoice lines," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:68 -msgid "the bottom of the page, with detail about the taxes, and the totals." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:71 -msgid "Open or Pro-forma invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:73 -msgid "" -"An invoice will usually include the quantity and price the of goods and/or " -"services, the date, any parties involved, the unique invoice number, and any" -" tax information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:77 -msgid "" -"\"Validate\" the invoice when you are ready to approve it. The invoice then " -"moves from the Draft state to the Open state." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:80 -msgid "" -"When you have validated an invoice, Odoo gives it a unique number from a " -"defined, and modifiable, sequence." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:86 -msgid "" -"Accounting entries corresponding to this invoice are automatically generated" -" when you validate the invoice. You can see the details by clicking on the " -"entry in the Journal Entry field in the \"Other Info\" tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:95 -msgid "Send the invoice to customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:97 -msgid "" -"After validating the customer invoice, you can directly send it to the " -"customer via the 'Send by email' functionality." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:103 -msgid "" -"A typical journal entry generated from a validated invoice will look like as" -" follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 -msgid "**Partner**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 -msgid "**Due date**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 -msgid "Agrolait" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 -msgid "01/07/2015" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 -msgid "115" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 -msgid "15" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:16 -msgid "Sales" -msgstr "Satış" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:117 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:89 -msgid "Payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:119 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, an invoice is considered to be paid when the associated accounting " -"entry has been reconciled with the payment entries. If there has not been a " -"reconciliation, the invoice will remain in the Open state until you have " -"entered the payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:124 -msgid "" -"A typical journal entry generated from a payment will look like as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:136 -msgid "Receive a partial payment through the bank statement" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:138 -msgid "" -"You can manually enter your bank statements in Odoo, or you can import them " -"in from a csv file or from several other predefined formats according to " -"your accounting localisation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:142 -msgid "" -"Create a bank statement from the accounting dashboard with the related " -"journal and enter an amount of $100 ." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:149 -msgid "Reconcile" -msgstr "Uzlaştır" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:151 -msgid "Now let's reconcile!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:156 -msgid "" -"You can now go through every transaction and reconcile them or you can mass " -"reconcile with instructions at the bottom." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:158 -msgid "" -"After reconciling the items in the sheet, the related invoice will now " -"display \"You have outstanding payments for this customer. You can reconcile" -" them to pay this invoice. \"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:168 -msgid "" -"Apply the payment. Below, you can see that the payment has been added to the" -" invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:175 -msgid "Payment Followup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:177 -msgid "" -"There's a growing trend of customers paying bills later and later. " -"Therefore, collectors must make every effort to collect money and collect it" -" faster." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:181 -msgid "" -"Odoo will help you define your follow-up strategy. To remind customers to " -"pay their outstanding invoices, you can define different actions depending " -"on how severely overdue the customer is. These actions are bundled into " -"follow-up levels that are triggered when the due date of an invoice has " -"passed a certain number of days. If there are other overdue invoices for the" -" same customer, the actions of the most overdue invoice will be executed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:189 -msgid "" -"By going to the customer record and diving into the \"Overdue Payments\" you" -" will see the follow-up message and all overdue invoices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:199 -msgid "Customer aging report:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:201 -msgid "" -"The customer aging report will be an additional key tool for the collector " -"to understand the customer credit issues, and to prioritize their work." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:205 -msgid "" -"Use the aging report to determine which customers are overdue and begin your" -" collection efforts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:212 -msgid "Profit and loss" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:214 -msgid "" -"The Profit and Loss statement displays your revenue and expense details. " -"Ultimately, this gives you a clear image of your Net Profit and Loss. It is " -"sometimes referred to as the \"Income Statement\" or \"Statement of Revenues" -" and Expenses.\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:223 -msgid "Balance sheet" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:225 -msgid "" -"The balance sheet summarizes the your company's liabilities, assets and " -"equity at a specific moment in time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:234 -msgid "" -"For example, if you manage your inventory using the perpetual accounting " -"method, you should expect a decrease in account \"Current Assets\" once the " -"material has been shipped to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:3 -msgid "From Vendor Bills to Payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Once vendor bills are registered in Odoo, you can easily pay vendors for the" -" correct amount and at the right time (not too late, not too early; " -"depending on your vendor policy). Odoo also offers reports to track your " -"aged payable balances." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:10 -msgid "" -"If you want to control vendor bills received from your vendors, you can use " -"the Odoo Purchase application that allows you to control and pre-complete " -"them automatically based on past purchase orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:15 -msgid "From Vendor Bill to Payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:18 -msgid "Record a new vendor bill" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:20 -msgid "" -"When a vendor bill is received, you can record it from " -":menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendor Bills` in the Accounting application. " -"As a shortcut, you can also use the **New Bill** feature on the accounting " -"dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:27 -msgid "" -"To register a new vendor bill, start by selecting a vendor and inputting " -"their invoice as the **Vendor Reference**, then add and confirm the product " -"lines, making sure to have the right product quantities, taxes and prices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Save the invoice to update the pre tax and tax amounts at the bottom of the " -"screen. You will most likely need to configure the prices of your products " -"without taxes as Odoo will compute the tax for you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:40 -msgid "" -"On the bottom left corner, Odoo shows a summary table of all taxes on the " -"vendor bill. In several countries, different methods are accepted to round " -"the totals (round per line, or round globally). The default rounding method " -"in Odoo is to round the final prices per line (as you may have different " -"taxes per product. E.g. Alcohol and cigarettes). However if your vendor has " -"a different tax amount on their bill, you can change the amount in the " -"bottom left table to adjust and match." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:48 -msgid "Validate The Vendor Bill" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Once the vendor bill is validated, a journal entry will be generated based " -"on the configuration on the invoice. This journal entry may differ depending" -" on the the accounting package you choose to use." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:54 -msgid "" -"For most European countries, the journal entry will use the following " -"accounts:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:57 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:66 -msgid "**Accounts Payable:** defined on the vendor form" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:59 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:68 -msgid "**Taxes:** defined on the products and per line" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:61 -msgid "**Expenses:** defined on the line item product used" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:63 -msgid "" -"For Anglo-Saxon (US) accounting, the journal entry will use the following " -"accounts:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:70 -msgid "**Goods Received:** defined on the product form" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:72 -msgid "" -"You can check your Profit & Loss or the Balance Sheet reports after having " -"validated a couple of vendor bills to see the impact on your general ledger." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:77 -msgid "Pay a bill" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:79 -msgid "" -"To create a payment for an open vendor bill directly, you can click on " -"**Register a Payment** at the top of the form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:82 -msgid "" -"From there, you select the payment method (i.e. Checking account, credit " -"card, check, etc…) and the amount you wish to pay. By default, Odoo will " -"propose the entire remaining balance on the bill for payment. In the memo " -"field, we recommend you set the vendor invoice number as a reference (Odoo " -"will auto fill this field from the from the vendor bill if set it " -"correctly)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:94 -msgid "" -"You can also register a payment to a vendor directly without applying it to " -"a vendor bill. To do that, :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. Then, " -"from the vendor bill you will be able to reconcile this payment with " -"directly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:99 -msgid "Printing vendor Checks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:101 -msgid "" -"If you choose to pay your vendor bills by check, Odoo offers a method to do " -"so directly from your vendor payments within Odoo. Whether you do so on a " -"daily basis or prefer to do so at the end of the week, you can print in " -"checks in batches." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:106 -msgid "" -"If you have checks to print, Odoo's accounting dashboard acts as a to do " -"list and reminds you of how many checks you have left to be printed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:112 -msgid "" -"By selecting the amount of checks to be printed, you can dive right into a " -"list of all payments that are ready to be processed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:115 -msgid "" -"Select all the checks you wish to print (use the first checkbox to select " -"them all) and set the action to **Print Checks**. Odoo will ask you to set " -"the next check number in the sequence and will then print all the checks at " -"once." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:127 -msgid "Aged payable balance" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:129 -msgid "" -"In order to get a list of open vendor bills and their related due dates, you" -" can use the **Aged Payable** report, under the reporting menu, (in " -":menuselection:`Reporting --> Business Statement --> Aged payable`) to get a" -" visual of all of your outstanding bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:137 -msgid "" -"From here, you can click directly on a vendors name to open up the details " -"of all outstanding bills and the amounts due, or you can annotate any line " -"for managements information. At any point in time while you're looking " -"through the report, you can print directly to Excel or PDF and get exactly " -"what you see on the screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:144 -msgid ":doc:`customer_invoice`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables.rst:3 -msgid "Account Payables" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc.rst:3 -msgid "Misc" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:3 -msgid "How to keep track of employee expenses?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Employee expenses are charges incurred on behalf of the company. The company" -" then reimburses these expenses to the employee. The receipts encountered " -"most frequently are:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:9 -msgid "car travel, reimbursed per unit of distance (mile or kilometer)," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:11 -msgid "subsistence expenses, reimbursed based on the bill," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:13 -msgid "" -"other purchases, such as stationery and books, destined for the company but " -"carried out by the employee." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:19 -msgid "" -"To manage expenses, you need to install the **Expense Tracker** application " -"from the Apps module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:22 -msgid "" -"You will also need to install the **Sales Management** module in order to " -"re-invoice your expenses to your customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Once these applications are installed you can configure the different " -"products that represent the types of expenses. To create the firsts " -"products, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Expenses " -"Products` in the **Expenses** application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:30 -msgid "Some examples of products can be:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:32 -msgid "**Travel (car)**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:34 -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:50 -msgid "Product Type: Service" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:36 -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:52 -msgid "Invoicing Policy: Invoice based on time and material" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:38 -msgid "Expense Invoice Policy: At sales price" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:40 -msgid "Sale Price: 0.32" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Unit of Measure: Km or mile (you will need to enable the **Multiple Unit of " -"Measures** option from :menuselection:`Sales module --> Configuration`)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:48 -msgid "**Hotel**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:54 -msgid "Expense Invoice Policy: At cost" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:56 -msgid "Unit of Measure: Unit" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:58 -msgid "" -"In these examples, the first product will be an expense we reimburse to the " -"employee based on the number of km he did with his own car (e.g. to visit a " -"customer): 0.32€ / km. The hotel is reimbursed based on the real cost of the" -" hotel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Be sure that all these products have the checkbox **Can be expensed** " -"checked and the invoicing policy set to **Invoice Based on time and " -"material**. This invoicing policy means that, if the expense is related to a" -" customer project/sale order, Odoo will re-invoice this expense to the " -"customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:69 -msgid "Odoo support two types of expenses:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:71 -msgid "expenses paid by employee with their own money" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:73 -msgid "expenses paid with a company credit card" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:76 -msgid "The expenses workflow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:79 -msgid "Record a new expense" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:81 -msgid "" -"Every employee of the company can register their expenses from " -":menuselection:`Expenses application --> My Expenses`. The workflow for " -"personal expenses work that way:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:85 -msgid "an employee record his expense, and submit it to the manager" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:87 -msgid "the manager approve or refuse the expense" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:89 -msgid "the accountant post journal entries" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:91 -msgid "" -"the company reimburse the employee expense (the employee is like a vendor, " -"with a payable account)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:94 -msgid "" -"if the expense is linked to an analytic account, the company can reinvoice " -"the customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:97 -msgid "For every expense, the employee should record at least:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:99 -msgid "a description: that should include the reference of the ticket / bill" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:101 -msgid "a product: the expense type" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:103 -msgid "" -"a price (e.g. hotel) or a quantity (e.g. reimburse km if travel with his own" -" car)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:106 -msgid "" -"Depending of the policy of the company, he might have to attach a scan or a " -"photo of the expense. To do that, just a write a message in the bottom of " -"the expense with the scan of the bill/ticket in attachment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:113 -msgid "" -"If the expense is linked to a customer project, you should not forget to set" -" an analytic account, related to the customer project or sale order (you " -"might have to activate analytic accounts in the accounting settings to get " -"this feature)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:118 -msgid "" -"Once the expense is fully recorded, the employee has to click the button " -"**Submit to Manager**. In some companies, employees should submit their " -"expenses grouped at the end of the month, or at the end of a business trip." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:123 -msgid "" -"An employee can submit all his expenses in batch, using the Submit Expenses " -"action from the list view of expenses, or the small icons in the list view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:128 -msgid "Validation by the manager" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:130 -msgid "" -"Managers should receive an email for every expense to be approved (the " -"manager of an employee is defined on the employee form). They can use the " -"menu **To Approve** to check all expenses that are waiting for validation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:135 -msgid "The manager can:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:137 -msgid "" -"discuss on an expense to ask for more information (e.g., if a scan of the " -"bill is missing);" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:140 -msgid "reject an expense;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:142 -msgid "approve an expense." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:145 -msgid "Control by the accountant" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:147 -msgid "" -"Then, all expenses that have been validated by the manager should be posted " -"by the accountant. When an expense is posted, the related journal entry is " -"created and posted in your accounting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:151 -msgid "" -"If the accountant wants to create only one journal entry for a batch of " -"expenses, he can post expenses in batch from the list view of all expenses." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:156 -msgid "Reinvoice expenses to customers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:158 -msgid "" -"If the expense was linked to an analytic account related to a sale order, " -"the sale order has a new line related to the expense. This line is not " -"invoiced to the customer yet and will be included in the next invoice that " -"will be send to the customer (charge travel and accommodations on a customer" -" project)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:164 -msgid "" -"To invoice the customer, just click on the invoice button on his sale order." -" (or it will be done automatically at the end of the week/month if you " -"invoice all your orders in batch)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:176 -msgid "Reimburse the employee" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:178 -msgid "" -"If the expense was paid with the employee's own money, the company should " -"reimburse the employee. In such a case, the employee will appear in the aged" -" payable balance until the company reimburse him his expenses." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:183 -msgid "" -"All you have to do is to create a payment to this employee for the amount " -"due." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:190 -msgid "Expenses that are not reinvoiced to customers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:192 -msgid "" -"If some expenses should not be reinvoiced to customers, you have two " -"options:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:195 -msgid "" -"if the decision to invoice or not is related to the product, change the " -"invoicing policy on the product:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:198 -msgid "**based on time and material**: reinvoice the customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:200 -msgid "**based on sale orders**: do not reinvoice the customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:202 -msgid "" -"if you have to make an exception for one invoice that should not be " -"reinvoiced to the customer, do not set the related analytic account for this" -" invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:208 -msgid ":doc:`forecast`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:3 -msgid "How to forecast future bills to pay?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When you get hundreds of vendor bills per month with each of them having " -"different payment terms, it could be complex to follow what you have to pay " -"and when. Paying your vendors too early can decrease your cash " -"availabilities and paying too late can lead to extra charges." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Fortunately, Odoo provides you the right tools to manage payment orders to " -"vendors efficiently." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:14 -msgid "Configuration: payment terms" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:16 -msgid "" -"In order to track the vendor conditions, we use payment terms in Odoo. " -"Payment terms allow to keep track of the conditions to compute the due date " -"on an invoice. As an example, a payment term can be:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:20 -msgid "50% within 30 days" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:22 -msgid "50% within 45 days" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:24 -msgid "" -"To create your most common payment terms, use the menu: " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Management --> Payment Terms` in the " -"**Accounting** application. The following example show a payment term of 30%" -" directly and the balance after 30 days." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Once payment terms are defined, you can assign them to your vendor by " -"default. Set the Vendor Payment Term field on the Accounting tab of a vendor" -" form. That way, every time you will purchase to this vendor, Odoo will " -"propose you automatically the right payment term." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:42 -msgid "" -"If you do not set a specific payment term on a vendor, you will still be " -"able to set a specific payment term on the vendor bill." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:46 -msgid "Forecast bills to pay with the Aged Payables report" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:48 -msgid "" -"In order to track amounts to be paid to the vendors, use the Aged Payable " -"report. You can get it from the Reports menu of the Accounting application. " -"This report gives you a summary per vendor of the amounts to pay, compared " -"to their due date (the due date being computed on each bill using the " -"payment term)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:57 -msgid "" -"This reports tells you how much you will have to pay within the next months." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:61 -msgid "Select bills to pay" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Using the menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendor Bills`, you can get a " -"list of vendor bills. Using the advanced filters, you can list all the bills" -" that you should pay or the bills that are overdue (you are late on the " -"payment)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:70 -msgid "" -"From this screen, you can also switch to the pivot table or the graph view " -"to get statistics on the amount due over the next month, using the group by " -"\"Due Date\" feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay.rst:3 -msgid "Pay supplier bills" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:3 -msgid "Pay by Checks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Once you decide to pay a supplier bill, you can select to pay by check. " -"Then, at the end of the day, the manager can print all checks by batch. " -"Finally, the bank reconciliation process will match the checks you sent to " -"suppliers with actual bank statements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:14 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:29 -msgid "Install the required module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:16 -msgid "" -"To record supplier payments by checks, you must install the **Check " -"Writing** module. This module handle the process of recording checks in " -"Odoo. Others modules are necessary to print checks, according to the " -"country. As an example, the **U.S. Check Printing** module is required to " -"print U.S. checks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:24 -msgid "" -"According to your country and the chart of account you use, those modules " -"may be installed by default. (example: United States users have nothing to " -"install, it's configured by default)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:29 -msgid "Activate checks payment methods" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:31 -msgid "" -"In order to allow payments by checks, you must activate the payment method " -"on related bank journals. From the accounting dashboard (the screen you get " -"when you enter the accounting application), click on your bank account on " -":menuselection:`More --> Settings` option. On the **Payment Method** field, " -"set **Check**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:41 -msgid "Compatible check stationery for printing checks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:44 -msgid "United States" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:46 -msgid "For the United States, Odoo supports by default the check formats of:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:48 -msgid "**Quickbooks & Quicken**: check on top, stubs in the middle and bottom" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:49 -msgid "**Peachtree**: check in the middle, stubs on top and bottom" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:50 -msgid "**ADP**: check in the bottom, and stubs on the top." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:52 -msgid "" -"It is also possible to customize your own check format through " -"customizations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:55 -msgid "Pay a supplier bill with a check" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:57 -msgid "Paying a supplier with a check is done in three steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:59 -msgid "registering a payment you'd like to do on the bill" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:60 -msgid "printing checks in batch for all registered payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:61 -msgid "reconcile bank statements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:64 -msgid "Register a payment by check" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:66 -msgid "" -"To register a payment on a bill, open any supplier bill from the menu " -":menuselection:`Purchases --> Supplier Bills`. Once the supplier bill is " -"validated, you can register a payment. Set the **Payment Method** to " -"**Check** and validate the payment dialog." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:74 -msgid "Explanation of the fields of the payment screen:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Has Invoices" -msgstr "Faturalar Var" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Technical field used for usability purposes" -msgstr "Kullanılabilirlik için kullanılan teknik alan" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Hide Payment Method" -msgstr "Ödeme Yönetimi Gizle" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Technical field used to hide the payment method if the selected journal has " -"only one available which is 'manual'" -msgstr "" -"Seçilen günlükte yalnızca bir tane mevcutsa ödeme yöntemini gizlemek için " -"kullanılan teknik alan 'manuel'" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Code" -msgstr "Kodu" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Technical field used to adapt the interface to the payment type selected." -msgstr "" -"Ara birimi seçilen ödeme türüne uyarlamak için kullanılan teknik alan." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Check Number" -msgstr "Çek No" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "" -"The selected journal is configured to print check numbers. If your pre-" -"printed check paper already has numbers or if the current numbering is " -"wrong, you can change it in the journal configuration page." -msgstr "" -"Seçilen yevmiye kontrol numaralarını basacak şekilde yapılandırılmıştır. " -"Önceden basılmış çek kağıtlarınızın numaraları zaten varsa veya geçerli " -"numaralandırma yanlışsa, yevmiye yapılandırma sayfasından " -"değiştirebilirsiniz." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:80 -msgid "Try paying a supplier bill with a check" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:85 -msgid "Print checks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:87 -msgid "" -"From the accounting dashboard, on your bank account, you should see a link " -"\"X checks to print\". Click on this link and you will get the list of all " -"checks that are not printed yet. From this screen, you can print all checks " -"in batch or review them one by one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:92 -msgid "" -"If you want to review every payment one by one before printing the check, " -"open on the payment and click on **Print Check** if you accept it. A dialog " -"will ask you the number of the check. It automatically proposes you the next" -" number, but you can change it if it does not match your next check number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:98 -msgid "" -"To print all checks in batch, select all payments from the list view and " -"Print Check from the top \"print\" menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:107 -msgid "Reconcile Bank Statements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:109 -msgid "" -"Once you process your bank statement, when the check is credited from your " -"bank account, Odoo will propose you automatically to match it with the " -"payment. This will mark the payment as **Reconciled**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:115 -msgid "" -"to review checks that have not been credited, open the list of payments and " -"filter on the Sent state. Review those payments that have a date more than 2" -" weeks ago." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:120 -msgid "Pay anything with a check" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:122 -msgid "" -"You can register a payment that is not related to a supplier bill. To do so," -" use the top menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. Register your " -"payment and select a payment method by check." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:126 -msgid "" -"If you pay a specific supplier bill, put the reference of the bill in the " -"**Memo** field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:132 -msgid "" -"Once your payment by check is registered, don't forget to **Confirm** it. " -"Once confirmed, you can use **Print Check** directly or follow the preceding" -" flow to print checks in batch:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:136 -msgid "`Print checks <PrintChecks_>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:138 -msgid "`Reconcile bank statements <ReconicleBankStatements_>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:3 -msgid "How to pay several bills at once?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo provides a simple and effective way to handle several bills at once, " -"with various quick or complex options. With one single process, anyone is " -"able to handle bills and payment in just a few clicks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:10 -msgid "Pay multiple bills with one payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:13 -msgid "Record several payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:15 -msgid "" -"In the following example, we will generate some bills. You can control the " -"whole process from your accounting dashboard (first screen you get when you " -"open the accounting application)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:22 -msgid "" -"To create a bill, open the Dashboard menu and click on **Vendor Bills**. In " -"the Vendor Bills window, click on **Create**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Choose the vendor from which you wish to purchase the product, and click on " -"Add an item to add one (or more) product(s). Click on **Save** and then " -"**Validate**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:33 -msgid "Pay supplier bills, one after the other" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:38 -msgid "" -"We will now record a payment for one bill only. Open the bill, then click on" -" **Register Payment**. Insert the Payment Method, Date and Amount, and click" -" on **Validate**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Once you have validated the payment, the system will automatically reconcile" -" the payment with the bill, and set the bill as **Paid**. The system will " -"also generate a move from the payment account and reconcile it with the " -"expense transaction." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:51 -msgid "Pay several bills altogether" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:53 -msgid "" -"In order to illustrate the process thoroughly, create at least 2 more bills " -"following the above standing guide. **Make sure all bills come from the same" -" vendor.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:60 -msgid "" -"In the Vendors Bills, select the new bills you have just created by checking" -" the box next to each of them. In the Action menu located in the middle of " -"the page, click on **Register Payment**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Insert the details of the payment. The system calculated the total amount " -"for both bills, but you can modify it freely. Click on **Validate**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:71 -msgid "Record the payment, reconcile afterwards" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:73 -msgid "" -"You can also reconcile a payment with bills after the payment has been " -"recorded." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:76 -msgid "First, we need to create a payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:78 -msgid "" -"This will handle from :menuselection:`Dashboard --> Bank journal --> More " -"Option --> Send Money`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:84 -msgid "" -"Creating payment order with check payment method. Selecting related Vendor " -"and amount which remain to pay. After filling all details, we will confirm " -"the payment order which will generate payment transaction with the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:92 -msgid "" -"As you can see, bill payment status show what is posted and what is " -"remaining to reconcile." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:95 -msgid "" -"After receiving bank statement from the bank with payment detail, you can " -"reconcile the transaction from the Dashboard. It will automatically map the " -"transaction amount." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:101 -msgid "For more detail on the bank reconciliation process, please read:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:106 -msgid "Partial payments of several supplier bills" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:109 -msgid "How to pay several supplier bills having cash discounts at once?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:111 -msgid "" -"You already learned how to pay bills in various way but what about partial " -"payment? We are taking another example where we will do partial payment for " -"various bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:115 -msgid "" -"We are creating multiple bills and partially pay them through bank " -"statements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:118 -msgid "" -"We are adding payment terms which allow some cash discount where vendor " -"offer us early payment discount." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:124 -msgid "" -"We are creating the following bills with the assignment of the above payment" -" term." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:130 -msgid "We have created the following bills:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:135 -msgid "" -"We will pay the invoices by creating bank statement where we will adjust the" -" cash discount our vendor provided under payment terms." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:141 -msgid "" -"Before reconciling this bank statement, we need to create one statement " -"model for cash discount." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:147 -msgid "Now we are going back to bank statement and opening reconcile view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:151 -msgid "For bank statement reconciliation with model option, see" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:67 -msgid "Pay with SEPA" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:5 -msgid "" -"SEPA, the Single Euro Payments Area, is a payment-integration initiative of " -"the European union for simplification of bank transfers denominated in EURO." -" SEPA allows you to send payment orders to your bank to automate bank wire " -"transfer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:10 -msgid "" -"SEPA is supported by the banks of the 28 EU member states as well as " -"Iceland, Norway, Switzerland, Andorra, Monaco and San Marino." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:13 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, once you decide to pay a vendor, you can select to pay the bill " -"with SEPA. Then, at the end of the day, the manager can generate the SEPA " -"file containing all bank wire transfers and send it to the bank. The file " -"follows the SEPA Credit Transfer 'PAIN.001.001.03' specifications. This is a" -" well-defined standard that makes consensus among banks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Once the payments are processed by your bank, you can directly import the " -"account statement inside Odoo. The bank reconciliation process will " -"seamlessly match the SEPA orders you sent to your bank with actual bank " -"statements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:31 -msgid "" -"To pay suppliers with SEPA, you must install the **SEPA Credit Transfer** " -"module. This module handle the process of generating SEPA files based on " -"Odoo payments." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:37 -msgid "" -"According to your country and the chart of account you use, this module may " -"be installed by default." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:41 -msgid "Activate SEPA payment methods on banks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:43 -msgid "" -"In order to allow payments by SEPA, you must activate the payment method on " -"related bank journals. From the accounting dashboard (the screen you get " -"when you enter the accounting application), click on \"More\" on your bank " -"account and select the \"Settings\" option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:48 -msgid "" -"To activate SEPA, click the **Advanced Settings** tab and, in the **Payment " -"Methods** part of the **Miscellaneous** section, check the box **Sepa Credit" -" Transfer**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Make sure to specify the IBAN account number (domestic account number won't " -"work with SEPA) and the BIC (bank identifier code) on your bank journal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:58 -msgid "" -"By default, the payments you send using SEPA will use your company name as " -"initiating party name. This is what appears on the recipient's bank " -"statement in the **payment from** field. You can customize it in your " -"company settings, in the tab **Configuration**, under the **SEPA** section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:70 -msgid "Register your payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:72 -msgid "" -"You can register a payment that is not related to a supplier bill. To do so," -" use the top menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. Register your " -"payment and select a payment method by Sepa Credit Transfer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:76 -msgid "" -"If it's the first time you pay this vendor, you will have to fill in the " -"Recipient Bank Account field with, at least, the bank name, IBAN and BIC " -"(Bank Identifier Code). Odoo will automatically verify the IBAN format." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:80 -msgid "" -"For future payments to this vendor, Odoo will propose you automatically the " -"bank accounts but you will be able to select another one or create a new " -"one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:84 -msgid "" -"If you pay a specific supplier bill, put the reference of the bill in the " -"**memo** field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:90 -msgid "" -"Once your payment is registered, don't forget to Confirm it. You can also " -"pay vendor bills from the bill directly using the Register Payment button on" -" top of a vendor bill. The form is the same, but the payment is directly " -"linked to the bill and will be automatically reconciled to it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:96 -msgid "Generate SEPA files" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:98 -msgid "" -"From your accounting dashboard, you should see if there are SEPA files to " -"generate for every bank account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:104 -msgid "" -"Click on the link to check all the payments that are ready to transfer via " -"SEPA. Then, select all the payments you want to send (or check the top box " -"to select all payment at once) and click on :menuselection:`More --> " -"Download SEPA Payments`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:116 -msgid "The bank refuses my SEPA file" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:118 -msgid "" -"Ask your bank if they support **PAIN.001.001.03 SEPA Credit Transfers**. If " -"they don't, or cannot provide relevant informations, please forward the " -"error message to your Odoo partner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:123 -msgid "There is no Bank Identifier Code recorded for bank account ..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:125 -msgid "" -"In order to send a SEPA payment, the recipient must be identified by a valid" -" IBAN and BIC. If this message appear, you probably encoded an IBAN account " -"for the partner you are paying but forgot to fill in the BIC field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:132 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:168 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:168 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:129 -msgid ":doc:`check`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills.rst:3 -msgid "Supplier Bills" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:3 -msgid "When should I use supplier bills or purchase receipts?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Purchase receipts are different than vendor bills. Vendor bills are requests" -" for payment. If I issue a Purchase Order my vendor will in most business " -"cases send me a Vendor Bill. Depending on his invoice policy I then have a " -"defined amount of time to pay the Bill. A Purchase receipts are " -"confirmations of received payments. They are my day-to-day ticket receipts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:12 -msgid "" -"From an accounting point of view this makes a difference as a Vendor Bill " -"will first credit a debt account before reconciling with the bank account. " -"On the other hand we usually immediately pay the purchase receipts, which " -"means no debt account is necessary." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Moreover purchase receipts can have a different tax amount per product line," -" as vendors bills apply one tax amount over the entire bill." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:20 -msgid "" -"If my company's bank account is used to pay for goods where only a purchase " -"receipt are issued I should use the purchase receipts function in Odoo to " -"handle them in accounting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Let's take the following example: we need to buy tea for our customers from " -"a local tea store that doesn't issue bills. We go every week buy 50 euros " -"worth of tea and a teapot worth 20 euros. We pay with the company's bank " -"account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:32 -msgid "" -"To handle purchase receipts in Odoo one module and one app has to be " -"installed. Go into the app module and install the accounting app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Then, go in the search bar, delete the default module search, and search for" -" \"purchase\". Install the **Sale & Purchase Vouchers** module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:45 -msgid "Register a receipt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:47 -msgid "" -"By installing the **Sale & Purchase Vouchers** I've made the new **Purchase " -"Receipts** drop down menu visible in the accounting app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:50 -msgid "" -"To import our 50 euros worth of tea purchase receipt, enter the accounting " -"app, select :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchase Receipts`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Create a new Purchase Receipt and fill in all the necessary information. " -"Note that you have the choice in the Payment field between **Pay Later** or " -"**Pay Now**. It's a significant difference as Pay Later will generate a debt" -" accounting entry whereas Pay Now will immediately credit the Bank account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:59 -msgid "" -"In most cases you immediately pay, we will thus select the Pay Directly " -"option. Add the products, the related account and the appropriate taxe. For " -"the example we suppose the tea is a 12% taxe and the Tea Pott 21%." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Validate the Purchase Receipt to post it. Don't forget you need to " -":doc:`reconcile payments <../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases>` in order to " -"completely close the transaction in your accounting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage vendor Bills?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The **Purchase** application allows you to manage your purchase orders, " -"incoming products, and vendor bills all seamlessly in one place." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:8 -msgid "" -"If you want to set up a vendor bill control process, the first thing you " -"need to do is to have purchase data in Odoo. Knowing what has been purchased" -" and received is the first step towards understanding your purchase " -"management processes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:13 -msgid "Here is the standard work flow in Odoo:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:15 -msgid "" -"You begin with a **Request for Quotation (RFQ)** to send out to your " -"vendor(s)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Once the vendor has accepted the RFQ, confirm the RFQ into a **Purchase " -"Order (PO)**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Confirming the PO generates an **Incoming Shipment** if you purchased any " -"stockable products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Upon receiving a **Vendor Bill** from your Vendor, validate the bill with " -"products received in the previous step to ensure accuracy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:27 -msgid "" -"This process may be done by three different people within the company, or " -"only one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:34 -msgid "Installing the Purchase and Inventory applications" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:36 -msgid "" -"From the **Apps** application, search for the **Purchase** module and " -"install it. Due to certain dependencies, Installing Purchase will " -"automatically install the **Inventory** and **Accounting** applications." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:41 -msgid "Creating products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Creating products in Odoo is essential for quick and efficient purchasing " -"within Odoo. Simply navigate to the Products submenu under Purchase, and " -"click create." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:50 -msgid "" -"When creating the product, Pay attention to the **Product Type** field, as " -"it is important:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Products that are set as **Stockable or Consumable** will allow you to keep " -"track of their inventory levels. These options imply stock management and " -"will allow for receiving these kinds of products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Conversely, products that are set as a **Service or Digital Product** will " -"not imply stock management, simply due to the fact that there is no " -"inventory to manage. You will not be able to receive products under either " -"of these designations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:65 -msgid "" -"It is recommended that you create a **Miscellaneous** product for all " -"purchases that occur infrequently and do not require inventory valuation or " -"management. If you create such a product, it is recommend to set the product" -" type to **Service**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:70 -msgid "Managing your Vendor Bills" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:73 -msgid "Purchasing products or services" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:75 -msgid "" -"From the purchase application, you can create a purchase order with as many " -"products as you need. If the vendor sends you a confirmation or quotation " -"for an order, you may record the order reference number in the **Vendor " -"Reference** field. This will enable you to easily match the PO with the the " -"vendor bill later (as the vendor bill will probably include the Vendor " -"Reference)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:85 -msgid "" -"Validate the purchase order and receive the products from the Inventory " -"application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:89 -msgid "Receiving Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:91 -msgid "" -"If you purchased any stockable products that you manage the inventory of, " -"you will need to receive the products from the Inventory application after " -"you confirm a Purchase Order. From the **Inventory dashboard**, you should " -"see a button linking you directly to the transfer of products. This button " -"is outlined in red below:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:100 -msgid "" -"Navigating this route will take you to a list of all orders awaiting to be " -"received." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:106 -msgid "" -"If you have a lot of awaiting orders, apply a filter using the search bar in" -" the upper right. With this search bar, you may filter based on the Vendor " -"(Partner), the product, or the source document, also known as the reference " -"of your purchase order. You also have the capability to group the orders by " -"different criteria under **Group By**. Selecting an item from this list will" -" open the following screen where you then will receive the products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:117 -msgid "Purchasing service products does not trigger a delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:120 -msgid "Managing Vendor Bills" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:122 -msgid "" -"When you receive a Vendor Bill for a previous purchase, be sure to record it" -" in the Purchases application under the **Control Menu**. You need to create" -" a new vendor bill even if you already registered a purchase order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:130 -msgid "" -"The first thing you will need to do upon creating a Vendor Bill is to select" -" the appropriate Vendor as this will also pull up any associated accounting " -"or pricelist information. From there, you can choose to specify any one or " -"multiple Purchase Orders to populate the Vendor Bill with. When you select a" -" Purchase Order from the list, Odoo will pull any uninvoiced products " -"associated to that Purchase Order and automatically populate that " -"information below. If you are having a hard time finding the appropriate " -"Vendor bill, you may search through the list by inputting the vendor " -"reference number or your internal purchase order number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:144 -msgid "" -"While the invoice is in draft state, you can make any modifications you need" -" (i.e. remove or add product lines, modify quantities, and change prices)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:150 -msgid "Your vendor may send you several bills for the same Purchase Order if:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:152 -msgid "" -"Your vendor is in back-order and is sending you invoices as they ship the " -"products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:153 -msgid "Your vendor is sending you a partial bill or asking for a deposit." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:155 -msgid "" -"Every time you record a new vendor bill, Odoo will automatically populate " -"the product quantities based on what has been received from the vendor. If " -"this value is showing a zero, this means that you have not yet received this" -" product and simply serves as a reminder that the product is not in hand and" -" you may need to inquire further into this. At any point in time, before you" -" validate the Vendor Bill, you may override this zero quantity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:164 -msgid "Vendor Bill Matching" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:167 -msgid "What to do if your vendor bill does not match what you received" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:169 -msgid "" -"If the bill you receive from the vendor has different quantities than what " -"Odoo automatically populates as quantities, this could be due to several " -"reasons:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:173 -msgid "" -"the vendor is incorrectly charging you for products and/or services that you" -" have not ordered," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:176 -msgid "" -"the vendor is billing you for products that you might not have received yet," -" as the invoicing control may be based on ordered or received quantities," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:180 -msgid "or the vendor did not bill you for previously purchased products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:182 -msgid "" -"In these instances it is recommended that you verify that the bill, and any " -"associated purchase order to the vendor, are accurate and that you " -"understand what you have ordered and what you have already received." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:186 -msgid "" -"If you are unable to find a purchase order related to a vendor bill, this " -"could be due to one of a few reasons:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:189 -msgid "" -"the vendor has already invoiced you for this purchase order, therefore it is" -" not going to appear anywhere in the selection," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:192 -msgid "" -"someone in the company forgot to record a purchase order for this vendor," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:195 -msgid "or the vendor is charging you for something you did not order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:200 -msgid "How product quantities are managed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:202 -msgid "" -"By default, services are managed based on ordered quantities, while " -"stockables and consumables are managed based on received quantities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:205 -msgid "" -"If you need to manage products based on ordered quantities over received " -"quantities, you will need to belong to the group **Purchase Manager**. Ask " -"your system administrator to enable these access on :menuselection:`Settings" -" --> Users --> Users --> Access Rights`. Once you belong to the correct " -"group, select the product(s) you wish to modify, and you should see a new " -"field appear, labeled **Control Purchase Bills**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:215 -msgid "" -"You can then change the default management method for the selected product " -"to be based on either:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:218 -msgid "Ordered quantities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:220 -msgid "or Received quantities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:223 -msgid "Batch Billing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:225 -msgid "" -"When creating a vendor bill and selecting the appropriate purchase order, " -"you may continue to select additional purchase orders and Odoo will add the " -"additional line items from that purchase order.. If you have not deleted the" -" previous line items from the first purchase order the bill will be linked " -"to all the appropriate purchase orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables.rst:3 -msgid "Account Receivables" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices.rst:3 -msgid "Customer Invoices" -msgstr "Müşteri Faturaları" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:3 -msgid "How to setup cash discounts?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Cash discounts are an incentive (usually a small percentage) that you offer " -"to customers in return for paying a bill owed before the scheduled due date." -" If used properly, cash discounts improve the Days Sales Outstanding aspect " -"of a business's cash conversion cycle." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:10 -msgid "" -"For example, a typical cash discount would be: you offer a 2% discount on an" -" invoice due in 30 days if the customer were to pay within the first 5 days " -"of receiving the invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:18 -msgid "Payment terms" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:20 -msgid "" -"In order to manage cash discounts, we will use the payment terms concept of " -"Odoo (From the Accounting module, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Management --> Payment terms --> Create`)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Let's start with the above example: a 2% discount on an invoice due in 30 " -"days if the customer were to pay within the first 5 days." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:27 -msgid "" -"A typical payment term of 30 days would have only one installment: balance " -"in 30 days. But, in order to configure the cash discount, you can configure " -"the payment term with two installments:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:31 -msgid "98% within 5 days" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:32 -msgid "balance within 30 days" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:37 -msgid "" -"To make it clear that it's not a payment term but a cash discount, don't " -"forget to set a clear description that will appear on the invoice: Invoice " -"is due within 30 days, but you can benefit from a 2% cash discount if you " -"pay within 5 days." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:43 -msgid "Bank reconciliation model" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:45 -msgid "" -"In order to speed up the bank reconciliation process, we can create a model " -"of entry for all cash discounts. To do that, from the Accounting application" -" dashboard, click on the \"More\" link on the bank and choose the option " -"\"Reconciliation Models\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:53 -msgid "Create a new model for cash discounts as follow:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:55 -msgid "**Button Label**: Cash Discount" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:56 -msgid "**Account**: Cash Discount (according to your country)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:57 -msgid "**Amount Type**: Percentage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:58 -msgid "**Amount**: 100%" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:60 -msgid "**Taxes**: depending on your country, you may put a tax on the cash" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:60 -msgid "discount if taxes have to be deduced" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Even if it's a 2% cash discount, set a 100% amount on the reconciliation " -"model as it means 100% of the remaining balance (the 2%). You can use the " -"same reconciliation model for all your cash discount. No need to create a " -"model per payment term." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:73 -msgid "Creating an invoice with a cash discount" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:75 -msgid "" -"When you create a customer invoice, set the right payment term \"30 days, 2%" -" cash discount\" right after having selected the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:81 -msgid "" -"Once the invoice is validated, Odoo will automatically split the account " -"receivable part of the journal entry with two installments having a " -"different due date: 98% within 5 days, 2% within 30 days." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:92 -msgid "Paying the invoice with a cash discount" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:94 -msgid "" -"If the customer pays with a cash discount, when processing the bank " -"statement, you will match the payment (98%) with the related line in the " -"journal entry." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:101 -msgid "" -"As you can see in the above screenshot, when selecting the customer, you " -"also see the 2% remaining of 3$. If you want to accept the cash discount (if" -" the customer paid within the 5 days), you can click on this line with 2%, " -"click on \"Open Balance\", and select your \"Cash Discount\" reconciliation " -"model. That way, the invoice is marked as fully paid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:109 -msgid "" -"from now on, matching the remaining 2% has to be done manually. In the " -"future, we plan to automate the reconciliation of the 2% if the 98% are paid" -" on time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:113 -msgid "Paying the invoice in full" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:115 -msgid "" -"If the customer pays the invoice fully, without benefiting from the cash " -"discount, you will reconcile the payment (in full) with the two lines from " -"the invoice (98% and 2%). Just click on the two lines to match them with the" -" payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:125 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:116 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:86 -msgid ":doc:`overview`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:3 -msgid "Deferred revenues: how to automate them?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Deferred/unearned revenue is an advance payment recorded on the recipient's " -"balance sheet as a liability account until either the services have been " -"rendered or the products have been delivered. Deferred revenue is a " -"liability account because it refers to revenue that has not yet been earned," -" but represents products or services that are owed to the customer. As the " -"products or services are delivered over time, the revenue is recognized and " -"posted on the income statement." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:13 -msgid "" -"For example: let's say you sell a 2 year support contract for $24,000 that " -"begins next month for a period of 24 months. Once you validate the customer " -"invoice, the $24.000 should be posted into a deferred revenues account. This" -" is because the $24,000 you received has not yet been earned." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Over the next 24 months, you will be reducing the deferred revenues account " -"by $1,000 ($24,000/24) on a monthly basis and recognizing that amount as " -"revenue." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:27 -msgid "Module installation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:29 -msgid "" -"In order to automate deferred revenues, go to the settings menu under the " -"application :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration` and activate the " -"**Assets management & revenue recognition** option. This will install the " -"**Revenue Recognition Management** module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:36 -msgid "" -"In some version of Odoo 9, besides checking this option, you need to install" -" the \"Revenue Recognition Management\" module. If you are using Odoo 9, you" -" might check if the module is correctly installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:41 -msgid "Define deferred revenue types" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Once the module is installed, you need to create deferred revenue types. " -"From the Accounting application, go to the menu " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Deferred Revenues Types`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:51 -msgid "Example: 12 months maintenance contract" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:53 -msgid "Some example of deferred revenues types:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:55 -msgid "1 year service contract" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:73 -msgid "3 years service contracts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:59 -msgid "Set deferred revenues on products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Once deferred revenues types are defined, you can set them on the related " -"products. On the product form, in the Accounting tab, you can set a deferred" -" revenue type." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Here are some examples of products and their related deferred revenue types:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:69 -msgid "Product" -msgstr "Ürün" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:69 -msgid "Deferred Revenue Type" -msgstr "Ertelenmiş Gelir Türü" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:71 -msgid "Support Contract: 3 years" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:73 -msgid "Netflix subscription: 3 years" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:75 -msgid "Flowers every month" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:75 -msgid "1 year product contract" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:79 -msgid "Sell and invoice products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:81 -msgid "" -"Once the products are configured, you can create a customer invoice using " -"this product. Once the customer invoice is validated, Odoo will " -"automatically create a deferred revenue for you, and the related journal " -"entry." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:87 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:98 -msgid "**Dr**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:87 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:98 -msgid "**Cr**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:89 -msgid "Accounts receivable" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:89 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:91 -msgid "24000" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:100 -msgid "Deferred revenue account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:94 -msgid "" -"Then, every month, Odoo will post a journal entry for the revenue " -"recognition." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:100 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:102 -msgid "1000" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:102 -msgid "Service revenue account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:108 -msgid "" -"To analyze all your current contracts having a deferred revenue, you can use" -" the menu Reporting > Deferred Revenue Analysis." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:3 -msgid "How to define an installment plan on customer invoices?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:4 -msgid "" -"In order to manage installment plans related to an invoice, you should use " -"payment terms in Odoo. They apply on both customer invoices and supplier " -"bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:8 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:8 -msgid "Example, for a specific invoice:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:10 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:10 -msgid "Pay 50% within 10 days" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:11 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:12 -msgid "Pay the remaining balance within 30 days" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:15 -msgid "" -"payment terms are not to be confused with a payment in several parts. If, " -"for a specific order, you invoice the customer in two parts, that's not a " -"payment term but an invoice policy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Configure your usual installment plans from the application " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration > Payment Terms`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:25 -msgid "" -"A payment term may have one line (ex: 21 days) or several lines (10% within " -"3 days and the balance within 21 days). If you create a payment term with " -"several lines, make sure the latest one is the balance. (avoid doing 50% in " -"10 days and 50% in 21 days because, with the rounding, it may not compute " -"exactly 100%)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:36 -msgid "" -"The description of the payment term will appear on the invoice or the sale " -"order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:39 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:38 -msgid "Payment terms for customers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:41 -msgid "You can set payment terms on:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:43 -msgid "" -"**a customer**: the payment term automatically applies on new sales orders " -"or invoices for this customer. Set payment terms on customers if you grant " -"this payment term for all future orders for this customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:48 -msgid "" -"**a quotation**: the payment term will apply on all invoices created from " -"this quotation or sale order, but not on other quotations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:51 -msgid "**an invoice**: the payment term will apply on this invoice only" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:53 -msgid "" -"If an invoice contains a payment term, the journal entry related to the " -"invoice is different. Without payment term, an invoice of $100 will produce " -"the following journal entry (for the clarity of the example, we did not set " -"any tax on the invoice):" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 -msgid "Due date" -msgstr "Vade Tarihi" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:66 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:65 -msgid "" -"If you do an invoice the 1st of January with a payment term of 10% within 3 " -"days and the balance within 30 days, you get the following journal entry:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:73 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:72 -msgid "Jan 03" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:73 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:72 -msgid "10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:75 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:74 -msgid "Jan 30" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:75 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:74 -msgid "90" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:80 -msgid "" -"On the customer statement, you will see two lines with different due dates. " -"To get the customer statement, use the menu Sales > Customers Statement." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:87 -msgid ":doc:`payment_terms`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:3 -msgid "How to modify a validated invoice?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In most accounting legislation over the word, it's not allowed to modify an " -"invoice that is validated and sent to the customer. However, you sometimes " -"need to change an invoice for different reasons: the sale has changed, the " -"made a mistake while recording the invoice, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:10 -msgid "Thus, the right way to modify an invoice is to:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:12 -msgid "Refund the original invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:13 -msgid "Create a new invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Odoo's refund mechanism helps you handle the whole process in just a few " -"clicks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:19 -msgid "Modify an invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:21 -msgid "" -"If your invoice is still in draft, you can modify it the way you want. " -"However, if your invoice is validated, you can not change it anymore. If you" -" need to modify it, the right operations to do are:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:25 -msgid "Refund the original invoice;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:26 -msgid "Reconcile the original invoice with the refund to void them;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:27 -msgid "Create a new draft invoice, a copy of the original;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:28 -msgid "Validate the new invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:30 -msgid "" -"All those steps are automated by Odoo. All you have to do is to click on the" -" Refund button on an invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:36 -msgid "" -"In the refund dialog, select the option \"Modify: create a refund, reconcile" -" and create a draft invoice\". Once you click on the \"Create Refund\" " -"button, Odoo will void your existing invoice and create a new draft invoice " -"that is a duplicate of the original one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:41 -msgid "Edit this new draft invoice and validate it when it's correct." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:45 -msgid "" -"if you already sent the original invoice to your customer, you should send " -"the new invoice and the refund to the customer so that he gets all the " -"documents." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:50 -msgid ":doc:`refund`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview of the invoicing process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Depending on your business and the application you use, there are different " -"ways to automate the customer invoice creation in Odoo. Usually, draft " -"invoices are created by the system (with information coming from other " -"documents like sales order or contracts) and accountant just have to " -"validate draft invoices and send the invoices in batch (by regular mail or " -"email)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Depending on your business, you may opt for one of the following way to " -"create draft invoices:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:19 -msgid "Sales Order ‣ Invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:21 -msgid "" -"In most companies, salespeople create quotations that become sales order " -"once they are validated. Then, draft invoices are created based on the sales" -" order. You have different options like:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Invoice manually: use a button on the sale order to trigger the draft " -"invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Invoice before delivery: invoice the full order before triggering the " -"delivery order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:31 -msgid "Invoice based on delivery order: see next section" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Invoice before delivery is usually used by the eCommerce application when " -"the customer pays at the order and we deliver afterwards. (pre-paid)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:37 -msgid "" -"For most other use cases, it's recommended to invoice manually. It allows " -"the salesperson to trigger the invoice on demand with options: invoice the " -"whole order, invoice a percentage (advance), invoice some lines, invoice a " -"fixed advance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:42 -msgid "This process is good for both services and physical products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:47 -msgid "Sales Order ‣ Delivery Order ‣ Invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Retailers and eCommerce usually invoice based on delivery orders, instead of" -" sales order. This approach is suitable for businesses where the quantities " -"you deliver may differs from the ordered quantities: foods (invoice based on" -" actual Kg)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:54 -msgid "" -"This way, if you deliver a partial order, you only invoice for what you " -"really delivered. If you do back orders (deliver partially and the rest " -"later), the customer will receive two invoices, one for each delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:62 -msgid "eCommerce Order ‣ Invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:64 -msgid "" -"An eCommerce order will also trigger the creation of the order when it is " -"fully paid. If you allow paying orders by check or wire transfer, Odoo only " -"creates an order and the invoice will be triggered once the payment is " -"received." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:70 -msgid "Contracts" -msgstr "Sözleşmeler" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:73 -msgid "Regular Contracts ‣ Invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:75 -msgid "" -"If you use contracts, you can trigger invoice based on time and material " -"spent, expenses or fixed lines of services/products. Every month, the " -"salesperson will trigger invoice based on activities on the contract." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:79 -msgid "Activities can be:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:81 -msgid "" -"fixed products/services, coming from a sale order linked to this contract" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:83 -msgid "materials purchased (that you will re-invoiced)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:85 -msgid "time and material based on timesheets or purchases (subcontracting)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:87 -msgid "" -"expenses like travel and accommodation that you re-invoice to the customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:89 -msgid "" -"You can invoice at the end of the contract or trigger intermediate invoices." -" This approach is used by services companies that invoice mostly based on " -"time and material. For services companies that invoice on fix price, they " -"use a regular sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:99 -msgid "Recurring Contracts ‣ Invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:101 -msgid "" -"For subscriptions, an invoice is triggered periodically, automatically. The " -"frequency of the invoicing and the services/products invoiced are defined on" -" the contract." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:111 -msgid "Creating an invoice manually" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Users can also create invoices manually without using contracts or a sales " -"order. It's a recommended approach if you do not need to manage the sales " -"process (quotations), or the delivery of the products or services." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:118 -msgid "" -"Even if you generate the invoice from a sales order, you may need to create " -"invoices manually in exceptional use cases:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:121 -msgid "if you need to create a refund" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:123 -msgid "If you need to give a discount" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:125 -msgid "if you need to change an invoice created from a sales order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:127 -msgid "if you need to invoice something not related to your core business" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:130 -msgid "Specific modules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:132 -msgid "Some specific modules are also able to generate draft invoices:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:134 -msgid "**membership**: invoice your members every year" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:136 -msgid "**repairs**: invoice your after-sale services" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:3 -msgid "How to setup and use payment terms" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Payment terms define the conditions to pay an invoice. They apply on both " -"customer invoices and supplier bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Payment terms are different from invoicing in several areas. If, for a " -"specific order, you invoice the customer in two parts, that's not a payment " -"term but invoice conditions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Configure your usual payment terms from the Configuration menu of the " -"Account application. The description of the payment term is the one that " -"appear on the invoice or the sale order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:25 -msgid "" -"A payment term may have one line (ex: 21 days) or several lines (10% within " -"3 days and the balance within 21 days). If you create a payment term with " -"several lines, be sure the latest one is the balance. (avoid doing 50% in 10" -" days and 50% in 21 days because, with the rounding, it may not do exactly " -"100%)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:35 -msgid "Using Payment Terms" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:40 -msgid "Payment terms can be set on:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:42 -msgid "" -"**a customer**: to apply this payment term automatically on new sale orders " -"or invoices for this customer. Set payment terms on customers if you grant " -"this payment term for all future orders of this customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:47 -msgid "" -"**a quotation**: to apply this payment term on all invoices created from " -"this quotation or sale order, but not on other quotations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:51 -msgid "**an invoice**: to apply the payment term on this invoice only" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:53 -msgid "" -"If an invoice has a payment term, the journal entry related to the invoice " -"is different. Without payment term or tax, an invoice of $100 will produce " -"this journal entry:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:79 -msgid "" -"In the customer statement, you will see two lines with different due dates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:83 -msgid "Payment terms for vendor bills" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:85 -msgid "" -"The easiest way to manage payment terms for vendor bills is to record a due " -"date on the bill. You don't need to assign a payment term, just the due date" -" is enough." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:89 -msgid "" -"But if you need to manage vendor terms with several installments, you can " -"still use payment terms, exactly like in customer invoices. If you set a " -"payment term on the vendor bill, you don't need to set a due date. The exact" -" due date for all installments will be automatically created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:96 -msgid ":doc:`cash_discounts`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:3 -msgid "How to edit or refund an invoice?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:4 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, it's not possible to modify an invoice that has been validated and " -"sent to the customer. If a mistake was made on a validated invoice, the " -"legal way to handle that is to refund the invoice, reconcile it with the " -"original invoice to close them and create a new invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:10 -msgid "Modifying a validated invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:12 -msgid "" -"If you need to modify an existing invoice, use the Refund Invoice button on " -"the invoice. In the refund method field, select \"Modify: create a refund, " -"reconcile, and create a new draft invoice\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:19 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:37 -msgid "Odoo will automatically:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:21 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:39 -msgid "Create a refund for your invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:22 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Reconcile the refund invoice with the original invoice (marking both as " -"Paid)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:23 -msgid "Create a new draft invoice you can modify" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Then, you can modify the draft invoice and validate it once it's correct." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:28 -msgid "Cancelling an invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:30 -msgid "" -"If you need to cancel an existing invoice, use the Refund Invoice button on " -"the invoice. In the refund method field, select \"Cancel: create a refund " -"and reconcile\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Nothing else needs to be done. You can send the refund by regular mail or " -"email to your customer, if you already sent the original invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:46 -msgid "Refunding part of an invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:48 -msgid "" -"If you need to refund an existing invoice partially, use the Refund Invoice " -"button on the invoice. In the refund method field, select \"Create a draft " -"refund\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Odoo will automatically create a draft refund. You may modify the refund " -"(example: remove the lines you do not want to refund) and validate it. Then," -" send the refund by regular mail or email to your customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Refunding an invoice is different from refunding a payment. Usually, a " -"refund invoice is sent before the customer has done a payment. If the " -"customer has already paid, they should be reimbursed by doing a customer " -"payment refund." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments.rst:3 -msgid "Customer Payments" -msgstr "Müşteri Ödemeleri" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:3 -msgid "How to register customer payments by checks?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:5 -msgid "" -"There are two ways to handle payments received by checks. Odoo support both " -"approaches so that you can use the one that better fits your habits." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:9 -msgid "" -"**Undeposited Funds:** once you receive the check, you record a payment by " -"check on the invoice. (using a Check journal and posted on the Undeposited " -"Fund account) Then, once the check arrives in your bank account, move money " -"from Undeposited Funds to your bank account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:16 -msgid "" -"**One journal entry only:** once your receive the check, you record a " -"payment on your bank, paid by check, without going through the **Undeposited" -" Funds**. Once you process your bank statement, you do the matching with " -"your bank feed and the check payment, without creating a dedicated journal " -"entry." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:23 -msgid "" -"We recommend the first approach as it is more accurate (your bank account " -"balance is accurate, taking into accounts checks that have not been cashed " -"yet). Both approaches require the same effort." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Even if the first method is cleaner, Odoo support the second approach " -"because some accountants are used to it (quickbooks and peachtree users)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:32 -msgid "" -"You may have a look at the *Deposit Ticket feature* if you deposit several " -"checks to your bank accounts in batch." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:36 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:37 -msgid "Option 1: Undeposited Funds" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:41 -msgid "Create a journal **Checks**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:43 -msgid "Set **Undeposited Checks** as a defaut credit/debit account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Set the bank account related to this journal as **Allow Reconciliation**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:109 -msgid "From check payments to bank statements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:50 -msgid "" -"The first way to handle checks is to create a check journal. Thus, checks " -"become a payment method in itself and you will record two transactions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:111 -msgid "" -"Once you receive a customer check, go to the related invoice and click on " -"**Register Payment**. Fill in the information about the payment:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Payment method: Check Journal (that you configured with the debit and credit" -" default accounts as **Undeposited Funds**)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:60 -msgid "Memo: write the Check number" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:65 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:74 -msgid "This operation will produce the following journal entry:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 -msgid "Statement Match" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:85 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:135 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:79 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:93 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:95 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:143 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:145 -msgid "100.00" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 -msgid "Undeposited Funds" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:75 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:121 -msgid "The invoice is marked as paid as soon as you record the check." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Then, once you get the bank statements, you will match this statement with " -"the check that is in Undeposited Funds." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:93 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:143 -msgid "X" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:89 -msgid "" -"If you use this approach to manage received checks, you get the list of " -"checks that have not been cashed in the **Undeposit Funds** account " -"(accessible, for example, from the general ledger)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:94 -msgid "" -"Both methods will produce the same data in your accounting at the end of the" -" process. But, if you have checks that have not been cashed, this one is " -"cleaner because those checks have not been reported yet on your bank " -"account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:100 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:110 -msgid "Option 2: One journal entry only" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:105 -msgid "" -"These is nothing to configure if you plan to manage your checks using this " -"method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:114 -msgid "**Payment method:** the bank that will be used for the deposit" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:116 -msgid "Memo: write the check number" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:123 -msgid "" -"Once you will receive the bank statements, you will do the matching with the" -" statement and this actual payment. (technically: point this payment and " -"relate it to the statement line)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:127 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:137 -msgid "" -"With this approach, you will get the following journal entry in your books:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:139 -msgid "" -"You may also record the payment directly without going on the customer " -"invoice, using the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. This method may" -" be more convenient if you have a lot of checks to record in a batch but you" -" will have to reconcile entries afterwards (matching payments with invoices)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:145 -msgid "" -"If you use this approach to manage received checks, you can use the report " -"**Bank Reconciliation Report** to verify which checks have been received or " -"paid by the bank. (this report is available from the **More** option from " -"the Accounting dashboard on the related bank account)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:3 -msgid "How to register credit card payments on invoices?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:5 -msgid "" -"There are two ways to handle payments received by credit cards. Odoo support" -" both approaches so that you can use the one that better fits your habits." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:9 -msgid "" -"**Undeposited Funds** (mostly used in european countries): once you receive " -"the credit card payment authorization, you record a payment by credit card " -"on the invoice (using a Credit card journal and posted on the Undeposited " -"Fund account). Then, once the credit card payments arrives in your bank " -"account, move money from Undeposited Funds to your bank account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:16 -msgid "" -"**One journal entry only** (mostly used in the U.S.): once your receive the " -"credit card payment, you record a payment on your bank, paid by credit card," -" without going through the Undeposited Funds. Once you process your bank " -"statement, you do the matching with your bank feed and the credit card " -"payment, without creating a dedicated journal entry ." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:23 -msgid "" -"We recommend the first approach as it is more accurate (your bank account " -"balance is accurate, taking into accounts credit cards that have not been " -"cashed yet). Both approaches require the same effort." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:27 -msgid "" -"If you use eCommerce and an automated payment gateway, you will only need to" -" take care of the bank reconciliation part as paid invoice will be " -"automatically recorded in the right journal. You will use the second " -"approach." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Even if the first method is cleaner, Odoo support the second approach " -"because some accountants are used to it (*QuickBooks* and *Peachtree* " -"users)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:42 -msgid "" -"On the Accounting module, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Journals " -"--> Create`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Create a Journal called 'Credit card payments' with the following data:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:46 -msgid "**Journal Name**: Credit card" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:47 -msgid "**Default debit account**: Credit cards" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:48 -msgid "**Default credit account**: Credit cards" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:50 -msgid "" -"The account type should be \"Credit Card\". Once it's done, don't forget to " -"set the \"Credit cards\" account as \"Allow Reconciliation\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:57 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:119 -msgid "From credit card payments to bank statements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:59 -msgid "" -"The first way to handle credit cards is to create a credit card journal. " -"Thus, credit cards become a payment method in itself and you will record two" -" transactions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:63 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:121 -msgid "" -"Once you receive a customer credit card payment, go to the related invoice " -"and click on Register Payment. Fill in the information about the payment:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:67 -msgid "**Payment method**: Credit card" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:69 -msgid "**Memo**: write the invoice reference" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:81 -msgid "Credit Cards" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:84 -msgid "" -"The invoice is marked as paid as soon as you record the credit card payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:87 -msgid "" -"Then, once you get the bank statements, you will match this statement with " -"the credit card that is in the 'Credit card' account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:93 -msgid "Credit cards" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:98 -msgid "" -"If you use this approach to manage credit cards payments, you get the list " -"of credit cards payments that have not been cashed in the \"Credit card\" " -"account (accessible, for example, from the general ledger)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:104 -msgid "" -"Both methods will produce the same data in your accounting at the end of the" -" process. But, if you have credit cards that have not been cashed, this one " -"is cleaner because those credit cards have not been reported yet on your " -"bank account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:115 -msgid "" -"There is nothing to configure if you plan to manage your credit cards using " -"this method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:125 -msgid "**Payment method**: the bank that will be used for the deposit" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:127 -msgid "**Memo**: write the credit card transaction number" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:132 -msgid "" -"The invoice is marked as paid as soon as the credit card payment has been " -"recorded. Once you receive the bank statements, you will do the matching " -"with the statement and this actual payment (technically: point this payment " -"and relate it to the statement line)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:150 -msgid "" -"You may also record the payment directly without going on the customer " -"invoice, using the top menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. This method" -" may be more convenient if you have a lot of credit cards to record in a " -"batch but you will have to reconcile entries afterwards (matching payments " -"with invoices)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:155 -msgid "" -"If you use this approach to manage received credit cards, you can use the " -"report \"Bank Reconciliation Report\" to verify which credit cards have been" -" received or paid by the bank (this report is available from the \"More\" " -"option from the Accounting dashboard on the related bank account)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:166 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:167 -msgid ":doc:`recording`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:167 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:128 -msgid ":doc:`../../bank/feeds/paypal`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:169 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:130 -msgid ":doc:`followup`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:3 -msgid "How to get paid and organize customer follow-ups?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Getting paid and organizing customer reminders is always a difficult task, " -"however it is critical for the health of the company to stay diligent about " -"outstanding receivables. Fortunately, Odoo provides the right tools to track" -" receivables, automate customer statements, and measure your performance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:12 -msgid "Customer follow-ups: A step by step guide" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:15 -msgid "Cleaning up outstanding payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:17 -msgid "" -"If you have any unreconciled transactions in your bank account, you will " -"need to process them first before you begin analyzing your customers " -"statements. This ensures that you have recorded all of the latest customer " -"payments before sending out reminders to any customers with outstanding " -"balances." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:27 -msgid "Checking the Aged Receivables report" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:29 -msgid "" -"After you have reconciled all of your bank accounts, you can then generate " -"an accurate Aged Receivables Report from the Reports menu. This report will " -"display all of the customers and their outstanding balances on open " -"invoices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:37 -msgid "" -"The report displays this information in time increments to better paint a " -"picture of the outstanding balances your customers hold and for how long " -"they have held these outstanding balances. You can then appropriately focus " -"your efforts on the appropriate customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:42 -msgid "" -"You can then select any of the customers on this list and Odoo will open up " -"their invoice details in the form of the Customer Follow-Up letter, also " -"known as the **Customer Statement**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:49 -msgid "From the customer statement, you can:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:51 -msgid "Change and customize the message that is sent to the customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:53 -msgid "Send a reminder email to the customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:55 -msgid "Send a printed reminder letter to the customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:57 -msgid "Send automated printed reminders by utilizing our Docsaway integration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:60 -msgid "Zoom in on the different open invoices or payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:62 -msgid "Remove an invoice or payment from the report (in case of conflict)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:64 -msgid "Log any call notes made to the customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Schedule your next follow up task to stay on top of customer payments (e.g. " -"call back in 15 days if not payments are made)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:69 -msgid "" -"You can set reminders for when you would like to next contact the particular" -" customer. Selecting **Manual** will open up the follow up scheduling tool, " -"while selecting **Auto** will automatically recommend that you contact the " -"customer 15 days from then if the customer has not yet paid for the invoice." -" Installing the **Follow-Up Plans** module will allow you to define " -"automated actions and intervals to send reminders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:79 -msgid "" -"If you have already sent out a reminder to a customer a few days ago, a " -"warning message will appear at the top of the screen, reminding you that you" -" should not send another reminder so soon since one was already sent " -"recently. Every time you log a note, Odoo will automatically set the next " -"reminder date, unless you choose to manually set it by selecting the next " -"reminder button at the top right of the screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:88 -msgid "" -"You can also specify the expected payment date on an invoice line directly, " -"therefore defining the next reminder in case the invoice has not been paid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:92 -msgid "Sending customer statements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:94 -msgid "" -"Send your customers reminders in batches in the menu :menuselection:`Sales " -"--> Customer Statements`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:97 -msgid "" -"Here Odoo will open all the statements awaiting to be processed, which is " -"determined by the last reminder they received. You can choose to process " -"them one by one, send multiple letters or emails in batches, or set a next " -"action date for the next time they'll be contacted." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:104 -msgid "" -"If an invoice has not yet been paid, Odoo will remind you to contact at " -"particular customer based after their next action date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:107 -msgid "" -"You can access the customer statement report daily and Odoo will only " -"display the customers you need to contact on any given day. This is based " -"on:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:111 -msgid "Customers you have not yet received a payment from" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Customers that have not been reminded over the last X days (\"X\" being " -"defined as the overdue date of the invoice after the first reminder, then " -"the next action date set at every reminder)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:118 -msgid "Setting up your dunning process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:120 -msgid "" -"The **Payment Follow-up Management** module allows you to define reminder " -"plans. After installing it from the **Apps** menu, go to the **Follow-up " -"Levels** menu in the accounting configuration to set up your dunning " -"process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:125 -msgid "Some Examples are:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:127 -msgid "**Email**: 3 days before overdue date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:129 -msgid "**Email+Letter**: at the overdue date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:131 -msgid "**Email+Call**: 15 days after the overdue date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:133 -msgid "**Email+Letter**: 60 days after the overdue date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:138 -msgid "" -"Thanks to this module, you can send every email and letters in batches for " -"all your customers at once. The next reminder will automatically be computed" -" based on your configured follow-up plan." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:142 -msgid "" -"The module will also add a red/green dot on each customer, this will allow " -"you to easily mark customer status's with the following options: \"Good " -"Debtor, Normal Debtor, or bad debtors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:150 -msgid "DSO: Measuring your performance" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:152 -msgid "" -"The DSO (Days of Outstanding Sales) is a measure of the average number of " -"days that a company takes to collect revenue after a sale has been made. DSO" -" is calculated by dividing the amount of accounts receivable during a given " -"period by the total value of credit sales during the same period, and " -"multiplying the result by the number of days in the period measured." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:159 -msgid "" -"You can get the DSO of your company from the Executive Summary report under " -"Reporting (check the KPI average debtors days)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:3 -msgid "What are the different ways to record a payment?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, a payment can either be linked directly to an invoice or be a stand" -" alone record for use on a later date:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:8 -msgid "" -"If a payment is linked to an invoice, it reduces the amount due of the " -"invoice. You can have multiple payments linked to the same invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:12 -msgid "" -"If a payment is not linked to an invoice, the customer has an outstanding " -"credit with your company, or your company as an outstanding balance with a " -"vendor. You can use this outstanding credit/debit to pay future invoices or " -"bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:18 -msgid "Paying an invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:20 -msgid "" -"If you register a payment on a customer invoice or a vendor bill, the " -"payment is automatically reconciled with the invoice reducing the amount " -"due." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:27 -msgid "" -"The green icon near the payment line will display more information about the" -" payment. From there you can choose to open the journal entry or reconcile " -"the payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:33 -msgid "" -"If you unreconcile a payment, it is still registered in your books but not " -"linked to the specific invoice any longer. If you unreconcile a payment in a" -" different currency, Odoo will create a journal entry to reverse the " -"Currency Exchange Loss/Gain posted at the time of reconciliation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:39 -msgid "Payments not tied to an invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:42 -msgid "Registering a payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:44 -msgid "" -"In the Accounting application, you can create a new payment from the Sales " -"menu (register a customer payment) or the Purchases menu (pay a vendor). If " -"you use these menus, the payment is not linked to an invoice, but can easily" -" be reconciled on an invoice later on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:52 -msgid "" -"When registering a new payment, you must select a customer or vendor, the " -"payment method, and the amount of the payment. The currency of the " -"transaction is defined by the payment method. If the payment refers to a " -"document (sale order, purchase order or invoice), set the reference of this " -"document in the memo field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Once confirmed, a journal entry will be posted reflecting the transaction " -"just made in the accounting application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:62 -msgid "Reconciling invoice payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The easiest way of reconciling a payment with an invoice is to do so on the " -"invoice directly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:67 -msgid "" -"When validating a new invoice, Odoo will warn you that an outstanding " -"payment for this customer or vendor is available. In this case, you can " -"reconcile this payment to the invoice near the totals at the bottom, under " -"\"Outstanding Payments\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:76 -msgid "Reconciling all your outstanding payments and invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:78 -msgid "" -"If you want to reconcile all outstanding payments and invoices at once " -"(instead of doing so one by one), you can use the batch reconciliation " -"feature within Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:82 -msgid "" -"The batch reconciliation feature is available from the dashboard on the " -"Customer Invoices card and the Vendor Bills card for reconciling Accounts " -"Receivable and Payable, respectively." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:89 -msgid "" -"The payments matching tool will open all unreconciled customers or vendors " -"and will give you the opportunity to process them all one by one, doing the " -"matching of all their payments and invoices at once." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:96 -msgid "" -"During the reconciliation, if the sum of the debits and credits do not " -"match, it means there is still a remaining balance that either needs to be " -"reconciled at a later date, or needs to be written off directly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:101 -msgid "Transferring money from one bank account to another" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:103 -msgid "" -"Just like making a customer or vendor payment, you transfer cash internally " -"between your bank accounts from the dashboard or from the menus up top." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:110 -msgid "" -"This will take you to the same screen you have for receiving and making " -"payments." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:118 -msgid "" -"When making an internal transfer from one bank account to another, select " -"the bank you want to apply the transfer from in the dashboard, and in the " -"register payments screen, you select the transfer to account. Do not go " -"through this process again in the other bank account or else you will end up" -" with two journal entries for the same transaction." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:127 -msgid ":doc:`credit_cards`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid.rst:3 -msgid "How to get paid?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:3 -msgid "How to automate customer follow-ups with plans?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:5 -msgid "" -"With the Odoo Accounting application, you get a dynamic aged receivable " -"report, customer statements and you can easily send them to customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:8 -msgid "" -"If you want to go further in the automation of the credit collection " -"process, you can use follow-up plans. They will help you automate all the " -"steps to get paid, by triggering them at the right time: send customer " -"statements by emails, send regular letter (through the Docsaway " -"integration), create a task to manually call the customer, etc..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:14 -msgid "Here is an example of a plan:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:17 -msgid "When?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:17 -msgid "What?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:17 -msgid "Who?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:19 -msgid "3 days before due date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:19 -msgid "Email" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:19 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:21 -msgid "automated" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:21 -msgid "1 day after due date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:21 -msgid "Email + Regular Letter" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:23 -msgid "15 days after due date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:23 -msgid "Call the customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:23 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:25 -msgid "John Mac Gregor" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:25 -msgid "35 days after due date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:25 -msgid "Email + Letter + Call" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:27 -msgid "60 days after due date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:27 -msgid "Formal notice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:27 -msgid "Bailiff" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:34 -msgid "Install Reminder Module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:36 -msgid "" -"You must start by activating the feature, using the menu " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` of the Accounting application. " -"From the settings screen, activate the feature **Enable payment follow-up " -"management**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:44 -msgid "Define Payment Follow-ups Levels" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:46 -msgid "" -"To automate customer follow ups, you must configure your follow–up levels " -"using the menu :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment " -"Follow-ups`. You should define one and only one follow-up plan per company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:50 -msgid "" -"The levels of follow-up are relative to the due date; when no payment term " -"is specified, the invoice date will be considered as the due date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:53 -msgid "" -"For each level, you should define the number of days and create a note which" -" will automatically be added into the reminder letter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:59 -msgid "Odoo defines several actions for every reminder:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:61 -msgid "" -"**Manual Action:** assign a responsible that will have to call the customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:62 -msgid "**Send an Email:** send an email to customer using the provided text" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:63 -msgid "" -"**Send a Letter:** send a letter by regular mail, using the provided note" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:69 -msgid "" -"As you need to provide a number of days relative to the due date, you can " -"use a negative number. As an example, if an invoice is issued the January " -"1st but the due date is January 20, if you set a reminder 3 days before the " -"due date, the customer may receive an email in January 17." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:76 -msgid "Doing your weekly follow-ups" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:78 -msgid "" -"Once everything is setup, Odoo will prepare follow-up letters and emails " -"automatically for you. All you have to do is to the menu " -":menuselection:`Sales --> Customers Statement` in the accounting " -"application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:85 -msgid "" -"Odoo will automatically propose you actions based on the follow-up plan you " -"defined, invoices to pay and payment received." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:88 -msgid "" -"You can use this menu every day, once a week or once a month. You do not " -"risk to send two times the same reminder to your customer. Odoo only " -"proposes you the action you have to do. If you do it every day, you will " -"have a few calls to do per day. If you do it once a month, you will have " -"much more work once you do it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:94 -msgid "" -"It's up to you to organize the way you want to work. But it's a good " -"practice to reconcile your bank statements before launching the follow-ups. " -"That way, all paid invoices will be reconciled and you will not send a " -"follow-up letter to a customer that already paid his invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:99 -msgid "From a customer follow-up proposition, you can:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:101 -msgid "Get the customer information to contact him" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:103 -msgid "Drill down to the customer information form by clicking on its name" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:105 -msgid "Change the text (or the email or letter) and adapt to the customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:107 -msgid "" -"Change the colored dot to mark the customer as being a good, normal or bad " -"debtor" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:110 -msgid "Log a note is you called the customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:112 -msgid "Exclude some invoices from the statement table (litigation)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:114 -msgid "Send an email with the statement" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:116 -msgid "" -"Print a letter, or send a regular mail (if you installed the Docsaway " -"integration)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:119 -msgid "" -"Plan the next reminder (but it's better to keep in automatic mode so that " -"Odoo will stick to the follow-up plan of the company)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:122 -msgid "Drill down to an invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:124 -msgid "" -"Change the expected payment date of an invoice (thus, impacting the next " -"time Odoo will propose you to send a reminder)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:128 -msgid "" -"You can force a customer statement, even if Odoo do not proposes you to do " -"it, because it's not the right date yet. To do this, you should go to the " -"Aged Receivable report (in the report menu of the Accounting application). " -"From this report, you can click on a customer to get to his customer " -"statement." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:135 -msgid "How to exclude an invoice from auto follow up?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:137 -msgid "To see all **overdue invoices** or **on need of action**," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:139 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Sales --> Customers Statement`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:145 -msgid "Exclude a specific invoice for a specific date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:147 -msgid "" -"Odoo can exclude an invoice from follow-ups actions for specific date by " -"clicking on **Log a Note**, then choose one of the ready options (*one " -"week*, *two weeks*, *one month*, *two months*), So Odoo will calculate the " -"required date according to the current date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:155 -msgid "" -"Another way to achieve it is the following: click on the required invoice, " -"then choose **Change expected payment date/note**, then enter a new payment " -"date and note." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:162 -msgid "Exclude a specific invoice forever" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:164 -msgid "" -"Odoo can exclude an invoice for a specific customer by clicking on the " -"checkbox **Excluded**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:168 -msgid "If you click on **History**, you can see all follow ups actions." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po b/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po deleted file mode 100644 index 3c43e518c..000000000 --- a/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,23 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: Murat Kaplan <muratk@projetgrup.com>, 2017\n" -"Language-Team: Turkish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/tr/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: tr\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" - -#: ../../applications.rst:3 -msgid "Applications" -msgstr "Uygulamalar" diff --git a/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po b/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po deleted file mode 100644 index c29e70207..000000000 --- a/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2527 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: Murat Kaplan <muratk@projetgrup.com>, 2017\n" -"Language-Team: Turkish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/tr/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: tr\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" - -#: ../../crm.rst:5 -msgid "CRM" -msgstr "CRM" - -#: ../../crm/calendar.rst:3 -msgid "Calendar" -msgstr "Takvim" - -#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:3 -msgid "How to synchronize your Odoo Calendar with Google Calendar" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo is perfectly integrated with Google Calendar so that you can see & " -"manage your meetings from both platforms (updates go through both " -"directions)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:10 -msgid "Setup in Google" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Go to `Google APIs platform <https://console.developers.google.com>`__ to " -"generate Google Calendar API credentials. Log in with your Google account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:14 -msgid "Choose *Calendar API*." -msgstr "'Takvim API' Seç" - -#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Create a new project and give it a name (e.g. Odoo). This project is needed " -"to store your API credentials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:25 -msgid "Enable the API." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:30 -msgid "Create credentials to use in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Select *Web browser (Javascript)* as calling source and *User data* as kind " -"of data." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Then you can create a Client ID. Enter the name of the application (e.g. " -"Odoo) and the allowed pages on which you will be redirected. The *Authorized" -" JavaScript origin* is your Odoo's instance URL. The *Authorized redirect " -"URI* is your Odoo's instance URL followed by " -"'/google_account/authentication'." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Go through the Consent Screen step by entering a product name (e.g. Odoo). " -"Feel free to check the customizations options but this is not mandatory. The" -" Consent Screen will only show up when you enter the Client ID in Odoo for " -"the first time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Finally you are provided with your **Client ID**. Go to *Credentials* to get" -" the **Client secret** as well. You will need both of them in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:62 -msgid "Setup in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:64 -msgid "Install **Google Calendar** app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and enter your " -"credentials in Google Calendar option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:75 -msgid "" -"The setup is now ready. Open your Odoo Calendar and sync with Google. The " -"first time you do it you are redirected to Google to authorize the " -"connection. Once back in Odoo, click the sync button again. You can click it" -" whenever you want to synchronize your calendar." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:83 -msgid "As of now you no longer have excuses to miss a meeting!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads.rst:3 -msgid "Leads" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate.rst:3 -msgid "Generate leads" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:3 -msgid "How to generate leads from incoming emails?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:5 -msgid "" -"There are several ways for your company to :doc:`generate leads with Odoo " -"CRM <manual>`. One of them is using your company's generic email address as " -"a trigger to create a new lead in the system. In Odoo, each one of your " -"sales teams is linked to its own email address from which prospects can " -"reach them. For example, if the personal email address of your Direct team " -"is **direct@mycompany.example.com**, every email sent will automatically " -"create a new opportunity into the sales team." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:14 -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:73 -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:30 -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:19 -#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:10 ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:23 -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:12 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Yapılandırma" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:16 -msgid "" -"The first thing you need to do is to configure your **outgoing email " -"servers** and **incoming email gateway** from the :menuselection:`Settings " -"module --> General Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Then set up your alias domain from the field shown here below and click on " -"**Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:26 -msgid "Set up team alias" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Go on the Sales module and click on **Dashboard**. You will see that the " -"activation of your domain alias has generated a default email alias for your" -" existing sales teams." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:35 -msgid "" -"You can easily personalize your sales teams aliases. Click on the More " -"button from the sales team of your choice, then on **Settings** to access " -"the sales team form. Into the **Email Alias** field, enter your email alias " -"and click on **Save**. Make sure to allow receiving emails from everyone." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:41 -msgid "" -"From there, each email sent to this email address will generate a new lead " -"into the related sales team." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:48 -msgid "Set up catch-all email domain" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Additionally to your sales team aliases, you can also create a generic email" -" alias (e.g. *contact@* or *info@* ) that will also generate a new contact " -"in Odoo CRM. Still from the Sales module, go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and set up your catch-all email " -"domain." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:57 -msgid "" -"You can choose whether the contacts generated from your catch-all email " -"become leads or opportunities using the radio buttons that you see on the " -"screenshot here below. Note that, by default, the lead stage is not " -"activated in Odoo CRM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:67 -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:89 -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:194 -msgid ":doc:`manual`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:68 -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:69 -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:195 -msgid ":doc:`import`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:69 -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:91 -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:73 -msgid ":doc:`website`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:3 -msgid "How to import contacts to the CRM?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In Odoo CRM, you can import a database of potential customers, for instance " -"for a cold emailing or cold calling campaign, through a CSV file. You may be" -" wondering if the best option is to import your contacts as leads or " -"opportunities. It depends on your business specificities and workflow:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Some companies may decide to not use leads, but instead to keep all " -"information directly in an opportunity. For some companies, leads are merely" -" an extra step in the sales process. You could call this extended (start " -"from lead) versus simplified (start from opportunity) customer relationship " -"management." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Odoo perfectly allows for either one of these approaches to be chosen. If " -"your company handles its sales from a pre qualification step, feel free to " -"activate first the lead stage as described below in order to import your " -"database as leads" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:23 -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:9 -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:38 -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:62 -msgid "Activate the lead stage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:25 -msgid "" -"By default, the lead stage is not activated in Odoo CRM. If you want to " -"import your contacts as leads rather than opportunities, go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, select the option **use leads " -"if…** as shown below and click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:33 -msgid "" -"This activation will create a new submenu :menuselection:`Sales --> Leads` " -"from which you will be able to import your contacts from the **Import** " -"button (if you want to create a lead manually, :doc:`click here <manual>`)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:41 -msgid "Import your CSV file" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:43 -msgid "" -"On the new submenu :menuselection:`Sales --> Leads`, click on **Import** and" -" select your Excel file to import from the **Choose File** button. Make sure" -" its extension is **.csv** and don't forget to set up the correct File " -"format options (**Encoding** and **Separator**) to match your local settings" -" and display your columns properly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:50 -msgid "" -"If your prospects database is provided in another format than CSV, you can " -"easily convert it to the CSV format using Microsoft Excel, OpenOffice / " -"LibreOffice Calc, Google Docs, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:58 -msgid "Select rows to import" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Odoo will automatically map the column headers from your CSV file to the " -"corresponding fields if you tick *The first row of the file contains the " -"label of the column* option. This makes imports easier especially when the " -"file has many columns. Of course, you can remap the column headers to " -"describe the property you are importing data into (First Name, Last Name, " -"Email, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:72 -msgid "" -"If you want to import your contacts as opportunities rather than leads, make" -" sure to add the *Type* column to your csv. This column is used to indicate " -"whether your import will be flagged as a Lead (type = Lead) or as an " -"opportunity (type = Opportunity)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Click the **Validate** button if you want to let Odoo verify that everything" -" seems okay before importing. Otherwise, you can directly click the Import " -"button: the same validations will be done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:83 -msgid "" -"For additional technical information on how to import contacts into Odoo " -"CRM, read the **Frequently Asked Questions** section located below the " -"Import tool on the same window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:90 -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:71 -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:196 -msgid ":doc:`emails`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:3 -msgid "How to create a contact into Odoo CRM?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo CRM allows you to manually add contacts into your pipeline. It can be " -"either a lead or an opportunity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:11 -msgid "" -"By default, the lead stage is not activated in Odoo CRM. To activate it, go " -"to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings`, select the option " -"\"\"use leads if…** as shown below and click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:18 -msgid "" -"This activation will create a new submenu **Leads** under **Sales** that " -"gives you access to a list of all your leads from which you will be able to " -"create a new contact." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:26 -msgid "Create a new lead" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Leads` and click the **Create** button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:33 -msgid "" -"From the contact form, provide all the details in your possession (contact " -"name, email, phone, address, etc.) as well as some additional information in" -" the **Internal notes** field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:39 -msgid "" -"your lead can be directly handed over to specific sales team and salesperson" -" by clicking on **Convert to Opportunity** on the upper left corner of the " -"screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:43 -msgid "Create a new opportunity" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:45 -msgid "" -"You can also directly add a contact into a specific sales team without " -"having to convert the lead first. On the Sales module, go to your dashboard " -"and click on the **Pipeline** button of the desired sales team. If you don't" -" have any sales team yet, :doc:`you need to create one first " -"<../../salesteam/setup/create_team>`. Then, click on **Create** and fill in " -"the contact details as shown here above. By default, the newly created " -"opportunity will appear on the first stage of your sales pipeline." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Another way to create an opportunity is by adding it directly on a specific " -"stage. For example, if you have have spoken to Mr. Smith at a meeting and " -"you want to send him a quotation right away, you can add his contact details" -" on the fly directly into the **Proposition** stage. From the Kanban view of" -" your sales team, just click on the **+** icon at the right of your stage to" -" create the contact. The new opportunity will then pop up into the " -"corresponding stage and you can then fill in the contact details by clicking" -" on it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:3 -msgid "How to generate leads from my website?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Your website should be your company's first lead generation tool. With your " -"website being the central hub of your online marketing campaigns, you will " -"naturally drive qualified traffic to feed your pipeline. When a prospect " -"lands on your website, your objective is to capture his information in order" -" to be able to stay in touch with him and to push him further down the sales" -" funnel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:12 -msgid "This is how a typical online lead generation process work :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Your website visitor clicks on a call-to action (CTA) from one of your " -"marketing materials (e.g. an email newsletter, a social media message or a " -"blog post)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:18 -msgid "" -"The CTA leads your visitor to a landing page including a form used to " -"collect his personal information (e.g. his name, his email address, his " -"phone number)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:22 -msgid "" -"The visitor submits the form and automatically generates a lead into Odoo " -"CRM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Your calls-to-action, landing pages and forms are the key pieces of the lead" -" generation process. With Odoo Website, you can easily create and optimize " -"those critical elements without having to code or to use third-party " -"applications. Learn more `here <https://www.odoo.com/page/website-" -"builder>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:32 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, the Website and CRM modules are fully integrated, meaning that you " -"can easily generate leads from various ways through your website. However, " -"even if you are hosting your website on another CMS, it is still possible to" -" fill Odoo CRM with leads generated from your website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:40 -msgid "" -"By default, the lead stage is not activated in Odoo CRM. Therefore, new " -"leads automatically become opportunities. You can easily activate the option" -" of adding the lead step. If you want to import your contacts as leads " -"rather than opportunities, from the Sales module go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, select the option **use leads " -"if…** as shown below and click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Note that even without activating this step, the information that follows is" -" still applicable - the lead generated will land in the opportunities " -"dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:55 -msgid "From an Odoo Website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Let's assume that you want to get as much information as possible about your" -" website visitors. But how could you make sure that every person who wants " -"to know more about your company's products and services is actually leaving " -"his information somewhere? Thanks to Odoo's integration between its CRM and " -"Website modules, you can easily automate your lead acquisition process " -"thanks to the **contact form** and the **form builder** modules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:67 -msgid "" -"another great way to generate leads from your Odoo Website is by collecting " -"your visitors email addresses thanks to the Newsletter or Newsletter Popup " -"CTAs. These snippets will create new contacts in your Email Marketing's " -"mailing list. Learn more `here <https://www.odoo.com/page/email-" -"marketing>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:75 -msgid "" -"Start by installing the Website builder module. From the main dashboard, " -"click on **Apps**, enter \"**Website**\" in the search bar and click on " -"**Install**. You will be automatically redirected to the web interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:84 -msgid "" -"A tutorial popup will appear on your screen if this is the first time you " -"use Odoo Website. It will help you get started with the tool and you'll be " -"able to use it in minutes. Therefore, we strongly recommend you to use it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:89 -msgid "Create a lead by using the Contact Form module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:91 -msgid "" -"You can effortlessly generate leads via a contact form on your **Contact " -"us** page. To do so, you first need to install the Contact Form module. It " -"will add a contact form in your **Contact us** page and automatically " -"generate a lead from forms submissions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:96 -msgid "" -"To install it, go back to the backend using the square icon on the upper-" -"left corner of your screen. Then, click on **Apps**, enter \"**Contact " -"Form**\" in the search bar (don't forget to remove the **Apps** tag " -"otherwise you will not see the module appearing) and click on **Install**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:104 -msgid "" -"Once the module is installed, the below contact form will be integrated to " -"your \"Contact us\" page. This form is linked to Odoo CRM, meaning that all " -"data entered through the form will be captured by the CRM and will create a " -"new lead." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:112 -msgid "" -"Every lead created through the contact form is accessible in the Sales " -"module, by clicking on :menuselection:`Sales --> Leads`. The name of the " -"lead corresponds to the \"Subject\" field on the contact form and all the " -"other information is stored in the corresponding fields within the CRM. As a" -" salesperson, you can add additional information, convert the lead into an " -"opportunity or even directly mark it as Won or Lost." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:123 -msgid "Create a lead using the Form builder module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:125 -msgid "" -"You can create fully-editable custom forms on any landing page on your " -"website with the Form Builder snippet. As for the Contact Form module, the " -"Form Builder will automatically generate a lead after the visitor has " -"completed the form and clicked on the button **Send**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:130 -msgid "" -"From the backend, go to Settings and install the \"**Website Form " -"Builder**\" module (don't forget to remove the **Apps** tag otherwise you " -"will not see the modules appearing). Then, back on the website, go to your " -"desired landing page and click on Edit to access the available snippets. The" -" Form Builder snippet lays under the **Feature** section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:140 -msgid "" -"As soon as you have dropped the snippet where you want the form to appear on" -" your page, a **Form Parameters** window will pop up. From the **Action** " -"drop-down list, select **Create a lead** to automatically create a lead in " -"Odoo CRM. On the **Thank You** field, select the URL of the page you want to" -" redirect your visitor after the form being submitted (if you don't add any " -"URL, the message \"The form has been sent successfully\" will confirm the " -"submission)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:151 -msgid "" -"You can then start creating your custom form. To add new fields, click on " -"**Select container block** and then on the blue **Customize** button. 3 " -"options will appear:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:158 -msgid "" -"**Change Form Parameters**: allows you to go back to the Form Parameters and" -" change the configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:161 -msgid "" -"**Add a model field**: allows you to add a field already existing in Odoo " -"CRM from a drop-down list. For example, if you select the Field *Country*, " -"the value entered by the lead will appear under the *Country* field in the " -"CRM - even if you change the name of the field on the form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:167 -msgid "" -"**Add a custom field**: allows you to add extra fields that don't exist by " -"default in Odoo CRM. The values entered will be added under \"Notes\" within" -" the CRM. You can create any field type : checkbox, radio button, text, " -"decimal number, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:172 -msgid "Any submitted form will create a lead in the backend." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:175 -msgid "From another CMS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:177 -msgid "" -"If you use Odoo CRM but not Odoo Website, you can still automate your online" -" lead generation process using email gateways by editing the \"Submit\" " -"button of any form and replacing the hyperlink by a mailto corresponding to " -"your email alias (learn how to create your sales alias :doc:`here " -"<emails>`)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:183 -msgid "" -"For example if the alias of your company is **salesEMEA@mycompany.com**, add" -" ``mailto:salesEMEA@mycompany.com`` into the regular hyperlink code (CTRL+K)" -" to generate a lead into the related sales team in Odoo CRM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage.rst:3 -msgid "Manage leads" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:3 -msgid "Automate lead assignation to specific sales teams or salespeople" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Depending on your business workflow and needs, you may need to dispatch your" -" incoming leads to different sales team or even to specific salespeople. " -"Here are a few example:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Your company has several offices based on different geographical regions. " -"You will want to assign leads based on the region;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:12 -msgid "" -"One of your sales teams is dedicated to treat opportunities from large " -"companies while another one is specialized for SMEs. You will want to assign" -" leads based on the company size;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:16 -msgid "" -"One of your sales representatives is the only one to speak foreign languages" -" while the rest of the team speaks English only. Therefore you will want to " -"assign to that person all the leads from non-native English-speaking " -"countries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:21 -msgid "" -"As you can imagine, manually assigning new leads to specific individuals can" -" be tedious and time consuming - especially if your company generates a high" -" volume of leads every day. Fortunately, Odoo CRM allows you to automate the" -" process of lead assignation based on specific criteria such as location, " -"interests, company size, etc. With specific workflows and precise rules, you" -" will be able to distribute all your opportunities automatically to the " -"right sales teams and/or salesman." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:32 -msgid "" -"If you have just started with Odoo CRM and haven't set up your sales team " -"nor registered your salespeople, :doc:`read this documentation first " -"<../../overview/started/setup>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:36 -msgid "" -"You have to install the module **Lead Scoring**. Go to :menuselection:`Apps`" -" and install it if it's not the case already." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:40 -msgid "Define rules for a sales team" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:42 -msgid "" -"From the sales module, go to your dashboard and click on the **More** button" -" of the desired sales team, then on **Settings**. If you don't have any " -"sales team yet, :doc:`you need to create one first " -"<../../salesteam/setup/create_team>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:50 -msgid "" -"On your sales team menu, use in the **Domain** field a specific domain rule " -"(for technical details on the domain refer on the `Building a Module " -"tutorial " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/9.0/howtos/backend.html#domains>`__ or " -"`Syntax reference guide " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/9.0/reference/orm.html#reference-orm-" -"domains>`__) which will allow only the leads matching the team domain." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:56 -msgid "" -"For example, if you want your *Direct Sales* team to only receive leads " -"coming from United States and Canada, your domain will be as following :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:59 -msgid "``[[country_id, 'in', ['United States', 'Canada']]]``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:66 -msgid "" -"you can also base your automatic assignment on the score attributed to your " -"leads. For example, we can imagine that you want all the leads with a score " -"under 100 to be assigned to a sales team trained for lighter projects and " -"the leads over 100 to a more experienced sales team. Read more on :doc:`how " -"to score leads here <lead_scoring>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:72 -msgid "Define rules for a salesperson" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:74 -msgid "" -"You can go one step further in your assignment rules and decide to assign " -"leads within a sales team to a specific salesperson. For example, if I want " -"Toni Buchanan from the *Direct Sales* team to receive only leads coming from" -" Canada, I can create a rule that will automatically assign him leads from " -"that country." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:80 -msgid "" -"Still from the sales team menu (see here above), click on the salesperson of" -" your choice under the assignment submenu. Then, enter your rule in the " -"*Domain* field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:89 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, a lead is always assigned to a sales team before to be assigned to " -"a salesperson. Therefore, you need to make sure that the assignment rule of " -"your salesperson is a child of the assignment rule of the sales team." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:95 -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:67 -msgid ":doc:`../../overview/started/setup`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:3 -msgid "How to do efficient Lead Scoring?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo's Lead Scoring module allows you to give a score to your leads based on" -" specific criteria - the higher the value, the more likely the prospect is " -"\"ready for sales\". Therefore, the best leads are automatically assigned to" -" your salespeople so their pipe are not polluted with poor-quality " -"opportunities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Lead scoring is a critical component of an effective lead management " -"strategy. By helping your sales representative determine which leads to " -"engage with in order of priority, you will increase their overall conversion" -" rate and your sales team's efficiency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:22 -msgid "Install the Lead Scoring module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:24 -msgid "Start by installing the **Lead Scoring** module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Once the module is installed, you should see a new menu " -":menuselection:`Sales --> Leads Management --> Scoring Rules`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:33 -msgid "Create scoring rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Leads scoring allows you to assign a positive or negative score to your " -"prospects based on any demographic or behavioral criteria that you have set " -"(country or origin, pages visited, type of industry, role, etc.). To do so " -"you'll first need to create rules that will assign a score to a given " -"criteria." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:43 -msgid "" -"In order to assign the right score to your various rules, you can use these " -"two methods:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Establish a list of assets that your ideal customer might possess to " -"interest your company. For example, if you run a local business in " -"California, a prospect coming from San Francisco should have a higher score " -"than a prospect coming from New York." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Dig into your data to uncover characteristics shared by your closed " -"opportunities and most important clients." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Please note that this is not an exact science, so you'll need time and " -"feedback from your sales teams to adapt and fine tune your rules until " -"getting the desired result." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:56 -msgid "" -"In the **Scoring Rules** menu, click on **Create** to write your first rule." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:61 -msgid "" -"First name your rule, then enter a value and a domain (refer on the " -"`official python documentation <https://docs.python.org/2/tutorial/>`__ for " -"more information). For example, if you want to assign 8 points to all the " -"leads coming from **Belgium**, you'll need to give ``8`` as a **value** and " -"``[['country\\_id',=,'Belgium']]`` as a domain." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:68 -msgid "Here are some criteria you can use to build a scoring rule :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:70 -msgid "country of origin : ``'country_id'``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:72 -msgid "stage in the sales cycle : ``'stage_id'``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:74 -msgid "" -"email address (e.g. if you want to score the professional email addresses) :" -" ``'email_from'``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:76 -msgid "page visited : ``'score_pageview_ids.url'``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:78 -msgid "name of a marketing campaign : ``'campaign_id'``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:80 -msgid "" -"After having activated your rules, Odoo will give a value to all your new " -"incoming leads. This value can be found directly on your lead's form view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:88 -msgid "Assign high scoring leads to your sales teams" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:90 -msgid "" -"The next step is now to automatically convert your best leads into " -"opportunities. In order to do so, you need to decide what is the minimum " -"score a lead should have to be handed over to a given sales team. Go to your" -" **sales dashboard** and click on the **More** button of your desired sales " -"team, then on **Settings**. Enter your value under the **Minimum score** " -"field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:100 -msgid "" -"From the example above, the **Direct Sales** team will only receive " -"opportunities with a minimum score of ``50``. The prospects with a lower " -"score can either stay in the lead stage or be assigned to another sales team" -" which has set up a different minimum score." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:106 -msgid "" -"Organize a meeting between your **Marketing** and **Sales** teams in order " -"to align your objectives and agree on what minimum score makes a sales-ready" -" lead." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:110 -msgid ":doc:`automatic_assignation`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/voip.rst:3 -msgid "Odoo VOIP" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:3 -msgid "Installation and Setup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:6 -msgid "Installing Asterisk server" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:9 -msgid "Dependencies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Before installing Asterisk you need to install the following dependencies:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:13 -msgid "wget" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:14 -msgid "gcc" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:15 -msgid "g++" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:16 -msgid "ncurses-devel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:17 -msgid "libxml2-devel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:18 -msgid "sqlite-devel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:19 -msgid "libsrtp-devel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:20 -msgid "libuuid-devel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:21 -msgid "openssl-devel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:22 -msgid "pkg-config" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:24 -msgid "In order to install libsrtp, follow the instructions below:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:35 -msgid "" -"You also need to install PJSIP, you can download the source `here " -"<http://www.pjsip.org/download.htm>`_. Once the source directory is " -"extracted:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:37 -msgid "**Change to the pjproject source directory:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:43 -msgid "**run:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:49 -msgid "**Build and install pjproject:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:57 -msgid "**Update shared library links:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:63 -msgid "**Verify that pjproject is installed:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:69 -msgid "**The result should be:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:86 -msgid "Asterisk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:88 -msgid "" -"In order to install Asterisk 13.7.0, you can download the source directly " -"`there <http://downloads.asterisk.org/pub/telephony/asterisk/old-" -"releases/asterisk-13.7.0.tar.gz>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:90 -msgid "Extract Asterisk:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:96 -msgid "Enter the Asterisk directory:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:102 -msgid "Run the Asterisk configure script:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:108 -msgid "Run the Asterisk menuselect tool:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:114 -msgid "" -"In the menuselect, go to the resources option and ensure that res_srtp is " -"enabled. If there are 3 x’s next to res_srtp, there is a problem with the " -"srtp library and you must reinstall it. Save the configuration (press x). " -"You should also see stars in front of the res_pjsip lines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:116 -msgid "Compile and install Asterisk:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:122 -msgid "" -"If you need the sample configs you can run 'make samples' to install the " -"sample configs. If you need to install the Asterisk startup script you can " -"run 'make config'." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:125 -msgid "DTLS Certificates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:127 -msgid "After you need to setup the DTLS certificates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:133 -msgid "Enter the Asterisk scripts directory:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:139 -msgid "" -"Create the DTLS certificates (replace pbx.mycompany.com with your ip address" -" or dns name, replace My Super Company with your company name):" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:146 -msgid "Configure Asterisk server" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:148 -msgid "" -"For WebRTC, a lot of the settings that are needed MUST be in the peer " -"settings. The global settings do not flow down into the peer settings very " -"well. By default, Asterisk config files are located in /etc/asterisk/. Start" -" by editing http.conf and make sure that the following lines are " -"uncommented:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:158 -msgid "" -"Next, edit sip.conf. The WebRTC peer requires encryption, avpf, and " -"icesupport to be enabled. In most cases, directmedia should be disabled. " -"Also under the WebRTC client, the transport needs to be listed as ‘ws’ to " -"allow websocket connections. All of these config lines should be under the " -"peer itself; setting these config lines globally might not work:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:186 -msgid "" -"In the sip.conf and rtp.conf files you also need to add or uncomment the " -"lines:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:193 -msgid "Lastly, set up extensions.conf:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:202 -msgid "Configure Odoo VOIP" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:204 -msgid "In Odoo, the configuration should be done in the user's preferences." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:206 -msgid "" -"The SIP Login/Browser's Extension is the number you configured previously in" -" the sip.conf file. In our example, 1060. The SIP Password is the secret you" -" chose in the sip.conf file. The extension of your office's phone is not a " -"required field but it is used if you want to transfer your call from Odoo to" -" an external phone also configured in the sip.conf file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:212 -msgid "" -"The configuration should also be done in the sale settings under the title " -"\"PBX Configuration\". You need to put the IP you define in the http.conf " -"file and the WebSocket should be: ws://127.0.0.1:8088/ws. The part " -"\"127.0.0.1\" needs to be the same as the IP defined previously and the " -"\"8088\" is the port you defined in the http.conf file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Genel Bakış" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts.rst:3 -msgid "Main Concepts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:3 -msgid "Introduction to Odoo CRM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:11 -msgid "Transcript" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Hi, my name is Nicholas, I'm a business manager in the textile industry. I " -"sell accessories to retailers. Do you know the difference between a good " -"salesperson and an excellent salesperson? The key is to be productive and " -"organized to do the job. That's where Odoo comes in. Thanks to a well " -"structured organization you'll change a good team into an exceptional team." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:21 -msgid "" -"With Odoo CRM, the job is much easier for me and my entire team. When I log " -"in into Odoo CRM, I have a direct overview of my ongoing performance. But " -"also the activity of the next 7 days and the performance of the last month. " -"I see that I overachieved last month when compared to my invoicing target of" -" $200,000. I have a structured approach of my performance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:28 -msgid "" -"If I want to have a deeper look into the details, I click on next actions " -"and I can see that today I have planned a call with Think Big Systems. Once " -"I have done my daily review, I usually go to my pipeline. The process is the" -" same for everyone in the team. Our job is to find resellers and before " -"closing any deal we have to go through different stages. We usually have a " -"first contact to qualify the opportunity, then move into offer & negotiation" -" stage, and closing by a 'won'..Well, that's if all goes well." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:38 -msgid "" -"The user interface is really smooth, I can drag and drop any business " -"opportunity from one stage to another in just a few clicks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Now I'd like to go further with an interesting contact: a department store. " -"I highlighted their file by changing the color. For each contact, I have a " -"form view where I can access to all necessary information about the contact." -" I see here my opportunity Macy's has an estimated revenue of $50,000 and a " -"success rate of 10%. I need to discuss about this partnership, so I will " -"schedule a meeting straight from the contact form: Macy's partnership " -"meeting. It's super easy to create a new meeting with any contact. I can as " -"well send an email straight from the opportunity form and the answer from " -"the prospect will simply pop up in the system too. Now, let's assume that " -"the meeting took place, therefore I can mark it as done. And the system " -"automatically suggests a next activity. Actually, we configured Odoo with a " -"set of typical activities we follow for every opportunity, and it's great to" -" have a thorough followup. The next activity will be a follow-up email. " -"Browsing from one screen to the other is really simple and adapting to the " -"view too! I can see my opportunitities as a to-do list of next activities " -"for example." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:62 -msgid "" -"With Odoo CRM I have a sales management tool that is really efficient and me" -" and my team can be well organized. I have a clear overview of my sales " -"pipeline, meetings, revenues, and more." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:67 -msgid "" -"I go back to my pipeline. Macy's got qualified successfully, which mean I " -"can move their file to the next step and I will dapt the expected revenue as" -" discussed. Once I have performed the qualification process, I will create a" -" new quotation based on the feedback I received from my contact. For my " -"existing customers, I can as well quickly discover the activity around them " -"for any Odoo module I use, and continue to discuss about them. It's that " -"simple." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:76 -msgid "" -"We have seen how I can manage my daily job as business manager or " -"salesperson. At the end of the journey I would like to have a concrete view " -"of my customer relationships and expected revenues. If I go into the reports" -" in Odoo CRM, I have the possibility to know exactly what's the evolution of" -" the leads over the past months, or have a look at the potential revenues " -"and the performance of the different teams in terms of conversions from " -"leads to opportunities for instance. So with Odoo I can have a clear " -"reporting of every activity based on predefined metrics or favorites. I can " -"search for other filters too and adapt the view. If I want to go in the " -"details, I choose the list view and can click on any item" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:90 -msgid "" -"Odoo CRM is not only a powerful tool to achieve our sales goals with " -"structured activities, performance dashboard, next acitivities and more, but" -" also allows me to:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:94 -msgid "" -"Use leads to get in the system unqualified but targeted contacts I may have " -"gathered in a conference or through a contact form on my website. Those " -"leads can then be converted into opportunities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:99 -msgid "" -"Manage phone calls from Odoo CRM by using the VoIP app. Call customers, " -"manage a call queue, log calls, schedule calls and next actions to perform." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:103 -msgid "" -"Integrate with Odoo Sales to create beautiful online or PDF quotations and " -"turn them into sales orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:106 -msgid "" -"Use email marketing for marketing campaigns to my customers and prospects." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:109 -msgid "" -"Manage my business seamlessly, even on the go. Indeed, Odoo offers a mobile " -"app that lets every business organize key sales activities from leads to " -"quotes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Odoo CRM is a powerful, yet easy-to-use app. I firstly used the sales " -"planner to clearly state my objectives and set up our CRM. It will help you " -"getting started quickly too." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:3 -msgid "Odoo CRM Terminologies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:10 -msgid "**CRM (Customer relationship management)**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:6 -msgid "" -"System for managing a company's interactions with current and future " -"customers. It often involves using technology to organize, automate, and " -"synchronize sales, marketing, customer service, and technical support." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:14 -msgid "**Sales cycle** :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Sequence of phases used by a company to convert a prospect into a customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:20 -msgid "**Pipeline :**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Visual representation of your sales process, from the first contact to the " -"final sale. It refers to the process by which you generate, qualify and " -"close leads through your sales cycle." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:24 -msgid "**Sales stage** :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:23 -msgid "" -"In Odoo CRM, a stage defines where an opportunity is in your sales cycle and" -" its probability to close a sale." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:29 -msgid "**Lead :**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Someone who becomes aware of your company or someone who you decide to " -"pursue for a sale, even if they don't know about your company yet." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:34 -msgid "**Opportunity :**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:32 -msgid "" -"A lead that has shown an interest in knowing more about your " -"products/services and therefore has been handed over to a sales " -"representative" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:39 -msgid "**Customer :**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:37 -msgid "" -"In Odoo CRM, a customer refers to any contact within your database, whether " -"it is a lead, an opportunity, a client or a company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:45 -msgid "**Key Performance Indicator (KPI)** :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:42 -msgid "" -"A KPI is a measurable value that demonstrates how effectively a company is " -"achieving key business objectives. Organizations use KPIs to evaluate their " -"success at reaching targets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:51 -msgid "**Lead scoring** :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:48 -msgid "" -"System assigning a positive or negative score to prospects according to " -"their web activity and personal informations in order to determine whether " -"they are \"ready for sales\" or not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:62 -msgid "**Kanban view :**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:54 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, the Kanban view is a workflow visualisation tool halfway between a " -"`list view <https://www.odoo.com/documentation/8.0/reference/views.html" -"#reference-views-list>`__ and a non-editable `form view " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/8.0/reference/views.html#reference-" -"views-form>`__ and displaying records as \"cards\". Records may be grouped " -"in columns for use in workflow visualisation or manipulation (e.g. tasks or " -"work-progress management), or ungrouped (used simply to visualize records)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:66 -msgid "**List view :**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:65 -msgid "" -"View allowing you to see your objects (contacts, companies, tasks, etc.) " -"listed in a table." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:71 -msgid "**Lead generation:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Process by which a company collects relevant datas about potential customers" -" in order to enable a relationship and to push them further down the sales " -"cycle." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:76 -msgid "**Campaign:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:74 -msgid "" -"Coordinated set of actions sent via various channels to a target audience " -"and whose goal is to generate leads. In Odoo CRM, you can link a lead to the" -" campaign which he comes from in order to measure its efficiency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/process.rst:3 -msgid "Process Overview" -msgstr "Genel Bakış" - -#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:3 -msgid "Generating leads with Odoo CRM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:6 -msgid "What is lead generation?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Lead generation is the process by which a company acquires leads and " -"collects relevant datas about potential customers in order to enable a " -"relationship and to turn them into customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:12 -msgid "" -"For example, a website visitor who fills in your contact form to know more " -"about your products and services becomes a lead for your company. Typically," -" a Customer Relationship Management tool such as Odoo CRM is used to " -"centralize, track and manage leads." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:18 -msgid "Why is lead generation important for my business?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Generating a constant flow of high-quality leads is one of the most " -"important responsibility of a marketing team. Actually, a well-managed lead " -"generation process is like the fuel that will allow your company to deliver " -"great performances - leads bring meetings, meetings bring sales, sales bring" -" revenue and more work." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:27 -msgid "How to generate leads with Odoo CRM?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Leads can be captured through many sources - marketing campaigns, " -"exhibitions and trade shows, external databases, etc. The most common " -"challenge is to successfully gather all the data and to track any lead " -"activity. Storing leads information in a central place such as Odoo CRM will" -" release you of these worries and will help you to better automate your lead" -" generation process, share information with your teams and analyze your " -"sales processes easily." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:37 -msgid "Odoo CRM provides you with several methods to generate leads:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:39 -msgid ":doc:`../../leads/generate/emails`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:41 -msgid "" -"An inquiry email sent to one of your company's generic email addresses can " -"automatically generate a lead or an opportunity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:44 -msgid ":doc:`../../leads/generate/manual`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:46 -msgid "" -"You may want to follow up with a prospective customer met briefly at an " -"exhibition who gave you his business card. You can manually create a new " -"lead and enter all the needed information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:50 -msgid ":doc:`../../leads/generate/website`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:52 -msgid "" -"A website visitor who fills in a form automatically generates a lead or an " -"opportunity in Odoo CRM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:55 -msgid ":doc:`../../leads/generate/import`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:57 -msgid "" -"You can provide your salespeople lists of prospects - for example for a cold" -" emailing or a cold calling campaign - by importing them from any CSV file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/started.rst:3 -msgid "Getting started" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:3 -msgid "How to setup your teams, sales process and objectives?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:5 -msgid "" -"This quick step-by-step guide will lead you through Odoo CRM and help you " -"handle your sales funnel easily and constantly manage your sales funnel from" -" lead to customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Create your database from `www.odoo.com/start " -"<http://www.odoo.com/start>`__, select the CRM icon as first app to install," -" fill in the form and click on *Create now*. You will automatically be " -"directed to the module when the database is ready." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:22 -msgid "" -"You will notice that the installation of the CRM module has created the " -"submodules Chat, Calendar and Contacts. They are mandatory so that every " -"feature of the app is running smoothly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:27 -msgid "Introduction to the Sales Planner" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:29 -msgid "" -"The Sales Planner is a useful step-by-step guide created to help you " -"implement your sales funnel and define your sales objectives easier. We " -"strongly recommend you to go through every step of the tool the first time " -"you use Odoo CRM and to follow the requirements. Your input are strictly " -"personal and intended as a personal guide and mentor into your work. As it " -"does not interact with the backend, you are free to adapt any detail " -"whenever you feel it is needed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:37 -msgid "" -"You can reach the Sales Planner from anywhere within the CRM module by " -"clicking on the progress bar located on the upper-right side of your screen." -" It will show you how far you are in the use of the Sales Planner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:46 -msgid "Set up your first sales team" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:49 -msgid "Create a new team" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:51 -msgid "" -"A Direct Sales team is created by default on your instance. You can either " -"use it or create a new one. Refer to the page " -":doc:`../../salesteam/setup/create_team` for more information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:56 -msgid "Assign salespeople to your sales team" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:58 -msgid "" -"When your sales teams are created, the next step is to link your salespeople" -" to their team so they will be able to work on the opportunities they are " -"supposed to receive. For example, if within your company Tim is selling " -"products and John is selling maintenance contracts, they will be assigned to" -" different teams and will only receive opportunities that make sense to " -"them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:65 -msgid "" -"In Odoo CRM, you can create a new user on the fly and assign it directly to " -"a sales team. From the **Dashboard**, click on the button **More** of your " -"selected sales team, then on **Settings**. Then, under the **Assignation** " -"section, click on **Create** to add a new salesperson to the team." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:71 -msgid "" -"From the **Create: salesman** pop up window (see screenshot below), you can " -"assign someone on your team:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:74 -msgid "" -"Either your salesperson already exists in the system and you will just need " -"to click on it from the drop-down list and it will be assigned to the team" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Or you want to assign a new salesperson that doesn't exist into the system " -"yet - you can do it by creating a new user on the fly from the sales team. " -"Just enter the name of your new salesperson and click on Create (see below) " -"to create a new user into the system and directly assign it to your team. " -"The new user will receive an invite email to set his password and log into " -"the system. Refer to :doc:`../../salesteam/manage/create_salesperson` for " -"more information about that process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:90 -msgid "Set up your pipeline" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Now that your sales team is created and your salespeople are linked to it, " -"you will need to set up your pipeline -create the process by which your team" -" will generate, qualify and close opportunities through your sales cycle. " -"Refer to the document :doc:`../../salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline` to " -"define the stages of your pipeline." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:99 -msgid "Set up incoming email to generate opportunities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:101 -msgid "" -"In Odoo CRM, one way to generate opportunities into your sales team is to " -"create a generic email address as a trigger. For example, if the personal " -"email address of your Direct team is `direct@mycompany.example.com " -"<mailto:direct@mycompany.example.com>`__\\, every email sent will " -"automatically create a new opportunity into the sales team." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:108 -msgid "Refer to the page :doc:`../../leads/generate/emails` to set it up." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:111 -msgid "Automate lead assignation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:113 -msgid "" -"If your company generates a high volume of leads every day, it could be " -"useful to automate the assignation so the system will distribute all your " -"opportunities automatically to the right department." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:117 -msgid "" -"Refer to the document :doc:`../../leads/manage/automatic_assignation` for " -"more information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting.rst:3 -msgid "Reporting" -msgstr "Raporlama" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:3 -msgid "" -"How to analyze the sales performance of your team and get customize reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:5 -msgid "" -"As a manager, you need to constantly monitor your team's performance in " -"order to help you take accurate and relevant decisions for the company. " -"Therefore, the **Reporting** section of **Odoo Sales** represents a very " -"important tool that helps you get a better understanding of where your " -"company's strengths, weaknesses and opportunities are, showing you trends " -"and forecasts for key metrics such as the number of opportunities and their " -"expected revenue over time , the close rate by team or the length of sales " -"cycle for a given product or service." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Beyond these obvious tracking sales funnel metrics, there are some other " -"KPIs that can be very valuable to your company when it comes to judging " -"sales funnel success." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:19 -msgid "Review pipelines" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:21 -msgid "" -"You will have access to your sales funnel performance from the **Sales** " -"module, by clicking on :menuselection:`Sales --> Reports --> Pipeline " -"analysis`. By default, the report groups all your opportunities by stage " -"(learn more on how to create and customize stage by reading " -":doc:`../salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline`) and expected revenues for the " -"current month. This report is perfect for the **Sales Manager** to " -"periodically review the sales pipeline with the relevant sales teams. Simply" -" by accessing this basic report, you can get a quick overview of your actual" -" sales performance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:30 -msgid "" -"You can add a lot of extra data to your report by clicking on the " -"**measures** icon, such as :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:33 -msgid "Expected revenue." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:35 -msgid "overpassed deadline." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Delay to assign (the average time between lead creation and lead " -"assignment)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:40 -msgid "Delay to close (average time between lead assignment and close)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:42 -msgid "the number of interactions per opportunity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:44 -msgid "etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:50 -msgid "" -"By clicking on the **+** and **-** icons, you can drill up and down your " -"report in order to change the way your information is displayed. For " -"example, if I want to see the expected revenues of my **Direct Sales** team," -" I need to click on the **+** icon on the vertical axis then on **Sales " -"Team**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Depending on the data you want to highlight, you may need to display your " -"reports in a more visual view. Odoo **CRM** allows you to transform your " -"report in just a click thanks to 3 graph views : **Pie Chart**, **Bar " -"Chart** and **Line Chart**. These views are accessible through the icons " -"highlighted on the screenshot below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:65 -msgid "Customize reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:67 -msgid "" -"You can easily customize your analysis reports depending on the **KPIs** " -"(see :doc:`../overview/main_concepts/terminologies`) you want to access. To " -"do so, use the **Advanced search view** located in the right hand side of " -"your screen, by clicking on the magnifying glass icon at the end of the " -"search bar button. This function allows you to highlight only selected data " -"on your report. The **filters** option is very useful in order to display " -"some categories of opportunities, while the **Group by** option improves the" -" readability of your reports according to your needs. Note that you can " -"filter and group by any existing field from your CRM, making your " -"customization very flexible and powerful." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:82 -msgid "" -"You can save and reuse any customized filter by clicking on **Favorites** " -"from the **Advanced search view** and then on **Save current search**. The " -"saved filter will then be accessible from the **Favorites** menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:87 -msgid "" -"Here are a few examples of customized reports that you can use to monitor " -"your sales' performances :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:91 -msgid "Evaluate the current pipeline of each of your salespeople" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:93 -msgid "" -"From your pipeline analysis report, make sure first that the **Expected " -"revenue** option is selected under the **Measures** drop-down list. Then, " -"use the **+** and **-** icons and add **Salesperson** and **Stage** to your " -"vertical axis, and filter your desired salesperson. Then click on the " -"**graph view** icon to display a visual representation of your salespeople " -"by stage. This custom report allows you to easily overview the sales " -"activities of your salespeople." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:105 -msgid "Forecast monthly revenue by sales team" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:107 -msgid "" -"In order to predict monthly revenue and to estimate the short-term " -"performances of your teams, you need to play with two important metrics : " -"the **expected revenue** and the **expected closing**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:111 -msgid "" -"From your pipeline analysis report, make sure first that the **Expected " -"revenue** option is selected under the **Measures** drop-down list. Then " -"click on the **+** icon from the vertical axis and select **Sales team**. " -"Then, on the horizontal axis, click on the **+** icon and select **Expected " -"closing.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:121 -msgid "" -"In order to keep your forecasts accurate and relevant, make sure your " -"salespeople correctly set up the expected closing and the expected revenue " -"for each one of their opportunities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:126 -msgid ":doc:`../salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:3 -msgid "How to review my personal sales activities (new sales dashboard)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Sales professionals are struggling everyday to hit their target and follow " -"up on sales activities. They need to access anytime some important metrics " -"in order to know how they are performing and better organize their daily " -"work." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Within the Odoo CRM module, every team member has access to a personalized " -"and individual dashboard with a real-time overview of:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Top priorities: they instantly see their scheduled meetings and next actions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Sales performances : they know exactly how they perform compared to their " -"monthly targets and last month activities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:26 -msgid "Install the CRM application" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:28 -msgid "" -"In order to manage your sales funnel and track your opportunities, you need " -"to install the CRM module, from the **Apps** icon." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:35 -msgid "Create opportunities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:37 -msgid "" -"If your pipeline is empty, your sales dashboard will look like the " -"screenshot below. You will need to create a few opportunities to activate " -"your dashboard (read the related documentation " -":doc:`../leads/generate/manual` to learn more)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Your dashboard will update in real-time based on the informations you will " -"log into the CRM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:49 -msgid "" -"you can click anywhere on the dashboard to get a detailed analysis of your " -"activities. Then, you can easily create favourite reports and export to " -"excel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:54 -msgid "Daily tasks to process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:56 -msgid "" -"The left part of the sales dashboard (labelled **To Do**) displays the " -"number of meetings and next actions (for example if you need to call a " -"prospect or to follow-up by email) scheduled for the next 7 days." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:64 -msgid "Meetings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:66 -msgid "" -"In the example here above, I see that I have no meeting scheduled for today " -"and 3 meeting scheduled for the next 7 days. I just have to click on the " -"**meeting** button to access my calendar and have a view on my upcoming " -"appointments." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:75 -msgid "Next actions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Back on the above example, I have 1 activity requiring an action from me. If" -" I click on the **Next action** green button, I will be redirected to the " -"contact form of the corresponding opportunity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:84 -msgid "" -"Under the **next activity** field, I see that I had planned to send a " -"brochure by email today. As soon as the activity is completed, I can click " -"on **done** (or **cancel**) in order to remove this opportunity from my next" -" actions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:90 -msgid "" -"When one of your next activities is overdue, it will appear in orange in " -"your dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:94 -msgid "Performances" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:96 -msgid "" -"The right part of your sales dashboard is about my sales performances. I " -"will be able to evaluate how I am performing compared to my targets (which " -"have been set up by my sales manager) and my activities of the last month." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:105 -msgid "Activities done" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:107 -msgid "" -"The **activities done** correspond to the next actions that have been " -"completed (meaning that you have clicked on **done** under the **next " -"activity** field). When I click on it, I will access a detailed reporting " -"regarding the activities that I have completed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:116 -msgid "Won in opportunities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:118 -msgid "" -"This section will sum up the expected revenue of all the opportunities " -"within my pipeline with a stage **Won**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:125 -msgid "Quantity invoiced" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:127 -msgid "" -"This section will sum up the amount invoiced to my opportunities. For more " -"information about the invoicing process, refer to the related documentation:" -" :doc:`../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:132 -msgid ":doc:`analysis`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam.rst:3 ../../crm/salesteam/setup.rst:3 -msgid "Sales Team" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage.rst:3 -msgid "Manage salespeople" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:3 -msgid "How to create a new salesperson?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:6 -msgid "Create a new user" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:8 -msgid "" -"From the Settings module, go to the submenu :menuselection:`Users --> Users`" -" and click on **Create**. Add first the name of your new salesperson and his" -" professional email address - the one he will use to log in to his Odoo " -"instance - and a picture." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Under \"Access Rights\", you can choose which applications your user can " -"access and use. Different levels of rights are available depending on the " -"app. For the Sales application, you can choose between three levels:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:20 -msgid "**See own leads**: the user will be able to access his own data only" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:22 -msgid "" -"**See all leads**: the user will be able to access all records of every " -"salesman in the sales module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:25 -msgid "" -"**Manager**: the user will be able to access the sales configuration as well" -" as the statistics reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:28 -msgid "" -"When you're done editing the page and have clicked on **Save**, an " -"invitation email will automatically be sent to the user, from which he will " -"be able to log into his personal account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:36 -msgid "Register your user into his sales team" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Your user is now registered in Odoo and can log in to his own session. You " -"can also add him to the sales team of your choice. From the sales module, go" -" to your dashboard and click on the **More** button of the desired sales " -"team, then on **Settings**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:49 -msgid "" -"If you need to create a new sales team first, refer to the page " -":doc:`../setup/create_team`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:51 -msgid "" -"Then, under \"Team Members\", click on **Add** and select the name of your " -"salesman from the list. The salesperson is now successfully added to your " -"sales team." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:60 -msgid "" -"You can also add a new salesperson on the fly from your sales team even " -"before he is registered as an Odoo user. From the above screenshot, click on" -" \"Create\" to add your salesperson and enter his name and email address. " -"After saving, the salesperson will receive an invite containing a link to " -"set his password. You will then be able to define his accesses rights under " -"the :menuselection:`Settings --> Users` menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:69 -msgid ":doc:`../setup/create_team`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:3 -msgid "How to motivate and reward my salespeople?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Challenging your employees to reach specific targets with goals and rewards " -"is an excellent way to reinforce good habits and improve your salespeople " -"productivity. The **Gamification** app of Odoo gives you simple and creative" -" ways to motivate and evaluate your employees with real-time recognition and" -" badges inspired by game mechanics." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:14 -msgid "" -"From the **Apps** menu, search and install the **Gamification** module. You " -"can also install the **CRM gamification** app, which will add some useful " -"data (goals and challenges) that can be used related to the usage of the " -"**CRM/Sale** modules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:23 -msgid "Create a challenge" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:25 -msgid "" -"You will now be able to create your first challenge from the menu " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Gamification Tools --> Challenges`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:29 -msgid "" -"As the gamification tool is a one-time technical setup, you will need to " -"activate the technical features in order to access the configuration. In " -"order to do so, click on the interrogation mark available from any app " -"(upper-right) and click on **About** and then **Activate the developer " -"mode**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:38 -msgid "" -"A challenge is a mission that you will send to your salespeople. It can " -"include one or several goals and is set up for a specific period of time. " -"Configure your challenge as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:42 -msgid "Assign the salespeople to be challenged" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:44 -msgid "Assign a responsible" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:46 -msgid "Set up the periodicity along with the start and the end date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:48 -msgid "Select your goals" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:50 -msgid "Set up your rewards (badges)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Badges are granted when a challenge is finished. This is either at the end " -"of a running period (eg: end of the month for a monthly challenge), at the " -"end date of a challenge (if no periodicity is set) or when the challenge is " -"manually closed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:58 -msgid "" -"For example, on the screenshot below, I have challenged 2 employees with a " -"**Monthly Sales Target**. The challenge will be based on 2 goals: the total " -"amount invoiced and the number of new leads generated. At the end of the " -"month, the winner will be granted with a badge." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:67 -msgid "Set up goals" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:69 -msgid "" -"The users can be evaluated using goals and numerical objectives to reach. " -"**Goals** are assigned through **challenges** to evaluate (see here above) " -"and compare members of a team with each others and through time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:74 -msgid "" -"You can create a new goal on the fly from a **Challenge**, by clicking on " -"**Add new item** under **Goals**. You can select any business object as a " -"goal, according to your company's needs, such as :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:78 -msgid "number of new leads," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:80 -msgid "time to qualify a lead or" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:82 -msgid "" -"total amount invoiced in a specific week, month or any other time frame " -"based on your management preferences." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:89 -msgid "" -"Goals may include your database setup as well (e.g. set your company data " -"and a timezone, create new users, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:93 -msgid "Set up rewards" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:95 -msgid "" -"For non-numerical achievements, **badges** can be granted to users. From a " -"simple *thank you* to an exceptional achievement, a badge is an easy way to " -"exprimate gratitude to a user for their good work." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:99 -msgid "" -"You can easily create a grant badges to your employees based on their " -"performance under :menuselection:`Gamification Tools --> Badges`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:106 -msgid ":doc:`../../reporting/analysis`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:3 -msgid "How to create a new team?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In the Sales module, your sales teams are accessible from the **Dashboard** " -"menu. If you start from a new instance, you will find a sales team installed" -" by default : Direct sales. You can either start using that default sales " -"team and edit it (refer to the section *Create and Organize your stages* " -"from the page :doc:`organize_pipeline`) or create a new one from scratch." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To create a new team, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Sales Teams` " -"and click on **Create**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:18 -msgid "Fill in the fields :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:20 -msgid "Enter the name of your team" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:22 -msgid "Select your team leader" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:24 -msgid "Select your team members" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Don't forget to tick the \"Opportunities\" box if you want to manage " -"opportunities from it and to click on SAVE when you're done. Your can now " -"access your new team from your Dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:35 -msgid "" -"If you started to work on an empty database and didn't create new users, " -"refer to the page :doc:`../manage/create_salesperson`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:3 -msgid "Set up and organize your sales pipeline" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A well structured sales pipeline is crucial in order to keep control of your" -" sales process and to have a 360-degrees view of your leads, opportunities " -"and customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:9 -msgid "" -"The sales pipeline is a visual representation of your sales process, from " -"the first contact to the final sale. It refers to the process by which you " -"generate, qualify and close leads through your sales cycle. In Odoo CRM, " -"leads are brought in at the left end of the sales pipeline in the Kanban " -"view and then moved along to the right from one stage to another." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Each stage refers to a specific step in the sale cycle and specifically the " -"sale-readiness of your potential customer. The number of stages in the sales" -" funnel varies from one company to another. An example of a sales funnel " -"will contain the following stages: *Territory, Qualified, Qualified Sponsor," -" Proposition, Negotiation, Won, Lost*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Of course, each organization defines the sales funnel depending on their " -"processes and workflow, so more or fewer stages may exist." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:30 -msgid "Create and organize your stages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:33 -msgid "Add/ rearrange stages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:35 -msgid "" -"From the sales module, go to your dashboard and click on the **PIPELINE** " -"button of the desired sales team. If you don't have any sales team yet, you " -"need to create one first." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:46 -msgid "" -"From the Kanban view of your pipeline, you can add stages by clicking on " -"**Add new column.** When a column is created, Odoo will then automatically " -"propose you to add another column in order to complete your process. If you " -"want to rearrange the order of your stages, you can easily do so by dragging" -" and dropping the column you want to move to the desired location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:58 -msgid "" -"You can add as many stages as you wish, even if we advise you not having " -"more than 6 in order to keep a clear pipeline" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Some companies use a pre qualification step to manage their leads before to " -"convert them into opportunities. To activate the lead stage, go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and select the radio button as " -"shown below. It will create a new submenu **Leads** under **Sales** that " -"gives you access to a listview of all your leads." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:74 -msgid "Set up stage probabilities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:77 -msgid "What is a stage probability?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:79 -msgid "" -"To better understand what are the chances of closing a deal for a given " -"opportunity in your pipe, you have to set up a probability percentage for " -"each of your stages. That percentage refers to the success rate of closing " -"the deal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:84 -msgid "" -"Setting up stage probabilities is essential if you want to estimate the " -"expected revenues of your sales cycle" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:88 -msgid "" -"For example, if your sales cycle contains the stages *Territory, Qualified, " -"Qualified Sponsor, Proposition, Negotiation, Won and Lost,* then your " -"workflow could look like this :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:92 -msgid "" -"**Territory** : opportunity just received from Leads Management or created " -"from a cold call campaign. Customer's Interest is not yet confirmed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:96 -msgid "*Success rate : 5%*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:98 -msgid "" -"**Qualified** : prospect's business and workflow are understood, pains are " -"identified and confirmed, budget and timing are known" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:101 -msgid "*Success rate : 15%*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:103 -msgid "" -"**Qualified sponsor**: direct contact with decision maker has been done" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:106 -msgid "*Success rate : 25%*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:108 -msgid "**Proposition** : the prospect received a quotation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:110 -msgid "*Success rate : 50%*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:112 -msgid "**Negotiation**: the prospect negotiates his quotation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:114 -msgid "*Success rate : 75%*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:116 -msgid "" -"**Won** : the prospect confirmed his quotation and received a sales order. " -"He is now a customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:119 -msgid "*Success rate : 100%*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:121 -msgid "**Lost** : the prospect is no longer interested" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:123 -msgid "*Success rate : 0%*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:127 -msgid "" -"Within your pipeline, each stage should correspond to a defined goal with a " -"corresponding probability. Every time you move your opportunity to the next " -"stage, your probability of closing the sale will automatically adapt." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:131 -msgid "" -"You should consider using probability value as **100** when the deal is " -"closed-won and **0** for deal closed-lost." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:135 -msgid "How to set up stage probabilities?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:137 -msgid "" -"To edit a stage, click on the **Settings** icon at the right of the desired " -"stage then on EDIT" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:143 -msgid "" -"Select the Change probability automatically checkbox to let Odoo adapt the " -"probability of the opportunity to the probability defined in the stage. For " -"example, if you set a probability of 0% (Lost) or 100% (Won), Odoo will " -"assign the corresponding stage when the opportunity is marked as Lost or " -"Won." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:151 -msgid "" -"Under the requirements field you can enter the internal requirements for " -"this stage. It will appear as a tooltip when you place your mouse over the " -"name of a stage." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po b/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po deleted file mode 100644 index f353d2037..000000000 --- a/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,522 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: Murat Kaplan <muratk@projetgrup.com>, 2017\n" -"Language-Team: Turkish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/tr/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: tr\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:8 -msgid "Online Database management" -msgstr "Online Veritabanı Yönetimi" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:13 -msgid "Duplicating a database" -msgstr "Veritabanı Kopyası Oluşturma" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Database duplication, renaming, custom DNS, etc. is not available to free " -"customers of our Online platform." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Access the `database management page <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__ " -"(you will have to sign in). Next, make sure you are connected as the " -"administrator of the database you want to duplicate. After that, click on " -"the **Manage Your Databases** button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:26 -msgid "" -"In the line of the database you want to duplicate, you will have a few " -"buttons. To duplicate your database, just click **Duplicate**. You will have" -" to give a name to your duplicate, then click **Duplicate Database**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:36 -msgid "A duplicated database has the same behaviour as a real one:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:38 -msgid "Emails are sent" -msgstr "Gönderilen E-postalar" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:40 -msgid "Payments are processed (in the e-commerce, for example)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:42 -msgid "Delivery orders (shipping providers) are sent" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:44 -msgid "Etc." -msgstr "vb.." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:46 -msgid "" -"It is **strongly** advised to test behaviour using sample customers/products" -" (with a `disposable e-mail <http://www.mailinator.com>`__ address, for " -"example)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:50 -msgid "" -"After a few seconds, you will be logged in your duplicated database. Notice " -"that the url uses the name you chose for your duplicated database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:54 -msgid "Duplicate databases expire automatically after 15 days." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:7 -msgid "On-premise Database management" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:10 -msgid "Register a database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To register your database, you just need to enter your Subscription Code in " -"the banner in the App Switcher. Make sure you do not add extra spaces before" -" or after your subscription code. If the registration is successful, it will" -" turn green and will provide you with the Expiration Date of your freshly-" -"registered database. You can check this Epiration Date in the About menu " -"(Odoo 9) or in the Settings Dashboard (Odoo 10)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:20 -msgid "Registration Error Message" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:22 -msgid "" -"If you are unable to register your database, you will likely encounter this " -"message:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:31 ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:97 -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:130 -msgid "Solutions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:33 -msgid "Do you have a valid Enterprise subscription?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Check if your subscription details get the tag \"In Progress\" on your `Odoo" -" Account <https://accounts.odoo.com/my/contract>`__ or with your Account " -"Manager" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:39 -msgid "Have you already linked a database with your subscription reference?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:41 -msgid "" -"You can link only one database per subscription. (Need a test or a " -"development database? `Find a partner <https://www.odoo.com/partners>`__)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:45 -msgid "" -"You can unlink the old database yourself on your `Odoo Contract " -"<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/contract>`__ with the button \"Unlink " -"database\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:52 -msgid "" -"A confirmation message will appear; make sure this is the correct database " -"as it will be deactivated shortly:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:59 -msgid "Do you have the updated version of Odoo 9?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:61 -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:190 -msgid "" -"From July 2016 onward, Odoo 9 now automatically change the uuid of a " -"duplicated database; a manual operation is no longer required." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:64 -msgid "" -"If it's not the case, you may have multiple databases sharing the same UUID." -" Please check on your `Odoo Contract " -"<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/contract>`__, a short message will appear " -"specifying which database is problematic:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:73 -msgid "" -"In this case, you need to change the UUID on your test databases to solve " -"this issue. You will find more information about this in :ref:`this section " -"<duplicate_premise>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:76 -msgid "" -"For your information, we identify database with UUID. Therefore, each " -"database should have a distinct UUID to ensure that registration and " -"invoicing proceed effortlessly for your and for us." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:82 -msgid "Too much users error message" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:84 -msgid "" -"If you have more users in your local database than provisionned in your Odoo" -" Enterprise subscription, you may encounter this message:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:93 -msgid "" -"When the message appears you have 30 days before the expiration. The " -"countdown is updated everyday." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:99 -msgid "" -"**Add more users** on your subscription: follow the link and Validate the " -"upsell quotation and pay for the extra users." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:102 -msgid "or" -msgstr "veya" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:104 -msgid "" -"**Deactivate users** as explained in this `Documentation " -"<https://www.odoo.com " -"/documentation/user/10.0/db_management/documentation.html#deactivating-" -"users>`__ and **Reject** the upsell quotation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:109 -msgid "" -"Once your database has the correct number of users, the expiration message " -"will disappear automatically after a few days, when the next verification " -"occurs. We understand that it can be a bit frightening to see the countdown," -" so you can :ref:`force an Update Notification <force_ping>` to make the " -"message disappear right away." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:116 -msgid "Database expired error message" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:118 -msgid "" -"If your database reaches its expiration date before your renew your " -"subscription, you will encounter this message:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:126 -msgid "" -"This **blocking** message appears after a non-blocking message that lasts 30" -" days. If you fail to take action before the end of the countdown, the " -"database is expired." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:134 -msgid "" -"Renew your subscription: follow the link and renew your subscription - note " -"that" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:133 -msgid "" -"if you wish to pay by Wire Transfer, your subscription will effectively be " -"renewed only when the payment arrives, which can take a few days. Credit " -"card payments are processed immediately." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:136 -msgid "Contact our `Support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:138 -msgid "" -"None of those solutions worked for you? Please contact our `Support " -"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:145 -msgid "Force an Update Notification" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:147 -msgid "" -"Update Notifications happen once every 7 days and keep your database up-to-" -"date with your Odoo Enterprise subscription. If you modify your subscription" -" (i.e. add more users, renew it for a year, etc.), your local database will " -"only be made aware of the change once every 7 days - this can cause " -"discrepancies between the state of your subscription and some notifications " -"in your App Switcher. When doing such an operation on your subscription, you" -" can force an Update using the following procedure:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:154 -msgid "Connect to the database with the **Administrator** account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:155 -msgid "" -"Switch to the Developer mode by using the **About** option in the top-right " -"menu (in V9) / in **Settings** (in V10): click on **Activate the developer" -" mode**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:158 -msgid "" -"Navigate to the \"Settings\" menu, then \"Technical\" > \"Automation\" > " -"\"Scheduled Actions\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:160 -msgid "" -"Find \"Update Notification\" in the list, click on it, and finally click on " -"the button \"**RUN MANUALLY**\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:162 -msgid "Refresh the page, the \"Expiration\" notification should be gone" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:165 -msgid "" -"You may have kept the same UUID on different databases and we receive " -"information from those databases too. So please read :ref:`this " -"documentation <duplicate_premise>` to know how to change the UUID. After the" -" change you can force a ping to speed up the verification, your production " -"database will then be correctly identified." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:174 -msgid "Duplicate a database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:176 -msgid "" -"You can duplicate your database by accessing the database manager on your " -"server (<odoo-server>/web/database/manager). In this page, you can easily " -"duplicate your database (among other things)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:184 -msgid "" -"When you duplicate a local database, it is **strongly** advised to change " -"the duplicated database's uuid (Unniversally Unique Identifier), since this " -"uuid is how your database identifies itself with our servers. Having two " -"databases with the same uuid could result in invoicing problems or " -"registration problems down the line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:193 -msgid "" -"The database uuid is currently accessible from the menu **Settings > " -"Technical > System Parameters**, we advise you to use a `uuid generator " -"<https://www.uuidgenerator.net>`__ or to use the unix command ``uuidgen`` to" -" generate a new uuid. You can then simply replace it like any other record " -"by clicking on it and using the edit button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:7 -msgid "Users and Features" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:9 -msgid "" -"As the administrator of your database, you are responsible for its usage. " -"This includes the Apps you install as well as the number of users currently " -"in use." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Odoo is many things (ERP, CMS, CRM application, e-Commerce backend, etc.) " -"but it is *not* a smartphone. You should apply caution when adding/removing " -"features (especially Apps) on your database since this may impact your " -"subscription amount significantly (or switch you from a free account to a " -"paying one on our online platform)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:19 -msgid "" -"This page contains some information as to how you can manage your Odoo " -"instances. Before carrying any of these procedures, we **strongly** advise " -"to test them on a duplicate of your database first. That way, if something " -"goes wrong, your day-to-day business is not impacted." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:24 -msgid "" -"You can find guides on how to duplicate your databases both for :ref:`online" -" <duplicate_online>` and :ref:`on premise <duplicate_premise>` " -"installations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:28 -msgid "" -"If you have questions about the content of this page or if you encounter an " -"issue while carrying out these procedures, please contact us through our " -"`support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:34 -msgid "Deactivating Users" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Make sure you have sufficient **administrative rights** if you want to " -"change the status of any of your users." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:39 -msgid "" -"In your Odoo instance, click on **Settings**. You will have a section " -"showing you the active users on your database. Click on **Manage access " -"rights.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:44 -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:82 -msgid "|settings|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:44 -msgid "|browse_users|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:47 -msgid "You'll then see the list of your users." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:52 -msgid "" -"The pre-selected filter *Internal Users* shows your paying users (different " -"from the *Portal Users* which are free). If you remove this filter, you'll " -"get all your users (the ones you pay for and the portal ones)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:57 -msgid "" -"In your list of users, click on the user you want to deactivate. As soon as " -"you are on the userform, go with your mouse cursor on the status **Active** " -"(top right). Click on Active and you will notice that the status will change" -" to **Inactive** immediately." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:66 -msgid "The user is now deactivated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:68 -msgid "**Never** deactivate the main user (*admin*)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:71 -msgid "Uninstalling Apps" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Make sure you first test what you are about to do on a :ref:`duplicate " -"<duplicate_online>` of your database before making any changes (*especially*" -" installing/uninstalling apps)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:77 -msgid "" -"In your Odoo instance click on **Settings**; in this app, you will be able " -"to see how many applications you have installed. Click on **Browse Apps** to" -" access the list of your installed applications." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:82 -msgid "|browse_apps|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:85 -msgid "" -"In your applications' dashboard, you will see all the icons of your " -"applications. Click on the application you want to uninstall. Then, on the " -"form of the application, click on **Uninstall**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Some applications have dependencies, like Invoicing, eCommerce, etc. " -"Therefore, the system will give you a warning message to advise you of what " -"is about to be removed. If you uninstall your application, all its " -"dependencies will be uninstalled as well (and the data in them will " -"permanently disappear). If you are sure you still want to uninstall it, then" -" click **Confirm**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:99 -msgid "" -"Last, after having checked the warning message (if any), click **Confirm**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:104 -msgid "You have finished uninstalling your application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:107 -msgid "Good to know" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:109 -msgid "" -"**Uninstalling apps, managing users, etc. is up to you**: no one else can " -"know if your business flow is broken better than you. If we were to " -"uninstall applications for you, we would never be able to tell if relevant " -"data had been removed or if one of your business flow was broken because we " -"*do not know how you work* and therefore cannot validate these kinds of " -"operations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:115 -msgid "" -"**Odoo Apps have dependencies**: this means that you may need to install " -"modules that you do not actively use to access some features of Odoo you " -"might need. For example, the Website Builder app is needed to be able to " -"show your customer their Quotes in a web page. Even though you might not " -"need or use the Website itself, it is needed for the Online Quotes feature " -"to work properly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:122 -msgid "" -"**Always test app installation/removal on a duplicate** (or on a free trial " -"database): that way you can know what other apps may be required, etc. This " -"will avoid surprises when uninstalling or when receiving your invoices." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po b/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po deleted file mode 100644 index 7a3811ed4..000000000 --- a/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,563 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-09 14:24+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: Güven YILMAZ <guvenyilmaz@outlook.com.tr>, 2017\n" -"Language-Team: Turkish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/tr/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: tr\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" - -#: ../../discuss.rst:5 -msgid "Discuss" -msgstr "Mesajlaşma" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:3 -msgid "How to use my own email servers to send and receive email in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:6 -msgid "When is it needed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:7 -msgid "" -"Using your own email servers is required to send and receive messages in " -"Odoo Community or Enterprise. Odoo Online embeds an out-of-box email " -"solution that works straight away. However you can still use your own email " -"servers with the online edition. Some insights are provided here below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:14 -msgid "How to set it up" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:15 -msgid "" -"As a system admin, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and " -"check *External Email Servers* (watch out: this checkbox only shows up after" -" Odoo 10). Then, go through the following steps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Office 365 doesn't allow external hosts like Odoo. Consequently you can't " -"use Office 365 email servers to send or receive messages in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:26 -msgid "Set an outgoing email server for outbound messages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:27 -msgid "" -"You need the SMTP data of your email provider (Gmail, Outlook, Yahoo, AOL, " -"etc.) as well as your admin credentials. Once all the information has been " -"filled out, click on *Test Connection*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:35 -msgid "Set an incoming email server for inbound messages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Fill out the form according to your email provider’s settings. Leave the " -"*Actions to Perform on Incoming Mails* blank. Once all the information has " -"been filled out, click on *TEST & CONFIRM*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:43 -msgid "" -"By default inbound messages are fetched every 5 minutes. You can change this" -" value in developer mode. Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> " -"Automation --> Scheduled Actions` and look for *Mail: Fetchmail Service*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:49 -msgid "Set the domain name" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Enter the domain name of your email servers (e.g. mycompany.com) in General " -"Settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:57 -msgid "Create a catchall address" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:58 -msgid "" -"When a contact replies to an email sent from Odoo, the *reply-to* address is" -" a generic address used to route the reply to the right discussion thread in" -" Odoo (opportunity, order, task, etc.) and to the inbox of all its " -"followers. By default this address is \"catchall@\" but it can be changed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Create a catchall address in your email server settings. We advise you to " -"use \"catchall@\" so that everything works out straight away. If you want to" -" use another alias, you have extra steps in Odoo:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:67 -msgid "Activate the developer mode from your Settings Dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:72 -msgid "" -"Refresh your screen. Then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> " -"Parameters --> System Parameters` and enter your custom catchall alias in " -"*mail.catchall.alias*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:79 -msgid "You can edit the email alias used for bounced messages the same way." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:82 -msgid "How to use my own email servers with Odoo Online" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Odoo Online comes up with an embedded and ready-to-use email server " -"(*@yourcompany.odoo.com*). We recommend to keep this default setting as it " -"is really convenient. Indeed, while it is Odoo-labelled, the visible source " -"of any message sent from Odoo will be your personal email address (your Odoo" -" login). Your contacts will therefore trust your messages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:90 -msgid "" -"You can still use your own email servers if you want your contacts to see " -"your historic email address when they reply to your messages or if you want " -"to manage the reputation of your email servers yourself." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:94 -msgid "There are 2 methods:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:96 -msgid "" -"[Recommended] **Use a catchall redirection** (your server -> Odoo server) to" -" receive emails in Odoo in real time thanks to the Odoo email server. Create" -" a catchall address in your email server settings. Then apply following " -"redirection: catchall@yourdomain.ext -> catchall@yourcompany.odoo.com. " -"That's it you're ready to go!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:102 -msgid "" -"**Use a catchall mailbox** to exclusively use your own email server. That " -"way you can also manage your email server reputation (blacklisting, etc). " -"However, incoming messages are fetched from the email server thanks to a " -"cron running every hour. This is the shortest time lap for crons in Online " -"instances. If you opt for this solution, simply follow the procedure of " -"above section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:111 -msgid "How to be SPF-compliant when using external email servers in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:112 -msgid "" -"Sender Policy Framework (SPF) is an email-validation system that checks that" -" incoming mail from a domain comes from a host authorized by that domain's " -"administrator. Such a security system is used in most email servers. If you " -"don't comply with it, your emails sent from Odoo will be likely flagged as " -"spam." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:118 -msgid "" -"To be SPF-compliant, you need to authorize Odoo as a sending host in your " -"domain name settings:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:121 -msgid "Sign in to your domain’s account at your domain host." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:122 -msgid "Locate the page for updating your domain’s DNS records." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:123 -msgid "" -"If no TXT record is set, create one with following definition: v=spf1 " -"include:_spf.odoo.com ~all" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:125 -msgid "In case a TXT record is already set, add \"include:_spf.odoo.com\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:127 -msgid "e.g. for a Gmail server it should be:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:129 -msgid "v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com include:_spf.google.com ~all" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:131 -msgid "" -"Find `here <https://www.mail-tester.com/spf/>`__ the exact procedure to " -"create or modify TXT records in your own domain registrar." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:134 -msgid "" -"Your new SPF record can take up to 48 hours to go into effect, but this " -"usually happens more quickly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:137 -msgid "" -"Adding more than one SPF record for a domain can cause problems with mail " -"delivery and spam classification. Instead, we recommend using only one SPF " -"record by modifying it to authorize Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:142 -msgid "How to choose between Odoo and my traditional email box" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:143 -msgid "" -"Odoo Discuss is a perfect tool to send and read messages related to business" -" documents. However it doesn't aim to replace a full-featured email solution" -" (Gmail, Outlook, Yahoo, AOL, etc.). We recommend to take the most out of " -"both systems without mingling them: What is related to Odoo business objects" -" or applications goes into Odoo; What is not can be managed into your " -"external email box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:150 -msgid "" -"To do so, create specific email aliases to use in Odoo (to generate leads or" -" opportunities, helpdesk tickets, etc.). If you take an email alias already " -"used for messaging outside of Odoo, incoming messages will land into both " -"systems. This will negatively impact your productivity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:3 -msgid "How to follow Twitter feed from Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:8 -msgid "" -"You can follow specific hashtags on Twitter and see the tweets within the " -"Odoo Discuss channels of your choice. The tweets are retrieved periodically " -"from Twitter. An authenticated user can retweet the messages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:13 -msgid "Setting up the App on Twitter's side" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Twitter uses an \"App\" on its side which is opens a gate to which Odoo asks" -" for tweets, and through which a user can retweet. To set up this app, go to" -" http://apps.twitter.com/app/new and put in the values:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:19 -msgid "Name: this is the name of the application on Twitter" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Website: this is the external url of your Odoo database, with \"/web\" " -"added. For example, if your Odoo instance is hosted at " -"\"http://www.example.com\", you should put \"http://www.example.com/web\" in" -" this field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Callback URL: this is the address on which Twitter will respond. Following " -"the previous example you should write " -"\"http://www.example.com/web/twitter/callback\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Do not forget to accept the terms **Developer agreement** of use and click " -"on **Create your Twitter application** at the bottom of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:33 -msgid "Getting the API key and secret" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:35 -msgid "" -"When on the App dashboard, switch to the **Keys and Access Tokens** tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:40 -msgid "" -"And copy those values in Odoo in :menuselection:`Settings--> General " -"Settings--> Twitter discuss integration` and click on **Save** to save the " -"settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:3 -msgid "How to grab attention of other users in my messages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:5 -msgid "" -"You can **mention** a user in a channel or chatter by typing **@user-name**." -" Mentioning a user in the chatter will set them as a follower of the item " -"(if they are not already) and send a message to their inbox. The item " -"containing the mention will also be bolded in the list view. Mentioning a " -"user in a channel will send a message to their inbox. You cannot mention a " -"user in a channel who is not subscribed to the channel. Typing **#channel-" -"name** will provide a link to the mentioned channel in either a chatter or " -"another channel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:15 -msgid "Direct messaging a user" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:17 -msgid "" -"**Direct messages** are private messages viewable only by the sender and " -"recipient. You can send direct messages to other users from within the " -"Discuss module by creating a new conversation or selecting an existing one " -"from the sidebar. Direct messages can be sent from anywhere in Odoo using " -"the speech bubble icon in the top bar. The online status of other users is " -"displayed to the left of their name. A **green dot** indicates that a user " -"is Online, an **orange dot** that they are Idle, and a **grey dot** that " -"they are offline." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:28 -msgid "Desktop notifications from Discuss" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:30 -msgid "" -"You can choose to see **desktop notifications** when you receive a new " -"direct message. The notification shows you the sender and a brief preview of" -" the message contents. These can be configured or disabled by clicking on " -"the gear icon in the corner of the notification.." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:3 -msgid "How to be responsive at work thanks to my Odoo inbox" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Use the **Inbox** in Discuss app to monitor updates and progress on " -"everything you do in Odoo. Notifications and messages from everything you " -"follow or in which you are mentioned appear in your inbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:13 -msgid "You can keep an eye on your **Inbox** from any screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Marking an item with a check marks the message as **read** and removes it " -"from your inbox. If you would like to save an item for future reference or " -"action, mark it with a star to add it to the **Starred** box. You can star " -"any message or notification in Discuss or any of the item-specific chatters " -"throughout Odoo to keep tabs on it here." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Why to use Odoo Discuss" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo Discuss is an easy to use messaging app for teams that brings all your " -"organization's communication into one place and seamlessly integrates with " -"the Odoo platform. Discuss lets you send and receive messages from wherever " -"you are in Odoo as well as manage your messages and notifications easily " -"from within the app. Discuss allows you to create **channels** for team " -"chats, conversations about projects, meeting coordination, and more in one " -"simple and searchable interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:3 -msgid "How to efficiently communicate in team using channels" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:5 -msgid "" -"You can use **channels** to organize discussions between individual teams, " -"departments, projects, or any other group that requires regular " -"communication. By having conversations that everyone in the channel can see," -" it's easy to keep the whole team in the loop with the latest developments." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:12 -msgid "Creating a channel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:14 -msgid "" -"In Discuss there are two types of channels - **public** and **private**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:17 -msgid "" -"A **public channel** can only be created by an administrator with write " -"privileges and can be seen by everyone in the organization. By contrast, a " -"**private channel** can be created by any user and by default is only " -"visible to users who have been invited to this channel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:24 -msgid "" -"A public channel is best used when many employees need to access information" -" (such as interdepartmental communication or company announcements), whereas" -" a private channel should be used whenever information should be limited to " -"specific users/employees (such as department specific or sensitive " -"information)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:31 -msgid "Configuring a channel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:33 -msgid "" -"You can configure a channel's name, description, access rights, automatic " -"subscription, and emailing from :menuselection:`#channel-name --> Settings`." -" Changing channel access rights allows you to control which groups can view " -"each channel. You can make a channel visible by all users, invited users, or" -" users within a selected user group. Note that allowing \"Everyone\" to " -"follow a private channel will let other users view and join it as they would" -" a public channel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:47 -msgid "How to set up a mailing list" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:49 -msgid "" -"A channel can be configured to behave as a mailing list. From within " -":menuselection:`#channel-name --> Settings`, define the email you would like" -" to use. Users can then post to the channel and choose to receive " -"notifications using the defined email address. An envelope icon will appear " -"next to the channel name in the list to indicate that a channel will send " -"messages by email." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:57 -msgid "Locating a channel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:59 -msgid "" -"If you do not see a channel on your dashboard, you can search the list of " -"**public channels** to locate the correct channel or create a new channel by" -" clicking the plus icon." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:66 -msgid "" -"You can also click the **CHANNELS** heading to browse a list of all public " -"channels. This allows the user to manually **join** and **leave** public " -"channels from a single screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:71 -msgid "" -"It is always wise to search for a channel before creating a new one to " -"ensure that duplicate entries are not created for the same topic." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:76 -msgid "Using filters to navigate within Discuss" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:78 -msgid "" -"The topbar search provides access to the same comprehensive search function " -"present in the rest of Odoo. You can apply multiple **filter criteria** and " -"**save filters** for later use. The search function accepts wildcards by " -"using the underscore character \"\\ **\\_**\\ \" to represent a **single " -"character wildcard.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:3 -msgid "How to follow a discussion thread and define what I want to hear about" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:6 -msgid "How to follow a discussion thread" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:7 -msgid "" -"You can keep track of virtually any business object in Odoo (an opportunity," -" a quotation, a task, etc.), by **following** it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:14 -msgid "How to choose the events to follow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:15 -msgid "" -"You can choose which types of events you want to be notified about. The " -"example below shows the options available when following a **task** in the " -"**Project** app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:23 -msgid "How to add other followers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:24 -msgid "" -"You can invite other users and add channels as followers. Adding a channel " -"as a follower will send messages posted in the chatter to the channel with a" -" link back to the original document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:34 -msgid "How to be a default follower" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:35 -msgid "" -"You are automatically set as a default follower of any item you create. In " -"some applications like CRM and Project, you can be a default follower of any" -" new record created to get notified of specific events (e.g. a new task " -"created, an opportunity won)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:40 -msgid "" -"To do so, start following the parent business object (e.g. the sales channel" -" in CRM, the project in Project). Then, choose the events you want to hear " -"about." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po b/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po deleted file mode 100644 index 69306b463..000000000 --- a/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1243 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: Murat Kaplan <muratk@projetgrup.com>, 2017\n" -"Language-Team: Turkish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/tr/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: tr\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" - -#: ../../ecommerce.rst:5 -msgid "eCommerce" -msgstr "e-Ticaret" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started.rst:3 -msgid "Get started" -msgstr "Başla" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:3 -msgid "How to customize my catalog page" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:6 -msgid "Product Catalog" -msgstr "Ürünler" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:8 -msgid "" -"All your published items show up in your catalog page (or *Shop* page)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Most options are available in the *Customize* menu: display attributes, " -"website categories, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:20 -msgid "Highlight a product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Boost the visibility of your star/promoted products: push them to top, make " -"them bigger, add a ribbon that you can edit (Sale, New, etc.). Open the Shop" -" page, switch to Edit mode and click any item to start customizing the grid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:26 -msgid "" -"See how to do it: " -"https://www.odoo.com/openerp_website/static/src/video/e-commerce/editing.mp4" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:29 -msgid "Quick add to cart" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:31 -msgid "" -"If your customers buy a lot of items at once, make their process shorter by " -"enabling purchases from the catalog page. To do so, add product description " -"and add to cart button. Turn on the following options in *Customize* menu: " -"Product Description, Add to Cart, List View (to display product description " -"better)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:3 -msgid "How to build a product page" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:5 -msgid "On the website click *New Page* in the top-right corner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:7 -msgid "Then click *New Product* and follow the blinking tips." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:12 -msgid "Here are the main elements of the Product page:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:17 -msgid "Many elements can be made visible from the *Customize* menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:22 -msgid "See how to configure your products from links here below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:26 -msgid ":doc:`../managing_products/variants`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:27 -msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/taxes`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:28 -msgid ":doc:`../managing_products/stock`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:29 -msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/cross_selling`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:30 -msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/reviews`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:31 -msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:32 -msgid ":doc:`../../website/optimize/seo`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products.rst:3 -msgid "Manage my products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:3 -msgid "How to display several images per product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:5 -msgid "" -"By default your product web page displays the main image of your product " -"only. If you like to show your products under several angles, you can turn " -"the image into a carrousel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Check *Several images per product* in :menuselection:`Website Admin --> " -"Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Open a product detail form and upload images from *Images* tab. Hit *Create*" -" in Edit mode to get the upload wizard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:19 -msgid "Such extra image are common to all the product variants (if any)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:3 -msgid "How to show product availability" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The availability of your products can be shown on the website to reassure " -"your customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:10 -msgid "" -"To display this, open the *Sales* tab in the product detail form and select " -"an option in *Availability*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:16 -msgid "" -"A custom warning message can be anything related to a stock out, delivery " -"delay, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:22 -msgid "This tool does not require the Inventory app to be installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:25 -msgid "" -"If one item is no longer sellable, unpublish it from your website. If it " -"comes to one particular product variant, deactivate the variant in the " -"backend (see :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage product variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Product variants are used to offer variations of the same product to your " -"customers on the products page. For example, the customer chooses a T-shirt " -"and then selects its size and color. In the example below, the customer " -"chooses a phone, and then selects the memory; color and Wi-Fi band from the " -"available options." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:15 -msgid "How to create attributes & variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Turn on *Products can have several attributes, defining variants (Example: " -"size, color,...)* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:20 -msgid "Select a product from the Products list, go to the *Variants* tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Add as many attributes as you need from 3 different types: radio buttons, " -"drop-down menu or color buttons. You get several variants as soon as there " -"are 2 values for 1 attribute." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:30 -msgid "How to edit variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:32 -msgid "See all the variants from the product template detail form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:40 -msgid "You can edit following data:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:42 -msgid "Picture (will update in real time on the website)," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:43 -msgid "Barcode," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:44 -msgid "Internal Reference (SKU #)," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:45 -msgid "Volume," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:46 -msgid "Weight," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:47 -msgid "Active (available in quotes & website)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Both the Barcode and the Internal Reference are variant-specific. You need " -"to populate them once the variants generated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:54 -msgid "" -"See and edit all the variants from :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> " -"Product Variants` as well. This might be quicker if you manage lots of " -"variants." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:58 -msgid "How to set specific prices per variant" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:60 -msgid "" -"You can also set a specific public price per variant by clicking *Variant " -"Prices* in the product detail form (action in top-left corner)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:66 -msgid "" -"The Price Extra is added to the product price whenever the corresponding " -"attribute value is selected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Pricelist formulas let you set advanced price computation methods for " -"product variants. See :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:80 -msgid "How to disable/archive variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:82 -msgid "" -"You can disable/archive specific variants so that they are no longer " -"available in quotes & website (not existing in your stock, deprecated, " -"etc.). Simply uncheck *Active* in their detail form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:88 -msgid "" -"To retrieve such archived items, hit *Archived* on searching the variants " -"list. You can reactivate them the same way." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue.rst:3 -msgid "Maximize my revenue" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:3 -msgid "How to sell accessories and optional products (cross-selling)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:5 -msgid "" -"You sell computers. Why not stimulating your customers to buy a top-notch " -"screen or an extra-warranty? That's the goal of cross-selling " -"functionalities:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:8 -msgid "Accessory products on checkout page," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Optional products on a new *Add to Cart* screen (not installed by default)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:12 -msgid "Accessory products when checking out" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Accessories (e.g. for computers: mouse, keyboard) show up when the customer " -"reviews the cart before paying." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:20 -msgid "Select accessories in the *Sales* tab of the product detail page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:26 -msgid "" -"There is an algorithm to figure out the best accessories to display in case " -"several items are added to cart. If any item is the accessory of several " -"products added to cart, it is most likely that it will be atop the list of " -"suggested accessories." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:31 -msgid "Optional products when adding to cart" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Optional products are directly related to the item added to cart (e.g. for " -"computers: warranty, OS software, extra components). Whenever the main " -"product is added to cart, such a new screen pops up as an extra step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:40 -msgid "To publish optional products:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Install *eCommerce Optional Products* addon in *Apps* menu. Remove the " -"default filter to search on addons as well, otherwise only main apps show " -"up." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:48 -msgid "Select optional items from the *Sales* tab of the product detail form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:54 -msgid "" -"The quantity of optional items added to cart is the same than the main item." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:3 -msgid "How to adapt the prices to my website visitors" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:5 -msgid "This section sheds some light on pricing features of eCommerce app:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:7 -msgid "force a price by geo-localization," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:9 -msgid "let the customer choose the currency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:11 -msgid "" -"As a pre-requisite, check out how to managing produt pricing: " -":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:15 -msgid "Geo-IP to automatically apply the right price" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Assign country groups to your pricelists. That way, your visitors not yet " -"logged in will get their own currency when landing on your website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:20 -msgid "Once logged in, they get the pricelist matching their country." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:23 -msgid "Currency selector" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:25 -msgid "" -"In case you sell in several currencies, you can let your customers choose " -"their own currency. Check *Selectable* to add the pricelist to the website " -"drop-down menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:34 -msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:35 -msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:36 -msgid ":doc:`promo_code`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:3 -msgid "How to create & share promotional codes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Want to boost your sales for Xmas? Share promocodes through your marketing " -"campaigns and apply any kind of discounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:9 -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:13 -msgid "Setup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings` and choose *Advanced pricing based" -" on formula* for *Sale Price*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Website Admin --> Catalog --> Pricelists` and create a" -" new pricelist with the discount rule (see :doc:`pricing`). Then enter a " -"code." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Make the promocode field available on your *Shopping Cart* page (option in " -"*Customize* menu). Add a product to cart to reach it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Once turned on you see a new section on the right side. On clicking *Apply* " -"prices get automatically updated in the cart." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:33 -msgid "" -"The promocode used by the customer is stored in the system so you can " -"analyze the performance of your marketing campaigns." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:39 -msgid "Show sales per pricelists..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:43 -msgid ":doc:`pricing`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:3 -msgid "How to enable comments & rating" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Publishing and monitoring customer experience will help you gain the trust " -"of new customers and better engage with your community. In 2 clicks, allow " -"your customer to share their feedback!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Activate comments & rating from the *Customize* menu of the product web " -"page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Visitors must log in to share their comments. Make sure they are able to do " -"so (see Portal documentation)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:25 -msgid "Review the posts in real time" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Whenever a post is published, the product manager and all the product " -"followers get notified in their Inbox (*Discuss* menu)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:34 -msgid "" -"By default the user who created the product is automatically set as " -"follower." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Click the product name to open the detail form and review the comment (in " -"the product discussion thread)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:43 -msgid "Moderate & unpublish" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:45 -msgid "" -"You can easily moderate by using the chatter, either in the product detail " -"form or on the web page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:48 -msgid "" -"To unpublish the post, open the product web page and click the *Published* " -"button to turn it red (*Unpublished*)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:56 -msgid "..tip::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:55 -msgid "" -"You can access the web page from the detail form by clicking the *Published*" -" smart button (and vice versa)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:3 -msgid "How to sell pricier product alternatives (upselling)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In order to maximize your revenue, suggesting pricier alternative products " -"is strongly advised for basic items. That way, your customer will spend more" -" time browsing your catalog." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:12 -msgid "To do so:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Select such *Alternative Products* in the *Sales* tab of the product detail " -"form. 3 alternatives are fine! Don't publish too many otherwise your " -"customers will be confused." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Turn on *Alternative Products* from the *Customize* menu of the product web " -"page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Genel Bakış" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:3 -msgid "Introduction to Odoo eCommerce" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:10 -msgid "" -"The documentation will help you go live with your eCommerce website in no " -"time. The topics follow the buying process:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:13 -msgid "Product Page" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:14 -msgid "Shop Page" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:15 -msgid "Pricing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:16 -msgid "Taxes" -msgstr "Vergiler" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:17 -msgid "Checkout process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:18 -msgid "Upselling & cross-selling" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:19 -msgid "Payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:20 -msgid "Shipping & Tracking" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:24 -msgid ":doc:`../../website/publish/domain_name`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/publish.rst:3 -msgid "Launch my website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience.rst:3 -msgid "Get paid" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:3 -msgid "How to get paid with payment acquirers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo embeds several payment methods to get paid on eCommerce, Sales and " -"Invoicing apps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:10 -msgid "What are the payment methods available" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:13 -msgid "Wire transfer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Wire Transfer is the default payment method available. The aim is providing " -"your customers with your bank details so they can pay on their own via their" -" bank. This is very easy to start with but slow and inefficient process-" -"wise. Opt for online acquirers as soon as you can!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:21 -msgid "Payment acquirers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Redirect your customers to payment platforms to collect money effortless and" -" track the payment status (call-back). Odoo supports more and more platforms" -" over time:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:27 -msgid "`Paypal <paypal.html>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:28 -msgid "Ingenico" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:29 -msgid "Authorize.net" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:30 -msgid "Adyen" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:31 -msgid "Buckaroo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:32 -msgid "PayUmoney" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:33 -msgid "Sips" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:34 -msgid "Stripe" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:38 -msgid "How to go live" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Once the payment method ready, make it visible in the payment interface and " -"activate the **Production** mode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:48 -msgid "How to let customers save and reuse credit cards" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:49 -msgid "" -"To ease the payment of returning customers, you can let them save and reuse " -"a credit card if they want to. If so, a payment token will be saved in Odoo." -" This option is available with Ingenico and Authorize.net." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:54 -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:68 -msgid "You can turn this on from the acquirer configuration form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:61 -msgid "How to debit credit cards to pay subscriptions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:62 -msgid "" -"`Odoo Subscription <https://www.odoo.com/page/subscriptions>`__ allows to " -"bill services automatically on a recurring basis. Along with it, you can " -"have an automatic debit of the customer's credit card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:66 -msgid "This option is available with Ingenico and Authorize.net." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:73 -msgid "" -"That way a payment token will be recorded when the customer goes for the " -"subscription and an automatic debit will occur whenever an invoice is issued" -" from the subscription." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:79 -msgid "How to use other acquirers (advanced)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:81 -msgid "" -"Odoo can submit single payment requests and redirect to any payment " -"acquirer. But there is no call-back, i.e. Odoo doesn't track the transaction" -" status. So you will confirm orders manually once you get paid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:85 -msgid "How to:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:87 -msgid "Switch to developer mode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:89 -msgid "Take the **Custom** payment method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:91 -msgid "" -"Set up the payment form (S2S Form Template) as instructed by your payment " -"acquirer. You can start from *default_acquirer_button* that you can " -"duplicate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:96 -msgid "Other configurations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:98 -msgid "" -"Odoo can also be used for more advanced payment processes like installment " -"plans (e.g. `Paypal Installment Plans " -"<https://developer.paypal.com/docs/classic/paypal-payments-standard" -"/integration-guide/installment_buttons>`__)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:102 -msgid "" -"Such a customization service is made on-demand by our technical experts " -"based on your own requirements. A business advisor can reach you out for " -"such matter. `Contact us. <https://www.odoo.com/page/contactus>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:109 -msgid ":doc:`paypal`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:110 -msgid ":doc:`wire_transfer`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:111 -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:155 -msgid ":doc:`payment_acquirer`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage orders paid with payment acquirers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo confirms orders automatically as soon as the payment is authorized by a" -" payment acquirer. This triggers the delivery. If you invoice based on " -"ordered quantities, you are also requested to invoice the order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:12 -msgid "What are the payment status" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:13 -msgid "" -"At anytime, the salesman can check the transaction status from the order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:18 -msgid "*Draft*: transaction under processing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:20 -msgid "" -"*Pending*: the payment acquirer keeps the transaction on hold and you need " -"to authorize it from the acquirer interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:23 -msgid "" -"*Authorized*: the payment has been authorized but not yet captured. In Odoo," -" the order is already confirmed. Once the delivery done, you can capture the" -" amount from the acquirer interface (or from Odoo if you use Authorize.net)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:28 -msgid "" -"*Done*: the payment is authorized and captured. The order has been " -"confirmed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:30 -msgid "" -"*Error*: an error has occured during the transaction. The customer needs to " -"retry the payment. The order is still in draft." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:34 -msgid "" -"*Cancelled*: when the customer cancels the payment in the payment acquirer " -"form. They are taken back to Odoo in order to modify the order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Specific messages are provided to your customers for every payment status, " -"when they are redirected to Odoo after the transaction. To edit such " -"messages, go to the *Messages* tab of the payment method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:44 -msgid "Auto-validate invoices at order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:46 -msgid "" -"When the order is confirmed you can also have an invoice automatically " -"issued and paid. This fully-automated made for businesses that invoice " -"orders straight on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:53 -msgid "" -"If you choose this mode you are requested to select a payment journal in " -"order to record payments in your books. This payment is automatically " -"reconcilied with the invoice, marking it as paid. Select your **bank " -"account** if you get paid immediately on your bank account. If you don't you" -" can create a specific journal for the payment acquirer (type = Bank). That " -"way, you can track online payments in an intermediary account of your books " -"until you get paid into your bank account (see `How to register credit card " -"payments " -"<../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.html>`__)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:64 -msgid "Capture the payment after the delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:65 -msgid "" -"With this mode, the order is confirmed but the amount is kept on hold. Once " -"the delivery processed, you can capture the payment from Odoo. This mode is " -"only available with Authorize.net." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:72 -msgid "" -"To capture the payment, open the transaction from the order. Then click " -"*Capture Transaction*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:78 -msgid "" -"With other payment acquirers, you can manage the capture in their own " -"interfaces, not from Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:3 -msgid "How to get paid with Paypal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Paypal is the easiest online payment method to configure. It is also the " -"only one without any subscription fee. We definitely advise it to any " -"starter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:11 -msgid "Set up your Paypal account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Create a `Paypal Business Account <https://www.paypal.com>`__ or upgrade " -"your account to *Business account* if you have a basic account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Log in to `Paypal <https://www.paypal.com>`__ and open the settings of your " -"**Profile**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:22 -msgid "Now enter the menu **My selling tools**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:27 -msgid "Let's start with the **Website Preferences**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Turn on **Auto Return** and enter the **Return URL**: " -"<odoo_instance_url>/shop/confirmation. Verify that this address uses the " -"correct protocol (HTTP/HTTPS)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Turn on **Payment Data Transfer**. When saving, an **Identity Token** is " -"generated. You will be later requested to enter it in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Then, get back to your profile to activate the **Instant Payment " -"Notification (IPN)** in *My selling tools*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:46 -msgid "Enter the **Notification URL**: <odoo_instance_url>/payment/paypal/ipn" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:51 -msgid "" -"Now you must change the encoding format of the payment request sent by Odoo " -"to Paypal. To do so, get back to *My selling tools* and click **PayPal " -"button language encoding** in *More Selling Tools* section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Then, click *More Options* and set the two default encoding formats as " -"**UTF-8**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:66 -msgid "" -"If you want your customers to pay without creating a Paypal account, " -"**Paypal Account Optional** needs to be turned on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:74 -msgid "Set up Paypal's payment method in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:75 -msgid "" -"Open Paypal setup form in :menuselection:`Website or Sales or Accounting -->" -" Settings --> Payment Acquirers+`. Enter both your **Email ID** and your " -"**Merchant ID** and check **Use IPN**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:82 -msgid "" -"They are both provided in your Paypal profile, under :menuselection:`My " -"business info`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:85 -msgid "" -"Enter your **Identity Token** in Odoo (from *Auto Return* option). To do so," -" open the *Settings* and activate the **Developer Mode**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:91 -msgid "" -"Then, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System" -" Parameters` and create a parameter with following values:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:94 -msgid "Key: payment_paypal.pdt_token" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:95 -msgid "Value: your Paypal *Identity Token*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:102 -msgid "Go live" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:103 -msgid "" -"Your configuration is now ready! You can make Paypal visible on your " -"merchant interface and activate the **Production mode**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:112 -msgid "Transaction fees" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:114 -msgid "" -"You can charge an extra to the customer to cover the transaction fees Paypal" -" charges you. Once redirected to Paypal, your customer sees an extra applied" -" to the order amount." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:117 -msgid "" -"To activate this, go to the *Configuration* tab of Paypal config form in " -"Odoo and check *Add Extra Fees*. Default fees for US can be seen here below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:123 -msgid "" -"To apply the right fees for your country, please refer to `Paypal Fees " -"<https://www.paypal.com/webapps/mpp/paypal-fees>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:128 -msgid "Test the payment flow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:130 -msgid "" -"You can test the entire payment flow thanks to Paypal Sandbox accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:132 -msgid "" -"Log in to `Paypal Developer Site <https://developer.paypal.com>`__ with your" -" Paypal credentials. This will create two sandbox accounts:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:136 -msgid "" -"A business account (to use as merchant, e.g. " -"pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:137 -msgid "" -"A default personal account (to use as shopper, e.g. " -"pp.merch01-buyer@example.com)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:139 -msgid "" -"Log in to `Paypal Sandbox <https://www.sandbox.paypal.com>`__ with the " -"merchant account and follow the same configuration instructions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:142 -msgid "" -"Enter your sandbox credentials in Odoo and make sure Paypal is still set on " -"*Test* mode. Also, make sure the confirmation mode of Paypal is not " -"*Authorize & capture the amount, confirm the SO and auto-validate the " -"invoice on acquirer confirmation*. Otherwise a confirmed invoice will be " -"automatically generated when the transaction is completed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:150 -msgid "Run a test transaction from Odoo using the sandbox personal account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:154 -msgid ":doc:`payment`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:3 -msgid "How customers can access their customer account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:5 -msgid "" -"It has never been so easy for your customers to access their customer " -"account. Forget endless signup forms, Odoo makes it as easy as ABC. They are" -" suggested to sign up (name, email, password) when the order is placed, and " -"not before. Indeed, nothing is more annoying than going through a signup " -"process before buying something." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:14 -msgid "Sign up" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:16 -msgid "" -"The invitation to sign up shows up when the customer wants to visualize the " -"order from order confirmation email." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:23 -msgid "Customer account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Once logged in the customer will access the account by clicking *My Account*" -" in the login dropdown menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:31 -msgid "" -"THere they find all their history. The main address (billing) can also be " -"modified." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:37 -msgid "" -"If the customer is set as a contact of a company in your address book, they " -"will see all the documents whose the customer belongs to this company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:3 -msgid "How to get paid with wire transfers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:5 -msgid "" -"**Wire Transfer** is the default payment method available. The aim is " -"providing your customers with your bank details so they can pay on their " -"own. This is very easy to start with but slow and inefficient process-wise. " -"Opt for payment acquirers as soon as you can!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:13 -msgid "How to provide customers with payment instructions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Put your payment instructions in the **Thanks Message** of your payment " -"method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:19 -msgid "They will appear to the customers when they place an order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:26 -msgid "How to manage an order once you get paid" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Whenever a customer pays by wire transfer, the order stays in an " -"intermediary stage **Quotation Sent** (i.e. unpaid order). When you get " -"paid, you confirm the order manually to launch the delivery." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:35 -msgid "How to create other manual payment methods" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:37 -msgid "" -"If you manage a B2B business, you can create other manually-processed " -"payment methods like paying by check. To do so, just rename *Wire Transfer* " -"or duplicate it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/taxes.rst:3 -msgid "Collect taxes" -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/expenses.po b/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/expenses.po deleted file mode 100644 index db13b47b9..000000000 --- a/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/expenses.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,23 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 9.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-11-22 13:16+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: Murat Kaplan <muratk@projetgrup.com>, 2017\n" -"Language-Team: Turkish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/tr/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: tr\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" - -#: ../../expenses.rst:5 -msgid "Expenses" -msgstr "Giderler" diff --git a/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/general.po deleted file mode 100644 index fd47cb341..000000000 --- a/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,832 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-09 14:24+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: Murat Kaplan <muratk@projetgrup.com>, 2017\n" -"Language-Team: Turkish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/tr/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: tr\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" - -#: ../../general.rst:5 -msgid "General" -msgstr "Genel" - -#: ../../general/auth.rst:3 -msgid "Authentication" -msgstr "Kimlik Doğrulama" - -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:3 -msgid "How to allow users to sign in with their Google account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Connect to your Google account and go to " -"`https://console.developers.google.com/ " -"<https://console.developers.google.com/>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:7 -msgid "" -"Click on **Create Project** and enter the project name and other details." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:15 -msgid "Click on **Use Google APIs**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:20 -msgid "" -"On the left side menu, select the sub menu **Credentials** (from **API " -"Manager**) then select **OAuth consent screen**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Fill in your address, email and the product name (for example odoo) and then" -" save." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Then click on **Add Credentials** and select the second option (OAuth 2.0 " -"Client ID)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Check that the application type is set on **Web Application**. Now configure" -" the allowed pages on which you will be redirected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:40 -msgid "" -"To achieve this, complete the field **Authorized redirect URIs**. Copy paste" -" the following link in the box: http://mydomain.odoo.com/auth_oauth/signin. " -"Then click on **Create**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Once done, you receive two information (your Client ID and Client Secret). " -"You have to insert your Client ID in the **General Settings**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import.rst:3 -msgid "Data Import" -msgstr "İçe Aktar" - -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:3 -msgid "How to adapt an import template" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Import templates are provided in the import tool of the most common data to " -"import (contacts, products, bank statements, etc.). You can open them with " -"any spreadsheets software (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, " -"etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:11 -msgid "How to customize the file" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Remove columns you don't need. We advise to not remove the *ID* one (see why" -" here below)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:15 -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:20 -msgid "" -"When you add a new column, Odoo might not be able to map it automatically if" -" its label doesn't fit any field of the system. If so, find the " -"corresponding field using the search." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Then, use the label you found in your import template in order to make it " -"work straight away the very next time you try to import." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:31 -msgid "Why an “ID” column" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:33 -msgid "" -"The **ID** (External ID) is an unique identifier for the line item. Feel " -"free to use the one of your previous software to ease the transition to " -"Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Setting an ID is not mandatory when importing but it helps in many cases:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Update imports: you can import the same file several times without creating " -"duplicates;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:39 -msgid "Import relation fields (see here below)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:42 -msgid "How to import relation fields" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:44 -msgid "" -"An Odoo object is always related to many other objects (e.g. a product is " -"linked to product categories, attributes, vendors, etc.). To import those " -"relations you need to import the records of the related object first from " -"their own list menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:48 -msgid "" -"You can do it using either the name of the related record or its ID. The ID " -"is expected when two records have the same name. In such a case add \" / " -"ID\" at the end of the column title (e.g. for product attributes: Product " -"Attributes / Attribute / ID)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:3 -msgid "How to import data into Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:6 -msgid "How to start" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:7 -msgid "" -"You can import data on any Odoo's business object using either Excel (.xlsx)" -" or CSV (.csv) formats: contacts, products, bank statements, journal entries" -" and even orders!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:11 -msgid "Open the view of the object you want to populate and click *Import*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:16 -msgid "" -"There you are provided with templates you can easily populate with your own " -"data. Such templates can be imported in one click; The data mapping is " -"already done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:22 -msgid "How to adapt the template" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:24 -msgid "Add, remove and sort columns to fit at best your data structure." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:25 -msgid "We advise to not remove the **ID** one (see why in the next section)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:31 -msgid "" -"When you add a new column, Odoo might not be able to map it automatically if" -" its label doesn't fit any field in Odoo. Don't worry! You can map new " -"columns manually when you test the import. Search the list for the " -"corresponding field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Then, use this field's label in your file in order to make it work straight " -"on the very next time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:44 -msgid "How to import from another application" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:46 -msgid "" -"In order to re-create relationships between different records, you should " -"use the unique identifier from the original application and map it to the " -"**ID** (External ID) column in Odoo. When you import another record that " -"links to the first one, use **XXX/ID** (XXX/External ID) to the original " -"unique identifier. You can also find this record using its name but you will" -" be stuck if at least 2 records have the same name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:54 -msgid "" -"The **ID** will also be used to update the original import if you need to " -"re-import modified data later, it's thus good practice to specify it " -"whenever possible." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:60 -msgid "I cannot find the field I want to map my column to" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:62 -msgid "" -"Odoo tries to find with some heuristic, based on the first ten lines of the " -"files, the type of field for each column inside your file. For example if " -"you have a column only containing numbers, only the fields that are of type " -"*Integer* will be displayed for you to choose from. While this behavior " -"might be good and easy for most cases, it is also possible that it goes " -"wrong or that you want to map your column to a field that is not proposed by" -" default." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:71 -msgid "" -"If that happens, you just have to check the ** Show fields of relation " -"fields (advanced)** option, you will then be able to choose from the " -"complete list of fields for each column." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:79 -msgid "Where can I change the date import format?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:81 -msgid "" -"Odoo can automatically detect if a column is a date and it will try to guess" -" the date format from a set of most used date format. While this process can" -" work for a lot of simple date format, some exotic date format will not be " -"recognize and it is also possible to have some confusion (day and month " -"inverted as example) as it is difficult to guess correctly which part is the" -" day and which one is the month in a date like '01-03-2016'." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:83 -msgid "" -"To view which date format Odoo has found from your file you can check the " -"**Date Format** that is shown when clicking on **Options** under the file " -"selector. If this format is incorrect you can change it to your liking using" -" the *ISO 8601* to define the format." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:86 -msgid "" -"If you are importing an excel (.xls, .xlsx) file, you can use date cells to " -"store dates as the display of dates in excel is different from the way it is" -" stored. That way you will be sure that the date format is correct in Odoo " -"whatever your locale date format is." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:91 -msgid "Can I import numbers with currency sign (e.g.: $32.00)?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:93 -msgid "" -"Yes, we fully support numbers with parenthesis to represent negative sign as" -" well as numbers with currency sign attached to them. Odoo also " -"automatically detect which thousand/decimal separator you use (you can " -"change those under **options**). If you use a currency symbol that is not " -"known to Odoo, it might not be recognized as a number though and it will " -"crash." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:95 -msgid "" -"Examples of supported numbers (using thirty-two thousands as an example):" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:97 -msgid "32.000,00" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:98 -msgid "32000,00" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:99 -msgid "32,000.00" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:100 -msgid "-32000.00" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:101 -msgid "(32000.00)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:102 -msgid "$ 32.000,00" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:103 -msgid "(32000.00 €)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:105 -msgid "Example that will not work:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:107 -msgid "ABC 32.000,00" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:108 -msgid "$ (32.000,00)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:113 -msgid "What can I do when the Import preview table isn't displayed correctly?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:115 -msgid "" -"By default the Import preview is set on commas as field separators and " -"quotation marks as text delimiters. If your csv file does not have these " -"settings, you can modify the File Format Options (displayed under the Browse" -" CSV file bar after you select your file)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:117 -msgid "" -"Note that if your CSV file has a tabulation as separator, Odoo will not " -"detect the separations. You will need to change the file format options in " -"your spreadsheet application. See the following question." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:122 -msgid "" -"How can I change the CSV file format options when saving in my spreadsheet " -"application?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:124 -msgid "" -"If you edit and save CSV files in speadsheet applications, your computer's " -"regional settings will be applied for the separator and delimiter. We " -"suggest you use OpenOffice or LibreOffice Calc as they will allow you to " -"modify all three options (in 'Save As' dialog box > Check the box 'Edit " -"filter settings' > Save)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:126 -msgid "" -"Microsoft Excel will allow you to modify only the encoding when saving (in " -"'Save As' dialog box > click 'Tools' dropdown list > Encoding tab)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:131 -msgid "What's the difference between Database ID and External ID?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:133 -msgid "" -"Some fields define a relationship with another object. For example, the " -"country of a contact is a link to a record of the 'Country' object. When you" -" want to import such fields, Odoo will have to recreate links between the " -"different records. To help you import such fields, Odoo provides 3 " -"mechanisms. You must use one and only one mechanism per field you want to " -"import." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:135 -msgid "" -"For example, to reference the country of a contact, Odoo proposes you 3 " -"different fields to import:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:137 -msgid "Country: the name or code of the country" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:138 -msgid "" -"Country/Database ID: the unique Odoo ID for a record, defined by the ID " -"postgresql column" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:139 -msgid "" -"Country/External ID: the ID of this record referenced in another application" -" (or the .XML file that imported it)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:141 -msgid "For the country Belgium, you can use one of these 3 ways to import:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:143 -msgid "Country: Belgium" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:144 -msgid "Country/Database ID: 21" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:145 -msgid "Country/External ID: base.be" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:147 -msgid "" -"According to your need, you should use one of these 3 ways to reference " -"records in relations. Here is when you should use one or the other, " -"according to your need:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:149 -msgid "" -"Use Country: This is the easiest way when your data come from CSV files that" -" have been created manually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:150 -msgid "" -"Use Country/Database ID: You should rarely use this notation. It's mostly " -"used by developers as it's main advantage is to never have conflicts (you " -"may have several records with the same name, but they always have a unique " -"Database ID)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:151 -msgid "" -"Use Country/External ID: Use External ID when you import data from a third " -"party application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:153 -msgid "" -"When you use External IDs, you can import CSV files with the \"External ID\"" -" column to define the External ID of each record you import. Then, you will " -"be able to make a reference to that record with columns like " -"\"Field/External ID\". The following two CSV files give you an example for " -"Products and their Categories." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:155 -msgid "" -"`CSV file for categories " -"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_product_categories.csv>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:157 -msgid "" -"`CSV file for Products " -"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_products.csv>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:161 -msgid "What can I do if I have multiple matches for a field?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:163 -msgid "" -"If for example you have two product categories with the child name " -"\"Sellable\" (ie. \"Misc. Products/Sellable\" & \"Other " -"Products/Sellable\"), your validation is halted but you may still import " -"your data. However, we recommend you do not import the data because they " -"will all be linked to the first 'Sellable' category found in the Product " -"Category list (\"Misc. Products/Sellable\"). We recommend you modify one of " -"the duplicates' values or your product category hierarchy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:165 -msgid "" -"However if you do not wish to change your configuration of product " -"categories, we recommend you use make use of the external ID for this field " -"'Category'." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:170 -msgid "" -"How can I import a many2many relationship field (e.g. a customer that has " -"multiple tags)?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:172 -msgid "" -"The tags should be separated by a comma without any spacing. For example, if" -" you want your customer to be linked to both tags 'Manufacturer' and " -"'Retailer' then you will encode \"Manufacturer,Retailer\" in the same column" -" of your CSV file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:174 -msgid "" -"`CSV file for Manufacturer, Retailer " -"<../../_static/example_files/m2m_customers_tags.csv>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:179 -msgid "" -"How can I import a one2many relationship (e.g. several Order Lines of a " -"Sales Order)?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:181 -msgid "" -"If you want to import sales order having several order lines; for each order" -" line, you need to reserve a specific row in the CSV file. The first order " -"line will be imported on the same row as the information relative to order. " -"Any additional lines will need an addtional row that does not have any " -"information in the fields relative to the order. As an example, here is " -"purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.CSV file of some quotations " -"you can import, based on demo data." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:184 -msgid "" -"`File for some Quotations " -"<../../_static/example_files/purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.csv>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:186 -msgid "" -"The following CSV file shows how to import purchase orders with their " -"respective purchase order lines:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:188 -msgid "" -"`Purchase orders with their respective purchase order lines " -"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_purchase_order_lines.csv>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:190 -msgid "" -"The following CSV file shows how to import customers and their respective " -"contacts:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:192 -msgid "" -"`Customers and their respective contacts " -"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_customers_contacts.csv>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:197 -msgid "Can I import several times the same record?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:199 -msgid "" -"If you import a file that contains one of the column \"External ID\" or " -"\"Database ID\", records that have already been imported will be modified " -"instead of being created. This is very usefull as it allows you to import " -"several times the same CSV file while having made some changes in between " -"two imports. Odoo will take care of creating or modifying each record " -"depending if it's new or not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:201 -msgid "" -"This feature allows you to use the Import/Export tool of Odoo to modify a " -"batch of records in your favorite spreadsheet application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:206 -msgid "What happens if I do not provide a value for a specific field?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:208 -msgid "" -"If you do not set all fields in your CSV file, Odoo will assign the default " -"value for every non defined fields. But if you set fields with empty values " -"in your CSV file, Odoo will set the EMPTY value in the field, instead of " -"assigning the default value." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:213 -msgid "How to export/import different tables from an SQL application to Odoo?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:215 -msgid "" -"If you need to import data from different tables, you will have to recreate " -"relations between records belonging to different tables. (e.g. if you import" -" companies and persons, you will have to recreate the link between each " -"person and the company they work for)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:217 -msgid "" -"To manage relations between tables, you can use the \"External ID\" " -"facilities of Odoo. The \"External ID\" of a record is the unique identifier" -" of this record in another application. This \"External ID\" must be unique " -"accoss all the records of all objects, so it's a good practice to prefix " -"this \"External ID\" with the name of the application or table. (like " -"'company_1', 'person_1' instead of '1')" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:219 -msgid "" -"As an example, suppose you have a SQL database with two tables you want to " -"import: companies and persons. Each person belong to one company, so you " -"will have to recreate the link between a person and the company he work for." -" (If you want to test this example, here is a <a " -"href=\"/base_import/static/csv/database_import_test.sql\">dump of such a " -"PostgreSQL database</a>)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:221 -msgid "" -"We will first export all companies and their \"External ID\". In PSQL, write" -" the following command:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:227 -msgid "This SQL command will create the following CSV file::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:234 -msgid "" -"To create the CSV file for persons, linked to companies, we will use the " -"following SQL command in PSQL:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:240 -msgid "It will produce the following CSV file::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:248 -msgid "" -"As you can see in this file, Fabien and Laurence are working for the Bigees " -"company (company_1) and Eric is working for the Organi company. The relation" -" between persons and companies is done using the External ID of the " -"companies. We had to prefix the \"External ID\" by the name of the table to " -"avoid a conflict of ID between persons and companies (person_1 and company_1" -" who shared the same ID 1 in the orignial database)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:250 -msgid "" -"The two files produced are ready to be imported in Odoo without any " -"modifications. After having imported these two CSV files, you will have 4 " -"contacts and 3 companies. (the firsts two contacts are linked to the first " -"company). You must first import the companies and then the persons." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics.rst:3 -msgid "BASICS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:3 -msgid "How to add a user" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo provides you with the option to add additional users at any given " -"point." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:9 -msgid "Add individual users" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:11 -msgid "" -"From the Settings module, go to the submenu :menuselection:`Users --> Users`" -" and click on **CREATE.** First add the name of your new user and the " -"professional email address - the one he will use to log into Odoo instance -" -" and a picture." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Under Access Rights, you can choose which applications your user can access " -"and use. Different levels of rights are available depending on the app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:23 -msgid "" -"When you’re done editing the page and have clicked on **SAVE**, an " -"invitation email will automatically be sent to the user. The user must click" -" on it to accept the invitation to your instance and create a log-in." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Remember that each additional user will increase your subscription fees. " -"Refer to our `*Pricing page* <https://www.odoo.com/pricing>`__ for more " -"information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:39 -msgid "" -"You can also add a new user on the fly from your dashboard. From the above " -"screenshot, enter the email address of the user you would like to add and " -"click on **INVITE**. The user will receive an email invite containing a link" -" to set his password. You will then be able to define his accesses rights " -"under the :menuselection:`Settings --> Users menu`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:45 -msgid "" -"`Deactivating Users <../../db_management/documentation.html#deactivating-" -"users>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:46 -msgid ":doc:`../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:3 -msgid "Manage Odoo in your own language" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo provides you with the option to manage Odoo in different languages, and" -" each user can use Odoo in his own language ." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:9 -msgid "Load your desired language" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:11 -msgid "" -"The first thing to do is to load your desired language on your Odoo " -"instance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:14 -msgid "" -"From the general dashboard click on the **Settings** app; on the top left of" -" the page select :menuselection:`Translations --> Load a Translation`, " -"select a language to install and click on **LOAD.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:23 -msgid "" -"If you check the \"Websites to translate\" checkbox you will have the option" -" to change the navigation language on your website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:27 -msgid "Change your language" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:29 -msgid "" -"You can change the language to the installed language by going to the drop-" -"down menu at the top right side of the screen, choose **Preferences**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Then change the Language setting to your installed language and click " -"**SAVE.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:42 -msgid "Open a new menu to view the changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:45 -msgid "Change another user's language" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Odoo also gives you the possibility for each user to choose his preferred " -"language." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:50 -msgid "" -"To change the language for a different user, choose :menuselection:`Users " -"--> Users` from the Settings app. Here you have a list of all users and you " -"can choose the user who you'd like to change the language for. Select the " -"user and click on **Edit** in the top left corner. Under Preferences you can" -" change the Language to any previously installed language and click " -"**SAVE.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:61 -msgid ":doc:`../../website/publish/translate`" -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po b/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po deleted file mode 100644 index ed5dd4f52..000000000 --- a/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,668 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: Murat Kaplan <muratk@projetgrup.com>, 2017\n" -"Language-Team: Turkish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/tr/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: tr\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:5 -msgid "Odoo Online Implementation" -msgstr "Odoo Implementasyonu" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:7 -msgid "" -"This document summarizes **Odoo's Online services**, our Success Pack " -"**implementation methodology**, and *best practices* to **get started** with" -" our product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:11 -msgid "" -"*We recommend that new Odoo Online customers read this document before the " -"kick-off call with our project manager. This way, we save time and don't " -"have to use your hours from the success pack discussing the basics.*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:16 -msgid "" -"*If you have not read this document, our project manager will review this " -"with you at the time of the kick-off call.*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:20 -msgid "Getting Started" -msgstr "Başlarken" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Do not wait for the kick-off meeting to begin playing with the software. The" -" more exposure you have with Odoo, the more time you will save later during " -"the implementation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Once you purchase an Odoo Online subscription, you will receive instructions" -" by e-mail on how to activate or create your database. From this email, you " -"can activate your existing Odoo database or create a new one from scratch." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:31 -msgid "" -"If you did not receive this email, e.g. because the payment was made by " -"someone else in your company, contact our support using our `online support " -"form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Fill in the sign-in or sign-up screens and you will get your first Odoo " -"database ready to be used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:41 -msgid "" -"In order to familiarize yourself with the user interface, take a few minutes" -" to create records: *products, customers, opportunities or projects / " -"tasks*. Follow the blinking dots, they give you tips about the user " -"interface as shown in the picture below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:47 -msgid "|left_pic|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:47 -msgid "|right_pic|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Once you get used to the user interface, have a look at the implementation " -"planners. These are accessible from the Settings app, or from the top " -"progress bar on the right hand side of the main applications." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:58 -msgid "These implementation planners will:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:60 -msgid "help you define your goals and KPIs for each application," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:62 -msgid "guide you through the different configuration steps," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:64 -msgid "and provide you with tips and tricks to getting the most out of Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Fill in the first steps of the implementation planner (goals, expectations " -"and KPIs). Our project manager will review them with you during the " -"implementation process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:73 -msgid "" -"If you have questions or need support, our project manager will guide you " -"through all the steps. But you can also:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Read the documentation on our website: " -"`https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:79 -msgid "" -"Watch the videos on our eLearning platform (Free with your first Success " -"Pack): `https://odoo.thinkific.com/courses/odoo-functional " -"<https://odoo.thinkific.com/courses/odoo-functional>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:82 -msgid "" -"Watch the webinars on our `Youtube channel " -"<https://www.youtube.com/user/OpenERPonline>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:85 -msgid "" -"Or send your questions to our online support through our `online support " -"form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:89 -msgid "What do we expect from you?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:91 -msgid "" -"We are used to deploying fully featured projects within 25 to 250 hours of " -"services, which is much faster than any other ERP vendor on the market. Most" -" projects are completed between 1 to 9 calendar months." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:95 -msgid "" -"But what really **differentiates between a successful implementation and a " -"slow one, is you, the customer!** From our experience, when our customer is " -"engaged and proactive the implementation is smooth." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:100 -msgid "Your internal implementation manager" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:102 -msgid "" -"We ask that you maintain a single point of contact within your company to " -"work with our project manager on your Odoo Implementation. This is to ensure" -" efficiency and a single knowledge base in your company. Additionally, this " -"person must:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:107 -msgid "" -"**be available at least 2 full days a week** for the project, otherwise you " -"risk slowing down your implementation. More is better with the fastest " -"implementations having a full time project manager." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:111 -msgid "" -"**have authority to take decisions** on their own. Odoo usually transforms " -"all departments within a company for the better. There can be many small " -"details that need quick turn arounds for answers and if there is too much " -"back and forth between several internal decision makers within your company " -"it could potentially seriously slow everything down." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:117 -msgid "" -"**have the leadership** to train and enforce policies internally with full " -"support from all departments and top management, or be part of top " -"management." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:121 -msgid "Integrate 90% of your business, not 100%" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:123 -msgid "" -"You probably chose Odoo because no other software allows for such a high " -"level of automation, feature coverage, and integration. But **don't be an " -"extremist.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:127 -msgid "" -"Customizations cost you time, money, are more complex to maintain, add risks" -" to the implementation, and can cause issues with upgrades." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:130 -msgid "" -"Standard Odoo can probably cover 90% of your business processes and " -"requirements. Be flexible on the remaining 10%, otherwise that 10% will cost" -" you twice the original project price. One always underestimates the hidden " -"costs of customization." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:134 -msgid "" -"**Do it the Odoo way, not yours.** Be flexible, use Odoo the way it was " -"designed. Learn how it works and don't try to replicate the way your old " -"system(s) works." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:138 -msgid "" -"**The project first, customizations second.** If you really want to " -"customize Odoo, phase it towards the end of the project, ideally after " -"having been in production for several months. Once a customer starts using " -"Odoo, they usually drop about 60% of their customization requests as they " -"learn to perform their work flows out of the box, or the Odoo way. It is " -"more important to have all your business processes working than customizing " -"a screen to add a few fields here and there or automating a few e-mails." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:147 -msgid "" -"Our project managers are trained to help you make the right decisions and " -"measure the tradeoffs involved but it is much easier if you are aligned with" -" them on the objectives. Some processes may take more time than your " -"previous system(s), however you need to weigh that increase in time with " -"other decreases in time for other processes. If the net time spent is " -"decreased with your move to Odoo than you are already ahead." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:155 -msgid "Invest time in learning Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:157 -msgid "" -"Start your free trial and play with the system. The more comfortable you are" -" with navigating Odoo, the better your decisions will be and the quicker and" -" easier your training phases will be." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:161 -msgid "" -"Nothing replaces playing with the software, but here are some extra " -"resources:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:164 -msgid "" -"Documentation: `https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:167 -msgid "" -"Introduction Videos: `https://www.odoo.com/r/videos " -"<https://www.odoo.com/r/videos>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:170 -msgid "" -"Customer Reviews: `https://www.odoo.com/blog/customer-reviews-6 " -"<https://www.odoo.com/blog/customer-reviews-6>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:174 -msgid "Get things done" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:176 -msgid "" -"Want an easy way to start using Odoo? Install Odoo Notes to manage your to-" -"do list for the implementation: `https://www.odoo.com/page/notes " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/notes>`__. From your Odoo home, go to Apps and " -"install the Notes application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:184 -msgid "This module allows you to:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:186 -msgid "Manage to-do lists for better interactions with your consultant;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:188 -msgid "Share Odoo knowledge & good practices with your employees;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:190 -msgid "" -"Get acquainted with all the generic tools of Odoo: Messaging, Discussion " -"Groups, Kanban Dashboard, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:197 -msgid "" -"This application is even compatible with the Etherpad platform " -"(http://etherpad.org). To use these collaborative pads rather than standard " -"Odoo Notes, install the following add-on: Memos Pad." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:202 -msgid "What should you expect from us?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:205 -msgid "Subscription Services" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:208 -msgid "Cloud Hosting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:210 -msgid "" -"Odoo provides a top notch cloud infrastructure including backups in three " -"different data centers, database replication, the ability to duplicate your " -"instance in 10 minutes, and more!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:214 -msgid "" -"Odoo Online SLA: `https://www.odoo.com/page/odoo-online-sla " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/odoo-online-sla>`__\\" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:217 -msgid "" -"Odoo Online Security: `https://www.odoo.com/page/security " -"<https://www.odoo.com/fr_FR/page/security>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:220 -msgid "" -"Privacy Policies: `https://www.odoo.com/page/odoo-privacy-policy " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/odoo-privacy-policy>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:224 -msgid "Support" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:226 -msgid "" -"Your Odoo Online subscription includes an **unlimited support service at no " -"extra cost, 24/5, Monday to Friday**. To cover 24 hours, our teams are in " -"San Francisco, Belgium and India. Questions could be about anything and " -"everything from: how to use or configure, bugfix requests, payments or " -"subscription issues." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:232 -msgid "" -"Our support can be contacted through our `online support form " -"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:235 -msgid "" -"Note: The support team cannot develop new features, customize, import data " -"or train your users. These services are provided by your dedicated project " -"manager, as part of the Success Pack." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:240 -msgid "Upgrades" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:242 -msgid "" -"Once every two months, Odoo releases a new version. You will get an upgrade " -"button within the **Manage Your Databases** screen. Upgrading your database " -"is at your own discretion, but allows you to benefit from new features." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:247 -msgid "" -"We provide the option to upgrade in a test environment so that you can " -"evaluate a new version or train your team before the roll out. Simply fill " -"our `online support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__ to make this " -"request." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:252 -msgid "Success Pack Services" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:254 -msgid "" -"The Success Pack is a package of premium hour-based services performed by a " -"dedicated project manager and business analyst. The list of services " -"according to your success pack is detailed online: `https://www.odoo.com" -"/pricing-packs <https://www.odoo.com/pricing-packs>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:259 -msgid "" -"The goal of the project manager is to help you get to production within the " -"defined time frame and budget, i.e. the initial number of hours defined in " -"your success pack." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:263 -msgid "His/her role includes:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:265 -msgid "" -"**Project Management:** review of your objectives & expectations, phasing of" -" the implementation (road map), mapping of your business needs and the Odoo " -"features." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:269 -msgid "**Customized Support:** by phone, e-mail or webinar." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:271 -msgid "" -"**Training, Coaching, and Onsite Consulting:** remote trainings via screen " -"sharing or training on premises. For on premise training sessions, you will " -"be expected to pay extra for travel expenses and accommodations for your " -"consultant." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:276 -msgid "" -"**Configuration:** decisions about how to implement specific needs in Odoo " -"and advanced configuration. (e.g. logistic routes, advanced pricing " -"structures, etc.)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:280 -msgid "" -"**Data Import**: we can do it or assist you on how to do it with a template " -"prepared by the project manager." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:283 -msgid "" -"If you have subscribed to **Studio**, you benefit from following extra " -"services:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:286 -msgid "" -"**Customization of screens:** Studio takes the Drag and Drop approach to " -"customize most screens in any way you see fit." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:289 -msgid "" -"**Customization of reports (PDF):** Studio itself will not allow you to " -"customize the reports yourself, however our project managers have access to " -"developers for advanced customizations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:293 -msgid "" -"**Website Design:** standard themes are provided to get started at no extra " -"cost. However, our project manager can coach you on how to utilize the " -"building blocks of the website designer. The time spent will consume hours " -"of your success pack." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:298 -msgid "" -"**Workflow automations:** e.g. setting values in fields based on triggers, " -"sending reminders by emails, automating actions, etc. For very advanced " -"automations, our project managers have access to Odoo developers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:303 -msgid "" -"If any customization is needed, Odoo Studio App will be required. " -"Customizations made through Odoo Studio App will be maintained and upgraded " -"at each Odoo upgrade, at no extra cost." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:307 -msgid "" -"All time spent to perform these customizations by our Business Analysts will" -" be deducted from your Success Pack." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:310 -msgid "" -"In case of customizations that would require a developer’s intervention, a " -"recurring maintenance fee will be charged on the customer subscription, to " -"cover maintenance and upgrade services. This cost will be based on hours " -"spent by the developer: 4€ or $5/month, per hour of development will be " -"added to the subscription fee." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:316 -msgid "" -"**Example:** a customization that took 2 hours of development will cost: 2 " -"hours deducted from the Success Pack for the customization development 2 * " -"$5 = $10/month as recurring fee for the maintenance of this customization" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:321 -msgid "Implementation Methodology" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:323 -msgid "" -"We follow a **lean and hands-on methodology**, that is used to put customers" -" in production in a short period of time and at a low cost." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:326 -msgid "" -"After the kick-off meeting, we define a phasing plan to deploy Odoo " -"progressively, by groups of apps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:332 -msgid "" -"The goal of the **Kick-off call** is for our project manager to come to an " -"understanding of your business in order to propose an implementation plan " -"(phasing). Each phase is the deployment of a set applications that you will " -"fully use in production at the end of the phase." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:338 -msgid "For every phase, the steps are the following:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:340 -msgid "" -"**On Boarding:** Odoo's project manager will review Odoo's business flows " -"with you, according to your business. The goal is to train you, validate the" -" business process and configure according to your specific needs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:345 -msgid "" -"**Data:** created manually or imported from your existing system. You are " -"responsible to export the data from your existing system and Odoo's project " -"manager will import them in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:349 -msgid "" -"**Training:** once your applications are set up, your data imported, and the" -" system is working smoothly, you will train your users. There will be some " -"back and forth with your Odoo project manager to answer questions and " -"process your feedback." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:354 -msgid "**Production**: Once everyone is trained, your users start using Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:357 -msgid "" -"Once you are comfortable using Odoo, we will fine-tune the process and " -"**automate** some tasks and do the remaining customizations (**extra screens" -" and reports**)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:361 -msgid "" -"Once all applications are deployed and users are comfortable on Odoo, our " -"project manager will not work on your project anymore (unless you have new " -"needs) and you will use the support service if you have further questions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:367 -msgid "Managing your databases" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:369 -msgid "" -"To access your databases, go to Odoo.com, sign in and click **My Databases**" -" in the drop-down menu at the top right corner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:375 -msgid "" -"Odoo gives you the opportunity to test the system before going live or " -"before upgrading to a newer version. Do not mess up your working environment" -" with test data!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:379 -msgid "" -"In that purpose, you can create as many free trials as you want (available " -"for 15 days). Those instances can be instant copies of your working " -"environment. To do so, go to the Odoo.com account in **My Organizations** " -"page and click **Duplicate**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:390 -msgid "" -"You can find more information on how to manage your databases :ref:`here " -"<db_management/documentation>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:394 -msgid "Customer Success" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:396 -msgid "" -"Odoo is passionate about delighting our customers and ensuring that they " -"have all the resources needed to complete their project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:399 -msgid "" -"During the implementation phase, your point of contact is the project " -"manager and eventually the support team." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:402 -msgid "" -"Once you are in production, you will probably have less interaction with " -"your project manager. At that time, we will assign a member of our Client " -"Success Team to you. They are specialized in the long-term relationship with" -" our customers. They will contact you to showcase new versions, improve the " -"way you work with Odoo, assess your new needs, etc..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:409 -msgid "" -"Our internal goal is to keep customers for at least 10 years and offer them " -"a solution that grows with their needs!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:412 -msgid "Welcome aboard and enjoy your Odoo experience!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:415 -msgid ":doc:`../../db_management/documentation`" -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/index.po deleted file mode 100644 index f6bf1d9fa..000000000 --- a/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/index.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,23 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: Murat Kaplan <muratk@projetgrup.com>, 2017\n" -"Language-Team: Turkish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/tr/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: tr\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" - -#: ../../index.rst:3 -msgid "Odoo User Documentation" -msgstr "Odoo Kullanıcı Dokümanı" diff --git a/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po b/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po deleted file mode 100644 index 93b053a5d..000000000 --- a/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,7674 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-16 15:59+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: Levent Karakaş <levent@mektup.at>, 2017\n" -"Language-Team: Turkish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/tr/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: tr\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" - -#: ../../inventory.rst:5 ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:64 -msgid "Inventory" -msgstr "Stok" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode.rst:3 -msgid "Barcodes" -msgstr "Barkodlar" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations.rst:3 -msgid "Daily Operations" -msgstr "Günlük Operasyonlar" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3 -msgid "How to do an inventory adjustment with barcodes?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:5 -msgid "From the Barcode application:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:7 -msgid "Click on **Inventory**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Scan all the products (if you have 5 identical articles, scan it 5 times, or" -" use the keyboard to set the quantity)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:16 -msgid "" -"If you manage multiple locations, scan the location before scanning the " -"products. Eg. scan a shelf's barcode ; scan each product on the shelf ; " -"repeat for each shelf in the wharehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:20 -msgid "" -"When you've scanned all the items of the location, validate the inventory " -"manually or by scanning the **Validate** barcode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:3 -msgid "How to process delivery orders?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:5 -msgid "" -"There are two approaches to process delivery orders: you can either work on " -"printed documents (and scan lines on the documents), or on a screen (and " -"scan products directly)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:10 -msgid "Process printed delivery orders:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Print delivery orders of the day by selecting all documents from the **To " -"Do** list and print **Picking Operations** from the top menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Once you start processing your delivery orders, **scan the barcode** on the " -"top-right corner of the document to load the right record on the screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Then, **scan the barcode** of every product, or scan the barcode of the " -"product on the picking line if the barcode on the product is not easily " -"accessible, visible or is missing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:23 -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Once you scanned all products, scan the **Validate** barcode action to " -"finish the operation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:30 -msgid "Process delivery orders from a computer or mobile device:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Load all the delivery orders marked as **To Do**, and open the first one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:35 -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:33 -msgid "Pick up and scan each listed product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:37 -msgid "" -"When you've picked all the items, click the **Validate** button or scan the " -"**Validate barcode** action to finish the Operation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Move to the next delivery order to process by clicking on the top-right " -"right **arrow** or scanning the **Pager-Next** barcode action." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:3 -msgid "How to do an internal transfer?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:5 -msgid "In Odoo, there are two types of internal transfers:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:7 -msgid "" -"Those initiated automatically by the system (for example, a quality control)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Those created by a worker (for example, through the internal transfer area " -"of the dashboard)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:13 -msgid "To make an Internal Transfer:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:15 -msgid "From the home of the barcode application, scan the **source location**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:17 -msgid "Pick up and **scan the products**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:19 -msgid "Scan the **destination location**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:21 -msgid "**Validate** the transfer to finish it" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:3 -msgid "How to handle lots and serial numbers with barcodes?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Lots Numbers can be encoded from incoming shipments, internal moves and " -"outgoing deliveries:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In the barcode interface, **scan** the products you want create a lot from" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:10 -msgid "" -"If this product should be manage by lots, a window opens to help you scan " -"the lots/serial numbers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:13 -msgid "" -"**Scan** a lot barcode, **type** one manually or **leave empty** to generate" -" one automatically" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:16 -msgid "Click or scan **Validate** once you are done" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:18 -msgid "What is the difference between **Lots** and **Serial Numbers**?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:20 -msgid "" -"**Lot** numbers are attributed to several identical products, so each time " -"you scan a lot number, Odoo will add one on the product count." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:24 -msgid "" -"On the opposite, a **serial number** is unique, and represented by only one " -"barcode, sticked on only one item. This means that Odoo won't accept " -"scanning the same serial number more than once per operation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:32 -msgid "Here, we configured **Lu - Petit Beukelaer** tracking by lots." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Scan a product from this incoming shipment, then scan the lot number of each" -" product (you can also use the keyboard)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:43 -msgid "Click save/scan **Validate** and you are done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:3 -msgid "How to process incoming receipts?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:5 -msgid "" -"There are two approaches to process incoming receipts: you can either work " -"on printed documents (and scan lines on the documents), or on a screen (and " -"scan products directly)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:10 -msgid "Process printed incoming receipts:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Print incoming receipts of the day by selecting all documents from the **To " -"Receive** list and print **Picking Operations** from the top menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Once you start processing your incoming receipts, scan the barcode on the " -"top-right corner of the document to load the right record on the screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Then, scan the barcode of every product, or scan the barcode of the product " -"on the picking line if the barcode on the product is not easily accessible, " -"visible or is missing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:28 -msgid "Process incoming receipts from a computer or mobile device:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Load all the incoming receipts marked as **To Receive**, and open the first " -"one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:35 -msgid "" -"When you've picked all the items, click the **Validate** button or scan the " -"**Validate** barcode action to finish the Operation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Move to the next incoming receipt to process by clicking on the top-right " -"right **arrow** or scanning the **Pager-Next** barcode action." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:42 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:137 -msgid "Example" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:44 -msgid "Open operation interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:49 -msgid "Scan." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:54 -msgid "" -"The picking appears. Scan items and/or fill in informations using the mouse " -"and keyboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup.rst:3 -msgid "Setup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:3 -msgid "Set up your barcode scanner" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Getting started with barcode scanning in Odoo is fairly easy. Yet, a good " -"user experience relies on an appropriate hardware setup. This guide will " -"help you through the task of choosing and configuring the barcode scanner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:11 -msgid "Find the barcode scanner that suits your needs" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:13 -msgid "" -"The 3 recommended type of barcode scanners to work with the Odoo " -"**Inventory** and **Barcode Scanning** apps are the **USB scanner**, **the " -"bluetooth scanner** and the **mobile computer scanner**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:20 -msgid "" -"If you scan products at a computer location, the **USB scanner** is the way " -"to go. Simply plug it in the computer to start scanning. Just make sure when" -" you buy it that the scanner is compatible with your keyboard layout or can " -"be configured to be so." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:25 -msgid "" -"The **bluetooth scanner** can be paired with a smartphone or a tablet and is" -" a good choice if you want to be mobile but don't need a big investment. An " -"approach is to log in Odoo on you smartphone, pair the bluetooth scanner " -"with the smartphone and work in the warehouse with always the possibility to" -" check your smartphone from time to time and use the software 'manually'." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:32 -msgid "" -"For heavy use, the **mobile computer scanner** is the handiest solution. It " -"consists in a small computer with a built-in barcode scanner. This one can " -"turn out to be a very productive solution, however you need to make sure " -"that is is capable of running Odoo smoothy. The most recent models using " -"Android + Google Chrome or Windows + Internet Explorer Mobile should do the " -"job. However, due to the variety of models and configurations on the market," -" it is essential to test it first." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:42 -msgid "Configure your barcode scanner" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:45 -msgid "Keyboard layout" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:50 -msgid "" -"An USB barcode scanner needs to be configured to use the same keyboard " -"layout as your operating system. Otherwise, your scanner won't translate " -"characters correctly (replacing a 'A' with a 'Q' for example). Most scanners" -" are configured by scanning the appropriate barcode in the user manual." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:57 -msgid "Automatic carriage return" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:59 -msgid "" -"By default, Odoo has a 50 milliseconds delay between each successive scan " -"(it helps avoid accidental double scanning). If you want to suppress this " -"delay, you can configure your scanner to insert a carriage return at the end" -" of each barcode. This is usually the default configuration and can be " -"explicitly configured by scanning a specific barcode in the user manual ('CR" -" suffix ON', 'Apply Enter for suffix', etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:3 -msgid "How to activate the barcodes in Odoo?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The barcode scanning features can save you a lot of the time usually lost " -"switching between the keyboard, the mouse and the scanner. Properly " -"attributing barcodes to products, pickings locations, etc. allows you to " -"work more efficiently by controlling the software almost exclusively with " -"the barcode scanner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Print this document to be able to use your barcode scanner to perform more " -"actions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:19 -msgid ":ref:`Document:` |download_barcode|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:23 -msgid "Set products barcodes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:28 -msgid "" -"In order to fill a picking or to perform an inventory, you need to make sure" -" that your products are encoded in Odoo along with their barcodes. If this " -"is not already done, you can fill in the products barcodes through a handy " -"interface. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` " -"and click the **Configure Product Barcodes** button. This interface can also" -" be accessed via the planner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Product variants: be careful to add barcodes directly on the variant, and " -"not the template product (otherwise you won't be able to differentiate " -"them)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:42 -msgid "Set locations barcodes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:47 -msgid "" -"If you manage multiple locations, you will find useful to attribute a " -"barcode to each location and stick it on the location. You can configure the" -" locations barcodes in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " -"Warehouse Management --> Locations`. There is button in the **Print** menu " -"that you can use to print the locations names and barcodes. There are 4 " -"barcodes per page, arranged in a way that is convenient to print on sticker " -"paper." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Example of location naming: **warehouse short name** - **location short " -"name** - (**Corridor X** - **Shelf Y** - **Height Z**) Example: A032-025-133" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:63 -msgid "Barcode formats" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Most retail products use EAN-13 barcodes. They cannot be made up without " -"proper authorization: you must pay the International Article Numbering " -"Association a fee in exchange for an EAN code sequence (that's why no two " -"products in a store will ever have the same EAN code)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Still, as Odoo supports any string as a barcode, so you can always define " -"your own barcode format for internal use." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management.rst:3 -msgid "Warehouse Management" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment.rst:3 -msgid "Inventory Adjustment" -msgstr "Sayım Farkı" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:3 -msgid "How to make the initial inventory?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:5 -msgid "" -"One of the most important feature in an warehouse management software is to " -"keep the inventory right." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Once your products have been defined, it is time to make your initial " -"inventory. You will reflect reality by inventorying the right quantities in " -"the right locations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:55 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:34 -msgid "Product Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:15 -msgid "" -"In the Inventory module, open the :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> " -"Products`, then click on **Create** to create a new product. Configure the " -"product type so that it is **Stockable** and not a consumable." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:23 -msgid "Start the initial inventory" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:26 -msgid "Update the product quantity for one product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:28 -msgid "" -"In the product you just created, you can see in the upper tiles that we have" -" 0 product On Hand. Click on the **Update qty on Hand** button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:31 -msgid "" -"A new window opens. In the **New Quantity on Hand** field, type the quantity" -" of product you currently hold in stock, then click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:39 -msgid "" -"if you are using multiple locations for your warehouse, you will be able to " -"set the location of your product from this screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:42 -msgid "" -"You can now see from the On Hand tab that the quantity has been updated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Now, if you check the **Inventory Adjustments** in the **Inventory Control**" -" menu, you will see that a new line named \"INV: (name of your product)\" " -"has automatically been created and validated by the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:55 -msgid "Multiple products at once" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Create all the products for which you want to follow the stock (as stockable" -" products). Once the required products in stock have been defined, use an " -"initial inventory operation to put the current quantities into the system by" -" location. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Inventory " -"Adjustments` to start your initial inventory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Give it a name (for example Initial Inventory) and select the stock location" -" of your inventory. Note that when you select a parent location (such as " -"Stock, which might be split into sub locations), you can also select the sub" -" (or child) locations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:71 -msgid "" -"You can choose between making an inventory for all products, for a few or " -"only for one. In this case, we choose the **All products** option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:79 -msgid "" -"If you need your stock valuation to be done in a different period than the " -"one that will be selected by default according to the inventory end date, " -"enter the corresponding accounting period in the Force Valuation Period " -"field. The accounting module needs to be installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:84 -msgid "" -"Click the **Start Inventory** button. Depending on the type of inventory you" -" have chosen (all products or selected ones) you might have to add products " -"manually by clicking on **Add an item**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:88 -msgid "" -"Add the **Real Quantity** that you have in your stock for each product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:92 -msgid "" -"additional information will be available according to the options you " -"activated (multi-locations, serial number, consignee stocks)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:98 -msgid "" -"Click the **Validate Inventory** button to confirm the inventory and post " -"it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:102 -msgid "Reporting" -msgstr "Raporlama" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:104 -msgid "" -"To check the current stock, go to :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> " -"Products`, and click on the **list button**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:3 -msgid "How to choose between minimum stock rule and make to order?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:5 -msgid "" -"**Minimum Stock rules** and **Make to Order** have similar consequences but " -"different rules. They should be used depending on your manufacturing and " -"delivery strategies." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:10 -msgid "Terminology" -msgstr "Terminoloji" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:13 -msgid "Minimum stock rule" -msgstr "Minimum Stok Kuralı" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:15 -msgid "" -"**Minimum Stock** rules are used to ensure that you always have the minimum " -"amount of a product in stock in order to manufacture your products and/or " -"answer to your customer needs. When the stock level of a product reaches its" -" minimum the system will automatically generate a procurement with the " -"quantity needed to reach the maximum stock level." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:22 -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:56 -msgid "Make to Order" -msgstr "MTO" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:24 -msgid "" -"The **Make to Order** function will trigger a **Purchase Order** of the " -"amount of the **Sales Order** related to the product. The system will " -"**not** check the current stock valuation. This means that a draft purchase " -"order will be generated regardless of the quantity on hand of the product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:12 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:37 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:34 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:29 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:50 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:28 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:21 -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:22 -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:25 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:159 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:164 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:21 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:10 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:25 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:29 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:22 -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:18 -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:23 -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:18 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:17 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:66 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:17 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:114 -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:16 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:15 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:17 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:14 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Yapılandırma" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:33 -msgid "Minimum stock rules" -msgstr "Minimum Stok Kuralları" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:35 -msgid "" -"The Minimum Stock Rules configuration is available through the menu " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory Control --> Reordering Rule` in the " -"drop down menu. There, click on **Create** to set minimum and maximum stock " -"values for a given product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "Active" -msgstr "Etkin" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "" -"If the active field is set to False, it will allow you to hide the " -"orderpoint without removing it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "Product Unit of Measure" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "Default Unit of Measure used for all stock operation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "Procurement Group" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Moves created through this orderpoint will be put in this procurement group." -" If none is given, the moves generated by procurement rules will be grouped " -"into one big picking." -msgstr "" -"Bu sipariş noktası üzerinden yaratılan hareketler bu satın alma grubuna " -"konacaktır. Hiçbir şey verilmezse, satın alma kuralları tarafından üretilen " -"hareketler büyük bir toplama olarak gruplandırılacaktır." - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "Minimum Quantity" -msgstr "Min. Miktar" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "" -"When the virtual stock goes below the Min Quantity specified for this field," -" Odoo generates a procurement to bring the forecasted quantity to the Max " -"Quantity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "Maximum Quantity" -msgstr "Max. Miktar" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "" -"When the virtual stock goes below the Min Quantity, Odoo generates a " -"procurement to bring the forecasted quantity to the Quantity specified as " -"Max Quantity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "Quantity Multiple" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "" -"The procurement quantity will be rounded up to this multiple. If it is 0, " -"the exact quantity will be used." -msgstr "" -"Tedarik miktarı bu çoklu sayıya yuvarlanacak. 0 ise, tam miktar kullanılır." - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "Lead Time" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Number of days after the orderpoint is triggered to receive the products or " -"to order to the vendor" -msgstr "" -"Sipariş noktasının ürünleri almak veya tedarikçiye sipariş vermek için " -"tetiklenen gün sayısı" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Then, click on your product to access the related product form and, on the " -"**Inventory submenu**, do not forget to select a supplier." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Don't forget to select the right product type in the product form. A " -"consumable can not be stocked and will thus not be accounted for in the " -"stock valuation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:58 -msgid "" -"The Make to Order configuration is available on your product form through " -"your :menuselection:`Inventory module --> Inventory control --> Products` " -"(or any other module where products are available)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:62 -msgid "On the product form, under **Inventory**, click on **Make To Order**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:68 -msgid "Choice between the two options" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:70 -msgid "" -"The choice between the two options is thus dependent of your inventory " -"strategy. If you prefer to have a buffer and always have at least a minimum " -"amount, the minimum stock rule should be used. If you want to reorder your " -"stocks only if your sale is confirmed it is better to use the Make to Order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery.rst:3 -msgid "Delivery Orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:3 -msgid "How do I cancel a delivery order?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:6 ../../inventory/overview.rst:3 -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:6 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Genel Bakış" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo gives you the possibility to cancel a delivery method whether it has " -"been validated to fast, it needs to be modified or for any other reason." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Some carriers are more flexible than others, so make sure to cancel your " -"delivery order as fast as possible if it needs to be done so you don't have " -"any bad surprise." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:17 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:26 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:107 -msgid "Sale process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Go to the **Sales** module, click on **Sales** and then on **Sales Order**. " -"Then click on the sale order you want to cancel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Click on the **Delivery** button, in the upper right corner of the sale " -"order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Now, click on the **Additional info** tab and you will see that next to the " -"**Carrier Tracking Reference**, there is a **Cancel** button. Click on it to" -" cancel the delivery." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:38 -msgid "" -"To make sure that your delivery is cancelled, check in the history, you will" -" receive the confirmation of the cancellation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:3 -msgid "How can I limit a delivery method to a certain number of countries?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:8 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can have different types of delivery methods, and you can " -"limit them to a certain number of countries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Go to the **Inventory** module, click on **Configuration** and then on " -"**Delivery Methods**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Select the delivery method that you want to change, or create a new one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:25 -msgid "" -"In the **Destination** tab, choose the countries to which you want to apply " -"this delivery method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:28 -msgid "Now, that this is done, Let's see the result." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:30 -msgid "" -"If you go to the website, and you try to buy something, once you've entered " -"your details and you proceed to the payment, the website will propose you " -"only the delivery methods that apply to your shipping address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:39 -msgid "" -"This process doesn't work in backend. We assume that when you create a Sale " -"Order, you know which delivery method you can use since you created them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:3 -msgid "" -"How to send products to customers directly from suppliers (drop-shipping)?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:6 -msgid "What is drop-shipping?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Drop-Shipping is a system that allows orders taken from your store to be " -"shipped straight from your supplier to your customer. On a usual delivery " -"system, products are sent from your supplier to your warehouse to be put in " -"stock, and then shipped to your customers after ordering. With drop-" -"shipping, no item is stocked. When a customer places an order in your shop, " -"the item is delivered straight from the supplier to the customer. Therefore," -" the product doesn't need to get through your warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:18 -msgid "Points to be considered while implementing drop-shipping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Use drop-shipping only for the products you can't or don't want to keep in " -"stock. One reason is that you'll always make smaller margins on items that " -"are drop-shipped, so you should keep it only for items that take up a lot of" -" space in your warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Drop-shipping is best for niche products. Chances are that products that are" -" in high demand are being offered by large suppliers at a fraction of the " -"price you'll be able to charge, so using a more costly shipping method won't" -" be financially rewarding. But if your product is unique, then it makes " -"sense!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:31 -msgid "" -"To protect your customers from bad experiences, test drop-shipping companies" -" for yourself beforehand and list the best ones." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Make sure time is not against you. Drop-shipping should take a reasonable " -"amount of time and surely not more than it would have taken you to handle it" -" all by yourself. It's also nice to be able to provide your customers with a" -" tracking number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Items have to be available from your supplier. It's good to know if the " -"product you're selling is available upstream. If you don't have that " -"information, inform your customers that you don't hold the item in stock and" -" that it's subject to availability from a third party." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:46 -msgid "" -"For more information and insights on Drop-shipping, read our blog on `What " -"is drop-shipping and how to use it <https://www.odoo.com/blog/business-" -"hacks-1/post/what-is-drop-shipping-and-how-to-use-it-250>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:50 -msgid "Configuring drop-shipping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Open the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. Go " -"to **Location & Warehouse**, locate the **Dropshipping** option and tick the" -" box **Allow suppliers to deliver directly to your customers**. Then, click " -"on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Then go to the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings`. " -"Locate **Order Routing** and tick the box **Choose specific routes on sales " -"order lines (advanced)**. Click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Now, open the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> Products`. Add a " -"supplier to the products you want to dropship." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:74 -msgid "How to send products from the customers directly to the suppliers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Create a **Sales Order** and specify on a sales order line for your products" -" that the route is **Dropshipping**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:82 -msgid "" -"Open the menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchases --> Requests for " -"Quotation`. The draft purchase order is automatically created from the " -"procurement with the drop-shipping route. Once the order is confirmed, you " -"will see that one shipment has been created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:90 -msgid "" -"To confirm the sending from the vendor to the customer, go back to " -"**Inventory** app. On the dashboard, click on **# TO RECEIVE** on the " -"dropship card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:97 -msgid "" -"It will open the list of drop-shipping transfers. Validate the transfer once" -" it has been done. The items will be directly delivered from the partner to " -"the customer without transiting to your warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:103 -msgid ":doc:`inventory_flow`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:3 -msgid "How to choose the right inventory flow to handle delivery orders?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Depending on factors such as the type of items you sell, the size of your " -"warehouse, the number of orders you register everyday... the way you handle " -"deliveries to your customers can vary a lot." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Odoo allows you to handle shipping from your warehouse in 3 different ways:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:12 -msgid "**One step (shipping)**: Ship directly from stock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:14 -msgid "" -"**Two steps (pick + ship)**: Bring goods to output location before shipping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:17 -msgid "" -"**Three steps (pick + pack + ship)**: Make packages into a dedicated " -"location, then bring them to the output location for shipping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:20 -msgid "" -"For companies having a rather small warehouse and that do not require high " -"stock of items or don't sell perishable items, a one step shipping is the " -"simplest solution, as it does not require a lot of configuration and allows " -"to handle orders very quickly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Using inventory methods such as FIFO, LIFO and FEFO require to have at least" -" two steps to handle a shipment. The picking method will be determined by " -"the removal strategy, and the items removed will then be shipped to the " -"customer. This method is also interesting if you hold larger stocks and " -"especially when the items you stock are big in size." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:31 -msgid "" -"The three steps system becomes useful in more specific situations, the main " -"one being for handling very large stocks. The items are transferred to a " -"packing area, where they will be assembled by area of destination, and then " -"set to outbound trucks for final delivery to the customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:40 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:53 -msgid "One step flow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:42 -msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`one_step`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:45 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:58 -msgid "Two steps flow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:47 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:60 -msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`two_steps`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:50 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:63 -msgid "Three steps flow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:52 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:65 -msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`three_steps`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:3 -msgid "How can I change the label type?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:8 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can choose among different types of labels for your delivery " -"orders. Follow the steps below and give an appropriate label type to your " -"delivery." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:15 -msgid "" -"In the **Inventory** module, Go to **Configuration** and click on **Delivery" -" methods**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:18 -msgid "Choose a delivery method and then click on **Edit**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:23 -msgid "" -"In the **Pricing** tab, under **Fedex label stock type**, you can choose one" -" of the label types available. The availability will vary depending on the " -"carrier." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Once this is done, you can see the result if you go to the Sales module and " -"you create a new sale order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:33 -msgid "" -"As you confirm the sale and validate the delivery with the carrier for which" -" you have modified the label type, The label will appear in your history." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:46 -msgid "" -"The default label type is paper letter, and if you choose the label type " -"bottom half for example, here is the difference :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:3 -msgid "How to process delivery orders in one step (shipping)?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:8 -msgid "" -"When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is " -"set up by default to utilize a one-step operation: once all goods are " -"available, they are able to be shipped in a single delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:15 -msgid "" -"There is no configuration needed. The default outgoing shipments are " -"configured to be directly delivered from the stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:18 -msgid "" -"However, if **advance routes** is activated and you set another shipping " -"configuration on your warehouse, you can set it back to the one-step " -"delivery configuration. Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouses` " -"and edit the concerned warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Set the outgoing shippings the option to **Ship directly from stock (Ship " -"Only)**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:68 -msgid "Create a Sales Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Create a sales order (From quotation to sales order) with some products to " -"deliver." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Notice that we now see ``1`` delivery associated with this sales order in " -"the **stat button** above the sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:41 -msgid "" -"If you click on the **1 Delivery** stat button, you should now see your " -"picking." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:45 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:99 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:88 -msgid "Process a Delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:47 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:143 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Go to **Inventory** and click on the **# TO DO** link under the **Delivery " -"Orders** kanban card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:53 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:110 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:130 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:149 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:99 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:119 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:99 -msgid "Click on the picking that you want to process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Output** to the " -"**customer**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:58 -msgid "" -"This has completed the **Shipping Step** and the WH/OUT should now show " -"**Done** in the status column at the top of the page, which means the " -"product has been shipped to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:3 -msgid "How can you change the packaging type for your sale order?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo gives you the possibility to change the default packaging type and " -"adapt the packaging the way you want it, depending on the weight of the " -"order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:15 -msgid "" -"In the **Inventory** module, Go to **Configuration** and then click on " -"**Settings**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:18 -msgid "" -"In :menuselection:`Traceability --> Packages`, flag **Record packages used " -"on packing : pallets, boxes,...**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:24 -msgid "*Sale process*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:26 -msgid "In the **Sales** module, go to **Sales** and click on **Sale Order**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:28 -msgid "Create your new Sale Order, and **Confirm the Sale**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Once you've confirmed the Sale, you need to click on **Delivery**, to be " -"redirected to the Delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:36 -msgid "Click on **Edit**, and you can now change the packaging." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:41 -msgid "" -"In the **Operations** tab, in the last column, change the **0** and put the " -"number of products that you want to pack together. Then click on **Put in " -"Pack**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Choose the type of packaging that you want. You can also see that the weight" -" has been adapted to your package, and you can change it manually if you " -"want it to be more precise. Then click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:52 -msgid "Repeat the operation until all the products are put in pack." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:54 -msgid "Finally, click on **Validate** to confirm the delivery." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:3 -msgid "How is the scheduled delivery date computed?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Scheduled dates are computed in order to be able to plan deliveries, " -"receptions and so on. Depending on the habits of your company Odoo " -"automatically generates scheduled dates via the scheduler. The Odoo " -"scheduler computes everything per line, whether it's a manufacturing order, " -"a delivery order, a sale order, etc. The dates that are computed are " -"dependent on the different leads times configured in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:13 -msgid "Configuring lead times" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Configuring **lead times** is a first essential move in order to compute " -"scheduled dates. Lead times are the delays (in term of delivery, " -"manufacturing, ...) promised to your different partners and/or clients." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:19 -msgid "Configuration of the different lead times are made as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:22 -msgid "At a product level" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:24 -msgid "**Supplier lead time**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Is the time needed for the supplier to deliver your purchased product. To " -"configure the supplier lead time select a product, and go in the " -"**Inventory** tab. You will have to add a vendor to your product in order to" -" select a supplier lead time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Do not forget that it is possible to add different vendors and thus " -"different delivery lead times depending on the vendor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Once a vendor is selected, just open its form and fill its **Delivery lead " -"time**. In this case security days have no influence, the scheduled delivery" -" days will be equal to: **Date** of the purchase order + **Delivery Lead " -"Time**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:46 -msgid "**Customer lead time**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Customer lead time is the time needed to get your product from your store / " -"warehouse to your customer. It can be configured for any product. Simply " -"select a product, go into the sales tab and indicate your **Customer lead " -"time**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:56 -msgid "**Manufacturing lead time**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:58 -msgid "" -"At the same page it is possible to configure the **Manufacturing Lead Time**" -" as well. Manufacturing lead time is the time needed to manufacture the " -"product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Don't forget to tick the manufacturing box in inventory if you want to " -"create manufacturing routes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:67 -msgid "At the company level" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:69 -msgid "" -"At company level, it is possible to configure **security days** in order to " -"cope with eventual delays and to be sure to meet your engagements. The idea " -"is to subtract **backup** days from the **computed scheduled date** in case " -"of delays." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:74 -msgid "**Sales Safety days**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Sales safety days are **back-up** days to ensure you will be able to deliver" -" your clients engagements in times. They are margins of errors for delivery " -"lead times. Security days are the same logic as the early wristwatch, in " -"order to arrive on time. The idea is to subtract the numbers of security " -"days from the calculation and thus to compute a scheduled date earlier than " -"the one you promised to your client. In that way you are sure to be able to " -"keep your commitment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:84 -msgid "" -"To set ut your security dates, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General " -"settings` and click on **Configure your company data**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:90 -msgid "" -"Once the menu is open, go in the configuration tab and indicate the number " -"of safety days." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:93 -msgid "**Purchase Safety days**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:95 -msgid "Purchase days follow to the same logic than sales security days." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:97 -msgid "" -"They are margins of error for vendor lead times. When the system generates " -"purchase orders for procuring products, they will be scheduled that many " -"days earlier to cope with unexpected vendor delays. Purchase lead time can " -"be found in the same menu as the sales safety days" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:106 -msgid "" -"Note that you can also configure a default Manufacturing lead time from " -"here." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:110 -msgid "At route level" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:112 -msgid "" -"The internal transfers that a product might do due to the movement of stocks" -" can also influence the computed date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:115 -msgid "" -"The delays due to internal transfers can be specified in the **inventory** " -"app when creating a new push rule in a route." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:118 -msgid "Go to the push rules section on a route form to set a delay." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:124 -msgid "At sale order level:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:126 -msgid "**Requested date**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:128 -msgid "" -"Odoo offers the possibility to select a requested date by the client by " -"indicating the date in the other information tab of the sales order. If this" -" date is earlier than the theoreticaly computed date odoo will automatically" -" display a warning." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:139 -msgid "" -"As an example, you may sell a car today (January 1st), that is purchased on " -"order, and you promise to deliver your customer within 20 days (January 20)." -" In such a scenario, the scheduler may trigger the following events, based " -"on your configuration:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:144 -msgid "January 19: actual scheduled delivery (1 day of Sales Safety days)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:146 -msgid "" -"January 18: receive the product from your supplier (1 day of Purchase days)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:149 -msgid "" -"January 10: deadline to order at your supplier (9 days of supplier delivery " -"lead time)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:152 -msgid "" -"January 8: trigger a purchase request to your purchase team, since the team " -"need on average 2 days to find the right supplier and order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:3 -msgid "How to process delivery orders in three steps (pick + pack + ship)?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:8 -msgid "" -"When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is " -"set up by default on a **one-step** operation: once all goods are available," -" they can be shipped in bulk in a single delivery order. However, that " -"process may not reflect the reality and your company may require more steps " -"before shipping." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:14 -msgid "" -"With the **three steps** process (**Pick + Pack + Ship**), the items are " -"transferred to a packing area, where they will be assembled by area of " -"destination, and then set to outbound trucks for final delivery to the " -"customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:19 -msgid "" -"A few configuration steps are necessary in order to accomplish **Pick + Pack" -" + Ship** in Odoo. These steps create some additional locations, which by " -"default are called **Output** and **Packing Zone**. So, if your warehouse's " -"code is ``WH``, this configuration will create a location called " -"``WH/Output`` and another one called ``WH/Packing Zone``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Goods will move from **WH/Stock** to **WH/Packing Zone** in the first step. " -"Then move from **WH/Packing Zone** to **WH/Output**. Then finally it will be" -" delivered from **WH/Output** to its **final destination**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Check out :doc:`inventory_flow` to determine if this inventory flow is the " -"correct method for your needs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:37 -msgid "Install the Inventory module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:39 -msgid "From the **App** menu, search and install the **Inventory** module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:44 -msgid "" -"You will also need to install the **Sales** module to be able to issue sales" -" orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:48 -msgid "Allow managing routes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Odoo configures movement of delivery orders via **routes**. Routes provide a" -" mechanism to link different actions together. In this case, we will link " -"the picking step to the shipping step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:54 -msgid "" -"To allow management of routes, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Under :menuselection:`Location & Warehouse --> Routes`, activate the radio " -"button **Advanced routing of products using rules**. Make sure that the " -"option **Manage several locations per warehouse** is activated as well." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:64 -msgid "Configure the warehouse for Pick + Pack + Ship" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouses` and edit the warehouse " -"that will be used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:69 -msgid "" -"For outgoing shippings, set the option to **Make packages into a dedicated " -"location, bring them to the output location for shipping (Pick + Pack + " -"Ship).**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:77 -msgid "Create a Sale Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:79 -msgid "" -"From the **Sale** module, create a sales order with some products to " -"deliver." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:81 -msgid "" -"Notice that we now see ``3`` transfers associated with this sales order in " -"the **stat button** above the sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:87 -msgid "If you click the button, you should now see three different pickings:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:89 -msgid "The first with a reference **PICK** to designate the picking process," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:91 -msgid "" -"The second one with the reference **PACK** that is the packing process," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:93 -msgid "The last with a reference **OUT** to designate the shipping process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:102 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:91 -msgid "How to Process the Picking Step?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:104 -msgid "" -"Ensure that you have enough product in stock and Go to **Inventory** and " -"click on the **Waiting** link under the **Pick** kanban card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:112 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:101 -msgid "Click on **Reserve** to reserve the products if they are available." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:114 -msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Stock** to **WH/Packing" -" Zone**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:116 -msgid "" -"This has completed the picking Step and the **WH/PICK** should now show " -"**Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been " -"moved from **WH/Stock** to **WH/Packing Zone** location, which makes the " -"product available for the next step (Packing)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:122 -msgid "How to Process the Packing Step?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:124 -msgid "" -"Go to **Inventory** and click on the **# TRANSFERS** link under the **Pack**" -" kanban card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:132 -msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Packing Zone** to " -"**WH/Output**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:135 -msgid "" -"This has completed the packing step and the **WH/PACK** should now show " -"**Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been " -"moved from **WH/Packing Zone** to **WH/Output location**, which makes the " -"product available for the next step (Shipping)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:141 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:111 -msgid "How to Process the Shipping Step?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:151 -msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Output** to the " -"**customer** (Click **Apply** to assign the quantities based on the " -"quantities listed in the **To Do** column)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:155 -msgid "" -"This has completed the shipping step and the **WH/OUT** should now show " -"**Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been " -"shipped to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:3 -msgid "How to process delivery orders in two steps (pick + ship)?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:8 -msgid "" -"When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is " -"set up by default to utilize a **one-step** operation: once all goods are " -"available, they are able to be shipped in a single delivery order. However, " -"your company's business process may have one or more steps that happen " -"before shipping. In the **two steps** process, the items in a delivery order" -" are **picked** in the warehouse and brought to an **output location** for " -"**shipping**. The goods are then shipped." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:16 -msgid "" -"In order to accomplish a **Pick + Ship** delivery in Odoo, there are a few " -"necessary configuration steps. These steps create an additional location, " -"which by default is called **Output**. So, if your warehouse's code is " -"``WH``, this configuration will create a location called ``WH/Output``. " -"Goods will move from ``WH/Stock`` to ``WH/Output`` in the first step " -"(picking). Then, they move from ``WH/Output`` to ``WH/Customers`` (in the " -"case of sales orders) in the second step (shipping)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:32 -msgid "Allow management of routes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Odoo configures movement of delivery orders via the **routes**. Routes " -"provide a mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we " -"will chain the picking step to the shipping step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:38 -msgid "" -"To allow management of routes, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Ensure that the radio button **Advanced routing of products using rules** is" -" checked." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Click on **Apply** at the top of the page to save changes (if you needed to " -"check the radio button above)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:50 -msgid "" -"If you checked option **Advanced routing of products using rules** you may " -"need to activate **Manage several locations per warehouse** if it wasn't " -"activated beforehand." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:55 -msgid "Configure warehouse for Pick + Ship" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:57 -msgid "" -"To configure a **Pick + Ship** move, go to :menuselection:`Configuration -->" -" Warehouses` and edit the warehouse that will be used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:61 -msgid "" -"For outgoing shippings, set the option to **Bring goods to output location " -"before shipping (Pick + Ship)**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Install the **Sale** if it is not the case, and create a sales order with " -"some products to deliver." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Notice that we now see ``2`` transfers associated with this sales order in " -"the **Delivery** stat button above the sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:79 -msgid "" -"If you click on the **2 Transfers** stat button, you should now see two " -"different pickings, one with a reference **PICK** to designate the picking " -"process and another with a reference **OUT** to designate the shipping " -"process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:93 -msgid "" -"Ensure that you have enough product in stock, and go to **Inventory** and " -"click on the **Waiting** link under the **Pick** kanban card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:103 -msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Stock** to " -"**WH/Output**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:105 -msgid "" -"This has completed the picking step and the **WH/PICK** move should now show" -" **Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been " -"moved from **WH/Stock** to **WH/Output** location, which makes the product " -"**available for the next step** (Shipping)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:121 -msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Output** to the " -"customer (Click **Apply** to assign the quantities based on the quantities " -"listed in the **To Do** column)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:125 -msgid "" -"This has completed the shipping step and the **WH/OUT** move should now show" -" **Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been " -"shipped to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming.rst:3 -msgid "Incoming Shipments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:3 -msgid "How to choose the right flow to handle receipts?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Depending on factors such as the type of items you receive, the size of your" -" warehouse, the number of receipt you register everyday... the way you " -"handle receipts to your customers can vary a lot." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Odoo allows you to handle receipts from your warehouse in 3 different ways:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:15 -msgid "**One step**: Receive goods directly in stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:17 -msgid "**Two steps**: Unload in input location then go to stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:19 -msgid "" -"**Three steps**: Unload in input location, go through a quality control " -"before being admitted in stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Odoo uses **routes** to define exactly how you will handle the different " -"receipt steps. The configuration is done at the level of the warehouse. In " -"standard, the reception is a one step process, but changing the " -"configuration can allow to have 2 or even 3 steps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:27 -msgid "The principles are the following:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:29 -msgid "**One step**: You receive the goods directly in your stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:31 -msgid "" -"**Two steps**: You receive the goods in an input area then transfer them " -"from input area to your stock. As long as the goods are not transferred in " -"your stock, they will not be available for further processing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:36 -msgid "" -"**Three steps**: In many companies, it is necessary to assess the received " -"good. The goal is to check that the products correspond to the quality " -"requirements agreed with the suppliers. Adding a quality control step in the" -" goods receipt process can become essential." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:42 -msgid "" -"You receive the goods in an input area, then transfer them into quality area" -" for quality control. When your quality check process finishes then you can " -"move the goods from QC to stock. Of course, you may change the quantity and " -"only transfer to Stock the quantity that is valid and decide that you will " -"return the quantity that is not good." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:55 -msgid "This is the default configuration in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:68 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:126 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:97 -msgid ":doc:`../delivery/inventory_flow`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:3 -msgid "How to add a quality control step in goods receipt? (3 steps)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In many companies, it is necessary to assess the received good. The goal is " -"to check that the products correspond to the quality requirements agreed " -"with the suppliers. Therefore, adding a quality control step in the goods " -"receipt process can become essential." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo uses routes to define exactly how you will handle the different receipt" -" steps. The configuration is done at the level of the warehouse. By default," -" the reception is a one step process, but changing the configuration can " -"allow to have 2 or even 3 steps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:18 -msgid "" -"The 3 steps flow is as follows: You receive the goods in an input area, then" -" transfer them into quality area for quality control. When the quality check" -" has been processed, you can move the goods from QC to stock. Of course, you" -" may change the quantity and only transfer to stock the quantity that is " -"valid and decide that you will return the quantity that is not good." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:25 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:18 -msgid "This is the case that will be explained in this document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:31 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:24 -msgid "Use advanced routes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:33 -msgid "" -"To allow management of routes, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:39 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Ensure that the routes option **Advance routing of product using rules** is " -"checked, then click on **Apply** to save changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Make sure that **Manage several locations per warehouse** is also ticked." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:46 -msgid "How to add a quality control step in goods receipt?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouse` " -"and choose the warehouse where you want to change reception methods." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:51 -msgid "" -"By default, warehouses are configured with one step reception (**Receive " -"goods directly into stock**)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:54 -msgid "" -"To add quality control before transfer goods into stock location, tick " -"**Unload in input location, go through a quality control before being " -"admitted in stock (3 steps)**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:62 -msgid "How to control a receipt?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:65 -msgid "How to process the receipt step ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:67 -msgid "" -"In the **Purchase** app, create a **Request for Quotation**. Click on the " -"**Confirm order** button. You can see that there is one **Shipment** related" -" to purchase order in the stat button above the purchase order form view. " -"This is the receipt step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:75 -msgid "" -"Go to **Inventory** and click on the link **# TO RECEIVE** in the " -"**Receipts** card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:80 -msgid "" -"Click on the receipt that you want to process. Click on **Validate** to " -"complete the move from the **Vendor** location to **WH/Input**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:83 -msgid "" -"This has completed the receipt step and the status column at the top of the " -"page for **WH/IN** should now show **Done**. The product has been moved from" -" the **Vendor** to the **WH/Input** location, which makes the product " -"available for the next step (Move to the quality control zone)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:89 -msgid "" -"How to move your product from the receipt zone to the quality control zone ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:91 -msgid "" -"Go to the **Inventory** dashboard. You will see that there is one transfer " -"ready (the move to the quality control zone) and one waiting (the move to " -"the stock after the control). Click on the link **# TRANSFERS** in the " -"**Internal Transfers** to process the quality control." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:101 -msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Input** to **WH/Quality" -" Control**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:104 -msgid "" -"This has completed the internal transfer step and the status column at the " -"top of the page for **WH/INT** should now show **Done**. The receipt is now " -"ready to be controlled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:109 -msgid "How to to process the quality control ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:111 -msgid "" -"Go back to the **Inventory** dashboard. The waiting transfer is now ready. " -"Click on the link **# TRANSFERS** in the **Internal Transfers** card to " -"process the quality control." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:118 -msgid "" -"Click on the last picking to process. Click on **Validate** to complete the " -"move from **WH/Quality Control** to **WH/Stock**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:121 -msgid "" -"This has completed the quality control step and the status column at the top" -" of the page for **WH/INT** should now show **Done**. The receipt has been " -"controlled and has moved to your stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:127 -msgid ":doc:`two_steps`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:3 -msgid "How to unload your shipment to an input location? (2 steps)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:13 -msgid "" -"The 2 steps flow is the following : You receive the goods in an input area " -"then transfer them from input area to your stock. As long as the goods are " -"not transferred in your stock, they will not be available for further " -"processing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:26 -msgid "" -"To allow management of routes, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Settings`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Make sure that **\"Manage several locations per warehouse\"** is also " -"ticked." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:39 -msgid "How to configure your warehouse ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Go to the the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " -"Warehouse` and choose the warehouse where you want to change reception " -"methods." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:44 -msgid "" -"By default, warehouses are configured with one step reception (option " -"**Receive goods directly into stock**)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:47 -msgid "" -"To add the control step, tick **Unload in input location then go to stock (2" -" steps)**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:54 -msgid "How to receipt a shipment in 2 steps?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:57 -msgid "How to process the Receipt step ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:59 -msgid "" -"In the purchase module, create a **Request for Quotation**, then click on " -"the **Confirm order** button. You can see that there is one **Shipment** " -"related to purchase order in the **stat button** above the purchase order " -"form view. This is the receipt step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Go to **Inventory** and click on the **# TO RECEIVE** link on the " -"**Receipts** card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Click on the receipt that you want to process, then click on **Validate** to" -" complete the move from the **Vendor** to **WH/Input**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:76 -msgid "" -"This has completed the Receipt Step and the move refered with **WH/IN**. The" -" product has been moved from the **Vendor** to the **WH/Input** location, " -"which makes the product available for the next step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:81 -msgid "How to to transfer the receipt to your stock ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Go back to the **Inventory** dashboard. The waiting transfer is now ready. " -"Click on the **# TRANSFERS** in the **Internal Transfers** to process the " -"quality control." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:90 -msgid "" -"Click on the picking you want to process. Click on **Validate** to complete " -"the move from **WH/Input** to **WH/Stock**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:93 -msgid "" -"This has completed the internal transfer step and the move refered with " -"**WH/INT**. The receipt has been moved to your stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:98 -msgid ":doc:`three_steps`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers.rst:3 -msgid "Lots and Serial Numbers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:3 -msgid "What's the difference between lots and serial numbers?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:170 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, lots and serial numbers have similarities in their functional " -"system but are different in their behavior. They are both managed within the" -" **Inventory**, **Purchases** and **Sales** app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:12 -msgid "" -"**Lots** correspond to a certain number of products you received and store " -"altogether in one single pack." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:15 -msgid "" -"**Serial numbers** are identification numbers given to one product in " -"particular, to allow to track the history of the item from reception to " -"delivery and after-sales." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:20 -msgid "When to use" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:22 -msgid "" -"**Lots** are interesting for products you receive in great quantity and for " -"which a lot number can help in reportings, quality controls, or any other " -"info. Lots will help identify a number of pieces having for instance a " -"production fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or " -"food." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:28 -msgid "" -"**Serial numbers** are interesting for items that could require after-sales " -"service, such as smartphones, laptops, fridges, and any electronic devices. " -"You could use the manufacturer's serial number or your own, depending on the" -" way you manage these products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:34 -msgid "When not to use" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Storing consumable products such as kitchen roll, toilet paper, pens and " -"paper blocks in lots would make no sense at all, as there are very few " -"chances that you can return them for production fault." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:40 -msgid "" -"On the other hand, giving a serial number to every product is a time-" -"consuming task that will have a purpose only in the case of items that have " -"a warranty and/or after-sales services. Putting a serial number on bread, " -"for instance, makes no sense at all." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:46 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:135 -msgid ":doc:`serial_numbers`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:47 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:129 -msgid ":doc:`lots`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage lots of identical products?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Lots are useful for products you receive in great quantity and for which a " -"lot number can help in reportings, quality controls, or any other info. Lots" -" will help identify a number of pieces having for instance a production " -"fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or food." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Odoo has the capacity to manage lots ensuring compliance with the " -"traceability requirements imposed by the majority of industries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:17 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:15 -msgid "" -"The double-entry management in Odoo enables you to run very advanced " -"traceability." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:21 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:19 -msgid "Setting up" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:24 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:22 -msgid "Application configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:26 -msgid "" -"You need activate the tracking of lots in the settings. In the **Inventory**" -" application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, select " -"**Track lots or serial numbers**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:33 -msgid "" -"In order to have an advanced management of the lots, you should also select " -"**Manage several locations per warehouse**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:39 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:31 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:27 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:26 -msgid "Then click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:42 -msgid "Operation types configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:44 -msgid "" -"You also need to set up how you will manage lots for each operations. In the" -" **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Operation Types`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:48 -msgid "" -"For each type (receipts, internal transfers, deliveries,...), you can set if" -" you can create new lot numbers or only use existing lot numbers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:57 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Finally, you have to configure which products you want to track in lots." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:59 -msgid "" -"Go into :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`, and open the " -"product of your choice. Click on **Edit**, and in the **Inventory** tab, " -"select **Tracking by Lots**, then click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:67 -msgid "Manage lots" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:70 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:49 -msgid "Transfers" -msgstr "Havaleler" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:72 -msgid "" -"In order to process a transfer of a product tracked by lot, you have to " -"input the lot number(s)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:75 -msgid "Click on the lot icon :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:80 -msgid "" -"A window will pop-up. Click on **Add an item** and fill in the lot number " -"and the quantity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:86 -msgid "" -"Depending on your operation type configuration, you will be able to fill in " -"new lot numbers, or only use existing ones." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:90 -msgid "In the scanner interface, you just have to scan the lot numbers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:93 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:79 -msgid "Inventory adjustment" -msgstr "Sayım Farkı" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:95 -msgid "Inventory of a product tracked by lot can be done in 2 ways:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:97 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:83 -msgid "Classic inventory by products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:99 -msgid "Inventory of a lot" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:101 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:87 -msgid "" -"When doing a classic inventory, there is a **Serial Number** column. If the " -"product has already been assigned with a number, it is already pre-filled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:105 -msgid "" -"Click on **Add an item** if the product has not been inventoried yet. You " -"can easily create lots, just type in a new lot number in the column." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:111 -msgid "" -"You can also just do the inventory of a lot. In this case, you will have to " -"fill in the **Lot number**. You can also create a new lot from here. Just " -"type in the number, a window will pop out to link the number to a product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:120 -msgid "Lots traceability" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:122 -msgid "" -"You can check the lot traceability from :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Inventory Control --> Serial Numbers/Lots`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:128 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:122 -msgid "You can have more details by clicking on the **Traceability** button :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:134 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:128 -msgid ":doc:`differences`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:3 -msgid "How to work with serial numbers?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Serial Number Tracking is used to track products with serial numbers on " -"every transactions. You can track the current location of the product with " -"serial numbers. When the products are moved from one location to another " -"location, the system will automatically identify the current location of the" -" product based on last movement of the product. So you can get the last " -"location where the products are moved." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:24 -msgid "" -"You need activate the tracking of serial numbers in the settings. In the " -"**Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`, select **Track lots or serial numbers**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Go into :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`, and open the " -"product of your choice. Click on **Edit**, and in the **Inventory** tab, " -"select **By Unique Serial Number**, then click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:46 -msgid "Manage Serial Numbers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:51 -msgid "" -"In order to process a transfer of a product tracked by serial number, you " -"have to input the number(s). In order to be able to assign serial numbers to" -" products with tracking features enabled you will first need to mark your " -"transfer as to do. Click on the **Mark as TODO** button to display the Lot " -"Split icon." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:57 -msgid "Click on the serial number icon :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:62 -msgid "" -"A window will pop-up. Click on **Add an item** and fill in the serial " -"numbers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:68 -msgid "" -"If you move products that already have serial numbers assigned, those will " -"appear in the list. Just click on the **+** icon to to confirm that you are " -"moving those serial numbers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:76 -msgid "In the scanner interface, you just have to scan the serial numbers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:81 -msgid "" -"Inventory of a product tracked by serial numbers can be done in 2 ways:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:85 -msgid "Inventory of a serial number" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:91 -msgid "" -"Click on **Add an item** if the product has not been inventoried yet. You " -"can easily create serial numbers, just type in a new number in the column." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:98 -msgid "The quantity should be 1 for each line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:100 -msgid "" -"You can also just do the inventory of a serial number. In this case, you " -"will have to fill in the serial number. You can also create a new one from " -"here. Just type in the number, a window will pop out to link it to a " -"product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:109 -msgid "Serial Number traceability" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:111 -msgid "" -"The serial number given to these items allow you to keep track of where they" -" were received, put in stock, to whom they were sold and where they were " -"shipped to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:115 -msgid "" -"To track an item, open the **Inventory** module, and in " -":menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Serial Numbers/lots`, click on the " -"serial number corresponding to your search." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc.rst:3 -msgid "Miscellaneous Operations" -msgstr "Muhtelif İşlemler" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage stock that you don't own?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Some suppliers can sometimes offer you to store and sell products without " -"having to buy those items: this technique is called **consignee stock**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Consignee stock is a great way for manufacturers and suppliers to launch new" -" products. As resellers may be reluctant to buying a product that they are " -"not sure to be able to sell, consignee stock will allow them to propose an " -"item to check its market without having to pay for it in the first place." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Odoo has the ability to manage consignee stocks through the advanced " -"settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Open the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`, and" -" in the **Product Owners** section, select **Manage consignee stocks " -"(advanced)**, then click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:32 -msgid "Reception of Consignee Stock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:34 -msgid "" -"In the Inventory's Dashboard, open the **Receipts** and create a new " -"reception. You can see that in the right side of the page, a new **Owner** " -"line has appeared. You can specify the partner which owns the stock or leave" -" it blank if you are the owner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:3 -msgid "How to configure and run schedulers?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:6 -msgid "What is a scheduler" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The scheduler is the calculation engine which plans and prioritises " -"production and purchasing automatically according to the rules defined on " -"products. By default, the scheduler is set to run once a day (Odoo " -"automatically creates a **Scheduled Action** for this)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:14 -msgid "Calculating Requirements / Scheduling" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Scheduling only validates procurements that are confirmed but not yet " -"started. These procurement reservations will themselves start production, " -"tasks or purchases depending on the configuration of the requested product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:21 -msgid "" -"You take into account the priority of operations when starting reservations " -"and procurements. Urgent requests, those with a date in the past, or " -"requests with a date earlier than the others will be started first. In case " -"there are not enough products in stock to satisfy all the requests, you can " -"be sure that the most urgent requests will be produced first." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:29 -msgid "Configure and run the scheduler" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:32 -msgid "Run the scheduler manually" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:34 -msgid "" -"This feature is not visible by default. You have to enable **debug mode** to" -" see this. To enable debug mode, go to :menuselection:`Help --> About` and " -"click on **Activate the developer mode**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:38 -msgid "" -"You can also start the scheduler manually from the menu " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Schedulers --> Run Schedulers`. The scheduler " -"uses all the relevant parameters defined for products, suppliers and the " -"company to determine the priorities between the different production orders," -" deliveries and supplier purchases." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:48 -msgid "Configure and run the scheduler (only for advanced users)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:50 -msgid "" -"This feature is not visible by default. You have to enable **debug mode** to" -" see this. To enable debug mode, go to :menuselection:`Help -> About` and " -"click on **Activate the developer mode**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:54 -msgid "" -"You can set the starting time of the scheduler by modifying the " -"corresponding action in the menu :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> " -"Automation --> Scheduled Actions`. Modify the Run mrp Scheduler " -"configuration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:63 -msgid ":doc:`../delivery/scheduled_dates`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:3 -msgid "How to scrap products?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Scrap means waste that either has no economic value or only the value of its" -" basic material" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:11 -msgid "content recoverable through recycling." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:13 -msgid "" -"In your warehouse you sometimes find products that are damaged or that are " -"unusable due to expiry or for some other reason. You often notice this " -"during picking or physical inventory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Since you cannot normally sell or store these products, you have to scrap " -"product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:20 -msgid "" -"When goods are scrapped they are not reflected in the system as a part of " -"the inventory. The scrapped material will be physically moved to scrap area." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:27 -msgid "" -"When you install inventory management, odoo automatically creates one " -"default scrap location, namely **Virtual location/Scrapped**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:30 -msgid "" -"To create an extra scrap location, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Setting` and check **Manage several locations per " -"warehouse**, then click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:38 -msgid "" -"After applying **Manage several location per warehouse**, you can create a " -"new scrap location in :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management" -" --> Locations.`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:43 -msgid "" -"To define a scrap location, you have to check **Is a Scrap Location?** on " -"location form view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:47 -msgid "Different ways to scrap product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:49 -msgid "Odoo provides several ways to scrap products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:52 -msgid "1) Scrap from Receipt (Initial Demand tab)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:54 -msgid "" -"To scrap product from incoming shipment, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" -" Dashboard --> Receipts`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Open the incoming shipment, and in the **Initial demand** tab, click on the " -"scrap products button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:67 -msgid "2) Scrap from delivery order (Initial Demand tab) ." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:69 -msgid "" -"To scrap product from outgoing shipment, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" -" Dashboard --> Delivery Orders`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:75 -msgid "" -"Open the outgoing shipment, and in the **Initial demand** tab, click on the " -"scrap products button on stock move in initial demand tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:82 -msgid "3) Scrap from internal transfer (Initial Demand tab)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:84 -msgid "" -"To scrap product from internal transfer, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" -" Dashboard --> Receipts`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:90 -msgid "" -"Open the internal transfer, and in the **Initial demand** tab, click on the " -"scrap products button on stock move in initial demand tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:96 -msgid "" -"When you click on scrap button, a popup will open. You can enter the " -"quantity of products, and specify the scrap location, then click on " -"**Scrap**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:104 -msgid "" -"To allow change scrap location on wizard, you have to select **Manage " -"several location per warehouse** in the settings at " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Setting`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting.rst:3 -msgid "Valuation Methods" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:5 -msgid "How to do an inventory valuation? (Anglo-Saxon Accounting)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:7 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:7 -msgid "" -"Every year your inventory valuation has to be recorded in your balance " -"sheet. This implies two main choices:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:10 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:10 -msgid "" -"the way you compute the cost of your stored items (Standard vs. Average vs. " -"Real Price);" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:13 -msgid "" -"the way you record the inventory value into your books (periodic vs. " -"Perpetual)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:17 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:17 -msgid "Costing Method" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:63 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:64 -msgid "Standard Price" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:28 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:73 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:128 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:181 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:29 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:74 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:129 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:182 -msgid "Operation" -msgstr "Operasyon" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:29 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:74 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:129 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:182 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:75 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:130 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:183 -msgid "Unit Cost" -msgstr "Birim Maliyeti" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:75 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:130 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:183 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:31 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:76 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:131 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:184 -msgid "Qty On Hand" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:31 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:76 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:131 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:184 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:32 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:77 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:132 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:185 -msgid "Delta Value" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:32 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:77 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:132 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:185 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:33 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:78 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:133 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:186 -msgid "Inventory Value" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:34 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:39 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:44 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:49 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:55 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:84 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:139 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:192 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:202 -msgid "$10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:35 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:80 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:135 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:188 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:36 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:81 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:136 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:189 -msgid "0" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:37 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:79 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:82 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:134 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:137 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:187 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:190 -msgid "$0" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:38 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:83 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:138 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:191 -msgid "Receive 8 Products at $10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:40 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:85 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:140 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:193 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:41 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:86 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:141 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:194 -msgid "8" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:41 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:86 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:141 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:194 -msgid "+8*$10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:42 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:87 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:142 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:195 -msgid "$80" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:43 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:88 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:143 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:196 -msgid "Receive 4 Products at $16" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:45 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:90 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:145 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:198 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:46 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:91 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:146 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:199 -msgid "12" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:46 -msgid "+4*$10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:47 -msgid "$120" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:48 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:93 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:148 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:201 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:49 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:94 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:149 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:202 -msgid "Deliver 10 Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:50 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:95 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:150 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:203 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:51 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:96 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:151 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:204 -msgid "2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 -msgid "-10*$10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:53 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:206 -msgid "$20" -msgstr "18:39" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:54 -msgid "Receive 2 Products at $9" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:56 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:101 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:156 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:209 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:57 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:102 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:157 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:210 -msgid "4" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:57 -msgid "+2*$10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:58 -msgid "$40" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:60 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:61 -msgid "" -"**Standard Price** means you estimate the cost price based on direct " -"materials, direct labor and manufacturing overhead at the end of a specific " -"period (usually once a year). You enter this cost price in the product form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:118 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:119 -msgid "Average Price" -msgstr "Ortalama Fiyat" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:89 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:94 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:144 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:197 -msgid "$12" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:91 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:146 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:199 -msgid "+4*$16" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:92 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:147 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:200 -msgid "$144" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 -msgid "-10*$12" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:98 -msgid "$24" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:99 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:154 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:207 -msgid "Receive 2 Products at $6" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:100 -msgid "$9" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:102 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:157 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:210 -msgid "+2*$6" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:103 -msgid "$36" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:105 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:106 -msgid "" -"The **Average Price** method recomputes the cost price as a receipt order " -"has been processed, based on prices defined in tied purchase orders: FORMULA" -" (see here attached)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:109 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:110 -msgid "The average cost does not change when products leave the warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:111 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:112 -msgid "" -"From an accounting point of view, this method is mainly justified in case of" -" huge purchase price variations and is quite unusual due to its operational " -"complexity. Your actually need a software like Odoo to easily keep this cost" -" up-to-date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:116 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:117 -msgid "" -"This method is dedicated to advanced users. It requires well established " -"business processes because the order in which you process receipt orders " -"matters in the cost computation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:171 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:172 -msgid "FIFO" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:149 -msgid "$16" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 -msgid "-8*$10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 -msgid "-2*$16" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:153 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:211 -msgid "$32" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:155 -msgid "$11" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:158 -msgid "$44" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:160 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:213 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:161 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:214 -msgid "" -"For **Real Price** (FIFO, LIFO, FEFO, etc), the costing is further refined " -"by the removal strategy set on the warehouse location or product's internal " -"category. The default strategy is FIFO. With such method, your inventory " -"value is computed from the real cost of your stored products (cfr. " -"Quantitative Valuation) and not from the cost price shown in the product " -"form. Whenever you ship items, the cost price is reset to the cost of the " -"last item(s) shipped. This cost price is used to value any product not " -"received from a purchase order (e.g. inventory adjustments)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:170 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:171 -msgid "" -"FIFO is advised if you manage all your workflow into Odoo (Sales, Purchases," -" Inventory). It suits any kind of users." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:223 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:224 -msgid "LIFO (not accepted in IFRS)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 -msgid "-4*$16" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 -msgid "-6*$10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:208 -msgid "$8" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:223 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:224 -msgid "LIFO is not permitted outside the United States." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:225 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:226 -msgid "" -"Odoo allows any method. The default one is **Standard Price**. To change it," -" check **Use a 'Fixed', 'Real' or 'Average' price costing method** in " -"Purchase settings. Then set the costing method from products' internal " -"categories. Categories show up in the Inventory tab of the product form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:231 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:232 -msgid "" -"Whatever the method is, Odoo provides a full inventory valuation in " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Reports --> Inventory Valuation` (i.e. current" -" quantity in stock * cost price)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:236 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:237 -msgid "Periodic Inventory Valuation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:238 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:239 -msgid "" -"In a periodic inventory valuation, goods reception and outgoing shipments " -"have no direct impact in the accounting. At the end of the month or year, " -"the accountant posts one journal entry representing the value of the " -"physical inventory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:243 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:244 -msgid "" -"This is the default configuration in Odoo and it works out-of-the-box. Check" -" following operations and find out how Odoo is managing the accounting " -"postings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:263 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:263 -msgid "Vendor Bill" -msgstr "Tedarikçi Faturası" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:253 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:271 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:310 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:254 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:271 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:305 -msgid "\\" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:253 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:271 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:310 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:254 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:271 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:305 -msgid "Debit" -msgstr "Borç" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:253 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:271 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:310 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:254 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:271 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:305 -msgid "Credit" -msgstr "Alacak" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:255 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:256 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:307 -msgid "Assets: Inventory" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:255 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:256 -msgid "50" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:256 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:257 -msgid "Assets: Deferred Tax Assets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:256 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:257 -msgid "4.68" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:257 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:258 -msgid "Liabilities: Accounts Payable" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:257 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:258 -msgid "54.68" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:263 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:282 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:263 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:281 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:45 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:52 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:57 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:64 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:72 -msgid "Configuration:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:261 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:262 -msgid "" -"Purchased Goods: defined on the product or on the internal category of " -"related product (Expense Account field)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:263 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:263 -msgid "" -"Deferred Tax Assets: defined on the tax used on the purchase order line" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:264 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:264 -msgid "Accounts Payable: defined on the vendor related to the bill" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:265 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:265 -msgid "Goods Receptions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:266 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:287 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:289 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:266 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:286 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:288 -msgid "No Journal Entry" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:284 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:283 -msgid "Customer Invoice" -msgstr "Müşteri Faturası" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:273 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:273 -msgid "Revenues: Sold Goods" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:273 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:273 -msgid "100" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:274 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:274 -msgid "Liabilities: Deferred Tax Liabilities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:274 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:274 -msgid "9" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:275 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:275 -msgid "Assets: Accounts Receivable" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:275 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:275 -msgid "109" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:279 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:279 -msgid "" -"Revenues: defined on the product or on the internal category of related " -"product (Income Account field)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:281 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:280 -msgid "Deferred Tax Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:282 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:281 -msgid "Accounts Receivable: defined on the customer (Receivable Account)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:284 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:283 -msgid "" -"The fiscal position used on the invoice may have a rule that replaces the " -"Income Account or the tax defined on the product by another one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:286 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:285 -msgid "Customer Shipping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:289 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:288 -msgid "Manufacturing Orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:295 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:294 -msgid "" -"At the end of the month/year, your company does a physical inventory or just" -" relies on the inventory in Odoo to value the stock into your books." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:298 -msgid "" -"Then you need to break down the purchase balance into both the inventory and" -" the cost of goods sold using the following formula:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:301 -msgid "" -"Cost of goods sold (COGS) = Starting inventory value + Purchases – Closing " -"inventory value" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:303 -msgid "To update the stock valuation in your books, record such an entry:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:312 -msgid "Assets: Inventory (closing value)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:312 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:313 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:314 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:315 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:307 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:308 -msgid "X" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:313 -msgid "Expenses: Cost of Good Sold" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:314 -msgid "Expenses: Purchased Goods" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:315 -msgid "Assets: Inventory (starting value)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:319 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:319 -msgid "Perpetual Inventory Valuation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:321 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:321 -msgid "" -"In a perpetual inventory valuation, goods receptions and outgoing shipments " -"are posted in your books in real time. The books are therefore always up-to-" -"date. This mode is dedicated to expert accountants and advanced users only. " -"As opposed to periodic valuation, it requires some extra configuration & " -"testing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:328 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:328 -msgid "Let's take the case of a reseller." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:340 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:340 -msgid "**Configuration:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:342 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:342 -msgid "Accounts Receivable/Payable: defined on the partner (Accounting tab)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:344 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:344 -msgid "" -"Deferred Tax Assets/Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:347 -msgid "" -"Revenues/Expenses: defined by default on product's internal category and can" -" be set in product form (Accounting tab) as a specific replacement value" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:351 -msgid "" -"Goods Received Not Purchased: to set as Stock Input Account in product's " -"internal category" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:354 -msgid "" -"Goods Issued Not Invoiced: to set as Stock Output Account in product's " -"internal category" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:357 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:352 -msgid "" -"Inventory: to set as Stock Valuation Account in product's internal category" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:359 -msgid "" -"Price Difference: to set in product's internal category or in product form " -"as a specific replacement value" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:364 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:356 -msgid ":doc:`../../routes/strategies/removal`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:365 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:357 -msgid ":doc:`../../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:366 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:358 -msgid ":doc:`../../routes/costing/landed_costs`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:5 -msgid "How to do an inventory valuation? (Continental Accounting)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:35 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:40 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:45 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:50 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:56 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:85 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:140 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:193 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:203 -msgid "€10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:38 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:80 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:83 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:135 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:138 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:188 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:191 -msgid "€0" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:39 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:84 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:139 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:192 -msgid "Receive 8 Products at €10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:42 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:87 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:142 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:195 -msgid "+8*€10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:43 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:88 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:143 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:196 -msgid "€80" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:44 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:89 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:144 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:197 -msgid "Receive 4 Products at €16" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:47 -msgid "+4*€10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:48 -msgid "€120" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 -msgid "-10*€10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:54 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:207 -msgid "€20" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:55 -msgid "Receive 2 Products at €9" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:58 -msgid "+2*€10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:59 -msgid "€40" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:90 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:95 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:145 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:198 -msgid "€12" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:92 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:147 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:200 -msgid "+4*€16" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:93 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:148 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:201 -msgid "€144" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 -msgid "-10*€12" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:99 -msgid "€24" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:100 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:155 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:208 -msgid "Receive 2 Products at €6" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:101 -msgid "€9" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:103 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:158 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:211 -msgid "+2*€6" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:104 -msgid "€36" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:150 -msgid "€16" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 -msgid "-8*€10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 -msgid "-2*€16" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:154 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:212 -msgid "€32" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:156 -msgid "€11" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:159 -msgid "€44" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 -msgid "-4*€16" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 -msgid "-6*€10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:209 -msgid "€8" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:297 -msgid "" -"Create a journal entry to move the stock variation value from your " -"Profit&Loss section to your assets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:308 -msgid "Expenses: Inventory Variations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:311 -msgid "" -"If the stock value decreased, the **Inventory** account is credited and te " -"**Inventory Variations** debited." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:346 -msgid "" -"Revenues/Expenses: defined by default on product's internal category; can be" -" also set in product form (Accounting tab) as a replacement value." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:349 -msgid "" -"Inventory Variations: to set as Stock Input/Output Account in product's " -"internal category" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts.rst:3 -msgid "Main Concepts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:5 -msgid "Double-Entry Inventory Management" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:7 -msgid "" -"A double-entry inventory has no stock input, output (disparition of " -"products) or transformation. Instead, all operations are stock moves between" -" locations (possibly virtual)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:16 -msgid "Operations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Stock moves represent the transit of goods and materials between locations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:30 -msgid "Production Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:24 -msgid "Consume:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "2 Wheels: Stock → Production" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "1 Bike Frame: Stock → Production" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:26 -msgid "Produce:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:27 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Production → Stock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "Stock: the location the Manufacturing Order is initiated from" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "Production: on the product form, field \"Production Location\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:36 -msgid "Drop-shipping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:33 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Supplier → Customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:36 -msgid "Configurarion:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "Supplier: on the product form" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "Customer: on the sale order itself" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:45 -msgid "Client Delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:39 -msgid "Pick" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:40 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Stock → Packing Zone" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:41 -msgid "Pack" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:42 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Packing Zone → Output" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:43 -#: ../../inventory/shipping.rst:3 -msgid "Shipping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:44 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Output → Customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "on the pick+pack+ship route for the warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:52 -msgid "Inter-Warehouse transfer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:49 -msgid "Transfer:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Warehouse 1 → Transit" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Transit → Warehouse 2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "Warehouse 2: the location the transfer is initiated from" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "Warehouse 1: on the transit route" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:57 -msgid "Broken Product (scrapped)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:55 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Warehouse → Scrap" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:58 -msgid "Scrap: Scrap Location when creating the scrapping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:60 -msgid "Missing products in inventory" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:61 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Warehouse → Inventory Loss" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:62 -msgid "Extra products in inventory" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:63 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Inventory Loss → Warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:65 -msgid "Inventory Loss: \"Inventory Location\" field on the product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:72 -msgid "Reception" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Supplier → Input" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Input → Stock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "Supplier: purchase order supplier" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "Input: \"destination\" field on the purchase order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:75 -msgid "Analysis" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Inventory analysis can use products count or products value (= number of " -"products * product cost)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:80 -msgid "For each inventory location, multiple data points can be analysed:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:148 -msgid "Procurements & Procurement Rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:150 -msgid "" -"A procurement is a request for a specific quantity of products to a specific" -" location. They can be created manually or automatically triggered by:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:159 -msgid "New sale orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:157 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:162 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:168 -msgid "Effect" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:157 -msgid "" -"A procurement is created at the customer location for every product ordered " -"by the customer (you have to deliver the customer)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:160 -msgid "" -"Procurement Location: on the customer, field \"Customer Location\" " -"(property)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:164 -msgid "Minimum Stock Rules" -msgstr "Min. Stok Kuralları" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:163 -msgid "A procurement is created at the rule's location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:165 -msgid "Procurement location: on the rule, field \"Location\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:168 -msgid "Procurement rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:168 -msgid "A new procurement is created on the rule's source location" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:170 -msgid "" -"*Procurement rules* describe how procurements on specific locations should " -"be fulfilled e.g.:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:173 -msgid "where the product should come from (source location)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:174 -msgid "" -"whether the procurement is :abbr:`MTO (Made To Order)` or :abbr:`MTS (Made " -"To Stock)`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:182 -msgid "Routes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:184 -msgid "" -"Procurement rules are grouped in routes. Routes define paths the product " -"must follow. Routes may be applicable or not, depending on the products, " -"sales order lines, warehouse,..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:188 -msgid "" -"To fulfill a procurement, the system will search for rules belonging to " -"routes that are defined in (by order of priority):" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:202 -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses.rst:3 -msgid "Warehouses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:194 -msgid "Warehouse Route Example: Pick → Pack → Ship" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:196 -msgid "Picking List:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:197 -msgid "Pick Zone → Pack Zone" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:198 -msgid "Pack List:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:199 -msgid "Pack Zone → Gate A" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:201 -msgid "Delivery Order:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:201 -msgid "Gate A → Customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:203 -msgid "" -"Routes that describe how you organize your warehouse should be defined on " -"the warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:212 -msgid "A Product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:205 -msgid "Product Route Example: Quality Control" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:207 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:217 -msgid "Reception:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:208 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:218 -msgid "Supplier → Input" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:209 -msgid "Confirmation:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:210 -msgid "Input → Quality Control" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:212 -msgid "Storage:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:212 -msgid "Quality Control → Stock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:221 -msgid "Product Category" -msgstr "Ürün Kategorisi" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:215 -msgid "Product Category Route Example: cross-dock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:219 -msgid "Cross-Docks:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:220 -msgid "Input → Output" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:221 -msgid "Delivery:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:222 -msgid "Output → Customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:227 -msgid "Sale Order Line" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:224 -msgid "Sale Order Line Example: Drop-shipping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:227 -msgid "Order:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:227 -msgid "Supplier → Customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:230 -msgid "Push Rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:232 -msgid "" -"Push rules trigger when products enter a specific location. They " -"automatically move the product to a new location. Whether a push rule can be" -" used depends on applicable routes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:240 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:88 -msgid "Quality Control" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:239 -msgid "Product lands in Input" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:240 -msgid "Push 1: Input → Quality Control" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:241 -msgid "Push 2: Quality Control → Stock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:244 -msgid "Warehouse Transit" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:243 -msgid "Product lands in Transit" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:244 -msgid "Push: Transit → Warehouse 2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:247 -msgid "Procurement Groups" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:249 -msgid "" -"Routes and rules define inventory moves. For every rule, a document type is " -"provided:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:252 -msgid "Picking" -msgstr "Toplama Listesi" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:253 -msgid "Packing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:254 -msgid "Delivery Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:255 -msgid "Purchase Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:256 -msgid "..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:258 -msgid "" -"Moves are grouped within the same document type if their procurement group " -"and locations are the same." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:261 -msgid "" -"A sale order creates a procurement group so that pickings and delivery " -"orders of the same order are grouped. But you can define specific groups on " -"reordering rules too. (e.g. to group purchases of specific products " -"together)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:3 -msgid "Terminologies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:5 -msgid "" -"**Warehouse**: A warehouse in Odoo is a location where you store products. " -"It is either a physical or a virtual warehouse. It could be a store or a " -"repository." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:9 -msgid "" -"**Location**: Locations are used to structure storage zones within a " -"warehouse. In addition to internal locations (your warehouse), Odoo has " -"locations for suppliers, customers, inventory loss counter-parts, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:14 -msgid "" -"**Lots**: Lots are a batch of products identified with a unique barcode or " -"serial number. All items of a lot are from the same product. (e.g. a set of " -"24 bottle) Usually, lots come from manufacturing order batches or " -"procurements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:19 -msgid "" -"**Serial Number**: A serial number is a unique identifier of a specific " -"product. Technically, serial numbers are similar to having a lot of 1 unique" -" item." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:23 -msgid "" -"**Unit of Measure**: Define how the quantity of products is expressed. " -"Meters, Pounds, Pack of 24, Kilograms,… Unit of measure of the same category" -" (ex: size) can be converted to each others (m, cm, mm) using a fixed ratio." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:28 -msgid "" -"**Consumable**: A product for which you do not want to manage the inventory " -"level (no quantity on hand or forecasted) but that you can receive and " -"deliver. When this product is needed Odoo suppose that you always have " -"enough stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:33 -msgid "" -"**Stockable**: A product for which you want to manage the inventory level." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:36 -msgid "" -"**Package:** A package contains several products (identified by their serial" -" number/lots or not). Example: a box containing knives and forks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:40 -msgid "" -"**Procurement**: A procurement is a request for a specific quantity of " -"products to a specific location. Procurement are automatically triggered by " -"other documents: Sale orders, Minimum Stock Rules, and Procurement rules. " -"You can trigger the procurement manually. When procurements are triggered " -"automatically, you should always pay attention for the exceptions (e.g. a " -"product should be purchased from a vendor, but no supplier is defined)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:48 -msgid "" -"**Routes**: Routes define paths the product must follow. Routes may be " -"applicable or not, depending on the products, sales order lines, warehouse,…" -" To fulfill a procurement, the system will search for rules belonging to " -"routes that are defined in the related product/sale order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:54 -msgid "" -"**Push Rules**: Push rules trigger when products enter a specific location. " -"They automatically move the product to a new location. Whether a push rule " -"can be used depends on applicable routes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:58 -msgid "" -"**Procurement Rules** or **Pull Rules**: Procurement rules describe how " -"procurements on specific locations should be fulfilled e.g.: where the " -"product should come from (source location), whether the procurement is MTO " -"or MTS,..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:63 -msgid "" -"**Procurement Group**: Routes and rules define inventory moves. For every " -"rule, a document type is provided: Picking, Packing, Delivery Order, " -"Purchase Order,… Moves are grouped within the same document type if their " -"procurement group and locations are the same." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:69 -msgid "" -"**Stock Moves**: Stock moves represent the transit of goods and materials " -"between locations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:72 -msgid "" -"**Quantity On Hand**: The quantity of a specific product that is currently " -"in a warehouse or location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:75 -msgid "" -"**Forecasted Quantity**: The quantity of products you can sell for a " -"specific warehouse or location. It is defined as the Quantity on Hand - " -"Future Delivery Orders + Future incoming shipments + Future manufactured " -"units." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:80 -msgid "" -"**Reordering Rules**: It defines the conditions for Odoo to automatically " -"trigger a request for procurement (buying at a supplier or launching a " -"manufacturing order). It is triggered when the forecasted quantity meets the" -" minimum stock rule." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:85 -msgid "" -"**Cross-Dock**: Cross-docking is a practice in the logistics of unloading " -"materials from an incoming semi-trailer truck or railroad car and loading " -"these materials directly into outbound trucks, trailers, or rail cars, with " -"no storage in between. (does not go to the stock, directly from incoming to " -"packing zone)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:91 -msgid "" -"**Drop-Shipping**: move products from the vendor/manufacturer directly to " -"the customer (could be retailer or consumer) without going through the usual" -" distribution channels. Products are sent directly from the vendor to the " -"customer, without passing through your own warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:97 -msgid "" -"**Removal Strategies**: the strategy to use to select which product to pick " -"for a specific operation. Example: FIFO, LIFO, FEFO." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:100 -msgid "" -"**Putaway Strategies**: the strategy to use to decide in which location a " -"specific product should be set when arriving somewhere. (example: cables " -"goes in rack 3, storage A)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:104 -msgid "" -"**Scrap**: A product that is broken or outdated. Scrapping a product removes" -" it from the stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process.rst:3 -msgid "Process Overview" -msgstr "Genel Bakış" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:3 -msgid "From procurement to delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Inventory is the heart of your business. It can be really complicated, but " -"with Odoo, doing a receipt or a delivery has never been easier. We will show" -" you in this document how easy to do a full process, from the receipt to the" -" delivery." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Odoo inventory is fully integrated with other applications, such as " -"**Purchase**, **Sales** or **Inventory**. But is not limited to those " -"processes, it is also fully integrated with our **e-Commerce**, " -"**Manufacturing** and **Repairs** applications." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:19 -msgid "How to process a receipt ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:22 -msgid "Install Purchase application" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:24 -msgid "" -"First, you will need to install the **Purchase Management** application. Go " -"to :menuselection:`Apps` and install it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:31 -msgid "Make a purchase order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Go to the **Purchases** applications. The first screen is the **Request for " -"Quotation** list. Click on the **Create** button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Fill in the **Vendor** information and click on **Add an Item** to add some " -"products to your request for quotation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Click on **Confirm order** when you are sure about the products, prices and " -"quantity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:46 -msgid "Retrieve the Receipt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:48 -msgid "You can retrieve the receipt order in 2 ways:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:51 -msgid "From the purchase order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:53 -msgid "" -"On the top right of your purchase order, you will see a button with the " -"related **Receipt**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:59 -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:136 -msgid "Click on it to see the **Transfer order**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:62 -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:139 -msgid "From the Inventory Dashboard" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:64 -msgid "" -"When opening the **Inventory** application, click on **# to receive** to see" -" the list of your deliveries to process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:70 -msgid "In the list, click on the one related to the purchase order:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:76 -msgid "Process the Receipt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:81 -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:162 -msgid "" -"To process the stock transfer. Simply click on **Validate** to complete the " -"transfer. A message will appear asking if you want to process the whole " -"order, accept it by clicking on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:86 -msgid "" -"Procurements can be automated. Please read our document " -":doc:`../../management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto` for more " -"information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:91 -msgid "How to process a delivery order ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:94 -msgid "Install Sales application" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:96 -msgid "" -"First, you will need to install the **Sales Management** application. Go to " -":menuselection:`Apps` and install it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:103 -msgid "Place a sale order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:105 -msgid "" -"Go to the **Sales** applications. Click on the **Quotations** button of your" -" team." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:111 -msgid "" -"You will get the list of all your quotations. Click on the **Create** " -"button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:114 -msgid "" -"Fill in the **Customer informations** and click on **Add an Item** to add " -"some products to your quotation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:120 -msgid "Click on **Confirm sale** to place the order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:123 -msgid "Retrieve the Delivery order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:125 -msgid "You can retrieve the delivery order in 2 ways:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:128 -msgid "From the sale order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:130 -msgid "" -"On the top right of your sale order, you will see a button with the related " -"**Delivery**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:141 -msgid "" -"When opening the **Inventory** application, click on **# to do** to see the " -"list of your receipts to process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:147 -msgid "In the list, click on the one related to the sale order:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:153 -msgid "" -"If the product is not in stock, the sale order will be listed as **Waiting**" -" on your dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:157 -msgid "Process the delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:167 -msgid "E-Commerce orders are processed the same way." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:170 -msgid "" -"You can easily integrate your delivery orders with different delivery " -"methods. Please read the document " -":doc:`../../shipping/setup/delivery_method`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:175 -msgid "Advanced flows" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:177 -msgid "" -"In this document, the flows that are explained are the most simple ones. " -"Odoo also suit for companies having advanced warehouse management." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:180 -msgid "" -"By default, only **receipts** and **deliveries** are configured but you can " -"activate the use of multi-locations and multi-warehouses to do **internal " -"transfers**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:184 -msgid "**Routes**: you can automate flows with push and pull rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:186 -msgid "" -"**Multi-step** receipts and deliveries can be easily configured for each " -"warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:189 -msgid "" -"Much more: **Barcode scanning**, **serial numbers**, **lots**, **cross-" -"docking**, **dropshipping**, integration with a **third-party** shipper, " -"**putaway** and **removal** strategies.... All of it is possible with Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start.rst:3 -msgid "Getting Started" -msgstr "Başlarken" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:3 -msgid "How to setup Odoo inventory?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The Odoo Inventory application has an implementation guide that you should " -"follow to configure it. It's a step-by-step manual with links to the " -"different screens you need." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Once you have installed the **Inventory** application, click on the top-" -"right progress bar to get access to the implementation guide." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:15 -msgid "The implementation guide helps you through the following steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:17 -msgid "Set up your warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:19 -msgid "Import your vendors" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:21 -msgid "Import your products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:23 -msgid "Set up the initial inventory" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:25 -msgid "Configure your sales and purchase flows" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:27 -msgid "Set up replenishment mechanisms" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Configure advanced features like package, traceability, routes and inventory" -" valuation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:37 -msgid "" -"If you want to set up operations with barcode scanner in your warehouse, you" -" should install the **Barcode** application that adds features on top of the" -" inventory application. The barcode application will guide you to configure " -"and use your scanner optimally." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced Routes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts.rst:3 -msgid "Concepts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:3 -msgid "How to organize a cross-dock in your warehouse?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Cross dock area is temporarily area where we are not storing any product " -"instead just managing place according to delivery for further customer. This" -" will save lot of time for inter warehouse transfer and storing process. We " -"are managing our products with docking area where product directly place " -"from supplier location and transfer this to gate pass for customer delivery." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:17 -msgid "" -"For more information on how to organise your warehouse, read `What is cross " -"docking and is it for me? <https://www.odoo.com/blog/business-hacks-1/post" -"/what-is-cross-docking-and-is-it-for-me-270>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:24 -msgid "Warehouse and routes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:26 -msgid "" -"In the **Inventory** module, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings" -" --> Location & Warehouse`, then in **Routes**, select **Advanced routing of" -" products using rules**, then click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> Warehouses`," -" then open the warehouse you want to cross-dock from and click on **Edit**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:36 -msgid "In the **Warehouse Configuration** tab, select:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:38 -msgid "" -"**Incoming Shipments**: Unload in input location then go to stock (2 steps)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:41 -msgid "**Outgoing Shipments**: Ship directly from stock (Ship only)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:43 -msgid "then click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:48 -msgid "" -"This steps has generated a cross-docking route that you can see in " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configurations --> Routes --> Routes`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:52 -msgid "Cross Docking Route" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:54 -msgid "" -"We will use the route **Buy** for first part of the flow and create a route " -"for the remaining part:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Each of the procurement rule will now be configured. Cross Dock location is " -"created as an internal physical location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:67 -msgid ":menuselection:`Input --> Cross Dock`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:73 -msgid ":menuselection:`Cross Dock --> Output`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:79 -msgid ":menuselection:`Output --> Customer`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:82 -msgid "Product with cross dock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:84 -msgid "" -"We have created the Vegetable Fennel product and assigned the routes created" -" above as well as the **Buy** route." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:87 -msgid "" -"We have also specified a supplier and a minimum order rule which is needed " -"for replenishment of a stockable product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:95 -msgid ":doc:`use_routes`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:96 -msgid ":doc:`../../management/incoming/two_steps`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:3 -msgid "How to do inter-warehouses transfers?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:5 -msgid "" -"If you own different warehouses you might want to transfer goods from one " -"warehouse to the other. This is very easy thanks to the inventory " -"application in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:12 -msgid "" -"First of all you have to select the multi locations option. Go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the **Inventory " -"application**. Then tick the **Manage several locations per warehouse** " -"option. Please don't forget to **apply** your changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:22 -msgid "" -"This option should also be ticked if you wish to manage different locations " -"and routes in your warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:26 -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:9 -msgid "Creating a new warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:28 -msgid "" -"The next step is to create your new warehouse. In the Inventory application " -"click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> " -"Warehouses`. You are now able to create your warehouse by clicking on " -"**Create**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Fill in a **Warehouse Name** and a **Short Name**. The short name is 5 " -"characters maximum." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:41 -msgid "" -"please note that the **Short Name** is very important as it will appear on " -"your transfer orders and other warehouse documents. It might be smart to use" -" an understandable one (e.g.: WH/[first letters of location])." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:46 -msgid "" -"If you go back to your dashboard, new operations will automatically have " -"been generated for your new warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:53 -msgid "Creating a new inventory" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:55 -msgid "" -"If you create a new warehouse you might already have an existing physical " -"inventory in it. In that case you should create an inventory in Odoo, if not" -" you can skip this step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:59 -msgid "" -"Go into the inventory application, select :menuselection:`Inventory Control " -"--> Inventory Adjustment`. You can then create a new inventory by clicking " -"on **Create**. Fill in the **Inventory Reference**, **Date** and be sure to " -"select the right warehouse and location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Next, click on **Start Inventory**. A new window will open where you will be" -" able to input your existing products. Select add an item and indicate the " -"**Real Quantity** available in the warehouse. The theoretical quantity can " -"not be changed as it represents a computed quantity from purchase and sales " -"orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Don't forget to validate your inventory once you have recorder the state of " -"all yours product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:80 -msgid "Create an internal transfer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:82 -msgid "" -"The final step is to create your internal transfer. If you want to tranfer 2" -" units of a product from your first warehouse to another one in Brussels, " -"proceed as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:86 -msgid "" -"From your dashboard, select a internal movement of one of the two " -"warehouses. To do so, click on :menuselection:`More --> Transfer`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:92 -msgid "" -"A new window will open where you will be able to select the source location " -"zone (in this case our \"old warehouse\") and the destination location zone " -"(in this case our \"new\" warehouse located in Brussels)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:96 -msgid "" -"Add the products you want to transfer by clicking on **Add an Item** and " -"don't forget to **Validate** or **Mark as TODO** once you are done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:102 -msgid "" -"If you select **Validate**, Odoo will process all quantities to transfer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:104 -msgid "" -"If you select **Mark as TODO**, Odoo will put the transfer in **Waiting " -"Availability** status. Click on **Reserve** to reserve the amount of " -"products in your source warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:108 -msgid "It is also possible to manually transfer each product:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:110 -msgid "Via your dashboard, select the transfer order in the source location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:115 -msgid "Select the right transfer order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:120 -msgid "" -"3. Click on the little pencil logo in the lower right corner in order to " -"open the operation details window. In this new window you can manually " -"indicate how much products you process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:129 -msgid "" -"If you decide to partially process the transfer order (e.g. a part of the " -"products can't be shipped yet due to an unexpected event), Odoo will " -"automatically ask if you wish to create a **backorder**. Create a backorder " -"if you expect to process the remaining products later, do not create a " -"backorder if you will not supply/receive the remaining products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:3 -msgid "What is a procurement rule?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The procurement inventory control system begins with a customer's order. " -"With this strategy, companies only make enough product to fulfill customer's" -" orders. One advantage to the system is that there will be no excess of " -"inventory that needs to be stored, thus reducing inventory levels and the " -"cost of carrying and storing goods. However, one major disadvantage to the " -"pull system is that it is highly possible to run into ordering dilemmas, " -"such as a supplier not being able to get a shipment out on time. This leaves" -" the company unable to fulfill the order and contributes to customer " -"dissatisfaction." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:18 -msgid "" -"An example of a pull inventory control system is the make-to-order. The goal" -" is to keep inventory levels to a minimum by only having enough inventory, " -"not more or less, to meet customer demand. The MTO system eliminates waste " -"by reducing the amount of storage space needed for inventory and the costs " -"of storing goods." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Procurement rules are part of the routes. Go to the Inventory " -"application>Configuration>Settings and tick \"Advance routing of products " -"using rules\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:35 -msgid "Procurement rules settings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:37 -msgid "" -"The procurement rules are set on the routes. In the inventory application, " -"go to Configuration > Routes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:40 -msgid "In the Procurement rules section, click on Add an item." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Here you can set the conditions of your rule. There are 3 types of action " -"possibles :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:48 -msgid "Move from another location rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Manufacturing rules that will trigger the creation of manufacturing orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:53 -msgid "Buy rules that will trigger the creation of purchase orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:56 -msgid "" -"The Manufacturing application has to be installed in order to trigger " -"manufacturing rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:60 -msgid "" -"The Purchase application has to be installed in order to trigger **buy** " -"rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:68 -msgid "Try to create a procurement rule in our demo instance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Some Warehouse Configuration creates routes with procurement rules already " -"defined." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:75 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:130 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:152 -msgid ":doc:`push_rule`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:76 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:84 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:153 -msgid ":doc:`inter_warehouse`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:77 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:85 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:154 -msgid ":doc:`cross_dock`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:3 -msgid "What is a push rule?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The push system of inventory control involves forecasting inventory needs to" -" meet customer demand. Companies must predict which products customers will " -"purchase along with determining what quantity of goods will be purchased. " -"The company will in turn produce enough product to meet the forecast demand " -"and sell, or push, the goods to the consumer. Disadvantages of the push " -"inventory control system are that forecasts are often inaccurate as sales " -"can be unpredictable and vary from one year to the next. Another problem " -"with push inventory control systems is that if too much product is left in " -"inventory. This increases the company's costs for storing these goods. An " -"advantage to the push system is that the company is fairly assured it will " -"have enough product on hand to complete customer orders, preventing the " -"inability to meet customer demand for the product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:22 -msgid "" -"A push flow indicates how locations are chained with the other ones. As soon" -" as a given quantity of products is moved in the source location, a chained " -"move is automatically foreseen according to the parameters set on the flow " -"specification (destination location, delay, type of move, journal). It can " -"be triggered automatically or manually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Push rules are part of the routes. Go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory " -"--> Configuration --> Settings` and tick **Advance routing of products using" -" rules**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:39 -msgid "Push rules settings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:41 -msgid "" -"The push rules are set on the routes. Go to :menuselection:`Configuration " -"--> Routes`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:44 -msgid "In the push rule section, click on **Add an item**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Here you can set the conditions of your rule. In this example, when a good " -"is in **Input location**, it needs to be moved to the quality control. In " -"the 3 steps receipts, another push rule will make the goods that are in the " -"quality control location move to the stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:59 -msgid "Try to create a push rule in our demo instance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:62 -msgid "" -"Some warehouse configuration creates routes with push rules already defined." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:66 -msgid "Stock transfers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:68 -msgid "" -"The push rule will trigger stock transfer. According to the rule set on your" -" route, you will see that some transfers might be ready and other are " -"waiting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:72 -msgid "" -"The push rule that was set above will create moves from **WH/Input** " -"location to the **WH/Quality Control** location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:78 -msgid "" -"In this example, another move is waiting according to the second push rule, " -"it defines that when the quality control is done, the goods will be moved to" -" the main stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:83 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:128 -msgid ":doc:`procurement_rule`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:3 -msgid "How to use routes?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:8 -msgid "" -"A route is a collection of procurement rules and push rules. Odoo can manage" -" advanced push/pull routes configuration, for example:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:11 -msgid "Manage product manufacturing chains" -msgstr "Ürün üretim zincirlerini yönetin" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:13 -msgid "Manage default locations per product" -msgstr "Ürün tek tek varsayılan konumları yönetin" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Define routes within your warehouse according to business needs, such as " -"quality control, after sales services or supplier returns" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Help rental management, by generating automated return moves for rented " -"products" -msgstr "" -"Kiralanan ürünler için otomatik iade hareketleri oluşturarak kiralama " -"yönetimine yardımcı olun" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Procurement rules are part of the routes. Go to the **Inventory** " -"application, :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and tick **Advance " -"routing of products using rules**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:32 -msgid "Pre-configured routes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:34 -msgid "Odoo has some pre-configured routes for your warehouses." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:36 -msgid "" -"In the Inventory application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Warehouses`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:39 -msgid "" -"In the **Warehouse Configuration** tab, **Incoming Shipments** and " -"**Outgoing Shippings** options set some routes according to your choices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:46 -msgid "Custom Routes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:48 -msgid "" -"In the **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Routes`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:54 -msgid "" -"First, you have to select the places where this route can be selected. You " -"can combine several choices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:58 -msgid "Routes applied on warehouses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:60 -msgid "" -"If you tick **Warehouses**, you have to choose on which warehouse it will be" -" applied. The route will be set for all transfer in that warehouse that " -"would meet the conditions of the procurement and push rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:68 -msgid "Routes applied on products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:70 -msgid "" -"If you tick **Products**, you have to manually set on which product it will " -"be applied." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Open the product on which you want to apply the routes " -"(:menuselection:`Inventory --> Control --> Products`). In the Inventory Tab," -" select the route(s):" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:84 -msgid "Routes applied on Product Category" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:86 -msgid "" -"If you tick **Product Categories**, you have to manually set on which " -"categories it will be applied." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Open the product on which you want to apply the routes " -"(:menuselection:`Configuration --> Product Categories`). Select the route(s)" -" under the **Logistics** section :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:100 -msgid "Routes applied on Sales Order lines" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:102 -msgid "" -"If you tick **Sales order lines**, you have to manually set the route every " -"time you make a sale order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:108 -msgid "" -"In order to make it work, you also have to activate the use of the routes on" -" the sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:111 -msgid "" -"In the Sales application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " -"and tick **Choose specific routes on sales order lines (advanced)**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:118 -msgid "You can now choose the routes for each lines of your sales orders:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:124 -msgid "Procurement and push rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:126 -msgid "Please refer to the documents:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:133 -msgid "Procurement configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:135 -msgid "" -"When doing a procurement request, you can force the route you want to use. " -"On the product (:menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`), click on " -"**Procurement Request**. Choose the route you want to use next to " -"**Preferred Routes**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:144 -msgid "Make-to-Order Route" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:146 -msgid "" -"If you work with no stock, or with minimum stock rules, it is better to use " -"the **Make To Order** route. Combine it with the route **Buy** or " -"**Manufacture** and it will trigger automatically the purchase order or the " -"Manufacturing Order when your products are out-of-stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing.rst:3 -msgid "Product Costing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:3 -msgid "How to integrate landed costs in the cost of the product?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:8 -msgid "Landed costs include all charges associated to a good transfer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:10 -msgid "Landed cost includes = Cost of product + Shipping + Customs + Risk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:12 -msgid "" -"All of these components might not be applicable in every shipment, but " -"relevant components must be considered as a part of the landed cost. We have" -" to identify landed cost to decide sale price of product because it will " -"impact on company profits." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:21 -msgid "Applications configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:23 -msgid "" -"First, you need to activate the use of the landed costs. Go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory application --> Configuration --> Setting`. Check " -"accounting option **Include landed costs in product costing computation** & " -"**Perpetual inventory valuation**, then click on **Apply** to save changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Then go to the :menuselection:`Purchase application --> Configuration --> " -"Setting`. Choose costing method **Use a 'Fixed', 'Real' or 'Average' price " -"costing method**, then click on **Apply** to save changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:40 -msgid "Landed Cost Types" -msgstr "Maliyet Yükleme Tipi" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Start by creating specific products to indicate your various **Landed " -"Costs**, such as freight, insurance or custom duties. Go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Landed Cost types`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Landed costs are only possible for products configured in real time " -"valuation with real price costing method. The costing method is configured " -"on the product category." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:57 -msgid "Link landed costs to a transfer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:59 -msgid "" -"To calculate landed costs, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory " -"Control --> Landed Costs`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:62 -msgid "" -"Click on the **Create** button and select the picking(s) you want to " -"attribute landed costs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Select the account journal in which to post the landed costs. We recommend " -"you to create a specific journal for landed costs. Therefore it will be " -"easier to keep track of your postings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:75 -msgid "" -"Click the **Compute** button to see how the landed costs will be split " -"across the picking lines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:81 -msgid "" -"To confirm the landed costs attribution, click on the **Validate** button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies.rst:3 -msgid "Putaway & Removal Strategies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:3 -msgid "What is a putaway strategy?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:8 -msgid "" -"A good warehouse implementation takes care that products automatically move " -"to their appropriate destination location. Putaway is the process of taking " -"products off the receiving shipment and putting them into the most " -"appropriate location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:13 -msgid "" -"If for instance a warehouse contains volatile substances, it is important to" -" make sure that certain products are not stored close to each other because " -"of a potential chemical reaction." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:17 -msgid "" -"A putaway strategy follows the same principle as removal strategies but " -"affects the destination location. Putaway strategies are defined at the " -"location level (unlike removal strategies which are defined at the product " -"level)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and check " -"option **Manage several location per warehouse & Advance routing of products" -" using rules**, then click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:33 -msgid "Setting up a strategy" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Let's take as an example a retail shop where we store vegetables and fruits." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:38 -msgid "" -"We have to store this type of product in different locations to maintain " -"product quality." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Suppose there is one warehouse location **WH/Stock** and there is sub " -"location **WH/Stock/Vegetables** & **WH/Stock/Fruits**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:44 -msgid "" -"You can create a putaway strategy from :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Locations`. Open any location where you want to set a " -"putaway strategy, click on **Edit** and locate the option **Put Away " -"Strategy**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Open the roll-down menu and click on **Create and Edit**. This will open a " -"form view of put away strategy on which you have to set a name for the " -"strategy, and set the method and fixed location for each category." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:59 -msgid "" -"When you have entered all the necessary information, click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Now, when you purchase products with those categories, they will " -"automatically be transferred to the correct location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:64 -msgid "" -"To check current inventory, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory " -"Control --> Current Inventory`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:67 -msgid "There you can see current inventory by location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:3 -msgid "What is a removal strategy (FIFO, LIFO, and FEFO)?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Removal strategies are usually in picking operations to select the best " -"products in order to optimize the distance for the worker, for quality " -"control purpose or due to reason of product expiration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:12 -msgid "" -"When a product movement needs to be done, Odoo will find available products " -"that can be assigned to shipping. The way Odoo assign these products depend " -"on the **removal strategy** that is defined on the **product category** or " -"on the **location**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:20 -msgid "" -"In the **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Check **Track lots or serial numbers**, **Manage several location per " -"warehouse** and **Advanced routing of products using rules**, then click on " -"**Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Then, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations` and open the " -"location on which you want to apply a removal strategy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:40 -msgid "Types of removal strategy" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:43 -msgid "FIFO ( First In First Out )" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:45 -msgid "" -"A **First In First Out** strategy implies that the products that were " -"stocked first will move out first. Companies should use FIFO method if they " -"are selling perishable goods. Companies selling products with relatively " -"short demand cycles, such as clothes, also may have to pick FIFO to ensure " -"they are not stuck with outdated styles in inventory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:51 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, open the " -"stock location and set **FIFO** removal strategy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:54 -msgid "Let's take one example of FIFO removal strategy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:56 -msgid "" -"In your warehouse stock (``WH/Stock``) location, there are ``3`` lots of " -"``iPod 32 Gb`` available." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:59 -msgid "" -"You can find details of available inventory in inventory valuation report." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:65 -msgid "Create one sales order ``25`` unit of ``iPod 32 GB`` and confirm it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:67 -msgid "" -"You can see in the outgoing shipment product that the ``Ipod 32 Gb`` are " -"assigned with the **oldest** lots, using the FIFO removal strategy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:75 -msgid "LIFO (Last In First Out)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:77 -msgid "" -"In this warehouse management, the products which are brought in the last, " -"moves out the first. LIFO is used in case of products which do not have a " -"shelf life." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:81 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, open the " -"stock location and set **LIFO** removal strategy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:84 -msgid "" -"In our example, let's check the current available stock of ``Ipod 32 Gb`` on" -" ``WH/Stock`` location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:90 -msgid "Create a sale order with ``10`` units of ``Ipod 32 Gb``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:92 -msgid "" -"You can see in the outgoing shipment product that the ``Ipod 32 Gb`` are " -"assigned with the **newest** lots, using the LIFO removal strategy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:100 -msgid "FEFO ( First Expiry First Out )" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:102 -msgid "" -"In FEFO warehouse management, the products are dispatched from the warehouse" -" according to their expiration date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:105 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Setting`. Check the " -"option **Define Expiration date on serial numbers**. Then click on **Apply**" -" to save changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:112 -msgid "" -"This will allow you to set four expiration fields for each lot or serial " -"number: **best before date**, **end of life date**, **alert date** and " -"**removal date**. These dates can be set from :menuselection:`Inventory " -"Control --> Serial Numbers/Lots`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:119 -msgid "" -"**Best Before Date**: This is the date on which the goods with this " -"serial/lot number start deteriorating, without being dangerous yet." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:122 -msgid "" -"**End of Life Date:** This is the date on which the goods with this " -"serial/lot number may become dangerous and must not be consumed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:125 -msgid "" -"**Removal Date:** This is the date on which the goods with this serial/lot " -"number should be removed from the stock. Using the FEFO removal strategym " -"goods are picked for delivery orders using this date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:129 -msgid "" -"**Alert Date:** This is the date on which an alert should be sent about the " -"goods with this serial/lot number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:132 -msgid "" -"Lots will be picked based on their **removal date**, from earliest to " -"latest. Lots without a removal date defined will be picked after lots with " -"removal dates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:136 -msgid "" -"All dates except **removal date** are for informational and reporting " -"purposes only. Lots that are past any or all of the above expiration dates " -"may still be picked for delivery orders, and no alerts will be sent when " -"lots pass their **alert date**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:140 -msgid "" -"Expiration dates on lots can also be set automatically when goods are " -"received into stock. After enabling expiration dates on serial numbers, four" -" new fields will become available in the inventory tab of the product form: " -"**product life time**, **product use time**, **product removal time**, and " -"**product alert time**. When an integer is entered into one of these fields," -" the expiration date of a lot/serial of the product in question will be set " -"to the creation date of the lot/serial number plus the number of days " -"entered in the time increment field. If the time increment field is set to " -"zero, then the expiration date of a lot/serial must be defined manually " -"after the lot has been created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:149 -msgid "" -"Each of these time increment fields is used to generate one of the lot " -"expiration date fields as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:151 -msgid "Product Use Time --> Best Before Date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:153 -msgid "Product Removal Time --> Removal Date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:155 -msgid "Product Life Time --> End of Life Date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:157 -msgid "Product Alert Time --> Alert Date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:159 -msgid "" -"To set the removal strategy on location, go to :menuselection:`Configuration" -" --> Locations` and choose FEFO." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:165 -msgid "" -"Let's take an example, there are ``3`` lots of ``ice cream`` available in " -"``WH/Stock`` location: ``LOT0001``, ``LOT0002``, ``LOT0003`` with different " -"expiration date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170 -msgid "**Lot / Serial No**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170 -msgid "**Product**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170 -msgid "**Expiration Date**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:172 -msgid "LOT0001" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:172 -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:174 -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:176 -msgid "Ice Cream" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:172 -msgid "08/20/2015" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:174 -msgid "LOT0002" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:174 -msgid "08/10/2015" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:176 -msgid "LOT0003" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:176 -msgid "08/15/2015" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:179 -msgid "" -"We will create a sale order with ``15kg`` of ``ice cream`` and confirm it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:181 -msgid "" -"The outgoing shipment related to sale order will make the move based on " -"removal strategy **FEFO**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:184 -msgid "" -"It will take ``10kg`` from ``LOT0002`` and ``5kg`` from ``LOT0003`` based on" -" the removal dates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:192 -msgid ":doc:`../../management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:193 -msgid ":doc:`../../management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings.rst:3 -msgid "Settings" -msgstr "Ayarlar" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products.rst:3 -msgid "Products" -msgstr "Ürünler" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:3 -msgid "How to use packages?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:8 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:31 -msgid "" -"The package is the physical container in which you put one or several " -"product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:11 -msgid "By default, Odoo does not take into account the use of it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Once you activate the option, you will be able to manage one or several " -"packages when doing your transfers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:19 -msgid "" -"To configure the use of packages, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory " -"--> Configuration --> Settings`. µ Locate the **Packages** section and tick " -"**Record packages used on packing: pallets, boxes,...**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:27 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:23 -msgid "Click on **Apply** when you are done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:30 -msgid "Pack products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Putting products in packs is usually done when processing warehouses " -"transfers (receipt, internals or deliveries)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:35 -msgid "" -"To be able to put products in pack, the status of your transfer has to be " -"**Available**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:41 -msgid "" -"In the operation tab, you can put your products into one or multiple " -"packages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:44 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Choose the quantity you want to put in the first pack in the **Done** " -"column, then click on the link **Put in Pack**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:50 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:56 -msgid "It will automatically create a pack with the requested quantity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:52 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:58 -msgid "Do the same steps for the other pieces you want to pack in." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:57 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:63 -msgid "Click on **Validate** when you are done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:60 -msgid "Whole packages transfers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:62 -msgid "" -"If you are using several locations and/or warehouses, it is possible to " -"transfer packages with its contents." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:68 -msgid "" -"You need to configure the **Operation Type** to allow moving packages. Go to" -" :menuselection:`Configuration --> Operations Types`. Tick **Allow moving " -"packs**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:75 -msgid "Transfer packages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Create a transfer order. Choose the source and the destination locations, " -"then click on **Mark as todo**. Do not put anything under the **Initial " -"Demand** tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:84 -msgid "" -"In the Operation tab, click on **Add an item** under the **Package To Move**" -" section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:87 -msgid "Tick the **Done** checkbox to confirm the move of the package :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:92 -msgid "When it is finished, click on **Validate**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:95 -msgid "Packages traceability" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:97 -msgid "" -"To trace a package or check its content, go to :menuselection:`Inventory " -"Control --> Packages`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:103 -msgid "Click on **Package Transfers** to see all its moves." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:106 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:70 -msgid ":doc:`../../overview/start/setup`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:107 -msgid ":doc:`usage`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:108 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:71 -msgid ":doc:`uom`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:3 -msgid "How to use different units of measure?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In some cases, handling products in different unit of measures is necessary." -" For example, if you buy products in a country where the metric system is of" -" application and sell the in a country where the imperial system is used, " -"you will need to convert the units." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:13 -msgid "" -"You can set up Odoo to work with different units of measure for one product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:19 -msgid "" -"In the **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`. In the **Products** section, select **Some products may be " -"sold/purchased in different units of measure (advanced)**, then click on " -"**Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:27 -msgid "Setting up units on your products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:29 -msgid "" -"In :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`, open the product which " -"you would like to change the purchase/sale unit of measure, and click on " -"**Edit**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:32 -msgid "" -"In the **Unit of Measure** section, select the unit in which the product " -"will be sold and in which internal transfers will be done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:35 -msgid "" -"In the **Purchase Unit of Measure** section, select the unit in which you " -"purchase the product. When you're done, click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:42 -msgid "Click on the edit button |edit| to create new unit of measures." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:46 -msgid "Transfer from one unit to another" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:48 -msgid "" -"When doing inter-unit transfers, the rounding is automatically done by Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:51 -msgid "" -"The unit of measure can be changed throughout the whole process. The only " -"condition is that the unit of measure is part of the same category." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:54 -msgid "In this example, we are in the egg business :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:56 -msgid "We buy eggs by trays (30 eggs)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:58 -msgid "We check all eggs individually when receiving it (quality control)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:60 -msgid "We sell eggs by the dozen to the customers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:66 -msgid "" -"The **Sale price** is expressed in the **Product unit of measure**. The " -"**Cost price** is expressed in the **Purchase Unit of Measure**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:70 -msgid "" -"All internal transfers are expressed in the **Product Unit of Measure**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:74 -msgid "Procurement" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:76 -msgid "" -"When doing your procurement request, you can still change the unit of " -"measure." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:82 -msgid "The unit of measure can also be changed in the purchase order :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:90 -msgid "The quality control is done by unit." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:92 -msgid "" -"The basic unit of measure of our product is **Unit**. Therefore the quality " -"check is done by unit." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:99 -msgid "" -"The unit of measure can only be changed when the transfer status is " -"**Draft**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:103 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:74 -msgid "Delivery process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:105 -msgid "" -"The eggs are sold by the dozen. You can choose the unit of measure on the " -"sale order document. When doing it, the price is automatically computed from" -" the unit to the dozen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:112 -msgid "" -"In the delivery order, the initial demand is done in the sales order unit of" -" measure :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:118 -msgid "" -"But the transfer is done in the product unit of measure. Everything is " -"converted automatically :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:3 -msgid "When should you use packages, units of measure or kits?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:6 -msgid "Unit of measures" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Units of measures are an indication about the unit used to handle a product." -" Products can be expressed in multiple units of measure at once." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Activate this option if you are working with several ones in your warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:14 -msgid "" -"The purchase unit of measure might be different that the one you use in your" -" warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:17 -msgid "" -"The selling unit of measure is set on the sale order and can be different." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:24 -msgid "" -"The conversion between the different units of measures is done " -"automatically. The only condition is that all the units have to be in the " -"same category (Unit, Weight, Volume, Length,...)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:29 -msgid "Packages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:38 -msgid "Packaging" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:40 -msgid "Packaging is the physical container that protects your product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:42 -msgid "" -"If you are selling computers, the packaging contains the computer with the " -"notice and the power plug." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:45 -msgid "In Odoo, packagings are just used for indicative purpose." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:51 -msgid "" -"You can define on the **Packages** which **Packaging** it uses. But it is " -"only for indicative purpose." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:55 -msgid "When to use packages, packagings or unit of measures ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:57 -msgid "" -"For example, you are sellings eggs. In your warehouse, you manage the eggs " -"individually. Lots of eggs are scrapped and you do it egg by egg. The **unit" -" of measure** is ``Unit(s)``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:61 -msgid "" -"If you are selling eggs by the dozen, the selling **unit of measure** is the" -" ``Dozen``. You will set it on your sale order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The ``cardboard trays`` that contains the dozen of eggs is the " -"**packaging**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:66 -msgid "" -"When you are selling several trays, you might wrap all the trays into a " -"``box`` or in a ``plastic`` wrapping. It is the **package**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:72 -msgid ":doc:`packages`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:3 -msgid "Using product variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Product variants are used to manage products having different variations, " -"like size, color, etc. It allows managing the product at the template level " -"(for all variations) and at the variant level (specific attributes)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:10 -msgid "" -"As an example, a company selling t-shirts may have the following product:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:13 -msgid "B&C T-shirt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:15 -msgid "Sizes: S, M, L, XL, XXL" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:16 -msgid "Colors: Blue, Red, White, Black" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:18 -msgid "" -"In this example, **B&C T-Shirt** is called the product template and **B&C " -"T-Shirt, S, Blue** is a variant. Sizes and color are **attributes**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:22 -msgid "" -"The above example has a total of 20 different products (5 sizes x 4 colors)." -" Each one of these products has its own inventory, sales, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:26 -msgid "Impact of variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:28 -msgid "" -"**Barcode**: the code and barcode is associated to a variant, not the " -"template. Every variant may have its own barcode / SKU." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:31 -msgid "" -"**Price**: every product variant has its own public price that is computed " -"based on the template price ($20) with an optional extra for every variant " -"(+$3 for color red). However, you can define pricelist rules that apply on " -"the template or the variant." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:36 -msgid "" -"**Inventory**: the inventory is managed by product variant. You don't own " -"t-shirts, you only own \"T-shirts, S, Red\", or \"T-Shirts, M, Blue\". For " -"information purpose, on the product template form, you get the inventory " -"that is the sum of every variant. (but the actual inventory is computed by " -"variant)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:42 -msgid "" -"**Picture**: the picture is related to the variant, every variation of a " -"product may have its own primary picture." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:45 -msgid "" -"**Other fields**: most of the other fields belongs to the product template. " -"If you update them, it updates automatically all the variants. (example: " -"Income Account, Taxes)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:50 -msgid "Should you use variants?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:53 -msgid "When should you use variants?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:55 -msgid "Using variants has the following impacts:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:57 -msgid "" -"**eCommerce**: in your online shop, the customer will only see product " -"templates in the catalog page. Once the visitor click on such a product, he " -"will have options to choose amongst the variants (colors, sizes, …)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:62 -msgid "" -"**Manufacturing**: Using variants allows to define only one bill of material" -" for a product template and slight variations for some of the variants. " -"Example: instead of creating a Bill of Material for \"T-shirt, Red, S\", you" -" create a bill of material for \"T-shirt\" and add some lines that are " -"specific to the dimension S, and other lines specific to the color Red." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:69 -msgid "" -"**Pricing**: The default price of a product is computed using the price of " -"the product template and add the optional extra price on each dimension of " -"the variant. This way, variant prices are easier to maintain since you don't" -" have to set the price for every variant. However, it's possible to create " -"pricelist rules to fix price per variants too." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:77 -msgid "When should you avoid using variants?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:79 -msgid "" -"Using variants may add a level of complexity on the way you use Odoo. You " -"should consider using variants only if you need it to reduce the complexity " -"of managing lots of products that are similars." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:83 -msgid "" -"As an example, importing your initial product catalog is more complex if you" -" use variants. You can't just import a list of products, you must import " -"product templates and all their related variations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:87 -msgid "" -"In addition to that, you should also carefully select the dimensions that " -"you manage as separate product templates and those as variants. As an " -"example, a company having these products:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:91 -msgid "Quality: T-Shirts, Polos, Shirts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:93 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:105 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:110 -msgid "Color: Red, Blue" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:95 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:106 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:111 -msgid "Size: S, M, L, XL" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:97 -msgid "" -"In such a use case, you could create 1 template with three dimensions of " -"variants (Layout, T-Shirts, Polos). But, it's recommended to create two " -"different product templates as T-shirts may highly differ from polos or " -"shirts and customer expect to see these as two different products in the " -"e-Commerce:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:103 -msgid "Product Template: T-shirt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:108 -msgid "Product Template: Polos" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:117 -msgid "Activate the variant feature" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:119 -msgid "" -"Before you can use product variants, you must first activate the product " -"variants in the settings. To do so, you must go to the Sales app. In the " -"menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, locate the **Products " -"Variants** line, and tick the option **Products can have several " -"attributes**, then click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:129 -msgid "Creating products with variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:131 -msgid "" -"Once you have activated the variant option, you can add variants to your " -"products. To do so, go to the Sales module, :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Products`. It is also accessible from the Purchase and inventory modules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:135 -msgid "Now, click on the product you wish to add variants to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:137 -msgid "" -"In the product page, a new tab called Variants has appeared. The number in " -"purple written on top is the number of variants this product currently has. " -"To add new variants, click on the tile. In the new window, click on " -"**Create**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:142 -msgid "" -"In **Attributes**, click on the rolldown menu and select the type of " -"variance you wish to add. If the variant does not yet exist, you can create " -"it on the fly by clicking on Create and edit…" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:149 -msgid "" -"In the Attributes window, the **Value** field is the description of the " -"attribute such as Green, Plastic or 32GB. The **Attribute** field is the " -"type of variant such as Color, Material or Memory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:156 -msgid "" -"You can add a cost for the variant on the fly by adding it in the " -"**Attribute Price Extra** field, or choose to modify it later. Click on " -"**Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:160 -msgid "" -"You can also add a different barcode and internal reference to the variant." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:163 -msgid "" -"When you have entered all the specifications of the variant, click on " -"**Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:167 -msgid "Managing Product Variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:172 -msgid "" -"The examples below are all based on this product template that has two " -"variant attributes :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:175 -msgid "T-Shirt B&C" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:177 -msgid "Color: Red, Blue, White" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:179 -msgid "Size: S, M, L, XL, XXL" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:182 -msgid "Managing combination possibilities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:184 -msgid "" -"By default, with the above product template, you get 15 different products " -"(3 colors, 5 sizes). If the XXL size only exists for red and blue t-shirts, " -"you can deactivate the white product variant." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:188 -msgid "" -"To do this, click on the **Variants** button, select the XXL, White T-shirt." -" From the product form, uncheck the **Active** box of the T-shirt White, " -"XXL." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:197 -msgid "" -"That deactivating a product is different than having an inventory of 0." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:200 -msgid "Setting a price per variant" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:202 -msgid "" -"You can add a cost over the main price for some of the variants of a " -"product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:205 -msgid "" -"Once you have activated the variant option, you can add variants to your " -"products. To do so, go to the Sales module, open :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Products` and click on the product you want to modify. Click on the " -"**Variant Prices** button to access the list of variant values." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:213 -msgid "" -"Click on the variant name you wish to add a value to, to make the 3 fields " -"editable. In the **Attribute Price Extra** field, add the cost of the " -"variant that will be added to the original price." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:220 -msgid "When you have entered all the extra values, click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:3 -msgid "What is the difference between warehouses and locations?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, a **Warehouse** is the actual building/place in which your items " -"are stocked. You can setup multiple warehouses and create moves between " -"warehouses." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:9 -msgid "" -"A **Location**, is a specific space within your warehouse. It can be " -"considered as a sublocation of your warehouse, as a shelf, a floor, an " -"aisle, etc. Therefore, a location is part of one warehouse only and it is " -"not possible to link one location to multiple warehouses. You can configure " -"as much locations as you need under one warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:15 -msgid "There are 3 types of locations:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:17 -msgid "" -"The **Physical Locations** are internal locations that are part of the " -"warehouses for which you are the owner. They can be the loading and " -"unloading area of your warehouse, a shelf or a department, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:21 -msgid "" -"The **Partner Locations** are spaces within a customer and/or vendor's " -"warehouse. They work the same way as Physical Locations with the only " -"difference being that you are not the owner of the warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:25 -msgid "" -"The **Virtual Locations** are places that do not exist, but in which " -"products can be placed when they are not physically in an inventory yet (or " -"anymore). They come in handy when you want to place lost products out of " -"your stock (in the **Inventory loss**), or when you want to take into " -"account products that are on their way to your warehouse (**Procurements**)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:31 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, locations are structured hierarchically. You can structure your " -"locations as a tree, dependent on a parent-child relationship. This gives " -"you more detailed levels of analysis of your stock operations and the " -"organization of your warehouses." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:37 -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:44 -msgid ":doc:`warehouse_creation`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:38 -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:48 -msgid ":doc:`location_creation`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:3 -msgid "How to create a new location?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:9 -msgid "Creating a new location" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:11 -msgid "" -"In order to be able to create new locations, you must allow the system to " -"manage multiple locations. In the **Inventory** module, open the menu " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. In the **Location & Warehouse**" -" section, tick the **Manage several locations per warehouse** box, then " -"click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:20 -msgid "" -"In the **Inventory** module, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Warehouse Management --> Locations` In the Locations window, click on " -"**Create**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Type the name of the location in the **Location Name** field, and select the" -" **Parent Location** in the list. The parent location can be a physical, " -"partner or virtual location, and you can add as many sub-locations as needed" -" to a location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:29 -msgid "" -"You can also fill in the **Additional Information** fields and add a note to" -" describe your location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:35 -msgid "When you are finished, click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:38 -msgid "" -"A warehouse also corresponds to a location. As the locations are " -"hierarchical, Odoo will create the parent location of the warehouse, " -"containing all the sublocations in it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:43 -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:47 -msgid ":doc:`difference_warehouse_location`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:3 -msgid "How to create a new warehouse?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:11 -msgid "" -"In order to be able to create a new warehouse, you must allow the system to " -"manage multiple locations. In the **Inventory** module, open the menu " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configuration`. In the **Location & Warehouse**" -" section, tick the **Manage several locations per warehouse** box, then " -"click on **apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Open the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> " -"Warehouses`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:22 -msgid "" -"In the warehouses screen, click on **Create**. A new screen appears, with 3 " -"fields :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:25 -msgid "In **Warehouse Name**, insert the full name of the warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:27 -msgid "" -"In the **Short Name** field, insert a 5-characters code for your warehouse. " -"Keep in mind that this code is the one that will appear in the lists, so " -"make sure you choose a name that is easy to understand and easy to enter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:32 -msgid "" -"In the **Address** field, you can select an existing company or create one " -"on-the-go. Therefore, the address of your warehouse will be the same as the " -"one of the company you selected. You can also leave this field empty and " -"edit it afterwards." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:40 -msgid "Click on **Save** to finish configuring your new warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:43 -msgid "" -"When you create a warehouse, the system will create the necessary picking " -"types and main child locations for this main location in the background." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation.rst:3 -msgid "Shipping Operations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:3 -msgid "How to cancel a shipping request to a shipper?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. " -"Odoo will be linked with the transportation company tracking system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:12 -msgid "" -"It will allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the " -"destination." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:15 -msgid "You can easily cancel the request made to the carrier system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:18 -msgid "How to cancel a shipping request?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:20 -msgid "" -"If the delivery order is not **Validated**, then the request hasn't been " -"made. You can choose to cancel the delivery or to change the carrier." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:24 -msgid "" -"If you have clicked on **Validate**, the request has been made and you " -"should have received the tracking number and the label. You can still cancel" -" the request. Simply click on the **Cancel** button next to the **Carrier " -"Tracking Ref**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:32 -msgid "You will now see that the shipment has been cancelled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:37 -msgid "You can now change the carrier if you wish." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:40 -msgid "How to send a shipping request after cancelling one?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:42 -msgid "" -"After cancelling the shipping request, you can change the carrier you want " -"to use. Confirm it by clicking on the **Send to shipper** button. You will " -"get a new tracking number and a new label." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:50 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:115 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:83 -msgid ":doc:`invoicing`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:51 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:116 -msgid ":doc:`multipack`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:3 -msgid "How to invoice the shipping cost to the customer?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:8 -msgid "There are two ways to invoice the shipping costs:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:10 -msgid "Agree with the customer over a cost and seal it down in the sale order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:13 -msgid "Invoice the real cost of the shipping." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:18 -msgid "" -"To configure the price of your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** " -"app, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery --> Delivery " -"Methods`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:21 -msgid "" -"You can manually set a price for the shipping: It can be fixed or based on " -"rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Or you can use the transportation company computation system. Read the " -"document :doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:28 -msgid "How to invoice the shipping costs to the customer?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:31 -msgid "Invoice the price set on the sale order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:33 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:55 -msgid "" -"On your sale order, choose the carrier that will be used. Click on " -"**Delivery Method** to choose the right one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:39 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:36 -msgid "" -"The price is computed when you **save** the sale order or when you click on " -"**Set price**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:42 -msgid "" -"To invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, click on " -"**Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery method as a " -"product. It may vary from the real price." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:46 -msgid "" -"When you create the invoice, it will take the price set on the sale order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:53 -msgid "Invoice the real shipping costs" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:61 -msgid "" -"The price is computed when you **save** the sale order. Confirm the sale " -"order and proceed to deliver the product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The real shipping cost are computed when the delivery order is validated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Go back to the sale order, the real cost is now added to the sale order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:76 -msgid "" -"When you create the invoice, it will take the price computed by the carrier." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:83 -msgid "" -"If you split the delivery and make several ones, each delivery order will " -"add a line to the sale order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:87 -msgid ":doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:88 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:84 -msgid ":doc:`labels`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:3 -msgid "How to print shipping labels?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers " -"linked with the transportation company tracking system. It allows you to " -"manage the transport company, the real prices and the destination. And " -"finally, you will be able to print the shipping labels directly from Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:18 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:17 -msgid "Install the shipper company connector module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:20 -msgid "" -"In the **Inventory** module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies " -"you want to integrate :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:34 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:33 -msgid "Configure the delivery method" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:32 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:36 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:35 -msgid "" -"To configure your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** module, click on" -" :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery Methods`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:35 -msgid "" -"The delivery methods for the chosen shippers have been automatically " -"created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:41 -msgid "" -"In the **Pricing** tab, the name of the provider means that the delivery " -"will be handled and computed by the shipper system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:44 -msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:46 -msgid "" -"The first one is linked to **your account** (develop key, password,...). For" -" more information, please refer to the provider website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:49 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:62 -msgid "" -"The second column varies according to the **provider**. You can choose the " -"packaging type, the service type, the weight unit..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:52 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:65 -msgid "Uncheck **Test Mode** when you are done with the testings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:55 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:77 -msgid "Company configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:57 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:79 -msgid "" -"In order to compute the right price, the provider needs your company " -"information. Be sure your address and phone number are correctly encoded." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:64 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:86 -msgid "" -"To check your information, go to the **Settings** application and click on " -"**General Settings**. Click on the first link **Configure your company " -"data**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:68 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:90 -msgid "Product configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:70 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:92 -msgid "" -"The shipper companies need the weight of your product, otherwise the price " -"computation cannot be done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Go the **Sales** module, click on :menuselection:`Sales --> Products`. Open " -"the products you want to ship and set a weight on it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:80 -msgid "" -"The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to do" -" the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:85 -msgid "How to print shipping labels ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:87 -msgid "" -"The delivery order created from the sale order will take the shipping " -"information from it, but you can change the carrier if you want to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:90 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:135 -msgid "" -"If you create a delivery transfer from the inventory module, you can add the" -" third party shipper in the additional info tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:96 -msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number and **the label(s)**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:98 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:151 -msgid "" -"The label to stick on your package is available in the history underneath :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:104 -msgid "Click on it to open the document and print it :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:110 -msgid "" -"If you are doing multi-packages shippings, most of the time, there will be " -"one label per package. Each label will appear in the delivery history." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage multiple packs for the same delivery order?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:8 -msgid "" -"By default, Odoo considers that your delivery is composed of one package. " -"But you can easily ship your deliveries with more than one package. It is " -"fully integrated with the third-party shippers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:15 -msgid "" -"To configure the use of packages, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory " -"--> Configuration --> Settings`. Locate the **Packages** section and tick " -"**Record packages used on packing: pallets, boxes,...**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:29 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:77 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:110 -msgid "Sale order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:34 -msgid "Click on a **Delivery Method** to choose the right one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:40 -msgid "Multi-packages Delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:42 -msgid "" -"The delivery created from the sale order will take the shipping information " -"from it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:48 -msgid "From here, you can split your delivery into multiple packages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:66 -msgid "Multi-packages with a 3rd party-shipper" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Once the delivery order is validated, you will receive the tracking number. " -"The **carrier Tracking ref** field will automatically be filled. Click on " -"the **Tracking** button to check your delivery on the provider website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:76 -msgid "" -"The **labels** to stick on your packages are available in the history " -"underneath:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup.rst:3 -msgid "Shipping Setup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:3 -msgid "How to setup a delivery method?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, but it is not activated by " -"default. Delivery methods can be used for your sale orders, your deliveries " -"but also on your e-commerce." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Delivery methods allow you to manage the transport company, the price and " -"the destination. You can even integrate Odoo with external shippers to " -"compute the real price and the packagings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:20 -msgid "Install the inventory module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Delivery methods are handled by the **Delivery costs** module. Go to " -"**Apps** and search for the module. You should remove the **Apps** filter in" -" order to see it :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:29 -msgid "" -"If you want to integrate delivery methods in your e-commerce, you'll have to" -" install the **eCommerce Delivery** module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:39 -msgid "First set a name and a transporter company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Then you'll have to set the pricing. It can be fixed or based on rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:46 -msgid "" -"If the price is fixed, tick **Fixed price**. You'll just have to define the " -"price. If you want the delivery to be free above a certain amount, tick the " -"option **Free if Order total is more than** and set a price." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:54 -msgid "" -"If the price varies according to rules, tick **Based on Rules**. Click on " -"**add an item to a pricing rule**. Choose a condition based on either the " -"weight, the volume, the price or the quantity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Finally you can limit the delivery method to a few destinations. The limit " -"can be applied to some countries, states or even zip codes. This feature " -"limits the list of countries on your e-commerce." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:69 -msgid "" -"You can integrate Odoo with external shippers in order to compute the real " -"price and packagings, and handle the printing the shipping labels. See " -":doc:`third_party_shipper`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:82 -msgid "" -"You can now choose the **Delivery Method** on your sale order. If you want " -"to invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, click on " -"**Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery method as a " -"product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:88 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:130 -msgid "Delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:90 -msgid "You can add or change the delivery method on the delivery itself." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:95 -msgid "" -"On the delivery, check the **Carrier Information**. The carrier is the " -"chosen delivery method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:99 -msgid ":doc:`third_party_shipper`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:100 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:158 -msgid ":doc:`../operation/invoicing`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:3 -msgid "How to get DHL credentials for integration with Odoo?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:5 -msgid "In order to use the Odoo DHL API, you will need:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:7 -msgid "A DHL.com SiteID" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:9 -msgid "A DHL Password" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:11 -msgid "A DHL Account Number" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Getting SiteID and password for countries other than United States (UK and " -"Rest of the world)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:17 -msgid "" -"You should contact DHL account manager and request integration for XML " -"Express API. The presales should provide you live credentials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:20 -msgid "Getting SiteID and Password for United States" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:22 -msgid "" -"You need to write to xmlrequests@dhl.com along with your full Account " -"details like account number, region, address, etc. to get API Access." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:24 -msgid "" -"In meantime, for testing the solution, you can use the tests credentials as " -"given in the demo data:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:26 -msgid "**SiteID**: CustomerTest" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:28 -msgid "**Password**: alkd89nBV" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:30 -msgid "**DHL Account Number**: 803921577" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:3 -msgid "How to integrate a third party shipper?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. " -"Odoo can be linked with the transportation company tracking system. It will " -"allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the " -"destination." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:19 -msgid "" -"In the inventory module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies " -"you want to integrate :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:38 -msgid "" -"The delivery methods for the chosen shippers have been automatically " -"created. Most of the time, there will be **2** delivery methods for the same" -" provider: one for **international** shipping and the other for **domestic**" -" shipping." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:43 -msgid "" -"You can create other methods with the same provider with other " -"configuration, for example the **Packaging Type**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:46 -msgid "" -"You can change the **Name** of the delivery method. This is the name that " -"will appear on your ecommerce." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:49 -msgid "Flag **Shipping enabled** when you are ready to use it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:54 -msgid "" -"In the pricing tab, the name of the provider chosen under the **Price " -"computation** means that the pricing will be computed by the shipper system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:57 -msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:59 -msgid "" -"The first one is linked to **your account** (developer key, password,...). " -"For more information, please refer to the provider website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Finally you can limit the delivery method to a few destinations. You can " -"limit it to some countries, states or even zip codes. This feature limits " -"the list of countries on your e-commerce. It is useful for the domestic " -"providers. For example, USPS US only delivers from the United States to the " -"United States." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:95 -msgid "" -"Go the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> Products`. Open the products" -" you want to ship and set a weight on it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:102 -msgid "" -"The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to " -"make the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:115 -msgid "" -"You can now choose the carrier on your sale order. Click on **Delivery " -"method** to choose the right one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:118 -msgid "" -"The price is computed when you save the sale order or when you click on " -"**Set price**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:121 -msgid "" -"If you want to invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, " -"click on **Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery " -"method as a product. It may vary from the real price." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:125 -msgid "" -"Otherwise, the real price (computed when the delivery is validated) will " -"automatically be added to the invoice. For more information, please read the" -" document :doc:`../operation/invoicing`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:132 -msgid "" -"The delivery created from the sale order will take the shipping information " -"from it. You can change the carrier if you want to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:141 -msgid "" -"The weight is computed based on the products weights. The shipping cost will" -" be computed once the transfer is validated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:144 -msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number. The **Carrier Tracking" -" ref** field will automatically be filled. Click on the **Tracking** button " -"to check your delivery on the provider website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:159 -msgid ":doc:`../operation/labels`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:3 -msgid "How to get UPS credentials for integration with Odoo?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:5 -msgid "In order to use the Odoo UPS API, you will need:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:7 -msgid "A UPS.com user ID and password" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:9 -msgid "A UPS account number" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:11 -msgid "An Access Key" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:13 -msgid "" -"An Access Key is a 16 character alpha-numeric code that allows access to the" -" UPS Developer Kit API Development and Production servers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:17 -msgid "Create a UPS Account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Note that only customers located in the US can open a UPS account online. If" -" you are located outside the US, you will need to contact UPS Customer " -"Service in order to to open an account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:23 -msgid "" -"You can read additional information about opening a UPS account on the their" -" website, on the page, `How to Open a UPS Account Online " -"<https://www.ups.com/content/us/en/resources/sri/openaccountonline.html?srch_pos=2&srch_phr=open+ups+account>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:27 -msgid "" -"If you don't already have a UPS account, you can create one along with your " -"online profile by following these steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:30 -msgid "" -"1. Access the UPS.com web site at `www.ups.com <http://www.ups.com/>`__, and" -" click the **New User** link at the top of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:34 -msgid "" -"2. Click the **Register for MyUPS** button, and follow the prompts to " -"complete the registration process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:37 -msgid "" -"If you already have a UPS account, you can add it to your online profile as " -"follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:39 -msgid "" -"1. Log in to the UPS.com site (`http://www.ups.com <http://www.ups.com/>`__)" -" using your UPS.com User ID and Password." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:43 -msgid "Click the **My UPS** tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:45 -msgid "Click the **Account Summary** link." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:47 -msgid "" -"4. Click the **Add an Existing UPS Account** link in the **UPS Account " -"Details** section of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:50 -msgid "" -"5. In the **Add New Account** screen, enter the **UPS Account Number**, " -"**Account Name**, and **Postal Code** fields. The country defaults to United" -" States.q" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:54 -msgid "Click the **Next** button to continue." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:57 -msgid "Get an Access Key" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:59 -msgid "" -"After you have added your UPS account number to your user profile you can " -"request an Access Key from UPS using the steps below:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:62 -msgid "" -"1. Go to the **UPS Developer Kit** web page " -"`https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en\\_US " -"<https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en_US>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:65 -msgid "Log into UPS.com with your user ID and password" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:67 -msgid "Click on the link **Request an access key**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:69 -msgid "Verify your contact information" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:71 -msgid "Click the **Request Access Key** button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:73 -msgid "" -"The **Access Key** will be provided to you on the web page, and an email " -"with the Access Key will be sent to the email address of the primary " -"contact." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po b/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po deleted file mode 100644 index 3247aa2f5..000000000 --- a/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,729 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: Murat Kaplan <muratk@projetgrup.com>, 2017\n" -"Language-Team: Turkish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/tr/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: tr\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" - -#: ../../manufacturing.rst:5 -msgid "Manufacturing" -msgstr "Üretim" - -#: ../../manufacturing/operations.rst:3 -msgid "Manufacturing Operations" -msgstr "Üretim Operasyonları" - -#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment.rst:3 -msgid "Replenishment Strategies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:3 -msgid "How to select the right replenishment strategy" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Minimum Stock rules and Make to Order have similar consequences but " -"different rules. They should be used depending on your manufacturing and " -"delivery strategies." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:10 -msgid "Terminology" -msgstr "Terminoloji" - -#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:13 -msgid "Minimum stock rule" -msgstr "Minimum Stok Kuralı" - -#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Minimum Stock rules are used to ensure that you always have the minimum " -"amount of a product in stock in order to manufacture your products and/or " -"answer to your customer needs. When the stock level of a product reaches its" -" minimum the system will automatically generate a procurement order with the" -" quantity needed to reach the maximum stock level." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:22 -#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:58 -msgid "Make to Order" -msgstr "MTO" - -#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:24 -msgid "" -"The Make to Order function will trigger a Purchase Order of the amount of " -"the Sales Order related to the product. The system will **not** check the " -"current stock. This means that a draft purchase order will be generated " -"regardless of the quantity on hand of the product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:30 -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:27 -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:62 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Yapılandırma" - -#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:33 -msgid "Minimum stock rules" -msgstr "Minimum Stok Kuralları" - -#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:35 -msgid "" -"The Minimum Stock Rules configuration is available through your Inventory " -"module. In the Inventory Control menu select \"Reordering Rule\" in the drop" -" down menu. There, click on \"Create\" to set minimum and maximum stock " -"values for a given product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Show tooltips for \"minimum quantity\", \"maximum quantity\" and \"quantity " -"multiple\" fields" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Then, click on your product to access the related product form and, on the " -"\"Inventory submenu\", do not forget to select a supplier." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Don't forget to select the right product type. A consumable can not be " -"stocked and will thus not be accounted for in the stock valuation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:60 -msgid "" -"The Make to Order configuration is available on your product form through " -"your :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory control --> Products` (or any " -"other module where products are available)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:64 -msgid "On the product form, under Inventory, click on \"Make To Order\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:70 -msgid "Choice between the two options" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:72 -msgid "" -"The choice between the two options is thus dependent of your inventory " -"strategy. If you prefer to have a buffer and always have at least a minimum " -"amount, the minimum stock rule should be used. If you want to reorder your " -"stocks only if your sale is confirmed it is better to use the Make to Order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Genel Bakış" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials.rst:3 -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:6 -msgid "Bill of Materials" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:3 -msgid "How to Sell a Set of Products as a Kit" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A *kit* is a set of components that are delivered without first being " -"assembled or mixed. Kits are described in Odoo using *bills of materials*. " -"There are two basic ways to configure kits, depending on how stock of the " -"kit product is to be managed. In either case, both the Inventory and " -"Manufacturing apps must be installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:12 -msgid "Manage Stock of Component Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:14 -msgid "" -"If you would like to assemble kits as they are ordered, managing stock of " -"the kit *components* only, you will use a Kit BoM without a manufacturing " -"step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:18 -msgid "" -"A product using a Kit BoM will appear as a single line item on a quotation " -"and sales order, but will generate a delivery order with one line item for " -"each of the components of the kit. In the examples below, the image at left " -"shows a sales order for the kit \"Custom Computer Kit\", while the image at " -"right shows the corresponding delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:24 -msgid "|image0|\\ |image1|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:29 -msgid "" -"From the **Products** menu in either the Inventory or Manufacturing app, " -"create each component product as you would any other product, then create " -"the top-level, or kit product. The kit product should have only the route " -"**Manufacture** set. Because you cannot track the stock of kit products, the" -" Product Type should be set to **Consumable**. Because a kit product cannot " -"be purchased, **Can be Purchased** should be unchecked." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:37 -msgid "" -"All other parameters on the kit product may be modified according to your " -"preference. The component products require no special configuration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Once the products are configured, create a bill of materials for the kit " -"product. Add each component and its quantity. Select the BoM Type **Ship " -"this product as a set of components**. All other options may be left with " -"their default values." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:53 -msgid "Manage Stock of Kit Product and Component Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:55 -msgid "" -"If you would like to manage stock of the top-level kit product, you will use" -" a standard BoM with a manufacturing step instead of a Kit BoM. When using a" -" standard BoM to assemble kits, a manufacturing order will be created. The " -"manufacturing order must be registered as completed before the kit product " -"will appear in your stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:64 -msgid "" -"On the kit product, select the route **Manufacture**. You may also select " -"**Make to Order**, which will create a manufacturing order whenever a sales " -"order is confirmed. Select the product type **Stockable Product** to enable " -"stock management." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:72 -msgid "" -"When you create the bill of materials, select the BoM Type **Manufacture " -"this product**. The assembly of the kit will be described by a manufacturing" -" order rather than a packing operation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/product_variants.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage BoMs for product variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/product_variants.rst:5 -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:125 -msgid "" -"Odoo allows you to use one bill of materials for multiple variants of the " -"same product. Simply enable variants from :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/product_variants.rst:12 -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:132 -msgid "" -"You will then be able to specify which component lines are to be used in the" -" manufacture of each product variant. You may specify multiple variants for " -"each line. If no variant is specified, the line will be used for all " -"variants." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/product_variants.rst:17 -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:137 -msgid "" -"When defining variant BoMs on a line-item-basis, the **Product Variant** " -"field in the main section of the BoM should be left blank. This field is " -"used when creating a BoM for one variant of a product only." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/sub_assemblies.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage semi-finished products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/sub_assemblies.rst:5 -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:83 -msgid "" -"A subassembly is a manufactured product which is intended to be used as a " -"component of another manufactured product. You may wish to employ sub-" -"assemblies to simplify a complex BoM, to more accurately represent your " -"manufacturing flow, or to use the same subassembly in multiple BoMs. A BoM " -"that employs subassemblies is often referred to as a multi-level BoM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/sub_assemblies.rst:12 -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:90 -msgid "" -"Multi-level bills of materials in Odoo are accomplished by creating a top-" -"level BoM and subassembly BoMs. Next, the procurement route of the " -"subassembly product is defined. This ensures that every time a manufacturing" -" order for the top-level product is created, a manufacturing order for each " -"subassembly is created as well." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/sub_assemblies.rst:19 -msgid "Configure the Top -Level Product BoM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/sub_assemblies.rst:21 -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:99 -msgid "" -"To configure a multi-level BoM, create the top-level product and its BoM. " -"Include any subassemblies in the list of components. Create a BoM for each " -"subassembly as you would for any product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/sub_assemblies.rst:29 -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:107 -msgid "Configure the Subassembly Product Data" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/sub_assemblies.rst:31 -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:109 -msgid "" -"On the product form of the subassembly, you must select the routes " -"**Manufacture** and **Make To Order**. The **Manufacture** route takes " -"precedence over the **Buy** route, so selecting the latter will have no " -"effect." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/sub_assemblies.rst:39 -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:117 -msgid "" -"If you would like to be able to purchase the subassembly in addition to " -"manufacturing it, select **Can be Purchased**. All other fields on the " -"subassembly product form may be configured according to your preference." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started.rst:3 -msgid "Getting Started" -msgstr "Başlarken" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started.rst:5 -msgid "How to consume composents to make a finished product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:3 -msgid "How to create a Bill of Materials" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A bill of materials (BoM) is a document that describes the component " -"products, the quantity of each component, and the process required to " -"manufacture a product, including a routing and individual steps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:9 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, each product may have multiple BoMs associated with it, but a BoM " -"can only be associated with a single product. A single BoM can, however, " -"describe multiple variants of the same product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:14 -msgid "Setting up a Basic BoM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:16 -msgid "" -"If you choose to manage your manufacturing operations using manufacturing " -"orders only, you will define basic bills of materials without routings. For " -"more information about which method of management to use, review the " -"**Getting Started** section of the *Manufacturing* chapter of the " -"documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Before creating your first bill of materials, you will need to create a " -"product and at least one component (components are considered products in " -"Odoo). You can do so from :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products`, or on " -"the fly from the relevant fields on the BoM form. Review the Inventory " -"chapter for more information about configuring products. Once you have " -"created a product and at least one component, select them from the relevant " -"dropdown menus to add them to your bill of materials. A new bill of " -"materials can be created from :menuselection:`Master Data --> Bills of " -"Materials`, or using the button on the top of the product form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Under the **Miscellaneous** tab, you can fill additional fields. " -"**Sequence** defines the order in which your BoMs will be selected for " -"production orders, with lower numbers having higher priority. **Version** " -"allows you to track changes to your BoM over time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:38 -msgid "Adding a Routing to a BoM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:40 -msgid "" -"A routing defines a series of operations required to manufacture a product " -"and the work center at which each operation is performed. A routing may be " -"added to multiple BoMs, though a BoM may only have one routing. For more " -"information about configuring routings, review the chapter on routings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:46 -msgid "" -"After enabling routings from :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, " -"you will be able to add a routing to a bill of materials by selecting a " -"routing from the dropdown list or creating one on the fly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:50 -msgid "" -"You may define the work operation or step in which each component is " -"consumed using the field, **Consumed in Operation** under the **Components**" -" tab. Similarly, you can define the operation at which the product will be " -"produced under the **Miscellaneous** tab using the field **Produced at " -"Operation**. If this field is left blank, the products will be " -"consumed/produced at the final operation in the routing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:61 -msgid "Adding Byproducts to a BoM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:63 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, a byproduct is any product produced by a BoM in addition to the " -"primary product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:66 -msgid "" -"To add byproducts to a BoM, you will first need to enable them from " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:72 -msgid "" -"Once byproducts are enabled, you can add them to your bills of materials " -"under the **Byproducts** tab of the bill of materials. You can add any " -"product or products as byproducts. Byproducts are produced in the same step " -"of the routing as the primary product of the BoM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:81 -msgid "Setting up a BoM for a Product With Sub-Assemblies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:97 -msgid "Configure the Top-Level Product BoM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:123 -msgid "Using a Single BoM to Describe Several Variants of a Single Product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:3 -msgid "How to process a manufacturing order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:6 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:8 -msgid "" -"There are two basic ways to manage manufacturing in Odoo. The first way " -"manages work with one document only. This document is the **manufacturing " -"order**. The second way uses additional documents to give you more precise " -"control over the manufacturing process. In this way, **Manufacturing " -"orders** are divided into one or more steps defined by **work orders**, " -"performed in an order defined by **routings**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:17 -msgid "How to manage manufacturing without routings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:19 -msgid "" -"You will most likely use manufacturing orders without routings if all the " -"work to produce your product is performed in one place, by one person, in " -"one step, and/or you do not need the level of granular control afforded by " -"work orders and routings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Managing your operations in this way is the default behavior in Odoo. There " -"are two basic phases from planning to production:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:27 -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:52 -msgid "Create manufacturing orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:29 -msgid "Record Production" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:32 -msgid "How to manage manufacturing with routings and work orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:34 -msgid "" -"To use work orders and routings, you will need to enable the option **Manage" -" production by work orders** From :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`. You will then be able to add routings to bills of materials, and " -"configure some additional related fields. You will also be able to create " -"**work centers**, the locations at which work orders are performed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:41 -msgid "" -"When manufacturing with routings and work orders, each work order is " -"scheduled individually. You will also have access to time and capacity " -"planning, and reports on costing and efficiency on a work center level." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Manufacturing using routings can be broken down into several steps. When " -"configuring your BoM, you will need to add a routing defining the component " -"work orders. After planning the manufacturing order, you will have the added" -" step of scheduling work orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:50 -msgid "The workflow is thus divided into three basic phases, as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:54 -msgid "Schedule the associated work orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:56 -msgid "Perform the scheduled work and record production." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts.rst:3 -msgid "Main Concepts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:3 -msgid "Introduction to Odoo Manufacturing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:11 -msgid "Transcript" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:13 -msgid "Work in progress." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:3 -msgid "Manufacturing Terminologies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:9 -msgid "" -"A bill of materials (BoM) is a document that describes the materials, the " -"quantity of each material, and the steps required to manufacture a product. " -"Depending on the industry and the nature of the finished product, a " -"different name may be used to describe the same document. For example, in " -"the pharmaceutical industry, the term “recipe” may be used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:14 -msgid "Cycle" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:17 -msgid "" -"A production cycle is a frame of time during which an entire manufacturing " -"process can be fulfilled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:19 -msgid "Downtime or Leave" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Time during which a resource is unavailable. If the resource is a machine, " -"the unavailability is downtime, while if the resource is human, unavailable " -"time is called a Leave." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:25 -msgid "Finished products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Finished products are the final output of a manufacturing process. They are " -"normally not intended to be used as input into another manufacturing order " -"of the company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:31 -msgid "Kit" -msgstr "Kit" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:34 -msgid "" -"A kit is a set of components that are described by a bill of materials, but " -"which are delivered separately rather than assembled or mixed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:36 -msgid "Multi-level Bill of Materials" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:39 -msgid "" -"A bill of material can quickly grow very complex. To keep it manageable, it " -"can be broken down into several smaller manufactured parts, each having its " -"own BOM. These parts are typically referred to as sub-assembly of " -"intermediate products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Defining a BOM in multiple levels reduces the complexity of the top-level " -"document and allows components to be reused in other BoMs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:46 -msgid "Phantom Bill of Material" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:49 -msgid "" -"A phantom bill of material is always used in the context of multi-level " -"BOMs. It allows to add a sub-assembly as part of a bigger end-product while " -"avoiding to trigger a separate manufacturing order for the sub-assembly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:54 -msgid "" -"As such, when a manufacturing order for the final product is launched, the " -"components of the sub-assembly are reflected in the parent BOM as if they " -"were direct components of the parent BOM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Phantom BOM are thus used for grouping a set of components with the aim of " -"reusing them in many other BOM without the need to launch separate " -"manufacturing orders for the sub-assemblies." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:61 -msgid "Raw Materials" -msgstr "Alt Bileşenler" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Raw materials and components constitute the input that are transformed to " -"produce semi-finished or finished goods." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:67 -msgid "" -"The transformation here can take many aspects according to the industry. It " -"can be simple assembly, welding, mixing, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:69 -msgid "Routing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:72 -msgid "" -"A routing is a document that describes a series of Work Orders and the Work " -"Centers at which they will be carried out" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:74 -msgid "Semi-finished products and sub-assemblies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:77 -msgid "" -"These are products which are manufactured with the purpose to be consumed in" -" another manufacturing order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:79 -msgid "Work Order Operations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:82 -msgid "" -"Work Order Operations specify the set of activities necessary to fully " -"process a manufacturing order. Each activity or operation takes some time to" -" be completed and is performed into a determined production unit (also " -"called work center)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:86 -msgid "Work Order" -msgstr "İş Emri" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:89 -msgid "" -"A work order is a single manufacturing operation that is scheduled for " -"execution on a given date and a given duration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:91 -msgid "Work Center" -msgstr "İş Merkezi" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:94 -msgid "" -"Work centers identify production units and their resources. They are used to" -" represent the plant capacity as well as costing information. The capacity " -"is a combination of resources and their availability time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:97 -msgid "Resources" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:100 -msgid "" -"In manufacturing a resource can be a human being (employee) or machine " -"available in a work center." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:102 -msgid "Working Time" -msgstr "Çalışma Süresi" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:105 -msgid "" -"Each resource has its normal working time. For instance, machines can be set" -" up to operate 7 days a week 20 hours out of 24." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po b/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po deleted file mode 100644 index 5dbcff7b4..000000000 --- a/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2963 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-09 14:24+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: Levent Karakaş <levent@mektup.at>, 2017\n" -"Language-Team: Turkish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/tr/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: tr\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" - -#: ../../point_of_sale.rst:5 -msgid "Point of Sale" -msgstr "Satış Noktası" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced topics" -msgstr "İleri Düzey Konular" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:3 -msgid "How to use discount tags on products?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:5 -msgid "This tutorial will describe how to use discount tags on products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:8 -msgid "Barcode Nomenclature" -msgstr "Barkodun Adlandırılması" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:10 -msgid "" -"To start using discounts tags, let's first have a look at the **barcode " -"nomenclature** in order to print our correct discounts tags." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:13 -msgid "I want to have a discount for the product with the following barcode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Barcode " -"Nomenclatures`. In the default nomenclature, you can see that to set a " -"discount, you have to start you barcode with ``22`` and the add the " -"percentage you want to set for the product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:26 -msgid "" -"For instance if you want ``50%`` discount on a product you have to start you" -" barcode with ``2250`` and then add the product barcode. In our example, the" -" barcode will be:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:34 -msgid "Scanning your products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:36 -msgid "If you go back to the **dashboard** and start a **new session**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:41 -msgid "You have to scan:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:43 -msgid "the product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:45 -msgid "the discount tag" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:47 -msgid "When the product is scanned, it appears on the ticket" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Then when you scan the discount tag, ``50%`` discount is applied on the " -"product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:58 -msgid "That's it, this how you can use discount tag on products with Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:61 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:114 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:83 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:94 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:171 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:57 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:35 -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:155 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:69 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:81 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:43 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:35 -msgid ":doc:`../shop/cash_control`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:62 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:115 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:84 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:95 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:172 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:58 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:36 -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:156 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:70 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:82 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:44 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:36 -msgid ":doc:`../shop/invoice`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:63 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:116 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:85 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:96 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:173 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:59 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:37 -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:157 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:71 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:83 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:45 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:37 -msgid ":doc:`../shop/refund`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:64 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:117 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:86 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:97 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:174 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:60 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:38 -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:158 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:72 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:84 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:46 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:38 -msgid ":doc:`../shop/seasonal_discount`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:3 -msgid "How to create & run a loyalty & reward system" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:6 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:41 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:37 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:88 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:6 -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:22 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:6 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:6 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:6 -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:6 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Yapılandırma" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In the **Point of Sale** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration " -"--> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:14 -msgid "" -"You can tick **Manage loyalty program with point and reward for customers**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:21 -msgid "Create a loyalty program" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:23 -msgid "" -"After you apply, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Loyalty Programs` " -"and click on **Create**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Set a **name** and an **amount** of points given **by currency**, **by " -"order** or **by product**. Extra rules can also be added such as **extra " -"points** on a product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:33 -msgid "To do this click on **Add an item** under **Rules**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:38 -msgid "You can configure any rule by setting some configuration values." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:40 -msgid "**Name**: An internal identification for this loyalty program rule" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:41 -msgid "**Type**: Does this rule affects products, or a category of products?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:42 -msgid "**Target Product**: The product affected by the rule" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:43 -msgid "**Target Category**: The category affected by the rule" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:44 -msgid "" -"**Cumulative**: The points won from this rule will be won in addition to " -"other rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:45 -msgid "" -"**Points per product**: How many points the product will earn per product " -"ordered" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:46 -msgid "" -"**Points per currency**: How many points the product will earn per value " -"sold" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:51 -msgid "" -"Your new rule is now created and rewards can be added by clicking on **Add " -"an Item** under **Rewards**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:57 -msgid "Three types of reward can be given:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:59 -msgid "" -"**Resale**: convert your points into money. Set a product that represents " -"the value of 1 point." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:64 -msgid "" -"**Discount**: give a discount for an amount of points. Set a product with a " -"price of ``0 €`` and without any taxes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:69 -msgid "**Gift**: give a gift for an amount of points" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:77 -msgid "Applying your loyalty program to a point of sale" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:79 -msgid "On the **Dashboard**, click on :menuselection:`More --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:84 -msgid "Next to loyalty program, set the program you want to set." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:90 -msgid "Gathering and consuming points" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:92 -msgid "To start gathering points you need to set a customer on the order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:94 -msgid "Click on **Customer** and select the right one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:96 -msgid "Loyalty points will appear on screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:101 -msgid "" -"The next time the customer comes to your shop and has enough points to get a" -" reward, the **Rewards** button is highlighted and gifts can be given." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:108 -msgid "" -"The reward is added and of course points are subtracted from the total." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:3 -msgid "How to apply manual discounts?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:6 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:6 -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview.rst:3 ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:6 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Genel Bakış" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:8 -msgid "" -"You can apply manual discounts in two different ways. You can directly set a" -" discount on the product or you can set a global discount on the whole cart." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:13 -msgid "Discount on the product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:15 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:8 -msgid "On the dashboard, click on **New Session**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:20 -msgid "You will get into the main point of sale interface :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:25 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:76 -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:53 -msgid "" -"On the right you can see the list of your products with the categories on " -"the top. If you click on a product, it will be added in the cart. You can " -"directly set the correct quantity or weight by typing it on the keyboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:30 -msgid "" -"The same way you insert a quantity, Click on **Disc** and then type the " -"discount (in percent). This is how you insert a manual discount on a " -"specific product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:38 -msgid "Global discount" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:43 -msgid "" -"If you want to set a global discount, you need to go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and tick **Allow global " -"discounts**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:50 -msgid "Then from the dashboard, click on :menuselection:`More --> Settings`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:55 -msgid "" -"You have to activate **Order Discounts** and create a product that will be " -"added as a product with a negative price to deduct the discount." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:61 -msgid "" -"On the product used to create the discount, set the price to ``0`` and do " -"not forget to remove all the **taxes**, that can make the calculation wrong." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:68 -msgid "Set a global discount" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Now when you come back to the **dashboard** and start a **new session**, a " -"**Discount** button appears and by clicking on it you can set a " -"**discount**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:76 -msgid "" -"When it's validated, the discount line appears on the order and you can now " -"process to the payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:3 -msgid "How to accept credit card payments in Odoo POS using Mercury?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:8 -msgid "" -"A **MercuryPay** account (see `MercuryPay website " -"<https://www.mercurypay.com>`__.) is required to accept credit card payments" -" in Odoo 9 POS with an integrated card reader. MercuryPay only operates with" -" US and Canadian banks making this procedure only suitable for North " -"American businesses. An alternative to an integrated card reader is to work " -"with a standalone card reader, copy the transaction total from the Odoo POS " -"screen into the card reader, and record the transaction in Odoo POS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:18 -msgid "Module installation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Go to **Apps** and install the **Mercury Payment Services** application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:26 -msgid "Mercury Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:28 -msgid "" -"In the **Point of Sale** application, click on :menuselection:`Configuration" -" --> Mercury Configurations` and then on **Create**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:35 -msgid "Introduce your **credentials** and then save them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Then go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Payment methods` and click on " -"**Create**. Under the **Point of Sale** tab you can set a **Mercury " -"configuration** to the **Payment method**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Finally, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Point of Sale` and add a " -"new payment method on the point of sale by editing it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Then select the payment method corresponding to your mercury configuration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:60 -msgid "Save the modifications." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:63 -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:48 -msgid "Register a sale" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:65 -msgid "" -"On the dashboard, you can see your point(s) of sales, click on **New " -"Session**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:71 -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:114 -msgid "You will get the main point of sale interface:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:82 -msgid "Payment with credit cards" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:84 -msgid "" -"Once the order is completed, click on **Payment**. You can choose the credit" -" card **Payment Method**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:90 -msgid "" -"Type in the **Amount** to be paid with the credit card. Now you can swipe " -"the card and validate the payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage multiple cashiers?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:5 -msgid "" -"This tutorial will describe how to manage multiple cashiers. There are four " -"differents ways to manage several cashiers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:9 -msgid "Switch cashier without any security" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:11 -msgid "" -"As prerequisite, you just need to have a second user with the **Point of " -"Sale User** rights (Under the :menuselection:`General Settings --> Users` " -"menu). On the **Dashboard** click on **New Session** as the main user." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:18 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:64 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:123 -msgid "On the top of the screen click on the **user name**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:23 -msgid "And switch to another cashier." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:28 -msgid "" -"The name on the top has changed which means you have changed the cashier." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:34 -msgid "Switch cashier with pin code" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:39 -msgid "" -"If you want your cashiers to need a pin code to be able to use it, you can " -"set it up in by clicking on **Settings**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:45 -msgid "Then click on **Manage access rights**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:50 -msgid "" -"**Edit** the cashier and add a security pin code on the **Point of Sale** " -"tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:57 -msgid "Change cashier" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:59 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:118 -msgid "On the **Dashboard** click on **New Session**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:69 -msgid "Choose your **cashier**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:74 -msgid "" -"You will have to insert the user's **pin code** to be able to continue." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:79 -msgid "Now you can see that the cashier has changed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:85 -msgid "Switch cashier with cashier barcode badge" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:90 -msgid "" -"If you want your cashiers to scan its badge, you can set it up in by " -"clicking on **Settings**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:96 -msgid "Then click on **Manage access rights**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:101 -msgid "" -"**Edit** the cashier and add a **security pin code** on the **Point of " -"Sale** tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:108 -msgid "" -"Be careful of the barcode nomenclature, the default one forced you to use a " -"barcode starting with ``041`` for cashier barcodes. To change that go to " -":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Barcode Nomenclatures`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:116 -msgid "Change Cashier" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:128 -msgid "" -"When the cashier scans his own badge, you can see on the top that the " -"cashier has changed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:132 -msgid "Assign session to a user" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:134 -msgid "" -"Click on the menu :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Orders --> Sessions`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:139 -msgid "" -"Then, click on **New** and assign as **Responsible** the correct cashier to " -"the point of sale." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:145 -msgid "When the cashier logs in he is able to open the session" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:151 -msgid "Assign a default point of sale to a cashier" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:153 -msgid "" -"If you want your cashiers to be assigned to a point of sale, go to " -":menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:159 -msgid "Then click on **Manage Access Rights**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:164 -msgid "" -"**Edit** the cashier and add a **Default Point of Sale** under the **Point " -"of Sale** tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:3 -msgid "How to register customers?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:6 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:21 -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:6 -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:78 -msgid "Register an order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:13 -msgid "You arrive now on the main view :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:18 -msgid "" -"On the right you can see the list of your products with the categories on " -"the top. If you click on a product, it will be added in the cart. You can " -"directly set the quantity or weight by typing it on the keyboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:23 -msgid "Record a customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:25 -msgid "On the main view, click on **Customer**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:30 -msgid "Register a new customer by clicking on the button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:35 -msgid "The following form appear. Fill in the relevant information:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:40 -msgid "When it's done click on the **floppy disk** icon" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:45 -msgid "" -"You just registered a new customer. To set this customer to the current " -"order, just tap on **Set Customer**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:51 -msgid "The customer is now set on the order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:3 -msgid "How to reprint receipts?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:8 -msgid "This feature requires a POSBox and a receipt printer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:10 -msgid "" -"If you want to allow a cashier to reprint a ticket, go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and tick the option **Allow " -"cashier to reprint receipts**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:17 -msgid "" -"You also need to allow the reprinting on the point of sale. Go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Point of Sale`, open the one you want to " -"configure and and tick the option **Reprinting**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:25 -msgid "How to reprint a receipt?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:27 -msgid "" -"In the Point of Sale interface click on the **Reprint Receipt** button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:32 -msgid "The last printed receipt will be printed again." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze.rst:3 -msgid "Analyze sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:3 -msgid "Getting daily sales statistics" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:7 -msgid "Point of Sale statistics" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:9 -msgid "" -"On your dashboard, click on the **More** button on the point of sale you " -"want to analyse. Then click on **Orders**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:15 -msgid "You will get the figures for this particular point of sale." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:21 -msgid "Global statistics" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:23 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Reports --> Orders`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:25 -msgid "You will get the figures of all orders for all point of sales." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:31 -msgid "Cashier statistics" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:33 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Reports --> Sales Details`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Choose the dates. Select the cashiers by clicking on **Add an item**. Then " -"click on **Print Report**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:41 -msgid "You will get a full report in a PDF file. Here is an example :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm.rst:3 -msgid "Belgian Fiscal Data Module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:3 -msgid "Setting up the Fiscal Data Module with the Odoo POS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:6 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The Belgian government requires certain businesses to use a government-" -"certified device called a **Fiscal Data Module** (also known as a " -"**blackbox**). This device works together with the POS application and logs " -"certain transactions. On top of that, the used POS application must also be " -"certified by the government and must adhere to strict standards specified by" -" them. `Odoo 9 (Enterprise Edition) is a certified application " -"<http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/systemes-certifies>`_. More " -"information concerning the Fiscal Data Module can be found on `the official " -"website <http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:20 -msgid "Required hardware" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:22 -msgid "" -"A government certified `Fiscal Data Module " -"<http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/systemes-" -"certifies#FDM%20certifiés>`_ per POS, all of them should work, but the " -"Cleancash SC-B is recommended, you will also need:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Serial null modem cable per FDM (`example <http://www.startech.com/Cables" -"/Serial-Parallel-PS-2/DB9-DB25/10-ft-Cross-Wired-Serial-Null-Modem-Cable-" -"DB9-FM~SCNM9FM>`__)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Serial-to-USB adapter per FDM (`example " -"<http://trendnet.com/products/proddetail.asp?prod=265_TU-S9>`__)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:32 -msgid "A registered POSBox per POS configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:35 -msgid "Setup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:38 -msgid "POSBox" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:40 -msgid "" -"In order to use a Fiscal Data Module, you will need a registered POSBox. " -"These POSBoxes are similar to the regular POSBoxes we sell, but they are " -"registered with the Belgian government. This is required by law. Attempting " -"to use a Fiscal Data Module on a non-registered POSBox will not work. You " -"can verify that the Fiscal Data Module is recognized by the POSBox by going " -"to the *Hardware status page* via the POSBox homepage." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:52 -msgid "Odoo" -msgstr "Odoo" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:54 -msgid "" -"An Odoo POS app can be given certified POS capabilities by installing the " -"**Belgian Registered Cash Register** app (technical name: " -"``pos_blackbox_be``). Because of government restrictions imposed on us, this" -" installation cannot be undone. After this, you will have to ensure that " -"each POS configuration has a unique registered POSBox associated with it " -"(:menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and " -"ensure Hardware Proxy / POSBox and the serial number of your POSBox is set)." -" The first time you open the Point of Sale and attempt to do a transaction, " -"you will be asked to input the PIN that you received with your VAT signing " -"card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:69 -msgid "Certification & On-premise" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:71 -msgid "" -"The certification granted by the government is restricted to the use on " -"odoo.com SaaS instance. The usage of the module from the source or a " -"modified version will **not** be certified. For on-premise users, we also " -"support the Fiscal Data Module in such installations. The main restriction " -"is that this requires an obfuscated version of the ``pos_blackbox_be`` " -"module we will provide on request for Enterprise customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:79 -msgid "Restrictions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:81 -msgid "" -"As mentioned before, in order to get certified the POS application must " -"adhere to strict government guidelines. Because of this, a certified Odoo " -"POS has some limitations not present in the non-certified Odoo POS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:86 -msgid "Refunding is disabled" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:87 -msgid "Modifying orderline prices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:88 -msgid "Creating/modifying/deleting POS orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:89 -msgid "Selling products without a valid tax" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:90 -msgid "Multiple Odoo POS configurations per POSBox are not allowed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:91 -msgid "Using the POS without a connection to the POSBox (and thus FDM)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:92 -msgid "Blacklisted modules: pos_discount, pos_reprint, pos_loyalty" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:3 -msgid "Point of Sale Hardware Setup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:6 -msgid "POSBox Setup Guide" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:11 -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:206 -msgid "Prerequisites" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Before you start setting up your POSBox make sure you have everything. You " -"will need :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:16 -msgid "The POSBox" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:17 -msgid "A 2A Power adapter" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:18 -msgid "A computer or tablet with an up-to-date web browser" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:19 -msgid "A running SaaS or Odoo instance with the Point of Sale installed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:20 -msgid "A local network set up with DHCP (this is the default setting)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:21 -msgid "An RJ45 Ethernet Cable or a Linux compatible USB Wi-Fi adapter" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:22 -msgid "" -"An Epson USB TM-T20 Printer or another ESC/POS compatible printer " -"(officially supported printers are listed at the `POS Hardware page " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/pos-ipad-android-hardware>`_)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:25 -msgid "A Honeywell Eclipse USB Barcode Scanner or another compatible scanner" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:26 -msgid "An Epson compatible cash drawer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:29 -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:214 -msgid "Step By Step Setup Guide" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:32 -msgid "Current version of the POSBox (since 2015)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:36 -msgid "Connect peripheral devices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Officially supported hardware is listed on `the POS Hardware page " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/pos-ipad-android-hardware>`_, but other hardware " -"might work as well." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:42 -msgid "**Printer**: Connect an ESC/POS printer to a USB port and power it on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:45 -msgid "" -"**Cash drawer**: The cash drawer should be connected to the printer with an " -"RJ25 cable." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:48 -msgid "" -"**Barcode scanner**: Connect your barcode scanner. In order for your barcode" -" scanner to be compatible it must behave as a keyboard and must be " -"configured in **US QWERTY**. It also must end barcodes with an Enter " -"character (keycode 28). This is most likely the default configuration of " -"your barcode scanner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:54 -msgid "**Scale**: Connect your scale and power it on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:56 -msgid "" -"**Ethernet**: If you do not wish to use Wi-Fi, plug in the Ethernet cable. " -"Make sure this will connect the POSBox to the same network as your POS " -"device." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:60 -msgid "" -"**Wi-Fi**: If you do not wish to use Ethernet, plug in a Linux compatible " -"USB Wi-Fi adapter. Most commercially available Wi-Fi adapters are Linux " -"compatible. Officially supported are Wi-Fi adapters with a Ralink 5370 " -"chipset. Make sure not to plug in an Ethernet cable, because all Wi-Fi " -"functionality will be bypassed when a wired network connection is available." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:68 -msgid "Power the POSBox" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Plug the power adapter into the POSBox, a bright red status led should light" -" up." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:74 -msgid "Make sure the POSBox is ready" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Once powered, The POSBox needs a while to boot. Once the POSBox is ready, it" -" should print a status receipt with its IP address. Also the status LED, " -"just next to the red power LED, should be permanently lit green." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:82 -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:293 -msgid "Setup the Point of Sale" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:84 -msgid "" -"To setup the POSBox in the Point of Sale go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale" -" --> Configuration --> Settings` and select your Point of Sale. Scroll down " -"to the ``Hardware Proxy / POSBox`` section and activate the options for the " -"hardware you want to use through the POSBox. Specifying the IP of the POSBox" -" is recommended (it is printed on the receipt that gets printed after " -"booting up the POSBox). When the IP is not specified the Point of Sale will " -"attempt to find it on the local network." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:93 -msgid "" -"If you are running multiple Point of Sales on the same POSBox, make sure " -"that only one of them has Remote Scanning/Barcode Scanner activated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:96 -msgid "" -"It might be a good idea to make sure the POSBox IP never changes in your " -"network. Refer to your router documentation on how to achieve this." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:101 -msgid "Launch the Point of Sale" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:103 -msgid "" -"If you didn't specify the POSBox's IP address in the configuration, the POS " -"will need some time to perform a network scan to find the POSBox. This is " -"only done once." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:107 -msgid "" -"The Point of Sale is now connected to the POSBox and your hardware should be" -" ready to use." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:111 -msgid "Wi-Fi configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:113 -msgid "" -"The POSBox is Wi-Fi-capable. In order to use it you'll need a Linux " -"compatible USB Wi-Fi adapter. Most commercially available Wi-Fi adapters are" -" Linux compatible. Officially supported are Wi-Fi adapters with a Ralink " -"5370 chipset." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:118 -msgid "" -"Make sure not to plug in an Ethernet cable, as all Wi-Fi related " -"functionality will be disabled when a wired network connection is available." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:122 -msgid "" -"When the POSBox boots with a Wi-Fi adapter it will start its own Wi-Fi " -"Access Point called \"Posbox\" you can connect to. The receipt that gets " -"printed when the POSBox starts will reflect this. In order to make the " -"POSBox connect to an already existing Wi-Fi network, go to the homepage of " -"the POSBox (indicated on the receipt) and go to the Wi-Fi configuration " -"page. On there you can choose a network to connect to. Note that we only " -"support open and WPA(2)-PSK networks. When connecting to a WPA-secured " -"network, fill in the password field. The POSBox will attempt to connect to " -"the specified network and will print a new POSBox status receipt after it " -"has connected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:133 -msgid "" -"If you plan on permanently setting up the POSBox with Wi-Fi, you can use the" -" \"persistent\" checkbox on the Wi-Fi configuration page when connecting to " -"a network. This will make the network choice persist across reboots. This " -"means that instead of starting up its own \"Posbox\" network it will always " -"attempt to connect to the specified network after it boots." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:140 -msgid "" -"When the POSBox fails to connect to a network it will fall back to starting " -"it's own \"Posbox\" Access Point. If connection is lost with a Wi-Fi network" -" after connecting to it, the POSBox will attempt to re-establish connection " -"automatically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:146 -msgid "Multi-POS Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:148 -msgid "" -"The advised way to setup a multi Point of Sale shop is to have one POSBox " -"per Point of Sale. In this case it is mandatory to manually specify the IP " -"address of each POSBox in each Point of Sale. You must also configure your " -"network to make sure the POSBox's IP addresses don't change. Please refer to" -" your router documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:155 -msgid "POSBoxless Guide (advanced)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:159 -msgid "" -"If you are running your Point of Sale on a Debian-based Linux distribution, " -"you do not need the POSBox as you can run its software locally. However the " -"installation process is not foolproof. You'll need at least to know how to " -"install and run Odoo. You may also run into issues specific to your " -"distribution or to your particular setup and hardware configuration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:166 -msgid "" -"Drivers for the various types of supported hardware are provided as Odoo " -"modules. In fact, the POSBox runs an instance of Odoo that the Point of Sale" -" communicates with. The instance of Odoo running on the POSBox is very " -"different from a 'real' Odoo instance however. It does not handle *any* " -"business data (eg. POS orders), but only serves as a gateway between the " -"Point of Sale and the hardware." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:173 -msgid "" -"The goal of this section will be to set up a local Odoo instance that " -"behaves like the Odoo instance running on the POSBox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:177 -msgid "Image building process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:179 -msgid "" -"We generate the official POSBox images using the scripts in " -"https://github.com/odoo/odoo/tree/8.0/addons/point_of_sale/tools/posbox. " -"More specifically, we run `posbox_create_image.sh " -"<https://github.com/odoo/odoo/blob/8.0/addons/point_of_sale/tools/posbox/posbox_create_image.sh>`_." -" This builds an image called ``posbox.img``, which we zip and upload to " -"`nightly.odoo.com <https://nightly.odoo.com>`_ for users to download." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:187 -msgid "" -"The scripts in this directory might be useful as a reference if you get " -"stuck or want more detail about something." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:191 -msgid "Summary of the image creation process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:193 -msgid "" -"The image creation process starts by downloading the latest `Raspbian " -"<https://www.raspbian.org/>`_ image. It then locally mounts this Raspbian " -"image and copies over some files and scripts that will make the Raspbian " -"image turn itself into a POSBox when it boots. These scripts will update " -"Raspbian, remove non-essential packages and install required packages. In " -"order to boot Raspbian we use qemu, which is capable of providing ARM " -"emulation. After this, the emulated Raspbian OS will shut itself down. We " -"then once again locally mount the image, remove the scripts that were used " -"to initialize the image at boot and we copy over some extra configuration " -"files. The resulting image is then ready to be tested and used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:208 -msgid "A Debian-based Linux distribution (Debian, Ubuntu, Mint, etc.)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:209 -msgid "A running Odoo instance you connect to to load the Point of Sale" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:210 -msgid "" -"You must uninstall any ESC/POS printer driver as it will conflict with " -"Odoo's built-in driver" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:217 -msgid "Extra dependencies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:219 -msgid "" -"Because Odoo runs on Python 2, you need to check which version of pip you " -"need to use." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:222 -msgid "``# pip --version``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:224 -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:230 -msgid "If it returns something like::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:228 -msgid "You need to try pip2 instead." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:234 -msgid "You can use pip." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:236 -msgid "The driver modules requires the installation of new python modules:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:238 -msgid "``# pip install pyserial``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:240 -msgid "``# pip install pyusb==1.0.0b1``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:242 -msgid "``# pip install qrcode``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:245 -msgid "Access Rights" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:247 -msgid "" -"The drivers need raw access to the printer and barcode scanner devices. " -"Doing so requires a bit system administration. First we are going to create " -"a group that has access to USB devices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:251 -msgid "``# groupadd usbusers``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:253 -msgid "Then we add the user who will run the OpenERP server to ``usbusers``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:255 -msgid "``# usermod -a -G usbusers USERNAME``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:257 -msgid "" -"Then we need to create a udev rule that will automatically allow members of " -"``usbusers`` to access raw USB devices. To do so create a file called " -"``99-usbusers.rules`` in the ``/etc/udev/rules.d/`` directory with the " -"following content::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:265 -msgid "Then you need to reboot your machine." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:268 -msgid "Start the local Odoo instance" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:270 -msgid "We must launch the Odoo server with the correct settings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:272 -msgid "" -"``$ ./odoo.py " -"--load=web,hw_proxy,hw_posbox_homepage,hw_posbox_upgrade,hw_scale,hw_scanner,hw_escpos``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:275 -msgid "Test the instance" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:277 -msgid "" -"Plug all your hardware to your machine's USB ports, and go to " -"``http://localhost:8069/hw_proxy/status`` refresh the page a few times and " -"see if all your devices are indicated as *Connected*. Possible source of " -"errors are: The paths on the distribution differ from the paths expected by " -"the drivers, another process has grabbed exclusive access to the devices, " -"the udev rules do not apply or a superseded by others." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:285 -msgid "Automatically start Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:287 -msgid "" -"You must now make sure that this Odoo install is automatically started after" -" boot. There are various ways to do so, and how to do it depends on your " -"particular setup. Using the init system provided by your distribution is " -"probably the easiest way to accomplish this." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:295 -msgid "" -"The IP address field in the POS configuration must be either ``127.0.0.1`` " -"or ``localhost`` if you're running the created Odoo server on the machine " -"that you'll use as the Point of Sale device. You can also leave it empty." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:301 -msgid "POSBox Technical Documentation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:304 -msgid "Technical Overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:307 -msgid "The POSBox Hardware" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:309 -msgid "" -"The POSBox's Hardware is based on a `Raspberry Pi 2 " -"<https://www.raspberrypi.org/products/raspberry-pi-2-model-b/>`_, a popular " -"single-board computer. The Raspberry Pi 2 is powered with a 2A micro-usb " -"power adapter. 2A is needed to give enough power to the barcode scanners. " -"The Software is installed on a 8Gb Class 10 or Higher SD Card. All this " -"hardware is easily available worldwide from independent vendors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:318 -msgid "Compatible Peripherals" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:320 -msgid "" -"Officially supported hardware is listed on the `POS Hardware page " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/pos-ipad-android-hardware>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:324 -msgid "The POSBox Software" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:326 -msgid "" -"The POSBox runs a heavily modified Raspbian Linux installation, a Debian " -"derivative for the Raspberry Pi. It also runs a barebones installation of " -"Odoo which provides the webserver and the drivers. The hardware drivers are " -"implemented as Odoo modules. Those modules are all prefixed with ``hw_*`` " -"and they are the only modules that are running on the POSBox. Odoo is only " -"used for the framework it provides. No business data is processed or stored " -"on the POSBox. The Odoo instance is a shallow git clone of the ``8.0`` " -"branch." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:335 -msgid "" -"The root partition on the POSBox is mounted read-only, ensuring that we " -"don't wear out the SD card by writing to it too much. It also ensures that " -"the filesystem cannot be corrupted by cutting the power to the POSBox. Linux" -" applications expect to be able to write to certain directories though. So " -"we provide a ramdisk for /etc and /var (Raspbian automatically provides one " -"for /tmp). These ramdisks are setup by ``setup_ramdisks.sh``, which we run " -"before all other init scripts by running it in ``/etc/init.d/rcS``. The " -"ramdisks are named /etc_ram and /var_ram respectively. Most data from /etc " -"and /var is copied to these tmpfs ramdisks. In order to restrict the size of" -" the ramdisks, we do not copy over certain things to them (eg. apt related " -"data). We then bind mount them over the original directories. So when an " -"application writes to /etc/foo/bar it's actually writing to " -"/etc_ram/foo/bar. We also bind mount / to /root_bypass_ramdisks to be able " -"to get to the real /etc and /var during development." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:351 -msgid "Logs of the running Odoo server can be found at:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:353 -msgid "``/var/log/odoo/odoo.log``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:355 -msgid "" -"Various POSBox related scripts (eg. wifi-related scripts) running on the " -"POSBox will log to /var/log/syslog and those messages are tagged with " -"``posbox_*``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:360 -msgid "Accessing the POSBox" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:363 -msgid "Local Access" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:365 -msgid "" -"If you plug a QWERTY USB keyboard into one of the POSBox's USB ports, and if" -" you connect a computer monitor to the *HDMI* port of the POSBox, you can " -"use it as a small GNU/Linux computer and perform various administration " -"tasks, like viewing some logs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:370 -msgid "The POSBox will automatically log in as root on the default tty." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:373 -msgid "Remote Access" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:375 -msgid "" -"If you have the POSBox's IP address and an SSH client you can access the " -"POSBox's system remotely. The login credentials are ``pi``/``raspberry``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:380 -msgid "Updating The POSBox Software" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:382 -msgid "" -"Only upgrade the POSBox if you experience problems or want to use newly " -"implemented features." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:385 -msgid "" -"The best way to update the POSBox software is to download a new version of " -"the image and flash the SD-Card with it. This operation is described in " -"detail in `this tutorial <http://elinux.org/RPi_Easy_SD_Card_Setup>`_, just " -"replace the standard Raspberry Pi image with the latest one found at `the " -"official POSBox image page <http://nightly.odoo.com/master/posbox/>`_. This " -"method of upgrading will ensure that you're running the latest version of " -"the POSBox software." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:394 -msgid "" -"The second way of upgrading is through the built in upgrade interface that " -"can be reached through the POSBox homepage. The nice thing about upgrading " -"like this is that you don't have to flash a new image. This upgrade method " -"is limited to what it can do however. It can not eg. update installed " -"configuration files (like eg. /etc/hostapd.conf). It can only upgrade:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:401 -msgid "The internal Odoo application" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:402 -msgid "" -"Scripts in the folder " -"``odoo/addons/point_of_sale/tools/posbox/configuration/``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:404 -msgid "When in doubt, always use the first method of upgrading." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:407 -msgid "Troubleshoot" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:410 -msgid "The POS cannot connect to the POSBox" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:412 -msgid "" -"The easiest way to make sure the POSBox is properly set-up is to turn it on " -"with the printer plugged in as it will print a receipt indicating any error " -"if encountered or the POSBox's IP address in case of success. If no receipt " -"is printed, check the following steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:416 -msgid "" -"Make sure the POSBox is powered on, indicated by a brightly lit red status " -"LED." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:418 -msgid "" -"Make sure the POSBox is ready, this is indicated by a brightly lit green " -"status LED just next to the red power status LED. The POSBox should be ready" -" ~2 minutes after it is started." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:421 -msgid "" -"Make sure the POSBox is connected to the same network as your POS device. " -"Both the device and the POSBox should be visible in the list of connected " -"devices on your network router." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:424 -msgid "" -"Make sure that your LAN is set up with DHCP, and gives IP addresses in the " -"range 192.168.0.X, 192.168.1.X, 10.0.0.X. If you cannot setup your LAN that " -"way, you must manually set up your POSBox's IP address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:428 -msgid "" -"If you have specified the POSBox's IP address in the configuration, make " -"sure it correspond to the printed on the POSBox's status receipt." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:431 -msgid "Make sure that the POS is not loaded over HTTPS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:432 -msgid "" -"A bug in Firefox's HTTP implementation prevents the autodiscovery from " -"working reliably. When using Firefox you should manually set up the POSBox's" -" IP address in the POS configuration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:437 -msgid "The Barcode Scanner is not working" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:439 -msgid "" -"The barcode scanner must be configured in US QWERTY and emit an Enter after " -"each barcode. This is the default configuration of most barcode readers. " -"Refer to the barcode reader documentation for more information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:443 -msgid "" -"The POSBox needs a 2A power supply to work with some barcode scanners. If " -"you are not using the provided power supply, make sure the one you use has " -"enough power." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:446 -msgid "" -"Some barcode scanners will need more than 2A and will not work, or will work" -" unreliably, even with the provided power supply. In those case you can plug" -" the barcode scanner in a self-powered USB hub." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:449 -msgid "" -"Some poorly built barcode scanners do not advertise themselves as barcode " -"scanners but as a usb keyboard instead, and will not be recognized by the " -"POSBox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:454 -msgid "The Barcode Scanner is not working reliably" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:456 -msgid "" -"Make sure that no more than one device with 'Scan via Proxy'/'Barcode " -"Scanner' enabled are connected to the POSBox at the same time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:461 -msgid "Printing the receipt takes too much time" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:463 -msgid "" -"A small delay before the first print is expected, as the POSBox will do some" -" preprocessing to speed up the next printings. If you suffer delays " -"afterwards it is most likely due to poor network connection between the POS " -"and the POSBox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:469 -msgid "Some characters are not correctly printed on the receipt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:471 -msgid "" -"The POSBox does not support all languages and characters. It currently " -"supports Latin and Cyrillic based scripts, with basic Japanese support." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:476 -msgid "The printer is offline" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:478 -msgid "" -"Make sure the printer is connected, powered, has enough paper and has its " -"lid closed, and is not reporting an error. If the error persists, please " -"contact support." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:483 -msgid "The cashdrawer does not open" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:485 -msgid "" -"The cashdrawer should be connected to the printer and should be activated in" -" the POS configuration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:489 -msgid "Credits" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:490 -msgid "" -"The POSBox project was developed by Frédéric van der Essen with the kind " -"help of Gary Malherbe, Fabien Meghazi, Nicolas Wisniewsky, Dimitri Del " -"Marmol, Joren Van Onder and Antony Lesuisse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:494 -msgid "" -"This development would not have been possible without the Indiegogo campaign" -" and those who contributed to it. Special thanks goes to the partners who " -"backed the campaign with founding partner bundles:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:498 -msgid "Camptocamp" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:499 -msgid "BHC" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:500 -msgid "openBig" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:501 -msgid "Eeezee-IT" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:502 -msgid "Solarsis LDA" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:503 -msgid "ACSONE" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:504 -msgid "Vauxoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:505 -msgid "Ekomurz" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:506 -msgid "Datalp" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:507 -msgid "Dao Systems" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:508 -msgid "Eggs Solutions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:509 -msgid "OpusVL" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:511 -msgid "" -"And also the partners who've backed the development with the Founding POSBox" -" Bundle:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:514 -msgid "Willow IT" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:515 -msgid "E\\. Akhalwaya & Sons" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:516 -msgid "Multibase" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:517 -msgid "Mindesa" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:518 -msgid "bpso.biz" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:519 -msgid "Shine IT." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:3 -msgid "Getting started with Odoo Point of Sale" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo's online **Point of Sale** application is based on a simple, user " -"friendly interface. The **Point of Sale** application can be used online or " -"offline on iPads, Android tablets or laptops." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Odoo **Point of Sale** is fully integrated with the **Inventory** and the " -"**Accounting** applications. Any transaction with your point of sale will " -"automatically be registered in your inventory management and accounting and," -" even in your **CRM** as the customer can be identified from the app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:17 -msgid "" -"You will be able to run real time statistics and consolidations across all " -"your shops without the hassle of integrating several external applications." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:25 -msgid "Install the Point of Sale Application" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Start by installing the **Point of Sale** application. Go to " -":menuselection:`Apps` and install the **Point of Sale** application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Do not forget to install an accounting **chart of account**. If it is not " -"done, go to the **Invoicing/Accounting** application and click on **Browse " -"available countries**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:40 -msgid "Then choose the one you want to install." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:42 -msgid "When it is done, you are all set to use the point of sale." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:45 -msgid "Adding Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:47 -msgid "" -"To add products from the point of sale **Dashboard** go to " -":menuselection:`Orders --> Products` and click on **Create**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:50 -msgid "" -"The first example will be oranges with a price of ``3€/kg``. In the " -"**Sales** tab, you can see the point of sale configuration. There, you can " -"set a product category, specify that the product has to be weighted or not " -"and ensure that it will be available in the point of sale." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:58 -msgid "" -"In same the way, you can add lemons, pumpkins, red onions, bananas... in the" -" database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:62 -msgid "How to easily manage categories?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:64 -msgid "" -"If you already have a database with your products, you can easily set a " -"**Point of Sale Category** by using the Kanban view and by grouping the " -"products by **Point of Sale Category**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:72 -msgid "Configuring a payment method" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:74 -msgid "" -"To configure a new payment method go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Payment methods` and click on **Create**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:81 -msgid "" -"After you set up a name and the type of payment method, you can go to the " -"point of sale tab and ensure that this payment method has been activated for" -" the point of sale." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:86 -msgid "Configuring your points of sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:88 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Point of Sale`, click on the " -"``main`` point of sale. Edit the point of sale and add your custom payment " -"method into the available payment methods." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:95 -msgid "" -"You can configure each point of sale according to your hardware, " -"location,..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Point of Sale Name" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "An internal identification of the point of sale" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Sales Journal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Accounting journal used to post sales entries." -msgstr "Satış fişleri için kullanılacak muhasebe yevmiyesi" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Invoice Journal" -msgstr "Fatura Yevmiyesi" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Accounting journal used to create invoices." -msgstr "Faturalar oluşurken kullanılacak muhasebe yevmiyesi" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Group Journal Items" -msgstr "Yevmiye Kalemlerini Grupla" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Check this if you want to group the Journal Items by Product while closing a" -" Session" -msgstr "" -"Bir Oturum kapatırken yevmiye öğelerini ürüne göre gruplandırmak " -"istiyorsanız bunu işaretleyiniz" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Barcodes" -msgstr "Barkodlar" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Defines what kind of barcodes are available and how they are assigned to " -"products, customers and cashiers" -msgstr "" -"Hangi barkodların kullanılabileceğini ve ürün, müşteri ve kasiyerlere nasıl " -"ilişkilendirieceğini tanımlar" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Order IDs Sequence" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "" -"This sequence is automatically created by Odoo but you can change it to " -"customize the reference numbers of your orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Sales Channel" -msgstr "Satış Ekibi" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "This Point of sale's sales will be related to this Sales Channel." -msgstr "" -"Bu Satış Noktasının satışları, bu Satış Kanalı ile ilişkilendirilecektir." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Virtual KeyBoard" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Enables an integrated Virtual Keyboard" -msgstr "Entegre Sanal Klavye Etkinleştirir" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Invoicing" -msgstr "Faturalama" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Enables invoice generation from the Point of Sale" -msgstr "Satış Noktasında fatura oluşturmayı etkinleştir" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Prefill Cash Payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "" -"The payment input will behave similarily to bank payment input, and will be " -"prefilled with the exact due amount" -msgstr "" -"Ödeme girişi banka ödeme girişine benzer davranır ve geri ödenecek tutar " -"otomatik doldurulur" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Start Category" -msgstr "Başlangıç Kategorisi" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "" -"The point of sale will display this product category by default. If no " -"category is specified, all available products will be shown" -msgstr "" -"Varsayılan olarak bu ürün kategorisi gösterilecek. Eğer ürün kategorisi " -"seçilmemişse tüm ürünler gösterilecektir." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Tip Product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "" -"The product used to encode the customer tip. Leave empty if you do not " -"accept tips." -msgstr "" -"Müşteri Tarafından bahşiş bırakıldığında kullanılmak için açılmış bir " -"üründür. Eğer kasada bahşiş kabul etmek istemiyorsanız boş bırakın." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Include Taxes in Prices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "" -"The displayed prices will always include all taxes, even if the taxes have " -"been setup differently" -msgstr "" -"Gösterilen fiyatlar vergiler farklı ayarlanmış olsa bile her zaman KDV dahil" -" fiyat olacaktır" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Large Scrollbars" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "For imprecise industrial touchscreens" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Display Category Pictures" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "The product categories will be displayed with pictures." -msgstr "Ürün kategorileri görsellerle beraber görünecektir." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "IP Address" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "" -"The hostname or ip address of the hardware proxy, Will be autodetected if " -"left empty" -msgstr "" -"Donanım proxy veya sunucu adı veya IP adresi. Boş bırakılırsa otomatik " -"algılanacaktır" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Barcode Scanner" -msgstr "Barkod Tarayıcı" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Enable barcode scanning with a remotely connected barcode scanner" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Electronic Scale" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Enables Electronic Scale integration" -msgstr "Elektronik Tartı Entegrasyonu Etkinleştirir" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Cashdrawer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Automatically open the cashdrawer" -msgstr "Nakit kasasını otomatik aç" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Receipt Printer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Bypass browser printing and prints via the hardware proxy" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Automatic Receipt Printing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "The receipt will automatically be printed at the end of each order" -msgstr "Sipariş sonunda fiş otomatik yazdırılacaktır." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Skip Receipt Screen" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "" -"The receipt screen will be skipped if the receipt can be printed " -"automatically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Header" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "A short text that will be inserted as a header in the printed receipt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Footer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "A short text that will be inserted as a footer in the printed receipt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Cash Control" -msgstr "Kasa Kontrolü" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Check the amount of the cashbox at opening and closing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Bill Splitting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Enables Bill Splitting in the Point of Sale" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Bill Printing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Allows to print the Bill before payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Orderline Notes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Allow custom notes on Orderlines" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Restaurant Floors" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "The restaurant floors served by this point of sale" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:100 -msgid "Now you are ready to make your first steps with your point of sale." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:103 -msgid "First Steps in the Point of Sale" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:106 -msgid "Your first order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:108 -msgid "" -"On the dashboard, you can see your points of sales, click on **New " -"session**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:119 -msgid "" -"On the right you can see the products list with the categories on the top. " -"If you click on a product, it will be added in the cart. You can directly " -"set the correct quantity or weight by typing it on the keyboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:125 -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:59 -msgid "Payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:127 -msgid "" -"Once the order is completed, click on **Payment**. You can choose the " -"customer payment method. In this example, the customer owes you ``10.84 €`` " -"and pays with a ``20 €`` note. When it's done, click on **Validate**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:134 -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Your ticket is printed and you are now ready to make your second order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:137 -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:71 -msgid "Closing a session" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:139 -msgid "" -"At the end of the day, to close the session, click on the **Close** button " -"on the top right. Click again on the close button of the point of sale. On " -"this page, you will see a summary of the transactions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:146 -msgid "" -"If you click on a payment method line, the journal of this method appears " -"containing all the transactions performed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:152 -msgid "Now, you only have to validate and close the session." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced Restaurant Features" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:3 -msgid "How to register multiple orders simultaneously?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:6 -msgid "Register simultaneous orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:8 -msgid "" -"On the main screen, just tap on the **+** on the top of the screen to " -"register another order. The current orders remain opened until the payment " -"is done or the order is cancelled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:16 -msgid "Switch from one order to another" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:18 -msgid "Simply click on the number of the order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:24 -msgid "Cancel an order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:26 -msgid "" -"If you made a mistake or if the order is cancelled, just click on the **-** " -"button. A message will appear to confirm the order deletion." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:34 -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:115 -msgid ":doc:`../advanced/register`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:35 -msgid ":doc:`../advanced/reprint`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:36 -msgid ":doc:`transfer`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:3 -msgid "How to handle kitchen & bar order printing?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:8 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:10 -msgid "From the dashboard click on :menuselection:`More --> Settings`:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:13 -msgid "Under the **Bar & Restaurant** section, tick **Bill Printing**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:18 -msgid "In order printers, click on **add an item** and then **Create**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Set a printer **Name**, its **IP address** and the **Category** of product " -"you want to print on this printer. The category of product is useful to " -"print the order for the kitchen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:30 -msgid "Several printers can be added this way" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Now when you register an order, products will be automatically printed on " -"the correct printer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:39 -msgid "Print a bill before the payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:41 -msgid "On the main screen, click on the **Bill** button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:46 -msgid "Finally click on **Print**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:51 -msgid "Click on **Ok** once it is done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:54 -msgid "Print the order (kitchen printing)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:56 -msgid "" -"This is different than printing the bill. It only prints the list of the " -"items." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:59 -msgid "Click on **Order**, it will automatically be printed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:65 -msgid "" -"The printer is automatically chosen according to the products categories set" -" on it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:3 -msgid "How to setup Point of Sale Restaurant?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Go to the **Point of Sale** application, :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Enable the option **Restaurant: activate table management** and click on " -"**Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Then go back to the **Dashboard**, on the point of sale you want to use in " -"restaurant mode, click on :menuselection:`More --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Under the **Restaurant Floors** section, click on **add an item** to insert " -"a floor and to set your PoS in restaurant mode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:29 -msgid "Insert a floor name and assign the floor to your point of sale." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Click on **Save & Close** and then on **Save**. Congratulations, your point " -"of sale is now in Restaurant mode. The first time you start a session, you " -"will arrive on an empty map." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:40 -msgid ":doc:`table`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:3 -msgid "How to handle split bills?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Split bills only work for point of sales that are in **restaurant** mode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:15 -msgid "In the settings tick the option **Bill Splitting**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:23 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:8 -msgid "From the dashboard, click on **New Session**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:28 -msgid "Choose a table and start registering an order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:33 -msgid "" -"When customers want to pay and split the bill, there are two ways to achieve" -" this:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:36 -msgid "based on the total" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:38 -msgid "based on products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:44 -msgid "Splitting based on the total" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Just click on **Payment**. You only have to insert the money tendered by " -"each customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Click on the payment method (cash, credit card,...) and enter the amount. " -"Repeat it for each customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:55 -msgid "" -"When it's done, click on validate. This is how to split the bill based on " -"the total amount." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:59 -msgid "Split the bill based on products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:61 -msgid "On the main view, click on **Split**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Select the products the first customer wants to pay and click on **Payment**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:71 -msgid "You get the total, process the payment and click on **Validate**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:76 -msgid "Follow the same procedure for the next customer of the same table." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:78 -msgid "When all the products have been paid you go back to the table map." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:3 -msgid "How to configure your table map?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:6 -msgid "Make your table map" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Once your point of sale has been configured for restaurant usage, click on " -"**New Session**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:14 -msgid "" -"This is your main floor, it is empty for now. Click on the **+** icon to add" -" a table." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Drag and drop the table to change its position. Once you click on it, you " -"can edit it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:23 -msgid "Click on the corners to change the size." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:28 -msgid "The number of seats can be set by clicking on this icon:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:33 -msgid "The table name can be edited by clicking on this icon:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:38 -msgid "You can switch from round to square table by clicking on this icon:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:43 -msgid "The color of the table can modify by clicking on this icon :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:48 -msgid "This icon allows you to duplicate the table:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:53 -msgid "To drop a table click on this icon:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Once your plan is done click on the pencil to leave the edit mode. The plan " -"is automatically saved." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:65 -msgid "Register your orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Now you are ready to make your first order. You just have to click on a " -"table to start registering an order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:70 -msgid "" -"You can come back at any time to the map by clicking on the floor name :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:76 -msgid "Edit a table map" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:78 -msgid "On your map, click on the pencil icon to go in edit mode :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:3 -msgid "How to handle tips?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:8 -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:63 -msgid "From the dashboard, click on :menuselection:`More --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:13 -msgid "Add a product for the tip." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:18 -msgid "" -"In the tip product page, be sure to set a sale price of ``0€`` and to remove" -" all the taxes in the accounting tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:25 -msgid "Adding a tip" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:27 -msgid "On the payment page, tap on **Tip**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:32 -msgid "Tap down the amount of the tip:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:37 -msgid "" -"The total amount has been updated and you can now register the payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:3 -msgid "How to transfer a customer from table?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:5 -msgid "" -"This only work for Point of Sales that are configured in restaurant mode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Choose a table, for example table ``T1`` and start registering an order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Register an order. For some reason, customers want to move to table ``T9``. " -"Click on **Transfer**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:24 -msgid "Select to which table you want to transfer customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:29 -msgid "You see that the order has been added to the table ``T9``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced Shop Features" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:3 -msgid "How to set up cash control?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Cash control permits you to check the amount of the cashbox at the opening " -"and closing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:9 -msgid "Configuring cash control" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:11 -msgid "" -"On the **Point of Sale** dashboard, click on :menuselection:`More --> " -"Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:17 -msgid "On this page, scroll and tick the the option **Cash Control**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:23 -msgid "Starting a session" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:25 -msgid "On your point of sale dashboard click on **new session**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Before launching the point of sale interface, you get the open control view." -" Click on set an opening balance to introduce the amount in the cashbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Here you can insert the value of the coin or bill, and the amount present in" -" the cashbox. The system sums up the total, in this example we have " -"``86,85€`` in the cashbox. Click on **confirm**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:44 -msgid "" -"You can see that the opening balance has changed and when you click on " -"**Open Session** you will get the main point of sale interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Once the order is completed, click on **Payment**. You can choose the " -"customer payment method. In this example, the customer owes you ``10.84€`` " -"and pays with a ``20€`` note. When it's done, click on **Validate**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:73 -msgid "" -"At the time of closing the session, click on the **Close** button on the top" -" right. Click again on the **Close** button to exit the point of sale " -"interface. On this page, you will see a summary of the transactions. At this" -" moment you can take the money out." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:81 -msgid "" -"For instance you want to take your daily transactions out of your cashbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:87 -msgid "" -"Now you can see that the theoretical closing balance has been updated and it" -" only remains you to count your cashbox to set a closing balance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:93 -msgid "You can now validate the closing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:96 -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:20 -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:92 -msgid ":doc:`invoice`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:97 -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:116 -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:93 -msgid ":doc:`refund`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:98 -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:117 -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:21 -msgid ":doc:`seasonal_discount`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:3 -msgid "How to invoice from the POS interface?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:8 -msgid "" -"On the **Dashboard**, you can see your points of sales, click on **New " -"session**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:14 -msgid "You are on the ``main`` point of sales view :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:19 -msgid "" -"On the right you can see the list of your products with the categories on " -"the top. Switch categories by clicking on it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:22 -msgid "" -"If you click on a product, it will be added in your cart. You can directly " -"set the correct **Quantity/Weight** by typing it on the keyboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:26 -msgid "Add a customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:29 -msgid "By selecting in the customer list" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:31 -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:54 -msgid "On the main view, click on **Customer** (above **Payment**):" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:36 -msgid "You must set a customer in order to be able to issue an invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:41 -msgid "" -"You can search in the list of your customers or create new ones by clicking " -"on the icon." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:48 -msgid "" -"For more explanation about adding a new customer. Please read the document " -":doc:`../advanced/register`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:52 -msgid "By using a barcode for customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:59 -msgid "Select a customer and click on the pencil to edit." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:64 -msgid "Set a the barcode for customer by scanning it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Save modifications and now when you scan the customer's barcode, he is " -"assigned to the order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Be careful with the **Barcode Nomenclature**. By default, customers' " -"barcodes have to begin with 042. To check the default barcode nomenclature, " -"go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Barcode " -"Nomenclatures`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:82 -msgid "Payment and invoicing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:84 -msgid "" -"Once the cart is processed, click on **Payment**. You can choose the " -"customer payment method. In this example, the customer owes you ``10.84 €`` " -"and pays with by a ``VISA``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:88 -msgid "" -"Before clicking on **Validate**, you have to click on **Invoice** in order " -"to create an invoice from this order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:94 -msgid "Your invoice is printed and you can continue to make orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:97 -msgid "Retrieve invoices of a specific customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:99 -msgid "" -"To retrieve the customer's invoices, go to the **Sale** application, click " -"on :menuselection:`Sales --> Customers`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:102 -msgid "On the customer information view, click on the **Invoiced** button :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:107 -msgid "" -"You will get the list all his invoices. Click on the invoice to get the " -"details." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:114 -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:19 -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:91 -msgid ":doc:`cash_control`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:3 -msgid "How to return and refund products?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:5 -msgid "" -"To refund a customer, from the PoS main view, you have to insert negative " -"values. For instance in the last order you count too many ``pumpkins`` and " -"you have to pay back one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:12 -msgid "" -"You can see that the total is negative, to end the refund, you only have to " -"process the payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:3 -msgid "How to apply Time-limited or seasonal discounts?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:8 -msgid "To apply time-limited or seasonal discount, use the pricelists." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:10 -msgid "You have to create it and to apply it on the point of sale." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:13 -msgid "Sales application configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:15 -msgid "" -"In the **Sales** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`. Tick **Advanced pricing based on formula**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:23 -msgid "Creating a pricelist" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Once the setting has been applied, a **Pricelists** section appears under " -"the configuration menu on the sales application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:31 -msgid "Click on it, and then on **Create**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Create a **Pricelist** for your point of sale. Each pricelist can contain " -"several items with different prices and different dates. It can be done on " -"all products or only on specific ones. Click on **Add an item**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:0 -msgid "Active" -msgstr "Etkin" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:0 -msgid "" -"If unchecked, it will allow you to hide the pricelist without removing it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:0 -msgid "Selectable" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:0 -msgid "Allow the end user to choose this price list" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:45 -msgid "" -"For example, the price of the oranges costs ``3€`` but for two days, we want" -" to give a ``10%`` discount to our PoS customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:51 -msgid "" -"You can do it by adding the product or its category and applying a " -"percentage discount. Other price computation can be done for the pricelist." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:55 -msgid "After you save and close, your pricelist is ready to be used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:61 -msgid "Applying your pricelist to the Point of Sale" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:68 -msgid "On the right, you will be able to assign a pricelist." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:74 -msgid "" -"You just have to update the pricelist to apply the time-limited discount(s)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:80 -msgid "" -"When you start a new session, you can see that the price have automatically " -"been updated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:87 -msgid "When you update a pricelist, you have to close and open the session." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po b/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po deleted file mode 100644 index e91464ae1..000000000 --- a/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,23 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: Murat Kaplan <muratk@projetgrup.com>, 2017\n" -"Language-Team: Turkish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/tr/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: tr\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" - -#: ../../practical.rst:3 -msgid "Practical Information" -msgstr "Pratik Bilgiler" diff --git a/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/project.po b/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/project.po deleted file mode 100644 index 52c0a249a..000000000 --- a/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/project.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1697 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: Murat Kaplan <muratk@projetgrup.com>, 2017\n" -"Language-Team: Turkish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/tr/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: tr\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" - -#: ../../project.rst:5 -msgid "Project" -msgstr "Proje" - -#: ../../project/advanced.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced" -msgstr "İleri Düzey" - -#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:3 -msgid "How to use projects to handle claims/issues?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A company selling support services often has to deal with problems occurring" -" during the implementation of the project. These issues have to be solved " -"and followed up as fast as possible in order to ensure the deliverability of" -" the project and a positive customer satisfaction." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:10 -msgid "" -"For example, as an IT company offering the implementation of your software, " -"you might have to deal with customers emails experiencing technical " -"problems. Odoo offers the opportunity to create dedicated support projects " -"which automatically generate tasks upon receiving an customer support email." -" This way, the issue can then be assigned directly to an employee and can be" -" closed more quickly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:18 -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:24 -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:12 -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:15 -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:10 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Yapılandırma" - -#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:20 -msgid "" -"The following configuration are needed to be able to use projects for " -"support and issues. You need to install the **Project management** and the " -"**Issue Tracking** modules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:31 -msgid "Create a project" -msgstr "Proje Oluştur" - -#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:33 -msgid "" -"The first step in order to set up a claim/issue management system is to " -"create a project related to those claims. Let's start by simply creating a " -"**support project**. Enter the Project application dashboard, click on " -"create and name your project **Support**. Tick the **Issues** box and rename" -" the field if you want to customize the Issues label (e.g. **Bugs** or " -"**Cases**). As issues are customer-oriented tasks, you might want to set the" -" Privacy/Visibility settings to **Customer project** (therefore your client " -"will be able to follow his claim in his portal)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:43 -msgid "" -"You can link the project to a customer if the project has been created to " -"handle a specific client issues, otherwise you can leave the field empty." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:51 -msgid "Invite followers" -msgstr "Takipçi Davet Edin" - -#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:53 -msgid "" -"You can decide to notify your employees as soon as a new issue will be " -"created. On the **Chatter** (bottom of the screen), you will notice two " -"buttons on the right : **Follow** (green) and **No follower** (white). Click" -" on the first to receive personally notifications and on the second to add " -"others employees as follower of the project (see screenshot below)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:63 -msgid "Set up your workflow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:65 -msgid "" -"You can easily personalize your project stages to suit your workflow by " -"creating new columns. From the Kanban view of your project, you can add " -"stages by clicking on **Add new column** (see image below). If you want to " -"rearrange the order of your stages, you can easily do so by dragging and " -"dropping the column you want to move to the desired location. You can also " -"edit, fold or unfold anytime your stages by using the **setting** icon on " -"your desired stage." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:77 -msgid "Generate issues from emails" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:79 -msgid "" -"When your project is correctly set up and saved, you will see it appearing " -"in your dashboard. Note that an email address for that project is " -"automatically generated, with the name of the project as alias." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:87 -msgid "" -"If you cannot see the email address on your project, go to the menu " -":menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and configure your alias " -"domain. Hit **Apply** and go back to your **Projects** dashboard where you " -"will now see the email address under the name of your project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Every time one of your client will send an email to that email address, a " -"new issue will be created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:96 -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:113 -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:137 -msgid ":doc:`../configuration/setup`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:97 -msgid ":doc:`../configuration/collaboration`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:3 -msgid "How to gather feedback from customers?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:6 -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:6 -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:6 ../../project/overview.rst:3 -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Genel Bakış" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:8 -msgid "" -"As a manager, it's not always simple to follow everything your teams do. " -"Having a simple customer feedback can be very interesting to evaluate the " -"performances of your teams. You can very easily gather feedbacks from your " -"customers using Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:13 -msgid "" -"An e-mail can be sent during the project to get the customer feedbacks. He " -"just has to choose between 3 smileys to assess your work (Smile, Neutral or " -"Sad)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:18 -msgid "How to gather feedbacks from customers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Before getting started some configuration is necessary. First of all it's " -"necessary to install the **Project** application. To do so simply go to the " -"apps module and install it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Moreover, in the same menu, you have to install the **Project Rating** " -"module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Next, go back into the back-end and enter the project module. Select the " -"**Configuration** button and click on **Settings** in the dropdown menu. " -"Next select **Allow activating customer rating on projects, at issue " -"completion**. Don't forget to apply your changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:42 -msgid "How to get a Customer feedback?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:44 -msgid "" -"A e-mail can be sent to the customers at each stage of the ongoing projects." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:47 -msgid "" -"First, you need to choose for which projects you want to get a feedback." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:50 -msgid "Project configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Go to the **Project** application, in the project settings select the " -"**Customer satisfaction** option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:59 -msgid "Email Template" -msgstr "E-posta Şablonu" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Go to the stage settings (click on the gear icon on the top of the stage " -"column, then select **Edit**). Choose the e-mail template that will be used." -" You can directly edit it from there." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:68 -msgid "Here is an email example that a customer can receive :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:74 -msgid "" -"The customer just has to click on a smiley (Smile, Neutral or Sad) to assess" -" your work. The customer can reply to the email to add more information. It " -"will be added to the chatter of the task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:79 -msgid "Reporting" -msgstr "Raporlama" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:81 -msgid "" -"You have a brief summary on the satisfaction in the upper right corner of " -"the project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:88 -msgid "How to display the ratings on your website?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:90 -msgid "" -"First of all it's necessary to install the **Website Builder** application. " -"To do so simply go to the apps module and search for the website builder." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:97 -msgid "" -"Moreover, in the same menu, you have to install the **Website Rating Project" -" Issue** module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:103 -msgid "" -"Then, you will be able to publish your result on your website by clicking on" -" the website button in the upper right corner and confirming it in the front" -" end of the website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:111 -msgid ":doc:`claim_issue`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:3 -msgid "How to create tasks from sales orders?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In this section, we will see the integration between Odoo's **Project " -"management** and **Sales** modules and more precisely how to generate tasks " -"from sales order lines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:9 -msgid "" -"In project management, a task is an activity that needs to be accomplished " -"within a defined period of time. For a company selling services, the task " -"typically represents the service that has been sold to the customer and that" -" needs to be delivered. This is why it is useful to be able to generate a " -"task from a sale order in order to streamline the process between the Sales " -"and Services departments." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:16 -msgid "" -"As an example, you may sell a pack of ``50 Hours`` of support at " -"``$25,000``. The price is fixed and charged initially. But you want to keep " -"track of the support service you did for the customer. On the sale order, " -"the service will trigger the creation of a task from which the consultant " -"will record timesheets and, if needed, reinvoice the client according to the" -" overtime spent on the project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:27 -msgid "Install the required applications" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:29 -msgid "" -"In order to be able to generate a task from a sale order you will need to " -"install the **Sales Management** and **Project** application. Simply go into" -" the application module and install the following:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Moreover if you wish to be able to invoice your customers based on time " -"spent on the task, it is also necessary to install the **Timesheet** module." -" Simply go into the application module and install the following:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:47 -msgid "Create and set up a product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:49 -msgid "" -"You need to configure your service on the product form itself in order to " -"generate a task every time it will be sold. From the **Sales** module, use " -"the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Products` and create a new product with " -"the`following setup:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:54 -msgid "**Name**: Technical Support" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:56 -msgid "**Product Type**: Service" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:58 -msgid "" -"**Unit of Measure**: Hours (go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings` and, under **Unit of measures**, check the **Some products may be " -"sold/purchased in different unit of measures (advanced)** radio button)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:63 -msgid "" -"**Invoicing policy**: You can set up your invoice policy either on ordered " -"quantity or on delivered quantity. You can easily follow the amount of hours" -" that were delivered and/or invoiced to your client." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:68 -msgid "" -"**Track Service**: Create a task and track hours, as your product is a " -"service invoiceable by hours you have to set the units of measures of the " -"product to hours as well." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Link your task to an existing project or create a new one on the fly if the " -"product is specific to one project. Otherwise, you can leave it blank, odoo " -"will then create a project per SO." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:81 -msgid "Create the Sales Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Once the product is set up, you can create a quotation or a sale order with " -"the related product. Once the quotation is confirmed and transformed into a " -"sale order, the task will be created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:91 -msgid "Access the task generated from the sale order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:93 -msgid "On the Project module, your new task will appear :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:95 -msgid "" -"either on a related project if you have selected one in the product form" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:98 -msgid "" -"either on a new project with the name of related the sale order as title " -"(you can easily change the name of the project by clicking on " -":menuselection:`More --> Settings`)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:105 -msgid "" -"On the task itself, you will now be able to record timesheets and to invoice" -" your customers based on your invoicing policy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:109 -msgid "" -"On Odoo, the central document is the sales order, which means that the " -"source document of the task is the related sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:114 -msgid ":doc:`../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:115 -msgid ":doc:`../../sales/invoicing/services/support`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/application.rst:3 -msgid "Awesome Timesheet App" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:3 -msgid "Demonstration Video" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:11 -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:11 -msgid "Transcript" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Awesome Timesheet is a mobile app that helps me to instantly record any time" -" spent on projects in just a click. It's so effortless." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Regardless of the device, the timesheet app is just one click away. Look at " -"the chrome plugin. No need to sign in, just click and start. It's smooth. It" -" works offline too and is automatically synchronized with my Odoo account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Plus, I get individual statistics via the mobile and chrome plugin. I can go" -" further in the analysis in my Odoo account. I receive reports of timesheets" -" per user, drill-down per project, and much more." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Awesome Timesheet is fully integrated with Odoo invoicing, the customer " -"billing is done automatically. But also with Odoo projects. It's time-" -"saving!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:28 -msgid "Download awesome timesheet now and gain in productivity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration.rst:3 -msgid "Configuration and basic usage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage & collaborate on tasks?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:6 -msgid "Responsibilities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:8 -msgid "In Odoo, you can assign the person who is in charge of the task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:10 -msgid "" -"When creating a task, by default you are responsible for it. You can change " -"this by simply typing the username of someone else and choosing it from the " -"suggestions in the drop down menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:15 -msgid "" -"If you add someone new, you can \"Create & Edit\" a new user on the fly. In " -"order to do so, you need the administrator rights." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:19 -msgid "Followers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:21 -msgid "" -"In a task, you can add other users as **Followers**. Adding a follower means" -" that this person will be notified of any changes that might happen in the " -"task. The goal is to allow outside contribution from the chatter. This can " -"be invaluable when you need the advice of colleagues from other departments." -" You could also invite customers to take part in the task. They'll be " -"notified by email of the conversation in the chatter, and will be able to " -"take part in it simply by replying to the mail. The followers can see the " -"whole task like you, with the description and the chatter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:32 -msgid "Project: follow a project to follow the pipe" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:34 -msgid "" -"You can decide to follow a Project. In this situation, you'll be notified of" -" any changes from the project: tasks sliding from one stage to " -"another,conversation taking place,, etc. You'll receive all the information " -"in your inbox. This feature is perfect for a Project Manager who wants to " -"see the big picture all the time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:41 -msgid "Task: follow a specific task" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Following a task is the same idea as following a project, except you are " -"focused on a specific part of the project. All notifications or changes in " -"that task also appear in your inbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:48 -msgid "Choose which action to follow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:50 -msgid "" -"You can choose what you want to follow by clicking on the down arrow in the " -"Following button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:53 -msgid "" -"By default, you follow the discussions but you can also choose to be " -"notified when a note is logged in, when a task is created, blocked or ready " -"to go, and when the stage of the task has changed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:61 -msgid "Time management: analytic accounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Whether it helps you for estimation of future projects or data for billing " -"or invoicing, time tracking in Project Management is a real plus." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:67 -msgid "" -"The Odoo Timesheet app is perfectly integrated with Odoo Project and can " -"help you track time easily." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Once Odoo Timesheet is installed, the timesheet option is automatically " -"available in projects and on tasks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:73 -msgid "" -"To avoid any confusion, Odoo works with analytic accounts. An analytic " -"account is the name that will always be the reference for a specific project" -" or contract. Each time a project is created, an analytic account is " -"automatically created under the same name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:79 -msgid "Record a timesheet on a project:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:81 -msgid "Click on the settings of a project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:86 -msgid "Click on the Timesheet button in the top grey menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:91 -msgid "" -"You get the Odoo Timesheet. Click on Create and a line will appear with " -"today's date and time. Your project name is automatically selected as the " -"Analytic Account. No task is set, you can choose to add a specific task for " -"it, or not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:99 -msgid "" -"If you go now to Odoo Timesheet, your line will be recorded among your other" -" timesheets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:103 -msgid "Record a timesheet on a task:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:105 -msgid "Within a task, the timesheet option is also available." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:107 -msgid "" -"In the task, click on the Edit button. Go on the Timesheet tab and click on " -"Add an item." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:110 -msgid "" -"A line will appear with the name of the project already selected in the " -"Analytic account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Again, you'll find back these timesheet lines in the Odoo Timesheet " -"application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:119 -msgid "" -"At the end of your project, you can get a real idea of the time you spent on" -" it by searching based on the Analytic Account name of your project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:124 -msgid "Document Management in tasks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:126 -msgid "" -"You can manage documents related to tasks whether they're plans, pictures of" -" the formatting, etc. An image is sometimes more informative than a thousand" -" words! You have two ways to add a document to a task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:130 -msgid "" -"1. You can add an image/document to your task by clicking on the Attachment " -"tab on the top of the form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:136 -msgid "" -"2. You can add an image/document to your task through the Chatter. You can " -"log a note/send a message and attach a file to it. Or if someone sends an " -"email with an attachment, the document will be automatically saved in the " -"task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:145 -msgid "" -"If you have an important image that helps to understand the tasks you can " -"set it up as Cover Image. It'll show up in the Kanban view directly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:152 -msgid "Collaborate on tasks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:154 -msgid "" -"Tasks in Odoo Project are made to help you to work easily together with your" -" colleagues. This helps you save time and energy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:157 -msgid "" -"The idea is to stay up to date with what interests you. You can collaborate " -"with your colleagues by writing on the same task at the same time, with task" -" delegation and the Chatter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:162 -msgid "Create a task from an email" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:164 -msgid "" -"You can configure an email address linked to your project. When an email is " -"sent to that address, it automatically creates a task in the first step of " -"the project, with all the recipients (To/Cc/Bcc) as followers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:168 -msgid "" -"With Odoo Online, the mail gateway is already configured and so every " -"project gets an automatic email address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:171 -msgid "" -"The email is always the name of the project (with \"-\" instead of the " -"space), you'll see it under the name of your project in the Project " -"Dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:178 -msgid "" -"This email address create by default following the project name can be " -"changed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:181 -msgid "The alias of the email address can be changed by the project manager." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:183 -msgid "To do so, go to the Project Settings and click on the Email Tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:185 -msgid "You can directly edit your project email address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:191 -msgid "The Chatter, status and follow-up." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:193 -msgid "" -"The Chatter is a very useful tool. It is a communication tool and shows the " -"history of the task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:196 -msgid "" -"In the Chatter, you can see when the task has been created, when it has " -"passed from one stage to another, etc. Any changes made to that task are " -"logged into the Chatter automatically by the system. It also includes the " -"history of the interaction between you and your customer or colleagues. All " -"interactions are logged on the chatter, making it easy for the task leader " -"to remember past interactions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:203 -msgid "" -"You can interact with followers whether there are internal (your colleagues)" -" or external (the client for example) by logging a note or important " -"information. Also, if you want to send an email to all the followers of that" -" specific task, you can choose to add a message to notify all of them. For " -"both of these options, the date and time is saved on the entry." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:214 -msgid "The description of the task, the Pad" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:216 -msgid "" -"Odoo allows you to replace the task description field by an Etherpad " -"collaborative note (http://etherpad.org). This means that you can " -"collaborate on tasks in real time with several users contributing to the " -"same content. Every user has their own color and you can replay the whole " -"creation of the content." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:222 -msgid "" -"To activate this option, go to :menuselection:`Project Settings --> Pads`, " -"tick \"Collaborative rich text on task description\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:229 -msgid "" -"If you just need the pad and not the whole task page, you can click on the " -"icon on the top right to get to the pad directly in a full screen view. " -"Click on the ``</>`` icon to get the direct URL of the task description: " -"useful if you want to send it to someone without adding this person as a " -"follower." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:239 -msgid "Tasks states" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:242 -msgid "Set the state of a task" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:244 -msgid "" -"The status of the task is the easiest way to inform your colleagues when you" -" are working on a task, if the task is ready or if it is blocked. It is a " -"visual indicator that is seen in a glance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:248 -msgid "" -"You can change the status of the task from the kanban view or directly from " -"the task. Just click on the status ball to get the choices:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:258 -msgid "Custom states" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:260 -msgid "" -"You can decide what the different status mean for each stage of your " -"project. On the kanban view, click on the gear icon on the top of the stage," -" then click on edit:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:267 -msgid "Next to the color ball, write the explanation of the state." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:272 -msgid "Now, the explanation will be displayed instead of the generic text:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:278 -msgid "Color Tags" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:280 -msgid "" -"In every task, you can add a tag. Tags are very useful to categorize the " -"tasks. It helps you to highlight a task from the Kanban view or better find " -"them thanks to the filters." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:284 -msgid "" -"If you are always working with a specific type of tag, you can highlight the" -" tasks containing the tag with the colors. Each tag can get a specific " -"color, it's very visual on the Kanban view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:291 -msgid "" -"In order to make it appear on the kanban view, you have to set a color on " -"the tag, directly from the task:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:3 -msgid "How to set up & configure a project?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo Project allows you to manage a project together with your whole team, " -"and to communicate with any member for each project and task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:11 -msgid "" -"It works with projects containing tasks following customizable stages. A " -"project can be internal or customer-oriented. A task is something to perform" -" as part of a project. You will be able to give different tasks to several " -"employees working on this project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:17 -msgid "Installing the Project module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Open the **Apps** module, search for **Project Management**, and click on " -"**Install**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:26 -msgid "Creating a new project" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Open the **Project** application, and click on **Create**. From this window," -" you can specify the name of the project and set up the privacy of the " -"project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:32 -msgid "The privacy setting works as:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:34 -msgid "**Customer Project**: visible in portal if the customer is a follower." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:37 -msgid "**All Employees**: employees see all tasks or issues." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:39 -msgid "" -"**Private Project**: followers can see only the followed tasks or issues" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:42 -msgid "" -"You can also specify if the project is destined to a customer, or leave the " -"**Customer** field empty if not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:48 -msgid "When you have entered all the required details, click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:51 -msgid "Manage your project's stages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:54 -msgid "Add your project's stages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:56 -msgid "On your project's dashboard. Click on **# Tasks**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:61 -msgid "" -"In the new window, add a new column and name it according to the first stage" -" of your project, then add as many columns as there are stages in your " -"project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:68 -msgid "" -"For each stage, there are markers for the status of tasks within a stage, " -"that you can personalize to fit your needs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Drag your mouse pointer over a stage name, and click on the appearing " -"bearing, and on the opening menu, click on **Edit**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:77 -msgid "" -"A new window will open. The color dots and star icon correspond to " -"customizable markers applied on tasks, making it easier to know what task " -"requires attention. You can give them any signification you like." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:84 -msgid "Click on **Save** when you are done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:87 -msgid "Rearrange stages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:89 -msgid "" -"You can easily personalize this view to better suit your business needs by " -"creating new columns. From the Kanban view of your project, you can add " -"stages by clicking on **Add new column**. If you want to rearrange the order" -" of your stages, you can easily do so by dragging and dropping the column " -"you want to move to the desired location. You can also fold or unfold your " -"stages by using the **Setting** icon on your desired stage." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:100 -msgid ":doc:`visualization`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:101 -msgid ":doc:`collaboration`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:102 -msgid ":doc:`time_record`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:3 -msgid "How to record time spent?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo allows you to record the time spent per employee and per project, for " -"simple reports as well as for direct invoicing to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:14 -msgid "" -"In order to record the time spent on projects, you must first activate the " -"invoicing of timesheets. Into the **Project** application, open " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. In the **Timesheets** section " -"of the page, tick **Activate timesheets on issues**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Activating the option will install the Sales, Invoicing, Issue Tracking, " -"Employee and Timesheet apps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:27 -msgid "Recording timesheets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:29 -msgid "" -"You can record the time spent in projects straight from the projects " -"application. You can either record timesheets in a project, or in a task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:34 -msgid "Recording in a project" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:36 -msgid "" -"In the **Project** application dashboard, open the **More** menu of the " -"project you want to record timesheets for, and click on **Timesheets**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:42 -msgid "" -"In the new window, click on **Create** and insert the required details, then" -" click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:49 -msgid "Recording in a task" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:51 -msgid "" -"In the **Project** app, open the project you want to record timesheets for, " -"and open the task on which you have been working." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:54 -msgid "" -"In the task, click on **Edit**, open the **Timesheets** tab and click on " -"**Add an item**. Insert the required details, then click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:3 -msgid "How to visualize a project's tasks?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:5 -msgid "How to visualize a project's tasks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:7 -msgid "" -"Tasks are assignments that members of your organisations have to fulfill as " -"part of a project. In day to day business, your company might struggle due " -"to the important amount of tasks to fulfill. Those task are already complex " -"enough. Having to remember them all and follow up on them can be a real " -"burden. Luckily, Odoo enables you to efficiently visualize and organize the " -"different tasks you have to cope with." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:17 -msgid "" -"The only configuration needed is to install the project module in the module" -" application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:24 -msgid "Creating Tasks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Once you created a project, you can easily generate tasks for it. Simply " -"open the project and click on create a task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:32 -msgid "" -"You then first give a name to your task, the related project will " -"automatically be filled in, assign the project to someone, and select a " -"deadline if there is one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:40 -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:47 -msgid "Get an overview of activities with the kanban view" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Once you created several tasks, they can be managed and followed up thanks " -"to the Kanban view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:45 -msgid "" -"The Kanban view is a post-it like view, divided in different stages. It " -"enables you to have a clear view on the stages your tasks are in and which " -"one have the higher priorities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:49 -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:53 -msgid "" -"The Kanban view is the default view when accessing a project, but if you are" -" on another view, you can go back to it any time by clicking the kanban view" -" logo in the upper right corner" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:57 -msgid "How to nototify your collegues about the status of a task?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:63 -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:80 -msgid "Sort tasks by priority" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:65 -msgid "" -"On each one of your columns, you have the ability to sort your tasks by " -"priority. Tasks with a higher priority will be automatically moved to the " -"top of the column. From the Kanban view, click on the star in the bottom " -"left of a task to tag it as **high priority**. For the tasks that are not " -"tagged, Odoo will automatically classify them according to their deadlines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:72 -msgid "" -"Note that dates that passed their deadlines will appear in red (in the list " -"view too) so you can easily follow up the progression of different tasks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:80 -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:119 -msgid "Keep an eye on deadlines with the Calendar view" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:82 -msgid "" -"If you add a deadline in your task, they will appear in the calendar view. " -"As a manager, this view enables you to keep an eye on all deadline in a " -"single window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:89 -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:128 -msgid "" -"All the tasks are tagged with a color corresponding to the employee assigned" -" to them. You can easily filter the deadlines by employees by ticking the " -"related boxes on the right of the calendar view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:94 -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:133 -msgid "" -"You can easily change the deadline from the Calendar view by dragging and " -"dropping the task to another case." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:3 -msgid "Introduction to Odoo Project" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:13 -msgid "" -"As a business manager, I have a varied job involving multiple stakeholders. " -"To manage every task seamlessly, Odoo Projects is of great help." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:17 -msgid "" -"With Odoo Projects, our project team members can easily plan and execute the" -" launching of a new product line in Canada. I organized this project by " -"creating different stages. It allows us to clearly identify the status of " -"any task at any time, and for any user. It is convenient for any other " -"project manager too." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:24 -msgid "" -"These well-structured project stages are fully customizable. Here I identify" -" one missing stage, I can easily add it in just a click. In our project " -"management process, I proceed to a final review, so I add this stage. Odoo " -"projects is designed to work for any kind of business." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Once a task is done, each colleague can highlight it by changing its status." -" That will help the project manager to review the task before changing the " -"stage with a simple drag and drop. Easy, right?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:35 -msgid "" -"We can also organize the different tasks by adapting the view. Here, I " -"select the list view, which shows other information such as the working time" -" progress. If I click on my task, I land on the form view where I can edit " -"the planned hours and enter my timesheets. This is a great tool for any " -"project manager. Controlling the working time progress and the time spent " -"for each team member is essential. I set the time for the sales team " -"training to 24 hours. Today, I prepared the material, so I will log 4 hours " -"in the timesheet. The working time progress updates automatically. Thanks to" -" this timesheet integration, the project manager has a thorough follow-up on" -" the progress of each task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Another great feature in Odoo projects is the forecast tool. When it is " -"activated, I can plan resources per project and the workload. Therefore, the" -" time allocation for other projects is much easier. For this project, I have" -" to train members of the sales team. It will require 50% of my time until " -"the end of the week. As project manager, I can do this resource allocation " -"for any user and adapt it according to their other projects. This will " -"prevent any form of time overlap. I can reassign a task or adapt the " -"deadline. Odoo projects is the perfect app for strategic and executive " -"planning." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Plus, every aspect of any project can be analyzed, thanks to the reports. " -"For example, We can have a report of effective hours spent in comparison " -"with the planned hours. I can assess the profitability of any project, any " -"task, or any team member. I can also look at the number of hours assigned to" -" each team member." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Another element of an excellent project management is communication. This is" -" a key factor for the success of any project. While dealing with multiple " -"stakeholders, being able to share documents directly in the task is very " -"helpful. With Odoo projects, I can discuss through the chat feature that is " -"always one-click away. I can also start a new conversation with anyone in my" -" team." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:76 -msgid "" -"In addition to being a powerful app for managing projects seamlessy, Odoo " -"projects is also an effective customer service or after-sales app. With it, " -"I can follow any customer issue, even create a dedicated support project. " -"The app also automatically creates an invoice of time spent on tasks or " -"issues." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Odoo projects is a powerful, yet easy-to-use app. At first, I used the " -"planner to clearly state my objectives and set up the project app. Get this " -"app, it will help you get started quickly too." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:88 -msgid "Start your free trial now and better manage your projects with Odoo!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:91 -msgid "Start your free trial now with the CRM sales people love" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning.rst:3 -msgid "Planning your project" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:3 -msgid "How to plan and track employees' assignments?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Following and planning your employees' assignments can be a heavy challenge " -"especially when you manage several people. Luckily, using Odoo Project, you " -"can handle it in only a couple of clicks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:12 -msgid "" -"The only necessary configuration is to install the **Project Management** " -"module. To do so, go in the application module, search for project and " -"install the application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:19 -msgid "" -"If you wish to manage time estimation, you will need to enable timesheets on" -" tasks. From the **Project** application, go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the dropdown menu. Then, " -"under **Time Work Estimation**, select the **manage time estimation on " -"tasks** option. Do not forget to apply your changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:28 -msgid "" -"This feature will create a progress bar in the form view of your tasks. " -"Every time your salesperson will add working time in his timesheet, the bar " -"will be updated accordingly, based on the initially planned hours." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:36 -msgid "Manage tasks with views" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:38 -msgid "" -"You can have an overview of your different task thanks to the multiple views" -" available with Odoo. Three main views will help you to plan and follow up " -"on your employees' tasks: the kanban view, the list view (using timesheets) " -"and the calendar view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Create and edit tasks in order to fill up your pipeline. Don't forget to " -"fill in a responsible person and an estimated time if you have one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:49 -msgid "" -"The Kanban view is a post-it like view, divided in different stages. It " -"enables you to have a clear view on the stages your tasks are in and the " -"ones having the higher priorities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:61 -msgid "Add/rearrange stages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:63 -msgid "" -"You can easily personalize your project to suit your business needs by " -"creating new columns. From the Kanban view of your project, you can add " -"stages by clicking on **Add new column** (see image below). If you want to " -"rearrange the order of your stages, you can easily do so by dragging and " -"dropping the column you want to move to the desired location. You can also " -"fold or unfold your stages by using the **setting** icon on your desired " -"stage." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:75 -msgid "" -"Create one column per stage in your working process. For example, in a " -"development project, stages might be: Specifications, Development, Test, " -"Done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:82 -msgid "" -"On each one of your columns, you have the ability to sort your tasks by " -"priority. Tasks with a higher priority will automatically be moved to the " -"top of the column. From the Kanban view, click on the star in the bottom " -"left of a task to tag it as **high priority**. For the tasks that are not " -"tagged, Odoo will automatically classify them according to their deadlines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:89 -msgid "" -"Note that dates that passed their deadlines will appear in red( in the list " -"view too) so you can easily follow up the progression of different tasks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:97 -msgid "Don't forget you can filter your tasks with the filter menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:100 -msgid "Track the progress of each task with the list view" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:102 -msgid "" -"If you enabled the **Manage Time Estimation on Tasks**, your employees will " -"be able to log their activities on tasks under the **Timesheets** sub-menu " -"along with their duration. The **Working Time Progress** bar will be updated" -" each time the employee will add an activity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:110 -msgid "" -"As a manager, you can easily overview the time spent on tasks for all " -"employees by using the list view. To do so, access the project of your " -"choice and click on the List view icon (see below). The last column will " -"show you the progression of each task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:121 -msgid "" -"If you add a deadline in your task, they will appear in the calendar view. " -"As a manager, this view enables you to keep an eye on all deadlines in a " -"single window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:138 -msgid ":doc:`forecast`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:3 -msgid "How to forecast tasks?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:6 -msgid "Introduction to forecast" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Scheduling and forecasting tasks is another way to manage projects. In Odoo," -" the Forecast option gives you access to the Gantt chart." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:11 -msgid "" -"So far, you've been working with the Kanban view, which shows you the " -"progress of a project and its related tasks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Now, with the Forecast option, the Gantt view gives you the big picture. " -"It's highly visual which is a real plus for complex projects, and it helps " -"team members to collaborate better." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:18 -msgid "" -"This option is a real benefit in terms of planning and organizing the " -"workload and human resources." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:22 -msgid "How to configure the projects?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:25 -msgid "Configure the project application" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:27 -msgid "" -"The **Forecast** option helps you to organize your projects. This is perfect" -" when you need to set up a project with a specific deadline. Therefore, each" -" task is assigned a specific timeframe (amount of hours) in which your " -"employee should complete it!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:32 -msgid "" -"First you need to activate the **Forecast** option for the whole project " -"application:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings`. Select the " -"Forecast option and click **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Once this is done, you still need to activate the **Forecast** option " -"specifically for your **Project** (maybe you don't need the Gantt chart for " -"all the projects that you manage)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:46 -msgid "Configure a specific project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:48 -msgid "" -"When creating a new project, make sure to select the option \"Allow " -"Forecast\" in your project settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:51 -msgid "You'll see the **Forecast** option appearing in the top menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:56 -msgid "" -"If you add the Forecasting option to an existing project, whether there are " -"task deadlines or not scheduled, the task won't be displayed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:59 -msgid "The tasks of a project are not related to a forecast." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:62 -msgid "How to create a forecast?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Before creating a project with forecast, list all the tasks with the " -"projected time they should take. It will help you to coordinate the work." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:68 -msgid "" -"In order to display the projects in the Gantt chart, you need to create the " -"forecast from the task page. To create a forecast, click on the top left " -"corner of the task, **Create a Forecast**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:76 -msgid "" -"You can also create a new Forecast easily by directly clicking on an empty " -"space in the Gantt chart calendar." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:79 -msgid "" -"The Forecast interface will fill in the name of the Project and the task " -"automatically. You just need to add the dates and the time the task should " -"take." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:87 -msgid "" -"The \"Effective hours\" field appears only if you have the **Timesheet** app" -" installed on your database. This option helps you to see the progress of a " -"task thanks to the integration with Timesheet." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:91 -msgid "" -"For example: When a user fills in a Timesheet with your Project name " -"(Analytic account), with 10 hours spent, the forecast will display 10 hours " -"in the Effective hours field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:96 -msgid "What are the difference between the views?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:98 -msgid "" -"In the **Project** app menu you have a **Forecast** menu. This sub-menu " -"helps you to see the Gantt chart from different points of view: by users or " -"by projects." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:103 -msgid "By users : people management" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:105 -msgid "" -"This option displays the Gantt chart with the people assigned. Odoo's Gantt " -"chart shows you who's involved; it gives you the big picture of the project." -" It's very useful to allocate your resources effectively." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:109 -msgid "" -"On the left side, first level, you can see which users are involved. Then, " -"on the second level you see which projects they are assigned to. On the " -"third, you see which tasks they're on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Each task is represented by a coloured rectangle. This rectangle reflects " -"the duration of the task in the calendar." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:116 -msgid "" -"The top rectangle on the first level is the sum of all the tasks compiled " -"from the third level. If it's green, it means that the total time allocated " -"to that user is less than 100%. When it's red, it means that this user is " -"assigned to multiple tasks which total more than 100% of his/her time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:126 -msgid "Plan the workload" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:128 -msgid "" -"When creating a forecast, you have to select the time the user should spend " -"on it. 100% means that your user should work on it full time during those " -"days. He/She has no other tasks to work on. So you can decide from 1 to 100%" -" how your users should organize their time between different tasks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:134 -msgid "" -"The power of integration helps you to avoid double booking an employee. For " -"example, if your expert is already at 40% on another task in another " -"project, you can book him/her for only 60% for that period." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:138 -msgid "" -"In the example below, the user \"Administrator\" is working on 2 projects " -"(\"IT1367 Delivery Phases\" and \"Implementation Process56\"). The user is " -"assigned to both projects with a total of 110% of their time. This is too " -"much so the Project Manager should change the users assigned to the task. " -"Otherwise, the PM can change the dedicated time or the dates, to make sure " -"that this is feasible." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:149 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:191 -msgid "Gantt view advantages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:151 -msgid "" -"This Gantt view ‘by user' helps you to better plan your human resources. You" -" avoid confusion about the the tasks and the assignations of the users. The " -"Gantt Chart is highly visual and helps to comprehend all the different " -"elements at once. Also, you immediately know what has to be done next. This " -"method helps you to better understand the relations between the tasks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:158 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:193 -msgid "The dynamic view of the Gantt in Odoo allows you to:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:160 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:195 -msgid "" -"change the time and date of a forecast by clicking and sliding the tasks in " -"the future or in the past" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:163 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:198 -msgid "create a new forecast into the Gantt chart immediately" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:165 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:200 -msgid "modify an existing forecast" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:167 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:202 -msgid "change the length of a task by extending or shortening the rectangle." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:170 -msgid "By projects: project management" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:172 -msgid "" -"The Gantt Chart is the perfect view of a project to better understand the " -"interactions between the tasks. You can avoid overlapping tasks or starting " -"one too early if another one isn't finished. Odoo Gantt chart is clear and " -"helps you to coordinate tasks efficiently." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:177 -msgid "" -"This option displays the Gantt chart by showing the projects on the first " -"level of hierarchy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:180 -msgid "" -"On the left side, first level, you can see the projects. Then, on the second" -" level you see which users are assigned. On the third, you see which tasks " -"they're on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:184 -msgid "" -"This view won't show your HR time. The colours don't apply. (see **By " -"Users** section)" -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po b/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po deleted file mode 100644 index 07f95fbdc..000000000 --- a/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2923 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-09 14:24+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: Güven YILMAZ <guvenyilmaz@outlook.com.tr>, 2017\n" -"Language-Team: Turkish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/tr/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: tr\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" - -#: ../../purchase.rst:5 -msgid "Purchase" -msgstr "Satınalma" - -#: ../../purchase/overview.rst:3 -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:6 -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:6 -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:6 -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:6 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Genel Bakış" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process.rst:3 -msgid "Process Overview" -msgstr "Genel Bakış" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:3 -msgid "Request for Quotation, Purchase Tender or Purchase Order?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Although they are intimately related, Requests for Quotation, Purchase " -"Tenders and Purchase Orders are not the same." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:8 -msgid "" -"A **Request for Quotation** (RfQ) is used when you plan to purchase some " -"products and you would like to receive a quote for those products. In Odoo, " -"the Request for Quotation is used to send your list of desired products to " -"your supplier. Once your supplier has answered your request, you can choose " -"to go ahead with the offer and purchase or to turn down the offer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:15 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A **Purchase Tender** (PT), also known as Call for Bids, is used to drive " -"competition between several suppliers in order to get the best offer for a " -"list of products. In comparison to the RfQ, a Purchase Tender is sent to " -"multiple suppliers, stating each are competing with one another, and that " -"the best offer will win. The main interest is that it usually leads to " -"better offers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:22 -msgid "" -"The **Purchase Order** (PO) is the actual order that you place to the " -"supplier that you chose, either through a RfQ, a Purchase Tender, or simply " -"when you already know which supplier to order from." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:27 -msgid "When to use?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:29 -msgid "" -"A **RfQ** is interesting when you have never purchased the products with " -"that supplier before and therefore don't know their price. It is also useful" -" if you want to challenge your suppliers once you have a well-established " -"relationship with them. You can also use it to assess the cost of a project " -"and see if it makes it feasible." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:35 -msgid "" -"A **Purchase Tender** is used for public offers that require an open " -"offering from several suppliers. It is also useful when you need to make a " -"one-off order for a product and you would like to get the best offer, no " -"matter which supplier it is. It may be used when your supplier has not been " -"up to your standards and you would like to either push them to deliver a " -"better service, or find a replacement in their competitors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:43 -msgid "When not to use?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:45 -msgid "" -"**RfQ**\\ s become unnecessary once you have established your favorite " -"supplier for each item, and will only increase the delay in the delivery of " -"your items. In that case, the process will be simpler by starting straight " -"from a Purchase Order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:50 -msgid "" -"**Purchase Tenders** are a long and tedious process that will likely take " -"more than several weeks in the best cases. If you need a quick delivery, " -"this is not the way to go. Also, if you have a well-established relationship" -" with one supplier, think twice before you initiate a PT with them as it " -"might tear the relationship and finally lead to less interesting deals." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:58 -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:139 -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:39 -msgid "Example" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:60 -msgid "" -"My company builds wooden furniture. For the new series of table we are " -"designing, we need some screws, metal frames and rubber protections." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:63 -msgid "" -"I create a Request for Quotation in Odoo with those products to my usual " -"supplier, and send it by email. He answers back with an offer. However, I am" -" not convinced by the offer, and I want to see if anyone can give a better " -"one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:68 -msgid "" -"I decide to push competition a bit and set up a Purchase Tender, that Odoo " -"will send to a list of suppliers I specified. Out of the 8 offers I receive," -" one gets my attention and I decide to go ahead with that one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:72 -msgid "" -"I confirm the order to the supplier by creating a Purchase Order from the " -"PT, and Odoo automatically asks delivery of the items to the supplier." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:77 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:16 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:22 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:24 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:31 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:16 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:14 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:14 -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:13 -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:58 -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:21 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Yapılandırma" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:79 -msgid "" -"If you want to know how to create a **Purchase Order**, read the " -"documentation on :doc:`from_po_to_invoice`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:82 -msgid "" -"If you want to know how to create a **RfQ**, read the documentation on " -":doc:`../../purchases/rfq/create`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:85 -msgid "" -"If you want to know how to create a **Purchase Tender**, read the " -"documentation on :doc:`../../purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:3 -msgid "From purchase order to invoice and receptions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:5 -msgid "" -"For most of your everyday purchases, chances are you already know where to " -"purchase and at what price. For these cases, a simple Purchase Order (PO) " -"will allow you to handle the whole process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:9 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, a purchase order can be created as is, but can also be the result " -"of a Request for Quotation or of a Purchase Tender. Therefore, every " -"purchase made in Odoo has a PO." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:13 -msgid "" -"The PO will generate an invoice, and depending on the contract with your " -"supplier, you will be required to pay the invoice before or after delivery." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:18 -msgid "Install the Purchase Management application" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:20 -msgid "" -"From the **Apps** application, search and install the **Purchase " -"Management** application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:27 -msgid "Creating a Purchase Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:29 -msgid "" -"In the **Purchases** app, open the **Purchase** menu and click on **Purchase" -" Orders**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:32 -msgid "In the **Purchase Orders** window, click on **Create**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:37 -msgid "" -"From the new window, insert the **Vendor** and type in the **Order Date**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:40 -msgid "In the **Products** section, click on **Add an item**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:45 -msgid "Select your product from the list and add a description if necessary." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:47 -msgid "The **Scheduled Date** menu corresponds to the expected delivery date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Type in the quantity which you wish to purchase, then click on **Save** and " -"on **Confirm Order**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:53 -msgid "" -"If you wish to go through the complete flow and create a **Request for " -"Quotation** for this order, refer to the document on " -":doc:`../../purchases/rfq/create`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:57 -msgid "" -"As you can see, the status of the PO has switched to ``Purchase Order``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:63 -msgid "Registering invoice, payments and receiving products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Depending on the contract you have with your supplier, you can either pay " -"for the purchase upon delivery of the goods, or get the goods delivered " -"after payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:70 -msgid "Payment upon or after reception" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:72 -msgid "Still from your purchase order, click on **Receive Products**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:74 -msgid "" -"In the next page, check that the number of products received corresponds to " -"the number ordered, then manually enter the delivered quantity and click on " -"**Validate**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:81 -msgid "" -"Go back to the PO. In the PO, a **Shipment** and an **Invoice** button have " -"appeared." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:87 -msgid "" -"Click on the **Invoices** button, then click on **Validate**. The invoice is" -" now registered in the system. Click on **Register Payment**, insert the " -"detail of the payment, and click on **Validate**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:94 -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:124 -msgid "" -"Your products are now ready for picking and storage, and the invoice is " -"marked as paid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:98 -msgid "Upfront payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:100 -msgid "" -"From the **Purchase Order** page, open the **Invoices** tab, then click on " -"**Create**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:103 -msgid "" -"In the next page, click on **Validate**. The invoice is now registered in " -"the system. Click on **Register Payment**, insert the detail of the payment," -" and click on **Validate**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:110 -msgid "" -"Go back to the PO. In the PO, a **Shipment** tab and an **Invoice** tab have" -" appeared." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:116 -msgid "" -"Click on **Receive Products**, then in the new page, click on **Validate**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:121 -msgid "" -"A window will appear, asking if you wish to process every item at once. " -"Click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases.rst:3 -msgid "Purchases" -msgstr "Satınalma" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master.rst:3 -msgid "Master Data" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:3 -msgid "How to import supplier pricelists?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:6 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Big companies use to import supplier pricelists day to day. Indeed, prices " -"are always changing and you need to get price up to date to deal with a high" -" number of products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To manage supplier prices on product form, read this document " -"(:doc:`suppliers`). Here we will show you how to import customer prices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:16 -msgid "Required configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:18 -msgid "In purchase settings, you have 2 options:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:20 -msgid "Manage vendor price on the product form" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:22 -msgid "Allow using and importing vendor pricelists" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:24 -msgid "Here we are selecting: **Allow using and importing vendor pricelists**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:30 -msgid "Import vendor pricelists" -msgstr "Tedarikçi fiyat listelerini içe aktar" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:32 -msgid "" -"There are 2 scenarios: import the vendor pricelist for the first time, or " -"update an existing vendor pricelist. In both scenarios, we assume your " -"product list and vendor list is updated and you want to import the price " -"list of vendors for a given product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:40 -msgid "" -"To import a list from a document, the best pratice is to export first to get" -" an example of data formating and a proper header to reimport." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:50 -msgid "Import the list for the first time" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:53 -msgid "Prepare the document" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:55 -msgid "" -"In :menuselection:`Purchase --> Purchase --> Supplier Pricelists`, export a " -"template of document to get import/export compatible and get the right " -"format to import in mass. Create manually a data and export it " -"(:menuselection:`select --> Action --> Export`)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:63 -msgid "Here is the list of fields you can import:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:66 -msgid "**Header of the document to import (csv, xls)**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:66 -msgid "**Meaning and how to get it**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:66 -msgid "**Example**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:68 -msgid "name_id" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:68 -msgid "Vendor ID -> export supplier list to get it" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:68 -msgid "\\_\\_export\\_\\_.res\\_partner\\_12" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:70 -msgid "product_code" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:70 -msgid "Vendor product Code -> free text" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:70 -msgid "569874" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:72 -msgid "price" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:72 -msgid "Vendor Price -> free text" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:72 -msgid "1500" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:74 -msgid "product_tmpl_id.id" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:74 -msgid "Product Template ID -> export you product list to get it" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:74 -msgid "\\_\\_export\\_\\_.product_template_13" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:76 -msgid "currency_id.id" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:76 -msgid "Currency -> to get it export the currency list" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:78 -msgid "date_end" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:78 -msgid "End date of the price validity" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:78 -msgid "2015-10-22" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:80 -msgid "min_qty" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:80 -msgid "Minimal quantity to purchase from this vendor" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:80 -msgid "2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:82 -msgid "product_id.id" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:82 -msgid "Product Variante name -> export your variant list to get it" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:82 -msgid "\\_\\_export\\_\\_.product\\_13" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:84 -msgid "date_start" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:84 -msgid "Start date of price validity" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:84 -msgid "2015-12-31" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:87 -msgid "You obtain a document which can be imported, fill in your vendor pices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Import this document in Odoo. Click on **Import** in the list view and " -"upload your document. You can validate and check error. Once the system " -"tells you everything is ok, you can import the list." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:102 -msgid "" -"After the import, the **Vendors** section in **Inventory** tab of the " -"product form is filled in." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:106 -msgid "Update the vendor pricelist" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:108 -msgid "" -"When the pricelist of your suppliers change, it is necessary to update " -"existing prices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:111 -msgid "" -"Follow the procedure of the first scenario in order to export existing data " -"from :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchase --> Vendor Pricelist`. Select " -"everything, and export from the **Action** menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:115 -msgid "" -"Change price, end date, add a line, change a supplier, ... and then reimport" -" in Odoo. Thanks to the ID, the list will be updated. Either the id is " -"recognized and the line is updated or the ID is not known by Odoo and it " -"will create a new pricelist line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:120 -msgid "" -"After the import, the **Vendors** section in **Inventory** tab of the " -"product form is updated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:3 -msgid "How to set several suppliers on a product?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Keeping track of your vendors can be a real burden in day-to-day business " -"life. Prices can change and you might have several suppliers for one " -"product. With Odoo you have the possibility to directly link vendors with " -"the corresponding product and specify prices automatically the first time " -"you purchase them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:11 -msgid "" -"We will take the following example: We need to buy ``5 t-shirts``. We found " -"a **Vendor**; called ``Bob&Jerry's`` and we want to issue a request for " -"quotation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:19 -msgid "Install the purchase module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:21 -msgid "" -"The first step to set your suppliers on your products is to install the " -"purchase module. Go into your **App** module and install the **Purchase** " -"module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:29 -msgid "" -"By installing the purchase module, the inventory and invoicing module will " -"be installed as well." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:33 -msgid "Create a Vendor" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:35 -msgid "" -"The second step is to create a vendor. In this case we'll create the vendor " -"``Bob&Jerry's``. Enter the purchase module, select :menuselection:`Purchase " -"--> Vendors` and create a new vendor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:39 -msgid "" -"You can choose if the contact is a company or a person, fill in basic " -"information such as address, phone, email,..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:42 -msgid "" -"If you did not create the contact from the purchase module you will need to " -"go in the **Sales and Purchases** tab as well and indicate that the contact " -"is a **Vendor** (see picture below). If the contact is created from the " -"purchase module this box will be ticked automatically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:51 -msgid "Create a product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Next we can create the product we want to buy. We don't know the price of " -"the t-shirt yet because we still need to issue our **Request for " -"Quotation**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:57 -msgid "" -"To create a product enter your purchase module select " -":menuselection:`Purchase --> Products` and create a new product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:60 -msgid "" -"We will call our product ``T-shirt`` and specify that the product can be " -"sold and purchased." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:67 -msgid "Add Vendors to the product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:69 -msgid "" -"The next action is to add vendors to the product. There are two ways to " -"handle this. If you issue a purchase order for the first time Odoo will " -"automatically link the vendor and its price to the product. You can also add" -" vendors manually" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:75 -msgid "By issuing a first Purchase Order to new vendor" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:77 -msgid "" -"When issuing a purchase order for the first time to a vendor, he will " -"automatically be linked to the product by Odoo. For our example let's say " -"that we issue a first purchase order to ``Bob&Jerry's`` for ``5 t-shirts`` " -"at ``12.35 euros / piece``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:82 -msgid "" -"First create your purchase order with the correct product and supplier (see " -"picture below, or the documentation page :doc:`../rfq/create` for more " -"information)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:89 -msgid "" -"When we save and validate the purchase order the vendor will automatically " -"be added to the product's vendors list. To check this enter the purchase " -"module, select :menuselection:`Purchase --> Products` and select our T-shirt" -" product. By opening the **Inventory** tab we notice that our vendor and its" -" price has automatically been added." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:98 -msgid "" -"Note that every first time the product is purchased from a new vendor, Odoo " -"will automatically link the contact and price with the product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:103 -msgid "By adding manually" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:105 -msgid "" -"We can of course also add vendors and vendors information manually. On the " -"same page than previously, simply click on **Edit** and click the **Add an " -"item** button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:112 -msgid "" -"When adding a new **Vendor** you are also able to add extra information such" -" as the vendor product name or code, the validity of the price and the " -"eventual minimum quantity required. These informations can be added and " -"modified for existing vendors by simply clicking on the vendors line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:3 -msgid "How to purchase in different unit of measures than sales?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In day-to-day business, it may happen that your supplier uses a different " -"unit of measure than you do in sales. This can cause confusion between sales" -" and purchase representative and even make you lose a lot of time converting" -" measures. Luckily in Odoo, you can handle different units of measures " -"between sales and purchase very easily." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:11 -msgid "Let's take the following examples:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:13 -msgid "" -"You buy water from a supplier. The supplier is american and sells his water " -"in **Gallons**. Your customers however are European. You would thus like to " -"see your purchases quantities expressed in **Gallons** and the sold " -"quantities in **Liters**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:18 -msgid "" -"You buy curtains from a supplier. The supplier sells you the curtains in the" -" unit **roll** and you sell the curtains in **square meters**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:25 -msgid "Install purchase and sales modules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:27 -msgid "" -"The first step is to make sure that the apps **Sales** and **Purchase** are " -"correctly installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:31 -msgid "|uom01|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:31 -msgid "|uom02|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:36 -msgid "Enable the Unit of Measures option" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Enter the purchase module, select :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings` and tick the **Some products may be sold/purchased in different " -"unit of measures (advanced)** box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:46 -msgid "Specify sales and purchase unit of measures" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:49 -msgid "Standard units of measures" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:51 -msgid "" -"Let's take the classic units of measures existing in Odoo as first example. " -"Please remember that differents units of measures between sales and purchase" -" necessarily need to share the same category. Categories include: **Unit**, " -"**weight**, **working time**, **volume**, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:57 -msgid "" -"It is possible to create your own category and unit of measure if it is not " -"standard in Odoo (see next chapter)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Let's assume we buy water from our vendors in **Gallons** and sell to our " -"customers in **Liters**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:63 -msgid "" -"We go into the purchase module select :menuselection:`Purchase --> " -"Products`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Create your own product or select an existing one. In the products general " -"information you have the possibility to select the **Unit of measure** (will" -" be used in sales, inventory,...) and the **Purchase Unit of Measure** (for " -"purchase)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:70 -msgid "" -"In this case select **Liters** for **Unit of Measure** and **Gallons** for " -"**Purchase Unit of Measure**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:77 -msgid "Create your own unit of measure and unit of measure category" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:79 -msgid "" -"Let's take now our second example (you buy curtains from a supplier, the " -"supplier sells you the curtains in the unit **roll** and you sell the " -"curtains in **square meters**)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:83 -msgid "" -"The two measures are part of two different categories. Remember, you cannot " -"relate an existing measure from one category with an existing measure of " -"another category. We thus first have to create a shared **Measure Category**" -" where both units have a conversion relationship." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:88 -msgid "" -"To do so, go into your sales module select :menuselection:`Configuration -->" -" Products --> Unit of Measure`. Create a new unit of **Measure Category** by" -" selecting the dropdown list and clicking on create and edit (see picture " -"below)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:96 -msgid "" -"Create a new unit of measure. In this case our category will be called " -"**Inter-Category-Computation**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:102 -msgid "" -"The next step is to create the **Rolls** and **Square meter** units of " -"measure and to link them to the new category. To do so, go into your " -"purchase module select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Products --> Units " -"of Measure`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:106 -msgid "Create two new units:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:108 -msgid "" -"The **Roll** unit who is part of the Inter-Category-Computation category and" -" is the **Reference Unit type** (see picture below). The Reference Unit type" -" is the measure set as a reference within the category. Meaning that other " -"measures will be converted depending on this measure (ex: 1 roll = 10 square" -" meters, 2 rolls = 20 square meters, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:118 -msgid "" -"For the **Square Meter**, we will specify that ``1 Roll = 10 square meters``" -" of curtain. It will thus be necessary to specify that as type, the square " -"meter is bigger than the reference unit. The **Bigger Ratio** is ``10`` as " -"``one Roll = 10 square meters``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:126 -msgid "" -"It is now possible to input **square meters** as Unit of measure and a " -"**Roll** as Purchase Unit of Measure in the product form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq.rst:3 -msgid "Request for Quotations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:3 -msgid "How to analyze the performance of my vendors?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:5 -msgid "" -"If your company regularly buys products from several suppliers, it would be " -"useful to get statistics on your purchases. There are several reasons to " -"track and analyze your vendor's performance :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:9 -msgid "You can see how dependant from a supplier your company is;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:11 -msgid "you can negotiate discounts on prices;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:13 -msgid "You can check the average delivery time per supplier;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:15 -msgid "Etc." -msgstr "vb.." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:17 -msgid "" -"For example, an IT products reseller that issues dozens of purchase orders " -"to several suppliers each week may want to measure for each product the " -"total price paid for each vendor and the delivery delay. The insights " -"gathered by the company will help it to better analyze, forecast and plan " -"their future orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:27 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:17 -msgid "Install the Purchase Management module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:29 -msgid "" -"From the **Apps** menu, search and install the **Purchase Management** " -"module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:36 -msgid "Issue some purchase orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Of course, in order to analyze your vendors' performance, you need to issue " -"some **Request For Quotations** (RfQ) and confirm some **Purchase Orders**. " -"If you want to know how to generate a purchase order, please read the " -"documentation :doc:`../../overview/process/from_po_to_invoice`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:44 -msgid "Analyzing your vendors" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:47 -msgid "Generate flexible reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:49 -msgid "" -"You have access to your vendors' performances on the Reports menu. By " -"default, the report groups all your purchase orders on a pivot table by " -"**total price**, **product quantity** and **average price** for the **each " -"month** and for **each supplier**. Simply by accessing this basic report, " -"you can get a quick overview of your actual performance. You can add a lot " -"of extra data to your report by clicking on the **Measures** icon." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:60 -msgid "" -"By clicking on the **+** and **-** icons, you can drill up and down your " -"report in order to change the way your information is displayed. For " -"example, if I want to see all the products bought for the current month, I " -"need to click on the **+** icon on the vertical axis and then on " -"\"Products\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Depending on the data you want to highlight, you may need to display your " -"reports in a more visual view. You can transform your report in just a click" -" in 3 graph views : a **Pie Chart**, a **Bar Chart** and a **Line Chart**: " -"These views are accessible through the icons highlighted on the screenshot " -"below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:77 -msgid "" -"On the contrary to the pivot table, a graph can only be computed with one " -"dependent and one independent measure." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:81 -msgid "Customize reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:83 -msgid "" -"You can easily customize your purchase reports depending on your needs. To " -"do so, use the **Advanced search view** located in the right hand side of " -"your screen, by clicking on the magnifying glass icon at the end of the " -"search bar button. This function allows you to highlight only selected data " -"on your report. The **filters** option is very useful in order to display " -"some categories of datas, while the **Group by** option improves the " -"readability of your reports. Note that you can filter and group by any " -"existing field, making your customization very flexible and powerful." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:97 -msgid "" -"You can save and reuse any customized filter by clicking on **Favorites** " -"from the **Advanced search view** and then on **Save current search**. The " -"saved filter will then be accessible from the **Favorites** menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:103 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:76 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:75 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:77 -msgid ":doc:`../../overview/process/from_po_to_invoice`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:3 -msgid "How to setup two levels of approval for purchase orders?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:6 -msgid "Two level approval setup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Double validation on purchases forces a validation when the purchased amount" -" exceeds a certain limit." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Install **Purchase Management** module and then go to **General Settings** " -"to configure the company data." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Set here the amount limit for second approval and set approval from manager " -"side." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:21 -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:47 -msgid "Process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Logged as a purchase user, create a purchase order for more than the amount " -"set above, and confirm it. The purchase order is set in a state **To " -"Approve**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:29 -msgid "The manager gets the order to approve and validates the final order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:34 -msgid "Once approved, the purchase order follows the normal process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:3 -msgid "How to control supplier bills?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The **Purchase** application allows you to manage your purchase orders, " -"incoming products, and vendor bills all seamlessly in one place." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:8 -msgid "" -"If you want to set up a vendor bill control process, the first thing you " -"need to do is to have purchase data in Odoo. Knowing what has been purchased" -" and received is the first step towards understanding your purchase " -"management processes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:13 -msgid "Here is the standard work flow in Odoo:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:15 -msgid "" -"You begin with a **Request for Quotation (RFQ)** to send out to your " -"vendor(s)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Once the vendor has accepted the RFQ, confirm the RFQ into a **Purchase " -"Order (PO)**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Confirming the PO generates an **Incoming Shipment** if you purchased any " -"stockable products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Upon receiving a **Vendor Bill** from your Vendor, validate the bill with " -"products received in the previous step to ensure accuracy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:27 -msgid "" -"This process may be done by three different people within the company, or " -"only one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:34 -msgid "Installing the Purchase and Inventory applications" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:36 -msgid "" -"From the **Apps** application, search for the **Purchase** module and " -"install it. Due to certain dependencies, installing purchase will " -"automatically install the **Inventory** and **Accounting** applications." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:41 -msgid "Creating products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Creating products in Odoo is essential for quick and efficient purchasing " -"within Odoo. Simply navigate to the **Products** submenu under **Purchase**," -" and click **Create**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:50 -msgid "" -"When creating the product, Pay attention to the **Product Type** field, as " -"it is important:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Products that are set as **Stockable** or **Consumable** will allow you to " -"keep track of their inventory levels. These options imply stock management " -"and will allow for receiving these kinds of products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Conversely, products that are set as a **Service** or **Digital Product** " -"will not imply stock management, simply due to the fact that there is no " -"inventory to manage. You will not be able to receive products under either " -"of these designations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:64 -msgid "" -"It is recommended that you create a **Miscellaneous** product for all " -"purchases that occur infrequently and do not require inventory valuation or " -"management. If you create such a product, it is recommend to set the product" -" type to **Service**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:70 -msgid "Managing your Vendor Bills" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:73 -msgid "Purchasing products or services" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:75 -msgid "" -"From the purchase application, you can create a purchase order with as many " -"products as you need. If the vendor sends you a confirmation or quotation " -"for an order, you may record the order reference number in the **Vendor " -"Reference** field. This will enable you to easily match the PO with the the " -"vendor bill later (as the vendor bill will probably include the Vendor " -"Reference)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:85 -msgid "" -"Validate the purchase order and receive the products from the **Inventory** " -"application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:89 -msgid "Receiving Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:91 -msgid "" -"If you purchased any stockable products that you manage the inventory of, " -"you will need to receive the products from the **Inventory** application " -"after you confirm a purchase order. From the **Inventory** dashboard, you " -"should see a button linking you directly to the transfer of products. This " -"button is outlined in red below:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:100 -msgid "" -"Navigating this route will take you to a list of all orders awaiting to be " -"received." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:106 -msgid "" -"If you have a lot of awaiting orders, apply a filter using the search bar in" -" the upper right. With this search bar, you may filter based on the " -"**Vendor** (or **Partner**), the product, or the source document, also known" -" as the reference of your purchase order. You also have the capability to " -"group the orders by different criteria under **Group By**. Selecting an item" -" from this list will open the following screen where you then will receive " -"the products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:117 -msgid "Purchasing **Service** products does not trigger a delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:120 -msgid "Managing Vendor Bills" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:122 -msgid "" -"When you receive a **Vendor Bill** for a previous purchase, be sure to " -"record it in the **Purchases** application under the **Control Menu**. You " -"need to create a new vendor bill even if you already registered a purchase " -"order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:130 -msgid "" -"The first thing you will need to do upon creating a **Vendor Bill** is to " -"select the appropriate **Vendor** as this will also pull up any associated " -"accounting or pricelist information. From there, you can choose to specify " -"any one or multiple purchase orders to populate the vendor bill with. When " -"you select a purchase order from the list, Odoo will pull any uninvoiced " -"products associated to that purchase order and automatically populate that " -"information below. If you are having a hard time finding the appropriate " -"vendor bill, you may search through the list by inputting the vendor " -"reference number or your internal purchase order number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:144 -msgid "" -"While the invoice is in draft state, you can make any modifications you need" -" (i.e. remove or add product lines, modify quantities, and change prices)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:149 -msgid "Your vendor may send you several bills for the same purchase order if:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:151 -msgid "" -"Your vendor is in back-order and is sending you invoices as they ship the " -"products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:154 -msgid "Your vendor is sending you a partial bill or asking for a deposit." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:156 -msgid "" -"Every time you record a new vendor bill, Odoo will automatically populate " -"the product quantities based on what has been received from the vendor. If " -"this value is showing a zero, this means that you have not yet received this" -" product and simply serves as a reminder that the product is not in hand and" -" you may need to inquire further into this. At any point in time, before you" -" validate the vendor bill, you may override this zero quantity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:165 -msgid "Vendor Bill Matching" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:168 -msgid "What to do if your vendor bill does not match what you received" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:170 -msgid "" -"If the bill you receive from the vendor has different quantities than what " -"Odoo automatically populates as quantities, this could be due to several " -"reasons:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:174 -msgid "" -"The vendor is incorrectly charging you for products and/or services that you" -" have not ordered." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:177 -msgid "" -"The vendor is billing you for products that you might not have received yet," -" as the invoicing control may be based on ordered or received quantities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:181 -msgid "Or the vendor did not bill you for previously purchased products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:183 -msgid "" -"In these instances it is recommended that you verify that the bill, and any " -"associated purchase order to the vendor, are accurate and that you " -"understand what you have ordered and what you have already received." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:187 -msgid "" -"If you are unable to find a purchase order related to a vendor bill, this " -"could be due to one of a few reasons:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:190 -msgid "" -"The vendor has already invoiced you for this purchase order, therefore it is" -" not going to appear anywhere in the selection." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:193 -msgid "" -"Someone in the company forgot to record a purchase order for this vendor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:196 -msgid "Or the vendor is charging you for something you did not order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:199 -msgid "How product quantities are managed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:201 -msgid "" -"By default, services are managed based on ordered quantities, while " -"stockables and consumables are managed based on received quantities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:204 -msgid "" -"If you need to manage products based on ordered quantities over received " -"quantities, you will need to enable **Debug Mode** from the **About Odoo** " -"information. Once debug mode is activated, select the product(s) you wish to" -" modify, and you should see a new field appear, labeled **Control Purchase " -"Bills**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:213 -msgid "" -"You can then change the default management method for the selected product " -"to be based on either:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:216 -msgid "Ordered quantities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:218 -msgid "Received quantities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:221 -msgid "Batch Billing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:223 -msgid "" -"When creating a vendor bill and selecting the appropriate purchase order, " -"you may continue to select additional purchase orders and Odoo will add the " -"additional line items from that purchase order. If you have not deleted the " -"previous line items from the first purchase order the bill will be linked to" -" all the appropriate purchase orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:3 -msgid "How to cancel a purchase order?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Due to misunderstandings, human errors or change of plans, it is sometimes " -"necessary to cancel purchase orders sent to suppliers. Odoo allows you to do" -" it, even if some or even all of the ordered goods already arrived in your " -"warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:10 -msgid "" -"We will first take as example the case where you order **3 iPad mini** that " -"haven't arrived in your transfers yet. As the installation of the inventory " -"application is required when using the **Purchase** module, it is also " -"interesting to see the case of partially delivered goods that you want to " -"cancel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:17 -msgid "Create a Purchase Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:19 -msgid "" -"The first step to create a **Purchase Order** is to create a **Request for " -"Quotation (RFQ)** from the menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchase --> " -"Requests for quotation`. Confirm your RFQ to have a confirmed purchase order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:25 -msgid "" -"To learn more about the purchase order process, read the documentation page " -":doc:`../../overview/process/from_po_to_invoice`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:30 -msgid "Cancel your Purchase Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:33 -msgid "Use case 1 : you didn't receive your goods yet" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:35 -msgid "" -"If you confirmed your purchase order and did not received your goods yet, " -"you can simply cancel the PO it by clicking the cancel button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Odoo will automatically cancel the outstanding shipments related to this PO " -"and the status bar will switch from **Purchase order** to **Cancelled**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:48 -msgid "Use case 2 : partially delivered goods" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:50 -msgid "" -"In this case, **2** of the **3 iPad Mini** arrived before you needed to " -"cancel the PO." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:54 -msgid "Register good received and cancel backorder" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:56 -msgid "" -"The first thing to do will be to register the goods received and to cancel " -"the arrival of the **third iPad Mini** that is still supposed to be shipped." -" From the PO, click on **Receive products** and, on the **iPad Mini order " -"line**, manually change the received quantities under the Column **Done**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:66 -msgid "To learn more, see :doc:`reception`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:68 -msgid "" -"When clicking on **Validate**, Odoo will warn you that you have processed " -"less products than the initial demand (2 instead of 3 in our case) and will " -"ask you the permission to create a backorder." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:75 -msgid "" -"Click on **No backorder** to cancel the supply of the remaining product. You" -" will notice than the quantity to receive has been changed accordingly and, " -"therefore, the delivery status has switched to **Done**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:83 -msgid "Create reverse transfer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:85 -msgid "" -"Now, you need to return the iPad Minis that you have received to your vendor" -" location. To do so, click on the **Reverse** button from the same document." -" A reverse transfer window will pop up. Enter the quantity to return and the" -" corresponding location and click on **Return**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:93 -msgid "" -"Process the return shipment and control that the stock move is from your " -"stock to your vendor location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:99 -msgid "" -"When the reverse transfer is done, the status of your purchase order will be" -" automatically set to done, meaning that your PO has been completely " -"cancelled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:104 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:120 -msgid ":doc:`bills`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:105 -msgid ":doc:`reception`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:3 -msgid "How to create a Request for Quotation?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A Request for Quotation (RfQ) is used when you plan to purchase some " -"products and you would like to receive a quote for those products. In Odoo, " -"the Request for Quotation is used to send your list of desired products to " -"your supplier. Once your supplier has answered your request, you can choose " -"to go ahead with the offer and purchase or to turn down the offer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:12 -msgid "" -"For more information on best uses, please read the chapter " -":doc:`../../overview/process/difference`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:19 -msgid "Creating a Request for Quotation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:21 -msgid "" -"In the Purchases module, open :menuselection:`Purchase --> Requests for " -"Quotation` and click on **Create**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Select your supplier in the **Vendor** menu, or create it on-the-fly by " -"clicking on **Create and Edit**. In the **Order Date** field, select the " -"date to which you wish to proceed to the actual order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Shipment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Incoming Shipments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Vendor Reference" -msgstr "Tedarikçi Referansı" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Reference of the sales order or bid sent by the vendor. It's used to do the " -"matching when you receive the products as this reference is usually written " -"on the delivery order sent by your vendor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Order Date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Depicts the date where the Quotation should be validated and converted into " -"a purchase order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Source Document" -msgstr "Kaynak Belge" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Reference of the document that generated this purchase order request (e.g. a" -" sales order or an internal procurement request)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Deliver To" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "This will determine picking type of incoming shipment" -msgstr "Bu, gelen sevkiyatların toplama türüne karar verecektir" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Drop Ship Address" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Put an address if you want to deliver directly from the vendor to the " -"customer. Otherwise, keep empty to deliver to your own company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Destination Location Type" -msgstr "Hedef Konum Türü" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Technical field used to display the Drop Ship Address" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Incoterm" -msgstr "Teslimat Koşulu" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "" -"International Commercial Terms are a series of predefined commercial terms " -"used in international transactions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:35 -msgid "View *Request for Quotation* in our Online Demonstration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:37 -msgid "" -"In **Products**, click on Add an item. Select the product you wish to order " -"in the **Product** menu. Specify the **Quantity** by inserting the number " -"and selecting the unit of measure. In the **Unit Price** field, specify the " -"price you would like to be offered (you can also leave the field blank if " -"you don't know what the price should be) , and add the expected delivery " -"date in the Scheduled Date field. Click on **Save**, then **Print Rfq** or " -"**Send Rfq by email** (make sure an email address is specified for this " -"supplier or enter a new one)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:51 -msgid "" -"After having clicked on **Send**, you will notice that the RFQ's status will" -" switch from **Draft** to **RFQ Sent**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Once your supplier has replied with an offer, update the RfQ by clicking on " -"**Edit** to fit the quotation (prices, taxes, expected delivery lead time, " -"payment terms, etc.), then click on **Save** to issue a Purchase Order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:62 -msgid "" -"To proceed with the order, click on **Confirm Order** to send the order to " -"the supplier. The RfQ's status will switch to **Purchase Order**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:68 -msgid "" -"The status of the RfQ will change to PURCHASE ORDER. Tabs in the upper right" -" corner of the order will show 1 Shipment and 0 Invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:3 -msgid "How to control product received? (entirely & partially)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The **Purchase** app allows you to manage your purchase orders, to control " -"products to receive and to control supplier bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:8 -msgid "" -"If you want to get product forecasts and receptions under control, the first" -" thing to do is to deploy the Odoo purchase process. Knowing what have been " -"purchased is the basis of forecasting and controlling receptions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:17 -msgid "Install the Purchase and Inventory applications" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Start by installing the Purchase application from the **Apps** module. This " -"will automatically trigger the installation of the **Inventory** app (among " -"others), which is required with **Purchase**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:27 -msgid "Create products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Then, you need to create the products you want to purchase. Go to the " -"**Purchase** app, then :menuselection:`Purchase --> Products`, and click on " -"**Create**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:36 -msgid "When creating the product, the **Product Type** field is important:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:38 -msgid "" -"**Stockable & Consumable**: products need to be received in the inventory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:41 -msgid "" -"**Services & Digital Products** (only when the **eCommerce** app is " -"installed): there is no control about what you receive or not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:45 -msgid "" -"It's always good to create a **Miscellaneous** product for all the products " -"you purchased rarely and for which you don't want to manage the stocks or " -"have purchase/sale statistics. If you create such a product, we recommend to" -" set his product type field as **Service**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:52 -msgid "Control products receptions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:55 -msgid "Purchase products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:57 -msgid "" -"From the purchase application, create a purchase order with a few products. " -"If the vendor sent you a sale order or a quotation, put its reference in the" -" **Vendor Reference** field. This will allow you to easily do the matching " -"with the delivery order later on (as the delivery order will probably " -"include the **Vendor Reference** of his sale order)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:67 -msgid "" -"See the documentation page :doc:`../../overview/process/from_po_to_invoice` " -"for a full overview of the purchase process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:71 -msgid "Receive Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:73 -msgid "" -"If you purchased physical goods (stockable or consumable products), you can " -"receive the products from the **Inventory** application. From the " -"**Inventory** dashboard, you should see a button **X To Receive**, on the " -"receipt box of the related warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:81 -msgid "" -"Click on this button and you access a list of all awaiting orders for this " -"warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:87 -msgid "" -"If you have a lot of awaiting orders, you can use the filter bar to search " -"on the **Vendor** (also called **Partner** in Odoo), the product or the " -"source document, which is the reference of your purchase order. You can open" -" the document that matches with the received delivery order and process all " -"the lines within it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:96 -msgid "" -"You may validate the whole document at once by clicking on the **Validate** " -"button or you can control all products, one by one, by manually change the " -"**Done** quantity (what has actually been received). When a line is green, " -"it means the quantity received matches to what have been expected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:103 -msgid "" -"If you work with lots or serial numbers, you can not set the processed " -"quantity, but you have to provide all the lots or serial numbers to record " -"the quantity received." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:107 -msgid "" -"When you validate the reception, if you have received less products than the" -" initial demand, Odoo will ask youthe permission to create a backorder." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:114 -msgid "" -"If you plan to receive the remaining product in the future, select **Create " -"Backorder**. Odoo will create a new documents for the awaiting products. If " -"you choose **No Backorder**, the order is considered as fulfilled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:121 -msgid ":doc:`cancel`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender.rst:3 -msgid "Purchase Tenders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage Purchase Tenders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:12 -msgid "" -"For more information on best uses, please read the chapter `Request for " -"Quotation, Purchase Tender or Purchase Order? " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/10.0/purchase/overview/process/difference.html>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:17 -msgid "Activate the Purchase Tender function" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:19 -msgid "" -"By default, the Purchase Tender is not activated. To be able to use PTs, you" -" must first activate the option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:22 -msgid "" -"In the Purchases module, open the Configuration menu and click on Settings. " -"In the Purchase Order section, locate the **Calls for Tenders** and tick the" -" box Allow using call for tenders... (advanced), then click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:31 -msgid "Create a Purchase Tender" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:33 -msgid "" -"To create a new Purchase Tender, open :menuselection:`Purchase --> Purchase " -"Agreements (PA)`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:39 -msgid "" -"In the Purchase Agreements window, click on **Create**. A new Purchase " -"Agreement window opens." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:42 -msgid "In the **Agreement Type** field, choose Purchase Tender." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:44 -msgid "You do not have to define a **Vendor**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:46 -msgid "" -"In the **Products** section, click on **Add an item**. Select products in " -"the Product list, then insert **Quantity**. You can add as many products as " -"you wish." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:53 -msgid "Click on **Confirm Call**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Now click on the button **New Quotation**. A RfQ is created with the " -"products chosen on the PT. Choose a **Vendor** and send the RfQ to the " -"vendor. Repeat this operation for each vendor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:62 -msgid "Once all the RfQs are sent, you can click on **Validate** on the PT." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The vendors will send their offers, you can update the RfQs accordingly. " -"Then, choose the ones you want to accept by clicking on **Confirm Order** on" -" the RfQs and **Cancel** the others." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:68 -msgid "You can now click on **Done** on the PT." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:70 -msgid "" -"View `Purchase Tenders " -"<https://demo.odoo.com/?module=purchase_requisition.action_purchase_requisition>`__" -" in our Online Demonstration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:77 -msgid ":doc:`../../overview/process/difference`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:3 -msgid "" -"How to purchase partially at two vendors for the same purchase tenders?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:5 -msgid "" -"For some Purchase Tenders (PT), you might sometimes want to be able to " -"select only a part of some of the offers you received. In Odoo, this is made" -" possible through the advanced mode of the **Purchase** module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:10 -msgid "" -"If you want to know how to handle a simple **Purchase Tender**, read the " -"document on :doc:`manage_multiple_offers`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:19 -msgid "From the **Apps** menu, install the **Purchase Management** app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:25 -msgid "Activating the Purchase Tender and Purchase Tender advanced mode" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:27 -msgid "" -"In order to be able to select elements of an offer, you must activate the " -"advanced mode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:30 -msgid "" -"To do so, go into the **Purchases** module, open the **Configuration** menu " -"and click on **Settings**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:33 -msgid "" -"In the **Calls for Tenders** section, tick the option **Allow using call for" -" tenders to get quotes from multiple suppliers(...)**, and in the **Advanced" -" Calls for Tenders** section, tick the option **Advanced call for tender " -"(...)** then click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:42 -msgid "Selecting elements of a RFQ/Bid" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Purchase --> Purchase Tenders`. Create a purchase " -"tender containing several products, and follow the usual sequence all the " -"way to the **Bid Selection** status." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:49 -msgid "" -"When you closed the call, click on **Choose Product Lines** to access the " -"list of products and the bids received for all of them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Unroll the list of offers you received for each product, and click on the " -"*v* symbol (**Confirm order**) next to the offers you wish to proceed with. " -"The lines for which you've confirmed the order turn blue. When you're " -"finished, click on **Generate PO** to create a purchase order for each " -"product and supplier." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:64 -msgid "" -"When you come back to you purchase tender, you can see that the status has " -"switched to **PO Created** and that the **Requests for Quotations** now have" -" a status of **Purchase Order** or **Cancelled**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:72 -msgid "" -"From there, follow the documentation " -":doc:`../../overview/process/from_po_to_invoice` to proceed with the " -"delivery and invoicing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:76 -msgid ":doc:`manage_multiple_offers`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment.rst:3 -msgid "Replenishment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows.rst:3 -msgid "Replenishment Flows" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:3 -msgid "How are the order date and scheduled dates computed?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Scheduled dates are computed in order to be able to plan deliveries, " -"receptions and so on. Depending on the habits of your company, Odoo " -"automatically generates scheduled dates via the scheduler. The Odoo " -"scheduler computes everything per line, whether it's a manufacturing order, " -"a delivery order, a sale order, etc. The dates that are computed are " -"dependent on the different leads times configured in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:13 -msgid "Configuring lead times" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Configuring **lead times** is an essential move in order to compute " -"scheduled dates. Lead times are the delays (in term of delivery, " -"manufacturing, ...) promised to your different partners and/or clients. " -"Configuration of the different lead times are made as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:21 -msgid "On a product level" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:24 -msgid "Supplier lead time:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:26 -msgid "" -"The supplier lead time is the time needed for the supplier to deliver your " -"purchased product. To configure the Supplier lead time select a product " -"(from the Purchase module, go to :menuselection:`Purchase --> Product`), and" -" go in the **Inventory** tab. You will have to add a **Vendor** to your " -"product in order to select a supplier lead time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:36 -msgid "" -"It is possible to add more than one vendor per product and thus different " -"delivery lead times depending on the vendor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Once a vendor is selected, click on it to open its form and indicate its " -"delivery lead time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:46 -msgid "" -"In this case security days have no influence, the scheduled delivery days " -"will be equal to: Date of the purchase order + Delivery Lead Time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:50 -msgid "Customer lead time" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:52 -msgid "" -"The customer lead time is the time needed to get your product from your " -"store/warehouse to your customer. It can be configured for any product. " -"Simply select a product (from the **Sales** module, go to " -":menuselection:`Sales --> Product`), and go into the **Sales** tab to " -"indicate your customer lead time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:62 -msgid "On the company level" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:64 -msgid "" -"On company level, it is possible to parameter **security days** in order to " -"cope with eventual delays and to be sure to meet your engagements. The idea " -"is to subtract **backup** days from the computed scheduled date in case of " -"delays." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:70 -msgid "Sales Safety days" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:72 -msgid "" -"Sales Safety days are **back-up** days to ensure you will be able to deliver" -" your clients engagements on time. They are margins of errors for delivery " -"lead times. Security days are the same logic as the early wristwatch, in " -"order to arrive on time. The idea is to subtract the numbers of security " -"days from the calculation and thus to compute a scheduled date earlier than " -"the one you promised to your client. That way you are sure to be able to " -"keep your commitment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:80 -msgid "" -"To set up your security dates, go to the app :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"General settings`, and click on **Configure your company data**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:87 -msgid "Go the **Configuration** tab to indicate the number of safety days" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:93 -msgid "" -"Note that you can in this menu configure a default **Manufacturing** lead " -"time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:97 -msgid "Purchase days" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:99 -msgid "Purchase days response to the same logic than sales security days." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:101 -msgid "" -"They are margins of error for vendor lead times. When the system generates " -"purchase orders for procuring products, they will be scheduled in order to " -"cope with unexpected vendor delays. Purchase lead time can be found in the " -"same menu as the sales safety days (see screenshot above)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:108 -msgid "On route level" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:110 -msgid "" -"The internal transfers due to the movement of stocks can also influence the " -"computed date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:113 -msgid "" -"The delays due to internal transfers can be specified in the **Inventory** " -"module when creating a new push rule for a new route." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:117 -msgid "" -"Read the documentation " -":doc:`../../../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule` to learn more." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:125 -msgid "On document level:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:128 -msgid "Requested date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:130 -msgid "" -"Odoo offers the possibility to indicate a requested date by the client " -"straight on the sale order, under the tab **Other information**. If this " -"date is earlier than the theoretically computed date, Odoo will " -"automatically display a warning." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:141 -msgid "" -"As an example, you may sell a car today (January 1st), that is purchased on " -"order, and you promise to deliver your customer within 20 days (January 20)." -" In such a scenario, the scheduler may trigger the following events, based " -"on your configuration:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:146 -msgid "January 19: actual scheduled delivery (1 day of Sales Safety days)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:148 -msgid "" -"January 18: receive the product from your supplier (1 day of Purchase days)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:151 -msgid "" -"January 10: deadline to order at your supplier (9 days of supplier delivery " -"lead time)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:154 -msgid "" -"January 8: trigger a purchase request to your purchase team, since the team " -"needs on average 2 days to find the right supplier and order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:3 -msgid "How to setup drop-shipping?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Drop shipping allows to deliver the goods directly from the supplier to the " -"customer. It means that the products does not transit through your stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:15 -msgid "" -"First, configure the **Routes** and **Dropshipping**. Go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. Check **Advanced " -"routing of products using rules** in the **Routes** section and **Allow " -"suppliers to deliver directly to your customers** in the **Drop Shipping** " -"section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:24 -msgid "" -"You have to allow the choice of the route on the sale order. Go to the " -"**Sales** application, :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and tick " -"**Choose specific routes on sales order lines (advanced)**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:32 -msgid "How to use drop-shipping?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Create the sale order and select the route as **Dropshipping** on the " -"concerned order lines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Once the order has been confirmed, no move will be created from your stock. " -"The goods will be delivered directly from your vendor to your customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:45 -msgid "" -"In order to be able to invoice the delivery, you must set the invoice policy" -" of your product on **Ordered quantities**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:3 -msgid "How to trigger the purchase of products based on sales?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:8 -msgid "" -"When you work in just-in-time, you don't manage stock so you directly order " -"the product you need from your vendor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:11 -msgid "The usual flow is:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:13 -msgid "Create a sale order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:15 -msgid "Purchase the product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:17 -msgid "Receive and pay the bill" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:19 -msgid "Deliver your product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:21 -msgid "Invoice your customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:24 -msgid "Product configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:26 -msgid "" -"In the purchases application, open the **Purchase** menu and click on " -"**Products**. Open the product on which you want to do your purchases based " -"on sales." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Next to Routes, tick **Buy** and **Make to order** as a procurement method. " -"When you are generating sales order, Odoo will automatically reorder the " -"same quantity through procurement." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:37 -msgid "Don't forget to set a vendor otherwise the rule won't be triggered." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:39 -msgid "" -"You can also configure minimum stock rules that will trigger the purchase " -"orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:43 -msgid "" -"To know how to configure a minimum stock rule, please read the document " -":doc:`setup_stock_rule`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:50 -msgid "Sale order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:52 -msgid "" -"To create a sale order, go to the **Sales** application, " -":menuselection:`Sales --> Sales order` and create a new sale order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:58 -msgid "" -"After confirming it, you will see one **Delivery** associated with this sale" -" order on the **button** on the top of it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Click on the **Delivery** button to see the transfer order. The status of " -"the outgoing shipment is **Waiting Another Operation**. It won't be done " -"until the purchase order is confirmed and received." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:69 -msgid "Purchase order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:71 -msgid "" -"The purchase order is automatically created. Go to the **Purchase** " -"application :menuselection:`Purchase --> Request for Quotation`. The source " -"document is the sale order that triggered the procurement." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:79 -msgid "" -"If you make some more sales that trigger procurements to the same vendor, it" -" will be added to the existing request for quotation. Once it is confirmed, " -"the next procurements will create a new request for quotation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:85 -msgid "Receipt and delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:87 -msgid "" -"Go the the **Inventory** application. Click on **# To Receive** on the " -"**Receipts** tile." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:93 -msgid "Select the receipt from your vendor and **Validate** it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:98 -msgid "" -"Go back to the **Inventory** dashboard. In the delivery order, click on **# " -"To Do**. The delivery order is now ready to ship." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:104 -msgid "" -"The status of the delivery changed from **Waiting Availability** to " -"**Available**. Validate the transfer to confirm the delivery." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:111 -msgid ":doc:`setup_stock_rule`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:112 -msgid ":doc:`warning_triggering`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:3 -msgid "How to setup a minimum stock rule?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:5 -msgid "" -"For some items you hold in stock, it might be useful to have rules making " -"sure you never run out of stocks (for example, products with a high demand, " -"or large items requiring a lot of storage space meaning they're harder to " -"stock)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Odoo allows you to set up rules so that an automatic replenishment for those" -" items is made, based on minimum stocks available." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:14 -msgid "When should I use Reordering Rules?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Reordering Rules work best for items that have a high demand and high flow. " -"It will relieve you from a lot of work to focus on the rest of your " -"activities knowing that stocks will always be right." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:20 -msgid "" -"It can also be used when you have limited storage space and you need to keep" -" large items in stock. In this case, you can keep as little as 1 item in " -"stock, and have a new one ordered as a stock replenishment as soon as the " -"item in stock is sold." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:26 -msgid "When should I avoid Reordering Rules?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:28 -msgid "" -"If you are offering a new product and don't know yet how fast it will go, " -"you should handle stocks yourself first, and setup reordering rules only a " -"few months into the sale to have better forecasts of the demand." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:32 -msgid "" -"If you sell items that have a limited lifetime, such as fashion items, " -"technology items, or products working together with a system that is meant " -"to evolve, you have to be very well informed on when to stop automated " -"replenishments, in order to avoid having to sell these items at a price that" -" will not allow you to break even." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:41 -msgid "" -"My company sells modern furniture. We sell a set of table and chairs that " -"are available in 4 seatings and 6 seatings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:44 -msgid "" -"To keep things simple, we stock tables and chairs separately, but sell them " -"all together to our clients as a kit. In order to make sure we can always " -"deliver a complete set of table and chairs, I setup a Reordering Rule for " -"the chairs to make sure I always have at least 10 chairs in stock, but no " -"more than 20. This way, I can sell up to 5 sets of table at once while " -"keeping my stock low enough not to eat up all my storage space." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:52 -msgid "" -"The last table I sold was a 4 seatings, and there were 12 chairs left in my " -"stock. Because the stock in chairs is now only 8 chairs, Odoo will " -"automatically order 12 new chairs to fill up my stock to the maximum amount." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:61 -msgid "Set up your product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:63 -msgid "" -"In the Purchases module, open the Purchase menu and click on Products. Open " -"the product to which you would like to add a Reordering Rule (or create a " -"new one)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:67 -msgid "3 conditions for correct reordering rule :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:69 -msgid "" -"In :menuselection:`General information --> Product type`, make the product " -"stockable (as soon as this is done, the icon \"Reordering rule will appear)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:71 -msgid "" -"In :menuselection:`Inventory --> route`, tick the \"Buy\" box (and untick " -"the Make To Order box)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Select a vendor (don't forget to put a minimal quantity greater than 0)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:76 -msgid "Create a reordering rule" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:78 -msgid "Click on the Reordering Rules tab, click on Create. A new page opens." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:83 -msgid "" -"By default, Reordering Rules in Odoo are named as \"OP/XXXXX\" but you are " -"free to use any nomenclature. You can modify it via the **Name** field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:86 -msgid "The **Product** field is the product you are creating the rule for." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:88 -msgid "" -"Select the warehouse to which the product should be delivered in the " -"**Warehouse** field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:91 -msgid "" -"If you have configured multiple warehouses and location, specify the " -"location in which the product will be stored in the **Location** field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:96 -msgid "" -":doc:`../../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:102 -msgid "" -"In the **Minimum Quantity** field, insert the quantity to which the system " -"will trigger a new order for replenishment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:105 -msgid "" -"In the **Maximum Quantity** field, insert the maximum of items that has to " -"be stocked. The replenishing order will be based on that quantity to " -"reorder." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:109 -msgid "" -"The **Quantity Multiple** is the lowest number of items that can be ordered " -"at once. For instance, some items may be only available for purchase in a " -"set of 2." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:113 -msgid "" -"In the Misc section, the **Active** box allows you to activate or deactivate" -" the rule." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:116 -msgid "In the **Lead Time** section, you can enter:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:118 -msgid "" -"the number of Day(s) to purchase: correspond to the number of days for the " -"supplier to receive the order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:120 -msgid "the number of Day(s) to get the products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:122 -msgid "" -"By default, the lead times are in calendar days. You can change that in " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> Minimum Stock " -"Rules`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:125 -msgid "When you have entered all the info, click on Save." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:127 -msgid "" -"From now on, every time a product with a reordering rule reaches the minimum" -" stock, the system will automatically send a RfQ to your supplier based on " -"your maximum quantity to replenish your stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:131 -msgid "" -"The replenishments will take place when the scheduler in the Inventory " -"module runs. By default in Odoo, the schedulers will run every night at " -"12:00PM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:135 -msgid "" -"To know how to configure and run the schedulers manually, read the document " -"on :doc:`../../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:140 -msgid ":doc:`../../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:3 -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:69 -msgid "How to trigger a warning when purchasing at a specific vendor?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The **Warning Messages and Alerts** module allow you to configure alerts on " -"the customers and vendors or products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:11 -msgid "" -"You can select the following types of warnings and create different warnings" -" for purchases and sales:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Warning: This option displays the warning message during the process, but " -"allows the user to continue." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Blocking Message: The message displays a warning message, but the user " -"cannot continue the process further." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:24 -msgid "Module Installation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:26 -msgid "" -"First, you need to install the **Warning Messages and Alerts** module. Go to" -" **Apps** and look for it (don't forget to remove the **Apps** filter)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:33 -msgid "Vendor or Customer warnings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendors` or to :menuselection:`Sales -->" -" Customers`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:37 -msgid "Open the vendor or the customer and click on the **Warnings** tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:42 -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:62 -msgid "The available warnings are:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:44 -msgid "Warning on the **Sales Order**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:46 -msgid "Warning on the **Purchase Order**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:48 -msgid "Warning on the **Picking**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:50 -msgid "Warning on the **Invoice**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:53 -msgid "Product Warnings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Products` or to :menuselection:`Sales " -"--> Products`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:57 -msgid "Open the product and click on the **Notes** tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:64 -msgid "Warning when selling this product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:66 -msgid "Warning when Purchasing this product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Go to the Purchases application, click on :menuselection:`Purchase --> " -"Vendors`. Go to the **Warnings** tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:74 -msgid "" -"Under **Warning on the Purchase Order**, choose **Warning** and write your " -"warning." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:80 -msgid "" -"Create a **Request for Quotation**. Go to :menuselection:`Purchase --> " -"Request for Quotation` and click on **Create**. Choose the vendor on which a" -" warning was set." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:84 -msgid "When choosing the vendor, the warning will appear." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:90 -msgid "" -"If you set a blocking message instead of a warning message, you won't be " -"able to choose the vendor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany.rst:3 -msgid "Multi-Companies" -msgstr "Çoklu Firmalar (Grup Şirketleriniz İçin)" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:3 -msgid "How to setup a multi-company sale/purchase flow?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo is an outstanding solution to help small companies growing their " -"business. But it also perfectly meets the needs of multinational " -"companies.The inter-company feature helps you to buy and/or sell products " -"and services between different branches within your conglomerate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Purchase orders and sales orders can be related. If a company within your " -"group creates a purchase or a sales order, the corresponding document is " -"automatically created for your company. All you have to do is check that " -"everything is correct and confirm the sale. You can automate the validation " -"on your sales and purchase orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:24 -msgid "It is also possible to only handle invoices and refunds." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:27 -msgid "Manage intercompany rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings`. Flag **Manage multiple" -" companies** and then **Manage Inter Company**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:32 -msgid "Click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:37 -msgid "New options will appear." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:42 -msgid "" -"In the drop-down list, choose the company on which you want to add rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:45 -msgid "" -"If you click on **SO and PO setting for inter company**, you will get extra " -"options." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:51 -msgid "" -"When you are done, click on **Apply**, then you can repeat the same steps " -"for the other companies." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:55 -msgid "" -"In order to be able to manage the inter-company rules, be sure that your " -"user has the rights to manage the companies." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/trouble_shooting.rst:3 -msgid "Trouble-Shooting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/trouble_shooting/is_everything_ok.rst:3 -msgid "How to check that everything is working fine?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/trouble_shooting/is_everything_ok.rst:6 -msgid "Vendor Bills" -msgstr "Tedarikçi Faturaları" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/trouble_shooting/is_everything_ok.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Even if you don't have the rights to the accounting application, you can " -"still control the vendor bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/trouble_shooting/is_everything_ok.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Go to the **Purchases** application: :menuselection:`Control --> Vendor " -"Bills`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/trouble_shooting/is_everything_ok.rst:17 -msgid "Incoming Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/trouble_shooting/is_everything_ok.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Even if you don't have the rights to the inventory application, you can " -"still control the incoming products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/trouble_shooting/is_everything_ok.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Go to the **Purchases** application: :menuselection:`Control --> Incoming " -"Products`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/trouble_shooting/is_everything_ok.rst:28 -msgid "Procurements exceptions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/trouble_shooting/is_everything_ok.rst:30 -msgid "Here, you need the **Inventory Manager** access rights." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/trouble_shooting/is_everything_ok.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Go to the **Inventory** application: :menuselection:`Control --> Procurement" -" Exceptions`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/trouble_shooting/is_everything_ok.rst:37 -msgid "" -"To understand why the procurement is not running, open the exception and " -"check the message in the chatter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/trouble_shooting/is_everything_ok.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Usually, the problem is located on the procurement rules. Either there are " -"no stock rules, or there are no vendor associated to a product." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/recruitment.po b/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/recruitment.po deleted file mode 100644 index f1f411377..000000000 --- a/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/recruitment.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,23 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 9.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-11-22 13:16+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: Murat Kaplan <muratk@projetgrup.com>, 2017\n" -"Language-Team: Turkish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/tr/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: tr\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" - -#: ../../recruitment.rst:5 -msgid "Recruitment" -msgstr "İşe Alım Süreci" diff --git a/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po deleted file mode 100644 index d68515352..000000000 --- a/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1863 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-09 14:24+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: Güven YILMAZ <guvenyilmaz@outlook.com.tr>, 2017\n" -"Language-Team: Turkish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/tr/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: tr\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" - -#: ../../sales.rst:5 -msgid "Sales" -msgstr "Satış" - -#: ../../sales/advanced.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced Topics" -msgstr "İleri Düzey Konular" - -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:3 -msgid "How to give portal access rights to my customers?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:6 -msgid "What is Portal access/Who is a portal user?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:8 -msgid "" -"A portal access is given to a user who has the necessity to have access to " -"Odoo instance, to view certain documents or information in the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:12 -msgid "" -"For Example: 1. A long term client who needs to view online quotations. 2." -" Accounting consultant who needs to keep track of the company's financials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:16 -msgid "" -"A portal user has only read/view access. He or she will not be able to edit " -"any document in the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:20 -msgid "How to give portal access to customers?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:23 -msgid "From Contacts Module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:25 -msgid "" -"From the main menu, select **Contacts** menu. If the contact is not yet " -"created in the system, click on the create button to create new contact. " -"Enter details of the contact and click \"save\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Choose a contact, click on the **Action** menu in the top-center of the " -"interface and from the drop down." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:38 -msgid "Select **Portal Access Management**. A pop up window appears." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Enter the login **email ID**, check the box under **In Portal** and add the " -"content to be included in the email in the text field box below. Click on " -"**Apply** when you're done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:49 -msgid "" -"An email will be sent to the specified email address, indicating that the " -"contact is now a portal user of the respective instance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:3 -msgid "How to list a product?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:6 -msgid "Listing without variation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In order to list a product, you need to check the **use eBay** field on a " -"product form. The eBay tab will be available." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:14 -msgid "" -"When the **Use Stock Quantity** field is checked, the quantity sets on eBay " -"will be the Odoo **Forecast Quantity**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:17 -msgid "" -"The **Description Template** allows you to use templates for your listings. " -"The default template only use the **eBay Description** field of the product." -" You can use html inside the **Description Template** and in the **eBay " -"Description**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:21 -msgid "" -"To use pictures in your listing, you need to add them as **Attachments** on " -"the product template." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:24 -msgid "Listing with variations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:26 -msgid "" -"When the **use eBay** on a product with variations is checked and with " -"**Fixed Price** as **Listing Type**, the eBay form is sligthly different. In" -" the variants array, you can choose which variant will be listed on eBay as " -"well as set the price and the quantity for each variant." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:35 -msgid "Listing with item specifics" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:37 -msgid "" -"In order to add item specifics, you should create a product attribute with " -"one value in the **Variants** tab on the product form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:44 -msgid "Product Identifiers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Products identifiers such as EAN, UPC, Brand or MPN are required in most of " -"the eBay category. The module manages the EAN and UPC identifiers with the " -"**Barcode** field of the product variant. If the **Barcode** field is empty " -"or is value is not valid, the EAN and UPC values will be set as 'Does not " -"apply' as recommended by eBay. The Brand and MPN values are working as item " -"specifics and should be define in the **Variants** tab on the product form. " -"If theses values are not set, 'Does not apply' will be used for the eBay " -"listing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:3 -msgid "How to configure eBay in Odoo?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:6 -msgid "Create eBay tokens" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In order to create your tokens, you need to create a developer account on " -"the `developer portal <https://go.developer.ebay.com/>`_. Once you are " -"logged in, you can create **Sandbox Keys** and **Production Keys** by " -"clicking on the adequate buttons." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:16 -msgid "" -"After the creation of the keys, you can get the user token. To do so, click " -"on the **Get a User Token** link in the bottom of the page. Go through the " -"form, log in with you eBay account and you will get the keys and token " -"needed to configure the module in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:22 -msgid "Set up tokens in Odoo?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:24 -msgid "" -"To set up the eBay integration, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:29 -msgid "" -"First choose if you want to use the production or the sandbox eBay Site. " -"Then fill in the fields **Developer Key**, **Token**, **App Key**, **Cert " -"Key**. Apply the changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Once the page is reloaded, you need to synchronize information from eBay. " -"Push on **Sync countries and currencies**, then you can fill in all the " -"other fields." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:36 -msgid "" -"When all the fields are filled in, you can synchronize the categories and " -"the policies by clicking on the adequate buttons." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing.rst:3 -msgid "Invoicing Method" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services.rst:3 -msgid "Services" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:3 -msgid "How to invoice milestones of a project?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:5 -msgid "" -"There are different kind of service sales: prepaid volume of hours/days " -"(e.g. support contract), billing based on time and material (e.g. billing " -"consulting hours) or a fixed price contract (e.g. a project)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:9 -msgid "" -"In this section, we will have a look at how to invoice milestones of a " -"project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Milestone invoicing can be used for expensive or large scale projects, with " -"each milestone representing a clear sequence of work that will incrementally" -" build up to the completion of the contract. For example, a marketing agency" -" hired for a new product launch could break down a project into the " -"following milestones, each of them considered as one service with a fixed " -"price on the sale order :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:19 -msgid "Milestone 1 : Marketing strategy audit - 5 000 euros" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:21 -msgid "Milestone 2 : Brand Identity - 10 000 euros" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:23 -msgid "Milestone 3 : Campaign launch & PR - 8 500 euros" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:25 -msgid "" -"In this case, an invoice will be sent to the customer each time a milestone " -"will be successfully reached. That invoicing method is comfortable both for " -"the company which is ensured to get a steady cash flow throughout the " -"project lifetime and for the client who can monitor the project's progress " -"and pay in several times." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:32 -msgid "" -"You can also use milestones to invoice percentages of the entire project. " -"For example, for a million euros project, your company might require a 15% " -"upfront payment, 30% at the midpoint and the balance at the contract " -"conclusion. In that case, each payment will be considered as one milestone." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:39 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:26 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:95 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:17 -#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:6 -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:14 -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:21 -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/optional.rst:16 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Yapılandırma" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:42 -msgid "Install the Sales application" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:44 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:28 -msgid "" -"In order to sell services and to send invoices, you need to install the " -"**Sales** application, from the **Apps** icon." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:51 -msgid "Create products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:53 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, each milestone of your project is considered as a product. From the" -" **Sales** application, use the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Products`, " -"create a new product with the following setup:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:57 -msgid "**Name**: Strategy audit" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:59 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:50 -msgid "**Product Type**: Service" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:61 -msgid "" -"**Invoicing Policy**: Delivered Quantities, since you will invoice your " -"milestone after it has been delivered" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:64 -msgid "" -"**Track Service**: Manually set quantities on order, as you complete each " -"milestone, you will manually update their quantity from the **Delivered** " -"tab on your sale order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:72 -msgid "Apply the same configuration for the others milestones." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:75 -msgid "Managing your project" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:78 -msgid "Quotations and sale orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:80 -msgid "" -"Now that your milestones (or products) are created, you can create a " -"quotation or a sale order with each line corresponding to one milestone. For" -" each line, set the **Ordered Quantity** to ``1`` as each milestone is " -"completed once. Once the quotation is confirmed and transformed into a sale " -"order, you will be able to change the delivered quantities when the " -"corresponding milestone has been achieved." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:91 -msgid "Invoice milestones" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:93 -msgid "" -"Let's assume that your first milestone (the strategy audit) has been " -"successfully delivered and you want to invoice it to your customer. On the " -"sale order, click on **Edit** and set the **Delivered Quantity** of the " -"related product to ``1``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:99 -msgid "" -"As soon as the above modification has been saved, you will notice that the " -"color of the line has changed to blue, meaning that the service can now be " -"invoiced. In the same time, the invoice status of the SO has changed from " -"**Nothing To Invoice** to **To Invoice**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:104 -msgid "" -"Click on **Create invoice** and, in the new window that pops up, select " -"**Invoiceable lines** and validate. It will create a new invoice (in draft " -"status) with only the **strategy audit** product as invoiceable." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:112 -msgid "" -"In order to be able to invoice a product, you need to set up the " -"**Accounting** application and to configure an accounting journal and a " -"chart of account. Click on the following link to learn more: " -":doc:`../../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:117 -msgid "" -"Back on your sale order, you will notice that the **Invoiced** column of " -"your order line has been updated accordingly and that the **Invoice Status**" -" is back to **Nothing to Invoice**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:121 -msgid "Follow the same workflow to invoice your remaining milestones." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:124 -msgid ":doc:`reinvoice`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:125 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:185 -msgid ":doc:`support`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:3 -msgid "How to re-invoice expenses to your customers?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:5 -msgid "" -"It often happens that your employees have to spend their personal money " -"while working on a project for your client. Let's take the example of an " -"employee paying a parking spot for a meeting with your client. As a company," -" you would like to be able to invoice that expense to your client." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:11 -msgid "" -"In this documentation we will see two use cases. The first, very basic, " -"consists of invoicing a simple expense to your client like you would do for " -"a product. The second, more advanced, will consist of invoicing expenses " -"entered in your expense system by your employees directly to your customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:18 -msgid "Use case 1: Simple expense invoicing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Let's take the following example. You are working on a promotion campaign " -"for one of your customers (``Agrolait``) and you have to print a lot of " -"copies. Those copies are an expense for your company and you would like to " -"invoice them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:35 -msgid "Create product to be expensed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:37 -msgid "You will need now to create a product called ``Copies``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:39 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:112 -msgid "" -"From your **Sales** module, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products` and " -"create a product as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:42 -msgid "**Product type**: consumable" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:44 -msgid "" -"**Invoicing policy**: on delivered quantities (you will manually set the " -"quantities to invoice on the sale order)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:51 -msgid "Create a sale order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Now that your product is correctly set up, you can create a sale order for " -"that product (from the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales Orders`) with " -"the ordered quantities set to 0. Click on **Confirm the Sale** to create the" -" sale order. You will be able then to manually change the delivered " -"quantities on the sale order to reinvoice the copies to your customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:64 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:177 -msgid "Invoice expense to your client" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:66 -msgid "" -"At the end of the month, you have printed ``1000`` copies on behalf of your " -"client and you want to re-invoice them. From the related sale order, click " -"on **Delivered Quantities**, manually enter the correct amount of copies and" -" click on **Save**. Your order line will turn blue, meaning that it is ready" -" to be invoiced. Click on **Create invoice**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:73 -msgid "" -"The total amount on your sale order will be of 0 as it is computed on the " -"ordered quantities. It is your invoice which will compute the correct amount" -" due by your customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:77 -msgid "" -"The invoice generated is in draft, so you can always control the quantities " -"and change the amount if needed. You will notice that the amount to be " -"invoiced is based here on the delivered quantities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:84 -msgid "Click on validate to issue the payment to your customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:87 -msgid "Use case 2: Invoice expenses via the expense module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:89 -msgid "" -"To illustrate this case, let's imagine that your company sells some " -"consultancy service to your customer ``Agrolait`` and both parties agreed " -"that the distance covered by your consultant will be re-invoiced at cost." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:97 -msgid "Here, you will need to install two more modules:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:99 -msgid "Expense Tracker" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:101 -msgid "" -"Accounting, where you will need to activate the analytic accounting from the" -" settings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:108 -msgid "Create a product to be expensed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:110 -msgid "You will now need to create a product called ``Kilometers``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:115 -msgid "Product can be expensed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:117 -msgid "Product type: Service" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:119 -msgid "Invoicing policy: invoice based on time and material" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:121 -msgid "Expense invoicing policy: At cost" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:123 -msgid "Track service: manually set quantities on order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:129 -msgid "Create a sales order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:131 -msgid "" -"Still from the Sales module, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales Orders` " -"and add your product **Consultancy** on the order line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:135 -msgid "" -"If your product doesn't exist yet, you can configure it on the fly from the " -"SO. Just type the name on the **product** field and click on **Create and " -"edit** to configure it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:139 -msgid "" -"Depending on your product configuration, an **Analytic Account** may have " -"been generated automatically. If not, you can easily create one in order to " -"link your expenses to the sale order. Do not forget to confirm the sale " -"order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:148 -msgid "" -"Refer to the documentation :doc:`../../../accounting/others/analytic/usage` " -"to learn more about that concept." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:152 -msgid "Create expense and link it to SO" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:154 -msgid "" -"Let's assume that your consultant covered ``1.000km`` in October as part of " -"his consultancy project. We will create a expense for it and link it to the " -"related sales order thanks to the analytic account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:158 -msgid "" -"Go to the **Expenses** module and click on **Create**. Record your expense " -"as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:161 -msgid "**Expense description**: Kilometers October 2015" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:163 -msgid "**Product**: Kilometers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:165 -msgid "**Quantity**: 1.000" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:167 -msgid "**Analytic account**: SO0019 - Agrolait" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:172 -msgid "" -"Click on **Submit to manager**. As soon as the expense has been validated " -"and posted to the journal entries, a new line corresponding to the expense " -"will automatically be generated on the sale order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:179 -msgid "You can now invoice the invoiceable lines to your customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:186 -msgid ":doc:`milestones`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:3 -msgid "How to invoice a support contract (prepaid hours)?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:5 -msgid "" -"There are different kinds of service sales: prepaid volume of hours/days " -"(e.g. support contract), billing based on time and material (e.g. billing " -"consulting hours) and a fixed price contract (e.g. a project)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:9 -msgid "" -"In this section, we will have a look at how to sell and keep track of a pre-" -"paid support contract." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:12 -msgid "" -"As an example, you may sell a pack of ``50 Hours`` of support at " -"``$25,000``. The price is fixed and charged initially. But you want to keep " -"track of the support service you did for the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:20 -msgid "Install the Sales and Timesheet applications" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:22 -msgid "" -"In order to sell services, you need to install the **Sales** application, " -"from the **Apps** icon. Install also the **Timesheets** application if you " -"want to track support services you worked on every contract." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:33 -msgid "Create Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:35 -msgid "" -"By default, products are sold by number of units. In order to sell services " -"``per hour``, you must allow using multiple unit of measures. From the " -"**Sales** application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`. From this screen, activate the multiple **Unit of Measures** " -"option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:44 -msgid "" -"In order to sell a support contract, you must create a product for every " -"support contract you sell. From the **Sales** application, use the menu " -":menuselection:`Sales --> Products`, create a new product with the following" -" setup:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:48 -msgid "**Name**: Technical Support" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:52 -msgid "**Unit of Measure**: Hours" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:54 -msgid "" -"**Invoicing Policy**: Ordered Quantities, since the service is prepaid, we " -"will invoice the service based on what has been ordered, not based on " -"delivered quantities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:58 -msgid "" -"**Track Service**: Timesheet on contracts. An analytic account will " -"automatically be created for every order containing this service so that you" -" can track hours in the related account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:66 -msgid "" -"There are different ways to track the service related to a sales order or " -"product sold. With the above configuration, you can only sell one support " -"contract per order. If your customer orders several service contracts on " -"timesheet, you will have to split the quotation into several orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:72 -msgid "" -"Note that you can sell in different unit of measure than hours, example: " -"days, pack of 40h, etc. To do that, just create a new unit of measure in the" -" **Unit of Measure** category and set a conversion ratio compared to " -"**Hours** (example: ``1 day = 8 hours``)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:78 -msgid "Managing support contract" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:81 -msgid "Quotations and Sales Orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Once the product is created, you can create a quotation or a sales order " -"with the related product. Once the quotation is confirmed and transformed " -"into a sales order, your users will be able to record services related to " -"this support contract using the timesheet application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:93 -msgid "Timesheets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:95 -msgid "" -"To track the service you do on a specific contract, you should use the " -"timesheet application. An analytic account related to the sale order has " -"been automatically created (``SO009 - Agrolait`` on the screenshot here " -"above), so you can start tracking services as soon as it has been sold." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:104 -msgid "Control delivered support on the sales order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:106 -msgid "" -"From the **Sales** application, use the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales" -" Orders` to control the progress of every order. On the sales order line " -"related to the support contract, you should see the **Delivered Quantities**" -" that are updated automatically, based on the number of hours in the " -"timesheet." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:116 -msgid "Upselling and renewal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:118 -msgid "" -"If the number of hours you performed on the support contract is bigger or " -"equal to the number of hours the customer purchased, you are suggested to " -"sell an extra contract to the customer since they used all their quota of " -"service. Periodically (ideally once every two weeks), you should check the " -"sales order that are in such a case. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Sales " -"--> Invoicing --> Orders to Upsell`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:127 -msgid "" -"If you use Odoo CRM, a good practice is to create an opportunity for every " -"sale order in upselling invoice status so that you easily track your " -"upselling effort." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:131 -msgid "" -"If you sell an extra support contract, you can either add a new line on the " -"existing sales order (thus, you continue to timesheet on the same order) or " -"create a new order (thus, people will timesheet their hours on the new " -"contract). To unmark the sales order as **Upselling**, you can set the sales" -" order as done and it will disappear from your upselling list." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:138 -msgid "Special Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:140 -msgid "" -"When creating the product form, you may set a different approach to track " -"the service:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:143 -msgid "" -"**Create task and track hours**: in this mode, a task is created for every " -"sales order line. Then when you do the timesheet, you don't record hours on " -"a sales order/contract, but you record hours on a task (that represents the " -"contract). The advantage of this solution is that it allows to sell several " -"service contracts within the same sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:150 -msgid "" -"**Manually**: you can use this mode if you don't record timesheets in Odoo. " -"The number of hours you worked on a specific contract can be recorded " -"manually on the sales order line directly, in the delivered quantity field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:156 -msgid ":doc:`../../../inventory/settings/products/uom`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview.rst:3 -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:6 -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:6 -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/optional.rst:6 -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst:6 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Genel Bakış" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts.rst:3 -msgid "Main Concepts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:3 -msgid "Introduction to Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:11 -msgid "Transcript" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:13 -msgid "" -"As a sales manager, closing opportunities with Odoo Sales is really simple." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:16 -msgid "" -"I selected a predefined quotation for a new product line offer. The " -"products, the service details are already in the quotation. Of course, I can" -" adapt the offer to fit my clients needs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:20 -msgid "" -"The interface is really smooth. I can add references, some catchy phrases " -"such as closing triggers (*here, you save $500 if you sign the quote within " -"15 days*). I have a beautiful and modern design. This will help me close my " -"opportunities more easily." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Plus, reviewing the offer from a mobile phone is easy. Really easy. The " -"customer got a clear quotation with a table of content. We can communicate " -"easily. I identified an upselling opportunity. So, I adapt the offer by " -"adding more products. When the offer is ready, the customer just need to " -"sign it online in just a few clicks. Odoo Sales is integrated with major " -"shipping services: UPS, Fedex, USPS and more. The signed offer creates a " -"delivery order automatically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:35 -msgid "That's it, I sucesfully sold my products in just a few clicks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Oh, I also have the transaction and communication history at my fingertips. " -"It's easy for every stakeholder to know clearly the past interaction. And " -"any information related to the transaction." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:42 -msgid "" -"If you want to show information, I would do it from a customer form, " -"something like:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:45 -msgid "Kanban of customers, click on one customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:47 -msgid "Click on opportunities, click on quotation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:49 -msgid "Come back to customers (breadcrum)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:51 -msgid "Click on customer statement letter" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Anytime, I can get an in-depth report of my sales activity. Revenue by " -"salespeople or department. Revenue by category of product, drill-down to " -"specific products, by quarter or month,... I like this report: I can add it " -"to my dashboard in just a click." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Odoo Sales is a powerful, yet easy-to-use app. At first, I used the sales " -"planner. Thanks to it, I got tips and tricks to boost my sales performance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:62 -msgid "" -"Try Odoo Sales now and get beautiful quotations, amazing dashboards and " -"increase your success rate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:3 -msgid "Overview of the invoicing process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Depending on your business and the application you use, there are different " -"ways to automate the customer invoice creation in Odoo. Usually, draft " -"invoices are created by the system (with information coming from other " -"documents like sales order or contracts) and accountant just have to " -"validate draft invoices and send the invoices in batch (by regular mail or " -"email)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Depending on your business, you may opt for one of the following way to " -"create draft invoices:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:16 -msgid ":menuselection:`Sales Order --> Invoice`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:18 -msgid "" -"In most companies, salespeople create quotations that become sales order " -"once they are validated. Then, draft invoices are created based on the sales" -" order. You have different options like:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Invoice on ordered quantity: invoice the full order before triggering the " -"delivery order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:25 -msgid "Invoice based on delivered quantity: see next section" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Invoice before delivery is usually used by the eCommerce application when " -"the customer pays at the order and we deliver afterwards. (pre-paid)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:31 -msgid "" -"For most other use cases, it's recommended to invoice manually. It allows " -"the salesperson to trigger the invoice on demand with options: invoice ready" -" to invoice line, invoice a percentage (advance), invoice a fixed advance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:36 -msgid "This process is good for both services and physical products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:41 -msgid ":menuselection:`Sales Order --> Delivery --> Invoice`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Retailers and eCommerce usually invoice based on delivered quantity , " -"instead of sales order. This approach is suitable for businesses where the " -"quantities you deliver may differs from the ordered quantities: foods " -"(invoice based on actual Kg)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:48 -msgid "" -"This way, if you deliver a partial order, you only invoice for what you " -"really delivered. If you do back orders (deliver partially and the rest " -"later), the customer will receive two invoices, one for each delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:57 -msgid ":menuselection:`Recurring Contracts (subscriptions) --> Invoices`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:59 -msgid "" -"For subscriptions, an invoice is triggered periodically, automatically. The " -"frequency of the invoicing and the services/products invoiced are defined on" -" the contract." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:67 -msgid ":menuselection:`eCommerce Order --> Invoice`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:69 -msgid "" -"An eCommerce order will also trigger the creation of the invoice when it is " -"fully paid. If you allow paying orders by check or wire transfer, Odoo only " -"creates an order and the invoice will be triggered once the payment is " -"received." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:75 -msgid "Creating an invoice manually" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Users can also create invoices manually without using contracts or a sales " -"order. It's a recommended approach if you do not need to manage the sales " -"process (quotations), or the delivery of the products or services." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:82 -msgid "" -"Even if you generate the invoice from a sales order, you may need to create " -"invoices manually in exceptional use cases:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:85 -msgid "if you need to create a refund" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:87 -msgid "If you need to give a discount" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:89 -msgid "if you need to change an invoice created from a sales order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:91 -msgid "if you need to invoice something not related to your core business" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:94 -msgid "Others" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:96 -msgid "Some specific modules are also able to generate draft invoices:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:98 -msgid "membership: invoice your members every year" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:100 -msgid "repairs: invoice your after-sale services" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices.rst:3 -msgid "Products & Prices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices.rst:3 -msgid "Manage your pricing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:3 -msgid "How to sell in foreign currencies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:5 -msgid "Pricelists can also be used to manage prices in foreign currencies." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:7 -msgid "" -"Check *Allow multi currencies* in :menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> " -"Settings`. As admin, you need *Adviser* access rights on " -"Invoicing/Accounting apps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Create one pricelist per currency. A new *Currency* field shows up in " -"pricelist setup form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:13 -msgid "" -"To activate a new currency, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Currencies`, select it in the list and press *Activate* in" -" the top-right corner. Now it will show up in currencies drop-down lists." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:17 -msgid "Prices in foreign currencies can be defined in two fashions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:20 -msgid "Automatic conversion from public price" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:22 -msgid "" -"The public price is in your company's main currency (see " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings`) and is set in product detail form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:28 -msgid "" -"The conversion rates can be found in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Currencies`. They can be updated from Yahoo or the " -"European Central Bank at your convenience: manually, daily, weekly, etc. See" -" :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:40 -msgid "Set your own prices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:42 -msgid "" -"This is advised if you don't want your pricing to change along with currency" -" rates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:49 -msgid ":doc:`pricing`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:3 -msgid "How to adapt your prices to your customers and apply discounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo has a powerful pricelist feature to support a pricing strategy tailored" -" to your business. A pricelist is a list of prices or price rules that Odoo " -"searches to determine the suggested price. You can set several critarias to " -"use a specific price: periods, min. sold quantity (meet a minimum order " -"quantity and get a price break), etc. As pricelists only suggest prices, " -"they can be overridden by users completing sales orders. Choose your pricing" -" strategy from :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:16 -msgid "Several prices per product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:18 -msgid "" -"To apply several prices per product, select *Different prices per customer " -"segment* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`. Then open the *Sales* tab " -"in the product detail form. You can settle following strategies." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:23 -msgid "Prices per customer segment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Create pricelists for your customer segments: e.g. registered, premium, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:30 -msgid "" -"The default pricelist applied to any new customer is *Public Pricelist*. To " -"segment your customers, open the customer detail form and change the *Sale " -"Pricelist* in the *Sales & Purchases* tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:38 -msgid "Temporary prices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:40 -msgid "Apply deals for bank holidays, etc. Enter start and end dates dates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Make sure you have default prices set in the pricelist outside of the deals " -"period. Otherwise you might have issues once the period over." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:50 -msgid "Prices per minimum quantity" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:56 -msgid "" -"The prices order does not matter. The system is smart and applies first " -"prices that match the order date and/or the minimal quantities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:60 -msgid "Discounts, margins, roundings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:62 -msgid "" -"The third option allows to set price change rules. Changes can be relative " -"to the product list/catalog price, the product cost price, or to another " -"pricelist. Changes are calculated via discounts or surcharges and can be " -"forced to fit within floor (minumum margin) and ceilings (maximum margins). " -"Prices can be rounded to the nearest cent/dollar or multiple of either " -"(nearest 5 cents, nearest 10 dollars)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Once installed go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Pricelists`" -" (or :menuselection:`Website Admin --> Catalog --> Pricelists` if you use " -"e-Commerce)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Each pricelist item can be associated to either all products, to a product " -"internal category (set of products) or to a specific product. Like in second" -" option, you can set dates and minimum quantities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:84 -msgid "" -"Once again the system is smart. If a rule is set for a particular item and " -"another one for its category, Odoo will take the rule of the item." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:86 -msgid "Make sure at least one pricelist item covers all your products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:88 -msgid "There are 3 modes of computation: fix price, discount & formula." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:93 -msgid "Here are different price settings made possible thanks to formulas." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:96 -msgid "Discounts with roundings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:98 -msgid "e.g. 20% discounts with prices rounded up to 9.99." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:104 -msgid "Costs with markups (retail)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:106 -msgid "e.g. sale price = 2*cost (100% markup) with $5 of minimal margin." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:112 -msgid "Prices per country" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Pricelists can be set by countries group. Any new customer recorded in Odoo " -"gets a default pricelist, i.e. the first one in the list matching the " -"country. In case no country is set for the customer, Odoo takes the first " -"pricelist without any country group." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:116 -msgid "The default pricelist can be replaced when creating a sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:118 -msgid "You can change the pricelists sequence by drag & drop in list view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:121 -msgid "Compute and show discount % to customers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:123 -msgid "" -"In case of discount, you can show the public price and the computed discount" -" % on printed sales orders and in your eCommerce catalog. To do so:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:125 -msgid "" -"Check *Allow discounts on sales order lines* in :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Configuration --> Settings --> Quotations & Sales --> Discounts`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:126 -msgid "Apply the option in the pricelist setup form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:133 -msgid ":doc:`currencies`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:134 -msgid ":doc:`../../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products.rst:3 -msgid "Manage your products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:3 -msgid "How to import products with categories and variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Import templates are provided in the import tool of the most common data to " -"import (contacts, products, bank statements, etc.). You can open them with " -"any spreadsheets software (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, " -"etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:11 -msgid "How to customize the file" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Remove columns you don't need. We advise to not remove the *ID* one (see why" -" here below)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Don't change labels of columns you want to import. Otherwise Odoo won't " -"recognize them anymore and you will have to map them on your own in the " -"import screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:18 -msgid "" -"To add new columns,Feel free to add new columns but the fields need to exist" -" in Odoo. If Odoo fails in matching the column name with a field, you can " -"make it manually when importing by browsing a list of available fields." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:24 -msgid "Why an “ID” column" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:26 -msgid "" -"The ID is an unique identifier for the line item. Feel free to use the one " -"of your previous software to ease the transition to Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Setting an ID is not mandatory when importing but it helps in many cases:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Update imports: you can import the same file several times without creating " -"duplicates;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:32 -msgid "Import relation fields (see here below)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:35 -msgid "How to import relation fields" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:37 -msgid "" -"An Odoo object is always related to many other objects (e.g. a product is " -"linked to product categories, attributes, vendors, etc.). To import those " -"relations you need to import the records of the related object first from " -"their own list menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:41 -msgid "" -"You can do it using either the name of the related record or its ID. The ID " -"is expected when two records have the same name. In such a case add \" / " -"ID\" at the end of the column title (e.g. for product attributes: Product " -"Attributes / Attribute / ID)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/taxes.rst:3 -msgid "Set taxes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation.rst:3 -msgid "Quotation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/online.rst:3 -msgid "Online Quotation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:3 -msgid "How to create and edit an online quotation?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:9 -msgid "Enable Online Quotations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:11 -msgid "" -"To send online quotations, you must first enable online quotations in the " -"Sales app from :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. Doing so will " -"prompt you to install the Website app if you haven't already." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:18 -msgid "" -"You can view the online version of each quotation you create after enabling " -"this setting by selecting **Preview** from the top of the quotation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:25 -msgid "Edit Your Online Quotations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:27 -msgid "" -"The online quotation page can be edited for each quotation template in the " -"Sales app via :menuselection:`Configuration --> Quotation Templates`. From " -"within any quotation template, select **Edit Template** to be taken to the " -"corresponding page of your website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:34 -msgid "" -"You can add text, images, and structural elements to the quotation page by " -"dragging and dropping blocks from the pallet on the left sidebar menu. A " -"table of contents will be automatically generated based on the content you " -"add." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Advanced descriptions for each product on a quotation are displayed on the " -"online quotation page. These descriptions are inherited from the product " -"page in your eCommerce Shop, and can be edited directly on the page through " -"the inline text editor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:45 -msgid "" -"You can choose to allow payment immediately after the customer validates the" -" quote by selecting a payment option on the quotation template." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:48 -msgid "" -"You can edit the webpage of an individual quotation as you would for any web" -" page by clicking the **Edit** button. Changes made in this way will only " -"affect the individual quotation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:52 -msgid "Using Online Quotations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:54 -msgid "" -"To share an online quotation with your customer, copy the URL of the online " -"quotation, then share it with customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, your customer can access their online quotations by logging " -"into your website through the customer portal. Your customer can accept or " -"reject the quotation, print it, or negotiate the terms in the chat box. You " -"will also receive a notification in the chatter within Odoo whenever the " -"customer views the quotation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup.rst:3 -msgid "Setup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:3 -msgid "How to use different invoice and delivery addresses?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:8 -msgid "" -"It is possible to configure different addresses for delivery and invoicing. " -"This is very useful, because it could happen that your clients have multiple" -" locations and that the invoice address differs from the delivery location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:16 -msgid "" -"First, go to the Sales application, then click on " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate the option **Enable" -" the multiple address configuration from menu**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:24 -msgid "Set the addresses on the contact form" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Invoice and/or shipping addresses and even other addresses are added on the " -"contact form. To do so, go to the contact application, select the customer " -"and in the **Contacts & Addresses** tab click on **Create**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:33 -msgid "" -"A new window will open where you can specify the delivery or the invoice " -"address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Once you validated your addresses, it will appear in the **Contacts & " -"addresses** tab with distinctive logos." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:46 -msgid "On the quotations and sales orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:48 -msgid "" -"When you create a new quotation, the option to select an invoice address and" -" a delivery address is now available. Both addresses will automatically be " -"filled in when selecting the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Note that you can also create invoice and delivery addresses on the fly by " -"selecting **Create and edit** in the dropdown menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:59 -msgid "When printing your sales orders, you'll notice the two addresses." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:3 -msgid "How to create my first quotation?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Quotations are documents sent to customers to offer an estimated cost for a " -"particular set of goods or services. The customer can accept the quotation, " -"in which case the seller will have to issue a sales order, or refuse it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:13 -msgid "" -"For example, my company sells electronic products and my client Agrolait " -"showed interest in buying ``3 iPads`` to facilitate their operations. I " -"would like to send them a quotation for those iPads with a sales price of " -"``320 USD`` by iPad with a ``5%`` discount." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:18 -msgid "This section will show you how to proceed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:24 -msgid "Install the Sales Management module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:26 -msgid "" -"In order to be able to issue your first quotation, you'll need to install " -"the **Sales Management** module from the app module in the Odoo backend." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:34 -msgid "Allow discounts on sales order line" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Allowing discounts on quotations is a common sales practice to improve the " -"chances to convert the prospect into a client." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:39 -msgid "" -"In our example, we wanted to grant ``Agrolait`` with a ``5%`` discount on " -"the sale price. To enable the feature, go into the **Sales** application, " -"select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and, under **Quotations " -"and Sales**, tick **Allow discounts on sales order line** (see picture " -"below) and apply your changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:49 -msgid "Create your quotation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:51 -msgid "" -"To create your first quotation, click on :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Quotations` and click on **Create**. Then, complete your quotation as " -"follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:55 -msgid "Customer and Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:57 -msgid "" -"The basic elements to add to any quotation are the customer (the person you " -"will send your quotation to) and the products you want to sell. From the " -"quotation view, choose the prospect from the **Customer** drop-down list and" -" under **Order Lines**, click on **Add an item** and select your product. Do" -" not forget to manually add the number of items under **Ordered Quantity** " -"and the discount if applicable." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:67 -msgid "" -"If you don't have any customer or product recorded on your Odoo environment " -"yet, you can create them on the fly directly from your quotations :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:71 -msgid "" -"To add a new customer, click on the **Customer** drop-down menu and click on" -" **Create and edit**. In this new window, you will be able to record all the" -" customer details, such as the address, website, phone number and person of " -"contact." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:76 -msgid "" -"To add a new product, under **Order line**, click on add an item and on " -"**Create and Edit** from the drop-down list. You will be able to record your" -" product information (product type, cost, sale price, invoicing policy, " -"etc.) along with a picture." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:82 -msgid "Taxes" -msgstr "Vergiler" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:84 -msgid "" -"To parameter taxes, simply go on the taxes section of the product line and " -"click on **Create and Edit**. Fill in the details (for example if you are " -"subject to a ``21%`` taxe on your sales, simply fill in the right amount in " -"percentage) and save." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:93 -msgid "Terms and conditions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:95 -msgid "" -"You can select the expiration date of your quotation and add your company's " -"terms and conditions directly in your quotation (see picture below)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:103 -msgid "Preview and send quotation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:105 -msgid "" -"If you want to see what your quotation looks like before sending it, click " -"on the **Print** button (upper left corner). It will give you a printable " -"PDF version with all your quotation details." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Update your company's details (address, website, logo, etc) appearing on " -"your quotation from the the **Settings** menu on the app switcher, and on " -"click on the link :menuselection:`Settings --> General settings --> " -"Configure company data`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:118 -msgid "" -"Click on **Send by email** to automatically send an email to your customer " -"with the quotation as an attachment. You can adjust the email body before " -"sending it and even save it as a template if you wish to reuse it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:127 -msgid ":doc:`../online/creation`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:128 -msgid ":doc:`optional`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:129 -msgid ":doc:`terms_conditions`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/optional.rst:3 -msgid "How to display optional products on a quotation?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/optional.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The use of suggested products is a marketing strategy that attempts to " -"increase the amount a customer spends once they begin the buying process. " -"For instance, a customer purchasing a cell phone could be shown accessories " -"like a protective case, a screen cover, and headset. In Odoo, a customer can" -" be presented with additional products that are relevant to their chosen " -"purchase in one of several locations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/optional.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Suggested products can be added to quotations directly, or to the ecommerce " -"platform via each product form. In order to use suggested products, you will" -" need to have the **Ecommerce** app installed:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/optional.rst:23 -msgid "Quotations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/optional.rst:25 -msgid "" -"To add suggested products to quotations, you must first enable online " -"quotations in the Sales app from :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`. Doing so will prompt you to install the Website app if you " -"haven't already." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/optional.rst:32 -msgid "" -"You will then be able to add suggested products to your individual " -"quotations and quotation templates under the **Suggested Products** tab of a" -" quotation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/optional.rst:39 -msgid "Website Sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/optional.rst:41 -msgid "" -"You can add suggested products to a product on its product form, under the " -"Website heading in the **Sales** tab. **Suggested products** will appear on " -"the *product* page, and **Accessory Products** will appear on the *cart* " -"page prior to checkout." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst:3 -msgid "How to link terms and conditions to a quotation?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Specifying Terms and Conditions is essential to ensure a good relationship " -"between customers and sellers. Every seller has to declare all the formal " -"information which include products and company policy so customer can read " -"all those terms before committing to anything." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Thanks to Odoo you can easily include your default terms and conditions on " -"every quotation, sales order and invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Let's take the following example: Your company sells water bottles to " -"restaurants and you would like to add the following standard terms and " -"conditions on all your quotations:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst:20 -msgid "" -"*Safe storage of the products of MyCompany is necessary in order to ensure " -"their quality, MyCompany will not be held accountable in case of unsafe " -"storage of the products.*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst:25 -msgid "General terms and conditions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst:27 -msgid "" -"General terms and conditions can be specified in the Sales settings. They " -"will then automatically appear on every sales document from the quotation to" -" the invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst:31 -msgid "" -"To specify your Terms and Conditions go into : :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Configuration --> Settings --> Default Terms and Conditions`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst:36 -msgid "" -"After saving, your terms and conditions will appear on your new quotations, " -"sales orders and invoices (in the system but also on your printed " -"documents)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_ebay.rst:3 -msgid "eBay" -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/website.po b/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/website.po deleted file mode 100644 index dfcdb314c..000000000 --- a/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/website.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1390 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: Murat Kaplan <muratk@projetgrup.com>, 2017\n" -"Language-Team: Turkish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/tr/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: tr\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" - -#: ../../website.rst:5 -msgid "Website" -msgstr "Websitesi" - -#: ../../website/optimize.rst:3 -msgid "Optimize" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:3 -msgid "How to track your website's traffic in Google Analytics" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:5 -msgid "To follow your website's traffic with Google Analytics:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:7 -msgid "" -"`Create a Google Analytics account <https://www.google.com/analytics/>`__ if" -" you don't have any." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Go through the creation form and accept the conditions to get the tracking " -"ID." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:15 -msgid "Copy the tracking ID to insert it in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Go to the *Configuration* menu of your Odoo's Website app. In the settings, " -"turn on Google Analytics and paste the tracking ID. Then save the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:27 -msgid "" -"To make your first steps in Google Analytics, refer to `Google " -"Documentation. " -"<https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/1008015?hl=en/>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:31 -msgid ":doc:`google_analytics_dashboard`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:3 -msgid "How to track your website traffic from your Odoo Dashboard" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:5 -msgid "" -"You can follow your traffic statistics straight from your Odoo Website " -"Dashboard thanks to Google Analytics." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:8 -msgid "" -"A preliminary step is creating a Google Analytics account and entering the " -"tracking ID in your Website's settings (see :doc:`google_analytics`)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Go to `Google APIs platform <https://console.developers.google.com>`__ to " -"generate Analytics API credentials. Log in with your Google account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:14 -msgid "Select Analytics API." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Create a new project and give it a name (e.g. Odoo). This project is needed " -"to store your API credentials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:25 -msgid "Enable the API." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:30 -msgid "Create credentials to use in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Select *Web browser (Javascript)* as calling source and *User data* as kind " -"of data." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Then you can create a Client ID. Enter the name of the application (e.g. " -"Odoo) and the allowed pages on which you will be redirected. The *Authorized" -" JavaScript origin* is your Odoo's instance URL. The *Authorized redirect " -"URI* is your Odoo's instance URL followed by " -"'/google_account/authentication'." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:51 -msgid "" -"Go through the Consent Screen step by entering a product name (e.g. Google " -"Analytics in Odoo). Feel free to check the customizations options but this " -"is not mandatory. The Consent Screen will only show up when you enter the " -"Client ID in Odoo for the first time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Finally you are provided with your Client ID. Copy and paste it in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Open your Website Dashboard in Odoo and link your Analytics account. to past" -" your Client ID." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:67 -msgid "As a last step, authorize Odoo to access Google API." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:3 -msgid "How to do Search Engine Optimisation in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:6 -msgid "How is SEO handled in Odoo?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Search Engine Optimization (SEO) is a set of good practices to optimize your" -" website so that you get a better ranking in search engines like Google. In " -"short, a good SEO allows you to get more visitors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Some examples of SEO rules: your web pages should load faster, your page " -"should have one and only one title ``<h1>``, your website should have a " -"``/sitemap.xml`` file, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:16 -msgid "" -"The Odoo Website Builder is probably the most SEO-ready CMS out there. We " -"consider SEO a top priority. To guarantee Odoo Website and Odoo eCommerce " -"users have a great SEO, Odoo abstracts all the technical complexities of SEO" -" and handles everything for you, in the best possible way." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:23 -msgid "Page speed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:26 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:28 -msgid "" -"The time to load a page is an important criteria for Google. A faster " -"website not only improves your visitor's experience, but Google gives you a " -"better page ranking if your page loads faster than your competitors. Some " -"studies have shown that, if you divide the time to load your pages by two " -"(e.g. 2 seconds instead of 4 seconds), the visitor abandonment rate is also " -"divided by two. (25% to 12.5%). One extra second to load a page could `cost " -"$1.6b to Amazon in sales <http://www.fastcompany.com/1825005/how-one-second-" -"could-cost-amazon-16-billion-sales>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Fortunately, Odoo does all the magic for you. Below, you will find the " -"tricks Odoo uses to speed up your page loading time. You can compare how " -"your website ranks using these two tools:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:44 -msgid "" -"`Google Page Speed " -"<https://developers.google.com/speed/pagespeed/insights/>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:46 -msgid "`Pingdom Website Speed Test <http://tools.pingdom.com/fpt/>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:49 -msgid "Static resources: CSS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:51 -msgid "" -"All CSS files are pre-processed, concatenated, minified, compressed and " -"cached (server side and browser side). The result:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:54 -msgid "only one CSS file request is needed to load a page" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:56 -msgid "" -"this CSS file is shared and cached amongst pages, so that when the visitor " -"clicks on another page, the browser doesn't have to even load a single CSS " -"resource." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:60 -msgid "this CSS file is optimized to be small" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:62 -msgid "" -"**Pre-processed:** The CSS framework used by Odoo 9 is bootstrap 3. Although" -" a theme might use another framework, most of `Odoo themes " -"<https://www.odoo.com/apps/themes>`__ extend and customize bootstrap " -"directly. Since Odoo supports Less and Sass, so you can modify CSS rules, " -"instead of overwriting them through extra CSS lines, resulting in a smaller " -"file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:70 -msgid "**Both files in the <head>**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:70 -msgid "**What the visitor gets (only one file)**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:72 -msgid "/\\* From bootstrap.css \\*/" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:72 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:73 -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:79 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:121 -msgid ".text-muted {" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:73 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:80 -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:122 -msgid "color: #666;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:74 -msgid "color: #777;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:74 -msgid "background: yellow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:75 -msgid "background: yellow;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:75 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:76 -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:81 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:123 -msgid "}" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:78 -msgid "/\\* From my-theme.css \\*/" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:84 -msgid "" -"**Concatenated:** every module or library you might use in Odoo has its own " -"set of CSS, Less or Sass files (eCommerce, blog, theme, etc.) Having several" -" CSS files is great for the modularity, but not good for the performance " -"because most browsers can only perform 6 requests in parallel resulting in " -"lots of files that are loaded in series. The latency time to transfer a file" -" is usually much longer than the actual data transfer time, for small files " -"like .JS and .CSS. Thus, the time to load CSS resources depends more on the " -"number of requests to be done than the actual file size." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:94 -msgid "" -"To address this issue, all CSS / Less / Sass files are concatenated into a " -"single .CSS file to send to the browser. So a visitor has **only one .CSS " -"file to load** per page, which is particularly efficient. As the CSS is " -"shared amongst all pages, when the visitor clicks on another page, the " -"browser does not even have to load a new CSS file!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:100 -msgid "" -"The CSS sent by Odoo includes all CSS / Less / Sass of all pages / modules. " -"By doing this, additional page views from the same visitor will not have to " -"load CSS files at all. But some modules might include huge CSS/Javascript " -"resources that you do not want to prefetch at the first page because they " -"are too big. In this case, Odoo splits this resource into a second bundle " -"that is loaded only when the page using it is requested. An example of this " -"is the backend that is only loaded when the visitor logs in and accesses the" -" backend (/web)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:110 -msgid "" -"If the CSS file is very big, Odoo will split it into two smaller files to " -"avoid the 4095 selectors limit per sheet of Internet Explorer 8. But most " -"themes fit below this limit." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:114 -msgid "" -"**Minified:** After being pre-processed and concatenated, the resulting CSS " -"is minified to reduce its size." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:118 -msgid "**Before minification**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:118 -msgid "**After minification**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:120 -msgid "/\\* some comments \\*/" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:120 -msgid ".text-muted {color: #666}" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:126 -msgid "" -"The final result is then compressed, before being delivered to the browser." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:129 -msgid "" -"Then, a cached version is stored on the server side (so we do not have to " -"pre-process, concatenate, minify at every request) and the browser side (so " -"the same visitor will load the CSS only once for all pages he will visit)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:135 -msgid "" -"If you are in debug mode, the CSS resources are neither concatenated nor " -"minified. That way, it's easier to debug (but it's much slower)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:140 -msgid "Static resources: Javascript" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:142 -msgid "" -"As with CSS resources, Javascript resources are also concatenated, minified," -" compressed and cached (server side and browser side)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:145 -msgid "Odoo creates three Javascript bundles:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:147 -msgid "" -"One for all pages of the website (including code for parallax effects, form " -"validation, …)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:150 -msgid "" -"One for common Javascript code shared among frontend and backend (bootstrap)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:153 -msgid "" -"One for backend specific Javascript code (Odoo Web Client interface for your" -" employees using Odoo)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:156 -msgid "" -"Most visitors to your website will only need the first two bundles, " -"resulting in a maximum of two Javascript files to load to render one page. " -"As these files are shared across all pages, further clicks by the same " -"visitor will not load any other Javascript resource." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:162 -msgid "" -"If you work in debug mode, the CSS and javascript are neither concatenated, " -"nor minified. Thus, it's much slower. But it allows you to easily debug with" -" the Chrome debugger as CSS and Javascript resources are not transformed " -"from their original versions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:168 -msgid "Images" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:170 -msgid "" -"When you upload new images using the website builder, Odoo automatically " -"compresses them to reduce their sizes. (lossless compression for .PNG and " -".GIF and lossy compression for .JPG)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:174 -msgid "" -"From the upload button, you have the option to keep the original image " -"unmodified if you prefer to optimize the quality of the image rather than " -"performance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:182 -msgid "" -"Odoo compresses images when they are uploaded to your website, not when " -"requested by the visitor. Thus, it's possible that, if you use a third-party" -" theme, it will provide images that are not compressed efficiently. But all " -"images used in Odoo official themes have been compressed by default." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:188 -msgid "" -"When you click on an image, Odoo shows you the Alt and title attributes of " -"the ``<img>`` tag. You can click on it to set your own title and Alt " -"attributes for the image." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:195 -msgid "When you click on this link, the following window will appear:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:200 -msgid "" -"Odoo's pictograms are implemented using a font (`Font Awesome " -"<https://fortawesome.github.io/Font-Awesome/icons/>`__ in most Odoo themes)." -" Thus, you can use as many pictograms as you want in your page, they will " -"not result in extra requests to load the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:209 -msgid "CDN" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:211 -msgid "" -"If you activate the CDN feature in Odoo, static resources (Javascript, CSS, " -"images) are loaded from a Content Delivery Network. Using a Content Delivery" -" Network has three advantages:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:215 -msgid "" -"Load resources from a nearby server (most CDN have servers in main countries" -" around the globe)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:218 -msgid "" -"Cache resources efficiently (no computation resources usage on your own " -"server)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:221 -msgid "" -"Split the resource loading on different services allowing to load more " -"resources in parallel (since the Chrome limit of 6 parallel requests is by " -"domain)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:225 -msgid "" -"You can configure your CDN options from the **Website Admin** app, using the" -" Configuration menu. Here is an example of configuration you can use:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:232 -msgid "HTML Pages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:234 -msgid "" -"Odoo allows to minify HTML pages, from the **Website Admin** app, using the " -":menuselection:`Configuration` menu. This will automatically remove extra " -"space and tabs in your HTML code, reduce some tags code, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:241 -msgid "" -"On top of that, the HTML pages can be compressed, but this is usually " -"handled by your web server (NGINX or Apache)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:244 -msgid "" -"The Odoo Website builder has been optimized to guarantee clean and short " -"HTML code. Building blocks have been developed to produce clean HTML code, " -"usually using bootstrap and the HTML editor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:248 -msgid "" -"As an example, if you use the color picker to change the color of a " -"paragraph to the primary color of your website, Odoo will produce the " -"following code:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:252 -msgid "``<p class=\"text-primary\">My Text</p>``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:254 -msgid "" -"Whereas most HTML editors (such as CKEditor) will produce the following " -"code:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:257 -msgid "``<p style=\"color: #AB0201\">My Text</p>``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:260 -msgid "Responsive Design" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:262 -msgid "" -"As of 2015, websites that are not mobile-friendly are negatively impacted in" -" Google Page ranking. All Odoo themes rely on Bootstrap 3 to render " -"efficiently according to the device: desktop, tablet or mobile phone." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:270 -msgid "" -"As all Odoo modules share the same technology, absolutely all pages in your " -"website are mobile friendly. (as opposed to traditional CMS which have " -"mobile friendly themes, but some specific modules or pages are not designed " -"to be mobile friendly as they all have their own CSS frameworks)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:277 -msgid "Browser caching" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:279 -msgid "" -"Javascript, images and CSS resources have an URL that changes dynamically " -"when their content change. As an example, all CSS files are loaded through " -"this URL: " -"`http://localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets\\_common.0.css " -"<http://localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets_common.0.css>`__. " -"The ``457-0da1d9d`` part of this URL will change if you modify the CSS of " -"your website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:286 -msgid "" -"This allows Odoo to set a very long cache delay (XXX) on these resources: " -"XXX secs, while being updated instantly if you update the resource." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:294 -msgid "Scalability" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:296 -msgid "" -"In addition to being fast, Odoo is also more scalable than traditional CMS' " -"and eCommerce (Drupal, Wordpress, Magento, Prestashop). The following link " -"provides an analysis of the major open source CMS and eCommerce compared to " -"Odoo when it comes to high query volumes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:301 -msgid "" -"`*https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/197* <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide" -"/odoo-cms-performance-comparison-and-optimisation-197>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:303 -msgid "" -"Here is the slide that summarizes the scalability of Odoo eCommerce and Odoo" -" CMS. (based on Odoo version 8, Odoo 9 is even faster)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:310 -msgid "URLs handling" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:313 -msgid "URLs Structure" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:315 -msgid "A typical Odoo URL will look like this:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:317 -msgid "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/my-great-product-31" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:319 -msgid "With the following components:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:321 -msgid "**https://** = Protocol" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:323 -msgid "**www.mysite.com** = your domain name" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:325 -msgid "" -"**/fr\\_FR** = the language of the page. This part of the URL is removed if " -"the visitor browses the main language of the website (english by default, " -"but you can set another language as the main one). Thus, the English version" -" of this page is: https://www.mysite.com/shop/product/my-great-product-31" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:331 -msgid "" -"**/shop/product** = every module defines its own namespace (/shop is for the" -" catalog of the eCommerce module, /shop/product is for a product page). This" -" name can not be customized to avoid conflicts in different URLs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:336 -msgid "" -"**my-great-product** = by default, this is the slugified title of the " -"product this page refers to. But you can customize it for SEO purposes. A " -"product named \"Pain carré\" will be slugified to \"pain-carre\". Depending " -"on the namespace, this could be different objects (blog post, page title, " -"forum post, forum comment, product category, etc)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:343 -msgid "**-31** = the unique ID of the product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:345 -msgid "" -"Note that any dynamic component of an URL can be reduced to its ID. As an " -"example, the following URLs all do a 301 redirect to the above URL:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:348 -msgid "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (short version)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:350 -msgid "http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (even shorter version)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:352 -msgid "" -"http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/other-product-name-31 (old product " -"name)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:355 -msgid "" -"This could be useful to easily get shorter version of an URL and handle " -"efficiently 301 redirects when the name of your product changes over time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:359 -msgid "" -"Some URLs have several dynamic parts, like this one (a blog category and a " -"post):" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:362 -msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/company-news-5/post/the-odoo-story-56" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:364 -msgid "In the above example:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:366 -msgid "Company News: is the title of the blog" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:368 -msgid "The Odoo Story: is the title of a specific blog post" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:370 -msgid "" -"When an Odoo page has a pager, the page number is set directly in the URL " -"(does not have a GET argument). This allows every page to be indexed by " -"search engines. Example:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:374 -msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/page/3" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:377 -msgid "" -"Having the language code as fr\\_FR is not perfect in terms of SEO. Although" -" most search engines treat now \"\\_\" as a word separator, it has not " -"always been the case. We plan to improve that for Odoo 10." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:382 -msgid "Changes in URLs & Titles" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:384 -msgid "" -"When the URL of a page changes (e.g. a more SEO friendly version of your " -"product name), you don't have to worry about updating all links:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:387 -msgid "Odoo will automatically update all its links to the new URL" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:389 -msgid "" -"If external websites still points to the old URL, a 301 redirect will be " -"done to route visitors to the new website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:392 -msgid "As an example, this URL:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:394 -msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/old-product-name-31" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:396 -msgid "Will automatically redirect to :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:398 -msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/new-and-better-product-name-31" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:400 -msgid "" -"In short, just change the title of a blog post or the name of a product, and" -" the changes will apply automatically everywhere in your website. The old " -"link still works for links coming from external website. (with a 301 " -"redirect to not lose the SEO link juice)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:406 -msgid "HTTPS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:408 -msgid "" -"As of August 2014, Google started to add a ranking boost to secure HTTPS/SSL" -" websites. So, by default all Odoo Online instances are fully based on " -"HTTPS. If the visitor accesses your website through a non HTTPS url, it gets" -" a 301 redirect to its HTTPS equivalent." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:414 -msgid "Links: nofollow strategy" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:416 -msgid "" -"Having website that links to your own page plays an important role on how " -"your page ranks in the different search engines. The more your page is " -"linked from external and quality websites, the better is it for your SEO." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:421 -msgid "Odoo follows the following strategies to manage links:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:423 -msgid "" -"Every link you create manually when creating page in Odoo is \"dofollow\", " -"which means that this link will contribute to the SEO Juice for the linked " -"page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:427 -msgid "" -"Every link created by a contributor (forum post, blog comment, ...) that " -"links to your own website is \"dofollow\" too." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:430 -msgid "" -"But every link posted by a contributor that links to an external website is " -"\"nofollow\". In that way, you do not run the risk of people posting links " -"on your website to third-party websites which have a bad reputation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:435 -msgid "" -"Note that, when using the forum, contributors having a lot of Karma can be " -"trusted. In such case, their links will not have a ``rel=\"nofollow\"`` " -"attribute." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:440 -msgid "Multi-language support" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:443 -msgid "Multi-language URLs" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:445 -msgid "" -"If you run a website in multiple languages, the same content will be " -"available in different URLs, depending on the language used:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:448 -msgid "" -"https://www.mywebsite.com/shop/product/my-product-1 (English version = " -"default)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:450 -msgid "" -"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1 (French " -"version)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:452 -msgid "" -"In this example, fr\\_FR is the language of the page. You can even have " -"several variations of the same language: pt\\_BR (Portuguese from Brazil) , " -"pt\\_PT (Portuguese from Portugal)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:457 -msgid "Language annotation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:459 -msgid "" -"To tell Google that the second URL is the French translation of the first " -"URL, Odoo will add an HTML link element in the header. In the HTML <head> " -"section of the English version, Odoo automatically adds a link element " -"pointing to the other versions of that webpage;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:464 -msgid "" -"<link rel=\"alternate\" hreflang=\"fr\" " -"href=\"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1\"/>" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:467 -msgid "With this approach:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:469 -msgid "" -"Google knows the different translated versions of your page and will propose" -" the right one according to the language of the visitor searching on Google" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:473 -msgid "" -"You do not get penalized by Google if your page is not translated yet, since" -" it is not a duplicated content, but a different version of the same " -"content." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:478 -msgid "Language detection" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:480 -msgid "" -"When a visitor lands for the first time at your website (e.g. " -"yourwebsite.com/shop), his may automatically be redirected to a translated " -"version according to his browser language preference: (e.g. " -"yourwebsite.com/fr\\_FR/shop)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:485 -msgid "" -"Odoo redirects visitors to their prefered language only the first time " -"visitors land at your website. After that, it keeps a cookie of the current " -"language to avoid any redirection." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:489 -msgid "" -"To force a visitor to stick to the default language, you can use the code of" -" the default language in your link, example: yourwebsite.com/en\\_US/shop. " -"This will always land visitors to the English version of the page, without " -"using the browser language preferences." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:496 -msgid "Meta Tags" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:499 -msgid "Titles, Keywords and Description" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:501 -msgid "" -"Every web page should define the ``<title>``, ``<description>`` and " -"``<keywords>`` meta data. These information elements are used by search " -"engines to rank and categorize your website according to a specific search " -"query. So, it is important to have titles and keywords in line with what " -"people search in Google." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:507 -msgid "" -"In order to write quality meta tags, that will boost traffic to your " -"website, Odoo provides a **Promote** tool, in the top bar of the website " -"builder. This tool will contact Google to give you information about your " -"keywords and do the matching with titles and contents in your page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:516 -msgid "" -"If your website is in multiple languages, you can use the Promote tool for " -"every language of a single page;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:519 -msgid "" -"In terms of SEO, content is king. Thus, blogs play an important role in your" -" content strategy. In order to help you optimize all your blog post, Odoo " -"provides a page that allows you to quickly scan the meta tags of all your " -"blog posts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:528 -msgid "" -"This /blog page renders differently for public visitors that are not logged " -"in as website administrator. They do not get the warnings and keyword " -"information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:533 -msgid "Sitemap" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:535 -msgid "" -"Odoo will generate a ``/sitemap.xml`` file automatically for you. For " -"performance reasons, this file is cached and updated every 12 hours." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:538 -msgid "" -"By default, all URLs will be in a single ``/sitemap.xml`` file, but if you " -"have a lot of pages, Odoo will automatically create a Sitemap Index file, " -"respecting the `sitemaps.org protocol " -"<http://www.sitemaps.org/protocol.html>`__ grouping sitemap URL's in 45000 " -"chunks per file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:544 -msgid "Every sitemap entry has 4 attributes that are computed automatically:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:546 -msgid "``<loc>`` : the URL of a page" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:548 -msgid "" -"``<lastmod>`` : last modification date of the resource, computed " -"automatically based on related object. For a page related to a product, this" -" could be the last modification date of the product or the page" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:553 -msgid "" -"``<priority>`` : modules may implement their own priority algorithm based on" -" their content (example: a forum might assign a priority based on the number" -" of votes on a specific post). The priority of a static page is defined by " -"it's priority field, which is normalized. (16 is the default)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:560 -msgid "Structured Data Markup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:562 -msgid "" -"Structured Data Markup is used to generate Rich Snippets in search engine " -"results. It is a way for website owners to send structured data to search " -"engine robots; helping them to understand your content and create well-" -"presented search results." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:567 -msgid "" -"Google supports a number of rich snippets for content types, including: " -"Reviews, People, Products, Businesses, Events and Organizations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:570 -msgid "" -"Odoo implements micro data as defined in the `schema.org " -"<http://schema.org>`__ specification for events, eCommerce products, forum " -"posts and contact addresses. This allows your product pages to be displayed " -"in Google using extra information like the price and rating of a product:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:580 -msgid "robots.txt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:582 -msgid "" -"Odoo automatically creates a ``/robots.txt`` file for your website. Its " -"content is:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:585 -msgid "User-agent: \\*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:587 -msgid "Sitemap: https://www.odoo.com/sitemap.xml" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:590 -msgid "Content is king" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:592 -msgid "" -"When it comes to SEO, content is usually king. Odoo provides several modules" -" to help you build your contents on your website:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:595 -msgid "" -"**Odoo Slides**: publish all your Powerpoint or PDF presentations. Their " -"content is automatically indexed on the web page. Example: " -"`https://www.odoo.com/slides/public-channel-1 <https://www.odoo.com/slides" -"/public-channel-1>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:599 -msgid "" -"**Odoo Forum**: let your community create contents for you. Example: " -"`https://odoo.com/forum/1 <https://odoo.com/forum/1>`__ (accounts for 30% of" -" Odoo.com landing pages)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:603 -msgid "" -"**Odoo Mailing List Archive**: publish mailing list archives on your " -"website. Example: `https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59 " -"<https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59>`__ (1000 pages created per month)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:608 -msgid "**Odoo Blogs**: write great contents." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:611 -msgid "" -"The 404 page is a regular page, that you can edit like any other page in " -"Odoo. That way, you can build a great 404 page to redirect to the top " -"content of your website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:616 -msgid "Social Features" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:619 -msgid "Twitter Cards" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:621 -msgid "" -"Odoo does not implement twitter cards yet. It will be done for the next " -"version." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:625 -msgid "Social Network" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:627 -msgid "" -"Odoo allows to link all your social network accounts in your website. All " -"you have to do is to refer all your accounts in the **Settings** menu of the" -" **Website Admin** application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:632 -msgid "Test Your Website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:634 -msgid "" -"You can compare how your website rank, in terms of SEO, against Odoo using " -"WooRank free services: `https://www.woorank.com <https://www.woorank.com>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish.rst:3 -msgid "Publish" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:3 -msgid "How to use my own domain name" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:5 -msgid "" -"By default, your Odoo Online instance and website have a *.odoo.com* domain " -"name, for both the URL and the emails. But you can change to a custom one " -"(e.g. www.yourcompany.com)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:10 -msgid "What is a good domain name" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Your website address is as important to your branding as the name of your " -"business or organization, so put some thought into changing it for a proper " -"domain. Here are some tips:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:15 -msgid "Simple and obvious" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:16 -msgid "Easy to remember and spell" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:17 -msgid "The shorter the better" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:18 -msgid "Avoid special characters" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:19 -msgid "Aim for a .com and/or your country extension" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Read more: `How to Choose a Domain Name for Maximum SEO " -"<https://www.searchenginejournal.com/choose-a-domain-name-maximum-" -"seo/158951/>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:24 -msgid "How to buy a domain name" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:25 -msgid "Buy your domain name at a popular registrar:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:27 -msgid "`GoDaddy <https://www.godaddy.com>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:28 -msgid "`Namecheap <https://www.namecheap.com>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:29 -msgid "`OVH <https://www.ovh.com>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Steps to buy a domain name are pretty much straight forward. In case of " -"issue, check out those easy tutorials:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:34 -msgid "`GoDaddy <https://roadtoblogging.com/buy-domain-name-from-godaddy>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:35 -msgid "" -"`Namecheap <https://www.loudtips.com/buy-domain-name-hosting-namecheap//>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Feel free to buy an email server to have email addresses using your domain " -"name. However don't buy any extra service to create or host your website. " -"This is Odoo's job!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:42 -msgid "How to apply my domain name to my Odoo instance" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:43 -msgid "" -"First let's authorize the redirection (yourcompany.com -> " -"yourcompany.odoo.com):" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:45 -msgid "Open your Odoo.com account from your homepage." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:50 -msgid "Go to the *Manage Databases* page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Click on *Domains* to the right of the database you would like to redirect." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:60 -msgid "" -"A database domain prompt will appear. Enter your custom domain (e.g. " -"www.yourcompany.com)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:67 -msgid "" -"We can now apply the redirection from your domain name's manager account:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:69 -msgid "Log in to your account and search for the DNS Zones management page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Create a CNAME record *www.yourdomain.com* pointing to *mywebsite.odoo.com*." -" If you want to use the naked domain (e.g. yourdomain.com), you need to " -"redirect *yourdomain.com* to *www.yourdomain.com*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:75 -msgid "Here are some specific guidelines to create a CNAME record:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:77 -msgid "`GoDaddy <https://be.godaddy.com/fr/help/add-a-cname-record-19236>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:78 -msgid "" -"`Namecheap " -"<https://www.namecheap.com/support/knowledgebase/article.aspx/9646/10/how-" -"can-i-set-up-a-cname-record-for-my-domain>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:79 -msgid "" -"`OVH " -"<https://www.ovh.co.uk/g1519.exchange_20132016_how_to_add_a_cname_record>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:82 -msgid "How to enable SSL (HTTPS) for my Odoo instance" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:84 -msgid "" -"To enable SSL, please use a third-party CDN service provider such as " -"CloudFlare.com." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:90 -msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/email_servers`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:3 -msgid "How to translate my website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:6 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Genel Bakış" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In addition to creating great modern websites, Odoo gives you the " -"possibility to translate it in different languages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:12 -msgid "Process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Once your website is created, you have the opportunity to translate it in as" -" many different languages as you want." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:17 -msgid "" -"There are two ways to translate your website, you can do it manually or " -"automatically with the Gengo App. If you want to do it automatically, go to " -"the **App** module and Install **Automated translations through Gengo Api** " -"and **Website Gengo Translator**. If you want to do it manually, don't " -"install anything, and follow the next step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Now go to your website. On the bottom right corner of the page, click on " -"**Add a language**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Choose the language in which you want to translate your website and then " -"click on **Load.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:35 -msgid "" -"You will see that Now, next to English there is also French, which means " -"that the page for the translation has been created. You can also see that " -"some of the text has been translated automatically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:42 -msgid "" -"To translate the content of the website, click on **Translate** (here " -"**Traduire** since we want to translate the website in French)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:45 -msgid "" -"There, if you have installed the Gengo Translator, You will see that next to" -" the **Translate** button you also have a button **Translate " -"automatically**. Once you click on that button, you will be asked some " -"information on your account. If you don't have an account yet, go to " -"`*https://gengo.com/auth/form/login/* " -"<https://gengo.com/auth/form/login/>`__ in order to create one. You need to " -"ask for a public key and a private key." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:53 -msgid "" -"The content you wish to translate will then be translated automatically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Now you can see that most of the content is highlighted in yellow or in " -"green. The yellow represents the content that you have to translate by " -"yourself. The green represents the content that has already been translated " -"automatically." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po index c6f95b5c3..f0e58bbfe 100644 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po @@ -9,9 +9,9 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/contributing.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/contributing.po deleted file mode 100644 index 75dfbedb0..000000000 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/contributing.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1738 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# Bohdan Lisnenko, 2020 -# ТАрас <tratatuta@i.ua>, 2020 -# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: uk\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n" - -#: ../../contributing.rst:5 -msgid "Contributing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation.rst:5 -msgid "Contributing to the documentation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:5 -msgid "Content guidelines" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:7 -msgid "" -"To give the community the best documentation possible, we listed here a few " -"guidelines, tips and tricks that will make your content shine at its " -"brightest! While we encourage you to adopt your own writing style, some " -"rules still apply to give the reader more clarity and comprehension." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:12 -msgid "" -"We strongly recommend contributors to carefully read the other documents in " -"this *Contribution* section of the documentation. Good knowledge of the ins " -"and outs of **RST writing** is required to write and submit your " -"contribution. Note that it also affects your writing style itself." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:16 -msgid ":doc:`introduction_guide`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:17 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:41 -msgid ":doc:`rst_cheat_sheet`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:18 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:42 -msgid ":doc:`rst_guidelines`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:23 -msgid "Writing style" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:25 -msgid "" -"**Writing for documentation** isn't the same as writing for a blog or " -"another medium. Readers are more likely to skim read until they've found the" -" information they are looking for. Keep in mind that the user documentation " -"is a place to inform and describe, not to convince and promote." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:32 -msgid "Consistency" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:34 -msgid "*Consistency is key to everything.*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Make sure that your writing style remains **consistent**. If you modify an " -"existing text, try to match the existing tone and presentation, or rewrite " -"it to match your own style." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:42 -msgid "Grammatical tenses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:44 -msgid "" -"In English, descriptions and instructions require the use of a **Present " -"Tense**, while a *future tense* is appropriate only when a specific event is" -" to happen ulteriorly. This logic might be different in other languages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "Good example (present):" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "" -"*Screenshots are automatically resized to fit the content block's width.*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "Bad example (future):" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "" -"*When you take a screenshot, remember that it will be automatically resized " -"to fit the content block's width.*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:57 -msgid "Paragraphing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:59 -msgid "" -"A paragraph comprises several sentences that are linked by a shared idea. " -"They usually are two to six lines long." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:62 -msgid "" -"In English, a new idea implies a new paragraph, rather than having a *line " -"break* as it is common to do in some other languages. *Line breaks* are " -"useful for layout purposes but shouldn't be used as a grammatical way of " -"separating ideas." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:67 -msgid "" -":ref:`RST cheat sheet: Break the line but not the paragraph <contributing" -"/line-break>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:72 -msgid "Titles" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:74 -msgid "To write a good title :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:76 -msgid "**Be concise.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:77 -msgid "**Avoid sentences**, questions, and titles starting with \"how to.\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:78 -msgid "**Don't use pronouns** in your titles, especially 2nd person (*your*)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:83 -msgid "Document's structure" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:85 -msgid "" -"Use different **headings levels** to organize your text by sections and sub-" -"sections. Your headings are also displayed in a dynamic *navigation bar* on " -"the side." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "**H1: Page Title**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Your *page title* gives your reader a quick and clear understanding of what " -"your content is about. It is also referenced in the section's *table of " -"contents*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:93 -msgid "" -"The *content* in this section describes the upcoming content from a " -"**business point of view**, and shouldn't put the emphasis on Odoo, as this " -"is documentation and not marketing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:97 -msgid "" -"Start first with a **Lead Paragraph**, which helps the reader make sure that" -" they've found the right page, then explain the **business aspects of this " -"topic** in the following paragraphs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "**H2: Section Title (configuration)**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "" -"This first H2 section is about the configuration of the feature, or the " -"prerequisites to achieve a specific goal. To add a path, make sure you use " -"the ``:menuselection:`` specialized directive (see link below)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "Example:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "" -"To do so, go to ``:menuselection:`App name --> Menu --> Sub-menu```, and " -"enable the XYZ feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "**H2: Section Title (main sections)**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Create as many main sections as you have actions or features to distinguish." -" The title can start with a verb, but try to avoid using \"Create ...\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "**H3: Subsection**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Subsections are perfect for assessing very specific points. The title can be" -" in the form of a question, if appropriate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:118 -msgid "**H2: Next Section**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:122 -msgid ":ref:`RST cheat sheet: headings <contributing/headings>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:123 -msgid "" -":ref:`RST cheat sheet: specialized directives <contributing/specialized-" -"directives>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:128 -msgid "Images" -msgstr "Зображення" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:130 -msgid "" -"Adding a few images to illustrate your text helps the readers to understand " -"and memorize your content. However, avoid adding too many images: it isn't " -"necessary to illustrate all steps and features, and it may overload your " -"page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:135 -msgid "" -"Don't forget to :ref:`compress your PNG files with pngquant " -"<contributing/pngquant>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:140 -msgid "Screenshots" -msgstr "Скріншоти" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:142 -msgid "" -"Screenshots are automatically resized to fit the content block's width. This" -" implies that screenshots can't be too wide, else they would appear very " -"small on-screen. Therefore, we recommend to avoid to take screenshots of a " -"full screen display of the app, unless it is relevant to do so." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:146 -msgid "A few tips to improve your screenshots:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:148 -msgid "**Zoom** in your browser. We recommend a 110% zoom for better results." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:149 -msgid "" -"**Resize** your browser's width, either by *resizing the window* itself or " -"by opening the *browser's developer tools* (press the ``F12`` key) and " -"resizing the width." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:151 -msgid "**Select** the relevant area, rather than keeping the full window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:152 -msgid "" -"If necessary, you can **edit** the screenshot to remove unnecessary fields " -"and to narrow even more Odoo's display." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:160 -msgid "" -"Resizing the window's width is the most important step to do as Odoo's " -"responsive design automatically resizes all fields to match the window's " -"width." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:166 -msgid "ALT tags" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:168 -msgid "" -"An **ALT tag** is a *text alternative* to an image. This text is displayed " -"if the browser fails to render the image. It is also helpful for users who " -"are visually impaired. Finally, it helps search engines, such as Google, to " -"understand what the image is about and index it correctly, which improves " -"the :abbr:`SEO (Search Engine Optimization)` significantly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:173 -msgid "Good ALT tags are:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:175 -msgid "**Short** (one line maximum)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:176 -msgid "**Not a repetition** of a previous sentence or title" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:177 -msgid "A **good description** of the action happening on the image" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:178 -msgid "Easily **understandable** if read aloud" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:181 -msgid ":ref:`RST cheat sheet: image directive <contributing/image>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:5 -msgid "Introduction guide" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:7 -msgid "" -"**First of all, thank you for landing here and helping us improve the user " -"documentation of Odoo!**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:9 -msgid "" -"This introductory guide will help you acquire the tools and knowledge you " -"need to write documentation, whether you plan to make a minor content change" -" or document an application from scratch." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:14 -msgid "" -"This tutorial only concerns the `user documentation " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/index.html>`_ of Odoo. The " -"documentation for `developing in Odoo " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/master/index.html>`_ in maintained " -"alongside the source code of Odoo at `github.com/odoo/odoo " -"<https://github.com/odoo/odoo/tree/master/doc>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:22 -msgid "reStructuredText" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Our documentation is written in **reStructuredText** (RST), a `lightweight " -"markup language " -"<https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lightweight_markup_language>`_ consisting of " -"normal text augmented with markup which allows including headings, images, " -"notes, and so on. This might seem a bit abstract but there is no need to " -"worry. :abbr:`RST (reStructuredText)` is not hard to learn, especially if " -"you intend to make only small changes to the content." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:30 -msgid "" -"If you need to learn about a specific markup, head over to :doc:`our cheat " -"sheet for RST <rst_cheat_sheet>` which contains all the information that you" -" should ever need for the user documentation of Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:35 -msgid "" -"We kindly ask you to observe a set of :doc:`content <content_guidelines>` " -"and :doc:`RST <rst_guidelines>` guidelines as you write documentation. This " -"ensures that you stay consistent with the rest of the documentation and " -"facilitates the approval of your content changes as they are reviewed by a " -"redactor at Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:43 -msgid ":doc:`content_guidelines`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:48 -msgid "Getting started" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:50 -msgid "" -"As our documentation is maintained on GitHub, you will need a free GitHub " -"account. Click `here <https://github.com/join>`_ to create one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Now, depending on whether you want to update existing content, or rather " -"work on new content and make file changes, you have two courses of action:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:56 -msgid "" -"**For small changes** in ``.rst`` files only, i.e. addition/edition of " -"paragraphs or typos, **we suggest that you use the GitHub interface**. This " -"is the easiest and fasted way to submit your request for changes for the " -"documentation and is suitable for non-technical people. Read " -":ref:`contributing/github-interface` to learn how to use this method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:60 -msgid "" -"**For more complex cases**, it is necessary to **use Git and work from a " -"local copy of the documentation**. This method seems intimidating but only " -"requires basic knowledge of Git. See :ref:`contributing/canonical-git-" -"workflow` for more information on this method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:67 -msgid "Use the GitHub interface" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Verify that you are browsing the documentation in the version that you " -"intend to change. The version can be selected from the dropdown in the top " -"menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:74 -msgid "" -"Head over to the page that you want to change and click on the **Edit on " -"GitHub** button in the bottom of the left menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:79 -msgid "" -"If you do not have edit rights on the repository (`odoo/documentation-user " -"<https://github.com/odoo/documentation-user>`_), you need to fork it by " -"clicking on the appropriate button. In other terms, you create a copy of the" -" entire repository on your own account. If you do have the edit rights, skip" -" this step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:86 -msgid "" -"Make the appropriate changes while taking care of following the " -":doc:`guidelines <rst_guidelines>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:89 -msgid "" -"Click on the **Preview changes** button to review your contribution in a " -"more human-readable format. Be aware that the preview is not able to handle " -"all markups correctly. Notes and tips, for instance, are not correctly " -"rendered. The version of your content published to the website will be, " -"however." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:94 -msgid "" -"Go to the bottom of the page to create a commit (:dfn:`what packs your " -"changes together and labels them with a commit message`) of your changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:0 -msgid "" -"In first text box, describe your changes. For instance, \"Fix a typo\" and " -"\"Add documentation for invoicing of sales orders\" are two clear commit " -"messages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:0 -msgid "" -"In the second text box, justify *why* you made these changes, if you feel " -"that it is not obvious." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:101 -msgid "" -"Select the option \"Create a new branch for this commit and start a pull " -"request.\" if you have the choice (if you have partial or full edit writes " -"on the repository). If not, skip this step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:104 -msgid "" -"Click on the green button. It is either labelled \"Commit changes\" or " -"\"Propose file change\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:108 -msgid "" -"In the dropdown for the selection of the base branch (i.e., the version of " -"the documentation that your changes concern), make sure to select the same " -"version as in the first step of this guide and click on the **Create pull " -"request** button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:114 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:392 -msgid "" -"Double-check your :abbr:`PR (Pull Request)` and, when ready, click again on " -"the **Create pull request** button to submit your changes for review by a " -"redactor at Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:119 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:397 -msgid "" -"You're done! If your changes are approved straight away they will appear in " -"the documentation the very next day. It may also be the case that the " -"reviewer has a question or a remark, so make sure to check your " -"notifications or your emails, depending on your account settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:126 -msgid "Use the canonical Git workflow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:131 -msgid "Prepare your machine" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:136 -msgid "Install Git" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:138 -msgid "" -"We use `Git <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Git>`_ to manage the files of the" -" user documentation. It is a tool that allows to track the history of " -"changes made to a file and, more importantly, to work on different versions " -"of those files at the same time. It means that you do not need to worry " -"about overwriting someone else’s pending work when you start editing the " -"documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:143 -msgid "" -"You must then configure Git to identify yourself as the author of your " -"future contribution. Enter the same email address as the one you used to " -"register on GitHub." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:146 -msgid "Download and install **Git** on your machine." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:147 -msgid "" -"Verify that `the installation folder of Git is included in your system's " -"PATH variable <win-add-to-path_>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:149 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:174 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:320 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:337 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:368 -msgid "Execute the following commands in a terminal:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:159 -msgid "Fetch the sources" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:161 -msgid "" -"As stated earlier, our documentation (in all its versions) is maintained on " -"GitHub at `github.com/odoo/documentation-user <https://github.com/odoo" -"/documentation-user>`_. A modification is made by the mean of a :abbr:`PR " -"(Pull Request)` (:dfn:`proposal of content changes`) to allow for a review " -"of the changes before updating the sources of the documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:166 -msgid "" -"Prior to submitting a modification, you need to make a copy of the sources " -"and download that copy on your machine." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:169 -msgid "" -"Go to `github.com/odoo/documentation-user <https://github.com/odoo" -"/documentation-user>`_ and click on the **Fork** button in the top right " -"corner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:182 -msgid "" -"If you do not have edit rights on the repository owned by Odoo, replace " -"\"odoo\" with your Github username in the URL of the command above. If you " -"do have edit rights, it is not necessary to fork the repository." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:186 -msgid "" -"In order to ease the collaboration between writers coming from many " -"different systems and teams, execute the following group of commands that " -"correspond to your :abbr:`OS (Operating System)` in a terminal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:190 -msgid "Windows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:198 -msgid "Linux or Mac OS:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:209 -msgid "Python" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:211 -msgid "" -"Because the documentation is written in :abbr:`RST (reStructuredText)`, it " -"needs to be built (:dfn:`converted to HTML`) in order to display nicely. " -"This is done by the documentation generator which takes the original " -":abbr:`RST (reStructuredText)` files as input, transforms the markups in a " -"human-readable format, and outputs HTML files to be read in your web " -"browser." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:216 -msgid "" -"The documentation generator that we use is called `Sphinx <http://www" -".sphinx-doc.org/en/master/>`_. and is written in `Python " -"<https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Python_(programming_language)>`_. You have to" -" install Python in order to use Sphinx. For the record, Sphinx is the " -"program and Python the programming language, but you do not need to know " -"much more about them so don't panic!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:221 -msgid "" -"Python comes with its own package manager: `pip " -"<https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pip_(package_manager)>`_. It allows " -"installing Python dependencies in a single command." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:225 -msgid "" -"Download and install the latest release of **Python 3** on your machine." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:226 -msgid "" -"Make sure to have **pip** installed on your machine (on Windows, you can " -"install pip alongside Python)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:228 -msgid "" -"Execute the following commands in a terminal to verify that both " -"installations finished successfully:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:236 -msgid "" -"Execute the following commands in a terminal to install the Python " -"dependencies of the documentation:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:245 -msgid "" -"Depending on your :abbr:`OS (Operating System)`, you may need to run the " -"commands ``python`` and ``pip`` instead of ``python3`` and ``pip3``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:251 -msgid "Make" -msgstr "Зробити" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:253 -msgid "" -"`Make <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Make_(software)>`_ is a tool that packs" -" a bunch of command-lines into one to be easier to remember and to type. In " -"our case, it is used to execute complex Sphinx build commands by using a " -"single and simpler one instead." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:257 -msgid "Download and install **Make** on your machine." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:258 -msgid "" -"Verify that `the installation folder of Make is included in your system's " -"PATH variable <win-add-to-path_>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:264 -msgid "pngquant" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:266 -msgid "" -"`pngquant <https://pngquant.org/>`_ is a tool that we use to compress PNG " -"images so that the documentation does not end up weighting several Gigabytes" -" in a few year span." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:269 -msgid "Download and install **pngquant** on your machine." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:270 -msgid "" -"Verify that `the installation folder of pngquant is included in your " -"system's PATH variable <win-add-to-path_>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:276 -msgid "Prepare your version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:278 -msgid "" -"Now that your machine is all set up, it is time to do the same for your " -"version of the documentation files. As it would not be convenient to have " -"several people working on the version 14.0 in parallel (conflicts of content" -" would occur all the time), and in order to be able to create a :abbr:`PR " -"(Pull Request)`, you must `create a new branch " -"<https://www.atlassian.com/git/tutorials/using-branches>`_ starting from the" -" branch 14.0. In other words, you copy the entirety of this version’s files " -"and give it another name. For this example, we will go with " -"``14.0-my_contribution``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:286 -msgid "Execute the following commands in a terminal to..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:288 -msgid "Navigate to the documentation folder:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:294 -msgid "Switch to the version 14.0:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:300 -msgid "Create your own branch which will be a copy of 14.0:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:309 -msgid "Perform your changes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:311 -msgid "" -"You can now perform any change you want to the documentation files. These " -"changes must be compliant with :abbr:`RST (reStructuredText)` syntax (see " -":doc:`rst_cheat_sheet`) and with our :doc:`guidelines <rst_guidelines>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:316 -msgid "" -"If your changes include the addition of a new image, for instance " -":file:`my_image.png`, proceed as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:319 -msgid "Make sure that the image is in ``.png`` format." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:327 -msgid "Delete :file:`my_image.png`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:328 -msgid "Rename :file:`my_image-fs8.png` to :file:`my_image.png`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:333 -msgid "Preview your changes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:335 -msgid "" -"To preview your changes in a generated documentation, proceed as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:346 -msgid "" -"You can omit the :command:`make clean` command when no recent change has " -"been made to the hierarchy of documentation files." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:349 -msgid "Fix any error or warning shown in the logs of the build." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:350 -msgid "" -"Open the file :file:`documentation-user/_build/html/index.html` with your " -"default web browser." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:353 -msgid "" -"These steps have for only purpose to show you the final results of your " -"changes. They have no impact on the documentation source files." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:359 -msgid "Submit your changes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:362 -msgid "" -"We expect you to have basic knowledge of Git, which should be enough to " -"cover the basic flow of a one-time contribution. If you plan on submitting " -"several contributions, work on older versions of the documentation or " -"perform any other advanced action, we recommend you to be confident with " -"Git. Help yourself with `this manual of Git " -"<https://www.atlassian.com/git>`_ and `this interactive tutorial " -"<https://learngitbranching.js.org/>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:376 -msgid "" -"Go to `github.com/odoo/documentation-user/pulls <https://github.com/odoo" -"/documentation-user/pulls>`_ and click on the **New pull request** button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:382 -msgid "" -"If you forked the base repository in the section :ref:`contributing/fetch-" -"sources`, click on the link **compare across forks** If not, skip this step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:387 -msgid "" -"In the dropdown for the selection of the base branch (i.e., the version of " -"the documentation that your changes concern), make sure to select the " -"version that your changes target (here **14.0**)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:5 -msgid "RST cheat sheet" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:10 -msgid "Headings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:13 -msgid "" -"For each formatting line (e.g., ``===``), write as many symbols (``=``) as " -"there are characters in the header." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:17 -msgid "" -"The symbols used for the formatting are, in fact, not important. Only the " -"order in which they are written matters, as it determines the size of the " -"decorated heading. This means that you may encounter different heading " -"formatting and in a different order, in which case you should follow the " -"formatting in place in the document. In any other case, use the formatting " -"shown below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:20 -msgid "Heading size" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:20 -msgid "Formatting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:20 -msgid "Min/Max number of occurrences" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:22 -msgid "H1" -msgstr "H1" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 -msgid "``=======``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 -msgid "``Heading``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:22 -msgid "1/1" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:26 -msgid "H2" -msgstr "H2" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:26 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:29 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:32 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:35 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:38 -msgid "0/∞" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:29 -msgid "H3" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 -msgid "``-------``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:32 -msgid "H4" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 -msgid "``~~~~~~~``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:35 -msgid "H5" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 -msgid "``*******``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:38 -msgid "H6" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 -msgid "``^^^^^^^``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:45 -msgid "Markup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:50 -msgid "Inline markup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:52 -msgid "Use the following markups to emphasize your text to your liking:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:55 -msgid "\\*\\*Text\\*\\*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:55 -msgid "**Text**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:57 -msgid "\\*Text\\*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:57 -msgid "*Text*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:59 -msgid "\\`\\`Text\\`\\`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:59 -msgid "``Text``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:63 -msgid ":ref:`contributing/specialized-directives`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:68 -msgid "Bulleted list" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:84 -msgid "Numbered list" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:99 -msgid "Nested lists" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:111 -msgid "Hyperlinks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:116 -msgid "Hyperlink references" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:118 -msgid "" -"Hyperlink references are links to a URL with a custom label. They follow " -"this syntax: ```label <URL>`_``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:122 -msgid "The URL can be a relative path to a file within the documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:125 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:146 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:192 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:232 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:263 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:288 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:313 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:19 -msgid "Example" -msgstr "Приклад" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:127 -msgid "" -"This excerpt of :abbr:`RST (reStructuredText)`: ``For instance, `this is a " -"hyperlink reference <https://odoo.com>`_.`` is rendered as follows in HTML: " -"“For instance, `this is a hyperlink reference <https://odoo.com>`_.”" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:134 -msgid "External hyperlink targets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:136 -msgid "" -"External hyperlink targets allow creating shortcuts for hyperlink " -"references." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:137 -msgid "The definition syntax is as follows: ``.. _target: URL``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:138 -msgid "There are two ways to reference them, depending on the use case:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:140 -msgid "" -"``target_`` creates a hyperlink with the target name as label and the URL as" -" reference. Note that the ``_`` moved after the target!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:142 -msgid "" -"```label <target_>`_`` does exactly what you expect: the label replaces the " -"name of the target, and the target is replaced by the URL." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:149 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:195 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:235 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:266 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:291 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:316 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:352 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:373 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:392 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:413 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:432 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:453 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:490 -msgid "RST" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:159 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:211 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:243 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:274 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:299 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:330 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:361 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:381 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:401 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:421 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:441 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:461 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:499 -msgid "Render" -msgstr "Перегляд" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:161 -msgid "" -"A `proof-of-concept <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Proof_of_concept>`_ is a " -"simplified version, a prototype of what is expected to agree on the main " -"lines of expected changes. `PoC " -"<https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Proof_of_concept>`_ is a common abbreviation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:168 -msgid "Internal hyperlink targets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:170 -msgid "" -"Internal hyperlink targets follow the same syntax as external hyperlink " -"targets but without any URL. Indeed, they are internal. They allow " -"referencing a specific part of a document by using the target as an anchor. " -"When the user clicks on the reference, the documentation scrolls to the part" -" of the page containing the target." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:176 -msgid "" -"Targets can be referenced from other files than the ones in which they are " -"defined." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:178 -msgid "The definition syntax is: ``.. _target:``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:179 -msgid "" -"There are two ways to reference them, both using the ``ref`` directive:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:181 -msgid "" -"``:ref:`target``` creates a hyperlink to the anchor with the heading defined" -" below as label." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:182 -msgid "" -"``:ref:`label <target>``` creates a hyperlink to the anchor with the given " -"label." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:184 -msgid "" -"See :ref:`contributing/relative-links` to learn how to write proper relative" -" links for internal references." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:188 -msgid "" -"Notice that there is no ``_`` at the end, as it is done with :ref:`hyperlink" -" targets <contributing/hyperlink-references>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:213 -msgid "" -"This can easily be done by creating a new product, see `How to create a " -"product? <https://example.com/product>`_ for additional help." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:216 -msgid "**How to create a product?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:218 -msgid "" -"As explained at the `start of the page <https://example.com/scroll-to-start-" -"of-page>`_, ..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:223 -msgid "Implicit hyperlink targets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:227 -msgid "" -"Implicit hyperlink targets are a special kind of internal hyperlink targets:" -" they are automatically generated by section titles, footnotes, etc. " -"Consequently, they don’t have a definition syntax." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:229 -msgid "" -"They can be referenced the same first way as external hyperlink targets by " -"using the name of the section title as URL." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:245 -msgid "" -"This can easily be done by creating a new user, see `How to create a new " -"user? <https://example.com/how-to-create-a-user>`_ for additional help. ..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:251 -msgid "The ``doc`` directive" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:254 -msgid "" -"The ``doc`` directive allows referencing a documentation page wherever it is" -" in the file tree through a relative file path." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:255 -msgid "As usual, there are two ways to use the directive:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:257 -msgid "" -"``:doc:`path_to_doc_page``` creates a hyperlink reference to the " -"documentation page with the title of the page as label." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:259 -msgid "" -"``:doc:`label <path_to_doc_page>``` creates a hyperlink reference to the " -"documentation page with the given label." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:276 -msgid "" -"Please refer to `this documentation " -"<https://example.com/doc/accounting/invoices.html>`_ and to `Send a pro-" -"forma invoice <https://example.com/doc/sales/proforma.html>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:282 -msgid "The ``download`` directive" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:284 -msgid "" -"The ``download`` directive allows referencing files (that are not " -"necessarily :abbr:`RST (reStructuredText)` documents) within the source tree" -" to be downloaded." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:301 -msgid "" -"Download this `module structure template " -"<https://example.com/doc/odoosh/extras/my_module.zip>`_ to start building " -"your module in no time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:307 -msgid "The ``image`` directive" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:309 -msgid "" -"The ``image`` directive allows inserting images in a document. It comes with" -" a set of optional parameter directives that can individually be omitted if " -"considered redundant." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:344 -msgid "Admonitions (alert blocks)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:349 -msgid "Seealso" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:364 -msgid "" -"`Customer invoices <https://example.com/doc/accounting/invoices.html>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:365 -msgid "" -"`Pro-forma invoices <https://example.com/doc/sales/proforma.html#activate-" -"the-feature>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:370 -msgid "Note" -msgstr "Примітка" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:384 -msgid "" -"Use this to get the attention of the reader about additional information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:389 -msgid "Tip" -msgstr "Чайові" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:404 -msgid "" -"Use this to inform the reader about a useful trick that requires an action." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:410 -msgid "Important" -msgstr "Важливий" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:424 -msgid "Use this to notify the reader about an important information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:429 -msgid "Warning" -msgstr "Попередження" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:444 -msgid "" -"Use this to require the reader to proceed with caution with what is " -"described in the warning." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:450 -msgid "Danger" -msgstr "Небезпека" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:464 -msgid "Use this to alarm the reader about a serious threat." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:469 -msgid "Formatting tips" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:474 -msgid "Add banners on top of documents" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:480 -msgid "" -"The Odoo theme supports banner images at the top of documents. At the first " -"line of your documents, insert the directive ``:banner: " -"banners/file_name.png``. Replace ``file_name.png`` with the file that you " -"placed in :file:`_static/banners` to server as a banner of your document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:487 -msgid "Break the line but not the paragraph" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:502 -msgid "" -"First super long line that you break in two… here is rendered as a single " -"line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:503 -msgid "Second line that follows a line break." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:508 -msgid "Add comments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:510 -msgid "" -"If you made a particular choice of writing or formatting that a future " -"writer should be able to understand and take into account, consider writing " -"a comment. Comments are blocks of text that do not count as a part of the " -"documentation and that are used to pass a message to writers of the source " -"code. They consist of a line starting with two dots and a space, followed by" -" the comment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:515 -msgid "" -"``.. For instance, this line will not be rendered in the documentation.``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:520 -msgid "Use tables" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:522 -msgid "" -"Make use of `this convenient table generator " -"<https://www.tablesgenerator.com/text_tables>`_ to build your tables. Then, " -"copy-paste the generated formatting into your document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:528 -msgid "Spice up your writing with specialized directives" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:530 -msgid "Use these additional directives to fine-tune your content:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:533 -msgid "**Directive**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:533 -msgid "**Purpose**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:533 -msgid "**Example**" -msgstr "**Приклад**" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:535 -msgid "**RST**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:535 -msgid "**HTML**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:537 -msgid "``abbr``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:537 -msgid "Self-defining abbreviations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:537 -msgid "``:abbr:`SO (Sales Order)```" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:537 -msgid ":abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:539 -msgid "``command``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:539 -msgid "Highlight a command" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:539 -msgid "``:command:`python example.py```" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:539 -msgid ":command:`python example.py`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:541 -msgid "``dfn``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:541 -msgid "Define a term" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:541 -msgid "``:dfn:`a definition for a new term```" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:541 -msgid ":dfn:`a definition for a new term`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:543 -msgid "``file``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:543 -msgid "Indicate a file path" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:543 -msgid "``:file:`~/odoo/odoo-bin```" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:543 -msgid ":file:`~/odoo/odoo-bin`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:545 -msgid "``menuselection``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:545 -msgid "Guide a user through a sequence of menus" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:545 -msgid "``:menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings```" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:545 -msgid ":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:551 -msgid "Escape markup symbols (Advanced)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:553 -msgid "" -"Markup symbols escaped with backslashes (``\\``) are rendered normally. For " -"instance, ``this \\*\\*line of text\\*\\* with \\*markup\\* symbols`` is " -"rendered as “this \\*\\*line of text\\*\\* with \\*markup\\* symbols”." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:557 -msgid "" -"When it comes to backticks (`````), which are used in many case such as " -":ref:`hyperlink references <contributing/hyperlink-references>`, using " -"backslashes for escaping is no longer an option because the outer backticks " -"interpret enclosed backslashes and thus prevent them from escaping inner " -"backticks. For instance, ```\\`this formatting\\```` produces an ``[UNKNOWN " -"NODE title_reference]`` error. Instead, `````this formatting````` should be " -"used to produce the following result: ```this formatting```." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:5 -msgid "RST guidelines" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:10 -msgid "Use relative links for internal URLs" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:12 -msgid "" -"If you need to reference an internal documentation page or a file that is " -"not sitting in the same directory as your current page, always make use of " -"*relative file paths* rather than *absolute file paths*. An absolute file " -"path indicates the location of the target from the root of its file tree. A " -"relative file path makes use of smart notations (such as ``../`` git that " -"redirects to the parent folder) to indicate the location of the target " -"*relative* to that of the source document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:21 -msgid "Given the following source file tree:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:33 -msgid "" -"A reference to the rendered :file:`prices.html` and :file:`variants.html` " -"could be made from :file:`import.rst` as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:36 -msgid "Absolute:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:38 -msgid "" -"``https://odoo.com/documentation/user/14.0/sales/products_prices/prices.html``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:39 -msgid "" -"``https://odoo.com/documentation/user/14.0/sales/products_prices/products/variants.html``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:41 -msgid "Relative:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:43 -msgid "``../prices.html``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:44 -msgid "``variants.html``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:46 -msgid "" -"The relative links are clearly superior in terms of readability and " -"stability: the references survive version updates, folder name changes and " -"file tree restructurations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:52 -msgid "Start a new line before the 100th character" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:54 -msgid "" -"In RST, it is possible to break a line without forcing a line break on the " -"rendered HTML. Make use of this feature to write **lines of maximum 100 " -"characters**. A line break in a sentence results in an additional whitespace" -" in HTML. That means that you do not need to leave a trailing whitespace at " -"the end of a line to separate words." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:60 -msgid "" -"You can safely break a line around the separators (``-->``) of " -"``menuselection`` directives and anywhere in a hyperlink reference. For the " -"``doc``, ``ref`` and ``download`` directives, this is only true for the " -"label part of the reference." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:65 -msgid "Example: Line breaks within directive and inline markup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:74 -msgid "Be consistent with indentation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:76 -msgid "Use only spaces (never tabs)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:78 -msgid "" -"Use as many spaces at the beginning of an indented line as needed to align " -"it with the first character of the directive in the line above. This usually" -" implies 3 spaces but you only need 2 for bulleted lists." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:83 -msgid "Example: The first ``:`` is below the ``i`` (3 spaces)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Example: The ``:titlesonly:`` and page references start below the ``t`` (3 " -"spaces)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:103 -msgid "" -"Example: Continuation lines resume below the ``I``’s of “Invoice” (2 spaces)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:113 -msgid "Use the menuselection directive" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:115 -msgid "" -"Although chaining characters ``‣`` and menu names works fine to indicate a " -"user which menus to click, it is best to use the ``menuselection`` directive" -" (see :ref:`contributing/specialized-directives`) for the same result. " -"Indeed, it renders the menus chain consistently with the rest of the " -"documentation and would automatically adapt to the new graphic chart if we " -"were to switch to a new one. This directive is used inline as follows: " -"``:menuselection:`Settings --> Products --> Variants```." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:125 -msgid "Write resilient code" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:127 -msgid "" -"Prefer the use of ``#.`` in numbered lists instead of ``1.``, ``2.``, etc. " -"This removes the risk of breaking the numbering when adding new elements to " -"the list and is easier to maintain." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:129 -msgid "" -"Avoid using implicit hyperlink targets and prefer internal hyperlink targets" -" instead. Referencing the implicit target ``How to print quotations?`` is " -"more prone to break than a reference to the explicit target " -"``_print_quotation`` which never appears in the rendered HTML and is thus " -"even less likely to be modified." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:137 -msgid "Prefix hyperlink targets with application names" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:139 -msgid "" -"As hyperlink targets are visible from the entire documentation when " -"referenced with the ``ref`` directive, it is recommended to prefix the " -"target name with that of the related application. For instance, naming a " -"target ``_amazon/form`` instead of ``_form`` avoids unwanted behaviors and " -"makes the purpose of the target clear." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:147 -msgid "Don’t break hyperlink targets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:149 -msgid "" -"When refactoring (improving without adding new content) section headings or " -"hyperlink targets, take care not to break any hyperlink reference to these " -"targets or update them accordingly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:155 -msgid "Use single-underscore suffixes for hyperlink references" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:160 -msgid "" -"Although using a double-underscore suffix works most of the time for classic" -" hyperlink references, it is not recommended as double-underscores normally " -"indicate an anonymous hyperlink reference. This is a special kind of " -"hyperlink reference that makes use of nameless hyperlink targets consisting " -"only of two underscore." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:162 -msgid "" -"tl;dr: Double-underscore suffixes work until they don’t and are bad " -"practice, use single-underscore suffixes instead." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po deleted file mode 100644 index 4d47ca65f..000000000 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1387 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2021 -# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2021 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2021\n" -"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: uk\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n" - -#: ../../crm.rst:5 -msgid "CRM" -msgstr "CRM" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads.rst:3 -msgid "Acquire leads" -msgstr "Отримайте ліди" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:3 -msgid "Convert leads into opportunities" -msgstr "Перетворення лідів у нагоди" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The system can generate leads instead of opportunities, in order to add a " -"qualification step before converting a *Lead* into an *Opportunity* and " -"assigning to the right sales people." -msgstr "" -"Система може генерувати ліди замість нагод, щоб додати крок кваліфікації " -"перед конвертацією *Ліда* в *Нагоду* та призначення його продавцю." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:9 -msgid "" -"You can activate this mode from the CRM Settings. It applies to all your " -"sales channels by default. But you can make it specific for specific " -"channels from their configuration form." -msgstr "" -"Ви можете активувати цей режим із Налаштувань CRM. Він застосовується до " -"всіх каналів продажу за замовчуванням. Але ви можете застосувати його для " -"конкретних каналів із їхньої форми налаштування." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:14 -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:41 -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:8 -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:11 -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:27 -#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:9 -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:12 -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:12 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Налаштування" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:16 -msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> " -"Settings` and activate the *Leads* feature." -msgstr "" -"Щоб ця функція працювала, перейдіть на :menuselection:`CRM --> Налаштування " -"--> Налаштування` та активуйте функцію *Ліди*." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:22 -msgid "" -"You will now have a new submenu *Leads* under *Leads* where they will " -"aggregate." -msgstr "" -"Тепер у вас з'явиться нове підменю *Ліди* у розділі *Ліди*, де вони " -"накопичуються." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:29 -msgid "Convert a lead into an opportunity" -msgstr "Конвертуйте лід у нагоду" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:31 -msgid "" -"When you click on a *Lead* you will have the option to convert it to an " -"opportunity and decide if it should still be assigned to the same " -"channel/person and if you need to create a new customer." -msgstr "" -"Коли ви натиснете на *Лід*, ви матимете можливість перетворити його на " -"нагоду і вирішити, чи слід його ще призначити тому ж каналу/продавцю, і якщо" -" вам потрібно створити нового клієнта." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:38 -msgid "" -"If you already have an opportunity with that customer Odoo will " -"automatically offer you to merge with that opportunity. In the same manner, " -"Odoo will automatically offer you to link to an existing customer if that " -"customer already exists." -msgstr "" -"Якщо у вас вже є нагода з цим клієнтом, Odoo автоматично запропонує вам " -"об'єднати цю нагоду. Точно так само Odoo автоматично запропонує вам зв'язати" -" з існуючим клієнтом, якщо цей клієнт вже існує." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:44 -msgid "Merge opportunities" -msgstr "Об'єднайте нагоди" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Odoo will also automatically propose to merge opportunities if they have the" -" same email address. When merging opportunities, Odoo merges the information" -" into the opportunity which was created first, giving priority to the " -"information present on the first opportunity." -msgstr "" -"Odoo також автоматично запропонує об'єднати нагоди, якщо в них однакова " -"електронна адреса. Під час об'єднання нагод Odoo об'єднує й інформацію " -"нагод, яка була спершу створена, надаючи пріоритет інформації першої нагоди." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:51 -msgid "" -"No information is lost: data from the other opportunity is logged in the " -"chatter and the information fields for easy access." -msgstr "" -"Жодна інформація не втрачаться: дані з інших нагод записується у чаттері та " -"інформаційних полях для легкого доступу." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Would you find a duplicate yourself, ...you can also merge opportunities or " -"leads even if the system doesn't propose it." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви знайдете дублікат самостійно, ... ви також можете об'єднати нагоди " -"або ліди, навіть якщо система цього не пропонує." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Here’s how, from the list view. Select the opportunities or leads you want " -"to merge and the action button will appear. Then, you can select merge." -msgstr "" -"Тут є як це зробити зі списку. Оберіть нагоди або ліди, які ви хочете " -"об'єднати, тоді з'явиться кнопка дії. Потім ви можете обрати об'єднання." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:67 -msgid "It is also possible to merge more than 2 opportunities or leads." -msgstr "Можливо також об'єднати більше, ніж дві нагоди або ліда." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:3 -msgid "Generate leads/opportunities from emails" -msgstr "Генеруйте ліди/нагоди з електронної пошти" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Automating the lead/opportunity generation will considerably improve your " -"efficiency. By default, any email sent to *sales@database\\_domain.ext* will" -" create an opportunity in the pipeline of the default sales channel." -msgstr "" -"Автоматизація генерації ліда/нагоди значно покращить вашу ефективність. За " -"замовчуванням будь-який електронний лист, надісланий на *sales@database\\ " -"_domain.ext*, створить нагоду в рамках каналу продажів за замовчуванням." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:11 -msgid "Configure email aliases" -msgstr "Налаштуйте псевдоніми електронної пошти" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Each sales teams can have its own email alias, to generate " -"leads/opportunities automatically assigned to it. It is useful if you manage" -" several sales teams with specific business processes. You will find the " -"configuration of sales teams under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Sales " -"Teams`." -msgstr "" -"Кожен канал продажу може мати власний псевдонім електронної пошти, щоб " -"генерувати ліди/нагоди, автоматично призначені для нього. Це корисно, якщо " -"ви керуєте кількома командами продажів з певними бізнес-процесами. Ви " -"знайдете налаштування команд продажу під :menuselection:`Налаштування --> " -"Команди продажів`." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:3 -msgid "Generate leads/opportunities from your website contact page" -msgstr "Створіть ліди/нагоди зі сторінки контактів вашого веб-сайту" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Automating the lead/opportunity generation will considerably improve your " -"efficiency. Any visitor using the contact form on your website will create a" -" lead/opportunity in the pipeline." -msgstr "" -"Автоматизація генерації лідів/нагод значно покращить вашу ефективність. " -"Будь-який відвідувач, який використовує контактну форму на вашому веб-сайті," -" створить лід/нагоду у конеєрі." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:10 -msgid "Use the contact us on your website" -msgstr "Використовуйте зв'яжіться з нами на своєму веб-сайті" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:12 -msgid "You should first go to your website app." -msgstr "Спочатку потрібно перейти до вашого додатка веб-сайту." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:14 -msgid "|image0|\\ |image1|" -msgstr "|image0|\\ |image1|" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:16 -msgid "" -"With the CRM app installed, you benefit from a ready-to-use contact form on " -"your Odoo website that will generate leads/opportunities automatically." -msgstr "" -"Зі встановленням модуля CRM, ви користуєтесь готовою до використання " -"контактною формою на своєму веб-сайті Odoo, яка автоматично генерує " -"ліди/нагоди." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:23 -msgid "" -"To change to a specific sales channel, go to :menuselection:`Website --> " -"Configuration --> Settings` under *Communication* you will find the Contact " -"Form info and where to change the *Sales Channel* or *Salesperson*." -msgstr "" -"Щоб перейти на конкретний канал продажів, перейдіть на сторінку " -":menuselection:`Веб-сайт --> Налаштування --> Налаштування` під *Зв'язок* ви" -" знайдете інформацію про контактну форму та куди слід змінити *Канали " -"продажу* або *Продавця*." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:32 -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:50 -msgid "Create a custom contact form" -msgstr "Створіть власну контактну форму" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:34 -msgid "" -"You may want to know more from your visitor when they use the contact form " -"to you will need to build a custom contact form on your website. These " -"contact forms can generate multiple types of records in the system (emails, " -"leads/opportunities, project tasks, helpdesk tickets, etc.)" -msgstr "" -"Ви можете дізнатися більше про свого відвідувача, коли він використовує " -"контактну форму, вам потрібно буде створити на вашому веб-сайті спеціальну " -"контактну форму. Ці контактні форми можуть генерувати кілька типів записів у" -" системі (електронні листи, ліди/нагоди, завдання проекту, заявки служби " -"підтримки тощо)." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:43 -msgid "" -"You will need to install the free *Form Builder* module, only available in " -"Odoo Enterprise." -msgstr "" -"Вам потрібно буде встановити безкоштовний модуль *Конструктор форм*, який " -"доступний в лише Odoo Enterprise." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:52 -msgid "" -"First, go to the page where you want to put your contact form. In edit mode," -" drag the form builder onto the page, and you will be able to add all the " -"fields you wish." -msgstr "" -"Спершу перейдіть до сторінки, де в хочете вставити вашу контактну форму. В " -"режимі редагування перетягніть конструктор форм на сторінку, і тоді ви " -"зможете додати всі поля, які ви хочете." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:59 -msgid "" -"By default, any new contact form will send an email. You can switch to " -"lead/opportunity generation in *Change Form Parameters*." -msgstr "" -"За замовчуванням усі нові форми контакту будуть надсилати електронний лист. " -"Ви можете перемкнути на створення ліда/нагоди у *Змінити параметри форми*." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:63 -msgid "" -"If the same visitor uses the contact form twice, the second entry will be " -"added to the first lead/opportunity in the chatter." -msgstr "" -"Якщо той же відвідувач використовує контактну форму двічі, другий запис буде" -" додано до першого ліда/нагоди у чаті." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:67 -msgid "Generate leads instead of opportunities" -msgstr "Генеруйте ліди, а не нагоди" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:69 -msgid "" -"When using a contact form, you should use a qualification step before " -"assigning the form to the right sales people. To do so, activate *Leads* in " -"CRM settings and refer to :doc:`convert`." -msgstr "" -"Під час використання контактної форми, вам слід використовувати крок " -"кваліфікації перед призначенням форми правильному продавцю. Зробивши це, " -"активуйте *Ліди* у налаштуваннях CRM та перейдіть на :doc:`convert`." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:3 -msgid "Lead mining" -msgstr "Отримання лідів" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:4 -msgid "" -"In any business, getting quality leads is essential to keep the business " -"growing. Lead mining allows you to generate leads from scratch directly from" -" your database. Target your leads based on a set of criteria such as the " -"country, the size of the company, the industry your leads are coming from to" -" make them relevant to your business." -msgstr "" -"У будь-якому бізнесі, отримання якісних лідів має важливе значення для " -"зростання бізнесу. Отримання лідів дозволяє генерувати ліди з нуля " -"безпосередньо з бази даних. Націлюйте свої ліди на основі набору таких " -"критеріїв, як країна, розмір компанії, галузь, з відки походить ваш лід, " -"щоби зробити їх відповідними до вашого бізнесу." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:10 -msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> " -"Settings` and activate the **Lead Mining** feature." -msgstr "" -"Щоб запустити цю функцію, перейдіть в :menuselection:`CRM --> Налаштування " -"--> Налаштування` та активуйте функцію **Отримання лідів**." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:17 -msgid "Start generating leads" -msgstr "Почніть створення лідів" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:18 -msgid "" -"You will now have a new button **Generate Leads** available in your " -"pipeline. You are also able to create lead mining requests from the " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Lead Mining Requests` and trough " -":menuselection:`Leads --> Leads` where you have the **Generate Leads** " -"button." -msgstr "" -"Тепер у вас буде кнопка **Створити ліди**, доступна у вашому конвеєрі. Ви " -"також можете створювати запити на отримання лідів з " -":menuselection:`Налаштування --> Запити на отримання лідів` та через " -":menuselection:`Ліди --> Ліди`, де у вас є кнопка **Створити ліди**." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:27 -msgid "" -"From there, click on the **Generate Leads** button, a window where you will " -"be able to pick your criteria will pop up." -msgstr "" -"Там натисніть на кнопку **Створити ліди**, з'явиться вікно, де ви зможете " -"обрати критерії." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:34 -msgid "" -"When choosing to target Companied and their contacts you can choose the " -"contacts you are getting based on Role or Seniority. When getting contact " -"information make sure to be aware of the latest EU regulation, get more " -"information about General Data Protection Regulation on `Odoo GDPR " -"<http://odoo.com/gdpr>`__," -msgstr "" -"Під час обрання цілі компнаій та їхні контакти, ви можете обрати окнтакти, " -"які ви отримуєте на основі Ролі або Стажу. Отримавши інформацію про " -"контакти, переконайтеся, що ви в курсі останніх норм ЄС, більше інформації " -"про Загальні положення про захист даних отримайте на `Odoo GDPR " -"<http://odoo.com/gdpr>`__," - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:39 -msgid "" -"You can decide to filter the leads you are getting depending on the size " -"(number of employees) of the companies. You can pick the countries your " -"leads are coming from. It is possible to pick multiple countries. You can " -"pick the industries your leads are coming from. It is possible to pick " -"multiple industries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:43 -msgid "" -"You can choose the salesperson and the Salesteam the lead will be assigned " -"to. You can also add tags to track your generated leads." -msgstr "" -"Ви можете обрати кілька продавців та команду продажу, до якої буде " -"призначено ліда. Ви можете також додати теги для відстеження створених " -"лідів." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:47 -msgid "The generated leads will have the name of the company." -msgstr "Створені ліди матимуть назву компанії." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:50 -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:138 -#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:36 -msgid "Pricing" -msgstr "Ціноутворення" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:51 -msgid "" -"This is an In-App Purchase feature, each generated lead will cost you one " -"credit. If you choose to get contact information each contact will also cost" -" us one additional credit. Here is the pricing for this `feature " -"<https://iap.odoo.com/iap/in-app-services/167?>`__, To buy credits you can " -"either go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Settings --> Buy " -"Credits`; or go to :menuselection:`Settings --> In-App Purchases --> View my" -" Services`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:65 -msgid "" -"The blue box will automatically tell you how many credits are going to be " -"consumed." -msgstr "Синє поле автоматично підкаже, скільки кредитів буде використано." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:68 -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:169 -msgid "" -"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you " -"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви на Odoo Online (SAAS) і у вас версія Enterprise, для тестування " -"функції ви користуєтесь безкоштовними пробними кредитами." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:71 -msgid "" -":doc:`In-App Purchases (IAP) " -"<../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase>`" -msgstr "" -":doc:`Купівлі в додатку (IAP) " -"<../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase>`" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:3 -msgid "Send quotations" -msgstr "Надсилання комерційних пропозицій" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When you qualify a lead into an opportunity you will most likely need to " -"send them a quotation. You can directly do this in the CRM App with Odoo." -msgstr "" -"Коли ви кваліфікуєте лід у нагоду, вам буде необхідно надіслати йому " -"комерційну пропозицію. Ви можете робити це безпосередньо у модулі CRM з " -"Odoo." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:12 -msgid "Create a new quotation" -msgstr "Створіть нову комерційну пропозицію" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:14 -msgid "" -"By clicking on any opportunity or lead, you will see a *New Quotation* " -"button, it will bring you into a new menu where you can manage your quote." -msgstr "" -"Натиснувши на будь-яку нагоду або лід, ви побачите кнопку *Нова комерційна " -"пропозиція*, яка приведе вас до нового меню, в якому ви зможете керувати " -"комерційною пропозицією." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:21 -msgid "" -"You will find all your quotes to that specific opportunity under the " -"*Quotations* menu on that page." -msgstr "" -"Ви знайдете всі свої комерційні пропозиції за конкретною нагодою в меню " -"*Комерційні пропозиції* на цій сторінці." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:28 -msgid "Mark them won/lost" -msgstr "Позначте їх, як впіймано/втрачено" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Now you will need to mark your opportunity as won or lost to move the " -"process along." -msgstr "" -"Тепер вам доведеться відзначити вашу нагоду як впіймано чи втрачено, щоб " -"перемістити цей процес." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:33 -msgid "" -"If you mark them as won, they will move to your *Won* column in your Kanban " -"view. If you however mark them as *Lost* they will be archived." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви позначите їх як впіймано, вони перейдуть до вашого стовпця " -"*Впіймано* у вашому конвеєрі Канбану. Якщо ви позначите їх як *Втрачено*, " -"вони будуть архівовані." - -#: ../../crm/optimize.rst:3 -msgid "Optimize your Day-to-Day work" -msgstr "Оптимізуйте свою щоденну роботу" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:3 -msgid "How to motivate and reward my salespeople?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Challenging your employees to reach specific targets with goals and rewards " -"is an excellent way to reinforce good habits and improve your salespeople " -"productivity. The Gamification module gives you simple and creative ways to " -"motivate and evaluate your employees with real-time recognition and badges " -"inspired by game mechanics." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Install the *Gamification* module, or the *CRM gamification* one, which adds" -" some useful data (goals and challenges) that can be used on *CRM/Sale*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:21 -msgid "Create a challenge" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Now, create your first challenge by going to :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Gamification Tools --> Challenges`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:27 -msgid "" -"As the gamification tool is a one-time technical setup, you need to activate" -" the technical features in order to access the configuration. To do so, go " -"to *Settings* and *Activate the developer mode*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:35 -msgid "" -"A challenge is a mission that you send to your sales team. It can include " -"one or several goals, set for a specific period of time. Configure your " -"challenge as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:38 -msgid "Assign the salespeople to be challenged;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:39 -msgid "Assign a responsible;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:40 -msgid "Set up the periodicity along with the start and the end date;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:41 -msgid "Select your goals;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:42 -msgid "Set up your rewards (badges)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Badges are granted when a challenge is finished. This is either at the end " -"of a running period (eg: end of the month for a monthly challenge), at the " -"end date of a challenge (if no periodicity is set), or when the challenge is" -" manually closed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:49 -msgid "" -"In the example below, 2 employees are being challenged with a *Monthly Sales" -" Target*. The challenge is based on 2 goals: the total amount invoiced and " -"number of new leads generated. At the end of the month, the winner will be " -"granted with a badge." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:58 -msgid "Set up goals" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:60 -msgid "" -"The users can be evaluated using goals and numerical objectives to reach." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:62 -msgid "" -"**Goals** are assigned through *challenges* that evaluate (see image above) " -"and compare members of a team throughout time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:66 -msgid "" -"You can create a new goal on the fly from a *Challenge* by clicking on *Add " -"new item*, under *Goals*. Select the business object according to your " -"company's needs. Examples: number of new leads, time to qualify a lead, " -"total amount invoiced in a specific week, month or any other time frame " -"based on your management preferences, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Goals may include your database setup as well (e.g. set your company data " -"and a timezone, create new users, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:77 -msgid "Set up rewards" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:79 -msgid "" -"For non-numerical achievements, **Badges** can be granted to users. From a " -"simple thank you to an exceptional achievement, a badge is an easy way to " -"express gratitude to a user for their good work. To create and grant badges " -"to your employees based on their performance, go to :menuselection:`Settings" -" --> Gamification Tools --> Badges`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:3 -msgid "Outlook Extension" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The **Odoo CRM Extension** is a connector that bridges your Outlook mailbox " -"with your Odoo database. This extension allows you to:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:8 -msgid "Create leads from emails sent to your mailbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:9 -msgid "Centralize Prospects' emails into a CRM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:10 -msgid "Search and store insights on your contacts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:17 -msgid "" -"This extension is compatible with the Web version of Outlook as well as the " -"desktop apps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:20 -msgid "" -"The Outlook Extension uses *Partner Autocomplete IAP credits* to search and " -"store insights on your contacts. See the :ref:`Pricing section " -"<outlook_extension/pricing>` below for more information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:29 -msgid "" -"The Outlook Extension requires to be configured both in Odoo and in Outlook." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:34 -msgid "Enable the feature on your database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:36 -msgid "" -"To enable this feature on your Odoo database, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> " -"Configuration --> Lead Generation`, enable **Outlook CRM Extension**, and " -"click on *Save*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:42 -msgid "Install the add-in on Outlook" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:44 -msgid "" -"You can install the Outlook Extension as a **Custom Add-in**. To do so, " -"follow these steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:0 -msgid "URL of the **Odoo for Outlook** add-in's manifest file:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:0 -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:0 -msgid "``https://download.odoo.com/plugins/outlook/manifest.xml``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:50 -msgid "Todo" -msgstr "Зробити" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:50 -msgid "add copy button when the feature is added to the doc" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Connect to your Outlook mailbox, open any email, and click on the *More " -"actions* button, displayed as three little dots." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:59 -msgid "Click on *Get add-ins*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:65 -msgid "" -"In the new window, select the tab named *My add-ins*, click on *+ Add a " -"custom add-in*, and then on *Add from URL...*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Outlook prompts you to **enter the URL of the add-in's manifest file**. To " -"do so, copy the following URL, paste it in the box, and click on *OK*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:80 -msgid "" -"Outlook warns you that Microsoft hasn’t verified the add-in. Click on " -"*Install* to complete the installation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:84 -msgid "" -"The *Odoo for Outlook* add-in is not listed yet on Outlook's add-ins list. " -"This is why it is currently necessary to install it as a *custom add-in*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:90 -msgid "Add a shortcut to open the extension" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:92 -msgid "" -"By default, you can open the **Odoo for Outlook** extension from the *More " -"actions* menu. This section explains how to move the launcher next to the " -"other default actions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:99 -msgid "" -"In your Outlook mailbox, click on *Settings*, then on *View all Outlook " -"settings*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:100 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Mail --> Customize actions --> Message " -"surface`, select *Odoo for Outlook*, and click on *Save*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:109 -msgid "Connect to your database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:111 -msgid "" -"Open **Odoo for Outlook** from any email. This opens the extension as a " -"panel on the right side of your screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:113 -msgid "Click on *login* at the bottom of the extension." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:114 -msgid "Insert your database's URL then click on *Login*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:120 -msgid "" -"Log into your database by entering your credentials. Skip this step if you " -"are already logged in with this browser." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:122 -msgid "" -"A message asks you if you want to let Outlook access your Odoo database. " -"Click on *Allow* to complete the connection." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:126 -msgid "" -"Make sure first to :ref:`enable the feature on your database " -"<outlook_extension/enable-feature>`. Failing to do so would result in an " -"*error 404 message*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:130 -msgid "" -"The extension displays some information, even if you do not connect it to " -"any Odoo database. Note that only a limited amount of contact enrichment " -"requests are available as a trial, as this feature requires prepaid credits." -" See the :ref:`Pricing section <outlook_extension/pricing>` below for more " -"information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:140 -msgid "" -"The extension is **free** and doesn't require any purchase to be installed " -"and used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:142 -msgid "" -"However, this extension provides you with *Lead Enrichment* in the **Company" -" Insights** section. This service is part of a paid service known as **Lead " -"Generation**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:145 -msgid "" -"The extension allows you to test this service for free, whether you connect " -"the extension to a database or not. After a while, the extension asks you to" -" buy credits to keep using this additional service." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:155 -msgid "" -"You can buy more *Lead Generation* credits to keep using this service or " -"disregard this message and keep using the extension for free without *Lead " -"Enrichment*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:159 -msgid "In-App Purchase" -msgstr "Купівлі в додатку" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:162 -msgid "" -"*Lead Generation* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service, which requires " -"prepaid credits to be used. Each request consumes one credit." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:164 -#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:41 -msgid "" -"To buy credits, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Contacts --> Partner " -"Autocomplete or Odoo IAP --> View My Services` and select a package." -msgstr "" -"Щоб купити кредити, перейдіть у :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Контакти " -"--> Автозаповнення партнера або Odoo IAP --> Переглянути мої послуги` та " -"оберіть пакет." - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:167 -msgid "" -"If you run out of credits, the only information populated when clicking on " -"the suggested company is the website link and logo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:171 -#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Learn about our *Privacy Policy* `here " -"<https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#header_2>`_." -msgstr "" -"Дізнайтеся про нашу *Політику приватності* `тут " -"<https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#header_2>`_." - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:174 -msgid ":doc:`../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:175 -msgid "`Odoo Learn: Lead Enrichment <https://www.odoo.com/r/p73>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:3 -msgid "Enrich your contacts base with Partner Autocomplete" -msgstr "Збільшуйте вашу базу контактів із Автоматичним заповненням партнера" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Parter Autocomplete helps you to enrich your contacts database with " -"corporate data. Select one of the companies suggested in the dropdown, and " -"quickly get all the information you need." -msgstr "" -"Автозаповнення партнера допомагає вам збільшити базу даних контактів із " -"корпоративними даними. Оберіть одну з компаній, запропоновану у випадаючому " -"списку, та швидко отримайте усю необхідну вам інформацію." - -#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Contacts` and activate the *Partner " -"Autocomplete* feature." -msgstr "" -"Перейдіть у :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Контакти` та активуйте функцію " -"*Автозаповнення партнера*." - -#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:18 -msgid "Enrich your contacts with corporate data" -msgstr "Збільшуйте ваші контакти з корпоративними даними" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:22 -msgid "" -"From any module, once you start to create a new contact typing the name of " -"it, the system will suggest a potential match. If you select it, the contact" -" will be populated with corporate data." -msgstr "" -"З будь-якого модуля, після того, як ви починаєте створювати новий контакт, " -"набираючи його назву, система запропонує потенційне співставлення. Якщо ви " -"оберете його, контакт буде заповнено корпоративними даними." - -#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:23 -msgid "" -"For example, after typing *Odoo*, you will get the following information:" -msgstr "Наприклад, після набирання *Odoo*, ви отримаєте наступну інформацію:" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Partner Autocomplete also works if you enter a VAT number instead of a " -"company name." -msgstr "" -"Автозаповнення партнера також працює, якщо ви вводите номер платника ПДВ " -"компанії." - -#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:39 -msgid "" -"*Partner Autocomplete* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service, which requires" -" prepaid credits to be used. Each request will consume one credit." -msgstr "" -"*Автозаповнення компанії* - це послуга *Купівлі в модулі (IAP)*, що вимагає " -"використання передплачених кредитів. Кожен запит вартуватиме одному кредиту." - -#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:44 -msgid "" -"If you run out of credits, the only information that will be populated when " -"clicking on the suggested company will be the website link and the logo." -msgstr "" -"Якщо у вас закінчилися кредити, єдина інформація, яка буде заповнюватися під" -" час вибору компанії, це посилання на веб-сайт та логотип." - -#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:46 -msgid "" -"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and you have the Enterprise version, you " -"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви на Odoo Online (SAAS) і у вас версія Enterprise, ви можете " -"скористатися безкоштовними пробними кредитами для тестування функції." - -#: ../../crm/performance.rst:3 -msgid "Analyze performance" -msgstr "Проаналізуйте ефективність" - -#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:3 -msgid "Check your Win/Loss Ratio" -msgstr "Перевірте ваш коефіцієнт Впіймано/Втрачено" - -#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:5 -msgid "" -"To see how well you are doing with your pipeline, take a look at the " -"Win/Loss ratio." -msgstr "" -"Щоб дізнатись, наскільки добре ви виконуєте свій конвеєр, подивіться на " -"коефіцієнт Впіймано/Втрачено." - -#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:8 -msgid "" -"To access this report, go to your *Pipeline* view under the *Reporting* tab." -msgstr "" -"Щоб отримати доступ до цього звіту, перейдіть до перегляду *Конвеєру* на " -"вкладці *Звітування*." - -#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:11 -msgid "" -"From there you can filter to which opportunities you wish to see, yours, the" -" ones from your sales channel, your whole company, etc. You can then click " -"on filter and check Won/Lost." -msgstr "" -"Звідти ви можете фільтрувати, які нагоди ви хочете побачити, ваші канали " -"продажів, всю вашу компанію тощо. Після цього ви можете натиснути на фільтр " -"і перевірити Впіймано/Втрачено." - -#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:18 -msgid "You can also change the *Measures* to *Total Revenue*." -msgstr "Ви також можете змінити *Вимірювання* на * Загальний дохід *." - -#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:23 -msgid "You also have the ability to switch to a pie chart view." -msgstr "Ви також маєте можливість перейти на перегляд кругової діаграми." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline.rst:3 -msgid "Organize the pipeline" -msgstr "Організуйте конвеєр" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:3 -msgid "Manage lost opportunities" -msgstr "Управління втраченими нагодами" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:5 -msgid "" -"While working with your opportunities, you might lose some of them. You will" -" want to keep track of the reasons you lost them and also which ways Odoo " -"can help you recover them in the future." -msgstr "" -"Під час роботи з вашими нагодами ви можете втратити деякі з них. Ви захочете" -" відстежувати причини, з яких ви їх втратили, а також, у які способи Odoo " -"допоможе вам відновити їх у майбутньому." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:10 -msgid "Mark a lead as lost" -msgstr "Позначте лід як втрачений" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:12 -msgid "" -"While in your pipeline, select any opportunity you want and you will see a " -"*Mark Lost* button." -msgstr "" -"У вашому конвеєрі виберіть будь-яку нагоду, і ви побачите кнопку *Позначити " -"як втрачено*." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:15 -msgid "" -"You can then select an existing *Lost Reason* or create a new one right " -"there." -msgstr "" -"Потім ви можете вибрати існуючу *Причину втрати* або створити нову, що " -"знаходиться тут." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:22 -msgid "Manage & create lost reasons" -msgstr "Керуйте та створюйте причини втрат" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:24 -msgid "" -"You will find your *Lost Reasons* under :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Lost Reasons`." -msgstr "" -"Ви знайдете ваші *причини втрат* під :menuselection:`Налаштування --> " -"Причини втрат`." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:26 -msgid "" -"You can select & rename any of them as well as create a new one from there." -msgstr "" -"Ви можете вибрати та перейменувати будь-яку з них, а також створити нову " -"звідти." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:30 -msgid "Retrieve lost opportunities" -msgstr "Отримайте втрачені нагоди" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:32 -msgid "" -"To retrieve lost opportunities and do actions on them (send an email, make a" -" feedback call, etc.), select the *Lost* filter in the search bar." -msgstr "" -"Щоб отримати втрачені нагоди та робити на них дії (надсилати електронні " -"листи, зробити зворотній зв'язок тощо), виберіть фільтр *Втрачено* на панелі" -" пошуку." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:39 -msgid "You will then see all your lost opportunities." -msgstr "Там ви побачите всі ваші втрачені нагоди." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:41 -msgid "" -"If you want to refine them further, you can add a filter on the *Lost " -"Reason*." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви хочете уточнити їх, ви можете додати фільтр на *Причини втрати*." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:44 -msgid "For Example, *Too Expensive*." -msgstr "Наприклад, *Дуже дорого*." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:50 -msgid "Restore lost opportunities" -msgstr "Відновіть втрачені нагоди" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:52 -msgid "" -"From the Kanban view with the filter(s) in place, you can select any " -"opportunity you wish and work on it as usual. You can also restore it by " -"clicking on *Archived*." -msgstr "" -"З Канбану з фільтром(ами) на місці, ви можете вибрати будь-яку нагоду, яку " -"ви бажаєте, і працювати як завжди. Ви також можете відновити її, натиснувши " -"*Заархівовано*." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:59 -msgid "" -"You can also restore items in batch from the Kanban view when they belong to" -" the same stage. Select *Restore Records* in the column options. You can " -"also archive the same way." -msgstr "" -"Ви також можете відновити елементи групою з Канбану, коли вони належать до " -"одного етапу. Виберіть *Відновити записи* у параметрах стовпців. Ви також " -"можете архівувати так само." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:66 -msgid "To select specific opportunities, you should switch to the list view." -msgstr "Щоб вибрати конкретні нагоди, потрібно перейти до перегляду списку." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Then you can select as many or all opportunities and select the actions you " -"want to take." -msgstr "" -"Тоді ви можете вибрати як багато, так і всі нагоди, а також вибрати дії, які" -" ви хочете зробити." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:78 -msgid ":doc:`../performance/win_loss`" -msgstr ":doc:`../performance/win_loss`" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:3 -msgid "Manage multiple sales teams" -msgstr "Управління кількома командами продажу" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, you can manage several sales teams, departments or channels with " -"specific sales processes. To do so, we use the concept of *Sales Channel*." -msgstr "" -"В Odoo ви можете керувати кількома командами продажів, відділами або " -"каналами з конкретними процесами продажу. Для цього ми використовуємо " -"концепцію *Каналу продажів*." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:10 -msgid "Create a new sales channel" -msgstr "Створіть новий канал продажу" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To create a new *Sales Channel*, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Sales Channels`." -msgstr "" -"Щоб створити новий *Канал Продажів*, перейдіть до " -":menuselection:`Налаштування --> Канали продажів`." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:14 -msgid "" -"There you can set an email alias to it. Every message sent to that email " -"address will create a lead/opportunity." -msgstr "" -"Тут ви можете вказати йому псевдонім електронної пошти. Кожне повідомлення, " -"відправлене на цю адресу електронної пошти, створить лід/нагоду." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:21 -msgid "Add members to your sales channel" -msgstr "Додайте учасників до свого каналу продажів" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:23 -msgid "" -"You can add members to any channel; that way those members will see the " -"pipeline structure of the sales channel when opening it. Any " -"lead/opportunity assigned to them will link to the sales channel. Therefore," -" you can only be a member of one channel." -msgstr "" -"Ви можете додати учасників до будь-якого каналу; таким чином, ці учасники " -"побачать конвеєрну структуру каналу продажу при його відкритті. Будь-який " -"лід/нагода, призначена їм, буде посилатися на канал продажу. Тому ви можете " -"бути учасником лише одного каналу." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:28 -msgid "This will ease the process review of the team manager." -msgstr "Це полегшить процес огляду менеджера команди." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:33 -msgid "" -"If you now filter on this specific channel in your pipeline, you will find " -"all of its opportunities." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви зараз відфільтруєте цей конкретний канал у вашому конвеєрі, ви " -"знайдете всі його нагоди." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:40 -msgid "Sales channel dashboard" -msgstr "Інформаційна панель каналу продажів" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:42 -msgid "" -"To see the operations and results of any sales channel at a glance, the " -"sales manager also has access to the *Sales Channel Dashboard* under " -"*Reporting*." -msgstr "" -"Щоб побачити операції та результати будь-якого каналу продажу, миттєвий " -"огляд менеджера з продажу також має доступ до інформаційної панелі *Каналу " -"продажів* в розділі *Звітування*." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:46 -msgid "" -"It is shared with the whole ecosystem so every revenue stream is included in" -" it: Sales, eCommerce, PoS, etc." -msgstr "" -"Це поділяється з усією екосистемою, тому всі доходи включають в себе: " -"продажі, електронну комерцію, точку продажу тощо." - -#: ../../crm/track_leads.rst:3 -msgid "Assign and track leads" -msgstr "Призначайте та відстежуйте ліди" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:3 -msgid "Assign leads based on scoring" -msgstr "Призначення лідів на основі оцінювання" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:5 -msgid "" -"With *Leads Scoring* you can automatically rank your leads based on selected" -" criterias." -msgstr "" -"За допомогою *Оцінювання лідів* ви можете автоматично оцінювати ваші ліди на" -" основі вибраних критеріїв." - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:8 -msgid "" -"For example you could score customers from your country higher or the ones " -"that visited specific pages on your website." -msgstr "" -"Наприклад, ви можете оцінити клієнтів у вашій країні вище або тих, хто " -"відвідав певні сторінки вашого веб-сайту." - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:14 -msgid "" -"To use scoring, install the free module *Lead Scoring* under your *Apps* " -"page (only available in Odoo Enterprise)." -msgstr "" -"Щоб скористатися оцінкою, встановіть безкоштовний модуль *Оцінювання лідів* " -"на сторінці *Додатки* (доступно лише в Odoo Enterprise)." - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:21 -msgid "Create scoring rules" -msgstr "Створіть правила оцінювання" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:23 -msgid "" -"You now have a new tab in your *CRM* app called *Leads Management* where you" -" can manage your scoring rules." -msgstr "" -"У вас тепер є нова вкладка у вашому додатку *CRM* під назвою *Управління " -"лідами*, де ви можете керувати своїми правилами оцінювання." - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Here's an example for a Canadian lead, you can modify for whatever criteria " -"you wish to score your leads on. You can add as many criterias as you wish." -msgstr "" -"Ось приклад для канадського ліду, ви можете змінити на будь-які критерії, за" -" якими ви хочете оцінити своїх лідів. Ви можете додати стільки критеріїв, " -"скільки хочете." - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Every hour every lead without a score will be automatically scanned and " -"assigned their right score according to your scoring rules." -msgstr "" -"Кожну годину кожен лід без оцінки буде автоматично відсканований і йому буде" -" призначено правильний бал за вашими правилами." - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:40 -msgid "Assign leads" -msgstr "Призначення лідів" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Once the scores computed, leads can be assigned to specific teams using the " -"same domain mechanism. To do so go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Leads " -"Management --> Team Assignation` and apply a specific domain on each team. " -"This domain can include scores." -msgstr "" -"Після того, як результати розраховані, ліди можуть бути призначені для " -"конкретних команд за допомогою того самого механізму домену. Щоб це зробити," -" перейдіть до :menuselection:`CRM --> Управління лідами --> Призначення " -"команди` і застосовувати конкретний домен у кожній команді. Цей домен може " -"включати оцінки." - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Further on, you can assign to a specific vendor in the team with an even " -"more refined domain." -msgstr "" -"Далі, ви можете призначити конкретного постачальника в команді ще більш " -"витонченого домену." - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:52 -msgid "" -"To do so go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Leads Management --> Leads " -"Assignation`." -msgstr "" -"Щоб зробити це, перейдіть до :menuselection:`CRM --> Управління лідами --> " -"Призначення лідів`." - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:58 -msgid "" -"The team & leads assignation will assign the unassigned leads once a day." -msgstr "" -"Присвоєння команди та лідів призначає непризначені ліди один раз на день." - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:62 -msgid "Evaluate & use the unassigned leads" -msgstr "Оцініть та використайте непризначені ліди" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Once your scoring rules are in place you will most likely still have some " -"unassigned leads. Some of them could still lead to an opportunity so it is " -"useful to do something with them." -msgstr "" -"Після того, як ваші правила оцінювання встановлені, ви, найімовірніше, " -"матимуть певні непризначені ліди. Деякі з них, як і раніше, можуть бути " -"перетворені у нагоди, тому корисно щось з ними зробити." - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:68 -msgid "" -"In your leads page you can place a filter to find your unassigned leads." -msgstr "" -"На вашій сторінці лідів ви можете помістити фільтр, щоб знайти непризначені " -"ліди." - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Why not using :menuselection:`Email Marketing` or :menuselection:`Marketing " -"Automation` apps to send a mass email to them? You can also easily find such" -" unassigned leads from there." -msgstr "" -"Чому б не користуватися додатками :menuselection:`Маркетинг електронною " -"поштою` чи :menuselection:`Автоматизація маркетингу`, щоб надсилати їм " -"масову електронну пошту? Ви також можете легко знайти такі непризначені ліди" -" звідти." - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:3 -msgid "Track your prospects visits" -msgstr "Відстежуйте відвідування ваших потенційних клієнтів" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Tracking your website pages will give you much more information about the " -"interests of your website visitors." -msgstr "" -"Відстеження сторінок вашого сайту дасть вам набагато більше інформації про " -"інтереси відвідувачів вашого веб-сайту." - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Every tracked page they visit will be recorded on your lead/opportunity if " -"they use the contact form on your website." -msgstr "" -"Кожна відстежувана сторінка, яку вони відвідують, буде записана на вашому " -"ліді/нагоді, якщо вони використовують контактну форму на вашому веб-сайті." - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:14 -msgid "" -"To use this feature, install the free module *Lead Scoring* under your " -"*Apps* page (only available in Odoo Enterprise)." -msgstr "" -"Щоб скористатися цією функцією, встановіть безкоштовний модуль *Оцінка " -"лідів* на сторінці *Додатки* (доступно лише в Odoo Enterprise)." - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:21 -msgid "Track a webpage" -msgstr "Відстеження веб-сторінок" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Go to any static page you want to track on your website and under the " -"*Promote* tab you will find *Optimize SEO*" -msgstr "" -"Перейдіть на будь-яку статичну сторінки, яку ви хочете відстежувати на " -"своєму веб-сайті, і на вкладці *Рекламувати* ви знайдете *Оптимізувати SEO*" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:29 -msgid "There you will see a *Track Page* checkbox to track this page." -msgstr "" -"Тут ви побачите пункт *Відстеження сторінки* для відстеження цієї сторінки." - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:35 -msgid "See visited pages in your leads/opportunities" -msgstr "Перегляньте відвідані сторінки у ваших лідах/нагодах" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Now each time a lead is created from the contact form it will keep track of " -"the pages visited by that visitor. You have two ways to see those pages, on " -"the top right corner of your lead/opportunity you can see a *Page Views* " -"button but also further down you will see them in the chatter." -msgstr "" -"Тепер кожного разу, коли в контактній формі створюється лід, він буде " -"відстежувати сторінки, відвідані цим відвідувачем. У вас є два способи, щоб " -"побачити ці сторінки, у верхньому правому кутку вашого ліда/нагоди, ви " -"можете бачити кнопку *Перегляди сторінок*, а також внизу ви побачите їх у " -"чаті." - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Both will update if the viewers comes back to your website and visits more " -"pages." -msgstr "" -"Обидва вони оновлюватимуться, якщо відвідувачі повернуться на ваш веб-сайт і" -" відвідають інші сторінки." - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:52 -msgid "" -"The feature will not repeat multiple viewings of the same pages in the " -"chatter." -msgstr "" -"Ця функція не буде повторювати кілька переглядів тих самих сторінок у чаті." - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:55 -msgid "Your customers will no longer be able to keep any secrets from you!" -msgstr "Ваші клієнти більше не зможуть зберігати будь-які секрети від вас!" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po deleted file mode 100644 index bf3958685..000000000 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1799 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Yaroslav Molochko <onorua@gmail.com>, 2021 -# Martin Trigaux, 2021 -# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2021 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2021\n" -"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: uk\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:8 -msgid "Online Database management" -msgstr "Управління базами даних онлайн" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:10 -msgid "" -"To manage your databases, access the `database management page " -"<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__ (you will have to sign in). Then " -"click on the `Manage Your Databases " -"<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases/manage>`__ button." -msgstr "" -"Щоб керувати базами даних, відкрийте `сторінку Керування базою даних " -"<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__ (вам доведеться увійти в систему). " -"Потім натисніть кнопку `Керування вашими базами даних " -"<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases/manage>`__." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Make sure you are connected as the administrator of the database you want to" -" manage - many operations depends on indentifying you remotely to that " -"database." -msgstr "" -"Переконайтеся, що ви підключені як адміністратор бази даних, якою хочете " -"керувати - багато операцій залежать від того, як ви віддалено ідентифікуєте " -"цю базу даних." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:22 -msgid "Several actions are available:" -msgstr "Доступні декілька дій:" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:28 -msgid ":ref:`Upgrade <upgrade_button>`" -msgstr ":ref:`Оновлення <upgrade_button>`" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Upgrade your database to the latest Odoo version to enjoy cutting-edge " -"features" -msgstr "" -"Оновіть вашу базу даних до останньої версії Odoo, щоб насолодитися " -"передовими функціями" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:32 -msgid ":ref:`Duplicate <duplicate_online>`" -msgstr ":ref:`Копіювання <duplicate_online>`" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Make an exact copy of your database, if you want to try out new apps or new " -"flows without compromising your daily operations" -msgstr "" -"Створіть точну копію вашої бази даних, якщо ви хочете спробувати нові модулі" -" або нові процеси, не покладаючи на небезпеку щоденні операції" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:34 -msgid ":ref:`Rename <rename_online_database>`" -msgstr ":ref:`Перейменування <rename_online_database>`" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:35 -msgid "Rename your database (and its URL)" -msgstr "Перейменуйте вашу базу даних (і її URL-адресу)" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:37 -msgid "**Backup**" -msgstr "**Резервне копіювання**" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Download an instant backup of your database; note that we back up databases " -"daily according to our Odoo Cloud SLA" -msgstr "" -"Завантажте миттєву резервну копію вашої бази даних; Зверніть увагу, що ми " -"створюємо резервні копії баз даних щодня згідно з нашими Odoo Cloud SLA" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:40 -msgid ":ref:`Domains <custom_domain>`" -msgstr ":ref:`Домени <custom_domain>`" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:40 -msgid "Configure custom domains to access your database via another URL" -msgstr "" -"Налаштуйте власні домени для доступу до вашої бази даних за допомогою іншої " -"URL-адреси" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:42 -msgid ":ref:`Delete <delete_online_database>`" -msgstr ":ref:`Видалення <delete_online_database>`" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:43 -msgid "Delete a database instantly" -msgstr "Видаліть базу даних миттєво" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:46 -msgid "Contact Support" -msgstr "Зв'язок з техпідтримкою" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Access our `support page <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__ with the correct " -"database already selected" -msgstr "" -"Отримайте доступ до нашої `сторінки підтримки <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" -" з уже вибраною правильною базою даних" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:51 ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:12 -msgid "Upgrade" -msgstr "Оновлення" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Upgrading your database to a newer version of Odoo is a complex operation " -"that require time and caution. It is extremely important that you fully test" -" the process before upgrading your production database." -msgstr "" -"Оновлення вашої бази даних до нової версії Odoo - це складна операція, яка " -"вимагає часу та обережності. Надзвичайно важливо, щоби ви повністю " -"протестували процес перед оновленням виробничої бази." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Odoo releases new versions regularly (at least once a year), and upgrading " -"your database to enjoy new Odoo features is part of the Odoo Online " -"experience." -msgstr "" -"Odoo регулярно випускає нові версії (принаймні один раз на рік), а оновлення" -" бази даних, щоби користуватися новими функціями Odoo, є частиною досвіду " -"Odoo Online." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:60 -msgid "" -"The upgrade process can take some time, especially if you use multiple apps " -"or apps that manage sensitive data (e.g. Accounting, Inventory, etc.). In " -"general, the 'smaller' the database, the quickest the upgrade. A single-user" -" database that uses only CRM will be processed faster than a multi-company, " -"multi-user database that uses Accounting, Sales, Purchase and Manufacturing." -msgstr "" -"Процес оновлення може зайняти деякий час, особливо якщо ви використовуєте " -"кілька додатків або програм, які керують конфіденційними даними (наприклад, " -"Бухоблік, Склад та ін.). Загалом, чим менша база даних, тим швидше буде " -"оновлено. База даних для одного користувача, яка використовує лише CRM, буде" -" оброблятися швидше, ніж база даних мульти-компаній та багатьох юзерів, яка " -"використовує Бухоблік, Продаж, Купівлі та Виробництво." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Unfortunately, it is impossible to give time estimates for every upgrade " -"request, since Odoo.com will test manually every database upgrade at least " -"once and will need to correct/adapt changes made to the standard Odoo Apps " -"(e.g. through Studio or through a Success Pack) on a case-by-case basis. " -"This can make the process slower, since requests are treated in the order " -"they arrive. This is especially true in the months following the release of " -"a new major version, which can lengthen the upgrade delay significantly." -msgstr "" -"На жаль, неможливо дати оцінку часу для кожного запиту на оновлення, " -"оскільки Odoo.com щонайменше один раз перевірятиме вручну кожне оновлення " -"бази даних та потрібно буде виправити/адаптувати зміни, внесені до " -"стандартних модулів Odoo (наприклад, через Студію або через Пакет послуг) у " -"кожному конкретному випадку. Це може зробити процес повільніше, оскільки " -"запити обробляються в порядку їх надходження. Особливо це стосується місяців" -" після виходу нової основної версії, яка може значно подовжити затримку " -"оновлення." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:74 -msgid "The upgrade process is quite simple from your point of view:" -msgstr "Процес оновлення з вашої сторони досить простий:" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:76 -msgid "You request a test upgrade" -msgstr "Ваш запит на тестове оновлення" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Once all tests have been validated **by you**, you upgrade your actual " -"database" -msgstr "" -"Коли усі тести будуть підтверджені **вами**, ви оновлюєте вашу фактичну базу" -" даних" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:79 -msgid "" -"The process to request a test or a production (*actual*) upgrade is the " -"same." -msgstr "Обробка запиту на тестове чи робоче (*фактичне*) оновлення однакова." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:81 -msgid "" -"First, make sure to be connected to the database you want to upgrade and " -"access the `database management page <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__." -msgstr "" -"Спершу переконайтеся, що ви підключені до бази даних, яку ви хочете оновити " -"та отримайте доступ до `сторінки управління базою даних " -"<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:84 -msgid "" -"You have to have an active session with access to the Settings app in the " -"database you want to upgrade for the button to be visible." -msgstr "" -"Потрібно мати активну сесію з доступом до модуля Налаштування в базі даних, " -"яку ви хочете оновити, щоби кнопка була видимою." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:87 -msgid "" -"On the line of the database you want to upgrade, click on the \"Cog\" menu. " -"If an newer version of Odoo is available, you will see an 'Upgrade' button." -msgstr "" -"У рядку бази даних, яку ви хочете оновити, натисніть на меню \"Cog\". Якщо " -"доступна новіша версія Odoo, ви побачите кнопку \"Оновити\"." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:94 -msgid "" -"You have the possibility to choose the target version of the upgrade. By " -"default, we select the highest available version available for your " -"database; if you were already in the process of testing an upgrade, we will " -"automatically select the version you were already testing (even if we " -"released a more recent version during your tests)." -msgstr "" -"У вас є можливість вибрати цільову версію оновлення. За замовчуванням ми " -"вибираємо найвищу версію, доступну для вашої бази даних; якщо ви вже були в " -"процесі тестування оновлення, ми автоматично виберемо версію, яку ви вже " -"тестували (навіть якщо ми випустили більш нову версію під час ваших тестів)." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:103 -msgid "" -"By clicking on the \"Test upgrade\" button, an upgrade request will be " -"generated. Only one request can be made at time for each database; if a " -"request has already been made, you will see an 'Upgrade Queued' note instead" -" and asking another request will not be possible." -msgstr "" -"Натиснувши кнопку \"Тестувати оновлення\", буде створено запит на оновлення." -" Вчасно можна зробити один запит для кожної бази даних; якщо запит уже " -"зроблено, ви побачите замітку \"Оновити чергу\", і запит на інший запит буде" -" неможливим." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:108 -msgid "" -"A test upgrade will create a copy of your database, upgrade it and make it " -"available to you automatically once successful. If this is the first test " -"you request for this particular database, a manual testing phase will be " -"done by Odoo.com - this could take time (up to several weeks). Subsequent " -"requests will not go through that manual testing step and will usually be " -"made available in a few hours. Once the test database is available, you " -"should receive an e-mail with the URL of the test database." -msgstr "" -"Тестове оновлення створить копію вашої бази даних, оновить її та автоматично" -" зробить її доступною для вас. Якщо це перший тест, який ви запитуєте для " -"цієї конкретної бази даних, Odoo.com здійснить етап ручного тестування - це " -"може зайняти час (до декількох тижнів). Подальші запити не пройдуть цей крок" -" тестування вручну, і зазвичай вони будуть доступні через кілька годин. " -"Після того, як тестова база даних буде доступною, ви повинні отримати " -"електронний лист із URL-адресою тестової бази даних." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:116 -msgid "" -"**Testing your database is the most important step of the upgrade process!**" -" Even though we test all upgrades manually, we do not know your work " -"processes. A change in standard worfklows of Odoo in new versions might " -"require you to change internal processes, or some of the customizations you " -"made through Odoo Studio might not work properly. *It is up to you to make " -"sure that everything works as it should!* You can report issues with your " -"test database through our `Support page <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:124 -msgid "" -"Make sure to do one last test of your upgrade right before the final upgrade" -" (e.g. the day before) to ensure everything will run smoothly. Downgrading " -"is not possible and post-poning an upgrade is always easier than being " -"prevented to work by an upgrade issue after the fact!" -msgstr "" -"Не забудьте зробити останній тест оновлення безпосередньо перед остаточним " -"оновленням (наприклад, напередодні), щоб гарантувати, що все буде працювати " -"безперебійно. Поновлення версії неможливе, а післяналаштовуване оновлення " -"завжди простіше, ніж запобігання роботі над оновленням після факту!" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:129 -msgid "" -"Once you are ready and you have validated all your tests, you can click " -"again on the Upgrade button and confirm by clicking on Upgrade (the button " -"with the little rocket!) to switch your production database to the new " -"version. Your database will then be taken offline within the next 10 minutes" -" and will be upgraded automatically; you receive a confirmation e-mail once " -"the process is completed." -msgstr "" -"Після того, як ви будете готові і підтвердили всі свої тести, ви можете " -"знову натиснути кнопку «Оновити» та підтвердити, натиснувши «Оновити» " -"(кнопку з маленькою ракетою!), щоби перемкнути вашу робочу базу даних на " -"нову версію. Потім ваша база даних буде перенесена офлайн протягом наступних" -" 10 хвилин і буде оновлена автоматично; ви отримаєте електронний лист із " -"підтвердженням, коли процес завершено." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:140 -msgid "" -"Your database will be taken offline during the upgrade (usually between " -"30min up to several hours for big databases), so make sure to plan your " -"migration during non-business hours." -msgstr "" -"Ваша база даних буде завантажуватися в режимі офлайн під час оновлення " -"(зазвичай від 30 хвилин до декількох годин для великих баз даних), тому " -"обов'язково плануйте міграцію протягом неробочих годин." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:146 -msgid "Duplicating a database" -msgstr "Копіювання бази даних" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:148 -msgid "" -"Database duplication, renaming, custom DNS, etc. is not available for trial " -"databases on our Online platform. Paid Databases and \"One App Free\" " -"database can duplicate without problem." -msgstr "" -"Дублювання бази даних, перейменування, користувацький DNS і т. д. недоступні" -" для пробних баз даних на нашій онлайн-платформі. Оплачені бази даних та " -"база даних \"One App Free\" може дублювати без проблем." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:153 -msgid "" -"In the line of the database you want to duplicate, you will have a few " -"buttons. To duplicate your database, just click **Duplicate**. You will have" -" to give a name to your duplicate, then click **Duplicate Database**." -msgstr "" -"У рядку бази даних, яку ви хочете дублювати, у вас буде кілька кнопок. Щоби " -"копіювати вашу базу даних, просто натисніть кнопку **Копіювати**. Вам " -"доведеться назвати свою копію, потім натисніть кнопку **Копіювати базу " -"даних**." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:160 -msgid "" -"If you do not check the \"For testing purposes\" checkbox when duplicating a" -" database, all external communication will remain active:" -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви не перевіряєте позначення \"Для цілей тестування\" під час " -"копіювання бази даних, всі зовнішні процеси залишатимуться активними:" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:163 -msgid "Emails are sent" -msgstr "Відправлення електронних листів" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:165 -msgid "" -"Payments are processed (in the e-commerce or Subscriptions apps, for " -"example)" -msgstr "" -"Платежі обробляються (наприклад, у програмах електронної комерції або " -"підписки)" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:168 -msgid "Delivery orders (shipping providers) are sent" -msgstr "Замовлення на доставку (постачальники доставки) відправляються" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:170 -msgid "Etc." -msgstr "І т.д.." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:172 -msgid "" -"Make sure to check the checkbox \"For testing purposes\" if you want these " -"behaviours to be disabled." -msgstr "" -"Перевірте позначення \"Для цілей тестування\", якщо ви хочете, щоб ці дії " -"були вимкнені." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:175 -msgid "" -"After a few seconds, you will be logged in your duplicated database. Notice " -"that the url uses the name you chose for your duplicated database." -msgstr "" -"Через кілька секунд ви будете входити в копію бази даних. Зверніть увагу, що" -" URL-адреса використовує вашу назву для копій бази даних." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:180 -msgid "Duplicate databases expire automatically after 15 days." -msgstr "Копії баз даних закінчуються автоматично через 15 днів." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:188 -msgid "Rename a Database" -msgstr "Перейменування бази даних" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:190 -msgid "" -"To rename your database, make sure you are connected to the database you " -"want to rename, access the `database management page " -"<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__ and click **Rename**. You will have " -"to give a new name to your database, then click **Rename Database**." -msgstr "" -"Щоб перейменувати вашу базу даних, переконайтеся, що ви підключені до бази " -"даних, яку ви хочете перейменувати, відкрийте `сторінку керування базою " -"даних <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__ та натисніть **Перейменувати**." -" Вам потрібно буде вказати нову назву у вашій базі даних, а потім натиснути " -"**Перейменувати базу даних**." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:201 -msgid "Deleting a Database" -msgstr "Видалення бази даних" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:203 -msgid "You can only delete databases of which you are the administrator." -msgstr "Ви можете видалити лише ті бази даних, де ви є адміністратором." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:205 -msgid "" -"When you delete your database all the data will be permanently lost. The " -"deletion is instant and for all the Users. We advise you to do an instant " -"backup of your database before deleting it, since the last automated daily " -"backup may be several hours old at that point." -msgstr "" -"Коли ви видалите базу даних, всі дані будуть втрачені назавжди. Видалення є " -"миттєвим і для всіх користувачів. Ми радимо вам негайно зробити резервну " -"копію вашої бази даних, перш ніж видалити її, оскільки останнє автоматичне " -"щоденне резервне копіювання може становити кілька годин на той момент." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:211 -msgid "" -"From the `database management page <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__, " -"on the line of the database you want to delete, click on the \"Delete\" " -"button." -msgstr "" -"На `сторінці управління базою даних <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__, " -"в рядку бази даних, яку ви хочете видалити, натисніть кнопку \"Видалити\"." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:218 -msgid "" -"Read carefully the warning message that will appear and proceed only if you " -"fully understand the implications of deleting a database:" -msgstr "" -"Будь ласка, уважно прочитайте попередження, яке з'явиться і висітиме, поки " -"ви повністю не зрозумієте наслідки видалення бази даних:" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:224 -msgid "" -"After a few seconds, the database will be deleted and the page will reload " -"automatically." -msgstr "" -"Через кілька секунд база даних буде видалена, і сторінка буде автоматично " -"перезавантажена." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:228 -msgid "" -"If you need to re-use this database name, it will be immediately available." -msgstr "" -"Якщо вам потрібно буде повторно використовувати цю назву бази даних, вона " -"буде доступна" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:230 -msgid "" -"It is not possible to delete a database if it is expired or linked to a " -"Subscription. In these cases contact `Odoo Support " -"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" -msgstr "" -"Неможливо видалити базу даних, якщо вона минула або пов'язана з підпискою. У" -" цих випадках звертайтеся в `Службу підтримки Odoo " -"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:234 -msgid "" -"If you want to delete your Account, please contact `Odoo Support " -"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви хочете видалити свій обліковий запис, зверніться до `Служби " -"підтримки Odoo <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:7 -msgid "On-premises Database management" -msgstr "Управління базами даних на власному сервері" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:10 -msgid "Register a database" -msgstr "Реєстрація бази даних" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To register your database, you just need to enter your Subscription Code in " -"the banner in the App Switcher. Make sure you do not add extra spaces before" -" or after your subscription code. If the registration is successful, it will" -" turn green and will provide you with the Expiration Date of your freshly-" -"registered database. You can check this Epiration Date in the About menu " -"(Odoo 9) or in the Settings Dashboard (Odoo 10)." -msgstr "" -"Щоб зареєструвати вашу базу даних, вам просто потрібно ввести свій код " -"підписки у вікні Перемикання Додатків. Переконайтеся, що ви не додали " -"додаткових пробілів перед або після коду підписки. Якщо реєстрація буде " -"успішною, вона стане зеленою і надасть вам Дату закінчення термінової " -"реєстрації вашої бази даних. Ви можете перевірити цю дату закінчення в меню " -"Про (Odoo 9) або на інформаційній панелі параметрів (Odoo 10)." - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:20 -msgid "Registration Error Message" -msgstr "Повідомлення про помилку реєстрації" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:22 -msgid "" -"If you are unable to register your database, you will likely encounter this " -"message:" -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви не можете зареєструвати свою базу даних, ви, імовірно, побачите це " -"повідомлення:" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:31 -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:110 -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:138 -msgid "Solutions" -msgstr "Рішення" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:33 -msgid "Do you have a valid Enterprise subscription?" -msgstr "Чи є у вас дійсна Підписка на Enterprise?" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Check if your subscription details get the tag \"In Progress\" on your `Odoo" -" Account <https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__ or with your Account" -" Manager" -msgstr "" -"Перевірте, чи отримує інформацію про підписку тег \"В процесі\" в `J,ksre " -"Odoo <https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__ або з вашим менеджером " -"облікового запису." - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:39 -msgid "Have you already linked a database with your subscription reference?" -msgstr "Ви вже пов'язали базу даних з посиланням на підписку?" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:41 -msgid "" -"You can link only one database per subscription. (Need a test or a " -"development database? `Find a partner <https://www.odoo.com/partners>`__)" -msgstr "" -"Ви можете пов'язати лише одну базу даних для кожної підписки. (Потрібен тест" -" або база даних розробки? `Знайдіть партнера " -"<https://www.odoo.com/partners>`__)" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:45 -msgid "" -"You can unlink the old database yourself on your `Odoo Contract " -"<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__ with the button \"Unlink " -"database\"" -msgstr "" -"Ви можете самостійно від'єднати стару базу даних в своєму `Кнтракті Odoo " -"<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__ за допомогою кнопки " -"\"Від'єднати базу даних\"." - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:52 -msgid "" -"A confirmation message will appear; make sure this is the correct database " -"as it will be deactivated shortly:" -msgstr "" -"З'явиться повідомлення про підтвердження; переконайтеся, що це правильна " -"база даних, оскільки її буде негайно вимкнено:" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:59 -msgid "Do you have the updated version of Odoo 9?" -msgstr "У вас є оновлена версія Odoo 9?" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:61 -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:171 -msgid "" -"From July 2016 onward, Odoo 9 now automatically change the uuid of a " -"duplicated database; a manual operation is no longer required." -msgstr "" -"З липня 2016 року Odoo 9 тепер автоматично змінює UUID копії бази даних; " -"ручна операція більше не потрібна." - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:64 -msgid "" -"If it's not the case, you may have multiple databases sharing the same UUID." -" Please check on your `Odoo Contract " -"<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__, a short message will appear " -"specifying which database is problematic:" -msgstr "" -"Якщо ні, ви можете мати кілька баз даних, що мають однакову UUID. Будь " -"ласка, перевірте свій `Контракт Odoo " -"<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__, з'явиться коротке " -"повідомлення, в якому буде зазначено, яка база даних є проблематичною:" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:73 -msgid "" -"In this case, you need to change the UUID on your test databases to solve " -"this issue. You will find more information about this in :ref:`this section " -"<duplicate_premise>`." -msgstr "" -"У цьому випадку вам потрібно змінити UUID на своїх тестових базах даних, " -"щоби вирішити цю проблему. Ви знайдете додаткову інформацію про це у " -":ref:`цьому розділі <duplicate_premise>`." - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:76 -msgid "" -"For your information, we identify database with UUID. Therefore, each " -"database should have a distinct UUID to ensure that registration and " -"invoicing proceed effortlessly for your and for us." -msgstr "" -"Для вашої інформації ми ідентифікуємо базу даних з UUID. Тому кожна база " -"даних повинна мати чіткий UUID, щоб забезпечити безперебійну реєстрацію та " -"виставлення рахунків для вас і для нас." - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:80 -msgid "Check your network and firewall settings" -msgstr "Перевірте налаштування мережі та firewall" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:82 -msgid "" -"The Update notification must be able to reach Odoo's subscription validation" -" servers. In other words, make sure that the Odoo server is able to open " -"outgoing connections towards:" -msgstr "" -"Повідомлення про оновлення повинне мати можливість дійти до серверів " -"перевірки підписки Odoo. Іншими словами, переконайтеся, що сервер Odoo " -"здатний відкривати вихідні з'єднання у напрямку:" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:86 -msgid "services.odoo.com on port 443 (or 80)" -msgstr "services.odoo.com на порту 443 (або 80)" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:87 -msgid "services.openerp.com on port 443 (or 80) for older deployments" -msgstr "services.openerp.com на порту 443 (або 80) для старіших розгортань" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:89 -msgid "" -"Once you activated your database, you must keep these ports open, as the " -"Update notification runs once a week." -msgstr "" -"Після активації вашої бази даних ви повинні тримати ці порти відкритими, " -"оскільки повідомлення про оновлення працює раз на тиждень." - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:95 -msgid "Error message due to too many users" -msgstr "Повідомлення про помилку через через велику кількість користувачів" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:97 -msgid "" -"If you have more users in your local database than provisionned in your Odoo" -" Enterprise subscription, you may encounter this message:" -msgstr "" -"Якщо у вашій місцевій базі даних є більше користувачів, ніж передбачено в " -"підписці Odoo Enterprise, ви можете побачити таке повідомлення:" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:106 -msgid "" -"When the message appears you have 30 days before the expiration. The " -"countdown is updated everyday." -msgstr "" -"Коли з'явиться повідомлення, у вас є 30 днів до закінчення терміну дії. " -"Зворотній відлік оновлюється кожного дня." - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:112 -msgid "" -"**Add more users** on your subscription: follow the link and Validate the " -"upsell quotation and pay for the extra users." -msgstr "" -"**Додайте більше користувачів** до вашої підписки: перейдіть за посиланням " -"та підтвердіть комерційну пропозицію допродажу, оплатіть додаткових " -"користувачів." - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:114 -msgid "" -"**Deactivate users** as explained in this `documentation <documentation.html" -"#deactivating-users>`_ and **Reject** the upsell quotation." -msgstr "" -"**Вимкніть користувачів** як це пояснено у `документації <documentation.html" -"#deactivating-users>`_ та **Відхиліть** комерційну пропозицію допродажу." - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:117 -msgid "" -"Once your database has the correct number of users, the expiration message " -"will disappear automatically after a few days, when the next verification " -"occurs. We understand that it can be a bit frightening to see the countdown," -" so you can :ref:`force an Update Notification <force_ping>` to make the " -"message disappear right away." -msgstr "" -"Коли ваша база даних матиме правильну кількість користувачів, повідомлення " -"про закінчення терміну дії автоматично зникне через кілька днів після " -"наступної перевірки. Ми розуміємо, що це може бути трохи лякаюче, коли ви " -"побачите зворотний відлік, тому ви можете запустити Оновлення Повідомлення, " -"<force_ping>` щоби повідомлення зникло відразу." - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:124 -msgid "Database expired error message" -msgstr "Помилка повідомлення про закінчення терміну дії бази даних" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:126 -msgid "" -"If your database reaches its expiration date before your renew your " -"subscription, you will encounter this message:" -msgstr "" -"Якщо ваша база даних закінчується до закінчення терміну дії вашої підписки, " -"ви побачите це повідомлення:" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:134 -msgid "" -"This **blocking** message appears after a non-blocking message that lasts 30" -" days. If you fail to take action before the end of the countdown, the " -"database is expired." -msgstr "" -"Це повідомлення про **блокування** з'являється після неблокуючого " -"повідомлення, яке триває 30 днів. Якщо ви не вживаєте заходів до закінчення " -"зворотнього відліку, термін дії бази даних закінчиться." - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:142 -msgid "" -"Renew your subscription: follow the link and renew your subscription - note " -"that" -msgstr "" -"Відновіть свою підписку: перейдіть за посиланням та поновіть свою підписку, " -"зверніть увагу," - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:141 -msgid "" -"if you wish to pay by Wire Transfer, your subscription will effectively be " -"renewed only when the payment arrives, which can take a few days. Credit " -"card payments are processed immediately." -msgstr "" -"якщо ви хочете оплатити через Wire Transfer, ваша підписка буде дійсно " -"поновлена ​​лише після отримання платежу, що може тривати кілька днів. " -"Платежі за кредитною карткою обробляються негайно." - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:144 -msgid "Contact our `Support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" -msgstr "Зв'яжіться з нашою `Підтримкою <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:146 -msgid "" -"None of those solutions worked for you? Please contact our `Support " -"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" -msgstr "" -"Жодні з цих рішень не підходять для вас? Будь ласка, зв'яжіться з нашою " -"`Підтримкою <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:155 -msgid "Duplicate a database" -msgstr "Копіювання бази даних" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:157 -msgid "" -"You can duplicate your database by accessing the database manager on your " -"server (<odoo-server>/web/database/manager). In this page, you can easily " -"duplicate your database (among other things)." -msgstr "" -"Ви можете дублювати свою базу даних, звернувшись до менеджера баз даних на " -"своєму сервері (<odoo-server>/web/database/manager). На цій сторінці ви " -"можете легко дублювати вашу базу даних (серед інших)." - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:165 -msgid "" -"When you duplicate a local database, it is **strongly** advised to change " -"the duplicated database's uuid (Unniversally Unique Identifier), since this " -"uuid is how your database identifies itself with our servers. Having two " -"databases with the same uuid could result in invoicing problems or " -"registration problems down the line." -msgstr "" -"Коли ви копіюєте локальну базу даних, **настійно** рекомендуємо змінювати " -"uuid дублікатів бази даних (Unniversically Unique Identifier), оскільки цей " -"uuid - те, як ваша база даних ідентифікує себе на наших серверах. Дві бази " -"даних з тим самим uuid можуть призвести до виставлення рахунків-фактур або " -"реєстраційних проблем нижче по рядку." - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:174 -msgid "" -"The database uuid is currently accessible from the menu " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> System Parameters`, we advise you" -" to use a `uuid generator <https://www.uuidtools.com>`_ or to use the unix " -"command ``uuidgen`` to generate a new uuid. You can then simply replace it " -"like any other record by clicking on it and using the edit button." -msgstr "" -"В даний час UIID бази даних доступний з меню **Налаштування > Технічні " -"параметри > Параметри системи**, ми радимо використовувати `генератор uuid " -"<https://www.uuidtools.com>`__ або використовувати команду unіx ``uuidgen``" -" для створення нового uuid. Тоді ви можете просто замінити його, як і будь-" -"який інший запис, натиснувши на нього та використовуючи кнопку редагування." - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:17 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Загальний огляд" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:22 -msgid "The upgrade process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:24 -msgid "" -"This documentation is for our *On-Premise* (self-hosted) and *Odoo.sh* " -"customers. If you are hosted Online, please check our :ref:`instruction page" -" for our Online (SaaS) customers <upgrade_button>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:30 -msgid "Definition" -msgstr "Визначення" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:32 -msgid "" -"An upgrade is switching to a newer version of Odoo (e.g., Odoo 13.0 to Odoo " -"14.0)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:34 -msgid "An upgrade does not cover:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:36 -msgid "" -"changing :ref:`Editions <db-upgrade/faq/editions-change>` (i.e., Community " -"to Enterprise edition)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:37 -msgid "" -"switching :ref:`hosting type <db-upgrade/faq/hosting-types-switch>` (i.e., " -"On-Premise to Online or Odoo.sh)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:39 -msgid "migration from another ERP to Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:41 ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:99 -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:231 -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:361 -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:370 -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:382 -msgid "|assistance-contact|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:46 -msgid "Process workflow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:48 -msgid "The upgrade process in a nutshell:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:50 -msgid "You create a test upgrade request." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:0 -msgid "The request is processed by Odoo:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:0 -msgid "" -"This happens via an automated process that runs the database through an " -"upgrade script and takes between 20 and 120 minutes. Only if an issue(s) " -"arises will we have to intervene manually and adjust the script specifically" -" to your database until the upgrade succeeds." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:55 -msgid "Odoo delivers a test database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:56 -msgid "" -"You test your database for possible discrepancies (see :ref:`db-upgrade" -"/test-guidance`)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:57 -msgid "" -"If there are any discrepancies, you report them to the Upgrade support team " -"via the :ref:`Help portal <db-upgrade/test-assistance>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:59 -msgid "We will fix the issues and send you a new test database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Once you completed the testing and are happy with the result, you decide on " -"a date and time when you stop users from accessing Odoo, freeze all data " -"entries and create an upgrade request for the production upgrade." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:63 -msgid "Odoo delivers the production database through the automated process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:64 -msgid "" -"You restore it in your Production environment a few short hours later and " -"continue working on the newly upgraded database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:70 -msgid "Service Level Agreement" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:73 -msgid "What is covered by the Enterprise Licence?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:75 -msgid "" -"Databases hosted on Odoo’s Cloud platforms (Saas and Odoo.sh) or On-Premise " -"(Self-Hosting) enjoy the following service at all times." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:78 -msgid "The upgrade of:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:80 -msgid "standard applications" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:81 -msgid "Studio customization (as long as the Studio app is still active)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:82 -msgid "" -"customizations done by our consulting and developer services *if* they are " -"covered by a ‘Maintenance of Customisations’ subscription" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:85 -msgid "" -"The Upgrade Service is limited to the technical conversion and adaptation of" -" your database (standard modules and data) to make it compatible with the " -"targeted version." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:89 -msgid "What upgrading does NOT cover" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:91 -msgid "The cleaning of pre-existing data & configuration while upgrading" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Any new developments and/or upgrade of your own :ref:`custom modules <db-" -"upgrade/faq/custom-modules>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:94 -msgid "`Training <https://www.odoo.com/learn>`_ on the new version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:96 -msgid "" -"You can get more information about your Enterprise Licence on our :ref:`Odoo" -" Enterprise Subscription Agreement <upgrade>` page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:104 -msgid "Get started" -msgstr "Розпочніть" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:106 -msgid "The upgrade process varies depending on where your database is hosted." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:111 -msgid "Online (SaaS)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:113 -msgid "" -"If you are hosted Online, please check our :ref:`instruction page for our " -"Online (SaaS) customers <upgrade_button>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:119 -msgid "Odoo.sh" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:121 -msgid "" -"If you are Odoo.sh hosted, check our :doc:`specific instructions to be able " -"to upgrade <../odoo_sh/advanced/upgrade_your_database>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:127 -msgid "On-Premise" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:129 -msgid "There are two possibilities:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:131 -msgid "Via the interface of our `website form <https://upgrade.odoo.com>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:0 -msgid "" -"For technically-advanced users and partners, via the following command line " -"(to be used on the machine where your database is hosted):" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:0 -msgid "" -"``python <(curl -s beta.upgrade.odoo.com/upgrade) test -d <your db name> -t " -"14.0``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:137 -msgid "What does it do?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:139 -msgid "" -"The above command will dump your database to a file, then send it to the " -"upgrade platform for upgrade, displaying you the live logs, then restore the" -" upgraded database back on your server as a duplicate test database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:146 -msgid "Steps" -msgstr "Кроки" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:151 -msgid "The testing phase" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:156 -msgid "Test process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:158 -msgid "" -"Also referred to as the pre-production phase, the test phase allows you to " -"review an upgraded version of your database without affecting your " -"production database in any way." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:161 -msgid "" -"We suggest that you run the test upgrade process at least once, but you can " -"do it as often as you want (one at a time)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:164 -msgid "" -"Once you receive your upgraded test database, you should check that all " -"data, processes and functionality are still correct and working as expected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:167 -msgid "If you do find discrepancies, you'll be able to:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:0 -msgid ":ref:`Report your issues <db-upgrade/test-assistance>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:0 -msgid "and/or" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:171 -msgid "" -"Ask for a new :ref:`test request <db-upgrade/test-db-request>` after the " -"reported issues have been fixed in the upgrade script." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:174 -msgid "When you do not find any discrepancies, you'll be able to:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:176 -msgid "" -"Move on to the upgrade of your :ref:`production database <db-upgrade" -"/production-live>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:181 -msgid "Request a test database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:183 -msgid "" -"When filling the `website form <https://upgrade.odoo.com>`_, select " -"*Testing* purpose." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:192 -msgid "Test guidance" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:194 -msgid "" -"Every business and organization has its own operational needs and will have " -"to test its specific Odoo instance respectively. However, we recommend you " -"look at `the test scenario " -"<https://drive.google.com/open?id=1Lm4JqbsHBirB1wMi14UChoz_YHLjx5ec>`_ we " -"created, a high-level idea of what you should test and look out for." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:199 -msgid "Todo" -msgstr "Зробити" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:199 -msgid "change link \"test scenario\" once the related doc is published" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:204 -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:263 -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:395 -msgid "Assistance" -msgstr "Допомога" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:206 -msgid "" -"If you encounter issues or problems in the **test database**, please contact" -" the Odoo Upgrade Support:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:209 -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:268 -msgid "Connect to our `Odoo Support page <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:210 -msgid "" -"Under the *Ticket Description* section, select *An issue related to my " -"upgrade* ticket type." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:217 -msgid "" -"If you choose another *Ticket Description* type, the request will be " -"redirected to another team than the upgrade one and will slow down the " -"processing and response time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:220 -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:276 -msgid "" -"Please provide as much detail as you can. Where applicable, illustrate the " -"current and previous flows with videos and/or screenshots. This will avoid " -"clarifying questions and speed up the resolution process significantly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:229 -msgid "" -"The purpose of the test phase is not to correct existing data or " -"configurations in your database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:236 -msgid "The production launch" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:241 -msgid "Production goes live" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:243 -msgid "" -"The production upgrade request is when you decide to upgrade your current " -"database with all your production data (invoices, VAT returns, inventories, " -"current orders) to a new version of your choice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:246 -msgid "" -"After your :ref:`tests <db-upgrade/steps-test>` are completed to your " -"satisfaction, submit the request to upgrade your production database via our" -" `website form <https://upgrade.odoo.com>`_. Select *Production* purpose." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:255 -msgid "Going into production without first testing may lead to:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:257 -msgid "" -"business interruptions (e.g. no longer having the possibility to validate an" -" action)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:258 -msgid "" -"poor customer experiences (e.g. an eCommerce website that does not work " -"correctly)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:265 -msgid "" -"If you encounter issues or problems in the **production database**, please " -"contact the **Odoo Support**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:269 -msgid "" -"Under the *Ticket Description* section, select the appropriate type related " -"to your issue but **do not select** the option *An issue related to my " -"upgrade*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:273 -msgid "" -"After upgrading to production, the support will be provided by the Support " -"team instead of the Upgrade team." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:285 -msgid "" -"If you choose *An issue related to my upgrade* as ticket type, the request " -"will be redirected to another team than the support one and will slow down " -"the processing and response time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:291 -msgid "FAQ" -msgstr "FAQ" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:296 -msgid "Why upgrade?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:298 -msgid "" -"You benefit from the latest features of the :ref:`new major version <db-" -"upgrade/faq/release-notes>` released by Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:300 -msgid "" -"If you are in an :ref:`unsupported version <db-upgrade/supported-versions>`," -" you get a new version with support." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:306 -msgid "When to upgrade?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:308 -msgid "" -"Whenever you want. You can make your upgrade request as soon as a new " -"version is released on our `website form <https://upgrade.odoo.com>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:314 -msgid "Availability of the new version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:316 -msgid "" -"Please kindly note that as soon as we announce the release of a new major " -"version (usually at the end of year), the Upgrade Service team needs to " -"adapt the upgrade scripts to it, which is why the new version is not " -"immediately available for existing databases." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:323 -msgid "Finalization of the upgrade (:abbr:`ETA (Estimated Time of Arrival)`)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:325 -msgid "" -"Unfortunately, it is impossible to give time estimates for every upgrade " -"request. Odoo offers so many possibilities (e.g. branding, workflows, " -"customization, etc) that it can get tricky to upgrade, and translate to the " -"new structure. If you use multiple apps managing sensitive data (e.g., " -"Accounting, Inventory, etc.), some cases may still require a human " -"intervention, making the process slower." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:331 -msgid "" -"This is especially true during the first months following the release of a " -"new major version, which can significantly lengthen the upgrade delay." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:334 -msgid "" -"In general, the ‘smaller’ the database, the quickest the upgrade. A single-" -"user database that uses only CRM will be processed faster than a multi-" -"company, multi-user database that uses Accounting, Sales, Purchase, and " -"Manufacturing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:338 -msgid "So, in a nutshell, what can impact your upgrade lead time?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:340 -msgid "Source & targeted versions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:341 -msgid "Installed apps" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:342 -msgid "Volume of data" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:343 -msgid "" -"Amount of customization (models, fields, methods, workflows, reports, " -"website, etc.)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:344 -msgid "" -"Installation of new apps or configuration changes after the start of the " -"test phase" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:346 -msgid "" -"Usually, the delays experienced during the first request (waiting time " -"between the time you submitted your first request for a test upgrade) can " -"generally give you an idea of the time to wait for the production request." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:353 -msgid "Upgrade of the custom modules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:355 -msgid "" -"As stated in our :doc:`../legal/terms/enterprise`, section " -":ref:`charges_standard`, this optional service is subject to additional " -"fees." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:358 -msgid "" -"If you have a custom code, you can choose to have it upgraded by our " -"services, by one of our `partners <https://www.odoo.com/partners>`_ or you " -"can do it yourself." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:366 -msgid "Editions change (from Community to Enterprise)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:368 -msgid "" -"An upgrade does not cover a change of `Editions " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/editions>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:375 -msgid "Switching the hosting types (Self-hosted vs Online vs Odoo.sh)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:377 -msgid "" -"An upgrade does not cover a change of `Hosting types " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/hosting-types>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:379 -msgid "" -"Open the following link to get :doc:`more information about how to change " -"your hosting type <hosting_changes>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:387 -msgid "Release Notes by version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:389 -msgid "" -"Open our `Release Note <https://www.odoo.com/page/release-notes>`_ page to " -"get a summary of the new features and improvements made in each version." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:400 -msgid "Contact our Upgrade service support" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:402 -msgid "" -"Should you have any more questions about the upgrade, do not hesitate to " -"send a message to `Odoo Upgrade Team <mailto:upgrade@odoo.com>`_. We will be" -" very pleased to answer it as soon as possible." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:408 -msgid "Supported versions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:410 -msgid "" -"Please note that Odoo provides support and bug fixing only for the three " -"last major versions of Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:412 -msgid "" -"This is a factor to take into consideration before upgrading. If you are on " -"an older version, we suggest you to prefer the most recent version to " -"benefit from a longer support (before having to upgrade again)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:416 -msgid "" -"You can get more information about our :doc:`supported versions " -"<../support/supported_versions>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:7 -msgid "Users and Features" -msgstr "Користувачі та додатки" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:9 -msgid "" -"As the administrator of your database, you are responsible for its usage. " -"This includes the Apps you install as well as the number of users currently " -"in use." -msgstr "" -"Як адміністратор вашої бази даних, ви несете відповідальність за її " -"використання. Вона включає додатки, які ви встановлюєте, а також кількість " -"користувачів, які наразі користуються системою." - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Odoo is many things (ERP, CMS, CRM application, e-Commerce backend, etc.) " -"but it is *not* a smartphone. You should apply caution when adding/removing " -"features (especially Apps) on your database since this may impact your " -"subscription amount significantly (or switch you from a free account to a " -"paying one on our online platform)." -msgstr "" -"В Odoo є багато речей (ERP, CMS, додаток CRM, бекенд електронної комерції " -"тощо), але це не смартфон. Ви повинні бути обережними при " -"додаванні/видаленні функцій (особливо додатків) у вашій базі даних, оскільки" -" це може суттєво вплинути на суму вашої підписки (або ви можете " -"переключитися з безкоштовної версії на платну на онлайн-платформі Odoo)." - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:19 -msgid "" -"This page contains some information as to how you can manage your Odoo " -"instances. Before carrying any of these procedures, we **strongly** advise " -"to test them on a duplicate of your database first. That way, if something " -"goes wrong, your day-to-day business is not impacted." -msgstr "" -"Ця сторінка містить деяку інформацію про те, як можна керувати версіями " -"Odoo. Перш ніж виконувати будь-яку з цих дій, **настійно** радимо спочатку " -"протестувати їх на копії вашої бази даних. Таким чином, якщо щось піде не " -"так, на ваш щоденний бізнес нічого не впливає." - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:24 -msgid "" -"You can find guides on how to duplicate your databases both for :ref:`online" -" <duplicate_online>` and :ref:`on premise <duplicate_premise>` " -"installations." -msgstr "" -"Ви можете знайти довідники про те, як дублювати свої бази даних як. " -":ref:`онлайн <duplicate_online>` так і :ref:`на вашому хостингу " -"<duplicate_premise>." - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:28 -msgid "" -"If you have questions about the content of this page or if you encounter an " -"issue while carrying out these procedures, please contact us through our " -"`support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." -msgstr "" -"Якщо у вас виникли запитання щодо вмісту цієї сторінки або виникли проблеми " -"під час виконання цих дій, зв'яжіться з нами за допомогою нашої `форми " -"підтримки <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:34 -msgid "Deactivating Users" -msgstr "Деактивація користувачів" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Make sure you have sufficient **administrative rights** if you want to " -"change the status of any of your users." -msgstr "" -"Переконайтеся, що у вас є достатньо **адміністративних прав**, якщо ви " -"хочете змінити статус будь-якого з ваших користувачів." - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:39 -msgid "" -"In your Odoo instance, click on **Settings**. You will have a section " -"showing you the active users on your database. Click on **Manage Users.**" -msgstr "" -"У вашій версії Odoo, натисніть **Налаштування**. У вас буде секція, яка " -"показуватиме вам активних користувачів вашої бази даних. Натисніть " -"**Керувати користувачами.**" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:43 -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:80 -msgid "|settings|" -msgstr "|settings|" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:43 -msgid "|browse_users|" -msgstr "|browse_users|" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:46 -msgid "You'll then see the list of your users." -msgstr "Після цього ви побачите список ваших користувачів." - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:51 -msgid "" -"The pre-selected filter *Internal Users* shows your paying users (different " -"from the *Portal Users* which are free). If you remove this filter, you'll " -"get all your users (the ones you pay for and the portal ones)" -msgstr "" -"Заздалегідь вибраний фільтр *Внутрішні користувачі* покаже ваших платних " -"користувачів (відмінних від *Користувачів порталу*, які є безкоштовними). " -"Якщо ви видалите цей фільтр, ви отримаєте всіх своїх користувачів (тих, кого" -" ви оплачуєте, а також портальні)." - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:56 -msgid "" -"In your list of users, click on the user you want to deactivate. As soon as " -"you are on the userform, click on the Action drop down menu, and then click " -"on Archive." -msgstr "" -"У вашому списку користувачів натисніть на користувача, якаого ви хочете " -"деактивувати. Як тільки ви будете на формі користувача, натисніть на " -"випадаюче меню дій та натисніть Архівувати." - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:64 -msgid "The user is now deactivated." -msgstr "Користувача деактивовано." - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:66 -msgid "**Never** deactivate the main user (*admin*)" -msgstr "**Ніколи** не деактивуйте головного користувача (**адміністратора**)." - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:69 -msgid "Uninstalling Apps" -msgstr "Видалення додатків" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Make sure you first test what you are about to do on a :ref:`duplicate " -"<duplicate_online>` of your database before making any changes (*especially*" -" installing/uninstalling apps)." -msgstr "" -"Перш ніж вносити зміни (особливо встановлення/видалення додатків), спочатку " -"перевірте, що ви збираєтесь робити на :ref:`тестовій <duplicate_online>` " -"базі даних. " - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:75 -msgid "" -"In your Odoo instance click on **Settings**; in this app, you will be able " -"to see how many applications you have installed. Click on **Browse Apps** to" -" access the list of your installed applications." -msgstr "" -"У своїй версії Odoo натисніть **Налаштування**, в цьому додатку ви зможете " -"побачити, скільки програм було встановлено. Натисніть **Переглянути " -"додатки**, щоб отримати доступ до списку встановлених програм." - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:80 -msgid "|browse_apps|" -msgstr "|browse_apps|" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:83 -msgid "" -"In your applications' dashboard, you will see all the icons of your " -"applications. Click on the application you want to uninstall. Then, on the " -"form of the application, click on **Uninstall**." -msgstr "" -"На панелі приладів додатків ви побачите всі значки ваших модулів. Натисніть " -"програму, яку ви хочете видалити. Потім, за формою додатку, натисніть кнопку" -" **Видалити**." - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:90 -msgid "" -"Some applications have dependencies, like Invoicing, eCommerce, etc. " -"Therefore, the system will give you a warning message to advise you of what " -"is about to be removed. If you uninstall your application, all its " -"dependencies will be uninstalled as well (and the data in them will " -"permanently disappear). If you are sure you still want to uninstall it, then" -" click **Confirm**." -msgstr "" -"Деякі програми мають залежності, такі як виставлення рахунків, електронна " -"комерція та інше. Таким чином, система попередить вас, що ви збираєтеся " -"видалити. Якщо ви деінсталюєте вашу програму, всі її залежності буде також " -"видалено (і дані в них назавжди зникнуть). Якщо ви впевнені, що все одно " -"хочете видалити додаток, натисніть кнопку **Підтвердити**." - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:97 -msgid "" -"Last, after having checked the warning message (if any), click **Confirm**." -msgstr "" -"Нарешті, після перевірки попередження (якщо воно є), натисніть кнопку " -"**Підтвердити**." - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:102 -msgid "You have finished uninstalling your application." -msgstr "Ви завершили видалення вашого модуля." - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:105 -msgid "Good to know" -msgstr "Варто знати" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:107 -msgid "" -"**Uninstalling apps, managing users, etc. is up to you**: no one else can " -"know if your business flow is broken better than you. If we were to " -"uninstall applications for you, we would never be able to tell if relevant " -"data had been removed or if one of your business flow was broken because we " -"*do not know how you work* and therefore cannot validate these kinds of " -"operations." -msgstr "" -"**Видалення додатків, керування користувачами тощо залежить від вас**: ніхто" -" не знає краще за вас, чи ваш бізнес-процес зламаний. Якщо ми хотіли б " -"деінсталювати додатки для вас, ми ніколи не зможемо визначити, чи були " -"видалені релевантні дані або якщо один із ваших бізнес-процесів був " -"зламаний, оскільки ми не знаємо, як ви працюєте, і тому не можемо перевірити" -" такі операції." - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:113 -msgid "" -"**Odoo Apps have dependencies**: this means that you may need to install " -"modules that you do not actively use to access some features of Odoo you " -"might need. For example, the Website Builder app is needed to be able to " -"show your customer their Quotes in a web page. Even though you might not " -"need or use the Website itself, it is needed for the Online Quotes feature " -"to work properly." -msgstr "" -"**Додатки Odoo мають залежності**: це означає, що вам може знадобитися " -"встановити модулі, які ви не використовуєте, для доступу до деяких функцій " -"Odoo, які вам можуть знадобитися. Наприклад, додаток Website Builder " -"потрібен, аби показати своєму клієнту свої комерційні пропозиції на веб-" -"сторінці. Незважаючи на те, чи вам може не знадобитися використання самого " -"Веб-сайту, це необхідно, щоби функція комерційних пропозицій онлайн " -"працювала належним чином." - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:120 -msgid "" -"**Always test app installation/removal on a duplicate** (or on a free trial " -"database): that way you can know what other apps may be required, etc. This " -"will avoid surprises when uninstalling or when receiving your invoices." -msgstr "" -"**Завжди перевіряйте встановлення/видалення додатку на тестовій базі** (або " -"на базі безкоштовної пробної версії): таким чином ви можете дізнатися, які " -"інші програми можуть знадобитися. Це допоможе уникнути несподіванок при " -"видаленні або при отриманні рахунків-фактур." - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:7 -msgid "Hosting Changes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:9 -msgid "" -"You may want to move your Odoo database from one hosting solution to " -"another. Depending on the platforms, you have to do it by yourself or " -"contact our support team first." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:13 -msgid "From on-premises to Odoo Online" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:15 -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:49 -msgid "Odoo Online is not compatible with **non-standard apps**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Create a :ref:`duplicate <duplicate_premise>` of your database: in this " -"duplicate, uninstall all the **non-standard apps**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Grab a \"dump with filestore\" of your database by using the Database " -"Manager." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:19 -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:52 -msgid "" -"**If you have time constraints, contact us earlier to schedule the " -"transfer.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:20 -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:53 -msgid "" -"`Create a support ticket <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_ and attach the dump " -"(if the file is too large, use any file transfer service and attach the link" -" to your ticket). Also include your subscription number and the URL you want" -" to use for your database (e.g.: my-company.odoo.com)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:21 -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:54 -msgid "" -"We will make sure your database is compatible and upload it to our cloud. In" -" case of technical issues, we will get in touch with you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:22 -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:55 -msgid "It's done!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:25 -msgid "From on-premises to Odoo.sh" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:27 -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Follow the :ref:`Import your database section of the Odoo.sh documentation " -"<odoo_sh_import_your_database>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:28 -msgid "...and voilà!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:31 -msgid "From Odoo Online to on-premises" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:33 -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Log into `your Odoo Online user portal " -"<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/databases/manage>`_ and look for the version " -"number of your database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:34 -msgid "" -"If your database does not run a :ref:`major version <supported_versions>` of" -" Odoo, you cannot host it on-premises yet, you have to upgrade it first to a" -" new major version. (*e.g.: If your database runs Odoo 12.3 which is not a " -"major version, you have to upgrade it first to Odoo 13.0 or 14.0.*)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:35 -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Download a backup of your database by clicking on the \"Gear\" icon next to " -"your database name then :menuselection:`Download` (if the download fails due" -" to your backup file being too large, contact `our support " -"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`_)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:36 -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:61 -msgid "Restore it from the database manager on your local server." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:39 -msgid "From Odoo Online to Odoo.sh" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:42 -msgid "" -"If your database does not run a :ref:`major version <supported_versions>` of" -" Odoo, you cannot host it on Odoo.sh yet, you have to upgrade it first to a " -"new major version. (*e.g.: If your database runs Odoo 12.3 which is not a " -"major version, you have to upgrade it first to Odoo 13.0 or 14.0.*)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:47 -msgid "From Odoo.sh to Odoo Online" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:51 -msgid "" -"Uninstall all the **non-standard apps**: test it in a staging build first, " -"then do it in your production build." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:58 -msgid "From Odoo.sh to on-premises" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Grab a :ref:`backup of your Odoo.sh production database " -"<odoo_sh_branches_backups>`." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po deleted file mode 100644 index 1df764103..000000000 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,881 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-11-02 12:05+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: uk\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n" - -#: ../../discuss.rst:5 -msgid "Discuss" -msgstr "Обговорення" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced" -msgstr "Розширено" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:3 -msgid "How to Use my Mail Server to Send and Receive Emails in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:6 -msgid "If you are a user of Odoo Online or Odoo.sh..." -msgstr "Якщо ви користувач Odoo Online чи Odoo.sh..." - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:8 -msgid "" -"You have nothing to do! **Odoo sets up its own mail servers for your " -"database.** Outgoing and incoming emails work out-of-the-box!" -msgstr "" -"Вам нічого не потрібно робити! **Odoo сама налаштовує поштові сервери вашої " -"бази даних.** Вихідні та вхідні електронні листи працюють з коробки!" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Unless you plan to send large batches of mass mailing that could require the" -" use of an external mail server, simply enjoy your new Odoo database." -msgstr "" -"Якшо ви не плануєте відправлення кампаній електронної пошти, що може " -"вимагати використання зовнішнього поштового сервера, просто насолоджуйтесь " -"новою базою даних Odoo." - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:16 -msgid "Scope of this documentation" -msgstr "Сфера застосування цієї документації" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:18 -msgid "" -"This document is **mainly dedicated to Odoo on-premise users** who don't " -"benefit from an out-of-the-box solution to send and receive emails in Odoo, " -"unlike `Odoo Online <https://www.odoo.com/trial>`__ & `Odoo.sh " -"<https://www.odoo.sh>`__." -msgstr "" -"Цей документ **в основному призначений для локальних користувачів Odoo**, " -"які не отримують переваг від нестандартного рішення надсилати та отримувати " -"електронні листи в Odoo, на відміну від `Odoo Online " -"<https://www.odoo.com/trial>`__ та `Odoo.sh <https://www.odoo.sh>`__." - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:25 -msgid "" -"If no one in your company is used to manage email servers, we strongly " -"recommend that you opt for those Odoo hosting solutions. Their email system " -"works instantly and is monitored by professionals. Nevertheless you can " -"still use your own email servers if you want to manage your email server's " -"reputation yourself." -msgstr "" -"Якщо жоден із вашої компанії не використовується для керування поштовими " -"серверами, ми настійно рекомендуємо вам вибрати ці рішення для хостингу " -"Odoo. Їх система електронної пошти працює миттєво і контролюється " -"професіоналами. Тим не менше, ви все ще можете використовувати власні " -"поштові сервери, якщо хочете самостійно керувати вашим сервером електронної " -"пошти." - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:31 -msgid "" -"You will find here below some useful information on how to integrate your " -"own email solution with Odoo." -msgstr "" -"Нижче ви знайдете деяку корисну інформацію про те, як інтегрувати власне " -"рішення електронної пошти з Odoo." - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Office 365 email servers don't easily allow to send external emails from " -"hosts like Odoo. Refer to `Microsoft's documentation " -"<https://support.office.com/en-us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-" -"device-or-application-to-send-email-using-" -"Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ to make it work." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:39 -msgid "How to manage outbound messages" -msgstr "Як керувати вихідними повідомленнями" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:40 -msgid "" -"As a system admin, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and " -"check *External Email Servers*. Then, click *Outgoing Mail Servers* to " -"create one and reference the SMTP data of your email server. Once all the " -"information has been filled out, click on *Test Connection*." -msgstr "" -"Як адміністратор системи, перейдіть до :menuselection:`Налаштування --> " -"Загальні налаштування` та перевірте *зовнішні сервери електронної пошти*. " -"Потім натисніть *Сервери вихідної пошти*, щоб створити та вказати SMTP-дані " -"вашого сервера електронної пошти. Коли вся інформація буде заповнена, " -"натисніть кнопку *Перевірити підключення*." - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:45 -msgid "Here is a typical configuration for a G Suite server." -msgstr "Ось типове налаштування сервера G Suite." - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:50 -msgid "Then set your email domain name in the General Settings." -msgstr "" -"Потім встановіть ім'я домену електронної пошти у загальних налаштуваннях." - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:53 -msgid "" -"If you get a ``[AUTHENTICATIONFAILED] Invalid credentials (Failure)`` " -"warning when you *Test Connection* on a Gmail address, activate the *Less " -"secure app access* option. A direct link can be `accessed here " -"<https://myaccount.google.com/lesssecureapps?pli=1>`_." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви отримаєте ``[AUTHENTICATIONFAILED] Недійсні облікові дані " -"(Failure)`` будьте уважні, коли ви *Тестуєте з'єднання* в адресі Gmail, " -"активуйте функцію *Менш безпечного доступу до програми*. Доступ до посилання" -" `тут <https://myaccount.google.com/lesssecureapps?pli=1>`_." - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:57 -msgid "In addition to that, enable the IMAP setting on your Gmail account." -msgstr "" -"Окрім цього, увімкніть налаштування IMAP у своєму обліковому записі Gmail." - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:61 -msgid "Can I use an Office 365 server" -msgstr "Чи можете ви використовувати сервер Office 365" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:62 -msgid "" -"You can use an Office 365 server if you run Odoo on-premise. Office 365 SMTP" -" relays are not compatible with Odoo Online." -msgstr "" -"Ви можете використовувати сервер Office 365, якщо ви запускаєте Odoo на " -"власному сервері. Реєстри SMTP Office 365 несумісні з Odoo Online." - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Please refer to `Microsoft's documentation <https://support.office.com/en-" -"us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-device-or-application-to-send-" -"email-using-Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ to configure" -" a SMTP relay for your Odoo's IP address." -msgstr "" -"Будь ласка, зверніться до `Документації Microsoft " -"<https://support.office.com/en-us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-" -"device-or-application-to-send-email-using-" -"Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ для налаштування " -"ретранслятора SMTP для вашої IP-адреси Odoo." - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:69 -msgid "How to use a G Suite server" -msgstr "Як використовувати сервер G Suite" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:70 -msgid "" -"You can use an G Suite server for any Odoo hosting type. To do so you need " -"to setup the SMTP relay service. The configuration steps are explained in " -"`Google documentation " -"<https://support.google.com/a/answer/2956491?hl=en>`__." -msgstr "" -"Ви можете використовувати сервер G Suite для будь-якого типу хостингу Odoo. " -"Щоби це зробити, вам необхідно встановити обслуговування SMTP. Кроки " -"налаштування пояснюються в документації `Google " -"<https://support.google.com/a/answer/2956491?hl=en>`__." - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:77 -msgid "Be SPF-compliant" -msgstr "Будьте сумісними з SPF" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:78 -msgid "" -"In case you use SPF (Sender Policy Framework) to increase the deliverability" -" of your outgoing emails, don't forget to authorize Odoo as a sending host " -"in your domain name settings. Here is the configuration for Odoo Online:" -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви використовуєте SPF (Policy Framework для відправників), щоб " -"збільшити продуктивність вихідних електронних листів, не забудьте " -"авторизувати Odoo як відправника у налаштуваннях вашого доменного імені. Ось" -" налаштування для Odoo Online:" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:82 -msgid "" -"If no TXT record is set for SPF, create one with following definition: " -"v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com ~all" -msgstr "" -"Якщо для SPF немає запису TXT, створіть його з наступним визначенням: v=spf1" -" include:_spf.odoo.com ~all" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:84 -msgid "" -"In case a SPF TXT record is already set, add \"include:_spf.odoo.com\". e.g." -" for a domain name that sends emails via Odoo Online and via G Suite it " -"could be: v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com include:_spf.google.com ~all" -msgstr "" -"Якщо запит SPF TXT вже встановлено, додайте \"include: _spf.odoo.com\". " -"наприклад, для доменного імені, яке надсилає електронні листи через Odoo " -"Online, і через G Suite це може бути: v=spf1 include: _spf.odoo.com include:" -" _spf.google.com ~ all" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:88 -msgid "" -"Find `here <https://www.mail-tester.com/spf/>`__ the exact procedure to " -"create or modify TXT records in your own domain registrar." -msgstr "" -"Знайдіть `тут <https://www.mail-tester.com/spf/>`__ точну процедуру " -"створення або зміни TXT-записи у власному реєстраторі доменів." - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:91 -msgid "" -"Your new SPF record can take up to 48 hours to go into effect, but this " -"usually happens more quickly." -msgstr "" -"Завершення вашого нового запису SPF може зайняти до 48 годин, але це, як " -"правило, відбувається швидше." - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:94 -msgid "" -"Adding more than one SPF record for a domain can cause problems with mail " -"delivery and spam classification. Instead, we recommend using only one SPF " -"record by modifying it to authorize Odoo." -msgstr "" -"Додавання декількох записів SPF для домену може спричинити проблеми з " -"доставкою пошти та класифікацією спаму. Замість цього ми рекомендуємо " -"використовувати лише один запис SPF, змінюючи його, щоб авторизувати Odoo." - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:99 -msgid "Allow DKIM" -msgstr "Дозвольте DKIM" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:100 -msgid "" -"You should do the same thing if DKIM (Domain Keys Identified Mail) is " -"enabled on your email server. In the case of Odoo Online & Odoo.sh, you " -"should add a DNS \"odoo._domainkey\" CNAME record to " -"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\". For example, for \"foo.com\" they should have " -"a record \"odoo._domainkey.foo.com\" that is a CNAME with the value " -"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\"." -msgstr "" -"Ви повинні робити те ж саме, якщо на вашому сервері електронної пошти " -"ввімкнено DKIM (Domain Keys Identified Mail). У випадку з Odoo Online та " -"Odoo.sh, ви повинні додати DNS \"odoo._domainkey\" запис CNAME на " -"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\". Наприклад, для \"foo.com\" вони повинні мати " -"запис \"odoo._domainkey.foo.com\", тобто CNAME зі значенням " -"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\"." - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:108 -msgid "Restriction" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:109 -msgid "" -"Please note that the port 25 is blocked for security reasons. Try using 587," -" 465 or 2525." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:112 -msgid "How to manage inbound messages" -msgstr "Як керувати вхідними повідомленнями" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:114 -msgid "Odoo relies on generic email aliases to fetch incoming messages." -msgstr "" -"Odoo покладається на загальні псевдоніми електронної пошти, щоб отримувати " -"вхідні повідомлення." - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:116 -msgid "" -"**Reply messages** of messages sent from Odoo are routed to their original " -"discussion thread (and to the inbox of all its followers) by the catchall " -"alias (**catchall@**)." -msgstr "" -"**Відповіді повідомлень**, відправлених з Odoo, спрямовуються в їх " -"оригінальний дискусійний потік (і в папку \"Вхідні\" всіх його піписників) " -"за допомогою псевдоніма catchall (**catchall@**)." - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:120 -msgid "" -"**Bounced messages** are routed to **bounce@** in order to track them in " -"Odoo. This is especially used in `Odoo Email Marketing " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/email-marketing>`__ to opt-out invalid " -"recipients." -msgstr "" -"**Відскановані повідомлення** направляються на відмову @, щоб відстежувати " -"їх в Odoo. Це особливо використовується в `Odoo Email " -"Marketing,<https://www.odoo.com/page/email-marketing>`__ щоб відмовитися від" -" недійсних одержувачів." - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:124 -msgid "" -"**Original messages**: Several business objects have their own alias to " -"create new records in Odoo from incoming emails:" -msgstr "" -"**Оригінальні повідомлення**: для деяких бізнес-об'єктів є власний псевдонім" -" для створення нових записів у Odoo із вхідних повідомлень електронної " -"пошти:" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:127 -msgid "" -"Sales Channel (to create Leads or Opportunities in `Odoo CRM " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/crm>`__)," -msgstr "" -"Канал продажів (для створення лідів або нагод в `Odoo CRM " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/crm>`__)," - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:129 -msgid "" -"Support Channel (to create Tickets in `Odoo Helpdesk " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/helpdesk>`__)," -msgstr "" -"Підтримка каналу (для створення заявок у `Службі підтримки Odoo " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/helpdesk>`__)," - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:131 -msgid "" -"Projects (to create new Tasks in `Odoo Project <https://www.odoo.com/page" -"/project-management>`__)," -msgstr "" -"Проекти (для створення нових завдань в `Проекті Odoo " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/project-management>`__)," - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:133 -msgid "" -"Job Positions (to create Applicants in `Odoo Recruitment " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/recruitment>`__)," -msgstr "" -"Вакансії (для створення заявок в `Рекрутингу Odoo " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/recruitment>`__)," - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:135 -msgid "etc." -msgstr "тощо." - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:137 -msgid "" -"Depending on your mail server, there might be several methods to fetch " -"emails. The easiest and most recommended method is to manage one email " -"address per Odoo alias in your mail server." -msgstr "" -"Залежно від вашого поштового сервера може існувати декілька способів " -"отримання повідомлень електронної пошти. Найпростіший та найбільш " -"рекомендований спосіб полягає в управлінні однією адресою електронної пошти " -"на псевдоніми Odoo на вашому поштовому сервері." - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:141 -msgid "" -"Create the corresponding email addresses in your mail server (catchall@, " -"bounce@, sales@, etc.)." -msgstr "" -"Створіть відповідні електронні адреси на своєму поштовому сервері " -"(catchall@, bounce@, sales@ і т.д.)." - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:143 -msgid "Set your domain name in the General Settings." -msgstr "Встановіть своє доменне ім'я у загальних налаштуваннях." - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:148 -msgid "" -"If you use Odoo on-premise, create an *Incoming Mail Server* in Odoo for " -"each alias. You can do it from the General Settings as well. Fill out the " -"form according to your email provider’s settings. Leave the *Actions to " -"Perform on Incoming Mails* blank. Once all the information has been filled " -"out, click on *TEST & CONFIRM*." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви використовуєте Odoo на власному сервері, створіть *вхідний поштовий " -"сервер* в Odoo для кожного псевдоніма. Ви також можете це зробити в " -"загальних налаштуваннях. Заповніть форму відповідно до ваших налаштувань " -"постачальника послуг електронної пошти. Залиште *дії, які потрібно виконати*" -" на вхідних листах, порожніми. Коли вся інформація буде заповнена, натисніть" -" на *ПЕРЕВІРКА та ПІДТВЕРДЖЕННЯ*." - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:157 -msgid "" -"If you use Odoo Online or Odoo.sh, We do recommend to redirect incoming " -"messages to Odoo's domain name rather than exclusively use your own email " -"server. That way you will receive incoming messages without delay. Indeed, " -"Odoo Online is fetching incoming messages of external servers once per hour " -"only. You should set redirections for all the email addresses to Odoo's " -"domain name in your email server (e.g. *catchall@mydomain.ext* to " -"*catchall@mycompany.odoo.com*)." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви використовуєте Odoo Online або Odoo.sh, ми рекомендуємо " -"переадресовувати вхідні повідомлення на доменне ім'я Odoo, а не виключно " -"використовувати свій власний сервер електронної пошти. Таким чином ви " -"отримаєте вхідні повідомлення без затримки. Дійсно, Odoo Online отримує " -"вхідні повідомлення зовнішніх серверів лише раз на годину. Ви повинні " -"встановити перенаправлення для всіх адрес електронної пошти до доменного " -"імені Odoo на своєму сервері електронної пошти (наприклад, " -"*catchall@mydomain.ext*, на *catchall@mycompany.odoo.com*)." - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:167 -msgid "All the aliases are customizable in Odoo." -msgstr "Усі псевдоніми налаштовуються в Odoo." - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:165 -msgid "" -"Object aliases can be edited from their respective configuration view. To " -"edit catchall and bounce aliases, you first need to activate the " -":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." -msgstr "" -"Псевдоніми об’єктів можна редагувати у відповідному вікні налаштування. Щоб " -"редагувати псевдоніми catchall та bounce, спочатку потрібно активувати " -":doc:`Режим розробника <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:169 -msgid "" -"Then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System " -"Parameters` to customize the aliases (*mail.catchall.alias* & * " -"mail.bounce.alias*)." -msgstr "" -"Потім перейдіть в :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Технічні параметри --> " -"Параметри --> Параметри системи`, щоб налаштувати псевдоніми " -"(*mail.catchall.alias* та *mail.bounce.alias*)." - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:175 -msgid "" -"By default inbound messages are fetched every 5 minutes in Odoo on-premise. " -"You can change this value in :doc:`Developer mode " -"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Go to :menuselection:`Settings -->" -" Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions` and look for *Mail: " -"Fetchmail Service*." -msgstr "" -"За замовчуванням вхідні повідомлення надходять кожні 5 хвилин в Odoo на " -"власному сервері. Ви можете змінити це значення в :doc:`Режимі розробника " -"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Перейдіть у " -":menuselection:`Налаштування --> Технічні параметри --> Автоматизація --> " -"Заплановані дії` і знайдіть *Пошта: Послуга Fetchmail*." - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:3 -msgid "Email Templates" -msgstr "Шаблони електронних листів" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:5 -msgid "" -"We all know writing good emails is vital to get a high response rate, but " -"you do not want to rewrite the same structure every time, do you? That is " -"where email templates come in. Without the need to rewrite the entire email " -"structure every time, you save time to focus on the content. Multiple " -"templates also let you deliver the right message to the right audience, " -"improving their overall experience with the company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:12 -msgid "Enable it and understand a few concepts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:14 -msgid "" -"The :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` must be " -"activated. Then, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> " -"Templates`. A view of the existing templates is shown." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:18 -msgid "" -"**It is highly recommended not to change the content in existing templates " -"unless the user has prior knowledge about placeholders.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:21 -msgid "" -"To add a new one, click on *Create* and choose the type of document this " -"template is used with. In the example below, the template would be sent to " -"job applicants." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Under *Email Configuration*, fields such as *From*, *To (Emails)*, *To " -"(Partners)*, require placeholders. If the *From* field is not set, the " -"default value is the author’s email alias, if configured, or email address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Under *Advanced Settings*, if an *Outgoing Mail Server* is not set, the one " -"with the highest priority is used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:34 -msgid "" -"The option *Auto Delete* permanently deletes the emails after they are sent," -" saving space in your database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:37 -msgid "Writing content including placeholder expressions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Under the tab *Dynamic Placeholder Generator*, look for the *Field* you " -"would like to use." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Next, copy the *Placeholder Expression* and paste it in the *Body* of the " -"email, under the *Content* tab, using - essentially - the *Code View*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Deactivate the *Code View* option by simply clicking on it again, and easily" -" design the message. Click on *Preview* to check how the email looks before " -"sending it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Загальний огляд" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:3 -msgid "Get Started with Discuss" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Discuss allows you to bring all of your company’s communication together " -"through messages, notes, and chat. Share information, projects, files, " -"prioritize tasks, and stay connected with colleagues and partners throughout" -" applications. Forge better relationships, increase productivity and " -"transparency by promoting a convenient way of communicating." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:11 -msgid "Choose your notifications preference" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Access your *Preferences* and choose how you would like your notifications " -"to be handled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:21 -msgid "" -"By default, the field is set as *Handle by Emails* making messages, notes, " -"and notifications where you were mentioned or that you follow, to be sent " -"through email. By choosing *Handle in Odoo*, they are shown in the *Inbox*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:22 -msgid "Messages can then be *Marked as Todo*, *Replied*, or *Marked as Read*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:28 -msgid "" -"The messages tagged as *Mark as Todo* are also shown in *Starred*, while the" -" ones *Marked as Read* are moved to *History*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:36 -msgid "Start Chatting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:38 -msgid "" -"The first time you log in to your account, OdooBot sends you a message " -"asking for permission to receive desktop notifications to chats. If " -"accepted, you receive push notifications to the messages sent to you despite" -" of where you are in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:48 -msgid "" -"To stop receiving desktop notifications, reset the notifications settings of" -" your browser." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:50 -msgid "" -"To start a chat, click on *New Message* on the *Messaging Menu*, or go to " -"*Discuss* and send a *Direct Message*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:58 -msgid "" -"You can also create :doc:`public and private channels <team_communication>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:61 -msgid "Mentions in the chat and on the Chatter" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:64 -msgid "" -"To mention a user within a chat or the chatter type *@user-name*; to refer " -"to a channel, type *#channel-name*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:66 -msgid "" -"A notification is sent to the user mentioned either to his *Inbox* or " -"through email, depending on his settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:73 -msgid "" -"When a user is mentioned, the search list (list of names) suggests values " -"first based on the task’s followers, and secondly on *Employees*. If the " -"record being searched does not match with either a follower or employee, the" -" scope of the search becomes all partners." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:78 -msgid "Chat status" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:80 -msgid "" -"It is helpful to see what colleagues are up to and how quickly they can " -"respond to messages by checking their *Status*. The status is shown on the " -"left side of a contact’s names on Discuss’ sidebar and on the *Messaging " -"menu*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:84 -msgid "Green = online" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:85 -msgid "Orange = away" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:86 -msgid "White = offline" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:87 -msgid "Airplane = out of the office" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:95 -#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:65 -msgid ":doc:`team_communication`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:96 -msgid ":doc:`../advanced/email_servers`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:3 -msgid "Get Organized by Planning Activities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When you plan activities you minimize the risk of uncertainties, as you " -"provide clear directions for the course of your next action. In addition to " -"that, you do not leave space for wasteful activities and reduce the chance " -"of having overlapping actions between team members." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:10 -msgid "Where do I see my schedule activities?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Access and manage your activities wherever you are in Odoo by the " -"*Activities* menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:20 -msgid "Plan activities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Activities can be planned and managed from the chatter by clicking on " -"*Schedule activity*, or through Kanban views." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:31 -msgid "Set your activity types" -msgstr "Встановіть види діяльності" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:33 -msgid "" -"A number of activities types are available by default in Odoo (call, email, " -"meeting, etc.). However, you can set new ones going to " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Activity types`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:42 -msgid "" -"If you need to create an activity type with an available calendar, make sure" -" to create it with an *Action to Perform* set as *Meeting*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:46 -msgid "Recommend next activities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Odoo helps you to plan a flow of activities by allowing you to set " -"*Recommended Next Activities*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Once the respective activity is completed, select *Done & Schedule Next* and" -" next steps are suggested to you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:64 -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:115 -msgid ":doc:`get_started`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:3 -msgid "Efficiently Communicate Using Channels" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:5 -msgid "" -"You can use channels to organize discussions between individual teams, " -"departments, projects, or any other group that requires regular " -"communication. This way, you keep everyone in the loop updated with the " -"latest developments." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:10 -msgid "Public and Private channels" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:12 -msgid "" -"A *Public* channel can be seen by everyone, while a *Private* one is only " -"visible to users invited to it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:21 -msgid "" -"A public channel is best used when many employees need to access information" -" (such as company announcements), whereas a private channel could be used " -"whenever information should be limited to specific groups (such as a " -"specific department)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:26 -msgid "Configuration options" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:28 -msgid "" -"You can configure a channel’s name, description, email alias, and privacy by" -" clicking on the *Channel Settings* icon on the sidebar." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:36 -msgid "Privacy and Members" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Changing *Who can follow the group’s activities?* allows you to control " -"which groups can have access to the channel. Note that allowing *Everyone* " -"to follow a private channel lets other users view and join it, as they would" -" a public one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:42 -msgid "" -"If you choose *Invited people only*, go to the *Members* tab to add your " -"members, or, go to Discuss’ main page, select the channel and click on " -"*Invite*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:49 -msgid "" -"For *Selected group of users*, the option *Auto Subscribe Groups* " -"automatically add its members as followers. In other words, while " -"*Authorized Groups* limits which users can access the channel, *Auto " -"Subscribe Groups* automatically adds the user as a member as long as they " -"are part of the group." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:55 -msgid "Use a channel as a mailing list" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Choosing to *Send messages by email* configures the channel to behave as a " -"mailing list." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:59 -msgid "" -"Enabling this option allows you to *Moderate this channel*, meaning that " -"messages will need to be approved before being sent." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Under the *Moderation* tab choose as many moderators as you need, and if you" -" would like them to receive an *Automatic notification*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Mark *Send guidelines to new subscribers* to automatically send instructions" -" to newcomers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Moderators can: *Accept*, *Reject*, *Discard*, *Always Allow* or *Ban* " -"messages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:80 -msgid "" -"Members of a mailing channel receive messages through email regardless of " -"their :doc:`notification preference <get_started>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Once a channel is moderated, the menu *Ban List* allows you to add email " -"addresses per moderated channel to auto-ban them from sending messages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:91 -msgid "Quick search bar" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:93 -msgid "" -"Once at least 20 channels, direct message and live chat conversations (if " -"the module is installed on your database) are pinned in the sidebar, a " -"*Quick search…* bar is displayed. It is a clever way to filter conversations" -" and quickly find the one you need." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:103 -msgid "Finding channels" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:106 -msgid "" -"Click on *Channels* (on the sidebar), browse through the list of public " -"channels, and join or leave them from a single screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:108 -msgid "" -"Apply filters criteria and save it for later use. The search function " -"accepts wildcards by using the underscore character *(_)* to represent a " -"single character." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:116 -msgid ":doc:`plan_activities`" -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po deleted file mode 100644 index 2b6adbc00..000000000 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1000 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: uk\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n" - -#: ../../ecommerce.rst:5 -msgid "eCommerce" -msgstr "Електронна комерція" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started.rst:3 -msgid "Get started" -msgstr "Розпочніть" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:3 -msgid "How to customize my catalog page" -msgstr "Як налаштувати сторінку каталогу товарів" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:6 -msgid "Product Catalog" -msgstr "Каталог товарів" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:8 -msgid "" -"All your published items show up in your catalog page (or *Shop* page)." -msgstr "" -"Усі ваші опубліковані елементи відображаються на вашій сторінці каталогу " -"(або на сторінці *Магазину*)." - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Most options are available in the *Customize* menu: display attributes, " -"website categories, etc." -msgstr "" -"Більшість параметрів доступні в меню *Налаштування*: елементи відображення, " -"категорії веб-сайту тощо." - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:20 -msgid "Highlight a product" -msgstr "Виділіть товар" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Boost the visibility of your star/promoted products: push them to top, make " -"them bigger, add a ribbon that you can edit (Sale, New, etc.). Open the Shop" -" page, switch to Edit mode and click any item to start customizing the grid." -msgstr "" -"Підвищуйте видимість товарів із зірочкою/рекламовані товари: підніміть їх " -"вгору, збільшіть їх, додайте стрічку, яку можна редагувати (продаж, новий " -"тощо). Відкрийте сторінку магазину, перейдіть у режим редагування та " -"натисніть на будь-який елемент, щоб розпочати налаштування сітки." - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:26 -msgid "" -"See how to do it: " -"https://www.odoo.com/openerp_website/static/src/video/e-commerce/editing.mp4" -msgstr "" -"Подивіться, як зробити це: " -"https://www.odoo.com/openerp_website/static/src/video/e-commerce/editing.mp4" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:29 -msgid "Quick add to cart" -msgstr "Швидке додавання до кошика" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:31 -msgid "" -"If your customers buy a lot of items at once, make their process shorter by " -"enabling purchases from the catalog page. To do so, add product description " -"and add to cart button. Turn on the following options in *Customize* menu: " -"Product Description, Add to Cart, List View (to display product description " -"better)." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ваші клієнти купують багато товарів одночасно, зробіть цей процес " -"швидшим, дозволяючи купівлі зі сторінки каталогу. Для цього додайте опис " -"товару та додайте у кнопку кошика. Увімкніть наступні параметри в меню " -"*Налаштування*: опис товару, додавання в кошик, перегляд списку (для кращого" -" відображення опису товару)." - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:3 -msgid "How to build a product page" -msgstr "Як створити сторінку товару" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:5 -msgid "On the website click *New Page* in the top-right corner." -msgstr "" -"На веб-сайті натисніть кнопку *Нова сторінка* у верхньому правому куті." - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:7 -msgid "Then click *New Product* and follow the blinking tips." -msgstr "Потім натисніть *Новий товар* і дотримуйтесь спливаючих порад." - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:12 -msgid "Here are the main elements of the Product page:" -msgstr "Ось основні елементи сторінки товару:" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:17 -msgid "Many elements can be made visible from the *Customize* menu." -msgstr "Багато елементів можна зробити видимими в меню *Налаштування*." - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:22 -msgid "See how to configure your products from links here below." -msgstr "Дізнайтеся, як налаштовувати свої товари зі сторінок нижче." - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:26 -msgid ":doc:`../managing_products/variants`" -msgstr ":doc:`../managing_products/variants`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:27 -msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/taxes`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/taxes`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:28 -msgid ":doc:`../managing_products/stock`" -msgstr ":doc:`../managing_products/stock`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:29 -msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/cross_selling`" -msgstr ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/cross_selling`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:30 -msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/reviews`" -msgstr ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/reviews`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:31 -msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`" -msgstr ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:32 -msgid ":doc:`../../website/optimize/seo`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../website/optimize/seo`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products.rst:3 -msgid "Manage my products" -msgstr "Управляйте вашими товарами" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:3 -msgid "How to display several images per product" -msgstr "Як відобразити кілька картинок на товарі" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:5 -msgid "" -"By default your product web page displays the main image of your product " -"only. If you like to show your products under several angles, you can turn " -"the image into a carrousel." -msgstr "" -"За замовчуванням веб-сторінка товару відображає головне зображення вашого " -"товару. Якщо ви хочете показати свої товари з кількох ракурсів, ви можете " -"перетворити зображення в карусель." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Check *Several images per product* in :menuselection:`Website Admin --> " -"Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" -"Перевірте *Кілька зображень на товарі* в :menuselection:`Адміністратор веб-" -"сайту --> Налаштування --> Налаштування`." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Open a product detail form and upload images from *Images* tab. Hit *Create*" -" in Edit mode to get the upload wizard." -msgstr "" -"Відкрийте деталі форми товару та завантажте зображення із вкладки " -"*Зображення*. Натисніть *Створити* в режимі редагування, щоб отримати " -"майстер завантаження." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:19 -msgid "Such extra image are common to all the product variants (if any)." -msgstr "" -"Таке додаткове зображення є загальним для всіх варіантів товарів (якщо такі " -"є)." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:3 -msgid "How to show product availability" -msgstr "Як показати наявність товару" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The availability of your products can be shown on the website to reassure " -"your customers." -msgstr "" -"Наявність ваших товарів може бути показана на веб-сайті, щоб переконати " -"ваших клієнтів." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:10 -msgid "" -"To display this, open the *Sales* tab in the product detail form and select " -"an option in *Availability*." -msgstr "" -"Щоб відобразити це, відкрийте вкладку *Продажі* у формі деталей товару та " -"виберіть параметр *В наявності*." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:16 -msgid "" -"A custom warning message can be anything related to a stock out, delivery " -"delay, etc." -msgstr "" -"Користувацьке попередження може бути пов'язане із наявністю на складі, " -"затримкою доставки тощо." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:22 -msgid "This tool does not require the Inventory app to be installed." -msgstr "Цей інструмент не вимагає встановлення додатку Склад." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:25 -msgid "" -"If one item is no longer sellable, unpublish it from your website. If it " -"comes to one particular product variant, deactivate the variant in the " -"backend (see :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`)." -msgstr "" -"Якщо один елемент більше не можна продавати, скасуйте публікацію на своєму " -"веб-сайті. Якщо мова йде про конкретний варіант товару, дезактивуйте варіант" -" на бекенді (see :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`)." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage product variants" -msgstr "Як керувати варіантами товару" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Product variants are used to offer variations of the same product to your " -"customers on the products page. For example, the customer chooses a T-shirt " -"and then selects its size and color. In the example below, the customer " -"chooses a phone, and then selects the memory; color and Wi-Fi band from the " -"available options." -msgstr "" -"Варіанти товару використовуються для того, щоб запропонувати варіанти того " -"самого товару для ваших клієнтів на сторінці товарів. Наприклад, клієнт " -"вибирає футболку, а потім вибирає її розмір і колір. У наведеному нижче " -"прикладі клієнт вибирає телефон, а потім вибирає пам'ять; колір та Wi-Fi з " -"доступних опцій." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:15 -msgid "How to create attributes & variants" -msgstr "Як створити атрибути та варіанти" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Turn on *Products can have several attributes, defining variants (Example: " -"size, color,...)* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`." -msgstr "" -"Увімкніть *Товари можуть мати кілька атрибутів, що визначають варіанти " -"(наприклад, розмір, колір, ...)* у розділі :menuselection:`Продажі --> " -"Налаштування`." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:20 -msgid "Select a product from the Products list, go to the *Variants* tab." -msgstr "Виберіть товар у списку товарів, перейдіть на вкладку *Варіанти*." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Add as many attributes as you need from 3 different types: radio buttons, " -"drop-down menu or color buttons. You get several variants as soon as there " -"are 2 values for 1 attribute." -msgstr "" -"Додайте якомога більше атрибутів, які вам потрібно, з 3 різних типів: " -"перемикачі, випадаюче меню або кольорові кнопки. Ви отримуєте кілька " -"варіантів, як тільки буде 2 атрибута для атрибута 1." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:30 -msgid "How to edit variants" -msgstr "Як редагувати варіанти" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:32 -msgid "See all the variants from the product template detail form." -msgstr "Перегляньте всі варіанти з форми шаблону деталей товару." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:40 -msgid "You can edit following data:" -msgstr "Ви можете редагувати наступні дані:" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:42 -msgid "Picture (will update in real time on the website)," -msgstr "Зображення (буде оновлено в реальному часі на веб-сайті)," - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:43 -msgid "Barcode," -msgstr "Штрих-код," - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:44 -msgid "Internal Reference (SKU #)," -msgstr "Внутрішня довідка (SKU #)," - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:45 -msgid "Volume," -msgstr "Об'єм," - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:46 -msgid "Weight," -msgstr "Вага," - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:47 -msgid "Active (available in quotes & website)." -msgstr "Активний (доступний у пропозиціях та на веб-сайті)." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Both the Barcode and the Internal Reference are variant-specific. You need " -"to populate them once the variants generated." -msgstr "" -"Штрих-код та внутрішня довідка є спеціальними для варіантів. Потрібно " -"заповнити їх, коли створені варіанти." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:54 -msgid "" -"See and edit all the variants from :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> " -"Product Variants` as well. This might be quicker if you manage lots of " -"variants." -msgstr "" -"Перегляньте та відредагуйте всі варіанти з :menuselection:`Продажі --> " -"Продажі --> Варіанти товару`. Це може бути швидше, якщо ви управляєте " -"безліччю варіантів." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:58 -msgid "How to set specific prices per variant" -msgstr "Як встановити конкретні ціни за варіант" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:60 -msgid "" -"You can also set a specific public price per variant by clicking *Variant " -"Prices* in the product detail form (action in top-left corner)." -msgstr "" -"Ви також можете встановити конкретну загальну вартість кожного варіанта, " -"натиснувши *Ціни варіанту* у формі відомостей про товар (дія у верхньому " -"лівому куті)." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:66 -msgid "" -"The Price Extra is added to the product price whenever the corresponding " -"attribute value is selected." -msgstr "" -"Додаткова ціна додається до ціни товару, коли вибирається відповідне " -"значення атрибута." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Pricelist formulas let you set advanced price computation methods for " -"product variants. See :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`." -msgstr "" -"Формули преміум-класу дозволяють встановлювати розширені методи обчислення " -"ціни для варіантів товару. Див. :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:80 -msgid "How to disable/archive variants" -msgstr "Як відключити/архівувати варіанти" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:82 -msgid "" -"You can disable/archive specific variants so that they are no longer " -"available in quotes & website (not existing in your stock, deprecated, " -"etc.). Simply uncheck *Active* in their detail form." -msgstr "" -"Ви можете відключити/архівувати конкретні варіанти, щоб вони більше не були " -"доступні в пропозиціях та на веб-сайті (не існуючих на вашому складі, " -"застарілих тощо). Просто зніміть позначку *Активно* в детальній формі." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:88 -msgid "" -"To retrieve such archived items, hit *Archived* on searching the variants " -"list. You can reactivate them the same way." -msgstr "" -"Щоб отримати такі архівні елементи, натисніть *Архівувати* при пошуку списку" -" варіантів. Ви можете повторно активувати їх так само." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue.rst:3 -msgid "Maximize my revenue" -msgstr "Збільшіть свій дохід" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:3 -msgid "How to sell accessories and optional products (cross-selling)" -msgstr "Як продавати аксесуари та функціональні товари (перехресний продаж)" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:5 -msgid "" -"You sell computers. Why not stimulating your customers to buy a top-notch " -"screen or an extra-warranty? That's the goal of cross-selling " -"functionalities:" -msgstr "" -"Ви продаєте комп'ютери. Чому б не стимулювати своїх клієнтів купувати " -"найкращий екран або додаткову гарантію? Це мета перехресних продажів:" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:8 -msgid "Accessory products on checkout page," -msgstr "Аксесуари на сторінці оформлення замовлення," - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Optional products on a new *Add to Cart* screen (not installed by default)." -msgstr "" -"Додаткові товари на новому екрані *Додати до кошика* (не встановлено за " -"замовчуванням)." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:12 -msgid "Accessory products when checking out" -msgstr "Аксесуари під час перевірки" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Accessories (e.g. for computers: mouse, keyboard) show up when the customer " -"reviews the cart before paying." -msgstr "" -"Аксесуари (наприклад, для комп'ютерів: миша, клавіатура) з'являються, коли " -"користувач переглядає кошик перед оплатою." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:20 -msgid "Select accessories in the *Sales* tab of the product detail page." -msgstr "" -"Виберіть аксесуари на вкладці *Продажі* на сторінці відомостей про товар." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:26 -msgid "" -"There is an algorithm to figure out the best accessories to display in case " -"several items are added to cart. If any item is the accessory of several " -"products added to cart, it is most likely that it will be atop the list of " -"suggested accessories." -msgstr "" -"Існує алгоритм виявлення найкращих аксесуарів для відображення, якщо до " -"кошика додано кілька елементів. Якщо будь-який елемент є аксесуаром кількох " -"товарів, доданих у кошик, то, швидше за все, він буде зверху списку " -"запропонованих аксесуарів." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:31 -msgid "Optional products when adding to cart" -msgstr "Додаткові товари при додаванні до кошика" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Optional products are directly related to the item added to cart (e.g. for " -"computers: warranty, OS software, extra components). Whenever the main " -"product is added to cart, such a new screen pops up as an extra step." -msgstr "" -"Необов'язкові товари безпосередньо пов'язані з елементом, доданим до кошика " -"(наприклад, для комп'ютерів: гарантія, програмне забезпечення для ОS, " -"додаткові компоненти). Кожного разу, коли основний товар додається до " -"кошика, такий новий екран з'являється як додатковий крок." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:40 -msgid "To publish optional products:" -msgstr "Опублікувати додаткові товари:" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Install *eCommerce Optional Products* addon in *Apps* menu. Remove the " -"default filter to search on addons as well, otherwise only main apps show " -"up." -msgstr "" -"Встановіть *Додаткові товари електронної комерції* в меню *Додатки*. " -"Вилучіть фільтр за замовчуванням для пошуку в аддонах, інакше з'являться " -"лише основні модулі." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:48 -msgid "Select optional items from the *Sales* tab of the product detail form." -msgstr "Виберіть додаткові елементи на вкладці *Продажі* форми товару." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:54 -msgid "" -"The quantity of optional items added to cart is the same than the main item." -msgstr "" -"Кількість додаткових елементів, доданих до кошика, співпадає з основним " -"елементом." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:3 -msgid "How to adapt the prices to my website visitors" -msgstr "Як адаптувати ціни до відвідувачів сайту" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:5 -msgid "This section sheds some light on pricing features of eCommerce app:" -msgstr "" -"У цьому розділі висвітлено особливості ціноутворення модуля електронної " -"комерції." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:7 -msgid "force a price by geo-localization," -msgstr "встановлення ціни за геолокацією," - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:9 -msgid "let the customer choose the currency." -msgstr "дозвольте клієнту вибирати валюту." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:11 -msgid "" -"As a pre-requisite, check out how to managing produt pricing: " -":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`)." -msgstr "" -"Для початку перевірте, як керувати ціною товару: " -"знижки.:doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`)." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:15 -msgid "Geo-IP to automatically apply the right price" -msgstr "Geo-IP для автоматичного застосовування правильної ціни" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Assign country groups to your pricelists. That way, your visitors not yet " -"logged in will get their own currency when landing on your website." -msgstr "" -"Призначте групи країн вашому прайслисту. Таким чином, ваші відвідувачі, які " -"ще не увійшли в систему, отримуватимуть свою валюту при завантаженні на ваш " -"веб-сайт." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:20 -msgid "Once logged in, they get the pricelist matching their country." -msgstr "Після входу вони отримують прайслист, який відповідає їхній країні." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:23 -msgid "Currency selector" -msgstr "Валютний вибір" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:25 -msgid "" -"In case you sell in several currencies, you can let your customers choose " -"their own currency. Check *Selectable* to add the pricelist to the website " -"drop-down menu." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви продаєте у кількох валютах, ви можете дозволити своїм клієнтам " -"обрати валюту. Перевірте вибір, щоб додати прайслист до спадного меню веб-" -"сайту." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:34 -msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:35 -msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:36 -msgid ":doc:`promo_code`" -msgstr ":doc:`promo_code`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:3 -msgid "How to create & share promotional codes" -msgstr "Як створити та ділитися промокодами" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Want to boost your sales for Xmas? Share promocodes through your marketing " -"campaigns and apply any kind of discounts." -msgstr "" -"Хочете збільшити продажі до Різдва? Поділіться промокодами за допомогою " -"маркетингових кампаній та застосуйте будь-які знижки." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:9 -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:13 -msgid "Setup" -msgstr "Встановлення" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings` and choose *Advanced pricing based" -" on formula* for *Sale Price*." -msgstr "" -"Перейдіть на :menuselection:`Продажі --> Налаштування` і виберіть " -"*Розширене ціноутворення на основі формули* для *Ціни продажу*." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Website Admin --> Catalog --> Pricelists` and create a" -" new pricelist with the discount rule (see :doc:`pricing`). Then enter a " -"code." -msgstr "" -"Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Адміністратор веб-сайту --> Каталог --> " -"Прайслисти` та створіть новий прайслист з правилом знижки (див. " -":doc:`pricing`). Потім введіть код." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Make the promocode field available on your *Shopping Cart* page (option in " -"*Customize* menu). Add a product to cart to reach it." -msgstr "" -"Зробіть поле промокоду доступним на *Сторінці кошика* (опція в меню " -"*Налаштування*). Додайте товар до кошика, щоб зробити це." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Once turned on you see a new section on the right side. On clicking *Apply* " -"prices get automatically updated in the cart." -msgstr "" -"Після увімкнення цієї функції ви побачите новий розділ з правого боку. При " -"натисканні кнопки *Застосувати* ціни автоматично оновлюються в кошику." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:33 -msgid "" -"The promocode used by the customer is stored in the system so you can " -"analyze the performance of your marketing campaigns." -msgstr "" -"Промокод, який використовує клієнт, зберігається в системі, щоби ви могли " -"проаналізувати ефективність ваших маркетингових кампаній." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:39 -msgid "Show sales per pricelists..." -msgstr "Покажіть продажі за цінами..." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:43 -msgid ":doc:`pricing`" -msgstr ":doc:`pricing`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:3 -msgid "How to enable comments & rating" -msgstr "Як включити коментарі та рейтинг в електронній комерції" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Publishing and monitoring customer experience will help you gain the trust " -"of new customers and better engage with your community. In 2 clicks, allow " -"your customer to share their feedback!" -msgstr "" -"Публікація та моніторинг досвіду клієнтів допоможе довіряти вам новим " -"клієнтам та краще взаємодіяти з вашою спільнотою. Лише у два кліки дозвольте" -" своєму клієнту поділитися своїм відгуком!" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Activate comments & rating from the *Customize* menu of the product web " -"page." -msgstr "" -"Активуйте коментарі та рейтинг в меню *Налаштування* веб-сторінки товару." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Visitors must log in to share their comments. Make sure they are able to do " -"so (see Portal documentation)." -msgstr "" -"Відвідувачі повинні увійти, щоби поділитися своїми коментарями. " -"Переконайтеся, що вони зможуть це зробити (див. Документацію Портал)." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:25 -msgid "Review the posts in real time" -msgstr "Переглядайте публікації в режимі реального часу" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Whenever a post is published, the product manager and all the product " -"followers get notified in their Inbox (*Discuss* menu)." -msgstr "" -"Кожного разу, коли пост опубліковано, менеджер товару та всі підписники на " -"товар отримують сповіщення у своїй папці Вхідні (меню (*Обговорення*)." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:34 -msgid "" -"By default the user who created the product is automatically set as " -"follower." -msgstr "" -"За замовчуванням користувач, який створив товар, автоматично встановлюється " -"як підписник." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Click the product name to open the detail form and review the comment (in " -"the product discussion thread)." -msgstr "" -"Натисніть на назву товару, щоби відкрити детальну форму та переглянути " -"коментар (в обговоренні про товар)." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:43 -msgid "Moderate & unpublish" -msgstr "Модеруйте та скасовуйте публікації" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:45 -msgid "" -"You can easily moderate by using the chatter, either in the product detail " -"form or on the web page." -msgstr "" -"Ви можете легко модерувати, використовуючи чат, у формі детальної інформації" -" про товар або на веб-сторінці." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:48 -msgid "" -"To unpublish the post, open the product web page and click the *Published* " -"button to turn it red (*Unpublished*)." -msgstr "" -"Щоби скасувати публікацію, відкрийте веб-сторінку товару та натисніть кнопку" -" *Опубліковано*, щоби перетворити її у червоний колір (*Неопубліковано*)." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:56 -msgid "..tip::" -msgstr "..tip::" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:55 -msgid "" -"You can access the web page from the detail form by clicking the *Published*" -" smart button (and vice versa)." -msgstr "" -"Ви можете отримати доступ до веб-сторінки в детальній формі, натиснувши " -"кнопку *Опубліковано* (і навпаки)." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:3 -msgid "How to sell pricier alternative products (upselling)" -msgstr "Як продавати альтернативні товари (допродаж)" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In order to maximize your revenue, suggesting pricier alternative products " -"is strongly advised for basic items. That way, your customer will spend more" -" time browsing your catalog." -msgstr "" -"Щоб максимально збільшити ваш дохід, рекомендується пропонувати вартісніші " -"варіанти товару для базових товарів. Таким чином, ваш клієнт витратить " -"більше часу на перегляд вашого каталогу." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:12 -msgid "To do so:" -msgstr "Зробити так:" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Select such *Alternative Products* in the *Sales* tab of the product detail " -"form. 3 alternatives are fine! Don't publish too many otherwise your " -"customers will be confused." -msgstr "" -"Виберіть такі *Альтернативні товари* на вкладці *Продажі* форми товару. Три " -"альтернативи буде достатньо! Не публікуйте занадто багато, інакше ваші " -"клієнти будуть плутатися." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Turn on *Alternative Products* from the *Customize* menu of the product web " -"page." -msgstr "" -"Увімкніть *альтернативні товари* в меню *Налаштування* веб-сторінки товару." - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Загальний огляд" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:3 -msgid "Introduction to Odoo eCommerce" -msgstr "Введення в електронну комерцію Odoo" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:10 -msgid "" -"The documentation will help you go live with your eCommerce website in no " -"time. The topics follow the buying process:" -msgstr "" -"Ця документація допоможе вам швидко перейти на веб-сайт електронної " -"комерції. Теми слідують за процесом купівлі:" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:13 -msgid "Product Page" -msgstr "Сторінка товару" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:14 -msgid "Shop Page" -msgstr "Сторінка магазину" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:15 -msgid "Pricing" -msgstr "Ціноутворення" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:16 -msgid "Taxes" -msgstr "Податки" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:17 -msgid "Checkout process" -msgstr "Оформлення замовлення " - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:18 -msgid "Upselling & cross-selling" -msgstr "Розпродаж та перехресний продаж" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:19 -msgid "Payment" -msgstr "Оплата" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:20 -msgid "Shipping & Tracking" -msgstr "Доставка і відстеження" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:24 -msgid ":doc:`../../website/publish/domain_name`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../website/publish/domain_name`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/publish.rst:3 -msgid "Launch my website" -msgstr "Запустіть свій веб-сайт" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience.rst:3 -msgid "Get paid" -msgstr "Отримайте оплату" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage orders paid with payment acquirers" -msgstr "Як керувати замовленнями, оплаченими через платіжні еквайєри" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo confirms orders automatically as soon as the payment is authorized by a" -" payment acquirer. This triggers the delivery. If you invoice based on " -"ordered quantities, you are also requested to invoice the order." -msgstr "" -"Odoo підтверджує замовлення автоматично, як тільки платіж буде авторизовано " -"платіжним еквайєром. Це запускає доставку. Якщо ви виставили рахунок-фактуру" -" на основі замовлених кількостей, вам також пропонується нарахувати вартість" -" замовлення." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:12 -msgid "What are the payment status" -msgstr "Який статус платежу" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:13 -msgid "" -"At anytime, the salesman can check the transaction status from the order." -msgstr "" -"У будь-який час продавець може перевірити стан транзакції із замовлення." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:18 -msgid "*Draft*: transaction under processing." -msgstr "*Чернетка*: транзакція в обробці." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:20 -msgid "" -"*Pending*: the payment acquirer keeps the transaction on hold and you need " -"to authorize it from the acquirer interface." -msgstr "" -"*Очікує на розгляд*: платіжний еквайєр утримує транзакцію, і вам потрібно " -"авторизувати її з інтерфейсу еквайєра." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:23 -msgid "" -"*Authorized*: the payment has been authorized but not yet captured. In Odoo," -" the order is already confirmed. Once the delivery done, you can capture the" -" amount from the acquirer interface (or from Odoo if you use Authorize.net)." -msgstr "" -"*Авторизовано*: платіж було авторизовано, але ще не отримано. В Odoo " -"замовлення вже підтверджено. Після завершення доставки ви можете зафіксувати" -" суму з інтерфейсу еквайєра (або з Odoo, якщо ви використовуєте " -"Authorize.net)." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:28 -msgid "" -"*Done*: the payment is authorized and captured. The order has been " -"confirmed." -msgstr "" -"*Готово*: платіж авторизований та зафіксований. Замовлення підтверджено." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:30 -msgid "" -"*Error*: an error has occured during the transaction. The customer needs to " -"retry the payment. The order is still in draft." -msgstr "" -"*Помилка*: під час транзакції сталася помилка. Клієнтові потрібно повторити " -"платіж. Замовлення все ще знаходиться у стані чернетки." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:34 -msgid "" -"*Cancelled*: when the customer cancels the payment in the payment acquirer " -"form. They are taken back to Odoo in order to modify the order." -msgstr "" -"*Скасовано*: коли клієнт скасовує платіж у формі платіжного еквайєра. Він " -"повертається до Odoo, щоби змінити замовлення." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Specific messages are provided to your customers for every payment status, " -"when they are redirected to Odoo after the transaction. To edit such " -"messages, go to the *Messages* tab of the payment method." -msgstr "" -"Спеціальні повідомлення надаються вашим клієнтам за кожним платіжним " -"статусом, коли вони переспрямовуються в Odoo після транзакції. Щоби " -"відредагувати такі повідомлення, перейдіть на вкладку *Повідомлення* методу " -"оплати." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:44 -msgid "Auto-validate invoices at order" -msgstr "Автоматично перевірені рахунки за замовленням" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:46 -msgid "" -"When the order is confirmed you can also have an invoice automatically " -"issued and paid. This fully-automated made for businesses that invoice " -"orders straight on." -msgstr "" -"Коли замовлення підтверджено, ви також можете мати рахунок-фактуру, що " -"виставляється автоматично та оплачується. Це повністю автоматизовано для " -"підприємств, яким виставляється замовлення." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:54 -msgid "" -"If you choose this mode you are requested to select a payment journal in " -"order to record payments in your books. This payment is automatically " -"reconcilied with the invoice, marking it as paid. Select your **bank " -"account** if you get paid immediately on your bank account. If you don't you" -" can create a specific journal for the payment acquirer (type = Bank). That " -"way, you can track online payments in an intermediary account of your books " -"until you get paid into your bank account (see " -":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers`)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:63 -msgid "Capture the payment after the delivery" -msgstr "Зафіксуйте платіж після доставки" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:64 -msgid "" -"With this mode, the order is confirmed but the amount is kept on hold. Once " -"the delivery processed, you can capture the payment from Odoo. This mode is " -"only available with Authorize.net." -msgstr "" -"За допомогою цього режиму замовлення підтверджено, але сума утримується. " -"Після обробки доставки ви можете отримати платіж від Odoo. Цей режим " -"доступний лише з Authorize.net." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:71 -msgid "" -"To capture the payment, open the transaction from the order. Then click " -"*Capture Transaction*." -msgstr "" -"Щоби відобразити платіж, відкрийте транзакцію із замовлення. Потім натисніть" -" *Утримати транзакцію*." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:77 -msgid "" -"With other payment acquirers, you can manage the capture in their own " -"interfaces, not from Odoo." -msgstr "" -"З іншими платіжними еквайєрми ви можете керувати утриманням у власних " -"інтерфейсах, а не з Odoo." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:3 -msgid "How customers can access their customer account" -msgstr "" -"Як клієнти можуть отримати доступ до свого клієнтського облікового запису" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:5 -msgid "" -"It has never been so easy for your customers to access their customer " -"account. Forget endless signup forms, Odoo makes it as easy as ABC. They are" -" suggested to sign up (name, email, password) when the order is placed, and " -"not before. Indeed, nothing is more annoying than going through a signup " -"process before buying something." -msgstr "" -"Вашим клієнтам ще ніколи не було так легко отримати доступ до свого " -"клієнтського облікового запису. Забудьте про нескінченні форми реєстрації, " -"Odoo робить це так само просто, як AБВ. Пропонуємо реєстрацію (ім'я, " -"електронна пошта, пароль), коли замовлення розміщено, а не раніше. Дійсно, " -"ніщо не дратує більше, ніж процес реєстрації, до того, як відбувається " -"купівля." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:14 -msgid "Sign up" -msgstr "Реєстрація" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:16 -msgid "" -"The invitation to sign up shows up when the customer wants to visualize the " -"order from order confirmation email." -msgstr "" -"Запрошення на реєстрацію з'являється, коли клієнт хоче візуалізувати " -"замовлення з електронного листа з підтвердженням замовлення." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:23 -msgid "Customer account" -msgstr "Клієнтський обліковий запис" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Once logged in the customer will access the account by clicking *My Account*" -" in the login dropdown menu." -msgstr "" -"Після входу клієнт отримає доступ до облікового запису, натиснувши *Мій " -"обліковий запис* у випадаючому меню." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:31 -msgid "" -"THere they find all their history. The main address (billing) can also be " -"modified." -msgstr "" -"Там вони знаходять всю свою історію. Головну адресу (для отримання рахунків)" -" також можна змінити." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:37 -msgid "" -"If the customer is set as a contact of a company in your address book, they " -"will see all the documents whose the customer belongs to this company." -msgstr "" -"Якщо клієнт встановлений як контакт компанії у вашій адресній книзі, він " -"побачить усі документи, які належать цій компанії." - -#: ../../ecommerce/taxes.rst:3 -msgid "Collect taxes" -msgstr "Збирайте податки" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po deleted file mode 100644 index 4061c8ec6..000000000 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,289 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: uk\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n" - -#: ../../email_marketing.rst:5 -msgid "Email Marketing" -msgstr "Email-маркетинг" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Загальний огляд" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:3 -msgid "Work with Mailing Lists" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Mailing lists can be a goldmine for your company’s marketing department as " -"they can provide leads for sales, focus groups for testing new products, and" -" consumers to provide feedback on satisfaction, for example." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:10 -msgid "Create mailing lists" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Mailing lists --> Mailing lists --> Create`. Enable " -"the option *Is Public* to make the list visible for users when " -"unsubscribing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Once your mailing list is created, you can manually add contacts clicking on" -" *Create*. *Import* a list of contacts if you have it from a previous tool." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:23 -msgid "Linking a mailing list to my website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Create a mailing list called Newsletter, as you use this strategy to " -"advertise and communicate new ideas to subscribers interested in listening." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Go to your *Website*, add a *Newsletter* block and choose the respective " -"mailing list." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:34 -msgid "Contacts" -msgstr "Контакти" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Under :menuselection:`Mailing Lists --> Mailing List Contacts` see a list of" -" all contacts under all your mailing lists, and the ones you individually " -"created here." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Open a contact form to see or add different mailing lists to which the " -"contact is or will be part of." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:51 -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:46 -msgid ":doc:`send_emails`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:3 -msgid "Manage Unsubscriptions and Blacklist" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:5 -msgid "" -"It is best practice, and legally required, to allow recipients to " -"unsubscribe from mailing lists as you do not want your audience to think " -"that your company is using any tactics that are dishonest or spammy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:10 -msgid "Enable the Blacklist feature" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable the option " -"*Blacklist Option when Unsubscribing*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Now, once the user clicks on the *Unsubscribe* link on your email, he is " -"redirected to the following page:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:28 -msgid "" -"After clicking on the unsubscribe button when using the test feature, you " -"are sent to an error page (*error 403 - Access Denied*). If you want to be " -"sure the link is working properly, create your mass mail and send it only to" -" a personal email." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:32 -msgid "" -"In addition to having the option of unsubscribing from specific mailing " -"lists, the user can also blacklist himself, meaning that he will not receive" -" *any* more emails from you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:36 -msgid "" -"The mailing list has to be configured as *Public* in order to be visible for" -" users." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Blacklist`, blacklisted email " -"addresses are shown." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:39 -msgid "" -"When opening the record, as a *Log note*, a description-history is kept." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:47 -msgid ":doc:`mailing_lists`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:3 -msgid "Send Emails Marketing and Manage Campaigns" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Emails allow you to effectively, and at a low cost, reach a large number of " -"consumers while being able to customize your message in a way that resonates" -" with them. It is measurable, and a call-to-action oriented channel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:10 -msgid "Choose the right target and create the message" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:12 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Mailings --> Create`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Choosing *Contacts* as *Recipients* (for example), allows you to add " -"specifications to match just certain contacts, filtering your target." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:21 -msgid "" -"With a trial databases, you have a limit of 50 emails per day; on Odoo SH " -"Cloud Platform the limit is 200. There is a possibility to increase these " -"numbers by contacting Odoo Support. To contact Support, `click here " -"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Under *Mail Body*, choose a layout and make the modifications needed by " -"dragging, dropping and double-clicking on content. Note that it is possible " -"to start from scratch selecting the *blank* template option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Under *Settings*, you can assign someone else as the responsible sender if " -"you do not want it to be you. To do so, change the email address used as the" -" sender (*Send From*)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:37 -msgid "" -"With the *Reply To* radio button, you can also choose to gather answers " -"either on the respective recipients’ records or on a specific email address." -" Note that this option is not available if you target mailing contacts or " -"contacts as recipients." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:45 -msgid "Test, send or schedule a mailing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:53 -msgid "" -"*Save*: the work is allocated in the *draft* column in the Kanban view. " -"Modifications can be made while being in this stage. The option *Discard* " -"deletes the email." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Click on *Test* and send your message to one, or even multiple, test " -"contacts to avoid errors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:56 -msgid "" -"*Send* triggers the email with the next run and put the work on the *queue* " -"column in the Kanban view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:58 -msgid "" -"*Schedule* allows you to choose a date and time, and puts the email in the " -"*queue* column in the Kanban view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:61 -msgid "" -"The daily limit is applied for **all emails** sent, in other words, " -"throughout all applications. Therefore, if at the end of the day you have " -"remaining ones to be sent, note that they *will not* be sent automatically " -"the next day. You need to force that by opening the email and clicking on " -"*Retry*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:67 -msgid "Manage campaigns" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable *Mailing " -"Campaigns*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:71 -msgid "" -"The campaign option is effective as it allows you to organize your marketing" -" efforts and have a centralized view of its metrics." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:72 -msgid "Go to *Campaign* and click on *Create* to start one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:80 -msgid "" -"If you use the SMS and Social Marketing applications, as well as the Push " -"Notification feature, you see the option to create content for those " -"channels. You also see the *Campaign* menu within those applications. All of" -" this is possible because the applications work integrated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:85 -msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_servers`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:86 -msgid ":doc:`../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns`" -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/events.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/events.po deleted file mode 100644 index ad70da1d8..000000000 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/events.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,434 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: uk\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n" - -#: ../../events.rst:5 -msgid "Events" -msgstr "Події" - -#: ../../events/integrations.rst:3 -msgid "Integrations" -msgstr "Інтеграції" - -#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:3 -msgid "Communicating about my Event using SMS Text Messages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Using SMS as a communication strategy for your event establishes interaction" -" between organizers, attendees, speakers and further targets. It allows your" -" message to be heard whether the goal is to send out reminders, teasers or " -"to advertise." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:10 -#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:9 ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:9 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Налаштування" - -#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Under *Communication* SMS is a standard feature. That means nothing needs to" -" be enabled or installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:16 -msgid "" -"On the other hand, to contact the speakers of your event, you need the *SMS " -"Marketing* application installed, and to enable *Schedule & Tracks* under " -":menuselection:`Events --> Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:23 -msgid "" -"The *Schedule & Tracks* feature allows you to manage the agenda and speakers" -" of your event. For more details watch: `Creating an agenda for your event " -"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/create-an-agenda-for-your-" -"event-717?fullscreen=1>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:28 -msgid "Send SMSs to attendees" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Under *Communication*, the message’s target is the attendees of your event." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:32 -msgid "" -"You can choose to confirm each registration with the *Registration* " -"template, and to send a reminder shortly before the event takes place with " -"the *Reminder* template." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:38 -msgid "To make changes in an existing template, click on the external link." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:45 -msgid "Send SMSs to speakers and further targets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:47 -msgid "" -"The benefit of the integration with the *SMS Marketing* application is that " -"you can choose the target you would like your message to be delivered to. To" -" get started, click on *Contact Track Speakers*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:56 -msgid "" -"If *Event Track* is not your target (*Recipient*), choose the right one. " -"*Filters* are eligible here." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:58 -msgid "" -"In the example below, the SMS would be sent to the speakers who are in the " -"stage *Proposal* on *Event Track*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Credits are required to be able to send SMSs. For more information about " -"Pricing :doc:`click here <../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq>`, " -"and, about IAP Services :doc:`here " -"<../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Загальний огляд" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:3 -msgid "Create your First Event" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:5 -msgid "Some of the reasons why hosting events is essential are:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:7 -msgid "To create an engaging experience with your audience;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:8 -msgid "To generate word of mouth about your company;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:9 -msgid "To allow networking;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:10 -msgid "" -"To provide an opportunity for sales representatives to walk their prospects " -"through the product and even their pipeline." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:14 -msgid "Get started" -msgstr "Розпочніть" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Under the menu *Events*, have a view of all existing events and some key " -"information, such as the number of expected and confirmed attendees." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:23 -msgid "" -"To start a new one, click on *Create* and fill in the form with all the " -"needed information. Enable *Website Menu* to have the menus *Introduction*, " -"*Location*, and *Register* being shown on your event’s website page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:31 -msgid "" -"To personalize these pages, click on *Edit* to open the `website builder " -"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/website-basics-643?fullscreen=1>`_, and " -"edit content by dragging and dropping blocks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:40 -msgid "Tab: Tickets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Events --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " -":doc:`Tickets and Online Ticketing <tickets>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Now, under the *Tickets* Tab, add lines to include the different ticket " -"types you offer. Include the price, the start and end dates for " -"registrations, and even the maximum number of tickets that can be sold." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:48 -msgid "" -"The *Reserved Seats* and *Unconfirmed Seat Reservations* are counted as " -"attendees are marked as :doc:`confirmed <track_attendees>` or not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:55 -msgid "Tab: Communication" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Choose the email and/or SMS message template, as well as the frequency with " -"which you would like to communicate with your attendees under the tab " -"*Communication*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Create a template on the fly or choose an existing one. Define the " -"*Interval* (2, 7, 15..) for the *Unit* (days, hours, weeks, etc.), and the " -"*Trigger* action (after registration, after the event, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:68 -msgid "Tab: Questions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable *Questions*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:72 -msgid "" -"Now, under the tab *Questions*, edit your questions and answers, choosing if" -" you would like your questionnaire to be asked per order or per " -"registration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:75 -msgid "" -"Example of a registration for 3 attendees: if enabling the option *Ask each " -"attendee*, the questionnaire is shown 3 times, meaning that answers can vary" -" for each attendee; if *Ask each attendee* is not enabled, the questionnaire" -" is shown once, resulting in a global answer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:81 -msgid "" -"Once your event is *Confirmed*, you can manage attendees badges, and mark " -"the event as *Finished*. Events marked as *Finished* can be *Set to draft*, " -"putting the event back to an *Unconfirmed* stage from which it can be edited" -" and used again." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:90 -msgid "Publish your event" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:92 -msgid "*Go to Website* and turn *Published* on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:99 -msgid ":doc:`track_attendees`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:100 -#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:45 -msgid ":doc:`tickets`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:101 -#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:46 -msgid ":doc:`track_talks`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:3 -msgid "Selling Tickets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:5 -msgid "" -"If you automate processes, you save time. If you give attendees multiple " -"payment options to choose from, you allow flexibility and open margins for " -"more registrations to happen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate *Tickets* and" -" *Online Ticketing*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:13 -msgid "" -"*Tickets* allow tickets to be sold " -":ref:`events/create_event/through_sales_orders`. *Online Ticketing* allows " -"the sale of tickets to happen " -":ref:`events/create_event/through_the_website`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:22 -msgid "Through Sales Orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:24 -msgid "" -"On the *Sales* application, choose the event product you created and add it " -"as a product line. A window pops-up, allowing you to choose the event for " -"which you want to create the sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Remember to create a product form for the event registration, under " -"*Product*, in the *Sales* application, and to add that same product under " -"your event’s form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:43 -msgid "Through the Website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:45 -msgid "" -"On the website, once tickets are added to the cart, the user can continue " -"the transaction choosing among the payment methods you chose to have " -"available." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:53 -msgid ":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:3 -msgid "Track your Attendees" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Attendees are at the heart of your event. Keeping track of their number and " -"managing their registration and attendance is necessary for planning and " -"analyzing reasons." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:9 -msgid "Attendees list and attendance" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Once attendees have registered or bought their tickets, they are added to " -"the *Attendees* list." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Tickets sold through sales orders validate attendees as soon as the " -"quotation is confirmed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:18 -msgid "" -"The check mark button is used to confirm the registration. Once a " -"registration is confirmed, attendance can be marked." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:26 -msgid "Bagdes and cancellations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:28 -msgid "" -"On the attendees form, choose to send badges manually by clicking on *Send " -"By Email*. *Cancel Registration* to have that attendee being moved to the " -"*Cancelled* stage." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:36 -msgid "" -"To see a list of your canceled attendees, under *Filters*, add a *Custom " -"Filter* choosing *Status > is > Cancelled*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:44 -#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:49 -msgid ":doc:`../integrations/integration_sms`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:3 -msgid "Track and Manage Talks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Allow partners to submit talk proposals so they can share their knowledge " -"and expertise. Good speakers and talks are what make your event great." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Events --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " -"*Schedule & Tracks*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Now, in your event's form, once *Website menu* is enabled, the options " -"*Tracks on Website* and *Track Proposals on Website* become available. " -"Enabling them adds the menus *Talks*, *Talk Proposals*, and *Agenda* to your" -" website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Besides having the ability to suggest their own talks, the website now " -"allows users to see a list of the whole agenda and scheduled talks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:28 -msgid "" -"To handle tracks internally and not have the menus *Talks*, *Talk " -"Proposals*, and *Agenda* online, use the menu *Tracks* individually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:32 -msgid "Publishing speaker proposals" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Once partners have filled in the appropriate form and submitted their " -"proposals, a new *Proposal* is instantly created under the menu *Track*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:41 -msgid "" -"If the proposal is accepted and can go online, simply open its form and " -"click on *Go to Website*. From the website page, turn *Published* on." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po deleted file mode 100644 index 40a3e1c98..000000000 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,345 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: uk\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:5 -msgid "Expenses" -msgstr "Витрати" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:8 -msgid "How to set expense types" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:9 -msgid "" -"The first step to track expenses is to configure the expense types (managed " -"as products in Odoo) that your company allows, from the *Configuration* " -"menu. When a specific expense is reimbursed at a fixed price, set a cost on " -"the product. Otherwise keep the cost at 0.0 and employees will report the " -"real cost per expense." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:17 -msgid "Here are some examples to configure:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:19 -msgid "Restaurant:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:21 ../../expense/expense.rst:27 -msgid "Cost: 0.00 (the cost of the ticket will be recorded on every expense)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:22 -msgid "Travel with Personal Car:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:24 -msgid "Cost: 0.30 (the price per mile reimbursed by the company is fixed)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:25 -msgid "Hotel:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:29 -msgid "Others:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:31 -msgid "Cost: 0.0" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Don't forget to set an expense tax on each expense type (and an account if " -"you use Odoo Accounting). It's usually a good practice to use a tax that is " -"configured with :ref:`Tax Included in Price <taxes/included-in-price>`. That" -" way, employees report expenses with prices including taxes, which is " -"usually the expected behaviour." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:41 -msgid "" -"The *Sales* app allows you to specify unit of measures for your expense " -"types (units, miles, nights, etc.). Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Configuration --> Settings` and check *Some products may be sold/purchased " -"in different units of measure (advanced)*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:48 -msgid "How to record expenses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:51 -msgid "Manually" -msgstr "Вручну" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:53 -msgid "" -"As an employee (Employee in user access rights), you can record expenses " -"from :menuselection:`My Expenses --> Expenses to Submit`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:59 -msgid "" -"Select the related product and enter either the total amount you paid (with " -"Quantity = 1) or the unit price if Quantity is countable (e.g. number of " -"hotel nights)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:62 -msgid "Enter the expense date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Choose if you paid the bill on your own (and expect to be reimbursed) or if " -"the company paid directly (e.g. if you used a company's credit card)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Set the bill reference, add some notes if requested and attach a photo/scan " -"of the receipt from the discussion thread. That will help the manager and " -"the accountant validate it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:73 -msgid "In one click from emails" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:74 -msgid "" -"Let your employees record their expenses from a simple email. Make a " -"snapshot of the receipt and send it by email, or simply forward a bill!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:77 -msgid "" -"The only thing to do is setting up an email alias in " -":menuselection:`Expenses --> Configuration --> Settings` (e.g. *expenses* " -"@mycompany.odoo.com). For security purposes, only authenticated employee " -"emails (cfr. *Work Email* in employee detail form) are accepted." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:83 -msgid "" -"The expense product is set automatically if the mail subject contains the " -"product's internal reference in first position. Type the expense amount in " -"the mail subject to set it on the expense too (e.g. Ref001 Food 100€)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:88 -msgid "How to submit expenses to managers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:90 -msgid "" -"When you are ready to submit your expenses to your manager (e.g. at the end " -"of a business trip, or once a month), go to the menu :menuselection:`My " -"Expenses --> Expenses to Submit`. Select all expenses from the list view and" -" click on :menuselection:`Action --> Submit to Manager`. Save the newly " -"created expense report (i.e. set of expenses), and wait for your manager to " -"approve it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:100 -msgid "" -"You can also submit expenses one by one from the *Submit to Manager* button " -"on the form view of an expense." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:103 -msgid "" -"All your submitted expense reports can be found in :menuselection:`Expenses " -"--> My Expenses --> Expense Reports`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:108 -msgid "How to approve expenses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:110 -msgid "" -"HR and team managers get an overview of all expense reports to validate from" -" the top menu :menuselection:`To Approve --> Expense Reports to Approve`. " -"Such users must have at least *Officers* access rights for *Expenses*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:117 -msgid "" -"They can review expense reports, approve or reject them, as well as " -"providing feedback thanks to the integrated communication tool." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:123 -msgid "" -"As a team manager you can easily find the expense reports of your team " -"members. You need to be set as manager in the detail form of those " -"employees." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:131 -msgid "How to post expenses in accounting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:133 -msgid "" -"Once expense reports approved by managers, the accounting department goes to" -" :menuselection:`Expenses --> Accountant --> Expense Reports To Post` to " -"check accounts, products and taxes. They can click *Post Journal Entries* to" -" post related journal entries into your books. To do so, the user must have " -"following access rights:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:139 -msgid "Accounting: Accountant or Adviser" -msgstr "Бухгалтерський облік: бухгалтер або радник" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:140 -msgid "Expenses: Manager" -msgstr "Витрати: менеджер" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:143 -msgid "" -"To post an expense, a *Home Address* must be set on the employee. If you get" -" a related blocking message when posting, click the employee, go to " -"*Personal Information* tab and select/create the contact of your employee in" -" the address book. A contact has been automatically created if this person " -"is using Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:150 -msgid "How to reimburse employees" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:152 -msgid "" -"You can now see all the expense reports to reimburse in " -":menuselection:`Expenses --> Accountant --> Expense Reports To Pay`. To " -"record the payment or pay by check, click *Register a Payment*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:156 -msgid "See how you can easily manage the payment process in Odoo:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:158 -msgid ":doc:`../accounting/payables/pay/check`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:159 -msgid ":doc:`../accounting/payables/pay/sepa`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:163 -msgid "How to re-invoice expenses to your customers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:165 -msgid "" -"If you track expenses on customer projects, you can charge them back to your" -" customers automatically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:169 -msgid "Setup" -msgstr "Встановлення" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:171 -msgid "Enable **Customer Billing** in the Expenses settings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:173 -msgid "" -"Go to the product configuration menu and set the invoicing method on all " -"your Expense types:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:176 -msgid "" -"Ordered quantities : it will invoice expenses based on the ordered quantity" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:179 -msgid "" -"Delivered quantities :it will invoice expenses based on the expenses " -"quantity" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:182 -msgid "At cost: will invoice expenses at their real cost." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:184 -msgid "" -"At sales price: will invoice based on a fixed sales price set on the sale " -"order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:191 -msgid "Create an order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:193 -msgid "" -"As a salesman, create and confirm a Sales Order for the services delivered " -"to your customer. If you don't put any expense in the order, it will be " -"added automatically once posted by the accountant." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:198 -msgid "Link the expense to the Sale Order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:204 -msgid "Submit, validate and post expenses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:206 -msgid "" -"As a manager, make sure the analytic account is set on every expense line on" -" approving expenses reports. Click the line to add one if missing. Employees" -" are already able to set one when submitting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:213 -msgid "As an accountant, post journal entries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:216 -msgid "Invoice expenses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:218 -msgid "" -"Now you can invoice the order. It shows up in :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Invoicing --> Sales` to Invoice. The expenses have been added automatically " -"in the order lines. Such items show up in blue (i.e. to invoice)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:226 -msgid "e (i.e. to invoice)." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/expenses.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/expenses.po deleted file mode 100644 index f5957d341..000000000 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/expenses.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,23 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 9.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-11-22 13:16+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: Alina Semeniuk <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2018\n" -"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: uk\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n" - -#: ../../expenses.rst:5 -msgid "Expenses" -msgstr "Витрати" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po similarity index 65% rename from locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po rename to locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po index a84a7ada1..e1d6aef2f 100644 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po @@ -1,14 +1,14 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: -# Артём Инжиянц <artem.inzhyyants@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Zoriana Zaiats, 2021 +# ТАрас <tratatuta@i.ua>, 2021 +# Артём Инжиянц <artem.inzhyyants@gmail.com>, 2021 # Bohdan Lisnenko, 2021 # Martin Trigaux, 2021 -# ТАрас <tratatuta@i.ua>, 2021 +# Zoriana Zaiats, 2021 # Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2021 # #, fuzzy @@ -16,8 +16,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-03-02 11:19+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-18 07:12+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-05-18 05:17+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2021\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" @@ -26,240 +26,244 @@ msgstr "" "Language: uk\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n" -#: ../../accounting.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance.rst:3 +msgid "Finance" +msgstr "Фінанси" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:4 msgid "Invoicing and Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:3 msgid "Bank & Cash" msgstr "Банк та готівка" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds.rst:3 msgid "Bank Feeds" msgstr "Банківські виписки" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:145 msgid "Bank Statements" msgstr "Банківські виписки" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:5 msgid "" "Importing your bank statements in Odoo Accounting allows you to keep track " "of the financial movements that occur on your bank accounts and reconcile " "them with the transactions recorded in your accounting." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:9 msgid "" "We recommend you use bank synchronization for more efficiency. Please read " "the related documentation: :doc:`bank_synchronization`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:12 msgid "" "However, if you don't want to use bank synchronization or if your bank is " "not a supported institution, you still have other options:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:15 msgid "Import the bank statement files delivered by your bank" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:16 msgid "Register the bank statements manually" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:19 msgid "Import bank statements files" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:21 msgid "Odoo supports multiple file formats to import bank statements:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:23 msgid "SEPA recommended Cash Management format (CAMT.053)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:24 msgid "Comma-separated values (.CSV)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:25 msgid "Open Financial Exchange (.OFX)" msgstr "Відкрити Фінансовий обмін (.OFX)" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:26 msgid "Quicken Interchange Format (.QIF)" msgstr "Швидкий формат обміну (.QIF)" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:27 msgid "Belgium: Coded Statement of Account (.CODA)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:29 msgid "" "To import them, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Overview --> Bank`, " "click on *Import Statements*, or on the three dots, and then on *Import " "Statement*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:36 msgid "Next, select the file you want to import and click on *Import*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:38 msgid "" "Odoo opens an **import widget** to help you set the **Formatting Options** " "and **map** the different columns you want to import." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:46 msgid "" "Quicken Interchange Format (.QIF) is an older file format that is no longer " "supported since 2005. If possible, prefer OFX files over QIF." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:50 msgid "Register bank statements manually" msgstr "Реєстрація банківської виписки в Odoo вручну" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:52 msgid "If needed, you can also record your bank statements manually." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:54 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Overview --> Bank`, click on " "*Create Statements*, or on the three dots, and then on *New Statement*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:57 msgid "" "Add a new line for each transaction written on the original bank statement." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:59 msgid "" "To ease the reconciliation process, make sure to fill out the *Partner* " "field. You can also write the payments’ references in the *Label* field." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:67 msgid "" "The *Ending Balance* and the *Computed Balance* should have the same amount." " If it is not the case, make sure that there is no mistake in the " "transactions’ amounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:122 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:109 msgid ":doc:`bank_synchronization`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:10 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:16 msgid "Todo" msgstr "Зробити" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:72 msgid "add doc link to new documentation about reconciliation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:3 msgid "Bank Synchronization: Automatic Import" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo can synchronize directly with your bank institution to get all bank " "statements imported automatically into your database." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:8 msgid "" "To check if your bank is compatible with Odoo, go to `Odoo Accounting " "Features <https://www.odoo.com/page/accounting-features>`_, and click on " "*See list of supported institutions*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:15 msgid "More than 20,000 institutions around the world are supported." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:17 msgid "To connect to the banks, Odoo uses multiple web-services:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:19 msgid "**Plaid**: United States of America and Canada" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:20 msgid "**Yodlee**: Worldwide" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:21 msgid "**Salt Edge**: Europe (:doc:`more information <saltedge>`)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:22 msgid "**Ponto**: Europe (:doc:`more information <ponto>`)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:25 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:24 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:19 -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:14 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:69 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:16 -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:22 -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:9 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:31 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:28 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:284 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:321 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:34 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:92 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:25 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:14 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:60 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:19 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:27 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:23 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:12 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:29 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:13 -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:21 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:18 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:16 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:16 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:15 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:22 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:11 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:30 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:31 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:13 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:20 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:37 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:15 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:20 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:39 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:331 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/vat_validation.rst:13 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Налаштування" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:28 msgid "On-Premise users" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:30 msgid "" "To be able to use this service, you need to have a valid Odoo Enterprise " "subscription. So make sure that your database is registered with your Odoo " @@ -268,34 +272,34 @@ msgid "" "don't have a firewall or a proxy blocking the following address:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:36 msgid "https://production.odoofin.com/" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:39 msgid "First Synchronization" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:41 msgid "" "You can start synchronization either by going to :menuselection:`Accounting " "--> Configuration --> Add a Bank Account` or via the configuration bar on " "the accounting dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:44 msgid "" "Now you can search for your bank institution. Select it and follow the steps" " to synchronize with it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:47 msgid "" "If you have any issues during your first synchronization, please verify that" " your web browser doesn't block pop-ups and that your adblocker is disabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:50 msgid "" "During your first synchronization, you will be asked for a phone number to " "secure your account. The reason we ask for such information is that we don't" @@ -306,38 +310,38 @@ msgid "" "bank institution. This information is not stored on Odoo's servers." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:57 msgid "" "By default, transactions fetched from an online source are grouped inside " "the same statement, and one bank statement is created per month. You can " "change the bank statement creation periodicity in your journal settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:61 msgid "" "You can find all your synchronizations by going to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Online Synchronization`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:65 msgid "Synchronize manually" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:67 msgid "" "After your first synchronization, the created journals are synchronized by " "default every 12 hours. If you wish, you can synchronize manually by " "clicking on the *Synchronize Now* button on the dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:75 msgid "" "Or you can go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Online " "Synchronization`, select your institution and then click on the *Fetch " "Transactions* button." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:83 msgid "" "Some institutions do not allow transactions to be fetched automatically. For" " such institutions, during the automatic synchronization of the account, you" @@ -347,15 +351,15 @@ msgid "" "synchronizations." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:89 msgid "Issues" msgstr "Проблеми" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:92 msgid "Synchronization in error" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:94 msgid "" "To report a connection error to the `Odoo support " "<https://www.odoo.com/help>`_, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " @@ -363,40 +367,40 @@ msgid "" "failed, and copy the error description and the reference." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:99 msgid "Synchronization disconnected" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:101 msgid "" "If your connection with the proxy is disconnected, you can reconnect with " "the proxy using the *Reconnect* button." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:105 msgid "" "This disconnection can be caused by the Odoo support. In this case, please " "contact the `support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_ directly with your client" " id or the reference of the error listed in the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:112 msgid "Migration process for users having installed Odoo before December 2020" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:114 msgid "" "If you are on-premise, please first make sure that your source is up-to-date" " with the latest version of Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:117 msgid "" "Users who have created a database before December 2020 need to install the " "new module manually to use the new functionalities." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:120 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Apps --> Update Apps List`, remove the " "default filter in the search bar and type: " @@ -404,13 +408,13 @@ msgid "" "button to install the new module." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:128 msgid "" "Finally, make sure all your users refresh their Odoo page by pressing " "CTRL+F5." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:132 msgid "" "All previous synchronizations are disconnected during the installation and " "won't work anymore. You can find them directly in the synchronization menu " @@ -419,29 +423,29 @@ msgid "" "ones." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:136 msgid "" "Please do not uninstall *account_online_sync* which is the previous module " "for online synchronization. The new one overrides it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:138 msgid "" "By default *account_online_synchronization* is installed automatically with " "Accounting." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:141 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:95 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:78 msgid "FAQ" msgstr "FAQ" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:144 msgid "The synchronization is not working in real-time. Is that normal?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:146 msgid "" "The process is not intended to work in real-time as third party providers " "synchronize your accounts at different intervals. To force the " @@ -453,7 +457,7 @@ msgid "" "transactions if you already performed such action earlier in the day." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:153 msgid "" "A transaction can be visible on your bank account, but not be fetched if it " "has the status *Pending*. Only transactions with the *Posted* status will be" @@ -461,32 +465,32 @@ msgid "" "status changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:158 msgid "Is the Online Bank Synchronization feature included in my contract?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:160 msgid "" "**Community Version**: No, this feature is not included in the Community " "Version." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:161 msgid "" "**Online Version**: Yes, even if you benefit from the One App Free contract." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:162 msgid "" "**Enterprise Version**: Yes, if you have a valid enterprise contract linked " "to your database." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:165 msgid "Some banks have a status \"Beta.\" What does this mean?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:167 msgid "" "This means that banking institutions are not yet fully supported by our " "Third Party Provider. Bugs or other problems may arise. Odoo does not " @@ -496,11 +500,11 @@ msgid "" " from the connection." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:173 msgid "Why do my transactions only synchronize when I refresh manually?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:175 msgid "" "Some banks have additional security measures and require extra steps, such " "as an SMS/email authentication code or another type of MFA. Because of this," @@ -508,21 +512,21 @@ msgid "" "provided." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:180 msgid "Not all of my past transactions are in Odoo, why?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:182 msgid "" "For some institutions, transactions can only be fetched up to 3 months in " "the past." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:185 msgid "Why don't I see any transactions?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:187 msgid "" "During your first synchronization, you selected the bank accounts you " "decided to synchronize with Odoo. If you didn't synchronize any of your " @@ -531,49 +535,49 @@ msgid "" "connection." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:191 msgid "There may also be no new transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:193 msgid "" "If your bank account is properly linked to a journal and posted transactions" " are not visible in your database, please `submit a support ticket " "<https://www.odoo.com/help>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:197 msgid "How can I update my bank credentials?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:199 msgid "" "You can update your credentials by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Online Synchronization`, open the connection you want to " "update your credentials and click on the *Update Credentials* button." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:204 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:124 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:111 msgid ":doc:`bank_statements`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:205 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:110 msgid ":doc:`ponto`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:206 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:123 msgid ":doc:`saltedge`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:3 msgid "Ponto as bank synchronization provider" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:5 msgid "" "**Ponto** is a service that allows companies and professionals to aggregate " "their accounts in one place and directly see all their transactions within " @@ -581,155 +585,155 @@ msgid "" "number of bank institutions that can be synchronized with Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:13 msgid "" "**Odoo** can synchronize directly with your bank to get all bank statements " "imported automatically into your database." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:16 msgid "" "Ponto is a paid third-party provider that can handle the synchronization " "between your bank accounts and Odoo. `Its pricing is 4€/month per " "account/integration <https://myponto.com/en#pricing>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:20 msgid "" "You can find more information about bank synchronization :doc:`on this page " "<bank_synchronization>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:27 msgid "Link your bank accounts with Ponto" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:29 msgid "Go to `Ponto's website (https://myponto.com) <https://myponto.com>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:30 msgid "Create an account if you don't have one yet." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:31 msgid "Once you are logged in, create an *organization*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounts --> Live`, and click on *Add account*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 msgid "You might have to add your **Billing Information** first." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:39 msgid "" "Select your country, your bank institutions, give your consent to Ponto, and" " follow the steps on-screen to link your bank account with your Ponto " "account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:46 msgid "" "Make sure to add all bank accounts you want to synchronize with your Odoo " "database before moving on to the next steps." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:50 msgid "Link your Ponto account with your Odoo database" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:52 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Add a Bank Account`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:53 msgid "" "Search your institution, make sure to select the right institution. By " "selecting the institution, you can verify that the third party provider is " "Ponto." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:55 msgid "Click on *Connect* and follow the steps." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:56 msgid "" "At some point, you will have to authorize the accounts you want to access in" " Odoo. Please select **all the accounts** you want to synchronize. Even the " "ones coming from other banking institutions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:64 msgid "Finish the flow." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:67 msgid "" "You have to authorize all the accounts you want to access in Odoo but, Odoo " "will filter the accounts based on the institution you selected at the second" " step." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:71 msgid "Update your synchronization credentials" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:73 msgid "" "You might have to update your Ponto credentials or modify the " "synchronization settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:75 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:87 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Online " "Synchronization` and select the institution you want to fetch the other " "accounts. Click on *Fetch Accounts* button to start the flow." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:79 msgid "" "During the update, select **all the accounts** you want to synchronize, even" " the ones coming from other banking institutions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:83 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:66 msgid "Fetch new accounts" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:85 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:68 msgid "You might want to add new online accounts to your connection." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:91 msgid "" "Don't forget to keep authorization for existing accounts (for all " "institutions that you have synchronized with Ponto)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:98 msgid "After my synchronization, no account appears" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:100 msgid "" "You selected an institution from the list and did not authorize any accounts" " from this institution." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:103 msgid "I have an error about that my authorization has expired" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:105 msgid "" "Every **3 months** (90 days) you must re-authorize the connection between " "your bank account and Ponto. This must be done from the `Ponto website " @@ -737,60 +741,60 @@ msgid "" "stop for these accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:110 msgid "I have some errors with my beta institution" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:112 msgid "" "Ponto provides institutions in *beta*, these institutions are not directly " "supported by Odoo and we advise you to contact Ponto directly." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:116 msgid "" "Using an institution in beta is beneficial for Ponto, it allows them to have" " real feedback on the connection with the institution." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:3 msgid "Salt Edge as bank synchronization provider" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:5 msgid "" "**Salt Edge** is a third-party provider that aggregates banking information " "from your bank accounts. It supports ~5000 institutions in more than 50 " "countries." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:13 msgid "" "Odoo can synchronize directly with your bank to get all bank statements " "imported automatically into your database." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:16 msgid "Salt Edge is a free third-party provider." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:22 msgid "Link your bank accounts with Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:24 msgid "" "Start synchronization by clicking on :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Add a Bank Account`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:26 msgid "" "Select the institution you want to synchronize. You can see if Salt Edge is " "the third party provider of the institution by selecting it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:28 msgid "" "After giving your phone number, you are asked for an email address. This " "email address is used to create your Salt Edge account. Please make sure you" @@ -798,31 +802,31 @@ msgid "" "your Salt Edge account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:37 msgid "" "After entering your email address, you are redirected to Salt Edge to " "continue the synchronization process." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:44 msgid "Make sure you give your consent by checking the consent checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:50 msgid "Complete the synchronization by following the steps." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:54 msgid "Update your credentials" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:56 msgid "" "You might have to update your Salt Edge credentials or modify the " "synchronization settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:58 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Online " "Synchronization` and select the institution you want to update credentials. " @@ -830,25 +834,25 @@ msgid "" "steps." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:62 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:74 msgid "" "Don't forget to check the consent checkbox. Otherwise, Odoo may not be able " "to access your information." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:70 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Online " "Synchronization` and select the institution to fetch the new accounts. Click" " on the *Fetch Accounts* button to start the flow and follow the steps." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:81 msgid "I have an error when I try to delete my synchronization within Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:83 msgid "" "Odoo can't permanently delete the connection you have created with the " "banking institution. However, it can revoke the consent you gave so that " @@ -861,25 +865,25 @@ msgid "" "record." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:92 msgid "I have an error saying that I have already synchronized this account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:94 msgid "" "You have probably already synchronized your bank account with Salt Edge, " "please check on your `dashboard <https://www.saltedge.com/dashboard>`_ that " "you don't already have a connection with the same credentials." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:98 msgid "" "In case you already have a synchronization with the same credentials present" " on your Salt Edge dashboard and this synchronization has not been created " "with Odoo, please delete it and create it from your Odoo database." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:102 msgid "" "In case you already have a connection with the same credentials present on " "your Salt Edge dashboard and this synchronization was created with Odoo, you" @@ -888,15 +892,16 @@ msgid "" "*Update Credentials* to reactivate the connection." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc.rst:3 ../../accounting/payables/misc.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc.rst:3 msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "Різне" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:3 msgid "Do a bank wire transfer from one bank to another" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:5 msgid "" "A company might have several bank accounts or cash registers. Within odoo it" " is possible to handle internal transfers of money with only a couple of " @@ -905,7 +910,7 @@ msgstr "" "Компанія може мати кілька банківських рахунків або касових апаратів. В межах" " odoo можна обробляти внутрішні перекази грошей лише за кілька натискань." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:9 msgid "" "We will take the following example to illustrate. My company has two bank " "accounts and I want to transfer 50.000 euros from one of our bank accounts " @@ -914,11 +919,11 @@ msgstr "" "Ми покажемо такий приклад. У моєї компанії є два банківські рахунки, і я " "хочу перевести 50 000 євро з одного з наших банківських рахунків на інший." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:17 msgid "Check your Chart of Accounts and default transfer account" msgstr "Перевірте свій графік рахунків та рахунок переказу за замовчуванням" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:19 msgid "" "To handle internal transfers you need a transfer account in your charts of " "account. Odoo will generate an account automatically based on the country of" @@ -932,7 +937,7 @@ msgstr "" "переказів за замовчуванням, перейдіть до налаштувань модуля бухобліку, " "виберіть:menuselection:`Налаштування --> Налаштування`." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:25 msgid "" "Your chart of accounts will be pre-installed depending on the country " "specified during your registration, it cannot be changed." @@ -940,7 +945,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ваш графік рахунків буде попередньо встановлено залежно від країни, " "зазначеної під час реєстрації, її неможливо змінити." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:31 msgid "" "The default transfer account will automatically be generated as well " "depending on your country's legislation. If necessary it can be modified " @@ -950,11 +955,11 @@ msgstr "" "залежно від законодавства вашої країни. При необхідності його можна змінити " "з тієї ж сторінки." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:39 msgid "Create a second bank account / Journal" msgstr "Створіть другий банківський рахунок/журнал" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:41 msgid "" "Before we can register an internal transfer we need to add a new bank to our" " accounting dashboard. To do so enter the accounting module, click on " @@ -969,16 +974,16 @@ msgstr "" "заповнити **номер рахунку**. Ви також можете створювати та редагувати свій " "банківський рахунок, щоби вказати деталі свого банку." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:50 msgid "By saving the changes you now have 2 bank accounts." msgstr "Після збереження змін у вас тепер є 2 банківських рахунки." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:56 msgid "Register an internal transfer from one bank to another." msgstr "" "Зареєструйте внутрішній переказ з одного банківського рахунку на інший" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:58 msgid "" "We will now transfer 50.000 euros from our **Bank** to our **Bank BE57 0633 " "9533 1498** account." @@ -986,11 +991,11 @@ msgstr "" "Тепер ми перерахуємо 50 000 євро з нашого **банківського рахунку** на " "рахунок **BE57 0633 9533 1498**." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:62 msgid "Log an internal transfer" msgstr "Введіть внутрішній переказ" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:64 msgid "" "The first step is to register the internal payment. To do so go into your " "accounting dashboard, click on the **more** button of one of your banks and " @@ -1000,7 +1005,7 @@ msgstr "" "інформаційну панель Бухобліку. натисніть на кнопку **більше** одного з ваших" " банків і виберіть :menuselection:`Новий --> Внутрішній переказ`." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:71 msgid "" "Create a new payment. The payment type will automatically be set to internal" " transfer. Select the **Bank** you want to transfer to, specify the " @@ -1010,17 +1015,17 @@ msgstr "" " переміщення. Виберіть **Банк**, куди ви хочете виконати переміщення, " "вкажіть **Суму** та додайте **Примітку**, якщо хочете." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:76 msgid "" "The memo is important if you wish to automatically reconcile (see `Import " "bank statements and reconcile`_)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:82 msgid "Save and confirm the changes to register the payment." msgstr "Збережіть та підтвердіть зміни, щоб зареєструвати платіж." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:84 msgid "" "In terms of accounting the money is now booked in the transfer account. " "We'll need to import bank statements to book the money in the final " @@ -1030,11 +1035,11 @@ msgstr "" "переказу. Нам потрібно буде імпортувати банківські виписки, щоб зарахувати " "гроші кінцевому рахунку." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:89 msgid "Import bank statements and reconcile" msgstr "Імпортуйте банківські виписки та узгодьте їх" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:91 msgid "" "Note that the bank balance computed by Odoo is different that the last " "statement of your bank." @@ -1042,7 +1047,7 @@ msgstr "" "Зауважте, що баланс, який обчислюється Odoo, відрізняється від останньої " "банківської виписки." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:97 msgid "" "That is because we did not import the bank statement confirming the " "receiving and sending of the money. It's thus necessary to import your bank " @@ -1056,7 +1061,7 @@ msgstr "" "отримаєте свої банківські виписки, натисніть кнопку **нова виписка** " "відповідного банку, щоб імпортувати їх." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:106 msgid "" "Fill in your **Transactions line**. Once done, Odoo will display a " "**Computed Balance**. that computed balance is the theorical end balance of " @@ -1070,11 +1075,11 @@ msgstr "" "виписці, це означає, що помилок зроблено не було. Заповніть **Кінцевий " "баланс** і натисніть кнопку **Узгодити**." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:114 msgid "The following window will open:" msgstr "Відкриється наступне вікно:" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:119 msgid "" "You need to choose counterparts for the payment. Select the correct bank " "statement line corresponding to the payment and click on the **reconcile** " @@ -1084,7 +1089,7 @@ msgstr "" "банківської виписки, яка відповідає зазначеному параметру, та натисніть " "кнопку **узгодити**. Закрийте виписку, щоб завершити транзакцію." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:126 msgid "" "The same steps will need to be repeated once you receive your second bank " "statement. Note that if you specify the same amount and the same memo in " @@ -1096,18 +1101,18 @@ msgstr "" " у банківських виписках, так і в платіжних операціях, тоді узгодження " "відбудеться автоматично." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:177 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:80 -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:153 msgid "Bank Reconciliation" msgstr "Узгодження банківських виписок" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:3 msgid "Reconciliation Models" msgstr "Шаблони узгодження" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:5 msgid "" "Once the bank statements are correctly imported, it is essential to " "*reconcile* the records properly and ensure all *Journal Entries* are " @@ -1116,45 +1121,45 @@ msgid "" "with recurrent entries such as bank fees." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:10 msgid "" "Add a link to the Reconciliation process in the paragraph above, once the " "doc will have been updated." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:14 msgid "" "Reconciliation Models are also useful to handle *Cash Discounts*. Please " "refer to :doc:`this documentation " "<../../receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts>` for more information." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:21 msgid "Types of Reconciliation Models" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:23 msgid "There are three types of Reconciliation Models:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:25 msgid ":ref:`Write-off Button <reconciliation_models_button>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:26 msgid "" ":ref:`Suggestion of counterpart values <reconciliation_models_suggestion>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:27 msgid ":ref:`Match existing invoices/bills <reconciliation_models_match>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:32 msgid "Manually create a write-off on clicked button" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:34 msgid "" "When you are reconciling an entry with an *Open Balance*, you can use the " "buttons available under the *Manual Operations* tab to pre-fill all the " @@ -1162,22 +1167,22 @@ msgid "" " different Reconciliation Model." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:45 msgid "Suggest counterpart values" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:47 msgid "" "This type of Reconciliation Model suggests immediately counterpart values " "that only need to be validated. This automation is based on a set of rules " "defined in the reconciliation model." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:57 msgid "Match existing invoices/bills" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:59 msgid "" "This type of Reconciliation Model automatically selects the right Customer " "Invoice or Vendor Bill that matches the payment. All that is left to do is " @@ -1185,7 +1190,7 @@ msgid "" " the reconciliation model." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:71 msgid "" "To manage or create new **Reconciliation Models**, go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reconciliation --> Reconciliation Models`. " @@ -1194,31 +1199,31 @@ msgid "" " on *Reconciliation Models*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:81 msgid "" "The first entry, named *Invoices Matching Rule*, is the one responsible for " "the current matching of invoices and bills. Therefore, it is advised to " "leave it at the top of the list and not to delete it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:85 msgid "" "Open the model you want to modify, or click on *Create* to create a new one," " then fill out the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:88 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:50 msgid "Type" msgstr "Тип" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:90 msgid "" "See :ref:`above <reconciliation_models_types>` for an explanation about the " "different types of Reconciliation Models." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:94 msgid "" "If the *Documents* application is installed on your database, an additional " "**Activity type** field appears when *To check* is ticked. Selecting the " @@ -1226,17 +1231,17 @@ msgid "" "*Request Document* window pops up to request a document from a user." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:100 msgid "Conditions on Bank Statement Line" msgstr "Умови на рядку банківського рахунку" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:102 msgid "" "Define here all the conditions that are required for a Reconciliation Model " "to be applied." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:105 msgid "" "If a record matches with several Reconciliation Models, the first one in the" " *sequence* of models will be applied. The sequence is simply the order of " @@ -1244,52 +1249,54 @@ msgid "" "dropping the handle next to the name." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:114 msgid "Counterpart Values" msgstr "Протилежні значення" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:116 msgid "" "This section comprises the values that are applied by the Reconciliation " "Model." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:118 msgid "" "If the value to reconcile needs to be written-off in two separate accounts, " "click on *Add a second line*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:127 msgid ":doc:`use_cases`" msgstr ":doc:`use_cases`" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:128 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:108 msgid ":doc:`../feeds/bank_synchronization`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:129 msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:3 msgid "Bank reconciliation process - use cases" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/overview.rst:3 ../../accounting/reporting/overview.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview" msgstr "Загальний огляд" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:8 msgid "" "Matching your bank statements with your accounting records can be a tedious " "task. You need to find the corresponding invoices, compare the amounts and " @@ -1304,19 +1311,19 @@ msgstr "" "можете легко співставити рахунки-фактури чи будь-який інший платіжний " "документ із вашими банківськими виписками." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:10 msgid "Two options of the reconciliation process exist in Odoo." msgstr "В Odoo існує дві опції процесу узгодження." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:12 msgid "We can directly specify the payment on the invoice" msgstr "Ми можемо вказувати платіж прямо на рахунку" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:13 msgid "We can reconcile open invoices with bank statements" msgstr "Ми можемо узгодити відкриті рахунки з банківськими виписками" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:18 msgid "" "No special configuration is necessary to record invoices. All we need to do " "is to install the accounting app." @@ -1324,15 +1331,15 @@ msgstr "" "Немає спеціальних налаштувань для запису рахунків. Усе, що нам потрібно " "зробити, це встановити модуль бухобліку." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:25 msgid "Use cases" msgstr "Використовуйте різні варіанти" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:28 msgid "Case 1: Payments registration" msgstr "Випадок 1: Реєстрація платежів" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:30 msgid "" "We received the proof of payment of our invoice in the amount of 2100 euros " "issued to Smith & Co." @@ -1340,7 +1347,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ми отримали підтвердження оплати нашого рахунку в розмірі 2100 євро, " "виданого Smith & Co." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:33 msgid "" "We start at our issued Invoice of 2100 euros for Smith & Co. Because the " "sold product is a service we demand an immediate payment. Our accountant " @@ -1354,7 +1361,7 @@ msgstr "" "рахунок-фактуру як сплачений, щоби вказати, що ми можемо почати надавати " "послуги нашому клієнту." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:39 msgid "" "Our customer send us a payment confirmation. We can thus register a payment " "and mark the invoice as paid." @@ -1362,7 +1369,7 @@ msgstr "" "Наш клієнт надсилає нам підтвердження платежу. Таким чином, ми можемо " "зареєструвати платіж та позначити рахунок як оплачений." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:45 msgid "" "By clicking on **register payment,** we are telling Odoo that our customer " "has paid the Invoice. We thus have to specify the amount and the payment " @@ -1372,7 +1379,7 @@ msgstr "" " наш клієнт оплатив рахунок. Таким чином, нам потрібно вказати суму та " "спосіб оплати." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:52 msgid "" "Now we can always find the payment details in the Invoice by clicking on the" " :menuselection:`Info --> Open Payment`." @@ -1380,18 +1387,18 @@ msgstr "" "Тепер ми можемо завжди знаходити деталі платежу в рахунку, натиснувши " ":menuselection:`Інформація --> Відкрити платіж`." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:58 msgid "" "The invoice has been paid and **the reconciliation has been done " "automatically.**" msgstr "" "Рахунок-фактура сплачена, і **узгодження було здійснено автоматично.**" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:62 msgid "Case 2: Bank statements reconciliations" msgstr "Випадок 2: узгодження банківських звітів" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:64 msgid "" "We start at our issued Invoice of 3000 euros for Smith & Co. Let's also " "assume that other Invoices are open for different customers." @@ -1400,7 +1407,7 @@ msgstr "" "компанії Smith & Co.. Давайте також припустимо, що інші рахунки-фактури " "відкриті для різних клієнтів." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:70 msgid "" "We receive our bank statement and find that not only the invoice issued to " "Smith & Co has been paid, but the one to Buzz of 92 euros as well." @@ -1408,7 +1415,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ми отримуємо нашу банківську виписку і виявляємо, що сплачений не лише " "рахунок-фактура, видана Smith & Co, але і Buzz у розмірі 92 євро." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:73 msgid "" "**Import** or **Create** the bank statements. Please refer to the documents " "from the Bank Feeds section." @@ -1416,11 +1423,11 @@ msgstr "" "**Імпортуйте** або **Створіть** банківські виписки. Будь ласка, зверніться " "до документів у розділі Банківські виписки." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:79 msgid "On the dashboard, click on **Reconcile # Items**" msgstr "На інформаційній панелі натисніть **Узгодити # Елементів**" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:84 msgid "" "If everything was right (correct partner name, right amount) odoo will do " "the reconciliations **automatically**." @@ -1428,12 +1435,12 @@ msgstr "" "Якщо все було правильно (правильне ім'я партнера, потрібна сума), odoo " "**автоматично** виконуватиме узгодження." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:90 msgid "If some issues are found, you will need to take **manual actions**." msgstr "" "Якщо виявлено деякі проблеми, вам потрібно буде вжити **заходів вручну**." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:92 msgid "" "For example, if the partner is missing from your bank statement, just fill " "it in :" @@ -1441,7 +1448,7 @@ msgstr "" "Наприклад, якщо у вашій банківській виписці відсутній партнер, просто " "заповніть його:" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:98 msgid "" "If the payment is done with a down payment, just check if it is all right " "and validate all related payments :" @@ -1449,123 +1456,124 @@ msgstr "" "Якщо оплата здійснюється за допомогою авансового платежу, просто перевірте, " "чи це правильно, і перевірте всі пов'язані платежі:" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:105 msgid "Hit CTRL-Enter to reconcile all the balanced items in the sheet." msgstr "" "Натисніть CTRL-Enter, щоб узгодити всі збалансовані елементи у звітах." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:168 msgid "Setup" msgstr "Встановлення" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:3 msgid "Bank Accounts" msgstr "Банківські рахунки" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:5 msgid "" "You can manage as many **Bank Accounts** as needed on your database. " "Configuring them well allows you to make sure that all your banking data is " "up to date and ready for the reconciliation with your *Journal Entries*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:9 msgid "" "In Odoo Accounting, each Bank Account is configured to have a dedicated " "*Journal* which is configured to post all entries in a dedicated *Account*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:12 msgid "" "Whenever you add a Bank Account, a dedicated journal and a dedicated account" " are automatically created and configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:15 msgid "" "Every **Bank Journal** is displayed by default on the **Accounting " "Overview** in the form of a convenient card. It includes action buttons that" " are displayed when appropriate." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:25 msgid "Add a new Bank Account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:27 msgid "" "You can either connect your bank account to your Odoo database, or configure" " your bank account manually and :doc:`upload the bank statements manually " "<../feeds/bank_statements>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:31 msgid "Bank Synchronization" msgstr "Синхронізація з банком" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:33 msgid "" "Connect your bank account to your database and have your bank statements " "synced automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:35 msgid "" "To synchronize a new bank account, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration`, click on *Add a Bank Account*, then find your bank in the " "list, click on *Connect*, and follow the instructions on-screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:40 msgid "" ":doc:`Click here <../../bank/feeds/bank_synchronization>` for more " "information about this bank synchronization." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:48 msgid "Manual configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:50 msgid "" "If your Bank Institution can’t be synchronized automatically, or if you " "prefer not to sync it with your database, you may also configure your bank " "account manually." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:53 msgid "" "To add a new bank account manually, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration`, click on *Add a Bank Account*, then on *Create it*, and fill" " out the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:65 msgid "**Name**: the bank account's name, as displayed on Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:57 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:66 msgid "**Account Number**: your bank account number (IBAN in Europe)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:67 msgid "" "**Bank**: click on *Create and Edit* to configure the bank's details. Add " "the bank institution's name and its Identifier Code (BIC or SWIFT)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:60 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:69 msgid "" "**Code**: this code is your Journal's *Short Code*, as displayed on Odoo. By" " default, Odoo creates a new Journal with this Short Code." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:62 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:71 msgid "" "**Journal**: This field is displayed if you have an existing Bank Journal " "that is not linked yet to a bank account. If so, then select the *Journal* " @@ -1573,24 +1581,24 @@ msgid "" "account or create a new one by clicking on *Create and Edit*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:67 msgid "" "Odoo detects the bank account type (e.g., IBAN) and enables some features " "accordingly." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:75 msgid "Advanced configuration" msgstr "Розширені налаштування" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:77 msgid "" "To edit an existing bank account, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Bank Accounts`, and open the bank account you want to " "modify." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:80 msgid "" "If you need to edit the bank account details, go to the *Bank Account* field" " and click on the *External Link* button next to the list arrow. There, you " @@ -1599,32 +1607,32 @@ msgid "" "the *Bank* field. These details are used to register some payments." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:85 msgid "" "You can configure which types of payments are enabled in the **Payment " "Method Types** section and how the bank statements are recorded and posted " "in the **Bank Statements** section." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:93 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:192 msgid ":doc:`../../bank/feeds/bank_synchronization`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:94 msgid ":doc:`../feeds/bank_statements`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:95 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:194 -msgid "`Odoo Learn: Accounting Basics <https://www.odoo.com/r/lsZ>`_" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:194 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Accounting Basics <https://www.odoo.com/r/lsZ>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:3 msgid "Manage a bank in a foreign currency" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:5 msgid "" "In Odoo, every transaction is recorded in the default currency of the " "company. Reports are all based on the currency of the company. But for " @@ -1637,7 +1645,7 @@ msgstr "" " в іншій валюті, Odoo зберігає як вартість у валюті компанії, так і вартість" " у валюті операції." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:11 msgid "" "When you have a bank account in a foreign currencies, for every transaction," " Odoo stores two values:" @@ -1645,15 +1653,15 @@ msgstr "" "Якщо у вас є банківський рахунок в іноземній валюті, для кожної транзакції " "Odoo зберігає два значення:" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:14 msgid "The debit/credit in the currency of the company" msgstr "Дебет/кредит у валюті компанії" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:16 msgid "The debit/credit in the currency of the bank account" msgstr "Дебет/кредит у валюті банківського рахунку" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:18 msgid "" "Currency rates are updated automatically using yahoo.com, or the European " "Central bank web-services." @@ -1661,11 +1669,11 @@ msgstr "" "Курси валют оновлюються автоматично за допомогою модуля синхронізації з " "Нацбанком України." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:25 msgid "Activate the multi-currency feature" msgstr "Активуйте мультивалютну функцію" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:27 msgid "" "In order to allow your company to work with multiple currencies, you should " "activate the multi-currency mode. In the accounting application, go into " @@ -1680,11 +1688,11 @@ msgstr "" "мультивалютність**. Надайте облік **Доходів/витрат курсової різниці** та " "натисніть **Застосувати**." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:34 msgid "Configure currencies" msgstr "Налаштуйте валюту" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:36 msgid "" "Once the Odoo is configured to support multiple currencies, you should " "activate the currencies you plan to work with. To do that, go to the menu " @@ -1698,7 +1706,7 @@ msgstr "" "замовчуванням, але вам слід активувати ті, з які ви плануєте підтримувати " "(щоб активувати валюту, позначте це поле, як \"Активно\")." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:42 msgid "" "After having activated the currencies, you can configure the parameters to " "automate the currency rate update. These options are also in the settings of" @@ -1708,15 +1716,15 @@ msgstr "" "оновлення курсу валюти. Ці параметри також знаходяться в налаштуваннях " "бухгалтерської програми у нижній частині сторінки:" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:49 msgid "Click on the **Update Now** link to update the currency rates now." msgstr "Натисніть посилання **Оновити зараз**, щоб оновити курси валют зараз." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:52 msgid "Create a new bank account" msgstr "Створіть новий банківський рахунок" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:54 msgid "" "In the accounting application, we first go to :menuselection:`Configuration " "--> Accounting / Bank account`, and we create a new one." @@ -1725,22 +1733,22 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Налаштування --> Бухоблік / Банківський рахунок`, і " "створюємо новий." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:60 msgid "" "Once you save this bank account, Odoo will create all the documents for you:" msgstr "" "Після збереження цього банківського рахунку Odoo створить для вас всі " "документи:" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:63 msgid "An account in the trial balance" msgstr "Обліковий запис у пробному балансі" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:65 msgid "A journal in your dashboard" msgstr "Журнал на інформаційній панелі" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:67 msgid "" "Information about the bank account in the footer of your invoices if checked" " the box **Show in Invoices Footer**" @@ -1748,11 +1756,11 @@ msgstr "" "Інформація про банківський рахунок у нижньому куті ваших рахунків-фактур, " "якщо позначено **Показати в нижній частині рахунка-фактури**" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:71 msgid "Example: A vendor bill in a foreign currency" msgstr "Приклад: рахунок постачальника в іноземній валюті" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:73 msgid "" "Based on the above example, let's assume we receive the following bill from " "a supplier in China." @@ -1760,7 +1768,7 @@ msgstr "" "Виходячи з наведеного вище прикладу, припустимо, що ми отримуємо наступний " "рахунок від постачальника у Китаї." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:76 msgid "" "In the :menuselection:`Purchase --> Vendor Bills` , this is what you could " "see:" @@ -1768,7 +1776,7 @@ msgstr "" "У :menuselection:`Купівлі --> Рахунки постачальника` , те, що ви можете " "бачити:" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:81 msgid "" "Once you are ready to pay this bill, click on register payment on the bill " "to record a payment." @@ -1776,7 +1784,7 @@ msgstr "" "Коли ви готові оплатити цей рахунок, натисніть зареєструвати платіж на " "рахунку, щоб записати платіж." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:87 msgid "" "That's all you have to do. Odoo will automatically post the foreign exchange" " gain or loss at the reconciliation of the payment with the invoice, " @@ -1788,7 +1796,7 @@ msgstr "" "залежно від того, збільшився чи зменшився курс валюти між рахунком-фактурою " "та датою платежу." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:92 msgid "" "Note that you can pay a foreign bill with another currency. In such a case, " "Odoo will automatically convert between the two currencies." @@ -1796,11 +1804,11 @@ msgstr "" "Зауважте, що ви можете оплатити іноземний рахунок іншою валютою. У такому " "випадку Odoo буде автоматично конвертувати між двома валютами." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:96 msgid "Customers Statements" msgstr "Звірки з клієнтами" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:98 msgid "" "Customers and vendor statements are managed in the currency of the invoice. " "So, the amount due by your customer (to your vendor) is always expressed in " @@ -1810,7 +1818,7 @@ msgstr "" "Таким чином, сума, яка належить вашим клієнтам (вашим постачальникам), " "завжди виражається у валюті рахунка-фактури." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:102 msgid "" "If you have several invoices with different currencies for the same " "customer, Odoo will split the customer statement by currency, as shown in " @@ -1820,7 +1828,7 @@ msgstr "" "клієнта, Odoo розділить виписку клієнта за валютою, як показано у звіті " "нижче." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:109 msgid "" "In the above report, the account receivable associated to Camptocamp is not " "managed in a secondary currency, which means that it keeps every transaction" @@ -1834,7 +1842,7 @@ msgstr "" "дебіторську заборгованість за цим клієнтом у вторинній валюті, і всі його " "борги автоматично конвертуються у цю валюту." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:115 msgid "" "In such a case, the customer statement always has only one currency. In " "general, this is not what the customer expect as he prefers to see the " @@ -1844,11 +1852,11 @@ msgstr "" "не те, що очікує клієнт, оскільки він вважає за краще бачити суми у валюті " "отриманих рахунків-фактур." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:3 msgid "Manage a cash register" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:5 msgid "" "The cash register is a journal to register receivings and payments " "transactions. It calculates the total money in and out, computing the total " @@ -1857,7 +1865,7 @@ msgstr "" "Касовий облік - це журнал для реєстрації дебіторської та платіжної операцій." " Він обчислює загальну суму грошей через загальний баланс." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:14 msgid "" "Configure the Cash journal in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " "--> Journals`." @@ -1865,7 +1873,7 @@ msgstr "" "Налаштуйте готівковий журнал :menuselection:`Бухоблік --> Налаштування --> " "Журнали`." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:17 msgid "" "In the tab Journal Entries, the Default Debit and Credit Account can be " "configured as well as the currency of the journal" @@ -1873,17 +1881,17 @@ msgstr "" "У вкладці Записи журналу можна налаштувати дебетове та кредитне повідомлення" " за замовчуванням, а також валюту журналу." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:21 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:256 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:34 msgid "Usage" msgstr "Застосування" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:24 msgid "How to register cash payments?" msgstr "Як зареєструвати грошові оплати?" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:26 msgid "" "To register a cash payment specific to another customer, you should follow " "these steps:" @@ -1891,7 +1899,7 @@ msgstr "" "Щоб зареєструвати готівковий платіж, специфічний для іншого клієнта, " "необхідно виконати такі дії:" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:29 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Dashboard --> Cash --> Register " "Transactions`" @@ -1899,21 +1907,21 @@ msgstr "" "Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Бухоблік --> Панель приладів --> Готівка --> " "Реєстрація транзакцій`" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:32 msgid "Fill in the start and ending balance" msgstr "Заповніть початковий та кінцевий баланс" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:34 msgid "" "Register the transactions, specifying the customers linked to the " "transaction" msgstr "Зареєструйте транзакції, вказавши клієнтів, пов'язаних з транзакцією" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:37 msgid "Put money in" msgstr "Покладіть гроші" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:39 msgid "" "Put money in is used to placed your cash manually before starting your " "transactions. From the Register Transactions window, go to " @@ -1923,11 +1931,11 @@ msgstr "" " ваших транзакцій. З вікна Транзакції каси перейдіть до " ":menuselection:`Більше --> Покласти гроші`" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:47 msgid "Take money out" msgstr "Візьміть гроші" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:49 msgid "" "Take money out is used to collect/get yor your cash manually after ending " "all your transactions. From the Register Transaction windows, go to " @@ -1937,60 +1945,64 @@ msgstr "" "після закінчення всіх ваших транзакцій. З вікна Транзакції каси перейдіть до" " :menuselection:`Більше --> Забрати гроші`" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:56 msgid "" "The transactions will be added to the current cash payment registration." msgstr "Операції будуть додані до поточної реєстрації грошових оплат." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations.rst:3 msgid "Fiscal Localizations" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations.rst:3 msgid "Localizations" msgstr "Локалізації" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:17 msgid "Argentina" msgstr "Аргентина" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:6 msgid "Webinars" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:8 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:8 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:8 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:8 msgid "" "Below you can find videos with a general description of the localization, " "and how to configure it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:10 msgid "`VIDEO WEBINAR OF A COMPLETE DEMO <https://youtu.be/c41-8cVaYAI>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:13 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:13 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:13 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:13 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:11 +msgid "`ECOMMERCE <https://youtu.be/5gUi2WWfRuI>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:63 msgid "Introduction" msgstr "Вступ" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:16 msgid "" "The Argentinean localization has been improved and extended in Odoo v13, in " "this version the next modules are available:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:19 msgid "" "**l10n_ar**: This module add accounting features for the Argentinian " "localization, which represent the minimal configuration needed for a company" @@ -1998,7 +2010,7 @@ msgid "" "Ingresos Públicos) regulations and guidelines." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:23 msgid "" "**l10n_ar_reports**: Add VAT Book report which is a legal requirement in " "Argentine and that holds the VAT detail info of sales or purchases recorded " @@ -2006,29 +2018,29 @@ msgid "" "that is used to analyze the invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:27 msgid "" "**l10n_ar_edi**: This module includes all technical and functional " "requirements to generate Electronic Invoice via web service, based on the " "AFIP regulations." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:35 msgid "Install the Argentinean localization modules" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:37 msgid "" "For this, go to *Apps* and search for Argentina. Then click *Install* for " "the first two modules." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:42 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:43 msgid "Configure your company" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:45 msgid "" "Once that the modules are installed, the first step is to set up your " "company data. Additional to the basic information, a key field to fill in " @@ -2036,12 +2048,12 @@ msgid "" "structure of the company:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:53 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:64 msgid "Chart of Account" msgstr "План рахунків" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:56 msgid "" "In Accounting settings there are three available packages of Chart of " "accounts, which are related to the AFIP responsibility type of the Company, " @@ -2049,38 +2061,38 @@ msgid "" " companies that gave more complex fiscal requirements:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:60 msgid "Monotributista (149 accounts)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:61 msgid "IVA Exempto (159 accounts)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:62 msgid "Responsables Inscriptos (166 Accounts)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:67 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:234 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:240 msgid "Configure Master data" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:71 msgid "Electronic Invoice Credentials" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:74 msgid "Environment" msgstr "Середовище" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:76 msgid "" "The AFIP infrastructure is replicated in two separate environments, Testing " "and Production." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:78 msgid "" "Testing is provided so that the Companies can test their developments until " "they are ready to move into the Production environment. As these two " @@ -2088,36 +2100,36 @@ msgid "" "certificates of one instance are not valid in the other one." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:82 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Argentinian Localization` " "to select the environment:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:89 msgid "AFIP Certificates" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:90 msgid "" "The electronic invoice and other afip services work with WebServices (WS) " "provided by the AFIP." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:92 msgid "" "In order to enable communication with the AFIP, the first step is to request" " a Digital Certificate if you don’t have one already." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:95 msgid "" "Generate certificate Sign Request (Odoo). When this option is selected a " "file with extension ``.csr`` (certificate signing request) is generated to " "be used the AFIP portal to request the certificate." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:101 msgid "" "Generate Certificate (AFIP). Access the AFIP portal and follow the " "instructions described in the next document in order to get a certificate. " @@ -2125,34 +2137,34 @@ msgid "" "<http://www.afip.gob.ar/ws/WSAA/wsaa_obtener_certificado_produccion.pdf>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:105 msgid "" "Upload Certificate and Private Key (Odoo). Once the certificate has been " "generated, it needs to be uploaded in Odoo, using the pencil next in the " "field “Certificado” and selecting the corresponding file." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:112 msgid "" "In case you need to configure the Homologation Certificate, please refer to " "the AFIP official documentation: `Homologation Certificate " "<http://www.afip.gob.ar/ws/documentacion/certificados.asp>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:116 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:154 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:322 msgid "Partner" msgstr "Партнер" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:157 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:325 msgid "Identification Type and VAT" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:122 msgid "" "As part of the Argentinean localization, the document types defined by the " "AFIP are now available on the Partner form, this information is essential " @@ -2160,70 +2172,70 @@ msgid "" "default:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:130 msgid "" "The complete list of Identification types defined by the AFIP is included in" " Odoo but only the common ones are active." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:134 msgid "AFIP Responsibility Type" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:136 msgid "" "In Argentina the document type associated with customers and vendors " "transactions is defined based on the AFIP Responsibility type, this field " "should be defined in the partner form:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:142 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:192 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:122 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:69 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:237 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:3 msgid "Taxes" msgstr "Податки" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:145 msgid "" "As part of the localization module, the taxes are created automatically " "with their related financial account and configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:151 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:208 msgid "Taxes Types" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:154 msgid "Argentina has several tax types, the most common ones are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:156 msgid "VAT. Is the regular VAT and it can have several percentages." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:157 msgid "Perception. Advance payment of a tax that is applied on Invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:158 msgid "Retention. Advance payment of a tax that is applied on payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:159 msgid "Otros." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:162 msgid "Special Taxes" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:164 msgid "" "Some argentine taxes are not commonly used for all companies, these type of" " taxes are included as inactive by default, it's important that before " @@ -2231,13 +2243,13 @@ msgid "" "Inactive taxes:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:171 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:218 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:268 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:274 msgid "Document Types" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:174 msgid "" "In some Latin America countries, including Argentina, some accounting " "transactions like invoices and vendor bills are classified by document " @@ -2245,14 +2257,14 @@ msgid "" "AFIP)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:178 msgid "" "The document type is an essential information that needs to be displayed in " "the printed reports and that needs to be easily identified, within the set " "of invoices as well of account moves." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:181 msgid "" "Each document type can have a unique sequence per journal where it is " "assigned. As part of the localization, the Document Type include the country" @@ -2260,91 +2272,91 @@ msgid "" "when the localization module is installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:184 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:237 msgid "" "The information required for the document types is included by default so " "the user doesn't need to fill anything on this view:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:191 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:245 msgid "" "There are several document types that are inactive by default but can be " "activated if needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:195 msgid "Letters" msgstr "Листи" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:196 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:197 msgid "" "For Argentina, the document types include a letter that helps that indicates" " the transaction/operation, example:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:200 msgid "" "When an invoice is related to a B2B transaction, a document type \"A\" must " "be used." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:201 msgid "" "When an invoice is related to a B2C transaction, a document type \"B\" must " "be used." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:202 msgid "" "When an invoice is related to exportation transaction, a document type \"E\"" " must be used." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:204 msgid "" "The documents included in the localization have the proper letter " "associated, the user doesn't need to configure anything additional." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:210 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:249 msgid "Use on Invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:212 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:251 msgid "The document type on each transaction will be determined by:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:215 msgid "" "The Journal related to the Invoice, identifying if the journal use " "documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:216 msgid "" "Condition applied based on the type of Issues and Receiver (ex. Type of " "fiscal regimen of the buyer and type of fiscal regimen of the vendor)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:219 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:253 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:140 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:296 msgid "Journals" msgstr "Журнали" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:222 msgid "" "In the Argentinean localization the Journal can have a different approach " "depending on its usage and internal type, to configure you journals go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:226 msgid "" "For Sales and Purchase Journals it’s possible to enable the option *Use " "Documents*, this indicates the Journal enables a list of document types that" @@ -2352,43 +2364,43 @@ msgid "" "invoices, please refer to the section 2.3 Document Types." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:230 msgid "" "If the Sales/Purchase journal are used without the option *Use Documents* it" " because they won’t be used to generate fiscal invoices, but mostly for " "account moves related to internal control process." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:234 msgid "AFIP Information (also known as AFIP Point of Sale)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:239 msgid "" "**AFIP POS System**: This field is only visible for the Sales journals and " "defined the type of AFIP POS that will be used to manage the transactions " "for which the journal is created. The AFIP POS defines as well:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:243 msgid "The sequences of document types related to the Web service." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:244 msgid "The structure and data of the electronic invoice file." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:247 msgid "Web Services" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:248 msgid "" "``wsfev1: Electronic Invoice.`` This is the most common service, is used to " "generated invoices for document types A, B, C, M with no detail per item." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:250 msgid "" "``wsbfev1: Electronic Fiscal Bond.`` For those who invoice capital goods " "and wish to access the benefit of the Electronic Tax Bonds granted by the " @@ -2397,20 +2409,20 @@ msgid "" "capital>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:253 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:254 msgid "" "``wsfexv1: Electronic Exportation Invoice.`` Used to generate invoices for " "international customers and transactions that involve exportation process, " "the document type related is type “E”." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:260 msgid "" "**AFIP POS Number**: This is the number configured in the AFIP to identify " "the operations related to this AFIP POS." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:263 msgid "" "**AFIP POS Address**: This field is related to commercial address registered" " for the POS, which is usually the same address than the Company. For " @@ -2419,38 +2431,38 @@ msgid "" "invoice report." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:268 msgid "" "**Unified Book**: When AFIP POS System is Preimpresa the document types " "(applicable to the journal) with the same letter will share the same " "sequence. For example:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:270 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:271 msgid "Invoice: FA-A 0001-00000002." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:271 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:272 msgid "Credit Note: NC-A 0001-00000003." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:273 msgid "Debit Note: ND-A 0001-00000004." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:276 msgid "Sequences" msgstr "Послідовності" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:277 msgid "" "In case that you want to synchronize the next number in the sequence in Odoo" " based on the next number in the AFIP POS, the next button that is visible " -"under :doc:`developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` can " -"be used:" +"under :doc:`developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>` can be " +"used:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:285 msgid "" "When creating the Purchase journals, it's possible to define if they can be " "related to document types or not. In case that the option to use documents " @@ -2458,63 +2470,63 @@ msgid "" "sequences as the document number is provided by the vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:290 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:170 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:348 msgid "Usage and testing" msgstr "Використання та тестування" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:293 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:294 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:173 msgid "Invoice" msgstr "Рахунок" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:295 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:296 msgid "" "After the partners and journals are created and configured, when the " "invoices are created the will have the next behaviour:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:299 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:300 msgid "Document type assignation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:302 msgid "" "Once the partner is selected the document type will filled automatically, " "based on the AFIP document type:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:305 msgid "**Invoice for a customer IVA Responsable Inscripto, prefix A**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:310 msgid "**Invoice for an end customer, prefix B**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:315 msgid "**Exportation Invoice, prefix E**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:320 msgid "" "As it is shown in the invoices, all of them use the same journal but the " "prefix and sequence is given by the document type." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:322 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:323 msgid "" "The most common document type will be defined automatically for the " "different combinations of AFIP responsibility type but it can be updated " "manually by the user." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:327 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:328 msgid "Electronic Invoice elements" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:328 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:329 msgid "" "When using electronic invoice, if all the information is correct the Invoice" " is posted in the standard way, in case that something needs to be addressed" @@ -2523,212 +2535,212 @@ msgid "" "draft until the related data is corrected." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:333 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:334 msgid "" "Once the invoice is posted, the information related to the AFIP validation " "and status is displayed in the AFIP Tab, including:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:336 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:337 msgid "AFIP Autorisation: CAE number." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:338 msgid "" "Expiration date: Deadline to deliver the invoice to the customers. Normally " "10 days after the CAE is generated." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:339 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:340 msgid "Result:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:341 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:342 msgid "Aceptado en AFIP." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:343 msgid "Aceptado con Observaciones." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:349 msgid "Invoice Taxes" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:351 msgid "" "Based on the AFIP Responsibility type, the VAT tax can have a different " "behavior on the pdf report:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:353 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:354 msgid "" "**A. Tax excluded:** In this case the taxed amount needs to be clearly " "identified in the report. This condition applies when the customer has the " "following AFIP Responsibility type:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:356 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:357 msgid "Responsable Inscripto." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:361 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:362 msgid "" "**B. Tax amount included:** This means that the taxed amount is included as " "part of the product price, subtotal and totals. This condition applies when " "the customer has the following AFIP Responsibility types:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:365 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:366 msgid "IVA Sujeto Exento." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:366 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:367 msgid "Consumidor Final." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:367 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:368 msgid "Responsable Monotributo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:368 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:369 msgid "IVA liberado." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:375 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:376 msgid "Special Use Cases" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:378 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:379 msgid "Invoices for Services" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:379 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:380 msgid "" "For electronic invoices that include Services, the AFIP requires to report " "the service starting and ending date, this information can be filled in the" " tab “Other Info”:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:385 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:386 msgid "" "If the dates are not selected manually before the invoice is validated, the" " values will be filled automatically considering the beginning and day of " "the invoice month:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:393 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:394 msgid "Exportation Invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:394 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:395 msgid "" "The invoices related to Exportation transactions required a Journal that " "used the AFIP POS System “Expo Voucher - Web Service” so the proper document" " type be associated:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:400 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:401 msgid "" "When the customer selected in the Invoice has set the AFIP responsibility " "type as “Cliente / Proveedor del Exterior” or “IVA Liberado – Ley Nº " "19.640”, Odoo automatically assigned:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:403 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:404 msgid "Journal related to the exportation Web Service." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:404 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:405 msgid "Exportation document type ." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:405 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:406 msgid "Fiscal position: Compras/Ventas al exterior." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:406 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:407 msgid "Concepto AFIP: Products / Definitive export of goods." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:407 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:408 msgid "Exempt Taxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:413 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:414 msgid "" "The Exportation Documents required the Incoterm in :menuselection:`Other " "Info --> Accounting`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:420 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:421 msgid "Fiscal Bond" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:421 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:422 msgid "" "The Electronic Fiscal bond is used for those who invoice capital goods and " "wish to access the benefit of the Electronic Tax Bonds granted by the " "Ministry of Economy." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:424 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:449 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:425 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:450 msgid "" "For these transactions it’s important to have into consideration the next " "requirements:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:426 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:427 msgid "Currency (according to parameter table) and invoice quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:427 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:428 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:150 msgid "Taxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:428 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:429 msgid "Zone." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:429 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:430 msgid "Detail each item." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:431 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:432 msgid "Code according to the Common Nomenclator of Mercosur (NCM)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:432 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:433 msgid "Complete description." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:433 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:434 msgid "Unit Net Price." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:434 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:435 msgid "Quantity." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:435 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:436 msgid "Unit of measurement." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:436 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:437 msgid "Bonus." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:437 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:438 msgid "VAT rate." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:441 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:442 msgid "Electronic Credit Invoice MiPyme (FCE)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:443 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:444 msgid "" "**Invoices:** There are several document types classified as Mipyme also " "known as Electronic Credit Invoice (FCE in spanish), which is used to " @@ -2738,43 +2750,43 @@ msgid "" " to their clients and / or vendors." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:451 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:452 msgid "Specific document types (201, 202, 206, etc)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:452 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:453 msgid "The emisor should be eligible by the AFIP to MiPyme transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:453 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:454 msgid "The amount should be bigger than 100,000 ARS." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:454 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:455 msgid "" "A bank account type CBU must be related to the emisor, otherwise the invoice" " can’t be validated, having these errors messages for example:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:460 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:461 msgid "" "**Credit& Debit Notes:** When creating a Credit/Debit note related to a FCE " "document, it is important take the next points into consideration:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:463 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:464 msgid "" "Use the Credit and Debit Note buttons, so the correct reference of the " "originator document passed to the note." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:470 msgid "" "The document letter should be the same than the originator document (either " "A or B)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:470 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:471 msgid "" "The same currency as the source document must be used. When using a " "secondary currency there is an exchange difference if the currency rate is " @@ -2782,59 +2794,59 @@ msgid "" "create a credit/debit note to decrease/increase the amount to pay in ARS." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:475 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:476 msgid "In the workflow we can have two scenarios:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:477 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:478 msgid "" "The FCE is rejected so the Credit Note should have the field “FCE, is " "Cancellation?” as True." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:478 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:479 msgid "" "The Credit Note, is created with the negative amount to annulate the FCE " "document, in this case the field “FCE, is Cancellation?” must be empty " "(false)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:485 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:486 msgid "Invoice printed report" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:486 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:487 msgid "" "The PDF report related to electronic invoices that have been validated by " "the AFIP includes a barcode at the bottom of the format which represent the " "CAE number, the Expiration Date is also displayed as it’s legal requirement:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:495 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:496 msgid "Troubleshooting and Auditing" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:496 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:497 msgid "" "For auditing and troubleshooting purposes you can get the detailed " "information of an invoice number that has been previously sent to the AFIP," msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:506 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:507 msgid "" "You can also get the last number used in AFIP for a specific Document Type " "and POS Number as support for any possible issues on the sequence " "synchronization between Odoo and AFIP." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:514 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:621 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:515 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:645 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills.rst:3 msgid "Vendor Bills" msgstr "Рахунки постачальників" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:516 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:517 msgid "" "Based on the purchase journal selected for the vendor bill, the document " "type is now a required field. This value is auto populated based on the AFIP" @@ -2842,25 +2854,25 @@ msgid "" "if necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:523 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:524 msgid "" "The document number needs to be registered manually and the format is " "validated automatically, in case that the format is invalid a user error " "will be displayed indicating the correct format that is expected." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:530 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:531 msgid "" "The vendor bill number is structured in the same way that the invoices with " "the difference that the document sequence is input by the user: “Document " "Prefix - Letter - Document number\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:535 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:536 msgid "Validate Vendor Bill number in AFIP" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:536 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:537 msgid "" "As most companies have internal controls to verify that the vendor bill is " "related to an AFIP valid document, an automatic validation can be set in " @@ -2868,66 +2880,66 @@ msgid "" "Validate document in the AFIP`, considering the following levels:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:540 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:541 msgid "" "**Not available:** The verification is not done (this is the default value)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:541 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:542 msgid "" "**Available:** The verification is done, in case the number is not valid " "it only raises a warning but it allows you to post the vendor bill." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:543 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:544 msgid "" "**Required:** The verification is done and it doesn't allow the user to " "post the vendor bill if the document number is not valid." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:550 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:551 msgid "How to use it in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:551 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:552 msgid "" "This tool incorporates in the vendor bill a new \"Verify on AFIP\" button " "located next to the AFIP Authorization code." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:557 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:558 msgid "" "In case it’s not a valid AFIP authorization the value “Rejected” will be " "displayed and the details of the validation will be added to the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:565 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:471 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:566 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:477 msgid "Special Use cases" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:567 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:568 msgid "Untaxed Concepts" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:568 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:569 msgid "" "There are some transactions that include items that are not part of the VAT " "base amount, this is commonly used in fuel and gasoline invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:571 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:572 msgid "" "The vendor bill will be registered using 1 item for each product that is " "part of the VAT base amount and an additional item to register the amount of" " the Exempt concept:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:578 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:579 msgid "Perception Taxes" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:579 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:580 msgid "" "The vendor bill will be registered using 1 item for each product that is " "part of the VAT base amount, the perception tax can be added in any of the " @@ -2935,61 +2947,61 @@ msgid "" "the perception, the perception default value is always 1.00." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:587 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:588 msgid "" "You should use the pencil that is the next to the Perception amount to edit " "it and set the correct amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:593 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:594 msgid "After this is done the invoice can be validated." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:597 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:598 msgid "Reports" msgstr "Звіти" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:599 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:600 msgid "As part of the localization the next Financial reports were added:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:605 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:606 msgid "VAT Reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:608 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:609 msgid "Libro de IVA Ventas" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:614 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:615 msgid "Libro de IVA Compras" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:620 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:621 msgid "Resumen de IVA" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:626 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:627 msgid "IIBB - Reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:629 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:630 msgid "IIBB - Ventas por Jurisdicción" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:635 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:636 msgid "IIBB - Compras por Jurisdicción" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:3 msgid "Australia" msgstr "Австралія" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:8 msgid "KeyPay Australian Payroll" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:10 msgid "" "The KeyPay Module synchronizes payslip accounting entries (e.g., expenses, " "social charges, liabilities, taxes) from KeyPay to Odoo automatically. " @@ -2997,75 +3009,75 @@ msgid "" "entries in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:15 msgid "Configuration Steps" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:17 msgid "Create a company located in Australia." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:18 msgid "" "Check that the Australian localization module (Australia - Accounting) is " "installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:19 msgid "Configure the *KeyPay API*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:25 msgid "" "More fields become visible after clicking on *Enable KeyPay Integration*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:31 msgid "" "You can find the API Key in the *My Account* section of the KeyPay platform." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:37 msgid "" "The **Payroll URL** is pre-filled with " "``https://keypay.yourpayroll.com.au``. *Please do not change it.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:39 msgid "You can find the **Business ID** in the KeyPay URL. (i.e., ``189241``)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:45 msgid "You can choose any Odoo journal to post the payslip entries." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:48 msgid "How does the API work?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:50 msgid "" "The API syncs the journal entries from KeyPay to Odoo and leaves them in " "draft mode. The reference includes the KeyPay payslip entry ID in brackets " "for the user to easily retrieve the same record in KeyPay and Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:59 msgid "The API sync is triggered by scheduled actions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:65 msgid "" "KeyPay payslip entries also work based on double-entry bookkeeping. Debit " "must equal credit (like in Odoo)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:68 msgid "" "The accounts used by KeyPay are defined in the section **Payroll settings**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:74 msgid "" "For the API to work, you need to create the same accounts as the default " "accounts of your KeyPay business (**same name and same code**) in Odoo. You " @@ -3073,21 +3085,27 @@ msgid "" "financial reports." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:3 msgid "Chile" msgstr "Чилі" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:10 -msgid "`VIDEO WEBINAR OF A COMPLETE DEMO <https://youtu.be/BHnByZiyYcM>`_." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:10 +msgid "" +"`VIDEO WEBINAR OF CHILEAN LOCALIZATION: INTRO AND DEMO " +"<https://youtu.be/BHnByZiyYcM>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:11 +msgid "`VIDEO WEBINAR OF DELIVERY GUIDE <https://youtu.be/X7i4PftnEdU>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:16 msgid "" "The Chilean localization has been improved and extended in Odoo v13. In this" " version, the next modules are available:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:19 msgid "" "**l10n_cl:** Adds accounting features for the Chilean localization, which " "represent the minimal configuration required for a company to operate in " @@ -3095,24 +3113,24 @@ msgid "" "guidelines." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:23 msgid "" "**l10n_cl_edi:** Includes all technical and functional requirements to " "generate and receive Electronic Invoice via web service, based on the SII " "regulations." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:26 msgid "" "**l10n_cl_reports:** Adds the reports Propuesta F29 y Balance Tributario (8" " columnas)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:32 msgid "Install the Chilean localization modules" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:34 msgid "" "For this, go to *Apps* and search for Chile. Then click *Install* in the " "module **Chile E-invoicing**. This module has a dependency with **Chile - " @@ -3120,17 +3138,17 @@ msgid "" "automatically with E-invoicing." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:43 msgid "" "When you install a database from scratch selecting Chile as country, Odoo " "will automatically install the base module: Chile - Accounting." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:48 msgid "Company Settings" msgstr "Налаштування компанії" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:50 msgid "" "Once the modules are installed, the first step is to set up your company " "data. Additional to the basic information, you need to add all the data and " @@ -3138,22 +3156,35 @@ msgid "" " in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Chilean Localization`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:56 +msgid "" +"All the following configuration and functionality is only available in Odoo " +"if your company already passed the `Certification process " +"<https://www.sii.cl/factura_electronica/ " +"factura_mercado/proceso_certificacion.htm>`_ in the SII - Sistema de " +"Facturación de Mercado, this certification enables you to generate " +"electronic invoices from your ERP and send them automatically to the SII. If" +" your company has not passed this certification yet, make sure you " +"communicate this to your Account Manager as a special process outside Odoo " +"is required in order to complete this certification." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:66 msgid "Fiscal Information" msgstr "Фіскальна інформація" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:68 msgid "" "Fill in the fiscal information for your company according to the SII " "register, follow the instructions on each section." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:65 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:186 msgid "Electronic Invoice Data" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:78 msgid "" "This is part of the main information required to generate electronic " "Invoice, select your environment and the legal information, as well as the " @@ -3161,36 +3192,36 @@ msgid "" " send invoices to your customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:87 msgid "Configure DTE Incoming email server" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:89 msgid "" "In order to receive you the claim and acceptance emails from your customers," " it is crucial to define the DTE incoming email server, considering this " "configuration:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:97 msgid "" "For your Go-live make sure you archive/remove from your inbox all the emails" " related to vendor bills that are not required to be processed in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:90 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:215 msgid "Certificate" msgstr "Сертифікат" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:103 msgid "" "In order to generate the electronic invoice signature, a digital certificate" " with the extension ``.pfx`` is required, proceed to this section and load " "your file and password." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:114 msgid "" "A certificate can be shared between several users. If this is the case leave" " the user field empty, so all your billing users can use the same one. On " @@ -3198,82 +3229,83 @@ msgid "" "user, just define the users in the certificate." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:108 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:672 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:119 +msgid "" +"In some cases, depending on the certificate format, it is possible that the " +"field Subject Serial Number is not loaded automatically. If this is the " +"case, you can manually edit this field by filling it with the Certificate’s " +"legal representative RUT." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:696 msgid "Financial Reports" msgstr "Фінансові звіти" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:126 msgid "" "The report Propuesta F29 requires two values that need to be defined as part" " of the company configuration:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:118 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:220 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:226 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies.rst:3 msgid "Multicurrency" msgstr "Мультивалютність" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:136 msgid "" -"The official currency rate in Chile is provided by the SBIF, you can find " -"the SBIF synchronization service in the currency rate configuration and you " -"can set a predefined interval for the rate updates." +"The official currency rate in Chile is provided by the Chilean service " +"`mindicador.cl <https://mindicador.cl>`_. You can find this service in the " +"currency rate configuration, and you can set a predefined interval for the " +"rate updates." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:129 -msgid "" -"In order to configure your token, you need to enable developer mode and " -"access to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> System parameters` and " -"search the parameter ``sbif_api_key`` and in the field Value introduce your " -"token provided by the SBIF:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:145 msgid "Chart of accounts" msgstr "План рахунків" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:147 msgid "" "The chart of accounts is installed by default as part of the set of data " "included in the localization module. The accounts are mapped automatically " "in:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:144 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:70 msgid "Default Account Payable." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:152 msgid "Default Account Receivable." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:153 msgid "Transfer Accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:154 msgid "Conversion Rate." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:158 msgid "Master Data" msgstr "Основні дані" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:166 msgid "" "As part of the Chilean localization, the identification types defined by the" " SII are now available on the Partner form. This information is essential " "for most transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:174 msgid "TaxpayerType" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:176 msgid "" "In Chile, the document type associated with customers and vendors " "transactions is defined based on the Taxpayer Type. This field should be " @@ -3281,59 +3313,59 @@ msgid "" "sure this value is set:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:188 msgid "" "As part of the information that is sent in the electronic Invoice, you need " "to define the email that is going to appear as the sender of the electronic " "invoice to your customer, and the Industry description." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:200 msgid "" "As part of the localization module, the taxes are created automatically with" " their related financial account and configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:210 msgid "Chile has several tax types, the most common ones are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:212 msgid "VAT. Is the regular VAT and it can have several rates." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:213 msgid "" "ILA (Impuesto a la Ley de Alcholes). Taxes for alcoholic drinks. It has a " "different rate." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:211 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:265 msgid "Fiscal Positions" msgstr "Схеми оподаткування" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:219 msgid "" "Based on the purchase transactions, the VAT can have different affections. " "This will be done in Odoo using the default purchase fiscal positions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:226 msgid "" "In some Latin American countries, including Chile, some accounting " "transactions like invoices and vendor bills are classified by document types" " defined by the government fiscal authorities (In Chile case: SII)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:230 msgid "" "The document type is essential information that needs to be displayed in the" " printed reports and that needs to be easily identified within the set of " "invoices as well of account moves." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:233 msgid "" "Each document type can have a unique sequence per company. As part of the " "localization, the Document Type includes the country on which the document " @@ -3341,67 +3373,67 @@ msgid "" "module is installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:253 msgid "" "The Journal related to the Invoice, identifying if the journal uses " "documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:254 msgid "" "Condition applied based on the type of Issues and Receiver (ex. Type of " "fiscal regimen of the buyer and type of fiscal regimen of the vendor)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:259 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:16 msgid "Sales" msgstr "Продажі" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:261 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:267 msgid "" "Sales Journals in Odoo usually represent a business unit or location, " "example:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:269 msgid "Ventas Santiago." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:270 msgid "Ventas Valparaiso." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:272 msgid "For the retail stores is common to have one journal per POS:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:268 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:274 msgid "Cashier 1." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:269 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:275 msgid "Cashier 2." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:273 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 msgid "Purchases" msgstr "Купівлі" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:281 msgid "" "The transactions purchase can be managed with a single journal, but " "sometimes companies use more than one in order to handle some accounting " @@ -3409,19 +3441,19 @@ msgid "" "registered using this model, for example:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:285 msgid "Tax Payments to government." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:286 msgid "Employees payments." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:292 msgid "When creating sales journals the next information must be filled in:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:294 msgid "" "**Point of sale type**: If the Sales journal will be used for electronic " "documents, the option Online must be selected. Otherwise, if the journal is " @@ -3429,7 +3461,7 @@ msgid "" "SII portal “Facturación MiPyme“ you can use the option Manual." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:298 msgid "" "**Use Documents**: This field is used to define if the journal will use " "Document Types. It is only applicable to Purchase and Sales journals that " @@ -3437,24 +3469,25 @@ msgid "" "By default, all the sales journals created will use documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:308 msgid "" -"For the Chilean localization it’s important to define the default Debt and " -"Credit accounts as they are required for one of the debit notes use cases." +"For the Chilean localization, it is important to define the default Debit " +"and Credit accounts as they are required for one of the debit notes use " +"cases." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:312 msgid "CAF" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:308 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:314 msgid "" "A CAF (Folio Authorization Code) is required, for each document type that is" " issued to your customers, the CAF is a file the SII provides to the Emisor " "with the folio/sequence authorized for the electronic invoice documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:318 msgid "" "Your company can make several requests for folios and obtain several CAFs, " "each one associated with different ranges of folios. The CAFs are shared " @@ -3462,52 +3495,59 @@ msgid "" "document type and it will be applied on all journals." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:322 msgid "" "Please refer to the SII documentation to check the detail on how to acquire " "the CAF: `SII Timbraje <https://palena.sii.cl/dte/mn_timbraje.html>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:326 +msgid "" +"The CAFs required by the SII are different from Production to Test " +"(Certification mode). Make sure you have the correct CAF set depending on " +"your environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:333 msgid "" "Once you have the CAF files you need to associate them with a document type " "in Odoo, in order to add a CAF, just follow these steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:336 msgid "Access to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> CAF`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:327 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:337 msgid "Upload the file." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:328 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:338 msgid "Save the CAF." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:344 msgid "" "Once loaded, the status changes to *In Use*. At this moment, when a " "transaction is used for this document type, the invoice number takes the " "first folio in the sequence." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:338 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:348 msgid "" "In case you have used some folios in your previous system, make sure you set" " the next valid folio when the first transation is created." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:354 msgid "Usage and Testing" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:347 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:357 msgid "Electronic Invoice Workflow" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:349 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:359 msgid "" "In the Chilean localization the electronic Invoice workflow covers the " "Emission of Customer Invoices and the reception of Vendor Bills, in the next" @@ -3515,43 +3555,43 @@ msgid "" "the customers and Vendors." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:359 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:369 msgid "Customer invoice Emission" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:361 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:371 msgid "" "After the partners and journals are created and configured, the invoices are" " created in the standard way, for Chile one of the differentiators is the " "document type which is selected automatically based on the Taxpayer." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:365 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:375 msgid "You can manually change the document type if needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:373 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:383 msgid "Validation and DTE Status" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:375 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:385 msgid "" "When all the invoice information is filled, either manually or automatically" " when it’s created from a sales order, proceed to validate the invoice. " "After the invoice is posted:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:378 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:388 msgid "" "The DTE File (Electronic Tax Document) is created automatically and added in" " the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:379 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:389 msgid "The DTE SII status is set as: Pending to be sent." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:385 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:395 msgid "" "The DTE Status is updated automatically by Odoo with a scheduled action that" " runs every day at night, if you need to get the response from the SII " @@ -3559,7 +3599,7 @@ msgid "" "follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:394 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:404 msgid "" "In the first step the DTE is sent to the SII, you can manually send it using" " the button: Enviar Ahora, a SII Tack number is generated and assigned to " @@ -3567,38 +3607,38 @@ msgid "" "by email. The DTE status is updated to Ask for Status." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:399 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:409 msgid "" "Once the SII response is received Odoo updates the DTE Status, in case you " "want to do it manually just click on the button: Verify on SII. The result " "can either be Accepted, Accepted With Objection or Rejected." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:408 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:418 msgid "" "There are several internal status in the SII before you get Acceptance or " "Rejection, in case you click continuously the Button Verify in SII, you " "will receive in the chatter the detail of those intermediate statuses:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:416 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:426 msgid "The final response from the SII, can take on of these values:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:419 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:429 msgid "" "**Accepted:** Indicates the invoice information is correct, our document is " "now fiscally valid and it’s automatically sent to the customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:422 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:432 msgid "" "**Accepted with objections:** Indicates the invoice information is correct " "but a minor issue was identified, nevertheless our document is now fiscally " "valid and it’s automatically sent to the customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:440 msgid "" "**Rejected:** Indicates the information in the invoice is incorrect and " "needs to be corrected, the detail of the issue is received in the emails you" @@ -3606,28 +3646,28 @@ msgid "" "are also retrieved in the chatter once the email server is processed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:435 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:445 msgid "If the invoice is Rejected please follow this steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:437 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:447 msgid "Change the document to draft." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:438 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:448 msgid "" "Make the required corrections based on the message received from the SII." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:439 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:449 msgid "Post the invoice again." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:447 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:457 msgid "Crossed references" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:449 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:459 msgid "" "When the Invoice is created as a result of another fiscal document, the " "information related to the originator document must be registered in the Tab" @@ -3636,49 +3676,49 @@ msgid "" "credit and debit notes, they are set automatically by Odoo:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:459 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:444 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:450 msgid "Invoice PDF Report" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:461 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:471 msgid "" "After the invoice is Accepted and valdiated by the SII and the PDF is " "printed it includes the fiscal elements that indicates out document is " "fiscally valid:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:470 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:480 msgid "Commercial Validation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:472 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:482 msgid "Once the invoice has been sent to the customer:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:474 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:484 msgid "DTE partner status changes to “Sent”." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:475 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:485 msgid "The customer must send a reception confirmation email." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:476 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:486 msgid "" "Subsequently, if all the commercial terms and invoice data are correct, they" " will send the Acceptance confirmation, otherwise they send a Claim." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:478 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:488 msgid "The field DTE acceptation status is updated automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:486 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:496 msgid "Processed for Claimed invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:488 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:498 msgid "" "Once the invoice has been Accepted by the SII **it can not be cancelled in " "Odoo**. In case you get a Claim for your customer the correct way to " @@ -3686,60 +3726,86 @@ msgid "" "Please refer to the Credit Notes section for more details." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:497 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:420 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:507 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:426 msgid "Common Errors" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:499 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:509 msgid "" "There are multiple reasons behind a rejection from the SII, but these are " "some of the common errors you might have and which is the related solution." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:502 -msgid "Error: RECHAZO- DTE Sin Comuna Origen." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:512 +msgid "Error: ``RECHAZO- DTE Sin Comuna Origen.``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:504 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:514 msgid "" "*Hint:* Make sure the Company Address is properly filled including the State" " and City." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:506 -msgid "Error en Monto : - IVA debe declararse." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:516 +msgid "Error en Monto: ``- IVA debe declararse.``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:508 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:512 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:518 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:522 msgid "" "*Hint:* The invoice lines should include one VAT tax, make sure you add one " "on each invoice line." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:510 -msgid "Error: Rut No Autorizado a Firmar." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:520 +msgid "Error: ``Rut No Autorizado a Firmar.``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:514 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:524 msgid "" -"Error: Fecha/Número Resolucion Invalido RECHAZO- CAF Vencido : (Firma_DTE" -"[AAAA-MM-DD] - CAF[AAAA-MM-DD]) > 6 meses." +"Error: ``Fecha/Número Resolucion Invalido RECHAZO- CAF Vencido : (Firma_DTE" +"[AAAA-MM-DD] - CAF[AAAA-MM-DD]) > 6 meses.``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:517 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:527 msgid "" "*Hint:* Try to add a new CAF related to this document as the one you’re " "using is expired." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:522 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:550 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:529 +msgid "" +"Error: ``Element '{http://www.sii.cl/SiiDte%7DRutReceptor': This element is " +"not expected. Expected is ( {http://www.sii.cl/SiiDte%7DRutEnvia ).``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:532 +msgid "" +"*Hint:* Make sure the field Document Type and VAT are set either in the " +"Customer and in the main company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:535 +msgid "GLOSA: ``Usuario sin permiso de envio.``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:537 +msgid "" +"*Hint:* This error indicates that most likely, your company has not passed " +"the `Certification process " +"<https://www.sii.cl/factura_electronica/factura_mercado/proceso_certificacion.htm>`_" +" in the SII - Sistema de Facturación de Mercado. If this is the case, please" +" contact your Account Manager or Customer Support as this certification is " +"not part of the the Odoo services, but we can give you some alternatives." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:546 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:556 msgid "Credit Notes" msgstr "Сторно" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:524 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:548 msgid "" "When a cancellation or correction is needed over a validated invoice, a " "credit note must be generated. It is important to consider that a CAF file " @@ -3747,33 +3813,33 @@ msgid "" "SII." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:533 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:557 msgid "" "Refer to the CAF section where we described the process to load the CAF on " "each document type." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:537 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:589 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:561 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:613 msgid "Use Cases" msgstr "Використовувати досвід" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:540 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:564 msgid "Cancel Referenced document" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:542 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:566 msgid "" "In case you need to cancel or invalid an Invoice, use the button Add Credit" " note and select Full Refund, in this case the SII reference Code is " "automatically set to: Anula Documento de referencia." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:550 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:574 msgid "Corrects Referenced Document Text" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:552 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:576 msgid "" "If a correction in the invoice information is required, for example the " "Street Name, use the button Add Credit note,select Partial Refund and select" @@ -3781,35 +3847,35 @@ msgid "" "automatically set to: Corrige el monto del Documento de Referencia." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:560 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:584 msgid "" "Odoo creates a Credit Note with the corrected text in an invoice and price " "0." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:567 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:591 msgid "" "It’s important to define the default credit account in the Sales journal as " "it is taken for this use case in specific." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:571 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:595 msgid "Corrects Referenced Document Amount" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:573 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:597 msgid "" "When a correction on the amounts is required, use the button Add Credit note" " and select Partial Refund. In this case the SII reference Code is " "automatically set to: Corrige el monto del Documento de Referencia." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:582 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:578 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:606 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:584 msgid "Debit Notes" msgstr "Дебіторські повернення" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:584 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:608 msgid "" "As part of the Chilean localization, besides creating credit notes from an " "existing document you can also create debit Notes. For this just use the " @@ -3817,59 +3883,59 @@ msgid "" "detailed below." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:592 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:616 msgid "Add debt on Invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:594 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:618 msgid "" "The most common use case for debit notes is to increase the value of an " "existing invoice, you need to select option 3 in the field Reference code " "SII:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:602 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:626 msgid "" "In this case Odoo automatically includes the source invoice in the cross " "reference section:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:609 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:633 msgid "Cancel Credit Notes" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:611 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:635 msgid "" "In Chile the debits notes are used to cancel a validated Credit Note, in " "this case just select the button Add debit note and select the first option " "in the wizard: *1: Anula Documentos de referencia.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:623 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:647 msgid "" "As part of the Chilean localization, you can configure your Incoming email " "server as the same you have register in the SII in order to:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:626 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:650 msgid "" "Automatically receive the vendor bills DTE and create the vendor bill based " "on this information." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:627 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:651 msgid "Automatically Send the reception acknowledgement to your vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:628 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:652 msgid "Accept or Claim the document and send this status to your vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:632 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:656 msgid "Reception" msgstr "Надходження" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:634 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:658 msgid "" "As soon as the vendor email with the attached DTE is received: 1. The vendor" " Bill mapping all the information included in the xml. 2. An email is sent " @@ -3877,11 +3943,11 @@ msgid "" "as: Acuse de Recibido Enviado" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:644 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:668 msgid "Acceptation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:646 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:670 msgid "" "If all the commercial information is correct on your vendor bill, you can " "accept the document using the button: Aceptar Documento, once this is done " @@ -3889,11 +3955,11 @@ msgid "" "is sent to the vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:656 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:680 msgid "Claim" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:658 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:682 msgid "" "In case there is a commercial issue or the information is not correct on " "your vendor bill, you can Claim the document before validating it, using " @@ -3901,18 +3967,18 @@ msgid "" "Claim and an email of acceptance is sent to the vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:666 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:690 msgid "" "If you claim a vendor bill, the status changes from draft to cancel " "automatically. Considering this as best practice, all the Claim documents " "should be canceled as they won’t be valid for your accounting records." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:675 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:699 msgid "Balance Tributario de 8 Columnas" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:677 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:701 msgid "" "This report presents the accounts in detail (with their respective " "balances), classifying them according to their origin and determining the " @@ -3920,18 +3986,18 @@ msgid "" " time, so that a real and complete knowledge of the status of a company." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:681 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:697 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:705 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:721 msgid "" "You can find this report in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " "Reports`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:688 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:712 msgid "Propuesta F29" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:690 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:714 msgid "" "The form F29 is a new system that the SII enabled to taxpayers, and that " "replaces the Purchase and Sales Books. This report is integrated by Purchase" @@ -3939,22 +4005,22 @@ msgid "" "transactions related to VAT, improving its control and declaration." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:694 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:718 msgid "" "This record is supplied by the electronic tax documents (DTE’s) that have " "been received by the SII." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:37 msgid "Colombia" msgstr "Колумбія" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:10 msgid "`VIDEO WEBINAR OF A COMPLETE DEMO <https://youtu.be/BOzucXRUZDE>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:15 msgid "" "Electronic invoicing for Colombia is available from Odoo 12 and requires the" " next modules:" @@ -3962,14 +4028,14 @@ msgstr "" "Електронне виставлення рахунків для Колумбії можна отримати з Odoo 12 і " "вимагає наступних модулів:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:18 msgid "" "**l10n_co**: All the basic data to manage the accounting module, contains " "the default setup for: chart of accounts, taxes, retentions, identification " "document types" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:21 msgid "" "**l10n_co_edi**: This module includes all the extra fields that are required" " for the Integration with Carvajal T&S and generate the electronic invoice, " @@ -3979,15 +4045,15 @@ msgstr "" " інтеграції з T&S Carvajal, і генерування електронного рахунку-фактури на " "основі правових вимог DIAN." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:27 msgid "Workflow" msgstr "Робочий процес" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:37 msgid "Install the Colombian localization modules" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:39 msgid "" "For this, go in Apps and search for Colombia. Then click Install for the " "first two modules." @@ -3995,11 +4061,11 @@ msgstr "" "Для цього перейдіть у Додатки та знайдіть Колумбію. Потім натисніть кнопку " "Встановити для перших двох модулів." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:47 msgid "Configure credentials for Carvajal T&S web service" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:49 msgid "" "Once that the modules are installed, in order to be able to connect with " "Carvajal T&S Web Service, it's necessary to configure the user and " @@ -4009,8 +4075,8 @@ msgstr "" "з'єднуватися з веб-службою Carvajal T&S, необхідно налаштувати користувача " "та облікові дані, цю інформацію буде надано Carvajal T&S." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:53 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:75 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and look " "for the *Colombian Electronic Invoice* section." @@ -4018,7 +4084,7 @@ msgstr "" "Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Бухобліку --> Налаштування --> Налаштування` та" " знайдіть розділ *Колумбійські електронні рахунки*." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:59 msgid "" "Using the Testing mode it is possible to connect with a Carvajal T&S testing" " environment. This allows users to test the complete workflow and " @@ -4030,7 +4096,7 @@ msgstr "" "інтеграцію з порталом CEN Financiero, доступним тут: " "https://cenfinancierolab.cen.biz" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:64 msgid "" "Once that Odoo and Carvajal T&S is fully configured and ready for production" " the testing environment can be disabled." @@ -4038,11 +4104,11 @@ msgstr "" "Після того, як Odoo та Carvajal T&S повністю налаштовані та готові до " "виробництва, середовище тестування може бути вимкнено." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:69 msgid "Configure your report data" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:71 msgid "" "As part of the configurable information that is sent in the XML, you can " "define the data for the fiscal section and the bank information in the PDF." @@ -4050,15 +4116,15 @@ msgstr "" "Як частина налаштованої інформації, що надсилається в XML, можна визначити " "дані для фіскального розділу та банківську інформацію в PDF-файлі." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:83 msgid "Configure data required in the XML" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:89 msgid "Identification" msgstr "Ідентифікація" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:91 msgid "" "As part of the Colombian Localization, the document types defined by the " "DIAN are now available on the Partner form. Colombian partners have to have " @@ -4068,7 +4134,7 @@ msgstr "" " доступні у формі Партнера. Колумбійські партнери повинні мати свій " "ідентифікаційний номер і тип документа:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:98 msgid "" "When the document type is RUT the identification number needs to be " "configured in Odoo including the verification digit, Odoo will split this " @@ -4078,11 +4144,11 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo, включаючи перевірочну цифру, Odoo буде розділяти цей номер, коли " "передаються дані третій стороні." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:105 msgid "Fiscal structure (RUT)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:107 msgid "" "The partner's responsibility codes (section 53 in the RUT document) are " "included as part of the electronic invoice module given that is part of the " @@ -4092,7 +4158,7 @@ msgstr "" " модуля електронного рахунку, який є частиною інформації, що вимагається " "DIAN." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:111 msgid "" "These fields can be found in :menuselection:`Partner --> Sales & Purchase " "Tab --> Fiscal Information`" @@ -4100,7 +4166,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ці поля можна знайти в :menuselection:`Партнер --> Продажі & Вкладка купівлі" " --> Фіскальна інформація`" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:117 msgid "" "Additionally two booleans fields were added in order to specify the fiscal " "regimen of the partner." @@ -4108,7 +4174,7 @@ msgstr "" "Додатково було додано два булевих поля для визначення фіскального режиму " "партнера." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:124 msgid "" "If your sales transactions include products with taxes, it's important to " "consider that an extra field *Value Type* needs to be configured per tax. " @@ -4118,7 +4184,7 @@ msgstr "" "враховувати, що додаткове поле *Тип значення* має бути налаштовано на " "податок. Цей параметр знаходиться на вкладці Додаткові параметри." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:131 msgid "" "Retention tax types (ICA, IVA, Fuente) are also included in the options to " "configure your taxes. This configuration is used in order to correctly " @@ -4128,17 +4194,17 @@ msgstr "" "налаштування податків. Ця конфігурація використовується для коректного " "відображення податків у форматі PDF." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:142 msgid "" "Once the DIAN has assigned the official sequence and prefix for the " "electronic invoice resolution, the Sales journals related to your invoice " "documents need to be updated in Odoo. The sequence can be accessed using " -"the :doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`: " +"the :doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>`: " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Configuration Setting --> " "Journals`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:151 msgid "" "Once that the sequence is opened, the Prefix and Next Number fields should " "be configured and synchronized with the CEN Financiero." @@ -4146,11 +4212,11 @@ msgstr "" "Після того, як послідовність відкрита, поля Префікс і Наступний номер " "повинні бути налаштовані і синхронізовані з CEN Financiero." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:159 msgid "Users" msgstr "Користувачі" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:161 msgid "" "The default template that is used by Odoo on the invoice PDF includes the " "job position of the salesperson, so these fields should be configured:" @@ -4158,7 +4224,7 @@ msgstr "" "Шаблон за замовчуванням, який використовується Odoo на рахунку-фактурі PDF, " "включає позицію продавця, тому ці поля повинні бути налаштовані:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:175 msgid "" "When all your master data and credentials has been configured, it's possible" " to start testing the electronic invoice workflow." @@ -4166,12 +4232,12 @@ msgstr "" "Після налаштування всіх основних даних і облікових даних можна почати " "тестування робочого процесу електронного рахунку." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:180 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:30 msgid "Invoice creation" msgstr "Створення рахунків-фактур" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:182 msgid "" "The functional workflow that takes place before an invoice validation " "doesn't change. The main changes that are introduced with the electronic " @@ -4181,11 +4247,11 @@ msgstr "" "фактури, не змінюється. Основними змінами, що вводяться в електронний " "рахунок, є наступні поля:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:189 msgid "There are three types of documents:" msgstr "Є три типи документів:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:191 msgid "" "**Factura Electronica**: This is the regular type of document and its " "applicable for Invoices, Credit Notes and Debit Notes." @@ -4193,7 +4259,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Factura Electronica**: Цей документ є звичайним типом і застосовується до " "рахунків-фактур, сторно і дебетове повернення." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:193 msgid "" "**Factura de Importación**: This should be selected for importation " "transactions." @@ -4201,7 +4267,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Factura de Importación**: Цей параметр слід вибирати для операцій " "імпортування." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:195 msgid "" "**Factura de contingencia**: This is an exceptional type that is used as a " "manual backup in case that the company is not able to use the ERP and it's " @@ -4213,12 +4279,12 @@ msgstr "" "ERP, і необхідно генерувати рахунок вручну, коли цей рахунок додано до ERP, " "цей тип рахунку-фактури слід вибрати." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:203 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:380 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:386 msgid "Invoice validation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:205 msgid "" "After the invoice is validated an XML file is created and sent automatically" " to Carvajal, this file is displayed in the chatter." @@ -4226,7 +4292,7 @@ msgstr "" "Після підтвердження рахунку XML-файл створюється і автоматично надсилається " "до Carvajal, цей файл відображається в чаті." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:211 msgid "" "An extra field is now displayed in \"Other Info\" tab with the name of the " "XML file. Additionally there is a second extra field that is displayed with " @@ -4236,11 +4302,11 @@ msgstr "" "файлу XML. Крім того, є друге додаткове поле, яке відображається зі статусом" " електронного рахунку, з початковим значенням \"In progress\":" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:221 msgid "Reception of legal XML and PDF" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:223 msgid "" "The electronic invoice vendor receives the XML file and proceeds to validate" " the structure and the information in it, if everything is correct the " @@ -4256,11 +4322,11 @@ msgstr "" "XML, який включає цифровий підпис і унікальний код (CUFE), а також " "генерується фактура PDF, яка включає QR-код і CUFE." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:231 msgid "After this:" msgstr "Після цього:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:233 msgid "" "A ZIP containing the legal XML and the PDF is downloaded and displayed in " "the invoice chatter:" @@ -4268,15 +4334,15 @@ msgstr "" "ZIP, що містить XML документів, і PDF-файл завантажується і відображається у" " чаті рахунка-фактури:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:240 msgid "The Electronic Invoice status changes to \"Accepted\"" msgstr "Стан електронного рахунку змінюється на \"Прийнято\"" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:244 msgid "Common errors" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:246 msgid "" "During the XML validation the most common errors are usually related to " "missing master data. In such cases, error messages are shown in the chatter " @@ -4286,7 +4352,7 @@ msgstr "" "відсутністю основних даних. У таких випадках повідомлення про помилку " "відображаються в чаті після оновлення статусу електронного рахунку." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:253 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:253 msgid "" "After the master data is corrected, it's possible to reprocess the XML with " "the new data and send the updated version, using the following button:" @@ -4294,11 +4360,11 @@ msgstr "" "Після виправлення основних даних можна повторно обробити XML з новими даними" " і надіслати оновлену версію за допомогою наступної кнопки:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:265 msgid "Additional use cases" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:267 msgid "" "The process for credit and debit notes is exactly the same as the invoice, " "the functional workflow remains the same as well." @@ -4306,64 +4372,64 @@ msgstr "" "Процес отримання кредитових та дебетових повернень точно такий же, як і " "рахунок-фактура, функціональний робочий процес також залишається незмінним." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:3 msgid "Colombia (ES)" msgstr "Колумбія (ES)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:6 msgid "Introducción" msgstr "Introducción" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:8 msgid "" "La Facturación Electrónica para Colombia está disponible en Odoo 12 y " "requiere los siguientes Módulos:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:11 msgid "" "**l10n_co**: Contiene los datos básicos para manejar el módulo de " "contabilidad, incluyendo la configuración por defecto de los siguientes " "puntos:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:15 msgid "Plan Contable" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:16 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:124 msgid "Impuestos" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:17 msgid "Retenciones" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:18 msgid "Tipos de Documentos de Identificación" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:20 msgid "" "**l10n_co_edi**: Este módulo incluye todos los campos adicionales que son " "requeridos para la Integración entre Carvajal T&S y la generación de la " "Factura Electrónica, basado en los requisitos legales de la DIAN." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:26 msgid "Flujo General" msgstr "Flujo General" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:33 msgid "Configuración" msgstr "Configuración" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:36 msgid "Instalación de los módulos de Localización Colombiana" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:38 msgid "" "Para esto ve a las aplicaciones y busca “Colombia”, luego da click en " "Instalar a los primeros dos módulos:" @@ -4371,11 +4437,11 @@ msgstr "" "Para esto ve a las aplicaciones y busca “Colombia”, luego da click en " "Instalar a los primeros dos módulos:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:46 msgid "Configuración de las credenciales del Servicio Web de Carvajal T&S" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:50 msgid "" "Una vez que los módulos están instalados, para poderte conectar con el " "Servicio Web de Carvajal T&S, es necesario configurar el Usuario y las " @@ -4385,13 +4451,13 @@ msgstr "" "Servicio Web de Carvajal T&S, es necesario configurar el Usuario y las " "Credenciales. Esta información será provista por Carvajal T&S." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:52 msgid "" "Ve a :menuselection:`Facturación --> Configuración --> Configuración` y " "busca la sección **Facturación Electrónica Colombiana**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:57 msgid "" "La funcionalidad de pruebas le permite conectarse e interactuar con el " "ambiente piloto de Carvajal T&S, esto permite a los usuarios probar el flujo" @@ -4400,7 +4466,7 @@ msgid "" "<https://cenfinancierolab.cen.biz>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:62 msgid "" "Una vez que el ambiente de producción está listo en Odoo y en Carvajal T&S " "el ambiente de pruebas debe ser deshabilitado para poder enviar la " @@ -4408,11 +4474,11 @@ msgid "" " la siguiente URL: `Cenfinanciero <https://cenfinancierolab.cen.biz>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:69 msgid "Configuración de Información para PDF" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:73 msgid "" "Como parte de la información configurable que es enviada en el XML, puedes " "definir los datos de la sección fiscal del PDF, así como de la información " @@ -4422,25 +4488,25 @@ msgstr "" "definir los datos de la sección fiscal del PDF, así como de la información " "Bancaria." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:75 msgid "" "Ve a :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> Ajustes` y busca la " "sección **Facturación Electrónica Colombiana**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:82 msgid "Configuración de los Datos Principales Requeridos en el XML" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:85 msgid "Contacto (Tercero)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:88 msgid "Identificación" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:90 msgid "" "Como parte de la Localización Colombiana, los tipos de documentos definidos " "por la DIAN ahora están disponibles en el formulario de Contactos, por lo " @@ -4452,7 +4518,7 @@ msgstr "" "cual ya es posible asignarles su número de identificación asociado al tipo " "de documento correspondiente." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:98 msgid "" "Nota: Cuando el tipo de documento es RUT la identificación necesita ser " "ingresada en Odoo incluyendo el Dígito de Verificación. Odoo separará este " @@ -4462,11 +4528,11 @@ msgstr "" "ingresada en Odoo incluyendo el Dígito de Verificación. Odoo separará este " "número cuando la información sea enviada a los proveedores terceros." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:105 msgid "Estructura Fiscal (RUT)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:107 msgid "" "Los Códigos de tipo de Obligación aplicables a los terceros (sección 53 en " "el documento de RUT), son incluidos como parte del módulo de Facturación " @@ -4476,13 +4542,13 @@ msgstr "" "el documento de RUT), son incluidos como parte del módulo de Facturación " "Electrónica, dado que es información requerida por la DIAN." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:111 msgid "" "Estos campos se encuentran en :menuselection:`Contactos --> Pestaña de " "Ventas y Compras --> Información Fiscal`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:117 msgid "" "Adicionalmente dos últimos campos fueron agregados para especificar el " "régimen fiscal del contacto. Cabe aclarar que para envío de Factura " @@ -4496,7 +4562,7 @@ msgstr "" "Contribuyentes y Régimen simplificado, por lo se muestran solo estas dos " "opciones." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:126 msgid "" "Si tus transacciones de ventas incluyen productos con impuestos, es " "importante considerar que un campo adicional llamado *Tipo de Valor* " @@ -4504,7 +4570,7 @@ msgid "" "--> Configuración --> Impuestos: --> Opciones Avanzadas --> Tipo de Valor`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:134 msgid "" "Los impuestos para Retenciones (ICA, IVA y Fuente) también están incluidos " "en las opciones para configurar tus impuestos, esta configuración es " @@ -4516,11 +4582,11 @@ msgstr "" "considerada para desplegar correctamente los impuestos en la representación " "gráfica de la Factura. (PDF)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:144 msgid "Diarios" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:146 msgid "" "Una vez que la DIAN ha asignado la secuencia y prefijo oficiales para la " "resolución de la Facturación Electrónica, los Diarios de Ventas relacionados" @@ -4530,14 +4596,14 @@ msgstr "" "resolución de la Facturación Electrónica, los Diarios de Ventas relacionados" " con tus documentos de facturación necesitan ser actualizados en Odoo." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:151 msgid "" "La secuencia es configurada usando el modo de desarrollador en la siguiente " "ruta: :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> Diarios --> Liga de" " Secuencia`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:158 msgid "" "Una vez que la secuencia es abierta, los campos de Prefijo y Siguiente " "Número deben ser configurados y sincronizados con el CEN Financiero." @@ -4545,11 +4611,11 @@ msgstr "" "Una vez que la secuencia es abierta, los campos de Prefijo y Siguiente " "Número deben ser configurados y sincronizados con el CEN Financiero." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:166 msgid "Usuarios" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:168 msgid "" "La plantilla por defecto que es usada por Odoo en la representación gráfica " "incluye el nombre del Vendedor, así que estos campos deben ser considerados:" @@ -4557,15 +4623,15 @@ msgstr "" "La plantilla por defecto que es usada por Odoo en la representación gráfica " "incluye el nombre del Vendedor, así que estos campos deben ser considerados:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:177 msgid "Uso y Pruebas" msgstr "Uso y Pruebas" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:180 msgid "Facturas" msgstr "Facturas" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:182 msgid "" "Una vez que toda la información principal y las credenciales han sido " "configuradas, es posible empezar a probar el flujo de la Facturación " @@ -4575,11 +4641,11 @@ msgstr "" "configuradas, es posible empezar a probar el flujo de la Facturación " "Electrónica siguiendo las instrucciones que se detallan a continuación:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:188 msgid "Invoice Creation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:190 msgid "" "El flujo de trabajo funcional que lleva lugar antes de la validación de una " "factura continua siendo igual con Facturación Electrónica, " @@ -4591,7 +4657,7 @@ msgstr "" "independientemente de si es creada desde una Orden de Venta o si es creado " "manualmente." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:195 msgid "" "Los cambios principales que son introducidos con la Facturación Electrónica " "son los siguientes:" @@ -4599,23 +4665,23 @@ msgstr "" "Los cambios principales que son introducidos con la Facturación Electrónica " "son los siguientes:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:198 msgid "Hay tres tipos de documentos" msgstr "Hay tres tipos de documentos" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:200 msgid "" "**Factura electrónica**. Este es el documento normal y aplica para Facturas," " Notas de Crédito y Notas de Débito." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:203 msgid "" "**Factura de Importación**. Debe ser seleccionada para transacciones de " "importación." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:206 msgid "" "**Factura de Contingencia**. Esta es un caso excepcional y es utilizada como" " un respaldo manual en caso que la compañía no pueda usar el ERP y hay " @@ -4623,11 +4689,11 @@ msgid "" "ERP, se debe seleccionar este tipo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:216 msgid "Invoice Validation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:218 msgid "" "Después que la factura fue validada, un archivo XML es creado y enviado " "automáticamente al proveedor de la factura electrónica. Este archivo es " @@ -4637,7 +4703,7 @@ msgstr "" "automáticamente al proveedor de la factura electrónica. Este archivo es " "desplegado en el historial." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:225 msgid "" "Un campo adicional es ahora desplegado en la pestaña de “Otra Información” " "con el nombre del archivo XML. Adicionalmente hay un segundo campo adicional" @@ -4649,11 +4715,11 @@ msgstr "" " que es desplegado con el estatus de la Factura Electrónica, con el valor " "inicial **En Proceso**." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:235 msgid "Recepción del XML y PDF Legal" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:242 msgid "" "El proveedor de la Factura Electrónica recibe el archivo XML y procede a " "validar la información y la estructura contenida. Si todo es correcto, el " @@ -4669,34 +4735,34 @@ msgstr "" "(CUFE) y generan el PDF de la Factura (el cual incluye un código QR) y el " "CUFE." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:246 msgid "" "Odoo envía una petición de actualización automáticamente para verificar que " "el XML fue creado. Si este es el caso, las siguientes acciones son hechas " "automáticamente:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:248 msgid "" "El XML Legal y el PDF son incluidos en un archivo ZIP y desplegados en el " "historial de la Factura." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:253 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:253 msgid "El estatus de la Factura Electrónica es cambiado a “Aceptado”." msgstr "El estatus de la Factura Electrónica es cambiado a “Aceptado”." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:258 msgid "" "En caso que el PDF y el XML sean requeridos inmediatamente, es posible " "mandar manualmente la petición del estatus usando el siguiente botón:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:267 msgid "Errores Frecuentes" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:269 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:269 msgid "" "Durante la validación del XML los errores más comunes usualmente están " "relacionados con información principal faltante. En estos casos, los " @@ -4708,7 +4774,7 @@ msgstr "" "detalles del error son recuperados en la petición de actualización y " "desplegados en el historial." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:277 msgid "" "Si la información principal es corregida, es posible re procesar el XML con " "la nueva información y mandar la versión actualizada usando el siguiente " @@ -4718,11 +4784,11 @@ msgstr "" "la nueva información y mandar la versión actualizada usando el siguiente " "botón:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:289 msgid "Casos de Uso adicionales" msgstr "Casos de Uso adicionales" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:291 msgid "" "El proceso para las Notas de Crédito y Débito (Proveedores) es exactamente " "el mismo que en las Facturas. Su flujo de trabajo funcional se mantiene " @@ -4732,105 +4798,105 @@ msgstr "" "el mismo que en las Facturas. Su flujo de trabajo funcional se mantiene " "igual." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:296 msgid "Consideraciones del Anexo 1.7" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:299 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:299 msgid "Contexto" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:302 msgid "Contexto Normativo" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:304 msgid "Soporte Normativo:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:305 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:305 msgid "" "Resolución DIAN Número 000042 ( 5 de Mayo de 2020) Por la cual se " "desarrollan:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:307 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:307 msgid "Los sistemas de facturación," msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:308 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:308 msgid "Los proveedores tecnológicos," msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:309 msgid "El registro de la factura electrónica de venta como título valor," msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:310 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:310 msgid "Se expide el anexo técnico de factura electrónica de venta y" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:311 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:311 msgid "Se dictan otras disposiciones en materia de sistemas de facturación." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:314 msgid "Anexo 1.7: Principales Cambios" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:316 msgid "Cambios en la definición de Consumidor Final." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:317 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:317 msgid "Informar bienes cubiertos para los 3 dias sin IVA." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:318 msgid "Actualización de descripción de Impuestos." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:319 msgid "Se agrega concepto para IVA Excluido." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:320 msgid "Informar la fecha efectiva de entrega de los bienes." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:321 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:321 msgid "Adecuaciones en la representación Gráfica (PDF)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:324 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:324 msgid "Calendario" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:326 msgid "" "Se tiene varias fechas límites para la salida a producción bajo las " "condiciones del Anexo 1.7 las cuales dependen de los siguientes factores:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:329 msgid "" "Calendario de implementación de acuerdo con la actividad económica principal" " en el RUT:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:334 msgid "Calendario de implementación, para otros sujetos obligados:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:339 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:339 msgid "Calendario de implementación permanente:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:345 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:345 msgid "Requerimientos en Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:347 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:347 msgid "" "Con la finalidad de facilitar el proceso de preparación de las bases de Odoo" " estándar V12 y v13, únicamente será necesario que los administradores " @@ -4838,67 +4904,67 @@ msgid "" "nuevos procesos." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:352 msgid "Actualización de listado de Apps" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:354 msgid "" "Utilizando el modo desarrollador, acceder al módulo de Aplicaciones y " "seleccionar el menú *Actualizar Lista*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:361 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:361 msgid "Actualización de Módulos" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:363 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:363 msgid "" "Una vez actualizado Buscar *Colombia*, los siguientes módulos serán " "desplegados, se requieren actualizar dos módulos." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:366 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:366 msgid "Colombia - Contabilidad - l10n_co" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:367 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:367 msgid "" "Electronic invoicing for Colombia with Carvajal UBL 2.1 - " "l10n_co_edi_ubl_2_1" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:372 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:372 msgid "" "En cada módulo o ícono hay que desplegar el menú opciones utilizando los 3 " "puntos de la esquina superior derecha y seleccionamos *Actualizar*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:375 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:375 msgid "Primero lo hacemos con en el módulo l10n_co:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:380 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:380 msgid "Posteriormente lo hacemos con el módulo l10n_co_edi_ubl_2_1:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:386 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:386 msgid "Creación de Datos Maestros" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:388 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:388 msgid "" "Las bases de datos existentes a Junio 2020 tanto en V12 como V13, deberán " "crear algunos datos maestros necesarios para operar correctamente con los " "cambios del Anexo 1.7." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:392 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:491 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:392 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:491 msgid "Consumidor Final" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:394 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:394 msgid "" "La figura del consumidor final será utilizada para aquellas ventas sobre las" " cuales no es posible identificar toda la información fiscal y demográfica " @@ -4906,47 +4972,47 @@ msgid "" "genérico." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:398 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:398 msgid "" "Es importante coordinar y definir los casos de uso en los que dependiendo de" " su empresa se tendrá permitido utilizar este registro genérico." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:401 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:401 msgid "" "Dentro de Odoo se tendrá que crear un contacto con las siguientes " "características, es importante que se defina de esta manera debido a que son" " los parámetros definidos por la DIAN." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:404 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:404 msgid "**Tipo de contacto:** Individuo" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:405 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:405 msgid "**Nombre:** Consumidor Final" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:406 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:406 msgid "**Tipo de documento:** Cedula de Ciudadania" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:407 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:407 msgid "**Numero de Identificacion:** 222222222222" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:412 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:412 msgid "" "Dentro de la pestaña Ventas y Compras, en la sección Información Fiscal, del" " campo Obligaciones y Responsabilidades colocaremos el valor: **R-99-PN**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:419 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:506 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:419 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:506 msgid "IVA Excluido - Bienes Cubiertos" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:421 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:421 msgid "" "Para reportar las transacciones realizadas mediante Bienes Cubiertos para " "los tres días sin IVA, será necesario crear un nuevo Impuesto al cual se le " @@ -4954,19 +5020,19 @@ msgid "" " para agregar la sección requerida en el XML de factura electrónica." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:426 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:426 msgid "" "Para el crear el impuesto accederemos a Contabilidad dentro del menú " ":menuselection:`Configuración --> Impuestos`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:432 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:432 msgid "" "Procedemos a crear un nuevo Impuesto con importe 0% considerando los " "siguientes parámetros:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:437 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:437 msgid "" "El nombre del Impuesto puede ser definido a preferencia del usuario, sin " "embargo el campo clave es **Grupo de Impuestos** dentro de Opciones " @@ -4974,86 +5040,86 @@ msgid "" "Valor**: *IVA*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:445 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:445 msgid "Actualización de descripción de Departamentos" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:447 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:447 msgid "" "Es necesario actualizar la descripción de algunos departamentos, para lo " "cual accederemos a módulo de Contactos y dentro del menú de " ":menuselection:`Configuración --> Provincias`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:453 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:453 msgid "" "Posteriormente, podemos agregar por País para identificar claramente las " "provincias (Departamentos) de Colombia:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:459 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:459 msgid "" "Una vez agrupados buscar los siguientes departamentos para actualizarlos con" " el valor indicado en la columna **Nombre actualizado**:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:463 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:463 msgid "Nombre de provincia" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:463 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:463 msgid "Código de Provincia" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:463 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:463 msgid "Nombre actualizado" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:465 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:465 msgid "D.C." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:465 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:465 msgid "DC" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:465 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:465 msgid "Bogotá" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:467 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:467 msgid "Quindio" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:467 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:467 msgid "QUI" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:467 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:467 msgid "Quindío" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:469 msgid "Archipiélago de San Andrés, Providencia y Santa Catalina" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:469 msgid "SAP" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:469 msgid "San Andrés y Providencia" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:473 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:473 msgid "Ejemplo:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:479 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:479 msgid "Verificación de Código postal" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:481 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:481 msgid "" "Dentro del Anexo 1.7 se comienza a validar que el código postal de las " "direcciones para contactos colombianos corresponda a las tablas oficiales " @@ -5063,18 +5129,18 @@ msgid "" "<http://visor.codigopostal.gov.co/472/visor/Codigos_Postales_Nacionales.csv>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:488 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:488 msgid "Consideraciones Operativas" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:493 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:493 msgid "" "Una vez que resgistro de Consumidor final ha sido creado este deberá ser " "utilizado a demanda, generalmente será utilizado en las transacciones de " "facturación del punto de punto de venta." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:496 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:496 msgid "" "El proceso de validación de la Factura será realizado de forma convencional " "en Odoo y la factura será generada de la misma manera. Al detectar que el " @@ -5083,13 +5149,13 @@ msgid "" "correspondientes." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:500 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:500 msgid "" "Contablemente todos los registros de Consumidor final quedarán asociados al " "identificador generico:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:508 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:508 msgid "" "El 21 mayo del 2020 fue publicado el El Decreto 682 el cual establece " "Excepción especial en el Impuesto sobre las ventas. El principal objetivo de" @@ -5097,33 +5163,33 @@ msgid "" "generadas a causa del COVID." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:513 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:513 msgid "Fechas" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:515 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:515 msgid "" "Días de excención del impuesto sobre las ventas – IVA para bienes cubiertos " "(3 días SIN IVA)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:517 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:517 msgid "**Primer día**: 19 de junio de 2020" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:518 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:518 msgid "**Segundo día**: 3 de Julio de 2020" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:519 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:519 msgid "**Tercer día**: 19 de Julio de 2020" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:522 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:522 msgid "Condiciones" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:524 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:524 msgid "" "Debido a que estas transacciones serán generadas de forma excepcional y que " "se tiene una combinación de varios factores y condiciones, los productores " @@ -5132,7 +5198,7 @@ msgid "" "corresponda." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:529 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:529 msgid "" "A continuación se mencionan algunas de las principales condiciones, sin " "embargo, cabe mencionar que las empresas deben de verificar todos los " @@ -5140,103 +5206,103 @@ msgid "" "<https://dapre.presidencia.gov.co/normativa/normativa/DECRETO%20682%20DEL%2021%20DE%20MAYO%20DE%202020.pdf>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:533 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:533 msgid "Tipo de productos y precio Máximo:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:536 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:536 msgid "Tipo de Productos" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:536 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:536 msgid "Precio Máximo" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:538 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:538 msgid "Electrodomesticos" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:538 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:538 msgid "40 UVT: $1,4 millones." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:540 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:540 msgid "Vestuario y complementos" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 msgid "3 UVT: $106.000" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 msgid "En el caso de los complementos es:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:544 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:544 msgid "10 UVT- $356.000" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:544 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:544 msgid "Elementos deportivos" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:546 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:546 msgid "Juguetes y Utiles Escolares" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:546 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:548 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:546 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:548 msgid "5 UVT - $178.035" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:548 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:548 msgid "Utiles Escolares" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:550 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:550 msgid "Bienes o servicios para el sector agropecuario" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:550 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:550 msgid "80 UVT - $2.848.560" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:554 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:554 msgid "Métodos de Pago:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:556 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:556 msgid "" "El pago debe realizarse por medios electrónico por ejemplo tarjetas de " "crédito/débito o bien mecanismos de pago online." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:558 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:558 msgid "Limite de unidades:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:560 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:560 msgid "" "Cada cliente puede adquirir únicamente 3 unidades como máximo de cada " "producto." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:563 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:563 msgid "Medidas en Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:565 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:565 msgid "**Preparación de datos**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:567 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:567 msgid "" "Crear el Impuesto para Bienes cubiertos de acuerdo a lo indicado en este " "punto: Datos maestros." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:568 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:568 msgid "" "Identificar los productos y transacciones a los cuales les aplicará la " "Exclusión de IVA de acuerdo a las condiciones establecidas en el decreto " @@ -5244,70 +5310,70 @@ msgid "" "actualizar el impuesto de forma temporal en Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:571 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:571 msgid "" "Exportar un listado con los productos que serán afectados incluyendo el " "campo IVA Venta el cual será sustituido temporalmente por el IVA de Bienes " "Cubiertos." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:573 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:573 msgid "" "Al finalizar las operaciones del día anterior a las fechas establecidas de " "día sin IVA, se debe hacer la actualización temporal a IVA de Bienes " "Cubiertos." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:579 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:579 msgid "**Durante el día SIN IVA**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:581 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:581 msgid "" "Por defecto los productos previamente considerados con IVA de Bienes " "cubiertos serán generados con este parámetro tanto en Órdenes de venta como " "facturas creadas durante ese mismo día." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:587 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:587 msgid "" "Las órdenes de venta generadas con este impuesto deberán ser facturas el " "mismo día." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:588 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:588 msgid "" "En caso de que alguna de las condiciones no sea cumplida (ejemplo el pago es" " realizado en efectivo) el impuesto deberá ser actualizado manualmente al " "momento de facturar." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:591 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:591 msgid "**Posterior al día SIN IVA**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:593 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:593 msgid "" "Los productos que fueron actualizados deberá ser reconfigurados a su IVA " "original." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:594 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:594 msgid "" "En caso de que se detecte alguna Orden de venta facturar en la cual se " "incluya IVA de Bienes Cubiertos, se deberá realizar actualización manual " "correspondiente al IVA convencional." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:3 msgid "France" msgstr "Франція" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:6 msgid "FEC" msgstr "FEC" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:8 msgid "" "If you have installed the French Accounting, you will be able to download " "the FEC. For this, go in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> France" @@ -5317,7 +5383,7 @@ msgstr "" "FEC. Для цього перейдіть до :menuselection:`Бухоблік --> Звітність --> " "Франція --> FEC`." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:12 msgid "" "If you do not see the submenu **FEC**, go in **Apps** and search for the " "module called **France-FEC** and verify if it is well installed." @@ -5325,11 +5391,11 @@ msgstr "" "Якщо ви не бачите підменю **FEC**, перейдіть до **Додатки** і знайдіть " "модуль **Франція-FEC** та перевірте, чи він добре встановлений." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:16 msgid "French Accounting Reports" msgstr "Французька бухгалтерська звітність" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:18 msgid "" "If you have installed the French Accounting, you will have access to some " "accounting reports specific to France:" @@ -5337,24 +5403,24 @@ msgstr "" "Якщо ви встановили французький бухгалтерський облік, ви матимете доступ до " "деяких бухгалтерських звітів, характерних для Франції:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:20 msgid "Bilan comptable" msgstr "Bilan comptable" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:21 msgid "Compte de résultats" msgstr "Compte de résultats" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:22 msgid "Plan de Taxes France" msgstr "Plan de Taxes France" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:25 msgid "Get the VAT anti-fraud certification with Odoo" msgstr "" "Отримайте сертифікат про боротьбу із шахрайством на додану вартість з Odoo" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:27 msgid "" "As of January 1st 2018, a new anti-fraud legislation comes into effect in " "France and DOM-TOM. This new legislation stipulates certain criteria " @@ -5368,13 +5434,13 @@ msgstr "" "продаж. Ці юридичні вимоги впроваджені в 9 версії Odoo через модуль та " "сертифікат відповідності для завантаження." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:34 msgid "Is my company required to use an anti-fraud software?" msgstr "" "Чи моя компанія зобов'язана використовувати програмне забезпечення проти " "шахрайства?" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:36 msgid "" "Your company is required to use an anti-fraud cash register software like " "Odoo (CGI art. 286, I. 3° bis) if:" @@ -5383,17 +5449,17 @@ msgstr "" " шахрайством касових апаратів, таких як Odoo (CGI Art. 286, I. 3 ° bis), " "якщо:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:39 msgid "You are taxable (not VAT exempt) in France or any DOM-TOM," msgstr "" "Ви є оподатковуваними (не звільнені від податку на додану вартість) у " "Франції або будь-якому DOM-TOM," -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:40 msgid "Some of your customers are private individuals (B2C)." msgstr "Деякі з ваших клієнтів - приватні особи (B2C)." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:42 msgid "" "This rule applies to any company size. Auto-entrepreneurs are exempted from " "VAT and therefore are not affected." @@ -5401,36 +5467,35 @@ msgstr "" "Це правило застосовується до компанії будь-якого розміру. Автострахувальники" " звільняються від сплати ПДВ, тому вони їх це не стосується." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:46 msgid "Get certified with Odoo" msgstr "Отримайте сертифікат з Odoo" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:48 msgid "Getting compliant with Odoo is very easy." msgstr "Приєднатися до Odoo дуже просто." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:50 msgid "" "Your company is requested by the tax administration to deliver a certificate" " of conformity testifying that your software complies with the anti-fraud " "legislation. This certificate is granted by Odoo SA to Odoo Enterprise users" " `here <https://www.odoo.com/my/contract/french-certification/>`_. If you " -"use Odoo Community, you should `upgrade to Odoo Enterprise " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/14.0/setup/enterprise.html>`_ or contact" -" your Odoo service provider." +"use Odoo Community, you should :doc:`upgrade to Odoo Enterprise " +"</administration/enterprise>` or contact your Odoo service provider." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:58 msgid "In case of non-conformity, your company risks a fine of €7,500." msgstr "" "У разі невідповідності ваша компанія ризикує отримати штраф у розмірі 7500 " "євро." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:60 msgid "To get the certification just follow the following steps:" msgstr "Щоб отримати сертифікат, виконайте наступні кроки:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:62 msgid "" "Install the anti-fraud module fitting your Odoo environment from the *Apps* " "menu:" @@ -5438,7 +5503,7 @@ msgstr "" "Встановіть модуль боротьби із шахрайством, що відповідає вашій версії Odoo, " "з меню *Додатки*:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:65 msgid "" "if you use Odoo Point of Sale: *l10n_fr_pos_cert*: France - VAT Anti-Fraud " "Certification for Point of Sale (CGI 286 I-3 bis)" @@ -5447,7 +5512,7 @@ msgstr "" "Сертифікація щодо боротьби із шахрайством на додану вартість для точки " "продажу (CGI 286 I-3 bis)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:66 msgid "" "in any other case: *l10n_fr_certification*: France - VAT Anti-Fraud " "Certification (CGI 286 I-3 bis)" @@ -5455,7 +5520,7 @@ msgstr "" "у будь-якому іншому випадку: * l10n_fr_certification *: Франція - " "Сертифікація боротьби із шахрайством на ПДВ (CGI 286 I-3 bis)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:68 msgid "" "Make sure a country is set on your company, otherwise your entries won’t be " "encrypted for the inalterability check. To edit your company’s data, go to " @@ -5467,7 +5532,7 @@ msgstr "" "компанії, перейдіть до меню :menuselection:`налаштування -> Користувачі та " "компанії -> Компанії`. Виберіть країну зі списку; Не створюйте нову країну." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:72 msgid "" "Download the mandatory certificate of conformity delivered by Odoo SA `here " "<https://www.odoo.com/my/contract/french-certification/>`__." @@ -5475,15 +5540,15 @@ msgstr "" "Завантажте обов'язковий сертифікат відповідності, наданий Odoo SA `тут " "<https://www.odoo.com/my/contract/french-certification/>`__." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:75 msgid "" "To install the module in any system created before December 18th 2017, you " "should update the modules list. To do so, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " -"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Then go to the *Apps* menu and " +"</applications/general/developer_mode>`. Then go to the *Apps* menu and " "press *Update Modules List* in the top-menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:79 msgid "" "In case you run Odoo on-premise, you need to update your installation and " "restart your server beforehand." @@ -5491,7 +5556,7 @@ msgstr "" "Якщо ви запускаєте Odoo on-premise, вам потрібно оновити вашу інсталяцію та " "заздалегідь перезавантажити сервер." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:81 msgid "" "If you have installed the initial version of the anti-fraud module (prior to" " December 18th 2017), you need to update it. The module's name was *France -" @@ -5507,15 +5572,15 @@ msgstr "" "натисніть *Оновити*. Нарешті, переконайтеся, що встановлено наступний модуль" " *l10n_fr_sale_closing*." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:90 msgid "Anti-fraud features" msgstr "Особливості боротьби із шахрайством" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:92 msgid "The anti-fraud module introduces the following features:" msgstr "Модуль боротьби із шахрайством впроваджує такі функції:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:94 msgid "" "**Inalterability**: deactivation of all the ways to cancel or modify key " "data of POS orders, invoices and journal entries;" @@ -5523,11 +5588,11 @@ msgstr "" "**Незмінність**: дезактивація всіх способів скасування або зміни ключових " "даних замовлень точки продажу, рахунків-фактур та записів журналу;" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:96 msgid "**Security**: chaining algorithm to verify the inalterability;" msgstr "**Безпека**: мережевий алгоритм для перевірки незмінності;" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:97 msgid "" "**Storage**: automatic sales closings with computation of both period and " "cumulative totals (daily, monthly, annually)." @@ -5535,11 +5600,11 @@ msgstr "" "**Зберігання**: автоматичне закриття торгів з обчисленням як періоду, так і " "сукупних підсумків (щодня, щомісяця, щорічно)." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:101 msgid "Inalterability" msgstr "Незмінність" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:103 msgid "" "All the possible ways to cancel and modify key data of paid POS orders, " "confirmed invoices and journal entries are deactivated, if the company is " @@ -5549,7 +5614,7 @@ msgstr "" "продажу, підтверджених рахунків-фактур та записів журналу деактивуються, " "якщо компанія розташована у Франції або в будь-якому DOM-TOM." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:107 msgid "" "If you run a multi-companies environment, only the documents of such " "companies are impacted." @@ -5557,11 +5622,11 @@ msgstr "" "Якщо ви керуєте середовищем декількох компаній, це впливає лише на документи" " таких компаній." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:111 msgid "Security" msgstr "Безпека" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:113 msgid "" "To ensure the inalterability, every order or journal entry is encrypted upon" " validation. This number (or hash) is calculated from the key data of the " @@ -5571,7 +5636,7 @@ msgstr "" "зашифровується після перевірки. Цей номер (або хеш) обчислюється з ключових " "даних документа, а також від хешу попередніх документів." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:118 msgid "" "The module introduces an interface to test the data inalterability. If any " "information is modified on a document after its validation, the test will " @@ -5584,7 +5649,7 @@ msgstr "" "Алгоритм перекомпонулює всі хеші та порівнює їх з вихідними. У випадку " "аварії система вказує на перший пошкоджений документ, записаний у системі." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:124 msgid "" "Users with *Manager* access rights can launch the inalterability check. For " "POS orders, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Reporting --> French " @@ -5597,11 +5662,11 @@ msgstr "" "записів журналу, перейдіть на сторінку :menuselection:`Рахунки/Бухоблік --> " "Звітність --> Французькі виписки`." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:131 msgid "Storage" msgstr "Зберігання" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:133 msgid "" "The system also processes automatic sales closings on a daily, monthly and " "annual basis. Such closings distinctly compute the sales total of the period" @@ -5612,7 +5677,7 @@ msgstr "" "щорічно. Такі закриття чітко обчислюють загальний обсяг періоду продажу, а " "також сукупні великі підсумки з перших продажів, записаних у системі." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:139 msgid "" "Closings can be found in the *French Statements* menu of Point of Sale, " "Invoicing and Accounting apps." @@ -5620,7 +5685,7 @@ msgstr "" "Закриття можна знайти в меню *Французькі виписки* точки продажу, рахунків-" "фактур та обліку." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:143 msgid "" "Closings compute the totals for journal entries of sales journals (Journal " "Type = Sales)." @@ -5628,12 +5693,12 @@ msgstr "" "Завершення обчислюють підсумки для журнальних записів журналів продажів (Тип" " журналу = Продажі)." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:145 msgid "" "For multi-companies environments, such closings are performed by company." msgstr "Для середовищ кількох компаній такі закриття виконуються компанією." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:147 msgid "" "POS orders are posted as journal entries at the closing of the POS session. " "Closing a POS session can be done anytime. To prompt users to do it on a " @@ -5646,7 +5711,7 @@ msgstr "" "сеансу, відкритому більше 24 годин тому. Такий сеанс повинен бути закритий " "перед продажем знову." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:153 msgid "" "A period’s total is computed from all the journal entries posted after the " "previous closing of the same type, regardless of their posting date. If you " @@ -5658,19 +5723,19 @@ msgstr "" " публікації. Якщо ви записали нову транзакцію з продажу протягом закритого " "періоду, вона буде зарахована до самого наступного закриття." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:158 msgid "" "For test & audit purposes such closings can be manually generated in the " -":doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Then go to" -" :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled " +":doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>`. Then go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled " "Actions`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:164 msgid "Responsibilities" msgstr "Обов'язки" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:166 msgid "" "Do not uninstall the module! If you do so, the hashes will be reset and none" " of your past data will be longer guaranteed as being inalterable." @@ -5678,7 +5743,7 @@ msgstr "" "Не видаляйте модуль! Якщо ви так зробили, хеш буде скинуто, і жоден із ваших" " минулих даних більше не буде гарантований як незмінний." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:169 msgid "" "Users remain responsible for their Odoo instance and must use it with due " "diligence. It is not permitted to modify the source code which guarantees " @@ -5688,7 +5753,7 @@ msgstr "" "використовувати її з належною обачливістю. Не дозволяється змінювати " "вихідний код, який гарантує незмінність даних." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:173 msgid "" "Odoo absolves itself of all and any responsibility in case of changes in the" " module’s functions caused by 3rd party applications not certified by Odoo." @@ -5696,11 +5761,11 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo звільняє себе від усіх та будь-якої відповідальності у разі зміни " "функцій модуля, викликаних сторонніми додатками, не сертифікованими Odoo." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:178 msgid "More Information" msgstr "Більше інформації" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:180 msgid "" "You will find more information about this legislation in the official " "documents:" @@ -5708,35 +5773,35 @@ msgstr "" "Ви знайдете додаткову інформацію про це законодавство в офіційних " "документах:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:182 msgid "" "`Frequently Asked Questions " "<https://www.economie.gouv.fr/files/files/directions_services/dgfip/controle_fiscal/actualites_reponses/logiciels_de_caisse.pdf>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:183 msgid "" "`Official Statement " "<http://bofip.impots.gouv.fr/bofip/10691-PGP.html?identifiant=BOI-TVA-" "DECLA-30-10-30-20160803>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:184 msgid "" "`Item 88 of Finance Law 2016 " "<https://www.legifrance.gouv.fr/affichTexteArticle.do?idArticle=JORFARTI000031732968&categorieLien=id&cidTexte=JORFTEXT000031732865>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:56 msgid "Germany" msgstr "Німеччина" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:6 msgid "German Chart of Accounts" msgstr "Німецький план рахунків" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:8 msgid "" "The chart of accounts SKR03 and SKR04 are both supported in Odoo. You can " "choose the one you want by going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " @@ -5747,8 +5812,8 @@ msgstr "" "який ви хочете, перейшовши до :menuselection: `Бухоблік --> Налаштування`, " "потім виберіть потрібний пакет у розділі Фіскальна локалізація." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:12 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:17 msgid "" "Be careful, you can only change the accounting package as long as you have " "not created any accounting entry." @@ -5756,51 +5821,51 @@ msgstr "" "Будьте обережні, ви можете змінити бухгалтерський пакет лише тоді, коли ви " "не створили запис бухобліку." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:16 msgid "" "When you create a new SaaS database, the SKR03 is installed by default." msgstr "" "Коли ви створюєте нову базу даних SaaS, SKR03 встановлюється за " "замовчуванням." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:19 msgid "German Accounting Reports" msgstr "Німецька бухгалтерська звітність" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:21 msgid "" "Here is the list of German-specific reports available on Odoo Enterprise:" msgstr "" "Нижче наведено список спеціальних звітів для Німеччини, доступних на Odoo " "Enterprise:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:23 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:27 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:30 msgid "Balance Sheet" msgstr "Звіт балансу" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:24 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:19 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:17 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:89 msgid "Profit & Loss" msgstr "Доходи та витрати" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:25 msgid "Tax Report (Umsatzsteuervoranmeldung)" msgstr "Податковий звіт (Umsatzsteuervoranmeldung)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:26 msgid "Partner VAT Intra" msgstr "Партнер ПДВ Intra" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:29 msgid "Export from Odoo to Datev" msgstr "Експорт з Odoo в Datev" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:31 msgid "" "It is possible to export your accounting entries from Odoo to Datev. To be " "able to use this feature, the german accounting localization needs to be " @@ -5814,11 +5879,11 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Бухоблік --> Звітність --> Загальний журнал` потім натисніть" " кнопку **Export Datev (csv)**." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:39 msgid "German Tax Accounting Standards: Odoo's guide to GoBD Compliance" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:41 msgid "" "**GoBD** stands for `Grundsätze zur ordnungsmäßigen Führung und Aufbewahrung" " von Büchern, Aufzeichnungen und Unterlagen in elektronischer Form sowie zum" @@ -5830,7 +5895,7 @@ msgid "" "and balance sheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:48 msgid "" "These principles have been written and published by the Federal Ministry of " "Finance (BMF) in November 2014. Since January 2015, **they have become the " @@ -5840,16 +5905,16 @@ msgid "" "solutions (cloud hosting, paperless companies, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:55 msgid "Odoo gives you **the means to be compliant with GoBD**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:58 msgid "" "What do you need to know about GoBD when relying on accounting software?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:61 msgid "" "If you can, the best way to understand GoBD is to Read the `Official GoBD " "text " @@ -5858,7 +5923,7 @@ msgid "" "what to expect:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:65 msgid "" "The **GoBD is binding for companies that have to present accounts, which " "includes SMEs, freelancers, and entrepreneurs, to the financial " @@ -5867,39 +5932,39 @@ msgid "" "mentioned financial and related data)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:70 msgid "" "Apart from software requirements, the user is required to ensure Internal " "control systems (*in accordance with sec. 146 of the Fiscal Code*):" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:73 msgid "Access rights control;" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:74 msgid "Segregation of Duties, Functional separating;" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:75 msgid "Entry controls (error notifications, plausibility checks);" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:76 msgid "Reconciliation checks at data entry;" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:77 msgid "Processing controls;" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:78 msgid "" "Measures to prevent intentional or unintentional manipulation of software, " "data, or documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:80 msgid "" "The user must distribute tasks within its organization to the relevant " "positions (*control*) and verify that the tasks are properly and completely " @@ -5909,11 +5974,11 @@ msgid "" "(*prevention*)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:86 msgid "What about data security?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:88 msgid "" "**The taxpayer must secure the system against any data loss due to " "deletion, removal, or theft of any data**. If the entries are not " @@ -5921,43 +5986,43 @@ msgid "" "with the GoBD guidelines." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:92 msgid "" "Once bookings have been finally posted, they can no longer be changed or " "deleted via the application." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:95 msgid "" "If Odoo is used in the cloud, regular backups are part of the SaaS service. " "In addition, regular backups can be downloaded and backed up on external " "systems." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:99 msgid "" "`Odoo Cloud Hosting - Service Level Agreement <https://www.odooo.com/cloud-" "sla>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:101 msgid "" "If the server is operated locally, it is the responsibility of the user to " "create the necessary backup infrastructure." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:105 msgid "" "In some cases, data has to be kept for ten years or more, so always have " "backups saved. It is even more important if you decide to change software " "provider." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:109 msgid "Responsibility of the software editor" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:111 msgid "" "Considering GoBD only applies between the taxpayer and the financial " "authority, **the software editor can by no means be held responsible for the" @@ -5966,11 +6031,11 @@ msgid "" "respect the software related guidelines described in the GoBD." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:117 msgid "How can Odoo help you achieve Compliance?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:119 msgid "" "The key words, when it comes to GoBD, are: **traceable, verifiable, true, " "clear, and continuous**. In short, you need to have audit-proof archiving in" @@ -5978,11 +6043,11 @@ msgid "" "objectives:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 msgid "**Traceability and verifiability**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 msgid "" "Each record in Odoo is stamped with the creator of the document, the " "creation date, the modification date, and who modified it. In addition, " @@ -5990,11 +6055,11 @@ msgid "" "whom in the chatter of the relevant object." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 msgid "**Completeness**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 msgid "" "All financial data must be recorded in the system, and there can be no gaps." " Odoo ensures that there is no gap in the numbering of the financial " @@ -6004,11 +6069,11 @@ msgid "" "vendor bills and miscellaneous operations completely." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 msgid "**Accuracy**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 msgid "" "Odoo ensures with the correct configuration that the correct accounts are " "used. In addition, the control mechanisms between purchase orders and sales " @@ -6018,11 +6083,11 @@ msgid "" "task*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 msgid "**Timely booking and record-keeping**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 msgid "" "As most financial data in Odoo is generated by the transactional objects " "(for example, the invoice is booked at confirmation), Odoo ensures out-of-" @@ -6031,11 +6096,11 @@ msgid "" "miscellaneous operations." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 msgid "**Order**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 msgid "" "Financial data stored in Odoo is per definition ordered and can be reordered" " according to most fields present in the model. A specific ordering is not " @@ -6044,22 +6109,22 @@ msgid "" "out-of-the-box." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 msgid "**Inalterability**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 msgid "" "With the German Odoo localization, Odoo is in standard configured in such a " "way that the inalterability clause can be adhered to without any further " "customization." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:154 msgid "Do you need a GoBD-Export?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:156 msgid "" "In the case of fiscal control, the fiscal authority can request three levels" " of access to the accounting system (Z1, Z2, Z3). These levels vary from " @@ -6067,7 +6132,7 @@ msgid "" "storage device." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:160 msgid "" "In case of a handover of the financial data on a storage device, the format " "is **not** enforced by the GoBD. It can be, for example, in XLS, CSV, XML, " @@ -6077,11 +6142,11 @@ msgid "" "zur Datenntträgerüberlassung\" §3) but it is not binding." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:167 msgid "What is the role and meaning of the compliance certification?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:169 msgid "" "The GoBD clearly states that due to the nature of a state of the art " "accounting software, their configuration possibilities, changing nature, and" @@ -6092,7 +6157,7 @@ msgid "" "other legal value (A. 12, § 181)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:175 msgid "" "A GoBD certificate states nothing more than that if you use the software " "according to its guidelines, the software will not refrain you from " @@ -6102,13 +6167,13 @@ msgid "" "not, however, offer our customer any legal certainty." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:182 msgid "" "The BMF actually states the following in the `Official GoBD text " "<https://www.bundesfinanzministerium.de/Content/DE/Downloads/BMF_Schreiben/Weitere_Steuerthemen/Abgabenordnung/2019-11-28-GoBD.pdf>`_:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:185 msgid "" "180. Positive attestations on the correctness of the bookkeeping - and thus " "on the correctness of IT-based bookkeeping systems - are not issued either " @@ -6116,14 +6181,14 @@ msgid "" "information." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:188 msgid "" "181. \"Certificates\" or \"attestations\" from third parties can serve as a " "decision criterion for the company when selecting a software product, but " "develop from the in margin no. 179 is not binding on the tax authorities." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:193 msgid "" "The previous content was `automatically translated from German with Google " "Translate " @@ -6132,25 +6197,25 @@ msgid "" "gest%C3%BCtzter%20Buchf%C3%BChrungssysteme%20-%20werden%20weder%20im%20Rahmen%20einer%20steuerlichen%20Au%C3%9Fenpr%C3%BCfung%20noch%20im%20Rahmen%20einer%20verbindlichen%20Auskunft%20erteilt.%0A%0A181.%0A%E2%80%9EZertifikate%E2%80%9C%20oder%20%E2%80%9ETestate%E2%80%9C%20Dritter%20k%C3%B6nnen%20bei%20der%20Auswahl%20eines%20Softwareproduktes%20dem%20Unternehmen%20als%20Entscheidungskriterium%20dienen%2C%20entfalten%20jedoch%20aus%20den%20in%20Rz.%20179%20genannten%20Gr%C3%BCnden%20gegen%C3%BCber%20der%20Finanzbeh%C3%B6rde%20keine%20Bindungswirkung.%20&op=translate>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:198 msgid "What happens if you are not compliant?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:200 msgid "" "In the event of an infringement, you can expect a fine but also a court " "order demanding the implementation of specific measures." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:3 msgid "Indonesia" msgstr "Індонезія" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:8 msgid "E-Faktur Module" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:10 msgid "" "The **E-Faktur Module** is installed by default with the Indonesian " "localization module. It allows one to generate a CSV file for one tax " @@ -6158,26 +6223,26 @@ msgid "" "e-Faktur** application." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:17 msgid "NPWP/NIK settings" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:0 msgid "**Your Company**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:0 msgid "" "This information is used in the FAPR line in the effect file format. You " "need to set a VAT number on the related partner of your Odoo company. If you" " don't, it won't be possible to create an e-Faktur from an invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:0 msgid "**Your Clients**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:0 msgid "" "You need to set the checkbox *ID PKP* to generate e-fakturs for a customer. " "You can use the VAT field on the customer's contact to set the NPWP needed " @@ -6185,11 +6250,11 @@ msgid "" "enter the NIK in the same VAT field." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:39 msgid "Generate Tax Invoice Serial Number" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:41 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> e-Faktur`. In order to be" " able to export customer invoices as e-Faktur for the Indonesian government," @@ -6199,7 +6264,7 @@ msgid "" "the invoices list and click on *Action*, then on *Download e-Faktur*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:46 msgid "" "After receiving new serial numbers from the Indonesian Revenue Department, " "you can create a set of tax invoice serial numbers group through this list " @@ -6208,30 +6273,30 @@ msgid "" "requested by the Indonesia Tax Revenue Department." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:50 msgid "" "There is a counter to inform you how many unused numbers are left in that " "group." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:58 msgid "Generate e-faktur csv for a single invoice or a batch invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:60 msgid "" "Create an invoice from :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> " "Invoices`. If the invoice customer's country is Indonesia and the customer " "is set as *ID PKP*, Odoo will allow you to create an e-Faktur." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:63 msgid "" "Set a Kode Transaksi for the e-Faktur. There are constraints related to the " "Kode transaksi and the type of VAT applied to invoice lines." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:69 msgid "" "Odoo will automatically pick the next available serial number from the " "e-Faktur number table (see the :ref:`section above " @@ -6241,24 +6306,24 @@ msgid "" "*Electronic Tax*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:77 msgid "" "Once the invoice is posted, you can generate and download the e-Faktur from " "the *Action* menu item *Download e-faktur*. The checkbox *CSV created* will " "be set." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:83 msgid "" "You can select multiple invoices in list view and generate a batch e-Faktur " ".csv." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:88 msgid "Kode Transaksi FP (Transaction Code)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:90 msgid "" "The following codes are available when generating an e-Faktur. - 01 Kepada " "Pihak yang Bukan Pemungut PPN (Customer Biasa) - 02 Kepada Pemungut " @@ -6269,26 +6334,26 @@ msgid "" "Penyerahan Aktiva (Pasal 16D UU PPN)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:103 msgid "" "Correct an invoice that has been posted and downloaded: Replace Invoice " "feature" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:105 msgid "" "Cancel the original wrong invoice in Odoo. For instance, we will change the " "Kode Transakski from 01 to 03 for the INV/2020/0001." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:107 msgid "" "Create a new invoice and set the canceled invoice in the *Replace Invoice* " "field. In this field, we can only select invoices in *Cancel* state from the" " same customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:109 msgid "" "As you validate, Odoo will automatically use the same e-Faktur serial number" " as the canceled and replaced invoice replacing the third digit of the " @@ -6296,31 +6361,31 @@ msgid "" "invoice in the e-Faktur app)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:120 msgid "" "Correct an invoice that has been posted but not downloaded yet: Reset " "e-Faktur" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:122 msgid "Reset the invoice to draft and cancel it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:123 msgid "Click on the button *Reset e-Faktur* on the invoice form view." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:124 msgid "" "The serial number will be unassigned, and we will be able to reset the " "invoice to draft, edit it and re-assign a new serial number." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:3 msgid "Italy (IT)" msgstr "Італія (IT)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:5 msgid "" "Questa guida spiegherà come utilizzare la fattura elettronica in Odoo e come" " configurare correttamente i dati aziendali, i contatti e la contabilità. " @@ -6334,11 +6399,11 @@ msgstr "" "inventati, altrimenti il sistema dell’agenzia delle entrate non riconoscerà " "l’interscambio di informazioni." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:13 msgid "Configurare le informazioni sulla tua Azienda" msgstr "Configurare le informazioni sulla tua Azienda" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:15 msgid "" "Il passo successivo è la configurazione delle informazioni necessarie al " "funzionamento della fatturazione elettronica. Si può accedere alla schermata" @@ -6352,7 +6417,7 @@ msgstr "" "Aziende. Accedere quindi alle informazioni sulla Azienda per cui si desidera" " configurare la fatturazione elettronica." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:21 msgid "" "I dati necessari al funzionamento dello strumento di fatturazione " "elettronica sono i seguenti:" @@ -6360,16 +6425,17 @@ msgstr "" "I dati necessari al funzionamento dello strumento di fatturazione " "elettronica sono i seguenti:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:24 msgid "" "Server PEC. Le informazioni sul server utilizzato dal tuo indirizzo di posta" " elettronica certificata sono fornite dal tuo fornitore o dal Ministero. Lo " "stesso server deve essere configurato come server che gestisce tutta la " "corrispondenza mail in Odoo, per saperne di più si puo’ consultare la " -"relativa :doc:`guida <../../../discuss/advanced/email_servers>`." +"relativa :doc:`guida " +"</applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:30 msgid "" "Indirizzo PEC dell’ Azienda, tale indirizzo deve essere lo stesso registrato" " presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate per l’utilizzo dei servizi di fatturazione " @@ -6379,7 +6445,7 @@ msgstr "" " presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate per l’utilizzo dei servizi di fatturazione " "elettronica." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:34 msgid "" "Indirizzo PEC dell’Agenzia delle Entrate. La mail sarà fornito al momento " "della registrazione della tua PEC presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate, ricorda " @@ -6391,7 +6457,7 @@ msgstr "" "che l’Agenzia delle Entrate potrebbe cambiare questo indirizzo in seguito, " "previa comunicazione." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:39 msgid "" "Partita IVA e Codice Fiscale. Per far si che la Fatturazione Elettronica " "funzioni correttamente, questi cambi devono essere compilati correttamente." @@ -6399,7 +6465,7 @@ msgstr "" "Partita IVA e Codice Fiscale. Per far si che la Fatturazione Elettronica " "funzioni correttamente, questi cambi devono essere compilati correttamente." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:43 msgid "" "Regime Fiscale. Il regime fiscale a cui è sottoposta l’Azienda deve essere " "selezionato scegliendo dalla lista precompilata fornita da Odoo. Chiedi al " @@ -6409,15 +6475,15 @@ msgstr "" "selezionato scegliendo dalla lista precompilata fornita da Odoo. Chiedi al " "commercialista qual’è il corretto regime fiscale!" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:47 msgid "Numero di Iscrizione nel registro delle Imprese." msgstr "Numero di Iscrizione nel registro delle Imprese." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:54 msgid "Configurare le impostazioni per la Fatturazione Elettronica" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:56 msgid "" "Numero di iscrizione nel registro Imprese tenuto presso la Camera di " "Commercio." @@ -6425,7 +6491,7 @@ msgstr "" "Numero di iscrizione nel registro Imprese tenuto presso la Camera di " "Commercio." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:59 msgid "" "Rappresentate Fiscale. Questa opzione è dedicata ad aziende con sede al di " "fuori del territorio nazionale ma conducenti attività commerciali in Italia " @@ -6437,11 +6503,11 @@ msgstr "" "rilevanti ai fini dell’IVA. È possibile indicare in questo campo se " "l’Azienda si avvale di un Rappresentate Fiscale in Italia." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:70 msgid "Configurare il profilo dei clienti" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:72 msgid "" "Per un corretto utilizzo dell’applicazione, il profilo di clienti e " "fornitori, nell’applicazione contatti, deve essere configurato con le " @@ -6451,7 +6517,7 @@ msgstr "" "fornitori, nell’applicazione contatti, deve essere configurato con le " "necessarie informazioni legali." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:76 msgid "" "Selezionando il nome del cliente e accedendo quindi ai suoi dati, si trovano" " i seguenti campi che devono essere compilati: Indirizzo PEC, Codice Fiscale" @@ -6463,11 +6529,11 @@ msgstr "" " e Indice PA *che deve contere i 6-7 caratteri contenuti nell’indice PA e " "necessari per la comunicazione tramite fattura elettronica*." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:87 msgid "Il processo di fatturazione" msgstr "Il processo di fatturazione" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:89 msgid "" "Si può procedere ad emettere una fattura seguendo le indicazioni " "dell’applicazione. Il momento che determina il formale invio della fattura è" @@ -6481,25 +6547,25 @@ msgstr "" "quindi inviata: lo stato della sua consegna verrà notificato all’utente " "tramite pop-up sulla parte iniziale della schermata della fattura." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:102 msgid "I messaggi che possono apparire sono i seguenti:" msgstr "I messaggi che possono apparire sono i seguenti:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:104 msgid "Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" msgstr "Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:106 msgid "Invio fallito. Puoi modificare la fattura ed inviarla di nuovo" msgstr "Invio fallito. Puoi modificare la fattura ed inviarla di nuovo" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:108 msgid "" "La fattura è stata correttamente inviata ed accettata dal destinatario." msgstr "" "La fattura è stata correttamente inviata ed accettata dal destinatario." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:111 msgid "" "I vari stadi di spedizione e recezione della fattura sono visibili anche " "dall’elenco delle Fatture nella forma di icone, accanto alla colonna “Stato”" @@ -6509,19 +6575,19 @@ msgstr "" "dall’elenco delle Fatture nella forma di icone, accanto alla colonna “Stato”" " dall’applicazione contabilità." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:115 msgid "*Icona Rossa*: Invio fallito" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:117 msgid "*Icona Gialla*: Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:119 msgid "*Icona Verde*: Fattura inviata e accettata dal destinatario" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:121 msgid "" "Per inviare la fattura tramite PEC e generare il file XML, basterà cliccare " "su invia. Il documento verrà poi mostrato tra gli allegati." @@ -6529,15 +6595,15 @@ msgstr "" "Per inviare la fattura tramite PEC e generare il file XML, basterà cliccare " "su invia. Il documento verrà poi mostrato tra gli allegati." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:3 msgid "Mexico" msgstr "Мексика" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:10 msgid "`VIDEO WEBINAR OF A COMPLETE DEMO <https://youtu.be/JSqQo5eRqlI>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:15 msgid "" "Odoo Enterprise users in Mexico have free access to a set of modules that " "allow them to issue electronic invoices according to the specifications of " @@ -6548,7 +6614,7 @@ msgid "" "support for associated customs operations." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:21 msgid "" "With the Mexican location in Odoo you will not only be able to comply with " "the legal requirements to invoice in Mexico, but also use it as your " @@ -6556,29 +6622,29 @@ msgid "" "Odoo the perfect solution to manage your business in Mexico." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:26 msgid "Pre requirements" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:28 msgid "" "Before installing the modules and making the necessary configurations to " "have the Mexican localization in Odoo, it is necessary to meet the following" " requirements:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:31 msgid "Be registered with the SAT and have an RFC." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:32 msgid "" "Have a `Certificate of Digital Seal " "<https://www.gob.mx/sat/acciones-y-programas/certificado-de-sello-digital>`_" " (CSD)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:34 msgid "" "Choose a PAC and purchase stamps. Currently the Mexican location in Odoo " "works with two PACs: `Solución Factible <https://solucionfactible.com/>`_, " @@ -6586,25 +6652,24 @@ msgid "" " Sapien - Smarter Web <https://sw.com.mx/>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:37 msgid "" "Have knowledge and experience with billing, sales and accounting in Odoo. " "This documentation contains only the information necessary to enable the use" -" of Odoo in a company based in Mexico. For information on how to use these " -"applications, see the page :doc:`../../../index`." +" of Odoo in a company based in Mexico." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:41 msgid "Modules" msgstr "Модулі" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:43 msgid "" "To install the Mexican localization module, go to :menuselection:`Apps`, " "then remove the default filter \"Apps\" and search for ``l10n_mx``." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:51 msgid "" "If you created the database from `www.odoo.com <https://www.odoo.com>`_ and " "chose \"Mexico\" as the country when creating your account, some of the " @@ -6613,44 +6678,44 @@ msgid "" "while others will instead have a label that says \"Installed\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:56 msgid "" "The following modules are necessary for all databases that require Mexican " "localization:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "**Mexico - Accounting (l10n_mx)**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "" "All the basic data to manage accounting, taxes and the chart of accounts. " "The installed chart of accounts is based on `the SAT account grouping code " "<https://www.gob.mx/cms/uploads/attachment/file/151586/codigo_agrupador.pdf>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "**EDI for Mexico (l10n_mx_edi)**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "" "Necessary for electronic transactions, CFDI 3.3, payment complement, and " "addenda on invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "**Odoo Mexican localization reports (l10n_mx_reports)**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "" "All mandatory reports for electronic accounting. (Requires the accounting " "application)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:67 msgid "" "The following modules are optional, and should be installed only if they " "meet a specific organization requirement. Installing these modules is not " @@ -6658,24 +6723,24 @@ msgid "" "unnecessarily complicate form filling." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "" "**EDI External Trade Complement for Mexico (l10n_mx_edi_external_trade)**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "" "For clients that export, add the foreign trade complement to the CFDI, and " "the logic for filling it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "" "**Odoo Mexico Localization for Invoice with customs Number " "(l10n_mx_edi_customs)**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "" "For importing customers, this module allows adding to the CFDI the request " "number with which the merchandise to be resold entered. When it is imported " @@ -6684,51 +6749,51 @@ msgid "" "\"pedimento\", and it is processed at customs." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "**Odoo Mexico Localization for Stock / Landing (l10n_mx_edi_landing)**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "" "Related to the import module (*l10n_mx_edi_customs*), this module allows " "managing the requests as part of the shipping costs." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "**Bank account payment to Mexico (l10n_mx_edi_payment_bank)**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "" "Add optional attributes to the payment plugin, allowing the user to select " "the bank account that was used to pay the bills." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "**Odoo Mexico Localization for Sale Coupon (l10n_mx_edi_sale_coupon)**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "" "Complements the Odoo coupon module (*sale_coupon*) to avoid errors in the " "generation of CFDIs." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "" "**Tax Cash Basis Entries at Payment Date (l10n_mx_tax_cash_basis)** Create " "journal entries for" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "taxes on the payment date (instead of the issue date)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:94 msgid "Enable electronic invoicing" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:96 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Accounting --> Customer Invoices`, and " "make sure that the option **Mexican Electronic Invoicing** is enabled. With " @@ -6737,11 +6802,11 @@ msgid "" "billing flow in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:108 msgid "Enter legal information" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:110 msgid "" "After verifying the general configuration, you must verify that the company " "is configured with the correct data. To do so, go to " @@ -6749,13 +6814,13 @@ msgid "" "*Update information* under your company name." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:118 msgid "" "In the resulting form, put your full address (including zip code), RFC (VAT " "number), and the rest of the data." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:122 msgid "" "Make sure that in the address, for the Country field, \"Mexico\" is chosen " "from the list of countries that Odoo shows, because if it is entered " @@ -6763,65 +6828,65 @@ msgid "" "it will result in errors later when the CFDIs are generated." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:131 msgid "" "If you want to test the Mexican localization, you can configure the company " "with a real address within Mexico (including all fields) and add " "``EKU9003173C9`` as RFC." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:135 msgid "Set the fiscal regime of the company" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:137 msgid "" "The following is to indicate what is the fiscal regime of the company that " "we are configuring, which is done through a pre-existing field in Odoo " "called \"Fiscal Regime\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:140 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Accounting --> Electronic Invoicing (MX) " "--> Fiscal Regime`, and select the option that applies to your company from " "the drop-down list." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:148 msgid "" "For the test environment: Select the option **General Law on Legal Persons**" " from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:152 msgid "Contacts Configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:154 msgid "" "When creating a contact to be invoiced in Odoo, the following information " "must be configured for invoice validation: **complete address** (including " "postal code, city, state, country, etc.) and the **VAT** number." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:163 msgid "Taxes Configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:165 msgid "" "A necessary configuration for electronic invoicing to work correctly in Odoo" " is to add the factor type associated with sales taxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:168 msgid "" "To make this configuration you first have to go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:171 msgid "" "Within the list of taxes that are pre-loaded, select the option *Sales* on " "the filter, this is to see only taxes associated with sales, which are those" @@ -6830,20 +6895,20 @@ msgid "" " **Factor Type** choose the option *Tasa*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:180 msgid "" "Do the same for all the sales taxes that the company needs, either those " "that come by default in Odoo, or those that you add that are necessary for " "your company bill." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:184 msgid "" "For the 0% VAT tax, select the option *Exento* instead of *Tasa* within the " "**Factor Type** field." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:187 msgid "" "When registering a payment, Odoo will carry out the movement of taxes from " "the **Cash Basis Transition Account** to the account set in the " @@ -6852,35 +6917,35 @@ msgid "" "eliminate this account**) in the Journal Entry when reclassifying taxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:197 msgid "Products Configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:199 msgid "" "All products to be sold need to have the SAT code associated with their " "classification so that the invoices do not give an error when validating." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:202 msgid "" "To configure products, go to the **General Information** tab and in the " "**UNSPSC Product Category** field select the category that represents that " "product. The process can be done manually or through a bulk import." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:211 msgid "PAC Configuration to sign invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:213 msgid "" "Another important step to configure electronic invoicing in Odoo is to enter" " the PAC which you are working with and the credentials. That way, " "electronic invoicing will be enabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:217 msgid "" "Remember that you must register directly with the PAC of your choice before " "you start creating invoices from Odoo. We have the following PACs available:" @@ -6889,7 +6954,7 @@ msgid "" "<https://sw.com.mx/>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:222 msgid "" "You must process your **Private Key (CSD)** with the SAT institution before " "following these steps. If you do not have this information, try with the " @@ -6897,21 +6962,21 @@ msgid "" "Credentials for your production environment to work with real transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:227 msgid "" "To add the credentials, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Accounting --> " "Electronic Invoicing (MX)`. Under the **PAC MX** section, enter the name of " "your PAC with your credentials (PAC username and PAC password)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:236 msgid "" "If you check the checkbox **Test Environment**, it is not necessary to enter" " a PAC username and/or password, but you must select a PAC from the drop-" "down list." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:239 msgid "" "Finally, upload the digital certificates of the company within the section " "**MX Certificates**. Click on *Add a line*, a window will open, click on " @@ -6919,53 +6984,53 @@ msgid "" "and your password. To finish, click on *Save and Close*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:248 msgid "" "If you still do not have one of the contracted PACs and you want to test " "electronic invoicing you can use the following SAT test certificates:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:252 -msgid ":download:`Certificate <../../../_static/files/certificate.cer>`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:251 +msgid ":download:`Certificate <files/certificate.cer>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:253 -msgid ":download:`Certificate Key <../../../_static/files/certificate.key>`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:252 +msgid ":download:`Certificate Key <files/certificate.key>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:254 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:253 msgid "**Password:** ``12345678a``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:255 msgid "" "You must also configure the company with a real address within Mexico " "(including all fields) and add ``EKU9003173C9`` as the **VAT** number." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:260 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:259 msgid "Workflows" msgstr "Робочі процеси" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:262 msgid "Electronic invoicing" msgstr "Електронне виставлення рахунків" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:264 msgid "" "The invoicing process in Odoo is based on `Annex 20 " "<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/tramitesyservicios/Paginas/anexo_20_version3-3.htm>`_" " version 3.3 of electronic invoicing of the SAT." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:269 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:268 msgid "" "To start invoicing from Odoo, an invoice must be created using the standard " "invoicing flow, that is, either from a sales order or from the invoice menu " "in the Accounting application." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:271 msgid "" "The invoice will be stamped after clicking on *Validate*, before that the " "status is still in draft mode and changes can be made to it. After " @@ -6973,7 +7038,7 @@ msgid "" "it would look like this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:279 msgid "" "The details of the invoice will be reflected in the Chatter, which is what " "you see on the right of the invoice in the attached image. There you can " @@ -6981,7 +7046,7 @@ msgid "" " was validated or not." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:283 msgid "" "To send the stamped invoice to your client, you can send the XML together " "with the PDF file directly from Odoo, by clicking the *Send and Print* " @@ -6989,21 +7054,21 @@ msgid "" "clicking the *Print* button and selecting the desired option." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:288 msgid "" "Depending on the size of the screen, the Chatter can be seen next to or " "below the document." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:291 msgid "Invoicing Special Cases" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:295 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:294 msgid "Foreign Trade Invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:297 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:296 msgid "" "The foreign trade invoicing process in Odoo is based on the corresponding " "`SAT regulation " @@ -7011,176 +7076,176 @@ msgid "" " SAT electronic invoicing version is 3.3." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:301 msgid "What do we mean when we talk about foreign trade?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:303 msgid "" "Since January 2018, the SAT requires a Foreign Trade Supplement in export " "transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:307 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:306 msgid "What is the Foreign Trade complement?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:308 msgid "" "It is an Annex to the electronic invoice that allows the identification of " "exporters and importers, in addition to expanding the description of the " "merchandise sold." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:313 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:312 msgid "What information can be incorporated in this new complement?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:314 msgid "Information on the operation type it covers." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:315 msgid "" "Tax identification data of the issuer, receiver or recipient of the " "merchandise." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:317 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:316 msgid "Description of the goods to be exported." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:319 msgid "Who is obliged to generate it?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:322 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:321 msgid "Taxpayers who carry out export operations of A1 type." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:325 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:324 msgid "To which exports does the A1 type apply?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:327 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:326 msgid "" "Entry of goods of foreign origin to remain in national territory for an " "unlimited time." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:328 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:327 msgid "Exit of goods from the country to stay abroad for an unlimited time." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:328 msgid "" "Definitive importation of vehicles by diplomatic and consular missions and " "offices of international organizations and their foreign personnel, in " "accordance with the import of vehicles in diplomatic exemption." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:333 msgid "Is Foreign Trade the same as Pedimentos?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:336 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:335 msgid "" "Not necessarily, the Pedimentos are directly related to the process of " "Importing goods, while the Foreign Trade Complement is related to the " "Exporting process." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:339 msgid "Required Modules" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:341 msgid "" "In order to generate foreign trade invoices, the following modules must be " "installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:343 msgid "EDI for Mexico (l10n_mx_edi)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:349 msgid "EDI for Mexico (l10n_mx_edi_extended)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:357 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:356 msgid "Company" msgstr "Компанія" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:359 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:358 msgid "" "Configure the company with a valid postal code, and if you have a colony " "code, this should match with the corresponding Zip Code. At the same time, " "remember to place the Tax Identification Number (VAT Number - RFC)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:368 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:367 msgid "Receiving Client" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:370 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:369 msgid "" "Generally it will be a foreign client, in which you must verify that you " "have at least the following fields completed with the corresponding " "information." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:378 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:377 msgid "The customer's delivery address must also contain the zip code." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:379 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:378 msgid "" "The format of the foreign VAT (Tax Identification Number) will be validated " "as appropriate in each Country (Example: Colombia ``123456789-1``)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:381 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:380 msgid "" "In the XML, the VAT is automatically replaced by the Generic VAT for abroad " "transactions: ``XEXX010101000``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:385 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:384 msgid "Products" msgstr "Товари" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:387 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:386 msgid "" "At the product level there must also configure some parameters in the " "following fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:398 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:397 msgid "" "You must select the **UMT Aduana** (Unit of Measure) in *KG* since it is " "only accepted by the SAT" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:399 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:398 msgid "The weight refers to **the unit weight** of the product" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:400 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:399 msgid "The tariff item must be from the code UoM of Kilograms (**UoM = 01**)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:402 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:401 msgid "" "Although the product is sold in pieces or in units, the value that must be " "registered with customs in the tariff item must be reported in Kilograms." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:406 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:405 msgid "Invoicing Flow" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:408 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:407 msgid "" "When creating the foreign sales invoice, you must select the **Incoterm** " "corresponding and the **Need external trade?** checkbox must be checked. " @@ -7189,11 +7254,11 @@ msgid "" "regulations." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:414 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:413 msgid "What is the certificate of origin and when is it used?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:416 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:415 msgid "" "The **Certificate Source** (or proof of origin) is the document that allows " "an importer or exporter to prove the country or region from which a good is " @@ -7201,45 +7266,45 @@ msgid "" "agreed in trade agreements." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:429 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:428 msgid "Assign Pedimentos" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:431 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:430 msgid "" "If your company imports products and you need to add the **Pedimentos** " "number in your invoices, you can also configure Odoo to record the process." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:434 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:433 msgid "" "First, go to :menuselection:`Apps`, remove the \"Apps\" filter and search " "for ``Mexico``, ``mx`` or ``l10n_mx``. Then, install **Odoo Mexico " "Localization for Stock / Landing module (l10n_mx_edi_landing)**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:443 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:442 msgid "" "The l10n_mx_edi_landing module depends on the **Inventory** and **Sales** " "apps, since the products must be entered into inventory to be able to add " "their Pedimentos number to the corresponding receipt of products." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:447 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:446 msgid "" "Then, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Settings --> Settings`. Within the" " options, activate **Landed Costs**. This option will allow adding the " "Pedimentos number to the corresponding product receptions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:456 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:455 msgid "" "In order to use landed costs, the accounting configuration of the inventory " "valuation of the products must be configured as *Automated* and its costing " "method *Average* or *FIFO* (first in, first out)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:460 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:459 msgid "" "To associate the Pedimentos number indicated with an import (merchandise " "reception) a new **Landed Cost** must be created. They can be accessed " @@ -7247,22 +7312,22 @@ msgid "" "you will find the option to attach the Pedimentos number." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:468 msgid "" "You can only add the Pedimentos number once, so be careful when associating " "the correct number with the transfer(s)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:473 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:472 msgid "" -":doc:`../../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs`." +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:476 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:475 msgid "Payment Terms" msgstr "Термін оплати" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:478 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:477 msgid "" "The **Payment Terms** are already configured in Odoo when installing the " "Mexican localization, this means that if you go to " @@ -7270,18 +7335,18 @@ msgid "" "find the default list in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:486 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:485 msgid "" "In Mexico you can have 2 types of payments: PPD or PUE. These are given by " "the **Payment Term** chosen (or if there is no chosen payment term it will " "be based on the due date of the invoice)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:490 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:489 msgid "PPD Payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:492 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:491 msgid "" "To configure PPD payments (payment in installments or deferred) it is only " "necessary to choose a date expiration date for your invoice and Odoo will " @@ -7290,11 +7355,11 @@ msgid "" "will be PPDo PUE)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:498 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:497 msgid "PUE" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:500 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:499 msgid "" "To configure PUE payments (payment in a single payment) you must select an " "invoice due date within the same month or choose a payment term that does " @@ -7302,11 +7367,11 @@ msgid "" "falling within the current month)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:505 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:504 msgid "Payments" msgstr "Платежі" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:507 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:506 msgid "" "`According to the SAT documentation <https://www.sat.gob.mx/consultas/92764" "/comprobante-de-recepcion-de-pagos>`_, there may be 2 types of payments: " @@ -7316,7 +7381,7 @@ msgid "" "Terms**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:513 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:512 msgid "" "If the payment is a PPD type, Odoo will generate the corresponding payment " "complement automatically when you *Confirm* it. If the payment is PUE, the " @@ -7325,31 +7390,31 @@ msgid "" "invoice date and the due date as parameters." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:522 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:521 msgid "" "When configuring the contacts that will be used when making payments, you " "must configure the banks in the **Accounting** tab, place both the Bank, " "Account Number and CLABE." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:530 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:529 msgid "Register PPD Payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:532 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:531 msgid "" "If at the time of registering a payment it is of type PPD then a Payment " "Complement (XML) will be generated with its details." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:535 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:572 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:534 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:571 msgid "" "The payment can be registered from the invoice and once it is confirmed, the" " invoice will be paid and with its payment associated." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:547 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:546 msgid "" "The journal will be the payment method where you receive or send the payment" " from. You must also associate a **Payment Way** and a Recipient Bank " @@ -7357,219 +7422,219 @@ msgid "" "the invoice)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:551 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:550 msgid "" "Once the payment is made, it will be associated with the corresponding " "invoice and its status will be *In Payment* since the payment will be " "effectively validated when it is bank reconciled." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:555 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:554 msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:562 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:561 msgid "" "The **Recipient Bank Account** is the one attached to the **Accounting** tab" " in the contact associated with the invoice, it must be valid so that the " "stamped payment complement can be created." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:567 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:566 msgid "Register PUE Payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:569 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:568 msgid "" "If at the time of registering a payment it is of the PUE type then in this " "case a Payment Complement (XML) will not be generated since it is not " "necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:588 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:587 msgid "" "In this case it is not created as a payment supplement by the nature of it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:591 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:590 msgid "Down Payments" msgstr "Попередня оплата" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:593 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:592 msgid "" "This is a special case in which we must receive an advance payment from a " "client to later be applied to an invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:597 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:596 msgid "" "`The official documentation for registration of down payments in Mexico " "<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/tramitesyservicios/Paginas/documentos/Caso_uso_Anticipo.pdf>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:601 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:600 msgid "Process to create advance in Mexico" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:603 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:602 msgid "" "Issuance of electronic invoicing with the amount of the advance payment " "received." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:604 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:603 msgid "" "Issuance of the electronic invoice for the total value of the operation " "(full invoice). (CFDI Origin: 07 | Advance invoice, point 1)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:606 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:605 msgid "" "Issuance of the electronic invoice with the *Egreso* type. (CFDI Origin: 07 " "| Invoice_total, point 2)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:610 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:609 msgid "Steps to follow in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:612 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:611 msgid "Preparation: Create the product" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:613 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:612 msgid "" "Down Payment issuance of the electronic invoice for the amount of the " "advance payment received" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:614 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:613 msgid "" "Issuance of the electronic invoice for the total value of the operation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:615 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:614 msgid "Add a credit note from the down payment invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:618 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:617 msgid "Preparation: Create the Product" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:620 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:619 msgid "" "The Down Payment product must be type *Service* and must use the **NSPSC " "Product Category**: *84111506 Servicios de facturación*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:627 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:626 msgid "" "Add the down payment product as default to be used from the Odoo " "configurations." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:634 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:633 msgid "" "Issuance of the electronic invoice for the value of the advance received" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:636 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:635 msgid "" "Create the Advance Payment Invoice: From the sales order, create an advance " "payment invoice for the percentage of the purchase to be paid in advance (or" " for a fixed amount)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:643 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:642 msgid "Validate invoice with the down payment product." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:653 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:652 msgid "Register Payment to the advance payment invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:664 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:663 msgid "" "Issuance of the electronic invoice for the total value of the operation." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:666 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:665 msgid "" "From the sales order, create an invoice for the total, that is, for all the " "order lines without discounting the advance." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:674 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:673 msgid "Remove the check mark from the **Deduct down payments** field." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:676 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:675 msgid "" "Add the original CFDI of the advance payment invoice by adding ``07 |`` at " "the beginning + Folio Fiscal of the advance payment Invoice created in the " "previous step." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:679 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:678 msgid "Copy the Folio Fiscal of the following invoice following this example:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:685 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:684 msgid "" "And paste it in the draft invoice created from the Sales Order without " "deducting the advances:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:691 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:690 msgid "" "Validate and copy the Folio Fiscal for later (in the example the Folio " "Fiscal copy is: 50E4FF06-4341-4006-A7C3-A7F653CBEFAE )" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:695 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:694 msgid "Add credit note from invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:697 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:696 msgid "" "Create a **Credit Note** from the down payment invoice (the corrective " "invoice must be edited prior to confirming it, see explanation below the 2 " "following images)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:708 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:707 msgid "" "Before you *Confirm* the Credit Note, edit the Origin CFDI with ``07 | XXX``" " instead of the prefix ``01 | XXX``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:719 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:718 msgid "Now the invoice can be confirmed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:725 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:724 msgid "" "Now the Credit Note (Advance Payment) must be applied to the total invoice, " "this is added at the bottom below the amount owed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:736 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:735 msgid "" "Register a payment for the difference of the down payment and the total of " "the sale." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:742 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:741 msgid "" "If you go to the XML of the invoice, you should see in CFDI related the type" " of relationship 07 and the Folio Fiscal of the advance payment invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:750 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:749 msgid "Discounts based on payment days" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:752 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:751 msgid "" "Cash discounts are incentives that you can offer to motivate customers to " "pay within a specified time period. For example, you offer a 2% discount if " @@ -7578,22 +7643,22 @@ msgid "" "payments period." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:757 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:762 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:756 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:761 msgid "Create and assign the corresponding Payment Term" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:758 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:781 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:757 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:780 msgid "Register the Payment within the days of the discount" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:759 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:807 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:758 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:806 msgid "Create a credit note" msgstr "Створити сторно" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:764 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:763 msgid "" "To configure the discount for advance payment, go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Terms` and click on" @@ -7603,27 +7668,27 @@ msgid "" " type if necessary (in this example 30 days)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:774 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:773 msgid "" "Then when creating our Sales Order or Sales Invoice, assign the Payment Term" " created previously." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:783 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:782 msgid "" "Register the payment within the days in which the application of the " "discount was specified, in our case it is within 5 days after the creation " "of the Sales Invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:790 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:789 msgid "" "Then go to the bottom of the invoice where the totals are located and there " "you will see 2 payments created, reset to draft and cancel the payment that " "does not correspond - the one related to the discount." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:809 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:808 msgid "" "Finally to close the cycle we must close the invoice, but as in this case we" " apply a discount, to close it correctly we must create a credit note " @@ -7631,56 +7696,56 @@ msgid "" "Note**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:821 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:820 msgid "Adjust the amount to the remaining balance in the original invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:827 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:826 msgid "Add the Credit Note to the original invoice so that it is settled." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:834 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:833 msgid "Cancellation of invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:837 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:836 msgid "Before 72 Hours" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:839 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:838 msgid "" "If it is necessary to cancel an invoice validated and sent to the SAT in " "less than 72 hours follow the steps below." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:842 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:841 msgid "Request Cancellation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:848 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:847 msgid "The status of the **Electronic invoicing** changes to *Cancelled*" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:849 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:848 msgid "Click on *RESET TO DRAFT*" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:855 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:854 msgid "Click on *CANCEL ENTRY*" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:862 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:861 msgid "After 72 Hours" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:864 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:863 msgid "" "If It is necessary to cancel an invoice validated and sent to the SAT more " "than 72 hours, the client must be asked to accept the cancellation, for this" " the following steps must be followed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:867 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:866 msgid "" "Click on *Request EDI Cancellation* to inform the SAT that you want to " "cancel the invoice, in this case the client has to enter the SAT webpage and" @@ -7688,21 +7753,21 @@ msgid "" "changes to *To Cancel*)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:870 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:869 msgid "" "When the client (Receiver / Customer) approves the Cancellation in their SAT" " portal it is now possible to Change the invoice to Draft and then click on " "*Cancel entry*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:872 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:871 msgid "" "Odoo synchronizes with the SAT to update the status of the **Electronic " "invoicing** with a scheduled action, Invoices canceled in the SAT will be " "canceled in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:879 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:878 msgid "" "After clicking on **Request EDI cancellation**, the status of the " "**Electronic invoicing** field will be *To Cancel* but the status of the SAT" @@ -7710,7 +7775,7 @@ msgid "" " Recipient approves the cancellation in the SAT." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:887 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:886 msgid "" "Once canceled in the SAT, Odoo will synchronize the status of the SAT " "through scheduled actions that are executed every day to synchronize the " @@ -7718,33 +7783,33 @@ msgid "" "can be executed manually by entering with developer mode)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:891 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:890 msgid "" "If the invoice is canceled in the SAT, in Odoo it is also canceled, which " "allows you to switch the invoice to draft and finally cancel the invoice " "(*cancel entry*)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:899 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:898 msgid "Cancel Paid Invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:901 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:900 msgid "" "If the invoice has already been paid, a credit note must be created from the" " invoice so that the originating CFDI is recognized and later cancel the " "original invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:913 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:912 msgid "Cancel Invoices from the previous period" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:916 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:915 msgid "Problem" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:918 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:917 msgid "" "If the invoice is from the previous month and the period is closed, the " "income has already been declared in Financial Reports and to the government." @@ -7753,108 +7818,108 @@ msgid "" "problem because the income was already declared in the previous month." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:923 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:922 msgid "" "The problem resides when the fiscal period has been closed, in the current " "period you have to make the reverse entry and save the cancellation " "information." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:926 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:925 msgid "Invoice to be canceled" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:932 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:931 msgid "This is how the Balance Sheet looks like:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:938 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:937 msgid "" "If the invoice is canceled, the journal entry and the Balance Sheet looks " "like this after canceling:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:945 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:944 msgid "Solution" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:947 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:946 msgid "" "Close the fiscal period every month (Best Practice Mexican Localization)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:948 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:947 msgid "Cancel invoice in SAT" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:949 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:948 msgid "Create a Manual Reversion entry (Journal Entry)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:950 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:949 msgid "Reconcile the open invoice with the reversal entry (Journal Entry)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:951 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:950 msgid "Change Electronic invoicing status to Cancelled with server action" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:954 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:953 msgid "" "Close accounting period each month (Best Practice Mexican Localization)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:956 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:955 msgid "" "If the accounting period is closed due to the blocking dates, Odoo will not " "allow to modify or add accounting entries of a date corresponding to that " "accounting period." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:964 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:963 msgid "Cancel invoice in the SAT" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:966 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:965 msgid "" "If the accounting period is closed, and the invoice was canceled in the SAT," " the status in Odoo will be published while the **Electronic invoicing** " "status will be *Sent* and the SAT status is *Cancelled*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:975 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:974 msgid "Create Manual Reversal Journal Entry" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:977 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:976 msgid "" "The solution is to create the reversal journal entry manually dated in the " "current fiscal period and reconcile the open invoice with the reversion " "created manually." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:980 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:979 msgid "" "It must be clearly indicated in the reference that it is a cancellation (you" " can use a cancellation account for invoices from previous periods such as " "**Other Income**)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:988 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:987 msgid "Reconcile the open invoice with the reversal entry" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:998 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:997 msgid "" "In the Balance Sheet and Trial balance they are now with the correct " "balances." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1013 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1012 msgid "Change status of Electronic invoicing to Cancelled with server action" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1015 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1014 msgid "" "A server action can be created that modifies the status of the invoice to " "*Cancelled* once it is reconciled with the reversal entry (You should check " @@ -7862,57 +7927,57 @@ msgid "" "performing this action)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1028 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1027 msgid "Electronic Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1030 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1029 msgid "Accounting for Mexico in Odoo is composed of 3 reports:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1032 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1046 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1031 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1045 msgid "Electronic Chart of Accounts (Called and displayed as COA)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1033 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1032 msgid "Electronic Trial Balance." msgstr "Електронний пробний баланс." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1034 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1033 msgid "DIOT report." msgstr "Звіт DIOT." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1036 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1035 msgid "" "1. and 2. are considered electronic accounting, and DIOT is a report only " "available in the context of accounting." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1039 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1038 msgid "" "You can find all of those reports in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Reporting --> Mexico`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1048 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1047 msgid "" "Electronic invoicing has never been so easy, just go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting -> Reports -> Mexico -> COA` and click the button" " **Export for SAT (XML)**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1056 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1055 msgid "How to add new accounts ?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1058 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1057 msgid "" "If you add an account with the NNN.YY.ZZ encoding convention where NNN.YY is" " a SAT encoding group, your account will be set up automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1061 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1060 msgid "" "Example to add an Account for a new Bank account go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Chart of Account` and then " @@ -7922,11 +7987,11 @@ msgid "" "chosen to be used in the COA in XML." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1072 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1071 msgid "What is the meaning of the tags?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1074 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1073 msgid "" "To know all the possible labels, you can read `Annex 24 " "<http://www.sat.gob.mx/fichas_tematicas/buzon_tributario/Documents/Anexo24_05012015.pdf>`_" @@ -7934,7 +7999,7 @@ msgid "" "SAT**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1079 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1078 msgid "" "When you install the l10n_mx module and your chart of accounts depends on it" " (this happens automatically when you install the configuration of Mexico as" @@ -7942,11 +8007,11 @@ msgid "" "default. If the tag you need is not created, you can create it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1085 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1084 msgid "Trial Balance" msgstr "Оборотно-сальдова відомість" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1087 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1086 msgid "" "Exactly like the COA but with the credit and debit of the initial balance, " "once you have correctly configured your COA, you can go to " @@ -7955,27 +8020,27 @@ msgid "" "(XML)** with the previous selection of the period you want to export." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1096 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1095 msgid "" "All normal analysis and listed functions are available here as well as any " "normal Odoo Report." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1099 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1098 msgid "DIOT Report (Requires Accounting App)" msgstr "Звіт DIOT (вимагає застосування бухгалтерського обліку)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1101 msgid "What is DIOT and the importance of presenting it SAT" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1103 msgid "" "When it comes to procedures with the SAT Administration Service, we know " "that we should not neglect what we present." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1106 msgid "" "The DIOT is the Informative Declaration of Operations with Third Parties " "(DIOT), which is an additional obligation with VAT, where we must give the " @@ -7983,25 +8048,25 @@ msgid "" "with our suppliers." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1110 msgid "" "This applies to both individuals and Personas Morales, so if we have VAT to " "present to the SAT and also deal with suppliers it is necessary to send the " "DIOT." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1114 msgid "When to file the DIOT and in what format ?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1116 msgid "" "It is easy to present the DIOT, since, like all formats, you can obtain it " "on the SAT page, it is the electronic form A-29 that you can find on the SAT" " website." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1119 msgid "" "Every month if you have operations with third parties, it is necessary to " "present the DIOT, as we do with VAT, so if in January we have deals with " @@ -8009,24 +8074,24 @@ msgid "" "data." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1124 msgid "Where is DIOT presented?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1126 msgid "" "You can present DIOT in different ways, it is up to you which one you will " "choose and which one will be more comfortable for you since you will present" " it every month or every time you have dealings with suppliers." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1130 msgid "" "The A-29 form is electronic so you can present it on the SAT page, but this " "after having made up to 500 registrations." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1133 msgid "" "Once these 500 records have been entered in the SAT, you must submit them to" " the Local Taxpayer Services Administration (ALSC) with correspondence to " @@ -8036,18 +8101,18 @@ msgid "" "USB." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1140 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1139 msgid "One more thing to know: batch loading?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1141 msgid "" "When reviewing the official SAT documents in DIOT, you will find the Batch " "load, and of course the first thing we think is what is that ?, and " "according to the SAT site it is:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1144 msgid "" "The \"batch load\" is the conversion of databases from records of " "transactions with suppliers made by taxpayers in text files (.txt). These " @@ -8057,7 +8122,7 @@ msgid "" "integration for the presentation in time and form to the SAT." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1151 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1150 msgid "" "You can use it to present the DIOT, since it is allowed, which will " "facilitate this operation, so that it does not exist to avoid being in line " @@ -8065,43 +8130,43 @@ msgid "" "Third Parties." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1155 msgid "" "`official information " "<http://www.sat.gob.mx/fichas_tematicas/declaraciones_informativas/Paginas/declaracion_informativa_terceros.aspx>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1159 msgid "How to generate this report in Odoo?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1162 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1161 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports --> Mexico --> Transactions " "with third partied (DIOT)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1168 msgid "" "A report view is displayed, select the last month to report the immediately " "preceding month or leave the current month if it suits you." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1176 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1175 msgid "Click on *Export (XLSX)* or *Print (TXT)*" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1181 msgid "" "Save the downloaded file in a safe place, go to the SAT website and follow " "the necessary steps to declare it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1186 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1185 msgid "Important considerations about your supplier and invoice data for DIOT" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1188 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1187 msgid "" "All suppliers must have the fields configured in the accounting tab called " "\"DIOT Information\", the L10N MX Nationality field is completed by simply " @@ -8110,34 +8175,34 @@ msgid "" "your providers." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1197 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1196 msgid "" "There are 3 VAT options for this report, 16%, 0% and exempt, one invoice " "line in Odoo is considered exempt if there is no tax on it, the other 2 " "taxes are already configured correctly." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1199 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1198 msgid "" "Remember that to pay an invoice that represents a prepayment, you must first" " request the invoice and then pay it and properly reconcile the payment " "following the standard Odoo procedure." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1201 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1200 msgid "" "You do not need to fill in all your partner data to try to generate the " "supplier invoice, you can correct this information when you generate the " "report." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1203 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1202 msgid "" "Remember that this report only shows vendor invoices that were actually " "paid." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1205 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1204 msgid "" "If some of these considerations are not taken into account, a message like " "this will appear when you generate the DIOT in TXT with all the partners you" @@ -8147,74 +8212,74 @@ msgid "" "auditory process to see that all your partners are configured correctly." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1216 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1215 msgid "Closing Fiscal Period in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1217 msgid "" "Before proceeding to the close of the fiscal year, there are some steps that" " you should normally take to ensure that your accounting is correct, updated" " and accurate:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1221 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1220 msgid "" "Make sure that you have fully reconciled your bank account (s) through the " "end of the year and confirm that the closing book balances match the " "balances on your bank statements." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1223 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1222 msgid "Verify that all customer invoices have been entered and approved." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1224 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1223 msgid "Confirm that you have entered and approved all vendor bills." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1225 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1224 msgid "Validate all expenses, ensuring their accuracy." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1226 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1225 msgid "" "Check that all payments received have been entered and recorded exactly." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1229 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:23 msgid "Year-end checklist" msgstr "Перелік перевірок на кінець року" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1231 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1230 msgid "Run a **Tax Report**, and verify that your tax information is correct." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1231 msgid "Reconcile all accounts on your **Balance Sheet**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1234 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1233 msgid "" "Compare your bank balances in Odoo against the current bank balances on your" " statements. Use the report **Bank Reconciliation** to help you with this." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1236 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1235 msgid "" "Reconcile all cash and bank account transactions by running your **Old " "Accounts Receivable** and **Old Accounts Payable** reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1238 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1237 msgid "" "Audit your accounts, making sure you fully understand the transactions that " "affect them and the nature of the transactions, making sure to include loans" " and fixed assets." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1241 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1240 msgid "" "Run the optional function **Payments Matching**, under the *More* drop-down " "on the Journal options from the Accounting dashboard, validating any Vendor " @@ -8223,45 +8288,45 @@ msgid "" " reconciled, and it can lead to finding errors or mistakes in the system." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1245 msgid "" "Your accountant will probably like to check your items in the balance sheet " "and do some Journal Entries for:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1249 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1248 msgid "" "Manual year-end adjustments, using the **Journal Audit** report (For " "example, the **Current Earnings for the Year** and **Retained Earnings " "reports**)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1251 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1250 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:54 msgid "**Work in Progress**." msgstr "**Робота в процесі**." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1252 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1251 msgid "**Depreciation Journals**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1253 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1252 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:58 msgid "**Loans**." msgstr "**Позики**." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1254 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1253 msgid "**Tax Adjustments**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1256 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1255 msgid "" "If your accountant is on the year-end audit, they will want to have copies " "of the balance sheet items (such as loans, bank accounts, prepayments, sales" " tax reports, etc ...) to compare against. your balances in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1260 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1259 msgid "" "During this process, it is a good practice setting the **Closing Date for " "Non-Advisers** to the last day of the preceding financial year, which is set" @@ -8270,11 +8335,11 @@ msgid "" "books." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1270 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1269 msgid "Accounting Closing Process" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1272 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1271 msgid "" "In Odoo there is no need to make a specific year-end entry to close the " "reporting income accounts . The result of the exercise is automatically " @@ -8282,7 +8347,7 @@ msgid "" "between Income - Expenses will be accumulated to calculate it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1276 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1275 msgid "" "The reports are created in real-time, which means that the **Income Report**" " corresponds directly to the closing date of the year that you specify in " @@ -8291,25 +8356,25 @@ msgid "" "account balances will all be 0." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1281 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1280 msgid "" "As of December 31, the Balance Sheet shows the earnings of the Current Year " "that do not have been recognized (Account type Total Current Year " "Unallocated Earnings in MX account 305.01.01 ['current year earnings' type])" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1289 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1288 msgid "" "The accountant should create a Journal Entry to recognize the result of the " "year in Accumulated Earnings from previous years on the account \"previous " "years results\" account (304.01.01 in Mexico) - that is an equity account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1293 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1292 msgid "The simplified accounting entry would look like this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1299 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1298 msgid "" "Once the accountant has created the journal entry to locate the **Current " "Earnings for the Year**, they must set the **Closing Date** to the last day " @@ -8318,26 +8383,26 @@ msgid "" "balance 0." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1309 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1308 msgid "Extra Recommended features" msgstr "Додаткові рекомендовані функції" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1312 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1311 msgid "Contacts App (Free)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1314 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1313 msgid "" "If you want to properly manage your customers, suppliers and addresses, this" " module, even if it is not a technical need, it is highly recommended to " "install it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1318 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1317 msgid "Multi-currency (Requires Accounting application)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1320 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1319 msgid "" "In Mexico, almost all companies send and receive payments in different " "currencies. If you want to do this you can enable the use of multi-currency." @@ -8346,11 +8411,11 @@ msgid "" " without having to manually create this information every day in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1325 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1324 msgid "Go to settings and enable the multi-currency feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1332 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1331 msgid "" "Enabling Explicit errors on the CFDI using the XSD local validator (CFDI " "3.3)" @@ -8358,30 +8423,30 @@ msgstr "" "Увімкнення явних помилок на CFDI за допомогою локального валідатора XSD " "(CFDI 3.3)." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1334 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1333 msgid "" "Frequently you want receive explicit errors from the fields incorrectly set " "on the xml, those errors are better informed to the user if the check is " "enable, to enable the Check with xsd feature follow the next steps (with the" -" :doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` enabled)." +" :doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>` enabled)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1339 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1338 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Actions --> Server Actions`" msgstr "" "Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Технічний --> Дії --> Дії " "сервера`" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1340 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1339 msgid "Look for the Action called \"Download XSD files to CFDI\"" msgstr "Шукайте дію під назвою \"Завантажити файли XSD до CFDI\"" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1341 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1340 msgid "Click on button \"Create Contextual Action\"" msgstr "Натисніть кнопку \"Створити контекстну дію\"" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1342 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1341 msgid "" "Go to the company form :menuselection:`Settings --> Users&Companies --> " "Companies`" @@ -8389,15 +8454,15 @@ msgstr "" "Перейдіть до форми компанії :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Користувачі та " "компанії --> Компанії`" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1343 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1342 msgid "Open any company you have." msgstr "Відкрийте будь-яку вашу компанію." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1344 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1343 msgid "Click on \"Action\" and then on \"Download XSD file to CFDI\"." msgstr "Натисніть \"Дія\", а потім \"Завантажити файл XSD в CFDI\"." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1350 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1349 msgid "" "Now you can make an invoice with any error (for example a product without " "code which is pretty common) and an explicit error will be shown instead a " @@ -8407,45 +8472,45 @@ msgstr "" "товар без коду, який є досить поширеним явищем), а замість загальної не " "вказано явну помилку." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1355 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1354 msgid "If you see an error like this:" msgstr "Якщо ви бачите помилку, подібну до цієї:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "``The cfdi generated is not valid``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "" "``attribute decl. 'TipoRelacion', attribute 'type': The QName value " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_TipoRelacion' does " "not resolve to a(n) simple type definition., line 36``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1362 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1361 msgid "" "This can be caused by a database backup restored in anothe server, or when " "the XSD files are not correctly downloaded. Follow the same steps as above " "but:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1366 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1365 msgid "Go to the company in which the error occurs." msgstr "Перейдіть до компанії, в якій виникає помилка." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1367 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1366 msgid "Click on *Action* and then on *Download XSD file to CFDI*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1370 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1369 msgid "Common problems and errors" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1372 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1371 msgid "**Error messages** (Only applicable on CFDI 3.3):" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1374 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1373 msgid "" "``9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_MINLENGTH_VALID: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " @@ -8453,7 +8518,7 @@ msgid "" "allowed minimum length of '1'.``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1379 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1378 msgid "" "``9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_PATTERN_VALID: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " @@ -8461,36 +8526,36 @@ msgid "" "'[^|]{1,100}'.``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1383 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1382 msgid "" "**Solution**: You forgot to set the proper \"Reference\" field in the " "product, please go to the product form and set your internal reference " "properly." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1387 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1428 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1459 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1480 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1488 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1386 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1427 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1458 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1479 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1487 msgid "**Error messages**:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1389 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1388 msgid "" "``6:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}RegimenFiscal': The attribute 'Regimen' is " "required but missing.``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1392 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1391 msgid "" "``5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'RegimenFiscal' is " "required but missing.``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1395 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1394 msgid "" "**Solution**: You forgot to set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the " "partner of the company. Go to customers, remove the customer filter and look" @@ -8500,25 +8565,25 @@ msgid "" "considerations about fiscal positions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1402 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1401 msgid "" "You need to go to Fiscal Position settings and set the proper code (it is " "the first 3 numbers of the name), for example, for the test, you need to set" " 601, it will look like the picture." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1410 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1409 msgid "" "For testing purposes this value must be set to ``601 - General de Ley " "Personas Morales`` which is the one required for the VAT demo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1413 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1445 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1412 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1444 msgid "**Error message**:" msgstr "**Повідомлення про помилку**:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1415 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1414 msgid "" "``2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'FormaPago': [facet " @@ -8527,19 +8592,19 @@ msgid "" "'26', '27', '28', '29', '30', '99'}``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1421 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1420 msgid "**Solution**: The payment method is required on your invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1430 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1429 msgid "" "``2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': " "[facet 'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'00``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1433 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1447 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1432 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1446 msgid "" "``2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': '' " @@ -8547,14 +8612,14 @@ msgid "" "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal'.``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1436 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1435 msgid "" "``5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'Rfc' is required but " "missing.``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1439 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1438 msgid "" "**Solution**: You must configure your company address correctly, this is a " "mandatory group of fields, you can go to your company configuration in " @@ -8563,96 +8628,96 @@ msgid "" " this section: :ref:`mx-legal-info`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1452 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1451 msgid "" "**Solution**: The postal code of your company address is not valid for " "Mexico, please correct it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1461 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1460 msgid "" "``18:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " "required but missing.``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1464 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1463 msgid "" "``34:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " "required but missing.\", '')``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1468 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1467 msgid "" "**Solution**: Set the Mexican name for the 0% and 16% tax in your system and" " use it on the invoice. Your tax, which represents 16% VAT and 0%, must have" " the **Factor Type** field set to *Tasa*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "``CCE159``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "" "``The XXXX attribute must be registered if the key of cce11: " "ComercioExterior: TipoOperacion registered is '1' or '2'.``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1486 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1485 msgid "**Solution**: It is necessary to specify the Incoterm." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "``CCE209``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "" "``The attribute cce11: Foreign Trade: Goods: Goods: Customs Unit must have " "the value specified in the catalog catCFDI: c_FraccionArancelaria column " "'UMT' when the attribute cce11: Foreign Trade: Goods: Me``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1495 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1494 msgid "" "**Solution**: The Tariff Fraction must have the code of the unit of measure " "01, corresponding to Kilograms." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1499 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1498 msgid "Glossary" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1501 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1500 msgid "" ":abbr:`CFDI (Comprobante Fiscal Digital por Internet)`: Online Digital Tax " "Receipt" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1502 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1501 msgid ":abbr:`CSD (Certificado de Sello Digital)`: Digital Seal Certificate" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1503 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1502 msgid "" ":abbr:`PAC (Proveedores Autorizados de Certificación)`: Authorized " "Certification Provider" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1504 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1503 msgid "Stamp: Digital signature of the electronic invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1505 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1504 msgid "" "Addenda: Complement of information that can be attached to an Internet " "Digital Tax Receipt (CFDI) normally required by certain companies in Mexico " "such as Walmart, Tiendas Sorianas, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1507 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1506 msgid "" ":abbr:`UUID (Universally Unique Identifier)`: It is the acronym in English " "of the Universally Unique Identifier. The UUID is the equivalent of Folio " @@ -8660,7 +8725,7 @@ msgid "" " by hyphens." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1510 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1509 msgid "" "LCO: List of Obliged Taxpayers (LCO) is a list issued by the SAT that " "accounts for all the taxpayers whom it authorizes the issuance of invoices " @@ -8668,16 +8733,16 @@ msgid "" "your clients, you must be in this database." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:2 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:2 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:100 msgid "Netherlands" msgstr "Нідерланди" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:5 msgid "XAF Export" msgstr "Експорт XAF " -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:7 msgid "" "With the Dutch accounting localization installed, you will be able to export" " all your accounting entries in XAF format. For this, you have to go in " @@ -8691,11 +8756,11 @@ msgstr "" "визначаєте записи, які ви хочете експортувати за допомогою фільтрів (період," " журнали, ...), а потім натисніть на кнопку **ЕКСПОРТ (XAF)**." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:14 msgid "Dutch Accounting Reports" msgstr "Голландська бухгалтерська звітність" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:16 msgid "" "If you install the Dutch accounting localization, you will have access to " "some reports that are specific to the Netherlands such as :" @@ -8703,26 +8768,26 @@ msgstr "" "Якщо ви встановите голландську локалізацію бухгалтерського обліку, ви " "матимете доступ до деяких звітів, специфічних для Нідерландів, таких як:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:21 msgid "Tax Report (Aangifte omzetbelasting)" msgstr "Податковий звіт (Aangifte omzetbelasting)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:23 msgid "Intrastat Report (ICP)" msgstr "Звіт Intrastat (ICP)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:109 msgid "Peru" msgstr "Перу" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:8 msgid "" "The Peruvian localization has been improved and extended, in this version " "the next modules are available:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:11 msgid "" "**l10n_pe**: Adds accounting features for the Peruvian localization, which " "represent the minimal configuration required for a company to operate in " @@ -8730,7 +8795,7 @@ msgid "" "included in this module are: Chart of account, taxes, document types." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:16 msgid "" "**l10n_pe_edi**: includes all technical and functional requirements to " "generate and validate Electronic Invoice, based on the SUNAT specification " @@ -8742,24 +8807,24 @@ msgid "" "<https://www.sunat.gob.pe/legislacion/general/index.html/>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:28 msgid "Install the Peruvian localization modules" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:30 msgid "" "Go to *Apps* and search for Peru, then click Install in the module Peru EDI." " This module has a dependency with *Peru - Accounting*. In case this last " "one is not installed, Odoo installs it automatically within EDI." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:39 msgid "" "When you install a database from scratch selecting Peru as country, Odoo " "automatically installs the base module: Peru - Accounting." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:45 msgid "" "In addition to the basic information in the Company, we need to set Peru as " "the Country, this is essential for the Electronic Invoice to work properly. " @@ -8768,40 +8833,40 @@ msgid "" "Registration):" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:56 msgid "" "In case the Address type code is unknown, you can set it as the default " "value: 0000. Be aware that if an incorrect value is entered, the Electronic " "invoice validation might have errors." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:60 msgid "The NIF should be set following the RUC format." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:66 msgid "" "The chart of accounts is installed by default as part of the set of data " "included in the localization module, the accounts are mapped automatically " "in:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:71 msgid "Default Account Receivable" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:73 msgid "" "The chart of accounts for Peru is based on the most updated version of the " ":abbr:`PCGE (Plan Contable General Empresarial)`, which is grouped in " "several categories and is compatible with NIIF accounting." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:78 msgid "Accouting Seetings" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:80 msgid "" "Once the modules are installed and the basic information of your company is " "set, you need to configure the elements required for Electronic Invoice. For" @@ -8809,46 +8874,46 @@ msgid "" "Localization`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:85 msgid "Basic Concepts" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:87 msgid "Here are some terms that are essential on the Peruvian localization:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:89 msgid "" "**EDI**: Electronic Data Interchange, which in this refers to the Electronic" " Invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:90 msgid "" "**SUNAT**: is the organization that enforces customs and taxation in Peru." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:91 msgid "" "**OSE**: Electronic Service Operator, `OSE SUNAT's definition " "<https://cpe.sunat.gob.pe/aliados/ose#:~:text=El%20Operador%20de%20Servicios%20Electr%C3%B3nicos%20(OSE)%20es%20qui%C3%A9n%20se%20encarga,otro%20documento%20que%20se%20emita>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:93 msgid "**CDR**: Receipt certificate (Constancia de Recepción)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:94 msgid "" -"**SOL Credentials**: User and password provided by the SUNAT and grants " -"access to Online Operations systems." +"**SOL Credentials**: Sunat Operaciones en Línea. User and password are " +"provided by the SUNAT and grant access to Online Operations systems." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:99 msgid "Signature Provider" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:101 msgid "" "As part of the requirements for Electronic Invoice in Peru, your company " "needs to select a Signature Provider that will take care of the document " @@ -8856,114 +8921,114 @@ msgid "" "options:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:112 msgid "IAP (Odoo In-App Purchase)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:106 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:170 msgid "Digiflow" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:186 msgid "SUNAT" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:109 msgid "" "Please refer to the sections below to check the details and considerations " "for each option." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:114 msgid "" "This is the default and the suggested option, considering the digital " "ceritificate is included as part of the service." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:122 msgid "What is the IAP?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:124 msgid "" "This is a signature service offered directly by Odoo, the service takes care" " of the next process:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:126 msgid "" "Provides the Electronic invoice Certificate, so you do not need to acquire " "one by yourself." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:127 msgid "Send the document to the OSE, in this case, Digiflow." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:128 msgid "Receive the OSE validation and CDR." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:131 msgid "How does it work?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:133 msgid "" "The service requires Credits in order to process your electronic documents. " "Odoo provides 1000 credits for free in new databases. After these credits " "are consumed, you need to buy a Credit Package." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:138 msgid "Credits" msgstr "Кредити" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:138 msgid "EUR" msgstr "EUR" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:140 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:113 msgid "1000" msgstr "1000" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:140 msgid "22" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:142 msgid "5000" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:142 msgid "110" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:144 msgid "10,000" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:144 msgid "220" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:146 msgid "20,000" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:146 msgid "440" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:149 msgid "The credits are consumed per each document that is sent to the OSE." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:152 msgid "" "If you have a validation error and the document needs to be sent one more " "time, one additional credit will be charged. Therefore, it is paramount that" @@ -8971,17 +9036,17 @@ msgid "" "OSE." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:157 msgid "What do you need to do?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:159 msgid "" "In Odoo, once your enterprise contract is activated and you start working in" " Production, you need to buy credits once the first 1000 are consumed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:161 msgid "" "As Digiflow is the OSE used in the IAP, you need to affiliate it as the " "official OSE for your company on the SUNAT website. This is a simple " @@ -8989,15 +9054,22 @@ msgid "" "<https://drive.google.com/file/d/1BkrMTZIiJyi5XI0lGMi3rbMzHddOL1pa/view?usp=sharing>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:165 +msgid "" +"Register Digiflow as the authorized PSE, please check `PSE Affiliation guide" +" " +"<https://drive.google.com/file/d/1QZoqWvtQERpS0pqp6LcKmw7EBlm9EroU/view?usp=sharing>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:172 msgid "" "This option can be used as an alternative, instead of using the IAP services" " you can send your document validation directly to Digiflow. In this case " "you need to consider:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:172 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:192 msgid "" "Buy your own digital Certificate: For more detail regarding the official " "vendor list, and the process to acquire it, please refer to `SUNAT Digital " @@ -9005,104 +9077,110 @@ msgid "" "<https://cpe.sunat.gob.pe/informacion_general/certificados_digitales/>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:178 msgid "" "Sign a service agreement directly with `Digiflow " "<https://www.digiflow.pe/>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:179 msgid "Provide your SOL credentials." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:188 msgid "" "In case your company wants to sign directly with the SUNAT, it is possible " "to select this option in your configuration. In this case you need to " "consider: - Get the SUNAT Certification process accepted." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:196 msgid "Provide you SOL credentials." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:199 +msgid "" +"When using direct connection with the SUNAT, the SOL User must be set with " +"the Company RUT + User Id. Example: ``20121888549JOHNSMITH``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:203 msgid "Testing environment" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:205 msgid "" "Odoo provides a testing environment that can be activated before your " "company goes into production." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:207 msgid "" "When using the testing environment and the IAP signature, you don’t need to " "buy testing credits for your transactions as all of them are validated by " "default." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:211 msgid "" "By default the databases are set to work on production, make sure to enable " "the testing mode if needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:217 msgid "" "In case you don’t use Odoo IAP, in order to generate the electronic invoice " "signature, a digital certificate with the extension ``.pfx`` is required. " "Proceed to this section and load your file and password." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:228 msgid "" "The official currency exchange rate in Peru is provided by the Bank of Peru." " Odoo can connect directly to its services and get the currency rate either " "automatically or manually." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:235 msgid "" "Please refer to the next section in our documentation for more information " "about :doc:`multicurrency <../../others/multicurrencies/how_it_works>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:245 msgid "" "As part of the localization module the taxes are created automatically with " "their related financial account and electronic invoice configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:253 msgid "EDI Configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:255 msgid "" "As part of the taxes configuration, there are three new fields required for " "electronic invoice, the taxes created by default have this data included, " "but in case you create new taxes make sure you fill in the fields:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:261 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:267 msgid "" "There are two main fiscal positions included by default when you install the" " Peruvian localization." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:269 msgid "" "**Extranjero - Exportación**: Set this fiscal position on customers for " "Exportation transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:271 msgid "**Local Peru**: Set this fiscal position on local customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:270 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:276 msgid "" "In some Latin American countries, including Peru, some accounting " "transactions like invoices and vendor bills are classified by document " @@ -9110,7 +9188,7 @@ msgid "" "SUNAT." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:280 msgid "" "Each document type can have a unique sequence per journal where it is " "assigned. As part of the localization, the Document Type includes the " @@ -9118,29 +9196,29 @@ msgid "" "automatically when the localization module is installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:278 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:284 msgid "" "The information required for the document types is included by default so " "the user does not need to fill anything on this view:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:292 msgid "" "Currently the documents supported on customer invoices are: Invoice, Boleta," " Debit Note and Credit Note." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:298 msgid "" "When creating Sales Journals, the following information must be filled, in " "addition to the standard fields on the Journals:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:302 msgid "Use Documents" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:304 msgid "" "This field is used to define if the journal uses Document Types. It is only " "applicable to Purchase and Sales journals, which are the ones that can be " @@ -9148,23 +9226,23 @@ msgid "" "default, all the sales journals created use documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:303 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:309 msgid "Electronic Data Interchange" msgstr "Обмін електронними даними" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:305 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:311 msgid "" "This section indicates which EDI workflow is used in the invoice, for Peru " "we must select “Peru UBL 2.1”." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:313 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:319 msgid "" "By default, the value Factur-X (FR) is always displayed, make sure you can " "uncheck it manually." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:321 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:327 msgid "" "As part of the Peruvian localization, the identification types defined by " "the SUNAT are now available on the Partner form, this information is " @@ -9172,26 +9250,26 @@ msgid "" "customer, make sure you fill in this information in your records." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:331 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:337 msgid "Product" msgstr "Товар" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:333 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:339 msgid "" "Additional to the basic information in your products, for the Peruvian " "localization, the UNSPC Code on the product is a required value to be " "configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:345 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:351 msgid "Customer invoice" msgstr "Рахунок клієнта" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:354 msgid "EDI Elements" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:356 msgid "" "Once you have configured your master data, the invoices can be created from " "your sales order or manually. Additional to the basic invoice information " @@ -9200,13 +9278,13 @@ msgid "" "fields required as part of the Peru EDI:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:355 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:361 msgid "" "**Document type**: The default value is “Factura Electronica” but you can " "manually change the document type if needed and select Boleta for example." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:362 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:368 msgid "" "**Operation type**: This value is required for Electronic Invoice and " "indicates the transaction type, the default value is “Internal Sale” but " @@ -9214,7 +9292,7 @@ msgid "" "Goods." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:370 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:376 msgid "" "**EDI Affectation Reason**: In the invoice lines, additional to the Tax " "there is a field “EDI Affectation Reason” that determines the tax scope " @@ -9223,7 +9301,7 @@ msgid "" "manually select another one when creating the invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:382 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:388 msgid "" "Once you check all the information in your invoice is correct, you can " "proceed to validate it. This action registers the account move and triggers " @@ -9231,18 +9309,18 @@ msgid "" "following message is displayed at the top of the invoice:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:390 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:396 msgid "" "Asynchronous means that the document is not sent automatically after the " "invoice has been posted." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:393 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:487 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:399 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:493 msgid "Electronic Invoice Status" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:395 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:401 msgid "" "**To be Sent**: To be sent: Indicates the document is ready to be sent to " "the OSE, this can be done either automatically by Odoo with a *cron* that " @@ -9250,46 +9328,46 @@ msgid "" "button “Sent now”." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:403 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:409 msgid "" "**Sent**: Indicates the document was sent to the OSE and was successfully " "validated. As part of the validation a ZIP file is downloaded and a message " "is logged in the chatter indicating the correct Government validation." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:411 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:417 msgid "" "In case there is a validation error the Electronic Invoice status remains in" " “To be sent” so the corrections can be made and the invoice can be sent " "again." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:415 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:421 msgid "" "One credit is consumed each time that you send a document for validation, in" " this sense if an error is detected on an invoice and you send it one more " "time, two credits are consumed in total." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:422 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:428 msgid "" "There are multiple reasons behind a rejection from the OSE or the SUNAT, " "when this happens Odoo sends a message at the top of the invoice indicating " "the error details and in the most common cases a hint to fix the issue." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:426 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:432 msgid "If a validation error is received, you have two options:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:428 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:434 msgid "" "In case the error is related to master data on the partner, customer or " "taxes, you can simply apply the change on the record (example customer " "identification type) and once it is done click on the Retry button." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:431 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:437 msgid "" "If the error is related to some data recorded on the invoice directly " "(Operation type, missing data on the invoice lines), the correct solution is" @@ -9297,49 +9375,49 @@ msgid "" " again to the SUNAT for another validation." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:440 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:446 msgid "" "For more detail please refert to `Common errors in SUNAT " "<https://www.nubefact.com/codigos-error-sunat/>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:446 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:452 msgid "" "After the invoice is accepted and validated by the SUNAT, the invoice PDF " "report can be printed. The report includes a QR code, indicating the invoice" " is a valid fiscal document." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:454 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:460 msgid "IAP Credits" msgstr "Кредити IAP " -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:456 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:462 msgid "" "Odoo’s Electronic IAP offers 1000 credits for free, after these credits are " "consumed in your production database, your company must buy new credits in " "order to process your transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:459 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:465 msgid "" "Once you run out of credits a red label is displayed at the top of the " "invoice indicating that additional credits are required, you can easily buy " "them by accessing the link provided in the message." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:467 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:473 msgid "" "In the IAP service includes packages with different pricing based on the " "number of credits. The price list in the IAP is always displayed in EUR." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:474 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:510 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:480 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:516 msgid "Cancelation process" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:476 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:482 msgid "" "Some scenarios require an invoice cancellation, for example, when an invoice" " was created by mistake. If the invoice was already sent and validated by " @@ -9347,11 +9425,11 @@ msgid "" "Cancellation:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:484 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:490 msgid "In order to cancel an invoice, please provide a cancellation Reason." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:489 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:495 msgid "" "**To Cancel**: Indicates the cancellation request is ready to be sent to " "the OSE, this can be done either automatically by Odoo with a *cron* that " @@ -9360,7 +9438,7 @@ msgid "" "result the next message and CDR File are logged in the chatter:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:498 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:504 msgid "" "**Cancelled**: Indicates the cancellation request was sent to the OSE and " "was successfully validated. As part of the validation a ZIP file is " @@ -9368,75 +9446,75 @@ msgid "" "Government validation." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:507 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:513 msgid "One credit is consumed on each cancellation request." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:512 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:518 msgid "" "When creating exportation invoices, take into account the next " "considerations:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:514 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:520 msgid "The Identification type on your customer must be Foreign ID." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:515 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:521 msgid "Operation type in your invoice must be an Exportation one." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:516 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:522 msgid "The taxes included in the invoice lines should be EXP taxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:523 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:529 msgid "Advance Payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:525 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:531 msgid "Create the advance payment Invoice and apply its related payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:526 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:532 msgid "Create the final invoice without considering the advance payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:527 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:533 msgid "" "Create a credit note for the Final invoice with the advance payment amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:528 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:534 msgid "Reconcile the Credit note with the final invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:529 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:535 msgid "" "The remaining balance on the final invoice should be paid with a regular " "payment transaction." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:533 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:539 msgid "Detraction Invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:535 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:541 msgid "" "When creating invoices that is subject to Detractions, take into account the" " next considerations:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:537 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:543 msgid "" "All the products included in the invoice must have these fields configured:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:543 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:549 msgid "Operation type in your invoice must be ``1001``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:552 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:558 msgid "" "When a correction or refund is needed over a validated invoice, a credit " "note must be generated, for this just click on the button “Add Credit Note”," @@ -9444,66 +9522,66 @@ msgid "" "selecting one of the options in the list." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:561 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:567 msgid "" "When creating your first credit Note, select the Credit Method: Partial " "Refund, this allows you to define the credit note sequence." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:564 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:570 msgid "By default the Credit Note is set in the document type:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:570 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:576 msgid "" "To finish the workflow please follow the instructions on :doc:`our page " "about Credit Notes <../../receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:574 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:580 msgid "" "The EDI workflow for the Credit notes works in the same way as the invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:580 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:586 msgid "" "As part of the Peruvian localization, besides creating credit notes from an " "existing document you can also create debit Notes. For this just use the " "button “Add Debit Note”." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:583 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:589 msgid "By default the Debit Note is set in the document type." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:3 msgid "Spain" msgstr "Іспанія" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:6 msgid "Spanish Chart of Accounts" msgstr "Іспанський план рахунків" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:8 msgid "" "In Odoo, there are several Spanish Chart of Accounts that are available by " "default:" msgstr "" "В Odoo існує кілька іспанських планів рахунків, доступних за замовчуванням:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:10 msgid "PGCE PYMEs 2008" msgstr "PGCE PYMEs 2008" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:11 msgid "PGCE Completo 2008" msgstr "PGCE Completo 2008" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:12 msgid "PGCE Entitades" msgstr "PGCE Entitades" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:14 msgid "" "You can choose the one you want by going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration` then choose the package you want in the **Fiscal " @@ -9513,7 +9591,7 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Бухблік --> Налаштування`, потім виберіть потрібний пакет у " "розділі **Фінансова локалізація**." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:20 msgid "" "When you create a new SaaS database, the PGCE PYMEs 2008 is installed by " "default." @@ -9521,11 +9599,11 @@ msgstr "" "Коли ви створюєте нову базу даних SaaS, PGCE PYMEs 2008 встановлюється за " "замовчуванням." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:23 msgid "Spanish Accounting Reports" msgstr "Іспанська бухгалтерська звітність" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:25 msgid "" "If the Spanish Accounting Localization is installed, you will have access to" " accounting reports specific to Spain:" @@ -9533,27 +9611,27 @@ msgstr "" "Якщо іспанська локалізація бухобліку встановлена, ви матимете доступ до " "бухгалтерських звітів, специфічних для Іспанії:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:28 msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 111)" msgstr "Податковий звіт (Modelo 111)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:29 msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 115)" msgstr "Податковий звіт (Modelo 115)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:30 msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 303)" msgstr "Податковий звіт (Modelo 303)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:3 msgid "Switzerland" msgstr "Швейцарія" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:6 msgid "ISR (In-payment Slip with Reference number)" msgstr "ISR (платіж із платіжною карткою з референтним номером)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:8 msgid "" "The ISRs are payment slips used in Switzerland. You can print them directly " "from Odoo. On the customer invoices, there is a new button called *Print " @@ -9563,7 +9641,7 @@ msgstr "" "надрукувати їх безпосередньо з Odoo. На рахунках клієнта є нова кнопка під " "назвою *Друк ISR*." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:16 msgid "" "The button *Print ISR* only appears there is well a bank account defined on " "the invoice. You can use CH6309000000250097798 as bank account number and " @@ -9573,11 +9651,11 @@ msgstr "" " банківський рахунок. Ви можете використовувати CH6309000000250097798 як " "номер банківського рахунку та 010391391 як посилання CHF ISR." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:23 msgid "Then you open a pdf with the ISR." msgstr "Потім ви відкриваєте PDF з ISR." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:28 msgid "" "There exists two layouts for ISR: one with, and one without the bank " "coordinates. To choose which one to use, there is an option to print the " @@ -9586,17 +9664,17 @@ msgid "" "Invoices` and enable **Print bank on ISR**:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:38 msgid "ISR reference on invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:40 msgid "" "To ease the reconciliation process, you can add your ISR reference as " "**Payment Reference** on your invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:43 msgid "" "To do so, you need to configure the Journal you usually use to issue " "invoices. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, " @@ -9606,11 +9684,11 @@ msgid "" " *Save*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:53 msgid "Currency Rate Live Update" msgstr "Оновлення валюти онлайн" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:55 msgid "" "You can update automatically your currencies rates based on the Federal Tax " "Administration from Switzerland. For this, go in :menuselection:`Accounting " @@ -9622,11 +9700,11 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Бухоблік --> Налаштування`, активізувати налаштування " "мультивалютності і вибрати потрібну послугу." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:64 msgid "Updated VAT for January 2018" msgstr "Оновлене ПДВ до січня 2018" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:66 msgid "" "Starting from the 1st January 2018, new reduced VAT rates will be applied in" " Switzerland. The normal 8.0% rate will switch to 7.7% and the specific rate" @@ -9636,11 +9714,11 @@ msgstr "" "ПДВ. Нормальна ставка на рівні 8,0% перейде на 7,7%, а спеціальна ставка для" " готельного сектору зміниться з 3,8% до 3,7%." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:71 msgid "How to update your taxes in Odoo Enterprise (SaaS or On Premise)?" msgstr "Як оновити свої податки в Odoo Enterprise (SaaS або On Premise)?" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:73 msgid "" "If you have the V11.1 version, all the work is already been done, you don't " "have to do anything." @@ -9648,7 +9726,7 @@ msgstr "" "Якщо у вас є версія V11.1, вся робота вже виконана, вам не потрібно нічого " "робити." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:76 msgid "" "If you have started on an earlier version, you first have to update the " "module \"Switzerland - Accounting Reports\". For this, you go in " @@ -9662,7 +9740,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"Швейцарія - Звіти про бухгалтерський облік\" --> відкрийте модуль --> " "натисніть \"оновити\"`." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:83 msgid "" "Once it has been done, you can work on creating new taxes for the updated " "rates." @@ -9670,7 +9748,7 @@ msgstr "" "Як тільки це буде зроблено, ви можете працювати над створенням нових " "податків для оновлених ставок." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:87 msgid "" "**Do not suppress or modify the existing taxes** (8.0% and 3.8%). You want " "to keep them since you may have to use both rates for a short period of " @@ -9682,11 +9760,11 @@ msgstr "" " період часу. Замість цього не забудьте архівувати їх, коли ви закодуєте всі" " ваші транзакції 2017." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:92 msgid "The creation of such taxes should be done in the following manner:" msgstr "Створення таких податків має здійснюватися наступним чином:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:94 msgid "" "**Purchase taxes**: copy the origin tax, change its name, label on invoice, " "rate and tax group (effective from v10 only)" @@ -9695,7 +9773,7 @@ msgstr "" "мітку в рахунку-фактурі, ставку та податкову групу (застосовується лише з " "v10)." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 msgid "" "**Sale taxes**: copy the origin tax, change its name, label on invoice, rate" " and tax group (effective from v10 only). Since the vat report now shows the" @@ -9706,7 +9784,7 @@ msgstr "" "v10). Оскільки звіт пдв тепер показує подробиці старих та нових ставок, ви " "також повинні встановити відповідні теги" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:102 msgid "" "For 7.7% taxes: Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 base, Switzerland VAT Form: " "grid 302 tax" @@ -9714,7 +9792,7 @@ msgstr "" "Для податків 7,7%: Швейцарська форма ПДВ: сітка 302 бази, Швейцарія ПДВ " "Форма: сітка 302 податок" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 msgid "" "For 3.7% taxes: Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 base, Switzerland VAT Form: " "grid 342 tax" @@ -9722,7 +9800,7 @@ msgstr "" "Для податків 3,7%: Швейцарська форма ПДВ: сітка 342 база, Швейцарія ПДВ " "Форма: сітка 342 податок" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:108 msgid "" "You'll find below, as examples, the correct configuration for all taxes " "included in Odoo by default" @@ -9730,185 +9808,185 @@ msgstr "" "Нижче наведено, як приклади, правильну конфігурацію для всіх податків, " "включених в Odoo за умовчанням" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 msgid "**Tax Name**" msgstr "**Назва податку**" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 msgid "**Rate**" msgstr "**Ставка**" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 msgid "**Label on Invoice**" msgstr "**Мітка в рахунку-фактурі**" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 msgid "**Tax Group (effective from V10)**" msgstr "**Податкова група (діє з V10)**" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 msgid "**Tax Scope**" msgstr "**Податкова сфера**" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 msgid "**Tag**" msgstr "**Тег**" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 msgid "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (TN)" msgstr "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (TN)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 msgid "7.7%" msgstr "7.7%" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 msgid "7.7% achat" msgstr "7.7% achat" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 msgid "TVA 7.7%" msgstr "TVA 7.7%" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 msgid "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 400" msgstr "Форма швейцарського ПДВ: сітка 400" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 msgid "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TN)" msgstr "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TN)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 msgid "7.7% achat Incl." msgstr "7.7% achat Incl." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 msgid "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TN)" msgstr "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TN)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 msgid "7.7% invest." msgstr "7.7% invest." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 msgid "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 405" msgstr "Форма швейцарського ПДВ: сітка 405" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 msgid "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TN)" msgstr "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TN)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 msgid "7.7% invest. Incl." msgstr "7.7% invest. Incl." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 msgid "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (TS)" msgstr "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (TS)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 msgid "3.7%" msgstr "3.7%" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 msgid "3.7% achat" msgstr "3.7% achat" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 msgid "TVA 3.7%" msgstr "TVA 3.7%" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 msgid "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TS)" msgstr "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TS)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 msgid "3.7% achat Incl." msgstr "3.7% achat Incl." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 msgid "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TS)" msgstr "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TS)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 msgid "3.7% invest" msgstr "3.7% invest" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 msgid "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TS)" msgstr "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TS)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 msgid "3.7% invest Incl." msgstr "3.7% invest Incl." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 msgid "TVA due a 7.7% (TN)" msgstr "TVA due a 7.7% (TN)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 msgid "" "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 base, Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 tax" msgstr "" "Форма ПДВ Швейцарія: сітка 302 база, Швейцарія Форма ПДВ: сітка 302 пдв" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 msgid "TVA due à 7.7% (Incl. TN)" msgstr "TVA due à 7.7% (Incl. TN)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 msgid "7.7% Incl." msgstr "7.7% Incl." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 msgid "TVA due à 3.7% (TS)" msgstr "TVA due à 3.7% (TS)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 msgid "" "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 base, Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 tax" msgstr "" "Форма ПДВ Швейцарія: сітка 342 база, Швейцарія Форма ПДВ: сітка 342 пдв" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 msgid "TVA due a 3.7% (Incl. TS)" msgstr "TVA due a 3.7% (Incl. TS)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 msgid "3.7% Incl." msgstr "3.7% Incl." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:139 msgid "" "If you have questions or remarks, please contact our support using " "odoo.com/help." @@ -9916,7 +9994,7 @@ msgstr "" "Якщо у вас є запитання чи зауваження, зв'яжіться з нашою підтримкою за " "допомогою odoo.com/help." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:143 msgid "" "Don't forget to update your fiscal positions. If you have a version 11.1 (or" " higher), there is nothing to do. Otherwise, you will also have to update " @@ -9926,11 +10004,11 @@ msgstr "" "(або вище), нічого не робіть. В іншому випадку вам також доведеться " "відповідно оновити свою схему оподаткування." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:3 msgid "Fiscal Localization Packages" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:5 msgid "" "**Fiscal Localization Packages** are country-specific modules that install " "pre-configured taxes, fiscal positions, chart of accounts, and legal " @@ -9939,2229 +10017,468 @@ msgid "" "app, following your fiscal administration requirements." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:11 msgid "" "Odoo continuously adds new localizations and improves the existing packages." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:16 msgid "" "Odoo automatically installs the appropriate package for your company, " "according to the country selected at the creation of the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:20 msgid "" "As long as you haven't posted any entry, you can still add and select " "another package." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:22 msgid "" "To install a new package, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration" " --> Fiscal Localization`, click on **Install More Packages**, and install " "your country's module." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:29 msgid "Once done, select your country's package, and click on *Save*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:36 msgid "Use" msgstr "Користування" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:38 msgid "" "These packages require you to fine-tune your chart of accounts according to " "your needs, activate the taxes you use, and configure your country-specific " "statements and certifications." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:41 msgid "Please refer to the documentation listed below for more information." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:44 msgid ":doc:`localizations_list`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:45 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:254 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:195 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:194 msgid ":doc:`../../overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:46 -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:123 -msgid ":doc:`../../fiscality/taxes/taxes`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:123 +msgid ":doc:`../../taxation/taxes/taxes`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:48 msgid "" "update list of linked docs, and link with the future one about country-" "specific statements." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:3 msgid "List of supported countries" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo Accounting can be used in many countries out of the box by installing " "the appropriate module. Here is a list of all :doc:`Fiscal Localization " "Packages <fiscal_localization_packages>` that are available on Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:14 msgid "Fiscal Localization Packages available" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:16 msgid "Algeria - Accounting" msgstr "Алжир - Бухоблік" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:19 msgid "Argentinian Accounting" msgstr "Аргентинський бухоблік" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:20 msgid "Argentinian Accounting Reports" msgstr "Звіти аргентинського бухобліку" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:21 msgid "Argentinian Electronic Invoicing" msgstr "Аргентинське електронне виставлення рахунку" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:23 msgid "Australian - Accounting" msgstr "Австралія - Бухоблік" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:24 msgid "Austria - Accounting" msgstr "Австрія - Бухоблік" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:25 msgid "Belgium - Accounting" msgstr "Бельгія - Бухоблік" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:26 msgid "Bolivia - Accounting" msgstr "Болівія - Бухоблік" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:27 msgid "Brazilian - Accounting" msgstr "Бразилія - Бухгалтерський облік" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:28 msgid "Canada - Accounting" msgstr "Канада - Бухгалтерський облік" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:29 msgid "Chile - Accounting" msgstr "Чилі - Бухоблік" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:30 msgid "China" msgstr "Китай" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:32 msgid "China - Accounting" msgstr "Китай - Бухоблік" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:33 msgid "China - City Data" msgstr "Китай - Дані міста" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:34 msgid "China - Small Business CoA" msgstr "Китай - CoA для малого бізнесу" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:35 msgid "China - Standard CoA" msgstr "Китай - Стандартний CoA" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:39 msgid "Colombian - Accounting" msgstr "Колумбія - Бухоблік" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:40 msgid "Colombian - Point of Sale" msgstr "Колумбія - Точка продажу" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:42 msgid "Costa Rica - Accounting" msgstr "Коста-Ріка - Бухоблік" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:43 msgid "Croatia - Accounting (RRIF 2012)" msgstr "Хорватія - Бухоблік (RRIF 2012)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:44 msgid "Denmark" msgstr "Данія" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:46 msgid "Denmark - Accounting" msgstr "Данія - Бухоблік" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:47 msgid "Denmark - Accounting Reports" msgstr "Данія - Бухгалтерські звіти" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:49 msgid "Dominican Republic - Accounting" msgstr "Домініканська Республіка - Бухоблік" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:50 msgid "Ecuador - Accounting" msgstr "Еквадор - Бухоблік" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:51 msgid "Ethiopia - Accounting" msgstr "Ефіопія - Бухоблік" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:52 msgid "EU Mini One Stop Shop (MOSS)" msgstr "EU Mini One Stop Shop (MOSS)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:53 msgid "Finnish Localization" msgstr "Фінська локалізація" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:54 msgid "France - Accounting" msgstr "Банківські рахунки" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:55 msgid "Generic - Accounting" msgstr "Загальний - Бухоблік" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:58 msgid "Germany - Accounting" msgstr "Німеччина - Бухоблік" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:59 msgid "Germany SKR03 - Accounting" msgstr "Німеччина SKR03 - Бухоблік" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:60 msgid "Germany SKR04 - Accounting" msgstr "Німеччина SKR04 - Бухоблік" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:62 msgid "Greece - Accounting" msgstr "Греція - Бухоблік" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:63 msgid "Guatemala - Accounting" msgstr "Гватемала - Бухоблік" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:64 msgid "Honduras - Accounting" msgstr "Гондурас - Бухоблік" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:65 msgid "Hong Kong - Accounting" msgstr "Гонг Конг - Бухоблік" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:66 msgid "Hungarian - Accounting" msgstr "Угорщина - Бухоблік" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:67 msgid "India" msgstr "Індія" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:69 msgid "Indian - Accounting" msgstr "Індія - Бухоблік" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:70 msgid "Indian - Point of Sale" msgstr "Індійська - Точка продажу" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:72 msgid "Indonesian - Accounting" msgstr "Індонезія - Бухоблік" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:73 msgid "Ireland - Accounting" msgstr "Ірландія - Бухоблік" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:74 msgid "Israel - Accounting" msgstr "Ізраїль - Бухоблік" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:75 msgid "Italy" msgstr "Італія" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:77 msgid "Italy - Accounting" msgstr "Італія - Бухоблік" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:78 msgid "Italy - E-invoicing" msgstr "Італія - електронне виставлення рахунку" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:80 msgid "Japan - Accounting" msgstr "Японія - Бухоблік" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:81 msgid "LATAM" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:83 msgid "LATAM Localization Base" msgstr "База локалізації LATAM" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:84 msgid "LATAM Document" msgstr "Документ LATAM" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:86 msgid "Lithuania" msgstr "Литва" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:88 msgid "Lithuania - Accounting" msgstr "Литва - Бухоблік" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:89 msgid "LT - Accounting Reports" msgstr "LT - Бухгалтерські звіти" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:91 msgid "Luxembourg - Accounting" msgstr "Люксембург - Бухгалтерський облік" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:92 msgid "Maroc - Accounting" msgstr "Марокко - Бухоблік" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:93 msgid "Mexico - Accounting" msgstr "Мексика - Бухгалтерський облік" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:94 msgid "Mongolia" msgstr "Монголія" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:96 msgid "Mongolia - Accounting" msgstr "Монголія - Бухоблік" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:97 msgid "Mongolia - Accounting Reports" msgstr "Монголія - Бухгалтерські звіти" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:99 msgid "Multi Language Chart of Accounts" msgstr "Багатомовний план рахунків" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:102 msgid "Netherlands - Accounting" msgstr "Нідерландські Антильські Острови" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:103 msgid "Netherlands - Intrastat Declaration" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:105 msgid "New Zealand - Accounting" msgstr "Нова Зеландія - Бухоблік" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:106 msgid "Norway - Accounting" msgstr "Норвегія - Бухоблік" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:107 msgid "OHADA - Accounting" msgstr "OHADA - Бухоблік" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:108 msgid "Panama - Accounting" msgstr "Панама - Бухоблік" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:111 msgid "Peruvian Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:112 msgid "Peruvian Accounting Reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:113 msgid "Peruvian Electronic Invoicing" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:115 msgid "Poland - Accounting" msgstr "Польща - Бухоблік" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:116 msgid "Portugal - Accounting" msgstr "Португалія - Бухоблік" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:117 msgid "Romania - Accounting" msgstr "Румунія - Бухгалтерський облік" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:118 msgid "Saudi Arabia - Accounting" msgstr "Саудівська Аравія - Бухоблік" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:119 msgid "Singapore - Accounting" msgstr "Сингапур - Бухоблік" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:120 msgid "Slovenian - Accounting" msgstr "Словенія - Бухоблік" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:121 msgid "South Africa - Accounting" msgstr "Південна Африка - Бухоблік" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:122 msgid "Spain - Accounting (PGCE 2008)" msgstr "Іспанія - Бухоблік (PGCE 2008)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:123 msgid "Sweden" msgstr "Швеція" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:125 msgid "Sweden - Structured Communication OCR" msgstr "Швеція - Структурована комунікація OCR" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:126 msgid "Swedish - Accounting" msgstr "Швеція - Бухоблік" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:128 msgid "Switzerland - Accounting" msgstr "Швейцарія - Бухоблік" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:129 msgid "Thailand - Accounting" msgstr "Таїланд - Бухоблік" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:130 msgid "Turkey - Accounting" msgstr "Туреччина - Бухгалтерський облік" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:131 msgid "U.A.E. - Accounting" msgstr "ОАЕ - Бухоблік" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:132 msgid "UK - Accounting" msgstr "Великобританія - Бухоблік" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:133 msgid "Ukraine - Accounting" msgstr "Україна - Бухоблік" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:134 msgid "United States - Accounting" msgstr "США - Бухоблік" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:135 msgid "Uruguay - Chart of Accounts" msgstr "Уругвай - план рахунків" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:136 msgid "Venezuela - Accounting" msgstr "Венесуела - Бухоблік" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:137 msgid "Vietnam - Accounting" msgstr "В'єтнам - Бухоблік" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:140 msgid ":doc:`fiscal_localization_packages`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality.rst:3 -msgid "Fiscality" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year.rst:3 -msgid "Fiscal Year" -msgstr "Звітний період" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:3 -msgid "Do a year end in Odoo (close a fiscal year)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Before going ahead with closing a fiscal year, there are a few steps one " -"should typically take to ensure that your accounting is correct, up to date," -" and accurate:" -msgstr "" -"Перш ніж закривати річний період, потрібно виконати кілька кроків, щоби " -"переконатися, що ваш бухоблік є правильним, оновленим та точним:" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Make sure you have fully reconciled your **bank account(s)** up to year end " -"and confirm that your ending book balances agree with your bank statement " -"balances." -msgstr "" -"Переконайтеся, що ви повністю узгодили **банківський рахунок(-и)** до кінця " -"року та підтверджуєте, що ваш баланс на кінцеву дату узгоджується з вашими " -"балансами банківських виписок." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:13 -msgid "Verify that all **customer invoices** have been entered and approved." -msgstr "" -"Переконайтеся, що всі **рахунки-фактури клієнтів** були введені та схвалені." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:15 -msgid "Confirm that you have entered and agreed all **vendor bills**." -msgstr "Підтвердіть, що ви ввели та узгодили всі **рахунки постачальників**." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:17 -msgid "Validate all **expenses**, ensuring their accuracy." -msgstr "Перевірте всі **витрати**, забезпечуючи їх точність." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Corroborate that all **received payments** have been entered and recorded " -"accurately." -msgstr "" -"Підтвердіть, що всі **отримані платежі** були введені та записані точно." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:25 -msgid "Run a **Tax report**, and verify that your tax information is correct." -msgstr "" -"Перевірте **Податковий звіт** та переконайтеся, що ваша податкова інформація" -" є правильною." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:27 -msgid "Reconcile all accounts on your **Balance Sheet**:" -msgstr "Узгодьте усі ваші рахунки зі **Звітом балансу**:" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Agree your bank balances in Odoo against your actual bank balances on your " -"statements. Utilize the **Bank Reconciliation** report to assist with this." -msgstr "" -"Узгодьте свої банківські баланси в Odoo з вашими фактичними залишками " -"балансу на ваших виписках. Використовуйте звіт **Узгодження з банківською " -"випискою**, щоб допомогти цьому." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Reconcile all transactions in your cash and bank accounts by running your " -"**Aged Receivables** and **Aged Payables** reports." -msgstr "" -"Підключіть всі транзакції на своїх грошових та банківських рахунках, " -"виконуючи звіти **Розрахунків з кредиторами** та звіти **Розрахунків з " -"дебіторами**." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Audit your accounts, being sure to fully understand the transactions " -"affecting them and the nature of the transactions, making sure to include " -"loans and fixed assets." -msgstr "" -"Перевірте свої рахунки, не забудьте переконатися у тому, які операції " -"впливають на них та характер операцій, переконавшись у включенні кредитів та" -" основних засобів." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Run the optional **Payments Matching** feature, under the **More** dropdown " -"on the dashboard, validating any open **Vendor Bills** and **Customer " -"Invoices** with their payments. This step is optional, however it may assist" -" the year-end process if all outstanding payments and invoices are " -"reconciled, and could lead finding errors or mistakes in the system." -msgstr "" -"Виконайте необов'язкову функцію **Співставлення платежів** у спадному меню " -"**Більше** на інформаційній панелі, перевіряючи всі **Рахунки " -"постачальників** та **Рахунки клієнтів** з їхніми платежами. Цей крок є " -"необов'язковим, але це може допомогти у процесі закриття року, якщо всі " -"несплачені платежі та рахунки-фактури будуть узгодженими, то можуть " -"призвести до помилок або помилок у системі." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Your accountant/bookkeeper will likely verify your balance sheet items and " -"book entries for:" -msgstr "" -"Ваш бухгалтер, ймовірно, підтвердить ваші елементи балансу та запис книг " -"для:" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Year-end manual adjustments, using the **Adviser Journal Entries** menu (For" -" example, the **Current Year Earnings** and **Retained Earnings** reports)." -msgstr "" -"Інструкції з корекції на кінець року, використовуючи меню **Журнальних " -"записів консультантів** (наприклад, звіти **Прибутку поточного періоду** та " -"**Збережені прибутки**)." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:56 -msgid "**Depreciation Journal Entries**." -msgstr "**Записи журналу амортизації**." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:60 -msgid "**Tax adjustments**." -msgstr "**Податкові корегування**." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:62 -msgid "" -"If your accountant/bookkeeper is going through end of the year auditing, " -"they may want to have paper copies of all balance sheet items (such as " -"loans, bank accounts, prepayments, sales tax statements, etc...) to agree " -"these against your Odoo balances." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ваш бухгалтер закінчує аудиторську перевірку року, йому можуть " -"знадобитися паперові копії всіх звітів балансу (наприклад, позики, " -"банківські рахунки, передплати, звіти про податок та прибуток тощо), щоби " -"погодити їх з балансом в Odoo." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:67 -msgid "" -"During this process, it is good practice to set the **Lock date for Non-" -"Advisers** to the last day of the preceding financial year, which is set " -"under the accounting configuration. This way, the accountant can be " -"confident that nobody is changing the previous year transactions while " -"auditing the books." -msgstr "" -"Під час цього процесу найкращим кроком є ​​встановлення **Дати блокування " -"для не-консультантів** до останнього дня попереднього фінансового року, який" -" встановлюється в налаштуваннях бухобліку. Таким чином, бухгалтер може бути " -"впевненим у тому, що під час аудиту ніхто не змінює операції минулого року." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:77 -msgid "Closing the fiscal year" -msgstr "Закриття звітного періоду" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:79 -msgid "" -"In Odoo there is no need to do a specific year end closing entry in order to" -" close out income statement accounts. The reports are created in real-time, " -"meaning that the **Income statement** corresponds directly with the year-end" -" date you specify in Odoo. Therefore, any time you generate the **Income " -"Statement**, the beginning date will correspond with the beginning of the " -"**Fiscal Year** and the account balances will all be 0." -msgstr "" -"В Odoo немає необхідності робити певний запис для закриття року. Звіти " -"створюються в режимі реального часу, що означає, що **Звіт про доходи** " -"безпосередньо відповідає даті кінцевої дати, яку ви вказали в Odoo. Тому, " -"якщо ви створюєте **Звіт про доходи**, початкова дата відповідає початку " -"**Звітного періоду**, а залишок буде 0." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:86 -msgid "" -"Once the accountant/bookkeeper has created the journal entry to allocate the" -" **Current Year Earnings**, you should set the **Lock Date** to the last day" -" of the fiscal year. Making sure that before doing so, you confirm whether " -"or not the current year earnings in the **Balance Sheet** is correctly " -"reporting a 0 balance." -msgstr "" -"Після того, як бухгалтер створить запис журналу для розподілу **Прибутків " -"поточного періоду**, слід встановити **Дату блокування** до останнього дня " -"звітного періоду. Переконайтеся, що перед тим, як це зробити, ви " -"підтвердили, чи доходи поточного періоду у **Звіті балансу** правильно " -"відповідають нульовому балансу." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:93 -msgid ":doc:`fiscal_year`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:3 -msgid "Manage Fiscal Years" -msgstr "Управління звітним періодом" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In most cases, the fiscal years last 12 months. If it is your case, you just" -" have to define what is the last day of your fiscal year in the accounting " -"settings. By default, it is set on the 31st December." -msgstr "" -"У більшості випадків звітні періоди тривають 12 місяців. Якщо це ваш " -"випадок, ви просто повинні визначити, який останній день вашого звітного " -"періоду в налаштуваннях бухобліку. За замовчуванням він встановлюється на 31" -" грудня." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:12 -msgid "" -"However, there might be some exceptions. For example, if it is the first " -"fiscal year of your business, it could last more or less than 12 months. In " -"this case, some additional configuration is required." -msgstr "" -"Проте можуть бути деякі винятки. Наприклад, якщо це перший звітний період " -"вашої компанії, він може тривати більше або менше 12 місяців. У цьому " -"випадку потрібна додаткова конфігурація." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Go in :menuselection:`accounting --> configuration --> settings` and " -"activate the fiscal years." -msgstr "" -"Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Бухобліку --> Налаштування --> Налаштування` та" -" активуйте звітні періоди." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:22 -msgid "" -"You can then configure your fiscal years in :menuselection:`accounting --> " -"configuration --> fiscal years`." -msgstr "" -"Потім ви можете налаштувати ваш звітний період у :menuselection:`Бухобліку " -"--> Налаштування --> Звітний період`." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:29 -msgid "" -"You only have to create fiscal years if they last more or less than 12 " -"months." -msgstr "" -"Вам потрібно лише створити звітні періоди, якщо вони тривають більше або " -"менше 12 місяців." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:34 -msgid ":doc:`close_fiscal_year`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:3 -msgid "Manage prices for B2B (tax excluded) and B2C (tax included)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When working with consumers, prices are usually expressed with taxes " -"included in the price (e.g., in most eCommerce). But, when you work in a B2B" -" environment, companies usually negotiate prices with taxes excluded." -msgstr "" -"Працюючи з клієнтами, ціни зазвичай виражаються з податками, включеними в " -"ціну (наприклад, у більшості електронної комерції). Але, коли ви працюєте в " -"B2B, компанії зазвичай ведуть переговори про ціни без податків." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Odoo manages both use cases easily, as long as you register your prices on " -"the product with taxes excluded or included, but not both together. If you " -"manage all your prices with tax included (or excluded) only, you can still " -"easily do sales order with a price having taxes excluded (or included): " -"that's easy." -msgstr "" -"Odoo легко керує обома випадками використання, якщо ви реєструєте свої ціни " -"на товар з виключеними чи включеними податками, але не обидва разом. Якщо ви" -" керуєте всіма своїми цінами лише з податком (або виключеним), ви все одно " -"можете легко виконати замовлення на продаж із ціною, що не включає податки " -"(або включає): це просто." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:15 -msgid "" -"This documentation is only for the specific use case where you need to have " -"two references for the price (tax included or excluded), for the same " -"product. The reason of the complexity is that there is not a symmetrical " -"relationship with prices included and prices excluded, as shown in this use " -"case, in belgium with a tax of 21%:" -msgstr "" -"Ця документація призначена лише для конкретного випадку використання, коли " -"вам потрібно мати два референси на ціну (включно з ПДВ або без ПДВ) для " -"цього самого товару. Причиною складності є те, що не існує симетричного " -"співвідношення з цінами із включеним податком та цінами із виключеним " -"податком, як показано в даному випадку, у Бельгії з податком у розмірі 21%:" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:21 -msgid "Your eCommerce has a product at **10€ (taxes included)**" -msgstr "" -"Ваша електронна комерція має товар на **10 євро (включно з податками)**" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:23 -msgid "This would do **8.26€ (taxes excluded)** and a **tax of 1.74€**" -msgstr "Це буде **8,26 євро (без податків)** та **податок 1,74 євро**" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:25 -msgid "" -"But for the same use case, if you register the price without taxes on the " -"product form (8.26€), you get a price with tax included at 9.99€, because:" -msgstr "" -"Але для того ж випадку, якщо ви реєструєте ціну без податків у формі товару " -"(8,26 €), ви отримуєте ціну з податком у розмірі 9,99 €, оскільки:" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:29 -msgid "**8.26€ \\* 1.21 = 9.99€**" -msgstr "**8.26€ \\* 1.21 = 9.99€**" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:31 -msgid "" -"So, depending on how you register your prices on the product form, you will " -"have different results for the price including taxes and the price excluding" -" taxes:" -msgstr "" -"Отже, залежно від того, як ви реєструєте свої ціни на формі товару, ви " -"матимете різні результати за ціною, включаючи податки та ціну за винятком " -"податків:" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:35 -msgid "Taxes Excluded: **8.26€ & 10.00€**" -msgstr "Податки виключено: **8.26€ & 10.00€**" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:37 -msgid "Taxes Included: **8.26€ & 9.99€**" -msgstr "Податки включено: **8.26€ & 9.99€**" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:40 -msgid "" -"If you buy 100 pieces at 10€ taxes included, it gets even more tricky. You " -"will get: **1000€ (taxes included) = 826.45€ (price) + 173.55€ (taxes)** " -"Which is very different from a price per piece at 8.26€ tax excluded." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви купуєте 100 одиниць з податками 10 євро, це стає ще складніше. Ви " -"отримаєте: **1000€ (з урахуванням податків) = 826.45€ (ціна) + 173.55€ " -"(податки)**, що сильно відрізняється від ціни за одиницю за 8.26€ без " -"податку." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:45 -msgid "" -"This documentation explains how to handle the very specific use case where " -"you need to handle the two prices (tax excluded and included) on the product" -" form within the same company." -msgstr "" -"У цій документації пояснюється, як керувати дуже конкретним випадком " -"використання, коли вам потрібно впоратися з двома цінами (без податку та з " -"включеним податком) у формі товару в межах однієї компанії." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:50 -msgid "" -"In terms of finance, you have no more revenues selling your product at 10€ " -"instead of 9.99€ (for a 21% tax), because your revenue will be exactly the " -"same at 9.99€, only the tax is 0.01€ higher. So, if you run an eCommerce in " -"Belgium, make your customer a favor and set your price at 9.99€ instead of " -"10€. Please note that this does not apply to 20€ or 30€, or other tax rates," -" or a quantity >1. You will also make you a favor since you can manage " -"everything tax excluded, which is less error prone and easier for your " -"salespeople." -msgstr "" -"З точки зору фінансів, ви більше не отримуєте прибуток від продажу товару за" -" 10 євро, а не 9,99 євро (за податком у розмірі 21%), оскільки ваш прибуток " -"буде таким же за 9,99 євро, лише податок на 0,01 євро вище. Отже, якщо ви " -"запускаєте електронну комерцію в Бельгії, зробіть послугу своєму клієнту та " -"встановіть ціну на рівні 9,99 євро замість 10 євро. Зверніть увагу, що це не" -" стосується 20 євро або 30 євро, або інших ставок податку або кількості> 1. " -"Ви також зробите собі користь, оскільки ви можете керувати всіма податковими" -" правами, що менш схильні до помилок і простіше для ваших продавців." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:65 -msgid "" -"The best way to avoid this complexity is to choose only one way of managing " -"your prices and stick to it: price without taxes or price with taxes " -"included. Define which one is the default stored on the product form (on the" -" default tax related to the product), and let Odoo compute the other one " -"automatically, based on the pricelist and fiscal position. Negotiate your " -"contracts with customers accordingly. This perfectly works out-of-the-box " -"and you have no specific configuration to do." -msgstr "" -"Найкращим способом уникнути цієї складності є вибір лише одного способу " -"управління вашими цінами та дотримання його: ціна без податків або ціни з " -"включеними податками. Визначте, який тип за замовчуванням зберігається у " -"формі товару (за замовчуванням податок, що відноситься до товару), і Odoo " -"автоматично обчислює інший, виходячи з прайслиста та схеми оподаткування. " -"Обговоріть свої контракти з клієнтами. Це чудово працює \"з коробки\", і у " -"вас немає конкретних налаштувань." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:73 -msgid "" -"If you can not do that and if you really negotiate some prices with tax " -"excluded and, for other customers, others prices with tax included, you " -"must:" -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви не можете це зробити, і якщо ви дійсно домовляєтесь про деякі ціни " -"за винятком податків, а для інших покупців - іншими цінами з податком, то " -"вам необхідно:" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:77 -msgid "" -"always store the default price TAX EXCLUDED on the product form, and apply a" -" tax (price included on the product form)" -msgstr "" -"завжди зберігайте ціну за замовчуванням, виключену на формі товару, і " -"вказуйте податок (ціна вказана у формі товару)" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:80 -msgid "create a pricelist with prices in TAX INCLUDED, for specific customers" -msgstr "" -"створіть прайслист із цінами із включеним податком, для конкретних клієнтів" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:83 -msgid "" -"create a fiscal position that switches the tax excluded to a tax included" -msgstr "" -"створіть схему оподаткування, яка переключає ціну без податку на ціну із " -"включеним податком" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:86 -msgid "" -"assign both the pricelist and the fiscal position to customers who want to " -"benefit to this pricelist and fiscal position" -msgstr "" -"призначте як прайслист, так і схему оподаткування клієнтам, які хочуть " -"скористатися цією ціною та схемою оподаткування" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:89 -msgid "For the purpose of this documentation, we will use the above use case:" -msgstr "" -"Для цілей цієї документації ми будемо використовувати вищевикладене " -"використання:" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:91 -msgid "your product default sale price is 8.26€ tax excluded" -msgstr "ваша ціна за замовчуванням не дорівнює 8.26€" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:93 -msgid "" -"but we want to sell it at 10€, tax included, in our shops or eCommerce " -"website" -msgstr "" -"але ми хочемо продати його за 10 євро, включаючи ціну, в наших магазинах або" -" на сайті електронної комерції" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:97 -msgid "Setting your products" -msgstr "Налаштуйте ваші товари" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:99 -msgid "" -"Your company must be configured with tax excluded by default. This is " -"usually the default configuration, but you can check your **Default Sale " -"Tax** from the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` of the " -"Accounting application." -msgstr "" -"Ваша компанія повинна бути налаштована за ціною за замовчуванням. Зазвичай " -"це налаштування за замовчуванням, але ви можете перевірити **податок на " -"продаж за замовчуванням** у меню :menuselection:`Налаштування --> " -"Налаштування` в модулі Бухоблік." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:107 -msgid "" -"Once done, you can create a **B2C** pricelist. You can activate the " -"pricelist feature per customer from the menu: :menuselection:`Configuration " -"--> Settings` of the Sale application. Choose the option **different prices " -"per customer segment**." -msgstr "" -"Після цього ви можете створити прайслист **B2C**. Ви можете активувати " -"функцію прайслиста для кожного клієнта у меню : :menuselection:`Налаштування" -" --> Налаштування` додатку Продаж. Виберіть опцію **різні ціни на сегмент " -"клієнта**." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:112 -msgid "" -"Once done, create a B2C pricelist from the menu " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Pricelists`. It's also good to rename the " -"default pricelist into B2B to avoid confusion." -msgstr "" -"Після цього створіть прайслист B2C з меню :menuselection:`Налаштування --> " -"Прайслист`. Також добре перейменувати прайслист за замовчуванням на B2B, щоб" -" уникнути плутанини." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:116 -msgid "" -"Then, create a product at 8.26€, with a tax of 21% (defined as tax not " -"included in price) and set a price on this product for B2C customers at 10€," -" from the :menuselection:`Sales --> Products` menu of the Sales application:" -msgstr "" -"Потім створіть товар на 8,26 євро з податком у розмірі 21% (визначається як " -"податок, що не входить у вартість), і встановіть ціну на цей товар для " -"клієнтів B2C на рівні 10 євро з меню :menuselection:`Продажі --> Товари` з " -"додатку Продажі:" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:125 -msgid "Setting the B2C fiscal position" -msgstr "Встановіть схему оподаткування B2C" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:127 -msgid "" -"From the accounting application, create a B2C fiscal position from this " -"menu: :menuselection:`Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`. This fiscal " -"position should map the VAT 21% (tax excluded of price) with a VAT 21% (tax " -"included in price)" -msgstr "" -"У бухгалтерському додатку створіть схему оподаткування В2С з цього меню: " -":menuselection:`Налаштування --> Схема оподаткування`. Ця схема " -"оподаткування повинна відображати ПДВ 21% (без урахування податку) з ПДВ 21%" -" (податок входить у вартість)" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:136 -msgid "Test by creating a quotation" -msgstr "Перевірте, створивши комерційну пропозицію" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:138 -msgid "" -"Create a quotation from the Sale application, using the " -":menuselection:`Sales --> Quotations` menu. You should have the following " -"result: 8.26€ + 1.73€ = 9.99€." -msgstr "" -"Створіть комерційну пропозицію з програми Продажі за допомогою меню " -":menuselection:`Продажі --> Комерційні пропозиції`. Ви маєте наступний " -"результат: 8.26€ + 1.73€ = 9.99€." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:145 -msgid "" -"Then, create a quotation but **change the pricelist to B2C and the fiscal " -"position to B2C** on the quotation, before adding your product. You should " -"have the expected result, which is a total price of 10€ for the customer: " -"8.26€ + 1.74€ = 10.00€." -msgstr "" -"Потім створіть комерційну пропозицію, але **змініть прайслист на B2C та " -"схему оподаткування B2C** на комерційну пропозицію, перш ніж додавати свій " -"товар. Ви повинні отримати очікуваний результат, загальна ціна якого 10€ для" -" клієнта: 8.26€ + 1.74€ = 10.00€." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:153 -msgid "This is the expected behavior for a customer of your shop." -msgstr "Це очікувана поведінка для покупця вашого магазину." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:156 -msgid "Avoid changing every sale order" -msgstr "Уникайте змін у кожному замовленні на продаж" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:158 -msgid "" -"If you negotiate a contract with a customer, whether you negotiate tax " -"included or tax excluded, you can set the pricelist and the fiscal position " -"on the customer form so that it will be applied automatically at every sale " -"of this customer." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви укладаєте договір з клієнтом, чи обговорюєте ціну, із включеним " -"податком або виключеним, ви можете встановити прайслист і схему " -"оподаткування у формі клієнта, щоб вона застосовувалася автоматично при " -"кожному продажі цього клієнта." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:163 -msgid "" -"The pricelist is in the **Sales & Purchases** tab of the customer form, and " -"the fiscal position is in the accounting tab." -msgstr "" -"Прайслист знаходиться на вкладці **Продажі та Купівлі** у формі клієнта, а " -"схема оподаткування знаходиться на вкладці бухобліку." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:166 -msgid "" -"Note that this is error prone: if you set a fiscal position with tax " -"included in prices but use a pricelist that is not included, you might have " -"wrong prices calculated for you. That's why we usually recommend companies " -"to only work with one price reference." -msgstr "" -"Зверніть увагу, що може виникнути помилка: якщо ви встановлюєте схему " -"оподаткування з податком, включеним у вартість, але використовуєте " -"прайслист, без включеного податку, для вас можуть бути обрані неправильні " -"ціни. Ось чому ми зазвичай рекомендуємо компаніям працювати лише з одним " -"ціновим референсом." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:3 -msgid "Manage cash basis taxes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The cash basis taxes are due when the payment has been done and not at the " -"validation of the invoice (as it is the case with standard taxes). Reporting" -" your income and expenses to the administration based on the cash basis " -"method is legal in some countries and under some conditions." -msgstr "" -"Податки, нараховані касовим методом, мають бути здійснені після здійснення " -"платежу, а не при підтвердженні рахунку-фактури (як у випадку зі звичайними " -"податками). Звіт про ваші доходи та витрати на основі касового методу є " -"законним у деяких країнах та за певних умов." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Example : You sell a product in the 1st quarter of your fiscal year and " -"receive the payment the 2nd quarter of your fiscal year. Based on the cash " -"basis method, the tax you have to pay to the administration is due for the " -"2nd quarter." -msgstr "" -"Приклад: ви продаєте товар в 1 кварталі вашого фінансового року та отримуєте" -" платіж у 2 кварталі вашого фінансового року. Виходячи з касового методу, " -"податок, який ви повинні сплатити податковій адміністрації, має бути " -"сплачено протягом 2-го кварталу." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:16 -msgid "How to configure cash basis taxes ?" -msgstr "Як налаштувати податки, нараховані касовим методом?" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:18 -msgid "" -"You first have to activate the setting in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Settings --> Allow Tax Cash Basis`. You will be asked to " -"define the Tax Cash Basis Journal." -msgstr "" -"Ви повинні спочатку активізувати налаштування в :menuselection:`Бухоблік -->" -" Налаштування --> Налаштування --> Дозволити нарахування коштів`. Вам буде " -"запропоновано визначити журнал Податків, нарахованих касовим методом." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Once this is done, you can configure your taxes in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. At first set the " -"proper transitional accounts to post taxes until you register the payment." -msgstr "" -"Після того, як це буде зроблено, ви можете налаштувати ваші податки в " -":menuselection:`Бухобліку --> Налаштування --> Податки`. Спочатку встановіть" -" належні рахунки транзакції для публікування податків, поки ви не " -"зареєструєте платіж." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:35 -msgid "" -"In the *Advanced Options* tab you will turn *Tax Due* to *Based on Payment*." -" You will then have to define the *Tax Received* account in which to post " -"the tax amount when the payment is received and the *Base Tax Received " -"Account* to post the base tax amount for an accurate tax report." -msgstr "" -"На вкладці *Додаткові параметри* ви перетворите *Податок на прибуток* на *На" -" основі платежу*. Тоді вам доведеться визначити *Податковий рахунок*, на " -"якому потрібно розміщувати суму податку при отриманні платежу, і *Рахунок " -"отриманого базового податку*, щоб розмістити базову суму податку для точного" -" податкового звіту." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:45 -msgid "What is the impact of cash basis taxes in my accounting ?" -msgstr "Яким є вплив податків, нарахованих касовим методом, на мій бухоблік?" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Let’s take an example. You make a sale of $100 with a 15% cash basis tax. " -"When you validate the customer invoice, the following entry is created in " -"your accounting:" -msgstr "" -"Давайте розглянемо приклад. Ви здійснюєте продаж у розмірі 100 доларів з 15%" -" податком, нарахованим касовим методом. Коли ви перевіряєте рахунок-фактуру " -"клієнта, у вашому бухобліку створюється такий запис:" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:52 -msgid "Customer Invoices Journal" -msgstr "Журнал рахунків клієнта" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 -msgid "**Debit**" -msgstr "**Дебет**" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 -msgid "**Credit**" -msgstr "**Кредит**" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:72 -msgid "Receivables $115" -msgstr "Отримані $115" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:82 -msgid "Temporary Tax Account $15" -msgstr "Тимчасовий податковий рахунок $15" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:60 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:88 -msgid "Income Account $100" -msgstr "Рахунок доходу $100" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:63 -msgid "A few days later, you receive the payment:" -msgstr "Через кілька днів ви отримуєте платіж:" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:66 -msgid "Bank Journal" -msgstr "Банківський журнал" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:70 -msgid "Bank $115" -msgstr "Банк $115" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:75 -msgid "" -"When you reconcile the invoice and the payment, this entry is generated:" -msgstr "" -"Коли ви узгоджуєте рахунок-фактуру та платіж, створюється такий запис:" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:78 -msgid "Tax Cash Basis Journal" -msgstr "Журнал касового методу податків" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:84 -msgid "Tax Received Account $15" -msgstr "Рахунок отриманого податку $15" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:92 -msgid "" -"The last two journal items are neutral but they are needed to insure correct" -" tax reports in Odoo with accurate base tax amounts. We advise to use a " -"default revenue account. The balance of this account will then always be at " -"zero." -msgstr "" -"Останні дві статті журналу є нейтральними, але вони потрібні для " -"забезпечення правильних податкових звітів в Odoo з точними базовими сумами " -"податку. Радимо використовувати рахунок доходу за замовчуванням. Залишок " -"цього рахунку завжди буде на нулі." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:121 -msgid "Default Taxes" -msgstr "Типові податки" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:5 -msgid "" -"**Default Taxes** define which :doc:`taxes <taxes>` are automatically " -"selected when there is no other indication about which tax to use. For " -"example, Odoo prefills the **Taxes** field with the Default Taxes when you " -"create a new product or add a new line on an invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:14 -msgid "" -":doc:`Fiscal Positions <fiscal_positions>` take the Default Tax into " -"account. Therefore, if a Fiscal Position is applied to an invoice, Odoo " -"applies the related tax instead of the Default Taxes, as mapped in the " -"Fiscal Position." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:21 -msgid "" -"**Default Taxes** are automatically set up according to the country selected" -" at the creation of your database, or when you set up a :doc:`Fiscal " -"Localization Package " -"<../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>` for your" -" company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:25 -msgid "" -"To change your **Default Taxes**, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes --> Default Taxes`, select the " -"appropriate taxes for your default **Sales Tax** and **Purchase Tax**, and " -"click on *Save*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Databases with multiple companies: the Default Taxes values are company-" -"specific." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:38 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:70 -msgid ":doc:`taxes`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:39 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:93 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:279 -msgid ":doc:`fiscal_positions`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:40 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:174 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:193 -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:125 -msgid "" -":doc:`../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:3 -msgid "Fiscal Positions (tax and account mapping)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Default taxes and accounts are set on products and customers to create new " -"transactions on the fly. However, you might have to use different taxes and " -"record the transactions on different accounts, according to your customers' " -"and providers' localizations and business types." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:9 -msgid "" -"**Fiscal Positions** allow you to create *sets of rules* to automatically " -"adapt the taxes and the accounts used for a transaction." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:16 -msgid "They can be applied in various ways:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:18 -msgid "" -":ref:`automatically applied, based on some rules " -"<fiscal_positions/automatic>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:19 -msgid ":ref:`manually applied on a transaction <fiscal_positions/partner>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:20 -msgid "" -":ref:`assigned to a partner, on its contact form " -"<fiscal_positions/transaction>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:23 -msgid "" -"A few Fiscal Positions are already preconfigured on your database, as part " -"of your :doc:`Fiscal Localization Package " -"<../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:30 -msgid "Tax and Account Mapping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:32 -msgid "" -"To edit or create a Fiscal Position, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`, and open the entry you want to modify " -"or click on *Create*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:35 -msgid "" -"The mapping of taxes and accounts is based on the default taxes and accounts" -" defined in the products' forms." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:38 -msgid "" -"To map to another tax or account, fill out the right column (**Tax to " -"Apply**/**Account to Use Instead**)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:40 -msgid "" -"To remove a tax, rather than replacing it with another, leave the field " -"**Tax to Apply** empty." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:41 -msgid "" -"To replace a tax with multiple other taxes, add multiple lines with the same" -" **Tax on Product**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:44 -msgid "" -"The mapping only works with *active* taxes. Therefore, make sure they are " -"active by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:50 -msgid "Automatic application" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:52 -msgid "" -"You can configure your Fiscal Positions to be applied automatically, " -"following a set of conditions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:54 -msgid "" -"To do so, open the Fiscal Position you want to modify and click on **Detect " -"Automatically**. You can configure a few conditions:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:57 -msgid "" -"**VAT Required**: The VAT number *must* be indicated in the customer's " -"contact form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:58 -msgid "" -"**Country Group** / **Country**: The Fiscal Position is applied to these " -"countries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Taxes on **eCommerce orders** are automatically updated once the visitor has" -" logged in or filled out their billing details." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:69 -msgid "" -"The Fiscal Positions' **sequence** - the order in which they are arranged - " -"defines which Fiscal Position to apply if the conditions are met in multiple" -" Fiscal Positions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:72 -msgid "" -"For example, if the first Fiscal Position targets *country A*, and the " -"second Fiscal Position targets a *Country Group* that also comprises " -"*country A*, only the first Fiscal Position will be applied to customers " -"from *country A*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:79 -msgid "Application" -msgstr "Додаток" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:84 -msgid "Assign a Fiscal Position to a partner" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:86 -msgid "" -"You can manually define which Fiscal Position must be used by default for a " -"specific partner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:88 -msgid "" -"To do so, open the partner's contact form, go to the **Sales & Purchase** " -"tab, edit the **Fiscal Position** field, and click on *Save*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:98 -msgid "Choose Fiscal Positions manually on Sales Orders, Invoices, and Bills" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:100 -msgid "" -"To manually select which Fiscal Position to use for a new Sales Order, " -"Invoice, or Bill, go to the **Other Info** tab and select the right **Fiscal" -" Position** *before* adding product lines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:110 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:281 -msgid ":doc:`taxcloud`" -msgstr ":doc:`taxcloud`" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:280 -msgid ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" -msgstr ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:3 -msgid "Manage withholding taxes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A withholding tax, also called a retention tax, is a government requirement " -"for the payer of a customer invoice to withhold or deduct tax from the " -"payment, and pay that tax to the government. In most jurisdictions, " -"withholding tax applies to employment income." -msgstr "" -"Податок на утримання є державною вимогою платника рахунка-фактури утримувати" -" або відраховувати податок від платежу та сплачувати цей податок уряду. У " -"більшості юрисдикцій оподаткування стягується з податку на прибуток." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:10 -msgid "" -"With normal taxes, the tax is added to the subtotal to give you the total to" -" pay. As opposed to normal taxes, withholding taxes are deducted from the " -"amount to pay, as the tax will be paid by the customer." -msgstr "" -"Зі звичайними податками цей податок додається до підсумкової суми, щоб ви її" -" сплатили. На відміну від звичайних податків, податок на утримання " -"стягується від сплати податку, оскільки він сплачується замовником." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:14 -msgid "As, an example, in Colombia you may have the following invoice:" -msgstr "Наприклад, у Колумбії ви можете мати наступний рахунок-фактуру:" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:19 -msgid "" -"In this example, the **company** who sent the invoice owes $20 of taxes to " -"the **government** and the **customer** owes $10 of taxes to the " -"**government**." -msgstr "" -"У цьому прикладі **компанія**, яка надіслала рахунок-фактуру, зобов'язана " -"**уряду** 20 доларів податків, а **клієнт** зобов'язаний **уряду** 10 " -"доларів податків." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:25 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, a withholding tax is defined by creating a negative tax. For a " -"retention of 10%, you would configure the following tax (accessible through " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Taxes`):" -msgstr "" -"В Odoo податок на утримання визначається шляхом створення негативного " -"податку. Для збереження 10%, ви можете налаштувати наступний податок " -"(доступний через :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Податки`):" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:32 -msgid "" -"In order to make it appear as a retention on the invoice, you should set a " -"specific tax group **Retention** on your tax, in the **Advanced Options** " -"tab." -msgstr "" -"Для того, щоби він відображався як збереження в рахунку-фактурі, на вкладці " -"**Додаткові параметри** слід встановити певну групу податків **На " -"утримання** свого податку." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Once the tax is defined, you can use it in your products, sales order or " -"invoices." -msgstr "" -"Після визначення податку ви можете використовувати його у своїх товарах, " -"замовленнях на продаж чи рахунках-фактурах." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:43 -msgid "" -"If the retention is a percentage of a regular tax, create a Tax with a **Tax" -" Computation** as a **Tax Group** and set the two taxes in this group " -"(normal tax and retention)." -msgstr "" -"Якщо утримання є відсотком від звичайного податку, створіть податок з " -"**податковим розрахунком** як **податкову групу** та встановіть два податки " -"у цій групі (звичайний податок і на утримання)." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:48 -msgid "Applying retention taxes on invoices" -msgstr "Застосування податку на утримання в рахунках-фактурах" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Once your tax is created, you can use it on customer forms, sales order or " -"customer invoices. You can apply several taxes on a single customer invoice " -"line." -msgstr "" -"Коли ваш податок буде створений, ви можете використовувати його за формою " -"замовника, замовлення на продаж або рахунки-фактури для клієнтів. Ви можете " -"подати кілька податків на один рядок рахунка-фактури клієнта." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:58 -msgid "" -"When you see the customer invoice on the screen, you get only a **Taxes " -"line** summarizing all the taxes (normal taxes & retentions). But when you " -"print or send the invoice, Odoo does the correct grouping amongst all the " -"taxes." -msgstr "" -"Коли ви бачите рахунок клієнта на екрані, ви отримуєте лише податковий " -"рядок, узагальнюючи всі податки (звичайні податки та на утримання). Але коли" -" ви роздруковуєте або надсилаєте рахунок-фактуру, Odoo робить правильну " -"групу серед всіх податків." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:63 -msgid "The printed invoice will show the different amounts in each tax group." -msgstr "" -"У роздрукованому рахунку відображатимуться різні суми в кожній податковій " -"групі." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:3 -msgid "Get correct tax rates in the United States using TaxCloud" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The **TaxCloud** integration allows you to correctly calculate the sales tax" -" for every address in the United States and keeps track of which products " -"are exempt from sales tax and in which states each exemption applies. " -"TaxCloud calculates sales tax in real-time for every state, city, and " -"special jurisdiction in the United States." -msgstr "" -"Інтеграція **TaxCloud** дозволяє вам правильно розраховувати податок продажу" -" для кожної адреси в США та слідкує, яка продукція звільняється від податку " -"з продажу та в яких штатах застосовується кожне звільнення. TaxCloud " -"обчислює податок з продажу в режимі реального часу для кожного штату, міста " -"та спеціальної юрисдикції у Сполучених Штатах." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:15 -msgid "In TaxCloud" -msgstr "У TaxCloud" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Create a free account on `TaxCloud <https://taxcloud.com/#register>`__ " -"website." -msgstr "" -" Створіть безкоштовний обліковий запис на веб-сайті `TaxCloud " -"<https://taxcloud.com/#register>`__." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Register your Odoo website on TaxCloud to get an *API ID* and an *API Key*." -msgstr "" -"Зареєструйте ваш веб-сайт Odoo на TaxCloud, щоб отримати *API ID* та *Ключ " -"API*." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:23 -msgid "" -"In Settings on TaxCloud, click *Locations* to enter the location of your " -"Office(s) & Warehouse(s)." -msgstr "" -"В налаштуваннях на TaxCloud, натисніть *Місцезнаходження*, щоби ввести " -"місцезнаходження вашого Офісу та Складу." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:24 -msgid "" -"In Settings on TaxCloud, click *Manage Tax States* to verify the states " -"where you collect sales tax." -msgstr "" -"В налаштуваннях на TaxCloud, натисніть *Управління штатами податку* щоб " -"перевірити штати, де ви збираєте податок з продажу." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:27 -msgid "In Odoo" -msgstr "В Odoo" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Invoicing / Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`" -" and check *TaxCloud - Compute tax rates based on U.S. ZIP codes* (note: " -"actually uses complete street address)." -msgstr "" -"Перейдіть у :menuselection:`Виставлення рахунків / Бухоблік --> Налаштування" -" --> Налаштування` та позначте *TaxCloud - Вираховувати податкові ставки на " -"основі індексу США* (занотуйте: фактично використовує повну адресу вулиці)." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:30 -msgid "Enter your TaxCloud credentials." -msgstr "Введіть ваші облікові дані TaxCloud." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:31 -msgid "Click SAVE to store your credentials." -msgstr "Натисніть ЗБЕРЕГТИ, щоби зберегти ваші облікові дані." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Click the Refresh Icon next to *Default Category* to import the TIC product " -"categories from TaxCloud (Taxability Information Codes). Some categories may" -" imply specific rates or attract product/service type exemptions." -msgstr "" -"Натисніть на іконку Оновлення біля *Категорія за замовчуванням* для імпорту " -"категорій товару із TaxCloud (Інформаційні коди оподаткування). Деякі " -"категорії можуть передбачати певні ставки або залучати винятки щодо " -"товарів/послуг." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Select your default *TIC Code*. This will apply to any new product created." -msgstr "" -"Оберіть ваш *TIC код* за замовчуванням. Це буде застосовано до будь-яких " -"новостворених товарів." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Set a specific TaxCloud TIC Category on the *General Information* tab of the" -" Product, or on the Product Category." -msgstr "" -"Встановіть конкретну категорію TaxCloud TIC на вкладці товару *Загальна " -"інформація*, або в категорії товару." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Make sure your company address is complete (including the state and the zip " -"code). Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies` " -"to open and edit your Company record." -msgstr "" -"Переконайтеся, що адреса вашої компанії заповнена (включаючи область та " -"індекс). Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Налаштувань --> Користувачі та " -"компанії --> Компанії`, щоби відкрити та редагувати запис вашої компанії." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:47 -msgid "How it works" -msgstr "Як це працює" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Salestax is calculated in Odoo based on fiscal positions (see " -":doc:`fiscal_positions`). A Fiscal Position for the United States is created" -" when installing *TaxCloud*. Everything works out-of-the-box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:54 -msgid "" -"You can configure Odoo to automtically detect which Customers should use " -"this fiscal position. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " -"--> Fiscal Positions` to open and edit the record." -msgstr "" -"Ви можете налаштувати Odoo для автоматичного визначення, які клієнти повинні" -" використовувати цю схему оподаткування. Перейдіть на " -":menuselection:`Бухоблік --> Налаштування --> Схеми оподаткування`, щоб " -"відкрити та редагувати запис." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Now, this fiscal position is automatically set on any sales order, web " -"order, or invoice when the customer country is *United States*. This " -"triggers the automated tax computation." -msgstr "" -"Тепер ця схема оподаткування автоматично встановлюється на будь-якому " -"замовлення на продаж, веб-замовленні, чи рахунку, якщо країна клієнта - " -"*США*. Це запускає автоматичне розрахування податку." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Add your product(s). You have two options to get Sales Tax on the Order. " -"You can confirm it, or you can save it and from the *Action* Menu choose " -"**Update Taxes with TaxCloud**." -msgstr "" -"Додайте ваш товар(и). У вас є дві опції, щоб отримати податок продажу в " -"замовленні. Ви можете підтвердити це або ви можете зберегти це, а в меню " -"*Дія* обрати **Оновити податки з TaxCloud**." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:73 -msgid "Coupons & Promotions" -msgstr "Купони та акції" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:75 -msgid "" -"If you use the Coupon or Promotion Programs, the integration with Taxcloud " -"might seem a bit odd." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:77 -msgid "" -"The problem lies with the fact that Taxcloud does not accept lines with " -"negative amounts as part of the tax computation. This means that the amount " -"of the lines added by the promotion program must be deduced from the total " -"of the lines it impacts. This means, amongst other complications, that " -"orders that use coupons or promotions with a Taxcloud fiscal position " -"**must** be invoiced completely - you cannot create invoices for partial " -"deliveries, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Another specific oddity is possible in the UI: imagine that you sell a " -"product from the Taxcloud category *[20110] Computers* and that you have a " -"promotion program in place that provides a 50% discount on this product. If " -"the tax rate for this particular product is 7%, the tax rate that will be " -"computed from the Taxcloud integration will display 3.5%. This happens " -"because the discount is included in the price that is sent to Taxcloud, but " -"in Odoo this discount is in another line entirely. At the end of the day, " -"your tax computation will be correct (since a 3.5% tax on the full price is " -"the equivalent of a 7% tax on half the price), but this might be surprising " -"from a user point of view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:5 -msgid "" -"There are numerous types of **taxes**, and their application varies greatly," -" depending mostly on your company's localization. To make sure they are " -"recorded with accuracy, Odoo's tax engine supports all kinds of uses and " -"computations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:12 -msgid "Activate Sales Taxes from the List view" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:14 -msgid "" -"As part of your :doc:`Fiscal Localization Package " -"<../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>`, most of" -" your country's sales taxes are already preconfigured on your database. " -"However, only a few of them are activated by default, so that you can " -"activate only the ones relevant for your business." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:19 -msgid "" -"To activate Sale Taxes, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " -"--> Taxes` and use the *Activate* toggle button to activate or deactivate a " -"tax." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:31 -msgid "" -"To edit or create a **Tax**, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Taxes` and open a tax or click on *Create*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Taxes have three different labels, each one having a specific use. Refer to " -"the following table to see where they are displayed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:45 -msgid ":ref:`Tax Name <taxes/name>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:45 -msgid ":ref:`Label on Invoice <taxes/label-invoices>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:45 -msgid ":ref:`Tax Group <taxes/tax-group>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:48 -msgid "Back end" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:48 -msgid "*Taxes* column on exported invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:48 -msgid "Above the *Total* line on exported invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:53 -msgid "Basic Options" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:58 -msgid "Tax Name" -msgstr "Назва податку" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:60 -msgid "" -"The **Tax Name** as you want to display it for backend users. This is the " -":ref:`label <taxes/labels>` you see while editing Sales Orders, Invoices, " -"Products, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:66 -msgid "Tax Computation" -msgstr "Розрахунок податку" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:68 -msgid "**Group of Taxes**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:70 -msgid "" -"The tax is a combination of multiple sub-taxes. You can add as many taxes " -"you want, in the order you want them to be applied." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:74 -msgid "" -"Make sure that the tax sequence is correct, as the order in which they are " -"may impact the taxes' amounts computation, especially if one of the taxes " -":ref:`affects the base of the subsequent ones <taxes/base-subsequent>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:78 -msgid "**Fixed**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:80 -msgid "" -"The tax has a fixed amount in the default currency. The amount remains the " -"same, regardless of the Sales Price." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:83 -msgid "" -"For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *$10 " -"fixed* tax. We then have:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:231 -msgid "Product's Sales Price" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:231 -msgid "Price without tax" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:231 -msgid "Tax" -msgstr "Податок" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:231 -msgid "Total" -msgstr "Разом" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:89 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:89 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:104 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:104 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:118 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:118 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:234 -msgid "1,000" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:89 -msgid "10" -msgstr "10" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:89 -msgid "1,010.00" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:92 -msgid "**Percentage of Price**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:94 -msgid "" -"The *Sales Price* is the taxable basis: the tax's amount is computed by " -"multiplying the Sales Price by the tax's percentage." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:97 -msgid "" -"For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *10% of " -"Price* tax. We then have:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:104 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 -msgid "100" -msgstr "100" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:104 -msgid "1,100.00" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:107 -msgid "**Percentage of Price Tax Included**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:109 -msgid "" -"The *Total* is the taxable basis: the tax's amount is a percentage of the " -"Total." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:111 -msgid "" -"For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *10% of " -"Price Tax Included* tax. We then have:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:118 -msgid "111.11" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:118 -msgid "1,111.11" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:124 -msgid "Active" -msgstr "Активно" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:126 -msgid "Only **Active** taxes can be added to new documents." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:129 -msgid "" -"It is not possible to delete taxes that have already been used. Instead, you" -" can deactivate them to prevent future use." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:133 -msgid "" -"This field can be modified from the *List View*. See :ref:`above " -"<taxes/list_activation>` for more information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:139 -msgid "Tax Scope" -msgstr "Сфера податку" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:141 -msgid "" -"The **Tax Scope** determines the tax's application, which also restricts " -"where it is displayed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:143 -msgid "**Sales**: Customer Invoices, Product's Customer Taxes, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:144 -msgid "**Purchase**: Vendor Bills, Product's Vendor Taxes, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:145 -msgid "**None**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:148 -msgid "" -"You can use **None** for taxes that you want to include in a :ref:`Group of " -"Taxes <taxes/computation>` but that you don't want to list along with other " -"Sales or Purchase taxes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:154 -msgid "Definition tab" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:156 -msgid "" -"Allocate with precision the amount of the taxable basis or percentages of " -"the computed tax to multiple accounts and Tax Grids." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:163 -msgid "**Based On**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:165 -msgid "Base: the price on the invoice line" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:166 -msgid "% of tax: a percentage of the computed tax." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:168 -msgid "**Account**: if defined, an additional Journal Item is recorded." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:169 -msgid "" -"**Tax Grids**: used to generate :doc:`Tax Reports " -"<../../reporting/declarations/tax_returns>` automatically, according to your" -" country's regulations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:175 -msgid "Advanced Options tab" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:180 -msgid "Label on Invoices" -msgstr "Мітки на рахунках" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:182 -msgid "" -"The label of the tax, as displayed on each invoice line in the **Taxes** " -"column. This is the :ref:`label <taxes/labels>` visible to *front end* " -"users, on exported invoices, on their Customer Portals, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:193 -msgid "Tax Group" -msgstr "Група податків" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:195 -msgid "" -"Select to which **Tax Group** the tax belongs. The Tax Group name is the " -":ref:`label <taxes/labels>` displayed above the *Total* line on exported " -"invoices, and the Customer Portals." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:198 -msgid "" -"Tax groups include different iterations of the same tax. This can be useful " -"when you must record differently the same tax according to :doc:`Fiscal " -"Positions <fiscal_positions>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:205 -msgid "" -"In the example above, we see a 0% tax for Intra-Community customers in " -"Europe. It records amounts on specific accounts and with specific tax grids." -" Still, to the customer, it is a 0% tax. That's why the :ref:`Label on the " -"Invoice <taxes/label-invoices>` indicates *0% EU*, and the Tax Group name, " -"above the *Total* line, indicates *0%*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:213 -msgid "Include in Analytic Cost" -msgstr "Включити в аналітичні витрати" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:215 -msgid "" -"With this option activated, the tax's amount is assigned to the same " -"**Analytic Account** as the invoice line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:221 -msgid "Included in Price" -msgstr "Включено в ціну" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:223 -msgid "" -"With this option activated, the total (including the tax) equals the **Sales" -" Price**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:225 -msgid ":dfn:`Total = Sales Price = Computed Tax-Excluded price + Tax`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:227 -msgid "" -"For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *10% of " -"Price* tax, which is *included in the price*. We then have:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:234 -msgid "900.10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:234 -msgid "90.9" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:234 -msgid "1,000.00" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:238 -msgid "" -"If you need to define prices accurately, both tax-included and tax-excluded," -" please refer to the following documentation: :doc:`B2B_B2C`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:242 -msgid "" -"**Invoices**: By default, the Line Subtotals displayed on your invoices are " -"*Tax-Excluded*. To display *Tax-Included* Line Subtotals, go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Customer " -"Invoices`, and select *Tax-Included* in the **Line Subtotals Tax Display** " -"field, then click on *Save*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:246 -msgid "" -"**eCommerce**: By default, the prices displayed on your eCommerce website " -"are *Tax-Excluded*. To display *Tax-Included* prices, go to " -":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Pricing`, and " -"select *Tax-Included* in the **Product Prices** field, then click on *Save*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:253 -msgid "Affect Base of Subsequent Taxes" -msgstr "Впливає на базу дочірніх податків" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:255 -msgid "" -"With this option, the total tax-included becomes the taxable basis for the " -"other taxes applied to the same product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:258 -msgid "" -"You can configure a new :ref:`Group of Taxes <taxes/computation>` to include" -" this tax, or add it directly to a product line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:266 -msgid "" -"The order in which you add the taxes on a product line has no effect on how " -"amounts are computed. If you add taxes directly on a product line, only the " -"tax sequence determines the order in which they are applied." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:270 -msgid "" -"To reorder the sequence, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " -"--> Taxes`, and drag and drop the lines with the handles next to the tax " -"names." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:282 -msgid ":doc:`../../reporting/declarations/tax_returns`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:3 -msgid "VIES VAT numbers validation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:5 -msgid "" -"**VAT Information Exchange System** - abbreviated **VIES** - is a tool " -"provided by the European Commission that allows you to check the validity of" -" VAT numbers of companies registered in the European Union." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Odoo provides a feature to **Verify VAT Numbers** when you save a contact. " -"This helps you make sure that your contacts provided you with a valid VAT " -"number without leaving Odoo interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:15 -msgid "" -"To enable this feature, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " -"--> Settings --> Taxes`, enable the **Verify VAT Numbers** feature, and " -"click on *Save*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:23 -msgid "VAT Number validation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Whenever you create or modify a contact, make sure to fill out the " -"**Country** and **VAT** fields." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:31 -msgid "" -"When you click on *Save*, Odoo runs a VIES VAT number check, and displays an" -" error message if the VAT number is invalid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:39 -msgid "" -"This tool checks the VAT number's validity but does not check the other " -"fields' validity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:43 -msgid "" -"`European Commission: VIES search engine " -"<https://ec.europa.eu/taxation_customs/vies/vatRequest.html>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:109 msgid "Others" msgstr "Інші" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser.rst:3 msgid "Adviser" msgstr "Консультант" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:3 msgid "Manage a financial budget" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:8 msgid "" "Managing budgets is an essential part of running a business. Budgets help " "people become more intentional with the way money is spent and direct people" @@ -12177,7 +10494,7 @@ msgstr "" "результат, а потім оцінити фактичну ефективність роботи за планом. Odoo " "управляє бюджетами, використовуючи як загальні, так і аналітичні рахунки." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:15 msgid "" "We will use the following example to illustrate. We just started a project " "with Smith&Co and we would like to budget the incomes and expenses of that " @@ -12189,7 +10506,7 @@ msgstr "" "цього проекту. Ми плануємо мати дохід від 1000, і не хочемо витрачати більше" " 700." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:23 msgid "" "First we need to install the relevant apps to use budgeting. The main module" " is the accounting app. Go in the app module and install the **Accounting " @@ -12199,7 +10516,7 @@ msgstr "" "Основним модулем є Бухоблік. Перейдіть у модуль додатків та встановіть " "додаток **Бухоблік та фінанси**." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:30 msgid "" "Further configuration is as well necessary. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting" " module --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable the **Budget management**" @@ -12209,11 +10526,11 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Бухоблік --> Налаштування --> Налаштування` та увімкніть " "функцію **Керування бюджетом**." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:38 msgid "Budgetary Positions" msgstr "Бюджетні позиції" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:40 msgid "" "Budgetary positions are lists of accounts for which you want to keep budgets" " (typically expense or income accounts). They need to be defined so Odoo can" @@ -12224,7 +10541,7 @@ msgstr "" " знати, які рахунки йому потрібно отримати, щоб отримати інформацію про " "бюджет." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:45 msgid "" "The budgetary positions act as a type of restriction on what can be recorded" " in the 'practical amount' column in a budget." @@ -12232,7 +10549,7 @@ msgstr "" "Бюджетні позиції виступають типом обмеження щодо того, що може бути записано" " у графі \"практична сума\" у бюджеті." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:48 msgid "" "Each budgetary position can have any number of accounts from the general " "ledger (the main chart of accounts) assigned to it, though it must have at " @@ -12242,7 +10559,7 @@ msgstr "" "бухгалтерської книги (основного плану рахунків), присвоєної їй, хоча вона " "повинна мати хоча б одну." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:51 msgid "" "If you record a transaction that has an analytic account assigned to it that" " *is* included in a budget line but one of the general ledger accounts *is " @@ -12254,14 +10571,14 @@ msgstr "" "включений у бюджетну позицію для цього самого бюджетного рядка, він не " "відображатиметься в межах колонки \"практична сума\" цього бюджетного рядка." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:56 msgid "" "Some budgetary positions might be already installed with your chart of " "accounts." msgstr "" "Деякі бюджетні позиції можуть бути вже встановлені у вашому плані рахунків." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:59 msgid "" "To define the positions enter the :menuselection:`Accounting module --> " "Configuration --> Budgetary Positions`." @@ -12269,7 +10586,7 @@ msgstr "" "Щоб визначити позиції, введіть :menuselection:`Модуль бухобліку --> " "Налаштування --> Бюджетні позиції`." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:62 msgid "" "For our example we need to define what accounts relates to our project's " "expenses. Create a position and add items to select the accounts." @@ -12277,7 +10594,7 @@ msgstr "" "Для нашого прикладу нам потрібно визначити, які рахунки стосуються витрат " "нашого проекту. Створіть позицію та додайте елементи, щоби вибрати рахунки." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:68 msgid "" "In this case we select the three relevant accounts used wherein we will book" " our expenses." @@ -12285,15 +10602,15 @@ msgstr "" "У цьому випадку ми вибираємо три відповідні рахунки, в яких ми будемо " "замовляти наші витрати." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:74 msgid "Click on *Select*." msgstr "Натисніть на *Обрати*." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:79 msgid "Save the changes to confirm your Budgetary position." msgstr "Збережіть зміни, щоби підтвердити свою позицію бюджету." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:81 msgid "" "Repeat this steps to create a revenue budgetary position. Only in this case " "select the relevant income accounts." @@ -12301,11 +10618,11 @@ msgstr "" "Повторіть ці кроки, щоб створити позицію бюджету. Тільки в цьому випадку " "виберіть відповідні рахунки на прибуток." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:85 msgid "Analytical account" msgstr "Аналітичний рахунок" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:87 msgid "" "Odoo needs to know which costs or expenses are relevant to a specified " "budget. To do so we need to link our invoices and expenses to a defined " @@ -12321,11 +10638,11 @@ msgstr "" "Аналітичний рахунок --> Відкрити таблиці`. Створіть новий рахунок під назвою" " проект Smith&Co і виберіть пов'язаного партнера." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:98 msgid "Set a budget" msgstr "Встановіть бюджет" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:100 msgid "" "Let's now set our targets for our budget. We specified that we expect to " "gain 1000 with this project and we would like not to spend more than 700." @@ -12333,7 +10650,7 @@ msgstr "" "Давайте тепер встановимо наші цілі для нашого бюджету. Ми зазначили, що ми " "плануємо отримати 1000 з цього проекту, і ми не хочемо витрачати більше 700." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:104 msgid "" "To set those targets, enter the accounting app, select " ":menuselection:`Advisers --> Budgets` and create a new Budget." @@ -12341,7 +10658,7 @@ msgstr "" "Щоб встановити ці цілі, введіть додаток бухобліку, виберіть " ":menuselection:`Консультанти --> Бюджети` та створіть новий бюджет" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:107 msgid "" "We have to give a name to the budget. In this case we'll call it \"Smith " "Project\". Select the period wherein the budget will be applicable. Next add" @@ -12351,7 +10668,7 @@ msgstr "" "Виберіть період, в якому буде застосовуватися бюджет. Далі додайте елемент, " "щоби вказати цілі в рядку бюджету." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:114 msgid "" "Select the Budgetary Position related to the Budget Line. In other words, " "select the position that points to the accounts you want to budget. In this " @@ -12367,7 +10684,7 @@ msgstr "" "вартість, нам потрібно вказати **негативну суму**. Нарешті, виберіть " "відповідний аналітичний рахунок." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:124 msgid "" "Click on **Save & new** to input the revenue budget. The Budgetary Position " "is Revenue and the Planned Amount is 1000. Save and close" @@ -12375,15 +10692,15 @@ msgstr "" "Натисніть кнопку **Зберегти та новий**, щоб ввести бюджет доходу. Позиція " "бюджету - дохід, а запланована сума - 1000. Збережіть та закрийте." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:127 msgid "You'll need to **Confirm** and **Approve** the budget." msgstr "Вам потрібно буде **підтвердити** та **затвердити** бюджет." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:130 msgid "Check your budget" msgstr "Перевірте свій бюджет" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:132 msgid "" "You can check your budget at any time. To see the evolution, let's book some" " Invoices and Vendors Bills." @@ -12391,23 +10708,23 @@ msgstr "" "Ви можете перевірити свій бюджет у будь-який час. Щоб побачити еволюцію, " "давайте складемо кілька рахунків-фактур та рахунків постачальників." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:136 msgid "" "If you use analytical accounts remember that you need to specify the account" " in the invoice and/or purchase line." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:140 msgid "" "For more information about booking invoices and purchase orders see " ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/overview`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:143 msgid "Go back in the budget list and find the Smith Project." msgstr "Поверніться до списку бюджетів та знайдіть проект Smith." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:145 msgid "" "Via the analytical account, Odoo can account the invoice lines and purchase " "lines booked in the accounts and will display them in the **Practical " @@ -12417,7 +10734,7 @@ msgstr "" "рядки покупки, заброньовані в рахунках, і відображатиме їх у стовпчику " "**Фактична сума**." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:153 msgid "" "The theoretical amount represents the amount of money you theoretically " "could have spend / should have received in function of the date. When your " @@ -12426,15 +10743,15 @@ msgid "" " that could have been realised." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic.rst:3 msgid "Analytic" msgstr "Аналітика" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:3 msgid "Track costs of purchases, expenses, subcontracting" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:8 msgid "" "Thanks to analytical accounting we can track costs of purchases, expenses " "and subcontracting in the accounting module." @@ -12442,7 +10759,7 @@ msgstr "" "Завдяки аналітичному бухобліку ми можемо відстежувати вартість закупівлі, " "витрати та субпідряд в модулі бухгалтерського обліку." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:11 msgid "" "We'll take the following example. We sold a consulting package for a " "customer. The package is all inclusive meaning no extra cost can be added. " @@ -12456,7 +10773,7 @@ msgstr "" "оскільки нам потрібно оплатити покупки, витрати та витрати на субпідряд, " "пов'язані з проектом." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:20 msgid "" "The following modules needs to be installed to track cost. Enter the app " "module and install the following apps:" @@ -12464,7 +10781,7 @@ msgstr "" "Для відстеження вартості потрібно встановити наступні модулі. Введіть модуль" " додатків та встановіть такі програми:" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:28 msgid "" "Please note that the applications provided by these apps only allows us to " "**track** the costs. We won't be able to automatically re invoice those " @@ -12476,11 +10793,11 @@ msgstr "" "відстежувати витрати на **виставлення рахунків** і перерахувати їх, потрібно" " також встановити додаток для керування продажами." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:37 msgid "Enable Analytical accounting" msgstr "Увімкніть аналітичний облік" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:39 msgid "" "Next step is to activate the analytical accounting. In the accounting app, " "select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and thick the Analytic " @@ -12490,7 +10807,7 @@ msgstr "" "оберіть :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Налаштування` та розгорніть розділ" " Аналітичний бухоблік." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:46 msgid "" "Moreover, scroll down and tick the **Analytic accounting for purchases** " "box." @@ -12498,15 +10815,15 @@ msgstr "" "Крім того, прокрутіть вниз і позначте пункт **Аналітичний бухоблік для " "купівель**." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:52 msgid "Don't forget to save your changes." msgstr "Не забудьте зберегти зміни." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:55 msgid "Create an Analytical account." msgstr "Створіть Аналітичний бухоблік" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:57 msgid "" "First of all you should create an Analytical account on which you can point " "all your expenses. Enter the accounting app, select " @@ -12519,16 +10836,16 @@ msgstr "" " У цьому випадку ми називаємо це \"пакет консультацій\" для нашого клієнта " "Smith&Co." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:65 msgid "We will point all our costs to this account to keep track of them." msgstr "" "Ми будемо вказувати всі наші витрати на цей облік, щоб стежити за ними." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:68 msgid "Record an expense" msgstr "Запишіть витрати" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:70 msgid "" "We start by booking an expense. Our IT technician had to take a train to go " "see our customer. He paid for his ticket himself." @@ -12536,11 +10853,11 @@ msgstr "" "Почнемо з реєстрації витрат. Наш ІТ-спеціаліст повинен був поїхати поїздом, " "щоби побачити нашого клієнта. Він сам заплатив за свій квиток." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:75 msgid "Create an expense product" msgstr "Створіть витратний товар" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:77 msgid "" "We first need to create an expense product. Enter the **Expense** module, " "Click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Expense Products`. Create a new " @@ -12552,11 +10869,11 @@ msgstr "" "новий товар під назвою квиток на потяг і встановіть собівартість до 15,50 " "євро. Переконайтеся, що позначено рядок **Може бути витрачений**." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:86 msgid "Book the expense" msgstr "Зареєструйте витрати" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:88 msgid "" "Enter the Expense module, click on :menuselection:`My expenses --> Create`. " "Select the Train ticket product and link it to the analytical account " @@ -12566,7 +10883,7 @@ msgstr "" " Виберіть товар Квиток на потяг і пов'яжіть його з аналітичним бухобліком, " "описаним вище." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:95 msgid "" "Submit to manager and wait for the manager to approve and post the journal " "entries." @@ -12574,15 +10891,15 @@ msgstr "" "Надішліть менеджеру та зачекайте, поки менеджер затвердить та опублікує " "записи журналу." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:99 msgid "Create a Purchase Order linked to the analytical account" msgstr "Створіть замовлення на купівлю, пов'язане з аналітичним бухобліком" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:102 msgid "Purchase Product" msgstr "Купівлі товару" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:104 msgid "" "We also need to buy a software for our customers. In the purchase app create" " a purchase order for the software product. Within the line we can link the " @@ -12595,7 +10912,7 @@ msgstr "" "аналітичним рахунком. Вкажіть рядок замовлення та виберіть правильний " "аналітичний рахунок. Підтвердіть продаж." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:113 msgid "" "Accept the delivery and enter the invoice. Once the invoice is entered the " "cost price (**Vendor Price** field) will be booked in the analytical " @@ -12605,11 +10922,11 @@ msgstr "" " собівартість (поле **Ціна постачальника**) буде зарахована на аналітичний " "бухоблік." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:117 msgid "Subcontracting" msgstr "Субпідряд" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:119 msgid "" "The purchase module can be used in the same way as seen previously to handle" " subcontracting. if we purchase a service from another company we can re " @@ -12622,16 +10939,16 @@ msgstr "" "правильний аналітичний бухоблік. Нам просто потрібно створити правильний " "товар постачальника." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:126 msgid "You can also track cost with timesheets, see: :doc:`timesheets`" msgstr "" "Ви також можете відстежувати вартість з табелем, дивіться: :doc:`timesheets`" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:129 msgid "Track costs in accounting" msgstr "Відстежуйте витрати в бухобліку" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:131 msgid "" "Now that everything is booked and points to the analytical account. Simply " "open it to check the costs related to that account." @@ -12639,7 +10956,7 @@ msgstr "" "Тепер все, що реєструється, вказує на аналітичний бухоблік. Просто відкрийте" " його, щоби перевірити витрати, пов'язані з цим рахунком." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:134 msgid "" "Enter the accounting module, click on :menuselection:`Advisers --> Analytic " "Accounts --> Open Charts`." @@ -12648,7 +10965,7 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Консультант --> Аналітичний бухоблік --> Відкрити плани " "рахунків`." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:137 msgid "" "Select \"consulting pack - Smith\" and click on the cost and revenue button " "to have an overview of all cost linked to the account." @@ -12656,7 +10973,7 @@ msgstr "" "Виберіть \"пакет консультацій - Smith\" і натисніть кнопку Вартість і дохід," " щоби переглянути всі витрати, пов'язані з обліком." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:144 msgid "" "If you would like to have the revenue as well you should invoice the " "Consulting Pack in the Invoice menu and link the invoice line to this same " @@ -12666,11 +10983,11 @@ msgstr "" "пакет в меню \"Рахунок-фактура\" та зв'язати рядок рахунку з цим аналітичним" " обліковим записом." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:3 msgid "Track costs of human resources with timesheets" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:5 msgid "" "Human resource of course has a cost. It is interesting to see how much a " "particular contract costs the company in term of human power in relation to " @@ -12680,7 +10997,7 @@ msgstr "" "конкретний договір стоїть перед компанією в термінах людської сили у " "відношенні суми, що підлягають оплати." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:9 msgid "" "We will take the following example: Our two employees **Harry Potter** and " "**Cedric Digory** both work on a **Consultancy pack** for our customer " @@ -12694,7 +11011,7 @@ msgstr "" " € за годину. Ми хотіли би відслідковувати витрати в додатку бухобліку та " "порівнювати їх з доходами консультаційної послуги." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:18 msgid "" "First, install the three applications necessary to use this functionality, " "namely **Accounting**, **Sales** and **Timesheet**. Enter the apps module " @@ -12704,7 +11021,7 @@ msgstr "" "а саме **Бухоблік**, **Продажі** та **Табелі**. Введіть назву модулів та " "встановіть їх." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:31 msgid "" "Next you will need to enable analytical accounting. To do so enter the " "**Accounting app**. Select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and " @@ -12715,15 +11032,15 @@ msgstr "" "Налаштування` та позначте опцію **Аналітичний бухоблік** (див. зображення " "нижче)." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:38 msgid "Apply your changes." msgstr "Застосуйте зміни." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:41 msgid "Create an employee" msgstr "Створіть співробітника" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:43 msgid "" "In order to check the revenue of an employee you need to have one. To create" " an employee enter the **Employee** app. Select **Employees** and create a " @@ -12733,7 +11050,7 @@ msgstr "" "співробітника, введіть додаток **Співробітник**. Виберіть **Співробітники** " "та створіть нового співробітника, введіть ім'я та основну інформацію." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:47 msgid "" "On the employee sheet enter the **HR settings** tab. Here you are able to " "specify the **Timesheet Cost** of your employee. In this case Harry has a " @@ -12744,7 +11061,7 @@ msgstr "" "Гаррі має вартість 18 євро/годину. Таким чином, ми заповнимо 18 в цьому " "полі." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:55 msgid "" "If you want the employee to be able to enter timesheets he needs to be " "related to a User." @@ -12752,7 +11069,7 @@ msgstr "" "Якщо ви хочете, щоби працівник міг вводити розклад, він повинен бути " "пов'язаний з користувачем." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:58 msgid "" "Repeat the operation to create the Cedric Digory employee. Don't forget to " "specify its related user and **Timesheet Costs**." @@ -12760,11 +11077,11 @@ msgstr "" "Повторіть операцію, щоб створити працівника Седрик Дігорі. Не забудьте " "вказати пов'язані з ним користувачі та **Вартість табелю**." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:62 msgid "Issue a Sales Order" msgstr "Оформіть замовлення на продаж" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:64 msgid "" "We created two employees called Harry Potter and Cedric Diggory in the " "**Employee** app. Both of them will work on a consultancy contract for our " @@ -12775,7 +11092,7 @@ msgstr "" "контракті з нашим клієнтом Smith&Co, де вони вказують свої години у " "розкладі." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:68 msgid "" "We thus need to create a **sales order** with a **service** product invoiced" " **based on time and material** and tracked by timesheets with **hours** as " @@ -12785,13 +11102,14 @@ msgstr "" " на який виставлено рахунок **заснований на часі та матеріалі**, і " "відстежується табелем з **годинами** як одиниця вимірювань." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:75 msgid "" "For more information on how to create a sales order based on time and " -"material please see :doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/time_materials`." +"material please see " +":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:78 msgid "" "We save a Sales Order with the service product **External Consulting**. An " "analytical account will automatically be generated once the **Sales Order** " @@ -12805,11 +11123,11 @@ msgstr "" "вказати на цей рахунок (у цьому випадку **SO002-Smith&Co**), щоб мати " "можливість виставляти рахунки за години (див. зображення нижче)." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:88 msgid "Fill in timesheet" msgstr "Заповніть табель" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:90 msgid "" "As an employee linked to a user, Harry can enter the **Timesheet** app and " "specify his timesheets for the contract. Logged on Harry's account we enter " @@ -12821,11 +11139,11 @@ msgstr "" "ми заходимо в додаток **Табель** і вводимо детальний рядок, який вказує на " "**аналітичний бухоблік**, описаний вище." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:95 msgid "Harry worked three hours on a SWOT analysis for Smith&Co." msgstr "Гаррі працював три години на SWOT-аналізі для Smith&Co." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:100 msgid "" "In the meantime, Cedric discussed businesses needs with the customer for 1 " "hour and specified it as well in his personal timesheet, pointing as well on" @@ -12835,7 +11153,7 @@ msgstr "" "вказав її також у своєму особистому табелі, вказуючи також в **Аналітичному " "бухобліку**." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:104 msgid "" "In the **Sales Order** we notice that the delivered amounts of hours is " "automatically computed (see picture below)." @@ -12843,11 +11161,11 @@ msgstr "" "У **Замовленні на продаж** ми помічаємо, що кількість доставлених годин " "автоматично обчислюється (див. зображення нижче)." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:111 msgid "Analytic accounting" msgstr "Аналітичний бухоблік" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:113 msgid "" "Thanks to analytic accounts we are able to have an overview of HR cost and " "revenues. All the revenues and cost of this transactions have been " @@ -12857,15 +11175,15 @@ msgstr "" "персоналу. Усі доходи та вартість цих операцій зареєстровані на рахунку " "**SO002-Smith&Co**." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:117 msgid "We can use two methods to analyze this situation." msgstr "Ми можемо використовувати два способи аналізу цієї ситуації." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:120 msgid "Without filters" msgstr "Без фільтрів" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:122 msgid "" "If we pointed all our costs and revenues of the project on the correct " "analytical account we can easily retrieve the cost and revenues related to " @@ -12878,7 +11196,7 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Консультант --> Аналітичні рахунки --> Відкрити плани " "рахунків`." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:127 msgid "" "Note : you can specify a period for **Analysis**. If you want to open the " "current situation you should keep the fields empty. We can already note the " @@ -12888,7 +11206,7 @@ msgstr "" "поточну ситуацію, ви повинні залишити поля порожніми. Ми вже можемо " "відзначити кредитний та дебетовий баланс рахунку." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:134 msgid "" "If we click on the account a special button is provided to have the details " "of cost and revenues (see picture below)." @@ -12896,7 +11214,7 @@ msgstr "" "Якщо ми натиснемо на рахунок, буде надана спеціальна кнопка, яка містить " "інформацію про вартість та доходи (див. зображення нижче)." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:140 msgid "" "Click the button **Cost/Revenue** to have an overview of cost and revenues " "with the corresponding description." @@ -12904,16 +11222,16 @@ msgstr "" "Натисніть кнопку **Вартість/дохід**, щоб мати огляд вартості та доходів з " "відповідним описом." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:144 msgid "With filters" msgstr "З фільтрами" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:146 msgid "We can thus filter this information from the **Analytic Entries**." msgstr "" "Таким чином, ми можемо фільтрувати цю інформацію з **Аналітичних записів**." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:148 msgid "" "Enter the **Accounting** app, and click on :menuselection:`Adviser --> " "Analytic Entries`. In this menu we have several options to analyse the human" @@ -12923,7 +11241,7 @@ msgstr "" "--> Аналітичні записи`. У цьому меню ми маємо кілька варіантів аналізу " "вартості людських ресурсів." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:151 msgid "" "We filter on the **Analytic account** so we can see the cost and revenues of" " the project. Add a custom **Filter** where the **Analytic Account** " @@ -12933,7 +11251,7 @@ msgstr "" "доходи проекту. Додайте індивідуальний **Фільтр**, де **Аналітичний " "рахунок** містить номер **Замовлення на продаж**." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:158 msgid "" "In the results we see timesheets activities and invoiced lines with the " "corresponding costs and revenues." @@ -12941,7 +11259,7 @@ msgstr "" "У результаті ми бачимо, що дії табелів та рядки рахунків є з відповідними " "витратами та доходами." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:164 msgid "" "We can group the different analytical accounts together and check their " "respective revenues. Simply group by **Analytic account** and select the " @@ -12951,27 +11269,27 @@ msgstr "" "відповідні доходи. Просто групуйте за **Аналітичним рахунком** і виберіть " "**Перегляд графіку**, щоби мати чіткий огляд." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:3 msgid "Analytic account use cases" msgstr "Використання аналітичного рахунку у різних випадках" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:5 msgid "The analytic accounting can be used for several purposes:" msgstr "Аналітичний бухоблік можна використовувати для кількох цілей:" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:7 msgid "analyse costs of a company" msgstr "проаналізуйте витрати компанії" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:9 msgid "reinvoice time to a customer" msgstr "повторно виставте час в рахунку клієнту" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:11 msgid "analyse performance of a service or a project" msgstr "проаналізуйте ефективність послуги або проекту" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:13 msgid "" "To manage analytic accounting, you have to activate it in " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`:" @@ -12979,7 +11297,7 @@ msgstr "" "Щоб керувати аналітичним бухобліком, ви повинні активувати його в " ":menuselection:`Налаштування --> Налаштування`:" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:19 msgid "" "To illustrate analytic accounts clearly, you will follow three use cases, " "each in one of three different types of company:" @@ -12988,23 +11306,23 @@ msgstr "" "випадками використання, кожен з яких складається з трьох різних типів " "компаній:" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:22 msgid "Industrial company: Costs Analyse" msgstr "Промислова компанія: аналіз витрат" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:24 msgid "Law Firm: reinvoice spent hours" msgstr "Юридична фірма: повторне виставлення в рахунку витрачених годин" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:26 msgid "IT/Services Company: performance analysis" msgstr "IT/Компанія з надання послуг: аналіз продуктивності" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:29 msgid "Case 1: Industrial company: Costs Analyse" msgstr "Випадок 1: Промислова компанія: аналіз витрат" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:31 msgid "" "In industry, you will often find analytic charts of accounts structured into" " departments and products the company itself is built on." @@ -13012,7 +11330,7 @@ msgstr "" "У промисловості ви часто знайдете аналітичні плани рахунків, структуровані у" " відділах та товарах, на яких побудована сама компанія." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:34 msgid "" "The objective is to examine the costs, sales and margins by " "department/resources and by product. The first level of the structure " @@ -13023,38 +11341,38 @@ msgstr "" "відділами/ресурсами та за товарами. Перший рівень структури складається з " "різних підрозділів, а нижчі - продукція, яку компанія виробляє та продає." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:39 msgid "" "**Analytic Chart of Accounts for an Industrial Manufacturing Company**:" msgstr "**Аналітичний план рахунків для промислової компанії:**:" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:41 msgid "Marketing Department" msgstr "Відділ маркетингу" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:43 msgid "Commercial Department" msgstr "Комерційний відділ" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:45 msgid "Administration Department" msgstr "Адміністративний відділ" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:47 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:80 msgid "Production Range 1" msgstr "Виробничий асортимент 1" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:49 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:82 msgid "Production Range 2" msgstr "Виробничий асортимент 2" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:51 msgid "" "In daily use, it is useful to mark the analytic account on each purchase " "invoice. When the invoice is approved, it will automatically generate the " @@ -13068,7 +11386,7 @@ msgstr "" "рахунків. Для кожного запису в загальних рахунках є щонайменше один " "аналітичний запис, який розподіляє витрати на відділ, що їх поніс." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:58 msgid "" "Here is a possible breakdown of some general accounting entries for the " "example above, allocated to various analytic accounts:" @@ -13076,128 +11394,148 @@ msgstr "" "Нижче наведено можливе розбиття деяких загальних бухгалтерських записів для " "наведеного вище прикладу, розподілених на різні аналітичні рахунки:" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:62 msgid "**General accounts**" msgstr "**Загальні рахунки**" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:62 msgid "**Analytic accounts**" msgstr "**Аналітичні рахунки**" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 msgid "**Title**" msgstr "**Заголовок**" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 msgid "**Account**" msgstr "**Рахунок**" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 +msgid "**Debit**" +msgstr "**Дебет**" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 +msgid "**Credit**" +msgstr "**Кредит**" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 msgid "**Value**" msgstr "**Значення**" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 msgid "Purchase of Raw Material" msgstr "Закупівля сировини" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 msgid "2122" msgstr "2122" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 msgid "1500" msgstr "1500" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 msgid "-1 500" msgstr "-1 500" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 msgid "Subcontractors" msgstr "Субпідряники" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 msgid "450" msgstr "450" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 msgid "-450" msgstr "-450" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 msgid "Credit Note for defective materials" msgstr "Повернення дефектних матеріалів" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 msgid "200" msgstr "200" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 msgid "Transport charges" msgstr "Транспортні збори" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 msgid "Staff costs" msgstr "Витрати на персонал" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 msgid "2121" msgstr "2121" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 msgid "10000" msgstr "10000" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 msgid "Marketing" msgstr "Маркетинг" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:80 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:82 msgid "-2 000" msgstr "-2 000" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:76 msgid "Commercial" msgstr "Комерційний" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:76 msgid "-3 000" msgstr "-3 000" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:78 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 msgid "Administrative" msgstr "Адміністративний" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:78 msgid "-1 000" msgstr "-1 000" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 msgid "PR" msgstr "PR" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 msgid "-400" msgstr "-400" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:87 msgid "" "The analytic representation by department enables you to investigate the " "costs allocated to each department in the company. The analytic chart of " @@ -13208,7 +11546,7 @@ msgstr "" "відділу компанії. Аналітичний план рахунків показує розподіл витрат компанії" " за наведеним вище прикладом:" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:94 msgid "" "In this example of a hierarchical structure in Odoo, you can analyse not " "only the costs of each product range, but also the costs of the whole " @@ -13220,7 +11558,7 @@ msgstr "" "Звіт, який стосується як загальних рахунків, так і аналітичних, дає змогу " "отримати розбиття витрат у межах певного відділу." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:103 msgid "" "The examples above are based on a breakdown of the costs of the company. " "Analytic allocations can be just as effective for sales. That gives you the " @@ -13230,7 +11568,7 @@ msgstr "" "розподіли можуть бути настільки ж ефективними для продажів. Це дає вам " "рентабельність (продажі - витрати) різних відділів." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:107 msgid "" "This analytic representation by department is generally used by trading " "companies and industries." @@ -13238,7 +11576,7 @@ msgstr "" "Аналітичний відділ, як правило, використовується торговими компаніями та " "галузями." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:110 msgid "" "A variantion of this, is not to break it down by sales and marketing " "departments, but to assign each cost to its corresponding product range. " @@ -13248,7 +11586,7 @@ msgstr "" "маркетингу, а призначати кожну вартість для свого відповідного асортименту. " "Це дасть вам аналіз рентабельності кожного асортименту." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:115 msgid "" "Choosing one over the other depends on how you look at your marketing " "effort. Is it a global cost allocated in some general way, or is each " @@ -13258,11 +11596,11 @@ msgstr "" "маркетингові зусилля. Чи глобальна вартість виділяється в деякому загальному" " порядку, чи кожен товар відповідає за власні маркетингові витрати?" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:120 msgid "Case 2: Law Firm: costs of human resources?" msgstr "Випадок 2: Юридична фірма: Витрати на людські ресурси?" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:122 msgid "" "Law firms generally adopt management by case, where each case represents a " "current client file. All of the expenses and products are then attached to a" @@ -13272,7 +11610,7 @@ msgstr "" "поточний файл клієнта. Всі витрати та товари потім додаються до даного " "файлу/аналітичного рахунку." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:126 msgid "" "A principal preoccupation of law firms is the invoicing of hours worked, and" " the profitability by case and by employee." @@ -13280,7 +11618,7 @@ msgstr "" "Основним занепокоєнням юридичних фірм є виставлення рахунків робочими " "годинами та прибутковість за кожним випадком і працівником." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:129 msgid "" "Mechanisms used for encoding the hours worked will be covered in detail in " "timesheet documentation. Like most system processes, hours worked are " @@ -13293,7 +11631,7 @@ msgstr "" "робочі години інтегровані в аналітичний облік. У формі працівника вкажіть " "вартість працівника. Погодинна оплата залежить від вартості працівника." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:135 msgid "" "So a law firm will opt for an analytic representation which reflects the " "management of the time that employees work on the different customer cases." @@ -13301,7 +11639,7 @@ msgstr "" "Тому юридична фірма буде вибирати аналітичне представлення, яке відображає " "управління часом роботи працівників у різних справах клієнтів." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:139 msgid "" "Billing for the different cases is a bit unusual. The cases do not match any" " entry in the general account nor do they come from purchase or sales " @@ -13315,7 +11653,7 @@ msgstr "" "точних аналогів у загальних рахунках. Вони розраховуються на основі годинної" " вартості одного працівника." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:145 msgid "" "At the end of the month when you pay salaries and benefits, you integrate " "them into the general accounts but not in the analytic accounts, because " @@ -13331,7 +11669,7 @@ msgstr "" " ви можете змінити свою вартість за годину на одного співробітника в " "залежності від фактично відпрацьованого часу." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:153 msgid "" "The following table shows an example of different analytic entries that you " "can find for your analytic account:" @@ -13339,114 +11677,114 @@ msgstr "" "У наведеній нижче таблиці показано приклад різних аналітичних записів, які " "ви можете знайти у своєму аналітичному рахунку:" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 msgid "**Amount**" msgstr "**Сума**" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 msgid "**General Account**" msgstr "**Загальна сума**" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 msgid "Study the file (1 h)" msgstr "Вивчення файлу (1 год)" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 msgid "Case 1.1" msgstr "Випадок 1.1" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 msgid "-15" msgstr "-15" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 msgid "Search for information (3 h)" msgstr "Пошук інформації (3 год)" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 msgid "-45" msgstr "-45" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 msgid "Consultation (4 h)" msgstr "Консультація (4 год)" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 msgid "Case 2.1" msgstr "Випадок 2.1" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 msgid "-60" msgstr "-60" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 msgid "Service charges" msgstr "Оплата послуг" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 msgid "280" msgstr "280" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 msgid "705 – Billing services" msgstr "705 - Виставлення послуг у рахунок" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 msgid "Stationery purchase" msgstr "Канцелярські закупівлі" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 msgid "-42" msgstr "-42" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 msgid "601 – Furniture purchase" msgstr "601 - Купівля меблів" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 msgid "42" msgstr "42" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 msgid "Fuel Cost -Client trip" msgstr "Вартість палива - клієнтська поїздка" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 msgid "-35" msgstr "-35" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 msgid "613 – Transports" msgstr "613 - Транспорт" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 msgid "35" msgstr "35" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 msgid "Staff salaries" msgstr "Оклади персоналу" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 msgid "6201 – Salaries" msgstr "6201 - Зарплати" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 msgid "3 000" msgstr "3 000" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:174 msgid "" "Such a structure allows you to make a detailed study of the profitability of" " various transactions." msgstr "" "Така структура дозволяє детально вивчити прибутковість різних транзакцій." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:177 msgid "" "For more details about profitablity, please read the following document: " ":doc:`timesheets`" @@ -13454,7 +11792,7 @@ msgstr "" "Щоб дізнатись більше про рентабельність, прочитайте наступну документацію: " ":doc:`timesheets`" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:180 msgid "" "But analytical accounting is not limited to a simple analysis of the " "profitability of different customer. The same data can be used for automatic" @@ -13469,29 +11807,29 @@ msgstr "" "замовленням на продаж та продавайте товари, які керують табелями або " "витратами." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:187 msgid "Case 3: IT Services Company: perfomance analysis" msgstr "Випадок 3: IT-послуги компанії: аналіз ефективності" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:189 msgid "Most IT service companies face the following problems:" msgstr "" "Більшість компаній, які надають ІТ-послуги, стикаються з такими проблемами:" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:191 msgid "project planning," msgstr "планування проекту," -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:193 msgid "invoicing, profitability and financial follow-up of projects," msgstr "" "виставлення рахунків, рентабельність та фінансовий контроль за проектами," -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:195 msgid "managing support contracts." msgstr "управління контрактами на підтримку." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:197 msgid "" "To deal with these problems, you would use an analytic chart of accounts " "structured by project and by sale order." @@ -13499,7 +11837,7 @@ msgstr "" "Для вирішення цих проблем ви повинні використовувати аналітичну план " "рахунків, структурований за проектом та замовленням на продаж." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:200 msgid "" "The management of services, expenditures and sales is similar to that " "presented above for lawyers. Invoicing and the study of profitability are " @@ -13509,7 +11847,7 @@ msgstr "" "представлено вище для юристів. Виставлення рахунків та вивчення " "рентабельності теж схожі." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:204 msgid "" "But now look at support contracts. These contracts are usually limited to a " "prepaid number of hours. Each service posted in the analytic accounts shows " @@ -13524,7 +11862,7 @@ msgstr "" "рахунків-фактур за замовленням, і пов'язати замовлення на продаж з " "аналітичним рахунком." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:210 msgid "" "In Odoo, each analytic line lists the number of units sold or used, as well " "as what you would usually find there – the amount in currency units (USD or " @@ -13539,11 +11877,11 @@ msgstr "" " продажі кількість, щоби визначити, чи залишаються години контракту на " "підтримку." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:217 msgid "Conclusion" msgstr "Висновок" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:219 msgid "" "Analytic accounting helps you to analyse costs and revenues whatever the use" " case. You can sell or purchase services, track time or analyse the " @@ -13553,7 +11891,7 @@ msgstr "" "від випадку використання. Ви можете продавати або купувати послуги, " "відстежувати час або аналізувати продуктивність виробництва." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:223 msgid "" "Analytic accounting is flexible and easy to use through all Odoo " "applications (sales, purchase, timesheet, production, invoice, …)." @@ -13561,15 +11899,15 @@ msgstr "" "Аналітичний бухоблік є гнучким і простим у використанні за допомогою всіх " "додатків Odoo (продаж, купівля, табель, виробництво, рахунок-фактура ...)." -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory.rst:3 msgid "Inventory" msgstr "Склад" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:3 msgid "Impact on the average price valuation when returning goods" msgstr "Вплив на середню ціну при поверненні товару в Odoo" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:5 msgid "" "As stated in the `*inventory valuation page* " "<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/functional/valuation.html>`__, one of " @@ -13581,7 +11919,7 @@ msgstr "" "можливих методів визначення ціни, який ви можете використовувати для " "безперервної оцінки, - це середня ціна." -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:10 msgid "" "This document answers to one recurrent question for companies using that " "method to make their stock valuation: how does a shipping returned to its " @@ -13597,11 +11935,11 @@ msgstr "" "випадку використання безперервної оцінки (на відміну від періодичної) та " "методу середнього ціноутворення (на відміну від стандарту FIFO)." -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:18 msgid "Definition of average cost" msgstr "Визначення середньої ціни" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:20 msgid "" "The average cost method calculates the cost of ending inventory and cost of " "goods sold on the basis of weighted average cost per unit of inventory." @@ -13610,13 +11948,13 @@ msgstr "" "та вартість товарів, що продаються, на основі середньозваженої вартості " "одиниці інвентаризації." -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:24 msgid "" "The weighted average cost per unit is calculated using the following " "formula:" msgstr "Середньозважена вартість одиниці обчислюється за такою формулою:" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:27 msgid "" "When new products arrive in a warehouse, the new average cost is recomputed " "as:" @@ -13624,16 +11962,16 @@ msgstr "" "Коли нові товари потрапляють до складу, нові середні витрати перераховуються" " як:" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:33 msgid "" "When products leave the warehouse: the average cost **does not** change" msgstr "Коли товари виходять зі складу: середня вартість **не** змінюється" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:36 msgid "Defining the purchase price" msgstr "Визначення ціни покупки" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:38 msgid "" "The purchase price is estimated at the reception of the products (you might " "not have received the vendor bill yet) and reevaluated at the reception of " @@ -13645,161 +11983,161 @@ msgstr "" "Ціна придбання включає вартість, яку ви сплачуєте за товари, але може також " "включати додаткові витрати, як-от розмір витрат." -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:45 msgid "Average cost example" msgstr "Приклад середньої вартості" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 msgid "Operation" msgstr "Операція" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 msgid "Delta Value" msgstr "Значення дельти" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 msgid "Inventory Value" msgstr "Складська оцінка" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 msgid "Qty On Hand" msgstr "Кількість в наявності" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 msgid "Avg Cost" msgstr "Середня вартість" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 msgid "$0" msgstr "$0" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 msgid "0" msgstr "0" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 msgid "Receive 8 Products at $10" msgstr "Отримати 8 товарів на 10 доларів" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 msgid "+8\\*$10" msgstr "+8\\*$10" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 msgid "$80" msgstr "$80" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 msgid "8" msgstr "8" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 msgid "$10" msgstr "$10" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 msgid "Receive 4 Products at $16" msgstr "Отримати 4 товари на 16 доларів " -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 msgid "+4\\*$16" msgstr "+4\\*$16" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 msgid "$144" msgstr "$144" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 msgid "12" msgstr "12" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 msgid "$12" msgstr "$12" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 msgid "Deliver 10 Products" msgstr "Доставити 10 товарів" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 msgid "-10\\*$12" msgstr "-10\\*$12" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 msgid "$24" msgstr "$24" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 msgid "2" msgstr "2" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:60 msgid "" "At the beginning, the Avg Cost is set to 0 set as there is no product in the" " inventory. When the first reception is made, the average cost becomes " @@ -13809,7 +12147,7 @@ msgstr "" "Коли здійснюється перший прийом, середня вартість логічно стає закупівельною" " ціною." -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:64 msgid "" "At the second reception, the average cost is updated because the total " "inventory value is now ``$80 + 4*$16 = $144``. As we have 12 units on hand, " @@ -13819,7 +12157,7 @@ msgstr "" "інвентаризації зараз становить``$80 + 4*$16 = $144``. Оскільки в нас 12 " "одиниць в наявності, середня ціна за одиницю становить ``$144 / 12 = $12``." -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:68 msgid "" "By definition, the delivery of 10 products does not change the average cost." " Indeed, the inventory value is now $24 as we have only 2 units remaining of" @@ -13829,11 +12167,11 @@ msgstr "" "вартість інвентаризації зараз становить 24 долари, тому що у нас залишилося " "всього 2 одиниці, що залишилися від кожних ``$24 / 2 = $12``." -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:73 msgid "Purchase return use case" msgstr "Випадок повернення купівлі" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:75 msgid "" "In case of a product returned to its supplier after reception, the inventory" " value is reduced using the average cost formulae (not at the initial price " @@ -13843,37 +12181,37 @@ msgstr "" "інвентаризації зменшується з використанням середніх формул витрат (не за " "початковою ціною цих товарів!)." -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:79 msgid "Which means that the above table will be updated as follow:" msgstr "Це означає, що наведена вище таблиця буде оновлена таким чином:" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 msgid "Return of 1 Product initially bought at $10" msgstr "Повернення 1 товару, купленого спочатку за $10" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 msgid "-1\\*$12" msgstr "-1\\*$12" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 msgid "1" msgstr "1" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:90 msgid "Explanation: counter example" msgstr "Пояснення: зустрічний приклад" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:92 msgid "" "Remember the definition of **Average Cost**, saying that we do not update " "the average cost of a product leaving the inventory. If you break this rule," @@ -13883,7 +12221,7 @@ msgstr "" "середню вартість товару, що залишаєсклад. Якщо ви порушите це правило, ви " "можете привести до невідповідності на вашому складі." -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:96 msgid "" "As an example, here is the scenario when you deliver one piece to the " "customer and return the other one to your supplier (at the cost you " @@ -13892,26 +12230,26 @@ msgstr "" "Як приклад, ось сценарій, коли ви доставляєте один товар клієнту та " "повертаєте інший постачальнику (за ціною, яку ви купили). Ось операція:" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 msgid "Customer Shipping 1 product" msgstr "Відправлення клієнту 1 товару" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 msgid "-1\\*$10" msgstr "-1\\*$10" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 msgid "**$2**" msgstr "**$2**" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 msgid "**0**" msgstr "**0**" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:110 msgid "" "As you can see in this example, this is not correct: an inventory valuation " "of $2 for 0 pieces in the warehouse." @@ -13919,18 +12257,18 @@ msgstr "" "Як ви можете бачити в цьому прикладі, це не правильно: складська оцінка 2 " "доларів за 0 одиниць на складі." -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:113 msgid "" "The correct scenario should be to return the goods at the current average " "cost:" msgstr "" "Правильним сценарієм має бути повернення товару за поточною середньою ціною:" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 msgid "**$0**" msgstr "**$0**" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:126 msgid "" "On the other hand, using the average cost to value the return ensure a " "correct inventory value at all times." @@ -13938,11 +12276,11 @@ msgstr "" "З іншого боку, використання середньої ціни для значення повернення гарантує " "правильну складську оцінку у будь-який час." -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:130 msgid "Further thoughts on anglo saxon mode" msgstr "Концепція в англо-саксонському режимі" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:132 msgid "" "For people in using the **anglo saxon accounting** principles, there is " "another concept to take into account: the stock input account of the " @@ -13957,7 +12295,7 @@ msgstr "" "вхідних відправлень і зменшуватиметься при отриманні відповідних рахунків " "постачальника." -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:139 msgid "" "Back to our example, we see that when the return is valued at the average " "price, the amount booked in the stock input account is the original purchase" @@ -13967,47 +12305,47 @@ msgstr "" "середньою ціною, сума, заброньована на рахунку вхідного складу, є початковою" " ціною покупки:" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 msgid "stock input" msgstr "отримання товару" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 msgid "price diff" msgstr "різниця цін" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 msgid "($80)" msgstr "($80)" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 msgid "Receive vendor bill $80" msgstr "Отримати рахунок постачальника на $80" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 msgid "($64)" msgstr "($64)" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 msgid "Receive vendor bill $64" msgstr "Отримати рахунок постачальника на $64" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 msgid "**$10**" msgstr "**$10**" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 msgid "**$12**" msgstr "**$12**" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 msgid "Receive vendor refund $10" msgstr "Отримати відшкодування постачальника на $10" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 msgid "$2" msgstr "$2" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:163 msgid "" "This is because the vendor refund will be made using the original purchase " "price, so to zero out the effect of the return in the stock input in last " @@ -14022,11 +12360,11 @@ msgstr "" "товару, використовується для резервування різниці між середньою ціною та " "початковою ціною закупки." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:3 msgid "Record exchange rates at payments" msgstr "Облік курсових різниць під час оплати" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:8 msgid "" "Any company doing international trade faces the case where the payments are " "in a different currency." @@ -14034,7 +12372,7 @@ msgstr "" "Будь-яка компанія, що здійснює міжнародну торгівлю, має справу, коли платежі" " здійснюються в іншій валюті." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:11 msgid "" "After receiving their payments, you have the option to convert the amount " "into your company currency. Multi currency payment implies rates " @@ -14044,11 +12382,11 @@ msgstr "" " компанією. Мультивалютний платіж означає курсову різницю. Курсова різниця " "автоматично фіксується в Odoo." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:19 msgid "Enable multi-currencies" msgstr "Увімкніть мультивалютність" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:21 msgid "" "In the accounting module, Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " "and flag **Allow multi currencies**, then click on **apply**." @@ -14057,7 +12395,7 @@ msgstr "" "--> Налаштування` та позначте пункт **Дозволити мультивалютність**, а потім " "натисніть **Застосувати**." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:27 msgid "" "Configure the currency rates in :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Currencies`. Write down the rate and make sure the currency is active." @@ -14065,7 +12403,7 @@ msgstr "" "Налаштуйте курси валют у :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Валюти`. Запишіть" " курс і переконайтеся, що валюта є активною." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:33 msgid "" "In this document, the base currency is **Euro** and we will record payments " "in **Dollars**." @@ -14073,7 +12411,7 @@ msgstr "" "У цьому документі базова валюта є **євро**, і ми будемо фіксувати платежі в " "**доларах**." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:40 msgid "" "You can automatically fetch the currency rates from the **European Central " "Bank** or from **Yahoo**. Please read the document : :doc:`how_it_works`." @@ -14081,12 +12419,12 @@ msgstr "" "Ви можете автоматично отримувати курси валют з Нацбанку. Будь ласка, " "прочитайте документацію: : :doc:`how_it_works`." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:45 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:31 msgid "Configure your journal" msgstr "Налаштуйте свій журнал" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:47 msgid "" "In order to register payments in other currencies, you have to **remove the " "currency constraint** on the journal. Go to the accounting application, " @@ -14096,7 +12434,7 @@ msgstr "" "обмеження** в журналі. Перейдіть до модуля бухобліку, натисніть кнопку " "**Більше** у журналі та **Налаштування**." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:54 msgid "" "Check if the **Currency** field is empty or in the foreign currency in which" " you will register the payments. If a currency is filled in, it means that " @@ -14106,11 +12444,11 @@ msgstr "" "реєструєте платежі. Якщо валюта заповнена, це означає, що ви можете " "зареєструвати платежі лише в цій валюті." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:62 msgid "Record a payment in a different currency" msgstr "Запишіть платіж в іншій валюті" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:64 msgid "" "In the **Accounting** application, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " "Payments`. Register the payment and indicate that it was done in the foreign" @@ -14120,13 +12458,13 @@ msgstr "" "Зареєструйте платіж і вкажіть, що це було зроблено в іноземній валюті. Потім" " натисніть на **підтвердити**." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:83 msgid "The journal entry has been posted but not allocated." msgstr "Запис журналу, розміщений, але не виділений." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:73 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:85 msgid "" "Go back to your invoice (:menuselection:`Sales --> Customer Invoices`) and " "click on **Add** to allocate the payment." @@ -14134,11 +12472,11 @@ msgstr "" "Поверніться до свого рахунку-фактури (:menuselection:`Продажі --> Рахунки " "клієнтів`) та натисніть **Додати**, щоби розподілити платіж." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:80 msgid "Record a bank statement in a different currency" msgstr "Запишіть банківську виписку в іншій валюті" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:82 msgid "" "Create or import the bank statement of your payment. The **Amount** is in " "the company currency. There are two complementary fields, the **Amount " @@ -14149,7 +12487,7 @@ msgstr "" " компанії. Існує два взаємодоповнювані поля, **валюта суми**, яка є фактично" " сплаченою сумою та **валюта**, в якій вона була виплачена." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:89 msgid "" "When reconciling it, Odoo will directly match the payment with the right " "**Invoice**. You will get the invoice price in the invoice currency and the " @@ -14159,11 +12497,11 @@ msgstr "" "фактурою**. Ви отримаєте ціну рахунка-фактури у валюті рахунку та суму у " "валюті вашої компанії." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:97 msgid "Check the exchange rate differences" msgstr "Перевірте різницю курсу" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:99 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` and look for the " "**Exchange difference** journal entries. All the exchange rates differences " @@ -14172,16 +12510,16 @@ msgstr "" "Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Консультант --> Записи журналу` та знайдіть " "**Журнал курсових різниць**. У ньому фіксуються всі курсові різниці." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:106 msgid "" "The Exchange difference journal can be changed in your accounting settings." msgstr "" "Журнал курсових різниць може бути змінений у ваших налаштуваннях бухобліку." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/full_reconcile_warning.rst:2 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/full_reconcile_warning.rst:2 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/full_reconcile_warning.rst:2 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/full_reconcile_warning.rst:2 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/full_reconcile_warning.rst:2 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/full_reconcile_warning.rst:2 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/full_reconcile_warning.rst:2 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/full_reconcile_warning.rst:2 msgid "" "In order for an exchange difference entry to be created automatically, the " "corresponding invoices and payments need to be fully reconciled. This means " @@ -14191,23 +12529,23 @@ msgid "" "them until that final amount is paid." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:147 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:68 msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:112 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:100 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:136 msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases`" msgstr ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases`" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:3 msgid "Odoo's multi-currency system" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:8 msgid "" "Choosing to use the multi-currency option in Odoo will allow you to send " "sales invoices, quotes and purchase orders or receive bills and payments in " @@ -14221,11 +12559,11 @@ msgstr "" "налаштувати банківські рахунки в інших валютах та створювати звіти про свою " "діяльність в іноземній валюті." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:18 msgid "Turn on multi-currency" msgstr "Увімкніть мультивалютність" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:20 msgid "" "In the accounting module, Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " "and flag **Allow multi currencies**, then click on **Apply**." @@ -14234,13 +12572,13 @@ msgstr "" "Налаштування` та позначте **Дозволити мультивалютність**, після чого " "натисніть кнопку **Застосувати**." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:27 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:159 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:109 msgid "Exchange Rate Journal" msgstr "Журнал курсових різниць" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:29 msgid "" "The **Rate Difference Journal** records the differences between the payment " "registration and the expected amount. For example, if a payment is paid 1 " @@ -14252,15 +12590,15 @@ msgstr "" "виставлення рахунку-фактури, курсова різниця, ймовірно, зміниться. " "Флуктуація означає деякі втрати або прибуток, які зафіксовані в Odoo." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:35 msgid "You can change it in the settings:" msgstr "Ви можете змінити її в налаштуваннях:" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:41 msgid "View or edit rate being used" msgstr "Перегляньте або змініть курс" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:43 msgid "" "You can manually configure the currency rates in " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Currencies`. Open the currencies you want " @@ -14270,11 +12608,11 @@ msgstr "" " Валюти`. Відкрийте валюту, яку хочете використовувати в Odoo, і " "відредагуйте її. Переконайтеся, що валюта активна." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:50 msgid "Click on **View Rates** to edit it and to see the history :" msgstr "Натисніть **Переглянути курс** для редагування та перегляду історії:" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:55 msgid "" "Click on **Create** to add the rate. Fill in the date and the rate. Click on" " **Save** when you are done." @@ -14282,11 +12620,11 @@ msgstr "" "Натисніть кнопку **Створити**, щоб додати курс. Введіть дату та курс. " "Натисніть кнопку **Зберегти** після завершення." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:62 msgid "Live Currency Rate" msgstr "Реальний курс валют" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:64 msgid "" "By default, the currencies need to be updated manually. But you can " "synchronize it with `Yahoo <https://finance.yahoo.com/currency-" @@ -14298,7 +12636,7 @@ msgstr "" "синхронізувати їх з Нацбанком. У розділі :menuselection:`Налаштування --> " "Налаштування`, перейдіть до розділу **Курс валют**." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:69 msgid "" "Choose the interval : Manually, Daily, Weekly or Monthly. You can always " "force the update by clicking on **Update Now**. Select the provider, and you" @@ -14308,15 +12646,15 @@ msgstr "" "запустити оновлення, натиснувши кнопку **Оновити зараз**. Виберіть " "постачальника і ви все встановили!" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:77 msgid "Only the **active** currencies are updated" msgstr "Оновлюються лише **активні** валюти." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:80 msgid "Configure your charts of account" msgstr "Налаштуйте ваш план рахунків" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:82 msgid "" "In the accounting application, go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Charts of " "Accounts`. On each account, you can set a currency. It will force all moves " @@ -14326,7 +12664,7 @@ msgstr "" "План рахунків`. На кожному рахунку можна встановити валюту. Це запустить всі" " кроки для цього рахунку, щоби мати валюту рахунку." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:86 msgid "" "If you leave it empty, it means that it can handle all currencies that are " "Active." @@ -14334,11 +12672,11 @@ msgstr "" "Якщо ви залишите це порожнім, це означає, що він може обробляти всі валюти, " "які є активними." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:93 msgid "Configure your journals" msgstr "Налаштуйте ваші журнали" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:95 msgid "" "In order to register payments in other currencies, you have to remove the " "currency constraint on the journal. Go to the accounting application, Click " @@ -14348,8 +12686,8 @@ msgstr "" "обмеження в журналі. Перейдіть до модуля бухоблік, натисніть кнопку " "**Більше** у журналі та **Налаштування**." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:102 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:40 msgid "" "Check if the currency field is empty or in the foreign currency in which you" " will register the payments. If a currency is filled in, it means that you " @@ -14359,12 +12697,12 @@ msgstr "" "реєструєте платежі. Якщо валюта заповнена, це означає, що ви можете " "зареєструвати платежі лише в цій валюті." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:110 msgid "How is Odoo's multi-currency working?" msgstr "Як діє мультивалютність в Odoo?" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:112 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:50 msgid "" "Now that you are working in a multi-currency environment, all accountable " "items will be linked to a currency, domestic or foreign." @@ -14372,12 +12710,12 @@ msgstr "" "Тепер, коли ви працюєте в мультивалютному середовищі, всі підзвітні елементи" " будуть пов'язані з валютою, внутрішньою або іноземною." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:116 msgid "Sales Orders and Invoices" msgstr "Замовлення на продаж та рахунки-фактури" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:118 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:56 msgid "" "You are now able to set a different currency than the company one on your " "sale orders and on your invoices. The currency is set for the whole " @@ -14387,12 +12725,12 @@ msgstr "" " на продаж та ваших рахунків-фактур. Валюта встановлюється для всього " "документа." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:126 msgid "Purchases orders and Vendor Bills" msgstr "Замовлення на купівлю та рахунки постачальників" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:128 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:66 msgid "" "You are now able to set a different currency than the company one on your " "purchase orders and on your vendor bills. The currency is set for the whole " @@ -14402,18 +12740,18 @@ msgstr "" "на купівлю та рахунки постачальників. Валюта встановлюється для всього " "документа." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:136 msgid "Payment Registrations" msgstr "Оплата реєстрів" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:138 msgid "" "In the accounting application, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. " "Register the payment and set the currency." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:147 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:94 msgid "" "When creating or importing bank statements, the amount is in the company " "currency. But there are now two complementary fields, the amount that was " @@ -14423,7 +12761,7 @@ msgstr "" "компанії. Але зараз існує два додаткових поля: фактично сплачена сума та " "валюта, в якій вона була сплачена." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:154 msgid "" "When reconciling it, Odoo will directly match the payment with the right " "Invoice. You will get the invoice price in the invoice currency and the " @@ -14433,7 +12771,7 @@ msgstr "" "фактурою. Ви отримаєте ціну рахунка-фактури у валюті рахунку та суму у " "валюті вашої компанії." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:161 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` and look for the Exchange" " difference journal entries. All the exchange rates differences are recorded" @@ -14443,20 +12781,20 @@ msgstr "" "записи журналу курсових різниці в журналі. У ньому фіксуються всі курсові " "різниці." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:170 msgid ":doc:`invoices_payments`" msgstr ":doc:`invoices_payments`" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:171 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:121 msgid ":doc:`exchange`" msgstr ":doc:`exchange`" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:3 msgid "Manage invoices and payment in multiple currencies" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo provides multi-currency support with automatic currency gross or loss " "entry adjustment. There are a few things Odoo has been to ease the user's " @@ -14465,7 +12803,7 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo надає мультивалютну підтримку з автоматичною корекцією валютних витрат " "чи доходів. Є кілька речей, які Odoo має, щоби полегшити життя користувача." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:12 msgid "" "All the account transactions will be done using the company currency. " "However you can see two extra fields with the journal entry where secondary " @@ -14477,7 +12815,7 @@ msgstr "" "буде відображатися додаткова валюта та сума. Ви можете створювати " "мультивалютні журнали конкретної валюти." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:17 msgid "" "When creating an invoice, the currency can be changed very easily; however " "Odoo takes the company currency as a default assignment. It will convert all" @@ -14487,11 +12825,11 @@ msgstr "" " валюту компанії як замовлення за замовчуванням. Система конвертує всі суми " "автоматично за допомогою цієї валюти." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:25 msgid "Enable Multi-Currency" msgstr "Увімкніть мультивалютність" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:27 msgid "" "For information about enabling Multi-Currency, please read the document: " ":doc:`how_it_works`" @@ -14499,7 +12837,7 @@ msgstr "" "Щоб дізнатись про активацію мультивалютності, будь-ласка, прочитайте " "документ: :doc:`how_it_works`" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:33 msgid "" "In order to register payments in other currencies, you have to remove the " "currency constraint on the journal. Go to the accounting application, on the" @@ -14509,19 +12847,19 @@ msgstr "" "обмеження в журналі. Перейдіть до програми бухобліку, в журналі натисніть " ":menuselection:`Більше --> Налаштування`." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:48 msgid "Multi-currency invoices & Vendor Bills" msgstr "Мультивалютні рахунки-фактури та рахунки постачальників" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:54 msgid "Invoices" msgstr "Рахунки" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:74 msgid "Multi-currency Payments" msgstr "Мультивалютні платежі" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:76 msgid "" "In the accounting application, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. " "Register the payment and indicate that it was done in the foreign currency. " @@ -14531,11 +12869,11 @@ msgstr "" "Зареєструйте платіж і вкажіть, що це було зроблено в іноземній валюті. Потім" " натисніть кнопку **Підтвердити**." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:92 msgid "Multi- Currency Bank Statements" msgstr "Мультивалютні банківські виписки" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:101 msgid "" "When reconciling it, Odoo will directly match the payment with the right " "invoice. You will get the invoice price in the invoice currency and the " @@ -14545,7 +12883,7 @@ msgstr "" "фактурою. Ви отримаєте ціну рахунка-фактури у валюті рахунку та суму у " "валюті вашої компанії." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:111 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` and look for the " "**Exchange Difference** journal entries. All the exchange rates differences " @@ -14554,75 +12892,75 @@ msgstr "" "Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Консультант --> Записи журналу` та знайдіть " "**Журнал курсових різниць**. У ньому фіксуються всі курсові різниці." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:120 msgid ":doc:`how_it_works`" msgstr ":doc:`how_it_works`" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started.rst:3 msgid "Getting Started" msgstr "Розпочніть" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:100 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:69 msgid "Chart of Accounts" msgstr "План рахунків" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:5 msgid "" "The **Chart of Accounts (COA)** is the list of all the accounts used to " "record financial transactions in the general ledger of an organization." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:8 msgid "" "The accounts are usually listed in the order of appearance in the financial " "reports. Most of the time, they are listed as follows :" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:11 msgid "Balance Sheet accounts" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:13 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 msgid "Assets" msgstr "Активи" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:14 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:77 msgid "Liabilities" msgstr "Зобов'язання" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:15 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:85 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:85 msgid "Equity" msgstr "Капітал" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:19 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:89 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:89 msgid "Income" msgstr "Дохід" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:20 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:93 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:93 msgid "Expense" msgstr "Витрати" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:22 msgid "" "When browsing your Chart of Accounts, you can filter the accounts by number," " in the left column, and also group them by Account Type." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:30 msgid "Configuration of an Account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:32 msgid "" "The country you select at the creation of your database (or additional " "company on your database) determines which **Fiscal Localization Package** " @@ -14631,138 +12969,138 @@ msgid "" "directly or set it according to your company's needs." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:38 msgid "" "It is not possible to modify the **Fiscal Localization** of a company once a" " Journal Entry has been posted." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:41 msgid "" "To create a new account, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " "--> Chart of Accounts`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:45 msgid "Code and Name" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:47 msgid "" "Each account is identified by its **Code** and **Name**, which also " "indicates the account's purpose." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:52 msgid "" "Configuring correctly the **Account Type** is critical as it serves multiple" " purposes:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:54 msgid "Information on the account's purpose and behavior" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:55 msgid "Generate country-specific legal and financial reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:56 msgid "Set the rules to close a fiscal year" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:57 msgid "Generate opening entries" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:59 msgid "" "To configure an account type, open the **Type** field's drop-down selector " "and select the right type among the following list:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 msgid "Report" msgstr "Звіт" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 msgid "Category" msgstr "Категорія" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 msgid "Account Types" msgstr "Типи рахунків" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 msgid "Receivable" msgstr "Дебітор" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:67 msgid "Bank and Cash" msgstr "Банк і готівка" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:69 msgid "Current Assets" msgstr "Оборотні активи" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:71 msgid "Non-current Assets" msgstr "Необоротні активи" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:73 msgid "Prepayments" msgstr "Аванси" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:75 msgid "Fixed Assets" msgstr "Основні засоби" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:77 msgid "Payable" msgstr "Кредитор" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:79 msgid "Credit Card" msgstr "Кредитна картка" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:81 msgid "Current Liabilities" msgstr "Короткострокові зобов’язання" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:83 msgid "Non-current Liabilities" msgstr "Довгострокові зобов'язання" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:87 msgid "Current Year Earnings" msgstr "Прибуток поточного періоду" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:91 msgid "Other Income" msgstr "Інший дохід" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:95 msgid "Depreciation" msgstr "Амортизація" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:97 msgid "Cost of Revenue" msgstr "Собівартість продажу" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 msgid "Other" -msgstr "Інше" +msgstr "Інші" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 msgid "Off-Balance Sheet" msgstr "Позабалансовий звіт" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:103 msgid "Assets, Deferred Expenses, and Deferred Revenues Automation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:105 msgid "" "Some Account Types display a new field **to automate** the creation of " ":ref:`Assets <assets-automation>` entries, :ref:`Deferred Expenses " @@ -14770,64 +13108,69 @@ msgid "" "<deferred-revenues-automation>` entries." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:109 msgid "You have three choices for the **Automation** field:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:238 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:177 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:177 msgid "**No:** this is the default value. Nothing happens." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:112 msgid "" "**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " "draft entry is created, but not validated. You must first fill out the " "corresponding form." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:114 msgid "" "**Create and validate:** you must also select a Model. Whenever a " "transaction is posted on the account, an entry is created and immediately " "validated." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:118 msgid "Please refer to the related documentation for more information." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:3 +msgid "Default Taxes" +msgstr "Типові податки" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:123 msgid "" "Select a **default tax** that will be applied when this account is chosen " "for a product sale or purchase." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:127 msgid "Tags" msgstr "Теги" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:129 msgid "" "Some accounting reports require **tags** to be set on the relevant accounts." " By default, you can choose among the tags that are used by the *Cash Flow " "Statement*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:133 msgid "Account Groups" msgstr "Групи рахуків" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:135 msgid "" "**Account Groups** are useful to list multiple accounts as *sub-accounts* of" " a bigger account and thus consolidate reports such as the **Trial " "Balance**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:138 msgid "" "To create a new Account Group, open the account you want to configure as " "sub-account, click on the *Group* drop-down selector, select *Create and " @@ -14835,65 +13178,73 @@ msgid "" "the right Account Group." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:142 msgid "" "To display your **Trial Balance** report with your Account Groups, go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Trial Balance`, then open the " "*Options* menu and select **Hierarchy and Subtotals**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:151 msgid "Allow Reconciliation" -msgstr "Дозвольте узгодження" +msgstr "Дозволити узгодження" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:153 msgid "" "Some accounts, such as accounts made to record the transactions of a payment" " method, can be used for the reconciliation of journal entries." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:156 msgid "" "For example, an invoice paid with a credit card can be *marked as paid* if " "reconciled with the payment. Therefore, the account used to record credit " "card payments needs to be configured as *allowing reconciliation*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:160 msgid "To do so, check the **Allow Reconciliation** box and save." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:163 msgid "Deprecated" msgstr "Не використовується" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:165 msgid "" "It is not possible to delete an account once a transaction has been recorded" " on it. You can make them unusable by using the **Deprecated** feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:168 msgid "To do so, check the **Deprecated** box and save." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:171 msgid ":doc:`../../payables/supplier_bills/assets`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:172 msgid ":doc:`../../payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:173 msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:40 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:3 msgid "Initial setup of Odoo Accounting and Odoo Invoicing" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:5 msgid "" "When you first open your Odoo Accounting app, the *Accounting Overview* page" " welcomes you with a step-by-step onboarding banner, a wizard that helps you" @@ -14901,13 +13252,13 @@ msgid "" "it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:9 msgid "" "The settings visible in the onboarding banner can still be modified later by" " going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:13 msgid "" "Odoo Accounting automatically installs the appropriate **Fiscal Localization" " Package** for your company, according to the country selected at the " @@ -14917,37 +13268,37 @@ msgid "" " information about Fiscal Localization Packages." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:20 msgid "Accounting onboarding banner" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:22 msgid "" "The step-by-step Accounting onboarding banner is composed of four steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:28 msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-company`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:29 msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-bank`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:30 msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-periods`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:31 msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-chart`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:36 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:140 msgid "Company Data" msgstr "Дані компанії" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:38 msgid "" "This menu allows you to add your company’s details such as the name, " "address, logo, website, phone number, email address, and Tax ID, or VAT " @@ -14955,97 +13306,97 @@ msgid "" "invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:47 msgid "" "You can also change these settings by going to :menuselection:`Settings --> " "General Settings --> Settings --> Companies` and clicking on **Update " "Info**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:53 msgid "Bank Account" msgstr "Банківський рахунок" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:55 msgid "" "Connect your bank account to your database and have your bank statements " "synced automatically. To do so, find your bank in the list, click on " "*Connect*, and follow the instructions on-screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:59 msgid "" ":doc:`Click here <../../bank/feeds/bank_synchronization>` for more " "information about this feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:61 msgid "" "If your Bank Institution can’t be synchronized automatically, or if you " "prefer not to sync it with your database, you may also configure your bank " "account manually by clicking on *Create it*, and filling out the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:76 msgid "" "You can add as many bank accounts as needed with this tool by going to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration`, and clicking on *Add a Bank " "Account*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:78 msgid "" ":doc:`Click here <../../bank/setup/bank_accounts>` for more information " "about Bank Accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:84 msgid "Accounting Periods" msgstr "Бухгалтерські періоди" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:86 msgid "" "Define here your **Fiscal Years**’ opening and closing dates, which are used" " to generate reports automatically, and your **Tax Return Periodicity**, " "along with a reminder to never miss a tax return deadline." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:90 msgid "" "By default, the opening date is set on the 1st of January and the closing " "date on the 31st of December, as this is the most common use." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:94 msgid "" "You can also change these settings by going to :menuselection:`Accounting " "--> Configuration --> Settings --> Fiscal Periods` and updating the values." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:102 msgid "" "With this menu, you can add accounts to your **Chart of Accounts** and " "indicate their initial opening balances." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:105 msgid "" "Basic settings are displayed on this page to help you review your Chart of " "Accounts. To access all the settings of an account, click on the *double " "arrow button* at the end of the line." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:113 msgid "" ":doc:`Click here <chart_of_accounts>` for more information on how to " "configure your Chart of Accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:117 msgid "Invoicing onboarding banner" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:119 msgid "" "There is another step-by-step onboarding banner that helps you take " "advantage of your Odoo Invoicing and Accounting apps. The *Invoicing " @@ -15053,50 +13404,50 @@ msgid "" " rather than the Accounting app." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:123 msgid "" "If you have Odoo Accounting installed on your database, you can reach it by " "going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Invoices`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:126 msgid "The Invoicing onboarding banner is composed of four main steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:132 msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-company`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:133 msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-layout`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:134 msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-payment`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:135 msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-sample`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:142 msgid "" "This form is the same as :ref:`the one presented in the Accounting " "onboarding banner <accounting-setup-company>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:148 msgid "Invoice Layout" msgstr "Макет рахунка" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:150 msgid "" "With this tool, you can design the appearance of your documents by selecting" " which layout tamplate, paper format, colors, font, and logo you want to " "use." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:153 msgid "" "You can also add your *Company Tagline* and the content of the documents’ " "*footer*. Note that Odoo automatically adds the company's phone number, " @@ -15105,66 +13456,66 @@ msgid "" "setup-company>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:163 msgid "" "Add your **bank account number** and a link to your **General Terms & " "Condition** in the footer. This way, your contacts can find the full content" " of your GT&C online without having to print them on the invoices you issue." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:168 msgid "" "These settings can also be modified by going to :menuselection:`Settings -->" " General Settings`, under the *Business Documents* section." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:174 msgid "Payment Method" msgstr "Спосіб оплати" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:176 msgid "" "This menu helps you configure the payment methods with which your customers " "can pay you." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:179 msgid "" "Configuring a *Payment Acquirer* with this tool also activates the *Invoice " "Online Payment* option automatically. With this, users can directly pay " "online, from their Customer Portal." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:185 msgid "Sample Invoice" msgstr "Зразок рахунка-фактури" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:187 msgid "" "Send yourself a sample invoice by email to make sure everything is correctly" " configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:190 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:135 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:146 msgid ":doc:`../../bank/setup/bank_accounts`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:191 msgid ":doc:`chart_of_accounts`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts.rst:3 msgid "Main Concepts" msgstr "Основні поняття" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:3 msgid "The Accounting behind Odoo" msgstr "Бухгалетрія в Odoo" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:5 msgid "" "This page summarises the way Odoo deals with typical accounts and " "transactions." @@ -15172,11 +13523,11 @@ msgstr "" "Ця сторінка підсумовує, як Odoo робить ставку на типові рахунки та " "транзакції." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:9 msgid "Double-entry bookkeeping" msgstr "Дворівнева бухгалтерська система" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:11 msgid "" "Odoo automatically creates all the behind-the-scenes journal entries for " "each of your accounting transactions: customer invoices, point of sale " @@ -15186,7 +13537,7 @@ msgstr "" " транзакцій: рахунки клієнтів, замовлення на продаж, витрати, рух запасу " "тощо." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:15 msgid "" "Odoo uses the rules of double-entry bookkeeping system: all journal entries " "are automatically balanced (sum of debits = sum of credits)." @@ -15194,17 +13545,17 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo використовує правила дворівневої бухгалтерської системи: всі записи " "журналу автоматично збалансовані (сума дебету = сума кредитів)." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:19 msgid "" "`Understand Odoo's accounting transactions per document " "<https://odoo.com/documentation/functional/accounting.html>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:23 msgid "Accrual and Cash Basis Methods" msgstr "Нарахування та методика нарахування коштів" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:25 msgid "" "Odoo supports both accrual and cash basis reporting. This allows you to " "report income / expense at the time transactions occur (i.e., accrual " @@ -15215,11 +13566,11 @@ msgstr "" "принципу нарахування) або коли здійснюється або отримується оплата " "(наприклад, на основі касового методу)." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:30 msgid "Multi-companies" msgstr "Мульти-компанії" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:32 msgid "" "Odoo allows one to manage several companies within the same database. Each " "company has its own chart of accounts and rules. You can get consolidation " @@ -15229,18 +13580,18 @@ msgstr "" "компанія має власний план рахунків та правил. Ви можете отримувати зведені " "звіти відповідно до правил консолідації." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:36 msgid "" "Users can access several companies but always work in one company at a time." msgstr "" "Користувачі можуть отримати доступ до декількох компаній, але завжди " "працюватимуть в одній компанії за раз." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:40 msgid "Multi-currencies" msgstr "Мультивалютність" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:42 msgid "" "Every transaction is recorded in the default currency of the company. For " "transactions occurring in another currency, Odoo stores both the value in " @@ -15253,17 +13604,17 @@ msgstr "" "компанії, так і вартість у валюті операції. Odoo може генерувати валютні " "прибутки та збитки після узгодження журнальних статей." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:48 msgid "" "Currency rates are updated once a day using a yahoo.com online web-service." msgstr "" "Валютні курси оновлюються один раз на день за допомогою веб-сервісу НБУ." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:52 msgid "International Standards" msgstr "Міжнародні стандарти" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:54 msgid "" "Odoo accounting supports more than 50 countries. The Odoo core accounting " "implements accounting standards that are common to all countries. Specific " @@ -15275,11 +13626,11 @@ msgstr "" "Специфічні модулі існують для кожної країни за специфікою країни, як-от план" " рахунків, податків або банківських інтерфейсів." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:60 msgid "In particular, Odoo's core accounting engine supports:" msgstr "Зокрема, основний бухгалтерський двигун Odoo підтримує:" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:62 msgid "" "Anglo-Saxon Accounting (U.S., U.K.,, and other English-speaking countries " "including Ireland, Canada, Australia, and New Zealand) where costs of good " @@ -15289,19 +13640,19 @@ msgstr "" "англомовні країни, включаючи Ірландію, Канаду, Австралію та Нову Зеландію), " "де продаються/доставляються товари." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:66 msgid "European accounting where expenses are accounted at the supplier bill." msgstr "Європейський облік, де витрати враховуються на рахунку постачальника." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:69 msgid "Odoo has modules to comply with IFRS rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:72 msgid "Accounts Receivable & Payable" msgstr "Дебіторська та кредиторська заборгованість" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:74 msgid "" "By default, Odoo uses a single account for all account receivable entries " "and one for all accounts payable entries. You can create separate accounts " @@ -15312,7 +13663,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ви можете створювати окремі облікові записи для клієнтів/постачальників, але" " вам це не потрібно." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:79 msgid "" "As transactions are associated to customers or suppliers, you get reports to" " perform analysis per customer/supplier such as the customer statement, " @@ -15323,11 +13674,11 @@ msgstr "" "виписки клієнта, доходи на одного клієнта, старі дебіторську/кредиторську " "заборгованість ..." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:84 msgid "Wide range of financial reports" msgstr "Широкий спектр фінансових звітів" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:86 msgid "" "In Odoo, you can generate financial reports in real time. Odoo's reports " "range from basic accounting reports to advanced management reports. Odoo's " @@ -15337,33 +13688,33 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo варіюються від основних звітів бухгалтерського обліку до розширених " "управлінських звітів. Звіти Odoo включають у себе:" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:90 msgid "Performance reports (such as Profit and Loss, Budget Variance)" msgstr "" "Звіти про ефективність (наприклад, \"Прибуток та збитки\", \"Вартість " "бюджету\")" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:91 msgid "" "Position reports (such as Balance Sheet, Aged Payables, Aged Receivables)" msgstr "" "Позиційні звіти (такі як баланс, погашені кредиторські та дебіторські " "заборгованості)" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:93 msgid "Cash reports (such as Bank Summary)" msgstr "Готівкові звіти (наприклад, балансовий звіт)" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:94 msgid "Detail reports (such as Trial Balance and General Ledger)" msgstr "" "Детальні звіти (наприклад, Судовий баланс і Загальна бухгалтерська книга)" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:95 msgid "Management reports (such as Budgets, Executive Summary)" msgstr "Управлінські звіти (наприклад, бюджети, резюме)" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:97 msgid "" "Odoo's report engine allows you to customize your own report based on your " "own formulae." @@ -15371,11 +13722,11 @@ msgstr "" "Процес звітів Odoo дозволяє вам налаштувати власний звіт на основі власних " "формул." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:101 msgid "Import bank feeds automatically" msgstr "Автоматичний імпорт банківських комісій" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:103 msgid "" "Bank reconciliation is a process that matches your bank statement lines, as " "supplied by the bank, to your accounting transactions in the general ledger." @@ -15391,7 +13742,7 @@ msgstr "" "що ви можете мати щоденний огляд свого грошового потоку без необхідності " "входити в онлайн-банкінг або чекати банківські виписки." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:111 msgid "" "Odoo speeds up bank reconciliation by matching most of your imported bank " "statement lines to your accounting transactions. Odoo also remembers how " @@ -15403,11 +13754,11 @@ msgstr "" "пам'ятає, як ви обробляли інші банківські виписки та надавали запропоновані " "транзакції у головну бухгалтерську книгу." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:117 msgid "Calculate the tax you owe your tax authority" msgstr "Обчислення податку для податкової" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:119 msgid "" "Odoo totals all your accounting transactions for your tax period and uses " "these totals to calculate your tax obligation. You can then check your sales" @@ -15418,11 +13769,11 @@ msgstr "" "Потім ви можете перевірити свій податок з продажу, запустивши податковий " "звіт Odoo." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:124 msgid "Inventory Valuation" msgstr "Оцінка запасу" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:126 msgid "" "Odoo support both periodic (manual) and perpetual (automated) inventory " "valuations. The available methods are standard price, average price, LIFO " @@ -15432,17 +13783,17 @@ msgstr "" "запасів. Доступними методами є стандартна ціна, середня ціна, LIFO (для " "країн, що дозволяють це) та FIFO." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:131 msgid "" "`View impact of the valuation method on your transactions " "<https://odoo.com/documentation/functional/valuation.html>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:135 msgid "Easy retained earnings" msgstr "Збережений прибуток" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:137 msgid "" "Retained earnings are the portion of income retained by your business. Odoo " "automatically calculates your current year earnings in real time so no year-" @@ -15455,11 +13806,11 @@ msgstr "" "шляхом автоматичного звітування про баланс прибутку та збитку у звіті про " "баланс." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:7 msgid "Accounting Memento For Entrepreneurs (US GAAP)" msgstr "Бухгалтерська пам'ятка для підприємців (US GAAP)" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:13 msgid "" "The **Profit and Loss** (P&L) report shows the performance of the company " "over a specific period (usually the current year)." @@ -15467,7 +13818,7 @@ msgstr "" "Звіт про **Прибутки та збитки ** (P&L) показує ефективність компанії за " "певний період (зазвичай поточний рік)." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:18 msgid "" "The **Gross Profit** equals the revenues from sales minus the cost of goods " "sold." @@ -15475,7 +13826,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Валовий прибуток** дорівнює доходам від продажів мінус витрати на продані " "товари." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:23 msgid "" "**Operating Expenses** (OPEX) include administration, sales and R&D salaries" " as well as rent and utilities, miscellaneous costs, insurances, … anything " @@ -15485,7 +13836,7 @@ msgstr "" "розробки, а також орендну плату та комунальні послуги, різноманітні витрати," " страхування, ... щось більше, ніж витрати на продані товари." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:29 msgid "" "The **Balance Sheet** is a snapshot of the company's finances at a specific " "date (as opposed to the Profit and Loss which is an analysis over a period)" @@ -15493,7 +13844,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Звіт балансу** являє собою знімок фінансів компанії на певну дату (на " "відміну від прибутку та витрат, який є аналізом протягом періоду)" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:34 msgid "" "**Assets** represent the company's wealth, things it owns. Fixed assets " "includes building and offices, current assets include bank accounts and " @@ -15503,7 +13854,7 @@ msgstr "" "включають будівлі та офіси, поточні активи включають банківські рахунки та " "готівку. Клієнт, який має гроші, є активом. Працівник не є активом." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:40 msgid "" "**Liabilities** are obligations from past events that the company will have " "to pay in the future (utility bills, debts, unpaid suppliers)." @@ -15512,7 +13863,7 @@ msgstr "" " платити в майбутньому (рахунки за комунальні послуги, борги, несплачені " "постачальники)." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:45 msgid "" "**Equity** is the amount of the funds contributed by the owners (founders or" " shareholders) plus previously retained earnings (or losses)." @@ -15520,12 +13871,12 @@ msgstr "" "**Власний капітал** - сума коштів, наданих власниками (засновниками або " "акціонерами) плюс раніше збережений прибуток (або збитки)." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:50 msgid "Each year, net profits (or losses) are reported to retained earnings." msgstr "" "Щорічний чистий прибуток (або збитки) відображається як збережений прибуток." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:56 msgid "" "What is owned (an asset) has been financed through debts to reimburse " "(liabilities) or equity (profits, capital)." @@ -15533,7 +13884,7 @@ msgstr "" "Те, що належить (актив), було профінансовано за рахунок боргів для " "відшкодування (зобов'язання) або капіталу (прибуток, капітал)." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:59 msgid "" "A difference is made between buying an assets (e.g. a building) and expenses" " (e.g. fuel). Assets have an intrinsic value over time, versus expenses " @@ -15544,11 +13895,11 @@ msgstr "" "які мають значення в них, які споживаються для того, щоб компанія " "\"працювала\"." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:66 msgid "Assets = Liabilities + Equity" msgstr "Активи = зобов'язання + власний капітал" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:71 msgid "" "The **chart of accounts** lists all the accounts, whether they are balance " "sheet accounts or P&L accounts. Every financial transaction (e.g. a payment," @@ -15560,17 +13911,17 @@ msgstr "" "операція (наприклад, платіж, рахунок-фактура) впливає на рахунки шляхом " "переміщення вартості з одного обліку (кредиту) на інший (дебет)." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:78 msgid "Balance = Debit - Credit" msgstr "Баланс = Дебет - Кредит" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:84 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:83 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:90 msgid "Journal Entries" msgstr "Записи в журналі" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:88 msgid "" "Every financial document of the company (e.g. an invoice, a bank statement, " "a pay slip, a capital increase contract) is recorded as a journal entry, " @@ -15580,7 +13931,7 @@ msgstr "" "виписка, платіж, контракт на збільшення капіталу) записується як запис в " "журналі, що впливає на кілька рахунків." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:92 msgid "" "For a journal entry to be *balanced*, the sum of all its debits must be " "equal to the sum of all its credits." @@ -15588,50 +13939,50 @@ msgstr "" "Для того, щоб запис журналу був *збалансований*, сума всіх його дебетів " "повинна бути рівною сумі всіх його кредитів." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:97 msgid "examples of accounting entries for various transactions. Example:" msgstr "приклади бухгалтерських записів для різних транзакцій. Приклад:" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:99 msgid "Example 1: Customer Invoice:" msgstr "Приклад 1: Рахунок:" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:99 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:119 msgid "Explanation:" msgstr "Пояснення:" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:103 msgid "You generate a revenue of $1,000" msgstr "Ви отримуєте дохід у розмірі 1000 доларів США" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:104 msgid "You have a tax to pay of $90" msgstr "Ви повинні сплатити податок у розмірі 90 доларів США" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:105 msgid "The customer owes $1,090" msgstr "Замовник має $1,090" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:124 msgid "Configuration:" msgstr "Налаштування:" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:109 msgid "Income: defined on the product, or the product category" msgstr "Дохід: визначається на товарі або категорії товару" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:108 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:127 msgid "Account Receivable: defined on the customer" msgstr "Дебіторська заборгованість: визначена клієнтом" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:111 msgid "Tax: defined on the tax set on the invoice line" msgstr "Податок: визначається податком, встановленим на рядку рахунка-фактури" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:113 msgid "" "The fiscal position used on the invoice may have a rule that replaces the " "Income Account or the tax defined on the product by another one." @@ -15639,30 +13990,30 @@ msgstr "" "Схема оподаткування, використана в рахунку-фактурі, може мати правило, яке " "замінює рахунок доходу або податок, визначений на товарі іншим." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:117 msgid "Example 2: Customer Payment:" msgstr "Приклад 2: Оплата клієнта:" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:121 msgid "Your customer owes $1,090 less" msgstr "Ваш клієнт повинен $1,090 менше" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:122 msgid "Your receive $1,090 on your bank account" msgstr "Ви отримуєте $1,090 на ваш банківський рахунок" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:126 msgid "Bank Account: defined on the related bank journal" msgstr "Банківський рахунок: визначено у відповідному банківському журналі" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:130 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 msgid "Reconciliation" msgstr "Узгодження" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:134 msgid "" "Reconciliation is the process of linking journal items of a specific " "account, matching credits and debits." @@ -15670,7 +14021,7 @@ msgstr "" "Узгодження - це процес об'єднання елементів журналу конкретного рахунку, " "відповідних кредитів та дебетів." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:137 msgid "" "Its primary purpose is to link payments to their related invoices in order " "to mark invoices that are paid and clear the customer statement. This is " @@ -15681,7 +14032,7 @@ msgstr "" "виплачуються, і очистити виписку клієнта. Це робиться шляхом узгодження на " "рахунку *Дебіторська заборгованість*." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:141 msgid "" "An invoice is marked as paid when its Accounts Receivable journal items are " "reconciled with the related payment journal items." @@ -15690,15 +14041,15 @@ msgstr "" "дебіторської заборгованості узгоджуються з пов'язаними елементами журналу " "платежів." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:144 msgid "Reconciliation is performed automatically by the system when:" msgstr "Система узгодження виконується автоматично, коли:" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:146 msgid "the payment is registered directly on the invoice" msgstr "оплата реєструється безпосередньо на рахунку-фактурі" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:147 msgid "" "the links between the payments and the invoices are detected at the bank " "matching process" @@ -15706,85 +14057,97 @@ msgstr "" "зв'язки між платежами та рахунками-фактурами виявляються в процесі " "узгодження банків" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:0 msgid "Customer Statement Example" msgstr "Приклад виписки клієнта" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:156 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 msgid "Accounts Receivable" msgstr "Дебіторська заборгованість" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:156 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:96 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 msgid "Debit" msgstr "Дебет" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:156 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:96 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 msgid "Credit" msgstr "Кредит" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:160 msgid "Invoice 1" msgstr "Рахунок 1" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:104 +msgid "100" +msgstr "100" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:162 msgid "Payment 1.1" msgstr "Платіж 1.1" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:162 msgid "70" msgstr "70" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:164 msgid "Invoice 2" msgstr "Рахунок 2" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:162 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:168 msgid "65" msgstr "65" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:166 msgid "Payment 1.2" msgstr "Платіж 1.2" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:166 msgid "30" msgstr "30" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:168 msgid "Payment 2" msgstr "Платіж 2" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:170 msgid "Invoice 3" msgstr "Рахунок 3" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:168 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:174 msgid "50" msgstr "50" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:174 msgid "Total To Pay" msgstr "Всього до оплати" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:181 msgid "" "Bank reconciliation is the matching of bank statement lines (provided by " "your bank) with transactions recorded internally (payments to suppliers or " @@ -15794,11 +14157,11 @@ msgstr "" "вашим банком) із внутрішньою операцією (платежі постачальникам або " "клієнтам). Для кожного рядка в банківській виписці це може бути:" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:186 msgid "matched with a previously recorded payment:" msgstr "що відповідає раніше записаному платежу:" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:186 msgid "" "a payment is registered when a check is received from a customer, then " "matched when checking the bank statement" @@ -15806,11 +14169,11 @@ msgstr "" "платіж реєструється, коли чек одержується від клієнта, а потім під час " "перевірки банківської виписки" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:190 msgid "recorded as a new payment:" msgstr "записано як новий платіж:" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:189 msgid "" "the payment's journal entry is created and :ref:`reconciled " "<accounting/reconciliation>` with the related invoice when processing the " @@ -15820,15 +14183,15 @@ msgstr "" "<accounting/reconciliation>` з відповідним рахунком-фактурою при обробці " "банківської виписки" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:193 msgid "recorded as another transaction:" msgstr "записана як інша транзакція:" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:193 msgid "bank transfer, direct charge, etc." msgstr "банківський переказ, прямий платіж тощо." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:195 msgid "" "Odoo should automatically reconcile most transactions, only a few of them " "should need manual review. When the bank reconciliation process is finished," @@ -15840,24 +14203,24 @@ msgstr "" "банківських виписок залишок на банківському рахунку в Odoo має відповідати " "балансу банківської виписки." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:203 msgid "Checks Handling" msgstr "Перевірки обробки" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:205 msgid "There are two approaches to manage checks and internal wire transfer:" msgstr "" "Є два підходи для управління чеками та внутрішнім банківським переказом:" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:207 msgid "Two journal entries and a reconciliation" msgstr "Два записи журналу та узгодження" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:208 msgid "One journal entry and a bank reconciliation" msgstr "Один запис журналу і банківське узгодження" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:212 msgid "" "The first journal entry is created by registering the payment on the " "invoice. The second one is created when registering the bank statement." @@ -15865,49 +14228,49 @@ msgstr "" "Перший запис журналу створюється шляхом реєстрації платежу в рахунку-" "фактурі. Другий створюється при реєстрації банківської виписки." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:96 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 msgid "Account" msgstr "Рахунок" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:98 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:100 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 msgid "Account Receivable" msgstr "Розрахунок з дебіторами" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 msgid "Invoice ABC" msgstr "Рахунок ABC" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 msgid "Undeposited funds" msgstr "Незареєстровані кошти " -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 msgid "Check 0123" msgstr "Чек 0123" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:85 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:135 msgid "Bank" msgstr "Банк" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:237 msgid "" "A journal entry is created by registering the payment on the invoice. When " "reconciling the bank statement, the statement line is linked to the existing" @@ -15916,23 +14279,23 @@ msgstr "" "Запис журналу створюється шляхом реєстрації платежу в рахунку-фактурі. При " "узгодженні виписки з банку рядка звіту пов'язаного з існуючим журналом." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 msgid "Bank Statement" msgstr "Банківська виписка" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:248 msgid "Statement XYZ" msgstr "Виписка XYZ" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview.rst:3 msgid "Process overview" msgstr "Огляд процесу" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:3 msgid "From Customer Invoice to Payments Collection" msgstr "Від рахунку-фактури клієнта до збору платежів" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo supports multiple invoicing and payment workflows, so you can choose " "and use the ones that match your business needs. Whether you want to accept " @@ -15947,11 +14310,11 @@ msgstr "" "приймаєте знижки на дострокові платежі, ви можете зробити це ефективно та " "точно." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:12 msgid "From Draft Invoice to Profit and Loss" msgstr "Від чорновика рахунку до доходів та витрат" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:14 msgid "" "If we pick up at the end of a typical 'order to cash' scenario, after the " "goods have been shipped, you will: issue an invoice; receive payment; " @@ -15967,7 +14330,7 @@ msgstr "" "представляєте свій дохід у звіті про доходи та збитки та показуєте зменшення" " активів у звіті про баланс." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:21 msgid "" "Invoicing in most countries occurs when a contractual obligation is met. If " "you ship a box to a customer, you have met the terms of the contract and can" @@ -15984,7 +14347,7 @@ msgstr "" " цьому етапі, Odoo підтримує створення так званого чорновика рахунку-фактури" " при отриманні товару." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:32 msgid "" "Draft invoices can be manually generated from other documents such as Sales " "Orders, Purchase Orders,etc. Although you can create a draft invoice " @@ -15994,7 +14357,7 @@ msgstr "" "таких як замовлення на продаж, замовлення на купівлю тощо. Хоча ви можете й " "самі створити чернетку рахунка, якщо хочете." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:36 msgid "" "An invoice must be provided to the customer with the necessary information " "in order for them to pay for the goods and services ordered and delivered. " @@ -16006,11 +14369,11 @@ msgstr "" "повинен також включати іншу інформацію, необхідну для своєчасної та точної " "оплати рахунка-фактури." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:42 msgid "Draft invoices" msgstr "Чорновик рахунків-фактур" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:44 msgid "" "The system generates invoice which are initially set to the Draft state. " "While these invoices" @@ -16018,7 +14381,7 @@ msgstr "" "Система створює рахунок-фактуру спочатку у стані чернетки. Поки ці рахунки-" "фактури " -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:47 msgid "" "remain unvalidated, they have no accounting impact within the system. There " "is nothing to stop users from creating their own draft invoices." @@ -16026,51 +14389,51 @@ msgstr "" "залишаються недійсними, вони не мають впливу на бухоблік у системі. Ніщо не " "перешкоджає користувачам створювати власну черенетку рахунків-фактур." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:50 msgid "Let's create a customer invoice with following information:" msgstr "Створимо рахунок-фактуру клієнта з наступною інформацією:" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:52 msgid "Customer: Agrolait" msgstr "Замовник: Агролайт" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:53 msgid "Product: iMac" msgstr "Товар: iMac" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:54 msgid "Quantity: 1" msgstr "Кількість: 1" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:55 msgid "Unit Price: 100" msgstr "Ціна одиниці: 100" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:56 msgid "Taxes: Tax 15%" msgstr "Податки: податок 15%" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:64 msgid "The document is composed of three parts:" msgstr "Документ складається з трьох частин:" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:66 msgid "the top of the invoice, with customer information," msgstr "верхня частина рахунка-фактури, інформація про клієнтів," -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:67 msgid "the main body of the invoice, with detailed invoice lines," msgstr "основна частина рахунка-фактури з докладними рядками рахунків-фактур," -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:68 msgid "the bottom of the page, with detail about the taxes, and the totals." msgstr "внизу сторінки, детальна інформація про податки та підсумкові дані." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:71 msgid "Open or Pro-forma invoices" msgstr "Відкриті рахунки або про-форма рахунків-фактур" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:73 msgid "" "An invoice will usually include the quantity and the price of goods and/or " "services, the date, any parties involved, the unique invoice number, and any" @@ -16080,7 +14443,7 @@ msgstr "" "будь-які залучені сторони, унікальний номер рахунку та будь-яку податкову " "інформацію." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:77 msgid "" "\"Validate\" the invoice when you are ready to approve it. The invoice then " "moves from the Draft state to the Open state." @@ -16088,7 +14451,7 @@ msgstr "" "Натисніть \"Підтвердити\" рахунок-фактуру, коли ви готові схвалити його. " "Після цього рахунок-фактура переходить з Чернетки до статусу Відкрито." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:80 msgid "" "When you have validated an invoice, Odoo gives it a unique number from a " "defined, and modifiable, sequence." @@ -16096,7 +14459,7 @@ msgstr "" "Коли ви підтвердили рахунок-фактуру, Odoo надає йому унікальний номер із " "певної та модифікованої послідовності." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:86 msgid "" "Accounting entries corresponding to this invoice are automatically generated" " when you validate the invoice. You can see the details by clicking on the " @@ -16106,11 +14469,11 @@ msgstr "" "генеруються, коли ви перевіряєте рахунок-фактуру. Ви можете переглянути " "деталі, натиснувши на запис у полі Журналу на вкладці Інша інформація." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:95 msgid "Send the invoice to customer" msgstr "Відправте рахунок-фактуру замовнику" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:97 msgid "" "After validating the customer invoice, you can directly send it to the " "customer via the 'Send by email' functionality." @@ -16118,7 +14481,7 @@ msgstr "" "Після перевірки рахунка-фактури ви можете безпосередньо надіслати його " "клієнту за допомогою функції 'Надіслати на електронну пошту'." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:103 msgid "" "A typical journal entry generated from a validated invoice will look like as" " follows:" @@ -16126,42 +14489,42 @@ msgstr "" "Типовий запис журналу, створений з підтвердженого рахунку, буде виглядати " "наступним чином:" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 msgid "**Partner**" msgstr "**Партнер**" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 msgid "**Due date**" msgstr "**Установлений термін**" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 msgid "Agrolait" msgstr "Агролайт" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 msgid "01/07/2015" msgstr "01/07/2015" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 msgid "115" msgstr "115" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 msgid "15" msgstr "15" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:117 msgid "Payment" msgstr "Оплата" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:119 msgid "" "In Odoo, an invoice is considered to be paid when the associated accounting " "entry has been reconciled with the payment entries. If there has not been a " @@ -16172,17 +14535,17 @@ msgstr "" "запис був узгоджений з записами платежу. Якщо не було узгодження, рахунок-" "фактура залишатиметься у відкритому стані, доки ви не внесете платіж." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:124 msgid "" "A typical journal entry generated from a payment will look like as follows:" msgstr "" "Типовий запис журналу, створений із платежу, буде виглядати наступним чином:" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:136 msgid "Receive a partial payment through the bank statement" msgstr "Отримайте часткову оплату через банківську виписку" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:138 msgid "" "You can manually enter your bank statements in Odoo, or you can import them " "in from a csv file or from several other predefined formats according to " @@ -16192,7 +14555,7 @@ msgstr "" "імпортувати їх з файлу CSV або з декількох інших попередньо визначених " "форматів відповідно до вашої облікової локалізації." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:142 msgid "" "Create a bank statement from the accounting dashboard with the related " "journal and enter an amount of $100 ." @@ -16200,15 +14563,15 @@ msgstr "" "Створіть банківську виписку з інформаційної панелі обліку з відповідним " "журналом і введіть суму 100 доларів США." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:149 msgid "Reconcile" -msgstr "Узгодьте" +msgstr "Узгодити" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:151 msgid "Now let's reconcile!" msgstr "Тепер давайте узгодимо!" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:156 msgid "" "You can now go through every transaction and reconcile them or you can mass " "reconcile with instructions at the bottom." @@ -16216,7 +14579,7 @@ msgstr "" "Тепер ви можете пройти через кожну транзакцію та узгодити її, або ж можна " "узгодити з інструкціями нижче." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:158 msgid "" "After reconciling the items in the sheet, the related invoice will now " "display \"You have outstanding payments for this customer. You can reconcile" @@ -16226,7 +14589,7 @@ msgstr "" "відображатиме: \"Ви маєте непогашені платежі для цього клієнта. Ви можете " "узгодити їх, щоб оплатити цей рахунок-фактуру\"." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:168 msgid "" "Apply the payment. Below, you can see that the payment has been added to the" " invoice." @@ -16234,11 +14597,11 @@ msgstr "" "Застосуйте платіж. Нижче ви можете побачити, що платіж додається до рахунка-" "фактури." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:175 msgid "Payment Followup" msgstr "Нагадування платежу" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:177 msgid "" "There's a growing trend of customers paying bills later and later. " "Therefore, collectors must make every effort to collect money and collect it" @@ -16248,7 +14611,7 @@ msgstr "" "Тому колектори повинні докласти всіх зусиль, щоби збирати гроші та збирати " "їх швидше." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:181 msgid "" "Odoo will help you define your follow-up strategy. To remind customers to " "pay their outstanding invoices, you can define different actions depending " @@ -16264,7 +14627,7 @@ msgstr "" "фактури минув певну кількість днів. Якщо є інші протерміновані рахунки для " "одного й того ж клієнта, дія найпростішого рахунка-фактури буде виконана." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:189 msgid "" "By going to the customer record and diving into the \"Overdue Payments\" you" " will see the follow-up message and all overdue invoices." @@ -16272,11 +14635,11 @@ msgstr "" "Перейшовши до запису про клієнтів і в \"Протерміновані платежі\", ви " "побачите наступне повідомлення та всі протерміновані рахунки-фактури." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:199 msgid "Customer aging report:" msgstr "Звіт про старіння клієнта:" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:201 msgid "" "The customer aging report will be an additional key tool for the collector " "to understand the customer credit issues, and to prioritize their work." @@ -16285,7 +14648,7 @@ msgstr "" "колектора для розуміння проблем клієнтів-кредиторів та визначення " "пріоритетів їх роботи." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:205 msgid "" "Use the aging report to determine which customers are overdue and begin your" " collection efforts." @@ -16293,11 +14656,11 @@ msgstr "" "Використовуйте звіт про старіння, щоб визначити, які клієнти є " "протермінованими, і почати роботу збору платежів." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:212 msgid "Profit and loss" msgstr "Доходи та витрати" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:214 msgid "" "The Profit and Loss statement displays your revenue and expense details. " "Ultimately, this gives you a clear image of your Net Profit and Loss. It is " @@ -16308,11 +14671,11 @@ msgstr "" "уявлення про чистий дохід та витрати. Його іноді називають \"Звіт про " "доходи\" або \"Звіт про доходи та витрати\"." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:223 msgid "Balance sheet" msgstr "Звіт балансу" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:225 msgid "" "The balance sheet summarizes your company's liabilities, assets and equity " "at a specific moment in time." @@ -16320,7 +14683,7 @@ msgstr "" "Баланс підсумовує зобов’язання, активи та власний капітал вашої компанії на " "конкретний момент часу." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:234 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:234 msgid "" "For example, if you manage your inventory using the perpetual accounting " "method, you should expect a decrease in account \"Current Assets\" once the " @@ -16330,12 +14693,12 @@ msgstr "" "оцінки запасів, слід очікувати зменшення значення на рахунку \"Поточні " "активи\" після того, як товар був відправлений клієнту." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:15 msgid "From Vendor Bill to Payment" msgstr "Від рахунка постачальника до оплати" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:5 msgid "" "Once vendor bills are registered in Odoo, you can easily pay vendors for the" " correct amount and at the right time (not too late, not too early; " @@ -16347,7 +14710,7 @@ msgstr "" "залежно від вашої політики постачальників). Odoo також пропонує звіти для " "відстеження вашої часової заборгованості." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:10 msgid "" "If you want to control vendor bills received from your vendors, you can use " "the Odoo Purchase application that allows you to control and pre-complete " @@ -16357,11 +14720,11 @@ msgstr "" "скористатись модулем Купівлі в Odoo, який дозволяє контролювати та " "попередньо заповнювати їх на основі попередніх замовлень на купівлю." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:18 msgid "Record a new vendor bill" msgstr "Запишіть новий рахунок постачальника" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:20 msgid "" "When a vendor bill is received, you can record it from " ":menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendor Bills` in the Accounting application. " @@ -16373,7 +14736,7 @@ msgstr "" "також можете використовувати функцію **Новий рахунок** на інформаційній " "панелі бухобліку." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:27 msgid "" "To register a new vendor bill, start by selecting a vendor and inputting " "their invoice as the **Vendor Reference**, then add and confirm the product " @@ -16384,7 +14747,7 @@ msgstr "" " потім додайте та підтвердіть рядки товарів, переконавшись у тому, що вони " "мають потрібні товари, податки та ціни." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:35 msgid "" "Save the invoice to update the pre tax and tax amounts at the bottom of the " "screen. You will most likely need to configure the prices of your products " @@ -16395,7 +14758,7 @@ msgstr "" "ціни на ваші товари без податків, оскільки Odoo буде обчислювати податок для" " вас." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:40 msgid "" "On the bottom left corner, Odoo shows a summary table of all taxes on the " "vendor bill. In several countries, different methods are accepted to round " @@ -16413,11 +14776,11 @@ msgstr "" "ваш постачальник має іншу суму податку на своєму рахунку, ви можете змінити " "суму в нижній лівій таблиці, щоб налаштувати та зіставити суму." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:48 msgid "Validate The Vendor Bill" msgstr "Підтвердіть рахунок постачальника" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:50 msgid "" "Once the vendor bill is validated, a journal entry will be generated based " "on the configuration on the invoice. This journal entry may differ depending" @@ -16427,7 +14790,7 @@ msgstr "" " основі налаштувань рахунка-фактури. Цей запис журналу може відрізнятися " "залежно від пакета бухгалтерського обліку, який ви обрали для використання." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:54 msgid "" "For most European countries, the journal entry will use the following " "accounts:" @@ -16435,21 +14798,21 @@ msgstr "" "Для більшості європейських країн журнал буде використовувати наступні " "рахунки:" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:57 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:66 msgid "**Accounts Payable:** defined on the vendor form" msgstr "**Кредиторська заборгованість:** визначена у формі постачальника" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:59 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:68 msgid "**Taxes:** defined on the products and per line" msgstr "**Податки:** визначаються на товари та на рядок" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:61 msgid "**Expenses:** defined on the line item product used" msgstr "**Витрати:** визначено на використаному елементі рядка товару" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:63 msgid "" "For Anglo-Saxon (US) accounting, the journal entry will use the following " "accounts:" @@ -16457,11 +14820,11 @@ msgstr "" "Для англосаксонського бухобліку (США) запис журналу використовуватиме такі " "облікові записи:" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:70 msgid "**Goods Received:** defined on the product form" msgstr "**Надіслані товари:** визначені у формі товару" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:72 msgid "" "You can check your Profit & Loss or the Balance Sheet reports after having " "validated a couple of vendor bills to see the impact on your general ledger." @@ -16470,11 +14833,11 @@ msgstr "" "кількох рахунків постачальників, щоби побачити вплив на вашу загальну " "бухгалтерську книгу." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:77 msgid "Pay a bill" msgstr "Оплатіть рахунок" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:79 msgid "" "To create a payment for an open vendor bill directly, you can click on " "**Register a Payment** at the top of the form." @@ -16482,7 +14845,7 @@ msgstr "" "Щоб створити платіж безпосередньо на відкритому рахунку постачальника, ви " "можете натиснути кнопку **Зареєструвати платіж** у верхній частині форми" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:82 msgid "" "From there, you select the payment method (i.e. Checking account, credit " "card, check, etc…) and the amount you wish to pay. By default, Odoo will " @@ -16498,7 +14861,7 @@ msgstr "" "автоматично заповнювати це поле з поля рахунка постачальника, якщо він " "правильно встановлений)." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:94 msgid "" "You can also register a payment to a vendor directly without applying it to " "a vendor bill. To do that, :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. Then, " @@ -16510,11 +14873,11 @@ msgstr "" " Платежі`. Тоді, з рахунка постачальника ви зможете безпосередньо узгодити " "цей платіж. " -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:99 msgid "Printing vendor Checks" msgstr "Надрукуйте чеки постачальника" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:101 msgid "" "If you choose to pay your vendor bills by check, Odoo offers a method to do " "so directly from your vendor payments within Odoo. Whether you do so on a " @@ -16526,7 +14889,7 @@ msgstr "" "постачальників в Odoo. Незалежно від того, чи ви робите це щоденно, або " "наприкінці тижня, ви можете друкувати чеки групою." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:106 msgid "" "If you have checks to print, Odoo's accounting dashboard acts as a to do " "list and reminds you of how many checks you have left to be printed." @@ -16534,7 +14897,7 @@ msgstr "" "Якщо у вас є чек для друку, панель приладів бухобліку Odoo діє як список " "справ і нагадує вам про те, скільки чеків ви залишили для друку." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:112 msgid "" "By selecting the amount of checks to be printed, you can dive right into a " "list of all payments that are ready to be processed." @@ -16542,7 +14905,7 @@ msgstr "" "Вибравши кількість чеків для друку, ви можете піти прямо в список усіх " "платежів, які готові до обробки." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:115 msgid "" "Select all the checks you wish to print (use the first checkbox to select " "them all) and set the action to **Print Checks**. Odoo will ask you to set " @@ -16554,16 +14917,16 @@ msgstr "" "попросить вас встановити наступний номер чеку у послідовності, а потім " "надрукувати всі чеки одночасно." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:124 -#: ../../accounting/reporting.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:3 msgid "Reporting" msgstr "Звітність" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:127 msgid "Aged payable balance" msgstr "Звіт розрахунків з кредиторами" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:129 msgid "" "In order to get a list of open vendor bills and their related due dates, you" " can use the **Aged Payable** report, under the reporting menu, (in " @@ -16576,7 +14939,7 @@ msgstr "" "Розрахунки з кредиторами`), щоб отримати візуальну інформацію про всі " "виплачені рахунки." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:137 msgid "" "From here, you can click directly on a vendors name to open up the details " "of all outstanding bills and the amounts due, or you can annotate any line " @@ -16590,19 +14953,19 @@ msgstr "" "який момент часу, коли ви переглядаєте звіт, ви можете надрукувати " "безпосередньо в Excel або PDF і отримати саме те, що ви бачите на екрані." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:144 msgid ":doc:`customer_invoice`" msgstr ":doc:`customer_invoice`" -#: ../../accounting/payables.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables.rst:3 msgid "Account Payables" msgstr "Облікові платежі" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:3 msgid "Forecast future bills to pay" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:5 msgid "" "When you get hundreds of vendor bills per month with each of them having " "different payment terms, it could be complex to follow what you have to pay " @@ -16614,7 +14977,7 @@ msgstr "" "коли. Занадто рання виплата вашим постачальникам може зменшити наявність " "коштів, а занадто пізня оплата може призвести до додаткових витрат." -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:10 msgid "" "Fortunately, Odoo provides you the right tools to manage payment orders to " "vendors efficiently." @@ -16622,11 +14985,11 @@ msgstr "" "На щастя, Odoo надає вам належні інструменти для ефективного управління " "платіжними дорученнями постачальників." -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:14 msgid "Configuration: payment terms" msgstr "Налаштування: умови оплати" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:16 msgid "" "In order to track the vendor conditions, we use payment terms in Odoo. " "Payment terms allow to keep track of the conditions to compute the due date " @@ -16636,15 +14999,15 @@ msgstr "" "Умови оплати дозволяють відстежувати умови для обчислення строку платежу по " "рахунку-фактурі. Наприклад, термін оплати може бути:" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:20 msgid "50% within 30 days" msgstr "50% протягом 30 днів" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:22 msgid "50% within 45 days" msgstr "50% протягом 45 днів" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:24 msgid "" "To create your most common payment terms, use the menu: " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Management --> Payment Terms` in the " @@ -16656,7 +15019,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Бухоблік**. Наступний приклад показує строк платежу 30% безпосередньо та " "залишок через 30 днів." -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:32 msgid "" "Once payment terms are defined, you can assign them to your vendor by " "default. Set the Vendor Payment Term field on the Accounting tab of a vendor" @@ -16669,7 +15032,7 @@ msgstr "" "ви купуєте щось у цього постачальника, Odoo запропонує вам автоматично " "правильну платіжну умову." -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:42 msgid "" "If you do not set a specific payment term on a vendor, you will still be " "able to set a specific payment term on the vendor bill." @@ -16677,11 +15040,11 @@ msgstr "" "Якщо ви не встановили конкретну умову оплати постачальнику, ви все одно " "зможете встановити конкретну умову оплати на рахунку постачальника." -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:46 msgid "Forecast bills to pay with the Aged Payables report" msgstr "Прогнозовані рахунки для оплати зі звітом розрахунків з кредиторами" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:48 msgid "" "In order to track amounts to be paid to the vendors, use the Aged Payable " "report. You can get it from the Reports menu of the Accounting application. " @@ -16695,18 +15058,18 @@ msgstr "" "що сплачуються, у порівнянні з терміном виконання (термін сплати за кожним " "рахунком терміну оплати)." -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:57 msgid "" "This reports tells you how much you will have to pay within the next months." msgstr "" "У цих звітах повідомляється, скільки вам доведеться платити протягом " "наступних місяців." -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:61 msgid "Select bills to pay" msgstr "Виберіть рахунки для оплати" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:63 msgid "" "Using the menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendor Bills`, you can get a " "list of vendor bills. Using the advanced filters, you can list all the bills" @@ -16718,7 +15081,7 @@ msgstr "" "фільтри, ви можете вказати всі рахунки, які ви повинні сплатити, або " "протерміновані рахунки (ви затримуєте платіж)." -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:70 msgid "" "From this screen, you can also switch to the pivot table or the graph view " "to get statistics on the amount due over the next month, using the group by " @@ -16728,15 +15091,15 @@ msgstr "" "графіка, щоб отримувати статистику про суму наступного місяця, за допомогою " "групи функції \"Термін виконання\"." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay.rst:3 msgid "Vendor Payments" msgstr "Платежі постачальника" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:3 msgid "Pay by Checks" msgstr "Оплачуйте чеками" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:5 msgid "" "Once you decide to pay a supplier bill, you can select to pay by check. " "Then, at the end of the day, the manager can print all checks by batch. " @@ -16748,12 +15111,12 @@ msgstr "" "партією. Нарешті, процес узгодження банківської виписки буде відповідати " "чекам, які ви надіслали постачальникам із фактичними банківськими виписками." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:14 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:33 msgid "Install the required module" msgstr "Встановіть потрібний модуль" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:16 msgid "" "To record supplier payments by checks, you must install the **Check " "Writing** module. This module handle the process of recording checks in " @@ -16766,7 +15129,7 @@ msgstr "" "модулі необхідні для друку чеків, залежно від країни. Наприклад, модуль " "**Друк чеків США** потрібен для друку чеків США." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:23 msgid "" "According to your country and the chart of account you use, those modules " "may be installed by default. (example: United States users have nothing to " @@ -16776,11 +15139,11 @@ msgstr "" "можуть бути встановлені за замовчуванням. (приклад: користувачам Сполучених " "Штатів не потрібно встановлювати, вони налаштовані замовчуванням)." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:28 msgid "Activate checks payment methods" msgstr "Активізуйте методи оплати чеками" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:30 msgid "" "In order to allow payments by checks, you must activate the payment method " "on related bank journals. From the accounting dashboard (the screen you get " @@ -16794,62 +15157,62 @@ msgstr "" "банківський рахунок :menuselection:`Більше --> Налаштуання`. На полі **Метод" " оплати** встановіть **Чек**." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:40 msgid "Compatible check stationery for printing checks" msgstr "Сумісний прилад для друку чеків" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:43 msgid "United States" msgstr "США" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:45 msgid "For the United States, Odoo supports by default the check formats of:" msgstr "Для США Odoo за замовчуванням підтримує формати перевірки:" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:47 msgid "**Quickbooks & Quicken**: check on top, stubs in the middle and bottom" msgstr "**Quickbooks & Quicken**: чек зверху, корінець в середині та внизу" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:48 msgid "**Peachtree**: check in the middle, stubs on top and bottom" msgstr "**Peachtree**: чек в середині, корінець зверху та знизу" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:49 msgid "**ADP**: check in the bottom, and stubs on the top." msgstr "**ADP **: чек внизу, і заголовки зверху." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:51 msgid "" "It is also possible to customize your own check format through " "customizations." msgstr "" "Також можна налаштувати свій власний формат чеку за допомогою налаштувань." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:54 msgid "Pay a supplier bill with a check" msgstr "Оплата рахунку постачальника чеком" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:56 msgid "Paying a supplier with a check is done in three steps:" msgstr "Оплата постачальника чеком здійснюється в три етапи:" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:58 msgid "registering a payment you'd like to do on the bill" msgstr "зареєструйте платіж, який ви хочете зробити на рахунку" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:59 msgid "printing checks in batch for all registered payments" msgstr "друк чеків пакетом для всіх зареєстрованих платежів" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:60 msgid "reconcile bank statements" msgstr "узгодьте банківські виписки" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:63 msgid "Register a payment by check" msgstr "Зареєструйте платіж чеком" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:65 msgid "" "To register a payment on a bill, open any supplier bill from the menu " ":menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendor Bills`. Once the supplier bill is " @@ -16862,11 +15225,11 @@ msgstr "" "Встановіть **Метод оплати** на **Чек** та підтвердіть діалогове вікно " "платежу." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:74 msgid "Print checks" msgstr "Друк чеків" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:76 msgid "" "From the accounting dashboard, on your bank account, you should see a link " "\"X checks to print\". Click on this link and you will get the list of all " @@ -16878,7 +15241,7 @@ msgstr "" "список всіх чеків, які ще не надруковано. З цього екрану ви можете друкувати" " всі чеки партіями або переглядати їх по черзі." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:81 msgid "" "If you want to review every payment one by one before printing the check, " "open on the payment and click on **Print Check** if you accept it. A dialog " @@ -16891,7 +15254,7 @@ msgstr "" "але ви можете змінити його, якщо він не відповідає вашому наступному " "чековому номеру." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:87 msgid "" "To print all checks in batch, select all payments from the list view and " "Print Check from the top \"print\" menu." @@ -16899,11 +15262,11 @@ msgstr "" "Щоб друкувати всі чеки партіями, виберіть усі платежі зі списку та " "надрукуйте чек у верхньому меню \"Друк\"." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:94 msgid "Reconcile bank statements" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:96 msgid "" "Once you process your bank statement, when the check is credited from your " "bank account, Odoo will propose you automatically to match it with the " @@ -16913,18 +15276,18 @@ msgstr "" "банківського рахунку, Odoo запропонує вам автоматично підігнати його до " "платежу. Це позначатиме платіж як **Узгоджений**." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:101 msgid "" "To review checks that have not been credited, open the list of payments and " "filter on the Sent state. Review those payments that have a date more than 2" " weeks ago." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:106 msgid "Pay anything with a check" msgstr "Оплачуйте будь-що чеком" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:108 msgid "" "You can register a payment that is not related to a supplier bill. To do so," " use the top menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. Register your " @@ -16934,7 +15297,7 @@ msgstr "" " Для цього використовуйте головне меню :menuselection:`Купівлі --> Платежі`." " Зареєструйте свій платіж і виберіть спосіб оплати чеком." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:112 msgid "" "If you pay a specific supplier bill, put the reference of the bill in the " "**Memo** field." @@ -16942,7 +15305,7 @@ msgstr "" "Якщо ви сплачуєте конкретний рахунок постачальника, поставте посилання на " "рахунок у полі **Нагадування**." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:118 msgid "" "Once your payment by check is registered, don't forget to **Confirm** it. " "Once confirmed, you can use **Print Check** directly or follow the preceding" @@ -16953,19 +15316,19 @@ msgstr "" "безпосередньо або дотримуватися попереднього потоку для друку чеків у " "пакетному режимі:" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:122 msgid "`Print checks`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:123 msgid "`Reconcile bank statements`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:3 msgid "Pay several bills at once" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo provides a simple and effective way to handle several bills at once, " "with various quick or complex options. With one single process, anyone is " @@ -16975,15 +15338,15 @@ msgstr "" "одночасно, з різними швидкими або складними варіантами. За допомогою одного " "процесу, кожен зможе обробляти рахунки та оплату всього за кілька кліків." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:10 msgid "Pay multiple bills with one payment" msgstr "Оплатіть декілька рахунків за один платіж" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:13 msgid "Record several payments" msgstr "Запишіть кілька платежів" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:15 msgid "" "In the following example, we will generate some bills. You can control the " "whole process from your accounting dashboard (first screen you get when you " @@ -16993,7 +15356,7 @@ msgstr "" "весь процес з інформаційної панелі бухобліку (перший екран, який ви " "отримуєте, коли ви відкриваєте обліковий додаток)." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:22 msgid "" "To create a bill, open the Dashboard menu and click on **Vendor Bills**. In " "the Vendor Bills window, click on **Create**." @@ -17002,7 +15365,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Рахунок постачальника**. У вікні рахунка постачальника натисніть кнопку " "**Створити**." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:28 msgid "" "Choose the vendor from which you wish to purchase the product, and click on " "Add an item to add one (or more) product(s). Click on **Save** and then " @@ -17012,11 +15375,11 @@ msgstr "" " елемент, щоб додати один (або більше) товарів. Натисніть **Зберегти**, а " "потім **Перевірити**." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:33 msgid "Pay supplier bills, one after the other" msgstr "Оплата рахунків постачальника, один за одним" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:38 msgid "" "We will now record a payment for one bill only. Open the bill, then click on" " **Register Payment**. Insert the Payment Method, Date and Amount, and click" @@ -17026,7 +15389,7 @@ msgstr "" "потім натисніть **Зареєструвати оплату**. Вставте спосіб оплати, дату, суму " "та натисніть **Підтвердити**." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:45 msgid "" "Once you have validated the payment, the system will automatically reconcile" " the payment with the bill, and set the bill as **Paid**. The system will " @@ -17037,11 +15400,11 @@ msgstr "" "рахунком і встановлює рахунок як **Оплачений**. Система також створить " "перехід із платіжного рахунку та узгодить його з транзакцією витрат." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:51 msgid "Pay several bills altogether" msgstr "Оплатіть декілька рахунків вцілому" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:53 msgid "" "In order to illustrate the process thoroughly, create at least 2 more bills " "following the above standing guide. **Make sure all bills come from the same" @@ -17051,7 +15414,7 @@ msgstr "" "слідують за наведеним вище прикладом. **Переконайтеся, що всі рахунки " "надійшли від одного постачальника.**" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:60 msgid "" "In the Vendors Bills, select the new bills you have just created by checking" " the box next to each of them. In the Action menu located in the middle of " @@ -17061,7 +15424,7 @@ msgstr "" "встановивши прапорець біля кожного з них. У меню Дія, розташованому в " "середині сторінки, натисніть **Зареєструвати платіж**." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:67 msgid "" "Insert the details of the payment. The system calculated the total amount " "for both bills, but you can modify it freely. Click on **Validate**." @@ -17069,11 +15432,11 @@ msgstr "" "Введіть деталі платежу. Система розрахувала загальну суму для обох рахунків," " але ви можете вільно змінювати її. Натисніть **Підтвердити**." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:71 msgid "Record the payment, reconcile afterwards" msgstr "Запишіть платіж, узгодьте пізніше" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:73 msgid "" "You can also reconcile a payment with bills after the payment has been " "recorded." @@ -17081,11 +15444,11 @@ msgstr "" "Ви також можете узгодити платіж із рахунками після того, як платіж буде " "записано." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:76 msgid "First, we need to create a payment" msgstr "По-перше, нам потрібно створити платіж" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:78 msgid "" "This will handle from :menuselection:`Dashboard --> Bank journal --> More " "Option --> Send Money`" @@ -17093,7 +15456,7 @@ msgstr "" "Це виконується в :menuselection:`Панелі інструментів --> Банківський журнал " "--> Більше варіантів --> Надіслати гроші` " -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:84 msgid "" "Creating payment order with check payment method. Selecting related Vendor " "and amount which remain to pay. After filling all details, we will confirm " @@ -17104,7 +15467,7 @@ msgstr "" "всіх деталей ми підтвердимо платіжне доручення, яке створить платіжну " "транзакцію з системою." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:92 msgid "" "As you can see, bill payment status show what is posted and what is " "remaining to reconcile." @@ -17112,7 +15475,7 @@ msgstr "" "Як ви можете бачити, статус оплати рахунку показує, що розміщено та що " "залишається для узгодження." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:95 msgid "" "After receiving bank statement from the bank with payment detail, you can " "reconcile the transaction from the Dashboard. It will automatically map the " @@ -17122,17 +15485,17 @@ msgstr "" "узгодити транзакцію з інформаційної панелі. Він буде автоматично відображати" " суму транзакції." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:103 msgid "Partial payments of several supplier bills" msgstr "Часткові виплати декількох рахунків постачальників" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:106 msgid "How to pay several supplier bills having cash discounts at once?" msgstr "" "Як сплатити кілька рахунків постачальників, які мають готівкові знижки " "одночасно?" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:108 msgid "" "You already learned how to pay bills in various way but what about partial " "payment? We are taking another example where we will do partial payment for " @@ -17142,7 +15505,7 @@ msgstr "" " часткової оплати? Ми розглянемо ще один приклад, де будемо робити часткову " "оплату за різні рахунки." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:112 msgid "" "We are creating multiple bills and partially pay them through bank " "statements." @@ -17150,7 +15513,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ми створюємо кілька рахунків і частково оплачуємо їх через банківські " "виписки." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:115 msgid "" "We are adding payment terms which allow some cash discount where vendor " "offer us early payment discount." @@ -17158,18 +15521,18 @@ msgstr "" "Ми додаємо умови платежу, які дозволяють отримати певну готівкову знижку, " "коли постачальник пропонує нам знижку дострокового платежу." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:121 msgid "" "We are creating the following bills with the assignment of the above payment" " term." msgstr "" "Ми створюємо наступні рахунки з призначенням зазначеного терміну платежу." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:127 msgid "We have created the following bills:" msgstr "Ми створили наступні рахунки:" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:132 msgid "" "We will pay the invoices by creating bank statement where we will adjust the" " cash discount our vendor provided under payment terms." @@ -17177,7 +15540,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ми будемо сплачувати рахунки, створивши виписку в банку, де ми будемо " "коригувати готівкову знижку, надану нашим продавцем за умовами оплати." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:138 msgid "" "Before reconciling this bank statement, we need to create one statement " "model for cash discount." @@ -17185,18 +15548,18 @@ msgstr "" "Перш ніж узгодити цю банківську виписку, нам потрібно створити одну модель " "заявки для готівкової знижки." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:144 msgid "Now we are going back to bank statement and opening reconcile view." msgstr "" "Тепер ми повертаємося до виписки з банківського рахунку та відкриваємо " "узгоджений перегляд." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:69 msgid "Pay with SEPA" msgstr "Оплачуйте із SEPA" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:5 msgid "" "SEPA, the Single Euro Payments Area, is a payment-integration initiative of " "the European union for simplification of bank transfers denominated in EURO." @@ -17208,7 +15571,7 @@ msgstr "" "SEPA дозволяє відправляти замовлення на оплату у ваш банк для автоматизації " "банківського переказу." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:10 msgid "" "SEPA is supported by the banks of the 28 EU member states as well as " "Iceland, Norway, Switzerland, Andorra, Monaco and San Marino." @@ -17216,14 +15579,14 @@ msgstr "" "SEPA підтримується банками 28 країн-членів ЄС, а також Ісландією, Норвегією," " Швейцарією, Андоррою, Монако та Сан-Марино." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:13 msgid "" "With Odoo, once you decide to pay a vendor, you can select to pay the bill " "with SEPA. Then, at the end of the day, the manager can generate the SEPA " "file containing all bank wire transfers and send it to the bank." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:18 msgid "" "By default,the file follows the SEPA Credit Transfer **'pain.001.001.03'** " "specifications. This is a well-defined standard that makes consensus among " @@ -17232,7 +15595,7 @@ msgid "" "**'pain.001.003.03'** for Germany." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:24 msgid "" "Once the payments are processed by your bank, you can directly import the " "account statement inside Odoo. The bank reconciliation process will " @@ -17244,7 +15607,7 @@ msgstr "" "відповідатиме замовленням SEPA, які ви надіслали у ваш банк із фактичними " "банківськими виписками." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:35 msgid "" "To pay suppliers with SEPA, you must install the **SEPA Credit Transfer** " "module. This module handle the process of generating SEPA files based on " @@ -17254,7 +15617,7 @@ msgstr "" "Transfer**. Цей модуль обробляє процес створення файлів SEPA на основі " "платежів Odoo." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:40 msgid "" "According to your country and the chart of account you use, this module may " "be installed by default." @@ -17262,11 +15625,11 @@ msgstr "" "За вашою країною та планом рахунків, який ви використовуєте, цей модуль може" " бути встановлений за замовчуванням." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:44 msgid "Activate SEPA payment methods on banks" msgstr "Активізуйте методи оплати SEPA у банках" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:46 msgid "" "In order to allow payments by SEPA, you must activate the payment method on " "related bank journals. From the accounting dashboard (the screen you get " @@ -17279,7 +15642,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"Додатково\" на своєму банківському рахунку та виберіть параметр " "\"Налаштування\"." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:51 msgid "" "To activate SEPA, click the **Advanced Settings** tab and, in the **Payment " "Methods** part of the **Miscellaneous** section, check the box **Sepa Credit" @@ -17289,7 +15652,7 @@ msgstr "" "розділі **Способи оплати** розділу **Різне** позначте **Sepa Credit " "Transfer**." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:55 msgid "" "Make sure to specify the IBAN account number (domestic account number won't " "work with SEPA) and the BIC (bank identifier code) on your bank journal." @@ -17298,7 +15661,7 @@ msgstr "" "працювати з SEPA) та BIC (код ідентифікатора банку) у вашому банківському " "журналі." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:60 msgid "" "By default, the payments you send using SEPA will use your company name as " "initiating party name. This is what appears on the recipient's bank " @@ -17311,11 +15674,11 @@ msgstr "" "можете налаштувати його в налаштуваннях вашої компанії, на вкладці " "**Налаштування**, в розділі ** SEPA **." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:72 msgid "Register your payments" msgstr "Зареєструйте ваш платіж" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:74 msgid "" "You can register a payment that is not related to a supplier bill. To do so," " use the top menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. Register your " @@ -17326,7 +15689,7 @@ msgstr "" "Зареєструйте свій платіж і виберіть спосіб оплати за допомогою Sepa Credit " "Transfer." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:78 msgid "" "If it's the first time you pay this vendor, you will have to fill in the " "Recipient Bank Account field with, at least, the bank name, IBAN and BIC " @@ -17336,7 +15699,7 @@ msgstr "" "банківського рахунку одержувача принаймні з назвою банку, IBAN та BIC " "(банківський ідентифікаційний код). Odoo автоматично перевірить формат IBAN." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:82 msgid "" "For future payments to this vendor, Odoo will propose you automatically the " "bank accounts but you will be able to select another one or create a new " @@ -17346,7 +15709,7 @@ msgstr "" "автоматично банківські рахунки, але ви зможете вибрати інший або створити " "новий." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:86 msgid "" "If you pay a specific supplier bill, put the reference of the bill in the " "**memo** field." @@ -17354,7 +15717,7 @@ msgstr "" "Якщо ви сплачуєте конкретний рахунок постачальника, поставте посилання на " "рахунок у полі **нагадування**." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:92 msgid "" "Once your payment is registered, don't forget to Confirm it. You can also " "pay vendor bills from the bill directly using the Register Payment button on" @@ -17367,11 +15730,11 @@ msgstr "" "однакова, але оплата безпосередньо пов'язана з рахунком і буде автоматично " "узгоджена до нього." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:98 msgid "Generate SEPA files" msgstr "Створення файлів SEPA" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:100 msgid "" "From your accounting dashboard, you should see if there are SEPA files to " "generate for every bank account." @@ -17379,7 +15742,7 @@ msgstr "" "З вашої панелі приладів бухобліку ви повинні побачити, чи існують файли SEPA" " для створення кожного банківського рахунку." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:106 msgid "" "Click on the link to check all the payments that are ready to transfer via " "SEPA. Then, select all the payments you want to send (or check the top box " @@ -17391,15 +15754,15 @@ msgstr "" "перевірте верхнє вікно, щоби вибрати весь платіж одночасно) і натисніть " "кнопку :menuselection:`Більше --> Завантажити платежі SEPA`." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:115 msgid "Troubleshooting" msgstr "Вирішення проблем" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:118 msgid "The bank refuses my SEPA file" msgstr "Банк відмовляється від мого файлу SEPA" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:120 msgid "" "Ask your bank if they support the **SEPA Credit Transfer specification** " "(the SEPA pain version depends on the country set on your company). If they " @@ -17407,13 +15770,13 @@ msgid "" "message to your Odoo partner." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:126 msgid "There is no Bank Identifier Code recorded for bank account ..." msgstr "" "Немає банківського ідентифікаційного коду, зареєстрованого для банківського " "рахунку ..." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:128 msgid "" "In order to send a SEPA payment, the recipient must be identified by a valid" " IBAN and BIC. If this message appear, you probably encoded an IBAN account " @@ -17423,16 +15786,16 @@ msgstr "" "дійсний IBAN та BIC. Якщо з'явиться це повідомлення, ви, імовірно, кодували " "облік IBAN для партнера, якому ви платите, але забули заповнити поле BIC." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:134 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:125 msgid ":doc:`check`" msgstr ":doc:`check`" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:3 msgid "Non-current Assets and Fixed Assets" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:5 msgid "" "**Non-current Assets**, also known as **long-term assets**, are investments " "that are expected to be realized after one year. They are capitalized rather" @@ -17440,14 +15803,14 @@ msgid "" " their nature, they may undergo **depreciation**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:9 msgid "" "**Fixed Assets** are a type of Non-current Assets and include the properties" " bought for their productive aspects, such as buildings, vehicles, " "equipment, land, and software." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:12 msgid "" "For example, let's say we buy a car for $ 27,000. We plan to amortize it " "over five years, and we will sell it for $ 7,000 afterward. Using the " @@ -17457,144 +15820,144 @@ msgid "" " us with $ 7,000 of **Not Depreciable Value**, or Salvage value." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:18 msgid "" "Odoo Accounting handles depreciation by creating all depreciation entries " "automatically in *draft mode*. They are then posted periodically." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:21 msgid "Odoo supports the following **Depreciation Methods**:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:23 -msgid "Linear" -msgstr "Лінійно" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:23 +msgid "Straight Line" +msgstr "Прямолінійний" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:24 -msgid "Degressive" -msgstr "Коефіцієнт" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:24 +msgid "Declining" +msgstr "Зниження" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:25 -msgid "Accelerated Degressive" -msgstr "Прискорена дегресивність" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:25 +msgid "Declining Then Straight Line" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:28 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:25 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:24 msgid "" "The server checks once a day if an entry must be posted. It might then take " "up to 24 hours before you see a change from *draft* to *posted*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:32 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:29 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:28 -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:19 msgid "Prerequisites" msgstr "Передумови" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:34 msgid "" "Such transactions must be posted on an **Assets Account** rather than on the" " default expense account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:38 msgid "Configure an Assets Account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:40 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:37 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:36 msgid "" "To configure your account in the **Chart of Accounts**, go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Chart of Accounts`, click " "on *Create*, and fill out the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:48 msgid "" "This account's type must be either *Fixed Assets* or *Non-current Assets*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:51 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:48 msgid "Post an expense to the right account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:51 msgid "Select the account on a draft bill" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:56 msgid "" "On a draft bill, select the right account for all the assets you are buying." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:65 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:61 msgid "Choose a different Expense Account for specific products" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:67 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:63 msgid "" "Start editing the product, go to the *Accounting* tab, select the right " "**Expense Account**, and save." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:75 msgid "" "It is possible to :ref:`automate the creation of assets entries <assets-" "automation>` for these products." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:75 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:74 msgid "Change the account of a posted journal item" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:83 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:77 msgid "" "To do so, open your Purchases Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting" " --> Accounting --> Purchases`, select the journal item you want to modify, " "click on the account, and select the right one." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:92 msgid "Assets entries" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:97 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:89 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:88 msgid "Create a new entry" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:99 msgid "" "An **Asset entry** automatically generates all journal entries in *draft " "mode*. They are then posted one by one at the right time." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:102 msgid "" "To create a new entry, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " "Assets`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:105 msgid "" "Click on **select related purchases** to link an existing journal item to " "this new entry. Some fields are then automatically filled out, and the " "journal item is now listed under the **Related Purchase** tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:113 msgid "" "Once done, you can click on *Compute Depreciation* (next to the *Confirm* " "button) to generate all the values of the **Depreciation Board**. This board" @@ -17602,19 +15965,19 @@ msgid "" " at which date." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:122 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:114 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:113 msgid "What does \"Prorata Temporis\" mean?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:124 msgid "" "The **Prorata Temporis** feature is useful to depreciate your assets the " "most accurately possible." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:126 msgid "" "With this feature, the first entry on the Depreciation Board is computed " "based on the time left between the *Prorata Date* and the *First " @@ -17622,50 +15985,53 @@ msgid "" "depreciations." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:130 msgid "" "For example, the Depreciation Board above has its first depreciation with an" " amount of $ 241.10 rather than $ 4,000.00. Consequently, the last entry is " "also lower and has an amount of $ 3758.90." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:134 msgid "What are the different Depreciation Methods" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:136 msgid "" -"The **Linear Depreciation Method** divides the initial Depreciable Value by " -"the number of depreciations planned. All depreciation entries have the same " -"amount." +"The **Straight Line Depreciation Method** divides the initial Depreciable " +"Value by the number of depreciations planned. All depreciation entries have " +"the same amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:139 msgid "" -"The **Degressive Depreciation Method** multiplies the Depreciable Value by " -"the **Degressive Factor** for each entry. Each depreciation entry has a " -"lower amount than the previous entry." +"The **Declining Depreciation Method** multiplies the Depreciable Value by " +"the **Declining Factor** for each entry. Each depreciation entry has a lower" +" amount than the previous entry. The last depreciation entry doesn't use the" +" declining factor but instead has an amount corresponding to the balance of " +"the depreciable value so that it reaches $0 by the end of the specified " +"duration." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:144 msgid "" -"The **Accelerated Degressive Depreciation Method** uses the Degressive " -"Method, but with a minimum Depreciation equal to the Linear Method. This " -"method ensures a fast depreciation at the beginning, followed by a constant " -"one afterward." +"The **Declining Then Straight Line Depreciation Method** uses the Declining " +"Method, but with a minimum Depreciation equal to the Straight Line Method. " +"This method ensures a fast depreciation at the beginning, followed by a " +"constant one afterward." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:149 msgid "Assets from the Purchases Journal" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:151 msgid "" "You can create an asset entry from a specific journal item in your " "**Purchases Journal**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:153 msgid "" "To do so, open your Purchases Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting" " --> Accounting --> Purchases`, and select the journal item you want to " @@ -17673,36 +16039,36 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`journal-assets-account`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:157 msgid "" "Then, click on *Action*, select **Create Asset**, and fill out the form the " "same way you would do to :ref:`create a new entry <create-assets-entry>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:165 msgid "Modification of an Asset" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:167 msgid "" "You can modify the values of an asset to increase or decrease its value." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:169 msgid "" "To do so, open the asset you want to modify, and click on *Modify " "Depreciation*. Then, fill out the form with the new depreciation values and " "click on *Modify*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:172 msgid "" "A **decrease in value** posts a new Journal Entry for the **Value Decrease**" " and modifies all the future *unposted* Journal Entries listed in the " "Depreciation Board." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:175 msgid "" "An **increase in value** requires you to fill out additional fields related " "to the account movements and creates a new Asset entry with the **Value " @@ -17710,23 +16076,23 @@ msgid "" "Button." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:184 msgid "Disposal of Fixed Assets" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:186 msgid "" "To **sell** an asset or **dispose** of it implies that it must be removed " "from the Balance Sheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:188 msgid "" "To do so, open the asset you want to dispose of, click on *Sell or Dispose*," " and fill out the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:194 msgid "" "Odoo Accounting then generates all the journal entries necessary to dispose " "of the asset, including the gain or loss on sale, which is based on the " @@ -17734,103 +16100,103 @@ msgid "" "amount it is sold for." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:199 msgid "" "To record the sale of an asset, you must first post the related Customer " "Invoice so you can link the sale of the asset with it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:203 msgid "Assets Models" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:205 msgid "" "You can create **Assets Models** to create your Asset entries faster. It is " "particularly useful if you recurrently buy the same kind of assets." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:208 msgid "" "To create a model, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " "Assets Models`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form the same way you " "would do to create a new entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:212 msgid "" "You can also convert a *confirmed Asset entry* into a model by opening it " "from :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Assets` and then, by " "clicking on the button *Save Model*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:217 msgid "Apply an Asset Model to a new entry" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:219 msgid "" "When you create a new Asset entry, fill out the **Fixed Asset Account** " "with the right asset account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:220 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:160 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:160 msgid "" "New buttons with all the models linked to that account appear at the top of " "the form. Clicking on a model button fills out the form according to that " "model." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:230 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:232 msgid "Automate the Assets" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:234 msgid "" "When you create or edit an account of which the type is either *Non-current " "Assets* or *Fixed Assets*, you can configure it to create assets for the " "expenses that are credited on it automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:238 msgid "You have three choices for the **Automate Assets** field:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:241 msgid "" "**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " "draft *Assets entry* is created, but not validated. You must first fill out " "the form in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Assets`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:244 msgid "" "**Create and validate:** you must also select an Asset Model (see: `Assets " "Models`_). Whenever a transaction is posted on the account, an *Assets " "entry* is created and immediately validated." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:250 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:252 msgid "" "You can, for example, select this account as the default **Expense Account**" " of a product to fully automate its purchase. (see: :ref:`product-assets-" "account`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:3 msgid "Deferred Expenses and Prepayments" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:5 msgid "" "**Deferred expenses** and **prepayments** (also known as **prepaid " "expense**), are both costs that have already occurred for unconsumed " "products or services yet to receive." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:8 msgid "" "Such costs are **assets** for the company that pays them since it already " "paid for products and services still to receive or that are yet to be used. " @@ -17839,14 +16205,14 @@ msgid "" "the future." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:13 msgid "" "These future expenses must be deferred on the company's balance sheet until " "the moment in time they can be **recognized**, at once or over a defined " "period, on the Profit and Loss statement." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:16 msgid "" "For example, let's say we pay $ 1200 at once for one year of insurance. We " "already pay the cost now but haven't used the service yet. Therefore, we " @@ -17855,64 +16221,64 @@ msgid "" "recognized as an expense." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:21 msgid "" "Odoo Accounting handles deferred expenses and prepayments by spreading them " "in multiple entries that are automatically created in *draft mode* and then " "posted periodically." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:31 msgid "" "Such transactions must be posted on a **Deferred Expense Account** rather " "than on the default expense account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:35 msgid "Configure a Deferred Expense Account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:45 msgid "This account's type must be either *Current Assets* or *Prepayments*" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:53 msgid "" "On a draft bill, select the right account for all the products of which the " "expenses must be deferred." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:71 msgid "" "It is possible to automate the creation of expense entries for these " "products (see: `Automate the Deferred Expenses`_)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:86 msgid "Deferred Expenses entries" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:91 msgid "" "A **Deferred Expense entry** automatically generates all journal entries in " "*draft mode*. They are then posted one by one at the right time until the " "full amount of the expense is recognized." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:94 msgid "" "To create a new entry, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " "Deferred Expense`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:97 msgid "" "Click on **select related purchases** to link an existing journal item to " "this new entry. Some fields are then automatically filled out, and the " "journal item is now listed under the **Related Expenses** tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:105 msgid "" "Once done, you can click on *Compute Deferral* (next to the *Confirm* " "button) to generate all the values of the **Expense Board**. This board " @@ -17920,37 +16286,37 @@ msgid "" " at which date." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:116 msgid "" "The **Prorata Temporis** feature is useful to recognize your expense the " "most accurately possible." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:118 msgid "" "With this feature, the first entry on the Expense Board is computed based on" " the time left between the *Prorata Date* and the *First Recognition Date* " "rather than the default amount of time between recognitions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:122 msgid "" "For example, the Expense Board above has its first expense with an amount of" " $ 70.97 rather than $ 100.00. Consequently, the last entry is also lower " "and has an amount of $ 29.03." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:126 msgid "Deferred Entry from the Purchases Journal" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:128 msgid "" "You can create a deferred entry from a specific journal item in your " "**Purchases Journal**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:130 msgid "" "To do so, open your Purchases Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting" " --> Accounting --> Purchases`, and select the journal item you want to " @@ -17958,63 +16324,63 @@ msgid "" "account of a posted journal item`_)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:134 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:134 msgid "" "Then, click on *Action*, select **Create Deferred Entry**, and fill out the " "form the same way you would do to `create a new entry`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:142 msgid "Deferred Expense Models" msgstr "Моделі витрат майбутніх періодів" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:144 msgid "" "You can create **Deferred Expense Models** to create your Deferred Expense " "entries faster." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:146 msgid "" "To create a model, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " "Deferred Expense Models`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form the same " "way you would do to create a new entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:150 msgid "" "You can also convert a *confirmed Deferred Expense entry* into a model by " "opening it from :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Deferred " "Expenses` and then, by clicking on the button *Save Model*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:155 msgid "Apply a Deferred Expense Model to a new entry" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:157 msgid "" "When you create a new Deferred Expense entry, fill out the **Deferred " "Expense Account** with the right recognition account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:170 msgid "Automate the Deferred Expenses" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:172 msgid "" "When you create or edit an account of which the type is either *Current " "Assets* or *Prepayments*, you can configure it to defer the expenses that " "are credited on it automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:175 msgid "You have three choices for the **Automate Deferred Expense** field:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:178 msgid "" "**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " "draft *Deferred Expenses entry* is created, but not validated. You must " @@ -18022,25 +16388,25 @@ msgid "" "Deferred Expenses`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:181 msgid "" "**Create and validate:** you must also select a Deferred Expense Model (see:" " `Deferred Expense Models`_). Whenever a transaction is posted on the " "account, a *Deferred Expenses entry* is created and immediately validated." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:190 msgid "" "You can, for example, select this account as the default **Expense Account**" " of a product to fully automate its purchase. (see: `Choose a different " "Expense Account for specific products`_)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:3 msgid "Manage vendor Bills" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:5 msgid "" "The **Purchase** application allows you to manage your purchase orders, " "incoming products, and vendor bills all seamlessly in one place." @@ -18048,7 +16414,7 @@ msgstr "" "Додаток **Закупівлі** дозволяє вам керувати замовленнями на покупку, " "вхідними товарами та рахунками постачальників у єдиному місці." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:8 msgid "" "If you want to set up a vendor bill control process, the first thing you " "need to do is to have purchase data in Odoo. Knowing what has been purchased" @@ -18060,11 +16426,11 @@ msgstr "" "того, що було придбано та отримано, є першим кроком до розуміння процесів " "управління купівлею." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:13 msgid "Here is the standard work flow in Odoo:" msgstr "Ось стандартний робочий процес в Odoo:" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:15 msgid "" "You begin with a **Request for Quotation (RFQ)** to send out to your " "vendor(s)." @@ -18072,7 +16438,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ви починаєте із **Запиту на комерційну пропозицію (ЗНКП)**, щоб надіслати її" " вашим продавцям." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:18 msgid "" "Once the vendor has accepted the RFQ, confirm the RFQ into a **Purchase " "Order (PO)**." @@ -18080,7 +16446,7 @@ msgstr "" "Після того, як постачальник прийняв ЗНКП, підтвердіть ЗНКП в **Замовленні на" " купівлю (ЗНК)**. " -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:21 msgid "" "Confirming the PO generates an **Incoming Shipment** if you purchased any " "stockable products." @@ -18088,7 +16454,7 @@ msgstr "" "Підтвердження ЗНК створює **Вхідну відправку**, якщо ви придбали будь-які " "запаковані товари." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:24 msgid "" "Upon receiving a **Vendor Bill** from your Vendor, validate the bill with " "products received in the previous step to ensure accuracy." @@ -18096,7 +16462,7 @@ msgstr "" "Отримавши **Рахунок постачальника**, підтвердіть рахунок за допомогою " "товарів, отриманих на попередньому кроці, щоб забезпечити точність. " -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:27 msgid "" "This process may be done by three different people within the company, or " "only one." @@ -18104,11 +16470,11 @@ msgstr "" "Цей процес може виконуватися трьома різними людьми всередині компанії або " "лише однією особою." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:34 msgid "Installing the Purchase and Inventory applications" msgstr "Встановлення додатків Купівлі та Складу" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:36 msgid "" "From the **Apps** application, search for the **Purchase** module and " "install it. Due to certain dependencies, installing Purchase will " @@ -18118,11 +16484,11 @@ msgstr "" "певні залежності, встановлення Купівлі автоматично встановить модулі " "**Склад** та **Бухоблік**." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:41 msgid "Creating products" msgstr "Створення товарів" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:43 msgid "" "Creating products in Odoo is essential for quick and efficient purchasing " "within Odoo. Simply navigate to the Products submenu under Purchase and " @@ -18132,7 +16498,7 @@ msgstr "" "купівлі в Odoo. Просто перейдіть до підменю Товари в розділі Купівлі та " "натисніть Створити." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:50 msgid "" "When creating the product, pay attention to the **Product Type** field, " "since it is important:" @@ -18140,7 +16506,7 @@ msgstr "" "Під час створення товару, зверніть увагу на поле **Тип товару**, оскільки це" " важливо:" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:53 msgid "" "Products that are set as **Stockable or Consumable** will allow you to keep " "track of their inventory levels. These options imply stock management and " @@ -18150,7 +16516,7 @@ msgstr "" "дозволять вам стежити за рівнями їх запасу. Ці параметри передбачають " "управління запасами та дозволять отримувати такі види продукції." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:58 msgid "" "Conversely, products that are set as a **Service or Digital Product** will " "not imply stock management, simply due to the fact that there is no " @@ -18161,7 +16527,7 @@ msgstr "" "будуть означати управління складом, просто через відсутність складу для " "управління. Ви не зможете отримувати товари під будь-яким із цих позначень." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:64 msgid "" "It is recommended that you create a **Miscellaneous** product for all " "purchases that occur infrequently and do not require inventory valuation or " @@ -18172,15 +16538,15 @@ msgstr "" "нечасто і не потребують оцінки запасів або управління. Якщо ви створюєте " "такий товар, рекомендується встановити тип товару **Послуга**." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:69 msgid "Managing your Vendor Bills" msgstr "Управління рахунками постачальника" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:72 msgid "Purchasing products or services" msgstr "Закупівля товарів або послуг" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:74 msgid "" "From the purchase application, you can create a purchase order with as many " "products as you need. If the vendor sends you a confirmation or quotation " @@ -18197,18 +16563,18 @@ msgstr "" "(оскільки рахунок постачальника, ймовірно, включатиме посилання " "постачальника)" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:84 msgid "" "Validate the purchase order and receive the products from the Inventory " "application." msgstr "" "Підтвердіть замовлення на придбання та отримання товарів у додатку Склад." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:88 msgid "Receiving Products" msgstr "Прийом товару" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:90 msgid "" "If you purchased any stockable products that you manage the inventory of, " "you will need to receive the products from the Inventory application after " @@ -18222,7 +16588,7 @@ msgstr "" " безпосередньо посилає вас на переміщення товарів. Ця кнопка окреслена " "червоним кольором внизу:" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:99 msgid "" "Navigating this route will take you to a list of all orders waiting to be " "received." @@ -18230,7 +16596,7 @@ msgstr "" "Навігація цього маршруту переведе вас до списку всіх замовлень, які " "необхідно отримати." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:105 msgid "" "If you have a lot of awaiting orders, apply a filter using the search bar in" " the upper right. With this search bar, you may filter based on the vendor " @@ -18247,15 +16613,15 @@ msgstr "" "**Групувати за**. Вибравши елемент із цього списку, відкриється наступний " "екран, де ви отримаєте товари." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:116 msgid "Purchasing service products does not trigger a delivery order." msgstr "Закупівля послуги як товару не запускають замовлення на доставку." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:119 msgid "Managing Vendor Bills" msgstr "Управління рахунками постачальників" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:121 msgid "" "When you receive a vendor bill for a previous purchase, be sure to record it" " in the Purchases application under the **Control Menu**. You need to create" @@ -18266,7 +16632,7 @@ msgstr "" "створити новий рахунок постачальника, навіть, якщо ви вже зареєстрували " "замовлення на купівлю." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:129 msgid "" "The first thing you will need to do upon creating a vendor bill is to select" " the appropriate vendor, since doing so will also pull up any associated " @@ -18289,7 +16655,7 @@ msgstr "" "списку, ввівши довідковий номер постачальника або внутрішній номер " "замовлення на купівлю." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:143 msgid "" "While the invoice is in a draft state, you can make any modifications you " "need (i.e. remove or add product lines, modify quantities, and change " @@ -18299,13 +16665,13 @@ msgstr "" "які необхідні зміни (тобто видаляти або додавати рядки товару, змінювати " "кількість та змінювати ціни)." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:148 msgid "Your vendor may send you several bills for the same Purchase Order if:" msgstr "" "Ваш постачальник може надіслати вам кілька рахунків за те саме замовлення на" " купівлю, якщо:" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:150 msgid "" "Your vendor is in back-order and is sending you invoices as they ship the " "products." @@ -18313,11 +16679,11 @@ msgstr "" "Ваш постачальник знаходиться у зворотному порядку і надсилає вам рахунки-" "фактури, коли вони відправляють товари." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:151 msgid "Your vendor is sending you a partial bill or asking for a deposit." msgstr "Ваш постачальник надсилає вам частковий рахунок або запит на депозит." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:153 msgid "" "Every time you record a new vendor bill, Odoo will automatically populate " "the product quantities based on what has been received from the vendor. If " @@ -18334,17 +16700,17 @@ msgstr "" "будь-який момент часу, перш ніж перевіряти рахунок постачальника, ви можете " "перевизначити цю нульову кількість." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:162 msgid "Vendor Bill Matching" msgstr "Відповідність рахунка постачальника" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:165 msgid "What to do if your vendor bill does not match what you received" msgstr "" "Що робити, якщо рахунок вашого постачальника не відповідає тому, що ви " "отримали" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:167 msgid "" "If the bill you receive from the vendor has quantities that do not match the" " quantities automatically populated by Odoo, this could be due to several " @@ -18354,14 +16720,14 @@ msgstr "" "відповідає кількості, автоматично заповненій Odoo, це може бути пов’язано з " "кількома причинами:" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:171 msgid "" "The vendor is incorrectly charging you for products and/or services that you" " have not ordered." msgstr "" "Постачальник неправильно вказує товари та/або послуги, які ви не замовляли." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:174 msgid "" "The vendor is billing you for products that you might not have received yet," " as the invoicing control may be based on ordered or received quantities." @@ -18370,11 +16736,11 @@ msgstr "" "оскільки контроль за рахунками-фактурами може базуватися на замовлених або " "отриманих кількостях." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:178 msgid "The vendor did not bill you for previously purchased products." msgstr "Постачальник не виставляв вам рахунки за раніше придбані товари." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:180 msgid "" "In these instances it is recommended that you verify that the bill, and any " "associated purchase order to the vendor, are accurate and that you " @@ -18384,7 +16750,7 @@ msgstr "" " замовлення на купівлю з постачальником правильним, і ви розумієте, що ви " "замовили та що ви вже отримали." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:184 msgid "" "If you are unable to find a purchase order related to a vendor bill, this " "could be due to one of a few reasons:" @@ -18392,7 +16758,7 @@ msgstr "" "Якщо ви не можете знайти замовлення на купівлю, пов'язане з рахунком " "постачальника, це може бути пов'язано з однією з кількох причин." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:187 msgid "" "The vendor has already invoiced you for this purchase order; therefore it is" " not going to appear anywhere in the selection." @@ -18400,22 +16766,22 @@ msgstr "" "Постачальник уже виставляв рахунок за це замовлення на купівлю; тому він не " "з’явиться у виборі." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:190 msgid "" "Someone in the company forgot to record a purchase order for this vendor." msgstr "" "Хтось у компанії забув записати замовлення на купівлю для цього " "постачальника." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:193 msgid "The vendor is charging you for something you did not order." msgstr "Постачальник стягує плату з вас за те, що ви не замовляли." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:198 msgid "How product quantities are managed" msgstr "Яким чином регулюється кількість товару" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:200 msgid "" "By default, services are managed based on ordered quantities, while " "stockables and consumables are managed based on received quantities." @@ -18423,7 +16789,7 @@ msgstr "" "За замовчуванням послуги керуються на основі замовлених кількостей, а запаси" " та витратні матеріали управляються на основі отриманих кількостей." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:203 msgid "" "If you need to manage products based on ordered quantities over received " "quantities, you will need to belong to the group **Purchase Manager**. Ask " @@ -18440,7 +16806,7 @@ msgstr "" "хочете змінити, і ви побачите нове поле, яке відображатиметься під назвою " "**Контроль рахунків закупівлі**." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:213 msgid "" "You can then change the default management method for the selected product " "to be based on either:" @@ -18448,19 +16814,19 @@ msgstr "" "Потім ви можете змінити метод керування за замовчуванням для вибраного " "товару на основі:" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:216 msgid "Ordered quantities" msgstr "Замовлені кількості" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:218 msgid "or Received quantities" msgstr "або отримані величини" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:221 msgid "Batch Billing" msgstr "Групова оплата" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:223 msgid "" "When creating a vendor bill and selecting the appropriate purchase order, " "you may continue to select additional purchase orders. Odoo will add the " @@ -18474,32 +16840,32 @@ msgstr "" "ви не видалили попередні елементи з першого замовлення на купівлю, рахунок " "буде пов’язаний з усіма відповідними замовленнями на купівлю." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:3 msgid "Digitize Vendor Bills with Optical Character Recognition (OCR)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:5 msgid "" "Encoding bills manually can be a time-consuming task. Having a solution that" " allows you to digitize them and automatically import the data to your " "database reduces errors and saves you time." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:9 msgid "Set up the feature" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:11 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Bill Digitalization`, and " "choose whether the bills should be processed automatically or manually." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:19 msgid "Start digitizing your bills" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:21 msgid "" "Scan your bills and then go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> " "Bills` and upload your document. Based on your configuration, it either " @@ -18507,46 +16873,46 @@ msgid "" "Digitalization* to do it manually." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:26 msgid "" "You can also create a vendor bill through the *Documents* app or by using an" " email alias on your journals." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:29 msgid "" "Once the data is extracted from the PDF, you can correct it if necessary by " "clicking on the respective tag (available in *Edit* mode), and selecting the" " right information instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:38 msgid "" "The more bills you scan, the better the system gets at identifying the " "correct data." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:41 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:34 msgid "Pricing" msgstr "Ціноутворення" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:44 msgid "" "The *Bill Digitalization* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service which " "requires prepaid credits to work. Digitalizing one document consumes one " "credit." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:47 msgid "" "To buy credits, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " "Settings --> Bill Digitalization` and click on *Buy credits*, or go to " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Odoo IAP` and click on *View My Services*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:50 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:43 msgid "" "If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you " "benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." @@ -18554,24 +16920,24 @@ msgstr "" "Якщо ви на Odoo Online (SAAS) і у вас версія Enterprise, для тестування " "функції ви користуєтесь безкоштовними пробними кредитами." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:52 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:45 msgid "" "Click `here <https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#header_4>`_ to know about our " "*Privacy Policy*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:3 msgid "Purchase Receipts" msgstr "Товарні чеки" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:5 msgid "" "**Purchase Receipts** are not invoices but rather confirmations of received " "payments, such as a ticket or a receipt." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:8 msgid "" "This feature is meant to be used when you pay directly with your company's " "money for an expense. **Vendor Bills**, on the other hand, are recorded when" @@ -18579,68 +16945,68 @@ msgid "" " account before a later payment reconciliation." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:13 msgid "" "Expenses paid by employees can be managed with **Odoo Expenses**, an app " "dedicated to the approval of such expenses and the payments management. " -"Click :doc:`here <../../../expense/expense>` for more information on how to " -"use Odoo Expenses." +"Click :doc:`here </applications/finance/expense/expense>` for more " +"information on how to use Odoo Expenses." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:18 msgid "Register a receipt" msgstr "Зареєструйте квитанцію" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:20 msgid "" "To record a new receipt, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> " "Receipts`, click on *Create*, fill out the form, and click on *Post*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:27 msgid "" "You can register the payment by clicking on *Register Payment*, then filling" " out the payment's details, and clicking on *Validate*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:31 msgid "Edit the Journal Entry before posting it" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:33 msgid "" "Once you have filled out the *Invoice Lines* tab, you can modify the " "**Journal Entry** before you post it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:36 msgid "" "To do so, click on the **Journal Items** tab, change the accounts and values" " according to your needs, and click on *Post*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:44 msgid ":doc:`manage`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:45 -msgid ":doc:`../../../expense/expense`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:45 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/expense/expense`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables.rst:3 msgid "Account Receivables" msgstr "Розрахунок з дебіторами" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:99 msgid "Customer Invoices" msgstr "Рахунки клієнта" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:3 msgid "Offer cash discounts" msgstr "Грошові знижки" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:5 msgid "" "Cash discounts are incentives you can offer to customers to motivate them to" " pay within a specific time frame. For instance, you offer a 2% discount if " @@ -18654,11 +17020,11 @@ msgstr "" "виставлення рахунка-фактури. Цей підхід може значно покращити ваш середній " "період збору оплат." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:12 msgid "Set up a cash discount" msgstr "Встановіть грошову знижку" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:14 msgid "" "To set up a cash discount, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Management --> Payment Terms` and click on *Create*. Add a" @@ -18673,11 +17039,11 @@ msgstr "" "пропозиція дійсна. Можна також змінити термін балансу за замовчуванням, якщо" " потрібно." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:25 msgid "Start offering the cash discount" msgstr "Почніть пропонувати грошову знижку" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:27 msgid "" "Now, you can create a customer invoice and select the cash discount payment " "term you added. Once the invoice is validated, Odoo will automatically split" @@ -18691,11 +17057,11 @@ msgstr "" " різні терміни. Оскільки знижена ціна вже розрахована, ваші елементи " "контролю оплати будуть спрощені." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:37 msgid "Grant the cash discount" msgstr "Надайте готівкову знижку" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:39 msgid "" "The customer fulfilled the payment terms and therefore benefits from the " "cash discount. When you process the bank statement, match the payment with " @@ -18707,7 +17073,7 @@ msgstr "" "журналу. Потім виберіть залишок грошової знижки та натисніть кнопку " "*Створити списання*, щоб узгодити її." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:48 msgid "" "You can also create a dedicated reconciliation model to make the process " "easier. In this case, you should add a tax to the model based on the taxes " @@ -18723,11 +17089,11 @@ msgstr "" "Зауважте, що залежно від вашої локалізації, за замовчуванням у вас вже є " "наявна модель знижок." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:56 msgid "Register the full payment" msgstr "Зареєструйте повну оплату" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:58 msgid "" "In this case, the customer has not fulfilled the payment term and cannot " "benefit from the cash discount. When you process the bank statement, match " @@ -18737,75 +17103,75 @@ msgstr "" "грошовою знижкою. Коли ви обробляєте виписку з банку, зрівняйте платіж із " "двома відповідними записами журналу." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:67 msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms`" msgstr ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms`" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:3 msgid "Cash Rounding" msgstr "Округлення готівки" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:4 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:5 msgid "" "**Cash rounding** is required when the lowest physical denomination of " "currency, or the smallest coin, is higher than the minimum unit of account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:9 msgid "" "For example, some countries require their companies to round up or down the " "total amount of an invoice to the nearest five cents, when the payment is " "made in cash." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:16 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " "*Cash Rounding*, then click on *Save*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:22 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Cash Roundings`, and " "click on *Create*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:25 msgid "" "Define here your *Rounding Precision*, *Rounding Strategy*, and *Rounding " "Method*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:28 msgid "Odoo supports two **rounding strategies**:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:30 msgid "" "**Add a rounding line**: a *rounding* line is added on the invoice. You have" " to define which account records the cash roundings." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:33 msgid "**Modify tax amount**: the rounding is applied in the taxes section." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:36 msgid "Apply roundings" msgstr "Застосуйте округлення" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:38 msgid "" "When editing a draft invoice, open the *Other Info* tab, go to the " "*Accounting Information* section, and select the appropriate *Cash Rounding " "Method*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:3 msgid "Credit Notes and Refunds" msgstr "Сторно та відшкодування" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:4 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:4 msgid "" "A **credit note**, or **credit memo**, is a document issued to a customer " "that notifies them that they have been credited a certain amount." @@ -18813,23 +17179,23 @@ msgstr "" "**Сторно** - це документ, виданий замовнику, який повідомляє їх, що їм було " "зараховано певну суму." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:11 msgid "There are several reasons that can lead to a credit note, such as:" msgstr "Є кілька причин, які можуть призвести до сторно, такі як:" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:9 msgid "a mistake in the invoice" msgstr "помилка у рахунку-фактурі" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:10 msgid "a return of the goods, or a rejection of the services" msgstr "повернення товарів, або відхилення послуг" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:11 msgid "the goods delivered are damaged" msgstr "доставлені товари пошкоджені" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:14 msgid "" "Issuing a credit note is the only legal way to cancel, refund or modify a " "validated invoice. Don’t forget to *register the payment* afterward if you " @@ -18839,11 +17205,11 @@ msgstr "" "затверджений рахунок-фактуру. Не забудьте згодом *зареєструвати платіж*, " "якщо вам потрібно повернути гроші клієнту." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:20 msgid "Issue a Credit Note" msgstr "Створення сторно" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:21 msgid "" "You can create a credit note from scratch by going to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Credit Notes`, and by clicking " @@ -18854,7 +17220,7 @@ msgstr "" "Клієнти --> Сторно`, та натиснувши *Стоврити*. Заповнення форми сторно " "працює так само, як і форма рахунку." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:26 msgid "" "However, most of the time, credit notes are generated directly from the " "invoices they are related to." @@ -18862,31 +17228,31 @@ msgstr "" "Однак зазвичай сторно створюються безпосередньо з рахунків-фактур, з якими " "вони пов'язані." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:29 msgid "To do so, open the *Customer Invoice*, and click on *Add Credit Note*." msgstr "" "Щоб зробити це, відкрийте *Рахунок клієнта*, та натисніть *Додати сторно*." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:37 msgid "You can choose between three options:" msgstr "Ви можете обрати з трьох опцій:" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:35 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:44 msgid "Partial Refund" msgstr "Повернення частинами" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:36 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:55 msgid "Full Refund" msgstr "Повне повернення" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:37 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:66 msgid "Full refund and new draft invoice" msgstr "Повне повернення та нова чернетка рахунка" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:40 msgid "" "Credit Notes’ numbers start with “R” and are followed by the number of the " "document they are related to (e.g., RINV/2019/0004)." @@ -18894,7 +17260,7 @@ msgstr "" "Номери сторно починаються з “R” та слідують за номером документу, з яким " "вони пов'язані (напр., RINV/2019/0004)." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:45 msgid "" "Odoo creates a draft credit note already prefilled with all the necessary " "information from the original invoice." @@ -18902,7 +17268,7 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo створює чернетку сторно, яка вже повністю заповнена з усією необхідною " "інформацією з оригінального рахунка." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:48 msgid "" "This is the option to choose to do a partial refund, or if you want to " "modify any detail on the credit note." @@ -18910,13 +17276,13 @@ msgstr "" "Це опція для часткового повернення, або, якщо ви хочете змінити будь-яку " "деталь на сторно." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:52 msgid "" "This is the only option available for invoices that are already marked as " "*Paid*." msgstr "Ця опція доступна лише для рахунків, які позначені, як *Оплачено*." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:56 msgid "" "Odoo creates a credit note, automatically validates it, and reconciles the " "original invoice with it." @@ -18924,14 +17290,14 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo створює сторно, автоматично підтверджує його, та узгоджує його з " "оригінальним рахунком." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:62 msgid "" "This is the option to choose to do a full refund or cancel a validated " "invoice." msgstr "" "Це опція для повного повернення або скасування підтвердженого рахунка." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:67 msgid "" "Odoo creates a credit note, automatically validates it, reconciles the " "original invoice with it, and open a new draft invoice prefilled with the " @@ -18941,16 +17307,16 @@ msgstr "" "оригінальним рахунком, та відкриває нову чернетку рахунка, попередньо " "заповнену з тими ж деталями, що й в оригінальному рахунку." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:71 msgid "" "This is the option to choose to modify the content of a validated invoice." msgstr "Це опція для зміни вмісту підтвердженого рахунку." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:74 msgid "Record a Vendor Refund" msgstr "Запис повернення постачальника" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:75 msgid "" "**Vendor Refunds** are recorded the same way you would do with invoices’ " "credit notes:" @@ -18958,7 +17324,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Повернення постачальника** записуються так само, як ви повинні робити зі " "сторно рахунків:" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:77 msgid "" "You can either create a credit note from scratch by going to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> Refund`, and by clicking on " @@ -18969,7 +17335,7 @@ msgstr "" "Постачальники --> Повернення`, та натиснувши *Створити*, або відкривші " "підтверджений *Рахунок постачальника*, та натиснувши *Додати сторно*." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:84 msgid "" "Issuing a credit note from an invoice creates a **reverse entry** that " "zeroes out the journal items generated by the original invoice." @@ -18977,11 +17343,11 @@ msgstr "" "Створення сторно з рахунку створює **зворотній запис**, який онулює елементи" " журналу, створені оригінальним рахунком." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:87 msgid "Here is an example of an invoice’s journal entry:" msgstr "Ось приклад запис журналу рахунка:" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:92 msgid "" "And here is the credit note’s journal entry generated to reverse the " "original invoice above:" @@ -18989,17 +17355,17 @@ msgstr "" "І тут запис журналу сторно створюється, щоби повернути початковий рахунок-" "фактуру вище:" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:3 msgid "Deferred Revenues" msgstr "Доходи майбутніх періодів" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:5 msgid "" "**Deferred revenues**, or **unearned revenue**, are payments made in advance" " by customers for products yet to deliver or services yet to render." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:8 msgid "" "Such payments are a **liability** for the company that receives them since " "it still owes its customers these products or services. The company cannot " @@ -19007,14 +17373,14 @@ msgid "" "Statement*, since the payments will be effectively earned in the future." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:12 msgid "" "These future revenues must be deferred on the company's balance sheet until " "the moment in time they can be **recognized**, at once or over a defined " "period, on the Profit and Loss statement." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:15 msgid "" "For example, let's say we sell a five-year extended warranty for $ 350. We " "already receive the money now but haven't earned it yet. Therefore, we post " @@ -19023,91 +17389,91 @@ msgid "" "revenue." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:20 msgid "" "Odoo Accounting handles deferred revenues by spreading them in multiple " "entries that are automatically created in *draft mode* and then posted " "periodically." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:30 msgid "" "Such transactions must be posted on a **Deferred Revenue Account** rather " "than on the default income account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:34 msgid "Configure a Deferred Revenue Account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:44 msgid "" "This account's type must be either *Current Liabilities* or *Non-current " "Liabilities*" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:47 msgid "Post an income to the right account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:50 msgid "Select the account on a draft invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:52 msgid "" "On a draft invoice, select the right account for all the products of which " "the incomes must be deferred." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:60 msgid "Choose a different Income Account for specific products" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:62 msgid "" "Start editing the product, go to the *Accounting* tab, select the right " "**Income Account**, and save." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:70 msgid "" "It is possible to automate the creation of revenue entries for these " "products (see: `Automate the Deferred Revenues`_)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:76 msgid "" "To do so, open your Sales Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting -->" " Accounting --> Sales`, select the journal item you want to modify, click on" " the account, and select the right one." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:85 msgid "Deferred Revenues entries" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:90 msgid "" "A **Deferred Revenues entry** automatically generates all journal entries in" " *draft mode*. They are then posted one by one at the right time until the " "full amount of the income is recognized." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:93 msgid "" "To create a new entry, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " "Deferred Revenues`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:96 msgid "" "Click on **select related purchases** to link an existing journal item to " "this new entry. Some fields are then automatically filled out, and the " "journal item is now listed under the **Related Sales** tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:104 msgid "" "Once done, you can click on *Compute Revenue* (next to the *Confirm* button)" " to generate all the values of the **Revenue Board**. This board shows you " @@ -19115,37 +17481,37 @@ msgid "" "date." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:115 msgid "" "The **Prorata Temporis** feature is useful to recognize your revenue the " "most accurately possible." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:117 msgid "" "With this feature, the first entry on the Revenue Board is computed based on" " the time left between the *Prorata Date* and the *First Recognition Date* " "rather than the default amount of time between recognitions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:121 msgid "" "For example, the Revenue Board above has its first revenue with an amount of" " $ 4.22 rather than $ 70.00. Consequently, the last entry is also lower and " "has an amount of $ 65.78." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:125 msgid "Deferred Entry from the Sales Journal" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:127 msgid "" "You can create a deferred entry from a specific journal item in your **Sales" " Journal**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:129 msgid "" "To do so, open your Sales Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting -->" " Accounting --> Sales`, and select the journal item you want to defer. Make " @@ -19153,56 +17519,56 @@ msgid "" "posted journal item`_)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:142 msgid "Deferred Revenue Models" msgstr "Моделі доходів майбутніх періодів" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:144 msgid "" "You can create **Deferred Revenue Models** to create your Deferred Revenue " "entries faster." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:146 msgid "" "To create a model, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " "Deferred Revenue Models`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form the same " "way you would do to create a new entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:150 msgid "" "You can also convert a *confirmed Deferred Revenue entry* into a model by " "opening it from :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Deferred " "Revenues` and then, by clicking on the button *Save Model*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:155 msgid "Apply a Deferred Revenue Model to a new entry" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:157 msgid "" "When you create a new Deferred Revenue entry, fill out the **Deferred " "Revenue Account** with the right recognition account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:170 msgid "Automate the Deferred Revenues" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:172 msgid "" "When you create or edit an account of which the type is either *Current " "Liabilities* or *Non-current Liabilities*, you can configure it to defer the" " revenues that are credited on it automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:175 msgid "You have three choices for the **Automate Deferred Revenue** field:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:178 msgid "" "**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " "draft *Deferred Revenues entry* is created, but not validated. You must " @@ -19210,31 +17576,31 @@ msgid "" "Deferred Revenues`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:181 msgid "" "**Create and validate:** you must also select a Deferred Revenue Model (see:" " `Deferred Revenue Models`_). Whenever a transaction is posted on the " "account, a *Deferred Revenues entry* is created and immediately validated." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:190 msgid "" "You can, for example, select this account as the default **Income Account** " "of a product to fully automate its sale. (see: `Choose a different Income " "Account for specific products`_)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:195 msgid "" "`Odoo Academy: Deferred Revenues (Recognition) " "<https://www.odoo.com/r/EWO>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:3 msgid "Add EPC QR Codes to invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:4 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:4 msgid "" "European Payments Council Quick Response Code, or **EPC QR Code**, are two-" "dimensional barcodes that customers can scan with their **mobile banking " @@ -19242,88 +17608,88 @@ msgid "" "invoices instantly." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:10 msgid "" "In addition to bringing ease of use and speed, it greatly reduces typing " "errors that would potentially make for payment issues." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:15 msgid "" "This feature is only available in several European countries such as " "Austria, Belgium, Finland, Germany, and The Netherlands." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:21 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and " "activate the **SEPA QR Code** feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:28 msgid "Configure your Bank Account’s journal" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:29 msgid "" "Make sure that your *Bank Account* is correctly configured on Odoo with your" " IBAN and BIC." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:32 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, " "open your *bank journal*, then fill out the *Bank Account* and *Bank* under " "the *Bank Account* tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:40 msgid "Issue Invoices with EPC QR Codes" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:41 msgid "" "EPC QR Codes are added automatically to your invoices, as long as you issue " "them to customers that are located in a country where this feature is " "available." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:45 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Invoices`, and create a " "new invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:48 msgid "" "Before posting it, open the *Other Info* tab. Odoo automatically fills out " "the *Bank Account* field with your IBAN." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:51 msgid "" "Make sure that the account indicated is the one you want to use to receive " "your customer’s payment as Odoo uses this field to generate the EPC QR Code." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:59 msgid "" "If you want to issue an invoice without an EPC QR Code, remove the IBAN " "indicated in the *Bank Account* field, under the *Other Info* tab of the " "invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:65 msgid "" "`Odoo Academy: QR Code on Invoices for European Customers " "<https://www.odoo.com/r/VuU>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview of the invoicing process" msgstr "Огляд процесу виставлення рахунків" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:5 msgid "" "Depending on your business and the application you use, there are different " "ways to automate the customer invoice creation in Odoo. Usually, draft " @@ -19339,7 +17705,7 @@ msgstr "" "повинен просто перевірити чергові рахунки-фактури та надсилати рахунки в " "пакетному режимі (звичайною поштою чи електронною поштою)." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:12 msgid "" "Depending on your business, you may opt for one of the following way to " "create draft invoices:" @@ -19347,11 +17713,11 @@ msgstr "" "Залежно від вашого бізнесу, ви можете вибрати один зі способів створення " "чергових рахунків:" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:19 msgid "Sales Order ‣ Invoice" msgstr "Замовлення на продаж ‣ Рахунок-фактура" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:21 msgid "" "In most companies, salespeople create quotations that become sales order " "once they are validated. Then, draft invoices are created based on the sales" @@ -19361,7 +17727,7 @@ msgstr "" "замовленням на продаж після їх перевірки. Потім проекти рахунків-фактур " "створюються на основі замовлення на продаж. У вас є різні варіанти, такі як:" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:25 msgid "" "Invoice manually: use a button on the sale order to trigger the draft " "invoice" @@ -19369,7 +17735,7 @@ msgstr "" "Рахунок-фактура вручну: використовуйте кнопку в замовленні на продаж, щоб " "запустити чернетку рахунка-фактури" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:28 msgid "" "Invoice before delivery: invoice the full order before triggering the " "delivery order" @@ -19377,12 +17743,12 @@ msgstr "" "Рахунок перед доставкою: виписуйте повне замовлення перед тим, як запустити " "замовлення на доставку" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:31 msgid "Invoice based on delivery order: see next section" msgstr "" "Рахунок-фактура на основі замовлення на доставку: дивіться наступний розділ" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:33 msgid "" "Invoice before delivery is usually used by the eCommerce application when " "the customer pays at the order and we deliver afterwards. (pre-paid)" @@ -19391,7 +17757,7 @@ msgstr "" "eCommerce, коли клієнт платить за замовленням, і ми доставляємо його після " "цього. (передплата)" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:37 msgid "" "For most other use cases, it's recommended to invoice manually. It allows " "the salesperson to trigger the invoice on demand with options: invoice the " @@ -19404,19 +17770,19 @@ msgstr "" "відсоток (аванс), рахунок-фактура на кілька рядків, рахунок-фактура " "фіксованого авансу." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:42 msgid "This process is good for both services and physical products." msgstr "Цей процес корисний як для надання послуг, так і для продажу товарів." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:45 -msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/proforma`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:45 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:48 msgid "Sales Order ‣ Delivery Order ‣ Invoice" msgstr "Замовлення на продаж ‣ Замовлення на доставку ‣ Рахунок-фактура" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:50 msgid "" "Retailers and eCommerce usually invoice based on delivery orders, instead of" " sales order. This approach is suitable for businesses where the quantities " @@ -19429,7 +17795,7 @@ msgstr "" "відрізнятись від замовлених кількостей: продукти харчування (рахунок-фактура" " на основі фактичних кг)." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:55 msgid "" "This way, if you deliver a partial order, you only invoice for what you " "really delivered. If you do back orders (deliver partially and the rest " @@ -19440,15 +17806,15 @@ msgstr "" "решта пізніше), клієнт отримає два рахунки-фактури, по одному для кожного " "замовлення на доставку." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:61 -msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:61 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:64 msgid "eCommerce Order ‣ Invoice" msgstr "Замовлення в електронній комерції ‣ Рахунок-фактура" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:66 msgid "" "An eCommerce order will also trigger the creation of the order when it is " "fully paid. If you allow paying orders by check or wire transfer, Odoo only " @@ -19460,15 +17826,15 @@ msgstr "" "замовлення за допомогою чеків або банківських переказів, Odoo створює лише " "замовлення, а рахунок-фактура буде активовано після отримання платежу." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:72 msgid "Contracts" msgstr "Контракти" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:75 msgid "Regular Contracts ‣ Invoices" msgstr "Звичайні контракти ‣ Рахунки-фактури" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:77 msgid "" "If you use contracts, you can trigger invoice based on time and material " "spent, expenses or fixed lines of services/products. Every month, the " @@ -19479,31 +17845,31 @@ msgstr "" "послуг/товарів. Щомісяця продавець запускає рахунок-фактуру, виходячи з дій " "на контракті." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:81 msgid "Activities can be:" msgstr "Дії можуть бути такі:" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:83 msgid "" "fixed products/services, coming from a sale order linked to this contract" msgstr "" "фіксовані товари/послуги, що надходять від замовлення продажу, пов'язаного з" " цим контрактом" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:84 msgid "materials purchased (that you will re-invoice)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:85 msgid "time and material based on timesheets or purchases (subcontracting)" msgstr "час і матеріали на основі табелю або купівлі (субпідряд)" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:86 msgid "" "expenses like travel and accommodation that you re-invoice to the customer" msgstr "витрати, такі як подорожі та проживання, які ви переказуєте клієнту" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:88 msgid "" "You can invoice at the end of the contract or trigger intermediate invoices." " This approach is used by services companies that invoice mostly based on " @@ -19516,23 +17882,23 @@ msgstr "" "послуг компанії, які виставляють рахунки-фактури за встановлену ціну, вони " "використовують звичайний замовлення на продаж." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:94 -msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/time_materials`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:94 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:95 -msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/expense`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:95 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:96 -msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/milestone`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:96 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:99 msgid "Recurring Contracts ‣ Invoices" msgstr "Повторювані контракти ‣ Рахунки-фактури" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:101 msgid "" "For subscriptions, an invoice is triggered periodically, automatically. The " "frequency of the invoicing and the services/products invoiced are defined on" @@ -19542,15 +17908,15 @@ msgstr "" "Частота виставлення рахунків та послуг/товарів, на які виставлено рахунок, " "визначаються на контракті." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:106 -msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:106 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/subscriptions`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:112 msgid "Creating an invoice manually" msgstr "Створення рахунка-фактури вручну" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:114 msgid "" "Users can also create invoices manually without using contracts or a sales " "order. It's a recommended approach if you do not need to manage the sales " @@ -19561,7 +17927,7 @@ msgstr "" "якщо вам не потрібно керувати процесом продажу (комерційні пропозиції) або " "доставкою товарів або послуг." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:119 msgid "" "Even if you generate the invoice from a sales order, you may need to create " "invoices manually in exceptional use cases:" @@ -19570,350 +17936,366 @@ msgstr "" "знадобитися створення рахунку-фактури вручну у виняткових випадках " "використання:" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:122 msgid "if you need to create a refund" msgstr "якщо вам потрібно створити відшкодування" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:124 msgid "If you need to give a discount" msgstr "якщо вам потрібно надати знижку" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:126 msgid "if you need to change an invoice created from a sales order" msgstr "" "якщо вам потрібно змінити рахунок-фактуру, створений за замовленням на " "продаж" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:128 msgid "if you need to invoice something not related to your core business" msgstr "якщо вам потрібно нарахувати щось не пов'язане з основним бізнесом" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:131 msgid "Specific modules" msgstr "Спеціальні модулі" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:133 msgid "Some specific modules are also able to generate draft invoices:" msgstr "" "Деякі спеціальні модулі також можуть створювати проекти рахунків-фактур:" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:135 msgid "**membership**: invoice your members every year" msgstr "**членство**: виставляйте рахунки своїх членів щорічно" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:137 msgid "**repairs**: invoice your after-sale services" msgstr "" "**налагодження**: виставляйте рахунки на послуги післяпродажного " "обслуговування" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:3 msgid "Payment Terms and Installment Plans" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:5 msgid "" -"**Payment Terms** regroup all the conditions under which a sale is completed" -" and paid. They can be applied to sales orders, customer invoices, and " -"supplier bills, mostly to ensure that they will be correctly paid, and on " -"time. These conditions cover:" +"**Payment Terms** specify all the conditions under which a sale is paid, " +"mostly to ensure customers pay their invoices correctly and on time." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Payment Terms can be applied to sales orders, customer invoices, supplier " +"bills, and contacts. These conditions cover:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:11 msgid "The due date" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:12 msgid "Some discounts" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:13 msgid "Any other condition on the payment" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:15 msgid "" -"Defining Payment Terms automates the computation of payments due dates, both" -" for invoices and bills. This is particularly helpful in managing " -"installment plans." +"Defining Payment Terms automatically calculates the payments' due dates. " +"This is particularly helpful for managing installment plans." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:18 msgid "" "An **installment plan** allows the customers to pay an invoice in parts, " "with the amounts and payment dates defined beforehand by the seller." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:21 msgid "**Examples of Payment Terms:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "**Immediate Payment**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "The full payment is due on the day of the invoice's issuance." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "**15 Days** (or **Net 15**)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "The full payment is due 15 days after the invoice date." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "**21 MFI**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "" "The full payment is due by the 21st of the month following the invoice date." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "**2% 10, Net 30 EOM**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "" "2% :doc:`cash discount <cash_discounts>` if the payment is received within " "ten days. Otherwise, the full payment is due at the end of the month " "following the invoice date." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:34 msgid "" -"Payment terms are not to be confused with payment in several parts. If, for " -"a specific order, you invoice the customer in two parts, that is nor a " -"payment term nor an installment plan, but an invoicing policy." +"Payment terms are not to be confused with down payment invoices. If, for a " +"specific order, you issue several invoices to your customer, that is neither" +" a payment term nor an installment plan, but an invoicing policy." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:39 +msgid "" +"This document is about the *Payment Terms* feature, not *Terms & " +"Conditions*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:44 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Terms` and " "click on *Create*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:46 msgid "" -"The **Description on the Invoice** is the displayed text on a sale order, " -"invoice, or bill." +"The **Description on the Invoice** is the text displayed on the document " +"(sale order, invoice, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:49 msgid "" -"In the **Terms** section, you can add a set of rules, that we call *terms*, " -"to define what needs to be paid, and by which due date." +"In the **Terms** section, you can add a set of rules, called *terms*, to " +"define what needs to be paid and by which due date." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:52 msgid "" "To add a term, click on *Add a line*, and define its *Type*, *Value*, and " "*Due Date Computation*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:55 msgid "Terms are computed in the order they are set up." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:56 msgid "The **balance** should always be used for the last line." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 msgid "" -"In the following example, 30% of the invoice is due on the day of issuance " -"of the invoice, and the balance is due at the end of the following month." +"In the following example, 30% is due on the day of issuance, and the balance" +" is due at the end of the following month." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:67 msgid "Using Payment Terms" msgstr "Використання умов оплати" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:62 -msgid "Payment Terms can be defined with the **Payment Terms** field on:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 -msgid "**Contacts**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:69 msgid "" -"To set specific payment terms automatically on new sales orders, invoices, " -"and bills of a contact. This can be modified in the contact’s *Form View*, " -"under the *Sales & Purchase* tab." +"Payment Terms can be defined in the **Due Date** field, with the **Terms** " +"drop-down list, on:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "**Quotations**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "" "To set specific payment terms automatically on all invoices generated from a" " quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "**Customer Invoices**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "To set specific payment terms on an invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "**Vendor Bills**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "" "To set specific payment terms on a bill. This is mostly useful when you need" " to manage vendor terms with several installments. Otherwise, setting the " "*Due Date* is enough." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:80 +msgid "" +"You can also define a **Due Date** manually. If Payment Terms are already " +"defined, empty the field so you can select a date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:83 +msgid "Payment Terms can be defined with the **Payment Terms** field on:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**Contacts**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "" +"To set specific payment terms automatically on new sales orders, invoices, " +"and bills of a contact. This can be modified in the contact’s *Form View*, " +"under the *Sales & Purchase* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:92 msgid "" "Invoices with specific Payment Terms generate different *Journal Entries*, " -"with one *Journal Item* for each different *Due Date* computed." +"with one *Journal Item* for every computed *Due Date*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:95 msgid "" "This makes for easier *Follow-ups* and *Reconciliation* since Odoo takes " -"each due date into account, rather than just the balance due date." +"each due date into account, rather than just the balance due date. It also " +"helps to get an accurate *Aged Receivable report*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:103 msgid "" -"In the following example, an invoice of $1000 has been issued with the " -"following payment terms: 30% of the invoice is due on the day of issuance of" -" the invoice, and the balance is due at the end of the following month." +"In this example, an invoice of $1000 has been issued with the following " +"payment terms: *30% is due on the day of issuance, and the balance is due at" +" the end of the following month.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:107 +msgid "Due date" +msgstr "Установлений термін" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:109 +msgid "February 21" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:109 +msgid "300" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:111 +msgid "March 31" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:111 +msgid "700" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:113 +msgid "Product Sales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:116 msgid "" "The $1000 debited on the Account Receivable is split into two distinct " "*Journal Items*. Both of them have their own **Due Date**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:96 -msgid "Due date" -msgstr "Установлений термін" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:98 -msgid "February 21" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:98 -msgid "300" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:100 -msgid "March 31" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:100 -msgid "700" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:102 -msgid "Product Sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:105 -msgid "" -"This allows for easier reconciliation and to accurately follow up late " -"payments." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:120 msgid ":doc:`cash_discounts`" msgstr ":doc:`cash_discounts`" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:121 msgid "" -"`Odoo Learn: Terms and Conditions (T&C) and Payment Terms " +"`Odoo Tutorials: Terms and Conditions (T&C) and Payment Terms " "<https://www.odoo.com/r/fpv>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:3 msgid "Send your Invoices by Post (Snailmail)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:5 msgid "" "Direct mail is a great way to capture individuals’ attention at a time where" " inboxes are always full. Odoo allows you to send invoices and follow-up " "reports by post, worldwide, directly from your database." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:10 msgid "Set up Snailmail" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:12 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Snailmail` and activate " "the feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:14 msgid "" "If you would like this option to be a default feature, enable *Send by Post*" " under *Default Sending Options*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:21 msgid "Send your invoices by post" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:23 msgid "" "Open your Invoice, click on the *Send & Print* button and select *Send by " "Post*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:30 msgid "" "Make sure to have your customer’s address set correctly, and that it " "includes a country, before sending the letter." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:37 msgid "" "*Snailmail* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service which requires prepaid " "stamps (=credits) to work. Sending one document consumes one stamp." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:40 msgid "" "To buy stamps, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " "Settings --> Snailmail` and click on *Buy credits*, or go to " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Odoo IAP` and click on *View my Services*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments.rst:3 msgid "Customer Payments" msgstr "Платежі клієнта" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:3 msgid "Batch Payments: Batch Deposits (checks, cash etc.)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:5 msgid "" "A **Batch Deposit** groups multiple payments in a single batch. This allows " "you to deposit several payments into your bank account with a single " "transaction. This is particularly useful to deposit cash and checks." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:9 msgid "" "This feature allows you to list several customer payments and print a " "**deposit slip**. This ticket contains the details of the transactions and a" @@ -19922,24 +18304,24 @@ msgid "" "transactions listed in the batch deposit." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:17 msgid "" "To activate the feature, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " "--> Settings --> Customer Payments`, activate **Batch Payments**, and click " "on *Save*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:21 msgid "Payment Method Types" msgstr "Типи методу оплати" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:23 msgid "" "To record new payments as part of a Batch Deposit, you have to configure " "first the Journal on which you record them." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:26 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, " "open the Journal you want to edit, click on *Edit*, and open the *Advanced " @@ -19947,21 +18329,21 @@ msgid "" "Deposit**, and click on *Save*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:35 msgid "" "Your main bank accounts are automatically configured to process batch " "payments when you activate the feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:39 msgid "Deposit multiple payments in batch" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:42 msgid "Record payments to deposit in batch" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:44 msgid "" ":doc:`Register the payments <recording>` on the bank account on which you " "plan to deposit them by opening the *Customer Invoice* for which you " @@ -19970,40 +18352,40 @@ msgid "" "as Payment Method." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:53 msgid "Do this step for all checks or payments you want to process in batch." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:56 msgid "Make sure to write the payment reference in the **Memo** field." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:59 msgid "Add payments to a Batch Deposit" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:61 msgid "" "To add the payments to a Batch Deposit, go to :menuselection:`Accounting -->" " Customers --> Batch Payments`, and click on *Create*. Next, select the Bank" " and Payment Method, then click on *Add a line*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:69 msgid "" "Select all payments to include in the current Batch Deposit and click on " "*Select*. You can also record a new payment and add it to the list by " "clicking on *Create*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:76 msgid "" "Once done, click on *Validate* to finalize your Batch Deposit. You can then " "click on *Print* to download a PDF file to include with the deposit slip " "that the bank usually requires to fill out." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:82 msgid "" "Once the bank statements are on your database, you can reconcile the bank " "statement line with the *Batch Payment* reference. To do so, start your " @@ -20014,31 +18396,31 @@ msgid "" "related payments are automatically added." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:89 msgid "" "The *Batch Payments* tab won't appear if a Partner is selected for this bank" " statement line." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:95 msgid "" "If a check, or a payment, couldn't be processed by the bank and is missing, " "remove the related payment before validating the bank reconciliation." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:99 msgid ":doc:`recording`" msgstr ":doc:`recording`" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:100 msgid ":doc:`batch_sdd`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:3 msgid "Batch Payments: SEPA Direct Debit (SDD)" msgstr "Групові платежі: Прямий дебет SEPA (SDD)" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:5 msgid "" "SEPA, the Single Euro Payments Area, is a payment-integration initiative of " "the European Union for simplification of bank transfers denominated in EURO." @@ -20047,25 +18429,25 @@ msgid "" "particularly useful for recurring payments based on a subscription." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:10 msgid "" "You can record customer mandates in Odoo, and generate XML files containing " "pending payments made with an SDD mandate." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:0 msgid "" "SDD is supported by all SEPA countries, which includes the 27 member states " "of the European Union as well as additional countries." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:0 msgid "" "`List of all SEPA countries <https://www.europeanpaymentscouncil.eu" "/document-library/other/epc-list-sepa-scheme-countries>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:22 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`, activate " "**SEPA Direct Debit (SDD)** and click on *Save*. Enter your company's " @@ -20073,15 +18455,15 @@ msgid "" "or the authority responsible for delivering them." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:31 msgid "SEPA Direct Debit Mandates" msgstr "Мандати прямого дебету SEPA" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:34 msgid "Create a mandate" msgstr "Створіть" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:36 msgid "" "The SEPA Direct Debit Mandate is the document that your customers sign to " "authorize you to collect money directly from their bank accounts." @@ -20089,31 +18471,31 @@ msgstr "" "Мандат прямого дебету SEPA - це документ, який підписують ваші клієнти для " "авторизації вас для отримання грошей прямо з їхніх банківських рахунків." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:39 msgid "" "To create a new mandate, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> " "Direct Debit Mandates`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:46 msgid "" "Export the PDF file by clicking on *Print*. It is then up to your customer " "to sign this document. Once done, upload the signed file in the **Original " "Document** field, and click on *Validate* to start running the mandate." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:51 msgid "" "Make sure that the **IBAN bank accounts details** are correctly recorded on " "the debtor’s contact form, under the *Accounting* tab, and in your own " ":doc:`Bank Account <../../bank/setup/bank_accounts>` settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:56 msgid "SEPA Direct Debit as a Payment Method" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:58 msgid "" "SEPA Direct Debit can be used as a payment method both on your **eCommerce**" " or on the **Customer Portal** by activating SDD as a **Payment Acquirer**. " @@ -20121,48 +18503,48 @@ msgid "" "themselves." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:62 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment " "Acquirers`, click on *SEPA Direct Debit*, and set it up according to your " "needs." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:66 msgid "" "Make sure to change the **State** field to *Enabled*, and to check **Online " "Signature**, as this is necessary to let your customers sign their mandates." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:69 msgid "" "Customers using SDD as payment method get prompted to add their IBAN, email " "address, and to sign their SEPA Direct Debit mandate." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:73 msgid "Add link to future **Payment Acquirer** documentation." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:76 msgid "Close or revoke a mandate" msgstr "Закрийте чи скасуйте мандат" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:78 msgid "" "Direct Debit mandates are closed automatically after their *End Date*. If " "this field is left blank, the mandate keeps being *Active* until it is " "*Closed* or *Revoked*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:85 msgid "" "Clicking on **Close** updates the mandate’s end day to the current day. This" " means that invoices issued after the present day will not be processed with" " an SDD payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:88 msgid "" "Clicking on **Revoke** disables the mandate immediately. No SDD payment can " "be registered anymore, regardless of the invoice’s date. However, payments " @@ -20170,45 +18552,45 @@ msgid "" "file." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:93 msgid "" "Once a mandate has been *closed* or *revoked*, it cannot be reactivated." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:96 msgid "Get paid with SDD Batch Payments" msgstr "Отримуйте платежі з Груповими платежами SDD" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:101 msgid "" "You can register SDD payments for invoices issued to customers who have an " "active SDD mandate." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:103 msgid "" "To do so, open the invoice, click on *Register Payment*, and choose *SEPA " "Direct Debit* as payment method." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:107 msgid "Generate SEPA Direct Debit XML files to submit payments" msgstr "Створіть XML-файли Прямого дебету SEPA, щоб надати платежі" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:109 msgid "" "**XML files** with all SDD payment instructions can be uploaded to your " "online banking interface to process all payments at once." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:113 msgid "" "The files generated by Odoo follow the SEPA Direct Debit **PAIN.008.001.02**" " specifications, as required by the SEPA customer-to-bank Implementation " "Guidelines, which ensures compatibility with the banks." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:117 msgid "" "To generate your XML file for the pending SDD payments, go to the related " "*bank journal* on your *Accounting dashboard*, then click on *Direct Debit " @@ -20218,25 +18600,25 @@ msgstr "" "*банківський журнал* на вашій *панелі приладів Бухобліку*, потім натисніть " "на *Платежі прямого дебету для отримання*." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:124 msgid "" "Select all the payments you want to include in your SDD XML file, then click" " on *Action* and select *Create Batch Payment*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:131 msgid "" "Odoo then takes you to your *Batch Payment*’s form. Click on *Validate* and " "download the SDD XML file." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:138 msgid "" "Finally, upload this file to your online banking interface to process the " "payments." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:141 msgid "" "You can retrieve all the generated SDD XML files by going to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Customers --> Batch " @@ -20245,11 +18627,11 @@ msgstr "" "Ви можете отримати усі створені XML-файли SDD, перейшовши у " ":menuselection:`Бухоблік --> Налаштування --> Клієнти --> Групові платежі`." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:145 msgid ":doc:`batch`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:147 msgid "" "`Odoo Academy: SEPA Direct Debit Mandates (SDD) " "<https://www.odoo.com/r/Zxs>`_" @@ -20257,17 +18639,17 @@ msgstr "" "`Академія Odoo: Мандати прямого дебету SEPA (SDD) " "<https://www.odoo.com/r/Zxs>`_" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:148 msgid "" "`List of all SEPA countries <https://www.europeanpaymentscouncil.eu" "/document-library/other/epc-list-sepa-scheme-countries>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:3 msgid "Register customer payments by checks" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:5 msgid "" "There are two ways to handle payments received by checks. Odoo support both " "approaches so that you can use the one that better fits your habits." @@ -20276,7 +18658,7 @@ msgstr "" "підходи, щоб ви могли використовувати той, який краще відповідає вашим " "звичкам." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:9 msgid "" "**Undeposited Funds:** once you receive the check, you record a payment by " "check on the invoice. (using a Check journal and posted on the Undeposited " @@ -20289,7 +18671,7 @@ msgstr "" "рахунок, перемістіть гроші з незарахованих коштів на свій банківський " "рахунок." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:16 msgid "" "**One journal entry only:** once your receive the check, you record a " "payment on your bank, paid by check, without going through the **Undeposited" @@ -20303,7 +18685,7 @@ msgstr "" "допомогою банківського каналу та чекового платежу, не створюючи спеціального" " журнального запису." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:23 msgid "" "We recommend the first approach as it is more accurate (your bank account " "balance is accurate, taking into accounts checks that have not been cashed " @@ -20313,7 +18695,7 @@ msgstr "" "банківського рахунку точний, беручи до уваги чеки, які ще не були " "нараховані). Обидва підходи потребують однакових зусиль." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:27 msgid "" "Even if the first method is cleaner, Odoo support the second approach " "because some accountants are used to it (quickbooks and peachtree users)." @@ -20322,7 +18704,7 @@ msgstr "" "оскільки його використовують деякі бухгалтери (користувачі QuickBooks і " "Peachtree)." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:32 msgid "" "You may have a look at the *Deposit Ticket feature* if you deposit several " "checks to your bank accounts in batch." @@ -20330,32 +18712,32 @@ msgstr "" "Можливо, ви подивитеся на *Функцію депозитного квитка*, якщо ви внесете " "кілька групових перевірок на свої банківські рахунки." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:36 msgid "Option 1: Undeposited Funds" msgstr "Варіант 1: незараховані кошти" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:41 msgid "Create a journal **Checks**" msgstr "Створіть журнал **Чеки**" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:43 msgid "Set **Undeposited Checks** as a defaut credit/debit account" msgstr "" "Встановіть **Незараховані чеки** як дебет рахункового/дебетового рахунку" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:45 msgid "" "Set the bank account related to this journal as **Allow Reconciliation**" msgstr "" "Встановіть банківський рахунок, пов'язаний із цим журналом, як **Дозволити " "узгодження**" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:109 msgid "From check payments to bank statements" msgstr "Від перевірки платежів до банківських виписок" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:50 msgid "" "The first way to handle checks is to create a check journal. Thus, checks " "become a payment method in itself and you will record two transactions." @@ -20363,8 +18745,8 @@ msgstr "" "Перший спосіб обробляти чеки - це створити чековий журнал. Таким чином, чек " "стає способом оплати сам по собі, і ви будете записувати дві транзакції." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:111 msgid "" "Once you receive a customer check, go to the related invoice and click on " "**Register Payment**. Fill in the information about the payment:" @@ -20372,7 +18754,7 @@ msgstr "" "Отримавши перевірку клієнта, перейдіть до відповідного рахунку-фактури та " "натисніть **Зареєструвати платіж**. Заповніть інформацію про платіж:" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:57 msgid "" "Payment method: Check Journal (that you configured with the debit and credit" " default accounts as **Undeposited Funds**)" @@ -20380,41 +18762,41 @@ msgstr "" "Спосіб оплати: перевірте журнал (який ви налаштовували за допомогою " "дебетових і кредитних дебіторських рахунків як **Незараховані кошти**)" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:60 msgid "Memo: write the Check number" msgstr "Призначення: напишіть номер чеку" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:65 msgid "This operation will produce the following journal entry:" msgstr "Ця операція видасть наступний запис журналу:" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 msgid "Statement Match" msgstr "Узгодження виписки" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:85 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:135 msgid "100.00" msgstr "100.00" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 msgid "Undeposited Funds" msgstr "Незареєстровані кошти " -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:75 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:121 msgid "The invoice is marked as paid as soon as you record the check." msgstr "" "Рахунок-фактура позначається як сплачений, як тільки ви записуєте чек." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:77 msgid "" "Then, once you get the bank statements, you will match this statement with " "the check that is in Undeposited Funds." @@ -20422,12 +18804,12 @@ msgstr "" "Потім, як тільки ви отримаєте банківські виписки, ви узгоджуєте це " "твердження за допомогою чеків, які знаходяться в незарахованих коштах." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 msgid "X" msgstr "X" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:89 msgid "" "If you use this approach to manage received checks, you get the list of " "checks that have not been cashed in the **Undeposit Funds** account " @@ -20437,7 +18819,7 @@ msgstr "" "отримуєте перелік чеків, які не були зараховані в на рахунок **Незарахованих" " коштів** (доступні, наприклад, з головної бухгалтерської книги)." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:94 msgid "" "Both methods will produce the same data in your accounting at the end of the" " process. But, if you have checks that have not been cashed, this one is " @@ -20448,11 +18830,11 @@ msgstr "" "у вас є чеки, які не були виплачені готівкою, це є чистіше, оскільки на цих " "банківських рахунках ще не повідомлялося про ці чеки." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:100 msgid "Option 2: One journal entry only" msgstr "Варіант 2: лише один журнал" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:105 msgid "" "These is nothing to configure if you plan to manage your checks using this " "method." @@ -20460,15 +18842,15 @@ msgstr "" "Ці налаштування неможливі, якщо ви плануєте керувати вашими чеками за " "допомогою цього методу." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:114 msgid "**Payment method:** the bank that will be used for the deposit" msgstr "**Спосіб оплати**: банк, який буде використовуватися для депозиту" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:116 msgid "Memo: write the check number" msgstr "Призначення: напишіть номер чеку" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:123 msgid "" "Once you will receive the bank statements, you will do the matching with the" " statement and this actual payment. (technically: point this payment and " @@ -20478,12 +18860,12 @@ msgstr "" "виписки та цим фактичним платежем. (технічно: вкажіть цей платіж і пов'яжіть" " його з рядком виписки)" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:127 msgid "" "With this approach, you will get the following journal entry in your books:" msgstr "За допомогою цього підходу ви отримаєте наступний запис журналу:" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:139 msgid "" "You may also record the payment directly without going on the customer " "invoice, using the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. This method may" @@ -20496,7 +18878,7 @@ msgstr "" "групового запису, але вам доведеться узгодити записи пізніше (відповідні " "платежі з рахунками-фактурами)." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:145 msgid "" "If you use this approach to manage received checks, you can use the report " "**Bank Reconciliation Report** to verify which checks have been received or " @@ -20509,11 +18891,11 @@ msgstr "" "**Додатково** на інформаційній панелі бухобліку на відповідному банківському" " рахунку)." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:3 msgid "Follow-up on invoices and get paid faster" msgstr "Нагадуйте про рахунки та отримуйте оплату швидше" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:5 msgid "" "It is essential for your business to collect payments when they are overdue." " Odoo will help you identify payments that are late and will allow you to " @@ -20523,11 +18905,11 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo допоможе вам визначити платежі, які затримуються, і дозволить вам " "надсилати відповідні нагадування." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:10 msgid "Manage your follow-ups" msgstr "Керування вашими нагадуваннями" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:13 msgid "" "We recommend that you reconcile your bank statements before launching your " "follow-up process. It will avoid you the trouble of sending a statement to a" @@ -20537,7 +18919,7 @@ msgstr "" "дій. Це дозволить уникнути труднощів при надсиланні виписки клієнту, який " "вже заплатив вам." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:17 msgid "" "The overdue invoices you need to follow-up on are available by default in " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Sales --> Follow-up Reports`. There, you can " @@ -20550,7 +18932,7 @@ msgstr "" "або роздрукувати його як лист. Після цього можна натиснути кнопку *Готово*, " "щоби переглянути нагадування, які потребують вашої уваги." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:23 msgid "" "Otherwise, if now is not the time for a reminder, click on *Remind me " "later*. You will get the next report according to the *Next Reminder Date* " @@ -20560,7 +18942,7 @@ msgstr "" "отримаєте наступний звіт згідно з *Наступною датою нагадування*, " "встановленою на виписці." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:28 msgid "" "To avoid sending too many reminders in a short period of time, change the " "number of days calculated between each report by going to " @@ -20572,7 +18954,7 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Бухоблік --> Налаштування --> Налаштування --> Платіжне " "нагадування`." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:33 msgid "" "You can also set a trust level for your customers by marking them as bad, " "normal or good debtors on the follow-up reports." @@ -20580,11 +18962,11 @@ msgstr "" "Ви також можете встановити рівень довіри для ваших клієнтів, позначивши їх " "як поганих, нормальних або добрих боржників у звітах про нагадування." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:40 msgid "Send reminders in batch" msgstr "Надсилання групових нагадувань" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:42 msgid "" "To get your follow-up process easier, you can send reminder emails in batch " "from your follow-up reports page. Select all the reports you would like to " @@ -20598,11 +18980,11 @@ msgstr "" "Також буде автоматично створено PDF-документ, що містить всі листи, які ви " "можете надрукувати." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:52 msgid "Plan a follow-up process" msgstr "Планування нагадувань" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:54 msgid "" "To plan a follow-up process, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Follow-up Levels* feature " @@ -20614,7 +18996,7 @@ msgstr "" "розділі *Платежі клієнтів*. Потім натисніть кнопку *Рівні нагадувань*, яка " "з'явилася на сторінці налаштувань." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:59 msgid "" "A follow-up plan with several actions is available by default in Odoo, but " "you can customize it any way you want. Depending on a specific number of " @@ -20628,7 +19010,7 @@ msgstr "" " ручну дію. Ви також можете редагувати шаблон, який використовується для " "виписки відповідно до етапу процесу." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:69 msgid "" "If you would like to get a reminder before the actual due date, set a " "negative number of due days." @@ -20636,11 +19018,11 @@ msgstr "" "Якщо ви бажаєте отримати нагадування перед фактичною датою, встановіть " "від'ємне число днів." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:3 msgid "Invoice Online Payment" msgstr "Виставити рахунок на онлайн-оплату" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:5 msgid "" "To make it more convenient for your customers to pay the invoices you issue," " you can activate the **Invoice Online Payment** feature, which adds a *Pay " @@ -20649,51 +19031,52 @@ msgid "" "making the payment process much easier." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:17 msgid "" "Make sure your :ref:`Payment Acquirers are correctly configured " "<payment_acquirers/configuration>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:20 msgid "" "By default, \":doc:`Wire Transfer " -"<../../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer>`\" is the only Payment " -"Acquirer activated, but you still have to fill out the payment details." +"</applications/general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer>`\" is the only " +"Payment Acquirer activated, but you still have to fill out the payment " +"details." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:23 msgid "" "To activate the Invoice Online Payment, go to :menuselection:`Accounting -->" " Configuration --> Settings --> Customer Payments`, enable **Invoice Online " "Payment**, and click on *Save*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:27 msgid "Customer Portal" msgstr "Клієнтський портал" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:29 msgid "" "After issuing the invoice, click on *Send & Print* and send the invoice by " "email to the customer. They will receive an email with a link that redirects" " them to the invoice on their **Customer Portal**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:37 msgid "" "They can choose which Payment Acquirer to use by clicking on *Pay Now*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:45 -msgid ":doc:`../../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:45 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:3 msgid "Different ways to record a payment" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:5 msgid "" "In Odoo, a payment can either be linked directly to an invoice or be a stand" " alone record for use on a later date:" @@ -20701,7 +19084,7 @@ msgstr "" "В Odoo платіж може бути або безпосередньо пов'язаний з рахунком-фактурою, " "або самостійним реєстром для використання на пізніший термін:" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:8 msgid "" "If a payment is linked to an invoice, it reduces the amount due of the " "invoice. You can have multiple payments linked to the same invoice." @@ -20710,7 +19093,7 @@ msgstr "" "фактури. Ви можете мати кілька платежів, пов'язаних з одним рахунком-" "фактурою." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:12 msgid "" "If a payment is not linked to an invoice, the customer has an outstanding " "credit with your company, or your company as an outstanding balance with a " @@ -20722,11 +19105,11 @@ msgstr "" "постачальником. Ви можете використовувати цей непогашений кредит/дебет для " "оплати майбутніх рахунків." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:18 msgid "Paying an invoice" msgstr "Оплата рахунка-фактури" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:20 msgid "" "If you register a payment on a customer invoice or a vendor bill, the " "payment is automatically reconciled with the invoice reducing the amount " @@ -20735,7 +19118,7 @@ msgstr "" "Якщо ви зареєструєте платіж на рахунку-фактурі або рахунку постачальника, " "платіж автоматично узгоджується з рахунком-фактурою, що зменшує суму сплати." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:27 msgid "" "The green icon near the payment line will display more information about the" " payment. From there you can choose to open the journal entry or reconcile " @@ -20745,7 +19128,7 @@ msgstr "" "платіж. Звідти ви можете вибрати, аби відкрити запис журналу або узгодити " "платіж." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:32 msgid "" "If you unreconcile a payment, it is still registered in your books but not " "linked to the specific invoice any longer. If you unreconcile a payment in a" @@ -20757,15 +19140,15 @@ msgstr "" "платіж в іншій валюті, Odoo створить журнал, щоб змінити втрату/здобуток " "валютної біржі, розміщену під час узгодження." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:38 msgid "Payments not tied to an invoice" msgstr "Платежі, не пов'язані з рахунком-фактурою" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:41 msgid "Registering a payment" msgstr "Реєстрація платежу" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:43 msgid "" "In the Accounting application, you can create a new payment from the Sales " "menu (register a customer payment) or the Purchases menu (pay a vendor). If " @@ -20777,7 +19160,7 @@ msgstr "" "Якщо ви користуєтеся цими меню, платіж не пов'язаний з рахунком-фактурою, " "але його можна легко узгодити з рахунком-фактурою пізніше." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:51 msgid "" "When registering a new payment, you must select a customer or vendor, the " "payment method, and the amount of the payment. The currency of the " @@ -20791,7 +19174,7 @@ msgstr "" "купівлю чи рахунок-фактуру), встановіть посилання на цей документ у полі " "призначення." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:57 msgid "" "Once confirmed, a journal entry will be posted reflecting the transaction " "just made in the accounting application." @@ -20799,11 +19182,11 @@ msgstr "" "Щойно буде підтвердження, буде надруковано запис журналу, що відображає " "транзакцію, яка була щойно зроблена в бухгалтерському модулі." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:61 msgid "Reconciling invoice payments" msgstr "Узгодження платежів рахунків-фактур" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:63 msgid "" "The easiest way of reconciling a payment with an invoice is to do so on the " "invoice directly." @@ -20811,7 +19194,7 @@ msgstr "" "Найпростіший спосіб узгодити оплату з рахунком-фактурою - це узгодження " "безпосередньо на рахунок-фактуру." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:66 msgid "" "When validating a new invoice, Odoo will warn you that an outstanding " "payment for this customer or vendor is available. In this case, you can " @@ -20823,11 +19206,11 @@ msgstr "" "можете узгодити цей платіж з рахунком-фактурою поруч із підсумками у нижній " "частині під розділом \"Невиплачені платежі\"." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:75 msgid "Reconciling all your outstanding payments and invoices" msgstr "Узгодження всіх ваших непогашених платежів та рахунків-фактур" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:77 msgid "" "If you want to reconcile all outstanding payments and invoices at once " "(instead of doing so one by one), you can use the batch reconciliation " @@ -20837,7 +19220,7 @@ msgstr "" "(замість того, щоби робити це по черзі), ви можете використовувати функцію " "групового узгодження в Odoo." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:81 msgid "" "The batch reconciliation feature is available from the dashboard on the " "Customer Invoices card and the Vendor Bills card for reconciling Accounts " @@ -20847,7 +19230,7 @@ msgstr "" "рахунків клієнтів і на картці рахунку постачальників, щоб узгодити " "дебіторську та кредиторську заборгованість, відповідно." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:88 msgid "" "The payments matching tool will open all unreconciled customers or vendors " "and will give you the opportunity to process them all one by one, doing the " @@ -20857,7 +19240,7 @@ msgstr "" "постачальників, і дасть вам можливість обробити їх по черзі, одночасно " "виконуючи відповідність усіх ваших платежів і рахунків-фактур." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:95 msgid "" "During the reconciliation, if the sum of the debits and credits do not " "match, it means there is still a remaining balance that either needs to be " @@ -20867,11 +19250,11 @@ msgstr "" "що ще є залишок балансу, який потрібно або узгодити пізніше, або потрібно " "буде безпосередньо списати." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:100 msgid "Transferring money from one bank account to another" msgstr "Переказ грошей з одного банківського рахунку на інший" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:102 msgid "" "Just like making a customer or vendor payment, you transfer cash internally " "between your bank accounts from the dashboard or from the menus up top." @@ -20880,7 +19263,7 @@ msgstr "" "грошову одиницю між вашими банківськими рахунками з інформаційної панелі або" " з меню вгорі." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:109 msgid "" "This will take you to the same screen you have for receiving and making " "payments." @@ -20888,7 +19271,7 @@ msgstr "" "Це приведе вас до того самого екрану, який ви маєте для отримання та " "здійснення платежів." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:116 msgid "" "When making an internal transfer from one bank account to another, select " "the bank you want to apply the transfer from in the dashboard, and in the " @@ -20902,23 +19285,23 @@ msgstr "" "Не повторюйте цей процес знову на іншому банківському рахунку, або ж ви " "отримаєте два записи журналу для однієї транзакції." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:124 msgid ":doc:`online_payment`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:126 msgid ":doc:`followup`" msgstr ":doc:`followup`" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations.rst:3 msgid "Declarations" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:3 msgid "Tax Return (VAT Declaration)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:5 msgid "" "Companies that are registered for **VAT (Value Added Tax)** must file a " "**Tax return** on a monthly or quarterly basis, depending on their turnover " @@ -20930,60 +19313,60 @@ msgid "" "refunded." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:13 msgid "" "You can find information about VAT and its mechanism on `this page from the " "European Commission <https://ec.europa.eu/taxation_customs/business/vat" "/what-is-vat_en>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:16 msgid "add doc about intracom listing" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:22 msgid "Tax Return Periodicity" msgstr "Періодичність повернення податку" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:24 msgid "" "The configuration of the **Tax Return Periodicity** allows Odoo Accounting " "to compute your Tax Return correctly and also to send you a reminder to " "never miss a tax return deadline." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:27 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings " "--> Fiscal Periods`, and go to the **Tax Return Periodicity** section." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:30 msgid "" "**Periodicity**: define here whether you file your tax return each month or " "every three months." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:31 msgid "" "**Reminder**: define when Odoo should remind you to file your tax return." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:32 msgid "**Journal**: select the journal in which to record the tax return." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:39 msgid "" "This is usually configured during the :doc:`app's initial set up " "<../../overview/getting_started/setup>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:43 msgid "Tax Grids" msgstr "Сітки податків" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:45 msgid "" "Odoo generates Tax Reports based on the **Tax Grids** settings that are " "configured on your taxes. Therefore, it is crucial to make sure that all the" @@ -20991,7 +19374,7 @@ msgid "" " which Tax Grid is used for that transaction." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:53 msgid "" "To configure your taxes' Tax Grids, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Taxes`, and open the tax you want to modify. There, you " @@ -20999,7 +19382,7 @@ msgid "" " invoices or credit notes." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:62 msgid "" "Taxes and reports are usually already pre-configured: a *Fiscal Localization" " Package* is installed according to the country you select at the creation " @@ -21008,22 +19391,22 @@ msgid "" " information about Fiscal Localization Packages." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:70 msgid "Close a tax period" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:73 msgid "Tax Lock Date" msgstr "Дата блокування податку" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:75 msgid "" "Any new transaction which accounting date is prior to the **Tax Lock Date** " "has its tax values moved to the next open tax period. This is useful to make" " sure that no change can be made to a report once its period is closed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:79 msgid "" "Therefore, we recommend locking your tax date before working on your " "*Closing Journal Entry*. This way, other users can't modify or add " @@ -21031,37 +19414,37 @@ msgid "" "helps you avoid some tax declaration errors." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:83 msgid "" "To check the current **Tax Lock Date**, or to edit it, go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Lock Dates`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:144 msgid "Tax Report" msgstr "Податковий звіт" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:93 msgid "" "Once all the transactions involving taxes have been posted for the period " "you want to report, open your **Tax Report**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:96 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Tax Report`. " "You can also click on *TAX Report* from your *Accounting Overview*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:99 msgid "" "Make sure to select the right period you want to declare by using the date " "filter. You can see an overview of your tax report. Then, click on the " "button *Closing Journal Entry*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:106 msgid "" "After having reviewed the generated Journal Entry, click on *Post*. In " "addition to posting the entry, Odoo automatically creates a PDF file with " @@ -21070,7 +19453,7 @@ msgid "" "along with the amount you have to pay or be refunded." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:116 msgid "" "If you forgot to :ref:`lock your tax date <tax_return_lock>` before clicking" " on *Closing Journal Entry*, then Odoo automatically locks your fiscal " @@ -21080,15 +19463,15 @@ msgid "" " as described above." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:124 msgid ":doc:`../../overview/getting_started/setup`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:3 msgid "Create a customized reports with your own formulas" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo 13 comes with a powerful and easy-to-use reporting framework. Creating " "new reports (such as a tax report or a balance sheet or income statement " @@ -21100,22 +19483,22 @@ msgstr "" "прибутки з певними угрупованнями та компонуванням), щоби відповідати вашим " "потребам, тепер простіше, ніж будь-коли." -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:14 msgid "Activate the developer mode" msgstr "Активуйте режим розробника" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:16 msgid "" "In order to have access to the financial report creation interface, the " -":doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` needs to be" -" activated." +":doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>` needs to be " +"activated." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:20 msgid "Create your financial report" msgstr "Створіть свій фінансовий звіт" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:22 msgid "" "First, you need to create your financial report. To do that, go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Financial Reports`" @@ -21123,29 +19506,29 @@ msgstr "" "По-перше, вам потрібно створити свій фінансовий звіт. Для цього перейдіть до" " :menuselection:`Бухоблік --> Налаштування --> Фінансові звіти`" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:28 msgid "" "Once the name is entered, there are two other parameters that need to be " "configured:" msgstr "Після введення назви необхідно встановити ще два параметри:" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:31 msgid "**Show Credit and Debit Columns**" msgstr "**Показати кредитні та дебетові стовпці**" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:33 msgid "**Analysis Period** :" msgstr "**Аналіз періоду** :" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:35 msgid "Based on date ranges (e.g. Profit and Loss)" msgstr "На основі діапазонів дат (напр. Доходи та Витрати)" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:37 msgid "Based on a single date (e.g. Balance Sheet)" msgstr "На основі однієї дати (напр. Звіт балансу)" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:39 msgid "" "Based on date ranges with 'older' and 'total' columns and last 3 months " "(e.g. Aged Partner Balances)" @@ -21153,17 +19536,17 @@ msgstr "" "На основі діапазонів дат зі стовпцями \"старі\" та \"загальні\" та останніми" " 3 місяцями (наприклад, Звіт розрахунків з партнерами)" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:42 msgid "Bases on date ranges and cash basis method (e.g. Cash Flow Statement)" msgstr "" "На основі діапазонів дат та нарахування касовим методом (наприклад, Звіт про" " рух грошових коштів)" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:46 msgid "Add lines in your custom reports" msgstr "Додайте рядки у власні звіти" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:48 msgid "" "After you've created the report, you need to fill it with lines. They all " "need a **name**, a **code** (that is used to refer to the line), a " @@ -21173,7 +19556,7 @@ msgstr "" "**назва**, **код** (який використовується для позначення рядків), " "**порядковий номер** і рівень (використовується для рендерингу рядка)." -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:55 msgid "" "In the **formulas** field you can add one or more formulas to assign a value" " to the balance column (and debit and credit column if applicable – " @@ -21183,11 +19566,11 @@ msgstr "" "значення для колонки балансу (а дебетовий та кредитний стовпчик, якщо " "потрібно, розділений;)" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:59 msgid "You have several objects available in the formula :" msgstr "У формулі є декілька об'єктів:" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:61 msgid "" "``Ndays`` : The number of days in the selected period (for reports with a " "date range)." @@ -21195,7 +19578,7 @@ msgstr "" "``Nднів`` : кількість днів у вибраному періоді (для звітів з діапазоном " "дат)." -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:64 msgid "" "Another report, referenced by its code. Use ``.balance`` to get its balance " "value (also available are ``.credit``, ``.debit`` and ``.amount_residual``)" @@ -21204,7 +19587,7 @@ msgstr "" "отримання значення балансу (також доступні ``.credit``, ``.debit`` та " "``.amount_residual``)" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:68 msgid "" "A line can also be based on the sum of account move lines on a selected " "domain. In which case you need to fill the domain field with an Odoo domain " @@ -21220,15 +19603,15 @@ msgstr "" "використовувати групу за полями для групування рядків переміщення рахунку за" " одним зі стовпців." -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:75 msgid "Other useful fields :" msgstr "Інші корисні поля:" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:77 msgid "**Type** : Type of the result of the formula." msgstr "**Тип** : тип результату формули." -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:79 msgid "" "**Is growth good when positive** : Used when computing the comparison " "column. Check if growth is good (displayed in green) or not." @@ -21237,7 +19620,7 @@ msgstr "" "порівняння. Перевірте, чи є зростання хорошим (відображається зеленим " "кольором) чи ні." -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:82 msgid "" "**Special date changer** : If a specific line in a report should not use the" " same dates as the rest of the report." @@ -21245,7 +19628,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Спеціальна зміна дат**: якщо певний рядок у звіті не повинен " "використовувати ті самі дати, що й решта частина звіту." -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:85 msgid "" "**Show domain** : How the domain of a line is displayed. Can be foldable " "(``default``, hidden at the start but can be unfolded), ``always`` (always " @@ -21255,15 +19638,15 @@ msgstr "" "замовчуванням``, приховано на початку, але може бути розгорнуто), ``завжди``" " (завжди відображається) або ``ніколи`` (ніколи не відображається)." -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:90 msgid ":doc:`main_reports`" msgstr ":doc:`main_reports`" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:3 msgid "Main reports available" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:5 msgid "" "Besides the reports created specifically in each localisation module, a few " "very useful **generic** and **dynamic reports** are available for all " @@ -21272,47 +19655,47 @@ msgstr "" "Окрім звітів, створених спеціально в кожному локальному модулі, доступні " "кілька дуже корисних **загальних** та **динамічних звітів** для всіх країн:" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:9 msgid "**Balance Sheet**" msgstr "**Бухгалтерський звіт**" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:10 msgid "**Profit and Loss**" msgstr "**Доходи та витрати**" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:11 msgid "**Chart of Account**" msgstr "**План рахунку**" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:12 msgid "**Executive Summary**" msgstr "**Управлінський звіт**" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:13 msgid "**General Ledger**" msgstr "**Загальна бухгалтерська книга**" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:14 msgid "**Aged Payable**" msgstr "**Розрахунки з кредиторами**" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:15 msgid "**Aged Receivable**" msgstr "**Розрахунки з дебіторами**" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:16 msgid "**Cash Flow Statement**" msgstr "**Звіт про рух грошових коштів**" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:17 msgid "**Tax Report**" msgstr "**Податковий звіт**" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:18 msgid "**Bank Reconciliation**" msgstr "**Узгодження банківських виписок**" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:20 msgid "" "You can annotate every reports to print them and report to your adviser. " "Export to xls to manage extra analysis. Drill down in the reports to see " @@ -21323,7 +19706,7 @@ msgstr "" "докладніші відомості (платежі, рахунки-фактури, публікації журналів тощо) у " "розділі звітів." -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:24 msgid "" "You can also compare values with another period. Choose how many periods you" " want to compare the chosen time period with. You can choose up to 12 " @@ -21335,7 +19718,7 @@ msgstr "" "12 періодів з дати опублікування звіту, якщо ви не бажаєте використовувати " "параметр **Попередній 1 Період**." -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:32 msgid "" "The **Balance Sheet** shows a snapshot of the assets, liabilities and equity" " of your organisation as at a particular date." @@ -21343,11 +19726,11 @@ msgstr "" "У **Бухгалтерському балансі** показано знімок активів, зобов'язань та " "власного капіталу вашої організації за певною датою." -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:39 msgid "Profit and Loss" msgstr "Доходи і витрати" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:41 msgid "" "The **Profit and Loss** report (or **Income Statement**) shows your " "organisation's net income, by deducting expenses from revenue for the report" @@ -21356,19 +19739,19 @@ msgstr "" "Звіт про **Доходи та витрати** (або **Звіт про прибутки**) відображає чистий" " дохід вашої організації, вираховуючи витрати з доходу за звітний період." -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:49 msgid "Chart of account" msgstr "План рахунків" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:51 msgid "A listing of all your accounts grouped by class." msgstr "Список всіх ваших рахунків, згрупованих за класом." -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:57 msgid "Executive Summary" msgstr "Управлінський звіт" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:59 msgid "" "The **Executive Summary** allows for a quick look at all the important " "figures you need to run your company." @@ -21376,7 +19759,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Управлінський звіт** дозволяє швидко переглянути всі важливі дані, " "необхідні для керування вашою компанією." -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:62 msgid "" "In very basic terms, this is what each of the items in this section is " "reporting :" @@ -21384,15 +19767,15 @@ msgstr "" "У дуже простих термінах, це те, про що повідомляє кожен з пунктів цього " "розділу:" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:77 msgid "**Performance:**" msgstr "**Продуктивність:**" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:68 msgid "**Gross profit margin:**" msgstr "**Валовий прибуток:**" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:67 msgid "" "The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " "costs needed to make those sales (things like labour, materials, etc)." @@ -21401,11 +19784,11 @@ msgstr "" " будь-яких прямих витрат, необхідних для здійснення цих продажів (таких, як " "робоча сировина, матеріали тощо)." -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:74 msgid "**Net profit margin:**" msgstr "**Чистий прибуток:**" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:71 msgid "" "The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " "costs needed to make those sales, as well as any fixed overheads your " @@ -21418,11 +19801,11 @@ msgstr "" "плата, електроенергія, податки, які потрібно оплатити в результаті цих " "продажів)." -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:77 msgid "**Return on investment (p.a.):**" msgstr "**Повернення інвестицій (прибуток/активи):**" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:77 msgid "" "The ratio of net profit made, to the amount of assets the company used to " "make those profits." @@ -21430,15 +19813,15 @@ msgstr "" "Відношення чистого прибутку до суми активів, які компанія використовувала " "для отримання цього прибутку." -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:97 msgid "**Position:**" msgstr "**Позиція:**" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:81 msgid "**Average debtor days:**" msgstr "**Середній час закриття дебіторської заборгованості:**" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:81 msgid "" "The average number of days it takes your customers to pay you (fully), " "across all your customer invoices." @@ -21446,11 +19829,11 @@ msgstr "" "Середня кількість днів, протягом яких ваші клієнти платять вам (повністю) по" " всім рахункам клієнтів." -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:84 msgid "**Average creditor days:**" msgstr "**Середній час закриття кредиторської заборгованості:**" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:84 msgid "" "The average number of days it takes you to pay your suppliers (fully) across" " all your bills." @@ -21458,11 +19841,11 @@ msgstr "" "Середня кількість днів, протягом яких ви платите своїм постачальникам " "(повністю) по всім вашим рахункам." -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:89 msgid "**Short term cash forecast:**" msgstr "**Короткостроковий готівковий прогноз:**" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:87 msgid "" "How much cash is expected in or out of your organisation in the next month " "i.e. balance of your **Sales account** for the month less the balance of " @@ -21472,11 +19855,11 @@ msgstr "" "місяця, тобто баланс вашого **рахунку продажу** протягом місяця, за " "вирахуванням залишку **рахунку закупівель** за місяць." -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:97 msgid "**Current assets to liabilities:**" msgstr "**Поточні активи до зобов'язань:**" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:92 msgid "" "Also referred to as **current ratio**, this is the ratio of current assets " "(assets that could be turned into cash within a year) to the current " @@ -21489,11 +19872,11 @@ msgstr "" "наступному році). Як правило, це використовується як показник здатності " "компанії обслуговувати свої борги." -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:103 msgid "General Ledger" -msgstr "Загальна бухгалтерська книга" +msgstr "Бухгалтерська книга" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:105 msgid "" "The **General Ledger Report** shows all transactions from all accounts for a" " chosen date range. The initial summary report shows the totals for each " @@ -21507,11 +19890,11 @@ msgstr "" "детальний звіт про транзакцію або будь-які винятки. Цей звіт корисний для " "перевірки кожної транзакції, яка відбулася протягом певного періоду часу." -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:115 msgid "Aged Payable" msgstr "Протермінована оплата" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:117 msgid "" "Run the **Aged Payable Details** report to display information on individual" " bills, credit notes and overpayments owed by you, and how long these have " @@ -21521,11 +19904,11 @@ msgstr "" "про окремі рахунки, повернення та переплати за вами, а також про те, скільки" " часу вони не сплачені." -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:125 msgid "Aged Receivable" msgstr "Протермінована дебіторська заборгованість" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:127 msgid "" "The **Aged Receivables** report shows the sales invoices that were awaiting " "payment during a selected month and several months prior." @@ -21534,11 +19917,11 @@ msgstr "" " очікували на оплату протягом вибраного місяця та за кілька місяців до " "цього." -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:134 msgid "Cash Flow Statement" -msgstr "Звіт про рух грошових коштів" +msgstr "Виписка руху грошових коштів" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:136 msgid "" "The **Cash Flow Statement** shows how changes in balance sheet accounts and " "income affect cash and cash equivalents, and breaks the analysis down to " @@ -21548,10 +19931,2170 @@ msgstr "" "та доходів впливають на грошові кошти та їх еквіваленти, а також порушує " "аналіз до операційної, інвестиційної та фінансової діяльності." -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:146 msgid "" "This report allows you to see the **net** and **tax amounts** for all the " "taxes grouped by type (sale/purchase)." msgstr "" "Цей звіт дозволяє переглянути суми **чистих** та **податкових сум** за всі " "податки, згруповані за типом (продаж/купівля)." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation.rst:3 +msgid "Taxation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year.rst:3 +msgid "Fiscal Year" +msgstr "Звітний період" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:3 +msgid "Do a year end in Odoo (close a fiscal year)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Before going ahead with closing a fiscal year, there are a few steps one " +"should typically take to ensure that your accounting is correct, up to date," +" and accurate:" +msgstr "" +"Перш ніж закривати річний період, потрібно виконати кілька кроків, щоби " +"переконатися, що ваш бухоблік є правильним, оновленим та точним:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Make sure you have fully reconciled your **bank account(s)** up to year end " +"and confirm that your ending book balances agree with your bank statement " +"balances." +msgstr "" +"Переконайтеся, що ви повністю узгодили **банківський рахунок(-и)** до кінця " +"року та підтверджуєте, що ваш баланс на кінцеву дату узгоджується з вашими " +"балансами банківських виписок." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:13 +msgid "Verify that all **customer invoices** have been entered and approved." +msgstr "" +"Переконайтеся, що всі **рахунки-фактури клієнтів** були введені та схвалені." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:15 +msgid "Confirm that you have entered and agreed all **vendor bills**." +msgstr "Підтвердіть, що ви ввели та узгодили всі **рахунки постачальників**." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:17 +msgid "Validate all **expenses**, ensuring their accuracy." +msgstr "Перевірте всі **витрати**, забезпечуючи їх точність." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Corroborate that all **received payments** have been entered and recorded " +"accurately." +msgstr "" +"Підтвердіть, що всі **отримані платежі** були введені та записані точно." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:25 +msgid "Run a **Tax report**, and verify that your tax information is correct." +msgstr "" +"Перевірте **Податковий звіт** та переконайтеся, що ваша податкова інформація" +" є правильною." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:27 +msgid "Reconcile all accounts on your **Balance Sheet**:" +msgstr "Узгодьте усі ваші рахунки зі **Звітом балансу**:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Agree your bank balances in Odoo against your actual bank balances on your " +"statements. Utilize the **Bank Reconciliation** report to assist with this." +msgstr "" +"Узгодьте свої банківські баланси в Odoo з вашими фактичними залишками " +"балансу на ваших виписках. Використовуйте звіт **Узгодження з банківською " +"випискою**, щоб допомогти цьому." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Reconcile all transactions in your cash and bank accounts by running your " +"**Aged Receivables** and **Aged Payables** reports." +msgstr "" +"Підключіть всі транзакції на своїх грошових та банківських рахунках, " +"виконуючи звіти **Розрахунків з кредиторами** та звіти **Розрахунків з " +"дебіторами**." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Audit your accounts, being sure to fully understand the transactions " +"affecting them and the nature of the transactions, making sure to include " +"loans and fixed assets." +msgstr "" +"Перевірте свої рахунки, не забудьте переконатися у тому, які операції " +"впливають на них та характер операцій, переконавшись у включенні кредитів та" +" основних засобів." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Run the optional **Payments Matching** feature, under the **More** dropdown " +"on the dashboard, validating any open **Vendor Bills** and **Customer " +"Invoices** with their payments. This step is optional, however it may assist" +" the year-end process if all outstanding payments and invoices are " +"reconciled, and could lead finding errors or mistakes in the system." +msgstr "" +"Виконайте необов'язкову функцію **Співставлення платежів** у спадному меню " +"**Більше** на інформаційній панелі, перевіряючи всі **Рахунки " +"постачальників** та **Рахунки клієнтів** з їхніми платежами. Цей крок є " +"необов'язковим, але це може допомогти у процесі закриття року, якщо всі " +"несплачені платежі та рахунки-фактури будуть узгодженими, то можуть " +"призвести до помилок або помилок у системі." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Your accountant/bookkeeper will likely verify your balance sheet items and " +"book entries for:" +msgstr "" +"Ваш бухгалтер, ймовірно, підтвердить ваші елементи балансу та запис книг " +"для:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Year-end manual adjustments, using the **Adviser Journal Entries** menu (For" +" example, the **Current Year Earnings** and **Retained Earnings** reports)." +msgstr "" +"Інструкції з корекції на кінець року, використовуючи меню **Журнальних " +"записів консультантів** (наприклад, звіти **Прибутку поточного періоду** та " +"**Збережені прибутки**)." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:56 +msgid "**Depreciation Journal Entries**." +msgstr "**Записи журналу амортизації**." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:60 +msgid "**Tax adjustments**." +msgstr "**Податкові корегування**." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:62 +msgid "" +"If your accountant/bookkeeper is going through end of the year auditing, " +"they may want to have paper copies of all balance sheet items (such as " +"loans, bank accounts, prepayments, sales tax statements, etc...) to agree " +"these against your Odoo balances." +msgstr "" +"Якщо ваш бухгалтер закінчує аудиторську перевірку року, йому можуть " +"знадобитися паперові копії всіх звітів балансу (наприклад, позики, " +"банківські рахунки, передплати, звіти про податок та прибуток тощо), щоби " +"погодити їх з балансом в Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:67 +msgid "" +"During this process, it is good practice to set the **Lock date for Non-" +"Advisers** to the last day of the preceding financial year, which is set " +"under the accounting configuration. This way, the accountant can be " +"confident that nobody is changing the previous year transactions while " +"auditing the books." +msgstr "" +"Під час цього процесу найкращим кроком є ​​встановлення **Дати блокування " +"для не-консультантів** до останнього дня попереднього фінансового року, який" +" встановлюється в налаштуваннях бухобліку. Таким чином, бухгалтер може бути " +"впевненим у тому, що під час аудиту ніхто не змінює операції минулого року." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:77 +msgid "Closing the fiscal year" +msgstr "Закриття звітного періоду" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:79 +msgid "" +"In Odoo there is no need to do a specific year end closing entry in order to" +" close out income statement accounts. The reports are created in real-time, " +"meaning that the **Income statement** corresponds directly with the year-end" +" date you specify in Odoo. Therefore, any time you generate the **Income " +"Statement**, the beginning date will correspond with the beginning of the " +"**Fiscal Year** and the account balances will all be 0." +msgstr "" +"В Odoo немає необхідності робити певний запис для закриття року. Звіти " +"створюються в режимі реального часу, що означає, що **Звіт про доходи** " +"безпосередньо відповідає даті кінцевої дати, яку ви вказали в Odoo. Тому, " +"якщо ви створюєте **Звіт про доходи**, початкова дата відповідає початку " +"**Звітного періоду**, а залишок буде 0." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Once the accountant/bookkeeper has created the journal entry to allocate the" +" **Current Year Earnings**, you should set the **Lock Date** to the last day" +" of the fiscal year. Making sure that before doing so, you confirm whether " +"or not the current year earnings in the **Balance Sheet** is correctly " +"reporting a 0 balance." +msgstr "" +"Після того, як бухгалтер створить запис журналу для розподілу **Прибутків " +"поточного періоду**, слід встановити **Дату блокування** до останнього дня " +"звітного періоду. Переконайтеся, що перед тим, як це зробити, ви " +"підтвердили, чи доходи поточного періоду у **Звіті балансу** правильно " +"відповідають нульовому балансу." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:93 +msgid ":doc:`fiscal_year`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Fiscal Years" +msgstr "Управління звітним періодом" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In most cases, the fiscal years last 12 months. If it is your case, you just" +" have to define what is the last day of your fiscal year in the accounting " +"settings. By default, it is set on the 31st December." +msgstr "" +"У більшості випадків звітні періоди тривають 12 місяців. Якщо це ваш " +"випадок, ви просто повинні визначити, який останній день вашого звітного " +"періоду в налаштуваннях бухобліку. За замовчуванням він встановлюється на 31" +" грудня." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:12 +msgid "" +"However, there might be some exceptions. For example, if it is the first " +"fiscal year of your business, it could last more or less than 12 months. In " +"this case, some additional configuration is required." +msgstr "" +"Проте можуть бути деякі винятки. Наприклад, якщо це перший звітний період " +"вашої компанії, він може тривати більше або менше 12 місяців. У цьому " +"випадку потрібна додаткова конфігурація." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Go in :menuselection:`accounting --> configuration --> settings` and " +"activate the fiscal years." +msgstr "" +"Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Бухобліку --> Налаштування --> Налаштування` та" +" активуйте звітні періоди." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:22 +msgid "" +"You can then configure your fiscal years in :menuselection:`accounting --> " +"configuration --> fiscal years`." +msgstr "" +"Потім ви можете налаштувати ваш звітний період у :menuselection:`Бухобліку " +"--> Налаштування --> Звітний період`." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:29 +msgid "" +"You only have to create fiscal years if they last more or less than 12 " +"months." +msgstr "" +"Вам потрібно лише створити звітні періоди, якщо вони тривають більше або " +"менше 12 місяців." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:34 +msgid ":doc:`close_fiscal_year`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:3 +msgid "Manage prices for B2B (tax excluded) and B2C (tax included)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When working with consumers, prices are usually expressed with taxes " +"included in the price (e.g., in most eCommerce). But, when you work in a B2B" +" environment, companies usually negotiate prices with taxes excluded." +msgstr "" +"Працюючи з клієнтами, ціни зазвичай виражаються з податками, включеними в " +"ціну (наприклад, у більшості електронної комерції). Але, коли ви працюєте в " +"B2B, компанії зазвичай ведуть переговори про ціни без податків." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo manages both use cases easily, as long as you register your prices on " +"the product with taxes excluded or included, but not both together. If you " +"manage all your prices with tax included (or excluded) only, you can still " +"easily do sales order with a price having taxes excluded (or included): " +"that's easy." +msgstr "" +"Odoo легко керує обома випадками використання, якщо ви реєструєте свої ціни " +"на товар з виключеними чи включеними податками, але не обидва разом. Якщо ви" +" керуєте всіма своїми цінами лише з податком (або виключеним), ви все одно " +"можете легко виконати замовлення на продаж із ціною, що не включає податки " +"(або включає): це просто." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:15 +msgid "" +"This documentation is only for the specific use case where you need to have " +"two references for the price (tax included or excluded), for the same " +"product. The reason of the complexity is that there is not a symmetrical " +"relationship with prices included and prices excluded, as shown in this use " +"case, in belgium with a tax of 21%:" +msgstr "" +"Ця документація призначена лише для конкретного випадку використання, коли " +"вам потрібно мати два референси на ціну (включно з ПДВ або без ПДВ) для " +"цього самого товару. Причиною складності є те, що не існує симетричного " +"співвідношення з цінами із включеним податком та цінами із виключеним " +"податком, як показано в даному випадку, у Бельгії з податком у розмірі 21%:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:21 +msgid "Your eCommerce has a product at **10€ (taxes included)**" +msgstr "" +"Ваша електронна комерція має товар на **10 євро (включно з податками)**" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:23 +msgid "This would do **8.26€ (taxes excluded)** and a **tax of 1.74€**" +msgstr "Це буде **8,26 євро (без податків)** та **податок 1,74 євро**" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:25 +msgid "" +"But for the same use case, if you register the price without taxes on the " +"product form (8.26€), you get a price with tax included at 9.99€, because:" +msgstr "" +"Але для того ж випадку, якщо ви реєструєте ціну без податків у формі товару " +"(8,26 €), ви отримуєте ціну з податком у розмірі 9,99 €, оскільки:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:29 +msgid "**8.26€ \\* 1.21 = 9.99€**" +msgstr "**8.26€ \\* 1.21 = 9.99€**" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:31 +msgid "" +"So, depending on how you register your prices on the product form, you will " +"have different results for the price including taxes and the price excluding" +" taxes:" +msgstr "" +"Отже, залежно від того, як ви реєструєте свої ціни на формі товару, ви " +"матимете різні результати за ціною, включаючи податки та ціну за винятком " +"податків:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:35 +msgid "Taxes Excluded: **8.26€ & 10.00€**" +msgstr "Податки виключено: **8.26€ & 10.00€**" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:37 +msgid "Taxes Included: **8.26€ & 9.99€**" +msgstr "Податки включено: **8.26€ & 9.99€**" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:40 +msgid "" +"If you buy 100 pieces at 10€ taxes included, it gets even more tricky. You " +"will get: **1000€ (taxes included) = 826.45€ (price) + 173.55€ (taxes)** " +"Which is very different from a price per piece at 8.26€ tax excluded." +msgstr "" +"Якщо ви купуєте 100 одиниць з податками 10 євро, це стає ще складніше. Ви " +"отримаєте: **1000€ (з урахуванням податків) = 826.45€ (ціна) + 173.55€ " +"(податки)**, що сильно відрізняється від ціни за одиницю за 8.26€ без " +"податку." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:45 +msgid "" +"This documentation explains how to handle the very specific use case where " +"you need to handle the two prices (tax excluded and included) on the product" +" form within the same company." +msgstr "" +"У цій документації пояснюється, як керувати дуже конкретним випадком " +"використання, коли вам потрібно впоратися з двома цінами (без податку та з " +"включеним податком) у формі товару в межах однієї компанії." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:50 +msgid "" +"In terms of finance, you have no more revenues selling your product at 10€ " +"instead of 9.99€ (for a 21% tax), because your revenue will be exactly the " +"same at 9.99€, only the tax is 0.01€ higher. So, if you run an eCommerce in " +"Belgium, make your customer a favor and set your price at 9.99€ instead of " +"10€. Please note that this does not apply to 20€ or 30€, or other tax rates," +" or a quantity >1. You will also make you a favor since you can manage " +"everything tax excluded, which is less error prone and easier for your " +"salespeople." +msgstr "" +"З точки зору фінансів, ви більше не отримуєте прибуток від продажу товару за" +" 10 євро, а не 9,99 євро (за податком у розмірі 21%), оскільки ваш прибуток " +"буде таким же за 9,99 євро, лише податок на 0,01 євро вище. Отже, якщо ви " +"запускаєте електронну комерцію в Бельгії, зробіть послугу своєму клієнту та " +"встановіть ціну на рівні 9,99 євро замість 10 євро. Зверніть увагу, що це не" +" стосується 20 євро або 30 євро, або інших ставок податку або кількості> 1. " +"Ви також зробите собі користь, оскільки ви можете керувати всіма податковими" +" правами, що менш схильні до помилок і простіше для ваших продавців." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:65 +msgid "" +"The best way to avoid this complexity is to choose only one way of managing " +"your prices and stick to it: price without taxes or price with taxes " +"included. Define which one is the default stored on the product form (on the" +" default tax related to the product), and let Odoo compute the other one " +"automatically, based on the pricelist and fiscal position. Negotiate your " +"contracts with customers accordingly. This perfectly works out-of-the-box " +"and you have no specific configuration to do." +msgstr "" +"Найкращим способом уникнути цієї складності є вибір лише одного способу " +"управління вашими цінами та дотримання його: ціна без податків або ціни з " +"включеними податками. Визначте, який тип за замовчуванням зберігається у " +"формі товару (за замовчуванням податок, що відноситься до товару), і Odoo " +"автоматично обчислює інший, виходячи з прайслиста та схеми оподаткування. " +"Обговоріть свої контракти з клієнтами. Це чудово працює \"з коробки\", і у " +"вас немає конкретних налаштувань." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:73 +msgid "" +"If you can not do that and if you really negotiate some prices with tax " +"excluded and, for other customers, others prices with tax included, you " +"must:" +msgstr "" +"Якщо ви не можете це зробити, і якщо ви дійсно домовляєтесь про деякі ціни " +"за винятком податків, а для інших покупців - іншими цінами з податком, то " +"вам необхідно:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:77 +msgid "" +"always store the default price TAX EXCLUDED on the product form, and apply a" +" tax (price included on the product form)" +msgstr "" +"завжди зберігайте ціну за замовчуванням, виключену на формі товару, і " +"вказуйте податок (ціна вказана у формі товару)" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:80 +msgid "create a pricelist with prices in TAX INCLUDED, for specific customers" +msgstr "" +"створіть прайслист із цінами із включеним податком, для конкретних клієнтів" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:83 +msgid "" +"create a fiscal position that switches the tax excluded to a tax included" +msgstr "" +"створіть схему оподаткування, яка переключає ціну без податку на ціну із " +"включеним податком" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:86 +msgid "" +"assign both the pricelist and the fiscal position to customers who want to " +"benefit to this pricelist and fiscal position" +msgstr "" +"призначте як прайслист, так і схему оподаткування клієнтам, які хочуть " +"скористатися цією ціною та схемою оподаткування" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:89 +msgid "For the purpose of this documentation, we will use the above use case:" +msgstr "" +"Для цілей цієї документації ми будемо використовувати вищевикладене " +"використання:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:91 +msgid "your product default sale price is 8.26€ tax excluded" +msgstr "ваша ціна за замовчуванням не дорівнює 8.26€" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:93 +msgid "" +"but we want to sell it at 10€, tax included, in our shops or eCommerce " +"website" +msgstr "" +"але ми хочемо продати його за 10 євро, включаючи ціну, в наших магазинах або" +" на сайті електронної комерції" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:97 +msgid "Setting your products" +msgstr "Налаштуйте ваші товари" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Your company must be configured with tax excluded by default. This is " +"usually the default configuration, but you can check your **Default Sale " +"Tax** from the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` of the " +"Accounting application." +msgstr "" +"Ваша компанія повинна бути налаштована за ціною за замовчуванням. Зазвичай " +"це налаштування за замовчуванням, але ви можете перевірити **податок на " +"продаж за замовчуванням** у меню :menuselection:`Налаштування --> " +"Налаштування` в модулі Бухоблік." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Once done, you can create a **B2C** pricelist. You can activate the " +"pricelist feature per customer from the menu: :menuselection:`Configuration " +"--> Settings` of the Sale application. Choose the option **different prices " +"per customer segment**." +msgstr "" +"Після цього ви можете створити прайслист **B2C**. Ви можете активувати " +"функцію прайслиста для кожного клієнта у меню : :menuselection:`Налаштування" +" --> Налаштування` додатку Продаж. Виберіть опцію **різні ціни на сегмент " +"клієнта**." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Once done, create a B2C pricelist from the menu " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Pricelists`. It's also good to rename the " +"default pricelist into B2B to avoid confusion." +msgstr "" +"Після цього створіть прайслист B2C з меню :menuselection:`Налаштування --> " +"Прайслист`. Також добре перейменувати прайслист за замовчуванням на B2B, щоб" +" уникнути плутанини." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Then, create a product at 8.26€, with a tax of 21% (defined as tax not " +"included in price) and set a price on this product for B2C customers at 10€," +" from the :menuselection:`Sales --> Products` menu of the Sales application:" +msgstr "" +"Потім створіть товар на 8,26 євро з податком у розмірі 21% (визначається як " +"податок, що не входить у вартість), і встановіть ціну на цей товар для " +"клієнтів B2C на рівні 10 євро з меню :menuselection:`Продажі --> Товари` з " +"додатку Продажі:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:125 +msgid "Setting the B2C fiscal position" +msgstr "Встановіть схему оподаткування B2C" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:127 +msgid "" +"From the accounting application, create a B2C fiscal position from this " +"menu: :menuselection:`Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`. This fiscal " +"position should map the VAT 21% (tax excluded of price) with a VAT 21% (tax " +"included in price)" +msgstr "" +"У бухгалтерському додатку створіть схему оподаткування В2С з цього меню: " +":menuselection:`Налаштування --> Схема оподаткування`. Ця схема " +"оподаткування повинна відображати ПДВ 21% (без урахування податку) з ПДВ 21%" +" (податок входить у вартість)" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:136 +msgid "Test by creating a quotation" +msgstr "Перевірте, створивши комерційну пропозицію" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:138 +msgid "" +"Create a quotation from the Sale application, using the " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Quotations` menu. You should have the following " +"result: 8.26€ + 1.73€ = 9.99€." +msgstr "" +"Створіть комерційну пропозицію з програми Продажі за допомогою меню " +":menuselection:`Продажі --> Комерційні пропозиції`. Ви маєте наступний " +"результат: 8.26€ + 1.73€ = 9.99€." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:145 +msgid "" +"Then, create a quotation but **change the pricelist to B2C and the fiscal " +"position to B2C** on the quotation, before adding your product. You should " +"have the expected result, which is a total price of 10€ for the customer: " +"8.26€ + 1.74€ = 10.00€." +msgstr "" +"Потім створіть комерційну пропозицію, але **змініть прайслист на B2C та " +"схему оподаткування B2C** на комерційну пропозицію, перш ніж додавати свій " +"товар. Ви повинні отримати очікуваний результат, загальна ціна якого 10€ для" +" клієнта: 8.26€ + 1.74€ = 10.00€." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:153 +msgid "This is the expected behavior for a customer of your shop." +msgstr "Це очікувана поведінка для покупця вашого магазину." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:156 +msgid "Avoid changing every sale order" +msgstr "Уникайте змін у кожному замовленні на продаж" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:158 +msgid "" +"If you negotiate a contract with a customer, whether you negotiate tax " +"included or tax excluded, you can set the pricelist and the fiscal position " +"on the customer form so that it will be applied automatically at every sale " +"of this customer." +msgstr "" +"Якщо ви укладаєте договір з клієнтом, чи обговорюєте ціну, із включеним " +"податком або виключеним, ви можете встановити прайслист і схему " +"оподаткування у формі клієнта, щоб вона застосовувалася автоматично при " +"кожному продажі цього клієнта." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:163 +msgid "" +"The pricelist is in the **Sales & Purchases** tab of the customer form, and " +"the fiscal position is in the accounting tab." +msgstr "" +"Прайслист знаходиться на вкладці **Продажі та Купівлі** у формі клієнта, а " +"схема оподаткування знаходиться на вкладці бухобліку." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:166 +msgid "" +"Note that this is error prone: if you set a fiscal position with tax " +"included in prices but use a pricelist that is not included, you might have " +"wrong prices calculated for you. That's why we usually recommend companies " +"to only work with one price reference." +msgstr "" +"Зверніть увагу, що може виникнути помилка: якщо ви встановлюєте схему " +"оподаткування з податком, включеним у вартість, але використовуєте " +"прайслист, без включеного податку, для вас можуть бути обрані неправильні " +"ціни. Ось чому ми зазвичай рекомендуємо компаніям працювати лише з одним " +"ціновим референсом." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:3 +msgid "Manage cash basis taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The cash basis taxes are due when the payment has been done and not at the " +"validation of the invoice (as it is the case with standard taxes). Reporting" +" your income and expenses to the administration based on the cash basis " +"method is legal in some countries and under some conditions." +msgstr "" +"Податки, нараховані касовим методом, мають бути здійснені після здійснення " +"платежу, а не при підтвердженні рахунку-фактури (як у випадку зі звичайними " +"податками). Звіт про ваші доходи та витрати на основі касового методу є " +"законним у деяких країнах та за певних умов." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Example : You sell a product in the 1st quarter of your fiscal year and " +"receive the payment the 2nd quarter of your fiscal year. Based on the cash " +"basis method, the tax you have to pay to the administration is due for the " +"2nd quarter." +msgstr "" +"Приклад: ви продаєте товар в 1 кварталі вашого фінансового року та отримуєте" +" платіж у 2 кварталі вашого фінансового року. Виходячи з касового методу, " +"податок, який ви повинні сплатити податковій адміністрації, має бути " +"сплачено протягом 2-го кварталу." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:16 +msgid "How to configure cash basis taxes ?" +msgstr "Як налаштувати податки, нараховані касовим методом?" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:18 +msgid "" +"You first have to activate the setting in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Settings --> Allow Tax Cash Basis`. You will be asked to " +"define the Tax Cash Basis Journal." +msgstr "" +"Ви повинні спочатку активізувати налаштування в :menuselection:`Бухоблік -->" +" Налаштування --> Налаштування --> Дозволити нарахування коштів`. Вам буде " +"запропоновано визначити журнал Податків, нарахованих касовим методом." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Once this is done, you can configure your taxes in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. At first set the " +"proper transitional accounts to post taxes until you register the payment." +msgstr "" +"Після того, як це буде зроблено, ви можете налаштувати ваші податки в " +":menuselection:`Бухобліку --> Налаштування --> Податки`. Спочатку встановіть" +" належні рахунки транзакції для публікування податків, поки ви не " +"зареєструєте платіж." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:35 +msgid "" +"In the *Advanced Options* tab you will turn *Tax Due* to *Based on Payment*." +" You will then have to define the *Tax Received* account in which to post " +"the tax amount when the payment is received and the *Base Tax Received " +"Account* to post the base tax amount for an accurate tax report." +msgstr "" +"На вкладці *Додаткові параметри* ви перетворите *Податок на прибуток* на *На" +" основі платежу*. Тоді вам доведеться визначити *Податковий рахунок*, на " +"якому потрібно розміщувати суму податку при отриманні платежу, і *Рахунок " +"отриманого базового податку*, щоб розмістити базову суму податку для точного" +" податкового звіту." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:45 +msgid "What is the impact of cash basis taxes in my accounting ?" +msgstr "Яким є вплив податків, нарахованих касовим методом, на мій бухоблік?" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Let’s take an example. You make a sale of $100 with a 15% cash basis tax. " +"When you validate the customer invoice, the following entry is created in " +"your accounting:" +msgstr "" +"Давайте розглянемо приклад. Ви здійснюєте продаж у розмірі 100 доларів з 15%" +" податком, нарахованим касовим методом. Коли ви перевіряєте рахунок-фактуру " +"клієнта, у вашому бухобліку створюється такий запис:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:52 +msgid "Customer Invoices Journal" +msgstr "Журнал рахунків клієнта" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:72 +msgid "Receivables $115" +msgstr "Отримані $115" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:82 +msgid "Temporary Tax Account $15" +msgstr "Тимчасовий податковий рахунок $15" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:88 +msgid "Income Account $100" +msgstr "Рахунок доходу $100" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:63 +msgid "A few days later, you receive the payment:" +msgstr "Через кілька днів ви отримуєте платіж:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:66 +msgid "Bank Journal" +msgstr "Банківський журнал" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:70 +msgid "Bank $115" +msgstr "Банк $115" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:75 +msgid "" +"When you reconcile the invoice and the payment, this entry is generated:" +msgstr "" +"Коли ви узгоджуєте рахунок-фактуру та платіж, створюється такий запис:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:78 +msgid "Tax Cash Basis Journal" +msgstr "Журнал касового методу податків" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:84 +msgid "Tax Received Account $15" +msgstr "Рахунок отриманого податку $15" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:92 +msgid "" +"The last two journal items are neutral but they are needed to insure correct" +" tax reports in Odoo with accurate base tax amounts. We advise to use a " +"default revenue account. The balance of this account will then always be at " +"zero." +msgstr "" +"Останні дві статті журналу є нейтральними, але вони потрібні для " +"забезпечення правильних податкових звітів в Odoo з точними базовими сумами " +"податку. Радимо використовувати рахунок доходу за замовчуванням. Залишок " +"цього рахунку завжди буде на нулі." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Default Taxes** define which :doc:`taxes <taxes>` are automatically " +"selected when there is no other indication about which tax to use. For " +"example, Odoo prefills the **Taxes** field with the Default Taxes when you " +"create a new product or add a new line on an invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:14 +msgid "" +":doc:`Fiscal Positions <fiscal_positions>` take the Default Tax into " +"account. Therefore, if a Fiscal Position is applied to an invoice, Odoo " +"applies the related tax instead of the Default Taxes, as mapped in the " +"Fiscal Position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:21 +msgid "" +"**Default Taxes** are automatically set up according to the country selected" +" at the creation of your database, or when you set up a :doc:`Fiscal " +"Localization Package " +"<../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>` for your" +" company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To change your **Default Taxes**, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes --> Default Taxes`, select the " +"appropriate taxes for your default **Sales Tax** and **Purchase Tax**, and " +"click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Databases with multiple companies: the Default Taxes values are company-" +"specific." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:70 +msgid ":doc:`taxes`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:279 +msgid ":doc:`fiscal_positions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:3 +msgid "Fiscal Positions (tax and account mapping)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Default taxes and accounts are set on products and customers to create new " +"transactions on the fly. However, you might have to use different taxes and " +"record the transactions on different accounts, according to your customers' " +"and providers' localizations and business types." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:9 +msgid "" +"**Fiscal Positions** allow you to create *sets of rules* to automatically " +"adapt the taxes and the accounts used for a transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:16 +msgid "They can be applied in various ways:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:18 +msgid "" +":ref:`automatically applied, based on some rules " +"<fiscal_positions/automatic>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:19 +msgid ":ref:`manually applied on a transaction <fiscal_positions/partner>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:20 +msgid "" +":ref:`assigned to a partner, on its contact form " +"<fiscal_positions/transaction>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:23 +msgid "" +"A few Fiscal Positions are already preconfigured on your database, as part " +"of your :doc:`Fiscal Localization Package " +"<../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:30 +msgid "Tax and Account Mapping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To edit or create a Fiscal Position, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`, and open the entry you want to modify " +"or click on *Create*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The mapping of taxes and accounts is based on the default taxes and accounts" +" defined in the products' forms." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To map to another tax or account, fill out the right column (**Tax to " +"Apply**/**Account to Use Instead**)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To remove a tax, rather than replacing it with another, leave the field " +"**Tax to Apply** empty." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To replace a tax with multiple other taxes, add multiple lines with the same" +" **Tax on Product**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:44 +msgid "" +"The mapping only works with *active* taxes. Therefore, make sure they are " +"active by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:50 +msgid "Automatic application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:52 +msgid "" +"You can configure your Fiscal Positions to be applied automatically, " +"following a set of conditions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To do so, open the Fiscal Position you want to modify and click on **Detect " +"Automatically**. You can configure a few conditions:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:57 +msgid "" +"**VAT Required**: The VAT number *must* be indicated in the customer's " +"contact form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:58 +msgid "" +"**Country Group** / **Country**: The Fiscal Position is applied to these " +"countries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Taxes on **eCommerce orders** are automatically updated once the visitor has" +" logged in or filled out their billing details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:69 +msgid "" +"The Fiscal Positions' **sequence** - the order in which they are arranged - " +"defines which Fiscal Position to apply if the conditions are met in multiple" +" Fiscal Positions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:72 +msgid "" +"For example, if the first Fiscal Position targets *country A*, and the " +"second Fiscal Position targets a *Country Group* that also comprises " +"*country A*, only the first Fiscal Position will be applied to customers " +"from *country A*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:79 +msgid "Application" +msgstr "Додаток" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:84 +msgid "Assign a Fiscal Position to a partner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:86 +msgid "" +"You can manually define which Fiscal Position must be used by default for a " +"specific partner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To do so, open the partner's contact form, go to the **Sales & Purchase** " +"tab, edit the **Fiscal Position** field, and click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:98 +msgid "Choose Fiscal Positions manually on Sales Orders, Invoices, and Bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To manually select which Fiscal Position to use for a new Sales Order, " +"Invoice, or Bill, go to the **Other Info** tab and select the right **Fiscal" +" Position** *before* adding product lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:281 +msgid ":doc:`taxcloud`" +msgstr ":doc:`taxcloud`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:280 +msgid ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" +msgstr ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:3 +msgid "Manage withholding taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A withholding tax, also called a retention tax, is a government requirement " +"for the payer of a customer invoice to withhold or deduct tax from the " +"payment, and pay that tax to the government. In most jurisdictions, " +"withholding tax applies to employment income." +msgstr "" +"Податок на утримання є державною вимогою платника рахунка-фактури утримувати" +" або відраховувати податок від платежу та сплачувати цей податок уряду. У " +"більшості юрисдикцій оподаткування стягується з податку на прибуток." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:10 +msgid "" +"With normal taxes, the tax is added to the subtotal to give you the total to" +" pay. As opposed to normal taxes, withholding taxes are deducted from the " +"amount to pay, as the tax will be paid by the customer." +msgstr "" +"Зі звичайними податками цей податок додається до підсумкової суми, щоб ви її" +" сплатили. На відміну від звичайних податків, податок на утримання " +"стягується від сплати податку, оскільки він сплачується замовником." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:14 +msgid "As, an example, in Colombia you may have the following invoice:" +msgstr "Наприклад, у Колумбії ви можете мати наступний рахунок-фактуру:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:19 +msgid "" +"In this example, the **company** who sent the invoice owes $20 of taxes to " +"the **government** and the **customer** owes $10 of taxes to the " +"**government**." +msgstr "" +"У цьому прикладі **компанія**, яка надіслала рахунок-фактуру, зобов'язана " +"**уряду** 20 доларів податків, а **клієнт** зобов'язаний **уряду** 10 " +"доларів податків." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, a withholding tax is defined by creating a negative tax. For a " +"retention of 10%, you would configure the following tax (accessible through " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Taxes`):" +msgstr "" +"В Odoo податок на утримання визначається шляхом створення негативного " +"податку. Для збереження 10%, ви можете налаштувати наступний податок " +"(доступний через :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Податки`):" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:32 +msgid "" +"In order to make it appear as a retention on the invoice, you should set a " +"specific tax group **Retention** on your tax, in the **Advanced Options** " +"tab." +msgstr "" +"Для того, щоби він відображався як збереження в рахунку-фактурі, на вкладці " +"**Додаткові параметри** слід встановити певну групу податків **На " +"утримання** свого податку." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Once the tax is defined, you can use it in your products, sales order or " +"invoices." +msgstr "" +"Після визначення податку ви можете використовувати його у своїх товарах, " +"замовленнях на продаж чи рахунках-фактурах." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If the retention is a percentage of a regular tax, create a Tax with a **Tax" +" Computation** as a **Tax Group** and set the two taxes in this group " +"(normal tax and retention)." +msgstr "" +"Якщо утримання є відсотком від звичайного податку, створіть податок з " +"**податковим розрахунком** як **податкову групу** та встановіть два податки " +"у цій групі (звичайний податок і на утримання)." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:48 +msgid "Applying retention taxes on invoices" +msgstr "Застосування податку на утримання в рахунках-фактурах" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Once your tax is created, you can use it on customer forms, sales order or " +"customer invoices. You can apply several taxes on a single customer invoice " +"line." +msgstr "" +"Коли ваш податок буде створений, ви можете використовувати його за формою " +"замовника, замовлення на продаж або рахунки-фактури для клієнтів. Ви можете " +"подати кілька податків на один рядок рахунка-фактури клієнта." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:58 +msgid "" +"When you see the customer invoice on the screen, you get only a **Taxes " +"line** summarizing all the taxes (normal taxes & retentions). But when you " +"print or send the invoice, Odoo does the correct grouping amongst all the " +"taxes." +msgstr "" +"Коли ви бачите рахунок клієнта на екрані, ви отримуєте лише податковий " +"рядок, узагальнюючи всі податки (звичайні податки та на утримання). Але коли" +" ви роздруковуєте або надсилаєте рахунок-фактуру, Odoo робить правильну " +"групу серед всіх податків." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:63 +msgid "The printed invoice will show the different amounts in each tax group." +msgstr "" +"У роздрукованому рахунку відображатимуться різні суми в кожній податковій " +"групі." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:3 +msgid "Get correct tax rates in the United States using TaxCloud" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The **TaxCloud** integration allows you to correctly calculate the sales tax" +" for every address in the United States and keeps track of which products " +"are exempt from sales tax and in which states each exemption applies. " +"TaxCloud calculates sales tax in real-time for every state, city, and " +"special jurisdiction in the United States." +msgstr "" +"Інтеграція **TaxCloud** дозволяє вам правильно розраховувати податок продажу" +" для кожної адреси в США та слідкує, яка продукція звільняється від податку " +"з продажу та в яких штатах застосовується кожне звільнення. TaxCloud " +"обчислює податок з продажу в режимі реального часу для кожного штату, міста " +"та спеціальної юрисдикції у Сполучених Штатах." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:15 +msgid "In TaxCloud" +msgstr "У TaxCloud" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Create a free account on `TaxCloud <https://taxcloud.com/#register>`__ " +"website." +msgstr "" +" Створіть безкоштовний обліковий запис на веб-сайті `TaxCloud " +"<https://taxcloud.com/#register>`__." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Register your Odoo website on TaxCloud to get an *API ID* and an *API Key*." +msgstr "" +"Зареєструйте ваш веб-сайт Odoo на TaxCloud, щоб отримати *API ID* та *Ключ " +"API*." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:23 +msgid "" +"In Settings on TaxCloud, click *Locations* to enter the location of your " +"Office(s) & Warehouse(s)." +msgstr "" +"В налаштуваннях на TaxCloud, натисніть *Місцезнаходження*, щоби ввести " +"місцезнаходження вашого Офісу та Складу." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:24 +msgid "" +"In Settings on TaxCloud, click *Manage Tax States* to verify the states " +"where you collect sales tax." +msgstr "" +"В налаштуваннях на TaxCloud, натисніть *Управління штатами податку* щоб " +"перевірити штати, де ви збираєте податок з продажу." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:27 +msgid "In Odoo" +msgstr "В Odoo" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Invoicing / Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`" +" and check *TaxCloud - Compute tax rates based on U.S. ZIP codes* (note: " +"actually uses complete street address)." +msgstr "" +"Перейдіть у :menuselection:`Виставлення рахунків / Бухоблік --> Налаштування" +" --> Налаштування` та позначте *TaxCloud - Вираховувати податкові ставки на " +"основі індексу США* (занотуйте: фактично використовує повну адресу вулиці)." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:30 +msgid "Enter your TaxCloud credentials." +msgstr "Введіть ваші облікові дані TaxCloud." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:31 +msgid "Click SAVE to store your credentials." +msgstr "Натисніть ЗБЕРЕГТИ, щоби зберегти ваші облікові дані." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Click the Refresh Icon next to *Default Category* to import the TIC product " +"categories from TaxCloud (Taxability Information Codes). Some categories may" +" imply specific rates or attract product/service type exemptions." +msgstr "" +"Натисніть на іконку Оновлення біля *Категорія за замовчуванням* для імпорту " +"категорій товару із TaxCloud (Інформаційні коди оподаткування). Деякі " +"категорії можуть передбачати певні ставки або залучати винятки щодо " +"товарів/послуг." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Select your default *TIC Code*. This will apply to any new product created." +msgstr "" +"Оберіть ваш *TIC код* за замовчуванням. Це буде застосовано до будь-яких " +"новостворених товарів." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Set a specific TaxCloud TIC Category on the *General Information* tab of the" +" Product, or on the Product Category." +msgstr "" +"Встановіть конкретну категорію TaxCloud TIC на вкладці товару *Загальна " +"інформація*, або в категорії товару." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Make sure your company address is complete (including the state and the zip " +"code). Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies` " +"to open and edit your Company record." +msgstr "" +"Переконайтеся, що адреса вашої компанії заповнена (включаючи область та " +"індекс). Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Налаштувань --> Користувачі та " +"компанії --> Компанії`, щоби відкрити та редагувати запис вашої компанії." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:47 +msgid "How it works" +msgstr "Як це працює" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Salestax is calculated in Odoo based on fiscal positions (see " +":doc:`fiscal_positions`). A Fiscal Position for the United States is created" +" when installing *TaxCloud*. Everything works out-of-the-box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:54 +msgid "" +"You can configure Odoo to automtically detect which Customers should use " +"this fiscal position. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Fiscal Positions` to open and edit the record." +msgstr "" +"Ви можете налаштувати Odoo для автоматичного визначення, які клієнти повинні" +" використовувати цю схему оподаткування. Перейдіть на " +":menuselection:`Бухоблік --> Налаштування --> Схеми оподаткування`, щоб " +"відкрити та редагувати запис." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Now, this fiscal position is automatically set on any sales order, web " +"order, or invoice when the customer country is *United States*. This " +"triggers the automated tax computation." +msgstr "" +"Тепер ця схема оподаткування автоматично встановлюється на будь-якому " +"замовлення на продаж, веб-замовленні, чи рахунку, якщо країна клієнта - " +"*США*. Це запускає автоматичне розрахування податку." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Add your product(s). You have two options to get Sales Tax on the Order. " +"You can confirm it, or you can save it and from the *Action* Menu choose " +"**Update Taxes with TaxCloud**." +msgstr "" +"Додайте ваш товар(и). У вас є дві опції, щоб отримати податок продажу в " +"замовленні. Ви можете підтвердити це або ви можете зберегти це, а в меню " +"*Дія* обрати **Оновити податки з TaxCloud**." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:73 +msgid "Coupons & Promotions" +msgstr "Купони та акції" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:75 +msgid "" +"If you use the Coupon or Promotion Programs, the integration with Taxcloud " +"might seem a bit odd." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:77 +msgid "" +"The problem lies with the fact that Taxcloud does not accept lines with " +"negative amounts as part of the tax computation. This means that the amount " +"of the lines added by the promotion program must be deduced from the total " +"of the lines it impacts. This means, amongst other complications, that " +"orders that use coupons or promotions with a Taxcloud fiscal position " +"**must** be invoiced completely - you cannot create invoices for partial " +"deliveries, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Another specific oddity is possible in the UI: imagine that you sell a " +"product from the Taxcloud category *[20110] Computers* and that you have a " +"promotion program in place that provides a 50% discount on this product. If " +"the tax rate for this particular product is 7%, the tax rate that will be " +"computed from the Taxcloud integration will display 3.5%. This happens " +"because the discount is included in the price that is sent to Taxcloud, but " +"in Odoo this discount is in another line entirely. At the end of the day, " +"your tax computation will be correct (since a 3.5% tax on the full price is " +"the equivalent of a 7% tax on half the price), but this might be surprising " +"from a user point of view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:5 +msgid "" +"There are numerous types of **taxes**, and their application varies greatly," +" depending mostly on your company's localization. To make sure they are " +"recorded with accuracy, Odoo's tax engine supports all kinds of uses and " +"computations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:12 +msgid "Activate Sales Taxes from the List view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:14 +msgid "" +"As part of your :doc:`Fiscal Localization Package " +"<../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>`, most of" +" your country's sales taxes are already preconfigured on your database. " +"However, only a few of them are activated by default, so that you can " +"activate only the ones relevant for your business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To activate Sale Taxes, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Taxes` and use the *Activate* toggle button to activate or deactivate a " +"tax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To edit or create a **Tax**, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Taxes` and open a tax or click on *Create*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Taxes have three different labels, each one having a specific use. Refer to " +"the following table to see where they are displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:45 +msgid ":ref:`Tax Name <taxes/name>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:45 +msgid ":ref:`Label on Invoice <taxes/label-invoices>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:45 +msgid ":ref:`Tax Group <taxes/tax-group>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:48 +msgid "Back end" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:48 +msgid "*Taxes* column on exported invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:48 +msgid "Above the *Total* line on exported invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:53 +msgid "Basic Options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:58 +msgid "Tax Name" +msgstr "Назва податку" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:60 +msgid "" +"The **Tax Name** as you want to display it for backend users. This is the " +":ref:`label <taxes/labels>` you see while editing Sales Orders, Invoices, " +"Products, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:66 +msgid "Tax Computation" +msgstr "Розрахунок податку" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:68 +msgid "**Group of Taxes**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:70 +msgid "" +"The tax is a combination of multiple sub-taxes. You can add as many taxes " +"you want, in the order you want them to be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Make sure that the tax sequence is correct, as the order in which they are " +"may impact the taxes' amounts computation, especially if one of the taxes " +":ref:`affects the base of the subsequent ones <taxes/base-subsequent>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:78 +msgid "**Fixed**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:80 +msgid "" +"The tax has a fixed amount in the default currency. The amount remains the " +"same, regardless of the Sales Price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:83 +msgid "" +"For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *$10 " +"fixed* tax. We then have:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:231 +msgid "Product's Sales Price" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:231 +msgid "Price without tax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:231 +msgid "Tax" +msgstr "Податок" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:231 +msgid "Total" +msgstr "Разом" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:234 +msgid "1,000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:89 +msgid "10" +msgstr "10" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:89 +msgid "1,010.00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:92 +msgid "**Percentage of Price**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:94 +msgid "" +"The *Sales Price* is the taxable basis: the tax's amount is computed by " +"multiplying the Sales Price by the tax's percentage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:97 +msgid "" +"For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *10% of " +"Price* tax. We then have:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:104 +msgid "1,100.00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:107 +msgid "**Percentage of Price Tax Included**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:109 +msgid "" +"The *Total* is the taxable basis: the tax's amount is a percentage of the " +"Total." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:111 +msgid "" +"For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *10% of " +"Price Tax Included* tax. We then have:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:118 +msgid "111.11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:118 +msgid "1,111.11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:124 +msgid "Active" +msgstr "Активно" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:126 +msgid "Only **Active** taxes can be added to new documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:129 +msgid "" +"It is not possible to delete taxes that have already been used. Instead, you" +" can deactivate them to prevent future use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:133 +msgid "" +"This field can be modified from the *List View*. See :ref:`above " +"<taxes/list_activation>` for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:139 +msgid "Tax Scope" +msgstr "Сфера податку" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:141 +msgid "" +"The **Tax Scope** determines the tax's application, which also restricts " +"where it is displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:143 +msgid "**Sales**: Customer Invoices, Product's Customer Taxes, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:144 +msgid "**Purchase**: Vendor Bills, Product's Vendor Taxes, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:145 +msgid "**None**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:148 +msgid "" +"You can use **None** for taxes that you want to include in a :ref:`Group of " +"Taxes <taxes/computation>` but that you don't want to list along with other " +"Sales or Purchase taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:154 +msgid "Definition tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:156 +msgid "" +"Allocate with precision the amount of the taxable basis or percentages of " +"the computed tax to multiple accounts and Tax Grids." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:163 +msgid "**Based On**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:165 +msgid "Base: the price on the invoice line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:166 +msgid "% of tax: a percentage of the computed tax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:168 +msgid "**Account**: if defined, an additional Journal Item is recorded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:169 +msgid "" +"**Tax Grids**: used to generate :doc:`Tax Reports " +"<../../reporting/declarations/tax_returns>` automatically, according to your" +" country's regulations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:175 +msgid "Advanced Options tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:180 +msgid "Label on Invoices" +msgstr "Мітки на рахунках" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:182 +msgid "" +"The label of the tax, as displayed on each invoice line in the **Taxes** " +"column. This is the :ref:`label <taxes/labels>` visible to *front end* " +"users, on exported invoices, on their Customer Portals, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:193 +msgid "Tax Group" +msgstr "Група податків" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:195 +msgid "" +"Select to which **Tax Group** the tax belongs. The Tax Group name is the " +":ref:`label <taxes/labels>` displayed above the *Total* line on exported " +"invoices, and the Customer Portals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:198 +msgid "" +"Tax groups include different iterations of the same tax. This can be useful " +"when you must record differently the same tax according to :doc:`Fiscal " +"Positions <fiscal_positions>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:205 +msgid "" +"In the example above, we see a 0% tax for Intra-Community customers in " +"Europe. It records amounts on specific accounts and with specific tax grids." +" Still, to the customer, it is a 0% tax. That's why the :ref:`Label on the " +"Invoice <taxes/label-invoices>` indicates *0% EU*, and the Tax Group name, " +"above the *Total* line, indicates *0%*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:213 +msgid "Include in Analytic Cost" +msgstr "Включити в аналітичні витрати" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:215 +msgid "" +"With this option activated, the tax's amount is assigned to the same " +"**Analytic Account** as the invoice line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:221 +msgid "Included in Price" +msgstr "Включено в ціну" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:223 +msgid "" +"With this option activated, the total (including the tax) equals the **Sales" +" Price**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:225 +msgid ":dfn:`Total = Sales Price = Computed Tax-Excluded price + Tax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:227 +msgid "" +"For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *10% of " +"Price* tax, which is *included in the price*. We then have:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:234 +msgid "900.10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:234 +msgid "90.9" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:234 +msgid "1,000.00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:238 +msgid "" +"If you need to define prices accurately, both tax-included and tax-excluded," +" please refer to the following documentation: :doc:`B2B_B2C`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:242 +msgid "" +"**Invoices**: By default, the Line Subtotals displayed on your invoices are " +"*Tax-Excluded*. To display *Tax-Included* Line Subtotals, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Customer " +"Invoices`, and select *Tax-Included* in the **Line Subtotals Tax Display** " +"field, then click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:246 +msgid "" +"**eCommerce**: By default, the prices displayed on your eCommerce website " +"are *Tax-Excluded*. To display *Tax-Included* prices, go to " +":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Pricing`, and " +"select *Tax-Included* in the **Product Prices** field, then click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:253 +msgid "Affect Base of Subsequent Taxes" +msgstr "Впливає на базу дочірніх податків" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:255 +msgid "" +"With this option, the total tax-included becomes the taxable basis for the " +"other taxes applied to the same product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:258 +msgid "" +"You can configure a new :ref:`Group of Taxes <taxes/computation>` to include" +" this tax, or add it directly to a product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:266 +msgid "" +"The order in which you add the taxes on a product line has no effect on how " +"amounts are computed. If you add taxes directly on a product line, only the " +"tax sequence determines the order in which they are applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:270 +msgid "" +"To reorder the sequence, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Taxes`, and drag and drop the lines with the handles next to the tax " +"names." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:282 +msgid ":doc:`../../reporting/declarations/tax_returns`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/vat_validation.rst:3 +msgid "VIES VAT numbers validation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/vat_validation.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**VAT Information Exchange System** - abbreviated **VIES** - is a tool " +"provided by the European Commission that allows you to check the validity of" +" VAT numbers of companies registered in the European Union." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/vat_validation.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo provides a feature to **Verify VAT Numbers** when you save a contact. " +"This helps you make sure that your contacts provided you with a valid VAT " +"number without leaving Odoo interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/vat_validation.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To enable this feature, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Settings --> Taxes`, enable the **Verify VAT Numbers** feature, and " +"click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/vat_validation.rst:23 +msgid "VAT Number validation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/vat_validation.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Whenever you create or modify a contact, make sure to fill out the " +"**Country** and **VAT** fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/vat_validation.rst:31 +msgid "" +"When you click on *Save*, Odoo runs a VIES VAT number check, and displays an" +" error message if the VAT number is invalid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/vat_validation.rst:39 +msgid "" +"This tool checks the VAT number's validity but does not check the other " +"fields' validity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/vat_validation.rst:43 +msgid "" +"`European Commission: VIES search engine " +"<https://ec.europa.eu/taxation_customs/vies/vatRequest.html>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:4 +msgid "Expenses" +msgstr "Витрати" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:7 +msgid "How to set expense types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The first step to track expenses is to configure the expense types (managed " +"as products in Odoo) that your company allows, from the *Configuration* " +"menu. When a specific expense is reimbursed at a fixed price, set a cost on " +"the product. Otherwise keep the cost at 0.0 and employees will report the " +"real cost per expense." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:16 +msgid "Here are some examples to configure:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:18 +msgid "Restaurant:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:26 +msgid "Cost: 0.00 (the cost of the ticket will be recorded on every expense)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:21 +msgid "Travel with Personal Car:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:23 +msgid "Cost: 0.30 (the price per mile reimbursed by the company is fixed)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:24 +msgid "Hotel:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:28 +msgid "Others:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:30 +msgid "Cost: 0.0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to set an expense tax on each expense type (and an account if " +"you use Odoo Accounting). It's usually a good practice to use a tax that is " +"configured with :ref:`Tax Included in Price <taxes/included-in-price>`. That" +" way, employees report expenses with prices including taxes, which is " +"usually the expected behaviour." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:40 +msgid "" +"The *Sales* app allows you to specify unit of measures for your expense " +"types (units, miles, nights, etc.). Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and check *Some products may be sold/purchased " +"in different units of measure (advanced)*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:47 +msgid "How to record expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:50 +msgid "Manually" +msgstr "Вручну" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:52 +msgid "" +"As an employee (Employee in user access rights), you can record expenses " +"from :menuselection:`My Expenses --> Expenses to Submit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Select the related product and enter either the total amount you paid (with " +"Quantity = 1) or the unit price if Quantity is countable (e.g. number of " +"hotel nights)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:61 +msgid "Enter the expense date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Choose if you paid the bill on your own (and expect to be reimbursed) or if " +"the company paid directly (e.g. if you used a company's credit card)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Set the bill reference, add some notes if requested and attach a photo/scan " +"of the receipt from the discussion thread. That will help the manager and " +"the accountant validate it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:72 +msgid "In one click from emails" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Let your employees record their expenses from a simple email. Make a " +"snapshot of the receipt and send it by email, or simply forward a bill!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:76 +msgid "" +"The only thing to do is setting up an email alias in " +":menuselection:`Expenses --> Configuration --> Settings` (e.g. *expenses* " +"@mycompany.odoo.com). For security purposes, only authenticated employee " +"emails (cfr. *Work Email* in employee detail form) are accepted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:82 +msgid "" +"The expense product is set automatically if the mail subject contains the " +"product's internal reference in first position. Type the expense amount in " +"the mail subject to set it on the expense too (e.g. Ref001 Food 100€)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:87 +msgid "How to submit expenses to managers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:89 +msgid "" +"When you are ready to submit your expenses to your manager (e.g. at the end " +"of a business trip, or once a month), go to the menu :menuselection:`My " +"Expenses --> Expenses to Submit`. Select all expenses from the list view and" +" click on :menuselection:`Action --> Submit to Manager`. Save the newly " +"created expense report (i.e. set of expenses), and wait for your manager to " +"approve it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:99 +msgid "" +"You can also submit expenses one by one from the *Submit to Manager* button " +"on the form view of an expense." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:102 +msgid "" +"All your submitted expense reports can be found in :menuselection:`Expenses " +"--> My Expenses --> Expense Reports`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:107 +msgid "How to approve expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:109 +msgid "" +"HR and team managers get an overview of all expense reports to validate from" +" the top menu :menuselection:`To Approve --> Expense Reports to Approve`. " +"Such users must have at least *Officers* access rights for *Expenses*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:116 +msgid "" +"They can review expense reports, approve or reject them, as well as " +"providing feedback thanks to the integrated communication tool." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:122 +msgid "" +"As a team manager you can easily find the expense reports of your team " +"members. You need to be set as manager in the detail form of those " +"employees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:130 +msgid "How to post expenses in accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:132 +msgid "" +"Once expense reports approved by managers, the accounting department goes to" +" :menuselection:`Expenses --> Accountant --> Expense Reports To Post` to " +"check accounts, products and taxes. They can click *Post Journal Entries* to" +" post related journal entries into your books. To do so, the user must have " +"following access rights:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:138 +msgid "Accounting: Accountant or Adviser" +msgstr "Бухгалтерський облік: бухгалтер або радник" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:139 +msgid "Expenses: Manager" +msgstr "Витрати: менеджер" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:142 +msgid "" +"To post an expense, a *Home Address* must be set on the employee. If you get" +" a related blocking message when posting, click the employee, go to " +"*Personal Information* tab and select/create the contact of your employee in" +" the address book. A contact has been automatically created if this person " +"is using Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:149 +msgid "How to reimburse employees" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:151 +msgid "" +"You can now see all the expense reports to reimburse in " +":menuselection:`Expenses --> Accountant --> Expense Reports To Pay`. To " +"record the payment or pay by check, click *Register a Payment*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:155 +msgid "See how you can easily manage the payment process in Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:157 +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/payables/pay/check`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:158 +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/payables/pay/sepa`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:162 +msgid "How to re-invoice expenses to your customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:164 +msgid "" +"If you track expenses on customer projects, you can charge them back to your" +" customers automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:170 +msgid "Enable **Customer Billing** in the Expenses settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:172 +msgid "" +"Go to the product configuration menu and set the invoicing method on all " +"your Expense types:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:175 +msgid "" +"Ordered quantities : it will invoice expenses based on the ordered quantity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:178 +msgid "" +"Delivered quantities :it will invoice expenses based on the expenses " +"quantity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:181 +msgid "At cost: will invoice expenses at their real cost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:183 +msgid "" +"At sales price: will invoice based on a fixed sales price set on the sale " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:190 +msgid "Create an order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:192 +msgid "" +"As a salesman, create and confirm a Sales Order for the services delivered " +"to your customer. If you don't put any expense in the order, it will be " +"added automatically once posted by the accountant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:197 +msgid "Link the expense to the Sale Order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:203 +msgid "Submit, validate and post expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:205 +msgid "" +"As a manager, make sure the analytic account is set on every expense line on" +" approving expenses reports. Click the line to add one if missing. Employees" +" are already able to set one when submitting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:212 +msgid "As an accountant, post journal entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:215 +msgid "Invoice expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:217 +msgid "" +"Now you can invoice the order. It shows up in :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Invoicing --> Sales` to Invoice. The expenses have been added automatically " +"in the order lines. Such items show up in blue (i.e. to invoice)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:225 +msgid "e (i.e. to invoice)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:3 +msgid "Sign" +msgstr "Підписати" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:3 +msgid "Validity of electronic signatures" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The legal validity of electronic signatures generated by Odoo depends on the" +" legislation of your country. Companies doing business abroad should " +"consider electronic signature laws of other countries as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:10 +msgid "In the European Union" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The `eIDAS regulation <http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2014/910/oj>`_ " +"establishes the framework for electronic signatures in all `27 member states" +" of the European Union <https://europa.eu/european-union/about-" +"eu/countries_en>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:16 +msgid "It distinguishes three types of electronic signatures:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:18 +msgid "Electronic signatures" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:19 +msgid "Advanced electronic signatures" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:20 +msgid "Qualified electronic signatures" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Odoo generates the first type, regular electronic signatures, and these " +"signatures can produce legal effects in the EU, as the regulation states " +"that “an electronic signature shall not be denied legal effect and " +"admissibility as evidence in legal proceedings solely on the grounds that it" +" is in an electronic form or that it does not meet the requirements for " +"qualified electronic signatures.”" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Note that electronic signatures may not be automatically recognized as " +"valid. You may need to bring supporting evidence of a signature’s validity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:31 +msgid "In the United States of America" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:33 +msgid "" +"The `ESIGN Act (Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act) " +"<https://www.fdic.gov/regulations/compliance/manual/10/X-3.1.pdf>`_, at the " +"interstate and international levels, and the `UETA (Uniform Electronic " +"Transactions Act) <https://www.uniformlaws.org/committees/community-" +"home/librarydocuments?communitykey=2c04b76c-2b7d-4399-977e-" +"d5876ba7e034&tab=librarydocuments>`_, at the state level, provide the legal " +"framework for electronic signatures. Note that `Illinois " +"<https://www.ilga.gov/legislation/ilcs/ilcs5.asp?ActID=89&>`_ and `New York " +"<https://its.ny.gov/electronic-signatures-and-records-act-esra>`_ have not " +"adopted the UETA, but similar acts instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Overall, to be recognized as valid, electronic signatures have to meet five " +"criteria:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:44 +msgid "" +"A signer must show a clear intent to sign. For example, using a mouse to " +"draw a signature can show intent. The signer must also have the option to " +"opt-out of electronically signing a document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:47 +msgid "" +"A signer must first express or imply their consent to conduct business " +"electronically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:48 +msgid "" +"The signature must be clearly attributed. In Odoo, metadata, such as the " +"signer’s IP address, is added to the signature, which can be used as " +"supporting evidence." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The signature must be associated with the document being signed, for " +"example, by keeping a record detailing how the signature was captured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Electronically signed documents need to be retained and available for later " +"reference by all parties involved, for example, by providing the signer " +"either a fully-executed copy or the option to download a copy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:57 +msgid "" +"The information provided here does not constitute legal advice; it is " +"provided for general informational purposes only. As laws governing " +"electronic signatures evolve rapidly, we cannot guarantee that the " +"information is up to date. We advise you to should contact a local attorney " +"to obtain legal advice." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po deleted file mode 100644 index 4cc5072e3..000000000 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,114 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2021 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2021\n" -"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: uk\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n" - -#: ../../fsm.rst:5 -msgid "Field Service" -msgstr "Виїзне обслуговування" - -#: ../../fsm/helpdesk.rst:3 -msgid "Helpdesk" -msgstr "Служба підтримки" - -#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:3 -msgid "Plan onsite interventions from helpdesk tickets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:4 -msgid "" -"The integration with the Helpdesk app lets your helpdesk team manage " -"intervention requests directly. Planning field service tasks from tickets " -"speeds up your processes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:8 -msgid "Configure the helpdesk team" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`. Select" -" a team and enable *Onsite Interventions*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:16 -msgid "" -"The helpdesk tickets of the team now display the *Plan Intervention* button." -" Click on it to create a new task under your field service project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/sales.rst:3 -msgid "Sales" -msgstr "Продажі" - -#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:3 -msgid "Create onsite interventions from sales orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:4 -msgid "" -"Allowing your sales team to open onsite interventions creates a seamless " -"experience for your customers. They can receive a quotation they first have " -"to approve before the work even starts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:8 -msgid "Configure a product" -msgstr "Налаштувати товар" - -#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration --> Products` and " -"create or edit a product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Under the *General Information* tab, select *Service* as *Product Type*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Under the *Sales* tab, select *Timesheets on tasks* as *Service Invoicing " -"Policy*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:15 -msgid "Select *Create a task in an existing project* as *Service Tracking*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:17 -msgid "Select your *Project*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:19 -msgid "" -"If you use them, select your *Worksheet Template* and then click on *Save*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:25 -msgid "" -"From the *Sales* app, create a quotation with the product and confirm it. A " -"task is automatically set up under your Field Service project. It is " -"directly accessible from the sales order." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/general.po index fbbc19d0e..cb4dc2ec4 100644 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-18 07:12+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2021\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" @@ -23,55 +23,55 @@ msgstr "" "Language: uk\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n" -#: ../../general.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:3 msgid "General" msgstr "Загальне" -#: ../../general/auth.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth.rst:3 msgid "Authentication" msgstr "Аутентифікація" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:3 msgid "Two-factor Authentication" msgstr "Двофакторна аутентифікація" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:5 msgid "" "Two-factor authentication (\"2FA\") is a good way to improve the security of" " an account, to make it less likely that an other person will manage to log " "in instead of you." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:9 msgid "" "Practically, it means storing a secret inside an *authenticator* (usually " "your cell phone) and exchanging a code from the authenticator when you try " "to log in." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:13 msgid "" "This means an attacker needs *both* to have guessed (or found) your password" " and to access (or steal) your authenticator, a more difficult proposition " "than either one or the other." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:18 msgid "Requirements" msgstr "Вимоги" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:20 msgid "" "These lists are just examples, they are not endorsements of any specific " "software." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:23 msgid "" "If you don't already have one, you will need to choose an authenticator." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:26 msgid "" "Phone-based authenticators are the easiest and most common so we will assume" " you'll pick and install one on your phone, examples include `Authy " @@ -85,111 +85,111 @@ msgid "" " <https://bitwarden.com/help/article/authenticator-keys/>`_, ..." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:39 msgid "" "For the sake of demonstration we will be using Google Authenticator (not " "because it is any good but because it is quite common)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:43 msgid "Setting up two-factor authentication" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:45 msgid "" "Once you have your authenticator of choice, go to the Odoo instance you want" " to setup :abbr:`2FA (two-factor authentication)`, then open " ":guilabel:`Preferences` (or :guilabel:`My Profile`):" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:52 msgid "" "Open the :guilabel:`Account Security` tab, then click the :guilabel:`Enable " "two-factor authentication` button:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:58 msgid "" "Because this is a security-sensitive action, you will need to input your " "password:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:64 msgid "After which you will see this screen with a barcode:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:69 msgid "" "In most applications, you can simply *scan the barcode* via the " "authenticator of your choice, the authenticator will then take care of all " "the setup:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:78 msgid "" "If you can not scan the screen (e.g. because you are doing this set-up on " "the same phone as the authenticator application), you can click the provided" " link, or copy the secret to manually set-up your authenticator:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:89 msgid "" "Once this is done, the authenticator should display a *verification code* " "with some useful identifying information (e.g. the domain and login for " "which the code is):" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:96 msgid "" "You can now input the code into the :guilabel:`Verification Code` field, " "then click the :guilabel:`Enable two-factor authentication` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:100 msgid "" "Congratulation, your account is now protected by two-factor authentication!" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:107 msgid "Logging in" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:109 msgid "You should now :guilabel:`Log out` to follow along." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:111 msgid "" "On the login page, input the username and password of the account for which " "you set up :abbr:`2FA (two-factor authentication)`, rather than immediately " "enter Odoo you will now get a second log-in screen:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:118 msgid "" "Get your authenticator, input the code it provides for the domain and " "account, validate, and you're now in." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:121 msgid "" "And that's it. From now on, unless you disable :abbr:`2FA (two-factor " "authentication)` you will have a two-step log-in process rather than the old" " one-step process." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:125 msgid "" "Don't lose your authenticator, if you do, you will need an *Odoo " "Administrator* to disable :abbr:`2FA (two-factor authentication)` on the " "account." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/azure.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:3 msgid "OAuth" msgstr "OAuth" -#: ../../general/auth/azure.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:5 msgid "" "Due to specific requirements in Azure's OAuth implementation, Microsoft " "Azure OAuth identification is NOT compatible with Odoo at the moment." @@ -197,28 +197,28 @@ msgstr "" "Відповідно до спеціальних вимог у впровадженні Azure OAuth, ідентифікація " "Microsoft Azure OAuth на даний момент НЕ сумісна з Odoo." -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:3 msgid "How to allow users to sign in with their Google account" msgstr "" "Як дозволити користувачам входити за допомогою свого облікового запису " "Google" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:5 msgid "" "Connect to your Google account and go to the `Google API Dashboard " "<https://console.developers.google.com/>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:8 msgid "" "Click on **Create Project** and enter the project name and other details." msgstr "Натисніть **Створити проект** і введіть назву проекту та інші деталі." -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:16 msgid "Click on **Use Google APIs**" msgstr "Натисніть **Використовувати Google API**" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:21 msgid "" "On the left side menu, select the sub menu **Credentials** (from **API " "Manager**) then select **OAuth consent screen**." @@ -226,7 +226,7 @@ msgstr "" "У лівій частині меню виберіть підменю **Перелік** (у **Менеджер API**), " "потім виберіть **Екран згоди OAuth**." -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:26 msgid "" "Fill in your address, email and the product name (for example odoo) and then" " save." @@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ msgstr "" "Введіть адресу, електронну пошту та назву товару (наприклад, odoo), а потім " "збережіть." -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:31 msgid "" "Then click on **Add Credentials** and select the second option (OAuth 2.0 " "Client ID)." @@ -242,7 +242,7 @@ msgstr "" "Потім натисніть **Додати повноваження** та виберіть другий варіант (OAuth " "2.0 Client ID)." -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:39 msgid "" "Check that the application type is set on **Web Application**. Now configure" " the allowed pages on which you will be redirected." @@ -250,7 +250,7 @@ msgstr "" "Перевірте, чи встановлено тип програми на **Веб-додаток**. Тепер налаштуйте " "дозволені сторінки, на які вас буде перенаправлено." -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:41 msgid "" "To achieve this, complete the field **Authorized redirect URIs**. Copy paste" " the following link in the box: http://mydomain.odoo.com/auth_oauth/signin. " @@ -260,7 +260,7 @@ msgstr "" "вставте наступне посилання в поле: " "http://mydomain.odoo.com/auth_oauth/signin. Потім натисніть **Створити**." -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:49 msgid "" "Once done, you receive two information (your Client ID and Client Secret). " "You have to insert your Client ID in the **General Settings**." @@ -269,11 +269,11 @@ msgstr "" "клієнта). Вам потрібно вставити свій ID клієнта в **Загальних " "налаштуваннях**." -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:3 msgid "How to use Google Spreadsheet in Addition to my Data?" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:5 msgid "" "Create custom dashboards in Google Spreadsheet that retrieves data directly " "from Odoo using spreadsheet formula. You can use it to create sales " @@ -281,71 +281,72 @@ msgid "" "Python but programming skills are not required." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:10 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:84 -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:16 ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:13 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Налаштування" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:12 msgid "" "From the *General Settings*, active *Google Drive* and *Google Spreadsheet*." " The options *Authorization Code* and *Get Authorization Code* are now " "available." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:19 msgid "" "Now, link your Google account with Odoo going to :menuselection:`Get " "Authorization Code --> select your Google account --> enter your password " "--> copy the code --> paste it into the Authorization Code field`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:24 msgid "Create a new Spreadsheet" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:26 msgid "" "From the *CRM* app, for example, go to *Favorites* and click on *Add to " "Google Spreadsheet*." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:32 msgid "A new spreadsheet will be automatically created in your Google Drive." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:35 msgid "" "When you opening this new file, a second sheet is created automatically by " "Odoo with a tutorial/documentation on *How to use Google Spreadsheet*." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:39 msgid "Link a Spreadsheet with Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:41 msgid "From this new file, configure your database." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:42 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Odoo --> Server Settings --> Database Name --> " "Username --> Password`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:49 msgid "Applications" msgstr "Заявки" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:51 msgid "" "You have 2 different formulas of using Google Spreadsheet in Odoo: retrieve " "data and retrieve grouped sums." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:55 msgid "" "Google Drive limits the execution time of scripts; if the data you requested" " takes too long to be delivered, you might get an error. There is no " @@ -354,74 +355,74 @@ msgid "" "usually fine." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:62 msgid "Retrieve Data" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:66 msgid "" "The theoretical formula is :command:`= oe_browse " "(table;columns;filters;orderby:limit)`. Used it if you want to display the " "information without grouping it (e.g.: each sales order in the database)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:67 msgid "Find some the arguments in the table below." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:74 msgid "Retrieve Grouped Sums" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:77 msgid "" "The theoretical formula is :command:`= oe_read_group " "(table;columns;group_by;filters;orderby:limit)`. Use it when you want to " "display a sum of data (e.g.: total invoiced)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:78 msgid "Find some arguments in the table below." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:85 msgid "Other uses" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:87 msgid "" "Mix Odoo data with spreadsheet data, add traditional formulas, and create " "Dynamic Tabled and Graphs." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:3 msgid "How to allow users to sign in with LDAP" msgstr "Як дозволити користувачам входити через LDAP" -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:5 msgid "Install the LDAP module in General Settings." msgstr "Встановіть модуль LDAP у Загальних налаштуваннях." -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:7 msgid "Click on **Create** in Setup your LDAP Server." msgstr "Натисніть **Створити** у налаштуваннях вашого сервера LDAP." -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:15 msgid "Choose the company about to use the LDAP." msgstr "Оберіть про компанію для використання LDAP." -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:20 msgid "" "In **Server Information**, enter the IP address of your server and the port " "it listens to." msgstr "" "В **Інформації сервера**, введіть IP-адресу вашого сервера та його порт." -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:22 msgid "Tick **User TLS** if your server is compatible." msgstr "Позначте **TLS користувача**, якщо ваш сервер сумісний." -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:27 msgid "" "In **Login Information**, enter ID and password of the account used to query" " the server. If left empty, the server will be queried anonymously." @@ -430,7 +431,7 @@ msgstr "" "використовується для запиту сервера. Якщо залишите порожнім, сервер буде " "запитуватися анонімно." -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:32 msgid "" "In **Process Parameter**, enter the domain name of your LDAP server in LDAP " "nomenclature (e.g. ``dc=example,dc=com``)." @@ -438,11 +439,11 @@ msgstr "" "В **Параметрах оброки**, введіть доменне ім'я вашого сервера LDAP в " "номенклатурі LDAP (напр. ``dc=example,dc=com``)." -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:34 msgid "In **LDAP filter**, enter ``uid=%s``" msgstr "У **фільтрі LDAP**, введіть ``uid=%s``" -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:39 msgid "" "In **User Information**, tick *Create User* if you want Odoo to create a " "User profile the first time someone log in with LDAP." @@ -451,7 +452,7 @@ msgstr "" "хочете, щоби Odoo створила профіль користувача, коли хтось вперше увійде " "через LDAP." -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:41 msgid "" "In **Template User**, indicate a template for the new profiles created. If " "left blanked, the admin profile will be used as template." @@ -459,15 +460,15 @@ msgstr "" "У **Шаблоні користувача**, вкажіть шаблон для новостворених профілів. Якщо " "залишити заблокованим, профіль адміна, буде використовуватися як шаблон." -#: ../../general/base_import.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import.rst:3 msgid "Data Import" msgstr "Імпорт даних" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:3 msgid "How to adapt an import template" msgstr "Як імпортувати шаблон імпорту" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:5 msgid "" "Import templates are provided in the import tool of the most common data to " "import (contacts, products, bank statements, etc.). You can open them with " @@ -479,25 +480,25 @@ msgstr "" "будь-яким програмним забезпеченням електронних таблиць (Microsoft Office, " "OpenOffice, Google Диск тощо)." -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:11 msgid "How to customize the file" msgstr "Як налаштувати файл" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:13 msgid "" "Remove columns you don't need. We advise to not remove the *ID* one (see why" " here below)." msgstr "Видаліть стовпці, які вам не потрібні. Ми радимо не видаляти ID." -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:15 -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:27 msgid "" "Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing." msgstr "" "Встановіть унікальний ID для кожного окремого запису, перетягнувши " "послідовність ID." -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:20 msgid "" "When you add a new column, Odoo might not be able to map it automatically if" " its label doesn't fit any field of the system. If so, find the " @@ -507,7 +508,7 @@ msgstr "" "помітити, якщо його мітка не підходить для будь-якого поля системи. Якщо " "так, знайдіть відповідне поле за допомогою пошуку." -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:27 msgid "" "Then, use the label you found in your import template in order to make it " "work straight away the very next time you try to import." @@ -515,11 +516,11 @@ msgstr "" "Потім використовуйте мітку, яку ви знайшли у своєму шаблоні імпорту, щоби " "він працював одразу ж під час наступної спроби імпорту." -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:31 msgid "Why an “ID” column" msgstr "Чому колонка \"ID\"?" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:33 msgid "" "The **ID** (External ID) is an unique identifier for the line item. Feel " "free to use the one of your previous software to ease the transition to " @@ -529,14 +530,14 @@ msgstr "" "соромтеся використовувати попереднє програмне забезпечення для полегшення " "переходу на Odoo." -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:36 msgid "" "Setting an ID is not mandatory when importing but it helps in many cases:" msgstr "" "Встановлення ID не є обов'язковим при імпорті, але це допомагає у багатьох " "випадках:" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:38 msgid "" "Update imports: you can import the same file several times without creating " "duplicates;" @@ -544,15 +545,15 @@ msgstr "" "Оновіть імпорт: ви можете імпортувати один і той же файл кілька разів без " "створення дублікатів;" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:39 msgid "Import relation fields (see here below)." msgstr "Пов'язані поля імпорту (див. Нижче)." -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:42 msgid "How to import relation fields" msgstr "Як імпортувати пов'язані поля" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:44 msgid "" "An Odoo object is always related to many other objects (e.g. a product is " "linked to product categories, attributes, vendors, etc.). To import those " @@ -564,7 +565,7 @@ msgstr "" "імпортувати ці відносини, вам потрібно спочатку імпортувати записи " "відповідного об'єкта з власного меню списку." -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:48 msgid "" "You can do it using either the name of the related record or its ID. The ID " "is expected when two records have the same name. In such a case add \" / " @@ -576,15 +577,15 @@ msgstr "" "додайте \"/ ID\" в кінці заголовку колонки (наприклад, для атрибутів товару:" " атрибути товару / атрибут / ID товару)." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:3 msgid "Import data" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:6 msgid "How to start" msgstr "З чого почати?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:8 msgid "" "You can import data on any Odoo's business object using either Excel (.xlsx)" " or CSV (.csv) formats: contacts, products, bank statements, journal entries" @@ -594,13 +595,13 @@ msgstr "" "(.xlsx) або CSV (.csv): контакти, товари, банківські виписки, записи в " "журналі та навіть замовлення!" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:12 msgid "" "Open the view of the object you want to populate and click on " ":menuselection:`Favorites --> Import records`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:18 msgid "" "There you are provided with templates you can easily populate with your own " "data. Such templates can be imported in one click; The data mapping is " @@ -609,21 +610,21 @@ msgstr "" "Вам надаються шаблони, які можна легко заповнити власними даними. Такі " "шаблони можна імпортувати одним кліком; Відображення даних вже виконано." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:23 msgid "How to adapt the template" msgstr "Як адаптувати шаблон?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:25 msgid "Add, remove and sort columns to fit at best your data structure." msgstr "" "Додайте, видаліть та відсортуйте стовпці, щоби найкраще відповідати " "структурі даних." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:26 msgid "We advise to not remove the **ID** one (see why in the next section)." msgstr "Ми радимо не видаляти **ID** (Чому? Дивіться в наступному розділі)." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:32 msgid "" "When you add a new column, Odoo might not be able to map it automatically if" " its label doesn't fit any field in Odoo. Don't worry! You can map new " @@ -635,7 +636,7 @@ msgstr "" "хвилюйтеся! Ви можете вставляти нові стовпці вручну під час перевірки " "імпорту. Знайдіть список відповідного поля." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:40 msgid "" "Then, use this field's label in your file in order to make it work straight " "on the very next time." @@ -643,11 +644,11 @@ msgstr "" "Потім використовуйте мітку цього поля у вашому файлі, щоби він працював " "наступного разу." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:45 msgid "How to import from another application" msgstr "Як імпортувати з іншої програми?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:47 msgid "" "In order to re-create relationships between different records, you should " "use the unique identifier from the original application and map it to the " @@ -664,7 +665,7 @@ msgstr "" "знайти цей запис, використовуючи його назву, але ви зупинитесь, якщо " "принаймні 2 записи мають однакову назву." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:55 msgid "" "The **ID** will also be used to update the original import if you need to " "re-import modified data later, it's thus good practice to specify it " @@ -674,11 +675,11 @@ msgstr "" " доведеться повторно імпортувати змінені дані пізніше, тому, якщо можливо, " "ви зможете його вказати." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:61 msgid "I cannot find the field I want to map my column to" msgstr "Я не можу знайти поле, в якому я хочу позначити стовпець" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:63 msgid "" "Odoo tries to find with some heuristic, based on the first ten lines of the " "files, the type of field for each column inside your file. For example if " @@ -695,7 +696,7 @@ msgstr "" "бути хорошою і легкою, можливо, що це трапиться не так, або ви хочете " "вказати стовпчик на поле, яке не пропонується за замовчуванням." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:72 msgid "" "If that happens, you just have to check the ** Show fields of relation " "fields (advanced)** option, you will then be able to choose from the " @@ -705,11 +706,11 @@ msgstr "" "пов'язаної моделі (розширено)**, після чого ви зможете вибрати з повного " "списку полів для кожного стовпця." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:80 msgid "Where can I change the date import format?" msgstr "Де я можу змінити формат імпортування дати?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:82 msgid "" "Odoo can automatically detect if a column is a date, and it will try to " "guess the date format from a set of most commonly used date formats. While " @@ -725,7 +726,7 @@ msgstr "" "місяць; важко здогадатися, яка частина формату дати - це день, а яка - " "місяць у такій даті, як '01-03-2016 '." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:88 msgid "" "To view which date format Odoo has found from your file you can check the " "**Date Format** that is shown when clicking on **Options** under the file " @@ -737,7 +738,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Параметри** під списком файлів. Якщо цей формат неправильний, ви можете " "змінити його, використовуючи *ISO 8601*, щоби визначити формат." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:93 msgid "" "If you are importing an excel (.xls, .xlsx) file, you can use date cells to " "store dates as the display of dates in excel is different from the way it is" @@ -750,11 +751,11 @@ msgstr "" "що формат дати в Odoo правильний, незалежно від формату вашої локальної " "дати." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:98 msgid "Can I import numbers with currency sign (e.g.: $32.00)?" msgstr "Чи можу я імпортувати номери з позначкою валюти (наприклад, $ 32.00)?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:100 msgid "" "Yes, we fully support numbers with parenthesis to represent negative sign as" " well as numbers with currency sign attached to them. Odoo also " @@ -770,60 +771,60 @@ msgstr "" " використовуєте символ валюти, який не відомий Odoo, він, можливо, не буде " "визнаний як номер, хоча й буде збігатися." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:105 msgid "" "Examples of supported numbers (using thirty-two thousands as an example):" msgstr "" "Приклади підтримуваних чисел (наприклад, з використанням тридцяти двох " "тисяч):" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:107 msgid "32.000,00" msgstr "32.000,00" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:108 msgid "32000,00" msgstr "32000,00" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:109 msgid "32,000.00" msgstr "32,000.00" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:110 msgid "-32000.00" msgstr "-32000.00" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:111 msgid "(32000.00)" msgstr "(32000.00)" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:112 msgid "$ 32.000,00" msgstr "$ 32.000,00" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:113 msgid "(32000.00 €)" msgstr "(32000.00 €)" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:115 msgid "Example that will not work:" msgstr "Приклад, який не буде працювати:" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:117 msgid "ABC 32.000,00" msgstr "ABC 32.000,00" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:118 msgid "$ (32.000,00)" msgstr "$ (32.000,00)" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:121 msgid "What can I do when the Import preview table isn't displayed correctly?" msgstr "" "Що робити, коли таблиці попереднього перегляду імпорту відображаються " "неправильно?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:123 msgid "" "By default the Import preview is set on commas as field separators and " "quotation marks as text delimiters. If your csv file does not have these " @@ -835,7 +836,7 @@ msgstr "" " цих налаштувань, ви можете змінити параметри формату файлу (відображається " "під панеллю перегляду файлів CSV після вибору файлу)." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:127 msgid "" "Note that if your CSV file has a tabulation as separator, Odoo will not " "detect the separations. You will need to change the file format options in " @@ -846,7 +847,7 @@ msgstr "" "вашій програмі для роботи з електронними таблицями. Дивіться наступне " "питання." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:132 msgid "" "How can I change the CSV file format options when saving in my spreadsheet " "application?" @@ -854,7 +855,7 @@ msgstr "" "Як змінити параметри формату файлу CSV при збереженні електронної таблиці в " "моїй програмі?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:134 msgid "" "If you edit and save CSV files in spreadsheet applications, your computer's " "regional settings will be applied for the separator and delimiter. We " @@ -863,18 +864,18 @@ msgid "" "the box 'Edit filter settings' --> Save`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:139 msgid "" "Microsoft Excel will allow you to modify only the encoding when saving (in " ":menuselection:`'Save As' dialog box --> click 'Tools' dropdown list --> " "Encoding tab`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:143 msgid "What's the difference between Database ID and External ID?" msgstr "Яка різниця між ID бази даних та зовнішнім ID?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:145 msgid "" "Some fields define a relationship with another object. For example, the " "country of a contact is a link to a record of the 'Country' object. When you" @@ -884,7 +885,7 @@ msgid "" "import." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:150 msgid "" "For example, to reference the country of a contact, Odoo proposes you 3 " "different fields to import:" @@ -892,11 +893,11 @@ msgstr "" "Наприклад, щоби вказати країну контакту, Odoo пропонує вам 3 різних поля для" " імпорту:" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:152 msgid "Country: the name or code of the country" msgstr "Країна: назва або код країни" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:153 msgid "" "Country/Database ID: the unique Odoo ID for a record, defined by the ID " "postgresql column" @@ -904,7 +905,7 @@ msgstr "" "Країна/ID бази даних: унікальний ID Odoo для запису, визначеного стовпцем ID" " postgresql" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:154 msgid "" "Country/External ID: the ID of this record referenced in another application" " (or the .XML file that imported it)" @@ -912,24 +913,24 @@ msgstr "" "Країна/Зовнішній ID: ID запису, зазначеного в іншій програмі (або .XML-" "файлі, який імпортував його)" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:157 msgid "For the country Belgium, you can use one of these 3 ways to import:" msgstr "" "Для країни Бельгії можна використовувати один із цих 3 способів імпорту:" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:159 msgid "Country: Belgium" msgstr "Країна: Бельгія" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:160 msgid "Country/Database ID: 21" msgstr "Країна/ID бази даних: 21" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:161 msgid "Country/External ID: base.be" msgstr "Країна/Зовнішній ID: base.be" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:163 msgid "" "According to your need, you should use one of these 3 ways to reference " "records in relations. Here is when you should use one or the other, " @@ -939,7 +940,7 @@ msgstr "" "способів відстежувати пов'язані записи. Ось коли ви повинні використовувати " "той чи інший спосіб, відповідно до вашої потреби:" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:166 msgid "" "Use Country: This is the easiest way when your data come from CSV files that" " have been created manually." @@ -947,7 +948,7 @@ msgstr "" "Використовуйте країну: це найпростіший спосіб, коли ваші дані надходять з " "файлів CSV, які були створені вручну." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:168 msgid "" "Use Country/Database ID: You should rarely use this notation. It's mostly " "used by developers as it's main advantage is to never have conflicts (you " @@ -959,7 +960,7 @@ msgstr "" "тому, щоби ніколи не було конфліктів (у вас може бути кілька записів з " "однаковою назвою, але вони завжди мають унікальний ID бази даних)." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:171 msgid "" "Use Country/External ID: Use External ID when you import data from a third " "party application." @@ -967,7 +968,7 @@ msgstr "" "Використовуйте назву країни/зовнішній ID: використовуйте зовнішній ID, коли " "ви імпортуєте дані зі сторонньої програми." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:173 msgid "" "When you use External IDs, you can import CSV files with the \"External ID\"" " column to define the External ID of each record you import. Then, you will " @@ -981,23 +982,23 @@ msgstr "" "стовпчиками типу \"Поле/Зовнішній ID\". Наступні два файли CSV наводять " "приклад для товарів і їх категорій." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:178 msgid "" ":download:`CSV file for categories " -"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_product_categories.csv>`." +"<files/External_id_3rd_party_application_product_categories.csv>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:181 msgid "" ":download:`CSV file for Products " -"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_products.csv>`." +"<files/External_id_3rd_party_application_products.csv>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:185 msgid "What can I do if I have multiple matches for a field?" msgstr "Що робити, якщо у мене є кілька співпадінь для поля?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:187 msgid "" "If for example you have two product categories with the child name " "\"Sellable\" (ie. \"Misc. Products/Sellable\" & \"Other " @@ -1015,7 +1016,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"Категорії товарів\" (\"Різні Товари/Продаються\"). Ми рекомендуємо змінити" " один зі значень дублікатів або ієрархію категорії товарів." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:193 msgid "" "However if you do not wish to change your configuration of product " "categories, we recommend you use make use of the external ID for this field " @@ -1025,7 +1026,7 @@ msgstr "" "рекомендуємо використовувати зовнішній ідентифікатор для цього поля " "\"Категорія\"." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:197 msgid "" "How can I import a many2many relationship field (e.g. a customer that has " "multiple tags)?" @@ -1033,7 +1034,7 @@ msgstr "" "Як я можу імпортувати поле зв'язку many2many (наприклад, клієнта з кількома " "тегами)?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:199 msgid "" "The tags should be separated by a comma without any spacing. For example, if" " you want your customer to be linked to both tags 'Manufacturer' and " @@ -1045,13 +1046,13 @@ msgstr "" "\"Роздрібний продавець\", ви кодуєте \"Виробник, роздрібний продавець\" у " "тому ж рядку файлу CSV." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:203 msgid "" ":download:`CSV file for Manufacturer, Retailer " -"<../../_static/example_files/m2m_customers_tags.csv>`" +"<files/m2m_customers_tags.csv>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:207 msgid "" "How can I import a one2many relationship (e.g. several Order Lines of a " "Sales Order)?" @@ -1059,7 +1060,7 @@ msgstr "" "Як імпортувати зв'язок one2many (наприклад, кілька рядків замовлення від " "замовлення на продаж)?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:209 msgid "" "If you want to import sales order having several order lines; for each order" " line, you need to reserve a specific row in the CSV file. The first order " @@ -1070,13 +1071,13 @@ msgid "" "quotations you can import, based on demo data." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:216 msgid "" ":download:`File for some Quotations " -"<../../_static/example_files/purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.csv>`." +"<files/purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.csv>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:218 msgid "" "The following CSV file shows how to import purchase orders with their " "respective purchase order lines:" @@ -1084,13 +1085,13 @@ msgstr "" "У наведеному нижче файлі CSV показано, як імпортувати замовлення на купівлю " "за допомогою відповідних рядків замовлення." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:221 msgid "" ":download:`Purchase orders with their respective purchase order lines " -"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_purchase_order_lines.csv>`." +"<files/o2m_purchase_order_lines.csv>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:223 msgid "" "The following CSV file shows how to import customers and their respective " "contacts:" @@ -1098,17 +1099,17 @@ msgstr "" "У наведеному нижче файлі CSV показано, як імпортувати клієнтів та їх " "відповідні контакти:" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:225 msgid "" ":download:`Customers and their respective contacts " -"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_customers_contacts.csv>`." +"<files/o2m_customers_contacts.csv>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:228 msgid "Can I import several times the same record?" msgstr "Чи можу я кілька разів імпортувати той самий запис?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:230 msgid "" "If you import a file that contains one of the column \"External ID\" or " "\"Database ID\", records that have already been imported will be modified " @@ -1124,7 +1125,7 @@ msgstr "" "буде дбати про створення або зміну кожного запису залежно від того, він " "новий чи ні." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:235 msgid "" "This feature allows you to use the Import/Export tool of Odoo to modify a " "batch of records in your favorite spreadsheet application." @@ -1132,11 +1133,11 @@ msgstr "" "Ця функція дозволяє вам використовувати інструмент імпорту/експорту Odoo для" " зміни записів цілим пакетом у вашій програмі електронної таблиці." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:239 msgid "What happens if I do not provide a value for a specific field?" msgstr "Що станеться, якщо я не надам значення для конкретного поля?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:241 msgid "" "If you do not set all fields in your CSV file, Odoo will assign the default " "value for every non defined fields. But if you set fields with empty values " @@ -1148,11 +1149,11 @@ msgstr "" "порожніми значеннями у своєму файлі CSV, Odoo встановить значення EMPTY у " "полі, замість того, аби призначити значення за замовчуванням." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:246 msgid "How to export/import different tables from an SQL application to Odoo?" msgstr "Як експортувати/імпортувати різні таблиці з додатка SQL до Odoo?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:251 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:248 msgid "" "If you need to import data from different tables, you will have to recreate " "relations between records belonging to different tables. (e.g. if you import" @@ -1164,7 +1165,7 @@ msgstr "" "якщо ви імпортуєте компанії та людей, вам доведеться відтворити зв'язок між " "кожною особою та компанією, в якій вони працюють)." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:252 msgid "" "To manage relations between tables, you can use the \"External ID\" " "facilities of Odoo. The \"External ID\" of a record is the unique identifier" @@ -1174,16 +1175,16 @@ msgid "" "'company_1', 'person_1' instead of '1')" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:261 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:258 msgid "" "As an example, suppose you have a SQL database with two tables you want to " "import: companies and persons. Each person belong to one company, so you " "will have to recreate the link between a person and the company he work for." " (If you want to test this example, here is a :download:`dump of such a " -"PostgreSQL database <../../_static/example_files/database_import_test.sql>`)" +"PostgreSQL database <files/database_import_test.sql>`)" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:263 msgid "" "We will first export all companies and their \"External ID\". In PSQL, write" " the following command:" @@ -1191,11 +1192,11 @@ msgstr "" "Спочатку ми експортуємо всі компанії та їх \"Зовнішній ID\". У PSQL, " "напишіть таку команду:" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:269 msgid "This SQL command will create the following CSV file:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:278 msgid "" "To create the CSV file for persons, linked to companies, we will use the " "following SQL command in PSQL:" @@ -1203,11 +1204,11 @@ msgstr "" "Щоби створити файл CSV для осіб, пов'язаних з компаніями, ми використаємо " "наступну команду SQL у PSQL:" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:284 msgid "It will produce the following CSV file:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:297 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:294 msgid "" "As you can see in this file, Fabien and Laurence are working for the Bigees " "company (company_1) and Eric is working for the Organi company. The relation" @@ -1217,7 +1218,7 @@ msgid "" " who shared the same ID 1 in the original database)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:303 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:300 msgid "" "The two files produced are ready to be imported in Odoo without any " "modifications. After having imported these two CSV files, you will have 4 " @@ -1229,15 +1230,15 @@ msgstr "" "пов'язані з першою компанією). Спочатку потрібно імпортувати компанії, а " "потім особи." -#: ../../general/calendars.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars.rst:3 msgid "Calendars" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:3 msgid "Synchronize Google Calendar with Odoo" msgstr "Синхронізація Google Календаря з Odoo" -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo is perfectly integrated with Google Calendar so that you can see & " "manage your meetings from both platforms (updates go through both " @@ -1247,11 +1248,11 @@ msgstr "" " своїми зустрічами з обох платформ (оновлення відбуваються в обох " "напрямках)." -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:10 msgid "Setup in Google" msgstr "Встановлення в Google" -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:11 msgid "" "Go to `Google APIs platform <https://console.developers.google.com>`__ to " "generate Google Calendar API credentials. Log in with your Google account." @@ -1260,19 +1261,19 @@ msgstr "" "<https://console.developers.google.com>`__, щоб створити повноваження Google" " Календар API. Зайдіть через ваш акаунт Google." -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:14 msgid "Go to the API & Services page." msgstr "Перейдіть до сторінки API та Послуги." -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:19 msgid "Search for *Google Calendar API* and select it." msgstr "Знайдіть*Google Calendar API* і виберіть його." -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:27 msgid "Enable the API." msgstr "Увімкніть API." -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:32 msgid "" "Select or create an API project to store the credentials if not yet done " "before. Give it an explicit name (e.g. Odoo Sync)." @@ -1280,11 +1281,11 @@ msgstr "" "Виберіть або створіть проект API для зберігання облікових даних, якщо це ще " "не було зроблено раніше. Дайте їй конкретне ім'я (наприклад, Odoo Sync)." -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:35 msgid "Create credentials." msgstr "Створіть облікові дані." -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:40 msgid "" "Select *Web browser (Javascript)* as calling source and *User data* as kind " "of data." @@ -1292,7 +1293,7 @@ msgstr "" "Виберіть *веб-браузер (Javascript)* як джерело дзвінків та *дані " "користувача* як види даних." -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:46 msgid "" "Then you can create a Client ID. Enter the name of the application (e.g. " "Odoo Calendar) and the allowed pages on which you will be redirected. The " @@ -1306,7 +1307,7 @@ msgstr "" "адреси Odoo. *Авторизована URI перенаправлення* - це ваш приклад URL-адреси " "Odoo, а потім -'/google_account/authentication'." -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:55 msgid "" "Go through the Consent Screen step by entering a product name (e.g. Odoo " "Calendar). Feel free to check the customizations options but this is not " @@ -1318,7 +1319,7 @@ msgstr "" "обов'язково. Екран згоди відображатиметься лише тоді, коли ви вперше введете" " ідентифікатор клієнта в Odoo." -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:60 msgid "" "Finally you are provided with your **Client ID**. Go to *Credentials* to get" " the **Client Secret** as well. Both of them are required in Odoo." @@ -1326,11 +1327,11 @@ msgstr "" "Нарешті, вам надається **ідентифікатор клієнта**. Перейдіть на *Облікові " "дані*, щоб отримати **Секретний ключ клієнта**. Обидва вони потрібні в Odoo." -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:67 msgid "Setup in Odoo" msgstr "Налаштування в Odoo" -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:69 msgid "" "Install the **Google Calendar** App from the *Apps* menu or by checking the " "option in :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings`." @@ -1338,7 +1339,7 @@ msgstr "" "Встановіть додаток **Google Каленар** з меню *Додатки* або позначте опцію в " ":menuselection:`Налаштування --> Загальні налаштування`." -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:75 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and enter your **Client" " ID** and **Client Secret** in Google Calendar option." @@ -1347,7 +1348,7 @@ msgstr "" "введіть ваш **ID клієнта** та **Секретний ключ клієнта** в налаштуванні " "Google Календаря." -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:81 msgid "" "The setup is now ready. Open your Odoo Calendar and sync with Google. The " "first time you do it you are redirected to Google to authorize the " @@ -1359,25 +1360,25 @@ msgstr "" "з'єднання. Повернувшись в Odoo, знову натисніть кнопку синхронізації. Ви " "можете натискати її, коли хочете синхронізувати свій календар." -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:89 msgid "As of now you no longer have excuses to miss a meeting!" msgstr "Тепер ви більше не маєте виправдання, щоби пропустити зустріч!" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:3 msgid "Synchronization with Outlook's Calendar" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:5 msgid "" "Synchronizing your **main** Outlook Calendar with Odoo is useful to keep " "track of your tasks and appointments, and across all related applications." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:9 msgid "Register your application with the Microsoft identity platform" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:13 msgid "" "In order to be able to sync your Outlook Calendar with Odoo's Calendar, a " "Microsoft Azure account is needed. The creation of an account is free for " @@ -1385,7 +1386,7 @@ msgid "" "here <https://azure.microsoft.com/en-us/free/?WT.mc_id=A261C142F>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:15 msgid "" "Following, `Set up an Azure AD Tenant <https://docs.microsoft.com/en-" "us/azure/active-directory/develop/quickstart-create-new-tenant>`_, also " @@ -1393,69 +1394,69 @@ msgid "" "and register apps." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:17 msgid "" "Ultimately, `Register an Application <https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure" "/active-directory/develop/quickstart-register-app>`_, choosing the " "appropriate supported account type." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:20 msgid "When configuring your platform settings, choose *Web*." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:0 msgid "" "For the **Redirect URI restrictions**, copy your Odoo database URI followed " "by ``/microsoft_account/authentication``. Example:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:0 msgid "" "For more information on the restrictions and limitations of URIs, `check " "this page <https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/active-directory/develop" "/reply-url>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:37 msgid "" "Regarding credentials, you *must* **Add a client secret**, called *Client " "Secret* in Odoo, which allows Odoo to authenticate itself, requiring no " "interaction from your side. *Certificates* are optional." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:42 msgid "Configuration in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:44 msgid "Go to general *Settings* and activate the *Outlook Calendar* feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:50 msgid "" "From your Azure portal, under *Overview*, copy your *Application (client) " "ID*, and paste it to *Client ID* in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:57 msgid "" "Going back to your Azure portal, now under *Certificates & secrets*, copy " "your *Client Secret Value* and paste it to *Client Secret* in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:67 msgid "Sync with Outlook" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:0 msgid "" "Odoo Calendar sends a confirmation email at the creation of an event to its " "attendees. But, on the **first** sync, Outlook will also send confirmation " "emails of all scheduled events (including past ones)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:0 msgid "" "To avoid this situation, we recommend *archiving all past events, and " "removing yourself from future ones in Odoo Calendar before the first sync*. " @@ -1464,20 +1465,20 @@ msgid "" "sync, events will only send one confirmation email." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:82 msgid "" "Go to the *Calendar* application and *Sync with Outlook*. You are asked to " "log in to your account, if you are not already, and grant the required " "permissions." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:89 msgid "" "The synchronization is a two-way process, meaning that events are reconciled" " in both accounts (Outlook and Odoo)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:97 msgid "" "All users that want to use the synchronization simply need to :ref:`sync " "their calendar with Outlook <outlook_calendar/sync_with_outlook>`. The " @@ -1487,96 +1488,96 @@ msgid "" "external users." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:103 -msgid ":doc:`../../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension`" +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:103 +msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:104 msgid ":doc:`../google/google_calendar_credentials`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/developer_mode.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:3 msgid "Developer Mode" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:3 msgid "Activate the Developer (Debug) Mode" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:5 msgid "" "The Developer or Debug Mode gives you access to extra and advanced tools." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:8 msgid "Through the Settings application" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:10 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Activate the developer mode`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:17 msgid "" "*Activate the developer mode (with assets)* is used by developers; *Activate" " the developer mode (with tests assets)* is used by developers and testers." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:20 msgid "" "Once activated, the *Deactivate the developer mode* option becomes " "available." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:23 msgid "Through a browser extension" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:26 msgid "" "Go to the settings and extensions of your web browser, and search for *Odoo " "Debug*. Once the extension is installed, a new icon will be shown on your " "toolbar." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:28 msgid "" "For the *Odoo Debug* extension, a single click enables a normal version of " "the mode, while a double click enables it with assets. To deactivate it, use" " a single click." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:35 msgid "Through the URL" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:37 msgid "In the URL add ``?debug=1`` or ``?debug=true`` after *web*." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:44 msgid "Developers: type ``?debug=assets`` and activate the mode with assets." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:47 msgid "Locate the mode tools" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:49 msgid "" "The Developer mode tools can be accessed from the *Open Developer Tools* " "button, located on the header of your pages." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:3 msgid "In-App Purchase" msgstr "Купівлі в додатку" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:3 msgid "General guide about In-App Purchase (IAP) Services" msgstr "Загальний путівник про Послуги Купівлі в додатку (IAP)" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:5 msgid "" "In-App Purchases (IAP) gives access to additional services through Odoo. For" " instance, it allows me to send SMS Text Messages or to send Invoices by " @@ -1586,18 +1587,18 @@ msgstr "" "Наприклад, це дозволяє надсилати текстові SMS-повідомлення або надсилати " "рахунки поштою безпосередньо зі своєї бази даних." -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:9 msgid "Buying Credits" msgstr "Купівля кредитів" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:11 msgid "" "Each IAP Service relies on prepaid credits to work and has its own pricing. " "To consult my current balance or to recharge my account, go to " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Odoo IAP --> View my Services`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:19 msgid "" "If I am on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, I benefit " "from free credits to test our IAP features." @@ -1605,24 +1606,24 @@ msgstr "" "Якщо я на Odoo Online (SAAS) і в мене версія Enterprise, я користуюся " "безкоштовними кредитами для тестування функцій IAP." -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:23 msgid "IAP accounts" msgstr "Рахунки IAP" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:25 msgid "" "Credits to use IAP services are stored on IAP accounts, which are specific " "to each service and database. By default, IAP accounts are common to all " "companies, but can be restricted to specific ones. Activate the " -":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, then go to " +":doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>`, then go to " ":menuselection:`Technical Settings --> IAP Account`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:34 msgid "IAP Portal" msgstr "Портал IAP" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:36 msgid "" "The IAP Portal is a platform regrouping my IAP Services. It is accessible " "from :menuselection:`Settings app --> Odoo IAP --> View my Services`. From " @@ -1630,11 +1631,11 @@ msgid "" "consumption and set a reminder to when credits are low." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:44 msgid "Get notified when credits are low" msgstr "Отримуйте сповіщення, коли недостатньо кредитів" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:46 msgid "" "To be notified when it’s time to recharge my credits, I’ll go to my IAP " "Portal through :menuselection:`Settings app --> Odoo IAP --> View my " @@ -1644,17 +1645,17 @@ msgid "" "by email!" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:56 msgid "IAP services available" msgstr "Доступні послуги IAP" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:58 msgid "" "Different services are available depending on the hosting type of your " "Database:" msgstr "Різні послуги доступні в залежності типу хостингу вашої бази даних:" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:60 msgid "" "*Odoo Online (SAAS)*: only the IAP services provided by Odoo can be used " "(i.e. the SMS, Snailmail, Reveal and Partner Autocomplete features);" @@ -1663,7 +1664,7 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo (напр. такі функції, як SMS, Snailmail, Відкриття та Автоматичне " "заповнення партнера);" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:62 msgid "" "*Odoo.sh and Odoo Enterprise (on-premise)*: both the services provided by " "Odoo and by third-party apps can be used." @@ -1671,26 +1672,51 @@ msgstr "" "*Odoo.sh та Odoo Enterprise (на власному сервері)*: можна використовувати " "обидві послуги, які надаються Odoo, та сторонні модулі." -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:66 msgid "Offering my own services" msgstr "Запропонувати власні послуги" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:68 msgid "" "I am more than welcome to offer my own IAP services through Odoo Apps! It is" " the perfect opportunity to get recurring revenue for an ongoing service use" " rather than — and possibly instead of — a sole initial purchase. Please, " -"find more information at: `In-App Purchase " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/14.0/webservices/iap.html>`_" +"find more information at: :doc:`In-App Purchase " +"</developer/webservices/iap>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies.rst:3 -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:2 -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/general/mobile.rst:4 +msgid "Mobile" +msgstr "Мобільний" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/mobile.rst:7 +msgid "Push Notifications" +msgstr "Push-сповіщення" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/mobile.rst:9 +msgid "" +"As of Odoo 12.0, 13.0 or above, there is no more complex configuration to " +"enable push notifications in the mobile app." +msgstr "" +"Для Odoo 12.0, 13.0 або новішої версії більше немає складної конфігурації, " +"щоб включити push-сповіщення в мобільному додатку." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/mobile.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Simply go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Odoo Cloud " +"Notification (OCN)` and make sure that **Push Notifications** is checked." +msgstr "" +"Просто перейдіть на :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Загальні налаштування " +"--> Сповіщення Odoo Cloud (OCN)` та переконайтеся, що позначені **Пуш-" +"сповіщення**." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:2 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:189 msgid "Multi Companies" msgstr "Мультикомпанії" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:4 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:4 msgid "" "A centralized management environment allows you to select multiple companies" " simultaneously and set their specific warehouses, customers, equipment, and" @@ -1699,11 +1725,11 @@ msgid "" "overall management process." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:10 msgid "Manage companies and records" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:12 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Manage Companies` and fill in the form " "with your company’s information. If a *Parent Company* is selected, records " @@ -1711,15 +1737,15 @@ msgid "" "active)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:21 msgid "" -"Activate the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` " -"to choose a *Favicon* for each of your companies, and easily identify them " -"by the browser tabs. Set your favicons’ files size to 16x16 or 32x32 pixels." -" JPG, PNG, GIF, and ICO are extensions accepted." +"Activate the :doc:`Developer mode <../developer_mode/activate>` to choose a " +"*Favicon* for each of your companies, and easily identify them by the " +"browser tabs. Set your favicons’ files size to 16x16 or 32x32 pixels. JPG, " +"PNG, GIF, and ICO are extensions accepted." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:30 msgid "" "Switch between or select multiple companies by enabling their selection " "boxes to activate them. The grayed company is the one which environment is " @@ -1728,118 +1754,114 @@ msgid "" "environment in use is of *JS Store US*." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:39 msgid "" "Data such as Products, Contacts, and Equipment can be shared or set to be " "shown for a specific company only. To do so, on their forms, choose between:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:42 msgid "*A blank field*: the record is shared within all companies." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:43 msgid "" "*Adding a company*: the record is visible to users logged in to that " -"specific company and its child companies." +"specific company." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:50 msgid "Employees' access" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:52 msgid "" "Once companies are created, manage your employees' :doc:`Access Rights " -"<../odoo_basics/add_user>` for *Multi Companies*." +"<../odoo_basics/users>` for *Multi Companies*." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:61 msgid "" "If a user has multiple companies *activated* on his database, and he is " "**editing** a record, the editing happens on the record's related company." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:64 msgid "" "Example: if editing a sale order issued under JS Store US while working on " "the JS Store Belgium environment, the changes are applied under JS Store US " "(the company from which the sale order was issued)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:65 msgid "When **creating** a record, the company taken into account is:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:67 msgid "The current company (the one active) or," msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:68 msgid "No company is set (on products and contacts’ forms for example) or," msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:69 msgid "" "The company set is the one linked to the document (the same as if a record " "is being edited)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:72 msgid "Documents’ format" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:74 msgid "" "To set documents' formats according to each company, *activate* and *select*" " the respective one and, under *Settings*, click on *Configure Document " "Layout*." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:82 msgid "Inter-Company Transactions" msgstr "Операції між компаніями" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:84 msgid "" "First, make sure each one of your companies is properly set in relation to:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:86 msgid "" ":doc:`Chart of Accounts " -"<../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts>`" +"<../../finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:88 -msgid ":doc:`Taxes <../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes>`" +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:87 +msgid ":doc:`Taxes <../../finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:88 msgid "" -":doc:`Fiscal Positions <../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions>`" +":doc:`Fiscal Positions " +"<../../finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:90 -msgid ":doc:`Journals <../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts>`" +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:89 +msgid ":doc:`Journals <../../finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:90 msgid "" ":doc:`Fiscal Localizations " -"<../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>`" +"<../../finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:92 -msgid ":doc:`Pricelists <../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing>`" +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:91 +msgid ":doc:`Pricelists <../../sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:93 -msgid "" -":doc:`Warehouses <../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:93 msgid "" "Now, activate the *Inter-Company Transactions* option under *Settings*. With" " the respective company *activated* and *selected*, choose if you would like" @@ -1847,20 +1869,20 @@ msgid "" "or at a sales/purchase orders level." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:101 msgid "" "**Synchronize invoice/bills**: generates a bill/invoice when a company " "confirms a bill/invoice for the selected company." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:104 msgid "" "*Example:* an invoice posted on JS Store Belgium, for JS Store US, " "automatically creates a vendor bill on the JS Store US, from the JS Store " "Belgium." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:111 msgid "" "**Synchronize sales/purchase order**: generates a drafted purchase/sales " "order using the selected company warehouse when a sales/purchase order is " @@ -1868,217 +1890,41 @@ msgid "" "order you rather have it validated, enable *Automatic Validation*." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:115 msgid "" "*Example:* when a sale order for JS Store US is confirmed on JS Store " "Belgium, a purchase order on JS Store Belgium is automatically created (and " "confirmed if the *Automatic Validation* feature was enabled)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:126 -msgid "Products have to be configured as *Can be sold*." +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:124 +msgid "" +"Products have to be configured as *Can be sold* and must be shared between " +"the companies." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:127 msgid "" "Remember to test all workflows as an user other than the administrator." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:132 -msgid "" -"`Multi-company Guidelines " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/14.0/howtos/company.html>`_" +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:130 +msgid ":doc:`Multi-company Guidelines </developer/howtos/company>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:133 -msgid ":doc:`../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works`" +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:131 +msgid ":doc:`../../finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics.rst:3 msgid "Basics" msgstr "Основне" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:3 -msgid "Add Users and Manage Access Rights" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo defines a *user* as someone who has access to a database to perform " -"daily tasks. You can add as many users as you need and, in order to restrict" -" the type of information each user can access, rules can be applied. Users " -"and access rights can be added and changed at any point." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:12 -msgid "Add individual users" -msgstr "Додайте окремих користувачів" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Manage Users` and click on *Create*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Fill in the form with the needed information. Under the tab :ref:`Access " -"Rights <general/odoo_basics/add_user/access_rights>` choose the group within" -" each application the user can have access to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:24 -msgid "" -"The list of applications shown is based on the applications installed on the" -" database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:30 -msgid "" -"When you are done editing the page and have *Saved* it, an invitation email " -"is automatically sent to the user. The user must click on it to accept the " -"invitation and create a login." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Remember that subscription prices follow the number of users. Refer to our " -"`pricing page <https://www.odoo.com/pricing>`_ for more information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:42 -msgid "" -"With the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` " -"activated, *User Types* can be selected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:50 -msgid "" -"The *Portal* and *Public* options do not allow you to choose access rights. " -"Members have specific ones (such as record rules and restricted menus) and " -"usually do not belong to the usual Odoo groups." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:57 -msgid "Access Rights in detail" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:59 -msgid "" -"Activate the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, " -"then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Groups`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:63 -msgid "Groups" -msgstr "Групи" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:68 -msgid "" -"When choosing the groups the user can have access under :ref:`Access Rights " -"<general/odoo_basics/add_individual_user>`, details of the rules and " -"inheritances of that group are not shown, so this is when the menu *Groups* " -"comes along. *Groups* are created to define rules to models within an " -"application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Under *Users*, have a list of the current ones. The ones with administrative" -" rights are shown in black." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:76 -msgid "" -"*Inherited* means that users added to this application group are " -"automatically added to the following ones. In the example below, users who " -"have access to the group *Administrator* of *Sales* also have access to " -"*Website/Restricted Editor* and *Sales/User: All Documents*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:86 -msgid "" -"Remember to always test the settings being changed in order to ensure that " -"they are being applied to the needed and right users." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:89 -msgid "" -"The *Menus* tab is where you define which menus (models) the user can have " -"access to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:96 -msgid "" -"*Access Rights* rules are the first level of rights. The field is composed " -"of the object name, which is the technical name given to a model. For each " -"model, enable the following options as appropriate:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:99 -msgid "*Read*: the values of that object can be only seen by the user." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:100 -msgid "*Write*: the values of that object can be edited by the user." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:101 -msgid "*Create*: values for that object can be created by the user." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:102 -msgid "*Delete*: the values of that object can be deleted by the user." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:109 -msgid "" -"As a second layer of editing and visibility rules, *Record Rules* can be " -"formed. They overwrite, or refine, the *Access Rights*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:112 -msgid "" -"A record rule is written using a *Domain*. Domains are conditions used to " -"filter or searching data. Therefore, a domain expression is a list of " -"conditions. For each rule, choose among the following options: *Read*, " -"*Write*, *Create* and *Delete* values." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:119 -msgid "" -"Making changes in access rights can have a big impact on the database. For " -"this reason, we recommend you to contact your Odoo Business Analyst or our " -"Support Team, unless you have knowledge about Domains in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:126 -msgid "" -"The *Multi Companies* field allows you to set to which of the multiple " -"companies database you hold the user can have access." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:130 -msgid "" -"Note that if not handled correctly, it may be the source of a lot of " -"inconsistent multi-company behaviors. Therefore, a good knowledge of Odoo is" -" required. For technical explanations refer to `this " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/14.0/howtos/company.html>`_ " -"documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:140 -msgid ":doc:`../multi_companies/manage_multi_companies`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:141 -msgid ":doc:`../../db_management/documentation`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../db_management/documentation`" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:3 msgid "Manage Odoo in your own language" msgstr "Управляйте Odoo вашою рідною мовою" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo provides you with the option to manage Odoo in different languages, and" " each user can use Odoo in his own language ." @@ -2086,17 +1932,17 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo надає вам можливість керувати Odoo різними мовами, і кожен користувач " "може використовувати Odoo своєю мовою." -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:9 msgid "Load your desired language" msgstr "Завантажте потрібну мову" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:11 msgid "" "The first thing to do is to load your desired language on your Odoo " "instance." msgstr "Перше, що потрібно зробити, це завантажити бажану мову у версію Odoo." -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:14 msgid "" "From the general dashboard click on the **Settings** app; on the top left of" " the page select :menuselection:`Translations --> Load a Translation`, " @@ -2107,7 +1953,7 @@ msgstr "" "Завантажити переклад`, виберіть мову для встановлення та натисніть на " "**ЗАВАНТАЖИТИ**." -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:23 msgid "" "If you check the \"Websites to translate\" checkbox you will have the option" " to change the navigation language on your website." @@ -2115,11 +1961,11 @@ msgstr "" "Якщо ви перевірите позначення \"Веб-сайти для перекладу\", ви зможете " "змінити мову навігації на своєму веб-сайті." -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:27 msgid "Change your language" msgstr "Змініть мову" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:29 msgid "" "You can change the language to the installed language by going to the drop-" "down menu at the top right side of the screen, choose **Preferences**." @@ -2127,22 +1973,22 @@ msgstr "" "Ви можете змінити мову на встановлену, перейшовши до спадного меню у верхній" " правій частині екрана та вибравши **Параметри**." -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:36 msgid "" "Then change the Language setting to your installed language and click " "**SAVE.**" msgstr "" "Потім змініть налаштування мови на встановлену та натисніть **Зберегти**." -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:42 msgid "Open a new menu to view the changes." msgstr "Відкрийте нове меню, щоби переглянути зміни." -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:45 msgid "Change another user's language" msgstr "Змініть мову іншого користувача" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:47 msgid "" "Odoo also gives you the possibility for each user to choose his preferred " "language." @@ -2150,7 +1996,7 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo також дає вам можливість для кожного користувача вибрати його бажану " "мову." -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:50 msgid "" "To change the language for a different user, choose :menuselection:`Users " "--> Users` from the Settings app. Here you have a list of all users and you " @@ -2166,15 +2012,15 @@ msgstr "" "куті. У розділі Параметри ви можете змінити мову на будь-яку раніше " "встановлену та натисніть **ЗБЕРЕГТИ**." -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:61 -msgid ":doc:`../../website/publish/translate`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../website/publish/translate`" +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:61 +msgid ":doc:`../../websites/website/publish/translate`" +msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:3 msgid "Export Data From Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:5 msgid "" "When working with a database, it sometimes is necessary to export your data " "in a distinct file. Doing so can help to do reporting over your activities " @@ -2182,21 +2028,21 @@ msgid "" "application)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:9 msgid "" "With Odoo, you can export the values from any field in any record. To do so," " activate the list view on the items that need to be exported, click on " "*Action*, and, then, on *Export*." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:17 msgid "" "Pretty simple, this action still comes with some specificities. In fact, " "when clicking on *Export*, a pop-up window appears with several options for " "the data to export:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:25 msgid "" "With the *I want to update data* option ticked, the system only shows the " "fields which can be imported. This is very helpful in case you want to " @@ -2205,14 +2051,14 @@ msgid "" "not just the ones which can be imported." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:31 msgid "" "When exporting, you can choose between two formats: .csv and .xls. With " ".csv, items are separated with a comma, while .xls holds information about " "all the worksheets in a file, including both content and formatting." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:34 msgid "" "Those are the items you may want to export. Use the arrows to display more " "sub-field options. Of course, you can use the search bar to find specific " @@ -2220,22 +2066,22 @@ msgid "" "the fields by clicking on all the arrows!" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:39 msgid "The + button is there to add fields to the “to export” list." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:40 msgid "" "The “handles” next to the selected fields allow you to move the fields up " "and down to change the order in which they must be displayed in the exported" " file." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:43 msgid "The trashcan is there if you need to remove fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:44 msgid "" "For recurring reports, it might be interesting to save export presets. " "Select all the needed ones and click on the template bar. There, click on " @@ -2243,65 +2089,314 @@ msgid "" "the same list, simply select the related template." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:51 msgid "" "It’s good to keep the field’s external identifier in mind. For example, " "*Related Company* is equal to *parent_id*. Doing so helps export only what " "you would like to import next." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers.rst:3 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:3 +msgid "Users and Access Rights" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo defines a *user* as someone who has access to a database to perform " +"daily tasks. You can add as many users as you need and, in order to restrict" +" the type of information each user can access, rules can be applied. Users " +"and access rights can be added and changed at any point." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:12 +msgid "Add individual users" +msgstr "Додайте окремих користувачів" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Manage Users` and click on *Create*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Fill in the form with the needed information. Under the tab :ref:`Access " +"Rights <general/odoo_basics/users/access_rights>` choose the group within " +"each application the user can have access to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The list of applications shown is based on the applications installed on the" +" database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:30 +msgid "" +"When you are done editing the page and have *Saved* it, an invitation email " +"is automatically sent to the user. The user must click on it to accept the " +"invitation and create a login." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Remember that subscription prices follow the number of users. Refer to our " +"`pricing page <https://www.odoo.com/pricing>`_ for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:42 +msgid "" +"With the :doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>` " +"activated, *User Types* can be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The *Portal* and *Public* options do not allow you to choose access rights. " +"Members have specific ones (such as record rules and restricted menus) and " +"usually do not belong to the usual Odoo groups." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:57 +msgid "Passwords management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:62 +msgid "Reset passwords" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:67 +msgid "Enable password resets from login page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:69 +msgid "It is possible to enable password resets directly from the login page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:71 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Permissions`, activate " +"**Password Reset** and *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:80 +msgid "Send reset instructions to users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Users`, select the " +"user out of the list and click on *Send Password Reset Instructions* on its " +"user form. An email is automatically sent to them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:87 +msgid "" +"The *Send Password Reset Instructions* button only appears if the Odoo " +"invitation email has already been confirmed by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:90 +msgid "" +"This email contains all the instructions needed to reset the password, along" +" with a link redirecting the user to an Odoo login page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:100 +msgid "Change users’ passwords" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Users` and select " +"a user to access its form. Click on the *Action* button and select *Change " +"Password*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:109 +msgid "Enter a new password and confirm by clicking on *Change Password*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:112 +msgid "" +"This operation only modifies the password of the users locally and does not " +"affect their odoo.com account. If you want to change the odoo.com password, " +"you can :ref:`send the password reset instructions <users/reset-password-" +"email>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Click on *Change Password* one more time. You are then redirected to an Odoo" +" login page where you can reaccess your database using your new password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:122 +msgid "Access Rights in detail" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:124 +msgid "" +"Activate the :doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>`, " +"then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Groups`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:128 +msgid "Groups" +msgstr "Групи" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:133 +msgid "" +"When choosing the groups the user can have access under :ref:`Access Rights " +"<general/odoo_basics/add_individual_user>`, details of the rules and " +"inheritances of that group are not shown, so this is when the menu *Groups* " +"comes along. *Groups* are created to define rules to models within an " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Under *Users*, have a list of the current ones. The ones with administrative" +" rights are shown in black." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:141 +msgid "" +"*Inherited* means that users added to this application group are " +"automatically added to the following ones. In the example below, users who " +"have access to the group *Administrator* of *Sales* also have access to " +"*Website/Restricted Editor* and *Sales/User: All Documents*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Remember to always test the settings being changed in order to ensure that " +"they are being applied to the needed and right users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:154 +msgid "" +"The *Menus* tab is where you define which menus (models) the user can have " +"access to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:161 +msgid "" +"*Access Rights* rules are the first level of rights. The field is composed " +"of the object name, which is the technical name given to a model. For each " +"model, enable the following options as appropriate:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:164 +msgid "*Read*: the values of that object can be only seen by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:165 +msgid "*Write*: the values of that object can be edited by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:166 +msgid "*Create*: values for that object can be created by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:167 +msgid "*Delete*: the values of that object can be deleted by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:174 +msgid "" +"As a second layer of editing and visibility rules, *Record Rules* can be " +"formed. They overwrite, or refine, the *Access Rights*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:177 +msgid "" +"A record rule is written using a *Domain*. Domains are conditions used to " +"filter or searching data. Therefore, a domain expression is a list of " +"conditions. For each rule, choose among the following options: *Read*, " +"*Write*, *Create* and *Delete* values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:184 +msgid "" +"Making changes in access rights can have a big impact on the database. For " +"this reason, we recommend you to contact your Odoo Business Analyst or our " +"Support Team, unless you have knowledge about Domains in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:191 +msgid "" +"The *Multi Companies* field allows you to set to which of the multiple " +"companies database you hold the user can have access." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:195 +msgid "" +"Note that if not handled correctly, it may be the source of a lot of " +"inconsistent multi-company behaviors. Therefore, a good knowledge of Odoo is" +" required. For technical explanations refer to :doc:`this " +"</developer/howtos/company>` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:205 +msgid ":doc:`../multi_companies/manage_multi_companies`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:206 +msgid ":doc:`../../settings/users_and_features`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:27 msgid "Payment Acquirers" msgstr "Платіжні еквайєри" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:3 msgid "Authorize.Net" msgstr "Authorize.Net" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:5 msgid "" "`Authorize.Net <https://www.authorize.net>`__ is a United States-based " "online payment solution provider, allowing businesses to accept **credit " "cards**." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:12 msgid "" "This Payment Acquirer offers additional options that are not available for " "other :doc:`Payment Acquirers <payment_acquirers>`, such as the ability to " "process your customer's payment after delivery." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:17 msgid "Authorize.Net account" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:19 msgid "" "If not done yet, choose a plan and `Sign Up for an Authorize.Net account " "<https://www.authorize.net/sign-up.html>`__." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:22 msgid "" "Odoo needs your **API Credentials & Keys** to connect with your " "Authorize.Net account, which comprise:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:25 msgid "API Login ID" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:26 msgid "Transaction Key" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:27 msgid "Signature Key" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:29 msgid "" "To retrieve them, log into your Authorize.Net account, go to " ":menuselection:`Account --> Security Settings --> General Security Settings " @@ -2309,19 +2404,19 @@ msgid "" "**Signature Key**." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:39 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:114 msgid "" "`Authorize.Net: Getting Started Guide " "<https://support.authorize.net/s/article/Authorize-Net-Getting-Started-" "Guide>`__" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:43 msgid "Payment Acquirer Configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:45 msgid "" "To configure Authorize.Net as Payment Acquirer in Odoo, go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Acquirers`, open " @@ -2329,43 +2424,43 @@ msgid "" "click on *Save* once you've set everything up." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:50 msgid "" "Please refer to the :doc:`Payment Acquirers documentation " "<payment_acquirers>` to read how to configure this payment acquirer." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:54 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:133 msgid "Credentials" msgstr "Повноваження" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:56 msgid "" "Copy your credentials from your Authorize.Net account (API Login Id, API " "Transaction Key, and API Signature Key), paste them in the related fields " "under the **Credentials** tab, then click on **Generate Client Key**." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:61 msgid "" "The **API Client Key** is necessary only if you select *Payment from Odoo* " "option as :ref:`Payment Flow <payment_acquirers/payment_flow>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:65 msgid "" "If you are trying Authorize.Net as a test, with a *sandbox account*, change " "the **State** to *Test Mode*. We recommend doing this on a test Odoo " "database, rather than on your main database." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:69 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:151 msgid "Payment Flow" msgstr "Процес оплати" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:71 msgid "" "The **Payment Flow** lets you decide if to redirect the user to the payment " "acquirer's portal to authenticate the payment, or if to stay on the current " @@ -2373,69 +2468,69 @@ msgid "" "**Configuration** tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:75 msgid "" "If you select *Redirection to the acquirer website*, make sure you add a " "**Default Receipt URL** and a **Default Relay Response URL** to your " "Authorize.net account." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:78 msgid "" "To do so, log into your Authorize.Net account, go to :menuselection:`Account" " --> Transaction Format Settings --> Transaction Response Settings --> " "Response/Receipt URLs`, and set the default links:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 msgid "Default Receipt URL:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 msgid "*https://[yourcompany.odoo.com]*/**payment/authorize/return**" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 msgid "Default Relay Response URL:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 msgid "*https://[yourcompany.odoo.com]*/**shop/confirmation**" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 msgid "Failing to complete this step results in the following error:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 msgid "*The referrer, relay response or receipt link URL is invalid.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:91 msgid "Capture the payment after the delivery" msgstr "Зафіксуйте платіж після доставки" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:93 msgid "" "The **Capture Amount Manually** field is under the **Configuration** tab. If" " enabled, the funds are reserved for 30 days on the customer's card, but not" " charged yet." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:100 msgid "" "To capture the payment, go to the related Sales Order and click on *Capture " "Transaction*. If the order is canceled, you can click on *Void Transaction* " "to unlock the funds from the customer's card." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:108 msgid "" "After **30 days**, the transaction is **voided automatically** by " "Authorize.net." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:111 msgid "" "With other payment acquirers, you can manage the capture in their own " "interfaces, not from Odoo." @@ -2443,21 +2538,21 @@ msgstr "" "З іншими платіжними еквайєрми ви можете керувати утриманням у власних " "інтерфейсах, а не з Odoo." -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:116 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:206 msgid ":doc:`payment_acquirers`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:117 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:207 -msgid ":doc:`../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer`" +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:207 +msgid ":doc:`../../websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:3 msgid "Payment Acquirers (Credit Cards, Online Payment)" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo embeds several **payment methods** that allow your customers to pay on " "their *Customer Portals* or your *eCommerce website*. They can pay Sales " @@ -2466,14 +2561,14 @@ msgid "" "accept **Credit Cards**." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:10 msgid "" "Having several payment methods increases the chances of getting paid in " "time, or even immediately, as you make it more convenient for your customers" " to pay with the payment method they prefer and trust." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:19 msgid "" "Odoo does not keep Credit Card numbers or credentials on its servers, nor is" " it stored on Odoo databases hosted elsewhere. Instead, Odoo apps use a " @@ -2482,7 +2577,7 @@ msgid "" "credentials for the payment acquirer." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:29 msgid "" "From an accounting perspective, we can distinguish two types of payment " "acquirers: the payments that go directly on the bank account and follow the " @@ -2490,131 +2585,131 @@ msgid "" "party services and require you to follow another accounting workflow." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:36 msgid "Bank Payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 msgid ":doc:`Wire Transfer <wire_transfer>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 msgid "" "When selected, Odoo displays your payment information with a payment " "reference. You have to approve the payment manually once you have received " "it on your bank account." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 msgid "SEPA Direct Debit" msgstr "Прямий дебет SEPA " -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 msgid "" "Your customers can sign a SEPA Direct Debit mandate online and get their " "bank account charged directly. :doc:`Click here " -"<../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd>` for more " -"information about this payment method." +"<../../finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd>` for more" +" information about this payment method." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:49 msgid "Online Payment Providers" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 msgid "Redirection to the acquirer website" msgstr "Перенаправлення на веб-сайт покупця" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 msgid "Payment from Odoo" msgstr "Платіж з Odoo" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 msgid "Save Cards" msgstr "Зберегти картки" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 msgid "Capture Amount Manually" msgstr "Сума отримання вручну" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:55 msgid "Adyen" msgstr "Adyen" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:55 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:57 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:61 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:65 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:67 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:69 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 msgid "✔" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:57 msgid "Alipay" msgstr "Alipay" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 msgid ":doc:`Authorize.Net <authorize>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:61 msgid "Buckaroo" msgstr "Buckaroo" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 msgid "Ingenico" msgstr "Ingenico" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:65 msgid ":doc:`PayPal <paypal>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:67 msgid "PayUMoney" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:69 msgid "SIPS" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:3 msgid "Stripe" msgstr "Stripe" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:75 msgid "" "Some of these Online Payment Providers can also be added as :doc:`Bank " -"Accounts <../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts>`, but this is **not** " -"the same process as adding them as Payment Acquirers. Payment Acquirers " -"allow customers to pay online, and Bank Accounts are added and configured on" -" your Accounting app to do a bank reconciliation, which is an accounting " -"control process." +"Accounts <../../finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts>`, but this is " +"**not** the same process as adding them as Payment Acquirers. Payment " +"Acquirers allow customers to pay online, and Bank Accounts are added and " +"configured on your Accounting app to do a bank reconciliation, which is an " +"accounting control process." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:86 msgid "" "Some of the features described in this section are available only with some " "Payment Acquirers. Refer to :ref:`the table above " "<payment_acquirers/online_providers>` for more details." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:92 msgid "Add a new Payment Acquirer" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:94 msgid "" "To add a new Payment acquirer and make it available to your customers, go to" " :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Acquirers`, look " @@ -2623,7 +2718,7 @@ msgid "" "*Enabled*." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:104 msgid "" "We recommend using the *Test Mode* on a duplicated database or a test " "database. The Test Mode is meant to be used with your test/sandbox " @@ -2633,11 +2728,11 @@ msgid "" "your main database." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:112 msgid "Credentials tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:114 msgid "" "If not done yet, go to the **Online Payment Provider**'s website, create an " "account, and make sure to have the credentials required for third-party use." @@ -2645,28 +2740,28 @@ msgid "" "and get the confirmation of the *payment authentication*." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:118 msgid "" "The form in this section is specific to the Payment Acquirer you are " "configuring. Please refer to the related documentation for more information." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:124 msgid "Configuration tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:126 msgid "" "You can change the Payment Acquirer front-end appearance by modifying its " "name under the **Displayed as** field and which credit card icons to display" " under the **Supported Payment Icons** field." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:132 msgid "Save and reuse Credit Cards" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:134 msgid "" "With the **Save Cards** feature, Odoo can store **Payment Tokens** in your " "database, which can be used for subsequent payments, without having to " @@ -2674,11 +2769,11 @@ msgid "" "recurring payments." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:141 msgid "Place a hold on a card" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:143 msgid "" "If the **Capture Amount Manually** field is enabled, the funds are reserved " "for a few days on the customer's card, but not charged yet. You must then go" @@ -2687,40 +2782,40 @@ msgid "" "the customer's card." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:153 msgid "" "Choose in the **Payment Flow** field if to redirect the user to the payment " "acquirer's portal to authenticate the payment, or if to stay on the current " "page and authenticate the payment from Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:157 msgid "" "Some features are available only if you select *Redirection to the acquirer " "website*." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:162 msgid "Countries" msgstr "Країни" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:164 msgid "" "Restrict the use of the Payment Acquirer to a selection of countries. Leave " "this field blank to make the Payment Acquirer available to all countries." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:170 msgid "Payment Journal" msgstr "Журнал оплати" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:172 msgid "" "The **Payment Journal** selected for your Payment Acquirer must be a *Bank* " "journal." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:175 msgid "" "In many cases, Odoo automatically creates a new **Journal** and a new " "**Account** when you activate a new Payment Acquirer. Both of them are " @@ -2729,21 +2824,21 @@ msgid "" " them if necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:183 msgid "Messages tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:185 msgid "" "Change here the messages displayed by Odoo after a payment's confirmation or" " failure." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:190 msgid "Accounting perspective" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:192 msgid "" "The **Bank Payments** that go directly to one of your bank accounts follow " "their usual reconciliation workflows. However, payments recorded with " @@ -2752,7 +2847,7 @@ msgid "" "advice." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:197 msgid "" "Odoo default method is to record the payments on a *Current Assets Account*," " on a dedicated *Bank Journal*, once the *Payment Authentication* is " @@ -2760,76 +2855,77 @@ msgid "" " to your *Bank Account*." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:201 msgid "Here are the requirements for this to work:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:203 msgid "Bank Journal" msgstr "Банківський журнал" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:205 msgid "The Journal's **type** must be *Bank Journal*." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:206 msgid "" "Select the right **Default Debit Account** and **Default Credit Account**." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 msgid "" "Under the *Advanced Settings* tab, make sure that **Posting** is set as " "*Post At Payment Validation*." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 msgid "" "This implies that the Journal Entry is recorded directly when your Odoo " "database receives the confirmation of the *Payment Authentication* from the " "Online Payment Provider." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:212 msgid "Current Asset Account" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:214 msgid "The Account's **type** is *Current Assets*" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:215 msgid "The Account must **Allow Reconciliation**" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:218 msgid "" "In many cases, Odoo automatically creates a new **Journal** and a new " "**Current Asset Account** when you activate a new Payment Acquirer. You can " "modify them if necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:223 -msgid ":doc:`../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording`" +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:223 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:224 msgid ":doc:`wire_transfer`" msgstr ":doc:`wire_transfer`" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:225 msgid ":doc:`authorize`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:226 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:226 msgid ":doc:`paypal`" msgstr ":doc:`paypal`" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:3 msgid "Configure your Paypal account" msgstr "Налаштуйте ваш обліковий запис Paypal" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:5 msgid "" "Paypal is available and popular worldwide. It doesn’t charge any " "subscription fee and creating an account is very easy. That’s why we " @@ -2841,11 +2937,11 @@ msgstr "" "його для початківців в Odoo. Він працює безперебійно, коли клієнт " "перенаправляється на веб-сайт Paypal для реєстрації платежу." -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:12 msgid "Paypal account" msgstr "Обліковий запис Paypal" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:14 msgid "" "A business account is needed to get paid with Paypal. Create a `Paypal " "Business Account <https://www.paypal.com/us/merchantsignup/ " @@ -2861,11 +2957,11 @@ msgstr "" "Paypal та натисніть *Оновити на Бізнес-рахунок*. Потім продовжіть кілька " "кроків налаштування." -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:23 msgid "Settings in Paypal" msgstr "Налаштування в Paypal" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:26 msgid "" "First, let’s see how to set up your Paypal account in order to build a " "seamless customer experience with Odoo." @@ -2873,7 +2969,7 @@ msgstr "" "Спершу, давайте поглянемо, як налаштувати ваш обліковий запис Paypal, щоби " "створити безперебійний досвід роботи клієнта з Odoo." -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:28 msgid "" "Log in and open the settings. Go to :menuselection:`Products & Services --> " "Website payments` and click **Update** on **Website preferences**." @@ -2882,11 +2978,11 @@ msgstr "" "послуги --> Платежі веб-сайту` та натисніть **Оновити** у **Налаштуваннях " "веб-сайту**." -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:34 msgid "Auto Return" msgstr "Автоматичне повернення" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:36 msgid "" "*Auto Return* automatically redirects your customers to Odoo once the " "payment is processed. Check *Auto Return* and enter your domain name with " @@ -2898,7 +2994,7 @@ msgstr "" "ім'я домену із суфіксом ``/shop/confirmation`` як *URL повернення* (напр., " "``https://yourcompany.odoo.com/shop/confirmation``)." -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:41 msgid "" "This URL is requested in Paypal but not used in practice as Odoo transmits " "it at each transaction. Don’t worry if you manage several sales channels or " @@ -2908,11 +3004,11 @@ msgstr "" "оскільки Odoo передає її на кожній транзакції. Не хвилюйтеся, якщо ви " "керуєте кількома каналами продажів або базами даних Odoo." -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:49 msgid "Payment Data Transfer (PDT)" msgstr "Переказ даних про оплату (PDT)" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:51 msgid "" "*Payment Data Transfer* delivers the payment confirmation to Odoo as soon as" " it is processed. Without it, Odoo cannot end the sales flow. This setting " @@ -2925,11 +3021,11 @@ msgstr "" "створюється *Токен ідентифікації*. Пізніше ви отримаєте запит на вхід в " "Odoo." -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:59 msgid "Paypal Account Optional" msgstr "Опціональний рахунок Paypal" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:61 msgid "" "We advise you to not prompt customers to log in with a Paypal account when " "they get to pay. Let them pay with debit/credit cards as well, or you might " @@ -2940,11 +3036,11 @@ msgstr "" "дебетовими/кредитними картками, інакше ви можете втратити деякі угоди. " "Переконайтесь, що цей параметр увімкнено." -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:68 msgid "Instant Payment Notification (IPN)" msgstr "Миттєві сповіщення оплати (IPN)" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:70 msgid "" "PDT sends order confirmations once and only once. As a result, your site " "must be running when it happens; otherwise, it will never receive the " @@ -2960,7 +3056,7 @@ msgstr "" "з того часу, як IPN повторно надсилає підтвердження поки ваш сайт не " "підтвердить отримання." -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:77 msgid "" "To activate IPN, get back to *Website payments* menu and click *Update* in " "*Instant Payment Notification*." @@ -2968,7 +3064,7 @@ msgstr "" "Щоб активувати IPN, поверніться в меню *Платежі веб-сайту* та натисніть " "*Оновити* у *Миттєвих сповіщеннях оплати*." -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:79 msgid "" "The *Notification URL* to set is your domain name + “payment/paypal/ipn” " "(e.g. ``https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/paypal/ipn``)." @@ -2976,11 +3072,11 @@ msgstr "" "*URL сповіщення* для встановлення вашого ім'я домену + “payment/paypal/ipn” " "(напр., ``https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/paypal/ipn``)." -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:85 msgid "Payment Messages Format" msgstr "Формат повідомлень оплати" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:87 msgid "" "If you use accented characters (or anything else than basic Latin " "characters) for your customer names, addresses... you MUST configure the " @@ -2991,17 +3087,17 @@ msgstr "" "налаштувати формат кодування запиту на платіж, що надсилається Odoo в " "Paypal." -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:93 msgid "" "If you don't configure this setting, some transactions fail without notice." msgstr "" "Якщо ви не налаштуєте це, деякі транзакції не вдаватимуться без приміток." -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:95 msgid "To do so, open:" msgstr "Щоб зробити це, відкрийте:" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:97 msgid "" "`this page for a test account <https://sandbox.paypal.com/cgi-" "bin/customerprofileweb?cmd=_profile-language-encoding>`__" @@ -3009,7 +3105,7 @@ msgstr "" "`цю сторінку для тестового облікового запису <https://sandbox.paypal.com" "/cgi-bin/customerprofileweb?cmd=_profile-language-encoding>`__" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:99 msgid "" "`this page for a production account <https://www.paypal.com/cgi-" "bin/customerprofileweb?cmd=_profile-language-encoding>`__" @@ -3017,7 +3113,7 @@ msgstr "" "`цю сторінку для робочого облікового запису <https://www.paypal.com/cgi-" "bin/customerprofileweb?cmd=_profile-language-encoding>`__" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:101 msgid "" "Then, click *More Options* and set the two default encoding formats as " "**UTF-8**." @@ -3025,11 +3121,11 @@ msgstr "" "Потім натисніть *Додаткові параметри* та встановіть два стандартні кодування" " у форматі **UTF-8**." -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:109 msgid "Your Paypal account is ready!" msgstr "Ваш обліковий запис Paypal готовий!" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:112 msgid "" "If you want your customers to pay without creating a Paypal account, *Paypal" " Account Optional* needs to be turned on." @@ -3037,7 +3133,7 @@ msgstr "" "Якщо ви хочете, щоби ваші клієнти платили без створення облікових записів " "Paypal, потрібно увімкнути *Опціональний обліковий запис Paypal*." -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:118 msgid "" "For Encrypted Website Payments & EWP_SETTINGS error, please check the " "`Paypal documentation <https://developer.paypal.com/docs/ classic/paypal-" @@ -3049,15 +3145,15 @@ msgstr "" "payments-standard/integration-guide/encryptedwebpayments/#encrypted-website-" "payments-ewp>`__." -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:124 msgid "Settings in Odoo" msgstr "Налаштування в Odoo" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:127 msgid "Activation" msgstr "Активація" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:129 msgid "" "Activate *Paypal* from the config bar of Sales, Invoicing and eCommerce " "apps, or from the configuration menu of *Payment Acquirers*." @@ -3065,22 +3161,22 @@ msgstr "" "Активуйте *Paypal* з панелі налаштувань Продажів, Виставлення рахунків та " "Електронної комерції, або з меню налаштування *Платіжних еквайєрів*." -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:135 msgid "Odoo requires three Paypal credentials:" msgstr "Odoo вимагає трьох облікових даних Paypal:" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:137 msgid "*Email ID* is your login email address in Paypal." msgstr "" "*ID електронної пошти* - це ваш логін адреси електронної пошти в Paypal." -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:138 msgid "" "*Merchant ID* can be found in the settings of your Paypal account, in " ":menuselection:`Account Settings --> Business information`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:140 msgid "" "*Paypal PDT Token* is given in *Website payments* configuration as explained" " here above." @@ -3088,11 +3184,11 @@ msgstr "" "*Токен PDT Paypal* надається у налаштуваннях *Платежі веб-сайту*, як це " "показано нижче." -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:146 msgid "Transaction fees" msgstr "Оплата транзакції" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:148 msgid "" "You can charge extra fees to your customers for paying with Paypal; This to " "cover the transaction fees Paypal charges you. Once redirected to Paypal, " @@ -3102,7 +3198,7 @@ msgstr "" "покриває стягнення з вас комісії за транзакцію Paypal. Після направлення на " "Paypal, ваш клієнт бачить додаткову суму до суми замовлення." -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:151 msgid "" "To activate this, go to the Configuration tab of Paypal configuration in " "Odoo and check *Add Extra Fees*." @@ -3110,7 +3206,7 @@ msgstr "" "Щоб активувати це, перейдіть на вкладку Налаштування Paypal а Odoo та " "позначте *Додати додаткові комісії*." -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:157 msgid "" "You can refer to `Paypal Fees <https://www.paypal.com/webapps/mpp/paypal-" "fees>`__ to set up fees." @@ -3118,7 +3214,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ви можете перейти на `Комісію Paypal <https://www.paypal.com/webapps/mpp" "/paypal-fees>`__ щоби встановити комісію." -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:161 msgid "" "`Traders in the EU <https://europa.eu/youreurope/citizens/consumers/shopping" "/pricing-payments/ index_en.htm>`_ are not allowed to charge extra fees for " @@ -3128,11 +3224,11 @@ msgstr "" "/pricing-payments/ index_en.htm>`_ заборонено стягувати додаткові збори за " "оплату кредитними картками." -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:165 msgid "Go live!" msgstr "Перейдіть в онлайн!" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:167 msgid "" "Your configuration is ready to roll. Make sure *Production* mode is on. Then" " publish the payment method by clicking the *Published* button right next to" @@ -3142,7 +3238,7 @@ msgstr "" "*Розробника*. Потім опублікуйте метод платежу, натиснувши на кнопку " "*Опубліковано* поруч." -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:176 msgid "" "Paypal is now available in your payment form available in eCommerce, Sales " "and Invoicing apps. Customers are redirected to Paypal website when hitting " @@ -3154,18 +3250,18 @@ msgstr "" "Paypal під час натискання *Оплатити зараз*. Вони повернуться на сторінку " "підтвердження в Odoo після того, як платіж буде оброблено." -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:185 msgid "Test environment" msgstr "Тестове середовище" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:187 msgid "" "You can test the entire payment flow in Odoo thanks to Paypal Sandbox " "accounts." msgstr "" "Ви можете протестувати процес оплати в Odoo завдяки рахункам Paypal Sandbox." -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:189 msgid "" "Log in to `Paypal Developer Site <https://developer.paypal.com/>`__ with " "your Paypal credentials." @@ -3173,11 +3269,11 @@ msgstr "" "Увійдіть на `Сайт розробника Paypal <https://developer.paypal.com/>`__ з " "вашими обліковими даними Paypal." -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:191 msgid "This will create two sandbox accounts:" msgstr "Це створить два рахунки sandbox:" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:193 msgid "" "A business account (to use as merchant, e.g. " "`pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com " @@ -3187,7 +3283,7 @@ msgstr "" "`pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com " "<mailto:pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com>`__)." -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:195 msgid "" "A default personal account (to use as shopper, e.g. " "`pp.merch01-buyer@example.com <mailto:pp.merch01-buyer@example.com>`__)." @@ -3195,7 +3291,7 @@ msgstr "" "Персональний рахунок за замовчуванням (для використання як покупець, e.g. " "`pp.merch01-buyer@example.com <mailto:pp.merch01-buyer@example.com>`__)." -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:197 msgid "" "Log in to Paypal Sandbox with the merchant account and follow the same " "configuration instructions. Enter your sandbox credentials in Odoo and make " @@ -3210,55 +3306,55 @@ msgstr "" "налаштуваннях Електронної комерції, щоб не створювати рахунки коли " "завершуються фіктивні транзакції." -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:203 msgid "Run a test transaction from Odoo using the sandbox personal account." msgstr "" "Запустіть тестову транзакцію в Odoo, використовуючи особистий обліковий " "запис Sandbox." -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:5 msgid "" "`Stripe <https://stripe.com/>`_ is a United States-based online payment " "solution provider, allowing businesses to accept **credit cards** and other " "payment methods." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:9 msgid "Enable Local Payment Methods" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:11 msgid "" "Local payment methods are payment methods that are only available for " "certain merchants and customers countries and currencies." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:14 msgid "" "The Stripe connector in Odoo supports the following local payment methods:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:16 msgid "Bancontact" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:17 msgid "EPS" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:18 msgid "Giropay" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:19 msgid "iDeal:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:20 msgid "Przelewy24 (P24)" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:22 msgid "" "To enable specific Local Payment Methods with Stripe, list them as supported" " payment icons. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Payment Acquirers --> Stripe" @@ -3267,17 +3363,17 @@ msgid "" "don't have anything to do." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:31 msgid "" "If a payment method icon doesn't exist at all in the database, the " "corresponding local payment method is always offered to customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:3 msgid "How to get paid with wire transfers" msgstr "Як отримати платіж через банківський переказ" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:5 msgid "" "**Wire Transfer** is the default payment method available. The aim is " "providing your customers with your bank details so they can pay on their " @@ -3289,11 +3385,11 @@ msgstr "" "самостійно. Це дуже легко розпочати, але повільно і неефективно. Виберіть " "покупців, як тільки зможете!" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:13 msgid "How to provide customers with payment instructions" msgstr "Як надати клієнтам платіжні інструкції" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:14 msgid "" "Put your payment instructions in the **Thanks Message** of your payment " "method." @@ -3301,15 +3397,15 @@ msgstr "" "Вставте свої платіжні інструкції у **Повідомлення подяки** за допомогою " "вашого способу оплати." -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:19 msgid "They will appear to the customers when they place an order." msgstr "Вони з'являтимуться у клієнтів, коли вони розміщують замовлення." -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:26 msgid "How to manage an order once you get paid" msgstr "Як керувати замовленням, коли ви отримуєте оплату" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:28 msgid "" "Whenever a customer pays by wire transfer, the order stays in an " "intermediary stage **Quotation Sent** (i.e. unpaid order). When you get " @@ -3320,11 +3416,11 @@ msgstr "" "(наприклад, неоплачене замовлення). Коли ви отримуєте оплату, ви " "підтверджуєте замовлення вручну, щоб запустити доставку." -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:35 msgid "How to create other manual payment methods" msgstr "Як створити інші ручні методи оплати" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:37 msgid "" "If you manage a B2B business, you can create other manually-processed " "payment methods like paying by check. To do so, just rename *Wire Transfer* " @@ -3334,15 +3430,15 @@ msgstr "" "обробляються вручну, наприклад, оплата чеком. Для цього просто перейменуйте " "*Банківський переказ* або дублюйте його." -#: ../../general/unsplash.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash.rst:3 msgid "Unsplash" msgstr "Unsplash" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:3 msgid "How to generate an Unsplash access key" msgstr "Як створити ключ доступу Unsplash" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:6 msgid "" "**As an SaaS user**, you are ready to use Unsplash. You won't need to follow" " this guide to set up Unsplash informations, since you will use our own Odoo" @@ -3353,16 +3449,16 @@ msgstr "" "того часу, як ви будете використовувати наш власний ключ Odoo Unsplash у " "прозорий спосіб." -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:9 msgid "Generate an Unsplash access key for **non-Saas** users" msgstr "Створіть ключ доступу Unsplash для користувача **не Saas**" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:11 msgid "Create an account on `Unsplash.com <https://unsplash.com/join>`_." msgstr "" "Створіть обліковий запис на `Unsplash.com <https://unsplash.com/join>`_." -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:13 msgid "" "Go to your `applications dashboard " "<https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications>`_ and click on **New " @@ -3372,11 +3468,11 @@ msgstr "" "<https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications>`_ та натисніть на **Новий " "додаток**." -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:18 msgid "Accept the conditions and click on **Accept terms**." msgstr "Прийміть умови та натисніть **Прийняти умови**." -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:23 msgid "" "You will be prompted to insert an **Application name** and a " "**Description**. Please prefix your application name by \"**Odoo:** \" so " @@ -3388,7 +3484,7 @@ msgstr "" "розпізнати його як екземпляр Odoo. Після завершення натисніть на **Створити " "додаток**." -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:28 msgid "" "You should be redirected to your application details page. Scroll down a bit" " to find your **access key**." @@ -3396,7 +3492,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ви повинні бути перенаправлені на сторінку деталей додатку. Прокрутіть вниз," " щоб знайти ваш **ключ доступу**." -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:34 msgid "" "**As a non-SaaS user**, you won't be able to register for a production " "Unsplash key and will be limited to your test key that has a restriction of " @@ -3406,15 +3502,15 @@ msgstr "" "Unsplash та будете обмежені у доступі до тестового ключа, що має обмеження у" " 50 запитів Unsplash на годину." -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:37 msgid ":doc:`unsplash_application_id`" msgstr ":doc:`unsplash_application_id`" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:3 msgid "How to generate an Unsplash application ID" msgstr "Як створити ID додатка Unsplash" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:6 msgid "" "You should first create and set up your Unsplash application with this " "tutorial: :doc:`unsplash_access_key`." @@ -3422,7 +3518,7 @@ msgstr "" "Вам спершу потрібно створити та встановити ваш додаток Unsplash з цим " "посібником: :doc:`unsplash_access_key`." -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:8 msgid "" "Go to your `applications dashboard " "<https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications>`_ and click on your newly created " @@ -3432,7 +3528,7 @@ msgstr "" "<https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications>`_ та натисніть на щойно створений " "додаток Unsplash під **Вашими додатками**." -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:13 msgid "" "You will be redirected to your application details page. The **application " "ID** will be visible in your browser's URL. The URL should be something like" @@ -3442,7 +3538,7 @@ msgstr "" "буде видимий у вашій URL-адресі браузера. URL-адреса повинна бути схожа на " "``https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications/<application_id>``" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:19 msgid "" "**As a non-SaaS user**, you won't be able to register for a production " "Unsplash key and will be limited to your test key that has a 50 Unsplash " @@ -3452,73 +3548,73 @@ msgstr "" "Unsplash та будете обмежені у доступі до тестового ключа, який має обмеження" " у 50 запитів Unsplash на годину." -#: ../../general/voip.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip.rst:3 msgid "VoIP (Voice over Internet Protocol)" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:3 msgid "Configure your VoIP Asterisk server for Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:6 msgid "Installing Asterisk server" msgstr "Встановлення сервера Asterisk" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:9 msgid "Dependencies" msgstr "Залежності" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:11 msgid "" "Before installing Asterisk you need to install the following dependencies:" msgstr "" "Перед встановленням Asterisk вам потрібно встановити наступні залежності:" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:13 msgid "wget" msgstr "wget" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:14 msgid "gcc" msgstr "gcc" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:15 msgid "g++" msgstr "g++" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:16 msgid "ncurses-devel" msgstr "ncurses-devel" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:17 msgid "libxml2-devel" msgstr "libxml2-devel" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:18 msgid "sqlite-devel" msgstr "sqlite-devel" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:19 msgid "libsrtp-devel" msgstr "libsrtp-devel" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:20 msgid "libuuid-devel" msgstr "libuuid-devel" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:21 msgid "openssl-devel" msgstr "openssl-devel" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:22 msgid "pkg-config" msgstr "pkg-config" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:24 msgid "In order to install libsrtp, follow the instructions below:" msgstr "Для встановлення libsrtp виконайте наведені нижче інструкції:" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:35 msgid "" "You also need to install PJSIP, you can download the source `here " "<http://www.pjsip.org/download.htm>`_. Once the source directory is " @@ -3527,35 +3623,35 @@ msgstr "" "Вам також потрібно встановити PJSIP, ви можете завантажити джерело `тут " "<http://www.pjsip.org/download.htm>` _. Після вилучення вихідного каталогу:" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:37 msgid "**Change to the pjproject source directory:**" msgstr "**Перейдіть у вихідний каталог pjproject:**" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:43 msgid "**run:**" msgstr "**запустіть:**" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:49 msgid "**Build and install pjproject:**" msgstr "**Побудуйте та встановіть pjproject:**" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:57 msgid "**Update shared library links:**" msgstr "**Оновіть посилання на спільну бібліотеку:**" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:63 msgid "**Verify that pjproject is installed:**" msgstr "**Перевірте, чи встановлено pjproject:**" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:69 msgid "**The result should be:**" msgstr "**Результат повинен бути:**" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:86 msgid "Asterisk" msgstr "Asterisk" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:88 msgid "" "In order to install Asterisk 13.7.0, you can download the source directly " "`there <http://downloads.asterisk.org/pub/telephony/asterisk/old-" @@ -3565,23 +3661,23 @@ msgstr "" "`там <http://downloads.asterisk.org/pub/telephony/asterisk/old-" "releases/asterisk-13.7.0.tar.gz>`_." -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:90 msgid "Extract Asterisk:" msgstr "Вилучіть Asterisk:" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:96 msgid "Enter the Asterisk directory:" msgstr "Введіть каталог Asterisk:" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:102 msgid "Run the Asterisk configure script:" msgstr "Запустіть налаштування скрипта Asterisk:" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:108 msgid "Run the Asterisk menuselect tool:" msgstr "Запустіть інструмент вибору меню Asterisk:" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:114 msgid "" "In the menuselect, go to the resources option and ensure that res_srtp is " "enabled. If there are 3 x’s next to res_srtp, there is a problem with the " @@ -3593,11 +3689,11 @@ msgstr "" "і ви повинні перевстановити його. Збережіть налаштування (натисніть x). Ви " "також повинні побачити зірки перед рядками res_pjsip." -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:116 msgid "Compile and install Asterisk:" msgstr "Скомпілюйте та встановіть Asterisk:" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:122 msgid "" "If you need the sample configs you can run 'make samples' to install the " "sample configs. If you need to install the Asterisk startup script you can " @@ -3607,19 +3703,19 @@ msgstr "" "для встановлення зразків налаштування. Якщо вам потрібно встановити сценарій" " запуску Asterisk, ви можете запустити 'зробити налашт'." -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:125 msgid "DTLS Certificates" msgstr "Сертифікати DTLS" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:127 msgid "After you need to setup the DTLS certificates." msgstr "Після цього вам потрібно встановити сертифікати DTLS." -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:133 msgid "Enter the Asterisk scripts directory:" msgstr "Введіть каталог скриптів Asterisk:" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:139 msgid "" "Create the DTLS certificates (replace pbx.mycompany.com with your ip address" " or dns name, replace My Super Company with your company name):" @@ -3627,11 +3723,11 @@ msgstr "" "Створіть сертифікати DTLS (замініть pbx.mycompany.com на свою IP-адресу чи " "ім'я dns, замініть My Super Company на назву вашої компанії):" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:146 msgid "Configure Asterisk server" msgstr "Налаштуйте сервер Asterisk" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:148 msgid "" "For WebRTC, a lot of the settings that are needed MUST be in the peer " "settings. The global settings do not flow down into the peer settings very " @@ -3645,7 +3741,7 @@ msgstr "" " в /etc/asterisk/. Почніть з редагування http.conf і переконайтеся, що " "наступні рядки не коментуються:" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:158 msgid "" "Next, edit sip.conf. The WebRTC peer requires encryption, avpf, and " "icesupport to be enabled. In most cases, directmedia should be disabled. " @@ -3660,26 +3756,26 @@ msgstr "" "одним рівнем; установка цих конфігураційних рядки глобально можуть не " "працювати:" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:186 msgid "" "In the sip.conf and rtp.conf files you also need to add or uncomment the " "lines:" msgstr "" "У sip.conf та rtp.conf файлах вам також потрібно додати чи відключити рядки:" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:193 msgid "Lastly, set up extensions.conf:" msgstr "Нарешті, встановіть extensions.conf:" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:202 msgid "Configure Odoo VOIP" msgstr "Налаштуйте ІР-телефонію Odoo" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:204 msgid "In Odoo, the configuration should be done in the user's preferences." msgstr "В Odoo налаштування повинне виконуватися в налаштуваннях користувача." -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:210 msgid "" "The SIP Login/Browser's Extension is the number you configured previously in" " the sip.conf file (in our example: 1060)." @@ -3687,11 +3783,11 @@ msgstr "" "SIP Login/Розширення браузера - це номер, яки ви налаштували раніше у файлі " "sip.conf (у нашому прикладі: 1060)." -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:212 msgid "The SIP Password is the secret you chose in the sip.conf file." msgstr "Пароль SIP - секретний ключ, який ви обрали у файлі sip.conf." -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:214 msgid "" "The extension of your office's phone is not a required field but it is used " "if you want to transfer your call from Odoo to an external phone also " @@ -3701,7 +3797,7 @@ msgstr "" "використовується, якщо ви хочете перемістити ваш дзвінок з Odoo на зовнішній" " телефон, що також налаштовується у файлі sip.conf." -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:217 msgid "" "The configuration should also be done in the General Settings under the " "\"Integrations\" section." @@ -3709,7 +3805,7 @@ msgstr "" "Налаштування також слід виконати у Загальних налаштуваннях під розділом " "\"Інтеграції\"." -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:222 msgid "" "The PBX Server IP should be the same as the IP you define in the http.conf " "file." @@ -3717,7 +3813,7 @@ msgstr "" "IP сервера PBX має бути таким же, як і IP, який ви визначаєте у файлі " "http.conf." -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:224 msgid "" "The WebSocket should be: ws://localhost:XXXX/ws where \"localhost\" needs to" " be the same as the IP defined previously and \"XXXX\" needs to be the port " @@ -3727,15 +3823,16 @@ msgstr "" "же, як і IP, визначений попередньо, та \"XXXX\" повинен бути портом, " "визначеним у файлі http.conf." -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:3 msgid "Use VoIP services in Odoo with Axivox" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:6 ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:6 msgid "Introduction" msgstr "Вступ" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo VoIP can be set up to work together with `Axivox " "<https://www.axivox.com/>`_. In that case, an :doc:`Asterisk server " @@ -3743,85 +3840,85 @@ msgid "" "Axivox." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:12 msgid "" "To use this service, `contact Axivox <https://www.axivox.com/contact/>`_ to " "open an account. Before doing so, verify that Axivox covers your area and " "the areas you wish to call." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:18 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Apps` and install the **VoIP Module**." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:24 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Integrations`, and " "fill out the **Asterisk (VoIP)** field:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:27 msgid "" "**PBX Server IP**: set the domain created by Axivox for your account (e.g., " "*yourcompany.axivox.com*)" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:29 msgid "**WebSocket**: type in ``wss://pabx.axivox.com:3443``" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:30 msgid "**VoIP Environment**: set as *Production*" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:36 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Users`, then open " "the user's form you want to configure. Under the **Preferences** tab, fill " "out the section **PBX Configuration**:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:39 msgid "**SIP Login / Browser's Extension**: the Axivox *username*" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:40 msgid "**SIP Password**: the Axivox *SIP Password*" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:43 msgid "" "You can find all this information by logging in at " "https://manage.axivox.com/, selecting the user you want to configure, and " "referring to the fields as pictured below." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:51 msgid "Phone Calls" msgstr "Телефонні дзвінки" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:53 msgid "" "You can make phone calls by clicking on the phone icon in the navigation " "bar." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:55 msgid "" "You can also receive phone calls. Odoo rings and displays a notification." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:58 msgid "Your number is the one provided by Axivox." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:65 msgid "" "If you see a *Missing Parameter* message in the **Odoo softphone**, refresh " "your Odoo window and try again." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:73 msgid "" "If you see an *Incorrect Number* message in the Odoo softphone, make sure to" " use the international format, leading with the plus (+) sign followed by " @@ -3829,11 +3926,11 @@ msgid "" "international prefix for the United States)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:3 msgid "Use VoIP services in Odoo with OnSIP" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo VoIP can be set up to work together with OnSIP (www.onsip.com). In that" " case, the installation and setup of an Asterisk server is not necessary as " @@ -3844,7 +3941,7 @@ msgstr "" "Asterisk не потрібні, оскільки вся інфраструктура розміщена та керована " "OnSIP." -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:10 msgid "" "You will need to open an account with OnSIP to use this service. Before " "doing so, make sure that your area and the areas you wish to call are " @@ -3856,11 +3953,11 @@ msgstr "" "територію та області, в які ви хочете зателефонувати. Після відкриття обліку" " OnSIP виконайте процедуру налаштування нижче." -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:15 msgid "Go to Apps and install the module **VoIP OnSIP**." msgstr "Перейдіть до додатків та встановіть модуль **VoIP OnSIP**." -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:20 msgid "" "Go to Settings/General Settings. In the section Integrations/Asterisk " "(VoIP), fill in the 3 fields:" @@ -3868,7 +3965,7 @@ msgstr "" "Перейдіть до Налаштування/Загальні налаштування. У розділі " "Інтеграція/Asterisk (VoIP) заповніть 3 поля:" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:22 msgid "" "**OnSIP Domain** is the domain you chose when creating an account on " "www.onsip.com. If you don't know it, log in to https://admin.onsip.com/ and " @@ -3879,15 +3976,15 @@ msgstr "" "https://admin.onsip.com/, і ви побачите його у верхньому правому куті " "екрана." -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:23 msgid "**WebSocket** should contain wss://edge.sip.onsip.com" msgstr "**WebSocket** повинен містити wss: //edge.sip.onsip.com" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:24 msgid "**Mode** should be Production" msgstr "**Режим** повинен бути Розробник" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:29 msgid "" "Go to **Settings/Users**. In the form view of each VoIP user, in the " "Preferences tab, fill in the section **PBX Configuration**:" @@ -3896,23 +3993,23 @@ msgstr "" "користувача IP-телефонії на вкладці Налаштування введіть розділ " "**Налаштування PBX**:" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:31 msgid "**SIP Login / Browser's Extension**: the OnSIP 'Username'" msgstr "**Логін SIP/Розширення браузера**: OnSIP 'Ім'я користувача'" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:32 msgid "**OnSIP authorization User**: the OnSIP 'Auth Username'" msgstr "**Авторизація користувача OnSIP**: OnSIP 'Ім'я користувача авт'" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:33 msgid "**SIP Password**: the OnSIP 'SIP Password'" msgstr "**Пароль SIP**: OnSIP 'Пароль SIP'" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:34 msgid "**Handset Extension**: the OnSIP 'Extension'" msgstr "**Розширення для телефонів**: 'Розширення' OnSIP" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:36 msgid "" "You can find all this information by logging in at " "https://admin.onsip.com/users, then select the user you want to configure " @@ -3922,7 +4019,7 @@ msgstr "" "https://admin.onsip.com/users, а потім виберіть користувача, якого ви хочете" " налаштувати, і посилайтеся на поля, як це показано нижче." -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:41 msgid "" "You can now make phone calls by clicking the phone icon in the top right " "corner of Odoo (make sure you are logged in as a user properly configured in" @@ -3932,7 +4029,7 @@ msgstr "" " куті Odoo (переконайтеся, що ви ввійшли як користувач, який належним чином " "налаштований в Odoo та OnSIP)." -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:45 msgid "" "If you see a *Missing Parameters* message in the Odoo softphone, make sure " "to refresh your Odoo window and try again." @@ -3940,7 +4037,7 @@ msgstr "" "Якщо ви бачите повідомлення про *відсутність параметрів* на софтводі Odoo, " "обов'язково оновіть вікно Odoo та повторіть спробу." -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:52 msgid "" "If you see an *Incorrect Number* message in the Odoo softphone, make sure to" " use the international format, leading with the plus (+) sign followed by " @@ -3952,7 +4049,7 @@ msgstr "" " потім міжнародний код країни. Наприклад: +16506913277 (де +1 - міжнародний " "префікс для США)." -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:57 msgid "" "You can now also receive phone calls. Your number is the one provided by " "OnSIP. Odoo will ring and display a notification." @@ -3960,11 +4057,11 @@ msgstr "" "Тепер також можна телефонувати. Ваш номер - це той, який надається OnSIP. " "Odoo зателефонує і покаже повідомлення." -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:63 msgid "OnSIP on Your Cell Phone" msgstr "OnSIP на вашому мобільному телефоні" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:65 msgid "" "In order to make and receive phone calls when you are not in front of your " "computer, you can use a softphone app on your cell phone in parallel of Odoo" @@ -3977,7 +4074,7 @@ msgstr "" " на ходу, але також для того, щоб переконатися, що ви чуєте вхідні дзвінки, " "або просто для зручності. Будь-який SIP softphone буде працювати." -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:67 msgid "" "On Android and iOS, OnSIP has been successfully tested with `Grandstream " "Wave <https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.grandstream.wave>`_." @@ -3989,27 +4086,27 @@ msgstr "" "Під час створення облікового запису виберіть OnSIP у списку постачальників. " "Вам потрібно буде налаштувати його таким чином:" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:69 msgid "**Account name**: OnSIP" msgstr "**Ім'я облікового запису**: OnSIP" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:70 msgid "**SIP Server**: the OnSIP 'Domain'" msgstr "**SIP сервер**: OnSIP 'Домен'" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:71 msgid "**SIP User ID**: the OnSIP 'Username'" msgstr "**ID користувача SIP**: 'Ім'я користувача' OnSIP" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:72 msgid "**SIP Authentication ID**: the OnSIP 'Auth Username'" msgstr "**ID Аутентифікації SIP**: 'Ім'я користувача аут.' OnSIP" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:73 msgid "**Password**: the OnSIP 'SIP Password'" msgstr "**Пароль**: OnSIP 'Пароль SIP'" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:75 msgid "" "Aside from initiating calls from Grandstream Wave on your phone, you can " "also initiate calls by clicking phone numbers in your browser on your PC. " @@ -4027,7 +4124,7 @@ msgstr "" "дзвінків OnSIP <https://chrome.google.com/webstore/detail/onsip-call-" "assistant/pceelmncccldedfkcgjkpemakjbapnpg?hl=en> _ _." -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:79 msgid "" "The downside of using a softphone on your cell phone is that your calls will" " not be logged in Odoo as the softphone acts as an independent separate app." diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po deleted file mode 100644 index a272ceea1..000000000 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,540 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: uk\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:5 -msgid "Basics of the QuickStart Methodology" -msgstr "Базова методологія швидкого старту" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:7 -msgid "" -"This document summarizes Odoo Online's services, our Success Pack " -"implementation methodology, and best practices to get started with our " -"product." -msgstr "" -"Цей документ підсумовує послуги Odoo Online, методологію впровадження наших " -"Пакетів Послуг та найкращі практичні поради для початку роботи з нашим " -"продуктом." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:12 -msgid "The SPoC (*Single Point of Contact*) and the Consultant" -msgstr "SPoC (*Єдина контактна особа*) та консультант" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Within the context of your project, it is highly recommended to designate " -"and maintain on both sides (your side and ours) **one and only single person" -" of contact** who will take charge and assume responsibilities regarding the" -" project. He also has to have **the authority** in terms of decision making." -msgstr "" -"В контексті вашого проекту настійно рекомендуємо призначати та підтримувати " -"з обох сторін (з вашої сторони та нашої) **єдину контактну особу**, яка " -"візьме на себе відповідальність за проект. Він також повинен мати " -"**повноваження** щодо прийняття рішень." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:20 -msgid "" -"**The Odoo Consultant ensures the project implementation from A to Z**: From" -" the beginning to the end of the project, he ensures the overall consistency" -" of the implementation in Odoo and shares his expertise in terms of good " -"practices." -msgstr "" -"**Консультант Odoo забезпечує реалізацію проекту від А до Я**: від початку " -"до кінця проекту він забезпечує загальну послідовність впровадження Odoo та " -"ділиться своїм досвідом з точки зору належної практики." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:25 -msgid "" -"**One and only decision maker on the client side (SPoC)**: He is responsible" -" for the business knowledge transmission (coordinate key users intervention " -"if necessary) and the consistency of the implementation from a business " -"point of view (decision making, change management, etc.)" -msgstr "" -"**Єдина контактна особа, яка приймає рішення зі сторони клієнта**: він " -"відповідає за передачу ділових знань (в разі потреби координує втручання " -"ключових користувачів) та узгоджує виконання з точки зору бізнесу (прийняття" -" рішень, управління змінами тощо). " - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:31 -msgid "" -"**Meetings optimization**: The Odoo consultant is not involved in the " -"process of decision making from a business point of view nor to precise " -"processes and company's internal procedures (unless a specific request or an" -" exception). Project meetings, who will take place once or twice a week, are" -" meant to align on the business needs (SPoC) and to define the way those " -"needs will be implemented in Odoo (Consultant)." -msgstr "" -"**Оптимізація зустрічей**: консультант Odoo не бере участі у процесі " -"прийняття рішень з точки зору бізнесу, а також не має чітких процесів та " -"внутрішніх процедур компанії (крім конкретного запиту чи винятку). Зустрічі " -"щодо проекту, які відбудуться раз або два на тижні, призначені для " -"узгодження бізнес-потреб (єдина контактна особа) та визначення способу " -"реалізації цих потреб в Odoo (консультант)." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:39 -msgid "" -"**Train the Trainer approach**: The Odoo consultant provides functional " -"training to the SPoC so that he can pass on this knowledge to his " -"collaborators. In order for this approach to be successful, it is necessary " -"that the SPoC is also involved in its own rise in skills through self-" -"learning via the :doc:`Odoo documentation <../index>`, `The elearning " -"platform <https://odoo.com/learn>`_ and the testing of functionalities." -msgstr "" -"**Підготовка до навчання**: консультант Odoo надає функціональну підготовку " -"для єдиної контактної особи, щоб вона могла передавати ці знання своїм " -"співробітникам. Для того, щоби цей підхід був успішним, необхідно, щоби " -"контактна особа також брала участь у власному підвищенні навичок шляхом " -"самостійного навчання за допомогою :doc:`Документації Odoo " -"<http://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/10.0/index.html>`__, `Платформи " -"електронного навчання <https://odoo.thinkific.com/courses/odoo-" -"functional>`__ та тестування функціональних можливостей." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:49 -msgid "Project Scope" -msgstr "Сфера застосування проекту" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:51 -msgid "" -"To make sure all the stakeholders involved are always aligned, it is " -"necessary to define and to make the project scope evolve as long as the " -"project implementation is pursuing." -msgstr "" -"Аби переконатися, що всі зацікавлені сторони завжди узгоджують процеси між " -"собою, необхідно визначати та вносити зміст проекту поки реалізується " -"проект." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:55 -msgid "" -"**A clear definition of the initial project scope**: A clear definition of " -"the initial needs is crucial to ensure the project is running smoothly. " -"Indeed, when all the stakeholders share the same vision, the evolution of " -"the needs and the resulting decision-making process are more simple and more" -" clear." -msgstr "" -"**Чітке визначення початкового обсягу проекту**: Чітке визначення початкових" -" потреб має вирішальне значення для забезпечення безперебійного виконання " -"проекту. Дійсно, коли всі зацікавлені сторони поділяють одне і те ж бачення," -" еволюцію потреб та процес прийняття рішень є більш простими та " -"зрозумілішими." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:61 -msgid "" -"**Phasing the project**: Favoring an implementation in several coherent " -"phases allowing regular production releases and an evolving takeover of Odoo" -" by the end users have demonstrated its effectiveness over time. This " -"approach also helps to identify gaps and apply corrective actions early in " -"the implementation." -msgstr "" -"**Поступова реалізація проекту**: Сприяння впровадженню на декількох " -"узгоджених етапах, що дозволяють регулярно впроваджувати продукцію, та " -"поступово охоплювати Odoo кінцевими споживачами, довели свою ефективність із" -" часом. Цей підхід також допомагає виявити прогалини та застосовувати " -"коригувальні дії на початку впровадження." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:68 -msgid "" -"**Adopting standard features as a priority**: Odoo offers a great " -"environment to implement slight improvements (customizations) or more " -"important ones (developments). Nevertheless, adoption of the standard " -"solution will be preferred as often as possible in order to optimize project" -" delivery times and provide the user with a long-term stability and fluid " -"scalability of his new tool. Ideally, if an improvement of the software " -"should still be realized, its implementation will be carried out after an " -"experiment of the standard in production." -msgstr "" -"**Прийняття стандартних функцій в якості пріоритету**: Odoo пропонує чудове " -"середовище для здійснення незначних удосконалень (налаштувань) або більш " -"важливих (доробок). Тим не менше, прийняття стандартного рішення буде " -"віддавати перевагу якомога частіше, щоб оптимізувати час доставки проекту та" -" надавати користувачеві довгострокову стабільність та масштабність його " -"нового інструмента. В ідеалі, якщо поліпшення програмного забезпечення все-" -"таки має бути реалізоване, його впровадження буде здійснено після " -"експерименту зі стандартним впровадженням." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:82 -msgid "Managing expectations" -msgstr "Управління очікуваннями" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:84 -msgid "" -"The gap between the reality of an implementation and the expectations of " -"future users is a crucial factor. Three important aspects must be taken into" -" account from the beginning of the project:" -msgstr "" -"Розрив між реальним впровадження та майбутніми очікуваннями користувачів є " -"вирішальним чинником. З початку проекту необхідно враховувати три важливі " -"аспекти:" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:88 -msgid "" -"**Align with the project approach**: Both a clear division of roles and " -"responsibilities and a clear description of the operating modes (validation," -" problem-solving, etc.) are crucial to the success of an Odoo " -"implementation. It is therefore strongly advised to take the necessary time " -"at the beginning of the project to align with these topics and regularly " -"check that this is still the case." -msgstr "" -"**Співпрацювати з підходом до проекту**: Як чіткий розподіл ролей та " -"відповідальності, так і чіткий опис режимів роботи (перевірка, вирішення " -"проблем та ін.) мають вирішальне значення для успішного впровадження Odoo. " -"Тому настійно рекомендуємо вживати необхідний час на початку проекту, щоби " -"вирівнятися з цими темами, і регулярно перевіряти, чи усе ще так, як було " -"заплановано." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:96 -msgid "" -"**Focus on the project success, not on the ideal solution**: The main goal " -"of the SPoC and the Consultant is to carry out the project entrusted to them" -" in order to provide the most effective solution to meet the needs " -"expressed. This goal can sometimes conflict with the end user's vision of an" -" ideal solution. In that case, the SPoC and the consultant will apply the " -"80-20 rule: focus on 80% of the expressed needs and take out the remaining " -"20% of the most disadvantageous objectives in terms of cost/benefit ratio " -"(those proportions can of course change over time). Therefore, it will be " -"considered acceptable to integrate a more time-consuming manipulation if a " -"global relief is noted. Changes in business processes may also be proposed " -"to pursue this same objective." -msgstr "" -"**Зосередьтеся на успіху проекту, а не на ідеальному рішенні**: Головною " -"метою єдиної контактної особи та консультанта є виконання завданого ними " -"проекту, щоби забезпечити найефективніше рішення для задоволення виражених " -"потреб. Ця мета іноді може суперечити баченню ідеального рішення клієнта. У " -"такому випадку контактна особа та консультант застосовуватимуть правило " -"80-20: зосередитись на 80% виражених потреб та вилучити решту 20% найбільш " -"невигідних цілей з точки зору співвідношення витрат і вигоди (ці відсотки, " -"звичайно, можуть бути зміненими з часом). Тому, якщо глобальне рішення буде " -"визначено, буде прийнято інтегрувати найбільш трудомістку маніпуляцію. Зміни" -" в бізнес-процесах також можуть бути запропоновані для досягнення цієї ж " -"мети." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:110 -msgid "" -"**Specifications are always EXPLICIT**: Gaps between what is expected and " -"what is delivered are often a source of conflict in a project. In order to " -"avoid being in this delicate situation, we recommend using several types of " -"tools\\* :" -msgstr "" -"**Технічні характеристики завжди є ВИКЛЮЧНИМИ**: прогалини між тим, що " -"очікується і що доставляється, часто є джерелом конфлікту в проекті. Щоб " -"уникнути перебування в цій делікатній ситуації, ми рекомендуємо " -"використовувати кілька типів інструментів\\* :" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:115 -msgid "" -"**The GAP Analysis**: The comparison of the request with the standard " -"features proposed by Odoo will make it possible to identify the gap to be " -"filled by developments/customizations or changes in business processes." -msgstr "" -"**GAP аналіз**: порівняння запиту клієнта зі стандартними функціями, " -"запропонованими компанією Odoo, дозволить визначити розрив, який повинен " -"бути заповнений розробками/налаштуваннями або змінами бізнес-процесів." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:120 -msgid "" -"**The User Story**: This technique clearly separates the responsibilities " -"between the SPoC, responsible for explaining the WHAT, the WHY and the WHO, " -"and the Consultant who will provide a response to the HOW." -msgstr "" -"**Історія користувача**: Це технічно розділяє обов'язки між SPoC, " -"відповідальним за поясненням ЩО, ЧОМУ та ХТО, та консультантом, хто надасть " -"відповідь на питання ЯК." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:128 -msgid "" -"`The Proof of Concept <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Proof_of_concept>`__ A " -"simplified version, a prototype of what is expected to agree on the main " -"lines of expected changes." -msgstr "" -"`Доказ концепції <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Proof_of_concept>`__ " -"Cпрощена версія, прототип того, що очікується, узгоджується з основними " -"лініями очікуваних змін." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:132 -msgid "" -"**The Mockup**: In the same idea as the Proof of Concept, it will align with" -" the changes related to the interface." -msgstr "" -"**Макет**: у тій же ідеї, що й PoC, який буде відповідати змінам, пов'язаним" -" з інтерфейсом." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:135 -msgid "" -"To these tools will be added complete transparency on the possibilities and " -"limitations of the software and/or its environment so that all project " -"stakeholders have a clear idea of what can be expected/achieved in the " -"project. We will, therefore, avoid basing our work on hypotheses without " -"verifying its veracity beforehand." -msgstr "" -"До цих інструментів буде додано повну прозорість щодо можливостей та " -"обмежень програмного забезпечення та його оточення, щоб усі зацікавлені " -"сторони проекту могли чітко розуміти, що можна очікувати/досягти у проекті. " -"Тому ми не будемо базувати нашу роботу на гіпотезах, не перевіряючи " -"заздалегідь їх правдивість." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:141 -msgid "" -"*This list can, of course, be completed by other tools that would more " -"adequately meet the realities and needs of your project*" -msgstr "" -"*Цей список, звичайно, можна доповнити іншими інструментами, які би більш " -"адекватно відповідали реаліям та потребам вашого проекту*" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:145 -msgid "Communication Strategy" -msgstr "Стратегія комунікації" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:147 -msgid "" -"The purpose of the QuickStart methodology is to ensure quick ownership of " -"the tool for end users. Effective communication is therefore crucial to the " -"success of this approach. Its optimization will, therefore, lead us to " -"follow those principles:" -msgstr "" -"Метою методології Швидкого старту є забезпечення швидкого володіння цим " -"інструментом для кінцевих користувачів. Тому ефективне спілкування має " -"вирішальне значення для успіху цього підходу. Тому його оптимізація приведе " -"нас до таких принципів:" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:152 -msgid "" -"**Sharing the project management documentation**: The best way to ensure " -"that all stakeholders in a project have the same level of knowledge is to " -"provide direct access to the project's tracking document (Project " -"Organizer). This document will contain at least a list of tasks to be " -"performed as part of the implementation for which the priority level and the" -" manager are clearly defined." -msgstr "" -"**Спільне використання документації з управління проектами**: Найкращий " -"спосіб забезпечити усіх зацікавлених сторін проекту володінням однаковим " -"рівнем знань, забезпечити прямий доступ до документу відстеження проекту " -"(Організатор проекту). Цей документ міститиме, принаймні, список завдань, що" -" будуть виконуватися як частина реалізації, для чого чітко визначений рівень" -" пріоритету та менеджер. " - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:160 -msgid "" -"The Project Organizer is a shared project tracking tool that allows both " -"detailed tracking of ongoing tasks and the overall progress of the project." -msgstr "" -"Організатор проекту - це інструмент відстеження проектів, який дозволяє як " -"детальне відстеження поточних завдань, так і загальний прогрес проекту." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:164 -msgid "" -"**Report essential information**: In order to minimize the documentation " -"time to the essentials, we will follow the following good practices:" -msgstr "" -"**Зверніть увагу на важливу інформацію**: щоб мінімізувати час документації " -"до найважливіших вимог, ми дотримуємось наступних правильних практик:" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:168 -msgid "Meeting minutes will be limited to decisions and validations;" -msgstr "Протоколи зустрічі будуть обмежені лише рішеннями та перевірками;" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:170 -msgid "" -"Project statuses will only be established when an important milestone is " -"reached;" -msgstr "" -"Статуси проекту визначаються лише тоді, коли досягнуто важливого етапу;" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:173 -msgid "" -"Training sessions on the standard or customized solution will be organized." -msgstr "" -"Будуть організовані навчальні курси по стандартному або індивідуальному " -"рішенню." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:177 -msgid "Customizations and Development" -msgstr "Налаштування та розробка" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:179 -msgid "" -"Odoo is a software known for its flexibility and its important evolution " -"capacity. However, a significant amount of development contradicts a fast " -"and sustainable implementation. This is the reason why it is recommended to:" -msgstr "" -"Odoo - це програмне забезпечення, відоме своєю гнучкістю та важливою " -"здатністю до еволюції. Однак значна частина розвитку суперечить швидкій та " -"стабільній реалізації. Ось чому рекомендується:" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:184 -msgid "" -"**Develop only for a good reason**: The decision to develop must always be " -"taken when the cost-benefit ratio is positive (saving time on a daily basis," -" etc.). For example, it will be preferable to realize a significant " -"development in order to reduce the time of a daily operation, rather than an" -" operation to be performed only once a quarter. It is generally accepted " -"that the closer the solution is to the standard, the lighter and more fluid " -"the migration process, and the lower the maintenance costs for both parties." -" In addition, experience has shown us that 60% of initial development " -"requests are dropped after a few weeks of using standard Odoo (see " -"\"Adopting the standard as a priority\")." -msgstr "" -"**Розвиватися лише з вагомих причин**: рішення про розробку завжди повинно " -"бути прийняте, коли співвідношення витрат і вигод є позитивним (економія " -"часу на щоденній основі тощо). Наприклад, краще реалізувати значний " -"розвиток, щоб скоротити час щоденної експлуатації, а не виконувати операцію " -"лише один раз на квартал. Загальновизнано, що чим ближче рішення до " -"стандарту, тим легше і більш плавно відбувається процес міграції, і чим " -"нижчі витрати на обслуговування для обох сторін. Крім того, досвід показує " -"нам, що 60% первинних запитів на розробку знищуються через кілька тижнів " -"використання стандартного Odoo (див. \"Прийняття стандарту як пріоритет\")." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:196 -msgid "" -"**Replace, without replicate**: There is a good reason for the decision to " -"change the management software has been made. In this context, the moment of" -" implementation is THE right moment to accept and even be a change initiator" -" both in terms of how the software will be used and at the level of the " -"business processes of the company." -msgstr "" -"**Заміна без реплікації**: є вагомі підстави для прийняття рішення про зміну" -" програмного забезпечення для управління. У цьому контексті момент " -"реалізації є правильним моментом прийняття і навіть є ініціатором зміни як з" -" точки зору використання програмного забезпечення, так і на рівні бізнес-" -"процесів компанії." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:204 -msgid "Testing and Validation principles" -msgstr "Принципи тестування та перевірки" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:206 -msgid "" -"Whether developments are made or not in the implementation, it is crucial to" -" test and validate the correspondence of the solution with the operational " -"needs of the company." -msgstr "" -"Незалежно від того, чи були розробки чи ні, важливо перевірити відповідність" -" рішення операційним потребам компанії." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:210 -msgid "" -"**Role distribution**: In this context, the Consultant will be responsible " -"for delivering a solution corresponding to the defined specifications; the " -"SPoC will have to test and validate that the solution delivered meets the " -"requirements of the operational reality." -msgstr "" -"**Розподіл ролей**: у цьому контексті консультант буде відповідати за " -"надання рішення, що відповідає визначеним специфікаціям; контактна особа " -"повинна буде протестувати та підтвердити, що рішення, яке постачається, " -"відповідає вимогам операційної реальності." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:216 -msgid "" -"**Change management**: When a change needs to be made to the solution, the " -"noted gap is caused by:" -msgstr "" -"**Управління змінами**: коли необхідно внести зміни до рішення, зазначений " -"розрив обумовлений:" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:220 -msgid "" -"A difference between the specification and the delivered solution - This is " -"a correction for which the Consultant is responsible" -msgstr "" -"Різницею між специфікацією та доставленим рішенням - це виправлення, за яке " -"відповідає консультант." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:223 -msgid "**or**" -msgstr "**або**" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:225 -msgid "" -"A difference between the specification and the imperatives of operational " -"reality - This is a change that is the responsibility of SPoC." -msgstr "" -"Різницею між специфікацією та вимогами операційної реальності - це зміна, на" -" яку відповідає контактна особа." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:229 -msgid "Data Imports" -msgstr "Імпорт даних" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:231 -msgid "" -"Importing the history of transactional data is an important issue and must " -"be answered appropriately to allow the project running smoothly. Indeed, " -"this task can be time-consuming and, if its priority is not well defined, " -"prevent production from happening in time. To do this as soon as possible, " -"it will be decided :" -msgstr "" -"Імпорт історії транзакційних даних є важливою проблемою, і відповідним чином" -" потрібно відповісти на це, щоб забезпечити безперебійну роботу проекту. " -"Дійсно, це завдання може зайняти багато часу, і, якщо його пріоритет не є " -"чітко визначеним, запобігти впровадженню вчасно. Щоб зробити це якомога " -"швидше, буде вирішено:" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:237 -msgid "" -"**Not to import anything**: It often happens that after reflection, " -"importing data history is not considered necessary, these data being, " -"moreover, kept outside Odoo and consolidated for later reporting." -msgstr "" -"**Не імпортувати нічого**: Часто буває, що після відображення імпортування " -"історії даних стає не необхідним, причому ці дані зберігаються поза межами " -"Odoo і консолідуються для подальшої звітності." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:242 -msgid "" -"**To import a limited amount of data before going into production**: When " -"the data history relates to information being processed (purchase orders, " -"invoices, open projects, for example), the need to have this information " -"available from the first day of use in production is real. In this case, the" -" import will be made before the production launch." -msgstr "" -"**Щоб імпортувати обмежену кількість даних перед початком впровадження**: " -"коли історія даних стосується оброблюваної інформації (наприклад, замовлення" -" на купівлю, рахунки-фактури, відкриті проекти), необхідність мати цю " -"інформацію з першого дня використання у впровадженні - це реально. У цьому " -"випадку імпорт буде здійснюватися до початку запуску впровадження." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:249 -msgid "" -"**To import after production launch**: When the data history needs to be " -"integrated with Odoo mainly for reporting purposes, it is clear that these " -"can be integrated into the software retrospectively. In this case, the " -"production launch of the solution will precede the required imports." -msgstr "" -"**Імпорт після запуску впровадження**: коли історія даних повинна бути " -"інтегрована з Odoo, в основному для цілей звітування, то очевидно, що вони " -"можуть бути інтегровані в програмне забезпечення ретроспективно. У цьому " -"випадку запуск впровадження буде передувати необхідному імпорту." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:256 -msgid "Support" -msgstr "Підтримка" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:258 -msgid "" -"When your project is put in production, our support teams take care of your " -"questions or technical issues." -msgstr "" -"Коли ваш проект береться у виконання, наші команди підтримки піклуються про " -"ваші запитання чи технічні проблеми." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:261 -msgid "See :ref:`support-expectations`." -msgstr "Перегляньте :ref:`support-expectations`." diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po deleted file mode 100644 index fa73a99dc..000000000 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,878 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Bohdan Lisnenko, 2020 -# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Martin Trigaux, 2021 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2021\n" -"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: uk\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n" - -#: ../../helpdesk.rst:5 -msgid "Helpdesk" -msgstr "Служба підтримки" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced" -msgstr "Розширено" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:3 -msgid "After Sales Features" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:5 -msgid "" -"As your business grows, having the right tool to support your helpdesk team " -"on recording, tracking and managing issues raised easy and efficiently, is " -"key. Odoo’s Helpdesk application allows you to generate credit notes, manage" -" returns, products, repairs, grant coupons, and even plan onsite " -"interventions from a ticket’s page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:11 -msgid "Set up the after sales services" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " -"enable the after sales options: *Refunds, Returns, Coupons, Repairs and " -"Onsite Interventions*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:20 -msgid "Generate credit notes from tickets" -msgstr "Створити сторно із заявки" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:22 -msgid "" -"You can use a credit note to refund a customer or adjust the amount due. For" -" that, simply go to your ticket page, click on *Refund* and select the " -"corresponding *Invoice*. Clicking on *Reverse* generates a credit note, and " -"you can *Post* it while still being in the *Helpdesk* app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:30 -msgid "Allow product returns from tickets" -msgstr "Дозволити повернення товару із заявки" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:32 -msgid "" -"The process of a product return from your customer back to your warehouse is" -" taken into action when, at the ticket page, you choose the option *Return*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:39 -msgid "Grant coupons from tickets" -msgstr "Надавайте купони із заявок" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:41 -msgid "" -"First, be sure to have your *Coupon Program* planned in the *Sales* or " -"*Website* application. Then, in *Helpdesk*, open your ticket, click on " -"*Coupon*, and choose the respective one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:48 -msgid "Repairs from tickets" -msgstr "Ремонт із заявки" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Clicking on *Repair* option, on your ticket page, a new repair order form is" -" shown. Fill in the information as needed and choose the next step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:57 -msgid "Plan onsite interventions from tickets" -msgstr "Плануйте втручання на місці із заявок" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:59 -msgid "" -"At the ticket's page click on *Plan Intervention*, and set up your onsite " -"intervention exactly the same way as if you were on the *Field Service* " -"application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:67 -msgid "" -"`Coupons <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/coupon-" -"programs-640?fullscreen=1>`_" -msgstr "" -"`Купони <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/coupon-" -"programs-640?fullscreen=1>`_" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:68 -msgid ":doc:`../../manufacturing/repair/repair`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:3 -msgid "Allow Customers to Close their Tickets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Allowing customers to close their tickets gives them autonomy and minimize " -"misunderstandings about when an issue is considered solved, or not. It makes" -" communication and actions more efficient." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:9 -msgid "Configure the feature" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:11 -msgid "" -"To configure the feature go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Settings --> " -"Helpdesk Teams --> Edit` and enable *Ticket closing*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:18 -msgid "" -"In order to designate to which stage the ticket migrates to once it is " -"closed, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Overview --> Tickets`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:25 -msgid "" -"You can either create a new Kanban stage or work with an existing one. For " -"both scenarios, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Settings --> Edit Stage` " -"and enable *Closing Stage*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:32 -msgid "" -"If a closing stage is not specified, by default, the ticket is moved to the " -"last stage; contrarily, if you have more than one stage set as closing, the " -"ticket is put in the first one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:36 -msgid "The Costumer Portal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Now, once the user logs into his Portal, the option *Close this ticket* is " -"available." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:45 -msgid "Get reports on tickets closed by costumers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:47 -msgid "" -"To do an analysis of the tickets that have been closed by costumers go to " -":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting --> Tickets --> Filters --> Add " -"Custom filter --> Closed by partner --> Applied`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Загальний огляд" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:3 -msgid "Forum and eLearning" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:6 -msgid "Forum" -msgstr "Форум" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:8 -msgid "" -"To go above and beyond email, live chat, web forms, and phone lines, offer " -"your customers a support forum. This way, customers might become more " -"attached to your company as they would be investing time to get into details" -" of your business. You also encourage the exchange of experiences and " -"knowledge, supporting the feeling of belonging to a community (your " -"community!)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:14 -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:52 -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:10 -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:11 -msgid "Set up" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Team` and " -"enable *Help Center*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Create, or edit a forum by clicking on the external link. Among the editing " -"options, choose if you would like the *Forum Mode* to be *Questions*: only " -"one answer is allowed per question or *Discussions*: multiple answers are " -"allowed per question." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:31 -msgid "" -"From now on, logged in users can start their discussions. To keep track of " -"posts, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Forum --> Posts`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Turn tickets into forum posts by simply clicking on *Share on the Forum* on " -"the ticket's page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:45 -msgid "eLearning" -msgstr "електронне навчання" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:47 -msgid "" -"In addition to a forum, offer online courses. When doing so, you link your " -"customers and users’ needs and questions to useful content, helping to boost" -" efficiency as they can also find their answers there." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " -"enable *eLearning*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Once the structure and content of your course are ready, *Publish* it by " -"clicking on *Unpublished*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:67 -msgid "" -"To keep track of your course statistics, go to *eLearning* and *View " -"Course*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:73 -msgid "Todo" -msgstr "Зробити" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:73 -msgid "" -"DETAILS/INFO SHOULD COME FROM ELEARNING DOCS. THEREFORE, LINK DOCS ONCE " -"AVAILABLE!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:3 -msgid "Getting Started" -msgstr "Розпочніть" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Helpdesk teams provide your customers with support to queries or errors they" -" might encounter while using your product/service. Therefore, a successful " -"scheme where you can organize multiple teams with their customized pipeline," -" visibilities settings, and ticket traceability is essential." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:10 -msgid "Set up teams" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To modify or create teams, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration " -"--> Helpdesk Teams`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Setting up multiple teams allows you to group tickets by your channels " -"(example: BE/US), or by your support services' types (example: IT, " -"accounting, admin, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:21 -msgid "Team’s productivity and visibility" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Teams can have individual *Assignment Methods* to ensure that tickets get " -"redirected to the right person:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:26 -msgid "" -"*Manually*: tickets are manually assigned, allowing employees to manage " -"their own workload and target tickets they are experts at;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:28 -msgid "" -"*Random*: tickets are randomly assigned and everyone gets the same amount. " -"This method ensures that all tickets are handled as the assignment happens " -"automatically;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:30 -msgid "" -"*Balanced*: tickets are assigned to the person with the least amount of " -"tickets so that everyone fairly gets the same amount. Thereby, you ensure " -"that all tickets get to be taken care of." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:40 -msgid "" -"For the *Random* and *Balanced* assignment methods, you can set the *Team " -"Members* among whom tickets are assigned. Leave the field empty to include " -"all employees (with the proper access rights)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:43 -msgid "" -"The *Team Visibility* feature allows you to specify who can see and access " -"the team’s tickets. Therefore, ticket’s with sensible information are only " -"seen by the right people. Leave the field empty to include all employees " -"(with the proper access rights)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:46 -msgid "Set up stages and share it among teams" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:48 -msgid "" -"To set up stages, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> " -"Stages`. Then, create and/or edit stages as you need and set specific teams " -"to use certain stages under *Team*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Stages can be shared between one or multiple teams, allowing you to adapt " -"the pipeline to your individual needs. They also apply a visibility and " -"access rule, as other teams are not able to see or use the stage." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:64 -msgid ":doc:`../../general/odoo_basics/add_user`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:3 -msgid "Ratings" -msgstr "Оцінювання" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Allow customers to rate their experience with your helpdesk teams to " -"strengthen your credibility and gain their trust. Reviews can also influence" -" a customer’s decision and open space for feedback that can help you improve" -" the quality of your services." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " -"enable *Ratings on tickets*. The feature automatically adds a default email " -"template on the non-folded *closing stage(s)* of that team." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:21 -msgid "" -"To edit the email template and the stage(s) set as the closing ones, go to " -"the Kanban view of your helpdesk team and click on *Settings*, then on *Edit" -" Stage*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Now, once a ticket reaches the stage(s) designated as the *Closing Stage*, " -"an email is sent to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Ratings can be seen on the chatter of each ticket, under the *See Customer " -"Satisfaction* link on the main dashboard, and through *Reporting*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:39 -msgid "Ratings visible on the customer portal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " -"enable *Display Rating on Customer Portal*. Now, by clicking on the helpdesk" -" team’s name on their ticket, customers can see its ratings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:51 -msgid ":doc:`../../portal/my_odoo_portal`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:52 -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:88 -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:47 -msgid ":doc:`../advanced/close_tickets`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:3 -msgid "Start Receiving Tickets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Offering a variety of channels from where your customers can contact you " -"grants them flexibility and the right to choose the best one for themselves." -" And, in order to make sure inquiries across all channels get addressed, it " -"is essential to have a solution where all interactions come in one place." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:11 -msgid "Channels options to submit tickets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`, and " -"enable the following features as you want them to be available to your " -"users." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:21 -msgid "Email Alias" -msgstr "Псевдонім ел. пошти" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Let your customers submit tickets by sending an email to your support email " -"address. The subject line of the email becomes the title of the ticket and " -"the content is shown in the Chatter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Select *Configure domain name* to be redirected to *Settings* and, from " -"there, enable *External Email Servers* to determine or change your *Alias " -"Domain*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Using your own email server is required to send and receive emails in Odoo " -"Community and Enterprise. Online users benefit from a ready-to-use email " -"server." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:39 -msgid "Website Form" -msgstr "Форма веб-сайту" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Allow your customers to submit a ticket by filling in a form through your " -"website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Once the feature is activated, get redirected to your website by clicking on" -" *Go to Website*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:49 -msgid "" -"From the website page customize the form as you like. Then, publish it by " -"clicking on *Unpublished*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:56 -msgid "Live Chat" -msgstr "Живий чат" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:59 -msgid "" -"Through live interactions with your website visitors, helpdesk tickets can " -"be instantly created and redirected to the right person." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Click on your helpdesk team's name - for the example below: *Customer Care* " -"- and :doc:`set up your channel <../../livechat/overview/get_started>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Now, your operators can create tickets by using the :doc:`command " -"<../../livechat/overview/responses>` */helpdesk (subject_of_ticket)*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:72 -msgid "Prioritize tickets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:74 -msgid "" -"Use the stars to prioritize your tickets. The most urgent ones appear at the" -" top of your list on the Kanban view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:77 -msgid "1 star = *Low priority*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:78 -msgid "2 stars = *High priority*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:79 -msgid "3 stars = *Urgent*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:87 -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:60 -msgid ":doc:`sla`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:89 -msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_servers`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:3 -msgid "Reports for a Better Support" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:5 -msgid "" -"An efficient customer service solution should have a built-in reporting " -"option. Reports allow you to track trends, identify areas for improvement, " -"manage employees’ workloads and, most importantly, meet your customer’s " -"expectations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:10 -msgid "Cases" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:12 -msgid "Some examples of the reports Odoo Helpdesk can generate include:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:14 -msgid "The number of tickets *grouped by* team and ticket type." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:17 -msgid "" -"In this manner, you are able to evaluate which ticket types have been the " -"most frequent ones, plus the workload of your teams." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Apply *Time Ranges* if you would like to make comparisons to a *Previous " -"Period* or a *Previous Year*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:25 -msgid "The number of tickets closed per day, per team." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Get an overview of how many requests each team is closing per day in order " -"to measure their performance. Identify productivity levels to understand how" -" many requests they are able to handle." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Filter it by *Assignee* to see Key Performance Indicators (KPI) per agent." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:37 -msgid "" -"The number of hours tickets are taking to be solved, grouped by team and " -"ticket type." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Check if your expectations are met by *measuring* the *Time to close " -"(hours)*. Your customers not only expect fast responses but they also want " -"their issues to be handled quickly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:48 -msgid "Save filters" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Save the filters you use the most and avoid having to reconstruct them every" -" time they are needed. To do so, set the groups, filters, and measures " -"needed. Then, go to *Favorites*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:59 -msgid ":doc:`receiving_tickets`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:3 -msgid "Service Level Agreements (SLA)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Service Level Agreements (SLA) are commitments you make with your customers " -"to outline how a service is delivered. It bolsters trust between you and " -"your customers as it makes clear what needs to be done, to what standard, " -"and when." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:10 -msgid "Create your policies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:13 -msgid "" -"First, enable the feature on the settings of the team you would like " -"policies to be applied, going to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration " -"--> Helpdesk Teams`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Create your policies through the team’s settings page or go to " -":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> SLA Policies`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Choose to which **Team** the policy is relevant and the **Minimum Priority**" -" a ticket needs to have for the policy to be applied." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:27 -msgid "" -"**Target** is the stage a ticket needs to reach within the period defined to" -" satisfy the SLA. The period is based on the ticket’s creation date, and a " -"deadline is set on the ticket’s form once it matches an SLA policy rule. If " -"a ticket has more than one policy applied to it, the closest deadline of all" -" SLAs is the one considered." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:29 -msgid "" -"When a ticket has satisfied an SLA policy, the SLA tag appears in green and " -"the deadline field is not shown anymore." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:37 -msgid "SLA Analysis" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting --> SLA Status Analysis`. Apply" -" *Filters* and *Group by* to identify tickets that should be prioritized and" -" keep track of upcoming deadlines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice.rst:3 -msgid "Timesheet and Invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:3 -msgid "Invoice Time Spent on Tickets (Prepaid Support Services)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Have the option to work with prepaid support services, meaning that a sales " -"order and a corresponding invoice are issued and, once the service is done, " -"you can deduct the time spent. Odoo allows it to happen because the " -"applications are fully integrated, resulting in faster responses to your " -"customer needs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:14 -msgid "Step 1: Set up a helpdesk team" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`, create" -" or edit an existing team, and enable *Timesheet on Ticket* and *Time " -"Reinvoicing*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Select or create a project under *Timesheet on Ticket*. The selected/created" -" is the one at which employees timesheet on by default. However, it can be " -"ultimately modified on each ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:28 -msgid "Step 2: Set up a service" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " -"*Units of Measure* to optionally be able to choose *hours* (for example) as " -"the unit of measure of your service." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Then, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`, create or edit" -" an existing one, and set its *Product Type* as *Service*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Now, select the invoicing management you would like to have under the " -"*Sales* tab. We recommend the following configuration:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:47 -msgid "" -"This configuration ensures that the customer is invoiced by the number of " -"hours predicted in the sales order, meaning that less or extra hours " -"recorded are not taken into account. It also ensures that every time a sales" -" order is confirmed, a new task is created under the right project, " -"automating the process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:53 -msgid "" -"We recommend setting up a specific project, as it was done for this flow " -"example. The important thing to remember is that the sales order item needs " -"to be set on the corresponding project or task, in order to reinvoice the " -"time spent on a ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:58 -msgid "Prevision an invoice and record time" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:61 -msgid "Step 1: Place an order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> Orders` and create one for the " -"helpdesk service product you have previously set up, with the customer who " -"needs the ticket to be opened. Set the number of hours needed to assist the " -"customer and *Confirm* the order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:72 -msgid "Step 2: Invoice the customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:74 -msgid "In *Sales*, select the respective sales order to *Create Invoice*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:82 -msgid "Step 3: Link the task to the ticket" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:84 -msgid "" -"Now, in *Helpdesk*, create or edit the respective ticket and link it to the " -"task created by the confirmation of the sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:92 -msgid "Step 4: Record the time spent" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:94 -msgid "" -"Still on the respective helpdesk ticket, record the hours performed under " -"the *Timesheets* tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:100 -msgid "" -"Note that the hours recorded on the ticket form are shown on the *Delivered*" -" column in the sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:108 -msgid "" -"Hours recorded on the ticket are automatically shown in *Timesheets* and on " -"the dedicated task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:111 -msgid ":doc:`reinvoice_from_project`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:112 -msgid ":doc:`../../inventory/management/products/uom`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:3 -msgid "Invoice Time Spent on Tickets (Postpaid Support Services)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Directly pull the billable time you have tracked on your helpdesk tickets " -"into sales orders and invoices through a project task. It gives you more " -"control over what you charge your client, and it is more efficient." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:10 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Налаштування" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk team --> Edit`" -" and enable the options *Timesheet on Ticket* and *Time Reinvoicing*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Under *Timesheet on Ticket*, choose the *Project* to which tickets (and " -"timesheets) will be linked by default. Open its *External link* to enable " -"the feature *Bill from tasks*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:22 -msgid "Create a sales order and an invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Now, once you have recorded the time you spent on the helpdesk ticket, under" -" the *Timesheets* tab, access the task clicking on its name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:31 -msgid "*Create Sales Order* and proceed to create the invoice." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/index.po index f44926e36..3f021565e 100644 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/index.po +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/index.po @@ -1,19 +1,15 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # -# Translators: -# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020 -# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-18 07:12+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -21,10 +17,6 @@ msgstr "" "Language: uk\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n" -#: ../../index.rst:7 ../../index.rst:7 -msgid "Index" +#: ../../content/index.rst:3 +msgid "Odoo Documentation" msgstr "" - -#: ../../index.rst:3 -msgid "Odoo User Documentation" -msgstr "Користувацька документація Odoo " diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po similarity index 50% rename from locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po rename to locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po index 6d597145d..2674f2d6f 100644 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po @@ -1,21 +1,21 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: -# Bohdan Lisnenko, 2020 -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2021 +# Bohdan Lisnenko, 2021 +# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2021 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-18 07:12+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-05-18 05:18+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2021\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -23,83 +23,84 @@ msgstr "" "Language: uk\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n" -#: ../../inventory.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp.rst:3 +msgid "Inventory & Mrp" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:4 msgid "Inventory" msgstr "Склад" -#: ../../inventory/barcode.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode.rst:3 msgid "Barcodes" msgstr "Штрих-коди" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations.rst:3 msgid "Daily Operations" msgstr "Щоденні операції" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3 msgid "Process to an Inventory Adjustment with Barcodes" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:5 msgid "" "To process an inventory adjustment by using barcodes, you first need to open" " the *Barcode* app. Then, from the application, click on *Inventory " "Adjustments*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:13 msgid "" "If you want to fully work with barcodes, you can download the sheet " "*Commands for Inventory*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:16 msgid "" "Once you have clicked on *Inventory Adjustments*, Odoo will automatically " "create one. Note that, if you work with multi-location, you first need to " "specify in which location the inventory adjustment takes place." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:24 msgid "" "If you don’t work with multi-location, you will be able to scan the " "different products you want to include in the inventory adjustment." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:31 msgid "" "If you have 5 identical articles, scan it 5 times or use the keyboard to set" " the quantity." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:34 msgid "" "Besides using the barcode scanner, you can also manually add a product if " "necessary. To do so, click on *Add Product* and fill the information in " "manually." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:44 msgid "" "When you have scanned all the items of the location, validate the inventory " "manually or scan the *Validate* barcode." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:3 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/overview.rst:3 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:6 msgid "Overview" msgstr "Загальний огляд" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:5 msgid "" "There are different situations in which barcode nomenclatures can be useful." " A well-known use case is the one of a point of sale which sells products in" @@ -108,33 +109,33 @@ msgid "" "weight of the product and help compute the price accordingly." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:13 msgid "Create a Barcode Nomenclature" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:15 msgid "" "Odoo supports Barcode Nomenclatures, which determine the mapping and " "interpretation of the encoded information. You can configure your barcode " "nomenclature being in :doc:`Developer mode " -"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. To do so, go to " +"</applications/general/developer_mode>`. To do so, go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Barcode Nomenclature`." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:20 msgid "" "You can create a barcode nomenclature from there, and then add a line to " "create your first rule." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:26 msgid "" "The first step is to specify the **rule name**, for example Weight Barcode " "with 3 Decimals. You then have to specify the type for barcode nomenclature," " in our case it will be Weighted Product." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:33 msgid "" "The Barcode Pattern is a regular expression that defines the structure of " "the barcode. In this example 21 defines the products on which the rule will " @@ -144,45 +145,45 @@ msgid "" " “D” define the decimals." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:40 msgid "" "The encoding allows to specify the barcode encoding on which the rule should" " be applied." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:44 msgid "" "You can define different rules and order their priority thanks to the " "sequence. The first rule which matches the scanned barcode will be applied." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:49 msgid "Configure your Product" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:51 msgid "The barcode of the product should start by “21”;" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:52 msgid "" "The 5 “dots” are the other numbers of your product barcode, allowing to " "identify the product;" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:53 msgid "" "The barcode should contain 0’s where you did defined D’s or N’s. In our case" " we need to set 5 zeros because we configured “21…..{NNDDD}”;" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:54 msgid "" "In EAN-13, the last number is a check number, use an EAN13 generator to know" " which digit it should be in your case." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:59 msgid "" "In case you weight 1,5 Kg of pasta, the balance will print you the following" " barcode 2112345015002. If you scan this barcode in your POS or when " @@ -191,17 +192,17 @@ msgid "" "point of sale, a price depending on the quantity will also be computed." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:70 msgid "Rule Types" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:72 msgid "" "**Priced Product**: allows you to identify the product and specify its " "price, used in POS." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:73 msgid "" "**Discounted Product**: allows you to create one barcode per applied " "discount. You can then scan your product in the POS and then scan the " @@ -209,80 +210,75 @@ msgid "" "product." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:74 msgid "" "**Weighted Product**: allows you to identify the product and specify its " "weight, used in both POS (in which the price is computed based on the " "weight) and in inventory." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:75 msgid "" "**Client**: allows you to identify the customer, for example used with " "loyalty program." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:76 msgid "**Cashier**: allows you to identify the cashier when entering the POS." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:77 msgid "" "**Location**: allows you to identify the location on a transfer when multi-" "location is activated." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:78 msgid "" "**Package**: allows you to identify packages on a transfer when packages are" " activated." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:79 -msgid "" -"**Lot**: allows you to identify the lot number of a product on a transfer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:79 msgid "" "**Credit Card**: doesn’t need manual modification, exists for data from the " "Mercury module." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:80 msgid "" "**Unit Product**: allows you to identify a product for both POS and " "transfers." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:83 msgid "" "When the barcode pattern contains .*, it means that it can contain any " "number of characters, those characters being any number." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:3 msgid "Process to Transfers" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:6 msgid "Simple Transfers" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:8 msgid "" "To process a transfer from the *Barcode* app, the first step is to go to " "*Operations*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:14 msgid "" "Then, you have the choice to either enter an existing transfer, by going to " "the corresponding operation type and manually selecting the one you want to " "enter, or by scanning the barcode of the transfer." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:24 msgid "" "From there, you will be able to scan the products that are part of the " "existing transfer and/or add new products to this transfer. Once all the " @@ -290,19 +286,19 @@ msgid "" "the stock moves." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:33 msgid "" "If you have different storage locations in your warehouse, you can add " "additional steps for the different operation types." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:37 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:50 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:45 msgid "Receipts" msgstr "Надходження" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:39 msgid "" "When receiving a product in stock, you need to scan its barcode in order to " "identify it in the system. Once done, you can either make it enter the main " @@ -310,25 +306,25 @@ msgid "" "to make it enter a sub-location of the main location." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:48 msgid "" "If you want the product to enter WH/Stock in our example, you can simply " "scan the next product." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:52 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery.rst:3 msgid "Delivery Orders" msgstr "Замовлення на доставку" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:54 msgid "" "When delivering a product, you have to scan the source location if it is " "different than the one initially set on the transfer. Then, you can start " "scanning the products that are delivered from this specific location." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:62 msgid "" "Once the different products have been scanned, you have the possibility to " "scan another location, such as WH/Stock, and another page will be added to " @@ -336,80 +332,80 @@ msgid "" "*Previous* and *Next* buttons." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:70 msgid "" "Now, you can validate your transfer. To do so, click on *Next* until you " "reach the last page of the transfer. There, you will be able to validate it." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:78 msgid "Internal Transfers" msgstr "Внутрішні переміщення" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:80 msgid "" "When realizing an internal transfer with multi-location, you first have to " "scan the source location of the product. Then, you can scan the product in " "itself, before having to scan the barcode of the destination location." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:85 msgid "" "If the source and destination of the internal transfers are already correct," " you don’t need to scan them." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:89 msgid "Transfers with Tracked Products" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:91 msgid "" "If you work with products tracked by lot/serial numbers, you have two ways " "of working:" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:94 msgid "" "If you work with serial/lot numbers taking all products into consideration, " "you can scan the barcode of the lot/serial number and Odoo will increase the" " quantity of the product, setting its lot/serial number." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:99 msgid "" "If you have the same lot/serial number for different products, you can work " "by scanning the product barcode first, and then the barcode of the " "lot/serial number." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:3 msgid "Create a Transfer from Scratch" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:5 msgid "" "To create a transfer from the *Barcode* application, you first need to print" " the operation type barcodes. To do so, you can download the *Stock barcode " "sheet* from the home page of the app." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:12 msgid "" "Once done, you can scan the one for which you want to create a new document." " Then, an empty document will be created and you will be able to scan your " "products to populate it." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup.rst:3 msgid "Setup" msgstr "Встановлення" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:3 msgid "Set up your barcode scanner" msgstr "Встановлення сканеру штрих-коду" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:5 msgid "" "Getting started with barcode scanning in Odoo is fairly easy. Yet, a good " "user experience relies on an appropriate hardware setup. This guide will " @@ -420,11 +416,11 @@ msgstr "" "апаратного забезпечення. Цей посібник допоможе вам вирішити завдання вибору " "та налаштування сканера штрих-кодів." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:11 msgid "Find the barcode scanner that suits your needs" msgstr "Знайдіть сканер штрих-коду, який відповідає вашим потребам" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:13 msgid "" "The 3 recommended type of barcode scanners to work with the Odoo " "**Inventory** and **Barcode Scanning** apps are the **USB scanner**, **the " @@ -434,7 +430,7 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo та **Сканер штрих-коду** - **сканер USB**, **сканер Bluetooth** і " "**мобільний сканер**." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:20 msgid "" "If you scan products at a computer location, the **USB scanner** is the way " "to go. Simply plug it in the computer to start scanning. Just make sure when" @@ -446,7 +442,7 @@ msgstr "" " ви купуєте його, сканер сумісний з розкладкою клавіатури або може бути " "налаштований таким чином." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:25 msgid "" "The **bluetooth scanner** can be paired with a smartphone or a tablet and is" " a good choice if you want to be mobile but don't need a big investment. An " @@ -455,7 +451,7 @@ msgid "" "your smartphone from time to time and use the software 'manually'." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:32 msgid "" "For heavy use, the **mobile computer scanner** is the handiest solution. It " "consists of a small computer with a built-in barcode scanner. This one can " @@ -466,15 +462,15 @@ msgid "" " it is essential to test it first." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:42 msgid "Configure your barcode scanner" msgstr "Налаштування сканеру штрих-кодів" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:45 msgid "Keyboard layout" msgstr "Макет клавіатури" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:50 msgid "" "An USB barcode scanner needs to be configured to use the same keyboard " "layout as your operating system. Otherwise, your scanner won't translate " @@ -487,11 +483,11 @@ msgstr "" " замінивши \"A\" на \"Q\"). Більшість сканерів налаштовані шляхом сканування" " відповідного штрих-коду в посібнику користувача." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:57 msgid "Automatic carriage return" msgstr "Автоматичне повернення тари" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:59 msgid "" "By default, Odoo has a 50 milliseconds delay between each successive scan " "(it helps avoid accidental double scanning). If you want to suppress this " @@ -508,11 +504,11 @@ msgstr "" "коду в посібнику користувача (\"суфікс CR на\", \"Застосувати введення для " "суфікса\" тощо)." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:3 msgid "Activate the Barcodes in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:5 msgid "" "The barcode scanning features can save you a lot of time usually lost " "switching between the keyboard, the mouse and the scanner. Properly " @@ -521,70 +517,66 @@ msgid "" "the barcode scanner." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:12 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:12 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:37 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:9 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:50 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:18 -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:19 -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:16 -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:21 -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:15 -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:14 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:10 -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:10 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:16 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:15 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:17 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:9 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Налаштування" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:14 msgid "" "To use this feature, you first need to activate the *Barcode* functionality " "via :menuselection:`Inventory --> Settings --> Barcode Scanner`. Once you " "have ticked the feature, you can hit save." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:22 msgid "Set Product Barcodes" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:24 msgid "" "You can easily assign barcodes to your different products via the " "*Inventory* app. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " "Products Barcodes`." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:30 msgid "" "Then, you have the possibility to assign barcodes to your products directly " "at creation on the product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:40 msgid "" "Be careful to add barcodes directly on the product variants and not on the " "template product. Otherwise, you won’t be able to differentiate them." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:45 msgid "Set Locations Barcodes" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:47 msgid "" "If you manage multiple locations, you will find useful to attribute a " "barcode to each location and stick it on the location. You can configure the" @@ -592,162 +584,42 @@ msgid "" "Locations`." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:58 msgid "" "You can easily print the barcode you allocate to the locations via the " "*Print* menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:62 msgid "Barcode Formats" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:64 msgid "" "Most retail products use EAN-13 barcodes. They cannot be made up without " "proper authorization. You must pay the International Article Numbering " "Association a fee in exchange for an EAN code sequence." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:68 msgid "" "Still, as Odoo supports any string as a barcode, you can always define your " "own barcode format for internal use." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management.rst:3 msgid "Warehouse Management" msgstr "Управління складом" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:3 -msgid "How do I cancel a delivery order?" -msgstr "Як скасувати замовлення на доставку?" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo gives you the possibility to cancel a delivery method whether it has " -"been validated to fast, it needs to be modified or for any other reason." -msgstr "" -"Odoo дає вам можливість скасувати замовлення на доставку, незалежно від " -"того, чи воно було швидко перевірене, його потрібно змінити або з якихось " -"інших причин." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Some carriers are more flexible than others, so make sure to cancel your " -"delivery order as fast as possible if it needs to be done so you don't have " -"any bad surprise." -msgstr "" -"Деякі перевізники є більш гнучкими, ніж інші, тому обов'язково скасуйте " -"замовлення на доставку якнайшвидше, якщо це потрібно зробити, щоб у вас не " -"було ніяких неприємних сюрпризів." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:17 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:26 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:107 -msgid "Sale process" -msgstr "Процес продажу" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Go to the **Sales** module, click on **Sales** and then on **Sales Order**. " -"Then click on the sale order you want to cancel." -msgstr "" -"Перейдіть до модуля **Продажі**, натисніть **Продажі**, а потім - " -"**Замовлення на продаж**. Потім натисніть на замовлення на продаж, яке " -"потрібно скасувати." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Click on the **Delivery** button, in the upper right corner of the sale " -"order." -msgstr "" -"Натисніть кнопку **Доставка**, у верхньому правому куті замовлення на " -"продаж." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Now, click on the **Additional info** tab and you will see that next to the " -"**Carrier Tracking Reference**, there is a **Cancel** button. Click on it to" -" cancel the delivery." -msgstr "" -"Тепер клацніть на вкладці **Додаткова інформація**, і ви побачите, що поряд " -"із **Референсом перевізника**, є кнопка **Скасувати**. Натисніть на неї, " -"щоби скасувати доставку." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:38 -msgid "" -"To make sure that your delivery is cancelled, check in the history, you will" -" receive the confirmation of the cancellation." -msgstr "" -"Щоби переконатися, що ваша доставка скасована, зареєструйтеся в історії, та " -"отримайте підтвердження про скасування." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:3 -msgid "How can I limit a delivery method to a certain number of countries?" -msgstr "Як обмежити спосіб доставки певній кількості країн?" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:8 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can have different types of delivery methods, and you can " -"limit them to a certain number of countries." -msgstr "" -"За допомогою Odoo ви можете мати різні способи доставки, і ви можете " -"обмежити їх для певної кількості країн." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Go to the **Inventory** module, click on **Configuration** and then on " -"**Delivery Methods**." -msgstr "" -"У модулі **Склад** перейдіть до **Налаштування** та натисніть **Методи " -"доставки**." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Select the delivery method that you want to change, or create a new one." -msgstr "Виберіть спосіб доставки, який потрібно змінити, або створіть новий." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:25 -msgid "" -"In the **Destination** tab, choose the countries to which you want to apply " -"this delivery method." -msgstr "" -"На вкладці **Місце призначення** виберіть країни, до яких потрібно " -"застосувати цей метод доставки." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:28 -msgid "Now, that this is done, Let's see the result." -msgstr "Тепер, давайте побачимо, що зроблено." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:30 -msgid "" -"If you go to the website, and you try to buy something, once you've entered " -"your details and you proceed to the payment, the website will propose you " -"only the delivery methods that apply to your shipping address." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви переходите на веб-сайт, і намагаєтесь щось купити, після введення " -"своєї інформації та переходу на платіж, веб-сайт запропонує вам лише способи" -" доставки, які застосовуються до вашої адреси доставки." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:39 -msgid "" -"This process doesn't work in backend. We assume that when you create a Sale " -"Order, you know which delivery method you can use since you created them." -msgstr "" -"Цей процес не працює в бекенді. Ми припускаємо, що коли ви створюєте " -"замовлення на продаж, ви знаєте, який метод доставки ви можете " -"використовувати з моменту їх створення." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:3 msgid "Send Products to Customers Directly from Suppliers (Drop-shipping)" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:6 msgid "What is Drop-Shipping?" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:8 msgid "" "Drop-Shipping is a system that allows orders taken from your store to be " "shipped straight from your supplier to your customer. On a usual delivery " @@ -755,35 +627,35 @@ msgid "" "stock and then shipped to your customers after ordering." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:13 msgid "" "With drop-shipping, no item is stocked. When a customer places an order in " "your shop, the item is delivered straight from the supplier to the customer." " Therefore, the product doesn't need to get through your warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:19 msgid "Points to be Considered while Implementing Drop-Shipping" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:24 msgid "" "Use drop-shipping only for the products you can't or don't want to keep in " "stock." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:22 msgid "" "One reason is that you'll always make smaller margins on items that are " "drop-shipped, so you should keep it only for items that take up a lot of " "space in your warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:30 msgid "Drop-shipping is best for niche products." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:27 msgid "" "Chances are that products that are in high demand are being offered by large" " suppliers at a fraction of the price you'll be able to charge, so using a " @@ -791,55 +663,55 @@ msgid "" "product is unique, then it makes sense!" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:33 msgid "To protect your customers from bad experiences." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:33 msgid "" "Test drop-shipping companies for yourself beforehand and list the best ones." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:37 msgid "Make sure time is not against you." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:36 msgid "" "Drop-shipping should take a reasonable amount of time and surely not more " "than it would have taken you to handle it all by yourself. It's also nice to" " be able to provide your customers with a tracking number." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:44 msgid "Items have to be available from your supplier." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:40 msgid "" "It's good to know if the product you're selling is available upstream. If " "you don't have that information, inform your customers that you don't hold " "the item in stock and that it's subject to availability from a third party." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:47 msgid "" "For more information and insights about Drop-Shipping, you can read our " "blog: `*What is drop-shipping and how to use it* <https://www.odoo.com/blog" "/business-hacks-1/post/what-is-drop-shipping-and-how-to-use-it-250>`__." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:52 msgid "Configure Drop-Shipping" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:54 msgid "" "Activate the functionality in the *Purchase* application by going to " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:60 msgid "" "Then, go to the *Inventory* app, in :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Settings` to activate the *Multi-Step Routes* feature. It will allow you to " @@ -847,18 +719,18 @@ msgid "" "product via drop-shipping." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:68 msgid "" "Now, in the *Sales* app, go to :menuselection:`Products --> Products`. " "Select the product you would like to drop-ship and add a vendor pricelist " "which contains the right supplier, via the purchase tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:76 msgid "Send Products from the Suppliers Directly to the Customers" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:78 msgid "" "Create a *Sales Order* and add the product on which you just set the vendor." " Add the *Route* field thanks to the widget on the right of the sale order " @@ -866,14 +738,14 @@ msgid "" "Shipping*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:89 msgid "" "Once the sale order is confirmed, Odoo automatically generates a *Request " "for Quotation* for the supplier who will proceed to the drop-shipping. You " "can find it in the *Purchase* app, with the sale order as *Source Document*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:97 msgid "" "Once this *Purchase Order* is confirmed, a *Receipt Order* is created and " "linked to it. The source location is the vendor location and the destination" @@ -881,18 +753,18 @@ msgid "" "own stock when you validate the dropship document." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:105 msgid "" "You can also easily access the dropship document directly from your " "inventory dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:3 msgid "How to choose the right inventory flow to handle delivery orders?" msgstr "" "Як обрати правильне переміщення запасів для обробки замовлень на доставку?" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:5 msgid "" "Depending on factors such as the type of items you sell, the size of your " "warehouse, the number of orders you register everyday... the way you handle " @@ -902,24 +774,24 @@ msgstr "" "складу, кількість замовлень, які ви реєструєте кожен день... спосіб обробки " "замовлень може сильно відрізнятися." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:9 msgid "" "Odoo allows you to handle shipping from your warehouse in 3 different ways:" msgstr "" "Odoo дозволяє обробляти доставку зі свого складу трьома різними способами:" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:12 msgid "**One step (shipping)**: Ship directly from stock" msgstr "**Один крок (доставка)**: відправте безпосередньо зі складу" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:14 msgid "" "**Two steps (pick + ship)**: Bring goods to output location before shipping" msgstr "" "**Два кроки (комплектування + доставка)**: перенести товар до місця " "відвантаження перед відправленням" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:17 msgid "" "**Three steps (pick + pack + ship)**: Make packages into a dedicated " "location, then bring them to the output location for shipping" @@ -927,7 +799,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Три кроки (комплектування + пакування + доставка)**: Зробіть пакунки у " "виділеному місці, а потім перемістіть їх у місце відвантаження для доставки" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:20 msgid "" "For companies having a rather small warehouse and that do not require high " "stock of items or don't sell perishable items, a one step shipping is the " @@ -939,7 +811,7 @@ msgstr "" "один крок, оскільки вона не вимагає великих налаштувань та дозволяє " "обробляти замовлення дуже швидко." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:25 msgid "" "Using inventory methods such as FIFO, LIFO and FEFO require to have at least" " two steps to handle a shipment. The picking method will be determined by " @@ -953,7 +825,7 @@ msgstr "" " клієнту. Цей спосіб також цікавий, якщо у вас є великі запаси, і особливо " "якщо ви маєте великі розміри." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:31 msgid "" "The three steps system becomes useful in more specific situations, the main " "one being for handling very large stocks. The items are transferred to a " @@ -965,40 +837,40 @@ msgstr "" "де їх збирають за місцем призначення, а потім встановлюють на вихідні " "вантажі для кінцевої доставки замовникам." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:40 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:53 msgid "One step flow" msgstr "Переміщення в один крок " -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:42 msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`one_step`" msgstr "Будь ласка, прочитайте документацію про :doc:`one_step`" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:45 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:58 msgid "Two steps flow" msgstr "Спосіб у два кроки" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:47 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:60 msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`two_steps`" msgstr "Будь ласка, прочитайте документацію про :doc:`two_steps`" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:50 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:63 msgid "Three steps flow" msgstr "Спосіб у три кроки" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:52 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:65 msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`three_steps`" msgstr "Будь ласка, прочитайте документацію про :doc:`three_steps`" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:3 msgid "How can I change the label type?" msgstr "Як можна змінити тип накладної?" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:8 msgid "" "With Odoo, you can choose among different types of labels for your delivery " "orders. Follow the steps below and give an appropriate label type to your " @@ -1008,7 +880,7 @@ msgstr "" "доставку. Дотримуйтесь наведених нижче кроків та надайте відповідний тип " "накладної для доставки." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:15 msgid "" "In the **Inventory** module, Go to **Configuration** and click on **Delivery" " methods**." @@ -1016,11 +888,11 @@ msgstr "" "У модулі **Склад**, перейдіть до **Налаштування** та натисніть на **Методи " "доставки**." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:18 msgid "Choose a delivery method and then click on **Edit**." msgstr "Виберіть спосіб доставки, а потім натисніть кнопку **Редагувати**." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:23 msgid "" "In the **Pricing** tab, under **Fedex label stock type**, you can choose one" " of the label types available. The availability will vary depending on the " @@ -1030,7 +902,7 @@ msgstr "" "вибрати один із доступних типів накладної. Доступність може відрізнятися " "залежно від перевізника." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:30 msgid "" "Once this is done, you can see the result if you go to the Sales module and " "you create a new sale order." @@ -1038,7 +910,7 @@ msgstr "" "Після цього ви можете побачити результат, якщо ви перейдете до модуля " "продаж, і ви створите нове замовлення на продаж." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:33 msgid "" "As you confirm the sale and validate the delivery with the carrier for which" " you have modified the label type, The label will appear in your history." @@ -1046,7 +918,7 @@ msgstr "" "Коли ви підтвердите продаж та підтвердите доставку перевізником, для якого " "ви змінили тип накладної, накладна з'явиться у вашій історії." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:46 msgid "" "The default label type is paper letter, and if you choose the label type " "bottom half for example, here is the difference :" @@ -1054,18 +926,18 @@ msgstr "" "Тип накладної за замовчуванням - паперовий лист, і якщо ви виберете, " "наприклад, нижню половину типу накладної, вона буде відрізнятися:" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:3 msgid "Process Delivery Orders in one Step (Shipping)" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:5 msgid "" "There is no configuration needed to deliver in one step. The default " "outgoing shipments are configured to be directly delivered from the stock to" " the customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:9 msgid "" "However, if advanced routes have been activated and you set another shipping" " configuration on your warehouse, you can set it back to the one-step " @@ -1073,48 +945,48 @@ msgid "" "--> Warehouses` and edit the warehouse in question." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:14 msgid "" "Then, choose *Deliver goods directly* as your *Outgoing Shipments* strategy." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:21 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:45 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:47 msgid "Create a Sales Order" msgstr "Створити замовлення на продаж" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:23 msgid "" "In the *Sales* application, create a quotation with some storable products " "to deliver and confirm it." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:26 msgid "" "Notice that we now see 1 delivery associated with this *sales order* in the " "stat button above the sales order. If you click on the 1 Delivery stat " "button, you should now see your delivery order." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:34 msgid "Process a Delivery" msgstr "Обробіть доставку" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:36 msgid "" "You can also find the *delivery order* directly from the *Inventory* " "application. In the dashboard, you can click the *1 TO PROCESS* button under" " the Delivery Orders Kanban card." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:43 msgid "" "Enter the picking that you want to process. You will be able to click on " "*Validate* to complete the move if you have products in stock." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:49 msgid "" "Once you *Validate* the delivery order, the products leave your *WH/Stock " "location* and are moved to the *Customer location*. You can easily see that " @@ -1122,68 +994,11 @@ msgid "" "*Done*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:3 -msgid "Deliver Products in Packages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, you have the possibility to deliver your products in different " -"packages, depending on the volume and or weight of your products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:11 -msgid "" -"First, you need to activate the *Delivery Packages* feature in the " -":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:18 -msgid "Proceed to a Delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Now, you can create a planned delivery with some products in it. You will " -"have the possibility to create new packages and assign them to the stock " -"move lines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Then, you can define the package type from this window. Once the delivery " -"order is validated, you can retrieve which products have been included in " -"the package." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:34 -msgid "" -"A button will appear at the delivery stage, allowing you to find all the " -"packages which were part of the delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:44 -msgid "Use the Put in Pack button" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Another way to put products in packs is to use the *Put in Pack* button. It " -"will automatically assign a pack to the number of products which is set as " -"*Done* and duplicate the stock move line if necessary." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Then, you will be able to update the different packages created this way, " -"directly via the *Packages* button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:3 msgid "Process Delivery Orders in three Steps (Pick + Pack + Ship)" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:5 msgid "" "When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is " "set up by default to utilize a one-step operation: once all goods are " @@ -1192,41 +1007,41 @@ msgid "" "steps before shipping." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:11 msgid "" "With the delivery in 3 steps (Pick + Pack + Ship), the items will be picked " "to be transferred to a packing area. Then, they will be moved to an output " "location before being effectively shipped to the customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:16 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:15 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:18 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:19 msgid "Activate Multi-Step Routes" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:18 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:17 msgid "" "The first step is to allow using *multi-step routes*. Indeed, routes provide" " a mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we will " "chain the picking step to the shipping step." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:22 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:21 msgid "" "To allow *multi-step routes*, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " "Configuration --> Settings` and activate the option. Note that activating " "*Multi-Step Routes* will also activate *Storage Locations*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:30 msgid "Configure Warehouse for Delivery in 3 Steps" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:32 msgid "" "Once *Multi-Step Routes* has been activated, you can go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the " @@ -1235,7 +1050,7 @@ msgid "" " Shipments*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:40 msgid "" "Activating this option will lead to the creation of two new locations, " "*Output* and *Packing Zone*. If you want to rename it go to " @@ -1243,57 +1058,57 @@ msgid "" " you want to rename and update its name." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:47 msgid "" "In the *Sales* application, you can create a quotation with some storable " "products to deliver. Once you confirm the quotation, three pickings will be " "created and automatically linked to your sale order." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:54 msgid "If you click the button, you should now see three different pickings:" msgstr "" "Якщо натиснути кнопку, ви повинні побачити три різні варіанти " "комплектування:" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:56 msgid "The first one with a reference PICK to designate the picking process," msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:58 msgid "The second one with the reference PACK that is the packing process," msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:60 msgid "The last one with a reference OUT to designate the shipping process." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:66 msgid "Process the Picking, Packing, and Delivery" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:68 msgid "" "The picking operation is the first one to be processed and has a *Ready* " "status while the other ones are *Waiting Another Operation*. The Packing " "operation will become *Ready* as soon as the picking one is marked as done." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:73 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:71 msgid "" "You can enter the picking operation from here, or access it through the " "inventory dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:79 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:77 msgid "" "In case you have the product in stock, it has automatically been reserved " "and you can simply validate the picking document." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:85 msgid "" "Once the picking has been validated, the packing order is ready to be " "processed. Thanks to the fact that the documents are chained, the products " @@ -1301,18 +1116,18 @@ msgid "" "order which can be directly validated." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:96 msgid "" "Once the packing has been validated, the delivery order is ready to be " "processed. Here again, it is directly ready to be validated in order to " "transfer the products to the customer location." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:3 msgid "Process Delivery Orders in two Steps (Pick + Ship)" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:5 msgid "" "When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is " "set up by default to utilize a one-step operation: once all goods are " @@ -1323,7 +1138,7 @@ msgstr "" "того, як всі товари доступні, вони можуть бути відправлені в одному " "замовленні на доставку." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:9 msgid "" "However, your company's business process may have one or more steps that " "happen before shipping. In the two steps process, the products which are " @@ -1331,11 +1146,11 @@ msgid "" "output location before being effectively shipped." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:29 msgid "Warehouse configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:31 msgid "" "Once *Multi-Step Routes* has been activated, you can go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the " @@ -1343,39 +1158,39 @@ msgid "" " *Send goods in output and then deliver (2 steps)* for Outgoing Shipments." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:39 msgid "" "Activating this option will lead to the creation of a new *Output* location." " If you want to rename it go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " "--> Locations`, Select Output and update its name." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:49 msgid "" "In the *Sales* application, you can create a quotation with some storable " "products to deliver. Once you confirm the quotation, two pickings will be " "created and automatically linked to your sale order." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:56 msgid "" "If you click on the *2 Delivery* button, you should now see two different " "pickings, one with a reference *PICK* to designate the picking process and " "another one with a reference *OUT* to designate the shipping process." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:65 msgid "Process the Picking and the Delivery" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:67 msgid "" "The picking operation is the first one to be processed and has a *Ready* " "status while the delivery operation will only become *Ready* once the " "picking operation has been marked as done." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:83 msgid "" "Once the picking has been validated, the delivery order is ready to be " "processed. Thanks to the fact that the documents are chained, the products " @@ -1383,15 +1198,15 @@ msgid "" " order." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming.rst:3 msgid "Incoming Shipments" msgstr "Вхідні відправлення" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:3 msgid "How to choose the right flow to handle receipts?" msgstr "Як вибрати правильний спосіб для обробки товарних чеків?" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:8 msgid "" "Depending on factors such as the type of items you receive, the size of your" " warehouse, the number of receipt you register everyday... the way you " @@ -1401,22 +1216,22 @@ msgstr "" "вашого складу, номер квитанції, який ви реєструєте кожного дня... спосіб, " "яким ви обробляєте квитанції своїм клієнтам, може сильно відрізнятися." -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:12 msgid "" "Odoo allows you to handle receipts from your warehouse in 3 different ways:" msgstr "" "Odoo дозволяє обробляти квитанції зі свого складу трьома різними способами:" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:15 msgid "**One step**: Receive goods directly in stock." msgstr "**В один крок**: одержувати товари прямо на складі." -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:17 msgid "**Two steps**: Unload in input location then go to stock." msgstr "" "**У два кроки**: вивантажте у місце прийому, потім перейдіть до складу." -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:19 msgid "" "**Three steps**: Unload in input location, go through a quality control " "before being admitted in stock." @@ -1424,7 +1239,7 @@ msgstr "" "**У три кроки**: вивантажте у місце прийому, пройдіть контроль якості, перш " "ніж він буде прийнятий на складі." -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:22 msgid "" "Odoo uses **routes** to define exactly how you will handle the different " "receipt steps. The configuration is done at the level of the warehouse. In " @@ -1436,15 +1251,15 @@ msgstr "" "прийом відбувається в один етап, але зміна налаштування може призвести до " "процесу у 2 або навіть 3 кроки." -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:27 msgid "The principles are the following:" msgstr "Принципи наступні:" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:29 msgid "**One step**: You receive the goods directly in your stock." msgstr "**В один крок**: ви отримуєте товари безпосередньо на вашому складі." -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:31 msgid "" "**Two steps**: You receive the goods in an input area then transfer them " "from input area to your stock. As long as the goods are not transferred in " @@ -1454,7 +1269,7 @@ msgstr "" "їх із зони прийому до вашого складу. Поки товари не будуть передані на ваш " "склад, вони не будуть доступні для подальшої обробки." -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:36 msgid "" "**Three steps**: In many companies, it is necessary to assess the received " "good. The goal is to check that the products correspond to the quality " @@ -1466,7 +1281,7 @@ msgstr "" "узгодженим із постачальниками. Додавання етапу контролю якості у процесі " "отримання товарів може стати важливим." -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:42 msgid "" "You receive the goods in an input area, then transfer them into quality area" " for quality control. When your quality check process finishes then you can " @@ -1480,30 +1295,30 @@ msgstr "" "лише перевести на склад дійсну кількість і вирішити, яку непотрібну " "кількість ви повернете." -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:55 msgid "This is the default configuration in Odoo." msgstr "Це налаштування за замовчуванням в Odoo" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:68 msgid ":doc:`../delivery/inventory_flow`" msgstr ":doc:`../delivery/inventory_flow`" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:69 -msgid ":doc:`../../../purchase/advanced/analyze`" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:69 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze`" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:3 msgid "Process a Receipt in one step (Receipt)" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:5 msgid "" "There is no configuration needed to receive in one step. The default " "incoming shipments are configured to be directly received from the vendors " "to the stock." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:9 msgid "" "However, if advanced routes have been activated and you set another incoming" " configuration on your warehouse, you can set it back to the one-step " @@ -1511,59 +1326,59 @@ msgid "" "Warehouses` and edit the warehouse in question." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:14 msgid "" "Set the *Incoming Shipments* option to *Receive goods directly (1 step)*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:21 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:50 msgid "Create a Purchase Order" msgstr "Створіть замовлення на купівлю" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:23 msgid "" "To create a *Request for Quotation*, go to the *Purchase* application and " "click on *Create*. Then, add some storable products to receive and confirm " "the *RfQ*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:27 msgid "" "Notice that, now, we see 1 receipt associated with the purchase order you " "just created. If you click on the button, you will see your receipt order." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:35 msgid "Process a Receipt" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:37 msgid "" "You can also fin the receipt directly from the *Inventory* app. When on the " "dashboard, you can click the *1 TO PROCESS* button under the *Receipts* " "Kanban card. Then, you will see your receipt." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:44 msgid "" "Now, enter the picking that you want to process. You will be able to click " "on *Validate* to complete the move directly as products coming from " "suppliers are considered as being always available." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:51 msgid "" "Once you *Validate* the receipt, the products leave the *Supplier Location* " "to enter your *WH/Stock Location*. You can easily see that the receipt took " "place thanks to the status of the document, which is now *Done*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:3 msgid "Process a Receipt in three steps (Input + Quality + Stock)" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:5 msgid "" "Quality is essential for most companies. To make sure we maintain quality " "throughout the supply chain, it only makes sense that we assess the quality " @@ -1571,7 +1386,7 @@ msgid "" "control step." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:9 msgid "" "Odoo uses routes to define how to handle the different receipt steps. " "Configuration of those routes is done at the warehouse level. By default, " @@ -1579,7 +1394,7 @@ msgid "" "two-steps or three-steps processes." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:13 msgid "" "The three-steps flow works as follows: you receive the goods in your " "receiving area, then transfer them into a quality area for quality control " @@ -1587,30 +1402,30 @@ msgid "" "requirements are moved to stock" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:20 msgid "" "The first step is to allow the use of *Multi-Step Routes*. Routes provide a " "mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we will chain " "the picking step to the shipping step." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:23 msgid "" "To enable *Multi-Step Routes*, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " "Configuration --> Settings` and activate the option." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:31 msgid "" "By default, activating *Multi-Step Routes* also activates *Storage " "Locations*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:35 msgid "Configure warehouse for receipt in 3-steps" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:37 msgid "" "Once *Multi-Step Routes* has been activated, go to :menuselection:`Inventory" " --> Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the warehouse which should work " @@ -1618,14 +1433,14 @@ msgid "" "quality and then stock (3 steps)* for *Incoming Shipments*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:45 msgid "" "Activating this option leads to the creation of two new locations: *Input* " "and *Quality Control*. To rename them, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " "Configuration --> Locations` and select the one you want to rename." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:52 msgid "" "To start the 3-steps reception process, create a *Request for Quotation* " "from the *Purchase* app, add some storable products to it and confirm. Then," @@ -1633,43 +1448,43 @@ msgid "" "document:" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:56 msgid "The first one with a reference *IN* to designate the receipt process;" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:59 msgid "" "The second one with a reference *INT*, which is the move to the quality " "control zone;" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:62 msgid "The last one with a reference *INT* to designate the move to stock." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:69 msgid "Process the receipt, quality control and entry in stock" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:71 msgid "" "As the receipt operation is the first one to be processed, it has a *Ready* " "status while the others are *Waiting Another Operation*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:74 msgid "" "To access the receipt operation, click on the button from the *Purchase " "Order* or go back to the *Inventory* app dashboard and click on *Receipts*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:81 msgid "" "In the receipt order, products are always considered available because they " "come from the supplier. Then, the receipt can be validated." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:88 msgid "" "Once the receipt has been validated, the transfer to quality becomes " "*Ready*. And, because the documents are chained to each other, products " @@ -1677,18 +1492,18 @@ msgid "" "transfer can be directly validated." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:100 msgid "" "Now, the transfer that enters the products to stock is *Ready*. Here, it is " "again ready to be validated in order to transfer the products to your stock " "location." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:3 msgid "Process a Receipt in two steps (Input + Stock)" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo uses routes to define exactly how you will handle the different receipt" " steps. The configuration is done at the *Warehouse* level. By default, the " @@ -1696,14 +1511,14 @@ msgid "" "you to have 2 steps." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:13 msgid "" "The 2 steps flow is like this: you receive the goods in an input area, then " "transfer them to your stock. As long as the goods are not transferred in " "your stock, they will not be available for further processing." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:21 msgid "" "The first step is to allow using *multi-step routes*. Indeed, routes provide" " a mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we will " @@ -1711,18 +1526,18 @@ msgid "" " stock." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:26 msgid "" "To allow *multi-step routes*, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Settings` and activate the feature. By default, activating *multi-step " "routes* will also activate *Storage Locations*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:34 msgid "Configure warehouse for receipt in 2 steps" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:36 msgid "" "Once *multi-step routes* is activated, you can go to " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the warehouse which " @@ -1730,18 +1545,18 @@ msgid "" "in input and then stock (2 steps)* for *Incoming Shipments*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:44 msgid "" "Activating this option will lead to the creation of a new *Input* location. " "If you want to rename it, you can go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Locations --> Select Input` and update its name." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:52 msgid "Create a purchase order" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:54 msgid "" "In the *Purchase* application, you can create a *Request for Quotation* with" " some storable products to receive from a supplier. Once the *RfQ* is " @@ -1749,7 +1564,7 @@ msgid "" "your purchase order." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:62 msgid "" "Now, by clicking on the *1 Receipt* button, you will see the first picking " "which will allow entering the product in the *input location*. Then, another" @@ -1757,30 +1572,30 @@ msgid "" "products to *Stock*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:68 msgid "Process the receipt and the internal transfer" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:70 msgid "" "The receipt is the first one to be processed and has a *Ready* status while " "the internal transfer will only become *Ready* once the receipt has been " "marked as *Done*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:74 msgid "" "You can enter the receipt operation from the purchase order, or access it " "through the inventory dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:80 msgid "" "By default, a receipt is always considered as ready to be processed. Then, " "you will be able to directly click on *Validate* to mark it as done." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:87 msgid "" "Once the receipt has been validated, the internal transfer is ready to be " "processed. As documents are chained, the products which have been received " @@ -1789,19 +1604,19 @@ msgid "" "to fulfill customer deliveries or manufacture products." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers.rst:3 msgid "Lots and Serial Numbers" msgstr "Партії та серійні номери" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:3 msgid "What's the difference between lots and serial numbers?" msgstr "Яка різниця між партіями та серійними номерами?" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:6 msgid "Introduction" msgstr "Вступ" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:8 msgid "" "In Odoo, lots and serial numbers have similarities in their functional " "system but are different in their behavior. They are both managed within the" @@ -1811,7 +1626,7 @@ msgstr "" "системі, але різні у своїй поведінці. Вони обидва керуються в додатках " "**Склад**, **Купівлі** та **Продажі**." -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:12 msgid "" "**Lots** correspond to a certain number of products you received and store " "altogether in one single pack." @@ -1819,7 +1634,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Партії** відповідають певній кількості товарів, які ви отримали та " "зберігаються в одному пакунку." -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:15 msgid "" "**Serial numbers** are identification numbers given to one product in " "particular, to allow to track the history of the item from reception to " @@ -1828,11 +1643,11 @@ msgstr "" "**Серійні номери** - ідентифікаційні номери, надані одному товару, зокрема, " "щоби відстежувати історію товару від прийому до доставки та післяпродажу." -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:20 msgid "When to use" msgstr "Коли використовувати" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:22 msgid "" "**Lots** are interesting for products you receive in great quantity and for " "which a lot number can help in reportings, quality controls, or any other " @@ -1845,7 +1660,7 @@ msgstr "" "Партії допоможуть ідентифікувати декілька творів, наприклад, виробничу " "помилку. Це може бути корисним для серійного виробництва одягу або їжі." -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:28 msgid "" "**Serial numbers** are interesting for items that could require after-sales " "service, such as smartphones, laptops, fridges, and any electronic devices. " @@ -1857,11 +1672,11 @@ msgstr "" "електронні пристрої. Ви можете використовувати серійний номер виробника або " "свій власний, залежно від того, як ви керуєте цими товарами." -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:34 msgid "When not to use" msgstr "Коли не використовувати" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:36 msgid "" "Storing consumable products such as kitchen roll, toilet paper, pens and " "paper blocks in lots would make no sense at all, as there are very few " @@ -1871,7 +1686,7 @@ msgstr "" "ручки та паперові блоки в партіях, взагалі не матиме сенсу, тому що є дуже " "мало шансів, що ви можете повернути їх за виробничу помилку." -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:40 msgid "" "On the other hand, giving a serial number to every product is a time-" "consuming task that will have a purpose only in the case of items that have " @@ -1883,19 +1698,19 @@ msgstr "" " та/або післяпродажні послуги. Наприклад, введення серійного номера на хліб " "взагалі не має сенсу." -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:46 msgid ":doc:`serial_numbers`" msgstr ":doc:`serial_numbers`" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:47 msgid ":doc:`lots`" msgstr ":doc:`lots`" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:3 msgid "Manage expiration dates" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:5 msgid "" "In many companies, products have expiration dates and they should be tracked" " based on those dates. In the food industry, for example, tracking stocks " @@ -1903,84 +1718,84 @@ msgid "" "customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:10 msgid "" "With Odoo, you can track your products based on their expiration dates, even" " if they are already tracked by lots or serial numbers." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:14 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:15 msgid "Configurations" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:17 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:18 msgid "Application configuration" msgstr "Налаштування програми" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:19 msgid "" "To use expiration dates tracking, open the *Inventory* application and go to" " :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Lots & Serial" " Numbers* and *Expiration Dates* features." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:27 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:28 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:68 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:90 msgid "Product configuration" msgstr "Налаштування товару" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:29 msgid "" "Now, you have the possibility to define different dates in the *inventory " "tab* of the product form:" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:32 msgid "" "Product Use Time: it’s the number of days before the goods start " "deteriorating, without being dangerous yet. It will be computed using the " "lot/serial number;" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:34 msgid "" "Product Life Time: refers to the number of days before the goods may become " "dangerous and must not be consumed. It will be computed on the lot/serial " "number;" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:36 msgid "" "Product Removal Time: shows the number of days before the goods should be " "removed from the stock. It will be computed on the lot/serial number;" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:38 msgid "" "Product Alert Time: refers to the number of days before an alert should be " "raised on the lot/serial number." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:44 msgid "Expiration Date on Lots/Serial Numbers" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:46 msgid "" "When receiving a product in stock, the dates will automatically be updated " "on the corresponding lot/serial number. This update will be based on the " "reception date of the product and the times set on the product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:58 msgid "Expiration Alerts" msgstr "Сповіщення про закінчення терміну дії" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:60 msgid "" "You can access all your expiration alerts from the *inventory* app. To do " "so, go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. There, you " @@ -1988,11 +1803,11 @@ msgid "" "exceeded their alert date." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:3 msgid "Manage lots of identical products" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:5 msgid "" "Lots are useful for products you receive in great quantity and for which a " "lot number can help in reporting, quality controls, or any other info. Lots " @@ -2000,13 +1815,13 @@ msgid "" "fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or food." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:11 msgid "" "Odoo has the capacity to manage lots, ensuring compliance with the " "traceability requirements imposed by the majority of industries." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:14 msgid "" "The double-entry management in Odoo enables you to run very advanced " "traceability." @@ -2014,73 +1829,73 @@ msgstr "" "Управління подвійним введенням в Odoo дає вам можливість запустити дуже " "просунуте відстеження." -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:18 msgid "Setting Up" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:21 msgid "Application Configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:23 msgid "" "First, you need to activate the tracking of lot numbers. To do so, go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and tick *Lots & " "Serial Numbers*. Then, click on save." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:31 msgid "Product Configuration" msgstr "Налаштування товару" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:33 msgid "" "Now, you have to configure which products you want to track by serial " "numbers." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:36 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products` and open the product of your" " choice. There, click on *Edit* and select *Tracking by Lots* in the " "inventory tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:47 msgid "Manage Lots" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:52 msgid "" "In order to receive a product tracked by lots, you have to specify its lot " "numbers. You have several ways of doing so:" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:55 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:65 msgid "Manually assign the different lot numbers" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:57 msgid "Copy/paste lot numbers from an Excel file" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:59 msgid "First, you need to open the detailed operations of your picking." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:67 msgid "" "When opening the detailed operations, you can click on *Add a line*. Then, " "you will be able to fill the lot number in. Once done, you can click on *Add" " a line* again to register a new lot number." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:75 msgid "Copy/paste lot number from an Excel file" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:77 msgid "" "Once the spreadsheet containing the lot numbers you received from your " "supplier and copy the list. Then, you can paste them in the *Lot/Serial " @@ -2089,18 +1904,18 @@ msgid "" "contained in each one of the lots." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:93 msgid "Operation Types" msgstr "Типи операції" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:95 msgid "" "Of course, you also have the possibility to define how you will manage lots " "for each operation type. To do so, open the *Inventory* app and go to " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Operation Types`." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:99 msgid "" "For each type (receipts, internal transfers, deliveries, …), you can decide " "if you allow to create new lot numbers or only use existing ones. By " @@ -2110,41 +1925,41 @@ msgid "" "allow using existing lot numbers in receipts too." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:111 msgid "Lots traceability" msgstr "Відстеження партій" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:113 msgid "" "The lot number given to the products allows you to keep track of where they " "were received, put in stock, to whom they were sold and where they were " "shipped to." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:117 msgid "" "To track an item, open the *Inventory* module and, in :menuselection:`Master" " Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers`, click on the lot number corresponding to " "your search." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:124 msgid "" "When you open the *Traceability* information, you see in which documents the" " lot number has been used." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:130 msgid "" "Now, if you want to locate the lot number, you can do so by clicking on the " "*Location* stat button." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:3 msgid "Work with serial numbers" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:5 msgid "" "To track products with serial numbers, you can use the serial number " "tracking. With them, you can track the current location of the product and, " @@ -2153,20 +1968,20 @@ msgid "" "last movement." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:11 msgid "" "If you want to do it or run very advanced traceability, the Odoo double-" "entry management is the feature you need." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:20 msgid "" "First, you need to activate the serial numbers tracking. To do so, go to " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the *Inventory* application. " "Then, enable the feature and hit save." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:30 msgid "" "Now, you have to configure the products you want to track by serial numbers." " To do so, go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products` and open the " @@ -2174,48 +1989,48 @@ msgid "" "Number* in the *Inventory tab*. Then, click on save." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:42 msgid "Manage Serial Numbers" msgstr "Управління серійними номерами" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:47 msgid "" "To receive a product that is tracked by serial number, you have to specify " "its serial number. Of course, you have several ways of doing so:" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:50 msgid "Manual assignation" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:52 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:73 msgid "Multi-assignation" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:54 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:89 msgid "Copy/pasting from an Excel file" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:56 msgid "" "Whatever could be your favorite way to assign serial numbers, you firstly " "need to open the detailed operations of your picking." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:63 msgid "Manual assignation of the different serial numbers" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:65 msgid "" "When opening the detailed operations, you can click on *Add a line*. Then, " "you will be able to fill in the serial number field. Once done, you can " "click again on *Add a line* to register a new serial number." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:75 msgid "" "By using the multi-assignation of serial numbers, Odoo will automatically " "create the necessary lines. To do so, you have to enter the first serial " @@ -2223,11 +2038,11 @@ msgid "" "number to." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:80 msgid "Once done, click on *Assign Serial Numbers* and Odoo will do the rest." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:91 msgid "" "To use copy/pasting, open the spreadsheet containing the serial numbers you " "received and copy the list. Then, past them in the *Lot/Serial Number Name* " @@ -2235,42 +2050,42 @@ msgid "" " need." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:106 msgid "Operation types" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:108 msgid "" "You also have the possibility to define how you will manage lots for each " "operation type. To define it, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Operation Types` in the *Inventory* app." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:112 msgid "" "For each type, you can decide if you allow the creation of new lot numbers " "or want to use existing ones. By default, the creation of new lots is only " "allowed at product reception." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:120 msgid "" "If you have inter-warehouse transfers and track products by lots, it can be " "useful to allow using existing lot numbers in receipts too." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:124 msgid "Serial Number traceability" msgstr "Відстеження серійного номера" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:126 msgid "" "Using serial numbers allows you to keep track of where the products were " "received, put in stock, to whom they were sold, and where they were shipped " "to." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:130 msgid "" "Tracking an item is easy: open the *Inventory* app, and go to " ":menuselection:`Master Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers` and click on the serial" @@ -2279,21 +2094,21 @@ msgid "" "been used." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:140 msgid "" "And, if you want to locate a serial number, you can do so by clicking on the" " *Location* button available on the serial number form." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc.rst:3 msgid "Miscellaneous Operations" msgstr "Різні операції" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:3 msgid "Process Batch Transfers" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:5 msgid "" "Batch picking allows a single picker to handle a batch of orders, reducing " "the number of times he must visit the same location. In Odoo, it means you " @@ -2301,70 +2116,64 @@ msgid "" " either via the barcode application or in the form view." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:11 msgid "Create a Batch Transfer" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:13 msgid "" "To activate the batch picking option, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " "Configuration --> Configuration` and enable *Batch Pickings*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:20 msgid "" "Then, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Batch Transfers` " "and hit the create button." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:27 msgid "" "Now, determine the batch transfer responsible and the type of transfers you " "want to include in the batch. To add the types of transfers, click on *Add a" " line*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:34 msgid "" "In the example below, a filter was applied to only see the transfers that " "are in the *Pick* step. After that, the different transfers that needed to " "be included in the batch transfer were selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:42 msgid "" "To see the products to pick for the different transfers, click on *Select*. " "If *Multi-locations* has been activated, the document also shows the " "locations they have been reserved from." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:51 -msgid "" -"For more info about *Multi-Locations*, please refer to this doc: " -":doc:`../warehouses/location_creation`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:51 msgid "Create a Batch Transfer from the Transfers List View" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:53 msgid "" "From the *Transfers List View*, select transfers that should be included in " "the Batch. Then, select *Add to batch* from the *Action* list." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:61 msgid "" "Next, determine if you want to add the transfers to an existing draft batch " "transfer or create a new one." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:69 msgid "Process a Batch Transfer" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:71 msgid "" "While gathering the products, you can edit the batch transfer and update the" " *Quantity done* for each product. Once everything has been picked, select " @@ -2372,95 +2181,55 @@ msgid "" "too." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:80 msgid "" "In case all the products cannot be picked, you can create backorders for " "each individual transfer which couldn’t be completely processed." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:93 msgid "Process a Batch Transfer from the Barcode app" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:95 msgid "Enter the *Barcode* application, select the *Batch Transfers* menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:101 msgid "" "Then, you can enter the batch transfer on which you want to work. Batch " "transfers can easily be grouped per responsible if necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:108 msgid "" "In the batch transfer, products are classified per location. The source " "document is visible on each line and a color-code helps differentiate them." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:116 msgid "" "To see the products to pick from another location, click on the *Next* " "button." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:123 msgid "" "Once all the products have been picked, click on *Validate* (on the last " "page) to mark the batch transfer as done." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:3 -msgid "Send Automated Emails at Delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:8 -msgid "" -"First, go to the *Inventory* app, then to *Settings* and activate the *Email" -" Confirmation* feature. If you work in multi-company, this configuration is " -"company-specific." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:15 -msgid "" -"When you enable this feature, Odoo automatically creates an email template. " -"Of course, you can modify it if necessary by clicking on the small arrow " -"next to its name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:23 -msgid "Send email at delivery validation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:25 -msgid "" -"On the inventory dashboard, click on *Create* and fill the form for a " -"specific partner. Once you have added some products in it, *Validate* it and" -" do the same for the delivery." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Doing so, an automated email will be sent and will appear in the chatter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:38 -msgid "" -"If you work with a shipping method, and then have a tracking link, it will " -"be included in the standard email template." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:3 msgid "Manage Stock that you don't own" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:5 msgid "" "Sometimes, suppliers can offer you to store and sell products without having" " to buy those items. This technique is called *consignee stock*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:8 msgid "" "Consignee stock is a great way for manufacturers and suppliers to launch new" " products. As resellers may be reluctant to buy a product they are not sure " @@ -2468,230 +2237,49 @@ msgid "" "check its market without having to pay for it in the first place." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:14 msgid "" "Of course, Odoo has the ability to manage those consignee stocks through " "advanced settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:20 msgid "" "To use this feature, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " "Settings` in the inventory app. Then, enable the *Consignment* feature in " "the *Traceability* section. Now, hit save." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:28 msgid "Reception of Consignee Stock" msgstr "Находження комесійного складу" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:30 msgid "" "When in the *Inventory* app, open the receipts and create a new reception. " "On the right side, you will see that a new line called *Assign Owner* has " "appeared. There, you can specify the partner which owns the stock." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:39 msgid "If you are the owner, you can leave the field blank." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:41 msgid "" "Once the receipt is validated, the products enter your stock but still " "belong to the owner. They don’t impact your inventory valuation." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:3 -msgid "Scrap Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In your warehouse, you sometimes find products that are damaged or that are " -"unusable due to expiry or for some other reasons. You often notice this " -"during picking or physical inventory. Since those products cannot be sold or" -" stored, you have to scrap them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:10 -msgid "" -"When goods are scrapped, they are not reflected in the system as a part of " -"the inventory. The scrapped material will be physically moved to the scrap " -"area and not taken into account into inventory valuation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Scrap means waste that either has no economic value or only the value of its" -" basic material content, recoverable through recycling." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:21 -msgid "" -"When you install the *Inventory* app, Odoo automatically creates a scrap " -"location. It’s named *Virtual Location/Scap*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Of course, you can create new scrap areas if needed. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the " -"*Storage Locations* feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Now, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations` and create your " -"scrap location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:34 -msgid "" -"You have to check *Is a Scrap Location?* on the location form. In fact, " -"scrap locations cannot be used as normal storage locations and then, a " -"virtual location will be created for scrapped products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:39 -msgid "Different ways to scrap products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:41 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, you have several ways to scrap products: from receipts, from a " -"delivery order, and from an internal transfer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:45 -msgid "Scrap from receipt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Scrapping products from receipts is easy. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory " -"--> Dashboard --> Receipts` or click on *1 TO PROCESS* under the receipts " -"location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Now, open the receipt and validate the picking. Once the products entered " -"your stock, the Scrap button appears on the top left corner of your screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:57 -msgid "" -"You can scrap products that were part of the receipt from there. If you do " -"so, it will move them from available stock to the virtual scrap location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:68 -msgid "Scrap from delivery order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:70 -msgid "" -"To scrap products from a delivery order, go to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" -" Dashboard --> Delivery orders` or click on *1 TO PROCESS*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Once done, open the delivery order. You can see the scrap button in the " -"upper left of the document. If you scrap the product from there, it will be " -"moved from your available stock to the virtual scrap location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:80 -msgid "" -"You can find all the scrap orders made from the picking by clicking on the " -"button on the top right corner of the document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:93 -msgid "Scrap from an internal transfer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:95 -msgid "" -"To do this, the flow is almost the same. In fact, you just have to go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Dashboard --> Internal Transfers`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:101 -msgid "" -"There, open the internal transfer that interests you. Now, click on the " -"scrap button that is on the top left of the document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:104 -msgid "" -"When scrapping before validating the internal transfer, the product is, by " -"default, moved from the source location to the virtual scrap location. But, " -"if you scrap after validating the internal transfer, it will be moved from " -"the destination location, as opposed to the source location, to the virtual " -"scrap location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:110 -msgid "" -"Of course, you can manually update the source location of the scrap order if" -" necessary." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:3 -msgid "Send Automated SMS at Delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:8 -msgid "" -"To send automated SMS, you need to activate the *SMS Confirmation* feature. " -"To do so, go to the *Inventory* app *Settings* and enable the feature. In " -"multi-company, this feature is company-specific." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Of course, an SMS template already exists by default in Odoo. You can modify" -" it by clicking on the arrow on the right." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:22 -msgid "Send SMS at delivery validation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:24 -msgid "" -"To use this feature, try to *Create* a delivery order for a specific partner" -" and add some products to it. Then, *Validate* the delivery." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:30 -msgid "Now, the automated SMS that has been sent appears in the chatter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:36 -msgid "" -"The partner which is set on the transfer needs to have a phone number " -"specified in its contact form for the SMS to be sent." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:39 -msgid "" -"If you work with a shipping method, and then have a tracking link, it will " -"be included in the SMS template." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning.rst:3 msgid "Planning" msgstr "Планування" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:3 msgid "How is the Scheduled Delivery Date Computed" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:5 msgid "" "Providing the best possible service to customers is vital for business. It " "implies planning every move: manufacturing orders, deliveries, receptions, " @@ -2699,14 +2287,14 @@ msgid "" " scheduled dates." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:9 msgid "" "By using lead times, Odoo provides end dates, the **Commitment Date**, for " "each process. On a sales order, for example, this is the date your customer " "will get the products he ordered." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:13 msgid "" "From the customers’ side, the commitment date is important because it gives " "them an estimation of when they will receive their products. The dates take " @@ -2714,25 +2302,25 @@ msgid "" "account." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:19 msgid "How are Lead Times Calculated?" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:27 msgid "" "As said above, there are several types of lead times. Each is calculated " "based on various indicators. Before going through the configuration, here is" " a brief summary of how lead times are calculated and what they are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:32 msgid "" "**Customer Lead Time**: the customer lead time is the default duration you " "set. Therefore, the expected date on the sales orders is today + customer " "lead time." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:36 msgid "" "**Sales Security Lead Time**: the purpose is to be ready shipping that many " "days before the actual commitment taken with the customer. Then, the default" @@ -2740,7 +2328,7 @@ msgid "" "Time**." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:41 msgid "" "**Purchase Security Lead Time**: additional time to mitigate the risk of a " "vendor delay. The receipt will be scheduled that many days earlier to cope " @@ -2749,14 +2337,14 @@ msgid "" "the default *Receipt* scheduled date." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:48 msgid "" "**Purchase Delivery Lead Time**: this is the expected time between a PO " "being confirmed and the receipt of the ordered products. The **Receipt " "scheduled date - Vendor delivery date** is the default *PO Order By* date." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:53 msgid "" "**Days to Purchase**: number of days the purchasing department takes to " "validate a PO. If another RFQ to the same vendor is already opened, Odoo " @@ -2764,14 +2352,14 @@ msgid "" "date is set on the line." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:58 msgid "" "**Manufacturing Lead Time**: this is the expected time it takes to " "manufacture a product. This lead time is independent of the quantity to " "produce and does not take the routing time into account." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:63 msgid "" "**Manufacturing Security Lead Time**: additional time to mitigate the risk " "of a manufacturing delay. In case of a *Replenish to Order*, the **Delivery " @@ -2779,11 +2367,11 @@ msgid "" " Time** is the default *Manufacturing Order* planned date." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:70 msgid "Sales - Lead Times" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:72 msgid "" "In the *Sales* app, there is an option called *Delivery Date*. It allows " "seeing an additional field on the sales orders, *Expected Date*. This one is" @@ -2791,23 +2379,23 @@ msgid "" "configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:81 msgid "" "If the set up *Delivery Date* is earlier than the the *Expected Date*, a " "warning message is displayed." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:89 msgid "" "But, for all of this properly working, it is still necessary to configure " "all the lead times that could occur." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:93 msgid "Customer Lead Time" msgstr "Термін доставки клієнту" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:95 msgid "" "The *Customer Lead Time* is the time needed for your product to go from your" " warehouse to the customer place. It can be configured on any product by " @@ -2815,64 +2403,64 @@ msgid "" "product form, go in the inventory tab, and add your *Customer Lead Time*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:105 msgid "" "For example, product B is ordered on the 2nd of April but the *Customer Lead" " Time* is two days. In that case, the expected delivery date is the 4th of " "April." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:110 -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:182 -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:219 msgid "Security Lead Time" msgstr "Час проведення безпеки" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:112 msgid "" "In sales, *Security Lead Time* corresponds to backup days to ensure you are " "able to deliver the products in time. The purpose is to be ready shipping " "earlier in order to arrive on time." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:116 msgid "" "The number of security days is subtracted from the calculation to compute a " "scheduled date earlier than the one promised to the customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:119 msgid "" "To set this up, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " "Settings` and enable the feature *Security Lead Time for Sales*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:126 msgid "" "For example, product B is scheduled to be delivered on the 6th of April but " "the *Security Lead Time* is one day. In that case, the scheduled date for " "the delivery order is the 5th of April." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:131 msgid "Deliver several products" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:133 msgid "" "In many cases, customers order several products at the same time. Those can " "have different lead times but still need to be delivered, at once or " "separately. Fortunately, Odoo can help you handle these cases easily." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:137 msgid "" "From the *Other Info* tab of your *Sale Order*, you can choose between *When" " all products are ready* and *As soon as possible*. The first one is to " "deliver products at once, while the second is to deliver them separately." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:142 msgid "" "For example, products A and B are ordered at the same time. A has 8 lead " "days and B has 5. With the first option, the *Expected Date* is calculated " @@ -2881,29 +2469,29 @@ msgid "" "April." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:148 msgid "" "With the second option, the *Expected Date* is calculated based on the " "product with the least customer lead days. In this example, B is the product" " with the least lead days. So, the *Expected Date* is on the 7th of April." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:154 msgid "Purchase - Lead Times" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:157 msgid "Supplier Lead Time" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:159 msgid "" "The *Supplier Lead Time* is the time needed for a product you purchased to " "be delivered. To configure it, open a product from :menuselection:`Purchase " "--> Products --> Products` and add a vendor under the *Purchase* tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:168 msgid "" "By clicking on *Add a line*, a new window is displayed. You can specify the " "*Delivery Lead Time* there. If done so, the delivery day for every purchase " @@ -2911,47 +2499,47 @@ msgid "" "Time*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:178 msgid "" "It is possible to add different vendors and, thus, different lead times " "depending on the vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:184 msgid "" "The *Security Lead Time* for purchase follows the same logic as the one for " "*Sales*, except that you are the customer. Then, it is the margin of error " "for your supplier to deliver your order." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:188 msgid "" "To set up *Security Lead Time* for purchase, go to :menuselection:`Inventory" " --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable the feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:196 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:196 msgid "" "Doing so, every time the system generates purchase orders, those are " "scheduled that many days earlier to cope with unexpected vendor delays." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:200 msgid "Manufacturing - Lead Times" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:203 msgid "Manufacturing Lead Time" msgstr "Час виконання виробництва" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:205 msgid "" "The *Manufacturing Lead Time* is the time needed to manufacture the product." " To specify it, open the *Inventory* tab of your product form and add the " "number of days the manufacturing takes." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:213 msgid "" "When working with *Manufacturing Lead Times*, the *Deadline Start* of the " "*MO* is **Commitment Date - Manufacturing Lead Time**. For example, the MO’s" @@ -2959,19 +2547,19 @@ msgid "" "July is June 27th." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:221 msgid "" "The *Security Lead Time* for manufacturing allows generating manufacturing " "orders earlier to cope with the risk of manufacturing delays." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:225 msgid "" "To enable it, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> " "Settings` and tick *Security Lead Time*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:232 msgid "" "For example, a customer orders B with a delivery date scheduled on the 20th " "of June. The *Manufacturing Lead Time* is 14 days and the *Security Lead " @@ -2979,152 +2567,80 @@ msgid "" "the 3rd of June, which is the MO’s planned date." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:238 msgid "Global Example" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:240 msgid "Here is a configuration:" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:242 msgid "1 day of security lead time for Sales" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:243 msgid "2 days of security lead time for Manufacturing" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:244 msgid "3 days of manufacturing lead time" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:245 msgid "1 day of security lead time for Purchase" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:246 msgid "4 days of supplier lead time" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:248 msgid "" "Let’s say that a customer orders B on the 1st of September and the delivery " "date is planned to be within 20 days (September 20th). In such a scenario, " "here is when all the various steps are triggered." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:252 msgid "**September 1st**: the sales order is created" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:253 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:253 msgid "" "**September 10th**: the deadline to order components from the supplier " "because of the manufacturing process (4 days of supplier lead time)" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:256 msgid "" "**September 13th**: the reception of the product from the supplier (1 day of" " security lead time for Purchase)" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:258 msgid "" "**September 14th**: the deadline start date for the manufacturing (19th - 3 " "days of manufacturing lead time - 2 days of security lead time for " "Manufacturing)" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:261 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:261 msgid "" "**September 19th**: the expected date on the delivery order form (1 day of " "security lead time for sales)" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:3 -msgid "Configure and Run Schedulers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:6 -msgid "What is a scheduler?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The scheduler is the calculation engine that plans and prioritizes " -"production and purchasing. It does it automatically, according to the rules " -"defined on products. By default, the scheduler is set to run once a day." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:14 -msgid "Calculating Requirements / Scheduling" -msgstr "Розрахунок вимог/планування" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Scheduling only validates procurements that are confirmed but not yet " -"started. These procurement reservations will start production, tasks or " -"purchases themselves, depending on the configuration of the requested " -"product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:21 -msgid "" -"As a human would do, the scheduler takes the priority of operations into " -"account when starting reservations and procurements. Urgent requests will be" -" started first." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:26 -msgid "" -"In case there are not enough products in stock to satisfy all the requests, " -"you can be sure that the most urgent ones will be produced first." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:31 -msgid "Configure and run the scheduler" -msgstr "Налаштуйте та запустіть планувальник" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:34 -msgid "Run the scheduler manually" -msgstr "Запустіть планувальник вручну" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:36 -msgid "" -"To start the scheduler manually, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Operations --> Run Schedulers`. The scheduler uses all the relevant " -"parameters defined for products, suppliers and the company to prioritize the" -" different production orders, deliveries and supplier purchases." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:45 -msgid "Configure and run the scheduler (for advanced users)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:47 -msgid "" -"To use this feature, you have to enable the :doc:`Developer mode " -"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` mode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Then, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> " -"Scheduled Actions` and modify the *Run MRP Scheduler Configuration*. There, " -"you can set the starting time of the scheduler." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products.rst:3 msgid "Products" msgstr "Товари" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:3 msgid "How to select the right replenishment strategy" msgstr "Як встановити правильну стратегію поповнення на складі" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:5 msgid "" "Minimum Stock rules and Make to Order have similar consequences but " "different rules. They should be used depending on your manufacturing and " @@ -3134,15 +2650,15 @@ msgstr "" " але різні правила. Вони повинні використовуватися в залежності від ваших " "технологій виробництва та стратегії доставки." -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:10 msgid "Terminology" msgstr "Термінологія" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:13 msgid "Minimum stock rule" msgstr "Правило мінімального запасу" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:15 msgid "" "Minimum Stock rules are used to ensure that you always have the minimum " "amount of a product in stock in order to manufacture your products and/or " @@ -3157,13 +2673,12 @@ msgstr "" " закупівлю з кількістю, необхідною для досягнення максимального рівня " "запасу." -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:22 -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:58 -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:58 msgid "Make to Order" msgstr "Зробити на замовлення" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:24 msgid "" "The Make to Order function will trigger a Purchase Order of the amount of " "the Sales Order related to the product. The system will **not** check the " @@ -3175,11 +2690,11 @@ msgstr "" "поточний запас. Це означає, що проект замовлення на купівлю буде " "згенерований незалежно від кількості, що знаходяться в наявності товару." -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:33 msgid "Minimum stock rules" msgstr "Правила мінімального запасу" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:35 msgid "" "The Minimum Stock Rules configuration is available through your Inventory " "module. In the Inventory Control menu select \"Reordering Rule\" in the drop" @@ -3191,7 +2706,7 @@ msgstr "" "меню. Тоді натисніть \"Створити\", щоби встановити мінімальні та максимальні" " значення запасів для даного товару." -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:44 msgid "" "Show tooltips for \"minimum quantity\", \"maximum quantity\" and \"quantity " "multiple\" fields" @@ -3199,7 +2714,7 @@ msgstr "" "Покажіть підказки для полів \"мінімальна кількість\", \"максимальна " "кількість\" та \"кілька кількостей\"." -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:47 msgid "" "Then, click on your product to access the related product form and, on the " "\"Inventory submenu\", do not forget to select a supplier." @@ -3207,7 +2722,7 @@ msgstr "" "Потім натисніть на товар, щоби отримати доступ до відповідної форми товару, " "а в \"Підменю складу\" не забудьте вибрати постачальника." -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:54 msgid "" "Don't forget to select the right product type. A consumable can not be " "stocked and will thus not be accounted for in the stock valuation." @@ -3215,7 +2730,7 @@ msgstr "" "Не забудьте вибрати правильний тип товару. Витратний матеріал не може бути " "запакований, і тому не буде враховано в оцінці запасів." -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:60 msgid "" "The Make to Order configuration is available on your product form through " "your :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory control --> Products` (or any " @@ -3225,15 +2740,15 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Склад --> Контроль складу --> Товари` (або будь-який інший " "модуль, де доступні товари)." -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:64 msgid "On the product form, under Inventory, click on \"Make To Order\"." msgstr "На формі товару в розділі \"Склад\" натисніть \"Зробити замовленням\"." -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:70 msgid "Choice between the two options" msgstr "Вибір між двома функціями" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:72 msgid "" "The choice between the two options is thus dependent of your inventory " "strategy. If you prefer to have a buffer and always have at least a minimum " @@ -3246,11 +2761,11 @@ msgstr "" " свої запаси лише за умови підтвердження продажу, краще скористатись кнопкою" " \"Зробити на замовленням\"." -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:3 msgid "Use Different Units of Measure" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:5 msgid "" "In some cases, handling products in different units of measure is necessary." " For example, if you buy products in a country where the metric system is of" @@ -3260,32 +2775,32 @@ msgid "" "customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:12 msgid "" "You can set up Odoo to work with different units of measure for one product." msgstr "" "Ви можете налаштувати Odoo для роботи з різними одиницями вимірювання для " "одного товару." -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:18 msgid "" "In the *Inventory* application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Settings`. In the *Products* section, activate *Units of Measure*, then " "*Save*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:25 msgid "Create New Units of Measure" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:27 msgid "" "In the *Inventory* application go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> UoM`." " There, hit *Create*. As an example, we will create a Box of 6 units that we" " will use for the Egg product." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:34 msgid "" "The category is important for unit conversion, you will be able to convert " "products from one unit to another only if those units belong to the same " @@ -3293,18 +2808,18 @@ msgid "" "for the category which is “Units” here." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:43 msgid "Specify Units of Measure on your Products" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:45 msgid "" "In the :menuselection:`Inventory application --> Master Data --> Products`, " "open the product which you would like to change the purchase/sale unit of " "measure, and click on *Edit*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:49 msgid "" "In the *General Information* tab, you can select the *Unit of Measure* in " "which the product will be sold, which is also the unit in which internal " @@ -3312,22 +2827,22 @@ msgid "" "Measure*, which is the unit in which you purchase the product." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:59 msgid "Transfer from One Unit to Another" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:62 -msgid "Buy in the Pruchase UoM" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:62 +msgid "Buy in the Purchase UoM" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:64 msgid "" "In the *Purchase* application, *Create* a new request for quotation in which" " you include the product with the different *Units of Measure* and *Confirm*" " it." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:71 msgid "" "On the automatically generated purchase orders, the UoM used is the Box of " "6, meaning the Purchase UoM. You have of course the possibility to manually " @@ -3336,42 +2851,42 @@ msgid "" "converted in 60 units. Indeed, the stock is managed in units." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:82 msgid "Replenishment" msgstr "Поповнення" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:84 msgid "" "When doing a replenishment via the *Replenish* button on the product form, " "you have the possibility to use a different unit of measure." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:94 msgid "Sell in bigger UoM" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:96 msgid "" "You can choose the unit of measure on the sale order document and decide to " "sell the eggs by the dozen. When doing so, the price is automatically " "computed from Units UoM to adapt to the selected *UoM*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:103 msgid "" "In the delivery order, the *UoM* used in the sale order is converted to the " "*UoM* used for stock management, in our use case, the Units." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:3 msgid "When Should you Use Packages, Units of Measure or Special Packaging?" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:6 msgid "Units of Measure" msgstr "Одиниці вимірювання" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:8 msgid "" "Units of measure specify the unit used to handle a product. In Odoo, you " "have the possibility to specify the unit of measure in which you manage your" @@ -3379,25 +2894,25 @@ msgid "" "supplier." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:16 msgid "" "The *conversion* between the different units of measure is done " "automatically. The only condition is that all the units have to be in the " "*same category* (Unit, Weight, Volume, Length,...)" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:20 msgid "" "For example, if I have the following reordering rule for the egg and I run " "the scheduler, the quantity added in the automatically generated purchase " "order will be in dozens but what will enter the stock will be units." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:35 msgid "Packages" msgstr "Пакунки" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:37 msgid "" "The package is the physical container in which you put one or several " "products from a picking. For example, when you deliver a product, you can " @@ -3405,166 +2920,67 @@ msgid "" "you to have a report with the quantity of products for each package." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:43 msgid "" "To separate a delivery into different packages you will have to set the done" " quantity to the desired package quantity then click on \"PUT IN PACK\", do " "this for each package." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:54 msgid "Packaging" msgstr "Упаковка" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:56 msgid "" "The packaging is the physical container that protects your product. If you " "are selling computers, the packaging contains the computer with the notice " "and the power plug." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:60 msgid "" "In Odoo, packagings are used for indicative purposes on sale orders. They " "can be specified on the product form, in the inventory tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:70 msgid "" "Another useful use of the packaging is for product reception. By scanning " "the barcode of the packaging, Odoo adds the number of units contained in the" " packing on the picking." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies.rst:3 msgid "Inventory Adjustment" msgstr "Коригування залишків" -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:3 -msgid "Choose Between Reordering Rules and Make to Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:5 -msgid "" -"*Reordering rules* and *make to order* do both allow to automatically " -"replenish products when necessary. The difference between those tools is how" -" they are triggered." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:9 -msgid "" -"*Reordering rules* are used to ensure that you always have a minimum amount " -"of a product in stock in order to manufacture your products and/or answer to" -" your customer needs. When the stock level of a product reaches its minimum " -"the system will automatically generate a procurement with the needed " -"quantity to reach the maximum stock level." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:15 -msgid "" -"The *Make to Order* route will trigger a procurement (purchase order or " -"manufacturing order) with the necessary quantity to fulfill a product " -"request (coming from a sale order or a manufacturing order). The system will" -" not check the quantity on hand for the corresponding product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:24 -msgid "Reordering Rules" -msgstr "Правила поповнення" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:26 -msgid "" -"The *Reordering Rules* configuration is available through the menu " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Master Data --> Reordering Rules`. There, " -"click on *Create* to set minimum and maximum stock values for a given " -"product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:33 -msgid "" -"When the forecasted stock goes below the *Minimum Quantity* specified in " -"this field, Odoo generates a procurement to bring the forecasted quantity to" -" the *Maximum Quantity*. The *Quantity Multiple* is used to round the " -"procurement quantity up to this multiple. If it is 0, the exact quantity " -"will be used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:42 -msgid "" -"The *Lead time* is the number of days after the order point is triggered to " -"receive the products or to order them to the vendor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:45 -msgid "" -"In case you work with multi-warehouses and/or multi-locations, you will be " -"able to specify different reordering rules for the same product in each " -"location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:50 -msgid "" -"For the reordering rules to be triggered, on the corresponding product, a " -"route should be specified. In case you manufacture your products, make sure " -"to select the route *Manufacture* and create a *Bill of Material* for the " -"product. In case you purchase your products, make sure to select the route " -"*Buy* and add a *Vendor Pricelist*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:62 -msgid "" -"Don't forget to select the product type *storable* in the product form. A " -"consumable can not be stocked and won’t trigger reordering rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:69 -msgid "" -"The *Make To Order* configuration is available on your product form through " -"your :menuselection:`Inventory module --> Master Data --> Products` (or in " -"any other module where products are available)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:73 -msgid "" -"On the product form, in the *Inventory tab*, you can set a route. You can " -"choose *Make To Order* and another route, either *Buy* or *Manufacture*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Again, if the *Buy* route is selected, make sure to set a *Vendor pricelist*" -" in the *Purchase tab*. In case you have set a *Manufacture* route, make " -"sure you have a *BoM* for this product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:3 msgid "Resupply from another Warehouse" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:8 msgid "" "In order to be able to resupply from another warehouse, you need to activate" -" \\*multi-warehouses\\* and \\*multi-step routes\\*. Storage locations will " -"be automatically activated when activating multi-warehouses." +" \\*multi-step routes\\*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:15 msgid "" "You can then access your warehouses via :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Warehouses`. Create the necessary warehouses following " -"this :doc:`documentation <../warehouses/warehouse_creation>`. Enter the " -"warehouse which should be resupplied by another one. You will have the " -"possibility to directly indicate through which warehouse it gets resupplied." +"Configuration --> Warehouses`. Enter the warehouse which should be " +"resupplied by another one. You will have the possibility to directly " +"indicate through which warehouse it gets resupplied." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:24 msgid "" "By activating this option, a new route will now be available on your " "products \\*Supply Product from Second warehouse\\*. It can now be selected," " along with either a \\*reordering rule\\* or a \\*make to order\\*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:32 msgid "" "For the demonstration, I set a reordering rule with a minimum of 5 units in " "stock and a maximum of 10 units in stock, having currently 0 units on hand. " @@ -3572,7 +2988,7 @@ msgid "" "Operations --> Run scheduler`." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:40 msgid "" "The system automatically creates two pickings, one \\*delivery order\\* from" " my Second Warehouse which contains the necessary products, and a receipt in" @@ -3581,28 +2997,28 @@ msgid "" "Second warehouse\\*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting.rst:3 msgid "Valuation Methods" msgstr "Методи оцінки" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:3 msgid "Integrating additional costs to products (landed costs)" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:5 msgid "" "The landed cost feature in Odoo allows to include additional costs " "(shipment, insurance, customs duties, etc.) into the cost of the product." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:10 msgid "" "Landed costs can only be applied to products with a FIFO or AVCO costing " "method and an automated inventory valuation (which requires the accounting " "application to be installed)." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:17 msgid "" "First, you need to go in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " "Settings` and activate the landed costs feature. You can also determine the " @@ -3610,238 +3026,238 @@ msgid "" "recorded." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:25 msgid "Add costs to products" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:28 msgid "Receive the vendor bill" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:30 msgid "" "Let’s imagine I receive a bill from custom duties for a shipment. I’ll tick " "the box *Landed Costs* on the vendor bill line." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:37 msgid "The landed cost product must be of type service." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:39 msgid "" "If this product is always a landed cost, you can also define it on the " "product and avoid having to tick the box on each vendor bill." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:45 msgid "" "At the top of my vendor bill, I’ll see a button *create landed costs*. I " "click on this button and a landed cost is automatically created. I can now " "decide on which picking those additional costs should apply." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:52 msgid "" "I can now click on *Compute* and go in the tab *Valuation Adjustments* to " "see the impact on my products costs. The last step is to validate the landed" " cost." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:56 msgid "" "I can access the journal entry that has been created by the landed cost by " "clicking on the journal entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:63 msgid "" "You are not forced to start from the vendor bill, you can also go in " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Landed Costs` and directly " "create the landed cost from there." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:7 msgid "Inventory valuation configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:7 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:5 msgid "" "Inventory valuation refers to how you value your stock. It’s a very " "important aspect of a business as the inventory can be the biggest asset of " "a company." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:13 msgid "Inventory valuation implies two main choices:" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:15 msgid "The cost method you use to value your goods (standard, fifo, avco)" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:16 msgid "" "The way you record this value into your accounting books (manually or " "automatically)" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:18 msgid "Those two concepts are explained in the sections below." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:21 msgid "Costing Methods: Standard, FIFO, AVCO" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:23 msgid "" "The costing method is defined in the product category. There are three " "options available. Each of them is explained in detail below." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:71 msgid "Standard Price" msgstr "Стандартна ціна" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:34 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:79 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:127 msgid "Operation" msgstr "Операція" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:35 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:80 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:128 msgid "Unit Cost" msgstr "Вартість одиниці" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:36 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:81 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:129 msgid "Qty On Hand" msgstr "Кількість в наявності" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:37 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:82 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:130 msgid "Delta Value" msgstr "Значення дельти" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:38 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:83 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:131 msgid "Inventory Value" msgstr "Складська оцінка" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:40 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:45 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:50 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:55 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:61 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:90 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:138 msgid "€10" msgstr "€10" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:41 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:86 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:134 msgid "0" msgstr "0" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:43 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:85 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:88 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:131 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:136 msgid "€0" msgstr "€0" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:44 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:89 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:137 msgid "Receive 8 Products at €10" msgstr "Отримати 8 товарів за 10 євро" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:46 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:91 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:139 msgid "8" msgstr "8" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:47 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:92 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:140 msgid "+8*€10" msgstr "+8*€10" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:48 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:93 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:141 msgid "€80" msgstr "€80" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:49 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:94 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:142 msgid "Receive 4 Products at €16" msgstr "Отримати 4 товари за €16" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:51 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:96 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:144 msgid "12" msgstr "12" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:54 msgid "+4*€10" msgstr "+4*€10" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:55 msgid "€120" msgstr "€120" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:54 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:99 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:147 msgid "Deliver 10 Products" msgstr "Доставити 10 товарів" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:56 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:101 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:149 msgid "2" msgstr "2" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 msgid "-10*€10" msgstr "-10*€10" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:61 msgid "€20" msgstr "€20" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:62 msgid "Receive 2 Products at €9" msgstr "Отримати 2 товари за €9" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:62 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:107 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:155 msgid "4" msgstr "4" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:65 msgid "+2*€10" msgstr "+2*€10" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:66 msgid "€40" msgstr "€40" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:68 msgid "" "In **Standard Price**, any product will be valued at the cost that you " "defined manually on the product form. Usually, this cost is an estimation " @@ -3849,123 +3265,123 @@ msgid "" " be reviewed periodically." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:117 msgid "Average Price" msgstr "Середня ціна" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:95 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:100 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:143 msgid "€12" msgstr "€12" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:97 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:145 msgid "+4*€16" msgstr "+4*€16" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:98 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:146 msgid "€144" msgstr "€144" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 msgid "-10*€12" msgstr "-10*€12" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:106 msgid "€24" msgstr "€24" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:105 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:153 msgid "Receive 2 Products at €6" msgstr "Отримати 2 товари за €6" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:108 msgid "€9" msgstr "€9" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:108 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:156 msgid "+2*€6" msgstr "+2*€6" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:111 msgid "€36" msgstr "€36" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:113 msgid "" "In **AVCO (Average Cost)**, each product has the same value and this value " "is the average purchase cost of the product. With this costing method, the " "cost of the product is recomputed as each receipt." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:117 msgid "The average cost does not change when products leave the warehouse." msgstr "Середня вартість не змінюється, коли товари забирають зі складу." -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:168 msgid "FIFO" msgstr "FIFO" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:148 msgid "€16" msgstr "€16" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 msgid "-8*€10" msgstr "-8*€10" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 msgid "-2*€16" msgstr "-2*€16" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:152 msgid "€32" msgstr "€32" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:154 msgid "€11" msgstr "€11" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:157 msgid "€44" msgstr "€44" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:159 msgid "" "In **FIFO (First In First Out)**, the products are valued at their purchase " "cost. When a product leaves the stock, that’s the “First in, first out” rule" " that applies." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:163 msgid "" "Pay attention, that this is a financial FIFO. The first value “in” is the " "first value “out”, no matter the storage location, warehouse or serial " "number." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:167 msgid "" "FIFO is advised if you manage all your workflows into Odoo (Sales, " "Purchases, Inventory). It suits any kind of users." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:171 msgid "Inventory Valuation: Manual or Automated" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:173 msgid "" "There are two ways to record your inventory valuation in your accounting " "books. As the costing method, this is defined in your product category. " "Those two methods are detailed below." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:177 msgid "" "It is important to also note that the accounting entries will depend on your" " accounting mode: it can be continental or anglo-saxon. In continental " @@ -3975,19 +3391,19 @@ msgid "" "the tables below, you can easily compare those two accounting modes." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:185 msgid "" "Usually, based on your country, the correct accounting mode will be chosen " "by default. If you want to verify your accounting mode, activate the " -":doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` and open " -"your accounting settings." +":doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>` and open your " +"accounting settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:191 msgid "Manual Inventory Valuation" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:193 msgid "" "In this case, goods receipts and deliveries won’t have any direct impact on " "your accounting books. Periodically, you create a manual journal entry " @@ -3995,7 +3411,7 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Inventory Valuation`." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:196 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:198 msgid "" "This is the default configuration in Odoo and it works out-of-the-box. Check" " following operations and find out how Odoo is managing the accounting " @@ -4005,83 +3421,83 @@ msgstr "" "Перевірте наступні операції та дізнайтеся, як Odoo керує бухгалтерськими " "повідомленнями." -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:201 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:360 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:362 msgid "Continental Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:218 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:294 msgid "Vendor Bill" -msgstr "Рахунок від постачальника" +msgstr "Рахунок постачальника" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:209 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:226 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:260 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:282 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:300 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:339 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:341 msgid "\\" msgstr "\\" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:209 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:226 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:260 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:282 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:300 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:339 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:341 msgid "Debit" msgstr "Дебет" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:209 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:226 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:260 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:282 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:300 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:339 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:341 msgid "Credit" msgstr "Кредит" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:211 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:262 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:286 msgid "Assets: Inventory" msgstr "Активи: склад" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:211 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:286 msgid "50" msgstr "50" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:212 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:287 msgid "Assets: Deferred Tax Assets" msgstr "Активи: відстрочені податкові активи" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:212 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:287 msgid "4.68" msgstr "4.68" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:213 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:288 msgid "Liabilities: Accounts Payable" msgstr "Обов'язки: кредиторська заборгованість" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:213 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:288 msgid "54.68" msgstr "54.68" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:218 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:236 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:292 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:311 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:294 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:313 msgid "Configuration:" msgstr "Налаштування:" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:217 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:292 msgid "" "Purchased Goods: defined on the product or on the internal category of " "related product (Expense Account field)" @@ -4089,72 +3505,72 @@ msgstr "" "Придбані товари: визначені на товарі або на внутрішній категорії " "відповідного товару (поле рахунку витрат)" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:218 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:294 msgid "" "Deferred Tax Assets: defined on the tax used on the purchase order line" msgstr "" "Майбутні податкові активи: визначається податком, що використовується на " "рядок замовлення на придбання" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:219 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:293 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:295 msgid "Accounts Payable: defined on the vendor related to the bill" msgstr "" "Кредиторська заборгованість: визначається постачальником, пов'язаним із " "рахунком" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:220 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:294 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:296 msgid "Goods Receptions" msgstr "Прийом товарів" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:221 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:241 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:243 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:295 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:316 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:297 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:320 msgid "No Journal Entry" msgstr "Немає журнальних записів" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:238 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:313 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:315 msgid "Customer Invoice" msgstr "Рахунок клієнта" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:228 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:230 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:304 msgid "Revenues: Sold Goods" msgstr "Доходи: продані товари" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:228 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:230 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:304 msgid "100" msgstr "100" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:229 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:303 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:305 msgid "Liabilities: Deferred Tax Liabilities" msgstr "Обов'язки: відстрочені податкові зобов'язання" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:229 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:303 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:305 msgid "9" msgstr "9" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:230 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:306 msgid "Assets: Accounts Receivable" msgstr "Активи: дебіторська заборгованість" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:230 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:306 msgid "109" msgstr "109" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:234 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:308 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:310 msgid "" "Revenues: defined on the product or on the internal category of related " "product (Income Account field)" @@ -4162,21 +3578,21 @@ msgstr "" "Доходи: визначаються по товару або за внутрішньою категорією відповідного " "товару (поле Поточний рахунок)" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:235 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:310 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:312 msgid "Deferred Tax Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line" msgstr "" "Податкові зобов'язання майбутніх періодів: визначається податком, що " "використовується на рядку рахунку-фактури" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:236 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:311 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:313 msgid "Accounts Receivable: defined on the customer (Receivable Account)" msgstr "" "Дебіторська заборгованість: визначається на клієнта (Рахунок на отримання)" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:238 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:313 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:315 msgid "" "The fiscal position used on the invoice may have a rule that replaces the " "Income Account or the tax defined on the product by another one." @@ -4184,18 +3600,18 @@ msgstr "" "Схема оподаткування, використана в рахунку-фактурі, може мати правило, яке " "замінює рахунок доходу або податок, визначений на товарі іншим." -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:240 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:317 msgid "Customer Shipping" msgstr "Клієнтська доставка" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:243 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:320 msgid "Manufacturing Orders" msgstr "Замовлення на виробництво" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:249 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:324 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:251 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:326 msgid "" "At the end of the month/year, your company does a physical inventory or just" " relies on the inventory in Odoo to value the stock into your books." @@ -4203,7 +3619,7 @@ msgstr "" "Наприкінці місяця/року ваша компанія здійснює фізичну інвентаризацію або " "просто спирається на склад в Odoo, щоб оцінити запас у ваші книги." -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:254 msgid "" "Create a journal entry to move the stock variation value from your " "Profit&Loss section to your assets." @@ -4211,20 +3627,20 @@ msgstr "" "Створіть запис журналу, щоб перемістити вартість запасів у розділі Дохід і " "втрати до своїх активів." -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:262 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:263 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:341 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:342 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:343 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:343 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:345 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:346 msgid "X" msgstr "X" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:265 msgid "Expenses: Inventory Variations" msgstr "Витрати: варіанти інвентаризації" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:268 msgid "" "If the stock value decreased, the **Inventory** account is credited and te " "**Inventory Variations** debited." @@ -4232,12 +3648,12 @@ msgstr "" "Якщо знизилася вартість складу, **Склад** рахунок зараховується і **Варіанти" " інвентаризації** дебетуються." -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:274 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:387 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:389 msgid "Anglo-Saxon Accounting" msgstr "Англо-Саксонський бухоблік" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:327 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:329 msgid "" "Then you need to break down the purchase balance into both the inventory and" " the cost of goods sold using the following formula:" @@ -4245,7 +3661,7 @@ msgstr "" "Тоді вам потрібно розбити баланс купівлі як інвентаризацію, так і вартість " "проданих товарів за такою формулою:" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:330 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:332 msgid "" "Cost of goods sold (COGS) = Starting inventory value + Purchases – Closing " "inventory value" @@ -4253,31 +3669,31 @@ msgstr "" "Вартість проданих товарів (COGS) = Початкова вартість запасу + Покупки - " "Завершення інвентаризації" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:334 msgid "To update the stock valuation in your books, record such an entry:" msgstr "Щоб оновити оцінку складу у своїх книгах, зареєструйте такий запис:" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:341 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:343 msgid "Assets: Inventory (closing value)" msgstr "Активи: Інвентаризація (кінцева вартість)" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:344 msgid "Expenses: Cost of Good Sold" msgstr "Витрати: вартість проданих товарів" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:343 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:345 msgid "Expenses: Purchased Goods" msgstr "Витрати: придбані товари" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:346 msgid "Assets: Inventory (starting value)" msgstr "Активи: Інвентаризація (початкове значення)" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:350 msgid "Automated Inventory Valuation" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:352 msgid "" "In that case, when a product enters or leaves your stock, an accounting " "entry will be automatically created. This means your accounting books are " @@ -4286,33 +3702,33 @@ msgid "" "configuration & testing." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:356 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:358 msgid "" "First, you need to define the accounts that will be used for those " "accounting entries. This is done on the product category." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:372 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:399 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:374 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:401 msgid "**Configuration:**" msgstr "**Налаштування:**" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:374 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:401 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:376 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:403 msgid "Accounts Receivable/Payable: defined on the partner (Accounting tab)" msgstr "" "Дебіторська заборгованість/кредиторська заборгованість: визначена у партнера" " (вкладка Облік)" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:376 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:403 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:378 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:405 msgid "" "Deferred Tax Assets/Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line" msgstr "" "Відстрочені податкові активи/зобов'язання: визначається податком, що " "використовується на рядку рахунка-фактури" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:378 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:380 msgid "" "Revenues/Expenses: defined by default on product's internal category; can be" " also set in product form (Accounting tab) as a replacement value." @@ -4321,7 +3737,7 @@ msgstr "" " також може бути встановлений у формі товару (вкладка Бухоблік) як значення " "заміни." -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:381 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:383 msgid "" "Inventory Variations: to set as Stock Input/Output Account in product's " "internal category" @@ -4329,15 +3745,15 @@ msgstr "" "Варіанти інвентаризації: встановлювати як вхідний/вихідний обліковий запис у" " внутрішній категорії товару" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:384 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:419 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:386 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:421 msgid "" "Inventory: to set as Stock Valuation Account in product's internal category" msgstr "" "Інвентаризація: призначати облік вартості складу у внутрішній категорії " "товару" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:406 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:408 msgid "" "Revenues: defined on the product category as a default, or specifically to a" " specific product." @@ -4345,7 +3761,7 @@ msgstr "" "Доходи: визначається як категорія товару за замовчуванням, або для " "конкретного товару." -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:409 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:411 msgid "" "Expenses: this is where you should set the \"Cost of Goods Sold\" account. " "Defined on the product category as a default value, or specifically on the " @@ -4355,7 +3771,7 @@ msgstr "" "Визначено категорію товару як значення за замовчуванням або конкретно на " "формі товару." -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:413 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:415 msgid "" "Goods Received Not Purchased: to set as Stock Input Account in product's " "internal category" @@ -4363,7 +3779,7 @@ msgstr "" "Отримані товари не були придбані: щоб встановити вхідний облік у внутрішній " "категорії товару" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:416 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:418 msgid "" "Goods Issued Not Invoiced: to set as Stock Output Account in product's " "internal category" @@ -4371,7 +3787,7 @@ msgstr "" "Випущені товари не враховуються в рахунках: для внутрішньої категорії товару" " призначайте облік вихідних витрат" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:421 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:423 msgid "" "Price Difference: to set in product's internal category or in product form " "as a specific replacement value" @@ -4379,49 +3795,49 @@ msgstr "" "Різниця цін: встановити у внутрішній категорії товару або у формі товару як " "певну зміну вартості" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:3 msgid "Using the inventory valuation" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:9 msgid "" "In this documentation, we will explain how the inventory valuation works in " "Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:13 msgid "Inventory valuation: the basics" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:16 msgid "Receive a product" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:18 msgid "" "Each time a product enters or leaves your stock, the value of your inventory" " is impacted. The way it is impacted depends on the configuration of your " "product (more info here)." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:22 msgid "" "Let’s take an example with a product - a table - configured with a *FIFO " "costing method* and an automated inventory valuation." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:25 msgid "I purchase 10 tables at a cost of $10." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:30 msgid "" "When I’ll confirm the receipt of the products, the value of my inventory " "will be impacted. If I want to know what this impact is, I can click on the " "valuation stat button." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:35 msgid "" "The consignment feature allows you to set owners on your stock (discover " "more about the consignment feature). When you receive products that are " @@ -4429,37 +3845,37 @@ msgid "" "valuation." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:44 msgid "You need access rights on the accounting module to see that button." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:46 msgid "" "In this case, I can see that the 10 tables entered the stock for a total " "value of $100." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:52 msgid "" "I can also easily access the accounting entry that has been generated (in " "case of automated inventory valuation)." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:59 msgid "Deliver a product" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:61 msgid "" "In the same logic, when a table will be delivered, the stock valuation will " "be impacted and you will have access to a similar information." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:68 msgid "The inventory valuation report" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:70 msgid "" "The summary of this is accessible via the inventory valuation report " "(accessible from :menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Inventory " @@ -4468,15 +3884,15 @@ msgid "" "information for a past date." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses.rst:3 msgid "Warehouses" msgstr "Склади" -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:3 msgid "What is the difference between warehouses and locations?" msgstr "Яка різниця між складом та місцезнаходженням?" -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:5 msgid "" "In Odoo, a **Warehouse** is the actual building/place in which your items " "are stocked. You can setup multiple warehouses and create moves between " @@ -4485,7 +3901,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Склад** в Odoo - це фактично будівля/місце, в якому складуються ваші " "товари. Ви можете встановити кілька складів і створювати переходи між ними." -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:9 msgid "" "A **Location**, is a specific space within your warehouse. It can be " "considered as a sublocation of your warehouse, as a shelf, a floor, an " @@ -4499,11 +3915,11 @@ msgstr "" "місцезнаходження з кількома складами. Ви можете налаштувати стільки " "місцезнаходжень, скільки вам потрібно під одним складом." -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:15 msgid "There are 3 types of locations:" msgstr "Існує 3 типи місцезнаходжень:" -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:17 msgid "" "The **Physical Locations** are internal locations that are part of the " "warehouses for which you are the owner. They can be the loading and " @@ -4513,7 +3929,7 @@ msgstr "" " складу, якого ви є власником. Вони можуть бути областю навантаження та " "розвантаження вашого складу, полиці або відділу тощо." -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:21 msgid "" "The **Partner Locations** are spaces within a customer and/or vendor's " "warehouse. They work the same way as Physical Locations with the only " @@ -4523,7 +3939,7 @@ msgstr "" "постачальника. Вони працюють так само, як і в \"Фізичних місцезнаходжень\", " "але лише тому, що ви не є власником складу." -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:25 msgid "" "The **Virtual Locations** are places that do not exist, but in which " "products can be placed when they are not physically in an inventory yet (or " @@ -4537,7 +3953,7 @@ msgstr "" "(у **Втрати складу**) або коли ви хочете взяти до уваги товари, які " "переходять на ваш склад (**Забезпечення**)." -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:31 msgid "" "In Odoo, locations are structured hierarchically. You can structure your " "locations as a tree, dependent on a parent-child relationship. This gives " @@ -4549,326 +3965,19 @@ msgstr "" "дочірнім. Це дає вам більш детальний рівень аналізу ваших операцій на складі" " та організації ваших складів." -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:37 -msgid ":doc:`warehouse_creation`" -msgstr ":doc:`warehouse_creation`" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:38 -msgid ":doc:`location_creation`" -msgstr ":doc:`location_creation`" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:3 -msgid "Create a New Location" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In order to be able to create different locations, you will need to activate" -" *Multi-Locations* in the settings which can be done from the " -":menuselection:`Inventory application --> Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:15 -msgid "" -"In the *Inventory application*, you can now go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations` and hit *Create* in order to " -"create a new location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Type the name of the location in the *Location Name* field, and select the " -"*Parent Location* in the list. The parent location can be a physical, " -"partner or virtual location, and you can add as many sub-locations as needed" -" to a location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:29 -msgid "" -"In case you want the location to be suggested when creating a Return or when" -" Scrapping a product, you should check *Is a Scrap Location?* and *Is a " -"Return Location?*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:33 -msgid "" -"If you have the *Barcode* application installed, you can specify the barcode" -" which will correspond to this location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:37 -msgid "" -"A warehouse also corresponds to a location. As the locations are " -"hierarchical, Odoo will create the parent location of the warehouse, " -"containing all the sublocations in it." -msgstr "" -"Склад також відповідає місцезнаходженню. Оскільки місцезнаходження є " -"ієрархічними, Odoo створить батьківське розташування складу, що містить всі " -"підкласи в ньому." - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:3 -msgid "Create a New Warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In order to create a new warehouse, you should activate the *Multi-" -"Warehouse* settings. Note that the *Multi-Locations* settings will be " -"automatically activated at the same time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:12 -msgid "" -"In order to do so, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration" -" --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:18 -msgid "" -"You can then go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " -"Warehouses` and hit *Create* to add a new warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:24 -msgid "" -"You will be able to enter your warehouse name. You should also choose a " -"short name for your warehouse which is 5-characters long and is used on the " -"different warehouse documents." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:28 -msgid "" -"In the Address field, you can select an existing company or create one on-" -"the-go. Therefore, the address of your warehouse will be the same as the one" -" of the company you selected. You can also leave this field empty and edit " -"it afterward." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:36 -msgid "" -"After the creation of your new warehouse, you can go back to the *Dashboard*" -" and you will see the new operation types automatically created by Odoo due " -"to the creation of a new warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process.rst:3 -msgid "Process Overview" -msgstr "Загальний огляд процесу" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:3 -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:25 -msgid "Deliver Products from Stock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:6 -msgid "Create Storable/Consumable Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:8 -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:5 -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The first step to use the inventory application is to create products in " -"your database via the menu :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products`. Click " -"the Create button and enter the name of your product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:15 -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:12 -msgid "" -"In case you set the product as *storable*, you will track the stock for this" -" product and know how many units are in stock and what is the forecasted " -"number of units. If you want to include a product on receipts/deliveries but" -" don’t need to track its stock, you can set it as *consumable*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Once you have existing products, you can decide to create a delivery to " -"deliver products to your customers. The process in order to do so is " -"described in the following print screens." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:37 -msgid "" -"On the delivery order, you can specify to whom the products will be " -"delivered along with the different products and their respective quantities." -" When the delivery is complete you can hit *Validate* and the products will " -"go out of your stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:45 -msgid "" -"In case you have a delivery that is planned but shouldn’t be immediately " -"validated, you can create a *planned delivery* with a scheduled date in the " -"future. You can indicate the initial demand for each product, corresponding " -"to what has been ordered by your customer. Once the document is filled in, " -"you can hit “Mark as to do” in order to consider it in your product " -"forecasts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:51 -msgid "" -"The default setting is the immediate transfer where you do not need to “Mark" -" as to do” and “Check availability” when delivering a product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:54 -msgid "Deliver Products from Stock from a Sale Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:56 -msgid "" -"If you have the *Sales* application installed, delivery can be directly " -"created by *validating a quotation*. You will be able to find the " -"corresponding delivery directly on the *sale order*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:3 -msgid "Set your Initial Stock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Set the product as *storable*, in order to track the stock for this product " -"and be able to include it in an inventory adjustment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:19 -msgid "Inventory Adjustment for Multiple Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Once you have created all your *storable products*, you can create an " -"*inventory adjustment* to determine their current stock level in Odoo. You " -"therefore need to go to :menuselection:`Operations --> Inventory " -"Adjustments` and create a new one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:29 -msgid "" -"You have to enter a title for your *inventory adjustment* and you can then " -"decide if you want to proceed to the *inventory adjustment* of all products " -"or only some of them. For a first *inventory adjustment*, I suggest you to " -"keep the *Products* field empty. You can then *Start Inventory*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:38 -msgid "" -"If you already have some products in stock, Odoo will add the lines with the" -" theoretical quantity currently in stock. You can also add new lines with " -"your other products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:46 -msgid "" -"If your products are tracked by Serial/Lot numbers, you will have an " -"additional column allowing you to specify those for the different units " -"added to the inventory adjustment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Odoo will highlight in red the lines for which there is a difference between" -" the theoretical quantity on hand, which is automatically computed by the " -"system, and the counted quantity you manually entered. Once all the " -"necessary products have been entered, you can hit *Validate Inventory* and " -"the quantities on hand of your different products will be updated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:58 -msgid "Inventory Adjustment for one Product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:60 -msgid "" -"On each storable product, you have access to the *Update Quantity* button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:66 -msgid "" -"When clicking this button, you see the current stock you have for this " -"product. You can edit the existing lines or create new ones to add stock of " -"your product in different locations and/or add new serial/lot numbers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:74 -msgid "" -"Once you come back to your product, you see that the quantity on hand as " -"been updated taking your modification into account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:81 -msgid "" -"If you work with product variants, the quantity on hand will show you the " -"total quantity in stock for the product template, taking the different " -"variants into account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:85 -msgid "" -"By default, the quantity on hand of the product form will show you the " -"number of products that are part of your warehouse view location, meaning " -"which are part of an internal type sub-location of this warehouse. It means " -"that if you have any product in a location that isn’t under the main " -"warehouse location, they won’t appear in the stock on hand stat button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:3 -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:22 -msgid "Receive Products in Stock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Once you have existing products, you can decide to create a receipt to enter" -" products from your supplier in stock. The process in order to do so is " -"described in the following print screens." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:34 -msgid "" -"On the receipt document, you can select the quantity of the different " -"products you receive and the supplier from who you received them. When the " -"receipt is complete, you can hit *Validate* and the products will enter your" -" stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:42 -msgid "" -"In case you have a receipt that is planned but shouldn’t be immediately " -"validated, you can create a *planned receipt* with a scheduled date in the " -"future. You can indicate the initial demand for each product, corresponding " -"to what has been ordered to your supplier. Once the document is filled in, " -"you can hit “Mark as to do” in order to consider it in your product " -"forecasts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:56 -msgid "Receive Products in Stock from Purchase Orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:58 -msgid "" -"If you have the *Purchase* application installed, receipts can be directly " -"created by validating a *request for quotation*. You will be able to find " -"the corresponding receipt directly on the *purchase order*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes.rst:3 msgid "Advanced Routes" msgstr "Розширені маршрути" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts.rst:3 msgid "Concepts" msgstr "Поняття" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:3 msgid "Organize a cross-dock in a warehouse" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:5 msgid "" "Cross-docking is the process of sending products that are received directly " "to the customers, without making them enter the stock. The trucks are simply" @@ -4876,41 +3985,41 @@ msgid "" "another truck." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:11 msgid "" "For more information on how to organize your warehouse, read our blog: `What" " is cross-docking and is it for me? <https://www.odoo.com/blog/business-" "hacks-1/post/what-is-cross-docking-and-is-it-for-me-270>`__" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:16 msgid "" "In the *Inventory* app, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and" " activate the *Multi-Step Routes*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:22 msgid "Doing so will also enable the *Storage Locations* feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:24 msgid "" "Now, both *Incoming* and *Outgoing* shipments should be configured to work " "with 2 steps. To adapt the configuration, go to :menuselection:`Inventory " "--> Configuration --> Warehouses` and edit your warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:31 msgid "" "This modification will lead to the creation of a *Cross-Docking* route that " "can be found in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:38 msgid "Configure products with Cross-Dock Route" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:40 msgid "" "Create the product that uses the *Cross-Dock Route* and then, in the " "inventory tab, select the routes *Buy* and *Cross-Dock*. Now, in the " @@ -4918,7 +4027,7 @@ msgid "" "for it." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:48 msgid "" "Once done, create a sale order for the product and confirm it. Odoo will " "automatically create two transfers which will be linked to the sale order. " @@ -4929,247 +4038,201 @@ msgid "" "because we still need to order the product to our supplier." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:56 msgid "" "Now, go to the *Purchase* app. There, you will find the purchase order that " "has been automatically triggered by the system. Validate it and receive the " "products in the *Input Location*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:64 msgid "" "When the products have been received from the supplier, you can go back to " "your initial sale order and validate the internal transfer from *Input* to " "*Output*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:72 msgid "" "The delivery order is now ready to be processed and can be validated too." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:3 -msgid "How to do inter-warehouses transfers?" -msgstr "Як робити внутрішньо-складські переміщення?" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:5 -msgid "" -"If you own different warehouses you might want to transfer goods from one " -"warehouse to the other. This is very easy thanks to the inventory " -"application in Odoo." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:3 +msgid "Inter-warehouse transfers" msgstr "" -"Якщо у вас є різні складські приміщення, ви можете перемістити товари з " -"одного складу на інший. Це дуже просто завдяки складу в Odoo." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:5 msgid "" -"First of all you have to select the multi locations option. Go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the **Inventory " -"application**. Then tick the **Manage several locations per warehouse** " -"option. Please don't forget to **apply** your changes." +"When owning several warehouses, you might need to transfer goods from one " +"warehouse to another. Proceeding to such behavior is called *inter-warehouse" +" transfers*. If this action is physically easy to perform, the " +"administrative part can be arduous. Fortunately, Odoo comes with an " +"intuitive flow that helps save time when registering those transfers." msgstr "" -"Перш за все вам потрібно вибрати варіант декількох місцезнаходжень. " -"Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Налаштування`в додатку " -"**Склад**. Потім поставте галочку на пункті **Керування кількома " -"місцезнаходженнями на складі**. Будь ласка, не забудьте **застосувати** свої" -" зміни." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:13 msgid "" -"This option should also be ticked if you wish to manage different locations " -"and routes in your warehouse." +"First of all, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable " +"**Storage Locations**. Then, hit save." msgstr "" -"Цей параметр слід також позначити, якщо ви хочете керувати різними " -"місцезнаходженнями та маршрутами на своєму складі." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:21 +msgid "" +"If you want to manage several routes within your warehouses, then enable " +"**Multi-Step Routes** and check :doc:`use-routes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:25 msgid "Creating a new warehouse" msgstr "Створення нового складу" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:27 msgid "" -"The next step is to create your new warehouse. In the Inventory application " -"click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> " -"Warehouses`. You are now able to create your warehouse by clicking on " -"**Create**." +"The next step is to create your new warehouse. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> Warehouses` and " +"click on **Create**." msgstr "" -"Наступним кроком є створення вашого нового складу. У програмі Склад " -"натисніть на :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Управління складами --> " -"Склади`. Тепер ви можете створити свій склад, натиснувши кнопку " -"**Створити**." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:30 msgid "" -"Fill in a **Warehouse Name** and a **Short Name**. The short name is 5 " +"Fill out a **Warehouse Name** and a **Short Name**. The short name is five " "characters maximum." msgstr "" -"Заповніть **назву складу** та **коротку назву**, яка повинна становити " -"максимум 5 символів." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:37 msgid "" -"Please note that the **Short Name** is very important as it will appear on " -"your transfer orders and other warehouse documents. It might be smart to use" -" an understandable one (e.g.: WH/[first letters of location])." +"The **Short Name** appears on your transfer orders and other warehouse " +"documents. We recommend using an understandable one (e.g.: WH/[first letters" +" of location])." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:40 msgid "" -"If you go back to your dashboard, new operations will automatically have " -"been generated for your new warehouse." +"Now, go back to your dashboard. There, new operations related to your " +"warehouse have been automatically generated." msgstr "" -"Якщо ви повернетесь на інформаційну панель, нові операції буде автоматично " -"створено для вашого нового складу." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:48 msgid "Creating a new inventory" msgstr "Створення нової інвентаризації" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:50 msgid "" -"If you create a new warehouse you might already have an existing physical " -"inventory in it. In that case you should create an inventory in Odoo, if not" -" you can skip this step." +"If you create a new warehouse, you might already have an existing inventory " +"in it. In that case, you should create an inventory in Odoo. If this is not " +"the case, you can skip this step." msgstr "" -"Якщо ви створите новий склад, у вас може бути наявна існуюча інвентаризація." -" У такому випадку ви повинні створити інвентаризацію в Odoo, якщо не можете " -"пропустити цей крок." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:53 msgid "" -"Go into the inventory application, select :menuselection:`Inventory Control " -"--> Inventory Adjustment`. You can then create a new inventory by clicking " -"on **Create**. Fill in the **Inventory Reference**, **Date** and be sure to " +"Into the inventory application, select :menuselection:`Operations --> " +"Inventory Adjustment`. Then, create a new inventory by clicking on " +"**Create**. Fill in the **Inventory Reference**, **Date** and make sure to " "select the right warehouse and location." msgstr "" -"Перейдіть до програми Склад, виберіть :menuselection:`Контроль " -"інвентаризації --> Налаштування інвентаризації`. Потім можна створити нову " -"інвентаризацію, натиснувши кнопку **Створити**. Заповніть **реєстр товару**," -" **дату** та обов'язково виберіть правильний склад та місцезнаходження." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:61 msgid "" -"Next, click on **Start Inventory**. A new window will open where you will be" -" able to input your existing products. Select add an item and indicate the " -"**Real Quantity** available in the warehouse. The theoretical quantity can " -"not be changed as it represents a computed quantity from purchase and sales " -"orders." +"Next, click on **Start Inventory**. You will be able to input your existing " +"products in the new window. Select add an item and indicate the **Real " +"Quantity** available in the warehouse. The theoretical quantity can not be " +"changed as it represents a computed one from purchase and sales orders." msgstr "" -"Потім натисніть **Почати інвентаризацію**. Відкриється нове вікно, де ви " -"зможете вводити існуючі товари. Виберіть додавання елементу та вкажіть " -"**Реальний обсяг**, наявний на складі. Теоретична кількість не може бути " -"змінена, оскільки вона представляє обчислений обсяг замовлень на купівлю та " -"продаж." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:71 msgid "" -"Don't forget to validate your inventory once you have recorder the state of " -"all yours product." +"Don't forget to validate your inventory once you have recorded the state of " +"all your products." msgstr "" -"Не забудьте перевірити свою інвентаризацію, як тільки у вас запишеться етап " -"всього вашого товару." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:74 msgid "Create an internal transfer" msgstr "Створіть внутрішнє переміщення" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:76 msgid "" -"The final step is to create your internal transfer. If you want to tranfer 2" -" units of a product from your first warehouse to another one in Brussels, " -"proceed as follows:" +"The final step is to create your internal transfer. If you want to transfer " +"eight units of a product from your first warehouse to another one, proceed " +"as follows:" msgstr "" -"Останній крок - створення внутрішнього переміщення. Якщо ви хочете " -"перемістити дві одиниці товару з вашого першого складу на інший, який " -"знаходиться приміром у Брюсселі, виконайте наступні дії:" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:79 msgid "" -"From your dashboard, select a internal movement of one of the two " -"warehouses. To do so, click on :menuselection:`More --> Transfer`." +"From your dashboard, select an internal movement of one of the two " +"warehouses. To do so, click on :menuselection:`Manage --> Planned " +"Transfer`." msgstr "" -"На інформаційній панелі виберіть внутрішнє переміщення одного з двох " -"складів. Для цього натисніть :menuselection:`Більше --> Переміщення`." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:86 msgid "" -"A new window will open where you will be able to select the source location " -"zone (in this case our \"old warehouse\") and the destination location zone " -"(in this case our \"new\" warehouse located in Brussels)." +"On the new window, select the source location zone (in this case, your " +"\"old\" warehouse) and the destination location zone (in this case, your " +"\"new\" warehouse)." msgstr "" -"Відкриється нове вікно, де ви зможете обрати зону місцезнаходження джерела " -"(у цьому випадку наш \"старий склад\") та зону місцезнаходження призначення " -"(в даному випадку наш \"новий склад\" розташований у Брюсселі)." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:89 msgid "" -"Add the products you want to transfer by clicking on **Add an Item** and " -"don't forget to **Validate** or **Mark as TODO** once you are done." +"Add the products you want to transfer by clicking on **Add an Item**, then " +"click on **Save** and **Mark as TODO** once you are done." msgstr "" -"Додайте товари, які ви хочете передати, натиснувши **Додати об'єкт**, і не " -"забудьте **перевірити** або **позначити як ЗРОБИТИ**, коли ви закінчите." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:96 msgid "" -"If you select **Validate**, Odoo will process all quantities to transfer." +"If you selected **Immediate Transfer**, Odoo processes the transfer " +"automatically after you clicked on **Validate**." msgstr "" -"Якщо ви виберете **Перевірити**, Odoo буде обробляти всі перелічені " -"величини." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:99 msgid "" -"If you select **Mark as TODO**, Odoo will put the transfer in **Waiting " -"Availability** status. Click on **Reserve** to reserve the amount of " +"If you select **Mark as TODO**, Odoo puts the transfer in **Waiting " +"Availability** status. Click on **Reserve** to reserve the number of " "products in your source warehouse." msgstr "" -"Якщо ви виберете **Позначити як ЗРОБИТИ***, Odoo поставить переміщення в " -"статус **очікування**. Натисніть **Резерв**, щоби зарезервувати кількість " -"товарів на своєму вихідному складі." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:102 msgid "It is also possible to manually transfer each product:" msgstr "Можна також вручну перемістити кожний товар:" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:104 msgid "Via your dashboard, select the transfer order in the source location." msgstr "" "За допомогою інформаційної панелі виберіть замолвння на переміщення в " "місцезнаходженні джерела." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:113 -msgid "Select the right transfer order" -msgstr "Виберіть правильне замовлення на переміщення" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:118 -msgid "" -"3. Click on the little pencil logo in the lower right corner in order to " -"open the operation details window. In this new window you can manually " -"indicate how much products you process" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:110 +msgid "Select the right transfer order." msgstr "" -"3. Натисніть на маленький логотип олівця в нижньому правому куті, щоби " -"відкрити вікно деталей операції. У цьому новому вікні ви можете вручну " -"вказати, скільки товарів ви обробляєте" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:116 msgid "" -"If you decide to partially process the transfer order (e.g. a part of the " -"products can't be shipped yet due to an unexpected event), Odoo will " -"automatically ask if you wish to create a **backorder**. Create a backorder " -"if you expect to process the remaining products later, do not create a " -"backorder if you will not supply/receive the remaining products." +"Click on the little pencil logo in the lower right corner to open the " +"operation details window. In this new window you can manually indicate how " +"many products you process." msgstr "" -"Якщо ви вирішите частково обробляти замовлення на переміщення (наприклад, " -"частина товарів ще не може бути відправлена через несподівану подію), Odoo " -"автоматично запитає, чи хочете ви створити **зворотнє замовлення**. Створіть" -" зворотній логотип, якщо ви хочете пізніше обробити товари, що залишилися, " -"не створюйте зворотнє замовлення, якщо ви не надаєте/не отримаєте інші " -"товари." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:124 +msgid "" +"If you decide to process the transfer order partially (e.g., a part of the " +"products can't be shipped yet due to an unexpected event), Odoo " +"automatically asks if you wish to create a **backorder**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Create a backorder if you expect to process the remaining products later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Do not create a backorder if you will not supply/receive the remaining " +"products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:3 msgid "Taking stock from different warehouses" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:5 msgid "" "When you plan to deliver a customer, you don’t know in advance if the " "products will come from Warehouse A or Warehouse B. You may, in some cases, " @@ -5178,11 +4241,11 @@ msgid "" " those virtual warehouses." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:8 msgid "Set up virtual warehouses" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:10 msgid "" "Let’s say you have two warehouses: Warehouse A and Warehouse B. Create a new" " warehouse, that will be a virtual one. It will allow you to take the stock " @@ -5191,13 +4254,13 @@ msgid "" "create." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:16 msgid "" "The *Storage Location* feature will be automatically enabled. Good news, " "because you will need it later in the process." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:18 msgid "" "Now, you have to make sure that the main stock locations of warehouse A and " "warehouse B are children locations of the main stock location of warehouse A" @@ -5206,11 +4269,11 @@ msgid "" " A+B." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:24 msgid "Sell a product from the virtual warehouse" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:26 msgid "" "Let’s say you have two products, one stored in warehouse A and one stored in" " warehouse B. Now, you can create a new quotation for one of each product. " @@ -5218,25 +4281,25 @@ msgid "" "information." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:31 msgid "" "Once you have done it, you can convert it to a sales order. Then, a delivery" " order will be automatically generated, with a product reserved in warehouse" " A and one in warehouse B." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:3 msgid "Using Routes and Pull/Push Rules" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:5 msgid "" "In inventory management, the supply chain strategy determines when products " "should be fabricated, delivered to distribution centers, and made available " "in the retail channel." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:9 msgid "" "This kind of strategic process can be configured using *Routes*, featuring " "*Pull and Push Rules*. Once everything is properly configured, the inventory" @@ -5244,11 +4307,11 @@ msgid "" "by the rules. Yes, Odoo simplifies your life." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:16 msgid "Inside the warehouse" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:18 msgid "" "Let’s imagine a generic warehouse plan, where you can find receiving docks, " "a quality control area, storage locations, picking and packing areas, and " @@ -5256,7 +4319,7 @@ msgid "" "trigger all the route's rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:27 msgid "" "In this example, vendor trucks unload pallets of ordered goods at receiving " "docks. Operators then scan the products in the receiving area. Some of these" @@ -5265,7 +4328,7 @@ msgid "" "stored in their respective locations." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:36 msgid "" "Here is an example of a fulfillment route. In the morning, items are picked " "for all the orders that need to be prepared during the day. These items are " @@ -5275,22 +4338,22 @@ msgid "" " to customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:48 -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:45 msgid "How does it work?" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:51 msgid "Pull Rules" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:53 msgid "" "With *Pull Rules*, a demand for some products triggers procurements, while " "*Push Rules* are triggered by products arriving in a specific location." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:57 msgid "" "We can say that *Pull Rules* are used to fulfill a customer order, a sale " "order. So, Odoo generates a need at the *Customer Location* for each product" @@ -5301,7 +4364,7 @@ msgid "" "created." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:65 msgid "" "Then, Odoo finds another pull rule that tries to fulfill the need for the " "*Shipping Area*: the *Packing Rule* that transfers products from the " @@ -5310,7 +4373,7 @@ msgid "" "created." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:72 msgid "" "All theses transfers are pre-generated by Odoo, starting from the end and " "going backwards. While working, the operator process these transfers in the " @@ -5318,11 +4381,11 @@ msgid "" "order." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:77 msgid "Push Rules" msgstr "Правила виштовхування" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:79 msgid "" "On the other hand, *Push Rules* are much easier to understand. Instead of " "pre-generating documents based on needs, they are live-triggered when " @@ -5330,7 +4393,7 @@ msgid "" " product arrives at a specific location, move it to another location.\"" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:84 msgid "" "A simple example would be: when a product arrives in the *Receipt Area*, " "move them to the *Storage Location*. As different rules can be applied to " @@ -5338,20 +4401,20 @@ msgid "" " products." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:89 msgid "" "Another rule could be: when products arrive at a location, move them to the " "*Quality Control Area*. Then, once the quality check is done, move them to " "their *Storage Location*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:94 msgid "" "*Push Rules* can be triggered only if no *Pull Rule* pre-generated the " "upstream transfers." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:98 msgid "" "Sets of rules like those are called routes. The grouping on the rule defines" " how products are grouped in the same transfer or not. For example, during " @@ -5359,60 +4422,60 @@ msgid "" "packing operation respects the grouping per customer order." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:105 msgid "Use Routes and Rules" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:107 msgid "" "Since *Routes* are a collection of *Push and Pull Rules*, Odoo helps you " "manage advanced routes configuration such as:" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:110 msgid "Manage product manufacturing chains;" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:111 msgid "Manage default locations per product;" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:112 msgid "" "Define routes within your warehouse according to business needs, such as " "quality control, after-sales services, or supplier returns;" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:114 msgid "" "Help rental management by generating automated return moves for rented " "products." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:117 msgid "" "To configure a route such as one of those above, open the **Inventory " "Application** and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. Then, " "enable the *Multi-Step Routes* feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:126 msgid "" "The *Storage Locations* feature is automatically activated with the *Multi-" "Step Routes*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:129 msgid "" "Once this first step is completed, you have the choice between pre-" "configured routes or custom ones. Both are explained below." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:133 msgid "Pre-configured Routes" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:135 msgid "" "Odoo’s pre-configured routes are available in the warehouses’ menu. To find " "it, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses`. " @@ -5420,7 +4483,7 @@ msgid "" "incoming and outgoing shipments." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:144 msgid "" "Some more advanced routes, such as pick-pack-ship, are already configured to" " make your life easier. Those are based on your choice for shipments. Once " @@ -5428,14 +4491,14 @@ msgid "" "--> Routes` to see the routes Odoo generated for you." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:153 msgid "" "Opening one of those routes allows you to see on what you can apply the " "route. Here, all the selected product categories in the *YourCompany* " "warehouse are set up to follow the 3-steps route." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:161 msgid "" "Easier for many businesses, this process might not fit yours. Thus, you can " "configure custom routes in which you can define your own rules, but also the" @@ -5443,24 +4506,24 @@ msgid "" " rules for the pre-configured route." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:171 msgid "Custom Routes" msgstr "Налаштування маршрутів" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:173 msgid "" "To create a custom route, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " "--> Routes`, click on create, and choose the places where this route can be " "selected. Of course, combinations are available." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:182 msgid "" "Each place has a different behavior, so it is important to tick only the " "useful ones and adapt each route accordingly." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:185 msgid "" "When applying the route on a product category (:menuselection:`Inventory -->" " Configuration --> Product Categories`), all the rules configured in the " @@ -5469,70 +4532,70 @@ msgid "" "the same category." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:195 msgid "" "The same behavior applies to the warehouses. If you tick *Warehouses*, all " "the transfers occurring inside the chosen warehouse, and meeting the " "conditions of the linked rules, then follow that route." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:203 msgid "" "For the *Sales Order Lines*, it is more or less the opposite. You have to " "choose the route yourself when creating a quotation. This is pretty useful " "if some products go through different routes." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:211 msgid "" "If you work with this kind of route, it is important to keep in mind that it" " must be selected on the sales order, such as below." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:218 msgid "Then, the route can be chosen on each line of the document." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:224 msgid "" "Finally, there are routes that can be applied to products. Those work more " "or less like the product categories: once selected, you have to manually set" " on which product it must be applied." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:232 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Master Data --> Products` and " "open the one on which you want to apply the route. Then go to the *Inventory" " tab* and select the route you’ve created." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:240 msgid "" "If, prima facie, the routes’ configuration can appear quite easy, don’t " "forget that we haven’t set up any rule yet. If not harder to set up, those " "are vital to have working routings." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:245 msgid "Rules" msgstr "Правила" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:247 msgid "" "The rules are to be defined on the routes. To do so, go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`, then to the *Rules*" " section, and click on *Add a line* button." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:255 msgid "" "The available rules trigger various actions. If Odoo offers *Push* and " "*Pull* rules, others are also available. Here are some explanations for all " "of them:" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:259 msgid "" "**Pull From**: this rule is triggered by a need for the product in a " "specific stock location. The need can come from a sale order which has been " @@ -5541,14 +4604,14 @@ msgid "" "fulfill this need." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:264 msgid "" "**Push To**: this rule is triggered by the arrival of some products in the " "defined source location. In case you move products to the source location, " "Odoo generates a picking to move those products to the destination location." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:268 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:268 msgid "" "**Push & Pull**: it allows to generate pickings in the two different " "situations explained above. It means that when products are required at a " @@ -5558,44 +4621,44 @@ msgid "" "products are pushed to the first location and all the needs are fulfilled." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:274 msgid "" "**Buy**: when products are needed at the destination location, a request for" " quotation is created to fulfill the need." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:276 msgid "" "**Manufacture**: when products are needed in the source location, a " "manufacturing order is created to fulfill the need." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:283 msgid "" "You must also define the *Operation Type*. This operation allows defining " "which kind of picking is created from the rule. With our above screenshot, " "the created picking is, for example, an internal transfer." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:288 msgid "" "On the other hand, the *Supply Method*, allows defining what happens at the " "source location:" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:291 msgid "" "**Take From Stock**: the products are taken from the available stock of the " "source location;" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:293 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:293 msgid "" "**Trigger Another Rule**: the system tries to find a stock rule to bring the" " products to the source location. The available stock is ignored." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:296 msgid "" "**Take From Stock, if Unavailable, Trigger Another Rule**: the products are " "taken from the available stock of the source location. If there is no stock " @@ -5603,7 +4666,7 @@ msgid "" "source location." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:301 msgid "" "In the *Scheduling* section, you can determine how Odoo behaves when one of " "the chain's pickings is rescheduled. In case you decide to **Propagate " @@ -5612,70 +4675,70 @@ msgid "" "alert in the form of a *next activity*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:309 msgid "What about a full flow?" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:311 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:311 msgid "" "Do you remember our Pick - Pack - Ship custom route? Let’s use it to try a " "full flow with an advanced custom route." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:314 msgid "" "First, a quick look at our rules and their supply methods: we have three " "rules, all **Pull From** rules. The supply methods are the following:" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:318 msgid "" "**Take From Stock**: When products are needed in WH/Packing Zone, *Picks* " "(internal transfers from WH/Stock to WH/Packing Zone) are created from " "WH/Stock to fulfill the need." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:321 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:321 msgid "" "**Trigger Another Rule**: When products are needed in WH/Output, *Packs* " "(internal transfers from WH/Packing Zone to WH/Output) are created from " "WH/Packing Zone to fulfill the need." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:324 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:324 msgid "" "**Trigger Another Rule**: When products are needed in Partner " "Locations/Customers, Delivery Orders are created from WH/Output to fulfill " "the need." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:332 msgid "" "This means that, when a customer orders products, a delivery order is " "created to fulfill the order." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:340 msgid "" "If the source document is the same sale order, the status is not the same. " "In fact, the status is **Waiting Another Operation** if the previous " "transfer in the list is not done yet." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:348 msgid "" "To prepare the order, conveyors need products packed at the output area, so " "an internal transfer is requested from the packing zone." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:355 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:355 msgid "" "Obviously, the packing zone needs products ready to be packed. So, an " "internal transfer is requested to the stock and employees can gather the " "required products from the warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:363 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:363 msgid "" "As explained in this documentation introduction, the last step in the " "process (here the delivery order) is the first to be triggered, which then " @@ -5684,21 +4747,21 @@ msgid "" "ready to be processed so the customer can get the ordered items." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:370 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:370 msgid "" "In our case, the product is delivered to the customer when all the rules " "have been triggered and the transfers done." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies.rst:3 msgid "Putaway & Removal Strategies" msgstr "Стратегії виправлення та видалення" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:3 msgid "What is a Putaway Rule?" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:5 msgid "" "A good warehouse implementation takes care that products automatically move " "to their appropriate destination location. To make that process easier, Odoo" @@ -5707,7 +4770,7 @@ msgid "" "the most appropriate location." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:7 msgid "" "If, for example, a warehouse contains volatile substances, it is important " "to make sure that certain products are not stored close to each other " @@ -5715,30 +4778,30 @@ msgid "" "intervene, to avoid storing products wrongly." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:12 msgid "" "In the *Inventory* app, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " "and activate the *Multi-Step Routes*. By doing so, the *Storage Locations* " "will be automatically activated." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:19 msgid "Setting up a Putaway Rule" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:21 msgid "" "In some cases, like for a retail shop storing vegetables and fruits, we have" " to store products in different locations to maintain product quality." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:23 msgid "" "Let’s suppose there are one warehouse location *WH/Stock* and two sub-" "locations *WH/Stock/Vegatable* and *WH/Stock/Fruits*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:25 msgid "" "To manage those locations, we will create putaway rules. To do so, open the " "*Inventory* app and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Putaway Rules`. " @@ -5747,12 +4810,12 @@ msgid "" "location." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:31 msgid "" "The putaway rules can be defined either per product or per product category." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:36 msgid "" "Now, if I purchase apples and carrots to my supplier, they will be grouped " "in the same receipt but redirected to the right location automatically, " @@ -5760,11 +4823,11 @@ msgid "" "Report*, under the reporting menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:3 msgid "What is a Removal Strategy (FIFO, LIFO, and FEFO)?" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:5 msgid "" "Usually, *Removal Strategies* are defined in picking operations to select " "the best products to optimize the distance for the worker, for quality " @@ -5772,7 +4835,7 @@ msgid "" "date." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:9 msgid "" "When a product movement needs to be done, Odoo finds available products that" " can be assigned to the transfer. The way Odoo assigns these products " @@ -5780,11 +4843,11 @@ msgid "" "the *Location*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:14 msgid "What happens inside the warehouse?" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:16 msgid "" "Imagine a generic warehouse plan, with receiving docks and area, storage " "locations, picking and packing areas, and shipping docks. All products go " @@ -5792,7 +4855,7 @@ msgid "" " have an effect on which products are taken for the pickings." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:24 msgid "" "Here, vendor trucks unload pallets of goods at the docks. Then, operators " "scan the products in the receiving area, with the receiving date and, if the" @@ -5800,7 +4863,7 @@ msgid "" "are stored in their respective locations." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:32 msgid "" "Next, several orders for the same product are made, but you didn’t receive " "the goods the same day and they don’t have the same expiration date. In that" @@ -5809,24 +4872,24 @@ msgid "" "the products fitting your settings the best." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:42 msgid "" "On the transfer form, you can find the product’s lot/serial number to pick " "for delivery." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:48 msgid "First In, First Out (FIFO)" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:50 msgid "" "When using a **First In, First Out** strategy, a demand for some products " "triggers a removal rule which requests a transfer for the lot/serial number " "that has entered your stock the first." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:53 msgid "" "To be clearer, let’s imagine that you have three lots of nails in your " "warehouse. Those three have the following lot numbers: 00001, 00002, 00003, " @@ -5838,18 +4901,18 @@ msgid "" "00002 is taken because it has the oldest enter date after 00001." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:60 msgid "" "So, for every order of a product with the *FIFO* strategy selected, Odoo " "requests a transfer for the good that has been in your stock for the longest" " period." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:64 msgid "Last In, First Out (LIFO)" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:66 msgid "" "The same way as for FIFO, the **Last In, First Out** strategy is based on " "moving products based on the date they entered the stock. Here, a demand for" @@ -5857,7 +4920,7 @@ msgid "" "lot/serial number that has entered your stock the last." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:70 msgid "" "To better understand, let’s imagine three lots of screws in your warehouse. " "Those three have the following numbers: 10001, 10002, 10003, each with 10 " @@ -5868,30 +4931,30 @@ msgid "" "the stock." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:76 msgid "" "So, basically, for every order of a product with the *LIFO* strategy used, a" " transfer for the last one to have entered the stock is requested." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:80 msgid "" "This strategy is banned in many countries and can lead to only have old or " "obsolete products in your stock." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:84 msgid "First Expire, First Out (FEFO)" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:86 msgid "" "The **First Expire, First Out** strategy is a bit different from the two " "others. Here, it is the expiration date that is important and not the date " "the product entered the stock." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:89 msgid "" "Let’s imagine three lots of 6-eggs boxes (in this specific case, don’t " "forget to use :doc:`units of measure <../../management/products/uom>`). " @@ -5906,18 +4969,18 @@ msgid "" "that expires the sooner after 20002." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:98 msgid "" "Then, you can remember that for every order of a product with the *FEFO* " "strategy, a transfer is requested for the product that has the nearest " "expiration date from the order date." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:102 msgid "Use Removal Strategies" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:104 msgid "" "To identify some units from other ones, you need to track them, either by " "*lot* or by *serial number*. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration " @@ -5925,22 +4988,22 @@ msgid "" "*Lots & Serial Numbers*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:113 msgid "" "To work with the *FEFO* strategy, activate the *Expiration Dates* feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:115 msgid "" "Next, you need to define your removal strategy, on *Product Categories* via " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories`." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:123 msgid "FIFO (First In, First Out)" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:125 msgid "" "As said, a *FIFO* strategy implies that products stocked first move out " "first. Companies should use that method if they are selling products with " @@ -5948,14 +5011,14 @@ msgid "" "outdated styles in stock." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:129 msgid "" "For this example, we created three lots of white shirts. Those are from the " "All/Clothes category, where we put *FIFO* as the removal strategy. In our " "stock location (WH/Stock), we now find the three lots available." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:137 msgid "" "The lot 000001 contains 5 shirts, 000002 contains 3 shirts, and 000003 " "contains 2. As it can be seen above, 000001 has entered the stock first. " @@ -5963,24 +5026,24 @@ msgid "" "that lot are the first ones to move out." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:141 msgid "" "On the delivery order linked to the picking, you can see that the oldest lot" " numbers have been reserved thanks to the *FIFO* strategy." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:149 msgid "LIFO (Last In, First Out)" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:151 msgid "" "With a *LIFO* strategy, that’s quite the opposite. In fact, the products " "that are brought the last move out the first. It is mostly used in case of " "products without a shelf life." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:154 msgid "" "Even if our white shirts are clothes, we can say that they are timeless. So," " let’s use them to test our *LIFO* strategy. Once again, open the product " @@ -5988,35 +5051,35 @@ msgid "" "Categories` and change the removal strategy to *LIFO*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:162 msgid "" "Now, create a sale order for 4 white shirts and check that the reserved " "products are from lots 000003 and 000002." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170 msgid "Don’t forget that the *LIFO* strategy is banned in many countries!" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:173 msgid "FEFO (First Expiry, First Out)" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:175 msgid "" "With the *FEFO* strategy, the way products are picked is not based on the " "reception date. In this particular case, they are dispatched according to " "their expiration date." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:179 msgid "" "To have more information about Expiration date, please have a look at " ":doc:`the related doc " "<../../management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:182 msgid "" "By activating *Expiration Dates*, it becomes possible to define different " "dates on the serial/lot numbers to be used in *FEFO*. These dates can be set" @@ -6024,94 +5087,94 @@ msgid "" "Numbers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:190 msgid "" "Lots are picked based on their removal date, from earliest to latest. Lots " "without a removal date defined are picked after lots with removal dates." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:194 msgid "" "Other dates are for informational and reporting purposes only. If not " "removed from the stock, lots that are past the expiration dates may still be" " picked for delivery orders!" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:197 msgid "" "To use the *FEFO* strategy, once again go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " "Configuration --> Product Categories` and choose *FEFO* as the *Force " "Removal Strategy*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:204 msgid "" "For this particular case, let’s use hand cream. As usual, we have three lots" " of them." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:207 msgid "**Lot / Serial No**" msgstr "**Партія / Серійний номер**" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:207 msgid "**Product**" msgstr "**Товар**" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:207 msgid "**Expiration Date**" msgstr "**Термін придатності**" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:209 msgid "0000001" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:209 -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:211 -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:213 msgid "Hand Cream" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:209 msgid "09/30/2019" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:211 msgid "0000002" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:211 msgid "11/30/2019" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:213 msgid "0000003" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:213 msgid "10/31/2019" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:216 msgid "" "When we realize a sale for 25 units of Hand Cream, we can see that the lot " "numbers which have been automatically reserved by Odoo are the ones with the" " closest expiration date, meaning 0000001 and 0000003." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/shipping.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping.rst:3 msgid "Shipping" msgstr "Відправлення" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation.rst:3 msgid "Shipping Operations" msgstr "Операції доставки" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:3 msgid "How to cancel a shipping request to a shipper?" msgstr "Як скасувати запит на доставку перевізнику?" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. " "Odoo will be linked with the transportation company tracking system." @@ -6119,7 +5182,7 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo може обробляти різні способи доставки, включаючи сторонніх превізників." " Odoo буде пов'язана із системою відстеження транспортної компанії." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:12 msgid "" "It will allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the " "destination." @@ -6127,15 +5190,15 @@ msgstr "" "Це дозволить вам керувати транспортною компанією, реальними цінами та " "призначенням." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:15 msgid "You can easily cancel the request made to the carrier system." msgstr "Ви можете легко скасувати запит, надісланий до системи перевізника." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:18 msgid "How to cancel a shipping request?" msgstr "Як скасувати запит на доставку?" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:20 msgid "" "If the delivery order is not **Validated**, then the request hasn't been " "made. You can choose to cancel the delivery or to change the carrier." @@ -6143,7 +5206,7 @@ msgstr "" "Якщо замовлення на доставку не **Підтверджено**, запит не було зроблено. Ви " "можете скасувати доставку або змінити перевізника." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:24 msgid "" "If you have clicked on **Validate**, the request has been made and you " "should have received the tracking number and the label. You can still cancel" @@ -6155,19 +5218,19 @@ msgstr "" "скасувати запит. Просто натисніть кнопку **Скасувати** поруч із кнопкою " "**Відстеження перевізника**:" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:32 msgid "You will now see that the shipment has been cancelled." msgstr "Тепер ви побачите, що доставка була скасована." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:37 msgid "You can now change the carrier if you wish." msgstr "Тепер ви можете змінити перевізника, якщо хочете." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:40 msgid "How to send a shipping request after cancelling one?" msgstr "Як відправити запит на доставку після скасування його?" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:42 msgid "" "After cancelling the shipping request, you can change the carrier you want " "to use. Confirm it by clicking on the **Send to shipper** button. You will " @@ -6177,34 +5240,34 @@ msgstr "" "хочете використовувати. Підтвердіть це, натиснувши кнопку **Надіслати " "відправнику**. Ви отримаєте новий номер відстеження та нову мітку." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:50 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:115 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:83 msgid ":doc:`invoicing`" msgstr ":doc:`invoicing`" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:51 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:116 msgid ":doc:`multipack`" msgstr ":doc:`multipack`" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:3 msgid "How to invoice the shipping cost to the customer?" msgstr "Як зарахувати вартість доставки клієнту?" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:8 msgid "There are two ways to invoice the shipping costs:" msgstr "Існує два способи виставлення рахунку за доставку:" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:10 msgid "Agree with the customer over a cost and seal it down in the sale order" msgstr "Погодьте з клієнтом витрати та закріпіть їх в замовленні на продаж." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:13 msgid "Invoice the real cost of the shipping." msgstr "Виставлення рахунку за фактичну вартість доставки" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:18 msgid "" "To configure the price of your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** " "app, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery --> Delivery " @@ -6214,7 +5277,7 @@ msgstr "" " натисніть на :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Доставка --> Методи " "доставки`." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:21 msgid "" "You can manually set a price for the shipping: It can be fixed or based on " "rules." @@ -6222,7 +5285,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ви можете вручну встановити ціну на доставку: вона може бути виправлена або " "заснована на правилах." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:24 msgid "" "Or you can use the transportation company computation system. Read the " "document :doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`" @@ -6230,16 +5293,16 @@ msgstr "" "Або ви можете використовувати систему обчислення транспортування компанії. " "Прочитайте документацію :doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:28 msgid "How to invoice the shipping costs to the customer?" msgstr "Як нарахувати витрати за доставку клієнту?" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:31 msgid "Invoice the price set on the sale order" msgstr "Встановлення ціни рахунку-фактури на замовлення на продаж" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:33 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:55 msgid "" "On your sale order, choose the carrier that will be used. Click on " "**Delivery Method** to choose the right one." @@ -6247,8 +5310,8 @@ msgstr "" "У своєму замовленні на продаж виберіть постачальника, який буде " "використовуватися. Натисніть на **Метод доставки**, щоб вибрати правильний." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:39 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:36 msgid "" "The price is computed when you **save** the sale order or when you click on " "**Set price**." @@ -6256,7 +5319,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ціна обчислюється, коли ви **зберігаєте** замовлення на продаж чи натискаєте" " **Встановити ціну**." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:42 msgid "" "To invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, click on " "**Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery method as a " @@ -6266,18 +5329,18 @@ msgstr "" "**Встановити ціну**, це додасть рядок з назвою методу доставки як товар. Він" " може відрізнятися від реальної ціни." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:46 msgid "" "When you create the invoice, it will take the price set on the sale order." msgstr "" "Під час створення рахунку-фактури ціна встановлюється в замовленні на " "продаж." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:53 msgid "Invoice the real shipping costs" msgstr "Виставлення рахунку з реальними витрати на доставку" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:61 msgid "" "The price is computed when you **save** the sale order. Confirm the sale " "order and proceed to deliver the product." @@ -6285,25 +5348,25 @@ msgstr "" "Ціна обчислюється, коли ви **зберігаєте** замовлення на продаж. Підтвердіть " "замовлення на продаж і продовжуйте доставляти товар. " -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:64 msgid "" "The real shipping cost is computed when the delivery order is validated, you" " can see the real cost in the chatter of the delivery order." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:70 msgid "" "Go back to the sale order, the real cost is now added to the sale order." msgstr "" "Поверніться до замовлення на продаж, тепер реальні витрати додаються до " "замовлення на продаж." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:76 msgid "" "When you create the invoice, it will take the price computed by the carrier." msgstr "Під час створення рахунку-фактури ціна обчислюється перевізником." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:83 msgid "" "If you split the delivery and make several ones, each delivery order will " "add a line to the sale order." @@ -6311,20 +5374,20 @@ msgstr "" "Якщо ви розділили доставку та зробили декілька, кожне замовлення на доставку" " додасть рядок до замовлення на продаж." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:87 msgid ":doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`" msgstr ":doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:88 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:84 msgid ":doc:`labels`" msgstr ":doc:`labels`" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:3 msgid "How to print shipping labels?" msgstr "Як роздрукувати накладну?" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers " "linked with the transportation company tracking system. It allows you to " @@ -6336,12 +5399,12 @@ msgstr "" " дозволяє вам керувати транспортною компанією, реальними цінами та " "призначенням. І, нарешті, ви зможете надрукувати накладні прямо з Odoo." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:18 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:17 msgid "Install the shipper company connector module" msgstr "Встановіть модуль інтеграції з перевізником" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:20 msgid "" "In the **Inventory** module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies " @@ -6351,20 +5414,20 @@ msgstr "" "розділі **Інтеграція з перевізником** позначте транспортні компанії, які ви " "хочете інтегрувати:" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:27 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:26 msgid "Then click on **Apply**." msgstr "Потім натисніть **Застосувати**." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:34 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:33 msgid "Configure the delivery method" msgstr "Налаштуйте метод доставки" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:32 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:36 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:35 msgid "" "To configure your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** module, click on" " :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery Methods`." @@ -6372,13 +5435,13 @@ msgstr "" "Щоб налаштувати способи доставки, перейдіть до модуля **Склад**, натисніть " ":menuselection:`Налаштування --> Методи доставки`." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:35 msgid "" "The delivery methods for the chosen shippers have been automatically " "created." msgstr "Методи доставки вибраних перевізників були автоматично створені." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:41 msgid "" "In the **Pricing** tab, the name of the provider means that the delivery " "will be handled and computed by the shipper system." @@ -6386,11 +5449,11 @@ msgstr "" "На вкладці **Ціни** назва постачальника означає, що доставка буде " "оброблятися та обчислюватися системою відправника." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:44 msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns :" msgstr "Налаштування відправника розділені на дві колонки:" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:46 msgid "" "The first one is linked to **your account** (develop key, password,...). For" " more information, please refer to the provider website." @@ -6398,8 +5461,8 @@ msgstr "" "Перша пов'язана з **вашим обліком** (ключ розробника, пароль, ...). " "Додаткову інформацію можна знайти на веб-сайті постачальника." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:49 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:62 msgid "" "The second column varies according to the **provider**. You can choose the " "packaging type, the service type, the weight unit..." @@ -6407,19 +5470,19 @@ msgstr "" "Друга колонка залежить від **постачальника**. Ви можете вибрати тип " "упаковки, тип сервісу, ваговий блок..." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:52 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:65 msgid "Uncheck **Test Mode** when you are done with the testings." msgstr "" "Зніміть прапорець біля **тестового режиму**, коли закінчите перевірку." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:55 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:77 msgid "Company configuration" msgstr "Налаштування компанії" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:57 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:79 msgid "" "In order to compute the right price, the provider needs your company " "information. Be sure your address and phone number are correctly encoded." @@ -6428,8 +5491,8 @@ msgstr "" "компанію. Переконайтеся, що ваша адреса та номер телефону правильно " "закодовані." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:64 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:86 msgid "" "To check your information, go to the **Settings** application and click on " "**General Settings**. Click on the first link **Configure your company " @@ -6439,8 +5502,8 @@ msgstr "" "**Загальні налаштування**. Натисніть перше посилання **Налаштувати дані " "вашої компанії**." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:70 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:92 msgid "" "The shipper companies need the weight of your product, otherwise the price " "computation cannot be done." @@ -6448,7 +5511,7 @@ msgstr "" "Підприємства відправника потребують ваги вашої продукції, в іншому випадку " "обчислити ціну не вийде." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:73 msgid "" "Go the **Sales** module, click on :menuselection:`Sales --> Products`. Open " "the products you want to ship and set a weight on it." @@ -6457,7 +5520,7 @@ msgstr "" "Товари`. Відкрийте товари, які ви хочете відправити, і встановіть вагу на " "ньому." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:80 msgid "" "The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to do" " the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system." @@ -6465,11 +5528,11 @@ msgstr "" "Вага на формі товару виражається у кілограмах. Не забувайте робити " "перетворення, якщо ви звикли до імперичної вимірювальної системи." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:85 msgid "How to print shipping labels ?" msgstr "Як надрукувати накладні?" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:87 msgid "" "The delivery order created from the sale order will take the shipping " "information from it, but you can change the carrier if you want to." @@ -6477,8 +5540,8 @@ msgstr "" "Замовлення на доставку, створене із замовлення на продаж, прийме інформацію " "про доставку, але ви можете змінити перевізника, якщо хочете." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:90 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:135 msgid "" "If you create a delivery transfer from the inventory module, you can add the" " third party shipper in the additional info tab." @@ -6486,24 +5549,24 @@ msgstr "" "Якщо ви створюєте передачу доставки з модуля складу, ви можете додати " "стороннього перевізника на вкладці додаткової інформації." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:96 msgid "" "Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number and **the label(s)**." msgstr "" "Натисніть **Підтвердити**, щоб отримати номер відстеження та " "**накладну(і)**." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:98 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:151 msgid "" "The label to stick on your package is available in the history underneath :" msgstr "Наклейка на упаковці доступна в історії під назвою:" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:104 msgid "Click on it to open the document and print it :" msgstr "Натисніть на неї, щоб відкрити документ і роздрукувати його:" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:110 msgid "" "If you are doing multi-packages shippings, most of the time, there will be " "one label per package. Each label will appear in the delivery history." @@ -6512,11 +5575,11 @@ msgstr "" "кожному пакунку буде одна мітка. Кожна мітка відображатиметься в історії " "доставки." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:3 msgid "How to manage multiple packs for the same delivery order?" msgstr "Як керувати кількома пакунками для одного замовлення на доставку?" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:8 msgid "" "By default, Odoo considers that your delivery is composed of one package. " "But you can easily ship your deliveries with more than one package. It is " @@ -6526,7 +5589,7 @@ msgstr "" " Але ви можете легко доставити свої поставки більше ніж на один пакунок. Він" " повністю інтегрований зі сторонніми постачальниками." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:15 msgid "" "To configure the use of packages, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory " "--> Configuration --> Settings`. Locate the **Packages** section and tick " @@ -6537,36 +5600,41 @@ msgstr "" "**Упаковка** і позначте **Записати пакунки, які використовуються на " "упаковці: піддони, коробки,...**" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:23 msgid "Click on **Apply** when you are done." msgstr "Натисніть **Застосувати**, коли ви закінчите." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:29 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:77 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:107 +msgid "Sale process" +msgstr "Процес продажу" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:110 msgid "Sale order" msgstr "Замовлення на продаж" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:34 msgid "Click on a **Delivery Method** to choose the right one." msgstr "Натисніть на **Метод доставки**, щоб вибрати правильний." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:40 msgid "Multi-packages Delivery" msgstr "Доставка декількох пакунків" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:42 msgid "" "The delivery created from the sale order will take the shipping information " "from it." msgstr "" "Доставка, створена за замовленням на продаж, прийме інформацію про доставку." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:48 msgid "From here, you can split your delivery into multiple packages." msgstr "Звідси ви можете розділити вашу доставку на кілька пакунків." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:50 msgid "" "Choose the quantity you want to put in the first pack in the **Done** " "column, then click on the link **Put in Pack**." @@ -6574,23 +5642,23 @@ msgstr "" "Виберіть кількість, яку ви хочете розмістити в першому пакунку в стовпці " "**Готово**, після чого натисніть посилання **Запакувати**." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:56 msgid "It will automatically create a pack with the requested quantity." msgstr "Це автоматично створить пакет із запитуваною кількістю." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:58 msgid "Do the same steps for the other pieces you want to pack in." msgstr "Зробіть ті самі кроки для інших позицій, які ви хочете запакувати." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:63 msgid "Click on **Validate** when you are done." msgstr "Натисніть **Підтвердити**, коли ви закінчите." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:66 msgid "Multi-packages with a 3rd party-shipper" msgstr "Кілька пакунків зі стороннім перевізником" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:68 msgid "" "Once the delivery order is validated, you will receive the tracking number. " "The **carrier Tracking ref** field will automatically be filled. Click on " @@ -6601,22 +5669,22 @@ msgstr "" "Натисніть кнопку **Відстеження**, щоби перевірити свою доставку на веб-сайті" " постачальника." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:76 msgid "" "The **labels** to stick on your packages are available in the history " "underneath:" msgstr "" "**Мітки**, яких слід дотримуватися у ваших пакунках, доступні в історії:" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup.rst:3 msgid "Shipping Setup" msgstr "Налаштування доставки" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:3 msgid "How to setup a delivery method?" msgstr "Як встановити метод доставки?" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo can handle various delivery methods, but it is not activated by " "default. Delivery methods can be used for your sale orders, your deliveries " @@ -6626,7 +5694,7 @@ msgstr "" "активовані. Методи доставки можуть використовуватися для замовлень на " "продаж, ваших доставок, а також для вашої електронної комерції." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:12 msgid "" "Delivery methods allow you to manage the transport company, the price and " "the destination. You can even integrate Odoo with external shippers to " @@ -6636,11 +5704,11 @@ msgstr "" "призначенням. Ви навіть можете інтегрувати Odoo із зовнішніми " "вантажовідправниками, щоб обчислити реальну ціну та тару." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:20 msgid "Install the inventory module" msgstr "Встановіть модуль складу" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:22 msgid "" "Delivery methods are handled by the **Delivery costs** module. Go to " "**Apps** and search for the module. You should remove the **Apps** filter in" @@ -6650,8 +5718,8 @@ msgstr "" "**Програм** та знайдіть модуль. Щоби побачити, слід вилучити фільтр " "**Програми**:" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:29 msgid "" "If you want to integrate delivery methods in your e-commerce, you'll have to" " install the **eCommerce Delivery** module." @@ -6659,18 +5727,18 @@ msgstr "" "Якщо ви хочете інтегрувати методи доставки в свою електронну комерцію, вам " "доведеться встановити модуль **Доставка електронної комерції**." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:39 msgid "First set a name and a transporter company." msgstr "Спочатку встановіть назву і транспортну компанію." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:44 msgid "" "Then you'll have to set the pricing. It can be fixed or based on rules." msgstr "" "Тоді вам доведеться встановити ціну. Вона може бути фіксованою або " "заснованою на правилах." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:46 msgid "" "If the price is fixed, tick **Fixed price**. You'll just have to define the " "price. If you want the delivery to be free above a certain amount, tick the " @@ -6681,7 +5749,7 @@ msgstr "" "суми, позначте пункт **Вільна, якщо загальна сума замовлень перевищує** та " "встановіть ціну." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:54 msgid "" "If the price varies according to rules, tick **Based on Rules**. Click on " "**add an item to a pricing rule**. Choose a condition based on either the " @@ -6691,7 +5759,7 @@ msgstr "" "правил**. Натисніть на **додати елемент до правила ціноутворення**. Виберіть" " умову, залежно від ваги, обсягу, ціни або кількості." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:61 msgid "" "Finally you can limit the delivery method to a few destinations. The limit " "can be applied to some countries, states or even zip codes. This feature " @@ -6701,7 +5769,7 @@ msgstr "" "Обмеження можна застосувати до деяких країн, районів або навіть поштових " "індексів. Ця функція обмежує список країн у вашій електронній торгівлі." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:69 msgid "" "You can integrate Odoo with external shippers in order to compute the real " "price and packagings, and handle the printing the shipping labels. See " @@ -6711,11 +5779,11 @@ msgstr "" "реальну ціну та упаковку, а також обробляти друк етикеток. Дивіться " ":doc:`third_party_shipper`" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:74 msgid "Delivery process" msgstr "Процес доставки" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:82 msgid "" "You can now choose the **Delivery Method** on your sale order. If you want " "to invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, click on " @@ -6727,16 +5795,16 @@ msgstr "" "натисніть **Встановити ціну**, вона додасть рядок з назвою методу доставки " "як товар." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:88 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:130 msgid "Delivery" msgstr "Доставка" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:90 msgid "You can add or change the delivery method on the delivery itself." msgstr "Ви можете додати або змінити спосіб доставки на саму доставку." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:95 msgid "" "On the delivery, check the **Carrier Information**. The carrier is the " "chosen delivery method." @@ -6744,36 +5812,36 @@ msgstr "" "На доставці перевірте **Інформацію про перевізника**. Перевізник - це " "вибраний метод доставки." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:99 msgid ":doc:`third_party_shipper`" msgstr ":doc:`third_party_shipper`" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:100 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:158 msgid ":doc:`../operation/invoicing`" msgstr ":doc:`../operation/invoicing`" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:3 msgid "How to get DHL credentials for integration with Odoo?" msgstr "Як отримати облікові дані DHL для інтеграції з Odoo?" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:5 msgid "In order to use the Odoo DHL API, you will need:" msgstr "Щоб користуватися API Odoo DHL, вам буде потрібно:" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:7 msgid "A DHL.com SiteID" msgstr "DHL.com SiteID" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:9 msgid "A DHL Password" msgstr "Пароль DHL" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:11 msgid "A DHL Account Number" msgstr "Обліковий номер DHL" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:15 msgid "" "Getting SiteID and password for countries other than United States (UK and " "Rest of the world)" @@ -6781,7 +5849,7 @@ msgstr "" "Отримання SiteID та пароль для інших країн, окрім США (Великобританія та " "решта країн світу)." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:17 msgid "" "You should contact DHL account manager and request integration for XML " "Express API. The presales should provide you live credentials." @@ -6790,11 +5858,11 @@ msgstr "" "інтеграцію до API XML Express. Попередні номери повинні надати вам дійсні " "облікові дані." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:20 msgid "Getting SiteID and Password for United States" msgstr "Отримання SiteID та паролю для Сполучених Штатів" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:22 msgid "" "You need to write to xmlrequests@dhl.com along with your full Account " "details like account number, region, address, etc. to get API Access." @@ -6803,31 +5871,11 @@ msgstr "" "разом із повними даними облікового запису, як-от номер обліку, регіон, " "адресу тощо." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:24 -msgid "" -"In meantime, for testing the solution, you can use the tests credentials as " -"given in the demo data:" -msgstr "" -"Тим часом, для тестування рішення ви можете використовувати тести облікових " -"даних, як вказано в демонстраційних даних:" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:26 -msgid "**SiteID**: CustomerTest" -msgstr "**SiteID**: CustomerTest" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:28 -msgid "**Password**: alkd89nBV" -msgstr "**Пароль**: alkd89nBV" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:30 -msgid "**DHL Account Number**: 803921577" -msgstr "**Обліковий номер DHL**: 803921577" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:3 msgid "How to integrate a third party shipper?" msgstr "Як налаштувати стороннього перевізника в Odoo?" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. " "Odoo can be linked with the transportation company tracking system. It will " @@ -6839,7 +5887,7 @@ msgstr "" "компанії. Це дозволить вам керувати транспортною компанією, реальними цінами" " та призначенням." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:19 msgid "" "In the inventory module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies " @@ -6849,7 +5897,7 @@ msgstr "" "У розділі **Інтеграція з перевізником** поставте прапорці транспортних " "компаній, які ви хочете інтегрувати:" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:38 msgid "" "The delivery methods for the chosen shippers have been automatically " "created. Most of the time, there will be **2** delivery methods for the same" @@ -6860,7 +5908,7 @@ msgstr "" "більшості випадків для одного постачальника буде **два** способи доставки: " "один для **міжнародної** доставки та інший для **внутрішньої** доставки." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:43 msgid "" "You can create other methods with the same provider with other " "configuration, for example the **Packaging Type**." @@ -6868,7 +5916,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ви можете створювати інші методи з тим самим перевізником з іншим " "налаштуванням, наприклад **тип упаковки**." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:46 msgid "" "You can change the **Name** of the delivery method. This is the name that " "will appear on your ecommerce." @@ -6876,11 +5924,11 @@ msgstr "" "Ви можете змінити **назву** методу доставки. Це назва, яка відображатиметься" " на електронній комерції." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:49 msgid "Flag **Shipping enabled** when you are ready to use it." msgstr "Позначте **Доставка увімкнена**, коли ви готові до її використання." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:54 msgid "" "In the pricing tab, the name of the provider chosen under the **Price " "computation** means that the pricing will be computed by the shipper system." @@ -6888,11 +5936,11 @@ msgstr "" "На вкладці ціноутворення ім'я провайдера, обраного під **Обчислення ціни**, " "означає, що ціна буде обчислена системою перевізника." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:57 msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns:" msgstr "Налаштування перевізника розділена на дві колонки:" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:59 msgid "" "The first one is linked to **your account** (developer key, password,...). " "For more information, please refer to the provider website." @@ -6900,7 +5948,7 @@ msgstr "" "Перша пов'язана з **вашим обліком** (ключ розробника, пароль, ...). " "Додаткову інформацію можна знайти на веб-сайті постачальника." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:67 msgid "" "Finally you can limit the delivery method to a few destinations. You can " "limit it to some countries, states or even zip codes. This feature limits " @@ -6912,7 +5960,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ви можете обмежити його деякими країнами чи навіть поштовими кодами. Ця " "функція обмежує список країн у вашій електронній торгівлі." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:95 msgid "" "Go the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> Products`. Open the products" " you want to ship and set a weight on it." @@ -6920,7 +5968,7 @@ msgstr "" "Перейдіть до меню :menuselection:`Продажі --> Продажі --> Товари`. " "Відкрийте товари, які ви хочете відправити, і встановіть на них вагу." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:102 msgid "" "The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to " "make the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system." @@ -6928,7 +5976,7 @@ msgstr "" "Вага на формі товару виражається у кілограмах. Не забудьте зробити " "перетворення, якщо ви звикли до імперичної вимірювальної системи." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:115 msgid "" "You can now choose the carrier on your sale order. Click on **Delivery " "method** to choose the right one." @@ -6936,7 +5984,7 @@ msgstr "" "Тепер ви можете вибрати перевізника у своєму замовленні на продаж. Натисніть" " **Метод доставки**, щоб вибрати потрібний." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:118 msgid "" "The price is computed when you save the sale order or when you click on " "**Set price**." @@ -6944,7 +5992,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ціна обчислюється, коли ви зберігаєте замовлення на продаж чи натискаєте " "**Встановити ціну**." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:121 msgid "" "If you want to invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, " "click on **Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery " @@ -6954,7 +6002,7 @@ msgstr "" "натисніть **Встановити ціну**, вона додасть рядок з назвою методу доставки " "як товар. Він може відрізнятися від реальної ціни." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:125 msgid "" "Otherwise, the real price (computed when the delivery is validated) will " "automatically be added to the invoice. For more information, please read the" @@ -6964,7 +6012,7 @@ msgstr "" "автоматично додана до рахунку-фактури. Для детальнішої інформації прочитайте" " документацію :doc:`../operation/invoicing`" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:132 msgid "" "The delivery created from the sale order will take the shipping information " "from it. You can change the carrier if you want to." @@ -6972,7 +6020,7 @@ msgstr "" "Доставка, створена за замовленням на продаж, прийме інформацію про доставку." " Ви можете змінити перевізника, якщо хочете." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:141 msgid "" "The weight is computed based on the products weights. The shipping cost will" " be computed once the transfer is validated." @@ -6980,7 +6028,7 @@ msgstr "" "Вага обчислюється на основі вагових товарів. Вартість доставки буде " "розрахована після перевірки переміщення." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:144 msgid "" "Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number. The **Carrier Tracking" " ref** field will automatically be filled. Click on the **Tracking** button " @@ -6991,31 +6039,31 @@ msgstr "" "**Відстеження**, щоб перевірити свою доставку на веб-сайті постачальника " "послуг." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:159 msgid ":doc:`../operation/labels`" msgstr ":doc:`../operation/labels`" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:3 msgid "How to get UPS credentials for integration with Odoo?" msgstr "Як отримати облікові дані UPS для інтеграції з Odoo?" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:5 msgid "In order to use the Odoo UPS API, you will need:" msgstr "Для того, щоб скористатися API UPS для Odoo, вам знадобиться:" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:7 msgid "A UPS.com user ID and password" msgstr " ID користувача UPS.com та пароль" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:9 msgid "A UPS account number" msgstr "Обліковий номер UPS " -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:11 msgid "An Access Key" msgstr "Ключ доступу" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:13 msgid "" "An Access Key is a 16 character alpha-numeric code that allows access to the" " UPS Developer Kit API Development and Production servers." @@ -7023,11 +6071,11 @@ msgstr "" "Ключ доступу - це 16-значний літеро-цифровий код, що дозволяє отримати " "доступ до серверів розробки API розробника UPS." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:17 msgid "Create a UPS Account" msgstr "Створіть облік UPS" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:19 msgid "" "Note that only customers located in the US can open a UPS account online. If" " you are located outside the US, you will need to contact UPS Customer " @@ -7037,7 +6085,7 @@ msgstr "" "обліковий запис UPS онлайн. Якщо ви знаходитесь за межами США, вам " "доведеться звернутися до служби підтримки UPS, щоб відкрити облік." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:23 msgid "" "You can read additional information about opening a UPS account on the their" " website, on the page, `How to Open a UPS Account Online " @@ -7047,7 +6095,7 @@ msgstr "" "своєму веб-сайті на сторінці `Як відкрити обліковий запис UPS онлайн " "<https://www.ups.com/content/us/en/resources/sri/openaccountonline.html?srch_pos=2&srch_phr=open+ups+account>`_" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:27 msgid "" "If you don't already have a UPS account, you can create one along with your " "online profile by following these steps:" @@ -7055,7 +6103,7 @@ msgstr "" "Якщо у вас ще немає облікового запису UPS, ви можете створити його разом із " "вашим онлайновим профілем, виконавши вказані нижче дії." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:30 msgid "" "1. Access the UPS.com web site at `www.ups.com <http://www.ups.com/>`__, and" " click the **New User** link at the top of the page." @@ -7064,7 +6112,7 @@ msgstr "" "<http://www.ups.com/>`__, і натисніть посилання **Новий користувач** зверху " "сторінки." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:34 msgid "" "2. Click the **Register for MyUPS** button, and follow the prompts to " "complete the registration process." @@ -7072,7 +6120,7 @@ msgstr "" "2. Натисніть кнопку **Реєстрація для MyUPS**, і дотримуйтесь підказок, щоб " "завершити процес реєстрації." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:37 msgid "" "If you already have a UPS account, you can add it to your online profile as " "follows:" @@ -7080,21 +6128,21 @@ msgstr "" "Якщо у вас вже є обліковий запис UPS, ви можете додати його до свого онлайн-" "профілю таким чином:" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:39 msgid "" "Log in to the `UPS.com website <http://www.ups.com/>`_) using your UPS.com " "User ID and Password." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:41 msgid "Click the **My UPS** tab." msgstr "Натисніть вкладку **Мій UPS**." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:43 msgid "Click the **Account Summary** link." msgstr "Натисніть посилання **Резюме облікового запису**." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:45 msgid "" "4. Click the **Add an Existing UPS Account** link in the **UPS Account " "Details** section of the page." @@ -7102,7 +6150,7 @@ msgstr "" "4. Натисніть посилання **Додати існуючий обліковий запис UPS ** у розділі " "сторінки **Інформація про обліковий запис UPS**." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:48 msgid "" "5. In the **Add New Account** screen, enter the **UPS Account Number**, " "**Account Name**, and **Postal Code** fields. The country defaults to United" @@ -7112,15 +6160,15 @@ msgstr "" "запису **, **Назву облікового запису**, а також **Поштовий код**. Країна за " "замовчуванням стоїть як Сполучені Штати." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:52 msgid "Click the **Next** button to continue." msgstr "Натисніть кнопку **Далі**, щоби продовжити." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:55 msgid "Get an Access Key" msgstr "Отримайте ключ доступу" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:57 msgid "" "After you have added your UPS account number to your user profile you can " "request an Access Key from UPS using the steps below:" @@ -7129,29 +6177,29 @@ msgstr "" "користувача, ви можете замовити ключ доступу з UPS, скориставшись наведеними" " нижче інструкціями." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:60 msgid "" "Go to the `UPS Developer Kit web page " "<https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en_US>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:61 msgid "Log into UPS.com with your user ID and password" msgstr "Увійдіть на UPS.com з вашим ID та паролем" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:62 msgid "Click on the link **Request an access key**." msgstr "Натисніть на посилання **Запит на ключ доступу**." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:63 msgid "Verify your contact information" msgstr "Перевірте свою контактну інформацію" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:64 msgid "Click the **Request Access Key** button." msgstr "Натисніть на кнопку **Запит на ключ доступу**." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:66 msgid "" "The **Access Key** will be provided to you on the web page, and an email " "with the Access Key will be sent to the email address of the primary " @@ -7160,3 +6208,1834 @@ msgstr "" "**Ключ доступу** буде надано вам на веб-сторінці, а електронний лист із " "ключом доступу буде надіслано на адресу електронної пошти основного " "контакту." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:4 +msgid "Manufacturing" +msgstr "Виробництво" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management.rst:4 +msgid "Manufacturing Management" +msgstr "Управління виробництвом" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:3 +msgid "Using an alternative Work Center" +msgstr "Використовуючи альтернативний робочий центр" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:5 +msgid "" +"For many manufacturing companies, a common issue is to have to manufacture, " +"at the same time, several products usually produced at the same work center." +" If in practice, employees can manufacture the goods at another work center," +" it is not that simple." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:10 +msgid "" +"You need to keep track of the job: which work center has been used and when," +" so you can schedule maintenance efficiently. With Odoo, you can configure " +"it so you can keep tracking manufacturing orders and your employees have an " +"alternative work center to use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:15 +msgid "" +"This way, your process becomes more efficient, and less non-productive time " +"will be noticed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:20 +msgid "Configure your Work Centers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The first thing to do is to go to the *Manufacturing* app settings. Then, " +"enable the *Work Orders* feature and hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Now, go to the *Work Centers* menu under *Master Data* and create two new " +"work centers. Add the second work centers as an alternative to the first and" +" vice versa." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:39 +msgid "" +"The next step is to create your *routing*. Add your work center and an " +"operation to it before saving." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Then, you can create your *Bill of Materials* and add components and routing" +" to it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:56 +msgid "Create your Work Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Now that everything is configured, you can create your *Work Orders*. Go to " +"the *Manufacturing Orders* menu and hit *Create*. There, add your product " +"and plan it. In the *Work Orders* list, you can find it ready to be " +"assembled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Each new *Work Order*, which will be created before the end of the first " +"one, will be scheduled at the alternative work center you configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Keep in mind that, if you add time after production to your work center, you" +" may have work orders scheduled for your alternative work center even if the" +" usual one is free." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:3 +msgid "Create Bills of Materials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A *Bill of Materials* is a document defining the quantity of each component " +"required to manufacture a finished product. It also includes the routing and" +" individual steps of the manufacturing process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:9 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can link multiple BoMs to each product and use it to describe" +" multiple variants of them. Each BoM will, yet, be associated with one " +"product only." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:13 +msgid "" +"This feature will help optimize your manufacturing process while saving you " +"time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:17 +msgid "Setting up a BoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:19 +msgid "" +"You can use BoMs without routings. You will use this if you choose to manage" +" your manufacturing operations using manufacturing orders only. In other " +"words, you choose to realize your manufacturing process in one step and do " +"not track the steps the product goes through." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Before creating your *BoM*, you have to create the product using the *BoM* " +"and, at least, one of the components. Go to the :menuselection:`Master Data " +"menu --> Products` and create both the finished product and the component." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Once done, go to the *Bills of Materials* menu under *Master Data*. Now, " +"create it. Choose the product from the dropdown menu and add your components" +" and the quantity. In this case, keep the default *BoM* type, which is " +"*Manufacture this Product*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:37 +msgid "Using the same BoM to describe Variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:39 +msgid "" +"As said above, you can use *BoM* for *Product Variants*. It is basically the" +" same as for the standard product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:42 +msgid "" +"If your *BoM* is for one variant only, then specify which one in the " +"*Product Variant* field. If not, specify the variant it is consumed for on " +"each component line. You can add several variants for each component." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:51 +msgid "Adding a routing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:53 +msgid "" +"You can add routing to your *BoM*. You will do this if you need to define a " +"series of operations required by your manufacturing process. To use it, " +"enable the *Work Orders* feature in the *Manufacturing* app settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Each *BoM* can have only one routing while each routing can be used multiple" +" times." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Now that you have created your routing, add it to your *BoM*. You can select" +" when, in the work operations, your components are consumed with the " +"dropdown menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:73 +msgid "Adding By-Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:75 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, a *by-product* is any product produced by a *BoM* in addition to " +"the primary product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:78 +msgid "" +"To add *by-products* to a *BoM*, you will first need to enable them from the" +" *Manufacturing* app settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Once the feature is enabled, you can add your *By-Products* to your *BoMs*. " +"You can add as many *By-Products* as you want. Just keep in mind that you " +"need to register during which operation your by-product is produced." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:3 +msgid "Sell sets of products as kits" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A *kit* is a set of components that are delivered without first being " +"assembled or mixed. *Kits* are described in Odoo using *Bills of Materials*." +" There are two basic ways to configure *kits*, depending on how the stock of" +" the kit product is to be managed. In either case, both the *Inventory* and " +"*Manufacturing* apps must be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:12 +msgid "Manage Stock of Component Products" +msgstr "Управління складом компонентів продуктів" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If you want to assemble kits as they are ordered, managing stock of the kit " +"components only, you will use a *Kit BoM* without a manufacturing step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:18 +msgid "" +"A product using a *Kit BoM* will appear as a single line item on a quotation" +" and sales order, but will generate a delivery order with one line item for " +"each of the components of the kit. In the examples below, the first image " +"shows a sales order for the kit *Custom Computer Kit*, while the second " +"image shows the corresponding delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:33 +msgid "" +"From the *Products menu* in either the *Inventory* or *Manufacturing* app, " +"create each component product as you would with any other product, then " +"create the top-level, or kit product. The kit product should have only the " +"*route Manufacture* set, in the *Inventory tab*. Because you cannot track " +"the stock of kit products, the *Product Type* should be set to Consumable. " +"Because a kit product cannot be purchased, then, *Can be Purchased* should " +"be unchecked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:41 +msgid "" +"All other parameters on the kit product may be modified according to your " +"preference. The component products require no particular configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Once the products are configured, create a *bill of materials* for the kit " +"product. Add each component and its quantity. Select the *BoM Type Ship this" +" product as a set of components*. All other options may be left with their " +"default values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:57 +msgid "Manage Stock of Kit Product and Component Products" +msgstr "Управління складом комплектів товару та компонентів" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If you want to manage stock of the *top-level kit product*, you will use a " +"standard *BoM* with a manufacturing step instead of a *Kit BoM*. When using " +"a standard BoM to assemble kits, a *manufacturing order* will be created. " +"The *manufacturing order* must be registered as completed before the kit " +"product will appear in your stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:68 +msgid "" +"On the kit product, select the *route Manufacture*. You may also select " +"*Make to Order*, which will create a *manufacturing order* whenever a sales " +"order is confirmed. Select the product type *Storable Product* to enable " +"stock management." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:76 +msgid "" +"When you create the *bill of materials*, select the BoM Type *Manufacture " +"this product*. The assembly of the kit will be described by a *manufacturing" +" order* rather than a packing operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage BoMs for product variants" +msgstr "Як керувати специфікацією для варіантів товару" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows you to use one bill of materials for multiple variants of the " +"same product. Simply enable variants from :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`." +msgstr "" +"Odoo дозволяє використовувати одну специфікацію для декількох варіантів того" +" ж продукту. Просто ввімкніть варіанти з :menuselection:`Налаштування --> " +"Налаштування`." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:12 +msgid "" +"You will then be able to specify which component lines are to be used in the" +" manufacture of each product variant. You may specify multiple variants for " +"each line. If no variant is specified, the line will be used for all " +"variants." +msgstr "" +"Після цього ви зможете визначити, які рядки компонентів будуть " +"використовуватися при виготовленні кожного варіанту продукту. Ви можете " +"вказати кілька варіантів для кожного рядка. Якщо не вказано жодного " +"варіанта, рядок буде використовуватися для всіх варіантів." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:17 +msgid "" +"When defining variant BoMs on a line-item-basis, the **Product Variant** " +"field in the main section of the BoM should be left blank. This field is " +"used when creating a BoM for one variant of a product only." +msgstr "" +"При визначенні варіанту специфікації на основі рядка-позиції, поле **Варіант" +" продукту** у головному розділі специфікації слід залишити порожнім. Це поле" +" використовується при створенні BoM для одного варіанту продукту." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:3 +msgid "Set routings on kit Bills of materials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:5 +msgid "" +"It often happens that you want to use kit BoM’s within manufactured product " +"BoM’s in order to lighten the list of components for this manufactured " +"product. When doing so, you would like to have the possibility to specify, " +"for each kit component, in which operation they are consumed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:11 +msgid "" +"We will see the three use cases that you can face in these kinds of " +"configurations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:15 +msgid "Finished Product & Kit Component have the same Routing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:107 +msgid "Create BoM for the Finished Product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Create a manufactured BoM for the finished product which includes a kit " +"component. Set a routing on your BoM, for example, *Assemble Furniture*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:117 +msgid "Create a Kit BoM for the Kit Component" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Update the kit component to define its BoM. Make sure that the routing which" +" is set on this BoM is the same one than on the Finished Product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:36 +msgid "" +"You can define the operations in which the kit components are used directly " +"in the BoM of the kit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:127 +msgid "Manufacturing Order" +msgstr "Замовлення на виробництво" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:42 +msgid "" +"In the list of components, the kit is split. Two work orders are created as " +"we have two operations defined in the *Assemble Furniture* routing. The " +"components of the kits are well consumed in the operations defined in the " +"kit BoM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:57 +msgid "Finished Product & Kit Component haven’t the same Routing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:60 +msgid "Kit Consumption set on Finished Product BoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Update the kit component to define its BoM. In this use case, the routing " +"which is set on this Kit BoM is different than the one of the Finished " +"Product. Specify the operations at which the kit components are consumed in " +"this BoM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:129 +msgid "" +"When the manufacturing order is created for the Manufactured product, the " +"kit is split among its components. When the manufacturing order is planned, " +"three work orders are created in our case, one coming from the routing of " +"the manufactured products, the two other ones coming from the routing of the" +" kit BoM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:95 +msgid "The components are all consumed during their respective operations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:104 +msgid "Kit Consumption set on Kit BoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:109 +msgid "" +"Create a manufactured BoM for the finished product which includes a kit " +"component. Set a routing on your BoM, for example, *Assemble Furniture*. " +"Precise the consumption of the components on this BoM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Update the kit component to define its BoM. In this use case, the routing " +"which is set on this Kit BoM is different than the one of the Finished " +"Product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:138 +msgid "" +"All the components of the kits are consumed during the first operation. The " +"last component is consumed during the second operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:3 +msgid "Manage semi-finished products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, you can use subassembly products to simplify a complex *Bill of " +"Materials* or to represent your manufacturing flow more accurately. A " +"*subassembly product* is a manufactured product that is used as a component " +"to make another one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:10 +msgid "" +"A *BoM* that employs *subassemblies* is referred to as a multi-level BoM. " +"Those are accomplished by creating a *top-level BoM* and *subassembly ones*." +" This process requires a route that will ensure that every time a " +"manufacturing order for the top-level product is created, another one will " +"be for subassemblies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:17 +msgid "Configure the Subassembly Product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To configure a *multi-level BoM*, you will need a top-level product but also" +" its subassemblies. The first step is to create a product form for each of " +"the subassemblies. Select the routes *Manufacture* and *Replenish on Order*." +" Now, hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:27 +msgid "" +"In the *Bill of Materials* menu, under *Master Data*, create a new *Bill of " +"Materials*. Choose the product you just created and add its components." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:35 +msgid "Configure the Main BoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Now, you can configure the top-level product and its *BoM*. Include any " +"subassemblies in the list of components." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Now, each time you will plan a manufacturing order for the top-level " +"product, a manufacturing order will be created for the subassembly one. " +"Then, you will have to manufacture the subassembly in order to make it " +"available before manufacturing the finished product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:3 +msgid "Subcontract your Manufacturing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Outsourcing a portion of some or all your company’s manufacturing needs is " +"not easy. To make it work right, you have to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:8 +msgid "Manage the inventory of raw materials at your subcontractor;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Ship new materials to your subcontractors based on your forecasted demand;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Keep track of manufacturing operations done at the subcontractor location;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:13 +msgid "Control incoming goods quality;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:14 +msgid "Control subcontractors bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Here is an example of subcontracting the manufacturing of “C”, which is " +"produced out of raw materials “A” and “B”." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:23 +msgid "" +"With its subcontracting feature, Odoo helps you handle this flow easily." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To use the subcontracting feature, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and tick the box *Subcontracting*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To define if a product must be subcontracted, use a *Bill of Materials " +"(BoM)* of type *Subcontracting*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To create a new *BoM*, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Master Data " +"--> Bill of Materials` and hit create. Then, list the components your " +"subcontractor needs to manufacture the product. For costing purposes, you " +"might want to register all the components, even the ones that are sourced " +"directly from the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Once you have set the *BoM Type* to *Subcontracting*, specify one or several" +" subcontractors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:52 +msgid "Basic Subcontracting Flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To let your subcontractor know how many products you need, create and send " +"them purchase orders (PO). To do so, open the *Purchase* app and create a " +"new one. Be sure to send the PO to a vendor that is defined as a " +"subcontractor on the *BoM*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Once the *PO* is validated (1), a pending receipt is created. When the " +"products are received, validate the receipt (2), with the actual quantity " +"received. Then Odoo automatically created several inventory moves:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Consume the components at the subcontractor’s location, based on the *BoM* " +"(3);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:70 +msgid "Produce finished goods at the subcontractor’s location (4);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Move products from the subcontractor’s location to YourCompany through the " +"validated receipt (5)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Of course, Odoo does all the transactions for you, automatically. Simply " +"control the vendor bill with the usual matching process with the purchase " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:79 +msgid "" +"The *PO* is optional. If you create a receipt manually, with the right " +"subcontractor, Odoo still performs all the moves. Useful if the " +"subcontractor does not bill a fixed price per item, but rather the time and " +"materials used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:85 +msgid "Inventory Valuation" +msgstr "Оцінка запасу" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:87 +msgid "The cost of the manufactured product “C” is defined as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:89 +msgid "**C = A + B + s**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:91 +msgid "With:" +msgstr "З:" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:93 +msgid "**A**: Cost of raw materials coming from YourCompany;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:96 +msgid "**B**: Cost of raw materials sourced directly from the" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:96 +msgid "subcontractor;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:98 +msgid "**s**: Cost of the subcontracted service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Sending raw materials to your subcontractors (**A**) does not impact the " +"inventory valuation, the components still belonging to your company. To " +"manage this, the *Subcontracting Location* is configured as an *Internal " +"Location* so that the components are still valued in the inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:106 +msgid "" +"Then, the vendor price set on the product C form has to be what has to be " +"paid to the subcontractor for his parts and service time: **B + s**. The " +"product cost has to be: **A + B + s**, how much the product is valued in the" +" accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Finally, the subcontractor bill matches the purchase order, with the " +"proposed price coming from the finished products C." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:115 +msgid "" +"If managing the replenishment of raw materials **B** at your subcontractor’s" +" location is not needed, simply include the cost of **B** in the " +"subcontractor’s price **s** and remove the products *B* from the *BoM*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:121 +msgid "Traceability" +msgstr "Відстеження" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:123 +msgid "" +"In case the products received from the subcontractor contain tracked " +"components, their serial or lot numbers need to be specified during the " +"receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:127 +msgid "" +"On the receipt of the subcontracted product, a *Record Components* button " +"appears when necessary. Click on it to open a dialog and record the " +"serial/lot numbers of the components. If the finished product is also " +"tracked, its serial/lot number can be registered here too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:136 +msgid "" +"For audit purposes, it is possible to check the lot numbers recorded on a " +"receipt by using the icon on the right of the finished products:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:144 +msgid "Automate Replenishment of Subcontractors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:146 +msgid "" +"To manage the resupply of your subcontractor, activate *Multi-locations* in " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Configuration`. Then, the " +"inventory at the subcontractor location can be tracked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:151 +msgid "" +"It is possible to resupply subcontractors by sending products from the " +"company locations, or by sending products from another supplier to the " +"subcontractors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:156 +msgid "Replenishment from the warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:158 +msgid "" +"Resupplying subcontractors manually is the simplest approach. To do so, " +"create delivery orders in which the subcontractor is set as a delivery " +"address and fill the components to deliver." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:162 +msgid "" +"To automate the subcontractors’ replenishment propositions, there are two " +"approaches:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:165 +msgid "Reordering rules;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:166 +msgid "Replenish on order flow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:168 +msgid "" +"For the first one, just define a reordering rule on the subcontracting " +"location, with a minimum and maximum inventory level. When the reordering " +"rule is triggered, a delivery order is created to ship the components to the" +" subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:177 +msgid "" +"The second approach is to use a “pull” flow. Here, the demand in the " +"finished product (real demand or forecasted one through the Master " +"Production Schedule) triggers the replenishment of the subcontractor. To do " +"so, select the route *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* on the wanted " +"components." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:188 +msgid "Replenishment from another supplier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:190 +msgid "" +"When purchasing items to another supplier, it is possible to ask him to " +"deliver the subcontractor directly. To do so, activate the *Drop Shipping* " +"feature in :menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> Configuration`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:195 +msgid "" +"Now, set the *Dropship* option in the *Deliver To* field of the *Other " +"Information* tab. Then, provide the address of the subcontractor for the " +"shipping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:203 +msgid "" +"That way, the supplier can ship items directly and you simply receive and " +"pay the bill. However, it is still required to validate receipts for the " +"subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:212 +msgid "Quality Control" +msgstr "Контроль якості" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:214 +msgid "" +"Controlling the quality of the products manufactured by subcontractors is " +"possible thanks to the Odoo Quality app. Quality checks can be made on a " +"manufacturing step but, because the manufacturing process is handled by an " +"external party, it can be defined on the product reception." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:224 +msgid "" +"To create a quality check at the receipt, open the *Quality* app and create " +"a new *Control Point* on the reception." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:231 +msgid "" +"By doing so, a quality check is automatically created each time a finished " +"product is received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:3 +msgid "Use the Master Production Schedule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The Master Production Schedule (MPS) is a valuable tool to plan your " +"production based on your demand forecast." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to the :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings` " +"and activate the Master Production Schedule feature before hitting save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:18 +msgid "" +"In the manufacturing settings, you can define the time range of your MPS " +"(month/week/day) and the number of periods you want to display." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Now, go in :menuselection:`Planning --> Master Production Schedule` and " +"click on add a product. You can now define your safety stock target (= the " +"stock you want to have on hand at the end of the period) and the minimum and" +" maximum quantities to replenish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The products are ordered in the MPS based on their sequence. You can " +"rearrange that sequence by going on the list of your products and reorganize" +" them with drag and drop." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:36 +msgid "" +"In the MPS view, you can decide which information you would like to show by " +"clicking on *rows*. Some fields can be added to the view, such as *Actual " +"demand*, which will show which quantity of products has already been ordered" +" for the period, or *Available to Promise*, which allows you to know what " +"can still be sold during the period (what you plan to replenish - what is " +"already sold during the period). You can also decide to hide some " +"information if it isn’t necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:48 +msgid "Estimate your demand and launch replenishment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The next step is to estimate the demand for the period. This estimation " +"should be entered in the row *Demand Forecast*. You can easily, at any time," +" compare the demand forecast with the actual demand (= confirmed sales). The" +" demand forecast for a finished product will impact the indirect demand for " +"its components." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Then, the quantity to replenish for the different periods will be " +"automatically computed. The replenishments you are supposed to launch based " +"on your lead times (vendor lead time or manufacturing lead time) are " +"displayed in green. You can now launch the replenishment by clicking on the " +"replenish button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Depending on the configuration of the product (buy vs. manufacture), " +"requests for quotations or manufacturing orders will be created. You can " +"easily access those by clicking on the *Actual Replenishment* cell." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:75 +msgid "" +"In case you manually edit the *To replenish* quantity, a small cross will " +"appear on the left. In case you want to go back to the automatically " +"computed value given by Odoo, you can click the cross." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:83 +msgid "Cells color signification" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:85 +msgid "" +"The cells, which are part of the *To replenish* line, can take different " +"colors depending on the situation:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:88 +msgid "" +"**Green**: quantity of products which should be replenished to reach the " +"expected safety stock considering the demand forecast and the indirect " +"demand forecast." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:90 +msgid "" +"**Grey**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity " +"still matches current data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:92 +msgid "" +"**Red**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity " +"was too high considering current data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:94 +msgid "" +"**Orange**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity" +" was too low considering current data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:96 +msgid "" +"The *Forecasted stock* line can also contain red cells, which means the " +"stock will be negative during the period in question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:100 +msgid "What if I have underestimated the demand?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:102 +msgid "" +"You can still increase the demand forecast. It will impact the quantity to " +"replenish. The cell will become orange, and you’ll be able to launch a new " +"replenishment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:107 +msgid "What if I have overestimated the demand?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:109 +msgid "" +"You can decrease the demand forecast. The cell will become red to inform you" +" that you’ve ordered more than planned. If you’re still able to do it, you " +"can cancel some RFQ or MO manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:114 +msgid "What if I wrongly added a product to the MPS?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:116 +msgid "" +"You can easily remove a product from the MPS by clicking the small bin on " +"the right of its name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:4 +msgid "Purchase" +msgstr "Купівлі" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced" +msgstr "Розширено" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:3 +msgid "Analyze the performance of your purchases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:5 +msgid "" +"If your company regularly purchases products, you have several reasons to " +"track and analyze your performance. The insights gathered can help you to " +"better forecast and plan your future orders. For example, you can assess if " +"your business is dependent on particular vendors, and the data can help you " +"negotiate discounts on prices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:11 +msgid "Generate customized reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Go to *Reporting* to access the purchase analysis. Simply by accessing the " +"reporting dashboard, you can get a quick overview of your actual " +"performance. By default, the reporting dashboard displays a line chart " +"presenting the untaxed amount of your purchase orders per day, and below it," +" key metrics and a pivot table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:22 +msgid "" +"While the data initially presented is useful, there are several tools and " +"features you can use to get even more insights on your purchases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:26 +msgid "Use filters to select the data you need" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Odoo offers several default filters you can use and combine by clicking on " +"*Filters*. When you select one or several filters, Odoo looks for all the " +"orders that match at least one of the filters you have chosen and populates " +"the chart, key metrics, and pivot table with the data. The pre-configured " +"filters are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:33 +msgid "All *Requests for Quotation*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:35 +msgid "All *Purchase Orders*, except canceled ones" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:37 +msgid "" +"*Confirmation Date Last Year* includes all orders that were confirmed the " +"previous year, canceled purchase orders included" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:40 +msgid "" +"*Order Date* includes all orders - request for quotations and purchases " +"orders (canceled ones included) - depending on their date of creation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:43 +msgid "" +"*Confirmation Date* includes all confirmed orders, canceled ones included, " +"depending on their date of confirmation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:47 +msgid "" +"When you have to select a period, you can use multiple years, and, with at " +"least one year selected, multiple quarters and the three most recent months." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you use the *Order Date* or *Confirmation Date* filters, the *Comparison*" +" feature appears next to *Filters*. It enables you to compare the period you" +" filtered with the previous one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:59 +msgid "Add custom filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Thanks to the 31 filtering options to choose from, the possibilities of your" +" customizing your dataset are almost limitless. Go to " +":menuselection:`Filters --> Add Custom Filter`, specify the condition the " +"filtering option should meet (e.g. *is equal to*, *contains*, etc.), and " +"click on *Apply*. If you want to select orders matching several conditions " +"simultaneously (*and* operator), repeat the process to add another custom " +"filter. If you want to use the *or* operator, don't click on *Apply*, and " +"click on *Add a condition* instead. Once you have added all the desired " +"filtering options, click on *Apply*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To avoid having to recreate custom filters every time, save them by clicking" +" on :menuselection:`Favorites --> Save current search --> Save`. The " +"customized search filter can then be accessed by clicking on *Favorites* or " +"can even be set as the default filter when you open the reporting dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:80 +msgid "Measure exactly what you need" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Before selecting what you want to measure, you need to decide whether you " +"prefer using the graph view or the pivot view. By default, the dashboard " +"presents both views. However, the measures you select won't be applied to " +"both views. You can access each view separately by clicking on the icons at " +"the top right of the dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:92 +msgid "Visualize your data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:94 +msgid "" +"You can transform the main graph in just a click by selecting one of the " +"three charts: bar, line or pie. Fourteen different measures are available, " +"but you can only use one at a time. However, you can group the measure using" +" one or several of the 19 *Groups*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:102 +msgid "" +"For bar and line charts, the selected measure is your y-axis, and the first " +"group you select is used to create the x-axis. Adding more group adds " +"additional lines (line chart) or transforms your bar chart into a stacked " +"bar chart. For pie charts, the more groups you select, the more slices are " +"displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:108 +msgid "Explore your data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:110 +msgid "" +"The pivot table view enables you to explore your data in great detail. " +"Unlike the graph view, the pivot table enables you to add several measures " +"at the same time. By clicking on *Measures* or on the **+** sign in the " +"*Total* column, you can add as many as you want, each assigned to a new " +"column. By clicking on the **+** sign in the *Total* row, you can add " +"*Groups*. If you click on a group's **+** sign, you can add a sub-group, and" +" so on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:121 +msgid "" +"You can insert your pivot table's data directly in the Spreadsheet app or " +"export it as an Excel file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals.rst:3 +msgid "Manage deals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:3 +msgid "Purchase agreements: blanket orders and calls for tenders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:5 +msgid "" +"There are two main types of purchase agreements preconfigured in Odoo: " +"blanket orders and call for tenders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Blanket orders are long-term agreements between a company and a vendor to " +"deliver products on a recurring basis with predetermined pricing. Your " +"company should consider using them when you frequently purchase the same " +"products from the same vendor in varying quantities and/or at different " +"times. Among their many benefits, you can save time as the ordering process " +"is simplified, and money thanks to more advantageous bulk pricing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Calls for tenders use a special procedure to request offers from multiple " +"vendors at the same time. While public sector organizations are often " +"legally bound to release calls for tenders when they want to purchase goods " +"or services, private organizations can also use them to get the best deal " +"among several vendors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:20 +msgid "Enable purchase agreements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:22 +msgid "" +"From the Purchase app, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and" +" activate *Purchase Agreements*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:30 +msgid "Configure or create new types of purchase agreements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Before you start using purchase agreements, make sure they are configured " +"the way you want by going to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Purchase " +"Agreement Types`. From there, you can edit the way blanket orders and calls " +"for tenders or *Create* a new type of purchase agreement. You can configure " +"the:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:37 +msgid "Agreement Type: the name you want to give to the agreement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Agreement Selection Type: you can either select multiple offers using " +"*Select multiple RFQ (non-exclusive)*, which is the default setting for both" +" blanket orders and calls for tenders, or a single offer using *Select only " +"one RFQ (exclusive)*, which is sometimes needed for calls for tenders where " +"you only want to select a single vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Lines: generally, you would always want to select *Use lines of agreement*, " +"which are the different product lines you can configure when you set up your" +" purchase agreement. However, you can select *Do not create RfQ lines " +"automatically* if you don't want your requests for quotations to be pre-" +"filled in with that information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Quantities: if you use lines of agreements, you can also specify " +"independently if the products' quantities should be used to pre-fill new " +"requests for quotations. The default option for blanket orders is *Set " +"quantities manually*, while for calls for tenders are set to *Use quantities" +" of agreement*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:59 +msgid "Set up a blanket order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Orders --> Purchase Agreements` and click on *Create*." +" Select *Blanket Order* as your *Agreement Type*. Next, select the vendor. " +"The other fields aren't mandatory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Next, add the products you want to order and their price. Note that you can " +"also add a *Quantity* for each product, for example, if you have agreed with" +" your vendor to order a specific minimum quantity each time or in total. If " +"you have configured your blanket order to *Set quantities manually*, this is" +" only used for informational purposes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:73 +msgid "" +"You can also write any *Terms and Conditions* at the bottom of the " +"agreement. Once you are satisfied with your blanket order, click on " +"*Confirm*. Its status then changes from *Draft* to *Ongoing* and it's ready " +"to be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:78 +msgid "Create requests for quotation from the blanket order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:80 +msgid "" +"You can now create new quotations from the blanket order whenever you need " +"it by clicking on *New Quotation*. Odoo automatically fills in requests for " +"quotation with the information initially defined when you set up the blanket" +" order. Depending on the way you configured the *Purchase Agreement Type*, " +"product lines can also be pre-filled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:85 +msgid "" +"From here, you can quickly view all the requests for quotations made under " +"that blanket order by clicking on *RFQs/Orders*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:93 +msgid "" +"You can also create a *Request for Quotation* the usual way and then link it" +" to an existing *Blanket Order*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:97 +msgid "Blanket orders and replenishment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Blanket orders can be used for :doc:`automated replenishment " +"<../../purchase/products/reordering>`, as once a blanket order is confirmed," +" a new vendor line is added to your product. Make sure the related vendor is" +" in the first position if you have several vendors linked to your product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:108 +msgid "Set up a call for tenders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Orders --> Purchase Agreements` and click on *Create*." +" Select *Call for Tenders* as your *Agreement Type*. The other fields aren't" +" mandatory, but you can add the date you want to be delivered and set an " +"agreement deadline. You usually don't want to select a vendor for calls for " +"tenders as you are looking to get quotations from multiple vendors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Next, add the products you want to order and in what quantity. For calls for" +" tenders, you typically don't add a price, as the vendors should give you " +"their best quote." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:118 +msgid "" +"You can also write any *Terms and Conditions* at the bottom of the " +"agreement. Once you are ready, click on *Confirm*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:126 +msgid "Requests quotations from the call for tenders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:128 +msgid "" +"You can now request new quotations from the call for tenders. Click on *New " +"Quotation* and select one of your vendors you want to invite to the call for" +" tenders. Product lines should also be pre-filled in, depending on how you " +"configured the *Purchase Agreement Type*. Click on *Send by email* to send " +"it to the vendor. Go back to the call for tenders and repeat this process " +"for each vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:138 +msgid "" +"Once you have sent a request for quotation to every vendor and receiving " +"their quotes, click on *Validate* to proceed to the bid selection. Next, " +"click on the RFQs/Orders smart button to view all your vendors' quotations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:146 +msgid "" +"Click on each request for quotation to add the price communicated by your " +"vendors manually. When that's done, select the most advantageous offer and " +"click on *Confirm Order*. This automatically closes the call for tenders. " +"You can now proceed with the purchase order as you would for a regular one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:3 +msgid "Control and know when vendor bills should be paid" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can define how your vendor bills are controlled. For each " +"purchase order, you can decide when the related vendor bill should be paid: " +"either before or after you have received your products. You can also check " +"at a glance what is the billing status of each purchase order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:9 +msgid "" +"With the 3-way matching feature, Odoo compares the information appearing on " +"the *Purchase Order*, the *Vendor Bill* and the *Receipt*, and lets you know" +" if you should pay the bill. This way you can avoid paying incorrect or " +"fraudulent vendor bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:14 +msgid "Vendor bills default control policy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:16 +msgid "" +"As a first step, open your Purchase app and go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` to set the default bill control " +"policy for all the products created onwards." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:23 +msgid "" +"By selecting *On ordered quantities*, you can create a vendor bill as soon " +"as you confirm an order. The quantities mentioned in the purchase order are " +"used to generate the draft bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you choose *On received quantities* instead, you can only create one once" +" you have at least received some of the products you have ordered. The " +"quantities you have received are used to generate the draft bill. If you try" +" to create one without having received any product, you get an error " +"message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:36 +msgid "Change a specific product's control policy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:38 +msgid "" +"If you want to modify a specific product's control policy, go to " +":menuselection:`Products --> Products`, open it, click on *Edit* and go to " +"the *Purchase tab*. There you can change a product's default bill control " +"policy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:47 +msgid "View a purchase order's billing status" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Once you confirm an order, you can view its *Billing Status* by going to the" +" *Other Information* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Below you can find a list of the different *Billing Status*, and when they " +"are displayed, depending on the products' bill control policy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:60 +msgid "**Billing status**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:60 +msgid "**Conditions**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:62 +msgid "*On received quantities*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:62 +msgid "*On ordered quantities*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:64 +msgid "*Nothing to Bill*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:64 +msgid "PO confirmed; no products received" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:64 +msgid "*(Not applicable)*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:66 +msgid "*Waiting Bills*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:66 +msgid "All/some products received; bill not created" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:66 +msgid "PO confirmed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:68 +msgid "*Fully Billed*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:68 +msgid "All/some products received; draft bill created" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:68 +msgid "Draft bill created" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:72 +msgid "Determine when to pay with 3-way matching" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:74 +msgid "" +"First, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate *3-way" +" matching*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:81 +msgid "" +"3-way matching is intended to work with the bill control policy set to *On " +"received quantities*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:84 +msgid "Should I pay the vendor bill?" +msgstr "Чи повинен я сплачувати цей рахунок постачальника?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:86 +msgid "" +"With the feature activated, your vendor bills now display the *Should Be " +"Paid* field under the *Other info* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:93 +msgid "" +"As you can't create a bill until you have received your products - and if " +"you haven't received all of them, Odoo only includes the products you have " +"received in the draft bill - the *Should Be Paid* status is set to *Yes* " +"when you create one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:97 +msgid "" +"If you edit a draft bill to increase the billed quantity, change the price, " +"or add other products, the *Should Be Paid* status is set to *Exception*. It" +" means Odoo notices the discrepancy, but that you might have a valid reason " +"to have done so." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Once the payment has been registered and mentions *Paid*, the *Should Be " +"Paid* status is set to *No*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:109 +msgid "" +"The *Should Be Paid* status is set automatically by Odoo. However, you can " +"change the status manually when you are viewing a bill in edit mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:3 +msgid "Don’t run out of stock with reordering rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To make sure you never run out of stock, you can define *Reordering Rules* " +"on products. Thanks to them, Odoo can help you replenish your stock " +"automatically when it reaches set quantities or whenever a sales order is " +"created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:9 +msgid "You need to install the *Inventory app* to use reordering rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:12 +msgid "Configure your storable product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Open or create a product with its *Product Type* set to *Storable Product*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:20 +msgid "" +"As you are purchasing this product from a vendor, go to the product's " +"*Purchase tab* and add a vendor by clicking on *Add a line*. You can add " +"multiple vendors, but make sure to order them correctly, since reordering " +"rules always use the first vendor in a list. You can add a price, but it " +"isn't necessary for the reordering rule to work. In addition, you can add a " +"minimum quantity you must order to benefit from that price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:27 +msgid "" +"If the quantity Odoo has to reorder doesn't match the minimum quantity " +"specified, Odoo selects the next vendor on your list. If you don't have " +"another vendor on your list, the reordering rule won't work. For that " +"purpose, you can add the same vendor multiple times with different prices " +"for different quantities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:37 +msgid "" +"By default, a draft purchase order is created. However, if you have enabled " +"*Purchase Agreements*, you can *Propose a call for tenders* instead as shown" +" in the image above. For more information, see " +":doc:`../manage_deals/agreements`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Next, make sure the correct route is selected under the Inventory tab of " +"your product. If you created your product within the Purchase app, the *Buy*" +" route is selected by default. If you are looking to dropship your product, " +"select *Dropship*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:50 +msgid "Set up your reordering rule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:52 +msgid "Open your product and click on the *Reordering Rules* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Once you are on the product's reordering rules page, click on *Create*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:61 +msgid "" +"You can access and create reordering rules from :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Configuration --> Reordering Rules` and from :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Operations --> Replenishment`. By default, the replenishment view " +"presents a summary of all the products that you might need to purchase to " +"fulfill your sales orders. From there, you can ask Odoo with a single click " +"to order a product once or automate all orders for that product, future " +"orders included." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:68 +msgid "Define quantities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:70 +msgid "" +"You can set a **minimum quantity** your stock should always have. Once set, " +"if your stock goes below the minimum quantity, and if you selected the Buy " +"route, a request for quotation is automatically generated to reach that " +"minimum quantity, plus any additional quantity needed to fill in a sales " +"order for example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:75 +msgid "" +"If you set a **maximum quantity**, every time the product has to be " +"replenished, enough products are reordered to reach the maximum quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:78 +msgid "" +"If you want to order only the exact quantity needed to fill in a sales order" +" for example, set both both the minimum and maximum quantity to **zero**. " +"The quantity mentioned in the sales order is then used by the reordering " +"rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:82 +msgid "" +"You can also add a **quantity multiple** to only order products in batches " +"of a certain quantity. Click on the optional columns drop-down menu, and " +"select *Multiple Quantity* to show the column. Bear in mind that you might " +"go over the maximum quantity you set if your rule includes a quantity " +"multiple, as Odoo orders enough products to reach the maximum quantity and " +"respect the set quantity multiple." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:92 +msgid "" +"If you selected multiple routes for the same product under its Inventory " +"tab, make sure to select your *Preferred Route* on your reordering rule by " +"clicking on the optional columns drop-down menu, adding the *Preferred " +"Route* column, and selecting the right route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:3 +msgid "Purchase in different units of measure than sales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you purchase a product, it may happen that your vendor uses a different" +" unit of measure than you do when you sell it. This can cause confusion " +"between sales and purchase representatives. It is also time-consuming to " +"convert measures manually every time. With Odoo, you can configure your " +"product once and let Odoo handle the conversion." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:10 +msgid "Consider the following examples:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:12 +msgid "" +"You purchase orange juice from an American vendor, and they use **gallons**." +" However, your customers are European and use **liters**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:15 +msgid "" +"You buy curtains from a vendor in the form of **rolls** and you sell pieces " +"of the rolls to your customers using **square meters**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:19 +msgid "Enable units of measure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Open your Sales app and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. " +"Under Product Catalog, enable *Units of Measure*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:29 +msgid "Specify sales and purchase units of measure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:32 +msgid "Standard units of measure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:34 +msgid "" +"A variety of units of measure are available by default in your database. " +"Each belongs to one of the five pre-configured units of measure categories: " +"*Length / Distance*, *Unit*, *Volume*, *Weight* and *Working Time*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:39 +msgid "" +"You can create your new units of measure and units of measure categories " +"(see next section)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To specify different units of measures for sales and purchases, open the " +"Purchase app and go to :menuselection:`Products --> Products`. Create a " +"product or select an existing one. Under the product's *General Information*" +" tab, first select the *Unit of Measure* to be used for sales (as well as " +"for other apps such as inventory). Then, select the *Purchase Unit of " +"Measure* to be used for purchases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Back to the first example, if you purchase orange juice from your vendor in " +"**gallons** and sell it to your customers in **liters**, first select *L* " +"(liters) as the *Unit of Measure*, and *gal (US)* (gallons) as the *Purchase" +" Unit of Measure*, then click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:56 +msgid "Create new units of measure and units of measure categories" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Sometimes you need to create your own units and categories, either because " +"the measure is not pre-configured in Odoo or because the units do not relate" +" with each other (e.g. kilos and centimeters)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:62 +msgid "" +"If you take the second example where you buy curtains from a vendor in the " +"form of **rolls** and you sell pieces of the rolls using **square meters**, " +"you need to create a new *Units of Measure Category* in order to relate both" +" units of measure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:66 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Units of Measure " +"Categories`. Click on *Create* and name the category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:73 +msgid "" +"The next step is to create the two units of measures. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Units of Measure`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:76 +msgid "" +"First, create the unit of measure used as the reference point for converting" +" to other units of measure inside the category by clicking on *Create*. Name" +" the unit and select the units of measure category you just created. For the" +" *Type*, select *Reference Unit of Measure for this category type*. Enter " +"the *Rounding Precision* you would like to use. The quantity computed by " +"Odoo is always a multiple of this value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:82 +msgid "" +"In the example, as you cannot purchase less than 1 roll and won't use " +"fractions of a roll as a unit of measure, you can enter 1." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:89 +msgid "" +"If you use a *Rounding Precision* inferior to 0.01, a warning message might " +"appear stating that it is higher than the *Decimal Accuracy* and that it " +"might cause inconsistencies. If you wish to use a *Rounding Precision* lower" +" than 0.01, first :doc:`activate the Developer Mode " +"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, then go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Database Structure --> Decimal " +"Accuracy`, select *Product Unit of Measure* and edit *Digits* accordingly. " +"For example, if you want to use a rounding precision of 0.00001, set " +"*Digits* to 5." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Next, create a second unit of measure, name it, and select the same units of" +" measure category as your reference unit. As *Type*, select *Smaller* or " +"*Bigger than the reference Unit of Measure*, depending on your situation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:100 +msgid "" +"As the curtain roll equals to 100 square meters, you should select " +"*Smaller*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Next, you need to enter the *Ratio* between your reference unit and the " +"second one. If the second unit is smaller, the *Ratio* should be greater " +"than 1. If the second unit is larger, the ratio should be smaller than 1." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:106 +msgid "For your curtain roll, the ratio should be set to 100." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:112 +msgid "" +"You can now configure your product just as you would using Odoo's standard " +"units of measure." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po deleted file mode 100644 index 2f8182980..000000000 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,891 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-11-02 12:05+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: uk\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n" - -#: ../../iot.rst:5 -msgid "Internet of Things (IoT)" -msgstr "Інтернет речей (IoT)" - -#: ../../iot/config.rst:3 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Налаштування" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:3 -msgid "Connect an IoT Box to your database" -msgstr "Підключення IoT Box до вашої бази даних" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:5 -msgid "Install the Internet of Things (IoT) App on your Odoo Database." -msgstr "Встановіть програму Інтернет речей (IoT) на базу даних Odoo." - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:10 -msgid "Go in the IoT App and click on Connect on the IoT Boxes page." -msgstr "" -"Зайдіть в додаток IoT і натисніть на Підключити на сторінці IoT Boxes." - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:15 -msgid "Follow the steps to connect your IoT Box." -msgstr "Виконайте вказівки щодо підключення IoT Box." - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:21 -msgid "Ethernet Connection" -msgstr "Підключення Ethernet" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Connect to the IoT Box all the devices that have to be connected with cables" -" (ethernet, usb devices, etc.)." -msgstr "" -"Підключіть до IoT Box усі пристрої, які повинні бути з'єднані кабелями " -"(Ethernet, USB-пристрої тощо)." - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:26 -msgid "Power on the IoT Box." -msgstr "Увімкніть IoT Box." - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Read the Pairing Code from a screen or a receipt printer connected to the " -"IoT Box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:32 -msgid "Input the Pairing Code and click on the Pair button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Recent changes in modern web browsers forced us to modify the connection " -"wizard. If your screen is different from the screenshots, make sure that the" -" ``iot_pairing`` module is installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:40 -msgid "WiFi Connection" -msgstr "З'єднання з WiFi" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:42 -msgid "Power on the IoT Box" -msgstr "Увімкніть IoT Box." - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:44 -msgid "Copy the token" -msgstr "Скопіюйте токен" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Connect to the IoT Box WiFi Network (make sure there is no ethernet cable " -"plugged in your computer)." -msgstr "" -"Підключіть WiFi до IoT Box (переконайтеся, що в комп'ютері не підключено " -"кабель Ethernet)." - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:53 -msgid "" -"You will be redirected to the IoT Box Homepage (if it doesn't work, connect " -"to the IP address of the box). Give a name to your IoT Box (not required) " -"and paste the token, then click on next." -msgstr "" -"Ви будете перенаправлені на домашню сторінку IoT Box (якщо вона не працює, " -"підключіться до IP-адреси коробки). Дайте назву вашому IoT Box (не " -"обов'язково) і вставте токен, а потім натисніть кнопку Далі." - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:60 -msgid "" -"If you are on Runbot, do not forget to add the -all or -base in the token " -"(e.g. this token **http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-" -"f3f920.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401** should become " -"**http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-f3f920-all.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401**)." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви на Runbot, не забудьте додати -all або -base у токені (наприклад, " -"цей токен **http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-" -"f3f920.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401** повинен стати " -"**http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-f3f920-all.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401**)." - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Choose the WiFi network you want to connect with (enter the password if " -"there is one) and click on Submit. Wait a few seconds before being " -"redirected to your database." -msgstr "" -"Виберіть мережу WiFi, яку ви хочете підключити (введіть пароль, якщо такий " -"є) і натисніть кнопку Надіслати. Зачекайте кілька секунд, перш ніж " -"перенаправитися у базу даних." - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:72 -msgid "You should now see the IoT Box." -msgstr "Тепер ви можете бачити IoT Box." - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:78 -msgid "IoT Box Schema" -msgstr "Схема IoT Box" - -#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:3 -msgid "Flashing your SD Card" -msgstr "Записування вашої SD картки" - -#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In some case, you may need to reflash your IoT Box’s SD Card to benefit from" -" our latest updates." -msgstr "" -"У деяких випадках вам може знадобитися перепрошивка вашої SD картки IoT Box," -" щоби скористатися нашими останніми оновленнями." - -#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:9 -msgid "Upgrade from the IoT Box homepage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Go to the IoT Box homepage, click on *Update*, next to the version number. " -"If a new version of the IoT Box image is available, you will see a *Upgrade " -"to ___* button a the bottom of the page, the IoT Box will then flash itself " -"to the new version of the IoT Box. All of your configurations will be saved." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:18 -msgid "" -"This process can take more than 30 minutes. Do not turn off or unplug the " -"IoT Box as it would leave it in an inconsistent state." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:25 -msgid "Upgrade with Etcher" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Go to Balena’s website and download `Etcher <https://www.balena.io/>`__. " -"It’s a free and open-source utility used for burning image files. Install " -"and launch it. Download the latest image from `nightly " -"<http://nightly.odoo.com/master/iotbox/>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Then, open *Etcher* and select *Flash from file*, find the image you just " -"downloaded. Insert the IoT Box SD card into your computer and select it. " -"Click on *Flash* and wait for the process to finish." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:3 -msgid "Use the IoT Box for the PoS" -msgstr "Застосування IoT Box для точки продажу" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:9 -msgid "Prerequisites" -msgstr "Передумови" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:11 -msgid "Before starting, make sure you have the following:" -msgstr "Перш ніж почати, переконайтеся, що у вас є:" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:13 -msgid "An IoT Box, with its power adapter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:15 -msgid "A computer or tablet with an up-to-date web browser" -msgstr "Комп'ютер або планшет із сучасним веб-браузером" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:17 -msgid "" -"A running SaaS or Odoo instance with the Point of Sale and IoT apps " -"installed" -msgstr "" -"Запущена версія SaaS або Odoo зі встановленими програмами Точки продажу та " -"IoT" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:20 -msgid "A local network setup with DHCP (this is the default setting)" -msgstr "" -"Налаштування локальної мережі за допомогою DHCP (це налаштування за " -"замовчуванням)" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:22 -msgid "An RJ45 Ethernet Cable (optional, WiFi is built in)" -msgstr "Кабель RJ45 Ethernet (необов'язково, вбудований WiFi)" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Any of the supported hardware (receipt printer, barcode scanner, cash " -"drawer, payment terminal, scale, customer display, etc.). The list of " -"supported hardware can be found on the `POS Hardware page " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/point-of-sale-hardware>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:30 -msgid "Set Up" -msgstr "Встановіть" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:32 -msgid "" -"To connect hardware to the PoS, the first step is to connect an IoT Box to " -"your database. For this, follow this :doc:`documentation <connect>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:36 -msgid "Then, you have to connect the peripheral devices to your IoT Box." -msgstr "Потім, ви повинні підключити периферійні пристрої до вашого IoT Box." - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:38 -msgid "" -"**Printer**: Connect a supported receipt printer to a USB port or to the " -"network and power it on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:41 -msgid "" -"**Cash drawer**: The cash drawer should be connected to the printer with an " -"RJ25 cable." -msgstr "" -"**Касова скринька**: касова скринька повинна бути підключена до принтера за " -"допомогою кабелю RJ25." - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:44 -msgid "" -"**Barcode scanner**: Connect your barcode scanner. In order for your barcode" -" scanner to be compatible it must end barcodes with an Enter character " -"(keycode 28). This is most likely the default configuration of your barcode " -"scanner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:49 -msgid "**Scale**: Connect your scale and power it on." -msgstr "**Ваги**: підключіть ваги і включіть їх." - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:51 -msgid "" -"**Customer Display**: Connect a monitor to the IoT Box using an HDMI cable. " -"You can also access the Customer Display from any other computer by " -"accessing the IoT Box homepage and clicking on the *POS Display* button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:56 -msgid "" -"**Payment terminal**: The connection process depends on the terminal, please" -" refer to the :doc:`payment terminals documentation " -"<../../point_of_sale/payment>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Once it's done, you can connect the IoT Box to your PoS. For this, go in " -":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> PoS`, tick *IoT Box* and" -" select the devices you want to use in this Point of Sale. Save the changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:68 -msgid "Set up is done, you can launch a new PoS Session." -msgstr "Налаштування завершено, ви можете запустити нову сесію Точки продажу." - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:3 -msgid "Troubleshooting" -msgstr "Вирішення проблем" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:6 -msgid "IoT Box Connection" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:9 -msgid "I can't find the pairing code to connect my IoT Box" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:11 -msgid "" -"The pairing code should be printed on receipt printers connected to the IoT " -"Box and should also be displayed on connected monitors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:14 -msgid "The pairing code doesn't show under the following circumstances:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:16 -msgid "The IoT Box is already connected to an Odoo database;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:18 -msgid "The IoT Box is not connected to the Internet;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:20 -msgid "" -"The code is only valid for 5 minutes after the IoT Box has started. It's " -"automatically removed from connected displays when this delay has expired;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:23 -msgid "" -"The version of the IoT Box image is too old. It should use version 20.06 or " -"more recent. If your IoT Box image is from an earlier version, then you will" -" have to reflash the SD card of your IoT Box to update the image (see " -":doc:`Flashing your SD Card <flash_sdcard>`)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:28 -msgid "" -"If you are not in any of the cases listed above, make sure that the IoT Box " -"has correctly started, by checking that a fixed green LED is showing next to" -" the micro-USB port." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:33 -msgid "I've connected my IoT Box but it's not showing in my database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:35 -msgid "" -"When you connect an IoT Box to a database, the IoT Box might restart, if " -"that is the case, it might take up to one minute before appearing in your " -"database. If after some time the IoT is still not showing, make sure that " -"your database can be reached from the IoT Box and that your server doesn't " -"use a multi-database environment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:42 -msgid "My IoT Box is connected to my database, but cannot be reached" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Make sure that the IoT Box and the device running the browser are located on" -" the same network as the IoT Box cannot be reached from outside the local " -"network." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:49 -msgid "Printer" -msgstr "Принтер" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:52 -msgid "My printer is not detected" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:54 -msgid "" -"If one of your printers doesn't show up in your devices list, go to the IoT " -"Box homepage and make sure that it is listed under *Printers*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:60 -msgid "" -"If your printer is not present on the IoT Box homepage, hit *Printers " -"Server*, go to the *Administration* tab and click on *Add Printer*. If you " -"can't find your printer in the list, it's probably not connected properly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:66 -msgid "My printer outputs random text" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:68 -msgid "" -"For most printers, the correct driver should be automatically detected and " -"selected. However, in some cases, the automatic detection mechanism might " -"not be enough, and if no driver is found the printer might print random " -"characters." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:73 -msgid "" -"The solution is to manually select the corresponding driver. On the IoT Box " -"homepage, click on *Printers Server*, go to the *Printers* tab and select " -"the printer in the list. In the Administration dropdown, click on *Modify " -"Printer*. Follow the steps and select the Make and Model corresponding to " -"your printer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Epson and Star receipt printers and Zebra label printers do not need a " -"driver to work. Make sure that no driver is selected for those printers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:88 -msgid "My Zebra Printer doesn't print anything" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:90 -msgid "" -"Zebra printers are quite sensitive to the format of the ZPL code that is " -"printed. If nothing comes out of the printer or blank labels are printed, " -"try changing the format of the report that is sent to the printer by " -"accessing :menuselection:`Settings ~~> Technical ~~> Views` in developer " -"mode and look for the corresponding template." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:97 -msgid "Barcode Scanner" -msgstr "Сканер штрих-кодів" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:100 -msgid "The characters read by the barcode scanner don't match the barcode" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:102 -msgid "" -"By default, we assume that your barcode scanner is configured in US QWERTY. " -"This is the default configuration of most barcode readers. If your barcode " -"scanner uses a different layout, please go to the form view of your device " -"and select the correct one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:108 -msgid "Nothing happens when a barcode is scanned" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:110 -msgid "" -"Make sure that the correct device is selected in your Point of Sale " -"configuration and that your barcode is configured to send an ENTER character" -" (keycode 28) at the end of every barcode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:115 -msgid "The barcode scanner is detected as a keyboard" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:117 -msgid "" -"Some poorly built barcode scanners do not advertise themselves as barcode " -"scanners but as a USB keyboard instead, and will not be recognized by the " -"IoT Box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:121 -msgid "" -"You can manually change the device type by going to its form view and " -"activating the *Is scanner* option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:128 -msgid "Cashdrawer" -msgstr "Касова скринька" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:131 -msgid "The cashdrawer does not open" -msgstr "Готівковий рахунок не відкривається" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:133 -msgid "" -"The cashdrawer should be connected to the printer and the *Cashdrawer* " -"checkbox should be ticked in the POS configuration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices.rst:3 -msgid "Devices" -msgstr "Пристрої" - -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:3 -msgid "Connect a Camera" -msgstr "Підключіть камеру" - -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When using your *IoT Box* in Odoo, you could need to use a camera. As it can" -" be done in a few steps, this device is really easy to configure. Then, you " -"can use it in your manufacturing process and link it to a control point. " -"Doing so will allow you to take pictures when you reach the chosen quality " -"control point." -msgstr "" -"Під час використання *IoT Box* в Odoo, вам може знадобитися використання " -"камери. Це можна зробити у кілька кроків, адже цей пристрій легкий у " -"налаштуванні. Потім ви можете використовувати його у вашому виробництві та " -"об'єднувати з пунктами контролю. Це дозволить вам фотографувати у той " -"момент, коли ви досягаєте пункту контролю якості." - -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:12 ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:13 -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:11 -msgid "Connection" -msgstr "Підключення" - -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:14 -msgid "" -"To connect the camera to the *IoT Box*, simply connect the two by cable." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:17 -msgid "" -"If your camera is a `*supported one* <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-" -"hardware>`__, there is no need to set up anything as it will be detected as " -"soon as it is connected." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ваша камера `*підтримується* <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-" -"hardware>`__, тоді не потрібно нічого встановлювати, оскільки її буде " -"взначено, як тільки вона буде підключена." - -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:25 -msgid "Link a Camera to a Quality Control Point" -msgstr "Об'єднайте камеру з пунктом контролю якості" - -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:28 ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:34 -msgid "With the Manufacturing app" -msgstr "З модулем виробництво" - -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:30 -msgid "" -"In your *Quality app*, you can setup the device on a *Quality Control " -"Point*. Go to the *Control Points* menu, under *Quality Control* and open " -"the control point you want to link with the camera." -msgstr "" -"У вашому *модулі Якості* ви можете встановити прилад на *Пункт контролю " -"якості*. Перейдіть в меню *Пункти контролю* під *Контроль якості* і " -"відкрийте пукт контролю, який ви хочете з'єднати з камерою." - -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Now, you can edit the control point and select the device from the dropdown " -"list. Now, hit save." -msgstr "" -"Тепер ви можете редагувати пункт контролю та обирати прилад із випадаючого " -"списку. Тепер збережіть." - -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Then, your camera can be used with the picked *Control Point*. During the " -"manufacturing process, reaching the *Quality Control Point* you chose before" -" will allow you to take a picture." -msgstr "" -"Потім вашу камеру можна використовувати з вибраним *Пунктом контролю*. " -"Протягом процесу виробництва, досягнувши *Пункту контролю якості*, який ви " -"обирали, перед тим, як вам буде дозволено зробити фото." - -#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:3 -msgid "Connect a Footswitch" -msgstr "Підключіть ніжний перемикач" - -#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When working, it is always better to have your two hands available. Using " -"Odoo’s *IoT Box* and a footswitch will allow it." -msgstr "" -"Під час роботи завжди краще мати обидві руки вільними. Використовуючи *IoT " -"Box* Odoo та педаль, ви зможете цього досягнути." - -#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In fact, you will be able to go from one screen to another and perform " -"actions by using your foot and the footswitch. Really convenient, it can be " -"configured in a few steps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Connecting the footswitch to the *IoT Box* is easy, you just have to connect" -" the two by cable." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:18 -msgid "" -"If your footswitch is a `supported one <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-" -"hardware>`__, there is no need to set up anything since it will be " -"automatically detected when connected." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ваша педаль `підтримується <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-hardware>`__," -" не потрібно нічого встановлювати, як тільки вона буде автоматично визначена" -" після підключення." - -#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:26 -msgid "Link a Footswitch to a Workcenter" -msgstr "З'єднайте педаль з робочим центром" - -#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:28 -msgid "" -"To link the footswitch to an action, it needs to be configured on a " -"workcenter. Go to the workcenter you want to use the footswitch in and add " -"the device in the *IoT Triggers* tab. Then, you can link it to an action and" -" also add a key to trigger it." -msgstr "" -"Щоб з'єднати педаль із дією, необхідно налаштувати педаль у робочому центрі." -" Перейдіть у робочий центр, в якому ви хочете використовувати педаль та " -"додайте пристрій на вкладці *Запуски IoT*. Потім ви зможете з'єднати її з " -"дією, а також додати ключ для її запуску." - -#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Note that the one that is first in the list will be chosen. So, the order " -"matters! In the picture above, using the footswitch will, for example, " -"automatically skip the current part of the process you work on." -msgstr "" -"Занотуйте, що зі списку буде обрано перший пристрій. Тому порядок має " -"значення! Як показано на зображенні нижче, використовуючи педаль, буде " -"автоматично пропущено поточну частину процесу, з якою ви працюєте." - -#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:41 -msgid "" -"When you are on the work order screen, a status button indicates if you are " -"correctly connected to the footswitch." -msgstr "" -"Коли ви на формі робочого замовлення, кнопка статусу вказує, чи ви правильно" -" підключили педаль." - -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:3 -msgid "Connect a Measurement Tool" -msgstr "Підключіть інструмент вимірювання" - -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:5 -msgid "" -"With Odoo’s *IoT Box*, it is possible to connect measurement tools to your " -"database. Find the list of supported devices here: `Supported devices " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-hardware>`__,." -msgstr "" -"З *IoT Box* Odoo можливо підключити інструменти вимірювання до вашої бази " -"даних. Знайдіть список підтримуваних пристроїв тут: `Підтримувані пристрої " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-hardware>`__,." - -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:10 -msgid "Connect in USB" -msgstr "Підключіть через USB" - -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To add a device connected by USB, just plug the USB cable in the *IoT Box*, " -"and the device should appear in your Odoo database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:19 -msgid "Connect in Bluetooth" -msgstr "Підключіться через Bluetooth" - -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Activate the Bluetooth on your device (see your device manual for further " -"explanation) and the IoT Box will automatically try to connect to the " -"device." -msgstr "" -"Активуйте Bluetooth на вашому пристрої (див. посібник із пристрою для " -"подальшого пояснення) і IoT Box автоматично спробує підключитися до " -"пристроя." - -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:25 -msgid "Here is an example of what it should look like:" -msgstr "Ось приклад, як це має виглядати:" - -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:31 -msgid "Link a measurement tool to a quality control point" -msgstr "З'єднайте інструмент вимірювання з пунктом контролю якості" - -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:36 -msgid "" -"In your *Quality app*, you can setup a device on your *Quality Control " -"Points*. To do so, go to the *Control Points* menu, under *Quality Control* " -"and open the control point to which you want to assign a measurement tool." -msgstr "" -"У вашому *модулі Якості*, ви можете встановити пристрій у ваші *Пункти " -"контролю якості*. Щоб зробити це, перейдіть у меню *Пункти контролю*, під " -"*Контролем якості* та відкрийте пункт контролю, в який ви хочете призначити " -"інструмент вимірювання." - -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Now, you can edit the control point and choose the device from the dropdown " -"list. Then, hit save." -msgstr "" -"Тепер ви можете редагувати пункт контролю та обирати пристрій з випадаючого " -"списку. Потім збережіть налаштування." - -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Now, your measurement tool is linked to the chosen *Control Point*. The " -"value, which needs to be changed manually, will be automatically updated " -"while the tool is being used." -msgstr "" -"Тепер ваш інструмент вимірювання з'єднано з обраним *Пунктом контролю*. " -"Значення, яке вимагає змін вручну, буде автоматично оновлено, поки " -"використовується інструмент." - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:3 -msgid "Connect a Printer" -msgstr "Підключіть принтер" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When using your *IoT Box* in Odoo, you could need to use a printer. Doing so" -" is easy and convenient as it can be done in a few steps. Then, you can use " -"it to print receipts, orders or even reports in different Odoo apps." -msgstr "" -"Використовуючи *IoT Box* в Odoo, вам може знадобитися принтер. Зробити це " -"можна легко і просто лише за кілька кроків. Птм ви зможете використовувати " -"принтер для друку чеків, замовлень чи навіть звітів у різних модулях Odoo." - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:13 -msgid "" -"The IoT Box supports printers connected through USB, network or Bluetooth. " -"`Supported printers <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-hardware>`__ will be " -"detected automatically and will appear in the *Devices* list of your IoT " -"app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:18 -msgid "The printer can take up to two minutes to appear in your devices list." -msgstr "Принтер може з'являтися у списку пристроїв протягом двох хвилин." - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:24 -msgid "Link the Printer" -msgstr "Підключіть принтер" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:27 -msgid "To Work Orders" -msgstr "До робочих замовлень" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:29 -msgid "" -"You can link *Work Orders* to printers via a *Quality Control Point* to " -"print labels for manufactured products." -msgstr "" -"Ви можете з'єднати *Робочі замовлення* з принтерами через *Пункт контролю " -"якості* для друку етикеток виготовлених товарів." - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:32 -msgid "" -"To do so, you need to create a *Quality Control Point* from the *Quality* " -"app. Then, you can select the correct manufacturing operation and the work " -"order operation. In type, choose *Print Label* and hit save." -msgstr "" -"Щоб зробити це вам необхідно створити *Пункт контролю якості* з модуля " -"*Якість*. Потім ви можете обрати корегувати виробничу операцію та операцію " -"робочого замовлення. У типі оберіть *Друк етикети* та збережіть." - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Now, each time you reach the quality control point for the chosen product, a" -" *Print Label* button will appear." -msgstr "" -"Тепер щоразу, коли ви досягаєте пункту контролю якості для обраного товару, " -"буде з'являтися кнопка *Друк етикетки*." - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:47 -msgid "To Reports" -msgstr "До звітів" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:49 -msgid "" -"You can also link a type of report to a certain printer. In the *IoT* app, " -"go to the *Devices* menu and select the printer you want to set up." -msgstr "" -"Ви також можете з'єднати тип звіту з певним принтером. У модулі *IoT*, " -"перейдіть в меню *Пристрої* та оберіть принтер, який ви хочете встановити." - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:56 -msgid "Now, go to the *Printer Reports* tab." -msgstr "Тепер перейдіть на вкладку *Звіти принтера*." - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Hit edit and then, click on *Add a line*. In the window that shows up, check" -" all the types of reports that should be linked to this printer. Click on " -"select and save." -msgstr "" -"Натисніть редагувати та на *Додати рядок*. У вікні, яке відкриється, " -"перевірте всі типи звітів, які будуть пов'язані з цим принтером. Натисніть " -"обрати та зберегти." - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Now, each time you click on *Print* in the control panel, instead of " -"downloading a PDF, it will send it to the selected printer and automatically" -" print it." -msgstr "" -"Тепер щоразу, коли ви натискаєте на *Друк* в панелі контролю, замість " -"завантаження PDF, система надішле файл на обраний принтер та автоматично " -"роздрукує його." - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:73 -msgid "Print Receipts from the PoS" -msgstr "Друкуйте чеки з Точки продажу" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:75 -msgid "" -"You can link a printer to your *Point of Sale* app so you can print receipts" -" directly from your *PoS*." -msgstr "" -"Ви можете з'єднати принтер з вашим модулем *Точка продажу*, тому ви можете " -"друкувати чеки прямо з вашої *Точки продажу*." - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:78 -msgid "" -"Doing so is really easy. Go to your *Point of Sale* app and open your *Point" -" of Sale* settings, under *Configuration*. There, click on *Edit* and check " -"the *IoT Box* feature. Then, choose your *Receipt Printer* from the " -"dropdown." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:86 -msgid "" -"Now, you will be able to print different kinds of tickets from your *POS*: " -"**receipts**, **sale details** and **bills**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:89 -msgid "" -"Receipts are printed once the order is validated. The process is automated " -"when you enable the feature in your *PoS* configuration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Sales details can be printed by clicking on the printer icon on the navbar " -"at the top of the *PoS*. It will print the details of the sales of the " -"current day." -msgstr "" -"Деталі продажу можна роздрукувати, коли ви натискаєте на іконку друку на " -"верхній панелі *Точки продажу*. Вона роздрукує деталі продажу поточного дня." - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:99 -msgid "" -"As for the bill, it is only available in restaurant mode. In your restaurant" -" settings, activate *Print Bills* and a *Bill* button will appear in the " -"left panel of the *PoS*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:107 -msgid "Print Orders in the kitchen" -msgstr "Друкуйте замовлення на кухні" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:109 -msgid "In restaurant mode, you can send order tickets to the kitchen." -msgstr "В режимі ресторану ви можете надсилати квитанції замовлення на кухню." - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:111 -msgid "" -"To do so, go to the *PoS* app and open your *PoS* settings. Then, tick " -"*Order Printer*." -msgstr "" -"Щоб зробити це перейдіть у модуль *Точки продажу* і відкрийте ваші " -"налаштування *Точки продажу*. Потім позначте *Принтер замовлень*." - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:117 -msgid "" -"Now, go to the *Printers* menu. Hit create, select the printer from the " -"dropdown and, in the *Printer Product Categories* field, choose all the " -"categories of products that should be printed on this printer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:124 -msgid "" -"In the *PoS*, when you add or remove a product from one of the selected " -"categories, the button *Order* will be green. If you click on it, the IoT " -"Box will print a receipt on the corresponding printer." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po deleted file mode 100644 index 211c84422..000000000 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,274 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: uk\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n" - -#: ../../livechat/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Загальний огляд" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:3 -msgid "Get Started with Live Chat" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Live Chat has the highest satisfaction rating of any communication tool. It " -"allows fast responses and it is accessible and convenient, as your customers" -" can keep doing what they are doing while interacting with you. Remember: " -"your customers want to talk to you, so let's make it easy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:10 -msgid "Set up" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Once *Live Chat* is installed on your database, if your website was created " -"with Odoo, the application is automatically added to it. All that is left to" -" do is to go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> " -"Live Chat`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Select the channel to be linked to your website or create one on the fly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:27 -msgid "For both scenarios, under:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:30 -msgid "" -"- **Operators**: add agents to respond to the chat requests. Add as many as " -"you like, and keep in mind that operators that do not show any activity in " -"Odoo for more than 30min are considered disconnected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:33 -msgid "" -"- **Options**: set the default text to be shown on the live chat button; an " -"automated welcome message to be seen by visitors when a conversation is " -"initiated, and the text that prompts the user to initiate a chat." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:36 -msgid "" -"- **Channel Rules**: choose an action for a given URL, and/or per country. " -"In the example below, the chat window automatically pops-up 3 seconds after " -"users (from any country) land on the contact us page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:43 -msgid "" -"GeoIP, which refers to the process of finding a computer terminal’s " -"geographical location by its IP address, must be installed on your server. " -"Otherwise, under *Channel Rules*, countries are not taken into account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:48 -msgid "External options" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:51 -msgid "" -"If your website was not created with Odoo, you can find the code to be added" -" to your own, under the *Widget* tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Odoo also offers an URL you can send to users so they can have access to a " -"single live chat page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:59 -msgid "Managing chat requests" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Conversations initiated by visitors pop up as a direct message, and are " -"shown in *Discuss*. Therefore, inquiries can be answered wherever you are in" -" Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Conversations are dispatched based on the current workload of the online " -"operators." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:72 -msgid "Leave or join a channel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:74 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, access your " -"channel under *Live Chat*, and *Join Channel* or *Leave Channel*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:82 -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:48 -msgid ":doc:`ratings`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:83 -#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:45 -msgid ":doc:`responses`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:3 -msgid "Ratings" -msgstr "Оцінювання" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Giving users the opportunity to rate their interactions can help you " -"improving the experience you offer. That means staying on top of your " -"customers' needs, besides keeping track of your operators’ performances." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:10 -msgid "Customer Rating" -msgstr "Рейтинг клієнта" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Once the user chooses to close the chat window, he can rate his interaction." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:14 -msgid "" -"If the user is *Not satisfied* or *Highly dissatisfied*, a field allowing " -"for an explanation is shown." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:15 -msgid "A copy of the conversation can also be sent by email." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:22 -msgid "The rating is shown on the chat window itself for the operator." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:28 -msgid "And under :menuselection:`Report --> Customer Ratings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:35 -msgid "Make the rating public" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, access your " -"channel form, click on *Go to Website* and on *Unpublished*, to publish the " -"rating of that channel on your website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:3 -msgid "Commands and Canned Responses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Using canned responses can help you save time and have a previous, well-" -"thought response, to some of your most common questions and comments." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:9 -msgid "Use commands" -msgstr "Використовуйте команди" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Commands are shortcuts that do specific actions within the chat window:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:13 -msgid "**/help**: shows a help message." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:14 -msgid "**/helpdesk**: creates a helpdesk ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:15 -msgid "**/helpdesk_search**: searches for a helpdesk ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:16 -msgid "**/history**: shows the last 15 visited pages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:17 -msgid "**/lead**: creates a new lead." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:18 -msgid "**/leave**: leaves the channel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:0 -msgid "" -"- For *helpdesk tickets*: make sure the application is installed on your " -"database and the option *Live Chat* under :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> " -"Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` is enabled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:0 -msgid "" -"- For *leads*: the *CRM* application must be installed on your database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:26 -msgid "" -"To access the ticket or lead created from the chat, click on the shortcut " -"link." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Helpdesk tickets created from the chat automatically add the conversation as" -" a description of the ticket. The same goes for the creation of a lead." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:37 -msgid "Send canned responses" -msgstr "Надсилайте фіксовані відповіді" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Canned responses allow you to have a full piece of text being placed when " -"you type a shortcut word. To create them, go to :menuselection:`Live Chat " -"--> Configuration --> Canned Responses`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:41 -msgid "" -"To use them during a conversation, simply type **:** followed by the " -"shortcut word you created." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po deleted file mode 100644 index ba13bb052..000000000 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1371 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: uk\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n" - -#: ../../manufacturing.rst:5 -msgid "Manufacturing" -msgstr "Виробництво" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management.rst:5 -msgid "Manufacturing Management" -msgstr "Управління виробництвом" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:3 -msgid "Using an alternative Work Center" -msgstr "Використовуючи альтернативний робочий центр" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:5 -msgid "" -"For many manufacturing companies, a common issue is to have to manufacture, " -"at the same time, several products usually produced at the same work center." -" If in practice, employees can manufacture the goods at another work center," -" it is not that simple." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:10 -msgid "" -"You need to keep track of the job: which work center has been used and when," -" so you can schedule maintenance efficiently. With Odoo, you can configure " -"it so you can keep tracking manufacturing orders and your employees have an " -"alternative work center to use." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:15 -msgid "" -"This way, your process becomes more efficient, and less non-productive time " -"will be noticed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:20 -msgid "Configure your Work Centers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:22 -msgid "" -"The first thing to do is to go to the *Manufacturing* app settings. Then, " -"enable the *Work Orders* feature and hit save." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Now, go to the *Work Centers* menu under *Master Data* and create two new " -"work centers. Add the second work centers as an alternative to the first and" -" vice versa." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:39 -msgid "" -"The next step is to create your *routing*. Add your work center and an " -"operation to it before saving." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Then, you can create your *Bill of Materials* and add components and routing" -" to it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:56 -msgid "Create your Work Orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Now that everything is configured, you can create your *Work Orders*. Go to " -"the *Manufacturing Orders* menu and hit *Create*. There, add your product " -"and plan it. In the *Work Orders* list, you can find it ready to be " -"assembled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Each new *Work Order*, which will be created before the end of the first " -"one, will be scheduled at the alternative work center you configured." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:78 -msgid "" -"Keep in mind that, if you add time after production to your work center, you" -" may have work orders scheduled for your alternative work center even if the" -" usual one is free." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:3 -msgid "Create Bills of Materials" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A *Bill of Materials* is a document defining the quantity of each component " -"required to manufacture a finished product. It also includes the routing and" -" individual steps of the manufacturing process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:9 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can link multiple BoMs to each product and use it to describe" -" multiple variants of them. Each BoM will, yet, be associated with one " -"product only." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:13 -msgid "" -"This feature will help optimize your manufacturing process while saving you " -"time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:17 -msgid "Setting up a BoM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:19 -msgid "" -"You can use BoMs without routings. You will use this if you choose to manage" -" your manufacturing operations using manufacturing orders only. In other " -"words, you choose to realize your manufacturing process in one step and do " -"not track the steps the product goes through." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Before creating your *BoM*, you have to create the product using the *BoM* " -"and, at least, one of the components. Go to the :menuselection:`Master Data " -"menu --> Products` and create both the finished product and the component." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Once done, go to the *Bills of Materials* menu under *Master Data*. Now, " -"create it. Choose the product from the dropdown menu and add your components" -" and the quantity. In this case, keep the default *BoM* type, which is " -"*Manufacture this Product*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:37 -msgid "Using the same BoM to describe Variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:39 -msgid "" -"As said above, you can use *BoM* for *Product Variants*. It is basically the" -" same as for the standard product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:42 -msgid "" -"If your *BoM* is for one variant only, then specify which one in the " -"*Product Variant* field. If not, specify the variant it is consumed for on " -"each component line. You can add several variants for each component." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:51 -msgid "Adding a routing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:53 -msgid "" -"You can add routing to your *BoM*. You will do this if you need to define a " -"series of operations required by your manufacturing process. To use it, " -"enable the *Work Orders* feature in the *Manufacturing* app settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:62 -msgid "" -"Each *BoM* can have only one routing while each routing can be used multiple" -" times." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Now that you have created your routing, add it to your *BoM*. You can select" -" when, in the work operations, your components are consumed with the " -"dropdown menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:73 -msgid "Adding By-Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:75 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, a *by-product* is any product produced by a *BoM* in addition to " -"the primary product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:78 -msgid "" -"To add *by-products* to a *BoM*, you will first need to enable them from the" -" *Manufacturing* app settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:84 -msgid "" -"Once the feature is enabled, you can add your *By-Products* to your *BoMs*. " -"You can add as many *By-Products* as you want. Just keep in mind that you " -"need to register during which operation your by-product is produced." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:3 -msgid "Use flexible components consumption" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Sometimes, you might need more components than usual to manufacture a " -"product. Let’s say that you produce a desk combination of 4 desks and two " -"chairs but your customer asks you one more desk. Alright, you can do that. " -"But you will need to register it!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:10 -msgid "" -"In case this happens, Odoo has the *flexible components consumption* feature" -" available. If you enable it, you will be able to consume as many components" -" as needed and it will make you save time in the registration of your items " -"consumption." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:16 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:31 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:66 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:26 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:9 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Налаштування" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Using flexible component consumption is easy and can be done in a few steps." -" All you need is a *BoM* and a *Quality Control Point*. Therefore, you will " -"need to activate the feature *Quality* in the *MRP* app settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:23 -msgid "" -"First, open the *BoM* you want to use for flexible component consumption and" -" edit it. In the *Miscellaneous* tab, choose *Flexible* as the consumption " -"type. Then, save." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Now, in the *Quality* app, open the *Control Point* menu, under *Quality " -"Control* and create a new *Quality Control Point*. Choose your product, your" -" operation and work order operation. Then, choose *Register Consumed " -"Materials* as type." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Next, go back to your *Manufacturing* app and create a *Manufacturing " -"order*. Choose the product for which you have created the flexible *BoM*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Then, confirm it and launch the process step. While processing, you will " -"have the possibility to consume more components than expected in the *BoM*. " -"To do so, click on *Continue Consumption*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:49 -msgid "" -"When the job is over, you will find a summary of your component consumption " -"in the *Finished Steps* tab of your work order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:3 -msgid "Sell sets of products as kits" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A *kit* is a set of components that are delivered without first being " -"assembled or mixed. *Kits* are described in Odoo using *Bills of Materials*." -" There are two basic ways to configure *kits*, depending on how the stock of" -" the kit product is to be managed. In either case, both the *Inventory* and " -"*Manufacturing* apps must be installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:12 -msgid "Manage Stock of Component Products" -msgstr "Управління складом компонентів продуктів" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:14 -msgid "" -"If you want to assemble kits as they are ordered, managing stock of the kit " -"components only, you will use a *Kit BoM* without a manufacturing step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:18 -msgid "" -"A product using a *Kit BoM* will appear as a single line item on a quotation" -" and sales order, but will generate a delivery order with one line item for " -"each of the components of the kit. In the examples below, the first image " -"shows a sales order for the kit *Custom Computer Kit*, while the second " -"image shows the corresponding delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:33 -msgid "" -"From the *Products menu* in either the *Inventory* or *Manufacturing* app, " -"create each component product as you would with any other product, then " -"create the top-level, or kit product. The kit product should have only the " -"*route Manufacture* set, in the *Inventory tab*. Because you cannot track " -"the stock of kit products, the *Product Type* should be set to Consumable. " -"Because a kit product cannot be purchased, then, *Can be Purchased* should " -"be unchecked." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:41 -msgid "" -"All other parameters on the kit product may be modified according to your " -"preference. The component products require no particular configuration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Once the products are configured, create a *bill of materials* for the kit " -"product. Add each component and its quantity. Select the *BoM Type Ship this" -" product as a set of components*. All other options may be left with their " -"default values." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:57 -msgid "Manage Stock of Kit Product and Component Products" -msgstr "Управління складом комплектів товару та компонентів" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:59 -msgid "" -"If you want to manage stock of the *top-level kit product*, you will use a " -"standard *BoM* with a manufacturing step instead of a *Kit BoM*. When using " -"a standard BoM to assemble kits, a *manufacturing order* will be created. " -"The *manufacturing order* must be registered as completed before the kit " -"product will appear in your stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:68 -msgid "" -"On the kit product, select the *route Manufacture*. You may also select " -"*Make to Order*, which will create a *manufacturing order* whenever a sales " -"order is confirmed. Select the product type *Storable Product* to enable " -"stock management." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:76 -msgid "" -"When you create the *bill of materials*, select the BoM Type *Manufacture " -"this product*. The assembly of the kit will be described by a *manufacturing" -" order* rather than a packing operation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:3 -msgid "Process Manufacturing Orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, you can manage your manufacturing process in two different ways. " -"You can work with one document, or decide to have more information and " -"control over it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:9 -msgid "" -"In the first case, Odoo makes things easier and helps you manage work with " -"one document only: the manufacturing order. No complex steps during the " -"process, you just have to schedule the job and record the production." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:14 -msgid "" -"But, if you need more control, you can use additional documents (steps) to " -"your manufacturing process. This way, *Manufacturing Orders* are divided " -"into one or more steps defined by *Work Orders* and performed in a sequence " -"defined by *routings*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Using Odoo will allow you to precisely schedule the job, analyze your " -"efficiency but also have ease when realizing each step of your manufacturing" -" process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:24 -msgid "Manage Manufacturing Without Routings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:26 -msgid "" -"If your manufacturing process is limited to one place, one person and one " -"step, you will probably use manufacturing orders without routings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:29 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, it is the default behavior. If work this way, there are two basic " -"phases from planning to production:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:32 -msgid "Create a manufacturing order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:34 -msgid "Record the production" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:37 -msgid "Manage Manufacturing with Routings and Work Centers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:39 -msgid "" -"To use *Work Centers* and *Routings*, you will need to enable the *Work " -"Orders* feature. To do so, go to the *Manufacturing* app settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Now, you can add routings to *BoMs* and configure your operations taking " -"place at different *work centers*. The *Work Centers* are the locations at " -"which work orders are performed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:53 -msgid "" -"When manufacturing this way, each *Work Order* is scheduled individually. " -"You will also have access to time and capacity planning, as well as reports " -"on costing and efficiency for each *Work Center*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:60 -msgid "Thus, the workflow is divided into three basic phases:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:62 -msgid "Create the manufacturing order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:67 -msgid "Schedule the associated work orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:72 -msgid "Perform the scheduled work and record production" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:3 -msgid "Plan Work Orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In some cases, companies need to schedule their work orders. Doing so, they " -"can organize the work for the whole day and be sure everything goes well. It" -" helps to avoid scheduling multiple work orders at the same time when you " -"don’t have the capacity to do so." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:10 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, companies can schedule the planned start date for their " -"manufacturing orders. No possible duplication, no potential issues with the " -"planning. And, if you plan two work orders at the same work center, at the " -"same hour, the second one will be scheduled right after the first one, " -"avoiding work superposition." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:17 -msgid "Create the Work Orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:19 -msgid "" -"The first thing you need to do is to open the *Manufacturing* app. Then, Go " -"to the settings and enable the *Work Orders* feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Now, go to the *Manufacturing Orders* menu and hit *Create*. Choose your " -"product and add a *Planned Start Date*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:32 -msgid "" -"The “Deadline Start” field is informative. It shows you until when you can " -"launch the manufacturing order to fulfill the initial demand." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Mark your *Manufacturing Order* as todo and plan it. By going to the " -"*Planning* menu, you can access to the scheduled orders. Here is the one we " -"just created:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:43 -msgid "" -"If you plan two work orders at the same hour, the second one will be " -"scheduled after the first one if the jobs need to be done at the same work " -"center. The start date will, then, be automatically updated considering the " -"first free slot on the work center." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:48 -msgid "" -"If you overrun the planned date and begin the job later, you will have a " -"track of it in the *Time Tracking* tab of your work order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage BoMs for product variants" -msgstr "Як керувати специфікацією для варіантів товару" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo allows you to use one bill of materials for multiple variants of the " -"same product. Simply enable variants from :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`." -msgstr "" -"Odoo дозволяє використовувати одну специфікацію для декількох варіантів того" -" ж продукту. Просто ввімкніть варіанти з :menuselection:`Налаштування --> " -"Налаштування`." - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:12 -msgid "" -"You will then be able to specify which component lines are to be used in the" -" manufacture of each product variant. You may specify multiple variants for " -"each line. If no variant is specified, the line will be used for all " -"variants." -msgstr "" -"Після цього ви зможете визначити, які рядки компонентів будуть " -"використовуватися при виготовленні кожного варіанту продукту. Ви можете " -"вказати кілька варіантів для кожного рядка. Якщо не вказано жодного " -"варіанта, рядок буде використовуватися для всіх варіантів." - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:17 -msgid "" -"When defining variant BoMs on a line-item-basis, the **Product Variant** " -"field in the main section of the BoM should be left blank. This field is " -"used when creating a BoM for one variant of a product only." -msgstr "" -"При визначенні варіанту специфікації на основі рядка-позиції, поле **Варіант" -" продукту** у головному розділі специфікації слід залишити порожнім. Це поле" -" використовується при створенні BoM для одного варіанту продукту." - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:3 -msgid "Set routings on kit Bills of materials" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:5 -msgid "" -"It often happens that you want to use kit BoM’s within manufactured product " -"BoM’s in order to lighten the list of components for this manufactured " -"product. When doing so, you would like to have the possibility to specify, " -"for each kit component, in which operation they are consumed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:11 -msgid "" -"We will see the three use cases that you can face in these kinds of " -"configurations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:15 -msgid "Finished Product & Kit Component have the same Routing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:18 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:63 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:107 -msgid "Create BoM for the Finished Product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:20 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Create a manufactured BoM for the finished product which includes a kit " -"component. Set a routing on your BoM, for example, *Assemble Furniture*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:28 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:73 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:117 -msgid "Create a Kit BoM for the Kit Component" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Update the kit component to define its BoM. Make sure that the routing which" -" is set on this BoM is the same one than on the Finished Product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:36 -msgid "" -"You can define the operations in which the kit components are used directly " -"in the BoM of the kit." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:40 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:84 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:127 -msgid "Manufacturing Order" -msgstr "Замовлення на виробництво" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:42 -msgid "" -"In the list of components, the kit is split. Two work orders are created as " -"we have two operations defined in the *Assemble Furniture* routing. The " -"components of the kits are well consumed in the operations defined in the " -"kit BoM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:57 -msgid "Finished Product & Kit Component haven’t the same Routing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:60 -msgid "Kit Consumption set on Finished Product BoM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:75 -msgid "" -"Update the kit component to define its BoM. In this use case, the routing " -"which is set on this Kit BoM is different than the one of the Finished " -"Product. Specify the operations at which the kit components are consumed in " -"this BoM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:86 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:129 -msgid "" -"When the manufacturing order is created for the Manufactured product, the " -"kit is split among its components. When the manufacturing order is planned, " -"three work orders are created in our case, one coming from the routing of " -"the manufactured products, the two other ones coming from the routing of the" -" kit BoM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:95 -msgid "The components are all consumed during their respective operations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:104 -msgid "Kit Consumption set on Kit BoM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:109 -msgid "" -"Create a manufactured BoM for the finished product which includes a kit " -"component. Set a routing on your BoM, for example, *Assemble Furniture*. " -"Precise the consumption of the components on this BoM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:119 -msgid "" -"Update the kit component to define its BoM. In this use case, the routing " -"which is set on this Kit BoM is different than the one of the Finished " -"Product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:138 -msgid "" -"All the components of the kits are consumed during the first operation. The " -"last component is consumed during the second operation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:3 -msgid "Manage semi-finished products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, you can use subassembly products to simplify a complex *Bill of " -"Materials* or to represent your manufacturing flow more accurately. A " -"*subassembly product* is a manufactured product that is used as a component " -"to make another one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:10 -msgid "" -"A *BoM* that employs *subassemblies* is referred to as a multi-level BoM. " -"Those are accomplished by creating a *top-level BoM* and *subassembly ones*." -" This process requires a route that will ensure that every time a " -"manufacturing order for the top-level product is created, another one will " -"be for subassemblies." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:17 -msgid "Configure the Subassembly Product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:19 -msgid "" -"To configure a *multi-level BoM*, you will need a top-level product but also" -" its subassemblies. The first step is to create a product form for each of " -"the subassemblies. Select the routes *Manufacture* and *Replenish on Order*." -" Now, hit save." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:27 -msgid "" -"In the *Bill of Materials* menu, under *Master Data*, create a new *Bill of " -"Materials*. Choose the product you just created and add its components." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:35 -msgid "Configure the Main BoM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Now, you can configure the top-level product and its *BoM*. Include any " -"subassemblies in the list of components." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Now, each time you will plan a manufacturing order for the top-level " -"product, a manufacturing order will be created for the subassembly one. " -"Then, you will have to manufacture the subassembly in order to make it " -"available before manufacturing the finished product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:3 -msgid "Subcontract your Manufacturing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Outsourcing a portion of some or all your company’s manufacturing needs is " -"not easy. To make it work right, you have to:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:8 -msgid "Manage the inventory of raw materials at your subcontractor;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Ship new materials to your subcontractors based on your forecasted demand;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Keep track of manufacturing operations done at the subcontractor location;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:13 -msgid "Control incoming goods quality;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:14 -msgid "Control subcontractors bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Here is an example of subcontracting the manufacturing of “C”, which is " -"produced out of raw materials “A” and “B”." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:23 -msgid "" -"With its subcontracting feature, Odoo helps you handle this flow easily." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:28 -msgid "" -"To use the subcontracting feature, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " -"Configuration --> Settings` and tick the box *Subcontracting*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:35 -msgid "" -"To define if a product must be subcontracted, use a *Bill of Materials " -"(BoM)* of type *Subcontracting*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:38 -msgid "" -"To create a new *BoM*, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Master Data " -"--> Bill of Materials` and hit create. Then, list the components your " -"subcontractor needs to manufacture the product. For costing purposes, you " -"might want to register all the components, even the ones that are sourced " -"directly from the subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Once you have set the *BoM Type* to *Subcontracting*, specify one or several" -" subcontractors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:52 -msgid "Basic Subcontracting Flow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:54 -msgid "" -"To let your subcontractor know how many products you need, create and send " -"them purchase orders (PO). To do so, open the *Purchase* app and create a " -"new one. Be sure to send the PO to a vendor that is defined as a " -"subcontractor on the *BoM*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Once the *PO* is validated (1), a pending receipt is created. When the " -"products are received, validate the receipt (2), with the actual quantity " -"received. Then Odoo automatically created several inventory moves:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Consume the components at the subcontractor’s location, based on the *BoM* " -"(3);" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:70 -msgid "Produce finished goods at the subcontractor’s location (4);" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Move products from the subcontractor’s location to YourCompany through the " -"validated receipt (5)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:74 -msgid "" -"Of course, Odoo does all the transactions for you, automatically. Simply " -"control the vendor bill with the usual matching process with the purchase " -"order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:79 -msgid "" -"The *PO* is optional. If you create a receipt manually, with the right " -"subcontractor, Odoo still performs all the moves. Useful if the " -"subcontractor does not bill a fixed price per item, but rather the time and " -"materials used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:85 -msgid "Inventory Valuation" -msgstr "Оцінка запасу" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:87 -msgid "The cost of the manufactured product “C” is defined as:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:89 -msgid "**C = A + B + s**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:91 -msgid "With:" -msgstr "З:" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:93 -msgid "**A**: Cost of raw materials coming from YourCompany;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:96 -msgid "**B**: Cost of raw materials sourced directly from the" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:96 -msgid "subcontractor;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:98 -msgid "**s**: Cost of the subcontracted service." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:100 -msgid "" -"Sending raw materials to your subcontractors (**A**) does not impact the " -"inventory valuation, the components still belonging to your company. To " -"manage this, the *Subcontracting Location* is configured as an *Internal " -"Location* so that the components are still valued in the inventory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:106 -msgid "" -"Then, the vendor price set on the product C form has to be what has to be " -"paid to the subcontractor for his parts and service time: **B + s**. The " -"product cost has to be: **A + B + s**, how much the product is valued in the" -" accounting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:111 -msgid "" -"Finally, the subcontractor bill matches the purchase order, with the " -"proposed price coming from the finished products C." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:115 -msgid "" -"If managing the replenishment of raw materials **B** at your subcontractor’s" -" location is not needed, simply include the cost of **B** in the " -"subcontractor’s price **s** and remove the products *B* from the *BoM*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:121 -msgid "Traceability" -msgstr "Відстеження" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:123 -msgid "" -"In case the products received from the subcontractor contain tracked " -"components, their serial or lot numbers need to be specified during the " -"receipt." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:127 -msgid "" -"On the receipt of the subcontracted product, a *Record Components* button " -"appears when necessary. Click on it to open a dialog and record the " -"serial/lot numbers of the components. If the finished product is also " -"tracked, its serial/lot number can be registered here too." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:136 -msgid "" -"For audit purposes, it is possible to check the lot numbers recorded on a " -"receipt by using the icon on the right of the finished products:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:144 -msgid "Automate Replenishment of Subcontractors" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:146 -msgid "" -"To manage the resupply of your subcontractor, activate *Multi-locations* in " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Configuration`. Then, the " -"inventory at the subcontractor location can be tracked." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:151 -msgid "" -"It is possible to resupply subcontractors by sending products from the " -"company locations, or by sending products from another supplier to the " -"subcontractors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:156 -msgid "Replenishment from the warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:158 -msgid "" -"Resupplying subcontractors manually is the simplest approach. To do so, " -"create delivery orders in which the subcontractor is set as a delivery " -"address and fill the components to deliver." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:162 -msgid "" -"To automate the subcontractors’ replenishment propositions, there are two " -"approaches:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:165 -msgid "Reordering rules;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:166 -msgid "Replenish on order flow." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:168 -msgid "" -"For the first one, just define a reordering rule on the subcontracting " -"location, with a minimum and maximum inventory level. When the reordering " -"rule is triggered, a delivery order is created to ship the components to the" -" subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:177 -msgid "" -"The second approach is to use a “pull” flow. Here, the demand in the " -"finished product (real demand or forecasted one through the Master " -"Production Schedule) triggers the replenishment of the subcontractor. To do " -"so, select the route *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* on the wanted " -"components." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:188 -msgid "Replenishment from another supplier" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:190 -msgid "" -"When purchasing items to another supplier, it is possible to ask him to " -"deliver the subcontractor directly. To do so, activate the *Drop Shipping* " -"feature in :menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> Configuration`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:195 -msgid "" -"Now, set the *Dropship* option in the *Deliver To* field of the *Other " -"Information* tab. Then, provide the address of the subcontractor for the " -"shipping." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:203 -msgid "" -"That way, the supplier can ship items directly and you simply receive and " -"pay the bill. However, it is still required to validate receipts for the " -"subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:212 -msgid "Quality Control" -msgstr "Контроль якості" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:214 -msgid "" -"Controlling the quality of the products manufactured by subcontractors is " -"possible thanks to the Odoo Quality app. Quality checks can be made on a " -"manufacturing step but, because the manufacturing process is handled by an " -"external party, it can be defined on the product reception." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:224 -msgid "" -"To create a quality check at the receipt, open the *Quality* app and create " -"a new *Control Point* on the reception." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:231 -msgid "" -"By doing so, a quality check is automatically created each time a finished " -"product is received." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:3 -msgid "Unbuild a product" -msgstr "Розбирання товару" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In Odoo Manufacturing App, you can *Unbuild* products. Two use cases can be " -"managed: (1) you can unbuild products you have built yourself or (2) you can" -" unbuild products you have received." -msgstr "" -"У додатку Виробництво Odoo, ви можете *Розібрати* товари. Можна керувати " -"двома випадками використання: (1) ви можете розібрати товари, які ви " -"створили самі, або (2) ви можете розібрати товари, які ви отримали." - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Let's take the first case, you are manufacturing products yourself. If one " -"of your product presents some defect, you might want to unbuild it instead " -"of scrapping it completely, allowing you to reuse some components of the " -"product." -msgstr "" -"Давайте візьмемо перший випадок, коли ви виробляєте продукцію самостійно. " -"Якщо якийсь із ваших товарів є дефектним, можливо, вам слід розібрати його, " -"а не повністю забракувати, дозволяючи повторно використовувати деякі " -"компоненти товару." - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:14 -msgid "" -"In the second case, you are buying products for the sole purpose of " -"unbuilding them and recycling them." -msgstr "" -"У другому випадку ви купуєте товари з єдиною метою - розбирати їх і " -"переробляти." - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:18 -msgid "Unbuild Order" -msgstr "Замовлення на розбирання" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:20 -msgid "" -"While in the Manufacturing App, under the *Operations* tab you will find the" -" menu *Unbuild Orders*." -msgstr "" -"У додатку Виробництво, під вкладкою *Операції* ви знайдете меню *Замовлення " -"на розбирання*." - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:26 -msgid "" -"When creating a new one, you can either select a MO if you are unbuilding " -"something you manufactured or only select a product if you are unbuilding " -"something you received." -msgstr "" -"Створюючи новий, ви можете або вибрати ЗНВ, якщо ви розбираєте щось, що ви " -"виготовили, або вибираєте товар, якщо ви розбираєте щось отримане." - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:33 -msgid "When you are done, just click unbuild and the process will be over." -msgstr "" -"Коли ви закінчите, просто натисніть кнопку розібрати і процес закінчиться." - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:35 -msgid "" -"If you unbuild a product that you manufactured before, you will get the " -"components from the MO back in stock." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви розбираєте товар, який ви виготовили раніше, ви отримаєте компоненти" -" із ЗНВ на складі." - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:38 -msgid "" -"If you unbuild a product you bought, you will get the components from the " -"BoM back in stock." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви розбираєте товар, який ви придбали, ви отримаєте компоненти зі " -"специфікації назад на склад." - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:3 -msgid "Use the Master Production Schedule" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The Master Production Schedule (MPS) is a valuable tool to plan your " -"production based on your demand forecast." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Go to the :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings` " -"and activate the Master Production Schedule feature before hitting save." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:18 -msgid "" -"In the manufacturing settings, you can define the time range of your MPS " -"(month/week/day) and the number of periods you want to display." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Now, go in :menuselection:`Planning --> Master Production Schedule` and " -"click on add a product. You can now define your safety stock target (= the " -"stock you want to have on hand at the end of the period) and the minimum and" -" maximum quantities to replenish." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:29 -msgid "" -"The products are ordered in the MPS based on their sequence. You can " -"rearrange that sequence by going on the list of your products and reorganize" -" them with drag and drop." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:36 -msgid "" -"In the MPS view, you can decide which information you would like to show by " -"clicking on *rows*. Some fields can be added to the view, such as *Actual " -"demand*, which will show which quantity of products has already been ordered" -" for the period, or *Available to Promise*, which allows you to know what " -"can still be sold during the period (what you plan to replenish - what is " -"already sold during the period). You can also decide to hide some " -"information if it isn’t necessary." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:48 -msgid "Estimate your demand and launch replenishment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:50 -msgid "" -"The next step is to estimate the demand for the period. This estimation " -"should be entered in the row *Demand Forecast*. You can easily, at any time," -" compare the demand forecast with the actual demand (= confirmed sales). The" -" demand forecast for a finished product will impact the indirect demand for " -"its components." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:59 -msgid "" -"Then, the quantity to replenish for the different periods will be " -"automatically computed. The replenishments you are supposed to launch based " -"on your lead times (vendor lead time or manufacturing lead time) are " -"displayed in green. You can now launch the replenishment by clicking on the " -"replenish button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Depending on the configuration of the product (buy vs. manufacture), " -"requests for quotations or manufacturing orders will be created. You can " -"easily access those by clicking on the *Actual Replenishment* cell." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:75 -msgid "" -"In case you manually edit the *To replenish* quantity, a small cross will " -"appear on the left. In case you want to go back to the automatically " -"computed value given by Odoo, you can click the cross." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:83 -msgid "Cells color signification" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:85 -msgid "" -"The cells, which are part of the *To replenish* line, can take different " -"colors depending on the situation:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:88 -msgid "" -"**Green**: quantity of products which should be replenished to reach the " -"expected safety stock considering the demand forecast and the indirect " -"demand forecast." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:90 -msgid "" -"**Grey**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity " -"still matches current data." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:92 -msgid "" -"**Red**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity " -"was too high considering current data." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:94 -msgid "" -"**Orange**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity" -" was too low considering current data." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:96 -msgid "" -"The *Forecasted stock* line can also contain red cells, which means the " -"stock will be negative during the period in question." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:100 -msgid "What if I have underestimated the demand?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:102 -msgid "" -"You can still increase the demand forecast. It will impact the quantity to " -"replenish. The cell will become orange, and you’ll be able to launch a new " -"replenishment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:107 -msgid "What if I have overestimated the demand?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:109 -msgid "" -"You can decrease the demand forecast. The cell will become red to inform you" -" that you’ve ordered more than planned. If you’re still able to do it, you " -"can cancel some RFQ or MO manually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:114 -msgid "What if I wrongly added a product to the MPS?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:116 -msgid "" -"You can easily remove a product from the MPS by clicking the small bin on " -"the right of its name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview.rst:7 -msgid "I want to use Odoo Manufacturing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview.rst:5 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Загальний огляд" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair.rst:5 -msgid "Repair Management" -msgstr "Управління ремонтом" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:5 -msgid "Repair products" -msgstr "Ремонт товарів" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:7 -msgid "" -"The Odoo *Repair* app allows you to manage a complete after sales process " -"but also to simply repair products you have manufactured, if they present a " -"defect." -msgstr "" -"Додаток Odoo *Ремонт* дозволяє вам керувати повним післяпродажним процесом, " -"а також просто ремонтувати вироби, які ви виготовили, якщо вони є " -"дефектними." - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:12 -msgid "Create a Repair Order" -msgstr "Створіть замовлення на ремонт" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Once in the app, you can access your existing *Repair Orders* and create a " -"new one." -msgstr "" -"Опинившись у програмі, ви зможете отримати доступ до існуючих *Замовлень на " -"ремонт* та створити нове." - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:21 -msgid "Manage a repair" -msgstr "Керування ремонтом" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:23 -msgid "" -"When a customer sends you a product for repair, create a new *Repair Order*." -" Fill it in with all the information you may need such as the product, the " -"customer, if it has to be invoiced after or before the repair, the parts you" -" might need, etc." -msgstr "" -"Коли клієнт надсилає вам товар для ремонту, створіть нове *Замовлення на " -"ремонт*. Заповніть у ньому всю необхідну інформацію, наприклад, товар, " -"клієнт, якщо він має бути виписаний після або перед ремонтом, деталей, які " -"можуть знадобитися і т.д." - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Once everything is done, you can then send the repair quotation to your " -"customer. If it is approved, you can confirm the repair. You will then be " -"able to start & end the repair when it is completed." -msgstr "" -"Після того, як все буде зроблено, ви зможете надіслати запит на ремонт " -"вашому клієнту. Якщо це буде схвалено, ви можете підтвердити ремонт. Після " -"цього ви зможете запустити та завершити ремонт, коли він буде завершений." - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:38 -msgid "You can now invoice the repair." -msgstr "Тепер ви можете виставити рахунок на ремонт." diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..57e383158 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po @@ -0,0 +1,570 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2021 +# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2021 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-18 07:12+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-05-18 05:18+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2021\n" +"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: uk\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing.rst:3 +msgid "Marketing" +msgstr "Маркетинг" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation.rst:3 +msgid "Marketing Automation" +msgstr "Автоматизація маркетингу" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced" +msgstr "Розширено" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:3 +msgid "Understanding Metrics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Metrics are values that help you measure progress and can be a powerful way " +"of linking your employees to goals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:9 +msgid "" +"When you create a workflow in Odoo, its visual content already shows metrics" +" in a graph form and in numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:10 +msgid "Let’s consider the example below:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:19 +msgid "" +"The *Target* - business object - is *Lead/Opportunity* and was narrowed down" +" to the ones whose *Tag Name* contain the description “Product”, and have an" +" email address set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:20 +msgid "A total number of 20 records match the criteria." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Out of those 20 records, 25 have become participants, in other words, they " +"have matched the criteria." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Every time the system runs, updating numbers and triggering actions, it will" +" look at the *Target* model and check if new records have been added or " +"modified, keeping the flow up-to-date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The filter here is applied to *all* activities. Leads that lose the tag in " +"the meantime will be excluded from later activities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:45 +msgid "" +"*Records* is a real-time number, therefore while the workflow is running, " +"changes in opportunity records can be made - delete, add, adjustment - " +"updating the number of records, but not changing the number of participants," +" as the metric *will not* exclude opportunities that have been set as " +"participants before. It will just add new ones. For this reason, the number " +"of *Records* can be different from the number of *Participants*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 +msgid "" +"You can also have filters applied to activities individually, under " +"*Domain*. A useful feature to specify an individual filter that will only be" +" performed if the records satisfied both filters, the activity and its " +"domain one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Example: for an activity sending an SMS, you could make sure a phone number " +"is set to avoid triggering a SMS that would never be sent and crash." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:64 +msgid "" +"*Success* is the number of times the searching for participants - that match" +" the filter(s) of that activity - was performed successfully in relation to " +"the total number of participants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:65 +msgid "" +"If a participant does not match the conditions, it will be added to " +"*Rejected*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Hovering over the graph, you can see the number of successful and rejected " +"participants, per day, for the last 15 days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Every time a new record is added to the *Target* model, it will be " +"automatically added to the workflow, and, it will start the workflow from " +"the beginning (parent action)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing.rst:3 +msgid "SMS Marketing" +msgstr "SMS-маркетинг" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing.rst:3 +msgid "Pricing and FAQ" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:3 +msgid "SMS Pricing and FAQ" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:6 +msgid "What do I need to send SMSs?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:7 +msgid "" +"SMS Text Messaging is an In-App Purchase (IAP) service that *requires " +"prepaid credits* to work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:11 +msgid "How many types of SMSs are there?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:12 +msgid "There are 2 types: GSM7 and UNICODE." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:14 +msgid "" +"**GSM7** is the standard format, with a limit of 160 characters per message," +" that includes the following characters:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:23 +msgid "" +"**UNICODE** is the format applied if a special character, that *is not* in " +"the GSM7 list, is used. Limit per SMS: 70 characters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:27 +msgid "" +"For GSM7 SMS the size limit is 160 characters, and for Unicode is 70. *Above" +" these limits, the content is divided into a multi-part message* and the " +"limit of characters is lowered to 153 for GSM7 and to 67 for Unicode. The " +"system will inform you in real-time about the number of SMS your message " +"represents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:34 +msgid "How much does it cost to send an SMS?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The price of an SMS depends on the destination and the length (number of " +"characters) of the message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To see the **price per country, please consult**: `Odoo SMS - FAQ <https" +"://iap-services.odoo.com/iap/sms/pricing#sms_faq_01>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:39 +msgid "" +"The number of SMSs a message represents will be always available to you in " +"your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:49 +msgid "How do I buy credits?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:50 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Buy Credits`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:57 +msgid "Or go to :menuselection:`Settings --> View my Services`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:65 +msgid "" +"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you " +"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." +msgstr "" +"Якщо ви на Odoo Online (SAAS) і у вас версія Enterprise, для тестування " +"функції ви користуєтесь безкоштовними пробними кредитами." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:70 +msgid "More common questions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:72 +msgid "**Is there an expiration time for my credits?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:74 +msgid "No, credits do not expire." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:77 +msgid "" +"**Can I send an SMS to a phone number (which is not a mobile phone) because " +"I see the icon in front of the field “phone”?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:80 +msgid "Only if that phone number supports SMS (e.g. SIP phones)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:83 +msgid "**Do I receive an invoice to buy my credits?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:85 +msgid "Yes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:88 +msgid "**Can the recipient answer to me?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:90 +msgid "No, it is not possible to reply to the SMS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:93 +msgid "" +"**What happens if I send multiple SMS but I do not have enough credits to " +"send them all?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:95 +msgid "" +"The whole transaction is counted as a single one, so no SMS will be sent " +"until you have enough credits to send them all." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:99 +msgid "**Do I have a history of the sent SMSs?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Yes, the SMS is logged as a note under the chatter of the corresponding " +"record, and a complete history of the SMSs sent is available on " +":doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode/activate>` under " +":menuselection:`Technical --> SMS`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:107 +msgid "**Can I send as many SMSs I want at once?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:109 +msgid "Yes, if you have enough credits." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:112 +msgid "" +"**If I have a number that does not exist in the list of recipients, will I " +"lose credits?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Not if the phone number is in the wrong format (e.g. too many digits). " +"Otherwise, if the SMS is sent to the wrong person or to a fake number, the " +"credit will be lost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:118 +msgid "" +"**What happens if I send my SMS to a paying number (e.g.: a contest to win a" +" ticket for a festival)?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:120 +msgid "" +"The SMS will not be delivered to that kind of number, so you won’t be " +"charged." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:123 +msgid "" +"**Can I identify the numbers that do not exist when I send several SMSs?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:125 +msgid "Only the ones that have an invalid format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:128 +msgid "**How does the GDPR regulation affect this service?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Please find our `Privacy Policy here <https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#sms>`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:132 +msgid "**Can I use my own SMS provider?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:134 +msgid "" +"Yes, but it is not possible out of the box. Our experts can help you " +"customize your database to make it happen. Please, check our success packs " +"`here <https://www.odoo.com/pricing-packs>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey.rst:3 +msgid "Survey" +msgstr "Опитування" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Загальний огляд" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:3 +msgid "Get Started with Surveys" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Surveys can be used for a range of purposes that can go from collecting " +"customer feedback, evaluate the success of an event, measure how pleased " +"customers are with your products/services, gauge whether employees are happy" +" and satisfied with their work environment, and even to find out what your " +"market is thinking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:11 +msgid "Get started" +msgstr "Розпочніть" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:13 +msgid "" +"When creating your survey, choose a *Title* and *Category*. The *Category* " +"field is used to know in which context the survey is being conducted, as " +"different applications might use it for different purposes such as " +"recruitment, certification, or employee appraisal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:22 +msgid "Tab: Questions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:24 +msgid "Add sections and questions by clicking on the respective links." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:27 +msgid "" +"On the *Sections and Questions* form, once the question type is chosen and " +"the answer added, under the tab *Options*, enable *Mandatory Answer*, and " +"set an *Error message* to be shown when the user tries to submit the survey " +"without answering the respective question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Depending on the *Question Type*, the tab *Options* aggregates extra and " +"different possibilities. Examples:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:31 +msgid "" +"*Single Line Text Box* - can choose a minimum and maximum text length " +"(number of characters - spaces do not count), and its error message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:33 +msgid "" +"*Multiple choice: multiple answers allowed*: choose between radio buttons or" +" a dropdown menu list, and if you would like to have a comment field. If the" +" user select an answer and type a comment, the values are separately " +"recorded. Or, enable the comment field to be displayed as an answer choice, " +"with which a text type field is displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:37 +msgid "" +"*Matrix Type*: choose if you would like to have one or multiple choices per " +"row." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:44 +msgid "Tab: Description" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Write a *Description* to be displayed under the title of the survey's " +"homepage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:53 +msgid "Click on *Edit* to personalize your pages with the website builder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:56 +msgid "Tab: Options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Under the tab *Options*, choose the *Layout* of your questions. If choosing " +"*One page per section* or *One page per question*, an option *Back Button* " +"becomes available, which allows the user to go back pages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:67 +msgid "Test and share the survey" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Once your Survey is ready, *Test* it to avoid *Sharing* it with potential " +"errors. As answers get collected, click on *Answers* to access all the " +"details of the respondent and his answers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:72 +msgid "" +"By default, a filter *Except Test Entries* is applied to keep the list of " +"entries clean with only real participants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Another way to access detailed answers is by going to " +":menuselection:`Participations --> Participations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:80 +msgid "Click on *See results* to be redirected to an analytical page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:34 +msgid ":doc:`scoring`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/scoring.rst:35 +msgid ":doc:`time_random`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/scoring.rst:3 +msgid "Scoring Surveys" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/scoring.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To measure your respondent’s performance, knowledge of a subject, or overall" +" satisfaction, attach points to the answers of specific questions. The " +"points are summed up to give your respondent a final score." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/scoring.rst:9 +msgid "" +"On your survey’s form, click on *Add a question* and, under the tab " +"*Options*, choose between *Scoring with answers at the end* or *Scoring " +"without answers at the end*. Now, on your question’s form, set the right " +"answer and score." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/scoring.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Set the percentage score the user needs to achieve to have successfully " +"taken the survey. If enabling *Certificate*, choose its template. The " +"certification is automatically sent by email to the users who successfully " +"finish it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/scoring.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Enable *Login required* to be able to *Give Badges*. Badges are related to " +"the eLearning section of your website. Besides the logged-in user, visitors " +"of the website that access the page *Courses* can also see the granted " +"badges." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:3 +msgid "Time and Randomize Questions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:6 +msgid "Time Limit" +msgstr "Ліміт часу" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:10 +msgid "" +"On timed surveys, respondents need to complete the survey within a certain " +"period of time. It can be used to ensure that all respondents get the same " +"amount of time to find the answers, or to decrease the chance of having them" +" looking at external resources." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:11 +msgid "Set the *Time limit* under the tab *Options*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:17 +msgid "" +"A timer is shown on the pages so the user can keep track of the remaining " +"time. Surveys not \\ submitted by the *Time limit* do not have their answers" +" saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:21 +msgid "Selection" +msgstr "Вибір" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:25 +msgid "" +"When you randomize a survey, you allow for the questions to be shuffled in a" +" random order every time someone opens the questionnaire. This can be useful" +" to avoid having respondents looking at each others' answers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To do so, under the tab *Options*, enable *Randomized per section*. Now, " +"under the tab *Questions*, set how many of the questions in that section " +"should be taken into account during the shuffling." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po deleted file mode 100644 index f0f09bdeb..000000000 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,376 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: uk\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n" - -#: ../../marketing_automation.rst:5 -msgid "Marketing Automation" -msgstr "Автоматизація маркетингу" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced" -msgstr "Розширено" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:3 -msgid "Understanding Metrics" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:4 -msgid "" -"Metrics are values that help you measure progress and can be a powerful way " -"of linking your employees to goals." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:9 -msgid "" -"When you create a workflow in Odoo, its visual content already shows metrics" -" in a graph form and in numbers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:10 -msgid "Let’s consider the example below:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:19 -msgid "" -"The *Target* - business object - is *Lead/Opportunity* and was narrowed down" -" to the ones whose *Tag Name* contain the description “Product”, and have an" -" email address set." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:20 -msgid "A total number of 20 records match the criteria." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Out of those 20 records, 25 have become participants, in other words, they " -"have matched the criteria." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Every time the system runs, updating numbers and triggering actions, it will" -" look at the *Target* model and check if new records have been added or " -"modified, keeping the flow up-to-date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:41 -msgid "" -"The filter here is applied to *all* activities. Leads that lose the tag in " -"the meantime will be excluded from later activities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:45 -msgid "" -"*Records* is a real-time number, therefore while the workflow is running, " -"changes in opportunity records can be made - delete, add, adjustment - " -"updating the number of records, but not changing the number of participants," -" as the metric *will not* exclude opportunities that have been set as " -"participants before. It will just add new ones. For this reason, the number " -"of *Records* can be different from the number of *Participants*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 -msgid "" -"You can also have filters applied to activities individually, under " -"*Domain*. A useful feature to specify an individual filter that will only be" -" performed if the records satisfied both filters, the activity and its " -"domain one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Example: for an activity sending an SMS, you could make sure a phone number " -"is set to avoid triggering a SMS that would never be sent and crash." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:64 -msgid "" -"*Success* is the number of times the searching for participants - that match" -" the filter(s) of that activity - was performed successfully in relation to " -"the total number of participants." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:65 -msgid "" -"If a participant does not match the conditions, it will be added to " -"*Rejected*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Hovering over the graph, you can see the number of successful and rejected " -"participants, per day, for the last 15 days." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:75 -msgid "" -"Every time a new record is added to the *Target* model, it will be " -"automatically added to the workflow, and, it will start the workflow from " -"the beginning (parent action)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:79 -msgid ":doc:`../overview/automate_actions`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:80 -msgid ":doc:`../overview/segment`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:81 -msgid ":doc:`../overview/test`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Загальний огляд" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:3 -msgid "Automate Actions and Create a Workflow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:4 -msgid "" -"Automated workflows are a sign that you are building intelligent, data-" -"driven, multifaceted campaigns to enable the delivery of the right message, " -"to the right prospects, at the right time. It also speeds up processes and " -"creates a seamless experience for employees." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:9 -msgid "Segment and create a campaign" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:10 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Campaigns --> Create`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:12 -msgid "" -"In the example below, the *Marketing Automation* application is fully " -"integrated with *Contacts*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:14 -msgid "" -"But it can also be integrated with other apps like CRM, as long as they are " -"installed in your database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Depending on the criteria, the *target model updates itself* while the " -"campaign is running. That means that every new record that meets the " -"criteria will be added to the workflow." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Example: a campaign starts for leads that have no salesman assigned. If at " -"some point, those leads get to have a salesman assigned to it, the campaign " -"will stop running." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:29 -msgid "Create a parent activity and start to build a workflow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:30 -msgid "Click on *Add new activity*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:37 -msgid "" -"*Trigger* is the field to set for the activity to start to de deployed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Adopt an *Expiry Duration* if you would like to stop actions from being " -"executed after a certain amount of time and in subsequence to the trigger." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Under *Domain* you can narrow down your target, even more, applying filters " -"for this specific activity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:47 -msgid "Add Child Activities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:48 -msgid "" -"A *child activity* is an action that will take place based on a condition." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:50 -msgid "" -"You can either create or add a child activity if on the previous one: the " -"email was opened or not, the email was replied or not, the link was clicked " -"or not, the email bounced back." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:59 -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:53 -msgid ":doc:`segment`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:3 -msgid "Segment the Database with Filters" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:4 -msgid "Filters let you reach a granular level of detail in your records." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:7 -msgid "How to work with filters" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:8 -msgid "" -"When working with filters, you will see that some of the rules have an arrow" -" button next to it, informing you that the parameter has more variables " -"within it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:18 -msgid "" -"More than one parameter line - *node* (+) - can be added under what is " -"called a *branch* (...)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:19 -msgid "To exclude a *node* or a *branch*, click on *Delete node* (x)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Every time a new branch is created, you can choose if you would like the " -"records to match *all* criteria of the upcoming rules, or *any*, meaning one" -" rule or the other." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:32 -msgid "Use cases" -msgstr "Використовуйте різні варіанти" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:34 -msgid "" -"**Scenario**: narrow the target down to new opportunities in the pipeline." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:39 -msgid "**Scenario**: narrow the target down to suppliers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:44 -msgid "" -"**Scenario**: narrow the leads down to the ones that contain a certain tag " -"name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:49 -msgid "" -"**Scenario**: narrow the target down to the attendees of a specific event " -"that purchase a specific category of ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:55 -msgid "**Scenario**: narrow the target down to the employees who have kids." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:60 -msgid "" -"**Scenario**: narrow the target down to records with a helpdesk ticket " -"solved." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:66 -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:52 -msgid ":doc:`automate_actions`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:3 -msgid "Launch a Test and Start a Campaign" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:4 -msgid "" -"Before starting a campaign, launching a test allows you to run the workflow " -"on a test contact and view the sequence of events in action, avoiding " -"mistakes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:8 -msgid "Launch a test" -msgstr "Запустити тест" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:9 -msgid "Click on *Launch a test*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Once you have selected the test contact, *Run* the parent activity and the " -"subsequent ones as needed. *Run* and *Stop* activities individually. To stop" -" the whole workflow click on *Stop*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Launching a test does not add data to your metrics with the purpose of not " -"introducing wrong inputs to reports." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:27 -msgid "Start and stop a workflow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Click on *Start* to run the workflow, and on *Stop* to interrupt it. The " -"interruption and new start can happen at any moment. The current status will" -" be shown on the status bar." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:38 -msgid "Participants and their specific workflow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:39 -msgid "" -"*Participants* are all the records that have ever been involved in the " -"campaign." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:47 -msgid "" -"If you click on *Participants* and open a record, you will find the specific" -" activities the record went/are/will go through, as well as when the " -"workflow was triggered to him. If you wish to cancel an activity click on " -"*Cancel*." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po deleted file mode 100644 index 864aacbb6..000000000 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,47 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: uk\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n" - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:5 -msgid "Mobile" -msgstr "Мобільний" - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:8 -msgid "Push Notifications" -msgstr "Push-сповіщення" - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:10 -msgid "" -"As of Odoo 12.0, 13.0 or above, there is no more complex configuration to " -"enable push notifications in the mobile app." -msgstr "" -"Для Odoo 12.0, 13.0 або новішої версії більше немає складної конфігурації, " -"щоб включити push-сповіщення в мобільному додатку." - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Simply go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Odoo Cloud " -"Notification (OCN)` and make sure that **Push Notifications** is checked." -msgstr "" -"Просто перейдіть на :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Загальні налаштування " -"--> Сповіщення Odoo Cloud (OCN)` та переконайтеся, що позначені **Пуш-" -"сповіщення**." diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/planning.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/planning.po deleted file mode 100644 index 1fa6c65bd..000000000 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/planning.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,165 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: uk\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n" - -#: ../../planning.rst:5 -msgid "Planning" -msgstr "Планування" - -#: ../../planning/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Загальний огляд" - -#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:3 -msgid "Create a Schedule and Make Encoding Easier" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Organize regular schedules or forecast projects in a long term basis. Create" -" shifts to manage your tasks, assign employees, and stay organized at a high" -" level." -msgstr "" -"Організовуйте регулярні розклади або прогнозуйте проекти на довгостроковій " -"основі. Створюйте зміни, щоб керувати своїми завданнями, розподіляти " -"працівників та залишатися організованими на високому рівні." - -#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:9 -msgid "Organize your team by roles" -msgstr "Організуйте вашу команду за ролями" - -#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Roles --> Create`. Optionally, go to" -" the *Employees* application, select the respective employee, and under " -"*Work Information* select the *Default Planning Role*." -msgstr "" -"Перейдіть на :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Ролі --> Створити`. Додатково " -"перейдіть у модуль *Співробітники*, оберіть відповідного співробітника і під" -" вкладкою *Робоча інформація* оберіть *Роль планування за замовчуванням*." - -#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:20 -msgid "Make shifts recurrent" -msgstr "Зробіть зміни періодичними" - -#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:22 -msgid "" -"While creating a shift, select *Repeat* and configure as needed, saving you " -"from the need of re-planning it." -msgstr "" -"Створюючи зміну, виберіть *Повторити* та налаштуйте за необхідністю, " -"позбавляючи себе від необхідності її повторного планування." - -#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Repeated shifts are generated for the next six months. A modification is " -"possible in :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, " -"from *Settings*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:38 -msgid "To duplicate a shift in the Gantt view, press CTRL + drag and drop." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:41 -msgid "Save shifts as templates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:43 -msgid "" -"If creating a shift on the fly and know you might use that template in the " -"future, click on *Save as a Template*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:51 -msgid "" -"To create a template in advance, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Shifts Templates --> Create`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:55 -msgid "Duplicate a planning from the previous week" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:57 -msgid "" -"When in the Gantt view, either under *Schedule by Employee, Role or " -"Project*, instead of re-planning shifts that have been planned before, " -"simply click on *Copy Previous Week*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:65 -msgid "" -"The integration with the *Time off* and *Employee* applications, show you " -"grayed cells to the days when the employee does not work and is on vacation " -"time, for example." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:3 -msgid "Send Planned Shifts and Give Employees Autonomy Over Shifts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:5 -msgid "" -"If you are not on top of your tasks and shifts you might fall behind, losing" -" productivity. Allowing your employees to have a say over shifts helps you " -"to be on top of your workload, and gives them flexibility." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:10 -msgid "Publish and send the planned week by email" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Once you have your shifts planned, click on *Send Schedule*. Select *Include" -" Open shift* if you would like the *Unassigned* shifts to be seen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Choose if you just want to *Publish* or *Publish and Send*. If you *Publish " -"and Send*, employees get an email that redirects them to their planned " -"tasks:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Employees will not be able to see shifts until they have been published." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:29 -msgid "Let employees unassign themselves from shifts" -msgstr "Дозвольте співробітника скасовувати самостійно призначення на зміни" - -#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Go to *Configuration* and enable *Allow Unassignment*. From now on, when an " -"employee opens his tasks, he can indicate his unavailability clicking on *I " -"am unavailable*. The shift will be opened again, allowing someone else to " -"take it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:44 -msgid "Employees have portal access; users have access to the database." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po deleted file mode 100644 index 1da43b155..000000000 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1801 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: uk\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n" - -#: ../../point_of_sale.rst:5 -msgid "Point of Sale" -msgstr "Точка продажу" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features.rst:3 -msgid "Pricing Features" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:3 -msgid "Using discount tags with a barcode scanner" -msgstr "Використання тегів знижок з сканером штрих-кодів" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:5 -msgid "" -"If you want to sell your products with a discount, for a product getting " -"close to its expiration date for example, you can use discount tags. They " -"allow you to scan discount barcodes." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви хочете продати свої товари зі знижкою, наприклад, для товару, що " -"наближається до дати його закінчення, ви можете використовувати теги знижок." -" Вони дозволяють сканувати штрих-коди зі знижкою." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:10 -msgid "To use discount tags you will need to use a barcode scanner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:13 -msgid "Barcode Nomenclature" -msgstr "Номенклатура штрих-кодів" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:15 -msgid "To use discounts tags, we need to learn about barcode nomenclature." -msgstr "" -"Щоб використовувати теги знижок, нам потрібно дізнатися про номенклатуру " -"штрих-кодів." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Let's say you want to have a discount for the product with the following " -"barcode:" -msgstr "" -"Скажімо, ви хочете отримати знижку для товару з наступним штрих-кодом:" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:23 -msgid "" -"You can find the *Default Nomenclature* under the settings of your PoS " -"interface." -msgstr "" -"Ви можете знайти *Номенклатуру за замовчуванням* в налаштуваннях вашого " -"інтерфейсу точки продажу." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Let's say you want 50% discount on a product you have to start your barcode " -"with 22 (for the discount barcode nomenclature) and then 50 (for the %) " -"before adding the product barcode. In our example, the barcode would be:" -msgstr "" -"Скажімо, вам потрібно 50% знижки на товар, для якого вам потрібно буде " -"почати свій штрих-код з 22 (для номеру штрих-коду знижки), а потім 50 " -"(для%), перш ніж додавати штрих-код товару. У нашому прикладі штрих-код " -"буде:" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:41 -msgid "Scan the products & tags" -msgstr "Відскануйте товари і теги" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:43 -msgid "You first have to scan the desired product (in our case, a lemon)." -msgstr "" -"Спочатку потрібно відсканувати потрібний товар (у нашому випадку, лимон)." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:48 -msgid "" -"And then scan the discount tag. The discount will be applied and you can " -"finish the transaction." -msgstr "" -"Потім відскануйте тег зі знижкою. Знижка буде застосована, і ви можете " -"закінчити транзакцію." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:3 -msgid "Apply Discounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:5 -msgid "" -"By offering discounts, you can entice your customers and drastically " -"increase your revenue. It is vital to offer discounts, whether they are " -"time-limited, seasonal or manually given." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:9 -msgid "" -"To manage discounts, Odoo has powerful features that help set up a pricing " -"strategy tailored to every business." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:13 -msgid "Apply manual discounts" -msgstr "Застосування знижок вручну" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:15 -msgid "" -"If you seldom use discounts, applying manual ones might be the easiest " -"solution for your Point of Sale." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:18 -msgid "" -"You can either apply a discount on the whole order or on specific products " -"inside an order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:22 -msgid "Apply a discount on a product" -msgstr "Застосуйте знижку на товар" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:24 -msgid "From your PoS session interface, use the *Disc* button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Then, you can input a discount over the product that is currently selected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:34 -msgid "Apply a global discount" -msgstr "Застосуйте загальну знижку" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:36 -msgid "" -"To apply a discount on the whole order, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales" -" --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and select your PoS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Once on your PoS form, select *Global Discounts*, under the *Pricing* " -"category." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:45 -msgid "Now, you have a new *Discount* button appearing on your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:51 -msgid "Click on it and enter the wanted discount." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:58 -msgid "" -"On this example, there is a global discount of 50% as well as a specific 50%" -" discount on oranges." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:62 -msgid "Apply time-limited discounts" -msgstr "Застосування сезонних знижок" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:64 -msgid "" -"To activate time-limited discounts, you must activate the *Pricelists* " -"feature. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Configuration " -"--> Point of Sale` and open your PoS. Then, enable the pricelist feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Once activated, you must choose the pricelists you want to make available in" -" the PoS and define a default one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:77 -msgid "Create a pricelist" -msgstr "Створіть прайслист" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:79 -msgid "" -"By default, Odoo has a *Public Pricelist* configured. To create more, go to " -":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Products --> Pricelists`. Then click on " -"create." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:83 -msgid "" -"When creating a pricelist, you can set several criteria to use a specific " -"price: period, min. quantity, etc. You can also decide to apply that " -"pricelist on specific products or on the whole range." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:92 -msgid "Using a pricelist with the PoS interface" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:94 -msgid "" -"On the PoS interface, a new button appears. Use it to select a pricelist." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:101 -msgid "" -"Click on it to instantly update the prices with the selected pricelist. " -"Then, you can finalize the order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:3 -msgid "Manage a loyalty program" -msgstr "Управління програмою лояльності" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Encourage your customers to continue to shop at your point of sale with a " -"*Loyalty Program*." -msgstr "" -"Заохочуйте своїх клієнтів продовжувати купувати у вашій точці продажу з " -"*програмою лояльності*." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:9 -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:14 -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:12 -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:15 -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:13 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:14 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:10 -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:9 -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:20 -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:8 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Налаштування" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:11 -msgid "" -"To activate the *Loyalty Program* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " -"Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface. " -"Under the Pricing features, select *Loyalty Program*" -msgstr "" -"Щоб активувати програму лояльності, перейдіть до :menuselection:`Точки " -"продажу --> Налаштування --> Точка продажу` та виберіть свій інтерфейс точки" -" продажу. У розділі Функції ціноутворення виберіть *програму лояльності*" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:19 -msgid "From there you can create and edit your loyalty programs." -msgstr "Звідти ви можете створювати та редагувати свої програми лояльності." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:24 -msgid "" -"You can decide what type of program you wish to use, if the reward is a " -"discount or a gift, make it specific to some products or cover your whole " -"range. Apply rules so that it is only valid in specific situation and " -"everything in between." -msgstr "" -"Ви можете вирішити, який тип програми ви хочете використати, якщо винагорода" -" - це знижка або подарунок, роблячи її конкретною для деяких товарів або " -"охоплюючи весь ваш асортимент. Застосовуйте правила так, щоби вони були " -"дійсними лише у конкретній ситуації та усе, що існує між ними." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:30 -msgid "Use the loyalty program in your PoS interface" -msgstr "Використовуйте програму лояльності у своєму інтерфейсі точки продажу" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:32 -msgid "" -"When a customer is set, you will now see the points they will get for the " -"transaction and they will accumulate until they are spent. They are spent " -"using the button *Rewards* when they have enough points according to the " -"rules defined in the loyalty program." -msgstr "" -"Коли клієнт встановлений, тепер ви побачите пункти, які вони отримають для " -"транзакції, і вони накопичуватимуться, поки вони не будуть витрачені. Вони " -"витрачаються за допомогою кнопки *Нагороди*, якщо у них є достатньо балів " -"відповідно до правил, визначених у програмі лояльності." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:40 -msgid "" -"You can see the price is instantly updated to reflect the pricelist. You can" -" finalize the order in your usual way." -msgstr "" -"Ви можете бачити, що ціна моментально оновлюється, щоби відобразити " -"прайслист. Ви можете завершити оформлення замовлення звичайним способом." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:44 -msgid "" -"If you select a customer with a default pricelist, it will be applied. You " -"can of course change it." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви виберете клієнта із прайслистом за замовчуванням, він буде " -"застосований. Ви, звичайно, можете змінити це." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:3 -msgid "Using Pricelists in Point of Sale" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:5 -msgid "" -"You probably know the concept of happy hour: during a certain period of " -"time, the barman gives a discount on some drinks (usually 50% off or a buy " -"one get one free). When the period is over, prices go back to normal. But " -"how does that relate with Odoo?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:10 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, you can set up happy hours. It’s one of the many possible uses of " -"*Pricelists*. Those *Pricelists* allow the creation of multiple prices for " -"the same product: a regular one and a special one for happy hours. Available" -" in the *PoS* app, those are really convenient." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:17 -msgid "Set up Pricelists" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:19 -msgid "" -"To set up a *Pricelist*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " -"Configuration --> Configuration` and enable the *Pricelist* feature. Then, " -"go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and" -" enable *Pricelist* for the *PoS*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Now, you can create *Pricelists* by clicking on the *Pricelists* link. Then," -" set it up by choosing the product category you want to include in your " -"happy hour and the discount." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Go back to your *PoS* settings and add the Happy Hour pricelist to the list." -" You can even choose a default pricelist if needed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:39 -msgid "" -"From now on, on the *PoS* interface, a new button is available, allowing you" -" to choose among the different *pricelists* you added before." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:46 -msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm.rst:3 -msgid "Fiscal Data Modules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:3 -msgid "Setting up the Fiscal Data Module with the Odoo POS" -msgstr "Налаштування модуля податкових даних з точкою продажу Odoo" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:6 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "Вступ" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The Belgian government requires certain businesses to use a government-" -"certified device called a **Fiscal Data Module** (also known as a " -"**blackbox**). This device works together with the POS application and logs " -"certain transactions. On top of that, the used POS application must also be " -"certified by the government and must adhere to strict standards specified by" -" them. `Odoo 9 (Enterprise Edition) is a certified application " -"<http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/systemes-certifies>`_. More " -"information concerning the Fiscal Data Module can be found on `the official " -"website <http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/>`_." -msgstr "" -"Бельгійське законодавство вимагає від деяких підприємств використовувати " -"сертифікований державою пристрій під назвою **Модуль податкових даних** " -"(також відомий як **blackbox**). Цей пристрій працює разом із додатком точки" -" продажу і записує певні транзакції. Крім того, використовуваний додаток " -"точки продажу також має бути сертифікований урядом і повинен відповідати " -"встановленим їм строгим стандартам. `Odoo 9 (Enterprise Edition) - " -"сертифікована програма <http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/systemes-" -"certifies> _ _. Більш детальну інформацію щодо Модуля податкових даних можна" -" знайти на офіційному веб-сайті http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/>" -" _." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:20 -msgid "Required hardware" -msgstr "Необхідне обладнання" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:22 -msgid "" -"A government certified `Fiscal Data Module " -"<http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/systemes-" -"certifies#FDM%20certifiés>`_ per POS, all of them should work, but the " -"Cleancash SC-B is recommended, you will also need:" -msgstr "" -"Уряд сертифікував `Модуль податкових " -"даних<http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/systemes-" -"certifies#FDM%20certifiés>`_ per POS, всі вони повинні працювати, але " -"рекомендується використовувати Cleancash SC-B, вам також знадобиться:" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Serial null modem cable per FDM (`example <http://www.startech.com/Cables" -"/Serial-Parallel-PS-2/DB9-DB25/10-ft-Cross-Wired-Serial-Null-Modem-Cable-" -"DB9-FM~SCNM9FM>`__)" -msgstr "" -"Послідовний нульовий модемний кабель на FDM " -"(`приклад<http://www.startech.com/Cables/Serial-Parallel-PS-2/DB9-DB25/10" -"-ft-Cross-Wired-Serial-Null-Modem-Cable-DB9-FM~SCNM9FM>`__)" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Serial-to-USB adapter per FDM (`example " -"<http://trendnet.com/products/proddetail.asp?prod=265_TU-S9>`__)" -msgstr "" -"Серійний адаптер до USB для FDM " -"(`приклад<http://trendnet.com/products/proddetail.asp?prod=265_TU-S9>`__)" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:32 -msgid "A registered IoT Box per POS configuration" -msgstr "Налаштування зареєстрованого IoT Box на точку продажу" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:35 -msgid "Setup" -msgstr "Встановлення" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:38 -msgid "IoT Box" -msgstr "IoT Box" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:40 -msgid "" -"In order to use a Fiscal Data Module, you will need a registered IoT Box. " -"These IoT Boxes are similar to the regular IoT Boxes we sell, but they are " -"registered with the Belgian government. This is required by law. Attempting " -"to use a Fiscal Data Module on a non-registered IoT Box will not work. You " -"can verify that the Fiscal Data Module is recognized by the IoT Box by going" -" to the *Hardware status page* via the IoT Box homepage." -msgstr "" -"Для використання модуля фіскальних даних вам знадобиться зареєстрований IoT " -"Box. Вони схожі на звичайні коробки IoT, які ми продаємо, але вони " -"зареєстровані в бельгійському уряді. Це вимагає законом. Спроба " -"використовувати модуль фіскальних даних на незареєстрованому IoT Box не " -"працюватиме. Можна переконатися, що модуль фіскальних даних розпізнається " -"IoT Box, перейшовши на сторінку статусу *Обладнання* на домашній сторінці " -"IoT Box." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:52 -msgid "Odoo" -msgstr "Odoo" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:54 -msgid "" -"An Odoo POS app can be given certified POS capabilities by installing the " -"**Belgian Registered Cash Register** app (technical name: " -"``pos_blackbox_be``). Because of government restrictions imposed on us, this" -" installation cannot be undone. After this, you will have to ensure that " -"each POS configuration has a unique registered IoT Box associated with it " -"(:menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and " -"ensure Hardware Proxy / IoT Box and the serial number of your IoT Box is " -"set). The first time you open the Point of Sale and attempt to do a " -"transaction, you will be asked to input the PIN that you received with your " -"VAT signing card." -msgstr "" -"Додатку точки продажу Odoo можна надати сертифіковані можливості точки " -"продажу, встановивши додаток **бельгійського зареєстрованого касового " -"апарату** (технічна назва: `` pos_blackbox_be``). Через обмеження, що " -"накладаються на нас, цю установку не можна скасувати. Після цього вам " -"доведеться переконатися, що кожне налаштування точки продажу має унікальний " -"зареєстрований IoT Box, пов'язаний з нею (: menuselection: `Точка продажу " -"--> Налаштування --> Точка продажу` і забезпечте Proxy Обладнання / IoT Box " -"і серійний номер вашого IoT Box). Коли ви вперше відкриваєте точку продажу і" -" намагаєтеся здійснити транзакцію, вам буде запропоновано ввести PIN-код, " -"який ви отримали з вашої підписаної картки ПДВ." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:69 -msgid "Certification & On-premise" -msgstr "Сертифікація та на замовлення" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:71 -msgid "" -"The certification granted by the government is restricted to the use on " -"odoo.com SaaS instance. The usage of the module from the source or a " -"modified version will **not** be certified. For on-premise users, we also " -"support the Fiscal Data Module in such installations. The main restriction " -"is that this requires an obfuscated version of the ``pos_blackbox_be`` " -"module we will provide on request for Enterprise customers." -msgstr "" -"Сертифікація, надана урядом, обмежена використанням на прикладі SaaS " -"odoo.com. Використання модуля з джерела або модифікованої версії **не** буде" -" сертифіковано. Для користувачів за замовчуванням ми також підтримуємо " -"модуль бюджетних даних у таких установках. Основне обмеження полягає в тому," -" що для цього потрібна замаскована версія модуля ``pos_blackbox_be``, який " -"ми надамо на замовлення для клієнтів компанії." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:79 -msgid "Restrictions" -msgstr "Обмеження" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:81 -msgid "" -"As mentioned before, in order to get certified the POS application must " -"adhere to strict government guidelines. Because of this, a certified Odoo " -"POS has some limitations not present in the non-certified Odoo POS." -msgstr "" -"Як згадувалося раніше, для отримання сертифікату заявка на використання " -"точки продажу має відповідати суворим правилам уряду. Через це сертифікована" -" точка продажу Odoo має певні обмеження, відсутні в сертифікованій точці " -"продажу Odoo." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:86 -msgid "Refunding is disabled" -msgstr "Відшкодування відключено" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:87 -msgid "Modifying orderline prices" -msgstr "Змінення цін на замовлення" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:88 -msgid "Creating/modifying/deleting POS orders" -msgstr "Створення/зміна/видалення замовлень точки продажу" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:89 -msgid "Selling products without a valid tax" -msgstr "Продаж продукції без дійсного податку" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:90 -msgid "Multiple Odoo POS configurations per IoT Box are not allowed" -msgstr "Налаштування кількох точок продажу Odoo на IoT Box не доступні" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:91 -msgid "Using the POS without a connection to the IoT Box (and thus FDM)" -msgstr "" -"Використання точки продажу без з'єднання з IoT Box (і таким чином FDM)" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:92 -msgid "Blacklisted modules: pos_discount, pos_reprint, pos_loyalty" -msgstr "Модулі з чорним списком: pos_discount, pos_reprint, pos_loyalty" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Загальний огляд" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:3 -msgid "Getting started" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When working with a Point of Sale application, employees want a simple, and " -"user-friendly solution. A solution that works online or offline and with any" -" device." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:9 -msgid "" -"A Point of Sale system is a fully integrated application that allows any " -"transaction, automatically registers product moves in your stock, and gives " -"you real-time statistics and consolidations across all shops." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:17 -msgid "Make products available in the PoS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:19 -msgid "" -"To make products available for sale, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale -->" -" Products --> Products` and open a product. In the *Sales* tab, enable " -"*Available in Point of Sale*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:28 -msgid "You can also define if the product has to be weighted or not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:31 -msgid "Configure your payment methods" -msgstr "Налаштуйте свої способи оплати" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:33 -msgid "" -"To add a payment method, you first need to create it. Go to " -":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment Methods` and " -"click on create. Then, you can name your payment method and set it up." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:43 -msgid "Don’t forget your credentials for methods using a payment terminal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Now, you can select the payment method in your PoS settings. To do so, go to" -" :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and open" -" the PoS in which you want to include the payment method. Then, add the " -"payment method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:55 -msgid "" -"*Configuration* is the menu where you can edit all your point of sale " -"settings. Some more features are available for restaurants." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:59 -msgid "Your first PoS session" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:62 -msgid "Your first order" -msgstr "Ваше перше замовлення" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:64 -msgid "Open a new session from the dashboard by clicking on *New Session*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:70 -msgid "After the loading screen, you arrive on the PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Once an order is completed, you can register the payment. All the available " -"payment methods appear on the left of the screen. Select the payment method " -"and enter the received amount. Then, you can validate the payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:82 -msgid "Return and refund products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:84 -msgid "" -"Having a well-thought-out return policy is key to keep customers satisfied " -"and make the process of accepting returns and refunds easy for you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:87 -msgid "" -"To do that, from the PoS interface, select the product and quantity (with " -"the +/- button) that the customer wants to return. For multiple products, " -"repeat the process individually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:94 -msgid "" -"When on the payment interface, the total is negative. To end the refund, " -"process the payment and validate it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:102 -msgid "Close the PoS session" -msgstr "Закрийте сесію точки продажу" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:104 -msgid "" -"To close your session at the end of the day, click on the close button on " -"the upper right corner of your screen and confirm. Now, close the session on" -" the dashboard view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:112 -msgid "" -"It’s strongly advised to close your PoS session at the end of each day." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:114 -msgid "" -"Once a session is closed, you can see a summary of all transactions per " -"payment method. Then, click on a line to see all orders that were paid " -"during your PoS session. If everything is correct, validate the session and " -"post the closing entries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:123 -msgid "" -"To connect the PoS hardware with an Odoo IoT Box, please refer to these " -"docs: :doc:`Connect an IoT Box to your database <../../iot/config/connect>` " -"and :doc:`Use the IoT Box for the PoS <../../iot/config/pos>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:129 -msgid "View your statistics" -msgstr "Переглянути статистику" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:131 -msgid "" -"Keeping track of your sales is essential to get meaningful statistics. " -"That’s why Odoo provides analyzes about your sales." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:134 -msgid "" -"To access your statistics, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> " -"Reporting --> Orders`. There, you can see various statistics in graph or " -"pivot form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:142 -msgid "You can also access them through the dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:3 -msgid "Register customers" -msgstr "Реєстрація клієнтів" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Registering your customers will give you the ability to grant them various " -"privileges such as discounts, loyalty program, specific communication. It " -"will also be required if they want an invoice and registering them will make" -" any future interaction with them faster." -msgstr "" -"Реєстрація ваших клієнтів дасть вам можливість надавати їм різні привілеї, " -"такі як знижки, програма лояльності, особлива комунікація. Вона буде також " -"потрібна, якщо вони хочуть отримати рахунок-фактуру та реєструвати його, з " -"будь-якою майбутньою взаємодією з ними швидше." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:11 -msgid "Create a customer" -msgstr "Створіть клієнта" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:13 -msgid "From your session interface, use the customer button." -msgstr "З інтерфейсу сесії використовуйте кнопку клієнта." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:18 -msgid "Create a new one by using this button." -msgstr "Створіть нового, використовуючи цю кнопку." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:23 -msgid "" -"You will be invited to fill out the customer form with their information." -msgstr "Вам буде запропоновано заповнити форму клієнта зі своєю інформацією." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Use the save button when you are done. You can then select that customer in " -"any future transactions." -msgstr "" -"Коли ви закінчите, скористайтеся кнопкою збереження. Потім ви можете вибрати" -" цього клієнта в будь-яких майбутніх операціях." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment.rst:3 -msgid "Payment Terminals" -msgstr "Платіжні термінали" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:3 -msgid "Connect an Ingenico Payment Terminal to your PoS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Connecting a payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid payment flow to " -"your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Please note that Ingenico is currently only available for customers in the " -"Benelux." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:15 -msgid "Connect an IoT Box" -msgstr "Підключити IoT Box" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Connecting an Ingenico Payment Terminal to Odoo is a feature that requires " -"an IoT Box. For more information on how to connect an IoT Box to your " -"database, please refer to the :doc:`IoT documentation " -"<../../iot/config/connect>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:22 -msgid "Configure the Lane/5000 for Ingenico BENELUX" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Click on the F button of the terminal, then go in the :menuselection:`PoS " -"Menu --> Settings` and enter the settings password." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Now, click on connexion change and TCP/IP. Type the IP of your *IoT Box* " -"(you can find it on the form view of your IoT Box). Then, enter 9000 as " -"port. The terminal will restart. Once it is done, go on your *IoT Box* form " -"in Odoo and verify that the terminal has been found." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:36 -msgid "Configure the payment method" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:38 -msgid "" -"First, go in the general settings of the POS app, and activate the Ingenico " -"setting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Go back in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of " -"Sale`, go in the payments section and access your payment methods. Create a " -"new payment method for Ingenico, select the payment terminal option " -"Ingenico, and select your payment terminal device." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:53 -msgid "Pay with a payment terminal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:55 -msgid "" -"In your *PoS interface*, when processing a payment, select a *Payment " -"Method* using a payment terminal. Check that the amount in the tendered " -"column is the one that has to be sent to the payment terminal and click on " -"*Send*. When the payment is successful, the status will change to *Payment " -"Successful*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:64 -msgid "" -"If you want to cancel the payment request, click on cancel. You can still " -"retry to send the payment request." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:67 -msgid "" -"If there is any issue with the payment terminal, you can still force the " -"payment using the *Force Done*. This will allow you to validate the order in" -" Odoo even if the connexion between the terminal and Odoo has issues." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:73 -msgid "" -"This option will only be available if you received an error message telling " -"you the connexion failed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Once your payment is processed, on the payment record, you’ll find the type " -"of card that has been used and the transaction ID." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:3 -msgid "Connect a SIX Payment Terminal to your PoS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Connecting a SIX payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid payment flow " -"to your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Even though Worldline has recently acquired SIX Payment Services and both " -"companies use Yomani payment terminals, the firmware they run is different. " -"Terminals received from Worldline are therefore not compatible with this " -"integration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:18 -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:16 -msgid "Configure the Payment Method" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:20 -msgid "" -"First, make sure that the POS Six module is installed. For this, go to " -"*Apps*, remove the \"Apps\" filter and search for \"POS Six\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Back in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment " -"Methods`, Create a new payment method for SIX, select the payment terminal " -"option \"SIX without IoT Box\", and enter your payment terminal IP address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:34 -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:40 -msgid "Pay with a Payment Terminal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:36 -msgid "" -"In your PoS interface, at the moment of the payment, select a payment method" -" using a payment terminal. Verify that the amount in the tendered column is " -"the one that has to be sent to the payment terminal and click on *Send*. If " -"you want to cancel the payment request, click on cancel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:44 -msgid "" -"When the payment is done, the status will change to *Payment Successful*. " -"You can always reverse the last transaction by clicking on *Reverse*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:51 -msgid "" -"If there is any issue with the payment terminal, you can still force the " -"payment using the *Force Done*. This will allow you to validate the order in" -" Odoo even if the connexion between the terminal and Odoo encounters issues." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:3 -msgid "Connect a Vantiv Payment Terminal to your PoS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Connecting a Vantiv payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid payment " -"flow to your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Please note MercuryPay only operates with US and Canadian banks, making this" -" procedure only suitable for North American businesses." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:18 -msgid "" -"First, go in the general settings of the POS app, and activate the Vantiv " -"setting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Back in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, " -"go in the payments section and access your payment methods. Create a new " -"payment method for Vantiv, select the payment terminal option Vantiv, and " -"create new Vantiv credentials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:32 -msgid "" -"To create new Vantiv credentials, fill in your merchant ID and password, " -"then save. Make sure the credentials you just created are selected, then " -"save the payment method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:42 -msgid "" -"In your PoS interface, at the moment of the payment, select your Vantiv " -"payment method and… that’s all." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:3 -msgid "Restaurant Features" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:3 -msgid "Print the Bill" -msgstr "Друк рахунку" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Use the *Bill Printing* feature to print the bill before the payment. This " -"is useful if the bill is still subject to evolve and is thus not the " -"definitive ticket." -msgstr "" -"Використовуйте функцію *друку рахунків*, щоб надрукувати рахунок перед " -"оплатою. Це корисно, якщо рахунок ще може змінюватися і не є остаточним " -"замовленням." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:10 -msgid "Configure Bill Printing" -msgstr "Налаштуйте друк рахунку" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To activate *Bill Printing*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " -"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" -"Щоб активувати функцію *друк рахунку*, перейдіть до :menuselection:`Точка " -"продажу --> Налаштування --> Точка продажу` та виберіть свій інтерфейс точки" -" продажу." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Bill Printing* option." -msgstr "У розділі Рахунки та квитанції ви знайдете варіант *Друк рахунку*." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:22 -msgid "Split a Bill" -msgstr "Розбийте рахунок" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:24 -msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Bill* button." -msgstr "У вашому інтерфейсі точки продажу тепер є кнопка *Рахунок*." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:29 -msgid "When you use it, you can then print the bill." -msgstr "Коли ви застосуєте, ви зможете роздрукувати рахунок." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:3 -msgid "Using fiscal positions in PoS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, *Fiscal Positions* let you apply different taxes based on the " -"customer location. In a *Point of Sale*, such as a restaurant, it can be " -"used to apply different taxes depending if the customer eats in or takes " -"away." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:11 -msgid "Set up fiscal positions for PoS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:13 -msgid "" -"To enable this feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " -"Configuration --> Point of Sale` and check *Fiscal Position per Order*. Now," -" you can choose the fiscal positions you want for your *PoS*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:21 -msgid "You need to create your fiscal positions before using this feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:24 -msgid "Using fiscal positions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Once on your *PoS* interface, click on the *Tax* button. Now, choose the " -"fiscal position you need for the current order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:33 -msgid "Set up a default fiscal position" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:35 -msgid "" -"If you want to use a default fiscal position, meaning that a preexisting " -"value is always automatically assigned, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale " -"--> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and enable *Fiscal Position*. Now, " -"choose one to set as the default one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Now, the *tax* button is replaced by a *on site* button when on the *PoS* " -"interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:3 -msgid "Print orders at the kitchen or bar" -msgstr "Друк замовлень на кухні або в барі" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:5 -msgid "" -"To ease the workflow between the front of house and the back of the house, " -"printing the orders taken on the PoS interface right in the kitchen or bar " -"can be a tremendous help." -msgstr "" -"Щоб полегшити робочий процес між передньою частиною будинку та задньою " -"частиною, друк замовлень, зроблених на інтерфейсі точки продажу прямо на " -"кухні або в барі, може стати величезною допомогою." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:10 -msgid "Activate the bar/kitchen printer" -msgstr "Активуйте барний/кухонний принтер" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To activate the *Order printing* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " -"Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" -"Щоб активувати функцію *друк замовлення*, перейдіть до :menuselection:`Точка" -" продажу --> Налаштування --> Точка продажу` та виберіть свій інтерфейс " -"точки продажу." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Under the IoT Box / Hardware Proxy category, you will find *Order Printers*." -" Note that you need an IoT Box to connect your Printer to the PoS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:20 -msgid "Add a printer" -msgstr "Додайте принтер" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:22 -msgid "" -"In your configuration menu you will now have a *Order Printers* option where" -" you can add the printer." -msgstr "" -"У вашому меню налаштування тепер з'явиться параметр *Замовлення принтерів*, " -"де ви можете додати принтер." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:29 -msgid "Print a kitchen/bar order" -msgstr "Друк замовлення на кухні/барі" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:34 -msgid "Select or create a printer." -msgstr "Виберіть або створіть принтер." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:37 -msgid "Print the order in the kitchen/bar" -msgstr "Роздрукуйте замовлення на кухні/барі" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:39 -msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Order* button." -msgstr "На вашому інтерфейсі точки продажу тепер є кнопка *Замовлення*." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:44 -msgid "" -"When you press it, it will print the order on your kitchen/bar printer." -msgstr "" -"При натисканні на неї буде надруковано замовлення на принтері на кухні/барі." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:3 -msgid "Manage your tables" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Restaurants have specific needs that shops don’t have. That’s why Odoo gives" -" restaurant owners several unique features to help them manage their " -"business in the best possible way." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Floor and table management, bill splitting, or even the possibility to print" -" orders from the kitchen, everything is there to help your business shine " -"and your employees to work efficiently." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:16 -msgid "" -"To activate the bar/restaurant features, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale" -" --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and open your PoS. Now, select *Is a " -"Bar/Restaurant*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:24 -msgid "" -"New features are shown with a fork and a knife next to it, indicating that " -"they are restaurant-specific." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:32 -msgid "Add a floor" -msgstr "Додайте поверх" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Once your *Point of Sale* has been configured, select *Table Management* " -"under :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`. " -"Then, click on *Floors* to create and name your floor and tables." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:47 -msgid "Don’t forget to link your floor to your point of sale." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:50 -msgid "Add tables" -msgstr "Додайте столи" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:52 -msgid "" -"To add tables, you can also open your PoS interface to see your floor(s)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:59 -msgid "" -"Then, click on *Edit Mode* (pencil icon on the upper right corner) to be " -"allowed to create, move, modify tables, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:67 -msgid "" -"To make your table easier to be found, you can rename them, change their " -"shape, size or even color. It is also possible to add the maximum number of " -"sits the table can have." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:72 -msgid "Register your table(s) orders" -msgstr "Зареєструйте свої замовлення на столи" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:74 -msgid "" -"To register an order, click on the respective table. By doing so, you are " -"taken to your main interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:82 -msgid "Transfer customer(s)" -msgstr "Переміщення клієнта(ів)" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:84 -msgid "" -"If your customers want to move to another table after they already ordered, " -"use the transfer button. This way, the order is also moved to the new table." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:88 -msgid "To do so, select the table your customer is currently on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:94 -msgid "" -"Now, click on the transfer button and select the table to which you are " -"transferring your customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:103 -msgid "Register an additional order" -msgstr "Зареєструйте додаткове замовлення" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:105 -msgid "" -"When registering an order, use the + button to simultaneously proceed to " -"another one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:108 -msgid "" -"Then, you can shift between your orders and process the payment when needed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:116 -msgid "The - button allows you to remove the order you are currently on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:3 -msgid "Offer a bill-splitting option" -msgstr "Запропонуйте варіант розбиття рахунку" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Offering an easy bill splitting solution to your customers will leave them " -"with a positive experience. That's why this feature is available out-of-the-" -"box in the Odoo Point of Sale application." -msgstr "" -"Запропонувавши своєму клієнту легкий розбиття рахунку, ви отримаєте " -"позитивний досвід. Ось чому ця функція доступна поза межами програми в Точці" -" продажу Odoo." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To activate the *Bill Splitting* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " -"Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" -"Щоб активувати функцію *розбиття рахунку*, перейдіть до " -":menuselection:`Точка продажу --> Налаштування --> Точка продажу` та " -"виберіть свій інтерфейс точки продажу." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find the Bill Splitting " -"option." -msgstr "У розділі Рахунки та квитанції ви знайдете варіант Розбиття рахунку." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:23 -msgid "Split a bill" -msgstr "Розбийте рахунок" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:25 -msgid "In your PoS interface, you now have a *Split* button." -msgstr "У вашому інтерфейсі точки продажу тепер є кнопка *розбити*." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:30 -msgid "" -"When you use it, you will be able to select what that guest should had and " -"process the payment, repeating the process for each guest." -msgstr "" -"Коли ви використовуєте його, ви зможете вибрати, що цей гість повинен " -"отримати і виконати платіж, повторюючи процес для кожного гостя." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:3 -msgid "Integrate a tip option into payment" -msgstr "Інтегруйте чайові в оплату" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:5 -msgid "" -"As it is customary to tip in many countries all over the world, it is " -"important to have the option in your PoS interface." -msgstr "" -"Як прийнято в багатьох країнах у всьому світі платити чайові, важливо мати " -"такий варіант у вашому інтерфейсі точки продажу." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:9 -msgid "Configure Tipping" -msgstr "Налаштуйте чайові" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:11 -msgid "" -"To activate the *Tips* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " -"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS." -msgstr "" -"Щоб активувати функцію *Чайові*, перейдіть до :menuselection:`Точка продажу " -"--> Налаштування --> Точка продажу` та оберіть вашу точку продажу." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Tips*. Select it and " -"create a *Tip Product* such as *Tips* in this case." -msgstr "" -"У розділі Рахунки та квитанції ви знайдете *Чайові*. Виберіть їх та створіть" -" *товар Чайові*, наприклад, *Чайові* у цьому випадку." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:21 -msgid "Add Tips to the bill" -msgstr "Додайте чайові до рахунку" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:23 -msgid "Once on the payment interface, you now have a new *Tip* button" -msgstr "Після цього в інтерфейсі платежу з'явиться нова кнопка *Чайові*" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:28 -msgid "Add the tip your customer wants to leave and process to the payment." -msgstr "Додайте чайові, які ваш клієнт хоче залишити та обробіть у платежу." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop.rst:3 -msgid "Shop Features" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:3 -msgid "Using barcodes in PoS" -msgstr "Використання штрих-кодів у точці продажу" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Using a barcode scanner to process point of sale orders improves your " -"efficiency and helps you to save time for you and your customers." -msgstr "" -"Використання сканера штрих-кодів для обробки замовлень на продаж покращує " -"вашу ефективність та допомагає вам заощадити час для вас та ваших клієнтів." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:11 -msgid "" -"To use a barcode scanner, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " -"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" -"Щоб скористатись сканером штрих-кодів, перейдіть до :menuselection:`Точки " -"продажу --> Налаштування --> Точка продажу` та виберіть ваш інтерфейс точки " -"продажу." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Under the IoT Box / Hardware category, you will find *Barcode Scanner* " -"select it." -msgstr "Під категорією IoT Box / Обладнання ви знайдете *Сканер штрих-кодів*." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:21 -msgid "Add barcodes to product" -msgstr "Додайте штрих-коди до товару" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Products` and select a " -"product." -msgstr "" -"Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Точки продажу --> Каталог --> Товари` та " -"виберіть товар." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Under the general information tab, you can find a barcode field where you " -"can input any barcode." -msgstr "" -"На вкладці загальної інформації ви можете знайти поле штрих-коду, де ви " -"можете ввести будь-який штрих-код." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:33 -msgid "Scanning products" -msgstr "Сканування товарів" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:35 -msgid "" -"From your PoS interface, scan any barcode with your barcode scanner. The " -"product will be added, you can scan the same product to add it multiple " -"times or change the quantity manually on the screen." -msgstr "" -"З вашого інтерфейсу точки продажу відскануйте будь-який штрих-код з вашим " -"сканером штрих-кодів. Товар буде додано, ви зможете сканувати той самий " -"товар, щоб додати його кілька разів або змінити кількість вручну на екрані." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:3 -msgid "Set-up Cash Control in Point of Sale" -msgstr "Налаштування контролю за готівкою в точці продажу" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Cash control allows you to check the amount of the cashbox at the opening " -"and closing. You can thus make sure no error has been made and that no cash " -"is missing." -msgstr "" -"Готівковий контроль дозволяє перевірити суму каси при відкритті та закритті." -" Таким чином, ви можете переконатися, що ніяких помилок не було зроблено, і " -"що гроші відсутні." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:10 -msgid "Activate Cash Control" -msgstr "Активізуйте контроль готівки" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To activate the *Cash Control* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales" -" --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" -"Щоб активувати функцію *Контроль готівки*, перейдіть до " -":menuselection:`Точки продажу --> Налаштування --> Точка продажу` та " -"виберіть свій інтерфейс точки продажу." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:16 -msgid "Under the payments category, you will find the cash control setting." -msgstr "Під категорією платежів ви знайдете налаштування контролю готівки." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:21 -msgid "" -"In this example, you can see I want to have 275$ in various denomination at " -"the opening and closing." -msgstr "" -"У цьому прикладі ви можете бачити, що ви хочете мати 275 доларів у різній " -"деномінації під час відкриття та закриття." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:24 -msgid "" -"When clicking on **Opening/Closing Values** you will be able to create those" -" values." -msgstr "" -"Під час натискання **Значення Відкриття/Закриття** ви зможете створити ці " -"значення." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:31 -msgid "Start a session" -msgstr "Розпочніть сесію" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:33 -msgid "" -"You now have a new button added when you open a session, *Set opening " -"Balance*" -msgstr "" -"Тепер у вас є нова кнопка, додана при відкритті сесії, *Встановити " -"початковий баланс*" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:42 -msgid "" -"By default it will use the values you added before, but you can always " -"modify it." -msgstr "" -"За замовчуванням він використовуватиме значення, які ви додали раніше, але " -"ви завжди можете змінити його." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:46 -msgid "Close a session" -msgstr "Закрийте сесію" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:48 -msgid "" -"When you want to close your session, you now have a *Set Closing Balance* " -"button as well." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви хочете закрити сесію, у вас також є кнопка *Встановити баланс " -"закриття*." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:51 -msgid "" -"You can then see the theoretical balance, the real closing balance (what you" -" have just counted) and the difference between the two." -msgstr "" -"Потім ви можете побачити теоретичний баланс, реальний баланс закриття (те, " -"що ви тільки що підрахували) і різницю між ними двома." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:57 -msgid "" -"If you use the *Take Money Out* option to take out your transactions for " -"this session, you now have a zero-sum difference and the same closing " -"balance as your opening balance. You cashbox is ready for the next session." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви використовуєте параметр *Забрати гроші*, щоб вилучити свої " -"транзакції для цієї сесії, у вас тепер є різниця між нульовою сумою та тим " -"самим балансом закриття, як початковий баланс. Ваша каса готова для " -"наступної сесії." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:3 -msgid "Cash Rounding" -msgstr "Округлення готівки" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:4 -msgid "" -"**Cash rounding** is required when the lowest physical denomination of " -"currency, or the smallest coin, is higher than the minimum unit of account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:8 -msgid "" -"For example, some countries require their companies to round up or down the " -"total amount of an invoice to the nearest five cents, when the payment is " -"made in cash." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Each point of sale in Odoo can be configured to apply cash rounding to the " -"totals of its bills or receipts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:16 -msgid "" -"This feature will soon be added to Odoo. We are currently working to make it" -" available for all supported versions as soon as possible." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings` and " -"enable *Cash Rounding*, then click on *Save*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, " -"open the point of sale you want to configure, and enable the *Cash Rounding*" -" option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:31 -msgid "" -"To define the **Rounding Method**, open the drop-down list and click on " -"*Create and Edit...*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Define here your *Rounding Precision*, *Profit Account*, and *Loss Account*," -" then save both the Rounding Method and your Point of Sale settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:41 -msgid "" -"All total amounts of this point of sale now add a line to apply the rounding" -" according to your settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Odoo Point of Sale only support the *Add a rounding line* rounding " -"strategies and *Half-up* rounding methods." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:3 -msgid "Invoice from the PoS interface" -msgstr "Виставлення рахунку з інтерфейсу точки продажу" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Some of your customers might request an invoice when buying from your Point " -"of Sale, you can easily manage it directly from the PoS interface." -msgstr "" -"Деякі ваші клієнти можуть запитувати рахунок-фактуру при покупці з точки " -"продажу, ви можете легко керувати ним безпосередньо з інтерфейсу точки " -"продажу." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:9 -msgid "Activate invoicing" -msgstr "Активізуйте виставлення рахунків" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and" -" select your Point of Sale:" -msgstr "" -"Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Точка продажу --> Налаштування --> Точка " -"продажу` та виберіть свою точку продажу:" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Under the *Bills & Receipts* you will see the invoicing option, tick it. " -"Don't forget to choose in which journal the invoices should be created." -msgstr "" -"У розділі *Рахунки та квитанції* ви побачите параметр виставлення рахунку, " -"позначте його. Не забудьте вибрати, в якому журналі повинні бути створені " -"рахунки-фактури." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:25 -msgid "Select a customer" -msgstr "Виберіть клієнта" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:27 -msgid "From your session interface, use the customer button" -msgstr "З інтерфейсу сесії використовуйте кнопку клієнта" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:32 -msgid "" -"You can then either select an existing customer and set it as your customer " -"or create a new one by using this button." -msgstr "" -"Потім ви можете вибрати існуючого клієнта та встановити його як свого " -"клієнта або створити новий за допомогою цієї кнопки." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:38 -msgid "" -"You will be invited to fill out the customer form with its information." -msgstr "Вам буде запропоновано заповнити форму клієнта зі своєю інформацією." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:41 -msgid "Invoice your customer" -msgstr "Виставте рахунок вашому клієнту" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:43 -msgid "" -"From the payment screen, you now have an invoice option, use the button to " -"select it and validate." -msgstr "" -"На екрані платежу ви маєте опцію рахунка-фактури, скористайтеся кнопкою, " -"щоби вибрати її та підтвердити." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:49 -msgid "You can then print the invoice and move on to your next order." -msgstr "" -"Потім можна роздрукувати рахунок-фактуру та перейти до наступного " -"замовлення." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:52 -msgid "Retrieve invoices" -msgstr "Отримання рахунків-фактур" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Once out of the PoS interface (:menuselection:`Close --> Confirm` on the top" -" right corner) you will find all your orders in :menuselection:`Point of " -"Sale --> Orders --> Orders` and under the status tab you will see which ones" -" have been invoiced. When clicking on a order you can then access the " -"invoice." -msgstr "" -"Вийшовши з інтерфейсу точки продажу (:menuselection:`Закрити --> " -"Підтвердити` у верхньому правому кутку), ви знайдете всі ваші замовлення в " -"меню :menuselection:`Точка продажу --> Замовлення --> Замовлення` та на " -"вкладці статусу ви побачите, на які виставлено рахунки. Після натискання " -"замовлення ви зможете отримати доступ до рахунку-фактури." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:3 -msgid "Log in with employee" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:5 -msgid "" -"With Odoo *Point of Sale*, you can manage multiple cashiers. This feature " -"allows you to keep track of who is working, when and how much each cashier " -"made for that session." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:9 -msgid "" -"There are three ways to switch cashiers in Odoo: by *selecting the cashier*," -" by *entering a PIN code* or by *scanning a barcode*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:13 -msgid "" -"To manage multiple cashiers, you need several employees (at least two)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:16 -msgid "Set up log in with employees" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:18 -msgid "" -"To enable the feature, go to your *PoS settings* and check log in with " -"employees on your *PoS form*. Then, add the employees that have access to " -"the cash register." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:25 -msgid "Now, you can switch cashier easily." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:28 -msgid "Switch without pin codes" -msgstr "Перемикач без PIN-кодів" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:30 -msgid "" -"The easiest way to switch cashiers is without a code. To do so, click on the" -" cashier name in your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:36 -msgid "Now, you just have to click on your name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:42 -msgid "Switch cashier with pin codes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:44 -msgid "" -"You can set a pin code on each cashier. To set up a pin code, go to the " -"employee form and add a security PIN, in the *HR settings tab*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:50 -msgid "Now, when switching cashier, a PIN password will be asked." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:56 -msgid "Switch cashier with barcodes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:58 -msgid "" -"You can ask your employees to log themselves with their badges. To do so, " -"set up a barcode at the same place you add the PIN code. Print the badge and" -" when they will scan it, the cashier will be switched to that employee." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:67 -msgid "Find who was the cashier" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Once you have closed your *PoS session*, you can have an overview of the " -"amount each cashier sold for. To do so, go to the orders menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:75 -msgid "Now, you can open the order and have a summary of the sold products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:3 -msgid "Reprint Receipts" -msgstr "Повторний друк чеків" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Use the *Reprint receipt* feature if you have the need to reprint a ticket." -msgstr "" -"Використовуйте функцію підтвердження *повторний друку*, якщо вам потрібно " -"повторно друкувати чек." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:10 -msgid "" -"To activate *Reprint Receipt*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " -"Configuration --> Point of sale`. and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Reprint Receipt* option." -msgstr "У розділі Рахунки та чеки ви знайдете функцію *Повторний друк чеку*." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:17 -msgid "" -"In order to allow the option reprint receipt, you need to activate the " -"receipt printer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:23 -msgid "Reprint a receipt" -msgstr "Повторно надрукуйте чек" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:25 -msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Reprint receipt* button." -msgstr "" -"У вашому інтерфейсі точки продажу тепер є кнопка підтвердження *повторного " -"друку*." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:30 -msgid "When you use it, you can then reprint your last receipt." -msgstr "" -"Коли ви використовуєте його, ви можете повторно друкувати останній чек." diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po deleted file mode 100644 index 4836372c0..000000000 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,234 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-11-02 12:05+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: uk\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:6 ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:9 -msgid "My Odoo Portal" -msgstr "Мій портал Odoo" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:11 -msgid "" -"In this section of the portal, you will find all the communications between " -"you and Odoo: documents such as quotations, sales orders, invoices and " -"subscriptions." -msgstr "" -"У цій секції порталу ви знайдете усю комунікацію між вами та Odoo: " -"документи, такі як комерційні пропозиції, замовлення на продаж, рахунки та " -"підписки." - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:15 -msgid "" -"To access this section, you have to log with your username and password to " -"`Odoo <https://www.odoo.com/my/home>`_. If you are already logged in, just " -"click on your name on the top-right corner and select \"My Account\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:23 -msgid "Quotations" -msgstr "Комерційні пропозиції" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Here you will find all the quotations sent to you by Odoo. For example, a " -"quotation can be generated for you after adding an application or a user to " -"your database or if your contract has to be renewed." -msgstr "" -"Тут ви знайдете усі комерційні пропозиції, надіслані Odoo. Наприклад, " -"комерційна пропозиція може бути створена для вас після додавання заявки чи " -"користувача у вашу базу даних або коли ваш контракт потрібно оновити." - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:32 -msgid "" -"The *Valid Until* column shows the date through which the quotation is " -"valid; after that date, the quotation will be \"Expired\". By clicking on " -"the quotation, you will see all the details of the offer, such as the " -"pricing and other useful information." -msgstr "" -"Колонка *Дійсно до* показує дату, до якої діє комерційна пропозиція; після " -"цієї дати комерційну пропозицію буде \"Протерміновано\". Натиснувши на " -"комерційну пропозицію, ви побачите усі деталі пропозиції, такі як ціна та " -"інша корисна інформація." - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:39 -msgid "" -"If you want to accept the quotation, just click \"Accept & Pay,\" and the " -"quote will get confirmed. If you don't want to accept it, or you need to ask" -" for some modifications, click on \"Ask Changes Reject.\"" -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви хочете прийняти комерційну пропозицію, просто натисніть \"Прийняти " -"та Оплатити,\" і комерційна пропозиція буде підтверджена. Якщо ви не хочете " -"підтверджувати її або ви хочете попросити про деякі зміни, натисніть на " -"\"Попросити про відхилення змін.\"" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:44 -msgid "Sales Orders" -msgstr "Замовлення на продаж" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:46 -msgid "" -"All your purchases within Odoo (Upsells, Themes, Applications, etc.) will be" -" registered under this section." -msgstr "" -"Усі ваші купівлі всередині Odoo (Допродажі, Теми, Модулі тощо) будуть " -"зареєстровані під цією секцією." - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:52 -msgid "" -"By clicking on the sale order, you can review the details of the products " -"purchased and process the payment." -msgstr "" -"Натиснувши на замовлення на продаж, ви можете переглянути деталі куплених " -"товарів та обробити платіж." - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:56 -msgid "Invoices" -msgstr "Рахунки" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:58 -msgid "" -"All the invoices of your subscriptions and/or sales orders will be shown in " -"this section. The tag before the Amount Due will indicate if the invoice has" -" been paid." -msgstr "" -"Усі рахунки ваших підписок та/або замовлень на продаж будуть відображатися у" -" цій секції. Тег перед заборгованою сумою буде вказувати, чи рахунок-фактуру" -" оплачено." - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Just click on the invoice if you wish to see more information, pay the " -"invoice, or download a PDF version of the document." -msgstr "" -"Просто натисніть на рахунок,якщо ви хочете побачити більше інформації, " -"оплатити рахунок чи завантажити PDF-версію документа." - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:69 -msgid "Tickets" -msgstr "Заявки" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:71 -msgid "" -"When you submit a ticket through `Odoo Support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`," -" a ticket will be created. Here you can find all the tickets that you have " -"opened, the conversations between you and our Agents, and the statuses and " -"IDs (# Ref) of the tickets." -msgstr "" -"Коли ви надсилаєте заявку через `Підтримку Odoo " -"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`, буде створено заявку. Тут ви можете знайти усі" -" заявки, які ви відкрили, розмову між вами та нашими агентами, статуси та ID" -" (# Ref) заявок." - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:79 -msgid "Subscriptions" -msgstr "Підписки" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:81 -msgid "" -"You can access your subscriptions with Odoo from this section. The first " -"page shows you the subscriptions that you have and their status." -msgstr "" -"Ви можете отримати доступ до ваших підписок через Odoo з цього розділу. " -"Перша сторінка показує вам підписки, які у вас є, та їхній статус." - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:87 -msgid "" -"By clicking on the subscription you will access all the details regarding " -"your plan: the number of applications purchased, the billing information, " -"and the payment method." -msgstr "" -"Натиснувши на підписку, ви отримаєте доступ на всі деталі вашого плану: " -"кількість куплених модулей, інформацію про виставлення рахунку, та метод " -"платежу." - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:91 -msgid "" -"To change the payment method, click on \"Change Payment Method\" and enter " -"the new credit card details." -msgstr "" -"Щоб змінити метод платежу, натисніть на \"Змінити метод платежу\" та введіть" -" нові дані кредитної картки." - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:97 -msgid "" -"If you want to remove the credit cards that are saved, you can do so by " -"clicking on \"Manage your payment methods\" at the bottom of the page. Click" -" \"Delete\" to delete the payment method." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви хочете вилучити збережені кредитні картки, ви можете зробити це, " -"натиснувши на \"Управління вашими методами платежу\" внизу сторінки. " -"Натисніть \"Видалити\", щоби видалити метод платежу." - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:105 -msgid "" -"At the date of the next invoice, if there is no payment information provided" -" or if your credit card has expired, the status of your subscription will " -"change to \"To Renew\". You will then have 7 days to provide a valid method " -"of payment. After this delay, the subscription will be closed, and you will " -"no longer be able to access the database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:111 -msgid "Success Packs" -msgstr "Пакети послуг" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:112 -msgid "" -"With a Success Pack/Partner Success Pack, you are assigned an expert to " -"provide unique personalized assistance to help you customize your solution " -"and optimize your workflows as part of your initial implementation. These " -"hours never expire, allowing you to utilize them whenever you need support." -msgstr "" -"З Пакетом послуг/Партнерським пакетом послуг вам призначений експерт для " -"надання персоналізованої допомоги в налаштуванні вашого рішення та " -"оптимізації ваших робочих процесів як частини вашого внутрішнього " -"впровадження. Ці години ніколи не втрачають термін дії, дозволяючи вам " -"використовувати їх тоді, коли вам потрібна підтримка." - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:118 -msgid "" -"If you need information about how to manage your database see " -":ref:`db_online`" -msgstr "" -"Якщо вам потрібна інформація про те, як керувати своєю базою даних, дивіться" -" :ref:`db_online`" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:121 -msgid "Delete your Odoo.com account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:123 -msgid "" -"In order to delete your Odoo.com account, you have to reach out to our " -"`Support Services <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:126 -msgid "If you want to delete one of your databases, see :ref:`db_online`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:129 -msgid "" -"If you wish instead to formally request the deletion of all the information " -"connected to your email address as per the European Union General Data " -"Protection Regulation (GDPR), please send an email to privacy@odoo.com." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po deleted file mode 100644 index ad999d9ba..000000000 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,26 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: uk\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n" - -#: ../../practical.rst:3 -msgid "Practical Information" -msgstr "Практична інформація" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..639eacd74 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po @@ -0,0 +1,2767 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2021 +# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2021 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-18 07:12+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-05-18 05:18+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2021\n" +"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: uk\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity.rst:3 +msgid "Productivity" +msgstr "Продуктивність" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss.rst:4 +msgid "Discuss" +msgstr "Обговорення" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced" +msgstr "Розширено" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:3 +msgid "How to Use my Mail Server to Send and Receive Emails in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:6 +msgid "If you are a user of Odoo Online or Odoo.sh..." +msgstr "Якщо ви користувач Odoo Online чи Odoo.sh..." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:8 +msgid "" +"You have nothing to do! **Odoo sets up its own mail servers for your " +"database.** Outgoing and incoming emails work out-of-the-box!" +msgstr "" +"Вам нічого не потрібно робити! **Odoo сама налаштовує поштові сервери вашої " +"бази даних.** Вихідні та вхідні електронні листи працюють з коробки!" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Unless you plan to send large batches of mass mailing that could require the" +" use of an external mail server, simply enjoy your new Odoo database." +msgstr "" +"Якшо ви не плануєте відправлення кампаній електронної пошти, що може " +"вимагати використання зовнішнього поштового сервера, просто насолоджуйтесь " +"новою базою даних Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:16 +msgid "Scope of this documentation" +msgstr "Сфера застосування цієї документації" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:18 +msgid "" +"This document is **mainly dedicated to Odoo on-premise users** who don't " +"benefit from an out-of-the-box solution to send and receive emails in Odoo, " +"unlike `Odoo Online <https://www.odoo.com/trial>`__ & `Odoo.sh " +"<https://www.odoo.sh>`__." +msgstr "" +"Цей документ **в основному призначений для локальних користувачів Odoo**, " +"які не отримують переваг від нестандартного рішення надсилати та отримувати " +"електронні листи в Odoo, на відміну від `Odoo Online " +"<https://www.odoo.com/trial>`__ та `Odoo.sh <https://www.odoo.sh>`__." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:25 +msgid "" +"If no one in your company is used to manage email servers, we strongly " +"recommend that you opt for those Odoo hosting solutions. Their email system " +"works instantly and is monitored by professionals. Nevertheless you can " +"still use your own email servers if you want to manage your email server's " +"reputation yourself." +msgstr "" +"Якщо жоден із вашої компанії не використовується для керування поштовими " +"серверами, ми настійно рекомендуємо вам вибрати ці рішення для хостингу " +"Odoo. Їх система електронної пошти працює миттєво і контролюється " +"професіоналами. Тим не менше, ви все ще можете використовувати власні " +"поштові сервери, якщо хочете самостійно керувати вашим сервером електронної " +"пошти." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:31 +msgid "" +"You will find here below some useful information on how to integrate your " +"own email solution with Odoo." +msgstr "" +"Нижче ви знайдете деяку корисну інформацію про те, як інтегрувати власне " +"рішення електронної пошти з Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Office 365 email servers don't easily allow to send external emails from " +"hosts like Odoo. Refer to `Microsoft's documentation " +"<https://support.office.com/en-us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-" +"device-or-application-to-send-email-using-" +"Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ to make it work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:39 +msgid "How to manage outbound messages" +msgstr "Як керувати вихідними повідомленнями" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:40 +msgid "" +"As a system admin, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and " +"check *External Email Servers*. Then, click *Outgoing Mail Servers* to " +"create one and reference the SMTP data of your email server. Once all the " +"information has been filled out, click on *Test Connection*." +msgstr "" +"Як адміністратор системи, перейдіть до :menuselection:`Налаштування --> " +"Загальні налаштування` та перевірте *зовнішні сервери електронної пошти*. " +"Потім натисніть *Сервери вихідної пошти*, щоб створити та вказати SMTP-дані " +"вашого сервера електронної пошти. Коли вся інформація буде заповнена, " +"натисніть кнопку *Перевірити підключення*." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:45 +msgid "Here is a typical configuration for a G Suite server." +msgstr "Ось типове налаштування сервера G Suite." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:50 +msgid "Then set your email domain name in the General Settings." +msgstr "" +"Потім встановіть ім'я домену електронної пошти у загальних налаштуваннях." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:53 +msgid "" +"If you get a ``[AUTHENTICATIONFAILED] Invalid credentials (Failure)`` " +"warning when you *Test Connection* on a Gmail address, activate the *Less " +"secure app access* option. A direct link can be `accessed here " +"<https://myaccount.google.com/lesssecureapps?pli=1>`_." +msgstr "" +"Якщо ви отримаєте ``[AUTHENTICATIONFAILED] Недійсні облікові дані " +"(Failure)`` будьте уважні, коли ви *Тестуєте з'єднання* в адресі Gmail, " +"активуйте функцію *Менш безпечного доступу до програми*. Доступ до посилання" +" `тут <https://myaccount.google.com/lesssecureapps?pli=1>`_." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:57 +msgid "In addition to that, enable the IMAP setting on your Gmail account." +msgstr "" +"Окрім цього, увімкніть налаштування IMAP у своєму обліковому записі Gmail." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:61 +msgid "Can I use an Office 365 server" +msgstr "Чи можете ви використовувати сервер Office 365" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:62 +msgid "" +"You can use an Office 365 server if you run Odoo on-premise. Office 365 SMTP" +" relays are not compatible with Odoo Online." +msgstr "" +"Ви можете використовувати сервер Office 365, якщо ви запускаєте Odoo на " +"власному сервері. Реєстри SMTP Office 365 несумісні з Odoo Online." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Please refer to `Microsoft's documentation <https://support.office.com/en-" +"us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-device-or-application-to-send-" +"email-using-Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ to configure" +" a SMTP relay for your Odoo's IP address." +msgstr "" +"Будь ласка, зверніться до `Документації Microsoft " +"<https://support.office.com/en-us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-" +"device-or-application-to-send-email-using-" +"Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ для налаштування " +"ретранслятора SMTP для вашої IP-адреси Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:69 +msgid "How to use a G Suite server" +msgstr "Як використовувати сервер G Suite" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:70 +msgid "" +"You can use an G Suite server for any Odoo hosting type. To do so you need " +"to setup the SMTP relay service. The configuration steps are explained in " +"`Google documentation " +"<https://support.google.com/a/answer/2956491?hl=en>`__." +msgstr "" +"Ви можете використовувати сервер G Suite для будь-якого типу хостингу Odoo. " +"Щоби це зробити, вам необхідно встановити обслуговування SMTP. Кроки " +"налаштування пояснюються в документації `Google " +"<https://support.google.com/a/answer/2956491?hl=en>`__." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:77 +msgid "Be SPF-compliant" +msgstr "Будьте сумісними з SPF" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:78 +msgid "" +"In case you use SPF (Sender Policy Framework) to increase the deliverability" +" of your outgoing emails, don't forget to authorize Odoo as a sending host " +"in your domain name settings. Here is the configuration for Odoo Online:" +msgstr "" +"Якщо ви використовуєте SPF (Policy Framework для відправників), щоб " +"збільшити продуктивність вихідних електронних листів, не забудьте " +"авторизувати Odoo як відправника у налаштуваннях вашого доменного імені. Ось" +" налаштування для Odoo Online:" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:82 +msgid "" +"If no TXT record is set for SPF, create one with following definition: " +"v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com ~all" +msgstr "" +"Якщо для SPF немає запису TXT, створіть його з наступним визначенням: v=spf1" +" include:_spf.odoo.com ~all" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:84 +msgid "" +"In case a SPF TXT record is already set, add \"include:_spf.odoo.com\". e.g." +" for a domain name that sends emails via Odoo Online and via G Suite it " +"could be: v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com include:_spf.google.com ~all" +msgstr "" +"Якщо запит SPF TXT вже встановлено, додайте \"include: _spf.odoo.com\". " +"наприклад, для доменного імені, яке надсилає електронні листи через Odoo " +"Online, і через G Suite це може бути: v=spf1 include: _spf.odoo.com include:" +" _spf.google.com ~ all" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Find `here <https://www.mail-tester.com/spf/>`__ the exact procedure to " +"create or modify TXT records in your own domain registrar." +msgstr "" +"Знайдіть `тут <https://www.mail-tester.com/spf/>`__ точну процедуру " +"створення або зміни TXT-записи у власному реєстраторі доменів." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Your new SPF record can take up to 48 hours to go into effect, but this " +"usually happens more quickly." +msgstr "" +"Завершення вашого нового запису SPF може зайняти до 48 годин, але це, як " +"правило, відбувається швидше." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Adding more than one SPF record for a domain can cause problems with mail " +"delivery and spam classification. Instead, we recommend using only one SPF " +"record by modifying it to authorize Odoo." +msgstr "" +"Додавання декількох записів SPF для домену може спричинити проблеми з " +"доставкою пошти та класифікацією спаму. Замість цього ми рекомендуємо " +"використовувати лише один запис SPF, змінюючи його, щоб авторизувати Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:99 +msgid "Allow DKIM" +msgstr "Дозвольте DKIM" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:100 +msgid "" +"You should do the same thing if DKIM (Domain Keys Identified Mail) is " +"enabled on your email server. In the case of Odoo Online & Odoo.sh, you " +"should add a DNS \"odoo._domainkey\" CNAME record to " +"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\". For example, for \"foo.com\" they should have " +"a record \"odoo._domainkey.foo.com\" that is a CNAME with the value " +"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\"." +msgstr "" +"Ви повинні робити те ж саме, якщо на вашому сервері електронної пошти " +"ввімкнено DKIM (Domain Keys Identified Mail). У випадку з Odoo Online та " +"Odoo.sh, ви повинні додати DNS \"odoo._domainkey\" запис CNAME на " +"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\". Наприклад, для \"foo.com\" вони повинні мати " +"запис \"odoo._domainkey.foo.com\", тобто CNAME зі значенням " +"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\"." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:108 +msgid "Restriction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:109 +msgid "" +"Please note that the port 25 is blocked for security reasons. Try using 587," +" 465 or 2525." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:114 +msgid "How to manage inbound messages" +msgstr "Як керувати вхідними повідомленнями" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:116 +msgid "Odoo relies on generic email aliases to fetch incoming messages." +msgstr "" +"Odoo покладається на загальні псевдоніми електронної пошти, щоб отримувати " +"вхідні повідомлення." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:118 +msgid "" +"**Reply messages** of messages sent from Odoo are routed to their original " +"discussion thread (and to the inbox of all its followers) by the catchall " +"alias (**catchall@**)." +msgstr "" +"**Відповіді повідомлень**, відправлених з Odoo, спрямовуються в їх " +"оригінальний дискусійний потік (і в папку \"Вхідні\" всіх його піписників) " +"за допомогою псевдоніма catchall (**catchall@**)." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:122 +msgid "" +"**Bounced messages** are routed to **bounce@** in order to track them in " +"Odoo. This is especially used in `Odoo Email Marketing " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/email-marketing>`__ to opt-out invalid " +"recipients." +msgstr "" +"**Відскановані повідомлення** направляються на відмову @, щоб відстежувати " +"їх в Odoo. Це особливо використовується в `Odoo Email " +"Marketing,<https://www.odoo.com/page/email-marketing>`__ щоб відмовитися від" +" недійсних одержувачів." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:126 +msgid "" +"**Original messages**: Several business objects have their own alias to " +"create new records in Odoo from incoming emails:" +msgstr "" +"**Оригінальні повідомлення**: для деяких бізнес-об'єктів є власний псевдонім" +" для створення нових записів у Odoo із вхідних повідомлень електронної " +"пошти:" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Sales Channel (to create Leads or Opportunities in `Odoo CRM " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/crm>`__)," +msgstr "" +"Канал продажів (для створення лідів або нагод в `Odoo CRM " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/crm>`__)," + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Support Channel (to create Tickets in `Odoo Helpdesk " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/helpdesk>`__)," +msgstr "" +"Підтримка каналу (для створення заявок у `Службі підтримки Odoo " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/helpdesk>`__)," + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:133 +msgid "" +"Projects (to create new Tasks in `Odoo Project <https://www.odoo.com/page" +"/project-management>`__)," +msgstr "" +"Проекти (для створення нових завдань в `Проекті Odoo " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/project-management>`__)," + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Job Positions (to create Applicants in `Odoo Recruitment " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/recruitment>`__)," +msgstr "" +"Вакансії (для створення заявок в `Рекрутингу Odoo " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/recruitment>`__)," + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:137 +msgid "etc." +msgstr "тощо." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Depending on your mail server, there might be several methods to fetch " +"emails. The easiest and most recommended method is to manage one email " +"address per Odoo alias in your mail server." +msgstr "" +"Залежно від вашого поштового сервера може існувати декілька способів " +"отримання повідомлень електронної пошти. Найпростіший та найбільш " +"рекомендований спосіб полягає в управлінні однією адресою електронної пошти " +"на псевдоніми Odoo на вашому поштовому сервері." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Create the corresponding email addresses in your mail server (catchall@, " +"bounce@, sales@, etc.)." +msgstr "" +"Створіть відповідні електронні адреси на своєму поштовому сервері " +"(catchall@, bounce@, sales@ і т.д.)." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:145 +msgid "Set your domain name in the General Settings." +msgstr "Встановіть своє доменне ім'я у загальних налаштуваннях." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:150 +msgid "" +"If you use Odoo on-premise, create an *Incoming Mail Server* in Odoo for " +"each alias. You can do it from the General Settings as well. Fill out the " +"form according to your email provider’s settings. Leave the *Actions to " +"Perform on Incoming Mails* blank. Once all the information has been filled " +"out, click on *TEST & CONFIRM*." +msgstr "" +"Якщо ви використовуєте Odoo на власному сервері, створіть *вхідний поштовий " +"сервер* в Odoo для кожного псевдоніма. Ви також можете це зробити в " +"загальних налаштуваннях. Заповніть форму відповідно до ваших налаштувань " +"постачальника послуг електронної пошти. Залиште *дії, які потрібно виконати*" +" на вхідних листах, порожніми. Коли вся інформація буде заповнена, натисніть" +" на *ПЕРЕВІРКА та ПІДТВЕРДЖЕННЯ*." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:159 +msgid "" +"If you use Odoo Online or Odoo.sh, We do recommend to redirect incoming " +"messages to Odoo's domain name rather than exclusively use your own email " +"server. That way you will receive incoming messages without delay. Indeed, " +"Odoo Online is fetching incoming messages of external servers once per hour " +"only. You should set redirections for all the email addresses to Odoo's " +"domain name in your email server (e.g. *catchall@mydomain.ext* to " +"*catchall@mycompany.odoo.com*)." +msgstr "" +"Якщо ви використовуєте Odoo Online або Odoo.sh, ми рекомендуємо " +"переадресовувати вхідні повідомлення на доменне ім'я Odoo, а не виключно " +"використовувати свій власний сервер електронної пошти. Таким чином ви " +"отримаєте вхідні повідомлення без затримки. Дійсно, Odoo Online отримує " +"вхідні повідомлення зовнішніх серверів лише раз на годину. Ви повинні " +"встановити перенаправлення для всіх адрес електронної пошти до доменного " +"імені Odoo на своєму сервері електронної пошти (наприклад, " +"*catchall@mydomain.ext*, на *catchall@mycompany.odoo.com*)." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:169 +msgid "All the aliases are customizable in Odoo." +msgstr "Усі псевдоніми налаштовуються в Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:167 +msgid "" +"Object aliases can be edited from their respective configuration view. To " +"edit catchall and bounce aliases, you first need to activate the " +":doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:171 +msgid "" +"Then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System " +"Parameters` to customize the aliases (*mail.catchall.alias* & * " +"mail.bounce.alias*)." +msgstr "" +"Потім перейдіть в :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Технічні параметри --> " +"Параметри --> Параметри системи`, щоб налаштувати псевдоніми " +"(*mail.catchall.alias* та *mail.bounce.alias*)." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:177 +msgid "" +"By default inbound messages are fetched every 5 minutes in Odoo on-premise. " +"You can change this value in :doc:`Developer mode " +"</applications/general/developer_mode>`. Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions` and look for *Mail: " +"Fetchmail Service*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:186 +msgid "Set up different dedicated servers for transactional and mass mails" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:188 +msgid "" +"Odoo's e-mail server has the capability of sending 200 e-mails per day on " +"Odoo SH Cloud Platform. However, if needed, you can use a separate Mail " +"Transfer Agent (MTA) servers for transactional e-mails and mass mailings. " +"Example: use Odoo's own mail server for transactional e-mails, and Sendgrid," +" Amazon SES, or Mailgun for mass mailings. Another alternative is to use " +"Postmark for transactional e-mails, and Amazon SES or Sendgrid for mass " +"mailings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:196 +msgid "" +"A default outgoing email server is already configured. You should not create" +" an alternative one unless you want to use a specific external outgoing " +"email server for technical reasons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:199 +msgid "" +"To do this, you should first enable the :doc:`Developer mode " +"</applications/general/developer_mode>` and then go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Outgoing` e-mail servers. There " +"you have to create two e-mail MTA server settings. One for transactional " +"e-mails and one for mass mail servers. Be sure to mark the priority of " +"transactional e-mail servers as low as the mass email servers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Now, go to :menuselection:`Email Marketing --> Settings` and enable " +"*Dedicated Server*. With these settings, Odoo uses the server with the lower" +" priority for transactional emails, and the server here selected for mass " +"mails. Note that in this case, you have to set your domain's Sender Policy " +"Framework (SPF) records to include both transactional and mass mail servers." +" If your server resides with xxxx.odoo.com, the available options are " +"Sendinblue and Mailchimp, as your e-mails would be originated from the " +"xxxx.odoo.com domain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:3 +msgid "Email Templates" +msgstr "Шаблони електронних листів" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:5 +msgid "" +"We all know writing good emails is vital to get a high response rate, but " +"you do not want to rewrite the same structure every time, do you? That is " +"where email templates come in. Without the need to rewrite the entire email " +"structure every time, you save time to focus on the content. Multiple " +"templates also let you deliver the right message to the right audience, " +"improving their overall experience with the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:12 +msgid "Enable it and understand a few concepts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The :doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>` must be " +"activated. Then, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> " +"Templates`. A view of the existing templates is shown." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:18 +msgid "" +"**It is highly recommended not to change the content in existing templates " +"unless the user has prior knowledge about placeholders.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To add a new one, click on *Create* and choose the type of document this " +"template is used with. In the example below, the template would be sent to " +"job applicants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Under *Email Configuration*, fields such as *From*, *To (Emails)*, *To " +"(Partners)*, require placeholders. If the *From* field is not set, the " +"default value is the author’s email alias, if configured, or email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Under *Advanced Settings*, if an *Outgoing Mail Server* is not set, the one " +"with the highest priority is used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:34 +msgid "" +"The option *Auto Delete* permanently deletes the emails after they are sent," +" saving space in your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:37 +msgid "Writing content including placeholder expressions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Under the tab *Dynamic Placeholder Generator*, look for the *Field* you " +"would like to use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Next, copy the *Placeholder Expression* and paste it in the *Body* of the " +"email, under the *Content* tab, using - essentially - the *Code View*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Deactivate the *Code View* option by simply clicking on it again, and easily" +" design the message. Click on *Preview* to check how the email looks before " +"sending it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Загальний огляд" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:3 +msgid "Get Started with Discuss" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Discuss allows you to bring all of your company’s communication together " +"through messages, notes, and chat. Share information, projects, files, " +"prioritize tasks, and stay connected with colleagues and partners throughout" +" applications. Forge better relationships, increase productivity and " +"transparency by promoting a convenient way of communicating." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:11 +msgid "Choose your notifications preference" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Access your *Preferences* and choose how you would like your notifications " +"to be handled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:21 +msgid "" +"By default, the field is set as *Handle by Emails* making messages, notes, " +"and notifications where you were mentioned or that you follow, to be sent " +"through email. By choosing *Handle in Odoo*, they are shown in the *Inbox*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:22 +msgid "Messages can then be *Marked as Todo*, *Replied*, or *Marked as Read*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:28 +msgid "" +"The messages tagged as *Mark as Todo* are also shown in *Starred*, while the" +" ones *Marked as Read* are moved to *History*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:36 +msgid "Start Chatting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:38 +msgid "" +"The first time you log in to your account, OdooBot sends you a message " +"asking for permission to receive desktop notifications to chats. If " +"accepted, you receive push notifications to the messages sent to you despite" +" of where you are in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To stop receiving desktop notifications, reset the notifications settings of" +" your browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:50 +msgid "" +"To start a chat, click on *New Message* on the *Messaging Menu*, or go to " +"*Discuss* and send a *Direct Message*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:58 +msgid "" +"You can also create :doc:`public and private channels <team_communication>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:61 +msgid "Mentions in the chat and on the Chatter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To mention a user within a chat or the chatter type *@user-name*; to refer " +"to a channel, type *#channel-name*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:66 +msgid "" +"A notification is sent to the user mentioned either to his *Inbox* or " +"through email, depending on his settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:73 +msgid "" +"When a user is mentioned, the search list (list of names) suggests values " +"first based on the task’s followers, and secondly on *Employees*. If the " +"record being searched does not match with either a follower or employee, the" +" scope of the search becomes all partners." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:78 +msgid "Chat status" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:80 +msgid "" +"It is helpful to see what colleagues are up to and how quickly they can " +"respond to messages by checking their *Status*. The status is shown on the " +"left side of a contact’s names on Discuss’ sidebar and on the *Messaging " +"menu*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:84 +msgid "Green = online" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:85 +msgid "Orange = away" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:86 +msgid "White = offline" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:87 +msgid "Airplane = out of the office" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:65 +msgid ":doc:`team_communication`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:96 +msgid ":doc:`../advanced/email_servers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:3 +msgid "Get Organized by Planning Activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you plan activities you minimize the risk of uncertainties, as you " +"provide clear directions for the course of your next action. In addition to " +"that, you do not leave space for wasteful activities and reduce the chance " +"of having overlapping actions between team members." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:10 +msgid "Where do I see my schedule activities?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Access and manage your activities wherever you are in Odoo by the " +"*Activities* menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:20 +msgid "Plan activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Activities can be planned and managed from the chatter by clicking on " +"*Schedule activity*, or through Kanban views." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:31 +msgid "Set your activity types" +msgstr "Встановіть види діяльності" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:33 +msgid "" +"A number of activities types are available by default in Odoo (call, email, " +"meeting, etc.). However, you can set new ones going to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Activity types`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:42 +msgid "" +"If you need to create an activity type with an available calendar, make sure" +" to create it with an *Action to Perform* set as *Meeting*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:46 +msgid "Recommend next activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Odoo helps you to plan a flow of activities by allowing you to set " +"*Recommended Next Activities*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Once the respective activity is completed, select *Done & Schedule Next* and" +" next steps are suggested to you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:115 +msgid ":doc:`get_started`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:3 +msgid "Efficiently Communicate Using Channels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You can use channels to organize discussions between individual teams, " +"departments, projects, or any other group that requires regular " +"communication. This way, you keep everyone in the loop updated with the " +"latest developments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:10 +msgid "Public and Private channels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:12 +msgid "" +"A *Public* channel can be seen by everyone, while a *Private* one is only " +"visible to users invited to it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:21 +msgid "" +"A public channel is best used when many employees need to access information" +" (such as company announcements), whereas a private channel could be used " +"whenever information should be limited to specific groups (such as a " +"specific department)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:26 +msgid "Configuration options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:28 +msgid "" +"You can configure a channel’s name, description, email alias, and privacy by" +" clicking on the *Channel Settings* icon on the sidebar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:36 +msgid "Privacy and Members" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Changing *Who can follow the group’s activities?* allows you to control " +"which groups can have access to the channel. Note that allowing *Everyone* " +"to follow a private channel lets other users view and join it, as they would" +" a public one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:42 +msgid "" +"If you choose *Invited people only*, go to the *Members* tab to add your " +"members, or, go to Discuss’ main page, select the channel and click on " +"*Invite*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:49 +msgid "" +"For *Selected group of users*, the option *Auto Subscribe Groups* " +"automatically add its members as followers. In other words, while " +"*Authorized Groups* limits which users can access the channel, *Auto " +"Subscribe Groups* automatically adds the user as a member as long as they " +"are part of the group." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:55 +msgid "Use a channel as a mailing list" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Choosing to *Send messages by email* configures the channel to behave as a " +"mailing list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Enabling this option allows you to *Moderate this channel*, meaning that " +"messages will need to be approved before being sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Under the *Moderation* tab choose as many moderators as you need, and if you" +" would like them to receive an *Automatic notification*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Mark *Send guidelines to new subscribers* to automatically send instructions" +" to newcomers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Moderators can: *Accept*, *Reject*, *Discard*, *Always Allow* or *Ban* " +"messages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Members of a mailing channel receive messages through email regardless of " +"their :doc:`notification preference <get_started>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Once a channel is moderated, the menu *Ban List* allows you to add email " +"addresses per moderated channel to auto-ban them from sending messages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:91 +msgid "Quick search bar" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Once at least 20 channels, direct message and live chat conversations (if " +"the module is installed on your database) are pinned in the sidebar, a " +"*Quick search…* bar is displayed. It is a clever way to filter conversations" +" and quickly find the one you need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:103 +msgid "Finding channels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:106 +msgid "" +"Click on *Channels* (on the sidebar), browse through the list of public " +"channels, and join or leave them from a single screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Apply filters criteria and save it for later use. The search function " +"accepts wildcards by using the underscore character *(_)* to represent a " +"single character." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:116 +msgid ":doc:`plan_activities`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot.rst:4 +msgid "Internet of Things (IoT)" +msgstr "Інтернет речей (IoT)" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config.rst:3 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Налаштування" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:3 +msgid "Connect an IoT Box to your database" +msgstr "Підключення IoT Box до вашої бази даних" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:5 +msgid "Install the Internet of Things (IoT) App on your Odoo Database." +msgstr "Встановіть програму Інтернет речей (IoT) на базу даних Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:10 +msgid "Go in the IoT App and click on Connect on the IoT Boxes page." +msgstr "" +"Зайдіть в додаток IoT і натисніть на Підключити на сторінці IoT Boxes." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:15 +msgid "Follow the steps to connect your IoT Box." +msgstr "Виконайте вказівки щодо підключення IoT Box." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:21 +msgid "Ethernet Connection" +msgstr "Підключення Ethernet" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Connect to the IoT Box all the devices that have to be connected with cables" +" (ethernet, usb devices, etc.)." +msgstr "" +"Підключіть до IoT Box усі пристрої, які повинні бути з'єднані кабелями " +"(Ethernet, USB-пристрої тощо)." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:26 +msgid "Power on the IoT Box." +msgstr "Увімкніть IoT Box." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Read the Pairing Code from a screen or a receipt printer connected to the " +"IoT Box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:32 +msgid "Input the Pairing Code and click on the Pair button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Recent changes in modern web browsers forced us to modify the connection " +"wizard. If your screen is different from the screenshots, make sure that the" +" ``iot_pairing`` module is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:40 +msgid "WiFi Connection" +msgstr "З'єднання з WiFi" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:42 +msgid "Power on the IoT Box" +msgstr "Увімкніть IoT Box." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:44 +msgid "Copy the token" +msgstr "Скопіюйте токен" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Connect to the IoT Box WiFi Network (make sure there is no ethernet cable " +"plugged in your computer)." +msgstr "" +"Підключіть WiFi до IoT Box (переконайтеся, що в комп'ютері не підключено " +"кабель Ethernet)." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:53 +msgid "" +"You will be redirected to the IoT Box Homepage (if it doesn't work, connect " +"to the IP address of the box). Give a name to your IoT Box (not required) " +"and paste the token, then click on next." +msgstr "" +"Ви будете перенаправлені на домашню сторінку IoT Box (якщо вона не працює, " +"підключіться до IP-адреси коробки). Дайте назву вашому IoT Box (не " +"обов'язково) і вставте токен, а потім натисніть кнопку Далі." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:60 +msgid "" +"If you are on Runbot, do not forget to add the -all or -base in the token " +"(e.g. this token **http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-" +"f3f920.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401** should become " +"**http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-f3f920-all.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401**)." +msgstr "" +"Якщо ви на Runbot, не забудьте додати -all або -base у токені (наприклад, " +"цей токен **http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-" +"f3f920.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401** повинен стати " +"**http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-f3f920-all.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401**)." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Choose the WiFi network you want to connect with (enter the password if " +"there is one) and click on Submit. Wait a few seconds before being " +"redirected to your database." +msgstr "" +"Виберіть мережу WiFi, яку ви хочете підключити (введіть пароль, якщо такий " +"є) і натисніть кнопку Надіслати. Зачекайте кілька секунд, перш ніж " +"перенаправитися у базу даних." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:72 +msgid "You should now see the IoT Box." +msgstr "Тепер ви можете бачити IoT Box." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:78 +msgid "IoT Box Schema" +msgstr "Схема IoT Box" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:3 +msgid "Flashing your SD Card" +msgstr "Записування вашої SD картки" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In some case, you may need to reflash your IoT Box’s SD Card to benefit from" +" our latest updates." +msgstr "" +"У деяких випадках вам може знадобитися перепрошивка вашої SD картки IoT Box," +" щоби скористатися нашими останніми оновленнями." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:9 +msgid "Upgrade from the IoT Box homepage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to the IoT Box homepage, click on *Update*, next to the version number. " +"If a new version of the IoT Box image is available, you will see a *Upgrade " +"to ___* button a the bottom of the page, the IoT Box will then flash itself " +"to the new version of the IoT Box. All of your configurations will be saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:18 +msgid "" +"This process can take more than 30 minutes. Do not turn off or unplug the " +"IoT Box as it would leave it in an inconsistent state." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:25 +msgid "Upgrade with Etcher" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Go to Balena’s website and download `Etcher <https://www.balena.io/>`__. " +"It’s a free and open-source utility used for burning image files. Install " +"and launch it. Download the latest image from `nightly " +"<http://nightly.odoo.com/master/iotbox/>`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Then, open *Etcher* and select *Flash from file*, find the image you just " +"downloaded. Insert the IoT Box SD card into your computer and select it. " +"Click on *Flash* and wait for the process to finish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:3 +msgid "Use the IoT Box for the PoS" +msgstr "Застосування IoT Box для точки продажу" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:9 +msgid "Prerequisites" +msgstr "Передумови" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:11 +msgid "Before starting, make sure you have the following:" +msgstr "Перш ніж почати, переконайтеся, що у вас є:" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:13 +msgid "An IoT Box, with its power adapter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:15 +msgid "A computer or tablet with an up-to-date web browser" +msgstr "Комп'ютер або планшет із сучасним веб-браузером" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:17 +msgid "" +"A running SaaS or Odoo instance with the Point of Sale and IoT apps " +"installed" +msgstr "" +"Запущена версія SaaS або Odoo зі встановленими програмами Точки продажу та " +"IoT" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:20 +msgid "A local network setup with DHCP (this is the default setting)" +msgstr "" +"Налаштування локальної мережі за допомогою DHCP (це налаштування за " +"замовчуванням)" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:22 +msgid "An RJ45 Ethernet Cable (optional, WiFi is built in)" +msgstr "Кабель RJ45 Ethernet (необов'язково, вбудований WiFi)" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Any of the supported hardware (receipt printer, barcode scanner, cash " +"drawer, payment terminal, scale, customer display, etc.). The list of " +"supported hardware can be found on the `POS Hardware page " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/point-of-sale-hardware>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:30 +msgid "Set Up" +msgstr "Встановіть" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To connect hardware to the PoS, the first step is to connect an IoT Box to " +"your database. For this, follow this :doc:`documentation <connect>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:36 +msgid "Then, you have to connect the peripheral devices to your IoT Box." +msgstr "Потім, ви повинні підключити периферійні пристрої до вашого IoT Box." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:38 +msgid "" +"**Printer**: Connect a supported receipt printer to a USB port or to the " +"network and power it on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:41 +msgid "" +"**Cash drawer**: The cash drawer should be connected to the printer with an " +"RJ25 cable." +msgstr "" +"**Касова скринька**: касова скринька повинна бути підключена до принтера за " +"допомогою кабелю RJ25." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:44 +msgid "" +"**Barcode scanner**: Connect your barcode scanner. In order for your barcode" +" scanner to be compatible it must end barcodes with an Enter character " +"(keycode 28). This is most likely the default configuration of your barcode " +"scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:49 +msgid "**Scale**: Connect your scale and power it on." +msgstr "**Ваги**: підключіть ваги і включіть їх." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:51 +msgid "" +"**Customer Display**: Connect a monitor to the IoT Box using an HDMI cable. " +"You can also access the Customer Display from any other computer by " +"accessing the IoT Box homepage and clicking on the *POS Display* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:56 +msgid "" +"**Payment terminal**: The connection process depends on the terminal, please" +" refer to the :doc:`payment terminals documentation " +"</applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Once it's done, you can connect the IoT Box to your PoS. For this, go in " +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> PoS`, tick *IoT Box* and" +" select the devices you want to use in this Point of Sale. Save the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:68 +msgid "Set up is done, you can launch a new PoS Session." +msgstr "Налаштування завершено, ви можете запустити нову сесію Точки продажу." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:3 +msgid "Troubleshooting" +msgstr "Вирішення проблем" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:6 +msgid "IoT Box Connection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:9 +msgid "I can't find the pairing code to connect my IoT Box" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:11 +msgid "" +"The pairing code should be printed on receipt printers connected to the IoT " +"Box and should also be displayed on connected monitors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:14 +msgid "The pairing code doesn't show under the following circumstances:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:16 +msgid "The IoT Box is already connected to an Odoo database;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:18 +msgid "The IoT Box is not connected to the Internet;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The code is only valid for 5 minutes after the IoT Box has started. It's " +"automatically removed from connected displays when this delay has expired;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:23 +msgid "" +"The version of the IoT Box image is too old. It should use version 20.06 or " +"more recent. If your IoT Box image is from an earlier version, then you will" +" have to reflash the SD card of your IoT Box to update the image (see " +":doc:`Flashing your SD Card <flash_sdcard>`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:28 +msgid "" +"If you are not in any of the cases listed above, make sure that the IoT Box " +"has correctly started, by checking that a fixed green LED is showing next to" +" the micro-USB port." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:33 +msgid "I've connected my IoT Box but it's not showing in my database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:35 +msgid "" +"When you connect an IoT Box to a database, the IoT Box might restart, if " +"that is the case, it might take up to one minute before appearing in your " +"database. If after some time the IoT is still not showing, make sure that " +"your database can be reached from the IoT Box and that your server doesn't " +"use a multi-database environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:42 +msgid "My IoT Box is connected to my database, but cannot be reached" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Make sure that the IoT Box and the device running the browser are located on" +" the same network as the IoT Box cannot be reached from outside the local " +"network." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:49 +msgid "Printer" +msgstr "Принтер" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:52 +msgid "My printer is not detected" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:54 +msgid "" +"If one of your printers doesn't show up in your devices list, go to the IoT " +"Box homepage and make sure that it is listed under *Printers*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:60 +msgid "" +"If your printer is not present on the IoT Box homepage, hit *Printers " +"Server*, go to the *Administration* tab and click on *Add Printer*. If you " +"can't find your printer in the list, it's probably not connected properly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:66 +msgid "My printer outputs random text" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:68 +msgid "" +"For most printers, the correct driver should be automatically detected and " +"selected. However, in some cases, the automatic detection mechanism might " +"not be enough, and if no driver is found the printer might print random " +"characters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:73 +msgid "" +"The solution is to manually select the corresponding driver. On the IoT Box " +"homepage, click on *Printers Server*, go to the *Printers* tab and select " +"the printer in the list. In the Administration dropdown, click on *Modify " +"Printer*. Follow the steps and select the Make and Model corresponding to " +"your printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Epson and Star receipt printers and Zebra label printers do not need a " +"driver to work. Make sure that no driver is selected for those printers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:88 +msgid "My Zebra Printer doesn't print anything" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Zebra printers are quite sensitive to the format of the ZPL code that is " +"printed. If nothing comes out of the printer or blank labels are printed, " +"try changing the format of the report that is sent to the printer by " +"accessing :menuselection:`Settings ~~> Technical ~~> Views` in developer " +"mode and look for the corresponding template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:97 +msgid "Barcode Scanner" +msgstr "Сканер штрих-кодів" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:100 +msgid "The characters read by the barcode scanner don't match the barcode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:102 +msgid "" +"By default, we assume that your barcode scanner is configured in US QWERTY. " +"This is the default configuration of most barcode readers. If your barcode " +"scanner uses a different layout, please go to the form view of your device " +"and select the correct one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:108 +msgid "Nothing happens when a barcode is scanned" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Make sure that the correct device is selected in your Point of Sale " +"configuration and that your barcode is configured to send an ENTER character" +" (keycode 28) at the end of every barcode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:115 +msgid "The barcode scanner is detected as a keyboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Some poorly built barcode scanners do not advertise themselves as barcode " +"scanners but as a USB keyboard instead, and will not be recognized by the " +"IoT Box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:121 +msgid "" +"You can manually change the device type by going to its form view and " +"activating the *Is scanner* option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:128 +msgid "Cashdrawer" +msgstr "Касова скринька" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:131 +msgid "The cashdrawer does not open" +msgstr "Готівковий рахунок не відкривається" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The cashdrawer should be connected to the printer and the *Cashdrawer* " +"checkbox should be ticked in the POS configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices.rst:3 +msgid "Devices" +msgstr "Пристрої" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Camera" +msgstr "Підключіть камеру" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When using your *IoT Box* in Odoo, you could need to use a camera. As it can" +" be done in a few steps, this device is really easy to configure. Then, you " +"can use it in your manufacturing process and link it to a control point. " +"Doing so will allow you to take pictures when you reach the chosen quality " +"control point." +msgstr "" +"Під час використання *IoT Box* в Odoo, вам може знадобитися використання " +"камери. Це можна зробити у кілька кроків, адже цей пристрій легкий у " +"налаштуванні. Потім ви можете використовувати його у вашому виробництві та " +"об'єднувати з пунктами контролю. Це дозволить вам фотографувати у той " +"момент, коли ви досягаєте пункту контролю якості." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:10 +msgid "Connection" +msgstr "Підключення" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To connect the camera to the *IoT Box*, simply connect the two by cable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If your camera is a `*supported one* <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-" +"hardware>`__, there is no need to set up anything as it will be detected as " +"soon as it is connected." +msgstr "" +"Якщо ваша камера `*підтримується* <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-" +"hardware>`__, тоді не потрібно нічого встановлювати, оскільки її буде " +"взначено, як тільки вона буде підключена." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:25 +msgid "Link a Camera to a Quality Control Point" +msgstr "Об'єднайте камеру з пунктом контролю якості" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:34 +msgid "With the Manufacturing app" +msgstr "З модулем виробництво" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:30 +msgid "" +"In your *Quality app*, you can setup the device on a *Quality Control " +"Point*. Go to the *Control Points* menu, under *Quality Control* and open " +"the control point you want to link with the camera." +msgstr "" +"У вашому *модулі Якості* ви можете встановити прилад на *Пункт контролю " +"якості*. Перейдіть в меню *Пункти контролю* під *Контроль якості* і " +"відкрийте пукт контролю, який ви хочете з'єднати з камерою." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Now, you can edit the control point and select the device from the dropdown " +"list. Now, hit save." +msgstr "" +"Тепер ви можете редагувати пункт контролю та обирати прилад із випадаючого " +"списку. Тепер збережіть." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Then, your camera can be used with the picked *Control Point*. During the " +"manufacturing process, reaching the *Quality Control Point* you chose before" +" will allow you to take a picture." +msgstr "" +"Потім вашу камеру можна використовувати з вибраним *Пунктом контролю*. " +"Протягом процесу виробництва, досягнувши *Пункту контролю якості*, який ви " +"обирали, перед тим, як вам буде дозволено зробити фото." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Footswitch" +msgstr "Підключіть ніжний перемикач" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When working, it is always better to have your two hands available. Using " +"Odoo’s *IoT Box* and a footswitch will allow it." +msgstr "" +"Під час роботи завжди краще мати обидві руки вільними. Використовуючи *IoT " +"Box* Odoo та педаль, ви зможете цього досягнути." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In fact, you will be able to go from one screen to another and perform " +"actions by using your foot and the footswitch. Really convenient, it can be " +"configured in a few steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Connecting the footswitch to the *IoT Box* is easy, you just have to connect" +" the two by cable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:18 +msgid "" +"If your footswitch is a `supported one <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-" +"hardware>`__, there is no need to set up anything since it will be " +"automatically detected when connected." +msgstr "" +"Якщо ваша педаль `підтримується <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-hardware>`__," +" не потрібно нічого встановлювати, як тільки вона буде автоматично визначена" +" після підключення." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:26 +msgid "Link a Footswitch to a Workcenter" +msgstr "З'єднайте педаль з робочим центром" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To link the footswitch to an action, it needs to be configured on a " +"workcenter. Go to the workcenter you want to use the footswitch in and add " +"the device in the *IoT Triggers* tab. Then, you can link it to an action and" +" also add a key to trigger it." +msgstr "" +"Щоб з'єднати педаль із дією, необхідно налаштувати педаль у робочому центрі." +" Перейдіть у робочий центр, в якому ви хочете використовувати педаль та " +"додайте пристрій на вкладці *Запуски IoT*. Потім ви зможете з'єднати її з " +"дією, а також додати ключ для її запуску." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Note that the one that is first in the list will be chosen. So, the order " +"matters! In the picture above, using the footswitch will, for example, " +"automatically skip the current part of the process you work on." +msgstr "" +"Занотуйте, що зі списку буде обрано перший пристрій. Тому порядок має " +"значення! Як показано на зображенні нижче, використовуючи педаль, буде " +"автоматично пропущено поточну частину процесу, з якою ви працюєте." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:41 +msgid "" +"When you are on the work order screen, a status button indicates if you are " +"correctly connected to the footswitch." +msgstr "" +"Коли ви на формі робочого замовлення, кнопка статусу вказує, чи ви правильно" +" підключили педаль." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Measurement Tool" +msgstr "Підключіть інструмент вимірювання" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With Odoo’s *IoT Box*, it is possible to connect measurement tools to your " +"database. Find the list of supported devices here: `Supported devices " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-hardware>`__,." +msgstr "" +"З *IoT Box* Odoo можливо підключити інструменти вимірювання до вашої бази " +"даних. Знайдіть список підтримуваних пристроїв тут: `Підтримувані пристрої " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-hardware>`__,." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:10 +msgid "Connect in USB" +msgstr "Підключіть через USB" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To add a device connected by USB, just plug the USB cable in the *IoT Box*, " +"and the device should appear in your Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:19 +msgid "Connect in Bluetooth" +msgstr "Підключіться через Bluetooth" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Activate the Bluetooth on your device (see your device manual for further " +"explanation) and the IoT Box will automatically try to connect to the " +"device." +msgstr "" +"Активуйте Bluetooth на вашому пристрої (див. посібник із пристрою для " +"подальшого пояснення) і IoT Box автоматично спробує підключитися до " +"пристроя." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:25 +msgid "Here is an example of what it should look like:" +msgstr "Ось приклад, як це має виглядати:" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:31 +msgid "Link a measurement tool to a quality control point" +msgstr "З'єднайте інструмент вимірювання з пунктом контролю якості" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:36 +msgid "" +"In your *Quality app*, you can setup a device on your *Quality Control " +"Points*. To do so, go to the *Control Points* menu, under *Quality Control* " +"and open the control point to which you want to assign a measurement tool." +msgstr "" +"У вашому *модулі Якості*, ви можете встановити пристрій у ваші *Пункти " +"контролю якості*. Щоб зробити це, перейдіть у меню *Пункти контролю*, під " +"*Контролем якості* та відкрийте пункт контролю, в який ви хочете призначити " +"інструмент вимірювання." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Now, you can edit the control point and choose the device from the dropdown " +"list. Then, hit save." +msgstr "" +"Тепер ви можете редагувати пункт контролю та обирати пристрій з випадаючого " +"списку. Потім збережіть налаштування." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Now, your measurement tool is linked to the chosen *Control Point*. The " +"value, which needs to be changed manually, will be automatically updated " +"while the tool is being used." +msgstr "" +"Тепер ваш інструмент вимірювання з'єднано з обраним *Пунктом контролю*. " +"Значення, яке вимагає змін вручну, буде автоматично оновлено, поки " +"використовується інструмент." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Printer" +msgstr "Підключіть принтер" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When using your *IoT Box* in Odoo, you could need to use a printer. Doing so" +" is easy and convenient as it can be done in a few steps. Then, you can use " +"it to print receipts, orders or even reports in different Odoo apps." +msgstr "" +"Використовуючи *IoT Box* в Odoo, вам може знадобитися принтер. Зробити це " +"можна легко і просто лише за кілька кроків. Птм ви зможете використовувати " +"принтер для друку чеків, замовлень чи навіть звітів у різних модулях Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:13 +msgid "" +"The IoT Box supports printers connected through USB, network or Bluetooth. " +"`Supported printers <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-hardware>`__ will be " +"detected automatically and will appear in the *Devices* list of your IoT " +"app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:18 +msgid "The printer can take up to two minutes to appear in your devices list." +msgstr "Принтер може з'являтися у списку пристроїв протягом двох хвилин." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:24 +msgid "Link the Printer" +msgstr "Підключіть принтер" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:27 +msgid "To Work Orders" +msgstr "До робочих замовлень" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:29 +msgid "" +"You can link *Work Orders* to printers via a *Quality Control Point* to " +"print labels for manufactured products." +msgstr "" +"Ви можете з'єднати *Робочі замовлення* з принтерами через *Пункт контролю " +"якості* для друку етикеток виготовлених товарів." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To do so, you need to create a *Quality Control Point* from the *Quality* " +"app. Then, you can select the correct manufacturing operation and the work " +"order operation. In type, choose *Print Label* and hit save." +msgstr "" +"Щоб зробити це вам необхідно створити *Пункт контролю якості* з модуля " +"*Якість*. Потім ви можете обрати корегувати виробничу операцію та операцію " +"робочого замовлення. У типі оберіть *Друк етикети* та збережіть." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Now, each time you reach the quality control point for the chosen product, a" +" *Print Label* button will appear." +msgstr "" +"Тепер щоразу, коли ви досягаєте пункту контролю якості для обраного товару, " +"буде з'являтися кнопка *Друк етикетки*." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:47 +msgid "To Reports" +msgstr "До звітів" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:49 +msgid "" +"You can also link a type of report to a certain printer. In the *IoT* app, " +"go to the *Devices* menu and select the printer you want to set up." +msgstr "" +"Ви також можете з'єднати тип звіту з певним принтером. У модулі *IoT*, " +"перейдіть в меню *Пристрої* та оберіть принтер, який ви хочете встановити." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:56 +msgid "Now, go to the *Printer Reports* tab." +msgstr "Тепер перейдіть на вкладку *Звіти принтера*." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Hit edit and then, click on *Add a line*. In the window that shows up, check" +" all the types of reports that should be linked to this printer. Click on " +"select and save." +msgstr "" +"Натисніть редагувати та на *Додати рядок*. У вікні, яке відкриється, " +"перевірте всі типи звітів, які будуть пов'язані з цим принтером. Натисніть " +"обрати та зберегти." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Now, each time you click on *Print* in the control panel, instead of " +"downloading a PDF, it will send it to the selected printer and automatically" +" print it." +msgstr "" +"Тепер щоразу, коли ви натискаєте на *Друк* в панелі контролю, замість " +"завантаження PDF, система надішле файл на обраний принтер та автоматично " +"роздрукує його." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:73 +msgid "Print Receipts from the PoS" +msgstr "Друкуйте чеки з Точки продажу" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:75 +msgid "" +"You can link a printer to your *Point of Sale* app so you can print receipts" +" directly from your *PoS*." +msgstr "" +"Ви можете з'єднати принтер з вашим модулем *Точка продажу*, тому ви можете " +"друкувати чеки прямо з вашої *Точки продажу*." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Doing so is really easy. Go to your *Point of Sale* app and open your *Point" +" of Sale* settings, under *Configuration*. There, click on *Edit* and check " +"the *IoT Box* feature. Then, choose your *Receipt Printer* from the " +"dropdown." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Now, you will be able to print different kinds of tickets from your *POS*: " +"**receipts**, **sale details** and **bills**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Receipts are printed once the order is validated. The process is automated " +"when you enable the feature in your *PoS* configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Sales details can be printed by clicking on the printer icon on the navbar " +"at the top of the *PoS*. It will print the details of the sales of the " +"current day." +msgstr "" +"Деталі продажу можна роздрукувати, коли ви натискаєте на іконку друку на " +"верхній панелі *Точки продажу*. Вона роздрукує деталі продажу поточного дня." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:99 +msgid "" +"As for the bill, it is only available in restaurant mode. In your restaurant" +" settings, activate *Print Bills* and a *Bill* button will appear in the " +"left panel of the *PoS*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:107 +msgid "Print Orders in the kitchen" +msgstr "Друкуйте замовлення на кухні" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:109 +msgid "In restaurant mode, you can send order tickets to the kitchen." +msgstr "В режимі ресторану ви можете надсилати квитанції замовлення на кухню." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:111 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to the *PoS* app and open your *PoS* settings. Then, tick " +"*Order Printer*." +msgstr "" +"Щоб зробити це перейдіть у модуль *Точки продажу* і відкрийте ваші " +"налаштування *Точки продажу*. Потім позначте *Принтер замовлень*." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Now, go to the *Printers* menu. Hit create, select the printer from the " +"dropdown and, in the *Printer Product Categories* field, choose all the " +"categories of products that should be printed on this printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:124 +msgid "" +"In the *PoS*, when you add or remove a product from one of the selected " +"categories, the button *Order* will be green. If you click on it, the IoT " +"Box will print a receipt on the corresponding printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Scale" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When using your **IoT Box** in Odoo, you could need to use a scale. Doing so" +" is easy and convenient as it can be done in a few steps. Then, you can use " +"it in your **Point of Sale app** to weigh your products, which is helpful if" +" their price are based on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:12 +msgid "To link the scale to the **IoT Box**, connect them with a cable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:15 +msgid "In some cases, a serial to USB adapter may be needed." +msgstr "У деяких випадках може знадобитися USB-адаптер." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If your scale is `compatibale with Odoo IoT Box <https://www.odoo.com/page" +"/iot-hardware>`_, there is no need to set up anything because it will be " +"automatically detected as soon as it is connected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You may need to restart the box and download your scales’ drivers from the " +"box in some cases. To do so, go to the *IoT Box Home Page* and click on " +"*drivers list*. Then, click on load drivers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:32 +msgid "Use a Scale in Point of Sale" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To use the scale in your *Point of Sale* app, go to :menuselection:`Point of" +" Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, open the one you want to " +"configure, then click on *Edit* and enable the *IoT Box* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Now, choose the *IoT Box* in the dropdown menu and check the *Electronic " +"Scale* option. Then, you hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:49 +msgid "" +"The scale is now available in all your *PoS* sessions. Then, if a product " +"has a price per weight set, clicking on it on the *PoS* screen opens the " +"scale screen, where the cashier can weigh the product and add the correct " +"price to the cart." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:3 +msgid "Studio" +msgstr "Студія" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts.rst:3 +msgid "Concepts" +msgstr "Поняття" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:3 +msgid "Understanding Automated Actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:6 +msgid "" +"Automated actions are used to trigger actions. They are based on conditions " +"and happen on top of Odoo’s default business logic." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Examples of automated actions include: creating a next activity upon a " +"quote's confirmation; adding a user as a follower of a confirmed invoice if " +"its total is higher than a certain amount; or preventing a lead from " +"changing stage if a field is not filled in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Let's understand how to properly define *when* an automated action runs and " +"*how* to create one:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:18 +msgid "" +"The first step is to choose the :doc:`Model <understanding_general>` on " +"which the action is applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:19 +msgid "" +"The **Trigger** field defines the event that causes the automated action to " +"happen:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:21 +msgid "" +"*On Creation*: when a new record is created. Note that the record is created" +" once saved for the first time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:23 +msgid "" +"*On Update*: when the record is updated. Note that the update happens once " +"the record is saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:24 +msgid "" +"*On Creation & Update*: on the creation and/or on the update of a record " +"once the form is saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:25 +msgid "*On Deletion*: on the removal of a record under the condition set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:26 +msgid "" +"*Based on Form Modification*: when the value of the specified *Trigger* " +"field is changed in the interface (user sees the changes before saving the " +"record). Note that this action can only be used with the *Execute Python " +"Code* action type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:29 +msgid "" +"*Based on Timed Condition*: a delay happens after a specific date/time. Set " +"a *Delay after trigger date* if you need a delay to happen before the " +"*Trigger Date*. Example: to send a reminder 15min before a meeting. If the " +"date/time is not set on the form of the model chosen, the date/time " +"considered is the one of the creation/update of the record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:34 +msgid "For every Trigger option, **conditions** can be applied, such as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:36 +msgid "" +"*Before Update Domain*: if designated, this condition must be satisfied " +"before the record is updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:38 +msgid "" +"*Apply on*: if designated, this condition must be satisfied before executing" +" the action rule (*Action To Do*), and after the update." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The **Active** option is to be turned off when the rule should be hidden and" +" not executed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Under **Action To Do** choose the type of server action that must be " +"executed once records meet the *Trigger* conditions:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:45 +msgid "" +"*Execute Python Code*: a block of code is executed. A *Help* tab with the " +"variables that can be used is available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:47 +msgid "*Create New Record*: a new record with new values is created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:48 +msgid "*Update a Record*: updates the record that triggered the action." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:49 +msgid "" +"*Execute several actions*: defines an action that triggers other server " +"actions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:50 +msgid "" +"*Send Email*: an automatic :doc:`email " +"<../../discuss/advanced/email_template>` is sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:51 +msgid "*Add Followers*: followers are notified of changes in the task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:52 +msgid "" +"*Create Next Activity*: creates an activity such as: *Call*, *Email*, " +"*Reminder*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:53 +msgid "" +"*Send SMS Text Message*: sends an :doc:`SMS " +"</applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:56 +msgid "Example" +msgstr "Приклад" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:58 +msgid "" +"This is the process of which the update of the *Email* field on the " +"Lead/Opportunity *Model*, with a *Trigger Condition* set to *On Update*, " +"goes through:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:65 +msgid "The user creates the record without an email address set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:66 +msgid "The user updates the record defining an email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Once the change is saved, the automation checks if any of the *Watched " +"Fields* are being updated (for the example: field name *email_from* (Email)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:69 +msgid "" +"If true, it checks if the record matches the *Before Update Domain* (for the" +" example: *email is not set*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:71 +msgid "" +"If true, it checks (*after the update*) whether the record matches the " +"*Apply on* domain (for the example: *email is set*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:73 +msgid "If true, the chosen *Action To Do* is performed on the record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:76 +msgid ":doc:`understanding_general`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:77 +msgid ":doc:`../use_cases/automated_actions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:3 +msgid "Understanding General Concepts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Odoo Studio is a toolbox that allows you to add models or adapt " +"functionalities on top of Odoo’s standard behavior without coding knowledge." +" You can also create custom views and modify existing ones without having to" +" get into the XML code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Even for experienced developers, typing out code requires time. By using " +"Odoo Studio, you can quickly get your models up and going and focus on the " +"crucial parts of your application. The result is a user-friendly solution " +"that makes customizations and designing new applications easy with or " +"without programming skills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:15 +msgid "Getting started" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:17 +msgid "" +"One you start using Odoo Studio, you automatically create a new *module* " +"that contains all your modifications. These modifications can be done on " +"existing screens (*views*), by adding new *fields* in existing applications," +" or by creating an entirely new *model*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:22 +msgid "What is a Module?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:25 +msgid "" +"An Odoo **Module** can contain a number of elements, such as: business " +"objects (models), object views, data files, web controllers, and static web " +"data. An application is a collection of modules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:29 +msgid "" +"In object-oriented programming, models usually represent a concept from the " +"real world. Example: Odoo has models for Sales Orders, Users, Countries, " +"etc. If you were to build an application to manage Real Estate sales, a " +"model that represents the Properties for sale would probably be your first " +"step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:38 +msgid "What is a Model (also called Object)?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:40 +msgid "" +"A **Model** determines the logical structure of a database and fundamentally" +" determines in which manner data can be stored, organized, and manipulated. " +"In other words, a model is a table of information that can be bridged with " +"other tables." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:45 +msgid "What are Fields?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:47 +msgid "" +"**Fields** compose models. It is where a record (a piece of data) is " +"registered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Example: on the Real Estate application, fields on the Properties model " +"would include the price, address, a picture, a link to the current owner, " +"etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:50 +msgid "" +"There are 2 main types of fields in Odoo: *basic (or scalar) fields* and " +"*relational fields*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Basic fields represent simple values, like numbers or text. Relational " +"fields represent relations between models. So, if you have a model for " +"*Customers* and another one for *Properties*, you would use a relational " +"field to link each Property to its Customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:56 +msgid "Relational Fields in detail" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:59 +msgid "" +"**Relational Fields** provide the option to link the data of one model with " +"the data of another model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:60 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, relational field types are: *One2many*, *Many2one*, *Many2many*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:66 +msgid "" +"An **One2many** field is a *one-way* direction of selecting *multiple* " +"records from a table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Example: a Sales Order can contain multiple Sales Order Lines, which also " +"contain multiple fields of information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:69 +msgid "" +"A **Many2one** field is a *one-way* direction of selecting *one* record from" +" a table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Example: you can have many product categories, but each product can only " +"belong to one category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:71 +msgid "" +"A **Many2many** field is a *two-way* direction of selecting records from a " +"table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:72 +msgid "Example: multiple tags can be added to a lead’s form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:75 +msgid "An *One2many* field must have a *Many2one* related to it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:78 +msgid "What are Views?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:80 +msgid "" +"**Views** define how records are displayed. They are specified in XML which " +"means that they can be edited independently from the models that they " +"represent. There are various types of views in Odoo, and each of them " +"represents a mode of visualization. Some examples are: *form*, *list*, " +"*kanban*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:85 +msgid "What is a Menu?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:87 +msgid "" +"A **Menu** is a button that executes and action. In Odoo Studio, to create " +"menus (models) and rearrange their hierarchy, click on *Edit Menu*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:95 +msgid "`Studio Basics <https://www.odoo.com/fr_FR/slides/studio-31>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to.rst:3 +msgid "How To" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/export_import.rst:3 +msgid "Export and Import Modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/export_import.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you do customizations in Odoo Studio, a new module is created in your " +"database, making it easy to use Studio for prototyping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/export_import.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To export these customizations, activate Studio on the main dashboard and, " +"under the menu *Customizations*, click on *Export*. The default filename is " +"*customizations.zip*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/export_import.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The module created contains the definition of custom models and fields, as " +"well as the UI elements of any customization in an XML format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/export_import.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To import and install the customizations in another instance, connect to the" +" destination database, activate Studio and, under *Customizations*, click on" +" *Import*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/export_import.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Studio does not know which apps are customized (because the same view can be" +" modified on different apps), therefore, it *does not* add the underlying " +"modules as dependencies of the exported module. In other words, the " +"applications installed on the source database should be installed on the " +"destination database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:3 +msgid "Customizing the Rainbow Man" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The Rainbow Man in Odoo is an animation shown once the user completes " +"certain tasks and clicks on certain buttons. It is a way to make the " +"software fun to use, and rewarding, for employees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:13 +msgid "" +"On most buttons in Odoo, such as *Send by Email*, *Confirm* or *Cancel*, " +"once they are selected in Studio, under their *Properties*, the *Rainbow " +"Man* effect can be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:14 +msgid "By default, the feature is active:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:16 +msgid "when opportunities are marked as won;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:17 +msgid "when users empty their inboxes;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:18 +msgid "when the user finishes a tour;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:19 +msgid "when the user finishes doing reconciliations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:3 +msgid "Customizing Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses HTML and CSS technologies to create reports. HTML is a markup " +"language that uses tags, also called elements. It is the core of any webpage" +" because it provides its basic structure. CSS interacts with HTML elements " +"to add style to the page, establishing how the HTML is shown to the user. " +"Odoo’s reports also use Bootstrap’s grid layout, which is the containers, " +"rows, and columns to align content, and support Odoo's website themes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:11 +msgid "" +"When creating a new report, choose the purpose of it and if you would like " +"the report to include header and footer (company logo, name, address, phone," +" email address, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Under the tab **Add**, you find the fields to be dragged and dropped to the " +"view. *Fields*, *Data tables*, *Subtotal & Total*, and *Address Book* are " +"dynamic elements (meaning that they need a :doc:`one2many or a many2many " +"<../concepts/understanding_general>` related object). *Text*, *Title Block*," +" *Image*, and *Text in Cell* are static elements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Once the element is added to the view, select it to see its **Options**. The" +" first section shows the hierarchy of the selected object and its " +"properties, allowing you to individually edit them. Fields with related " +"objects have their directives shown on *Field Expression*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Under **Visible if**, define the rule(s) to set visibility conditions to " +"fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Example: if choosing to display a product image, you could set a visibility " +"rule to only display the ones that are *set* in the product form, avoiding " +"having a plain icon when they are not set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:40 +msgid "" +"**Visible for** is used to set which :doc:`groups " +"</applications/general/odoo_basics/users>` can have access to specific " +"elements in the report. **Limit visibility to groups**, under *Report*, sets" +" the visibility of the report to specifics groups, meaning that users " +"belonging to other groups do not see the same final document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Under the **Report** tab, name your report, choose the paper format, and if " +"the report should be added to the *Print* menu list on its respective " +"document form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:53 +msgid "" +"If activating the :doc:`Developer mode " +"</applications/general/developer_mode/activate>`, additional fields such as " +"*Class* under *Options*, and *Reload from attachment* under *Report*, become" +" visible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:56 +msgid "" +"*Class*: add custom CSS classes to the selected element (e.g. Bootstrap " +"classes such as *text-danger*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:59 +msgid "" +"*Reload from attachment*: saves the report as an attachment of the document " +"when printed. When the report is reprinted, it re-downloads that attachment " +"instead of re-printing it. This means that if the underlying record (e.g. " +"Invoice) changes when compared to the first impression, the report does not " +"reflect the changes because they were done after the attachment was created." +" This is typically useful for reports linked to documents that should not " +"change, such as Invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Actions in Odoo Studio can be undone until you *Close* the toolbox. Once you" +" have closed Studio, changes can not be undone anymore." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases.rst:3 +msgid "Use Cases" +msgstr "Використовувати досвід" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Use Cases: Automated Actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 1: when a Belgian lead is created, a 3-stars priority should" +" be automatically applied.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:8 +msgid "Under *Automations*, click on *Create* and set the following rules:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:10 +msgid "*Model*: Lead/Opportunity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:11 +msgid "*Active*: On" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:12 +msgid "*Trigger*: On Creation & Update" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:13 +msgid "*Apply on*: Country > Country Name = Belgium" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:53 +msgid "*Action To Do*: Update the Record" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:15 +msgid "*Data to Write*: Lead/Opportunity > Value > 3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Check :doc:`this doc <filters_status_bar>` in order to have another " +"automated action example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:25 +msgid ":doc:`../concepts/understanding_automated_actions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/views.rst:28 +msgid ":doc:`../concepts/understanding_general`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Use Cases: Filters and Status Bar" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 1: on Sales, set a filter on Belgian customers and define it" +" as the default one (the user should still be able to unset the filter).**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:8 +msgid "" +"On your customer’s page, use *Filters* > *Add Custom Filter* to group " +"customers by country. Now, under *Favorites*, *Save Current Search* enabling" +" *Use by default* and *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:15 +msgid "" +"On *Filter Rules* in Studio mode, select the respective filter and enable " +"*Default Filter*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:21 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 2: add a status bar on the product form to manage its life " +"cycle. Set the values: ‘Prototype’, ‘In use’ and ‘Deprecated’. By default, " +"the Kanban view must be grouped by status.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:26 +msgid "" +"On your product form, *Add a pipeline status bar* and name its values. " +"Status bars are *selection* fields that give you the ability to follow a " +"specific flow. They are useful to show you the progress that has been made." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:28 +msgid "" +"On the *Views* menu, access *Kanban* and, under its *View* options, set the " +"*Default Group by* as *Pipeline status bar*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Now, open your product form and set the right status for that product. As " +"you move products throughout stages (also through the product’s form), " +"stages are shown in the Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To make modifications in the pipeline status bar, for example, remember to " +"go back to *Form View*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:44 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 2.a: when a product goes from ‘In use’ to ‘Deprecate’, set " +"its cost to 0€.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Create an :doc:`automated action " +"<../concepts/understanding_automated_actions>` with the selected values:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:49 +msgid "*Model*: Product Template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:50 +msgid "*Trigger*: On Update" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:51 +msgid "*First Domain*: Pipeline status bar = In use" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:52 +msgid "*Second Domain*: Pipeline status bar = Deprecated" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:54 +msgid "*Data to Write*: Cost (Product Template) > Value > 0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Use Cases: Creating Models and Adding Fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 1: on the leads’ form, if the chosen country is France, show" +" a field 'Pay by check?'**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:8 +msgid "" +"On your leads’ form, add a *Related Field* to *Country > Country Name*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Now, add a *Checkbox* field and define its invisibility options as *Country*" +" (carefully select the one just created) *> is not = > France.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:11 +msgid "You can now hide the related field created (*Country*) if you wish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Another approach is to use the country’s ID. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Contacts --> Configuration --> Countries`, select France " +"(for example), and on the URL check its *ID*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:21 +msgid "" +"The related field invisibility path should now be *Country* (carefully " +"select the one just created) *> is not = > 75*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:22 +msgid "Again, hide the related field with the country’s ID if you prefer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:28 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 2: create a model called 'Properties' and add fields called:" +" company, value, name, address, active, image.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:31 +msgid "" +"From the dashboard, (optionally) start a new module. Then, click on *Edit " +"Menu* and start a *New Menu* (model). Set your menu name and *Confirm*. Now," +" on its form, drag & drop the necessary fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:39 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 2.a: now, you would like to have a model called 'Regions' to" +" which each property must be linked. And, on 'Regions', you would like to " +"see the properties for each region.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Go to *Edit Menu > New Menu* and create your menu, calling it *Regions*. Add" +" the necessary fields on its form by dragging & dropping them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Now, in the form view of *Properties*, add a *Many2one* field with a " +"relation to your model *Region*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:48 +msgid "" +"The *Existing Fields* are the ones that are on the current model but not yet" +" in the view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Now, go to the model *Regions*, select the form view, and add a status " +"button selecting *Regions (Properties)* as your relational field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:62 +msgid "" +"*Status buttons* are computed fields, meaning that they count the numbers of" +" records on the related model, and allow you to access them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:69 +msgid "" +"When searching for relations, click on *Search more* and filter it by " +"*Custom*. This way you avoid creating duplicates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:76 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 2.b: in the model 'Properties', show all the tags as " +"checkboxes instead of tags.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Once the field *Tags* is added to the form, select it and, under its " +"*Properties > Widgets*, choose *Checkboxes*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:85 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 3: on the leads’ form, add a selection field with the " +"values:'Tags' & 'List' & 'Checkboxes'. According to the value of the field, " +"show tags as many2many_tags, many2many_radio, or many2many(_list).**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:89 +msgid "" +"In your form view, add a *Tags* field and relate it to *Partners Tag*. Under" +" *Properties*, define its *Widget* as *Many2many*. Do the same process " +"another 2 times for *Checkboxes* and *Tags*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:96 +msgid "Now, add a *Selection* field and the necessary values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Continue by selecting your *Tags* fields, one by one, to set their " +"*Invisible* options according to their *Widget*. In the example below, the " +"invisibility rule for the *Partner Tags* is set as: *Select Tag type > is " +"not = > Tags.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:105 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 4: on a quotation’s form, add a selection field called " +"'Manager Validation' with the values: ‘Accepted’ and ‘Refused’. Only a sales" +" manager can see it, and the field should be set as mandatory if the untaxed" +" amount is higher than 500€.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:109 +msgid "" +"On your quotation form, add a *Selection* field with the values *Accepted* " +"and *Refused*. Set its *Required* condition as *Untaxed Amount > 500* and " +"the *Limit visibility to groups* as *Sales / Administrator* or managers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:117 +msgid "**Case scenario 5: change the tooltip of a field for all views.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Activate the :doc:`Developer mode " +"</applications/general/developer_mode/activate>` and open Studio." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Select the necessary field and, under *Properties*, click on *More* to write" +" your tooltip message on *Field Help*. The tooltip message is the " +"explanatory message shown when the user hovers the field. The message here " +"written is displayed on all views forms where the field is added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:129 +msgid "" +"The *Field Help* message can only be applied to *new* fields. If you would " +"like to change/apply a tooltip for a specific field, use the *Help Tooltip* " +"option under *Properties*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/views.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Use Cases: Views" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/views.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 1: in Sales, show orders in a Kanban View instead of a List " +"View.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/views.rst:7 +msgid "" +"From the Sales page, access Studio and, under *Views*, set the *Kanban* " +"option as the default one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/views.rst:14 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 2: allow for the list of leads to be edited inline without " +"having to switch to the form view.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/views.rst:19 +msgid "" +"On the *List View*, under *View* > *Editable*, choose between *New record on" +" top* or *New record at the bottom*. This way, besides defining the order in" +" which new records are displayed in the view, you are able to edit them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/views.rst:21 +msgid "" +"If the field is left blank, no editing is possible and records are shown " +"based on your column preferences on the lead's page (front-end)." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/project.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/project.po deleted file mode 100644 index 5508b1873..000000000 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/project.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,145 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: uk\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n" - -#: ../../project.rst:5 -msgid "Project" -msgstr "Проект" - -#: ../../project/planning.rst:3 -msgid "Planning" -msgstr "Планування" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:3 -msgid "Forecast Resources Across Projects" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Allocate the needed time for specific tasks under a planned shift. Once that" -" is done, analyse Key Performance Indicators (KPIs), so you can evaluate " -"your employees’ performance and workload, besides the progress of your " -"projects/tasks when comparing the planned and effective hours." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:10 -msgid "Allocate times under shifts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:12 -msgid "" -"When planning a shift, in the *Planning* application, create a project and a" -" task on the fly, or simply select the one you want." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:20 -msgid "" -"*Allocated Time (%)* allows you to define the percentage of time you would " -"like your employee to work on that specific task during his shift. See that " -"information in hours on *Allocated hours*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:22 -msgid "" -"The calculation shows you how many hours out of the total shift time (*End " -"date* - *Start date*) are spent by the employee on that task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:24 -msgid "" -"On :menuselection:`Project --> Planning --> By Project`, immediately see the" -" total number of employees allocated per project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:31 -msgid "Compare forecast hours with the effective ones" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Now, once the employee has timesheeted his hours in the task, go to " -"*Project* and with the *View list*, under *All Tasks*, conveniently see the " -"*Planned Hours* compared to the *Remaining Hours*, and a calculation of the " -"*Progress*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:42 -msgid "Reminder: the option *Timesheets* has to be enabled on your project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks.rst:3 -msgid "Tasks" -msgstr "Завдання" - -#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:3 -msgid "Create Project's Tasks from an Email Alias" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When you already have an email address that customers know from the top of " -"their heads, changing it is the last thing you want to do. Instead, link " -"that address to your project and transform those conversations into " -"structured work. It automatically creates a task in the first stage of a " -"project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:11 -msgid "Set up an incoming email server" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:14 -msgid "" -"On the *Settings* application, enable *External Email Servers* and define " -"the incoming email alias you would like to use." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:15 -msgid "**For more information**: :doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_servers`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:18 -msgid "Configure the email alias in your project" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Now that you have the incoming email server set up, go to " -":menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects --> Edit`. Under the " -"*Emails* tab, define the wanted email alias and choose the policy to receive" -" a message." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:23 -msgid "In addition, you can now directly set it when creating a new project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:30 -msgid "" -"All the recipients of the email (To/Cc/Bcc) are automatically added as " -"followers of the task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:32 -msgid "The email can be seen under the name of your project on the dashboard." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po deleted file mode 100644 index f606493cb..000000000 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,884 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2021 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-11 09:05+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2021\n" -"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: uk\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n" - -#: ../../purchase.rst:5 -msgid "Purchase" -msgstr "Купівлі" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced" -msgstr "Розширено" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:3 -msgid "Analyze the performance of your purchases" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:5 -msgid "" -"If your company regularly purchases products, you have several reasons to " -"track and analyze your performance. The insights gathered can help you to " -"better forecast and plan your future orders. For example, you can assess if " -"your business is dependent on particular vendors, and the data can help you " -"negotiate discounts on prices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:11 -msgid "Generate customized reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Go to *Reporting* to access the purchase analysis. Simply by accessing the " -"reporting dashboard, you can get a quick overview of your actual " -"performance. By default, the reporting dashboard displays a line chart " -"presenting the untaxed amount of your purchase orders per day, and below it," -" key metrics and a pivot table." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:22 -msgid "" -"While the data initially presented is useful, there are several tools and " -"features you can use to get even more insights on your purchases." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:26 -msgid "Use filters to select the data you need" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Odoo offers several default filters you can use and combine by clicking on " -"*Filters*. When you select one or several filters, Odoo looks for all the " -"orders that match at least one of the filters you have chosen and populates " -"the chart, key metrics, and pivot table with the data. The pre-configured " -"filters are:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:33 -msgid "All *Requests for Quotation*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:35 -msgid "All *Purchase Orders*, except canceled ones" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:37 -msgid "" -"*Confirmation Date Last Year* includes all orders that were confirmed the " -"previous year, canceled purchase orders included" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:40 -msgid "" -"*Order Date* includes all orders - request for quotations and purchases " -"orders (canceled ones included) - depending on their date of creation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:43 -msgid "" -"*Confirmation Date* includes all confirmed orders, canceled ones included, " -"depending on their date of confirmation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:47 -msgid "" -"When you have to select a period, you can use multiple years, and, with at " -"least one year selected, multiple quarters and the three most recent months." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:51 -msgid "" -"If you use the *Order Date* or *Confirmation Date* filters, the *Comparison*" -" feature appears next to *Filters*. It enables you to compare the period you" -" filtered with the previous one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:59 -msgid "Add custom filters" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Thanks to the 31 filtering options to choose from, the possibilities of your" -" customizing your dataset are almost limitless. Go to " -":menuselection:`Filters --> Add Custom Filter`, specify the condition the " -"filtering option should meet (e.g. *is equal to*, *contains*, etc.), and " -"click on *Apply*. If you want to select orders matching several conditions " -"simultaneously (*and* operator), repeat the process to add another custom " -"filter. If you want to use the *or* operator, don't click on *Apply*, and " -"click on *Add a condition* instead. Once you have added all the desired " -"filtering options, click on *Apply*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:74 -msgid "" -"To avoid having to recreate custom filters every time, save them by clicking" -" on :menuselection:`Favorites --> Save current search --> Save`. The " -"customized search filter can then be accessed by clicking on *Favorites* or " -"can even be set as the default filter when you open the reporting dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:80 -msgid "Measure exactly what you need" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:82 -msgid "" -"Before selecting what you want to measure, you need to decide whether you " -"prefer using the graph view or the pivot view. By default, the dashboard " -"presents both views. However, the measures you select won't be applied to " -"both views. You can access each view separately by clicking on the icons at " -"the top right of the dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:92 -msgid "Visualize your data" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:94 -msgid "" -"You can transform the main graph in just a click by selecting one of the " -"three charts: bar, line or pie. Fourteen different measures are available, " -"but you can only use one at a time. However, you can group the measure using" -" one or several of the 19 *Groups*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:102 -msgid "" -"For bar and line charts, the selected measure is your y-axis, and the first " -"group you select is used to create the x-axis. Adding more group adds " -"additional lines (line chart) or transforms your bar chart into a stacked " -"bar chart. For pie charts, the more groups you select, the more slices are " -"displayed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:108 -msgid "Explore your data" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:110 -msgid "" -"The pivot table view enables you to explore your data in great detail. " -"Unlike the graph view, the pivot table enables you to add several measures " -"at the same time. By clicking on *Measures* or on the **+** sign in the " -"*Total* column, you can add as many as you want, each assigned to a new " -"column. By clicking on the **+** sign in the *Total* row, you can add " -"*Groups*. If you click on a group's **+** sign, you can add a sub-group, and" -" so on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:121 -msgid "" -"You can insert your pivot table's data directly in the Spreadsheet app or " -"export it as an Excel file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals.rst:3 -msgid "Manage deals" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:3 -msgid "Purchase agreements: blanket orders and calls for tenders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:5 -msgid "" -"There are two main types of purchase agreements preconfigured in Odoo: " -"blanket orders and call for tenders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Blanket orders are long-term agreements between a company and a vendor to " -"deliver products on a recurring basis with predetermined pricing. Your " -"company should consider using them when you frequently purchase the same " -"products from the same vendor in varying quantities and/or at different " -"times. Among their many benefits, you can save time as the ordering process " -"is simplified, and money thanks to more advantageous bulk pricing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Calls for tenders use a special procedure to request offers from multiple " -"vendors at the same time. While public sector organizations are often " -"legally bound to release calls for tenders when they want to purchase goods " -"or services, private organizations can also use them to get the best deal " -"among several vendors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:20 -msgid "Enable purchase agreements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:22 -msgid "" -"From the Purchase app, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and" -" activate *Purchase Agreements*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:30 -msgid "Configure or create new types of purchase agreements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Before you start using purchase agreements, make sure they are configured " -"the way you want by going to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Purchase " -"Agreement Types`. From there, you can edit the way blanket orders and calls " -"for tenders or *Create* a new type of purchase agreement. You can configure " -"the:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:37 -msgid "Agreement Type: the name you want to give to the agreement." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Agreement Selection Type: you can either select multiple offers using " -"*Select multiple RFQ (non-exclusive)*, which is the default setting for both" -" blanket orders and calls for tenders, or a single offer using *Select only " -"one RFQ (exclusive)*, which is sometimes needed for calls for tenders where " -"you only want to select a single vendor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Lines: generally, you would always want to select *Use lines of agreement*, " -"which are the different product lines you can configure when you set up your" -" purchase agreement. However, you can select *Do not create RfQ lines " -"automatically* if you don't want your requests for quotations to be pre-" -"filled in with that information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Quantities: if you use lines of agreements, you can also specify " -"independently if the products' quantities should be used to pre-fill new " -"requests for quotations. The default option for blanket orders is *Set " -"quantities manually*, while for calls for tenders are set to *Use quantities" -" of agreement*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:59 -msgid "Set up a blanket order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Orders --> Purchase Agreements` and click on *Create*." -" Select *Blanket Order* as your *Agreement Type*. Next, select the vendor. " -"The other fields aren't mandatory, but you usually want to define an " -"*Agreement Deadline* after which the blanket order won't be valid anymore." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Next, add the products you want to order and their price. Note that you can " -"also add a *Quantity* for each product, for example, if you have agreed with" -" your vendor to order a specific minimum quantity each time or in total. If " -"you have configured your blanked order to *Set quantities manually*, this is" -" only used for informational purposes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:74 -msgid "" -"You can also write any *Terms and Conditions* at the bottom of the " -"agreement. Once you are satisfied with your blanket order, click on " -"*Confirm*. Its status then changes from *Draft* to *Ongoing* and it's ready " -"to be used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:79 -msgid "Create requests for quotation from the blanket order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:81 -msgid "" -"You can now create new quotations from the blanket order whenever you need " -"it by clicking on *New Quotation*. Odoo automatically fills in requests for " -"quotation with the information initially defined when you set up the blanket" -" order. Depending on the way you configured the *Purchase Agreement Type*, " -"product lines can also be pre-filled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:86 -msgid "" -"From here, you can quickly view all the requests for quotations made under " -"that blanket order by clicking on *RFQs/Orders*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:94 -msgid "" -"You can also create a *Request for Quotation* the usual way and then link it" -" to an existing *Blanket Order*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:98 -msgid "Blanket orders and replenishment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:100 -msgid "" -"Blanket orders can be used for :doc:`automated replenishment " -"<../../purchase/products/reordering>`, as once a blanket order is confirmed," -" a new vendor line is added to your product. Make sure the related vendor is" -" in the first position if you have several vendors linked to your product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:109 -msgid "Set up a call for tenders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:111 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Orders --> Purchase Agreements` and click on *Create*." -" Select *Call for Tenders* as your *Agreement Type*. The other fields aren't" -" mandatory, but you can add the date you want to be delivered and set an " -"agreement deadline. You usually don't want to select a vendor for calls for " -"tenders as you are looking to get quotations from multiple vendors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:116 -msgid "" -"Next, add the products you want to order and in what quantity. For calls for" -" tenders, you typically don't add a price, as the vendors should give you " -"their best quote." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:119 -msgid "" -"You can also write any *Terms and Conditions* at the bottom of the " -"agreement. Once you are ready, click on *Confirm*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:127 -msgid "Requests quotations from the call for tenders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:129 -msgid "" -"You can now request new quotations from the call for tenders. Click on *New " -"Quotation* and select one of your vendors you want to invite to the call for" -" tenders. Product lines should also be pre-filled in, depending on how you " -"configured the *Purchase Agreement Type*. Click on *Send by email* to send " -"it to the vendor. Go back to the call for tenders and repeat this process " -"for each vendor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:139 -msgid "" -"Once you have sent a request for quotation to every vendor and receiving " -"their quotes, click on *Validate* to proceed to the bid selection. Next, " -"click on the RFQs/Orders smart button to view all your vendors' quotations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:147 -msgid "" -"Click on each request for quotation to add the price communicated by your " -"vendors manually. When that's done, select the most advantageous offer and " -"click on *Confirm Order*. This automatically closes the call for tenders. " -"You can now proceed with the purchase order as you would for a regular one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:3 -msgid "Control and know when vendor bills should be paid" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:5 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can define how your vendor bills are controlled. For each " -"purchase order, you can decide when the related vendor bill should be paid: " -"either before or after you have received your products. You can also check " -"at a glance what is the billing status of each purchase order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:9 -msgid "" -"With the 3-way matching feature, Odoo compares the information appearing on " -"the *Purchase Order*, the *Vendor Bill* and the *Receipt*, and lets you know" -" if you should pay the bill. This way you can avoid paying incorrect or " -"fraudulent vendor bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:14 -msgid "Vendor bills default control policy" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:16 -msgid "" -"As a first step, open your Purchase app and go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` to set the default bill control " -"policy for all the products created onwards." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:23 -msgid "" -"By selecting *On ordered quantities*, you can create a vendor bill as soon " -"as you confirm an order. The quantities mentioned in the purchase order are " -"used to generate the draft bill." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:26 -msgid "" -"If you choose *On received quantities* instead, you can only create one once" -" you have at least received some of the products you have ordered. The " -"quantities you have received are used to generate the draft bill. If you try" -" to create one without having received any product, you get an error " -"message." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:36 -msgid "Change a specific product's control policy" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:38 -msgid "" -"If you want to modify a specific product's control policy, go to " -":menuselection:`Products --> Products`, open it, click on *Edit* and go to " -"the *Purchase tab*. There you can change a product's default bill control " -"policy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:47 -msgid "View a purchase order's billing status" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Once you confirm an order, you can view its *Billing Status* by going to the" -" *Other Information* tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Below you can find a list of the different *Billing Status*, and when they " -"are displayed, depending on the products' bill control policy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:60 -msgid "**Billing status**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:60 -msgid "**Conditions**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:62 -msgid "*On received quantities*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:62 -msgid "*On ordered quantities*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:64 -msgid "*Nothing to Bill*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:64 -msgid "PO confirmed; no products received" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:64 -msgid "*(Not applicable)*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:66 -msgid "*Waiting Bills*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:66 -msgid "All/some products received; bill not created" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:66 -msgid "PO confirmed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:68 -msgid "*Fully Billed*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:68 -msgid "All/some products received; draft bill created" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:68 -msgid "Draft bill created" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:72 -msgid "Determine when to pay with 3-way matching" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:74 -msgid "" -"First, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate *3-way" -" matching*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:81 -msgid "" -"3-way matching is intended to work with the bill control policy set to *On " -"received quantities*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:84 -msgid "Should I pay the vendor bill?" -msgstr "Чи повинен я сплачувати цей рахунок постачальника?" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:86 -msgid "" -"With the feature activated, your vendor bills now display the *Should Be " -"Paid* field under the *Other info* tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:93 -msgid "" -"As you can't create a bill until you have received your products - and if " -"you haven't received all of them, Odoo only includes the products you have " -"received in the draft bill - the *Should Be Paid* status is set to *Yes* " -"when you create one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:97 -msgid "" -"If you edit a draft bill to increase the billed quantity, change the price, " -"or add other products, the *Should Be Paid* status is set to *Exception*. It" -" means Odoo notices the discrepancy, but that you might have a valid reason " -"to have done so." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:101 -msgid "" -"Once the payment has been registered and mentions *Paid*, the *Should Be " -"Paid* status is set to *No*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:109 -msgid "" -"The *Should Be Paid* status is set automatically by Odoo. However, you can " -"change the status manually when you are viewing a bill in edit mode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products.rst:3 -msgid "Products" -msgstr "Товари" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:3 -msgid "Don’t run out of stock with reordering rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:5 -msgid "" -"To make sure you never run out of stock, you can define *Reordering Rules* " -"on products. Thanks to them, Odoo can help you replenish your stock " -"automatically when it reaches set quantities or whenever a sales order is " -"created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:9 -msgid "You need to install the *Inventory app* to use reordering rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:12 -msgid "Configure your storable product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Open or create a product with its *Product Type* set to *Storable Product*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:20 -msgid "" -"As you are purchasing this product from a vendor, go to the product's " -"*Purchase tab* and add a vendor by clicking on *Add a line*. You can add " -"multiple vendors, but make sure to order them correctly, since reordering " -"rules always use the first vendor in a list. You can add a price, but it " -"isn't necessary for the reordering rule to work. In addition, you can add a " -"minimum quantity you must order to benefit from that price." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:27 -msgid "" -"If the quantity Odoo has to reorder doesn't match the minimum quantity " -"specified, Odoo selects the next vendor on your list. If you don't have " -"another vendor on your list, the reordering rule won't work. For that " -"purpose, you can add the same vendor multiple times with different prices " -"for different quantities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:37 -msgid "" -"By default, a draft purchase order is created. However, if you have enabled " -"*Purchase Agreements*, you can *Propose a call for tenders* instead as shown" -" in the image above. For more information, see " -":doc:`../manage_deals/agreements`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Next, make sure the correct route is selected under the Inventory tab of " -"your product. If you created your product within the Purchase app, the *Buy*" -" route is selected by default. If you are looking to dropship your product, " -"select *Dropship*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:50 -msgid "Set up your reordering rule" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:52 -msgid "Open your product and click on the *Reordering Rules* button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Once you are on the product's reordering rules page, click on *Create*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:61 -msgid "" -"You can access and create reordering rules from :menuselection:`Inventory " -"--> Configuration --> Reordering Rules` and from :menuselection:`Inventory " -"--> Operations --> Replenishment`. By default, the replenishment view " -"presents a summary of all the products that you might need to purchase to " -"fulfill your sales orders. From there, you can ask Odoo with a single click " -"to order a product once or automate all orders for that product, future " -"orders included." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:68 -msgid "Define quantities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:70 -msgid "" -"You can set a **minimum quantity** your stock should always have. Once set, " -"if your stock goes below the minimum quantity, and if you selected the Buy " -"route, a request for quotation is automatically generated to reach that " -"minimum quantity, plus any additional quantity needed to fill in a sales " -"order for example." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:75 -msgid "" -"If you set a **maximum quantity**, every time the product has to be " -"replenished, enough products are reordered to reach the maximum quantity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:78 -msgid "" -"If you want to order only the exact quantity needed to fill in a sales order" -" for example, set both both the minimum and maximum quantity to **zero**. " -"The quantity mentioned in the sales order is then used by the reordering " -"rule." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:82 -msgid "" -"You can also add a **quantity multiple** to only order products in batches " -"of a certain quantity. Click on the optional columns drop-down menu, and " -"select *Multiple Quantity* to show the column. Bear in mind that you might " -"go over the maximum quantity you set if your rule includes a quantity " -"multiple, as Odoo orders enough products to reach the maximum quantity and " -"respect the set quantity multiple." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:92 -msgid "" -"If you selected multiple routes for the same product under its Inventory " -"tab, make sure to select your *Preferred Route* on your reordering rule by " -"clicking on the optional columns drop-down menu, adding the *Preferred " -"Route* column, and selecting the right route." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:3 -msgid "Purchase in different units of measure than sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When you purchase a product, it may happen that your vendor uses a different" -" unit of measure than you do when you sell it. This can cause confusion " -"between sales and purchase representatives. It is also time-consuming to " -"convert measures manually every time. With Odoo, you can configure your " -"product once and let Odoo handle the conversion." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:10 -msgid "Consider the following examples:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:12 -msgid "" -"You purchase orange juice from an American vendor, and they use **gallons**." -" However, your customers are European and use **liters**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:15 -msgid "" -"You buy curtains from a vendor in the form of **rolls** and you sell pieces " -"of the rolls to your customers using **square meters**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:19 -msgid "Enable units of measure" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Open your Sales app and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. " -"Under Product Catalog, enable *Units of Measure*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:29 -msgid "Specify sales and purchase units of measure" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:32 -msgid "Standard units of measure" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:34 -msgid "" -"A variety of units of measure are available by default in your database. " -"Each belongs to one of the five pre-configured units of measure categories: " -"*Length / Distance*, *Unit*, *Volume*, *Weight* and *Working Time*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:39 -msgid "" -"You can create your new units of measure and units of measure categories " -"(see next section)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:41 -msgid "" -"To specify different units of measures for sales and purchases, open the " -"Purchase app and go to :menuselection:`Products --> Products`. Create a " -"product or select an existing one. Under the product's *General Information*" -" tab, first select the *Unit of Measure* to be used for sales (as well as " -"for other apps such as inventory). Then, select the *Purchase Unit of " -"Measure* to be used for purchases." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Back to the first example, if you purchase orange juice from your vendor in " -"**gallons** and sell it to your customers in **liters**, first select *L* " -"(liters) as the *Unit of Measure*, and *gal (US)* (gallons) as the *Purchase" -" Unit of Measure*, then click on *Save*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:56 -msgid "Create new units of measure and units of measure categories" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Sometimes you need to create your own units and categories, either because " -"the measure is not pre-configured in Odoo or because the units do not relate" -" with each other (e.g. kilos and centimeters)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:62 -msgid "" -"If you take the second example where you buy curtains from a vendor in the " -"form of **rolls** and you sell pieces of the rolls using **square meters**, " -"you need to create a new *Units of Measure Category* in order to relate both" -" units of measure." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:66 -msgid "" -"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Units of Measure " -"Categories`. Click on *Create* and name the category." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:73 -msgid "" -"The next step is to create the two units of measures. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Units of Measure`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:76 -msgid "" -"First, create the unit of measure used as the reference point for converting" -" to other units of measure inside the category by clicking on *Create*. Name" -" the unit and select the units of measure category you just created. For the" -" *Type*, select *Reference Unit of Measure for this category type*. Enter " -"the *Rounding Precision* you would like to use. The quantity computed by " -"Odoo is always a multiple of this value." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:82 -msgid "" -"In the example, as you cannot purchase less than 1 roll and won't use " -"fractions of a roll as a unit of measure, you can enter 1." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:89 -msgid "" -"If you use a *Rounding Precision* inferior to 0.01, a warning message might " -"appear stating that it is higher than the *Decimal Accuracy* and that it " -"might cause inconsistencies. If you wish to use a *Rounding Precision* lower" -" than 0.01, first :doc:`activate the Developer Mode " -"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, then go to " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Database Structure --> Decimal " -"Accuracy`, select *Product Unit of Measure* and edit *Digits* accordingly. " -"For example, if you want to use a rounding precision of 0.00001, set " -"*Digits* to 5." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:96 -msgid "" -"Next, create a second unit of measure, name it, and select the same units of" -" measure category as your reference unit. As *Type*, select *Smaller* or " -"*Bigger than the reference Unit of Measure*, depending on your situation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:100 -msgid "" -"As the curtain roll equals to 100 square meters, you should select " -"*Smaller*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:102 -msgid "" -"Next, you need to enter the *Ratio* between your reference unit and the " -"second one. If the second unit is smaller, the *Ratio* should be greater " -"than 1. If the second unit is larger, the ratio should be smaller than 1." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:106 -msgid "For your curtain roll, the ratio should be set to 100." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:112 -msgid "" -"You can now configure your product just as you would using Odoo's standard " -"units of measure." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/quality.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/quality.po deleted file mode 100644 index 8c43c87d6..000000000 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/quality.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,466 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: uk\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n" - -#: ../../quality.rst:5 -msgid "Quality" -msgstr "Якість" - -#: ../../quality/alert.rst:3 -msgid "Alert" -msgstr "Сповіщення" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:3 -msgid "Generate a Quality Alert from a Manufacturing Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Speaking of manufacturing orders, you have two different situations to " -"consider in Odoo. Those two will result in two different processes:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:8 -msgid "You work with a simple manufacturing flow;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:10 -msgid "You work with a complex manufacturing flow that includes routings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:13 -msgid "Simple manufacturing flow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:15 -msgid "" -"If you work with simple manufacturing orders, the *Quality Alerts* will be " -"launched from the manufacturing order itself. When manufacturing a product " -"for which you need to process quality controls, a button *Quality Alert* " -"will appear on the top of your manufacturing order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:23 -msgid "" -"By clicking on the button, you can specify the quality problem that arose " -"during the process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:29 -msgid "" -"If one of the quality checks failed, the button will be highlighted on the " -"document. If not, the button won’t be highlighted." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:36 ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:50 -msgid "Manufacturing Flow with Routings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:38 -msgid "" -"If you work with routings defined on your manufacturing orders, the quality " -"alerts will be launched directly from the work orders on which the quality " -"checks took place." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Then, a button *Quality Alert* will be available from the work order view. " -"When you click on the button, you can specify the quality problem that " -"appeared during the process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:3 -msgid "Generate a Quality Alert from a Transfer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:6 -msgid "Use the Quality Alert" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Every time you perform some *Quality Checks* on a transfer, a *Quality " -"Alert* button appears. You can always use it. The button is automatically " -"highlighted once you have a failed quality check for the transfer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:16 -msgid "" -"If you click on that *Quality Alert* button, you can specify what was the " -"problem with the product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:22 -msgid "" -"The *Quality Alert* that is created from the transfer can be found via the " -"button appearing on the top right corner of the transfer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:28 -msgid "" -"You can also access all your *Quality Alerts* via the menu, accessible under" -" *Control*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks.rst:3 -msgid "Checks" -msgstr "Перевірки" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:3 -msgid "Perform Quality Checks on Manufacturing Orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:5 -msgid "" -"There are two different situations to consider and that will differ in Odoo " -"processes:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:8 -msgid "You work with simple manufacturing flows;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:10 -msgid "" -"You work with complex manufacturing flows that are represented by the use of" -" routings in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:13 -msgid "Simple Manufacturing Flow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:16 -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:53 -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:6 -msgid "Create the Quality Control Point" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:18 -msgid "" -"To create a quality control point, open the quality app and go to " -":menuselection:`Control --> Control Points`. There, hit create. Make sure to" -" select *Manufacturing* as operation and choose the type of quality check " -"you want to perform." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:27 -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:69 -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:17 -msgid "Process the Quality Check" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Once your *Quality Control Point* has been created, you can create a " -"manufacturing order for your product. Now, and before marking the " -"manufacturing as done, you can register the *Quality Checks*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Once you have performed your quality checks, you can find them via the " -"*Quality Checks* button available on the manufacturing order form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:46 -msgid "" -"If you want to access all your quality checks, you can do this by opening " -"the quality checks menu, under quality control." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:55 -msgid "" -"If you want to create a *Quality Control Point*, open the *Quality* app and " -"go to :menuselection:`Control --> Control Points`. Then, click on create. " -"Make sure to select *Manufacturing* as operation and select the work order " -"operation on which the quality check should be performed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Choosing the work order operation is necessary if you want the quality " -"checks to be performed in the work orders. After that, you can choose the " -"type of quality check." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Once your *Quality Control Point* has been configured, create a " -"manufacturing order for your product. You have to plan it if you want to " -"generate the necessary work orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:78 -msgid "" -"Now, process the work order and your quality check will appear. In this " -"example, the quality check requests to enter the serial number of the Table " -"Top component." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:3 -msgid "Perform Quality Checks on Transfers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:8 -msgid "" -"To create a *Quality Control Point*, open the *Quality* application. Then, " -"go to :menuselection:`Quality Control --> Control Points --> Create`. Now, " -"you can define the quality control point you want to apply to a specific " -"product. Don’t forget to select a transfer operation type." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Let’s say that we will receive a laptop. First, create a planned receipt for" -" the product. Then, on the receipt, you will see a *Quality Checks* button " -"that appears to proceed to the quality check you configured before." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:27 -msgid "" -"By clicking on it, the instruction set on the quality control point will be " -"displayed and will require the check value." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Once the quality check is done, you can find it linked to the corresponding " -"transfer and access it by clicking on the button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:39 -msgid "" -"But, if the quality check failed, the stat button will appear in red " -"(instead of green) and Odoo will suggest you to create a *Quality Alert* by " -"highlighting the corresponding button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:46 -msgid "" -"The quality checks can also be found in the *Quality* application by opening" -" the *Quality Checks* menu, under *Quality Control*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control.rst:3 -msgid "Control" -msgstr "Контроль" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:3 -msgid "Define Quality Control Points" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Quality is an important factor when it comes to products or services. " -"Nowadays, quality has become the differentiating factor for all goods and " -"services. It is vital for businesses to deliver products that meet or exceed" -" expectations. It also helps minimize waste." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:10 -msgid "" -"That is why most manufacturers would not think of eliminating the quality " -"control from their manufacturing process. After all, removing quality " -"controls would dramatically increase the number of defective products that " -"the company then has to rework or scrap." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Then, using business applications to ensure data quality is important. With " -"Odoo insuring the rear, any major problem can be avoided before occurring!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:20 -msgid "Quality Control Points" -msgstr "Пункти контролю якості" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:22 -msgid "" -"To create a *Quality Control Point*, go to :menuselection:`Quality --> " -"Quality Control --> Control Points`. Once there, define the product on which" -" the quality control point should take place. The operation at which it " -"takes place also is to be defined here." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:27 -msgid "" -"The *Quality Control Points* take place during transfers or during the " -"manufacturing process of the products. If working with routings on *Bill of " -"Materials*, you have to precise at which step of the manufacturing process " -"the quality control point needs to be applied." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:32 -msgid "" -"The *Control Type* defines at which frequency the quality checks should take" -" place:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:35 -msgid "" -"**All operations**: all the operations automatically generate quality checks" -" to perform;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:38 -msgid "" -"**Randomly**: the quality checks only perform on x% of the operation. The " -"percentage needs to be defined on the control point;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:41 -msgid "" -"**Periodically**: the quality checks are performed periodically. The " -"periodicity is based on the defined period (once a day, once a week)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:50 -msgid "Quality Control Point Types" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Now, one thing remains to be configured: the type of quality check. There " -"are several types that can be used: text, take a picture, pass-fail, take a " -"measure, register consumed material, register by-product, and print label." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Some types are available only with the manufacturing application installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:62 -msgid "Text" -msgstr "Текст" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:64 -msgid "" -"This control point type allows giving instructions to workers during the " -"transfer or during the manufacturing process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:80 -msgid "Take a Picture" -msgstr "Зробити зображення" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:82 -msgid "" -"This control point type asks to take a picture of the product applied in a " -"transfer or when manufacturing it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:98 -msgid "" -"This process can be simplified by using a connected :doc:`camera " -"<../../iot/devices/measurement_tool>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:102 -msgid "Pass-Fail" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:104 -msgid "" -"*Pass-Fail* requires to specify if the products pass or fail specific " -"criteria. It can be applied for both transfers or manufacturing orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:111 -msgid "" -"For this kind of type, there is the possibility to define a failure message " -"giving instructions to follow in case of failure." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:127 -msgid "Take a Measure" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:129 -msgid "" -"Taking measures requires to enter the product’s measurements during a " -"transfer or during the manufacturing process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:132 -msgid "" -"To use it, it necessary to specify the norm for your product’s measurements," -" but also a tolerance threshold. Doing so, all the products with good " -"measures can are automatically accepted." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:140 -msgid "" -"As for *Pass-Fail*, this type allows defining a failure message that gives " -"instructions to the worker." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:156 -msgid "" -"This process can be simplified by using connected :doc:`measurement tools " -"<../../iot/devices/camera>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:159 -msgid "Register Consumed Materials" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:161 -msgid "" -"When using *Register Consumed Materials*, it is required to register the " -"component’s serial/lot numbers during the manufacturing process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:165 -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:182 -msgid "This type is only available when working with routings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:176 -msgid "Register By-Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:178 -msgid "" -"With *Register By-Products*, it is required to register the serial/lot " -"number of the by-products that are manufactured." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:193 -msgid "Print Label" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:195 -msgid "" -"*Print Label*, as its name points out, allows printing labels to add to the " -"product during the manufacturing process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:207 -msgid "" -"This process can be simplified by using a connected :doc:`printer " -"<../../iot/devices/printer>`." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/recruitment.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/recruitment.po deleted file mode 100644 index 9ca46b6ac..000000000 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/recruitment.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,23 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 9.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-11-22 13:16+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: Alina Semeniuk <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2018\n" -"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: uk\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n" - -#: ../../recruitment.rst:5 -msgid "Recruitment" -msgstr "Рекрутинг" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index f8b62e9cd..16f87c33f 100644 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -1,21 +1,21 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 # ТАрас <tratatuta@i.ua>, 2020 -# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2021 +# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2021 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-18 07:12+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2021\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -23,23 +23,3165 @@ msgstr "" "Language: uk\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n" -#: ../../sales.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales.rst:4 msgid "Sales" msgstr "Продажі" -#: ../../sales/advanced.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm.rst:4 +msgid "CRM" +msgstr "CRM" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads.rst:3 +msgid "Acquire leads" +msgstr "Отримайте ліди" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:3 +msgid "Convert leads into opportunities" +msgstr "Перетворення лідів у нагоди" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The system can generate leads instead of opportunities, in order to add a " +"qualification step before converting a *Lead* into an *Opportunity* and " +"assigning to the right sales people." +msgstr "" +"Система може генерувати ліди замість нагод, щоб додати крок кваліфікації " +"перед конвертацією *Ліда* в *Нагоду* та призначення його продавцю." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:9 +msgid "" +"You can activate this mode from the CRM Settings. It applies to all your " +"sales channels by default. But you can make it specific for specific " +"channels from their configuration form." +msgstr "" +"Ви можете активувати цей режим із Налаштувань CRM. Він застосовується до " +"всіх каналів продажу за замовчуванням. Але ви можете застосувати його для " +"конкретних каналів із їхньої форми налаштування." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:25 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Налаштування" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:16 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` and activate the *Leads* feature." +msgstr "" +"Щоб ця функція працювала, перейдіть на :menuselection:`CRM --> Налаштування " +"--> Налаштування` та активуйте функцію *Ліди*." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:22 +msgid "" +"You will now have a new submenu *Leads* under *Leads* where they will " +"aggregate." +msgstr "" +"Тепер у вас з'явиться нове підменю *Ліди* у розділі *Ліди*, де вони " +"накопичуються." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:29 +msgid "Convert a lead into an opportunity" +msgstr "Конвертуйте лід у нагоду" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:31 +msgid "" +"When you click on a *Lead* you will have the option to convert it to an " +"opportunity and decide if it should still be assigned to the same " +"channel/person and if you need to create a new customer." +msgstr "" +"Коли ви натиснете на *Лід*, ви матимете можливість перетворити його на " +"нагоду і вирішити, чи слід його ще призначити тому ж каналу/продавцю, і якщо" +" вам потрібно створити нового клієнта." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:38 +msgid "" +"If you already have an opportunity with that customer Odoo will " +"automatically offer you to merge with that opportunity. In the same manner, " +"Odoo will automatically offer you to link to an existing customer if that " +"customer already exists." +msgstr "" +"Якщо у вас вже є нагода з цим клієнтом, Odoo автоматично запропонує вам " +"об'єднати цю нагоду. Точно так само Odoo автоматично запропонує вам зв'язати" +" з існуючим клієнтом, якщо цей клієнт вже існує." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:44 +msgid "Merge opportunities" +msgstr "Об'єднайте нагоди" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Odoo will also automatically propose to merge opportunities if they have the" +" same email address. When merging opportunities, Odoo merges the information" +" into the opportunity which was created first, giving priority to the " +"information present on the first opportunity." +msgstr "" +"Odoo також автоматично запропонує об'єднати нагоди, якщо в них однакова " +"електронна адреса. Під час об'єднання нагод Odoo об'єднує й інформацію " +"нагод, яка була спершу створена, надаючи пріоритет інформації першої нагоди." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:51 +msgid "" +"No information is lost: data from the other opportunity is logged in the " +"chatter and the information fields for easy access." +msgstr "" +"Жодна інформація не втрачаться: дані з інших нагод записується у чаттері та " +"інформаційних полях для легкого доступу." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Would you find a duplicate yourself, ...you can also merge opportunities or " +"leads even if the system doesn't propose it." +msgstr "" +"Якщо ви знайдете дублікат самостійно, ... ви також можете об'єднати нагоди " +"або ліди, навіть якщо система цього не пропонує." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Here’s how, from the list view. Select the opportunities or leads you want " +"to merge and the action button will appear. Then, you can select merge." +msgstr "" +"Тут є як це зробити зі списку. Оберіть нагоди або ліди, які ви хочете " +"об'єднати, тоді з'явиться кнопка дії. Потім ви можете обрати об'єднання." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:67 +msgid "It is also possible to merge more than 2 opportunities or leads." +msgstr "Можливо також об'єднати більше, ніж дві нагоди або ліда." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:3 +msgid "Generate leads/opportunities from emails" +msgstr "Генеруйте ліди/нагоди з електронної пошти" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Automating the lead/opportunity generation will considerably improve your " +"efficiency. By default, any email sent to *sales@database\\_domain.ext* will" +" create an opportunity in the pipeline of the default sales channel." +msgstr "" +"Автоматизація генерації ліда/нагоди значно покращить вашу ефективність. За " +"замовчуванням будь-який електронний лист, надісланий на *sales@database\\ " +"_domain.ext*, створить нагоду в рамках каналу продажів за замовчуванням." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:11 +msgid "Configure email aliases" +msgstr "Налаштуйте псевдоніми електронної пошти" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Each sales teams can have its own email alias, to generate " +"leads/opportunities automatically assigned to it. It is useful if you manage" +" several sales teams with specific business processes. You will find the " +"configuration of sales teams under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Sales " +"Teams`." +msgstr "" +"Кожен канал продажу може мати власний псевдонім електронної пошти, щоб " +"генерувати ліди/нагоди, автоматично призначені для нього. Це корисно, якщо " +"ви керуєте кількома командами продажів з певними бізнес-процесами. Ви " +"знайдете налаштування команд продажу під :menuselection:`Налаштування --> " +"Команди продажів`." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:3 +msgid "Generate leads/opportunities from your website contact page" +msgstr "Створіть ліди/нагоди зі сторінки контактів вашого веб-сайту" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Automating the lead/opportunity generation will considerably improve your " +"efficiency. Any visitor using the contact form on your website will create a" +" lead/opportunity in the pipeline." +msgstr "" +"Автоматизація генерації лідів/нагод значно покращить вашу ефективність. " +"Будь-який відвідувач, який використовує контактну форму на вашому веб-сайті," +" створить лід/нагоду у конеєрі." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:10 +msgid "Use the contact us on your website" +msgstr "Використовуйте зв'яжіться з нами на своєму веб-сайті" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:12 +msgid "You should first go to your website app." +msgstr "Спочатку потрібно перейти до вашого додатка веб-сайту." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:14 +msgid "|image0|\\ |image1|" +msgstr "|image0|\\ |image1|" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:16 +msgid "" +"With the CRM app installed, you benefit from a ready-to-use contact form on " +"your Odoo website that will generate leads/opportunities automatically." +msgstr "" +"Зі встановленням модуля CRM, ви користуєтесь готовою до використання " +"контактною формою на своєму веб-сайті Odoo, яка автоматично генерує " +"ліди/нагоди." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To change to a specific sales channel, go to :menuselection:`Website --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` under *Communication* you will find the Contact " +"Form info and where to change the *Sales Channel* or *Salesperson*." +msgstr "" +"Щоб перейти на конкретний канал продажів, перейдіть на сторінку " +":menuselection:`Веб-сайт --> Налаштування --> Налаштування` під *Зв'язок* ви" +" знайдете інформацію про контактну форму та куди слід змінити *Канали " +"продажу* або *Продавця*." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:50 +msgid "Create a custom contact form" +msgstr "Створіть власну контактну форму" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:34 +msgid "" +"You may want to know more from your visitor when they use the contact form " +"to you will need to build a custom contact form on your website. These " +"contact forms can generate multiple types of records in the system (emails, " +"leads/opportunities, project tasks, helpdesk tickets, etc.)" +msgstr "" +"Ви можете дізнатися більше про свого відвідувача, коли він використовує " +"контактну форму, вам потрібно буде створити на вашому веб-сайті спеціальну " +"контактну форму. Ці контактні форми можуть генерувати кілька типів записів у" +" системі (електронні листи, ліди/нагоди, завдання проекту, заявки служби " +"підтримки тощо)." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:43 +msgid "" +"You will need to install the free *Form Builder* module, only available in " +"Odoo Enterprise." +msgstr "" +"Вам потрібно буде встановити безкоштовний модуль *Конструктор форм*, який " +"доступний в лише Odoo Enterprise." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:52 +msgid "" +"First, go to the page where you want to put your contact form. In edit mode," +" drag the form builder onto the page, and you will be able to add all the " +"fields you wish." +msgstr "" +"Спершу перейдіть до сторінки, де в хочете вставити вашу контактну форму. В " +"режимі редагування перетягніть конструктор форм на сторінку, і тоді ви " +"зможете додати всі поля, які ви хочете." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:59 +msgid "" +"By default, any new contact form will send an email. You can switch to " +"lead/opportunity generation in *Change Form Parameters*." +msgstr "" +"За замовчуванням усі нові форми контакту будуть надсилати електронний лист. " +"Ви можете перемкнути на створення ліда/нагоди у *Змінити параметри форми*." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:63 +msgid "" +"If the same visitor uses the contact form twice, the second entry will be " +"added to the first lead/opportunity in the chatter." +msgstr "" +"Якщо той же відвідувач використовує контактну форму двічі, другий запис буде" +" додано до першого ліда/нагоди у чаті." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:67 +msgid "Generate leads instead of opportunities" +msgstr "Генеруйте ліди, а не нагоди" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:69 +msgid "" +"When using a contact form, you should use a qualification step before " +"assigning the form to the right sales people. To do so, activate *Leads* in " +"CRM settings and refer to :doc:`convert`." +msgstr "" +"Під час використання контактної форми, вам слід використовувати крок " +"кваліфікації перед призначенням форми правильному продавцю. Зробивши це, " +"активуйте *Ліди* у налаштуваннях CRM та перейдіть на :doc:`convert`." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:3 +msgid "Lead mining" +msgstr "Отримання лідів" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:4 +msgid "" +"In any business, getting quality leads is essential to keep the business " +"growing. Lead mining allows you to generate leads from scratch directly from" +" your database. Target your leads based on a set of criteria such as the " +"country, the size of the company, the industry your leads are coming from to" +" make them relevant to your business." +msgstr "" +"У будь-якому бізнесі, отримання якісних лідів має важливе значення для " +"зростання бізнесу. Отримання лідів дозволяє генерувати ліди з нуля " +"безпосередньо з бази даних. Націлюйте свої ліди на основі набору таких " +"критеріїв, як країна, розмір компанії, галузь, з відки походить ваш лід, " +"щоби зробити їх відповідними до вашого бізнесу." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:10 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` and activate the **Lead Mining** feature." +msgstr "" +"Щоб запустити цю функцію, перейдіть в :menuselection:`CRM --> Налаштування " +"--> Налаштування` та активуйте функцію **Отримання лідів**." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:17 +msgid "Start generating leads" +msgstr "Почніть створення лідів" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:18 +msgid "" +"You will now have a new button **Generate Leads** available in your " +"pipeline. You are also able to create lead mining requests from the " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Lead Mining Requests` and trough " +":menuselection:`Leads --> Leads` where you have the **Generate Leads** " +"button." +msgstr "" +"Тепер у вас буде кнопка **Створити ліди**, доступна у вашому конвеєрі. Ви " +"також можете створювати запити на отримання лідів з " +":menuselection:`Налаштування --> Запити на отримання лідів` та через " +":menuselection:`Ліди --> Ліди`, де у вас є кнопка **Створити ліди**." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:27 +msgid "" +"From there, click on the **Generate Leads** button, a window where you will " +"be able to pick your criteria will pop up." +msgstr "" +"Там натисніть на кнопку **Створити ліди**, з'явиться вікно, де ви зможете " +"обрати критерії." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:34 +msgid "" +"When choosing to target Companied and their contacts you can choose the " +"contacts you are getting based on Role or Seniority. When getting contact " +"information make sure to be aware of the latest EU regulation, get more " +"information about General Data Protection Regulation on `Odoo GDPR " +"<http://odoo.com/gdpr>`__," +msgstr "" +"Під час обрання цілі компнаій та їхні контакти, ви можете обрати окнтакти, " +"які ви отримуєте на основі Ролі або Стажу. Отримавши інформацію про " +"контакти, переконайтеся, що ви в курсі останніх норм ЄС, більше інформації " +"про Загальні положення про захист даних отримайте на `Odoo GDPR " +"<http://odoo.com/gdpr>`__," + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:39 +msgid "" +"You can decide to filter the leads you are getting depending on the size " +"(number of employees) of the companies. You can pick the countries your " +"leads are coming from. It is possible to pick multiple countries. You can " +"pick the industries your leads are coming from. It is possible to pick " +"multiple industries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:43 +msgid "" +"You can choose the salesperson and the Salesteam the lead will be assigned " +"to. You can also add tags to track your generated leads." +msgstr "" +"Ви можете обрати кілька продавців та команду продажу, до якої буде " +"призначено ліда. Ви можете також додати теги для відстеження створених " +"лідів." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:47 +msgid "The generated leads will have the name of the company." +msgstr "Створені ліди матимуть назву компанії." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:36 +msgid "Pricing" +msgstr "Ціноутворення" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:51 +msgid "" +"This is an In-App Purchase feature, each generated lead will cost you one " +"credit. If you choose to get contact information each contact will also cost" +" us one additional credit. Here is the pricing for this `feature " +"<https://iap.odoo.com/iap/in-app-services/167?>`__, To buy credits you can " +"either go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Settings --> Buy " +"Credits`; or go to :menuselection:`Settings --> In-App Purchases --> View my" +" Services`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:65 +msgid "" +"The blue box will automatically tell you how many credits are going to be " +"consumed." +msgstr "Синє поле автоматично підкаже, скільки кредитів буде використано." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:169 +msgid "" +"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you " +"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." +msgstr "" +"Якщо ви на Odoo Online (SAAS) і у вас версія Enterprise, для тестування " +"функції ви користуєтесь безкоштовними пробними кредитами." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:71 +msgid "" +":doc:`In-App Purchases (IAP) " +"</applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:3 +msgid "Send quotations" +msgstr "Надсилання комерційних пропозицій" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you qualify a lead into an opportunity you will most likely need to " +"send them a quotation. You can directly do this in the CRM App with Odoo." +msgstr "" +"Коли ви кваліфікуєте лід у нагоду, вам буде необхідно надіслати йому " +"комерційну пропозицію. Ви можете робити це безпосередньо у модулі CRM з " +"Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:12 +msgid "Create a new quotation" +msgstr "Створіть нову комерційну пропозицію" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:14 +msgid "" +"By clicking on any opportunity or lead, you will see a *New Quotation* " +"button, it will bring you into a new menu where you can manage your quote." +msgstr "" +"Натиснувши на будь-яку нагоду або лід, ви побачите кнопку *Нова комерційна " +"пропозиція*, яка приведе вас до нового меню, в якому ви зможете керувати " +"комерційною пропозицією." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:21 +msgid "" +"You will find all your quotes to that specific opportunity under the " +"*Quotations* menu on that page." +msgstr "" +"Ви знайдете всі свої комерційні пропозиції за конкретною нагодою в меню " +"*Комерційні пропозиції* на цій сторінці." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:28 +msgid "Mark them won/lost" +msgstr "Позначте їх, як впіймано/втрачено" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Now you will need to mark your opportunity as won or lost to move the " +"process along." +msgstr "" +"Тепер вам доведеться відзначити вашу нагоду як впіймано чи втрачено, щоб " +"перемістити цей процес." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you mark them as won, they will move to your *Won* column in your Kanban " +"view. If you however mark them as *Lost* they will be archived." +msgstr "" +"Якщо ви позначите їх як впіймано, вони перейдуть до вашого стовпця " +"*Впіймано* у вашому конвеєрі Канбану. Якщо ви позначите їх як *Втрачено*, " +"вони будуть архівовані." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize.rst:3 +msgid "Optimize your Day-to-Day work" +msgstr "Оптимізуйте свою щоденну роботу" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:3 +msgid "How to motivate and reward my salespeople?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Challenging your employees to reach specific targets with goals and rewards " +"is an excellent way to reinforce good habits and improve your salespeople " +"productivity. The Gamification module gives you simple and creative ways to " +"motivate and evaluate your employees with real-time recognition and badges " +"inspired by game mechanics." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Install the *Gamification* module, or the *CRM gamification* one, which adds" +" some useful data (goals and challenges) that can be used on *CRM/Sale*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:21 +msgid "Create a challenge" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Now, create your first challenge by going to :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Gamification Tools --> Challenges`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:27 +msgid "" +"As the gamification tool is a one-time technical setup, you need to activate" +" the technical features in order to access the configuration. To do so, go " +"to *Settings* and *Activate the developer mode*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:35 +msgid "" +"A challenge is a mission that you send to your sales team. It can include " +"one or several goals, set for a specific period of time. Configure your " +"challenge as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:38 +msgid "Assign the salespeople to be challenged;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:39 +msgid "Assign a responsible;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:40 +msgid "Set up the periodicity along with the start and the end date;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:41 +msgid "Select your goals;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:42 +msgid "Set up your rewards (badges)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Badges are granted when a challenge is finished. This is either at the end " +"of a running period (eg: end of the month for a monthly challenge), at the " +"end date of a challenge (if no periodicity is set), or when the challenge is" +" manually closed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:49 +msgid "" +"In the example below, 2 employees are being challenged with a *Monthly Sales" +" Target*. The challenge is based on 2 goals: the total amount invoiced and " +"number of new leads generated. At the end of the month, the winner will be " +"granted with a badge." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:58 +msgid "Set up goals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:60 +msgid "" +"The users can be evaluated using goals and numerical objectives to reach." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:62 +msgid "" +"**Goals** are assigned through *challenges* that evaluate (see image above) " +"and compare members of a team throughout time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:66 +msgid "" +"You can create a new goal on the fly from a *Challenge* by clicking on *Add " +"new item*, under *Goals*. Select the business object according to your " +"company's needs. Examples: number of new leads, time to qualify a lead, " +"total amount invoiced in a specific week, month or any other time frame " +"based on your management preferences, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Goals may include your database setup as well (e.g. set your company data " +"and a timezone, create new users, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:77 +msgid "Set up rewards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:79 +msgid "" +"For non-numerical achievements, **Badges** can be granted to users. From a " +"simple thank you to an exceptional achievement, a badge is an easy way to " +"express gratitude to a user for their good work. To create and grant badges " +"to your employees based on their performance, go to :menuselection:`Settings" +" --> Gamification Tools --> Badges`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:3 +msgid "Outlook Extension" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The **Odoo CRM Extension** is a connector that bridges your Outlook mailbox " +"with your Odoo database. This extension allows you to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:8 +msgid "Create leads from emails sent to your mailbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:9 +msgid "Centralize Prospects' emails into a CRM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:10 +msgid "Search and store insights on your contacts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:17 +msgid "" +"This extension is compatible with the Web version of Outlook as well as the " +"desktop apps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The Outlook Extension uses *Partner Autocomplete IAP credits* to search and " +"store insights on your contacts. See the :ref:`Pricing section " +"<outlook_extension/pricing>` below for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The Outlook Extension requires to be configured both in Odoo and in Outlook." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:34 +msgid "Enable the feature on your database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To enable this feature on your Odoo database, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> " +"Configuration --> Lead Generation`, enable **Outlook CRM Extension**, and " +"click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:42 +msgid "Install the add-in on Outlook" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:44 +msgid "" +"You can install the Outlook Extension as a **Custom Add-in**. To do so, " +"follow these steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:0 +msgid "URL of the **Odoo for Outlook** add-in's manifest file:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:0 +msgid "``https://download.odoo.com/plugins/outlook/manifest.xml``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:50 +msgid "Todo" +msgstr "Зробити" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:50 +msgid "add copy button when the feature is added to the doc" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Connect to your Outlook mailbox, open any email, and click on the *More " +"actions* button, displayed as three little dots." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:59 +msgid "Click on *Get add-ins*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:65 +msgid "" +"In the new window, select the tab named *My add-ins*, click on *+ Add a " +"custom add-in*, and then on *Add from URL...*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Outlook prompts you to **enter the URL of the add-in's manifest file**. To " +"do so, copy the following URL, paste it in the box, and click on *OK*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Outlook warns you that Microsoft hasn’t verified the add-in. Click on " +"*Install* to complete the installation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:84 +msgid "" +"The *Odoo for Outlook* add-in is not listed yet on Outlook's add-ins list. " +"This is why it is currently necessary to install it as a *custom add-in*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:90 +msgid "Add a shortcut to open the extension" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:92 +msgid "" +"By default, you can open the **Odoo for Outlook** extension from the *More " +"actions* menu. This section explains how to move the launcher next to the " +"other default actions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:99 +msgid "" +"In your Outlook mailbox, click on *Settings*, then on *View all Outlook " +"settings*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Mail --> Customize actions --> Message " +"surface`, select *Odoo for Outlook*, and click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:109 +msgid "Connect to your database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Open **Odoo for Outlook** from any email. This opens the extension as a " +"panel on the right side of your screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:113 +msgid "Click on *login* at the bottom of the extension." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:114 +msgid "Insert your database's URL then click on *Login*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:120 +msgid "" +"Log into your database by entering your credentials. Skip this step if you " +"are already logged in with this browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:122 +msgid "" +"A message asks you if you want to let Outlook access your Odoo database. " +"Click on *Allow* to complete the connection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Make sure first to :ref:`enable the feature on your database " +"<outlook_extension/enable-feature>`. Failing to do so would result in an " +"*error 404 message*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:130 +msgid "" +"The extension displays some information, even if you do not connect it to " +"any Odoo database. Note that only a limited amount of contact enrichment " +"requests are available as a trial, as this feature requires prepaid credits." +" See the :ref:`Pricing section <outlook_extension/pricing>` below for more " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:140 +msgid "" +"The extension is **free** and doesn't require any purchase to be installed " +"and used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:142 +msgid "" +"However, this extension provides you with *Lead Enrichment* in the **Company" +" Insights** section. This service is part of a paid service known as **Lead " +"Generation**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:145 +msgid "" +"The extension allows you to test this service for free, whether you connect " +"the extension to a database or not. After a while, the extension asks you to" +" buy credits to keep using this additional service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:155 +msgid "" +"You can buy more *Lead Generation* credits to keep using this service or " +"disregard this message and keep using the extension for free without *Lead " +"Enrichment*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:159 +msgid "In-App Purchase" +msgstr "Купівлі в додатку" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:162 +msgid "" +"*Lead Generation* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service, which requires " +"prepaid credits to be used. Each request consumes one credit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To buy credits, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Contacts --> Partner " +"Autocomplete or Odoo IAP --> View My Services` and select a package." +msgstr "" +"Щоб купити кредити, перейдіть у :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Контакти " +"--> Автозаповнення партнера або Odoo IAP --> Переглянути мої послуги` та " +"оберіть пакет." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:167 +msgid "" +"If you run out of credits, the only information populated when clicking on " +"the suggested company is the website link and logo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Learn about our *Privacy Policy* `here " +"<https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#header_2>`_." +msgstr "" +"Дізнайтеся про нашу *Політику приватності* `тут " +"<https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#header_2>`_." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:174 +msgid ":doc:`../../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:175 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Lead Enrichment <https://www.odoo.com/r/p73>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:3 +msgid "Enrich your contacts base with Partner Autocomplete" +msgstr "Збільшуйте вашу базу контактів із Автоматичним заповненням партнера" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Parter Autocomplete helps you to enrich your contacts database with " +"corporate data. Select one of the companies suggested in the dropdown, and " +"quickly get all the information you need." +msgstr "" +"Автозаповнення партнера допомагає вам збільшити базу даних контактів із " +"корпоративними даними. Оберіть одну з компаній, запропоновану у випадаючому " +"списку, та швидко отримайте усю необхідну вам інформацію." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Contacts` and activate the *Partner " +"Autocomplete* feature." +msgstr "" +"Перейдіть у :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Контакти` та активуйте функцію " +"*Автозаповнення партнера*." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:18 +msgid "Enrich your contacts with corporate data" +msgstr "Збільшуйте ваші контакти з корпоративними даними" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:22 +msgid "" +"From any module, once you start to create a new contact typing the name of " +"it, the system will suggest a potential match. If you select it, the contact" +" will be populated with corporate data." +msgstr "" +"З будь-якого модуля, після того, як ви починаєте створювати новий контакт, " +"набираючи його назву, система запропонує потенційне співставлення. Якщо ви " +"оберете його, контакт буде заповнено корпоративними даними." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:23 +msgid "" +"For example, after typing *Odoo*, you will get the following information:" +msgstr "Наприклад, після набирання *Odoo*, ви отримаєте наступну інформацію:" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Partner Autocomplete also works if you enter a VAT number instead of a " +"company name." +msgstr "" +"Автозаповнення партнера також працює, якщо ви вводите номер платника ПДВ " +"компанії." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:39 +msgid "" +"*Partner Autocomplete* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service, which requires" +" prepaid credits to be used. Each request will consume one credit." +msgstr "" +"*Автозаповнення компанії* - це послуга *Купівлі в модулі (IAP)*, що вимагає " +"використання передплачених кредитів. Кожен запит вартуватиме одному кредиту." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:44 +msgid "" +"If you run out of credits, the only information that will be populated when " +"clicking on the suggested company will be the website link and the logo." +msgstr "" +"Якщо у вас закінчилися кредити, єдина інформація, яка буде заповнюватися під" +" час вибору компанії, це посилання на веб-сайт та логотип." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:46 +msgid "" +"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and you have the Enterprise version, you " +"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." +msgstr "" +"Якщо ви на Odoo Online (SAAS) і у вас версія Enterprise, ви можете " +"скористатися безкоштовними пробними кредитами для тестування функції." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance.rst:3 +msgid "Analyze performance" +msgstr "Проаналізуйте ефективність" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:3 +msgid "Check your Win/Loss Ratio" +msgstr "Перевірте ваш коефіцієнт Впіймано/Втрачено" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To see how well you are doing with your pipeline, take a look at the " +"Win/Loss ratio." +msgstr "" +"Щоб дізнатись, наскільки добре ви виконуєте свій конвеєр, подивіться на " +"коефіцієнт Впіймано/Втрачено." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To access this report, go to your *Pipeline* view under the *Reporting* tab." +msgstr "" +"Щоб отримати доступ до цього звіту, перейдіть до перегляду *Конвеєру* на " +"вкладці *Звітування*." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:11 +msgid "" +"From there you can filter to which opportunities you wish to see, yours, the" +" ones from your sales channel, your whole company, etc. You can then click " +"on filter and check Won/Lost." +msgstr "" +"Звідти ви можете фільтрувати, які нагоди ви хочете побачити, ваші канали " +"продажів, всю вашу компанію тощо. Після цього ви можете натиснути на фільтр " +"і перевірити Впіймано/Втрачено." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:18 +msgid "You can also change the *Measures* to *Total Revenue*." +msgstr "Ви також можете змінити *Вимірювання* на * Загальний дохід *." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:23 +msgid "You also have the ability to switch to a pie chart view." +msgstr "Ви також маєте можливість перейти на перегляд кругової діаграми." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline.rst:3 +msgid "Organize the pipeline" +msgstr "Організуйте конвеєр" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:3 +msgid "Manage lost opportunities" +msgstr "Управління втраченими нагодами" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:5 +msgid "" +"While working with your opportunities, you might lose some of them. You will" +" want to keep track of the reasons you lost them and also which ways Odoo " +"can help you recover them in the future." +msgstr "" +"Під час роботи з вашими нагодами ви можете втратити деякі з них. Ви захочете" +" відстежувати причини, з яких ви їх втратили, а також, у які способи Odoo " +"допоможе вам відновити їх у майбутньому." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:10 +msgid "Mark a lead as lost" +msgstr "Позначте лід як втрачений" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:12 +msgid "" +"While in your pipeline, select any opportunity you want and you will see a " +"*Mark Lost* button." +msgstr "" +"У вашому конвеєрі виберіть будь-яку нагоду, і ви побачите кнопку *Позначити " +"як втрачено*." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:15 +msgid "" +"You can then select an existing *Lost Reason* or create a new one right " +"there." +msgstr "" +"Потім ви можете вибрати існуючу *Причину втрати* або створити нову, що " +"знаходиться тут." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:22 +msgid "Manage & create lost reasons" +msgstr "Керуйте та створюйте причини втрат" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You will find your *Lost Reasons* under :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Lost Reasons`." +msgstr "" +"Ви знайдете ваші *причини втрат* під :menuselection:`Налаштування --> " +"Причини втрат`." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:26 +msgid "" +"You can select & rename any of them as well as create a new one from there." +msgstr "" +"Ви можете вибрати та перейменувати будь-яку з них, а також створити нову " +"звідти." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:30 +msgid "Retrieve lost opportunities" +msgstr "Отримайте втрачені нагоди" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To retrieve lost opportunities and do actions on them (send an email, make a" +" feedback call, etc.), select the *Lost* filter in the search bar." +msgstr "" +"Щоб отримати втрачені нагоди та робити на них дії (надсилати електронні " +"листи, зробити зворотній зв'язок тощо), виберіть фільтр *Втрачено* на панелі" +" пошуку." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:39 +msgid "You will then see all your lost opportunities." +msgstr "Там ви побачите всі ваші втрачені нагоди." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:41 +msgid "" +"If you want to refine them further, you can add a filter on the *Lost " +"Reason*." +msgstr "" +"Якщо ви хочете уточнити їх, ви можете додати фільтр на *Причини втрати*." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:44 +msgid "For Example, *Too Expensive*." +msgstr "Наприклад, *Дуже дорого*." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:50 +msgid "Restore lost opportunities" +msgstr "Відновіть втрачені нагоди" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:52 +msgid "" +"From the Kanban view with the filter(s) in place, you can select any " +"opportunity you wish and work on it as usual. You can also restore it by " +"clicking on *Archived*." +msgstr "" +"З Канбану з фільтром(ами) на місці, ви можете вибрати будь-яку нагоду, яку " +"ви бажаєте, і працювати як завжди. Ви також можете відновити її, натиснувши " +"*Заархівовано*." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:59 +msgid "" +"You can also restore items in batch from the Kanban view when they belong to" +" the same stage. Select *Restore Records* in the column options. You can " +"also archive the same way." +msgstr "" +"Ви також можете відновити елементи групою з Канбану, коли вони належать до " +"одного етапу. Виберіть *Відновити записи* у параметрах стовпців. Ви також " +"можете архівувати так само." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:66 +msgid "To select specific opportunities, you should switch to the list view." +msgstr "Щоб вибрати конкретні нагоди, потрібно перейти до перегляду списку." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Then you can select as many or all opportunities and select the actions you " +"want to take." +msgstr "" +"Тоді ви можете вибрати як багато, так і всі нагоди, а також вибрати дії, які" +" ви хочете зробити." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:78 +msgid ":doc:`../performance/win_loss`" +msgstr ":doc:`../performance/win_loss`" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:3 +msgid "Manage multiple sales teams" +msgstr "Управління кількома командами продажу" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, you can manage several sales teams, departments or channels with " +"specific sales processes. To do so, we use the concept of *Sales Channel*." +msgstr "" +"В Odoo ви можете керувати кількома командами продажів, відділами або " +"каналами з конкретними процесами продажу. Для цього ми використовуємо " +"концепцію *Каналу продажів*." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:10 +msgid "Create a new sales channel" +msgstr "Створіть новий канал продажу" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To create a new *Sales Channel*, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Sales Channels`." +msgstr "" +"Щоб створити новий *Канал Продажів*, перейдіть до " +":menuselection:`Налаштування --> Канали продажів`." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:14 +msgid "" +"There you can set an email alias to it. Every message sent to that email " +"address will create a lead/opportunity." +msgstr "" +"Тут ви можете вказати йому псевдонім електронної пошти. Кожне повідомлення, " +"відправлене на цю адресу електронної пошти, створить лід/нагоду." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:21 +msgid "Add members to your sales channel" +msgstr "Додайте учасників до свого каналу продажів" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You can add members to any channel; that way those members will see the " +"pipeline structure of the sales channel when opening it. Any " +"lead/opportunity assigned to them will link to the sales channel. Therefore," +" you can only be a member of one channel." +msgstr "" +"Ви можете додати учасників до будь-якого каналу; таким чином, ці учасники " +"побачать конвеєрну структуру каналу продажу при його відкритті. Будь-який " +"лід/нагода, призначена їм, буде посилатися на канал продажу. Тому ви можете " +"бути учасником лише одного каналу." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:28 +msgid "This will ease the process review of the team manager." +msgstr "Це полегшить процес огляду менеджера команди." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you now filter on this specific channel in your pipeline, you will find " +"all of its opportunities." +msgstr "" +"Якщо ви зараз відфільтруєте цей конкретний канал у вашому конвеєрі, ви " +"знайдете всі його нагоди." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:40 +msgid "Sales channel dashboard" +msgstr "Інформаційна панель каналу продажів" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To see the operations and results of any sales channel at a glance, the " +"sales manager also has access to the *Sales Channel Dashboard* under " +"*Reporting*." +msgstr "" +"Щоб побачити операції та результати будь-якого каналу продажу, миттєвий " +"огляд менеджера з продажу також має доступ до інформаційної панелі *Каналу " +"продажів* в розділі *Звітування*." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:46 +msgid "" +"It is shared with the whole ecosystem so every revenue stream is included in" +" it: Sales, eCommerce, PoS, etc." +msgstr "" +"Це поділяється з усією екосистемою, тому всі доходи включають в себе: " +"продажі, електронну комерцію, точку продажу тощо." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads.rst:3 +msgid "Assign and track leads" +msgstr "Призначайте та відстежуйте ліди" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:3 +msgid "Assign leads based on scoring" +msgstr "Призначення лідів на основі оцінювання" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With *Leads Scoring* you can automatically rank your leads based on selected" +" criterias." +msgstr "" +"За допомогою *Оцінювання лідів* ви можете автоматично оцінювати ваші ліди на" +" основі вибраних критеріїв." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:8 +msgid "" +"For example you could score customers from your country higher or the ones " +"that visited specific pages on your website." +msgstr "" +"Наприклад, ви можете оцінити клієнтів у вашій країні вище або тих, хто " +"відвідав певні сторінки вашого веб-сайту." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To use scoring, install the free module *Lead Scoring* under your *Apps* " +"page (only available in Odoo Enterprise)." +msgstr "" +"Щоб скористатися оцінкою, встановіть безкоштовний модуль *Оцінювання лідів* " +"на сторінці *Додатки* (доступно лише в Odoo Enterprise)." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:21 +msgid "Create scoring rules" +msgstr "Створіть правила оцінювання" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You now have a new tab in your *CRM* app called *Leads Management* where you" +" can manage your scoring rules." +msgstr "" +"У вас тепер є нова вкладка у вашому додатку *CRM* під назвою *Управління " +"лідами*, де ви можете керувати своїми правилами оцінювання." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Here's an example for a Canadian lead, you can modify for whatever criteria " +"you wish to score your leads on. You can add as many criterias as you wish." +msgstr "" +"Ось приклад для канадського ліду, ви можете змінити на будь-які критерії, за" +" якими ви хочете оцінити своїх лідів. Ви можете додати стільки критеріїв, " +"скільки хочете." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Every hour every lead without a score will be automatically scanned and " +"assigned their right score according to your scoring rules." +msgstr "" +"Кожну годину кожен лід без оцінки буде автоматично відсканований і йому буде" +" призначено правильний бал за вашими правилами." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:40 +msgid "Assign leads" +msgstr "Призначення лідів" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Once the scores computed, leads can be assigned to specific teams using the " +"same domain mechanism. To do so go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Leads " +"Management --> Team Assignation` and apply a specific domain on each team. " +"This domain can include scores." +msgstr "" +"Після того, як результати розраховані, ліди можуть бути призначені для " +"конкретних команд за допомогою того самого механізму домену. Щоб це зробити," +" перейдіть до :menuselection:`CRM --> Управління лідами --> Призначення " +"команди` і застосовувати конкретний домен у кожній команді. Цей домен може " +"включати оцінки." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Further on, you can assign to a specific vendor in the team with an even " +"more refined domain." +msgstr "" +"Далі, ви можете призначити конкретного постачальника в команді ще більш " +"витонченого домену." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:52 +msgid "" +"To do so go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Leads Management --> Leads " +"Assignation`." +msgstr "" +"Щоб зробити це, перейдіть до :menuselection:`CRM --> Управління лідами --> " +"Призначення лідів`." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:58 +msgid "" +"The team & leads assignation will assign the unassigned leads once a day." +msgstr "" +"Присвоєння команди та лідів призначає непризначені ліди один раз на день." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:62 +msgid "Evaluate & use the unassigned leads" +msgstr "Оцініть та використайте непризначені ліди" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Once your scoring rules are in place you will most likely still have some " +"unassigned leads. Some of them could still lead to an opportunity so it is " +"useful to do something with them." +msgstr "" +"Після того, як ваші правила оцінювання встановлені, ви, найімовірніше, " +"матимуть певні непризначені ліди. Деякі з них, як і раніше, можуть бути " +"перетворені у нагоди, тому корисно щось з ними зробити." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:68 +msgid "" +"In your leads page you can place a filter to find your unassigned leads." +msgstr "" +"На вашій сторінці лідів ви можете помістити фільтр, щоб знайти непризначені " +"ліди." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Why not using :menuselection:`Email Marketing` or :menuselection:`Marketing " +"Automation` apps to send a mass email to them? You can also easily find such" +" unassigned leads from there." +msgstr "" +"Чому б не користуватися додатками :menuselection:`Маркетинг електронною " +"поштою` чи :menuselection:`Автоматизація маркетингу`, щоб надсилати їм " +"масову електронну пошту? Ви також можете легко знайти такі непризначені ліди" +" звідти." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:3 +msgid "Track your prospects visits" +msgstr "Відстежуйте відвідування ваших потенційних клієнтів" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Tracking your website pages will give you much more information about the " +"interests of your website visitors." +msgstr "" +"Відстеження сторінок вашого сайту дасть вам набагато більше інформації про " +"інтереси відвідувачів вашого веб-сайту." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Every tracked page they visit will be recorded on your lead/opportunity if " +"they use the contact form on your website." +msgstr "" +"Кожна відстежувана сторінка, яку вони відвідують, буде записана на вашому " +"ліді/нагоді, якщо вони використовують контактну форму на вашому веб-сайті." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To use this feature, install the free module *Lead Scoring* under your " +"*Apps* page (only available in Odoo Enterprise)." +msgstr "" +"Щоб скористатися цією функцією, встановіть безкоштовний модуль *Оцінка " +"лідів* на сторінці *Додатки* (доступно лише в Odoo Enterprise)." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:21 +msgid "Track a webpage" +msgstr "Відстеження веб-сторінок" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Go to any static page you want to track on your website and under the " +"*Promote* tab you will find *Optimize SEO*" +msgstr "" +"Перейдіть на будь-яку статичну сторінки, яку ви хочете відстежувати на " +"своєму веб-сайті, і на вкладці *Рекламувати* ви знайдете *Оптимізувати SEO*" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:29 +msgid "There you will see a *Track Page* checkbox to track this page." +msgstr "" +"Тут ви побачите пункт *Відстеження сторінки* для відстеження цієї сторінки." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:35 +msgid "See visited pages in your leads/opportunities" +msgstr "Перегляньте відвідані сторінки у ваших лідах/нагодах" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Now each time a lead is created from the contact form it will keep track of " +"the pages visited by that visitor. You have two ways to see those pages, on " +"the top right corner of your lead/opportunity you can see a *Page Views* " +"button but also further down you will see them in the chatter." +msgstr "" +"Тепер кожного разу, коли в контактній формі створюється лід, він буде " +"відстежувати сторінки, відвідані цим відвідувачем. У вас є два способи, щоб " +"побачити ці сторінки, у верхньому правому кутку вашого ліда/нагоди, ви " +"можете бачити кнопку *Перегляди сторінок*, а також внизу ви побачите їх у " +"чаті." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Both will update if the viewers comes back to your website and visits more " +"pages." +msgstr "" +"Обидва вони оновлюватимуться, якщо відвідувачі повернуться на ваш веб-сайт і" +" відвідають інші сторінки." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:52 +msgid "" +"The feature will not repeat multiple viewings of the same pages in the " +"chatter." +msgstr "" +"Ця функція не буде повторювати кілька переглядів тих самих сторінок у чаті." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:55 +msgid "Your customers will no longer be able to keep any secrets from you!" +msgstr "Ваші клієнти більше не зможуть зберігати будь-які секрети від вас!" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:4 +msgid "Point of Sale" +msgstr "Точка продажу" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features.rst:3 +msgid "Pricing Features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:3 +msgid "Using discount tags with a barcode scanner" +msgstr "Використання тегів знижок з сканером штрих-кодів" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:5 +msgid "" +"If you want to sell your products with a discount, for a product getting " +"close to its expiration date for example, you can use discount tags. They " +"allow you to scan discount barcodes." +msgstr "" +"Якщо ви хочете продати свої товари зі знижкою, наприклад, для товару, що " +"наближається до дати його закінчення, ви можете використовувати теги знижок." +" Вони дозволяють сканувати штрих-коди зі знижкою." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:10 +msgid "To use discount tags you will need to use a barcode scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:13 +msgid "Barcode Nomenclature" +msgstr "Номенклатура штрих-кодів" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:15 +msgid "To use discounts tags, we need to learn about barcode nomenclature." +msgstr "" +"Щоб використовувати теги знижок, нам потрібно дізнатися про номенклатуру " +"штрих-кодів." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Let's say you want to have a discount for the product with the following " +"barcode:" +msgstr "" +"Скажімо, ви хочете отримати знижку для товару з наступним штрих-кодом:" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You can find the *Default Nomenclature* under the settings of your PoS " +"interface." +msgstr "" +"Ви можете знайти *Номенклатуру за замовчуванням* в налаштуваннях вашого " +"інтерфейсу точки продажу." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Let's say you want 50% discount on a product you have to start your barcode " +"with 22 (for the discount barcode nomenclature) and then 50 (for the %) " +"before adding the product barcode. In our example, the barcode would be:" +msgstr "" +"Скажімо, вам потрібно 50% знижки на товар, для якого вам потрібно буде " +"почати свій штрих-код з 22 (для номеру штрих-коду знижки), а потім 50 " +"(для%), перш ніж додавати штрих-код товару. У нашому прикладі штрих-код " +"буде:" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:41 +msgid "Scan the products & tags" +msgstr "Відскануйте товари і теги" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:43 +msgid "You first have to scan the desired product (in our case, a lemon)." +msgstr "" +"Спочатку потрібно відсканувати потрібний товар (у нашому випадку, лимон)." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:48 +msgid "" +"And then scan the discount tag. The discount will be applied and you can " +"finish the transaction." +msgstr "" +"Потім відскануйте тег зі знижкою. Знижка буде застосована, і ви можете " +"закінчити транзакцію." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:3 +msgid "Apply Discounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"By offering discounts, you can entice your customers and drastically " +"increase your revenue. It is vital to offer discounts, whether they are " +"time-limited, seasonal or manually given." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:9 +msgid "" +"To manage discounts, Odoo has powerful features that help set up a pricing " +"strategy tailored to every business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:13 +msgid "Apply manual discounts" +msgstr "Застосування знижок вручну" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:15 +msgid "" +"If you seldom use discounts, applying manual ones might be the easiest " +"solution for your Point of Sale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:18 +msgid "" +"You can either apply a discount on the whole order or on specific products " +"inside an order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:22 +msgid "Apply a discount on a product" +msgstr "Застосуйте знижку на товар" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:24 +msgid "From your PoS session interface, use the *Disc* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Then, you can input a discount over the product that is currently selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:34 +msgid "Apply a global discount" +msgstr "Застосуйте загальну знижку" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To apply a discount on the whole order, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales" +" --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and select your PoS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Once on your PoS form, select *Global Discounts*, under the *Pricing* " +"category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:45 +msgid "Now, you have a new *Discount* button appearing on your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:51 +msgid "Click on it and enter the wanted discount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:58 +msgid "" +"On this example, there is a global discount of 50% as well as a specific 50%" +" discount on oranges." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:62 +msgid "Apply time-limited discounts" +msgstr "Застосування сезонних знижок" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To activate time-limited discounts, you must activate the *Pricelists* " +"feature. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Configuration " +"--> Point of Sale` and open your PoS. Then, enable the pricelist feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Once activated, you must choose the pricelists you want to make available in" +" the PoS and define a default one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:77 +msgid "Create a pricelist" +msgstr "Створіть прайслист" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:79 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo has a *Public Pricelist* configured. To create more, go to " +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Products --> Pricelists`. Then click on " +"create." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:83 +msgid "" +"When creating a pricelist, you can set several criteria to use a specific " +"price: period, min. quantity, etc. You can also decide to apply that " +"pricelist on specific products or on the whole range." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:92 +msgid "Using a pricelist with the PoS interface" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:94 +msgid "" +"On the PoS interface, a new button appears. Use it to select a pricelist." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Click on it to instantly update the prices with the selected pricelist. " +"Then, you can finalize the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:3 +msgid "Manage a loyalty program" +msgstr "Управління програмою лояльності" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Encourage your customers to continue to shop at your point of sale with a " +"*Loyalty Program*." +msgstr "" +"Заохочуйте своїх клієнтів продовжувати купувати у вашій точці продажу з " +"*програмою лояльності*." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To activate the *Loyalty Program* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " +"Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface. " +"Under the Pricing features, select *Loyalty Program*" +msgstr "" +"Щоб активувати програму лояльності, перейдіть до :menuselection:`Точки " +"продажу --> Налаштування --> Точка продажу` та виберіть свій інтерфейс точки" +" продажу. У розділі Функції ціноутворення виберіть *програму лояльності*" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:19 +msgid "From there you can create and edit your loyalty programs." +msgstr "Звідти ви можете створювати та редагувати свої програми лояльності." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You can decide what type of program you wish to use, if the reward is a " +"discount or a gift, make it specific to some products or cover your whole " +"range. Apply rules so that it is only valid in specific situation and " +"everything in between." +msgstr "" +"Ви можете вирішити, який тип програми ви хочете використати, якщо винагорода" +" - це знижка або подарунок, роблячи її конкретною для деяких товарів або " +"охоплюючи весь ваш асортимент. Застосовуйте правила так, щоби вони були " +"дійсними лише у конкретній ситуації та усе, що існує між ними." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:30 +msgid "Use the loyalty program in your PoS interface" +msgstr "Використовуйте програму лояльності у своєму інтерфейсі точки продажу" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:32 +msgid "" +"When a customer is set, you will now see the points they will get for the " +"transaction and they will accumulate until they are spent. They are spent " +"using the button *Rewards* when they have enough points according to the " +"rules defined in the loyalty program." +msgstr "" +"Коли клієнт встановлений, тепер ви побачите пункти, які вони отримають для " +"транзакції, і вони накопичуватимуться, поки вони не будуть витрачені. Вони " +"витрачаються за допомогою кнопки *Нагороди*, якщо у них є достатньо балів " +"відповідно до правил, визначених у програмі лояльності." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:40 +msgid "" +"You can see the price is instantly updated to reflect the pricelist. You can" +" finalize the order in your usual way." +msgstr "" +"Ви можете бачити, що ціна моментально оновлюється, щоби відобразити " +"прайслист. Ви можете завершити оформлення замовлення звичайним способом." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:44 +msgid "" +"If you select a customer with a default pricelist, it will be applied. You " +"can of course change it." +msgstr "" +"Якщо ви виберете клієнта із прайслистом за замовчуванням, він буде " +"застосований. Ви, звичайно, можете змінити це." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:3 +msgid "Using Pricelists in Point of Sale" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You probably know the concept of happy hour: during a certain period of " +"time, the barman gives a discount on some drinks (usually 50% off or a buy " +"one get one free). When the period is over, prices go back to normal. But " +"how does that relate with Odoo?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:10 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, you can set up happy hours. It’s one of the many possible uses of " +"*Pricelists*. Those *Pricelists* allow the creation of multiple prices for " +"the same product: a regular one and a special one for happy hours. Available" +" in the *PoS* app, those are really convenient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:17 +msgid "Set up Pricelists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To set up a *Pricelist*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Configuration` and enable the *Pricelist* feature. Then, " +"go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and" +" enable *Pricelist* for the *PoS*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Now, you can create *Pricelists* by clicking on the *Pricelists* link. Then," +" set it up by choosing the product category you want to include in your " +"happy hour and the discount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Go back to your *PoS* settings and add the Happy Hour pricelist to the list." +" You can even choose a default pricelist if needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:39 +msgid "" +"From now on, on the *PoS* interface, a new button is available, allowing you" +" to choose among the different *pricelists* you added before." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:46 +msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm.rst:3 +msgid "Fiscal Data Modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Setting up the Fiscal Data Module with the Odoo POS" +msgstr "Налаштування модуля податкових даних з точкою продажу Odoo" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:170 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "Вступ" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The Belgian government requires certain businesses to use a government-" +"certified device called a **Fiscal Data Module** (also known as a " +"**blackbox**). This device works together with the POS application and logs " +"certain transactions. On top of that, the used POS application must also be " +"certified by the government and must adhere to strict standards specified by" +" them. `Odoo 9 (Enterprise Edition) is a certified application " +"<http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/systemes-certifies>`_. More " +"information concerning the Fiscal Data Module can be found on `the official " +"website <http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/>`_." +msgstr "" +"Бельгійське законодавство вимагає від деяких підприємств використовувати " +"сертифікований державою пристрій під назвою **Модуль податкових даних** " +"(також відомий як **blackbox**). Цей пристрій працює разом із додатком точки" +" продажу і записує певні транзакції. Крім того, використовуваний додаток " +"точки продажу також має бути сертифікований урядом і повинен відповідати " +"встановленим їм строгим стандартам. `Odoo 9 (Enterprise Edition) - " +"сертифікована програма <http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/systemes-" +"certifies> _ _. Більш детальну інформацію щодо Модуля податкових даних можна" +" знайти на офіційному веб-сайті http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/>" +" _." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:20 +msgid "Required hardware" +msgstr "Необхідне обладнання" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:22 +msgid "" +"A government certified `Fiscal Data Module " +"<http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/systemes-" +"certifies#FDM%20certifiés>`_ per POS, all of them should work, but the " +"Cleancash SC-B is recommended, you will also need:" +msgstr "" +"Уряд сертифікував `Модуль податкових " +"даних<http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/systemes-" +"certifies#FDM%20certifiés>`_ per POS, всі вони повинні працювати, але " +"рекомендується використовувати Cleancash SC-B, вам також знадобиться:" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Serial null modem cable per FDM (`example <http://www.startech.com/Cables" +"/Serial-Parallel-PS-2/DB9-DB25/10-ft-Cross-Wired-Serial-Null-Modem-Cable-" +"DB9-FM~SCNM9FM>`__)" +msgstr "" +"Послідовний нульовий модемний кабель на FDM " +"(`приклад<http://www.startech.com/Cables/Serial-Parallel-PS-2/DB9-DB25/10" +"-ft-Cross-Wired-Serial-Null-Modem-Cable-DB9-FM~SCNM9FM>`__)" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Serial-to-USB adapter per FDM (`example " +"<http://trendnet.com/products/proddetail.asp?prod=265_TU-S9>`__)" +msgstr "" +"Серійний адаптер до USB для FDM " +"(`приклад<http://trendnet.com/products/proddetail.asp?prod=265_TU-S9>`__)" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:32 +msgid "A registered IoT Box per POS configuration" +msgstr "Налаштування зареєстрованого IoT Box на точку продажу" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:35 +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "Встановлення" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:38 +msgid "IoT Box" +msgstr "IoT Box" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In order to use a Fiscal Data Module, you will need a registered IoT Box. " +"These IoT Boxes are similar to the regular IoT Boxes we sell, but they are " +"registered with the Belgian government. This is required by law. Attempting " +"to use a Fiscal Data Module on a non-registered IoT Box will not work. You " +"can verify that the Fiscal Data Module is recognized by the IoT Box by going" +" to the *Hardware status page* via the IoT Box homepage." +msgstr "" +"Для використання модуля фіскальних даних вам знадобиться зареєстрований IoT " +"Box. Вони схожі на звичайні коробки IoT, які ми продаємо, але вони " +"зареєстровані в бельгійському уряді. Це вимагає законом. Спроба " +"використовувати модуль фіскальних даних на незареєстрованому IoT Box не " +"працюватиме. Можна переконатися, що модуль фіскальних даних розпізнається " +"IoT Box, перейшовши на сторінку статусу *Обладнання* на домашній сторінці " +"IoT Box." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:52 +msgid "Odoo" +msgstr "Odoo" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:54 +msgid "" +"An Odoo POS app can be given certified POS capabilities by installing the " +"**Belgian Registered Cash Register** app (technical name: " +"``pos_blackbox_be``). Because of government restrictions imposed on us, this" +" installation cannot be undone. After this, you will have to ensure that " +"each POS configuration has a unique registered IoT Box associated with it " +"(:menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and " +"ensure Hardware Proxy / IoT Box and the serial number of your IoT Box is " +"set). The first time you open the Point of Sale and attempt to do a " +"transaction, you will be asked to input the PIN that you received with your " +"VAT signing card." +msgstr "" +"Додатку точки продажу Odoo можна надати сертифіковані можливості точки " +"продажу, встановивши додаток **бельгійського зареєстрованого касового " +"апарату** (технічна назва: `` pos_blackbox_be``). Через обмеження, що " +"накладаються на нас, цю установку не можна скасувати. Після цього вам " +"доведеться переконатися, що кожне налаштування точки продажу має унікальний " +"зареєстрований IoT Box, пов'язаний з нею (: menuselection: `Точка продажу " +"--> Налаштування --> Точка продажу` і забезпечте Proxy Обладнання / IoT Box " +"і серійний номер вашого IoT Box). Коли ви вперше відкриваєте точку продажу і" +" намагаєтеся здійснити транзакцію, вам буде запропоновано ввести PIN-код, " +"який ви отримали з вашої підписаної картки ПДВ." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:69 +msgid "Certification & On-premise" +msgstr "Сертифікація та на замовлення" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The certification granted by the government is restricted to the use on " +"odoo.com SaaS instance. The usage of the module from the source or a " +"modified version will **not** be certified. For on-premise users, we also " +"support the Fiscal Data Module in such installations. The main restriction " +"is that this requires an obfuscated version of the ``pos_blackbox_be`` " +"module we will provide on request for Enterprise customers." +msgstr "" +"Сертифікація, надана урядом, обмежена використанням на прикладі SaaS " +"odoo.com. Використання модуля з джерела або модифікованої версії **не** буде" +" сертифіковано. Для користувачів за замовчуванням ми також підтримуємо " +"модуль бюджетних даних у таких установках. Основне обмеження полягає в тому," +" що для цього потрібна замаскована версія модуля ``pos_blackbox_be``, який " +"ми надамо на замовлення для клієнтів компанії." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:79 +msgid "Restrictions" +msgstr "Обмеження" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:81 +msgid "" +"As mentioned before, in order to get certified the POS application must " +"adhere to strict government guidelines. Because of this, a certified Odoo " +"POS has some limitations not present in the non-certified Odoo POS." +msgstr "" +"Як згадувалося раніше, для отримання сертифікату заявка на використання " +"точки продажу має відповідати суворим правилам уряду. Через це сертифікована" +" точка продажу Odoo має певні обмеження, відсутні в сертифікованій точці " +"продажу Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:86 +msgid "Refunding is disabled" +msgstr "Відшкодування відключено" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:87 +msgid "Modifying orderline prices" +msgstr "Змінення цін на замовлення" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:88 +msgid "Creating/modifying/deleting POS orders" +msgstr "Створення/зміна/видалення замовлень точки продажу" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:89 +msgid "Selling products without a valid tax" +msgstr "Продаж продукції без дійсного податку" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:90 +msgid "Multiple Odoo POS configurations per IoT Box are not allowed" +msgstr "Налаштування кількох точок продажу Odoo на IoT Box не доступні" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:91 +msgid "Using the POS without a connection to the IoT Box (and thus FDM)" +msgstr "" +"Використання точки продажу без з'єднання з IoT Box (і таким чином FDM)" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:92 +msgid "Blacklisted modules: pos_discount, pos_reprint, pos_loyalty" +msgstr "Модулі з чорним списком: pos_discount, pos_reprint, pos_loyalty" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Загальний огляд" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:3 +msgid "Getting started" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When working with a Point of Sale application, employees want a simple, and " +"user-friendly solution. A solution that works online or offline and with any" +" device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:9 +msgid "" +"A Point of Sale system is a fully integrated application that allows any " +"transaction, automatically registers product moves in your stock, and gives " +"you real-time statistics and consolidations across all shops." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:17 +msgid "Make products available in the PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To make products available for sale, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale -->" +" Products --> Products` and open a product. In the *Sales* tab, enable " +"*Available in Point of Sale*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:28 +msgid "You can also define if the product has to be weighted or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:31 +msgid "Configure your payment methods" +msgstr "Налаштуйте свої способи оплати" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:33 +msgid "" +"To add a payment method, you first need to create it. Go to " +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment Methods` and " +"click on create. Then, you can name your payment method and set it up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:43 +msgid "Don’t forget your credentials for methods using a payment terminal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Now, you can select the payment method in your PoS settings. To do so, go to" +" :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and open" +" the PoS in which you want to include the payment method. Then, add the " +"payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:55 +msgid "" +"*Configuration* is the menu where you can edit all your point of sale " +"settings. Some more features are available for restaurants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:59 +msgid "Your first PoS session" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:62 +msgid "Your first order" +msgstr "Ваше перше замовлення" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:64 +msgid "Open a new session from the dashboard by clicking on *New Session*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:70 +msgid "After the loading screen, you arrive on the PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Once an order is completed, you can register the payment. All the available " +"payment methods appear on the left of the screen. Select the payment method " +"and enter the received amount. Then, you can validate the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:82 +msgid "Return and refund products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Having a well-thought-out return policy is key to keep customers satisfied " +"and make the process of accepting returns and refunds easy for you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:87 +msgid "" +"To do that, from the PoS interface, select the product and quantity (with " +"the +/- button) that the customer wants to return. For multiple products, " +"repeat the process individually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:94 +msgid "" +"When on the payment interface, the total is negative. To end the refund, " +"process the payment and validate it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:102 +msgid "Close the PoS session" +msgstr "Закрийте сесію точки продажу" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To close your session at the end of the day, click on the close button on " +"the upper right corner of your screen and confirm. Now, close the session on" +" the dashboard view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:112 +msgid "" +"It’s strongly advised to close your PoS session at the end of each day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Once a session is closed, you can see a summary of all transactions per " +"payment method. Then, click on a line to see all orders that were paid " +"during your PoS session. If everything is correct, validate the session and " +"post the closing entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:123 +msgid "" +"To connect the PoS hardware with an Odoo IoT Box, please refer to these " +"docs: :doc:`Connect an IoT Box to your database " +"</applications/productivity/iot/config/connect>` and :doc:`Use the IoT Box " +"for the PoS </applications/productivity/iot/config/pos>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:129 +msgid "View your statistics" +msgstr "Переглянути статистику" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Keeping track of your sales is essential to get meaningful statistics. " +"That’s why Odoo provides analyzes about your sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:134 +msgid "" +"To access your statistics, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> " +"Reporting --> Orders`. There, you can see various statistics in graph or " +"pivot form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:142 +msgid "You can also access them through the dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:3 +msgid "Register customers" +msgstr "Реєстрація клієнтів" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Registering your customers will give you the ability to grant them various " +"privileges such as discounts, loyalty program, specific communication. It " +"will also be required if they want an invoice and registering them will make" +" any future interaction with them faster." +msgstr "" +"Реєстрація ваших клієнтів дасть вам можливість надавати їм різні привілеї, " +"такі як знижки, програма лояльності, особлива комунікація. Вона буде також " +"потрібна, якщо вони хочуть отримати рахунок-фактуру та реєструвати його, з " +"будь-якою майбутньою взаємодією з ними швидше." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:11 +msgid "Create a customer" +msgstr "Створіть клієнта" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:13 +msgid "From your session interface, use the customer button." +msgstr "З інтерфейсу сесії використовуйте кнопку клієнта." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:18 +msgid "Create a new one by using this button." +msgstr "Створіть нового, використовуючи цю кнопку." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You will be invited to fill out the customer form with their information." +msgstr "Вам буде запропоновано заповнити форму клієнта зі своєю інформацією." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Use the save button when you are done. You can then select that customer in " +"any future transactions." +msgstr "" +"Коли ви закінчите, скористайтеся кнопкою збереження. Потім ви можете вибрати" +" цього клієнта в будь-яких майбутніх операціях." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment.rst:3 +msgid "Payment Terminals" +msgstr "Платіжні термінали" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:3 +msgid "Connect an Ingenico Payment Terminal to your PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Connecting a payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid payment flow to " +"your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Please note that Ingenico is currently only available for customers in the " +"Benelux." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:15 +msgid "Connect an IoT Box" +msgstr "Підключити IoT Box" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Connecting an Ingenico Payment Terminal to Odoo is a feature that requires " +"an IoT Box. For more information on how to connect an IoT Box to your " +"database, please refer to the :doc:`IoT documentation " +"</applications/productivity/iot/config/connect>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:22 +msgid "Configure the Lane/5000 for Ingenico BENELUX" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Click on the F button of the terminal, then go in the :menuselection:`PoS " +"Menu --> Settings` and enter the settings password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Now, click on connexion change and TCP/IP. Type the IP of your *IoT Box* " +"(you can find it on the form view of your IoT Box). Then, enter 9000 as " +"port. The terminal will restart. Once it is done, go on your *IoT Box* form " +"in Odoo and verify that the terminal has been found." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:36 +msgid "Configure the payment method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:38 +msgid "" +"First, go in the general settings of the POS app, and activate the Ingenico " +"setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Go back in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of " +"Sale`, go in the payments section and access your payment methods. Create a " +"new payment method for Ingenico, select the payment terminal option " +"Ingenico, and select your payment terminal device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:53 +msgid "Pay with a payment terminal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:55 +msgid "" +"In your *PoS interface*, when processing a payment, select a *Payment " +"Method* using a payment terminal. Check that the amount in the tendered " +"column is the one that has to be sent to the payment terminal and click on " +"*Send*. When the payment is successful, the status will change to *Payment " +"Successful*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:64 +msgid "" +"If you want to cancel the payment request, click on cancel. You can still " +"retry to send the payment request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:67 +msgid "" +"If there is any issue with the payment terminal, you can still force the " +"payment using the *Force Done*. This will allow you to validate the order in" +" Odoo even if the connexion between the terminal and Odoo has issues." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:73 +msgid "" +"This option will only be available if you received an error message telling " +"you the connexion failed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Once your payment is processed, on the payment record, you’ll find the type " +"of card that has been used and the transaction ID." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a SIX Payment Terminal to your PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Connecting a SIX payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid payment flow " +"to your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Even though Worldline has recently acquired SIX Payment Services and both " +"companies use Yomani payment terminals, the firmware they run is different. " +"Terminals received from Worldline are therefore not compatible with this " +"integration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:16 +msgid "Configure the Payment Method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:20 +msgid "" +"First, make sure that the POS Six module is installed. For this, go to " +"*Apps*, remove the \"Apps\" filter and search for \"POS Six\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Back in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment " +"Methods`, Create a new payment method for SIX, select the payment terminal " +"option \"SIX without IoT Box\", and enter your payment terminal IP address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:40 +msgid "Pay with a Payment Terminal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:36 +msgid "" +"In your PoS interface, at the moment of the payment, select a payment method" +" using a payment terminal. Verify that the amount in the tendered column is " +"the one that has to be sent to the payment terminal and click on *Send*. If " +"you want to cancel the payment request, click on cancel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:44 +msgid "" +"When the payment is done, the status will change to *Payment Successful*. " +"You can always reverse the last transaction by clicking on *Reverse*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If there is any issue with the payment terminal, you can still force the " +"payment using the *Force Done*. This will allow you to validate the order in" +" Odoo even if the connexion between the terminal and Odoo encounters issues." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Vantiv Payment Terminal to your PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Connecting a Vantiv payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid payment " +"flow to your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Please note MercuryPay only operates with US and Canadian banks, making this" +" procedure only suitable for North American businesses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:18 +msgid "" +"First, go in the general settings of the POS app, and activate the Vantiv " +"setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Back in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, " +"go in the payments section and access your payment methods. Create a new " +"payment method for Vantiv, select the payment terminal option Vantiv, and " +"create new Vantiv credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To create new Vantiv credentials, fill in your merchant ID and password, " +"then save. Make sure the credentials you just created are selected, then " +"save the payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:42 +msgid "" +"In your PoS interface, at the moment of the payment, select your Vantiv " +"payment method and… that’s all." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:3 +msgid "Restaurant Features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:3 +msgid "Print the Bill" +msgstr "Друк рахунку" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Use the *Bill Printing* feature to print the bill before the payment. This " +"is useful if the bill is still subject to evolve and is thus not the " +"definitive ticket." +msgstr "" +"Використовуйте функцію *друку рахунків*, щоб надрукувати рахунок перед " +"оплатою. Це корисно, якщо рахунок ще може змінюватися і не є остаточним " +"замовленням." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:10 +msgid "Configure Bill Printing" +msgstr "Налаштуйте друк рахунку" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To activate *Bill Printing*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" +"Щоб активувати функцію *друк рахунку*, перейдіть до :menuselection:`Точка " +"продажу --> Налаштування --> Точка продажу` та виберіть свій інтерфейс точки" +" продажу." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Bill Printing* option." +msgstr "У розділі Рахунки та квитанції ви знайдете варіант *Друк рахунку*." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:22 +msgid "Split a Bill" +msgstr "Розбийте рахунок" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:24 +msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Bill* button." +msgstr "У вашому інтерфейсі точки продажу тепер є кнопка *Рахунок*." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:29 +msgid "When you use it, you can then print the bill." +msgstr "Коли ви застосуєте, ви зможете роздрукувати рахунок." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:3 +msgid "Using fiscal positions in PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, *Fiscal Positions* let you apply different taxes based on the " +"customer location. In a *Point of Sale*, such as a restaurant, it can be " +"used to apply different taxes depending if the customer eats in or takes " +"away." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:11 +msgid "Set up fiscal positions for PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To enable this feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of Sale` and check *Fiscal Position per Order*. Now," +" you can choose the fiscal positions you want for your *PoS*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:21 +msgid "You need to create your fiscal positions before using this feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:24 +msgid "Using fiscal positions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Once on your *PoS* interface, click on the *Tax* button. Now, choose the " +"fiscal position you need for the current order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:33 +msgid "Set up a default fiscal position" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:35 +msgid "" +"If you want to use a default fiscal position, meaning that a preexisting " +"value is always automatically assigned, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale " +"--> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and enable *Fiscal Position*. Now, " +"choose one to set as the default one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Now, the *tax* button is replaced by a *on site* button when on the *PoS* " +"interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:3 +msgid "Print orders at the kitchen or bar" +msgstr "Друк замовлень на кухні або в барі" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To ease the workflow between the front of house and the back of the house, " +"printing the orders taken on the PoS interface right in the kitchen or bar " +"can be a tremendous help." +msgstr "" +"Щоб полегшити робочий процес між передньою частиною будинку та задньою " +"частиною, друк замовлень, зроблених на інтерфейсі точки продажу прямо на " +"кухні або в барі, може стати величезною допомогою." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:10 +msgid "Activate the bar/kitchen printer" +msgstr "Активуйте барний/кухонний принтер" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To activate the *Order printing* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " +"Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" +"Щоб активувати функцію *друк замовлення*, перейдіть до :menuselection:`Точка" +" продажу --> Налаштування --> Точка продажу` та виберіть свій інтерфейс " +"точки продажу." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Under the IoT Box / Hardware Proxy category, you will find *Order Printers*." +" Note that you need an IoT Box to connect your Printer to the PoS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:20 +msgid "Add a printer" +msgstr "Додайте принтер" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:22 +msgid "" +"In your configuration menu you will now have a *Order Printers* option where" +" you can add the printer." +msgstr "" +"У вашому меню налаштування тепер з'явиться параметр *Замовлення принтерів*, " +"де ви можете додати принтер." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:29 +msgid "Print a kitchen/bar order" +msgstr "Друк замовлення на кухні/барі" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:34 +msgid "Select or create a printer." +msgstr "Виберіть або створіть принтер." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:37 +msgid "Print the order in the kitchen/bar" +msgstr "Роздрукуйте замовлення на кухні/барі" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:39 +msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Order* button." +msgstr "На вашому інтерфейсі точки продажу тепер є кнопка *Замовлення*." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:44 +msgid "" +"When you press it, it will print the order on your kitchen/bar printer." +msgstr "" +"При натисканні на неї буде надруковано замовлення на принтері на кухні/барі." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:3 +msgid "Manage your tables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Restaurants have specific needs that shops don’t have. That’s why Odoo gives" +" restaurant owners several unique features to help them manage their " +"business in the best possible way." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Floor and table management, bill splitting, or even the possibility to print" +" orders from the kitchen, everything is there to help your business shine " +"and your employees to work efficiently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To activate the bar/restaurant features, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale" +" --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and open your PoS. Now, select *Is a " +"Bar/Restaurant*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:24 +msgid "" +"New features are shown with a fork and a knife next to it, indicating that " +"they are restaurant-specific." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:32 +msgid "Add a floor" +msgstr "Додайте поверх" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Once your *Point of Sale* has been configured, select *Table Management* " +"under :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`. " +"Then, click on *Floors* to create and name your floor and tables." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:47 +msgid "Don’t forget to link your floor to your point of sale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:50 +msgid "Add tables" +msgstr "Додайте столи" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:52 +msgid "" +"To add tables, you can also open your PoS interface to see your floor(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Then, click on *Edit Mode* (pencil icon on the upper right corner) to be " +"allowed to create, move, modify tables, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To make your table easier to be found, you can rename them, change their " +"shape, size or even color. It is also possible to add the maximum number of " +"sits the table can have." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:72 +msgid "Register your table(s) orders" +msgstr "Зареєструйте свої замовлення на столи" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To register an order, click on the respective table. By doing so, you are " +"taken to your main interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:82 +msgid "Transfer customer(s)" +msgstr "Переміщення клієнта(ів)" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:84 +msgid "" +"If your customers want to move to another table after they already ordered, " +"use the transfer button. This way, the order is also moved to the new table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:88 +msgid "To do so, select the table your customer is currently on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Now, click on the transfer button and select the table to which you are " +"transferring your customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:103 +msgid "Register an additional order" +msgstr "Зареєструйте додаткове замовлення" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:105 +msgid "" +"When registering an order, use the + button to simultaneously proceed to " +"another one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Then, you can shift between your orders and process the payment when needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:116 +msgid "The - button allows you to remove the order you are currently on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:3 +msgid "Offer a bill-splitting option" +msgstr "Запропонуйте варіант розбиття рахунку" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Offering an easy bill splitting solution to your customers will leave them " +"with a positive experience. That's why this feature is available out-of-the-" +"box in the Odoo Point of Sale application." +msgstr "" +"Запропонувавши своєму клієнту легкий розбиття рахунку, ви отримаєте " +"позитивний досвід. Ось чому ця функція доступна поза межами програми в Точці" +" продажу Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To activate the *Bill Splitting* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " +"Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" +"Щоб активувати функцію *розбиття рахунку*, перейдіть до " +":menuselection:`Точка продажу --> Налаштування --> Точка продажу` та " +"виберіть свій інтерфейс точки продажу." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find the Bill Splitting " +"option." +msgstr "У розділі Рахунки та квитанції ви знайдете варіант Розбиття рахунку." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:23 +msgid "Split a bill" +msgstr "Розбийте рахунок" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:25 +msgid "In your PoS interface, you now have a *Split* button." +msgstr "У вашому інтерфейсі точки продажу тепер є кнопка *розбити*." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:30 +msgid "" +"When you use it, you will be able to select what that guest should had and " +"process the payment, repeating the process for each guest." +msgstr "" +"Коли ви використовуєте його, ви зможете вибрати, що цей гість повинен " +"отримати і виконати платіж, повторюючи процес для кожного гостя." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:3 +msgid "Integrate a tip option into payment" +msgstr "Інтегруйте чайові в оплату" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:5 +msgid "" +"As it is customary to tip in many countries all over the world, it is " +"important to have the option in your PoS interface." +msgstr "" +"Як прийнято в багатьох країнах у всьому світі платити чайові, важливо мати " +"такий варіант у вашому інтерфейсі точки продажу." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:9 +msgid "Configure Tipping" +msgstr "Налаштуйте чайові" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To activate the *Tips* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS." +msgstr "" +"Щоб активувати функцію *Чайові*, перейдіть до :menuselection:`Точка продажу " +"--> Налаштування --> Точка продажу` та оберіть вашу точку продажу." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Tips*. Select it and " +"create a *Tip Product* such as *Tips* in this case." +msgstr "" +"У розділі Рахунки та квитанції ви знайдете *Чайові*. Виберіть їх та створіть" +" *товар Чайові*, наприклад, *Чайові* у цьому випадку." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:21 +msgid "Add Tips to the bill" +msgstr "Додайте чайові до рахунку" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:23 +msgid "Once on the payment interface, you now have a new *Tip* button" +msgstr "Після цього в інтерфейсі платежу з'явиться нова кнопка *Чайові*" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:28 +msgid "Add the tip your customer wants to leave and process to the payment." +msgstr "Додайте чайові, які ваш клієнт хоче залишити та обробіть у платежу." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop.rst:3 +msgid "Shop Features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:3 +msgid "Using barcodes in PoS" +msgstr "Використання штрих-кодів у точці продажу" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Using a barcode scanner to process point of sale orders improves your " +"efficiency and helps you to save time for you and your customers." +msgstr "" +"Використання сканера штрих-кодів для обробки замовлень на продаж покращує " +"вашу ефективність та допомагає вам заощадити час для вас та ваших клієнтів." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To use a barcode scanner, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" +"Щоб скористатись сканером штрих-кодів, перейдіть до :menuselection:`Точки " +"продажу --> Налаштування --> Точка продажу` та виберіть ваш інтерфейс точки " +"продажу." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Under the IoT Box / Hardware category, you will find *Barcode Scanner* " +"select it." +msgstr "Під категорією IoT Box / Обладнання ви знайдете *Сканер штрих-кодів*." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:21 +msgid "Add barcodes to product" +msgstr "Додайте штрих-коди до товару" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Products` and select a " +"product." +msgstr "" +"Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Точки продажу --> Каталог --> Товари` та " +"виберіть товар." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Under the general information tab, you can find a barcode field where you " +"can input any barcode." +msgstr "" +"На вкладці загальної інформації ви можете знайти поле штрих-коду, де ви " +"можете ввести будь-який штрих-код." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:33 +msgid "Scanning products" +msgstr "Сканування товарів" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:35 +msgid "" +"From your PoS interface, scan any barcode with your barcode scanner. The " +"product will be added, you can scan the same product to add it multiple " +"times or change the quantity manually on the screen." +msgstr "" +"З вашого інтерфейсу точки продажу відскануйте будь-який штрих-код з вашим " +"сканером штрих-кодів. Товар буде додано, ви зможете сканувати той самий " +"товар, щоб додати його кілька разів або змінити кількість вручну на екрані." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:3 +msgid "Set-up Cash Control in Point of Sale" +msgstr "Налаштування контролю за готівкою в точці продажу" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Cash control allows you to check the amount of the cashbox at the opening " +"and closing. You can thus make sure no error has been made and that no cash " +"is missing." +msgstr "" +"Готівковий контроль дозволяє перевірити суму каси при відкритті та закритті." +" Таким чином, ви можете переконатися, що ніяких помилок не було зроблено, і " +"що гроші відсутні." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:10 +msgid "Activate Cash Control" +msgstr "Активізуйте контроль готівки" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To activate the *Cash Control* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales" +" --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" +"Щоб активувати функцію *Контроль готівки*, перейдіть до " +":menuselection:`Точки продажу --> Налаштування --> Точка продажу` та " +"виберіть свій інтерфейс точки продажу." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:16 +msgid "Under the payments category, you will find the cash control setting." +msgstr "Під категорією платежів ви знайдете налаштування контролю готівки." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:21 +msgid "" +"In this example, you can see I want to have 275$ in various denomination at " +"the opening and closing." +msgstr "" +"У цьому прикладі ви можете бачити, що ви хочете мати 275 доларів у різній " +"деномінації під час відкриття та закриття." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:24 +msgid "" +"When clicking on **Opening/Closing Values** you will be able to create those" +" values." +msgstr "" +"Під час натискання **Значення Відкриття/Закриття** ви зможете створити ці " +"значення." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:31 +msgid "Start a session" +msgstr "Розпочніть сесію" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:33 +msgid "" +"You now have a new button added when you open a session, *Set opening " +"Balance*" +msgstr "" +"Тепер у вас є нова кнопка, додана при відкритті сесії, *Встановити " +"початковий баланс*" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:42 +msgid "" +"By default it will use the values you added before, but you can always " +"modify it." +msgstr "" +"За замовчуванням він використовуватиме значення, які ви додали раніше, але " +"ви завжди можете змінити його." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:46 +msgid "Close a session" +msgstr "Закрийте сесію" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:48 +msgid "" +"When you want to close your session, you now have a *Set Closing Balance* " +"button as well." +msgstr "" +"Якщо ви хочете закрити сесію, у вас також є кнопка *Встановити баланс " +"закриття*." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:51 +msgid "" +"You can then see the theoretical balance, the real closing balance (what you" +" have just counted) and the difference between the two." +msgstr "" +"Потім ви можете побачити теоретичний баланс, реальний баланс закриття (те, " +"що ви тільки що підрахували) і різницю між ними двома." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:57 +msgid "" +"If you use the *Take Money Out* option to take out your transactions for " +"this session, you now have a zero-sum difference and the same closing " +"balance as your opening balance. You cashbox is ready for the next session." +msgstr "" +"Якщо ви використовуєте параметр *Забрати гроші*, щоб вилучити свої " +"транзакції для цієї сесії, у вас тепер є різниця між нульовою сумою та тим " +"самим балансом закриття, як початковий баланс. Ваша каса готова для " +"наступної сесії." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:3 +msgid "Cash Rounding" +msgstr "Округлення готівки" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Cash rounding** is required when the lowest physical denomination of " +"currency, or the smallest coin, is higher than the minimum unit of account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:9 +msgid "" +"For example, some countries require their companies to round up or down the " +"total amount of an invoice to the nearest five cents, when the payment is " +"made in cash." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Each point of sale in Odoo can be configured to apply cash rounding to the " +"totals of its bills or receipts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings` and " +"enable *Cash Rounding*, then click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, " +"open the point of sale you want to configure, and enable the *Cash Rounding*" +" option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:29 +msgid "" +"To define the **Rounding Method**, open the drop-down list and click on " +"*Create and Edit...*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Define here your *Rounding Precision*, *Profit Account*, and *Loss Account*," +" then save both the Rounding Method and your Point of Sale settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:39 +msgid "" +"All total amounts of this point of sale now add a line to apply the rounding" +" according to your settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Odoo Point of Sale only support the *Add a rounding line* rounding " +"strategies and *Half-up* rounding methods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:3 +msgid "Invoice from the PoS interface" +msgstr "Виставлення рахунку з інтерфейсу точки продажу" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Some of your customers might request an invoice when buying from your Point " +"of Sale, you can easily manage it directly from the PoS interface." +msgstr "" +"Деякі ваші клієнти можуть запитувати рахунок-фактуру при покупці з точки " +"продажу, ви можете легко керувати ним безпосередньо з інтерфейсу точки " +"продажу." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:9 +msgid "Activate invoicing" +msgstr "Активізуйте виставлення рахунків" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and" +" select your Point of Sale:" +msgstr "" +"Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Точка продажу --> Налаштування --> Точка " +"продажу` та виберіть свою точку продажу:" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Under the *Bills & Receipts* you will see the invoicing option, tick it. " +"Don't forget to choose in which journal the invoices should be created." +msgstr "" +"У розділі *Рахунки та квитанції* ви побачите параметр виставлення рахунку, " +"позначте його. Не забудьте вибрати, в якому журналі повинні бути створені " +"рахунки-фактури." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:25 +msgid "Select a customer" +msgstr "Виберіть клієнта" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:27 +msgid "From your session interface, use the customer button" +msgstr "З інтерфейсу сесії використовуйте кнопку клієнта" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:32 +msgid "" +"You can then either select an existing customer and set it as your customer " +"or create a new one by using this button." +msgstr "" +"Потім ви можете вибрати існуючого клієнта та встановити його як свого " +"клієнта або створити новий за допомогою цієї кнопки." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:38 +msgid "" +"You will be invited to fill out the customer form with its information." +msgstr "Вам буде запропоновано заповнити форму клієнта зі своєю інформацією." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:41 +msgid "Invoice your customer" +msgstr "Виставте рахунок вашому клієнту" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:43 +msgid "" +"From the payment screen, you now have an invoice option, use the button to " +"select it and validate." +msgstr "" +"На екрані платежу ви маєте опцію рахунка-фактури, скористайтеся кнопкою, " +"щоби вибрати її та підтвердити." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:49 +msgid "You can then print the invoice and move on to your next order." +msgstr "" +"Потім можна роздрукувати рахунок-фактуру та перейти до наступного " +"замовлення." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:52 +msgid "Retrieve invoices" +msgstr "Отримання рахунків-фактур" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Once out of the PoS interface (:menuselection:`Close --> Confirm` on the top" +" right corner) you will find all your orders in :menuselection:`Point of " +"Sale --> Orders --> Orders` and under the status tab you will see which ones" +" have been invoiced. When clicking on a order you can then access the " +"invoice." +msgstr "" +"Вийшовши з інтерфейсу точки продажу (:menuselection:`Закрити --> " +"Підтвердити` у верхньому правому кутку), ви знайдете всі ваші замовлення в " +"меню :menuselection:`Точка продажу --> Замовлення --> Замовлення` та на " +"вкладці статусу ви побачите, на які виставлено рахунки. Після натискання " +"замовлення ви зможете отримати доступ до рахунку-фактури." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:3 +msgid "Log in with employee" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With Odoo *Point of Sale*, you can manage multiple cashiers. This feature " +"allows you to keep track of who is working, when and how much each cashier " +"made for that session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:9 +msgid "" +"There are three ways to switch cashiers in Odoo: by *selecting the cashier*," +" by *entering a PIN code* or by *scanning a barcode*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To manage multiple cashiers, you need several employees (at least two)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:16 +msgid "Set up log in with employees" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To enable the feature, go to your *PoS settings* and check log in with " +"employees on your *PoS form*. Then, add the employees that have access to " +"the cash register." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:25 +msgid "Now, you can switch cashier easily." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:28 +msgid "Switch without pin codes" +msgstr "Перемикач без PIN-кодів" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The easiest way to switch cashiers is without a code. To do so, click on the" +" cashier name in your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:36 +msgid "Now, you just have to click on your name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:42 +msgid "Switch cashier with pin codes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:44 +msgid "" +"You can set a pin code on each cashier. To set up a pin code, go to the " +"employee form and add a security PIN, in the *HR settings tab*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:50 +msgid "Now, when switching cashier, a PIN password will be asked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:56 +msgid "Switch cashier with barcodes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:58 +msgid "" +"You can ask your employees to log themselves with their badges. To do so, " +"set up a barcode at the same place you add the PIN code. Print the badge and" +" when they will scan it, the cashier will be switched to that employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:67 +msgid "Find who was the cashier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Once you have closed your *PoS session*, you can have an overview of the " +"amount each cashier sold for. To do so, go to the orders menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:75 +msgid "Now, you can open the order and have a summary of the sold products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:3 +msgid "Reprint Receipts" +msgstr "Повторний друк чеків" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Use the *Reprint receipt* feature if you have the need to reprint a ticket." +msgstr "" +"Використовуйте функцію підтвердження *повторний друку*, якщо вам потрібно " +"повторно друкувати чек." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To activate *Reprint Receipt*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of sale`. and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Reprint Receipt* option." +msgstr "У розділі Рахунки та чеки ви знайдете функцію *Повторний друк чеку*." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:17 +msgid "" +"In order to allow the option reprint receipt, you need to activate the " +"receipt printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:23 +msgid "Reprint a receipt" +msgstr "Повторно надрукуйте чек" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:25 +msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Reprint receipt* button." +msgstr "" +"У вашому інтерфейсі точки продажу тепер є кнопка підтвердження *повторного " +"друку*." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:30 +msgid "When you use it, you can then reprint your last receipt." +msgstr "" +"Коли ви використовуєте його, ви можете повторно друкувати останній чек." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced.rst:3 msgid "Advanced Topics" msgstr "Розширені теми" -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:3 msgid "How to give portal access rights to my customers?" msgstr "Як надати права доступу до порталу для ваших клієнтів?" -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:6 msgid "What is Portal access/Who is a portal user?" msgstr "Що таке портал та хто є його користувачем?" -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:8 msgid "" "A portal access is given to a user who has the necessity to have access to " "Odoo instance, to view certain documents or information in the system." @@ -47,13 +3189,13 @@ msgstr "" "Доступ до порталу надається користувачеві, який має необхідність мати доступ" " до версії Odoo для перегляду деяких документів або інформації в системі." -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:12 msgid "For Example, a long term client who needs to view online quotations." msgstr "" "Наприклад, довгостроковий клієнт, який хоче переглянути комерційну " "пропозицію онлайн." -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:14 msgid "" "A portal user has only read/view access. He or she will not be able to edit " "any document in the system." @@ -61,15 +3203,15 @@ msgstr "" "Користувач порталу має лише доступ читання/перегляду. Він не зможе " "редагувати будь-який документ у системі." -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:18 msgid "How to give portal access to customers?" msgstr "Як надати клієнтам доступ до порталу?" -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:21 msgid "From Contacts Module" msgstr "З модуля контактів" -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:23 msgid "" "From the main menu, select **Contacts** menu. If the contact is not yet " "created in the system, click on the create button to create new contact. " @@ -79,7 +3221,7 @@ msgstr "" "системі, натисніть кнопку створення. Введіть подробиці контакту та натисніть" " \"зберегти\"." -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:33 msgid "" "Choose a contact, click on the **Action** menu in the top-center of the " "interface and from the drop down." @@ -87,12 +3229,12 @@ msgstr "" "Виберіть контакт, натисніть меню **Дія** у верхній частині інтерфейсу та з " "випадаючого меню." -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:36 msgid "Select **Portal Access Management**. A pop up window appears." msgstr "" "Виберіть **Управління доступом до порталу**. З'явиться спливаюче вікно." -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:41 msgid "" "Enter the login **email ID**, check the box under **In Portal** and add the " "content to be included in the email in the text field box below. Click on " @@ -103,7 +3245,7 @@ msgstr "" "електронного листа, у вікні текстового поля нижче. Натисніть кнопку " "**Застосувати**, коли ви закінчите." -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:47 msgid "" "An email will be sent to the specified email address, indicating that the " "contact is now a portal user of the respective instance." @@ -112,253 +3254,253 @@ msgstr "" "вказує на те, що цей контакт зараз є користувачем порталу відповідного " "примірника Odoo." -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector.rst:3 msgid "Amazon Connector" msgstr "Конектор Amazon" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:3 msgid "Amazon Connector Features" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:5 msgid "" "The **Amazon Connector** synchronizes the orders between Amazon and your " "Odoo database, which reduces considerably the amount of time spent on your " "Amazon Seller Central dashboard, making your daily routine a lot easier." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:10 msgid "Supported Features" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:12 msgid "The connector is able to:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:14 msgid "" "Synchronize (Amazon to Odoo) all confirmed orders (both FBA and FBM) and " "their order items which include:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:17 msgid "the product’s name, description and quantity" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:18 msgid "the shipping costs for the product" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:19 msgid "the gift wrapping charges" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:21 msgid "" "Create on Odoo any missing partner related to an order (contact types " "supported: contact and delivery)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:23 msgid "" "Notify Amazon of a shipping confirmed on Odoo (FBM) in order to get paid." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:25 msgid "Support multiple seller accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:26 msgid "Support multiple marketplaces per seller account." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:29 msgid "Fulfilled By Amazon (FBA)" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:29 msgid "Fulfilled By Merchant (FBM)" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:31 msgid "**Orders**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:31 msgid "Synchronize shipped and canceled orders" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:31 msgid "Synchronize unshipped and canceled orders" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 msgid "**Shipping**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 msgid "Charges" msgstr "Сплати" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:35 msgid "Delivery created" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 msgid "**Gift Wrapping**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:43 msgid "Handled by Amazon" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 msgid "Gift wrapping charges" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:38 msgid "Gift message" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 msgid "**Stock Management**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 msgid "One stock move created per sales order item" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 msgid "Handled by the delivery" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:43 msgid "**Confirmation**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:43 msgid "Notify Amazon when confirming delivery" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:48 msgid "" "The connector is designed to synchronize orders' data as detailed above. " "Other actions, such as downloading monthly fees reports, handling disputes, " "or issuing refunds must be managed from Amazon Seller Central, as usual." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:55 msgid "Supported Marketplaces" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:57 msgid "" "The Amazon Connector currently supports 9 marketplaces. If a marketplace is " "not listed below, it may be possible for you to :ref:`add it as an " "unsupported marketplace <amazon/add-unsupported-marketplace>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:62 msgid "**North America region**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:64 msgid "Canada" msgstr "Канада" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:64 msgid "Amazon.ca" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:66 msgid "Mexico" msgstr "Мексика" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:66 msgid "Amazon.com.mx" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:68 msgid "US" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:68 msgid "Amazon.com" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:72 msgid "**Europe region**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:74 msgid "Germany" msgstr "Німеччина" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:74 msgid "Amazon.de" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:76 msgid "Spain" msgstr "Іспанія" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:76 msgid "Amazon.es" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:78 msgid "France" msgstr "Франція" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:78 msgid "Amazon.fr" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:80 msgid "UK" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:80 msgid "Amazon.co.uk" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:82 msgid "Italy" msgstr "Італія" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:82 msgid "Amazon.it" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:84 msgid "Netherlands" msgstr "Нідерланди" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:84 msgid "Amazon.nl" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:88 -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:98 msgid ":doc:`setup`" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:89 -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:162 msgid ":doc:`manage`" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:3 msgid "Manage Amazon orders in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:6 msgid "Synchronization of orders" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:8 msgid "" "Orders are automatically fetched from Amazon and synchronized in Odoo at " "regular intervals. The synchronization is based on the Amazon status: only " @@ -370,35 +3512,35 @@ msgid "" " are not yet registered." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:15 msgid "" "When an order is canceled in Amazon and was already synchronized in Odoo, " "the corresponding sales order is automatically canceled in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:19 msgid "" "To force the synchronization of an order whose status has not changed since " "the last synchronization, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " -"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, navigate to your Amazon account " -"and modify the date under :menuselection:`Orders Follow-up --> Last Order " +"</applications/general/developer_mode>`, navigate to your Amazon account and" +" modify the date under :menuselection:`Orders Follow-up --> Last Order " "Sync`. Pick a date anterior to the last status change of the order that you " "wish to synchronize and save." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:26 msgid "" "To synchronize immediately the orders of your Amazon account switch to " -":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, head to your " +":doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>`, head to your " "Amazon account and click on **SYNC ORDERS**. The same can be done with " "pickings by clicking on **SYNC PICKINGS**." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:31 msgid "Manage deliveries in FBM" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:33 msgid "" "When a **FBM** (Fulfilled by Merchant) order is synchronized in Odoo, a " "picking is created along with the sales order and the customer. You can " @@ -406,18 +3548,18 @@ msgid "" "products partially by using backorders." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:37 msgid "" "When a picking related to the order is confirmed, a notification is sent to " "Amazon who will, in turn, notify the customer that the order (or a part of " "it) is on its way." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:41 msgid "Follow deliveries in FBA" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:43 msgid "" "When a **FBA** (Fulfilled by Amazon) order is synchronized in Odoo, a stock " "move is recorded for each sales order item so that it is saved in your " @@ -428,14 +3570,14 @@ msgid "" "under the FBA program." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:50 msgid "" "To follow your Amazon (FBA) stock in Odoo, you can make an inventory " "adjustment after replenishing it. You can also trigger an automated " "replenishment from reordering rules on the Amazon location." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:55 msgid "" "The Amazon location is configurable by Amazon account managed in Odoo. All " "accounts of the same company use the same location by default. It is however" @@ -447,24 +3589,24 @@ msgid "" " your account." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:63 msgid "Issue invoices and register payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:65 msgid "" "You can issue invoices for Amazon orders in Odoo. Click **Create Invoice** " "in the sales order to do so. You can also do it in batch from the list view " "of orders. Then, confirm and send the invoices to your customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:70 msgid "" "To display only Amazon-related orders on the list view, you can filter " "orders based on the sales team." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:73 msgid "" "As the customer has paid Amazon as an intermediary, you should register " "invoice payments in a payment journal dedicated to Amazon (e.g. Amazon " @@ -475,11 +3617,11 @@ msgid "" "account by the amount received." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:80 msgid "Follow your Amazon sales in sales reporting" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:82 msgid "" "As a sales team is set on your account under the tab **Order Follow-up**, " "this helps you give quick glances at the figures in just a few clicks in " @@ -487,13 +3629,13 @@ msgid "" " of your company's accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:86 msgid "" "If you wish, you can change the sales team on your account for another to " "perform a separate reporting for the sales of this account." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:90 msgid "" "It is also possible to perform reporting on a per-marketplace basis in a " "similar fashion. First, remove the marketplace you wish to track separately " @@ -503,20 +3645,20 @@ msgid "" "two registrations of your account." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:97 -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:161 msgid ":doc:`features`" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:3 msgid "Configure Amazon Connector in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:6 msgid "Generate an Authorization Token in Seller Central" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:10 msgid "" "The Amazon Connector uses an Authorization Token that allows Odoo to fetch " "data from your Amazon Seller Central account. This token can be obtained " @@ -524,7 +3666,7 @@ msgid "" "your Odoo database configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:14 msgid "" "Connect to your Seller Central account for the marketplace you initially " "signed up (e.g. if you created your account on Amazon Germany, go to `Amazon" @@ -532,53 +3674,53 @@ msgid "" "administrator account." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:19 msgid "" "You might need to use the *main* (or first) administrator account and not " "one added subsequently." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:22 msgid "" "In the main menu, select :menuselection:`Apps & Services --> Manage Your " "Apps`; in the page that displays, click on the ``Authorize new developper`` " "button:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:28 msgid "Fill in the form depending on your Marketplace:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:33 msgid "" "If your seller account is registered in the **North America** region, use " "these values:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:35 -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:40 msgid "Developer's Name: ``Odoo S.A.``" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:36 msgid "Developer ID: ``586127723692``" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:38 msgid "For the **Europe** region, use these values:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:41 msgid "Developer ID: ``579095187166``" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:43 msgid "" "Amazon will then inform you that by submitting the form, you are giving " "access to your Seller Central Information to Odoo S.A." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:47 msgid "" "Odoo S.A. is unable to access your Amazon account's information without the " "Authorization Token which is stored in your Odoo database - we do not store " @@ -586,18 +3728,18 @@ msgid "" "your account's information outside of the Amazon Connector normal flows." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:53 msgid "Register your Amazon account in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:57 msgid "" "To register your seller account in Odoo, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales " "--> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Amazon " "Accounts` and click on **CREATE**." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:60 msgid "" "The **Seller ID** can be found in Seller Central under the link **Your " "Merchant Token** on the **Seller Account Information** page. The " @@ -605,14 +3747,14 @@ msgid "" "<amazon/generate_auth_token>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:64 msgid "" "Upon saving, your credentials are checked. In case of issues, an error will " "be displayed - the information cannot be saved until your credentials are " "recognized by Amazon." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:67 msgid "" "Once the account is registered, the marketplaces available to this account " "are synchronized and listed under the **Marketplaces** tab. If you wish, you" @@ -620,11 +3762,11 @@ msgid "" " their synchronization." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:72 msgid "Match database products in Amazon" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:74 msgid "" "When an Amazon order is synchronized, up to three sales order items are " "created in Odoo for each product sold on Amazon: one for the marketplace " @@ -632,7 +3774,7 @@ msgid "" " charges (if any)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:80 msgid "" "The selection of a database product for a sales order item is done by " "matching its **internal reference** with the **SKU** for marketplace items, " @@ -640,7 +3782,7 @@ msgid "" "for gift wrapping charges." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:84 msgid "" "For marketplace products, pairings are saved as **Amazon Offers** which are " "listed under the **Offers** stat button on the account form. Offers are " @@ -649,7 +3791,7 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`the internal reference is used instead <amazon/matching>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:90 msgid "" "It is possible to force the pairing of a marketplace item with a specific " "product by changing either the product or the SKU of an offer. The offer can" @@ -658,7 +3800,7 @@ msgid "" " under different conditions." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:95 msgid "" "If no database product with a matching internal reference is found for a " "given SKU or gift wrapping code, a default database product **Amazon Sale** " @@ -666,19 +3808,19 @@ msgid "" "the shipping code." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:100 msgid "" "To modify the default products, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " -"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>` and navigate to " +"</applications/general/developer_mode>` and navigate to " ":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> " "Amazon Sync --> Default Products`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:106 msgid "Configure taxes of products" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:108 msgid "" "To allow for tax reporting of Amazon sales with Odoo, the taxes applied to " "the sales order items are those set on the product or determined by the " @@ -687,7 +3829,7 @@ msgid "" " subtotals between Seller Central and Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:114 msgid "" "As Amazon does not necessarily apply the same taxes as those configured in " "Odoo, it may happen that order totals differ by a few cents from that on " @@ -695,11 +3837,11 @@ msgid "" "reconciling the payments in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:121 msgid "Add an unsupported marketplace" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:123 msgid "" "Some Amazon Marketplaces, such as Amazon Brazil, are not officially " "supported by Odoo but might be compatible with your seller account. These " @@ -708,7 +3850,7 @@ msgid "" "natively supported marketplaces." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:129 msgid "" "To find out if a marketplace is eventually compatible, check the `Amazon " "Documentation " @@ -717,19 +3859,19 @@ msgid "" "account." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:133 msgid "" "To add a new marketplace, you must first enable :doc:`Developer mode " -"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." +"</applications/general/developer_mode>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:136 msgid "" "Once that is done, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " "Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Amazon Marketplaces`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:139 msgid "" "From there, you can create a new marketplace record. You will need the " "Marketplace ID and Endpoint for your marketplace as described in the `Amazon" @@ -737,7 +3879,7 @@ msgid "" "<https://docs.developer.amazonservices.com/en_US/dev_guide/DG_Endpoints.html>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:143 msgid "" "Set the name of the record to ``Amazon.<domain>`` to easily retrieve it (for" " instance: ``Amazon.se``). The **Code**, **Domain** and **API Identifier** " @@ -745,7 +3887,7 @@ msgid "" "and *MarketplaceId* values from the Amazon Documentation." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:147 msgid "" "Once the marketplace is saved, you should then update the Amazon Account " "configuration by going to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " @@ -758,26 +3900,26 @@ msgid "" " it is either incompatible or unavailable for your seller account." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:156 msgid "" "As manually added marketplaces are not officially supported by Odoo, there " "is no guarantee that adding one as described above will work, nor can this " "be considered as a bug when contacting Odoo Support." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector.rst:3 msgid "eBay Connector" msgstr "конектор eBay " -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:3 msgid "How to list a product?" msgstr "Як впорядкувати товари?" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:6 msgid "Listing without variation" msgstr "Список без змін" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:8 msgid "" "In order to list a product, you need to check the **use eBay** field on a " "product form. The eBay tab will be available." @@ -785,7 +3927,7 @@ msgstr "" "Для того, щоби вказати товар, потрібно перевірити поле **використання eBay**" " на формі товару. Вкладка eBay буде доступна." -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:14 msgid "" "When the **Use Stock Quantity** field is checked, the quantity sets on eBay " "will be the Odoo **Forecast Quantity**." @@ -793,7 +3935,7 @@ msgstr "" "Коли позначено поле **Використовувати залишки товарів на складі**, " "кількість, встановлена в eBay, буде **Прогноз Кількості** Odoo." -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:17 msgid "" "The **Description Template** allows you to use templates for your listings. " "The default template only use the **eBay Description** field of the product." @@ -804,7 +3946,7 @@ msgstr "" "Шаблон за замовчуванням використовує лише поле **опису eBay** у товарі. Ви " "можете використовувати HTML у **шаблоні опису** та в **описі eBay**." -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:21 msgid "" "To use pictures in your listing, you need to add them as **Attachments** on " "the product template." @@ -812,11 +3954,11 @@ msgstr "" "Щоб використовувати фотографії у вашому списку, потрібно додати їх як " "**Прикріплення** у шаблон товару." -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:24 msgid "Listing with variations" msgstr "Список з варіаціями" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:26 msgid "" "When the **use eBay** on a product with variations is checked and with " "**Fixed Price** as **Listing Type**, the eBay form is sligthly different. In" @@ -828,11 +3970,11 @@ msgstr "" "варіантів ви можете вибрати, який варіант буде вказаний в eBay, а також " "встановити ціну та кількість для кожного варіанту." -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:35 msgid "Listing with item specifics" msgstr "Список з елементами специфікації" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:37 msgid "" "In order to add item specifics, you should create a product attribute with " "one value in the **Variants** tab on the product form." @@ -840,11 +3982,11 @@ msgstr "" "Щоб додати специфікацію до елементу, потрібно створити атрибут товару з " "одним значенням на вкладці **Варіанти** форми товару." -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:44 msgid "Product Identifiers" msgstr "Ідентифікатори товару" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:46 msgid "" "Products identifiers such as EAN, UPC, Brand or MPN are required in most of " "the eBay category. The module manages the EAN and UPC identifiers with the " @@ -864,15 +4006,15 @@ msgstr "" "**Варіанти** у формі товару. Якщо значення цих значень не встановлені, 'Не " "застосовується' буде використано для списку eBay." -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:3 msgid "How to configure eBay in Odoo?" msgstr "Як налаштувати eBay в Odoo?" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:6 msgid "Create eBay tokens" msgstr "Створіть токени eBay" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:8 msgid "" "In order to create your tokens, you need to create a developer account on " "the `developer portal <https://go.developer.ebay.com/>`_. Once you are " @@ -884,7 +4026,7 @@ msgstr "" "систему ви можете створити **Тестовий режим** та **Робочий режим** " "натиснувши відповідні кнопки." -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:16 msgid "" "After the creation of the keys, you can get the user token. To do so, click " "on the **Get a User Token** link in the bottom of the page. Go through the " @@ -896,11 +4038,11 @@ msgstr "" "сторінки. Перейдіть за формою, увійдіть у свій обліковий запис eBay, і ви " "отримаєте ключі та токен, необхідні для налаштування модуля в Odoo." -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:22 msgid "Set up tokens in Odoo?" msgstr "Встановлення токенів у Odoo?" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:24 msgid "" "To set up the eBay integration, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " "Configuration --> Settings`." @@ -908,7 +4050,7 @@ msgstr "" "Щоб налаштувати інтеграцію eBay, перейдіть до :menuselection:`Продажі --> " "Налаштування --> Налаштування`." -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:29 msgid "" "First choose if you want to use the production or the sandbox eBay Site. " "Then fill in the fields **Developer Key**, **Token**, **App Key**, **Cert " @@ -918,7 +4060,7 @@ msgstr "" "заповніть поля **Ключ розробника**, **Токен**, **Ключ додатка** та **Ключ " "сертифіката**. Застосуйте зміни." -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:33 msgid "" "Once the page is reloaded, you need to synchronize information from eBay. " "Push on **Sync countries and currencies**, then you can fill in all the " @@ -928,7 +4070,7 @@ msgstr "" "Натисніть на **Синхронізувати країни та валюти**, тоді ви можете заповнити " "всі інші поля." -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:36 msgid "" "When all the fields are filled in, you can synchronize the categories and " "the policies by clicking on the adequate buttons." @@ -936,71 +4078,71 @@ msgstr "" "Коли всі поля заповнені, ви можете синхронізувати категорії та політики, " "натиснувши відповідні кнопки." -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:40 msgid "Using the updated synchronisation method" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:42 msgid "" "If you have a lot of products, the eBay API can sometimes refuse some " "synchronization calls due to a time-based limit on the number of requests " "that eBay enforces." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:45 msgid "" "To fix this issue, a new implementation mechanism has been developped; " "however this updated mechanism is disabled by default to avoid having the 2 " "systems running in parallel in existing installations." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:49 msgid "To switch to the new synchronization mechanism:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:51 msgid "" -"Enable the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." +"Enable the :doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:52 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Scheduled Actions`" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:53 msgid "" "Archive the old synchronization actions (both are named *Ebay: update " "product status*)" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:54 msgid "" "Activate the new synchronization actions (*Ebay: get new orders* which runs " "every 15min by default and *Ebay: synchronise stock (for 'get new orders' " "synchronisation)* which runs once a day per default)" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:55 msgid "" "Ensure that the **Next Execution Date** for both these actions are in the " "near future" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:57 msgid "" "Starting with the next execution date, the new method will be used instead " "of the old one." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing.rst:3 msgid "Invoicing Method" msgstr "Метод виставлення рахунку" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:3 msgid "Request a down payment" msgstr "Запит на передоплату" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:5 msgid "" "A down payment is a partial payment made by the buyer when a sales contract " "is concluded. This implies both parties' full commitment (seller and buyer) " @@ -1009,17 +4151,17 @@ msgid "" "obliged to provide the goods by accepting it." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:10 msgid "" "Sometimes a down payment is required for expensive orders or projects. That " "way, you can protect yourself and make sure that your customer is reliable." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:14 msgid "First time you request a down payment" msgstr "Перший раз ви запитуєте передоплату" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:16 msgid "" "When a sales order is confirmed, you then have the possibility to create an " "invoice. Invoices are automatically created in drafts so that you can review" @@ -1027,19 +4169,19 @@ msgid "" "options:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:20 msgid "Regular invoice" msgstr "Регулярне виставлення рахунків" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:21 msgid "Down payment (percentage)" msgstr "Попередня оплата (відсоток)" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:22 msgid "Down payment (fixed amount)" msgstr "Попередня оплата (фіксована сума)" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:24 msgid "" "In terms of down payment, it can either be a fixed amount or a percentage of" " the total amount. The first time you request a down payment, you can set a " @@ -1047,7 +4189,7 @@ msgid "" "account and taxes. These settings will be reused for future down payments." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:34 msgid "" "When you request your first down payment, a new product called **Down " "payment** will be created. This product will be registered as a **service** " @@ -1057,11 +4199,11 @@ msgid "" " to create an invoice**." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:41 msgid "Basic sales flow using down payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:43 msgid "" "For this first example, we will use a 50% amount down payment with a product" " using **ordered quantities** as invoicing policy. Make sure to check out " @@ -1071,7 +4213,7 @@ msgid "" "down payment (as you can see below)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:53 msgid "" "There, you can post the invoice and register the payment of your customer. " "But, we all know that in real life this flow does not happen immediately. " @@ -1082,7 +4224,7 @@ msgid "" " and draft invoice)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:63 msgid "" "To complete the flow, when the customer wants to pay the rest of his sales " "order, you must create another invoice. Once again, you will have the choice" @@ -1090,13 +4232,13 @@ msgid "" "paying the rest of the invoice as a regular invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:71 msgid "" "This flow is also possible with a down payment taking into account a fixed " "amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:74 msgid "" "Be careful that if you do a down payment with a product using **delivered " "quantities** as invoicing policy, you won’t be able to deduct all the down " @@ -1108,15 +4250,15 @@ msgid "" "delivered quantity manually on the sales order." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:82 msgid "Modify the income account and customer taxes" msgstr "Змініть рахунок доходу та податки клієнта" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:84 msgid "From the products list, search for the **Down Payment** product." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:90 msgid "" "You can edit it and under the **General Information Tab** you will be able " "to change the customer taxes. Now, to change the income account, you will " @@ -1124,15 +4266,15 @@ msgid "" "**Accounting Tab** on the product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:99 msgid ":doc:`invoicing_policy`" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:3 msgid "Re-invoice expenses to customers" msgstr "Включення витрат у рахунки клієнтів" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:5 msgid "" "It often happens that your employees have to spend their personal money " "while working on a project for your client. Let's take the example of an " @@ -1144,13 +4286,13 @@ msgstr "" "консультанта, який оплачує готель для роботи з вашим клієнтом. Будучи " "компанією, ви хотіли б мати таку суму у рахунку для свого клієнта." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:12 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:64 msgid "Expenses configuration" msgstr "Налаштування витрат" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:14 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:66 msgid "" "To track & invoice expenses, you will need the expenses app. Go to " ":menuselection:`Apps --> Expenses` to install it." @@ -1159,7 +4301,7 @@ msgstr "" " модуль витрат. Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Додатків --> Витрати`, щоби " "встановити його." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:17 msgid "" "You should also activate the analytic accounts feature to link expenses to " "the sales order, to do so, go to :menuselection:`Invoicing --> Configuration" @@ -1170,13 +4312,13 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Виставлення рахунків --> Налаштування --> Налаштування` та " "активуйте *Аналітичний бухоблік*." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:22 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:74 msgid "Add expenses to your sales order" msgstr "Додайте витрати до замовлення на продаж" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:24 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:76 msgid "" "From the expense app, you or your consultant can create a new one, e.g. the " "hotel for the first week on the site of your customer." @@ -1184,8 +4326,8 @@ msgstr "" "З додатка витрат ви або ваш консультант можете створити нові витрати, " "наприклад, готель на перший тиждень роботи з вашим клієнтом." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:27 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:79 msgid "" "You can then enter a relevant description and select an existing product or " "create a new one from right there." @@ -1193,12 +4335,12 @@ msgstr "" "Потім ви можете ввести відповідний опис і вибрати існуючий товар або " "створити новий прямо там." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:33 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:85 msgid "Here, we are creating a *Hotel* product:" msgstr "Тут ми створюємо товар *Готель*:" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:38 msgid "" "Under the invoicing tab, select *Delivered quantities* and either *At cost* " "or *Sales price* as well depending if you want to invoice the cost of your " @@ -1208,8 +4350,8 @@ msgstr "" "вартістю* або *Ціна продажу*, якщо ви хочете нарахувати вартість своїх " "витрат або раніше узгоджену ціну продажу." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:45 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:97 msgid "" "To modify or create more products go to :menuselection:`Expenses --> " "Configuration --> Expense products`." @@ -1217,43 +4359,43 @@ msgstr "" "Щоби змінити або створити більше товарів, перейдіть на сторінку " ":menuselection:`Витрати --> Налаштування --> Витратні товари`." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:48 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:100 msgid "" "Back on the expense, add the original sale order in the expense to submit." msgstr "" "Поверніться на витрати, додайте оригінальне замовлення на продаж у витратах " "для відправлення." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:54 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:106 msgid "It can then be submitted to the manager, approved and finally posted." msgstr "" "Потім він може бути переданий менеджеру, його можна затвердити та остаточно " "розмістити." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:65 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:117 msgid "It will then be in the sales order and ready to be invoiced." msgstr "Він буде у замовленні на продаж і готовий до виставлення рахунку." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:3 msgid "Invoice based on delivered or ordered quantities" msgstr "Виставлення рахунку на основі замовленої або доставленої кількості" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:5 msgid "" "Different business policies might require different options for invoicing:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:7 msgid "" "The **Invoice what is ordered** rule is used as **default mode** in Odoo " "Sales, which means that customers will be invoiced once the sales order is " "confirmed." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:10 msgid "" "The **Invoice what is delivered** rule will invoice customers once the " "delivery is done. This rule concerns businesses that sell materials, liquids" @@ -1262,58 +4404,58 @@ msgid "" " delivered." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:15 msgid "" "Being able to have different invoicing options allow you more flexibility. " "Indeed, you need to know exactly how to invoice your customers for different" " situations." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:19 msgid "Activate these features" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:21 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and under " "**Invoicing policy** choose the rule you want to apply." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:30 msgid "" "If you decide to choose the **Invoice what is delivered** rule, you will not" " be able to activate the feature called **Automatic invoice**, which " "automatically generates invoices when the online payment is confirmed." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:35 msgid "Choose an invoicing policy on a product form" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:37 msgid "" "From any product page, under the **Sales tab**, you will find the invoicing " "policy, which can be manually changed." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:46 msgid "Impact on sales flow" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:48 msgid "" "On Odoo Sales, the basic sales flow will be to create a quotation, send it " "to your customer, wait for confirmation, confirm the sales order and create " "an invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:51 msgid "" "**Invoice what is ordered**: No impact on this basic sales flow. Indeed, you" " can invoice as soon as the sale is confirmed." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:54 msgid "" "**Invoice what is delivered**: Small impact on sales flow because you will " "have to manually enter the delivered quantity on the sales order or to " @@ -1323,36 +4465,36 @@ msgid "" "error message as below." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:65 msgid "" "Once the quotation is confirmed and that the status went from **Quotation " "sent** to **Sales order**, you are able to see your delivered and invoiced " "quantities directly from your sales order (it is true for both rules)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:74 msgid "" "Odoo will automatically add the quantities to the invoice (even if it is a " "partial delivery)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:76 msgid "" "Finally, to create an invoice, you will have different possibilities: " "regular invoice or down payment (percentage or fixed amount)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:80 msgid "" "Be sure to check out our documentation about down payment here: " ":doc:`down_payment`, to master this incredible feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:3 msgid "Invoice project milestones" msgstr "Виставлення рахунків за етапами проекту" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:5 msgid "" "Milestone invoicing can be used for expensive or large-scale projects, with " "each milestone representing a clear sequence of work that will incrementally" @@ -1369,11 +4511,11 @@ msgstr "" "клієнта, який може контролювати досягнення проекту та сплачувати його в " "декілька разів." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:13 msgid "Create milestone products" msgstr "Створіть поетапні товари" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:15 msgid "" "In Odoo, each milestone of your project is considered as a product. To " "configure products to work this way, go to any product form." @@ -1381,7 +4523,7 @@ msgstr "" "В Odoo кожен етап вашого проекту розглядається як товар. Щоби налаштувати " "товари таким чином, перейдіть до будь-якої форми товару." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:18 msgid "" "You have to set the product type as *Service* under general information and " "select *Milestones* in the sales tab." @@ -1389,11 +4531,11 @@ msgstr "" "Ви повинні встановити тип товару як *Послуга* за загальною інформацією та " "вибрати *Основні етапи* на вкладці продажу." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:25 msgid "Invoice milestones" msgstr "Виставлення рахунку-фактури за етапами" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:27 msgid "" "From the sales order, you can manually edit the quantity delivered as you " "complete a milestone." @@ -1401,15 +4543,16 @@ msgstr "" "Із замовлення на продаж ви можете вручну змінити доставлену кількість після " "завершення етапу." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:33 msgid "You can then invoice that first milestone." msgstr "Ви можете потім виставити рахунок за перший етап." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:3 ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:22 msgid "Send a pro-forma invoice" msgstr "Надсилання проформи рахунку" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:5 msgid "" "A pro-forma invoice is an abridged or estimated invoice in advance of a " "delivery of goods. It notes the kind and quantity of goods, their value, and" @@ -1426,12 +4569,12 @@ msgstr "" "відрізняються від звичайного рахунка-фактури, оскільки не є вимогою або " "запитом на оплату." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:13 -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:10 msgid "Activate the feature" msgstr "Активуйте цю функцію" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:15 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the" " *Pro-Forma Invoice* feature." @@ -1439,7 +4582,7 @@ msgstr "" "Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Продажі --> Налаштування --> Налаштування` та " "активуйте функцію *Проформа рахунка-фактури*." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:24 msgid "" "From any quotation or sales order, you know have an option to send a pro-" "forma invoice." @@ -1447,7 +4590,7 @@ msgstr "" "З будь-якої комерційної пропозиції або замовлення на продаж ви маєте " "можливість надіслати проформу рахунка-фактури." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:30 msgid "" "When you click on send, Odoo will send an email with the pro-forma invoice " "in attachment." @@ -1455,11 +4598,11 @@ msgstr "" "Коли ви натиснете на Відправити, Odoo надішле електронний лист із проформою " "рахунка-фактури у вкладенні." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:3 msgid "Sell subscriptions" msgstr "Продаж підписок" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:5 msgid "" "Selling subscription products will give you predictable revenue, making " "planning ahead much easier." @@ -1467,17 +4610,17 @@ msgstr "" "Продаж товарів підписки дасть вам прогнозований дохід, що значно полегшить " "планування." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:9 msgid "Make a subscription from a sales order" msgstr "Зробіть підписку із замовлення на продаж" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:11 msgid "" "From the sales app, create a quotation to the desired customer, and select " "the subscription product your previously created from the Subscriptions App." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:14 msgid "" "When you confirm the sale the subscription will be created automatically. " "You will see a direct link from the sales order to the Subscription in the " @@ -1487,11 +4630,11 @@ msgstr "" "правому куті ви побачите пряме посилання із замовлення на продаж на " "підписку." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:3 msgid "Invoice based on time and materials" msgstr "Виставлення рахунку на основі часу та матеріалів" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:5 msgid "" "Time and Materials is generally used in projects in which it is not possible" " to accurately estimate the size of the project, or when it is expected that" @@ -1501,7 +4644,7 @@ msgstr "" "точно оцінити розмір проекту або коли очікується, що вимоги проекту, швидше " "за все, зміняться." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:9 msgid "" "This is opposed to a fixed-price contract in which the owner agrees to pay " "the contractor a lump sum for the fulfillment of the contract no matter what" @@ -1512,7 +4655,7 @@ msgstr "" "того, що контрактори платять своїм працівникам, субпідрядникам та " "постачальникам." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:14 msgid "" "For this documentation I will use the example of a consultant, you will need" " to invoice their time, their various expenses (transport, lodging, ...) and" @@ -1522,11 +4665,11 @@ msgstr "" "потрібно буде врахувати свій час, різні витрати (транспорт, проживання, ...)" " та купівлі." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:19 msgid "Invoice time configuration" msgstr "Налаштування виставлення рахунка-фактури за часом" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:21 msgid "" "To keep track of progress in the project, you will need the *Project* app. " "Go to :menuselection:`Apps --> Project` to install it." @@ -1534,7 +4677,7 @@ msgstr "" "Щоби відстежувати прогрес у проекті, вам знадобиться модуль *Проект*. " "Перейдіть на :menuselection:`Додатки --> Проект`, щоби встановити його." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:24 msgid "" "In *Project* you will use timesheets, to do so go to :menuselection:`Project" " --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Timesheets* feature." @@ -1543,11 +4686,11 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Проекту --> Налаштування --> Налаштування` та активуйте " "функцію *Табелі*." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:32 msgid "Invoice your time spent" msgstr "Виставлення рахунку за витрачений час" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:34 msgid "" "From a product page set as a service, you will find two options under the " "invoicing tab, select both *Timesheets on tasks* and *Create a task in a new" @@ -1557,11 +4700,11 @@ msgstr "" "вкладці виставлення рахунків, обидва *Табелі на завданнях* та *Створення " "завдання у новому проекті*." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:41 msgid "You could also add the task to an existing project." msgstr "Ви також можете додати завдання до існуючого проекту." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:43 msgid "" "Once confirming a sales order, you will now see two new buttons, one for the" " project overview and one for the current task." @@ -1569,7 +4712,7 @@ msgstr "" "Після підтвердження замовлення на продаж ви побачите дві нові кнопки, один " "для огляду проекту та один для поточного завдання." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:49 msgid "" "You will directly be in the task if you click on it, you can also access it " "from the *Project* app." @@ -1577,7 +4720,7 @@ msgstr "" "Якщо ви натиснете на нього, ви будете безпосередньо перебувати в роботі, ви " "також можете отримати доступ до нього з модуля *Проект*." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:52 msgid "" "Under timesheets, you can assign who works on it. You can or they can add " "how many hours they worked on the project so far." @@ -1585,18 +4728,18 @@ msgstr "" "Під табелями ви можете призначити того, хто працює на проекті. Ви можете або" " вони можуть додати, скільки годин вони відпрацювали над проектом." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:58 msgid "From the sales order, you can then invoice those hours." msgstr "Із замовлення на продаж можна зарахувати ці години." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:69 msgid "" "You should also activate the analytic accounts feature to link expenses to " "the sales order, to do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Settings` and activate *Analytic Accounting*." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:90 msgid "" "under the invoicing tab, select *Delivered quantities* and either *At cost* " "or *Sales price* as well depending if you want to invoice the cost of your " @@ -1606,11 +4749,11 @@ msgstr "" "вартістю* або *Ціна продажу*, якщо ви хочете нарахувати вартість своїх " "витрат або раніше узгоджену ціну продажу." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:120 msgid "Invoice purchases" msgstr "Виставлення рахунків-фактур на купівлю" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:122 msgid "" "The last thing you might need to add to the sale order is purchases made for" " it." @@ -1618,7 +4761,7 @@ msgstr "" "Останнє, що потрібно додати до замовлення на продаж - це купівлі, зроблені " "для замовлення." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:125 msgid "" "You will need the *Purchase Analytics* feature, to activate it, go to " ":menuselection:`Invoicing --> Configuration --> Settings` and select " @@ -1628,7 +4771,7 @@ msgstr "" "перейдіть до розділу :menuselection:`Виставлення рахунків --> Налаштування " "--> Налаштування` та виберіть *Аналітика купівель*." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:129 msgid "" "While making the purchase order don't forget to add the right analytic " "account." @@ -1636,7 +4779,7 @@ msgstr "" "При оформленні замовлення на купівлю не забудьте додати правильний " "аналітичний рахунок." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:135 msgid "" "Once the PO is confirmed and received, you can create the vendor bill, this " "will automatically add it to the SO where you can invoice it." @@ -1645,25 +4788,25 @@ msgstr "" " постачальника, що автоматично додасть його до ЗНП, де ви можете виставити " "рахунок." -#: ../../sales/products_prices.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices.rst:3 msgid "Products & Prices" msgstr "Товари та ціни" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices.rst:3 msgid "Manage your pricing" msgstr "Управляйте вашими цінами" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:3 msgid "How to sell in foreign currencies" msgstr "Як продавати в іноземній валюті" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:5 msgid "Pricelists can also be used to manage prices in foreign currencies." msgstr "" "Прайс-лист може також використовуватися для управління цінами в іноземній " "валюті." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:7 msgid "" "Check *Allow multi currencies* in :menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> " "Settings`. As admin, you need *Adviser* access rights on " @@ -1674,7 +4817,7 @@ msgstr "" "адміністратору вам потрібні права доступу *Консультантів* для додатків " "Виставлення рахунків-фактур/Бухобліку." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:10 msgid "" "Create one pricelist per currency. A new *Currency* field shows up in " "pricelist setup form." @@ -1682,7 +4825,7 @@ msgstr "" "Створіть один прайс-лист на одну валюту. Нове поле *Валюти* відображається у" " формі встановлення прайс-листа." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:13 msgid "" "To activate a new currency, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Currencies`, select it in the list and press *Activate* in" @@ -1692,15 +4835,15 @@ msgstr "" "Налаштування --> Валюти`, виберіть його у списку та натисніть *Активувати* у" " верхньому правому куті. Тепер він з'явиться у випадаючих списках валют. " -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:17 msgid "Prices in foreign currencies can be defined in two fashions." msgstr "Ціни в іноземній валюті можна визначити двома способами." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:20 msgid "Automatic conversion from public price" msgstr "Автоматична конвертація за відкритою ціною" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:22 msgid "" "The public price is in your company's main currency (see " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings`) and is set in product detail form." @@ -1709,7 +4852,7 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Бухоблік --> Налаштування`) і встановлено у формі детальної " "інформації про товар." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:28 msgid "" "The conversion rates can be found in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Currencies`. They can be updated from Yahoo or the " @@ -1721,11 +4864,11 @@ msgstr "" "вручну, щодня, щотижня тощо. Див. :menuselection:`Бухоблік --> " "Налаштування`." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:40 msgid "Set your own prices" msgstr "Встановіть свої власні ціни" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:42 msgid "" "This is advised if you don't want your pricing to change along with currency" " rates." @@ -1733,15 +4876,15 @@ msgstr "" "Встановлення власних цін рекомендується, якщо ви не хочете, щоб ваші ціни " "змінювалися разом із курсом валют." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:49 msgid ":doc:`pricing`" msgstr ":doc:`pricing`" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:3 msgid "How to adapt your prices to your customers and apply discounts" msgstr "Як адаптувати ціни до ваших клієнтів і застосовувати знижки" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo has a powerful pricelist feature to support a pricing strategy tailored" " to your business. A pricelist is a list of prices or price rules that Odoo " @@ -1750,36 +4893,36 @@ msgid "" "quantity and get a price break), etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:9 msgid "" "As pricelists only suggest prices, they can be overridden by vendors " "completing sales orders. Choose your pricing strategy from " ":menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:18 msgid "" "*A single sale price per product :* doesn't let you adapt prices, it use " "default product price ;" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:19 msgid "" "*Different prices per customer segment :* you will set several prices per " "products ;" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:20 msgid "" "*Advanced pricing based on formula :* will let you apply discounts, margins " "and roundings." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:23 msgid "Several prices per product" msgstr "Кілька цін на товар" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:25 msgid "" "To apply several prices per product, select *Different prices per customer " "segment* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`. Then open the *Sales* tab " @@ -1790,18 +4933,18 @@ msgstr "" "відкрийте вкладку *Продажі* у формі деталей товару. Ви можете вирішити " "наступні стратегії." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:30 msgid "Prices per customer segment" msgstr "Ціни на сегмент клієнта" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:32 msgid "" "Create pricelists for your customer segments: e.g. registered, premium, etc." msgstr "" "Створіть вартість для ваших сегментів клієнтів: наприклад, зареєстрований, " "преміум та ін." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:37 msgid "" "The default pricelist applied to any new customer is *Public Pricelist*. To " "segment your customers, open the customer detail form and change the *Sale " @@ -1812,17 +4955,17 @@ msgstr "" "відкрийте детальну форму замовника та змініть *Продажну вартість* на вкладці" " *Продажі та покупки*." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:45 msgid "Temporary prices" msgstr "Тимчасові ціни" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:47 msgid "Apply deals for bank holidays, etc. Enter start and end dates dates." msgstr "" "Застосуйте угоди для святкових днів та ін. Введіть дати початку та " "завершення." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:53 msgid "" "Make sure you have default prices set in the pricelist outside of the deals " "period. Otherwise you might have issues once the period over." @@ -1830,11 +4973,11 @@ msgstr "" "Переконайтеся, що ціни за замовчуванням встановлені в прайс-листі за межами " "періоду угод. Інакше ви можете мати проблеми після закінчення періоду. " -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:57 msgid "Prices per minimum quantity" msgstr "Ціни за мінімальну кількість" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:63 msgid "" "The prices order does not matter. The system is smart and applies first " "prices that match the order date and/or the minimal quantities." @@ -1842,11 +4985,11 @@ msgstr "" "Цінове замовлення не має значення. Система розумна і застосовує перші ціни, " "які відповідають даті замовлення та/або мінімальним кількостям. " -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:67 msgid "Discounts, margins, roundings" msgstr "Знижки, маржа, округлення" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:69 msgid "" "*Advanced pricing based on formula* allows to set price change rules. " "Changes can be relative to the product list/catalog price, the product cost " @@ -1856,7 +4999,7 @@ msgid "" " or multiple of either (nearest 5 cents, nearest 10 dollars)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:76 msgid "" "Once installed go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Pricelists`" " (or :menuselection:`Website Admin --> Catalog --> Pricelists` if you use " @@ -1866,7 +5009,7 @@ msgstr "" " Прайслисти` (або :menuselection:`Адміністратор веб-сайту --> Каталог --> " "Прайслисти` якщо ви використовуєте Електронну комерцію)." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:84 msgid "" "Each pricelist item can be associated to either all products, to a product " "internal category (set of products) or to a specific product. Like in second" @@ -1876,7 +5019,7 @@ msgstr "" "внутрішньою категорією товару (набором товарів) або з певним товаром. Як і в" " другому варіанті, ви можете встановити дати та мінімальні кількості." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:91 msgid "" "Once again the system is smart. If a rule is set for a particular item and " "another one for its category, Odoo will take the rule of the item." @@ -1884,43 +5027,43 @@ msgstr "" "Ще раз - система є розумною. Якщо для певного елемента встановлено правило, " "а інший - для його категорії, Odoo приймає правило елемента." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:93 msgid "Make sure at least one pricelist item covers all your products." msgstr "" "Переконайтеся, що принаймні один елемент прайс-листа охоплює всі ваші " "товару. " -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:95 msgid "There are 3 modes of computation: fix price, discount & formula." msgstr "Існує 3 режими обчислення: фіксована ціна, знижка та формула." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:100 msgid "Here are different price settings made possible thanks to formulas." msgstr "Ось різні налаштування цін, які стали можливими завдяки формулам." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:103 msgid "Discounts with roundings" msgstr "Знижки з округленнями" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:105 msgid "e.g. 20% discounts with prices rounded up to 9.99." msgstr "напр. 20% знижки з цінами, округленими до 9.99." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:111 msgid "Costs with markups (retail)" msgstr "Витрати з націнками (роздріб)" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:113 msgid "e.g. sale price = 2*cost (100% markup) with $5 of minimal margin." msgstr "" "наприклад, ціна продажу = 2*вартість (100% розцінка) з 5 гривень мінімальної" " маржі." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:119 msgid "Prices per country" msgstr "Ціни на країну" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:120 msgid "" "Pricelists can be set by countries group. Any new customer recorded in Odoo " "gets a default pricelist, i.e. the first one in the list matching the " @@ -1932,23 +5075,23 @@ msgstr "" "списку, що відповідає країні. Якщо жодна країна не встановлена для клієнта, " "Odoo бере перший прайс-лист без будь-якої групи-країн." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:123 msgid "The default pricelist can be replaced when creating a sales order." msgstr "" "За замовчуванням прайс-лист можна замінити при створенні замовлення на " "продаж." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:125 msgid "You can change the pricelists sequence by drag & drop in list view." msgstr "" "Ви можете змінювати послідовність прайс-листів за допомогою перетягування у " "вигляді списку. " -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:128 msgid "Compute and show discount % to customers" msgstr "Обчисліть та покажіть відсоток знижки покупцям" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:130 msgid "" "In case of discount, you can show the public price and the computed discount" " % on printed sales orders and in your eCommerce catalog. To do so:" @@ -1957,7 +5100,7 @@ msgstr "" "знижки на друковані замовлення на продаж та у каталозі електронної комерції." " Робіть так:" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:132 msgid "" "Check *Allow discounts on sales order lines* in :menuselection:`Sales --> " "Configuration --> Settings --> Quotations & Sales --> Discounts`." @@ -1966,139 +5109,115 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Продажі --> Налаштування --> Налаштування --> Комерційні " "пропозиції та продажі --> Знижки`." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:133 msgid "Apply the option in the pricelist setup form." msgstr "Застосовуйте цю опцію у формі встановлення прайс-листа." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:140 msgid ":doc:`currencies`" msgstr ":doc:`currencies`" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:141 -msgid ":doc:`../../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing`" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:141 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing`" +msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products.rst:3 msgid "Manage your products" msgstr "Керуйте вашими товарами" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:3 -msgid "How to import products with categories and variants" -msgstr "Як імпортувати товари з категоріями та варіантами в Odoo" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:3 +msgid "How to import Products with Categories and Variants" +msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:5 msgid "" -"Import templates are provided in the import tool of the most common data to " -"import (contacts, products, bank statements, etc.). You can open them with " -"any spreadsheets software (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, " +"Import templates are provided in the **Import Tool** of the most common data" +" to import (contacts, products, bank statements, etc.). You can open them " +"with any spreadsheet software (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, " "etc.)." msgstr "" -"Шаблони імпорту надаються в інструменті імпорту найпоширеніших даних для " -"імпорту (контакти, товари, банківські виписки тощо). Ви можете відкрити їх " -"будь-яким програмним забезпеченням електронних таблиць (Microsoft Office, " -"OpenOffice, Google Диск тощо)." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:11 msgid "How to customize the file" msgstr "Як налаштувати файл" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:13 msgid "" -"Remove columns you don't need. We advise to not remove the *ID* one (see why" -" here below)." -msgstr "Видаліть стовпці, які вам не потрібні. Ми радимо не видаляти ID." +"Remove columns you don't need. However, we advise you to not remove the *ID*" +" column (see why below)." +msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:15 msgid "" "Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing." msgstr "" "Встановіть унікальний ID для кожного окремого запису, перетягнувши " "послідовність ID." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:16 msgid "" -"Don't change labels of columns you want to import. Otherwise Odoo won't " -"recognize them anymore and you will have to map them on your own in the " +"Don't change the labels of columns you want to import. Otherwise, Odoo won't" +" recognize them anymore, and you will have to map them on your own in the " "import screen." msgstr "" -"Не змінюйте мітки стовпців, які потрібно імпортувати. В іншому випадку Odoo " -"більше не буде їх розпізнавати, і вам доведеться співставляти їх на екрані " -"імпорту." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:18 msgid "" -"To add new columns,Feel free to add new columns but the fields need to exist" -" in Odoo. If Odoo fails in matching the column name with a field, you can " -"make it manually when importing by browsing a list of available fields." +"Feel free to add new columns, but the fields need to exist in Odoo. If Odoo " +"fails in matching the column name with a field, you can match it manually " +"when importing by browsing a list of available fields." msgstr "" -"Щоб додати нові стовпці, не соромтеся їх додавати, але не забувайте, що в " -"Odoo повинні бути поля. Якщо Odoo не в змозі зіставити назву стовпця з " -"полем, його можна вручну імпортувати, переглянувши список доступних полів." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:24 -msgid "Why an “ID” column" -msgstr "Чому колонка \"ID\"?" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:24 +msgid "Why an “ID” column?" +msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:26 msgid "" -"The ID is an unique identifier for the line item. Feel free to use the one " -"of your previous software to ease the transition to Odoo." +"The ID is a truly unique identifier for the line item. Feel free to use one" +" of your previous software to ease the transition into Odoo." msgstr "" -"ІD - це унікальний ідентифікатор позиції. Не соромтеся використовувати одне " -"з попередніх програмних забезпечень, щоби полегшити перехід до Odoo." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:29 msgid "" -"Setting an ID is not mandatory when importing but it helps in many cases:" +"Setting an ID is not mandatory when importing, but it helps in many cases:" msgstr "" -"Встановлення ID не є обов'язковим при імпорті, але це допомагає у багатьох " -"випадках:" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:31 msgid "" "Update imports: you can import the same file several times without creating " -"duplicates;" +"duplicates." msgstr "" -"Оновіть імпорт: ви можете імпортувати один і той же файл кілька разів без " -"створення дублікатів;" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:32 msgid "Import relation fields (see here below)." msgstr "Пов'язані поля імпорту (див. Нижче)." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:35 msgid "How to import relation fields" msgstr "Як імпортувати пов'язані поля" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:37 msgid "" -"An Odoo object is always related to many other objects (e.g. a product is " +"An Odoo object is always related to many other objects (e.g., a product is " "linked to product categories, attributes, vendors, etc.). To import those " -"relations you need to import the records of the related object first from " +"relations, you need to import the records of the related object first from " "their own list menu." msgstr "" -"Об'єкт Odoo завжди пов'язаний з багатьма іншими об'єктами (наприклад, товар " -"пов'язаний із категоріями товарів, атрибутами, постачальниками тощо). Щоб " -"імпортувати ці відносини, вам потрібно спочатку імпортувати записи " -"відповідного об'єкта з власного меню списку." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:41 msgid "" -"You can do it using either the name of the related record or its ID. The ID " -"is expected when two records have the same name. In such a case add \" / " -"ID\" at the end of the column title (e.g. for product attributes: Product " +"You can do this using the name of the related record or its ID. The ID is " +"expected when two records have the same name. In such a case, add \" / ID\" " +"at the end of the column title (e.g., for product attributes: Product " "Attributes / Attribute / ID)." msgstr "" -"Ви можете зробити це, використовуючи ім'я відповідного запису або його ID. " -"ID очікується тоді, коли два записи мають однакове ім'я. У такому випадку " -"додайте \"/ ID\" в кінці заголовку колонки (наприклад, для атрибутів товару:" -" атрибути товару / атрибут / ID товару)." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:3 msgid "Using product variants" msgstr "Використання варіантів товару" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:5 msgid "" "Product variants are used to manage products having different variations, " "like size, color, etc. It allows managing the product at the template level " @@ -2109,24 +5228,24 @@ msgstr "" "рівні шаблону (для всіх варіантів) та на рівні варіантів (специфічні " "атрибути)." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:10 msgid "" "As an example, a company selling t-shirts may have the following product:" msgstr "Наприклад, компанія, що продає футболки, може мати такий товар:" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:13 msgid "B&C T-shirt" msgstr "Футболка B&C" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:15 msgid "Sizes: S, M, L, XL, XXL" msgstr "Розміри: S, M, L, XL, XXL" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:16 msgid "Colors: Blue, Red, White, Black" msgstr "Кольори: синій, червоний, білий, чорний" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:18 msgid "" "In this example, **B&C T-Shirt** is called the product template and **B&C " "T-Shirt, S, Blue** is a variant. Sizes and color are **attributes**." @@ -2134,7 +5253,7 @@ msgstr "" "У цьому прикладі **Футболка B&C** називається шаблоном товару, а **Футболка " "B&C, S**, синій - це варіант. Розміри та колір є **атрибутами**." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:22 msgid "" "The above example has a total of 20 different products (5 sizes x 4 colors)." " Each one of these products has its own inventory, sales, etc." @@ -2142,11 +5261,11 @@ msgstr "" "У наведеному вище прикладі в цілому 20 різних товарів (5 розмірів на 4 " "кольори). Кожен з цих товарів має власну інвентаризацію, продаж та ін." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:26 msgid "Impact of variants" msgstr "Вплив варіантів" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:28 msgid "" "**Barcode**: the code and barcode is associated to a variant, not the " "template. Every variant may have its own barcode / SKU." @@ -2154,7 +5273,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Штрих-код**: код та штрих-код асоціюються з варіантом, а не з шаблоном. " "Кожен варіант може мати свій штрих-код / ​​SKU." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:31 msgid "" "**Price**: every product variant has its own public price that is computed " "based on the template price ($20) with an optional extra for every variant " @@ -2166,7 +5285,7 @@ msgstr "" "3 дол. США за червоний колір). Тим не менше, ви можете визначити цінові " "правила, які застосовуються до шаблону або варіанту." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:36 msgid "" "**Inventory**: the inventory is managed by product variant. You don't own " "t-shirts, you only own \"T-shirts, S, Red\", or \"T-Shirts, M, Blue\". For " @@ -2179,7 +5298,7 @@ msgstr "" "інформаційного призначення, у формі шаблону товару ви отримуєте запас, який " "є сумою кожного варіанту (але фактичний запас обчислюється за варіантом)." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:42 msgid "" "**Picture**: the picture is related to the variant, every variation of a " "product may have its own primary picture." @@ -2187,7 +5306,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Зображення**: картинка пов'язана з варіантом, кожна варіація товару може " "мати свою основну картину." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:45 msgid "" "**Other fields**: most of the other fields belongs to the product template. " "If you update them, it updates automatically all the variants. (example: " @@ -2197,19 +5316,19 @@ msgstr "" "оновлюєте, він автоматично оновлює всі варіанти (приклад: Рахунок доходу, " "Податки)." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:50 msgid "Should you use variants?" msgstr "Чи варто використовувати варіанти?" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:53 msgid "When should you use variants?" msgstr "Коли слід використовувати варіанти?" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:55 msgid "Using variants has the following impacts:" msgstr "Використання варіантів має такі наслідки:" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:57 msgid "" "**eCommerce**: in your online shop, the customer will only see product " "templates in the catalog page. Once the visitor click on such a product, he " @@ -2219,7 +5338,7 @@ msgstr "" "шаблони товарів на сторінці каталогу. Коли відвідувач натискає на такий " "товар, він матиме варіанти вибору серед варіантів (кольори, розміри, ...)" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:62 msgid "" "**Manufacturing**: Using variants allows to define only one bill of material" " for a product template and slight variations for some of the variants. " @@ -2233,7 +5352,7 @@ msgstr "" "створюєте специфікацію для \"футболки\" і додаєте рядки, що відповідають " "конкретному розміру S, а також інші рядки, специфічні для червоного кольору." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:69 msgid "" "**Pricing**: The default price of a product is computed using the price of " "the product template and add the optional extra price on each dimension of " @@ -2247,11 +5366,11 @@ msgstr "" "потрібно встановлювати ціни за кожним варіантом. Однак можна створити цінові" " правила, щоби встановити ціну за варіантом." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:77 msgid "When should you avoid using variants?" msgstr "Коли слід уникати використання варіантів?" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:79 msgid "" "Using variants may add a level of complexity on the way you use Odoo. You " "should consider using variants only if you need it to reduce the complexity " @@ -2262,7 +5381,7 @@ msgstr "" " лише у тому випадку, коли вам це потрібно, щоб зменшити складність " "управління багатьма товарами, які є аналогами." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:83 msgid "" "As an example, importing your initial product catalog is more complex if you" " use variants. You can't just import a list of products, you must import " @@ -2272,7 +5391,7 @@ msgstr "" "використовуєте варіанти. Ви не можете просто імпортувати список товарів, ви " "повинні імпортувати шаблони товарів та всі пов'язані з ними варіанти." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:87 msgid "" "In addition to that, you should also carefully select the dimensions that " "you manage as separate product templates and those as variants. As an " @@ -2282,23 +5401,23 @@ msgstr "" "окремими шаблонами товарів, і ті, що є варіантами. Наприклад, компанія, яка " "має ці товари:" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:91 msgid "Quality: T-Shirts, Polos, Shirts" msgstr "Якість: футболки, поло" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:93 -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:105 -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:110 msgid "Color: Red, Blue" msgstr "Колір: червоний, синій" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:95 -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:106 -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:111 msgid "Size: S, M, L, XL" msgstr "Розмір: S, M, L, XL" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:97 msgid "" "In such a use case, you could create 1 template with three dimensions of " "variants (Layout, T-Shirts, Polos). But, it's recommended to create two " @@ -2312,25 +5431,19 @@ msgstr "" "сорочок, і споживач сподівається побачити їх як два різні товари в " "електронній комерції:" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:103 msgid "Product Template: T-shirt" msgstr "Шаблон товару: футболка" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:108 msgid "Product Template: Polos" msgstr "Шаблон товару: поло" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:114 -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:9 -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:16 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Налаштування" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:117 msgid "Activate the variant feature" msgstr "Активізуйте функцію варіанту" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:119 msgid "" "Before you can use product variants, you must first activate the product " "variants in the settings. To do so, you must go to the Sales app. In the " @@ -2344,11 +5457,11 @@ msgstr "" "рядок **Варіанти товару** та поставте прапорець біля опції **Товари можуть " "мати кілька атрибутів**, потім натисніть **Застосувати**." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:129 msgid "Creating products with variants" msgstr "Створення товарів з різними варіантами" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:131 msgid "" "Once you have activated the variant option, you can add variants to your " "products. To do so, go to the Sales module, :menuselection:`Sales --> " @@ -2358,11 +5471,11 @@ msgstr "" "цього перейдіть до модуля :menuselection:`Продажі --> Товари`. Він також " "доступний у модулі Купівлі та Склад." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:135 msgid "Now, click on the product you wish to add variants to." msgstr "Тепер натисніть на товар, до якого потрібно додати варіанти." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:137 msgid "" "In the product page, a new tab called Variants has appeared. The number in " "purple written on top is the number of variants this product currently has. " @@ -2374,7 +5487,7 @@ msgstr "" "додати нові варіанти, натисніть на плитку. У новому вікні натисніть кнопку " "**Створити**." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:142 msgid "" "In **Attributes**, click on the rolldown menu and select the type of " "variance you wish to add. If the variant does not yet exist, you can create " @@ -2384,7 +5497,7 @@ msgstr "" "різниці, який ви хочете додати. Якщо варіант ще не існує, ви можете створити" " його на льоту, натиснувши кнопку Створити та редагуйте..." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:149 msgid "" "In the Attributes window, the **Value** field is the description of the " "attribute such as Green, Plastic or 32GB. The **Attribute** field is the " @@ -2394,7 +5507,7 @@ msgstr "" "Пластиковий або «32 Гб». Поле **Атрибут** - це тип варіанта, такого як " "Колір, Матеріал або Пам'ять." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:156 msgid "" "You can add a cost for the variant on the fly by adding it in the " "**Attribute Price Extra** field, or choose to modify it later. Click on " @@ -2403,13 +5516,13 @@ msgstr "" "Ви можете додати вартість варіанту на льоту, додавши його в поле **Додаткові" " характеристики** або оберіть його пізніше. Натисніть кнопку **Зберегти**." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:160 msgid "" "You can also add a different barcode and internal reference to the variant." msgstr "" "Ви також можете додати інший штрих-код та внутрішнє посилання на варіант." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:163 msgid "" "When you have entered all the specifications of the variant, click on " "**Save**." @@ -2417,15 +5530,11 @@ msgstr "" "Коли ви ввели всі специфікації цього варіанту, натисніть кнопку " "**Зберегти**." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:167 msgid "Managing Product Variants" msgstr "Управління варіантами товару" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:170 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "Вступ" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:172 msgid "" "The examples below are all based on this product template that has two " "variant attributes :" @@ -2433,23 +5542,23 @@ msgstr "" "Наведені нижче приклади є основою цього шаблону товару, який має два " "атрибути варіанта:" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:175 msgid "T-Shirt B&C" msgstr "Футболка B&C" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:177 msgid "Color: Red, Blue, White" msgstr "Колір: червоний, синій, білий" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:179 msgid "Size: S, M, L, XL, XXL" msgstr "Розмір: S, M, L, XL, XXL" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:182 msgid "Managing combination possibilities" msgstr "Управління можливостями комбінації" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:184 msgid "" "By default, with the above product template, you get 15 different products " "(3 colors, 5 sizes). If the XXL size only exists for red and blue t-shirts, " @@ -2459,7 +5568,7 @@ msgstr "" "15 різних товарів (3 кольори, 5 розмірів). Якщо розмір XXL існує лише для " "червоних та синіх футболок, ви можете деактивувати варіант білого товару." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:188 msgid "" "To do this, click on the **Variants** button, select the XXL, White T-shirt." " From the product form, uncheck the **Active** box of the T-shirt White, " @@ -2468,23 +5577,23 @@ msgstr "" "Для цього натисніть кнопку **Варіанти**, виберіть XXL, біла футболка. З " "форми товару зніміть позначення **Активно** футболки білого кольору XXL." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:197 msgid "" "That deactivating a product is different than having an inventory of 0." msgstr "Деактивація товару відрізняється від наявності інвентаризації 0." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:200 msgid "Setting a price per variant" msgstr "Встановлення ціни за варіант" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:202 msgid "" "You can add a cost over the main price for some of the variants of a " "product." msgstr "" "Ви можете додати вартість по основній ціні для деяких варіантів товару." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:205 msgid "" "Once you have activated the variant option, you can add variants to your " "products. To do so, go to the Sales module, open :menuselection:`Sales --> " @@ -2496,7 +5605,7 @@ msgstr "" "Товари` і натисніть на товар, який потрібно змінити. Натисніть кнопку " "**Варіанти цін**, щоби переглянути список варіантів значень." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:213 msgid "" "Click on the variant name you wish to add a value to, to make the 3 fields " "editable. In the **Attribute Price Extra** field, add the cost of the " @@ -2506,34 +5615,36 @@ msgstr "" " 3 поля редагованими. У полі **Атрибут додаткової характеристики** додайте " "вартість варіанту, який буде додано до початкової ціни." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:220 msgid "When you have entered all the extra values, click on **Save**." msgstr "" "Коли ви введете всі додаткові значення, натисніть кнопку **Зберегти**." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:223 msgid "" "`Accounting Memento: Details of Journal Entries " -"<../../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.html#journal-entries>`_" +"</applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.html" +"#journal-entries>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:225 -msgid ":doc:`../../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill`" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:225 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill`" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/taxes.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/taxes.rst:3 msgid "Set taxes" msgstr "Встановіть податки" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations.rst:3 msgid "Send Quotations" msgstr "Надішліть комерційні пропозиції" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:3 msgid "Use quotations deadline to stimulate your customers" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:5 msgid "" "When sending quotations, it is important to set a deadline to encourage your" " customers to act. Indeed, this will stimulate them because they will be " @@ -2542,21 +5653,21 @@ msgid "" "profitable for you." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:11 msgid "Set a deadline" msgstr "Встановіть дедлайн" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:13 msgid "" "With Odoo Sales, it is possible to instantly add an **Expiration Date** from" " the quotation or the sales order." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:22 msgid "Use deadline in your quotation templates" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:24 msgid "" "It is also possible to add a deadline to every quotation template created. " "Whenever a specific quotation template is used in a quote, its associated " @@ -2564,26 +5675,26 @@ msgid "" "documentation about :doc:`quote_template` to excel in their use." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:34 msgid "" "By clicking on the **Customer Preview** button, you will be able to see when" " the offer expires. For your information, the number of days will be the " "same as those mentioned in the quotation template." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:44 -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:50 -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:51 -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:65 -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:115 msgid ":doc:`quote_template`" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:3 msgid "Deliver and invoice to different addresses" msgstr "Доставляйте та виставляйте рахунки на різні адреси" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:5 msgid "" "With Odoo Sales, you can configure different addresses for delivery and " "invoicing. For some customers, it will be very practical to define specific " @@ -2591,17 +5702,17 @@ msgid "" "delivery location as the invoicing location." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:12 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the" " **Customer Addresses** feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:21 msgid "Add addresses from a quotation" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:23 msgid "" "When you create a quotation, you must add a customer. This customer can be a" " company or a person with specific billing and shipping addresses already " @@ -2611,7 +5722,7 @@ msgid "" "able to add, delete and modify invoice and delivery addresses." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:35 msgid "" "If you select a customer with defined invoice and delivery addresses, Odoo " "will automatically use them to fill in the fields. Now, if you want to " @@ -2619,11 +5730,11 @@ msgid "" "the sales order." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:40 msgid "Add addresses from a contact form" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:42 msgid "" "Previously, we talked about the contact form that you can fill in directly " "from a quotation or a sales order to add billing and shipping addresses to " @@ -2633,11 +5744,11 @@ msgid "" " quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:54 msgid "Deal with different addresses" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:56 msgid "" "Like for the previous example, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> " "Customers` and create a new customer. There, you can add company information" @@ -2645,7 +5756,7 @@ msgid "" "the **Contacts & Addresses** tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:65 msgid "" "Once done, you can return to your Sales dashboard and create a new " "quotation. Now, if you enter your new customer, you will see that the other " @@ -2653,17 +5764,17 @@ msgid "" "billing and shipping addresses." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:74 msgid "" "With Odoo Sales, it is now very convenient to play with various addresses in" " terms of invoice and delivery features." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:3 msgid "Get paid to confirm an order" msgstr "Отримайте плату, щоб підтвердити замовлення" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:5 msgid "" "In general, online payments are considered as a fast and secure alternative " "to traditional payment methods. It is generally cheaper, easier and faster " @@ -2673,67 +5784,67 @@ msgid "" "it's very convenient and saves lots of time in a basic sales process." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:12 msgid "Enable online payment" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:14 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the" " **Online Payment** feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:22 msgid "" "There, you will have direct access to the **Payment Acquirers** page. It " "will allow you to select and configure your acquirers of choice. Before " "creating or modifying a payment acquirer, be sure to check out our " "documentation about how to be paid with payment acquirers such as " -":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal`, " -":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize`, and others in the " -":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers` documentation." +":doc:`/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal`, " +":doc:`/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize`, and others in the " +":doc:`/applications/general/payment_acquirers` documentation." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:30 msgid "" "If you are familiar with this documentation: :doc:`quote_template`; you can " "activate or not the **Online Payment** feature for each template you use, " "under their confirmation tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:35 msgid "Register a payment" msgstr "Зареєструйте оплату" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:37 msgid "" "After opening quotations from their received email, your customers will have" " different possibilities to make their online payments. For example:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:46 msgid "" "By clicking on the **Customer Preview** button, you will be able to see what" " your customers will have to choose when it comes to payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:51 -msgid ":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers`" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:51 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/payment_acquirers`" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:52 -msgid ":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal`" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:52 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal`" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:53 -msgid ":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize`" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:53 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize`" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:3 msgid "Get a signature to confirm an order" msgstr "Отримайте підпис, щоб підтвердити замовлення" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:5 msgid "" "Online signatures are like electronic \"fingerprints\". By using them on " "Odoo, you will get automatic orders confirmation. You and your customers " @@ -2741,28 +5852,28 @@ msgid "" "process." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:10 msgid "Activate online signature" msgstr "Активуйте підпис онлайн" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:12 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the" " **Online Signature** feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:21 msgid "" "If you are familiar with this documentation: :doc:`quote_template`, you can " "activate or not the **Online Signature** feature for each quotation template" " you use, under their confirmation tab. Example:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:31 msgid "Confirm an order with a signature" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:33 msgid "" "When you send quotations to clients, they can instantly accept and sign it " "online. When they click on **Sign & Pay**, they have the choice to draw " @@ -2771,24 +5882,24 @@ msgid "" "of an automated signature:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:43 msgid "" "Once signed, you will have the possibility to choose your payment methods. " "Then, when the quotation will be paid and confirmed, a delivery order will " "be created automatically by Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:47 msgid "" "Be careful that delivery orders are only generated for storable products and" " if the **Inventory app** is already installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:3 msgid "Add optional products" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:5 msgid "" "The use of optional products is a marketing strategy for cross-selling " "products along with a core product. The aim is to offer useful and related " @@ -2797,24 +5908,24 @@ msgid "" "or not to order such high-quality products and simply buy his car." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:11 msgid "Add optional products to your quotations" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:13 msgid "" "With Odoo Sales, it is possible to add or modify optional products directly " "on quotations (under the **Optional Products** tab, as you can see below)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:22 msgid "" "By clicking on the **Customer Preview** button, you will be able to see what" " your customers will have as possibilities after opening a quotation from " "their received email." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:30 msgid "" "In practice, your customers will be able to add different optional products " "to their order by using associated carts, with a user-friendly layout. More " @@ -2823,85 +5934,86 @@ msgid "" "salesman." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:40 msgid "" "Like this, salespeople will see each movement made by the customer and " "tracking the order will be all the better." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:49 msgid "Add optional products to your quotation templates" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:51 msgid "" "Be sure to check out our documentation about :doc:`quote_template` to " "understand how you can enable, create, design and manage your own quotation " "templates before reading this part." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:54 msgid "" "For quotation templates, you also have an **Optional Products** tab where " "you can add related products or services." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:62 msgid "" "With Odoo Sales, it is now very easy to understand your customer's needs." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:3 msgid "Use quotation templates" msgstr "Використовуйте шаблони комерційної пропозиції" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:5 msgid "" "By creating custom quotation templates, you will save a lot of time. Indeed," " with the use of templates, you will be able to send complete quotations at " "a fast pace." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:11 msgid "" "To enable this feature, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " "Settings` and activate **Quotation Templates**." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:19 msgid "" "For even more convenience, it is also recommended to add the **Quotation " "Builder** feature which will help you design your quotation templates very " "easily. This option will automatically install the Odoo Website App." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:47 msgid "Create your first template" msgstr "Створіть ваш перший шаблон" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:31 msgid "" "Quotation templates are under :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:33 msgid "" "You can create a new template or edit an existing one. Once named, you will " "be able to select products and quantities as well as the expiration time of " "the quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:42 msgid "" "On each template, you can also specify discounts if the option is activated " "in the **Sales** settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:46 msgid "Design your template" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:48 msgid "" "You will have the possibility to design your template and edit the customer " "interface in order to manage what clients will see before accepting and " @@ -2910,59 +6022,59 @@ msgid "" "**Edit** and you will be brought to the quotation builder." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:58 msgid "" "You can easily edit the content of your template by dragging & dropping " "different building blocks to organize your quotation. For example, you can " "add a content block to describe your products." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:67 msgid "Use a quotation template" msgstr "Використайте шаблон комерційної пропозиції" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:69 msgid "When creating a quotation, you can choose a specific template." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:77 msgid "" "You can select any template of your choice and suggest it as the default " "template in the **Sales** settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:81 msgid "Confirm the quotation" msgstr "Підтвердіть комерційну пропозицію" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:83 msgid "" "Templates facilitate the confirmation process by allowing customers to sign " "electronically or to pay online. You can activate these two options directly" " in the quotation template itself." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:92 msgid "" "Every quotation will now have this setting. Of course you can always change " "it and make it specific for each quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:96 -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:116 msgid ":doc:`get_signature_to_validate`" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:97 -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:117 msgid ":doc:`get_paid_to_validate`" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:3 msgid "Add terms & conditions" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:5 msgid "" "Specifying terms and conditions is essential to set out important " "contractual points such as payment terms, limitation of liability and " @@ -2974,17 +6086,17 @@ msgid "" "manage." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:13 msgid "Default Terms & Conditions" msgstr "Загальні положення та умови за замовчуванням" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:18 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and " "activate *Default Terms & Conditions*." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:27 msgid "" "Please note that this feature is activated via the settings of the " "**Invoicing App** and **not** via the settings of the **Sales App**. " @@ -2992,73 +6104,73 @@ msgid "" "done automatically with the installation of the sales application." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:32 msgid "DT&C on your quotations, sales orders, and invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:34 msgid "" "In the settings of the **Invoicing App**, you have the possibility to insert" " your default terms and conditions." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:42 msgid "They appear subsequently on every quotation, sales order, and invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:45 msgid "DT&C on your quotation templates" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:47 msgid "" "According to your business needs, you can specify your terms and conditions " "on your quotation templates. This is interesting if you have different terms" " and conditions within your company." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:56 msgid "" "Be sure to check out our documentation about quotation templates: " ":doc:`quote_template`, to master each step of this amazing feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:60 msgid "General Terms & Conditions" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:63 msgid "GT&C on your website" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:65 msgid "" "Use the **Website App** and create your own general terms and conditions " "page. For example, here is the Odoo terms and conditions page:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:73 msgid "" "You can refer to this page in the footer of all your documents. The layout " "is available in the **General Settings** under the **Business Documents** " "category. For example, this footer appears in every document from Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:83 msgid "GT&C as attachment in your emails" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:85 msgid "" "Attach an external document with your general terms and conditions when you " "are about to send your quotation by email to your customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:94 msgid "GT&C as attachment in your quotation templates" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:96 msgid "" "Create and edit email templates to set a default attachment for all " "quotation emails that you will send in the future. To do so, you have to go " @@ -3070,12 +6182,924 @@ msgid "" "conditions." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:109 msgid "" "To customize your email templates, activate the **developer mode** and go to" " :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Email --> Templates`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:112 msgid "With Odoo Sales it is now very simple to deal with terms & conditions." msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:3 +msgid "Subscriptions" +msgstr "Підписки" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:3 +msgid "Add subscription products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To properly sell your subscriptions using our amazing **Odoo Subscriptions**" +" application, you must follow these steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:8 +msgid "**Create your own subscription templates**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:9 +msgid "**Create your own subscription products with the right settings**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:11 +msgid "" +"As a result, you will be able to manage your subscriptions like any other " +"product, create your quotations and continue the sales flow to track the " +"number of subscriptions you sell and manage the revenue they generate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Subscription products` to learn how " +"you can configure your own subscription products. You have the possibility " +"to create a new product or edit an existing one. Once named, be careful to " +"select the option *Can be sold* and deselect *Can be purchased*. For the " +"product type, it is recommended to use *Service* for subscription products " +"as they are non-material products that you provide to your customers. " +"Finally, you can adapt your prices and also add an internal reference." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:30 +msgid "" +"In the Sales tab, underneath the Subscriptions section, make sure the " +"*Subscription products* option is activated. In fact, if you create a " +"subscription product from the **Odoo Subscriptions** application, this " +"option is selected by default. However, if you create a product from another" +" application, it is not the case." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:39 +msgid "You can also choose the subscription templates you want to use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Be sure to check out our documentation on how to create, edit and manage " +"your own :doc:`Subscription templates " +"<../../subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates>` before creating " +"your own subscription products. Once created, check out our documentation on" +" how to :doc:`Create a quotation using subscription products " +"<../../subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation>`, to complete the sales " +"flow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:83 +msgid ":doc:`../../subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:85 +msgid ":doc:`../../subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:3 +msgid "Use subscription templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The subscription business model is becoming more popular. Are you wondering " +"why?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:7 +msgid "For **customers**, value lies in **convenience**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Subscriptions simplify the business process. Indeed, subscribers never have " +"to remember to renew their orders every month, which gives them the " +"assurance that they will have everything they need before they actually need" +" it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:12 +msgid "Subscriptions help customers stay on budget." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:14 +msgid "" +"For **businesses**, value lies in the **ability to predict recurring " +"revenue**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Subscriptions reduce customer churn rate and significantly increase customer" +" retention." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Subscriptions provide much higher payment security for your business. They " +"stabilize and maintain recurring revenue streams by guaranteeing monthly " +"revenues and adding value to your business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:27 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Subscriptions** help you save time and money. Subscription templates " +"can help you generate recurring invoices and manage renewals at a fast pace." +" With Odoo you have the possibility to create, edit, and manage your own " +"subscription templates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Configuration --> Subscription " +"templates`. By default, Odoo suggests you two types of subscription (MON - " +"Monthly subscription *vs* YEA - Yearly subscription). You can also create " +"your own ones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:43 +msgid "" +"The **Odoo Subscriptions** application automatically installs **Odoo Sales**" +" and **Odoo Invoicing** as they work integrated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:49 +msgid "" +"You can create a new template or edit an existing one. The first thing you " +"need to do is give your template a name. After that, choose an *Invoicing " +"period* and specify whether you would like to invoice your customers per " +"*Days*, *Weeks*, *Months* or *Years*. On *Duration*, determine if the " +"subscription must go on *Forever* (until it’s manually closed), or for a " +"*Fixed amount* of time. Among the payment options, an additional field " +"called *Invoice email* appears when you choose *Send*, *Send & try to " +"charge* or *Send after successful payment*. This field allows you to add an " +"invoice email template to your subscription templates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:61 +msgid "" +"For each template, you can also choose if you want your customers to be able" +" to close their subscriptions or not. If enabled, you can set an *Automatic " +"closing* limit and specify the *Group of subscription* and *Journal* " +"options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:66 +msgid "" +"On each template, you can add your **Terms and Conditions**. Specifying " +"terms and conditions is essential to set out important contractual points " +"between the customers and the sellers (payment, refund policy, cancellation," +" complaints, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Finally, if you want to know the basic running health status of your " +"subscriptions, you also have access to a specific tab called **Health " +"Check**. There, you can edit and create your own filters to define what is a" +" subscription in good health *vs* bad health. The system automatically " +"summarizes all the records corresponding to these filters and you are able " +"to manage them in one click." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:85 +msgid "" +"After creating your own subscription templates, be sure to check out our " +"documentation on how to create, edit and manage your own :doc:`Subscription " +"products <../../subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products>`, to " +"complete the sales flow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:84 +msgid ":doc:`../../subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up.rst:3 +msgid "Follow-up" +msgstr "Нагадування" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:3 +msgid "Set up automatic alerts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Now that your subscriptions are up and running, you want to stay up-to-date " +"with your customers. Some automation would be appreciated since you would " +"not want to go through the list of all your subscribers to check how things " +"are going. This is what the *Automatic Alerts* feature is for." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:9 +msgid "" +"For example, when customers subscribe to your magazine, you would probably " +"want to send them an email to welcome them and express your gratitude. Or, " +"if the satisfaction rate of your customers drops below 50%, you would " +"probably want to schedule a call with them to understand the reasons for " +"their dissatisfaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:14 +msgid "" +"With **Odoo Subscriptions**, you can set automatic emails, create a \"Call\"" +" task for one of your salespeople so that he/she can try to understand your " +"customer's dissatisfaction, and finally, why not automatically send " +"satisfaction surveys so customers can evaluate your services? All of that is" +" now possible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:20 +msgid "Create a new automatic alert" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The following example shows how to create a new automatic alert to send " +"satisfaction surveys to your customers, by email, after one month of " +"subscription. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> " +"Configuration --> Alerts`, and create a new alert." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:30 +msgid "" +"On the *Apply on* section, first give the alert a name. Then, you can choose" +" to apply this alert on a subscription template, on a specific customer, or " +"even on a specific product. If you want to add more specifications, you can " +"also specify the value of your MRR, the change rate of your MRR over a " +"certain period of time, the value of the satisfaction rate, and even the " +"stage to which you want to apply this alert." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:37 +msgid "" +"In this example, the alert is applied to a specific product, and the stage " +"goes from *Undefined* to *In Progress*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:40 +msgid "" +"For the *Action* section, specify the *Action* and the *Trigger on*. If the " +"*Trigger on* is set to *Modification*, the action is triggered every time " +"there is a change or anything added to the subscription, and all the " +"conditions on the *Apply on* section are met. Now, if the *Trigger on* is " +"set to *Timed condition*, it means that the action is triggered based on the" +" type of *Trigger date*. After that, you can choose your *Action*. You have " +"the choice between *Create next activity*, *Set a tag on the subscription*, " +"*Set a stage on the subscription*, *Mark as To Renew*, *Send an email to the" +" customer* and *Send an SMS Text Message to the customer*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:50 +msgid "" +"In the example above, the *Trigger on* is set to *Timed condition*, " +"therefore, a *Trigger date* and *Delay after trigger* need to be specified. " +"And because the *Send an email to the customer* action was adopted, an " +"*Email template* can be chosen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:54 +msgid "" +"As a result, this alert will send a rating survey after one month, to the " +"customers who have purchased that specific product. The survey will appear " +"in the chatter of your respective subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:63 +msgid "Modify an existing automatic alert" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:65 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo suggests you an automatic alert called *Take action on less" +" satisfied clients*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:71 +msgid "" +"This alert is applied to the *Rating Satisfaction* of your customers, and " +"the action is triggered on *Timed condition*. If their satisfaction rate is " +"lower than 50%, a salesperson contacts the customer. This action is " +"automatically assigned to the salesperson who manages the subscription, and " +"the due date is 5 days after the triggering of this action. This alert " +"ensures that your clients are happy and that you are taking actions if they " +"are not. It helps to keep your customer retention rates very high." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:79 +msgid "" +"By editing the alert, you can modify the *Apply on*, the *Action* and " +"*Activity* sections, and adapt them to your own needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:86 +msgid ":doc:`../../subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting.rst:3 +msgid "Reporting" +msgstr "Звітність" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:3 +msgid "Generate subscription reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:5 +msgid "" +"As we know, understanding how our business is going, and where it is going, " +"is key to success. And particularly so when we offer subscription services " +"or products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Before getting to the heart of the matter, it is very important to recall " +"certain essential concepts to the proper understanding of the following " +"reports:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:11 +msgid "" +"**Monthly Recurring Revenue (MRR)**: MRR is arguably the most important " +"metric for subscription businesses. It shows the monthly revenue earned with" +" subscription-based products or services. It is a consistent number used to " +"track all recurring revenue over time, in monthly increments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:15 +msgid "" +"**Annual Run-Rate (ARR)**: ARR is the yearly version of MRR, which is based " +"on the current MRR, to estimate the coming year's performance. However, this" +" estimation does not take variations and growth into account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:23 +msgid "" +"**Non-Recurring Revenue (NRR)**: NRR shows the revenue earned for everything" +" else than subscription-based products or services. This includes gains of a" +" rare or unique nature that are unlikely to occur in the ordinary course of " +"businesses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:27 +msgid "" +"**Customer Retention**: Practices to engage existing customers to continue " +"buying products or services from your business. Customer retention can be a " +"challenge, because you must prove you are worthy of your customers' trust." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:31 +msgid "" +"**Churn Rate**: Also known as the Rate of Attrition or Customer Churn, the " +"churn rate can be defined, in this case, as the percentage of subscribers " +"who discontinued their subscriptions within a given time period. We can " +"distinguish two types of Churn:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:35 +msgid "**Logo Churn**: It corresponds to the subscription cancellation rate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:37 +msgid "" +"**Revenue Churn**: It corresponds to the monthly recurring revenue loss " +"rate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:39 +msgid "Let's imagine a 2$ increase in a subscription service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:42 +msgid "" +"We lost 3 customers out of the initial 20, which generates a **Logo Churn** " +"of 15%." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Therefore, the 56$ of MRR difference out of the initial 600$ causes a " +"**Revenue Churn**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:0 +msgid "of 9,33%." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Reminder: even though they seem to evolve in the same direction most of the " +"time, it might not be the case all the time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:53 +msgid "" +"**Customer Lifetime Value (CLV)**: Indicates how much revenue can be " +"expected for a customer during his/her entire contract. This approach " +"emphasizes the importance of customer retention, shifting our focus from a " +"quarterly or yearly approach to a long-term one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Check out the different kinds of reports you can access from the **Odoo " +"Subscriptions** application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:61 +msgid "Subscriptions analysis report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Reporting --> Subscriptions`. From " +"there, you can change the *Measures*. By default, Odoo uses the *Monthly " +"Recurring Revenue*. In addition to that, you can choose *Quantity*, " +"*Recurring Price*, *Yearly Recurring Revenue* and *Count*. For this example," +" *Quantity* is added. This way, you can review both of these measures at the" +" same time. You can even *Group By Start Date* and, more precisely, by " +"*Week*, to get a clear view of your report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:74 +msgid "Retention analysis report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Reporting --> Retention`. The " +"default measure applied is *Count*, but you can change to the appropriate " +"one for you. For the example below, *Monthly Recurring Revenue* was chosen, " +"and the *Month* periodicity remains intact. By using these criteria, you can" +" see the progression of the retention from its start." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:86 +msgid "Revenue KPIs report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Reporting --> Revenue KPIs`. From " +"there, you can check different KPIs: *Monthly Recurring Revenue*, *Net " +"Revenue*, *Non-Recurring Revenue*, *Revenue per Subscription*, *Annual Run-" +"Rate*, *Lifetime Value*, and more. You can also filter this information on " +"subscriptions, companies, and sales teams. This is useful if you are looking" +" for specific information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:98 +msgid "" +"The example below shows the *Monthly Recurring Revenue* detailed report. At " +"the moment, there is no data, which is the typical scenario for a new " +"business. But, as your company grows over the months, these graphs get " +"populated with more and more data. Once again, you can filter these specific" +" KPIs on subscriptions, companies, and sales teams." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:108 +msgid "Salesperson dashboard report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Reporting --> Salesperson " +"Dashboard`. This page gives you a summary of your *Monthly Recurring " +"Revenue*, *Non-Recurring Revenue*, *Subscription modifications*, and *Non-" +"Recurring Invoices* for each of your salespeople. You can choose the period " +"you want to apply and the salesperson you want to analyze." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow.rst:3 +msgid "Sales flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:3 +msgid "Close a subscription" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Losing a customer is always difficult, especially if you put a lot of effort" +" into getting them to sign up for your products/services. However, many " +"companies come up with dubious methods to reduce the probability of this " +"happening." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If you adopt such methods, you are among companies that actively and " +"indirectly spread the phobia of subscriptions, who do not think about how " +"negatively dissatisfied customers could impact their business and, who " +"frustrate the customers in a way or another. However, at some point, it is " +"understandable that you do not want your customers to be involved in your " +"subscription status." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If you do not adopt such methods, you are among companies that continue to " +"evolve in a long-term subscription business model, especially in an era of " +"ultra-fast communications between dissatisfied customers, and who retain " +"their customers by making it easier for them to leave if they want to. By " +"giving them the opportunity to close their own subscriptions, your customers" +" do not feel trapped because they subscribed to your products/services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In summary, the **Odoo Subscriptions** application gives you the " +"**possibility to choose what you want to apply**. Indeed, you can decide " +"whether to give your customers the option to close their subscriptions " +"whenever they want to or to restrict this possibility. It depends on you and" +" we will show you how to do that in our amazing application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Configuration --> Subscription " +"templates`. From there, you can create a new *Subscription template* or " +"modify an existing one. When editing your template, underneath the Invoicing" +" tab, you have the possibility to activate the option *Closable by " +"customer*. Once enabled, this option gives your customers the right to close" +" their own subscriptions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Be sure to check out our documentation on how to :doc:`Use subscription " +"templates <../../subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates>` to " +"fully understand the importance of this feature in a basic flow using the " +"**Odoo Subscriptions** application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:49 +msgid "Close your first subscription" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:52 +msgid "Administrator view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Once confirmed, a quotation becomes a sales order and a new subscription is " +"automatically created. Therefore, this subscription has the status *In " +"progress*. From there, you have the possibility to close the subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:62 +msgid "" +"By using the smart button *Close*, you have to enter a close reason. For " +"example, \"Subscription too expensive\", \"Subscription does not meet my " +"requirements\", \"Subscription reached its end date\", etc. Immediately " +"after confirming your close reason, you can observe that the status of the " +"subscription is now *Closed* and that the close reason is mentioned on the " +"subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:72 +msgid "Customer view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:74 +msgid "" +"As previously explained in the *Administrator view* part, from the " +"subscription form, you also have the possibility to visualize what your " +"customers see when managing their subscriptions thanks to the *Customer " +"preview* button. In this example, the customer has the choice to close " +"his/her subscription whenever he/she wants to, due to the *Close " +"Subscription* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:83 +msgid "" +"By using this button, the customer can specify the reason for cancelling " +"his/her subscription and he/she can even leave a message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:90 +msgid "" +"By confirming the cancellation, the customer is redirected to his/her " +"portal. The administrator is informed of this modification. Indeed, the " +"status of the subscription becomes *Closed* and a note appears in the " +"chatter with the new stage, the end date, the close reason, and the closing " +"text added by the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Before closing a subscription, check out our documentation on how to " +":doc:`Create a quotation using subscription products " +"<../../subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation>` to understand how " +"subscriptions are managed in the **Odoo Subscriptions** application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:3 +msgid "Create a quotation using subscription products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Selling a digital product or service gives instant gratification. However, " +"you have to work hard for a new customer to make a purchase. It costs time " +"and money. By convincing customers to sign up for a subscription, you " +"maximize your income and streamline your cash flow. You can sell any type of" +" product or service through a subscription business model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Here is a scenario using **Odoo Subscriptions** to create a quotation " +"including subscription products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:19 +msgid "Create your first quotation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Before creating your first quotation, be sure to check out our documentation" +" on how to create and manage your own :doc:`Subscription templates " +"<../../subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates>` and on how to " +"add :doc:`Subscription products " +"<../../subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products>` to your " +"templates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:30 +msgid "" +"These steps are **mandatory** to make a basic sales flow using **Odoo " +"Subscriptions**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Go to **Odoo Sales** and create a new quotation. Then, choose a customer and" +" add a product. Be careful to select a product that you previously " +"configured as a *Subscription product*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:39 +msgid "" +"When your quotation is ready, you have the possibility to send it to your " +"customers or to confirm it. It is better to first *Send by email* the " +"quotation to your customers to have their confirmation and, then, *Confirm* " +"it in **Odoo Sales**. By clicking on *Customer preview*, you have an idea of" +" what your customers will see when receiving your quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:48 +msgid "" +"From there, your customers have three choices: *Sign & Pay* the quotation, " +"give you a *Feedback* or *Reject* the quotation. It appears that they are " +"very happy and accept the option *Sign & Pay*. Then, they have to validate " +"the order with a signature and by choosing a payment method. When it is " +"done, you can check out the quotation in **Odoo Sales** and *Confirm* it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:54 +msgid "Manage your subscriptions from your SO" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Once confirmed, the quotation becomes a sales order and a new button " +"appears, *Subscriptions*. Indeed, a subscription is automatically created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:63 +msgid "" +"By clicking on the *Subscriptions* button, you can see that the status of " +"the subscription is *In progress*. From there, you will have three options: " +":doc:`Renew <../../subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals>`, :doc:`Close " +"<../../subscriptions/sales_flow/closing>` or :doc:`Upsell " +"<../../subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling>` your subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:73 +msgid "" +"In the top-right corner, you can see the status of the subscription. When a " +"subscription is new and created from **Odoo Subscriptions**, the status is " +"*Draft*. When a sales order has been validated, the status is *In progress*." +" Finally, when a customer decides to close his subscription, the status " +"becomes *Closed*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:81 +msgid ":doc:`../../subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:82 +msgid ":doc:`../../subscriptions/sales_flow/closing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:83 +msgid ":doc:`../../subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:3 +msgid "Renew a subscription" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The key feature of a subscription business model is the recurring nature of " +"payments. In this model, customers pay a recurring amount in exchange for " +"access to a product or a service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Each subscriber experiences this renewal process monthly, annually, or " +"sometimes more, depending on the duration of the contract. Most subscription" +" companies choose to automate their renewal processes but, in some cases, " +"manual subscription renewals are still the preferred option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:18 +msgid "" +"With **Odoo Subscriptions**, you can have all your subscriptions in one " +"application, suggest an automatic subscription renewal to your customers (as" +" well as a manual one) and, finally, filter all your subscriptions and " +"easily find those to renew (with the help of the tag *To renew*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:23 +msgid "Renew your first subscription" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Before renewing a subscription, be sure to check out our documentation on " +"how to :doc:`Create a quotation " +"<../../subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation>` using subscription " +"products. Indeed, once confirmed, a quotation becomes a sales order and a " +"new subscription is automatically created. Therefore, this subscription has " +"the status *In progress*. From there, you have the possibility to renew the " +"subscription. In the Other Info tab, underneath the To Renew section, you " +"can activate the *To renew* option. When activated, a yellow tag " +"automatically appears in the upper right corner of the subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:38 +msgid "" +"The *To renew* tag is automatically ticked when a payment fails. This " +"indicator also appears on the customer portal. To visualize that, you just " +"have to click on the *Customer preview* button. The tag *To renew* appears " +"on the top right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:46 +msgid "" +"When a subscription needs to be renewed, you have the possibility to use a " +"new button called *Renewal quotation*. By clicking on it, a new quotation is" +" created. From there, start a basic sales flow allowing you to send the " +"quotation by email to your customers or to confirm it. It is better to first" +" *Send by email* the quotation to your customers in order to have their " +"confirmation and, then, *Confirm* it in **Odoo Sales**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:53 +msgid "" +"In the Chatter of this new quotation, it is mentioned that \"This renewal " +"order has been created from the previous subscription\". Once confirmed by " +"your customers, this quotation becomes a sales order and a new sale is " +"mentioned in the upper right corner of the subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:61 +msgid "" +"By clicking on the *Sales* button, you have a summary of your sales orders " +"in a list view. The only difference between your two quotations is the " +"description underneath the *Subscription Management* category. There, you " +"can easily visualize which one is your renewal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:70 +msgid "Visualize your subscriptions to renew" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Finally, if you want to visualize all your subscriptions and easily find " +"those to renew, you can go to your *Subscriptions dashboard* and use the " +"filter *To renew*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:3 +msgid "Upsell a subscription" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Subscriptions are recurrent and go on indefinitely. As time passes by, our " +"customers may want to modify them. We must then be able to adapt the prices " +"or change the products’ quantities to accommodate their needs. Two " +"situations can happen:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:9 +msgid "" +"**Loyal customers:** This kind of customers already trust you as a brand. " +"Therefore, you are confident regarding what you offer since they keep paying" +" for your products and services. Consequently, it is easier to sell them " +"something additional than it would be to a new customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:14 +msgid "" +"**New customers:** For this kind of customers, you have to come with " +"something new, something attractive. What about discounts? Typically, every " +"subscription ends after a certain given time. Making these types of offers " +"for new customers strengthens your relationships with them and also " +"increases their retention." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:27 +msgid "" +"As previously explained, to upsell a subscription to new customers, it is " +"recommended to offer *Discounts*. To activate this option, go to " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and, under the " +"*Pricing* category, you have the possibility to grant discounts on sales " +"order lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:36 +msgid "Upsell your first subscription" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Before upselling a subscription, be sure to check out our documentation on " +"how to :doc:`Create a quotation " +"<../../subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation>` using subscription " +"products. Indeed, once confirmed, a quotation becomes a sales order and a " +"new subscription is automatically created. Therefore, this subscription has " +"the status *In progress*. From there, you have the possibility to upsell " +"your subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:48 +msgid "" +"By using the smart button *Upsell*, you are able to create a new quotation " +"with new subscription products and send it to your customers for approval." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:56 +msgid "" +"When the quotation is confirmed by your customers, the products are added to" +" the initial subscription. Quotation prices are, then, prorated to the " +"remaining time of the current invoicing period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Of course, before sending this new quotation to your customers, you can " +"change the unit price, taxes, and, even the discount you want to offer. The " +"smart button *Customer preview* is useful for mimicking the customer's " +"reaction. In this case, we can confidently say that the customer will *Sign " +"and pay* this new quotation. When it is done, you have to go back in edit " +"mode, confirm the quotation, and click on the smart button *Subscriptions* " +"to visualize all updates. From there, you can see that an additional line " +"has been added to the subscription with the new extra service the customer " +"wanted to purchase." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:72 +msgid "" +"In addition, by clicking on the *Sales* button, you have a summary of your " +"sales orders in a list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:79 +msgid "" +"The only difference between your two sales orders is the description " +"underneath the *Subscription Management* category. There, you can easily " +"visualize which one is your upselling." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/services.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/services.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..345e144b9 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/services.po @@ -0,0 +1,1560 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Bohdan Lisnenko, 2021 +# Martin Trigaux, 2021 +# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2021 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-18 07:12+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-05-18 05:18+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2021\n" +"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: uk\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n" + +#: ../../content/applications/services.rst:3 ../../content/services.rst:3 +msgid "Services" +msgstr "Послуги" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm.rst:4 +msgid "Field Service" +msgstr "Виїзне обслуговування" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/helpdesk.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:4 +msgid "Helpdesk" +msgstr "Служба підтримки" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:3 +msgid "Plan onsite interventions from helpdesk tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:4 +msgid "" +"The integration with the Helpdesk app lets your helpdesk team manage " +"intervention requests directly. Planning field service tasks from tickets " +"speeds up your processes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:8 +msgid "Configure the helpdesk team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`. Select" +" a team and enable *Onsite Interventions*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The helpdesk tickets of the team now display the *Plan Intervention* button." +" Click on it to create a new task under your field service project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales.rst:3 +msgid "Sales" +msgstr "Продажі" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:3 +msgid "Create onsite interventions from sales orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Allowing your sales team to open onsite interventions creates a seamless " +"experience for your customers. They can receive a quotation they first have " +"to approve before the work even starts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:8 +msgid "Configure a product" +msgstr "Налаштувати товар" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration --> Products` and " +"create or edit a product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Under the *General Information* tab, select *Service* as *Product Type*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Under the *Sales* tab, select *Timesheets on tasks* as *Service Invoicing " +"Policy*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:15 +msgid "Select *Create a task in an existing project* as *Service Tracking*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:17 +msgid "Select your *Project*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If you use them, select your *Worksheet Template* and then click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:25 +msgid "" +"From the *Sales* app, create a quotation with the product and confirm it. A " +"task is automatically set up under your Field Service project. It is " +"directly accessible from the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced" +msgstr "Розширено" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:3 +msgid "After Sales Features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:5 +msgid "" +"As your business grows, having the right tool to support your helpdesk team " +"on recording, tracking and managing issues raised easy and efficiently, is " +"key. Odoo’s Helpdesk application allows you to generate credit notes, manage" +" returns, products, repairs, grant coupons, and even plan onsite " +"interventions from a ticket’s page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:11 +msgid "Set up the after sales services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " +"enable the after sales options: *Refunds, Returns, Coupons, Repairs and " +"Onsite Interventions*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:20 +msgid "Generate credit notes from tickets" +msgstr "Створити сторно із заявки" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:22 +msgid "" +"You can use a credit note to refund a customer or adjust the amount due. For" +" that, simply go to your ticket page, click on *Refund* and select the " +"corresponding *Invoice*. Clicking on *Reverse* generates a credit note, and " +"you can *Post* it while still being in the *Helpdesk* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:30 +msgid "Allow product returns from tickets" +msgstr "Дозволити повернення товару із заявки" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:32 +msgid "" +"The process of a product return from your customer back to your warehouse is" +" taken into action when, at the ticket page, you choose the option *Return*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:39 +msgid "Grant coupons from tickets" +msgstr "Надавайте купони із заявок" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:41 +msgid "" +"First, be sure to have your *Coupon Program* planned in the *Sales* or " +"*Website* application. Then, in *Helpdesk*, open your ticket, click on " +"*Coupon*, and choose the respective one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:48 +msgid "Repairs from tickets" +msgstr "Ремонт із заявки" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Clicking on *Repair* option, on your ticket page, a new repair order form is" +" shown. Fill in the information as needed and choose the next step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:57 +msgid "Plan onsite interventions from tickets" +msgstr "Плануйте втручання на місці із заявок" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:59 +msgid "" +"At the ticket's page click on *Plan Intervention*, and set up your onsite " +"intervention exactly the same way as if you were on the *Field Service* " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:67 +msgid "" +"`Coupons <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/coupon-" +"programs-640?fullscreen=1>`_" +msgstr "" +"`Купони <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/coupon-" +"programs-640?fullscreen=1>`_" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:3 +msgid "Allow Customers to Close their Tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Allowing customers to close their tickets gives them autonomy and minimize " +"misunderstandings about when an issue is considered solved, or not. It makes" +" communication and actions more efficient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:9 +msgid "Configure the feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To configure the feature go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Settings --> " +"Helpdesk Teams --> Edit` and enable *Ticket closing*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:18 +msgid "" +"In order to designate to which stage the ticket migrates to once it is " +"closed, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Overview --> Tickets`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:25 +msgid "" +"You can either create a new Kanban stage or work with an existing one. For " +"both scenarios, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Settings --> Edit Stage` " +"and enable *Closing Stage*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:32 +msgid "" +"If a closing stage is not specified, by default, the ticket is moved to the " +"last stage; contrarily, if you have more than one stage set as closing, the " +"ticket is put in the first one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:36 +msgid "The Costumer Portal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Now, once the user logs into his Portal, the option *Close this ticket* is " +"available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:45 +msgid "Get reports on tickets closed by costumers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:47 +msgid "" +"To do an analysis of the tickets that have been closed by costumers go to " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting --> Tickets --> Filters --> Add " +"Custom filter --> Closed by partner --> Applied`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Загальний огляд" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:3 +msgid "Forum and eLearning" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:6 +msgid "Forum" +msgstr "Форум" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To go above and beyond email, live chat, web forms, and phone lines, offer " +"your customers a support forum. This way, customers might become more " +"attached to your company as they would be investing time to get into details" +" of your business. You also encourage the exchange of experiences and " +"knowledge, supporting the feeling of belonging to a community (your " +"community!)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:11 +msgid "Set up" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Team` and " +"enable *Help Center*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Create, or edit a forum by clicking on the external link. Among the editing " +"options, choose if you would like the *Forum Mode* to be *Questions*: only " +"one answer is allowed per question or *Discussions*: multiple answers are " +"allowed per question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:31 +msgid "" +"From now on, logged in users can start their discussions. To keep track of " +"posts, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Forum --> Posts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Turn tickets into forum posts by simply clicking on *Share on the Forum* on " +"the ticket's page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:45 +msgid "eLearning" +msgstr "електронне навчання" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:47 +msgid "" +"In addition to a forum, offer online courses. When doing so, you link your " +"customers and users’ needs and questions to useful content, helping to boost" +" efficiency as they can also find their answers there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " +"enable *eLearning*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Once the structure and content of your course are ready, *Publish* it by " +"clicking on *Unpublished*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To keep track of your course statistics, go to *eLearning* and *View " +"Course*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:73 +msgid "Todo" +msgstr "Зробити" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:73 +msgid "" +"DETAILS/INFO SHOULD COME FROM ELEARNING DOCS. THEREFORE, LINK DOCS ONCE " +"AVAILABLE!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:3 +msgid "Getting Started" +msgstr "Розпочніть" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Helpdesk teams provide your customers with support to queries or errors they" +" might encounter while using your product/service. Therefore, a successful " +"scheme where you can organize multiple teams with their customized pipeline," +" visibilities settings, and ticket traceability is essential." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:10 +msgid "Set up teams" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To modify or create teams, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration " +"--> Helpdesk Teams`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Setting up multiple teams allows you to group tickets by your channels " +"(example: BE/US), or by your support services' types (example: IT, " +"accounting, admin, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:21 +msgid "Team’s productivity and visibility" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Teams can have individual *Assignment Methods* to ensure that tickets get " +"redirected to the right person:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:26 +msgid "" +"*Manually*: tickets are manually assigned, allowing employees to manage " +"their own workload and target tickets they are experts at;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:28 +msgid "" +"*Random*: tickets are randomly assigned and everyone gets the same amount. " +"This method ensures that all tickets are handled as the assignment happens " +"automatically;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:30 +msgid "" +"*Balanced*: tickets are assigned to the person with the least amount of " +"tickets so that everyone fairly gets the same amount. Thereby, you ensure " +"that all tickets get to be taken care of." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:40 +msgid "" +"For the *Random* and *Balanced* assignment methods, you can set the *Team " +"Members* among whom tickets are assigned. Leave the field empty to include " +"all employees (with the proper access rights)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:43 +msgid "" +"The *Team Visibility* feature allows you to specify who can see and access " +"the team’s tickets. Therefore, ticket’s with sensible information are only " +"seen by the right people. Leave the field empty to include all employees " +"(with the proper access rights)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:46 +msgid "Set up stages and share it among teams" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To set up stages, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> " +"Stages`. Then, create and/or edit stages as you need and set specific teams " +"to use certain stages under *Team*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Stages can be shared between one or multiple teams, allowing you to adapt " +"the pipeline to your individual needs. They also apply a visibility and " +"access rule, as other teams are not able to see or use the stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:64 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/odoo_basics/users`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:3 +msgid "Ratings" +msgstr "Оцінювання" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Allow customers to rate their experience with your helpdesk teams to " +"strengthen your credibility and gain their trust. Reviews can also influence" +" a customer’s decision and open space for feedback that can help you improve" +" the quality of your services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " +"enable *Ratings on tickets*. The feature automatically adds a default email " +"template on the non-folded *closing stage(s)* of that team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To edit the email template and the stage(s) set as the closing ones, go to " +"the Kanban view of your helpdesk team and click on *Settings*, then on *Edit" +" Stage*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Now, once a ticket reaches the stage(s) designated as the *Closing Stage*, " +"an email is sent to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Ratings can be seen on the chatter of each ticket, under the *See Customer " +"Satisfaction* link on the main dashboard, and through *Reporting*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:39 +msgid "Ratings visible on the customer portal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " +"enable *Display Rating on Customer Portal*. Now, by clicking on the helpdesk" +" team’s name on their ticket, customers can see its ratings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:47 +msgid ":doc:`../advanced/close_tickets`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:3 +msgid "Start Receiving Tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Offering a variety of channels from where your customers can contact you " +"grants them flexibility and the right to choose the best one for themselves." +" And, in order to make sure inquiries across all channels get addressed, it " +"is essential to have a solution where all interactions come in one place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:11 +msgid "Channels options to submit tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`, and " +"enable the following features as you want them to be available to your " +"users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:21 +msgid "Email Alias" +msgstr "Псевдонім ел. пошти" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Let your customers submit tickets by sending an email to your support email " +"address. The subject line of the email becomes the title of the ticket and " +"the content is shown in the Chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Select *Configure domain name* to be redirected to *Settings* and, from " +"there, enable *External Email Servers* to determine or change your *Alias " +"Domain*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Using your own email server is required to send and receive emails in Odoo " +"Community and Enterprise. Online users benefit from a ready-to-use email " +"server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:39 +msgid "Website Form" +msgstr "Форма веб-сайту" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Allow your customers to submit a ticket by filling in a form through your " +"website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Once the feature is activated, get redirected to your website by clicking on" +" *Go to Website*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:49 +msgid "" +"From the website page customize the form as you like. Then, publish it by " +"clicking on *Unpublished*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:56 +msgid "Live Chat" +msgstr "Живий чат" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Through live interactions with your website visitors, helpdesk tickets can " +"be instantly created and redirected to the right person." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Click on your helpdesk team's name - for the example below: *Customer Care* " +"- and :doc:`set up your channel " +"</applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Now, your operators can create tickets by using the :doc:`command " +"</applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses>` */helpdesk " +"(subject_of_ticket)*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:72 +msgid "Prioritize tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Use the stars to prioritize your tickets. The most urgent ones appear at the" +" top of your list on the Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:77 +msgid "1 star = *Low priority*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:78 +msgid "2 stars = *High priority*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:79 +msgid "3 stars = *Urgent*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:60 +msgid ":doc:`sla`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:89 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:3 +msgid "Reports for a Better Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:5 +msgid "" +"An efficient customer service solution should have a built-in reporting " +"option. Reports allow you to track trends, identify areas for improvement, " +"manage employees’ workloads and, most importantly, meet your customer’s " +"expectations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:10 +msgid "Cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:12 +msgid "Some examples of the reports Odoo Helpdesk can generate include:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:14 +msgid "The number of tickets *grouped by* team and ticket type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:17 +msgid "" +"In this manner, you are able to evaluate which ticket types have been the " +"most frequent ones, plus the workload of your teams." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Apply *Time Ranges* if you would like to make comparisons to a *Previous " +"Period* or a *Previous Year*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:25 +msgid "The number of tickets closed per day, per team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Get an overview of how many requests each team is closing per day in order " +"to measure their performance. Identify productivity levels to understand how" +" many requests they are able to handle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Filter it by *Assignee* to see Key Performance Indicators (KPI) per agent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:37 +msgid "" +"The number of hours tickets are taking to be solved, grouped by team and " +"ticket type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Check if your expectations are met by *measuring* the *Time to close " +"(hours)*. Your customers not only expect fast responses but they also want " +"their issues to be handled quickly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:48 +msgid "Save filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Save the filters you use the most and avoid having to reconstruct them every" +" time they are needed. To do so, set the groups, filters, and measures " +"needed. Then, go to *Favorites*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:59 +msgid ":doc:`receiving_tickets`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:3 +msgid "Service Level Agreements (SLA)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Service Level Agreements (SLA) are commitments you make with your customers " +"to outline how a service is delivered. It bolsters trust between you and " +"your customers as it makes clear what needs to be done, to what standard, " +"and when." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:10 +msgid "Create your policies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:13 +msgid "" +"First, enable the feature on the settings of the team you would like " +"policies to be applied, going to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration " +"--> Helpdesk Teams`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Create your policies through the team’s settings page or go to " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> SLA Policies`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Choose to which **Team** the policy is relevant and the **Minimum Priority**" +" a ticket needs to have for the policy to be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:27 +msgid "" +"**Target** is the stage a ticket needs to reach within the period defined to" +" satisfy the SLA. The period is based on the ticket’s creation date, and a " +"deadline is set on the ticket’s form once it matches an SLA policy rule. If " +"a ticket has more than one policy applied to it, the closest deadline of all" +" SLAs is the one considered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:29 +msgid "" +"When a ticket has satisfied an SLA policy, the SLA tag appears in green and " +"the deadline field is not shown anymore." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:37 +msgid "SLA Analysis" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting --> SLA Status Analysis`. Apply" +" *Filters* and *Group by* to identify tickets that should be prioritized and" +" keep track of upcoming deadlines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice.rst:3 +msgid "Timesheet and Invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:3 +msgid "Invoice Time Spent on Tickets (Prepaid Support Services)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Have the option to work with prepaid support services, meaning that a sales " +"order and a corresponding invoice are issued and, once the service is done, " +"you can deduct the time spent. Odoo allows it to happen because the " +"applications are fully integrated, resulting in faster responses to your " +"customer needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:14 +msgid "Step 1: Set up a helpdesk team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`, create" +" or edit an existing team, and enable *Timesheet on Ticket* and *Time " +"Reinvoicing*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Select or create a project under *Timesheet on Ticket*. The selected/created" +" is the one at which employees timesheet on by default. However, it can be " +"ultimately modified on each ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:28 +msgid "Step 2: Set up a service" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " +"*Units of Measure* to optionally be able to choose *hours* (for example) as " +"the unit of measure of your service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Then, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`, create or edit" +" an existing one, and set its *Product Type* as *Service*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Now, select the invoicing management you would like to have under the " +"*Sales* tab. We recommend the following configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:47 +msgid "" +"This configuration ensures that the customer is invoiced by the number of " +"hours predicted in the sales order, meaning that less or extra hours " +"recorded are not taken into account. It also ensures that every time a sales" +" order is confirmed, a new task is created under the right project, " +"automating the process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:53 +msgid "" +"We recommend setting up a specific project, as it was done for this flow " +"example. The important thing to remember is that the sales order item needs " +"to be set on the corresponding project or task, in order to reinvoice the " +"time spent on a ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:58 +msgid "Prevision an invoice and record time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:61 +msgid "Step 1: Place an order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> Orders` and create one for the " +"helpdesk service product you have previously set up, with the customer who " +"needs the ticket to be opened. Set the number of hours needed to assist the " +"customer and *Confirm* the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:72 +msgid "Step 2: Invoice the customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:74 +msgid "In *Sales*, select the respective sales order to *Create Invoice*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:82 +msgid "Step 3: Link the task to the ticket" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Now, in *Helpdesk*, create or edit the respective ticket and link it to the " +"task created by the confirmation of the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:92 +msgid "Step 4: Record the time spent" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Still on the respective helpdesk ticket, record the hours performed under " +"the *Timesheets* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Note that the hours recorded on the ticket form are shown on the *Delivered*" +" column in the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Hours recorded on the ticket are automatically shown in *Timesheets* and on " +"the dedicated task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:111 +msgid ":doc:`reinvoice_from_project`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:112 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:3 +msgid "Invoice Time Spent on Tickets (Postpaid Support Services)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Directly pull the billable time you have tracked on your helpdesk tickets " +"into sales orders and invoices through a project task. It gives you more " +"control over what you charge your client, and it is more efficient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:10 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Налаштування" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk team --> Edit`" +" and enable the options *Timesheet on Ticket* and *Time Reinvoicing*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Under *Timesheet on Ticket*, choose the *Project* to which tickets (and " +"timesheets) will be linked by default. Open its *External link* to enable " +"the feature *Bill from tasks*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:22 +msgid "Create a sales order and an invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Now, once you have recorded the time you spent on the helpdesk ticket, under" +" the *Timesheets* tab, access the task clicking on its name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:31 +msgid "*Create Sales Order* and proceed to create the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project.rst:4 +msgid "Project" +msgstr "Проект" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks.rst:3 +msgid "Tasks" +msgstr "Завдання" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:3 +msgid "Create Project's Tasks from an Email Alias" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you already have an email address that customers know from the top of " +"their heads, changing it is the last thing you want to do. Instead, link " +"that address to your project and transform those conversations into " +"structured work. It automatically creates a task in the first stage of a " +"project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:11 +msgid "Set up an incoming email server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:14 +msgid "" +"On the *Settings* application, enable *External Email Servers* and define " +"the incoming email alias you would like to use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:15 +msgid "" +"**For more information**: " +":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:18 +msgid "Configure the email alias in your project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Now that you have the incoming email server set up, go to " +":menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects --> Edit`. Under the " +"*Emails* tab, define the wanted email alias and choose the policy to receive" +" a message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:23 +msgid "In addition, you can now directly set it when creating a new project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:30 +msgid "" +"All the recipients of the email (To/Cc/Bcc) are automatically added as " +"followers of the task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:32 +msgid "The email can be seen under the name of your project on the dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets.rst:4 +msgid "Timesheets" +msgstr "Табелі" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:3 +msgid "Create Timesheets upon Time Off Validation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically timesheets on project/tasks upon time off requests. This " +"allows for better overall control over the validation of timesheets, as it " +"does not leave place for forgetfulness and questions after hours that have " +"not been timesheeted by the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Activate the :doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>`, " +"go to *Timesheets*, and change the *Project* and *Task* set by default, if " +"you like." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Time Off --> Configuration --> Time Off Types`. Select" +" or create the needed type, and decide if you would like the requests to be " +"validated or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Now, once the employee has requested his time off and the request has been " +"validated (or not, depending on the setting chosen), the time is " +"automatically allocated on *Timesheets*, under the respective project and " +"task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:27 +msgid "" +"On the example below, the user requested *Paid Time off* from July 13th to " +"15th." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Considering that validation is not required, the requested time off is " +"automatically displayed in *Timesheets*. If validation is necessary, the " +"time is automatically allocated after the responsible person for validating " +"does it so." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Click on the magnifying glass, hovering over the concerned cell, to access " +"all the aggregated data on that cell (day), and see details regarding the " +"project/task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support.rst:4 +msgid "Support" +msgstr "Підтримка" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:6 +msgid "Supported versions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo provides support and bug fixing **for the 3 last major versions** of " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Users hosted on **Odoo Online** may use intermediary versions (sometimes " +"called *SaaS versions*) that are supported as well. These versions are not " +"published for Odoo.sh or On-Premise installations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:17 +msgid "What's the support status of my Odoo?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:19 +msgid "This matrix shows the support status of every version." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:21 +msgid "**Major releases are in bold type.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:24 +msgid "Odoo Online" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:24 +msgid "Odoo.sh" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:24 +msgid "On-Premise" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:24 +msgid "Release date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:26 +msgid "**Odoo 14.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:26 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:26 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:26 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:28 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:30 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:30 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:30 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:32 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:34 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:34 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:34 +msgid "|green|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:26 +msgid "October 2020" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:28 +msgid "Odoo 13.saas~4" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:28 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:28 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:32 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:32 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:36 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:36 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:40 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:40 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:42 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:42 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:46 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:46 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:48 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:50 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:50 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:52 +msgid "N/A" +msgstr "Дані відсутні" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:28 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:32 +msgid "August 2019" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:30 +msgid "**Odoo 13.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:30 +msgid "October 2019" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:32 +msgid "Odoo 12.saas~3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:34 +msgid "**Odoo 12.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:34 +msgid "October 2018" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:34 +msgid "*End-of-support is planned for October 2021*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:36 +msgid "Odoo 11.saas~3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:36 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:38 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:38 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:40 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:42 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:44 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:44 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:46 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:48 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:50 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:52 +msgid "|orange|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:36 +msgid "April 2018" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:38 +msgid "**Odoo 11.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:38 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:44 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:48 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:52 +msgid "|red|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:38 +msgid "October 2017" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:40 +msgid "Odoo 10.saas~15" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:40 +msgid "March 2017" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:42 +msgid "Odoo 10.saas~14" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:42 +msgid "January 2017" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:44 +msgid "**Odoo 10.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:44 +msgid "October 2016" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:46 +msgid "Odoo 9.saas~11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:46 +msgid "May 2016" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:48 +msgid "**Odoo 9.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:48 +msgid "October 2015" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:50 +msgid "Odoo 8.saas~6" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:50 +msgid "February 2015" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:52 +msgid "**Odoo 8.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:52 +msgid "September 2014" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:58 +msgid "|green| Supported version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:60 +msgid "|red| End-of-support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:62 +msgid "N/A Never released for this platform" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:64 +msgid "" +"|orange| Some of our older customers may still run this version on our Odoo " +"Online servers, we provide help only on blocking issues and advise you to " +"upgrade." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:66 +msgid "🏁 Future version, not released yet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:79 +msgid "I run an older version of Odoo/OpenERP/TinyERP" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:81 +msgid "" +"OpenERP 7.0, 6.1, 6.0 and 5.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:83 +msgid "" +"TinyERP 4.0, 3.0, 2.0 and 1.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:85 +msgid "" +"You should consider `upgrading <https://upgrade.odoo.com/>`_ your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:6 +msgid "What can I expect from the support service?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:10 +msgid "5 days a week" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Your Odoo Online subscription includes **unlimited 24hr support at no extra " +"cost, Monday to Friday**. Our teams are located around the world to ensure " +"you have support, no matter your location. Your support representative could" +" be communicating to you from San Francisco, Belgium, or India!" +msgstr "" +"Ваша підписка на Odoo Online включає **необмежену підтримку 24 години на " +"добу без додаткових витрат з понеділка по п'ятницю**. Наші команди " +"розташовані по всьому світу, щоби забезпечити підтримку, незалежно від " +"вашого місцезнаходження. Ваш представник підтримки може зв'язатися з вами із" +" Сан-Франциско, Бельгії або Індії!" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Our support team can be contacted through our `online support form " +"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." +msgstr "" +"З нашою командою підтримки можна зв'язатися з нашою формою онлайн-підтримки " +"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:21 +msgid "What kind of support is included?" +msgstr "Що включено у підтримку?" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Providing you with relevant material (guidelines, product documentation, " +"etc...)" +msgstr "" +"Надання вам відповідного матеріалу (інструкція, документація продукту " +"тощо...)" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Answers to issues that you may encounter in your standard Odoo database (eg." +" “I cannot close my Point of Sale” or “I cannot find my sales KPIs?”)" +msgstr "" +"Відповіді на проблеми, які можуть виникнути у вашій стандартній базі даних " +"Odoo (наприклад, \"Я не можу закрити свою точку продажу\" або \"Я не можу " +"знайти мої KPI продажів?\")" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:27 +msgid "Questions related to your account, subscription, or billing" +msgstr "" +"Питання, пов'язані з вашим обліковим записом, передплатою або платіжною " +"системою" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Bug resolution (blocking issues or unexpected behaviour not due to " +"misconfiguration or customization)" +msgstr "" +"Розв'язання помилок (проблеми з блокуванням або несподівана поведінка через " +"неправильне налаштування)" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Issues that might occur in a test database after upgrading to a newer " +"version" +msgstr "" +"Проблеми, які можуть виникнути в тестовій базі даних після оновлення до " +"нової версії" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:32 +msgid "" +"*Odoo Support does not make changes to your production database without your" +" agreement and gives you the material and knowledge to do it yourself!*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:37 +msgid "What kind of support is not included?" +msgstr "Що не входить у підтримку?" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Questions that require us to understand your business processes in order to " +"help you implement your database" +msgstr "" +"Питання, які вимагають від нас розуміння ваших бізнес-процесів, щоб " +"допомогти вам впровадити вашу базу даних" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Training on how to use our software (we will direct you to our many " +"resources)" +msgstr "" +"Навчання щодо використання нашого програмного забезпечення (ми направляємо " +"вас на наші ресурси)" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:42 +msgid "Import of documents into your database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Guidance on which configurations to apply inside of an application or the " +"database" +msgstr "" +"Посібник, за яким слід застосовувати налаштування всередині програми або " +"бази даних" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:44 +msgid "" +"How to set up configuration models (Examples include: Inventory Routes, " +"Payment Terms, Warehouses, etc)" +msgstr "" +"Як налаштувати моделі конфігурації (приклади включають: складські маршрути, " +"умови оплати, склади тощо)" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:46 +msgid "Any intervention on your own servers/deployments of Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Any intervention on your own third party account (Ingenico, Authorize, UPS, " +"etc)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Questions or issues related to specific developments or customizations done " +"either by Odoo or a third party (this is specific only to your database or " +"involving code)" +msgstr "" +"Питання чи проблеми, пов'язані з конкретними розробками або налаштуваннями, " +"зробленими Odoo або третьою стороною (це стосується лише вашої бази даних " +"або включеного коду)" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:52 +msgid "" +"You can get this type of support with a `Success Pack <https://www.odoo.com" +"/pricing-packs>`__. With a pack, one of our consultants will analyze the way" +" your business runs and tell you how you can get the most out of your Odoo " +"Database. We will handle all configurations and coach you on how to use " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" +"Ви можете отримати такий тип підтримки за допомогою `Пакету послуг " +"<https://www.odoo.com/pricing-packs>`__. Один із наших консультантів з таким" +" пакетом проаналізує, як працює ваш бізнес, і розповість вам, як ви можете " +"максимально використати свою базу даних Odoo. Ми будемо обробляти всі " +"налаштування та навчати вас, як користуватися Odoo." + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:4 +msgid "Where to find help?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:8 +msgid "Odoo Enterprise" +msgstr "Платна версія Odoo" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Users who have a valid Odoo Enterprise subscription may always contact our " +"support teams through our `support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_, no " +"matter the hosting type you chose (Odoo Online, Odoo.sh or on your own " +"server)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:14 +msgid "Please include in your request:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:16 +msgid "your subscription number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:17 +msgid "" +"the URL of your database if your database is hosted by Odoo (Odoo Online or " +"Odoo.sh)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:19 +msgid "Our agents will get back to you as soon as possible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:23 +msgid "Odoo Community" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:25 +msgid "*Odoo Community users don't get access to the support service.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:27 +msgid "Here are some resources that might help you:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:29 +msgid "Our `documentation pages <https://www.odoo.com/page/docs>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Ask your question on the `community forum " +"<https://www.odoo.com/forum/help-1>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:31 +msgid "" +":doc:`Buy Odoo Enterprise </administration/enterprise>` to get the support " +"and bugfix services." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..469b63b74 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po @@ -0,0 +1,261 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2021 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-18 07:12+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-05-18 05:18+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2021\n" +"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: uk\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings.rst:3 +msgid "Settings" +msgstr "Налаштування" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:6 +msgid "Users and Features" +msgstr "Користувачі та додатки" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:8 +msgid "" +"As the administrator of your database, you are responsible for its usage. " +"This includes the Apps you install as well as the number of users currently " +"in use." +msgstr "" +"Як адміністратор вашої бази даних, ви несете відповідальність за її " +"використання. Вона включає додатки, які ви встановлюєте, а також кількість " +"користувачів, які наразі користуються системою." + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Odoo is many things (ERP, CMS, CRM application, e-Commerce backend, etc.) " +"but it is *not* a smartphone. You should apply caution when adding/removing " +"features (especially Apps) on your database since this may impact your " +"subscription amount significantly (or switch you from a free account to a " +"paying one on our online platform)." +msgstr "" +"В Odoo є багато речей (ERP, CMS, додаток CRM, бекенд електронної комерції " +"тощо), але це не смартфон. Ви повинні бути обережними при " +"додаванні/видаленні функцій (особливо додатків) у вашій базі даних, оскільки" +" це може суттєво вплинути на суму вашої підписки (або ви можете " +"переключитися з безкоштовної версії на платну на онлайн-платформі Odoo)." + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:18 +msgid "" +"This page contains some information as to how you can manage your Odoo " +"instances. Before carrying any of these procedures, we **strongly** advise " +"to test them on a duplicate of your database first. That way, if something " +"goes wrong, your day-to-day business is not impacted." +msgstr "" +"Ця сторінка містить деяку інформацію про те, як можна керувати версіями " +"Odoo. Перш ніж виконувати будь-яку з цих дій, **настійно** радимо спочатку " +"протестувати їх на копії вашої бази даних. Таким чином, якщо щось піде не " +"так, на ваш щоденний бізнес нічого не впливає." + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You can find guides on how to duplicate your databases both for :ref:`online" +" <duplicate_online>` and :ref:`on premise <duplicate_premise>` " +"installations." +msgstr "" +"Ви можете знайти довідники про те, як дублювати свої бази даних як. " +":ref:`онлайн <duplicate_online>` так і :ref:`на вашому хостингу " +"<duplicate_premise>." + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:27 +msgid "" +"If you have questions about the content of this page or if you encounter an " +"issue while carrying out these procedures, please contact us through our " +"`support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." +msgstr "" +"Якщо у вас виникли запитання щодо вмісту цієї сторінки або виникли проблеми " +"під час виконання цих дій, зв'яжіться з нами за допомогою нашої `форми " +"підтримки <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:33 +msgid "Deactivating Users" +msgstr "Деактивація користувачів" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Make sure you have sufficient **administrative rights** if you want to " +"change the status of any of your users." +msgstr "" +"Переконайтеся, що у вас є достатньо **адміністративних прав**, якщо ви " +"хочете змінити статус будь-якого з ваших користувачів." + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:38 +msgid "" +"In your Odoo instance, click on **Settings**. You will have a section " +"showing you the active users on your database. Click on **Manage Users.**" +msgstr "" +"У вашій версії Odoo, натисніть **Налаштування**. У вас буде секція, яка " +"показуватиме вам активних користувачів вашої бази даних. Натисніть " +"**Керувати користувачами.**" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:79 +msgid "|settings|" +msgstr "|settings|" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:42 +msgid "|browse_users|" +msgstr "|browse_users|" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:45 +msgid "You'll then see the list of your users." +msgstr "Після цього ви побачите список ваших користувачів." + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The pre-selected filter *Internal Users* shows your paying users (different " +"from the *Portal Users* which are free). If you remove this filter, you'll " +"get all your users (the ones you pay for and the portal ones)" +msgstr "" +"Заздалегідь вибраний фільтр *Внутрішні користувачі* покаже ваших платних " +"користувачів (відмінних від *Користувачів порталу*, які є безкоштовними). " +"Якщо ви видалите цей фільтр, ви отримаєте всіх своїх користувачів (тих, кого" +" ви оплачуєте, а також портальні)." + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:55 +msgid "" +"In your list of users, click on the user you want to deactivate. As soon as " +"you are on the userform, click on the Action drop down menu, and then click " +"on Archive." +msgstr "" +"У вашому списку користувачів натисніть на користувача, якаого ви хочете " +"деактивувати. Як тільки ви будете на формі користувача, натисніть на " +"випадаюче меню дій та натисніть Архівувати." + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:63 +msgid "The user is now deactivated." +msgstr "Користувача деактивовано." + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:65 +msgid "**Never** deactivate the main user (*admin*)" +msgstr "**Ніколи** не деактивуйте головного користувача (**адміністратора**)." + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:68 +msgid "Uninstalling Apps" +msgstr "Видалення додатків" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Make sure you first test what you are about to do on a :ref:`duplicate " +"<duplicate_online>` of your database before making any changes (*especially*" +" installing/uninstalling apps)." +msgstr "" +"Перш ніж вносити зміни (особливо встановлення/видалення додатків), спочатку " +"перевірте, що ви збираєтесь робити на :ref:`тестовій <duplicate_online>` " +"базі даних. " + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:74 +msgid "" +"In your Odoo instance click on **Settings**; in this app, you will be able " +"to see how many applications you have installed. Click on **Browse Apps** to" +" access the list of your installed applications." +msgstr "" +"У своїй версії Odoo натисніть **Налаштування**, в цьому додатку ви зможете " +"побачити, скільки програм було встановлено. Натисніть **Переглянути " +"додатки**, щоб отримати доступ до списку встановлених програм." + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:79 +msgid "|browse_apps|" +msgstr "|browse_apps|" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:82 +msgid "" +"In your applications' dashboard, you will see all the icons of your " +"applications. Click on the application you want to uninstall. Then, on the " +"form of the application, click on **Uninstall**." +msgstr "" +"На панелі приладів додатків ви побачите всі значки ваших модулів. Натисніть " +"програму, яку ви хочете видалити. Потім, за формою додатку, натисніть кнопку" +" **Видалити**." + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Some applications have dependencies, like Invoicing, eCommerce, etc. " +"Therefore, the system will give you a warning message to advise you of what " +"is about to be removed. If you uninstall your application, all its " +"dependencies will be uninstalled as well (and the data in them will " +"permanently disappear). If you are sure you still want to uninstall it, then" +" click **Confirm**." +msgstr "" +"Деякі програми мають залежності, такі як виставлення рахунків, електронна " +"комерція та інше. Таким чином, система попередить вас, що ви збираєтеся " +"видалити. Якщо ви деінсталюєте вашу програму, всі її залежності буде також " +"видалено (і дані в них назавжди зникнуть). Якщо ви впевнені, що все одно " +"хочете видалити додаток, натисніть кнопку **Підтвердити**." + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Last, after having checked the warning message (if any), click **Confirm**." +msgstr "" +"Нарешті, після перевірки попередження (якщо воно є), натисніть кнопку " +"**Підтвердити**." + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:101 +msgid "You have finished uninstalling your application." +msgstr "Ви завершили видалення вашого модуля." + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:104 +msgid "Good to know" +msgstr "Варто знати" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:106 +msgid "" +"**Uninstalling apps, managing users, etc. is up to you**: no one else can " +"know if your business flow is broken better than you. If we were to " +"uninstall applications for you, we would never be able to tell if relevant " +"data had been removed or if one of your business flow was broken because we " +"*do not know how you work* and therefore cannot validate these kinds of " +"operations." +msgstr "" +"**Видалення додатків, керування користувачами тощо залежить від вас**: ніхто" +" не знає краще за вас, чи ваш бізнес-процес зламаний. Якщо ми хотіли б " +"деінсталювати додатки для вас, ми ніколи не зможемо визначити, чи були " +"видалені релевантні дані або якщо один із ваших бізнес-процесів був " +"зламаний, оскільки ми не знаємо, як ви працюєте, і тому не можемо перевірити" +" такі операції." + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:112 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Apps have dependencies**: this means that you may need to install " +"modules that you do not actively use to access some features of Odoo you " +"might need. For example, the Website Builder app is needed to be able to " +"show your customer their Quotes in a web page. Even though you might not " +"need or use the Website itself, it is needed for the Online Quotes feature " +"to work properly." +msgstr "" +"**Додатки Odoo мають залежності**: це означає, що вам може знадобитися " +"встановити модулі, які ви не використовуєте, для доступу до деяких функцій " +"Odoo, які вам можуть знадобитися. Наприклад, додаток Website Builder " +"потрібен, аби показати своєму клієнту свої комерційні пропозиції на веб-" +"сторінці. Незважаючи на те, чи вам може не знадобитися використання самого " +"Веб-сайту, це необхідно, щоби функція комерційних пропозицій онлайн " +"працювала належним чином." + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:119 +msgid "" +"**Always test app installation/removal on a duplicate** (or on a free trial " +"database): that way you can know what other apps may be required, etc. This " +"will avoid surprises when uninstalling or when receiving your invoices." +msgstr "" +"**Завжди перевіряйте встановлення/видалення додатку на тестовій базі** (або " +"на базі безкоштовної пробної версії): таким чином ви можете дізнатися, які " +"інші програми можуть знадобитися. Це допоможе уникнути несподіванок при " +"видаленні або при отриманні рахунків-фактур." diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/sign.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/sign.po deleted file mode 100644 index 7f9ae4482..000000000 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/sign.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,152 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2021 -# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2021 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-02-04 10:31+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2021\n" -"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: uk\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n" - -#: ../../sign.rst:5 -msgid "Sign" -msgstr "Підписати" - -#: ../../sign/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Загальний огляд" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:3 -msgid "Validity of electronic signatures" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The legal validity of electronic signatures generated by Odoo depends on the" -" legislation of your country. Companies doing business abroad should " -"consider electronic signature laws of other countries as well." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:10 -msgid "In the European Union" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:12 -msgid "" -"The `eIDAS regulation <http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2014/910/oj>`_ " -"establishes the framework for electronic signatures in all `27 member states" -" of the European Union <https://europa.eu/european-union/about-" -"eu/countries_en>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:16 -msgid "It distinguishes three types of electronic signatures:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:18 -msgid "Electronic signatures" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:19 -msgid "Advanced electronic signatures" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:20 -msgid "Qualified electronic signatures" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Odoo generates the first type, regular electronic signatures, and these " -"signatures can produce legal effects in the EU, as the regulation states " -"that “an electronic signature shall not be denied legal effect and " -"admissibility as evidence in legal proceedings solely on the grounds that it" -" is in an electronic form or that it does not meet the requirements for " -"qualified electronic signatures.”" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Note that electronic signatures may not be automatically recognized as " -"valid. You may need to bring supporting evidence of a signature’s validity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:31 -msgid "In the United States of America" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:33 -msgid "" -"The `ESIGN Act (Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act) " -"<https://www.fdic.gov/regulations/compliance/manual/10/X-3.1.pdf>`_, at the " -"interstate and international levels, and the `UETA (Uniform Electronic " -"Transactions Act) <https://www.uniformlaws.org/committees/community-" -"home/librarydocuments?communitykey=2c04b76c-2b7d-4399-977e-" -"d5876ba7e034&tab=librarydocuments>`_, at the state level, provide the legal " -"framework for electronic signatures. Note that `Illinois " -"<https://www.ilga.gov/legislation/ilcs/ilcs5.asp?ActID=89&>`_ and `New York " -"<https://its.ny.gov/electronic-signatures-and-records-act-esra>`_ have not " -"adopted the UETA, but similar acts instead." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Overall, to be recognized as valid, electronic signatures have to meet five " -"criteria:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:44 -msgid "" -"A signer must show a clear intent to sign. For example, using a mouse to " -"draw a signature can show intent. The signer must also have the option to " -"opt-out of electronically signing a document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:47 -msgid "" -"A signer must first express or imply their consent to conduct business " -"electronically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:48 -msgid "" -"The signature must be clearly attributed. In Odoo, metadata, such as the " -"signer’s IP address, is added to the signature, which can be used as " -"supporting evidence." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:50 -msgid "" -"The signature must be associated with the document being signed, for " -"example, by keeping a record detailing how the signature was captured." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Electronically signed documents need to be retained and available for later " -"reference by all parties involved, for example, by providing the signer " -"either a fully-executed copy or the option to download a copy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:57 -msgid "" -"The information provided here does not constitute legal advice; it is " -"provided for general informational purposes only. As laws governing " -"electronic signatures evolve rapidly, we cannot guarantee that the " -"information is up to date. We advise you to should contact a local attorney " -"to obtain legal advice." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po deleted file mode 100644 index f56fcf791..000000000 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,569 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: uk\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n" - -#: ../../sms_marketing.rst:5 -msgid "SMS Marketing" -msgstr "SMS-маркетинг" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Загальний огляд" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:3 -msgid "Contact Lists and Blacklist" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Creating your own list of contacts, or importing it, is useful when you want" -" to create specific groups of people, such as the subscribers of your " -"newsletter. It is also the best way to get started if you are coming from " -"another system and already have built an audience. It makes the SMS " -"distribution easier." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:11 -msgid "Contact lists" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:13 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Contacts lists --> Contacts lists --> Create`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Choose a name for your *Mailing list*, and activate the option *Is Public* " -"if you would like to make the mailing list accessible to your recipients in " -"the unsubscription page (allowing users to update their subscription " -"preferences)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:22 -msgid "History with the Log Notes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:25 -msgid "" -"A record of the mailings sent is kept on the recipient's chatter (whether it" -" is a contact or an opportunity, for example)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:28 -msgid "" -"This is important as you and team members can easily keep track and see a " -"history of the interactions with your contacts or prospects. Example: your " -"sales representative can easily find out which SMS mailing promotions a " -"customer has received or not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:35 -msgid "Blacklist" -msgstr "Чорний список" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:38 -msgid "" -"If you are coming from another software and have a list of clients who have " -"already asked to be blacklisted, you can import those entries to your " -"database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:39 -msgid "" -"For that, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Phone Blacklist --> " -"Import`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:3 -msgid "Integrations and Templates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Using SMS to reach people can be a strategy not just used for advertisement " -"purposes, but also as a reminder of events or issued invoices to your " -"costumers, for example." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:9 -msgid "Campaigns" -msgstr "Кампанії" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:11 -msgid "" -"First, make sure to have the necessary feature activated. Go to the " -":menuselection:`Email Marketing app --> Configuration --> Settings` and " -"enable *Mailing Campaigns*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Now, the menu *Campaigns* is also available on the *SMS Marketing* app, " -"allowing you to manage and have an overview of your SMS mailings under " -"campaigns." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:23 -msgid "" -"This feature is especially useful if you have aggregated campaigns, as you " -"have a global reporting view. In addition to that, you can create stages in " -"your Kanban view to better organize the work being done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:31 -msgid "Sending SMSs through the Contacts app" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Sending SMSs through the contact’s form is available by default in Odoo. It " -"makes your work easier if you need to send an SMS to a specific contact, for" -" example." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:36 -msgid "" -"For that, go to the *Contacts* app, select the contact and click on the " -"*SMS* icon next to the phone number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:41 -msgid "" -"If you would like to send a message to multiple contacts at once, choose the" -" *List View*, select all the contacts needed, and under *Action* select " -"*Send SMS*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:48 -msgid "Set up SMS templates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:50 -msgid "" -"To set up *SMS Templates*, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " -"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, then go to " -":menuselection:`Technical --> SMS Templates`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Use *Dynamic Placeholders* to adapt automatically the content of the SMS to " -"the context." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:63 -msgid "SMS Text Messaging is available throughout Odoo:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:65 -msgid "*CRM*: send SMSs to your leads and opportunities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:66 -msgid "*Subscription*: alert customers about their subscription." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:67 -msgid "*Accounting*: send payment reminders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:68 -msgid "*Marketing Automation*: automate your SMS marketing campaigns." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:69 -msgid "" -"*Inventory*: send an automatic confirmation when a delivery order is done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:70 -msgid "" -"*Sign*: receive a validation code to verify your identity before signing a " -"document online." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:71 -msgid "" -"*SEPA debit payment provider*: send a verification code to your customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:72 -msgid "" -"*Studio*: send an SMS according to your needs by using automated actions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:75 -msgid "" -"For more information about SMS integrations in Odoo and a list of frequently" -" asked questions, go to :doc:`../pricing/pricing_and_faq`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:79 -msgid ":doc:`../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:80 -msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_template`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:3 -msgid "Build, Send and Get Reports from a SMS Mailing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Using SMS Marketing as part of your communication strategies can empower you" -" to expand your markets, considering that in some countries emails are not " -"very used or used at all. It also helps to boost conversion rates, as this " -"strategy has a high open-rate percentage among people who use smartphones." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:11 -msgid "Get started" -msgstr "Розпочніть" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:13 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`SMS Marketing --> Create`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Specify a *subject* name to help you remembering what the mailing is about." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Under *Recipients*, choose to whom you would like the SMS to be sent. If you" -" choose *Contact*, all your Odoo contacts (vendor, customers, etc.) receive " -"your SMS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:22 -msgid "" -"From there, you can refine your recipient list with the *add filter* option." -" In the example below, the message would be sent to the contacts living in " -"Belgium." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:27 -msgid "" -"The *Mailing list* option, on the other hand, allows you to choose the " -"specific mailing lists you created to group specific contacts. You are " -"allowed to select multiple ones." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Under the *SMS Content* tab, links can be included and Odoo automatically " -"generates *link trackers* in order to generate data about these links." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Under *Settings* you have the option *Include opt-out link*. If activated, " -"the contact is able to unsubscribe from the mailing list." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:43 -msgid "" -"In the *Link Tracker* menu under *Configuration*, you can see the history of" -" your sent links, access them and look at statistics." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:50 -msgid "Double-check that you have the phone number of your contacts saved." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:53 -msgid "Send a mailing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Once you have your mailing created, you must choose when you would like it " -"to be delivered:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:59 -msgid "" -"*Put in Queue*: the mailing is triggered with the next automatic run. " -"Interesting option if you do not need the message to be sent at a specific " -"time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:61 -msgid "" -"*Send Now*: sends the message immediately. Use this option if the recipient " -"list is not excessive." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:62 -msgid "" -"*Schedule*: allows you to choose a day and time. Best option for mailings " -"that you would like to send during a specific event, to promote an offer " -"while it is active, or to simply plan your content strategy in advance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:65 -msgid "" -"*Test*: allows you to send an SMS to one or multiple numbers for test " -"purposes. Check, for example, if the link provided lands on the right page " -"while making sure they are responsive. If sending it to multiple numbers, " -"you must remember to use a comma between them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:70 -msgid "Visualize reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:72 -msgid "" -"Under the *Reporting* menu apply filters, measures, and adopt different " -"layouts to do analyses of the performance of your SMS mailings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:79 -msgid "" -"You can also check the price to send an SMS for your country by clicking on " -"the *Information* icon." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:86 -msgid "" -"**Buy Credits:** in order to take advantage of the app and its features, " -"make sure you have purchased credits. For more information: " -":doc:`../pricing/pricing_and_faq`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing.rst:3 -msgid "Pricing and FAQ" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:3 -msgid "SMS Pricing and FAQ" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:6 -msgid "What do I need to send SMSs?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:7 -msgid "" -"SMS Text Messaging is an In-App Purchase (IAP) service that *requires " -"prepaid credits* to work." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:11 -msgid "How many types of SMSs are there?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:12 -msgid "There are 2 types: GSM7 and UNICODE." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:14 -msgid "" -"**GSM7** is the standard format, with a limit of 160 characters per message," -" that includes the following characters:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:23 -msgid "" -"**UNICODE** is the format applied if a special character, that *is not* in " -"the GSM7 list, is used. Limit per SMS: 70 characters." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:27 -msgid "" -"For GSM7 SMS the size limit is 160 characters, and for Unicode is 70. *Above" -" these limits, the content is divided into a multi-part message* and the " -"limit of characters is lowered to 153 for GSM7 and to 67 for Unicode. The " -"system will inform you in real-time about the number of SMS your message " -"represents." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:34 -msgid "How much does it cost to send an SMS?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:35 -msgid "" -"The price of an SMS depends on the destination and the length (number of " -"characters) of the message." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:37 -msgid "" -"To see the **price per country, please consult**: `Odoo SMS - FAQ <https" -"://iap-services.odoo.com/iap/sms/pricing#sms_faq_01>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:39 -msgid "" -"The number of SMSs a message represents will be always available to you in " -"your database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:49 -msgid "How do I buy credits?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:50 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Buy Credits`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:57 -msgid "Or go to :menuselection:`Settings --> View my Services`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:65 -msgid "" -"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you " -"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви на Odoo Online (SAAS) і у вас версія Enterprise, для тестування " -"функції ви користуєтесь безкоштовними пробними кредитами." - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:70 -msgid "More common questions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:72 -msgid "**Is there an expiration time for my credits?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:74 -msgid "No, credits do not expire." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:77 -msgid "" -"**Can I send an SMS to a phone number (which is not a mobile phone) because " -"I see the icon in front of the field “phone”?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:80 -msgid "Only if that phone number supports SMS (e.g. SIP phones)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:83 -msgid "**Do I receive an invoice to buy my credits?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:85 -msgid "Yes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:88 -msgid "**Can the recipient answer to me?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:90 -msgid "No, it is not possible to reply to the SMS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:93 -msgid "" -"**What happens if I send multiple SMS but I do not have enough credits to " -"send them all?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:95 -msgid "" -"The whole transaction is counted as a single one, so no SMS will be sent " -"until you have enough credits to send them all." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:99 -msgid "**Do I have a history of the sent SMSs?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:101 -msgid "" -"Yes, the SMS is logged as a note under the chatter of the corresponding " -"record, and a complete history of the SMSs sent is available on " -":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` under " -":menuselection:`Technical --> SMS`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:107 -msgid "**Can I send as many SMSs I want at once?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:109 -msgid "Yes, if you have enough credits." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:112 -msgid "" -"**If I have a number that does not exist in the list of recipients, will I " -"lose credits?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:114 -msgid "" -"Not if the phone number is in the wrong format (e.g. too many digits). " -"Otherwise, if the SMS is sent to the wrong person or to a fake number, the " -"credit will be lost." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:118 -msgid "" -"**What happens if I send my SMS to a paying number (e.g.: a contest to win a" -" ticket for a festival)?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:120 -msgid "" -"The SMS will not be delivered to that kind of number, so you won’t be " -"charged." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:123 -msgid "" -"**Can I identify the numbers that do not exist when I send several SMSs?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:125 -msgid "Only the ones that have an invalid format." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:128 -msgid "**How does the GDPR regulation affect this service?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:130 -msgid "" -"Please find our `Privacy Policy here <https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#sms>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:132 -msgid "**Can I use my own SMS provider?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:134 -msgid "" -"Yes, but it is not possible out of the box. Our experts can help you " -"customize your database to make it happen. Please, check our success packs " -"`here <https://www.odoo.com/pricing-packs>`_." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po deleted file mode 100644 index a6479c0f5..000000000 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,361 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:42+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: uk\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n" - -#: ../../social_marketing.rst:5 -msgid "Social Marketing" -msgstr "Меркетинг соцмереж" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Загальний огляд" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:3 -msgid "Connecting to my Marketplace with Campaigns" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Whether your goal is to sell a new product, explain the value of your " -"services or advertise your event, a campaign helps you to connect with your " -"marketplace. They normally involve multiple channels, so it is fundamental " -"to have a solution with which you can plan, execute, track, and analyze your" -" content." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:10 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Campaigns --> Create`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:16 -msgid "" -"As you create content, tabs for that specific channel are shown. The " -"overview of the campaign displays global metrics such as:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:19 -msgid "" -"*Revenue*: number of users who, from a link in your content, finished a " -"transaction (paid)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:20 -msgid "" -"*Quotations*: number of users who, from a link in your content, have started" -" but not finished a transaction (did not pay)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:22 -msgid "" -"*Leads*: users who have filled out your contact form, from a link in your " -"content." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:25 -msgid "" -"To be able to *Send New Mailing*, make sure the feature is enabled in the " -"*Email Marketing* application, under :menuselection:`Email Marketing --> " -"Configuration --> Settings`. To be able to *Send SMS*, the *SMS Marketing* " -"application must be installed on your database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:30 -msgid "" -"*Social Marketing* works integrated with other applications such as *Sales*," -" *Invoicing*, *CRM* and *Website*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:34 -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:77 -msgid ":doc:`./push_notifications`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:35 -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:66 -msgid ":doc:`./manage_social`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:3 -msgid "Interact with Customers and Visitors with Live Chat" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:5 -msgid "" -"One of the ways you can build stronger relationships with your customers is " -"by making yourself available through live chat. Live chats can have a big " -"impact not just on your customer service, but also on sales performance, as " -"it gives users a chance of having real-time, fast, and effective " -"interaction." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:11 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Налаштування" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Live Chat` " -"select the appropriate channel, and set it up." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Under *Channel Rules*, choose when the chat pop-up appears, and an action " -"for a given URL and/or country. Note that to take the country into account, " -"GeoIP must be installed on your server." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:24 -msgid "The *Live Chat* application must be installed on your database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:27 -msgid "Monitor your visitors" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Under the *Visitors* menu, see the visitors that landed on one of your " -":ref:`social_marketing/website_tracked_pages` online or offline." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:34 -msgid "" -"You can send emails (if an email address has been saved), send SMSs (if a " -"phone number has been saved), send a push notification (if the user has " -"subscribed to it), and even send a live chat request that will be received " -"by the user once they move to a tracked page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Open a record to see details including the visited pages, and the first and " -"last date and time the user was connected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Your online visitors will be authenticated if they are linked to a lead or " -"an existing partner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:44 -msgid "" -"If you do not use the *Website* app, you can add a live chat widget to your " -"own website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:49 -msgid "Website’s tracked pages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:51 -msgid "" -"To define which pages are tracked, on the *Website* application, go to " -":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Pages` and enable the option " -"*Track*, on the respective pages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:60 -msgid ":doc:`../../livechat/overview/get_started`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:3 -msgid "Manage Social Media Pages and Create Content" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Once you are present on social media platforms, it is important to keep them" -" up-to-date. However, that might feel like a full-time job. Having a " -"solution that allows you to create, schedule, keep track, engage with your " -"audience and measure results saves you time and helps you to successfully " -"execute your online strategy, from posts to results." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:12 -msgid "Add accounts and create your feed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Click on *Add Stream* and grant the required permissions to add your " -"accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:21 -msgid "You can link a Facebook page for which you are the admin." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:23 -msgid "" -"You are then redirected to your *Feed* and a column with the publications is" -" automatically added." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:25 -msgid "" -"You can then add new accounts and/or streams, such as Facebook mentions, and" -" customize your Kanban view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Adding social media accounts to your feed will also link KPIs. To get " -"redirected to the statistics page of the social account, click on " -"*Insights*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:39 -msgid "Link a LinkedIn account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Configuration --> Social Media`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:48 -msgid "" -"LinkedIn is in Beta Version, therefore, the feed is not available. Only the " -"creation of content." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:51 -msgid "Publish content" -msgstr "Опублікувати вміст" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Click on :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Feed --> New Post`, or go to " -":menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Posts → Create`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:60 -msgid "Choose to upload your post right away or to schedule it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:61 -msgid "Saving your post will apply a draft status to it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:64 -msgid "Overview and plan your posts with a calendar view" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Through the calendar view, besides having an overview of your planned day, " -"week or month, also see your drafted, scheduled and published posts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:68 -msgid "Drag and drop (scheduled posts) to change their scheduled date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Double-click on a date to create a post directly from the *Calendar view*, " -"and click on an existing one to edit it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:78 -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:67 -msgid ":doc:`./campaigns`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:79 -msgid ":doc:`./livechat`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:3 -msgid "Use Web Push Notifications" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Web Push Notifications deliver messages to your user’s device without the " -"need to be on your website, or for them to give personal information. They " -"can be used to inform your users about news, articles and content posted, " -"practical messages like traffic and weather updates, flight information, " -"sales alerts, coupons, and product updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:11 -msgid "Ask users for permission" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:13 -msgid "" -"In the *Website* application go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration" -" --> Settings` and enable *Web Push Notifications*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Choose your message, icon, and delay time (which is the wait time for the " -"permission request to be shown once the user lands on your page)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:28 -msgid "Send notifications" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:31 -msgid "Individually" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:33 -msgid "You can send individual messages through the menu *Visitors*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:40 -msgid "To a group" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Target a bigger segment by selecting multiple visitors in the *View List* " -"(e.g.: all visitors that visited your Homepage)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Visitors records are kept under *Visitors* for a week, before getting " -"archived." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:53 -msgid "By rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Or go to :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Posts --> Create`. Under *Web " -"Notification options*, apply filters to send your message to the records " -"that match the rules you set." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:63 -msgid "The feature only works with Odoo Website application." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/studio.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/studio.po deleted file mode 100644 index 52ed412a5..000000000 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/studio.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,939 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-11-02 12:05+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:42+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: uk\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n" - -#: ../../studio.rst:5 -msgid "Studio" -msgstr "Студія" - -#: ../../studio/concepts.rst:3 -msgid "Concepts" -msgstr "Поняття" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:3 -msgid "Understanding Automated Actions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:6 -msgid "" -"Automated actions are used to trigger actions. They are based on conditions " -"and happen on top of Odoo’s default business logic." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Examples of automated actions include: creating a next activity upon a " -"quote's confirmation; adding a user as a follower of a confirmed invoice if " -"its total is higher than a certain amount; or preventing a lead from " -"changing stage if a field is not filled in." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Let's understand how to properly define *when* an automated action runs and " -"*how* to create one:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:18 -msgid "" -"The first step is to choose the :doc:`Model <understanding_general>` on " -"which the action is applied." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:19 -msgid "" -"The **Trigger** field defines the event that causes the automated action to " -"happen:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:21 -msgid "" -"*On Creation*: when a new record is created. Note that the record is created" -" once saved for the first time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:23 -msgid "" -"*On Update*: when the record is updated. Note that the update happens once " -"the record is saved." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:24 -msgid "" -"*On Creation & Update*: on the creation and/or on the update of a record " -"once the form is saved." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:25 -msgid "*On Deletion*: on the removal of a record under the condition set." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:26 -msgid "" -"*Based on Form Modification*: when the value of the specified *Trigger* " -"field is changed in the interface (user sees the changes before saving the " -"record). Note that this action can only be used with the *Execute Python " -"Code* action type." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:29 -msgid "" -"*Based on Timed Condition*: a delay happens after a specific date/time. Set " -"a *Delay after trigger date* if you need a delay to happen before the " -"*Trigger Date*. Example: to send a reminder 15min before a meeting. If the " -"date/time is not set on the form of the model chosen, the date/time " -"considered is the one of the creation/update of the record." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:34 -msgid "For every Trigger option, **conditions** can be applied, such as:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:36 -msgid "" -"*Before Update Domain*: if designated, this condition must be satisfied " -"before the record is updated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:38 -msgid "" -"*Apply on*: if designated, this condition must be satisfied before executing" -" the action rule (*Action To Do*), and after the update." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:41 -msgid "" -"The **Active** option is to be turned off when the rule should be hidden and" -" not executed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Under **Action To Do** choose the type of server action that must be " -"executed once records meet the *Trigger* conditions:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:45 -msgid "" -"*Execute Python Code*: a block of code is executed. A *Help* tab with the " -"variables that can be used is available." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:47 -msgid "*Create New Record*: a new record with new values is created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:48 -msgid "*Update a Record*: updates the record that triggered the action." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:49 -msgid "" -"*Execute several actions*: defines an action that triggers other server " -"actions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:50 -msgid "" -"*Send Email*: an automatic :doc:`email " -"<../../discuss/advanced/email_template>` is sent." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:51 -msgid "*Add Followers*: followers are notified of changes in the task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:52 -msgid "" -"*Create Next Activity*: creates an activity such as: *Call*, *Email*, " -"*Reminder*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:53 -msgid "" -"*Send SMS Text Message*: sends an :doc:`SMS " -"<../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:56 -msgid "Example" -msgstr "Приклад" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:58 -msgid "" -"This is the process of which the update of the *Email* field on the " -"Lead/Opportunity *Model*, with a *Trigger Condition* set to *On Update*, " -"goes through:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:65 -msgid "The user creates the record without an email address set." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:66 -msgid "The user updates the record defining an email address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Once the change is saved, the automation checks if any of the *Watched " -"Fields* are being updated (for the example: field name *email_from* (Email)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:69 -msgid "" -"If true, it checks if the record matches the *Before Update Domain* (for the" -" example: *email is not set*)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:71 -msgid "" -"If true, it checks (*after the update*) whether the record matches the " -"*Apply on* domain (for the example: *email is set*)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:73 -msgid "If true, the chosen *Action To Do* is performed on the record." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:76 -msgid ":doc:`understanding_general`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:77 -msgid ":doc:`../use_cases/automated_actions`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:3 -msgid "Understanding General Concepts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:7 -msgid "" -"Odoo Studio is a toolbox that allows you to add models or adapt " -"functionalities on top of Odoo’s standard behavior without coding knowledge." -" You can also create custom views and modify existing ones without having to" -" get into the XML code." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Even for experienced developers, typing out code requires time. By using " -"Odoo Studio, you can quickly get your models up and going and focus on the " -"crucial parts of your application. The result is a user-friendly solution " -"that makes customizations and designing new applications easy with or " -"without programming skills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:15 -msgid "Getting started" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:17 -msgid "" -"One you start using Odoo Studio, you automatically create a new *module* " -"that contains all your modifications. These modifications can be done on " -"existing screens (*views*), by adding new *fields* in existing applications," -" or by creating an entirely new *model*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:22 -msgid "What is a Module?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:25 -msgid "" -"An Odoo **Module** can contain a number of elements, such as: business " -"objects (models), object views, data files, web controllers, and static web " -"data. An application is a collection of modules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:29 -msgid "" -"In object-oriented programming, models usually represent a concept from the " -"real world. Example: Odoo has models for Sales Orders, Users, Countries, " -"etc. If you were to build an application to manage Real Estate sales, a " -"model that represents the Properties for sale would probably be your first " -"step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:38 -msgid "What is a Model (also called Object)?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:40 -msgid "" -"A **Model** determines the logical structure of a database and fundamentally" -" determines in which manner data can be stored, organized, and manipulated. " -"In other words, a model is a table of information that can be bridged with " -"other tables." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:45 -msgid "What are Fields?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:47 -msgid "" -"**Fields** compose models. It is where a record (a piece of data) is " -"registered." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Example: on the Real Estate application, fields on the Properties model " -"would include the price, address, a picture, a link to the current owner, " -"etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:50 -msgid "" -"There are 2 main types of fields in Odoo: *basic (or scalar) fields* and " -"*relational fields*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Basic fields represent simple values, like numbers or text. Relational " -"fields represent relations between models. So, if you have a model for " -"*Customers* and another one for *Properties*, you would use a relational " -"field to link each Property to its Customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:56 -msgid "Relational Fields in detail" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:59 -msgid "" -"**Relational Fields** provide the option to link the data of one model with " -"the data of another model." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:60 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, relational field types are: *One2many*, *Many2one*, *Many2many*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:66 -msgid "" -"An **One2many** field is a *one-way* direction of selecting *multiple* " -"records from a table." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Example: a Sales Order can contain multiple Sales Order Lines, which also " -"contain multiple fields of information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:69 -msgid "" -"A **Many2one** field is a *one-way* direction of selecting *one* record from" -" a table." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Example: you can have many product categories, but each product can only " -"belong to one category." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:71 -msgid "" -"A **Many2many** field is a *two-way* direction of selecting records from a " -"table." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:72 -msgid "Example: multiple tags can be added to a lead’s form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:75 -msgid "An *One2many* field must have a *Many2one* related to it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:78 -msgid "What are Views?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:80 -msgid "" -"**Views** define how records are displayed. They are specified in XML which " -"means that they can be edited independently from the models that they " -"represent. There are various types of views in Odoo, and each of them " -"represents a mode of visualization. Some examples are: *form*, *list*, " -"*kanban*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:85 -msgid "What is a Menu?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:87 -msgid "" -"A **Menu** is a button that executes and action. In Odoo Studio, to create " -"menus (models) and rearrange their hierarchy, click on *Edit Menu*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:95 -msgid "`Studio Basics <https://www.odoo.com/fr_FR/slides/studio-31>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to.rst:3 -msgid "How To" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/export_import.rst:3 -msgid "Export and Import Modules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/export_import.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When you do customizations in Odoo Studio, a new module is created in your " -"database, making it easy to use Studio for prototyping." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/export_import.rst:8 -msgid "" -"To export these customizations, activate Studio on the main dashboard and, " -"under the menu *Customizations*, click on *Export*. The default filename is " -"*customizations.zip*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/export_import.rst:16 -msgid "" -"The module created contains the definition of custom models and fields, as " -"well as the UI elements of any customization in an XML format." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/export_import.rst:18 -msgid "" -"To import and install the customizations in another instance, connect to the" -" destination database, activate Studio and, under *Customizations*, click on" -" *Import*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/export_import.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Studio does not know which apps are customized (because the same view can be" -" modified on different apps), therefore, it *does not* add the underlying " -"modules as dependencies of the exported module. In other words, the " -"applications installed on the source database should be installed on the " -"destination database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:3 -msgid "Customizing the Rainbow Man" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The Rainbow Man in Odoo is an animation shown once the user completes " -"certain tasks and clicks on certain buttons. It is a way to make the " -"software fun to use, and rewarding, for employees." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:13 -msgid "" -"On most buttons in Odoo, such as *Send by Email*, *Confirm* or *Cancel*, " -"once they are selected in Studio, under their *Properties*, the *Rainbow " -"Man* effect can be applied." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:14 -msgid "By default, the feature is active:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:16 -msgid "when opportunities are marked as won;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:17 -msgid "when users empty their inboxes;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:18 -msgid "when the user finishes a tour;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:19 -msgid "when the user finishes doing reconciliations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:3 -msgid "Customizing Reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Odoo uses HTML and CSS technologies to create reports. HTML is a markup " -"language that uses tags, also called elements. It is the core of any webpage" -" because it provides its basic structure. CSS interacts with HTML elements " -"to add style to the page, establishing how the HTML is shown to the user. " -"Odoo’s reports also use Bootstrap’s grid layout, which is the containers, " -"rows, and columns to align content, and support Odoo's website themes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:11 -msgid "" -"When creating a new report, choose the purpose of it and if you would like " -"the report to include header and footer (company logo, name, address, phone," -" email address, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Under the tab **Add**, you find the fields to be dragged and dropped to the " -"view. *Fields*, *Data tables*, *Subtotal & Total*, and *Address Book* are " -"dynamic elements (meaning that they need a :doc:`one2many or a many2many " -"<../concepts/understanding_general>` related object). *Text*, *Title Block*," -" *Image*, and *Text in Cell* are static elements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Once the element is added to the view, select it to see its **Options**. The" -" first section shows the hierarchy of the selected object and its " -"properties, allowing you to individually edit them. Fields with related " -"objects have their directives shown on *Field Expression*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Under **Visible if**, define the rule(s) to set visibility conditions to " -"fields." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Example: if choosing to display a product image, you could set a visibility " -"rule to only display the ones that are *set* in the product form, avoiding " -"having a plain icon when they are not set." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:40 -msgid "" -"**Visible for** is used to set which :doc:`groups " -"<../../general/odoo_basics/add_user>` can have access to specific elements " -"in the report. **Limit visibility to groups**, under *Report*, sets the " -"visibility of the report to specifics groups, meaning that users belonging " -"to other groups do not see the same final document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Under the **Report** tab, name your report, choose the paper format, and if " -"the report should be added to the *Print* menu list on its respective " -"document form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:53 -msgid "" -"If activating the :doc:`Developer mode " -"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, additional fields such as *Class* " -"under *Options*, and *Reload from attachment* under *Report*, become " -"visible." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:56 -msgid "" -"*Class*: add custom CSS classes to the selected element (e.g. Bootstrap " -"classes such as *text-danger*)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:59 -msgid "" -"*Reload from attachment*: saves the report as an attachment of the document " -"when printed. When the report is reprinted, it re-downloads that attachment " -"instead of re-printing it. This means that if the underlying record (e.g. " -"Invoice) changes when compared to the first impression, the report does not " -"reflect the changes because they were done after the attachment was created." -" This is typically useful for reports linked to documents that should not " -"change, such as Invoices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Actions in Odoo Studio can be undone until you *Close* the toolbox. Once you" -" have closed Studio, changes can not be undone anymore." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases.rst:3 -msgid "Use Cases" -msgstr "Використовувати досвід" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced Use Cases: Automated Actions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:5 -msgid "" -"**Case scenario 1: when a Belgian lead is created, a 3-stars priority should" -" be automatically applied.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:8 -msgid "Under *Automations*, click on *Create* and set the following rules:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:10 -msgid "*Model*: Lead/Opportunity" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:11 -msgid "*Active*: On" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:12 -msgid "*Trigger*: On Creation & Update" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:13 -msgid "*Apply on*: Country > Country Name = Belgium" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:14 -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:53 -msgid "*Action To Do*: Update the Record" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:15 -msgid "*Data to Write*: Lead/Opportunity > Value > 3" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Check :doc:`this doc <filters_status_bar>` in order to have another " -"automated action example." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:25 -msgid ":doc:`../concepts/understanding_automated_actions`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:26 -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:61 -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:138 -#: ../../studio/use_cases/views.rst:28 -msgid ":doc:`../concepts/understanding_general`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced Use Cases: Filters and Status Bar" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:5 -msgid "" -"**Case scenario 1: on Sales, set a filter on Belgian customers and define it" -" as the default one (the user should still be able to unset the filter).**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:8 -msgid "" -"On your customer’s page, use *Filters* > *Add Custom Filter* to group " -"customers by country. Now, under *Favorites*, *Save Current Search* enabling" -" *Use by default* and *Save*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:15 -msgid "" -"On *Filter Rules* in Studio mode, select the respective filter and enable " -"*Default Filter*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:21 -msgid "" -"**Case scenario 2: add a status bar on the product form to manage its life " -"cycle. Set the values: ‘Prototype’, ‘In use’ and ‘Deprecated’. By default, " -"the Kanban view must be grouped by status.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:26 -msgid "" -"On your product form, *Add a pipeline status bar* and name its values. " -"Status bars are *selection* fields that give you the ability to follow a " -"specific flow. They are useful to show you the progress that has been made." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:28 -msgid "" -"On the *Views* menu, access *Kanban* and, under its *View* options, set the " -"*Default Group by* as *Pipeline status bar*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Now, open your product form and set the right status for that product. As " -"you move products throughout stages (also through the product’s form), " -"stages are shown in the Kanban view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:38 -msgid "" -"To make modifications in the pipeline status bar, for example, remember to " -"go back to *Form View*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:44 -msgid "" -"**Case scenario 2.a: when a product goes from ‘In use’ to ‘Deprecate’, set " -"its cost to 0€.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Create an :doc:`automated action " -"<../concepts/understanding_automated_actions>` with the selected values:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:49 -msgid "*Model*: Product Template" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:50 -msgid "*Trigger*: On Update" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:51 -msgid "*First Domain*: Pipeline status bar = In use" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:52 -msgid "*Second Domain*: Pipeline status bar = Deprecated" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:54 -msgid "*Data to Write*: Cost (Product Template) > Value > 0" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced Use Cases: Creating Models and Adding Fields" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:5 -msgid "" -"**Case scenario 1: on the leads’ form, if the chosen country is France, show" -" a field 'Pay by check?'**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:8 -msgid "" -"On your leads’ form, add a *Related Field* to *Country > Country Name*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Now, add a *Checkbox* field and define its invisibility options as *Country*" -" (carefully select the one just created) *> is not = > France.*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:11 -msgid "You can now hide the related field created (*Country*) if you wish." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Another approach is to use the country’s ID. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Contacts --> Configuration --> Countries`, select France " -"(for example), and on the URL check its *ID*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:21 -msgid "" -"The related field invisibility path should now be *Country* (carefully " -"select the one just created) *> is not = > 75*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:22 -msgid "Again, hide the related field with the country’s ID if you prefer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:28 -msgid "" -"**Case scenario 2: create a model called 'Properties' and add fields called:" -" company, value, name, address, active, image.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:31 -msgid "" -"From the dashboard, (optionally) start a new module. Then, click on *Edit " -"Menu* and start a *New Menu* (model). Set your menu name and *Confirm*. Now," -" on its form, drag & drop the necessary fields." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:39 -msgid "" -"**Case scenario 2.a: now, you would like to have a model called 'Regions' to" -" which each property must be linked. And, on 'Regions', you would like to " -"see the properties for each region.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Go to *Edit Menu > New Menu* and create your menu, calling it *Regions*. Add" -" the necessary fields on its form by dragging & dropping them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Now, in the form view of *Properties*, add a *Many2one* field with a " -"relation to your model *Region*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:48 -msgid "" -"The *Existing Fields* are the ones that are on the current model but not yet" -" in the view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Now, go to the model *Regions*, select the form view, and add a status " -"button selecting *Regions (Properties)* as your relational field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:62 -msgid "" -"*Status buttons* are computed fields, meaning that they count the numbers of" -" records on the related model, and allow you to access them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:69 -msgid "" -"When searching for relations, click on *Search more* and filter it by " -"*Custom*. This way you avoid creating duplicates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:76 -msgid "" -"**Case scenario 2.b: in the model 'Properties', show all the tags as " -"checkboxes instead of tags.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:78 -msgid "" -"Once the field *Tags* is added to the form, select it and, under its " -"*Properties > Widgets*, choose *Checkboxes*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:85 -msgid "" -"**Case scenario 3: on the leads’ form, add a selection field with the " -"values:'Tags' & 'List' & 'Checkboxes'. According to the value of the field, " -"show tags as many2many_tags, many2many_radio, or many2many(_list).**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:89 -msgid "" -"In your form view, add a *Tags* field and relate it to *Partners Tag*. Under" -" *Properties*, define its *Widget* as *Many2many*. Do the same process " -"another 2 times for *Checkboxes* and *Tags*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:96 -msgid "Now, add a *Selection* field and the necessary values." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:99 -msgid "" -"Continue by selecting your *Tags* fields, one by one, to set their " -"*Invisible* options according to their *Widget*. In the example below, the " -"invisibility rule for the *Partner Tags* is set as: *Select Tag type > is " -"not = > Tags.*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:105 -msgid "" -"**Case scenario 4: on a quotation’s form, add a selection field called " -"'Manager Validation' with the values: ‘Accepted’ and ‘Refused’. Only a sales" -" manager can see it, and the field should be set as mandatory if the untaxed" -" amount is higher than 500€.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:109 -msgid "" -"On your quotation form, add a *Selection* field with the values *Accepted* " -"and *Refused*. Set its *Required* condition as *Untaxed Amount > 500* and " -"the *Limit visibility to groups* as *Sales / Administrator* or managers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:117 -msgid "**Case scenario 5: change the tooltip of a field for all views.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:119 -msgid "" -"Activate the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` " -"and open Studio." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:122 -msgid "" -"Select the necessary field and, under *Properties*, click on *More* to write" -" your tooltip message on *Field Help*. The tooltip message is the " -"explanatory message shown when the user hovers the field. The message here " -"written is displayed on all views forms where the field is added." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:129 -msgid "" -"The *Field Help* message can only be applied to *new* fields. If you would " -"like to change/apply a tooltip for a specific field, use the *Help Tooltip* " -"option under *Properties*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/views.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced Use Cases: Views" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/views.rst:5 -msgid "" -"**Case scenario 1: in Sales, show orders in a Kanban View instead of a List " -"View.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/views.rst:7 -msgid "" -"From the Sales page, access Studio and, under *Views*, set the *Kanban* " -"option as the default one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/views.rst:14 -msgid "" -"**Case scenario 2: allow for the list of leads to be edited inline without " -"having to switch to the form view.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/views.rst:19 -msgid "" -"On the *List View*, under *View* > *Editable*, choose between *New record on" -" top* or *New record at the bottom*. This way, besides defining the order in" -" which new records are displayed in the view, you are able to edit them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/views.rst:21 -msgid "" -"If the field is left blank, no editing is possible and records are shown " -"based on your column preferences on the lead's page (front-end)." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/support.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/support.po deleted file mode 100644 index a93bb1209..000000000 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/support.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,496 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:42+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: uk\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n" - -#: ../../support.rst:5 -msgid "Support" -msgstr "Підтримка" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:7 -msgid "Supported versions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Odoo provides support and bug fixing **for the 3 last major versions** of " -"Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Users hosted on **Odoo Online** may use intermediary versions (sometimes " -"called *SaaS versions*) that are supported as well. These versions are not " -"published for Odoo.sh or On-Premise installations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:18 -msgid "What's the support status of my Odoo?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:20 -msgid "This matrix shows the support status of every version." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:22 -msgid "**Major releases are in bold type.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:25 -msgid "Odoo Online" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:25 -msgid "Odoo.sh" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:25 -msgid "On-Premise" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:25 -msgid "Release date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:27 -msgid "**Odoo 14.0**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:27 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:27 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:27 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:29 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:31 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:31 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:31 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:33 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:35 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:35 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:35 -msgid "|green|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:27 -msgid "October 2020" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:29 -msgid "Odoo 13.saas~4" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:29 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:29 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:33 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:33 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:37 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:37 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:41 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:41 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:43 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:43 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:47 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:47 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:49 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:51 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:51 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:53 -msgid "N/A" -msgstr "Дані відсутні" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:29 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:33 -msgid "August 2019" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:31 -msgid "**Odoo 13.0**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:31 -msgid "October 2019" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:33 -msgid "Odoo 12.saas~3" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:35 -msgid "**Odoo 12.0**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:35 -msgid "October 2018" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:35 -msgid "*End-of-support is planned for October 2021*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:37 -msgid "Odoo 11.saas~3" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:37 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:39 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:39 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:41 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:43 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:45 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:45 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:47 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:49 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:51 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:53 -msgid "|orange|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:37 -msgid "April 2018" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:39 -msgid "**Odoo 11.0**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:39 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:45 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:49 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:53 -msgid "|red|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:39 -msgid "October 2017" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:41 -msgid "Odoo 10.saas~15" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:41 -msgid "March 2017" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:43 -msgid "Odoo 10.saas~14" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:43 -msgid "January 2017" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:45 -msgid "**Odoo 10.0**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:45 -msgid "October 2016" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:47 -msgid "Odoo 9.saas~11" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:47 -msgid "May 2016" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:49 -msgid "**Odoo 9.0**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:49 -msgid "October 2015" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:51 -msgid "Odoo 8.saas~6" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:51 -msgid "February 2015" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:53 -msgid "**Odoo 8.0**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:53 -msgid "September 2014" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:59 -msgid "|green| Supported version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:61 -msgid "|red| End-of-support" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:63 -msgid "N/A Never released for this platform" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:65 -msgid "" -"|orange| Some of our older customers may still run this version on our Odoo " -"Online servers, we provide help only on blocking issues and advise you to " -"upgrade." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:67 -msgid "🏁 Future version, not released yet" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:80 -msgid "I run an older version of Odoo/OpenERP/TinyERP" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:82 -msgid "" -"OpenERP 7.0, 6.1, 6.0 and 5.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:84 -msgid "" -"TinyERP 4.0, 3.0, 2.0 and 1.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:86 -msgid "" -"You should consider `upgrading <https://upgrade.odoo.com/>`_ your database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:8 -msgid "What can I expect from the support service?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:12 -msgid "5 days a week" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Your Odoo Online subscription includes **unlimited 24hr support at no extra " -"cost, Monday to Friday**. Our teams are located around the world to ensure " -"you have support, no matter your location. Your support representative could" -" be communicating to you from San Francisco, Belgium, or India!" -msgstr "" -"Ваша підписка на Odoo Online включає **необмежену підтримку 24 години на " -"добу без додаткових витрат з понеділка по п'ятницю**. Наші команди " -"розташовані по всьому світу, щоби забезпечити підтримку, незалежно від " -"вашого місцезнаходження. Ваш представник підтримки може зв'язатися з вами із" -" Сан-Франциско, Бельгії або Індії!" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Our support team can be contacted through our `online support form " -"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." -msgstr "" -"З нашою командою підтримки можна зв'язатися з нашою формою онлайн-підтримки " -"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:23 -msgid "What kind of support is included?" -msgstr "Що включено у підтримку?" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Providing you with relevant material (guidelines, product documentation, " -"etc...)" -msgstr "" -"Надання вам відповідного матеріалу (інструкція, документація продукту " -"тощо...)" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Answers to issues that you may encounter in your standard Odoo database (eg." -" “I cannot close my Point of Sale” or “I cannot find my sales KPIs?”)" -msgstr "" -"Відповіді на проблеми, які можуть виникнути у вашій стандартній базі даних " -"Odoo (наприклад, \"Я не можу закрити свою точку продажу\" або \"Я не можу " -"знайти мої KPI продажів?\")" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:29 -msgid "Questions related to your account, subscription, or billing" -msgstr "" -"Питання, пов'язані з вашим обліковим записом, передплатою або платіжною " -"системою" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Bug resolution (blocking issues or unexpected behaviour not due to " -"misconfiguration or customization)" -msgstr "" -"Розв'язання помилок (проблеми з блокуванням або несподівана поведінка через " -"неправильне налаштування)" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Issues that might occur in a test database after upgrading to a newer " -"version" -msgstr "" -"Проблеми, які можуть виникнути в тестовій базі даних після оновлення до " -"нової версії" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:34 -msgid "" -"*Odoo Support does not make changes to your production database without your" -" agreement and gives you the material and knowledge to do it yourself!*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:39 -msgid "What kind of support is not included?" -msgstr "Що не входить у підтримку?" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Questions that require us to understand your business processes in order to " -"help you implement your database" -msgstr "" -"Питання, які вимагають від нас розуміння ваших бізнес-процесів, щоб " -"допомогти вам впровадити вашу базу даних" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Training on how to use our software (we will direct you to our many " -"resources)" -msgstr "" -"Навчання щодо використання нашого програмного забезпечення (ми направляємо " -"вас на наші ресурси)" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:44 -msgid "Import of documents into your database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Guidance on which configurations to apply inside of an application or the " -"database" -msgstr "" -"Посібник, за яким слід застосовувати налаштування всередині програми або " -"бази даних" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:46 -msgid "" -"How to set up configuration models (Examples include: Inventory Routes, " -"Payment Terms, Warehouses, etc)" -msgstr "" -"Як налаштувати моделі конфігурації (приклади включають: складські маршрути, " -"умови оплати, склади тощо)" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:48 -msgid "Any intervention on your own servers/deployments of Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Any intervention on your own third party account (Ingenico, Authorize, UPS, " -"etc)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Questions or issues related to specific developments or customizations done " -"either by Odoo or a third party (this is specific only to your database or " -"involving code)" -msgstr "" -"Питання чи проблеми, пов'язані з конкретними розробками або налаштуваннями, " -"зробленими Odoo або третьою стороною (це стосується лише вашої бази даних " -"або включеного коду)" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:54 -msgid "" -"You can get this type of support with a `Success Pack <https://www.odoo.com" -"/pricing-packs>`__. With a pack, one of our consultants will analyze the way" -" your business runs and tell you how you can get the most out of your Odoo " -"Database. We will handle all configurations and coach you on how to use " -"Odoo." -msgstr "" -"Ви можете отримати такий тип підтримки за допомогою `Пакету послуг " -"<https://www.odoo.com/pricing-packs>`__. Один із наших консультантів з таким" -" пакетом проаналізує, як працює ваш бізнес, і розповість вам, як ви можете " -"максимально використати свою базу даних Odoo. Ми будемо обробляти всі " -"налаштування та навчати вас, як користуватися Odoo." - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:6 -msgid "Where to find help?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:10 -msgid "Odoo Enterprise" -msgstr "Платна версія Odoo" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Users who have a valid Odoo Enterprise subscription may always contact our " -"support teams through our `support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_, no " -"matter the hosting type you chose (Odoo Online, Odoo.sh or on your own " -"server)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:16 -msgid "Please include in your request:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:18 -msgid "your subscription number" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:19 -msgid "" -"the URL of your database if your database is hosted by Odoo (Odoo Online or " -"Odoo.sh)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:21 -msgid "Our agents will get back to you as soon as possible." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:25 -msgid "Odoo Community" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:27 -msgid "*Odoo Community users don't get access to the support service.*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:29 -msgid "Here are some resources that might help you:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:31 -msgid "Our `documentation pages <https://www.odoo.com/page/docs>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Ask your question on the `community forum " -"<https://www.odoo.com/forum/help-1>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:33 -msgid "" -"`Buy Odoo Enterprise " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/14.0/setup/enterprise.html>`_ to get the" -" support and bugfix services." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/survey.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/survey.po deleted file mode 100644 index bcb3a27c7..000000000 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/survey.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,240 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:42+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: uk\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n" - -#: ../../survey.rst:5 -msgid "Survey" -msgstr "Опитування" - -#: ../../survey/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Загальний огляд" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:3 -msgid "Get Started with Surveys" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Surveys can be used for a range of purposes that can go from collecting " -"customer feedback, evaluate the success of an event, measure how pleased " -"customers are with your products/services, gauge whether employees are happy" -" and satisfied with their work environment, and even to find out what your " -"market is thinking." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:11 -msgid "Get started" -msgstr "Розпочніть" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:13 -msgid "" -"When creating your survey, choose a *Title* and *Category*. The *Category* " -"field is used to know in which context the survey is being conducted, as " -"different applications might use it for different purposes such as " -"recruitment, certification, or employee appraisal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:22 -msgid "Tab: Questions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:24 -msgid "Add sections and questions by clicking on the respective links." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:27 -msgid "" -"On the *Sections and Questions* form, once the question type is chosen and " -"the answer added, under the tab *Options*, enable *Mandatory Answer*, and " -"set an *Error message* to be shown when the user tries to submit the survey " -"without answering the respective question." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Depending on the *Question Type*, the tab *Options* aggregates extra and " -"different possibilities. Examples:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:31 -msgid "" -"*Single Line Text Box* - can choose a minimum and maximum text length " -"(number of characters - spaces do not count), and its error message." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:33 -msgid "" -"*Multiple choice: multiple answers allowed*: choose between radio buttons or" -" a dropdown menu list, and if you would like to have a comment field. If the" -" user select an answer and type a comment, the values are separately " -"recorded. Or, enable the comment field to be displayed as an answer choice, " -"with which a text type field is displayed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:37 -msgid "" -"*Matrix Type*: choose if you would like to have one or multiple choices per " -"row." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:44 -msgid "Tab: Description" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Write a *Description* to be displayed under the title of the survey's " -"homepage." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:53 -msgid "Click on *Edit* to personalize your pages with the website builder." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:56 -msgid "Tab: Options" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Under the tab *Options*, choose the *Layout* of your questions. If choosing " -"*One page per section* or *One page per question*, an option *Back Button* " -"becomes available, which allows the user to go back pages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:67 -msgid "Test and share the survey" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Once your Survey is ready, *Test* it to avoid *Sharing* it with potential " -"errors. As answers get collected, click on *Answers* to access all the " -"details of the respondent and his answers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:72 -msgid "" -"By default, a filter *Except Test Entries* is applied to keep the list of " -"entries clean with only real participants." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:79 -msgid "" -"Another way to access detailed answers is by going to " -":menuselection:`Participations --> Participations`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:80 -msgid "Click on *See results* to be redirected to an analytical page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:87 -#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:34 -msgid ":doc:`scoring`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:88 ../../survey/overview/scoring.rst:35 -msgid ":doc:`time_random`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/scoring.rst:3 -msgid "Scoring Surveys" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/scoring.rst:5 -msgid "" -"To measure your respondent’s performance, knowledge of a subject, or overall" -" satisfaction, attach points to the answers of specific questions. The " -"points are summed up to give your respondent a final score." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/scoring.rst:9 -msgid "" -"On your survey’s form, click on *Add a question* and, under the tab " -"*Options*, choose between *Scoring with answers at the end* or *Scoring " -"without answers at the end*. Now, on your question’s form, set the right " -"answer and score." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/scoring.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Set the percentage score the user needs to achieve to have successfully " -"taken the survey. If enabling *Certificate*, choose its template. The " -"certification is automatically sent by email to the users who successfully " -"finish it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/scoring.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Enable *Login required* to be able to *Give Badges*. Badges are related to " -"the eLearning section of your website. Besides the logged-in user, visitors " -"of the website that access the page *Courses* can also see the granted " -"badges." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:3 -msgid "Time and Randomize Questions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:6 -msgid "Time Limit" -msgstr "Ліміт часу" - -#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:10 -msgid "" -"On timed surveys, respondents need to complete the survey within a certain " -"period of time. It can be used to ensure that all respondents get the same " -"amount of time to find the answers, or to decrease the chance of having them" -" looking at external resources." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:11 -msgid "Set the *Time limit* under the tab *Options*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:17 -msgid "" -"A timer is shown on the pages so the user can keep track of the remaining " -"time. Surveys not \\ submitted by the *Time limit* do not have their answers" -" saved." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:21 -msgid "Selection" -msgstr "Вибір" - -#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:25 -msgid "" -"When you randomize a survey, you allow for the questions to be shuffled in a" -" random order every time someone opens the questionnaire. This can be useful" -" to avoid having respondents looking at each others' answers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:27 -msgid "" -"To do so, under the tab *Options*, enable *Randomized per section*. Now, " -"under the tab *Questions*, set how many of the questions in that section " -"should be taken into account during the shuffling." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/timesheets.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/timesheets.po deleted file mode 100644 index 3919898ea..000000000 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/timesheets.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,86 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 15:13+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: uk\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n" - -#: ../../timesheets.rst:5 -msgid "Timesheets" -msgstr "Табелі" - -#: ../../timesheets/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Загальний огляд" - -#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:3 -msgid "Create Timesheets upon Time Off Validation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo automatically timesheets on project/tasks upon time off requests. This " -"allows for better overall control over the validation of timesheets, as it " -"does not leave place for forgetfulness and questions after hours that have " -"not been timesheeted by the employee." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Activate the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, " -"go to *Timesheets*, and change the *Project* and *Task* set by default, if " -"you like." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Time Off --> Configuration --> Time Off Types`. Select" -" or create the needed type, and decide if you would like the requests to be " -"validated or not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Now, once the employee has requested his time off and the request has been " -"validated (or not, depending on the setting chosen), the time is " -"automatically allocated on *Timesheets*, under the respective project and " -"task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:27 -msgid "" -"On the example below, the user requested *Paid Time off* from July 13th to " -"15th." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Considering that validation is not required, the requested time off is " -"automatically displayed in *Timesheets*. If validation is necessary, the " -"time is automatically allocated after the responsible person for validating " -"does it so." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Click on the magnifying glass, hovering over the concerned cell, to access " -"all the aggregated data on that cell (day), and see details regarding the " -"project/task." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/website.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/website.po deleted file mode 100644 index a8058a6ce..000000000 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/website.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2364 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Zoriana Zaiats, 2020 -# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Martin Trigaux, 2021 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 15:13+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2021\n" -"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: uk\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n" - -#: ../../website.rst:5 -msgid "Website" -msgstr "Веб-сайт" - -#: ../../website/optimize.rst:3 -msgid "Optimize" -msgstr "Оптимізувати" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:3 -msgid "How to track your website's traffic in Google Analytics" -msgstr "Як відслідковувати трафік вашого веб-сайту на Google Analytics" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:5 -msgid "To follow your website's traffic with Google Analytics:" -msgstr "" -"Щоб стежити за трафіком вашого веб-сайту за допомогою Google Analytics:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:7 -msgid "" -"`Create a Google Analytics account <https://www.google.com/analytics/>`__ if" -" you don't have any." -msgstr "" -"`Створіть обліковий запис Google Analytics " -"<https://www.google.com/analytics/>`__ якщо у вас його немає." - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Go through the creation form and accept the conditions to get the tracking " -"ID." -msgstr "" -"Пройдіть форму створення та прийміть умови, щоб отримати ID відстеження." - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:15 -msgid "Copy the tracking ID to insert it in Odoo." -msgstr "Скопіюйте ID відстеження, щоби вставити його в Odoo." - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Go to the *Configuration* menu of your Odoo's Website app. In the settings, " -"turn on Google Analytics and paste the tracking ID. Then save the page." -msgstr "" -"Перейдіть до меню *Налаштування* додатку Веб-сайт Odoo. У налаштуваннях " -"увімкніть Google Analytics і вставте ID відстеження. Потім збережіть " -"сторінку." - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:27 -msgid "" -"To make your first steps in Google Analytics, refer to `Google Documentation" -" <https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/1008015?hl=en/>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:32 -msgid ":doc:`google_analytics_dashboard`" -msgstr ":doc:`google_analytics_dashboard`" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:3 -msgid "How to track your website traffic from your Odoo Dashboard" -msgstr "" -"Як відслідковувати трафік вашого веб-сайту з інформаційної панелі Odoo" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:5 -msgid "" -"You can follow your traffic statistics straight from your Odoo Website " -"Dashboard thanks to Google Analytics." -msgstr "" -"Ви можете слідкувати за вашою статистикою трафіку прямо з панелі " -"інструментів веб-сайту Odoo завдяки Google Analytics." - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:8 -msgid "" -"A preliminary step is creating a Google Analytics account and entering the " -"tracking ID in your Website's settings (see :doc:`google_analytics`)." -msgstr "" -"Для початку створіть обліковий запис Google Analytics та введіть ID " -"відстеження у налаштуваннях вашого веб-сайту. (see :doc:`google_analytics`)." - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Go to `Google APIs platform <https://console.developers.google.com>`__ to " -"generate Analytics API credentials. Log in with your Google account." -msgstr "" -"Перейдіть на 'платформу Google API " -"<https://console.developers.google.com>`__ для створення облікових даних " -"Analytics API. Ввійдіть у свій обліковий запис Google." - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:14 -msgid "Select Analytics API." -msgstr "Виберіть Analytics API." - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Create a new project and give it a name (e.g. Odoo). This project is needed " -"to store your API credentials." -msgstr "" -"Створіть новий проект і надішліть йому назву (наприклад, Odoo). Цей проект " -"необхідний для зберігання ваших облікових даних API." - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:25 -msgid "Enable the API." -msgstr "Увімкніть API." - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:30 -msgid "Create credentials to use in Odoo." -msgstr "Створіть облікові дані для використання в Odoo." - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Select *Web browser (Javascript)* as calling source and *User data* as kind " -"of data." -msgstr "" -"Виберіть *веб-браузер (Javascript)* як джерело дзвінків та *дані " -"користувача* як види даних." - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Then you can create a Client ID. Enter the name of the application (e.g. " -"Odoo) and the allowed pages on which you will be redirected. The *Authorized" -" JavaScript origin* is your Odoo's instance URL. The *Authorized redirect " -"URI* is your Odoo's instance URL followed by " -"'/google_account/authentication'." -msgstr "" -"Тоді ви можете створити ID клієнта. Введіть назву програми (наприклад, Odoo)" -" та дозволені сторінки, на які ви будете перенаправлені. Початком " -"*авторизованого JavaScript* є ваша версія URL-адреси Odoo. *Авторизований " -"URI* перенаправлення - це URL-адреса вашої версії Odoo, а потімy " -"'/google_account/authentication'." - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:51 -msgid "" -"Go through the Consent Screen step by entering a product name (e.g. Google " -"Analytics in Odoo). Feel free to check the customizations options but this " -"is not mandatory. The Consent Screen will only show up when you enter the " -"Client ID in Odoo for the first time." -msgstr "" -"Перейдіть за кроком згоди на екран, введіть назву товару (наприклад, Google " -"Analytics у Odoo). Не соромтеся перевіряти параметри налаштування, але це не" -" обов'язково. Екран згоди відображатиметься лише тоді, коли ви вперше " -"введете ID клієнта в Odoo." - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Finally you are provided with your Client ID. Copy and paste it in Odoo." -msgstr "Нарешті, вам надається ID клієнта. Скопіюйте та вставте його в Odoo." - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Open your Website Dashboard in Odoo and link your Analytics account to past " -"your Client ID." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:67 -msgid "As a last step, authorize Odoo to access Google API." -msgstr "" -"В якості останнього кроку дозвольте Odoo отримати доступ до Google API." - -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:3 -msgid "Track clicks and visitors using Link Trackers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Link Trackers allow you to track your marketing campaigns (emails, banner " -"ads, blog posts, social media posts, affiliate links, etc.). This way, you " -"are able to identify your best traffic sources and make informed decisions " -"about the distribution of your marketing budget." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:10 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Налаштування" - -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate " -"*Link Trackers*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:19 -msgid "Set up traceable URLs" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Go to website --> Promote --> Track this " -"page`. Here, you are able to get a specific tracked URL based on the " -"campaign, medium, and source being used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:28 -msgid "" -"**URL**: url of the page you want to track (e.g. the home page or a " -"product's page)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:29 -msgid "**Campaign**: context of your link (e.g. a special promotion)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:30 -msgid "" -"**Medium**: channel used to share (deliver) your link (e.g. an email or a " -"Facebook ad)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:31 -msgid "" -"**Source**: platform where the traffic originates (e.g. Google or Twitter)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Now, click on *Get tracked link* to generate a URL that you can post or send" -" by the source you have decided on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:37 -msgid "Follow-up on tracked links" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:39 -msgid "" -"To look at statistics of your links, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Go to" -" website --> Promote --> Track this page`. Besides being able to see the " -"*Most Clicked* and *Recently Used* links, you can also see complete " -"statistics by clicking on *Stats*, including the number of clicks, and the " -"country of origin for those clicks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:50 -msgid "You can also access the link tracker on *odoo.com/r* via your browser." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:51 -msgid "" -"Activate the developer mode (:menuselection:`Settings --> Activate the " -"developer mode`) and get access to the *Link Tracker* module and its back-" -"end functionalities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Integrated with :doc:`Google Analytics <google_analytics>`, those trackers " -"allow you to see the number of clicks and visitors to keep you on top of " -"your marketing campaigns." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:55 -msgid "" -"The integration with the :doc:`CRM <../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits>` " -"application allows you to understand where your leads and opportunities are " -"coming from." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:3 -msgid "How to do Search Engine Optimisation (SEO) in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Search Engine Optimization (SEO) is a set of good practices to optimize your" -" website so that you get a better ranking in search engines like Google. In " -"short, a good SEO allows you to get more visitors." -msgstr "" -"Пошукова оптимізація (SEO) - це набір оптимальних методів оптимізації вашого" -" веб-сайту, завдяки чому ви отримуєте кращий рейтинг у пошукових системах, " -"таких як Google. Словом, хороша оптимізація SEO дозволяє отримати більше " -"відвідувачів." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Some examples of SEO rules: your web pages should load fast, your page " -"should have one and only one title ``<h1>``, meta tags (alt-tag, title-tag) " -"should be consistent with the content, your website should have a " -"``/sitemap.xml`` file, etc." -msgstr "" -"Деякі приклади правил SEO: ваші веб-сторінки мають завантажуватися швидко, " -"на вашій сторінці має бути один і тільки один заголовок ``<h1>``, мета теги " -"(alt-tag, title-tag) повинні відповідати вмісту сторінки, ваш веб-сайт " -"повинен мати файл ``/sitemap.xml`` і т.д.." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:15 -msgid "" -"To guarantee Odoo Website and Odoo eCommerce users have a great SEO, Odoo " -"abstracts all the technical complexities of SEO and handles everything for " -"you, in the best possible way. This will be explained here below." -msgstr "" -"Щоб гарантувати, що користувачі вебсайту та електронної комерції Odoo мають " -"чудовий SEO, Odoo бере на себе всі технічні складнощі SEO. Як саме - читайте" -" нижче." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:20 -msgid "" -"But first, let see how you can easily boost your ranking by finetuning the " -"content and the meta tags of your website." -msgstr "" -"Але спочатку подивіться, як ви можете легко підвищити свій рейтинг шляхом " -"тонкого налаштування вмісту та метатегів вашого вебсайту." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:24 -msgid "Meta Tags" -msgstr "Метатеги" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:27 -msgid "Title, Description" -msgstr "Назва, Опис" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Every web page should define the ``<title>`` and ``<description>`` meta " -"data. These information elements are used by search engines to promote your " -"website. They are automatically generated based on page title & content, but" -" you can finetune them. Make sure they fit the content of the page, " -"otherwise you will be downgraded by search engines." -msgstr "" -"Кожна веб-сторінка повинна визначати метадані ``<title>``, ``<description>``" -" та ``<keywords>``. Ці інформаційні елементи використовуються пошуковими " -"системами, щоб визначити рейтинг вашого сайту. Вони генеруються автоматично " -"на основі назви та вмісту сторінки, але ви можете додатково їх налаштувати. " -"Перевірте, що вони відповідають вмісту вашої сторінки, інакше пошукові " -"системи знизять ваш рейтинг." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:39 -msgid "Keywords" -msgstr "Ключові слова" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:40 -msgid "" -"In order to write quality content and boost your traffic, Odoo provides a " -"``<keyword>`` finder. Those keywords are the searches you want to head " -"towards your website. For each keyword, you see how it is used in the " -"content (H1, H2, page title, page description, page content) and what are " -"the related searches in Google. The more keywords are used the better." -msgstr "" -"Для того, щоб написати якісний вміст і збільшити ваш трафік, Odoo пропонує " -"пошук ``<keyword>``. Ці ключові слова - це пошукові запити, які ви хочете " -"направити на ваш вебсайт. Для кожного ключового слова ви бачите, як воно " -"використовується у вмісті (H1, H2, заголовок сторінки, опис сторінки, вміст " -"сторінки) та які є пов'язані пошукові запити в Google. Чим більше ключових " -"слів буде використано, тим краще." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:50 -msgid "" -"If your website is in multiple languages, you can use the Promote tool for " -"every language of a single page and set specific title, description and " -"search tags." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ваш веб-сайт має декілька мов, ви можете використовувати інструмент " -"просування для кожної мови окремої сторінки та встановлювати спеціальний " -"заголовок, опис та пошукові теги." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:55 -msgid "Content is King" -msgstr "Вміст це наше все!" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:57 -msgid "" -"When it comes to SEO, content is usually king. Odoo provides several modules" -" to help you build your website content:" -msgstr "" -"Коли мова йде про SEO, вміст має дуже великий вплив. Odoo надає кілька " -"модулів, які допоможуть створити свій вміст на вашому вебсайті:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:60 -msgid "**Odoo Blogs**: write great contents." -msgstr "**Блоги Odoo**: написання чудового вмісту" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:62 -msgid "" -"**Odoo Slides**: publish all your Powerpoint or PDF presentations. Their " -"content is automatically indexed on the web page. Example: `odoo.com/slides" -"/public-channel-1 <https://www.odoo.com/slides/public-channel-1>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:66 -msgid "" -"**Odoo Forum**: let your community create contents for you. Example: " -"`odoo.com/forum/1 <https://odoo.com/forum/1>`_ (accounts for 30% of Odoo.com" -" landing pages)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:70 -msgid "" -"**Odoo Mailing List Archive**: publish mailing list archives on your " -"website. Example: `odoo.com/groups/community-59 " -"<https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59>`_ (1000 pages created per month)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:76 -msgid "" -"The 404 page is a regular page, that you can edit like any other page in " -"Odoo. That way, you can build a great 404 page to redirect to the top " -"content of your website when visitors get lost in invalid URLs." -msgstr "" -"Сторінка 404 - це звичайна сторінка, яку можна редагувати, як і будь-яку " -"іншу сторінку в Odoo. Таким чином, ви можете створити класну 404 сторінку, " -"яка перенаправлятиме на найпопулярніший вміст вашого веб-сайту, якщо людина " -"потрапила на невірну URL-адресу." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:81 -msgid "Use Social Networks" -msgstr "Використовуйте соціальні мережі" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Social media is built for mass sharing. If lots of people share your content" -" on social media, then it's likely more people will link to it, and links " -"are a huge factor for SEO ranking." -msgstr "" -"Соціальні мережі створені для того, щоб ділитись цікавою інформацією з " -"великою кількістю людей. Якщо багато людей поширять ваш вміст у соціальних " -"мережах, то, ймовірно, більше людей буде посилатись на нього, а посилання є " -"величезним фактором для SEO-рейтингу." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:87 -msgid "Odoo embeds several tools to share content through social media:" -msgstr "" -"Odoo має декілька інструментів для обміну вмістом через соціальні мережі:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:90 -msgid "Social Network" -msgstr "Соціальні мережі" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Odoo allows to link all your social network accounts in your website footer." -" All you have to do is to refer all your accounts in your company settings." -msgstr "" -"Odoo дозволяє відображати всі ваші облікові записи в соціальних мережах у " -"підвалі (футері) вашого вебсайту. Все, що вам потрібно зробити - це вказати " -"всі ваші облікові записи у налаштуваннях вашої компанії." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:99 -msgid "Social Share" -msgstr "Ділитись у соціальній мережі" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:101 -msgid "" -"Drop the building block *Share* on any page you want your visitors to share." -" By clicking the icon, they are prompted to share the page in their social " -"media wall." -msgstr "" -"Пересуньте блок *Ділитись* на будь-яку сторінку. Користувачі зможуть " -"натиснути на іконку та поділитись цією веб сторінкою на своїй сторінці у " -"соціальній мережі." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:108 -msgid "" -"Most social media use a picture of the picture to decorate the share post. " -"Odoo uses the website logo by default but you can choose any other image of " -"your page in the Promote tool." -msgstr "" -"Більшість соціальних мереж використовують зображення для кращої візуальної " -"презентації своєї публікації. За замовчуванням Odoo використовує логотип " -"вебсайту, але ви можете обрати будь-яке інше зображення вашої сторінки в " -"інструменті «Просування»." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:116 -msgid "Facebook Page" -msgstr "Facebook сторінка" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:118 -msgid "" -"Drop the building block *Facebook Page* to display a widget of your Facebook" -" business page and encourage visitors to follow it. You can display the " -"timeline, the next events and the messages." -msgstr "" -"Пересуньте блок *Сторінка Facebook*, щоб відобразити віджет вашої ділової " -"сторінки на Facebook та заохотити відвідувачів стежити за нею. Ви можете " -"відобразити часову шкалу, наступні події та повідомлення." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:123 -msgid "Twitter Scroller" -msgstr "Прокручування Twitter" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:125 -msgid "" -"Display the Twitter feeds with customer satifaction on your website. This " -"will increase the number of tweets and shares." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:129 -msgid "Test Your Website" -msgstr "Перевірте ваш веб-сайт" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:131 -msgid "" -"You can compare how your website rank, in terms of SEO, against Odoo using " -"WooRank free services: `woorank.com <https://www.woorank.com>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:136 -msgid "URLs Handling" -msgstr "Обробка URL-адрес" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:138 -msgid "This section sheds some light on how Odoo makes URLs SEO-friendly." -msgstr "" -"У цьому розділі висвітлено як URL-адреси в Odoo сприяють хорошому рейтингу " -"SEO​." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:141 -msgid "URLs Structure" -msgstr "Структура URL-адреси" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:143 -msgid "A typical Odoo URL will look like this:" -msgstr "Типова URL-адреса Odoo виглядатиме так:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:145 -msgid "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/my-great-product-31" -msgstr "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/my-great-product-31" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:147 -msgid "With the following components:" -msgstr "З наступними компонентами:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:149 -msgid "**https://** = Protocol" -msgstr "**https://** = Protocol" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:151 -msgid "**www.mysite.com** = your domain name" -msgstr "**www.mysite.com** = ваше доменне ім'я" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:153 -msgid "" -"**/fr\\_FR** = page language. This part of the URL is removed if the visitor" -" browses the main language of the website Thus, the main version of this " -"page is: https://www.mysite.com/shop/product/my-great-product-31" -msgstr "" -"**/fr\\_FR** вказує на мову сторінки. Ця частина URL-адреси видаляється, " -"якщо відвідувач переглядає основну мову вебсайту. Таким чином, основна " -"версія цієї сторінки: https://www.mysite.com/shop/product/my-great-" -"product-31" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:158 -msgid "" -"**/shop/product** = every module defines its own namespace (/shop is for the" -" catalog of the eCommerce module, /shop/product is for a product page)." -msgstr "" -"**/shop/product** - кожен модуль визначає власний простір імен (/shop - це " -"назва каталогу модуля електронної комерції, /shop/product вказує, що це " -"сторінка товару)." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:162 -msgid "" -"**my-great-product** = by default, this is the slugified title of the " -"product this page refers to. But you can customize it for SEO purposes. A " -"product named \"Pain carré\" will be slugified to \"pain-carre\". Depending " -"on the namespace, this could be different objects (blog post, page title, " -"forum post, forum comment, product category, etc.)." -msgstr "" -"**my-great-product** за замовчуванням, це згладжений заголовок товару, який " -"містить ця сторінка. Але ви можете налаштувати його для цілей SEO. Товар під" -" назвою \"Pain carré\" буде перетворений у \"pain-carre\". Залежно від " -"простору імен це можуть бути різні об'єкти (публікація блогу, заголовок " -"сторінки, повідомлення форуму, коментар до форуму, категорія товару, тощо)." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:169 -msgid "**-31** = the unique ID of the product" -msgstr "**-31** = унікальний ID товару" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:171 -msgid "" -"Note that any dynamic component of an URL can be reduced to its ID. As an " -"example, the following URLs all do a 301 redirect to the above URL:" -msgstr "" -"Зауважте, що будь-який динамічний компонент URL-адреси можна звести до його " -"ID. Як приклад, всі наступні URL-адреси роблять переадресацію 301 на вказану" -" URL-адресу:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:174 -msgid "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (short version)" -msgstr "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (short version)" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:176 -msgid "http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (even shorter version)" -msgstr "http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (even shorter version)" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:178 -msgid "" -"http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/other-product-name-31 (old product " -"name)" -msgstr "" -"http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/other-product-name-31 (old product " -"name)" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:181 -msgid "" -"Some URLs have several dynamic parts, like this one (a blog category and a " -"post):" -msgstr "" -"Деякі URL-адреси мають кілька динамічних частин, як-от ця (категорія блогу " -"та публікація):" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:184 -msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/company-news-5/post/the-odoo-story-56" -msgstr "https://www.odoo.com/blog/company-news-5/post/the-odoo-story-56" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:186 -msgid "In the above example:" -msgstr "У наведеному вище прикладі:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:188 -msgid "*Company News* is the title of the blog" -msgstr "*Новини компанії* - це назва блогу" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:190 -msgid "*The Odoo Story* is the title of a specific blog post" -msgstr "*Історія Odoo* - це назва конкретного поста в блозі" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:192 -msgid "" -"When an Odoo page has a pager, the page number is set directly in the URL " -"(does not have a GET argument). This allows every page to be indexed by " -"search engines. Example:" -msgstr "" -"Коли сторінка Odoo має пейджер, номер сторінки встановлюється безпосередньо " -"в URL-адресі (не має аргументу GET). Це дозволяє кожній сторінці індексувати" -" пошукові системи. Приклад:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:196 -msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/page/3" -msgstr "https://www.odoo.com/blog/page/3" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:199 -msgid "Changes in URLs & Titles" -msgstr "Зміни в URL-адресах і заголовках" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:201 -msgid "" -"When the URL of a page changes (e.g. a more SEO friendly version of your " -"product name), you don't have to worry about updating all links:" -msgstr "" -"Коли змінюється URL-адреса сторінки (наприклад, більш дружня версія для " -"друку вашого товару), вам не потрібно турбуватися про оновлення всіх " -"посилань:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:204 -msgid "Odoo will automatically update all its links to the new URL." -msgstr "Odoo автоматично оновить всі свої посилання на нову URL-адресу." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:206 -msgid "" -"If external websites still points to the old URL, a 301 redirect will be " -"done to route visitors to the new address of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:209 -msgid "As an example, this URL:" -msgstr "Як приклад, ця URL-адреса:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:211 -msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/old-product-name-31" -msgstr "http://mysite.com/shop/product/old-product-name-31" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:213 -msgid "Will automatically redirect to:" -msgstr "Автоматично переспрямовуватиметься на:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:215 -msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/new-and-better-product-name-31" -msgstr "http://mysite.com/shop/product/new-and-better-product-name-31" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:217 -msgid "" -"In short, just change the title of a blog post or the name of a product, and" -" the changes will apply automatically everywhere in your website. The old " -"link still functions when used by external websites, via a 301 redirect, " -"maintaining the SEO link juice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:223 -msgid "HTTPS" -msgstr "HTTPS" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:225 -msgid "" -"Search engines boost ranking of secure HTTPS/SSL websites. So, by default " -"all Odoo Online instances are fully based on HTTPS. If the visitor accesses " -"your website through a non HTTPS url, it gets a 301 redirect to its HTTPS " -"equivalent." -msgstr "" -"Пошуковики підвищують рейтинг вебсайтів захищених через HTTPS / SSL. Отже, " -"за замовчуванням всі інсталяції Odoo Online повністю ґрунтуються на HTTPS. " -"Якщо відвідувач звертається до вашого вебсайту за допомогою URL-адреси, що " -"не містить HTTPS, то 301 переадресація перенаправить його до еквівалента " -"URL-адреси з HTTPS." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:231 -msgid "Links: Nofollow Strategy" -msgstr "Посилання: стратегія nofollow" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:233 -msgid "" -"The more a page is linked from external and quality websites, the better it " -"is for your SEO." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:236 -msgid "Here are Odoo strategies to manage links:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:238 -msgid "" -"Every link you add to your website is \"dofollow\", which means that this " -"link will contribute to the SEO Juice for the linked page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:242 -msgid "" -"Every link posted by a contributor (forum post, blog comment, etc.) that " -"links to your own website is \"dofollow\" too." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:245 -msgid "" -"But every link posted by a contributor that links to an external website is " -"\"nofollow\". In that way, you do not run the risk of people posting links " -"on your website to third-party websites which have a bad reputation." -msgstr "" -"Але кожне посилання, розміщене співрозмовником, який посилається на " -"зовнішній веб-сайт, є \"nofollow\". Таким чином, ви не ризикуєте, що люди " -"публікують посилання на ваш веб-сайт на сторонні веб-сайти, які мають погану" -" репутацію." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:250 -msgid "" -"Note that, when using the forum, contributors having a lot of Karma can be " -"trusted. In such case, their links will not have any ``rel=\"nofollow\"`` " -"attribute." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:255 -msgid "Multi-Language Support" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:258 -msgid "Multi-Language URLs" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:260 -msgid "" -"If you run a website in multiple languages, the same content will be " -"available in different URLs, depending on the language used:" -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви запускаєте веб-сайт на кількох мовах, однаковий вміст буде доступний" -" в різних URL-адресах залежно від мови використання:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:263 -msgid "" -"https://www.mywebsite.com/shop/product/my-product-1 (main language, English " -"here)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:265 -msgid "" -"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1 (French " -"version)" -msgstr "" -"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1 (French " -"version)" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:267 -msgid "" -"In this example, fr\\_FR is the language of the page. You can even have " -"several variations of the same language: pt\\_BR (Portuguese from Brazil) , " -"pt\\_PT (Portuguese from Portugal)." -msgstr "" -"У цьому прикладі fr\\_FR є мовою сторінки. Ви навіть можете мати декілька " -"варіантів однієї мови: pt\\_BR (португальська з Бразилії), pt\\_PT " -"(португальська з Португалії)." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:272 -msgid "Language Annotation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:274 -msgid "" -"To let search engines know that the second URL is the French translation of " -"the first URL, Odoo will add an HTML link element in the header. In the HTML" -" <head> section of the main version, Odoo automatically adds a link element " -"pointing to the translated versions of that webpage;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:279 -msgid "" -"<link rel=\"alternate\" hreflang=\"fr\" " -"href=\"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1\"/>" -msgstr "" -"<link rel=\"alternate\" hreflang=\"fr\" " -"href=\"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1\"/>" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:282 -msgid "With this approach:" -msgstr "З таким підходом:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:284 -msgid "" -"Search engines will redirect to the right language according to the visitor " -"language." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:287 -msgid "" -"You do not get penalized by search engines if your page is not translated " -"yet. Indeed, it's not a duplicated content, but a different version of the " -"same content." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:292 -msgid "Language Detection" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:294 -msgid "" -"When a visitor lands for the first time on your website (e.g. " -"yourwebsite.com/shop), they may automatically be redirected to a translated " -"version according to their browser language preference (e.g. " -"yourwebsite.com/fr\\_FR/shop)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:299 -msgid "" -"Next time, it keeps a cookie of the current language to avoid any " -"redirection." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:302 -msgid "" -"To force a visitor to stick to the default language, you can use the code of" -" the default language in your link, example: yourwebsite.com/en\\_US/shop. " -"This will always land visitors to the English version of the page, without " -"using the browser language preferences." -msgstr "" -"Щоб змусити відвідувача дотримуватися стандартної мови, ви можете " -"використовувати код мови за замовчуванням у вашому посиланні, наприклад: " -"yourwebsite.com/en\\_US/shop. Це завжди призведе до відвідування англійської" -" версії сторінки, без використання мовних налаштувань браузера." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:309 -msgid "Page Speed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:312 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "Вступ" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:314 -msgid "" -"The time to load a page is an important criteria for search engines. A " -"faster website not only improves your visitor's experience, but gives you a " -"better page ranking. Some studies have shown that, if you divide the time to" -" load your pages by two (e.g. 2 seconds instead of 4 seconds), the visitor " -"abandonment rate is also divided by two. (25% to 12.5%). One extra second to" -" load a page could `cost $1.6b to Amazon in sales " -"<http://www.fastcompany.com/1825005/how-one-second-could-cost-amazon-16" -"-billion-sales>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:325 -msgid "" -"Fortunately, Odoo does all the magic for you. Below, you will find the " -"tricks Odoo uses to speed up your page loading time. You can compare how " -"your website ranks using these two tools:" -msgstr "" -"На щастя, Оdоо робить для вас магію. Нижче ви знайдете хитрощі, які Odoo " -"використовує, щоб пришвидшити час завантаження сторінки. Ви можете " -"порівняти, як ваш сайт використовує ці два інструменти:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:329 -msgid "" -"`Google Page Speed " -"<https://developers.google.com/speed/pagespeed/insights/>`__" -msgstr "" -"`Швидкість сторінки Google " -"<https://developers.google.com/speed/pagespeed/insights/>`__" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:331 -msgid "`Pingdom Website Speed Test <http://tools.pingdom.com/fpt/>`__" -msgstr "`Тест швидкості веб-сайту Pingdom <http://tools.pingdom.com/fpt/>`__" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:334 -msgid "Images" -msgstr "Зображення" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:336 -msgid "" -"When you upload new images, Odoo automatically compresses them to reduce " -"their sizes (lossless compression for .PNG and .GIF and lossy compression " -"for .JPG)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:340 -msgid "" -"From the upload button, you have the option to keep the original image " -"unmodified if you prefer to optimize the quality of the image rather than " -"performance." -msgstr "" -"З кнопки завантаження ви можете зберегти оригінальне зображення без зміни, " -"якщо ви хочете оптимізувати якість зображення, а не продуктивність." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:348 -msgid "" -"Odoo compresses images when they are uploaded to your website, not when " -"requested by the visitor. Thus, it's possible that, if you use a third-party" -" theme, it will provide images that are not compressed efficiently. But all " -"images used in Odoo official themes have been compressed by default." -msgstr "" -"Odoo стискає зображення, коли вони завантажуються на ваш веб-сайт, а не за " -"запитом відвідувача. Таким чином, можливо, якщо ви використовуєте сторонню " -"тему, вона забезпечить зображення, які не стиснуті ефективно. Але всі " -"зображення, що використовуються в офіційних темах Odoo, стискаються за " -"замовчуванням." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:354 -msgid "" -"When you click on an image, Odoo shows you the Alt and title attributes of " -"the ``<img>`` tag. You can click on it to set your own title and Alt " -"attributes for the image." -msgstr "" -"Коли ви натискаєте зображення, Odoo показує атрибути ``<img>`` і назву тега." -" Ви можете натиснути на неї, щоб встановити власну назву та атрибути Alt для" -" зображення." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:361 -msgid "When you click on this link, the following window will appear:" -msgstr "Коли ви натисните на це посиланню, з'явиться таке вікно:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:366 -msgid "" -"Odoo's pictograms are implemented using a font (`Font Awesome " -"<https://fortawesome.github.io/Font-Awesome/icons/>`__ in most Odoo themes)." -" Thus, you can use as many pictograms as you want in your page, they will " -"not result in extra requests to load the page." -msgstr "" -"Піктограми Odoo реалізовані за допомогою шрифту (`Font Awesome " -"<https://fortawesome.github.io/Font-Awesome/icons/>`__ у більшості тем " -"Odoo). Таким чином, ви можете використовувати стільки піктограм, скільки " -"хочете, на своїй сторінці, але вони не дадуть додаткових запитів на " -"завантаження сторінки." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:375 -msgid "Static Resources: CSS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:377 -msgid "" -"All CSS files are pre-processed, concatenated, minified, compressed and " -"cached (server-side and browser-side). The result:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:380 -msgid "only one CSS file request is needed to load a page" -msgstr "для завантаження сторінки потрібен лише один запит CSS-файлу" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:382 -msgid "" -"this CSS file is shared and cached amongst pages, so that when the visitor " -"clicks on another page, the browser doesn't have to even load a single CSS " -"resource." -msgstr "" -"цей файл CSS використовується для спільного використання та кешування серед " -"сторінок, тому, коли відвідувач натискає іншу сторінку, браузер не повинен " -"навіть завантажувати жодного ресурсу CSS." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:386 -msgid "this CSS file is optimized to be small" -msgstr "цей файл CSS оптимізовано як невеликий" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:388 -msgid "" -"**Pre-processed:** The CSS framework used by Odoo is Bootstrap. Although a " -"theme might use another framework, most of `Odoo themes " -"<https://www.odoo.com/apps/themes>`__ extend and customize Bootstrap " -"directly. Since Odoo supports Less and Sass, you can modify CSS rules " -"instead of overwriting them through extra CSS lines, resulting in a smaller " -"file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:395 -msgid "" -"**Concatenated:** every module or library you might use in Odoo has its own " -"set of CSS, Less or Sass files (eCommerce, blogs, themes, etc.). Having " -"several CSS files is great for the modularity, but not good for the " -"performance because most browsers can only perform 6 requests in parallel " -"resulting in lots of files loaded in series. The latency time to transfer a " -"file is usually much longer than the actual data transfer time, for small " -"files like .JS and .CSS. Thus, the time to load CSS resources depends more " -"on the number of requests to be done than the actual file size." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:405 -msgid "" -"To address this issue, all CSS / Less / Sass files are concatenated into a " -"single .CSS file to send to the browser. So a visitor has **only one .CSS " -"file to load** per page, which is particularly efficient. As the CSS is " -"shared amongst all pages, when the visitor clicks on another page, the " -"browser does not even have to load a new CSS file!" -msgstr "" -"Для вирішення цієї проблеми всі файли CSS / Less / Sass об'єднуються в " -"єдиний файл .CSS для відправлення в браузер. Таким чином, відвідувач має " -"**лише один CSS файл для завантаження** на сторінку, що є особливо " -"ефективним. Оскільки CSS розподіляється серед усіх сторінок, коли відвідувач" -" натискає іншу сторінку, браузер навіть не повинен завантажувати новий CSS-" -"файл!" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:412 -msgid "**Both files in the <head>**" -msgstr "**Обидва файли у <head>**" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:412 -msgid "**What the visitor gets (only one file)**" -msgstr "**Що отримує відвідувач (тільки один файл)**" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:414 -msgid "/\\* From bootstrap.css \\*/" -msgstr "/\\* From bootstrap.css \\*/" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:414 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:415 -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:421 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:447 -msgid ".text-muted {" -msgstr ".text-muted {" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:415 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:422 -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:448 -msgid "color: #666;" -msgstr "color: #666;" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:416 -msgid "color: #777;" -msgstr "color: #777;" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:416 -msgid "background: yellow" -msgstr "background: yellow" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:417 -msgid "background: yellow;" -msgstr "background: yellow;" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:417 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:418 -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:423 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:449 -msgid "}" -msgstr "}" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:420 -msgid "/\\* From my-theme.css \\*/" -msgstr "/\\* From my-theme.css \\*/" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:426 -msgid "" -"The CSS sent by Odoo includes all CSS / Less / Sass of all pages / modules. " -"By doing this, additional page views from the same visitor will not have to " -"load CSS files at all. But some modules might include huge CSS/Javascript " -"resources that you do not want to prefetch at the first page because they " -"are too big. In this case, Odoo splits this resource into a second bundle " -"that is loaded only when the page using it is requested. An example of this " -"is the backend that is only loaded when the visitor logs in and accesses the" -" backend (/web)." -msgstr "" -"CSS, надісланий Odoo, включає в себе всі CSS / Less / Sass всіх " -"сторінок/модулів. Таким чином, для додаткових переглядів сторінок одного " -"відвідувача не потрібно буде завантажувати файли CSS взагалі. Але деякі " -"модулі можуть включати в себе величезні ресурси CSS / Javascript, які ви не " -"бажаєте попередньо отримувати на першій сторінці, оскільки вони занадто " -"великі. У цьому випадку Odoo розподіляє цей ресурс на другий пакет, який " -"завантажується лише тоді, коли запитується сторінка, яка використовує її. " -"Прикладом цього є бекенд, який завантажується тільки тоді, коли відвідувач " -"входить до системи та звертається до бекенду (/ web)." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:436 -msgid "" -"If the CSS file is very big, Odoo will split it into two smaller files to " -"avoid the 4095 selectors limit per sheet of Internet Explorer. But most " -"themes fit below this limit." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:440 -msgid "" -"**Minified:** After being pre-processed and concatenated, the resulting CSS " -"is minified to reduce its size." -msgstr "" -"**Мініфікований**: після попередньої обробки та об'єднання, результативність" -" CSS зменшується, щоб зменшити його розмір." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:444 -msgid "**Before minification**" -msgstr "**Перед мініфікацією**" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:444 -msgid "**After minification**" -msgstr "**Після мініфікації**" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:446 -msgid "/\\* some comments \\*/" -msgstr "/\\* some comments \\*/" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:446 -msgid ".text-muted {color: #666}" -msgstr ".text-muted {color: #666}" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:452 -msgid "" -"The final result is then compressed, before being delivered to the browser." -msgstr "Кінцевий результат стискається, перш ніж надходити до браузера." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:455 -msgid "" -"Then, a cached version is stored server-side (so we do not have to pre-" -"process, concatenate, minify at every request) and browser-side (so the same" -" visitor will load the CSS only once for all pages they visit)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:461 -msgid "Static Resources: Javascript" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:463 -msgid "" -"As with CSS resources, Javascript resources are also concatenated, minified," -" compressed and cached (server-side and browser-side)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:466 -msgid "Odoo creates three Javascript bundles:" -msgstr "Odoo створює три пакети Javascript:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:468 -msgid "" -"One for all pages of the website (including code for parallax effects, form " -"validation, etc.)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:471 -msgid "" -"One for common Javascript code shared among frontend and backend (Bootstrap)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:474 -msgid "" -"One for backend specific Javascript code (Odoo Web Client interface for your" -" employees using Odoo)" -msgstr "" -"Один для бекенда конкретного коду Javascript (Odoo Web Client інтерфейс для " -"ваших співробітників, які використовує Odoo)" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:477 -msgid "" -"Most visitors of your website will only need the first two bundles, " -"resulting in a maximum of two Javascript files to load to render one page. " -"As these files are shared across all pages, further clicks by the same " -"visitor will not load any other Javascript resource." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:483 -msgid "" -"If you work on :doc:`Developer mode " -"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, the CSS and Javascript are neither" -" concatenated, nor minified. Thus, it's much slower. But it allows you to " -"easily debug with the Chrome debugger as CSS and Javascript resources are " -"not transformed from their original versions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:489 -msgid "CDN" -msgstr "CDN" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:491 -msgid "" -"If you activate the CDN feature in Odoo, static resources (Javascript, CSS, " -"images) are loaded from a Content Delivery Network. Using a Content Delivery" -" Network has three advantages:" -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви активуєте функцію CDN в Odoo, статичні ресурси (Javascript, CSS, " -"зображення) завантажуються з мережі доставки вмісту. Використання мережі " -"доставки контенту має три переваги:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:495 -msgid "" -"Load resources from a nearby server (most CDN have servers in main countries" -" around the globe)" -msgstr "" -"Завантаження ресурсів із сусіднього сервера (більшість CDN мають сервери в " -"основних країнах світу)" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:498 -msgid "" -"Cache resources efficiently (no computation resources usage on your own " -"server)" -msgstr "" -"Ефективний кеш ресурсів (без використання обчислювальних ресурсів на вашому " -"власному сервері)" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:501 -msgid "" -"Split the resource loading on different services allowing to load more " -"resources in parallel (since the Chrome limit of 6 parallel requests is by " -"domain)" -msgstr "" -"Розбиття завантаження ресурсів на різні служби, що дозволяє паралельно " -"завантажувати більше ресурсів (оскільки ліміт Chrome на 6 паралельних " -"запитів за доменом)" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:505 -msgid "" -"You can configure your CDN options from the **Website Admin** app, using the" -" Configuration menu. Here is an example of configuration you can use:" -msgstr "" -"Ви можете налаштувати параметри CDN із додатка **Адміністратор веб-сайту** " -"за допомогою меню Налаштування. Ось приклад налаштування, який ви можете " -"використовувати:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:512 -msgid "HTML Pages" -msgstr "Сторінки HTML " - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:514 -msgid "" -"The HTML pages can be compressed, but this is usually handled by your web " -"server (NGINX or Apache)." -msgstr "" -"Крім того, сторінки HTML можуть бути стиснуті, але, як правило, це " -"обробляється вашим веб-сервером (NGINX або Apache)." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:517 -msgid "" -"The Odoo Website builder has been optimized to guarantee clean and short " -"HTML code. Building blocks have been developed to produce clean HTML code, " -"usually using Bootstrap and the HTML editor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:521 -msgid "" -"As an example, if you use the color picker to change the color of a " -"paragraph to the primary color of your website, Odoo will produce the " -"following code:" -msgstr "" -"Як приклад, якщо ви використовуєте засоби вибору кольору, щоб змінити колір " -"абзацу на основний колір вашого веб-сайту, Odoo виведе наступний код:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:525 -msgid "``<p class=\"text-primary\">My Text</p>``" -msgstr "``<p class=\"text-primary\">Мій текст</p>``" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:527 -msgid "" -"Whereas most HTML editors (such as CKEditor) will produce the following " -"code:" -msgstr "" -"Тоді як більшість редакторів HTML (наприклад, CKEditor) вироблятиме такий " -"код:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:530 -msgid "``<p style=\"color: #AB0201\">My Text</p>``" -msgstr "``<p style=\"color: #AB0201\">Мій текст</p>``" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:533 -msgid "Responsive Design" -msgstr "Адаптивний дизайн" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:535 -msgid "" -"Websites that are not mobile-friendly are negatively impacted in search " -"engine rankings. All Odoo themes rely on Bootstrap to render efficiently " -"according to the device: desktop, tablet or mobile." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:542 -msgid "" -"As all Odoo modules share the same technology, absolutely all pages in your " -"website are mobile friendly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:546 -msgid "Browser Caching" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:548 -msgid "" -"Javascript, images and CSS resources have an URL that changes dynamically " -"when their content change. As an example, all CSS files are loaded through " -"this URL: `localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets\\_common.0.css " -"<http://localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets_common.0.css>`__. " -"The ``457-0da1d9d`` part of this URL will change if you modify the CSS of " -"your website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:555 -msgid "" -"This allows Odoo to set a very long cache delay (XXX) on these resources: " -"XXX secs, while being updated instantly if you update the resource." -msgstr "" -"Це дозволяє Odoo встановити дуже тривалий час затримки кешування (XXX) на " -"цих ресурсах: XXX секунди, при цьому він оновлюється миттєво, якщо ви " -"оновлюєте ресурс." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:560 -msgid "Scalability" -msgstr "Масштабованість" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:562 -msgid "" -"In addition to being fast, Odoo is also more scalable than traditional CMS " -"and eCommerce (Drupal, Wordpress, Magento, Prestashop). The following link " -"provides an analysis of the major open source CMS and eCommerce compared to " -"Odoo when it comes to high query volumes: " -"`https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/197 <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide" -"/odoo-cms-performance-comparison-and-optimisation-197>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:569 -msgid "Todo" -msgstr "Зробити" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:569 -msgid "fix above link" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:571 -msgid "" -"Here is the slide that summarizes the scalability of Odoo Website & " -"eCommerce." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:577 -msgid "Search Engines Files" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:580 -msgid "Sitemap" -msgstr "Мапа сайту" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:582 -msgid "" -"The sitemap points out pages to index to search engine robots. Odoo " -"generates a ``/sitemap.xml`` file automatically for you. For performance " -"reasons, this file is cached and updated every 12 hours." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:586 -msgid "" -"By default, all URLs will be in a single ``/sitemap.xml`` file, but if you " -"have a lot of pages, Odoo will automatically create a Sitemap Index file, " -"respecting the `sitemaps.org protocol " -"<http://www.sitemaps.org/protocol.html>`__ grouping sitemap URL's in 45000 " -"chunks per file." -msgstr "" -"За замовчуванням всі URL-адреси будуть розміщені в одному файлі " -"``/sitemap.xml``, але якщо у вас багато сторінок, Odoo автоматично створить " -"файл індексу Sitemap, дотримуючись групування у файлі `sitemaps.org protocol" -" <http://www.sitemaps.org/protocol.html>`__ у 45000 шт. на файл." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:592 -msgid "Every sitemap entry has 4 attributes that are computed automatically:" -msgstr "Кожна карта сайту містить 4 атрибути, які обчислюються автоматично:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:594 -msgid "``<loc>`` : the URL of a page" -msgstr "``<loc>`` : URL-адреса сторінки" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:596 -msgid "" -"``<lastmod>`` : last modification date of the resource, computed " -"automatically based on related object. For a page related to a product, this" -" could be the last modification date of the product or the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:601 -msgid "" -"``<priority>`` : modules may implement their own priority algorithm based on" -" their content (example: a forum might assign a priority based on the number" -" of votes on a specific post). The priority of a static page is defined by " -"it's priority field, which is normalized (16 is the default)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:608 -msgid "Structured Data Markup" -msgstr "Розмітка структурованих даних" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:610 -msgid "" -"Structured Data Markup is used to generate Rich Snippets in search engine " -"results. It is a way for website owners to send structured data to search " -"engine robots; helping them understand your content and create well-" -"presented search results." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:615 -msgid "" -"Google supports a number of rich snippets for content types, including: " -"Reviews, People, Products, Businesses, Events and Organizations." -msgstr "" -"Google підтримує безліч багатих фрагментів для типів вмісту, зокрема: " -"огляди, люди, товари, компанії, події та організації." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:618 -msgid "" -"Odoo implements micro data as defined in the `schema.org " -"<http://schema.org>`__ specification for events, eCommerce products, forum " -"posts and contact addresses. This allows your product pages to be displayed " -"in Google using extra information like the price and rating of a product:" -msgstr "" -"Odoo реалізує мікро-дані, як це визначено в специфікації `schema.org " -"<http://schema.org>`__ для подій, товарів електронної комерції, повідомлень " -"форуму та контактних адрес. Це дозволяє відображати ваші сторінки товару в " -"Google за допомогою додаткової інформації, такої як ціна та рейтинг товару:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:628 -msgid "robots.txt" -msgstr "robots.txt" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:630 -msgid "" -"When indexing your website, search engines take a first look at the general " -"indexing rules of the a``/robots.txt`` file (allowed robots, sitemap path, " -"etc.). Odoo automatically creates it. Its content is:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:634 -msgid "User-agent: \\* Sitemap: https://www.odoo.com/sitemap.xml" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:637 -msgid "" -"It means that all robots are allowed to index your website and there is no " -"other indexing rule than specified in the sitemap to be found at following " -"address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:641 -msgid "" -"You can customize the file *robots* in :doc:`Developer mode " -"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>` from *Settings --> Technical --> " -"User Interface --> Views* (exclude robots, exclude some pages, redirect to a" -" custom Sitemap). Make the Model Data of the view *Non Updatable* to not " -"reset the file after system upgrades." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish.rst:3 -msgid "Publish" -msgstr "Опублікувати" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:3 -msgid "How to use my own domain name" -msgstr "Як використати власне доменне ім'я?" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:5 -msgid "" -"By default, your Odoo Online instance and website have a *.odoo.com* domain " -"name, for both the URL and the emails. But you can change to a custom one " -"(e.g. www.yourcompany.com)." -msgstr "" -"За замовчуванням ваша версія і веб-сайт Odoo Online мають ім'я домену " -".odoo.com для URL-адреси та електронних листів. Але ви можете перейти на " -"звичайну (наприклад, www.yourcompany.com)." - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:10 -msgid "What is a good domain name" -msgstr "Що таке хороше доменне ім'я?" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Your website address is as important to your branding as the name of your " -"business or organization, so put some thought into changing it for a proper " -"domain. Here are some tips:" -msgstr "" -"Ваша адреса веб-сайту так само важлива для вашого брендингу, як назва вашого" -" бізнесу чи організації, тому подумайте про зміну його для відповідного " -"домену. Ось декілька порад:" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:15 -msgid "Simple and obvious" -msgstr "Простий і очевидний" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:16 -msgid "Easy to remember and spell" -msgstr "Легко запам'ятати і вимовляти" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:17 -msgid "The shorter the better" -msgstr "Чим коротше, тим краще" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:18 -msgid "Avoid special characters" -msgstr "Уникайте спеціальних символів" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:19 -msgid "Aim for a .com and/or your country extension" -msgstr "Призначення для розширення .com та/або вашої країни" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Read more: `How to Choose a Domain Name for Maximum SEO " -"<https://www.searchenginejournal.com/choose-a-domain-name-maximum-" -"seo/158951/>`__" -msgstr "" -"Детальніше: `Як вибрати доменне ім'я для максимального SEO " -"<https://www.searchenginejournal.com/choose-a-domain-name-maximum-" -"seo/158951/>`__" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:24 -msgid "How to buy a domain name" -msgstr "Як купити доменне ім'я" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:25 -msgid "Buy your domain name at a popular registrar:" -msgstr "Купути доменне ім'я можна на популярних реєстрах:" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:27 -msgid "`GoDaddy <https://www.godaddy.com>`__" -msgstr "`GoDaddy <https://www.godaddy.com>`__" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:28 -msgid "`Namecheap <https://www.namecheap.com>`__" -msgstr "`Namecheap <https://www.namecheap.com>`__" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:29 -msgid "`OVH <https://www.ovh.com>`__" -msgstr "`OVH <https://www.ovh.com>`__" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Steps to buy a domain name are pretty much straight forward. In case of " -"issue, check out those easy tutorials:" -msgstr "" -"Кроки для покупки доменного імені значною мірою ведуть вас уперед. У разі " -"виникнення проблем перегляньте ці прості підказки:" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:34 -msgid "`GoDaddy <https://roadtoblogging.com/buy-domain-name-from-godaddy>`__" -msgstr "`GoDaddy <https://roadtoblogging.com/buy-domain-name-from-godaddy>`__" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:35 -msgid "" -"`Namecheap <https://www.loudtips.com/buy-domain-name-hosting-namecheap//>`__" -msgstr "" -"`Namecheap <https://www.loudtips.com/buy-domain-name-hosting-namecheap//>`__" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Feel free to buy an email server to have email addresses using your domain " -"name. However don't buy any extra service to create or host your website. " -"This is Odoo's job!" -msgstr "" -"Не соромтеся купувати поштовий сервер, щоб мати адреси електронної пошти за " -"допомогою вашого доменного імені. Однак не купуйте додатковий сервіс для " -"створення або розміщення вашого веб-сайту. Це робота Оdоо! " - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:45 -msgid "How to apply my domain name to my Odoo instance" -msgstr "Як застосувати своє доменне ім'я до версії Odoo" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:46 -msgid "" -"First let's authorize the redirection (yourcompany.com -> " -"yourcompany.odoo.com):" -msgstr "" -"Спочатку дозвольте авторизувати перенаправлення (yourcompany.com -> " -"yourcompany.odoo.com):" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:48 -msgid "Open your Odoo.com account from your homepage." -msgstr "Відкрийте свій обліковий запис Odoo.com з домашньої сторінки." - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:53 -msgid "Go to the *Manage Databases* page." -msgstr "Перейдіть на сторінку *Керування базами даних*." - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Click on *Domains* to the right of the database you would like to redirect." -msgstr "" -"Натисніть на розділі *Домени* справа від бази даних, яку потрібно " -"переадресовувати." - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:63 -msgid "" -"A database domain prompt will appear. Enter your custom domain (e.g. " -"www.yourcompany.com)." -msgstr "" -"З'явиться підказка домену бази даних. Введіть свій спеціальний домен " -"(наприклад, www.yourcompany.com)." - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:70 -msgid "" -"We can now apply the redirection from your domain name's manager account:" -msgstr "" -"Тепер ми можемо застосувати перенаправлення з керуючого облікового запису " -"вашого доменного імені:" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:72 -msgid "Log in to your account and search for the DNS Zones management page." -msgstr "" -"Увійдіть у свій обліковий запис і знайдіть сторінку керування зонами DNS." - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:74 -msgid "" -"Create a CNAME record *www.yourdomain.com* pointing to *mywebsite.odoo.com*." -" If you want to use the naked domain (e.g. yourdomain.com), you need to " -"redirect *yourdomain.com* to *www.yourdomain.com*." -msgstr "" -"Створіть запис CNAME *www.yourdomain.com* із посиланням на " -"*mywebsite.odoo.com*. Якщо ви хочете використовувати *голий* домен " -"(наприклад, yourdomain.com), вам потрібно переадресовувати свій " -"*yourdomain.com* на *www.yourdomain.com*." - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:78 -msgid "Here are some specific guidelines to create a CNAME record:" -msgstr "" -"Нижче наведено кілька спеціальних інструкцій для створення запису CNAME:" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:80 -msgid "`GoDaddy <https://be.godaddy.com/fr/help/add-a-cname-record-19236>`__" -msgstr "`GoDaddy <https://be.godaddy.com/fr/help/add-a-cname-record-19236>`__" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:81 -msgid "" -"`Namecheap " -"<https://www.namecheap.com/support/knowledgebase/article.aspx/9646/10/how-" -"can-i-set-up-a-cname-record-for-my-domain>`__" -msgstr "" -"`Namecheap " -"<https://www.namecheap.com/support/knowledgebase/article.aspx/9646/10/how-" -"can-i-set-up-a-cname-record-for-my-domain>`__" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:82 -msgid "" -"`OVH " -"<https://www.ovh.co.uk/g1519.exchange_20132016_how_to_add_a_cname_record>`__" -msgstr "" -"`OVH " -"<https://www.ovh.co.uk/g1519.exchange_20132016_how_to_add_a_cname_record>`__" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:85 -msgid "How to enable SSL (HTTPS) for my Odoo instance" -msgstr "Як включити SSL (HTTPS) для вашої версії Odoo" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:87 -msgid "" -"Until recently, Odoo users needed to use a third-party CDN service provider " -"such as CloudFlare to enable SSL." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:89 -msgid "" -"It is not required anymore: Odoo generates the certificate for you " -"automatically, using integration with `Let's Encrypt Certificate Authority " -"and ACME protocol <https://letsencrypt.org/how-it-works/>`__. In order to " -"get this, simply add your domain name in your customer portal (a separate " -"certificate is generated for each domain name specified)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:93 -msgid "**Please note that the certificate generation may take up to 24h.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:95 -msgid "" -"If you already use CloudFlare or a similar service, you can keep using it or" -" simply change for Odoo. The choice is yours." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:99 -msgid "How to make sure that all my URLs use my custom domain?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:101 -msgid "" -"To set up the root URL of your website and of all the links sent in emails, " -"you can ask an administrator of your database (any user in the *Settings* " -"group) to perform a login from the login screen. It's as simple as that!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:103 -msgid "" -"If you want to do it manually, you can go to :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Technical --> System Parameters` . Find the entry called ``web.base.url`` " -"(you can create it if it does not exist) and enter the full URL of your " -"website, like ``https://www.myodoowebsite.com``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:107 -msgid "" -"The URL must include the protocol (``https://`` or ``http://``) and must not" -" end by a slash (``/``)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:109 -msgid "" -"If you want to block the root URL update when an administrator logs in, you " -"can add a System Parameter called ``web.base.url.freeze`` with its value " -"set to ``True``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:113 -msgid "My website is indexed twice by Google" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:115 -msgid "" -"If you set up a custom domain *mydomain.com* name for *mydatabase.odoo.com*," -" Google indexes your website under both names. This is a limitation of the " -"Odoo cloud platforms/" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:120 -msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_servers`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:3 -msgid "Manage Multi Websites" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo’s Multi-Websites opens up broad possibilities of diversification and " -"customer segmentation for your business. A multiplied audience and boosted " -"revenue are now just a few clicks away!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Each website can work in a fully independent way, with its theme, branding, " -"domain name, header & footer, pages, languages, products, blog posts, forum," -" slides, events, live chat channels, etc. Let’s go for a tour!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:18 -msgid "Setup" -msgstr "Встановлення" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:20 -msgid "" -"To create a new website, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration -->" -" Settings`. The button, *Create a new website*, lays in the first section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:28 -msgid "" -"In the upcoming prompt, set a name for your new website and a specific " -"domain name. Leave empty to publish the new website under the default domain" -" of your Odoo database. You can later set some country groups to redirect " -"visitors to it using Geo IP." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Then, select a theme. This new website might have an entirely different " -"purpose or audience than the first one. So feel free to go for a different " -"theme!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Once the theme is selected, you can start to build the homepage of your " -"website. Follow the purple drops; they will help you in the first steps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:48 -msgid "" -"If you run Odoo Online, don’t forget to redirect any new domain name to your" -" Odoo database (``CNAME``) and to authorize it Odoo-side. See " -":doc:`domain_name`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:52 -msgid "Create the menu" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:54 -msgid "" -"The new website has a default menu with all the installed applications. To " -"edit it, click :menuselection:`Pages --> Edit Menu`. Moving forward you only" -" edit the menu of the current website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:59 -msgid "Switch from one website to another" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:62 -msgid "" -"As easy as ABC! There is a website switcher in the right corner of the edit " -"bar. Switching to another website will connect to the domain of this " -"website. If you use another domain for the website, the user is requested to" -" sign in." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:71 -msgid "" -"When switching, you are redirected to the same domain path on the other " -"website (e.g., ``/shop/myproduct``). If this URL is not used, you will be " -"redirected to a 404 page but prompted to create a new page from there." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:76 -msgid "Add features" -msgstr "Додайте функції" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:78 -msgid "" -"The website apps you install (e.g., Slides, Blogs) are made available on all" -" your websites. You can, of course, keep them hidden in one website by " -"removing the menu item." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:82 -msgid "" -"Each website comes with a high range of specific options in the settings. " -"First, select the website to configure." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:88 -msgid "" -"Then, take a look at the options flagged with the earth icon. It means they " -"only impact the very website you are working on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:94 -msgid "You can, for instance, set specific :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:96 -msgid "languages," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:98 -msgid "domain names," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:100 -msgid "social media links," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:102 -msgid "customer portal mode (B2C vs. B2B)," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:104 -msgid "dedicated live chat channels," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:106 -msgid "etc." -msgstr "тощо." - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:108 -msgid "The other options are global and apply to all your websites." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:111 -msgid "Manage domain names" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:113 -msgid "" -"As said earlier, your websites can either share the same domain name or use " -"a specific one. If you share it and want to adapt the content per region, " -"set country groups in the setting of each website. Visitors will be " -"redirected to the right website using GeoIP." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:122 -msgid "" -"Geo IP is installed by default in Odoo Online. If you run Odoo on-premise, " -"don’t forget to install *GeoIP* library. See :doc:`on-premise_geo-ip-" -"installation`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:127 -msgid ":doc:`domain_name`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:130 -msgid "Customize the visitor experience" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:133 -msgid "" -"The customer experience can be customized very profoundly thanks to the menu" -" \\*Customize\\*. All the visual options available there are specific to " -"each website. Go through the different pages to adapt them to this new " -"audience. Focus on workflows, and automatic pages (eCommerce checkout, " -"blogs, events, etc.) as the number of available options is higher there." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:143 -msgid "Publish specific content per website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:146 -msgid "" -"Like static pages, any content created from the front-end (product, blog " -"post, etc.) is always only published in the current website. You can change " -"that from the edit form view in the backend and leave the *Website* field " -"blank. This will publish it in all the websites." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:154 -msgid "" -"Here are all the objects that you can link to *either one or all the " -"websites*:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:157 -msgid "Products" -msgstr "Товари" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:159 -msgid "Product Categories for eCommerce" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:161 -msgid "Blogs" -msgstr "Блоги" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:163 -msgid "Slide Channels" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:165 -msgid "Forums" -msgstr "Форуми" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:167 -msgid "Events" -msgstr "Події" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:169 -msgid "Job Positions" -msgstr "Вакансії" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:172 -msgid "" -"When you create the record from the backend and publish it, typically a " -"product or an event, it is made available in all websites." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:176 -msgid "Publish a page in all websites" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:178 -msgid "" -"A new static page is created and only made available in the current website." -" You can duplicate it to other websites from :menuselection:`Website --> " -"Configuration --> Pages`. To do so, leave the *Website* field empty." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:182 -msgid "" -"If you want to duplicate it in just one other website, duplicate the page " -"and set the new website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:188 -msgid "" -"When you edit the page again, the change only affects the current website. A" -" new page is duplicated and tied up to the website. The original page still " -"being linked to all websites." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:193 -msgid "" -"By grouping pages by URL in the page manager, you quickly find the original " -"page behind each edited page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:200 -msgid "Multi-companies" -msgstr "Мульти-компанії" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:202 -msgid "" -"Each website can be linked to a specific company of your system, in a multi-" -"companies environment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:208 -msgid "" -"With such a configuration, only company-related data appear on the website " -"(products, jobs, events, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:211 -msgid "" -"Website editors can only view and edit the pages of the records they have " -"access to, typically the ones belonging to their current company (and to " -"their subsidiaries, or child companies in Odoo language). And so is it for " -"visitors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:217 -msgid "" -"If websites are multi-companies, you don’t change company when switching " -"websites. To change the company and see the related content, use the company" -" selector in the menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:223 -msgid "Configure your eCommerce website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:225 -msgid "" -"eCommerce is a crucial feature in the multi-websites environment. We made it" -" so that the entire flow can be customized to fit the very audience of each " -"website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:230 -msgid "Products only available on one website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:232 -msgid "" -"We already saw earlier how to publish a specific record in only one website." -" You will find the \\*Website\\* field in the eCommerce tab of the product " -"edit form. Empty means available in all websites." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:240 -msgid "Products available on *some* websites" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:242 -msgid "" -"To make a product available on some websites, but not all of them, you " -"should duplicate the product for each website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:245 -msgid "" -"If you need a unique reference to manage in your inventory, you should " -"install *Manufacturing\\ and create *Kits* BoMs (bills of materials). Each " -"kit will link each published “virtual” product to the main reference managed" -" in your inventory. That way, any item sold from your website will be " -"converted into the storable item in the delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:252 -msgid "Pricelists" -msgstr "Прайс-листи" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:254 -msgid "" -"To manage specific prices by websites, you can activate *Multiple Sales " -"Prices per Product* in Website settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:257 -msgid "" -"Then, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Products --> Pricelists` to create " -"additional pricelists. See " -":doc:`../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:260 -msgid "" -"If you need help. Select a website to make a pricelist only available on " -"this website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:266 -msgid "" -"Leaving the field empty means that you make it work in all websites if " -"*Selectable* is selected. Otherwise, it makes it only available for backend " -"operations of Sales and Point of Sale applications." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:271 -msgid "Payment Acquirers and Delivery Methods" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:273 -msgid "" -"By default, published payment acquirers and delivery methods are deployed in" -" all websites. You could already use specific payment acquirers per country " -"using Geo IP by defining countries in their configuration. Now you can also " -"do it per website by filling in the *Website* field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:279 -msgid "Customer accounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:281 -msgid "" -"There is a setting to choose how to manage customer accounts in Website " -"settings. You can either allow customers to use one account through all the " -"websites or compel them to create one account for each website. This last " -"option is convenient if your websites shouldn’t be related to each other in " -"the visitor mind." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:291 -msgid "Technical hints for customization" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:293 -msgid "" -"If you want to publish custom objects on the website, here are a few tips to" -" make it work with multi websites:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:297 -msgid "Sitemap: don’t forget the domain in the route to only publish" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:297 -msgid "available records in each website’s sitemap." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:301 -msgid "Access: you should call the method" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:300 -msgid "" -"*can_access_from_current_website* in the controller to make sure the visitor" -" can see a record in the current website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:305 -msgid "Search: when a list of records is displayed, don’t forget to specify" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:304 -msgid "the domain to only display records available for the current website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:3 -msgid "Geo IP installation (on-premises database)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:6 -msgid "Installation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Please note that the installation depends on your computer operating system " -"and distribution. We will assume here that a Linux operating system is used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:13 -msgid "Install `geoip2 <https://pypi.org/project/geoip2/>`__ Python library" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Download the `GeoLite2 City database " -"<https://dev.maxmind.com/geoip/geoip2/geolite2/>`_. You should end up with a" -" file called ``GeoLite2-City.mmdb``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:19 -msgid "Move the file to the folder ``/usr/share/GeoIP/``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:21 -msgid "Restart the server" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:23 -msgid "" -"If you can't/don't want to locate the geoip database in " -"``/usr/share/GeoIP/``, you can use the ``--geoip-db`` option of the Odoo " -"command line interface. This option takes the absolute path to the GeoIP " -"database file and will use it as the GeoIP database. For example:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:32 -msgid "" -"`CLI documentation " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/14.0/reference/cmdline.html>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:34 -msgid "" -"``GeoIP`` Python library can also be used. However this version is " -"discontinued since January 2019. See `GeoLite Legacy databases are now " -"discontinued <https://support.maxmind.com/geolite-legacy-discontinuation-" -"notice/>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:37 -msgid "How to test GeoIP geolocation in your Odoo website?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Go into your website. Open the web page on which you want to test ``GeoIP``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:39 -msgid "Choose :menuselection:`Customize --> HTML/CSS/JS Editor`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:40 -msgid "Add the following piece of XML in the page :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:46 -msgid "" -"You should end up with a dictionary indicating the location of the ip " -"address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:51 -msgid "" -"If the curly braces are empty ``{}``, it can be for any of the following " -"reason :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:53 -msgid "" -"The browsing IP address is the localhost (``127.0.0.1``) or a local area " -"network one (``192.168.*.*``)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:54 -msgid "" -"If a reversed proxy is used, make sure to configure it correctly. See " -"`--proxy-mode " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/14.0/reference/cmdline.html#cmdoption-" -"odoo-bin-proxy-mode>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:55 -msgid "``geoip2`` is not installed or the GeoIP database file wasn't found" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:56 -msgid "The GeoIP database was unable to resolve the given IP address" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:3 -msgid "How to translate my website" -msgstr "Як перекласти свій веб-сайт" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:6 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Загальний огляд" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In addition to creating great modern websites, Odoo gives you the " -"possibility to translate it in different languages." -msgstr "" -"Крім створення чудових сучасних веб-сайтів, Odoo надає вам можливість " -"перекладати їх на різні мови." - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:12 -msgid "Process" -msgstr "Обробіть" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Once your website is created, you have the opportunity to translate it in as" -" many different languages as you want." -msgstr "" -"Після того як ваш веб-сайт буде створений, у вас є можливість перекладати " -"його на будь-яку іншу мову." - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:17 -msgid "" -"There are two ways to translate your website, you can do it manually or " -"automatically with the Gengo App. If you want to do it automatically, go to " -"the **App** module and Install **Automated translations through Gengo Api** " -"and **Website Gengo Translator**. If you want to do it manually, don't " -"install anything, and follow the next step." -msgstr "" -"Є два способи перекладу вашого веб-сайту, це можна зробити вручну або " -"автоматично за допомогою програми Gengo. Якщо ви хочете зробити це " -"автоматично, перейдіть до модуля **Додатки** і встановіть **Автоматичні " -"переклади через Gengo Api** та **Веб-сайт Gengo Translator**. Якщо ви хочете" -" зробити це вручну, не встановлюйте нічого та виконайте наступний крок." - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Now go to your website. On the bottom right corner of the page, click on " -"**Add a language**." -msgstr "" -"Перейдіть на свій веб-сайт. У нижньому правому куті сторінки натисніть " -"**Додати мову**." - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Choose the language in which you want to translate your website and then " -"click on **Load.**" -msgstr "" -"Виберіть мову, якою ви хочете перекласти ваш веб-сайт, а потім натисніть " -"кнопку **Завантажити**." - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:35 -msgid "" -"You will see that Now, next to English there is also French, which means " -"that the page for the translation has been created. You can also see that " -"some of the text has been translated automatically." -msgstr "" -"Ви побачите, що зараз біля англійської є також французька, що означає, що " -"сторінка для перекладу була створена. Ви також можете побачити, що частина " -"тексту була перекладена автоматично." - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:42 -msgid "" -"To translate the content of the website, click on **Translate** (here " -"**Traduire** since we want to translate the website in French)." -msgstr "" -"Щоби перекласти вміст веб-сайту, натисніть на **Перекласти** (тут, " -"**Traduire**, оскільки ми хочемо перекласти веб-сайт французькою мовою)." - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:45 -msgid "" -"There, if you have installed the Gengo Translator, You will see that next to" -" the **Translate** button you also have a button **Translate " -"automatically**. Once you click on that button, you will be asked some " -"information on your account. If you don't have an account yet, follow `this " -"link <https://gengo.com/auth/form/login/>`_ in order to create one. You need" -" to ask for a public key and a private key." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:53 -msgid "" -"The content you wish to translate will then be translated automatically." -msgstr "Вміст, який ви хочете перекласти, буде автоматично перекладено." - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Now you can see that most of the content is highlighted in yellow or in " -"green. The yellow represents the content that you have to translate by " -"yourself. The green represents the content that has already been translated " -"automatically." -msgstr "" -"Тепер ви можете побачити, що більша частина вмісту виділена жовтим або " -"зеленим кольором. Жовтий - це вміст, який потрібно перекласти самостійно. " -"Зелений - це вміст, який вже перекладено автоматично." diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..47080c992 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po @@ -0,0 +1,3453 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# ТАрас <tratatuta@i.ua>, 2021 +# Martin Trigaux, 2021 +# Zoriana Zaiats, 2021 +# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2021 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-18 07:12+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-05-18 05:18+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2021\n" +"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: uk\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites.rst:3 +msgid "Websites" +msgstr "Веб-сайти" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce.rst:4 +msgid "eCommerce" +msgstr "Електронна комерція" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started.rst:3 +msgid "Get started" +msgstr "Розпочніть" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:3 +msgid "How to customize my catalog page" +msgstr "Як налаштувати сторінку каталогу товарів" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:6 +msgid "Product Catalog" +msgstr "Каталог товарів" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:8 +msgid "" +"All your published items show up in your catalog page (or *Shop* page)." +msgstr "" +"Усі ваші опубліковані елементи відображаються на вашій сторінці каталогу " +"(або на сторінці *Магазину*)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Most options are available in the *Customize* menu: display attributes, " +"website categories, etc." +msgstr "" +"Більшість параметрів доступні в меню *Налаштування*: елементи відображення, " +"категорії веб-сайту тощо." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:20 +msgid "Highlight a product" +msgstr "Виділіть товар" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Boost the visibility of your star/promoted products: push them to top, make " +"them bigger, add a ribbon that you can edit (Sale, New, etc.). Open the Shop" +" page, switch to Edit mode and click any item to start customizing the grid." +msgstr "" +"Підвищуйте видимість товарів із зірочкою/рекламовані товари: підніміть їх " +"вгору, збільшіть їх, додайте стрічку, яку можна редагувати (продаж, новий " +"тощо). Відкрийте сторінку магазину, перейдіть у режим редагування та " +"натисніть на будь-який елемент, щоб розпочати налаштування сітки." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:26 +msgid "" +"See how to do it: " +"https://www.odoo.com/openerp_website/static/src/video/e-commerce/editing.mp4" +msgstr "" +"Подивіться, як зробити це: " +"https://www.odoo.com/openerp_website/static/src/video/e-commerce/editing.mp4" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:29 +msgid "Quick add to cart" +msgstr "Швидке додавання до кошика" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:31 +msgid "" +"If your customers buy a lot of items at once, make their process shorter by " +"enabling purchases from the catalog page. To do so, add product description " +"and add to cart button. Turn on the following options in *Customize* menu: " +"Product Description, Add to Cart, List View (to display product description " +"better)." +msgstr "" +"Якщо ваші клієнти купують багато товарів одночасно, зробіть цей процес " +"швидшим, дозволяючи купівлі зі сторінки каталогу. Для цього додайте опис " +"товару та додайте у кнопку кошика. Увімкніть наступні параметри в меню " +"*Налаштування*: опис товару, додавання в кошик, перегляд списку (для кращого" +" відображення опису товару)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:3 +msgid "How to build a product page" +msgstr "Як створити сторінку товару" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:5 +msgid "On the website click *New Page* in the top-right corner." +msgstr "" +"На веб-сайті натисніть кнопку *Нова сторінка* у верхньому правому куті." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:7 +msgid "Then click *New Product* and follow the blinking tips." +msgstr "Потім натисніть *Новий товар* і дотримуйтесь спливаючих порад." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:12 +msgid "Here are the main elements of the Product page:" +msgstr "Ось основні елементи сторінки товару:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:17 +msgid "Many elements can be made visible from the *Customize* menu." +msgstr "Багато елементів можна зробити видимими в меню *Налаштування*." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:22 +msgid "See how to configure your products from links here below." +msgstr "Дізнайтеся, як налаштовувати свої товари зі сторінок нижче." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:26 +msgid ":doc:`../managing_products/variants`" +msgstr ":doc:`../managing_products/variants`" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:27 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/taxes`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:28 +msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/cross_selling`" +msgstr ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/cross_selling`" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:29 +msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/reviews`" +msgstr ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/reviews`" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:30 +msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`" +msgstr ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:31 +msgid ":doc:`../../website/optimize/seo`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../website/optimize/seo`" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products.rst:3 +msgid "Manage my products" +msgstr "Управляйте вашими товарами" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:3 +msgid "How to display several images per product" +msgstr "Як відобразити кілька картинок на товарі" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:5 +msgid "" +"By default your product web page displays the main image of your product " +"only. If you like to show your products under several angles, you can turn " +"the image into a carrousel." +msgstr "" +"За замовчуванням веб-сторінка товару відображає головне зображення вашого " +"товару. Якщо ви хочете показати свої товари з кількох ракурсів, ви можете " +"перетворити зображення в карусель." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Check *Several images per product* in :menuselection:`Website Admin --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" +"Перевірте *Кілька зображень на товарі* в :menuselection:`Адміністратор веб-" +"сайту --> Налаштування --> Налаштування`." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Open a product detail form and upload images from *Images* tab. Hit *Create*" +" in Edit mode to get the upload wizard." +msgstr "" +"Відкрийте деталі форми товару та завантажте зображення із вкладки " +"*Зображення*. Натисніть *Створити* в режимі редагування, щоб отримати " +"майстер завантаження." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:19 +msgid "Such extra image are common to all the product variants (if any)." +msgstr "" +"Таке додаткове зображення є загальним для всіх варіантів товарів (якщо такі " +"є)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage product variants" +msgstr "Як керувати варіантами товару" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Product variants are used to offer variations of the same product to your " +"customers on the products page. For example, the customer chooses a T-shirt " +"and then selects its size and color. In the example below, the customer " +"chooses a phone, and then selects the memory; color and Wi-Fi band from the " +"available options." +msgstr "" +"Варіанти товару використовуються для того, щоб запропонувати варіанти того " +"самого товару для ваших клієнтів на сторінці товарів. Наприклад, клієнт " +"вибирає футболку, а потім вибирає її розмір і колір. У наведеному нижче " +"прикладі клієнт вибирає телефон, а потім вибирає пам'ять; колір та Wi-Fi з " +"доступних опцій." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:15 +msgid "How to create attributes & variants" +msgstr "Як створити атрибути та варіанти" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Turn on *Products can have several attributes, defining variants (Example: " +"size, color,...)* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`." +msgstr "" +"Увімкніть *Товари можуть мати кілька атрибутів, що визначають варіанти " +"(наприклад, розмір, колір, ...)* у розділі :menuselection:`Продажі --> " +"Налаштування`." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:20 +msgid "Select a product from the Products list, go to the *Variants* tab." +msgstr "Виберіть товар у списку товарів, перейдіть на вкладку *Варіанти*." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Add as many attributes as you need from 3 different types: radio buttons, " +"drop-down menu or color buttons. You get several variants as soon as there " +"are 2 values for 1 attribute." +msgstr "" +"Додайте якомога більше атрибутів, які вам потрібно, з 3 різних типів: " +"перемикачі, випадаюче меню або кольорові кнопки. Ви отримуєте кілька " +"варіантів, як тільки буде 2 атрибута для атрибута 1." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:30 +msgid "How to edit variants" +msgstr "Як редагувати варіанти" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:32 +msgid "See all the variants from the product template detail form." +msgstr "Перегляньте всі варіанти з форми шаблону деталей товару." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:40 +msgid "You can edit following data:" +msgstr "Ви можете редагувати наступні дані:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:42 +msgid "Picture (will update in real time on the website)," +msgstr "Зображення (буде оновлено в реальному часі на веб-сайті)," + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:43 +msgid "Barcode," +msgstr "Штрих-код," + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:44 +msgid "Internal Reference (SKU #)," +msgstr "Внутрішня довідка (SKU #)," + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:45 +msgid "Volume," +msgstr "Об'єм," + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:46 +msgid "Weight," +msgstr "Вага," + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:47 +msgid "Active (available in quotes & website)." +msgstr "Активний (доступний у пропозиціях та на веб-сайті)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Both the Barcode and the Internal Reference are variant-specific. You need " +"to populate them once the variants generated." +msgstr "" +"Штрих-код та внутрішня довідка є спеціальними для варіантів. Потрібно " +"заповнити їх, коли створені варіанти." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:54 +msgid "" +"See and edit all the variants from :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> " +"Product Variants` as well. This might be quicker if you manage lots of " +"variants." +msgstr "" +"Перегляньте та відредагуйте всі варіанти з :menuselection:`Продажі --> " +"Продажі --> Варіанти товару`. Це може бути швидше, якщо ви управляєте " +"безліччю варіантів." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:58 +msgid "How to set specific prices per variant" +msgstr "Як встановити конкретні ціни за варіант" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:60 +msgid "" +"You can also set a specific public price per variant by clicking *Variant " +"Prices* in the product detail form (action in top-left corner)." +msgstr "" +"Ви також можете встановити конкретну загальну вартість кожного варіанта, " +"натиснувши *Ціни варіанту* у формі відомостей про товар (дія у верхньому " +"лівому куті)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:66 +msgid "" +"The Price Extra is added to the product price whenever the corresponding " +"attribute value is selected." +msgstr "" +"Додаткова ціна додається до ціни товару, коли вибирається відповідне " +"значення атрибута." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Pricelist formulas let you set advanced price computation methods for " +"product variants. See :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`." +msgstr "" +"Формули преміум-класу дозволяють встановлювати розширені методи обчислення " +"ціни для варіантів товару. Див. :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:80 +msgid "How to disable/archive variants" +msgstr "Як відключити/архівувати варіанти" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:82 +msgid "" +"You can disable/archive specific variants so that they are no longer " +"available in quotes & website (not existing in your stock, deprecated, " +"etc.). Simply uncheck *Active* in their detail form." +msgstr "" +"Ви можете відключити/архівувати конкретні варіанти, щоб вони більше не були " +"доступні в пропозиціях та на веб-сайті (не існуючих на вашому складі, " +"застарілих тощо). Просто зніміть позначку *Активно* в детальній формі." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To retrieve such archived items, hit *Archived* on searching the variants " +"list. You can reactivate them the same way." +msgstr "" +"Щоб отримати такі архівні елементи, натисніть *Архівувати* при пошуку списку" +" варіантів. Ви можете повторно активувати їх так само." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue.rst:3 +msgid "Maximize my revenue" +msgstr "Збільшіть свій дохід" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:3 +msgid "How to sell accessories and optional products (cross-selling)" +msgstr "Як продавати аксесуари та функціональні товари (перехресний продаж)" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You sell computers. Why not stimulating your customers to buy a top-notch " +"screen or an extra-warranty? That's the goal of cross-selling " +"functionalities:" +msgstr "" +"Ви продаєте комп'ютери. Чому б не стимулювати своїх клієнтів купувати " +"найкращий екран або додаткову гарантію? Це мета перехресних продажів:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:8 +msgid "Accessory products on checkout page," +msgstr "Аксесуари на сторінці оформлення замовлення," + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Optional products on a new *Add to Cart* screen (not installed by default)." +msgstr "" +"Додаткові товари на новому екрані *Додати до кошика* (не встановлено за " +"замовчуванням)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:12 +msgid "Accessory products when checking out" +msgstr "Аксесуари під час перевірки" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Accessories (e.g. for computers: mouse, keyboard) show up when the customer " +"reviews the cart before paying." +msgstr "" +"Аксесуари (наприклад, для комп'ютерів: миша, клавіатура) з'являються, коли " +"користувач переглядає кошик перед оплатою." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:20 +msgid "Select accessories in the *Sales* tab of the product detail page." +msgstr "" +"Виберіть аксесуари на вкладці *Продажі* на сторінці відомостей про товар." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:26 +msgid "" +"There is an algorithm to figure out the best accessories to display in case " +"several items are added to cart. If any item is the accessory of several " +"products added to cart, it is most likely that it will be atop the list of " +"suggested accessories." +msgstr "" +"Існує алгоритм виявлення найкращих аксесуарів для відображення, якщо до " +"кошика додано кілька елементів. Якщо будь-який елемент є аксесуаром кількох " +"товарів, доданих у кошик, то, швидше за все, він буде зверху списку " +"запропонованих аксесуарів." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:31 +msgid "Optional products when adding to cart" +msgstr "Додаткові товари при додаванні до кошика" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Optional products are directly related to the item added to cart (e.g. for " +"computers: warranty, OS software, extra components). Whenever the main " +"product is added to cart, such a new screen pops up as an extra step." +msgstr "" +"Необов'язкові товари безпосередньо пов'язані з елементом, доданим до кошика " +"(наприклад, для комп'ютерів: гарантія, програмне забезпечення для ОS, " +"додаткові компоненти). Кожного разу, коли основний товар додається до " +"кошика, такий новий екран з'являється як додатковий крок." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:40 +msgid "To publish optional products:" +msgstr "Опублікувати додаткові товари:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Install *eCommerce Optional Products* addon in *Apps* menu. Remove the " +"default filter to search on addons as well, otherwise only main apps show " +"up." +msgstr "" +"Встановіть *Додаткові товари електронної комерції* в меню *Додатки*. " +"Вилучіть фільтр за замовчуванням для пошуку в аддонах, інакше з'являться " +"лише основні модулі." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:48 +msgid "Select optional items from the *Sales* tab of the product detail form." +msgstr "Виберіть додаткові елементи на вкладці *Продажі* форми товару." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The quantity of optional items added to cart is the same than the main item." +msgstr "" +"Кількість додаткових елементів, доданих до кошика, співпадає з основним " +"елементом." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:3 +msgid "Adapt prices to website visitors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:5 +msgid "" +"This section sheds light on pricing features found in the eCommerce app:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:7 +msgid "force a price by geo-localization," +msgstr "встановлення ціни за геолокацією," + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:9 +msgid "let the customer choose the currency." +msgstr "дозвольте клієнту вибирати валюту." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:11 +msgid "" +"As a pre-requisite, check out how to managing product pricing: " +":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:15 +msgid "Geo-IP automatically applies the right price" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Assign country groups to your pricelists. That way, visitors who aren't " +"logged in yet will get their own currency when landing on your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:20 +msgid "Once logged in, they get the pricelist matching their country." +msgstr "Після входу вони отримують прайслист, який відповідає їхній країні." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:23 +msgid "Currency selector" +msgstr "Валютний вибір" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In the case that you sell in several currencies, you can let your customers " +"choose their own. Check the *Selectable* box to add the pricelist to the " +"website drop-down menu, which can be found in *Pricelists* under the " +"*Products* menu, located in the Website application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:35 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:36 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:37 +msgid ":doc:`promo_code`" +msgstr ":doc:`promo_code`" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:3 +msgid "How to create & share promotional codes" +msgstr "Як створити та ділитися промокодами" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Want to boost your sales for Xmas? Share promocodes through your marketing " +"campaigns and apply any kind of discounts." +msgstr "" +"Хочете збільшити продажі до Різдва? Поділіться промокодами за допомогою " +"маркетингових кампаній та застосуйте будь-які знижки." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:18 +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "Встановлення" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings` and choose *Advanced pricing based" +" on formula* for *Sale Price*." +msgstr "" +"Перейдіть на :menuselection:`Продажі --> Налаштування` і виберіть " +"*Розширене ціноутворення на основі формули* для *Ціни продажу*." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website Admin --> Catalog --> Pricelists` and create a" +" new pricelist with the discount rule (see :doc:`pricing`). Then enter a " +"code." +msgstr "" +"Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Адміністратор веб-сайту --> Каталог --> " +"Прайслисти` та створіть новий прайслист з правилом знижки (див. " +":doc:`pricing`). Потім введіть код." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Make the promocode field available on your *Shopping Cart* page (option in " +"*Customize* menu). Add a product to cart to reach it." +msgstr "" +"Зробіть поле промокоду доступним на *Сторінці кошика* (опція в меню " +"*Налаштування*). Додайте товар до кошика, щоб зробити це." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Once turned on you see a new section on the right side. On clicking *Apply* " +"prices get automatically updated in the cart." +msgstr "" +"Після увімкнення цієї функції ви побачите новий розділ з правого боку. При " +"натисканні кнопки *Застосувати* ціни автоматично оновлюються в кошику." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:33 +msgid "" +"The promocode used by the customer is stored in the system so you can " +"analyze the performance of your marketing campaigns." +msgstr "" +"Промокод, який використовує клієнт, зберігається в системі, щоби ви могли " +"проаналізувати ефективність ваших маркетингових кампаній." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:39 +msgid "Show sales per pricelists..." +msgstr "Покажіть продажі за цінами..." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:43 +msgid ":doc:`pricing`" +msgstr ":doc:`pricing`" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:3 +msgid "How to enable comments & rating" +msgstr "Як включити коментарі та рейтинг в електронній комерції" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Publishing and monitoring customer experience will help you gain the trust " +"of new customers and better engage with your community. In 2 clicks, allow " +"your customer to share their feedback!" +msgstr "" +"Публікація та моніторинг досвіду клієнтів допоможе довіряти вам новим " +"клієнтам та краще взаємодіяти з вашою спільнотою. Лише у два кліки дозвольте" +" своєму клієнту поділитися своїм відгуком!" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Activate comments & rating from the *Customize* menu of the product web " +"page." +msgstr "" +"Активуйте коментарі та рейтинг в меню *Налаштування* веб-сторінки товару." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Visitors must log in to share their comments. Make sure they are able to do " +"so (see Portal documentation)." +msgstr "" +"Відвідувачі повинні увійти, щоби поділитися своїми коментарями. " +"Переконайтеся, що вони зможуть це зробити (див. Документацію Портал)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:25 +msgid "Review the posts in real time" +msgstr "Переглядайте публікації в режимі реального часу" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Whenever a post is published, the product manager and all the product " +"followers get notified in their Inbox (*Discuss* menu)." +msgstr "" +"Кожного разу, коли пост опубліковано, менеджер товару та всі підписники на " +"товар отримують сповіщення у своїй папці Вхідні (меню (*Обговорення*)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:34 +msgid "" +"By default the user who created the product is automatically set as " +"follower." +msgstr "" +"За замовчуванням користувач, який створив товар, автоматично встановлюється " +"як підписник." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Click the product name to open the detail form and review the comment (in " +"the product discussion thread)." +msgstr "" +"Натисніть на назву товару, щоби відкрити детальну форму та переглянути " +"коментар (в обговоренні про товар)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:43 +msgid "Moderate & unpublish" +msgstr "Модеруйте та скасовуйте публікації" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:45 +msgid "" +"You can easily moderate by using the chatter, either in the product detail " +"form or on the web page." +msgstr "" +"Ви можете легко модерувати, використовуючи чат, у формі детальної інформації" +" про товар або на веб-сторінці." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To unpublish the post, open the product web page and click the *Published* " +"button to turn it red (*Unpublished*)." +msgstr "" +"Щоби скасувати публікацію, відкрийте веб-сторінку товару та натисніть кнопку" +" *Опубліковано*, щоби перетворити її у червоний колір (*Неопубліковано*)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:56 +msgid "..tip::" +msgstr "..tip::" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:55 +msgid "" +"You can access the web page from the detail form by clicking the *Published*" +" smart button (and vice versa)." +msgstr "" +"Ви можете отримати доступ до веб-сторінки в детальній формі, натиснувши " +"кнопку *Опубліковано* (і навпаки)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:3 +msgid "How to sell pricier alternative products (upselling)" +msgstr "Як продавати альтернативні товари (допродаж)" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In order to maximize your revenue, suggesting pricier alternative products " +"is strongly advised for basic items. That way, your customer will spend more" +" time browsing your catalog." +msgstr "" +"Щоб максимально збільшити ваш дохід, рекомендується пропонувати вартісніші " +"варіанти товару для базових товарів. Таким чином, ваш клієнт витратить " +"більше часу на перегляд вашого каталогу." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:12 +msgid "To do so:" +msgstr "Зробити так:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Select such *Alternative Products* in the *Sales* tab of the product detail " +"form. 3 alternatives are fine! Don't publish too many otherwise your " +"customers will be confused." +msgstr "" +"Виберіть такі *Альтернативні товари* на вкладці *Продажі* форми товару. Три " +"альтернативи буде достатньо! Не публікуйте занадто багато, інакше ваші " +"клієнти будуть плутатися." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Turn on *Alternative Products* from the *Customize* menu of the product web " +"page." +msgstr "" +"Увімкніть *альтернативні товари* в меню *Налаштування* веб-сторінки товару." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/publish.rst:3 +msgid "Launch my website" +msgstr "Запустіть свій веб-сайт" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience.rst:3 +msgid "Get paid" +msgstr "Отримайте оплату" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:3 +msgid "Manage orders paid with Payment Acquirers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The moment a payment is officially authorized by a Payment Acquirer, Odoo " +"*automatically* confirms the order, which triggers the delivery. And, if you" +" invoice based on ordered quantities, you are requested to invoice the " +"order, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Let’s take a closer look at how to manage orders paid with Payment " +"Acquirers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:12 +msgid "Checking the status of a payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To check the status of a payment, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Orders " +"--> Orders`. Then, simply click on the order you wish to check on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Once you are on the Sales Order page, you will find the payment is confirmed" +" with an automatic note in the *Chatter*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If the user decides to create an invoice, the payment is directly " +"reconciled. This note in the *Chatter* includes a link to the Payment entry," +" which contains various details about the transaction, along with a link to " +"the related Journal Entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Specific messages are provided to your customers for every payment status " +"whenever they are redirected to Odoo after the transaction. To edit these " +"messages, go to the *Messages* tab of the payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:38 +msgid "Automatically generate invoices at order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:40 +msgid "" +"When the order is confirmed, you can also choose to have an invoice " +"automatically issued and paid. This fully-automated feature is designed for " +"businesses that invoice orders right away." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:47 +msgid "To do automatically generate invoices at order:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Invoicing`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Then, under the **Invoicing Policy** option, select *Invoice what is " +"ordered*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:47 +msgid "Then activate *Automatic Invoices* and *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:54 +msgid "Capture payment after the delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:56 +msgid "" +"If the acquirer handling the payment is configured to capture amounts " +"manually, the order is confirmed, but the amount is kept on hold. Once the " +"delivery is processed, you can capture the payment from the related Sales " +"Order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:61 +msgid ":doc:`../../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:62 +msgid "" +":ref:`Payment Acquirers: Place a hold on a card " +"<payment_acquirers/capture_amount>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:3 +msgid "How customers can access their customer account" +msgstr "" +"Як клієнти можуть отримати доступ до свого клієнтського облікового запису" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:5 +msgid "" +"It has never been so easy for your customers to access their customer " +"account. Forget endless signup forms, Odoo makes it as easy as ABC. They are" +" suggested to sign up (name, email, password) when the order is placed, and " +"not before. Indeed, nothing is more annoying than going through a signup " +"process before buying something." +msgstr "" +"Вашим клієнтам ще ніколи не було так легко отримати доступ до свого " +"клієнтського облікового запису. Забудьте про нескінченні форми реєстрації, " +"Odoo робить це так само просто, як AБВ. Пропонуємо реєстрацію (ім'я, " +"електронна пошта, пароль), коли замовлення розміщено, а не раніше. Дійсно, " +"ніщо не дратує більше, ніж процес реєстрації, до того, як відбувається " +"купівля." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:14 +msgid "Sign up" +msgstr "Реєстрація" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The invitation to sign up shows up when the customer wants to visualize the " +"order from order confirmation email." +msgstr "" +"Запрошення на реєстрацію з'являється, коли клієнт хоче візуалізувати " +"замовлення з електронного листа з підтвердженням замовлення." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:23 +msgid "Customer account" +msgstr "Клієнтський обліковий запис" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Once logged in the customer will access the account by clicking *My Account*" +" in the login dropdown menu." +msgstr "" +"Після входу клієнт отримає доступ до облікового запису, натиснувши *Мій " +"обліковий запис* у випадаючому меню." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:31 +msgid "" +"THere they find all their history. The main address (billing) can also be " +"modified." +msgstr "" +"Там вони знаходять всю свою історію. Головну адресу (для отримання рахунків)" +" також можна змінити." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:37 +msgid "" +"If the customer is set as a contact of a company in your address book, they " +"will see all the documents whose the customer belongs to this company." +msgstr "" +"Якщо клієнт встановлений як контакт компанії у вашій адресній книзі, він " +"побачить усі документи, які належать цій компанії." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/taxes.rst:3 +msgid "Collect taxes" +msgstr "Збирайте податки" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:4 +msgid "Live Chat" +msgstr "Живий чат" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:6 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Загальний огляд" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:3 +msgid "Get Started with Live Chat" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Live Chat has the highest satisfaction rating of any communication tool. It " +"allows fast responses and it is accessible and convenient, as your customers" +" can keep doing what they are doing while interacting with you. Remember: " +"your customers want to talk to you, so let's make it easy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:10 +msgid "Set up" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Once *Live Chat* is installed on your database, if your website was created " +"with Odoo, the application is automatically added to it. All that is left to" +" do is to go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> " +"Live Chat`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Select the channel to be linked to your website or create one on the fly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:27 +msgid "For both scenarios, under:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:30 +msgid "" +"- **Operators**: add agents to respond to the chat requests. Add as many as " +"you like, and keep in mind that operators that do not show any activity in " +"Odoo for more than 30min are considered disconnected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:33 +msgid "" +"- **Options**: set the default text to be shown on the live chat button; an " +"automated welcome message to be seen by visitors when a conversation is " +"initiated, and the text that prompts the user to initiate a chat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:36 +msgid "" +"- **Channel Rules**: choose an action for a given URL, and/or per country. " +"In the example below, the chat window automatically pops-up 3 seconds after " +"users (from any country) land on the contact us page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:43 +msgid "" +"GeoIP, which refers to the process of finding a computer terminal’s " +"geographical location by its IP address, must be installed on your server. " +"Otherwise, under *Channel Rules*, countries are not taken into account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:48 +msgid "External options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If your website was not created with Odoo, you can find the code to be added" +" to your own, under the *Widget* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Odoo also offers an URL you can send to users so they can have access to a " +"single live chat page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:59 +msgid "Managing chat requests" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Conversations initiated by visitors pop up as a direct message, and are " +"shown in *Discuss*. Therefore, inquiries can be answered wherever you are in" +" Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Conversations are dispatched based on the current workload of the online " +"operators." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:72 +msgid "Leave or join a channel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, access your " +"channel under *Live Chat*, and *Join Channel* or *Leave Channel*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:48 +msgid ":doc:`ratings`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:45 +msgid ":doc:`responses`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:3 +msgid "Ratings" +msgstr "Оцінювання" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Giving users the opportunity to rate their interactions can help you " +"improving the experience you offer. That means staying on top of your " +"customers' needs, besides keeping track of your operators’ performances." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:10 +msgid "Customer Rating" +msgstr "Рейтинг клієнта" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Once the user chooses to close the chat window, he can rate his interaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If the user is *Not satisfied* or *Highly dissatisfied*, a field allowing " +"for an explanation is shown." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:15 +msgid "A copy of the conversation can also be sent by email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:22 +msgid "The rating is shown on the chat window itself for the operator." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:28 +msgid "And under :menuselection:`Report --> Customer Ratings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:35 +msgid "Make the rating public" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, access your " +"channel form, click on *Go to Website* and on *Unpublished*, to publish the " +"rating of that channel on your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:3 +msgid "Commands and Canned Responses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Using canned responses can help you save time and have a previous, well-" +"thought response, to some of your most common questions and comments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:9 +msgid "Use commands" +msgstr "Використовуйте команди" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Commands are shortcuts that do specific actions within the chat window:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:13 +msgid "**/help**: shows a help message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:14 +msgid "**/helpdesk**: creates a helpdesk ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:15 +msgid "**/helpdesk_search**: searches for a helpdesk ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:16 +msgid "**/history**: shows the last 15 visited pages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:17 +msgid "**/lead**: creates a new lead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:18 +msgid "**/leave**: leaves the channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:0 +msgid "" +"- For *helpdesk tickets*: make sure the application is installed on your " +"database and the option *Live Chat* under :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> " +"Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` is enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:0 +msgid "" +"- For *leads*: the *CRM* application must be installed on your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To access the ticket or lead created from the chat, click on the shortcut " +"link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Helpdesk tickets created from the chat automatically add the conversation as" +" a description of the ticket. The same goes for the creation of a lead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:37 +msgid "Send canned responses" +msgstr "Надсилайте фіксовані відповіді" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Canned responses allow you to have a full piece of text being placed when " +"you type a shortcut word. To create them, go to :menuselection:`Live Chat " +"--> Configuration --> Canned Responses`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To use them during a conversation, simply type **:** followed by the " +"shortcut word you created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website.rst:4 +msgid "Website" +msgstr "Веб-сайт" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize.rst:3 +msgid "Optimize" +msgstr "Оптимізувати" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:3 +msgid "How to track your website's traffic in Google Analytics" +msgstr "Як відслідковувати трафік вашого веб-сайту на Google Analytics" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:5 +msgid "To follow your website's traffic with Google Analytics:" +msgstr "" +"Щоб стежити за трафіком вашого веб-сайту за допомогою Google Analytics:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:7 +msgid "" +"`Create a Google Analytics account <https://www.google.com/analytics/>`__ if" +" you don't have any." +msgstr "" +"`Створіть обліковий запис Google Analytics " +"<https://www.google.com/analytics/>`__ якщо у вас його немає." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Go through the creation form and accept the conditions to get the tracking " +"ID." +msgstr "" +"Пройдіть форму створення та прийміть умови, щоб отримати ID відстеження." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:15 +msgid "Copy the tracking ID to insert it in Odoo." +msgstr "Скопіюйте ID відстеження, щоби вставити його в Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Go to the *Configuration* menu of your Odoo's Website app. In the settings, " +"turn on Google Analytics and paste the tracking ID. Then save the page." +msgstr "" +"Перейдіть до меню *Налаштування* додатку Веб-сайт Odoo. У налаштуваннях " +"увімкніть Google Analytics і вставте ID відстеження. Потім збережіть " +"сторінку." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To make your first steps in Google Analytics, refer to `Google Documentation" +" <https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/1008015?hl=en/>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:32 +msgid ":doc:`google_analytics_dashboard`" +msgstr ":doc:`google_analytics_dashboard`" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:3 +msgid "How to track your website traffic from your Odoo Dashboard" +msgstr "" +"Як відслідковувати трафік вашого веб-сайту з інформаційної панелі Odoo" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You can follow your traffic statistics straight from your Odoo Website " +"Dashboard thanks to Google Analytics." +msgstr "" +"Ви можете слідкувати за вашою статистикою трафіку прямо з панелі " +"інструментів веб-сайту Odoo завдяки Google Analytics." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:8 +msgid "" +"A preliminary step is creating a Google Analytics account and entering the " +"tracking ID in your Website's settings (see :doc:`google_analytics`)." +msgstr "" +"Для початку створіть обліковий запис Google Analytics та введіть ID " +"відстеження у налаштуваннях вашого веб-сайту. (see :doc:`google_analytics`)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to `Google APIs platform <https://console.developers.google.com>`__ to " +"generate Analytics API credentials. Log in with your Google account." +msgstr "" +"Перейдіть на 'платформу Google API " +"<https://console.developers.google.com>`__ для створення облікових даних " +"Analytics API. Ввійдіть у свій обліковий запис Google." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:14 +msgid "Select Analytics API." +msgstr "Виберіть Analytics API." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Create a new project and give it a name (e.g. Odoo). This project is needed " +"to store your API credentials." +msgstr "" +"Створіть новий проект і надішліть йому назву (наприклад, Odoo). Цей проект " +"необхідний для зберігання ваших облікових даних API." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:25 +msgid "Enable the API." +msgstr "Увімкніть API." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:30 +msgid "Create credentials to use in Odoo." +msgstr "Створіть облікові дані для використання в Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Select *Web browser (Javascript)* as calling source and *User data* as kind " +"of data." +msgstr "" +"Виберіть *веб-браузер (Javascript)* як джерело дзвінків та *дані " +"користувача* як види даних." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Then you can create a Client ID. Enter the name of the application (e.g. " +"Odoo) and the allowed pages on which you will be redirected. The *Authorized" +" JavaScript origin* is your Odoo's instance URL. The *Authorized redirect " +"URI* is your Odoo's instance URL followed by " +"'/google_account/authentication'." +msgstr "" +"Тоді ви можете створити ID клієнта. Введіть назву програми (наприклад, Odoo)" +" та дозволені сторінки, на які ви будете перенаправлені. Початком " +"*авторизованого JavaScript* є ваша версія URL-адреси Odoo. *Авторизований " +"URI* перенаправлення - це URL-адреса вашої версії Odoo, а потімy " +"'/google_account/authentication'." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Go through the Consent Screen step by entering a product name (e.g. Google " +"Analytics in Odoo). Feel free to check the customizations options but this " +"is not mandatory. The Consent Screen will only show up when you enter the " +"Client ID in Odoo for the first time." +msgstr "" +"Перейдіть за кроком згоди на екран, введіть назву товару (наприклад, Google " +"Analytics у Odoo). Не соромтеся перевіряти параметри налаштування, але це не" +" обов'язково. Екран згоди відображатиметься лише тоді, коли ви вперше " +"введете ID клієнта в Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Finally you are provided with your Client ID. Copy and paste it in Odoo." +msgstr "Нарешті, вам надається ID клієнта. Скопіюйте та вставте його в Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Open your Website Dashboard in Odoo and link your Analytics account to past " +"your Client ID." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:67 +msgid "As a last step, authorize Odoo to access Google API." +msgstr "" +"В якості останнього кроку дозвольте Odoo отримати доступ до Google API." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:3 +msgid "Track clicks and visitors using Link Trackers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Link Trackers allow you to track your marketing campaigns (emails, banner " +"ads, blog posts, social media posts, affiliate links, etc.). This way, you " +"are able to identify your best traffic sources and make informed decisions " +"about the distribution of your marketing budget." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:10 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Налаштування" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate " +"*Link Trackers*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:19 +msgid "Set up traceable URLs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Go to website --> Promote --> Track this " +"page`. Here, you are able to get a specific tracked URL based on the " +"campaign, medium, and source being used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:28 +msgid "" +"**URL**: url of the page you want to track (e.g. the home page or a " +"product's page)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:29 +msgid "**Campaign**: context of your link (e.g. a special promotion)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:30 +msgid "" +"**Medium**: channel used to share (deliver) your link (e.g. an email or a " +"Facebook ad)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:31 +msgid "" +"**Source**: platform where the traffic originates (e.g. Google or Twitter)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Now, click on *Get tracked link* to generate a URL that you can post or send" +" by the source you have decided on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:37 +msgid "Follow-up on tracked links" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To look at statistics of your links, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Go to" +" website --> Promote --> Track this page`. Besides being able to see the " +"*Most Clicked* and *Recently Used* links, you can also see complete " +"statistics by clicking on *Stats*, including the number of clicks, and the " +"country of origin for those clicks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:50 +msgid "You can also access the link tracker on *odoo.com/r* via your browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Activate the developer mode (:menuselection:`Settings --> Activate the " +"developer mode`) and get access to the *Link Tracker* module and its back-" +"end functionalities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Integrated with :doc:`Google Analytics <google_analytics>`, those trackers " +"allow you to see the number of clicks and visitors to keep you on top of " +"your marketing campaigns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The integration with the :doc:`CRM " +"</applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits>` application allows " +"you to understand where your leads and opportunities are coming from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:3 +msgid "How to do Search Engine Optimisation (SEO) in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Search Engine Optimization (SEO) is a set of good practices to optimize your" +" website so that you get a better ranking in search engines like Google. In " +"short, a good SEO allows you to get more visitors." +msgstr "" +"Пошукова оптимізація (SEO) - це набір оптимальних методів оптимізації вашого" +" веб-сайту, завдяки чому ви отримуєте кращий рейтинг у пошукових системах, " +"таких як Google. Словом, хороша оптимізація SEO дозволяє отримати більше " +"відвідувачів." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Some examples of SEO rules: your web pages should load fast, your page " +"should have one and only one title ``<h1>``, meta tags (alt-tag, title-tag) " +"should be consistent with the content, your website should have a " +"``/sitemap.xml`` file, etc." +msgstr "" +"Деякі приклади правил SEO: ваші веб-сторінки мають завантажуватися швидко, " +"на вашій сторінці має бути один і тільки один заголовок ``<h1>``, мета теги " +"(alt-tag, title-tag) повинні відповідати вмісту сторінки, ваш веб-сайт " +"повинен мати файл ``/sitemap.xml`` і т.д.." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To guarantee Odoo Website and Odoo eCommerce users have a great SEO, Odoo " +"abstracts all the technical complexities of SEO and handles everything for " +"you, in the best possible way. This will be explained here below." +msgstr "" +"Щоб гарантувати, що користувачі вебсайту та електронної комерції Odoo мають " +"чудовий SEO, Odoo бере на себе всі технічні складнощі SEO. Як саме - читайте" +" нижче." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:20 +msgid "" +"But first, let see how you can easily boost your ranking by finetuning the " +"content and the meta tags of your website." +msgstr "" +"Але спочатку подивіться, як ви можете легко підвищити свій рейтинг шляхом " +"тонкого налаштування вмісту та метатегів вашого вебсайту." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:24 +msgid "Meta Tags" +msgstr "Метатеги" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:27 +msgid "Title, Description" +msgstr "Назва, Опис" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Every web page should define the ``<title>`` and ``<description>`` meta " +"data. These information elements are used by search engines to promote your " +"website. They are automatically generated based on page title & content, but" +" you can finetune them. Make sure they fit the content of the page, " +"otherwise you will be downgraded by search engines." +msgstr "" +"Кожна веб-сторінка повинна визначати метадані ``<title>``, ``<description>``" +" та ``<keywords>``. Ці інформаційні елементи використовуються пошуковими " +"системами, щоб визначити рейтинг вашого сайту. Вони генеруються автоматично " +"на основі назви та вмісту сторінки, але ви можете додатково їх налаштувати. " +"Перевірте, що вони відповідають вмісту вашої сторінки, інакше пошукові " +"системи знизять ваш рейтинг." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:39 +msgid "Keywords" +msgstr "Ключові слова" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In order to write quality content and boost your traffic, Odoo provides a " +"``<keyword>`` finder. Those keywords are the searches you want to head " +"towards your website. For each keyword, you see how it is used in the " +"content (H1, H2, page title, page description, page content) and what are " +"the related searches in Google. The more keywords are used the better." +msgstr "" +"Для того, щоб написати якісний вміст і збільшити ваш трафік, Odoo пропонує " +"пошук ``<keyword>``. Ці ключові слова - це пошукові запити, які ви хочете " +"направити на ваш вебсайт. Для кожного ключового слова ви бачите, як воно " +"використовується у вмісті (H1, H2, заголовок сторінки, опис сторінки, вміст " +"сторінки) та які є пов'язані пошукові запити в Google. Чим більше ключових " +"слів буде використано, тим краще." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If your website is in multiple languages, you can use the Promote tool for " +"every language of a single page and set specific title, description and " +"search tags." +msgstr "" +"Якщо ваш веб-сайт має декілька мов, ви можете використовувати інструмент " +"просування для кожної мови окремої сторінки та встановлювати спеціальний " +"заголовок, опис та пошукові теги." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:55 +msgid "Content is King" +msgstr "Вміст це наше все!" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:57 +msgid "" +"When it comes to SEO, content is usually king. Odoo provides several modules" +" to help you build your website content:" +msgstr "" +"Коли мова йде про SEO, вміст має дуже великий вплив. Odoo надає кілька " +"модулів, які допоможуть створити свій вміст на вашому вебсайті:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:60 +msgid "**Odoo Blogs**: write great contents." +msgstr "**Блоги Odoo**: написання чудового вмісту" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:62 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Slides**: publish all your Powerpoint or PDF presentations. Their " +"content is automatically indexed on the web page. Example: `odoo.com/slides" +"/public-channel-1 <https://www.odoo.com/slides/public-channel-1>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:66 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Forum**: let your community create contents for you. Example: " +"`odoo.com/forum/1 <https://odoo.com/forum/1>`_ (accounts for 30% of Odoo.com" +" landing pages)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:70 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Mailing List Archive**: publish mailing list archives on your " +"website. Example: `odoo.com/groups/community-59 " +"<https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59>`_ (1000 pages created per month)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:76 +msgid "" +"The 404 page is a regular page, that you can edit like any other page in " +"Odoo. That way, you can build a great 404 page to redirect to the top " +"content of your website when visitors get lost in invalid URLs." +msgstr "" +"Сторінка 404 - це звичайна сторінка, яку можна редагувати, як і будь-яку " +"іншу сторінку в Odoo. Таким чином, ви можете створити класну 404 сторінку, " +"яка перенаправлятиме на найпопулярніший вміст вашого веб-сайту, якщо людина " +"потрапила на невірну URL-адресу." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:81 +msgid "Use Social Networks" +msgstr "Використовуйте соціальні мережі" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Social media is built for mass sharing. If lots of people share your content" +" on social media, then it's likely more people will link to it, and links " +"are a huge factor for SEO ranking." +msgstr "" +"Соціальні мережі створені для того, щоб ділитись цікавою інформацією з " +"великою кількістю людей. Якщо багато людей поширять ваш вміст у соціальних " +"мережах, то, ймовірно, більше людей буде посилатись на нього, а посилання є " +"величезним фактором для SEO-рейтингу." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:87 +msgid "Odoo embeds several tools to share content through social media:" +msgstr "" +"Odoo має декілька інструментів для обміну вмістом через соціальні мережі:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:90 +msgid "Social Network" +msgstr "Соціальні мережі" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows to link all your social network accounts in your website footer." +" All you have to do is to refer all your accounts in your company settings." +msgstr "" +"Odoo дозволяє відображати всі ваші облікові записи в соціальних мережах у " +"підвалі (футері) вашого вебсайту. Все, що вам потрібно зробити - це вказати " +"всі ваші облікові записи у налаштуваннях вашої компанії." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:99 +msgid "Social Share" +msgstr "Ділитись у соціальній мережі" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Drop the building block *Share* on any page you want your visitors to share." +" By clicking the icon, they are prompted to share the page in their social " +"media wall." +msgstr "" +"Пересуньте блок *Ділитись* на будь-яку сторінку. Користувачі зможуть " +"натиснути на іконку та поділитись цією веб сторінкою на своїй сторінці у " +"соціальній мережі." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Most social media use a picture of the picture to decorate the share post. " +"Odoo uses the website logo by default but you can choose any other image of " +"your page in the Promote tool." +msgstr "" +"Більшість соціальних мереж використовують зображення для кращої візуальної " +"презентації своєї публікації. За замовчуванням Odoo використовує логотип " +"вебсайту, але ви можете обрати будь-яке інше зображення вашої сторінки в " +"інструменті «Просування»." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:116 +msgid "Facebook Page" +msgstr "Facebook сторінка" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Drop the building block *Facebook Page* to display a widget of your Facebook" +" business page and encourage visitors to follow it. You can display the " +"timeline, the next events and the messages." +msgstr "" +"Пересуньте блок *Сторінка Facebook*, щоб відобразити віджет вашої ділової " +"сторінки на Facebook та заохотити відвідувачів стежити за нею. Ви можете " +"відобразити часову шкалу, наступні події та повідомлення." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:123 +msgid "Twitter Scroller" +msgstr "Прокручування Twitter" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:125 +msgid "" +"Display the Twitter feeds with customer satifaction on your website. This " +"will increase the number of tweets and shares." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:129 +msgid "Test Your Website" +msgstr "Перевірте ваш веб-сайт" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:131 +msgid "" +"You can compare how your website rank, in terms of SEO, against Odoo using " +"WooRank free services: `woorank.com <https://www.woorank.com>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:136 +msgid "URLs Handling" +msgstr "Обробка URL-адрес" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:138 +msgid "This section sheds some light on how Odoo makes URLs SEO-friendly." +msgstr "" +"У цьому розділі висвітлено як URL-адреси в Odoo сприяють хорошому рейтингу " +"SEO​." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:141 +msgid "URLs Structure" +msgstr "Структура URL-адреси" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:143 +msgid "A typical Odoo URL will look like this:" +msgstr "Типова URL-адреса Odoo виглядатиме так:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:145 +msgid "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/my-great-product-31" +msgstr "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/my-great-product-31" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:147 +msgid "With the following components:" +msgstr "З наступними компонентами:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:149 +msgid "**https://** = Protocol" +msgstr "**https://** = Protocol" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:151 +msgid "**www.mysite.com** = your domain name" +msgstr "**www.mysite.com** = ваше доменне ім'я" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:153 +msgid "" +"**/fr\\_FR** = page language. This part of the URL is removed if the visitor" +" browses the main language of the website Thus, the main version of this " +"page is: https://www.mysite.com/shop/product/my-great-product-31" +msgstr "" +"**/fr\\_FR** вказує на мову сторінки. Ця частина URL-адреси видаляється, " +"якщо відвідувач переглядає основну мову вебсайту. Таким чином, основна " +"версія цієї сторінки: https://www.mysite.com/shop/product/my-great-" +"product-31" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:158 +msgid "" +"**/shop/product** = every module defines its own namespace (/shop is for the" +" catalog of the eCommerce module, /shop/product is for a product page)." +msgstr "" +"**/shop/product** - кожен модуль визначає власний простір імен (/shop - це " +"назва каталогу модуля електронної комерції, /shop/product вказує, що це " +"сторінка товару)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:162 +msgid "" +"**my-great-product** = by default, this is the slugified title of the " +"product this page refers to. But you can customize it for SEO purposes. A " +"product named \"Pain carré\" will be slugified to \"pain-carre\". Depending " +"on the namespace, this could be different objects (blog post, page title, " +"forum post, forum comment, product category, etc.)." +msgstr "" +"**my-great-product** за замовчуванням, це згладжений заголовок товару, який " +"містить ця сторінка. Але ви можете налаштувати його для цілей SEO. Товар під" +" назвою \"Pain carré\" буде перетворений у \"pain-carre\". Залежно від " +"простору імен це можуть бути різні об'єкти (публікація блогу, заголовок " +"сторінки, повідомлення форуму, коментар до форуму, категорія товару, тощо)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:169 +msgid "**-31** = the unique ID of the product" +msgstr "**-31** = унікальний ID товару" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:171 +msgid "" +"Note that any dynamic component of an URL can be reduced to its ID. As an " +"example, the following URLs all do a 301 redirect to the above URL:" +msgstr "" +"Зауважте, що будь-який динамічний компонент URL-адреси можна звести до його " +"ID. Як приклад, всі наступні URL-адреси роблять переадресацію 301 на вказану" +" URL-адресу:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:174 +msgid "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (short version)" +msgstr "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (short version)" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:176 +msgid "http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (even shorter version)" +msgstr "http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (even shorter version)" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:178 +msgid "" +"http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/other-product-name-31 (old product " +"name)" +msgstr "" +"http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/other-product-name-31 (old product " +"name)" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:181 +msgid "" +"Some URLs have several dynamic parts, like this one (a blog category and a " +"post):" +msgstr "" +"Деякі URL-адреси мають кілька динамічних частин, як-от ця (категорія блогу " +"та публікація):" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:184 +msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/company-news-5/post/the-odoo-story-56" +msgstr "https://www.odoo.com/blog/company-news-5/post/the-odoo-story-56" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:186 +msgid "In the above example:" +msgstr "У наведеному вище прикладі:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:188 +msgid "*Company News* is the title of the blog" +msgstr "*Новини компанії* - це назва блогу" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:190 +msgid "*The Odoo Story* is the title of a specific blog post" +msgstr "*Історія Odoo* - це назва конкретного поста в блозі" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:192 +msgid "" +"When an Odoo page has a pager, the page number is set directly in the URL " +"(does not have a GET argument). This allows every page to be indexed by " +"search engines. Example:" +msgstr "" +"Коли сторінка Odoo має пейджер, номер сторінки встановлюється безпосередньо " +"в URL-адресі (не має аргументу GET). Це дозволяє кожній сторінці індексувати" +" пошукові системи. Приклад:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:196 +msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/page/3" +msgstr "https://www.odoo.com/blog/page/3" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:199 +msgid "Changes in URLs & Titles" +msgstr "Зміни в URL-адресах і заголовках" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:201 +msgid "" +"When the URL of a page changes (e.g. a more SEO friendly version of your " +"product name), you don't have to worry about updating all links:" +msgstr "" +"Коли змінюється URL-адреса сторінки (наприклад, більш дружня версія для " +"друку вашого товару), вам не потрібно турбуватися про оновлення всіх " +"посилань:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:204 +msgid "Odoo will automatically update all its links to the new URL." +msgstr "Odoo автоматично оновить всі свої посилання на нову URL-адресу." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:206 +msgid "" +"If external websites still points to the old URL, a 301 redirect will be " +"done to route visitors to the new address of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:209 +msgid "As an example, this URL:" +msgstr "Як приклад, ця URL-адреса:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:211 +msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/old-product-name-31" +msgstr "http://mysite.com/shop/product/old-product-name-31" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:213 +msgid "Will automatically redirect to:" +msgstr "Автоматично переспрямовуватиметься на:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:215 +msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/new-and-better-product-name-31" +msgstr "http://mysite.com/shop/product/new-and-better-product-name-31" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:217 +msgid "" +"In short, just change the title of a blog post or the name of a product, and" +" the changes will apply automatically everywhere in your website. The old " +"link still functions when used by external websites, via a 301 redirect, " +"maintaining the SEO link juice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:223 +msgid "HTTPS" +msgstr "HTTPS" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:225 +msgid "" +"Search engines boost ranking of secure HTTPS/SSL websites. So, by default " +"all Odoo Online instances are fully based on HTTPS. If the visitor accesses " +"your website through a non HTTPS url, it gets a 301 redirect to its HTTPS " +"equivalent." +msgstr "" +"Пошуковики підвищують рейтинг вебсайтів захищених через HTTPS / SSL. Отже, " +"за замовчуванням всі інсталяції Odoo Online повністю ґрунтуються на HTTPS. " +"Якщо відвідувач звертається до вашого вебсайту за допомогою URL-адреси, що " +"не містить HTTPS, то 301 переадресація перенаправить його до еквівалента " +"URL-адреси з HTTPS." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:231 +msgid "Links: Nofollow Strategy" +msgstr "Посилання: стратегія nofollow" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:233 +msgid "" +"The more a page is linked from external and quality websites, the better it " +"is for your SEO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:236 +msgid "Here are Odoo strategies to manage links:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:238 +msgid "" +"Every link you add to your website is \"dofollow\", which means that this " +"link will contribute to the SEO Juice for the linked page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:242 +msgid "" +"Every link posted by a contributor (forum post, blog comment, etc.) that " +"links to your own website is \"dofollow\" too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:245 +msgid "" +"But every link posted by a contributor that links to an external website is " +"\"nofollow\". In that way, you do not run the risk of people posting links " +"on your website to third-party websites which have a bad reputation." +msgstr "" +"Але кожне посилання, розміщене співрозмовником, який посилається на " +"зовнішній веб-сайт, є \"nofollow\". Таким чином, ви не ризикуєте, що люди " +"публікують посилання на ваш веб-сайт на сторонні веб-сайти, які мають погану" +" репутацію." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:250 +msgid "" +"Note that, when using the forum, contributors having a lot of Karma can be " +"trusted. In such case, their links will not have any ``rel=\"nofollow\"`` " +"attribute." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:255 +msgid "Multi-Language Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:258 +msgid "Multi-Language URLs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:260 +msgid "" +"If you run a website in multiple languages, the same content will be " +"available in different URLs, depending on the language used:" +msgstr "" +"Якщо ви запускаєте веб-сайт на кількох мовах, однаковий вміст буде доступний" +" в різних URL-адресах залежно від мови використання:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:263 +msgid "" +"https://www.mywebsite.com/shop/product/my-product-1 (main language, English " +"here)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:265 +msgid "" +"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1 (French " +"version)" +msgstr "" +"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1 (French " +"version)" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:267 +msgid "" +"In this example, fr\\_FR is the language of the page. You can even have " +"several variations of the same language: pt\\_BR (Portuguese from Brazil) , " +"pt\\_PT (Portuguese from Portugal)." +msgstr "" +"У цьому прикладі fr\\_FR є мовою сторінки. Ви навіть можете мати декілька " +"варіантів однієї мови: pt\\_BR (португальська з Бразилії), pt\\_PT " +"(португальська з Португалії)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:272 +msgid "Language Annotation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:274 +msgid "" +"To let search engines know that the second URL is the French translation of " +"the first URL, Odoo will add an HTML link element in the header. In the HTML" +" <head> section of the main version, Odoo automatically adds a link element " +"pointing to the translated versions of that webpage;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:279 +msgid "" +"<link rel=\"alternate\" hreflang=\"fr\" " +"href=\"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1\"/>" +msgstr "" +"<link rel=\"alternate\" hreflang=\"fr\" " +"href=\"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1\"/>" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:282 +msgid "With this approach:" +msgstr "З таким підходом:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:284 +msgid "" +"Search engines will redirect to the right language according to the visitor " +"language." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:287 +msgid "" +"You do not get penalized by search engines if your page is not translated " +"yet. Indeed, it's not a duplicated content, but a different version of the " +"same content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:292 +msgid "Language Detection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:294 +msgid "" +"When a visitor lands for the first time on your website (e.g. " +"yourwebsite.com/shop), they may automatically be redirected to a translated " +"version according to their browser language preference (e.g. " +"yourwebsite.com/fr\\_FR/shop)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:299 +msgid "" +"Next time, it keeps a cookie of the current language to avoid any " +"redirection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:302 +msgid "" +"To force a visitor to stick to the default language, you can use the code of" +" the default language in your link, example: yourwebsite.com/en\\_US/shop. " +"This will always land visitors to the English version of the page, without " +"using the browser language preferences." +msgstr "" +"Щоб змусити відвідувача дотримуватися стандартної мови, ви можете " +"використовувати код мови за замовчуванням у вашому посиланні, наприклад: " +"yourwebsite.com/en\\_US/shop. Це завжди призведе до відвідування англійської" +" версії сторінки, без використання мовних налаштувань браузера." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:309 +msgid "Page Speed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:312 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "Вступ" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:314 +msgid "" +"The time to load a page is an important criteria for search engines. A " +"faster website not only improves your visitor's experience, but gives you a " +"better page ranking. Some studies have shown that, if you divide the time to" +" load your pages by two (e.g. 2 seconds instead of 4 seconds), the visitor " +"abandonment rate is also divided by two. (25% to 12.5%). One extra second to" +" load a page could `cost $1.6b to Amazon in sales " +"<http://www.fastcompany.com/1825005/how-one-second-could-cost-amazon-16" +"-billion-sales>`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:325 +msgid "" +"Fortunately, Odoo does all the magic for you. Below, you will find the " +"tricks Odoo uses to speed up your page loading time. You can compare how " +"your website ranks using these two tools:" +msgstr "" +"На щастя, Оdоо робить для вас магію. Нижче ви знайдете хитрощі, які Odoo " +"використовує, щоб пришвидшити час завантаження сторінки. Ви можете " +"порівняти, як ваш сайт використовує ці два інструменти:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:329 +msgid "" +"`Google Page Speed " +"<https://developers.google.com/speed/pagespeed/insights/>`__" +msgstr "" +"`Швидкість сторінки Google " +"<https://developers.google.com/speed/pagespeed/insights/>`__" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:331 +msgid "`Pingdom Website Speed Test <http://tools.pingdom.com/fpt/>`__" +msgstr "`Тест швидкості веб-сайту Pingdom <http://tools.pingdom.com/fpt/>`__" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:334 +msgid "Images" +msgstr "Зображення" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:336 +msgid "" +"When you upload new images, Odoo automatically compresses them to reduce " +"their sizes (lossless compression for .PNG and .GIF and lossy compression " +"for .JPG)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:340 +msgid "" +"From the upload button, you have the option to keep the original image " +"unmodified if you prefer to optimize the quality of the image rather than " +"performance." +msgstr "" +"З кнопки завантаження ви можете зберегти оригінальне зображення без зміни, " +"якщо ви хочете оптимізувати якість зображення, а не продуктивність." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:348 +msgid "" +"Odoo compresses images when they are uploaded to your website, not when " +"requested by the visitor. Thus, it's possible that, if you use a third-party" +" theme, it will provide images that are not compressed efficiently. But all " +"images used in Odoo official themes have been compressed by default." +msgstr "" +"Odoo стискає зображення, коли вони завантажуються на ваш веб-сайт, а не за " +"запитом відвідувача. Таким чином, можливо, якщо ви використовуєте сторонню " +"тему, вона забезпечить зображення, які не стиснуті ефективно. Але всі " +"зображення, що використовуються в офіційних темах Odoo, стискаються за " +"замовчуванням." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:354 +msgid "" +"When you click on an image, Odoo shows you the Alt and title attributes of " +"the ``<img>`` tag. You can click on it to set your own title and Alt " +"attributes for the image." +msgstr "" +"Коли ви натискаєте зображення, Odoo показує атрибути ``<img>`` і назву тега." +" Ви можете натиснути на неї, щоб встановити власну назву та атрибути Alt для" +" зображення." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:361 +msgid "When you click on this link, the following window will appear:" +msgstr "Коли ви натисните на це посиланню, з'явиться таке вікно:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:366 +msgid "" +"Odoo's pictograms are implemented using a font (`Font Awesome " +"<https://fortawesome.github.io/Font-Awesome/icons/>`__ in most Odoo themes)." +" Thus, you can use as many pictograms as you want in your page, they will " +"not result in extra requests to load the page." +msgstr "" +"Піктограми Odoo реалізовані за допомогою шрифту (`Font Awesome " +"<https://fortawesome.github.io/Font-Awesome/icons/>`__ у більшості тем " +"Odoo). Таким чином, ви можете використовувати стільки піктограм, скільки " +"хочете, на своїй сторінці, але вони не дадуть додаткових запитів на " +"завантаження сторінки." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:375 +msgid "Static Resources: CSS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:377 +msgid "" +"All CSS files are pre-processed, concatenated, minified, compressed and " +"cached (server-side and browser-side). The result:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:380 +msgid "only one CSS file request is needed to load a page" +msgstr "для завантаження сторінки потрібен лише один запит CSS-файлу" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:382 +msgid "" +"this CSS file is shared and cached amongst pages, so that when the visitor " +"clicks on another page, the browser doesn't have to even load a single CSS " +"resource." +msgstr "" +"цей файл CSS використовується для спільного використання та кешування серед " +"сторінок, тому, коли відвідувач натискає іншу сторінку, браузер не повинен " +"навіть завантажувати жодного ресурсу CSS." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:386 +msgid "this CSS file is optimized to be small" +msgstr "цей файл CSS оптимізовано як невеликий" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:388 +msgid "" +"**Pre-processed:** The CSS framework used by Odoo is Bootstrap. Although a " +"theme might use another framework, most of `Odoo themes " +"<https://www.odoo.com/apps/themes>`__ extend and customize Bootstrap " +"directly. Since Odoo supports Less and Sass, you can modify CSS rules " +"instead of overwriting them through extra CSS lines, resulting in a smaller " +"file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:395 +msgid "" +"**Concatenated:** every module or library you might use in Odoo has its own " +"set of CSS, Less or Sass files (eCommerce, blogs, themes, etc.). Having " +"several CSS files is great for the modularity, but not good for the " +"performance because most browsers can only perform 6 requests in parallel " +"resulting in lots of files loaded in series. The latency time to transfer a " +"file is usually much longer than the actual data transfer time, for small " +"files like .JS and .CSS. Thus, the time to load CSS resources depends more " +"on the number of requests to be done than the actual file size." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:405 +msgid "" +"To address this issue, all CSS / Less / Sass files are concatenated into a " +"single .CSS file to send to the browser. So a visitor has **only one .CSS " +"file to load** per page, which is particularly efficient. As the CSS is " +"shared amongst all pages, when the visitor clicks on another page, the " +"browser does not even have to load a new CSS file!" +msgstr "" +"Для вирішення цієї проблеми всі файли CSS / Less / Sass об'єднуються в " +"єдиний файл .CSS для відправлення в браузер. Таким чином, відвідувач має " +"**лише один CSS файл для завантаження** на сторінку, що є особливо " +"ефективним. Оскільки CSS розподіляється серед усіх сторінок, коли відвідувач" +" натискає іншу сторінку, браузер навіть не повинен завантажувати новий CSS-" +"файл!" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:412 +msgid "**Both files in the <head>**" +msgstr "**Обидва файли у <head>**" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:412 +msgid "**What the visitor gets (only one file)**" +msgstr "**Що отримує відвідувач (тільки один файл)**" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:414 +msgid "/\\* From bootstrap.css \\*/" +msgstr "/\\* From bootstrap.css \\*/" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:414 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:415 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:421 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:447 +msgid ".text-muted {" +msgstr ".text-muted {" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:415 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:422 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:448 +msgid "color: #666;" +msgstr "color: #666;" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:416 +msgid "color: #777;" +msgstr "color: #777;" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:416 +msgid "background: yellow" +msgstr "background: yellow" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:417 +msgid "background: yellow;" +msgstr "background: yellow;" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:417 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:418 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:423 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:449 +msgid "}" +msgstr "}" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:420 +msgid "/\\* From my-theme.css \\*/" +msgstr "/\\* From my-theme.css \\*/" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:426 +msgid "" +"The CSS sent by Odoo includes all CSS / Less / Sass of all pages / modules. " +"By doing this, additional page views from the same visitor will not have to " +"load CSS files at all. But some modules might include huge CSS/Javascript " +"resources that you do not want to prefetch at the first page because they " +"are too big. In this case, Odoo splits this resource into a second bundle " +"that is loaded only when the page using it is requested. An example of this " +"is the backend that is only loaded when the visitor logs in and accesses the" +" backend (/web)." +msgstr "" +"CSS, надісланий Odoo, включає в себе всі CSS / Less / Sass всіх " +"сторінок/модулів. Таким чином, для додаткових переглядів сторінок одного " +"відвідувача не потрібно буде завантажувати файли CSS взагалі. Але деякі " +"модулі можуть включати в себе величезні ресурси CSS / Javascript, які ви не " +"бажаєте попередньо отримувати на першій сторінці, оскільки вони занадто " +"великі. У цьому випадку Odoo розподіляє цей ресурс на другий пакет, який " +"завантажується лише тоді, коли запитується сторінка, яка використовує її. " +"Прикладом цього є бекенд, який завантажується тільки тоді, коли відвідувач " +"входить до системи та звертається до бекенду (/ web)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:436 +msgid "" +"If the CSS file is very big, Odoo will split it into two smaller files to " +"avoid the 4095 selectors limit per sheet of Internet Explorer. But most " +"themes fit below this limit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:440 +msgid "" +"**Minified:** After being pre-processed and concatenated, the resulting CSS " +"is minified to reduce its size." +msgstr "" +"**Мініфікований**: після попередньої обробки та об'єднання, результативність" +" CSS зменшується, щоб зменшити його розмір." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:444 +msgid "**Before minification**" +msgstr "**Перед мініфікацією**" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:444 +msgid "**After minification**" +msgstr "**Після мініфікації**" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:446 +msgid "/\\* some comments \\*/" +msgstr "/\\* some comments \\*/" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:446 +msgid ".text-muted {color: #666}" +msgstr ".text-muted {color: #666}" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:452 +msgid "" +"The final result is then compressed, before being delivered to the browser." +msgstr "Кінцевий результат стискається, перш ніж надходити до браузера." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:455 +msgid "" +"Then, a cached version is stored server-side (so we do not have to pre-" +"process, concatenate, minify at every request) and browser-side (so the same" +" visitor will load the CSS only once for all pages they visit)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:461 +msgid "Static Resources: Javascript" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:463 +msgid "" +"As with CSS resources, Javascript resources are also concatenated, minified," +" compressed and cached (server-side and browser-side)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:466 +msgid "Odoo creates three Javascript bundles:" +msgstr "Odoo створює три пакети Javascript:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:468 +msgid "" +"One for all pages of the website (including code for parallax effects, form " +"validation, etc.)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:471 +msgid "" +"One for common Javascript code shared among frontend and backend (Bootstrap)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:474 +msgid "" +"One for backend specific Javascript code (Odoo Web Client interface for your" +" employees using Odoo)" +msgstr "" +"Один для бекенда конкретного коду Javascript (Odoo Web Client інтерфейс для " +"ваших співробітників, які використовує Odoo)" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:477 +msgid "" +"Most visitors of your website will only need the first two bundles, " +"resulting in a maximum of two Javascript files to load to render one page. " +"As these files are shared across all pages, further clicks by the same " +"visitor will not load any other Javascript resource." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:483 +msgid "" +"If you work on :doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>`," +" the CSS and Javascript are neither concatenated, nor minified. Thus, it's " +"much slower. But it allows you to easily debug with the Chrome debugger as " +"CSS and Javascript resources are not transformed from their original " +"versions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:489 +msgid "CDN" +msgstr "CDN" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:491 +msgid "" +"If you activate the CDN feature in Odoo, static resources (Javascript, CSS, " +"images) are loaded from a Content Delivery Network. Using a Content Delivery" +" Network has three advantages:" +msgstr "" +"Якщо ви активуєте функцію CDN в Odoo, статичні ресурси (Javascript, CSS, " +"зображення) завантажуються з мережі доставки вмісту. Використання мережі " +"доставки контенту має три переваги:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:495 +msgid "" +"Load resources from a nearby server (most CDN have servers in main countries" +" around the globe)" +msgstr "" +"Завантаження ресурсів із сусіднього сервера (більшість CDN мають сервери в " +"основних країнах світу)" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:498 +msgid "" +"Cache resources efficiently (no computation resources usage on your own " +"server)" +msgstr "" +"Ефективний кеш ресурсів (без використання обчислювальних ресурсів на вашому " +"власному сервері)" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:501 +msgid "" +"Split the resource loading on different services allowing to load more " +"resources in parallel (since the Chrome limit of 6 parallel requests is by " +"domain)" +msgstr "" +"Розбиття завантаження ресурсів на різні служби, що дозволяє паралельно " +"завантажувати більше ресурсів (оскільки ліміт Chrome на 6 паралельних " +"запитів за доменом)" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:505 +msgid "" +"You can configure your CDN options from the **Website Admin** app, using the" +" Configuration menu. Here is an example of configuration you can use:" +msgstr "" +"Ви можете налаштувати параметри CDN із додатка **Адміністратор веб-сайту** " +"за допомогою меню Налаштування. Ось приклад налаштування, який ви можете " +"використовувати:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:512 +msgid "HTML Pages" +msgstr "Сторінки HTML " + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:514 +msgid "" +"The HTML pages can be compressed, but this is usually handled by your web " +"server (NGINX or Apache)." +msgstr "" +"Крім того, сторінки HTML можуть бути стиснуті, але, як правило, це " +"обробляється вашим веб-сервером (NGINX або Apache)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:517 +msgid "" +"The Odoo Website builder has been optimized to guarantee clean and short " +"HTML code. Building blocks have been developed to produce clean HTML code, " +"usually using Bootstrap and the HTML editor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:521 +msgid "" +"As an example, if you use the color picker to change the color of a " +"paragraph to the primary color of your website, Odoo will produce the " +"following code:" +msgstr "" +"Як приклад, якщо ви використовуєте засоби вибору кольору, щоб змінити колір " +"абзацу на основний колір вашого веб-сайту, Odoo виведе наступний код:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:525 +msgid "``<p class=\"text-primary\">My Text</p>``" +msgstr "``<p class=\"text-primary\">Мій текст</p>``" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:527 +msgid "" +"Whereas most HTML editors (such as CKEditor) will produce the following " +"code:" +msgstr "" +"Тоді як більшість редакторів HTML (наприклад, CKEditor) вироблятиме такий " +"код:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:530 +msgid "``<p style=\"color: #AB0201\">My Text</p>``" +msgstr "``<p style=\"color: #AB0201\">Мій текст</p>``" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:533 +msgid "Responsive Design" +msgstr "Адаптивний дизайн" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:535 +msgid "" +"Websites that are not mobile-friendly are negatively impacted in search " +"engine rankings. All Odoo themes rely on Bootstrap to render efficiently " +"according to the device: desktop, tablet or mobile." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:542 +msgid "" +"As all Odoo modules share the same technology, absolutely all pages in your " +"website are mobile friendly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:546 +msgid "Browser Caching" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:548 +msgid "" +"Javascript, images and CSS resources have an URL that changes dynamically " +"when their content change. As an example, all CSS files are loaded through " +"this URL: `localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets\\_common.0.css " +"<http://localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets_common.0.css>`__. " +"The ``457-0da1d9d`` part of this URL will change if you modify the CSS of " +"your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:555 +msgid "" +"This allows Odoo to set a very long cache delay (XXX) on these resources: " +"XXX secs, while being updated instantly if you update the resource." +msgstr "" +"Це дозволяє Odoo встановити дуже тривалий час затримки кешування (XXX) на " +"цих ресурсах: XXX секунди, при цьому він оновлюється миттєво, якщо ви " +"оновлюєте ресурс." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:560 +msgid "Scalability" +msgstr "Масштабованість" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:562 +msgid "" +"In addition to being fast, Odoo is also more scalable than traditional CMS " +"and eCommerce (Drupal, Wordpress, Magento, Prestashop). The following link " +"provides an analysis of the major open source CMS and eCommerce compared to " +"Odoo when it comes to high query volumes: " +"`https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/197 <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide" +"/odoo-cms-performance-comparison-and-optimisation-197>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:569 +msgid "Todo" +msgstr "Зробити" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:569 +msgid "fix above link" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:571 +msgid "" +"Here is the slide that summarizes the scalability of Odoo Website & " +"eCommerce." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:577 +msgid "Search Engines Files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:580 +msgid "Sitemap" +msgstr "Мапа сайту" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:582 +msgid "" +"The sitemap points out pages to index to search engine robots. Odoo " +"generates a ``/sitemap.xml`` file automatically for you. For performance " +"reasons, this file is cached and updated every 12 hours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:586 +msgid "" +"By default, all URLs will be in a single ``/sitemap.xml`` file, but if you " +"have a lot of pages, Odoo will automatically create a Sitemap Index file, " +"respecting the `sitemaps.org protocol " +"<http://www.sitemaps.org/protocol.html>`__ grouping sitemap URL's in 45000 " +"chunks per file." +msgstr "" +"За замовчуванням всі URL-адреси будуть розміщені в одному файлі " +"``/sitemap.xml``, але якщо у вас багато сторінок, Odoo автоматично створить " +"файл індексу Sitemap, дотримуючись групування у файлі `sitemaps.org protocol" +" <http://www.sitemaps.org/protocol.html>`__ у 45000 шт. на файл." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:592 +msgid "Every sitemap entry has 4 attributes that are computed automatically:" +msgstr "Кожна карта сайту містить 4 атрибути, які обчислюються автоматично:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:594 +msgid "``<loc>`` : the URL of a page" +msgstr "``<loc>`` : URL-адреса сторінки" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:596 +msgid "" +"``<lastmod>`` : last modification date of the resource, computed " +"automatically based on related object. For a page related to a product, this" +" could be the last modification date of the product or the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:601 +msgid "" +"``<priority>`` : modules may implement their own priority algorithm based on" +" their content (example: a forum might assign a priority based on the number" +" of votes on a specific post). The priority of a static page is defined by " +"it's priority field, which is normalized (16 is the default)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:608 +msgid "Structured Data Markup" +msgstr "Розмітка структурованих даних" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:610 +msgid "" +"Structured Data Markup is used to generate Rich Snippets in search engine " +"results. It is a way for website owners to send structured data to search " +"engine robots; helping them understand your content and create well-" +"presented search results." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:615 +msgid "" +"Google supports a number of rich snippets for content types, including: " +"Reviews, People, Products, Businesses, Events and Organizations." +msgstr "" +"Google підтримує безліч багатих фрагментів для типів вмісту, зокрема: " +"огляди, люди, товари, компанії, події та організації." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:618 +msgid "" +"Odoo implements micro data as defined in the `schema.org " +"<http://schema.org>`__ specification for events, eCommerce products, forum " +"posts and contact addresses. This allows your product pages to be displayed " +"in Google using extra information like the price and rating of a product:" +msgstr "" +"Odoo реалізує мікро-дані, як це визначено в специфікації `schema.org " +"<http://schema.org>`__ для подій, товарів електронної комерції, повідомлень " +"форуму та контактних адрес. Це дозволяє відображати ваші сторінки товару в " +"Google за допомогою додаткової інформації, такої як ціна та рейтинг товару:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:628 +msgid "robots.txt" +msgstr "robots.txt" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:630 +msgid "" +"When indexing your website, search engines take a first look at the general " +"indexing rules of the a``/robots.txt`` file (allowed robots, sitemap path, " +"etc.). Odoo automatically creates it. Its content is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:634 +msgid "User-agent: \\* Sitemap: https://www.odoo.com/sitemap.xml" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:637 +msgid "" +"It means that all robots are allowed to index your website and there is no " +"other indexing rule than specified in the sitemap to be found at following " +"address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:641 +msgid "" +"You can customize the file *robots* in :doc:`Developer mode " +"</applications/general/developer_mode>` from *Settings --> Technical --> " +"User Interface --> Views* (exclude robots, exclude some pages, redirect to a" +" custom Sitemap). Make the Model Data of the view *Non Updatable* to not " +"reset the file after system upgrades." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish.rst:3 +msgid "Publish" +msgstr "Опублікувати" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:3 +msgid "How to use my own domain name" +msgstr "Як використати власне доменне ім'я?" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:5 +msgid "" +"By default, your Odoo Online instance and website have a *.odoo.com* domain " +"name, for both the URL and the emails. But you can change to a custom one " +"(e.g. www.yourcompany.com)." +msgstr "" +"За замовчуванням ваша версія і веб-сайт Odoo Online мають ім'я домену " +".odoo.com для URL-адреси та електронних листів. Але ви можете перейти на " +"звичайну (наприклад, www.yourcompany.com)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:10 +msgid "What is a good domain name" +msgstr "Що таке хороше доменне ім'я?" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Your website address is as important to your branding as the name of your " +"business or organization, so put some thought into changing it for a proper " +"domain. Here are some tips:" +msgstr "" +"Ваша адреса веб-сайту так само важлива для вашого брендингу, як назва вашого" +" бізнесу чи організації, тому подумайте про зміну його для відповідного " +"домену. Ось декілька порад:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:15 +msgid "Simple and obvious" +msgstr "Простий і очевидний" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:16 +msgid "Easy to remember and spell" +msgstr "Легко запам'ятати і вимовляти" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:17 +msgid "The shorter the better" +msgstr "Чим коротше, тим краще" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:18 +msgid "Avoid special characters" +msgstr "Уникайте спеціальних символів" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:19 +msgid "Aim for a .com and/or your country extension" +msgstr "Призначення для розширення .com та/або вашої країни" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Read more: `How to Choose a Domain Name for Maximum SEO " +"<https://www.searchenginejournal.com/choose-a-domain-name-maximum-" +"seo/158951/>`__" +msgstr "" +"Детальніше: `Як вибрати доменне ім'я для максимального SEO " +"<https://www.searchenginejournal.com/choose-a-domain-name-maximum-" +"seo/158951/>`__" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:24 +msgid "How to buy a domain name" +msgstr "Як купити доменне ім'я" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:25 +msgid "Buy your domain name at a popular registrar:" +msgstr "Купути доменне ім'я можна на популярних реєстрах:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:27 +msgid "`GoDaddy <https://www.godaddy.com>`__" +msgstr "`GoDaddy <https://www.godaddy.com>`__" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:28 +msgid "`Namecheap <https://www.namecheap.com>`__" +msgstr "`Namecheap <https://www.namecheap.com>`__" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:29 +msgid "`OVH <https://www.ovh.com>`__" +msgstr "`OVH <https://www.ovh.com>`__" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Steps to buy a domain name are pretty much straight forward. In case of " +"issue, check out those easy tutorials:" +msgstr "" +"Кроки для покупки доменного імені значною мірою ведуть вас уперед. У разі " +"виникнення проблем перегляньте ці прості підказки:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:34 +msgid "`GoDaddy <https://roadtoblogging.com/buy-domain-name-from-godaddy>`__" +msgstr "`GoDaddy <https://roadtoblogging.com/buy-domain-name-from-godaddy>`__" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:35 +msgid "" +"`Namecheap <https://www.loudtips.com/buy-domain-name-hosting-namecheap//>`__" +msgstr "" +"`Namecheap <https://www.loudtips.com/buy-domain-name-hosting-namecheap//>`__" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Feel free to buy an email server to have email addresses using your domain " +"name. However don't buy any extra service to create or host your website. " +"This is Odoo's job!" +msgstr "" +"Не соромтеся купувати поштовий сервер, щоб мати адреси електронної пошти за " +"допомогою вашого доменного імені. Однак не купуйте додатковий сервіс для " +"створення або розміщення вашого веб-сайту. Це робота Оdоо! " + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:45 +msgid "How to apply my domain name to my Odoo instance" +msgstr "Як застосувати своє доменне ім'я до версії Odoo" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:46 +msgid "" +"First let's authorize the redirection (yourcompany.com -> " +"yourcompany.odoo.com):" +msgstr "" +"Спочатку дозвольте авторизувати перенаправлення (yourcompany.com -> " +"yourcompany.odoo.com):" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:48 +msgid "Open your Odoo.com account from your homepage." +msgstr "Відкрийте свій обліковий запис Odoo.com з домашньої сторінки." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:53 +msgid "Go to the *Manage Databases* page." +msgstr "Перейдіть на сторінку *Керування базами даних*." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Click on *Domains* to the right of the database you would like to redirect." +msgstr "" +"Натисніть на розділі *Домени* справа від бази даних, яку потрібно " +"переадресовувати." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:63 +msgid "" +"A database domain prompt will appear. Enter your custom domain (e.g. " +"www.yourcompany.com)." +msgstr "" +"З'явиться підказка домену бази даних. Введіть свій спеціальний домен " +"(наприклад, www.yourcompany.com)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:70 +msgid "" +"We can now apply the redirection from your domain name's manager account:" +msgstr "" +"Тепер ми можемо застосувати перенаправлення з керуючого облікового запису " +"вашого доменного імені:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:72 +msgid "Log in to your account and search for the DNS Zones management page." +msgstr "" +"Увійдіть у свій обліковий запис і знайдіть сторінку керування зонами DNS." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Create a CNAME record *www.yourdomain.com* pointing to *mywebsite.odoo.com*." +" If you want to use the naked domain (e.g. yourdomain.com), you need to " +"redirect *yourdomain.com* to *www.yourdomain.com*." +msgstr "" +"Створіть запис CNAME *www.yourdomain.com* із посиланням на " +"*mywebsite.odoo.com*. Якщо ви хочете використовувати *голий* домен " +"(наприклад, yourdomain.com), вам потрібно переадресовувати свій " +"*yourdomain.com* на *www.yourdomain.com*." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:78 +msgid "Here are some specific guidelines to create a CNAME record:" +msgstr "" +"Нижче наведено кілька спеціальних інструкцій для створення запису CNAME:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:80 +msgid "`GoDaddy <https://be.godaddy.com/fr/help/add-a-cname-record-19236>`__" +msgstr "`GoDaddy <https://be.godaddy.com/fr/help/add-a-cname-record-19236>`__" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:81 +msgid "" +"`Namecheap " +"<https://www.namecheap.com/support/knowledgebase/article.aspx/9646/10/how-" +"can-i-set-up-a-cname-record-for-my-domain>`__" +msgstr "" +"`Namecheap " +"<https://www.namecheap.com/support/knowledgebase/article.aspx/9646/10/how-" +"can-i-set-up-a-cname-record-for-my-domain>`__" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:82 +msgid "" +"`OVH " +"<https://www.ovh.co.uk/g1519.exchange_20132016_how_to_add_a_cname_record>`__" +msgstr "" +"`OVH " +"<https://www.ovh.co.uk/g1519.exchange_20132016_how_to_add_a_cname_record>`__" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:85 +msgid "How to enable SSL (HTTPS) for my Odoo instance" +msgstr "Як включити SSL (HTTPS) для вашої версії Odoo" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Until recently, Odoo users needed to use a third-party CDN service provider " +"such as CloudFlare to enable SSL." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:89 +msgid "" +"It is not required anymore: Odoo generates the certificate for you " +"automatically, using integration with `Let's Encrypt Certificate Authority " +"and ACME protocol <https://letsencrypt.org/how-it-works/>`__. In order to " +"get this, simply add your domain name in your customer portal (a separate " +"certificate is generated for each domain name specified)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:93 +msgid "**Please note that the certificate generation may take up to 24h.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:95 +msgid "" +"If you already use CloudFlare or a similar service, you can keep using it or" +" simply change for Odoo. The choice is yours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:99 +msgid "How to make sure that all my URLs use my custom domain?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:101 +msgid "" +"To set up the root URL of your website and of all the links sent in emails, " +"you can ask an administrator of your database (any user in the *Settings* " +"group) to perform a login from the login screen. It's as simple as that!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:103 +msgid "" +"If you want to do it manually, you can go to :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Technical --> System Parameters` . Find the entry called ``web.base.url`` " +"(you can create it if it does not exist) and enter the full URL of your " +"website, like ``https://www.myodoowebsite.com``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:107 +msgid "" +"The URL must include the protocol (``https://`` or ``http://``) and must not" +" end by a slash (``/``)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:109 +msgid "" +"If you want to block the root URL update when an administrator logs in, you " +"can add a System Parameter called ``web.base.url.freeze`` with its value " +"set to ``True``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:113 +msgid "My website is indexed twice by Google" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:115 +msgid "" +"If you set up a custom domain *mydomain.com* name for *mydatabase.odoo.com*," +" Google indexes your website under both names. This is a limitation of the " +"Odoo cloud platforms/" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:120 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Multi Websites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo’s Multi-Websites opens up broad possibilities of diversification and " +"customer segmentation for your business. A multiplied audience and boosted " +"revenue are now just a few clicks away!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Each website can work in a fully independent way, with its theme, branding, " +"domain name, header & footer, pages, languages, products, blog posts, forum," +" slides, events, live chat channels, etc. Let’s go for a tour!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To create a new website, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration -->" +" Settings`. The button, *Create a new website*, lays in the first section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:28 +msgid "" +"In the upcoming prompt, set a name for your new website and a specific " +"domain name. Leave empty to publish the new website under the default domain" +" of your Odoo database. You can later set some country groups to redirect " +"visitors to it using Geo IP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Then, select a theme. This new website might have an entirely different " +"purpose or audience than the first one. So feel free to go for a different " +"theme!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Once the theme is selected, you can start to build the homepage of your " +"website. Follow the purple drops; they will help you in the first steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:48 +msgid "" +"If you run Odoo Online, don’t forget to redirect any new domain name to your" +" Odoo database (``CNAME``) and to authorize it Odoo-side. See " +":doc:`domain_name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:52 +msgid "Create the menu" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The new website has a default menu with all the installed applications. To " +"edit it, click :menuselection:`Pages --> Edit Menu`. Moving forward you only" +" edit the menu of the current website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:59 +msgid "Switch from one website to another" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:62 +msgid "" +"As easy as ABC! There is a website switcher in the right corner of the edit " +"bar. Switching to another website will connect to the domain of this " +"website. If you use another domain for the website, the user is requested to" +" sign in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:71 +msgid "" +"When switching, you are redirected to the same domain path on the other " +"website (e.g., ``/shop/myproduct``). If this URL is not used, you will be " +"redirected to a 404 page but prompted to create a new page from there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:76 +msgid "Add features" +msgstr "Додайте функції" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:78 +msgid "" +"The website apps you install (e.g., Slides, Blogs) are made available on all" +" your websites. You can, of course, keep them hidden in one website by " +"removing the menu item." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Each website comes with a high range of specific options in the settings. " +"First, select the website to configure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Then, take a look at the options flagged with the earth icon. It means they " +"only impact the very website you are working on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:94 +msgid "You can, for instance, set specific :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:96 +msgid "languages," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:98 +msgid "domain names," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:100 +msgid "social media links," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:102 +msgid "customer portal mode (B2C vs. B2B)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:104 +msgid "dedicated live chat channels," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:106 +msgid "etc." +msgstr "тощо." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:108 +msgid "The other options are global and apply to all your websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:111 +msgid "Manage domain names" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:113 +msgid "" +"As said earlier, your websites can either share the same domain name or use " +"a specific one. If you share it and want to adapt the content per region, " +"set country groups in the setting of each website. Visitors will be " +"redirected to the right website using GeoIP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Geo IP is installed by default in Odoo Online. If you run Odoo on-premise, " +"don’t forget to install *GeoIP* library. See :doc:`on-premise_geo-ip-" +"installation`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:127 +msgid ":doc:`domain_name`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:130 +msgid "Customize the visitor experience" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The customer experience can be customized very profoundly thanks to the menu" +" \\*Customize\\*. All the visual options available there are specific to " +"each website. Go through the different pages to adapt them to this new " +"audience. Focus on workflows, and automatic pages (eCommerce checkout, " +"blogs, events, etc.) as the number of available options is higher there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:143 +msgid "Publish specific content per website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:146 +msgid "" +"Like static pages, any content created from the front-end (product, blog " +"post, etc.) is always only published in the current website. You can change " +"that from the edit form view in the backend and leave the *Website* field " +"blank. This will publish it in all the websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:154 +msgid "" +"Here are all the objects that you can link to *either one or all the " +"websites*:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:157 +msgid "Products" +msgstr "Товари" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:159 +msgid "Product Categories for eCommerce" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:161 +msgid "Blogs" +msgstr "Блоги" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:163 +msgid "Slide Channels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:165 +msgid "Forums" +msgstr "Форуми" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:167 +msgid "Events" +msgstr "Події" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:169 +msgid "Job Positions" +msgstr "Вакансії" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:172 +msgid "" +"When you create the record from the backend and publish it, typically a " +"product or an event, it is made available in all websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:176 +msgid "Publish a page in all websites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:178 +msgid "" +"A new static page is created and only made available in the current website." +" You can duplicate it to other websites from :menuselection:`Website --> " +"Configuration --> Pages`. To do so, leave the *Website* field empty." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:182 +msgid "" +"If you want to duplicate it in just one other website, duplicate the page " +"and set the new website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:188 +msgid "" +"When you edit the page again, the change only affects the current website. A" +" new page is duplicated and tied up to the website. The original page still " +"being linked to all websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:193 +msgid "" +"By grouping pages by URL in the page manager, you quickly find the original " +"page behind each edited page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:200 +msgid "Multi-companies" +msgstr "Мульти-компанії" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:202 +msgid "" +"Each website can be linked to a specific company of your system, in a multi-" +"companies environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:208 +msgid "" +"With such a configuration, only company-related data appear on the website " +"(products, jobs, events, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:211 +msgid "" +"Website editors can only view and edit the pages of the records they have " +"access to, typically the ones belonging to their current company (and to " +"their subsidiaries, or child companies in Odoo language). And so is it for " +"visitors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:217 +msgid "" +"If websites are multi-companies, you don’t change company when switching " +"websites. To change the company and see the related content, use the company" +" selector in the menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:223 +msgid "Configure your eCommerce website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:225 +msgid "" +"eCommerce is a crucial feature in the multi-websites environment. We made it" +" so that the entire flow can be customized to fit the very audience of each " +"website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:230 +msgid "Products only available on one website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:232 +msgid "" +"We already saw earlier how to publish a specific record in only one website." +" You will find the \\*Website\\* field in the eCommerce tab of the product " +"edit form. Empty means available in all websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:240 +msgid "Products available on *some* websites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:242 +msgid "" +"To make a product available on some websites, but not all of them, you " +"should duplicate the product for each website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:245 +msgid "" +"If you need a unique reference to manage in your inventory, you should " +"install *Manufacturing\\ and create *Kits* BoMs (bills of materials). Each " +"kit will link each published “virtual” product to the main reference managed" +" in your inventory. That way, any item sold from your website will be " +"converted into the storable item in the delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:252 +msgid "Pricelists" +msgstr "Прайс-листи" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:254 +msgid "" +"To manage specific prices by websites, you can activate *Multiple Sales " +"Prices per Product* in Website settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:257 +msgid "" +"Then, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Products --> Pricelists` to create " +"additional pricelists. See " +":doc:`../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:260 +msgid "" +"If you need help. Select a website to make a pricelist only available on " +"this website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:266 +msgid "" +"Leaving the field empty means that you make it work in all websites if " +"*Selectable* is selected. Otherwise, it makes it only available for backend " +"operations of Sales and Point of Sale applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:271 +msgid "Payment Acquirers and Delivery Methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:273 +msgid "" +"By default, published payment acquirers and delivery methods are deployed in" +" all websites. You could already use specific payment acquirers per country " +"using Geo IP by defining countries in their configuration. Now you can also " +"do it per website by filling in the *Website* field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:279 +msgid "Customer accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:281 +msgid "" +"There is a setting to choose how to manage customer accounts in Website " +"settings. You can either allow customers to use one account through all the " +"websites or compel them to create one account for each website. This last " +"option is convenient if your websites shouldn’t be related to each other in " +"the visitor mind." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:291 +msgid "Technical hints for customization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:293 +msgid "" +"If you want to publish custom objects on the website, here are a few tips to" +" make it work with multi websites:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:297 +msgid "Sitemap: don’t forget the domain in the route to only publish" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:297 +msgid "available records in each website’s sitemap." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:301 +msgid "Access: you should call the method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:300 +msgid "" +"*can_access_from_current_website* in the controller to make sure the visitor" +" can see a record in the current website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:305 +msgid "Search: when a list of records is displayed, don’t forget to specify" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:304 +msgid "the domain to only display records available for the current website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:3 +msgid "Geo IP Installation (On-Premises Database)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:6 +msgid "Installation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Please note that the installation depends on your computer's operating " +"system and distribution. We will assume that a Linux operating system is " +"being used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:15 +msgid "Install `geoip2 <https://pypi.org/project/geoip2/>`__ Python library" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Download the `GeoLite2 City database " +"<https://dev.maxmind.com/geoip/geoip2/geolite2/>`_. You should end up with a" +" file called ``GeoLite2-City.mmdb``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:22 +msgid "Move the file to the folder ``/usr/share/GeoIP/``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:24 +msgid "Restart the server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:27 +msgid "" +"If you can't/don't want to locate the geoip database in " +"``/usr/share/GeoIP/``, you can use the ``--geoip-db`` option of the Odoo " +"command line interface. This option takes the absolute path to the GeoIP " +"database file and uses it as the GeoIP database. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:36 +msgid ":doc:`CLI documentation </developer/reference/cmdline>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:39 +msgid "" +"``GeoIP`` Python library can also be used. However this version is " +"discontinued since January 1. See `GeoLite Legacy databases are now " +"discontinued <https://support.maxmind.com/geolite-legacy-discontinuation-" +"notice/>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:44 +msgid "How To Test GeoIP Geolocation In Your Odoo Website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:45 +msgid "Go to your website. Open the web page that you want to test ``GeoIP``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:46 +msgid "Choose :menuselection:`Customize --> HTML/CSS/JS Editor`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:47 +msgid "Add the following piece of XML in the page :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:53 +msgid "" +"You should end up with a dictionary indicating the location of the IP " +"address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If the curly braces are empty ``{}``, it can be for any of the following " +"reasons :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The browsing IP address is the localhost (``127.0.0.1``) or a local area " +"network one (``192.168.*.*``)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:62 +msgid "" +"If a reversed proxy is used, make sure to configure it correctly. See " +":option:`proxy mode <odoo-bin --proxy-mode>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:63 +msgid "``geoip2`` is not installed or the GeoIP database file wasn't found" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:64 +msgid "The GeoIP database was unable to resolve the given IP address" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:3 +msgid "How to translate my website" +msgstr "Як перекласти свій веб-сайт" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In addition to creating great modern websites, Odoo gives you the " +"possibility to translate it in different languages." +msgstr "" +"Крім створення чудових сучасних веб-сайтів, Odoo надає вам можливість " +"перекладати їх на різні мови." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:12 +msgid "Process" +msgstr "Обробіть" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Once your website is created, you have the opportunity to translate it in as" +" many different languages as you want." +msgstr "" +"Після того як ваш веб-сайт буде створений, у вас є можливість перекладати " +"його на будь-яку іншу мову." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:17 +msgid "" +"There are two ways to translate your website, you can do it manually or " +"automatically with the Gengo App. If you want to do it automatically, go to " +"the **App** module and Install **Automated translations through Gengo Api** " +"and **Website Gengo Translator**. If you want to do it manually, don't " +"install anything, and follow the next step." +msgstr "" +"Є два способи перекладу вашого веб-сайту, це можна зробити вручну або " +"автоматично за допомогою програми Gengo. Якщо ви хочете зробити це " +"автоматично, перейдіть до модуля **Додатки** і встановіть **Автоматичні " +"переклади через Gengo Api** та **Веб-сайт Gengo Translator**. Якщо ви хочете" +" зробити це вручну, не встановлюйте нічого та виконайте наступний крок." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Now go to your website. On the bottom right corner of the page, click on " +"**Add a language**." +msgstr "" +"Перейдіть на свій веб-сайт. У нижньому правому куті сторінки натисніть " +"**Додати мову**." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Choose the language in which you want to translate your website and then " +"click on **Load.**" +msgstr "" +"Виберіть мову, якою ви хочете перекласти ваш веб-сайт, а потім натисніть " +"кнопку **Завантажити**." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:35 +msgid "" +"You will see that Now, next to English there is also French, which means " +"that the page for the translation has been created. You can also see that " +"some of the text has been translated automatically." +msgstr "" +"Ви побачите, що зараз біля англійської є також французька, що означає, що " +"сторінка для перекладу була створена. Ви також можете побачити, що частина " +"тексту була перекладена автоматично." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To translate the content of the website, click on **Translate** (here " +"**Traduire** since we want to translate the website in French)." +msgstr "" +"Щоби перекласти вміст веб-сайту, натисніть на **Перекласти** (тут, " +"**Traduire**, оскільки ми хочемо перекласти веб-сайт французькою мовою)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:45 +msgid "" +"There, if you have installed the Gengo Translator, You will see that next to" +" the **Translate** button you also have a button **Translate " +"automatically**. Once you click on that button, you will be asked some " +"information on your account. If you don't have an account yet, follow `this " +"link <https://gengo.com/auth/form/login/>`_ in order to create one. You need" +" to ask for a public key and a private key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:53 +msgid "" +"The content you wish to translate will then be translated automatically." +msgstr "Вміст, який ви хочете перекласти, буде автоматично перекладено." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Now you can see that most of the content is highlighted in yellow or in " +"green. The yellow represents the content that you have to translate by " +"yourself. The green represents the content that has already been translated " +"automatically." +msgstr "" +"Тепер ви можете побачити, що більша частина вмісту виділена жовтим або " +"зеленим кольором. Жовтий - це вміст, який потрібно перекласти самостійно. " +"Зелений - це вміст, який вже перекладено автоматично." diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po index 676b6107f..5db1ac6e4 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po @@ -4,16 +4,16 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: -# 演奏王 <wangwhai@qq.com>, 2020 +# 稀饭~~ <wangwhai@qq.com>, 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: 演奏王 <wangwhai@qq.com>, 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: 稀饭~~ <wangwhai@qq.com>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/contributing.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/contributing.po deleted file mode 100644 index 6d063f633..000000000 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/contributing.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1743 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# 苏州远鼎 <tiexinliu@126.com>, 2020 -# Mandy Choy <mnc@odoo.com>, 2020 -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# Jeffery CHEN Fan <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2020 -# v2exerer <9010446@qq.com>, 2020 -# Ryan Zhang <so_happy_boy@hotmail.com>, 2020 -# diaojiaolou <124412206@qq.com>, 2020 -# John An <johnxan@163.com>, 2020 -# 稀饭~~ <wangwhai@qq.com>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: 稀饭~~ <wangwhai@qq.com>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: zh_CN\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" - -#: ../../contributing.rst:5 -msgid "Contributing" -msgstr "缴款" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation.rst:5 -msgid "Contributing to the documentation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:5 -msgid "Content guidelines" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:7 -msgid "" -"To give the community the best documentation possible, we listed here a few " -"guidelines, tips and tricks that will make your content shine at its " -"brightest! While we encourage you to adopt your own writing style, some " -"rules still apply to give the reader more clarity and comprehension." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:12 -msgid "" -"We strongly recommend contributors to carefully read the other documents in " -"this *Contribution* section of the documentation. Good knowledge of the ins " -"and outs of **RST writing** is required to write and submit your " -"contribution. Note that it also affects your writing style itself." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:16 -msgid ":doc:`introduction_guide`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:17 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:41 -msgid ":doc:`rst_cheat_sheet`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:18 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:42 -msgid ":doc:`rst_guidelines`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:23 -msgid "Writing style" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:25 -msgid "" -"**Writing for documentation** isn't the same as writing for a blog or " -"another medium. Readers are more likely to skim read until they've found the" -" information they are looking for. Keep in mind that the user documentation " -"is a place to inform and describe, not to convince and promote." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:32 -msgid "Consistency" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:34 -msgid "*Consistency is key to everything.*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Make sure that your writing style remains **consistent**. If you modify an " -"existing text, try to match the existing tone and presentation, or rewrite " -"it to match your own style." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:42 -msgid "Grammatical tenses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:44 -msgid "" -"In English, descriptions and instructions require the use of a **Present " -"Tense**, while a *future tense* is appropriate only when a specific event is" -" to happen ulteriorly. This logic might be different in other languages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "Good example (present):" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "" -"*Screenshots are automatically resized to fit the content block's width.*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "Bad example (future):" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "" -"*When you take a screenshot, remember that it will be automatically resized " -"to fit the content block's width.*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:57 -msgid "Paragraphing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:59 -msgid "" -"A paragraph comprises several sentences that are linked by a shared idea. " -"They usually are two to six lines long." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:62 -msgid "" -"In English, a new idea implies a new paragraph, rather than having a *line " -"break* as it is common to do in some other languages. *Line breaks* are " -"useful for layout purposes but shouldn't be used as a grammatical way of " -"separating ideas." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:67 -msgid "" -":ref:`RST cheat sheet: Break the line but not the paragraph <contributing" -"/line-break>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:72 -msgid "Titles" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:74 -msgid "To write a good title :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:76 -msgid "**Be concise.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:77 -msgid "**Avoid sentences**, questions, and titles starting with \"how to.\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:78 -msgid "**Don't use pronouns** in your titles, especially 2nd person (*your*)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:83 -msgid "Document's structure" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:85 -msgid "" -"Use different **headings levels** to organize your text by sections and sub-" -"sections. Your headings are also displayed in a dynamic *navigation bar* on " -"the side." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "**H1: Page Title**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Your *page title* gives your reader a quick and clear understanding of what " -"your content is about. It is also referenced in the section's *table of " -"contents*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:93 -msgid "" -"The *content* in this section describes the upcoming content from a " -"**business point of view**, and shouldn't put the emphasis on Odoo, as this " -"is documentation and not marketing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:97 -msgid "" -"Start first with a **Lead Paragraph**, which helps the reader make sure that" -" they've found the right page, then explain the **business aspects of this " -"topic** in the following paragraphs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "**H2: Section Title (configuration)**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "" -"This first H2 section is about the configuration of the feature, or the " -"prerequisites to achieve a specific goal. To add a path, make sure you use " -"the ``:menuselection:`` specialized directive (see link below)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "Example:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "" -"To do so, go to ``:menuselection:`App name --> Menu --> Sub-menu```, and " -"enable the XYZ feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "**H2: Section Title (main sections)**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Create as many main sections as you have actions or features to distinguish." -" The title can start with a verb, but try to avoid using \"Create ...\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "**H3: Subsection**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Subsections are perfect for assessing very specific points. The title can be" -" in the form of a question, if appropriate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:118 -msgid "**H2: Next Section**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:122 -msgid ":ref:`RST cheat sheet: headings <contributing/headings>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:123 -msgid "" -":ref:`RST cheat sheet: specialized directives <contributing/specialized-" -"directives>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:128 -msgid "Images" -msgstr "图片" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:130 -msgid "" -"Adding a few images to illustrate your text helps the readers to understand " -"and memorize your content. However, avoid adding too many images: it isn't " -"necessary to illustrate all steps and features, and it may overload your " -"page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:135 -msgid "" -"Don't forget to :ref:`compress your PNG files with pngquant " -"<contributing/pngquant>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:140 -msgid "Screenshots" -msgstr "截屏" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:142 -msgid "" -"Screenshots are automatically resized to fit the content block's width. This" -" implies that screenshots can't be too wide, else they would appear very " -"small on-screen. Therefore, we recommend to avoid to take screenshots of a " -"full screen display of the app, unless it is relevant to do so." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:146 -msgid "A few tips to improve your screenshots:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:148 -msgid "**Zoom** in your browser. We recommend a 110% zoom for better results." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:149 -msgid "" -"**Resize** your browser's width, either by *resizing the window* itself or " -"by opening the *browser's developer tools* (press the ``F12`` key) and " -"resizing the width." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:151 -msgid "**Select** the relevant area, rather than keeping the full window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:152 -msgid "" -"If necessary, you can **edit** the screenshot to remove unnecessary fields " -"and to narrow even more Odoo's display." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:160 -msgid "" -"Resizing the window's width is the most important step to do as Odoo's " -"responsive design automatically resizes all fields to match the window's " -"width." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:166 -msgid "ALT tags" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:168 -msgid "" -"An **ALT tag** is a *text alternative* to an image. This text is displayed " -"if the browser fails to render the image. It is also helpful for users who " -"are visually impaired. Finally, it helps search engines, such as Google, to " -"understand what the image is about and index it correctly, which improves " -"the :abbr:`SEO (Search Engine Optimization)` significantly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:173 -msgid "Good ALT tags are:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:175 -msgid "**Short** (one line maximum)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:176 -msgid "**Not a repetition** of a previous sentence or title" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:177 -msgid "A **good description** of the action happening on the image" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:178 -msgid "Easily **understandable** if read aloud" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:181 -msgid ":ref:`RST cheat sheet: image directive <contributing/image>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:5 -msgid "Introduction guide" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:7 -msgid "" -"**First of all, thank you for landing here and helping us improve the user " -"documentation of Odoo!**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:9 -msgid "" -"This introductory guide will help you acquire the tools and knowledge you " -"need to write documentation, whether you plan to make a minor content change" -" or document an application from scratch." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:14 -msgid "" -"This tutorial only concerns the `user documentation " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/index.html>`_ of Odoo. The " -"documentation for `developing in Odoo " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/master/index.html>`_ in maintained " -"alongside the source code of Odoo at `github.com/odoo/odoo " -"<https://github.com/odoo/odoo/tree/master/doc>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:22 -msgid "reStructuredText" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Our documentation is written in **reStructuredText** (RST), a `lightweight " -"markup language " -"<https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lightweight_markup_language>`_ consisting of " -"normal text augmented with markup which allows including headings, images, " -"notes, and so on. This might seem a bit abstract but there is no need to " -"worry. :abbr:`RST (reStructuredText)` is not hard to learn, especially if " -"you intend to make only small changes to the content." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:30 -msgid "" -"If you need to learn about a specific markup, head over to :doc:`our cheat " -"sheet for RST <rst_cheat_sheet>` which contains all the information that you" -" should ever need for the user documentation of Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:35 -msgid "" -"We kindly ask you to observe a set of :doc:`content <content_guidelines>` " -"and :doc:`RST <rst_guidelines>` guidelines as you write documentation. This " -"ensures that you stay consistent with the rest of the documentation and " -"facilitates the approval of your content changes as they are reviewed by a " -"redactor at Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:43 -msgid ":doc:`content_guidelines`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:48 -msgid "Getting started" -msgstr "POS 入门" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:50 -msgid "" -"As our documentation is maintained on GitHub, you will need a free GitHub " -"account. Click `here <https://github.com/join>`_ to create one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Now, depending on whether you want to update existing content, or rather " -"work on new content and make file changes, you have two courses of action:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:56 -msgid "" -"**For small changes** in ``.rst`` files only, i.e. addition/edition of " -"paragraphs or typos, **we suggest that you use the GitHub interface**. This " -"is the easiest and fasted way to submit your request for changes for the " -"documentation and is suitable for non-technical people. Read " -":ref:`contributing/github-interface` to learn how to use this method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:60 -msgid "" -"**For more complex cases**, it is necessary to **use Git and work from a " -"local copy of the documentation**. This method seems intimidating but only " -"requires basic knowledge of Git. See :ref:`contributing/canonical-git-" -"workflow` for more information on this method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:67 -msgid "Use the GitHub interface" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Verify that you are browsing the documentation in the version that you " -"intend to change. The version can be selected from the dropdown in the top " -"menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:74 -msgid "" -"Head over to the page that you want to change and click on the **Edit on " -"GitHub** button in the bottom of the left menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:79 -msgid "" -"If you do not have edit rights on the repository (`odoo/documentation-user " -"<https://github.com/odoo/documentation-user>`_), you need to fork it by " -"clicking on the appropriate button. In other terms, you create a copy of the" -" entire repository on your own account. If you do have the edit rights, skip" -" this step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:86 -msgid "" -"Make the appropriate changes while taking care of following the " -":doc:`guidelines <rst_guidelines>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:89 -msgid "" -"Click on the **Preview changes** button to review your contribution in a " -"more human-readable format. Be aware that the preview is not able to handle " -"all markups correctly. Notes and tips, for instance, are not correctly " -"rendered. The version of your content published to the website will be, " -"however." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:94 -msgid "" -"Go to the bottom of the page to create a commit (:dfn:`what packs your " -"changes together and labels them with a commit message`) of your changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:0 -msgid "" -"In first text box, describe your changes. For instance, \"Fix a typo\" and " -"\"Add documentation for invoicing of sales orders\" are two clear commit " -"messages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:0 -msgid "" -"In the second text box, justify *why* you made these changes, if you feel " -"that it is not obvious." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:101 -msgid "" -"Select the option \"Create a new branch for this commit and start a pull " -"request.\" if you have the choice (if you have partial or full edit writes " -"on the repository). If not, skip this step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:104 -msgid "" -"Click on the green button. It is either labelled \"Commit changes\" or " -"\"Propose file change\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:108 -msgid "" -"In the dropdown for the selection of the base branch (i.e., the version of " -"the documentation that your changes concern), make sure to select the same " -"version as in the first step of this guide and click on the **Create pull " -"request** button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:114 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:392 -msgid "" -"Double-check your :abbr:`PR (Pull Request)` and, when ready, click again on " -"the **Create pull request** button to submit your changes for review by a " -"redactor at Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:119 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:397 -msgid "" -"You're done! If your changes are approved straight away they will appear in " -"the documentation the very next day. It may also be the case that the " -"reviewer has a question or a remark, so make sure to check your " -"notifications or your emails, depending on your account settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:126 -msgid "Use the canonical Git workflow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:131 -msgid "Prepare your machine" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:136 -msgid "Install Git" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:138 -msgid "" -"We use `Git <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Git>`_ to manage the files of the" -" user documentation. It is a tool that allows to track the history of " -"changes made to a file and, more importantly, to work on different versions " -"of those files at the same time. It means that you do not need to worry " -"about overwriting someone else’s pending work when you start editing the " -"documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:143 -msgid "" -"You must then configure Git to identify yourself as the author of your " -"future contribution. Enter the same email address as the one you used to " -"register on GitHub." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:146 -msgid "Download and install **Git** on your machine." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:147 -msgid "" -"Verify that `the installation folder of Git is included in your system's " -"PATH variable <win-add-to-path_>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:149 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:174 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:320 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:337 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:368 -msgid "Execute the following commands in a terminal:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:159 -msgid "Fetch the sources" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:161 -msgid "" -"As stated earlier, our documentation (in all its versions) is maintained on " -"GitHub at `github.com/odoo/documentation-user <https://github.com/odoo" -"/documentation-user>`_. A modification is made by the mean of a :abbr:`PR " -"(Pull Request)` (:dfn:`proposal of content changes`) to allow for a review " -"of the changes before updating the sources of the documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:166 -msgid "" -"Prior to submitting a modification, you need to make a copy of the sources " -"and download that copy on your machine." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:169 -msgid "" -"Go to `github.com/odoo/documentation-user <https://github.com/odoo" -"/documentation-user>`_ and click on the **Fork** button in the top right " -"corner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:182 -msgid "" -"If you do not have edit rights on the repository owned by Odoo, replace " -"\"odoo\" with your Github username in the URL of the command above. If you " -"do have edit rights, it is not necessary to fork the repository." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:186 -msgid "" -"In order to ease the collaboration between writers coming from many " -"different systems and teams, execute the following group of commands that " -"correspond to your :abbr:`OS (Operating System)` in a terminal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:190 -msgid "Windows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:198 -msgid "Linux or Mac OS:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:209 -msgid "Python" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:211 -msgid "" -"Because the documentation is written in :abbr:`RST (reStructuredText)`, it " -"needs to be built (:dfn:`converted to HTML`) in order to display nicely. " -"This is done by the documentation generator which takes the original " -":abbr:`RST (reStructuredText)` files as input, transforms the markups in a " -"human-readable format, and outputs HTML files to be read in your web " -"browser." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:216 -msgid "" -"The documentation generator that we use is called `Sphinx <http://www" -".sphinx-doc.org/en/master/>`_. and is written in `Python " -"<https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Python_(programming_language)>`_. You have to" -" install Python in order to use Sphinx. For the record, Sphinx is the " -"program and Python the programming language, but you do not need to know " -"much more about them so don't panic!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:221 -msgid "" -"Python comes with its own package manager: `pip " -"<https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pip_(package_manager)>`_. It allows " -"installing Python dependencies in a single command." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:225 -msgid "" -"Download and install the latest release of **Python 3** on your machine." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:226 -msgid "" -"Make sure to have **pip** installed on your machine (on Windows, you can " -"install pip alongside Python)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:228 -msgid "" -"Execute the following commands in a terminal to verify that both " -"installations finished successfully:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:236 -msgid "" -"Execute the following commands in a terminal to install the Python " -"dependencies of the documentation:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:245 -msgid "" -"Depending on your :abbr:`OS (Operating System)`, you may need to run the " -"commands ``python`` and ``pip`` instead of ``python3`` and ``pip3``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:251 -msgid "Make" -msgstr "品牌" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:253 -msgid "" -"`Make <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Make_(software)>`_ is a tool that packs" -" a bunch of command-lines into one to be easier to remember and to type. In " -"our case, it is used to execute complex Sphinx build commands by using a " -"single and simpler one instead." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:257 -msgid "Download and install **Make** on your machine." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:258 -msgid "" -"Verify that `the installation folder of Make is included in your system's " -"PATH variable <win-add-to-path_>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:264 -msgid "pngquant" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:266 -msgid "" -"`pngquant <https://pngquant.org/>`_ is a tool that we use to compress PNG " -"images so that the documentation does not end up weighting several Gigabytes" -" in a few year span." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:269 -msgid "Download and install **pngquant** on your machine." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:270 -msgid "" -"Verify that `the installation folder of pngquant is included in your " -"system's PATH variable <win-add-to-path_>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:276 -msgid "Prepare your version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:278 -msgid "" -"Now that your machine is all set up, it is time to do the same for your " -"version of the documentation files. As it would not be convenient to have " -"several people working on the version 14.0 in parallel (conflicts of content" -" would occur all the time), and in order to be able to create a :abbr:`PR " -"(Pull Request)`, you must `create a new branch " -"<https://www.atlassian.com/git/tutorials/using-branches>`_ starting from the" -" branch 14.0. In other words, you copy the entirety of this version’s files " -"and give it another name. For this example, we will go with " -"``14.0-my_contribution``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:286 -msgid "Execute the following commands in a terminal to..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:288 -msgid "Navigate to the documentation folder:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:294 -msgid "Switch to the version 14.0:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:300 -msgid "Create your own branch which will be a copy of 14.0:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:309 -msgid "Perform your changes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:311 -msgid "" -"You can now perform any change you want to the documentation files. These " -"changes must be compliant with :abbr:`RST (reStructuredText)` syntax (see " -":doc:`rst_cheat_sheet`) and with our :doc:`guidelines <rst_guidelines>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:316 -msgid "" -"If your changes include the addition of a new image, for instance " -":file:`my_image.png`, proceed as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:319 -msgid "Make sure that the image is in ``.png`` format." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:327 -msgid "Delete :file:`my_image.png`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:328 -msgid "Rename :file:`my_image-fs8.png` to :file:`my_image.png`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:333 -msgid "Preview your changes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:335 -msgid "" -"To preview your changes in a generated documentation, proceed as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:346 -msgid "" -"You can omit the :command:`make clean` command when no recent change has " -"been made to the hierarchy of documentation files." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:349 -msgid "Fix any error or warning shown in the logs of the build." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:350 -msgid "" -"Open the file :file:`documentation-user/_build/html/index.html` with your " -"default web browser." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:353 -msgid "" -"These steps have for only purpose to show you the final results of your " -"changes. They have no impact on the documentation source files." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:359 -msgid "Submit your changes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:362 -msgid "" -"We expect you to have basic knowledge of Git, which should be enough to " -"cover the basic flow of a one-time contribution. If you plan on submitting " -"several contributions, work on older versions of the documentation or " -"perform any other advanced action, we recommend you to be confident with " -"Git. Help yourself with `this manual of Git " -"<https://www.atlassian.com/git>`_ and `this interactive tutorial " -"<https://learngitbranching.js.org/>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:376 -msgid "" -"Go to `github.com/odoo/documentation-user/pulls <https://github.com/odoo" -"/documentation-user/pulls>`_ and click on the **New pull request** button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:382 -msgid "" -"If you forked the base repository in the section :ref:`contributing/fetch-" -"sources`, click on the link **compare across forks** If not, skip this step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:387 -msgid "" -"In the dropdown for the selection of the base branch (i.e., the version of " -"the documentation that your changes concern), make sure to select the " -"version that your changes target (here **14.0**)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:5 -msgid "RST cheat sheet" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:10 -msgid "Headings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:13 -msgid "" -"For each formatting line (e.g., ``===``), write as many symbols (``=``) as " -"there are characters in the header." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:17 -msgid "" -"The symbols used for the formatting are, in fact, not important. Only the " -"order in which they are written matters, as it determines the size of the " -"decorated heading. This means that you may encounter different heading " -"formatting and in a different order, in which case you should follow the " -"formatting in place in the document. In any other case, use the formatting " -"shown below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:20 -msgid "Heading size" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:20 -msgid "Formatting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:20 -msgid "Min/Max number of occurrences" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:22 -msgid "H1" -msgstr "H1" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 -msgid "``=======``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 -msgid "``Heading``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:22 -msgid "1/1" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:26 -msgid "H2" -msgstr "H2" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:26 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:29 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:32 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:35 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:38 -msgid "0/∞" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:29 -msgid "H3" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 -msgid "``-------``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:32 -msgid "H4" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 -msgid "``~~~~~~~``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:35 -msgid "H5" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 -msgid "``*******``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:38 -msgid "H6" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 -msgid "``^^^^^^^``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:45 -msgid "Markup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:50 -msgid "Inline markup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:52 -msgid "Use the following markups to emphasize your text to your liking:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:55 -msgid "\\*\\*Text\\*\\*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:55 -msgid "**Text**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:57 -msgid "\\*Text\\*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:57 -msgid "*Text*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:59 -msgid "\\`\\`Text\\`\\`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:59 -msgid "``Text``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:63 -msgid ":ref:`contributing/specialized-directives`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:68 -msgid "Bulleted list" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:84 -msgid "Numbered list" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:99 -msgid "Nested lists" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:111 -msgid "Hyperlinks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:116 -msgid "Hyperlink references" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:118 -msgid "" -"Hyperlink references are links to a URL with a custom label. They follow " -"this syntax: ```label <URL>`_``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:122 -msgid "The URL can be a relative path to a file within the documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:125 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:146 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:192 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:232 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:263 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:288 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:313 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:19 -msgid "Example" -msgstr "例子" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:127 -msgid "" -"This excerpt of :abbr:`RST (reStructuredText)`: ``For instance, `this is a " -"hyperlink reference <https://odoo.com>`_.`` is rendered as follows in HTML: " -"“For instance, `this is a hyperlink reference <https://odoo.com>`_.”" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:134 -msgid "External hyperlink targets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:136 -msgid "" -"External hyperlink targets allow creating shortcuts for hyperlink " -"references." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:137 -msgid "The definition syntax is as follows: ``.. _target: URL``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:138 -msgid "There are two ways to reference them, depending on the use case:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:140 -msgid "" -"``target_`` creates a hyperlink with the target name as label and the URL as" -" reference. Note that the ``_`` moved after the target!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:142 -msgid "" -"```label <target_>`_`` does exactly what you expect: the label replaces the " -"name of the target, and the target is replaced by the URL." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:149 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:195 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:235 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:266 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:291 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:316 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:352 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:373 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:392 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:413 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:432 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:453 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:490 -msgid "RST" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:159 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:211 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:243 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:274 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:299 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:330 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:361 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:381 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:401 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:421 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:441 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:461 -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:499 -msgid "Render" -msgstr "渲染" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:161 -msgid "" -"A `proof-of-concept <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Proof_of_concept>`_ is a " -"simplified version, a prototype of what is expected to agree on the main " -"lines of expected changes. `PoC " -"<https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Proof_of_concept>`_ is a common abbreviation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:168 -msgid "Internal hyperlink targets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:170 -msgid "" -"Internal hyperlink targets follow the same syntax as external hyperlink " -"targets but without any URL. Indeed, they are internal. They allow " -"referencing a specific part of a document by using the target as an anchor. " -"When the user clicks on the reference, the documentation scrolls to the part" -" of the page containing the target." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:176 -msgid "" -"Targets can be referenced from other files than the ones in which they are " -"defined." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:178 -msgid "The definition syntax is: ``.. _target:``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:179 -msgid "" -"There are two ways to reference them, both using the ``ref`` directive:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:181 -msgid "" -"``:ref:`target``` creates a hyperlink to the anchor with the heading defined" -" below as label." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:182 -msgid "" -"``:ref:`label <target>``` creates a hyperlink to the anchor with the given " -"label." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:184 -msgid "" -"See :ref:`contributing/relative-links` to learn how to write proper relative" -" links for internal references." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:188 -msgid "" -"Notice that there is no ``_`` at the end, as it is done with :ref:`hyperlink" -" targets <contributing/hyperlink-references>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:213 -msgid "" -"This can easily be done by creating a new product, see `How to create a " -"product? <https://example.com/product>`_ for additional help." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:216 -msgid "**How to create a product?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:218 -msgid "" -"As explained at the `start of the page <https://example.com/scroll-to-start-" -"of-page>`_, ..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:223 -msgid "Implicit hyperlink targets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:227 -msgid "" -"Implicit hyperlink targets are a special kind of internal hyperlink targets:" -" they are automatically generated by section titles, footnotes, etc. " -"Consequently, they don’t have a definition syntax." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:229 -msgid "" -"They can be referenced the same first way as external hyperlink targets by " -"using the name of the section title as URL." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:245 -msgid "" -"This can easily be done by creating a new user, see `How to create a new " -"user? <https://example.com/how-to-create-a-user>`_ for additional help. ..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:251 -msgid "The ``doc`` directive" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:254 -msgid "" -"The ``doc`` directive allows referencing a documentation page wherever it is" -" in the file tree through a relative file path." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:255 -msgid "As usual, there are two ways to use the directive:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:257 -msgid "" -"``:doc:`path_to_doc_page``` creates a hyperlink reference to the " -"documentation page with the title of the page as label." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:259 -msgid "" -"``:doc:`label <path_to_doc_page>``` creates a hyperlink reference to the " -"documentation page with the given label." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:276 -msgid "" -"Please refer to `this documentation " -"<https://example.com/doc/accounting/invoices.html>`_ and to `Send a pro-" -"forma invoice <https://example.com/doc/sales/proforma.html>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:282 -msgid "The ``download`` directive" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:284 -msgid "" -"The ``download`` directive allows referencing files (that are not " -"necessarily :abbr:`RST (reStructuredText)` documents) within the source tree" -" to be downloaded." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:301 -msgid "" -"Download this `module structure template " -"<https://example.com/doc/odoosh/extras/my_module.zip>`_ to start building " -"your module in no time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:307 -msgid "The ``image`` directive" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:309 -msgid "" -"The ``image`` directive allows inserting images in a document. It comes with" -" a set of optional parameter directives that can individually be omitted if " -"considered redundant." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:344 -msgid "Admonitions (alert blocks)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:349 -msgid "Seealso" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:364 -msgid "" -"`Customer invoices <https://example.com/doc/accounting/invoices.html>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:365 -msgid "" -"`Pro-forma invoices <https://example.com/doc/sales/proforma.html#activate-" -"the-feature>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:370 -msgid "Note" -msgstr "备注" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:384 -msgid "" -"Use this to get the attention of the reader about additional information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:389 -msgid "Tip" -msgstr "提示" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:404 -msgid "" -"Use this to inform the reader about a useful trick that requires an action." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:410 -msgid "Important" -msgstr "重要" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:424 -msgid "Use this to notify the reader about an important information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:429 -msgid "Warning" -msgstr "警告" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:444 -msgid "" -"Use this to require the reader to proceed with caution with what is " -"described in the warning." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:450 -msgid "Danger" -msgstr "危险" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:464 -msgid "Use this to alarm the reader about a serious threat." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:469 -msgid "Formatting tips" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:474 -msgid "Add banners on top of documents" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:480 -msgid "" -"The Odoo theme supports banner images at the top of documents. At the first " -"line of your documents, insert the directive ``:banner: " -"banners/file_name.png``. Replace ``file_name.png`` with the file that you " -"placed in :file:`_static/banners` to server as a banner of your document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:487 -msgid "Break the line but not the paragraph" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:502 -msgid "" -"First super long line that you break in two… here is rendered as a single " -"line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:503 -msgid "Second line that follows a line break." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:508 -msgid "Add comments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:510 -msgid "" -"If you made a particular choice of writing or formatting that a future " -"writer should be able to understand and take into account, consider writing " -"a comment. Comments are blocks of text that do not count as a part of the " -"documentation and that are used to pass a message to writers of the source " -"code. They consist of a line starting with two dots and a space, followed by" -" the comment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:515 -msgid "" -"``.. For instance, this line will not be rendered in the documentation.``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:520 -msgid "Use tables" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:522 -msgid "" -"Make use of `this convenient table generator " -"<https://www.tablesgenerator.com/text_tables>`_ to build your tables. Then, " -"copy-paste the generated formatting into your document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:528 -msgid "Spice up your writing with specialized directives" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:530 -msgid "Use these additional directives to fine-tune your content:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:533 -msgid "**Directive**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:533 -msgid "**Purpose**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:533 -msgid "**Example**" -msgstr " **示例** " - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:535 -msgid "**RST**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:535 -msgid "**HTML**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:537 -msgid "``abbr``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:537 -msgid "Self-defining abbreviations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:537 -msgid "``:abbr:`SO (Sales Order)```" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:537 -msgid ":abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:539 -msgid "``command``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:539 -msgid "Highlight a command" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:539 -msgid "``:command:`python example.py```" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:539 -msgid ":command:`python example.py`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:541 -msgid "``dfn``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:541 -msgid "Define a term" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:541 -msgid "``:dfn:`a definition for a new term```" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:541 -msgid ":dfn:`a definition for a new term`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:543 -msgid "``file``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:543 -msgid "Indicate a file path" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:543 -msgid "``:file:`~/odoo/odoo-bin```" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:543 -msgid ":file:`~/odoo/odoo-bin`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:545 -msgid "``menuselection``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:545 -msgid "Guide a user through a sequence of menus" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:545 -msgid "``:menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings```" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:545 -msgid ":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:551 -msgid "Escape markup symbols (Advanced)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:553 -msgid "" -"Markup symbols escaped with backslashes (``\\``) are rendered normally. For " -"instance, ``this \\*\\*line of text\\*\\* with \\*markup\\* symbols`` is " -"rendered as “this \\*\\*line of text\\*\\* with \\*markup\\* symbols”." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:557 -msgid "" -"When it comes to backticks (`````), which are used in many case such as " -":ref:`hyperlink references <contributing/hyperlink-references>`, using " -"backslashes for escaping is no longer an option because the outer backticks " -"interpret enclosed backslashes and thus prevent them from escaping inner " -"backticks. For instance, ```\\`this formatting\\```` produces an ``[UNKNOWN " -"NODE title_reference]`` error. Instead, `````this formatting````` should be " -"used to produce the following result: ```this formatting```." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:5 -msgid "RST guidelines" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:10 -msgid "Use relative links for internal URLs" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:12 -msgid "" -"If you need to reference an internal documentation page or a file that is " -"not sitting in the same directory as your current page, always make use of " -"*relative file paths* rather than *absolute file paths*. An absolute file " -"path indicates the location of the target from the root of its file tree. A " -"relative file path makes use of smart notations (such as ``../`` git that " -"redirects to the parent folder) to indicate the location of the target " -"*relative* to that of the source document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:21 -msgid "Given the following source file tree:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:33 -msgid "" -"A reference to the rendered :file:`prices.html` and :file:`variants.html` " -"could be made from :file:`import.rst` as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:36 -msgid "Absolute:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:38 -msgid "" -"``https://odoo.com/documentation/user/14.0/sales/products_prices/prices.html``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:39 -msgid "" -"``https://odoo.com/documentation/user/14.0/sales/products_prices/products/variants.html``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:41 -msgid "Relative:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:43 -msgid "``../prices.html``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:44 -msgid "``variants.html``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:46 -msgid "" -"The relative links are clearly superior in terms of readability and " -"stability: the references survive version updates, folder name changes and " -"file tree restructurations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:52 -msgid "Start a new line before the 100th character" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:54 -msgid "" -"In RST, it is possible to break a line without forcing a line break on the " -"rendered HTML. Make use of this feature to write **lines of maximum 100 " -"characters**. A line break in a sentence results in an additional whitespace" -" in HTML. That means that you do not need to leave a trailing whitespace at " -"the end of a line to separate words." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:60 -msgid "" -"You can safely break a line around the separators (``-->``) of " -"``menuselection`` directives and anywhere in a hyperlink reference. For the " -"``doc``, ``ref`` and ``download`` directives, this is only true for the " -"label part of the reference." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:65 -msgid "Example: Line breaks within directive and inline markup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:74 -msgid "Be consistent with indentation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:76 -msgid "Use only spaces (never tabs)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:78 -msgid "" -"Use as many spaces at the beginning of an indented line as needed to align " -"it with the first character of the directive in the line above. This usually" -" implies 3 spaces but you only need 2 for bulleted lists." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:83 -msgid "Example: The first ``:`` is below the ``i`` (3 spaces)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Example: The ``:titlesonly:`` and page references start below the ``t`` (3 " -"spaces)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:103 -msgid "" -"Example: Continuation lines resume below the ``I``’s of “Invoice” (2 spaces)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:113 -msgid "Use the menuselection directive" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:115 -msgid "" -"Although chaining characters ``‣`` and menu names works fine to indicate a " -"user which menus to click, it is best to use the ``menuselection`` directive" -" (see :ref:`contributing/specialized-directives`) for the same result. " -"Indeed, it renders the menus chain consistently with the rest of the " -"documentation and would automatically adapt to the new graphic chart if we " -"were to switch to a new one. This directive is used inline as follows: " -"``:menuselection:`Settings --> Products --> Variants```." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:125 -msgid "Write resilient code" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:127 -msgid "" -"Prefer the use of ``#.`` in numbered lists instead of ``1.``, ``2.``, etc. " -"This removes the risk of breaking the numbering when adding new elements to " -"the list and is easier to maintain." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:129 -msgid "" -"Avoid using implicit hyperlink targets and prefer internal hyperlink targets" -" instead. Referencing the implicit target ``How to print quotations?`` is " -"more prone to break than a reference to the explicit target " -"``_print_quotation`` which never appears in the rendered HTML and is thus " -"even less likely to be modified." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:137 -msgid "Prefix hyperlink targets with application names" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:139 -msgid "" -"As hyperlink targets are visible from the entire documentation when " -"referenced with the ``ref`` directive, it is recommended to prefix the " -"target name with that of the related application. For instance, naming a " -"target ``_amazon/form`` instead of ``_form`` avoids unwanted behaviors and " -"makes the purpose of the target clear." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:147 -msgid "Don’t break hyperlink targets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:149 -msgid "" -"When refactoring (improving without adding new content) section headings or " -"hyperlink targets, take care not to break any hyperlink reference to these " -"targets or update them accordingly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:155 -msgid "Use single-underscore suffixes for hyperlink references" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:160 -msgid "" -"Although using a double-underscore suffix works most of the time for classic" -" hyperlink references, it is not recommended as double-underscores normally " -"indicate an anonymous hyperlink reference. This is a special kind of " -"hyperlink reference that makes use of nameless hyperlink targets consisting " -"only of two underscore." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:162 -msgid "" -"tl;dr: Double-underscore suffixes work until they don’t and are bad " -"practice, use single-underscore suffixes instead." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po deleted file mode 100644 index 4ae1ade7b..000000000 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1212 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# liAnGjiA <liangjia@qq.com>, 2020 -# Jeffery CHEN Fan <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2020 -# fausthuang, 2020 -# guohuadeng <guohuadeng@hotmail.com>, 2020 -# 稀饭~~ <wangwhai@qq.com>, 2020 -# John An <johnxan@163.com>, 2020 -# Martin Trigaux, 2021 -# Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2021 -# Mandy Choy <mnc@odoo.com>, 2021 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Mandy Choy <mnc@odoo.com>, 2021\n" -"Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: zh_CN\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" - -#: ../../crm.rst:5 -msgid "CRM" -msgstr "CRM" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads.rst:3 -msgid "Acquire leads" -msgstr "获取线索" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:3 -msgid "Convert leads into opportunities" -msgstr "线索转换商机" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The system can generate leads instead of opportunities, in order to add a " -"qualification step before converting a *Lead* into an *Opportunity* and " -"assigning to the right sales people." -msgstr "系统可生成线索而不是商机，以便在将*线索*转化为*商机*之前增加一个资格鉴定步骤，并分配给适当的销售人员。" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:9 -msgid "" -"You can activate this mode from the CRM Settings. It applies to all your " -"sales channels by default. But you can make it specific for specific " -"channels from their configuration form." -msgstr "你可从CRM设置启用这一模式。它默认适用于你的所有销售渠道。但可从配置表单将它设置为适用于特定渠道。" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:14 -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:41 -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:8 -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:11 -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:27 -#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:9 -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:12 -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:12 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "基础配置" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:16 -msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> " -"Settings` and activate the *Leads* feature." -msgstr "要此功能正常工作，请转到菜单选择：:menuselection:`CRM --> 配置 --> 设置`并激活 *潜在顾客* 功能。" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:22 -msgid "" -"You will now have a new submenu *Leads* under *Leads* where they will " -"aggregate." -msgstr "现在，您将在* 引导 *下有一个新的子菜单* 引导 *，这些子菜单将汇总它们。" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:29 -msgid "Convert a lead into an opportunity" -msgstr "将销售线索转换为商机" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:31 -msgid "" -"When you click on a *Lead* you will have the option to convert it to an " -"opportunity and decide if it should still be assigned to the same " -"channel/person and if you need to create a new customer." -msgstr "当您单击*引导 *时，您可以选择将其转换为机会，并决定是否仍应将其分配给相同的渠道/人员以及是否需要创建新客户。" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:38 -msgid "" -"If you already have an opportunity with that customer Odoo will " -"automatically offer you to merge with that opportunity. In the same manner, " -"Odoo will automatically offer you to link to an existing customer if that " -"customer already exists." -msgstr "" -"如果您已经有了该客户的机会，Odoo将自动为您提供与该机会合并的机会。 以相同的方式，Odoo将自动为您提供链接到现有客户（如果该客户已经存在）。" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:44 -msgid "Merge opportunities" -msgstr "合并商机" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Odoo will also automatically propose to merge opportunities if they have the" -" same email address. When merging opportunities, Odoo merges the information" -" into the opportunity which was created first, giving priority to the " -"information present on the first opportunity." -msgstr "如果不同商机的邮件地址相同，Odoo将自动建议合并商机。在合并商机时，Odoo将信息合并到首先创建的商机，首个商机中呈现的信息优先。" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:51 -msgid "" -"No information is lost: data from the other opportunity is logged in the " -"chatter and the information fields for easy access." -msgstr "不丢失任何信息：其他商机中的数据将记录在沟通栏和信息字段中，方便访问。" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Would you find a duplicate yourself, ...you can also merge opportunities or " -"leads even if the system doesn't propose it." -msgstr "如果你发现重复内容，即使系统并未提示，你也可自行合并商机或线索。" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Here’s how, from the list view. Select the opportunities or leads you want " -"to merge and the action button will appear. Then, you can select merge." -msgstr "以下是在列表视图下的具体操作方法。选择想要合并的商机或线索，页面将出现操作按钮。然后，你可选择合并。" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:67 -msgid "It is also possible to merge more than 2 opportunities or leads." -msgstr "你也可以合并2个以上商机或线索。" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:3 -msgid "Generate leads/opportunities from emails" -msgstr "通过电子邮件生成潜在客户/机会" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Automating the lead/opportunity generation will considerably improve your " -"efficiency. By default, any email sent to *sales@database\\_domain.ext* will" -" create an opportunity in the pipeline of the default sales channel." -msgstr "" -"自动化线索/机会生成将大大提高您的效率。 默认情况下，任何发送到* sales @ database \\ _domain.ext " -"*的电子邮件都会在默认销售渠道的渠道中创造机会。" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:11 -msgid "Configure email aliases" -msgstr "配置电子邮件别名" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Each sales teams can have its own email alias, to generate " -"leads/opportunities automatically assigned to it. It is useful if you manage" -" several sales teams with specific business processes. You will find the " -"configuration of sales teams under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Sales " -"Teams`." -msgstr "" -"每个销售团队都可以有自己的电子邮件别名，以生成自动分配给它的线索/商机。如果你需要管理有特定业务流程的多个销售团队，这项功能非常有用。你可在 " -":menuselection:`配置 --> 销售团队`下面找到销售团队配置的相关内容。" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:3 -msgid "Generate leads/opportunities from your website contact page" -msgstr "从您的网站联系页面生成潜在客户/机会" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Automating the lead/opportunity generation will considerably improve your " -"efficiency. Any visitor using the contact form on your website will create a" -" lead/opportunity in the pipeline." -msgstr "实现潜在客户/机会生成自动化将大大提高您的效率。任何在您的网站上使用联系表单的访问者都将在管道中创建潜在顾客/商机。" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:10 -msgid "Use the contact us on your website" -msgstr "使用您网站上的联系我们" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:12 -msgid "You should first go to your website app." -msgstr "您应该首先转到您的网站应用。" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:14 -msgid "|image0|\\ |image1|" -msgstr "|image0|\\ |image1|" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:16 -msgid "" -"With the CRM app installed, you benefit from a ready-to-use contact form on " -"your Odoo website that will generate leads/opportunities automatically." -msgstr "通过已安装的CRM应用程序，你可通过Odoo网站上即时可用的联系人表单，自动生成线索/商机。" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:23 -msgid "" -"To change to a specific sales channel, go to :menuselection:`Website --> " -"Configuration --> Settings` under *Communication* you will find the Contact " -"Form info and where to change the *Sales Channel* or *Salesperson*." -msgstr "" -"要更改为特定销售渠道，请转到 :menuselection:`网站 --> 配置 --> 设置`下 [通信] 您将找到联系表信息以及更改 [销售渠道] " -"或 [销售人员] 的位置。" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:32 -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:50 -msgid "Create a custom contact form" -msgstr "创建自定义联系人表单" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:34 -msgid "" -"You may want to know more from your visitor when they use the contact form " -"to you will need to build a custom contact form on your website. These " -"contact forms can generate multiple types of records in the system (emails, " -"leads/opportunities, project tasks, helpdesk tickets, etc.)" -msgstr "" -"当访问者使用联系人表单与你联系时，你可能需要向访问者了解更多情况，因此你需要在网站上创建自定义联系人表单。这些联系人表单可以在系统中生成多种类型的记录（邮件、线索/商机、项目任务、服务台工单等）" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:43 -msgid "" -"You will need to install the free *Form Builder* module, only available in " -"Odoo Enterprise." -msgstr "你需要安装免费的*表单生成器*模块，仅在Odoo企业版中可用。" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:52 -msgid "" -"First, go to the page where you want to put your contact form. In edit mode," -" drag the form builder onto the page, and you will be able to add all the " -"fields you wish." -msgstr "首先，进入你希望放置联系人表单的页面。在编辑模式下，将表单生成器拖动到该页面，然后就可以添加需要的所有字段。" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:59 -msgid "" -"By default, any new contact form will send an email. You can switch to " -"lead/opportunity generation in *Change Form Parameters*." -msgstr "默认情况下，所有新的联系人表单都会发送邮件，你可以在*更改表单参数*中切换到线索/商机生成页面。" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:63 -msgid "" -"If the same visitor uses the contact form twice, the second entry will be " -"added to the first lead/opportunity in the chatter." -msgstr "如果同一访问者使用联系人表单两次，第二次输入的内容将添加到沟通栏的首个线索/商机中。" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:67 -msgid "Generate leads instead of opportunities" -msgstr "生成潜在顾客而不是机会" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:69 -msgid "" -"When using a contact form, you should use a qualification step before " -"assigning the form to the right sales people. To do so, activate *Leads* in " -"CRM settings and refer to :doc:`convert`." -msgstr "" -"在使用联系人表单时，在将表单分配给合适的销售人员之前，需要有一个资格鉴定步骤。如要进行此项操作，在CRM设置中启用 *线索* 并参见:doc:`转换`。" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:3 -msgid "Lead mining" -msgstr "线索挖掘" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:4 -msgid "" -"In any business, getting quality leads is essential to keep the business " -"growing. Lead mining allows you to generate leads from scratch directly from" -" your database. Target your leads based on a set of criteria such as the " -"country, the size of the company, the industry your leads are coming from to" -" make them relevant to your business." -msgstr "" -"对于任何公司而言，获得优质线索对于保持公司业务增长至关重要。线索挖掘功能可让你直接从数据库中从头开始生成线索。根据国家、公司规模、行业等标准锁定线索来源，确保生成线索的相关性。" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:10 -msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> " -"Settings` and activate the **Lead Mining** feature." -msgstr "如要启动本功能，前往 :menuselection:`CRM --> 配置 --> 设置`并启用 **线索挖掘** 功能。" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:17 -msgid "Start generating leads" -msgstr "开始生成线索" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:18 -msgid "" -"You will now have a new button **Generate Leads** available in your " -"pipeline. You are also able to create lead mining requests from the " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Lead Mining Requests` and trough " -":menuselection:`Leads --> Leads` where you have the **Generate Leads** " -"button." -msgstr "" -"现在，你的管道中出现了一个**生成线索**新按钮。你也可从 :menuselection:`配置 --> 线索挖掘请求`并通过 " -":menuselection:`线索 --> 线索`找到**生成线索**按钮，即可创建线索挖掘请求。" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:27 -msgid "" -"From there, click on the **Generate Leads** button, a window where you will " -"be able to pick your criteria will pop up." -msgstr "在这里点击**生成线索**按钮，在弹出的窗口中可设置条件。" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:34 -msgid "" -"When choosing to target Companied and their contacts you can choose the " -"contacts you are getting based on Role or Seniority. When getting contact " -"information make sure to be aware of the latest EU regulation, get more " -"information about General Data Protection Regulation on `Odoo GDPR " -"<http://odoo.com/gdpr>`__," -msgstr "" -"在选择目标公司及其联系人时，你可以根据职位或资历选择得到的联系人。在获取联系人信息时，请注意了解最新的欧盟法规，请在`Odoo GDPR " -"<http://odoo.com/gdpr>`__，了解通用数据保护条例的更多信息。" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:39 -msgid "" -"You can decide to filter the leads you are getting depending on the size " -"(number of employees) of the companies. You can pick the countries your " -"leads are coming from. It is possible to pick multiple countries. You can " -"pick the industries your leads are coming from. It is possible to pick " -"multiple industries." -msgstr "" -"你可决定根据公司规模（员工人数）筛选得到的线索。你可选择线索来自于哪个国家，也可同时选择多个国家。你还可选择线索来自于哪个行业，或同时选择多个行业。" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:43 -msgid "" -"You can choose the salesperson and the Salesteam the lead will be assigned " -"to. You can also add tags to track your generated leads." -msgstr "你可选择将线索分配给哪个销售人员和销售团队。你也可添加标签，追踪生成的线索。" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:47 -msgid "The generated leads will have the name of the company." -msgstr "生成的线索包含公司名称。" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:50 -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:138 -#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:36 -msgid "Pricing" -msgstr "价格" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:51 -msgid "" -"This is an In-App Purchase feature, each generated lead will cost you one " -"credit. If you choose to get contact information each contact will also cost" -" us one additional credit. Here is the pricing for this `feature " -"<https://iap.odoo.com/iap/in-app-services/167?>`__, To buy credits you can " -"either go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Settings --> Buy " -"Credits`; or go to :menuselection:`Settings --> In-App Purchases --> View my" -" Services`." -msgstr "" -"这是一项应用内购买功能，每条生成的线索将花费一个信用。如果你选择获取联系人信息，每个联系人也会花费一个额外信用。以下是这项`功能 " -"<https://iap.odoo.com/iap/in-app-services/167?>`__的定价。如要购买信用，你可前往 " -":menuselection:`CRM --> 配置 --> 设定 --> 购买信用`；或前往`设定 --> 应用内购买 --> 查看我的服务`。" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:65 -msgid "" -"The blue box will automatically tell you how many credits are going to be " -"consumed." -msgstr "蓝框会自动告知你将消耗的信用数量。" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:68 -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:169 -msgid "" -"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you " -"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." -msgstr "如果你是Odoo Online (SAAS)企业版用户，你可用免费试用信用来测试这项功能。" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:71 -msgid "" -":doc:`In-App Purchases (IAP) " -"<../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase>`" -msgstr ":doc:`应用内购买(IAP) <../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase>`" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:3 -msgid "Send quotations" -msgstr "发送报价单" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When you qualify a lead into an opportunity you will most likely need to " -"send them a quotation. You can directly do this in the CRM App with Odoo." -msgstr "当您将潜在顾客限定为商机时，您很可能需要向他们发送报价单。您可以在使用 Odoo 的 CRM 应用程序中直接执行此操作。" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:12 -msgid "Create a new quotation" -msgstr "创建新报价单" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:14 -msgid "" -"By clicking on any opportunity or lead, you will see a *New Quotation* " -"button, it will bring you into a new menu where you can manage your quote." -msgstr "通过点击任何商机或潜在顾客，您将看到一个 [新报价] 按钮，它会将您带入一个新的菜单，您可以在其中管理您的报价。" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:21 -msgid "" -"You will find all your quotes to that specific opportunity under the " -"*Quotations* menu on that page." -msgstr "您可以在该页面上的 [报价] 菜单下找到该特定商机的所有报价。" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:28 -msgid "Mark them won/lost" -msgstr "标记他们赢/输" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Now you will need to mark your opportunity as won or lost to move the " -"process along." -msgstr "现在，您需要将机会标记为赢或输，才能推动进程。" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:33 -msgid "" -"If you mark them as won, they will move to your *Won* column in your Kanban " -"view. If you however mark them as *Lost* they will be archived." -msgstr "如果将它们标记为赢，它们将移动到看板视图中的 [Won] 列。但是，如果您将它们标记为 [丢失]，它们将被存档。" - -#: ../../crm/optimize.rst:3 -msgid "Optimize your Day-to-Day work" -msgstr "优化您的日常工作" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:3 -msgid "How to motivate and reward my salespeople?" -msgstr "如何激励和奖励我的销售人员？" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Challenging your employees to reach specific targets with goals and rewards " -"is an excellent way to reinforce good habits and improve your salespeople " -"productivity. The Gamification module gives you simple and creative ways to " -"motivate and evaluate your employees with real-time recognition and badges " -"inspired by game mechanics." -msgstr "" -"挑战员工以实现目标和奖励达到特定目标是增强良好习惯和提高销售人员生产率的绝佳方法。 " -"游戏化模块通过实时识别和受游戏机制启发的徽章，为您提供了简单而富有创意的方式来激励和评估您的员工。" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Install the *Gamification* module, or the *CRM gamification* one, which adds" -" some useful data (goals and challenges) that can be used on *CRM/Sale*." -msgstr "安装 *游戏化* 模块或 *CRM游戏化* 模块，添加了一些可用于 *CRM /销售* 的有用数据（如目标和挑战）。" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:21 -msgid "Create a challenge" -msgstr "创建一个挑战" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Now, create your first challenge by going to :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Gamification Tools --> Challenges`." -msgstr "现在，创建您的第一个挑战，通过设定 --> 游戏化工具 --> 挑战` 。" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:27 -msgid "" -"As the gamification tool is a one-time technical setup, you need to activate" -" the technical features in order to access the configuration. To do so, go " -"to *Settings* and *Activate the developer mode*." -msgstr "由于游戏化工具是一次性的技术设置，因此您需要激活技术功能才能访问配置。 为此，请转到 *设定* 和*激活开发人员模式* 。" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:35 -msgid "" -"A challenge is a mission that you send to your sales team. It can include " -"one or several goals, set for a specific period of time. Configure your " -"challenge as follows:" -msgstr "挑战是您发送给销售团队的任务。 它可以包括为特定时间段设置的一个或多个目标。 如下配置您的挑战：" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:38 -msgid "Assign the salespeople to be challenged;" -msgstr "分配给受挑战的销售人员;" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:39 -msgid "Assign a responsible;" -msgstr "指派负责人；" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:40 -msgid "Set up the periodicity along with the start and the end date;" -msgstr "设置周期以及开始和结束日期；" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:41 -msgid "Select your goals;" -msgstr "选择你的目标;" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:42 -msgid "Set up your rewards (badges)." -msgstr "设置您的奖励（徽章）。" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Badges are granted when a challenge is finished. This is either at the end " -"of a running period (eg: end of the month for a monthly challenge), at the " -"end date of a challenge (if no periodicity is set), or when the challenge is" -" manually closed." -msgstr "挑战结束后将授予徽章。 这可以是运行周期的结尾（例如：每月挑战的月末），挑战的结束日期（如果没有设置周期性），也可以是手动关闭挑战。" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:49 -msgid "" -"In the example below, 2 employees are being challenged with a *Monthly Sales" -" Target*. The challenge is based on 2 goals: the total amount invoiced and " -"number of new leads generated. At the end of the month, the winner will be " -"granted with a badge." -msgstr "在下面的示例中，有2位员工正在挑战 *每月销售目标* 。 挑战基于两个目标：发票总额和产生的新潜在客户数量。 在月底，将为获奖者颁发徽章。" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:58 -msgid "Set up goals" -msgstr "设立目标" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:60 -msgid "" -"The users can be evaluated using goals and numerical objectives to reach." -msgstr "可以使用目标和达到的数字目标来评估用户。" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:62 -msgid "" -"**Goals** are assigned through *challenges* that evaluate (see image above) " -"and compare members of a team throughout time." -msgstr "**目标** 是通过 *挑战* 分配的，这些评估（请参见上图）并在整个时段内比较团队成员。" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:66 -msgid "" -"You can create a new goal on the fly from a *Challenge* by clicking on *Add " -"new item*, under *Goals*. Select the business object according to your " -"company's needs. Examples: number of new leads, time to qualify a lead, " -"total amount invoiced in a specific week, month or any other time frame " -"based on your management preferences, etc." -msgstr "" -"你可以在 *挑战* 中创建一个新的目标，点击 *目标* 下的 *添加新项目* 。 根据公司需求选择业务对象。 " -"示例：新潜在客户的数量，资格的形成时间，根据您的管理偏好在特定星期，月份或任何其他时间范围内开具的发票总额等。" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Goals may include your database setup as well (e.g. set your company data " -"and a timezone, create new users, etc.)." -msgstr "目标也包括你的数据库设立(比如设定你的公司数据, 一个时区, 建立一个新用户, 等等)" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:77 -msgid "Set up rewards" -msgstr "建立奖励" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:79 -msgid "" -"For non-numerical achievements, **Badges** can be granted to users. From a " -"simple thank you to an exceptional achievement, a badge is an easy way to " -"express gratitude to a user for their good work. To create and grant badges " -"to your employees based on their performance, go to :menuselection:`Settings" -" --> Gamification Tools --> Badges`." -msgstr "" -"对于非数字成就，可以将 *徽章* 授予用户。 从简单的感谢到卓越的成就，徽章是向用户表示感谢的简单方法，感谢他们的出色工作。 " -"要根据员工的绩效创建和授予徽章，请转到:menuselection:`设定 --> 游戏化工具 --> 徽章` 。" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:3 -msgid "Outlook Extension" -msgstr "Outlook 扩展" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The **Odoo CRM Extension** is a connector that bridges your Outlook mailbox " -"with your Odoo database. This extension allows you to:" -msgstr "** Odoo CRM扩展** 是连接器，可将Outlook邮箱与Odoo数据库桥接。 通过此扩展程序，您可以：" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:8 -msgid "Create leads from emails sent to your mailbox." -msgstr "通过发送到您的邮箱的电子邮件创建销售线索。" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:9 -msgid "Centralize Prospects' emails into a CRM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:10 -msgid "Search and store insights on your contacts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:17 -msgid "" -"This extension is compatible with the Web version of Outlook as well as the " -"desktop apps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:20 -msgid "" -"The Outlook Extension uses *Partner Autocomplete IAP credits* to search and " -"store insights on your contacts. See the :ref:`Pricing section " -"<outlook_extension/pricing>` below for more information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:29 -msgid "" -"The Outlook Extension requires to be configured both in Odoo and in Outlook." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:34 -msgid "Enable the feature on your database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:36 -msgid "" -"To enable this feature on your Odoo database, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> " -"Configuration --> Lead Generation`, enable **Outlook CRM Extension**, and " -"click on *Save*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:42 -msgid "Install the add-in on Outlook" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:44 -msgid "" -"You can install the Outlook Extension as a **Custom Add-in**. To do so, " -"follow these steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:0 -msgid "URL of the **Odoo for Outlook** add-in's manifest file:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:0 -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:0 -msgid "``https://download.odoo.com/plugins/outlook/manifest.xml``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:50 -msgid "Todo" -msgstr "待办" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:50 -msgid "add copy button when the feature is added to the doc" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Connect to your Outlook mailbox, open any email, and click on the *More " -"actions* button, displayed as three little dots." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:59 -msgid "Click on *Get add-ins*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:65 -msgid "" -"In the new window, select the tab named *My add-ins*, click on *+ Add a " -"custom add-in*, and then on *Add from URL...*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Outlook prompts you to **enter the URL of the add-in's manifest file**. To " -"do so, copy the following URL, paste it in the box, and click on *OK*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:80 -msgid "" -"Outlook warns you that Microsoft hasn’t verified the add-in. Click on " -"*Install* to complete the installation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:84 -msgid "" -"The *Odoo for Outlook* add-in is not listed yet on Outlook's add-ins list. " -"This is why it is currently necessary to install it as a *custom add-in*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:90 -msgid "Add a shortcut to open the extension" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:92 -msgid "" -"By default, you can open the **Odoo for Outlook** extension from the *More " -"actions* menu. This section explains how to move the launcher next to the " -"other default actions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:99 -msgid "" -"In your Outlook mailbox, click on *Settings*, then on *View all Outlook " -"settings*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:100 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Mail --> Customize actions --> Message " -"surface`, select *Odoo for Outlook*, and click on *Save*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:109 -msgid "Connect to your database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:111 -msgid "" -"Open **Odoo for Outlook** from any email. This opens the extension as a " -"panel on the right side of your screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:113 -msgid "Click on *login* at the bottom of the extension." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:114 -msgid "Insert your database's URL then click on *Login*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:120 -msgid "" -"Log into your database by entering your credentials. Skip this step if you " -"are already logged in with this browser." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:122 -msgid "" -"A message asks you if you want to let Outlook access your Odoo database. " -"Click on *Allow* to complete the connection." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:126 -msgid "" -"Make sure first to :ref:`enable the feature on your database " -"<outlook_extension/enable-feature>`. Failing to do so would result in an " -"*error 404 message*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:130 -msgid "" -"The extension displays some information, even if you do not connect it to " -"any Odoo database. Note that only a limited amount of contact enrichment " -"requests are available as a trial, as this feature requires prepaid credits." -" See the :ref:`Pricing section <outlook_extension/pricing>` below for more " -"information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:140 -msgid "" -"The extension is **free** and doesn't require any purchase to be installed " -"and used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:142 -msgid "" -"However, this extension provides you with *Lead Enrichment* in the **Company" -" Insights** section. This service is part of a paid service known as **Lead " -"Generation**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:145 -msgid "" -"The extension allows you to test this service for free, whether you connect " -"the extension to a database or not. After a while, the extension asks you to" -" buy credits to keep using this additional service." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:155 -msgid "" -"You can buy more *Lead Generation* credits to keep using this service or " -"disregard this message and keep using the extension for free without *Lead " -"Enrichment*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:159 -msgid "In-App Purchase" -msgstr "应用内购买" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:162 -msgid "" -"*Lead Generation* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service, which requires " -"prepaid credits to be used. Each request consumes one credit." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:164 -#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:41 -msgid "" -"To buy credits, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Contacts --> Partner " -"Autocomplete or Odoo IAP --> View My Services` and select a package." -msgstr "" -"如要购买信用，前往 :menuselection:`设置 --> 联系人 --> 业务伙伴自动完成或Odoo IAP --> " -"查看我的服务`并选择一个服务包。" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:167 -msgid "" -"If you run out of credits, the only information populated when clicking on " -"the suggested company is the website link and logo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:171 -#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Learn about our *Privacy Policy* `here " -"<https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#header_2>`_." -msgstr "`在此 <https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#header_2>`_了解我们的*隐私政策*。" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:174 -msgid ":doc:`../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:175 -msgid "`Odoo Learn: Lead Enrichment <https://www.odoo.com/r/p73>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:3 -msgid "Enrich your contacts base with Partner Autocomplete" -msgstr "利用业务伙伴自动完成功能扩大你的联系人群体" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Parter Autocomplete helps you to enrich your contacts database with " -"corporate data. Select one of the companies suggested in the dropdown, and " -"quickly get all the information you need." -msgstr "业务伙伴自动完成功能可提供企业数据，帮助你扩大联系人数据库。在下拉列表中选择一家公司，即可获得你需要的所有信息。" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Contacts` and activate the *Partner " -"Autocomplete* feature." -msgstr "前往 :menuselection:`设置 --> 联系人`并启用*业务伙伴自动完成*功能。" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:18 -msgid "Enrich your contacts with corporate data" -msgstr "为联系人增加企业数据资料" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:22 -msgid "" -"From any module, once you start to create a new contact typing the name of " -"it, the system will suggest a potential match. If you select it, the contact" -" will be populated with corporate data." -msgstr "无论在任何模块中，只要你键入名称并开始创建新联系人，系统将提示可能的匹配名称。如果你选择它，系统将为联系人填入相关企业数据。" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:23 -msgid "" -"For example, after typing *Odoo*, you will get the following information:" -msgstr "例如，在键入*Odoo*后，你将得到以下信息：" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Partner Autocomplete also works if you enter a VAT number instead of a " -"company name." -msgstr "如果你键入VAT编号而不是公司名称，也可使用业务伙伴自动完成功能。" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:39 -msgid "" -"*Partner Autocomplete* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service, which requires" -" prepaid credits to be used. Each request will consume one credit." -msgstr "*业务伙伴自动完成*是一项*应用内购买(IAP)*服务，需要使用预付费信用。每项请求都会消耗一个信用。" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:44 -msgid "" -"If you run out of credits, the only information that will be populated when " -"clicking on the suggested company will be the website link and the logo." -msgstr "如果你的信用已耗尽，在点击系统提示的公司后，只会填充网站链接和logo信息。" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:46 -msgid "" -"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and you have the Enterprise version, you " -"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." -msgstr "如果你是Odoo Online (SAAS)企业版用户，你可用免费试用信用来测试这项功能。" - -#: ../../crm/performance.rst:3 -msgid "Analyze performance" -msgstr "分析性能" - -#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:3 -msgid "Check your Win/Loss Ratio" -msgstr "检查您的赢/输比率" - -#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:5 -msgid "" -"To see how well you are doing with your pipeline, take a look at the " -"Win/Loss ratio." -msgstr "要查看管道的配合情况，请查看赢/输比。" - -#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:8 -msgid "" -"To access this report, go to your *Pipeline* view under the *Reporting* tab." -msgstr "要访问此报告，请转到 [报告] 选项卡下的 [管道] 视图。" - -#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:11 -msgid "" -"From there you can filter to which opportunities you wish to see, yours, the" -" ones from your sales channel, your whole company, etc. You can then click " -"on filter and check Won/Lost." -msgstr "从那里，你可以过滤到哪些机会，你想看到，你的，那些从你的销售渠道，你的整个公司，等等。然后，您可以单击筛选器并选中\"赢/丢失\"。" - -#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:18 -msgid "You can also change the *Measures* to *Total Revenue*." -msgstr "您还可以将 [措施] 更改为 [总收入]。" - -#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:23 -msgid "You also have the ability to switch to a pie chart view." -msgstr "您还可以切换到饼图视图。" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline.rst:3 -msgid "Organize the pipeline" -msgstr "组织管道" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:3 -msgid "Manage lost opportunities" -msgstr "管理失去的机会" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:5 -msgid "" -"While working with your opportunities, you might lose some of them. You will" -" want to keep track of the reasons you lost them and also which ways Odoo " -"can help you recover them in the future." -msgstr "在与机会合作时，您可能会失去一些机会。您将希望跟踪您丢失它们的原因，以及 Odoo 可以帮助您在将来恢复它们的方式。" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:10 -msgid "Mark a lead as lost" -msgstr "将潜在顾客标记为丢失" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:12 -msgid "" -"While in your pipeline, select any opportunity you want and you will see a " -"*Mark Lost* button." -msgstr "在管道中，选择所需的任何商机，您将看到一个 [标记丢失] 按钮。" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:15 -msgid "" -"You can then select an existing *Lost Reason* or create a new one right " -"there." -msgstr "然后，您可以选择现有的 [失去原因] 或在此处创建新的。" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:22 -msgid "Manage & create lost reasons" -msgstr "管理 + 创建丢失的原因" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:24 -msgid "" -"You will find your *Lost Reasons* under :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Lost Reasons`." -msgstr "您将在菜单选择 :menuselection:`配置 --> 丢失的原因`下找到您的 --> 丢失原因`。" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:26 -msgid "" -"You can select & rename any of them as well as create a new one from there." -msgstr "您可以选择和重命名其中任何一个，以及从那里创建一个新的。" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:30 -msgid "Retrieve lost opportunities" -msgstr "检索丢失的机会" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:32 -msgid "" -"To retrieve lost opportunities and do actions on them (send an email, make a" -" feedback call, etc.), select the *Lost* filter in the search bar." -msgstr "要检索丢失的机会并对其进行操作（发送电子邮件、拨打反馈电话等），请在搜索栏中选择 [丢失] 筛选器。" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:39 -msgid "You will then see all your lost opportunities." -msgstr "然后，您将看到所有失去的机会。" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:41 -msgid "" -"If you want to refine them further, you can add a filter on the *Lost " -"Reason*." -msgstr "如果要进一步优化它们，可以在 [失去原因] 上添加筛选器。" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:44 -msgid "For Example, *Too Expensive*." -msgstr "例如，[太贵]。" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:50 -msgid "Restore lost opportunities" -msgstr "恢复失去的机会" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:52 -msgid "" -"From the Kanban view with the filter(s) in place, you can select any " -"opportunity you wish and work on it as usual. You can also restore it by " -"clicking on *Archived*." -msgstr "从具有筛选器的看板视图中，您可以选择任何希望的机会，并照常处理。您也可以通过单击 [已存档] 来恢复它。" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:59 -msgid "" -"You can also restore items in batch from the Kanban view when they belong to" -" the same stage. Select *Restore Records* in the column options. You can " -"also archive the same way." -msgstr "当项目属于同一阶段时，还可以从看板视图中还原批处理中的项。在列选项中选择 [还原记录]。您也可以以相同的方式存档。" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:66 -msgid "To select specific opportunities, you should switch to the list view." -msgstr "要选择特定商机，应切换到列表视图。" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Then you can select as many or all opportunities and select the actions you " -"want to take." -msgstr "然后，您可以选择尽可能多的或所有商机，并选择要执行的操作。" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:78 -msgid ":doc:`../performance/win_loss`" -msgstr ":doc:`../performance/win_loss`" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:3 -msgid "Manage multiple sales teams" -msgstr "管理多个销售团队" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, you can manage several sales teams, departments or channels with " -"specific sales processes. To do so, we use the concept of *Sales Channel*." -msgstr "在 Odoo 中，您可以管理多个销售团队、部门或具有特定销售流程的渠道。为此，我们使用 [销售渠道] 的概念。" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:10 -msgid "Create a new sales channel" -msgstr "创建新的销售渠道" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To create a new *Sales Channel*, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Sales Channels`." -msgstr "要创建新的*销售渠道*，请转到 :menuselection:`配置 --> 销售渠道`。" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:14 -msgid "" -"There you can set an email alias to it. Every message sent to that email " -"address will create a lead/opportunity." -msgstr "在那里，您可以设置一个电子邮件别名。发送到该电子邮件地址的每封邮件都将创建潜在顾客/商机。" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:21 -msgid "Add members to your sales channel" -msgstr "将成员添加到销售渠道" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:23 -msgid "" -"You can add members to any channel; that way those members will see the " -"pipeline structure of the sales channel when opening it. Any " -"lead/opportunity assigned to them will link to the sales channel. Therefore," -" you can only be a member of one channel." -msgstr "" -"您可以将成员添加到任何频道;这样，这些成员在打开销售渠道时将看到销售渠道的管道结构。分配给他们的任何潜在顾客/商机都将链接到销售渠道。因此，您只能是一个通道的成员。" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:28 -msgid "This will ease the process review of the team manager." -msgstr "这将简化团队经理的流程评审。" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:33 -msgid "" -"If you now filter on this specific channel in your pipeline, you will find " -"all of its opportunities." -msgstr "如果现在筛选管道中的此特定通道，您将找到其所有商机。" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:40 -msgid "Sales channel dashboard" -msgstr "销售渠道仪表板" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:42 -msgid "" -"To see the operations and results of any sales channel at a glance, the " -"sales manager also has access to the *Sales Channel Dashboard* under " -"*Reporting*." -msgstr "要一目了然地查看任何销售渠道的运营和结果，销售经理还可以访问 [报告] 下的 [销售渠道仪表板]。" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:46 -msgid "" -"It is shared with the whole ecosystem so every revenue stream is included in" -" it: Sales, eCommerce, PoS, etc." -msgstr "它与整个生态系统共享，因此每个收入流都包含在其中：销售、电子商务、PoS 等。" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads.rst:3 -msgid "Assign and track leads" -msgstr "分配和跟踪潜在顾客" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:3 -msgid "Assign leads based on scoring" -msgstr "根据评分分配潜在顾客" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:5 -msgid "" -"With *Leads Scoring* you can automatically rank your leads based on selected" -" criterias." -msgstr "通过 [潜在顾客评分]，您可以根据所选条件自动对潜在顾客进行排名。" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:8 -msgid "" -"For example you could score customers from your country higher or the ones " -"that visited specific pages on your website." -msgstr "例如，您可以对您所在国家/地区的客户或访问您网站上特定网页的客户进行评分。" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:14 -msgid "" -"To use scoring, install the free module *Lead Scoring* under your *Apps* " -"page (only available in Odoo Enterprise)." -msgstr "要使用评分，请在 [Apps] 页面下安装免费模块 [领导评分]（仅在 Odoo 企业版中提供）。" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:21 -msgid "Create scoring rules" -msgstr "生成评分规则" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:23 -msgid "" -"You now have a new tab in your *CRM* app called *Leads Management* where you" -" can manage your scoring rules." -msgstr "现在，您的 [CRM] 应用中有一个名为 [潜在顾客管理] 的新选项卡，您可以在其中管理评分规则。" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Here's an example for a Canadian lead, you can modify for whatever criteria " -"you wish to score your leads on. You can add as many criterias as you wish." -msgstr "下面是加拿大潜在顾客的示例，您可以修改您希望对潜在顾客进行评分的任何条件。您可以根据需要添加尽可能多的条件。" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Every hour every lead without a score will be automatically scanned and " -"assigned their right score according to your scoring rules." -msgstr "每小时没有得分的一个线索都会被自动扫描，并根据您的评分规则分配正确的分数。" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:40 -msgid "Assign leads" -msgstr "分配潜在顾客" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Once the scores computed, leads can be assigned to specific teams using the " -"same domain mechanism. To do so go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Leads " -"Management --> Team Assignation` and apply a specific domain on each team. " -"This domain can include scores." -msgstr "" -"计算分数后，可以使用相同的域机制将潜在顾客分配给特定团队。为此，请转到菜单选择 :menuselection:`CRM --> 领导管理 --> " -"团队分配'，并在每个团队中应用特定域。此域可以包含分数。" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Further on, you can assign to a specific vendor in the team with an even " -"more refined domain." -msgstr "此外，您可以向团队中的特定供应商分配更精细的域。" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:52 -msgid "" -"To do so go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Leads Management --> Leads " -"Assignation`." -msgstr "要执行此操作，请转到菜单选择:menuselection:`CRM --> 潜在顾客管理 --> 潜在分配`。" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:58 -msgid "" -"The team & leads assignation will assign the unassigned leads once a day." -msgstr "团队和潜在顾客分配将每天分配一次未分配的潜在顾客。" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:62 -msgid "Evaluate & use the unassigned leads" -msgstr "评估和使用未分配的潜在顾客" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Once your scoring rules are in place you will most likely still have some " -"unassigned leads. Some of them could still lead to an opportunity so it is " -"useful to do something with them." -msgstr "一旦你的评分规则到位，你很可能仍然有一些未分配的潜在顾客。其中一些仍然可能导致机会，因此与他们一起做某事是有用的。" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:68 -msgid "" -"In your leads page you can place a filter to find your unassigned leads." -msgstr "在潜在顾客页面中，您可以放置一个筛选器来查找未分配的潜在顾客。" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Why not using :menuselection:`Email Marketing` or :menuselection:`Marketing " -"Automation` apps to send a mass email to them? You can also easily find such" -" unassigned leads from there." -msgstr "" -"为什么不使用: 菜单选择:menuselection:`邮件营销' 或 " -":menuselection:`营销自动化'应用程序向他们发送大量电子邮件？您还可以从那里轻松找到此类未分配的潜在顾客。" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:3 -msgid "Track your prospects visits" -msgstr "跟踪潜在客户访问" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Tracking your website pages will give you much more information about the " -"interests of your website visitors." -msgstr "跟踪您的网页将为您提供更多有关网站访问者感兴趣的信息。" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Every tracked page they visit will be recorded on your lead/opportunity if " -"they use the contact form on your website." -msgstr "如果他们使用您网站上的联系表单，他们访问的每个跟踪页面都会记录在您的潜在客户/商机中。" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:14 -msgid "" -"To use this feature, install the free module *Lead Scoring* under your " -"*Apps* page (only available in Odoo Enterprise)." -msgstr "要使用此功能，请在 [Apps] 页面下安装免费模块 [领导评分]（仅在 Odoo 企业版中提供）。" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:21 -msgid "Track a webpage" -msgstr "跟踪网页" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Go to any static page you want to track on your website and under the " -"*Promote* tab you will find *Optimize SEO*" -msgstr "转到您要在网站上跟踪的任何静态页面，在 [升级] 选项卡下，您会发现 [优化 SEO]" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:29 -msgid "There you will see a *Track Page* checkbox to track this page." -msgstr "在那里，您将看到一个 [跟踪页面] 复选框来跟踪此页面。" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:35 -msgid "See visited pages in your leads/opportunities" -msgstr "查看潜在客户/商机中访问过的页面" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Now each time a lead is created from the contact form it will keep track of " -"the pages visited by that visitor. You have two ways to see those pages, on " -"the top right corner of your lead/opportunity you can see a *Page Views* " -"button but also further down you will see them in the chatter." -msgstr "" -"现在，每次从联系人窗体创建潜在顾客时，它都会跟踪该访问者访问的页面。有两种方法可以查看这些页面，在线索/商机的右上角，您可以看到 [页面视图] " -"按钮，但再往下看，您也会在聊天中看到它们。" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Both will update if the viewers comes back to your website and visits more " -"pages." -msgstr "如果观看者返回您的网站并访问更多页面，两者都将更新。" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:52 -msgid "" -"The feature will not repeat multiple viewings of the same pages in the " -"chatter." -msgstr "该功能不会重复查看沟通栏的相同页面。" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:55 -msgid "Your customers will no longer be able to keep any secrets from you!" -msgstr "您的客户将不再能够对您保密！" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po deleted file mode 100644 index 5f861f8bf..000000000 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1613 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# 稀饭~~ <wangwhai@qq.com>, 2020 -# Miao Zhou <zhoumiao_nuaa@outlook.com>, 2020 -# Jeffery CHEN Fan <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2020 -# max_xu <wangzhanwh@163.com>, 2020 -# 黎伟杰 <674416404@qq.com>, 2020 -# 洋 汪 <wonrence@163.com>, 2020 -# Martin Trigaux, 2021 -# bf2549c5415a9287249cba2b8a5823c7, 2021 -# John Lin <linyinhuan@139.com>, 2021 -# 敬雲 林 <chingyun@yuanchih-consult.com>, 2021 -# Mandy Choy <mnc@odoo.com>, 2021 -# Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2021 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2021\n" -"Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: zh_CN\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:8 -msgid "Online Database management" -msgstr "在线数据库管理" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:10 -msgid "" -"To manage your databases, access the `database management page " -"<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__ (you will have to sign in). Then " -"click on the `Manage Your Databases " -"<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases/manage>`__ button." -msgstr "" -"要管理数据库，请访问\"数据库管理\"页`<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__ " -"(您必须登录)。然后单击\"管理数据库\"`<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases/manage>`__ button." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Make sure you are connected as the administrator of the database you want to" -" manage - many operations depends on indentifying you remotely to that " -"database." -msgstr "确保你作为管理员连接到需要管理的数据库 - 很多操作需要远程识别你的身份。" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:22 -msgid "Several actions are available:" -msgstr "有几种措施可供选择：" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:28 -msgid ":ref:`Upgrade <upgrade_button>`" -msgstr ":ref:`升级<upgrade_button>`" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Upgrade your database to the latest Odoo version to enjoy cutting-edge " -"features" -msgstr "将您的数据库升级到最新的Odoo版本，以享受最先进的功能" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:32 -msgid ":ref:`Duplicate <duplicate_online>`" -msgstr ":ref:`复制<duplicate_online>`" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Make an exact copy of your database, if you want to try out new apps or new " -"flows without compromising your daily operations" -msgstr "如果你想在不影响日常操作的前提下试用新的应用程序或新的流程，就要制作一份数据库的精确副本" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:34 -msgid ":ref:`Rename <rename_online_database>`" -msgstr ":ref:`重命名<rename_online_database>`" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:35 -msgid "Rename your database (and its URL)" -msgstr "重命名数据库(及其URL)" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:37 -msgid "**Backup**" -msgstr "**备份**" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Download an instant backup of your database; note that we back up databases " -"daily according to our Odoo Cloud SLA" -msgstr "下载数据库的即时备份；请注意，我们每天都根据我们的Odoo Cloud SLA备份数据库" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:40 -msgid ":ref:`Domains <custom_domain>`" -msgstr ":ref:`域名 <custom_domain>`" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:40 -msgid "Configure custom domains to access your database via another URL" -msgstr "配置自定义域名，以通过其他URL访问你的数据库。" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:42 -msgid ":ref:`Delete <delete_online_database>`" -msgstr ":ref:`删除<delete_online_database>`" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:43 -msgid "Delete a database instantly" -msgstr "立即删除数据库" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:46 -msgid "Contact Support" -msgstr "联系支持" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Access our `support page <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__ with the correct " -"database already selected" -msgstr "访问我们的`支持页面 <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__ 已选择正确的数据库" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:51 ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:12 -msgid "Upgrade" -msgstr "升级" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Upgrading your database to a newer version of Odoo is a complex operation " -"that require time and caution. It is extremely important that you fully test" -" the process before upgrading your production database." -msgstr "将你的数据库升级到新版本Odoo是一项复杂操作，需要时间和谨慎操作。最重要的是，你在升级生产数据库之前必须全面测试该流程。" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Odoo releases new versions regularly (at least once a year), and upgrading " -"your database to enjoy new Odoo features is part of the Odoo Online " -"experience." -msgstr "Odoo定期（至少每年一次）发布新版本，作为Odoo线上体验的一部分，升级数据后可以体验Odoo的新特征。" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:60 -msgid "" -"The upgrade process can take some time, especially if you use multiple apps " -"or apps that manage sensitive data (e.g. Accounting, Inventory, etc.). In " -"general, the 'smaller' the database, the quickest the upgrade. A single-user" -" database that uses only CRM will be processed faster than a multi-company, " -"multi-user database that uses Accounting, Sales, Purchase and Manufacturing." -msgstr "" -"升级过程可能需要一些时间，尤其是你拥有多个应用程序或管理敏感数据的应用程序时（例如，会计、库存等）。一般而言，数据库“越小”，升级越快。仅使用CRM的单一用户数据库比使用会计、销售、采购和制造的多公司、多用户数据库升级快。" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Unfortunately, it is impossible to give time estimates for every upgrade " -"request, since Odoo.com will test manually every database upgrade at least " -"once and will need to correct/adapt changes made to the standard Odoo Apps " -"(e.g. through Studio or through a Success Pack) on a case-by-case basis. " -"This can make the process slower, since requests are treated in the order " -"they arrive. This is especially true in the months following the release of " -"a new major version, which can lengthen the upgrade delay significantly." -msgstr "" -"遗憾的是，我们无法预计每项升级请求需要的时间，因为Odoo.com将手动测试每项数据库升级至少一次，而且需要逐一修改/调整对标准Odoo应用程序（例如，通过定制或通过服务包）的改动。这可能导致整个过程变慢，因为我们需要按提出请求的顺序逐一处理。尤其是在主要新版本发布之后的几个月，升级请求处理速度可能显著延迟。" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:74 -msgid "The upgrade process is quite simple from your point of view:" -msgstr "从你的角度来看，升级过程非常简单：" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:76 -msgid "You request a test upgrade" -msgstr "你提出测试升级请求" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Once all tests have been validated **by you**, you upgrade your actual " -"database" -msgstr "在**你**确认所有测试后，将升级实际的数据库" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:79 -msgid "" -"The process to request a test or a production (*actual*) upgrade is the " -"same." -msgstr "请求测试升级或生产升级（*实际*升级）的过程是相同的。" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:81 -msgid "" -"First, make sure to be connected to the database you want to upgrade and " -"access the `database management page <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__." -msgstr "首先，确保连接到你想要升级的数据库并访问`数据库管理页面 <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__。" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:84 -msgid "" -"You have to have an active session with access to the Settings app in the " -"database you want to upgrade for the button to be visible." -msgstr "你必须在活动对话中访问想要升级的数据库的设置应用程序，才能看到该按钮。" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:87 -msgid "" -"On the line of the database you want to upgrade, click on the \"Cog\" menu. " -"If an newer version of Odoo is available, you will see an 'Upgrade' button." -msgstr "在想要升级的数据库所在的行，点击“Cog”菜单。如有Odoo的更新版本，你会看到“升级”按钮。" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:94 -msgid "" -"You have the possibility to choose the target version of the upgrade. By " -"default, we select the highest available version available for your " -"database; if you were already in the process of testing an upgrade, we will " -"automatically select the version you were already testing (even if we " -"released a more recent version during your tests)." -msgstr "" -"你可以选择升级的目标版本。默认情况下，我们为你的数据库选择了可用的最高版本；如你已开始测试升级，我们将自动选择你已经测试的版本（即使我们在你测试过程中发布了更新的版本）。" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:103 -msgid "" -"By clicking on the \"Test upgrade\" button, an upgrade request will be " -"generated. Only one request can be made at time for each database; if a " -"request has already been made, you will see an 'Upgrade Queued' note instead" -" and asking another request will not be possible." -msgstr "" -"点击“测试升级”按钮，将生成升级请求。每个数据库每次只能发起一次请求；如果已经发起请求，您将会看到“升级排队中”字样，此时将不能再次发起请求。" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:108 -msgid "" -"A test upgrade will create a copy of your database, upgrade it and make it " -"available to you automatically once successful. If this is the first test " -"you request for this particular database, a manual testing phase will be " -"done by Odoo.com - this could take time (up to several weeks). Subsequent " -"requests will not go through that manual testing step and will usually be " -"made available in a few hours. Once the test database is available, you " -"should receive an e-mail with the URL of the test database." -msgstr "" -"测试升级将创建数据库的副本，升级该副本并在成功后自动提供给你。如果这是针对该数据库的首次测试请求，Odoo.com将执行手动测试阶段，可能需要一些时间（最长达数周）。之后的请求不会经过此手动测试步骤，通常在数小时之内即可完成。在测试数据库可用后，你将收到邮件，其中包含测试数据库的URL。" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:116 -msgid "" -"**Testing your database is the most important step of the upgrade process!**" -" Even though we test all upgrades manually, we do not know your work " -"processes. A change in standard worfklows of Odoo in new versions might " -"require you to change internal processes, or some of the customizations you " -"made through Odoo Studio might not work properly. *It is up to you to make " -"sure that everything works as it should!* You can report issues with your " -"test database through our `Support page <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." -msgstr "" -"**测试数据库是整个升级过程中最重要的步骤！**即使我们手动测试了所有升级，我们也不知道你的工作流程。Odoo新版本标准工作流程的变更可能要求你改变内部流程，或你通过Odoo定制自定义的内容现可正常运行。*你应负责确保一切正常运行！*你可通过我们的`支持页面" -" <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__报告测试数据库的问题。" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:124 -msgid "" -"Make sure to do one last test of your upgrade right before the final upgrade" -" (e.g. the day before) to ensure everything will run smoothly. Downgrading " -"is not possible and post-poning an upgrade is always easier than being " -"prevented to work by an upgrade issue after the fact!" -msgstr "确保在最终升级前（即前一天）对升级进行最后测试，以确保一切顺畅运行。在升级后无法降级，推迟升级时间总比在升级之后发现问题导致无法运行更好！" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:129 -msgid "" -"Once you are ready and you have validated all your tests, you can click " -"again on the Upgrade button and confirm by clicking on Upgrade (the button " -"with the little rocket!) to switch your production database to the new " -"version. Your database will then be taken offline within the next 10 minutes" -" and will be upgraded automatically; you receive a confirmation e-mail once " -"the process is completed." -msgstr "" -"一切准备妥当并已验证所有测试后，你可再次点击升级按钮并点击升级（带有小火箭的按钮！）确认，将你的生产数据库切换到新版本。你的数据库将在10分钟内下线并开始自动升级；整个过程完成后，你将收到确认邮件。" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:140 -msgid "" -"Your database will be taken offline during the upgrade (usually between " -"30min up to several hours for big databases), so make sure to plan your " -"migration during non-business hours." -msgstr "在升级过程中，你的数据库将下线（大数据库一般需要30分钟到数小时），请将迁移安排在非营业时段进行。" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:146 -msgid "Duplicating a database" -msgstr "复制数据库" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:148 -msgid "" -"Database duplication, renaming, custom DNS, etc. is not available for trial " -"databases on our Online platform. Paid Databases and \"One App Free\" " -"database can duplicate without problem." -msgstr "我们平台上的免费用户没有权限进行数据库的复制、重命名、自定义DNS等操作。付费数据库和“一个免费应用程序”数据库可进行复制。" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:153 -msgid "" -"In the line of the database you want to duplicate, you will have a few " -"buttons. To duplicate your database, just click **Duplicate**. You will have" -" to give a name to your duplicate, then click **Duplicate Database**." -msgstr "" -"在你想要复制数据库的那一行，你会发现几个按钮。请点击 **复制** 复制你的数据库。在弹出的窗口中输入数据库副本名字,然后点击**继续** 。" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:160 -msgid "" -"If you do not check the \"For testing purposes\" checkbox when duplicating a" -" database, all external communication will remain active:" -msgstr "如果在复制数据库时未勾选“用于测试目的”，所有外部通信仍将有效：" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:163 -msgid "Emails are sent" -msgstr "电子邮件已送出" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:165 -msgid "" -"Payments are processed (in the e-commerce or Subscriptions apps, for " -"example)" -msgstr "付款已处理（例如，在电子商务或订阅应用程序中）" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:168 -msgid "Delivery orders (shipping providers) are sent" -msgstr "发运单据(承运人)已经发送" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:170 -msgid "Etc." -msgstr "等等." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:172 -msgid "" -"Make sure to check the checkbox \"For testing purposes\" if you want these " -"behaviours to be disabled." -msgstr "如果要禁用这些行为，请务必选中“用于测试目的”复选框。" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:175 -msgid "" -"After a few seconds, you will be logged in your duplicated database. Notice " -"that the url uses the name you chose for your duplicated database." -msgstr "几秒钟之后你就可以登录数据库副本了.请注意你可以在浏览器地址栏里看到数据库副本的名字." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:180 -msgid "Duplicate databases expire automatically after 15 days." -msgstr "数据库副本将在15天后自动过期." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:188 -msgid "Rename a Database" -msgstr "重命名数据库" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:190 -msgid "" -"To rename your database, make sure you are connected to the database you " -"want to rename, access the `database management page " -"<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__ and click **Rename**. You will have " -"to give a new name to your database, then click **Rename Database**." -msgstr "" -"如要重命名数据库，确保连接到你想要重命名的数据库，访问`数据库管理页面 " -"<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__并点击**重命名**。你需要输入数据库的新名称，然后点击**重命名数据库**。" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:201 -msgid "Deleting a Database" -msgstr "删除数据库" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:203 -msgid "You can only delete databases of which you are the administrator." -msgstr "您只能删除您是管理员的数据库。" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:205 -msgid "" -"When you delete your database all the data will be permanently lost. The " -"deletion is instant and for all the Users. We advise you to do an instant " -"backup of your database before deleting it, since the last automated daily " -"backup may be several hours old at that point." -msgstr "" -"如你删除数据库，所有数据将永久丢失。删除即时完成，且适用所有用户。我们建议你在删除之前对数据库进行即时备份，因为最后自动保存的每日备份可能已是数小时之前的内容。" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:211 -msgid "" -"From the `database management page <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__, " -"on the line of the database you want to delete, click on the \"Delete\" " -"button." -msgstr "" -"从`数据库管理页面 <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__，在你想要删除的数据库所在行，点击“删除”按钮。" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:218 -msgid "" -"Read carefully the warning message that will appear and proceed only if you " -"fully understand the implications of deleting a database:" -msgstr "仔细阅读警告信息，在完全了解删除数据库造成的影响之后，方可继续：" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:224 -msgid "" -"After a few seconds, the database will be deleted and the page will reload " -"automatically." -msgstr "几秒种后，数据库将被删除，页面将自动重新加载。" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:228 -msgid "" -"If you need to re-use this database name, it will be immediately available." -msgstr "如你需要重新使用这个数据库名称，它即刻可用。" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:230 -msgid "" -"It is not possible to delete a database if it is expired or linked to a " -"Subscription. In these cases contact `Odoo Support " -"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" -msgstr "如数据库已过期或关联到订阅，则无法删除。在这些情况下，联系`Odoo支持 <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:234 -msgid "" -"If you want to delete your Account, please contact `Odoo Support " -"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" -msgstr "如要删除你的账户，请联系`Odoo支持 <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:7 -msgid "On-premises Database management" -msgstr "本地部署数据库管理" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:10 -msgid "Register a database" -msgstr "注册一个数据库" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To register your database, you just need to enter your Subscription Code in " -"the banner in the App Switcher. Make sure you do not add extra spaces before" -" or after your subscription code. If the registration is successful, it will" -" turn green and will provide you with the Expiration Date of your freshly-" -"registered database. You can check this Epiration Date in the About menu " -"(Odoo 9) or in the Settings Dashboard (Odoo 10)." -msgstr "" -"要激活你的数据库，只需在应用切换器 (App " -"Switch）标题中输入订阅码。注意订阅码前后不可有空格。注册成功后，空格会变为绿色，并会显示数据库的到期时间。可以在“关于”菜单（Odoo " -"9）或“设置”仪表板（Odoo 10）中查看这个过期时间。" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:20 -msgid "Registration Error Message" -msgstr "注册错误消息" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:22 -msgid "" -"If you are unable to register your database, you will likely encounter this " -"message:" -msgstr "如你无法注册数据库，可能会被提示以下的消息：" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:31 -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:110 -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:138 -msgid "Solutions" -msgstr "解决方案" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:33 -msgid "Do you have a valid Enterprise subscription?" -msgstr "你的企业订阅号码是有效的吗？" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Check if your subscription details get the tag \"In Progress\" on your `Odoo" -" Account <https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__ or with your Account" -" Manager" -msgstr "" -"请检查你的`Odoo账户 " -"<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__或者通过你的账户管理员检查订阅信息是否有“进行中”的标签" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:39 -msgid "Have you already linked a database with your subscription reference?" -msgstr "你是否已经将数据库绑定到你的订阅号码？" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:41 -msgid "" -"You can link only one database per subscription. (Need a test or a " -"development database? `Find a partner <https://www.odoo.com/partners>`__)" -msgstr "" -"你只可以绑定一个数据库到你的订阅号码。（需要测试或开发数据库吗？请到以下地址寻找合作伙伴：<https://www.odoo.com/partners>）" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:45 -msgid "" -"You can unlink the old database yourself on your `Odoo Contract " -"<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__ with the button \"Unlink " -"database\"" -msgstr "" -"你可通过`Odoo合同 " -"<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__的“取消关联数据库”按钮，自行取消关联旧数据库" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:52 -msgid "" -"A confirmation message will appear; make sure this is the correct database " -"as it will be deactivated shortly:" -msgstr "出现确认消息时，请确保这是正确的数据库，该数据库会冻结。" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:59 -msgid "Do you have the updated version of Odoo 9?" -msgstr "你有Odoo9的升级版吗？" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:61 -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:171 -msgid "" -"From July 2016 onward, Odoo 9 now automatically change the uuid of a " -"duplicated database; a manual operation is no longer required." -msgstr "自2016年7月以后,Odoo9会自动修改数据库副本的UUID;手工变更的操作就不再需要了." - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:64 -msgid "" -"If it's not the case, you may have multiple databases sharing the same UUID." -" Please check on your `Odoo Contract " -"<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__, a short message will appear " -"specifying which database is problematic:" -msgstr "" -"如果不属于上述情形，可以用多个数据库共享同一个UUID。请在`Odoo合同 " -"<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__中勾选，然后会出现提示，指出有问题的数据库：" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:73 -msgid "" -"In this case, you need to change the UUID on your test databases to solve " -"this issue. You will find more information about this in :ref:`this section " -"<duplicate_premise>`." -msgstr "这种情况你需要更改测试用数据库的UUID。可在以下位置查找详细信息： :ref:`本节 <duplicate_premise>`" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:76 -msgid "" -"For your information, we identify database with UUID. Therefore, each " -"database should have a distinct UUID to ensure that registration and " -"invoicing proceed effortlessly for your and for us." -msgstr "为便于查找，我们用UUID辨别数据库，因此每个数据库都有自己独一的UUID，确保大家能轻松处理注册信息和小票。" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:80 -msgid "Check your network and firewall settings" -msgstr "检查网络和防火墙设置" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:82 -msgid "" -"The Update notification must be able to reach Odoo's subscription validation" -" servers. In other words, make sure that the Odoo server is able to open " -"outgoing connections towards:" -msgstr "升级通知必须能够到达Odoo订阅验证服务器。换句话说，确保Odoo服务器能够打开指向以下各项的传出连接：" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:86 -msgid "services.odoo.com on port 443 (or 80)" -msgstr "services.odoo.com在端口443（或80）" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:87 -msgid "services.openerp.com on port 443 (or 80) for older deployments" -msgstr "旧部署的services.openerp.com在端口443（或80）" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:89 -msgid "" -"Once you activated your database, you must keep these ports open, as the " -"Update notification runs once a week." -msgstr "你在启用数据库后，必须确保这些端口打开，因为升级通知每周运行一次。" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:95 -msgid "Error message due to too many users" -msgstr "因用户过多而引发的错误信息" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:97 -msgid "" -"If you have more users in your local database than provisionned in your Odoo" -" Enterprise subscription, you may encounter this message:" -msgstr "如你本地数据库的用户数高于Odoo企业订阅的购买量，可能会收到以下提示：" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:106 -msgid "" -"When the message appears you have 30 days before the expiration. The " -"countdown is updated everyday." -msgstr "你的资料库会在第30天过期，每天更新倒计时天数。" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:112 -msgid "" -"**Add more users** on your subscription: follow the link and Validate the " -"upsell quotation and pay for the extra users." -msgstr "在你的订阅中 **添加用户** ：按照以下链接验证追加的报价，并为额外的用户付款。" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:114 -msgid "" -"**Deactivate users** as explained in this `documentation <documentation.html" -"#deactivating-users>`_ and **Reject** the upsell quotation." -msgstr "" -"按照`文档 <documentation.html#deactivating-users>`_的说明**禁用用户**并**拒绝**超售报价。" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:117 -msgid "" -"Once your database has the correct number of users, the expiration message " -"will disappear automatically after a few days, when the next verification " -"occurs. We understand that it can be a bit frightening to see the countdown," -" so you can :ref:`force an Update Notification <force_ping>` to make the " -"message disappear right away." -msgstr "" -"数据库得到准确的用户数量后，过期消息会在Odoo自动验证后消失，会是几天的时间。我们理解看到倒计时界面会有一点吓人，所以可以:ref:`force升级通知<force_ping>`立即移除倒计时。" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:124 -msgid "Database expired error message" -msgstr "数据库已过期错误消息" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:126 -msgid "" -"If your database reaches its expiration date before your renew your " -"subscription, you will encounter this message:" -msgstr "如果在更新订阅之前数据库临近过期日期，你会收到以下消息提示：" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:134 -msgid "" -"This **blocking** message appears after a non-blocking message that lasts 30" -" days. If you fail to take action before the end of the countdown, the " -"database is expired." -msgstr "此 **限制** 消息出现在持续30天的非限制消息之后。如果您未能在倒计结束前采取行动，数据库将会过期。" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:142 -msgid "" -"Renew your subscription: follow the link and renew your subscription - note " -"that" -msgstr "更新你的订阅：按照以下链接更新你的订阅-注意" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:141 -msgid "" -"if you wish to pay by Wire Transfer, your subscription will effectively be " -"renewed only when the payment arrives, which can take a few days. Credit " -"card payments are processed immediately." -msgstr "如通过电汇付款，只有当汇款到账后订阅方才生效，可能会耽误几天时间。信用卡付款可以立即处理。" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:144 -msgid "Contact our `Support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" -msgstr "联系我们的支持部门：<https://www.odoo.com/help>" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:146 -msgid "" -"None of those solutions worked for you? Please contact our `Support " -"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" -msgstr "以上订阅均不适用？请联系我们的支持部门<https://www.odoo.com/help>" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:155 -msgid "Duplicate a database" -msgstr "复制数据库" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:157 -msgid "" -"You can duplicate your database by accessing the database manager on your " -"server (<odoo-server>/web/database/manager). In this page, you can easily " -"duplicate your database (among other things)." -msgstr "" -"你可以在你的服务器链接(<odoo-" -"server>/web/database/manager)上访问数据库管理页面.在这个页面里,可以容易的创建数据库副本(以及其他的数据库操作)." - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:165 -msgid "" -"When you duplicate a local database, it is **strongly** advised to change " -"the duplicated database's uuid (Unniversally Unique Identifier), since this " -"uuid is how your database identifies itself with our servers. Having two " -"databases with the same uuid could result in invoicing problems or " -"registration problems down the line." -msgstr "" -"在你创建了一个本地数据库的副本之后, **强烈建议** 你修改这个数据库副本的UUID(Universally Unique Identifier), " -"因为数据库的UUID是在我们服务器上对于你的数据库的标识。如果有2个一样是数据库使用同样的UUID会导致后续的注册以及开票问题。" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:174 -msgid "" -"The database uuid is currently accessible from the menu " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> System Parameters`, we advise you" -" to use a `uuid generator <https://www.uuidtools.com>`_ or to use the unix " -"command ``uuidgen`` to generate a new uuid. You can then simply replace it " -"like any other record by clicking on it and using the edit button." -msgstr "" -"可以通过 :menuselection:`设置 --> 技术 --> 系统参数`访问数据库的UUID，我们建议使用 `uuid生成器 " -"<https://www.uuidtools.com>`__ " -"或Unix命令``uuidgen``来生成一个新的UUID。你就可以点击该UUID并使用编辑按钮来替换原先的记录。" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:17 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "概述" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:22 -msgid "The upgrade process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:24 -msgid "" -"This documentation is for our *On-Premise* (self-hosted) and *Odoo.sh* " -"customers. If you are hosted Online, please check our :ref:`instruction page" -" for our Online (SaaS) customers <upgrade_button>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:30 -msgid "Definition" -msgstr "定义" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:32 -msgid "" -"An upgrade is switching to a newer version of Odoo (e.g., Odoo 13.0 to Odoo " -"14.0)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:34 -msgid "An upgrade does not cover:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:36 -msgid "" -"changing :ref:`Editions <db-upgrade/faq/editions-change>` (i.e., Community " -"to Enterprise edition)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:37 -msgid "" -"switching :ref:`hosting type <db-upgrade/faq/hosting-types-switch>` (i.e., " -"On-Premise to Online or Odoo.sh)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:39 -msgid "migration from another ERP to Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:41 ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:99 -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:231 -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:361 -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:370 -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:382 -msgid "|assistance-contact|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:46 -msgid "Process workflow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:48 -msgid "The upgrade process in a nutshell:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:50 -msgid "You create a test upgrade request." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:0 -msgid "The request is processed by Odoo:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:0 -msgid "" -"This happens via an automated process that runs the database through an " -"upgrade script and takes between 20 and 120 minutes. Only if an issue(s) " -"arises will we have to intervene manually and adjust the script specifically" -" to your database until the upgrade succeeds." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:55 -msgid "Odoo delivers a test database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:56 -msgid "" -"You test your database for possible discrepancies (see :ref:`db-upgrade" -"/test-guidance`)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:57 -msgid "" -"If there are any discrepancies, you report them to the Upgrade support team " -"via the :ref:`Help portal <db-upgrade/test-assistance>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:59 -msgid "We will fix the issues and send you a new test database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Once you completed the testing and are happy with the result, you decide on " -"a date and time when you stop users from accessing Odoo, freeze all data " -"entries and create an upgrade request for the production upgrade." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:63 -msgid "Odoo delivers the production database through the automated process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:64 -msgid "" -"You restore it in your Production environment a few short hours later and " -"continue working on the newly upgraded database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:70 -msgid "Service Level Agreement" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:73 -msgid "What is covered by the Enterprise Licence?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:75 -msgid "" -"Databases hosted on Odoo’s Cloud platforms (Saas and Odoo.sh) or On-Premise " -"(Self-Hosting) enjoy the following service at all times." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:78 -msgid "The upgrade of:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:80 -msgid "standard applications" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:81 -msgid "Studio customization (as long as the Studio app is still active)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:82 -msgid "" -"customizations done by our consulting and developer services *if* they are " -"covered by a ‘Maintenance of Customisations’ subscription" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:85 -msgid "" -"The Upgrade Service is limited to the technical conversion and adaptation of" -" your database (standard modules and data) to make it compatible with the " -"targeted version." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:89 -msgid "What upgrading does NOT cover" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:91 -msgid "The cleaning of pre-existing data & configuration while upgrading" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Any new developments and/or upgrade of your own :ref:`custom modules <db-" -"upgrade/faq/custom-modules>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:94 -msgid "`Training <https://www.odoo.com/learn>`_ on the new version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:96 -msgid "" -"You can get more information about your Enterprise Licence on our :ref:`Odoo" -" Enterprise Subscription Agreement <upgrade>` page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:104 -msgid "Get started" -msgstr "开始使用" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:106 -msgid "The upgrade process varies depending on where your database is hosted." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:111 -msgid "Online (SaaS)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:113 -msgid "" -"If you are hosted Online, please check our :ref:`instruction page for our " -"Online (SaaS) customers <upgrade_button>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:119 -msgid "Odoo.sh" -msgstr "Odoo.sh" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:121 -msgid "" -"If you are Odoo.sh hosted, check our :doc:`specific instructions to be able " -"to upgrade <../odoo_sh/advanced/upgrade_your_database>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:127 -msgid "On-Premise" -msgstr "本地部署" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:129 -msgid "There are two possibilities:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:131 -msgid "Via the interface of our `website form <https://upgrade.odoo.com>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:0 -msgid "" -"For technically-advanced users and partners, via the following command line " -"(to be used on the machine where your database is hosted):" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:0 -msgid "" -"``python <(curl -s beta.upgrade.odoo.com/upgrade) test -d <your db name> -t " -"14.0``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:137 -msgid "What does it do?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:139 -msgid "" -"The above command will dump your database to a file, then send it to the " -"upgrade platform for upgrade, displaying you the live logs, then restore the" -" upgraded database back on your server as a duplicate test database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:146 -msgid "Steps" -msgstr "步骤" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:151 -msgid "The testing phase" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:156 -msgid "Test process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:158 -msgid "" -"Also referred to as the pre-production phase, the test phase allows you to " -"review an upgraded version of your database without affecting your " -"production database in any way." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:161 -msgid "" -"We suggest that you run the test upgrade process at least once, but you can " -"do it as often as you want (one at a time)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:164 -msgid "" -"Once you receive your upgraded test database, you should check that all " -"data, processes and functionality are still correct and working as expected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:167 -msgid "If you do find discrepancies, you'll be able to:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:0 -msgid ":ref:`Report your issues <db-upgrade/test-assistance>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:0 -msgid "and/or" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:171 -msgid "" -"Ask for a new :ref:`test request <db-upgrade/test-db-request>` after the " -"reported issues have been fixed in the upgrade script." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:174 -msgid "When you do not find any discrepancies, you'll be able to:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:176 -msgid "" -"Move on to the upgrade of your :ref:`production database <db-upgrade" -"/production-live>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:181 -msgid "Request a test database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:183 -msgid "" -"When filling the `website form <https://upgrade.odoo.com>`_, select " -"*Testing* purpose." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:192 -msgid "Test guidance" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:194 -msgid "" -"Every business and organization has its own operational needs and will have " -"to test its specific Odoo instance respectively. However, we recommend you " -"look at `the test scenario " -"<https://drive.google.com/open?id=1Lm4JqbsHBirB1wMi14UChoz_YHLjx5ec>`_ we " -"created, a high-level idea of what you should test and look out for." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:199 -msgid "Todo" -msgstr "待办" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:199 -msgid "change link \"test scenario\" once the related doc is published" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:204 -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:263 -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:395 -msgid "Assistance" -msgstr "协助" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:206 -msgid "" -"If you encounter issues or problems in the **test database**, please contact" -" the Odoo Upgrade Support:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:209 -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:268 -msgid "Connect to our `Odoo Support page <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:210 -msgid "" -"Under the *Ticket Description* section, select *An issue related to my " -"upgrade* ticket type." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:217 -msgid "" -"If you choose another *Ticket Description* type, the request will be " -"redirected to another team than the upgrade one and will slow down the " -"processing and response time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:220 -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:276 -msgid "" -"Please provide as much detail as you can. Where applicable, illustrate the " -"current and previous flows with videos and/or screenshots. This will avoid " -"clarifying questions and speed up the resolution process significantly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:229 -msgid "" -"The purpose of the test phase is not to correct existing data or " -"configurations in your database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:236 -msgid "The production launch" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:241 -msgid "Production goes live" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:243 -msgid "" -"The production upgrade request is when you decide to upgrade your current " -"database with all your production data (invoices, VAT returns, inventories, " -"current orders) to a new version of your choice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:246 -msgid "" -"After your :ref:`tests <db-upgrade/steps-test>` are completed to your " -"satisfaction, submit the request to upgrade your production database via our" -" `website form <https://upgrade.odoo.com>`_. Select *Production* purpose." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:255 -msgid "Going into production without first testing may lead to:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:257 -msgid "" -"business interruptions (e.g. no longer having the possibility to validate an" -" action)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:258 -msgid "" -"poor customer experiences (e.g. an eCommerce website that does not work " -"correctly)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:265 -msgid "" -"If you encounter issues or problems in the **production database**, please " -"contact the **Odoo Support**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:269 -msgid "" -"Under the *Ticket Description* section, select the appropriate type related " -"to your issue but **do not select** the option *An issue related to my " -"upgrade*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:273 -msgid "" -"After upgrading to production, the support will be provided by the Support " -"team instead of the Upgrade team." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:285 -msgid "" -"If you choose *An issue related to my upgrade* as ticket type, the request " -"will be redirected to another team than the support one and will slow down " -"the processing and response time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:291 -msgid "FAQ" -msgstr "常问问题" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:296 -msgid "Why upgrade?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:298 -msgid "" -"You benefit from the latest features of the :ref:`new major version <db-" -"upgrade/faq/release-notes>` released by Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:300 -msgid "" -"If you are in an :ref:`unsupported version <db-upgrade/supported-versions>`," -" you get a new version with support." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:306 -msgid "When to upgrade?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:308 -msgid "" -"Whenever you want. You can make your upgrade request as soon as a new " -"version is released on our `website form <https://upgrade.odoo.com>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:314 -msgid "Availability of the new version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:316 -msgid "" -"Please kindly note that as soon as we announce the release of a new major " -"version (usually at the end of year), the Upgrade Service team needs to " -"adapt the upgrade scripts to it, which is why the new version is not " -"immediately available for existing databases." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:323 -msgid "Finalization of the upgrade (:abbr:`ETA (Estimated Time of Arrival)`)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:325 -msgid "" -"Unfortunately, it is impossible to give time estimates for every upgrade " -"request. Odoo offers so many possibilities (e.g. branding, workflows, " -"customization, etc) that it can get tricky to upgrade, and translate to the " -"new structure. If you use multiple apps managing sensitive data (e.g., " -"Accounting, Inventory, etc.), some cases may still require a human " -"intervention, making the process slower." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:331 -msgid "" -"This is especially true during the first months following the release of a " -"new major version, which can significantly lengthen the upgrade delay." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:334 -msgid "" -"In general, the ‘smaller’ the database, the quickest the upgrade. A single-" -"user database that uses only CRM will be processed faster than a multi-" -"company, multi-user database that uses Accounting, Sales, Purchase, and " -"Manufacturing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:338 -msgid "So, in a nutshell, what can impact your upgrade lead time?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:340 -msgid "Source & targeted versions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:341 -msgid "Installed apps" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:342 -msgid "Volume of data" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:343 -msgid "" -"Amount of customization (models, fields, methods, workflows, reports, " -"website, etc.)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:344 -msgid "" -"Installation of new apps or configuration changes after the start of the " -"test phase" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:346 -msgid "" -"Usually, the delays experienced during the first request (waiting time " -"between the time you submitted your first request for a test upgrade) can " -"generally give you an idea of the time to wait for the production request." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:353 -msgid "Upgrade of the custom modules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:355 -msgid "" -"As stated in our :doc:`../legal/terms/enterprise`, section " -":ref:`charges_standard`, this optional service is subject to additional " -"fees." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:358 -msgid "" -"If you have a custom code, you can choose to have it upgraded by our " -"services, by one of our `partners <https://www.odoo.com/partners>`_ or you " -"can do it yourself." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:366 -msgid "Editions change (from Community to Enterprise)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:368 -msgid "" -"An upgrade does not cover a change of `Editions " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/editions>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:375 -msgid "Switching the hosting types (Self-hosted vs Online vs Odoo.sh)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:377 -msgid "" -"An upgrade does not cover a change of `Hosting types " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/hosting-types>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:379 -msgid "" -"Open the following link to get :doc:`more information about how to change " -"your hosting type <hosting_changes>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:387 -msgid "Release Notes by version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:389 -msgid "" -"Open our `Release Note <https://www.odoo.com/page/release-notes>`_ page to " -"get a summary of the new features and improvements made in each version." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:400 -msgid "Contact our Upgrade service support" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:402 -msgid "" -"Should you have any more questions about the upgrade, do not hesitate to " -"send a message to `Odoo Upgrade Team <mailto:upgrade@odoo.com>`_. We will be" -" very pleased to answer it as soon as possible." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:408 -msgid "Supported versions" -msgstr "支持的版本" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:410 -msgid "" -"Please note that Odoo provides support and bug fixing only for the three " -"last major versions of Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:412 -msgid "" -"This is a factor to take into consideration before upgrading. If you are on " -"an older version, we suggest you to prefer the most recent version to " -"benefit from a longer support (before having to upgrade again)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:416 -msgid "" -"You can get more information about our :doc:`supported versions " -"<../support/supported_versions>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:7 -msgid "Users and Features" -msgstr "用户和特性" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:9 -msgid "" -"As the administrator of your database, you are responsible for its usage. " -"This includes the Apps you install as well as the number of users currently " -"in use." -msgstr "作为数据库管理员,你有责任提供具有良好的可用性数据库给所有的用户,包括基于数据库所安装的各类应用." - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Odoo is many things (ERP, CMS, CRM application, e-Commerce backend, etc.) " -"but it is *not* a smartphone. You should apply caution when adding/removing " -"features (especially Apps) on your database since this may impact your " -"subscription amount significantly (or switch you from a free account to a " -"paying one on our online platform)." -msgstr "" -"Odoo拥有及其多的功能(包括ERP,CMS,CRM应用,电子商务后端等等),但是他\"不是\"一个智能手机.在对你的数据库添加/卸载各类特性(特别是应用App)时,你需要额外小心,因为这些操作可能产生显著的费用投入(比如将你从一个免费用户升级为我们平台上的付费用户)." - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:19 -msgid "" -"This page contains some information as to how you can manage your Odoo " -"instances. Before carrying any of these procedures, we **strongly** advise " -"to test them on a duplicate of your database first. That way, if something " -"goes wrong, your day-to-day business is not impacted." -msgstr "" -"本页包含了如何管理你的Odoo。在进行以下步骤前，我们 **强烈建议** " -"您先在复制的数据库上进行测试。这样的话，即便有错误，也不会影响到实际的业务运作。" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:24 -msgid "" -"You can find guides on how to duplicate your databases both for :ref:`online" -" <duplicate_online>` and :ref:`on premise <duplicate_premise>` " -"installations." -msgstr "" -"查看如何复制数据用于:ref:`online <duplicate_online>` 和:ref:`on premise " -"<duplicate_premise>`安装。" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:28 -msgid "" -"If you have questions about the content of this page or if you encounter an " -"issue while carrying out these procedures, please contact us through our " -"`support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." -msgstr "" -"如果你对这篇文章有任何问题或者当你执行程序时碰到问题,可以通过提交`支持需求报告 " -"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__来联系我们." - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:34 -msgid "Deactivating Users" -msgstr "禁用用户" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Make sure you have sufficient **administrative rights** if you want to " -"change the status of any of your users." -msgstr "当你想更改任何用户的状态时,请确保你拥有足够的 **管理权限** 。" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:39 -msgid "" -"In your Odoo instance, click on **Settings**. You will have a section " -"showing you the active users on your database. Click on **Manage Users.**" -msgstr "在你的Odoo实例中，点击**设置**。页面将显示数据库中有效的用户。点击 **管理用户**。" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:43 -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:80 -msgid "|settings|" -msgstr "|设置|" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:43 -msgid "|browse_users|" -msgstr "|浏览用户账号|" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:46 -msgid "You'll then see the list of your users." -msgstr "然后你将看到用户账号列表." - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:51 -msgid "" -"The pre-selected filter *Internal Users* shows your paying users (different " -"from the *Portal Users* which are free). If you remove this filter, you'll " -"get all your users (the ones you pay for and the portal ones)" -msgstr "" -"筛选器中预设置了\"内部用户\"过滤条件,经过此过滤器条件显示的用户账号是付费账号(区别于免费的*门户账号*\").如果你删掉了这个过滤条件,那就显示所有的用户账号(包括付费账号和免费账号)" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:56 -msgid "" -"In your list of users, click on the user you want to deactivate. As soon as " -"you are on the userform, click on the Action drop down menu, and then click " -"on Archive." -msgstr "在你的用户名单中，单击想要禁用的用户。进入用户表单后，点击操作下拉菜单，然后点击归档。" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:64 -msgid "The user is now deactivated." -msgstr "该用户账号目前处于取消激活状态." - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:66 -msgid "**Never** deactivate the main user (*admin*)" -msgstr "**千万不要** 取消激活主用户 (*admin*)" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:69 -msgid "Uninstalling Apps" -msgstr "卸载应用App" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Make sure you first test what you are about to do on a :ref:`duplicate " -"<duplicate_online>` of your database before making any changes (*especially*" -" installing/uninstalling apps)." -msgstr "" -"请确保在进行任何正式改动前（*尤其是*安装或卸载App时）在复制数据库的:ref:`duplicate " -"<duplicate_online>`进行第一次测试。" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:75 -msgid "" -"In your Odoo instance click on **Settings**; in this app, you will be able " -"to see how many applications you have installed. Click on **Browse Apps** to" -" access the list of your installed applications." -msgstr "在你的Odoo实例中点击 **设置** ；在此应用程序中，你可以看到已安装的应用。点击**浏览应用程序**来访问你所安装的应用程序列表。" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:80 -msgid "|browse_apps|" -msgstr "|应用浏览|" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:83 -msgid "" -"In your applications' dashboard, you will see all the icons of your " -"applications. Click on the application you want to uninstall. Then, on the " -"form of the application, click on **Uninstall**." -msgstr "在应用仪表板中，你可以看到所有应用的图标。点击你想卸载的应用.然后在应用表单内，点击 **卸载** 。" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:90 -msgid "" -"Some applications have dependencies, like Invoicing, eCommerce, etc. " -"Therefore, the system will give you a warning message to advise you of what " -"is about to be removed. If you uninstall your application, all its " -"dependencies will be uninstalled as well (and the data in them will " -"permanently disappear). If you are sure you still want to uninstall it, then" -" click **Confirm**." -msgstr "" -"有些应用之间有互相依存的关系，比如开票，电子商务等等... " -"因此，当你准备卸载这些应用时系统会弹出一个警告信息，告诉你哪些被依赖的应用会被相应卸载。如果你继续卸载，那所有被依赖应用也会被同时卸载 " -"(并且这些应用中的数据也会被永久删除) 。然后你可以点击按钮 **确认** 来确认这个卸载操作。" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:97 -msgid "" -"Last, after having checked the warning message (if any), click **Confirm**." -msgstr "最后，请检查警告消息（如有），然后单击 **确认** 。" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:102 -msgid "You have finished uninstalling your application." -msgstr "您已完成卸载应用程序。" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:105 -msgid "Good to know" -msgstr "很高兴可以知道" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:107 -msgid "" -"**Uninstalling apps, managing users, etc. is up to you**: no one else can " -"know if your business flow is broken better than you. If we were to " -"uninstall applications for you, we would never be able to tell if relevant " -"data had been removed or if one of your business flow was broken because we " -"*do not know how you work* and therefore cannot validate these kinds of " -"operations." -msgstr "" -"**卸载应用，管理用户，等等这些决定取决于你** " -":没有其他人可以比你更了解这些操作是否会影响到你的业务流程。如果我们帮你卸载了应用，那我们也无法告诉你哪些关联数据会被删除或者你的某项业务流程会停摆，因为我们" -" *不知道你的业务运作方式* 因此也无法验证这些操作。" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:113 -msgid "" -"**Odoo Apps have dependencies**: this means that you may need to install " -"modules that you do not actively use to access some features of Odoo you " -"might need. For example, the Website Builder app is needed to be able to " -"show your customer their Quotes in a web page. Even though you might not " -"need or use the Website itself, it is needed for the Online Quotes feature " -"to work properly." -msgstr "" -"**Odoo应用有其他的依赖应用** " -":这意味着一些你并不太会操作的模块,会因为其中的一些特性被需要而被系统自动安装。比如，如果你需要将你的客户报价能用网页的形式展现，那网站构建器这个应用就会被自动安装。可能你完全不需要Odoo的网站，但是这个应用中的在线报价技术特性却是你的需求能正常工作的前提条件。" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:120 -msgid "" -"**Always test app installation/removal on a duplicate** (or on a free trial " -"database): that way you can know what other apps may be required, etc. This " -"will avoid surprises when uninstalling or when receiving your invoices." -msgstr "" -"**总是在数据库副本上测试应用的安装/卸载** " -"(或者在一个免费的测试数据库上):通过这样的方式你可以知道哪些应用是被依赖的。这可以避免卸载应用产生的错误或者收到意外的付款通知。" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:7 -msgid "Hosting Changes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:9 -msgid "" -"You may want to move your Odoo database from one hosting solution to " -"another. Depending on the platforms, you have to do it by yourself or " -"contact our support team first." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:13 -msgid "From on-premises to Odoo Online" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:15 -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:49 -msgid "Odoo Online is not compatible with **non-standard apps**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Create a :ref:`duplicate <duplicate_premise>` of your database: in this " -"duplicate, uninstall all the **non-standard apps**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Grab a \"dump with filestore\" of your database by using the Database " -"Manager." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:19 -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:52 -msgid "" -"**If you have time constraints, contact us earlier to schedule the " -"transfer.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:20 -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:53 -msgid "" -"`Create a support ticket <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_ and attach the dump " -"(if the file is too large, use any file transfer service and attach the link" -" to your ticket). Also include your subscription number and the URL you want" -" to use for your database (e.g.: my-company.odoo.com)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:21 -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:54 -msgid "" -"We will make sure your database is compatible and upload it to our cloud. In" -" case of technical issues, we will get in touch with you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:22 -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:55 -msgid "It's done!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:25 -msgid "From on-premises to Odoo.sh" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:27 -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Follow the :ref:`Import your database section of the Odoo.sh documentation " -"<odoo_sh_import_your_database>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:28 -msgid "...and voilà!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:31 -msgid "From Odoo Online to on-premises" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:33 -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Log into `your Odoo Online user portal " -"<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/databases/manage>`_ and look for the version " -"number of your database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:34 -msgid "" -"If your database does not run a :ref:`major version <supported_versions>` of" -" Odoo, you cannot host it on-premises yet, you have to upgrade it first to a" -" new major version. (*e.g.: If your database runs Odoo 12.3 which is not a " -"major version, you have to upgrade it first to Odoo 13.0 or 14.0.*)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:35 -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Download a backup of your database by clicking on the \"Gear\" icon next to " -"your database name then :menuselection:`Download` (if the download fails due" -" to your backup file being too large, contact `our support " -"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`_)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:36 -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:61 -msgid "Restore it from the database manager on your local server." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:39 -msgid "From Odoo Online to Odoo.sh" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:42 -msgid "" -"If your database does not run a :ref:`major version <supported_versions>` of" -" Odoo, you cannot host it on Odoo.sh yet, you have to upgrade it first to a " -"new major version. (*e.g.: If your database runs Odoo 12.3 which is not a " -"major version, you have to upgrade it first to Odoo 13.0 or 14.0.*)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:47 -msgid "From Odoo.sh to Odoo Online" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:51 -msgid "" -"Uninstall all the **non-standard apps**: test it in a staging build first, " -"then do it in your production build." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:58 -msgid "From Odoo.sh to on-premises" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Grab a :ref:`backup of your Odoo.sh production database " -"<odoo_sh_branches_backups>`." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po deleted file mode 100644 index 5f6485122..000000000 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,831 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Mandy Choy <mnc@odoo.com>, 2020 -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# Jeffery CHEN Fan <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2020 -# fausthuang, 2020 -# 稀饭~~ <wangwhai@qq.com>, 2020 -# Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-11-02 12:05+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: zh_CN\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" - -#: ../../discuss.rst:5 -msgid "Discuss" -msgstr "讨论" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced" -msgstr "高级" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:3 -msgid "How to Use my Mail Server to Send and Receive Emails in Odoo" -msgstr "‎如何使用我的邮件服务器在 Odoo 中发送和接收电子邮件‎" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:6 -msgid "If you are a user of Odoo Online or Odoo.sh..." -msgstr "如果你是Odoo Online或Odoo.sh的用户..." - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:8 -msgid "" -"You have nothing to do! **Odoo sets up its own mail servers for your " -"database.** Outgoing and incoming emails work out-of-the-box!" -msgstr "你什么也不需要做！**Odoo为你的服务器设置了自己的邮件服务器。**接收和发送电子邮件功能开箱即用！" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Unless you plan to send large batches of mass mailing that could require the" -" use of an external mail server, simply enjoy your new Odoo database." -msgstr "除非你计划发送大量邮件，可能需要使用外部邮件服务器，否则只需享受你的新Odoo数据库即可。" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:16 -msgid "Scope of this documentation" -msgstr "本文档的范围" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:18 -msgid "" -"This document is **mainly dedicated to Odoo on-premise users** who don't " -"benefit from an out-of-the-box solution to send and receive emails in Odoo, " -"unlike `Odoo Online <https://www.odoo.com/trial>`__ & `Odoo.sh " -"<https://www.odoo.sh>`__." -msgstr "" -"本文件**主要针对Odoo本地部署的用户**，他们无法像`Odoo Online " -"<https://www.odoo.com/trial>`__和`Odoo.sh " -"<https://www.odoo.sh>`__那样，直接通过开箱即用的解决方案在Odoo上收发邮件。" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:25 -msgid "" -"If no one in your company is used to manage email servers, we strongly " -"recommend that you opt for those Odoo hosting solutions. Their email system " -"works instantly and is monitored by professionals. Nevertheless you can " -"still use your own email servers if you want to manage your email server's " -"reputation yourself." -msgstr "" -"‎如果您的公司中没有人用于管理电子邮件服务器，我们强烈建议您选择 Odoo " -"托管解决方案。他们的电子邮件系统可以立即工作，并由专业人士监控。不过，如果您希望自己管理电子邮件服务器的声誉，您仍可以使用自己的电子邮件服务器。‎" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:31 -msgid "" -"You will find here below some useful information on how to integrate your " -"own email solution with Odoo." -msgstr "‎您将在这里找到一些有用的信息，了解如何将您自己的电子邮件解决方案与 Odoo 集成。‎" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Office 365 email servers don't easily allow to send external emails from " -"hosts like Odoo. Refer to `Microsoft's documentation " -"<https://support.office.com/en-us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-" -"device-or-application-to-send-email-using-" -"Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ to make it work." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:39 -msgid "How to manage outbound messages" -msgstr "如何管理出站邮件" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:40 -msgid "" -"As a system admin, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and " -"check *External Email Servers*. Then, click *Outgoing Mail Servers* to " -"create one and reference the SMTP data of your email server. Once all the " -"information has been filled out, click on *Test Connection*." -msgstr "" -"作为系统管理员，请转到菜单选择:menuselection:`设置 --> 常规设置`，然后选中 *外部电子邮件服务器*。然后，单击 *传出邮件服务器*" -" 以创建一个服务器并引用电子邮件服务器的 SMTP 数据。填写所有信息后，单击 *测试连接* 。" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:45 -msgid "Here is a typical configuration for a G Suite server." -msgstr "‎下面是 G Suite 服务器的典型配置。‎" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:50 -msgid "Then set your email domain name in the General Settings." -msgstr "‎然后在\"常规设置\"中设置您的电子邮件域名。‎" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:53 -msgid "" -"If you get a ``[AUTHENTICATIONFAILED] Invalid credentials (Failure)`` " -"warning when you *Test Connection* on a Gmail address, activate the *Less " -"secure app access* option. A direct link can be `accessed here " -"<https://myaccount.google.com/lesssecureapps?pli=1>`_." -msgstr "" -"如你在Gmail地址*测试连接*时收到``[AUTHENTICATIONFAILED] Invalid credentials " -"(Failure)``警告，启用*安全性较低的应用程序访问*选项。你可`在此访问 " -"<https://myaccount.google.com/lesssecureapps?pli=1>`_直接链接。" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:57 -msgid "In addition to that, enable the IMAP setting on your Gmail account." -msgstr "此外，请启用Gmail账户的IMAP设置。" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:61 -msgid "Can I use an Office 365 server" -msgstr "‎我可以使用 Office 365 服务器吗？‎" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:62 -msgid "" -"You can use an Office 365 server if you run Odoo on-premise. Office 365 SMTP" -" relays are not compatible with Odoo Online." -msgstr "‎如果在本地运行 Odoo，则可以使用 Office 365 服务器。Office 365 SMTP 中继与 Odoo 在线不兼容。‎" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Please refer to `Microsoft's documentation <https://support.office.com/en-" -"us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-device-or-application-to-send-" -"email-using-Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ to configure" -" a SMTP relay for your Odoo's IP address." -msgstr "" -"请参阅\"微软的文档<https://support.office.com/en-us/article/How-to-set-up-a" -"-multifunction-device-or-application-to-send-email-using-" -"Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`，为您的 Odoo 的 IP 地址配置 SMTP " -"中继。" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:69 -msgid "How to use a G Suite server" -msgstr "‎如何使用 G Suite 服务器‎" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:70 -msgid "" -"You can use an G Suite server for any Odoo hosting type. To do so you need " -"to setup the SMTP relay service. The configuration steps are explained in " -"`Google documentation " -"<https://support.google.com/a/answer/2956491?hl=en>`__." -msgstr "" -"您可以将 G Suite 服务器用于任何 Odoo 托管类型。为此，您需要设置 SMTP 中继服务。配置步骤在\"Google 文档\"中介绍 " -"<https://support.google.com/a/answer/2956491?hl=en>`__." - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:77 -msgid "Be SPF-compliant" -msgstr "‎符合 SPF 标准‎" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:78 -msgid "" -"In case you use SPF (Sender Policy Framework) to increase the deliverability" -" of your outgoing emails, don't forget to authorize Odoo as a sending host " -"in your domain name settings. Here is the configuration for Odoo Online:" -msgstr "" -"‎如果您使用 SPF（发件人策略框架）来增加传出电子邮件的可传递性，请不要忘记在域名设置中授权 Odoo 作为发送主机。以下是 Odoo 在线的配置：‎" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:82 -msgid "" -"If no TXT record is set for SPF, create one with following definition: " -"v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com ~all" -msgstr "‎如果没有为 SPF 设置 TXT 记录，请创建一个具有以下定义的记录：v_spf1 包括：_spf.odoo.com _所有‎" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:84 -msgid "" -"In case a SPF TXT record is already set, add \"include:_spf.odoo.com\". e.g." -" for a domain name that sends emails via Odoo Online and via G Suite it " -"could be: v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com include:_spf.google.com ~all" -msgstr "" -"如果已经为SPF设置TXT记录，在通过Odoo Online发送邮件的域名中添加“include:_spf.odoo.com”，通过G " -"Suite发送的则可为：v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com include:_spf.google.com ~all" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:88 -msgid "" -"Find `here <https://www.mail-tester.com/spf/>`__ the exact procedure to " -"create or modify TXT records in your own domain registrar." -msgstr "找到<https://www.mail-tester.com/spf/>，在你自己的域寄存器中以准确步骤创建或修改TXT记录。" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:91 -msgid "" -"Your new SPF record can take up to 48 hours to go into effect, but this " -"usually happens more quickly." -msgstr "新的SPF记录48小时后生效，但通常用不了那么长时间。" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:94 -msgid "" -"Adding more than one SPF record for a domain can cause problems with mail " -"delivery and spam classification. Instead, we recommend using only one SPF " -"record by modifying it to authorize Odoo." -msgstr "为一个域添加多个SPF记录可能导致邮件被分类为垃圾。我们建议仅修改一个SPF记录以授权给Odoo。" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:99 -msgid "Allow DKIM" -msgstr "允许DKIM" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:100 -msgid "" -"You should do the same thing if DKIM (Domain Keys Identified Mail) is " -"enabled on your email server. In the case of Odoo Online & Odoo.sh, you " -"should add a DNS \"odoo._domainkey\" CNAME record to " -"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\". For example, for \"foo.com\" they should have " -"a record \"odoo._domainkey.foo.com\" that is a CNAME with the value " -"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\"." -msgstr "" -"如果你的邮件服务器启用了DKIM（域密钥标识邮件），你也需要进行同样的操作。对于Odoo " -"Online和Odoo.sh，你需要向“odoo._domainkey.odoo.com”添加DNS“odoo._domainkey”CNAME记录。例如，对于“foo.com”，它们应有一条“odoo._domainkey.foo.com”记录，这是值为“odoo._domainkey.odoo.com”的CNAME。" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:108 -msgid "Restriction" -msgstr "限制条件" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:109 -msgid "" -"Please note that the port 25 is blocked for security reasons. Try using 587," -" 465 or 2525." -msgstr "请注意，出于安全原因，端口25被阻塞。 尝试使用587、465或2525。" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:112 -msgid "How to manage inbound messages" -msgstr "如何管理入站邮件" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:114 -msgid "Odoo relies on generic email aliases to fetch incoming messages." -msgstr "Odoo依赖通用的电子邮件别名来收取入站邮件。" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:116 -msgid "" -"**Reply messages** of messages sent from Odoo are routed to their original " -"discussion thread (and to the inbox of all its followers) by the catchall " -"alias (**catchall@**)." -msgstr "" -"从Odoo所发邮件对应的**回复邮件**通过catchall别名（**catchall@**）接入原来的讨论话题（以及所有关注者的收件箱）。" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:120 -msgid "" -"**Bounced messages** are routed to **bounce@** in order to track them in " -"Odoo. This is especially used in `Odoo Email Marketing " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/email-marketing>`__ to opt-out invalid " -"recipients." -msgstr "" -"**退回的邮件**接入**bounce@**，以便在Odoo上追踪。这项功能特别用于`Odoo邮件营销 " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/email-marketing>`__，可取消选择无效的收件人。" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:124 -msgid "" -"**Original messages**: Several business objects have their own alias to " -"create new records in Odoo from incoming emails:" -msgstr "**原始邮件**：几个业务对象有自己的别名，从入站邮件中创建Odoo新记录：" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:127 -msgid "" -"Sales Channel (to create Leads or Opportunities in `Odoo CRM " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/crm>`__)," -msgstr "销售渠道（在`Odoo CRM <https://www.odoo.com/page/crm>`__中创建线索或商机），" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:129 -msgid "" -"Support Channel (to create Tickets in `Odoo Helpdesk " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/helpdesk>`__)," -msgstr "支持渠道（在`Odoo服务台 <https://www.odoo.com/page/helpdesk>`__创建工单），" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:131 -msgid "" -"Projects (to create new Tasks in `Odoo Project <https://www.odoo.com/page" -"/project-management>`__)," -msgstr "项目（在`Odoo项目 <https://www.odoo.com/page/project-management>`__中创建新任务），" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:133 -msgid "" -"Job Positions (to create Applicants in `Odoo Recruitment " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/recruitment>`__)," -msgstr "工作岗位（在`Odoo招聘 <https://www.odoo.com/page/recruitment>`__中创建申请人），" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:135 -msgid "etc." -msgstr "等等" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:137 -msgid "" -"Depending on your mail server, there might be several methods to fetch " -"emails. The easiest and most recommended method is to manage one email " -"address per Odoo alias in your mail server." -msgstr "根据你的邮件服务器，可能有几种方法来收取邮件。最简单也最推荐的方法是在邮件服务器中按Odoo别名管理邮件地址。" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:141 -msgid "" -"Create the corresponding email addresses in your mail server (catchall@, " -"bounce@, sales@, etc.)." -msgstr "在你的邮件服务器中创建相应的电子邮件地址（catchall@、bounce@、sales@等）。" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:143 -msgid "Set your domain name in the General Settings." -msgstr "在一般设置中设置你的域名。" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:148 -msgid "" -"If you use Odoo on-premise, create an *Incoming Mail Server* in Odoo for " -"each alias. You can do it from the General Settings as well. Fill out the " -"form according to your email provider’s settings. Leave the *Actions to " -"Perform on Incoming Mails* blank. Once all the information has been filled " -"out, click on *TEST & CONFIRM*." -msgstr "" -"如果你使用本地部署的Odoo，请在Odoo中为每个别名创建一个*入站邮件服务器*。你也可以在一般设置中进行操作。根据你的电子邮件提供商的设置填写表单。将*对入站邮件执行的操作*留空。在填写完毕所有信息后，点击*测试和确认*。" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:157 -msgid "" -"If you use Odoo Online or Odoo.sh, We do recommend to redirect incoming " -"messages to Odoo's domain name rather than exclusively use your own email " -"server. That way you will receive incoming messages without delay. Indeed, " -"Odoo Online is fetching incoming messages of external servers once per hour " -"only. You should set redirections for all the email addresses to Odoo's " -"domain name in your email server (e.g. *catchall@mydomain.ext* to " -"*catchall@mycompany.odoo.com*)." -msgstr "" -"如果你使用Odoo " -"Online或Odoo.sh，我们建议将入站邮件重定向到Odoo的域名，而不是仅使用你自己的邮件服务器。这样，你将不会延迟接收入站邮件。实际上，Odoo" -" " -"Online每小时仅收取一次外部服务器的入站邮件。你应在电子邮件服务器中将所有电子邮件地址的重定向设置为Odoo的域名（例如，*catchall@mydomain.ext*设为*catchall@mycompany.odoo.com*）。" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:167 -msgid "All the aliases are customizable in Odoo." -msgstr "Odoo中所有别名都是可自定义的。" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:165 -msgid "" -"Object aliases can be edited from their respective configuration view. To " -"edit catchall and bounce aliases, you first need to activate the " -":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." -msgstr "" -"对象别名可从各自的配置视图中编辑。如要编辑catchall和bounce别名，首先需要启用:doc:`开发人员模式 " -"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`。" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:169 -msgid "" -"Then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System " -"Parameters` to customize the aliases (*mail.catchall.alias* & * " -"mail.bounce.alias*)." -msgstr "" -"然后前往 :menuselection:`设置 --> 技术 --> 参数 --> 系统参数`定义别名（*mail.catchall.alias*和* " -"mail.bounce.alias*）。" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:175 -msgid "" -"By default inbound messages are fetched every 5 minutes in Odoo on-premise. " -"You can change this value in :doc:`Developer mode " -"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Go to :menuselection:`Settings -->" -" Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions` and look for *Mail: " -"Fetchmail Service*." -msgstr "" -"默认情况下，Odoo本地部署每5分钟收取一次入站邮件。你可在 :doc:`开发人员模式 " -"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`中更改这项值。前往 :menuselection:`设置 --> 技术 " -"--> 自动化 --> 安排操作`并寻找*Mail: Fetchmail Service*。" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:3 -msgid "Email Templates" -msgstr "EMail模板" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:5 -msgid "" -"We all know writing good emails is vital to get a high response rate, but " -"you do not want to rewrite the same structure every time, do you? That is " -"where email templates come in. Without the need to rewrite the entire email " -"structure every time, you save time to focus on the content. Multiple " -"templates also let you deliver the right message to the right audience, " -"improving their overall experience with the company." -msgstr "" -"我们都知道写出一封好的电子邮件对于获得高响应率至关重要，但是您不想每次都重写相同的结构，对吗？ " -"这就是电子邮件模板的用武之地。无需每次都重写整个电子邮件结构，您可以节省时间专注于内容。 " -"多个模板还使您可以向正确的受众传递正确的消息，从而改善他们在公司的整体体验。" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:12 -msgid "Enable it and understand a few concepts" -msgstr "启用它并了解一些概念" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:14 -msgid "" -"The :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` must be " -"activated. Then, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> " -"Templates`. A view of the existing templates is shown." -msgstr "" -" :doc:`开发人员模式 <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` 必须被激活。 " -"然后转到-:menuselection:`设置 --> 技术 --> 模板`。 显示了现有模板的视图。" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:18 -msgid "" -"**It is highly recommended not to change the content in existing templates " -"unless the user has prior knowledge about placeholders.**" -msgstr "**强烈建议不要更改现有模板中的内容，除非用户事先了解占位符。**" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:21 -msgid "" -"To add a new one, click on *Create* and choose the type of document this " -"template is used with. In the example below, the template would be sent to " -"job applicants." -msgstr "要添加一个新模板，请单击*创建*，然后选择使用该模板的文档类型。 在下面的示例中，模板将发送给求职者。" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Under *Email Configuration*, fields such as *From*, *To (Emails)*, *To " -"(Partners)*, require placeholders. If the *From* field is not set, the " -"default value is the author’s email alias, if configured, or email address." -msgstr "" -"在 *电子邮件配置* 下，诸如 *发件人*，*收件人（电子邮件）* ，*收件人（合作伙伴）* 之类的字段需要占位符。 如果未设置 *发件人* " -"字段，则默认值为作者的电子邮件别名（如果已配置）或电子邮件地址。" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Under *Advanced Settings*, if an *Outgoing Mail Server* is not set, the one " -"with the highest priority is used." -msgstr "在 *高级设置* 下，如果未设置 *外发邮件服务器* ，则使用优先级最高的服务器。" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:34 -msgid "" -"The option *Auto Delete* permanently deletes the emails after they are sent," -" saving space in your database." -msgstr "*自动删除* 选项会在电子邮件发送后永久删除，从而节省了数据库的空间。" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:37 -msgid "Writing content including placeholder expressions" -msgstr "编写内容，包括占位符表达式" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Under the tab *Dynamic Placeholder Generator*, look for the *Field* you " -"would like to use." -msgstr "在 *动态占位符生成器* 标签下，找到您要使用的 *字段* 。" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Next, copy the *Placeholder Expression* and paste it in the *Body* of the " -"email, under the *Content* tab, using - essentially - the *Code View*." -msgstr "接下来，复制 *占位符表达式* 并将其粘贴到电子邮件的 *正文* 中 *内容*选项卡，使用 *代码视图* 。" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Deactivate the *Code View* option by simply clicking on it again, and easily" -" design the message. Click on *Preview* to check how the email looks before " -"sending it." -msgstr "只需再次单击即可停用 *代码视图* 选项，并轻松设计信息。 单击 *预览* ，在发送之前检查电子邮件的外观。" - -#: ../../discuss/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "概述" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:3 -msgid "Get Started with Discuss" -msgstr "如何开始使用讨论应用" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Discuss allows you to bring all of your company’s communication together " -"through messages, notes, and chat. Share information, projects, files, " -"prioritize tasks, and stay connected with colleagues and partners throughout" -" applications. Forge better relationships, increase productivity and " -"transparency by promoting a convenient way of communicating." -msgstr "" -"通过讨论应用，您可以通过信息，注释和聊天将公司的所有沟通联系在一起。 " -"在整个应用程序中共享信息，项目，文件，确定任务的优先级，并与同事和合作伙伴保持联系。 通过促进便捷的沟通方式，建立更好的关系，提高生产率和透明度。" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:11 -msgid "Choose your notifications preference" -msgstr "选择您的通知偏好选项" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Access your *Preferences* and choose how you would like your notifications " -"to be handled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:21 -msgid "" -"By default, the field is set as *Handle by Emails* making messages, notes, " -"and notifications where you were mentioned or that you follow, to be sent " -"through email. By choosing *Handle in Odoo*, they are shown in the *Inbox*." -msgstr "" -"默认情况下，该字段设置为 *通过电子邮件处理* ，使您被提及或关注的消息，注释和通知通过电子邮件发送。 通过选择 *在Odoo中处理* ，它们将显示在 " -"*收件箱* 中。" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:22 -msgid "Messages can then be *Marked as Todo*, *Replied*, or *Marked as Read*." -msgstr "然后可以将邮件 *标记为待办事项* ，*已回复* 或 *标记为已读* 。" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:28 -msgid "" -"The messages tagged as *Mark as Todo* are also shown in *Starred*, while the" -" ones *Marked as Read* are moved to *History*." -msgstr "信息选择为 *标记为待办事项* 的也会显示在 *星标* 中，而标记为 *标记为已读* 的信息将移至 *历史记录* 中。" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:36 -msgid "Start Chatting" -msgstr "开始聊天" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:38 -msgid "" -"The first time you log in to your account, OdooBot sends you a message " -"asking for permission to receive desktop notifications to chats. If " -"accepted, you receive push notifications to the messages sent to you despite" -" of where you are in Odoo." -msgstr "" -"首次登录帐户时，OdooBot 会向您发送一条消息，询问您是否有权接收聊天的桌面通知。 " -"如果接受，则无论您在Odoo中的位置如何，您都会收到消息的推送通知。" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:48 -msgid "" -"To stop receiving desktop notifications, reset the notifications settings of" -" your browser." -msgstr "要停止接收桌面通知，请重置您的浏览器的通知设置。" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:50 -msgid "" -"To start a chat, click on *New Message* on the *Messaging Menu*, or go to " -"*Discuss* and send a *Direct Message*." -msgstr "要开始聊天，请在 *消息菜单* 上单击 *新消息* ，或转到 *讨论* 并发送 *私聊信息*。" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:58 -msgid "" -"You can also create :doc:`public and private channels <team_communication>`." -msgstr "您还可以创建:doc:`公共和私有渠道 <team_communication>`." - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:61 -msgid "Mentions in the chat and on the Chatter" -msgstr "通讯栏中和聊天中的提及" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:64 -msgid "" -"To mention a user within a chat or the chatter type *@user-name*; to refer " -"to a channel, type *#channel-name*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:66 -msgid "" -"A notification is sent to the user mentioned either to his *Inbox* or " -"through email, depending on his settings." -msgstr "通知会根据用户的设置发送到被提到用户的 *收件箱* 或电子邮件。" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:73 -msgid "" -"When a user is mentioned, the search list (list of names) suggests values " -"first based on the task’s followers, and secondly on *Employees*. If the " -"record being searched does not match with either a follower or employee, the" -" scope of the search becomes all partners." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:78 -msgid "Chat status" -msgstr "聊天状态" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:80 -msgid "" -"It is helpful to see what colleagues are up to and how quickly they can " -"respond to messages by checking their *Status*. The status is shown on the " -"left side of a contact’s names on Discuss’ sidebar and on the *Messaging " -"menu*." -msgstr "" -"通过查看同事的“状态”，可以帮助了解他们在做什么，以及他们回复信息的速度有多快。 状态显示在 *讨论* 侧边栏和 *消息菜单* 上联系人姓名的左侧。" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:84 -msgid "Green = online" -msgstr "绿色 = 在线" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:85 -msgid "Orange = away" -msgstr "橙色 = 闲置" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:86 -msgid "White = offline" -msgstr "白色 = 离线" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:87 -msgid "Airplane = out of the office" -msgstr "飞机图标 = 外出" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:95 -#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:65 -msgid ":doc:`team_communication`" -msgstr ":doc:`team_communication`" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:96 -msgid ":doc:`../advanced/email_servers`" -msgstr ":doc:`../advanced/email_servers`" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:3 -msgid "Get Organized by Planning Activities" -msgstr "通过计划活动进行组织" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When you plan activities you minimize the risk of uncertainties, as you " -"provide clear directions for the course of your next action. In addition to " -"that, you do not leave space for wasteful activities and reduce the chance " -"of having overlapping actions between team members." -msgstr "" -"当你计划活动时，你将不确定性的风险降到最低，因为你为自己的下一步行动提供了明确的方向。除此之外，您没有为浪费的活动留出时间，并且减少了团队成员之间重复操作的机会。" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:10 -msgid "Where do I see my schedule activities?" -msgstr "我在哪里可以看到我的日程安排活动？" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Access and manage your activities wherever you are in Odoo by the " -"*Activities* menu." -msgstr "通过 *活动* 菜单访问和管理您在Odoo中的任何活动。" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:20 -msgid "Plan activities" -msgstr "活动计划" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Activities can be planned and managed from the chatter by clicking on " -"*Schedule activity*, or through Kanban views." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:31 -msgid "Set your activity types" -msgstr "设置你的活动类型" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:33 -msgid "" -"A number of activities types are available by default in Odoo (call, email, " -"meeting, etc.). However, you can set new ones going to " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Activity types`." -msgstr "" -"默认情况下，Odoo中有许多活动类型（如电话，电子邮件，会议等）。 但是，您也可以在设置新的活动类型:menuselection:`设置 --> " -"活动类型 。" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:42 -msgid "" -"If you need to create an activity type with an available calendar, make sure" -" to create it with an *Action to Perform* set as *Meeting*." -msgstr "如果您需要在你的日历创建一个活动类型，请确保使用 *要执行的操作* 设置为 *会议* 来创建活动类型。" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:46 -msgid "Recommend next activities" -msgstr "推荐下次活动" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Odoo helps you to plan a flow of activities by allowing you to set " -"*Recommended Next Activities*." -msgstr "Odoo允许您设置* 推荐后续行动 *，从而帮助您计划活动流程。" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Once the respective activity is completed, select *Done & Schedule Next* and" -" next steps are suggested to you." -msgstr "一旦相应的活动完成，选择 *已完成及计划下一个* ，下一步将向您建议。" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:64 -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:115 -msgid ":doc:`get_started`" -msgstr ":doc:`get_started`" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:3 -msgid "Efficiently Communicate Using Channels" -msgstr "使用频道进行有效通信" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:5 -msgid "" -"You can use channels to organize discussions between individual teams, " -"departments, projects, or any other group that requires regular " -"communication. This way, you keep everyone in the loop updated with the " -"latest developments." -msgstr "您可以使用频道来组织各个团队，部门，项目或任何其他需要定期沟通的小组之间的讨论。 这样，您可以使每个人都了解最新的动态。" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:10 -msgid "Public and Private channels" -msgstr "公共和私人频道" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:12 -msgid "" -"A *Public* channel can be seen by everyone, while a *Private* one is only " -"visible to users invited to it." -msgstr "一个 *公共* 频道可以被所有人看到，而一个 *私人* 频道只能被邀请的用户能看到。" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:21 -msgid "" -"A public channel is best used when many employees need to access information" -" (such as company announcements), whereas a private channel could be used " -"whenever information should be limited to specific groups (such as a " -"specific department)." -msgstr "当许多员工需要访问信息(如公司公告)时，最好使用公共通道，而当信息仅限于特定的组(如特定的部门)时，则可以使用私有通道。" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:26 -msgid "Configuration options" -msgstr "配置选项" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:28 -msgid "" -"You can configure a channel’s name, description, email alias, and privacy by" -" clicking on the *Channel Settings* icon on the sidebar." -msgstr "你可以配置一个频道的名称，描述，电子邮件别名，和隐私，点击 *频道设置* 图标在侧边栏。" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:36 -msgid "Privacy and Members" -msgstr "隐私和会员" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Changing *Who can follow the group’s activities?* allows you to control " -"which groups can have access to the channel. Note that allowing *Everyone* " -"to follow a private channel lets other users view and join it, as they would" -" a public one." -msgstr "" -"更改 *谁可以关注该群组的活动？* 您可以控制哪些群组可以访问该频道。 请注意，允许 *所有人* " -"跟随私有频道可让其他用户查看和加入该频道，就像公开频道一样。" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:42 -msgid "" -"If you choose *Invited people only*, go to the *Members* tab to add your " -"members, or, go to Discuss’ main page, select the channel and click on " -"*Invite*." -msgstr "如果您选择 *仅限受邀人员* ，请转到 *成员* 标签以添加您的成员，或者进入讨论的主页，选择频道并单击 *邀请* 。" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:49 -msgid "" -"For *Selected group of users*, the option *Auto Subscribe Groups* " -"automatically add its members as followers. In other words, while " -"*Authorized Groups* limits which users can access the channel, *Auto " -"Subscribe Groups* automatically adds the user as a member as long as they " -"are part of the group." -msgstr "" -"对于 *选定的用户组* ，选项 *自动订阅群组* 会自动将其成员添加为关注者。 换句话说，尽管 *授权组* 限制了哪些用户可以访问频道，但 " -"*自动订阅群组* 会自动将用户添加为成员，只要他们是该组的一部分即可。" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:55 -msgid "Use a channel as a mailing list" -msgstr "使用频道作为邮件列表" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Choosing to *Send messages by email* configures the channel to behave as a " -"mailing list." -msgstr "选择 *通过电子邮件发送消息* 将频道配置为邮件列表。" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:59 -msgid "" -"Enabling this option allows you to *Moderate this channel*, meaning that " -"messages will need to be approved before being sent." -msgstr "启用此选项可让您 *审核此频道* *，这意味着在发送消息之前需要得到批准。" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Under the *Moderation* tab choose as many moderators as you need, and if you" -" would like them to receive an *Automatic notification*." -msgstr "在 *审核* 标签下，可根据你的需要选择多个主持人，如果你想让他们收到一个 *自动通知* 。" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Mark *Send guidelines to new subscribers* to automatically send instructions" -" to newcomers." -msgstr "标记 *向新订阅者发送准则* ，以自动向新来者发送指令。" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Moderators can: *Accept*, *Reject*, *Discard*, *Always Allow* or *Ban* " -"messages." -msgstr "版主可以选择： *接受* ， *拒绝* ， *丢弃* ， *总是允许* 或 *禁止* 消息发送。" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:80 -msgid "" -"Members of a mailing channel receive messages through email regardless of " -"their :doc:`notification preference <get_started>`." -msgstr "件渠道的成员通过电子邮件接收信息，而不管他们的 :doc:`通知首选项 <get_started>`." - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Once a channel is moderated, the menu *Ban List* allows you to add email " -"addresses per moderated channel to auto-ban them from sending messages." -msgstr "一旦一个频道被调节，菜单 *禁止列表* 允许你在此节频道添加电子邮件地址来自动禁止他们发送消息。" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:91 -msgid "Quick search bar" -msgstr "快速搜索栏" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:93 -msgid "" -"Once at least 20 channels, direct message and live chat conversations (if " -"the module is installed on your database) are pinned in the sidebar, a " -"*Quick search…* bar is displayed. It is a clever way to filter conversations" -" and quickly find the one you need." -msgstr "" -"如果拥有至少20个频道、或私聊信息和实时聊天对话(如果模块安装在数据库中) 会固定在侧边栏中，显示一个 *快速搜索…* " -"栏。这是一个聪明的方式来过滤对话并迅速找到你所需要的。" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:103 -msgid "Finding channels" -msgstr "查找频道" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:106 -msgid "" -"Click on *Channels* (on the sidebar), browse through the list of public " -"channels, and join or leave them from a single screen." -msgstr "点击 *频道* (在侧边栏)，浏览公共频道列表，在同一个屏幕上加入或离开频道。" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:108 -msgid "" -"Apply filters criteria and save it for later use. The search function " -"accepts wildcards by using the underscore character *(_)* to represent a " -"single character." -msgstr "应用过滤条件并保存以备后用。 搜索功能通过使用下划线字符*（_）*来表示一个单独的字符。" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:116 -msgid ":doc:`plan_activities`" -msgstr ":doc:`plan_activities`" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po deleted file mode 100644 index beff84910..000000000 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,845 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Miao Zhou <zhoumiao_nuaa@outlook.com>, 2020 -# 稀饭~~ <wangwhai@qq.com>, 2020 -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# Jeffery CHEN Fan <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2020 -# liAnGjiA <liangjia@qq.com>, 2020 -# george liu <george@taotaome.com>, 2020 -# guohuadeng <guohuadeng@hotmail.com>, 2020 -# Mandy Choy <mnc@odoo.com>, 2020 -# Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2020 -# Jonathon Li <jonathonli@gmail.com>, 2021 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Jonathon Li <jonathonli@gmail.com>, 2021\n" -"Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: zh_CN\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" - -#: ../../ecommerce.rst:5 -msgid "eCommerce" -msgstr "电子商务" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started.rst:3 -msgid "Get started" -msgstr "开始" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:3 -msgid "How to customize my catalog page" -msgstr "如何定制我的目录页" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:6 -msgid "Product Catalog" -msgstr "产品目录" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:8 -msgid "" -"All your published items show up in your catalog page (or *Shop* page)." -msgstr "所有印刷的项目都会显示在你的目录（或*店铺*）页面中" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Most options are available in the *Customize* menu: display attributes, " -"website categories, etc." -msgstr "多数选项都可以在*自定义*菜单中找到，如显示属性、网址目录等" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:20 -msgid "Highlight a product" -msgstr "高亮一个产品" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Boost the visibility of your star/promoted products: push them to top, make " -"them bigger, add a ribbon that you can edit (Sale, New, etc.). Open the Shop" -" page, switch to Edit mode and click any item to start customizing the grid." -msgstr "加强星标/推广产品的可见性：将其置于顶部，放大，加一条可编辑的条幅（促销、新品等）。打开店铺页面，切换到编辑模式，点击任一项目自定义网格。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:26 -msgid "" -"See how to do it: " -"https://www.odoo.com/openerp_website/static/src/video/e-commerce/editing.mp4" -msgstr "" -"查看操作方法：\n" -" https://www.odoo.com/openerp_website/static/src/video/e-commerce/editing.mp4" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:29 -msgid "Quick add to cart" -msgstr "快速添加到购物车" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:31 -msgid "" -"If your customers buy a lot of items at once, make their process shorter by " -"enabling purchases from the catalog page. To do so, add product description " -"and add to cart button. Turn on the following options in *Customize* menu: " -"Product Description, Add to Cart, List View (to display product description " -"better)." -msgstr "" -"如你的顾客一次购买大量产品，可以启用目录页的购买，加速购买流程。为此，需要添加产品描述和购物车按钮。打开*自定义*菜单的以下选项：产品描述、添加到购物车、查看列表（为了更好地显示产品描述）。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:3 -msgid "How to build a product page" -msgstr "如何建立一个产品页面" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:5 -msgid "On the website click *New Page* in the top-right corner." -msgstr "在该网站点击右上角的*新页面*。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:7 -msgid "Then click *New Product* and follow the blinking tips." -msgstr "再点击*新产品*并按照闪烁的提示操作。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:12 -msgid "Here are the main elements of the Product page:" -msgstr "以下为产品页面的要素：" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:17 -msgid "Many elements can be made visible from the *Customize* menu." -msgstr "可通过*自定义*菜单查看到这些要素。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:22 -msgid "See how to configure your products from links here below." -msgstr "查看如何配置以下链接中的产品。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:26 -msgid ":doc:`../managing_products/variants`" -msgstr ":doc:`../managing_products/variants`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:27 -msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/taxes`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/taxes`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:28 -msgid ":doc:`../managing_products/stock`" -msgstr ":doc:`../managing_products/stock`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:29 -msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/cross_selling`" -msgstr ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/cross_selling`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:30 -msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/reviews`" -msgstr ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/reviews`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:31 -msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`" -msgstr ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:32 -msgid ":doc:`../../website/optimize/seo`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../website/optimize/seo`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products.rst:3 -msgid "Manage my products" -msgstr "管理我的产品" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:3 -msgid "How to display several images per product" -msgstr "如何显示每个产品的多张图片" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:5 -msgid "" -"By default your product web page displays the main image of your product " -"only. If you like to show your products under several angles, you can turn " -"the image into a carrousel." -msgstr "产品页默认只显示产品的主要图片。如需展示产品多角度的图片，可以将图片设为旋转模式。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Check *Several images per product* in :menuselection:`Website Admin --> " -"Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "在:menuselection:`网站管理 --> 配置 --> 设置，中选择勾选*每个产品多张图片*。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Open a product detail form and upload images from *Images* tab. Hit *Create*" -" in Edit mode to get the upload wizard." -msgstr "打开产品详细表格，从*图片*页签下上传图片。在编辑模式中点击*创建*，打开上传指引。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:19 -msgid "Such extra image are common to all the product variants (if any)." -msgstr "这种额外的图片对于所有产品变量（如有）而言是很普遍的。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:3 -msgid "How to show product availability" -msgstr "如何显示产品的库存。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The availability of your products can be shown on the website to reassure " -"your customers." -msgstr "产品库存可以在网站上显示，从而让你的顾客心中有数。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:10 -msgid "" -"To display this, open the *Sales* tab in the product detail form and select " -"an option in *Availability*." -msgstr "为显示库存，打开产品详情表中的*销售*页签，在*库存*中选择一个选项。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:16 -msgid "" -"A custom warning message can be anything related to a stock out, delivery " -"delay, etc." -msgstr "顾客警示信息可能与库存紧张、送货延迟等有关。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:22 -msgid "This tool does not require the Inventory app to be installed." -msgstr "这一工具没有要求安装存货清单App。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:25 -msgid "" -"If one item is no longer sellable, unpublish it from your website. If it " -"comes to one particular product variant, deactivate the variant in the " -"backend (see :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`)." -msgstr "" -"如果一个产品下架了，可以从你的网站中抹除。如果产品来自一个特定的产品变量，可以在后端禁用这个变量（参见：doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`）" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage product variants" -msgstr "如何管理产品变量" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Product variants are used to offer variations of the same product to your " -"customers on the products page. For example, the customer chooses a T-shirt " -"and then selects its size and color. In the example below, the customer " -"chooses a phone, and then selects the memory; color and Wi-Fi band from the " -"available options." -msgstr "" -"产品变量用于向产品页面上的顾客提供同一产品的类似产品，例如，顾客选择了一款T恤及尺码、颜色，下面顾客又从可用选项中选择一款手机、相应的内存卡" -"、颜色和Wi-Fi带宽。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:15 -msgid "How to create attributes & variants" -msgstr "如何创建属性与变量" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Turn on *Products can have several attributes, defining variants (Example: " -"size, color,...)* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`." -msgstr "在 :menuselection:`销售 --> 设置，中选择启用 *产品可以有多个属性，定义这些变量（如尺码、颜色等）* 。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:20 -msgid "Select a product from the Products list, go to the *Variants* tab." -msgstr "从产品列表中选择一款产品，再选择*变量*页签" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Add as many attributes as you need from 3 different types: radio buttons, " -"drop-down menu or color buttons. You get several variants as soon as there " -"are 2 values for 1 attribute." -msgstr "添加三种类型的多个属性：单选按钮、下拉菜单或颜色按钮。因为每种属性有多个变量，故你得到多个变量。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:30 -msgid "How to edit variants" -msgstr "如何编辑变量" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:32 -msgid "See all the variants from the product template detail form." -msgstr "从产品模板详情表中查看多个变量" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:40 -msgid "You can edit following data:" -msgstr "你可以编辑以下数据：" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:42 -msgid "Picture (will update in real time on the website)," -msgstr "图片（在网站中实时更新），" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:43 -msgid "Barcode," -msgstr "条形码" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:44 -msgid "Internal Reference (SKU #)," -msgstr "内部货号（SKU#）," - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:45 -msgid "Volume," -msgstr "数量" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:46 -msgid "Weight," -msgstr "重量" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:47 -msgid "Active (available in quotes & website)." -msgstr "活跃（是否在网站中、是否可以报价）" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Both the Barcode and the Internal Reference are variant-specific. You need " -"to populate them once the variants generated." -msgstr "条形码和内部货号都是特定的变量。一旦生成了变量，即需要确定它们。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:54 -msgid "" -"See and edit all the variants from :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> " -"Product Variants` as well. This might be quicker if you manage lots of " -"variants." -msgstr "" -"从 :menuselection:`销售 --> 促销 --> 产品变量，中选择然后编辑所有的变量。如果你管理着多个变量，可能需要加快一点进度。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:58 -msgid "How to set specific prices per variant" -msgstr "如何为每个变量设置特定的价格" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:60 -msgid "" -"You can also set a specific public price per variant by clicking *Variant " -"Prices* in the product detail form (action in top-left corner)." -msgstr "你还可以点击产品详情表（左上角）的*变量价格*，为每一种变量设置特定的公开价格。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:66 -msgid "" -"The Price Extra is added to the product price whenever the corresponding " -"attribute value is selected." -msgstr "每当选择了对应的属性值，都可以为产品价格添加额外价格。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Pricelist formulas let you set advanced price computation methods for " -"product variants. See :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`." -msgstr "通过价格表公式为各种价格变量设置高级价格计算方法。参见：doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:80 -msgid "How to disable/archive variants" -msgstr "如何禁用或归档变量" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:82 -msgid "" -"You can disable/archive specific variants so that they are no longer " -"available in quotes & website (not existing in your stock, deprecated, " -"etc.). Simply uncheck *Active* in their detail form." -msgstr "可以禁用或归档特定的变量，使它们不再出现在报价及网站中（从库存中丢弃），只需取消详情表中*归档*的勾号。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:88 -msgid "" -"To retrieve such archived items, hit *Archived* on searching the variants " -"list. You can reactivate them the same way." -msgstr "如需找回此类归档的项目，在搜索变量列表中点击*已归档*。可以用同样的方式再次激活这些项目。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue.rst:3 -msgid "Maximize my revenue" -msgstr "使收入最大化" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:3 -msgid "How to sell accessories and optional products (cross-selling)" -msgstr "如何销售附件和可选产品（交叉销售）" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:5 -msgid "" -"You sell computers. Why not stimulating your customers to buy a top-notch " -"screen or an extra-warranty? That's the goal of cross-selling " -"functionalities:" -msgstr "你销售电脑，为什么不鼓动顾客再买一个高级的显示器或延长的质保期呢？这就是交叉销售功能块的目标。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:8 -msgid "Accessory products on checkout page," -msgstr "结账页的产品附件，" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Optional products on a new *Add to Cart* screen (not installed by default)." -msgstr "额外的产品在新的*添加到购物车*屏幕（默认没有安装）。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:12 -msgid "Accessory products when checking out" -msgstr "结账时显示产品附件" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Accessories (e.g. for computers: mouse, keyboard) show up when the customer " -"reviews the cart before paying." -msgstr "顾客为购物车付款时，出现附件（如电脑的鼠标键盘）。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:20 -msgid "Select accessories in the *Sales* tab of the product detail page." -msgstr "在产品详情页的*销售*页签下选择附件。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:26 -msgid "" -"There is an algorithm to figure out the best accessories to display in case " -"several items are added to cart. If any item is the accessory of several " -"products added to cart, it is most likely that it will be atop the list of " -"suggested accessories." -msgstr "当多个产品被添加到购物车时，这是一种预测附件产品的最佳算法。如果某一附件对应多个加入购物车的产品，那么它很可能会出现在推荐附件的最顶端。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:31 -msgid "Optional products when adding to cart" -msgstr "添加到购物车时的可选产品" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Optional products are directly related to the item added to cart (e.g. for " -"computers: warranty, OS software, extra components). Whenever the main " -"product is added to cart, such a new screen pops up as an extra step." -msgstr "" -"可选产品直接与加入购物车的产品相关（如对于电脑而言，质保期、操作系统软件、备件等）。如果主产品被放入购物车，则弹出新的窗口，提示下一个步骤。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:40 -msgid "To publish optional products:" -msgstr "发布可选产品：" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Install *eCommerce Optional Products* addon in *Apps* menu. Remove the " -"default filter to search on addons as well, otherwise only main apps show " -"up." -msgstr "在 *App* 菜单中安装 *电子商务可选产品* 插件，移除默认过滤器并在插件上搜索，否则只会显示主要的App。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:48 -msgid "Select optional items from the *Sales* tab of the product detail form." -msgstr "从产品描述页的*促销*页签下选择可选项。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:54 -msgid "" -"The quantity of optional items added to cart is the same than the main item." -msgstr "加入购物车的可选项的数量与主要产品的数量是一致的。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:3 -msgid "How to adapt the prices to my website visitors" -msgstr "如何为我的访问者调整定价" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:5 -msgid "This section sheds some light on pricing features of eCommerce app:" -msgstr "本节进一步介绍电子商务这一应用的定价功能：" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:7 -msgid "force a price by geo-localization," -msgstr "根据地区强制定价，" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:9 -msgid "let the customer choose the currency." -msgstr "让顾客选择币种。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:11 -msgid "" -"As a pre-requisite, check out how to managing produt pricing: " -":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`)." -msgstr "首先，需要勾选产品定价的管理方式：:doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:15 -msgid "Geo-IP to automatically apply the right price" -msgstr "Geo-IP定位程序可自动应用合适的价格" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Assign country groups to your pricelists. That way, your visitors not yet " -"logged in will get their own currency when landing on your website." -msgstr "向你的价格表分配国家组。这样尚未登录的用户可以在登录网站后看到他们适用的币种。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:20 -msgid "Once logged in, they get the pricelist matching their country." -msgstr "登录后，可以看到与其本国货币对应的价格表。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:23 -msgid "Currency selector" -msgstr "币种选择器" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:25 -msgid "" -"In case you sell in several currencies, you can let your customers choose " -"their own currency. Check *Selectable* to add the pricelist to the website " -"drop-down menu." -msgstr "如你在多个国家销售产品，请让顾客选择其自己的币种。勾选*可选*，将价格表添加到下拉菜单的网站中。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:34 -msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:35 -msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:36 -msgid ":doc:`promo_code`" -msgstr ":doc:`promo_code`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:3 -msgid "How to create & share promotional codes" -msgstr "如何创建和分享优惠码" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Want to boost your sales for Xmas? Share promocodes through your marketing " -"campaigns and apply any kind of discounts." -msgstr "想提升你的圣诞节销售额吗？可在促销中分享你的优惠码，运用各种折扣。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:9 -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:13 -msgid "Setup" -msgstr "设置" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings` and choose *Advanced pricing based" -" on formula* for *Sale Price*." -msgstr "进入 :menuselection:`促销 --> 设置，在 *销售价格* 公式中选择 *高级定价策略* 。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Website Admin --> Catalog --> Pricelists` and create a" -" new pricelist with the discount rule (see :doc:`pricing`). Then enter a " -"code." -msgstr "" -"进入 :menuselection:`网站管理 --> 目录 --> 价格表，创建一个带折扣规则的新价格表（参见doc:`pricing` " -"，然后输入一个代码。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Make the promocode field available on your *Shopping Cart* page (option in " -"*Customize* menu). Add a product to cart to reach it." -msgstr "确保*购物车*页面的优惠码一栏可用（在*自定义*菜单选项中）。添加一个产品到购物车。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Once turned on you see a new section on the right side. On clicking *Apply* " -"prices get automatically updated in the cart." -msgstr "打开后，看到右侧出现一个新的小节。点击*应用*价格，在购物车中自动更新价格。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:33 -msgid "" -"The promocode used by the customer is stored in the system so you can " -"analyze the performance of your marketing campaigns." -msgstr "顾客使用的优惠码存放于系统之中，因此你可以评估你的营销战略的表现。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:39 -msgid "Show sales per pricelists..." -msgstr "每个价格表都显示促销…" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:43 -msgid ":doc:`pricing`" -msgstr ":doc:`pricing`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:3 -msgid "How to enable comments & rating" -msgstr "如何启用点评" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Publishing and monitoring customer experience will help you gain the trust " -"of new customers and better engage with your community. In 2 clicks, allow " -"your customer to share their feedback!" -msgstr "公布并监测顾客的购买心得将有助于你赢得新客户，并且更好地与社区互动。双击后，可允许你的顾客反馈购买体验！" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Activate comments & rating from the *Customize* menu of the product web " -"page." -msgstr "从产品web页面的*自定义*菜单中激活顾客反馈。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Visitors must log in to share their comments. Make sure they are able to do " -"so (see Portal documentation)." -msgstr "用户必须登录方可发表评论。请确保他们能行使这一功能（参见门户文档）。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:25 -msgid "Review the posts in real time" -msgstr "实时查看发贴" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Whenever a post is published, the product manager and all the product " -"followers get notified in their Inbox (*Discuss* menu)." -msgstr "顾客发贴后，产品经理及产品的全体关注者均可在收件箱收到通知（*讨论*菜单）。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:34 -msgid "" -"By default the user who created the product is automatically set as " -"follower." -msgstr "创建产品的用户自动默认为该产品的关注者。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Click the product name to open the detail form and review the comment (in " -"the product discussion thread)." -msgstr "点击产品名称，打开详情页并查看评论（在产品讨论主题中）。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:43 -msgid "Moderate & unpublish" -msgstr "调解及删贴" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:45 -msgid "" -"You can easily moderate by using the chatter, either in the product detail " -"form or on the web page." -msgstr "可以通过沟通栏或在网页的产品详情页轻松地进行调解。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:48 -msgid "" -"To unpublish the post, open the product web page and click the *Published* " -"button to turn it red (*Unpublished*)." -msgstr "如要删除某个评论，请打开产品web页面，点击*已发表*按钮，使其变为红色（*删帖*）。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:56 -msgid "..tip::" -msgstr "..tip::" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:55 -msgid "" -"You can access the web page from the detail form by clicking the *Published*" -" smart button (and vice versa)." -msgstr "点击*已发布*智能按钮可以从详情页访问web页面（反之亦然）。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:3 -msgid "How to sell pricier alternative products (upselling)" -msgstr "如何高价销售产品的替代物（追加销售）" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In order to maximize your revenue, suggesting pricier alternative products " -"is strongly advised for basic items. That way, your customer will spend more" -" time browsing your catalog." -msgstr "为使收入最大化，强烈推荐销售基本款的高价替代品。为此，顾客会花更多时间浏览你的产品目录。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:12 -msgid "To do so:" -msgstr "为此，你需要：" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Select such *Alternative Products* in the *Sales* tab of the product detail " -"form. 3 alternatives are fine! Don't publish too many otherwise your " -"customers will be confused." -msgstr "从3个选项中选取*替代品*（位于产品详情的*促销*页签下）就好了，不要发布过多的替代品，否则你的顾客会感到无所适从的。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Turn on *Alternative Products* from the *Customize* menu of the product web " -"page." -msgstr "在产品Web页面的*自定义*菜单中打开*替代品*。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "概述" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:3 -msgid "Introduction to Odoo eCommerce" -msgstr "Odoo 电子商务应用介绍" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:10 -msgid "" -"The documentation will help you go live with your eCommerce website in no " -"time. The topics follow the buying process:" -msgstr "本文指导您快速使用电子商务网站。购买之后是以下步骤：" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:13 -msgid "Product Page" -msgstr "产品页" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:14 -msgid "Shop Page" -msgstr "店铺页" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:15 -msgid "Pricing" -msgstr "价格" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:16 -msgid "Taxes" -msgstr "税金设置" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:17 -msgid "Checkout process" -msgstr "收银流程" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:18 -msgid "Upselling & cross-selling" -msgstr "增销及交叉销售" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:19 -msgid "Payment" -msgstr "付款" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:20 -msgid "Shipping & Tracking" -msgstr "送货及跟踪" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:24 -msgid ":doc:`../../website/publish/domain_name`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../website/publish/domain_name`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/publish.rst:3 -msgid "Launch my website" -msgstr "打开我的网站" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience.rst:3 -msgid "Get paid" -msgstr "付款" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage orders paid with payment acquirers" -msgstr "如何管理付款的订单" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo confirms orders automatically as soon as the payment is authorized by a" -" payment acquirer. This triggers the delivery. If you invoice based on " -"ordered quantities, you are also requested to invoice the order." -msgstr "收款方授权后，Odoo可立即自动确认订单，触发送货流程。如果发票是基于订购数开具的，则系统还会请求你为此项订购开具发票。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:12 -msgid "What are the payment status" -msgstr "什么是付款状态" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:13 -msgid "" -"At anytime, the salesman can check the transaction status from the order." -msgstr "任何时候销售员均可检查订单的交易状态。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:18 -msgid "*Draft*: transaction under processing." -msgstr "*Draft*:正在处理的交易。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:20 -msgid "" -"*Pending*: the payment acquirer keeps the transaction on hold and you need " -"to authorize it from the acquirer interface." -msgstr "*Pending*:暂时冻结交易，你需要从收款方界面授权。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:23 -msgid "" -"*Authorized*: the payment has been authorized but not yet captured. In Odoo," -" the order is already confirmed. Once the delivery done, you can capture the" -" amount from the acquirer interface (or from Odoo if you use Authorize.net)." -msgstr "" -"*Authorized*状态表示付款已获授权但尚未被抓取。在Odoo中，订单已经被确认了。送货完成后，即可从收款界面（如你使用Authorize.net，可从Odoo）获取数量。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:28 -msgid "" -"*Done*: the payment is authorized and captured. The order has been " -"confirmed." -msgstr "*Done*:付款已授权并获取。订单确认完毕。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:30 -msgid "" -"*Error*: an error has occured during the transaction. The customer needs to " -"retry the payment. The order is still in draft." -msgstr "*Error*:交易出错。顾客尝试重新付款。订单未完成。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:34 -msgid "" -"*Cancelled*: when the customer cancels the payment in the payment acquirer " -"form. They are taken back to Odoo in order to modify the order." -msgstr "*Cancelled*:顾客在收款页面取消了付款，返回Odoo以修改订单。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Specific messages are provided to your customers for every payment status, " -"when they are redirected to Odoo after the transaction. To edit such " -"messages, go to the *Messages* tab of the payment method." -msgstr "交易完毕后，顾客被引导到Odoo，获得每个付款状况的消息。如需编辑这些消息，请进入付款方法的*消息*页签下。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:44 -msgid "Auto-validate invoices at order" -msgstr "在订单中自动验证发票" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:46 -msgid "" -"When the order is confirmed you can also have an invoice automatically " -"issued and paid. This fully-automated made for businesses that invoice " -"orders straight on." -msgstr "订单确认后，可以自动开发票。这一全自动的功能专为业务而订制，能直接为订单开具发票。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:54 -msgid "" -"If you choose this mode you are requested to select a payment journal in " -"order to record payments in your books. This payment is automatically " -"reconcilied with the invoice, marking it as paid. Select your **bank " -"account** if you get paid immediately on your bank account. If you don't you" -" can create a specific journal for the payment acquirer (type = Bank). That " -"way, you can track online payments in an intermediary account of your books " -"until you get paid into your bank account (see " -":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers`)." -msgstr "" -"如果选择了这种模式，系统会要求你选择一个付款日记账以便记录你账簿上的付款。此付款与发票自动对账，标记为已支付。银行账户收到付款后请选择 **银行账户**" -" ，如未做选择，可以为付款收单机构创建一个特定的日记账（类别=银行）。这样你就可以追踪中间账户的在线支付情况，直至银行账户收到款项（参见 " -":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers）。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:63 -msgid "Capture the payment after the delivery" -msgstr "送货后获得付款" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:64 -msgid "" -"With this mode, the order is confirmed but the amount is kept on hold. Once " -"the delivery processed, you can capture the payment from Odoo. This mode is " -"only available with Authorize.net." -msgstr "在这种模式下，订单已经确认，但没有显示金额。送货后，可以从Odoo获取付款。仅在Authorize.net环境下支持这种模式。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:71 -msgid "" -"To capture the payment, open the transaction from the order. Then click " -"*Capture Transaction*." -msgstr "为了获取付款，请从订单中打开交易，然后点击*获取交易*。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:77 -msgid "" -"With other payment acquirers, you can manage the capture in their own " -"interfaces, not from Odoo." -msgstr "对于其他付款收單方，你可以在其自己的界面（非Odoo）中管理获取。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:3 -msgid "How customers can access their customer account" -msgstr "顾客如何访问其顾客账户" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:5 -msgid "" -"It has never been so easy for your customers to access their customer " -"account. Forget endless signup forms, Odoo makes it as easy as ABC. They are" -" suggested to sign up (name, email, password) when the order is placed, and " -"not before. Indeed, nothing is more annoying than going through a signup " -"process before buying something." -msgstr "" -"您的客户从未如此轻松地访问他们顾客的账户。忘掉那些数不清的注册表格吧，有了Odoo，注册步骤就像123一样轻松简单。以前会要求在订单生成后注册用户名、电邮和密码，但现在不同了。的确，买点东西还要填写一堆注册信息太麻烦了。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:14 -msgid "Sign up" -msgstr "注册" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:16 -msgid "" -"The invitation to sign up shows up when the customer wants to visualize the " -"order from order confirmation email." -msgstr "当顾客想要查看视觉化的配置邮件时，系统显示登录提醒。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:23 -msgid "Customer account" -msgstr "顾客账号" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Once logged in the customer will access the account by clicking *My Account*" -" in the login dropdown menu." -msgstr "顾客登录后，可在下拉菜单中点击*我的账户*进行访问。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:31 -msgid "" -"THere they find all their history. The main address (billing) can also be " -"modified." -msgstr "顾客可以查看所有的历史记录。也可以修改主账单地址。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:37 -msgid "" -"If the customer is set as a contact of a company in your address book, they " -"will see all the documents whose the customer belongs to this company." -msgstr "如果你将顾客设置为地址簿中的公司联系人，对方能看到属于该公司的所有文件。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/taxes.rst:3 -msgid "Collect taxes" -msgstr "收税" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po deleted file mode 100644 index 18cff1b5d..000000000 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,299 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Mandy Choy <mnc@odoo.com>, 2020 -# niulin lnc. <admin@niulin.net>, 2020 -# Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: zh_CN\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" - -#: ../../email_marketing.rst:5 -msgid "Email Marketing" -msgstr "邮件营销" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "概述" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:3 -msgid "Work with Mailing Lists" -msgstr "操作邮件列表" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Mailing lists can be a goldmine for your company’s marketing department as " -"they can provide leads for sales, focus groups for testing new products, and" -" consumers to provide feedback on satisfaction, for example." -msgstr "邮件列表就像是公司营销部门的金矿，它可以提供销售线索、测试新产品的焦点小组和提供满意度反馈的消费者。" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:10 -msgid "Create mailing lists" -msgstr "创建邮件列表" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Mailing lists --> Mailing lists --> Create`. Enable " -"the option *Is Public* to make the list visible for users when " -"unsubscribing." -msgstr "前往 :menuselection:`邮件列表 --> 邮件列表 --> 创建`。启用*公开*选项，以便在用户退订时看到列表。" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Once your mailing list is created, you can manually add contacts clicking on" -" *Create*. *Import* a list of contacts if you have it from a previous tool." -msgstr "创建邮件列表后，你可点击*创建*，手动添加联系人。如果之前的工具已创建邮件列表，则可*导入*联系人列表。" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:23 -msgid "Linking a mailing list to my website" -msgstr "将邮件列表关联到我的网站" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Create a mailing list called Newsletter, as you use this strategy to " -"advertise and communicate new ideas to subscribers interested in listening." -msgstr "创建名为时事通信的邮件列表，你可通过这项策略针对有兴趣的订阅者发布广告及沟通新想法。" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Go to your *Website*, add a *Newsletter* block and choose the respective " -"mailing list." -msgstr "前往你的*网站*，添加*时事通信*并选择各自的邮件列表。" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:34 -msgid "Contacts" -msgstr "联系人" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Under :menuselection:`Mailing Lists --> Mailing List Contacts` see a list of" -" all contacts under all your mailing lists, and the ones you individually " -"created here." -msgstr "进入 :menuselection:`邮件列表 --> 邮件列表联系人`并查看你的邮件列表下的所有联系人名单，以及你在此单独创建的联系人。" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Open a contact form to see or add different mailing lists to which the " -"contact is or will be part of." -msgstr "打开联系人查看所在的邮件列表或添加不同的邮件列表。" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:51 -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:46 -msgid ":doc:`send_emails`" -msgstr ":doc:`send_emails`" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:3 -msgid "Manage Unsubscriptions and Blacklist" -msgstr "管理取消订阅和黑名单" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:5 -msgid "" -"It is best practice, and legally required, to allow recipients to " -"unsubscribe from mailing lists as you do not want your audience to think " -"that your company is using any tactics that are dishonest or spammy." -msgstr "允许收件人从邮件列表中取消订阅是最佳实践做法，也是法律的要求，因为你不希望受众认为你的公司采用了不诚实或骚扰的手段。" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:10 -msgid "Enable the Blacklist feature" -msgstr "启用黑名单功能" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable the option " -"*Blacklist Option when Unsubscribing*." -msgstr "转到 :menuselection:`设置 --> 设定` 并启用选项 *取消订阅时的黑名单选项*." - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Now, once the user clicks on the *Unsubscribe* link on your email, he is " -"redirected to the following page:" -msgstr "现在，当用户在邮件上点击 *取消订阅* 链接时，他将被转向以下页面：" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:28 -msgid "" -"After clicking on the unsubscribe button when using the test feature, you " -"are sent to an error page (*error 403 - Access Denied*). If you want to be " -"sure the link is working properly, create your mass mail and send it only to" -" a personal email." -msgstr "" -"在使用测试功能时，点击取消订阅按钮后，你将被送到错误页面（错误403 - " -"访问被拒绝）。如你想要确保链接正常运行，你可以创建群发邮件，然后仅将它发给个人邮件。" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:32 -msgid "" -"In addition to having the option of unsubscribing from specific mailing " -"lists, the user can also blacklist himself, meaning that he will not receive" -" *any* more emails from you." -msgstr "除了取消订阅特定邮件列表，用户还可将自己加入黑名单，意思是他不再接收你发送的*任何*邮件。" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:36 -msgid "" -"The mailing list has to be configured as *Public* in order to be visible for" -" users." -msgstr "邮件列表必须配置为*公开*，用户才能看见。" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Blacklist`, blacklisted email " -"addresses are shown." -msgstr "在 :menuselection:`设置 --> 黑名单`, 显示黑名单的电子邮件地址。 " - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:39 -msgid "" -"When opening the record, as a *Log note*, a description-history is kept." -msgstr "当打开记录时，作为*记录备注*，保存描述历史。" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:47 -msgid ":doc:`mailing_lists`" -msgstr ":doc:`mailing_lists`" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:3 -msgid "Send Emails Marketing and Manage Campaigns" -msgstr "发送邮件营销并管理营销活动" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Emails allow you to effectively, and at a low cost, reach a large number of " -"consumers while being able to customize your message in a way that resonates" -" with them. It is measurable, and a call-to-action oriented channel." -msgstr "电子邮件能够有效地以低成本覆盖大量消费者，同时可按照需要的方式自定义邮件内容。它是可测量的行动导向渠道。" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:10 -msgid "Choose the right target and create the message" -msgstr "选择合适目标并创建邮件信息" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:12 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Mailings --> Create`." -msgstr "前往 :menuselection:`邮件 --> 创建`。" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Choosing *Contacts* as *Recipients* (for example), allows you to add " -"specifications to match just certain contacts, filtering your target." -msgstr "选择 *联系人* 作为 *收件人* (例如) ，可添加特定标准以匹配特定联系人，筛选出你的目标。" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:21 -msgid "" -"With a trial databases, you have a limit of 50 emails per day; on Odoo SH " -"Cloud Platform the limit is 200. There is a possibility to increase these " -"numbers by contacting Odoo Support. To contact Support, `click here " -"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`_." -msgstr "" -"试用版数据库每天仅限发送50封邮件；Odoo.SH云平台仅限发送200封邮件。联系Odoo支持可扩大上限。如需联系Odoo支持，请`点击此处 " -"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`。" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Under *Mail Body*, choose a layout and make the modifications needed by " -"dragging, dropping and double-clicking on content. Note that it is possible " -"to start from scratch selecting the *blank* template option." -msgstr "在*邮件正文*部分，选择一种布局并通过拖放和双击内容进行修改。注意，你也可以选择*空白*模板选项，从头创建邮件内容。" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Under *Settings*, you can assign someone else as the responsible sender if " -"you do not want it to be you. To do so, change the email address used as the" -" sender (*Send From*)." -msgstr "在*设置*下，你可以指定其他人负责发送邮件。如要进行此操作，请将使用的邮件地址改为发件人（*发送自*）。" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:37 -msgid "" -"With the *Reply To* radio button, you can also choose to gather answers " -"either on the respective recipients’ records or on a specific email address." -" Note that this option is not available if you target mailing contacts or " -"contacts as recipients." -msgstr "" -"通过 *回复至* 单选按钮，你可选择收集关于各个收件人记录或特定邮件地址的回答。请注意，如果你将邮件联系人、邮件列表或联系人作为收件人，则此选项不可用。" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:45 -msgid "Test, send or schedule a mailing" -msgstr "测试、发送或预约邮件" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:53 -msgid "" -"*Save*: the work is allocated in the *draft* column in the Kanban view. " -"Modifications can be made while being in this stage. The option *Discard* " -"deletes the email." -msgstr "*保存* ：邮件将分配到看板视图的 *草稿* 栏。这个阶段可对邮件进行修改。*放弃* 选项将删除邮件。" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Click on *Test* and send your message to one, or even multiple, test " -"contacts to avoid errors." -msgstr "点击*测试*并将邮件发送给一个或多个测试联系人，以免出现错误。" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:56 -msgid "" -"*Send* triggers the email with the next run and put the work on the *queue* " -"column in the Kanban view." -msgstr "*发送* 将在下次运行时触发邮件，将邮件放入看板视图的 *排队* 栏。" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:58 -msgid "" -"*Schedule* allows you to choose a date and time, and puts the email in the " -"*queue* column in the Kanban view." -msgstr "*预约* 用于选择日期和时间，将邮件放入看板视图的 *队列* 栏。" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:61 -msgid "" -"The daily limit is applied for **all emails** sent, in other words, " -"throughout all applications. Therefore, if at the end of the day you have " -"remaining ones to be sent, note that they *will not* be sent automatically " -"the next day. You need to force that by opening the email and clicking on " -"*Retry*." -msgstr "" -"每日限额适用于所有应用程序发送的 *所有邮件* 。因此，如果一天结束后，你仍有未发送的邮件，请注意，它们 *不会* " -"在第二天自动发送。你必须打开邮件并点击 *重试* ，才能发出邮件。" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:67 -msgid "Manage campaigns" -msgstr "管理营销" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable *Mailing " -"Campaigns*." -msgstr "前往 :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置`并启用*邮件营销*。" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:71 -msgid "" -"The campaign option is effective as it allows you to organize your marketing" -" efforts and have a centralized view of its metrics." -msgstr "营销选项可用于整理营销工作，并可集中查看相关标准。" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:72 -msgid "Go to *Campaign* and click on *Create* to start one." -msgstr "前往*营销*并点击*创建*，开始创建营销。" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:80 -msgid "" -"If you use the SMS and Social Marketing applications, as well as the Push " -"Notification feature, you see the option to create content for those " -"channels. You also see the *Campaign* menu within those applications. All of" -" this is possible because the applications work integrated." -msgstr "" -"如你使用短信营销和社媒营销应用程序，以及推送通知功能，你会看到为这些渠道创建内容的选项。你在这些应用程序中也会看到 *营销* " -"菜单。所有应用程序均已集成，都可以使用。" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:85 -msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_servers`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_servers`" - -#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:86 -msgid ":doc:`../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns`" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/events.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/events.po deleted file mode 100644 index 8eae7115d..000000000 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/events.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,438 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Miao Zhou <zhoumiao_nuaa@outlook.com>, 2020 -# 稀饭~~ <wangwhai@qq.com>, 2020 -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# Jeffery CHEN Fan <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2020 -# liAnGjiA <liangjia@qq.com>, 2020 -# Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: zh_CN\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" - -#: ../../events.rst:5 -msgid "Events" -msgstr "活动" - -#: ../../events/integrations.rst:3 -msgid "Integrations" -msgstr "集成" - -#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:3 -msgid "Communicating about my Event using SMS Text Messages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Using SMS as a communication strategy for your event establishes interaction" -" between organizers, attendees, speakers and further targets. It allows your" -" message to be heard whether the goal is to send out reminders, teasers or " -"to advertise." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:10 -#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:9 ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:9 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "基础配置" - -#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Under *Communication* SMS is a standard feature. That means nothing needs to" -" be enabled or installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:16 -msgid "" -"On the other hand, to contact the speakers of your event, you need the *SMS " -"Marketing* application installed, and to enable *Schedule & Tracks* under " -":menuselection:`Events --> Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:23 -msgid "" -"The *Schedule & Tracks* feature allows you to manage the agenda and speakers" -" of your event. For more details watch: `Creating an agenda for your event " -"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/create-an-agenda-for-your-" -"event-717?fullscreen=1>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:28 -msgid "Send SMSs to attendees" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Under *Communication*, the message’s target is the attendees of your event." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:32 -msgid "" -"You can choose to confirm each registration with the *Registration* " -"template, and to send a reminder shortly before the event takes place with " -"the *Reminder* template." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:38 -msgid "To make changes in an existing template, click on the external link." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:45 -msgid "Send SMSs to speakers and further targets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:47 -msgid "" -"The benefit of the integration with the *SMS Marketing* application is that " -"you can choose the target you would like your message to be delivered to. To" -" get started, click on *Contact Track Speakers*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:56 -msgid "" -"If *Event Track* is not your target (*Recipient*), choose the right one. " -"*Filters* are eligible here." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:58 -msgid "" -"In the example below, the SMS would be sent to the speakers who are in the " -"stage *Proposal* on *Event Track*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Credits are required to be able to send SMSs. For more information about " -"Pricing :doc:`click here <../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq>`, " -"and, about IAP Services :doc:`here " -"<../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "概述" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:3 -msgid "Create your First Event" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:5 -msgid "Some of the reasons why hosting events is essential are:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:7 -msgid "To create an engaging experience with your audience;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:8 -msgid "To generate word of mouth about your company;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:9 -msgid "To allow networking;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:10 -msgid "" -"To provide an opportunity for sales representatives to walk their prospects " -"through the product and even their pipeline." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:14 -msgid "Get started" -msgstr "开始" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Under the menu *Events*, have a view of all existing events and some key " -"information, such as the number of expected and confirmed attendees." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:23 -msgid "" -"To start a new one, click on *Create* and fill in the form with all the " -"needed information. Enable *Website Menu* to have the menus *Introduction*, " -"*Location*, and *Register* being shown on your event’s website page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:31 -msgid "" -"To personalize these pages, click on *Edit* to open the `website builder " -"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/website-basics-643?fullscreen=1>`_, and " -"edit content by dragging and dropping blocks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:40 -msgid "Tab: Tickets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Events --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " -":doc:`Tickets and Online Ticketing <tickets>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Now, under the *Tickets* Tab, add lines to include the different ticket " -"types you offer. Include the price, the start and end dates for " -"registrations, and even the maximum number of tickets that can be sold." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:48 -msgid "" -"The *Reserved Seats* and *Unconfirmed Seat Reservations* are counted as " -"attendees are marked as :doc:`confirmed <track_attendees>` or not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:55 -msgid "Tab: Communication" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Choose the email and/or SMS message template, as well as the frequency with " -"which you would like to communicate with your attendees under the tab " -"*Communication*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Create a template on the fly or choose an existing one. Define the " -"*Interval* (2, 7, 15..) for the *Unit* (days, hours, weeks, etc.), and the " -"*Trigger* action (after registration, after the event, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:68 -msgid "Tab: Questions" -msgstr "选项卡：问题" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable *Questions*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:72 -msgid "" -"Now, under the tab *Questions*, edit your questions and answers, choosing if" -" you would like your questionnaire to be asked per order or per " -"registration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:75 -msgid "" -"Example of a registration for 3 attendees: if enabling the option *Ask each " -"attendee*, the questionnaire is shown 3 times, meaning that answers can vary" -" for each attendee; if *Ask each attendee* is not enabled, the questionnaire" -" is shown once, resulting in a global answer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:81 -msgid "" -"Once your event is *Confirmed*, you can manage attendees badges, and mark " -"the event as *Finished*. Events marked as *Finished* can be *Set to draft*, " -"putting the event back to an *Unconfirmed* stage from which it can be edited" -" and used again." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:90 -msgid "Publish your event" -msgstr "发布你的活动" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:92 -msgid "*Go to Website* and turn *Published* on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:99 -msgid ":doc:`track_attendees`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:100 -#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:45 -msgid ":doc:`tickets`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:101 -#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:46 -msgid ":doc:`track_talks`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:3 -msgid "Selling Tickets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:5 -msgid "" -"If you automate processes, you save time. If you give attendees multiple " -"payment options to choose from, you allow flexibility and open margins for " -"more registrations to happen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate *Tickets* and" -" *Online Ticketing*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:13 -msgid "" -"*Tickets* allow tickets to be sold " -":ref:`events/create_event/through_sales_orders`. *Online Ticketing* allows " -"the sale of tickets to happen " -":ref:`events/create_event/through_the_website`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:22 -msgid "Through Sales Orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:24 -msgid "" -"On the *Sales* application, choose the event product you created and add it " -"as a product line. A window pops-up, allowing you to choose the event for " -"which you want to create the sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Remember to create a product form for the event registration, under " -"*Product*, in the *Sales* application, and to add that same product under " -"your event’s form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:43 -msgid "Through the Website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:45 -msgid "" -"On the website, once tickets are added to the cart, the user can continue " -"the transaction choosing among the payment methods you chose to have " -"available." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:53 -msgid ":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:3 -msgid "Track your Attendees" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Attendees are at the heart of your event. Keeping track of their number and " -"managing their registration and attendance is necessary for planning and " -"analyzing reasons." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:9 -msgid "Attendees list and attendance" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Once attendees have registered or bought their tickets, they are added to " -"the *Attendees* list." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Tickets sold through sales orders validate attendees as soon as the " -"quotation is confirmed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:18 -msgid "" -"The check mark button is used to confirm the registration. Once a " -"registration is confirmed, attendance can be marked." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:26 -msgid "Bagdes and cancellations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:28 -msgid "" -"On the attendees form, choose to send badges manually by clicking on *Send " -"By Email*. *Cancel Registration* to have that attendee being moved to the " -"*Cancelled* stage." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:36 -msgid "" -"To see a list of your canceled attendees, under *Filters*, add a *Custom " -"Filter* choosing *Status > is > Cancelled*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:44 -#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:49 -msgid ":doc:`../integrations/integration_sms`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:3 -msgid "Track and Manage Talks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Allow partners to submit talk proposals so they can share their knowledge " -"and expertise. Good speakers and talks are what make your event great." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Events --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " -"*Schedule & Tracks*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Now, in your event's form, once *Website menu* is enabled, the options " -"*Tracks on Website* and *Track Proposals on Website* become available. " -"Enabling them adds the menus *Talks*, *Talk Proposals*, and *Agenda* to your" -" website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Besides having the ability to suggest their own talks, the website now " -"allows users to see a list of the whole agenda and scheduled talks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:28 -msgid "" -"To handle tracks internally and not have the menus *Talks*, *Talk " -"Proposals*, and *Agenda* online, use the menu *Tracks* individually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:32 -msgid "Publishing speaker proposals" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Once partners have filled in the appropriate form and submitted their " -"proposals, a new *Proposal* is instantly created under the menu *Track*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:41 -msgid "" -"If the proposal is accepted and can go online, simply open its form and " -"click on *Go to Website*. From the website page, turn *Published* on." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po deleted file mode 100644 index d83c97e0c..000000000 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,368 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Mandy Choy <mnc@odoo.com>, 2020 -# e2f <projects@e2f.com>, 2020 -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# Emily Jia <eji@odoo.com>, 2020 -# Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: zh_CN\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:5 -msgid "Expenses" -msgstr "报销" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:8 -msgid "How to set expense types" -msgstr "配置报销类型" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:9 -msgid "" -"The first step to track expenses is to configure the expense types (managed " -"as products in Odoo) that your company allows, from the *Configuration* " -"menu. When a specific expense is reimbursed at a fixed price, set a cost on " -"the product. Otherwise keep the cost at 0.0 and employees will report the " -"real cost per expense." -msgstr "" -"追踪费用的第一步是从*配置*菜单中配置公司允许的费用类型（在Odoo中作为产品管理）。当特定费用以固定价格报销时，在产品上设置成本。否则，将成本保存为0.0，员工将报告每项费用的实际成本。" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:17 -msgid "Here are some examples to configure:" -msgstr "以下是一些配置示例：" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:19 -msgid "Restaurant:" -msgstr "餐馆：" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:21 ../../expense/expense.rst:27 -msgid "Cost: 0.00 (the cost of the ticket will be recorded on every expense)" -msgstr "成本：0.00（工单费用将记录在每笔费用上）" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:22 -msgid "Travel with Personal Car:" -msgstr "私车旅行：" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:24 -msgid "Cost: 0.30 (the price per mile reimbursed by the company is fixed)" -msgstr "成本：0.30（公司为每英里报销固定价格）" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:25 -msgid "Hotel:" -msgstr "酒店：" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:29 -msgid "Others:" -msgstr "其他：" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:31 -msgid "Cost: 0.0" -msgstr "成本：0.0" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Don't forget to set an expense tax on each expense type (and an account if " -"you use Odoo Accounting). It's usually a good practice to use a tax that is " -"configured with :ref:`Tax Included in Price <taxes/included-in-price>`. That" -" way, employees report expenses with prices including taxes, which is " -"usually the expected behaviour." -msgstr "" -"请勿忘记针对每个报销费用类别设置费用税（及科目，如你使用Odoo会计应用程序）。使用*含税价格*配置税收一般是很好的做法（参见： :ref:`Tax " -"Included in Price <taxes/included-in-price>` ）。这样，员工报告的费用已包含税收，这通常是期望的做法。" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:41 -msgid "" -"The *Sales* app allows you to specify unit of measures for your expense " -"types (units, miles, nights, etc.). Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Configuration --> Settings` and check *Some products may be sold/purchased " -"in different units of measure (advanced)*." -msgstr "" -"*销售*应用程序可为费用类型规定计量单位（单位、英里、晚，等等）。前往 :menuselection:`销售 --> 配置 --> " -"设置`并勾选*某些产品售出/购入的计量单位可能不同（高级）*。" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:48 -msgid "How to record expenses" -msgstr "如何记录费用" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:51 -msgid "Manually" -msgstr "手工" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:53 -msgid "" -"As an employee (Employee in user access rights), you can record expenses " -"from :menuselection:`My Expenses --> Expenses to Submit`." -msgstr "作为员工（用户访问权限为员工），你可从 :menuselection:`我的费用 --> 需提交的费用`记录费用。" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:59 -msgid "" -"Select the related product and enter either the total amount you paid (with " -"Quantity = 1) or the unit price if Quantity is countable (e.g. number of " -"hotel nights)." -msgstr "选择相关产品，输入你支付的总金额（数量 = 1）或单位价格（如数量可计算，例如，酒店晚数）。" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:62 -msgid "Enter the expense date." -msgstr "输入费用日期。" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Choose if you paid the bill on your own (and expect to be reimbursed) or if " -"the company paid directly (e.g. if you used a company's credit card)." -msgstr "选择你自己支付账单（并希望报销）或是公司直接支付（例如，如你使用公司信用卡）。" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Set the bill reference, add some notes if requested and attach a photo/scan " -"of the receipt from the discussion thread. That will help the manager and " -"the accountant validate it." -msgstr "设置账单参考编号，根据要求添加说明并从讨论话题添加收据照片/扫描件。这将有助于经理和会计验证。" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:73 -msgid "In one click from emails" -msgstr "从邮件一键点击" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:74 -msgid "" -"Let your employees record their expenses from a simple email. Make a " -"snapshot of the receipt and send it by email, or simply forward a bill!" -msgstr "员工通过简单的电子邮件即可记录费用。添加收据截图并通过邮件发送，或简单转发账单即可！" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:77 -msgid "" -"The only thing to do is setting up an email alias in " -":menuselection:`Expenses --> Configuration --> Settings` (e.g. *expenses* " -"@mycompany.odoo.com). For security purposes, only authenticated employee " -"emails (cfr. *Work Email* in employee detail form) are accepted." -msgstr "" -"只需在 :menuselection:`费用 --> 配置 --> " -"设置`设置邮件别名（例如，*费用*@mycompany.odoo.com）。为了安全起见，只接受经过认证的员工邮件（员工详情表中的*工作邮件*）。" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:83 -msgid "" -"The expense product is set automatically if the mail subject contains the " -"product's internal reference in first position. Type the expense amount in " -"the mail subject to set it on the expense too (e.g. Ref001 Food 100€)." -msgstr "" -"如果邮件主题在括号内写明产品的内部参考名称（例如，[ef001 食品 100€] " -"），系统自动设置报销产品。还可在邮件主题中键入费用金额，将其设置在报销中。" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:88 -msgid "How to submit expenses to managers" -msgstr "如何向经理提交费用" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:90 -msgid "" -"When you are ready to submit your expenses to your manager (e.g. at the end " -"of a business trip, or once a month), go to the menu :menuselection:`My " -"Expenses --> Expenses to Submit`. Select all expenses from the list view and" -" click on :menuselection:`Action --> Submit to Manager`. Save the newly " -"created expense report (i.e. set of expenses), and wait for your manager to " -"approve it." -msgstr "" -"如你已准备好向经理提交费用（例如，在出差结束后或每月一次），前往菜单 :menuselection:`我的费用 --> " -"需提交的费用`。从列表视图中选择所有费用并点击 :menuselection:`操作 --> " -"向经理提交`。保存新创建的费用报告（即费用组），并等待经理审批。" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:100 -msgid "" -"You can also submit expenses one by one from the *Submit to Manager* button " -"on the form view of an expense." -msgstr "你也可在费用表单视图中通过*向经理提交*，逐一提交费用。" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:103 -msgid "" -"All your submitted expense reports can be found in :menuselection:`Expenses " -"--> My Expenses --> Expense Reports`." -msgstr "如需查看所有已提交的费用报告 :menuselection:`费用 --> 我的费用 --> 费用报告`。" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:108 -msgid "How to approve expenses" -msgstr "如何审批费用" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:110 -msgid "" -"HR and team managers get an overview of all expense reports to validate from" -" the top menu :menuselection:`To Approve --> Expense Reports to Approve`. " -"Such users must have at least *Officers* access rights for *Expenses*." -msgstr "" -"HR和团队经理从顶部菜单 :menuselection:`审批 --> " -"待审批的费用报告`即可查看所有费用报告概览。这类用户必须至少拥有*费用*应用程序的*管理人员*访问权限。" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:117 -msgid "" -"They can review expense reports, approve or reject them, as well as " -"providing feedback thanks to the integrated communication tool." -msgstr "利用集成沟通工具，他们可以审核费用报告，批准或拒绝，并提供反馈。" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:123 -msgid "" -"As a team manager you can easily find the expense reports of your team " -"members. You need to be set as manager in the detail form of those " -"employees." -msgstr "作为团队经理，你可轻松查找团队成员的费用报告。你必须在这些员工的详情表单中被设置为经理。" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:131 -msgid "How to post expenses in accounting" -msgstr "如何在会计中过账费用 " - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:133 -msgid "" -"Once expense reports approved by managers, the accounting department goes to" -" :menuselection:`Expenses --> Accountant --> Expense Reports To Post` to " -"check accounts, products and taxes. They can click *Post Journal Entries* to" -" post related journal entries into your books. To do so, the user must have " -"following access rights:" -msgstr "" -"在经理批准费用报告后，会计部门前往 :menuselection:`费用 --> 会计 --> " -"需过账的费用报告`并检查会计、产品和税收。他们可点击*日记账分录过账*，把相关的日记账分录过账到你的帐簿上。要进行此项操作，用户必须拥有以下访问权限：" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:139 -msgid "Accounting: Accountant or Adviser" -msgstr "会计：会计或顾问" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:140 -msgid "Expenses: Manager" -msgstr "费用：经理" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:143 -msgid "" -"To post an expense, a *Home Address* must be set on the employee. If you get" -" a related blocking message when posting, click the employee, go to " -"*Personal Information* tab and select/create the contact of your employee in" -" the address book. A contact has been automatically created if this person " -"is using Odoo." -msgstr "" -"如要进行费用过账，必须为员工设置*家庭地址*。如在过账时收到相关的阻止消息，点击员工，进入*个人信息*选项卡并在地址簿中选择/创建员工的联系人。如对方使用Odoo，则已自动创建联系人。" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:150 -msgid "How to reimburse employees" -msgstr "如何为员工报销" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:152 -msgid "" -"You can now see all the expense reports to reimburse in " -":menuselection:`Expenses --> Accountant --> Expense Reports To Pay`. To " -"record the payment or pay by check, click *Register a Payment*." -msgstr "" -"你可前往 :menuselection:`费用 --> 会计 --> 需支付的费用报告`，查看所有费用报告。如要记录付款或用支票支付，点击*登记付款*。" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:156 -msgid "See how you can easily manage the payment process in Odoo:" -msgstr "查看如何在Odoo中轻松管理付款流程：" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:158 -msgid ":doc:`../accounting/payables/pay/check`" -msgstr ":doc:`../accounting/payables/pay/check`" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:159 -msgid ":doc:`../accounting/payables/pay/sepa`" -msgstr ":doc:`../accounting/payables/pay/sepa`" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:163 -msgid "How to re-invoice expenses to your customers" -msgstr "如何向客户重开费用发票" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:165 -msgid "" -"If you track expenses on customer projects, you can charge them back to your" -" customers automatically." -msgstr "如果你追踪到客户项目的费用，可自动对客户进行收费。" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:169 -msgid "Setup" -msgstr "设置" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:171 -msgid "Enable **Customer Billing** in the Expenses settings" -msgstr "在费用设置中启用**客户开单**。" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:173 -msgid "" -"Go to the product configuration menu and set the invoicing method on all " -"your Expense types:" -msgstr "进入产品配置菜单并对所有费用类型设置开单方法：" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:176 -msgid "" -"Ordered quantities : it will invoice expenses based on the ordered quantity" -msgstr "已订购数量：根据已订购数量开具费用发票" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:179 -msgid "" -"Delivered quantities :it will invoice expenses based on the expenses " -"quantity" -msgstr "已交付数量：根据已交付数量开具费用发票" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:182 -msgid "At cost: will invoice expenses at their real cost." -msgstr "按成本：按实际成本开具费用发票。" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:184 -msgid "" -"At sales price: will invoice based on a fixed sales price set on the sale " -"order." -msgstr "按销售价格：按销售订单上设定的固定售价开具费用发票。" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:191 -msgid "Create an order" -msgstr "创建订单" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:193 -msgid "" -"As a salesman, create and confirm a Sales Order for the services delivered " -"to your customer. If you don't put any expense in the order, it will be " -"added automatically once posted by the accountant." -msgstr "作为销售人员，针对向客户交付的服务创建并确认销售订单。如你在订单中未添加任何费用，在会计过账后将自动添加。" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:198 -msgid "Link the expense to the Sale Order." -msgstr "将费用关联到销售订单。" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:204 -msgid "Submit, validate and post expenses" -msgstr "费用提交、验证和过账" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:206 -msgid "" -"As a manager, make sure the analytic account is set on every expense line on" -" approving expenses reports. Click the line to add one if missing. Employees" -" are already able to set one when submitting." -msgstr "作为经理，确保在审批费用报告的每个费用行都设置了分析科目。如果缺少，单击行添加。员工在提交时也可以设置。" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:213 -msgid "As an accountant, post journal entries." -msgstr "作为会计，处理日记账分录过账。" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:216 -msgid "Invoice expenses" -msgstr "发票费用" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:218 -msgid "" -"Now you can invoice the order. It shows up in :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Invoicing --> Sales` to Invoice. The expenses have been added automatically " -"in the order lines. Such items show up in blue (i.e. to invoice)." -msgstr "" -"现在，你可以为订单开具发票。前往 :menuselection:`销售 --> 开具发票 --> " -"销售`，即可开具发票。费用已自动添加到订单行。这类项目用蓝色显示（即开具发票）。" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:226 -msgid "e (i.e. to invoice)." -msgstr "（即开具发票）。" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/expenses.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/expenses.po deleted file mode 100644 index 866a1f04f..000000000 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/expenses.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,23 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 9.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-11-22 13:16+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: Jeffery CHEN Fan <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2017\n" -"Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: zh_CN\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" - -#: ../../expenses.rst:5 -msgid "Expenses" -msgstr "费用" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po similarity index 62% rename from locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po rename to locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po index 8a863a155..3f4dfc7d8 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po @@ -1,58 +1,63 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: -# bf2549c5415a9287249cba2b8a5823c7, 2020 -# inspur qiuguodong <qiuguodong@inspur.com>, 2020 -# 宣一敏 <freemanxuan@163.com>, 2020 -# liulixia <liu.lixia@elico-corp.com>, 2020 -# r <263737@qq.com>, 2020 -# v2exerer <9010446@qq.com>, 2020 -# Manga Tsang <mts@odoo.com>, 2020 -# 226408 台北 <226408@so8d.com>, 2020 -# 飛行de魚 <cnpioneer@163.com>, 2020 -# Felix Yang - Elico Corp <felixyangsh@aliyun.com>, 2020 -# zpq001 <zpq001@live.com>, 2020 -# mrshelly <mrshelly@hotmail.com>, 2020 -# Norman Chang <xromanxmu@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Connie Xiao <connie.xiao@elico-corp.com>, 2020 -# Richard yang <yanglinqiangdata@hotmail.com>, 2020 -# Cécile Collart <cco@odoo.com>, 2020 -# John Lin <linyinhuan@139.com>, 2020 -# Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2020 -# liAnGjiA <liangjia@qq.com>, 2021 -# lttlsnk <lttlsnk@gmail.com>, 2021 -# keecome <7017511@qq.com>, 2021 -# Felix Yuen <fyu@odoo.com>, 2021 -# snow wang <147156565@qq.com>, 2021 -# Daniel Yang <daniel.yang.zhenyu@gmail.com>, 2021 -# Gary Wei <Gary.wei@elico-corp.com>, 2021 -# fausthuang, 2021 -# xiaobin wu <bd5dml@gmail.com>, 2021 -# Eddie Lim <bhweelim@yahoo.com>, 2021 -# LINYUN TONG <tong.linyun@elico-corp.com>, 2021 -# 老窦 北京 <2662059195@qq.com>, 2021 -# guohuadeng <guohuadeng@hotmail.com>, 2021 -# waveyeung <waveyeung@qq.com>, 2021 -# Jeff Yu - Elico Corp <jeff.yu@elico-corp.com>, 2021 -# 稀饭~~ <wangwhai@qq.com>, 2021 -# 敬雲 林 <chingyun@yuanchih-consult.com>, 2021 +# r <263737@qq.com>, 2021 +# Emily Jia <eji@odoo.com>, 2021 +# v2exerer <9010446@qq.com>, 2021 # 开源智造OSCG-老杨 <yangxunbo@163.com>, 2021 +# Manga Tsang <mts@odoo.com>, 2021 +# 飛行de魚 <cnpioneer@163.com>, 2021 +# LINYUN TONG <tong.linyun@elico-corp.com>, 2021 +# 山西清水欧度(QQ:54773801) <54773801@qq.com>, 2021 +# John An <johnxan@163.com>, 2021 +# 226408 台北 <226408@so8d.com>, 2021 +# e2f <projects@e2f.com>, 2021 +# Richard yang <yanglinqiangdata@hotmail.com>, 2021 +# zilin wu <binggue@qq.com>, 2021 +# xiaobin wu <bd5dml@gmail.com>, 2021 +# lttlsnk <lttlsnk@gmail.com>, 2021 +# bf2549c5415a9287249cba2b8a5823c7, 2021 +# Felix Yuen <fyu@odoo.com>, 2021 +# Daniel Yang <daniel.yang.zhenyu@gmail.com>, 2021 +# inspur qiuguodong <qiuguodong@inspur.com>, 2021 +# waveyeung <waveyeung@qq.com>, 2021 +# 宣一敏 <freemanxuan@163.com>, 2021 +# Felix Yang - Elico Corp <felixyangsh@aliyun.com>, 2021 +# Miao Zhou <zhoumiao_nuaa@outlook.com>, 2021 +# mrshelly <mrshelly@hotmail.com>, 2021 +# liAnGjiA <liangjia@qq.com>, 2021 +# liulixia <liu.lixia@elico-corp.com>, 2021 +# fausthuang, 2021 +# 老窦 北京 <2662059195@qq.com>, 2021 +# Jeff Yu - Elico Corp <jeff.yu@elico-corp.com>, 2021 +# keecome <7017511@qq.com>, 2021 +# snow wang <147156565@qq.com>, 2021 +# Norman Chang <xromanxmu@gmail.com>, 2021 # Martin Trigaux, 2021 # Jeffery CHEN Fan <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2021 -# 山西清水欧度(QQ:54773801) <54773801@qq.com>, 2021 +# Connie Xiao <connie.xiao@elico-corp.com>, 2021 +# Gary Wei <Gary.wei@elico-corp.com>, 2021 +# zpq001 <zpq001@live.com>, 2021 +# Eddie Lim <bhweelim@yahoo.com>, 2021 +# guohuadeng <guohuadeng@hotmail.com>, 2021 +# Cécile Collart <cco@odoo.com>, 2021 +# 稀饭~~ <wangwhai@qq.com>, 2021 +# John Lin <linyinhuan@139.com>, 2021 +# 敬雲 林 <chingyun@yuanchih-consult.com>, 2021 # Mandy Choy <mnc@odoo.com>, 2021 +# Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2021 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-03-02 11:19+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Mandy Choy <mnc@odoo.com>, 2021\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-18 07:12+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-05-18 05:17+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2021\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -60,79 +65,83 @@ msgstr "" "Language: zh_CN\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -#: ../../accounting.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance.rst:3 +msgid "Finance" +msgstr "财务" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:4 msgid "Invoicing and Accounting" msgstr "发票和会计" -#: ../../accounting/bank.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:3 msgid "Bank & Cash" msgstr "银行&现金" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds.rst:3 msgid "Bank Feeds" msgstr "银行费用" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:145 msgid "Bank Statements" msgstr "银行对账单" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:5 msgid "" "Importing your bank statements in Odoo Accounting allows you to keep track " "of the financial movements that occur on your bank accounts and reconcile " "them with the transactions recorded in your accounting." msgstr "将银行对账单导入Odoo的会计模块，以便于你跟踪银行账户的资金流动，并且还方便你调节银行对账单与会计分录以保持一致。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:9 msgid "" "We recommend you use bank synchronization for more efficiency. Please read " "the related documentation: :doc:`bank_synchronization`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:12 msgid "" "However, if you don't want to use bank synchronization or if your bank is " "not a supported institution, you still have other options:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:15 msgid "Import the bank statement files delivered by your bank" msgstr "导入银行发送给你的对账单的电子文件" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:16 msgid "Register the bank statements manually" msgstr "手动注册银行对账单" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:19 msgid "Import bank statements files" msgstr "导入银行对账单文件" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:21 msgid "Odoo supports multiple file formats to import bank statements:" msgstr "Odoo支持银行对账单的文件格式有多种：" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:23 msgid "SEPA recommended Cash Management format (CAMT.053)" msgstr "SEPA推荐的现金管理格式（CAMT.053)" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:24 msgid "Comma-separated values (.CSV)" msgstr "用逗号分割值（.CSV）" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:25 msgid "Open Financial Exchange (.OFX)" msgstr "开放金融交易格式（.OFX）" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:26 msgid "Quicken Interchange Format (.QIF)" msgstr "加快交换格式（.QIF）" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:27 msgid "Belgium: Coded Statement of Account (.CODA)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:29 msgid "" "To import them, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Overview --> Bank`, " "click on *Import Statements*, or on the three dots, and then on *Import " @@ -141,31 +150,31 @@ msgstr "" "导入步骤，进入 :menuselection:`会计 --> 概览 --> 银行`，点击 *导入银行对账单* ，或者移动到”...\"，等待出见 " "*导入银行对账单*，点击。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:36 msgid "Next, select the file you want to import and click on *Import*." msgstr "下一步，选择你想导入的文件，点击”导入\"。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:38 msgid "" "Odoo opens an **import widget** to help you set the **Formatting Options** " "and **map** the different columns you want to import." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:46 msgid "" "Quicken Interchange Format (.QIF) is an older file format that is no longer " "supported since 2005. If possible, prefer OFX files over QIF." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:50 msgid "Register bank statements manually" msgstr "手工登记银行对账单" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:52 msgid "If needed, you can also record your bank statements manually." msgstr "如果需要，你也可以手动输入你的银行对账单。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:54 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Overview --> Bank`, click on " "*Create Statements*, or on the three dots, and then on *New Statement*." @@ -173,131 +182,131 @@ msgstr "" "为了创建银行对账单，你可以到菜单选择 :menuselection:`财务 --> 会计概览 --> 银行`，点击 " "*创建对账单*，或者在银行右上角点击三个点号，然后选择 *新对账单* 。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:57 msgid "" "Add a new line for each transaction written on the original bank statement." msgstr "为原始银行对帐单上每笔交易添加新行。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:59 msgid "" "To ease the reconciliation process, make sure to fill out the *Partner* " "field. You can also write the payments’ references in the *Label* field." msgstr "为简化对帐流程，请确保填写合作伙伴字段。 您也可以在“标签”字段中编写付款参考。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:67 msgid "" "The *Ending Balance* and the *Computed Balance* should have the same amount." " If it is not the case, make sure that there is no mistake in the " "transactions’ amounts." msgstr "期末余额和计算的余额应该一致。如果不一致，请确保交易金额没有错误。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:122 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:109 msgid ":doc:`bank_synchronization`" msgstr ":doc:`bank_synchronization`" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:10 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:16 msgid "Todo" msgstr "待办" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:72 msgid "add doc link to new documentation about reconciliation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:3 msgid "Bank Synchronization: Automatic Import" msgstr "银行同步：自动导入" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo can synchronize directly with your bank institution to get all bank " "statements imported automatically into your database." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:8 msgid "" "To check if your bank is compatible with Odoo, go to `Odoo Accounting " "Features <https://www.odoo.com/page/accounting-features>`_, and click on " "*See list of supported institutions*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:15 msgid "More than 20,000 institutions around the world are supported." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:17 msgid "To connect to the banks, Odoo uses multiple web-services:" msgstr "为了连接到银行，Odoo使用了多种Web服务：" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:19 msgid "**Plaid**: United States of America and Canada" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:20 msgid "**Yodlee**: Worldwide" -msgstr "**Yodlee**: 全世界" +msgstr "**Yodlee** : 全球" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:21 msgid "**Salt Edge**: Europe (:doc:`more information <saltedge>`)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:22 msgid "**Ponto**: Europe (:doc:`more information <ponto>`)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:25 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:24 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:19 -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:14 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:69 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:16 -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:22 -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:9 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:31 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:28 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:284 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:321 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:34 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:92 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:25 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:14 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:60 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:19 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:27 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:23 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:12 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:29 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:13 -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:21 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:18 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:16 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:16 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:15 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:22 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:11 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:30 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:31 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:13 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:20 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:37 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:15 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:20 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:39 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:331 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/vat_validation.rst:13 msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "基础配置" +msgstr "配置" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:28 msgid "On-Premise users" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:30 msgid "" "To be able to use this service, you need to have a valid Odoo Enterprise " "subscription. So make sure that your database is registered with your Odoo " @@ -306,34 +315,34 @@ msgid "" "don't have a firewall or a proxy blocking the following address:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:36 msgid "https://production.odoofin.com/" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:39 msgid "First Synchronization" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:41 msgid "" "You can start synchronization either by going to :menuselection:`Accounting " "--> Configuration --> Add a Bank Account` or via the configuration bar on " "the accounting dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:44 msgid "" "Now you can search for your bank institution. Select it and follow the steps" " to synchronize with it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:47 msgid "" "If you have any issues during your first synchronization, please verify that" " your web browser doesn't block pop-ups and that your adblocker is disabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:50 msgid "" "During your first synchronization, you will be asked for a phone number to " "secure your account. The reason we ask for such information is that we don't" @@ -344,38 +353,38 @@ msgid "" "bank institution. This information is not stored on Odoo's servers." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:57 msgid "" "By default, transactions fetched from an online source are grouped inside " "the same statement, and one bank statement is created per month. You can " "change the bank statement creation periodicity in your journal settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:61 msgid "" "You can find all your synchronizations by going to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Online Synchronization`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:65 msgid "Synchronize manually" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:67 msgid "" "After your first synchronization, the created journals are synchronized by " "default every 12 hours. If you wish, you can synchronize manually by " "clicking on the *Synchronize Now* button on the dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:75 msgid "" "Or you can go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Online " "Synchronization`, select your institution and then click on the *Fetch " "Transactions* button." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:83 msgid "" "Some institutions do not allow transactions to be fetched automatically. For" " such institutions, during the automatic synchronization of the account, you" @@ -385,15 +394,15 @@ msgid "" "synchronizations." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:89 msgid "Issues" msgstr "议题" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:92 msgid "Synchronization in error" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:94 msgid "" "To report a connection error to the `Odoo support " "<https://www.odoo.com/help>`_, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " @@ -401,40 +410,40 @@ msgid "" "failed, and copy the error description and the reference." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:99 msgid "Synchronization disconnected" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:101 msgid "" "If your connection with the proxy is disconnected, you can reconnect with " "the proxy using the *Reconnect* button." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:105 msgid "" "This disconnection can be caused by the Odoo support. In this case, please " "contact the `support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_ directly with your client" " id or the reference of the error listed in the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:112 msgid "Migration process for users having installed Odoo before December 2020" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:114 msgid "" "If you are on-premise, please first make sure that your source is up-to-date" " with the latest version of Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:117 msgid "" "Users who have created a database before December 2020 need to install the " "new module manually to use the new functionalities." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:120 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Apps --> Update Apps List`, remove the " "default filter in the search bar and type: " @@ -442,13 +451,13 @@ msgid "" "button to install the new module." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:128 msgid "" "Finally, make sure all your users refresh their Odoo page by pressing " "CTRL+F5." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:132 msgid "" "All previous synchronizations are disconnected during the installation and " "won't work anymore. You can find them directly in the synchronization menu " @@ -457,29 +466,29 @@ msgid "" "ones." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:136 msgid "" "Please do not uninstall *account_online_sync* which is the previous module " "for online synchronization. The new one overrides it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:138 msgid "" "By default *account_online_synchronization* is installed automatically with " "Accounting." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:141 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:95 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:78 msgid "FAQ" msgstr "常问问题" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:144 msgid "The synchronization is not working in real-time. Is that normal?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:146 msgid "" "The process is not intended to work in real-time as third party providers " "synchronize your accounts at different intervals. To force the " @@ -491,7 +500,7 @@ msgid "" "transactions if you already performed such action earlier in the day." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:153 msgid "" "A transaction can be visible on your bank account, but not be fetched if it " "has the status *Pending*. Only transactions with the *Posted* status will be" @@ -499,32 +508,32 @@ msgid "" "status changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:158 msgid "Is the Online Bank Synchronization feature included in my contract?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:160 msgid "" "**Community Version**: No, this feature is not included in the Community " "Version." -msgstr "**社区版本**：不，此功能不包括在社区版本中。" +msgstr "**社区版本** ：不，此功能不包括在社区版本中。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:161 msgid "" "**Online Version**: Yes, even if you benefit from the One App Free contract." -msgstr "**在线版本**：是的，即使您受益于一个应用程序免费合同。" +msgstr "**在线版本** ：是的，即使您受益于一个应用程序免费合同。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:162 msgid "" "**Enterprise Version**: Yes, if you have a valid enterprise contract linked " "to your database." msgstr "**企业版本**：是的，如果您有链接到数据库的有效企业合同。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:165 msgid "Some banks have a status \"Beta.\" What does this mean?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:167 msgid "" "This means that banking institutions are not yet fully supported by our " "Third Party Provider. Bugs or other problems may arise. Odoo does not " @@ -534,11 +543,11 @@ msgid "" " from the connection." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:173 msgid "Why do my transactions only synchronize when I refresh manually?" msgstr "为什么我的事务仅在手动刷新时同步？" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:175 msgid "" "Some banks have additional security measures and require extra steps, such " "as an SMS/email authentication code or another type of MFA. Because of this," @@ -546,21 +555,21 @@ msgid "" "provided." msgstr "某些银行有额外的安全措施，需要额外的步骤，如短信/电子邮件身份验证代码或其他类型的 MFA。因此，在提供安全代码之前，集成器无法提取事务。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:180 msgid "Not all of my past transactions are in Odoo, why?" msgstr "所有我的过去交易都不在Odoo，为什么？" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:182 msgid "" "For some institutions, transactions can only be fetched up to 3 months in " "the past." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:185 msgid "Why don't I see any transactions?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:187 msgid "" "During your first synchronization, you selected the bank accounts you " "decided to synchronize with Odoo. If you didn't synchronize any of your " @@ -569,11 +578,11 @@ msgid "" "connection." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:191 msgid "There may also be no new transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:193 msgid "" "If your bank account is properly linked to a journal and posted transactions" " are not visible in your database, please `submit a support ticket " @@ -582,38 +591,38 @@ msgstr "" "如果您的银行帐户正确链接到日记帐，并且已过帐的交易在您的数据库中不可见，`请'提交支持票证 <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_ " "。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:197 msgid "How can I update my bank credentials?" msgstr "如何更新银行凭据？" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:199 msgid "" "You can update your credentials by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Online Synchronization`, open the connection you want to " "update your credentials and click on the *Update Credentials* button." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:204 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:124 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:111 msgid ":doc:`bank_statements`" msgstr ":doc:`bank_statements`" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:205 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:110 msgid ":doc:`ponto`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:206 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:123 msgid ":doc:`saltedge`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:3 msgid "Ponto as bank synchronization provider" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:5 msgid "" "**Ponto** is a service that allows companies and professionals to aggregate " "their accounts in one place and directly see all their transactions within " @@ -623,155 +632,155 @@ msgstr "" "**Ponto** 是一项服务，可让公司和专业人士在一个地方汇总其帐户，并直接在一个应用程序中查看其所有交易。 " "它是一种第三方解决方案，正在不断扩大可以与Odoo同步的银行机构的数量。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:13 msgid "" "**Odoo** can synchronize directly with your bank to get all bank statements " "imported automatically into your database." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:16 msgid "" "Ponto is a paid third-party provider that can handle the synchronization " "between your bank accounts and Odoo. `Its pricing is 4€/month per " "account/integration <https://myponto.com/en#pricing>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:20 msgid "" "You can find more information about bank synchronization :doc:`on this page " "<bank_synchronization>`." msgstr "您可以找到有关银行同步的更多信息： :doc:`此页 <bank_synchronization>`." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:27 msgid "Link your bank accounts with Ponto" msgstr "将您的银行帐户与Ponto连结" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:29 msgid "Go to `Ponto's website (https://myponto.com) <https://myponto.com>`_." msgstr "转到此页面 `Ponto的网站 (https://myponto.com) <https://myponto.com>`_。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:30 msgid "Create an account if you don't have one yet." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:31 msgid "Once you are logged in, create an *organization*." msgstr "登录后，创建一个 *组织机构* 。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounts --> Live`, and click on *Add account*." msgstr "转到此页面 :menuselection:`帐户 --> Live`, and click on *新增帐户*。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 msgid "You might have to add your **Billing Information** first." msgstr "您可能需要先添加 **计费信息** 。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:39 msgid "" "Select your country, your bank institutions, give your consent to Ponto, and" " follow the steps on-screen to link your bank account with your Ponto " "account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:46 msgid "" "Make sure to add all bank accounts you want to synchronize with your Odoo " "database before moving on to the next steps." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:50 msgid "Link your Ponto account with your Odoo database" msgstr "将您的Ponto帐户与Odoo数据库链接" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:52 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Add a Bank Account`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:53 msgid "" "Search your institution, make sure to select the right institution. By " "selecting the institution, you can verify that the third party provider is " "Ponto." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:55 msgid "Click on *Connect* and follow the steps." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:56 msgid "" "At some point, you will have to authorize the accounts you want to access in" " Odoo. Please select **all the accounts** you want to synchronize. Even the " "ones coming from other banking institutions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:64 msgid "Finish the flow." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:67 msgid "" "You have to authorize all the accounts you want to access in Odoo but, Odoo " "will filter the accounts based on the institution you selected at the second" " step." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:71 msgid "Update your synchronization credentials" msgstr "更新您的同步凭证" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:73 msgid "" "You might have to update your Ponto credentials or modify the " "synchronization settings." msgstr "您可能必须更新您的Ponto凭据或修改同步设置。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:75 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:87 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Online " "Synchronization` and select the institution you want to fetch the other " "accounts. Click on *Fetch Accounts* button to start the flow." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:79 msgid "" "During the update, select **all the accounts** you want to synchronize, even" " the ones coming from other banking institutions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:83 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:66 msgid "Fetch new accounts" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:85 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:68 msgid "You might want to add new online accounts to your connection." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:91 msgid "" "Don't forget to keep authorization for existing accounts (for all " "institutions that you have synchronized with Ponto)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:98 msgid "After my synchronization, no account appears" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:100 msgid "" "You selected an institution from the list and did not authorize any accounts" " from this institution." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:103 msgid "I have an error about that my authorization has expired" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:105 msgid "" "Every **3 months** (90 days) you must re-authorize the connection between " "your bank account and Ponto. This must be done from the `Ponto website " @@ -779,60 +788,60 @@ msgid "" "stop for these accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:110 msgid "I have some errors with my beta institution" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:112 msgid "" "Ponto provides institutions in *beta*, these institutions are not directly " "supported by Odoo and we advise you to contact Ponto directly." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:116 msgid "" "Using an institution in beta is beneficial for Ponto, it allows them to have" " real feedback on the connection with the institution." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:3 msgid "Salt Edge as bank synchronization provider" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:5 msgid "" "**Salt Edge** is a third-party provider that aggregates banking information " "from your bank accounts. It supports ~5000 institutions in more than 50 " "countries." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:13 msgid "" "Odoo can synchronize directly with your bank to get all bank statements " "imported automatically into your database." msgstr "Odoo可以直接与您的银行同步，以将所有银行对帐单自动导入到您的数据库中。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:16 msgid "Salt Edge is a free third-party provider." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:22 msgid "Link your bank accounts with Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:24 msgid "" "Start synchronization by clicking on :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Add a Bank Account`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:26 msgid "" "Select the institution you want to synchronize. You can see if Salt Edge is " "the third party provider of the institution by selecting it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:28 msgid "" "After giving your phone number, you are asked for an email address. This " "email address is used to create your Salt Edge account. Please make sure you" @@ -840,31 +849,31 @@ msgid "" "your Salt Edge account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:37 msgid "" "After entering your email address, you are redirected to Salt Edge to " "continue the synchronization process." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:44 msgid "Make sure you give your consent by checking the consent checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:50 msgid "Complete the synchronization by following the steps." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:54 msgid "Update your credentials" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:56 msgid "" "You might have to update your Salt Edge credentials or modify the " "synchronization settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:58 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Online " "Synchronization` and select the institution you want to update credentials. " @@ -872,25 +881,25 @@ msgid "" "steps." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:62 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:74 msgid "" "Don't forget to check the consent checkbox. Otherwise, Odoo may not be able " "to access your information." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:70 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Online " "Synchronization` and select the institution to fetch the new accounts. Click" " on the *Fetch Accounts* button to start the flow and follow the steps." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:81 msgid "I have an error when I try to delete my synchronization within Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:83 msgid "" "Odoo can't permanently delete the connection you have created with the " "banking institution. However, it can revoke the consent you gave so that " @@ -903,25 +912,25 @@ msgid "" "record." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:92 msgid "I have an error saying that I have already synchronized this account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:94 msgid "" "You have probably already synchronized your bank account with Salt Edge, " "please check on your `dashboard <https://www.saltedge.com/dashboard>`_ that " "you don't already have a connection with the same credentials." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:98 msgid "" "In case you already have a synchronization with the same credentials present" " on your Salt Edge dashboard and this synchronization has not been created " "with Odoo, please delete it and create it from your Odoo database." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:102 msgid "" "In case you already have a connection with the same credentials present on " "your Salt Edge dashboard and this synchronization was created with Odoo, you" @@ -930,33 +939,34 @@ msgid "" "*Update Credentials* to reactivate the connection." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc.rst:3 ../../accounting/payables/misc.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc.rst:3 msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "杂项" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:3 msgid "Do a bank wire transfer from one bank to another" msgstr "将电汇从一家银行转移到另一家银行" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:5 msgid "" "A company might have several bank accounts or cash registers. Within odoo it" " is possible to handle internal transfers of money with only a couple of " "clicks." msgstr "一个公司可能有几个银行账号或现金账号。使用odoo, 内部转移钱只是几个点击就可解决了。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:9 msgid "" "We will take the following example to illustrate. My company has two bank " "accounts and I want to transfer 50.000 euros from one of our bank accounts " "to the another one." msgstr "我们用下面的例子来说明。我公司有两个银行账户, 我想把50.000欧元从我们的银行账户转移到另一个。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:17 msgid "Check your Chart of Accounts and default transfer account" msgstr "检查科目表以及默认转账账户" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:19 msgid "" "To handle internal transfers you need a transfer account in your charts of " "account. Odoo will generate an account automatically based on the country of" @@ -967,24 +977,24 @@ msgstr "" "处理内部转账需要在科目表中添加转账科目。Odoo将根据你所在国家的科目表自动生成一个科目。如要配置科目表并检查默认的转账科目，前往会计模块设置，并选择 " ":menuselection:`配置 --> 设置` 。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:25 msgid "" "Your chart of accounts will be pre-installed depending on the country " "specified during your registration, it cannot be changed." msgstr "当你注册时, 会根据你的国家信息, 预设科目表, 它不能被改变。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:31 msgid "" "The default transfer account will automatically be generated as well " "depending on your country's legislation. If necessary it can be modified " "from the same page." msgstr "自动生成默认的转移帐户取决于你们国家的立法。如果有必要, 可以修改相同的页面。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:39 msgid "Create a second bank account / Journal" msgstr "创建第二银行账户/日记账" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:41 msgid "" "Before we can register an internal transfer we need to add a new bank to our" " accounting dashboard. To do so enter the accounting module, click on " @@ -992,29 +1002,28 @@ msgid "" " You should fill in the **Account Number**. You can also create and edit " "your bank to specify your bank's details." msgstr "" -"在我们可以注册一个内部转让之前, 我们需要在会计仪表板上添加一个新的银行账户。进入会计模块,点击 " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Bank Accounts` . 创建一个新的银行账户。你应该填写 " -"**Account Number** . 您还可以创建和编辑你的银行详细信息。" +"在我们可以注册一个内部转让之前, 我们需要在会计仪表板上添加一个新的银行账户。进入会计模块,点击 :menuselection:`配置 --> " +"银行账户` . 创建一个新的银行账户。你应该填写 **账号** 。 您还可以创建和编辑你的银行详细信息。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:50 msgid "By saving the changes you now have 2 bank accounts." msgstr "通过保存更改, 你现在有2个银行账户。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:56 msgid "Register an internal transfer from one bank to another." msgstr "登记一个从一个银行到另外一个银行的内部转账。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:58 msgid "" "We will now transfer 50.000 euros from our **Bank** to our **Bank BE57 0633 " "9533 1498** account." -msgstr "现在我们将把50.000欧元从我们的 **Bank** 转到 **Bank BE57 0633 9533 1498** 账户。" +msgstr "现在我们将把50.000欧元从我们的 **银行** 转到 **Bank BE57 0633 9533 1498** 账户。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:62 msgid "Log an internal transfer" msgstr "记录内部转账" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:64 msgid "" "The first step is to register the internal payment. To do so go into your " "accounting dashboard, click on the **more** button of one of your banks and " @@ -1022,43 +1031,42 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "第一步是登记内部付款。为此，进入你的会计仪表板，点击其中一个银行的 **更多** 按钮并选择 :menuselection:`新建 --> 内部转账`。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:71 msgid "" "Create a new payment. The payment type will automatically be set to internal" " transfer. Select the **Bank** you want to transfer to, specify the " "**Amount** and add a **Memo** if you wish." msgstr "" -"创建一个新的付款。付款类型将自动设置为内部转让。选择您想要转移的 **银行** , 指定 **Amount** 和添加一个 **Memo** " -"(如果你需要)。" +"创建一个新的付款。付款类型将自动设置为内部转让。选择您想要转移的 **银行** , 指定 **总金额** 和添加一个 **备忘录** (如果你需要)。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:76 msgid "" "The memo is important if you wish to automatically reconcile (see `Import " "bank statements and reconcile`_)." msgstr "如果你想要自动对账，备忘录非常重要（参见`导入银行对账单并对账`_）。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:82 msgid "Save and confirm the changes to register the payment." msgstr "保存并确认变更以登记付款。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:84 msgid "" "In terms of accounting the money is now booked in the transfer account. " "We'll need to import bank statements to book the money in the final " "accounts." msgstr "在会计方面, 钱现在登记在转移账户。我们需要导入银行对账单, 将钱登记在最终的账户." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:89 msgid "Import bank statements and reconcile" msgstr "导入银行对账单并调节" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:91 msgid "" "Note that the bank balance computed by Odoo is different that the last " "statement of your bank." msgstr "注意, 银行余额在Odoo的计算与银行最新的对账单是不同的." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:97 msgid "" "That is because we did not import the bank statement confirming the " "receiving and sending of the money. It's thus necessary to import your bank " @@ -1068,7 +1076,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "这是因为我们没有导入银行对账单来确认收付款。因此需要导入你的银行对账单，将付款和正确的银行对账单行进行核对。在收到银行对账单后，点击对应银行下的**新对账单**按钮，以导入其内容。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:106 msgid "" "Fill in your **Transactions line**. Once done, Odoo will display a " "**Computed Balance**. that computed balance is the theorical end balance of " @@ -1076,22 +1084,21 @@ msgid "" "that no errors were made. Fill in the **Ending balance** and click on the " "**Reconcile** button." msgstr "" -"填上 **Transactions line** 。一旦完成, Odoo将显示 **Computed Balance** " -"。计算的余额是理论上你的账户的余额。如果与银行对账单一致, 就意味着没有错误。填写 **Ending balance** , 然后点击 " -"**Reconcile** 按钮。" +"填上 **交易行** 。一旦完成, Odoo将显示 **计算余额** 。计算的余额是理论上你的账户的余额。如果与银行对账单一致, 就意味着没有错误。填写" +" **期末余额** , 然后点击 **对账** 按钮。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:114 msgid "The following window will open:" msgstr "下列窗口将会打开 :" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:119 msgid "" "You need to choose counterparts for the payment. Select the correct bank " "statement line corresponding to the payment and click on the **reconcile** " "button. Close the statement to finish the transaction" msgstr "你需要为付款选择交易对手。选择付款对应的正确银行对账单行并点击**对账**按钮。关闭对账单，完成交易。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:126 msgid "" "The same steps will need to be repeated once you receive your second bank " "statement. Note that if you specify the same amount and the same memo in " @@ -1099,18 +1106,18 @@ msgid "" "happen automatically." msgstr "收到第二张银行对账单后，需要重复相同的步骤。注意，如果在两张对账单和付款交易中指定相同的金额和相同的备忘录，则系统将自动进行对账。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:177 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:80 -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:153 msgid "Bank Reconciliation" msgstr "银行对账" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:3 msgid "Reconciliation Models" msgstr "对账模型" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:5 msgid "" "Once the bank statements are correctly imported, it is essential to " "*reconcile* the records properly and ensure all *Journal Entries* are " @@ -1121,13 +1128,13 @@ msgstr "" "正确输入银行对帐单后，至关重要的是适当地 *协调* 记录，并确保所有 *日记帐分录* 都是平衡且一致的。 为了简化和加快对帐过程，您可以配置 " "**对帐模型** ，这对于诸如银行手续费之类的经常项目特别有用。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:10 msgid "" "Add a link to the Reconciliation process in the paragraph above, once the " "doc will have been updated." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:14 msgid "" "Reconciliation Models are also useful to handle *Cash Discounts*. Please " "refer to :doc:`this documentation " @@ -1136,32 +1143,32 @@ msgstr "" "对帐模型也可用于处理 *现金折扣* 。 请参阅此 :doc:`文档 " "<../../receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts>`了解更多信息。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:21 msgid "Types of Reconciliation Models" msgstr "对帐模型的类型" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:23 msgid "There are three types of Reconciliation Models:" msgstr "有三种类型的对帐模型：" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:25 msgid ":ref:`Write-off Button <reconciliation_models_button>`" msgstr ":ref:`注销按钮 <reconciliation_models_button>`" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:26 msgid "" ":ref:`Suggestion of counterpart values <reconciliation_models_suggestion>`" msgstr ":ref:`对应价值的建议 <reconciliation_models_suggestion>`" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:27 msgid ":ref:`Match existing invoices/bills <reconciliation_models_match>`" msgstr ":ref:`匹配现有的发票/账单 <reconciliation_models_match>`" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:32 msgid "Manually create a write-off on clicked button" msgstr "手动创建注销按钮" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:34 msgid "" "When you are reconciling an entry with an *Open Balance*, you can use the " "buttons available under the *Manual Operations* tab to pre-fill all the " @@ -1169,22 +1176,22 @@ msgid "" " different Reconciliation Model." msgstr "当您使用 *未结余额* 对帐单时，可以使用 *手动操作* 选项卡下的按钮在验证对帐之前自动预填充所有数值。 每个按钮都是不同的对帐模型。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:45 msgid "Suggest counterpart values" msgstr "建议对应值" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:47 msgid "" "This type of Reconciliation Model suggests immediately counterpart values " "that only need to be validated. This automation is based on a set of rules " "defined in the reconciliation model." msgstr "这种对帐模型会立即进行建议只需要验证的对应值。 此自动化基于对帐模型中定义的一组规则。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:57 msgid "Match existing invoices/bills" -msgstr "匹配现有的发票/账单" +msgstr "匹配现有的结算单/账单" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:59 msgid "" "This type of Reconciliation Model automatically selects the right Customer " "Invoice or Vendor Bill that matches the payment. All that is left to do is " @@ -1192,7 +1199,7 @@ msgid "" " the reconciliation model." msgstr "这种类型的对帐模型会自动选择与付款匹配的正确的客户发票或供应商账单。 剩下要做的就是验证输入。 此自动化基于对帐模型中定义的一组规则。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:71 msgid "" "To manage or create new **Reconciliation Models**, go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reconciliation --> Reconciliation Models`. " @@ -1203,31 +1210,31 @@ msgstr "" "要管理或创建新的 **对帐模型** ，请转到 :menuselection:`会计 --> 对帐 --> 对帐模型` 。 " "另外，您也可以从会计概述中打开此菜单，方法是转到银行日记帐卡，单击三个小点，然后单击 *对帐模型* 。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:81 msgid "" "The first entry, named *Invoices Matching Rule*, is the one responsible for " "the current matching of invoices and bills. Therefore, it is advised to " "leave it at the top of the list and not to delete it." msgstr "第一个条目名为 *发票匹配规则* ，是负责发票和票据当前匹配的条目。 因此，建议将其保留在列表顶部，而不要删除它。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:85 msgid "" "Open the model you want to modify, or click on *Create* to create a new one," " then fill out the form." msgstr "打开要修改的模型，或单击 *创建* 建立一个新模型，然后填写表格。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:88 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:50 msgid "Type" msgstr "类型" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:90 msgid "" "See :ref:`above <reconciliation_models_types>` for an explanation about the " "different types of Reconciliation Models." msgstr "请 :ref:`参见 <reconciliation_models_types>` 有关不同类型的对帐模型的说明" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:94 msgid "" "If the *Documents* application is installed on your database, an additional " "**Activity type** field appears when *To check* is ticked. Selecting the " @@ -1237,17 +1244,17 @@ msgstr "" "如果您的数据库上安装了 *文件管理* 应用程序，则当选中 *要检查* 时，会显示一个附加的 *活动类型* 字段。 选择 *对帐请求* " "意味着，每当您使用此模型时，都会弹出* 请求文档* 窗口，以向用户索取文档。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:100 msgid "Conditions on Bank Statement Line" msgstr "银行对账单明细条件" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:102 msgid "" "Define here all the conditions that are required for a Reconciliation Model " "to be applied." msgstr "在此处定义应用对帐模型所需的所有条件。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:105 msgid "" "If a record matches with several Reconciliation Models, the first one in the" " *sequence* of models will be applied. The sequence is simply the order of " @@ -1257,52 +1264,54 @@ msgstr "" "如果一条记录与多个对帐模型匹配，则将应用模型的 *序列* 中的第一个。 序列只是 *列表视图* 中模型的顺序。 " "可以通过拖放名称旁边的手柄来重新排列它们。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:114 msgid "Counterpart Values" msgstr "对应值" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:116 msgid "" "This section comprises the values that are applied by the Reconciliation " "Model." msgstr "本部分包含对帐模型应用的值。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:118 msgid "" "If the value to reconcile needs to be written-off in two separate accounts, " "click on *Add a second line*." msgstr "如果需要核对的值需要在两个单独的帐户中注销，请单击 *添加第二行* 。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:127 msgid ":doc:`use_cases`" msgstr ":doc:`use_cases` " -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:128 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:108 msgid ":doc:`../feeds/bank_synchronization`" msgstr ":doc:`../feeds/bank_synchronization`" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:129 msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts`" msgstr ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts`" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:3 msgid "Bank reconciliation process - use cases" msgstr "银行对帐流程 - 用例" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/overview.rst:3 ../../accounting/reporting/overview.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview" msgstr "概述" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:8 msgid "" "Matching your bank statements with your accounting records can be a tedious " "task. You need to find the corresponding invoices, compare the amounts and " @@ -1312,39 +1321,39 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "将会计记录与银行对账单匹配的工作量比较大。你需要找到对应的发票，比较发票金额及合作伙伴详情与银行对账单是否相符。这些步骤需要很多时间。幸运的是，使用Odoo，你可以很容易地将发票或其他付款文件与银行对账单匹配。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:10 msgid "Two options of the reconciliation process exist in Odoo." msgstr "Odoo中有2种对账过程选项。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:12 msgid "We can directly specify the payment on the invoice" msgstr "我们可以直接在发票上注明付款" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:13 msgid "We can reconcile open invoices with bank statements" msgstr "我们可以用银行对账单调整销售发票" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:18 msgid "" "No special configuration is necessary to record invoices. All we need to do " "is to install the accounting app." msgstr "登记发票不需要特殊设置。我们只需安装会计应用程序就可以了。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:25 msgid "Use cases" msgstr "用例" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:28 msgid "Case 1: Payments registration" msgstr "案例1 : 付款登记" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:30 msgid "" "We received the proof of payment of our invoice in the amount of 2100 euros " "issued to Smith & Co." msgstr "我们收到发票付款证明，是史密斯公司的2100欧元。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:33 msgid "" "We start at our issued Invoice of 2100 euros for Smith & Co. Because the " "sold product is a service we demand an immediate payment. Our accountant " @@ -1354,92 +1363,93 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "我们开了张2100欧元的发票给史密斯公司。因为我们出售的产品是服务，要求立即付款。而我们的会计只在周末处理银行对账单，所以我们必须将该发票标记为立即支付，表明我们可以开始为客户提供服务。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:39 msgid "" "Our customer send us a payment confirmation. We can thus register a payment " "and mark the invoice as paid." msgstr "我们的客户发给我们付款凭证。我们可以登记付款, 相关的发票为已付。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:45 msgid "" "By clicking on **register payment,** we are telling Odoo that our customer " "has paid the Invoice. We thus have to specify the amount and the payment " "method." msgstr "通过点击**付款登记**，我们告诉Odoo，客户已支付。我们需要在此指定金额和支付方式。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:52 msgid "" "Now we can always find the payment details in the Invoice by clicking on the" " :menuselection:`Info --> Open Payment`." msgstr "我们可以随时查找发票付款信息，只需点击 :menuselection:`信息 -->未结付款` 。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:58 msgid "" "The invoice has been paid and **the reconciliation has been done " "automatically.**" msgstr "发票已经支付, **自动调节已完成** 。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:62 msgid "Case 2: Bank statements reconciliations" msgstr "案例2 : 银行对账单对账" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:64 msgid "" "We start at our issued Invoice of 3000 euros for Smith & Co. Let's also " "assume that other Invoices are open for different customers." msgstr "我们开始已开给Smith & Co的3000欧元的发票。让我们也假定其他不同客户的发票未付款。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:70 msgid "" "We receive our bank statement and find that not only the invoice issued to " "Smith & Co has been paid, but the one to Buzz of 92 euros as well." msgstr "我们收到银行对账单，发现不仅是史密斯公司已付款，Buzz的92欧元也已支付。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:73 msgid "" "**Import** or **Create** the bank statements. Please refer to the documents " "from the Bank Feeds section." -msgstr " **导入(Import)** 或 **创建(Create)** 银行对账单。请在银行提要部分参考相关文档。" +msgstr " **导入** 或 **创建** 银行对账单。请在银行馈送部分参考相关文档。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:79 msgid "On the dashboard, click on **Reconcile # Items**" msgstr "在仪表板, 点击 **调节# 项** " -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:84 msgid "" "If everything was right (correct partner name, right amount) odoo will do " "the reconciliations **automatically**." -msgstr "如果一切是正确的(正确的业务伙伴名字, 金额正确), odoo会 **自动(automatically)** 调节。" +msgstr "如果一切是正确的 (正确的合作伙伴名字，金额正确)， odoo会 **自动** 调节。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:90 msgid "If some issues are found, you will need to take **manual actions**." -msgstr "如果发现某些问题, 需要执行 **手工动作** 。" +msgstr "如果发现某些问题, 需要执行 **手动操作** 。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:92 msgid "" "For example, if the partner is missing from your bank statement, just fill " "it in :" msgstr "例如, 如果在银行对账单中缺少业务伙伴, 请填写" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:98 msgid "" "If the payment is done with a down payment, just check if it is all right " "and validate all related payments :" msgstr "如果用首付完成了付款, 只检查它是否正确并验证所有相关的付款" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:105 msgid "Hit CTRL-Enter to reconcile all the balanced items in the sheet." msgstr "点击CTRL-Enter, 调节表格中的所有项。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:168 msgid "Setup" msgstr "设置" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:3 msgid "Bank Accounts" -msgstr "银行账户" +msgstr "银行帐户" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:5 msgid "" "You can manage as many **Bank Accounts** as needed on your database. " "Configuring them well allows you to make sure that all your banking data is " @@ -1447,30 +1457,30 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "您可以根据需要在数据库中管理多个 **银行帐户** 。 正确配置它们可以使您确保所有银行数据都是最新的，并准备与您的 *日记帐分录* 对帐。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:9 msgid "" "In Odoo Accounting, each Bank Account is configured to have a dedicated " "*Journal* which is configured to post all entries in a dedicated *Account*." -msgstr "在Odoo 会计应用中，每个银行帐户都配置有专用的 *日记帐 * ，该日记帐配置为在专用 * 帐户* 中过帐所有条目。" +msgstr "在Odoo 会计应用中，每个银行帐户都配置有专用的 *日记帐 * ，该日记帐配置为在专用 *帐户* 中过帐所有条目。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:12 msgid "" "Whenever you add a Bank Account, a dedicated journal and a dedicated account" " are automatically created and configured." msgstr "每当您添加银行帐户时，都会自动创建和配置专用日记帐和专用帐户。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:15 msgid "" "Every **Bank Journal** is displayed by default on the **Accounting " "Overview** in the form of a convenient card. It includes action buttons that" " are displayed when appropriate." msgstr "默认情况下，每种 **银行日记帐** 都以默认情况下显示在 *会计概览* 中。 它包括适当时显示的操作按钮。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:25 msgid "Add a new Bank Account" msgstr "添加一个新的银行帐户" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:27 msgid "" "You can either connect your bank account to your Odoo database, or configure" " your bank account manually and :doc:`upload the bank statements manually " @@ -1479,76 +1489,76 @@ msgstr "" "您可以将银行帐户连接到Odoo数据库，也可以手动配置银行帐户，然后 :doc:`手动上传银行对帐单 " "<../feeds/bank_statements>`。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:31 msgid "Bank Synchronization" msgstr "银行同步" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:33 msgid "" "Connect your bank account to your database and have your bank statements " "synced automatically." msgstr "将您的银行帐户连接到数据库，并自动同步您的银行对帐单。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:35 msgid "" "To synchronize a new bank account, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration`, click on *Add a Bank Account*, then find your bank in the " "list, click on *Connect*, and follow the instructions on-screen." msgstr "" -"要同步新的银行帐户，请转到 :menuselection:`会计 --> 设置`, 单击 *添加银行帐户*, t列表中找到您的银行，单击 *连接* " +"要同步新的银行帐户，请转到 :menuselection:`会计 --> 设置`，单击 *添加银行帐户* ，在列表中找到您的银行，单击 *连接* " "，然后按照屏幕上的说明进行操作 。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:40 msgid "" ":doc:`Click here <../../bank/feeds/bank_synchronization>` for more " "information about this bank synchronization." msgstr ":doc:`点击此处 <../../bank/feeds/bank_synchronization>` 了解有关此银行同步的更多信息。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:48 msgid "Manual configuration" msgstr "手动配置" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:50 msgid "" "If your Bank Institution can’t be synchronized automatically, or if you " "prefer not to sync it with your database, you may also configure your bank " "account manually." msgstr "如果您的银行机构无法自动同步，或者您不想将其与数据库同步，则也可以手动配置银行帐户。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:53 msgid "" "To add a new bank account manually, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration`, click on *Add a Bank Account*, then on *Create it*, and fill" " out the form." msgstr "" -"要手动添加一个新的银行帐户，请转到:menuselection:`会计 --> 设置`, 单击 *添加银行帐户*，然后单击*创建*, 並填写表格。" +"要手动添加一个新的银行帐户，请转到 :menuselection:`会计 --> 设置` ，单击 *添加银行帐户* ，然后单击 *创建* ，並填写表格。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:65 msgid "**Name**: the bank account's name, as displayed on Odoo." msgstr "**名称** ：银行帐户的名称，如Odoo上所示。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:57 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:66 msgid "**Account Number**: your bank account number (IBAN in Europe)." msgstr "**帐号* *：您的银行帐号（欧洲的IBAN）。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:67 msgid "" "**Bank**: click on *Create and Edit* to configure the bank's details. Add " "the bank institution's name and its Identifier Code (BIC or SWIFT)." msgstr "**银行** ：单击 *创建和编辑* 以配置银行的详细信息。 添加银行机构的名称及其标识符代码（BIC或SWIFT）。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:60 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:69 msgid "" "**Code**: this code is your Journal's *Short Code*, as displayed on Odoo. By" " default, Odoo creates a new Journal with this Short Code." msgstr "**代码** ：此代码是您的日记帐的 *短代码* ，如Odoo所示。 默认情况下，Odoo会使用此短代码创建一个新日记帐。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:62 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:71 msgid "" "**Journal**: This field is displayed if you have an existing Bank Journal " "that is not linked yet to a bank account. If so, then select the *Journal* " @@ -1558,24 +1568,24 @@ msgstr "" "**日记帐** ：如果您有尚未链接到银行帐户的现有银行日记帐，则会显示此字段。 如果是这样，选择要用于记录与此银行帐户关联的财务交易的*日记帐* " "，或通过单击 *创建和编辑* 创建一个新的。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:67 msgid "" "Odoo detects the bank account type (e.g., IBAN) and enables some features " "accordingly." msgstr "Odoo会检测银行帐户类型（例如IBAN），并相应地启用某些功能。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:75 msgid "Advanced configuration" msgstr "高级配置" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:77 msgid "" "To edit an existing bank account, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Bank Accounts`, and open the bank account you want to " "modify." msgstr "要编辑现有的银行帐户，请转到 :menuselection:`帐户 --> 配置 --> 银行帐户` ，然后打开要修改的银行帐户。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:80 msgid "" "If you need to edit the bank account details, go to the *Bank Account* field" " and click on the *External Link* button next to the list arrow. There, you " @@ -1586,32 +1596,32 @@ msgstr "" "如果您需要编辑银行帐户详细信息，请转到 *银行帐户* 字段，然后单击列表箭头旁边的 *外部链接* 按钮。 在此处，您可以通过单击 *银行* 字段旁边的 " "*外部链接* 来编辑银行帐号，帐户持有人，帐户持有人姓名和银行机构的详细信息。 这些可详细信息用于注册一些付款。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:85 msgid "" "You can configure which types of payments are enabled in the **Payment " "Method Types** section and how the bank statements are recorded and posted " "in the **Bank Statements** section." msgstr "您可以在 *付款方式类型* 部分中配置启用的付款类型，并在 *银行对账单* 部分中配置银行对账单的记录和过账方式。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:93 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:192 msgid ":doc:`../../bank/feeds/bank_synchronization`" msgstr ":doc:`../../bank/feeds/bank_synchronization`" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:94 msgid ":doc:`../feeds/bank_statements`" msgstr ":doc:`../feeds/bank_statements`" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:95 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:194 -msgid "`Odoo Learn: Accounting Basics <https://www.odoo.com/r/lsZ>`_" -msgstr "`Odoo 在线学习：会计基础 <https://www.odoo.com/r/lsZ>`_" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:194 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Accounting Basics <https://www.odoo.com/r/lsZ>`_" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:3 msgid "Manage a bank in a foreign currency" msgstr "用外币管理银行" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:5 msgid "" "In Odoo, every transaction is recorded in the default currency of the " "company. Reports are all based on the currency of the company. But for " @@ -1622,31 +1632,31 @@ msgstr "" "在Odoo，每一笔交易以公司的默认币种记录。报告都是基于公司的币种。对于以其他币种发生的交易, " "Odoo同时以公司的币种的价值，以及以交易币种的价值存储。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:11 msgid "" "When you have a bank account in a foreign currencies, for every transaction," " Odoo stores two values:" msgstr "当你有一个外币的银行账户, 对于每笔交易, Odoo都保存两个值 :" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:14 msgid "The debit/credit in the currency of the company" msgstr "公司币别中的借方／贷方" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:16 msgid "The debit/credit in the currency of the bank account" msgstr "银行账户币别中的借方／贷方" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:18 msgid "" "Currency rates are updated automatically using yahoo.com, or the European " "Central bank web-services." msgstr "汇率会自动更新, 使用yahoo.com, 或者欧洲央行的在线服务。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:25 msgid "Activate the multi-currency feature" msgstr "激活多币种功能" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:27 msgid "" "In order to allow your company to work with multiple currencies, you should " "activate the multi-currency mode. In the accounting application, go into " @@ -1654,15 +1664,14 @@ msgid "" "Features` make sure the **Allow Multi-currencies** box is ticked. Provide a " "**Currency Exchange Gain / Loss** account, then click on **Apply**." msgstr "" -"为了让贵公司使用多种货币,你应该激活多种货币的模式。在会计应用程序中,进入 :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings --> Accounting & Finance Features` , 确保 **Allow Multi-currencies** " -"已勾选。提供一个 **Currency Exchange Gain / Loss** 科目,然后点击 **应用** 。" +"为了让贵公司使用多种货币,你应该激活多种货币的模式。在会计应用程序中,进入 :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置 --> 会计与财务功能`" +" , 确保 **允许多种货币** 已勾选。提供一个 **货币兑换损益** 科目 ,然后点击 **应用** 。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:34 msgid "Configure currencies" msgstr "配置货币" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:36 msgid "" "Once the Odoo is configured to support multiple currencies, you should " "activate the currencies you plan to work with. To do that, go to the menu " @@ -1673,69 +1682,69 @@ msgstr "" "如Odoo配置为支持多币种，你应激活计划使用的币种。为此，进入菜单 :menuselection:`配置 --> " "币种`。默认情况下，所有币种都已创建，但你应激活计划支持的币种（要激活某币种，勾选其*有效*字段）。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:42 msgid "" "After having activated the currencies, you can configure the parameters to " "automate the currency rate update. These options are also in the settings of" " the Accounting application, in the bottom of the page:" msgstr "激活货币后, 你可以配置的参数自动更新汇率。这些选项的设置也在会计应用程序中, 在页面的底部 :" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:49 msgid "Click on the **Update Now** link to update the currency rates now." msgstr "点击 **现在更新** 链接到目前最新的汇率。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:52 msgid "Create a new bank account" msgstr "创建银行账户" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:54 msgid "" "In the accounting application, we first go to :menuselection:`Configuration " "--> Accounting / Bank account`, and we create a new one." msgstr "在会计应用程序中, 我们首先去 :menuselection:`配置 --> 会计/银行账户` , 我们创建一个新的账户。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:60 msgid "" "Once you save this bank account, Odoo will create all the documents for you:" msgstr "一旦你保存这个银行账户, Odoo将为您创建的所有文件 :" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:63 msgid "An account in the trial balance" msgstr "试算表的科目" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:65 msgid "A journal in your dashboard" msgstr "将此帐簿显示在仪表盘上" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:67 msgid "" "Information about the bank account in the footer of your invoices if checked" " the box **Show in Invoices Footer**" msgstr "如果选择框 **在发票页脚显示** , 银行信息将在发票页脚显示" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:71 msgid "Example: A vendor bill in a foreign currency" msgstr "例如 :外币的供应商账单" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:73 msgid "" "Based on the above example, let's assume we receive the following bill from " "a supplier in China." msgstr "根据上面的例子中, 我们假设我们收到中国供应商的发票。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:76 msgid "" "In the :menuselection:`Purchase --> Vendor Bills` , this is what you could " "see:" msgstr "在 :menuselection:`采购 --> 供应商账单` , 你可以看到 :" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:81 msgid "" "Once you are ready to pay this bill, click on register payment on the bill " "to record a payment." msgstr "一旦你已经准备好支付这个账单, 点击登记付款记录付款。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:87 msgid "" "That's all you have to do. Odoo will automatically post the foreign exchange" " gain or loss at the reconciliation of the payment with the invoice, " @@ -1743,31 +1752,31 @@ msgid "" "and the payment date." msgstr "这是你所要做的。Odoo将在调节时, 自动将发票日和付款日的汇率差计入外汇损益。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:92 msgid "" "Note that you can pay a foreign bill with another currency. In such a case, " "Odoo will automatically convert between the two currencies." msgstr "注意, 您可以用另一种货币支付外汇发票。在这种情况下, Odoo将自动完成两种货币之间的转换。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:96 msgid "Customers Statements" msgstr "客户对账单" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:98 msgid "" "Customers and vendor statements are managed in the currency of the invoice. " "So, the amount due by your customer (to your vendor) is always expressed in " "the currency of the invoice." msgstr "客户和供应商的报表是用发票货币来管理的。所以, 客户(供应商)的到期金额总是用发票的货币表示。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:102 msgid "" "If you have several invoices with different currencies for the same " "customer, Odoo will split the customer statement by currency, as shown in " "the report below." msgstr "如果同一客户有几个不同货币的发票, Odoo将按货币分类, 如下报告所示。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:109 msgid "" "In the above report, the account receivable associated to Camptocamp is not " "managed in a secondary currency, which means that it keeps every transaction" @@ -1777,138 +1786,142 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "在上面的报告中，与Camptocamp相关的应收帐款没有用第二种货币进行管理，也就是说，每笔交易都使用本币。如需要，你可以将该客户的应收帐款设置为第二种货币，则所有的债务将自动转换该货币。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:115 msgid "" "In such a case, the customer statement always has only one currency. In " "general, this is not what the customer expect as he prefers to see the " "amounts in the currency of the invoices he received;" msgstr "在这种情况下, 客户对账单总是只有一种货币。一般来说, 这不是什么客户所希望的, 他更喜欢看到他收到发票的货币金额;" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:3 msgid "Manage a cash register" msgstr "管理收银机" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:5 msgid "" "The cash register is a journal to register receivings and payments " "transactions. It calculates the total money in and out, computing the total " "balance." msgstr "收银是日记注册receivings和支付交易。它计算总资金进出, 计算总余额。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:14 msgid "" "Configure the Cash journal in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " "--> Journals`." msgstr "配置现金日记帐, 在 :menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 日记帐` ." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:17 msgid "" "In the tab Journal Entries, the Default Debit and Credit Account can be " "configured as well as the currency of the journal" msgstr "在选项卡日记帐分录, 默认的借记卡和信用卡帐号可同时配置为期刊的货币" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:21 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:256 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:34 msgid "Usage" msgstr "用途" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:24 msgid "How to register cash payments?" msgstr "如何登记现金付款？" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:26 msgid "" "To register a cash payment specific to another customer, you should follow " "these steps:" msgstr "要注册特定于该客户的现金支付, 你应该遵循以下步骤 :" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:29 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Dashboard --> Cash --> Register " "Transactions`" msgstr "去 :menuselection:`会计 --> 仪表板 --> 现金 --> 注册交易` " -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:32 msgid "Fill in the start and ending balance" msgstr "开始和结束余额填写" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:34 msgid "" "Register the transactions, specifying the customers linked to the " "transaction" msgstr "注册交易, 指定链接到交易的客户" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:37 msgid "Put money in" msgstr "把钱放入" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:39 msgid "" "Put money in is used to placed your cash manually before starting your " "transactions. From the Register Transactions window, go to " ":menuselection:`More --> Put money in`" msgstr "投入资金用于在开始交易之前手动放置现金。 从登记交易窗口中, 去 :menuselection:`更多 --> 投入资金` " -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:47 msgid "Take money out" msgstr "拿钱出来" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:49 msgid "" "Take money out is used to collect/get yor your cash manually after ending " "all your transactions. From the Register Transaction windows, go to " ":menuselection:`More --> Take money out`" msgstr "把钱拿出, 是在所有的交易结束后, 收集你的现金。在登记交易窗口, 去 :menuselection:`更多 --> 把钱拿出` " -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:56 msgid "" "The transactions will be added to the current cash payment registration." msgstr "该交易将被添加到当前的现金支付登记。" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations.rst:3 msgid "Fiscal Localizations" msgstr "Fiscal Localizations" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations.rst:3 msgid "Localizations" msgstr "本地化" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:17 msgid "Argentina" msgstr "阿根廷" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:6 msgid "Webinars" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:8 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:8 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:8 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:8 msgid "" "Below you can find videos with a general description of the localization, " "and how to configure it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:10 msgid "`VIDEO WEBINAR OF A COMPLETE DEMO <https://youtu.be/c41-8cVaYAI>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:13 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:13 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:13 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:13 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:11 +msgid "`ECOMMERCE <https://youtu.be/5gUi2WWfRuI>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:63 msgid "Introduction" msgstr "介绍" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:16 msgid "" "The Argentinean localization has been improved and extended in Odoo v13, in " "this version the next modules are available:" @@ -1916,7 +1929,7 @@ msgstr "" "The Argentinean localization has been improved and extended in Odoo v13, in " "this version the next modules are available:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:19 msgid "" "**l10n_ar**: This module add accounting features for the Argentinian " "localization, which represent the minimal configuration needed for a company" @@ -1928,7 +1941,7 @@ msgstr "" " to operate in Argentina and under the AFIP (Administración Federal de " "Ingresos Públicos) regulations and guidelines." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:23 msgid "" "**l10n_ar_reports**: Add VAT Book report which is a legal requirement in " "Argentine and that holds the VAT detail info of sales or purchases recorded " @@ -1940,7 +1953,7 @@ msgstr "" "on the journal entries. This module includes as well the VAT summary report " "that is used to analyze the invoice" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:27 msgid "" "**l10n_ar_edi**: This module includes all technical and functional " "requirements to generate Electronic Invoice via web service, based on the " @@ -1950,11 +1963,11 @@ msgstr "" "requirements to generate Electronic Invoice via web service, based on the " "AFIP regulations." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:35 msgid "Install the Argentinean localization modules" msgstr "Install the Argentinean localization modules" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:37 msgid "" "For this, go to *Apps* and search for Argentina. Then click *Install* for " "the first two modules." @@ -1962,12 +1975,12 @@ msgstr "" "For this, go to *Apps* and search for Argentina. Then click *Install* for " "the first two modules." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:42 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:43 msgid "Configure your company" msgstr "Configure your company" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:45 msgid "" "Once that the modules are installed, the first step is to set up your " "company data. Additional to the basic information, a key field to fill in " @@ -1979,12 +1992,12 @@ msgstr "" "the AFIP Responsibility Type, that represent the fiscal obligation and " "structure of the company:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:53 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:64 msgid "Chart of Account" msgstr "科目表" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:56 msgid "" "In Accounting settings there are three available packages of Chart of " "accounts, which are related to the AFIP responsibility type of the Company, " @@ -1996,32 +2009,32 @@ msgstr "" "considering that if the base companies don't require as many accounts as the" " companies that gave more complex fiscal requirements:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:60 msgid "Monotributista (149 accounts)." msgstr "Monotributista (149 accounts)." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:61 msgid "IVA Exempto (159 accounts)." msgstr "IVA Exempto (159 accounts)." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:62 msgid "Responsables Inscriptos (166 Accounts)." msgstr "Responsables Inscriptos (166 Accounts)." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:67 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:234 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:240 msgid "Configure Master data" msgstr "Configure Master data" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:71 msgid "Electronic Invoice Credentials" msgstr "Electronic Invoice Credentials" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:74 msgid "Environment" msgstr "Environment" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:76 msgid "" "The AFIP infrastructure is replicated in two separate environments, Testing " "and Production." @@ -2029,7 +2042,7 @@ msgstr "" "The AFIP infrastructure is replicated in two separate environments, Testing " "and Production." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:78 msgid "" "Testing is provided so that the Companies can test their developments until " "they are ready to move into the Production environment. As these two " @@ -2041,7 +2054,7 @@ msgstr "" "environments are completely isolated from each other, the digital " "certificates of one instance are not valid in the other one." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:82 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Argentinian Localization` " "to select the environment:" @@ -2049,11 +2062,11 @@ msgstr "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Argentinian Localization` " "to select the environment:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:89 msgid "AFIP Certificates" msgstr "AFIP Certificates" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:90 msgid "" "The electronic invoice and other afip services work with WebServices (WS) " "provided by the AFIP." @@ -2061,7 +2074,7 @@ msgstr "" "The electronic invoice and other afip services work with WebServices (WS) " "provided by the AFIP." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:92 msgid "" "In order to enable communication with the AFIP, the first step is to request" " a Digital Certificate if you don’t have one already." @@ -2069,7 +2082,7 @@ msgstr "" "In order to enable communication with the AFIP, the first step is to request" " a Digital Certificate if you don’t have one already." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:95 msgid "" "Generate certificate Sign Request (Odoo). When this option is selected a " "file with extension ``.csr`` (certificate signing request) is generated to " @@ -2079,7 +2092,7 @@ msgstr "" "file with extension ``.csr`` (certificate signing request) is generated to " "be used the AFIP portal to request the certificate." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:101 msgid "" "Generate Certificate (AFIP). Access the AFIP portal and follow the " "instructions described in the next document in order to get a certificate. " @@ -2091,7 +2104,7 @@ msgstr "" "`Get AFIP Certificate " "<http://www.afip.gob.ar/ws/WSAA/wsaa_obtener_certificado_produccion.pdf>`_." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:105 msgid "" "Upload Certificate and Private Key (Odoo). Once the certificate has been " "generated, it needs to be uploaded in Odoo, using the pencil next in the " @@ -2101,7 +2114,7 @@ msgstr "" "generated, it needs to be uploaded in Odoo, using the pencil next in the " "field “Certificado” and selecting the corresponding file." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:112 msgid "" "In case you need to configure the Homologation Certificate, please refer to " "the AFIP official documentation: `Homologation Certificate " @@ -2111,20 +2124,20 @@ msgstr "" "the AFIP official documentation: `Homologation Certificate " "<http://www.afip.gob.ar/ws/documentacion/certificados.asp>`_." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:116 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:154 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:322 msgid "Partner" msgstr "业务伙伴" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:157 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:325 msgid "Identification Type and VAT" msgstr "Identification Type and VAT" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:122 msgid "" "As part of the Argentinean localization, the document types defined by the " "AFIP are now available on the Partner form, this information is essential " @@ -2136,7 +2149,7 @@ msgstr "" "for most transactions. There are six identification types available by " "default:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:130 msgid "" "The complete list of Identification types defined by the AFIP is included in" " Odoo but only the common ones are active." @@ -2144,11 +2157,11 @@ msgstr "" "The complete list of Identification types defined by the AFIP is included in" " Odoo but only the common ones are active." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:134 msgid "AFIP Responsibility Type" msgstr "AFIP Responsibility Type" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:136 msgid "" "In Argentina the document type associated with customers and vendors " "transactions is defined based on the AFIP Responsibility type, this field " @@ -2158,18 +2171,18 @@ msgstr "" "transactions is defined based on the AFIP Responsibility type, this field " "should be defined in the partner form:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:142 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:192 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:122 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:69 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:237 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:3 msgid "Taxes" -msgstr "税金设置" +msgstr "税率设置" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:145 msgid "" "As part of the localization module, the taxes are created automatically " "with their related financial account and configuration." @@ -2177,36 +2190,36 @@ msgstr "" "As part of the localization module, the taxes are created automatically " "with their related financial account and configuration." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:151 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:208 msgid "Taxes Types" msgstr "Taxes Types" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:154 msgid "Argentina has several tax types, the most common ones are:" msgstr "Argentina has several tax types, the most common ones are:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:156 msgid "VAT. Is the regular VAT and it can have several percentages." msgstr "VAT. Is the regular VAT and it can have several percentages." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:157 msgid "Perception. Advance payment of a tax that is applied on Invoices." msgstr "Perception. Advance payment of a tax that is applied on Invoices." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:158 msgid "Retention. Advance payment of a tax that is applied on payments" msgstr "Retention. Advance payment of a tax that is applied on payments" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:159 msgid "Otros." msgstr "Otros." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:162 msgid "Special Taxes" msgstr "Special Taxes" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:164 msgid "" "Some argentine taxes are not commonly used for all companies, these type of" " taxes are included as inactive by default, it's important that before " @@ -2218,13 +2231,13 @@ msgstr "" "creating a new tax you confirm if they are not already included in the " "Inactive taxes:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:171 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:218 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:268 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:274 msgid "Document Types" msgstr "Document Types" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:174 msgid "" "In some Latin America countries, including Argentina, some accounting " "transactions like invoices and vendor bills are classified by document " @@ -2236,7 +2249,7 @@ msgstr "" "types defined by the government fiscal authorities (In Argentina case: " "AFIP)." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:178 msgid "" "The document type is an essential information that needs to be displayed in " "the printed reports and that needs to be easily identified, within the set " @@ -2246,7 +2259,7 @@ msgstr "" "the printed reports and that needs to be easily identified, within the set " "of invoices as well of account moves." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:181 msgid "" "Each document type can have a unique sequence per journal where it is " "assigned. As part of the localization, the Document Type include the country" @@ -2258,8 +2271,8 @@ msgstr "" " on which the document is applicable and the data is created automatically " "when the localization module is installed." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:184 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:237 msgid "" "The information required for the document types is included by default so " "the user doesn't need to fill anything on this view:" @@ -2267,8 +2280,8 @@ msgstr "" "The information required for the document types is included by default so " "the user doesn't need to fill anything on this view:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:191 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:245 msgid "" "There are several document types that are inactive by default but can be " "activated if needed." @@ -2276,11 +2289,11 @@ msgstr "" "There are several document types that are inactive by default but can be " "activated if needed." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:195 msgid "Letters" msgstr "信" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:196 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:197 msgid "" "For Argentina, the document types include a letter that helps that indicates" " the transaction/operation, example:" @@ -2288,7 +2301,7 @@ msgstr "" "For Argentina, the document types include a letter that helps that indicates" " the transaction/operation, example:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:200 msgid "" "When an invoice is related to a B2B transaction, a document type \"A\" must " "be used." @@ -2296,7 +2309,7 @@ msgstr "" "When an invoice is related to a B2B transaction, a document type \"A\" must " "be used." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:201 msgid "" "When an invoice is related to a B2C transaction, a document type \"B\" must " "be used." @@ -2304,7 +2317,7 @@ msgstr "" "When an invoice is related to a B2C transaction, a document type \"B\" must " "be used." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:202 msgid "" "When an invoice is related to exportation transaction, a document type \"E\"" " must be used." @@ -2312,7 +2325,7 @@ msgstr "" "When an invoice is related to exportation transaction, a document type \"E\"" " must be used." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:204 msgid "" "The documents included in the localization have the proper letter " "associated, the user doesn't need to configure anything additional." @@ -2320,17 +2333,17 @@ msgstr "" "The documents included in the localization have the proper letter " "associated, the user doesn't need to configure anything additional." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:210 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:249 msgid "Use on Invoices" msgstr "Use on Invoices" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:212 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:251 msgid "The document type on each transaction will be determined by:" msgstr "The document type on each transaction will be determined by:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:215 msgid "" "The Journal related to the Invoice, identifying if the journal use " "documents." @@ -2338,7 +2351,7 @@ msgstr "" "The Journal related to the Invoice, identifying if the journal use " "documents." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:216 msgid "" "Condition applied based on the type of Issues and Receiver (ex. Type of " "fiscal regimen of the buyer and type of fiscal regimen of the vendor)" @@ -2346,14 +2359,14 @@ msgstr "" "Condition applied based on the type of Issues and Receiver (ex. Type of " "fiscal regimen of the buyer and type of fiscal regimen of the vendor)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:219 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:253 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:140 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:296 msgid "Journals" msgstr "日记账" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:222 msgid "" "In the Argentinean localization the Journal can have a different approach " "depending on its usage and internal type, to configure you journals go to " @@ -2363,7 +2376,7 @@ msgstr "" "depending on its usage and internal type, to configure you journals go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:226 msgid "" "For Sales and Purchase Journals it’s possible to enable the option *Use " "Documents*, this indicates the Journal enables a list of document types that" @@ -2375,7 +2388,7 @@ msgstr "" " can be related to the Invoices and vendor Bills, for more detail of the " "invoices, please refer to the section 2.3 Document Types." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:230 msgid "" "If the Sales/Purchase journal are used without the option *Use Documents* it" " because they won’t be used to generate fiscal invoices, but mostly for " @@ -2385,11 +2398,11 @@ msgstr "" " because they won’t be used to generate fiscal invoices, but mostly for " "account moves related to internal control process." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:234 msgid "AFIP Information (also known as AFIP Point of Sale)" msgstr "AFIP Information (also known as AFIP Point of Sale)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:239 msgid "" "**AFIP POS System**: This field is only visible for the Sales journals and " "defined the type of AFIP POS that will be used to manage the transactions " @@ -2399,19 +2412,19 @@ msgstr "" "defined the type of AFIP POS that will be used to manage the transactions " "for which the journal is created. The AFIP POS defines as well:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:243 msgid "The sequences of document types related to the Web service." msgstr "The sequences of document types related to the Web service." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:244 msgid "The structure and data of the electronic invoice file." msgstr "The structure and data of the electronic invoice file." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:247 msgid "Web Services" msgstr "Web Services" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:248 msgid "" "``wsfev1: Electronic Invoice.`` This is the most common service, is used to " "generated invoices for document types A, B, C, M with no detail per item." @@ -2419,7 +2432,7 @@ msgstr "" "``wsfev1: Electronic Invoice.`` This is the most common service, is used to " "generated invoices for document types A, B, C, M with no detail per item." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:250 msgid "" "``wsbfev1: Electronic Fiscal Bond.`` For those who invoice capital goods " "and wish to access the benefit of the Electronic Tax Bonds granted by the " @@ -2433,7 +2446,7 @@ msgstr "" " Bond <https://www.argentina.gob.ar/acceder-un-bono-por-fabricar-bienes-de-" "capital>`_." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:253 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:254 msgid "" "``wsfexv1: Electronic Exportation Invoice.`` Used to generate invoices for " "international customers and transactions that involve exportation process, " @@ -2443,7 +2456,7 @@ msgstr "" "international customers and transactions that involve exportation process, " "the document type related is type “E”." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:260 msgid "" "**AFIP POS Number**: This is the number configured in the AFIP to identify " "the operations related to this AFIP POS." @@ -2451,7 +2464,7 @@ msgstr "" "**AFIP POS Number**: This is the number configured in the AFIP to identify " "the operations related to this AFIP POS." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:263 msgid "" "**AFIP POS Address**: This field is related to commercial address registered" " for the POS, which is usually the same address than the Company. For " @@ -2465,7 +2478,7 @@ msgstr "" "you have one AFIP POS per location: this location will be printed in the " "invoice report." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:268 msgid "" "**Unified Book**: When AFIP POS System is Preimpresa the document types " "(applicable to the journal) with the same letter will share the same " @@ -2475,35 +2488,31 @@ msgstr "" "(applicable to the journal) with the same letter will share the same " "sequence. For example:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:270 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:271 msgid "Invoice: FA-A 0001-00000002." msgstr "Invoice: FA-A 0001-00000002." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:271 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:272 msgid "Credit Note: NC-A 0001-00000003." msgstr "Credit Note: NC-A 0001-00000003." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:273 msgid "Debit Note: ND-A 0001-00000004." msgstr "Debit Note: ND-A 0001-00000004." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:276 msgid "Sequences" -msgstr "顺序号" +msgstr "序号" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:277 msgid "" "In case that you want to synchronize the next number in the sequence in Odoo" " based on the next number in the AFIP POS, the next button that is visible " -"under :doc:`developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` can " -"be used:" +"under :doc:`developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>` can be " +"used:" msgstr "" -"In case that you want to synchronize the next number in the sequence in Odoo" -" based on the next number in the AFIP POS, the next button that is visible " -"under :doc:`developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` can " -"be used:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:285 msgid "" "When creating the Purchase journals, it's possible to define if they can be " "related to document types or not. In case that the option to use documents " @@ -2515,18 +2524,18 @@ msgstr "" "is selected, there is no need to manually associate the document type " "sequences as the document number is provided by the vendor." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:290 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:170 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:348 msgid "Usage and testing" msgstr "用法和测试" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:293 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:294 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:173 msgid "Invoice" -msgstr "发票" +msgstr "结算单" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:295 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:296 msgid "" "After the partners and journals are created and configured, when the " "invoices are created the will have the next behaviour:" @@ -2534,11 +2543,11 @@ msgstr "" "After the partners and journals are created and configured, when the " "invoices are created the will have the next behaviour:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:299 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:300 msgid "Document type assignation" msgstr "Document type assignation" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:302 msgid "" "Once the partner is selected the document type will filled automatically, " "based on the AFIP document type:" @@ -2546,19 +2555,19 @@ msgstr "" "Once the partner is selected the document type will filled automatically, " "based on the AFIP document type:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:305 msgid "**Invoice for a customer IVA Responsable Inscripto, prefix A**." msgstr "**Invoice for a customer IVA Responsable Inscripto, prefix A**." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:310 msgid "**Invoice for an end customer, prefix B**." msgstr "**Invoice for an end customer, prefix B**." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:315 msgid "**Exportation Invoice, prefix E**." msgstr "**Exportation Invoice, prefix E**." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:320 msgid "" "As it is shown in the invoices, all of them use the same journal but the " "prefix and sequence is given by the document type." @@ -2566,7 +2575,7 @@ msgstr "" "As it is shown in the invoices, all of them use the same journal but the " "prefix and sequence is given by the document type." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:322 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:323 msgid "" "The most common document type will be defined automatically for the " "different combinations of AFIP responsibility type but it can be updated " @@ -2576,11 +2585,11 @@ msgstr "" "different combinations of AFIP responsibility type but it can be updated " "manually by the user." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:327 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:328 msgid "Electronic Invoice elements" msgstr "Electronic Invoice elements" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:328 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:329 msgid "" "When using electronic invoice, if all the information is correct the Invoice" " is posted in the standard way, in case that something needs to be addressed" @@ -2594,7 +2603,7 @@ msgstr "" "raised indicating the issue/proposed solution and the invoice remains in " "draft until the related data is corrected." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:333 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:334 msgid "" "Once the invoice is posted, the information related to the AFIP validation " "and status is displayed in the AFIP Tab, including:" @@ -2602,11 +2611,11 @@ msgstr "" "Once the invoice is posted, the information related to the AFIP validation " "and status is displayed in the AFIP Tab, including:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:336 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:337 msgid "AFIP Autorisation: CAE number." msgstr "AFIP Autorisation: CAE number." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:338 msgid "" "Expiration date: Deadline to deliver the invoice to the customers. Normally " "10 days after the CAE is generated." @@ -2614,23 +2623,23 @@ msgstr "" "Expiration date: Deadline to deliver the invoice to the customers. Normally " "10 days after the CAE is generated." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:339 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:340 msgid "Result:" msgstr "Result:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:341 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:342 msgid "Aceptado en AFIP." msgstr "Aceptado en AFIP." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:343 msgid "Aceptado con Observaciones." msgstr "Aceptado con Observaciones." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:349 msgid "Invoice Taxes" msgstr "Invoice Taxes" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:351 msgid "" "Based on the AFIP Responsibility type, the VAT tax can have a different " "behavior on the pdf report:" @@ -2638,7 +2647,7 @@ msgstr "" "Based on the AFIP Responsibility type, the VAT tax can have a different " "behavior on the pdf report:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:353 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:354 msgid "" "**A. Tax excluded:** In this case the taxed amount needs to be clearly " "identified in the report. This condition applies when the customer has the " @@ -2648,11 +2657,11 @@ msgstr "" "identified in the report. This condition applies when the customer has the " "following AFIP Responsibility type:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:356 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:357 msgid "Responsable Inscripto." msgstr "Responsable Inscripto." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:361 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:362 msgid "" "**B. Tax amount included:** This means that the taxed amount is included as " "part of the product price, subtotal and totals. This condition applies when " @@ -2662,31 +2671,31 @@ msgstr "" "part of the product price, subtotal and totals. This condition applies when " "the customer has the following AFIP Responsibility types:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:365 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:366 msgid "IVA Sujeto Exento." msgstr "IVA Sujeto Exento." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:366 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:367 msgid "Consumidor Final." msgstr "Consumidor Final." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:367 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:368 msgid "Responsable Monotributo." msgstr "Responsable Monotributo." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:368 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:369 msgid "IVA liberado." msgstr "IVA liberado." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:375 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:376 msgid "Special Use Cases" msgstr "Special Use Cases" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:378 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:379 msgid "Invoices for Services" msgstr "Invoices for Services" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:379 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:380 msgid "" "For electronic invoices that include Services, the AFIP requires to report " "the service starting and ending date, this information can be filled in the" @@ -2696,7 +2705,7 @@ msgstr "" "the service starting and ending date, this information can be filled in the" " tab “Other Info”:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:385 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:386 msgid "" "If the dates are not selected manually before the invoice is validated, the" " values will be filled automatically considering the beginning and day of " @@ -2706,11 +2715,11 @@ msgstr "" " values will be filled automatically considering the beginning and day of " "the invoice month:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:393 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:394 msgid "Exportation Invoices" msgstr "Exportation Invoices" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:394 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:395 msgid "" "The invoices related to Exportation transactions required a Journal that " "used the AFIP POS System “Expo Voucher - Web Service” so the proper document" @@ -2720,7 +2729,7 @@ msgstr "" "used the AFIP POS System “Expo Voucher - Web Service” so the proper document" " type be associated:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:400 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:401 msgid "" "When the customer selected in the Invoice has set the AFIP responsibility " "type as “Cliente / Proveedor del Exterior” or “IVA Liberado – Ley Nº " @@ -2730,27 +2739,27 @@ msgstr "" "type as “Cliente / Proveedor del Exterior” or “IVA Liberado – Ley Nº " "19.640”, Odoo automatically assigned:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:403 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:404 msgid "Journal related to the exportation Web Service." msgstr "Journal related to the exportation Web Service." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:404 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:405 msgid "Exportation document type ." msgstr "Exportation document type ." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:405 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:406 msgid "Fiscal position: Compras/Ventas al exterior." msgstr "Fiscal position: Compras/Ventas al exterior." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:406 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:407 msgid "Concepto AFIP: Products / Definitive export of goods." msgstr "Concepto AFIP: Products / Definitive export of goods." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:407 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:408 msgid "Exempt Taxes." msgstr "Exempt Taxes." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:413 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:414 msgid "" "The Exportation Documents required the Incoterm in :menuselection:`Other " "Info --> Accounting`:" @@ -2758,11 +2767,11 @@ msgstr "" "The Exportation Documents required the Incoterm in :menuselection:`Other " "Info --> Accounting`:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:420 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:421 msgid "Fiscal Bond" msgstr "Fiscal Bond" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:421 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:422 msgid "" "The Electronic Fiscal bond is used for those who invoice capital goods and " "wish to access the benefit of the Electronic Tax Bonds granted by the " @@ -2772,8 +2781,8 @@ msgstr "" "wish to access the benefit of the Electronic Tax Bonds granted by the " "Ministry of Economy." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:424 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:449 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:425 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:450 msgid "" "For these transactions it’s important to have into consideration the next " "requirements:" @@ -2781,56 +2790,56 @@ msgstr "" "For these transactions it’s important to have into consideration the next " "requirements:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:426 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:427 msgid "Currency (according to parameter table) and invoice quotation." msgstr "Currency (according to parameter table) and invoice quotation." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:427 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:428 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:150 msgid "Taxes." msgstr "Taxes." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:428 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:429 msgid "Zone." msgstr "Zone." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:429 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:430 msgid "Detail each item." msgstr "Detail each item." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:431 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:432 msgid "Code according to the Common Nomenclator of Mercosur (NCM)." msgstr "Code according to the Common Nomenclator of Mercosur (NCM)." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:432 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:433 msgid "Complete description." msgstr "Complete description." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:433 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:434 msgid "Unit Net Price." msgstr "Unit Net Price." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:434 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:435 msgid "Quantity." msgstr "Quantity." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:435 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:436 msgid "Unit of measurement." msgstr "Unit of measurement." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:436 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:437 msgid "Bonus." msgstr "Bonus." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:437 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:438 msgid "VAT rate." msgstr "VAT rate." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:441 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:442 msgid "Electronic Credit Invoice MiPyme (FCE)" msgstr "Electronic Credit Invoice MiPyme (FCE)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:443 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:444 msgid "" "**Invoices:** There are several document types classified as Mipyme also " "known as Electronic Credit Invoice (FCE in spanish), which is used to " @@ -2846,19 +2855,19 @@ msgstr "" "productivity, through the early collection of credits and receivables issued" " to their clients and / or vendors." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:451 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:452 msgid "Specific document types (201, 202, 206, etc)." msgstr "Specific document types (201, 202, 206, etc)." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:452 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:453 msgid "The emisor should be eligible by the AFIP to MiPyme transactions." msgstr "The emisor should be eligible by the AFIP to MiPyme transactions." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:453 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:454 msgid "The amount should be bigger than 100,000 ARS." msgstr "The amount should be bigger than 100,000 ARS." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:454 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:455 msgid "" "A bank account type CBU must be related to the emisor, otherwise the invoice" " can’t be validated, having these errors messages for example:" @@ -2866,7 +2875,7 @@ msgstr "" "A bank account type CBU must be related to the emisor, otherwise the invoice" " can’t be validated, having these errors messages for example:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:460 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:461 msgid "" "**Credit& Debit Notes:** When creating a Credit/Debit note related to a FCE " "document, it is important take the next points into consideration:" @@ -2874,7 +2883,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Credit& Debit Notes:** When creating a Credit/Debit note related to a FCE " "document, it is important take the next points into consideration:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:463 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:464 msgid "" "Use the Credit and Debit Note buttons, so the correct reference of the " "originator document passed to the note." @@ -2882,7 +2891,7 @@ msgstr "" "Use the Credit and Debit Note buttons, so the correct reference of the " "originator document passed to the note." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:470 msgid "" "The document letter should be the same than the originator document (either " "A or B)." @@ -2890,7 +2899,7 @@ msgstr "" "The document letter should be the same than the originator document (either " "A or B)." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:470 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:471 msgid "" "The same currency as the source document must be used. When using a " "secondary currency there is an exchange difference if the currency rate is " @@ -2902,11 +2911,11 @@ msgstr "" "different between the emission day and the payment date, it’s possible to " "create a credit/debit note to decrease/increase the amount to pay in ARS." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:475 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:476 msgid "In the workflow we can have two scenarios:" msgstr "In the workflow we can have two scenarios:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:477 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:478 msgid "" "The FCE is rejected so the Credit Note should have the field “FCE, is " "Cancellation?” as True." @@ -2914,7 +2923,7 @@ msgstr "" "The FCE is rejected so the Credit Note should have the field “FCE, is " "Cancellation?” as True." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:478 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:479 msgid "" "The Credit Note, is created with the negative amount to annulate the FCE " "document, in this case the field “FCE, is Cancellation?” must be empty " @@ -2924,11 +2933,11 @@ msgstr "" "document, in this case the field “FCE, is Cancellation?” must be empty " "(false)." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:485 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:486 msgid "Invoice printed report" msgstr "Invoice printed report" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:486 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:487 msgid "" "The PDF report related to electronic invoices that have been validated by " "the AFIP includes a barcode at the bottom of the format which represent the " @@ -2938,11 +2947,11 @@ msgstr "" "the AFIP includes a barcode at the bottom of the format which represent the " "CAE number, the Expiration Date is also displayed as it’s legal requirement:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:495 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:496 msgid "Troubleshooting and Auditing" msgstr "Troubleshooting and Auditing" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:496 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:497 msgid "" "For auditing and troubleshooting purposes you can get the detailed " "information of an invoice number that has been previously sent to the AFIP," @@ -2950,7 +2959,7 @@ msgstr "" "For auditing and troubleshooting purposes you can get the detailed " "information of an invoice number that has been previously sent to the AFIP," -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:506 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:507 msgid "" "You can also get the last number used in AFIP for a specific Document Type " "and POS Number as support for any possible issues on the sequence " @@ -2960,14 +2969,14 @@ msgstr "" "and POS Number as support for any possible issues on the sequence " "synchronization between Odoo and AFIP." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:514 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:621 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:515 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:645 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills.rst:3 msgid "Vendor Bills" msgstr "供应商账单" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:516 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:517 msgid "" "Based on the purchase journal selected for the vendor bill, the document " "type is now a required field. This value is auto populated based on the AFIP" @@ -2979,7 +2988,7 @@ msgstr "" " Responsibility type of Issuer and Customer, but the value can be switched " "if necessary." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:523 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:524 msgid "" "The document number needs to be registered manually and the format is " "validated automatically, in case that the format is invalid a user error " @@ -2989,7 +2998,7 @@ msgstr "" "validated automatically, in case that the format is invalid a user error " "will be displayed indicating the correct format that is expected." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:530 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:531 msgid "" "The vendor bill number is structured in the same way that the invoices with " "the difference that the document sequence is input by the user: “Document " @@ -2999,11 +3008,11 @@ msgstr "" "the difference that the document sequence is input by the user: “Document " "Prefix - Letter - Document number\"." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:535 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:536 msgid "Validate Vendor Bill number in AFIP" msgstr "Validate Vendor Bill number in AFIP" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:536 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:537 msgid "" "As most companies have internal controls to verify that the vendor bill is " "related to an AFIP valid document, an automatic validation can be set in " @@ -3015,13 +3024,13 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Argentinian Localization --> " "Validate document in the AFIP`, considering the following levels:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:540 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:541 msgid "" "**Not available:** The verification is not done (this is the default value)." msgstr "" "**Not available:** The verification is not done (this is the default value)." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:541 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:542 msgid "" "**Available:** The verification is done, in case the number is not valid " "it only raises a warning but it allows you to post the vendor bill." @@ -3029,7 +3038,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Available:** The verification is done, in case the number is not valid " "it only raises a warning but it allows you to post the vendor bill." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:543 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:544 msgid "" "**Required:** The verification is done and it doesn't allow the user to " "post the vendor bill if the document number is not valid." @@ -3037,11 +3046,11 @@ msgstr "" "**Required:** The verification is done and it doesn't allow the user to " "post the vendor bill if the document number is not valid." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:550 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:551 msgid "How to use it in Odoo" msgstr "How to use it in Odoo" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:551 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:552 msgid "" "This tool incorporates in the vendor bill a new \"Verify on AFIP\" button " "located next to the AFIP Authorization code." @@ -3049,7 +3058,7 @@ msgstr "" "This tool incorporates in the vendor bill a new \"Verify on AFIP\" button " "located next to the AFIP Authorization code." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:557 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:558 msgid "" "In case it’s not a valid AFIP authorization the value “Rejected” will be " "displayed and the details of the validation will be added to the chatter." @@ -3057,16 +3066,16 @@ msgstr "" "In case it’s not a valid AFIP authorization the value “Rejected” will be " "displayed and the details of the validation will be added to the chatter." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:565 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:471 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:566 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:477 msgid "Special Use cases" msgstr "Special Use cases" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:567 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:568 msgid "Untaxed Concepts" msgstr "Untaxed Concepts" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:568 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:569 msgid "" "There are some transactions that include items that are not part of the VAT " "base amount, this is commonly used in fuel and gasoline invoices." @@ -3074,7 +3083,7 @@ msgstr "" "There are some transactions that include items that are not part of the VAT " "base amount, this is commonly used in fuel and gasoline invoices." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:571 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:572 msgid "" "The vendor bill will be registered using 1 item for each product that is " "part of the VAT base amount and an additional item to register the amount of" @@ -3084,11 +3093,11 @@ msgstr "" "part of the VAT base amount and an additional item to register the amount of" " the Exempt concept:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:578 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:579 msgid "Perception Taxes" msgstr "Perception Taxes" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:579 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:580 msgid "" "The vendor bill will be registered using 1 item for each product that is " "part of the VAT base amount, the perception tax can be added in any of the " @@ -3100,7 +3109,7 @@ msgstr "" "product lines, as result we will have one tax group for the VAT and one for " "the perception, the perception default value is always 1.00." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:587 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:588 msgid "" "You should use the pencil that is the next to the Perception amount to edit " "it and set the correct amount." @@ -3108,55 +3117,55 @@ msgstr "" "You should use the pencil that is the next to the Perception amount to edit " "it and set the correct amount." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:593 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:594 msgid "After this is done the invoice can be validated." msgstr "After this is done the invoice can be validated." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:597 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:598 msgid "Reports" -msgstr "报表" +msgstr "报告" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:599 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:600 msgid "As part of the localization the next Financial reports were added:" msgstr "As part of the localization the next Financial reports were added:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:605 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:606 msgid "VAT Reports" msgstr "VAT Reports" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:608 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:609 msgid "Libro de IVA Ventas" msgstr "Libro de IVA Ventas" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:614 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:615 msgid "Libro de IVA Compras" msgstr "Libro de IVA Compras" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:620 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:621 msgid "Resumen de IVA" msgstr "Resumen de IVA" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:626 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:627 msgid "IIBB - Reports" msgstr "IIBB - Reports" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:629 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:630 msgid "IIBB - Ventas por Jurisdicción" msgstr "IIBB - Ventas por Jurisdicción" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:635 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:636 msgid "IIBB - Compras por Jurisdicción" msgstr "IIBB - Compras por Jurisdicción" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:3 msgid "Australia" msgstr "澳大利亚" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:8 msgid "KeyPay Australian Payroll" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:10 msgid "" "The KeyPay Module synchronizes payslip accounting entries (e.g., expenses, " "social charges, liabilities, taxes) from KeyPay to Odoo automatically. " @@ -3164,75 +3173,75 @@ msgid "" "entries in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:15 msgid "Configuration Steps" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:17 msgid "Create a company located in Australia." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:18 msgid "" "Check that the Australian localization module (Australia - Accounting) is " "installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:19 msgid "Configure the *KeyPay API*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:25 msgid "" "More fields become visible after clicking on *Enable KeyPay Integration*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:31 msgid "" "You can find the API Key in the *My Account* section of the KeyPay platform." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:37 msgid "" "The **Payroll URL** is pre-filled with " "``https://keypay.yourpayroll.com.au``. *Please do not change it.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:39 msgid "You can find the **Business ID** in the KeyPay URL. (i.e., ``189241``)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:45 msgid "You can choose any Odoo journal to post the payslip entries." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:48 msgid "How does the API work?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:50 msgid "" "The API syncs the journal entries from KeyPay to Odoo and leaves them in " "draft mode. The reference includes the KeyPay payslip entry ID in brackets " "for the user to easily retrieve the same record in KeyPay and Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:59 msgid "The API sync is triggered by scheduled actions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:65 msgid "" "KeyPay payslip entries also work based on double-entry bookkeeping. Debit " "must equal credit (like in Odoo)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:68 msgid "" "The accounts used by KeyPay are defined in the section **Payroll settings**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:74 msgid "" "For the API to work, you need to create the same accounts as the default " "accounts of your KeyPay business (**same name and same code**) in Odoo. You " @@ -3240,15 +3249,21 @@ msgid "" "financial reports." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:3 msgid "Chile" msgstr "智利" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:10 -msgid "`VIDEO WEBINAR OF A COMPLETE DEMO <https://youtu.be/BHnByZiyYcM>`_." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:10 +msgid "" +"`VIDEO WEBINAR OF CHILEAN LOCALIZATION: INTRO AND DEMO " +"<https://youtu.be/BHnByZiyYcM>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:11 +msgid "`VIDEO WEBINAR OF DELIVERY GUIDE <https://youtu.be/X7i4PftnEdU>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:16 msgid "" "The Chilean localization has been improved and extended in Odoo v13. In this" " version, the next modules are available:" @@ -3256,7 +3271,7 @@ msgstr "" "The Chilean localization has been improved and extended in Odoo v13. In this" " version, the next modules are available:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:19 msgid "" "**l10n_cl:** Adds accounting features for the Chilean localization, which " "represent the minimal configuration required for a company to operate in " @@ -3268,7 +3283,7 @@ msgstr "" "Chile and under the SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos) regulations and " "guidelines." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:23 msgid "" "**l10n_cl_edi:** Includes all technical and functional requirements to " "generate and receive Electronic Invoice via web service, based on the SII " @@ -3278,7 +3293,7 @@ msgstr "" "generate and receive Electronic Invoice via web service, based on the SII " "regulations." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:26 msgid "" "**l10n_cl_reports:** Adds the reports Propuesta F29 y Balance Tributario (8" " columnas)." @@ -3286,11 +3301,11 @@ msgstr "" "**l10n_cl_reports:** Adds the reports Propuesta F29 y Balance Tributario (8" " columnas)." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:32 msgid "Install the Chilean localization modules" msgstr "Install the Chilean localization modules" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:34 msgid "" "For this, go to *Apps* and search for Chile. Then click *Install* in the " "module **Chile E-invoicing**. This module has a dependency with **Chile - " @@ -3302,7 +3317,7 @@ msgstr "" "Accounting**. In case this last one is not installed, Odoo installs it " "automatically with E-invoicing." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:43 msgid "" "When you install a database from scratch selecting Chile as country, Odoo " "will automatically install the base module: Chile - Accounting." @@ -3310,11 +3325,11 @@ msgstr "" "When you install a database from scratch selecting Chile as country, Odoo " "will automatically install the base module: Chile - Accounting." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:48 msgid "Company Settings" msgstr "公司设置" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:50 msgid "" "Once the modules are installed, the first step is to set up your company " "data. Additional to the basic information, you need to add all the data and " @@ -3326,11 +3341,24 @@ msgstr "" "elements required for Electronic Invoice, the easiest way to configure it is" " in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Chilean Localization`." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:56 +msgid "" +"All the following configuration and functionality is only available in Odoo " +"if your company already passed the `Certification process " +"<https://www.sii.cl/factura_electronica/ " +"factura_mercado/proceso_certificacion.htm>`_ in the SII - Sistema de " +"Facturación de Mercado, this certification enables you to generate " +"electronic invoices from your ERP and send them automatically to the SII. If" +" your company has not passed this certification yet, make sure you " +"communicate this to your Account Manager as a special process outside Odoo " +"is required in order to complete this certification." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:66 msgid "Fiscal Information" msgstr "税科目调整" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:68 msgid "" "Fill in the fiscal information for your company according to the SII " "register, follow the instructions on each section." @@ -3338,12 +3366,12 @@ msgstr "" "Fill in the fiscal information for your company according to the SII " "register, follow the instructions on each section." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:65 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:186 msgid "Electronic Invoice Data" msgstr "Electronic Invoice Data" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:78 msgid "" "This is part of the main information required to generate electronic " "Invoice, select your environment and the legal information, as well as the " @@ -3355,11 +3383,11 @@ msgstr "" "email address to receive invoices from your vendors and the alias you use to" " send invoices to your customers." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:87 msgid "Configure DTE Incoming email server" msgstr "Configure DTE Incoming email server" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:89 msgid "" "In order to receive you the claim and acceptance emails from your customers," " it is crucial to define the DTE incoming email server, considering this " @@ -3369,7 +3397,7 @@ msgstr "" " it is crucial to define the DTE incoming email server, considering this " "configuration:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:97 msgid "" "For your Go-live make sure you archive/remove from your inbox all the emails" " related to vendor bills that are not required to be processed in Odoo." @@ -3377,12 +3405,12 @@ msgstr "" "For your Go-live make sure you archive/remove from your inbox all the emails" " related to vendor bills that are not required to be processed in Odoo." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:90 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:215 msgid "Certificate" msgstr "证书" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:103 msgid "" "In order to generate the electronic invoice signature, a digital certificate" " with the extension ``.pfx`` is required, proceed to this section and load " @@ -3392,7 +3420,7 @@ msgstr "" " with the extension ``.pfx`` is required, proceed to this section and load " "your file and password." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:114 msgid "" "A certificate can be shared between several users. If this is the case leave" " the user field empty, so all your billing users can use the same one. On " @@ -3404,12 +3432,20 @@ msgstr "" "the other hand, if you need to restrict the certificate for a particular " "user, just define the users in the certificate." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:108 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:672 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:119 +msgid "" +"In some cases, depending on the certificate format, it is possible that the " +"field Subject Serial Number is not loaded automatically. If this is the " +"case, you can manually edit this field by filling it with the Certificate’s " +"legal representative RUT." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:696 msgid "Financial Reports" msgstr "财务报告" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:126 msgid "" "The report Propuesta F29 requires two values that need to be defined as part" " of the company configuration:" @@ -3417,39 +3453,25 @@ msgstr "" "The report Propuesta F29 requires two values that need to be defined as part" " of the company configuration:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:118 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:220 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:226 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies.rst:3 msgid "Multicurrency" msgstr "多币种" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:136 msgid "" -"The official currency rate in Chile is provided by the SBIF, you can find " -"the SBIF synchronization service in the currency rate configuration and you " -"can set a predefined interval for the rate updates." +"The official currency rate in Chile is provided by the Chilean service " +"`mindicador.cl <https://mindicador.cl>`_. You can find this service in the " +"currency rate configuration, and you can set a predefined interval for the " +"rate updates." msgstr "" -"The official currency rate in Chile is provided by the SBIF, you can find " -"the SBIF synchronization service in the currency rate configuration and you " -"can set a predefined interval for the rate updates." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:129 -msgid "" -"In order to configure your token, you need to enable developer mode and " -"access to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> System parameters` and " -"search the parameter ``sbif_api_key`` and in the field Value introduce your " -"token provided by the SBIF:" -msgstr "" -"In order to configure your token, you need to enable developer mode and " -"access to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> System parameters` and " -"search the parameter ``sbif_api_key`` and in the field Value introduce your " -"token provided by the SBIF:" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:145 msgid "Chart of accounts" msgstr "科目表" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:147 msgid "" "The chart of accounts is installed by default as part of the set of data " "included in the localization module. The accounts are mapped automatically " @@ -3459,28 +3481,28 @@ msgstr "" "included in the localization module. The accounts are mapped automatically " "in:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:144 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:70 msgid "Default Account Payable." msgstr "Default Account Payable." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:152 msgid "Default Account Receivable." msgstr "Default Account Receivable." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:153 msgid "Transfer Accounts." msgstr "Transfer Accounts." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:154 msgid "Conversion Rate." msgstr "Conversion Rate." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:158 msgid "Master Data" msgstr "主数据" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:166 msgid "" "As part of the Chilean localization, the identification types defined by the" " SII are now available on the Partner form. This information is essential " @@ -3490,11 +3512,11 @@ msgstr "" " SII are now available on the Partner form. This information is essential " "for most transactions." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:174 msgid "TaxpayerType" msgstr "TaxpayerType" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:176 msgid "" "In Chile, the document type associated with customers and vendors " "transactions is defined based on the Taxpayer Type. This field should be " @@ -3506,7 +3528,7 @@ msgstr "" "defined in the partner form, when creating a customer is important you make " "sure this value is set:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:188 msgid "" "As part of the information that is sent in the electronic Invoice, you need " "to define the email that is going to appear as the sender of the electronic " @@ -3516,7 +3538,7 @@ msgstr "" "to define the email that is going to appear as the sender of the electronic " "invoice to your customer, and the Industry description." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:200 msgid "" "As part of the localization module, the taxes are created automatically with" " their related financial account and configuration." @@ -3524,15 +3546,15 @@ msgstr "" "As part of the localization module, the taxes are created automatically with" " their related financial account and configuration." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:210 msgid "Chile has several tax types, the most common ones are:" msgstr "Chile has several tax types, the most common ones are:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:212 msgid "VAT. Is the regular VAT and it can have several rates." msgstr "VAT. Is the regular VAT and it can have several rates." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:213 msgid "" "ILA (Impuesto a la Ley de Alcholes). Taxes for alcoholic drinks. It has a " "different rate." @@ -3540,12 +3562,12 @@ msgstr "" "ILA (Impuesto a la Ley de Alcholes). Taxes for alcoholic drinks. It has a " "different rate." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:211 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:265 msgid "Fiscal Positions" msgstr "税科目调整" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:219 msgid "" "Based on the purchase transactions, the VAT can have different affections. " "This will be done in Odoo using the default purchase fiscal positions." @@ -3553,7 +3575,7 @@ msgstr "" "Based on the purchase transactions, the VAT can have different affections. " "This will be done in Odoo using the default purchase fiscal positions." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:226 msgid "" "In some Latin American countries, including Chile, some accounting " "transactions like invoices and vendor bills are classified by document types" @@ -3563,7 +3585,7 @@ msgstr "" "transactions like invoices and vendor bills are classified by document types" " defined by the government fiscal authorities (In Chile case: SII)." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:230 msgid "" "The document type is essential information that needs to be displayed in the" " printed reports and that needs to be easily identified within the set of " @@ -3573,7 +3595,7 @@ msgstr "" " printed reports and that needs to be easily identified within the set of " "invoices as well of account moves." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:233 msgid "" "Each document type can have a unique sequence per company. As part of the " "localization, the Document Type includes the country on which the document " @@ -3581,7 +3603,7 @@ msgid "" "module is installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:253 msgid "" "The Journal related to the Invoice, identifying if the journal uses " "documents." @@ -3589,7 +3611,7 @@ msgstr "" "The Journal related to the Invoice, identifying if the journal uses " "documents." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:254 msgid "" "Condition applied based on the type of Issues and Receiver (ex. Type of " "fiscal regimen of the buyer and type of fiscal regimen of the vendor)." @@ -3597,17 +3619,17 @@ msgstr "" "Condition applied based on the type of Issues and Receiver (ex. Type of " "fiscal regimen of the buyer and type of fiscal regimen of the vendor)." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:259 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:16 msgid "Sales" msgstr "销售" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:261 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:267 msgid "" "Sales Journals in Odoo usually represent a business unit or location, " "example:" @@ -3615,39 +3637,39 @@ msgstr "" "Sales Journals in Odoo usually represent a business unit or location, " "example:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:269 msgid "Ventas Santiago." msgstr "Ventas Santiago." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:270 msgid "Ventas Valparaiso." msgstr "Ventas Valparaiso." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:272 msgid "For the retail stores is common to have one journal per POS:" msgstr "For the retail stores is common to have one journal per POS:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:268 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:274 msgid "Cashier 1." msgstr "Cashier 1." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:269 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:275 msgid "Cashier 2." msgstr "Cashier 2." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:273 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 msgid "Purchases" msgstr "采购" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:281 msgid "" "The transactions purchase can be managed with a single journal, but " "sometimes companies use more than one in order to handle some accounting " @@ -3659,19 +3681,19 @@ msgstr "" "transactions that are not related to vendor bills but can be easily " "registered using this model, for example:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:285 msgid "Tax Payments to government." msgstr "Tax Payments to government." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:286 msgid "Employees payments." msgstr "Employees payments." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:292 msgid "When creating sales journals the next information must be filled in:" msgstr "When creating sales journals the next information must be filled in:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:294 msgid "" "**Point of sale type**: If the Sales journal will be used for electronic " "documents, the option Online must be selected. Otherwise, if the journal is " @@ -3683,7 +3705,7 @@ msgstr "" "used for invoices imported from a previous system or if you are using the " "SII portal “Facturación MiPyme“ you can use the option Manual." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:298 msgid "" "**Use Documents**: This field is used to define if the journal will use " "Document Types. It is only applicable to Purchase and Sales journals that " @@ -3695,26 +3717,25 @@ msgstr "" "can be related to the different sets of document types available in Chile. " "By default, all the sales journals created will use documents." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:308 msgid "" -"For the Chilean localization it’s important to define the default Debt and " -"Credit accounts as they are required for one of the debit notes use cases." +"For the Chilean localization, it is important to define the default Debit " +"and Credit accounts as they are required for one of the debit notes use " +"cases." msgstr "" -"For the Chilean localization it’s important to define the default Debt and " -"Credit accounts as they are required for one of the debit notes use cases." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:312 msgid "CAF" msgstr "CAF" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:308 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:314 msgid "" "A CAF (Folio Authorization Code) is required, for each document type that is" " issued to your customers, the CAF is a file the SII provides to the Emisor " "with the folio/sequence authorized for the electronic invoice documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:318 msgid "" "Your company can make several requests for folios and obtain several CAFs, " "each one associated with different ranges of folios. The CAFs are shared " @@ -3722,7 +3743,7 @@ msgid "" "document type and it will be applied on all journals." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:322 msgid "" "Please refer to the SII documentation to check the detail on how to acquire " "the CAF: `SII Timbraje <https://palena.sii.cl/dte/mn_timbraje.html>`_." @@ -3730,46 +3751,53 @@ msgstr "" "Please refer to the SII documentation to check the detail on how to acquire " "the CAF: `SII Timbraje <https://palena.sii.cl/dte/mn_timbraje.html>`_." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:326 +msgid "" +"The CAFs required by the SII are different from Production to Test " +"(Certification mode). Make sure you have the correct CAF set depending on " +"your environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:333 msgid "" "Once you have the CAF files you need to associate them with a document type " "in Odoo, in order to add a CAF, just follow these steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:336 msgid "Access to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> CAF`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:327 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:337 msgid "Upload the file." msgstr "Upload the file." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:328 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:338 msgid "Save the CAF." msgstr "Save the CAF." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:344 msgid "" "Once loaded, the status changes to *In Use*. At this moment, when a " "transaction is used for this document type, the invoice number takes the " "first folio in the sequence." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:338 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:348 msgid "" "In case you have used some folios in your previous system, make sure you set" " the next valid folio when the first transation is created." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:354 msgid "Usage and Testing" msgstr "Usage and Testing" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:347 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:357 msgid "Electronic Invoice Workflow" msgstr "Electronic Invoice Workflow" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:349 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:359 msgid "" "In the Chilean localization the electronic Invoice workflow covers the " "Emission of Customer Invoices and the reception of Vendor Bills, in the next" @@ -3781,11 +3809,11 @@ msgstr "" " diagram we explain how the information transmitted to the SII and between " "the customers and Vendors." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:359 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:369 msgid "Customer invoice Emission" msgstr "Customer invoice Emission" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:361 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:371 msgid "" "After the partners and journals are created and configured, the invoices are" " created in the standard way, for Chile one of the differentiators is the " @@ -3795,15 +3823,15 @@ msgstr "" " created in the standard way, for Chile one of the differentiators is the " "document type which is selected automatically based on the Taxpayer." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:365 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:375 msgid "You can manually change the document type if needed." msgstr "You can manually change the document type if needed." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:373 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:383 msgid "Validation and DTE Status" msgstr "Validation and DTE Status" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:375 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:385 msgid "" "When all the invoice information is filled, either manually or automatically" " when it’s created from a sales order, proceed to validate the invoice. " @@ -3813,7 +3841,7 @@ msgstr "" " when it’s created from a sales order, proceed to validate the invoice. " "After the invoice is posted:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:378 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:388 msgid "" "The DTE File (Electronic Tax Document) is created automatically and added in" " the chatter." @@ -3821,11 +3849,11 @@ msgstr "" "The DTE File (Electronic Tax Document) is created automatically and added in" " the chatter." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:379 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:389 msgid "The DTE SII status is set as: Pending to be sent." msgstr "The DTE SII status is set as: Pending to be sent." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:385 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:395 msgid "" "The DTE Status is updated automatically by Odoo with a scheduled action that" " runs every day at night, if you need to get the response from the SII " @@ -3837,7 +3865,7 @@ msgstr "" "immediately you can do it manually as well. The DTE status workflow is as " "follows:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:394 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:404 msgid "" "In the first step the DTE is sent to the SII, you can manually send it using" " the button: Enviar Ahora, a SII Tack number is generated and assigned to " @@ -3849,7 +3877,7 @@ msgstr "" "the invoice, you can use this number to check the details the SII sent back " "by email. The DTE status is updated to Ask for Status." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:399 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:409 msgid "" "Once the SII response is received Odoo updates the DTE Status, in case you " "want to do it manually just click on the button: Verify on SII. The result " @@ -3859,7 +3887,7 @@ msgstr "" "want to do it manually just click on the button: Verify on SII. The result " "can either be Accepted, Accepted With Objection or Rejected." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:408 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:418 msgid "" "There are several internal status in the SII before you get Acceptance or " "Rejection, in case you click continuously the Button Verify in SII, you " @@ -3869,11 +3897,11 @@ msgstr "" "Rejection, in case you click continuously the Button Verify in SII, you " "will receive in the chatter the detail of those intermediate statuses:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:416 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:426 msgid "The final response from the SII, can take on of these values:" msgstr "The final response from the SII, can take on of these values:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:419 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:429 msgid "" "**Accepted:** Indicates the invoice information is correct, our document is " "now fiscally valid and it’s automatically sent to the customer." @@ -3881,7 +3909,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Accepted:** Indicates the invoice information is correct, our document is " "now fiscally valid and it’s automatically sent to the customer." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:422 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:432 msgid "" "**Accepted with objections:** Indicates the invoice information is correct " "but a minor issue was identified, nevertheless our document is now fiscally " @@ -3891,7 +3919,7 @@ msgstr "" "but a minor issue was identified, nevertheless our document is now fiscally " "valid and it’s automatically sent to the customer." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:440 msgid "" "**Rejected:** Indicates the information in the invoice is incorrect and " "needs to be corrected, the detail of the issue is received in the emails you" @@ -3903,29 +3931,29 @@ msgstr "" " registered in the SII, if it is properly configured in Odoo, the details " "are also retrieved in the chatter once the email server is processed." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:435 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:445 msgid "If the invoice is Rejected please follow this steps:" msgstr "If the invoice is Rejected please follow this steps:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:437 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:447 msgid "Change the document to draft." msgstr "Change the document to draft." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:438 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:448 msgid "" "Make the required corrections based on the message received from the SII." msgstr "" "Make the required corrections based on the message received from the SII." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:439 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:449 msgid "Post the invoice again." msgstr "Post the invoice again." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:447 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:457 msgid "Crossed references" msgstr "Crossed references" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:449 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:459 msgid "" "When the Invoice is created as a result of another fiscal document, the " "information related to the originator document must be registered in the Tab" @@ -3939,12 +3967,12 @@ msgstr "" "some cases can be used on Customer Invoices as well. In the case of the " "credit and debit notes, they are set automatically by Odoo:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:459 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:444 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:450 msgid "Invoice PDF Report" msgstr "Invoice PDF Report" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:461 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:471 msgid "" "After the invoice is Accepted and valdiated by the SII and the PDF is " "printed it includes the fiscal elements that indicates out document is " @@ -3954,23 +3982,23 @@ msgstr "" "printed it includes the fiscal elements that indicates out document is " "fiscally valid:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:470 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:480 msgid "Commercial Validation" msgstr "Commercial Validation" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:472 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:482 msgid "Once the invoice has been sent to the customer:" msgstr "Once the invoice has been sent to the customer:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:474 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:484 msgid "DTE partner status changes to “Sent”." msgstr "DTE partner status changes to “Sent”." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:475 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:485 msgid "The customer must send a reception confirmation email." msgstr "The customer must send a reception confirmation email." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:476 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:486 msgid "" "Subsequently, if all the commercial terms and invoice data are correct, they" " will send the Acceptance confirmation, otherwise they send a Claim." @@ -3978,15 +4006,15 @@ msgstr "" "Subsequently, if all the commercial terms and invoice data are correct, they" " will send the Acceptance confirmation, otherwise they send a Claim." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:478 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:488 msgid "The field DTE acceptation status is updated automatically." msgstr "The field DTE acceptation status is updated automatically." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:486 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:496 msgid "Processed for Claimed invoices" msgstr "Processed for Claimed invoices" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:488 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:498 msgid "" "Once the invoice has been Accepted by the SII **it can not be cancelled in " "Odoo**. In case you get a Claim for your customer the correct way to " @@ -3998,12 +4026,12 @@ msgstr "" "proceed is with a Credit Note to either cancel the Invoice or correct it. " "Please refer to the Credit Notes section for more details." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:497 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:420 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:507 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:426 msgid "Common Errors" msgstr "Common Errors" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:499 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:509 msgid "" "There are multiple reasons behind a rejection from the SII, but these are " "some of the common errors you might have and which is the related solution." @@ -4011,11 +4039,11 @@ msgstr "" "There are multiple reasons behind a rejection from the SII, but these are " "some of the common errors you might have and which is the related solution." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:502 -msgid "Error: RECHAZO- DTE Sin Comuna Origen." -msgstr "Error: RECHAZO- DTE Sin Comuna Origen." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:512 +msgid "Error: ``RECHAZO- DTE Sin Comuna Origen.``" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:504 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:514 msgid "" "*Hint:* Make sure the Company Address is properly filled including the State" " and City." @@ -4023,12 +4051,12 @@ msgstr "" "*Hint:* Make sure the Company Address is properly filled including the State" " and City." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:506 -msgid "Error en Monto : - IVA debe declararse." -msgstr "Error en Monto : - IVA debe declararse." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:516 +msgid "Error en Monto: ``- IVA debe declararse.``" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:508 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:512 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:518 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:522 msgid "" "*Hint:* The invoice lines should include one VAT tax, make sure you add one " "on each invoice line." @@ -4036,30 +4064,54 @@ msgstr "" "*Hint:* The invoice lines should include one VAT tax, make sure you add one " "on each invoice line." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:510 -msgid "Error: Rut No Autorizado a Firmar." -msgstr "Error: Rut No Autorizado a Firmar." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:514 -msgid "" -"Error: Fecha/Número Resolucion Invalido RECHAZO- CAF Vencido : (Firma_DTE" -"[AAAA-MM-DD] - CAF[AAAA-MM-DD]) > 6 meses." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:520 +msgid "Error: ``Rut No Autorizado a Firmar.``" msgstr "" -"Error: Fecha/Número Resolucion Invalido RECHAZO- CAF Vencido : (Firma_DTE" -"[AAAA-MM-DD] - CAF[AAAA-MM-DD]) > 6 meses." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:517 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:524 +msgid "" +"Error: ``Fecha/Número Resolucion Invalido RECHAZO- CAF Vencido : (Firma_DTE" +"[AAAA-MM-DD] - CAF[AAAA-MM-DD]) > 6 meses.``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:527 msgid "" "*Hint:* Try to add a new CAF related to this document as the one you’re " "using is expired." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:522 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:550 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:529 +msgid "" +"Error: ``Element '{http://www.sii.cl/SiiDte%7DRutReceptor': This element is " +"not expected. Expected is ( {http://www.sii.cl/SiiDte%7DRutEnvia ).``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:532 +msgid "" +"*Hint:* Make sure the field Document Type and VAT are set either in the " +"Customer and in the main company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:535 +msgid "GLOSA: ``Usuario sin permiso de envio.``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:537 +msgid "" +"*Hint:* This error indicates that most likely, your company has not passed " +"the `Certification process " +"<https://www.sii.cl/factura_electronica/factura_mercado/proceso_certificacion.htm>`_" +" in the SII - Sistema de Facturación de Mercado. If this is the case, please" +" contact your Account Manager or Customer Support as this certification is " +"not part of the the Odoo services, but we can give you some alternatives." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:546 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:556 msgid "Credit Notes" msgstr "退款" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:524 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:548 msgid "" "When a cancellation or correction is needed over a validated invoice, a " "credit note must be generated. It is important to consider that a CAF file " @@ -4067,22 +4119,22 @@ msgid "" "SII." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:533 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:557 msgid "" "Refer to the CAF section where we described the process to load the CAF on " "each document type." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:537 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:589 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:561 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:613 msgid "Use Cases" msgstr "案例" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:540 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:564 msgid "Cancel Referenced document" msgstr "Cancel Referenced document" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:542 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:566 msgid "" "In case you need to cancel or invalid an Invoice, use the button Add Credit" " note and select Full Refund, in this case the SII reference Code is " @@ -4092,11 +4144,11 @@ msgstr "" " note and select Full Refund, in this case the SII reference Code is " "automatically set to: Anula Documento de referencia." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:550 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:574 msgid "Corrects Referenced Document Text" msgstr "Corrects Referenced Document Text" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:552 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:576 msgid "" "If a correction in the invoice information is required, for example the " "Street Name, use the button Add Credit note,select Partial Refund and select" @@ -4108,7 +4160,7 @@ msgstr "" " the option “Solo corregir Texto”. In this case the SII reference Code is " "automatically set to: Corrige el monto del Documento de Referencia." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:560 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:584 msgid "" "Odoo creates a Credit Note with the corrected text in an invoice and price " "0." @@ -4116,7 +4168,7 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo creates a Credit Note with the corrected text in an invoice and price " "0." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:567 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:591 msgid "" "It’s important to define the default credit account in the Sales journal as " "it is taken for this use case in specific." @@ -4124,11 +4176,11 @@ msgstr "" "It’s important to define the default credit account in the Sales journal as " "it is taken for this use case in specific." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:571 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:595 msgid "Corrects Referenced Document Amount" msgstr "Corrects Referenced Document Amount" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:573 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:597 msgid "" "When a correction on the amounts is required, use the button Add Credit note" " and select Partial Refund. In this case the SII reference Code is " @@ -4138,12 +4190,12 @@ msgstr "" " and select Partial Refund. In this case the SII reference Code is " "automatically set to: Corrige el monto del Documento de Referencia." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:582 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:578 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:606 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:584 msgid "Debit Notes" -msgstr "Debit Notes" +msgstr "借方备注" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:584 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:608 msgid "" "As part of the Chilean localization, besides creating credit notes from an " "existing document you can also create debit Notes. For this just use the " @@ -4155,11 +4207,11 @@ msgstr "" "button “Add Debit Note”. The two main use cases for debit notes are " "detailed below." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:592 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:616 msgid "Add debt on Invoices" msgstr "Add debt on Invoices" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:594 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:618 msgid "" "The most common use case for debit notes is to increase the value of an " "existing invoice, you need to select option 3 in the field Reference code " @@ -4169,7 +4221,7 @@ msgstr "" "existing invoice, you need to select option 3 in the field Reference code " "SII:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:602 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:626 msgid "" "In this case Odoo automatically includes the source invoice in the cross " "reference section:" @@ -4177,11 +4229,11 @@ msgstr "" "In this case Odoo automatically includes the source invoice in the cross " "reference section:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:609 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:633 msgid "Cancel Credit Notes" msgstr "Cancel Credit Notes" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:611 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:635 msgid "" "In Chile the debits notes are used to cancel a validated Credit Note, in " "this case just select the button Add debit note and select the first option " @@ -4191,7 +4243,7 @@ msgstr "" "this case just select the button Add debit note and select the first option " "in the wizard: *1: Anula Documentos de referencia.*" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:623 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:647 msgid "" "As part of the Chilean localization, you can configure your Incoming email " "server as the same you have register in the SII in order to:" @@ -4199,7 +4251,7 @@ msgstr "" "As part of the Chilean localization, you can configure your Incoming email " "server as the same you have register in the SII in order to:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:626 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:650 msgid "" "Automatically receive the vendor bills DTE and create the vendor bill based " "on this information." @@ -4207,19 +4259,19 @@ msgstr "" "Automatically receive the vendor bills DTE and create the vendor bill based " "on this information." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:627 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:651 msgid "Automatically Send the reception acknowledgement to your vendor." msgstr "Automatically Send the reception acknowledgement to your vendor." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:628 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:652 msgid "Accept or Claim the document and send this status to your vendor." msgstr "Accept or Claim the document and send this status to your vendor." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:632 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:656 msgid "Reception" msgstr "接收" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:634 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:658 msgid "" "As soon as the vendor email with the attached DTE is received: 1. The vendor" " Bill mapping all the information included in the xml. 2. An email is sent " @@ -4231,11 +4283,11 @@ msgstr "" "to the vendor with the Reception acknowledgement. 3. The DTE status is set " "as: Acuse de Recibido Enviado" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:644 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:668 msgid "Acceptation" msgstr "Acceptation" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:646 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:670 msgid "" "If all the commercial information is correct on your vendor bill, you can " "accept the document using the button: Aceptar Documento, once this is done " @@ -4247,11 +4299,11 @@ msgstr "" "the DTE Acceptation Status changes to: Accepted and an email of acceptance " "is sent to the vendor." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:656 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:680 msgid "Claim" msgstr "Claim" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:658 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:682 msgid "" "In case there is a commercial issue or the information is not correct on " "your vendor bill, you can Claim the document before validating it, using " @@ -4263,7 +4315,7 @@ msgstr "" "the button: Claim, once this is done the DTE Acceptation Status change to: " "Claim and an email of acceptance is sent to the vendor." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:666 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:690 msgid "" "If you claim a vendor bill, the status changes from draft to cancel " "automatically. Considering this as best practice, all the Claim documents " @@ -4273,11 +4325,11 @@ msgstr "" "automatically. Considering this as best practice, all the Claim documents " "should be canceled as they won’t be valid for your accounting records." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:675 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:699 msgid "Balance Tributario de 8 Columnas" msgstr "Balance Tributario de 8 Columnas" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:677 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:701 msgid "" "This report presents the accounts in detail (with their respective " "balances), classifying them according to their origin and determining the " @@ -4289,8 +4341,8 @@ msgstr "" "level of profit or loss that the business had within the evaluated period of" " time, so that a real and complete knowledge of the status of a company." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:681 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:697 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:705 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:721 msgid "" "You can find this report in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " "Reports`" @@ -4298,11 +4350,11 @@ msgstr "" "You can find this report in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " "Reports`" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:688 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:712 msgid "Propuesta F29" msgstr "Propuesta F29" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:690 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:714 msgid "" "The form F29 is a new system that the SII enabled to taxpayers, and that " "replaces the Purchase and Sales Books. This report is integrated by Purchase" @@ -4314,7 +4366,7 @@ msgstr "" " Register (CR) and the Sales Register (RV). Its purpose is to support the " "transactions related to VAT, improving its control and declaration." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:694 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:718 msgid "" "This record is supplied by the electronic tax documents (DTE’s) that have " "been received by the SII." @@ -4322,22 +4374,22 @@ msgstr "" "This record is supplied by the electronic tax documents (DTE’s) that have " "been received by the SII." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:37 msgid "Colombia" msgstr "哥伦比亚" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:10 msgid "`VIDEO WEBINAR OF A COMPLETE DEMO <https://youtu.be/BOzucXRUZDE>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:15 msgid "" "Electronic invoicing for Colombia is available from Odoo 12 and requires the" " next modules:" msgstr "哥伦比亚的电子发票可从 otoo 12 获得, 需要下一个模块:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:18 msgid "" "**l10n_co**: All the basic data to manage the accounting module, contains " "the default setup for: chart of accounts, taxes, retentions, identification " @@ -4347,33 +4399,33 @@ msgstr "" "the default setup for: chart of accounts, taxes, retentions, identification " "document types" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:21 msgid "" "**l10n_co_edi**: This module includes all the extra fields that are required" " for the Integration with Carvajal T&S and generate the electronic invoice, " "based on the DIAN legal requirements." msgstr "" -"**l10n_co_edi**: 本模块包括与 Carvajal T&S 集成所需的所有额外字段, 并根据 DIAN 法律要求生成电子发票。" +"**l10n_co_edi** : 本模块包括与 Carvajal T&S 集成所需的所有额外字段, 并根据 DIAN 法律要求生成电子发票。" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:27 msgid "Workflow" msgstr "工作流" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:37 msgid "Install the Colombian localization modules" msgstr "Install the Colombian localization modules" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:39 msgid "" "For this, go in Apps and search for Colombia. Then click Install for the " "first two modules." msgstr "为此, 请访问应用程序并搜索哥伦比亚。然后单击前两个模块的 \"安装\"。" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:47 msgid "Configure credentials for Carvajal T&S web service" msgstr "Configure credentials for Carvajal T&S web service" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:49 msgid "" "Once that the modules are installed, in order to be able to connect with " "Carvajal T&S Web Service, it's necessary to configure the user and " @@ -4383,14 +4435,14 @@ msgstr "" "Carvajal T&S Web Service, it's necessary to configure the user and " "credentials, this information will be provided by Carvajal T&S." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:53 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:75 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and look " "for the *Colombian Electronic Invoice* section." msgstr "进入:menuselection:`菜单选择：`会计->配置->设置`并查找*哥伦比亚电子发票*章节" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:59 msgid "" "Using the Testing mode it is possible to connect with a Carvajal T&S testing" " environment. This allows users to test the complete workflow and " @@ -4402,7 +4454,7 @@ msgstr "" "integration with the CEN Financiero portal, which is accessible here: " "https://cenfinancierolab.cen.biz" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:64 msgid "" "Once that Odoo and Carvajal T&S is fully configured and ready for production" " the testing environment can be disabled." @@ -4410,11 +4462,11 @@ msgstr "" "Once that Odoo and Carvajal T&S is fully configured and ready for production" " the testing environment can be disabled." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:69 msgid "Configure your report data" msgstr "Configure your report data" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:71 msgid "" "As part of the configurable information that is sent in the XML, you can " "define the data for the fiscal section and the bank information in the PDF." @@ -4422,15 +4474,15 @@ msgstr "" "As part of the configurable information that is sent in the XML, you can " "define the data for the fiscal section and the bank information in the PDF." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:83 msgid "Configure data required in the XML" msgstr "Configure data required in the XML" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:89 msgid "Identification" msgstr "ID" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:91 msgid "" "As part of the Colombian Localization, the document types defined by the " "DIAN are now available on the Partner form. Colombian partners have to have " @@ -4440,7 +4492,7 @@ msgstr "" "DIAN are now available on the Partner form. Colombian partners have to have " "their identification number and document type set:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:98 msgid "" "When the document type is RUT the identification number needs to be " "configured in Odoo including the verification digit, Odoo will split this " @@ -4450,11 +4502,11 @@ msgstr "" "configured in Odoo including the verification digit, Odoo will split this " "number when the data to the third party vendor is sent." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:105 msgid "Fiscal structure (RUT)" msgstr "Fiscal structure (RUT)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:107 msgid "" "The partner's responsibility codes (section 53 in the RUT document) are " "included as part of the electronic invoice module given that is part of the " @@ -4464,7 +4516,7 @@ msgstr "" "included as part of the electronic invoice module given that is part of the " "information required by the DIAN ." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:111 msgid "" "These fields can be found in :menuselection:`Partner --> Sales & Purchase " "Tab --> Fiscal Information`" @@ -4472,7 +4524,7 @@ msgstr "" "These fields can be found in :menuselection:`Partner --> Sales & Purchase " "Tab --> Fiscal Information`" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:117 msgid "" "Additionally two booleans fields were added in order to specify the fiscal " "regimen of the partner." @@ -4480,7 +4532,7 @@ msgstr "" "Additionally two booleans fields were added in order to specify the fiscal " "regimen of the partner." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:124 msgid "" "If your sales transactions include products with taxes, it's important to " "consider that an extra field *Value Type* needs to be configured per tax. " @@ -4490,7 +4542,7 @@ msgstr "" "consider that an extra field *Value Type* needs to be configured per tax. " "This option is located in the Advanced Options tab." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:131 msgid "" "Retention tax types (ICA, IVA, Fuente) are also included in the options to " "configure your taxes. This configuration is used in order to correctly " @@ -4500,23 +4552,17 @@ msgstr "" "configure your taxes. This configuration is used in order to correctly " "display taxes in the invoice PDF." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:142 msgid "" "Once the DIAN has assigned the official sequence and prefix for the " "electronic invoice resolution, the Sales journals related to your invoice " "documents need to be updated in Odoo. The sequence can be accessed using " -"the :doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`: " +"the :doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>`: " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Configuration Setting --> " "Journals`." msgstr "" -"Once the DIAN has assigned the official sequence and prefix for the " -"electronic invoice resolution, the Sales journals related to your invoice " -"documents need to be updated in Odoo. The sequence can be accessed using " -"the :doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`: " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Configuration Setting --> " -"Journals`." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:151 msgid "" "Once that the sequence is opened, the Prefix and Next Number fields should " "be configured and synchronized with the CEN Financiero." @@ -4524,11 +4570,11 @@ msgstr "" "Once that the sequence is opened, the Prefix and Next Number fields should " "be configured and synchronized with the CEN Financiero." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:159 msgid "Users" msgstr "用户" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:161 msgid "" "The default template that is used by Odoo on the invoice PDF includes the " "job position of the salesperson, so these fields should be configured:" @@ -4536,7 +4582,7 @@ msgstr "" "The default template that is used by Odoo on the invoice PDF includes the " "job position of the salesperson, so these fields should be configured:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:175 msgid "" "When all your master data and credentials has been configured, it's possible" " to start testing the electronic invoice workflow." @@ -4544,12 +4590,12 @@ msgstr "" "When all your master data and credentials has been configured, it's possible" " to start testing the electronic invoice workflow." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:180 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:30 msgid "Invoice creation" msgstr "发票创建" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:182 msgid "" "The functional workflow that takes place before an invoice validation " "doesn't change. The main changes that are introduced with the electronic " @@ -4559,11 +4605,11 @@ msgstr "" "doesn't change. The main changes that are introduced with the electronic " "invoice are the next fields:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:189 msgid "There are three types of documents:" msgstr "There are three types of documents:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:191 msgid "" "**Factura Electronica**: This is the regular type of document and its " "applicable for Invoices, Credit Notes and Debit Notes." @@ -4571,7 +4617,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Factura Electronica**: This is the regular type of document and its " "applicable for Invoices, Credit Notes and Debit Notes." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:193 msgid "" "**Factura de Importación**: This should be selected for importation " "transactions." @@ -4579,7 +4625,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Factura de Importación**: This should be selected for importation " "transactions." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:195 msgid "" "**Factura de contingencia**: This is an exceptional type that is used as a " "manual backup in case that the company is not able to use the ERP and it's " @@ -4591,12 +4637,12 @@ msgstr "" "necessary to generate the invoice manually, when this invoice is added to " "the ERP, this invoice type should be selected." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:203 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:380 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:386 msgid "Invoice validation" msgstr "Invoice validation" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:205 msgid "" "After the invoice is validated an XML file is created and sent automatically" " to Carvajal, this file is displayed in the chatter." @@ -4604,7 +4650,7 @@ msgstr "" "After the invoice is validated an XML file is created and sent automatically" " to Carvajal, this file is displayed in the chatter." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:211 msgid "" "An extra field is now displayed in \"Other Info\" tab with the name of the " "XML file. Additionally there is a second extra field that is displayed with " @@ -4614,11 +4660,11 @@ msgstr "" "XML file. Additionally there is a second extra field that is displayed with " "the Electronic Invoice status, with the initial value \"In progress\":" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:221 msgid "Reception of legal XML and PDF" msgstr "Reception of legal XML and PDF" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:223 msgid "" "The electronic invoice vendor receives the XML file and proceeds to validate" " the structure and the information in it, if everything is correct the " @@ -4634,11 +4680,11 @@ msgstr "" "Legal XML which includes a digital signature and a unique code (CUFE), a PDF" " invoice that includes a QR code and the CUFE is also generated." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:231 msgid "After this:" msgstr "After this:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:233 msgid "" "A ZIP containing the legal XML and the PDF is downloaded and displayed in " "the invoice chatter:" @@ -4646,15 +4692,15 @@ msgstr "" "A ZIP containing the legal XML and the PDF is downloaded and displayed in " "the invoice chatter:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:240 msgid "The Electronic Invoice status changes to \"Accepted\"" msgstr "The Electronic Invoice status changes to \"Accepted\"" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:244 msgid "Common errors" msgstr "Common errors" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:246 msgid "" "During the XML validation the most common errors are usually related to " "missing master data. In such cases, error messages are shown in the chatter " @@ -4664,7 +4710,7 @@ msgstr "" "missing master data. In such cases, error messages are shown in the chatter " "after updating the electronic invoice status." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:253 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:253 msgid "" "After the master data is corrected, it's possible to reprocess the XML with " "the new data and send the updated version, using the following button:" @@ -4672,11 +4718,11 @@ msgstr "" "After the master data is corrected, it's possible to reprocess the XML with " "the new data and send the updated version, using the following button:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:265 msgid "Additional use cases" msgstr "Additional use cases" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:267 msgid "" "The process for credit and debit notes is exactly the same as the invoice, " "the functional workflow remains the same as well." @@ -4684,15 +4730,15 @@ msgstr "" "The process for credit and debit notes is exactly the same as the invoice, " "the functional workflow remains the same as well." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:3 msgid "Colombia (ES)" -msgstr "Colombia (ES)" +msgstr "哥伦比亚 (ES)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:6 msgid "Introducción" msgstr "Introducción" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:8 msgid "" "La Facturación Electrónica para Colombia está disponible en Odoo 12 y " "requiere los siguientes Módulos:" @@ -4700,7 +4746,7 @@ msgstr "" "La Facturación Electrónica para Colombia está disponible en Odoo 12 y " "requiere los siguientes Módulos:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:11 msgid "" "**l10n_co**: Contiene los datos básicos para manejar el módulo de " "contabilidad, incluyendo la configuración por defecto de los siguientes " @@ -4710,24 +4756,24 @@ msgstr "" "contabilidad, incluyendo la configuración por defecto de los siguientes " "puntos:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:15 msgid "Plan Contable" msgstr "Plan Contable" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:16 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:124 msgid "Impuestos" msgstr "Impuestos" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:17 msgid "Retenciones" msgstr "Retenciones" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:18 msgid "Tipos de Documentos de Identificación" msgstr "Tipos de Documentos de Identificación" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:20 msgid "" "**l10n_co_edi**: Este módulo incluye todos los campos adicionales que son " "requeridos para la Integración entre Carvajal T&S y la generación de la " @@ -4737,19 +4783,19 @@ msgstr "" "requeridos para la Integración entre Carvajal T&S y la generación de la " "Factura Electrónica, basado en los requisitos legales de la DIAN." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:26 msgid "Flujo General" msgstr "Flujo General" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:33 msgid "Configuración" msgstr "Configuración" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:36 msgid "Instalación de los módulos de Localización Colombiana" msgstr "Instalación de los módulos de Localización Colombiana" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:38 msgid "" "Para esto ve a las aplicaciones y busca “Colombia”, luego da click en " "Instalar a los primeros dos módulos:" @@ -4757,11 +4803,11 @@ msgstr "" "Para esto ve a las aplicaciones y busca “Colombia”, luego da click en " "Instalar a los primeros dos módulos:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:46 msgid "Configuración de las credenciales del Servicio Web de Carvajal T&S" msgstr "Configuración de las credenciales del Servicio Web de Carvajal T&S" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:50 msgid "" "Una vez que los módulos están instalados, para poderte conectar con el " "Servicio Web de Carvajal T&S, es necesario configurar el Usuario y las " @@ -4771,7 +4817,7 @@ msgstr "" "Servicio Web de Carvajal T&S, es necesario configurar el Usuario y las " "Credenciales. Esta información será provista por Carvajal T&S." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:52 msgid "" "Ve a :menuselection:`Facturación --> Configuración --> Configuración` y " "busca la sección **Facturación Electrónica Colombiana**" @@ -4779,7 +4825,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ve a :menuselection:`Facturación --> Configuración --> Configuración` y " "busca la sección **Facturación Electrónica Colombiana**" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:57 msgid "" "La funcionalidad de pruebas le permite conectarse e interactuar con el " "ambiente piloto de Carvajal T&S, esto permite a los usuarios probar el flujo" @@ -4793,7 +4839,7 @@ msgstr "" " través de la siguiente liga: `Cenfinanciero " "<https://cenfinancierolab.cen.biz>`_." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:62 msgid "" "Una vez que el ambiente de producción está listo en Odoo y en Carvajal T&S " "el ambiente de pruebas debe ser deshabilitado para poder enviar la " @@ -4805,11 +4851,11 @@ msgstr "" "información al ambiente de producción de Carvajal, para el cual es utilizada" " la siguiente URL: `Cenfinanciero <https://cenfinancierolab.cen.biz>`_." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:69 msgid "Configuración de Información para PDF" msgstr "Configuración de Información para PDF" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:73 msgid "" "Como parte de la información configurable que es enviada en el XML, puedes " "definir los datos de la sección fiscal del PDF, así como de la información " @@ -4819,7 +4865,7 @@ msgstr "" "definir los datos de la sección fiscal del PDF, así como de la información " "Bancaria." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:75 msgid "" "Ve a :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> Ajustes` y busca la " "sección **Facturación Electrónica Colombiana**." @@ -4827,19 +4873,19 @@ msgstr "" "Ve a :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> Ajustes` y busca la " "sección **Facturación Electrónica Colombiana**." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:82 msgid "Configuración de los Datos Principales Requeridos en el XML" msgstr "Configuración de los Datos Principales Requeridos en el XML" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:85 msgid "Contacto (Tercero)" msgstr "Contacto (Tercero)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:88 msgid "Identificación" msgstr "Identificación" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:90 msgid "" "Como parte de la Localización Colombiana, los tipos de documentos definidos " "por la DIAN ahora están disponibles en el formulario de Contactos, por lo " @@ -4851,7 +4897,7 @@ msgstr "" "cual ya es posible asignarles su número de identificación asociado al tipo " "de documento correspondiente." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:98 msgid "" "Nota: Cuando el tipo de documento es RUT la identificación necesita ser " "ingresada en Odoo incluyendo el Dígito de Verificación. Odoo separará este " @@ -4861,11 +4907,11 @@ msgstr "" "ingresada en Odoo incluyendo el Dígito de Verificación. Odoo separará este " "número cuando la información sea enviada a los proveedores terceros." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:105 msgid "Estructura Fiscal (RUT)" msgstr "Estructura Fiscal (RUT)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:107 msgid "" "Los Códigos de tipo de Obligación aplicables a los terceros (sección 53 en " "el documento de RUT), son incluidos como parte del módulo de Facturación " @@ -4875,7 +4921,7 @@ msgstr "" "el documento de RUT), son incluidos como parte del módulo de Facturación " "Electrónica, dado que es información requerida por la DIAN." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:111 msgid "" "Estos campos se encuentran en :menuselection:`Contactos --> Pestaña de " "Ventas y Compras --> Información Fiscal`" @@ -4883,7 +4929,7 @@ msgstr "" "Estos campos se encuentran en :menuselection:`Contactos --> Pestaña de " "Ventas y Compras --> Información Fiscal`" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:117 msgid "" "Adicionalmente dos últimos campos fueron agregados para especificar el " "régimen fiscal del contacto. Cabe aclarar que para envío de Factura " @@ -4897,7 +4943,7 @@ msgstr "" "Contribuyentes y Régimen simplificado, por lo se muestran solo estas dos " "opciones." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:126 msgid "" "Si tus transacciones de ventas incluyen productos con impuestos, es " "importante considerar que un campo adicional llamado *Tipo de Valor* " @@ -4909,7 +4955,7 @@ msgstr "" "necesita ser configurado en la siguiente ruta: :menuselection:`Contabilidad " "--> Configuración --> Impuestos: --> Opciones Avanzadas --> Tipo de Valor`" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:134 msgid "" "Los impuestos para Retenciones (ICA, IVA y Fuente) también están incluidos " "en las opciones para configurar tus impuestos, esta configuración es " @@ -4921,11 +4967,11 @@ msgstr "" "considerada para desplegar correctamente los impuestos en la representación " "gráfica de la Factura. (PDF)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:144 msgid "Diarios" msgstr "Diarios" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:146 msgid "" "Una vez que la DIAN ha asignado la secuencia y prefijo oficiales para la " "resolución de la Facturación Electrónica, los Diarios de Ventas relacionados" @@ -4935,7 +4981,7 @@ msgstr "" "resolución de la Facturación Electrónica, los Diarios de Ventas relacionados" " con tus documentos de facturación necesitan ser actualizados en Odoo." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:151 msgid "" "La secuencia es configurada usando el modo de desarrollador en la siguiente " "ruta: :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> Diarios --> Liga de" @@ -4945,7 +4991,7 @@ msgstr "" "ruta: :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> Diarios --> Liga de" " Secuencia`" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:158 msgid "" "Una vez que la secuencia es abierta, los campos de Prefijo y Siguiente " "Número deben ser configurados y sincronizados con el CEN Financiero." @@ -4953,11 +4999,11 @@ msgstr "" "Una vez que la secuencia es abierta, los campos de Prefijo y Siguiente " "Número deben ser configurados y sincronizados con el CEN Financiero." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:166 msgid "Usuarios" msgstr "Usuarios" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:168 msgid "" "La plantilla por defecto que es usada por Odoo en la representación gráfica " "incluye el nombre del Vendedor, así que estos campos deben ser considerados:" @@ -4965,15 +5011,15 @@ msgstr "" "La plantilla por defecto que es usada por Odoo en la representación gráfica " "incluye el nombre del Vendedor, así que estos campos deben ser considerados:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:177 msgid "Uso y Pruebas" msgstr "Uso y Pruebas" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:180 msgid "Facturas" msgstr "Facturas" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:182 msgid "" "Una vez que toda la información principal y las credenciales han sido " "configuradas, es posible empezar a probar el flujo de la Facturación " @@ -4983,11 +5029,11 @@ msgstr "" "configuradas, es posible empezar a probar el flujo de la Facturación " "Electrónica siguiendo las instrucciones que se detallan a continuación:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:188 msgid "Invoice Creation" msgstr "Invoice Creation" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:190 msgid "" "El flujo de trabajo funcional que lleva lugar antes de la validación de una " "factura continua siendo igual con Facturación Electrónica, " @@ -4999,7 +5045,7 @@ msgstr "" "independientemente de si es creada desde una Orden de Venta o si es creado " "manualmente." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:195 msgid "" "Los cambios principales que son introducidos con la Facturación Electrónica " "son los siguientes:" @@ -5007,11 +5053,11 @@ msgstr "" "Los cambios principales que son introducidos con la Facturación Electrónica " "son los siguientes:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:198 msgid "Hay tres tipos de documentos" msgstr "Hay tres tipos de documentos" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:200 msgid "" "**Factura electrónica**. Este es el documento normal y aplica para Facturas," " Notas de Crédito y Notas de Débito." @@ -5019,7 +5065,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Factura electrónica**. Este es el documento normal y aplica para Facturas," " Notas de Crédito y Notas de Débito." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:203 msgid "" "**Factura de Importación**. Debe ser seleccionada para transacciones de " "importación." @@ -5027,7 +5073,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Factura de Importación**. Debe ser seleccionada para transacciones de " "importación." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:206 msgid "" "**Factura de Contingencia**. Esta es un caso excepcional y es utilizada como" " un respaldo manual en caso que la compañía no pueda usar el ERP y hay " @@ -5039,11 +5085,11 @@ msgstr "" "necesidad de crear la factura manualmente. Al ingresar esta factura en el " "ERP, se debe seleccionar este tipo." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:216 msgid "Invoice Validation" msgstr "Invoice Validation" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:218 msgid "" "Después que la factura fue validada, un archivo XML es creado y enviado " "automáticamente al proveedor de la factura electrónica. Este archivo es " @@ -5053,7 +5099,7 @@ msgstr "" "automáticamente al proveedor de la factura electrónica. Este archivo es " "desplegado en el historial." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:225 msgid "" "Un campo adicional es ahora desplegado en la pestaña de “Otra Información” " "con el nombre del archivo XML. Adicionalmente hay un segundo campo adicional" @@ -5065,11 +5111,11 @@ msgstr "" " que es desplegado con el estatus de la Factura Electrónica, con el valor " "inicial **En Proceso**." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:235 msgid "Recepción del XML y PDF Legal" msgstr "Recepción del XML y PDF Legal" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:242 msgid "" "El proveedor de la Factura Electrónica recibe el archivo XML y procede a " "validar la información y la estructura contenida. Si todo es correcto, el " @@ -5085,7 +5131,7 @@ msgstr "" "(CUFE) y generan el PDF de la Factura (el cual incluye un código QR) y el " "CUFE." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:246 msgid "" "Odoo envía una petición de actualización automáticamente para verificar que " "el XML fue creado. Si este es el caso, las siguientes acciones son hechas " @@ -5095,7 +5141,7 @@ msgstr "" "el XML fue creado. Si este es el caso, las siguientes acciones son hechas " "automáticamente:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:248 msgid "" "El XML Legal y el PDF son incluidos en un archivo ZIP y desplegados en el " "historial de la Factura." @@ -5103,11 +5149,11 @@ msgstr "" "El XML Legal y el PDF son incluidos en un archivo ZIP y desplegados en el " "historial de la Factura." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:253 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:253 msgid "El estatus de la Factura Electrónica es cambiado a “Aceptado”." msgstr "El estatus de la Factura Electrónica es cambiado a “Aceptado”." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:258 msgid "" "En caso que el PDF y el XML sean requeridos inmediatamente, es posible " "mandar manualmente la petición del estatus usando el siguiente botón:" @@ -5115,11 +5161,11 @@ msgstr "" "En caso que el PDF y el XML sean requeridos inmediatamente, es posible " "mandar manualmente la petición del estatus usando el siguiente botón:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:267 msgid "Errores Frecuentes" msgstr "Errores Frecuentes" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:269 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:269 msgid "" "Durante la validación del XML los errores más comunes usualmente están " "relacionados con información principal faltante. En estos casos, los " @@ -5131,7 +5177,7 @@ msgstr "" "detalles del error son recuperados en la petición de actualización y " "desplegados en el historial." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:277 msgid "" "Si la información principal es corregida, es posible re procesar el XML con " "la nueva información y mandar la versión actualizada usando el siguiente " @@ -5141,11 +5187,11 @@ msgstr "" "la nueva información y mandar la versión actualizada usando el siguiente " "botón:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:289 msgid "Casos de Uso adicionales" msgstr "Casos de Uso adicionales" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:291 msgid "" "El proceso para las Notas de Crédito y Débito (Proveedores) es exactamente " "el mismo que en las Facturas. Su flujo de trabajo funcional se mantiene " @@ -5155,23 +5201,23 @@ msgstr "" "el mismo que en las Facturas. Su flujo de trabajo funcional se mantiene " "igual." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:296 msgid "Consideraciones del Anexo 1.7" msgstr "Consideraciones del Anexo 1.7" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:299 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:299 msgid "Contexto" msgstr "Contexto" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:302 msgid "Contexto Normativo" msgstr "Contexto Normativo" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:304 msgid "Soporte Normativo:" msgstr "Soporte Normativo:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:305 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:305 msgid "" "Resolución DIAN Número 000042 ( 5 de Mayo de 2020) Por la cual se " "desarrollan:" @@ -5179,59 +5225,59 @@ msgstr "" "Resolución DIAN Número 000042 ( 5 de Mayo de 2020) Por la cual se " "desarrollan:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:307 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:307 msgid "Los sistemas de facturación," msgstr "Los sistemas de facturación," -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:308 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:308 msgid "Los proveedores tecnológicos," msgstr "Los proveedores tecnológicos," -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:309 msgid "El registro de la factura electrónica de venta como título valor," msgstr "El registro de la factura electrónica de venta como título valor," -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:310 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:310 msgid "Se expide el anexo técnico de factura electrónica de venta y" msgstr "Se expide el anexo técnico de factura electrónica de venta y" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:311 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:311 msgid "Se dictan otras disposiciones en materia de sistemas de facturación." msgstr "Se dictan otras disposiciones en materia de sistemas de facturación." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:314 msgid "Anexo 1.7: Principales Cambios" msgstr "Anexo 1.7: Principales Cambios" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:316 msgid "Cambios en la definición de Consumidor Final." msgstr "Cambios en la definición de Consumidor Final." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:317 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:317 msgid "Informar bienes cubiertos para los 3 dias sin IVA." msgstr "Informar bienes cubiertos para los 3 dias sin IVA." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:318 msgid "Actualización de descripción de Impuestos." msgstr "Actualización de descripción de Impuestos." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:319 msgid "Se agrega concepto para IVA Excluido." msgstr "Se agrega concepto para IVA Excluido." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:320 msgid "Informar la fecha efectiva de entrega de los bienes." msgstr "Informar la fecha efectiva de entrega de los bienes." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:321 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:321 msgid "Adecuaciones en la representación Gráfica (PDF)." msgstr "Adecuaciones en la representación Gráfica (PDF)." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:324 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:324 msgid "Calendario" msgstr "Calendario" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:326 msgid "" "Se tiene varias fechas límites para la salida a producción bajo las " "condiciones del Anexo 1.7 las cuales dependen de los siguientes factores:" @@ -5239,7 +5285,7 @@ msgstr "" "Se tiene varias fechas límites para la salida a producción bajo las " "condiciones del Anexo 1.7 las cuales dependen de los siguientes factores:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:329 msgid "" "Calendario de implementación de acuerdo con la actividad económica principal" " en el RUT:" @@ -5247,19 +5293,19 @@ msgstr "" "Calendario de implementación de acuerdo con la actividad económica principal" " en el RUT:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:334 msgid "Calendario de implementación, para otros sujetos obligados:" msgstr "Calendario de implementación, para otros sujetos obligados:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:339 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:339 msgid "Calendario de implementación permanente:" msgstr "Calendario de implementación permanente:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:345 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:345 msgid "Requerimientos en Odoo" msgstr "Requerimientos en Odoo" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:347 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:347 msgid "" "Con la finalidad de facilitar el proceso de preparación de las bases de Odoo" " estándar V12 y v13, únicamente será necesario que los administradores " @@ -5271,11 +5317,11 @@ msgstr "" "actualicen algunos módulos y creen los datos maestros relacionados a los " "nuevos procesos." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:352 msgid "Actualización de listado de Apps" msgstr "Actualización de listado de Apps" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:354 msgid "" "Utilizando el modo desarrollador, acceder al módulo de Aplicaciones y " "seleccionar el menú *Actualizar Lista*." @@ -5283,11 +5329,11 @@ msgstr "" "Utilizando el modo desarrollador, acceder al módulo de Aplicaciones y " "seleccionar el menú *Actualizar Lista*." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:361 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:361 msgid "Actualización de Módulos" msgstr "Actualización de Módulos" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:363 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:363 msgid "" "Una vez actualizado Buscar *Colombia*, los siguientes módulos serán " "desplegados, se requieren actualizar dos módulos." @@ -5295,11 +5341,11 @@ msgstr "" "Una vez actualizado Buscar *Colombia*, los siguientes módulos serán " "desplegados, se requieren actualizar dos módulos." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:366 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:366 msgid "Colombia - Contabilidad - l10n_co" msgstr "Colombia - Contabilidad - l10n_co" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:367 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:367 msgid "" "Electronic invoicing for Colombia with Carvajal UBL 2.1 - " "l10n_co_edi_ubl_2_1" @@ -5307,7 +5353,7 @@ msgstr "" "Electronic invoicing for Colombia with Carvajal UBL 2.1 - " "l10n_co_edi_ubl_2_1" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:372 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:372 msgid "" "En cada módulo o ícono hay que desplegar el menú opciones utilizando los 3 " "puntos de la esquina superior derecha y seleccionamos *Actualizar*." @@ -5315,19 +5361,19 @@ msgstr "" "En cada módulo o ícono hay que desplegar el menú opciones utilizando los 3 " "puntos de la esquina superior derecha y seleccionamos *Actualizar*." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:375 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:375 msgid "Primero lo hacemos con en el módulo l10n_co:" msgstr "Primero lo hacemos con en el módulo l10n_co:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:380 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:380 msgid "Posteriormente lo hacemos con el módulo l10n_co_edi_ubl_2_1:" msgstr "Posteriormente lo hacemos con el módulo l10n_co_edi_ubl_2_1:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:386 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:386 msgid "Creación de Datos Maestros" msgstr "Creación de Datos Maestros" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:388 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:388 msgid "" "Las bases de datos existentes a Junio 2020 tanto en V12 como V13, deberán " "crear algunos datos maestros necesarios para operar correctamente con los " @@ -5337,12 +5383,12 @@ msgstr "" "crear algunos datos maestros necesarios para operar correctamente con los " "cambios del Anexo 1.7." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:392 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:491 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:392 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:491 msgid "Consumidor Final" msgstr "Consumidor Final" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:394 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:394 msgid "" "La figura del consumidor final será utilizada para aquellas ventas sobre las" " cuales no es posible identificar toda la información fiscal y demográfica " @@ -5354,7 +5400,7 @@ msgstr "" "del cliente por lo que la factura se genera a nombre de este registro " "genérico." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:398 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:398 msgid "" "Es importante coordinar y definir los casos de uso en los que dependiendo de" " su empresa se tendrá permitido utilizar este registro genérico." @@ -5362,7 +5408,7 @@ msgstr "" "Es importante coordinar y definir los casos de uso en los que dependiendo de" " su empresa se tendrá permitido utilizar este registro genérico." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:401 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:401 msgid "" "Dentro de Odoo se tendrá que crear un contacto con las siguientes " "características, es importante que se defina de esta manera debido a que son" @@ -5372,23 +5418,23 @@ msgstr "" "características, es importante que se defina de esta manera debido a que son" " los parámetros definidos por la DIAN." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:404 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:404 msgid "**Tipo de contacto:** Individuo" msgstr "**Tipo de contacto:** Individuo" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:405 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:405 msgid "**Nombre:** Consumidor Final" msgstr "**Nombre:** Consumidor Final" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:406 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:406 msgid "**Tipo de documento:** Cedula de Ciudadania" msgstr "**Tipo de documento:** Cedula de Ciudadania" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:407 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:407 msgid "**Numero de Identificacion:** 222222222222" msgstr "**Numero de Identificacion:** 222222222222" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:412 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:412 msgid "" "Dentro de la pestaña Ventas y Compras, en la sección Información Fiscal, del" " campo Obligaciones y Responsabilidades colocaremos el valor: **R-99-PN**." @@ -5396,12 +5442,12 @@ msgstr "" "Dentro de la pestaña Ventas y Compras, en la sección Información Fiscal, del" " campo Obligaciones y Responsabilidades colocaremos el valor: **R-99-PN**." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:419 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:506 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:419 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:506 msgid "IVA Excluido - Bienes Cubiertos" msgstr "IVA Excluido - Bienes Cubiertos" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:421 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:421 msgid "" "Para reportar las transacciones realizadas mediante Bienes Cubiertos para " "los tres días sin IVA, será necesario crear un nuevo Impuesto al cual se le " @@ -5413,7 +5459,7 @@ msgstr "" "debe de asociar un grupo de impuestos específico que será utilizado por Odoo" " para agregar la sección requerida en el XML de factura electrónica." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:426 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:426 msgid "" "Para el crear el impuesto accederemos a Contabilidad dentro del menú " ":menuselection:`Configuración --> Impuestos`:" @@ -5421,7 +5467,7 @@ msgstr "" "Para el crear el impuesto accederemos a Contabilidad dentro del menú " ":menuselection:`Configuración --> Impuestos`:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:432 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:432 msgid "" "Procedemos a crear un nuevo Impuesto con importe 0% considerando los " "siguientes parámetros:" @@ -5429,7 +5475,7 @@ msgstr "" "Procedemos a crear un nuevo Impuesto con importe 0% considerando los " "siguientes parámetros:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:437 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:437 msgid "" "El nombre del Impuesto puede ser definido a preferencia del usuario, sin " "embargo el campo clave es **Grupo de Impuestos** dentro de Opciones " @@ -5441,11 +5487,11 @@ msgstr "" "avanzadas, el cual debe ser: *bienes cubiertos* y el campo **Tipo de " "Valor**: *IVA*." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:445 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:445 msgid "Actualización de descripción de Departamentos" msgstr "Actualización de descripción de Departamentos" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:447 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:447 msgid "" "Es necesario actualizar la descripción de algunos departamentos, para lo " "cual accederemos a módulo de Contactos y dentro del menú de " @@ -5455,7 +5501,7 @@ msgstr "" "cual accederemos a módulo de Contactos y dentro del menú de " ":menuselection:`Configuración --> Provincias`." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:453 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:453 msgid "" "Posteriormente, podemos agregar por País para identificar claramente las " "provincias (Departamentos) de Colombia:" @@ -5463,7 +5509,7 @@ msgstr "" "Posteriormente, podemos agregar por País para identificar claramente las " "provincias (Departamentos) de Colombia:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:459 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:459 msgid "" "Una vez agrupados buscar los siguientes departamentos para actualizarlos con" " el valor indicado en la columna **Nombre actualizado**:" @@ -5471,63 +5517,63 @@ msgstr "" "Una vez agrupados buscar los siguientes departamentos para actualizarlos con" " el valor indicado en la columna **Nombre actualizado**:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:463 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:463 msgid "Nombre de provincia" msgstr "Nombre de provincia" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:463 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:463 msgid "Código de Provincia" msgstr "Código de Provincia" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:463 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:463 msgid "Nombre actualizado" msgstr "Nombre actualizado" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:465 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:465 msgid "D.C." msgstr "D.C." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:465 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:465 msgid "DC" msgstr "DC" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:465 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:465 msgid "Bogotá" msgstr "Bogotá" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:467 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:467 msgid "Quindio" msgstr "Quindio" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:467 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:467 msgid "QUI" msgstr "QUI" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:467 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:467 msgid "Quindío" msgstr "Quindío" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:469 msgid "Archipiélago de San Andrés, Providencia y Santa Catalina" msgstr "Archipiélago de San Andrés, Providencia y Santa Catalina" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:469 msgid "SAP" msgstr "SAP" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:469 msgid "San Andrés y Providencia" msgstr "San Andrés y Providencia" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:473 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:473 msgid "Ejemplo:" msgstr "Ejemplo:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:479 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:479 msgid "Verificación de Código postal" msgstr "Verificación de Código postal" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:481 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:481 msgid "" "Dentro del Anexo 1.7 se comienza a validar que el código postal de las " "direcciones para contactos colombianos corresponda a las tablas oficiales " @@ -5543,11 +5589,11 @@ msgstr "" "`Codigos_Postales_Nacionales.csv " "<http://visor.codigopostal.gov.co/472/visor/Codigos_Postales_Nacionales.csv>`_" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:488 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:488 msgid "Consideraciones Operativas" msgstr "Consideraciones Operativas" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:493 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:493 msgid "" "Una vez que resgistro de Consumidor final ha sido creado este deberá ser " "utilizado a demanda, generalmente será utilizado en las transacciones de " @@ -5557,7 +5603,7 @@ msgstr "" "utilizado a demanda, generalmente será utilizado en las transacciones de " "facturación del punto de punto de venta." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:496 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:496 msgid "" "El proceso de validación de la Factura será realizado de forma convencional " "en Odoo y la factura será generada de la misma manera. Al detectar que el " @@ -5571,7 +5617,7 @@ msgstr "" " a Carvajal será generado con las consideraciones y secciones " "correspondientes." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:500 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:500 msgid "" "Contablemente todos los registros de Consumidor final quedarán asociados al " "identificador generico:" @@ -5579,7 +5625,7 @@ msgstr "" "Contablemente todos los registros de Consumidor final quedarán asociados al " "identificador generico:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:508 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:508 msgid "" "El 21 mayo del 2020 fue publicado el El Decreto 682 el cual establece " "Excepción especial en el Impuesto sobre las ventas. El principal objetivo de" @@ -5591,11 +5637,11 @@ msgstr "" " este decreto es reactivar la economía en Colombia por las bajas ventas " "generadas a causa del COVID." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:513 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:513 msgid "Fechas" msgstr "Fechas" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:515 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:515 msgid "" "Días de excención del impuesto sobre las ventas – IVA para bienes cubiertos " "(3 días SIN IVA)." @@ -5603,23 +5649,23 @@ msgstr "" "Días de excención del impuesto sobre las ventas – IVA para bienes cubiertos " "(3 días SIN IVA)." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:517 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:517 msgid "**Primer día**: 19 de junio de 2020" msgstr "**Primer día**: 19 de junio de 2020" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:518 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:518 msgid "**Segundo día**: 3 de Julio de 2020" msgstr "**Segundo día**: 3 de Julio de 2020" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:519 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:519 msgid "**Tercer día**: 19 de Julio de 2020" msgstr "**Tercer día**: 19 de Julio de 2020" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:522 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:522 msgid "Condiciones" msgstr "Condiciones" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:524 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:524 msgid "" "Debido a que estas transacciones serán generadas de forma excepcional y que " "se tiene una combinación de varios factores y condiciones, los productores " @@ -5633,7 +5679,7 @@ msgstr "" "impuesto de venta *IVA exento - Bienes cubierto* en cada empresa según " "corresponda." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:529 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:529 msgid "" "A continuación se mencionan algunas de las principales condiciones, sin " "embargo, cabe mencionar que las empresas deben de verificar todos los " @@ -5645,73 +5691,73 @@ msgstr "" "detalles en el `Decreto 682 " "<https://dapre.presidencia.gov.co/normativa/normativa/DECRETO%20682%20DEL%2021%20DE%20MAYO%20DE%202020.pdf>`_." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:533 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:533 msgid "Tipo de productos y precio Máximo:" msgstr "Tipo de productos y precio Máximo:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:536 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:536 msgid "Tipo de Productos" msgstr "Tipo de Productos" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:536 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:536 msgid "Precio Máximo" msgstr "Precio Máximo" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:538 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:538 msgid "Electrodomesticos" msgstr "Electrodomesticos" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:538 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:538 msgid "40 UVT: $1,4 millones." msgstr "40 UVT: $1,4 millones." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:540 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:540 msgid "Vestuario y complementos" msgstr "Vestuario y complementos" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 msgid "3 UVT: $106.000" msgstr "3 UVT: $106.000" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 msgid "En el caso de los complementos es:" msgstr "En el caso de los complementos es:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:544 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:544 msgid "10 UVT- $356.000" msgstr "10 UVT- $356.000" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:544 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:544 msgid "Elementos deportivos" msgstr "Elementos deportivos" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:546 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:546 msgid "Juguetes y Utiles Escolares" msgstr "Juguetes y Utiles Escolares" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:546 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:548 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:546 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:548 msgid "5 UVT - $178.035" msgstr "5 UVT - $178.035" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:548 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:548 msgid "Utiles Escolares" msgstr "Utiles Escolares" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:550 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:550 msgid "Bienes o servicios para el sector agropecuario" msgstr "Bienes o servicios para el sector agropecuario" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:550 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:550 msgid "80 UVT - $2.848.560" msgstr "80 UVT - $2.848.560" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:554 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:554 msgid "Métodos de Pago:" msgstr "Métodos de Pago:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:556 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:556 msgid "" "El pago debe realizarse por medios electrónico por ejemplo tarjetas de " "crédito/débito o bien mecanismos de pago online." @@ -5719,11 +5765,11 @@ msgstr "" "El pago debe realizarse por medios electrónico por ejemplo tarjetas de " "crédito/débito o bien mecanismos de pago online." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:558 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:558 msgid "Limite de unidades:" msgstr "Limite de unidades:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:560 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:560 msgid "" "Cada cliente puede adquirir únicamente 3 unidades como máximo de cada " "producto." @@ -5731,15 +5777,15 @@ msgstr "" "Cada cliente puede adquirir únicamente 3 unidades como máximo de cada " "producto." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:563 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:563 msgid "Medidas en Odoo" msgstr "Medidas en Odoo" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:565 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:565 msgid "**Preparación de datos**" msgstr "**Preparación de datos**" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:567 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:567 msgid "" "Crear el Impuesto para Bienes cubiertos de acuerdo a lo indicado en este " "punto: Datos maestros." @@ -5747,7 +5793,7 @@ msgstr "" "Crear el Impuesto para Bienes cubiertos de acuerdo a lo indicado en este " "punto: Datos maestros." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:568 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:568 msgid "" "Identificar los productos y transacciones a los cuales les aplicará la " "Exclusión de IVA de acuerdo a las condiciones establecidas en el decreto " @@ -5759,7 +5805,7 @@ msgstr "" "682. En caso de ser un porcentaje significativo de productos, se recomienda " "actualizar el impuesto de forma temporal en Odoo." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:571 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:571 msgid "" "Exportar un listado con los productos que serán afectados incluyendo el " "campo IVA Venta el cual será sustituido temporalmente por el IVA de Bienes " @@ -5769,7 +5815,7 @@ msgstr "" "campo IVA Venta el cual será sustituido temporalmente por el IVA de Bienes " "Cubiertos." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:573 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:573 msgid "" "Al finalizar las operaciones del día anterior a las fechas establecidas de " "día sin IVA, se debe hacer la actualización temporal a IVA de Bienes " @@ -5779,11 +5825,11 @@ msgstr "" "día sin IVA, se debe hacer la actualización temporal a IVA de Bienes " "Cubiertos." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:579 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:579 msgid "**Durante el día SIN IVA**" msgstr "**Durante el día SIN IVA**" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:581 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:581 msgid "" "Por defecto los productos previamente considerados con IVA de Bienes " "cubiertos serán generados con este parámetro tanto en Órdenes de venta como " @@ -5793,7 +5839,7 @@ msgstr "" "cubiertos serán generados con este parámetro tanto en Órdenes de venta como " "facturas creadas durante ese mismo día." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:587 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:587 msgid "" "Las órdenes de venta generadas con este impuesto deberán ser facturas el " "mismo día." @@ -5801,7 +5847,7 @@ msgstr "" "Las órdenes de venta generadas con este impuesto deberán ser facturas el " "mismo día." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:588 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:588 msgid "" "En caso de que alguna de las condiciones no sea cumplida (ejemplo el pago es" " realizado en efectivo) el impuesto deberá ser actualizado manualmente al " @@ -5811,11 +5857,11 @@ msgstr "" " realizado en efectivo) el impuesto deberá ser actualizado manualmente al " "momento de facturar." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:591 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:591 msgid "**Posterior al día SIN IVA**" msgstr "**Posterior al día SIN IVA**" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:593 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:593 msgid "" "Los productos que fueron actualizados deberá ser reconfigurados a su IVA " "original." @@ -5823,7 +5869,7 @@ msgstr "" "Los productos que fueron actualizados deberá ser reconfigurados a su IVA " "original." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:594 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:594 msgid "" "En caso de que se detecte alguna Orden de venta facturar en la cual se " "incluya IVA de Bienes Cubiertos, se deberá realizar actualización manual " @@ -5833,15 +5879,15 @@ msgstr "" "incluya IVA de Bienes Cubiertos, se deberá realizar actualización manual " "correspondiente al IVA convencional." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:3 msgid "France" msgstr "法国" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:6 msgid "FEC" msgstr "FEC" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:8 msgid "" "If you have installed the French Accounting, you will be able to download " "the FEC. For this, go in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> France" @@ -5850,39 +5896,39 @@ msgstr "" "如果你已经安装了法国会计，你将能下载FEC。为此，可以这样：菜单选项:menuselection:` 会计 --> 报表 --> 法国 -->FEC " "`。" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:12 msgid "" "If you do not see the submenu **FEC**, go in **Apps** and search for the " "module called **France-FEC** and verify if it is well installed." -msgstr "如果您看不到子菜单 **, 请进入 ** 应用程序 ** 并搜索名为 ** 法国-FEC ** 的模块, 并验证它是否安装良好。" +msgstr "如果您看不到子菜单 **FEC** , 请进入 ** 应用 ** 并搜索名为 **法国-FEC** 的模块, 并验证它是否安装良好。" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:16 msgid "French Accounting Reports" msgstr "法国会计报告" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:18 msgid "" "If you have installed the French Accounting, you will have access to some " "accounting reports specific to France:" msgstr "如果您安装了法国会计, 您将可以访问特定于法国的一些会计报告:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:20 msgid "Bilan comptable" msgstr "会计余额" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:21 msgid "Compte de résultats" msgstr "结果帐户" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:22 msgid "Plan de Taxes France" msgstr "法国税收计划" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:25 msgid "Get the VAT anti-fraud certification with Odoo" msgstr "通过 Odoo 获得增值税反欺诈认证" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:27 msgid "" "As of January 1st 2018, a new anti-fraud legislation comes into effect in " "France and DOM-TOM. This new legislation stipulates certain criteria " @@ -5893,77 +5939,76 @@ msgstr "" "截至 2018年1月1日, 法国和 DOM-TOM 实施了一项新的反欺诈立法。这一新立法规定了有关销售数据的 " "inalterability、安全、存储和归档的某些标准。这些法律要求在 Odoo 中实施, 版本9继续, 通过模块和合格证书下载。" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:34 msgid "Is my company required to use an anti-fraud software?" msgstr "我的公司是否需要使用反欺诈软件？" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:36 msgid "" "Your company is required to use an anti-fraud cash register software like " "Odoo (CGI art. 286, I. 3° bis) if:" msgstr "您的公司需要使用一个反欺诈现金登记软件, 如 Odoo (CGI 艺术 286, i. 3° bis) 如果:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:39 msgid "You are taxable (not VAT exempt) in France or any DOM-TOM," msgstr "您在法国或任何 DOM-汤姆应纳税 (不含增值税)," -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:40 msgid "Some of your customers are private individuals (B2C)." msgstr "您的一些客户是个人 (B2C)。" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:42 msgid "" "This rule applies to any company size. Auto-entrepreneurs are exempted from " "VAT and therefore are not affected." msgstr "此规则适用于任何公司规模。自动创业者免征增值税, 因此不受影响。" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:46 msgid "Get certified with Odoo" msgstr "获得 Odoo 认证" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:48 msgid "Getting compliant with Odoo is very easy." msgstr "与 Odoo 的兼容是非常容易的。" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:50 msgid "" "Your company is requested by the tax administration to deliver a certificate" " of conformity testifying that your software complies with the anti-fraud " "legislation. This certificate is granted by Odoo SA to Odoo Enterprise users" " `here <https://www.odoo.com/my/contract/french-certification/>`_. If you " -"use Odoo Community, you should `upgrade to Odoo Enterprise " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/14.0/setup/enterprise.html>`_ or contact" -" your Odoo service provider." +"use Odoo Community, you should :doc:`upgrade to Odoo Enterprise " +"</administration/enterprise>` or contact your Odoo service provider." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:58 msgid "In case of non-conformity, your company risks a fine of €7,500." msgstr "如果不符合规定, 您的公司将面临7500欧元的罚款。" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:60 msgid "To get the certification just follow the following steps:" msgstr "要获得认证, 只需按照以下步骤操作:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:62 msgid "" "Install the anti-fraud module fitting your Odoo environment from the *Apps* " "menu:" msgstr "从 * 应用程序 * 菜单中安装适合您 Odoo 环境的反欺诈模块:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:65 msgid "" "if you use Odoo Point of Sale: *l10n_fr_pos_cert*: France - VAT Anti-Fraud " "Certification for Point of Sale (CGI 286 I-3 bis)" msgstr "" "如果您使用 Odoo 销售点: * l10n_fr_pos_cert *: 法国-销售点的增值税反欺诈认证 (CGI 286 I-3 bis)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:66 msgid "" "in any other case: *l10n_fr_certification*: France - VAT Anti-Fraud " "Certification (CGI 286 I-3 bis)" msgstr "在任何其他情况下: * l10n_fr_certification *: 法国-增值税反欺诈认证 (CGI 286 I-3 bis)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:68 msgid "" "Make sure a country is set on your company, otherwise your entries won’t be " "encrypted for the inalterability check. To edit your company’s data, go to " @@ -5973,7 +6018,7 @@ msgstr "" "确保您的公司设置了一个国家/地区, 否则您的条目将不会被加密 inalterability 检查。要编辑您公司的数据, 请转到: " "menuselection: `设置 --> 用户和公司 --> 公司`。从列表中选择一个国家/地区; 不要创建一个新的国家。" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:72 msgid "" "Download the mandatory certificate of conformity delivered by Odoo SA `here " "<https://www.odoo.com/my/contract/french-certification/>`__." @@ -5981,25 +6026,21 @@ msgstr "" "下载 Odoo SA ' 这里 ' 提供的强制性合格证书<https://www.odoo.com/my/contract/french-" "certification/>`__." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:75 msgid "" "To install the module in any system created before December 18th 2017, you " "should update the modules list. To do so, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " -"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Then go to the *Apps* menu and " +"</applications/general/developer_mode>`. Then go to the *Apps* menu and " "press *Update Modules List* in the top-menu." msgstr "" -"To install the module in any system created before December 18th 2017, you " -"should update the modules list. To do so, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " -"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Then go to the *Apps* menu and " -"press *Update Modules List* in the top-menu." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:79 msgid "" "In case you run Odoo on-premise, you need to update your installation and " "restart your server beforehand." msgstr "如果您在本地运行 Odoo, 您需要更新您的安装并提前重新启动服务器。" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:81 msgid "" "If you have installed the initial version of the anti-fraud module (prior to" " December 18th 2017), you need to update it. The module's name was *France -" @@ -6012,52 +6053,52 @@ msgstr "" "bis *。更新模块列表后, 在 * 应用程序 * 中搜索更新的模块 *, 选择它, 然后单击 * 升级 *。最后, 确保安装了以下模块 * " "l10n_fr_sale_closing *。" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:90 msgid "Anti-fraud features" msgstr "反欺诈功能" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:92 msgid "The anti-fraud module introduces the following features:" msgstr "反欺诈模块引入了以下功能:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:94 msgid "" "**Inalterability**: deactivation of all the ways to cancel or modify key " "data of POS orders, invoices and journal entries;" -msgstr "**Inalterability**: 取消或修改 POS 订单、发票和日记帐分录的关键数据的所有方式的停用;" +msgstr "**不变性** : 取消或修改 POS 订单、发票和日记帐分录的关键数据的所有方式的停用;" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:96 msgid "**Security**: chaining algorithm to verify the inalterability;" msgstr "**Security**: 链算法验证不变化;" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:97 msgid "" "**Storage**: automatic sales closings with computation of both period and " "cumulative totals (daily, monthly, annually)." msgstr "**Storage**: 自动销售结转, 计算期间和累计合计 (每日、每月、每年)。" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:101 msgid "Inalterability" msgstr "Inalterability" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:103 msgid "" "All the possible ways to cancel and modify key data of paid POS orders, " "confirmed invoices and journal entries are deactivated, if the company is " "located in France or in any DOM-TOM." msgstr "如果公司位于法国或任何 DOM-TOM, 则取消和修改付费 POS 订单、已确认发票和日记帐分录的关键数据的所有可能方法都将被停用。" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:107 msgid "" "If you run a multi-companies environment, only the documents of such " "companies are impacted." msgstr "如果您运行的是多公司环境, 则只有这些公司的文档受到影响。" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:111 msgid "Security" msgstr "安全" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:113 msgid "" "To ensure the inalterability, every order or journal entry is encrypted upon" " validation. This number (or hash) is calculated from the key data of the " @@ -6065,7 +6106,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "为确保 inalterability, 每个订单或日记帐条目在验证时进行加密。此数字 (或哈希) 是从文档的关键数据以及先例文档的哈希计算得出的。" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:118 msgid "" "The module introduces an interface to test the data inalterability. If any " "information is modified on a document after its validation, the test will " @@ -6076,7 +6117,7 @@ msgstr "" "该模块引入一个接口来测试数据 inalterability。如果文档在验证后修改了任何信息, 则测试将失败。算法重新计算所有哈希值, " "并将它们与初始值进行比较。在出现故障时, 系统会指出系统中记录的第一个损坏的文档。" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:124 msgid "" "Users with *Manager* access rights can launch the inalterability check. For " "POS orders, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Reporting --> French " @@ -6086,11 +6127,11 @@ msgstr "" "具有 *管理员* 访问权限的用户可以启动不变化检查。对于 POS 订单, 请转到: menuselection:`POS --> 报告 - " "法国声明\"。对于发票或日记帐分录, 请转到: menuselection:`开票/记帐 --> 报告-法国声明`。" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:131 msgid "Storage" msgstr "存储" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:133 msgid "" "The system also processes automatic sales closings on a daily, monthly and " "annual basis. Such closings distinctly compute the sales total of the period" @@ -6098,7 +6139,7 @@ msgid "" "recorded in the system." msgstr "该系统还处理每日、每月和每年的自动销售结转。此类结算会显著计算该期间的销售总额以及系统中记录的第一个销售条目的累计总计。" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:139 msgid "" "Closings can be found in the *French Statements* menu of Point of Sale, " "Invoicing and Accounting apps." @@ -6106,7 +6147,7 @@ msgstr "" "Closings can be found in the *French Statements* menu of Point of Sale, " "Invoicing and Accounting apps." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:143 msgid "" "Closings compute the totals for journal entries of sales journals (Journal " "Type = Sales)." @@ -6114,13 +6155,13 @@ msgstr "" "Closings compute the totals for journal entries of sales journals (Journal " "Type = Sales)." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:145 msgid "" "For multi-companies environments, such closings are performed by company." msgstr "" "For multi-companies environments, such closings are performed by company." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:147 msgid "" "POS orders are posted as journal entries at the closing of the POS session. " "Closing a POS session can be done anytime. To prompt users to do it on a " @@ -6132,7 +6173,7 @@ msgstr "" "daily basis, the module prevents from resuming a session opened more than 24" " hours ago. Such a session must be closed before selling again." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:153 msgid "" "A period’s total is computed from all the journal entries posted after the " "previous closing of the same type, regardless of their posting date. If you " @@ -6144,23 +6185,19 @@ msgstr "" "record a new sales transaction for a period already closed, it will be " "counted in the very next closing." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:158 msgid "" "For test & audit purposes such closings can be manually generated in the " -":doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Then go to" -" :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled " +":doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>`. Then go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled " "Actions`." msgstr "" -"For test & audit purposes such closings can be manually generated in the " -":doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Then go to" -" :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled " -"Actions`." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:164 msgid "Responsibilities" msgstr "责任" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:166 msgid "" "Do not uninstall the module! If you do so, the hashes will be reset and none" " of your past data will be longer guaranteed as being inalterable." @@ -6168,7 +6205,7 @@ msgstr "" "Do not uninstall the module! If you do so, the hashes will be reset and none" " of your past data will be longer guaranteed as being inalterable." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:169 msgid "" "Users remain responsible for their Odoo instance and must use it with due " "diligence. It is not permitted to modify the source code which guarantees " @@ -6178,7 +6215,7 @@ msgstr "" "diligence. It is not permitted to modify the source code which guarantees " "the inalterability of data." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:173 msgid "" "Odoo absolves itself of all and any responsibility in case of changes in the" " module’s functions caused by 3rd party applications not certified by Odoo." @@ -6186,11 +6223,11 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo absolves itself of all and any responsibility in case of changes in the" " module’s functions caused by 3rd party applications not certified by Odoo." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:178 msgid "More Information" msgstr "More Information" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:180 msgid "" "You will find more information about this legislation in the official " "documents:" @@ -6198,7 +6235,7 @@ msgstr "" "You will find more information about this legislation in the official " "documents:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:182 msgid "" "`Frequently Asked Questions " "<https://www.economie.gouv.fr/files/files/directions_services/dgfip/controle_fiscal/actualites_reponses/logiciels_de_caisse.pdf>`_" @@ -6206,7 +6243,7 @@ msgstr "" "`Frequently Asked Questions " "<https://www.economie.gouv.fr/files/files/directions_services/dgfip/controle_fiscal/actualites_reponses/logiciels_de_caisse.pdf>`_" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:183 msgid "" "`Official Statement " "<http://bofip.impots.gouv.fr/bofip/10691-PGP.html?identifiant=BOI-TVA-" @@ -6216,7 +6253,7 @@ msgstr "" "<http://bofip.impots.gouv.fr/bofip/10691-PGP.html?identifiant=BOI-TVA-" "DECLA-30-10-30-20160803>`_" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:184 msgid "" "`Item 88 of Finance Law 2016 " "<https://www.legifrance.gouv.fr/affichTexteArticle.do?idArticle=JORFARTI000031732968&categorieLien=id&cidTexte=JORFTEXT000031732865>`_" @@ -6224,16 +6261,16 @@ msgstr "" "`Item 88 of Finance Law 2016 " "<https://www.legifrance.gouv.fr/affichTexteArticle.do?idArticle=JORFARTI000031732968&categorieLien=id&cidTexte=JORFTEXT000031732865>`_" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:56 msgid "Germany" msgstr "德国" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:6 msgid "German Chart of Accounts" msgstr "German Chart of Accounts" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:8 msgid "" "The chart of accounts SKR03 and SKR04 are both supported in Odoo. You can " "choose the one you want by going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " @@ -6245,8 +6282,8 @@ msgstr "" "Configuration` then choose the package you want in the Fiscal Localization " "section." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:12 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:17 msgid "" "Be careful, you can only change the accounting package as long as you have " "not created any accounting entry." @@ -6254,49 +6291,49 @@ msgstr "" "Be careful, you can only change the accounting package as long as you have " "not created any accounting entry." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:16 msgid "" "When you create a new SaaS database, the SKR03 is installed by default." msgstr "" "When you create a new SaaS database, the SKR03 is installed by default." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:19 msgid "German Accounting Reports" msgstr "German Accounting Reports" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:21 msgid "" "Here is the list of German-specific reports available on Odoo Enterprise:" msgstr "" "Here is the list of German-specific reports available on Odoo Enterprise:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:23 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:27 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:30 msgid "Balance Sheet" msgstr "资产负债表" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:24 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:19 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:17 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:89 msgid "Profit & Loss" msgstr "利润损失" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:25 msgid "Tax Report (Umsatzsteuervoranmeldung)" msgstr "Tax Report (Umsatzsteuervoranmeldung)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:26 msgid "Partner VAT Intra" msgstr "合作伙伴增值税内" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:29 msgid "Export from Odoo to Datev" msgstr "导出从Odoo到Datev" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:31 msgid "" "It is possible to export your accounting entries from Odoo to Datev. To be " "able to use this feature, the german accounting localization needs to be " @@ -6310,11 +6347,11 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> General Ledger` then click on " "the **Export Datev (csv)** button." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:39 msgid "German Tax Accounting Standards: Odoo's guide to GoBD Compliance" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:41 msgid "" "**GoBD** stands for `Grundsätze zur ordnungsmäßigen Führung und Aufbewahrung" " von Büchern, Aufzeichnungen und Unterlagen in elektronischer Form sowie zum" @@ -6326,7 +6363,7 @@ msgid "" "and balance sheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:48 msgid "" "These principles have been written and published by the Federal Ministry of " "Finance (BMF) in November 2014. Since January 2015, **they have become the " @@ -6336,16 +6373,16 @@ msgid "" "solutions (cloud hosting, paperless companies, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:55 msgid "Odoo gives you **the means to be compliant with GoBD**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:58 msgid "" "What do you need to know about GoBD when relying on accounting software?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:61 msgid "" "If you can, the best way to understand GoBD is to Read the `Official GoBD " "text " @@ -6354,7 +6391,7 @@ msgid "" "what to expect:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:65 msgid "" "The **GoBD is binding for companies that have to present accounts, which " "includes SMEs, freelancers, and entrepreneurs, to the financial " @@ -6363,39 +6400,39 @@ msgid "" "mentioned financial and related data)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:70 msgid "" "Apart from software requirements, the user is required to ensure Internal " "control systems (*in accordance with sec. 146 of the Fiscal Code*):" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:73 msgid "Access rights control;" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:74 msgid "Segregation of Duties, Functional separating;" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:75 msgid "Entry controls (error notifications, plausibility checks);" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:76 msgid "Reconciliation checks at data entry;" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:77 msgid "Processing controls;" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:78 msgid "" "Measures to prevent intentional or unintentional manipulation of software, " "data, or documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:80 msgid "" "The user must distribute tasks within its organization to the relevant " "positions (*control*) and verify that the tasks are properly and completely " @@ -6405,11 +6442,11 @@ msgid "" "(*prevention*)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:86 msgid "What about data security?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:88 msgid "" "**The taxpayer must secure the system against any data loss due to " "deletion, removal, or theft of any data**. If the entries are not " @@ -6417,43 +6454,43 @@ msgid "" "with the GoBD guidelines." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:92 msgid "" "Once bookings have been finally posted, they can no longer be changed or " "deleted via the application." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:95 msgid "" "If Odoo is used in the cloud, regular backups are part of the SaaS service. " "In addition, regular backups can be downloaded and backed up on external " "systems." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:99 msgid "" "`Odoo Cloud Hosting - Service Level Agreement <https://www.odooo.com/cloud-" "sla>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:101 msgid "" "If the server is operated locally, it is the responsibility of the user to " "create the necessary backup infrastructure." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:105 msgid "" "In some cases, data has to be kept for ten years or more, so always have " "backups saved. It is even more important if you decide to change software " "provider." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:109 msgid "Responsibility of the software editor" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:111 msgid "" "Considering GoBD only applies between the taxpayer and the financial " "authority, **the software editor can by no means be held responsible for the" @@ -6462,11 +6499,11 @@ msgid "" "respect the software related guidelines described in the GoBD." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:117 msgid "How can Odoo help you achieve Compliance?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:119 msgid "" "The key words, when it comes to GoBD, are: **traceable, verifiable, true, " "clear, and continuous**. In short, you need to have audit-proof archiving in" @@ -6474,11 +6511,11 @@ msgid "" "objectives:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 msgid "**Traceability and verifiability**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 msgid "" "Each record in Odoo is stamped with the creator of the document, the " "creation date, the modification date, and who modified it. In addition, " @@ -6486,11 +6523,11 @@ msgid "" "whom in the chatter of the relevant object." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 msgid "**Completeness**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 msgid "" "All financial data must be recorded in the system, and there can be no gaps." " Odoo ensures that there is no gap in the numbering of the financial " @@ -6500,11 +6537,11 @@ msgid "" "vendor bills and miscellaneous operations completely." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 msgid "**Accuracy**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 msgid "" "Odoo ensures with the correct configuration that the correct accounts are " "used. In addition, the control mechanisms between purchase orders and sales " @@ -6514,11 +6551,11 @@ msgid "" "task*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 msgid "**Timely booking and record-keeping**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 msgid "" "As most financial data in Odoo is generated by the transactional objects " "(for example, the invoice is booked at confirmation), Odoo ensures out-of-" @@ -6527,11 +6564,11 @@ msgid "" "miscellaneous operations." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 msgid "**Order**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 msgid "" "Financial data stored in Odoo is per definition ordered and can be reordered" " according to most fields present in the model. A specific ordering is not " @@ -6540,22 +6577,22 @@ msgid "" "out-of-the-box." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 msgid "**Inalterability**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 msgid "" "With the German Odoo localization, Odoo is in standard configured in such a " "way that the inalterability clause can be adhered to without any further " "customization." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:154 msgid "Do you need a GoBD-Export?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:156 msgid "" "In the case of fiscal control, the fiscal authority can request three levels" " of access to the accounting system (Z1, Z2, Z3). These levels vary from " @@ -6563,7 +6600,7 @@ msgid "" "storage device." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:160 msgid "" "In case of a handover of the financial data on a storage device, the format " "is **not** enforced by the GoBD. It can be, for example, in XLS, CSV, XML, " @@ -6573,11 +6610,11 @@ msgid "" "zur Datenntträgerüberlassung\" §3) but it is not binding." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:167 msgid "What is the role and meaning of the compliance certification?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:169 msgid "" "The GoBD clearly states that due to the nature of a state of the art " "accounting software, their configuration possibilities, changing nature, and" @@ -6588,7 +6625,7 @@ msgid "" "other legal value (A. 12, § 181)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:175 msgid "" "A GoBD certificate states nothing more than that if you use the software " "according to its guidelines, the software will not refrain you from " @@ -6598,13 +6635,13 @@ msgid "" "not, however, offer our customer any legal certainty." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:182 msgid "" "The BMF actually states the following in the `Official GoBD text " "<https://www.bundesfinanzministerium.de/Content/DE/Downloads/BMF_Schreiben/Weitere_Steuerthemen/Abgabenordnung/2019-11-28-GoBD.pdf>`_:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:185 msgid "" "180. Positive attestations on the correctness of the bookkeeping - and thus " "on the correctness of IT-based bookkeeping systems - are not issued either " @@ -6612,14 +6649,14 @@ msgid "" "information." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:188 msgid "" "181. \"Certificates\" or \"attestations\" from third parties can serve as a " "decision criterion for the company when selecting a software product, but " "develop from the in margin no. 179 is not binding on the tax authorities." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:193 msgid "" "The previous content was `automatically translated from German with Google " "Translate " @@ -6628,25 +6665,25 @@ msgid "" "gest%C3%BCtzter%20Buchf%C3%BChrungssysteme%20-%20werden%20weder%20im%20Rahmen%20einer%20steuerlichen%20Au%C3%9Fenpr%C3%BCfung%20noch%20im%20Rahmen%20einer%20verbindlichen%20Auskunft%20erteilt.%0A%0A181.%0A%E2%80%9EZertifikate%E2%80%9C%20oder%20%E2%80%9ETestate%E2%80%9C%20Dritter%20k%C3%B6nnen%20bei%20der%20Auswahl%20eines%20Softwareproduktes%20dem%20Unternehmen%20als%20Entscheidungskriterium%20dienen%2C%20entfalten%20jedoch%20aus%20den%20in%20Rz.%20179%20genannten%20Gr%C3%BCnden%20gegen%C3%BCber%20der%20Finanzbeh%C3%B6rde%20keine%20Bindungswirkung.%20&op=translate>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:198 msgid "What happens if you are not compliant?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:200 msgid "" "In the event of an infringement, you can expect a fine but also a court " "order demanding the implementation of specific measures." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:3 msgid "Indonesia" msgstr "印度尼西亚" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:8 msgid "E-Faktur Module" msgstr "E-Faktur Module" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:10 msgid "" "The **E-Faktur Module** is installed by default with the Indonesian " "localization module. It allows one to generate a CSV file for one tax " @@ -6658,15 +6695,15 @@ msgstr "" "invoice or for a batch of tax invoices to upload to the **Tax Office " "e-Faktur** application." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:17 msgid "NPWP/NIK settings" msgstr "NPWP/NIK settings" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:0 msgid "**Your Company**" msgstr "**Your Company**" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:0 msgid "" "This information is used in the FAPR line in the effect file format. You " "need to set a VAT number on the related partner of your Odoo company. If you" @@ -6676,11 +6713,11 @@ msgstr "" "need to set a VAT number on the related partner of your Odoo company. If you" " don't, it won't be possible to create an e-Faktur from an invoice." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:0 msgid "**Your Clients**" msgstr "**Your Clients**" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:0 msgid "" "You need to set the checkbox *ID PKP* to generate e-fakturs for a customer. " "You can use the VAT field on the customer's contact to set the NPWP needed " @@ -6692,11 +6729,11 @@ msgstr "" "to generate the e-Faktur file. If your customer does not have an NPWP, just " "enter the NIK in the same VAT field." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:39 msgid "Generate Tax Invoice Serial Number" msgstr "Generate Tax Invoice Serial Number" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:41 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> e-Faktur`. In order to be" " able to export customer invoices as e-Faktur for the Indonesian government," @@ -6712,7 +6749,7 @@ msgstr "" " these ranges. Afterwards, you can filter the invoices still to export in " "the invoices list and click on *Action*, then on *Download e-Faktur*." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:46 msgid "" "After receiving new serial numbers from the Indonesian Revenue Department, " "you can create a set of tax invoice serial numbers group through this list " @@ -6726,7 +6763,7 @@ msgstr "" " and Odoo will format the number automatically to a 13-digits number, as " "requested by the Indonesia Tax Revenue Department." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:50 msgid "" "There is a counter to inform you how many unused numbers are left in that " "group." @@ -6734,11 +6771,11 @@ msgstr "" "There is a counter to inform you how many unused numbers are left in that " "group." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:58 msgid "Generate e-faktur csv for a single invoice or a batch invoices" msgstr "Generate e-faktur csv for a single invoice or a batch invoices" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:60 msgid "" "Create an invoice from :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> " "Invoices`. If the invoice customer's country is Indonesia and the customer " @@ -6748,7 +6785,7 @@ msgstr "" "Invoices`. If the invoice customer's country is Indonesia and the customer " "is set as *ID PKP*, Odoo will allow you to create an e-Faktur." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:63 msgid "" "Set a Kode Transaksi for the e-Faktur. There are constraints related to the " "Kode transaksi and the type of VAT applied to invoice lines." @@ -6756,7 +6793,7 @@ msgstr "" "Set a Kode Transaksi for the e-Faktur. There are constraints related to the " "Kode transaksi and the type of VAT applied to invoice lines." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:69 msgid "" "Odoo will automatically pick the next available serial number from the " "e-Faktur number table (see the :ref:`section above " @@ -6772,7 +6809,7 @@ msgstr "" "from the invoice form view under the page *Extra Info* in the box " "*Electronic Tax*." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:77 msgid "" "Once the invoice is posted, you can generate and download the e-Faktur from " "the *Action* menu item *Download e-faktur*. The checkbox *CSV created* will " @@ -6782,7 +6819,7 @@ msgstr "" "the *Action* menu item *Download e-faktur*. The checkbox *CSV created* will " "be set." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:83 msgid "" "You can select multiple invoices in list view and generate a batch e-Faktur " ".csv." @@ -6790,11 +6827,11 @@ msgstr "" "You can select multiple invoices in list view and generate a batch e-Faktur " ".csv." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:88 msgid "Kode Transaksi FP (Transaction Code)" msgstr "Kode Transaksi FP (Transaction Code)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:90 msgid "" "The following codes are available when generating an e-Faktur. - 01 Kepada " "Pihak yang Bukan Pemungut PPN (Customer Biasa) - 02 Kepada Pemungut " @@ -6812,7 +6849,7 @@ msgstr "" " 08 Penyerahan yang PPN-nya Dibebaskan (Impor Barang Tertentu) - 09 " "Penyerahan Aktiva (Pasal 16D UU PPN)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:103 msgid "" "Correct an invoice that has been posted and downloaded: Replace Invoice " "feature" @@ -6820,7 +6857,7 @@ msgstr "" "Correct an invoice that has been posted and downloaded: Replace Invoice " "feature" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:105 msgid "" "Cancel the original wrong invoice in Odoo. For instance, we will change the " "Kode Transakski from 01 to 03 for the INV/2020/0001." @@ -6828,7 +6865,7 @@ msgstr "" "Cancel the original wrong invoice in Odoo. For instance, we will change the " "Kode Transakski from 01 to 03 for the INV/2020/0001." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:107 msgid "" "Create a new invoice and set the canceled invoice in the *Replace Invoice* " "field. In this field, we can only select invoices in *Cancel* state from the" @@ -6838,7 +6875,7 @@ msgstr "" "field. In this field, we can only select invoices in *Cancel* state from the" " same customer." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:109 msgid "" "As you validate, Odoo will automatically use the same e-Faktur serial number" " as the canceled and replaced invoice replacing the third digit of the " @@ -6850,7 +6887,7 @@ msgstr "" "original serial number with *1* (as requested to upload a replacement " "invoice in the e-Faktur app)." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:120 msgid "" "Correct an invoice that has been posted but not downloaded yet: Reset " "e-Faktur" @@ -6858,15 +6895,15 @@ msgstr "" "Correct an invoice that has been posted but not downloaded yet: Reset " "e-Faktur" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:122 msgid "Reset the invoice to draft and cancel it." msgstr "Reset the invoice to draft and cancel it." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:123 msgid "Click on the button *Reset e-Faktur* on the invoice form view." msgstr "Click on the button *Reset e-Faktur* on the invoice form view." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:124 msgid "" "The serial number will be unassigned, and we will be able to reset the " "invoice to draft, edit it and re-assign a new serial number." @@ -6874,11 +6911,11 @@ msgstr "" "The serial number will be unassigned, and we will be able to reset the " "invoice to draft, edit it and re-assign a new serial number." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:3 msgid "Italy (IT)" -msgstr "Italy (IT)" +msgstr "意大利 (IT)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:5 msgid "" "Questa guida spiegherà come utilizzare la fattura elettronica in Odoo e come" " configurare correttamente i dati aziendali, i contatti e la contabilità. " @@ -6892,11 +6929,11 @@ msgstr "" "inventati, altrimenti il sistema dell’agenzia delle entrate non riconoscerà " "l’interscambio di informazioni." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:13 msgid "Configurare le informazioni sulla tua Azienda" msgstr "Configurare le informazioni sulla tua Azienda" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:15 msgid "" "Il passo successivo è la configurazione delle informazioni necessarie al " "funzionamento della fatturazione elettronica. Si può accedere alla schermata" @@ -6910,7 +6947,7 @@ msgstr "" "Aziende. Accedere quindi alle informazioni sulla Azienda per cui si desidera" " configurare la fatturazione elettronica." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:21 msgid "" "I dati necessari al funzionamento dello strumento di fatturazione " "elettronica sono i seguenti:" @@ -6918,21 +6955,17 @@ msgstr "" "I dati necessari al funzionamento dello strumento di fatturazione " "elettronica sono i seguenti:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:24 msgid "" "Server PEC. Le informazioni sul server utilizzato dal tuo indirizzo di posta" " elettronica certificata sono fornite dal tuo fornitore o dal Ministero. Lo " "stesso server deve essere configurato come server che gestisce tutta la " "corrispondenza mail in Odoo, per saperne di più si puo’ consultare la " -"relativa :doc:`guida <../../../discuss/advanced/email_servers>`." +"relativa :doc:`guida " +"</applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers>`." msgstr "" -"Server PEC. Le informazioni sul server utilizzato dal tuo indirizzo di posta" -" elettronica certificata sono fornite dal tuo fornitore o dal Ministero. Lo " -"stesso server deve essere configurato come server che gestisce tutta la " -"corrispondenza mail in Odoo, per saperne di più si puo’ consultare la " -"relativa :doc:`guida <../../../discuss/advanced/email_servers>`." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:30 msgid "" "Indirizzo PEC dell’ Azienda, tale indirizzo deve essere lo stesso registrato" " presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate per l’utilizzo dei servizi di fatturazione " @@ -6942,7 +6975,7 @@ msgstr "" " presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate per l’utilizzo dei servizi di fatturazione " "elettronica." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:34 msgid "" "Indirizzo PEC dell’Agenzia delle Entrate. La mail sarà fornito al momento " "della registrazione della tua PEC presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate, ricorda " @@ -6954,7 +6987,7 @@ msgstr "" "che l’Agenzia delle Entrate potrebbe cambiare questo indirizzo in seguito, " "previa comunicazione." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:39 msgid "" "Partita IVA e Codice Fiscale. Per far si che la Fatturazione Elettronica " "funzioni correttamente, questi cambi devono essere compilati correttamente." @@ -6962,7 +6995,7 @@ msgstr "" "Partita IVA e Codice Fiscale. Per far si che la Fatturazione Elettronica " "funzioni correttamente, questi cambi devono essere compilati correttamente." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:43 msgid "" "Regime Fiscale. Il regime fiscale a cui è sottoposta l’Azienda deve essere " "selezionato scegliendo dalla lista precompilata fornita da Odoo. Chiedi al " @@ -6972,15 +7005,15 @@ msgstr "" "selezionato scegliendo dalla lista precompilata fornita da Odoo. Chiedi al " "commercialista qual’è il corretto regime fiscale!" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:47 msgid "Numero di Iscrizione nel registro delle Imprese." msgstr "Numero di Iscrizione nel registro delle Imprese." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:54 msgid "Configurare le impostazioni per la Fatturazione Elettronica" msgstr "Configurare le impostazioni per la Fatturazione Elettronica" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:56 msgid "" "Numero di iscrizione nel registro Imprese tenuto presso la Camera di " "Commercio." @@ -6988,7 +7021,7 @@ msgstr "" "Numero di iscrizione nel registro Imprese tenuto presso la Camera di " "Commercio." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:59 msgid "" "Rappresentate Fiscale. Questa opzione è dedicata ad aziende con sede al di " "fuori del territorio nazionale ma conducenti attività commerciali in Italia " @@ -7000,11 +7033,11 @@ msgstr "" "rilevanti ai fini dell’IVA. È possibile indicare in questo campo se " "l’Azienda si avvale di un Rappresentate Fiscale in Italia." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:70 msgid "Configurare il profilo dei clienti" msgstr "Configurare il profilo dei clienti" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:72 msgid "" "Per un corretto utilizzo dell’applicazione, il profilo di clienti e " "fornitori, nell’applicazione contatti, deve essere configurato con le " @@ -7014,7 +7047,7 @@ msgstr "" "fornitori, nell’applicazione contatti, deve essere configurato con le " "necessarie informazioni legali." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:76 msgid "" "Selezionando il nome del cliente e accedendo quindi ai suoi dati, si trovano" " i seguenti campi che devono essere compilati: Indirizzo PEC, Codice Fiscale" @@ -7026,11 +7059,11 @@ msgstr "" " e Indice PA *che deve contere i 6-7 caratteri contenuti nell’indice PA e " "necessari per la comunicazione tramite fattura elettronica*." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:87 msgid "Il processo di fatturazione" msgstr "Il processo di fatturazione" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:89 msgid "" "Si può procedere ad emettere una fattura seguendo le indicazioni " "dell’applicazione. Il momento che determina il formale invio della fattura è" @@ -7044,25 +7077,25 @@ msgstr "" "quindi inviata: lo stato della sua consegna verrà notificato all’utente " "tramite pop-up sulla parte iniziale della schermata della fattura." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:102 msgid "I messaggi che possono apparire sono i seguenti:" msgstr "I messaggi che possono apparire sono i seguenti:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:104 msgid "Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" msgstr "Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:106 msgid "Invio fallito. Puoi modificare la fattura ed inviarla di nuovo" msgstr "Invio fallito. Puoi modificare la fattura ed inviarla di nuovo" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:108 msgid "" "La fattura è stata correttamente inviata ed accettata dal destinatario." msgstr "" "La fattura è stata correttamente inviata ed accettata dal destinatario." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:111 msgid "" "I vari stadi di spedizione e recezione della fattura sono visibili anche " "dall’elenco delle Fatture nella forma di icone, accanto alla colonna “Stato”" @@ -7072,19 +7105,19 @@ msgstr "" "dall’elenco delle Fatture nella forma di icone, accanto alla colonna “Stato”" " dall’applicazione contabilità." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:115 msgid "*Icona Rossa*: Invio fallito" msgstr "*Icona Rossa*: Invio fallito" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:117 msgid "*Icona Gialla*: Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" msgstr "*Icona Gialla*: Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:119 msgid "*Icona Verde*: Fattura inviata e accettata dal destinatario" msgstr "*Icona Verde*: Fattura inviata e accettata dal destinatario" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:121 msgid "" "Per inviare la fattura tramite PEC e generare il file XML, basterà cliccare " "su invia. Il documento verrà poi mostrato tra gli allegati." @@ -7092,15 +7125,15 @@ msgstr "" "Per inviare la fattura tramite PEC e generare il file XML, basterà cliccare " "su invia. Il documento verrà poi mostrato tra gli allegati." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:3 msgid "Mexico" msgstr "墨西哥" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:10 msgid "`VIDEO WEBINAR OF A COMPLETE DEMO <https://youtu.be/JSqQo5eRqlI>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:15 msgid "" "Odoo Enterprise users in Mexico have free access to a set of modules that " "allow them to issue electronic invoices according to the specifications of " @@ -7111,7 +7144,7 @@ msgid "" "support for associated customs operations." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:21 msgid "" "With the Mexican location in Odoo you will not only be able to comply with " "the legal requirements to invoice in Mexico, but also use it as your " @@ -7119,29 +7152,29 @@ msgid "" "Odoo the perfect solution to manage your business in Mexico." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:26 msgid "Pre requirements" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:28 msgid "" "Before installing the modules and making the necessary configurations to " "have the Mexican localization in Odoo, it is necessary to meet the following" " requirements:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:31 msgid "Be registered with the SAT and have an RFC." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:32 msgid "" "Have a `Certificate of Digital Seal " "<https://www.gob.mx/sat/acciones-y-programas/certificado-de-sello-digital>`_" " (CSD)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:34 msgid "" "Choose a PAC and purchase stamps. Currently the Mexican location in Odoo " "works with two PACs: `Solución Factible <https://solucionfactible.com/>`_, " @@ -7149,25 +7182,24 @@ msgid "" " Sapien - Smarter Web <https://sw.com.mx/>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:37 msgid "" "Have knowledge and experience with billing, sales and accounting in Odoo. " "This documentation contains only the information necessary to enable the use" -" of Odoo in a company based in Mexico. For information on how to use these " -"applications, see the page :doc:`../../../index`." +" of Odoo in a company based in Mexico." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:41 msgid "Modules" msgstr "模块" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:43 msgid "" "To install the Mexican localization module, go to :menuselection:`Apps`, " "then remove the default filter \"Apps\" and search for ``l10n_mx``." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:51 msgid "" "If you created the database from `www.odoo.com <https://www.odoo.com>`_ and " "chose \"Mexico\" as the country when creating your account, some of the " @@ -7176,44 +7208,44 @@ msgid "" "while others will instead have a label that says \"Installed\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:56 msgid "" "The following modules are necessary for all databases that require Mexican " "localization:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "**Mexico - Accounting (l10n_mx)**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "" "All the basic data to manage accounting, taxes and the chart of accounts. " "The installed chart of accounts is based on `the SAT account grouping code " "<https://www.gob.mx/cms/uploads/attachment/file/151586/codigo_agrupador.pdf>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "**EDI for Mexico (l10n_mx_edi)**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "" "Necessary for electronic transactions, CFDI 3.3, payment complement, and " "addenda on invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "**Odoo Mexican localization reports (l10n_mx_reports)**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "" "All mandatory reports for electronic accounting. (Requires the accounting " "application)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:67 msgid "" "The following modules are optional, and should be installed only if they " "meet a specific organization requirement. Installing these modules is not " @@ -7221,24 +7253,24 @@ msgid "" "unnecessarily complicate form filling." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "" "**EDI External Trade Complement for Mexico (l10n_mx_edi_external_trade)**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "" "For clients that export, add the foreign trade complement to the CFDI, and " "the logic for filling it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "" "**Odoo Mexico Localization for Invoice with customs Number " "(l10n_mx_edi_customs)**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "" "For importing customers, this module allows adding to the CFDI the request " "number with which the merchandise to be resold entered. When it is imported " @@ -7247,51 +7279,51 @@ msgid "" "\"pedimento\", and it is processed at customs." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "**Odoo Mexico Localization for Stock / Landing (l10n_mx_edi_landing)**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "" "Related to the import module (*l10n_mx_edi_customs*), this module allows " "managing the requests as part of the shipping costs." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "**Bank account payment to Mexico (l10n_mx_edi_payment_bank)**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "" "Add optional attributes to the payment plugin, allowing the user to select " "the bank account that was used to pay the bills." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "**Odoo Mexico Localization for Sale Coupon (l10n_mx_edi_sale_coupon)**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "" "Complements the Odoo coupon module (*sale_coupon*) to avoid errors in the " "generation of CFDIs." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "" "**Tax Cash Basis Entries at Payment Date (l10n_mx_tax_cash_basis)** Create " "journal entries for" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "taxes on the payment date (instead of the issue date)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:94 msgid "Enable electronic invoicing" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:96 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Accounting --> Customer Invoices`, and " "make sure that the option **Mexican Electronic Invoicing** is enabled. With " @@ -7300,11 +7332,11 @@ msgid "" "billing flow in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:108 msgid "Enter legal information" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:110 msgid "" "After verifying the general configuration, you must verify that the company " "is configured with the correct data. To do so, go to " @@ -7312,13 +7344,13 @@ msgid "" "*Update information* under your company name." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:118 msgid "" "In the resulting form, put your full address (including zip code), RFC (VAT " "number), and the rest of the data." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:122 msgid "" "Make sure that in the address, for the Country field, \"Mexico\" is chosen " "from the list of countries that Odoo shows, because if it is entered " @@ -7326,65 +7358,65 @@ msgid "" "it will result in errors later when the CFDIs are generated." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:131 msgid "" "If you want to test the Mexican localization, you can configure the company " "with a real address within Mexico (including all fields) and add " "``EKU9003173C9`` as RFC." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:135 msgid "Set the fiscal regime of the company" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:137 msgid "" "The following is to indicate what is the fiscal regime of the company that " "we are configuring, which is done through a pre-existing field in Odoo " "called \"Fiscal Regime\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:140 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Accounting --> Electronic Invoicing (MX) " "--> Fiscal Regime`, and select the option that applies to your company from " "the drop-down list." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:148 msgid "" "For the test environment: Select the option **General Law on Legal Persons**" " from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:152 msgid "Contacts Configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:154 msgid "" "When creating a contact to be invoiced in Odoo, the following information " "must be configured for invoice validation: **complete address** (including " "postal code, city, state, country, etc.) and the **VAT** number." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:163 msgid "Taxes Configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:165 msgid "" "A necessary configuration for electronic invoicing to work correctly in Odoo" " is to add the factor type associated with sales taxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:168 msgid "" "To make this configuration you first have to go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:171 msgid "" "Within the list of taxes that are pre-loaded, select the option *Sales* on " "the filter, this is to see only taxes associated with sales, which are those" @@ -7393,20 +7425,20 @@ msgid "" " **Factor Type** choose the option *Tasa*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:180 msgid "" "Do the same for all the sales taxes that the company needs, either those " "that come by default in Odoo, or those that you add that are necessary for " "your company bill." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:184 msgid "" "For the 0% VAT tax, select the option *Exento* instead of *Tasa* within the " "**Factor Type** field." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:187 msgid "" "When registering a payment, Odoo will carry out the movement of taxes from " "the **Cash Basis Transition Account** to the account set in the " @@ -7415,35 +7447,35 @@ msgid "" "eliminate this account**) in the Journal Entry when reclassifying taxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:197 msgid "Products Configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:199 msgid "" "All products to be sold need to have the SAT code associated with their " "classification so that the invoices do not give an error when validating." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:202 msgid "" "To configure products, go to the **General Information** tab and in the " "**UNSPSC Product Category** field select the category that represents that " "product. The process can be done manually or through a bulk import." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:211 msgid "PAC Configuration to sign invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:213 msgid "" "Another important step to configure electronic invoicing in Odoo is to enter" " the PAC which you are working with and the credentials. That way, " "electronic invoicing will be enabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:217 msgid "" "Remember that you must register directly with the PAC of your choice before " "you start creating invoices from Odoo. We have the following PACs available:" @@ -7452,7 +7484,7 @@ msgid "" "<https://sw.com.mx/>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:222 msgid "" "You must process your **Private Key (CSD)** with the SAT institution before " "following these steps. If you do not have this information, try with the " @@ -7460,21 +7492,21 @@ msgid "" "Credentials for your production environment to work with real transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:227 msgid "" "To add the credentials, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Accounting --> " "Electronic Invoicing (MX)`. Under the **PAC MX** section, enter the name of " "your PAC with your credentials (PAC username and PAC password)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:236 msgid "" "If you check the checkbox **Test Environment**, it is not necessary to enter" " a PAC username and/or password, but you must select a PAC from the drop-" "down list." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:239 msgid "" "Finally, upload the digital certificates of the company within the section " "**MX Certificates**. Click on *Add a line*, a window will open, click on " @@ -7482,53 +7514,53 @@ msgid "" "and your password. To finish, click on *Save and Close*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:248 msgid "" "If you still do not have one of the contracted PACs and you want to test " "electronic invoicing you can use the following SAT test certificates:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:252 -msgid ":download:`Certificate <../../../_static/files/certificate.cer>`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:251 +msgid ":download:`Certificate <files/certificate.cer>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:253 -msgid ":download:`Certificate Key <../../../_static/files/certificate.key>`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:252 +msgid ":download:`Certificate Key <files/certificate.key>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:254 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:253 msgid "**Password:** ``12345678a``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:255 msgid "" "You must also configure the company with a real address within Mexico " "(including all fields) and add ``EKU9003173C9`` as the **VAT** number." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:260 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:259 msgid "Workflows" msgstr "工作流" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:262 msgid "Electronic invoicing" msgstr "电子开票" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:264 msgid "" "The invoicing process in Odoo is based on `Annex 20 " "<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/tramitesyservicios/Paginas/anexo_20_version3-3.htm>`_" " version 3.3 of electronic invoicing of the SAT." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:269 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:268 msgid "" "To start invoicing from Odoo, an invoice must be created using the standard " "invoicing flow, that is, either from a sales order or from the invoice menu " "in the Accounting application." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:271 msgid "" "The invoice will be stamped after clicking on *Validate*, before that the " "status is still in draft mode and changes can be made to it. After " @@ -7536,7 +7568,7 @@ msgid "" "it would look like this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:279 msgid "" "The details of the invoice will be reflected in the Chatter, which is what " "you see on the right of the invoice in the attached image. There you can " @@ -7544,7 +7576,7 @@ msgid "" " was validated or not." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:283 msgid "" "To send the stamped invoice to your client, you can send the XML together " "with the PDF file directly from Odoo, by clicking the *Send and Print* " @@ -7552,21 +7584,21 @@ msgid "" "clicking the *Print* button and selecting the desired option." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:288 msgid "" "Depending on the size of the screen, the Chatter can be seen next to or " "below the document." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:291 msgid "Invoicing Special Cases" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:295 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:294 msgid "Foreign Trade Invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:297 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:296 msgid "" "The foreign trade invoicing process in Odoo is based on the corresponding " "`SAT regulation " @@ -7574,176 +7606,176 @@ msgid "" " SAT electronic invoicing version is 3.3." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:301 msgid "What do we mean when we talk about foreign trade?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:303 msgid "" "Since January 2018, the SAT requires a Foreign Trade Supplement in export " "transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:307 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:306 msgid "What is the Foreign Trade complement?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:308 msgid "" "It is an Annex to the electronic invoice that allows the identification of " "exporters and importers, in addition to expanding the description of the " "merchandise sold." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:313 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:312 msgid "What information can be incorporated in this new complement?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:314 msgid "Information on the operation type it covers." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:315 msgid "" "Tax identification data of the issuer, receiver or recipient of the " "merchandise." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:317 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:316 msgid "Description of the goods to be exported." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:319 msgid "Who is obliged to generate it?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:322 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:321 msgid "Taxpayers who carry out export operations of A1 type." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:325 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:324 msgid "To which exports does the A1 type apply?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:327 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:326 msgid "" "Entry of goods of foreign origin to remain in national territory for an " "unlimited time." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:328 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:327 msgid "Exit of goods from the country to stay abroad for an unlimited time." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:328 msgid "" "Definitive importation of vehicles by diplomatic and consular missions and " "offices of international organizations and their foreign personnel, in " "accordance with the import of vehicles in diplomatic exemption." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:333 msgid "Is Foreign Trade the same as Pedimentos?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:336 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:335 msgid "" "Not necessarily, the Pedimentos are directly related to the process of " "Importing goods, while the Foreign Trade Complement is related to the " "Exporting process." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:339 msgid "Required Modules" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:341 msgid "" "In order to generate foreign trade invoices, the following modules must be " "installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:343 msgid "EDI for Mexico (l10n_mx_edi)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:349 msgid "EDI for Mexico (l10n_mx_edi_extended)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:357 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:356 msgid "Company" msgstr "公司" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:359 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:358 msgid "" "Configure the company with a valid postal code, and if you have a colony " "code, this should match with the corresponding Zip Code. At the same time, " "remember to place the Tax Identification Number (VAT Number - RFC)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:368 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:367 msgid "Receiving Client" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:370 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:369 msgid "" "Generally it will be a foreign client, in which you must verify that you " "have at least the following fields completed with the corresponding " "information." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:378 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:377 msgid "The customer's delivery address must also contain the zip code." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:379 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:378 msgid "" "The format of the foreign VAT (Tax Identification Number) will be validated " "as appropriate in each Country (Example: Colombia ``123456789-1``)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:381 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:380 msgid "" "In the XML, the VAT is automatically replaced by the Generic VAT for abroad " "transactions: ``XEXX010101000``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:385 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:384 msgid "Products" msgstr "产品" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:387 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:386 msgid "" "At the product level there must also configure some parameters in the " "following fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:398 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:397 msgid "" "You must select the **UMT Aduana** (Unit of Measure) in *KG* since it is " "only accepted by the SAT" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:399 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:398 msgid "The weight refers to **the unit weight** of the product" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:400 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:399 msgid "The tariff item must be from the code UoM of Kilograms (**UoM = 01**)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:402 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:401 msgid "" "Although the product is sold in pieces or in units, the value that must be " "registered with customs in the tariff item must be reported in Kilograms." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:406 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:405 msgid "Invoicing Flow" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:408 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:407 msgid "" "When creating the foreign sales invoice, you must select the **Incoterm** " "corresponding and the **Need external trade?** checkbox must be checked. " @@ -7752,11 +7784,11 @@ msgid "" "regulations." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:414 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:413 msgid "What is the certificate of origin and when is it used?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:416 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:415 msgid "" "The **Certificate Source** (or proof of origin) is the document that allows " "an importer or exporter to prove the country or region from which a good is " @@ -7764,45 +7796,45 @@ msgid "" "agreed in trade agreements." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:429 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:428 msgid "Assign Pedimentos" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:431 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:430 msgid "" "If your company imports products and you need to add the **Pedimentos** " "number in your invoices, you can also configure Odoo to record the process." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:434 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:433 msgid "" "First, go to :menuselection:`Apps`, remove the \"Apps\" filter and search " "for ``Mexico``, ``mx`` or ``l10n_mx``. Then, install **Odoo Mexico " "Localization for Stock / Landing module (l10n_mx_edi_landing)**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:443 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:442 msgid "" "The l10n_mx_edi_landing module depends on the **Inventory** and **Sales** " "apps, since the products must be entered into inventory to be able to add " "their Pedimentos number to the corresponding receipt of products." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:447 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:446 msgid "" "Then, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Settings --> Settings`. Within the" " options, activate **Landed Costs**. This option will allow adding the " "Pedimentos number to the corresponding product receptions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:456 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:455 msgid "" "In order to use landed costs, the accounting configuration of the inventory " "valuation of the products must be configured as *Automated* and its costing " "method *Average* or *FIFO* (first in, first out)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:460 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:459 msgid "" "To associate the Pedimentos number indicated with an import (merchandise " "reception) a new **Landed Cost** must be created. They can be accessed " @@ -7810,22 +7842,22 @@ msgid "" "you will find the option to attach the Pedimentos number." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:468 msgid "" "You can only add the Pedimentos number once, so be careful when associating " "the correct number with the transfer(s)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:473 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:472 msgid "" -":doc:`../../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs`." +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:476 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:475 msgid "Payment Terms" msgstr "付款条款" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:478 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:477 msgid "" "The **Payment Terms** are already configured in Odoo when installing the " "Mexican localization, this means that if you go to " @@ -7833,18 +7865,18 @@ msgid "" "find the default list in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:486 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:485 msgid "" "In Mexico you can have 2 types of payments: PPD or PUE. These are given by " "the **Payment Term** chosen (or if there is no chosen payment term it will " "be based on the due date of the invoice)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:490 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:489 msgid "PPD Payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:492 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:491 msgid "" "To configure PPD payments (payment in installments or deferred) it is only " "necessary to choose a date expiration date for your invoice and Odoo will " @@ -7853,11 +7885,11 @@ msgid "" "will be PPDo PUE)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:498 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:497 msgid "PUE" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:500 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:499 msgid "" "To configure PUE payments (payment in a single payment) you must select an " "invoice due date within the same month or choose a payment term that does " @@ -7865,11 +7897,11 @@ msgid "" "falling within the current month)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:505 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:504 msgid "Payments" msgstr "支付" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:507 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:506 msgid "" "`According to the SAT documentation <https://www.sat.gob.mx/consultas/92764" "/comprobante-de-recepcion-de-pagos>`_, there may be 2 types of payments: " @@ -7879,7 +7911,7 @@ msgid "" "Terms**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:513 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:512 msgid "" "If the payment is a PPD type, Odoo will generate the corresponding payment " "complement automatically when you *Confirm* it. If the payment is PUE, the " @@ -7888,31 +7920,31 @@ msgid "" "invoice date and the due date as parameters." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:522 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:521 msgid "" "When configuring the contacts that will be used when making payments, you " "must configure the banks in the **Accounting** tab, place both the Bank, " "Account Number and CLABE." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:530 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:529 msgid "Register PPD Payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:532 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:531 msgid "" "If at the time of registering a payment it is of type PPD then a Payment " "Complement (XML) will be generated with its details." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:535 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:572 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:534 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:571 msgid "" "The payment can be registered from the invoice and once it is confirmed, the" " invoice will be paid and with its payment associated." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:547 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:546 msgid "" "The journal will be the payment method where you receive or send the payment" " from. You must also associate a **Payment Way** and a Recipient Bank " @@ -7920,219 +7952,219 @@ msgid "" "the invoice)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:551 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:550 msgid "" "Once the payment is made, it will be associated with the corresponding " "invoice and its status will be *In Payment* since the payment will be " "effectively validated when it is bank reconciled." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:555 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:554 msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:562 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:561 msgid "" "The **Recipient Bank Account** is the one attached to the **Accounting** tab" " in the contact associated with the invoice, it must be valid so that the " "stamped payment complement can be created." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:567 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:566 msgid "Register PUE Payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:569 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:568 msgid "" "If at the time of registering a payment it is of the PUE type then in this " "case a Payment Complement (XML) will not be generated since it is not " "necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:588 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:587 msgid "" "In this case it is not created as a payment supplement by the nature of it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:591 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:590 msgid "Down Payments" msgstr "首付款" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:593 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:592 msgid "" "This is a special case in which we must receive an advance payment from a " "client to later be applied to an invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:597 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:596 msgid "" "`The official documentation for registration of down payments in Mexico " "<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/tramitesyservicios/Paginas/documentos/Caso_uso_Anticipo.pdf>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:601 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:600 msgid "Process to create advance in Mexico" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:603 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:602 msgid "" "Issuance of electronic invoicing with the amount of the advance payment " "received." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:604 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:603 msgid "" "Issuance of the electronic invoice for the total value of the operation " "(full invoice). (CFDI Origin: 07 | Advance invoice, point 1)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:606 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:605 msgid "" "Issuance of the electronic invoice with the *Egreso* type. (CFDI Origin: 07 " "| Invoice_total, point 2)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:610 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:609 msgid "Steps to follow in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:612 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:611 msgid "Preparation: Create the product" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:613 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:612 msgid "" "Down Payment issuance of the electronic invoice for the amount of the " "advance payment received" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:614 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:613 msgid "" "Issuance of the electronic invoice for the total value of the operation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:615 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:614 msgid "Add a credit note from the down payment invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:618 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:617 msgid "Preparation: Create the Product" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:620 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:619 msgid "" "The Down Payment product must be type *Service* and must use the **NSPSC " "Product Category**: *84111506 Servicios de facturación*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:627 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:626 msgid "" "Add the down payment product as default to be used from the Odoo " "configurations." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:634 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:633 msgid "" "Issuance of the electronic invoice for the value of the advance received" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:636 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:635 msgid "" "Create the Advance Payment Invoice: From the sales order, create an advance " "payment invoice for the percentage of the purchase to be paid in advance (or" " for a fixed amount)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:643 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:642 msgid "Validate invoice with the down payment product." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:653 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:652 msgid "Register Payment to the advance payment invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:664 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:663 msgid "" "Issuance of the electronic invoice for the total value of the operation." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:666 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:665 msgid "" "From the sales order, create an invoice for the total, that is, for all the " "order lines without discounting the advance." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:674 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:673 msgid "Remove the check mark from the **Deduct down payments** field." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:676 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:675 msgid "" "Add the original CFDI of the advance payment invoice by adding ``07 |`` at " "the beginning + Folio Fiscal of the advance payment Invoice created in the " "previous step." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:679 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:678 msgid "Copy the Folio Fiscal of the following invoice following this example:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:685 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:684 msgid "" "And paste it in the draft invoice created from the Sales Order without " "deducting the advances:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:691 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:690 msgid "" "Validate and copy the Folio Fiscal for later (in the example the Folio " "Fiscal copy is: 50E4FF06-4341-4006-A7C3-A7F653CBEFAE )" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:695 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:694 msgid "Add credit note from invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:697 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:696 msgid "" "Create a **Credit Note** from the down payment invoice (the corrective " "invoice must be edited prior to confirming it, see explanation below the 2 " "following images)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:708 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:707 msgid "" "Before you *Confirm* the Credit Note, edit the Origin CFDI with ``07 | XXX``" " instead of the prefix ``01 | XXX``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:719 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:718 msgid "Now the invoice can be confirmed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:725 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:724 msgid "" "Now the Credit Note (Advance Payment) must be applied to the total invoice, " "this is added at the bottom below the amount owed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:736 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:735 msgid "" "Register a payment for the difference of the down payment and the total of " "the sale." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:742 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:741 msgid "" "If you go to the XML of the invoice, you should see in CFDI related the type" " of relationship 07 and the Folio Fiscal of the advance payment invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:750 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:749 msgid "Discounts based on payment days" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:752 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:751 msgid "" "Cash discounts are incentives that you can offer to motivate customers to " "pay within a specified time period. For example, you offer a 2% discount if " @@ -8141,22 +8173,22 @@ msgid "" "payments period." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:757 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:762 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:756 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:761 msgid "Create and assign the corresponding Payment Term" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:758 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:781 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:757 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:780 msgid "Register the Payment within the days of the discount" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:759 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:807 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:758 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:806 msgid "Create a credit note" msgstr "创建退款单" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:764 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:763 msgid "" "To configure the discount for advance payment, go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Terms` and click on" @@ -8166,27 +8198,27 @@ msgid "" " type if necessary (in this example 30 days)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:774 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:773 msgid "" "Then when creating our Sales Order or Sales Invoice, assign the Payment Term" " created previously." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:783 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:782 msgid "" "Register the payment within the days in which the application of the " "discount was specified, in our case it is within 5 days after the creation " "of the Sales Invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:790 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:789 msgid "" "Then go to the bottom of the invoice where the totals are located and there " "you will see 2 payments created, reset to draft and cancel the payment that " "does not correspond - the one related to the discount." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:809 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:808 msgid "" "Finally to close the cycle we must close the invoice, but as in this case we" " apply a discount, to close it correctly we must create a credit note " @@ -8194,56 +8226,56 @@ msgid "" "Note**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:821 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:820 msgid "Adjust the amount to the remaining balance in the original invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:827 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:826 msgid "Add the Credit Note to the original invoice so that it is settled." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:834 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:833 msgid "Cancellation of invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:837 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:836 msgid "Before 72 Hours" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:839 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:838 msgid "" "If it is necessary to cancel an invoice validated and sent to the SAT in " "less than 72 hours follow the steps below." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:842 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:841 msgid "Request Cancellation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:848 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:847 msgid "The status of the **Electronic invoicing** changes to *Cancelled*" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:849 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:848 msgid "Click on *RESET TO DRAFT*" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:855 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:854 msgid "Click on *CANCEL ENTRY*" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:862 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:861 msgid "After 72 Hours" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:864 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:863 msgid "" "If It is necessary to cancel an invoice validated and sent to the SAT more " "than 72 hours, the client must be asked to accept the cancellation, for this" " the following steps must be followed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:867 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:866 msgid "" "Click on *Request EDI Cancellation* to inform the SAT that you want to " "cancel the invoice, in this case the client has to enter the SAT webpage and" @@ -8251,21 +8283,21 @@ msgid "" "changes to *To Cancel*)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:870 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:869 msgid "" "When the client (Receiver / Customer) approves the Cancellation in their SAT" " portal it is now possible to Change the invoice to Draft and then click on " "*Cancel entry*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:872 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:871 msgid "" "Odoo synchronizes with the SAT to update the status of the **Electronic " "invoicing** with a scheduled action, Invoices canceled in the SAT will be " "canceled in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:879 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:878 msgid "" "After clicking on **Request EDI cancellation**, the status of the " "**Electronic invoicing** field will be *To Cancel* but the status of the SAT" @@ -8273,7 +8305,7 @@ msgid "" " Recipient approves the cancellation in the SAT." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:887 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:886 msgid "" "Once canceled in the SAT, Odoo will synchronize the status of the SAT " "through scheduled actions that are executed every day to synchronize the " @@ -8281,33 +8313,33 @@ msgid "" "can be executed manually by entering with developer mode)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:891 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:890 msgid "" "If the invoice is canceled in the SAT, in Odoo it is also canceled, which " "allows you to switch the invoice to draft and finally cancel the invoice " "(*cancel entry*)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:899 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:898 msgid "Cancel Paid Invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:901 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:900 msgid "" "If the invoice has already been paid, a credit note must be created from the" " invoice so that the originating CFDI is recognized and later cancel the " "original invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:913 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:912 msgid "Cancel Invoices from the previous period" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:916 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:915 msgid "Problem" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:918 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:917 msgid "" "If the invoice is from the previous month and the period is closed, the " "income has already been declared in Financial Reports and to the government." @@ -8316,108 +8348,108 @@ msgid "" "problem because the income was already declared in the previous month." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:923 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:922 msgid "" "The problem resides when the fiscal period has been closed, in the current " "period you have to make the reverse entry and save the cancellation " "information." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:926 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:925 msgid "Invoice to be canceled" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:932 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:931 msgid "This is how the Balance Sheet looks like:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:938 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:937 msgid "" "If the invoice is canceled, the journal entry and the Balance Sheet looks " "like this after canceling:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:945 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:944 msgid "Solution" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:947 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:946 msgid "" "Close the fiscal period every month (Best Practice Mexican Localization)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:948 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:947 msgid "Cancel invoice in SAT" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:949 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:948 msgid "Create a Manual Reversion entry (Journal Entry)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:950 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:949 msgid "Reconcile the open invoice with the reversal entry (Journal Entry)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:951 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:950 msgid "Change Electronic invoicing status to Cancelled with server action" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:954 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:953 msgid "" "Close accounting period each month (Best Practice Mexican Localization)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:956 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:955 msgid "" "If the accounting period is closed due to the blocking dates, Odoo will not " "allow to modify or add accounting entries of a date corresponding to that " "accounting period." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:964 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:963 msgid "Cancel invoice in the SAT" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:966 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:965 msgid "" "If the accounting period is closed, and the invoice was canceled in the SAT," " the status in Odoo will be published while the **Electronic invoicing** " "status will be *Sent* and the SAT status is *Cancelled*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:975 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:974 msgid "Create Manual Reversal Journal Entry" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:977 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:976 msgid "" "The solution is to create the reversal journal entry manually dated in the " "current fiscal period and reconcile the open invoice with the reversion " "created manually." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:980 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:979 msgid "" "It must be clearly indicated in the reference that it is a cancellation (you" " can use a cancellation account for invoices from previous periods such as " "**Other Income**)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:988 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:987 msgid "Reconcile the open invoice with the reversal entry" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:998 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:997 msgid "" "In the Balance Sheet and Trial balance they are now with the correct " "balances." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1013 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1012 msgid "Change status of Electronic invoicing to Cancelled with server action" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1015 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1014 msgid "" "A server action can be created that modifies the status of the invoice to " "*Cancelled* once it is reconciled with the reversal entry (You should check " @@ -8425,57 +8457,57 @@ msgid "" "performing this action)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1028 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1027 msgid "Electronic Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1030 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1029 msgid "Accounting for Mexico in Odoo is composed of 3 reports:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1032 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1046 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1031 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1045 msgid "Electronic Chart of Accounts (Called and displayed as COA)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1033 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1032 msgid "Electronic Trial Balance." msgstr "电算试平衡。" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1034 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1033 msgid "DIOT report." msgstr "DIOT report." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1036 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1035 msgid "" "1. and 2. are considered electronic accounting, and DIOT is a report only " "available in the context of accounting." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1039 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1038 msgid "" "You can find all of those reports in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Reporting --> Mexico`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1048 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1047 msgid "" "Electronic invoicing has never been so easy, just go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting -> Reports -> Mexico -> COA` and click the button" " **Export for SAT (XML)**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1056 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1055 msgid "How to add new accounts ?" msgstr "How to add new accounts ?" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1058 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1057 msgid "" "If you add an account with the NNN.YY.ZZ encoding convention where NNN.YY is" " a SAT encoding group, your account will be set up automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1061 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1060 msgid "" "Example to add an Account for a new Bank account go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Chart of Account` and then " @@ -8485,11 +8517,11 @@ msgid "" "chosen to be used in the COA in XML." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1072 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1071 msgid "What is the meaning of the tags?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1074 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1073 msgid "" "To know all the possible labels, you can read `Annex 24 " "<http://www.sat.gob.mx/fichas_tematicas/buzon_tributario/Documents/Anexo24_05012015.pdf>`_" @@ -8497,7 +8529,7 @@ msgid "" "SAT**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1079 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1078 msgid "" "When you install the l10n_mx module and your chart of accounts depends on it" " (this happens automatically when you install the configuration of Mexico as" @@ -8505,11 +8537,11 @@ msgid "" "default. If the tag you need is not created, you can create it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1085 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1084 msgid "Trial Balance" msgstr "试算表" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1087 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1086 msgid "" "Exactly like the COA but with the credit and debit of the initial balance, " "once you have correctly configured your COA, you can go to " @@ -8518,27 +8550,27 @@ msgid "" "(XML)** with the previous selection of the period you want to export." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1096 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1095 msgid "" "All normal analysis and listed functions are available here as well as any " "normal Odoo Report." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1099 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1098 msgid "DIOT Report (Requires Accounting App)" msgstr "DIOT Report (Requires Accounting App)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1101 msgid "What is DIOT and the importance of presenting it SAT" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1103 msgid "" "When it comes to procedures with the SAT Administration Service, we know " "that we should not neglect what we present." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1106 msgid "" "The DIOT is the Informative Declaration of Operations with Third Parties " "(DIOT), which is an additional obligation with VAT, where we must give the " @@ -8546,25 +8578,25 @@ msgid "" "with our suppliers." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1110 msgid "" "This applies to both individuals and Personas Morales, so if we have VAT to " "present to the SAT and also deal with suppliers it is necessary to send the " "DIOT." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1114 msgid "When to file the DIOT and in what format ?" msgstr "When to file the DIOT and in what format ?" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1116 msgid "" "It is easy to present the DIOT, since, like all formats, you can obtain it " "on the SAT page, it is the electronic form A-29 that you can find on the SAT" " website." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1119 msgid "" "Every month if you have operations with third parties, it is necessary to " "present the DIOT, as we do with VAT, so if in January we have deals with " @@ -8572,24 +8604,24 @@ msgid "" "data." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1124 msgid "Where is DIOT presented?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1126 msgid "" "You can present DIOT in different ways, it is up to you which one you will " "choose and which one will be more comfortable for you since you will present" " it every month or every time you have dealings with suppliers." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1130 msgid "" "The A-29 form is electronic so you can present it on the SAT page, but this " "after having made up to 500 registrations." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1133 msgid "" "Once these 500 records have been entered in the SAT, you must submit them to" " the Local Taxpayer Services Administration (ALSC) with correspondence to " @@ -8599,18 +8631,18 @@ msgid "" "USB." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1140 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1139 msgid "One more thing to know: batch loading?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1141 msgid "" "When reviewing the official SAT documents in DIOT, you will find the Batch " "load, and of course the first thing we think is what is that ?, and " "according to the SAT site it is:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1144 msgid "" "The \"batch load\" is the conversion of databases from records of " "transactions with suppliers made by taxpayers in text files (.txt). These " @@ -8620,7 +8652,7 @@ msgid "" "integration for the presentation in time and form to the SAT." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1151 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1150 msgid "" "You can use it to present the DIOT, since it is allowed, which will " "facilitate this operation, so that it does not exist to avoid being in line " @@ -8628,17 +8660,17 @@ msgid "" "Third Parties." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1155 msgid "" "`official information " "<http://www.sat.gob.mx/fichas_tematicas/declaraciones_informativas/Paginas/declaracion_informativa_terceros.aspx>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1159 msgid "How to generate this report in Odoo?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1162 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1161 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports --> Mexico --> Transactions " "with third partied (DIOT)`." @@ -8646,27 +8678,27 @@ msgstr "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports --> Mexico --> Transactions " "with third partied (DIOT)`." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1168 msgid "" "A report view is displayed, select the last month to report the immediately " "preceding month or leave the current month if it suits you." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1176 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1175 msgid "Click on *Export (XLSX)* or *Print (TXT)*" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1181 msgid "" "Save the downloaded file in a safe place, go to the SAT website and follow " "the necessary steps to declare it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1186 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1185 msgid "Important considerations about your supplier and invoice data for DIOT" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1188 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1187 msgid "" "All suppliers must have the fields configured in the accounting tab called " "\"DIOT Information\", the L10N MX Nationality field is completed by simply " @@ -8675,34 +8707,34 @@ msgid "" "your providers." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1197 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1196 msgid "" "There are 3 VAT options for this report, 16%, 0% and exempt, one invoice " "line in Odoo is considered exempt if there is no tax on it, the other 2 " "taxes are already configured correctly." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1199 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1198 msgid "" "Remember that to pay an invoice that represents a prepayment, you must first" " request the invoice and then pay it and properly reconcile the payment " "following the standard Odoo procedure." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1201 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1200 msgid "" "You do not need to fill in all your partner data to try to generate the " "supplier invoice, you can correct this information when you generate the " "report." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1203 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1202 msgid "" "Remember that this report only shows vendor invoices that were actually " "paid." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1205 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1204 msgid "" "If some of these considerations are not taken into account, a message like " "this will appear when you generate the DIOT in TXT with all the partners you" @@ -8712,74 +8744,74 @@ msgid "" "auditory process to see that all your partners are configured correctly." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1216 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1215 msgid "Closing Fiscal Period in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1217 msgid "" "Before proceeding to the close of the fiscal year, there are some steps that" " you should normally take to ensure that your accounting is correct, updated" " and accurate:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1221 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1220 msgid "" "Make sure that you have fully reconciled your bank account (s) through the " "end of the year and confirm that the closing book balances match the " "balances on your bank statements." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1223 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1222 msgid "Verify that all customer invoices have been entered and approved." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1224 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1223 msgid "Confirm that you have entered and approved all vendor bills." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1225 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1224 msgid "Validate all expenses, ensuring their accuracy." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1226 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1225 msgid "" "Check that all payments received have been entered and recorded exactly." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1229 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:23 msgid "Year-end checklist" msgstr "年终检查表" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1231 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1230 msgid "Run a **Tax Report**, and verify that your tax information is correct." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1231 msgid "Reconcile all accounts on your **Balance Sheet**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1234 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1233 msgid "" "Compare your bank balances in Odoo against the current bank balances on your" " statements. Use the report **Bank Reconciliation** to help you with this." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1236 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1235 msgid "" "Reconcile all cash and bank account transactions by running your **Old " "Accounts Receivable** and **Old Accounts Payable** reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1238 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1237 msgid "" "Audit your accounts, making sure you fully understand the transactions that " "affect them and the nature of the transactions, making sure to include loans" " and fixed assets." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1241 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1240 msgid "" "Run the optional function **Payments Matching**, under the *More* drop-down " "on the Journal options from the Accounting dashboard, validating any Vendor " @@ -8788,45 +8820,45 @@ msgid "" " reconciled, and it can lead to finding errors or mistakes in the system." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1245 msgid "" "Your accountant will probably like to check your items in the balance sheet " "and do some Journal Entries for:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1249 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1248 msgid "" "Manual year-end adjustments, using the **Journal Audit** report (For " "example, the **Current Earnings for the Year** and **Retained Earnings " "reports**)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1251 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1250 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:54 msgid "**Work in Progress**." -msgstr " **工作进度** ." +msgstr " **工作进度** 。" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1252 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1251 msgid "**Depreciation Journals**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1253 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1252 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:58 msgid "**Loans**." -msgstr "**贷款**" +msgstr "**贷款** 。" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1254 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1253 msgid "**Tax Adjustments**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1256 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1255 msgid "" "If your accountant is on the year-end audit, they will want to have copies " "of the balance sheet items (such as loans, bank accounts, prepayments, sales" " tax reports, etc ...) to compare against. your balances in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1260 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1259 msgid "" "During this process, it is a good practice setting the **Closing Date for " "Non-Advisers** to the last day of the preceding financial year, which is set" @@ -8835,11 +8867,11 @@ msgid "" "books." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1270 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1269 msgid "Accounting Closing Process" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1272 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1271 msgid "" "In Odoo there is no need to make a specific year-end entry to close the " "reporting income accounts . The result of the exercise is automatically " @@ -8847,7 +8879,7 @@ msgid "" "between Income - Expenses will be accumulated to calculate it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1276 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1275 msgid "" "The reports are created in real-time, which means that the **Income Report**" " corresponds directly to the closing date of the year that you specify in " @@ -8856,25 +8888,25 @@ msgid "" "account balances will all be 0." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1281 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1280 msgid "" "As of December 31, the Balance Sheet shows the earnings of the Current Year " "that do not have been recognized (Account type Total Current Year " "Unallocated Earnings in MX account 305.01.01 ['current year earnings' type])" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1289 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1288 msgid "" "The accountant should create a Journal Entry to recognize the result of the " "year in Accumulated Earnings from previous years on the account \"previous " "years results\" account (304.01.01 in Mexico) - that is an equity account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1293 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1292 msgid "The simplified accounting entry would look like this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1299 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1298 msgid "" "Once the accountant has created the journal entry to locate the **Current " "Earnings for the Year**, they must set the **Closing Date** to the last day " @@ -8883,26 +8915,26 @@ msgid "" "balance 0." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1309 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1308 msgid "Extra Recommended features" msgstr "Extra Recommended features" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1312 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1311 msgid "Contacts App (Free)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1314 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1313 msgid "" "If you want to properly manage your customers, suppliers and addresses, this" " module, even if it is not a technical need, it is highly recommended to " "install it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1318 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1317 msgid "Multi-currency (Requires Accounting application)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1320 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1319 msgid "" "In Mexico, almost all companies send and receive payments in different " "currencies. If you want to do this you can enable the use of multi-currency." @@ -8911,11 +8943,11 @@ msgid "" " without having to manually create this information every day in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1325 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1324 msgid "Go to settings and enable the multi-currency feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1332 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1331 msgid "" "Enabling Explicit errors on the CFDI using the XSD local validator (CFDI " "3.3)" @@ -8923,33 +8955,29 @@ msgstr "" "Enabling Explicit errors on the CFDI using the XSD local validator (CFDI " "3.3)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1334 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1333 msgid "" "Frequently you want receive explicit errors from the fields incorrectly set " "on the xml, those errors are better informed to the user if the check is " "enable, to enable the Check with xsd feature follow the next steps (with the" -" :doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` enabled)." +" :doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>` enabled)." msgstr "" -"Frequently you want receive explicit errors from the fields incorrectly set " -"on the xml, those errors are better informed to the user if the check is " -"enable, to enable the Check with xsd feature follow the next steps (with the" -" :doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` enabled)." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1339 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1338 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Actions --> Server Actions`" msgstr "" "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Actions --> Server Actions`" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1340 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1339 msgid "Look for the Action called \"Download XSD files to CFDI\"" msgstr "Look for the Action called \"Download XSD files to CFDI\"" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1341 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1340 msgid "Click on button \"Create Contextual Action\"" msgstr "Click on button \"Create Contextual Action\"" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1342 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1341 msgid "" "Go to the company form :menuselection:`Settings --> Users&Companies --> " "Companies`" @@ -8957,15 +8985,15 @@ msgstr "" "Go to the company form :menuselection:`Settings --> Users&Companies --> " "Companies`" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1343 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1342 msgid "Open any company you have." msgstr "Open any company you have." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1344 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1343 msgid "Click on \"Action\" and then on \"Download XSD file to CFDI\"." msgstr "Click on \"Action\" and then on \"Download XSD file to CFDI\"." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1350 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1349 msgid "" "Now you can make an invoice with any error (for example a product without " "code which is pretty common) and an explicit error will be shown instead a " @@ -8975,22 +9003,22 @@ msgstr "" "code which is pretty common) and an explicit error will be shown instead a " "generic one with no explanation." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1355 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1354 msgid "If you see an error like this:" msgstr "If you see an error like this:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "``The cfdi generated is not valid``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "" "``attribute decl. 'TipoRelacion', attribute 'type': The QName value " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_TipoRelacion' does " "not resolve to a(n) simple type definition., line 36``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1362 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1361 msgid "" "This can be caused by a database backup restored in anothe server, or when " "the XSD files are not correctly downloaded. Follow the same steps as above " @@ -9000,23 +9028,23 @@ msgstr "" "the XSD files are not correctly downloaded. Follow the same steps as above " "but:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1366 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1365 msgid "Go to the company in which the error occurs." msgstr "Go to the company in which the error occurs." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1367 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1366 msgid "Click on *Action* and then on *Download XSD file to CFDI*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1370 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1369 msgid "Common problems and errors" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1372 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1371 msgid "**Error messages** (Only applicable on CFDI 3.3):" msgstr "**Error messages** (Only applicable on CFDI 3.3):" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1374 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1373 msgid "" "``9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_MINLENGTH_VALID: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " @@ -9024,7 +9052,7 @@ msgid "" "allowed minimum length of '1'.``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1379 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1378 msgid "" "``9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_PATTERN_VALID: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " @@ -9032,7 +9060,7 @@ msgid "" "'[^|]{1,100}'.``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1383 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1382 msgid "" "**Solution**: You forgot to set the proper \"Reference\" field in the " "product, please go to the product form and set your internal reference " @@ -9042,29 +9070,29 @@ msgstr "" "product, please go to the product form and set your internal reference " "properly." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1387 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1428 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1459 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1480 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1488 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1386 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1427 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1458 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1479 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1487 msgid "**Error messages**:" msgstr "**Error messages**:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1389 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1388 msgid "" "``6:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}RegimenFiscal': The attribute 'Regimen' is " "required but missing.``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1392 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1391 msgid "" "``5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'RegimenFiscal' is " "required but missing.``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1395 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1394 msgid "" "**Solution**: You forgot to set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the " "partner of the company. Go to customers, remove the customer filter and look" @@ -9074,25 +9102,25 @@ msgid "" "considerations about fiscal positions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1402 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1401 msgid "" "You need to go to Fiscal Position settings and set the proper code (it is " "the first 3 numbers of the name), for example, for the test, you need to set" " 601, it will look like the picture." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1410 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1409 msgid "" "For testing purposes this value must be set to ``601 - General de Ley " "Personas Morales`` which is the one required for the VAT demo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1413 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1445 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1412 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1444 msgid "**Error message**:" msgstr "**Error message**:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1415 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1414 msgid "" "``2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'FormaPago': [facet " @@ -9101,19 +9129,19 @@ msgid "" "'26', '27', '28', '29', '30', '99'}``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1421 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1420 msgid "**Solution**: The payment method is required on your invoice." msgstr "**Solution**: The payment method is required on your invoice." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1430 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1429 msgid "" "``2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': " "[facet 'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'00``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1433 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1447 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1432 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1446 msgid "" "``2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': '' " @@ -9121,14 +9149,14 @@ msgid "" "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal'.``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1436 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1435 msgid "" "``5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'Rfc' is required but " "missing.``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1439 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1438 msgid "" "**Solution**: You must configure your company address correctly, this is a " "mandatory group of fields, you can go to your company configuration in " @@ -9137,96 +9165,96 @@ msgid "" " this section: :ref:`mx-legal-info`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1452 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1451 msgid "" "**Solution**: The postal code of your company address is not valid for " "Mexico, please correct it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1461 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1460 msgid "" "``18:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " "required but missing.``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1464 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1463 msgid "" "``34:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " "required but missing.\", '')``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1468 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1467 msgid "" "**Solution**: Set the Mexican name for the 0% and 16% tax in your system and" " use it on the invoice. Your tax, which represents 16% VAT and 0%, must have" " the **Factor Type** field set to *Tasa*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "``CCE159``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "" "``The XXXX attribute must be registered if the key of cce11: " "ComercioExterior: TipoOperacion registered is '1' or '2'.``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1486 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1485 msgid "**Solution**: It is necessary to specify the Incoterm." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "``CCE209``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "" "``The attribute cce11: Foreign Trade: Goods: Goods: Customs Unit must have " "the value specified in the catalog catCFDI: c_FraccionArancelaria column " "'UMT' when the attribute cce11: Foreign Trade: Goods: Me``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1495 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1494 msgid "" "**Solution**: The Tariff Fraction must have the code of the unit of measure " "01, corresponding to Kilograms." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1499 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1498 msgid "Glossary" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1501 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1500 msgid "" ":abbr:`CFDI (Comprobante Fiscal Digital por Internet)`: Online Digital Tax " "Receipt" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1502 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1501 msgid ":abbr:`CSD (Certificado de Sello Digital)`: Digital Seal Certificate" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1503 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1502 msgid "" ":abbr:`PAC (Proveedores Autorizados de Certificación)`: Authorized " "Certification Provider" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1504 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1503 msgid "Stamp: Digital signature of the electronic invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1505 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1504 msgid "" "Addenda: Complement of information that can be attached to an Internet " "Digital Tax Receipt (CFDI) normally required by certain companies in Mexico " "such as Walmart, Tiendas Sorianas, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1507 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1506 msgid "" ":abbr:`UUID (Universally Unique Identifier)`: It is the acronym in English " "of the Universally Unique Identifier. The UUID is the equivalent of Folio " @@ -9234,7 +9262,7 @@ msgid "" " by hyphens." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1510 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1509 msgid "" "LCO: List of Obliged Taxpayers (LCO) is a list issued by the SAT that " "accounts for all the taxpayers whom it authorizes the issuance of invoices " @@ -9242,16 +9270,16 @@ msgid "" "your clients, you must be in this database." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:2 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:2 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:100 msgid "Netherlands" msgstr "荷兰" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:5 msgid "XAF Export" msgstr "XAF Export" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:7 msgid "" "With the Dutch accounting localization installed, you will be able to export" " all your accounting entries in XAF format. For this, you have to go in " @@ -9265,11 +9293,11 @@ msgstr "" " entries you want to export using the filters (period, journals, ...) and " "then you click on the button **EXPORT (XAF)**." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:14 msgid "Dutch Accounting Reports" msgstr "Dutch Accounting Reports" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:16 msgid "" "If you install the Dutch accounting localization, you will have access to " "some reports that are specific to the Netherlands such as :" @@ -9277,26 +9305,26 @@ msgstr "" "If you install the Dutch accounting localization, you will have access to " "some reports that are specific to the Netherlands such as :" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:21 msgid "Tax Report (Aangifte omzetbelasting)" msgstr "Tax Report (Aangifte omzetbelasting)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:23 msgid "Intrastat Report (ICP)" msgstr "Intrastat Report (ICP)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:109 msgid "Peru" msgstr "秘鲁" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:8 msgid "" "The Peruvian localization has been improved and extended, in this version " "the next modules are available:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:11 msgid "" "**l10n_pe**: Adds accounting features for the Peruvian localization, which " "represent the minimal configuration required for a company to operate in " @@ -9304,7 +9332,7 @@ msgid "" "included in this module are: Chart of account, taxes, document types." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:16 msgid "" "**l10n_pe_edi**: includes all technical and functional requirements to " "generate and validate Electronic Invoice, based on the SUNAT specification " @@ -9316,24 +9344,24 @@ msgid "" "<https://www.sunat.gob.pe/legislacion/general/index.html/>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:28 msgid "Install the Peruvian localization modules" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:30 msgid "" "Go to *Apps* and search for Peru, then click Install in the module Peru EDI." " This module has a dependency with *Peru - Accounting*. In case this last " "one is not installed, Odoo installs it automatically within EDI." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:39 msgid "" "When you install a database from scratch selecting Peru as country, Odoo " "automatically installs the base module: Peru - Accounting." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:45 msgid "" "In addition to the basic information in the Company, we need to set Peru as " "the Country, this is essential for the Electronic Invoice to work properly. " @@ -9342,40 +9370,40 @@ msgid "" "Registration):" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:56 msgid "" "In case the Address type code is unknown, you can set it as the default " "value: 0000. Be aware that if an incorrect value is entered, the Electronic " "invoice validation might have errors." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:60 msgid "The NIF should be set following the RUC format." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:66 msgid "" "The chart of accounts is installed by default as part of the set of data " "included in the localization module, the accounts are mapped automatically " "in:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:71 msgid "Default Account Receivable" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:73 msgid "" "The chart of accounts for Peru is based on the most updated version of the " ":abbr:`PCGE (Plan Contable General Empresarial)`, which is grouped in " "several categories and is compatible with NIIF accounting." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:78 msgid "Accouting Seetings" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:80 msgid "" "Once the modules are installed and the basic information of your company is " "set, you need to configure the elements required for Electronic Invoice. For" @@ -9383,46 +9411,46 @@ msgid "" "Localization`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:85 msgid "Basic Concepts" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:87 msgid "Here are some terms that are essential on the Peruvian localization:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:89 msgid "" "**EDI**: Electronic Data Interchange, which in this refers to the Electronic" " Invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:90 msgid "" "**SUNAT**: is the organization that enforces customs and taxation in Peru." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:91 msgid "" "**OSE**: Electronic Service Operator, `OSE SUNAT's definition " "<https://cpe.sunat.gob.pe/aliados/ose#:~:text=El%20Operador%20de%20Servicios%20Electr%C3%B3nicos%20(OSE)%20es%20qui%C3%A9n%20se%20encarga,otro%20documento%20que%20se%20emita>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:93 msgid "**CDR**: Receipt certificate (Constancia de Recepción)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:94 msgid "" -"**SOL Credentials**: User and password provided by the SUNAT and grants " -"access to Online Operations systems." +"**SOL Credentials**: Sunat Operaciones en Línea. User and password are " +"provided by the SUNAT and grant access to Online Operations systems." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:99 msgid "Signature Provider" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:101 msgid "" "As part of the requirements for Electronic Invoice in Peru, your company " "needs to select a Signature Provider that will take care of the document " @@ -9430,114 +9458,114 @@ msgid "" "options:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:112 msgid "IAP (Odoo In-App Purchase)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:106 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:170 msgid "Digiflow" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:186 msgid "SUNAT" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:109 msgid "" "Please refer to the sections below to check the details and considerations " "for each option." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:114 msgid "" "This is the default and the suggested option, considering the digital " "ceritificate is included as part of the service." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:122 msgid "What is the IAP?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:124 msgid "" "This is a signature service offered directly by Odoo, the service takes care" " of the next process:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:126 msgid "" "Provides the Electronic invoice Certificate, so you do not need to acquire " "one by yourself." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:127 msgid "Send the document to the OSE, in this case, Digiflow." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:128 msgid "Receive the OSE validation and CDR." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:131 msgid "How does it work?" msgstr "工作原理是什么?" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:133 msgid "" "The service requires Credits in order to process your electronic documents. " "Odoo provides 1000 credits for free in new databases. After these credits " "are consumed, you need to buy a Credit Package." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:138 msgid "Credits" msgstr "信用" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:138 msgid "EUR" msgstr "欧元" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:140 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:113 msgid "1000" msgstr "1000" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:140 msgid "22" msgstr "22" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:142 msgid "5000" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:142 msgid "110" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:144 msgid "10,000" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:144 msgid "220" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:146 msgid "20,000" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:146 msgid "440" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:149 msgid "The credits are consumed per each document that is sent to the OSE." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:152 msgid "" "If you have a validation error and the document needs to be sent one more " "time, one additional credit will be charged. Therefore, it is paramount that" @@ -9545,17 +9573,17 @@ msgid "" "OSE." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:157 msgid "What do you need to do?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:159 msgid "" "In Odoo, once your enterprise contract is activated and you start working in" " Production, you need to buy credits once the first 1000 are consumed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:161 msgid "" "As Digiflow is the OSE used in the IAP, you need to affiliate it as the " "official OSE for your company on the SUNAT website. This is a simple " @@ -9563,15 +9591,22 @@ msgid "" "<https://drive.google.com/file/d/1BkrMTZIiJyi5XI0lGMi3rbMzHddOL1pa/view?usp=sharing>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:165 +msgid "" +"Register Digiflow as the authorized PSE, please check `PSE Affiliation guide" +" " +"<https://drive.google.com/file/d/1QZoqWvtQERpS0pqp6LcKmw7EBlm9EroU/view?usp=sharing>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:172 msgid "" "This option can be used as an alternative, instead of using the IAP services" " you can send your document validation directly to Digiflow. In this case " "you need to consider:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:172 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:192 msgid "" "Buy your own digital Certificate: For more detail regarding the official " "vendor list, and the process to acquire it, please refer to `SUNAT Digital " @@ -9579,104 +9614,110 @@ msgid "" "<https://cpe.sunat.gob.pe/informacion_general/certificados_digitales/>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:178 msgid "" "Sign a service agreement directly with `Digiflow " "<https://www.digiflow.pe/>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:179 msgid "Provide your SOL credentials." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:188 msgid "" "In case your company wants to sign directly with the SUNAT, it is possible " "to select this option in your configuration. In this case you need to " "consider: - Get the SUNAT Certification process accepted." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:196 msgid "Provide you SOL credentials." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:199 +msgid "" +"When using direct connection with the SUNAT, the SOL User must be set with " +"the Company RUT + User Id. Example: ``20121888549JOHNSMITH``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:203 msgid "Testing environment" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:205 msgid "" "Odoo provides a testing environment that can be activated before your " "company goes into production." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:207 msgid "" "When using the testing environment and the IAP signature, you don’t need to " "buy testing credits for your transactions as all of them are validated by " "default." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:211 msgid "" "By default the databases are set to work on production, make sure to enable " "the testing mode if needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:217 msgid "" "In case you don’t use Odoo IAP, in order to generate the electronic invoice " "signature, a digital certificate with the extension ``.pfx`` is required. " "Proceed to this section and load your file and password." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:228 msgid "" "The official currency exchange rate in Peru is provided by the Bank of Peru." " Odoo can connect directly to its services and get the currency rate either " "automatically or manually." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:235 msgid "" "Please refer to the next section in our documentation for more information " "about :doc:`multicurrency <../../others/multicurrencies/how_it_works>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:245 msgid "" "As part of the localization module the taxes are created automatically with " "their related financial account and electronic invoice configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:253 msgid "EDI Configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:255 msgid "" "As part of the taxes configuration, there are three new fields required for " "electronic invoice, the taxes created by default have this data included, " "but in case you create new taxes make sure you fill in the fields:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:261 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:267 msgid "" "There are two main fiscal positions included by default when you install the" " Peruvian localization." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:269 msgid "" "**Extranjero - Exportación**: Set this fiscal position on customers for " "Exportation transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:271 msgid "**Local Peru**: Set this fiscal position on local customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:270 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:276 msgid "" "In some Latin American countries, including Peru, some accounting " "transactions like invoices and vendor bills are classified by document " @@ -9684,7 +9725,7 @@ msgid "" "SUNAT." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:280 msgid "" "Each document type can have a unique sequence per journal where it is " "assigned. As part of the localization, the Document Type includes the " @@ -9692,29 +9733,29 @@ msgid "" "automatically when the localization module is installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:278 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:284 msgid "" "The information required for the document types is included by default so " "the user does not need to fill anything on this view:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:292 msgid "" "Currently the documents supported on customer invoices are: Invoice, Boleta," " Debit Note and Credit Note." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:298 msgid "" "When creating Sales Journals, the following information must be filled, in " "addition to the standard fields on the Journals:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:302 msgid "Use Documents" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:304 msgid "" "This field is used to define if the journal uses Document Types. It is only " "applicable to Purchase and Sales journals, which are the ones that can be " @@ -9722,23 +9763,23 @@ msgid "" "default, all the sales journals created use documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:303 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:309 msgid "Electronic Data Interchange" msgstr "电子数据交换" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:305 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:311 msgid "" "This section indicates which EDI workflow is used in the invoice, for Peru " "we must select “Peru UBL 2.1”." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:313 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:319 msgid "" "By default, the value Factur-X (FR) is always displayed, make sure you can " "uncheck it manually." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:321 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:327 msgid "" "As part of the Peruvian localization, the identification types defined by " "the SUNAT are now available on the Partner form, this information is " @@ -9746,26 +9787,26 @@ msgid "" "customer, make sure you fill in this information in your records." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:331 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:337 msgid "Product" msgstr "产品" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:333 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:339 msgid "" "Additional to the basic information in your products, for the Peruvian " "localization, the UNSPC Code on the product is a required value to be " "configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:345 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:351 msgid "Customer invoice" msgstr "客户结算单" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:354 msgid "EDI Elements" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:356 msgid "" "Once you have configured your master data, the invoices can be created from " "your sales order or manually. Additional to the basic invoice information " @@ -9774,13 +9815,13 @@ msgid "" "fields required as part of the Peru EDI:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:355 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:361 msgid "" "**Document type**: The default value is “Factura Electronica” but you can " "manually change the document type if needed and select Boleta for example." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:362 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:368 msgid "" "**Operation type**: This value is required for Electronic Invoice and " "indicates the transaction type, the default value is “Internal Sale” but " @@ -9788,7 +9829,7 @@ msgid "" "Goods." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:370 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:376 msgid "" "**EDI Affectation Reason**: In the invoice lines, additional to the Tax " "there is a field “EDI Affectation Reason” that determines the tax scope " @@ -9797,7 +9838,7 @@ msgid "" "manually select another one when creating the invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:382 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:388 msgid "" "Once you check all the information in your invoice is correct, you can " "proceed to validate it. This action registers the account move and triggers " @@ -9805,18 +9846,18 @@ msgid "" "following message is displayed at the top of the invoice:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:390 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:396 msgid "" "Asynchronous means that the document is not sent automatically after the " "invoice has been posted." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:393 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:487 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:399 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:493 msgid "Electronic Invoice Status" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:395 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:401 msgid "" "**To be Sent**: To be sent: Indicates the document is ready to be sent to " "the OSE, this can be done either automatically by Odoo with a *cron* that " @@ -9824,46 +9865,46 @@ msgid "" "button “Sent now”." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:403 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:409 msgid "" "**Sent**: Indicates the document was sent to the OSE and was successfully " "validated. As part of the validation a ZIP file is downloaded and a message " "is logged in the chatter indicating the correct Government validation." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:411 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:417 msgid "" "In case there is a validation error the Electronic Invoice status remains in" " “To be sent” so the corrections can be made and the invoice can be sent " "again." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:415 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:421 msgid "" "One credit is consumed each time that you send a document for validation, in" " this sense if an error is detected on an invoice and you send it one more " "time, two credits are consumed in total." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:422 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:428 msgid "" "There are multiple reasons behind a rejection from the OSE or the SUNAT, " "when this happens Odoo sends a message at the top of the invoice indicating " "the error details and in the most common cases a hint to fix the issue." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:426 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:432 msgid "If a validation error is received, you have two options:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:428 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:434 msgid "" "In case the error is related to master data on the partner, customer or " "taxes, you can simply apply the change on the record (example customer " "identification type) and once it is done click on the Retry button." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:431 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:437 msgid "" "If the error is related to some data recorded on the invoice directly " "(Operation type, missing data on the invoice lines), the correct solution is" @@ -9871,49 +9912,49 @@ msgid "" " again to the SUNAT for another validation." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:440 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:446 msgid "" "For more detail please refert to `Common errors in SUNAT " "<https://www.nubefact.com/codigos-error-sunat/>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:446 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:452 msgid "" "After the invoice is accepted and validated by the SUNAT, the invoice PDF " "report can be printed. The report includes a QR code, indicating the invoice" " is a valid fiscal document." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:454 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:460 msgid "IAP Credits" msgstr "IAP 积分" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:456 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:462 msgid "" "Odoo’s Electronic IAP offers 1000 credits for free, after these credits are " "consumed in your production database, your company must buy new credits in " "order to process your transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:459 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:465 msgid "" "Once you run out of credits a red label is displayed at the top of the " "invoice indicating that additional credits are required, you can easily buy " "them by accessing the link provided in the message." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:467 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:473 msgid "" "In the IAP service includes packages with different pricing based on the " "number of credits. The price list in the IAP is always displayed in EUR." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:474 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:510 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:480 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:516 msgid "Cancelation process" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:476 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:482 msgid "" "Some scenarios require an invoice cancellation, for example, when an invoice" " was created by mistake. If the invoice was already sent and validated by " @@ -9921,11 +9962,11 @@ msgid "" "Cancellation:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:484 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:490 msgid "In order to cancel an invoice, please provide a cancellation Reason." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:489 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:495 msgid "" "**To Cancel**: Indicates the cancellation request is ready to be sent to " "the OSE, this can be done either automatically by Odoo with a *cron* that " @@ -9934,7 +9975,7 @@ msgid "" "result the next message and CDR File are logged in the chatter:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:498 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:504 msgid "" "**Cancelled**: Indicates the cancellation request was sent to the OSE and " "was successfully validated. As part of the validation a ZIP file is " @@ -9942,75 +9983,75 @@ msgid "" "Government validation." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:507 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:513 msgid "One credit is consumed on each cancellation request." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:512 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:518 msgid "" "When creating exportation invoices, take into account the next " "considerations:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:514 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:520 msgid "The Identification type on your customer must be Foreign ID." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:515 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:521 msgid "Operation type in your invoice must be an Exportation one." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:516 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:522 msgid "The taxes included in the invoice lines should be EXP taxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:523 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:529 msgid "Advance Payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:525 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:531 msgid "Create the advance payment Invoice and apply its related payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:526 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:532 msgid "Create the final invoice without considering the advance payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:527 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:533 msgid "" "Create a credit note for the Final invoice with the advance payment amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:528 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:534 msgid "Reconcile the Credit note with the final invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:529 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:535 msgid "" "The remaining balance on the final invoice should be paid with a regular " "payment transaction." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:533 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:539 msgid "Detraction Invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:535 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:541 msgid "" "When creating invoices that is subject to Detractions, take into account the" " next considerations:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:537 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:543 msgid "" "All the products included in the invoice must have these fields configured:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:543 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:549 msgid "Operation type in your invoice must be ``1001``" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:552 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:558 msgid "" "When a correction or refund is needed over a validated invoice, a credit " "note must be generated, for this just click on the button “Add Credit Note”," @@ -10018,47 +10059,47 @@ msgid "" "selecting one of the options in the list." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:561 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:567 msgid "" "When creating your first credit Note, select the Credit Method: Partial " "Refund, this allows you to define the credit note sequence." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:564 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:570 msgid "By default the Credit Note is set in the document type:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:570 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:576 msgid "" "To finish the workflow please follow the instructions on :doc:`our page " "about Credit Notes <../../receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:574 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:580 msgid "" "The EDI workflow for the Credit notes works in the same way as the invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:580 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:586 msgid "" "As part of the Peruvian localization, besides creating credit notes from an " "existing document you can also create debit Notes. For this just use the " "button “Add Debit Note”." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:583 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:589 msgid "By default the Debit Note is set in the document type." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:3 msgid "Spain" msgstr "西班牙" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:6 msgid "Spanish Chart of Accounts" msgstr "Spanish Chart of Accounts" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:8 msgid "" "In Odoo, there are several Spanish Chart of Accounts that are available by " "default:" @@ -10066,19 +10107,19 @@ msgstr "" "In Odoo, there are several Spanish Chart of Accounts that are available by " "default:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:10 msgid "PGCE PYMEs 2008" msgstr "PGCE PYMEs 2008" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:11 msgid "PGCE Completo 2008" msgstr "PGCE Completo 2008" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:12 msgid "PGCE Entitades" msgstr "PGCE Entitades" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:14 msgid "" "You can choose the one you want by going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration` then choose the package you want in the **Fiscal " @@ -10088,7 +10129,7 @@ msgstr "" "Configuration` then choose the package you want in the **Fiscal " "Localization** section." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:20 msgid "" "When you create a new SaaS database, the PGCE PYMEs 2008 is installed by " "default." @@ -10096,11 +10137,11 @@ msgstr "" "When you create a new SaaS database, the PGCE PYMEs 2008 is installed by " "default." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:23 msgid "Spanish Accounting Reports" msgstr "Spanish Accounting Reports" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:25 msgid "" "If the Spanish Accounting Localization is installed, you will have access to" " accounting reports specific to Spain:" @@ -10108,27 +10149,27 @@ msgstr "" "If the Spanish Accounting Localization is installed, you will have access to" " accounting reports specific to Spain:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:28 msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 111)" msgstr "Tax Report (Modelo 111)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:29 msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 115)" msgstr "Tax Report (Modelo 115)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:30 msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 303)" msgstr "Tax Report (Modelo 303)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:3 msgid "Switzerland" msgstr "瑞士" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:6 msgid "ISR (In-payment Slip with Reference number)" msgstr "ISR (In-payment Slip with Reference number)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:8 msgid "" "The ISRs are payment slips used in Switzerland. You can print them directly " "from Odoo. On the customer invoices, there is a new button called *Print " @@ -10138,7 +10179,7 @@ msgstr "" "from Odoo. On the customer invoices, there is a new button called *Print " "ISR*." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:16 msgid "" "The button *Print ISR* only appears there is well a bank account defined on " "the invoice. You can use CH6309000000250097798 as bank account number and " @@ -10148,11 +10189,11 @@ msgstr "" "the invoice. You can use CH6309000000250097798 as bank account number and " "010391391 as CHF ISR reference." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:23 msgid "Then you open a pdf with the ISR." msgstr "Then you open a pdf with the ISR." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:28 msgid "" "There exists two layouts for ISR: one with, and one without the bank " "coordinates. To choose which one to use, there is an option to print the " @@ -10166,11 +10207,11 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Customer " "Invoices` and enable **Print bank on ISR**:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:38 msgid "ISR reference on invoices" msgstr "ISR reference on invoices" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:40 msgid "" "To ease the reconciliation process, you can add your ISR reference as " "**Payment Reference** on your invoices." @@ -10178,7 +10219,7 @@ msgstr "" "To ease the reconciliation process, you can add your ISR reference as " "**Payment Reference** on your invoices." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:43 msgid "" "To do so, you need to configure the Journal you usually use to issue " "invoices. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, " @@ -10194,11 +10235,11 @@ msgstr "" " In the **Communication Standard** field, select *Switzerland*, and click on" " *Save*." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:53 msgid "Currency Rate Live Update" msgstr "Currency Rate Live Update" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:55 msgid "" "You can update automatically your currencies rates based on the Federal Tax " "Administration from Switzerland. For this, go in :menuselection:`Accounting " @@ -10210,11 +10251,11 @@ msgstr "" "--> Settings`, activate the multi-currencies setting and choose the service " "you want." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:64 msgid "Updated VAT for January 2018" msgstr "Updated VAT for January 2018" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:66 msgid "" "Starting from the 1st January 2018, new reduced VAT rates will be applied in" " Switzerland. The normal 8.0% rate will switch to 7.7% and the specific rate" @@ -10224,11 +10265,11 @@ msgstr "" " Switzerland. The normal 8.0% rate will switch to 7.7% and the specific rate" " for the hotel sector will switch from 3.8% to 3.7%." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:71 msgid "How to update your taxes in Odoo Enterprise (SaaS or On Premise)?" msgstr "How to update your taxes in Odoo Enterprise (SaaS or On Premise)?" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:73 msgid "" "If you have the V11.1 version, all the work is already been done, you don't " "have to do anything." @@ -10236,7 +10277,7 @@ msgstr "" "If you have the V11.1 version, all the work is already been done, you don't " "have to do anything." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:76 msgid "" "If you have started on an earlier version, you first have to update the " "module \"Switzerland - Accounting Reports\". For this, you go in " @@ -10250,7 +10291,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"Switzerland - Accounting Reports\" --> open the module --> click on " "\"upgrade\"`." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:83 msgid "" "Once it has been done, you can work on creating new taxes for the updated " "rates." @@ -10258,7 +10299,7 @@ msgstr "" "Once it has been done, you can work on creating new taxes for the updated " "rates." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:87 msgid "" "**Do not suppress or modify the existing taxes** (8.0% and 3.8%). You want " "to keep them since you may have to use both rates for a short period of " @@ -10270,11 +10311,11 @@ msgstr "" "time. Instead, remember to archive them once you have encoded all your 2017 " "transactions." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:92 msgid "The creation of such taxes should be done in the following manner:" msgstr "The creation of such taxes should be done in the following manner:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:94 msgid "" "**Purchase taxes**: copy the origin tax, change its name, label on invoice, " "rate and tax group (effective from v10 only)" @@ -10282,7 +10323,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Purchase taxes**: copy the origin tax, change its name, label on invoice, " "rate and tax group (effective from v10 only)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 msgid "" "**Sale taxes**: copy the origin tax, change its name, label on invoice, rate" " and tax group (effective from v10 only). Since the vat report now shows the" @@ -10292,7 +10333,7 @@ msgstr "" " and tax group (effective from v10 only). Since the vat report now shows the" " details for old and new rates, you should also set the tags accordingly to" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:102 msgid "" "For 7.7% taxes: Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 base, Switzerland VAT Form: " "grid 302 tax" @@ -10300,7 +10341,7 @@ msgstr "" "For 7.7% taxes: Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 base, Switzerland VAT Form: " "grid 302 tax" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 msgid "" "For 3.7% taxes: Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 base, Switzerland VAT Form: " "grid 342 tax" @@ -10308,7 +10349,7 @@ msgstr "" "For 3.7% taxes: Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 base, Switzerland VAT Form: " "grid 342 tax" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:108 msgid "" "You'll find below, as examples, the correct configuration for all taxes " "included in Odoo by default" @@ -10316,185 +10357,185 @@ msgstr "" "You'll find below, as examples, the correct configuration for all taxes " "included in Odoo by default" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 msgid "**Tax Name**" msgstr "**Tax Name**" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 msgid "**Rate**" msgstr "**Rate**" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 msgid "**Label on Invoice**" msgstr "**Label on Invoice**" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 msgid "**Tax Group (effective from V10)**" msgstr "**Tax Group (effective from V10)**" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 msgid "**Tax Scope**" msgstr "**Tax Scope**" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 msgid "**Tag**" msgstr "**Tag**" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 msgid "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (TN)" msgstr "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (TN)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 msgid "7.7%" msgstr "7.7%" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 msgid "7.7% achat" msgstr "7.7% achat" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 msgid "TVA 7.7%" msgstr "TVA 7.7%" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 msgid "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 400" msgstr "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 400" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 msgid "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TN)" msgstr "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TN)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 msgid "7.7% achat Incl." msgstr "7.7% achat Incl." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 msgid "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TN)" msgstr "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TN)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 msgid "7.7% invest." msgstr "7.7% invest." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 msgid "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 405" msgstr "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 405" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 msgid "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TN)" msgstr "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TN)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 msgid "7.7% invest. Incl." msgstr "7.7% invest. Incl." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 msgid "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (TS)" msgstr "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (TS)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 msgid "3.7%" msgstr "3.7%" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 msgid "3.7% achat" msgstr "3.7% achat" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 msgid "TVA 3.7%" msgstr "TVA 3.7%" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 msgid "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TS)" msgstr "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TS)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 msgid "3.7% achat Incl." msgstr "3.7% achat Incl." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 msgid "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TS)" msgstr "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TS)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 msgid "3.7% invest" msgstr "3.7% invest" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 msgid "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TS)" msgstr "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TS)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 msgid "3.7% invest Incl." msgstr "3.7% invest Incl." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 msgid "TVA due a 7.7% (TN)" msgstr "TVA due a 7.7% (TN)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 msgid "" "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 base, Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 tax" msgstr "" "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 base, Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 tax" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 msgid "TVA due à 7.7% (Incl. TN)" msgstr "TVA due à 7.7% (Incl. TN)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 msgid "7.7% Incl." msgstr "7.7% Incl." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 msgid "TVA due à 3.7% (TS)" msgstr "TVA due à 3.7% (TS)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 msgid "" "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 base, Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 tax" msgstr "" "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 base, Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 tax" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 msgid "TVA due a 3.7% (Incl. TS)" msgstr "TVA due a 3.7% (Incl. TS)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 msgid "3.7% Incl." msgstr "3.7% Incl." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:139 msgid "" "If you have questions or remarks, please contact our support using " "odoo.com/help." @@ -10502,7 +10543,7 @@ msgstr "" "If you have questions or remarks, please contact our support using " "odoo.com/help." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:143 msgid "" "Don't forget to update your fiscal positions. If you have a version 11.1 (or" " higher), there is nothing to do. Otherwise, you will also have to update " @@ -10512,11 +10553,11 @@ msgstr "" " higher), there is nothing to do. Otherwise, you will also have to update " "your fiscal positions accordingly." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:3 msgid "Fiscal Localization Packages" msgstr "Fiscal Localization Packages" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:5 msgid "" "**Fiscal Localization Packages** are country-specific modules that install " "pre-configured taxes, fiscal positions, chart of accounts, and legal " @@ -10530,13 +10571,13 @@ msgstr "" "configuration of specific certificates, are also added to your Accounting " "app, following your fiscal administration requirements." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:11 msgid "" "Odoo continuously adds new localizations and improves the existing packages." msgstr "" "Odoo continuously adds new localizations and improves the existing packages." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:16 msgid "" "Odoo automatically installs the appropriate package for your company, " "according to the country selected at the creation of the database." @@ -10544,7 +10585,7 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo automatically installs the appropriate package for your company, " "according to the country selected at the creation of the database." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:20 msgid "" "As long as you haven't posted any entry, you can still add and select " "another package." @@ -10552,7 +10593,7 @@ msgstr "" "As long as you haven't posted any entry, you can still add and select " "another package." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:22 msgid "" "To install a new package, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration" " --> Fiscal Localization`, click on **Install More Packages**, and install " @@ -10562,15 +10603,15 @@ msgstr "" " --> Fiscal Localization`, click on **Install More Packages**, and install " "your country's module." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:29 msgid "Once done, select your country's package, and click on *Save*." msgstr "Once done, select your country's package, and click on *Save*." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:36 msgid "Use" msgstr "使用" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:38 msgid "" "These packages require you to fine-tune your chart of accounts according to " "your needs, activate the taxes you use, and configure your country-specific " @@ -10580,487 +10621,8839 @@ msgstr "" "your needs, activate the taxes you use, and configure your country-specific " "statements and certifications." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:41 msgid "Please refer to the documentation listed below for more information." msgstr "Please refer to the documentation listed below for more information." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:44 msgid ":doc:`localizations_list`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:45 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:254 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:195 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:194 msgid ":doc:`../../overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts`" msgstr ":doc:`../../overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts`" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:46 -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:123 -msgid ":doc:`../../fiscality/taxes/taxes`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../fiscality/taxes/taxes`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:123 +msgid ":doc:`../../taxation/taxes/taxes`" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:48 msgid "" "update list of linked docs, and link with the future one about country-" "specific statements." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:3 msgid "List of supported countries" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo Accounting can be used in many countries out of the box by installing " "the appropriate module. Here is a list of all :doc:`Fiscal Localization " "Packages <fiscal_localization_packages>` that are available on Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:14 msgid "Fiscal Localization Packages available" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:16 msgid "Algeria - Accounting" msgstr "阿尔及利亚 - 会计" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:19 msgid "Argentinian Accounting" msgstr "阿根廷会计" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:20 msgid "Argentinian Accounting Reports" msgstr "阿根廷会计报表" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:21 msgid "Argentinian Electronic Invoicing" msgstr "阿根廷电子发票" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:23 msgid "Australian - Accounting" msgstr "澳大利亚 - 会计" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:24 msgid "Austria - Accounting" msgstr "奥地利 - 会计" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:25 msgid "Belgium - Accounting" msgstr "比利时-会计" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:26 msgid "Bolivia - Accounting" msgstr "玻利维亚 - 会计" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:27 msgid "Brazilian - Accounting" msgstr "巴西-会计" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:28 msgid "Canada - Accounting" msgstr "加拿大-会计" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:29 msgid "Chile - Accounting" msgstr "智利 - 会计" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:30 msgid "China" msgstr "中国" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:32 msgid "China - Accounting" msgstr "中国 - 会计" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:33 msgid "China - City Data" msgstr "中国 - 城市数据" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:34 msgid "China - Small Business CoA" msgstr "中国 - 小企业会计准则" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:35 msgid "China - Standard CoA" msgstr "中国 - 标准科目表" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:39 msgid "Colombian - Accounting" msgstr "Colombian - Accounting" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:40 msgid "Colombian - Point of Sale" msgstr "哥伦比亚 - POS" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:42 msgid "Costa Rica - Accounting" msgstr "哥斯达黎加-会计" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:43 msgid "Croatia - Accounting (RRIF 2012)" msgstr "克罗地亚-会计 (RRIF 2012)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:44 msgid "Denmark" msgstr "丹麦" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:46 msgid "Denmark - Accounting" msgstr "丹麦 - 会计" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:47 msgid "Denmark - Accounting Reports" msgstr "Denmark - Accounting Reports" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:49 msgid "Dominican Republic - Accounting" msgstr "多米尼加共和国 - 会计" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:50 msgid "Ecuador - Accounting" msgstr "厄瓜多尔 - 会计" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:51 msgid "Ethiopia - Accounting" msgstr "埃塞俄比亚-会计" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:52 msgid "EU Mini One Stop Shop (MOSS)" msgstr "欧盟的一站式迷你商店 (MOSS)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:53 msgid "Finnish Localization" msgstr "完成本地化" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:54 msgid "France - Accounting" msgstr "法国-会计" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:55 msgid "Generic - Accounting" msgstr "通用-会计" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:58 msgid "Germany - Accounting" msgstr "德国 - 财务" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:59 msgid "Germany SKR03 - Accounting" msgstr "德国 SKR04 - 财务" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:60 msgid "Germany SKR04 - Accounting" msgstr "德国 SKR04 - 财务" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:62 msgid "Greece - Accounting" msgstr "希腊-会计" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:63 msgid "Guatemala - Accounting" msgstr "瓜地马拉会计" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:64 msgid "Honduras - Accounting" msgstr "洪都拉斯-会计" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:65 msgid "Hong Kong - Accounting" msgstr "香港 - 会计" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:66 msgid "Hungarian - Accounting" msgstr "匈牙利-会计" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:67 msgid "India" msgstr "印度" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:69 msgid "Indian - Accounting" msgstr "印度-会计" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:70 msgid "Indian - Point of Sale" msgstr "印度-门店POS" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:72 msgid "Indonesian - Accounting" msgstr "印度尼西亚语 - 会计" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:73 msgid "Ireland - Accounting" msgstr "爱尔兰 - 会计" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:74 msgid "Israel - Accounting" msgstr "以色列-会计" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:75 msgid "Italy" msgstr "意大利" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:77 msgid "Italy - Accounting" msgstr "意大利 - 会计支持" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:78 msgid "Italy - E-invoicing" msgstr "意大利 - 电子发票" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:80 msgid "Japan - Accounting" msgstr "日本- 会计" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:81 msgid "LATAM" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:83 msgid "LATAM Localization Base" msgstr "拉丁语支持" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:84 msgid "LATAM Document" msgstr "拉丁发票档案" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:86 msgid "Lithuania" msgstr "立陶宛" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:88 msgid "Lithuania - Accounting" msgstr "立陶宛-会计" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:89 msgid "LT - Accounting Reports" msgstr "LT - 会计报表" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:91 msgid "Luxembourg - Accounting" msgstr "卢森堡 - 会计" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:92 msgid "Maroc - Accounting" msgstr "摩洛哥 - 会计" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:93 msgid "Mexico - Accounting" msgstr "墨西哥——会计" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:94 msgid "Mongolia" msgstr "蒙古" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:96 msgid "Mongolia - Accounting" msgstr "蒙古 - 会计" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:97 msgid "Mongolia - Accounting Reports" msgstr "蒙古 - 会计报表" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:99 msgid "Multi Language Chart of Accounts" msgstr "多语言科目表" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:102 msgid "Netherlands - Accounting" msgstr "荷兰 - 会计" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:103 msgid "Netherlands - Intrastat Declaration" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:105 msgid "New Zealand - Accounting" msgstr "新西兰-会计" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:106 msgid "Norway - Accounting" msgstr "挪威 - 会计" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:107 msgid "OHADA - Accounting" msgstr "OHADA - 会计" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:108 msgid "Panama - Accounting" msgstr "巴拿马-会计" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:111 msgid "Peruvian Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:112 msgid "Peruvian Accounting Reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:113 msgid "Peruvian Electronic Invoicing" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:115 msgid "Poland - Accounting" msgstr "波兰-会计" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:116 msgid "Portugal - Accounting" msgstr "葡萄牙 - 会计" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:117 msgid "Romania - Accounting" msgstr "罗马尼亚 - 会计" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:118 msgid "Saudi Arabia - Accounting" msgstr "沙特阿拉伯-会计" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:119 msgid "Singapore - Accounting" msgstr "新加坡－会计" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:120 msgid "Slovenian - Accounting" msgstr "斯洛文尼亚语－会计" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:121 msgid "South Africa - Accounting" msgstr "南非 - 会计" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:122 msgid "Spain - Accounting (PGCE 2008)" msgstr "西班牙 － 会计(PGCE 2008)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:123 msgid "Sweden" msgstr "瑞典" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:125 msgid "Sweden - Structured Communication OCR" msgstr "瑞典 - 结构化通信 OCR" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:126 msgid "Swedish - Accounting" msgstr "瑞典 - 会计" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:128 msgid "Switzerland - Accounting" msgstr "瑞士 - 会计" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:129 msgid "Thailand - Accounting" msgstr "泰国 - 会计" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:130 msgid "Turkey - Accounting" msgstr "土耳其 - 会计" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:131 msgid "U.A.E. - Accounting" msgstr "阿联酋－会计" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:132 msgid "UK - Accounting" msgstr "英国 - 会计" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:133 msgid "Ukraine - Accounting" msgstr "乌克兰 - 会计" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:134 msgid "United States - Accounting" msgstr "美国 - 科目表" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:135 msgid "Uruguay - Chart of Accounts" msgstr "乌拉圭会计模块" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:136 msgid "Venezuela - Accounting" msgstr "委内瑞拉－会计科目表" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:137 msgid "Vietnam - Accounting" msgstr "越南－会计" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:140 msgid ":doc:`fiscal_localization_packages`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality.rst:3 -msgid "Fiscality" -msgstr "财务" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:109 +msgid "Others" +msgstr "其它" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser.rst:3 +msgid "Adviser" +msgstr "顾问" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:3 +msgid "Manage a financial budget" +msgstr "管理财务预算" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Managing budgets is an essential part of running a business. Budgets help " +"people become more intentional with the way money is spent and direct people" +" to organize and prioritize their work to meet financial goals. They allows " +"you to plan your desired financial outcome and then measure your actual " +"performance against the plan. Odoo manages budgets using both General and " +"Analytic Accounts." +msgstr "" +"管理预算是经营企业的重要组成部分。预算帮助相关人员意识到使用资金的方式，并指导他们组织和优先安排工作，以达到财务目标。预算可以计划想要的财务结果，然后根据计划来衡量实际表现。Odoo使用总账科目和分析科目来管理预算。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:15 +msgid "" +"We will use the following example to illustrate. We just started a project " +"with Smith&Co and we would like to budget the incomes and expenses of that " +"project. We plan to have a revenue of 1000 and we don't want to spend more " +"than 700." +msgstr "" +"我们将使用下面的例子来说明。我们与Smith&Co刚刚开始一个项目, 我们希望做这个项目的收入和费用的预算。我们计划收入1000, 费用不超700。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:23 +msgid "" +"First we need to install the relevant apps to use budgeting. The main module" +" is the accounting app. Go in the app module and install the **Accounting " +"and Finance** app." +msgstr "首先我们需要安装预算相应的应用程序。主要的模块是会计应用。在应用程序模块, 安装 **会计和金融** 应用。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Further configuration is as well necessary. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting" +" module --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable the **Budget management**" +" feature" +msgstr "进一步配置是必要的。去 :menuselection:`会计模块 --> 配置 --> 设置` , 使用 **预算管理** 功能" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:38 +msgid "Budgetary Positions" +msgstr "预算状况" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Budgetary positions are lists of accounts for which you want to keep budgets" +" (typically expense or income accounts). They need to be defined so Odoo can" +" know it which accounts he needs to go get the budget information." +msgstr "预算状况是指你记录预算（通常是费用或收入科目）的科目列表。你需要对它们进行定义，以便Odoo了解在哪些科目获取预算信息。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The budgetary positions act as a type of restriction on what can be recorded" +" in the 'practical amount' column in a budget." +msgstr "预算状况是对预算中“实际金额”一栏可记录内容的一种限制。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Each budgetary position can have any number of accounts from the general " +"ledger (the main chart of accounts) assigned to it, though it must have at " +"least one." +msgstr "每种预算状况可包含从总分类账（主会计科目表）中分配给它的任意数量的科目，但必须至少有一个科目。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you record a transaction that has an analytic account assigned to it that" +" *is* included in a budget line but one of the general ledger accounts *is " +"not* included in the budgetary position for that same budget line, it will " +"not appear within the 'practical amount' column of that budget line." +msgstr "" +"如果你所记录交易已分配的分析科目*是*包含在预算行中，但同一预算行的其中一个总账科目*不*包含在预算状况中，那么它不会出现在该预算行的“实际金额”栏。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Some budgetary positions might be already installed with your chart of " +"accounts." +msgstr "某些预算状况可能已经安装在你的会计科目表中。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:59 +msgid "" +"To define the positions enter the :menuselection:`Accounting module --> " +"Configuration --> Budgetary Positions`." +msgstr "定义位置, 进入 :menuselection:`会计模块 --> 配置 --> 预算状况` ." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:62 +msgid "" +"For our example we need to define what accounts relates to our project's " +"expenses. Create a position and add items to select the accounts." +msgstr "在我们的示例中, 我们需要定义关联到项目费用的科目。创建一个位置并将条目添加到选择账户。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:68 +msgid "" +"In this case we select the three relevant accounts used wherein we will book" +" our expenses." +msgstr "在这种情况下, 我们选择使用的三个相关科目, 用来登记费用。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:74 +msgid "Click on *Select*." +msgstr "点击 *选择* 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:79 +msgid "Save the changes to confirm your Budgetary position." +msgstr "保存变更确认你的预算状况。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Repeat this steps to create a revenue budgetary position. Only in this case " +"select the relevant income accounts." +msgstr "重复这个步骤创建一个收入预算的位置。只有在这种情况下选择相关收入科目。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:85 +msgid "Analytical account" +msgstr "分析会计" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Odoo needs to know which costs or expenses are relevant to a specified " +"budget. To do so we need to link our invoices and expenses to a defined " +"analytical account. Create an analytical account by entering the Accounting " +"module and clicking :menuselection:`Advisers --> Analytic Accounts --> Open " +"Charts`. Create a new Account called Smith&Co project and select the related" +" partner." +msgstr "" +"Odoo需要知道与具体预算相关的成本或费用。因此，我们需要将发票和费用关联到定义的分析科目。创建分析科目，需进入会计模块并点击 " +":menuselection:`顾问 --> 分析科目 --> 打开报表`。创建一个名为史密斯公司项目的新账户并选择相关的合作伙伴。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:98 +msgid "Set a budget" +msgstr "设置预算" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Let's now set our targets for our budget. We specified that we expect to " +"gain 1000 with this project and we would like not to spend more than 700." +msgstr "现在, 让我们为我们的预算设定我们的目标。我们规定, 我们期望这个项目获得1000, 话费不超过700。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To set those targets, enter the accounting app, select " +":menuselection:`Advisers --> Budgets` and create a new Budget." +msgstr "设定这些目标, 进入会计程序, 选择 :menuselection:`顾问 --> 预算` , 创建一个新的预算。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:107 +msgid "" +"We have to give a name to the budget. In this case we'll call it \"Smith " +"Project\". Select the period wherein the budget will be applicable. Next add" +" an item to specify your targets in the Budget Line." +msgstr "我们需要为这个预算命名。在这种情况下, 我们把它叫做 \"史密斯项目\" 。选择预算适用的期间。下一步, 在预算行定义目标。 " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Select the Budgetary Position related to the Budget Line. In other words, " +"select the position that points to the accounts you want to budget. In this " +"case we will start with our 700 maximum charge target. Select the \"Cost\" " +"Budgetary Position and specify the Planned Amount. As we are recording a " +"cost, we need to specify a **negative amount**. Finally, select the " +"corresponding analytic account." +msgstr "" +"选择相关预算行的预算位置。换句话说, 选择你想要的位置科目。在这种情况下, 我们将开始费用目标, 不超700。选择“成本\" 预算位置, " +"指定计划预算金额。我们记录成本, 我们需要指定一个 **负数金额** 。最后, 选择相应的分析科目。 " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:124 +msgid "" +"Click on **Save & new** to input the revenue budget. The Budgetary Position " +"is Revenue and the Planned Amount is 1000. Save and close" +msgstr "点击 **保存并创建** 输入收入预算。预算的位置是收入, 计划是1000。保存并关闭" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:127 +msgid "You'll need to **Confirm** and **Approve** the budget." +msgstr "你需要 **确认** 并且 **批准** 这个预算。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:130 +msgid "Check your budget" +msgstr "检查预算" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:132 +msgid "" +"You can check your budget at any time. To see the evolution, let's book some" +" Invoices and Vendors Bills." +msgstr "你可以在任何时间检查你的预算。查看进化, 让我们录入一些发票和供应商账单。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:136 +msgid "" +"If you use analytical accounts remember that you need to specify the account" +" in the invoice and/or purchase line." +msgstr "如果你使用分析科目，请记住，你需要在发票和/或采购行指定科目。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:140 +msgid "" +"For more information about booking invoices and purchase orders see " +":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/overview`" +msgstr "关于发票和采购订单的信息请看：:doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/overview`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:143 +msgid "Go back in the budget list and find the Smith Project." +msgstr "返回预算明细并且找到具体项目" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:145 +msgid "" +"Via the analytical account, Odoo can account the invoice lines and purchase " +"lines booked in the accounts and will display them in the **Practical " +"Amount** column." +msgstr "通过分析账户, Odoo可以计算发票行和采购发票行, 金额将显示在 **实际金额** 列。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:153 +msgid "" +"The theoretical amount represents the amount of money you theoretically " +"could have spend / should have received in function of the date. When your " +"budget is 1200 for 12 months (january to december), and today is 31 of " +"january, the theoretical amount will be 100, since this is the actual amount" +" that could have been realised." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic.rst:3 +msgid "Analytic" +msgstr "辅助核算" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:3 +msgid "Track costs of purchases, expenses, subcontracting" +msgstr "跟踪采购成本，费用，分包" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Thanks to analytical accounting we can track costs of purchases, expenses " +"and subcontracting in the accounting module." +msgstr "多亏分析会计, 我们可以跟踪采购成本, 费用和分包的会计模块。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:11 +msgid "" +"We'll take the following example. We sold a consulting package for a " +"customer. The package is all inclusive meaning no extra cost can be added. " +"We would however like to follow which cost were attached to this transaction" +" as we need to pay for purchases, expenses, and subcontracting costs related" +" to the project." +msgstr "" +"我们将使用以下的例子。我们售了套咨询方案给客户。方案包容了所有, 意思是没有额外成本。我们不过想遵循需要被附加到这个交易的成本, 例如采购, 费用, " +"和分包成本。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The following modules needs to be installed to track cost. Enter the app " +"module and install the following apps:" +msgstr "下面的模块需要安装跟踪成本。进入应用程序模块和安装以下程序 :" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Please note that the applications provided by these apps only allows us to " +"**track** the costs. We won't be able to automatically re invoice those " +"costs to our customers. To track and **re invoice costs** you should install" +" the Sales management app as well." +msgstr "" +"请注意, 这些应用程序提供的程序只允许我们 **跟踪** 成本。我们无法向我们的客户自动重新发票。跟踪和 **将成本再开票** , " +"你应该安装销售管理应用程序。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:37 +msgid "Enable Analytical accounting" +msgstr "启用分析会计" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Next step is to activate the analytical accounting. In the accounting app, " +"select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and thick the Analytic " +"accounting box." +msgstr "下一步是启动分析会计。在会计软件, 选择 :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置` , 选择分析会计。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Moreover, scroll down and tick the **Analytic accounting for purchases** " +"box." +msgstr "此外,向下滚动,点击 **采购分析** 选框。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:52 +msgid "Don't forget to save your changes." +msgstr "别忘了保存您的更改。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:55 +msgid "Create an Analytical account." +msgstr "创建分析账户" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:57 +msgid "" +"First of all you should create an Analytical account on which you can point " +"all your expenses. Enter the accounting app, select " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Analytic Accounts`. Create a new one. In " +"this case we will call it \"consulting pack\" for our customer Smith&Co." +msgstr "" +"首先, 你应该创建一个分析科目用来记录所有的费用。输入会计应用程序, 选择 :menuselection:`配置 --> 分析帐户` . " +"创建一个新的。在这种情况下, 我们将称之为“咨询包\" , 为我们的客户Smith&Co所创建。 " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:65 +msgid "We will point all our costs to this account to keep track of them." +msgstr "我们将在这个科目记录所有的成本, 以便跟踪。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:68 +msgid "Record an expense" +msgstr "记录费用" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:70 +msgid "" +"We start by booking an expense. Our IT technician had to take a train to go " +"see our customer. He paid for his ticket himself." +msgstr "我们先登记一个费用。我们的IT技术人员乘火车去看我们的客户。他自己支付机票。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:75 +msgid "Create an expense product" +msgstr "创建费用产品" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:77 +msgid "" +"We first need to create an expense product. Enter the **Expense** module, " +"Click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Expense Products`. Create a new " +"product called Train ticket and set the cost price to 15.50 euros. Make sure" +" the **Can be expensed** box is ticked." +msgstr "" +"我们首先需要创建一个可报销的产品。进入 **费用** 模块, 点击 :menuselection:`配置 --> 报销产品` . 创建一个新产品, " +"名为火车票, 设置成本价格为15.50欧元。确保 **Can be expensed** 已勾选。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:86 +msgid "Book the expense" +msgstr "登记费用" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Enter the Expense module, click on :menuselection:`My expenses --> Create`. " +"Select the Train ticket product and link it to the analytical account " +"discussed above." +msgstr "进入报销模块, 点击 :menuselection:`我的费用 --> 创建` . 选择火车票产品, 将其链接之前讨论过的科目上。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Submit to manager and wait for the manager to approve and post the journal " +"entries." +msgstr "提交给经理, 等待经理批准, 以及登录会计分录." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:99 +msgid "Create a Purchase Order linked to the analytical account" +msgstr "创建采购订单，并链接到分析账户" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:102 +msgid "Purchase Product" +msgstr "采购产品" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:104 +msgid "" +"We also need to buy a software for our customers. In the purchase app create" +" a purchase order for the software product. Within the line we can link the " +"product's cost with the analytical account. Specify the order line and " +"select the correct analytical account. Confirm the sale." +msgstr "" +"我们还需要为客户买一个软件。在购买应用程序中，创建一个软件产品的采购订单。在产品行上，我们可以将成本关联到分析科目上。指定订单行，选择正确的分析科目。确认销售。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Accept the delivery and enter the invoice. Once the invoice is entered the " +"cost price (**Vendor Price** field) will be booked in the analytical " +"account." +msgstr "收货并登记发票。一旦在发票输入了成本价格( **供应商价格** 字段)同时将记录在分析账户。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:117 +msgid "Subcontracting" +msgstr "外包" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:119 +msgid "" +"The purchase module can be used in the same way as seen previously to handle" +" subcontracting. if we purchase a service from another company we can re " +"invoice this cost by linking the purchase order line to the correct " +"analytical account. We simply need to create the correct vendors product." +msgstr "" +"采购模块可以使用相同的方式, 就如之前的分包处理。如果我们从另一家公司购买服务, 我们可以重新开票到正确的分析科目, " +"通过链接采购行。我们只是需要创建正确的供应商的产品。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:126 +msgid "You can also track cost with timesheets, see: :doc:`timesheets`" +msgstr "你也可以用工时表跟踪成本, 请参阅 : : doc :`timesheets` " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:129 +msgid "Track costs in accounting" +msgstr "在会计中追踪成本" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Now that everything is booked and points to the analytical account. Simply " +"open it to check the costs related to that account." +msgstr "现在一切都是入账并指到分析账户。只是打开它检查科目的相关成本。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:134 +msgid "" +"Enter the accounting module, click on :menuselection:`Advisers --> Analytic " +"Accounts --> Open Charts`." +msgstr "进入会计模块, 点击 :menuselection:`顾问 --> 分析会计 --> 打开图表` ." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Select \"consulting pack - Smith\" and click on the cost and revenue button " +"to have an overview of all cost linked to the account." +msgstr "选择“咨询包-史密斯\" , 单击成本和销售按钮, 以此来查看这个科目下的所有的成本。 " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:144 +msgid "" +"If you would like to have the revenue as well you should invoice the " +"Consulting Pack in the Invoice menu and link the invoice line to this same " +"analytical account." +msgstr "收入的话, 在发票菜单下开具'咨询包'的发票, 将发票行链接到分析科目。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:3 +msgid "Track costs of human resources with timesheets" +msgstr "通过工时单跟踪人力资源成本" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Human resource of course has a cost. It is interesting to see how much a " +"particular contract costs the company in term of human power in relation to " +"the invoiced amounts." +msgstr "人力资源当然是有成本的。有趣的是, 多大的一个特定的人力合同成本, 公司会将成本关联到相应发票金额。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:9 +msgid "" +"We will take the following example: Our two employees **Harry Potter** and " +"**Cedric Digory** both work on a **Consultancy pack** for our customer " +"**Smith&Co**. Harry is paid 18€ p.h. and Cedric's salary is 12€ p.h. We " +"would like to track their timesheet costs within the accounting app, and " +"compare them with the revenue of the consultancy service." +msgstr "" +"我们采用以下例子 :我们两位雇员 **Harry Potter** 和 **Cedric Digory** 都为我们的客户 **Smith&Co** " +"提供 **咨询服务包** 的工作。哈利每小时支付18€, 塞德里克的工资是每小时 12€ 。我们用会计应用中跟踪他们的工时费, 并比较他们咨询服务收益。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:18 +msgid "" +"First, install the three applications necessary to use this functionality, " +"namely **Accounting**, **Sales** and **Timesheet**. Enter the apps module " +"name and install them." +msgstr "首先, 安装必要的三个应用程序, 即 **会计** , **销售** 和 **工时单** 。进入应用程序模块, 并安装它们。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Next you will need to enable analytical accounting. To do so enter the " +"**Accounting app**. Select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and " +"tick the **Analytic accounting** option (see picture below)" +msgstr "" +"接下来您将需要启用分析会计。这样, 进入 **会计应用** 。选择 :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置` 和点击 **分析会计** " +"选项(见下图)" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:38 +msgid "Apply your changes." +msgstr "应用变更。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:41 +msgid "Create an employee" +msgstr "创建员工" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:43 +msgid "" +"In order to check the revenue of an employee you need to have one. To create" +" an employee enter the **Employee** app. Select **Employees** and create a " +"new employee, fill in the name and the basic information." +msgstr "" +"为了检查员工的收入, 你需要有一个。进入 **员工** 应用, 创建一个员工。选择 **员工** , 并创建一个新员工, 填写名称和基本信息。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:47 +msgid "" +"On the employee sheet enter the **HR settings** tab. Here you are able to " +"specify the **Timesheet Cost** of your employee. In this case Harry has a " +"cost of 18 euros / hours. We will thus fill in 18 in this field." +msgstr "" +"在员工表上进入 **人力资源设置** 选项卡。在这里你可以指定员工的 **工时成本** 。在这种情况下, " +"哈利花费18欧元/小时。在这个字段我们将填写18。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:55 +msgid "" +"If you want the employee to be able to enter timesheets he needs to be " +"related to a User." +msgstr "如果你希望员工能够进入工时表, 他需要相关用户。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Repeat the operation to create the Cedric Digory employee. Don't forget to " +"specify its related user and **Timesheet Costs**." +msgstr "重复操作, 创建员工Cedric Digory。别忘了指定相关用户和 **工时表成本** 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:62 +msgid "Issue a Sales Order" +msgstr "发布销售订单" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:64 +msgid "" +"We created two employees called Harry Potter and Cedric Diggory in the " +"**Employee** app. Both of them will work on a consultancy contract for our " +"customer Smith&Co where they will point their hours on a timesheet." +msgstr "" +"我们在 **员工** 应用创建了两个员工, Harry Potter和Cedric Diggory。他们将为Smith&Co 工作, " +"他们会将工时填入咨询合同。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:68 +msgid "" +"We thus need to create a **sales order** with a **service** product invoiced" +" **based on time and material** and tracked by timesheets with **hours** as " +"unit of measures." +msgstr "因此我们需要创建一个 **销售订单** , 产品是 **服务** , **基于时间和材料** 开票, 公式以 **小时** 为单位。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:75 +msgid "" +"For more information on how to create a sales order based on time and " +"material please see " +":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:78 +msgid "" +"We save a Sales Order with the service product **External Consulting**. An " +"analytical account will automatically be generated once the **Sales Order** " +"is confirmed. Our employees will have to point to that account (in this case" +" **SO002-Smith&Co**) in order to be able to invoice their hours (see picture" +" below)." +msgstr "" +"我们保存一个销售订单, 订单内产品为 **外部咨询** . **销售订单** 一旦确认, 分析科目会自动生成。我们的员工将被指定一个科目(在本例中 " +"**SO002-Smith&Co** ), 是为了将工时开票给客户(见下图)。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:88 +msgid "Fill in timesheet" +msgstr "填写工时表" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:90 +msgid "" +"As an employee linked to a user, Harry can enter the **Timesheet** app and " +"specify his timesheets for the contract. Logged on Harry's account we enter " +"the **Timesheet** app and enter a detailed line pointing to the **Analytical" +" Account** discussed above." +msgstr "" +"一个员工链接到一个用户, 哈利可以进入 **工时单** 应用, 为工时单指定相应的合同。登入哈利的帐户, 进入 **工时单** 应用程序, 输入明细行," +" 指定上面所讨论的 **分析账户** 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:95 +msgid "Harry worked three hours on a SWOT analysis for Smith&Co." +msgstr "哈利为Smith&Co付出了三个小时的SWOT analysis。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:100 +msgid "" +"In the meantime, Cedric discussed businesses needs with the customer for 1 " +"hour and specified it as well in his personal timesheet, pointing as well on" +" the **Analytic Account**." +msgstr "同时, Cedric与客户讨论需要1小时, 指定到他个人的工时表, 也指向 **分析账户** 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:104 +msgid "" +"In the **Sales Order** we notice that the delivered amounts of hours is " +"automatically computed (see picture below)." +msgstr "在 **销售订单** 中, 我们注意到交付的时间会自动计算(见下图)。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:111 +msgid "Analytic accounting" +msgstr "分析会计" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Thanks to analytic accounts we are able to have an overview of HR cost and " +"revenues. All the revenues and cost of this transactions have been " +"registered in the **SO002-Smith&Co** account." +msgstr "由于分析科目, 我们能够对人力资源成本和收入有个总的概念。所有交易的收入和成本都将登记在 **SO002-Smith&Co** 科目。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:117 +msgid "We can use two methods to analyze this situation." +msgstr "在该情景下我们可以使用两种方式。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:120 +msgid "Without filters" +msgstr "不要过滤" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:122 +msgid "" +"If we pointed all our costs and revenues of the project on the correct " +"analytical account we can easily retrieve the cost and revenues related to " +"this analytical account. Enter the *Accounting* app, select " +":menuselection:`Adviser --> Analytic Accounts --> Open Charts`." +msgstr "" +"如果所有项目的成本和收入的分析科目都正确, 我们可以轻松地检索相关的成本和收益。进入 *会计* 应用, 选择 :menuselection:`顾问 " +"--> 分析帐户 --> 打开图表` ." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:127 +msgid "" +"Note : you can specify a period for **Analysis**. If you want to open the " +"current situation you should keep the fields empty. We can already note the " +"credit and debit balance of the account." +msgstr "注意 :您可以为 **分析** 指定一个时间。如果你想打开当前状态, 你应该保持空的字段。我们可以看到借贷方余额。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:134 +msgid "" +"If we click on the account a special button is provided to have the details " +"of cost and revenues (see picture below)." +msgstr "如果我们单击科目, 提供了成本和收入的细节(见下图)。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:140 +msgid "" +"Click the button **Cost/Revenue** to have an overview of cost and revenues " +"with the corresponding description." +msgstr "单击按钮 **成本/收益** , 可以看到成本和收入的总况。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:144 +msgid "With filters" +msgstr "有过滤" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:146 +msgid "We can thus filter this information from the **Analytic Entries**." +msgstr "因此我们可以在 **分析分录** 中过滤该信息。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:148 +msgid "" +"Enter the **Accounting** app, and click on :menuselection:`Adviser --> " +"Analytic Entries`. In this menu we have several options to analyse the human" +" resource cost." +msgstr "" +"进入 **会计** 应用, 点击 :menuselection:`顾问 --> 分析条目` . 在这个菜单中, 我们有几个选项来分析人力资源成本。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:151 +msgid "" +"We filter on the **Analytic account** so we can see the cost and revenues of" +" the project. Add a custom **Filter** where the **Analytic Account** " +"contains the **Sales Order** number." +msgstr "" +"过滤 **分析账户** , 我们可以看到项目的成本和收入。添加一个自定义的 **过滤器** : **分析账户** 包括 **销售订单** " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:158 +msgid "" +"In the results we see timesheets activities and invoiced lines with the " +"corresponding costs and revenues." +msgstr "结果, 我们看到时间表活动, 和成本和收入的相关开票行。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:164 +msgid "" +"We can group the different analytical accounts together and check their " +"respective revenues. Simply group by **Analytic account** and select the " +"**Graph view** to have a clear overview." +msgstr "我们可以组合不同的分析科目, 检查各自的收入。简单的组合 **分析账户** 并选择 **图形视图** , 会提供一个清晰的概况。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:3 +msgid "Analytic account use cases" +msgstr "分析会计使用案例" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:5 +msgid "The analytic accounting can be used for several purposes:" +msgstr "分析会计可以用于以下几种目的 :" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:7 +msgid "analyse costs of a company" +msgstr "公司的成本分析" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:9 +msgid "reinvoice time to a customer" +msgstr "给顾客再开记工单发票" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:11 +msgid "analyse performance of a service or a project" +msgstr "分析服务或者项目的绩效" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To manage analytic accounting, you have to activate it in " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`:" +msgstr "管理分析会计, 你必须激活它, 在 :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置` :" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To illustrate analytic accounts clearly, you will follow three use cases, " +"each in one of three different types of company:" +msgstr "说明分析账户, 很明显, 你将遵循三个实例, 用三种不同类型的公司 :" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:22 +msgid "Industrial company: Costs Analyse" +msgstr "工业公司 :成本分析" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:24 +msgid "Law Firm: reinvoice spent hours" +msgstr "法律公司 :花费时间的再开票" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:26 +msgid "IT/Services Company: performance analysis" +msgstr "IT/服务公司 :绩效分析" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:29 +msgid "Case 1: Industrial company: Costs Analyse" +msgstr "案例1 :工业公司: 成本分析" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:31 +msgid "" +"In industry, you will often find analytic charts of accounts structured into" +" departments and products the company itself is built on." +msgstr "在工业上, 你会发现分析科目是基于部门和产品, 是基于公司自己的情况而建。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:34 +msgid "" +"The objective is to examine the costs, sales and margins by " +"department/resources and by product. The first level of the structure " +"comprises the different departments, and the lower levels represent the " +"product ranges the company makes and sells." +msgstr "目的是按部门/人员和产品检查成本、销售和利润。第一级的结构由不同的部门组成, 较低的水平的结构代表了公司生产和销售的产品范围。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:39 +msgid "" +"**Analytic Chart of Accounts for an Industrial Manufacturing Company**:" +msgstr " **工业制造公司的分析科目表**: " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:41 +msgid "Marketing Department" +msgstr "市场营销部门" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:43 +msgid "Commercial Department" +msgstr "商务部门" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:45 +msgid "Administration Department" +msgstr "管理部门" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:80 +msgid "Production Range 1" +msgstr "生产范围1" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:82 +msgid "Production Range 2" +msgstr "生产范围2" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:51 +msgid "" +"In daily use, it is useful to mark the analytic account on each purchase " +"invoice. When the invoice is approved, it will automatically generate the " +"entries for both the general and the corresponding analytic accounts. For " +"each entry on the general accounts, there is at least one analytic entry " +"that allocates costs to the department which incurred them." +msgstr "" +"在日常使用中, 在采购发票上标记分析科目是有用的。当发票被批准后, 它会自动生成一般的凭证和分析科目的凭证。每一个一般的凭证, 当部门有发生成本, " +"至少有一个分析科目凭证。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Here is a possible breakdown of some general accounting entries for the " +"example above, allocated to various analytic accounts:" +msgstr "这里可能会出现的会计分录故障, 例如上面的例子, 分配给各种分析帐户 :" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:62 +msgid "**General accounts**" +msgstr " **总账科目** " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:62 +msgid "**Analytic accounts**" +msgstr " **分析账户** " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +msgid "**Title**" +msgstr " **称呼** " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +msgid "**Account**" +msgstr " **科目** " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 +msgid "**Debit**" +msgstr " **借项** " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 +msgid "**Credit**" +msgstr " **贷方** " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +msgid "**Value**" +msgstr " **值** " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 +msgid "Purchase of Raw Material" +msgstr "原材料采购" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 +msgid "2122" +msgstr "2122" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 +msgid "1500" +msgstr "1500" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 +msgid "-1 500" +msgstr "-1 500" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 +msgid "Subcontractors" +msgstr "分包" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 +msgid "450" +msgstr "450" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 +msgid "-450" +msgstr "-450" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 +msgid "Credit Note for defective materials" +msgstr "有缺陷的材料的待方记录" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 +msgid "200" +msgstr "200" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 +msgid "Transport charges" +msgstr "运输费" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 +msgid "Staff costs" +msgstr "员工成本" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 +msgid "2121" +msgstr "2121" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 +msgid "10000" +msgstr "10000" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 +msgid "Marketing" +msgstr "市场营销" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:82 +msgid "-2 000" +msgstr "-2 000" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:76 +msgid "Commercial" +msgstr "商务" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:76 +msgid "-3 000" +msgstr "-3 000" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 +msgid "Administrative" +msgstr "行政" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:78 +msgid "-1 000" +msgstr "-1 000" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 +msgid "PR" +msgstr "采购需求单" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 +msgid "-400" +msgstr "-400" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:87 +msgid "" +"The analytic representation by department enables you to investigate the " +"costs allocated to each department in the company. The analytic chart of " +"accounts shows the distribution of the company's costs using the example " +"above:" +msgstr "代表部门的分析科目有助于分析部门的成本。用上面的例子, 分析科目表显示了成本的分配方式." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:94 +msgid "" +"In this example of a hierarchical structure in Odoo, you can analyse not " +"only the costs of each product range, but also the costs of the whole " +"production. A report that relates both general accounts and analytic " +"accounts enables you to get a breakdown of costs within a given department." +msgstr "" +"这是一个树形结构的例子, 你不仅可以分析每个产品的成本范围, 而且可以分析整个生产成本。一份报告, 涉及一般科目和分析科目, 能按照所给的部门分类。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:103 +msgid "" +"The examples above are based on a breakdown of the costs of the company. " +"Analytic allocations can be just as effective for sales. That gives you the " +"profitability (sales - costs) of different departments." +msgstr "上面的示例是基于公司的成本的分解。分析科目就如销售一样可以有效分配。给你不同部门的盈利能力(销售成本)。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:107 +msgid "" +"This analytic representation by department is generally used by trading " +"companies and industries." +msgstr "通过部门来分析, 通常贸易公司和制造业使用比较多。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:110 +msgid "" +"A variantion of this, is not to break it down by sales and marketing " +"departments, but to assign each cost to its corresponding product range. " +"This will give you an analysis of the profitability of each product range." +msgstr "此种变异，不是按销售和营销部门分配, 而是将每个成本分配给其相应的产品范围。这将给你每种产品范围的的盈利能力分析的可能性。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Choosing one over the other depends on how you look at your marketing " +"effort. Is it a global cost allocated in some general way, or is each " +"product range responsible for its own marketing costs?" +msgstr "选择一种取决于你如何看待你的营销努力。一般是全球成本分配, 或者是每个产品负责自己的营销成本?" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:120 +msgid "Case 2: Law Firm: costs of human resources?" +msgstr "案例2 :法律公司: 人力资源的成本？" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Law firms generally adopt management by case, where each case represents a " +"current client file. All of the expenses and products are then attached to a" +" given file/analytic account." +msgstr "律师事务所普遍采用案例管理, 每个案例代表了当前客户端文件。所有的费用和产品被添加到一个给定的文件/分析账户。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:126 +msgid "" +"A principal preoccupation of law firms is the invoicing of hours worked, and" +" the profitability by case and by employee." +msgstr "律师事务所的主要关注的是工时的发票, 和每个案件每个员工的盈利。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Mechanisms used for encoding the hours worked will be covered in detail in " +"timesheet documentation. Like most system processes, hours worked are " +"integrated into the analytic accounting. In the employee form, specify the " +"cost of the employee. The hourly charge is a function of the employee's " +"cost." +msgstr "" +"编码工作时间机制将在时间表文档中详细介绍。像大多数系统流程, 工作时间集成到分析会计。在员工的表格中, 指定员工的成本。每小时的费用是员工的成本的函数。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:135 +msgid "" +"So a law firm will opt for an analytic representation which reflects the " +"management of the time that employees work on the different customer cases." +msgstr "所以律师事务所将选择一个分析表示, 反映了员工为不同客户工作的时间管理。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Billing for the different cases is a bit unusual. The cases do not match any" +" entry in the general account nor do they come from purchase or sales " +"invoices. They are represented by the various analytic operations and do not" +" have exact counterparts in the general accounts. They are calculated on the" +" basis of the hourly cost per employee." +msgstr "" +"对于不同情况的账单有些不同寻常。该情况，不匹配总账科目中的任何分录，不管它们来自采购还是销售发票。他们由各种分析操作所表示, " +"在总账科目中找不到确切的对方。他们是基于每个员工的每小时成本计算出。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:145 +msgid "" +"At the end of the month when you pay salaries and benefits, you integrate " +"them into the general accounts but not in the analytic accounts, because " +"they have already been accounted for in billing each account. A report that " +"relates data from the analytic and general accounts then lets you compare " +"the totals, so you can readjust your estimates of hourly cost per employee " +"depending on the time actually worked." +msgstr "" +"在月底支付工资和福利时, 你将它们集成到一般帐户, 而不是在分析账户, 因为他们在发票时已登记。一份报告, 相关的数据来自于分析账户和一般账户, " +"然后你可以比较总数, 所以你可以调整你的估计每个员工每小时成本." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:153 +msgid "" +"The following table shows an example of different analytic entries that you " +"can find for your analytic account:" +msgstr "下表显示了不同分析凭证的例子, 你可以找到分析科目 :" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +msgid "**Amount**" +msgstr " **总量** " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +msgid "**General Account**" +msgstr " **总账科目** " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 +msgid "Study the file (1 h)" +msgstr "学习文件(1h)" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 +msgid "Case 1.1" +msgstr "案例1.1" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 +msgid "-15" +msgstr "-15" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 +msgid "Search for information (3 h)" +msgstr "搜索信息(3h)" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 +msgid "-45" +msgstr "-45" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 +msgid "Consultation (4 h)" +msgstr "顾问 (4 h)" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 +msgid "Case 2.1" +msgstr "案例 2.1" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 +msgid "-60" +msgstr "-60" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 +msgid "Service charges" +msgstr "服务费用" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 +msgid "280" +msgstr "280" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 +msgid "705 – Billing services" +msgstr "705 –给服务开票" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 +msgid "Stationery purchase" +msgstr "办公用品采购" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 +msgid "-42" +msgstr "-42" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 +msgid "601 – Furniture purchase" +msgstr "601 –家具采购" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 +msgid "42" +msgstr "42" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 +msgid "Fuel Cost -Client trip" +msgstr "燃油成本－客户方出差" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 +msgid "-35" +msgstr "-35" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 +msgid "613 – Transports" +msgstr "613 – 运费" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 +msgid "35" +msgstr "35" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 +msgid "Staff salaries" +msgstr "员工工资" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 +msgid "6201 – Salaries" +msgstr "6201 – 工资" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 +msgid "3 000" +msgstr "3 000" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:174 +msgid "" +"Such a structure allows you to make a detailed study of the profitability of" +" various transactions." +msgstr "这种结构能让您具体看到多种交易盈利能力。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:177 +msgid "" +"For more details about profitablity, please read the following document: " +":doc:`timesheets`" +msgstr "关于利润的更多细节, 请阅读以下文档 :doc:`timesheets` " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:180 +msgid "" +"But analytical accounting is not limited to a simple analysis of the " +"profitability of different customer. The same data can be used for automatic" +" recharging of the services to the customer at the end of the month. To " +"invoice customers, just link the analytic account to a sale order and sell " +"products that manage timesheet or expenses ." +msgstr "" +"但分析会计并不局限于一个简单的对不同客户的盈利能力的分析。在月底, 相同的数据可以用于自动开票给客户. 开票给客户, " +"就将分析帐户链接到销售订单和销售产品, 管理工时表或费用。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:187 +msgid "Case 3: IT Services Company: perfomance analysis" +msgstr "案例3 :IT服务公司: 绩效分析" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:189 +msgid "Most IT service companies face the following problems:" +msgstr "大多数IT服务公司都面临者如下问题 :" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:191 +msgid "project planning," +msgstr "项目计划," + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:193 +msgid "invoicing, profitability and financial follow-up of projects," +msgstr "开票, 项目的盈利能力和财务跟踪," + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:195 +msgid "managing support contracts." +msgstr "管理支持合同。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:197 +msgid "" +"To deal with these problems, you would use an analytic chart of accounts " +"structured by project and by sale order." +msgstr "为了处理这些问题, 你会用项目和销售订单结构的分析科目表。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:200 +msgid "" +"The management of services, expenditures and sales is similar to that " +"presented above for lawyers. Invoicing and the study of profitability are " +"also similar." +msgstr "服务、支出、销售的管理, 类似于上面提到的律师例子。发票和盈利能力的研究也类似。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:204 +msgid "" +"But now look at support contracts. These contracts are usually limited to a " +"prepaid number of hours. Each service posted in the analytic accounts shows " +"the remaining hours of support. To manage support contracts, you would " +"create a product configured to invoice on order and link the sale order to " +"an analytic account" +msgstr "" +"但现在看看支持合同。这些合同通常局限于一个预付的工时数。每个过账到分析账户的服务显示剩余的支持时间。管理支持合同, 您将创建一个产品配置为发票订单, " +"链接销售订单到分析账户." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:210 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, each analytic line lists the number of units sold or used, as well " +"as what you would usually find there – the amount in currency units (USD or " +"GBP, or whatever other choice you make). So you can sum the quantities sold " +"and used on each sale order to determine whether any hours of the support " +"contract remain." +msgstr "" +"在Odoo, 每个分析行列出了出售或使用的数量, 你通常会发现——含货币单位的合计(美元或英镑, 或其他选择)。所以, " +"你可以得出每一笔销售订单的销售和使用数量, 这些用来确定是否支持合同时间有剩余。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:217 +msgid "Conclusion" +msgstr "结论" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:219 +msgid "" +"Analytic accounting helps you to analyse costs and revenues whatever the use" +" case. You can sell or purchase services, track time or analyse the " +"production performance." +msgstr "分析会计能帮助你分析成本和收入。你可以出售或购买服务, 跟踪时间和分析生产性能。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:223 +msgid "" +"Analytic accounting is flexible and easy to use through all Odoo " +"applications (sales, purchase, timesheet, production, invoice, …)." +msgstr "分析会计灵活, 方便使用. 可应用于所有程序(销售、采购、工时、生产、发票, …)。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory.rst:3 +msgid "Inventory" +msgstr "仓库" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:3 +msgid "Impact on the average price valuation when returning goods" +msgstr "产品退货时使用移动平均计算成本" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:5 +msgid "" +"As stated in the `*inventory valuation page* " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/functional/valuation.html>`__, one of " +"the possible costing method you can use in perpetual stock valuation, is the" +" average cost." +msgstr "" +"在 `*inventory valuation page* " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/functional/valuation.html>`__, " +"一个可能的成本方式是你可以使用永恒的库存成本估值方式, 平均成本。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:10 +msgid "" +"This document answers to one recurrent question for companies using that " +"method to make their stock valuation: how does a shipping returned to its " +"supplier impact the average cost and the accounting entries? This document " +"is **only** for the specific use case of a perpetual valuation (as opposed " +"to the periodic one) and in average price costing method (as opposed to " +"standard of FIFO)." +msgstr "" +"本文档能解决一个经常性的问题, 使用这种方法使他们的股票估价 : 退还给供应商的货将如何影响平均成本和会计凭证吗? 本文档 **只** " +"具体定义了永恒估值(而不是周期性)和平均价格成本核算方法(而不是标准的FIFO)。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:18 +msgid "Definition of average cost" +msgstr "平均成本的定义" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The average cost method calculates the cost of ending inventory and cost of " +"goods sold on the basis of weighted average cost per unit of inventory." +msgstr "平均成本法, 在计算期末存货和销货成本的基础上, 计算存货的加权平均单位成本。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The weighted average cost per unit is calculated using the following " +"formula:" +msgstr "加权平均单位成本计算使用以下公式 :" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:27 +msgid "" +"When new products arrive in a warehouse, the new average cost is recomputed " +"as:" +msgstr "新产品到达仓库时, 重新计算新的平均成本为 :" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:33 +msgid "" +"When products leave the warehouse: the average cost **does not** change" +msgstr "当产品离开仓库 :平均成本 **不** 变化" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:36 +msgid "Defining the purchase price" +msgstr "定义采购价格" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:38 +msgid "" +"The purchase price is estimated at the reception of the products (you might " +"not have received the vendor bill yet) and reevaluated at the reception of " +"the vendor bill. The purchase price includes the cost you pay for the " +"products, but it may also includes additional costs, like landed costs." +msgstr "购买价格是接收产品时的暂估 (您可能没有收到供应商发票)和评估单据。购买价格包括支付产品成本, 但它也可能包括额外的成本, 像到岸成本。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:45 +msgid "Average cost example" +msgstr "平均成本示例" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +msgid "Operation" +msgstr "操作" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +msgid "Delta Value" +msgstr "差异值" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +msgid "Inventory Value" +msgstr "库存价值" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +msgid "Qty On Hand" +msgstr "在手数量" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +msgid "Avg Cost" +msgstr "平均成本" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +msgid "$0" +msgstr "$0" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 +msgid "0" +msgstr "0" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +msgid "Receive 8 Products at $10" +msgstr "收到8个产品, 合计 $10" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +msgid "+8\\*$10" +msgstr "+8\\*$10" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +msgid "$80" +msgstr "$80" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +msgid "8" +msgstr "8" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +msgid "$10" +msgstr "$10" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +msgid "Receive 4 Products at $16" +msgstr "收到4个产品, 合计 $16" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +msgid "+4\\*$16" +msgstr "+4\\*$16" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +msgid "$144" +msgstr "$144" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +msgid "12" +msgstr "12" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +msgid "$12" +msgstr "$12" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +msgid "Deliver 10 Products" +msgstr "发货10片产品" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +msgid "-10\\*$12" +msgstr "-10\\*$12" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +msgid "$24" +msgstr "$24" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +msgid "2" +msgstr "2" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:60 +msgid "" +"At the beginning, the Avg Cost is set to 0 set as there is no product in the" +" inventory. When the first reception is made, the average cost becomes " +"logically the purchase price." +msgstr "起初, 平均成本设置为0, 因为产品没有库存. 当收到第一个货时, 平均成本成为逻辑上购买价格。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:64 +msgid "" +"At the second reception, the average cost is updated because the total " +"inventory value is now ``$80 + 4*$16 = $144``. As we have 12 units on hand, " +"the average price per unit is ``$144 / 12 = $12``." +msgstr "" +"在接收第二单货时, 平均成本更新, 因为库存总额现在\" $80 + 4 *$16 = $144 \\ \". 我们手头有12件, 平均价格每单位是\"" +" $144 / 12 = $12 \\ \"." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:68 +msgid "" +"By definition, the delivery of 10 products does not change the average cost." +" Indeed, the inventory value is now $24 as we have only 2 units remaining of" +" each ``$24 / 2 = $12``." +msgstr "" +"根据定义, 交付的10个产品并不改变平均成本。的确, 现在库存价值24美元, 因为我们只剩下2件, 每件为“24美元/ 2 = $ 12''。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:73 +msgid "Purchase return use case" +msgstr "采购退货使用案例" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:75 +msgid "" +"In case of a product returned to its supplier after reception, the inventory" +" value is reduced using the average cost formulae (not at the initial price " +"of these products!)." +msgstr "如果收到货后退货, 将使用平均成本公式减少库存成本(不是在这些产品的最初价格!)。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:79 +msgid "Which means that the above table will be updated as follow:" +msgstr "意味着以上表格将会按照如下更新 :" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +msgid "Return of 1 Product initially bought at $10" +msgstr "以原始购买价格$10退回1个产品" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +msgid "-1\\*$12" +msgstr "-1\\*$12" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +msgid "1" +msgstr "1" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:90 +msgid "Explanation: counter example" +msgstr "解释：计数器示例" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Remember the definition of **Average Cost**, saying that we do not update " +"the average cost of a product leaving the inventory. If you break this rule," +" you may lead to inconsistencies in your inventory." +msgstr "记得 **平均成本** 的定义, 即出库时不更新产品的平均成本。如果你违反这个规则, 则可能会导致库存不一致。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:96 +msgid "" +"As an example, here is the scenario when you deliver one piece to the " +"customer and return the other one to your supplier (at the cost you " +"purchased it). Here is the operation:" +msgstr "作为一个例子, 当你向客户交货并退货给供应商(购买的成本)。这是操作 :" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +msgid "Customer Shipping 1 product" +msgstr "给客户发货1片产品" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +msgid "-1\\*$10" +msgstr "-1\\*$10" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +msgid "**$2**" +msgstr " **$2** " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +msgid "**0**" +msgstr " **0** " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:110 +msgid "" +"As you can see in this example, this is not correct: an inventory valuation " +"of $2 for 0 pieces in the warehouse." +msgstr "正如你所看到的在这个例子中, 这是不正确的 :0件产品2美元的存货估价在仓库里。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:113 +msgid "" +"The correct scenario should be to return the goods at the current average " +"cost:" +msgstr "正确的场景应该是返回货物目前的平均成本 :" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +msgid "**$0**" +msgstr " **$0** " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:126 +msgid "" +"On the other hand, using the average cost to value the return ensure a " +"correct inventory value at all times." +msgstr "另一方面, 利用平均成本估值退货, 确保正确的库存价值。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:130 +msgid "Further thoughts on anglo saxon mode" +msgstr "anglo saxon模式的深究" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:132 +msgid "" +"For people in using the **anglo saxon accounting** principles, there is " +"another concept to take into account: the stock input account of the " +"product, which is intended to hold at any time the value of vendor bills to " +"receive. So the stock input account will increase on reception of incoming " +"shipments and will decrease when receiving the related vendor bills." +msgstr "" +"人们在使用 **盎克鲁撒克逊会计** 会计原则, 还有另一个概念需考虑 :产品的入库科目, 这是为了保存收票时的价值。所以这个账户在收货时会增加, " +"收到发票时会减少。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Back to our example, we see that when the return is valued at the average " +"price, the amount booked in the stock input account is the original purchase" +" price:" +msgstr "回到我们的例子中, 我们看到, 当退货时按平均价格, 输入的价格是原购买价格 :" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +msgid "stock input" +msgstr "采购产品科目" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +msgid "price diff" +msgstr "价格差异" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +msgid "($80)" +msgstr "($80)" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +msgid "Receive vendor bill $80" +msgstr "收到供应商的账单$80" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +msgid "($64)" +msgstr "($64)" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +msgid "Receive vendor bill $64" +msgstr "收到供应商的账单$64" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +msgid "**$10**" +msgstr " **$10** " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +msgid "**$12**" +msgstr " **$12** " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +msgid "Receive vendor refund $10" +msgstr "收到供应商的退款账单$10" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +msgid "$2" +msgstr "$2" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:163 +msgid "" +"This is because the vendor refund will be made using the original purchase " +"price, so to zero out the effect of the return in the stock input in last " +"operation, we need to reuse the original price. The price difference account" +" located on the product category is used to book the difference between the " +"average cost and the original purchase price." +msgstr "" +"供应商退款将使用原始的购买价格, 所以退货时会零差异, 我们需要重用原来的价格。产品类别上的价格差异, 用于记录平均成本和原购买价格之间的差异。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:3 +msgid "Record exchange rates at payments" +msgstr "在付款时登记汇率" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Any company doing international trade faces the case where the payments are " +"in a different currency." +msgstr "任何公司做国际贸易时都会面临这个情况 : 不同的货币支付。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:11 +msgid "" +"After receiving their payments, you have the option to convert the amount " +"into your company currency. Multi currency payment implies rates " +"fluctuations. The rate differences are automatically recorded by Odoo." +msgstr "在收到付款时, 可转换成公司货币。多货币支付意味着有利率的波动。Odoo将自动记录汇率的差异。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:19 +msgid "Enable multi-currencies" +msgstr "启用多币种" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:21 +msgid "" +"In the accounting module, Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " +"and flag **Allow multi currencies**, then click on **apply**." +msgstr "会计模块, 去 :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置` , 勾选 **允许多货币** , 然后点击 **应用** 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Configure the currency rates in :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Currencies`. Write down the rate and make sure the currency is active." +msgstr "汇率的配置 :menuselection:`配置 -->货币` . 写下汇率, 确保货币是活跃的。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:33 +msgid "" +"In this document, the base currency is **Euro** and we will record payments " +"in **Dollars**." +msgstr "在本文档中, 基础货币是 **欧元** ，我们将收付款记录在 **美元** 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:40 +msgid "" +"You can automatically fetch the currency rates from the **European Central " +"Bank** or from **Yahoo**. Please read the document : :doc:`how_it_works`." +msgstr "您可以从 **欧洲中央银行** 或 **雅虎** 自动获取欧洲央行的汇率。请阅读文档: :doc:`how_it_works` 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:31 +msgid "Configure your journal" +msgstr "配置你的日记账" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:47 +msgid "" +"In order to register payments in other currencies, you have to **remove the " +"currency constraint** on the journal. Go to the accounting application, " +"Click on **More** on the journal and **Settings**." +msgstr "为了用其他货币登记收付款, 你必须在账上 **删除货币限制** 。去会计应用程序, 点击 **更多** 和 **设置** 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Check if the **Currency** field is empty or in the foreign currency in which" +" you will register the payments. If a currency is filled in, it means that " +"you can register payments only in this currency." +msgstr "检查 **货币** 字段是否为空白, 或是您将用来登记收付款的外币。如果货币已填写, 这意味着你只可以用这种货币登记收付款。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:62 +msgid "Record a payment in a different currency" +msgstr "用其他币种记录付款" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:64 +msgid "" +"In the **Accounting** application, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Payments`. Register the payment and indicate that it was done in the foreign" +" currency. Then click on **confirm**." +msgstr "" +"在 **会计** 应用程序中, 至 :menuselection:`销售 --> 付款` . 登记收付款并注明已用外币登记。然后点击 **确定** 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:83 +msgid "The journal entry has been posted but not allocated." +msgstr "会计分录已过账但没有分配。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Go back to your invoice (:menuselection:`Sales --> Customer Invoices`) and " +"click on **Add** to allocate the payment." +msgstr "回到发票( :menuselection:`销售 --> 客户发票` )并点击 **添加** 分配付款。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:80 +msgid "Record a bank statement in a different currency" +msgstr "用其他币种记录银行对账单" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Create or import the bank statement of your payment. The **Amount** is in " +"the company currency. There are two complementary fields, the **Amount " +"currency**, which is the amount that was actually paid and the **Currency** " +"in which it was paid." +msgstr "" +"创建或导入付款的银行对账单。 **金额** 以公司货币。有两个补充的字段，**外币金额** 是实际支付的金额，而 **货币** 是支付的币种。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:89 +msgid "" +"When reconciling it, Odoo will directly match the payment with the right " +"**Invoice**. You will get the invoice price in the invoice currency and the " +"amount in your company currency." +msgstr "调节的时候, Odoo将直接与正确的 **发票** 匹配。你会看到发票的货币下的金额及贵司默认货币的总额。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:97 +msgid "Check the exchange rate differences" +msgstr "检查汇兑汇率差异" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` and look for the " +"**Exchange difference** journal entries. All the exchange rates differences " +"are recorded in it." +msgstr "去 :menuselection:`顾问 --> 日记帐分录` , 找到 **汇率差异** 日记账分录。所有的汇率差异将记录在此。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:106 +msgid "" +"The Exchange difference journal can be changed in your accounting settings." +msgstr "在会计设置上, 可以更改汇率差异账的设置." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/full_reconcile_warning.rst:2 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/full_reconcile_warning.rst:2 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/full_reconcile_warning.rst:2 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/full_reconcile_warning.rst:2 +msgid "" +"In order for an exchange difference entry to be created automatically, the " +"corresponding invoices and payments need to be fully reconciled. This means " +"the invoices are fully paid and the payments are fully spent on invoices. If" +" you partially pay 3 invoices from 2 payments, and the last invoice still " +"has an amount due, there will be no exchange difference entry for any of " +"them until that final amount is paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:68 +msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:136 +msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases` " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:3 +msgid "Odoo's multi-currency system" +msgstr "Odoo的多币种系统" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Choosing to use the multi-currency option in Odoo will allow you to send " +"sales invoices, quotes and purchase orders or receive bills and payments in " +"currencies other than your own. With multi-currency, you can also set up " +"bank accounts in other currencies and run reports on your foreign currency " +"activities." +msgstr "" +"在Odoo选择使用多种货币选项, 在销售发票, 报价和采购订单或收到账单和支付货款时, 可选择货币而不是本位币。用多种货币, 还可以用外币设置银行账户," +" 也可用于报表。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:18 +msgid "Turn on multi-currency" +msgstr "启用多币种" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:20 +msgid "" +"In the accounting module, Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " +"and flag **Allow multi currencies**, then click on **Apply**." +msgstr "会计模块中, 去 :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置` , 选择 **允许多货币** , 然后点击 **应用** 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:109 +msgid "Exchange Rate Journal" +msgstr "汇率分类账" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The **Rate Difference Journal** records the differences between the payment " +"registration and the expected amount. For example, if a payment is paid 1 " +"month after the invoice was issued, the exchange rate has probably changed. " +"The fluctuation implies some loss or profit that are recorded by Odoo." +msgstr "" +" **率差异账** 记录收款和预计收款之间的差异。例如, 如果发票开具1个月后才付款, 汇率可能已经改变了。波动意味着Odoo将记录一些损益。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:35 +msgid "You can change it in the settings:" +msgstr "你可以在设置中更改 :" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:41 +msgid "View or edit rate being used" +msgstr "查看或编辑正在使用的汇率" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:43 +msgid "" +"You can manually configure the currency rates in " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Currencies`. Open the currencies you want " +"to use in Odoo and edit it. Make sure the currency is active." +msgstr "您可以手动配置的汇率 :menuselection:`配置 -->货币` . 打开你想要使用的货币并编辑它。确保货币是活跃的。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:50 +msgid "Click on **View Rates** to edit it and to see the history :" +msgstr "点击 **查看汇率** 编辑并查看历史记录 :" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Click on **Create** to add the rate. Fill in the date and the rate. Click on" +" **Save** when you are done." +msgstr "点击 **创建** 添加汇率, 输入日期和汇率。完成后点击 **保存** 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:62 +msgid "Live Currency Rate" +msgstr "实时货币汇率" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:64 +msgid "" +"By default, the currencies need to be updated manually. But you can " +"synchronize it with `Yahoo <https://finance.yahoo.com/currency-" +"converter/>`__ or the `European Central Bank <http://www.ecb.europa.eu>`__. " +"In :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, go to the **Live Currency " +"Rate** section." +msgstr "" +"默认情况下,货币需要手动更新。但是你可以同步 `Yahoo <https ://finance.yahoo.com/currency-" +"converter/>` __或是 `European Central Bank <http: //www.ecb.europa.eu>` __. 在 " +":menuselection:`配置 --> 设置` , 去 **实时汇率** 部分。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Choose the interval : Manually, Daily, Weekly or Monthly. You can always " +"force the update by clicking on **Update Now**. Select the provider, and you" +" are set !" +msgstr "选择间隔 : 手动，每日，每周或每月。你可以强制更新，通过点击 **现在更新** 。选择供应商， 设置完成!" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:77 +msgid "Only the **active** currencies are updated" +msgstr "仅更新 **有效的** 货币" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:80 +msgid "Configure your charts of account" +msgstr "配置科目表" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:82 +msgid "" +"In the accounting application, go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Charts of " +"Accounts`. On each account, you can set a currency. It will force all moves " +"for this account to have the account currency." +msgstr "" +"在会计应用程序中, 去 :menuselection:`顾问 --> 会计科目表` 。在每个科目, " +"您可以设置一个货币。所有这个账目的账都使用这个货币。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:86 +msgid "" +"If you leave it empty, it means that it can handle all currencies that are " +"Active." +msgstr "如果留空, 就意味着可以处理所有有效的币别。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:93 +msgid "Configure your journals" +msgstr "配置日记账" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:95 +msgid "" +"In order to register payments in other currencies, you have to remove the " +"currency constraint on the journal. Go to the accounting application, Click " +"on **More** on the journal and **Settings**." +msgstr "用外币登记收付款, 需在账上去除货币限制。去财务应用程序, 点击 **更多** 和 **设置** 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Check if the currency field is empty or in the foreign currency in which you" +" will register the payments. If a currency is filled in, it means that you " +"can register payments only in this currency." +msgstr "检查外币的字段是否为空, 或者需要在哪个货币下登记收付款。如果货币已填写, 这意味着你可只能用这种货币登记收付款。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:110 +msgid "How is Odoo's multi-currency working?" +msgstr "Odoo多币种是如何工作的？" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Now that you are working in a multi-currency environment, all accountable " +"items will be linked to a currency, domestic or foreign." +msgstr "现在你在多种货币环境中, 所有科目将链接一个货币, 国内或国外。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:116 +msgid "Sales Orders and Invoices" +msgstr "销售订单和发票" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:56 +msgid "" +"You are now able to set a different currency than the company one on your " +"sale orders and on your invoices. The currency is set for the whole " +"document." +msgstr "你现在可以设置不同的货币而不是销售订单和发票上的货币。货币设置将应用到整个文档。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:126 +msgid "Purchases orders and Vendor Bills" +msgstr "采购订单和供应商账单" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:66 +msgid "" +"You are now able to set a different currency than the company one on your " +"purchase orders and on your vendor bills. The currency is set for the whole " +"document." +msgstr "你现在可以设置不同的货币比公司对你的采购订单和供应商的账单。货币被设置为整个文档。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:136 +msgid "Payment Registrations" +msgstr "付款登记" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:138 +msgid "" +"In the accounting application, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. " +"Register the payment and set the currency." +msgstr "在会计应用程序中，前往 :menuselection:`销售 --> 付款`。登记付款并设置币种。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:94 +msgid "" +"When creating or importing bank statements, the amount is in the company " +"currency. But there are now two complementary fields, the amount that was " +"actually paid and the currency in which it was paid." +msgstr "当创建或导入银行对账单, 是本位币的金额。但是现在有两个字段, 实际支付的金额和原币支付的金额。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:154 +msgid "" +"When reconciling it, Odoo will directly match the payment with the right " +"Invoice. You will get the invoice price in the invoice currency and the " +"amount in your company currency." +msgstr "当调节时, Odoo将收款直接与正确的发票匹配。你会得到的发票金额和公司本位币金额。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:161 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` and look for the Exchange" +" difference journal entries. All the exchange rates differences are recorded" +" in it." +msgstr "去 :menuselection:`顾问 --> 日记条目` , 找到 **汇率差额** 日记账分录。所有的汇率差异将记录在此。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:170 +msgid ":doc:`invoices_payments`" +msgstr ":doc:`invoices_payments` " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:121 +msgid ":doc:`exchange`" +msgstr ":doc:`exchange` " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:3 +msgid "Manage invoices and payment in multiple currencies" +msgstr "管理多种货币的发票和付款" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo provides multi-currency support with automatic currency gross or loss " +"entry adjustment. There are a few things Odoo has been to ease the user's " +"life." +msgstr "Odoo提供多种货币汇兑损益的调整。有几件事Odoo将简化用户工作。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:12 +msgid "" +"All the account transactions will be done using the company currency. " +"However you can see two extra fields with the journal entry where secondary " +"currency and amount will visible. You can create multi-currency journals of " +"force a specific currency." +msgstr "所有的账户交易将使用本位币。但是你可以看到两个额外的字段, 原货币和原币值。你可以创建多货币账, 定义特殊的货币。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:17 +msgid "" +"When creating an invoice, the currency can be changed very easily; however " +"Odoo takes the company currency as a default assignment. It will convert all" +" the amounts automatically using that currency." +msgstr "在创建发票时, 改变货币很容易; 然而公司本位币是作为一个默认值。Odoo将自动将外币转换成本位币." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:25 +msgid "Enable Multi-Currency" +msgstr "启用多币种" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:27 +msgid "" +"For information about enabling Multi-Currency, please read the document: " +":doc:`how_it_works`" +msgstr "有关启用多币种的信息，请阅读以下文档：:doc:`how_it_works`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:33 +msgid "" +"In order to register payments in other currencies, you have to remove the " +"currency constraint on the journal. Go to the accounting application, on the" +" journal, click on :menuselection:`More --> Settings`." +msgstr "" +"为了注册其他货币的付款，您必须删除日记帐上的货币限制。 转到会计应用程序，在日记帐上， 单击 :menuselection:`更多 --> 设置`。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:48 +msgid "Multi-currency invoices & Vendor Bills" +msgstr "多币别发票和供应商账单" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:54 +msgid "Invoices" +msgstr "结算单" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:74 +msgid "Multi-currency Payments" +msgstr "多币种付款" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:76 +msgid "" +"In the accounting application, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. " +"Register the payment and indicate that it was done in the foreign currency. " +"Then click on **Confirm**." +msgstr "在会计应用程序中, 至 :menuselection:`销售 --> 付款`。 登记收付款并注明已用外币登记。然后点击 **确定** 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:92 +msgid "Multi- Currency Bank Statements" +msgstr "多币种银行对账单" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:101 +msgid "" +"When reconciling it, Odoo will directly match the payment with the right " +"invoice. You will get the invoice price in the invoice currency and the " +"amount in your company currency." +msgstr "调节的时候, Odoo将直接与正确的 **发票** 匹配。你会看到的发票货币下的金额及本位币下的总额。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` and look for the " +"**Exchange Difference** journal entries. All the exchange rates differences " +"are recorded in it." +msgstr "去 :menuselection:`顾问 --> 日记条目` , 找到 **汇率差额** 日记账分录。所有的汇率差异将记录在此。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:120 +msgid ":doc:`how_it_works`" +msgstr ":doc:`how_it_works` " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started.rst:3 +msgid "Getting Started" +msgstr "入门" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:69 +msgid "Chart of Accounts" +msgstr "会计科目表" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The **Chart of Accounts (COA)** is the list of all the accounts used to " +"record financial transactions in the general ledger of an organization." +msgstr " **会计科目表(COA)**是指一个组织的总分类账中记录财务事项的所有科目列表。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The accounts are usually listed in the order of appearance in the financial " +"reports. Most of the time, they are listed as follows :" +msgstr "这些科目通常按财务报告中的出现顺序列出。大多数时候，它们列示为如下：" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:11 +msgid "Balance Sheet accounts" +msgstr "资产负债表科目" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 +msgid "Assets" +msgstr "资产" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:77 +msgid "Liabilities" +msgstr "负债" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:85 +msgid "Equity" +msgstr "权益" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:89 +msgid "Income" +msgstr "收入" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:93 +msgid "Expense" +msgstr "费用" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:22 +msgid "" +"When browsing your Chart of Accounts, you can filter the accounts by number," +" in the left column, and also group them by Account Type." +msgstr "在浏览会计科目表时，你可在左边的列中按数字筛选科目，并按科目类型分组。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:30 +msgid "Configuration of an Account" +msgstr "配置科目" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:32 +msgid "" +"The country you select at the creation of your database (or additional " +"company on your database) determines which **Fiscal Localization Package** " +"is installed by default. This package includes a standard Chart of Accounts " +"already configured according to the country's regulations. You can use it " +"directly or set it according to your company's needs." +msgstr "" +"你在创建数据库时选择的国家（或数据库上的其他公司）确定了默认安装了哪个**财务本地化包**。它们包括已经按照对应国家规定配置的标准会计科目表。你可以直接使用这些会计科目表或根据你公司的需要设置它们。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:38 +msgid "" +"It is not possible to modify the **Fiscal Localization** of a company once a" +" Journal Entry has been posted." +msgstr "在日记账分录过账后，就无法再修改公司的**财务本地化**。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To create a new account, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Chart of Accounts`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." +msgstr "如要创建新科目，前往 :menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 会计科目表`，点击*创建*并填写表单。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:45 +msgid "Code and Name" +msgstr "代码和名称" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Each account is identified by its **Code** and **Name**, which also " +"indicates the account's purpose." +msgstr "每个科目通过其**代码**和**名称**来进行识别，它们也体现了科目的目的。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Configuring correctly the **Account Type** is critical as it serves multiple" +" purposes:" +msgstr "正确配置**科目类型**至关重要，因为它将应用到多种目的：" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:54 +msgid "Information on the account's purpose and behavior" +msgstr "关于科目目的和行为的信息" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:55 +msgid "Generate country-specific legal and financial reports" +msgstr "生成特定国家的法律和财务报告" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:56 +msgid "Set the rules to close a fiscal year" +msgstr "设置结束一个财政年度的规则" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:57 +msgid "Generate opening entries" +msgstr "生成期初分录" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:59 +msgid "" +"To configure an account type, open the **Type** field's drop-down selector " +"and select the right type among the following list:" +msgstr "如要配置科目类型，打开**类型**字段的下拉选择器并在列表中选择合适类型：" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 +msgid "Report" +msgstr "报表" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 +msgid "Category" +msgstr "类别" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 +msgid "Account Types" +msgstr "科目类型" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 +msgid "Receivable" +msgstr "‎应收账款‎" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:67 +msgid "Bank and Cash" +msgstr "银行和现金" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:69 +msgid "Current Assets" +msgstr "流动资产" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:71 +msgid "Non-current Assets" +msgstr "非流动资产" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:73 +msgid "Prepayments" +msgstr "预付账" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:75 +msgid "Fixed Assets" +msgstr "固定资产" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:77 +msgid "Payable" +msgstr "应付" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:79 +msgid "Credit Card" +msgstr "信用卡" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:81 +msgid "Current Liabilities" +msgstr "流动负债" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:83 +msgid "Non-current Liabilities" +msgstr "非流动负债" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:87 +msgid "Current Year Earnings" +msgstr "本年收益" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:91 +msgid "Other Income" +msgstr "其他收入" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:95 +msgid "Depreciation" +msgstr "折旧" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:97 +msgid "Cost of Revenue" +msgstr "收入成本" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 +msgid "Other" +msgstr "其他" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 +msgid "Off-Balance Sheet" +msgstr "资产负债表" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:103 +msgid "Assets, Deferred Expenses, and Deferred Revenues Automation" +msgstr "资产、递延费用和递延收入自动化 " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Some Account Types display a new field **to automate** the creation of " +":ref:`Assets <assets-automation>` entries, :ref:`Deferred Expenses " +"<deferred-expenses-automation>` entries, and :ref:`Deferred Revenues " +"<deferred-revenues-automation>` entries." +msgstr "" +"某些科目类型会显示新字段**自动化**创建:ref:`资产<assets-automation>`分录、:ref:`递延费用<deferred-" +"expenses-automation>`分录和:ref:`递延收入<deferred-revenues-automation>`分录。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:109 +msgid "You have three choices for the **Automation** field:" +msgstr "**自动化**字段可有三种选择：" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:177 +msgid "**No:** this is the default value. Nothing happens." +msgstr "**否：**这是默认值。系统不会进行任何自动化。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:112 +msgid "" +"**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " +"draft entry is created, but not validated. You must first fill out the " +"corresponding form." +msgstr "**创建为草稿：**交易在科目中过账时，系统将创建分录草稿，但未确认。你必须首先填写对应的表单。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:114 +msgid "" +"**Create and validate:** you must also select a Model. Whenever a " +"transaction is posted on the account, an entry is created and immediately " +"validated." +msgstr "**创建并确认：**你还必须选择一种模式。交易在科目中过账时，系统自动创建并立即确认分录。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:118 +msgid "Please refer to the related documentation for more information." +msgstr "请参阅相关文档，获取更多信息。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:3 +msgid "Default Taxes" +msgstr "默认税" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Select a **default tax** that will be applied when this account is chosen " +"for a product sale or purchase." +msgstr "选择一个**默认税**，当此科目被选择用于产品销售或采购时将适用。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:127 +msgid "Tags" +msgstr "标签" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Some accounting reports require **tags** to be set on the relevant accounts." +" By default, you can choose among the tags that are used by the *Cash Flow " +"Statement*." +msgstr "某些会计报告要求在相关科目上设置*标签*。默认情况下，你可以在*现金流量表*使用的标签中进行选择。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:133 +msgid "Account Groups" +msgstr "科目组" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:135 +msgid "" +"**Account Groups** are useful to list multiple accounts as *sub-accounts* of" +" a bigger account and thus consolidate reports such as the **Trial " +"Balance**." +msgstr "**科目组**用于在一个大科目下面列出多个*子科目*，以合并**试算表**等报告。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:138 +msgid "" +"To create a new Account Group, open the account you want to configure as " +"sub-account, click on the *Group* drop-down selector, select *Create and " +"Edit...*, fill out the form, and save. Next, set all the sub-accounts with " +"the right Account Group." +msgstr "" +"如要创建新科目组，打开想要配置为子科目的科目，点击*群组*下拉选择器，选择*创建并编辑...*，填写表单并保存。然后，设置该科目组下面的所有子科目。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:142 +msgid "" +"To display your **Trial Balance** report with your Account Groups, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Trial Balance`, then open the " +"*Options* menu and select **Hierarchy and Subtotals**." +msgstr "" +"如要显示科目组的**试算表**报告，前往 :menuselection:`会计 --> 报告 --> " +"试算表`，然后打开*选项*菜单并选择**层级及小计**。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:151 +msgid "Allow Reconciliation" +msgstr "允许对账" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Some accounts, such as accounts made to record the transactions of a payment" +" method, can be used for the reconciliation of journal entries." +msgstr "某些科目，如用于记录某支付方式交易的科目，可用于日记账分录对账。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:156 +msgid "" +"For example, an invoice paid with a credit card can be *marked as paid* if " +"reconciled with the payment. Therefore, the account used to record credit " +"card payments needs to be configured as *allowing reconciliation*." +msgstr "例如，用信用卡支付的发票在与付款对账后可以*标记为已支付*。因此，用于记录信用卡付款的科目需要配置为*允许对账*。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:160 +msgid "To do so, check the **Allow Reconciliation** box and save." +msgstr "为此，勾选**允许对账**框并保存。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:163 +msgid "Deprecated" +msgstr "废弃" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:165 +msgid "" +"It is not possible to delete an account once a transaction has been recorded" +" on it. You can make them unusable by using the **Deprecated** feature." +msgstr "如科目内已记录了交易，则无法删除该科目。你可通过**废弃**功能使其不可用。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:168 +msgid "To do so, check the **Deprecated** box and save." +msgstr "为此，勾选**废弃**框并保存。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:171 +msgid ":doc:`../../payables/supplier_bills/assets`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../payables/supplier_bills/assets`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:172 +msgid ":doc:`../../payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:173 +msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:40 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages`" +msgstr "" +":doc:`../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Initial setup of Odoo Accounting and Odoo Invoicing" +msgstr "Odoo会计和Odoo发票的初始设置" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you first open your Odoo Accounting app, the *Accounting Overview* page" +" welcomes you with a step-by-step onboarding banner, a wizard that helps you" +" get started. This onboarding banner is displayed until you choose to close " +"it." +msgstr "" +"首次打开Odoo 会计应用程序时，*会计概观* 页面会出现逐步入门指南，该向导可帮助您使用会计应用。 该入门横幅将一直显示，直到您选择关闭它为止。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:9 +msgid "" +"The settings visible in the onboarding banner can still be modified later by" +" going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "以后仍然可以通过:menuselection:`会计 --> 设置 --> 设定` 来修改入门横幅中可见的设置。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Odoo Accounting automatically installs the appropriate **Fiscal Localization" +" Package** for your company, according to the country selected at the " +"creation of the database. This way, the right accounts, reports, and taxes " +"are ready-to-go. :doc:`Click here " +"<../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>` for more" +" information about Fiscal Localization Packages." +msgstr "" +"Odoo会计 会根据在创建数据库时选择的国家/地区为您的公司自动安装适当的 *财务本地化软件包* 。 这样，正确的帐户，报告和税款就可以使用了。 " +":doc:`:点击此处<../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>`，以获取有关财政本地化软件包的更多信息。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:20 +msgid "Accounting onboarding banner" +msgstr "会计入门横幅" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The step-by-step Accounting onboarding banner is composed of four steps:" +msgstr "分步记帐入门横幅由四个步骤组成：" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:28 +msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-company`" +msgstr ":ref:`accounting-setup-company`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:29 +msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-bank`" +msgstr ":ref:`accounting-setup-bank`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:30 +msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-periods`" +msgstr ":ref:`accounting-setup-periods`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:31 +msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-chart`" +msgstr ":ref:`accounting-setup-chart`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:140 +msgid "Company Data" +msgstr "公司数据" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:38 +msgid "" +"This menu allows you to add your company’s details such as the name, " +"address, logo, website, phone number, email address, and Tax ID, or VAT " +"number. These details are then displayed on your documents, such as on " +"invoices." +msgstr "" +"通过此菜单，您可以添加公司的详细信息，例如名称，地址，商标，网站，电话号码，电子邮件地址以及税号或增值税号。 " +"然后，这些详细信息将显示在您的文档（例如发票）上。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:47 +msgid "" +"You can also change these settings by going to :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"General Settings --> Settings --> Companies` and clicking on **Update " +"Info**." +msgstr "" +"您还可以通过以下方式更改这些设置 :menuselection:`设定 --> 常规设置 --> 设定 --> 然后点击**更新信息** 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:53 +msgid "Bank Account" +msgstr "银行账户" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Connect your bank account to your database and have your bank statements " +"synced automatically. To do so, find your bank in the list, click on " +"*Connect*, and follow the instructions on-screen." +msgstr "将您的银行帐户连接到数据库，并自动同步银行对帐单。 为此，请在列表中找到您的银行，单击 *连接* ，然后按照屏幕上的说明进行操作。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:59 +msgid "" +":doc:`Click here <../../bank/feeds/bank_synchronization>` for more " +"information about this feature." +msgstr ":doc:`点击此处<../../ bank / feeds / bank_synchronization>`了解有关此功能的更多信息。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:61 +msgid "" +"If your Bank Institution can’t be synchronized automatically, or if you " +"prefer not to sync it with your database, you may also configure your bank " +"account manually by clicking on *Create it*, and filling out the form." +msgstr "如果您的银行机构不能自动同步，或者您不想将其与数据库同步，则也可以通过单击 *创建* ，并填写表格来手动配置银行帐户。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:76 +msgid "" +"You can add as many bank accounts as needed with this tool by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration`, and clicking on *Add a Bank " +"Account*." +msgstr "" +"您可以使用此工具根据需要添加任意数量的银行帐户，方法是：转到 :menuselection:`会计 --> 配置”，然后单击 *添加银行帐户* 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:78 +msgid "" +":doc:`Click here <../../bank/setup/bank_accounts>` for more information " +"about Bank Accounts." +msgstr ":doc:`点击此处 <../../bank/setup/bank_accounts>` 了解有关银行帐户的更多信息。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:84 +msgid "Accounting Periods" +msgstr "会计期间" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Define here your **Fiscal Years**’ opening and closing dates, which are used" +" to generate reports automatically, and your **Tax Return Periodicity**, " +"along with a reminder to never miss a tax return deadline." +msgstr "在此定义您的 **会计年度** 的开始和结束日期（用于自动生成报告）以及 **纳税申报周期** ，并提醒您不要错过纳税申报截止日期。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:90 +msgid "" +"By default, the opening date is set on the 1st of January and the closing " +"date on the 31st of December, as this is the most common use." +msgstr "默认情况下，开始日期设置为1月1日，结束日期设置为12月31日，因为这是最常见的用法。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:94 +msgid "" +"You can also change these settings by going to :menuselection:`Accounting " +"--> Configuration --> Settings --> Fiscal Periods` and updating the values." +msgstr "您也可以通过:menuselection:`会计 --> 设置 --> 设定 --> 财政时期` 更新值来更改这些设置。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:102 +msgid "" +"With this menu, you can add accounts to your **Chart of Accounts** and " +"indicate their initial opening balances." +msgstr "使用此菜单，您可以将帐户添加到 **会计科目表** 中，并指示其初始期初余额。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Basic settings are displayed on this page to help you review your Chart of " +"Accounts. To access all the settings of an account, click on the *double " +"arrow button* at the end of the line." +msgstr "基本设置显示在此页面上，以帮助您查看会计科目表。 要访问帐户的所有设置，请单击行末的 *双箭头按钮* 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:113 +msgid "" +":doc:`Click here <chart_of_accounts>` for more information on how to " +"configure your Chart of Accounts." +msgstr ":doc:`点击这里 <chart_of_accounts>` 了解有关如何配置会计科目表的更多信息。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:117 +msgid "Invoicing onboarding banner" +msgstr "发票入门导向横幅" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:119 +msgid "" +"There is another step-by-step onboarding banner that helps you take " +"advantage of your Odoo Invoicing and Accounting apps. The *Invoicing " +"onboarding banner* is the one that welcomes you if you use the Invoicing app" +" rather than the Accounting app." +msgstr "" +"还有另一个分步入门指南，可帮助您利用Odoo发票和会计应用程序。 如果您使用发票应用程序， *发票入门横幅* 会协助你，而不是会计入门横幅。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:123 +msgid "" +"If you have Odoo Accounting installed on your database, you can reach it by " +"going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Invoices`." +msgstr "如果您的数据库上安装了Odoo会计则可以通过：:menuselection:`会计 --> 客户 --> 发票`。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:126 +msgid "The Invoicing onboarding banner is composed of four main steps:" +msgstr "发票入门横幅由四个主要步骤组成：" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:132 +msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-company`" +msgstr ":ref:`invoicing-setup-company`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:133 +msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-layout`" +msgstr ":ref:`invoicing-setup-layout`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:134 +msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-payment`" +msgstr ":ref:`invoicing-setup-payment`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:135 +msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-sample`" +msgstr ":ref:`invoicing-setup-sample`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:142 +msgid "" +"This form is the same as :ref:`the one presented in the Accounting " +"onboarding banner <accounting-setup-company>`." +msgstr "此表单与 :ref:`会计入门横幅中显示的表单相同 <accounting-setup-company>`。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:148 +msgid "Invoice Layout" +msgstr "结算单格式" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:150 +msgid "" +"With this tool, you can design the appearance of your documents by selecting" +" which layout tamplate, paper format, colors, font, and logo you want to " +"use." +msgstr "使用此工具，您可以通过选择要使用的布局模板，纸张格式，颜色，字体和商标来设计文档的外观。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:153 +msgid "" +"You can also add your *Company Tagline* and the content of the documents’ " +"*footer*. Note that Odoo automatically adds the company's phone number, " +"email, website URL, and Tax ID (or VAT number) to the footer, according to " +"the values you previously configured in the :ref:`Company Data <accounting-" +"setup-company>`." +msgstr "" +"您也可以添加 *公司标语* 和文档的 *页脚* 。 " +"请注意，Odoo会根据您先前在公司数据中配置的信息，自动将公司的电话号码，电子邮件，网站URL和税号（或增值税号）添加到页脚中。 " +"<accounting-setup-company>`." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:163 +msgid "" +"Add your **bank account number** and a link to your **General Terms & " +"Condition** in the footer. This way, your contacts can find the full content" +" of your GT&C online without having to print them on the invoices you issue." +msgstr "" +"在页脚中添加您的 *银行帐号* 和 *通用条款和条件* 的链接 。 " +"这样，您的联系人就可以在线查找您的通用条款和条件的全部内容，而不必在您开具的发票上打印它们。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:168 +msgid "" +"These settings can also be modified by going to :menuselection:`Settings -->" +" General Settings`, under the *Business Documents* section." +msgstr "这些设置也可以通过在 *业务文档* 部分下转到:menuselection:`“设置 --> 常规设置` 来修改。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:174 +msgid "Payment Method" +msgstr "付款方式" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:176 +msgid "" +"This menu helps you configure the payment methods with which your customers " +"can pay you." +msgstr "此菜单可帮助您配置客户的付款方式。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:179 +msgid "" +"Configuring a *Payment Acquirer* with this tool also activates the *Invoice " +"Online Payment* option automatically. With this, users can directly pay " +"online, from their Customer Portal." +msgstr "使用此工具配置 *付款收单行* 也会自动激活 *发票在线付款* 选项。 这样，用户可以从其客户门户网站直接在线付款。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:185 +msgid "Sample Invoice" +msgstr "发票示例" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:187 +msgid "" +"Send yourself a sample invoice by email to make sure everything is correctly" +" configured." +msgstr "通过电子邮件发送示例发票，以确保所有内容均已正确配置。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:146 +msgid ":doc:`../../bank/setup/bank_accounts`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../bank/setup/bank_accounts`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:191 +msgid ":doc:`chart_of_accounts`" +msgstr ":doc:`chart_of_accounts`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts.rst:3 +msgid "Main Concepts" +msgstr "主要概念" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:3 +msgid "The Accounting behind Odoo" +msgstr "Odoo背后的会计学" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:5 +msgid "" +"This page summarises the way Odoo deals with typical accounts and " +"transactions." +msgstr "此页概述Odoo中典型的科目和业务的处理方式。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:9 +msgid "Double-entry bookkeeping" +msgstr "复式记账" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically creates all the behind-the-scenes journal entries for " +"each of your accounting transactions: customer invoices, point of sale " +"order, expenses, inventory moves, etc." +msgstr "Odoo为每个会计交易自动创建背后的日记账分录, 包括 :客户发票, 销售点订单, 报销, 库存移动, 等等。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses the rules of double-entry bookkeeping system: all journal entries " +"are automatically balanced (sum of debits = sum of credits)." +msgstr "Odoo采用复式记账规则 : 所有日记账分录自动平衡（借方总和 = 贷方总和）。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:19 +msgid "" +"`Understand Odoo's accounting transactions per document " +"<https://odoo.com/documentation/functional/accounting.html>`_" +msgstr "" +"`通过文档了解Odoo的会计交易 " +"<https://odoo.com/documentation/functional/accounting.html>`_" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:23 +msgid "Accrual and Cash Basis Methods" +msgstr "权责发生制和现金收付制方法" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Odoo supports both accrual and cash basis reporting. This allows you to " +"report income / expense at the time transactions occur (i.e., accrual " +"basis), or when payment is made or received (i.e., cash basis)." +msgstr "Odoo支持权责发生制和收付实现制的报告。这允许你在交易发生时报告收入/费用（即权责发生制），或者收付款时（即收付实现制）报告。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:30 +msgid "Multi-companies" +msgstr "多公司" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows one to manage several companies within the same database. Each " +"company has its own chart of accounts and rules. You can get consolidation " +"reports following your consolidation rules." +msgstr "Odoo允许在同一个数据库管理几个公司。每个公司有自己的科目表以及规则。依据你的合并规则，你可以得到合并报告。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Users can access several companies but always work in one company at a time." +msgstr "用户可以访问几家公司，但在某个时间总是在一个公司工作。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:40 +msgid "Multi-currencies" +msgstr "多币种" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Every transaction is recorded in the default currency of the company. For " +"transactions occurring in another currency, Odoo stores both the value in " +"the currency of the company and the value in the currency of the " +"transaction. Odoo can generate currencies gains and losses after the " +"reconciliation of the journal items." +msgstr "" +"每一笔交易以公司的默认币种记录。对于以其他币种发生的交易, Odoo同时以公司的币种的价值，以及以交易币种的价值存储。 " +"Odoo可以在分类账项目的调节后生成币种增益和损失。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Currency rates are updated once a day using a yahoo.com online web-service." +msgstr "货币汇率使用yahoo.com在线网络服务每天更新一次。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:52 +msgid "International Standards" +msgstr "国际标准" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Odoo accounting supports more than 50 countries. The Odoo core accounting " +"implements accounting standards that are common to all countries. Specific " +"modules exist per country for the specificities of the country like the " +"chart of accounts, taxes, or bank interfaces." +msgstr "" +"Odoo会计应用程序支持超过50个国家。Odoo核心会计应用程序实施所有国家共用的会计准则。每个国家还有特定的模块，例如科目表、税收或银行接口。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:60 +msgid "In particular, Odoo's core accounting engine supports:" +msgstr "特别是, Odoo 核心会计引擎支持 :" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Anglo-Saxon Accounting (U.S., U.K.,, and other English-speaking countries " +"including Ireland, Canada, Australia, and New Zealand) where costs of good " +"sold are reported when products are sold/delivered." +msgstr "盎格鲁 - 撒克逊会计准则（美国、英国、以及爱尔兰、加拿大、澳大利亚和新西兰等其他英语国家）在产品售出/交付完成时报告销货成本。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:66 +msgid "European accounting where expenses are accounted at the supplier bill." +msgstr "欧洲会计, 费用记账在供应商帐单。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:69 +msgid "Odoo has modules to comply with IFRS rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:72 +msgid "Accounts Receivable & Payable" +msgstr "应收账款和应付账款" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:74 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo uses a single account for all account receivable entries " +"and one for all accounts payable entries. You can create separate accounts " +"per customers/suppliers, but you don't need to." +msgstr "" +"默认, odoo使用单一科目用于所有的应收账款分录，以及另外一个用于所有的应付账款分录。你可以每个客户/供应商创建独立的科目, 但是没有必要这样做。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:79 +msgid "" +"As transactions are associated to customers or suppliers, you get reports to" +" perform analysis per customer/supplier such as the customer statement, " +"revenues per customers, aged receivable/payables, ..." +msgstr "由于交易关联了客户或供应商，你得到对每个客户/供应商进行分析的报告, , 如客户对账, 每客户收入, 到期的应收/应付款, ..." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:84 +msgid "Wide range of financial reports" +msgstr "更宽广范围的财务报表" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:86 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, you can generate financial reports in real time. Odoo's reports " +"range from basic accounting reports to advanced management reports. Odoo's " +"reports include:" +msgstr "在Odoo, 你可以实时生成财务报告。 Odoo的报告范围从基本的会计报告到高级的管理报告。 Odoo的报告包括 :" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:90 +msgid "Performance reports (such as Profit and Loss, Budget Variance)" +msgstr "绩效报告（如损益表, 预算差异）" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Position reports (such as Balance Sheet, Aged Payables, Aged Receivables)" +msgstr "状况报告(如资产负债表, 到期应付款, 到期应收款)" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:93 +msgid "Cash reports (such as Bank Summary)" +msgstr "现金报告（例如银行摘要）" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:94 +msgid "Detail reports (such as Trial Balance and General Ledger)" +msgstr "详细报告（如试算表和总账）" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:95 +msgid "Management reports (such as Budgets, Executive Summary)" +msgstr "管理报告（如预算, 执行概要）" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Odoo's report engine allows you to customize your own report based on your " +"own formulae." +msgstr "Odoo的报告引擎可让您根据自己的公式来定制您自己的报告。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:101 +msgid "Import bank feeds automatically" +msgstr "自动导入银行回单" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Bank reconciliation is a process that matches your bank statement lines, as " +"supplied by the bank, to your accounting transactions in the general ledger." +" Odoo makes bank reconciliation easy by frequently importing bank statement " +"lines from your bank directly into your Odoo account. This means you can " +"have a daily view of your cashflow without having to log into your online " +"banking or wait for your paper bank statements." +msgstr "" +"银行对帐是一个过程, 匹配银行提供的银行对账单明细和总账中的会计交易。 " +"Odoo使得银行对帐容易，频繁的直接从你的银行导入银行对帐单明细到你的Odoo会计。这意味着你可以有现金流的每日视图, " +"而无需登录到您的网上银行，或等候纸质银行对账单。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Odoo speeds up bank reconciliation by matching most of your imported bank " +"statement lines to your accounting transactions. Odoo also remembers how " +"you've treated other bank statement lines and provides suggested general " +"ledger transactions." +msgstr "" +"Odoo通过匹配大部分导入的银行对帐单明细到你的会计交易，加快银行对账。 Odoo还记住你是如何处理其他的银行对帐单明细，并提供建议的总帐交易。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:117 +msgid "Calculate the tax you owe your tax authority" +msgstr "计算你欠税务机关的税金" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Odoo totals all your accounting transactions for your tax period and uses " +"these totals to calculate your tax obligation. You can then check your sales" +" tax by running Odoo's Tax Report." +msgstr "Odoo为你的纳税期间合计所有的会计交易，并使用这些汇总计算纳税的义务。然后, 您可以通过运行Odoo的税务报表来检查你的销售税金。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:124 +msgid "Inventory Valuation" +msgstr "库存计价" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Odoo support both periodic (manual) and perpetual (automated) inventory " +"valuations. The available methods are standard price, average price, LIFO " +"(for countries allowing it) and FIFO." +msgstr "" +"Odoo支持定期(手动)以及永续(自动)库存估价。可用的成本方法有标准价、平均价、后进先出（LIFO对于允许的国家而言）以及先进先出(FIFO)" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:131 +msgid "" +"`View impact of the valuation method on your transactions " +"<https://odoo.com/documentation/functional/valuation.html>`_" +msgstr "" +" `查看计价方法对交易的影响 <https://odoo.com/documentation/functional/valuation.html>`_" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:135 +msgid "Easy retained earnings" +msgstr "容易的留存收益" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Retained earnings are the portion of income retained by your business. Odoo " +"automatically calculates your current year earnings in real time so no year-" +"end journal or rollover is required. This is calculated by reporting the " +"profit and loss balance to your balance sheet report automatically." +msgstr "" +"留存收益是指企业留存的部分收入。Odoo实时自动计算你的当年盈利，所以不需要进行年终分录或翻转。留存收益通过自动将损益表报告到资产负债表计算得出。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:7 +msgid "Accounting Memento For Entrepreneurs (US GAAP)" +msgstr "对于企业家的会计备忘录 (US GAAP)" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:13 +msgid "" +"The **Profit and Loss** (P&L) report shows the performance of the company " +"over a specific period (usually the current year)." +msgstr "**损益表** (P&L) 报告显示公司在一个特定期间内的绩效（通常是当年）" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:18 +msgid "" +"The **Gross Profit** equals the revenues from sales minus the cost of goods " +"sold." +msgstr " **毛利润** 等于销售收入减去销货成本。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:23 +msgid "" +"**Operating Expenses** (OPEX) include administration, sales and R&D salaries" +" as well as rent and utilities, miscellaneous costs, insurances, … anything " +"beyond the costs of products sold." +msgstr " **运营费用(OPEX)** 包含行政、销售和研发部门的工资, 房屋租金, 设备, 杂项成本, 保险，销货成本之外的所有成本。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The **Balance Sheet** is a snapshot of the company's finances at a specific " +"date (as opposed to the Profit and Loss which is an analysis over a period)" +msgstr " **资产负债表** 是公司的财务在某个特定日期的简要情况（而损益表对一个期间的分析）" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:34 +msgid "" +"**Assets** represent the company's wealth, things it owns. Fixed assets " +"includes building and offices, current assets include bank accounts and " +"cash. A client owing money is an asset. An employee is not an asset." +msgstr " **资产** 是代表企业的财富，它拥有的。固定资产包含建筑物以及办公室，流动资产包含银行存款和现金。客户欠款也是资产。员工并不是资产。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:40 +msgid "" +"**Liabilities** are obligations from past events that the company will have " +"to pay in the future (utility bills, debts, unpaid suppliers)." +msgstr " **负债** 是由过去事件而来的义务，公司在将来必须支付(租金、借款以及应付账款)" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:45 +msgid "" +"**Equity** is the amount of the funds contributed by the owners (founders or" +" shareholders) plus previously retained earnings (or losses)." +msgstr " **权益** 是所有者(创始人及股东)贡献的资金总额加上前一留存收益(或亏损)。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:50 +msgid "Each year, net profits (or losses) are reported to retained earnings." +msgstr "每一年，净利润(或亏损)报告到留存收益。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:56 +msgid "" +"What is owned (an asset) has been financed through debts to reimburse " +"(liabilities) or equity (profits, capital)." +msgstr "拥有的那些(资产)通过债务偿还(负债)或股权(利润，资本)融资得来。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:59 +msgid "" +"A difference is made between buying an assets (e.g. a building) and expenses" +" (e.g. fuel). Assets have an intrinsic value over time, versus expenses " +"having value in them being consumed for the company to \"work\"." +msgstr "资产购置(例如，建筑物)和费用(例如，燃油)之间是有差异的。资产有随着时间推移的内在价值，而费用有为公司“工作”而消耗的价值。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:66 +msgid "Assets = Liabilities + Equity" +msgstr "资产 = 负债 + 权益" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The **chart of accounts** lists all the accounts, whether they are balance " +"sheet accounts or P&L accounts. Every financial transaction (e.g. a payment," +" an invoice) impacts accounts by moving value from one account (credit) to " +"an other account (debit)." +msgstr "" +"**科目表** " +"列出全部的科目，无论是资产负债表科目，或者损益表科目。每个财务交易（例如，付款、开票）通过移动价值从一个科目（贷）到另一个科目（借）来影响科目。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:78 +msgid "Balance = Debit - Credit" +msgstr "余额 = 借方 - 贷方" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:90 +msgid "Journal Entries" +msgstr "会计凭证" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Every financial document of the company (e.g. an invoice, a bank statement, " +"a pay slip, a capital increase contract) is recorded as a journal entry, " +"impacting several accounts." +msgstr "公司的每一份财务单据（如发票、银行对账单、工资单、增资合同）都被记录为会计分录, 影响几个会计科目。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:92 +msgid "" +"For a journal entry to be *balanced*, the sum of all its debits must be " +"equal to the sum of all its credits." +msgstr "会计分录要保持 *平衡* , 借方合计必须等于贷方合计。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:97 +msgid "examples of accounting entries for various transactions. Example:" +msgstr "各种交易的会计分录的例子。示例 :" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:99 +msgid "Example 1: Customer Invoice:" +msgstr "例1 :客户发票:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:119 +msgid "Explanation:" +msgstr "解释 :" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:103 +msgid "You generate a revenue of $1,000" +msgstr "产生收入 $ 1, 000" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:104 +msgid "You have a tax to pay of $90" +msgstr "支付税金 $ 90" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:105 +msgid "The customer owes $1,090" +msgstr "客户欠 $ 1, 090" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:124 +msgid "Configuration:" +msgstr "配置 :" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:109 +msgid "Income: defined on the product, or the product category" +msgstr "收入 :在产品定义, 或者产品类别" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:127 +msgid "Account Receivable: defined on the customer" +msgstr "应收账款 :定义在客户" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:111 +msgid "Tax: defined on the tax set on the invoice line" +msgstr "税 :在发票上线税收集中定义" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:113 +msgid "" +"The fiscal position used on the invoice may have a rule that replaces the " +"Income Account or the tax defined on the product by another one." +msgstr "发票上所使用的财政状况可能有替代收入账户或另外一个在产品定义的税收规则。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:117 +msgid "Example 2: Customer Payment:" +msgstr "例2 :客户付款:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:121 +msgid "Your customer owes $1,090 less" +msgstr "你的客户欠$ 1, 090少" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:122 +msgid "Your receive $1,090 on your bank account" +msgstr "你收到$ 1, 090您的银行帐户" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:126 +msgid "Bank Account: defined on the related bank journal" +msgstr "银行账户 :在相关的银行存款日记帐定义" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 +msgid "Reconciliation" +msgstr "对账" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:134 +msgid "" +"Reconciliation is the process of linking journal items of a specific " +"account, matching credits and debits." +msgstr "对账是匹配借方和贷方, 连接某一指定科目的会计项目的过程。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Its primary purpose is to link payments to their related invoices in order " +"to mark invoices that are paid and clear the customer statement. This is " +"done by doing a reconciliation on the *Accounts Receivable* account." +msgstr "它的主要目的是连接付款到相关的发票, 以便标识发票已经被支付, 清理客户对账单。这是通过在 *应收账款* 科目上做对账来完成的。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:141 +msgid "" +"An invoice is marked as paid when its Accounts Receivable journal items are " +"reconciled with the related payment journal items." +msgstr "当应收账款记账项目与相关的付款记账项目被调节后, 发票会被标记为已付。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:144 +msgid "Reconciliation is performed automatically by the system when:" +msgstr "对账在这些场景下是被系统自动执行 :" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:146 +msgid "the payment is registered directly on the invoice" +msgstr "付款直接在发票上登记" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:147 +msgid "" +"the links between the payments and the invoices are detected at the bank " +"matching process" +msgstr "付款和发票之间的连接在银行匹配过程中被侦测到" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:0 +msgid "Customer Statement Example" +msgstr "客户对账单示例" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 +msgid "Accounts Receivable" +msgstr "应收账款" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 +msgid "Debit" +msgstr "借方" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 +msgid "Credit" +msgstr "贷方" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:160 +msgid "Invoice 1" +msgstr "发票1" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:104 +msgid "100" +msgstr "100" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:162 +msgid "Payment 1.1" +msgstr "付款1.1" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:162 +msgid "70" +msgstr "70" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:164 +msgid "Invoice 2" +msgstr "发票2" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:168 +msgid "65" +msgstr "65" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:166 +msgid "Payment 1.2" +msgstr "付款1.2" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:166 +msgid "30" +msgstr "30" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:168 +msgid "Payment 2" +msgstr "付款2" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:170 +msgid "Invoice 3" +msgstr "发票3" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:174 +msgid "50" +msgstr "50" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:174 +msgid "Total To Pay" +msgstr "待支付合计" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:181 +msgid "" +"Bank reconciliation is the matching of bank statement lines (provided by " +"your bank) with transactions recorded internally (payments to suppliers or " +"from customers). For each line in a bank statement, it can be:" +msgstr "银行对账是匹配银行对账单明细行（银行提供的）和内部交易（供应商付款或者客户付款）。每个银行对账单行可以 :" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:186 +msgid "matched with a previously recorded payment:" +msgstr "与先前记录的付款匹配 :" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:186 +msgid "" +"a payment is registered when a check is received from a customer, then " +"matched when checking the bank statement" +msgstr "当从客户收到支票时, 付款已登记, 在核对银行对账单时匹配上" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:190 +msgid "recorded as a new payment:" +msgstr "记录为新的付款 :" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:189 +msgid "" +"the payment's journal entry is created and :ref:`reconciled " +"<accounting/reconciliation>` with the related invoice when processing the " +"bank statement" +msgstr "在处理银行对账单时, 付款的会计分录创建, 并与相关的发票 :ref:`调节<accounting/reconciliation>` 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:193 +msgid "recorded as another transaction:" +msgstr "记录为另一个交易 :" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:193 +msgid "bank transfer, direct charge, etc." +msgstr "银行转账, 银行费用等。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:195 +msgid "" +"Odoo should automatically reconcile most transactions, only a few of them " +"should need manual review. When the bank reconciliation process is finished," +" the balance on the bank account in Odoo should match the bank statement's " +"balance." +msgstr "Odoo可自动核销大多数的交易,只有少数需要手动审核。当银行核销完成, 银行科目上的余额应与银行对账单的余额一致。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:203 +msgid "Checks Handling" +msgstr "支票处理" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:205 +msgid "There are two approaches to manage checks and internal wire transfer:" +msgstr "有两种方法来管理支票和内部电汇 :" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:207 +msgid "Two journal entries and a reconciliation" +msgstr "2笔日记帐分录和1笔调节记录" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:208 +msgid "One journal entry and a bank reconciliation" +msgstr "1笔日记帐分录和1笔银行对账调节记录" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:212 +msgid "" +"The first journal entry is created by registering the payment on the " +"invoice. The second one is created when registering the bank statement." +msgstr "第一个日记帐分录是由注册在发票付款创建的。注册银行对账单时, 第二个是创建。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 +msgid "Account" +msgstr "科目" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 +msgid "Account Receivable" +msgstr "应收账款" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 +msgid "Invoice ABC" +msgstr "发票ABC" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 +msgid "Undeposited funds" +msgstr "未缴存的资金" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 +msgid "Check 0123" +msgstr "支票0123" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:135 +msgid "Bank" +msgstr "银行" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:237 +msgid "" +"A journal entry is created by registering the payment on the invoice. When " +"reconciling the bank statement, the statement line is linked to the existing" +" journal entry." +msgstr "日记帐分录是由注册在发票付款创建的。当核对银行对账单, 该声明是连接到现有的日记帐分录。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 +msgid "Bank Statement" +msgstr "银行对账单" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:248 +msgid "Statement XYZ" +msgstr "对账单XYZ" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview.rst:3 +msgid "Process overview" +msgstr "过程概述" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:3 +msgid "From Customer Invoice to Payments Collection" +msgstr "从客户发票到付款收集" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo supports multiple invoicing and payment workflows, so you can choose " +"and use the ones that match your business needs. Whether you want to accept " +"a single payment for a single invoice, or process a payment spanning " +"multiple invoices and taking discounts for early payments, you can do so " +"efficiently and accurately." +msgstr "" +"Odoo支持多个发票和付款流程, 你可以选择和使用的匹配您的业务需求的流程。您是否想要接受一个付款对应一个发票,或一个付款涵盖, 或是现金折扣, " +"这样可以更高效、准确。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:12 +msgid "From Draft Invoice to Profit and Loss" +msgstr "从草稿发票到损益" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If we pick up at the end of a typical 'order to cash' scenario, after the " +"goods have been shipped, you will: issue an invoice; receive payment; " +"deposit that payment at the bank; make sure the Customer Invoice is closed; " +"follow up if Customers are late; and finally present your Income on the " +"Profit and Loss report and show the decrease in Assets on the Balance Sheet " +"report." +msgstr "" +"如果设置'以现金订购', 货物装船后,您将:开发票,收到付款, 存入银行; 确保销售发票已关闭;如果客户迟付, 跟踪处理; 最后将收入体现在损益表上, " +"将资产减少显示在资产负债表上。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Invoicing in most countries occurs when a contractual obligation is met. If " +"you ship a box to a customer, you have met the terms of the contract and can" +" bill them. If your supplier sends you a shipment, they have met the terms " +"of that contract and can bill you. Therefore, the terms of the contract is " +"fulfilled when the box moves to or from the truck. At this point, Odoo " +"supports the creation of what is called a Draft Invoice by Warehouse staff." +msgstr "" +"在大多数国家, 合同义务发生时开具发票。如果你将一个盒子发给客户, 你需要查看合同的条款, 然后开票。如果你的供应商给你发货, 需要查看合同的条款, " +"然后开票。因此, 在发货前, 应将合同条款填写完整。在这一点上, Odoo支持由仓库人员开具草稿发票。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Draft invoices can be manually generated from other documents such as Sales " +"Orders, Purchase Orders,etc. Although you can create a draft invoice " +"directly if you would like." +msgstr "可从其他文件手动创建草稿发票, 例如从销售订单,采购订单等。也可直接创建一个草稿发票。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:36 +msgid "" +"An invoice must be provided to the customer with the necessary information " +"in order for them to pay for the goods and services ordered and delivered. " +"It must also include other information needed to pay the invoice in a timely" +" and precise manner." +msgstr "发票上必须包含必要的信息,以便客户支付收到的商品和服务。它还必须包括其他信息, 如及时付款和精确付款的方式。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:42 +msgid "Draft invoices" +msgstr "草稿发票" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:44 +msgid "" +"The system generates invoice which are initially set to the Draft state. " +"While these invoices" +msgstr "最初生成的发票会进入草稿状态。然而这些发票" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:47 +msgid "" +"remain unvalidated, they have no accounting impact within the system. There " +"is nothing to stop users from creating their own draft invoices." +msgstr "如发票未审核, 不会影响会计。用户可以创建他们自己的草案发票, 这个没有限制。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:50 +msgid "Let's create a customer invoice with following information:" +msgstr "让我们用如下信息创建一张客户发票 :" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:52 +msgid "Customer: Agrolait" +msgstr "客户 : Agrolait" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:53 +msgid "Product: iMac" +msgstr "产品 : iMac" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:54 +msgid "Quantity: 1" +msgstr "数量 : 1" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:55 +msgid "Unit Price: 100" +msgstr "单价 : 100" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:56 +msgid "Taxes: Tax 15%" +msgstr "税 : 15%的税" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:64 +msgid "The document is composed of three parts:" +msgstr "该文档由三部分构成 :" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:66 +msgid "the top of the invoice, with customer information," +msgstr "在发票上方, 有客户信息," + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:67 +msgid "the main body of the invoice, with detailed invoice lines," +msgstr "发票的主体有详细的发票行," + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:68 +msgid "the bottom of the page, with detail about the taxes, and the totals." +msgstr "页面的底部有税的详细信息以及总计。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:71 +msgid "Open or Pro-forma invoices" +msgstr "打开或者形式发票" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:73 +msgid "" +"An invoice will usually include the quantity and the price of goods and/or " +"services, the date, any parties involved, the unique invoice number, and any" +" tax information." +msgstr "发票通常包括商品和/或服务的数量和价格、日期、客户、唯一的发票号码和税务信息。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:77 +msgid "" +"\"Validate\" the invoice when you are ready to approve it. The invoice then " +"moves from the Draft state to the Open state." +msgstr "点击“验证”, 当发票已何时。发票将从草案状态转移到开放的状态。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:80 +msgid "" +"When you have validated an invoice, Odoo gives it a unique number from a " +"defined, and modifiable, sequence." +msgstr "当发票确认后, Odoo给它定义一个惟一的编号,可修改的序列号。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Accounting entries corresponding to this invoice are automatically generated" +" when you validate the invoice. You can see the details by clicking on the " +"entry in the Journal Entry field in the \"Other Info\" tab." +msgstr "当发票验证后会自动生成会计分录。你可以查看凭证细节, 在 \"Other Info\" 页签下单击凭证字段。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:95 +msgid "Send the invoice to customer" +msgstr "发送发票给客户" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:97 +msgid "" +"After validating the customer invoice, you can directly send it to the " +"customer via the 'Send by email' functionality." +msgstr "验证客户发票后,可以直接寄给客户, 使用“发送电子邮件”功能。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:103 +msgid "" +"A typical journal entry generated from a validated invoice will look like as" +" follows:" +msgstr "确认发票后, 自动生成的凭证, 样子如下:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +msgid "**Partner**" +msgstr " **合作伙伴** " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +msgid "**Due date**" +msgstr " **到期日** " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 +msgid "Agrolait" +msgstr "Agrolait" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 +msgid "01/07/2015" +msgstr "2015-07-01" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 +msgid "115" +msgstr "115" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 +msgid "15" +msgstr "15" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:117 +msgid "Payment" +msgstr "付款" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:119 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, an invoice is considered to be paid when the associated accounting " +"entry has been reconciled with the payment entries. If there has not been a " +"reconciliation, the invoice will remain in the Open state until you have " +"entered the payment." +msgstr "在Odoo, 当会计分录与付款分录核销后, 发票会到已支付状态。如果没有核销, 发票将保持在打开状态,直到登记付款。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:124 +msgid "" +"A typical journal entry generated from a payment will look like as follows:" +msgstr "从付款生成的特定的会计分录看起来如下 :" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:136 +msgid "Receive a partial payment through the bank statement" +msgstr "通过银行账单部分收款" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:138 +msgid "" +"You can manually enter your bank statements in Odoo, or you can import them " +"in from a csv file or from several other predefined formats according to " +"your accounting localisation." +msgstr "在Odoo, 可以手动输入银行对账单,或者从csv文件或从其他几个预定义的格式导入。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:142 +msgid "" +"Create a bank statement from the accounting dashboard with the related " +"journal and enter an amount of $100 ." +msgstr "在会计仪表板上创建一个银行对账单,输入金额100美元。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:149 +msgid "Reconcile" +msgstr "对账" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:151 +msgid "Now let's reconcile!" +msgstr "我们开始调节吧!" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:156 +msgid "" +"You can now go through every transaction and reconcile them or you can mass " +"reconcile with instructions at the bottom." +msgstr "你可以一笔笔核销, 或者批量核销。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:158 +msgid "" +"After reconciling the items in the sheet, the related invoice will now " +"display \"You have outstanding payments for this customer. You can reconcile" +" them to pay this invoice. \"" +msgstr "核销后,相关发票将显示该客户的“你有未核销的付款。你可用来核销这个发票的应收款。”" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:168 +msgid "" +"Apply the payment. Below, you can see that the payment has been added to the" +" invoice." +msgstr "付款申请。下面,你可以看到付款已添加到相关发票。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:175 +msgid "Payment Followup" +msgstr "付款追踪" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:177 +msgid "" +"There's a growing trend of customers paying bills later and later. " +"Therefore, collectors must make every effort to collect money and collect it" +" faster." +msgstr "客户付款会越来越迟, 这个趋势会增长。因此,催款人必须尽一切努力来催款, 越快越好。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:181 +msgid "" +"Odoo will help you define your follow-up strategy. To remind customers to " +"pay their outstanding invoices, you can define different actions depending " +"on how severely overdue the customer is. These actions are bundled into " +"follow-up levels that are triggered when the due date of an invoice has " +"passed a certain number of days. If there are other overdue invoices for the" +" same customer, the actions of the most overdue invoice will be executed." +msgstr "" +"Odoo将帮助你定义你的跟踪策略。提醒客户支付未清款,根据客户的逾期情况, 您可以定义不同的方式。一旦逾期条件符合, " +"这些行动将被触发。如果这个客户还有其他未清款,逾期最长的发票将先被执行." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:189 +msgid "" +"By going to the customer record and diving into the \"Overdue Payments\" you" +" will see the follow-up message and all overdue invoices." +msgstr "通过查看记录和“未清款项”, 可看到跟踪信息和所有逾期的发票。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:199 +msgid "Customer aging report:" +msgstr "客户的账龄报表 :" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:201 +msgid "" +"The customer aging report will be an additional key tool for the collector " +"to understand the customer credit issues, and to prioritize their work." +msgstr "客户的账龄表是另外的一种关键工具, 用于了解客户信用问题,并考虑优先级。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Use the aging report to determine which customers are overdue and begin your" +" collection efforts." +msgstr "账龄表用以确定逾期客户并开始收集工作。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:212 +msgid "Profit and loss" +msgstr "损益表" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:214 +msgid "" +"The Profit and Loss statement displays your revenue and expense details. " +"Ultimately, this gives you a clear image of your Net Profit and Loss. It is " +"sometimes referred to as the \"Income Statement\" or \"Statement of Revenues" +" and Expenses.\"" +msgstr "损益表显示收入和费用的明细。它将提供一个清晰的净损益清单。有时称之为“损益表”或“收入与费用的状态”。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:223 +msgid "Balance sheet" +msgstr "资产负债表" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:225 +msgid "" +"The balance sheet summarizes your company's liabilities, assets and equity " +"at a specific moment in time." +msgstr "资产负债表汇总了公司在一定时期内的负债、资产和所有者权益。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:234 +msgid "" +"For example, if you manage your inventory using the perpetual accounting " +"method, you should expect a decrease in account \"Current Assets\" once the " +"material has been shipped to the customer." +msgstr "举个例子,如果你用永久的会计方法管理库存, 一旦材料发给客户, 应减少“流动资产”。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:15 +msgid "From Vendor Bill to Payment" +msgstr "从供应商账单到付款" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Once vendor bills are registered in Odoo, you can easily pay vendors for the" +" correct amount and at the right time (not too late, not too early; " +"depending on your vendor policy). Odoo also offers reports to track your " +"aged payable balances." +msgstr "一旦采购发票在Odoo生成, 可选择正确的时间支付货款 (根据付款条款, 不早不晚)。Odoo还提供了账龄表, 用于管理未清款。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:10 +msgid "" +"If you want to control vendor bills received from your vendors, you can use " +"the Odoo Purchase application that allows you to control and pre-complete " +"them automatically based on past purchase orders." +msgstr "如果你想管理供应商发票, 可使用Odoo采购应用程序, 程序可基于过去的采购订单控制和自动完成发票管理。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:18 +msgid "Record a new vendor bill" +msgstr "创建新的供应商账单" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:20 +msgid "" +"When a vendor bill is received, you can record it from " +":menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendor Bills` in the Accounting application. " +"As a shortcut, you can also use the **New Bill** feature on the accounting " +"dashboard." +msgstr "" +"当收到供应商发票, 可在会计应用中录入 :menuselection:`采购 --> 供应商帐单`。 还有一个快捷方式,您还可在会计仪表盘上使用 " +"**新发票** 功能。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To register a new vendor bill, start by selecting a vendor and inputting " +"their invoice as the **Vendor Reference**, then add and confirm the product " +"lines, making sure to have the right product quantities, taxes and prices." +msgstr "" +"登记一张新的供应商发票, 首先选择一个供应商并在 **供应商参考信息** 输入发票信息, 然后添加并确认产品行, 确保正确的产品数量、税收和价格。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Save the invoice to update the pre tax and tax amounts at the bottom of the " +"screen. You will most likely need to configure the prices of your products " +"without taxes as Odoo will compute the tax for you." +msgstr "在屏幕的下部, 更新税收和含税金额, 保存发票。将产品的价格配置成不含税, Odoo自动计算税收。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:40 +msgid "" +"On the bottom left corner, Odoo shows a summary table of all taxes on the " +"vendor bill. In several countries, different methods are accepted to round " +"the totals (round per line, or round globally). The default rounding method " +"in Odoo is to round the final prices per line (as you may have different " +"taxes per product. E.g. Alcohol and cigarettes). However if your vendor has " +"a different tax amount on their bill, you can change the amount in the " +"bottom left table to adjust and match." +msgstr "" +"在左下角,Odoo汇总了这张发票的所有税额。在一些国家,计算的方法不同(每行计算或是总的计算)。默认的方式是每行计算(可能不同的产品有不同的税率。例如酒精和香烟)。如果采购发票上的税额不同,你可以调整左下角的表," +" 使税额与之匹配。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:48 +msgid "Validate The Vendor Bill" +msgstr "确认供应商账单" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Once the vendor bill is validated, a journal entry will be generated based " +"on the configuration on the invoice. This journal entry may differ depending" +" on the the accounting package you choose to use." +msgstr "一旦采购发票确认, 系统会自动产生一个相应的分录。选择的条款不同, 分录也不同。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:54 +msgid "" +"For most European countries, the journal entry will use the following " +"accounts:" +msgstr "对于欧洲国家会计, 分类账分录将会使用以下科目 :" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:66 +msgid "**Accounts Payable:** defined on the vendor form" +msgstr " **应付账款 :** 在供应商页面维护" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:68 +msgid "**Taxes:** defined on the products and per line" +msgstr " **税 :** 在产品或者订单行上维护" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:61 +msgid "**Expenses:** defined on the line item product used" +msgstr " **费用科目 :** 在产品上维护" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:63 +msgid "" +"For Anglo-Saxon (US) accounting, the journal entry will use the following " +"accounts:" +msgstr "对于盎格鲁 - 撒克逊(US)会计, 分类账分录将会使用以下科目 :" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:70 +msgid "**Goods Received:** defined on the product form" +msgstr " **收到的货物 :** 定义在产品表单" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:72 +msgid "" +"You can check your Profit & Loss or the Balance Sheet reports after having " +"validated a couple of vendor bills to see the impact on your general ledger." +msgstr "在确认一些采购发票后, 你可以检查损益表或资产负债表, 以验证发票对账的影响。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:77 +msgid "Pay a bill" +msgstr "支付账单" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To create a payment for an open vendor bill directly, you can click on " +"**Register a Payment** at the top of the form." +msgstr "在采购发票上直接付款, 你可以点击顶部的 **登记付款** 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:82 +msgid "" +"From there, you select the payment method (i.e. Checking account, credit " +"card, check, etc…) and the amount you wish to pay. By default, Odoo will " +"propose the entire remaining balance on the bill for payment. In the memo " +"field, we recommend you set the vendor invoice number as a reference (Odoo " +"will auto fill this field from the from the vendor bill if set it " +"correctly)." +msgstr "" +"在那里,可选择的支付方式(例如支票账户、信用卡、支票等…)和支付总额。默认情况下是付清余款。备注字段,我们建议您设置供应商发票号码(如果设置正确, " +"Odoo将自动填补这一字段)。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:94 +msgid "" +"You can also register a payment to a vendor directly without applying it to " +"a vendor bill. To do that, :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. Then, " +"from the vendor bill you will be able to reconcile this payment with " +"directly." +msgstr "不在采购发票上直接支付, 也可以付款。在此登记, :menuselection:`采购 -->付款`. 然后在采购发票上直接核销。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:99 +msgid "Printing vendor Checks" +msgstr "打印供应商支票" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:101 +msgid "" +"If you choose to pay your vendor bills by check, Odoo offers a method to do " +"so directly from your vendor payments within Odoo. Whether you do so on a " +"daily basis or prefer to do so at the end of the week, you can print in " +"checks in batches." +msgstr "如果你选择用支票支付你的供应商。Odoo提供一个方法直接从你的供应商付款来做。不管你每日做，还是在每周结束时做，你总是可以批量打印支票。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:106 +msgid "" +"If you have checks to print, Odoo's accounting dashboard acts as a to do " +"list and reminds you of how many checks you have left to be printed." +msgstr "如果你要打印支票,Odoo仪表盘有一个待办事项清单,提醒你还有多少需要打印。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:112 +msgid "" +"By selecting the amount of checks to be printed, you can dive right into a " +"list of all payments that are ready to be processed." +msgstr "通过选择支票的数量, 可进到准备付款的一个列表。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Select all the checks you wish to print (use the first checkbox to select " +"them all) and set the action to **Print Checks**. Odoo will ask you to set " +"the next check number in the sequence and will then print all the checks at " +"once." +msgstr "" +"选择需要打印的所有支票(使用第一个复选框, 选择所有), 并设置 **打印支票** 。Odoo将要求您设置打印序列, 之后将打印所有的支票。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:3 +msgid "Reporting" +msgstr "报表" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:127 +msgid "Aged payable balance" +msgstr "到期应付余额" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:129 +msgid "" +"In order to get a list of open vendor bills and their related due dates, you" +" can use the **Aged Payable** report, under the reporting menu, (in " +":menuselection:`Reporting --> Business Statement --> Aged payable`) to get a" +" visual of all of your outstanding bills." +msgstr "" +"使用 **应付款账龄表** , 可获得未清应付款和相关到期日. 在菜单下, ( :menuselection:`报告 --> 业务报表 --> " +"应付账款`) , 可看到这个报表。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:137 +msgid "" +"From here, you can click directly on a vendors name to open up the details " +"of all outstanding bills and the amounts due, or you can annotate any line " +"for managements information. At any point in time while you're looking " +"through the report, you can print directly to Excel or PDF and get exactly " +"what you see on the screen." +msgstr "" +"从这里, 直接点击供应商名称可看到所有未清账单和未清余款,或者你可在行上标注管理信息。当查看时, 可以直接打印到Excel或者PDF, " +"打印出来的内容和屏幕上看到的是一样的。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:144 +msgid ":doc:`customer_invoice`" +msgstr ":doc:`customer_invoice` " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables.rst:3 +msgid "Account Payables" +msgstr "应付账款" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:3 +msgid "Forecast future bills to pay" +msgstr "预测将来要支付的账单" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you get hundreds of vendor bills per month with each of them having " +"different payment terms, it could be complex to follow what you have to pay " +"and when. Paying your vendors too early can decrease your cash " +"availabilities and paying too late can lead to extra charges." +msgstr "如果每个月收到很多采购发票, 每个发票的付款条款都不同,要记住付款的时间就比较麻烦了。过早付款将减少现金流, 过晚支付会增加额外费用。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Fortunately, Odoo provides you the right tools to manage payment orders to " +"vendors efficiently." +msgstr "幸运的是, Odoo 提供了适合的工具, 有效管理供应商付款订单。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:14 +msgid "Configuration: payment terms" +msgstr "配置 :付款条款" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In order to track the vendor conditions, we use payment terms in Odoo. " +"Payment terms allow to keep track of the conditions to compute the due date " +"on an invoice. As an example, a payment term can be:" +msgstr "为了追踪供应商付款条件,在Odoo中使用付款条件。付款条件可用于计算发票的到期日期。举个例子,一个付款方式可以是:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:20 +msgid "50% within 30 days" +msgstr "30天内支付50%" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:22 +msgid "50% within 45 days" +msgstr "45天内支付50%" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To create your most common payment terms, use the menu: " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Management --> Payment Terms` in the " +"**Accounting** application. The following example show a payment term of 30%" +" directly and the balance after 30 days." +msgstr "" +"创建最常见的付款方式,在会计应用程序中使用菜单: :menuselection:`配置 --> 管理 --> 付款条款` 。下面的例子: " +"30%直接支付, 余款30天后支付。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Once payment terms are defined, you can assign them to your vendor by " +"default. Set the Vendor Payment Term field on the Accounting tab of a vendor" +" form. That way, every time you will purchase to this vendor, Odoo will " +"propose you automatically the right payment term." +msgstr "付款条款的定义后,可定义供应商。在供应商表格的财务页签下, 设置付款条款。这样, 每次从这个供应商处采购,Odoo将自动建议这个付款方式。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:42 +msgid "" +"If you do not set a specific payment term on a vendor, you will still be " +"able to set a specific payment term on the vendor bill." +msgstr "如果需要设置个比较特殊的付款条款,可在采购发票上设置。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:46 +msgid "Forecast bills to pay with the Aged Payables report" +msgstr "应付账龄表可对付款有个预测" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:48 +msgid "" +"In order to track amounts to be paid to the vendors, use the Aged Payable " +"report. You can get it from the Reports menu of the Accounting application. " +"This report gives you a summary per vendor of the amounts to pay, compared " +"to their due date (the due date being computed on each bill using the " +"payment term)." +msgstr "" +"想要了解支付给供应商的合计数, 可使用应付账龄表。在财务应用模块下可查看此报表。在报表上, " +"汇总了每个供应商的应付款,和相应的到期日(到期日是根据付款条款计算得出)。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:57 +msgid "" +"This reports tells you how much you will have to pay within the next months." +msgstr "这个报告告诉你接下来的几个月需要支付的款项。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:61 +msgid "Select bills to pay" +msgstr "选择要支付的账单" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Using the menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendor Bills`, you can get a " +"list of vendor bills. Using the advanced filters, you can list all the bills" +" that you should pay or the bills that are overdue (you are late on the " +"payment)." +msgstr "" +"使用菜单 :menuselection:`购买 --> " +"供应商账单``,可看到采购发票列表。使用高级过滤器,可列出所有的应付账单,或是逾期的账单(滞后支付)。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:70 +msgid "" +"From this screen, you can also switch to the pivot table or the graph view " +"to get statistics on the amount due over the next month, using the group by " +"\"Due Date\" feature." +msgstr "从这个页面上,使用汇总“到期日”功能, 通过数据透视表或图表视图可得到下个月的应付到期额。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay.rst:3 +msgid "Vendor Payments" +msgstr "供应商账单" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:3 +msgid "Pay by Checks" +msgstr "使用支票支付" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Once you decide to pay a supplier bill, you can select to pay by check. " +"Then, at the end of the day, the manager can print all checks by batch. " +"Finally, the bank reconciliation process will match the checks you sent to " +"suppliers with actual bank statements." +msgstr "当支付供应商账单时,你可选择用支票来支付。然后,在一天结束的时候,可批量打印所有支票。最后,银行将支付的支票和银行对账单核销。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:33 +msgid "Install the required module" +msgstr "安装必须的模块" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To record supplier payments by checks, you must install the **Check " +"Writing** module. This module handle the process of recording checks in " +"Odoo. Others modules are necessary to print checks, according to the " +"country. As an example, the **U.S. Check Printing** module is required to " +"print U.S. checks." +msgstr "" +"要通过支票记录供应商的付款，您必须安装 **填写支票** 模块。 该模块处理在Odoo中记录支票的过程。 " +"根据国家/地区，其他模块对于打印支票也是必需的。 例如，**美国支票打印** 模块才能打印美国支票。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:23 +msgid "" +"According to your country and the chart of account you use, those modules " +"may be installed by default. (example: United States users have nothing to " +"install, it's configured by default)." +msgstr "根据所在国家和所使用的科目表,这些模块可默认安装。(例如:美国用户不用安装,已默认配置)。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:28 +msgid "Activate checks payment methods" +msgstr "激活支票付款方式" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:30 +msgid "" +"In order to allow payments by checks, you must activate the payment method " +"on related bank journals. From the accounting dashboard (the screen you get " +"when you enter the accounting application), click on your bank account on " +":menuselection:`More --> Settings` option. On the **Payment Method** field, " +"set **Check**." +msgstr "" +"如需用支票支付,必须在银行账上激活付款方式。从会计仪表板(进入会计应用程序的界面),点击你的银行账户:menuselection:`更多 --> 设置`" +" 选项。 在 **支付方式** 字段, 设置 **检查** 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:40 +msgid "Compatible check stationery for printing checks" +msgstr "打印支票的兼容支票纸张" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:43 +msgid "United States" +msgstr "美国" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:45 +msgid "For the United States, Odoo supports by default the check formats of:" +msgstr "对于美国, Odoo默认支持支票格式 :" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:47 +msgid "**Quickbooks & Quicken**: check on top, stubs in the middle and bottom" +msgstr "**Quickbooks & Quicken** : 在顶部检查,存根在中间和底部" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:48 +msgid "**Peachtree**: check in the middle, stubs on top and bottom" +msgstr "**Peachtree** : 在中部检查,存根在顶部和底部" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:49 +msgid "**ADP**: check in the bottom, and stubs on the top." +msgstr "**ADP** :在底部检查,存根在顶部" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:51 +msgid "" +"It is also possible to customize your own check format through " +"customizations." +msgstr "通过自定义格式, 可自定义自己的支票格式。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:54 +msgid "Pay a supplier bill with a check" +msgstr "用支票支付供应商账单" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:56 +msgid "Paying a supplier with a check is done in three steps:" +msgstr "用支票支付采购发票, 需要三个步骤:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:58 +msgid "registering a payment you'd like to do on the bill" +msgstr "在账单上登记付款" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:59 +msgid "printing checks in batch for all registered payments" +msgstr "批量打印所有的已登记付款" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:60 +msgid "reconcile bank statements" +msgstr "调节银行对账单" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:63 +msgid "Register a payment by check" +msgstr "用支票登记付款" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To register a payment on a bill, open any supplier bill from the menu " +":menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendor Bills`. Once the supplier bill is " +"validated, you can register a payment. Set the **Payment Method** to " +"**Check** and validate the payment dialog." +msgstr "" +"如需在账单上登记付款，在此点开任何供应商发票 :menuselection:`采购 --> " +"供应商发票`。在确认供应商发票后，即可登记付款。将**支付方式**设置为**支票**，并确认付款对话框。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:74 +msgid "Print checks" +msgstr "打印支票" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:76 +msgid "" +"From the accounting dashboard, on your bank account, you should see a link " +"\"X checks to print\". Click on this link and you will get the list of all " +"checks that are not printed yet. From this screen, you can print all checks " +"in batch or review them one by one." +msgstr "从会计仪表盘,银行账户,可看到一个链接“X支票打印”。点击这个链接,会得到所有未打印的支票清单。从这个界面,可批量打印或是逐个检查。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:81 +msgid "" +"If you want to review every payment one by one before printing the check, " +"open on the payment and click on **Print Check** if you accept it. A dialog " +"will ask you the number of the check. It automatically proposes you the next" +" number, but you can change it if it does not match your next check number." +msgstr "" +"如果你想在打印前查看每笔付款，打开支付界面， 点击 **打印支票** 。对话框会问你检查的编号。它会自动提出你下一个编号，但是，如果编号不匹配，可修改。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:87 +msgid "" +"To print all checks in batch, select all payments from the list view and " +"Print Check from the top \"print\" menu." +msgstr "如需批量打印,从列表中选择所有支票, 点击顶部“打印”菜单。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:94 +msgid "Reconcile bank statements" +msgstr "核对银行对账单" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Once you process your bank statement, when the check is credited from your " +"bank account, Odoo will propose you automatically to match it with the " +"payment. This will mark the payment as **Reconciled**." +msgstr "当处理银行对账单时,支票已从银行账户支出, Odoo将自动与付款匹配。这标志着付款 **已调节对账** 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:101 +msgid "" +"To review checks that have not been credited, open the list of payments and " +"filter on the Sent state. Review those payments that have a date more than 2" +" weeks ago." +msgstr "如要检查未贷记的支票，请打开付款列表并筛选出已发送状态。查看日期在2周前的付款。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:106 +msgid "Pay anything with a check" +msgstr "用支票支付任何东西" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:108 +msgid "" +"You can register a payment that is not related to a supplier bill. To do so," +" use the top menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. Register your " +"payment and select a payment method by check." +msgstr "可登记与发票没有关系的付款。使用顶部菜单:menuselection:`采购 --> 付款`. 登记付款, 选择付款方式。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:112 +msgid "" +"If you pay a specific supplier bill, put the reference of the bill in the " +"**Memo** field." +msgstr "如果支付一个特殊的发票,在 **备忘录** 字段写入备注。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Once your payment by check is registered, don't forget to **Confirm** it. " +"Once confirmed, you can use **Print Check** directly or follow the preceding" +" flow to print checks in batch:" +msgstr "付款登记后, 点击 **确定** 。确认后,就可以直接 **打印支票** 或批量打印:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:122 +msgid "`Print checks`_" +msgstr "`打印支票`_" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:123 +msgid "`Reconcile bank statements`_" +msgstr "`核对银行对账单`_" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:3 +msgid "Pay several bills at once" +msgstr "一次支付几笔账单" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo provides a simple and effective way to handle several bills at once, " +"with various quick or complex options. With one single process, anyone is " +"able to handle bills and payment in just a few clicks." +msgstr "Odoo提供了一种简单而有效的方式来处理多个账单。用一个单一的过程,仅用几个点击可处理发票和付款。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:10 +msgid "Pay multiple bills with one payment" +msgstr "一次支付多个账单" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:13 +msgid "Record several payments" +msgstr "登记一些付款" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:15 +msgid "" +"In the following example, we will generate some bills. You can control the " +"whole process from your accounting dashboard (first screen you get when you " +"open the accounting application)." +msgstr "在以下示例中,我们将生成一些账单。可在会计仪表板控制整个过程(打开会计应用程序后的界面)。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To create a bill, open the Dashboard menu and click on **Vendor Bills**. In " +"the Vendor Bills window, click on **Create**." +msgstr "打开仪表板, 点击 **供应商账单** 。在供应商账单界面,点击 **创建** 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Choose the vendor from which you wish to purchase the product, and click on " +"Add an item to add one (or more) product(s). Click on **Save** and then " +"**Validate**." +msgstr "选择供应商, 并点击添加项目, 可添加一个(或更多)产品。点击 **保存** , 然后点击 **确认** 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:33 +msgid "Pay supplier bills, one after the other" +msgstr "一个接一个的支付账单" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:38 +msgid "" +"We will now record a payment for one bill only. Open the bill, then click on" +" **Register Payment**. Insert the Payment Method, Date and Amount, and click" +" on **Validate**." +msgstr "现在一个付款只对应一张发票。打开发票,然后点击 **付款登记** 。输入支付方式、日期和金额,点击 **确认** 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Once you have validated the payment, the system will automatically reconcile" +" the payment with the bill, and set the bill as **Paid**. The system will " +"also generate a move from the payment account and reconcile it with the " +"expense transaction." +msgstr "确认支付后,系统将自动将付款和发票核销,发票将到 **已支付** 状态。系统会自动生成一个凭证。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:51 +msgid "Pay several bills altogether" +msgstr "多个账单一块支付" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:53 +msgid "" +"In order to illustrate the process thoroughly, create at least 2 more bills " +"following the above standing guide. **Make sure all bills come from the same" +" vendor.**" +msgstr "为了彻底说明这个过程,按要求至少创建2张发票。 **确保所有发票来自于同一个供应商。**" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:60 +msgid "" +"In the Vendors Bills, select the new bills you have just created by checking" +" the box next to each of them. In the Action menu located in the middle of " +"the page, click on **Register Payment**." +msgstr "供应商发票,通过勾选旁边的框选择刚刚创建的发票。在页面的中间处,点击 ** 付款登记** 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Insert the details of the payment. The system calculated the total amount " +"for both bills, but you can modify it freely. Click on **Validate**." +msgstr "插入付款的细节。系统会计算2个账单的总金额,但你可以修改它。点击 **确认** 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:71 +msgid "Record the payment, reconcile afterwards" +msgstr "登记付款, 随后调节" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:73 +msgid "" +"You can also reconcile a payment with bills after the payment has been " +"recorded." +msgstr "你也可以在付款登记之后对付款进行调节。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:76 +msgid "First, we need to create a payment" +msgstr "首先, 我们来创建一个付款" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:78 +msgid "" +"This will handle from :menuselection:`Dashboard --> Bank journal --> More " +"Option --> Send Money`" +msgstr "这可以在以下处理 :menuselection:`仪表盘 --> 银行分类账 --> 更多选项 --> 付款` " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Creating payment order with check payment method. Selecting related Vendor " +"and amount which remain to pay. After filling all details, we will confirm " +"the payment order which will generate payment transaction with the system." +msgstr "用支票支付的方式付款。选择供应商和应支付的余款金额。所有细节后填写后,确认付款。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:92 +msgid "" +"As you can see, bill payment status show what is posted and what is " +"remaining to reconcile." +msgstr "如你所见, 账单的状态显示什么已经过账什么还没有过账。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:95 +msgid "" +"After receiving bank statement from the bank with payment detail, you can " +"reconcile the transaction from the Dashboard. It will automatically map the " +"transaction amount." +msgstr "收到银行对账单后, 可在仪表板上进行核销。它会自动核对金额。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:103 +msgid "Partial payments of several supplier bills" +msgstr "多个供应商账单的部分付款" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:106 +msgid "How to pay several supplier bills having cash discounts at once?" +msgstr "如何同时支付几个有现金折扣的供应商的发票?" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:108 +msgid "" +"You already learned how to pay bills in various way but what about partial " +"payment? We are taking another example where we will do partial payment for " +"various bills." +msgstr "你已学会了如何以各种方式支付账单, 但是部分付款呢?我们举个例子,多个账单如何做部分付款。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:112 +msgid "" +"We are creating multiple bills and partially pay them through bank " +"statements." +msgstr "通过银行对账单, 可创建多个账单和部分付款。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:115 +msgid "" +"We are adding payment terms which allow some cash discount where vendor " +"offer us early payment discount." +msgstr "如供应商给我们提前付款现金折扣, 应添加一些付款条款。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:121 +msgid "" +"We are creating the following bills with the assignment of the above payment" +" term." +msgstr "用以上的付款条款来创建发票。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:127 +msgid "We have created the following bills:" +msgstr "我们已经创建了以下账单 :" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:132 +msgid "" +"We will pay the invoices by creating bank statement where we will adjust the" +" cash discount our vendor provided under payment terms." +msgstr "我们可通过创建银行对账单来支付款项,付款时可调整现金折扣。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:138 +msgid "" +"Before reconciling this bank statement, we need to create one statement " +"model for cash discount." +msgstr "核销银行对账单之前,需要先创建一个现金折扣模型。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:144 +msgid "Now we are going back to bank statement and opening reconcile view." +msgstr "现在我们回到银行对账单，并打开调节视图。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:69 +msgid "Pay with SEPA" +msgstr "使用SEPA" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:5 +msgid "" +"SEPA, the Single Euro Payments Area, is a payment-integration initiative of " +"the European union for simplification of bank transfers denominated in EURO." +" SEPA allows you to send payment orders to your bank to automate bank wire " +"transfer." +msgstr "SEPA,是唯一欧元付款地, 是欧盟的付款倡议简化欧元转帐。SEPA将付款单发给银行以简化转账。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:10 +msgid "" +"SEPA is supported by the banks of the 28 EU member states as well as " +"Iceland, Norway, Switzerland, Andorra, Monaco and San Marino." +msgstr "SEPA得到28个欧盟成员国银行的支持, 以及冰岛、挪威、瑞士、安道尔、摩纳哥和圣马力诺。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:13 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, once you decide to pay a vendor, you can select to pay the bill " +"with SEPA. Then, at the end of the day, the manager can generate the SEPA " +"file containing all bank wire transfers and send it to the bank." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:18 +msgid "" +"By default,the file follows the SEPA Credit Transfer **'pain.001.001.03'** " +"specifications. This is a well-defined standard that makes consensus among " +"banks. However, according to the country set on your company, another format" +" can be used : **'pain.001.001.03.ch.02'** for Switzerland and " +"**'pain.001.003.03'** for Germany." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Once the payments are processed by your bank, you can directly import the " +"account statement inside Odoo. The bank reconciliation process will " +"seamlessly match the SEPA orders you sent to your bank with actual bank " +"statements." +msgstr "一旦银行处理完支付单据,你可以直接将银行对账单导入Odoo。Odoo将SEPA 付款单和银行对账单核销。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To pay suppliers with SEPA, you must install the **SEPA Credit Transfer** " +"module. This module handle the process of generating SEPA files based on " +"Odoo payments." +msgstr "用SEPA支付,必须安装 **SEPA信用转帐** 模块。这个模块将Odoo付款申请生成SEPA文件。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:40 +msgid "" +"According to your country and the chart of account you use, this module may " +"be installed by default." +msgstr "根据所在国家和所用科目表,这个模块会默认安装。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:44 +msgid "Activate SEPA payment methods on banks" +msgstr "激活银行SEPA付款方法" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:46 +msgid "" +"In order to allow payments by SEPA, you must activate the payment method on " +"related bank journals. From the accounting dashboard (the screen you get " +"when you enter the accounting application), click on \"More\" on your bank " +"account and select the \"Settings\" option." +msgstr "如用SEPA支付,必须激活银行账内的付款方法。会计仪表板(进入会计应用程序的界面),在银行科目上点击“更多”,并选择“设置”选项。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:51 +msgid "" +"To activate SEPA, click the **Advanced Settings** tab and, in the **Payment " +"Methods** part of the **Miscellaneous** section, check the box **Sepa Credit" +" Transfer**." +msgstr "激活SEPA,点击 ** 高级设置** 选项卡,在 **支付方式** 下的 **杂项** ,勾选复选框 **SEPA支付 ** 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Make sure to specify the IBAN account number (domestic account number won't " +"work with SEPA) and the BIC (bank identifier code) on your bank journal." +msgstr "在银行账上, 确认定义IBAN账号(国内帐号不会使用SEPA)和BIC(银行识别码)。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:60 +msgid "" +"By default, the payments you send using SEPA will use your company name as " +"initiating party name. This is what appears on the recipient's bank " +"statement in the **payment from** field. You can customize it in your " +"company settings, in the tab **Configuration**, under the **SEPA** section." +msgstr "" +"默认情况下,使用SEPA付款将使用你公司的名称。公司名称将出现在收款人的银行对账单的 **付款** 字段。在 **SEPA** 下的 **配置** " +"选项卡内, 你可以在公司界面设置。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:72 +msgid "Register your payments" +msgstr "登记付款" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:74 +msgid "" +"You can register a payment that is not related to a supplier bill. To do so," +" use the top menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. Register your " +"payment and select a payment method by Sepa Credit Transfer." +msgstr "可登记与发票没有关系的付款。使用顶部菜单:menuselection:`采购 --> 付款`。登记付款, 选择付款方式。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:78 +msgid "" +"If it's the first time you pay this vendor, you will have to fill in the " +"Recipient Bank Account field with, at least, the bank name, IBAN and BIC " +"(Bank Identifier Code). Odoo will automatically verify the IBAN format." +msgstr "" +"如果这是第一次支付这个供应商,需要填写收件人的银行账户信息,至少需要:银行的名字, IBAN 和 " +"BIC(银行识别码)。Odoo会自动验证IBAN的格式。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:82 +msgid "" +"For future payments to this vendor, Odoo will propose you automatically the " +"bank accounts but you will be able to select another one or create a new " +"one." +msgstr "未来会付款给这个供应商,Odoo会自动提供银行账户,但你可更改或者创建一个新的。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:86 +msgid "" +"If you pay a specific supplier bill, put the reference of the bill in the " +"**memo** field." +msgstr "如果支付一个特殊的发票,在 ** 备忘录** 字段写入备注。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Once your payment is registered, don't forget to Confirm it. You can also " +"pay vendor bills from the bill directly using the Register Payment button on" +" top of a vendor bill. The form is the same, but the payment is directly " +"linked to the bill and will be automatically reconciled to it." +msgstr "付款登记后,别忘了确认。你也可以直接在发票上登记付款。形式是相同的,但是付款是直接与账单链接并自动核销。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:98 +msgid "Generate SEPA files" +msgstr "生成SEPA 文件" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:100 +msgid "" +"From your accounting dashboard, you should see if there are SEPA files to " +"generate for every bank account." +msgstr "在会计仪表板,您可看到是否有银行账户生成的SEPA文件。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:106 +msgid "" +"Click on the link to check all the payments that are ready to transfer via " +"SEPA. Then, select all the payments you want to send (or check the top box " +"to select all payment at once) and click on :menuselection:`More --> " +"Download SEPA Payments`." +msgstr "" +"点击链接,检查是否所有的通过SEPA的付款已准备就绪。然后,选择所有要发送的款项(或勾选顶部的选相框一次选中所有的付款), 单击 " +":menuselection:`更多 --> 下载SEPA付款` 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:115 +msgid "Troubleshooting" +msgstr "故障排除" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:118 +msgid "The bank refuses my SEPA file" +msgstr "银行拒绝SEPA文件" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:120 +msgid "" +"Ask your bank if they support the **SEPA Credit Transfer specification** " +"(the SEPA pain version depends on the country set on your company). If they " +"don't, or cannot provide relevant informations, please forward the error " +"message to your Odoo partner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:126 +msgid "There is no Bank Identifier Code recorded for bank account ..." +msgstr "该银行账号没有银行识别码……" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:128 +msgid "" +"In order to send a SEPA payment, the recipient must be identified by a valid" +" IBAN and BIC. If this message appear, you probably encoded an IBAN account " +"for the partner you are paying but forgot to fill in the BIC field." +msgstr "用SEPA支付,收款人必须有有效的IBAN和BIC。如果这个提示出现,你可能填写了IBAN但忘了填写BIC。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:125 +msgid ":doc:`check`" +msgstr ":doc:`check` " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:3 +msgid "Non-current Assets and Fixed Assets" +msgstr "非流动资产和固定资产" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Non-current Assets**, also known as **long-term assets**, are investments " +"that are expected to be realized after one year. They are capitalized rather" +" than being expensed and appear on the company's balance sheet. Depending on" +" their nature, they may undergo **depreciation**." +msgstr "" +"**非流动资产**，又称为**长期资产**，是指预计一年后实现的投资。它们表现为资本化资产，而不是作为支出出现在公司的资产负债表上。根据其性质，它们可能会经历**折旧**。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:9 +msgid "" +"**Fixed Assets** are a type of Non-current Assets and include the properties" +" bought for their productive aspects, such as buildings, vehicles, " +"equipment, land, and software." +msgstr "**固定资产**是一种非流动性资产，包括为其生产方面购买的财产，如建筑物、车辆、设备、土地和软件。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:12 +msgid "" +"For example, let's say we buy a car for $ 27,000. We plan to amortize it " +"over five years, and we will sell it for $ 7,000 afterward. Using the " +"linear, or straight-line, depreciation method, $ 4,000 are expensed each " +"year as **depreciation expenses**. After five years, the **Accumulated " +"Depreciation** amount reported on the balance sheet equals $ 20,000, leaving" +" us with $ 7,000 of **Not Depreciable Value**, or Salvage value." +msgstr "" +"举例来说，假设我们花$ 27,000买了一辆车。我们计划在五年内摊销它，之后以$ 7,000将它卖出。根据线性或直线折旧法，每年支出$ " +"4,000为**折旧费用**。五年后，在资产负债表上报告的**累计折旧**数额为$ 20,000，所以还有$ " +"7,000为**不可折旧价值**或剩余价值。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Odoo Accounting handles depreciation by creating all depreciation entries " +"automatically in *draft mode*. They are then posted periodically." +msgstr "Odoo会计应用程序以*草稿模式*自动创建所有折旧分录，处理折旧事宜。然后再定期过账。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:21 +msgid "Odoo supports the following **Depreciation Methods**:" +msgstr "Odoo支持以下**折旧方法**：" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:23 +msgid "Straight Line" +msgstr "直线" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:24 +msgid "Declining" +msgstr "下降" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:25 +msgid "Declining Then Straight Line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The server checks once a day if an entry must be posted. It might then take " +"up to 24 hours before you see a change from *draft* to *posted*." +msgstr "服务器每天一次检查是否有分录需要过账。因此，你所做变更可能需要24小时才能从*草稿*变为*已过账*。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:19 +msgid "Prerequisites" +msgstr "先决条件" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Such transactions must be posted on an **Assets Account** rather than on the" +" default expense account." +msgstr "这类交易应过账到**资产科目**，而不是默认费用科目。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:38 +msgid "Configure an Assets Account" +msgstr "配置资产科目" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To configure your account in the **Chart of Accounts**, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Chart of Accounts`, click " +"on *Create*, and fill out the form." +msgstr "" +"如要在**会计科目表**中配置科目，前往 :menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 会计科目表`，点击*创建*并填写表单。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:48 +msgid "" +"This account's type must be either *Fixed Assets* or *Non-current Assets*." +msgstr "科目类型必须为*固定资产*或*非流动资产*。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:48 +msgid "Post an expense to the right account" +msgstr "将费用过账到正确的科目" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:51 +msgid "Select the account on a draft bill" +msgstr "在草稿账单上选择科目" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:56 +msgid "" +"On a draft bill, select the right account for all the assets you are buying." +msgstr "在草稿账单上，为你所购买的所有资产选择合适的科目。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:61 +msgid "Choose a different Expense Account for specific products" +msgstr "为特定产品选择不同的费用科目" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Start editing the product, go to the *Accounting* tab, select the right " +"**Expense Account**, and save." +msgstr "开始编辑产品，前往*会计*选项卡，选择合适的**费用科目**，并保存。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:75 +msgid "" +"It is possible to :ref:`automate the creation of assets entries <assets-" +"automation>` for these products." +msgstr "你可以为这些产品:ref:`自动创建资产分录<assets-automation>`。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:74 +msgid "Change the account of a posted journal item" +msgstr "更改已过账日记账项目的科目" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To do so, open your Purchases Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting" +" --> Accounting --> Purchases`, select the journal item you want to modify, " +"click on the account, and select the right one." +msgstr "" +"为此，前往 :menuselection:`会计 --> 会计 --> 采购`打开你的采购日记账，选择你想要修改的日记账项目，点击科目并选择合适的一项。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:92 +msgid "Assets entries" +msgstr "资产分录" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:88 +msgid "Create a new entry" +msgstr "创建新分录" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:99 +msgid "" +"An **Asset entry** automatically generates all journal entries in *draft " +"mode*. They are then posted one by one at the right time." +msgstr "**资产分录**自动以*草稿模式*生成所有日记账分录。然后在合适的时间逐一过账。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:102 +msgid "" +"To create a new entry, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " +"Assets`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." +msgstr "如要创建新分录，前往 :menuselection:`会计 --> 会计 --> 资产`，点击*创建*并填写表单。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Click on **select related purchases** to link an existing journal item to " +"this new entry. Some fields are then automatically filled out, and the " +"journal item is now listed under the **Related Purchase** tab." +msgstr "点击**选择相关采购**，将现有日记账项目关联到这条新分录。某些字段会自动填充，该日记账项目目前列在*相关采购*选项卡下。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Once done, you can click on *Compute Depreciation* (next to the *Confirm* " +"button) to generate all the values of the **Depreciation Board**. This board" +" shows you all the entries that Odoo will post to depreciate your asset, and" +" at which date." +msgstr "完成后，点击*计算折旧*（在*确认*按钮旁边），生成**折旧面板**的所有值。该面板显示Odoo将过账资产折旧的所有分录和日期。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:113 +msgid "What does \"Prorata Temporis\" mean?" +msgstr "什么是“即时按比例分配”？" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:124 +msgid "" +"The **Prorata Temporis** feature is useful to depreciate your assets the " +"most accurately possible." +msgstr "**即时按比例分配**功能有助于尽可能准确地折旧你的资产。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:126 +msgid "" +"With this feature, the first entry on the Depreciation Board is computed " +"based on the time left between the *Prorata Date* and the *First " +"Depreciation Date* rather than the default amount of time between " +"depreciations." +msgstr "使用此功能，折旧面板的第一个分录是根据*按比例日期*和*首次折旧日期*之间剩余的时间，而不是折旧之间的默认时间来计算的。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:130 +msgid "" +"For example, the Depreciation Board above has its first depreciation with an" +" amount of $ 241.10 rather than $ 4,000.00. Consequently, the last entry is " +"also lower and has an amount of $ 3758.90." +msgstr "例如，以上折旧面板的首次折旧金额为$ 241.10，而不是$ 4,000.00。因此，最后分录金额也更低，为$ 3758.90。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:134 +msgid "What are the different Depreciation Methods" +msgstr "有哪些不同的折旧方法" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:136 +msgid "" +"The **Straight Line Depreciation Method** divides the initial Depreciable " +"Value by the number of depreciations planned. All depreciation entries have " +"the same amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:139 +msgid "" +"The **Declining Depreciation Method** multiplies the Depreciable Value by " +"the **Declining Factor** for each entry. Each depreciation entry has a lower" +" amount than the previous entry. The last depreciation entry doesn't use the" +" declining factor but instead has an amount corresponding to the balance of " +"the depreciable value so that it reaches $0 by the end of the specified " +"duration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:144 +msgid "" +"The **Declining Then Straight Line Depreciation Method** uses the Declining " +"Method, but with a minimum Depreciation equal to the Straight Line Method. " +"This method ensures a fast depreciation at the beginning, followed by a " +"constant one afterward." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:149 +msgid "Assets from the Purchases Journal" +msgstr "采购日记账的资产" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:151 +msgid "" +"You can create an asset entry from a specific journal item in your " +"**Purchases Journal**." +msgstr "你可在**采购日记账**中从特定的日记账项目创建资产分录。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:153 +msgid "" +"To do so, open your Purchases Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting" +" --> Accounting --> Purchases`, and select the journal item you want to " +"record as an asset. Make sure that it is posted in the right account (see: " +":ref:`journal-assets-account`)." +msgstr "" +"为此，前往 :menuselection:`会计 --> 会计 --> " +"采购`打开你的采购日记账，选择你想要记录为资产的日记账项目。确保将其过账到正确的科目（参见 :ref:`journal-assets-account）。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:157 +msgid "" +"Then, click on *Action*, select **Create Asset**, and fill out the form the " +"same way you would do to :ref:`create a new entry <create-assets-entry>`." +msgstr "然后，点击*操作*，选择**创建资产**，并用与:ref:`创建新分录<create-assets-entry>`相同的方法填写表单。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:165 +msgid "Modification of an Asset" +msgstr "修改某项资产" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:167 +msgid "" +"You can modify the values of an asset to increase or decrease its value." +msgstr "你可修改某项资产的价值，增加或降低其价值。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:169 +msgid "" +"To do so, open the asset you want to modify, and click on *Modify " +"Depreciation*. Then, fill out the form with the new depreciation values and " +"click on *Modify*." +msgstr "为此，打开想要修改的资产，并点击**修改折旧**。然后，在表单中填入新的折旧值并点击*修改*。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:172 +msgid "" +"A **decrease in value** posts a new Journal Entry for the **Value Decrease**" +" and modifies all the future *unposted* Journal Entries listed in the " +"Depreciation Board." +msgstr "**价值减少**为**减值**科目过账新的日记账分录，并在折旧面板中修改列出的所有未来*未过账*日记账分录。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:175 +msgid "" +"An **increase in value** requires you to fill out additional fields related " +"to the account movements and creates a new Asset entry with the **Value " +"Increase**. The Gross Increase Asset Entry can be accessed with a Smart " +"Button." +msgstr "**价值增加**要求你填写与科目变动相关的其他字段，并创建新的资产分录**增值**。通过智能按钮可访问总增加资产分录。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:184 +msgid "Disposal of Fixed Assets" +msgstr "固定资产处置" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:186 +msgid "" +"To **sell** an asset or **dispose** of it implies that it must be removed " +"from the Balance Sheet." +msgstr "**出售**或**处置**资产意味着必须将它从资产负债表中删除。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:188 +msgid "" +"To do so, open the asset you want to dispose of, click on *Sell or Dispose*," +" and fill out the form." +msgstr "为此，打开想要处置的资产，点击*出售或处置*，并填写表单。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:194 +msgid "" +"Odoo Accounting then generates all the journal entries necessary to dispose " +"of the asset, including the gain or loss on sale, which is based on the " +"difference between the asset's book value at the time of the sale and the " +"amount it is sold for." +msgstr "然后，Odoo会计应用程序生成处置资产所需的所有日记账分录，包括出售损益，它基于资产在销售时的账面价值和它出售的金额之间的差额。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:199 +msgid "" +"To record the sale of an asset, you must first post the related Customer " +"Invoice so you can link the sale of the asset with it." +msgstr "如要记录出售资产的情况，你必须首先将相关客户发票过账，以便将出售的资产与它关联。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:203 +msgid "Assets Models" +msgstr "资产模型" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:205 +msgid "" +"You can create **Assets Models** to create your Asset entries faster. It is " +"particularly useful if you recurrently buy the same kind of assets." +msgstr "你可创建**资产模型**，以更快创建资产分录。如果你经常购买相同类型的资产，这项功能特别有用。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:208 +msgid "" +"To create a model, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Assets Models`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form the same way you " +"would do to create a new entry." +msgstr "" +"如要创建模型，前往 :menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 资产模型`，点击*创建*并按与创建新分录相同的方法填写表单。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:212 +msgid "" +"You can also convert a *confirmed Asset entry* into a model by opening it " +"from :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Assets` and then, by " +"clicking on the button *Save Model*." +msgstr "" +"你也可从 :menuselection:`会计 --> 会计 --> 资产`打开*已确认资产分录*，将它转化为模型，然后点击按钮*保存模型*。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:217 +msgid "Apply an Asset Model to a new entry" +msgstr "将资产模型应用到新分录" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:219 +msgid "" +"When you create a new Asset entry, fill out the **Fixed Asset Account** " +"with the right asset account." +msgstr "在创建新资产分录时，在**固定资产科目**中填写正确的资产科目。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:160 +msgid "" +"New buttons with all the models linked to that account appear at the top of " +"the form. Clicking on a model button fills out the form according to that " +"model." +msgstr "与该科目关联的所有模型的新按钮都会出现在表单顶部。点击模型按钮，根据该模型填写表单。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:232 +msgid "Automate the Assets" +msgstr "自动化资产" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:234 +msgid "" +"When you create or edit an account of which the type is either *Non-current " +"Assets* or *Fixed Assets*, you can configure it to create assets for the " +"expenses that are credited on it automatically." +msgstr "当你创建或编辑类型为*非流动资产*或*固定资产*的科目时，你可将其配置为针对自动记入该科目的费用创建资产。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:238 +msgid "You have three choices for the **Automate Assets** field:" +msgstr "**自动化资产**字段可有三种选择：" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:241 +msgid "" +"**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " +"draft *Assets entry* is created, but not validated. You must first fill out " +"the form in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Assets`." +msgstr "" +"**创建为草稿：**交易在科目中过账时，系统将创建*资产分录*草稿，但未确认。你必须首先在 :menuselection:`会计 --> 会计 --> " +"资产`填写对应的表单。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:244 +msgid "" +"**Create and validate:** you must also select an Asset Model (see: `Assets " +"Models`_). Whenever a transaction is posted on the account, an *Assets " +"entry* is created and immediately validated." +msgstr "**创建并确认：**你还必须选择一种资产模型（参见: `资产模型`_）。交易在科目中过账时，系统自动创建并立即确认*资产分录*。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:252 +msgid "" +"You can, for example, select this account as the default **Expense Account**" +" of a product to fully automate its purchase. (see: :ref:`product-assets-" +"account`)." +msgstr "" +"例如，你可将此科目选择为某产品默认的**费用科目**，以自动化其采购流程。（参见:ref:`product-assets-account`）。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:3 +msgid "Deferred Expenses and Prepayments" +msgstr "递延费用和预付款 " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Deferred expenses** and **prepayments** (also known as **prepaid " +"expense**), are both costs that have already occurred for unconsumed " +"products or services yet to receive." +msgstr "**递延费用**和**预付款**（又称为**预付费用**）都是未消耗产品或服务已发生但尚未收到产品或服务的成本。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Such costs are **assets** for the company that pays them since it already " +"paid for products and services still to receive or that are yet to be used. " +"The company cannot report them on the current **Profit and Loss statement**," +" or *Income Statement*, since the payments will be effectively expensed in " +"the future." +msgstr "" +"这些费用是支付该费用的公司的**资产**，因为公司已经为产品和服务付费但尚未收到或尚未使用产品和服务。公司不能将其列于当前**损益表**或*利润表*，因为未来才会实际花费该款项。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:13 +msgid "" +"These future expenses must be deferred on the company's balance sheet until " +"the moment in time they can be **recognized**, at once or over a defined " +"period, on the Profit and Loss statement." +msgstr "这些未来费用必须在公司资产负债表上进行递延，直到即刻或一定时期内在损益表上**确认**完毕。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:16 +msgid "" +"For example, let's say we pay $ 1200 at once for one year of insurance. We " +"already pay the cost now but haven't used the service yet. Therefore, we " +"post this new expense in a *prepayment account* and decide to recognize it " +"on a monthly basis. Each month, for the next 12 months, $ 100 will be " +"recognized as an expense." +msgstr "" +"例如，假设我们为一年的保险费一次性支付$ " +"1200。我们现在已经支付了费用，但还没有使用服务。因此，我们将此新费用过账到*预付费科目*并决定每月确认一次。也就是说，未来12个月，每月确认$ " +"100的费用。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Odoo Accounting handles deferred expenses and prepayments by spreading them " +"in multiple entries that are automatically created in *draft mode* and then " +"posted periodically." +msgstr "Odoo会计应用程序处理递延费用和预付款的方法是将它们分散在多个分录中，它们以*草稿模式*自动创建，然后定期过账。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Such transactions must be posted on a **Deferred Expense Account** rather " +"than on the default expense account." +msgstr "这类交易应过账到**递延费用科目**，而不是默认费用科目。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:35 +msgid "Configure a Deferred Expense Account" +msgstr "配置递延费用科目" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:45 +msgid "This account's type must be either *Current Assets* or *Prepayments*" +msgstr "科目类型必须为*流动资产*或*预付款*。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:53 +msgid "" +"On a draft bill, select the right account for all the products of which the " +"expenses must be deferred." +msgstr "在草稿账单上，针对需要递延费用的所有产品选择合适的科目。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:71 +msgid "" +"It is possible to automate the creation of expense entries for these " +"products (see: `Automate the Deferred Expenses`_)." +msgstr "你可以自动创建这些产品的费用分录（参见`自动化递延费用`_）。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:86 +msgid "Deferred Expenses entries" +msgstr "递延费用分录" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:91 +msgid "" +"A **Deferred Expense entry** automatically generates all journal entries in " +"*draft mode*. They are then posted one by one at the right time until the " +"full amount of the expense is recognized." +msgstr "**递延费用分录**以*草稿模式*自动生成所有日记账分录。然后在费用的全部金额被确认后逐一过账。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To create a new entry, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " +"Deferred Expense`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." +msgstr "如要创建新分录，前往 :menuselection:`会计 --> 会计 --> 递延费用`，点击*创建*并填写表单。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Click on **select related purchases** to link an existing journal item to " +"this new entry. Some fields are then automatically filled out, and the " +"journal item is now listed under the **Related Expenses** tab." +msgstr "点击**选择相关采购**，将现有日记账项目关联到这条新分录。某些字段会自动填充，该日记账项目目前列在*相关费用*选项卡下。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Once done, you can click on *Compute Deferral* (next to the *Confirm* " +"button) to generate all the values of the **Expense Board**. This board " +"shows you all the entries that Odoo will post to recognize your expense, and" +" at which date." +msgstr "完成后，点击*计算递延*（在*确认*按钮旁边），生成**费用面板**的所有值。该面板显示Odoo将执行费用确认过账的所有分录和日期。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:116 +msgid "" +"The **Prorata Temporis** feature is useful to recognize your expense the " +"most accurately possible." +msgstr "**即时按比例分配**功能有助于尽可能准确地确认你的费用。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:118 +msgid "" +"With this feature, the first entry on the Expense Board is computed based on" +" the time left between the *Prorata Date* and the *First Recognition Date* " +"rather than the default amount of time between recognitions." +msgstr "使用此功能，费用面板的第一个分录是根据*按比例日期*和*首次确认日期*之间剩余的时间，而不是确认之间的默认时间来计算的。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:122 +msgid "" +"For example, the Expense Board above has its first expense with an amount of" +" $ 70.97 rather than $ 100.00. Consequently, the last entry is also lower " +"and has an amount of $ 29.03." +msgstr "例如，以上费用面板的首次费用金额为$ 70.97，而不是$ 100.00。因此，最后分录金额也相应减少，为$ 29.03。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:126 +msgid "Deferred Entry from the Purchases Journal" +msgstr "采购日记账的递延分录" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:128 +msgid "" +"You can create a deferred entry from a specific journal item in your " +"**Purchases Journal**." +msgstr "你可在**采购日记账**中从特定的日记账项目创建递延分录。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:130 +msgid "" +"To do so, open your Purchases Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting" +" --> Accounting --> Purchases`, and select the journal item you want to " +"defer. Make sure that it is posted in the right account (see: `Change the " +"account of a posted journal item`_)." +msgstr "" +"为此，前往 :menuselection:`会计 --> 会计 --> " +"采购`打开你的采购日记账，选择你想要递延的日记账项目。确保将其过账到正确的科目（参见: `更改已过账日记账项目的科目`_）。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:134 +msgid "" +"Then, click on *Action*, select **Create Deferred Entry**, and fill out the " +"form the same way you would do to `create a new entry`_." +msgstr "然后，点击*操作*，选择**创建递延分录**，并用与`创建新分录`_相同的方法填写表单。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:142 +msgid "Deferred Expense Models" +msgstr "待摊费用模型" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:144 +msgid "" +"You can create **Deferred Expense Models** to create your Deferred Expense " +"entries faster." +msgstr "你可创建**递延费用模型**，以便更快地创建递延费用分录。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:146 +msgid "" +"To create a model, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Deferred Expense Models`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form the same " +"way you would do to create a new entry." +msgstr "" +"如要创建模型，前往 :menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 递延费用模型`，点击*创建*并按与创建新分录相同的方法填写表单。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:150 +msgid "" +"You can also convert a *confirmed Deferred Expense entry* into a model by " +"opening it from :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Deferred " +"Expenses` and then, by clicking on the button *Save Model*." +msgstr "" +"你也可从 :menuselection:`会计 --> 会计 --> 递延费用`打开*已确认递延费用分录*，将它转化为模型，然后点击按钮*保存模型*。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:155 +msgid "Apply a Deferred Expense Model to a new entry" +msgstr "将递延费用模型应用到新分录" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:157 +msgid "" +"When you create a new Deferred Expense entry, fill out the **Deferred " +"Expense Account** with the right recognition account." +msgstr "在创建新递延费用分录时，在**递延费用科目**中填写正确的确认科目。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:170 +msgid "Automate the Deferred Expenses" +msgstr "自动化递延费用" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:172 +msgid "" +"When you create or edit an account of which the type is either *Current " +"Assets* or *Prepayments*, you can configure it to defer the expenses that " +"are credited on it automatically." +msgstr "当你创建或编辑类型为*流动资产*或*预付款*的科目时，你可将其配置为针对自动记入该科目的费用进行递延。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:175 +msgid "You have three choices for the **Automate Deferred Expense** field:" +msgstr "**自动化递延费用**字段可有三种选择：" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:178 +msgid "" +"**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " +"draft *Deferred Expenses entry* is created, but not validated. You must " +"first fill out the form in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " +"Deferred Expenses`." +msgstr "" +"**创建为草稿：**交易在科目中过账时，系统将创建*递延费用分录*草稿，但未确认。你必须首先在 :menuselection:`会计 --> 会计 " +"--> 递延费用`填写对应的表单。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:181 +msgid "" +"**Create and validate:** you must also select a Deferred Expense Model (see:" +" `Deferred Expense Models`_). Whenever a transaction is posted on the " +"account, a *Deferred Expenses entry* is created and immediately validated." +msgstr "" +"**创建并确认：**你还必须选择一种递延费用模型（参见: `递延费用模型`_）。交易在科目中过账时，系统自动创建并立即确认*递延费用分录*。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:190 +msgid "" +"You can, for example, select this account as the default **Expense Account**" +" of a product to fully automate its purchase. (see: `Choose a different " +"Expense Account for specific products`_)." +msgstr "例如，你可将此科目选择为某产品默认的**费用科目**，以完全自动化其采购流程。（参见: `为特定产品选择不同的费用科目`_）。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:3 +msgid "Manage vendor Bills" +msgstr "管理供应商账单" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The **Purchase** application allows you to manage your purchase orders, " +"incoming products, and vendor bills all seamlessly in one place." +msgstr " **采购** 程序允许你在同一个地方无缝管理你的采购单, 买入的产品, 和供应商账单。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If you want to set up a vendor bill control process, the first thing you " +"need to do is to have purchase data in Odoo. Knowing what has been purchased" +" and received is the first step towards understanding your purchase " +"management processes." +msgstr "如果你要设置供应商订单控制流程, 首先你要在Odoo里有采购数据.知道什么被采购和收到货是理解你的采购管理流程的第一步。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:13 +msgid "Here is the standard work flow in Odoo:" +msgstr "odoo标准工作流程 :" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:15 +msgid "" +"You begin with a **Request for Quotation (RFQ)** to send out to your " +"vendor(s)." +msgstr "从发送一个 **询价单(RFQ)** 给你的供应商(们)开始。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Once the vendor has accepted the RFQ, confirm the RFQ into a **Purchase " +"Order (PO)**." +msgstr "一旦供应商接受这询价单, 确认这询价单为 **采购订单(PO)** 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Confirming the PO generates an **Incoming Shipment** if you purchased any " +"stockable products." +msgstr "确认采购订单将生成一个 **新进货物** 如果你采购的是库存产品。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Upon receiving a **Vendor Bill** from your Vendor, validate the bill with " +"products received in the previous step to ensure accuracy." +msgstr "一旦当你从你的供应商处收到一个 **供应商账单** , 和前一步收到的货物做一个验证来确保准确性。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:27 +msgid "" +"This process may be done by three different people within the company, or " +"only one." +msgstr "这个过程也许在同一家公司由三个人做, 也可能只是一个人。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:34 +msgid "Installing the Purchase and Inventory applications" +msgstr "安装采购和库存应用" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:36 +msgid "" +"From the **Apps** application, search for the **Purchase** module and " +"install it. Due to certain dependencies, installing Purchase will " +"automatically install the **Inventory** and **Accounting** applications." +msgstr "从**Apps**应用程序，搜索**采购**模块并安装。由于一定的关联关系，安装采购模块将自动安装**库存**和**会计**应用程序。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:41 +msgid "Creating products" +msgstr "创建产品" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Creating products in Odoo is essential for quick and efficient purchasing " +"within Odoo. Simply navigate to the Products submenu under Purchase and " +"click create." +msgstr "在Odoo中创建产品对于快速高效的采购必不可少。只需前往采购应用程序下的产品子菜单，并点击创建。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:50 +msgid "" +"When creating the product, pay attention to the **Product Type** field, " +"since it is important:" +msgstr "当创建产品时，注意**产品类型**字段，它非常重要：" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Products that are set as **Stockable or Consumable** will allow you to keep " +"track of their inventory levels. These options imply stock management and " +"will allow for receiving these kinds of products." +msgstr "**可贮存或可消耗** 的设置将用于跟踪库存水平。选项用于库存管理，并允许接收这些产品。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Conversely, products that are set as a **Service or Digital Product** will " +"not imply stock management, simply due to the fact that there is no " +"inventory to manage. You will not be able to receive products under either " +"of these designations." +msgstr "相反，被设置为 **服务或数字产品** 的产品不用于库存管理，简单地说是没有库存需要管理。这一类的产品无法接收。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:64 +msgid "" +"It is recommended that you create a **Miscellaneous** product for all " +"purchases that occur infrequently and do not require inventory valuation or " +"management. If you create such a product, it is recommended to set the " +"product type to **Service**." +msgstr "对于那些不经常采购且不需要库存计价和管理的产品，建议创建一个**杂项**产品。如果你创建类似产品，建议设置产品类型为**服务**。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:69 +msgid "Managing your Vendor Bills" +msgstr "管理你的供应商账单" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:72 +msgid "Purchasing products or services" +msgstr "采购产品或服务" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:74 +msgid "" +"From the purchase application, you can create a purchase order with as many " +"products as you need. If the vendor sends you a confirmation or quotation " +"for an order, you may record the order reference number in the **Vendor " +"Reference** field. This will enable you to easily match the PO with the the " +"vendor bill later (as the vendor bill will probably include the Vendor " +"Reference)" +msgstr "" +"从采购应用, 你可以创建你需要的产品的采购单。如果供应商发给你一个确认书或报价单。你可以在 **供应商参考** " +"字段填写订单参考编号。这可以使你方便地和稍后的供应商订单匹配 (因为供应商账单可能会包含供应商参考内容)" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Validate the purchase order and receive the products from the Inventory " +"application." +msgstr "确认采购订单，并从库存应用程序下接收产品。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:88 +msgid "Receiving Products" +msgstr "接收产品" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:90 +msgid "" +"If you purchased any stockable products that you manage the inventory of, " +"you will need to receive the products from the Inventory application after " +"you confirm a purchase order. From the **Inventory dashboard**, you should " +"see a button linking you directly to the transfer of products. This button " +"is outlined in red below:" +msgstr "" +"如果你采购了可库存产品且负责管理其库存情况，你在采购订单被确认后需要从库存应用程序中接收产品。在**库存仪表板**上，你可以看到一个按钮直接与产品调拨相关联。这个按钮在以下显示为红色：" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Navigating this route will take you to a list of all orders waiting to be " +"received." +msgstr "按这个路线导航，你将看到所有等待接收的订单清单。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:105 +msgid "" +"If you have a lot of awaiting orders, apply a filter using the search bar in" +" the upper right. With this search bar, you may filter based on the vendor " +"(partner), the product, or the source document (also known as the reference " +"of your purchase order). You can also group the orders by different criteria" +" under **Group By**. Selecting an item from this list will open the " +"following screen where you then will receive the products." +msgstr "" +"如果你有许多待确定的订单，使用右上方搜索栏的筛选功能。你可基于供应商（合作伙伴）、产品、源文档（又称为采购订单参考）进行筛选。你也可在**分组**中按不同的标准来对订单进行分组。从这个列表中选择一个项目会打开如下页面，然后你就可以接收产品了。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:116 +msgid "Purchasing service products does not trigger a delivery order." +msgstr "采购 **服务** 类型的产品不会触发收货单。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:119 +msgid "Managing Vendor Bills" +msgstr "管理供应商账单" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:121 +msgid "" +"When you receive a vendor bill for a previous purchase, be sure to record it" +" in the Purchases application under the **Control Menu**. You need to create" +" a new vendor bill even if you already registered a purchase order." +msgstr "" +"当你收到以前所采购产品的**供应商账单**时，确认将其记录在采购应用程序下的**控制菜单**中。即使你已经登记了一个采购订单，也需要创建一个新的供应商账单。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:129 +msgid "" +"The first thing you will need to do upon creating a vendor bill is to select" +" the appropriate vendor, since doing so will also pull up any associated " +"accounting or pricelist information. From there, you can choose to specify " +"one or multiple Purchase Orders to populate the Vendor Bill with. When you " +"select a Purchase Order from the list, Odoo will pull any uninvoiced " +"products associated to that Purchase Order and automatically populate that " +"information below. If you are having a hard time finding the appropriate " +"vendor bill, you may search through the list by inputting the vendor " +"reference number or your internal purchase order number." +msgstr "" +"在创建供应商账单之前，你首先需要选择正确的供应商，这将带出相关的会计或价格表信息。在此，你可选择指定一个或多个采购订单来填充供应商账单。当你从列表中选择一个采购订单时，Odoo会带出该采购订单相关的所有未开发票的产品并自动填充下列信息。如你很难找到正确的供应商账单，可通过键入供应商参考号码或你的内部采购订单号进行搜索。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:143 +msgid "" +"While the invoice is in a draft state, you can make any modifications you " +"need (i.e. remove or add product lines, modify quantities, and change " +"prices)." +msgstr "当发票仍为草稿状态时，你可根据需要进行修改（即添加或删除产品行、修改数量和价格等）。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:148 +msgid "Your vendor may send you several bills for the same Purchase Order if:" +msgstr "你的供应商也许会为同一个采购订单寄送多个账单如果：" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:150 +msgid "" +"Your vendor is in back-order and is sending you invoices as they ship the " +"products." +msgstr "你的供应商有欠单并且当他们发货时寄给你账单。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:151 +msgid "Your vendor is sending you a partial bill or asking for a deposit." +msgstr "你的供应商寄给你部分账单，或要求押金。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Every time you record a new vendor bill, Odoo will automatically populate " +"the product quantities based on what has been received from the vendor. If " +"this value is showing a zero, this means that you have not yet received this" +" product and simply serves as a reminder that the product is not in hand and" +" you may need to inquire further into this. At any point in time, before you" +" validate the Vendor Bill, you may override this zero quantity." +msgstr "" +"每次你录入一个新的采购账单, Odoo会自动弹出基于从供应商处收到的产品数量。如果数量是零, 意味着你没有收到产品并简单提供一个提醒, " +"也许需要进一步查询。在这时, 在确认供应商账单前, 可以修改数量。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:162 +msgid "Vendor Bill Matching" +msgstr "供应商账单匹配" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:165 +msgid "What to do if your vendor bill does not match what you received" +msgstr "如果供应商的账单和你收到的产品不符, 怎么办" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:167 +msgid "" +"If the bill you receive from the vendor has quantities that do not match the" +" quantities automatically populated by Odoo, this could be due to several " +"reasons:" +msgstr "如果你收到的账单和Odoo自动填充的数量不符，也许是由以下原因引起的：" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:171 +msgid "" +"The vendor is incorrectly charging you for products and/or services that you" +" have not ordered." +msgstr "供应商错误地要你付你没有订购的产品/或服务。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:174 +msgid "" +"The vendor is billing you for products that you might not have received yet," +" as the invoicing control may be based on ordered or received quantities." +msgstr "供应商给你开了你还没有收到产品的发票, 如果开票控制是基于订购或收到数量。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:178 +msgid "The vendor did not bill you for previously purchased products." +msgstr "供应商未将你之前订购的产品开票。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:180 +msgid "" +"In these instances it is recommended that you verify that the bill, and any " +"associated purchase order to the vendor, are accurate and that you " +"understand what you have ordered and what you have already received." +msgstr "在这些例子中, 建议你验证账单和其他与此供应商有关的采购是准确的, 并且知道哪些是你订购的, 哪些是你已经收到的。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:184 +msgid "" +"If you are unable to find a purchase order related to a vendor bill, this " +"could be due to one of a few reasons:" +msgstr "如果你不能找到和供应商账单关联的定购单, 也许是由以下原因之一造成的 :" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:187 +msgid "" +"The vendor has already invoiced you for this purchase order; therefore it is" +" not going to appear anywhere in the selection." +msgstr "供应商已经为这个采购订单开票，因此选择时它不会再出现。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:190 +msgid "" +"Someone in the company forgot to record a purchase order for this vendor." +msgstr "公司里某人忘了给这个供应商记录这个采购单。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:193 +msgid "The vendor is charging you for something you did not order." +msgstr "供应商要你支付未订购的东西。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:198 +msgid "How product quantities are managed" +msgstr "产品数量如何管理" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:200 +msgid "" +"By default, services are managed based on ordered quantities, while " +"stockables and consumables are managed based on received quantities." +msgstr "一般, 服务是基于订单数量管理, 而库存商品和消耗品都是基于到货数量管理。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:203 +msgid "" +"If you need to manage products based on ordered quantities over received " +"quantities, you will need to belong to the group **Purchase Manager**. Ask " +"your system administrator to enable these access on :menuselection:`Settings" +" --> Users --> Users --> Access Rights`. Once you belong to the correct " +"group, select the product(s) you wish to modify, and you should see a new " +"field appear, labeled **Control Purchase Bills**." +msgstr "" +"如果你基于订购数量而不是收到数量来管理产品, 需要加入群 **采购经理** 。 管理员需要在此设置 :menuselection:`设置 --> 用户 " +"--> 用户 --> 访问权限`. 。一旦你在这个群后, 选择你要更改的产品, 你可以看到一个名为 **控制采购订单** 的新字段。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:213 +msgid "" +"You can then change the default management method for the selected product " +"to be based on either:" +msgstr "然后你可以更改默认管理方法基于 :" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:216 +msgid "Ordered quantities" +msgstr "订购数量" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:218 +msgid "or Received quantities" +msgstr "或收到数量" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:221 +msgid "Batch Billing" +msgstr "批量账单" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:223 +msgid "" +"When creating a vendor bill and selecting the appropriate purchase order, " +"you may continue to select additional purchase orders. Odoo will add the " +"additional line items from the purchase orders you select. If you have not " +"deleted the previous line items from the first purchase order, the bill will" +" be linked to all the appropriate purchase orders." +msgstr "" +"当然建立一个供应商账单并选择合适的采购订单，你可以继续选择增加的采购订单。Odoo将根据你选择的采购订单增加行项目。如果你没有从首个采购订单删除之前的行项目，供应商账单将会链接到所有合适的采购单。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:3 +msgid "Digitize Vendor Bills with Optical Character Recognition (OCR)" +msgstr "使用光学字符识别（OCR）数字化供应商账单" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Encoding bills manually can be a time-consuming task. Having a solution that" +" allows you to digitize them and automatically import the data to your " +"database reduces errors and saves you time." +msgstr "手动对账单进行编码可能是一项耗时的工作。 有一种解决方案可让您将其数字化并自动将数据导入数据库，从而减少了错误并节省了时间。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:9 +msgid "Set up the feature" +msgstr "功能设置" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Bill Digitalization`, and " +"choose whether the bills should be processed automatically or manually." +msgstr "转到： :menuselection:`会计 --> 设定 --> 帐单数字化` ，然后选择应自动还是手动处理账单。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:19 +msgid "Start digitizing your bills" +msgstr "开始数字化你的账单" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Scan your bills and then go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> " +"Bills` and upload your document. Based on your configuration, it either " +"processes the documents automatically, or you need to click on *Send for " +"Digitalization* to do it manually." +msgstr "" +"扫描帐单，然后转到 :menuselection:`会计 --> 供应商 --> 帐单` 并上传您的文档。 " +"根据您的配置，它要么自动处理文档，或者您需要单击 *发送数字化* 以手动进行。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:26 +msgid "" +"You can also create a vendor bill through the *Documents* app or by using an" +" email alias on your journals." +msgstr "您也可以通过 *文件管理* 应用程序或在日记中使用电子邮件别名来创建供应商账单。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Once the data is extracted from the PDF, you can correct it if necessary by " +"clicking on the respective tag (available in *Edit* mode), and selecting the" +" right information instead." +msgstr "一旦数据从PDF中提取出来，如果有必要，您可以通过单击相应的标记 (在 *编辑* 模式下可用) 并选择正确的信息来纠正它。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:38 +msgid "" +"The more bills you scan, the better the system gets at identifying the " +"correct data." +msgstr "你扫描的账单越多，系统识别正确数据的能力就越强。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:34 +msgid "Pricing" +msgstr "价格" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:44 +msgid "" +"The *Bill Digitalization* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service which " +"requires prepaid credits to work. Digitalizing one document consumes one " +"credit." +msgstr "*账单数字化* 是一项 *应用内购买(IAP)* 服务，需要预付费才能使用。数字化一个文档消耗一个积分。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:47 +msgid "" +"To buy credits, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Settings --> Bill Digitalization` and click on *Buy credits*, or go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Odoo IAP` and click on *View My Services*." +msgstr "" +"如要购买积分，请转到:menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 设置 --> 帐单数字化` ，然后单击 *购买积分* ，或转到 " +":menuselection:`设置 --> Odoo IAP` ，然后单击 *查看我的服务* 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you " +"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." +msgstr "如果你是Odoo Online (SAAS)企业版用户，你可用免费试用积点来测试这项功能。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Click `here <https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#header_4>`_ to know about our " +"*Privacy Policy*." +msgstr "点击`此处 <https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#header_4>`_，了解我们的*隐私政策*。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:3 +msgid "Purchase Receipts" +msgstr "采购收据" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Purchase Receipts** are not invoices but rather confirmations of received " +"payments, such as a ticket or a receipt." +msgstr "**购买收据** 不是发票，而是收款确认函，例如票或收据。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:8 +msgid "" +"This feature is meant to be used when you pay directly with your company's " +"money for an expense. **Vendor Bills**, on the other hand, are recorded when" +" an invoice is issued to you and that the amount is first credited on a debt" +" account before a later payment reconciliation." +msgstr "" +"当您直接用公司的钱支付某项费用时，将使用此功能。另一方面，*卖方账单* 在给你开发票时被记录，在以后的付款调节之前，这个金额被先贷记到一个债务账户上。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Expenses paid by employees can be managed with **Odoo Expenses**, an app " +"dedicated to the approval of such expenses and the payments management. " +"Click :doc:`here </applications/finance/expense/expense>` for more " +"information on how to use Odoo Expenses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:18 +msgid "Register a receipt" +msgstr "登记收据" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To record a new receipt, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> " +"Receipts`, click on *Create*, fill out the form, and click on *Post*." +msgstr "" +"要记录新的收据，请进入 :menuselection:`会计 --> 供应商 --> 收据`，点击 *创建* ，填写表格，然后点击 *发布* 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:27 +msgid "" +"You can register the payment by clicking on *Register Payment*, then filling" +" out the payment's details, and clicking on *Validate*." +msgstr "您可以点击*注册付款*，然后填写付款的详细信息，然后点击 *验证* 来注册付款。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:31 +msgid "Edit the Journal Entry before posting it" +msgstr "在发布之前编辑日记帐" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Once you have filled out the *Invoice Lines* tab, you can modify the " +"**Journal Entry** before you post it." +msgstr "填写 *发票行* 选项卡后，您可以在发布 *日记帐分录* 之前对其进行修改。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To do so, click on the **Journal Items** tab, change the accounts and values" +" according to your needs, and click on *Post*." +msgstr "要做到这一点，单击 **日记帐项目** 选项卡，根据您的需要更改帐户和值，然后单击 *发布* 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:44 +msgid ":doc:`manage`" +msgstr ":doc:`manage`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:45 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/expense/expense`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables.rst:3 +msgid "Account Receivables" +msgstr "应收账款" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:99 +msgid "Customer Invoices" +msgstr "客户结算单" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:3 +msgid "Offer cash discounts" +msgstr "提供现金折扣" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Cash discounts are incentives you can offer to customers to motivate them to" +" pay within a specific time frame. For instance, you offer a 2% discount if " +"the customer pays you within the first 5 days of the invoice, when it is due" +" in 30 days. This approach can greatly improve your average collection " +"period." +msgstr "" +"现金折扣是你提供给客户的激励，以驱动 他们在特定的账期内付款。例如，付款截止日是开开票后30天，你可以为在开票后5天内付款的客户提供2%的折扣。 " +"这个方法可以大幅度改良你的平均收款周期。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:12 +msgid "Set up a cash discount" +msgstr "设置现金折扣" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To set up a cash discount, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Management --> Payment Terms` and click on *Create*. Add a" +" *Percent* type of term with a corresponding value (e.g. 98% of the total " +"price for a 2% discount) and the number of days during which the offer is " +"valid. You can also change the default balance term if needed." +msgstr "" +"如要设置现金折扣，前往 :menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 管理 --> " +"付款条件`并点击*创建*。添加*百分比*类型项及相应的值（例如，总价的98%指2%的折扣）和优惠的有效期天数。你还可根据需要更改默认余额项。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:25 +msgid "Start offering the cash discount" +msgstr "开始提供现金折扣" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Now, you can create a customer invoice and select the cash discount payment " +"term you added. Once the invoice is validated, Odoo will automatically split" +" the account receivables part of the journal entry into two installments " +"having different due dates. Since the discounted price is already " +"calculated, your payment controls will be simplified." +msgstr "" +"现金，你可以建立一个客户发票并选择你增加的现金折扣政策。一旦发票生效。Odoo将自动分解应收账款到两个不同到期日的分期付款计划。因为折扣价已经计算好了，你的支付控制将变的简单。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:37 +msgid "Grant the cash discount" +msgstr "授权现金折扣" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:39 +msgid "" +"The customer fulfilled the payment terms and therefore benefits from the " +"cash discount. When you process the bank statement, match the payment with " +"the related journal entry. Then, select the remaining cash discount and " +"click on *Create Write-off* to reconcile it." +msgstr "客户执行支付条款就会获得现金折扣。当你处理银行对账单时，将收款数据与会计分录匹配。然后，选择还存在的现金折扣，点击“建立勾消”以调节一致。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:48 +msgid "" +"You can also create a dedicated reconciliation model to make the process " +"easier. In this case, you should add a tax to the model based on the taxes " +"applied to your invoices. This means that if you handle multiple tax rates, " +"you need to create several reconciliation models. Note that depending on " +"your localisation, you might already have a Cash Discount model available by" +" default." +msgstr "" +"你还可以创建一个专用的对账模型，使流程更容易。在这种情况下，你应该根据发票适用的税收规定向模型添加税收功能。也就是说，如果你需处理多种税率，则要创建多个对账模型。请注意，根据本地化情况，你可能已有可用的默认现金折扣模型。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:56 +msgid "Register the full payment" +msgstr "登记全额付款" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:58 +msgid "" +"In this case, the customer has not fulfilled the payment term and cannot " +"benefit from the cash discount. When you process the bank statement, match " +"the payment with the two related journal entries." +msgstr "在这种情况下，客户未履行支付条款，且无法享受现金折扣。当处理银行对账单时，将付款与两个相关的会计分录进行匹配。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:67 +msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:3 +msgid "Cash Rounding" +msgstr "现金舍入" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Cash rounding** is required when the lowest physical denomination of " +"currency, or the smallest coin, is higher than the minimum unit of account." +msgstr "当货币或硬币的最低实物面值高于最小的记账单位时，需要进行**现金舍入**。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:9 +msgid "" +"For example, some countries require their companies to round up or down the " +"total amount of an invoice to the nearest five cents, when the payment is " +"made in cash." +msgstr "例如，某些国家要求公司在以现金支付时，将发票总额四舍五入到最接近的五美分。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " +"*Cash Rounding*, then click on *Save*." +msgstr "前往 :menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 设置`并启用*现金舍入*，然后点击*保存*。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Cash Roundings`, and " +"click on *Create*." +msgstr "前往 :menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 现金舍入`，并点击*创建*。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Define here your *Rounding Precision*, *Rounding Strategy*, and *Rounding " +"Method*." +msgstr "在这里定义你的*舍入精度*、*舍入策略*和*舍入方法*。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:28 +msgid "Odoo supports two **rounding strategies**:" +msgstr "Odoo支持两种**舍入策略**。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:30 +msgid "" +"**Add a rounding line**: a *rounding* line is added on the invoice. You have" +" to define which account records the cash roundings." +msgstr "**添加舍入明细**：在发票上添加*舍入*明细。你必须定义哪个科目记录现金舍入。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:33 +msgid "**Modify tax amount**: the rounding is applied in the taxes section." +msgstr "**修改税收金额**：在税收部分应用舍入。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:36 +msgid "Apply roundings" +msgstr "应用舍入" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:38 +msgid "" +"When editing a draft invoice, open the *Other Info* tab, go to the " +"*Accounting Information* section, and select the appropriate *Cash Rounding " +"Method*." +msgstr "在编辑发票草稿时，打开*其他信息*选项卡，前往*会计信息*部分，并选择适当的*现金舍入方法*。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:3 +msgid "Credit Notes and Refunds" +msgstr "贷项凭单和退款" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:4 +msgid "" +"A **credit note**, or **credit memo**, is a document issued to a customer " +"that notifies them that they have been credited a certain amount." +msgstr "**贷项凭单**或**贷项通知单**是指向客户签发并告知其贷记一定金额的文件。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:11 +msgid "There are several reasons that can lead to a credit note, such as:" +msgstr "产生贷项凭单的原因很多，例如：" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:9 +msgid "a mistake in the invoice" +msgstr "发票有误" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:10 +msgid "a return of the goods, or a rejection of the services" +msgstr "退货或拒绝服务" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:11 +msgid "the goods delivered are damaged" +msgstr "交付的货物损坏" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Issuing a credit note is the only legal way to cancel, refund or modify a " +"validated invoice. Don’t forget to *register the payment* afterward if you " +"need to send money back to your customer." +msgstr "签发贷项凭单是取消、退款或修改已确认发票的唯一合法途径。之后如需向客户退回款项，请勿忘记*登记付款*。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:20 +msgid "Issue a Credit Note" +msgstr "签发贷项凭单" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:21 +msgid "" +"You can create a credit note from scratch by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Credit Notes`, and by clicking " +"on *Create*. Filling the Credit Note’s form works the same way as the " +"Invoice’s form." +msgstr "" +"你可前往 :menuselection:`会计 --> 客户 --> " +"贷项凭单`，并点击*创建*，从头开始重建一份贷项凭单。填写贷项凭单与发票表单的方式相同。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:26 +msgid "" +"However, most of the time, credit notes are generated directly from the " +"invoices they are related to." +msgstr "但是，多数时候，贷项凭单从其相关的发票中直接生成。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:29 +msgid "To do so, open the *Customer Invoice*, and click on *Add Credit Note*." +msgstr "为此，打开*客户发票*并点击*添加贷项凭单*。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:37 +msgid "You can choose between three options:" +msgstr "你可从三种选项中进行选择：" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:44 +msgid "Partial Refund" +msgstr "部分退款" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:55 +msgid "Full Refund" +msgstr "全部退款" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:66 +msgid "Full refund and new draft invoice" +msgstr "全部退款并创建新的草稿结算单" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Credit Notes’ numbers start with “R” and are followed by the number of the " +"document they are related to (e.g., RINV/2019/0004)." +msgstr "贷项凭单编号以“R”开头，然后是其相关的文件编号（例如，RINV/2019/0004）。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Odoo creates a draft credit note already prefilled with all the necessary " +"information from the original invoice." +msgstr "Odoo已经创建了一份贷项凭单草稿，并按原发票预填了所有必要信息。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:48 +msgid "" +"This is the option to choose to do a partial refund, or if you want to " +"modify any detail on the credit note." +msgstr "这种选项可进行部分退款，或修改贷项凭单的任何细节。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:52 +msgid "" +"This is the only option available for invoices that are already marked as " +"*Paid*." +msgstr "已经标记为*已付款*的发票只能使用这种选项。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Odoo creates a credit note, automatically validates it, and reconciles the " +"original invoice with it." +msgstr "Odoo创建贷项凭单，自动确认并与原发票对账。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:62 +msgid "" +"This is the option to choose to do a full refund or cancel a validated " +"invoice." +msgstr "这种选项可进行全额退款或取消已确认的发票。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Odoo creates a credit note, automatically validates it, reconciles the " +"original invoice with it, and open a new draft invoice prefilled with the " +"same details from the original invoice." +msgstr "Odoo创建贷项凭单，自动确认并与原发票对账，然后创建一份新的发票草稿并预填原发票的相同详情。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:71 +msgid "" +"This is the option to choose to modify the content of a validated invoice." +msgstr "这种选项可用于修改已确认发票的内容。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:74 +msgid "Record a Vendor Refund" +msgstr "记录供应商退款" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:75 +msgid "" +"**Vendor Refunds** are recorded the same way you would do with invoices’ " +"credit notes:" +msgstr "**供应商退款**与发票贷项凭单的记录方法相同。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:77 +msgid "" +"You can either create a credit note from scratch by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> Refund`, and by clicking on " +"*Create*, or by opening the validated *Vendor Bill*, and clicking on *Add " +"Credit Note*." +msgstr "" +"你可前往 :menuselection:`会计 --> 供应商 --> " +"退款`，并点击*创建*，从头开始创建一份贷项凭单，或打开已确认的*供应商账单*，并点击*添加贷项凭单*。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Issuing a credit note from an invoice creates a **reverse entry** that " +"zeroes out the journal items generated by the original invoice." +msgstr "从发票签发贷项凭单可创建**逆转分录**，将原发票生成的日记账项目归零。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:87 +msgid "Here is an example of an invoice’s journal entry:" +msgstr "这是发票的日记账分录示例：" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:92 +msgid "" +"And here is the credit note’s journal entry generated to reverse the " +"original invoice above:" +msgstr "这是生成并用于逆转以上原发票的贷项凭单日记账分录：" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:3 +msgid "Deferred Revenues" +msgstr "递延收入" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Deferred revenues**, or **unearned revenue**, are payments made in advance" +" by customers for products yet to deliver or services yet to render." +msgstr "**递延收入**或**预收收入**是指客户为产品预付的款项，但尚未交付产品或提供服务。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Such payments are a **liability** for the company that receives them since " +"it still owes its customers these products or services. The company cannot " +"report them on the current **Profit and Loss statement**, or *Income " +"Statement*, since the payments will be effectively earned in the future." +msgstr "" +"这类付款对收到的公司而言属于**负债**，因为它仍欠客户这些产品或服务。公司不能将其列于当前**损益表**或*利润表*，因为未来才能实际确认该款项。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:12 +msgid "" +"These future revenues must be deferred on the company's balance sheet until " +"the moment in time they can be **recognized**, at once or over a defined " +"period, on the Profit and Loss statement." +msgstr "这些未来收入必须在公司资产负债表上进行递延，直到即刻或一定时期内可在损益表上**确认**。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:15 +msgid "" +"For example, let's say we sell a five-year extended warranty for $ 350. We " +"already receive the money now but haven't earned it yet. Therefore, we post " +"this new income in a deferred revenue account and decide to recognize it on " +"a yearly basis. Each year, for the next 5 years, $ 70 will be recognized as " +"revenue." +msgstr "" +"例如，假设我们按$ " +"350的价格售出了五年延保服务。我们现在已经收款，但尚未确认该收入。因此，我们将这笔新收入过账到递延收入科目并决定每年确认一次。在未来5年中，每年确认$" +" 70的收入。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Odoo Accounting handles deferred revenues by spreading them in multiple " +"entries that are automatically created in *draft mode* and then posted " +"periodically." +msgstr "Odoo会计应用程序处理递延收入的方法是将它们分散在多个分录中，它们以*草稿模式*自动创建，然后定期过账。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Such transactions must be posted on a **Deferred Revenue Account** rather " +"than on the default income account." +msgstr "这类交易应过账到**递延收入科目**，而不是默认收入科目。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:34 +msgid "Configure a Deferred Revenue Account" +msgstr "配置递延收入科目" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:44 +msgid "" +"This account's type must be either *Current Liabilities* or *Non-current " +"Liabilities*" +msgstr "科目类型必须为*流动负债*或*非流动负债*。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:47 +msgid "Post an income to the right account" +msgstr "将收入过账到正确的科目" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:50 +msgid "Select the account on a draft invoice" +msgstr "在发票草稿上选择科目" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:52 +msgid "" +"On a draft invoice, select the right account for all the products of which " +"the incomes must be deferred." +msgstr "在发票草稿上，针对需要递延收入的所有产品选择合适的科目。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:60 +msgid "Choose a different Income Account for specific products" +msgstr "为特定产品选择不同的收入科目" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Start editing the product, go to the *Accounting* tab, select the right " +"**Income Account**, and save." +msgstr "开始编辑产品，前往*会计*选项卡，选择合适的**收入科目**，并保存。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:70 +msgid "" +"It is possible to automate the creation of revenue entries for these " +"products (see: `Automate the Deferred Revenues`_)." +msgstr "你可以自动创建这些产品的收入分录（参见`自动化递延收入`_）。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To do so, open your Sales Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting -->" +" Accounting --> Sales`, select the journal item you want to modify, click on" +" the account, and select the right one." +msgstr "" +"为此，前往 :menuselection:`会计 --> 会计 --> 销售`打开你的销售日记账，选择你想要修改的日记账项目，点击科目并选择合适的一项。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:85 +msgid "Deferred Revenues entries" +msgstr "递延收入分录" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:90 +msgid "" +"A **Deferred Revenues entry** automatically generates all journal entries in" +" *draft mode*. They are then posted one by one at the right time until the " +"full amount of the income is recognized." +msgstr "**递延收入分录**以*草稿模式*自动生成所有日记账分录。然后在收入的全部金额被确认后逐一过账。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:93 +msgid "" +"To create a new entry, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " +"Deferred Revenues`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." +msgstr "如要创建新分录，前往 :menuselection:`会计 --> 会计 --> 递延收入`，点击*创建*并填写表单。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Click on **select related purchases** to link an existing journal item to " +"this new entry. Some fields are then automatically filled out, and the " +"journal item is now listed under the **Related Sales** tab." +msgstr "点击**选择相关采购**，将现有日记账项目关联到这条新分录。某些字段会自动填充，该日记账项目目前列在*相关销售*选项卡下。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Once done, you can click on *Compute Revenue* (next to the *Confirm* button)" +" to generate all the values of the **Revenue Board**. This board shows you " +"all the entries that Odoo will post to recognize your revenue, and at which " +"date." +msgstr "完成后，点击*计算收入*（在*确认*按钮旁边），生成**收入面板**的所有值。该面板显示Odoo将执行收入确认过账的所有分录和日期。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:115 +msgid "" +"The **Prorata Temporis** feature is useful to recognize your revenue the " +"most accurately possible." +msgstr "**即时按比例分配**功能有助于尽可能准确地确认你的收入。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:117 +msgid "" +"With this feature, the first entry on the Revenue Board is computed based on" +" the time left between the *Prorata Date* and the *First Recognition Date* " +"rather than the default amount of time between recognitions." +msgstr "使用此功能，收入面板的第一个分录是根据*按比例日期*和*首次确认日期*之间剩余的时间，而不是确认之间的默认时间来计算的。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:121 +msgid "" +"For example, the Revenue Board above has its first revenue with an amount of" +" $ 4.22 rather than $ 70.00. Consequently, the last entry is also lower and " +"has an amount of $ 65.78." +msgstr "例如，以上收入面板的首次收入金额为$ 4.22，而不是$ 70.00。因此，最后分录金额也相应减少，为$ 65.78。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:125 +msgid "Deferred Entry from the Sales Journal" +msgstr "销售日记账的递延分录" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:127 +msgid "" +"You can create a deferred entry from a specific journal item in your **Sales" +" Journal**." +msgstr "你可在**销售日记账**中从特定的日记账项目创建递延分录。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:129 +msgid "" +"To do so, open your Sales Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting -->" +" Accounting --> Sales`, and select the journal item you want to defer. Make " +"sure that it is posted in the right account (see: `Change the account of a " +"posted journal item`_)." +msgstr "" +"为此，前往 :menuselection:`会计 --> 会计 --> " +"销售`打开你的销售日记账，选择你想要递延的日记账项目。确保将其过账到正确的科目（参见: `更改已过账日记账项目的科目`_）。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:142 +msgid "Deferred Revenue Models" +msgstr "递延收入模型" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:144 +msgid "" +"You can create **Deferred Revenue Models** to create your Deferred Revenue " +"entries faster." +msgstr "你可创建**递延收入模型**，以便更快地创建递延收入分录。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:146 +msgid "" +"To create a model, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Deferred Revenue Models`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form the same " +"way you would do to create a new entry." +msgstr "" +"如要创建模型，前往 :menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 递延收入模型`，点击*创建*并按与创建新分录相同的方法填写表单。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:150 +msgid "" +"You can also convert a *confirmed Deferred Revenue entry* into a model by " +"opening it from :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Deferred " +"Revenues` and then, by clicking on the button *Save Model*." +msgstr "" +"你也可从 :menuselection:`会计 --> 会计 --> 递延收入`打开*已确认递延收入分录*，将它转化为模型，然后点击按钮*保存模型*。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:155 +msgid "Apply a Deferred Revenue Model to a new entry" +msgstr "将递延收入模型应用到新分录" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:157 +msgid "" +"When you create a new Deferred Revenue entry, fill out the **Deferred " +"Revenue Account** with the right recognition account." +msgstr "在创建新递延收入分录时，在**递延收入科目**中填写正确的确认科目。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:170 +msgid "Automate the Deferred Revenues" +msgstr "自动化递延收入" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:172 +msgid "" +"When you create or edit an account of which the type is either *Current " +"Liabilities* or *Non-current Liabilities*, you can configure it to defer the" +" revenues that are credited on it automatically." +msgstr "当你创建或编辑类型为*流动负债*或*非流动负债*的科目时，你可将其配置为为自动贷记该科目的收入进行递延。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:175 +msgid "You have three choices for the **Automate Deferred Revenue** field:" +msgstr "**自动化递延收入**字段可有三种选择：" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:178 +msgid "" +"**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " +"draft *Deferred Revenues entry* is created, but not validated. You must " +"first fill out the form in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " +"Deferred Revenues`." +msgstr "" +"**创建为草稿：**交易在科目中过账时，系统将创建*递延收入分录*草稿，但未确认。你必须首先在 :menuselection:`会计 --> 会计 " +"--> 递延收入`填写对应的表单。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:181 +msgid "" +"**Create and validate:** you must also select a Deferred Revenue Model (see:" +" `Deferred Revenue Models`_). Whenever a transaction is posted on the " +"account, a *Deferred Revenues entry* is created and immediately validated." +msgstr "" +"**创建并确认：**你还必须选择一种递延收入模型（参见: `递延收入模型`_）。交易在科目中过账时，系统自动创建并立即确认*递延收入分录*。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:190 +msgid "" +"You can, for example, select this account as the default **Income Account** " +"of a product to fully automate its sale. (see: `Choose a different Income " +"Account for specific products`_)." +msgstr "例如，你可将此科目选择为某产品默认的**收入科目**，以完全自动化其销售流程。（参见: `为特定产品选择不同的收入科目`_）。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:195 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Academy: Deferred Revenues (Recognition) " +"<https://www.odoo.com/r/EWO>`_" +msgstr "`Odoo学院：递延收入（确认） <https://www.odoo.com/r/EWO>`_" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:3 +msgid "Add EPC QR Codes to invoices" +msgstr "向发票添加EPC二维码" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:4 +msgid "" +"European Payments Council Quick Response Code, or **EPC QR Code**, are two-" +"dimensional barcodes that customers can scan with their **mobile banking " +"applications** to initiate a **SEPA Credit Transfer (SCT)**, and pay their " +"invoices instantly." +msgstr "" +"欧洲支付委员会快速响应代码，又称为**EPC二维码**，是一种二维条码，客户可用**手机银行应用程序**扫描该二维码并启动**SEPA贷记转账(SCT)**，并立即支付发票。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:10 +msgid "" +"In addition to bringing ease of use and speed, it greatly reduces typing " +"errors that would potentially make for payment issues." +msgstr "除了使用方便和速度快之外，它还大大减少了输入错误可能导致的付款问题。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:15 +msgid "" +"This feature is only available in several European countries such as " +"Austria, Belgium, Finland, Germany, and The Netherlands." +msgstr "这项功能仅在奥地利、比利时、芬兰、德国和荷兰等欧洲国家可用。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and " +"activate the **SEPA QR Code** feature." +msgstr "前往 :menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 设置`并启用**SEPA二维码**功能。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:28 +msgid "Configure your Bank Account’s journal" +msgstr "配置你的银行账户日记账" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Make sure that your *Bank Account* is correctly configured on Odoo with your" +" IBAN and BIC." +msgstr "确保在Odoo中正确配置你的*银行账户*，检查IBAN和BIC是否正确。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, " +"open your *bank journal*, then fill out the *Bank Account* and *Bank* under " +"the *Bank Account* tab." +msgstr "" +"为此，前往 :menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 日记账`，打开 *银行日记账*，然 *银行账户* 选项卡下填写 *银行账户* " +"和 *银行* 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:40 +msgid "Issue Invoices with EPC QR Codes" +msgstr "开具带EPC二维码的发票" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:41 +msgid "" +"EPC QR Codes are added automatically to your invoices, as long as you issue " +"them to customers that are located in a country where this feature is " +"available." +msgstr "只要你向位于此功能可用的国家的客户签发此类发票，EPC二维码将自动添加到你的发票中。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Invoices`, and create a " +"new invoice." +msgstr "前往 :menuselection:`会计 --> 客户 --> 发票`，并创建新发票。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Before posting it, open the *Other Info* tab. Odoo automatically fills out " +"the *Bank Account* field with your IBAN." +msgstr "在过账之前，打开*其他信息*选项卡。Odoo将自动填写*银行账户*字段和IBAN。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Make sure that the account indicated is the one you want to use to receive " +"your customer’s payment as Odoo uses this field to generate the EPC QR Code." +msgstr "确保填写的账户是你想要用来接收客户付款的账户，因为Odoo将用此字段生成EPC二维码。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If you want to issue an invoice without an EPC QR Code, remove the IBAN " +"indicated in the *Bank Account* field, under the *Other Info* tab of the " +"invoice." +msgstr "如你想要开具不含EPC二维码的发票，只需在发票的*其他信息*选项卡的*银行账户*字段中删除IBAN。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:65 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Academy: QR Code on Invoices for European Customers " +"<https://www.odoo.com/r/VuU>`_" +msgstr "`Odoo学院：在欧洲客户的发票上添加二维码 <https://www.odoo.com/r/VuU>`_" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview of the invoicing process" +msgstr "开票流程概述" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Depending on your business and the application you use, there are different " +"ways to automate the customer invoice creation in Odoo. Usually, draft " +"invoices are created by the system (with information coming from other " +"documents like sales order or contracts) and accountant just have to " +"validate draft invoices and send the invoices in batch (by regular mail or " +"email)." +msgstr "" +"基于你的业务场景以及你所使用的模块, 在Odoo中有几种不同的方式去自动触发客户发票。通常, " +"系统创建草稿发票(发票信息从其他单据例如销售订单或者合同)并且会计只需要确认草稿发票并且批量的发送即可(快递或者电子邮件)" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Depending on your business, you may opt for one of the following way to " +"create draft invoices:" +msgstr "基于你的业务场景, 可以选择以下方式的其中之一创建草稿发票 :" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:19 +msgid "Sales Order ‣ Invoice" +msgstr "销售订单‣发票" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:21 +msgid "" +"In most companies, salespeople create quotations that become sales order " +"once they are validated. Then, draft invoices are created based on the sales" +" order. You have different options like:" +msgstr "在大多数公司里面, 销售人员创建报价单, 并且确认后转换为销售就订单。然后基于销售订单创建草稿发票。可以选择如下集中方式 :" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Invoice manually: use a button on the sale order to trigger the draft " +"invoice" +msgstr "手工发票 :利用出售才能触发发票草案上的一个按钮" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Invoice before delivery: invoice the full order before triggering the " +"delivery order" +msgstr "发票交付之前 :触发交付订单之前发票的完整的订单" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:31 +msgid "Invoice based on delivery order: see next section" +msgstr "根据送货单发票 :参见下一节" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Invoice before delivery is usually used by the eCommerce application when " +"the customer pays at the order and we deliver afterwards. (pre-paid)" +msgstr "发货之前开票通常用于电商应用中, 通常都是客户先付钱之后我们发货给他们(预付)。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:37 +msgid "" +"For most other use cases, it's recommended to invoice manually. It allows " +"the salesperson to trigger the invoice on demand with options: invoice the " +"whole order, invoice a percentage (advance), invoice some lines, invoice a " +"fixed advance." +msgstr "" +"对于大多数其他用途的情况下, 建议手动发票。它可以让销售人员引发与期权需求的发票 :发票整个订单, 发票百分比（前进）, 发票的某些行, " +"发票固定的前进。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:42 +msgid "This process is good for both services and physical products." +msgstr "该过程适用与服务类型的产品和实物类产品" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:45 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:48 +msgid "Sales Order ‣ Delivery Order ‣ Invoice" +msgstr "销售订单(Sales Order) ‣提货单(Delivery Order) ‣发票(Invoice)" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Retailers and eCommerce usually invoice based on delivery orders, instead of" +" sales order. This approach is suitable for businesses where the quantities " +"you deliver may differs from the ordered quantities: foods (invoice based on" +" actual Kg)." +msgstr "" +"零售商和电子商务通常是基于发票, 而不是销售订单交货订单。这种方法适用于企业, 你从订购数量交付量可能会有所不同 :食品（根据实际公斤发票）。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:55 +msgid "" +"This way, if you deliver a partial order, you only invoice for what you " +"really delivered. If you do back orders (deliver partially and the rest " +"later), the customer will receive two invoices, one for each delivery order." +msgstr "" +"该方法下, 如果你部分发货, 只需要为实际发出的数量开票。如果需要未完成订单的话(部分发货和稍晚剩余发出), 客户会收到基于两次发货生成的两个发票。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:61 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:64 +msgid "eCommerce Order ‣ Invoice" +msgstr "电子商务订单‣发票" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:66 +msgid "" +"An eCommerce order will also trigger the creation of the order when it is " +"fully paid. If you allow paying orders by check or wire transfer, Odoo only " +"creates an order and the invoice will be triggered once the payment is " +"received." +msgstr "在全部付款完成后, 电商订单也会触发订单的创建, 如果允许通过支票和电汇付款, Odoo只会创建一张订单并且一旦付款完成发票会触发。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:72 +msgid "Contracts" +msgstr "合同" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:75 +msgid "Regular Contracts ‣ Invoices" +msgstr "定期合同‣发票" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:77 +msgid "" +"If you use contracts, you can trigger invoice based on time and material " +"spent, expenses or fixed lines of services/products. Every month, the " +"salesperson will trigger invoice based on activities on the contract." +msgstr "如果您使用的合同, 您可以根据时间和材料的花费, 费用或服务/产品固定线路引发的发票。每个月, 营业员将根据有关合同规定的活动引发的发票。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:81 +msgid "Activities can be:" +msgstr "活动可以是 :" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:83 +msgid "" +"fixed products/services, coming from a sale order linked to this contract" +msgstr "固定的产品/服务, 从销售订单来了链接到该合同" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:84 +msgid "materials purchased (that you will re-invoice)" +msgstr "已采购材料（将重开发票）" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:85 +msgid "time and material based on timesheets or purchases (subcontracting)" +msgstr "基于时间表或购买（分包）时间和材料" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:86 +msgid "" +"expenses like travel and accommodation that you re-invoice to the customer" +msgstr "喜欢旅行和住宿费用, 你重新发票给客户" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:88 +msgid "" +"You can invoice at the end of the contract or trigger intermediate invoices." +" This approach is used by services companies that invoice mostly based on " +"time and material. For services companies that invoice on fix price, they " +"use a regular sales order." +msgstr "" +"您可以在合同结束发票或触发中间发票。这种方法使用该发票大多是基于时间和材料服务公司。对于发票上的固定价格服务公司, 他们使用常规的销售订单。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:94 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:95 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:96 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:99 +msgid "Recurring Contracts ‣ Invoices" +msgstr "经常性合同‣发票" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:101 +msgid "" +"For subscriptions, an invoice is triggered periodically, automatically. The " +"frequency of the invoicing and the services/products invoiced are defined on" +" the contract." +msgstr "对于订阅, 发票会定期地, 自动地生成。生成发票频率以及服务／产品已经在合同上定义好了。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:106 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/subscriptions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:112 +msgid "Creating an invoice manually" +msgstr "手工创建发票" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Users can also create invoices manually without using contracts or a sales " +"order. It's a recommended approach if you do not need to manage the sales " +"process (quotations), or the delivery of the products or services." +msgstr "用户也可以不通过合同或者销售订单手工的创建发票。如果没有使用销售模块(报价)以及仓库模块, 建议使用手工创建发票。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Even if you generate the invoice from a sales order, you may need to create " +"invoices manually in exceptional use cases:" +msgstr "及时可以从销售订单中创建发票, 在一些特殊场景中还是需要手工创建发票 :" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:122 +msgid "if you need to create a refund" +msgstr "如果需要创建退款" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:124 +msgid "If you need to give a discount" +msgstr "如果需要折扣" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:126 +msgid "if you need to change an invoice created from a sales order" +msgstr "如果需要变更为从销售订单开票" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:128 +msgid "if you need to invoice something not related to your core business" +msgstr "如果需要对不是主营业务的交易开票" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:131 +msgid "Specific modules" +msgstr "具体模块" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:133 +msgid "Some specific modules are also able to generate draft invoices:" +msgstr "一些特定的模块还能够生成发票草案 :" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:135 +msgid "**membership**: invoice your members every year" +msgstr "**会员资格** ：每年给你的会员开发票" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:137 +msgid "**repairs**: invoice your after-sale services" +msgstr "**修理** : 为售后服务开票" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:3 +msgid "Payment Terms and Installment Plans" +msgstr "付款条件和分期付款计划 " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Payment Terms** specify all the conditions under which a sale is paid, " +"mostly to ensure customers pay their invoices correctly and on time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Payment Terms can be applied to sales orders, customer invoices, supplier " +"bills, and contacts. These conditions cover:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:11 +msgid "The due date" +msgstr "截止日期" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:12 +msgid "Some discounts" +msgstr "某些折扣" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:13 +msgid "Any other condition on the payment" +msgstr "关于付款的所有其他条件" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Defining Payment Terms automatically calculates the payments' due dates. " +"This is particularly helpful for managing installment plans." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:18 +msgid "" +"An **installment plan** allows the customers to pay an invoice in parts, " +"with the amounts and payment dates defined beforehand by the seller." +msgstr "**分期付款计划**允许客户支付发票的部分金额，由卖方事先确定付款金额和日期。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:21 +msgid "**Examples of Payment Terms:**" +msgstr "**付款条件举例：**" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**Immediate Payment**" +msgstr "**立即付款**" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "The full payment is due on the day of the invoice's issuance." +msgstr "需在开具发票当日支付全款。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**15 Days** (or **Net 15**)" +msgstr "**15天**（或**Net 15**）" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "The full payment is due 15 days after the invoice date." +msgstr "开具发票日期后15天支付全款。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**21 MFI**" +msgstr "**21 MFI**" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "" +"The full payment is due by the 21st of the month following the invoice date." +msgstr "在开具发票日期当月的21日支付全款。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**2% 10, Net 30 EOM**" +msgstr "**2% 10, Net 30 EOM**" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "" +"2% :doc:`cash discount <cash_discounts>` if the payment is received within " +"ten days. Otherwise, the full payment is due at the end of the month " +"following the invoice date." +msgstr "2% :doc:`现金折扣<cash_discounts>`，如在10天内收到付款。否则，在开具发票日期当月月底前支付全款。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Payment terms are not to be confused with down payment invoices. If, for a " +"specific order, you issue several invoices to your customer, that is neither" +" a payment term nor an installment plan, but an invoicing policy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:39 +msgid "" +"This document is about the *Payment Terms* feature, not *Terms & " +"Conditions*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Terms` and " +"click on *Create*." +msgstr "前往 :menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 付款条件`并点击*创建*。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The **Description on the Invoice** is the text displayed on the document " +"(sale order, invoice, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:49 +msgid "" +"In the **Terms** section, you can add a set of rules, called *terms*, to " +"define what needs to be paid and by which due date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:52 +msgid "" +"To add a term, click on *Add a line*, and define its *Type*, *Value*, and " +"*Due Date Computation*." +msgstr "如要添加条件，点击*添加行*，并定义*类型*、*值*和*截止日期计算*。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:55 +msgid "Terms are computed in the order they are set up." +msgstr "条件将按设置的顺序进行计算。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:56 +msgid "The **balance** should always be used for the last line." +msgstr "**余额**应始终用于最后一行。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 +msgid "" +"In the following example, 30% is due on the day of issuance, and the balance" +" is due at the end of the following month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:67 +msgid "Using Payment Terms" +msgstr "使用付款条款" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Payment Terms can be defined in the **Due Date** field, with the **Terms** " +"drop-down list, on:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**Quotations**" +msgstr "**报价**" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "" +"To set specific payment terms automatically on all invoices generated from a" +" quotation." +msgstr "对于从报价生成的所有发票自动设置特定付款条件。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**Customer Invoices**" +msgstr "**客户发票**" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "To set specific payment terms on an invoice." +msgstr "对发票设置特定付款条件。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**Vendor Bills**" +msgstr "**供应商账单**" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "" +"To set specific payment terms on a bill. This is mostly useful when you need" +" to manage vendor terms with several installments. Otherwise, setting the " +"*Due Date* is enough." +msgstr "对账单设置特定付款条件。这项功能对于管理多次分期付款的供应商条件非常有用。否则，只需设置*截止日期*。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:80 +msgid "" +"You can also define a **Due Date** manually. If Payment Terms are already " +"defined, empty the field so you can select a date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:83 +msgid "Payment Terms can be defined with the **Payment Terms** field on:" +msgstr "付款条件可在以下各项的**付款条件**字段中定义：" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**Contacts**" +msgstr "**联系人**" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "" +"To set specific payment terms automatically on new sales orders, invoices, " +"and bills of a contact. This can be modified in the contact’s *Form View*, " +"under the *Sales & Purchase* tab." +msgstr "在联系人的新销售订单、发票、账单上自动设置特定付款条件。它可在*销售和采购*选项卡下联系人*表单视图*中修改。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Invoices with specific Payment Terms generate different *Journal Entries*, " +"with one *Journal Item* for every computed *Due Date*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:95 +msgid "" +"This makes for easier *Follow-ups* and *Reconciliation* since Odoo takes " +"each due date into account, rather than just the balance due date. It also " +"helps to get an accurate *Aged Receivable report*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:103 +msgid "" +"In this example, an invoice of $1000 has been issued with the following " +"payment terms: *30% is due on the day of issuance, and the balance is due at" +" the end of the following month.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:107 +msgid "Due date" +msgstr "到期日期" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:109 +msgid "February 21" +msgstr "2月21日" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:109 +msgid "300" +msgstr "300" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:111 +msgid "March 31" +msgstr "3月31日" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:111 +msgid "700" +msgstr "700" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:113 +msgid "Product Sales" +msgstr "产品销售" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:116 +msgid "" +"The $1000 debited on the Account Receivable is split into two distinct " +"*Journal Items*. Both of them have their own **Due Date**." +msgstr "应收账款科目上的$1000被分成两个不同的*日记账项目*。它们都有自己的**截至日期**。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:120 +msgid ":doc:`cash_discounts`" +msgstr ":doc:`cash_discounts` " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:121 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Terms and Conditions (T&C) and Payment Terms " +"<https://www.odoo.com/r/fpv>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:3 +msgid "Send your Invoices by Post (Snailmail)" +msgstr "邮寄发票(Snailmail)" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Direct mail is a great way to capture individuals’ attention at a time where" +" inboxes are always full. Odoo allows you to send invoices and follow-up " +"reports by post, worldwide, directly from your database." +msgstr "在电子邮件收件箱总是被挤得满满当当的时候，直接邮寄是吸引个人关注的好方法。Odoo可直接从数据库向全球各地邮政寄送发票和催款报告。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:10 +msgid "Set up Snailmail" +msgstr "设置Snailmail" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Snailmail` and activate " +"the feature." +msgstr "前往 :menuselection:`会计 --> 设置 --> Snailmail`并启用此功能。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If you would like this option to be a default feature, enable *Send by Post*" +" under *Default Sending Options*." +msgstr "如你想将本选项设为默认功能，在*默认发送选项*下面启用*邮寄*。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:21 +msgid "Send your invoices by post" +msgstr "邮寄发票" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Open your Invoice, click on the *Send & Print* button and select *Send by " +"Post*." +msgstr "打开发票，点击*发送和打印*按钮并选择*邮寄*。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Make sure to have your customer’s address set correctly, and that it " +"includes a country, before sending the letter." +msgstr "正确设置客户地址，写明所在国家，然后发送信函。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:37 +msgid "" +"*Snailmail* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service which requires prepaid " +"stamps (=credits) to work. Sending one document consumes one stamp." +msgstr "*Snailmail*是一项*应用内购买(IAP)*服务，需要预付费邮戳（=信用）才能运行。发送一份文件消耗一个邮戳。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To buy stamps, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Settings --> Snailmail` and click on *Buy credits*, or go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Odoo IAP` and click on *View my Services*." +msgstr "" +"如要购买邮戳，前往 :menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 设置 --> Snailmail`并点击*购买信用*，或前往 " +":menuselection:`设置 --> Odoo IAP`并点击*查看我的服务*。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments.rst:3 +msgid "Customer Payments" +msgstr "客户付款" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:3 +msgid "Batch Payments: Batch Deposits (checks, cash etc.)" +msgstr "批量支付:批量存款(支票、现金等)" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A **Batch Deposit** groups multiple payments in a single batch. This allows " +"you to deposit several payments into your bank account with a single " +"transaction. This is particularly useful to deposit cash and checks." +msgstr "一个 **批量存款** 在一个批次中对多个付款进行分组。这允许你在一次交易中将几笔付款存入你的银行账户。这对存入现金和支票特别有用。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:9 +msgid "" +"This feature allows you to list several customer payments and print a " +"**deposit slip**. This ticket contains the details of the transactions and a" +" reference to the batch deposit. You can then select this reference during a" +" bank reconciliation to match the single bank statement line with all the " +"transactions listed in the batch deposit." +msgstr "" +"该功能允许您列出几个客户付款并打印一张**存款凭条**。此票据包含交易的详细信息和批量存款的引用。然后，您可以在银行余额调节期间选择此引用，以便将单个银行对账单行与批量存款中列出的所有交易相匹配。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:17 +msgid "" +"To activate the feature, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Settings --> Customer Payments`, activate **Batch Payments**, and click " +"on *Save*." +msgstr "" +"要激活该功能，请进入 :menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 设定--> 客户付款`，激活 **批量付款** ，然后点击 *保存* " +"。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:21 +msgid "Payment Method Types" +msgstr "付款方式类型" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To record new payments as part of a Batch Deposit, you have to configure " +"first the Journal on which you record them." +msgstr "要将新付款记录为批量存款的一部分，您必须首先配置要记录新付款的日记帐。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, " +"open the Journal you want to edit, click on *Edit*, and open the *Advanced " +"Settings* tab. In the *Payment Method Types* section, enable **Batch " +"Deposit**, and click on *Save*." +msgstr "" +"为此，请转到 :menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 日记帐`，打开要编辑的日志，单击 *编辑* ，然后打开 *高级设置* 标签。 " +"在 *付款方式类型* 部分中，启用 *批量存款* ，然后单击*保存* 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Your main bank accounts are automatically configured to process batch " +"payments when you activate the feature." +msgstr "激活该功能后，您的主要银行帐户将自动配置为处理批量付款。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:39 +msgid "Deposit multiple payments in batch" +msgstr "批量存入多笔款项" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:42 +msgid "Record payments to deposit in batch" +msgstr "记录要分批的付款" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:44 +msgid "" +":doc:`Register the payments <recording>` on the bank account on which you " +"plan to deposit them by opening the *Customer Invoice* for which you " +"received a payment, and clicking on *Register Payment*. There, select the " +"appropriate Journal linked to your bank account and select *Batch Deposit* " +"as Payment Method." +msgstr "" +":doc:`注册付款 <recording>` 在您打算将其存入银行帐户的银行帐户上，打开已收到付款的 *客户发票* ，然后单击 *注册付款* 。 " +"在此处，选择链接到您的银行帐户的适当日记帐，然后选择 *批量存款* 作为付款方式。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:53 +msgid "Do this step for all checks or payments you want to process in batch." +msgstr "对要批量处理的所有支票或付款执行此步骤。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:56 +msgid "Make sure to write the payment reference in the **Memo** field." +msgstr "确保在 *备注* 字段中填写付款参考。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:59 +msgid "Add payments to a Batch Deposit" +msgstr "将付款添加到批量存款" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To add the payments to a Batch Deposit, go to :menuselection:`Accounting -->" +" Customers --> Batch Payments`, and click on *Create*. Next, select the Bank" +" and Payment Method, then click on *Add a line*." +msgstr "" +"要将付款添加到批量存款中，请转到 :menuselection:` 会计 --> 客户 --> 批量付款` 然后单击 *创建* 。 " +"接下来，选择银行和付款方式，然后单击 *添加行* 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Select all payments to include in the current Batch Deposit and click on " +"*Select*. You can also record a new payment and add it to the list by " +"clicking on *Create*." +msgstr "选择要包括在当前批量存款中的所有付款，然后单击*选择*。 您还可以记录新的付款并将其添加到列表中，方法是单击*创建*。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Once done, click on *Validate* to finalize your Batch Deposit. You can then " +"click on *Print* to download a PDF file to include with the deposit slip " +"that the bank usually requires to fill out." +msgstr "完成后，单击 *确认* 以完成您的批量存款。 然后，您可以单击 *打印* 以下载PDF文件，以包括银行通常要求填写的存款单。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Once the bank statements are on your database, you can reconcile the bank " +"statement line with the *Batch Payment* reference. To do so, start your " +"**Bank Reconciliation** by going to your Accounting dashboard and clicking " +"on *Reconcile Items* on the related bank account. At the bank statement " +"line, click on *Choose counterpart or Create Write-off* to display more " +"options, open the *Batch Payments* tab, and select your Batch Payment. All " +"related payments are automatically added." +msgstr "" +"一旦银行对账单进入数据库，您就可以将银行对账单行与 *批量付款* 引用进行协调。 为此，请转到会计”仪表板，然后单击相关银行帐户上的 *对帐项目* " +"，以启动 **银行对帐** 。 在银行对帐单行中，单击 *选择对口方或创建冲销* 以显示更多选项，打开 *批量付款* 选项卡，然后选择您的批量付款。 " +"所有相关的付款都会自动添加。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:89 +msgid "" +"The *Batch Payments* tab won't appear if a Partner is selected for this bank" +" statement line." +msgstr "如果为此银行对帐单行选择了合作伙伴，则不会显示 *批量付款* 标签。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:95 +msgid "" +"If a check, or a payment, couldn't be processed by the bank and is missing, " +"remove the related payment before validating the bank reconciliation." +msgstr "如果银行无法处理支票或丢失了支票或付款，请在验证银行对帐前删除相关付款。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:99 +msgid ":doc:`recording`" +msgstr ":doc:`recording` " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:100 +msgid ":doc:`batch_sdd`" +msgstr ":doc:`batch_sdd`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:3 +msgid "Batch Payments: SEPA Direct Debit (SDD)" +msgstr "批量付款：SEPA直接借记(SDD)" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:5 +msgid "" +"SEPA, the Single Euro Payments Area, is a payment-integration initiative of " +"the European Union for simplification of bank transfers denominated in EURO." +" With **SEPA Direct Debit**, your customers can sign a **mandate** that " +"authorizes you to collect future payments from their bank accounts. This is " +"particularly useful for recurring payments based on a subscription." +msgstr "" +"SEPA（单一欧元支付区）是欧盟的一种支付整合计划，旨在简化以欧元计价的银行转账。 通过 **SEPA直接付款** ，您的客户可以签署一项 *授权书* " +"，授权您从他们的银行帐户中收取以后的款项。 这对于基于订阅的定期付款特别有用。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:10 +msgid "" +"You can record customer mandates in Odoo, and generate XML files containing " +"pending payments made with an SDD mandate." +msgstr "您可以在Odoo中记录客户委托，并生成XML文件，其中包含使用SDD委托进行的待付款项。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:0 +msgid "" +"SDD is supported by all SEPA countries, which includes the 27 member states " +"of the European Union as well as additional countries." +msgstr "SDD得到所有SEPA国家的支持，其中包括欧盟的27个成员国以及其他国家。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:0 +msgid "" +"`List of all SEPA countries <https://www.europeanpaymentscouncil.eu" +"/document-library/other/epc-list-sepa-scheme-countries>`_." +msgstr "" +"`全部SEPA国家列表 <https://www.europeanpaymentscouncil.eu/document-library/other" +"/epc-list-sepa-scheme-countries>`_。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`, activate " +"**SEPA Direct Debit (SDD)** and click on *Save*. Enter your company's " +"**Creditor Identifier**. This number is provided by your bank institution, " +"or the authority responsible for delivering them." +msgstr "" +"转到 :menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 设定`, 激活 **SEPA直接付款（SDD）**，然后单击 *保存* 。 " +"入您公司的 **凭证标识符** 。 该号码是由您的银行机构或负责提供此号码的机构提供的。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:31 +msgid "SEPA Direct Debit Mandates" +msgstr "SEPA直接借记授权" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:34 +msgid "Create a mandate" +msgstr "创建授权" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The SEPA Direct Debit Mandate is the document that your customers sign to " +"authorize you to collect money directly from their bank accounts." +msgstr "SEPA直接借记授权是由客户签字，授权你直接从其银行账户收取资金的文件。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To create a new mandate, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> " +"Direct Debit Mandates`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." +msgstr "要创建新的授权，请转到 :menuselection:`会计 --> 客户 --> 直接付款授权` ，点击 *创建* ，然后填写表格。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Export the PDF file by clicking on *Print*. It is then up to your customer " +"to sign this document. Once done, upload the signed file in the **Original " +"Document** field, and click on *Validate* to start running the mandate." +msgstr "" +"通过单击 *打印* 导出PDF文件。 然后由您的客户签署此文档。 完成后，将签名文件上传到 *原始文档* 字段中，然后单击 *验证* 以开始运行任务。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Make sure that the **IBAN bank accounts details** are correctly recorded on " +"the debtor’s contact form, under the *Accounting* tab, and in your own " +":doc:`Bank Account <../../bank/setup/bank_accounts>` settings." +msgstr "" +"确保将 **IBAN银行帐户详细信息** 正确记录在债务人的联系表上的 *会计* 选项卡下以及您自己的 " +":doc:`银行帐户<../../bank/setup/bank_accounts>` 设置。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:56 +msgid "SEPA Direct Debit as a Payment Method" +msgstr "SEPA直接付款作为付款方式" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:58 +msgid "" +"SEPA Direct Debit can be used as a payment method both on your **eCommerce**" +" or on the **Customer Portal** by activating SDD as a **Payment Acquirer**. " +"With this method, your customers can create and sign their mandates " +"themselves." +msgstr "" +"通过将SDD激活为 **付款收单行** ，您可以在 **电子商务** 或 **客户门户** 上将SEPA直接付款用作付款方式。 " +"使用这种方法，您的客户可以自己创建并签署其任务授权。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:62 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment " +"Acquirers`, click on *SEPA Direct Debit*, and set it up according to your " +"needs." +msgstr "" +"为此，请转至 :menuselection:`会计 --> 设置 --> 付款收单行`，点击 *SEPA直接付款* ，然后根据需要进行设置。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Make sure to change the **State** field to *Enabled*, and to check **Online " +"Signature**, as this is necessary to let your customers sign their mandates." +msgstr "确保将 **状态** 字段更改为 *已启用* ，并选中 **在线签名** ，因为这是让您的客户签署其任务授权所必需的。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Customers using SDD as payment method get prompted to add their IBAN, email " +"address, and to sign their SEPA Direct Debit mandate." +msgstr "使用SDD作为付款方式的客户会被提示添加其IBAN，电子邮件地址，并签署其SEPA直接付款授权书。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:73 +msgid "Add link to future **Payment Acquirer** documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:76 +msgid "Close or revoke a mandate" +msgstr "关闭或撤销授权" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Direct Debit mandates are closed automatically after their *End Date*. If " +"this field is left blank, the mandate keeps being *Active* until it is " +"*Closed* or *Revoked*." +msgstr "直接付款授权 *结束日期* 后自动关闭。 如果将此字段留为空白，则任务将一直处于 *启动* 状态，直到 *被关闭* 或 *已撤消* 为止。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Clicking on **Close** updates the mandate’s end day to the current day. This" +" means that invoices issued after the present day will not be processed with" +" an SDD payment." +msgstr "点击 **关闭** ，将任务的结束日期更新为当天。 这意味着当天之后开具的发票将不会通过SDD付款进行处理。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Clicking on **Revoke** disables the mandate immediately. No SDD payment can " +"be registered anymore, regardless of the invoice’s date. However, payments " +"that have already been registered are still included in the next SDD XML " +"file." +msgstr "单击 *撤消* 将立即禁用任务。 无论发票的日期如何，都无法再注册SDD付款。 但是，已经注册的付款仍包含在下一个SDD XML文件中。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Once a mandate has been *closed* or *revoked*, it cannot be reactivated." +msgstr "*关闭* 或 *撤销* 授权后，便无法将其重新激活。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:96 +msgid "Get paid with SDD Batch Payments" +msgstr "通过SDD批量付款功能收款" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:101 +msgid "" +"You can register SDD payments for invoices issued to customers who have an " +"active SDD mandate." +msgstr "您可以为发给具有有效SDD任务授权的客户的发票注册SDD付款。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:103 +msgid "" +"To do so, open the invoice, click on *Register Payment*, and choose *SEPA " +"Direct Debit* as payment method." +msgstr "为此，请打开发票，单击 *注册付款* ，然后选择 *SEPA直接付款* 作为付款方式。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:107 +msgid "Generate SEPA Direct Debit XML files to submit payments" +msgstr "生成SEPA直接借记XML文件以提交付款" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:109 +msgid "" +"**XML files** with all SDD payment instructions can be uploaded to your " +"online banking interface to process all payments at once." +msgstr "带有所有SDD付款说明的 **XML文件** 可以上传到您的在线银行界面，以一次处理所有付款。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:113 +msgid "" +"The files generated by Odoo follow the SEPA Direct Debit **PAIN.008.001.02**" +" specifications, as required by the SEPA customer-to-bank Implementation " +"Guidelines, which ensures compatibility with the banks." +msgstr "" +"Odoo生成的文件遵循SEPA客户到银行实施指南所要求的SEPA直接付款 **PAIN.008.001.02**规范，以确保与银行的兼容性。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:117 +msgid "" +"To generate your XML file for the pending SDD payments, go to the related " +"*bank journal* on your *Accounting dashboard*, then click on *Direct Debit " +"Payments to Collect*." +msgstr "如要为挂起的SDD支付生成XML文件，请转到*会计仪表板*上的相关*银行日记账*，然后点击*收取直接借记付款*。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:124 +msgid "" +"Select all the payments you want to include in your SDD XML file, then click" +" on *Action* and select *Create Batch Payment*." +msgstr "选择要包含在SDD XML文件中的所有付款，然后单击 *操作* 并选择 *创建批量付款* 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Odoo then takes you to your *Batch Payment*’s form. Click on *Validate* and " +"download the SDD XML file." +msgstr "然后，Odoo带您进入*批量付款* 表格。 单击 *验证* 并下载 SDD XML文件。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:138 +msgid "" +"Finally, upload this file to your online banking interface to process the " +"payments." +msgstr "最后，将此文件上传到您的在线银行界面以处理付款。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:141 +msgid "" +"You can retrieve all the generated SDD XML files by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Customers --> Batch " +"Payments`." +msgstr "你可前往 :menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 客户 --> 批量付款`，检索所有已生成的SDD XML文件。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:145 +msgid ":doc:`batch`" +msgstr ":doc:`batch`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:147 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Academy: SEPA Direct Debit Mandates (SDD) " +"<https://www.odoo.com/r/Zxs>`_" +msgstr "`Odoo学院：SEPA直接借记授权(SDD) <https://www.odoo.com/r/Zxs>`_" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:148 +msgid "" +"`List of all SEPA countries <https://www.europeanpaymentscouncil.eu" +"/document-library/other/epc-list-sepa-scheme-countries>`_" +msgstr "" +"`所有SEPA国家/地区的清单 <https://www.europeanpaymentscouncil.eu/document-" +"library/other/epc-list-sepa-scheme-countries>`_" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:3 +msgid "Register customer payments by checks" +msgstr "通过支票注册客户付款" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:5 +msgid "" +"There are two ways to handle payments received by checks. Odoo support both " +"approaches so that you can use the one that better fits your habits." +msgstr "有两种方法可处理收款。Odoo都支持，你可选择一个适合你的。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:9 +msgid "" +"**Undeposited Funds:** once you receive the check, you record a payment by " +"check on the invoice. (using a Check journal and posted on the Undeposited " +"Fund account) Then, once the check arrives in your bank account, move money " +"from Undeposited Funds to your bank account." +msgstr "" +" **未存资金** ：一旦收到支票，可在发票上的登记收款。(使用支票账并过账到未存资金科目). 然后，银行收到钱后，把钱从未存资金科目转到银行科目。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:16 +msgid "" +"**One journal entry only:** once your receive the check, you record a " +"payment on your bank, paid by check, without going through the **Undeposited" +" Funds**. Once you process your bank statement, you do the matching with " +"your bank feed and the check payment, without creating a dedicated journal " +"entry." +msgstr "" +"**仅一个凭证** ：一旦收到支票，在银行上登记用支票支付，无需通过 ** 未存资金** " +"。一旦使用银行对账单，将银行收到的钱和支票相匹配，而不需创建一个专用的凭证。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:23 +msgid "" +"We recommend the first approach as it is more accurate (your bank account " +"balance is accurate, taking into accounts checks that have not been cashed " +"yet). Both approaches require the same effort." +msgstr "我们建议使用第一种方法, 更准确(你的银行帐户余额是准确的，应考虑到有些支票还没有兑现)。这两种方法工作量差不多。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Even if the first method is cleaner, Odoo support the second approach " +"because some accountants are used to it (quickbooks and peachtree users)." +msgstr "即使第一个方法更干净，Odoo仍支持第二种方法, 因为一些会计已习惯使用(指导书和其他用户)。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:32 +msgid "" +"You may have a look at the *Deposit Ticket feature* if you deposit several " +"checks to your bank accounts in batch." +msgstr "您可以看一看*存款票据功能*, 如果你将支票批量存入银行。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:36 +msgid "Option 1: Undeposited Funds" +msgstr "选项1 : 未缴存的资金" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:41 +msgid "Create a journal **Checks**" +msgstr "创建一个分类账 **支票** " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:43 +msgid "Set **Undeposited Checks** as a defaut credit/debit account" +msgstr "设置 **未存款检查** 的借/贷科目" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Set the bank account related to this journal as **Allow Reconciliation**" +msgstr "将该分类帐有关的银行科目设置 **允许调节对账** " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:109 +msgid "From check payments to bank statements" +msgstr "从支票付款到银行对账单" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The first way to handle checks is to create a check journal. Thus, checks " +"become a payment method in itself and you will record two transactions." +msgstr "第一种处理支票的方法是创建一个支票凭证。因此，支票本身成为一种付款方式，你将记录两个交易。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Once you receive a customer check, go to the related invoice and click on " +"**Register Payment**. Fill in the information about the payment:" +msgstr "一旦你收到客户的支票，去相关的发票，然后点击 **登记付款** 。填写付款的信息：" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Payment method: Check Journal (that you configured with the debit and credit" +" default accounts as **Undeposited Funds**)" +msgstr "付款方式：检查账(如同 **未存资金** 科目设置借贷方)" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:60 +msgid "Memo: write the Check number" +msgstr " **备忘**: 写上支票号码" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:65 +msgid "This operation will produce the following journal entry:" +msgstr "此操作将会产生如下会计分录：" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 +msgid "Statement Match" +msgstr "对账单匹配" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:135 +msgid "100.00" +msgstr "100.00" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 +msgid "Undeposited Funds" +msgstr "未缴存的资金" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:121 +msgid "The invoice is marked as paid as soon as you record the check." +msgstr "登记付款后, 发票会标记为已付。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Then, once you get the bank statements, you will match this statement with " +"the check that is in Undeposited Funds." +msgstr "然后，一旦拿到银行对账单，在undeposited资金科目内将对账单和支票核对。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 +msgid "X" +msgstr "X" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:89 +msgid "" +"If you use this approach to manage received checks, you get the list of " +"checks that have not been cashed in the **Undeposit Funds** account " +"(accessible, for example, from the general ledger)." +msgstr "如果你用这种方法来管理收到的支票，在 **未存资金** 科目内会看到未兑现支票清单(访问，例如，从总账)。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Both methods will produce the same data in your accounting at the end of the" +" process. But, if you have checks that have not been cashed, this one is " +"cleaner because those checks have not been reported yet on your bank " +"account." +msgstr "这两种方法会产生相同的数据。但是，如果支票没有兑现，这个方法更清楚, 因为这些支票还未登入银行账户。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:100 +msgid "Option 2: One journal entry only" +msgstr "选项2: 仅一笔分类账分录" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:105 +msgid "" +"These is nothing to configure if you plan to manage your checks using this " +"method." +msgstr "如果使用这个方法管理支票，不需要配置。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:114 +msgid "**Payment method:** the bank that will be used for the deposit" +msgstr " **付款方式** : 用于存款的银行" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:116 +msgid "Memo: write the check number" +msgstr " **备忘**: 写上支票号码" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Once you will receive the bank statements, you will do the matching with the" +" statement and this actual payment. (technically: point this payment and " +"relate it to the statement line)" +msgstr "一旦收到银行对账单，将对账单和实际付款核对。(从技术上讲：点此付款，并将其对账单上的行关联)" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:127 +msgid "" +"With this approach, you will get the following journal entry in your books:" +msgstr "此操作将会产生如下会计分录：" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:139 +msgid "" +"You may also record the payment directly without going on the customer " +"invoice, using the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. This method may" +" be more convenient if you have a lot of checks to record in a batch but you" +" will have to reconcile entries afterwards (matching payments with invoices)" +msgstr "" +"您也可以使用菜单直接记录付款，而无需输入客户发票使用菜单，:menuselection:`销售 --> 付款`。 " +"如果您要分批记录很多支票，但此后您必须核对输入（付款与发票匹配），则此方法可能更方便" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:145 +msgid "" +"If you use this approach to manage received checks, you can use the report " +"**Bank Reconciliation Report** to verify which checks have been received or " +"paid by the bank. (this report is available from the **More** option from " +"the Accounting dashboard on the related bank account)." +msgstr "" +"如果您使用这种方法来管理收到的支票，您可使用报告 **银行余额调节表** 来核实银行已收到或由银行支付的支票。(本报告可从 **更多 ** " +"进入会计应用仪表板中的选项)。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:3 +msgid "Follow-up on invoices and get paid faster" +msgstr "发票催款及更快收款" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:5 +msgid "" +"It is essential for your business to collect payments when they are overdue." +" Odoo will help you identify payments that are late and will allow you to " +"send the appropriate reminders." +msgstr "对于你的企业而言，在逾期付款时收取款项非常重要。Odoo将帮助你识别延迟付款，并可发送适当的提醒。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:10 +msgid "Manage your follow-ups" +msgstr "管理催款" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:13 +msgid "" +"We recommend that you reconcile your bank statements before launching your " +"follow-up process. It will avoid you the trouble of sending a statement to a" +" customer that has already paid you." +msgstr "我们建议你在启动催款流程之前核对银行对账单。这将避免在客户已经付款之后再次向其发送对账单。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The overdue invoices you need to follow-up on are available by default in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Sales --> Follow-up Reports`. There, you can " +"easily send a reminder by email or print it as a letter. Then, you can click" +" on the *Done* button to view the next follow-up that needs your attention." +msgstr "" +"你需要催款的逾期发票默认在 :menuselection:`会计 --> 销售 --> " +"催款报告`中。你可在此以电子邮件形式发送提醒或打印为信件。然后，你可点击*完成*按钮，查看需要关注的下一项催款。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Otherwise, if now is not the time for a reminder, click on *Remind me " +"later*. You will get the next report according to the *Next Reminder Date* " +"set on the statement." +msgstr "或者，如果现在还未到提醒的时间，点击*稍候提醒我*。你可根据对账单的*下次提醒日期*设置收到报告。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To avoid sending too many reminders in a short period of time, change the " +"number of days calculated between each report by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Payment " +"Follow-up`." +msgstr "" +"如要避免短时间内发送过多提醒，前往 :menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 设置 --> 付款催收`，更改每次报告之间间隔的天数。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:33 +msgid "" +"You can also set a trust level for your customers by marking them as bad, " +"normal or good debtors on the follow-up reports." +msgstr "你还可在催款报告上将客户标记为次级、正常或优级债务人，设置客户的信度等级。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:40 +msgid "Send reminders in batch" +msgstr "批量发送提醒" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To get your follow-up process easier, you can send reminder emails in batch " +"from your follow-up reports page. Select all the reports you would like to " +"process, click on *Action* and then on *Process Follow-ups*. A pdf document " +"containing all of the follow-up letters for you to print will also be " +"automatically generated." +msgstr "" +"为减轻催款流程的工作量，你可从催款报告页面批量发送提醒邮件。选择需要处理的所有报告，点击*操作*，然后点击*处理催款*。系统将自动生成一份PDF文件，其中包括你需要打印的所有催款信函。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:52 +msgid "Plan a follow-up process" +msgstr "计划催款流程" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To plan a follow-up process, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Follow-up Levels* feature " +"under the *Customer Payments* section. Then, click on the new *Follow-up " +"Levels* button that has appeared on your settings page." +msgstr "" +"如要计划催款流程，前往 :menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> " +"设置`并在*客户付款*部分启用*催款等级*功能。然后，点击你的设置页面新出现的*催款等级*按钮。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:59 +msgid "" +"A follow-up plan with several actions is available by default in Odoo, but " +"you can customize it any way you want. Depending on a specific number of " +"overdue days, plan to send an email, a letter or to undertake a manual " +"action. You can also edit the template used for the statement according to " +"the stage of the process." +msgstr "" +"Odoo中默认可用的催款计划包括多项操作，但你可根据自己的需要自定义。根据具体的逾期天数，计划发送邮件、信件或采取人为操作。你还可根据流程阶段编辑使用的声明模板。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:69 +msgid "" +"If you would like to get a reminder before the actual due date, set a " +"negative number of due days." +msgstr "如果你想在实际逾期日期之前收到提醒，可将逾期天数设为负数。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:3 +msgid "Invoice Online Payment" +msgstr "结算单在线付款" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To make it more convenient for your customers to pay the invoices you issue," +" you can activate the **Invoice Online Payment** feature, which adds a *Pay " +"Now* button on their **Customer Portal**. This allows your customers to see " +"their invoices online and pay directly with their favorite payment method, " +"making the payment process much easier." +msgstr "" +"为了使您的客户更方便地支付您开具的发票，您可以激活 **发票在线支付** 功能，该功能在其 **客户门户** 上添加了 *立即付款* 按钮。 " +"这使您的客户可以在线查看发票，并使用他们喜欢的付款方式直接付款，从而使付款过程变得更加容易。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Make sure your :ref:`Payment Acquirers are correctly configured " +"<payment_acquirers/configuration>`." +msgstr "确保您的 :ref:`付款收单行已正确配置 <payment_acquirers/configuration>`。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:20 +msgid "" +"By default, \":doc:`Wire Transfer " +"</applications/general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer>`\" is the only " +"Payment Acquirer activated, but you still have to fill out the payment " +"details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To activate the Invoice Online Payment, go to :menuselection:`Accounting -->" +" Configuration --> Settings --> Customer Payments`, enable **Invoice Online " +"Payment**, and click on *Save*." +msgstr "" +"要激活发票在线支付，请转到 :menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 设置 --> 客户支付` ，启用 **发票在线支付** " +"，然后单击 *保存* 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:27 +msgid "Customer Portal" +msgstr "客户门户" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:29 +msgid "" +"After issuing the invoice, click on *Send & Print* and send the invoice by " +"email to the customer. They will receive an email with a link that redirects" +" them to the invoice on their **Customer Portal**." +msgstr "" +"开具发票后，单击 *发送并打印* ，然后通过电子邮件将发票发送给客户。 他们将收到一封带有链接的电子邮件，该链接会将其重定向到其 **客户门户** " +"上的发票。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:37 +msgid "" +"They can choose which Payment Acquirer to use by clicking on *Pay Now*." +msgstr "他们可以通过单击 *立即付款* 来选择要使用的付款收单行。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:45 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:3 +msgid "Different ways to record a payment" +msgstr "记录付款的不同方式" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, a payment can either be linked directly to an invoice or be a stand" +" alone record for use on a later date:" +msgstr "在Odoo，付款可直接链接到一个发票或是单独记录：" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If a payment is linked to an invoice, it reduces the amount due of the " +"invoice. You can have multiple payments linked to the same invoice." +msgstr "如果一个付款链接到一个发票，它可减少发票的金额。您可以将多个付款链接到相同的发票。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:12 +msgid "" +"If a payment is not linked to an invoice, the customer has an outstanding " +"credit with your company, or your company as an outstanding balance with a " +"vendor. You can use this outstanding credit/debit to pay future invoices or " +"bills." +msgstr "如果一个付款不关联发票，客户有一个未清付款，或您的公司向客户采购有欠款。您可以使用这个未清的款项用来支付未来的发票或票据。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:18 +msgid "Paying an invoice" +msgstr "支付一个发票" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If you register a payment on a customer invoice or a vendor bill, the " +"payment is automatically reconciled with the invoice reducing the amount " +"due." +msgstr "如果你在客户或供应商发票帐单上登记付款，付款将自动与发票未清余额核销。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:27 +msgid "" +"The green icon near the payment line will display more information about the" +" payment. From there you can choose to open the journal entry or reconcile " +"the payment." +msgstr "支付行旁边的绿色图标将显示更多关于付款的信息。从那里你可以选择打开凭证或核销付款。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:32 +msgid "" +"If you unreconcile a payment, it is still registered in your books but not " +"linked to the specific invoice any longer. If you unreconcile a payment in a" +" different currency, Odoo will create a journal entry to reverse the " +"Currency Exchange Loss/Gain posted at the time of reconciliation." +msgstr "如果付款未核销，它已入账但未与发票关联。如果外币的付款未核销，当核销时, Odoo将创建汇兑损益的凭证。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:38 +msgid "Payments not tied to an invoice" +msgstr "付款没有绑定到发票" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:41 +msgid "Registering a payment" +msgstr "登记付款" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:43 +msgid "" +"In the Accounting application, you can create a new payment from the Sales " +"menu (register a customer payment) or the Purchases menu (pay a vendor). If " +"you use these menus, the payment is not linked to an invoice, but can easily" +" be reconciled on an invoice later on." +msgstr "" +"在会计应用程序中，可在销售菜单中创建一个新的付款(登记一个客户付款)或采购菜单(支付供应商)。如果您使用这些菜单，付款不会关联到发票，但以后可以很容易地核销。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:51 +msgid "" +"When registering a new payment, you must select a customer or vendor, the " +"payment method, and the amount of the payment. The currency of the " +"transaction is defined by the payment method. If the payment refers to a " +"document (sale order, purchase order or invoice), set the reference of this " +"document in the memo field." +msgstr "" +"当登记一个新的付款时，必须选择一个客户或供应商，付款方法，和付款金额。该交易的货币是由付款方法定。如果付款涉及文件(销售订单，采购订单或发票)，将本文档的参考设置在备注栏中。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Once confirmed, a journal entry will be posted reflecting the transaction " +"just made in the accounting application." +msgstr "一旦确认，凭证将自动过账。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:61 +msgid "Reconciling invoice payments" +msgstr "调节发票与付款" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:63 +msgid "" +"The easiest way of reconciling a payment with an invoice is to do so on the " +"invoice directly." +msgstr "直接在发票上登记付款是将付款和发票核销的最简单的方式。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:66 +msgid "" +"When validating a new invoice, Odoo will warn you that an outstanding " +"payment for this customer or vendor is available. In this case, you can " +"reconcile this payment to the invoice near the totals at the bottom, under " +"\"Outstanding Payments\"." +msgstr "当确认一个新的发票，Odoo会提醒你这个客户或供应商可用的款项。在这种情况下，您可以将此付款与发票总额核销，“未支付款项”。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:75 +msgid "Reconciling all your outstanding payments and invoices" +msgstr "调节所有未清付款和发票" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:77 +msgid "" +"If you want to reconcile all outstanding payments and invoices at once " +"(instead of doing so one by one), you can use the batch reconciliation " +"feature within Odoo." +msgstr "如果你想一次性将所有未付款和发票核销(而不是一个一个核销)，你可使用批处理核销的功能。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:81 +msgid "" +"The batch reconciliation feature is available from the dashboard on the " +"Customer Invoices card and the Vendor Bills card for reconciling Accounts " +"Receivable and Payable, respectively." +msgstr "在客户发票和供应商发票的仪表盘上有批处理功能, 可将应收和应付分别核销." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:88 +msgid "" +"The payments matching tool will open all unreconciled customers or vendors " +"and will give you the opportunity to process them all one by one, doing the " +"matching of all their payments and invoices at once." +msgstr "付款匹配工具将打开所有未核销的客户或供应商，可以一个个处理，也可一次性处理。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:95 +msgid "" +"During the reconciliation, if the sum of the debits and credits do not " +"match, it means there is still a remaining balance that either needs to be " +"reconciled at a later date, or needs to be written off directly." +msgstr "核销中，如果一笔交易的借方和贷方金额不匹配，这意味着仍有余额，余额下次核销，或者把余额销掉。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:100 +msgid "Transferring money from one bank account to another" +msgstr "在银行帐户之间转移钱" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Just like making a customer or vendor payment, you transfer cash internally " +"between your bank accounts from the dashboard or from the menus up top." +msgstr "现金的内部转移就像客户或供应商的付款，从仪表板或从菜单顶部的银行账户之间转移。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:109 +msgid "" +"This will take you to the same screen you have for receiving and making " +"payments." +msgstr "你有收到款项或付款,在同一个界面处理." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:116 +msgid "" +"When making an internal transfer from one bank account to another, select " +"the bank you want to apply the transfer from in the dashboard, and in the " +"register payments screen, you select the transfer to account. Do not go " +"through this process again in the other bank account or else you will end up" +" with two journal entries for the same transaction." +msgstr "内部银行转款，在仪表板上选择转出的银行，并在付款界面，选择转入的帐户。不需要在另一个银行帐户中重复操作，否则将重复交易。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:124 +msgid ":doc:`online_payment`" +msgstr ":doc:`online_payment`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:126 +msgid ":doc:`followup`" +msgstr ":doc:`followup` " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations.rst:3 +msgid "Declarations" +msgstr "申报单" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:3 +msgid "Tax Return (VAT Declaration)" +msgstr "纳税申报表（增值税申报）" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Companies that are registered for **VAT (Value Added Tax)** must file a " +"**Tax return** on a monthly or quarterly basis, depending on their turnover " +"and the regulation of the country in which they are registered. A Tax return" +" - or VAT return - gives the tax authorities information about the taxable " +"transactions made by the company, the *output tax* it has charged its " +"customers, and the *input tax* its vendors have charged it. Based on these " +"values, the company can calculate the tax amount they have to pay or be " +"refunded." +msgstr "" +"注册了 **VAT（增值税）** 的公司必须每月或每季度提交 **纳税申报表** ，具体取决于其营业额和注册国家/地区的规定。 " +"纳税申报表（或增值税申报表）向税务机关提供有关公司进行的应税交易，其向客户收取的 *销项税* 和其卖方向其收取的 *进项税* 的信息。 " +"根据这些值，公司可以计算他们必须支付或退还的税额。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:13 +msgid "" +"You can find information about VAT and its mechanism on `this page from the " +"European Commission <https://ec.europa.eu/taxation_customs/business/vat" +"/what-is-vat_en>`_." +msgstr "" +"您可以在欧盟委员会的页面上<https://ec.europa.eu/taxation_customs/business/vat/what-is-" +"vat_en>`_ 找到有关增值税及其机制的信息。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:16 +msgid "add doc about intracom listing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:22 +msgid "Tax Return Periodicity" +msgstr "报税周期" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The configuration of the **Tax Return Periodicity** allows Odoo Accounting " +"to compute your Tax Return correctly and also to send you a reminder to " +"never miss a tax return deadline." +msgstr "**税收返还周期** 的配置使Odoo 会计能够正确计算您的税收返还，并向您发送提醒，以确保您不会错过税收返还截止日期。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings " +"--> Fiscal Periods`, and go to the **Tax Return Periodicity** section." +msgstr "为此，请转到 :menuselection:` 会计 --> 设置 --> 设定 --> 财政时期` ，然后转到 **退税周期** 部分。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:30 +msgid "" +"**Periodicity**: define here whether you file your tax return each month or " +"every three months." +msgstr "**定期** ：在此定义是每月还是每三个月提交一次纳税申报表。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:31 +msgid "" +"**Reminder**: define when Odoo should remind you to file your tax return." +msgstr "**提醒** ：定义Odoo何时应提醒您提交纳税申报单。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:32 +msgid "**Journal**: select the journal in which to record the tax return." +msgstr "**日记帐** ：选择要在其中记录纳税申报单的日记帐。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:39 +msgid "" +"This is usually configured during the :doc:`app's initial set up " +"<../../overview/getting_started/setup>`." +msgstr "通常是在 :doc:`应用程式初始设置过程中配置 <../../overview/getting_started/setup>`。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:43 +msgid "Tax Grids" +msgstr "税网" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Odoo generates Tax Reports based on the **Tax Grids** settings that are " +"configured on your taxes. Therefore, it is crucial to make sure that all the" +" recorded transactions use the right taxes. You can see on each Journal Item" +" which Tax Grid is used for that transaction." +msgstr "" +"Odoo会根据您的税款配置的 **税收网格** 设置生成税收报告。 因此，确保所有记录的交易使用正确的税金至关重要。 " +"您可以在每个日记帐项目上看到该交易使用了哪个税收网格。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:53 +msgid "" +"To configure your taxes' Tax Grids, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Taxes`, and open the tax you want to modify. There, you " +"can edit your tax settings, along with the tax grids that are used to record" +" invoices or credit notes." +msgstr "" +"要配置税收的“税收网格”，请转到 :menuselection:`会计 --> 设置 --> 税收`，然后打开要修改的税收。 " +"在这里，您可以编辑您的税收设置，以及用于记录发票或贷方通知单的税收网格。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Taxes and reports are usually already pre-configured: a *Fiscal Localization" +" Package* is installed according to the country you select at the creation " +"of your database. :doc:`Click here " +"<../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>` for more" +" information about Fiscal Localization Packages." +msgstr "" +"税收和报告通常已经预先配置：根据您在创建数据库时选择的国家/地区，安装了 *财政本地化软件包* 。:doc:`点击此 " +"<../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>` " +"了解有关财政本地化软件包的更多信息。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:70 +msgid "Close a tax period" +msgstr "关闭纳税期" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:73 +msgid "Tax Lock Date" +msgstr "税锁定日期" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Any new transaction which accounting date is prior to the **Tax Lock Date** " +"has its tax values moved to the next open tax period. This is useful to make" +" sure that no change can be made to a report once its period is closed." +msgstr "任何在 *税收锁定日期* 之前的会计日期的新交易，其税值都将移至下一个未清税期。 这对于确保报表期结束后无法进行任何更改非常有用。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Therefore, we recommend locking your tax date before working on your " +"*Closing Journal Entry*. This way, other users can't modify or add " +"transactions that would have an impact on the Closing Journal Entry, which " +"helps you avoid some tax declaration errors." +msgstr "" +"因此，我们建议在处理 *结帐日记帐分录* 之前锁定纳税日期。 " +"这样，其他用户就无法修改或添加对期末日记帐分录有影响的交易，这有助于您避免一些纳税申报错误。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:83 +msgid "" +"To check the current **Tax Lock Date**, or to edit it, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Lock Dates`." +msgstr "要检查当前的 **税收锁定日期** 或对其进行编辑，请转到 :menuselection:`会计 --> 会计 --> 锁定日期` 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:144 +msgid "Tax Report" +msgstr "税报告" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Once all the transactions involving taxes have been posted for the period " +"you want to report, open your **Tax Report**." +msgstr "在您要报告的期间内所有涉及税收的交易过帐后，请打开 *税收报告*。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Tax Report`. " +"You can also click on *TAX Report* from your *Accounting Overview*." +msgstr "为此，请转到 :menuselection:`会计 --> 报告 --> 税收报告` 。您也可以从 *会计概览* 中单击 *税收报告*。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Make sure to select the right period you want to declare by using the date " +"filter. You can see an overview of your tax report. Then, click on the " +"button *Closing Journal Entry*." +msgstr "确保使用日期过滤器选择要申报的正确期间。 您可以查看纳税报告的概述。 然后，单击按钮 *关闭日记帐分录* 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:106 +msgid "" +"After having reviewed the generated Journal Entry, click on *Post*. In " +"addition to posting the entry, Odoo automatically creates a PDF file with " +"the **Tax Report** that you can download from the chatter and preview on the" +" right column. It includes all the values to report to the tax authorities, " +"along with the amount you have to pay or be refunded." +msgstr "" +"查看生成的日记帐分录后，单击 *发布* 。 除了发布条目外，Odoo还会自动创建带有 *税收报告* " +"的PDF文件，您可以从沟通栏中下载该文件并在右列进行预览。 它包括所有要向税务机关报告，以及您必须支付或退款的金额。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:116 +msgid "" +"If you forgot to :ref:`lock your tax date <tax_return_lock>` before clicking" +" on *Closing Journal Entry*, then Odoo automatically locks your fiscal " +"period on the same date as the Accounting Date of your entry. This automatic" +" lock happens when you click on *Post*. This safety mechanism can prevent " +"some fiscal errors, but it is advised to lock your tax date manually before," +" as described above." +msgstr "" +"如果你忘了 :ref:`锁定您的纳税日期 <tax_return_lock>` 之前点击 *关闭日记帐分录* , " +"Odoo会自动将您的会计期间锁定为与输入的会计日期相同的日期。 当您单击 *发布* 时，会发生这种自动锁定。 " +"此安全机制可以防止出现一些财务错误，但如上所述，建议您先手动锁定纳税日期。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:124 +msgid ":doc:`../../overview/getting_started/setup`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../overview/getting_started/setup`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:3 +msgid "Create a customized reports with your own formulas" +msgstr "使用您自己的公式创建自定义报告" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo 13 comes with a powerful and easy-to-use reporting framework. Creating " +"new reports (such as a tax report or a balance sheet or income statement " +"with specific groupings and layout ) to suit your needs is now easier than " +"ever." +msgstr "" +"Odoo " +"13提供了一个功能强大、使用简便的报告框架。创建新报告（如税务报告、资产负债表或损益表，并有具体的分组和布局），以适应你的需求，现在比以往更容易。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:14 +msgid "Activate the developer mode" +msgstr "激活开发者模式" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In order to have access to the financial report creation interface, the " +":doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>` needs to be " +"activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:20 +msgid "Create your financial report" +msgstr "创建财务报表" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:22 +msgid "" +"First, you need to create your financial report. To do that, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Financial Reports`" +msgstr "首先, 您需要创建您的财务报告。要做到这一点, 去 :menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 财务报告` " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Once the name is entered, there are two other parameters that need to be " +"configured:" +msgstr "在输入名称后，需要配置两项其他参数：" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:31 +msgid "**Show Credit and Debit Columns**" +msgstr " **显示借方和贷方栏位** " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:33 +msgid "**Analysis Period** :" +msgstr " **分析期间**: " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:35 +msgid "Based on date ranges (e.g. Profit and Loss)" +msgstr "基于日期范围（例如损益）" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:37 +msgid "Based on a single date (e.g. Balance Sheet)" +msgstr "基于单个日期（例如资产负债表）" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Based on date ranges with 'older' and 'total' columns and last 3 months " +"(e.g. Aged Partner Balances)" +msgstr "基于日期范围的“老账”和“总计”列及前3个月（例如，业务伙伴账龄余额表)" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:42 +msgid "Bases on date ranges and cash basis method (e.g. Cash Flow Statement)" +msgstr "基于日期范围，以及现金收付制方法（例如现金流量表）" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:46 +msgid "Add lines in your custom reports" +msgstr "在定制报表中添加行" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:48 +msgid "" +"After you've created the report, you need to fill it with lines. They all " +"need a **name**, a **code** (that is used to refer to the line), a " +"**sequence number** and a **level** (Used for the line rendering)." +msgstr "" +"创建了报告之后, 需要填充行。他们都需要一个 **姓名** , **代码** (用于行), **序列号** 和 **级** (用于补充行)。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:55 +msgid "" +"In the **formulas** field you can add one or more formulas to assign a value" +" to the balance column (and debit and credit column if applicable – " +"separated by ;)" +msgstr "在 **公式** 字段可以添加一个或多个列公式到余额行 (和借方和贷方列如果适用 - 隔开;)" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:59 +msgid "You have several objects available in the formula :" +msgstr "在公式中有几个可用对象 :" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:61 +msgid "" +"``Ndays`` : The number of days in the selected period (for reports with a " +"date range)." +msgstr "\" Ndays \\ \": 选择的期间的天数 (报表的日期范围)。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Another report, referenced by its code. Use ``.balance`` to get its balance " +"value (also available are ``.credit``, ``.debit`` and ``.amount_residual``)" +msgstr "" +"另一份报告, 引用的代码。使用“。平衡“获得其余额(也可用\" .credit \\ \",\" .debit \\ \"and\" " +".amount_residual \\ \")" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:68 +msgid "" +"A line can also be based on the sum of account move lines on a selected " +"domain. In which case you need to fill the domain field with an Odoo domain " +"on the account move line object. Then an extra object is available in the " +"formulas field, namely ``sum``, the sum of the account move lines in the " +"domain. You can also use the group by field to group the account move lines " +"by one of their columns." +msgstr "" +"一行也来自所选域的科目的总和。在何种情况下, 需要填写域字段. 然后一个额外的对象可以在公式, 即''和'', 科目的总和。您还可以使用group " +"by字段组合科目行。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:75 +msgid "Other useful fields :" +msgstr "其余有用的字段 :" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:77 +msgid "**Type** : Type of the result of the formula." +msgstr " **类型** : 公式结果的类型。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:79 +msgid "" +"**Is growth good when positive** : Used when computing the comparison " +"column. Check if growth is good (displayed in green) or not." +msgstr " **正数增长是好的吗** : 在计算比较列时使用。检查增长是否是好事(以绿色显示)。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:82 +msgid "" +"**Special date changer** : If a specific line in a report should not use the" +" same dates as the rest of the report." +msgstr " **特别日期改变** : 如果报表中一个特定的行不应使用与其余部分相同的日期。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:85 +msgid "" +"**Show domain** : How the domain of a line is displayed. Can be foldable " +"(``default``, hidden at the start but can be unfolded), ``always`` (always " +"displayed) or ``never`` (never shown)." +msgstr "" +" **显示网域** : 即如何显示行的域。可以折叠(“默认\" , 藏在开始处, 但可以展开), “总是 \"(总是显示)或“决不\" " +"(永远不会显示)。 " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:90 +msgid ":doc:`main_reports`" +msgstr ":doc:`main_reports` " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:3 +msgid "Main reports available" +msgstr "可用的主要报告" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Besides the reports created specifically in each localisation module, a few " +"very useful **generic** and **dynamic reports** are available for all " +"countries :" +msgstr "除了每个本地化模块创建报表, 有一些非常有用的 **通用的** 和 **动态报告** 也非常有用 :" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:9 +msgid "**Balance Sheet**" +msgstr " **资产负债表** " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:10 +msgid "**Profit and Loss**" +msgstr " **损益表** " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:11 +msgid "**Chart of Account**" +msgstr " **会计科目表** " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:12 +msgid "**Executive Summary**" +msgstr " **执行概要** " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:13 +msgid "**General Ledger**" +msgstr " **总账** " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:14 +msgid "**Aged Payable**" +msgstr " **到期应付** " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:15 +msgid "**Aged Receivable**" +msgstr " **到期应收** " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:16 +msgid "**Cash Flow Statement**" +msgstr " **现金流量表** " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:17 +msgid "**Tax Report**" +msgstr " **税金报告** " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:18 +msgid "**Bank Reconciliation**" +msgstr " **银行对账** " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:20 +msgid "" +"You can annotate every reports to print them and report to your adviser. " +"Export to xls to manage extra analysis. Drill down in the reports to see " +"more details (payments, invoices, journal items, etc.)." +msgstr "可以标注每个报表, 打印出来并呈报你的顾问。导出xls, 进一步分析管理。深入研究, 可看到更多的细节(付款,发票、分录,等等)。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You can also compare values with another period. Choose how many periods you" +" want to compare the chosen time period with. You can choose up to 12 " +"periods back from the date of the report if you don't want to use the " +"default **Previous 1 Period** option." +msgstr "你可以将当期的值与另一期间的值比较。也可选择多个期间进行比较。如果不想使用系统默认的 **前一期间** , 你可以选择之前的12期。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:32 +msgid "" +"The **Balance Sheet** shows a snapshot of the assets, liabilities and equity" +" of your organisation as at a particular date." +msgstr " **资产负债表** 显示你的组织的资产，负债，和权益在一个特定日期的简要情况。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:39 +msgid "Profit and Loss" +msgstr "损益表" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The **Profit and Loss** report (or **Income Statement**) shows your " +"organisation's net income, by deducting expenses from revenue for the report" +" period." +msgstr " **损益 ** 表 (或 ** 收益状态** )显示收入扣除费用后的净收益。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:49 +msgid "Chart of account" +msgstr "科目表" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:51 +msgid "A listing of all your accounts grouped by class." +msgstr "分类账科目的列表" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:57 +msgid "Executive Summary" +msgstr "执行摘要" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:59 +msgid "" +"The **Executive Summary** allows for a quick look at all the important " +"figures you need to run your company." +msgstr " **执行概要** 允许快速查看所有需要用来运行公司的重要图表。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:62 +msgid "" +"In very basic terms, this is what each of the items in this section is " +"reporting :" +msgstr "在非常基本的规则中,这是本节中每个项目的报告:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:77 +msgid "**Performance:**" +msgstr " **绩效 : ** " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:68 +msgid "**Gross profit margin:**" +msgstr " **毛利润 :** " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:67 +msgid "" +"The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " +"costs needed to make those sales (things like labour, materials, etc)." +msgstr "每个销售的收益减去销售的直接成本(诸如劳动力、材料等)。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:74 +msgid "**Net profit margin:**" +msgstr " **净利润 :** " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " +"costs needed to make those sales, as well as any fixed overheads your " +"company has (things like rent, electricity, taxes you need to pay as a " +"result of those sales)." +msgstr "每个销售的收益减去销售的直接成本, 再减去公司的固定费用 (例如: 租金、电力、销售的税费)。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:77 +msgid "**Return on investment (p.a.):**" +msgstr " **投资回报率(每年) :** " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:77 +msgid "" +"The ratio of net profit made, to the amount of assets the company used to " +"make those profits." +msgstr "净利润的比率, 公司的资产用来创造这些利润。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:97 +msgid "**Position:**" +msgstr "**状况:** " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:81 +msgid "**Average debtor days:**" +msgstr " **平均债务人天数 :** " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:81 +msgid "" +"The average number of days it takes your customers to pay you (fully), " +"across all your customer invoices." +msgstr "平均天数, 它需要你的客户安装客户发票支付给你(完全)" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:84 +msgid "**Average creditor days:**" +msgstr " **平均债权人天数 :** " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:84 +msgid "" +"The average number of days it takes you to pay your suppliers (fully) across" +" all your bills." +msgstr "平均天数，它需要你按账单支付你的供应商(完全)" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:89 +msgid "**Short term cash forecast:**" +msgstr " **短期现金预测 :** " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:87 +msgid "" +"How much cash is expected in or out of your organisation in the next month " +"i.e. balance of your **Sales account** for the month less the balance of " +"your **Purchases account** for the month." +msgstr "预计下个月的现金收支, 即 **销售科目** 的余额减去 **购买科目** 的余额。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:97 +msgid "**Current assets to liabilities:**" +msgstr " **流动资产到负债 :** " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Also referred to as **current ratio**, this is the ratio of current assets " +"(assets that could be turned into cash within a year) to the current " +"liabilities (liabilities which will be due in the next year). This is " +"typically used as as a measure of a company's ability to service its debt." +msgstr "**流动比率** , 就是流动资产的(资产可以在一年内转化为现金)比流动负债(明年到期的债务)。这通常是用来衡量一个公司偿债能力。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:103 +msgid "General Ledger" +msgstr "总分类账" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:105 +msgid "" +"The **General Ledger Report** shows all transactions from all accounts for a" +" chosen date range. The initial summary report shows the totals for each " +"account and from there you can view a detailed transaction report or any " +"exceptions. This report is useful for checking every transaction that " +"occurred during a certain period of time." +msgstr "" +"**总分类帐** 显示所选期间内的所有科目的交易。总账初步显示了每个帐户的总数, 计入科目可看到具体明细。这非常有用, 可检查某一期间内的每笔交易。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:115 +msgid "Aged Payable" +msgstr "到期的应付" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Run the **Aged Payable Details** report to display information on individual" +" bills, credit notes and overpayments owed by you, and how long these have " +"gone unpaid." +msgstr "运行 **应付账龄表** , 报表显示每个账单信息,信用票据和多付款项, 并显示逾期时间。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:125 +msgid "Aged Receivable" +msgstr "到期的应收" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:127 +msgid "" +"The **Aged Receivables** report shows the sales invoices that were awaiting " +"payment during a selected month and several months prior." +msgstr "**应收账龄表** 显示所选期间及之前的所有未清应收款。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:134 +msgid "Cash Flow Statement" +msgstr "现金流量表" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:136 +msgid "" +"The **Cash Flow Statement** shows how changes in balance sheet accounts and " +"income affect cash and cash equivalents, and breaks the analysis down to " +"operating, investing and financing activities." +msgstr "**现金流量表** 显示资产负债科目的变化, 收入对现金的影响和现金等价物, 以及对运营的分析,投资和融资活动。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:146 +msgid "" +"This report allows you to see the **net** and **tax amounts** for all the " +"taxes grouped by type (sale/purchase)." +msgstr "这份报表体现了按税收类型分类后的 **净额** 和 **税额** (销售/采购)。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation.rst:3 +msgid "Taxation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year.rst:3 msgid "Fiscal Year" msgstr "会计年度" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:3 msgid "Do a year end in Odoo (close a fiscal year)" msgstr "在Odoo进行年度結算（关闭会计年度）" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:5 msgid "" "Before going ahead with closing a fiscal year, there are a few steps one " "should typically take to ensure that your accounting is correct, up to date," " and accurate:" msgstr "在关闭一个财政年度前, 需要做几步以确保你的会计是正确的, 最新的, 和精确的 :" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:9 msgid "" "Make sure you have fully reconciled your **bank account(s)** up to year end " "and confirm that your ending book balances agree with your bank statement " "balances." msgstr "确保你完全调节了 **银行账户** 直至年底，并且确认期末账面余额符合银行对账单的余额。" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:13 msgid "Verify that all **customer invoices** have been entered and approved." msgstr "确认所有 **客户发票** 已输入和批准。" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:15 msgid "Confirm that you have entered and agreed all **vendor bills**." msgstr "确认您已输入并同意的所有 **供应商账单** 。" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:17 msgid "Validate all **expenses**, ensuring their accuracy." -msgstr "审核所有的 **费用**，保证其准确性。" +msgstr "审核所有的 **报销费用** ，保证其准确性。" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:19 msgid "" "Corroborate that all **received payments** have been entered and recorded " "accurately." msgstr "确认所有 **已收到的付款** 已输入并准确记录。" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:25 msgid "Run a **Tax report**, and verify that your tax information is correct." msgstr "运行 **税报告** , 并验证你的税务信息是正确的。" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:27 msgid "Reconcile all accounts on your **Balance Sheet**:" msgstr "调节 **资产负债表** 上的所有科目；" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:29 msgid "" "Agree your bank balances in Odoo against your actual bank balances on your " "statements. Utilize the **Bank Reconciliation** report to assist with this." -msgstr "将银行对账单和实际的银行余额一致, 可利用 **Bank Reconciliation** 报表来辅助。" +msgstr "将银行对账单和实际的银行余额一致, 可利用 **银行对帐** 报表来辅助。" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:33 msgid "" "Reconcile all transactions in your cash and bank accounts by running your " "**Aged Receivables** and **Aged Payables** reports." -msgstr "通过运行 **Aged Receivables** and **Aged Payables** 报表, 调节所有交易中的现金和银行科目。" +msgstr "通过运行 **应收账款** 和 **应付账款** 报表, 调节所有交易中的现金和银行科目。" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:36 msgid "" "Audit your accounts, being sure to fully understand the transactions " "affecting them and the nature of the transactions, making sure to include " "loans and fixed assets." msgstr "检查你的科目, 确定理解所有交易对科目的影响和交易的性质, 确保包括贷款和固定资产。" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:40 msgid "" "Run the optional **Payments Matching** feature, under the **More** dropdown " "on the dashboard, validating any open **Vendor Bills** and **Customer " @@ -11068,31 +19461,30 @@ msgid "" " the year-end process if all outstanding payments and invoices are " "reconciled, and could lead finding errors or mistakes in the system." msgstr "" -"在仪表板的 " -"**更多**下拉菜单中，运行可选的**付款匹配**功能，验证任何打开的**供应商帐单**和**客户发票**及其付款。此步骤是可选的，但可以帮助年终过程，假如所有未结的付款和发票都已调节，可能会导致系统中发现错误或麻烦。" +"在仪表板的 **更多** 下拉菜单中，运行可选的 **付款匹配** 功能，验证任何打开的 **供应商帐单** 和 **客户发票** " +"及其付款。此步骤是可选的，但可以帮助年终过程，假如所有未结的付款和发票都已调节，可能会导致系统中发现错误或麻烦。" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:47 msgid "" "Your accountant/bookkeeper will likely verify your balance sheet items and " "book entries for:" msgstr "您的会计师/记账员可能会验证您的资产负债表项目，以及为以下交易记账：" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:50 msgid "" "Year-end manual adjustments, using the **Adviser Journal Entries** menu (For" " example, the **Current Year Earnings** and **Retained Earnings** reports)." -msgstr "" -"年底手动调整, 使用 **Adviser Journal Entries** 菜单(例如, **当年收入** 和 **留存收益** 报告)。" +msgstr "年底手动调整, 使用 **顾问日记条目** 菜单(例如, **当年收入** 和 **留存收益** 报告)。" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:56 msgid "**Depreciation Journal Entries**." msgstr "**折旧分类账分录**" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:60 msgid "**Tax adjustments**." -msgstr "**税金调整**。" +msgstr "**税金调整** 。" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:62 msgid "" "If your accountant/bookkeeper is going through end of the year auditing, " "they may want to have paper copies of all balance sheet items (such as " @@ -11101,7 +19493,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "如果您的会计师/记账员正在通过年底审计，他们可能想要所有资产负债表项目（例如贷款，银行帐户，预付款，销售税报表等）的纸质副本，这些应该与Odoo余额一致。" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:67 msgid "" "During this process, it is good practice to set the **Lock date for Non-" "Advisers** to the last day of the preceding financial year, which is set " @@ -11109,14 +19501,14 @@ msgid "" "confident that nobody is changing the previous year transactions while " "auditing the books." msgstr "" -"在这个过程中，好的做法是将 **Lock date for Non-Advisers** " +"在这个过程中，好的做法是将 **为非顾问帐户锁定日期** " "设置为会计年度的最后一天，在会计配置下设置。这样，在审计时，会计师可确保没有人能改变前一年的交易。" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:77 msgid "Closing the fiscal year" msgstr "关闭会计年度" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:79 msgid "" "In Odoo there is no need to do a specific year end closing entry in order to" " close out income statement accounts. The reports are created in real-time, " @@ -11126,9 +19518,9 @@ msgid "" "**Fiscal Year** and the account balances will all be 0." msgstr "" "在Odoo中，没有必要做一个特定的年底结账分录，以关闭损益表科目。这些报表实时创建，这意味着 **损益表** " -"直接对应于您在Odoo中指定的年终日期。因此，任何时候你生成 **损益表**，开始日期将对应于 **财政年度** 的开始，并且科目余额将全部为0。" +"直接对应于您在Odoo中指定的年终日期。因此，任何时候你生成 **损益表** ，开始日期将对应于 **财政年度** 的开始，并且科目余额将全部为0。" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:86 msgid "" "Once the accountant/bookkeeper has created the journal entry to allocate the" " **Current Year Earnings**, you should set the **Lock Date** to the last day" @@ -11136,65 +19528,65 @@ msgid "" "or not the current year earnings in the **Balance Sheet** is correctly " "reporting a 0 balance." msgstr "" -"一旦会计师/记账员创建分配 **当年利润**的日记账分录，你应该将 **锁定日期** 设置本财政年度的最后一天。确保在此之前，您确认**资产负债表** " -"中当年度收入是否正确报告余额为0。" +"一旦会计师/记账员创建分配 **当年利润** 的日记账分录，你应该将 **锁定日期** 设置本财政年度的最后一天。确保在此之前，您确认**资产负债表**" +" 中当年度收入是否正确报告余额为0。" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:93 msgid ":doc:`fiscal_year`" msgstr ":doc:`fiscal_year`" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:3 msgid "Manage Fiscal Years" msgstr "管理财政年度" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:5 msgid "" "In most cases, the fiscal years last 12 months. If it is your case, you just" " have to define what is the last day of your fiscal year in the accounting " "settings. By default, it is set on the 31st December." msgstr "在多数情况下，财政年度包括12个月。如你的公司也是如此，则只需在会计设置中定义财政年度的最后一天。默认情况下，它设置为12月31日。" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:12 msgid "" "However, there might be some exceptions. For example, if it is the first " "fiscal year of your business, it could last more or less than 12 months. In " "this case, some additional configuration is required." msgstr "但是，有时也有例外。例如，如果你的公司现在处于首个财政年度，则可能超过或少于12个月。在这种情况下，需要进行一些额外配置。" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:16 msgid "" "Go in :menuselection:`accounting --> configuration --> settings` and " "activate the fiscal years." msgstr "前往 :menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 设置`并启用财政年度功能。" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:22 msgid "" "You can then configure your fiscal years in :menuselection:`accounting --> " "configuration --> fiscal years`." msgstr "你可在 :menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 财政年度`中配置你的财政年度。" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:29 msgid "" "You only have to create fiscal years if they last more or less than 12 " "months." msgstr "你只需创建超过或少于12个月的财政年度。" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:34 msgid ":doc:`close_fiscal_year`" msgstr ":doc:`close_fiscal_year`" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:3 msgid "Manage prices for B2B (tax excluded) and B2C (tax included)" msgstr "管理B2B（不含税）和B2C（含税）的价格" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:5 msgid "" "When working with consumers, prices are usually expressed with taxes " "included in the price (e.g., in most eCommerce). But, when you work in a B2B" " environment, companies usually negotiate prices with taxes excluded." msgstr "销售消耗品的时候, 标价通常都包含税(例如, 大多数的电商场景中)。但是一旦在B2B场景中, 公司之间的价格谈判都不包含税" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:9 msgid "" "Odoo manages both use cases easily, as long as you register your prices on " "the product with taxes excluded or included, but not both together. If you " @@ -11205,7 +19597,7 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo能容易地管理两种用例, 不管你在产品的标价上是否包含税。如果你对所有产品都标含税价(或者不含税价), 你也可以在销售订单上报不含税价(含税价) " ":就是这么简单。" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:15 msgid "" "This documentation is only for the specific use case where you need to have " "two references for the price (tax included or excluded), for the same " @@ -11215,57 +19607,57 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "本文档只是用在一个产品的价格的两种参照(含税价或者不含税价)特定用例中。复杂的理由是含税价和不含税价的不对称, 例如本用例中, 比利时的税率是21% :" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:21 msgid "Your eCommerce has a product at **10€ (taxes included)**" msgstr "电商业务中有一个标价为 **10€ (含税)** 的产品" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:23 msgid "This would do **8.26€ (taxes excluded)** and a **tax of 1.74€**" msgstr "会做成 **8.26€ (不含税)** 和 **1.74€的税** " -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:25 msgid "" "But for the same use case, if you register the price without taxes on the " "product form (8.26€), you get a price with tax included at 9.99€, because:" msgstr "但是对于同一个用例, 如果你在产品上的标价不含税(8.26€), 但是你确得到了一个含税的价格9.99€, 原因是 :" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:29 msgid "**8.26€ \\* 1.21 = 9.99€**" -msgstr " **8.26€ \\ * 1.21 = 9.99€* *" +msgstr " **8.26€ \\ * 1.21 = 9.99€**" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:31 msgid "" "So, depending on how you register your prices on the product form, you will " "have different results for the price including taxes and the price excluding" " taxes:" msgstr "所以, 基于你在产品信息中维护的价格, 你将可以得到含税价和不含税价两种不同结果 :" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:35 msgid "Taxes Excluded: **8.26€ & 10.00€**" msgstr "不含税 : **8.26€ & 10.00€** " -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:37 msgid "Taxes Included: **8.26€ & 9.99€**" msgstr "含税价 : **8.26€ & 9.99€** " -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:40 msgid "" "If you buy 100 pieces at 10€ taxes included, it gets even more tricky. You " "will get: **1000€ (taxes included) = 826.45€ (price) + 173.55€ (taxes)** " "Which is very different from a price per piece at 8.26€ tax excluded." msgstr "" -"如果以10€的含税价买了100片, 结果看起来会很有意思。\n" +"如果你以10€的含税价买了100片, 结果看起来会很有意思。\n" "你会得到 : **1000€ (含税价) = 826.45€ (单价) + 173.55€ (税)** , 这和\n" "不含税价格8.26€明显存在差异。" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:45 msgid "" "This documentation explains how to handle the very specific use case where " "you need to handle the two prices (tax excluded and included) on the product" " form within the same company." msgstr "本文档解释了如何处理特定用例下的同一个公司的产品上两种价格处理(含税价和不含税价)。" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:50 msgid "" "In terms of finance, you have no more revenues selling your product at 10€ " "instead of 9.99€ (for a 21% tax), because your revenue will be exactly the " @@ -11281,7 +19673,7 @@ msgstr "" "你可以把价格定为9.99€而不是10€ 。请注意此种状况对20€ 或者30€不一定适用。或者是别的税率, 或者数量大于1的时候。当然这也忙了你很大忙, " "因为你可以对所有的东西都可以价外税管理, 而这能让你的销售人员操作起来更加简单以及出错更少。" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:65 msgid "" "The best way to avoid this complexity is to choose only one way of managing " "your prices and stick to it: price without taxes or price with taxes " @@ -11294,53 +19686,53 @@ msgstr "" "要避免此种复杂状况, 最好的办法就是只选择一种方法管理价格并固定下来 :价格含税或者不含税。在产品表单中设置为默认的(在产品相关的默认税上), " "然后让Odoo根据价格表和财政位置自动计算其余的。只要专注于和客户谈判。这样就实现了开箱即用, 而你不需要做特别的配置。" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:73 msgid "" "If you can not do that and if you really negotiate some prices with tax " "excluded and, for other customers, others prices with tax included, you " "must:" msgstr "如果你实在做不来并且把价格谈定为价外税, 但是对其余的客户却是含税价。这时必须 :" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:77 msgid "" "always store the default price TAX EXCLUDED on the product form, and apply a" " tax (price included on the product form)" msgstr "总是在产品信息中默认的维护不含税价并且维护一个税(产品信息中包含价格)" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:80 msgid "create a pricelist with prices in TAX INCLUDED, for specific customers" msgstr "为特定的客户创建一个含税价的价格表" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:83 msgid "" "create a fiscal position that switches the tax excluded to a tax included" msgstr "创建一个把不含税价格换位含税价格的财政位置" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:86 msgid "" "assign both the pricelist and the fiscal position to customers who want to " "benefit to this pricelist and fiscal position" msgstr "把价格表和财政位置分别设置在需要使用它们的客户上" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:89 msgid "For the purpose of this documentation, we will use the above use case:" msgstr "对于本文当的目的, 我们会使用以上的用例 :" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:91 msgid "your product default sale price is 8.26€ tax excluded" msgstr "产品的默认价格是8.26€，不含税价" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:93 msgid "" "but we want to sell it at 10€, tax included, in our shops or eCommerce " "website" msgstr "但我们想在门店或者电商网站中卖10€，含税价" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:97 msgid "Setting your products" msgstr "设置你的产品" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:99 msgid "" "Your company must be configured with tax excluded by default. This is " "usually the default configuration, but you can check your **Default Sale " @@ -11350,7 +19742,7 @@ msgstr "" "你的公司必须要配置为默认不含税价格。通常这是默认的配置，但是你可以在会计应用程序中访问菜单 :menuselection:`配置 --> " "设置`并勾选**默认销售税**。" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:107 msgid "" "Once done, you can create a **B2C** pricelist. You can activate the " "pricelist feature per customer from the menu: :menuselection:`Configuration " @@ -11360,7 +19752,7 @@ msgstr "" "一旦完成, 你就可以创建 **B2C** 价格表。你可以在以下菜单项激活价格表特性 :menuselection:`配置 -->设置` 。选择设置 " "**不同的客户段不同的价格** 。" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:112 msgid "" "Once done, create a B2C pricelist from the menu " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Pricelists`. It's also good to rename the " @@ -11369,20 +19761,20 @@ msgstr "" "一旦完成, 从以下路径创建一个B2C价格表 :销售模块菜单项 : menuselection :`配置 --> 价格表` " "。当然也可以把默认的价格表更名为B2B。" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:116 msgid "" "Then, create a product at 8.26€, with a tax of 21% (defined as tax not " "included in price) and set a price on this product for B2C customers at 10€," " from the :menuselection:`Sales --> Products` menu of the Sales application:" msgstr "" "然后, 创建一个标价为8.26€的产品, 税是 21%(不含税价), 并且给该产品的B2C客户设置价格为10€。可以通过以下菜单项 " -":menuselection:`销售(Sales) -->产品(Products)` " +":menuselection:`销售 --> 产品菜单` 在销售应用程序中" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:125 msgid "Setting the B2C fiscal position" msgstr "设置B2C的财政状况" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:127 msgid "" "From the accounting application, create a B2C fiscal position from this " "menu: :menuselection:`Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`. This fiscal " @@ -11392,11 +19784,11 @@ msgstr "" "在会计模块下创建一个B2C的财务结构 :menuselection:`配置 --> 财务结构` 。该财政位置做了VAT 21%(不含税价)和VAT " "21%(含税价)的映射" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:136 msgid "Test by creating a quotation" msgstr "创建报价单测试" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:138 msgid "" "Create a quotation from the Sale application, using the " ":menuselection:`Sales --> Quotations` menu. You should have the following " @@ -11405,7 +19797,7 @@ msgstr "" "在销售模块下创建一个报价单, 使用 :menuselection:`销售 --> 报价单` 菜单。你会得到以下结果 : 8.26€ + 1.73€ = " "9.99€。" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:145 msgid "" "Then, create a quotation but **change the pricelist to B2C and the fiscal " "position to B2C** on the quotation, before adding your product. You should " @@ -11415,15 +19807,15 @@ msgstr "" "然后, 创建一个报价单但是在添加产品之前把报价单上的 **价格表更改为B2C并且财政位置也更改为B2C** 。你会得到预期的结果 :总价是10€, " "对客户就是: 8.26€ + 1.74€ = 10.00€。" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:153 msgid "This is the expected behavior for a customer of your shop." msgstr "这是你的店铺中客户的预期行为。" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:156 msgid "Avoid changing every sale order" msgstr "避免更改每一张销售订单" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:158 msgid "" "If you negotiate a contract with a customer, whether you negotiate tax " "included or tax excluded, you can set the pricelist and the fiscal position " @@ -11431,13 +19823,13 @@ msgid "" "of this customer." msgstr "如果你和客户谈下来一个合同，不管谈下来的价格是否含税，你都可以在客户表单中设置价格表和财政状况，然后该客户的所有订单都会自动适用该规则。" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:163 msgid "" "The pricelist is in the **Sales & Purchases** tab of the customer form, and " "the fiscal position is in the accounting tab." msgstr "价格表在客户的 **销售&采购** 标签页面，财政位置在客户的会计标签页面。" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:166 msgid "" "Note that this is error prone: if you set a fiscal position with tax " "included in prices but use a pricelist that is not included, you might have " @@ -11446,11 +19838,11 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "注意有一个错误的倾向 :如果你要设置一个价内税的财政位置但是使用一个不含税的价格表, 你可能会得出错误的价格。这就是我们建议公司只用一个价格参照" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:3 msgid "Manage cash basis taxes" msgstr "管理现金基础税" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:5 msgid "" "The cash basis taxes are due when the payment has been done and not at the " "validation of the invoice (as it is the case with standard taxes). Reporting" @@ -11458,7 +19850,7 @@ msgid "" "method is legal in some countries and under some conditions." msgstr "完成付款且无发票过期（本例为标准税）之情形时，应支付现金基本税。基于现金基本税向管理部门申报收、支法在某些国家和一定条件下是合法的。" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:10 msgid "" "Example : You sell a product in the 1st quarter of your fiscal year and " "receive the payment the 2nd quarter of your fiscal year. Based on the cash " @@ -11466,11 +19858,11 @@ msgid "" "2nd quarter." msgstr "示例：你在财政年度的一季度销售产品，在财政年度的第二季度收到付款。在收付实现制下，你要管理部门支付的税款应在第二季度支付。" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:16 msgid "How to configure cash basis taxes ?" msgstr "怎样配置收付实现税？" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:18 msgid "" "You first have to activate the setting in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Settings --> Allow Tax Cash Basis`. You will be asked to " @@ -11479,7 +19871,7 @@ msgstr "" "首先要到以下路径中激活设置：menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 设置 --> " "允许税收收付实现，接着系统会要求你定义一个税收收付实现日记账。" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:27 msgid "" "Once this is done, you can configure your taxes in " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. At first set the " @@ -11488,7 +19880,7 @@ msgstr "" "完成这一步骤后，可在以下路径配置税种 :menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> " "税种`。首先，设置适当的过渡会计科目，以在你登记付款之前将税收过账。" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:35 msgid "" "In the *Advanced Options* tab you will turn *Tax Due* to *Based on Payment*." " You will then have to define the *Tax Received* account in which to post " @@ -11497,83 +19889,63 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "在*高级选项*选项卡中，将*应有税金*转为*基于付款*。然后，你必须定义*已收税金*科目，以便在收到付款时过账税款金额，以及*基本税应收科目*，以便过账基本税金额，确保税收报告的准确性。" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:45 msgid "What is the impact of cash basis taxes in my accounting ?" msgstr "收付实现税对我的会计系统将造成何种影响？" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:47 msgid "" "Let’s take an example. You make a sale of $100 with a 15% cash basis tax. " "When you validate the customer invoice, the following entry is created in " "your accounting:" msgstr "举个例子，你取得了100美元的销售收入，附带15%的收付实现税。当你验证客户发票时，以下科目会被创建到你的会计系统中：" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:52 msgid "Customer Invoices Journal" msgstr "客户发票日记账" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 -msgid "**Debit**" -msgstr " **借方** " - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 -msgid "**Credit**" -msgstr " **贷方** " - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:72 msgid "Receivables $115" msgstr "应收15美元" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:82 msgid "Temporary Tax Account $15" msgstr "临时税务科目$15" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:60 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:88 msgid "Income Account $100" msgstr "收入帐户100美元" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:63 msgid "A few days later, you receive the payment:" msgstr "几天后，你收到付款：" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:66 msgid "Bank Journal" msgstr "银行日记账" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:70 msgid "Bank $115" msgstr "银行115美元" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:75 msgid "" "When you reconcile the invoice and the payment, this entry is generated:" msgstr "当你对比发票和付款时，生成了以下条目：" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:78 msgid "Tax Cash Basis Journal" -msgstr "税金收付实现制日记账" +msgstr "税收付实现制日记账" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:84 msgid "Tax Received Account $15" msgstr "税收帐户15美元" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:92 msgid "" "The last two journal items are neutral but they are needed to insure correct" " tax reports in Odoo with accurate base tax amounts. We advise to use a " @@ -11582,12 +19954,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "最后两个日记账项目是中性的，但它们可确保基本税金额的准确性，以保证Odoo税收报告的准确性。我们建议使用默认的收入科目。该科目的余额将始终为零。" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:121 -msgid "Default Taxes" -msgstr "默认税金" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:5 msgid "" "**Default Taxes** define which :doc:`taxes <taxes>` are automatically " "selected when there is no other indication about which tax to use. For " @@ -11598,7 +19965,7 @@ msgstr "" "<taxes>`定义了当没有其他指示要使用哪种税项时自动选择的设置，例如，当您创建新产品或在发票上添加新行时，Odoo会使用默认填充 **税预** " "字段。" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:14 msgid "" ":doc:`Fiscal Positions <fiscal_positions>` take the Default Tax into " "account. Therefore, if a Fiscal Position is applied to an invoice, Odoo " @@ -11608,7 +19975,7 @@ msgstr "" ":doc:`财政状况<fiscal_positions>` 考虑了默认税。 " "因此，如果将`财政状况应用于发票，Odoo将应用相关的税而不是默认税，作为映射的财政状况。" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:21 msgid "" "**Default Taxes** are automatically set up according to the country selected" " at the creation of your database, or when you set up a :doc:`Fiscal " @@ -11620,7 +19987,7 @@ msgstr "" ":doc:`财政本地化包<../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>`" " 时自动设置的。" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:25 msgid "" "To change your **Default Taxes**, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes --> Default Taxes`, select the " @@ -11630,38 +19997,29 @@ msgstr "" "要更改您的 **默认税** ，请转到 :menuselection:` 会计 --> 配置 --> 设置 --> 税 --> 默认税`，为您的默认 " "**销售税** 选择适当的税，然后 **购置税**，然后单击 *保存* 。" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:34 msgid "" "Databases with multiple companies: the Default Taxes values are company-" "specific." msgstr "具有多个公司的数据库：默认税值是各公司特有的。" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:38 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:70 msgid ":doc:`taxes`" msgstr ":doc:`taxes`" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:39 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:93 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:279 msgid ":doc:`fiscal_positions`" msgstr ":doc:`fiscal_positions`" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:40 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:174 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:193 -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:125 -msgid "" -":doc:`../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages`" -msgstr "" -":doc:`../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages`" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:3 msgid "Fiscal Positions (tax and account mapping)" -msgstr "财政状况（税收和科目映射）" +msgstr "财政状况（税收和帐户映射）" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:5 msgid "" "Default taxes and accounts are set on products and customers to create new " "transactions on the fly. However, you might have to use different taxes and " @@ -11670,33 +20028,33 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "为产品和客户设置默认税金和帐户，以即时创建新交易。 但是，根据客户和提供者的本地化需要和业务类型，您可能必须使用不同的税金并在不同的帐户上记录交易。" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:9 msgid "" "**Fiscal Positions** allow you to create *sets of rules* to automatically " "adapt the taxes and the accounts used for a transaction." msgstr "**财政状况** 允许您创建 *规则集* ，以自动调整用于交易的税收和帐户。" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:16 msgid "They can be applied in various ways:" msgstr "它们可以以多种方式应用：" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:18 msgid "" ":ref:`automatically applied, based on some rules " "<fiscal_positions/automatic>`" msgstr ":ref:`自动应用可以根据某些规则 <fiscal_positions/automatic>`" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:19 msgid ":ref:`manually applied on a transaction <fiscal_positions/partner>`" msgstr ":ref:`手动应用于交易 <fiscal_positions/partner>`" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:20 msgid "" ":ref:`assigned to a partner, on its contact form " "<fiscal_positions/transaction>`" msgstr ":ref:`在联系表上分配给合作伙伴 <fiscal_positions/transaction>`" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:23 msgid "" "A few Fiscal Positions are already preconfigured on your database, as part " "of your :doc:`Fiscal Localization Package " @@ -11705,11 +20063,11 @@ msgstr "" "在您的数据库中，已经预先配置了一些财政职位，这是您的一部分 :doc:`财政本地化计划 " "<../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>`。" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:30 msgid "Tax and Account Mapping" msgstr "税收和账户映射" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:32 msgid "" "To edit or create a Fiscal Position, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`, and open the entry you want to modify " @@ -11717,133 +20075,135 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "要编辑或创建财政头寸，请转到 :menuselection:`会计 --> 设置 --> 财政状况`打开您要修改的条目，或单击 *创建* 。" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:35 msgid "" "The mapping of taxes and accounts is based on the default taxes and accounts" " defined in the products' forms." msgstr "税金和帐户的映射基于产品表单中定义的默认税金和帐户。" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:38 msgid "" "To map to another tax or account, fill out the right column (**Tax to " "Apply**/**Account to Use Instead**)." msgstr "要映射到其他税种或帐户，请填写右列（ **要应用的税** / **要使用的帐户** ）。" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:40 msgid "" "To remove a tax, rather than replacing it with another, leave the field " "**Tax to Apply** empty." msgstr "要删除税款，而不是用另一种税款代替，请将 **应纳税款** 字段留空。" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:41 msgid "" "To replace a tax with multiple other taxes, add multiple lines with the same" " **Tax on Product**." msgstr "要将税项替换为其他多种税项，请添加多行带有相同 **产品税** 的行。" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:44 msgid "" "The mapping only works with *active* taxes. Therefore, make sure they are " "active by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`." -msgstr "该映射仅适用于 ＊有效＊ 税。 因此，请转到：menuselection：ʻ会计 --> 配置 --> 税收`，确保它们处于活动状态。" +msgstr "该映射仅适用于 *有效* 税。 因此，请转到：menuselection：ʻ会计 --> 配置 --> 税收`，确保它们处于活动状态。" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:50 msgid "Automatic application" msgstr "自动申请" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:52 msgid "" "You can configure your Fiscal Positions to be applied automatically, " "following a set of conditions." -msgstr "您可以按照一系列条件将自己的财政职位配置为自动应用。" +msgstr "" +"您可以按照一系列条件将自己的财政状况\n" +"配置为自动应用。" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:54 msgid "" "To do so, open the Fiscal Position you want to modify and click on **Detect " "Automatically**. You can configure a few conditions:" -msgstr "为此，请打开您要修改的财政职位，然后单击 *自动检测* 。 您可以配置一些条件：" +msgstr "为此，请打开您要修改的财政状况，然后单击 *自动检测* 。 您可以配置一些条件：" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:57 msgid "" "**VAT Required**: The VAT number *must* be indicated in the customer's " "contact form." msgstr "**需要增值税** ： *必须* 在客户的联系表格中注明增值税号。" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:58 msgid "" "**Country Group** / **Country**: The Fiscal Position is applied to these " "countries." msgstr "**国家群** / **国家** ：财政状况适用于这些国家。" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:65 msgid "" "Taxes on **eCommerce orders** are automatically updated once the visitor has" " logged in or filled out their billing details." msgstr "访客登录或填写帐单详细信息后，**电子商务订单** 的税费会自动更新。" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:69 msgid "" "The Fiscal Positions' **sequence** - the order in which they are arranged - " "defines which Fiscal Position to apply if the conditions are met in multiple" " Fiscal Positions." msgstr "财政状况的 *排序* - 它们的排列顺序 - 定义了在多个财政状况中都满足条件时要应用的财政状况。" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:72 msgid "" "For example, if the first Fiscal Position targets *country A*, and the " "second Fiscal Position targets a *Country Group* that also comprises " "*country A*, only the first Fiscal Position will be applied to customers " "from *country A*." msgstr "" -"例如，如果第一个财政状况定位为 *国家A* ，第二个财政状况定位为 *国家组* ，该国集团也包括 *国家A * ，则只有第一个财政状况将应用于 " +"例如，如果第一个财政状况定位为 *国家A* ，第二个财政状况定位为 *国家组* ，该国集团也包括 *国家A* ，则只有第一个财政状况将应用于 " "*国家A* 。" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:79 msgid "Application" msgstr "应用" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:84 msgid "Assign a Fiscal Position to a partner" msgstr "向合作伙伴分配财政状况" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:86 msgid "" "You can manually define which Fiscal Position must be used by default for a " "specific partner." msgstr "您可以手动定义特定伙伴默认情况下必须使用哪个财政状况。" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:88 msgid "" "To do so, open the partner's contact form, go to the **Sales & Purchase** " "tab, edit the **Fiscal Position** field, and click on *Save*." msgstr "为此，请打开合作伙伴的联系表，转到 *销售与采购* 选项卡，编辑 **财政状况** 字段，然后单击 *保存* 。" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:98 msgid "Choose Fiscal Positions manually on Sales Orders, Invoices, and Bills" msgstr "在销售订单，发票和发票上手动选择财政状况" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:100 msgid "" "To manually select which Fiscal Position to use for a new Sales Order, " "Invoice, or Bill, go to the **Other Info** tab and select the right **Fiscal" " Position** *before* adding product lines." msgstr "要手动选择用于新销售订单，发票或账单的财务状况，请转到 *其他信息* 选项卡，然后在添加产品线之前选择正确的 *财务状况*。" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:110 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:281 msgid ":doc:`taxcloud`" msgstr ":doc:`taxcloud`" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:280 msgid ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" msgstr ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:3 msgid "Manage withholding taxes" msgstr "管理预扣税" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:5 msgid "" "A withholding tax, also called a retention tax, is a government requirement " "for the payer of a customer invoice to withhold or deduct tax from the " @@ -11851,80 +20211,80 @@ msgid "" "withholding tax applies to employment income." msgstr "预提税,也称为保留税收. 它是政府要求在销售发票上预扣或是从收款中扣除税,并将之支付给政府。在大多数地区,预提税用于就业收入。" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:10 msgid "" "With normal taxes, the tax is added to the subtotal to give you the total to" " pay. As opposed to normal taxes, withholding taxes are deducted from the " "amount to pay, as the tax will be paid by the customer." msgstr "关于普通税收,税应计入应付款合计。而非正常的税收,预提税从应付款中扣除,税由客户支付。" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:14 msgid "As, an example, in Colombia you may have the following invoice:" msgstr "在哥伦比亚,举个例子,你可能有以下发票:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:19 msgid "" "In this example, the **company** who sent the invoice owes $20 of taxes to " "the **government** and the **customer** owes $10 of taxes to the " "**government**." msgstr "在这个示例中, 开票 **公司** 欠政府20美元的税, **客户** 欠 **政府** 10美元的税。" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:25 msgid "" "In Odoo, a withholding tax is defined by creating a negative tax. For a " "retention of 10%, you would configure the following tax (accessible through " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Taxes`):" msgstr "在Odoo, 创建一个负的税来定义预提税。保留的10%, 需要一下配置(通过:menuselection:`配置 --> 税收`):" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:32 msgid "" "In order to make it appear as a retention on the invoice, you should set a " "specific tax group **Retention** on your tax, in the **Advanced Options** " "tab." -msgstr "为了使税在发票上作为保留税出现,你应该设定一个具体的税组* *保留* *,在* * 高级选项* *选项卡上。" +msgstr "为了使税在发票上作为保留税出现,你应该设定一个具体的税组 **保留** ,在 ** 高级选项** 选项卡上。" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:39 msgid "" "Once the tax is defined, you can use it in your products, sales order or " "invoices." msgstr "一旦税率定义完成, 可在产品,销售订单或发票上使用。" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:43 msgid "" "If the retention is a percentage of a regular tax, create a Tax with a **Tax" " Computation** as a **Tax Group** and set the two taxes in this group " "(normal tax and retention)." -msgstr "如果保留税是普通税的一定比例, 创建一个税包含* *税计算* * 作为* *税集团* *, 并在这组设置两个税(正常的税和保留税)。" +msgstr "如果保留税是普通税的一定比例, 创建一个税包含 **税计算** 作为 **税集团** , 并在这组设置两个税(正常的税和保留税)。" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:48 msgid "Applying retention taxes on invoices" msgstr "在发票上使用保留税" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:50 msgid "" "Once your tax is created, you can use it on customer forms, sales order or " "customer invoices. You can apply several taxes on a single customer invoice " "line." msgstr "一旦税建立, 可用于客户界面,销售订单或客户发票。也可在销售发票行应用多个税。" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:58 msgid "" "When you see the customer invoice on the screen, you get only a **Taxes " "line** summarizing all the taxes (normal taxes & retentions). But when you " "print or send the invoice, Odoo does the correct grouping amongst all the " "taxes." msgstr "" -"当你看到客户发票, 只能得到一个* *税行* *, 这行汇总了的税收(正常的税收和保留税)。但是当你打印或发送发票, Odoo将正确地组合所有的税。" +"当你看到客户发票, 只能得到一个 **税行** , 这行汇总了的税收(正常的税收和保留税)。但是当你打印或发送发票, Odoo将正确地组合所有的税。" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:63 msgid "The printed invoice will show the different amounts in each tax group." msgstr "打印的发票将显示每个组合的不同合计。" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:3 msgid "Get correct tax rates in the United States using TaxCloud" msgstr "使用TaxCloud在美国获取正确的税率" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:5 msgid "" "The **TaxCloud** integration allows you to correctly calculate the sales tax" " for every address in the United States and keeps track of which products " @@ -11934,38 +20294,38 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "**TaxCloud**集成功能允许用户计算美国各地的销售税，追踪免除销售税的产品类别，以及哪些州支持免税。TaxCloud可实时计算各州、市以及美国特别司法辖区的销售税。" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:15 msgid "In TaxCloud" msgstr "在TaxCloud中" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:16 msgid "" "Create a free account on `TaxCloud <https://taxcloud.com/#register>`__ " "website." msgstr "在*TaxCloud* <https://taxcloud.net/#register>`__地址下创建一个免费帐户。" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:18 msgid "" "Register your Odoo website on TaxCloud to get an *API ID* and an *API Key*." msgstr "在TaxCloud上注册你的Odoo网站，获得一个*API ID*和*API密钥*。" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:23 msgid "" "In Settings on TaxCloud, click *Locations* to enter the location of your " "Office(s) & Warehouse(s)." msgstr "在TaxCloud的设置中，点击*地点*并输入你的办公室和仓库的地点。" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:24 msgid "" "In Settings on TaxCloud, click *Manage Tax States* to verify the states " "where you collect sales tax." msgstr "在TaxCloud的设置中，点击 *管理税务州* ，以确认你收取销售税的州。" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:27 msgid "In Odoo" msgstr "在Odoo上" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:28 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Invoicing / Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`" " and check *TaxCloud - Compute tax rates based on U.S. ZIP codes* (note: " @@ -11974,33 +20334,33 @@ msgstr "" "前往 :menuselection:`发票/会计 --> 配置 --> " "设置`，勾选*根据美国邮编使用TaxCloud计算税率*（注意：实际使用完整的街道地址）。" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:30 msgid "Enter your TaxCloud credentials." msgstr "输入你的TaxCloud凭据。" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:31 msgid "Click SAVE to store your credentials." msgstr "点击保存，保存你的凭据。" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:36 msgid "" "Click the Refresh Icon next to *Default Category* to import the TIC product " "categories from TaxCloud (Taxability Information Codes). Some categories may" " imply specific rates or attract product/service type exemptions." msgstr "点击*默认类别*旁边的刷新图标，从TaxCloud中导入TIC（征税信息代码）产品类别。有些类别可能适用特定税率或产品/服务类型豁免。" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:38 msgid "" "Select your default *TIC Code*. This will apply to any new product created." msgstr "设置默认的*TIC代码*。这适用于创建的任一新产品。" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:40 msgid "" "Set a specific TaxCloud TIC Category on the *General Information* tab of the" " Product, or on the Product Category." msgstr "在产品的*一般信息*选项卡上或在产品类别上设置特定的TaxCloud TIC类别。" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:42 msgid "" "Make sure your company address is complete (including the state and the zip " "code). Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies` " @@ -12008,11 +20368,11 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "确保你的公司地址是完整的（包括州名和邮编）。前往 :menuselection:`设置 --> 用户和公司 --> 公司`，打开并编辑你的公司记录。" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:47 msgid "How it works" msgstr "工作方式" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:49 msgid "" "Salestax is calculated in Odoo based on fiscal positions (see " ":doc:`fiscal_positions`). A Fiscal Position for the United States is created" @@ -12020,7 +20380,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "在Odoo中，营业税是根据财政状况计算的（请参阅 :doc:`财政状况）。 安装 *TaxCloud* 时会创建美国的财政职位。 一切开箱即用。" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:54 msgid "" "You can configure Odoo to automtically detect which Customers should use " "this fiscal position. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " @@ -12028,31 +20388,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "你可将Odoo配置为自动检测使用该财政状况的客户。前往 :menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 财政状况`，打开并编辑记录。" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:61 msgid "" "Now, this fiscal position is automatically set on any sales order, web " "order, or invoice when the customer country is *United States*. This " "triggers the automated tax computation." msgstr "现在，当客户国家为*美国*时，此财政状况将自动设置在所有销售订单、网络订单或发票上。这将触发自动化税务计算。" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:68 msgid "" "Add your product(s). You have two options to get Sales Tax on the Order. " "You can confirm it, or you can save it and from the *Action* Menu choose " "**Update Taxes with TaxCloud**." msgstr "添加你的产品。你有两种选项来获取订单的销售税。你可确认它，或保存它并从*操作*菜单选择**用TaxCloud更新税收**。" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:73 msgid "Coupons & Promotions" msgstr "优惠券和促销" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:75 msgid "" "If you use the Coupon or Promotion Programs, the integration with Taxcloud " "might seem a bit odd." msgstr "如果你使用优惠券或促销计划，与TaxCloud的集成可能有点奇怪。" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:77 msgid "" "The problem lies with the fact that Taxcloud does not accept lines with " "negative amounts as part of the tax computation. This means that the amount " @@ -12064,7 +20424,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "问题在于，Taxcloud在税收计算中不接受负金额行。这意味着促销计划所增加行的金额必须从其所影响行中扣除。因此，使用优惠券或促销的订单在TaxCloud财政状况中**必须**完整开具发票，你不能为部分发货创建发票。" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:83 msgid "" "Another specific oddity is possible in the UI: imagine that you sell a " "product from the Taxcloud category *[20110] Computers* and that you have a " @@ -12079,7 +20439,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "另一个特别的奇怪之处可能是用户界面：想象一下，你从TaxCloud类别*[20110]计算机*中销售了一件产品，并且你已制定了促销计划，提供产品的50%折扣。如果该产品的税率为7%，则从TaxCloud集成计算的税率将显示3.5%。这是因为折扣已包括在发送到TaxCloud的价格中，但是在Odoo中，该折扣完全在另一行显示。结果，你的税务计算是正确的（因为全价3.5%的税费相当于半价7%的税费)，但从用户的角度来看，这可能让人感到奇怪。" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:5 msgid "" "There are numerous types of **taxes**, and their application varies greatly," " depending mostly on your company's localization. To make sure they are " @@ -12087,11 +20447,11 @@ msgid "" "computations." msgstr "**税** 的类型很多，它们的应用差异很大，这主要取决于您公司的本地化。 为了确保准确记录，Odoo的税务引擎支持各种用途和计算。" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:12 msgid "Activate Sales Taxes from the List view" msgstr "从列表视图激活营业税" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:14 msgid "" "As part of your :doc:`Fiscal Localization Package " "<../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>`, most of" @@ -12103,7 +20463,7 @@ msgstr "" ":doc:`财政本地化包<../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>`，您的国家/地区的大部分营业税已在数据库中预先配置。" " 但是，默认情况下仅激活其中一部分，因此您只能激活与您的业务相关的那些。" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:19 msgid "" "To activate Sale Taxes, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " "--> Taxes` and use the *Activate* toggle button to activate or deactivate a " @@ -12111,72 +20471,72 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "要激活销售税，请转到 :menuselection:` 会计 --> 配置 --> 税项` ，然后使用 *激活* 切换按钮来激活或停用税项。" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:31 msgid "" "To edit or create a **Tax**, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Taxes` and open a tax or click on *Create*." msgstr "要编辑或创建**税**，请转到 :menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 设置`并打开或点击 *创建* 。" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:41 msgid "" "Taxes have three different labels, each one having a specific use. Refer to " "the following table to see where they are displayed." msgstr "税有三个不同的标签，每个标签都有特定的用途。 请参阅下表以查看它们的显示位置。" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:45 msgid ":ref:`Tax Name <taxes/name>`" msgstr ":ref:`税收名称 <taxes/name>`" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:45 msgid ":ref:`Label on Invoice <taxes/label-invoices>`" msgstr ":ref:`发票上的标签 <taxes/label-invoices>`" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:45 msgid ":ref:`Tax Group <taxes/tax-group>`" msgstr ":ref:`税务组 <taxes/tax-group>`" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:48 msgid "Back end" msgstr "后端" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:48 msgid "*Taxes* column on exported invoices" msgstr "出口发票的 *税金* 列" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:48 msgid "Above the *Total* line on exported invoices" msgstr "出口发票的 *总计* 行上方" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:53 msgid "Basic Options" msgstr "基本选项" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:58 msgid "Tax Name" -msgstr "税金名称" +msgstr "税名称" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:60 msgid "" "The **Tax Name** as you want to display it for backend users. This is the " ":ref:`label <taxes/labels>` you see while editing Sales Orders, Invoices, " "Products, etc." msgstr "要为后端用户显示的 *税收名称* 。 这是您在编辑销售订单，发票，产品等时看到的 :ref:`label <taxes/labels>`。" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:66 msgid "Tax Computation" -msgstr "税金计算" +msgstr "税计算" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:68 msgid "**Group of Taxes**" msgstr "**税种**" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:70 msgid "" "The tax is a combination of multiple sub-taxes. You can add as many taxes " "you want, in the order you want them to be applied." msgstr "该税是多个子税的组合。 您可以按照要应用的顺序添加任意数量的税。" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:74 msgid "" "Make sure that the tax sequence is correct, as the order in which they are " "may impact the taxes' amounts computation, especially if one of the taxes " @@ -12185,167 +20545,155 @@ msgstr "" "确保税收顺序是正确的，因为它们的顺序可能会影响税收金额的计算，尤其是如果其中一种税收 :ref:`影响随后税收基础的 <taxes/base-" "subsequent>` 。" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:78 msgid "**Fixed**" msgstr "**固定**" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:80 msgid "" "The tax has a fixed amount in the default currency. The amount remains the " "same, regardless of the Sales Price." msgstr "该税款具有默认货币的固定金额。 无论销售价格如何，金额都保持不变。" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:83 msgid "" "For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *$10 " "fixed* tax. We then have:" -msgstr "例如，某产品的销售价格为$ 1000，我们将应用 *$10固定* 税。 然后我们有：" +msgstr "例如，某产品的销售价格为$ 1000，我们将应用 *$10固定* 税。 然后：" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:231 msgid "Product's Sales Price" msgstr "产品销售价" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:231 msgid "Price without tax" msgstr "价格不含税" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:231 msgid "Tax" -msgstr "税金" +msgstr "税" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:231 msgid "Total" msgstr "合计" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:89 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:89 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:104 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:104 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:118 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:118 -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:234 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:234 msgid "1,000" msgstr "1,000" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:89 msgid "10" msgstr "10" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:89 msgid "1,010.00" msgstr "1,010.00" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:92 msgid "**Percentage of Price**" msgstr "**价格百分比**" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:94 msgid "" "The *Sales Price* is the taxable basis: the tax's amount is computed by " "multiplying the Sales Price by the tax's percentage." msgstr "*销售价格* 是应纳税的基础：税收金额是通过将销售价格乘以税收的百分比得出的。" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:97 msgid "" "For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *10% of " "Price* tax. We then have:" -msgstr "例如，某产品的销售价格为$ 1000，我们将应用 *价格的10％* 税。 然后我们有：" +msgstr "例如，某产品的销售价格为$ 1000，我们将应用 *价格的10％* 税。 然后：" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:104 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 -msgid "100" -msgstr "100" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:104 msgid "1,100.00" msgstr "1,100.00" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:107 msgid "**Percentage of Price Tax Included**" msgstr "**已含价格税的百分比**" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:109 msgid "" "The *Total* is the taxable basis: the tax's amount is a percentage of the " "Total." msgstr "*总计* 是应纳税的基础：税额是总计的百分比。" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:111 msgid "" "For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *10% of " "Price Tax Included* tax. We then have:" msgstr "例如，某产品的销售价格为$ 1000，我们将应用 *含税价格的10％* 。 然后：" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:118 msgid "111.11" msgstr "111.11" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:118 msgid "1,111.11" msgstr "1,111.11" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:124 msgid "Active" -msgstr "启用" +msgstr "主动" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:126 msgid "Only **Active** taxes can be added to new documents." msgstr "只能将 **有效** 税添加到新文档中。" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:129 msgid "" "It is not possible to delete taxes that have already been used. Instead, you" " can deactivate them to prevent future use." msgstr "无法删除已经使用的税款。 相反，您可以停用它们以防止将来使用。" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:133 msgid "" "This field can be modified from the *List View*. See :ref:`above " "<taxes/list_activation>` for more information." -msgstr "可以从 *列表视图* 修改此字段。 有关更多信息，请参见 :ref:`以上 <taxes/list_activation>。" +msgstr "可以从 *列表视图* 修改此字段。 有关更多信息，请 :ref:`参见 <taxes/list_activation>` 。" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:139 msgid "Tax Scope" msgstr "税范围" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:141 msgid "" "The **Tax Scope** determines the tax's application, which also restricts " "where it is displayed." msgstr "*税额范围* 确定税额的应用程序，这也限制了它的显示位置。" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:143 msgid "**Sales**: Customer Invoices, Product's Customer Taxes, etc." msgstr "**销售** ：客户发票，产品的客户税金等。" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:144 msgid "**Purchase**: Vendor Bills, Product's Vendor Taxes, etc." msgstr "**购买** ：供应商帐单，产品的供应商税等 " -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:145 msgid "**None**" msgstr "**没有**" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:148 msgid "" "You can use **None** for taxes that you want to include in a :ref:`Group of " "Taxes <taxes/computation>` but that you don't want to list along with other " @@ -12353,33 +20701,33 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "您可以使用 **没有** 税款在您想要包括的 :ref:`税组<taxes/computation>` 当您不想将其与其他销售或购买税一起列出时。" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:154 msgid "Definition tab" msgstr "定义选项卡" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:156 msgid "" "Allocate with precision the amount of the taxable basis or percentages of " "the computed tax to multiple accounts and Tax Grids." msgstr "精确地将应税基础的金额或计算所得税额的百分比分配给多个帐户和税收网。" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:163 msgid "**Based On**:" msgstr "**基于**：" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:165 msgid "Base: the price on the invoice line" msgstr "基数：发票行上的价格" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:166 msgid "% of tax: a percentage of the computed tax." msgstr "税收比率%：计算税收的百分比。" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:168 msgid "**Account**: if defined, an additional Journal Item is recorded." msgstr "**帐户** ：如果定义，则记录一个附加日记帐项目。" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:169 msgid "" "**Tax Grids**: used to generate :doc:`Tax Reports " "<../../reporting/declarations/tax_returns>` automatically, according to your" @@ -12388,27 +20736,28 @@ msgstr "" "**税收网格**：用于根据您所在国家/地区的法规自动生成 :doc:`税收报告 " "<../../reporting/declarations/tax_returns>` 。" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:175 msgid "Advanced Options tab" msgstr "高级选项卡" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:180 msgid "Label on Invoices" -msgstr "发票上的标签" +msgstr "结算单上的标签" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:182 msgid "" "The label of the tax, as displayed on each invoice line in the **Taxes** " "column. This is the :ref:`label <taxes/labels>` visible to *front end* " "users, on exported invoices, on their Customer Portals, etc." msgstr "" -"税的标签，显示在 **税** 列的每个发票行上。 这是 *前端* 用户导出的发票时，在客户门户上可见的<taxes/labels>` 标签。" +"税的标签，显示在 **税** 列的每个发票行上。 这是 *前端* 用户导出的发票时，在客户门户上可见的:ref:`标签<taxes/labels>` " +"。" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:193 msgid "Tax Group" msgstr "税组" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:195 msgid "" "Select to which **Tax Group** the tax belongs. The Tax Group name is the " ":ref:`label <taxes/labels>` displayed above the *Total* line on exported " @@ -12416,7 +20765,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "选择税收所属的 **税组**。 税组名称是上方的 :ref:`标签<taxes/labels>` 显示在已导出发票和客户门户的 *总计* 行。" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:198 msgid "" "Tax groups include different iterations of the same tax. This can be useful " "when you must record differently the same tax according to :doc:`Fiscal " @@ -12425,7 +20774,7 @@ msgstr "" "税组包括相同税的不同迭代。 当您必须根据以下方式记录相同的税项时，此功能很有用 :doc:`Fiscal Positions " "<fiscal_positions>`." -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:205 msgid "" "In the example above, we see a 0% tax for Intra-Community customers in " "Europe. It records amounts on specific accounts and with specific tax grids." @@ -12434,58 +20783,58 @@ msgid "" "above the *Total* line, indicates *0%*." msgstr "" "在上面的示例中，我们看到欧洲内部社区客户的税率为0％。 它记录特定帐户和特定税额上的金额。 不过，对客户来说，这是0％的税。 这就是为什么 " -":ref:`发票上的标签 <taxes / label-invoices> 指示 * 0％EU* ，而 *总计* 行上方的税组名称指示 *0％* " +":ref:`发票上的标签 <taxes/label-invoices>` 指示 * 0％EU* ，而 *总计* 行上方的税组名称指示 *0％* " "的原因。" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:213 msgid "Include in Analytic Cost" -msgstr "包含在分析成本" +msgstr "包含在核算成本" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:215 msgid "" "With this option activated, the tax's amount is assigned to the same " "**Analytic Account** as the invoice line." msgstr "启用此选项后，税额将分配给与发票行相同的 *分析帐户* 。" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:221 msgid "Included in Price" msgstr "包含在价格中" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:223 msgid "" "With this option activated, the total (including the tax) equals the **Sales" " Price**." msgstr "启用此选项后，总计（含税）等于**销售价格** 。" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:225 msgid ":dfn:`Total = Sales Price = Computed Tax-Excluded price + Tax`" msgstr ":dfn:`总计 = 销售价格 = 计算的不含税价格 + 税`" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:227 msgid "" "For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *10% of " "Price* tax, which is *included in the price*. We then have:" msgstr "例如，某产品的销售价格为$ 1000，我们将应用 *价格的10％* 税，*价格中已包括*。 然后我：" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:234 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:234 msgid "900.10" msgstr "900.10" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:234 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:234 msgid "90.9" msgstr "90.9" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:234 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:234 msgid "1,000.00" msgstr "1,000.00" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:238 msgid "" "If you need to define prices accurately, both tax-included and tax-excluded," " please refer to the following documentation: :doc:`B2B_B2C`." msgstr "如果您需要准确定义价格（含税价和不含税价），请参考以下文档： :doc:`B2B_B2C`。" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:242 msgid "" "**Invoices**: By default, the Line Subtotals displayed on your invoices are " "*Tax-Excluded*. To display *Tax-Included* Line Subtotals, go to " @@ -12496,7 +20845,7 @@ msgstr "" "**发票** ：默认情况下，发票上显示的行小计为 *不含税* 。 要显示 *含税* 行分类显示，请转到：:menuselection:`会计 --> " "配置 --> 设置 --> 客户发票` ，然后在 *行分类税务显示* 字段中选择 *含税* ，然后点击 *保存* 。" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:246 msgid "" "**eCommerce**: By default, the prices displayed on your eCommerce website " "are *Tax-Excluded*. To display *Tax-Included* prices, go to " @@ -12506,52 +20855,52 @@ msgstr "" "**电子商务** ：默认情况下，您的电子商务网站上显示的价格为 *不含税* 。 要显示 *含税* 价格，请转到 " ":menuselection:`网站--> 配置 --> 设置 --> 定价` ，然后在 *产品价格* 字段中选择 *含税* ，然后单击 *保存* 。" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:253 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:253 msgid "Affect Base of Subsequent Taxes" -msgstr "影响后续税金的基础" +msgstr "影响后续税的基础" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:255 msgid "" "With this option, the total tax-included becomes the taxable basis for the " "other taxes applied to the same product." msgstr "使用此选项，已含税总额成为适用于同一产品的其他税种的应税基础。" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:258 msgid "" "You can configure a new :ref:`Group of Taxes <taxes/computation>` to include" " this tax, or add it directly to a product line." msgstr "您可以配置新的 :ref:`税组 <taxes/computation>` 来包括此税，或直接将其添加到产品系列中。" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:266 msgid "" "The order in which you add the taxes on a product line has no effect on how " "amounts are computed. If you add taxes directly on a product line, only the " "tax sequence determines the order in which they are applied." msgstr "在产品线上添加税金的顺序对计算金额的方式没有影响。如果直接在产品列上添加税收，则只有税收序列决定应用它们的顺序。" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:270 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:270 msgid "" "To reorder the sequence, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " "--> Taxes`, and drag and drop the lines with the handles next to the tax " "names." msgstr "要重新排序序列，请转到 :menuselection:会计 --> 设置 --> 税收` ，然后拖放带有税款名称的行的以重新排序。" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:282 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:282 msgid ":doc:`../../reporting/declarations/tax_returns`" msgstr ":doc:`../../reporting/declarations/tax_returns`" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/vat_validation.rst:3 msgid "VIES VAT numbers validation" msgstr "VIES 增值税号验证" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/vat_validation.rst:5 msgid "" "**VAT Information Exchange System** - abbreviated **VIES** - is a tool " "provided by the European Commission that allows you to check the validity of" " VAT numbers of companies registered in the European Union." msgstr "**VAT信息交换系统** - 简称 **VIES** - 是欧盟委员会提供的工具，可让您检查在欧盟注册的公司的增值税号的有效性。" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/vat_validation.rst:9 msgid "" "Odoo provides a feature to **Verify VAT Numbers** when you save a contact. " "This helps you make sure that your contacts provided you with a valid VAT " @@ -12559,7 +20908,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "保存联系人时，Odoo提供了 **验证增值税号** 的功能。 这可以帮助您确保您的联系人在不离开Odoo界面的情况下为您提供了有效的增值税号。" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/vat_validation.rst:15 msgid "" "To enable this feature, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " "--> Settings --> Taxes`, enable the **Verify VAT Numbers** feature, and " @@ -12568,8337 +20917,498 @@ msgstr "" "要启用此功能，请转到 :menuselection:`会计--> 设置 --> 设定 --> 税收`, 启用 **验证增值税号** 功能，然后单击 " "*保存* 。" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/vat_validation.rst:23 msgid "VAT Number validation" msgstr "增值税号码验证" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/vat_validation.rst:25 msgid "" "Whenever you create or modify a contact, make sure to fill out the " "**Country** and **VAT** fields." msgstr "每当您创建或修改联系人时，请务必填写 **国家/地区**和 **增值税** 字段。" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/vat_validation.rst:31 msgid "" "When you click on *Save*, Odoo runs a VIES VAT number check, and displays an" " error message if the VAT number is invalid." msgstr "当您单击 *保存* 时，Odoo将运行VIES增值税号检查，如果增值税号无效，则会显示一条错误消息。" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/vat_validation.rst:39 msgid "" "This tool checks the VAT number's validity but does not check the other " "fields' validity." msgstr "该工具可检查增值税号的有效性，但不检查其他字段的有效性。" -#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/vat_validation.rst:43 msgid "" "`European Commission: VIES search engine " "<https://ec.europa.eu/taxation_customs/vies/vatRequest.html>`__" msgstr "" "`欧盟委员会：VIES搜索引擎<https://ec.europa.eu/taxation_customs/vies/vatRequest.html>`__" -#: ../../accounting/others.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:109 -msgid "Others" -msgstr "其它" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:4 +msgid "Expenses" +msgstr "报销" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser.rst:3 -msgid "Adviser" -msgstr "顾问" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:7 +msgid "How to set expense types" +msgstr "配置报销类型" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:3 -msgid "Manage a financial budget" -msgstr "管理财务预算" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Managing budgets is an essential part of running a business. Budgets help " -"people become more intentional with the way money is spent and direct people" -" to organize and prioritize their work to meet financial goals. They allows " -"you to plan your desired financial outcome and then measure your actual " -"performance against the plan. Odoo manages budgets using both General and " -"Analytic Accounts." -msgstr "" -"管理预算是经营企业的重要组成部分。预算帮助相关人员意识到使用资金的方式，并指导他们组织和优先安排工作，以达到财务目标。预算可以计划想要的财务结果，然后根据计划来衡量实际表现。Odoo使用总账科目和分析科目来管理预算。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:15 -msgid "" -"We will use the following example to illustrate. We just started a project " -"with Smith&Co and we would like to budget the incomes and expenses of that " -"project. We plan to have a revenue of 1000 and we don't want to spend more " -"than 700." -msgstr "" -"我们将使用下面的例子来说明。我们与Smith&Co刚刚开始一个项目, 我们希望做这个项目的收入和费用的预算。我们计划收入1000, 费用不超700。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:23 -msgid "" -"First we need to install the relevant apps to use budgeting. The main module" -" is the accounting app. Go in the app module and install the **Accounting " -"and Finance** app." -msgstr "首先我们需要安装预算相应的应用程序。会计的主要模块应用。在应用程序模块, 安装 **会计和金融** 应用。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Further configuration is as well necessary. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting" -" module --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable the **Budget management**" -" feature" -msgstr "进一步配置是必要的。去 :menuselection:`会计模块 --> 配置 --> 设置` , 使用 **预算管理** 功能" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:38 -msgid "Budgetary Positions" -msgstr "预算状况" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Budgetary positions are lists of accounts for which you want to keep budgets" -" (typically expense or income accounts). They need to be defined so Odoo can" -" know it which accounts he needs to go get the budget information." -msgstr "预算状况是指你记录预算（通常是费用或收入科目）的科目列表。你需要对它们进行定义，以便Odoo了解在哪些科目获取预算信息。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:45 -msgid "" -"The budgetary positions act as a type of restriction on what can be recorded" -" in the 'practical amount' column in a budget." -msgstr "预算状况是对预算中“实际金额”一栏可记录内容的一种限制。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Each budgetary position can have any number of accounts from the general " -"ledger (the main chart of accounts) assigned to it, though it must have at " -"least one." -msgstr "每种预算状况可包含从总分类账（主会计科目表）中分配给它的任意数量的科目，但必须至少有一个科目。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:51 -msgid "" -"If you record a transaction that has an analytic account assigned to it that" -" *is* included in a budget line but one of the general ledger accounts *is " -"not* included in the budgetary position for that same budget line, it will " -"not appear within the 'practical amount' column of that budget line." -msgstr "" -"如果你所记录交易已分配的分析科目*是*包含在预算行中，但同一预算行的其中一个总账科目*不*包含在预算状况中，那么它不会出现在该预算行的“实际金额”栏。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Some budgetary positions might be already installed with your chart of " -"accounts." -msgstr "某些预算状况可能已经安装在你的会计科目表中。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:59 -msgid "" -"To define the positions enter the :menuselection:`Accounting module --> " -"Configuration --> Budgetary Positions`." -msgstr "" -"定义位置, 进入 :menuselection:`Accounting module --> Configuration --> Budgetary " -"Positions` ." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:62 -msgid "" -"For our example we need to define what accounts relates to our project's " -"expenses. Create a position and add items to select the accounts." -msgstr "在我们的示例中, 我们需要定义关联到项目费用的科目。创建一个位置并将条目添加到选择账户。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:68 -msgid "" -"In this case we select the three relevant accounts used wherein we will book" -" our expenses." -msgstr "在这种情况下, 我们选择使用的三个相关科目, 用来登记费用。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:74 -msgid "Click on *Select*." -msgstr "点击 *选择* 。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:79 -msgid "Save the changes to confirm your Budgetary position." -msgstr "保存变更确认你的预算状况。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:81 -msgid "" -"Repeat this steps to create a revenue budgetary position. Only in this case " -"select the relevant income accounts." -msgstr "重复这个步骤创建一个收入预算的位置。只有在这种情况下选择相关收入科目。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:85 -msgid "Analytical account" -msgstr "分析会计" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:87 -msgid "" -"Odoo needs to know which costs or expenses are relevant to a specified " -"budget. To do so we need to link our invoices and expenses to a defined " -"analytical account. Create an analytical account by entering the Accounting " -"module and clicking :menuselection:`Advisers --> Analytic Accounts --> Open " -"Charts`. Create a new Account called Smith&Co project and select the related" -" partner." -msgstr "" -"Odoo需要知道与具体预算相关的成本或费用。因此，我们需要将发票和费用关联到定义的分析科目。创建分析科目，需进入会计模块并点击 " -":menuselection:`顾问 --> 分析科目 --> 打开报表`。创建一个名为史密斯公司项目的新账户并选择相关的合作伙伴。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:98 -msgid "Set a budget" -msgstr "设置预算" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:100 -msgid "" -"Let's now set our targets for our budget. We specified that we expect to " -"gain 1000 with this project and we would like not to spend more than 700." -msgstr "现在, 让我们为我们的预算设定我们的目标。我们规定, 我们期望这个项目获得1000, 话费不超过700。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:104 -msgid "" -"To set those targets, enter the accounting app, select " -":menuselection:`Advisers --> Budgets` and create a new Budget." -msgstr "设定这些目标, 进入会计程序, 选择 :menuselection:`Advisers --> Budgets` , 创建一个新的预算。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:107 -msgid "" -"We have to give a name to the budget. In this case we'll call it \"Smith " -"Project\". Select the period wherein the budget will be applicable. Next add" -" an item to specify your targets in the Budget Line." -msgstr "我们需要为这个预算命名。在这种情况下, 我们把它叫做 \"史密斯项目\" 。选择预算适用的期间。下一步, 在预算行定义目标。 " - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:114 -msgid "" -"Select the Budgetary Position related to the Budget Line. In other words, " -"select the position that points to the accounts you want to budget. In this " -"case we will start with our 700 maximum charge target. Select the \"Cost\" " -"Budgetary Position and specify the Planned Amount. As we are recording a " -"cost, we need to specify a **negative amount**. Finally, select the " -"corresponding analytic account." -msgstr "" -"选择相关预算行的预算位置。换句话说, 选择你想要的位置科目。在这种情况下, 我们将开始费用目标, 不超700。选择“成本\" 预算位置, " -"指定计划预算金额。我们记录成本, 我们需要指定一个 **负数金额** 。最后, 选择相应的分析科目。 " - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:124 -msgid "" -"Click on **Save & new** to input the revenue budget. The Budgetary Position " -"is Revenue and the Planned Amount is 1000. Save and close" -msgstr "点击 **Save & new** 输入收入预算。预算的位置是收入, 计划是1000。保存并关闭" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:127 -msgid "You'll need to **Confirm** and **Approve** the budget." -msgstr "你需要确认并且同意这个预算" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:130 -msgid "Check your budget" -msgstr "检查预算" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:132 -msgid "" -"You can check your budget at any time. To see the evolution, let's book some" -" Invoices and Vendors Bills." -msgstr "你可以在任何时间检查你的预算。查看进化, 让我们录入一些发票和供应商账单。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:136 -msgid "" -"If you use analytical accounts remember that you need to specify the account" -" in the invoice and/or purchase line." -msgstr "如果你使用分析科目，请记住，你需要在发票和/或采购行指定科目。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:140 -msgid "" -"For more information about booking invoices and purchase orders see " -":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/overview`" -msgstr "关于发票和采购订单的信息请看：:doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/overview`" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:143 -msgid "Go back in the budget list and find the Smith Project." -msgstr "返回预算明细并且找到具体项目" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:145 -msgid "" -"Via the analytical account, Odoo can account the invoice lines and purchase " -"lines booked in the accounts and will display them in the **Practical " -"Amount** column." -msgstr "通过分析账户, Odoo可以计算发票行和采购发票行, 金额将显示在 **实际金额** 列。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:153 -msgid "" -"The theoretical amount represents the amount of money you theoretically " -"could have spend / should have received in function of the date. When your " -"budget is 1200 for 12 months (january to december), and today is 31 of " -"january, the theoretical amount will be 100, since this is the actual amount" -" that could have been realised." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic.rst:3 -msgid "Analytic" -msgstr "分析" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:3 -msgid "Track costs of purchases, expenses, subcontracting" -msgstr "跟踪采购成本，费用，分包" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Thanks to analytical accounting we can track costs of purchases, expenses " -"and subcontracting in the accounting module." -msgstr "多亏分析会计, 我们可以跟踪采购成本, 费用和分包的会计模块。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:11 -msgid "" -"We'll take the following example. We sold a consulting package for a " -"customer. The package is all inclusive meaning no extra cost can be added. " -"We would however like to follow which cost were attached to this transaction" -" as we need to pay for purchases, expenses, and subcontracting costs related" -" to the project." -msgstr "" -"我们将使用以下的例子。我们售了套咨询方案给客户。方案包容了所有, 意思是没有额外成本。我们不过想遵循需要被附加到这个交易的成本, 例如采购, 费用, " -"和分包成本。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:20 -msgid "" -"The following modules needs to be installed to track cost. Enter the app " -"module and install the following apps:" -msgstr "下面的模块需要安装跟踪成本。进入应用程序模块和安装以下程序 :" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Please note that the applications provided by these apps only allows us to " -"**track** the costs. We won't be able to automatically re invoice those " -"costs to our customers. To track and **re invoice costs** you should install" -" the Sales management app as well." -msgstr "" -"请注意, 这些应用程序提供的程序只允许我们 **跟踪** 成本。我们无法向我们的客户自动重新发票。跟踪和 **将成本再开票** , " -"你应该安装销售管理应用程序。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:37 -msgid "Enable Analytical accounting" -msgstr "启用分析会计" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Next step is to activate the analytical accounting. In the accounting app, " -"select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and thick the Analytic " -"accounting box." -msgstr "下一步是启动分析会计。在会计软件, 选择 :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置` , 选择分析会计。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Moreover, scroll down and tick the **Analytic accounting for purchases** " -"box." -msgstr "此外,向下滚动,点击* *采购分析* *选相框。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:52 -msgid "Don't forget to save your changes." -msgstr "别忘了保存您的更改。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:55 -msgid "Create an Analytical account." -msgstr "创建分析账户" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:57 -msgid "" -"First of all you should create an Analytical account on which you can point " -"all your expenses. Enter the accounting app, select " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Analytic Accounts`. Create a new one. In " -"this case we will call it \"consulting pack\" for our customer Smith&Co." -msgstr "" -"首先, 你应该创建一个分析科目用来记录所有的费用。输入会计应用程序, 选择 :menuselection:`配置 --> 分析帐户` . " -"创建一个新的。在这种情况下, 我们将称之为“咨询包\" , 为我们的客户Smith&Co所创建。 " - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:65 -msgid "We will point all our costs to this account to keep track of them." -msgstr "我们将在这个科目记录所有的成本, 以便跟踪。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:68 -msgid "Record an expense" -msgstr "记录费用" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:70 -msgid "" -"We start by booking an expense. Our IT technician had to take a train to go " -"see our customer. He paid for his ticket himself." -msgstr "我们先登记一个费用。我们的IT技术人员乘火车去看我们的客户。他自己支付机票。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:75 -msgid "Create an expense product" -msgstr "创建费用产品" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:77 -msgid "" -"We first need to create an expense product. Enter the **Expense** module, " -"Click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Expense Products`. Create a new " -"product called Train ticket and set the cost price to 15.50 euros. Make sure" -" the **Can be expensed** box is ticked." -msgstr "" -"我们首先需要创建一个可报销的产品。进入 **费用** 模块, 点击 :menuselection:`配置 --> 报销产品` . 创建一个新产品, " -"名为火车票, 设置成本价格为15.50欧元。确保 **Can be expensed** 已勾选。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:86 -msgid "Book the expense" -msgstr "登记费用" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:88 -msgid "" -"Enter the Expense module, click on :menuselection:`My expenses --> Create`. " -"Select the Train ticket product and link it to the analytical account " -"discussed above." -msgstr "进入报销模块, 点击 :menuselection:`我的费用 --> 创建` . 选择火车票产品, 将其链接之前讨论过的科目上。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:95 -msgid "" -"Submit to manager and wait for the manager to approve and post the journal " -"entries." -msgstr "提交给经理, 等待经理批准, 以及登录会计分录." - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:99 -msgid "Create a Purchase Order linked to the analytical account" -msgstr "创建采购订单，并链接到分析账户" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:102 -msgid "Purchase Product" -msgstr "采购产品" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:104 -msgid "" -"We also need to buy a software for our customers. In the purchase app create" -" a purchase order for the software product. Within the line we can link the " -"product's cost with the analytical account. Specify the order line and " -"select the correct analytical account. Confirm the sale." -msgstr "" -"我们还需要为客户买一个软件。在购买应用程序中，创建一个软件产品的采购订单。在产品行上，我们可以将成本关联到分析科目上。指定订单行，选择正确的分析科目。确认销售。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Accept the delivery and enter the invoice. Once the invoice is entered the " -"cost price (**Vendor Price** field) will be booked in the analytical " -"account." -msgstr "收货并登记发票。一旦在发票输入了成本价格( **供应商价格** 字段)同时将记录在分析账户。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:117 -msgid "Subcontracting" -msgstr "外包" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:119 -msgid "" -"The purchase module can be used in the same way as seen previously to handle" -" subcontracting. if we purchase a service from another company we can re " -"invoice this cost by linking the purchase order line to the correct " -"analytical account. We simply need to create the correct vendors product." -msgstr "" -"采购模块可以使用相同的方式, 就如之前的分包处理。如果我们从另一家公司购买服务, 我们可以重新开票到正确的分析科目, " -"通过链接采购行。我们只是需要创建正确的供应商的产品。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:126 -msgid "You can also track cost with timesheets, see: :doc:`timesheets`" -msgstr "你也可以用工时表跟踪成本, 请参阅 : : doc :`timesheets` " - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:129 -msgid "Track costs in accounting" -msgstr "在会计中追踪成本" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:131 -msgid "" -"Now that everything is booked and points to the analytical account. Simply " -"open it to check the costs related to that account." -msgstr "现在一切都是入账并指到分析账户。只是打开它检查科目的相关成本。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:134 -msgid "" -"Enter the accounting module, click on :menuselection:`Advisers --> Analytic " -"Accounts --> Open Charts`." -msgstr "进入会计模块, 点击 :menuselection:`顾问 --> 分析会计 --> 打开图表` ." - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:137 -msgid "" -"Select \"consulting pack - Smith\" and click on the cost and revenue button " -"to have an overview of all cost linked to the account." -msgstr "选择“咨询包-史密斯\" , 单击成本和销售按钮, 以此来查看这个科目下的所有的成本。 " - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:144 -msgid "" -"If you would like to have the revenue as well you should invoice the " -"Consulting Pack in the Invoice menu and link the invoice line to this same " -"analytical account." -msgstr "收入的话, 在发票菜单下开具'咨询包'的发票, 将发票行链接到分析科目。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:3 -msgid "Track costs of human resources with timesheets" -msgstr "通过工时单跟踪人力资源成本" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Human resource of course has a cost. It is interesting to see how much a " -"particular contract costs the company in term of human power in relation to " -"the invoiced amounts." -msgstr "人力资源当然是有成本的。有趣的是, 多大的一个特定的人力合同成本, 公司会将成本关联到相应发票金额。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:9 -msgid "" -"We will take the following example: Our two employees **Harry Potter** and " -"**Cedric Digory** both work on a **Consultancy pack** for our customer " -"**Smith&Co**. Harry is paid 18€ p.h. and Cedric's salary is 12€ p.h. We " -"would like to track their timesheet costs within the accounting app, and " -"compare them with the revenue of the consultancy service." -msgstr "" -"我们采用以下例子 :我们两位雇员 **Harry Potter** 和 **Cedric Digory** 都为我们的客户 **Smith&Co** " -"提供 **Consultancy pack** 工作。哈利每小时支付18€, 塞德里克的工资是每小时 12€ 。我们用会计应用中跟踪他们的工时费, " -"并比较他们咨询服务收益。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:18 -msgid "" -"First, install the three applications necessary to use this functionality, " -"namely **Accounting**, **Sales** and **Timesheet**. Enter the apps module " -"name and install them." -msgstr "首先, 安装必要的三个应用程序, 即 **会计** , **销售** 和 **工时单** . 。进入应用程序模块, 并安装它们。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Next you will need to enable analytical accounting. To do so enter the " -"**Accounting app**. Select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and " -"tick the **Analytic accounting** option (see picture below)" -msgstr "" -"接下来您将需要启用分析会计。这样, 进入 **会计应用** 。选择 :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置` 和点击 **分析会计** " -"选项(见下图)" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:38 -msgid "Apply your changes." -msgstr "应用变更。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:41 -msgid "Create an employee" -msgstr "创建员工" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:43 -msgid "" -"In order to check the revenue of an employee you need to have one. To create" -" an employee enter the **Employee** app. Select **Employees** and create a " -"new employee, fill in the name and the basic information." -msgstr "" -"为了检查员工的收入, 你需要有一个。进入 **员工** 应用, 创建一个员工。选择 **员工** , 并创建一个新员工, 填写名称和基本信息。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:47 -msgid "" -"On the employee sheet enter the **HR settings** tab. Here you are able to " -"specify the **Timesheet Cost** of your employee. In this case Harry has a " -"cost of 18 euros / hours. We will thus fill in 18 in this field." -msgstr "" -"在员工表上进入 **HR settings** 选项卡。在这里你可以指定员工的 **工时成本** 。在这种情况下, " -"哈利花费18欧元/小时。在这个字段我们将填写18。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:55 -msgid "" -"If you want the employee to be able to enter timesheets he needs to be " -"related to a User." -msgstr "如果你希望员工能够进入工时表, 他需要相关用户。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Repeat the operation to create the Cedric Digory employee. Don't forget to " -"specify its related user and **Timesheet Costs**." -msgstr "重复操作, 创建员工Cedric Digory。别忘了指定相关用户和 **工时表成本** 。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:62 -msgid "Issue a Sales Order" -msgstr "发布销售订单" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:64 -msgid "" -"We created two employees called Harry Potter and Cedric Diggory in the " -"**Employee** app. Both of them will work on a consultancy contract for our " -"customer Smith&Co where they will point their hours on a timesheet." -msgstr "" -"我们在 **员工** 应用创建了两个员工, Harry Potter和Cedric Diggory。他们将为Smith&Co 工作, " -"他们会将工时填入咨询合同。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:68 -msgid "" -"We thus need to create a **sales order** with a **service** product invoiced" -" **based on time and material** and tracked by timesheets with **hours** as " -"unit of measures." -msgstr "因此我们需要创建一个 **销售订单** , 产品是 **服务** , **基于时间和材料** 开票, 公式以 **小时** 为单位。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:75 -msgid "" -"For more information on how to create a sales order based on time and " -"material please see :doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/time_materials`." -msgstr "" -"有关如何根据时间和材料创建销售订单的更多信息，请参阅:doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/time_materials。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:78 -msgid "" -"We save a Sales Order with the service product **External Consulting**. An " -"analytical account will automatically be generated once the **Sales Order** " -"is confirmed. Our employees will have to point to that account (in this case" -" **SO002-Smith&Co**) in order to be able to invoice their hours (see picture" -" below)." -msgstr "" -"我们保存一个销售订单, 订单内产品为 **External Consulting** . **Sales Order** 一旦确认, " -"分析科目会自动生成。我们的员工将被指定一个科目(在本例中 **SO002-Smith&Co** ), 是为了将工时开票给客户(见下图)。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:88 -msgid "Fill in timesheet" -msgstr "填写工时表" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:90 -msgid "" -"As an employee linked to a user, Harry can enter the **Timesheet** app and " -"specify his timesheets for the contract. Logged on Harry's account we enter " -"the **Timesheet** app and enter a detailed line pointing to the **Analytical" -" Account** discussed above." -msgstr "" -"一个员工链接到一个用户, 哈利可以进入 **工时单** 应用, 为工时单指定相应的合同。登入哈利的帐户, 进入 **工时单** 应用程序, 输入明细行," -" 指定上面所讨论的 **分析账户** 。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:95 -msgid "Harry worked three hours on a SWOT analysis for Smith&Co." -msgstr "哈利为Smith&Co付出了三个小时的SWOT analysis。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:100 -msgid "" -"In the meantime, Cedric discussed businesses needs with the customer for 1 " -"hour and specified it as well in his personal timesheet, pointing as well on" -" the **Analytic Account**." -msgstr "同时, Cedric与客户讨论需要1小时, 指定到他个人的工时表, 也指向 **分析账户** 。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:104 -msgid "" -"In the **Sales Order** we notice that the delivered amounts of hours is " -"automatically computed (see picture below)." -msgstr "在 **销售订单** 中, 我们注意到交付的时间会自动计算(见下图)。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:111 -msgid "Analytic accounting" -msgstr "分析会计" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Thanks to analytic accounts we are able to have an overview of HR cost and " -"revenues. All the revenues and cost of this transactions have been " -"registered in the **SO002-Smith&Co** account." -msgstr "由于分析科目, 我们能够对人力资源成本和收入有个总的概念。所有交易的收入和成本都将登记在 **SO002-Smith&Co** 科目。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:117 -msgid "We can use two methods to analyze this situation." -msgstr "在该情景下我们可以使用两种方式。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:120 -msgid "Without filters" -msgstr "不要过滤" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:122 -msgid "" -"If we pointed all our costs and revenues of the project on the correct " -"analytical account we can easily retrieve the cost and revenues related to " -"this analytical account. Enter the *Accounting* app, select " -":menuselection:`Adviser --> Analytic Accounts --> Open Charts`." -msgstr "" -"如果所有项目的成本和收入的分析科目都正确, 我们可以轻松地检索相关的成本和收益。输入 *Accounting* 应用, 选择 " -":menuselection:`Adviser --> Analytic Accounts --> Open Charts` ." - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:127 -msgid "" -"Note : you can specify a period for **Analysis**. If you want to open the " -"current situation you should keep the fields empty. We can already note the " -"credit and debit balance of the account." -msgstr "注意 :您可以为 **Analysis** 指定一个时间。如果你想打开当前状态, 你应该保持空的字段。我们可以看到借贷方余额。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:134 -msgid "" -"If we click on the account a special button is provided to have the details " -"of cost and revenues (see picture below)." -msgstr "如果我们单击科目, 提供了成本和收入的细节(见下图)。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:140 -msgid "" -"Click the button **Cost/Revenue** to have an overview of cost and revenues " -"with the corresponding description." -msgstr "单击按钮 **Cost/Revenue** , 可以看到成本和收入的总况。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:144 -msgid "With filters" -msgstr "有过滤" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:146 -msgid "We can thus filter this information from the **Analytic Entries**." -msgstr "因此我们可以在 **分析分录** 中过滤该信息。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:148 -msgid "" -"Enter the **Accounting** app, and click on :menuselection:`Adviser --> " -"Analytic Entries`. In this menu we have several options to analyse the human" -" resource cost." -msgstr "" -"进入 **会计** 应用, 点击 :menuselection:`顾问 --> 分析条目` . 在这个菜单中, 我们有几个选项来分析人力资源成本。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:151 -msgid "" -"We filter on the **Analytic account** so we can see the cost and revenues of" -" the project. Add a custom **Filter** where the **Analytic Account** " -"contains the **Sales Order** number." -msgstr "" -"过滤 **分析账户** , 我们可以看到项目的成本和收入。添加一个自定义的 **过滤器**: **Analytic Account** 包括 " -"**Sales Order** " - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:158 -msgid "" -"In the results we see timesheets activities and invoiced lines with the " -"corresponding costs and revenues." -msgstr "结果, 我们看到时间表活动, 和成本和收入的相关开票行。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:164 -msgid "" -"We can group the different analytical accounts together and check their " -"respective revenues. Simply group by **Analytic account** and select the " -"**Graph view** to have a clear overview." -msgstr "我们可以组合不同的分析科目, 检查各自的收入。简单的组合 **分析账户** 并选择 **图形视图** , 会提供一个清晰的概况。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:3 -msgid "Analytic account use cases" -msgstr "分析会计使用案例" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:5 -msgid "The analytic accounting can be used for several purposes:" -msgstr "分析会计可以用于以下几种目的 :" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:7 -msgid "analyse costs of a company" -msgstr "公司的成本分析" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:9 -msgid "reinvoice time to a customer" -msgstr "给顾客再开记工单发票" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:11 -msgid "analyse performance of a service or a project" -msgstr "分析服务或者项目的绩效" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:13 -msgid "" -"To manage analytic accounting, you have to activate it in " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`:" -msgstr "管理分析会计, 你必须激活它, 在 :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置` :" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:19 -msgid "" -"To illustrate analytic accounts clearly, you will follow three use cases, " -"each in one of three different types of company:" -msgstr "说明分析账户, 很明显, 你将遵循三个实例, 用三种不同类型的公司 :" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:22 -msgid "Industrial company: Costs Analyse" -msgstr "工业公司 :成本分析" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:24 -msgid "Law Firm: reinvoice spent hours" -msgstr "法律公司 :花费时间的再开票" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:26 -msgid "IT/Services Company: performance analysis" -msgstr "IT/服务公司 :绩效分析" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:29 -msgid "Case 1: Industrial company: Costs Analyse" -msgstr "案例1 :工业公司: 成本分析" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:31 -msgid "" -"In industry, you will often find analytic charts of accounts structured into" -" departments and products the company itself is built on." -msgstr "在工业上, 你会发现分析科目是基于部门和产品, 是基于公司自己的情况而建。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:34 -msgid "" -"The objective is to examine the costs, sales and margins by " -"department/resources and by product. The first level of the structure " -"comprises the different departments, and the lower levels represent the " -"product ranges the company makes and sells." -msgstr "目的是按部门/人员和产品检查成本、销售和利润。第一级的结构由不同的部门组成, 较低的水平的结构代表了公司生产和销售的产品范围。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:39 -msgid "" -"**Analytic Chart of Accounts for an Industrial Manufacturing Company**:" -msgstr " **工业制造公司的分析科目表**: " - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:41 -msgid "Marketing Department" -msgstr "市场营销部门" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:43 -msgid "Commercial Department" -msgstr "商务部门" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:45 -msgid "Administration Department" -msgstr "管理部门" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:47 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:80 -msgid "Production Range 1" -msgstr "生产范围1" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:49 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:82 -msgid "Production Range 2" -msgstr "生产范围2" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:51 -msgid "" -"In daily use, it is useful to mark the analytic account on each purchase " -"invoice. When the invoice is approved, it will automatically generate the " -"entries for both the general and the corresponding analytic accounts. For " -"each entry on the general accounts, there is at least one analytic entry " -"that allocates costs to the department which incurred them." -msgstr "" -"在日常使用中, 在采购发票上标记分析科目是有用的。当发票被批准后, 它会自动生成一般的凭证和分析科目的凭证。每一个一般的凭证, 当部门有发生成本, " -"至少有一个分析科目凭证。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Here is a possible breakdown of some general accounting entries for the " -"example above, allocated to various analytic accounts:" -msgstr "这里可能会出现的会计分录故障, 例如上面的例子, 分配给各种分析帐户 :" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:62 -msgid "**General accounts**" -msgstr " **总账科目** " - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:62 -msgid "**Analytic accounts**" -msgstr " **分析账户** " - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -msgid "**Title**" -msgstr " **称呼** " - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 -msgid "**Account**" -msgstr " **科目** " - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -msgid "**Value**" -msgstr " **值** " - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 -msgid "Purchase of Raw Material" -msgstr "原材料采购" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 -msgid "2122" -msgstr "2122" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 -msgid "1500" -msgstr "1500" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 -msgid "-1 500" -msgstr "-1 500" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 -msgid "Subcontractors" -msgstr "分包" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 -msgid "450" -msgstr "450" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 -msgid "-450" -msgstr "-450" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 -msgid "Credit Note for defective materials" -msgstr "有缺陷的材料的待方记录" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 -msgid "200" -msgstr "200" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 -msgid "Transport charges" -msgstr "运输费" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 -msgid "Staff costs" -msgstr "员工成本" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 -msgid "2121" -msgstr "2121" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 -msgid "10000" -msgstr "10000" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 -msgid "Marketing" -msgstr "市场营销" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:80 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:82 -msgid "-2 000" -msgstr "-2 000" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:76 -msgid "Commercial" -msgstr "商务" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:76 -msgid "-3 000" -msgstr "-3 000" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:78 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 -msgid "Administrative" -msgstr "管理" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:78 -msgid "-1 000" -msgstr "-1 000" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 -msgid "PR" -msgstr "采购需求单" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 -msgid "-400" -msgstr "-400" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:87 -msgid "" -"The analytic representation by department enables you to investigate the " -"costs allocated to each department in the company. The analytic chart of " -"accounts shows the distribution of the company's costs using the example " -"above:" -msgstr "代表部门的分析科目有助于分析部门的成本。用上面的例子, 分析科目表显示了成本的分配方式." - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:94 -msgid "" -"In this example of a hierarchical structure in Odoo, you can analyse not " -"only the costs of each product range, but also the costs of the whole " -"production. A report that relates both general accounts and analytic " -"accounts enables you to get a breakdown of costs within a given department." -msgstr "" -"这是一个树形结构的例子, 你不仅可以分析每个产品的成本范围, 而且可以分析整个生产成本。一份报告, 涉及一般科目和分析科目, 能按照所给的部门分类。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:103 -msgid "" -"The examples above are based on a breakdown of the costs of the company. " -"Analytic allocations can be just as effective for sales. That gives you the " -"profitability (sales - costs) of different departments." -msgstr "上面的示例是基于公司的成本的分解。分析科目就如销售一样可以有效分配。给你不同部门的盈利能力(销售成本)。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:107 -msgid "" -"This analytic representation by department is generally used by trading " -"companies and industries." -msgstr "通过部门来分析, 通常贸易公司和制造业使用比较多。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:110 -msgid "" -"A variantion of this, is not to break it down by sales and marketing " -"departments, but to assign each cost to its corresponding product range. " -"This will give you an analysis of the profitability of each product range." -msgstr "此种变异，不是按销售和营销部门分配, 而是将每个成本分配给其相应的产品范围。这将给你每种产品范围的的盈利能力分析的可能性。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:115 -msgid "" -"Choosing one over the other depends on how you look at your marketing " -"effort. Is it a global cost allocated in some general way, or is each " -"product range responsible for its own marketing costs?" -msgstr "选择一种取决于你如何看待你的营销努力。一般是全球成本分配, 或者是每个产品负责自己的营销成本?" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:120 -msgid "Case 2: Law Firm: costs of human resources?" -msgstr "案例2 :法律公司: 人力资源的成本？" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:122 -msgid "" -"Law firms generally adopt management by case, where each case represents a " -"current client file. All of the expenses and products are then attached to a" -" given file/analytic account." -msgstr "律师事务所普遍采用案例管理, 每个案例代表了当前客户端文件。所有的费用和产品被添加到一个给定的文件/分析账户。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:126 -msgid "" -"A principal preoccupation of law firms is the invoicing of hours worked, and" -" the profitability by case and by employee." -msgstr "律师事务所的主要关注的是工时的发票, 和每个案件每个员工的盈利。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:129 -msgid "" -"Mechanisms used for encoding the hours worked will be covered in detail in " -"timesheet documentation. Like most system processes, hours worked are " -"integrated into the analytic accounting. In the employee form, specify the " -"cost of the employee. The hourly charge is a function of the employee's " -"cost." -msgstr "" -"编码工作时间机制将在时间表文档中详细介绍。像大多数系统流程, 工作时间集成到分析会计。在员工的表格中, 指定员工的成本。每小时的费用是员工的成本的函数。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:135 -msgid "" -"So a law firm will opt for an analytic representation which reflects the " -"management of the time that employees work on the different customer cases." -msgstr "所以律师事务所将选择一个分析表示, 反映了员工为不同客户工作的时间管理。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:139 -msgid "" -"Billing for the different cases is a bit unusual. The cases do not match any" -" entry in the general account nor do they come from purchase or sales " -"invoices. They are represented by the various analytic operations and do not" -" have exact counterparts in the general accounts. They are calculated on the" -" basis of the hourly cost per employee." -msgstr "" -"对于不同情况的账单有些不同寻常。该情况，不匹配总账科目中的任何分录，不管它们来自采购还是销售发票。他们由各种分析操作所表示, " -"在总账科目中找不到确切的对方。他们是基于每个员工的每小时成本计算出。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:145 -msgid "" -"At the end of the month when you pay salaries and benefits, you integrate " -"them into the general accounts but not in the analytic accounts, because " -"they have already been accounted for in billing each account. A report that " -"relates data from the analytic and general accounts then lets you compare " -"the totals, so you can readjust your estimates of hourly cost per employee " -"depending on the time actually worked." -msgstr "" -"在月底支付工资和福利时, 你将它们集成到一般帐户, 而不是在分析账户, 因为他们在发票时已登记。一份报告, 相关的数据来自于分析账户和一般账户, " -"然后你可以比较总数, 所以你可以调整你的估计每个员工每小时成本." - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:153 -msgid "" -"The following table shows an example of different analytic entries that you " -"can find for your analytic account:" -msgstr "下表显示了不同分析凭证的例子, 你可以找到分析科目 :" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -msgid "**Amount**" -msgstr " **总量** " - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -msgid "**General Account**" -msgstr " **总账科目** " - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 -msgid "Study the file (1 h)" -msgstr "学习文件(1h)" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 -msgid "Case 1.1" -msgstr "案例1.1" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 -msgid "-15" -msgstr "-15" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 -msgid "Search for information (3 h)" -msgstr "搜索信息(3h)" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 -msgid "-45" -msgstr "-45" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 -msgid "Consultation (4 h)" -msgstr "顾问 (4 h)" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 -msgid "Case 2.1" -msgstr "案例 2.1" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 -msgid "-60" -msgstr "-60" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 -msgid "Service charges" -msgstr "服务费用" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 -msgid "280" -msgstr "280" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 -msgid "705 – Billing services" -msgstr "705 –给服务开票" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 -msgid "Stationery purchase" -msgstr "办公用品采购" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 -msgid "-42" -msgstr "-42" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 -msgid "601 – Furniture purchase" -msgstr "601 –家具采购" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 -msgid "42" -msgstr "42" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 -msgid "Fuel Cost -Client trip" -msgstr "燃油成本－客户方出差" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 -msgid "-35" -msgstr "-35" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 -msgid "613 – Transports" -msgstr "613 – 运费" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 -msgid "35" -msgstr "35" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 -msgid "Staff salaries" -msgstr "员工工资" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 -msgid "6201 – Salaries" -msgstr "6201 – 工资" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 -msgid "3 000" -msgstr "3 000" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:174 -msgid "" -"Such a structure allows you to make a detailed study of the profitability of" -" various transactions." -msgstr "这种结构能让您具体看到多种交易盈利能力。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:177 -msgid "" -"For more details about profitablity, please read the following document: " -":doc:`timesheets`" -msgstr "关于利润的更多细节, 请阅读以下文档 :doc:`timesheets` " - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:180 -msgid "" -"But analytical accounting is not limited to a simple analysis of the " -"profitability of different customer. The same data can be used for automatic" -" recharging of the services to the customer at the end of the month. To " -"invoice customers, just link the analytic account to a sale order and sell " -"products that manage timesheet or expenses ." -msgstr "" -"但分析会计并不局限于一个简单的对不同客户的盈利能力的分析。在月底, 相同的数据可以用于自动开票给客户. 开票给客户, " -"就将分析帐户链接到销售订单和销售产品, 管理工时表或费用。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:187 -msgid "Case 3: IT Services Company: perfomance analysis" -msgstr "案例3 :IT服务公司: 绩效分析" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:189 -msgid "Most IT service companies face the following problems:" -msgstr "大多数IT服务公司都面临者如下问题 :" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:191 -msgid "project planning," -msgstr "项目计划," - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:193 -msgid "invoicing, profitability and financial follow-up of projects," -msgstr "开票, 项目的盈利能力和财务跟踪," - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:195 -msgid "managing support contracts." -msgstr "管理支持合同。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:197 -msgid "" -"To deal with these problems, you would use an analytic chart of accounts " -"structured by project and by sale order." -msgstr "为了处理这些问题, 你会用项目和销售订单结构的分析科目表。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:200 -msgid "" -"The management of services, expenditures and sales is similar to that " -"presented above for lawyers. Invoicing and the study of profitability are " -"also similar." -msgstr "服务、支出、销售的管理, 类似于上面提到的律师例子。发票和盈利能力的研究也类似。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:204 -msgid "" -"But now look at support contracts. These contracts are usually limited to a " -"prepaid number of hours. Each service posted in the analytic accounts shows " -"the remaining hours of support. To manage support contracts, you would " -"create a product configured to invoice on order and link the sale order to " -"an analytic account" -msgstr "" -"但现在看看支持合同。这些合同通常局限于一个预付的工时数。每个过账到分析账户的服务显示剩余的支持时间。管理支持合同, 您将创建一个产品配置为发票订单, " -"链接销售订单到分析账户." - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:210 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, each analytic line lists the number of units sold or used, as well " -"as what you would usually find there – the amount in currency units (USD or " -"GBP, or whatever other choice you make). So you can sum the quantities sold " -"and used on each sale order to determine whether any hours of the support " -"contract remain." -msgstr "" -"在Odoo, 每个分析行列出了出售或使用的数量, 你通常会发现——含货币单位的合计(美元或英镑, 或其他选择)。所以, " -"你可以得出每一笔销售订单的销售和使用数量, 这些用来确定是否支持合同时间有剩余。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:217 -msgid "Conclusion" -msgstr "结论" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:219 -msgid "" -"Analytic accounting helps you to analyse costs and revenues whatever the use" -" case. You can sell or purchase services, track time or analyse the " -"production performance." -msgstr "分析会计能帮助你分析成本和收入。你可以出售或购买服务, 跟踪时间和分析生产性能。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:223 -msgid "" -"Analytic accounting is flexible and easy to use through all Odoo " -"applications (sales, purchase, timesheet, production, invoice, …)." -msgstr "分析会计灵活, 方便使用. 可应用于所有程序(销售、采购、工时、生产、发票, …)。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory.rst:3 -msgid "Inventory" -msgstr "库存" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:3 -msgid "Impact on the average price valuation when returning goods" -msgstr "产品退货时使用移动平均计算成本" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:5 -msgid "" -"As stated in the `*inventory valuation page* " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/functional/valuation.html>`__, one of " -"the possible costing method you can use in perpetual stock valuation, is the" -" average cost." -msgstr "" -"在 `*inventory valuation page* " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/functional/valuation.html>`__, " -"一个可能的成本方式是你可以使用永恒的库存成本估值方式, 平均成本。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:10 -msgid "" -"This document answers to one recurrent question for companies using that " -"method to make their stock valuation: how does a shipping returned to its " -"supplier impact the average cost and the accounting entries? This document " -"is **only** for the specific use case of a perpetual valuation (as opposed " -"to the periodic one) and in average price costing method (as opposed to " -"standard of FIFO)." -msgstr "" -"本文档能解决一个经常性的问题, 使用这种方法使他们的股票估价 : 退还给供应商的货将如何影响平均成本和会计凭证吗? 本文档 **只** " -"具体定义了永恒估值(而不是周期性)和平均价格成本核算方法(而不是标准的FIFO)。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:18 -msgid "Definition of average cost" -msgstr "平均成本的定义" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:20 -msgid "" -"The average cost method calculates the cost of ending inventory and cost of " -"goods sold on the basis of weighted average cost per unit of inventory." -msgstr "平均成本法, 在计算期末存货和销货成本的基础上, 计算存货的加权平均单位成本。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:24 -msgid "" -"The weighted average cost per unit is calculated using the following " -"formula:" -msgstr "加权平均单位成本计算使用以下公式 :" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:27 -msgid "" -"When new products arrive in a warehouse, the new average cost is recomputed " -"as:" -msgstr "新产品到达仓库时, 重新计算新的平均成本为 :" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:33 -msgid "" -"When products leave the warehouse: the average cost **does not** change" -msgstr "当产品离开仓库 :平均成本 **不** 变化" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:36 -msgid "Defining the purchase price" -msgstr "定义采购价格" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:38 -msgid "" -"The purchase price is estimated at the reception of the products (you might " -"not have received the vendor bill yet) and reevaluated at the reception of " -"the vendor bill. The purchase price includes the cost you pay for the " -"products, but it may also includes additional costs, like landed costs." -msgstr "购买价格是接收产品时的暂估 (您可能没有收到供应商发票)和评估单据。购买价格包括支付产品成本, 但它也可能包括额外的成本, 像到岸成本。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:45 -msgid "Average cost example" -msgstr "平均成本示例" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 -msgid "Operation" -msgstr "操作" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 -msgid "Delta Value" -msgstr "差异值" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 -msgid "Inventory Value" -msgstr "库存价值" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 -msgid "Qty On Hand" -msgstr "在手数量" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 -msgid "Avg Cost" -msgstr "平均成本" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 -msgid "$0" -msgstr "$0" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 -msgid "0" -msgstr "0" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 -msgid "Receive 8 Products at $10" -msgstr "收到8个产品, 合计 $10" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 -msgid "+8\\*$10" -msgstr "+8\\*$10" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 -msgid "$80" -msgstr "$80" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 -msgid "8" -msgstr "8" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 -msgid "$10" -msgstr "$10" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 -msgid "Receive 4 Products at $16" -msgstr "收到4个产品, 合计 $16" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 -msgid "+4\\*$16" -msgstr "+4\\*$16" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 -msgid "$144" -msgstr "$144" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 -msgid "12" -msgstr "12" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 -msgid "$12" -msgstr "$12" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 -msgid "Deliver 10 Products" -msgstr "发货10片产品" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 -msgid "-10\\*$12" -msgstr "-10\\*$12" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 -msgid "$24" -msgstr "$24" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 -msgid "2" -msgstr "2" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:60 -msgid "" -"At the beginning, the Avg Cost is set to 0 set as there is no product in the" -" inventory. When the first reception is made, the average cost becomes " -"logically the purchase price." -msgstr "起初, 平均成本设置为0, 因为产品没有库存. 当收到第一个货时, 平均成本成为逻辑上购买价格。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:64 -msgid "" -"At the second reception, the average cost is updated because the total " -"inventory value is now ``$80 + 4*$16 = $144``. As we have 12 units on hand, " -"the average price per unit is ``$144 / 12 = $12``." -msgstr "" -"在接收第二单货时, 平均成本更新, 因为库存总额现在\" $80 + 4 *$16 = $144 \\ \". 我们手头有12件, 平均价格每单位是\"" -" $144 / 12 = $12 \\ \"." - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:68 -msgid "" -"By definition, the delivery of 10 products does not change the average cost." -" Indeed, the inventory value is now $24 as we have only 2 units remaining of" -" each ``$24 / 2 = $12``." -msgstr "" -"根据定义, 交付的10个产品并不改变平均成本。的确, 现在库存价值24美元, 因为我们只剩下2件, 每件为“24美元/ 2 = $ 12''。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:73 -msgid "Purchase return use case" -msgstr "采购退货使用案例" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:75 -msgid "" -"In case of a product returned to its supplier after reception, the inventory" -" value is reduced using the average cost formulae (not at the initial price " -"of these products!)." -msgstr "如果收到货后退货, 将使用平均成本公式减少库存成本(不是在这些产品的最初价格!)。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:79 -msgid "Which means that the above table will be updated as follow:" -msgstr "意味着以上表格将会按照如下更新 :" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 -msgid "Return of 1 Product initially bought at $10" -msgstr "以原始购买价格$10退回1个产品" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 -msgid "-1\\*$12" -msgstr "-1\\*$12" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 -msgid "1" -msgstr "1" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:90 -msgid "Explanation: counter example" -msgstr "解释：计数器示例" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Remember the definition of **Average Cost**, saying that we do not update " -"the average cost of a product leaving the inventory. If you break this rule," -" you may lead to inconsistencies in your inventory." -msgstr "记得 **平均成本** 的定义, 说出库时不更新产品的平均成本。如果你打破这个规则, 你可能会导致库存不一致。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:96 -msgid "" -"As an example, here is the scenario when you deliver one piece to the " -"customer and return the other one to your supplier (at the cost you " -"purchased it). Here is the operation:" -msgstr "作为一个例子, 当你向客户交货并退货给供应商(购买的成本)。这是操作 :" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 -msgid "Customer Shipping 1 product" -msgstr "给客户发货1片产品" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 -msgid "-1\\*$10" -msgstr "-1\\*$10" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 -msgid "**$2**" -msgstr " **$2** " - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 -msgid "**0**" -msgstr " **0** " - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:110 -msgid "" -"As you can see in this example, this is not correct: an inventory valuation " -"of $2 for 0 pieces in the warehouse." -msgstr "正如你所看到的在这个例子中, 这是不正确的 :0件产品2美元的存货估价在仓库里。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:113 -msgid "" -"The correct scenario should be to return the goods at the current average " -"cost:" -msgstr "正确的场景应该是返回货物目前的平均成本 :" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 -msgid "**$0**" -msgstr " **$0** " - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:126 -msgid "" -"On the other hand, using the average cost to value the return ensure a " -"correct inventory value at all times." -msgstr "另一方面, 利用平均成本估值退货, 确保正确的库存价值。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:130 -msgid "Further thoughts on anglo saxon mode" -msgstr "anglo saxon模式的深究" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:132 -msgid "" -"For people in using the **anglo saxon accounting** principles, there is " -"another concept to take into account: the stock input account of the " -"product, which is intended to hold at any time the value of vendor bills to " -"receive. So the stock input account will increase on reception of incoming " -"shipments and will decrease when receiving the related vendor bills." -msgstr "" -"人们在使用 **盎克鲁撒克逊会计** 会计原则, 还有另一个概念需考虑 :产品的入库科目, 这是为了保存收票时的价值。所以这个账户在收货时会增加, " -"收到发票时会减少。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:139 -msgid "" -"Back to our example, we see that when the return is valued at the average " -"price, the amount booked in the stock input account is the original purchase" -" price:" -msgstr "回到我们的例子中, 我们看到, 当退货时按平均价格, 输入的价格是原购买价格 :" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 -msgid "stock input" -msgstr "采购产品科目" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 -msgid "price diff" -msgstr "价格差异" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 -msgid "($80)" -msgstr "($80)" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 -msgid "Receive vendor bill $80" -msgstr "收到供应商的账单$80" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 -msgid "($64)" -msgstr "($64)" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 -msgid "Receive vendor bill $64" -msgstr "收到供应商的账单$64" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 -msgid "**$10**" -msgstr " **$10** " - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 -msgid "**$12**" -msgstr " **$12** " - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 -msgid "Receive vendor refund $10" -msgstr "收到供应商的退款账单$10" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 -msgid "$2" -msgstr "$2" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:163 -msgid "" -"This is because the vendor refund will be made using the original purchase " -"price, so to zero out the effect of the return in the stock input in last " -"operation, we need to reuse the original price. The price difference account" -" located on the product category is used to book the difference between the " -"average cost and the original purchase price." -msgstr "" -"供应商退款将使用原始的购买价格, 所以退货时会零差异, 我们需要重用原来的价格。产品类别上的价格差异, 用于记录平均成本和原购买价格之间的差异。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:3 -msgid "Record exchange rates at payments" -msgstr "在付款时登记汇率" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Any company doing international trade faces the case where the payments are " -"in a different currency." -msgstr "任何公司做国际贸易时都会面临这个情况 : 不同的货币支付。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:11 -msgid "" -"After receiving their payments, you have the option to convert the amount " -"into your company currency. Multi currency payment implies rates " -"fluctuations. The rate differences are automatically recorded by Odoo." -msgstr "在收到付款时, 可转换成公司货币。多货币支付意味着有利率的波动。Odoo将自动记录汇率的差异。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:19 -msgid "Enable multi-currencies" -msgstr "启用多币种" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:21 -msgid "" -"In the accounting module, Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " -"and flag **Allow multi currencies**, then click on **apply**." -msgstr "会计模块, 去 :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置` , 勾选 **允许多货币** , 然后点击 **应用** 。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Configure the currency rates in :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Currencies`. Write down the rate and make sure the currency is active." -msgstr "汇率的配置 :menuselection:`配置 -->货币` . 写下汇率, 确保货币是活跃的。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:33 -msgid "" -"In this document, the base currency is **Euro** and we will record payments " -"in **Dollars**." -msgstr "在本文档中, 基础货币是 **欧元** ，我们将收付款记录在 **美元** 。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:40 -msgid "" -"You can automatically fetch the currency rates from the **European Central " -"Bank** or from **Yahoo**. Please read the document : :doc:`how_it_works`." -msgstr "" -"您可以从 **European Central Bank** 或 **Yahoo** 自动获取欧洲央行的汇率。请阅读文档 " -":doc:`how_it_works` ." - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:45 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:31 -msgid "Configure your journal" -msgstr "配置你的日记账" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:47 -msgid "" -"In order to register payments in other currencies, you have to **remove the " -"currency constraint** on the journal. Go to the accounting application, " -"Click on **More** on the journal and **Settings**." -msgstr "" -"为了用其他货币登记收付款, 你必须在账上 **remove the currency constraint** 。去财务应用程序, 点击 **更多** " -"和 **设置** 。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Check if the **Currency** field is empty or in the foreign currency in which" -" you will register the payments. If a currency is filled in, it means that " -"you can register payments only in this currency." -msgstr "检查 **货币** 字段是否为空白, 或是您将用来登记收付款的外币。如果货币已填写, 这意味着你只可以用这种货币登记收付款。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:62 -msgid "Record a payment in a different currency" -msgstr "用其他币种记录付款" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:64 -msgid "" -"In the **Accounting** application, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Payments`. Register the payment and indicate that it was done in the foreign" -" currency. Then click on **confirm**." -msgstr "" -"在 **会计** 应用程序中, 至 :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments` . 登记收付款并注明已用外币登记。然后点击 " -"**确定** 。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:83 -msgid "The journal entry has been posted but not allocated." -msgstr "会计分录已过账但没有分配。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:73 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:85 -msgid "" -"Go back to your invoice (:menuselection:`Sales --> Customer Invoices`) and " -"click on **Add** to allocate the payment." -msgstr "回到发票( :menuselection:`Sales --> Customer Invoices` )并点击 **添加** 分配付款。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:80 -msgid "Record a bank statement in a different currency" -msgstr "用其他币种记录银行对账单" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:82 -msgid "" -"Create or import the bank statement of your payment. The **Amount** is in " -"the company currency. There are two complementary fields, the **Amount " -"currency**, which is the amount that was actually paid and the **Currency** " -"in which it was paid." -msgstr "" -"创建或导入付款的银行对账单。 **金额** 以公司货币。有两个补充的字段，**外币金额** 是实际支付的金额，而 **货币** 是支付的币种。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:89 -msgid "" -"When reconciling it, Odoo will directly match the payment with the right " -"**Invoice**. You will get the invoice price in the invoice currency and the " -"amount in your company currency." -msgstr "调节的时候, Odoo将直接与正确的 **发票** 匹配。你会看到的发票货币下的金额及本位币下的总额。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:97 -msgid "Check the exchange rate differences" -msgstr "检查汇兑汇率差异" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:99 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` and look for the " -"**Exchange difference** journal entries. All the exchange rates differences " -"are recorded in it." -msgstr "去 :menuselection:`顾问 --> 日记帐分录` , 找到 **汇率差异** 日记账分录。所有的汇率差异将记录在此。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:106 -msgid "" -"The Exchange difference journal can be changed in your accounting settings." -msgstr "在会计设置上, 可以更改汇率差异账的设置." - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/full_reconcile_warning.rst:2 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/full_reconcile_warning.rst:2 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/full_reconcile_warning.rst:2 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/full_reconcile_warning.rst:2 -msgid "" -"In order for an exchange difference entry to be created automatically, the " -"corresponding invoices and payments need to be fully reconciled. This means " -"the invoices are fully paid and the payments are fully spent on invoices. If" -" you partially pay 3 invoices from 2 payments, and the last invoice still " -"has an amount due, there will be no exchange difference entry for any of " -"them until that final amount is paid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:147 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:68 -msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models`" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:112 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:100 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:136 -msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases` " - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:3 -msgid "Odoo's multi-currency system" -msgstr "Odoo的多币种系统" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Choosing to use the multi-currency option in Odoo will allow you to send " -"sales invoices, quotes and purchase orders or receive bills and payments in " -"currencies other than your own. With multi-currency, you can also set up " -"bank accounts in other currencies and run reports on your foreign currency " -"activities." -msgstr "" -"在Odoo选择使用多种货币选项, 在销售发票, 报价和采购订单或收到账单和支付货款时, 可选择货币而不是本位币。用多种货币, 还可以用外币设置银行账户," -" 也可用于报表。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:18 -msgid "Turn on multi-currency" -msgstr "开启多币种" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:20 -msgid "" -"In the accounting module, Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " -"and flag **Allow multi currencies**, then click on **Apply**." -msgstr "会计模块中, 去 :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置` , 选择 **允许多货币** , 然后点击 **应用** 。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:27 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:159 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:109 -msgid "Exchange Rate Journal" -msgstr "汇率分类账" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:29 -msgid "" -"The **Rate Difference Journal** records the differences between the payment " -"registration and the expected amount. For example, if a payment is paid 1 " -"month after the invoice was issued, the exchange rate has probably changed. " -"The fluctuation implies some loss or profit that are recorded by Odoo." -msgstr "" -" **率差异账** 记录收款和预计收款之间的差异。例如, 如果发票开具1个月后才付款, 汇率可能已经改变了。波动意味着Odoo将记录一些损益。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:35 -msgid "You can change it in the settings:" -msgstr "你可以在设置中更改 :" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:41 -msgid "View or edit rate being used" -msgstr "查看或编辑正在使用的汇率" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:43 -msgid "" -"You can manually configure the currency rates in " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Currencies`. Open the currencies you want " -"to use in Odoo and edit it. Make sure the currency is active." -msgstr "" -"您可以手动配置的汇率 :menuselection:`Configuration --> Currencies` . " -"打开你想要使用的货币并编辑它。确保货币是活跃的。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:50 -msgid "Click on **View Rates** to edit it and to see the history :" -msgstr "点击 **查看汇率** 编辑并查看历史记录 :" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Click on **Create** to add the rate. Fill in the date and the rate. Click on" -" **Save** when you are done." -msgstr "点击 **创建** 添加汇率, 输入日期和汇率。完成后点击 **保存** 。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:62 -msgid "Live Currency Rate" -msgstr "实时货币汇率" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:64 -msgid "" -"By default, the currencies need to be updated manually. But you can " -"synchronize it with `Yahoo <https://finance.yahoo.com/currency-" -"converter/>`__ or the `European Central Bank <http://www.ecb.europa.eu>`__. " -"In :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, go to the **Live Currency " -"Rate** section." -msgstr "" -"默认情况下,货币需要手动更新。但是你可以同步 `Yahoo <https ://finance.yahoo.com/currency-" -"converter/>` __或是 `European Central Bank <http: //www.ecb.europa.eu>` __. 在 " -":menuselection:`配置 --> 设置` , 去 **实时汇率** 部分。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Choose the interval : Manually, Daily, Weekly or Monthly. You can always " -"force the update by clicking on **Update Now**. Select the provider, and you" -" are set !" -msgstr "选择间隔 :手动, 每日, 每周或每月。你可以强制更新, 通过点击 **现在更新** 。选择供应商, 设置完成!" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:77 -msgid "Only the **active** currencies are updated" -msgstr "只有 **有效的** 币别被更新" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:80 -msgid "Configure your charts of account" -msgstr "配置科目表" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:82 -msgid "" -"In the accounting application, go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Charts of " -"Accounts`. On each account, you can set a currency. It will force all moves " -"for this account to have the account currency." -msgstr "" -"在会计应用程序中, 去 :menuselection:`Adviser --> Charts of Accounts` . 在每个科目, " -"您可以设置一个货币。所有这个账目的账都使用这个货币。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:86 -msgid "" -"If you leave it empty, it means that it can handle all currencies that are " -"Active." -msgstr "如果留空, 就意味着可以处理所有有效的币别。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:93 -msgid "Configure your journals" -msgstr "配置日记账" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:95 -msgid "" -"In order to register payments in other currencies, you have to remove the " -"currency constraint on the journal. Go to the accounting application, Click " -"on **More** on the journal and **Settings**." -msgstr "用外币登记收付款, 需在账上去除货币限制。去财务应用程序, 点击 **更多** 和 **设置** 。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:102 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Check if the currency field is empty or in the foreign currency in which you" -" will register the payments. If a currency is filled in, it means that you " -"can register payments only in this currency." -msgstr "检查外币的字段是否为空, 或者需要在哪个货币下登记收付款。如果货币已填写, 这意味着你可只能用这种货币登记收付款。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:110 -msgid "How is Odoo's multi-currency working?" -msgstr "Odoo多币种是如何工作的？" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:112 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Now that you are working in a multi-currency environment, all accountable " -"items will be linked to a currency, domestic or foreign." -msgstr "现在你在多种货币环境中, 所有科目将链接一个货币, 国内或国外。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:116 -msgid "Sales Orders and Invoices" -msgstr "销售订单和发票" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:118 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:56 -msgid "" -"You are now able to set a different currency than the company one on your " -"sale orders and on your invoices. The currency is set for the whole " -"document." -msgstr "你现在可以设置不同的货币而不是销售订单和发票上的货币。货币设置将应用到整个文档。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:126 -msgid "Purchases orders and Vendor Bills" -msgstr "采购订单和供应商账单" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:128 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:66 -msgid "" -"You are now able to set a different currency than the company one on your " -"purchase orders and on your vendor bills. The currency is set for the whole " -"document." -msgstr "你现在可以设置不同的货币比公司对你的采购订单和供应商的账单。货币被设置为整个文档。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:136 -msgid "Payment Registrations" -msgstr "付款登记" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:138 -msgid "" -"In the accounting application, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. " -"Register the payment and set the currency." -msgstr "在会计应用程序中，前往 :menuselection:`销售 --> 付款`。登记付款并设置币种。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:147 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:94 -msgid "" -"When creating or importing bank statements, the amount is in the company " -"currency. But there are now two complementary fields, the amount that was " -"actually paid and the currency in which it was paid." -msgstr "当创建或导入银行对账单, 是本位币的金额。但是现在有两个字段, 实际支付的金额和原币支付的金额。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:154 -msgid "" -"When reconciling it, Odoo will directly match the payment with the right " -"Invoice. You will get the invoice price in the invoice currency and the " -"amount in your company currency." -msgstr "当调节时, Odoo将收款直接与正确的发票匹配。你会得到的发票金额和公司本位币金额。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:161 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` and look for the Exchange" -" difference journal entries. All the exchange rates differences are recorded" -" in it." -msgstr "去 :menuselection:`顾问 --> 日记条目` , 找到 **汇率差额** 日记账分录。所有的汇率差异将记录在此。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:170 -msgid ":doc:`invoices_payments`" -msgstr ":doc:`invoices_payments` " - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:171 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:121 -msgid ":doc:`exchange`" -msgstr ":doc:`exchange` " - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:3 -msgid "Manage invoices and payment in multiple currencies" -msgstr "管理多种货币的发票和付款" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo provides multi-currency support with automatic currency gross or loss " -"entry adjustment. There are a few things Odoo has been to ease the user's " -"life." -msgstr "Odoo提供多种货币汇兑损益的调整。有几件事Odoo将简化用户工作。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:12 -msgid "" -"All the account transactions will be done using the company currency. " -"However you can see two extra fields with the journal entry where secondary " -"currency and amount will visible. You can create multi-currency journals of " -"force a specific currency." -msgstr "所有的账户交易将使用本位币。但是你可以看到两个额外的字段, 原货币和原币值。你可以创建多货币账, 定义特殊的货币。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:17 -msgid "" -"When creating an invoice, the currency can be changed very easily; however " -"Odoo takes the company currency as a default assignment. It will convert all" -" the amounts automatically using that currency." -msgstr "在创建发票时, 改变货币很容易; 然而公司本位币是作为一个默认值。Odoo将自动将外币转换成本位币." - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:25 -msgid "Enable Multi-Currency" -msgstr "启用多币种" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:27 -msgid "" -"For information about enabling Multi-Currency, please read the document: " -":doc:`how_it_works`" -msgstr "更多多货币的信息, 请阅读文档 :医生: :doc:`how_it_works` " - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:33 -msgid "" -"In order to register payments in other currencies, you have to remove the " -"currency constraint on the journal. Go to the accounting application, on the" -" journal, click on :menuselection:`More --> Settings`." -msgstr "" -"为了注册其他货币的付款，您必须删除日记帐上的货币限制。 转到会计应用程序，在日记帐上， 单击 :menuselection:`更多 --> 设置`。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:48 -msgid "Multi-currency invoices & Vendor Bills" -msgstr "多币别发票和供应商账单" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:54 -msgid "Invoices" -msgstr "发票" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:74 -msgid "Multi-currency Payments" -msgstr "多币种付款" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:76 -msgid "" -"In the accounting application, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. " -"Register the payment and indicate that it was done in the foreign currency. " -"Then click on **Confirm**." -msgstr "在会计应用程序中, 至 :menuselection:`销售 --> 付款`。 登记收付款并注明已用外币登记。然后点击 **确定** 。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:92 -msgid "Multi- Currency Bank Statements" -msgstr "多币种银行对账单" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:101 -msgid "" -"When reconciling it, Odoo will directly match the payment with the right " -"invoice. You will get the invoice price in the invoice currency and the " -"amount in your company currency." -msgstr "调节的时候, Odoo将直接与正确的 **发票** 匹配。你会看到的发票货币下的金额及本位币下的总额。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:111 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` and look for the " -"**Exchange Difference** journal entries. All the exchange rates differences " -"are recorded in it." -msgstr "去 :menuselection:`顾问 --> 日记条目` , 找到 **汇率差额** 日记账分录。所有的汇率差异将记录在此。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:120 -msgid ":doc:`how_it_works`" -msgstr ":doc:`how_it_works` " - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started.rst:3 -msgid "Getting Started" -msgstr "入门" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:100 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:67 -msgid "Chart of Accounts" -msgstr "会计科目表" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The **Chart of Accounts (COA)** is the list of all the accounts used to " -"record financial transactions in the general ledger of an organization." -msgstr " **会计科目表(COA)**是指一个组织的总分类账中记录财务事项的所有科目列表。" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The accounts are usually listed in the order of appearance in the financial " -"reports. Most of the time, they are listed as follows :" -msgstr "这些科目通常按财务报告中的出现顺序列出。大多数时候，它们列示为如下：" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:11 -msgid "Balance Sheet accounts" -msgstr "资产负债表科目" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:13 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 -msgid "Assets" -msgstr "资产" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:14 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:77 -msgid "Liabilities" -msgstr "负债" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:15 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:85 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:85 -msgid "Equity" -msgstr "权益" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:19 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:89 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:89 -msgid "Income" -msgstr "收入" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:20 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:93 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:93 -msgid "Expense" -msgstr "费用" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:22 -msgid "" -"When browsing your Chart of Accounts, you can filter the accounts by number," -" in the left column, and also group them by Account Type." -msgstr "在浏览会计科目表时，你可在左边的列中按数字筛选科目，并按科目类型分组。" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:30 -msgid "Configuration of an Account" -msgstr "配置科目" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:32 -msgid "" -"The country you select at the creation of your database (or additional " -"company on your database) determines which **Fiscal Localization Package** " -"is installed by default. This package includes a standard Chart of Accounts " -"already configured according to the country's regulations. You can use it " -"directly or set it according to your company's needs." -msgstr "" -"你在创建数据库时选择的国家（或数据库上的其他公司）确定了默认安装了哪个**财务本地化包**。它们包括已经按照对应国家规定配置的标准会计科目表。你可以直接使用这些会计科目表或根据你公司的需要设置它们。" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:38 -msgid "" -"It is not possible to modify the **Fiscal Localization** of a company once a" -" Journal Entry has been posted." -msgstr "在日记账分录过账后，就无法再修改公司的**财务本地化**。" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:41 -msgid "" -"To create a new account, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " -"--> Chart of Accounts`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." -msgstr "如要创建新科目，前往 :menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 会计科目表`，点击*创建*并填写表单。" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:45 -msgid "Code and Name" -msgstr "代码和名称" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Each account is identified by its **Code** and **Name**, which also " -"indicates the account's purpose." -msgstr "每个科目通过其**代码**和**名称**来进行识别，它们也体现了科目的目的。" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Configuring correctly the **Account Type** is critical as it serves multiple" -" purposes:" -msgstr "正确配置**科目类型**至关重要，因为它将应用到多种目的：" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:54 -msgid "Information on the account's purpose and behavior" -msgstr "关于科目目的和行为的信息" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:55 -msgid "Generate country-specific legal and financial reports" -msgstr "生成特定国家的法律和财务报告" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:56 -msgid "Set the rules to close a fiscal year" -msgstr "设置结束一个财政年度的规则" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:57 -msgid "Generate opening entries" -msgstr "生成期初分录" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:59 -msgid "" -"To configure an account type, open the **Type** field's drop-down selector " -"and select the right type among the following list:" -msgstr "如要配置科目类型，打开**类型**字段的下拉选择器并在列表中选择合适类型：" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 -msgid "Report" -msgstr "报表" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 -msgid "Category" -msgstr "类别" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 -msgid "Account Types" -msgstr "科目类型" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 -msgid "Receivable" -msgstr "应收" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:67 -msgid "Bank and Cash" -msgstr "银行和现金" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:69 -msgid "Current Assets" -msgstr "流动资产" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:71 -msgid "Non-current Assets" -msgstr "非流动资产" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:73 -msgid "Prepayments" -msgstr "预付账" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:75 -msgid "Fixed Assets" -msgstr "固定资产" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:77 -msgid "Payable" -msgstr "应付" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:79 -msgid "Credit Card" -msgstr "信用卡" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:81 -msgid "Current Liabilities" -msgstr "流动负债" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:83 -msgid "Non-current Liabilities" -msgstr "非流动负债" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:87 -msgid "Current Year Earnings" -msgstr "本年收益" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:91 -msgid "Other Income" -msgstr "其他收入" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:95 -msgid "Depreciation" -msgstr "折旧" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:97 -msgid "Cost of Revenue" -msgstr "收入成本" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 -msgid "Other" -msgstr "其他" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 -msgid "Off-Balance Sheet" -msgstr "资产负债表" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:103 -msgid "Assets, Deferred Expenses, and Deferred Revenues Automation" -msgstr "资产、递延费用和递延收入自动化 " - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:105 -msgid "" -"Some Account Types display a new field **to automate** the creation of " -":ref:`Assets <assets-automation>` entries, :ref:`Deferred Expenses " -"<deferred-expenses-automation>` entries, and :ref:`Deferred Revenues " -"<deferred-revenues-automation>` entries." -msgstr "" -"某些科目类型会显示新字段**自动化**创建:ref:`资产<assets-automation>`分录、:ref:`递延费用<deferred-" -"expenses-automation>`分录和:ref:`递延收入<deferred-revenues-automation>`分录。" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:109 -msgid "You have three choices for the **Automation** field:" -msgstr "**自动化**字段可有三种选择：" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:238 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:177 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:177 -msgid "**No:** this is the default value. Nothing happens." -msgstr "**否：**这是默认值。系统不会进行任何自动化。" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:112 -msgid "" -"**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " -"draft entry is created, but not validated. You must first fill out the " -"corresponding form." -msgstr "**创建为草稿：**交易在科目中过账时，系统将创建分录草稿，但未确认。你必须首先填写对应的表单。" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:114 -msgid "" -"**Create and validate:** you must also select a Model. Whenever a " -"transaction is posted on the account, an entry is created and immediately " -"validated." -msgstr "**创建并确认：**你还必须选择一种模式。交易在科目中过账时，系统自动创建并立即确认分录。" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:118 -msgid "Please refer to the related documentation for more information." -msgstr "请参阅相关文档，获取更多信息。" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:123 -msgid "" -"Select a **default tax** that will be applied when this account is chosen " -"for a product sale or purchase." -msgstr "选择一个**默认税**，当此科目被选择用于产品销售或采购时将适用。" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:127 -msgid "Tags" -msgstr "标签" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:129 -msgid "" -"Some accounting reports require **tags** to be set on the relevant accounts." -" By default, you can choose among the tags that are used by the *Cash Flow " -"Statement*." -msgstr "某些会计报告要求在相关科目上设置*标签*。默认情况下，你可以在*现金流量表*使用的标签中进行选择。" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:133 -msgid "Account Groups" -msgstr "科目组" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:135 -msgid "" -"**Account Groups** are useful to list multiple accounts as *sub-accounts* of" -" a bigger account and thus consolidate reports such as the **Trial " -"Balance**." -msgstr "**科目组**用于在一个大科目下面列出多个*子科目*，以合并**试算表**等报告。" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:138 -msgid "" -"To create a new Account Group, open the account you want to configure as " -"sub-account, click on the *Group* drop-down selector, select *Create and " -"Edit...*, fill out the form, and save. Next, set all the sub-accounts with " -"the right Account Group." -msgstr "" -"如要创建新科目组，打开想要配置为子科目的科目，点击*群组*下拉选择器，选择*创建并编辑...*，填写表单并保存。然后，设置该科目组下面的所有子科目。" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:142 -msgid "" -"To display your **Trial Balance** report with your Account Groups, go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Trial Balance`, then open the " -"*Options* menu and select **Hierarchy and Subtotals**." -msgstr "" -"如要显示科目组的**试算表**报告，前往 :menuselection:`会计 --> 报告 --> " -"试算表`，然后打开*选项*菜单并选择**层级及小计**。" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:151 -msgid "Allow Reconciliation" -msgstr "允许对账" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:153 -msgid "" -"Some accounts, such as accounts made to record the transactions of a payment" -" method, can be used for the reconciliation of journal entries." -msgstr "某些科目，如用于记录某支付方式交易的科目，可用于日记账分录对账。" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:156 -msgid "" -"For example, an invoice paid with a credit card can be *marked as paid* if " -"reconciled with the payment. Therefore, the account used to record credit " -"card payments needs to be configured as *allowing reconciliation*." -msgstr "例如，用信用卡支付的发票在与付款对账后可以*标记为已支付*。因此，用于记录信用卡付款的科目需要配置为*允许对账*。" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:160 -msgid "To do so, check the **Allow Reconciliation** box and save." -msgstr "为此，勾选**允许对账**框并保存。" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:163 -msgid "Deprecated" -msgstr "废弃" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:165 -msgid "" -"It is not possible to delete an account once a transaction has been recorded" -" on it. You can make them unusable by using the **Deprecated** feature." -msgstr "如科目内已记录了交易，则无法删除该科目。你可通过**废弃**功能使其不可用。" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:168 -msgid "To do so, check the **Deprecated** box and save." -msgstr "为此，勾选**废弃**框并保存。" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:171 -msgid ":doc:`../../payables/supplier_bills/assets`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../payables/supplier_bills/assets`" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:172 -msgid ":doc:`../../payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses`" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:173 -msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues`" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:3 -msgid "Initial setup of Odoo Accounting and Odoo Invoicing" -msgstr "Odoo会计和Odoo发票的初始设置" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When you first open your Odoo Accounting app, the *Accounting Overview* page" -" welcomes you with a step-by-step onboarding banner, a wizard that helps you" -" get started. This onboarding banner is displayed until you choose to close " -"it." -msgstr "" -"首次打开Odoo 会计应用程序时，*会计概观* 页面会出现逐步入门指南，该向导可帮助您使用会计应用。 该入门横幅将一直显示，直到您选择关闭它为止。" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:9 -msgid "" -"The settings visible in the onboarding banner can still be modified later by" -" going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "以后仍然可以通过:menuselection:`会计 --> 设置 --> 设定` 来修改入门横幅中可见的设置。" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Odoo Accounting automatically installs the appropriate **Fiscal Localization" -" Package** for your company, according to the country selected at the " -"creation of the database. This way, the right accounts, reports, and taxes " -"are ready-to-go. :doc:`Click here " -"<../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>` for more" -" information about Fiscal Localization Packages." -msgstr "" -"Odoo会计 会根据在创建数据库时选择的国家/地区为您的公司自动安装适当的 *财务本地化软件包* 。 这样，正确的帐户，报告和税款就可以使用了。 " -":doc:`:点击此处<../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>`，以获取有关财政本地化软件包的更多信息。" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:20 -msgid "Accounting onboarding banner" -msgstr "会计入职横幅" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:22 -msgid "" -"The step-by-step Accounting onboarding banner is composed of four steps:" -msgstr "分步记帐入门横幅由四个步骤组成：" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:28 -msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-company`" -msgstr ":ref:`accounting-setup-company`" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:29 -msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-bank`" -msgstr ":ref:`accounting-setup-bank`" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:30 -msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-periods`" -msgstr ":ref:`accounting-setup-periods`" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:31 -msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-chart`" -msgstr ":ref:`accounting-setup-chart`" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:36 -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:140 -msgid "Company Data" -msgstr "公司数据" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:38 -msgid "" -"This menu allows you to add your company’s details such as the name, " -"address, logo, website, phone number, email address, and Tax ID, or VAT " -"number. These details are then displayed on your documents, such as on " -"invoices." -msgstr "" -"通过此菜单，您可以添加公司的详细信息，例如名称，地址，商标，网站，电话号码，电子邮件地址以及税号或增值税号。 " -"然后，这些详细信息将显示在您的文档（例如发票）上。" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:47 -msgid "" -"You can also change these settings by going to :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"General Settings --> Settings --> Companies` and clicking on **Update " -"Info**." -msgstr "" -"您还可以通过以下方式更改这些设置 :menuselection:`设定 --> 常规设置 --> 设定 --> 然后点击**更新信息** 。" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:53 -msgid "Bank Account" -msgstr "银行账户" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Connect your bank account to your database and have your bank statements " -"synced automatically. To do so, find your bank in the list, click on " -"*Connect*, and follow the instructions on-screen." -msgstr "将您的银行帐户连接到数据库，并自动同步银行对帐单。 为此，请在列表中找到您的银行，单击 *连接* ，然后按照屏幕上的说明进行操作。" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:59 -msgid "" -":doc:`Click here <../../bank/feeds/bank_synchronization>` for more " -"information about this feature." -msgstr ":doc:`点击此处<../../ bank / feeds / bank_synchronization>`了解有关此功能的更多信息。" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:61 -msgid "" -"If your Bank Institution can’t be synchronized automatically, or if you " -"prefer not to sync it with your database, you may also configure your bank " -"account manually by clicking on *Create it*, and filling out the form." -msgstr "如果您的银行机构不能自动同步，或者您不想将其与数据库同步，则也可以通过单击 *创建* ，并填写表格来手动配置银行帐户。" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:76 -msgid "" -"You can add as many bank accounts as needed with this tool by going to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration`, and clicking on *Add a Bank " -"Account*." -msgstr "" -"您可以使用此工具根据需要添加任意数量的银行帐户，方法是：转到 :menuselection:`会计 --> 配置”，然后单击 *添加银行帐户* 。" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:78 -msgid "" -":doc:`Click here <../../bank/setup/bank_accounts>` for more information " -"about Bank Accounts." -msgstr ":doc:`点击此处 <../../bank/setup/bank_accounts>` 了解有关银行帐户的更多信息。" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:84 -msgid "Accounting Periods" -msgstr "会计期间" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:86 -msgid "" -"Define here your **Fiscal Years**’ opening and closing dates, which are used" -" to generate reports automatically, and your **Tax Return Periodicity**, " -"along with a reminder to never miss a tax return deadline." -msgstr "在此定义您的 **会计年度** 的开始和结束日期（用于自动生成报告）以及 **纳税申报周期** ，并提醒您不要错过纳税申报截止日期。" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:90 -msgid "" -"By default, the opening date is set on the 1st of January and the closing " -"date on the 31st of December, as this is the most common use." -msgstr "默认情况下，开始日期设置为1月1日，结束日期设置为12月31日，因为这是最常见的用法。" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:94 -msgid "" -"You can also change these settings by going to :menuselection:`Accounting " -"--> Configuration --> Settings --> Fiscal Periods` and updating the values." -msgstr "您也可以通过:menuselection:`会计 --> 设置 --> 设定 --> 财政时期` 更新值来更改这些设置。" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:102 -msgid "" -"With this menu, you can add accounts to your **Chart of Accounts** and " -"indicate their initial opening balances." -msgstr "使用此菜单，您可以将帐户添加到 **会计科目表** 中，并指示其初始期初余额。" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:105 -msgid "" -"Basic settings are displayed on this page to help you review your Chart of " -"Accounts. To access all the settings of an account, click on the *double " -"arrow button* at the end of the line." -msgstr "基本设置显示在此页面上，以帮助您查看会计科目表。 要访问帐户的所有设置，请单击行末的 *双箭头按钮* 。" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:113 -msgid "" -":doc:`Click here <chart_of_accounts>` for more information on how to " -"configure your Chart of Accounts." -msgstr ":doc:`点击这里 <chart_of_accounts>` 了解有关如何配置会计科目表的更多信息。" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:117 -msgid "Invoicing onboarding banner" -msgstr "发票入门培训横幅" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:119 -msgid "" -"There is another step-by-step onboarding banner that helps you take " -"advantage of your Odoo Invoicing and Accounting apps. The *Invoicing " -"onboarding banner* is the one that welcomes you if you use the Invoicing app" -" rather than the Accounting app." -msgstr "" -"还有另一个分步入门指南，可帮助您利用Odoo发票和会计应用程序。 如果您使用发票应用程序， *发票入门横幅* 会很欢迎您，而不是会计入门横幅。" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:123 -msgid "" -"If you have Odoo Accounting installed on your database, you can reach it by " -"going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Invoices`." -msgstr "如果您的数据库上安装了Odoo会计则可以通过：:menuselection:`会计 --> 客户 --> 发票`。" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:126 -msgid "The Invoicing onboarding banner is composed of four main steps:" -msgstr "发票入门横幅由四个主要步骤组成：" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:132 -msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-company`" -msgstr ":ref:`invoicing-setup-company`" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:133 -msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-layout`" -msgstr ":ref:`invoicing-setup-layout`" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:134 -msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-payment`" -msgstr ":ref:`invoicing-setup-payment`" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:135 -msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-sample`" -msgstr ":ref:`invoicing-setup-sample`" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:142 -msgid "" -"This form is the same as :ref:`the one presented in the Accounting " -"onboarding banner <accounting-setup-company>`." -msgstr "此表单与。:ref:`会计入门横幅中显示的表单相同 <accounting-setup-company>`." - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:148 -msgid "Invoice Layout" -msgstr "发票格式" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:150 -msgid "" -"With this tool, you can design the appearance of your documents by selecting" -" which layout tamplate, paper format, colors, font, and logo you want to " -"use." -msgstr "使用此工具，您可以通过选择要使用的布局模板，纸张格式，颜色，字体和商标来设计文档的外观。" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:153 -msgid "" -"You can also add your *Company Tagline* and the content of the documents’ " -"*footer*. Note that Odoo automatically adds the company's phone number, " -"email, website URL, and Tax ID (or VAT number) to the footer, according to " -"the values you previously configured in the :ref:`Company Data <accounting-" -"setup-company>`." -msgstr "" -"您也可以添加 *公司标语* 和文档的 *页脚* 。 " -"请注意，Odoo会根据您先前在公司数据中配置的值，自动将公司的电话号码，电子邮件，网站URL和税号（或增值税号）添加到页脚中。 <accounting-" -"setup-company>`." - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:163 -msgid "" -"Add your **bank account number** and a link to your **General Terms & " -"Condition** in the footer. This way, your contacts can find the full content" -" of your GT&C online without having to print them on the invoices you issue." -msgstr "" -"在页脚中添加您的 *银行帐号* 和链接您的 *通用条款和条件* 。 " -"这样，您的联系人就可以在线查找通用条款和条件的全部内容，而不必在您开具的发票上打印它们。" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:168 -msgid "" -"These settings can also be modified by going to :menuselection:`Settings -->" -" General Settings`, under the *Business Documents* section." -msgstr "这些设置也可以通过在 *业务文档* 部分下转到:menuselection:`“设置 --> 常规设置` 来修改。" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:174 -msgid "Payment Method" -msgstr "付款方式" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:176 -msgid "" -"This menu helps you configure the payment methods with which your customers " -"can pay you." -msgstr "此菜单可帮助您配置客户的付款方式。" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:179 -msgid "" -"Configuring a *Payment Acquirer* with this tool also activates the *Invoice " -"Online Payment* option automatically. With this, users can directly pay " -"online, from their Customer Portal." -msgstr "使用此工具配置 *付款收单行* 也会自动激活 *发票在线付款* 选项。 这样，用户可以从其客户门户网站直接在线付款。" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:185 -msgid "Sample Invoice" -msgstr "发票示例" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:187 -msgid "" -"Send yourself a sample invoice by email to make sure everything is correctly" -" configured." -msgstr "通过电子邮件发送示例发票，以确保所有内容均已正确配置。" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:190 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:135 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:146 -msgid ":doc:`../../bank/setup/bank_accounts`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../bank/setup/bank_accounts`" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:191 -msgid ":doc:`chart_of_accounts`" -msgstr ":doc:`chart_of_accounts`" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts.rst:3 -msgid "Main Concepts" -msgstr "主要概念" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:3 -msgid "The Accounting behind Odoo" -msgstr "Odoo背后的会计学" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:5 -msgid "" -"This page summarises the way Odoo deals with typical accounts and " -"transactions." -msgstr "此页概述Odoo中典型的科目和业务的处理方式。" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:9 -msgid "Double-entry bookkeeping" -msgstr "复式记账" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Odoo automatically creates all the behind-the-scenes journal entries for " -"each of your accounting transactions: customer invoices, point of sale " -"order, expenses, inventory moves, etc." -msgstr "Odoo为每个会计交易自动创建背后的日记账分录, 包括 :客户发票, 销售点订单, 报销, 库存移动, 等等。" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Odoo uses the rules of double-entry bookkeeping system: all journal entries " -"are automatically balanced (sum of debits = sum of credits)." -msgstr "Odoo采用复式记账规则 : 所有日记账分录自动平衡（借方总和 = 贷方总和）。" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:19 -msgid "" -"`Understand Odoo's accounting transactions per document " -"<https://odoo.com/documentation/functional/accounting.html>`_" -msgstr "" -"`通过文档了解Odoo的会计交易 " -"<https://odoo.com/documentation/functional/accounting.html>`_" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:23 -msgid "Accrual and Cash Basis Methods" -msgstr "权责发生制和现金收付制方法" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Odoo supports both accrual and cash basis reporting. This allows you to " -"report income / expense at the time transactions occur (i.e., accrual " -"basis), or when payment is made or received (i.e., cash basis)." -msgstr "Odoo支持权责发生制和收付实现制的报告。这允许你在交易发生时报告收入/费用（即权责发生制），或者收付款时（即收付实现制）报告。" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:30 -msgid "Multi-companies" -msgstr "多公司" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Odoo allows one to manage several companies within the same database. Each " -"company has its own chart of accounts and rules. You can get consolidation " -"reports following your consolidation rules." -msgstr "Odoo允许在同一个数据库管理几个公司。每个公司有自己的科目表以及规则。依据你的合并规则，你可以得到合并报告。" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Users can access several companies but always work in one company at a time." -msgstr "用户可以访问几家公司，但在某个时间总是在一个公司工作。" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:40 -msgid "Multi-currencies" -msgstr "多币种" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Every transaction is recorded in the default currency of the company. For " -"transactions occurring in another currency, Odoo stores both the value in " -"the currency of the company and the value in the currency of the " -"transaction. Odoo can generate currencies gains and losses after the " -"reconciliation of the journal items." -msgstr "" -"每一笔交易以公司的默认币种记录。对于以其他币种发生的交易, Odoo同时以公司的币种的价值，以及以交易币种的价值存储。 " -"Odoo可以在分类账项目的调节后生成币种增益和损失。" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Currency rates are updated once a day using a yahoo.com online web-service." -msgstr "货币汇率使用yahoo.com在线网络服务每天更新一次。" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:52 -msgid "International Standards" -msgstr "国际标准" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Odoo accounting supports more than 50 countries. The Odoo core accounting " -"implements accounting standards that are common to all countries. Specific " -"modules exist per country for the specificities of the country like the " -"chart of accounts, taxes, or bank interfaces." -msgstr "" -"Odoo会计应用程序支持超过50个国家。Odoo核心会计应用程序实施所有国家共用的会计准则。每个国家还有特定的模块，例如科目表、税收或银行接口。" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:60 -msgid "In particular, Odoo's core accounting engine supports:" -msgstr "特别是, Odoo 核心会计引擎支持 :" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:62 -msgid "" -"Anglo-Saxon Accounting (U.S., U.K.,, and other English-speaking countries " -"including Ireland, Canada, Australia, and New Zealand) where costs of good " -"sold are reported when products are sold/delivered." -msgstr "盎格鲁 - 撒克逊会计准则（美国、英国、以及爱尔兰、加拿大、澳大利亚和新西兰等其他英语国家）在产品售出/交付完成时报告销货成本。" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:66 -msgid "European accounting where expenses are accounted at the supplier bill." -msgstr "欧洲会计, 费用记账在供应商帐单。" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:69 -msgid "Odoo has modules to comply with IFRS rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:72 -msgid "Accounts Receivable & Payable" -msgstr "应收账款和应付账款" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:74 -msgid "" -"By default, Odoo uses a single account for all account receivable entries " -"and one for all accounts payable entries. You can create separate accounts " -"per customers/suppliers, but you don't need to." -msgstr "" -"默认, odoo使用单一科目用于所有的应收账款分录，以及另外一个用于所有的应付账款分录。你可以每个客户/供应商创建独立的科目, 但是没有必要这样做。" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:79 -msgid "" -"As transactions are associated to customers or suppliers, you get reports to" -" perform analysis per customer/supplier such as the customer statement, " -"revenues per customers, aged receivable/payables, ..." -msgstr "由于交易关联了客户或供应商，你得到对每个客户/供应商进行分析的报告, , 如客户对账, 每客户收入, 到期的应收/应付款, ..." - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:84 -msgid "Wide range of financial reports" -msgstr "更宽广范围的财务报表" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:86 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, you can generate financial reports in real time. Odoo's reports " -"range from basic accounting reports to advanced management reports. Odoo's " -"reports include:" -msgstr "在Odoo, 你可以实时生成财务报告。 Odoo的报告范围从基本的会计报告到高级的管理报告。 Odoo的报告包括 :" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:90 -msgid "Performance reports (such as Profit and Loss, Budget Variance)" -msgstr "绩效报告（如损益表, 预算差异）" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:91 -msgid "" -"Position reports (such as Balance Sheet, Aged Payables, Aged Receivables)" -msgstr "状况报告(如资产负债表, 到期应付款, 到期应收款)" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:93 -msgid "Cash reports (such as Bank Summary)" -msgstr "现金报告（例如银行摘要）" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:94 -msgid "Detail reports (such as Trial Balance and General Ledger)" -msgstr "详细报告（如试算表和总账）" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:95 -msgid "Management reports (such as Budgets, Executive Summary)" -msgstr "管理报告（如预算, 执行概要）" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:97 -msgid "" -"Odoo's report engine allows you to customize your own report based on your " -"own formulae." -msgstr "Odoo的报告引擎可让您根据自己的公式来定制您自己的报告。" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:101 -msgid "Import bank feeds automatically" -msgstr "自动导入银行回单" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:103 -msgid "" -"Bank reconciliation is a process that matches your bank statement lines, as " -"supplied by the bank, to your accounting transactions in the general ledger." -" Odoo makes bank reconciliation easy by frequently importing bank statement " -"lines from your bank directly into your Odoo account. This means you can " -"have a daily view of your cashflow without having to log into your online " -"banking or wait for your paper bank statements." -msgstr "" -"银行对帐是一个过程, 匹配银行提供的银行对账单明细和总账中的会计交易。 " -"Odoo使得银行对帐容易，频繁的直接从你的银行导入银行对帐单明细到你的Odoo会计。这意味着你可以有现金流的每日视图, " -"而无需登录到您的网上银行，或等候纸质银行对账单。" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:111 -msgid "" -"Odoo speeds up bank reconciliation by matching most of your imported bank " -"statement lines to your accounting transactions. Odoo also remembers how " -"you've treated other bank statement lines and provides suggested general " -"ledger transactions." -msgstr "" -"Odoo通过匹配大部分导入的银行对帐单明细到你的会计交易，加快银行对账。 Odoo还记住你是如何处理其他的银行对帐单明细，并提供建议的总帐交易。" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:117 -msgid "Calculate the tax you owe your tax authority" -msgstr "计算你欠税务机关的税金" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:119 -msgid "" -"Odoo totals all your accounting transactions for your tax period and uses " -"these totals to calculate your tax obligation. You can then check your sales" -" tax by running Odoo's Tax Report." -msgstr "Odoo为你的纳税期间合计所有的会计交易，并使用这些汇总计算纳税的义务。然后, 您可以通过运行Odoo的税务报表来检查你的销售税金。" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:124 -msgid "Inventory Valuation" -msgstr "库存计价" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:126 -msgid "" -"Odoo support both periodic (manual) and perpetual (automated) inventory " -"valuations. The available methods are standard price, average price, LIFO " -"(for countries allowing it) and FIFO." -msgstr "" -"Odoo支持定期(手动)以及永续(自动)库存估价。可用的成本方法有标准价、平均价、后进先出（LIFO对于允许的国家而言）以及先进先出(FIFO)" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:131 -msgid "" -"`View impact of the valuation method on your transactions " -"<https://odoo.com/documentation/functional/valuation.html>`_" -msgstr "" -" `查看计价方法对交易的影响 <https://odoo.com/documentation/functional/valuation.html>`_" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:135 -msgid "Easy retained earnings" -msgstr "容易的留存收益" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:137 -msgid "" -"Retained earnings are the portion of income retained by your business. Odoo " -"automatically calculates your current year earnings in real time so no year-" -"end journal or rollover is required. This is calculated by reporting the " -"profit and loss balance to your balance sheet report automatically." -msgstr "" -"留存收益是指企业留存的部分收入。Odoo实时自动计算你的当年盈利，所以不需要进行年终分录或翻转。留存收益通过自动将损益表报告到资产负债表计算得出。" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:5 -msgid "Accounting Memento For Entrepreneurs (US GAAP)" -msgstr "对于企业家的会计备忘录 (US GAAP)" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:11 -msgid "" -"The **Profit and Loss** (P&L) report shows the performance of the company " -"over a specific period (usually the current year)." -msgstr "**损益表** (P&L) 报告显示公司在一个特定期间内的绩效（通常是当年）" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:16 -msgid "" -"The **Gross Profit** equals the revenues from sales minus the cost of goods " -"sold." -msgstr " **毛利润** 等于销售收入减去销货成本。" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:21 -msgid "" -"**Operating Expenses** (OPEX) include administration, sales and R&D salaries" -" as well as rent and utilities, miscellaneous costs, insurances, … anything " -"beyond the costs of products sold." -msgstr " **运营费用(OPEX)** 包含行政、销售和研发部门的工资, 房屋租金, 设备, 杂项成本, 保险，销货成本之外的所有成本。" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:27 -msgid "" -"The **Balance Sheet** is a snapshot of the company's finances at a specific " -"date (as opposed to the Profit and Loss which is an analysis over a period)" -msgstr " **资产负债表** 是公司的财务在某个特定日期的快照（而损益表对一个期间的分析）" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:32 -msgid "" -"**Assets** represent the company's wealth, things it owns. Fixed assets " -"includes building and offices, current assets include bank accounts and " -"cash. A client owing money is an asset. An employee is not an asset." -msgstr " **资产** 是代表企业的财富，它拥有的。固定资产包含建筑物以及办公室，流动资产包含银行存款和现金。客户欠款也是资产。员工并不是资产。" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:38 -msgid "" -"**Liabilities** are obligations from past events that the company will have " -"to pay in the future (utility bills, debts, unpaid suppliers)." -msgstr " **负债** 是由过去事件而来的义务，公司在将来必须支付(租金、借款以及应付账款)" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:43 -msgid "" -"**Equity** is the amount of the funds contributed by the owners (founders or" -" shareholders) plus previously retained earnings (or losses)." -msgstr " **权益** 是所有者(创始人及股东)贡献的资金总额加上前一留存收益(或亏损)。" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:48 -msgid "Each year, net profits (or losses) are reported to retained earnings." -msgstr "每一年，净利润(或亏损)报告到留存收益。" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:54 -msgid "" -"What is owned (an asset) has been financed through debts to reimburse " -"(liabilities) or equity (profits, capital)." -msgstr "拥有的那些(资产)通过债务偿还(负债)或股权(利润，资本)融资得来。" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:57 -msgid "" -"A difference is made between buying an assets (e.g. a building) and expenses" -" (e.g. fuel). Assets have an intrinsic value over time, versus expenses " -"having value in them being consumed for the company to \"work\"." -msgstr "资产购置(例如，建筑物)和费用(例如，燃油)之间是有差异的。资产有随着时间推移的内在价值，而费用有为公司“工作”而消耗的价值。" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:64 -msgid "Assets = Liabilities + Equity" -msgstr "资产 = 负债 + 权益" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:69 -msgid "" -"The **chart of accounts** lists all the accounts, whether they are balance " -"sheet accounts or P&L accounts. Every financial transaction (e.g. a payment," -" an invoice) impacts accounts by moving value from one account (credit) to " -"an other account (debit)." -msgstr "" -"**科目表** " -"列出全部的科目，无论是资产负债表科目，或者损益表科目。每个财务交易（例如，付款、开票）通过移动价值从一个科目（贷）到另一个科目（借）来影响科目。" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:76 -msgid "Balance = Debit - Credit" -msgstr "余额 = 借方 - 贷方" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:84 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:83 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:76 -msgid "Journal Entries" -msgstr "会计凭证" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:86 -msgid "" -"Every financial document of the company (e.g. an invoice, a bank statement, " -"a pay slip, a capital increase contract) is recorded as a journal entry, " -"impacting several accounts." -msgstr "公司的每一份财务单据（如发票、银行对账单、工资单、增资合同）都被记录为会计分录, 影响几个会计科目。" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:90 -msgid "" -"For a journal entry to be *balanced*, the sum of all its debits must be " -"equal to the sum of all its credits." -msgstr "会计分录要保持 *平衡* , 借方合计必须等于贷方合计。" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:95 -msgid "examples of accounting entries for various transactions. Example:" -msgstr "各种交易的会计分录的例子。示例 :" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:97 -msgid "Example 1: Customer Invoice:" -msgstr "例1 :客户发票:" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:99 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:117 -msgid "Explanation:" -msgstr "解释 :" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:101 -msgid "You generate a revenue of $1,000" -msgstr "产生收入 $ 1, 000" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:102 -msgid "You have a tax to pay of $90" -msgstr "支付税金 $ 90" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:103 -msgid "The customer owes $1,090" -msgstr "客户欠 $ 1, 090" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:122 -msgid "Configuration:" -msgstr "配置 :" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:107 -msgid "Income: defined on the product, or the product category" -msgstr "收入 :在产品定义, 或者产品类别" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:108 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:125 -msgid "Account Receivable: defined on the customer" -msgstr "应收账款 :定义在客户" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:109 -msgid "Tax: defined on the tax set on the invoice line" -msgstr "税 :在发票上线税收集中定义" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:111 -msgid "" -"The fiscal position used on the invoice may have a rule that replaces the " -"Income Account or the tax defined on the product by another one." -msgstr "发票上所使用的财政状况可能有替代收入账户或另外一个在产品定义的税收规则。" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:115 -msgid "Example 2: Customer Payment:" -msgstr "例2 :客户付款:" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:119 -msgid "Your customer owes $1,090 less" -msgstr "你的客户欠$ 1, 090少" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:120 -msgid "Your receive $1,090 on your bank account" -msgstr "你收到$ 1, 090您的银行帐户" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:124 -msgid "Bank Account: defined on the related bank journal" -msgstr "银行账户 :在相关的银行存款日记帐定义" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:130 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 -msgid "Reconciliation" -msgstr "对账" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:132 -msgid "" -"Reconciliation is the process of linking journal items of a specific " -"account, matching credits and debits." -msgstr "对账是匹配借方和贷方, 连接某一指定科目的会计项目的过程。" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:135 -msgid "" -"Its primary purpose is to link payments to their related invoices in order " -"to mark invoices that are paid and clear the customer statement. This is " -"done by doing a reconciliation on the *Accounts Receivable* account." -msgstr "它的主要目的是连接付款到相关的发票, 以便标识发票已经被支付, 清理客户对账单。这是通过在 *应收账款* 科目上做对账来完成的。" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:139 -msgid "" -"An invoice is marked as paid when its Accounts Receivable journal items are " -"reconciled with the related payment journal items." -msgstr "当应收账款记账项目与相关的付款记账项目被调节后, 发票会被标记为已付。" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:142 -msgid "Reconciliation is performed automatically by the system when:" -msgstr "对账在这些场景下是被系统自动执行 :" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:144 -msgid "the payment is registered directly on the invoice" -msgstr "付款直接在发票上登记" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:145 -msgid "" -"the links between the payments and the invoices are detected at the bank " -"matching process" -msgstr "付款和发票之间的连接在银行匹配过程中被侦测到" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:0 -msgid "Customer Statement Example" -msgstr "客户对账单示例" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:156 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 -msgid "Accounts Receivable" -msgstr "应收账款" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:156 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:96 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 -msgid "Debit" -msgstr "借方" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:156 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:96 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 -msgid "Credit" -msgstr "贷方" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 -msgid "Invoice 1" -msgstr "发票1" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:160 -msgid "Payment 1.1" -msgstr "付款1.1" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:160 -msgid "70" -msgstr "70" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:162 -msgid "Invoice 2" -msgstr "发票2" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:162 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:166 -msgid "65" -msgstr "65" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:164 -msgid "Payment 1.2" -msgstr "付款1.2" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:164 -msgid "30" -msgstr "30" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:166 -msgid "Payment 2" -msgstr "付款2" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:168 -msgid "Invoice 3" -msgstr "发票3" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:168 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:172 -msgid "50" -msgstr "50" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:172 -msgid "Total To Pay" -msgstr "待支付合计" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:179 -msgid "" -"Bank reconciliation is the matching of bank statement lines (provided by " -"your bank) with transactions recorded internally (payments to suppliers or " -"from customers). For each line in a bank statement, it can be:" -msgstr "银行对账是匹配银行对账单明细行（银行提供的）和内部交易（供应商付款或者客户付款）。每个银行对账单行可以 :" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:184 -msgid "matched with a previously recorded payment:" -msgstr "与先前记录的付款匹配 :" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:184 -msgid "" -"a payment is registered when a check is received from a customer, then " -"matched when checking the bank statement" -msgstr "当从客户收到支票时, 付款已登记, 在核对银行对账单时匹配上" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:188 -msgid "recorded as a new payment:" -msgstr "记录为新的付款 :" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:187 -msgid "" -"the payment's journal entry is created and :ref:`reconciled " -"<accounting/reconciliation>` with the related invoice when processing the " -"bank statement" -msgstr "在处理银行对账单时, 付款的会计分录创建, 并与相关的发票 :ref:`调节<accounting/reconciliation>` 。" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:191 -msgid "recorded as another transaction:" -msgstr "记录为另一个交易 :" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:191 -msgid "bank transfer, direct charge, etc." -msgstr "银行转账, 银行费用等。" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:193 -msgid "" -"Odoo should automatically reconcile most transactions, only a few of them " -"should need manual review. When the bank reconciliation process is finished," -" the balance on the bank account in Odoo should match the bank statement's " -"balance." -msgstr "Odoo可自动核销大多数的交易,只有少数需要手动审核。当银行核销完成, 银行科目上的余额应与银行对账单的余额一致。" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:201 -msgid "Checks Handling" -msgstr "支票处理" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:203 -msgid "There are two approaches to manage checks and internal wire transfer:" -msgstr "有两种方法来管理支票和内部电汇 :" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:205 -msgid "Two journal entries and a reconciliation" -msgstr "2笔日记帐分录和1笔调节记录" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:206 -msgid "One journal entry and a bank reconciliation" -msgstr "1笔日记帐分录和1笔银行对账调节记录" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:210 -msgid "" -"The first journal entry is created by registering the payment on the " -"invoice. The second one is created when registering the bank statement." -msgstr "第一个日记帐分录是由注册在发票付款创建的。注册银行对账单时, 第二个是创建。" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:96 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 -msgid "Account" -msgstr "科目" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:98 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:100 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 -msgid "Account Receivable" -msgstr "应收账款" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 -msgid "Invoice ABC" -msgstr "发票ABC" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 -msgid "Undeposited funds" -msgstr "未缴存的资金" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 -msgid "Check 0123" -msgstr "支票0123" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:85 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:135 -msgid "Bank" -msgstr "银行" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:235 -msgid "" -"A journal entry is created by registering the payment on the invoice. When " -"reconciling the bank statement, the statement line is linked to the existing" -" journal entry." -msgstr "日记帐分录是由注册在发票付款创建的。当核对银行对账单, 该声明是连接到现有的日记帐分录。" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 -msgid "Bank Statement" -msgstr "银行对账单" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 -msgid "Statement XYZ" -msgstr "对账单XYZ" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview.rst:3 -msgid "Process overview" -msgstr "过程概述" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:3 -msgid "From Customer Invoice to Payments Collection" -msgstr "从客户发票到付款收集" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo supports multiple invoicing and payment workflows, so you can choose " -"and use the ones that match your business needs. Whether you want to accept " -"a single payment for a single invoice, or process a payment spanning " -"multiple invoices and taking discounts for early payments, you can do so " -"efficiently and accurately." -msgstr "" -"Odoo支持多个发票和付款流程, 你可以选择和使用的匹配您的业务需求的流程。您是否想要接受一个付款对应一个发票,或一个付款涵盖, 或是现金折扣, " -"这样可以更高效、准确。" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:12 -msgid "From Draft Invoice to Profit and Loss" -msgstr "从草稿发票到损益" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:14 -msgid "" -"If we pick up at the end of a typical 'order to cash' scenario, after the " -"goods have been shipped, you will: issue an invoice; receive payment; " -"deposit that payment at the bank; make sure the Customer Invoice is closed; " -"follow up if Customers are late; and finally present your Income on the " -"Profit and Loss report and show the decrease in Assets on the Balance Sheet " -"report." -msgstr "" -"如果设置'以现金订购', 货物装船后,您将:开发票,收到付款, 存入银行; 确保销售发票已关闭;如果客户迟付, 跟踪处理; 最后将收入体现在损益表上, " -"将资产减少显示在资产负债表上。" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Invoicing in most countries occurs when a contractual obligation is met. If " -"you ship a box to a customer, you have met the terms of the contract and can" -" bill them. If your supplier sends you a shipment, they have met the terms " -"of that contract and can bill you. Therefore, the terms of the contract is " -"fulfilled when the box moves to or from the truck. At this point, Odoo " -"supports the creation of what is called a Draft Invoice by Warehouse staff." -msgstr "" -"在大多数国家, 合同义务发生时开具发票。如果你将一个盒子发给客户, 你需要查看合同的条款, 然后开票。如果你的供应商给你发货, 需要查看合同的条款, " -"然后开票。因此, 在发货前, 应将合同条款填写完整。在这一点上, Odoo支持由仓库人员开具草稿发票。" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Draft invoices can be manually generated from other documents such as Sales " -"Orders, Purchase Orders,etc. Although you can create a draft invoice " -"directly if you would like." -msgstr "可从其他文件手动创建草稿发票, 例如从销售订单,采购订单等。也可直接创建一个草稿发票。" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:36 -msgid "" -"An invoice must be provided to the customer with the necessary information " -"in order for them to pay for the goods and services ordered and delivered. " -"It must also include other information needed to pay the invoice in a timely" -" and precise manner." -msgstr "发票上必须包含必要的信息,以便客户支付收到的商品和服务。它还必须包括其他信息, 如及时付款和精确付款的方式。" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:42 -msgid "Draft invoices" -msgstr "草稿发票" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:44 -msgid "" -"The system generates invoice which are initially set to the Draft state. " -"While these invoices" -msgstr "最初生成的发票会进入草稿状态。然而这些发票" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:47 -msgid "" -"remain unvalidated, they have no accounting impact within the system. There " -"is nothing to stop users from creating their own draft invoices." -msgstr "如发票未审核, 不会影响会计。用户可以创建他们自己的草案发票, 这个没有限制。" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:50 -msgid "Let's create a customer invoice with following information:" -msgstr "让我们用如下信息创建一张客户发票 :" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:52 -msgid "Customer: Agrolait" -msgstr "客户 : Agrolait" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:53 -msgid "Product: iMac" -msgstr "产品 : iMac" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:54 -msgid "Quantity: 1" -msgstr "数量 : 1" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:55 -msgid "Unit Price: 100" -msgstr "单价 : 100" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:56 -msgid "Taxes: Tax 15%" -msgstr "税 : 15%的税" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:64 -msgid "The document is composed of three parts:" -msgstr "该文档由三部分构成 :" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:66 -msgid "the top of the invoice, with customer information," -msgstr "在发票上方, 有客户信息," - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:67 -msgid "the main body of the invoice, with detailed invoice lines," -msgstr "发票的主体有详细的发票行," - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:68 -msgid "the bottom of the page, with detail about the taxes, and the totals." -msgstr "页面的底部有税的详细信息以及总计。" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:71 -msgid "Open or Pro-forma invoices" -msgstr "打开或者形式发票" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:73 -msgid "" -"An invoice will usually include the quantity and the price of goods and/or " -"services, the date, any parties involved, the unique invoice number, and any" -" tax information." -msgstr "发票通常包括商品和/或服务的数量和价格、日期、客户、唯一的发票号码和税务信息。" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:77 -msgid "" -"\"Validate\" the invoice when you are ready to approve it. The invoice then " -"moves from the Draft state to the Open state." -msgstr "点击“验证”, 当发票已何时。发票将从草案状态转移到开放的状态。" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:80 -msgid "" -"When you have validated an invoice, Odoo gives it a unique number from a " -"defined, and modifiable, sequence." -msgstr "当发票确认后, Odoo给它定义一个惟一的编号,可修改的序列号。" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:86 -msgid "" -"Accounting entries corresponding to this invoice are automatically generated" -" when you validate the invoice. You can see the details by clicking on the " -"entry in the Journal Entry field in the \"Other Info\" tab." -msgstr "当发票验证后会自动生成会计分录。你可以查看凭证细节, 在 \"Other Info\" 页签下单击凭证字段。" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:95 -msgid "Send the invoice to customer" -msgstr "发送发票给客户" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:97 -msgid "" -"After validating the customer invoice, you can directly send it to the " -"customer via the 'Send by email' functionality." -msgstr "验证客户发票后,可以直接寄给客户, 使用“发送电子邮件”功能。" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:103 -msgid "" -"A typical journal entry generated from a validated invoice will look like as" -" follows:" -msgstr "确认发票后, 自动生成的凭证, 样子如下:" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 -msgid "**Partner**" -msgstr " **合作伙伴** " - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 -msgid "**Due date**" -msgstr " **到期日** " - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 -msgid "Agrolait" -msgstr "Agrolait" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 -msgid "01/07/2015" -msgstr "2015-07-01" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 -msgid "115" -msgstr "115" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 -msgid "15" -msgstr "15" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:117 -msgid "Payment" -msgstr "支付" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:119 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, an invoice is considered to be paid when the associated accounting " -"entry has been reconciled with the payment entries. If there has not been a " -"reconciliation, the invoice will remain in the Open state until you have " -"entered the payment." -msgstr "在Odoo, 当会计分录与付款分录核销后, 发票会到已支付状态。如果没有核销, 发票将保持在打开状态,直到登记付款。" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:124 -msgid "" -"A typical journal entry generated from a payment will look like as follows:" -msgstr "从付款生成的特定的会计分录看起来如下 :" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:136 -msgid "Receive a partial payment through the bank statement" -msgstr "通过银行账单部分收款" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:138 -msgid "" -"You can manually enter your bank statements in Odoo, or you can import them " -"in from a csv file or from several other predefined formats according to " -"your accounting localisation." -msgstr "在Odoo, 可以手动输入银行对账单,或者从csv文件或从其他几个预定义的格式导入。" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:142 -msgid "" -"Create a bank statement from the accounting dashboard with the related " -"journal and enter an amount of $100 ." -msgstr "在会计仪表板上创建一个银行对账单,输入金额100美元。" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:149 -msgid "Reconcile" -msgstr "对账" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:151 -msgid "Now let's reconcile!" -msgstr "我们开始调节吧!" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:156 -msgid "" -"You can now go through every transaction and reconcile them or you can mass " -"reconcile with instructions at the bottom." -msgstr "你可以一笔笔核销, 或者批量核销。" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:158 -msgid "" -"After reconciling the items in the sheet, the related invoice will now " -"display \"You have outstanding payments for this customer. You can reconcile" -" them to pay this invoice. \"" -msgstr "核销后,相关发票将显示该客户的“你有未核销的付款。你可用来核销这个发票的应收款。”" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:168 -msgid "" -"Apply the payment. Below, you can see that the payment has been added to the" -" invoice." -msgstr "付款申请。下面,你可以看到付款已添加到相关发票。" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:175 -msgid "Payment Followup" -msgstr "付款追踪" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:177 -msgid "" -"There's a growing trend of customers paying bills later and later. " -"Therefore, collectors must make every effort to collect money and collect it" -" faster." -msgstr "客户付款会越来越迟, 这个趋势会增长。因此,催款人必须尽一切努力来催款, 越快越好。" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:181 -msgid "" -"Odoo will help you define your follow-up strategy. To remind customers to " -"pay their outstanding invoices, you can define different actions depending " -"on how severely overdue the customer is. These actions are bundled into " -"follow-up levels that are triggered when the due date of an invoice has " -"passed a certain number of days. If there are other overdue invoices for the" -" same customer, the actions of the most overdue invoice will be executed." -msgstr "" -"Odoo将帮助你定义你的跟踪策略。提醒客户支付未清款,根据客户的逾期情况, 您可以定义不同的方式。一旦逾期条件符合, " -"这些行动将被触发。如果这个客户还有其他未清款,逾期最长的发票将先被执行." - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:189 -msgid "" -"By going to the customer record and diving into the \"Overdue Payments\" you" -" will see the follow-up message and all overdue invoices." -msgstr "通过查看记录和“未清款项”, 可看到跟踪信息和所有逾期的发票。" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:199 -msgid "Customer aging report:" -msgstr "客户的账龄报表 :" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:201 -msgid "" -"The customer aging report will be an additional key tool for the collector " -"to understand the customer credit issues, and to prioritize their work." -msgstr "客户的账龄表是另外的一种关键工具, 用于了解客户信用问题,并考虑优先级。" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:205 -msgid "" -"Use the aging report to determine which customers are overdue and begin your" -" collection efforts." -msgstr "账龄表用以确定逾期客户并开始收集工作。" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:212 -msgid "Profit and loss" -msgstr "损益表" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:214 -msgid "" -"The Profit and Loss statement displays your revenue and expense details. " -"Ultimately, this gives you a clear image of your Net Profit and Loss. It is " -"sometimes referred to as the \"Income Statement\" or \"Statement of Revenues" -" and Expenses.\"" -msgstr "损益表显示收入和费用的明细。它将提供一个清晰的净损益清单。有时称之为“损益表”或“收入与费用的状态”。" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:223 -msgid "Balance sheet" -msgstr "资产负债表" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:225 -msgid "" -"The balance sheet summarizes your company's liabilities, assets and equity " -"at a specific moment in time." -msgstr "资产负债表汇总了公司在一定时期内的负债、资产和所有者权益。" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:234 -msgid "" -"For example, if you manage your inventory using the perpetual accounting " -"method, you should expect a decrease in account \"Current Assets\" once the " -"material has been shipped to the customer." -msgstr "举个例子,如果你用永久的会计方法管理库存, 一旦材料发给客户, 应减少“流动资产”。" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:15 -msgid "From Vendor Bill to Payment" -msgstr "从供应商账单到付款" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Once vendor bills are registered in Odoo, you can easily pay vendors for the" -" correct amount and at the right time (not too late, not too early; " -"depending on your vendor policy). Odoo also offers reports to track your " -"aged payable balances." -msgstr "一旦采购发票在Odoo生成, 可选择正确的时间支付货款 (根据付款条款, 不早不晚)。Odoo还提供了账龄表, 用于管理未清款。" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:10 -msgid "" -"If you want to control vendor bills received from your vendors, you can use " -"the Odoo Purchase application that allows you to control and pre-complete " -"them automatically based on past purchase orders." -msgstr "如果你想管理供应商发票, 可使用Odoo采购应用程序, 程序可基于过去的采购订单控制和自动完成发票管理。" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:18 -msgid "Record a new vendor bill" -msgstr "创建新的供应商账单" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:20 -msgid "" -"When a vendor bill is received, you can record it from " -":menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendor Bills` in the Accounting application. " -"As a shortcut, you can also use the **New Bill** feature on the accounting " -"dashboard." -msgstr "" -"当收到供应商发票, 可在会计应用中录入 :menuselection:`采购 --> 供应商帐单`。 还有一个快捷方式,您还可在会计仪表盘上使用 " -"**新发票** 功能。" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:27 -msgid "" -"To register a new vendor bill, start by selecting a vendor and inputting " -"their invoice as the **Vendor Reference**, then add and confirm the product " -"lines, making sure to have the right product quantities, taxes and prices." -msgstr "" -"登记一张新的供应商发票, 首先选择一个供应商并在* * 供应商参考信息* * 输入发票信息, 然后添加并确认产品行, 确保正确的产品数量、税收和价格。" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Save the invoice to update the pre tax and tax amounts at the bottom of the " -"screen. You will most likely need to configure the prices of your products " -"without taxes as Odoo will compute the tax for you." -msgstr "在屏幕的下部, 更新税收和含税金额, 保存发票。将产品的价格配置成不含税, Odoo自动计算税收。" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:40 -msgid "" -"On the bottom left corner, Odoo shows a summary table of all taxes on the " -"vendor bill. In several countries, different methods are accepted to round " -"the totals (round per line, or round globally). The default rounding method " -"in Odoo is to round the final prices per line (as you may have different " -"taxes per product. E.g. Alcohol and cigarettes). However if your vendor has " -"a different tax amount on their bill, you can change the amount in the " -"bottom left table to adjust and match." -msgstr "" -"在左下角,Odoo汇总了这张发票的所有税额。在一些国家,计算的方法不同(每行计算或是总的计算)。默认的方式是每行计算(可能不同的产品有不同的税率。例如酒精和香烟)。如果采购发票上的税额不同,你可以调整左下角的表," -" 使税额与之匹配。" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:48 -msgid "Validate The Vendor Bill" -msgstr "确认供应商账单" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Once the vendor bill is validated, a journal entry will be generated based " -"on the configuration on the invoice. This journal entry may differ depending" -" on the the accounting package you choose to use." -msgstr "一旦采购发票确认, 系统会自动产生一个相应的分录。选择的条款不同, 分录也不同。" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:54 -msgid "" -"For most European countries, the journal entry will use the following " -"accounts:" -msgstr "对于欧洲国家会计, 分类账分录将会使用以下科目 :" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:57 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:66 -msgid "**Accounts Payable:** defined on the vendor form" -msgstr " **应付账款 :** 在供应商页面维护" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:59 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:68 -msgid "**Taxes:** defined on the products and per line" -msgstr " **税 :** 在产品或者订单行上维护" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:61 -msgid "**Expenses:** defined on the line item product used" -msgstr " **费用科目 :** 在产品上维护" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:63 -msgid "" -"For Anglo-Saxon (US) accounting, the journal entry will use the following " -"accounts:" -msgstr "对于盎格鲁 - 撒克逊(US)会计, 分类账分录将会使用以下科目 :" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:70 -msgid "**Goods Received:** defined on the product form" -msgstr " **收到的货物 :** 定义在产品表单" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:72 -msgid "" -"You can check your Profit & Loss or the Balance Sheet reports after having " -"validated a couple of vendor bills to see the impact on your general ledger." -msgstr "在确认一些采购发票后, 你可以检查损益表或资产负债表, 以验证发票对账的影响。" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:77 -msgid "Pay a bill" -msgstr "支付账单" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:79 -msgid "" -"To create a payment for an open vendor bill directly, you can click on " -"**Register a Payment** at the top of the form." -msgstr "在采购发票上直接付款, 你可以点击顶部的* *登记付款* *。" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:82 -msgid "" -"From there, you select the payment method (i.e. Checking account, credit " -"card, check, etc…) and the amount you wish to pay. By default, Odoo will " -"propose the entire remaining balance on the bill for payment. In the memo " -"field, we recommend you set the vendor invoice number as a reference (Odoo " -"will auto fill this field from the from the vendor bill if set it " -"correctly)." -msgstr "" -"在那里,可选择的支付方式(例如支票账户、信用卡、支票等…)和支付总额。默认情况下是付清余款。备注字段,我们建议您设置供应商发票号码(如果设置正确, " -"Odoo将自动填补这一字段)。" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:94 -msgid "" -"You can also register a payment to a vendor directly without applying it to " -"a vendor bill. To do that, :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. Then, " -"from the vendor bill you will be able to reconcile this payment with " -"directly." -msgstr "" -"不在采购发票上直接支付, 也可以付款。在此登记, :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. " -"然后在采购发票上直接核销." - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:99 -msgid "Printing vendor Checks" -msgstr "打印供应商支票" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:101 -msgid "" -"If you choose to pay your vendor bills by check, Odoo offers a method to do " -"so directly from your vendor payments within Odoo. Whether you do so on a " -"daily basis or prefer to do so at the end of the week, you can print in " -"checks in batches." -msgstr "如果你选择用支票支付你的供应商。Odoo提供一个方法直接从你的供应商付款来做。不管你每日做，还是在每周结束时做，你总是可以批量打印支票。" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:106 -msgid "" -"If you have checks to print, Odoo's accounting dashboard acts as a to do " -"list and reminds you of how many checks you have left to be printed." -msgstr "如果你要打印支票,Odoo仪表盘有一个待办事项清单,提醒你还有多少需要打印。" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:112 -msgid "" -"By selecting the amount of checks to be printed, you can dive right into a " -"list of all payments that are ready to be processed." -msgstr "通过选择支票的数量, 可进到准备付款的一个列表。" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:115 -msgid "" -"Select all the checks you wish to print (use the first checkbox to select " -"them all) and set the action to **Print Checks**. Odoo will ask you to set " -"the next check number in the sequence and will then print all the checks at " -"once." -msgstr "" -"选择需要打印的所有支票(使用第一个复选框, 选择所有), 并设置* * 打印支票* *。Odoo将要求您设置打印序列, 之后将打印所有的支票。" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:124 -#: ../../accounting/reporting.rst:3 -msgid "Reporting" -msgstr "报告" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:127 -msgid "Aged payable balance" -msgstr "到期应付余额" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:129 -msgid "" -"In order to get a list of open vendor bills and their related due dates, you" -" can use the **Aged Payable** report, under the reporting menu, (in " -":menuselection:`Reporting --> Business Statement --> Aged payable`) to get a" -" visual of all of your outstanding bills." -msgstr "" -"使用 **应付款账龄表** , 可获得未清应付款和相关到期日. 在菜单下, ( :menuselection:`报告 --> 业务报表 --> " -"应付账款`) , 可看到这个报表。" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:137 -msgid "" -"From here, you can click directly on a vendors name to open up the details " -"of all outstanding bills and the amounts due, or you can annotate any line " -"for managements information. At any point in time while you're looking " -"through the report, you can print directly to Excel or PDF and get exactly " -"what you see on the screen." -msgstr "" -"从这里, 直接点击供应商名称可看到所有未清账单和未清余款,或者你可在行上标注管理信息。当查看时, 可以直接打印到Excel或者PDF, " -"打印出来的内容和屏幕上看到的是一样的。" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:144 -msgid ":doc:`customer_invoice`" -msgstr ":doc:`customer_invoice` " - -#: ../../accounting/payables.rst:3 -msgid "Account Payables" -msgstr "应付账款" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:3 -msgid "Forecast future bills to pay" -msgstr "预测将来要支付的账单" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When you get hundreds of vendor bills per month with each of them having " -"different payment terms, it could be complex to follow what you have to pay " -"and when. Paying your vendors too early can decrease your cash " -"availabilities and paying too late can lead to extra charges." -msgstr "如果每个月收到很多采购发票, 每个发票的付款条款都不同,要记住付款的时间就比较麻烦了。过早付款将减少现金流, 过晚支付会增加额外费用。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Fortunately, Odoo provides you the right tools to manage payment orders to " -"vendors efficiently." -msgstr "幸运的是, Odoo 提供了适合的工具, 有效管理供应商付款订单。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:14 -msgid "Configuration: payment terms" -msgstr "配置 :付款条款" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:16 -msgid "" -"In order to track the vendor conditions, we use payment terms in Odoo. " -"Payment terms allow to keep track of the conditions to compute the due date " -"on an invoice. As an example, a payment term can be:" -msgstr "为了追踪供应商付款条件,在Odoo中使用付款条件。付款条件可用于计算发票的到期日期。举个例子,一个付款方式可以是:" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:20 -msgid "50% within 30 days" -msgstr "30天内支付50%" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:22 -msgid "50% within 45 days" -msgstr "45天内支付50%" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:24 -msgid "" -"To create your most common payment terms, use the menu: " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Management --> Payment Terms` in the " -"**Accounting** application. The following example show a payment term of 30%" -" directly and the balance after 30 days." -msgstr "" -"创建最常见的付款方式,在会计应用程序中使用菜单: :menuselection:`配置 --> 管理 --> 付款条款` 。下面的例子: " -"30%直接支付, 余款30天后支付。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Once payment terms are defined, you can assign them to your vendor by " -"default. Set the Vendor Payment Term field on the Accounting tab of a vendor" -" form. That way, every time you will purchase to this vendor, Odoo will " -"propose you automatically the right payment term." -msgstr "付款条款的定义后,可定义供应商。在供应商表格的财务页签下, 设置付款条款。这样, 每次从这个供应商处采购,Odoo将自动建议这个付款方式。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:42 -msgid "" -"If you do not set a specific payment term on a vendor, you will still be " -"able to set a specific payment term on the vendor bill." -msgstr "如果需要设置个比较特殊的付款条款,可在采购发票上设置。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:46 -msgid "Forecast bills to pay with the Aged Payables report" -msgstr "应付账龄表可对付款有个预测" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:48 -msgid "" -"In order to track amounts to be paid to the vendors, use the Aged Payable " -"report. You can get it from the Reports menu of the Accounting application. " -"This report gives you a summary per vendor of the amounts to pay, compared " -"to their due date (the due date being computed on each bill using the " -"payment term)." -msgstr "" -"想要了解支付给供应商的合计数, 可使用应付账龄表。在财务应用模块下可查看此报表。在报表上, " -"汇总了每个供应商的应付款,和相应的到期日(到期日是根据付款条款计算得出)。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:57 -msgid "" -"This reports tells you how much you will have to pay within the next months." -msgstr "这个报告告诉你接下来的几个月需要支付的款项。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:61 -msgid "Select bills to pay" -msgstr "选择要支付的账单" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Using the menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendor Bills`, you can get a " -"list of vendor bills. Using the advanced filters, you can list all the bills" -" that you should pay or the bills that are overdue (you are late on the " -"payment)." -msgstr "" -"使用菜单 :menuselection:`购买 --> " -"供应商账单``,可看到采购发票列表。使用高级过滤器,可列出所有的应付账单,或是逾期的账单(滞后支付)。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:70 -msgid "" -"From this screen, you can also switch to the pivot table or the graph view " -"to get statistics on the amount due over the next month, using the group by " -"\"Due Date\" feature." -msgstr "从这个页面上,使用汇总“到期日”功能, 通过数据透视表或图表视图可得到下个月的应付到期额。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay.rst:3 -msgid "Vendor Payments" -msgstr "供应商账单" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:3 -msgid "Pay by Checks" -msgstr "使用支票支付" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Once you decide to pay a supplier bill, you can select to pay by check. " -"Then, at the end of the day, the manager can print all checks by batch. " -"Finally, the bank reconciliation process will match the checks you sent to " -"suppliers with actual bank statements." -msgstr "当支付供应商账单时,你可选择用支票来支付。然后,在一天结束的时候,可批量打印所有支票。最后,银行将支付的支票和银行对账单核销。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:14 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:33 -msgid "Install the required module" -msgstr "安装必须的模块" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:16 -msgid "" -"To record supplier payments by checks, you must install the **Check " -"Writing** module. This module handle the process of recording checks in " -"Odoo. Others modules are necessary to print checks, according to the " -"country. As an example, the **U.S. Check Printing** module is required to " -"print U.S. checks." -msgstr "" -"用支票来付款,必须安装* *支票填写* *模块。这个模块登记支票处理。其他模块用来打印支票, 国家不同也不同。举个例子,美国* *支票打印* " -"*模块根据美国的支票来设计。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:23 -msgid "" -"According to your country and the chart of account you use, those modules " -"may be installed by default. (example: United States users have nothing to " -"install, it's configured by default)." -msgstr "根据所在国家和所使用的科目表,这些模块可默认安装。(例如:美国用户不用安装,已默认配置)。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:28 -msgid "Activate checks payment methods" -msgstr "激活支票付款方式" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:30 -msgid "" -"In order to allow payments by checks, you must activate the payment method " -"on related bank journals. From the accounting dashboard (the screen you get " -"when you enter the accounting application), click on your bank account on " -":menuselection:`More --> Settings` option. On the **Payment Method** field, " -"set **Check**." -msgstr "" -"如需用支票支付,必须在银行账上激活付款方式。从会计仪表板(进入会计应用程序的界面),点击你的银行账户:menuselection:`更多 --> 设置`" -" 选项。 在 **支付方式** 字段, 设置 **检查** 。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:40 -msgid "Compatible check stationery for printing checks" -msgstr "打印支票的兼容支票纸张" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:43 -msgid "United States" -msgstr "美国" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:45 -msgid "For the United States, Odoo supports by default the check formats of:" -msgstr "对于美国, Odoo默认支持支票格式 :" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:47 -msgid "**Quickbooks & Quicken**: check on top, stubs in the middle and bottom" -msgstr "**Quickbooks & Quicken**: 在顶部检查,存根在中间和底部" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:48 -msgid "**Peachtree**: check in the middle, stubs on top and bottom" -msgstr "**Peachtree**: 在中部检查,存根在顶部和底部" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:49 -msgid "**ADP**: check in the bottom, and stubs on the top." -msgstr "**ADP**: 在底部检查,存根在顶部" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:51 -msgid "" -"It is also possible to customize your own check format through " -"customizations." -msgstr "通过自定义格式, 可自定义自己的支票格式。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:54 -msgid "Pay a supplier bill with a check" -msgstr "用支票支付供应商账单" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:56 -msgid "Paying a supplier with a check is done in three steps:" -msgstr "用支票支付采购发票, 需要三个步骤:" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:58 -msgid "registering a payment you'd like to do on the bill" -msgstr "在账单上登记付款" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:59 -msgid "printing checks in batch for all registered payments" -msgstr "批量打印所有的已登记付款" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:60 -msgid "reconcile bank statements" -msgstr "调节银行对账单" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:63 -msgid "Register a payment by check" -msgstr "用支票登记付款" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:65 -msgid "" -"To register a payment on a bill, open any supplier bill from the menu " -":menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendor Bills`. Once the supplier bill is " -"validated, you can register a payment. Set the **Payment Method** to " -"**Check** and validate the payment dialog." -msgstr "" -"如需在账单上登记付款，在此点开任何供应商发票 :menuselection:`采购 --> " -"供应商发票`。在确认供应商发票后，即可登记付款。将**支付方式**设置为**支票**，并确认付款对话框。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:74 -msgid "Print checks" -msgstr "打印支票" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:76 -msgid "" -"From the accounting dashboard, on your bank account, you should see a link " -"\"X checks to print\". Click on this link and you will get the list of all " -"checks that are not printed yet. From this screen, you can print all checks " -"in batch or review them one by one." -msgstr "从会计仪表盘,银行账户,可看到一个链接“X支票打印”。点击这个链接,会得到所有未打印的支票清单。从这个界面,可批量打印或是逐个检查。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:81 -msgid "" -"If you want to review every payment one by one before printing the check, " -"open on the payment and click on **Print Check** if you accept it. A dialog " -"will ask you the number of the check. It automatically proposes you the next" -" number, but you can change it if it does not match your next check number." -msgstr "" -"如果你想在打印前查看每笔付款,打开支付界面, 点击 **打印支票** 。对话框会问你检查的编号。它会自动提出你下一个编号, 但是,如果编号不匹配, " -"可修改。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:87 -msgid "" -"To print all checks in batch, select all payments from the list view and " -"Print Check from the top \"print\" menu." -msgstr "如需批量打印,从列表中选择所有支票, 点击顶部“打印”菜单。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:94 -msgid "Reconcile bank statements" -msgstr "核对银行对账单" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:96 -msgid "" -"Once you process your bank statement, when the check is credited from your " -"bank account, Odoo will propose you automatically to match it with the " -"payment. This will mark the payment as **Reconciled**." -msgstr "当处理银行对账单时,支票已从银行账户支出,Odoo将自动与付款匹配。这标志着付款* *核销* *。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:101 -msgid "" -"To review checks that have not been credited, open the list of payments and " -"filter on the Sent state. Review those payments that have a date more than 2" -" weeks ago." -msgstr "如要检查未贷记的支票，请打开付款列表并筛选出已发送状态。查看日期在2周前的付款。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:106 -msgid "Pay anything with a check" -msgstr "用支票支付任何东西" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:108 -msgid "" -"You can register a payment that is not related to a supplier bill. To do so," -" use the top menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. Register your " -"payment and select a payment method by check." -msgstr "可登记与发票没有关系的付款。使用顶部菜单:menuselection:`采购 --> 付款`. 登记付款, 选择付款方式。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:112 -msgid "" -"If you pay a specific supplier bill, put the reference of the bill in the " -"**Memo** field." -msgstr "如果支付一个特殊的发票,在* * 备忘录* *字段写入备注。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:118 -msgid "" -"Once your payment by check is registered, don't forget to **Confirm** it. " -"Once confirmed, you can use **Print Check** directly or follow the preceding" -" flow to print checks in batch:" -msgstr "付款登记后, 点击* *确定* *。确认后,就可以直接* *打印支票* *或批量打印:" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:122 -msgid "`Print checks`_" -msgstr "`打印支票`_" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:123 -msgid "`Reconcile bank statements`_" -msgstr "`核对银行对账单`_" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:3 -msgid "Pay several bills at once" -msgstr "一次支付几笔账单" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo provides a simple and effective way to handle several bills at once, " -"with various quick or complex options. With one single process, anyone is " -"able to handle bills and payment in just a few clicks." -msgstr "Odoo提供了一种简单而有效的方式来处理多个账单。用一个单一的过程,仅用几个点击可处理发票和付款。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:10 -msgid "Pay multiple bills with one payment" -msgstr "一次支付多个账单" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:13 -msgid "Record several payments" -msgstr "登记一些付款" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:15 -msgid "" -"In the following example, we will generate some bills. You can control the " -"whole process from your accounting dashboard (first screen you get when you " -"open the accounting application)." -msgstr "在以下示例中,我们将生成一些账单。可在会计仪表板控制整个过程(打开会计应用程序后的界面)。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:22 -msgid "" -"To create a bill, open the Dashboard menu and click on **Vendor Bills**. In " -"the Vendor Bills window, click on **Create**." -msgstr "打开仪表板, 点击* *供应商账单 * *。在供应商账单界面,点击* *创建* *。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Choose the vendor from which you wish to purchase the product, and click on " -"Add an item to add one (or more) product(s). Click on **Save** and then " -"**Validate**." -msgstr "选择供应商,并点击添加项目, 可添加一个(或更多)产品(s)。点击* *保存* *, 然后点击 * *确认* *。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:33 -msgid "Pay supplier bills, one after the other" -msgstr "一个接一个的支付账单" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:38 -msgid "" -"We will now record a payment for one bill only. Open the bill, then click on" -" **Register Payment**. Insert the Payment Method, Date and Amount, and click" -" on **Validate**." -msgstr "现在一个付款只对应一张发票。打开发票,然后点击 **付款登记** 。输入支付方式、日期和金额,点击 **确认** 。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Once you have validated the payment, the system will automatically reconcile" -" the payment with the bill, and set the bill as **Paid**. The system will " -"also generate a move from the payment account and reconcile it with the " -"expense transaction." -msgstr "确认支付后,系统将自动将付款和发票核销,发票将到* *已支付* *状态。系统会自动生成一个凭证。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:51 -msgid "Pay several bills altogether" -msgstr "多个账单一块支付" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:53 -msgid "" -"In order to illustrate the process thoroughly, create at least 2 more bills " -"following the above standing guide. **Make sure all bills come from the same" -" vendor.**" -msgstr "为了彻底说明这个过程,按要求至少创建2张发票。* *确保所有发票来自于同一个供应商。* *" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:60 -msgid "" -"In the Vendors Bills, select the new bills you have just created by checking" -" the box next to each of them. In the Action menu located in the middle of " -"the page, click on **Register Payment**." -msgstr "供应商发票,通过勾选旁边的框选择刚刚创建的发票。在页面的中间处,点击* * 付款登记* *。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Insert the details of the payment. The system calculated the total amount " -"for both bills, but you can modify it freely. Click on **Validate**." -msgstr "插入付款的细节。系统会计算2个账单的总金额,但你可以修改它。点击 **确认 ** 。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:71 -msgid "Record the payment, reconcile afterwards" -msgstr "登记付款, 随后调节" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:73 -msgid "" -"You can also reconcile a payment with bills after the payment has been " -"recorded." -msgstr "你也可以在付款登记之后对付款进行调节。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:76 -msgid "First, we need to create a payment" -msgstr "首先, 我们来创建一个付款" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:78 -msgid "" -"This will handle from :menuselection:`Dashboard --> Bank journal --> More " -"Option --> Send Money`" -msgstr "这可以在以下处理 :menuselection:`仪表盘 --> 银行分类账 --> 更多选项 --> 付款` " - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:84 -msgid "" -"Creating payment order with check payment method. Selecting related Vendor " -"and amount which remain to pay. After filling all details, we will confirm " -"the payment order which will generate payment transaction with the system." -msgstr "用支票支付的方式付款。选择供应商和应支付的余款金额。所有细节后填写后,确认付款。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:92 -msgid "" -"As you can see, bill payment status show what is posted and what is " -"remaining to reconcile." -msgstr "如你所见, 账单的状态显示什么已经过账什么还没有过账。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:95 -msgid "" -"After receiving bank statement from the bank with payment detail, you can " -"reconcile the transaction from the Dashboard. It will automatically map the " -"transaction amount." -msgstr "收到银行对账单后, 可在仪表板上进行核销。它会自动核对金额。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:103 -msgid "Partial payments of several supplier bills" -msgstr "多个供应商账单的部分付款" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:106 -msgid "How to pay several supplier bills having cash discounts at once?" -msgstr "如何同时支付几个有现金折扣的供应商的发票?" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:108 -msgid "" -"You already learned how to pay bills in various way but what about partial " -"payment? We are taking another example where we will do partial payment for " -"various bills." -msgstr "你已学会了如何以各种方式支付账单, 但是部分付款呢?我们举个例子,多个账单如何做部分付款。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:112 -msgid "" -"We are creating multiple bills and partially pay them through bank " -"statements." -msgstr "通过银行对账单, 可创建多个账单和部分付款。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:115 -msgid "" -"We are adding payment terms which allow some cash discount where vendor " -"offer us early payment discount." -msgstr "如供应商给我们提前付款现金折扣, 应添加一些付款条款。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:121 -msgid "" -"We are creating the following bills with the assignment of the above payment" -" term." -msgstr "用以上的付款条款来创建发票。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:127 -msgid "We have created the following bills:" -msgstr "我们已经创建了以下账单 :" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:132 -msgid "" -"We will pay the invoices by creating bank statement where we will adjust the" -" cash discount our vendor provided under payment terms." -msgstr "我们可通过创建银行对账单来支付款项,付款时可调整现金折扣。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:138 -msgid "" -"Before reconciling this bank statement, we need to create one statement " -"model for cash discount." -msgstr "核销银行对账单之前,需要先创建一个现金折扣模型。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:144 -msgid "Now we are going back to bank statement and opening reconcile view." -msgstr "现在我们回到银行对账单，并打开调节视图。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:69 -msgid "Pay with SEPA" -msgstr "使用SEPA" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:5 -msgid "" -"SEPA, the Single Euro Payments Area, is a payment-integration initiative of " -"the European union for simplification of bank transfers denominated in EURO." -" SEPA allows you to send payment orders to your bank to automate bank wire " -"transfer." -msgstr "SEPA,是唯一欧元付款地, 是欧盟的付款倡议简化欧元转帐。SEPA将付款单发给银行以简化转账。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:10 -msgid "" -"SEPA is supported by the banks of the 28 EU member states as well as " -"Iceland, Norway, Switzerland, Andorra, Monaco and San Marino." -msgstr "SEPA得到28个欧盟成员国银行的支持, 以及冰岛、挪威、瑞士、安道尔、摩纳哥和圣马力诺。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:13 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, once you decide to pay a vendor, you can select to pay the bill " -"with SEPA. Then, at the end of the day, the manager can generate the SEPA " -"file containing all bank wire transfers and send it to the bank." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:18 -msgid "" -"By default,the file follows the SEPA Credit Transfer **'pain.001.001.03'** " -"specifications. This is a well-defined standard that makes consensus among " -"banks. However, according to the country set on your company, another format" -" can be used : **'pain.001.001.03.ch.02'** for Switzerland and " -"**'pain.001.003.03'** for Germany." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Once the payments are processed by your bank, you can directly import the " -"account statement inside Odoo. The bank reconciliation process will " -"seamlessly match the SEPA orders you sent to your bank with actual bank " -"statements." -msgstr "一旦银行处理完支付单据,你可以直接将银行对账单导入Odoo。Odoo将SEPA 付款单和银行对账单核销。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:35 -msgid "" -"To pay suppliers with SEPA, you must install the **SEPA Credit Transfer** " -"module. This module handle the process of generating SEPA files based on " -"Odoo payments." -msgstr "用SEPA支付,必须安装* *SEPA信用转帐* *模块。这个模块将Odoo付款申请生成SEPA文件。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:40 -msgid "" -"According to your country and the chart of account you use, this module may " -"be installed by default." -msgstr "根据所在国家和所用科目表,这个模块会默认安装。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:44 -msgid "Activate SEPA payment methods on banks" -msgstr "激活银行SEPA付款方法" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:46 -msgid "" -"In order to allow payments by SEPA, you must activate the payment method on " -"related bank journals. From the accounting dashboard (the screen you get " -"when you enter the accounting application), click on \"More\" on your bank " -"account and select the \"Settings\" option." -msgstr "如用SEPA支付,必须激活银行账内的付款方法。会计仪表板(进入会计应用程序的界面),在银行科目上点击“更多”,并选择“设置”选项。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:51 -msgid "" -"To activate SEPA, click the **Advanced Settings** tab and, in the **Payment " -"Methods** part of the **Miscellaneous** section, check the box **Sepa Credit" -" Transfer**." -msgstr "激活SEPA,点击* * 高级设置* *选项卡,在* *支付方式* * 下的* *杂项* *,勾选复选框* *SEPA支付 * *。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Make sure to specify the IBAN account number (domestic account number won't " -"work with SEPA) and the BIC (bank identifier code) on your bank journal." -msgstr "在银行账上, 确认定义IBAN账号(国内帐号不会使用SEPA)和BIC(银行识别码)。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:60 -msgid "" -"By default, the payments you send using SEPA will use your company name as " -"initiating party name. This is what appears on the recipient's bank " -"statement in the **payment from** field. You can customize it in your " -"company settings, in the tab **Configuration**, under the **SEPA** section." -msgstr "" -"默认情况下,使用SEPA付款将使用你公司的名称。公司名称将出现在收款人的银行对账单的* *付款* *字段。在* *SEPA* *下的* *配置* " -"*选项卡内, 你可以在公司界面设置。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:72 -msgid "Register your payments" -msgstr "登记付款" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:74 -msgid "" -"You can register a payment that is not related to a supplier bill. To do so," -" use the top menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. Register your " -"payment and select a payment method by Sepa Credit Transfer." -msgstr "可登记与发票没有关系的付款。使用顶部菜单:menuselection:`采购 --> 付款`。登记付款, 选择付款方式。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:78 -msgid "" -"If it's the first time you pay this vendor, you will have to fill in the " -"Recipient Bank Account field with, at least, the bank name, IBAN and BIC " -"(Bank Identifier Code). Odoo will automatically verify the IBAN format." -msgstr "" -"如果这是第一次支付这个供应商,需要填写收件人的银行账户信息,至少需要:银行的名字, IBAN 和 " -"BIC(银行识别码)。Odoo会自动验证IBAN的格式。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:82 -msgid "" -"For future payments to this vendor, Odoo will propose you automatically the " -"bank accounts but you will be able to select another one or create a new " -"one." -msgstr "未来会付款给这个供应商,Odoo会自动提供银行账户,但你可更改或者创建一个新的。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:86 -msgid "" -"If you pay a specific supplier bill, put the reference of the bill in the " -"**memo** field." -msgstr "如果支付一个特殊的发票,在* * 备忘录* *字段写入备注。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Once your payment is registered, don't forget to Confirm it. You can also " -"pay vendor bills from the bill directly using the Register Payment button on" -" top of a vendor bill. The form is the same, but the payment is directly " -"linked to the bill and will be automatically reconciled to it." -msgstr "付款登记后,别忘了确认。你也可以直接在发票上登记付款。形式是相同的,但是付款是直接与账单链接并自动核销。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:98 -msgid "Generate SEPA files" -msgstr "生成SEPA 文件" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:100 -msgid "" -"From your accounting dashboard, you should see if there are SEPA files to " -"generate for every bank account." -msgstr "在会计仪表板,您可看到是否有银行账户生成的SEPA文件。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:106 -msgid "" -"Click on the link to check all the payments that are ready to transfer via " -"SEPA. Then, select all the payments you want to send (or check the top box " -"to select all payment at once) and click on :menuselection:`More --> " -"Download SEPA Payments`." -msgstr "" -"点击链接,检查是否所有的通过SEPA的付款已准备就绪。然后,选择所有要发送的款项(或勾选顶部的选相框一次选中所有的付款), " -"单击:menuselection:`More --> Download SEPA Payments`.。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:115 -msgid "Troubleshooting" -msgstr "排查" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:118 -msgid "The bank refuses my SEPA file" -msgstr "银行拒绝SEPA文件" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:120 -msgid "" -"Ask your bank if they support the **SEPA Credit Transfer specification** " -"(the SEPA pain version depends on the country set on your company). If they " -"don't, or cannot provide relevant informations, please forward the error " -"message to your Odoo partner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:126 -msgid "There is no Bank Identifier Code recorded for bank account ..." -msgstr "该银行账号没有银行识别码……" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:128 -msgid "" -"In order to send a SEPA payment, the recipient must be identified by a valid" -" IBAN and BIC. If this message appear, you probably encoded an IBAN account " -"for the partner you are paying but forgot to fill in the BIC field." -msgstr "用SEPA支付,收款人必须有有效的IBAN和BIC。如果这个提示出现,你可能填写了IBAN但忘了填写BIC。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:134 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:125 -msgid ":doc:`check`" -msgstr ":doc:`check` " - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:3 -msgid "Non-current Assets and Fixed Assets" -msgstr "非流动资产和固定资产" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:5 -msgid "" -"**Non-current Assets**, also known as **long-term assets**, are investments " -"that are expected to be realized after one year. They are capitalized rather" -" than being expensed and appear on the company's balance sheet. Depending on" -" their nature, they may undergo **depreciation**." -msgstr "" -"**非流动资产**，又称为**长期资产**，是指预计一年后实现的投资。它们表现为资本化资产，而不是作为支出出现在公司的资产负债表上。根据其性质，它们可能会经历**折旧**。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:9 -msgid "" -"**Fixed Assets** are a type of Non-current Assets and include the properties" -" bought for their productive aspects, such as buildings, vehicles, " -"equipment, land, and software." -msgstr "**固定资产**是一种非流动性资产，包括为其生产方面购买的财产，如建筑物、车辆、设备、土地和软件。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:12 -msgid "" -"For example, let's say we buy a car for $ 27,000. We plan to amortize it " -"over five years, and we will sell it for $ 7,000 afterward. Using the " -"linear, or straight-line, depreciation method, $ 4,000 are expensed each " -"year as **depreciation expenses**. After five years, the **Accumulated " -"Depreciation** amount reported on the balance sheet equals $ 20,000, leaving" -" us with $ 7,000 of **Not Depreciable Value**, or Salvage value." -msgstr "" -"举例来说，假设我们花$ 27,000买了一辆车。我们计划在五年内摊销它，之后以$ 7,000将它卖出。根据线性或直线折旧法，每年支出$ " -"4,000为**折旧费用**。五年后，在资产负债表上报告的**累计折旧**数额为$ 20,000，所以还有$ " -"7,000为**不可折旧价值**或剩余价值。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Odoo Accounting handles depreciation by creating all depreciation entries " -"automatically in *draft mode*. They are then posted periodically." -msgstr "Odoo会计应用程序以*草稿模式*自动创建所有折旧分录，处理折旧事宜。然后再定期过账。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:21 -msgid "Odoo supports the following **Depreciation Methods**:" -msgstr "Odoo支持以下**折旧方法**：" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:23 -msgid "Linear" -msgstr "线性" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:24 -msgid "Degressive" -msgstr "递减" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:25 -msgid "Accelerated Degressive" -msgstr "增速递减" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:28 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:25 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:24 -msgid "" -"The server checks once a day if an entry must be posted. It might then take " -"up to 24 hours before you see a change from *draft* to *posted*." -msgstr "服务器每天一次检查是否有分录需要过账。因此，你所做变更可能需要24小时才能从*草稿*变为*已过账*。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:32 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:29 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:28 -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:19 -msgid "Prerequisites" -msgstr "先决条件" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Such transactions must be posted on an **Assets Account** rather than on the" -" default expense account." -msgstr "这类交易应过账到**资产科目**，而不是默认费用科目。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:38 -msgid "Configure an Assets Account" -msgstr "配置资产科目" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:40 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:37 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:36 -msgid "" -"To configure your account in the **Chart of Accounts**, go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Chart of Accounts`, click " -"on *Create*, and fill out the form." -msgstr "" -"如要在**会计科目表**中配置科目，前往 :menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 会计科目表`，点击*创建*并填写表单。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:48 -msgid "" -"This account's type must be either *Fixed Assets* or *Non-current Assets*." -msgstr "科目类型必须为*固定资产*或*非流动资产*。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:51 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:48 -msgid "Post an expense to the right account" -msgstr "将费用过账到正确的科目" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:51 -msgid "Select the account on a draft bill" -msgstr "在草稿账单上选择科目" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:56 -msgid "" -"On a draft bill, select the right account for all the assets you are buying." -msgstr "在草稿账单上，为你所购买的所有资产选择合适的科目。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:65 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:61 -msgid "Choose a different Expense Account for specific products" -msgstr "为特定产品选择不同的费用科目" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:67 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Start editing the product, go to the *Accounting* tab, select the right " -"**Expense Account**, and save." -msgstr "开始编辑产品，前往*会计*选项卡，选择合适的**费用科目**，并保存。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:75 -msgid "" -"It is possible to :ref:`automate the creation of assets entries <assets-" -"automation>` for these products." -msgstr "你可以为这些产品:ref:`自动创建资产分录<assets-automation>`。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:75 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:74 -msgid "Change the account of a posted journal item" -msgstr "更改已过账日记账项目的科目" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:83 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:77 -msgid "" -"To do so, open your Purchases Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting" -" --> Accounting --> Purchases`, select the journal item you want to modify, " -"click on the account, and select the right one." -msgstr "" -"为此，前往 :menuselection:`会计 --> 会计 --> 采购`打开你的采购日记账，选择你想要修改的日记账项目，点击科目并选择合适的一项。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:92 -msgid "Assets entries" -msgstr "资产分录" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:97 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:89 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:88 -msgid "Create a new entry" -msgstr "创建新分录" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:99 -msgid "" -"An **Asset entry** automatically generates all journal entries in *draft " -"mode*. They are then posted one by one at the right time." -msgstr "**资产分录**自动以*草稿模式*生成所有日记账分录。然后在合适的时间逐一过账。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:102 -msgid "" -"To create a new entry, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " -"Assets`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." -msgstr "如要创建新分录，前往 :menuselection:`会计 --> 会计 --> 资产`，点击*创建*并填写表单。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:105 -msgid "" -"Click on **select related purchases** to link an existing journal item to " -"this new entry. Some fields are then automatically filled out, and the " -"journal item is now listed under the **Related Purchase** tab." -msgstr "点击**选择相关采购**，将现有日记账项目关联到这条新分录。某些字段会自动填充，该日记账项目目前列在*相关采购*选项卡下。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Once done, you can click on *Compute Depreciation* (next to the *Confirm* " -"button) to generate all the values of the **Depreciation Board**. This board" -" shows you all the entries that Odoo will post to depreciate your asset, and" -" at which date." -msgstr "完成后，点击*计算折旧*（在*确认*按钮旁边），生成**折旧面板**的所有值。该面板显示Odoo将过账资产折旧的所有分录和日期。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:122 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:114 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:113 -msgid "What does \"Prorata Temporis\" mean?" -msgstr "什么是“即时按比例分配”？" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:124 -msgid "" -"The **Prorata Temporis** feature is useful to depreciate your assets the " -"most accurately possible." -msgstr "**即时按比例分配**功能有助于尽可能准确地折旧你的资产。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:126 -msgid "" -"With this feature, the first entry on the Depreciation Board is computed " -"based on the time left between the *Prorata Date* and the *First " -"Depreciation Date* rather than the default amount of time between " -"depreciations." -msgstr "使用此功能，折旧面板的第一个分录是根据*按比例日期*和*首次折旧日期*之间剩余的时间，而不是折旧之间的默认时间来计算的。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:130 -msgid "" -"For example, the Depreciation Board above has its first depreciation with an" -" amount of $ 241.10 rather than $ 4,000.00. Consequently, the last entry is " -"also lower and has an amount of $ 3758.90." -msgstr "例如，以上折旧面板的首次折旧金额为$ 241.10，而不是$ 4,000.00。因此，最后分录金额也更低，为$ 3758.90。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:134 -msgid "What are the different Depreciation Methods" -msgstr "有哪些不同的折旧方法" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:136 -msgid "" -"The **Linear Depreciation Method** divides the initial Depreciable Value by " -"the number of depreciations planned. All depreciation entries have the same " -"amount." -msgstr "**线性折旧方法**将初始可折旧价值除以计划折旧数。所有折旧分录的金额相同。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:139 -msgid "" -"The **Degressive Depreciation Method** multiplies the Depreciable Value by " -"the **Degressive Factor** for each entry. Each depreciation entry has a " -"lower amount than the previous entry." -msgstr "**递减折旧方法**将每个分录的可折旧值乘以**递减系数**。每个折旧分录的金额低于前一个分录。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:142 -msgid "" -"The **Accelerated Degressive Depreciation Method** uses the Degressive " -"Method, but with a minimum Depreciation equal to the Linear Method. This " -"method ensures a fast depreciation at the beginning, followed by a constant " -"one afterward." -msgstr "**加速递减折旧方法**使用递减方法，但最低折旧等于线性方法。这种方法确保了在开始时快速折旧，然后按常数折旧。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:147 -msgid "Assets from the Purchases Journal" -msgstr "采购日记账的资产" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:149 -msgid "" -"You can create an asset entry from a specific journal item in your " -"**Purchases Journal**." -msgstr "你可在**采购日记账**中从特定的日记账项目创建资产分录。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:151 -msgid "" -"To do so, open your Purchases Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting" -" --> Accounting --> Purchases`, and select the journal item you want to " -"record as an asset. Make sure that it is posted in the right account (see: " -":ref:`journal-assets-account`)." -msgstr "" -"为此，前往 :menuselection:`会计 --> 会计 --> " -"采购`打开你的采购日记账，选择你想要记录为资产的日记账项目。确保将其过账到正确的科目（参见 :ref:`journal-assets-account）。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:155 -msgid "" -"Then, click on *Action*, select **Create Asset**, and fill out the form the " -"same way you would do to :ref:`create a new entry <create-assets-entry>`." -msgstr "然后，点击*操作*，选择**创建资产**，并用与:ref:`创建新分录<create-assets-entry>`相同的方法填写表单。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:163 -msgid "Modification of an Asset" -msgstr "修改某项资产" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:165 -msgid "" -"You can modify the values of an asset to increase or decrease its value." -msgstr "你可修改某项资产的价值，增加或降低其价值。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:167 -msgid "" -"To do so, open the asset you want to modify, and click on *Modify " -"Depreciation*. Then, fill out the form with the new depreciation values and " -"click on *Modify*." -msgstr "为此，打开想要修改的资产，并点击**修改折旧**。然后，在表单中填入新的折旧值并点击*修改*。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:170 -msgid "" -"A **decrease in value** posts a new Journal Entry for the **Value Decrease**" -" and modifies all the future *unposted* Journal Entries listed in the " -"Depreciation Board." -msgstr "**价值减少**为**减值**科目过账新的日记账分录，并在折旧面板中修改列出的所有未来*未过账*日记账分录。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:173 -msgid "" -"An **increase in value** requires you to fill out additional fields related " -"to the account movements and creates a new Asset entry with the **Value " -"Increase**. The Gross Increase Asset Entry can be accessed with a Smart " -"Button." -msgstr "**价值增加**要求你填写与科目变动相关的其他字段，并创建新的资产分录**增值**。通过智能按钮可访问总增加资产分录。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:182 -msgid "Disposal of Fixed Assets" -msgstr "固定资产处置" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:184 -msgid "" -"To **sell** an asset or **dispose** of it implies that it must be removed " -"from the Balance Sheet." -msgstr "**出售**或**处置**资产意味着必须将它从资产负债表中删除。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:186 -msgid "" -"To do so, open the asset you want to dispose of, click on *Sell or Dispose*," -" and fill out the form." -msgstr "为此，打开想要处置的资产，点击*出售或处置*，并填写表单。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:192 -msgid "" -"Odoo Accounting then generates all the journal entries necessary to dispose " -"of the asset, including the gain or loss on sale, which is based on the " -"difference between the asset's book value at the time of the sale and the " -"amount it is sold for." -msgstr "然后，Odoo会计应用程序生成处置资产所需的所有日记账分录，包括出售损益，它基于资产在销售时的账面价值和它出售的金额之间的差额。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:197 -msgid "" -"To record the sale of an asset, you must first post the related Customer " -"Invoice so you can link the sale of the asset with it." -msgstr "如要记录出售资产的情况，你必须首先将相关客户发票过账，以便将出售的资产与它关联。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:201 -msgid "Assets Models" -msgstr "资产模型" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:203 -msgid "" -"You can create **Assets Models** to create your Asset entries faster. It is " -"particularly useful if you recurrently buy the same kind of assets." -msgstr "你可创建**资产模型**，以更快创建资产分录。如果你经常购买相同类型的资产，这项功能特别有用。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:206 -msgid "" -"To create a model, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " -"Assets Models`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form the same way you " -"would do to create a new entry." -msgstr "" -"如要创建模型，前往 :menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 资产模型`，点击*创建*并按与创建新分录相同的方法填写表单。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:210 -msgid "" -"You can also convert a *confirmed Asset entry* into a model by opening it " -"from :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Assets` and then, by " -"clicking on the button *Save Model*." -msgstr "" -"你也可从 :menuselection:`会计 --> 会计 --> 资产`打开*已确认资产分录*，将它转化为模型，然后点击按钮*保存模型*。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:215 -msgid "Apply an Asset Model to a new entry" -msgstr "将资产模型应用到新分录" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:217 -msgid "" -"When you create a new Asset entry, fill out the **Fixed Asset Account** " -"with the right asset account." -msgstr "在创建新资产分录时，在**固定资产科目**中填写正确的资产科目。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:220 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:160 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:160 -msgid "" -"New buttons with all the models linked to that account appear at the top of " -"the form. Clicking on a model button fills out the form according to that " -"model." -msgstr "与该科目关联的所有模型的新按钮都会出现在表单顶部。点击模型按钮，根据该模型填写表单。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:230 -msgid "Automate the Assets" -msgstr "自动化资产" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:232 -msgid "" -"When you create or edit an account of which the type is either *Non-current " -"Assets* or *Fixed Assets*, you can configure it to create assets for the " -"expenses that are credited on it automatically." -msgstr "当你创建或编辑类型为*非流动资产*或*固定资产*的科目时，你可将其配置为针对自动记入该科目的费用创建资产。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:236 -msgid "You have three choices for the **Automate Assets** field:" -msgstr "**自动化资产**字段可有三种选择：" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:239 -msgid "" -"**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " -"draft *Assets entry* is created, but not validated. You must first fill out " -"the form in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Assets`." -msgstr "" -"**创建为草稿：**交易在科目中过账时，系统将创建*资产分录*草稿，但未确认。你必须首先在 :menuselection:`会计 --> 会计 --> " -"资产`填写对应的表单。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:242 -msgid "" -"**Create and validate:** you must also select an Asset Model (see: `Assets " -"Models`_). Whenever a transaction is posted on the account, an *Assets " -"entry* is created and immediately validated." -msgstr "**创建并确认：**你还必须选择一种资产模型（参见: `资产模型`_）。交易在科目中过账时，系统自动创建并立即确认*资产分录*。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:250 -msgid "" -"You can, for example, select this account as the default **Expense Account**" -" of a product to fully automate its purchase. (see: :ref:`product-assets-" -"account`)." -msgstr "" -"例如，你可将此科目选择为某产品默认的**费用科目**，以自动化其采购流程。（参见:ref:`product-assets-account`）。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:3 -msgid "Deferred Expenses and Prepayments" -msgstr "递延费用和预付款 " - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:5 -msgid "" -"**Deferred expenses** and **prepayments** (also known as **prepaid " -"expense**), are both costs that have already occurred for unconsumed " -"products or services yet to receive." -msgstr "**递延费用**和**预付款**（又称为**预付费用**）都是未消耗产品或服务已发生但尚未收到产品或服务的成本。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Such costs are **assets** for the company that pays them since it already " -"paid for products and services still to receive or that are yet to be used. " -"The company cannot report them on the current **Profit and Loss statement**," -" or *Income Statement*, since the payments will be effectively expensed in " -"the future." -msgstr "" -"这些费用是支付该费用的公司的**资产**，因为公司已经为产品和服务付费但尚未收到或尚未使用产品和服务。公司不能将其列于当前**损益表**或*利润表*，因为未来才会实际花费该款项。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:13 -msgid "" -"These future expenses must be deferred on the company's balance sheet until " -"the moment in time they can be **recognized**, at once or over a defined " -"period, on the Profit and Loss statement." -msgstr "这些未来费用必须在公司资产负债表上进行递延，直到即刻或一定时期内在损益表上**确认**完毕。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:16 -msgid "" -"For example, let's say we pay $ 1200 at once for one year of insurance. We " -"already pay the cost now but haven't used the service yet. Therefore, we " -"post this new expense in a *prepayment account* and decide to recognize it " -"on a monthly basis. Each month, for the next 12 months, $ 100 will be " -"recognized as an expense." -msgstr "" -"例如，假设我们为一年的保险费一次性支付$ " -"1200。我们现在已经支付了费用，但还没有使用服务。因此，我们将此新费用过账到*预付费科目*并决定每月确认一次。也就是说，未来12个月，每月确认$ " -"100的费用。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Odoo Accounting handles deferred expenses and prepayments by spreading them " -"in multiple entries that are automatically created in *draft mode* and then " -"posted periodically." -msgstr "Odoo会计应用程序处理递延费用和预付款的方法是将它们分散在多个分录中，它们以*草稿模式*自动创建，然后定期过账。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Such transactions must be posted on a **Deferred Expense Account** rather " -"than on the default expense account." -msgstr "这类交易应过账到**递延费用科目**，而不是默认费用科目。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:35 -msgid "Configure a Deferred Expense Account" -msgstr "配置递延费用科目" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:45 -msgid "This account's type must be either *Current Assets* or *Prepayments*" -msgstr "科目类型必须为*流动资产*或*预付款*。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:53 -msgid "" -"On a draft bill, select the right account for all the products of which the " -"expenses must be deferred." -msgstr "在草稿账单上，针对需要递延费用的所有产品选择合适的科目。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:71 -msgid "" -"It is possible to automate the creation of expense entries for these " -"products (see: `Automate the Deferred Expenses`_)." -msgstr "你可以自动创建这些产品的费用分录（参见`自动化递延费用`_）。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:86 -msgid "Deferred Expenses entries" -msgstr "递延费用分录" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:91 -msgid "" -"A **Deferred Expense entry** automatically generates all journal entries in " -"*draft mode*. They are then posted one by one at the right time until the " -"full amount of the expense is recognized." -msgstr "**递延费用分录**以*草稿模式*自动生成所有日记账分录。然后在费用的全部金额被确认后逐一过账。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:94 -msgid "" -"To create a new entry, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " -"Deferred Expense`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." -msgstr "如要创建新分录，前往 :menuselection:`会计 --> 会计 --> 递延费用`，点击*创建*并填写表单。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:97 -msgid "" -"Click on **select related purchases** to link an existing journal item to " -"this new entry. Some fields are then automatically filled out, and the " -"journal item is now listed under the **Related Expenses** tab." -msgstr "点击**选择相关采购**，将现有日记账项目关联到这条新分录。某些字段会自动填充，该日记账项目目前列在*相关费用*选项卡下。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:105 -msgid "" -"Once done, you can click on *Compute Deferral* (next to the *Confirm* " -"button) to generate all the values of the **Expense Board**. This board " -"shows you all the entries that Odoo will post to recognize your expense, and" -" at which date." -msgstr "完成后，点击*计算递延*（在*确认*按钮旁边），生成**费用面板**的所有值。该面板显示Odoo将执行费用确认过账的所有分录和日期。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:116 -msgid "" -"The **Prorata Temporis** feature is useful to recognize your expense the " -"most accurately possible." -msgstr "**即时按比例分配**功能有助于尽可能准确地确认你的费用。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:118 -msgid "" -"With this feature, the first entry on the Expense Board is computed based on" -" the time left between the *Prorata Date* and the *First Recognition Date* " -"rather than the default amount of time between recognitions." -msgstr "使用此功能，费用面板的第一个分录是根据*按比例日期*和*首次确认日期*之间剩余的时间，而不是确认之间的默认时间来计算的。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:122 -msgid "" -"For example, the Expense Board above has its first expense with an amount of" -" $ 70.97 rather than $ 100.00. Consequently, the last entry is also lower " -"and has an amount of $ 29.03." -msgstr "例如，以上费用面板的首次费用金额为$ 70.97，而不是$ 100.00。因此，最后分录金额也相应减少，为$ 29.03。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:126 -msgid "Deferred Entry from the Purchases Journal" -msgstr "采购日记账的递延分录" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:128 -msgid "" -"You can create a deferred entry from a specific journal item in your " -"**Purchases Journal**." -msgstr "你可在**采购日记账**中从特定的日记账项目创建递延分录。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:130 -msgid "" -"To do so, open your Purchases Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting" -" --> Accounting --> Purchases`, and select the journal item you want to " -"defer. Make sure that it is posted in the right account (see: `Change the " -"account of a posted journal item`_)." -msgstr "" -"为此，前往 :menuselection:`会计 --> 会计 --> " -"采购`打开你的采购日记账，选择你想要递延的日记账项目。确保将其过账到正确的科目（参见: `更改已过账日记账项目的科目`_）。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:134 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:134 -msgid "" -"Then, click on *Action*, select **Create Deferred Entry**, and fill out the " -"form the same way you would do to `create a new entry`_." -msgstr "然后，点击*操作*，选择**创建递延分录**，并用与`创建新分录`_相同的方法填写表单。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:142 -msgid "Deferred Expense Models" -msgstr "待摊费用模型" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:144 -msgid "" -"You can create **Deferred Expense Models** to create your Deferred Expense " -"entries faster." -msgstr "你可创建**递延费用模型**，以便更快地创建递延费用分录。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:146 -msgid "" -"To create a model, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " -"Deferred Expense Models`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form the same " -"way you would do to create a new entry." -msgstr "" -"如要创建模型，前往 :menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 递延费用模型`，点击*创建*并按与创建新分录相同的方法填写表单。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:150 -msgid "" -"You can also convert a *confirmed Deferred Expense entry* into a model by " -"opening it from :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Deferred " -"Expenses` and then, by clicking on the button *Save Model*." -msgstr "" -"你也可从 :menuselection:`会计 --> 会计 --> 递延费用`打开*已确认递延费用分录*，将它转化为模型，然后点击按钮*保存模型*。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:155 -msgid "Apply a Deferred Expense Model to a new entry" -msgstr "将递延费用模型应用到新分录" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:157 -msgid "" -"When you create a new Deferred Expense entry, fill out the **Deferred " -"Expense Account** with the right recognition account." -msgstr "在创建新递延费用分录时，在**递延费用科目**中填写正确的确认科目。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:170 -msgid "Automate the Deferred Expenses" -msgstr "自动化递延费用" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:172 -msgid "" -"When you create or edit an account of which the type is either *Current " -"Assets* or *Prepayments*, you can configure it to defer the expenses that " -"are credited on it automatically." -msgstr "当你创建或编辑类型为*流动资产*或*预付款*的科目时，你可将其配置为针对自动记入该科目的费用进行递延。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:175 -msgid "You have three choices for the **Automate Deferred Expense** field:" -msgstr "**自动化递延费用**字段可有三种选择：" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:178 -msgid "" -"**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " -"draft *Deferred Expenses entry* is created, but not validated. You must " -"first fill out the form in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " -"Deferred Expenses`." -msgstr "" -"**创建为草稿：**交易在科目中过账时，系统将创建*递延费用分录*草稿，但未确认。你必须首先在 :menuselection:`会计 --> 会计 " -"--> 递延费用`填写对应的表单。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:181 -msgid "" -"**Create and validate:** you must also select a Deferred Expense Model (see:" -" `Deferred Expense Models`_). Whenever a transaction is posted on the " -"account, a *Deferred Expenses entry* is created and immediately validated." -msgstr "" -"**创建并确认：**你还必须选择一种递延费用模型（参见: `递延费用模型`_）。交易在科目中过账时，系统自动创建并立即确认*递延费用分录*。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:190 -msgid "" -"You can, for example, select this account as the default **Expense Account**" -" of a product to fully automate its purchase. (see: `Choose a different " -"Expense Account for specific products`_)." -msgstr "例如，你可将此科目选择为某产品默认的**费用科目**，以完全自动化其采购流程。（参见: `为特定产品选择不同的费用科目`_）。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:3 -msgid "Manage vendor Bills" -msgstr "管理供应商账单" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The **Purchase** application allows you to manage your purchase orders, " -"incoming products, and vendor bills all seamlessly in one place." -msgstr " **采购** 程序允许你在同一个地方无缝管理你的采购单, 买入的产品, 和供应商账单。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:8 -msgid "" -"If you want to set up a vendor bill control process, the first thing you " -"need to do is to have purchase data in Odoo. Knowing what has been purchased" -" and received is the first step towards understanding your purchase " -"management processes." -msgstr "如果你要设置供应商订单控制流程, 首先你要在Odoo里有采购数据.知道什么被采购和收到货是理解你的采购管理流程的第一步。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:13 -msgid "Here is the standard work flow in Odoo:" -msgstr "odoo标准工作流程 :" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:15 -msgid "" -"You begin with a **Request for Quotation (RFQ)** to send out to your " -"vendor(s)." -msgstr "从发送一个 **报价请求(RFQ)** 给你的供应商(们)开始。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Once the vendor has accepted the RFQ, confirm the RFQ into a **Purchase " -"Order (PO)**." -msgstr "一旦供应商接受这询价单, 确认这询价单为 **采购订单(PO)** 。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Confirming the PO generates an **Incoming Shipment** if you purchased any " -"stockable products." -msgstr "确认采购当生成一个 **新进货物** 如果你采购的是库存产品。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Upon receiving a **Vendor Bill** from your Vendor, validate the bill with " -"products received in the previous step to ensure accuracy." -msgstr "一旦当你从你的供应商处收到一个 **供应商账单** , 和前一步收到的货物做一个验证来确保准确性。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:27 -msgid "" -"This process may be done by three different people within the company, or " -"only one." -msgstr "这个过程也许在同一家公司由三个人做, 也可能只是一个人。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:34 -msgid "Installing the Purchase and Inventory applications" -msgstr "安装采购和库存应用" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:36 -msgid "" -"From the **Apps** application, search for the **Purchase** module and " -"install it. Due to certain dependencies, installing Purchase will " -"automatically install the **Inventory** and **Accounting** applications." -msgstr "从**Apps**应用程序，搜索**采购**模块并安装。由于一定的关联关系，安装采购模块将自动安装**库存**和**会计**应用程序。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:41 -msgid "Creating products" -msgstr "创建产品" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Creating products in Odoo is essential for quick and efficient purchasing " -"within Odoo. Simply navigate to the Products submenu under Purchase and " -"click create." -msgstr "在Odoo中创建产品对于快速高效的采购必不可少。只需前往采购应用程序下的产品子菜单，并点击创建。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:50 -msgid "" -"When creating the product, pay attention to the **Product Type** field, " -"since it is important:" -msgstr "当创建产品时，注意**产品类型**字段，它非常重要：" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Products that are set as **Stockable or Consumable** will allow you to keep " -"track of their inventory levels. These options imply stock management and " -"will allow for receiving these kinds of products." -msgstr "* *可贮存或可消耗**的设置将用于跟踪库存水平。选项用于库存管理，并允许接收这些产品。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Conversely, products that are set as a **Service or Digital Product** will " -"not imply stock management, simply due to the fact that there is no " -"inventory to manage. You will not be able to receive products under either " -"of these designations." -msgstr "相反，被设置为**服务或数字产品**的产品不用于库存管理，简单地说是没有库存需要管理。这一类的产品无法接收。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:64 -msgid "" -"It is recommended that you create a **Miscellaneous** product for all " -"purchases that occur infrequently and do not require inventory valuation or " -"management. If you create such a product, it is recommended to set the " -"product type to **Service**." -msgstr "对于那些不经常采购且不需要库存计价和管理的产品，建议创建一个**杂项**产品。如果你创建类似产品，建议设置产品类型为**服务**。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:69 -msgid "Managing your Vendor Bills" -msgstr "管理你的供应商账单" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:72 -msgid "Purchasing products or services" -msgstr "采购产品或服务" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:74 -msgid "" -"From the purchase application, you can create a purchase order with as many " -"products as you need. If the vendor sends you a confirmation or quotation " -"for an order, you may record the order reference number in the **Vendor " -"Reference** field. This will enable you to easily match the PO with the the " -"vendor bill later (as the vendor bill will probably include the Vendor " -"Reference)" -msgstr "" -"从采购程序, 你可以创建你需要的产品的采购单。如果供应商发给你一个确认或报价。你可以在 **供应商参考** " -"字段填写订单参考编号。这可以使你方便地和稍后的供应商订单匹配(因为供应商账单可能会包含供应商参考内容)" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:84 -msgid "" -"Validate the purchase order and receive the products from the Inventory " -"application." -msgstr "确认采购订单，并从库存应用程序下接收产品。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:88 -msgid "Receiving Products" -msgstr "接收产品" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:90 -msgid "" -"If you purchased any stockable products that you manage the inventory of, " -"you will need to receive the products from the Inventory application after " -"you confirm a purchase order. From the **Inventory dashboard**, you should " -"see a button linking you directly to the transfer of products. This button " -"is outlined in red below:" -msgstr "" -"如果你采购了可库存产品且负责管理其库存情况，你在采购订单被确认后需要从库存应用程序中接收产品。在**库存仪表板**上，你可以看到一个按钮直接与产品调拨相关联。这个按钮在以下显示为红色：" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:99 -msgid "" -"Navigating this route will take you to a list of all orders waiting to be " -"received." -msgstr "按这个路线导航，你将看到所有等待接收的订单清单。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:105 -msgid "" -"If you have a lot of awaiting orders, apply a filter using the search bar in" -" the upper right. With this search bar, you may filter based on the vendor " -"(partner), the product, or the source document (also known as the reference " -"of your purchase order). You can also group the orders by different criteria" -" under **Group By**. Selecting an item from this list will open the " -"following screen where you then will receive the products." -msgstr "" -"如果你有许多待确定的订单，使用右上方搜索栏的筛选功能。你可基于供应商（合作伙伴）、产品、源文档（又称为采购订单参考）进行筛选。你也可在**分组**中按不同的标准来对订单进行分组。从这个列表中选择一个项目会打开如下页面，然后你就可以接收产品了。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:116 -msgid "Purchasing service products does not trigger a delivery order." -msgstr "采购 **服务** 类型的产品不会触发收货单。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:119 -msgid "Managing Vendor Bills" -msgstr "管理供应商账单" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:121 -msgid "" -"When you receive a vendor bill for a previous purchase, be sure to record it" -" in the Purchases application under the **Control Menu**. You need to create" -" a new vendor bill even if you already registered a purchase order." -msgstr "" -"当你收到以前所采购产品的**供应商账单**时，确认将其记录在采购应用程序下的**控制菜单**中。即使你已经登记了一个采购订单，也需要创建一个新的供应商账单。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:129 -msgid "" -"The first thing you will need to do upon creating a vendor bill is to select" -" the appropriate vendor, since doing so will also pull up any associated " -"accounting or pricelist information. From there, you can choose to specify " -"one or multiple Purchase Orders to populate the Vendor Bill with. When you " -"select a Purchase Order from the list, Odoo will pull any uninvoiced " -"products associated to that Purchase Order and automatically populate that " -"information below. If you are having a hard time finding the appropriate " -"vendor bill, you may search through the list by inputting the vendor " -"reference number or your internal purchase order number." -msgstr "" -"在创建供应商账单之前，你首先需要选择正确的供应商，这将带出相关的会计或价格表信息。在此，你可选择指定一个或多个采购订单来填充供应商账单。当你从列表中选择一个采购订单时，Odoo会带出该采购订单相关的所有未开发票的产品并自动填充下列信息。如你很难找到正确的供应商账单，可通过键入供应商参考号码或你的内部采购订单号进行搜索。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:143 -msgid "" -"While the invoice is in a draft state, you can make any modifications you " -"need (i.e. remove or add product lines, modify quantities, and change " -"prices)." -msgstr "当发票仍为草稿状态时，你可根据需要进行修改（即添加或删除产品行、修改数量和价格等）。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:148 -msgid "Your vendor may send you several bills for the same Purchase Order if:" -msgstr "你的供应商也许会为同一个采购订单寄送多个账单如果：" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:150 -msgid "" -"Your vendor is in back-order and is sending you invoices as they ship the " -"products." -msgstr "你的供应商有欠单并且当他们发货时寄给你账单。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:151 -msgid "Your vendor is sending you a partial bill or asking for a deposit." -msgstr "你的供应商寄给你部分账单，或要求押金。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:153 -msgid "" -"Every time you record a new vendor bill, Odoo will automatically populate " -"the product quantities based on what has been received from the vendor. If " -"this value is showing a zero, this means that you have not yet received this" -" product and simply serves as a reminder that the product is not in hand and" -" you may need to inquire further into this. At any point in time, before you" -" validate the Vendor Bill, you may override this zero quantity." -msgstr "" -"每次你录入一个新的采购账单, Odoo会自动弹出基于从供应商处收到的产品数量。如果数量是零, 意味着你没有收到产品并简单提供一个提醒, " -"也许需要进一步查询。在这时, 在确认供应商账单前, 可以修改数量。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:162 -msgid "Vendor Bill Matching" -msgstr "供应商账单匹配" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:165 -msgid "What to do if your vendor bill does not match what you received" -msgstr "如果供应商的账单和你收到的产品不符, 怎么办" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:167 -msgid "" -"If the bill you receive from the vendor has quantities that do not match the" -" quantities automatically populated by Odoo, this could be due to several " -"reasons:" -msgstr "如果你收到的账单和Odoo自动填充的数量不符，也许是由以下原因引起的：" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:171 -msgid "" -"The vendor is incorrectly charging you for products and/or services that you" -" have not ordered." -msgstr "供应商错误地要你付你没有订购的产品/或服务。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:174 -msgid "" -"The vendor is billing you for products that you might not have received yet," -" as the invoicing control may be based on ordered or received quantities." -msgstr "供应商给你开了你还没有收到产品的发票, 如果开票控制是基于订购或收到数量。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:178 -msgid "The vendor did not bill you for previously purchased products." -msgstr "供应商未将你之前订购的产品开票。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:180 -msgid "" -"In these instances it is recommended that you verify that the bill, and any " -"associated purchase order to the vendor, are accurate and that you " -"understand what you have ordered and what you have already received." -msgstr "在这些例子中, 建议你验证账单和其他与此供应商有关的采购是准确的, 并且知道哪些是你订购的, 哪些是你已经收到的。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:184 -msgid "" -"If you are unable to find a purchase order related to a vendor bill, this " -"could be due to one of a few reasons:" -msgstr "如果你不能找到和供应商账单关联的定购单, 也许是由以下原因之一造成的 :" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:187 -msgid "" -"The vendor has already invoiced you for this purchase order; therefore it is" -" not going to appear anywhere in the selection." -msgstr "供应商已经为这个采购订单开票，因此选择时它不会再出现。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:190 -msgid "" -"Someone in the company forgot to record a purchase order for this vendor." -msgstr "公司里某人忘了给这个供应商记录这个采购单。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:193 -msgid "The vendor is charging you for something you did not order." -msgstr "供应商要你支付未订购的东西。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:198 -msgid "How product quantities are managed" -msgstr "产品数量如何管理" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:200 -msgid "" -"By default, services are managed based on ordered quantities, while " -"stockables and consumables are managed based on received quantities." -msgstr "一般, 服务是基于订单数量管理, 而库存商品和消耗品都是基于到货数量管理。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:203 -msgid "" -"If you need to manage products based on ordered quantities over received " -"quantities, you will need to belong to the group **Purchase Manager**. Ask " -"your system administrator to enable these access on :menuselection:`Settings" -" --> Users --> Users --> Access Rights`. Once you belong to the correct " -"group, select the product(s) you wish to modify, and you should see a new " -"field appear, labeled **Control Purchase Bills**." -msgstr "" -"如果你基于订购数量而不是收到数量来管理产品, 需要加入群 **采购经理** 。 管理员需要在此设置 :menuselection:`设置 --> 用户 " -"--> 用户 --> 访问权限`. 。一旦你在这个群后, 选择你要更改的产品, 你可以看到一个名为 **控制采购订单** 的新字段。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:213 -msgid "" -"You can then change the default management method for the selected product " -"to be based on either:" -msgstr "然后你可以更改默认管理方法基于 :" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:216 -msgid "Ordered quantities" -msgstr "订购数量" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:218 -msgid "or Received quantities" -msgstr "或收到数量" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:221 -msgid "Batch Billing" -msgstr "批量账单" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:223 -msgid "" -"When creating a vendor bill and selecting the appropriate purchase order, " -"you may continue to select additional purchase orders. Odoo will add the " -"additional line items from the purchase orders you select. If you have not " -"deleted the previous line items from the first purchase order, the bill will" -" be linked to all the appropriate purchase orders." -msgstr "" -"当然建立一个供应商账单并选择合适的采购订单，你可以继续选择增加的采购订单。Odoo将根据你选择的采购订单增加行项目。如果你没有从首个采购订单删除之前的行项目，供应商账单将会链接到所有合适的采购单。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:3 -msgid "Digitize Vendor Bills with Optical Character Recognition (OCR)" -msgstr "使用光学字符识别（OCR）数字化供应商账单" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Encoding bills manually can be a time-consuming task. Having a solution that" -" allows you to digitize them and automatically import the data to your " -"database reduces errors and saves you time." -msgstr "手动对账单进行编码可能是一项耗时的工作。 有一种解决方案可让您将其数字化并自动将数据导入数据库，从而减少了错误并节省了时间。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:9 -msgid "Set up the feature" -msgstr "功能设置" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Bill Digitalization`, and " -"choose whether the bills should be processed automatically or manually." -msgstr "转到： :menuselection:`会计 --> 设定 --> 帐单数字化` ，然后选择应自动还是手动处理账单。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:19 -msgid "Start digitizing your bills" -msgstr "开始数字化账单" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Scan your bills and then go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> " -"Bills` and upload your document. Based on your configuration, it either " -"processes the documents automatically, or you need to click on *Send for " -"Digitalization* to do it manually." -msgstr "" -"扫描帐单，然后转到 :menuselection:`会计 --> 供应商 --> 帐单` 并上传您的文档。 " -"根据您的配置，它要么自动处理文档，或者您需要单击 *发送数字化* 以手动进行。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:26 -msgid "" -"You can also create a vendor bill through the *Documents* app or by using an" -" email alias on your journals." -msgstr "您也可以通过 *文件管理* 应用程序或在日记中使用电子邮件别名来创建供应商账单。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Once the data is extracted from the PDF, you can correct it if necessary by " -"clicking on the respective tag (available in *Edit* mode), and selecting the" -" right information instead." -msgstr "一旦数据从PDF中提取出来，如果有必要，您可以通过单击相应的标记 (在 *编辑* 模式下可用) 并选择正确的信息来纠正它。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:38 -msgid "" -"The more bills you scan, the better the system gets at identifying the " -"correct data." -msgstr "你扫描的账单越多，系统识别正确数据的能力就越强。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:41 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:34 -msgid "Pricing" -msgstr "价格" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:44 -msgid "" -"The *Bill Digitalization* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service which " -"requires prepaid credits to work. Digitalizing one document consumes one " -"credit." -msgstr "*账单数字化* 是一项 *应用内购买(IAP)* 服务，需要预付费才能使用。数字化一个文档消耗一个信用。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:47 -msgid "" -"To buy credits, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " -"Settings --> Bill Digitalization` and click on *Buy credits*, or go to " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Odoo IAP` and click on *View My Services*." -msgstr "" -"如要购买积分，请转到:menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 设置 --> 帐单数字化` ，然后单击 *购买积分* ，或转到 " -":menuselection:`设置 --> Odoo IAP` ，然后单击 *查看我的服务* 。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:50 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:43 -msgid "" -"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you " -"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." -msgstr "如果你是Odoo Online (SAAS)企业版用户，你可用免费试用信用来测试这项功能。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:52 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Click `here <https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#header_4>`_ to know about our " -"*Privacy Policy*." -msgstr "点击`此处 <https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#header_4>`_，了解我们的*隐私政策*。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:3 -msgid "Purchase Receipts" -msgstr "采购收据" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:5 -msgid "" -"**Purchase Receipts** are not invoices but rather confirmations of received " -"payments, such as a ticket or a receipt." -msgstr "**购买收据** 不是发票，而是收款确认函，例如票或收据。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:8 -msgid "" -"This feature is meant to be used when you pay directly with your company's " -"money for an expense. **Vendor Bills**, on the other hand, are recorded when" -" an invoice is issued to you and that the amount is first credited on a debt" -" account before a later payment reconciliation." -msgstr "" -"当您直接用公司的钱支付某项费用时，将使用此功能。另一方面，*卖方账单* 在给你开发票时被记录，在以后的付款调节之前，这个金额被先贷记到一个债务账户上。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Expenses paid by employees can be managed with **Odoo Expenses**, an app " -"dedicated to the approval of such expenses and the payments management. " -"Click :doc:`here <../../../expense/expense>` for more information on how to " -"use Odoo Expenses." -msgstr "" -"员工支付的费用可以使用 **Odoo报销** 这是一款专门用于审批此类费用和支付管理的应用程序。点击 " -":doc:`点击此处<../../../expense/expense>` 了解如何使用Odoo报销的更多信息。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:18 -msgid "Register a receipt" -msgstr "登记收据" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:20 -msgid "" -"To record a new receipt, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> " -"Receipts`, click on *Create*, fill out the form, and click on *Post*." -msgstr "" -"要记录新的收据，请进入 :menuselection:`会计 --> 供应商 --> 收据`，点击 *创建* ，填写表格，然后点击 *发布* 。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:27 -msgid "" -"You can register the payment by clicking on *Register Payment*, then filling" -" out the payment's details, and clicking on *Validate*." -msgstr "您可以点击*注册付款*，然后填写付款的详细信息，然后点击 *验证* 来注册付款。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:31 -msgid "Edit the Journal Entry before posting it" -msgstr "在发布之前编辑日记帐" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Once you have filled out the *Invoice Lines* tab, you can modify the " -"**Journal Entry** before you post it." -msgstr "填写 *发票行* 选项卡后，您可以在发布 *日记帐分录* 之前对其进行修改。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:36 -msgid "" -"To do so, click on the **Journal Items** tab, change the accounts and values" -" according to your needs, and click on *Post*." -msgstr "要做到这一点，单击 **日记帐项目** 选项卡，根据您的需要更改帐户和值，然后单击 *发布* 。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:44 -msgid ":doc:`manage`" -msgstr ":doc:`manage`" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:45 -msgid ":doc:`../../../expense/expense`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../../expense/expense`" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables.rst:3 -msgid "Account Receivables" -msgstr "应收账款" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:99 -msgid "Customer Invoices" -msgstr "客户发票" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:3 -msgid "Offer cash discounts" -msgstr "提供现金折扣" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Cash discounts are incentives you can offer to customers to motivate them to" -" pay within a specific time frame. For instance, you offer a 2% discount if " -"the customer pays you within the first 5 days of the invoice, when it is due" -" in 30 days. This approach can greatly improve your average collection " -"period." -msgstr "" -"现金折扣是你提供给客户的激励，以驱动 他们在特定的账期内付款。例如，付款截止日是开开票后30天，你可以为在开票后5天内付款的客户提供2%的折扣。 " -"这个方法可以大幅度改良你的平均收款周期。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:12 -msgid "Set up a cash discount" -msgstr "设置现金折扣" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:14 -msgid "" -"To set up a cash discount, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Management --> Payment Terms` and click on *Create*. Add a" -" *Percent* type of term with a corresponding value (e.g. 98% of the total " -"price for a 2% discount) and the number of days during which the offer is " -"valid. You can also change the default balance term if needed." -msgstr "" -"如要设置现金折扣，前往 :menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 管理 --> " -"付款条件`并点击*创建*。添加*百分比*类型项及相应的值（例如，总价的98%指2%的折扣）和优惠的有效期天数。你还可根据需要更改默认余额项。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:25 -msgid "Start offering the cash discount" -msgstr "开始提供现金折扣" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Now, you can create a customer invoice and select the cash discount payment " -"term you added. Once the invoice is validated, Odoo will automatically split" -" the account receivables part of the journal entry into two installments " -"having different due dates. Since the discounted price is already " -"calculated, your payment controls will be simplified." -msgstr "" -"现金，你可以建立一个客户发票并选择你增加的现金折扣政策。一旦发票生效。Odoo将自动分解应收账款到两个不同到期日的分期付款计划。因为折扣价已经计算好了，你的支付控制将变的简单。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:37 -msgid "Grant the cash discount" -msgstr "授权现金折扣" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:39 -msgid "" -"The customer fulfilled the payment terms and therefore benefits from the " -"cash discount. When you process the bank statement, match the payment with " -"the related journal entry. Then, select the remaining cash discount and " -"click on *Create Write-off* to reconcile it." -msgstr "客户执行支付条款就会获得现金折扣。当你处理银行对账单时，将收款数据与会计分录匹配。然后，选择还存在的现金折扣，点击“建立勾消”以调节一致。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:48 -msgid "" -"You can also create a dedicated reconciliation model to make the process " -"easier. In this case, you should add a tax to the model based on the taxes " -"applied to your invoices. This means that if you handle multiple tax rates, " -"you need to create several reconciliation models. Note that depending on " -"your localisation, you might already have a Cash Discount model available by" -" default." -msgstr "" -"你还可以创建一个专用的对账模型，使流程更容易。在这种情况下，你应该根据发票适用的税收规定向模型添加税收功能。也就是说，如果你需处理多种税率，则要创建多个对账模型。请注意，根据本地化情况，你可能已有可用的默认现金折扣模型。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:56 -msgid "Register the full payment" -msgstr "登记全额付款" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:58 -msgid "" -"In this case, the customer has not fulfilled the payment term and cannot " -"benefit from the cash discount. When you process the bank statement, match " -"the payment with the two related journal entries." -msgstr "在这种情况下，客户未履行支付条款，且无法享受现金折扣。当处理银行对账单时，将付款与两个相关的会计分录进行匹配。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:67 -msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms`" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:3 -msgid "Cash Rounding" -msgstr "现金舍入" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:4 -msgid "" -"**Cash rounding** is required when the lowest physical denomination of " -"currency, or the smallest coin, is higher than the minimum unit of account." -msgstr "当货币或硬币的最低实物面值高于最小的记账单位时，需要进行**现金舍入**。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:8 -msgid "" -"For example, some countries require their companies to round up or down the " -"total amount of an invoice to the nearest five cents, when the payment is " -"made in cash." -msgstr "例如，某些国家要求公司在以现金支付时，将发票总额四舍五入到最接近的五美分。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " -"*Cash Rounding*, then click on *Save*." -msgstr "前往 :menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 设置`并启用*现金舍入*，然后点击*保存*。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Cash Roundings`, and " -"click on *Create*." -msgstr "前往 :menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 现金舍入`，并点击*创建*。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Define here your *Rounding Precision*, *Rounding Strategy*, and *Rounding " -"Method*." -msgstr "在这里定义你的*舍入精度*、*舍入策略*和*舍入方法*。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:26 -msgid "Odoo supports two **rounding strategies**:" -msgstr "Odoo支持两种**舍入策略**。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:28 -msgid "" -"**Add a rounding line**: a *rounding* line is added on the invoice. You have" -" to define which account records the cash roundings." -msgstr "**添加舍入明细**：在发票上添加*舍入*明细。你必须定义哪个科目记录现金舍入。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:31 -msgid "**Modify tax amount**: the rounding is applied in the taxes section." -msgstr "**修改税收金额**：在税收部分应用舍入。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:34 -msgid "Apply roundings" -msgstr "应用舍入" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:35 -msgid "" -"When editing a draft invoice, open the *Other Info* tab, go to the " -"*Accounting Information* section, and select the appropriate *Cash Rounding " -"Method*." -msgstr "在编辑发票草稿时，打开*其他信息*选项卡，前往*会计信息*部分，并选择适当的*现金舍入方法*。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:3 -msgid "Credit Notes and Refunds" -msgstr "贷项凭单和退款" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:4 -msgid "" -"A **credit note**, or **credit memo**, is a document issued to a customer " -"that notifies them that they have been credited a certain amount." -msgstr "**贷项凭单**或**贷项通知单**是指向客户签发并告知其贷记一定金额的文件。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:11 -msgid "There are several reasons that can lead to a credit note, such as:" -msgstr "产生贷项凭单的原因很多，例如：" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:9 -msgid "a mistake in the invoice" -msgstr "发票有误" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:10 -msgid "a return of the goods, or a rejection of the services" -msgstr "退货或拒绝服务" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:11 -msgid "the goods delivered are damaged" -msgstr "交付的货物损坏" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Issuing a credit note is the only legal way to cancel, refund or modify a " -"validated invoice. Don’t forget to *register the payment* afterward if you " -"need to send money back to your customer." -msgstr "签发贷项凭单是取消、退款或修改已确认发票的唯一合法途径。之后如需向客户退回款项，请勿忘记*登记付款*。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:20 -msgid "Issue a Credit Note" -msgstr "签发贷项凭单" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:21 -msgid "" -"You can create a credit note from scratch by going to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Credit Notes`, and by clicking " -"on *Create*. Filling the Credit Note’s form works the same way as the " -"Invoice’s form." -msgstr "" -"你可前往 :menuselection:`会计 --> 客户 --> " -"贷项凭单`，并点击*创建*，从头开始重建一份贷项凭单。填写贷项凭单与发票表单的方式相同。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:26 -msgid "" -"However, most of the time, credit notes are generated directly from the " -"invoices they are related to." -msgstr "但是，多数时候，贷项凭单从其相关的发票中直接生成。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:29 -msgid "To do so, open the *Customer Invoice*, and click on *Add Credit Note*." -msgstr "为此，打开*客户发票*并点击*添加贷项凭单*。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:37 -msgid "You can choose between three options:" -msgstr "你可从三种选项中进行选择：" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:35 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:44 -msgid "Partial Refund" -msgstr "部分退款" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:36 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:55 -msgid "Full Refund" -msgstr "全部退款" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:37 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:66 -msgid "Full refund and new draft invoice" -msgstr "全部退款并创建新的草稿发票" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Credit Notes’ numbers start with “R” and are followed by the number of the " -"document they are related to (e.g., RINV/2019/0004)." -msgstr "贷项凭单编号以“R”开头，然后是其相关的文件编号（例如，RINV/2019/0004）。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Odoo creates a draft credit note already prefilled with all the necessary " -"information from the original invoice." -msgstr "Odoo已经创建了一份贷项凭单草稿，并按原发票预填了所有必要信息。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:48 -msgid "" -"This is the option to choose to do a partial refund, or if you want to " -"modify any detail on the credit note." -msgstr "这种选项可进行部分退款，或修改贷项凭单的任何细节。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:52 -msgid "" -"This is the only option available for invoices that are already marked as " -"*Paid*." -msgstr "已经标记为*已付款*的发票只能使用这种选项。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Odoo creates a credit note, automatically validates it, and reconciles the " -"original invoice with it." -msgstr "Odoo创建贷项凭单，自动确认并与原发票对账。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:62 -msgid "" -"This is the option to choose to do a full refund or cancel a validated " -"invoice." -msgstr "这种选项可进行全额退款或取消已确认的发票。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Odoo creates a credit note, automatically validates it, reconciles the " -"original invoice with it, and open a new draft invoice prefilled with the " -"same details from the original invoice." -msgstr "Odoo创建贷项凭单，自动确认并与原发票对账，然后创建一份新的发票草稿并预填原发票的相同详情。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:71 -msgid "" -"This is the option to choose to modify the content of a validated invoice." -msgstr "这种选项可用于修改已确认发票的内容。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:74 -msgid "Record a Vendor Refund" -msgstr "记录供应商退款" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:75 -msgid "" -"**Vendor Refunds** are recorded the same way you would do with invoices’ " -"credit notes:" -msgstr "**供应商退款**与发票贷项凭单的记录方法相同。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:77 -msgid "" -"You can either create a credit note from scratch by going to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> Refund`, and by clicking on " -"*Create*, or by opening the validated *Vendor Bill*, and clicking on *Add " -"Credit Note*." -msgstr "" -"你可前往 :menuselection:`会计 --> 供应商 --> " -"退款`，并点击*创建*，从头开始创建一份贷项凭单，或打开已确认的*供应商账单*，并点击*添加贷项凭单*。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:84 -msgid "" -"Issuing a credit note from an invoice creates a **reverse entry** that " -"zeroes out the journal items generated by the original invoice." -msgstr "从发票签发贷项凭单可创建**逆转分录**，将原发票生成的日记账项目归零。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:87 -msgid "Here is an example of an invoice’s journal entry:" -msgstr "这是发票的日记账分录示例：" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:92 -msgid "" -"And here is the credit note’s journal entry generated to reverse the " -"original invoice above:" -msgstr "这是生成并用于逆转以上原发票的贷项凭单日记账分录：" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:3 -msgid "Deferred Revenues" -msgstr "递延收入" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:5 -msgid "" -"**Deferred revenues**, or **unearned revenue**, are payments made in advance" -" by customers for products yet to deliver or services yet to render." -msgstr "**递延收入**或**预收收入**是指客户为产品预付的款项，但尚未交付产品或提供服务。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Such payments are a **liability** for the company that receives them since " -"it still owes its customers these products or services. The company cannot " -"report them on the current **Profit and Loss statement**, or *Income " -"Statement*, since the payments will be effectively earned in the future." -msgstr "" -"这类付款对收到的公司而言属于**负债**，因为它仍欠客户这些产品或服务。公司不能将其列于当前**损益表**或*利润表*，因为未来才能实际确认该款项。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:12 -msgid "" -"These future revenues must be deferred on the company's balance sheet until " -"the moment in time they can be **recognized**, at once or over a defined " -"period, on the Profit and Loss statement." -msgstr "这些未来收入必须在公司资产负债表上进行递延，直到即刻或一定时期内可在损益表上**确认**。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:15 -msgid "" -"For example, let's say we sell a five-year extended warranty for $ 350. We " -"already receive the money now but haven't earned it yet. Therefore, we post " -"this new income in a deferred revenue account and decide to recognize it on " -"a yearly basis. Each year, for the next 5 years, $ 70 will be recognized as " -"revenue." -msgstr "" -"例如，假设我们按$ " -"350的价格售出了五年延保服务。我们现在已经收款，但尚未确认该收入。因此，我们将这笔新收入过账到递延收入科目并决定每年确认一次。在未来5年中，每年确认$" -" 70的收入。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Odoo Accounting handles deferred revenues by spreading them in multiple " -"entries that are automatically created in *draft mode* and then posted " -"periodically." -msgstr "Odoo会计应用程序处理递延收入的方法是将它们分散在多个分录中，它们以*草稿模式*自动创建，然后定期过账。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Such transactions must be posted on a **Deferred Revenue Account** rather " -"than on the default income account." -msgstr "这类交易应过账到**递延收入科目**，而不是默认收入科目。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:34 -msgid "Configure a Deferred Revenue Account" -msgstr "配置递延收入科目" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:44 -msgid "" -"This account's type must be either *Current Liabilities* or *Non-current " -"Liabilities*" -msgstr "科目类型必须为*流动负债*或*非流动负债*。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:47 -msgid "Post an income to the right account" -msgstr "将收入过账到正确的科目" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:50 -msgid "Select the account on a draft invoice" -msgstr "在发票草稿上选择科目" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:52 -msgid "" -"On a draft invoice, select the right account for all the products of which " -"the incomes must be deferred." -msgstr "在发票草稿上，针对需要递延收入的所有产品选择合适的科目。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:60 -msgid "Choose a different Income Account for specific products" -msgstr "为特定产品选择不同的收入科目" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:62 -msgid "" -"Start editing the product, go to the *Accounting* tab, select the right " -"**Income Account**, and save." -msgstr "开始编辑产品，前往*会计*选项卡，选择合适的**收入科目**，并保存。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:70 -msgid "" -"It is possible to automate the creation of revenue entries for these " -"products (see: `Automate the Deferred Revenues`_)." -msgstr "你可以自动创建这些产品的收入分录（参见`自动化递延收入`_）。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:76 -msgid "" -"To do so, open your Sales Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting -->" -" Accounting --> Sales`, select the journal item you want to modify, click on" -" the account, and select the right one." -msgstr "" -"为此，前往 :menuselection:`会计 --> 会计 --> 销售`打开你的销售日记账，选择你想要修改的日记账项目，点击科目并选择合适的一项。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:85 -msgid "Deferred Revenues entries" -msgstr "递延收入分录" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:90 -msgid "" -"A **Deferred Revenues entry** automatically generates all journal entries in" -" *draft mode*. They are then posted one by one at the right time until the " -"full amount of the income is recognized." -msgstr "**递延收入分录**以*草稿模式*自动生成所有日记账分录。然后在收入的全部金额被确认后逐一过账。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:93 -msgid "" -"To create a new entry, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " -"Deferred Revenues`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." -msgstr "如要创建新分录，前往 :menuselection:`会计 --> 会计 --> 递延收入`，点击*创建*并填写表单。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:96 -msgid "" -"Click on **select related purchases** to link an existing journal item to " -"this new entry. Some fields are then automatically filled out, and the " -"journal item is now listed under the **Related Sales** tab." -msgstr "点击**选择相关采购**，将现有日记账项目关联到这条新分录。某些字段会自动填充，该日记账项目目前列在*相关销售*选项卡下。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:104 -msgid "" -"Once done, you can click on *Compute Revenue* (next to the *Confirm* button)" -" to generate all the values of the **Revenue Board**. This board shows you " -"all the entries that Odoo will post to recognize your revenue, and at which " -"date." -msgstr "完成后，点击*计算收入*（在*确认*按钮旁边），生成**收入面板**的所有值。该面板显示Odoo将执行收入确认过账的所有分录和日期。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:115 -msgid "" -"The **Prorata Temporis** feature is useful to recognize your revenue the " -"most accurately possible." -msgstr "**即时按比例分配**功能有助于尽可能准确地确认你的收入。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:117 -msgid "" -"With this feature, the first entry on the Revenue Board is computed based on" -" the time left between the *Prorata Date* and the *First Recognition Date* " -"rather than the default amount of time between recognitions." -msgstr "使用此功能，收入面板的第一个分录是根据*按比例日期*和*首次确认日期*之间剩余的时间，而不是确认之间的默认时间来计算的。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:121 -msgid "" -"For example, the Revenue Board above has its first revenue with an amount of" -" $ 4.22 rather than $ 70.00. Consequently, the last entry is also lower and " -"has an amount of $ 65.78." -msgstr "例如，以上收入面板的首次收入金额为$ 4.22，而不是$ 70.00。因此，最后分录金额也相应减少，为$ 65.78。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:125 -msgid "Deferred Entry from the Sales Journal" -msgstr "销售日记账的递延分录" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:127 -msgid "" -"You can create a deferred entry from a specific journal item in your **Sales" -" Journal**." -msgstr "你可在**销售日记账**中从特定的日记账项目创建递延分录。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:129 -msgid "" -"To do so, open your Sales Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting -->" -" Accounting --> Sales`, and select the journal item you want to defer. Make " -"sure that it is posted in the right account (see: `Change the account of a " -"posted journal item`_)." -msgstr "" -"为此，前往 :menuselection:`会计 --> 会计 --> " -"销售`打开你的销售日记账，选择你想要递延的日记账项目。确保将其过账到正确的科目（参见: `更改已过账日记账项目的科目`_）。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:142 -msgid "Deferred Revenue Models" -msgstr "递延收入模型" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:144 -msgid "" -"You can create **Deferred Revenue Models** to create your Deferred Revenue " -"entries faster." -msgstr "你可创建**递延收入模型**，以便更快地创建递延收入分录。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:146 -msgid "" -"To create a model, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " -"Deferred Revenue Models`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form the same " -"way you would do to create a new entry." -msgstr "" -"如要创建模型，前往 :menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 递延收入模型`，点击*创建*并按与创建新分录相同的方法填写表单。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:150 -msgid "" -"You can also convert a *confirmed Deferred Revenue entry* into a model by " -"opening it from :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Deferred " -"Revenues` and then, by clicking on the button *Save Model*." -msgstr "" -"你也可从 :menuselection:`会计 --> 会计 --> 递延收入`打开*已确认递延收入分录*，将它转化为模型，然后点击按钮*保存模型*。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:155 -msgid "Apply a Deferred Revenue Model to a new entry" -msgstr "将递延收入模型应用到新分录" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:157 -msgid "" -"When you create a new Deferred Revenue entry, fill out the **Deferred " -"Revenue Account** with the right recognition account." -msgstr "在创建新递延收入分录时，在**递延收入科目**中填写正确的确认科目。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:170 -msgid "Automate the Deferred Revenues" -msgstr "自动化递延收入" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:172 -msgid "" -"When you create or edit an account of which the type is either *Current " -"Liabilities* or *Non-current Liabilities*, you can configure it to defer the" -" revenues that are credited on it automatically." -msgstr "当你创建或编辑类型为*流动负债*或*非流动负债*的科目时，你可将其配置为为自动贷记该科目的收入进行递延。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:175 -msgid "You have three choices for the **Automate Deferred Revenue** field:" -msgstr "**自动化递延收入**字段可有三种选择：" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:178 -msgid "" -"**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " -"draft *Deferred Revenues entry* is created, but not validated. You must " -"first fill out the form in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " -"Deferred Revenues`." -msgstr "" -"**创建为草稿：**交易在科目中过账时，系统将创建*递延收入分录*草稿，但未确认。你必须首先在 :menuselection:`会计 --> 会计 " -"--> 递延收入`填写对应的表单。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:181 -msgid "" -"**Create and validate:** you must also select a Deferred Revenue Model (see:" -" `Deferred Revenue Models`_). Whenever a transaction is posted on the " -"account, a *Deferred Revenues entry* is created and immediately validated." -msgstr "" -"**创建并确认：**你还必须选择一种递延收入模型（参见: `递延收入模型`_）。交易在科目中过账时，系统自动创建并立即确认*递延收入分录*。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:190 -msgid "" -"You can, for example, select this account as the default **Income Account** " -"of a product to fully automate its sale. (see: `Choose a different Income " -"Account for specific products`_)." -msgstr "例如，你可将此科目选择为某产品默认的**收入科目**，以完全自动化其销售流程。（参见: `为特定产品选择不同的收入科目`_）。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:195 -msgid "" -"`Odoo Academy: Deferred Revenues (Recognition) " -"<https://www.odoo.com/r/EWO>`_" -msgstr "`Odoo学院：递延收入（确认） <https://www.odoo.com/r/EWO>`_" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:3 -msgid "Add EPC QR Codes to invoices" -msgstr "向发票添加EPC二维码" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:4 -msgid "" -"European Payments Council Quick Response Code, or **EPC QR Code**, are two-" -"dimensional barcodes that customers can scan with their **mobile banking " -"applications** to initiate a **SEPA Credit Transfer (SCT)**, and pay their " -"invoices instantly." -msgstr "" -"欧洲支付委员会快速响应代码，又称为**EPC二维码**，是一种二维条码，客户可用**手机银行应用程序**扫描该二维码并启动**SEPA贷记转账(SCT)**，并立即支付发票。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:10 -msgid "" -"In addition to bringing ease of use and speed, it greatly reduces typing " -"errors that would potentially make for payment issues." -msgstr "除了使用方便和速度快之外，它还大大减少了输入错误可能导致的付款问题。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:15 -msgid "" -"This feature is only available in several European countries such as " -"Austria, Belgium, Finland, Germany, and The Netherlands." -msgstr "这项功能仅在奥地利、比利时、芬兰、德国和荷兰等欧洲国家可用。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and " -"activate the **SEPA QR Code** feature." -msgstr "前往 :menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 设置`并启用**SEPA二维码**功能。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:28 -msgid "Configure your Bank Account’s journal" -msgstr "配置你的银行账户日记账" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Make sure that your *Bank Account* is correctly configured on Odoo with your" -" IBAN and BIC." -msgstr "确保在Odoo中正确配置你的*银行账户*，检查IBAN和BIC是否正确。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:32 -msgid "" -"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, " -"open your *bank journal*, then fill out the *Bank Account* and *Bank* under " -"the *Bank Account* tab." -msgstr "" -"为此，前往 :menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> " -"日记账`，打开*银行日记账*，然后在*银行账户*选项卡下填写*银行账户*和*银行*。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:40 -msgid "Issue Invoices with EPC QR Codes" -msgstr "开具带EPC二维码的发票" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:41 -msgid "" -"EPC QR Codes are added automatically to your invoices, as long as you issue " -"them to customers that are located in a country where this feature is " -"available." -msgstr "只要你向位于此功能可用的国家的客户签发此类发票，EPC二维码将自动添加到你的发票中。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Invoices`, and create a " -"new invoice." -msgstr "前往 :menuselection:`会计 --> 客户 --> 发票`，并创建新发票。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Before posting it, open the *Other Info* tab. Odoo automatically fills out " -"the *Bank Account* field with your IBAN." -msgstr "在过账之前，打开*其他信息*选项卡。Odoo将自动填写*银行账户*字段和IBAN。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:51 -msgid "" -"Make sure that the account indicated is the one you want to use to receive " -"your customer’s payment as Odoo uses this field to generate the EPC QR Code." -msgstr "确保填写的账户是你想要用来接收客户付款的账户，因为Odoo将用此字段生成EPC二维码。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:59 -msgid "" -"If you want to issue an invoice without an EPC QR Code, remove the IBAN " -"indicated in the *Bank Account* field, under the *Other Info* tab of the " -"invoice." -msgstr "如你想要开具不含EPC二维码的发票，只需在发票的*其他信息*选项卡的*银行账户*字段中删除IBAN。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:65 -msgid "" -"`Odoo Academy: QR Code on Invoices for European Customers " -"<https://www.odoo.com/r/VuU>`_" -msgstr "`Odoo学院：在欧洲客户的发票上添加二维码 <https://www.odoo.com/r/VuU>`_" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview of the invoicing process" -msgstr "开票流程概述" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Depending on your business and the application you use, there are different " -"ways to automate the customer invoice creation in Odoo. Usually, draft " -"invoices are created by the system (with information coming from other " -"documents like sales order or contracts) and accountant just have to " -"validate draft invoices and send the invoices in batch (by regular mail or " -"email)." -msgstr "" -"基于你的业务场景以及你所使用的模块, 在Odoo中有几种不同的方式去自动触发客户发票。通常, " -"系统创建草稿发票(发票信息从其他单据例如销售订单或者合同)并且会计只需要确认草稿发票并且批量的发送即可(快递或者电子邮件)" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Depending on your business, you may opt for one of the following way to " -"create draft invoices:" -msgstr "基于你的业务场景, 可以选择以下方式的其中之一创建草稿发票 :" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:19 -msgid "Sales Order ‣ Invoice" -msgstr "销售订单‣发票" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:21 -msgid "" -"In most companies, salespeople create quotations that become sales order " -"once they are validated. Then, draft invoices are created based on the sales" -" order. You have different options like:" -msgstr "在大多数公司里面, 销售人员创建报价单, 并且确认后转换为销售就订单。然后基于销售订单创建草稿发票。可以选择如下集中方式 :" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Invoice manually: use a button on the sale order to trigger the draft " -"invoice" -msgstr "手工发票 :利用出售才能触发发票草案上的一个按钮" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Invoice before delivery: invoice the full order before triggering the " -"delivery order" -msgstr "发票交付之前 :触发交付订单之前发票的完整的订单" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:31 -msgid "Invoice based on delivery order: see next section" -msgstr "根据送货单发票 :参见下一节" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Invoice before delivery is usually used by the eCommerce application when " -"the customer pays at the order and we deliver afterwards. (pre-paid)" -msgstr "发货之前开票通常用于电商应用中, 通常都是客户先付钱之后我们发货给他们(预付)。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:37 -msgid "" -"For most other use cases, it's recommended to invoice manually. It allows " -"the salesperson to trigger the invoice on demand with options: invoice the " -"whole order, invoice a percentage (advance), invoice some lines, invoice a " -"fixed advance." -msgstr "" -"对于大多数其他用途的情况下, 建议手动发票。它可以让销售人员引发与期权需求的发票 :发票整个订单, 发票百分比（前进）, 发票的某些行, " -"发票固定的前进。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:42 -msgid "This process is good for both services and physical products." -msgstr "该过程适用与服务类型的产品和实物类产品" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:45 -msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/proforma`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/proforma`" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:48 -msgid "Sales Order ‣ Delivery Order ‣ Invoice" -msgstr "销售订单(Sales Order) ‣提货单(Delivery Order) ‣发票(Invoice)" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Retailers and eCommerce usually invoice based on delivery orders, instead of" -" sales order. This approach is suitable for businesses where the quantities " -"you deliver may differs from the ordered quantities: foods (invoice based on" -" actual Kg)." -msgstr "" -"零售商和电子商务通常是基于发票, 而不是销售订单交货订单。这种方法适用于企业, 你从订购数量交付量可能会有所不同 :食品（根据实际公斤发票）。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:55 -msgid "" -"This way, if you deliver a partial order, you only invoice for what you " -"really delivered. If you do back orders (deliver partially and the rest " -"later), the customer will receive two invoices, one for each delivery order." -msgstr "" -"该方法下, 如果你部分发货, 只需要为实际发出的数量开票。如果需要未完成订单的话(部分发货和稍晚剩余发出), 客户会收到基于两次发货生成的两个发票。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:61 -msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy`" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:64 -msgid "eCommerce Order ‣ Invoice" -msgstr "电子商务订单‣发票" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:66 -msgid "" -"An eCommerce order will also trigger the creation of the order when it is " -"fully paid. If you allow paying orders by check or wire transfer, Odoo only " -"creates an order and the invoice will be triggered once the payment is " -"received." -msgstr "在全部付款完成后, 电商订单也会触发订单的创建, 如果允许通过支票和电汇付款, Odoo只会创建一张订单并且一旦付款完成发票会触发。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:72 -msgid "Contracts" -msgstr "合同" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:75 -msgid "Regular Contracts ‣ Invoices" -msgstr "定期合同‣发票" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:77 -msgid "" -"If you use contracts, you can trigger invoice based on time and material " -"spent, expenses or fixed lines of services/products. Every month, the " -"salesperson will trigger invoice based on activities on the contract." -msgstr "如果您使用的合同, 您可以根据时间和材料的花费, 费用或服务/产品固定线路引发的发票。每个月, 营业员将根据有关合同规定的活动引发的发票。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:81 -msgid "Activities can be:" -msgstr "活动可以是 :" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:83 -msgid "" -"fixed products/services, coming from a sale order linked to this contract" -msgstr "固定的产品/服务, 从销售订单来了链接到该合同" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:84 -msgid "materials purchased (that you will re-invoice)" -msgstr "已采购材料（将重开发票）" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:85 -msgid "time and material based on timesheets or purchases (subcontracting)" -msgstr "基于时间表或购买（分包）时间和材料" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:86 -msgid "" -"expenses like travel and accommodation that you re-invoice to the customer" -msgstr "喜欢旅行和住宿费用, 你重新发票给客户" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:88 -msgid "" -"You can invoice at the end of the contract or trigger intermediate invoices." -" This approach is used by services companies that invoice mostly based on " -"time and material. For services companies that invoice on fix price, they " -"use a regular sales order." -msgstr "" -"您可以在合同结束发票或触发中间发票。这种方法使用该发票大多是基于时间和材料服务公司。对于发票上的固定价格服务公司, 他们使用常规的销售订单。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:94 -msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/time_materials`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/time_materials`" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:95 -msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/expense`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/expense`" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:96 -msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/milestone`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/milestone`" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:99 -msgid "Recurring Contracts ‣ Invoices" -msgstr "经常性合同‣发票" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:101 -msgid "" -"For subscriptions, an invoice is triggered periodically, automatically. The " -"frequency of the invoicing and the services/products invoiced are defined on" -" the contract." -msgstr "对于订阅, 发票会定期地, 自动地生成。生成发票频率以及服务／产品已经在合同上定义好了。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:106 -msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions`" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:112 -msgid "Creating an invoice manually" -msgstr "手工创建发票" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:114 -msgid "" -"Users can also create invoices manually without using contracts or a sales " -"order. It's a recommended approach if you do not need to manage the sales " -"process (quotations), or the delivery of the products or services." -msgstr "用户也可以不通过合同或者销售订单手工的创建发票。如果没有使用销售模块(报价)以及仓库模块, 建议使用手工创建发票。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:119 -msgid "" -"Even if you generate the invoice from a sales order, you may need to create " -"invoices manually in exceptional use cases:" -msgstr "及时可以从销售订单中创建发票, 在一些特殊场景中还是需要手工创建发票 :" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:122 -msgid "if you need to create a refund" -msgstr "如果需要创建退款" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:124 -msgid "If you need to give a discount" -msgstr "如果需要折扣" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:126 -msgid "if you need to change an invoice created from a sales order" -msgstr "如果需要变更为从销售订单开票" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:128 -msgid "if you need to invoice something not related to your core business" -msgstr "如果需要对不是主营业务的交易开票" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:131 -msgid "Specific modules" -msgstr "具体模块" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:133 -msgid "Some specific modules are also able to generate draft invoices:" -msgstr "一些特定的模块还能够生成发票草案 :" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:135 -msgid "**membership**: invoice your members every year" -msgstr "**会员资格**：每年给你的会员开发票" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:137 -msgid "**repairs**: invoice your after-sale services" -msgstr "**修理**: 为售后服务开票" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:3 -msgid "Payment Terms and Installment Plans" -msgstr "付款条件和分期付款计划 " - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:5 -msgid "" -"**Payment Terms** regroup all the conditions under which a sale is completed" -" and paid. They can be applied to sales orders, customer invoices, and " -"supplier bills, mostly to ensure that they will be correctly paid, and on " -"time. These conditions cover:" -msgstr "" -"**付款条件**重新组合销售完成和支付的所有条件。它们可以应用到销售订单、客户发票和供应商账单，主要是为了确保正确、及时付款。这些条件包括：" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:9 -msgid "The due date" -msgstr "截止日期" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:10 -msgid "Some discounts" -msgstr "某些折扣" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:11 -msgid "Any other condition on the payment" -msgstr "关于付款的所有其他条件" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Defining Payment Terms automates the computation of payments due dates, both" -" for invoices and bills. This is particularly helpful in managing " -"installment plans." -msgstr "定义付款条件可以自动计算发票和账单的付款到期日。这对管理分期付款计划特别有用。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:16 -msgid "" -"An **installment plan** allows the customers to pay an invoice in parts, " -"with the amounts and payment dates defined beforehand by the seller." -msgstr "**分期付款计划**允许客户支付发票的部分金额，由卖方事先确定付款金额和日期。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:19 -msgid "**Examples of Payment Terms:**" -msgstr "**付款条件举例：**" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 -msgid "**Immediate Payment**" -msgstr "**立即付款**" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 -msgid "The full payment is due on the day of the invoice's issuance." -msgstr "需在开具发票当日支付全款。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 -msgid "**15 Days** (or **Net 15**)" -msgstr "**15天**（或**Net 15**）" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 -msgid "The full payment is due 15 days after the invoice date." -msgstr "开具发票日期后15天支付全款。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 -msgid "**21 MFI**" -msgstr "**21 MFI**" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 -msgid "" -"The full payment is due by the 21st of the month following the invoice date." -msgstr "在开具发票日期当月的21日支付全款。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 -msgid "**2% 10, Net 30 EOM**" -msgstr "**2% 10, Net 30 EOM**" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 -msgid "" -"2% :doc:`cash discount <cash_discounts>` if the payment is received within " -"ten days. Otherwise, the full payment is due at the end of the month " -"following the invoice date." -msgstr "2% :doc:`现金折扣<cash_discounts>`，如在10天内收到付款。否则，在开具发票日期当月月底前支付全款。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Payment terms are not to be confused with payment in several parts. If, for " -"a specific order, you invoice the customer in two parts, that is nor a " -"payment term nor an installment plan, but an invoicing policy." -msgstr "付款条件应与分多次付款区分开来。如果对于特定订单，你分两部分向客户开具发票，这不是付款条件或分期付款计划，而是开具发票的政策。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Terms` and " -"click on *Create*." -msgstr "前往 :menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 付款条件`并点击*创建*。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:41 -msgid "" -"The **Description on the Invoice** is the displayed text on a sale order, " -"invoice, or bill." -msgstr "**发票描述**是在销售订单、发票或账单上显示的文字。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:43 -msgid "" -"In the **Terms** section, you can add a set of rules, that we call *terms*, " -"to define what needs to be paid, and by which due date." -msgstr "在**条件**部分，你可添加一组规定，我们将其统称为*条件*，以定义支付的金额和截止日期。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:46 -msgid "" -"To add a term, click on *Add a line*, and define its *Type*, *Value*, and " -"*Due Date Computation*." -msgstr "如要添加条件，点击*添加行*，并定义*类型*、*值*和*截止日期计算*。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:49 -msgid "Terms are computed in the order they are set up." -msgstr "条件将按设置的顺序进行计算。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:50 -msgid "The **balance** should always be used for the last line." -msgstr "**余额**应始终用于最后一行。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:52 -msgid "" -"In the following example, 30% of the invoice is due on the day of issuance " -"of the invoice, and the balance is due at the end of the following month." -msgstr "在下面的例子中，在开具发票当日应支付30%，余额应在下月底之前支付。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:60 -msgid "Using Payment Terms" -msgstr "使用付款条款" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:62 -msgid "Payment Terms can be defined with the **Payment Terms** field on:" -msgstr "付款条件可在以下各项的**付款条件**字段中定义：" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 -msgid "**Contacts**" -msgstr "**联系人**" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 -msgid "" -"To set specific payment terms automatically on new sales orders, invoices, " -"and bills of a contact. This can be modified in the contact’s *Form View*, " -"under the *Sales & Purchase* tab." -msgstr "在联系人的新销售订单、发票、账单上自动设置特定付款条件。它可在*销售和采购*选项卡下联系人*表单视图*中修改。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 -msgid "**Quotations**" -msgstr "**报价**" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 -msgid "" -"To set specific payment terms automatically on all invoices generated from a" -" quotation." -msgstr "对于从报价生成的所有发票自动设置特定付款条件。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 -msgid "**Customer Invoices**" -msgstr "**客户发票**" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 -msgid "To set specific payment terms on an invoice." -msgstr "对发票设置特定付款条件。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 -msgid "**Vendor Bills**" -msgstr "**供应商账单**" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 -msgid "" -"To set specific payment terms on a bill. This is mostly useful when you need" -" to manage vendor terms with several installments. Otherwise, setting the " -"*Due Date* is enough." -msgstr "对账单设置特定付款条件。这项功能对于管理多次分期付款的供应商条件非常有用。否则，只需设置*截止日期*。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Invoices with specific Payment Terms generate different *Journal Entries*, " -"with one *Journal Item* for each different *Due Date* computed." -msgstr "包含特定付款条件的发票生成不同的*日记账分录*，针对不同的*截止日期*计算每个*日记账项目*。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:80 -msgid "" -"This makes for easier *Follow-ups* and *Reconciliation* since Odoo takes " -"each due date into account, rather than just the balance due date." -msgstr "这使得*催款*和*对账*更加简便，因为Odoo考虑了每一个截止日期，而不仅仅是余额的截止日期。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:83 -msgid "" -"In the following example, an invoice of $1000 has been issued with the " -"following payment terms: 30% of the invoice is due on the day of issuance of" -" the invoice, and the balance is due at the end of the following month." -msgstr "在下面的例子中，开出一张$1000的发票，付款条件如下：在开具发票当日应支付30%，余额应在下月底之前支付。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:92 -msgid "" -"The $1000 debited on the Account Receivable is split into two distinct " -"*Journal Items*. Both of them have their own **Due Date**." -msgstr "应收账款科目上的$1000被分成两个不同的*日记账项目*。它们都有自己的**截至日期**。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:96 -msgid "Due date" -msgstr "到期日期" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:98 -msgid "February 21" -msgstr "2月21日" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:98 -msgid "300" -msgstr "300" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:100 -msgid "March 31" -msgstr "3月31日" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:100 -msgid "700" -msgstr "700" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:102 -msgid "Product Sales" -msgstr "产品销售" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:105 -msgid "" -"This allows for easier reconciliation and to accurately follow up late " -"payments." -msgstr "它有助于轻松对账并准确跟进逾期付款。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:108 -msgid ":doc:`cash_discounts`" -msgstr ":doc:`cash_discounts` " - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:109 -msgid "" -"`Odoo Learn: Terms and Conditions (T&C) and Payment Terms " -"<https://www.odoo.com/r/fpv>`_" -msgstr "`Odoo学习：条款及条件(T&C)和付款条件 <https://www.odoo.com/r/fpv>`_" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:3 -msgid "Send your Invoices by Post (Snailmail)" -msgstr "邮寄发票(Snailmail)" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Direct mail is a great way to capture individuals’ attention at a time where" -" inboxes are always full. Odoo allows you to send invoices and follow-up " -"reports by post, worldwide, directly from your database." -msgstr "在电子邮件收件箱总是被挤得满满当当的时候，直接邮寄是吸引个人关注的好方法。Odoo可直接从数据库向全球各地邮政寄送发票和催款报告。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:10 -msgid "Set up Snailmail" -msgstr "设置Snailmail" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Snailmail` and activate " -"the feature." -msgstr "前往 :menuselection:`会计 --> 设置 --> Snailmail`并启用此功能。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:14 -msgid "" -"If you would like this option to be a default feature, enable *Send by Post*" -" under *Default Sending Options*." -msgstr "如你想将本选项设为默认功能，在*默认发送选项*下面启用*邮寄*。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:21 -msgid "Send your invoices by post" -msgstr "邮寄发票" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Open your Invoice, click on the *Send & Print* button and select *Send by " -"Post*." -msgstr "打开发票，点击*发送和打印*按钮并选择*邮寄*。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Make sure to have your customer’s address set correctly, and that it " -"includes a country, before sending the letter." -msgstr "正确设置客户地址，写明所在国家，然后发送信函。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:37 -msgid "" -"*Snailmail* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service which requires prepaid " -"stamps (=credits) to work. Sending one document consumes one stamp." -msgstr "*Snailmail*是一项*应用内购买(IAP)*服务，需要预付费邮戳（=信用）才能运行。发送一份文件消耗一个邮戳。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:40 -msgid "" -"To buy stamps, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " -"Settings --> Snailmail` and click on *Buy credits*, or go to " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Odoo IAP` and click on *View my Services*." -msgstr "" -"如要购买邮戳，前往 :menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 设置 --> Snailmail`并点击*购买信用*，或前往 " -":menuselection:`设置 --> Odoo IAP`并点击*查看我的服务*。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments.rst:3 -msgid "Customer Payments" -msgstr "客户付款" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:3 -msgid "Batch Payments: Batch Deposits (checks, cash etc.)" -msgstr "批量支付:批量存款(支票、现金等)" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A **Batch Deposit** groups multiple payments in a single batch. This allows " -"you to deposit several payments into your bank account with a single " -"transaction. This is particularly useful to deposit cash and checks." -msgstr "一个 **批量存款** 在一个批次中对多个付款进行分组。这允许你在一次交易中将几笔付款存入你的银行账户。这对存入现金和支票特别有用。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:9 -msgid "" -"This feature allows you to list several customer payments and print a " -"**deposit slip**. This ticket contains the details of the transactions and a" -" reference to the batch deposit. You can then select this reference during a" -" bank reconciliation to match the single bank statement line with all the " -"transactions listed in the batch deposit." -msgstr "" -"该功能允许您列出几个客户付款并打印一张**存款凭条**。此票据包含交易的详细信息和批量存款的引用。然后，您可以在银行余额调节期间选择此引用，以便将单个银行对账单行与批量存款中列出的所有交易相匹配。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:17 -msgid "" -"To activate the feature, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " -"--> Settings --> Customer Payments`, activate **Batch Payments**, and click " -"on *Save*." -msgstr "" -"要激活该功能，请进入 :menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 设定--> 客户付款`，激活 **批量付款** ，然后点击 *保存* " -"。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:21 -msgid "Payment Method Types" -msgstr "付款方式类型" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:23 -msgid "" -"To record new payments as part of a Batch Deposit, you have to configure " -"first the Journal on which you record them." -msgstr "要将新付款记录为批量存款的一部分，您必须首先配置要记录新付款的日记帐。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:26 -msgid "" -"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, " -"open the Journal you want to edit, click on *Edit*, and open the *Advanced " -"Settings* tab. In the *Payment Method Types* section, enable **Batch " -"Deposit**, and click on *Save*." -msgstr "" -"为此，请转到 :menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 日记帐`，打开要编辑的日志，单击 *编辑* ，然后打开 *高级设置* 标签。 " -"在 *付款方式类型* 部分中，启用 *批量存款* ，然后单击*保存* 。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Your main bank accounts are automatically configured to process batch " -"payments when you activate the feature." -msgstr "激活该功能后，您的主要银行帐户将自动配置为处理批量付款。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:39 -msgid "Deposit multiple payments in batch" -msgstr "批量存入多笔款项" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:42 -msgid "Record payments to deposit in batch" -msgstr "记录要分批付款的付款" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:44 -msgid "" -":doc:`Register the payments <recording>` on the bank account on which you " -"plan to deposit them by opening the *Customer Invoice* for which you " -"received a payment, and clicking on *Register Payment*. There, select the " -"appropriate Journal linked to your bank account and select *Batch Deposit* " -"as Payment Method." -msgstr "" -":doc:`注册付款 <recording>` 在您打算将其存入银行帐户的银行帐户上，打开已收到付款的 *客户发票* ，然后单击 *注册付款* 。 " -"在此处，选择链接到您的银行帐户的适当日记帐，然后选择 *批量存款* 作为付款方式。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:53 -msgid "Do this step for all checks or payments you want to process in batch." -msgstr "对要批量处理的所有支票或付款执行此步骤。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:56 -msgid "Make sure to write the payment reference in the **Memo** field." -msgstr "确保在 *备注* 字段中填写付款参考。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:59 -msgid "Add payments to a Batch Deposit" -msgstr "将付款添加到批量存款" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:61 -msgid "" -"To add the payments to a Batch Deposit, go to :menuselection:`Accounting -->" -" Customers --> Batch Payments`, and click on *Create*. Next, select the Bank" -" and Payment Method, then click on *Add a line*." -msgstr "" -"要将付款添加到批量存款中，请转到 :menuselection:` 会计 --> 客户 --> 批量付款` 然后单击 *创建* 。 " -"接下来，选择银行和付款方式，然后单击 *添加行* 。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Select all payments to include in the current Batch Deposit and click on " -"*Select*. You can also record a new payment and add it to the list by " -"clicking on *Create*." -msgstr "选择要包括在当前批量存款中的所有付款，然后单击*选择*。 您还可以记录新的付款并将其添加到列表中，方法是单击*创建*。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Once done, click on *Validate* to finalize your Batch Deposit. You can then " -"click on *Print* to download a PDF file to include with the deposit slip " -"that the bank usually requires to fill out." -msgstr "完成后，单击 *确认* 以完成您的批量存款。 然后，您可以单击 *打印* 以下载PDF文件，以包括银行通常要求填写的存款单。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:82 -msgid "" -"Once the bank statements are on your database, you can reconcile the bank " -"statement line with the *Batch Payment* reference. To do so, start your " -"**Bank Reconciliation** by going to your Accounting dashboard and clicking " -"on *Reconcile Items* on the related bank account. At the bank statement " -"line, click on *Choose counterpart or Create Write-off* to display more " -"options, open the *Batch Payments* tab, and select your Batch Payment. All " -"related payments are automatically added." -msgstr "" -"一旦银行对账单进入数据库，您就可以将银行对账单行与 *批量付款* 引用进行协调。 为此，请转到会计”仪表板，然后单击相关银行帐户上的 *对帐项目* " -"，以启动 **银行对帐** 。 在银行对帐单行中，单击 *选择对口方或创建冲销* 以显示更多选项，打开 *批量付款* 选项卡，然后选择您的批量付款。 " -"所有相关的付款都会自动添加。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:89 -msgid "" -"The *Batch Payments* tab won't appear if a Partner is selected for this bank" -" statement line." -msgstr "如果为此银行对帐单行选择了合作伙伴，则不会显示 *批量付款* 标签。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:8 msgid "" -"If a check, or a payment, couldn't be processed by the bank and is missing, " -"remove the related payment before validating the bank reconciliation." -msgstr "如果银行无法处理支票或丢失了支票或付款，请在验证银行对帐前删除相关付款。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:99 -msgid ":doc:`recording`" -msgstr ":doc:`recording` " - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:100 -msgid ":doc:`batch_sdd`" -msgstr ":doc:`batch_sdd`" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:3 -msgid "Batch Payments: SEPA Direct Debit (SDD)" -msgstr "批量付款：SEPA直接借记(SDD)" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:5 -msgid "" -"SEPA, the Single Euro Payments Area, is a payment-integration initiative of " -"the European Union for simplification of bank transfers denominated in EURO." -" With **SEPA Direct Debit**, your customers can sign a **mandate** that " -"authorizes you to collect future payments from their bank accounts. This is " -"particularly useful for recurring payments based on a subscription." -msgstr "" -"SEPA（单一欧元支付区）是欧盟的一种支付整合计划，旨在简化以欧元计价的银行转账。 通过 **SEPA直接付款** ，您的客户可以签署一项 *授权书* " -"，授权您从他们的银行帐户中收取以后的款项。 这对于基于订阅的定期付款特别有用。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:10 -msgid "" -"You can record customer mandates in Odoo, and generate XML files containing " -"pending payments made with an SDD mandate." -msgstr "您可以在Odoo中记录客户委托，并生成XML文件，其中包含使用SDD委托进行的待付款项。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:0 -msgid "" -"SDD is supported by all SEPA countries, which includes the 27 member states " -"of the European Union as well as additional countries." -msgstr "SDD得到所有SEPA国家的支持，其中包括欧盟的27个成员国以及其他国家。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:0 -msgid "" -"`List of all SEPA countries <https://www.europeanpaymentscouncil.eu" -"/document-library/other/epc-list-sepa-scheme-countries>`_." +"The first step to track expenses is to configure the expense types (managed " +"as products in Odoo) that your company allows, from the *Configuration* " +"menu. When a specific expense is reimbursed at a fixed price, set a cost on " +"the product. Otherwise keep the cost at 0.0 and employees will report the " +"real cost per expense." msgstr "" -"`全部SEPA国家列表 <https://www.europeanpaymentscouncil.eu/document-library/other" -"/epc-list-sepa-scheme-countries>`_。" +"追踪费用的第一步是从 *配置* " +"菜单中配置公司允许的费用类型（在Odoo中作为产品管理）。当特定费用以固定价格报销时，在产品上设置成本。否则，将成本保存为0.0，员工将报告每项费用的实际成本。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`, activate " -"**SEPA Direct Debit (SDD)** and click on *Save*. Enter your company's " -"**Creditor Identifier**. This number is provided by your bank institution, " -"or the authority responsible for delivering them." -msgstr "" -"转到 :menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 设定`, 激活 **SEPA直接付款（SDD）**，然后单击 *保存* 。 " -"入您公司的 **凭证标识符** 。 该号码是由您的银行机构或负责提供此号码的机构提供的。" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:16 +msgid "Here are some examples to configure:" +msgstr "以下是一些配置示例：" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:31 -msgid "SEPA Direct Debit Mandates" -msgstr "SEPA直接借记授权" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:18 +msgid "Restaurant:" +msgstr "餐馆：" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:34 -msgid "Create a mandate" -msgstr "创建授权" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:36 -msgid "" -"The SEPA Direct Debit Mandate is the document that your customers sign to " -"authorize you to collect money directly from their bank accounts." -msgstr "SEPA直接借记授权是由客户签字，授权你直接从其银行账户收取资金的文件。" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:26 +msgid "Cost: 0.00 (the cost of the ticket will be recorded on every expense)" +msgstr "成本：0.00（工单费用将记录在每笔费用上）" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:39 -msgid "" -"To create a new mandate, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> " -"Direct Debit Mandates`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." -msgstr "要创建新的授权，请转到 :menuselection:`会计 --> 客户 --> 直接付款授权` ，点击 *创建* ，然后填写表格。" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:21 +msgid "Travel with Personal Car:" +msgstr "私车旅行：" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Export the PDF file by clicking on *Print*. It is then up to your customer " -"to sign this document. Once done, upload the signed file in the **Original " -"Document** field, and click on *Validate* to start running the mandate." -msgstr "" -"通过单击 *打印* 导出PDF文件。 然后由您的客户签署此文档。 完成后，将签名文件上传到 *原始文档* 字段中，然后单击 *验证* 以开始运行任务。" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:23 +msgid "Cost: 0.30 (the price per mile reimbursed by the company is fixed)" +msgstr "成本：0.30（公司为每英里报销固定价格）" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:51 -msgid "" -"Make sure that the **IBAN bank accounts details** are correctly recorded on " -"the debtor’s contact form, under the *Accounting* tab, and in your own " -":doc:`Bank Account <../../bank/setup/bank_accounts>` settings." -msgstr "" -"确保将 **IBAN银行帐户详细信息** 正确记录在债务人的联系表上的 *会计* 选项卡下以及您自己的 " -":doc:`银行帐户<../../bank/setup/bank_accounts>` 设置。" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:24 +msgid "Hotel:" +msgstr "酒店：" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:56 -msgid "SEPA Direct Debit as a Payment Method" -msgstr "SEPA直接付款作为付款方式" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:28 +msgid "Others:" +msgstr "其他：" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:58 -msgid "" -"SEPA Direct Debit can be used as a payment method both on your **eCommerce**" -" or on the **Customer Portal** by activating SDD as a **Payment Acquirer**. " -"With this method, your customers can create and sign their mandates " -"themselves." -msgstr "" -"通过将SDD激活为 **付款收单行** ，您可以在 **电子商务** 或 **客户门户** 上将SEPA直接付款用作付款方式。 " -"使用这种方法，您的客户可以自己创建并签署其任务授权。" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:30 +msgid "Cost: 0.0" +msgstr "成本：0.0" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:32 msgid "" -"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment " -"Acquirers`, click on *SEPA Direct Debit*, and set it up according to your " -"needs." +"Don't forget to set an expense tax on each expense type (and an account if " +"you use Odoo Accounting). It's usually a good practice to use a tax that is " +"configured with :ref:`Tax Included in Price <taxes/included-in-price>`. That" +" way, employees report expenses with prices including taxes, which is " +"usually the expected behaviour." msgstr "" -"为此，请转至 :menuselection:`会计 --> 设置 --> 付款收单行`，点击 *SEPA直接付款* ，然后根据需要进行设置。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Make sure to change the **State** field to *Enabled*, and to check **Online " -"Signature**, as this is necessary to let your customers sign their mandates." -msgstr "确保将 **状态** 字段更改为 *已启用* ，并选中 **在线签名** ，因为这是让您的客户签署其任务授权所必需的。" +"请勿忘记针对每个报销费用类别设置费用税（及科目，如你使用Odoo会计应用程序）。使用 *含税价格* 配置税收一般是很好的做法（参见： " +":ref:`价格含税 <taxes/included-in-price>` ）。这样，员工报告的费用已包含税收，这通常是期望的做法。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:40 msgid "" -"Customers using SDD as payment method get prompted to add their IBAN, email " -"address, and to sign their SEPA Direct Debit mandate." -msgstr "使用SDD作为付款方式的客户会被提示添加其IBAN，电子邮件地址，并签署其SEPA直接付款授权书。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:73 -msgid "Add link to future **Payment Acquirer** documentation." +"The *Sales* app allows you to specify unit of measures for your expense " +"types (units, miles, nights, etc.). Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and check *Some products may be sold/purchased " +"in different units of measure (advanced)*." msgstr "" +"*销售* 应用程序可为费用类型规定计量单位（单位、英里、天数，等等）。前往 :menuselection:`销售 --> 配置 --> 设置`并勾选 " +"*某些产品售出/购入的计量单位可能不同（高级）* 。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:76 -msgid "Close or revoke a mandate" -msgstr "关闭或撤销授权" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:78 -msgid "" -"Direct Debit mandates are closed automatically after their *End Date*. If " -"this field is left blank, the mandate keeps being *Active* until it is " -"*Closed* or *Revoked*." -msgstr "直接付款授权 *结束日期* 后自动关闭。 如果将此字段留为空白，则任务将一直处于 *启动* 状态，直到 *被关闭* 或 *已撤消* 为止。" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:47 +msgid "How to record expenses" +msgstr "如何记录报销费用" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:85 -msgid "" -"Clicking on **Close** updates the mandate’s end day to the current day. This" -" means that invoices issued after the present day will not be processed with" -" an SDD payment." -msgstr "点击 **关闭** ，将任务的结束日期更新为当天。 这意味着当天之后开具的发票将不会通过SDD付款进行处理。" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:50 +msgid "Manually" +msgstr "手动" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:52 msgid "" -"Clicking on **Revoke** disables the mandate immediately. No SDD payment can " -"be registered anymore, regardless of the invoice’s date. However, payments " -"that have already been registered are still included in the next SDD XML " -"file." -msgstr "单击 *撤消* 将立即禁用任务。 无论发票的日期如何，都无法再注册SDD付款。 但是，已经注册的付款仍包含在下一个SDD XML文件中。" +"As an employee (Employee in user access rights), you can record expenses " +"from :menuselection:`My Expenses --> Expenses to Submit`." +msgstr "作为员工（用户访问权限为员工），你可从 :menuselection:`我的费用 --> 需提交的费用`记录费用。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:58 msgid "" -"Once a mandate has been *closed* or *revoked*, it cannot be reactivated." -msgstr "*关闭* 或 *撤销* 授权后，便无法将其重新激活。" +"Select the related product and enter either the total amount you paid (with " +"Quantity = 1) or the unit price if Quantity is countable (e.g. number of " +"hotel nights)." +msgstr "选择相关产品，输入你支付的总金额（数量 = 1）或单位价格（如数量可计算，例如，酒店晚数）。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:96 -msgid "Get paid with SDD Batch Payments" -msgstr "通过SDD批量付款功能收款" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:61 +msgid "Enter the expense date." +msgstr "输入费用日期。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:62 msgid "" -"You can register SDD payments for invoices issued to customers who have an " -"active SDD mandate." -msgstr "您可以为发给具有有效SDD任务授权的客户的发票注册SDD付款。" +"Choose if you paid the bill on your own (and expect to be reimbursed) or if " +"the company paid directly (e.g. if you used a company's credit card)." +msgstr "选择你自己支付账单（并希望报销）或是公司直接支付（例如，如你使用公司信用卡）。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:64 msgid "" -"To do so, open the invoice, click on *Register Payment*, and choose *SEPA " -"Direct Debit* as payment method." -msgstr "为此，请打开发票，单击 *注册付款* ，然后选择 *SEPA直接付款* 作为付款方式。" +"Set the bill reference, add some notes if requested and attach a photo/scan " +"of the receipt from the discussion thread. That will help the manager and " +"the accountant validate it." +msgstr "设置账单参考编号，根据要求添加说明并从备忘录添加收据照片/扫描件。这将有助于经理和会计验证。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:107 -msgid "Generate SEPA Direct Debit XML files to submit payments" -msgstr "生成SEPA直接借记XML文件以提交付款" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:72 +msgid "In one click from emails" +msgstr "从邮件一键点击" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:73 msgid "" -"**XML files** with all SDD payment instructions can be uploaded to your " -"online banking interface to process all payments at once." -msgstr "带有所有SDD付款说明的 **XML文件** 可以上传到您的在线银行界面，以一次处理所有付款。" +"Let your employees record their expenses from a simple email. Make a " +"snapshot of the receipt and send it by email, or simply forward a bill!" +msgstr "员工通过电子邮件即可记录费用。添加收据截图并通过邮件发送，或简单转发账单即可！" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:76 msgid "" -"The files generated by Odoo follow the SEPA Direct Debit **PAIN.008.001.02**" -" specifications, as required by the SEPA customer-to-bank Implementation " -"Guidelines, which ensures compatibility with the banks." +"The only thing to do is setting up an email alias in " +":menuselection:`Expenses --> Configuration --> Settings` (e.g. *expenses* " +"@mycompany.odoo.com). For security purposes, only authenticated employee " +"emails (cfr. *Work Email* in employee detail form) are accepted." msgstr "" -"Odoo生成的文件遵循SEPA客户到银行实施指南所要求的SEPA直接付款 **PAIN.008.001.02**规范，以确保与银行的兼容性。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:117 -msgid "" -"To generate your XML file for the pending SDD payments, go to the related " -"*bank journal* on your *Accounting dashboard*, then click on *Direct Debit " -"Payments to Collect*." -msgstr "如要为挂起的SDD支付生成XML文件，请转到*会计仪表板*上的相关*银行日记账*，然后点击*收取直接借记付款*。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:124 -msgid "" -"Select all the payments you want to include in your SDD XML file, then click" -" on *Action* and select *Create Batch Payment*." -msgstr "选择要包含在SDD XML文件中的所有付款，然后单击 *操作* 并选择 *创建批量付款* 。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:131 -msgid "" -"Odoo then takes you to your *Batch Payment*’s form. Click on *Validate* and " -"download the SDD XML file." -msgstr "然后，Odoo带您进入*批量付款* 表格。 单击 *验证* 并下载 SDD XML文件。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:138 -msgid "" -"Finally, upload this file to your online banking interface to process the " -"payments." -msgstr "最后，将此文件上传到您的在线银行界面以处理付款。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:141 -msgid "" -"You can retrieve all the generated SDD XML files by going to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Customers --> Batch " -"Payments`." -msgstr "你可前往 :menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 客户 --> 批量付款`，检索所有已生成的SDD XML文件。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:145 -msgid ":doc:`batch`" -msgstr ":doc:`batch`" +"只需在 :menuselection:`费用 --> 配置 --> 设置`设置邮件别名（例如，*费用* " +"@mycompany.odoo.com）。为了安全起见，只接受经过认证的员工邮件（员工详情表中的 *工作邮件* ）。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:82 msgid "" -"`Odoo Academy: SEPA Direct Debit Mandates (SDD) " -"<https://www.odoo.com/r/Zxs>`_" -msgstr "`Odoo学院：SEPA直接借记授权(SDD) <https://www.odoo.com/r/Zxs>`_" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:148 -msgid "" -"`List of all SEPA countries <https://www.europeanpaymentscouncil.eu" -"/document-library/other/epc-list-sepa-scheme-countries>`_" +"The expense product is set automatically if the mail subject contains the " +"product's internal reference in first position. Type the expense amount in " +"the mail subject to set it on the expense too (e.g. Ref001 Food 100€)." msgstr "" -"`所有SEPA国家/地区的清单 <https://www.europeanpaymentscouncil.eu/document-" -"library/other/epc-list-sepa-scheme-countries>`_" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:3 -msgid "Register customer payments by checks" -msgstr "通过支票注册客户付款" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:5 -msgid "" -"There are two ways to handle payments received by checks. Odoo support both " -"approaches so that you can use the one that better fits your habits." -msgstr "有两种方法可处理收款。Odoo都支持，你可选择一个适合你的。" +"如果邮件主题在括号内写明产品的内部参考名称（例如，Ref001 食品 100€ " +"），系统自动设置报销产品。还可在邮件主题中键入费用金额，将其设置在报销中。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:9 -msgid "" -"**Undeposited Funds:** once you receive the check, you record a payment by " -"check on the invoice. (using a Check journal and posted on the Undeposited " -"Fund account) Then, once the check arrives in your bank account, move money " -"from Undeposited Funds to your bank account." -msgstr "" -" * * undeposited资金* *：一旦收到支票，可在发票上的登记收款。(使用支票账并过账到undeposited资金科目). " -"然后，银行收到钱后，把钱从undeposited资金科目转到银行科目。" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:87 +msgid "How to submit expenses to managers" +msgstr "如何向经理提交报销" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:89 msgid "" -"**One journal entry only:** once your receive the check, you record a " -"payment on your bank, paid by check, without going through the **Undeposited" -" Funds**. Once you process your bank statement, you do the matching with " -"your bank feed and the check payment, without creating a dedicated journal " -"entry." +"When you are ready to submit your expenses to your manager (e.g. at the end " +"of a business trip, or once a month), go to the menu :menuselection:`My " +"Expenses --> Expenses to Submit`. Select all expenses from the list view and" +" click on :menuselection:`Action --> Submit to Manager`. Save the newly " +"created expense report (i.e. set of expenses), and wait for your manager to " +"approve it." msgstr "" -"**一个凭证：**一旦收到支票，在银行上登记，用支票支付，无需通过** " -"undeposited资金**。一旦使用银行对账单，将银行收到的钱和支票相匹配，而不需创建一个专用的凭证。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:23 -msgid "" -"We recommend the first approach as it is more accurate (your bank account " -"balance is accurate, taking into accounts checks that have not been cashed " -"yet). Both approaches require the same effort." -msgstr "我们建议使用第一种方法, 更准确(你的银行帐户余额是准确的，应考虑到有些支票还没有兑现)。这两种方法工作量差不多。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Even if the first method is cleaner, Odoo support the second approach " -"because some accountants are used to it (quickbooks and peachtree users)." -msgstr "即使第一个方法更干净，Odoo仍支持第二种方法, 因为一些会计已习惯使用(指导书和其他用户)。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:32 -msgid "" -"You may have a look at the *Deposit Ticket feature* if you deposit several " -"checks to your bank accounts in batch." -msgstr "您可以看一看*存款票据功能*, 如果你将支票批量存入银行。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:36 -msgid "Option 1: Undeposited Funds" -msgstr "选项1 : 未缴存的资金" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:41 -msgid "Create a journal **Checks**" -msgstr "创建一个分类账 **支票** " - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:43 -msgid "Set **Undeposited Checks** as a defaut credit/debit account" -msgstr "设置** undeposited检查**的借/贷科目" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Set the bank account related to this journal as **Allow Reconciliation**" -msgstr "将该分类帐有关的银行科目设置 **允许调节对账** " - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:109 -msgid "From check payments to bank statements" -msgstr "从支票付款到银行对账单" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:50 -msgid "" -"The first way to handle checks is to create a check journal. Thus, checks " -"become a payment method in itself and you will record two transactions." -msgstr "第一种处理支票的方法是创建一个支票凭证。因此，支票本身成为一种付款方式，你将记录两个交易。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:111 -msgid "" -"Once you receive a customer check, go to the related invoice and click on " -"**Register Payment**. Fill in the information about the payment:" -msgstr "一旦你收到客户的支票，去相关的发票，然后点击**登记付款**。填写付款的信息：" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Payment method: Check Journal (that you configured with the debit and credit" -" default accounts as **Undeposited Funds**)" -msgstr "付款方式：检查账(如同** undeposited资金* *科目设置借贷方)" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:60 -msgid "Memo: write the Check number" -msgstr " **备忘**: 写上支票号码" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:65 -msgid "This operation will produce the following journal entry:" -msgstr "此操作将会产生如下会计分录：" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 -msgid "Statement Match" -msgstr "对账单匹配" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:85 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:135 -msgid "100.00" -msgstr "100.00" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 -msgid "Undeposited Funds" -msgstr "未缴存的资金" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:75 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:121 -msgid "The invoice is marked as paid as soon as you record the check." -msgstr "登记付款后, 发票会标记为已付。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Then, once you get the bank statements, you will match this statement with " -"the check that is in Undeposited Funds." -msgstr "然后，一旦拿到银行对账单，在undeposited资金科目内将对账单和支票核对。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 -msgid "X" -msgstr "X" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:89 -msgid "" -"If you use this approach to manage received checks, you get the list of " -"checks that have not been cashed in the **Undeposit Funds** account " -"(accessible, for example, from the general ledger)." -msgstr "如果你用这种方法来管理收到的支票，在** undeposit资金**科目内会看到未兑现支票清单(访问，例如，从总账)。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:94 -msgid "" -"Both methods will produce the same data in your accounting at the end of the" -" process. But, if you have checks that have not been cashed, this one is " -"cleaner because those checks have not been reported yet on your bank " -"account." -msgstr "这两种方法会产生相同的数据。但是，如果支票没有兑现，这个方法更清楚, 因为这些支票还未登入银行账户。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:100 -msgid "Option 2: One journal entry only" -msgstr "选项2: 仅一笔分类账分录" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:105 -msgid "" -"These is nothing to configure if you plan to manage your checks using this " -"method." -msgstr "如果使用这个方法管理支票，不需要配置。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:114 -msgid "**Payment method:** the bank that will be used for the deposit" -msgstr " **付款方式**: 用于存款的银行" +"如你已准备好向经理提交报销（例如，在出差结束后或每月一次），前往菜单 :menuselection:`我的费用 --> " +"需提交的费用`。从列表视图中选择所有费用并点击 :menuselection:`操作 --> " +"向经理提交`。保存新创建的费用报告（即费用组），并等待经理审批。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:116 -msgid "Memo: write the check number" -msgstr " **备忘**: 写上支票号码" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:99 msgid "" -"Once you will receive the bank statements, you will do the matching with the" -" statement and this actual payment. (technically: point this payment and " -"relate it to the statement line)" -msgstr "一旦收到银行对账单，将对账单和实际付款核对。(从技术上讲：点此付款，并将其对账单上的行关联)" +"You can also submit expenses one by one from the *Submit to Manager* button " +"on the form view of an expense." +msgstr "你也可在费用表单视图中通过 *向经理提交* ，逐一提交报销。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:102 msgid "" -"With this approach, you will get the following journal entry in your books:" -msgstr "此操作将会产生如下会计分录：" +"All your submitted expense reports can be found in :menuselection:`Expenses " +"--> My Expenses --> Expense Reports`." +msgstr "如需查看所有已提交的费用报销报告 :menuselection:`报销 --> 我的费用 --> 费用报告`。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:139 -msgid "" -"You may also record the payment directly without going on the customer " -"invoice, using the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. This method may" -" be more convenient if you have a lot of checks to record in a batch but you" -" will have to reconcile entries afterwards (matching payments with invoices)" -msgstr "" -"您也可以使用菜单直接记录付款，而无需输入客户发票使用菜单，:menuselection:`销售 --> 付款`。 " -"如果您要分批记录很多支票，但此后您必须核对输入（付款与发票匹配），则此方法可能更方便" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:107 +msgid "How to approve expenses" +msgstr "如何审批报销费用" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:109 msgid "" -"If you use this approach to manage received checks, you can use the report " -"**Bank Reconciliation Report** to verify which checks have been received or " -"paid by the bank. (this report is available from the **More** option from " -"the Accounting dashboard on the related bank account)." +"HR and team managers get an overview of all expense reports to validate from" +" the top menu :menuselection:`To Approve --> Expense Reports to Approve`. " +"Such users must have at least *Officers* access rights for *Expenses*." msgstr "" -"如果您使用这种方法来管理收到的支票，您可使用报告**银行余额调节表**来核实银行已收到或由银行支付的支票。(本报告可从* *更多 * *进入)。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:3 -msgid "Follow-up on invoices and get paid faster" -msgstr "发票催款及更快收款" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:5 -msgid "" -"It is essential for your business to collect payments when they are overdue." -" Odoo will help you identify payments that are late and will allow you to " -"send the appropriate reminders." -msgstr "对于你的企业而言，在逾期付款时收取款项非常重要。Odoo将帮助你识别延迟付款，并可发送适当的提醒。" +"HR和团队经理从顶部菜单 :menuselection:`审批 --> 待审批的费用报告`即可查看所有费用报告概览。这类用户必须至少拥有 *报销* " +"应用程序的 *管理人员* 访问权限。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:10 -msgid "Manage your follow-ups" -msgstr "管理催款" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:116 msgid "" -"We recommend that you reconcile your bank statements before launching your " -"follow-up process. It will avoid you the trouble of sending a statement to a" -" customer that has already paid you." -msgstr "我们建议你在启动催款流程之前核对银行对账单。这将避免在客户已经付款之后再次向其发送对账单。" +"They can review expense reports, approve or reject them, as well as " +"providing feedback thanks to the integrated communication tool." +msgstr "利用集成的沟通工具，他们可以审核费用报告，批准或拒绝，并提供反馈。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:122 msgid "" -"The overdue invoices you need to follow-up on are available by default in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Sales --> Follow-up Reports`. There, you can " -"easily send a reminder by email or print it as a letter. Then, you can click" -" on the *Done* button to view the next follow-up that needs your attention." -msgstr "" -"你需要催款的逾期发票默认在 :menuselection:`会计 --> 销售 --> " -"催款报告`中。你可在此以电子邮件形式发送提醒或打印为信件。然后，你可点击*完成*按钮，查看需要关注的下一项催款。" +"As a team manager you can easily find the expense reports of your team " +"members. You need to be set as manager in the detail form of those " +"employees." +msgstr "作为团队经理，你可轻松查找团队成员的费用报告。你必须在这些员工的详情表单中被设置为经理。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Otherwise, if now is not the time for a reminder, click on *Remind me " -"later*. You will get the next report according to the *Next Reminder Date* " -"set on the statement." -msgstr "或者，如果现在还未到提醒的时间，点击*稍候提醒我*。你可根据对账单的*下次提醒日期*设置收到报告。" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:130 +msgid "How to post expenses in accounting" +msgstr "如何在会计应用中过账报销 " -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:132 msgid "" -"To avoid sending too many reminders in a short period of time, change the " -"number of days calculated between each report by going to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Payment " -"Follow-up`." +"Once expense reports approved by managers, the accounting department goes to" +" :menuselection:`Expenses --> Accountant --> Expense Reports To Post` to " +"check accounts, products and taxes. They can click *Post Journal Entries* to" +" post related journal entries into your books. To do so, the user must have " +"following access rights:" msgstr "" -"如要避免短时间内发送过多提醒，前往 :menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 设置 --> 付款催收`，更改每次报告之间间隔的天数。" +"在经理批准报销报告后，会计部门前往 :menuselection:`费用 --> 会计 --> 需过账的报销报告`并检查会计、产品和税收。他们可点击 " +"*日记账分录过账* ，把相关的日记账分录过账到你的帐簿上。要进行此项操作，用户必须拥有以下访问权限：" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:33 -msgid "" -"You can also set a trust level for your customers by marking them as bad, " -"normal or good debtors on the follow-up reports." -msgstr "你还可在催款报告上将客户标记为次级、正常或优级债务人，设置客户的信度等级。" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:138 +msgid "Accounting: Accountant or Adviser" +msgstr "会计：会计或顾问" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:40 -msgid "Send reminders in batch" -msgstr "批量发送提醒" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:139 +msgid "Expenses: Manager" +msgstr "报销费用：经理" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:142 msgid "" -"To get your follow-up process easier, you can send reminder emails in batch " -"from your follow-up reports page. Select all the reports you would like to " -"process, click on *Action* and then on *Process Follow-ups*. A pdf document " -"containing all of the follow-up letters for you to print will also be " -"automatically generated." +"To post an expense, a *Home Address* must be set on the employee. If you get" +" a related blocking message when posting, click the employee, go to " +"*Personal Information* tab and select/create the contact of your employee in" +" the address book. A contact has been automatically created if this person " +"is using Odoo." msgstr "" -"为减轻催款流程的工作量，你可从催款报告页面批量发送提醒邮件。选择需要处理的所有报告，点击*操作*，然后点击*处理催款*。系统将自动生成一份PDF文件，其中包括你需要打印的所有催款信函。" +"如要进行费用过账，必须为员工设置 *家庭地址* 。如在过账时收到相关的阻止消息，点击员工，进入 *个人信息* " +"选项卡并在地址簿中选择/创建员工的联系人。如对方使用Odoo，则已自动创建联系人。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:52 -msgid "Plan a follow-up process" -msgstr "计划催款流程" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:149 +msgid "How to reimburse employees" +msgstr "如何为员工报销" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:151 msgid "" -"To plan a follow-up process, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Follow-up Levels* feature " -"under the *Customer Payments* section. Then, click on the new *Follow-up " -"Levels* button that has appeared on your settings page." +"You can now see all the expense reports to reimburse in " +":menuselection:`Expenses --> Accountant --> Expense Reports To Pay`. To " +"record the payment or pay by check, click *Register a Payment*." msgstr "" -"如要计划催款流程，前往 :menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> " -"设置`并在*客户付款*部分启用*催款等级*功能。然后，点击你的设置页面新出现的*催款等级*按钮。" +"你可前往 :menuselection:`费用 --> 会计 --> 需支付的费用报告`，查看所有费用报告。如要记录付款或用支票支付，点击 *登记付款*" +" 。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:59 -msgid "" -"A follow-up plan with several actions is available by default in Odoo, but " -"you can customize it any way you want. Depending on a specific number of " -"overdue days, plan to send an email, a letter or to undertake a manual " -"action. You can also edit the template used for the statement according to " -"the stage of the process." -msgstr "" -"Odoo中默认可用的催款计划包括多项操作，但你可根据自己的需要自定义。根据具体的逾期天数，计划发送邮件、信件或采取人为操作。你还可根据流程阶段编辑使用的声明模板。" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:155 +msgid "See how you can easily manage the payment process in Odoo:" +msgstr "查看如何在Odoo中轻松管理付款流程：" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:69 -msgid "" -"If you would like to get a reminder before the actual due date, set a " -"negative number of due days." -msgstr "如果你想在实际逾期日期之前收到提醒，可将逾期天数设为负数。" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:157 +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/payables/pay/check`" +msgstr ":doc:`../accounting/payables/pay/check`" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:3 -msgid "Invoice Online Payment" -msgstr "发票在线付款" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:158 +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/payables/pay/sepa`" +msgstr ":doc:`../accounting/payables/pay/sepa`" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:5 -msgid "" -"To make it more convenient for your customers to pay the invoices you issue," -" you can activate the **Invoice Online Payment** feature, which adds a *Pay " -"Now* button on their **Customer Portal**. This allows your customers to see " -"their invoices online and pay directly with their favorite payment method, " -"making the payment process much easier." -msgstr "" -"为了使您的客户更方便地支付您开具的发票，您可以激活 **发票在线支付** 功能，该功能在其 **客户门户** 上添加了 *立即付款* 按钮。 " -"这使您的客户可以在线查看发票，并使用他们喜欢的付款方式直接付款，从而使付款过程变得更加容易。" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:162 +msgid "How to re-invoice expenses to your customers" +msgstr "如何向客户重开费用发票" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:164 msgid "" -"Make sure your :ref:`Payment Acquirers are correctly configured " -"<payment_acquirers/configuration>`." -msgstr "确保您的 :ref:`付款收单行已正确配置 <payment_acquirers/configuration>`。" +"If you track expenses on customer projects, you can charge them back to your" +" customers automatically." +msgstr "如果你追踪到客户项目的费用，可自动对客户进行收费。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:20 -msgid "" -"By default, \":doc:`Wire Transfer " -"<../../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer>`\" is the only Payment " -"Acquirer activated, but you still have to fill out the payment details." -msgstr "" -"默认情况下， \":doc:`电汇 <../../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer>`\" " -"是唯一激活的付款收单方法，但您仍必须填写付款明细。" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:170 +msgid "Enable **Customer Billing** in the Expenses settings" +msgstr "在报销设置中启用 **客户开单** 。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:172 msgid "" -"To activate the Invoice Online Payment, go to :menuselection:`Accounting -->" -" Configuration --> Settings --> Customer Payments`, enable **Invoice Online " -"Payment**, and click on *Save*." -msgstr "" -"要激活发票在线支付，请转到 :menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 设置 --> 客户支付` ，启用 **发票在线支付** " -"，然后单击 *保存* 。" +"Go to the product configuration menu and set the invoicing method on all " +"your Expense types:" +msgstr "进入产品配置菜单并对所有报销类型设置开单方法：" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:27 -msgid "Customer Portal" -msgstr "客户门户" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:175 msgid "" -"After issuing the invoice, click on *Send & Print* and send the invoice by " -"email to the customer. They will receive an email with a link that redirects" -" them to the invoice on their **Customer Portal**." -msgstr "" -"开具发票后，单击 *发送并打印* ，然后通过电子邮件将发票发送给客户。 他们将收到一封带有链接的电子邮件，该链接会将其重定向到其 **客户门户** " -"上的发票。" +"Ordered quantities : it will invoice expenses based on the ordered quantity" +msgstr "已订购数量：根据已订购数量开具费用发票" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:178 msgid "" -"They can choose which Payment Acquirer to use by clicking on *Pay Now*." -msgstr "他们可以通过单击 *立即付款* 来选择要使用的付款收单行。" +"Delivered quantities :it will invoice expenses based on the expenses " +"quantity" +msgstr "已交付数量：根据已交付数量开具费用发票" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:45 -msgid ":doc:`../../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:181 +msgid "At cost: will invoice expenses at their real cost." +msgstr "按成本：按实际成本开具费用报销发票。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:3 -msgid "Different ways to record a payment" -msgstr "记录付款的不同方式" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:183 msgid "" -"In Odoo, a payment can either be linked directly to an invoice or be a stand" -" alone record for use on a later date:" -msgstr "在Odoo，付款可直接链接到一个发票或是单独记录：" +"At sales price: will invoice based on a fixed sales price set on the sale " +"order." +msgstr "按销售价格：按销售订单上设定的固定售价开具费用报销发票。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:8 -msgid "" -"If a payment is linked to an invoice, it reduces the amount due of the " -"invoice. You can have multiple payments linked to the same invoice." -msgstr "如果一个付款链接到一个发票，它可减少发票的金额。您可以将多个付款链接到相同的发票。" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:190 +msgid "Create an order" +msgstr "创建订单" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:192 msgid "" -"If a payment is not linked to an invoice, the customer has an outstanding " -"credit with your company, or your company as an outstanding balance with a " -"vendor. You can use this outstanding credit/debit to pay future invoices or " -"bills." -msgstr "如果一个付款不关联发票，客户有一个未清付款，或您的公司向客户采购有欠款。您可以使用这个未清的款项用来支付未来的发票或票据。" +"As a salesman, create and confirm a Sales Order for the services delivered " +"to your customer. If you don't put any expense in the order, it will be " +"added automatically once posted by the accountant." +msgstr "作为销售人员，针对向客户交付的服务创建并确认销售订单。如你在订单中未添加任何报销费用，在会计过账后将自动添加。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:18 -msgid "Paying an invoice" -msgstr "支付一个发票" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:197 +msgid "Link the expense to the Sale Order." +msgstr "将费用报销链接到销售订单。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:20 -msgid "" -"If you register a payment on a customer invoice or a vendor bill, the " -"payment is automatically reconciled with the invoice reducing the amount " -"due." -msgstr "如果你在客户或供应商发票帐单上登记付款，付款将自动与发票未清余额核销。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:27 -msgid "" -"The green icon near the payment line will display more information about the" -" payment. From there you can choose to open the journal entry or reconcile " -"the payment." -msgstr "支付行旁边的绿色图标将显示更多关于付款的信息。从那里你可以选择打开凭证或核销付款。" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:203 +msgid "Submit, validate and post expenses" +msgstr "报销提交、验证和过账" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:205 msgid "" -"If you unreconcile a payment, it is still registered in your books but not " -"linked to the specific invoice any longer. If you unreconcile a payment in a" -" different currency, Odoo will create a journal entry to reverse the " -"Currency Exchange Loss/Gain posted at the time of reconciliation." -msgstr "如果付款未核销，它已入账但未与发票关联。如果外币的付款未核销，当核销时, Odoo将创建汇兑损益的凭证。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:38 -msgid "Payments not tied to an invoice" -msgstr "付款没有绑定到发票" +"As a manager, make sure the analytic account is set on every expense line on" +" approving expenses reports. Click the line to add one if missing. Employees" +" are already able to set one when submitting." +msgstr "作为经理，确保在审批报销费用报告的每个报销行都设置了分析科目。如果缺少，单击行添加。员工在提交时也可以设置。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:41 -msgid "Registering a payment" -msgstr "登记付款" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:212 +msgid "As an accountant, post journal entries." +msgstr "作为会计，处理日记账分录过账。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:43 -msgid "" -"In the Accounting application, you can create a new payment from the Sales " -"menu (register a customer payment) or the Purchases menu (pay a vendor). If " -"you use these menus, the payment is not linked to an invoice, but can easily" -" be reconciled on an invoice later on." -msgstr "" -"在会计应用程序中，可在销售菜单中创建一个新的付款(登记一个客户付款)或采购菜单(支付供应商)。如果您使用这些菜单，付款不会关联到发票，但以后可以很容易地核销。" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:215 +msgid "Invoice expenses" +msgstr "发票费用" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:217 msgid "" -"When registering a new payment, you must select a customer or vendor, the " -"payment method, and the amount of the payment. The currency of the " -"transaction is defined by the payment method. If the payment refers to a " -"document (sale order, purchase order or invoice), set the reference of this " -"document in the memo field." +"Now you can invoice the order. It shows up in :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Invoicing --> Sales` to Invoice. The expenses have been added automatically " +"in the order lines. Such items show up in blue (i.e. to invoice)." msgstr "" -"当登记一个新的付款时，必须选择一个客户或供应商，付款方法，和付款金额。该交易的货币是由付款方法定。如果付款涉及文件(销售订单，采购订单或发票)，将本文档的参考设置在备注栏中。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Once confirmed, a journal entry will be posted reflecting the transaction " -"just made in the accounting application." -msgstr "一旦确认，凭证将自动过账。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:61 -msgid "Reconciling invoice payments" -msgstr "调节发票与付款" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:63 -msgid "" -"The easiest way of reconciling a payment with an invoice is to do so on the " -"invoice directly." -msgstr "直接在发票上登记付款是将付款和发票核销的最简单的方式。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:66 -msgid "" -"When validating a new invoice, Odoo will warn you that an outstanding " -"payment for this customer or vendor is available. In this case, you can " -"reconcile this payment to the invoice near the totals at the bottom, under " -"\"Outstanding Payments\"." -msgstr "当确认一个新的发票，Odoo会提醒你这个客户或供应商可用的款项。在这种情况下，您可以将此付款与发票总额核销，“未支付款项”。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:75 -msgid "Reconciling all your outstanding payments and invoices" -msgstr "调节所有未清付款和发票" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:77 -msgid "" -"If you want to reconcile all outstanding payments and invoices at once " -"(instead of doing so one by one), you can use the batch reconciliation " -"feature within Odoo." -msgstr "如果你想一次性将所有未付款和发票核销(而不是一个一个核销)，你可使用批处理核销的功能。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:81 -msgid "" -"The batch reconciliation feature is available from the dashboard on the " -"Customer Invoices card and the Vendor Bills card for reconciling Accounts " -"Receivable and Payable, respectively." -msgstr "在客户发票和供应商发票的仪表盘上有批处理功能, 可将应收和应付分别核销." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:88 -msgid "" -"The payments matching tool will open all unreconciled customers or vendors " -"and will give you the opportunity to process them all one by one, doing the " -"matching of all their payments and invoices at once." -msgstr "付款匹配工具将打开所有未核销的客户或供应商，可以一个个处理，也可一次性处理。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:95 -msgid "" -"During the reconciliation, if the sum of the debits and credits do not " -"match, it means there is still a remaining balance that either needs to be " -"reconciled at a later date, or needs to be written off directly." -msgstr "核销中，如果一笔交易的借方和贷方金额不匹配，这意味着仍有余额，余额下次核销，或者把余额销掉。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:100 -msgid "Transferring money from one bank account to another" -msgstr "在银行帐户之间转移钱" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:102 -msgid "" -"Just like making a customer or vendor payment, you transfer cash internally " -"between your bank accounts from the dashboard or from the menus up top." -msgstr "现金的内部转移就像客户或供应商的付款，从仪表板或从菜单顶部的银行账户之间转移。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:109 -msgid "" -"This will take you to the same screen you have for receiving and making " -"payments." -msgstr "你有收到款项或付款,在同一个界面处理." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:116 -msgid "" -"When making an internal transfer from one bank account to another, select " -"the bank you want to apply the transfer from in the dashboard, and in the " -"register payments screen, you select the transfer to account. Do not go " -"through this process again in the other bank account or else you will end up" -" with two journal entries for the same transaction." -msgstr "内部银行转款，在仪表板上选择转出的银行，并在付款界面，选择转入的帐户。不需要在另一个银行帐户中重复操作，否则将重复交易。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:124 -msgid ":doc:`online_payment`" -msgstr ":doc:`online_payment`" +"现在，你可以为订单开具发票。前往 :menuselection:`销售 --> 开具发票 --> " +"销售`，即可开具发票。费用已自动添加到订单行。这类项目用蓝色显示（即开具发票）。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:126 -msgid ":doc:`followup`" -msgstr ":doc:`followup` " +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:225 +msgid "e (i.e. to invoice)." +msgstr "（即开具发票）。" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations.rst:3 -msgid "Declarations" -msgstr "声明" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:3 +msgid "Sign" +msgstr "签署" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:3 -msgid "Tax Return (VAT Declaration)" -msgstr "纳税申报表（增值税申报）" - -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Companies that are registered for **VAT (Value Added Tax)** must file a " -"**Tax return** on a monthly or quarterly basis, depending on their turnover " -"and the regulation of the country in which they are registered. A Tax return" -" - or VAT return - gives the tax authorities information about the taxable " -"transactions made by the company, the *output tax* it has charged its " -"customers, and the *input tax* its vendors have charged it. Based on these " -"values, the company can calculate the tax amount they have to pay or be " -"refunded." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:3 +msgid "Validity of electronic signatures" msgstr "" -"注册了 **VAT（增值税）** 的公司必须每月或每季度提交 **纳税申报表** ，具体取决于其营业额和注册国家/地区的规定。 " -"纳税申报表（或增值税申报表）向税务机关提供有关公司进行的应税交易，其向客户收取的 *销项税* 和其卖方向其收取的 *进项税* 的信息。 " -"根据这些值，公司可以计算他们必须支付或退还的税额。" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:5 msgid "" -"You can find information about VAT and its mechanism on `this page from the " -"European Commission <https://ec.europa.eu/taxation_customs/business/vat" -"/what-is-vat_en>`_." +"The legal validity of electronic signatures generated by Odoo depends on the" +" legislation of your country. Companies doing business abroad should " +"consider electronic signature laws of other countries as well." msgstr "" -"您可以在欧盟委员会的页面上<https://ec.europa.eu/taxation_customs/business/vat/what-is-" -"vat_en>`_ 找到有关增值税及其机制的信息。" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:16 -msgid "add doc about intracom listing" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:10 +msgid "In the European Union" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:22 -msgid "Tax Return Periodicity" -msgstr "报税周期" - -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:24 -msgid "" -"The configuration of the **Tax Return Periodicity** allows Odoo Accounting " -"to compute your Tax Return correctly and also to send you a reminder to " -"never miss a tax return deadline." -msgstr "**税收返还周期** 的配置使Odoo 会计能够正确计算您的税收返还，并向您发送提醒，以确保您不会错过税收返还截止日期。" - -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:27 -msgid "" -"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings " -"--> Fiscal Periods`, and go to the **Tax Return Periodicity** section." -msgstr "为此，请转到 :menuselection:` 会计 --> 设置 --> 设定 --> 财政时期` ，然后转到 **退税周期** 部分。" - -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:30 -msgid "" -"**Periodicity**: define here whether you file your tax return each month or " -"every three months." -msgstr "**定期** ：在此定义是每月还是每三个月提交一次纳税申报表。" - -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:31 -msgid "" -"**Reminder**: define when Odoo should remind you to file your tax return." -msgstr "**提醒** ：定义Odoo何时应提醒您提交纳税申报单。" - -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:32 -msgid "**Journal**: select the journal in which to record the tax return." -msgstr "**日记帐** ：选择要在其中记录纳税申报单的日记帐。" - -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:39 -msgid "" -"This is usually configured during the :doc:`app's initial set up " -"<../../overview/getting_started/setup>`." -msgstr "通常是在 :doc:`应用程式初始设置过程中配置 <../../overview/getting_started/setup>`。" - -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:43 -msgid "Tax Grids" -msgstr "税金网" - -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:12 msgid "" -"Odoo generates Tax Reports based on the **Tax Grids** settings that are " -"configured on your taxes. Therefore, it is crucial to make sure that all the" -" recorded transactions use the right taxes. You can see on each Journal Item" -" which Tax Grid is used for that transaction." +"The `eIDAS regulation <http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2014/910/oj>`_ " +"establishes the framework for electronic signatures in all `27 member states" +" of the European Union <https://europa.eu/european-union/about-" +"eu/countries_en>`_." msgstr "" -"Odoo会根据您的税款配置的 **税收网格** 设置生成税收报告。 因此，确保所有记录的交易使用正确的税金至关重要。 " -"您可以在每个日记帐项目上看到该交易使用了哪个税收网格。" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:53 -msgid "" -"To configure your taxes' Tax Grids, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Taxes`, and open the tax you want to modify. There, you " -"can edit your tax settings, along with the tax grids that are used to record" -" invoices or credit notes." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:16 +msgid "It distinguishes three types of electronic signatures:" msgstr "" -"要配置税收的“税收网格”，请转到 :menuselection:`会计 --> 设置 --> 税收`，然后打开要修改的税收。 " -"在这里，您可以编辑您的税收设置，以及用于记录发票或贷方通知单的税收网格。" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:62 -msgid "" -"Taxes and reports are usually already pre-configured: a *Fiscal Localization" -" Package* is installed according to the country you select at the creation " -"of your database. :doc:`Click here " -"<../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>` for more" -" information about Fiscal Localization Packages." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:18 +msgid "Electronic signatures" msgstr "" -"税收和报告通常已经预先配置：根据您在创建数据库时选择的国家/地区，安装了 *财政本地化软件包* 。:doc:`点击此 " -"<../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>` " -"了解有关财政本地化软件包的更多信息。" - -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:70 -msgid "Close a tax period" -msgstr "关闭纳税期" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:73 -msgid "Tax Lock Date" -msgstr "税金锁定日期" - -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:75 -msgid "" -"Any new transaction which accounting date is prior to the **Tax Lock Date** " -"has its tax values moved to the next open tax period. This is useful to make" -" sure that no change can be made to a report once its period is closed." -msgstr "任何在 *税收锁定日期* 之前的会计日期的新交易，其税值都将移至下一个未清税期。 这对于确保报表期结束后无法进行任何更改非常有用。" - -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:79 -msgid "" -"Therefore, we recommend locking your tax date before working on your " -"*Closing Journal Entry*. This way, other users can't modify or add " -"transactions that would have an impact on the Closing Journal Entry, which " -"helps you avoid some tax declaration errors." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:19 +msgid "Advanced electronic signatures" msgstr "" -"因此，我们建议在处理 *结帐日记帐分录* 之前锁定纳税日期。 " -"这样，其他用户就无法修改或添加对期末日记帐分录有影响的交易，这有助于您避免一些纳税申报错误。" - -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:83 -msgid "" -"To check the current **Tax Lock Date**, or to edit it, go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Lock Dates`." -msgstr "要检查当前的 **税收锁定日期** 或对其进行编辑，请转到 :menuselection:`会计 --> 会计 --> 锁定日期` 。" - -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:144 -msgid "Tax Report" -msgstr "税金报告" - -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:93 -msgid "" -"Once all the transactions involving taxes have been posted for the period " -"you want to report, open your **Tax Report**." -msgstr "在您要报告的期间内所有涉及税收的交易过帐后，请打开 *税收报告*。" - -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:96 -msgid "" -"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Tax Report`. " -"You can also click on *TAX Report* from your *Accounting Overview*." -msgstr "为此，请转到 :menuselection:`会计 --> 报告 --> 税收报告` 。您也可以从 *会计概览* 中单击 *税收报告*。" - -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:99 -msgid "" -"Make sure to select the right period you want to declare by using the date " -"filter. You can see an overview of your tax report. Then, click on the " -"button *Closing Journal Entry*." -msgstr "确保使用日期过滤器选择要申报的正确期间。 您可以查看纳税报告的概述。 然后，单击按钮 *关闭日记帐分录* 。" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:106 -msgid "" -"After having reviewed the generated Journal Entry, click on *Post*. In " -"addition to posting the entry, Odoo automatically creates a PDF file with " -"the **Tax Report** that you can download from the chatter and preview on the" -" right column. It includes all the values to report to the tax authorities, " -"along with the amount you have to pay or be refunded." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:20 +msgid "Qualified electronic signatures" msgstr "" -"查看生成的日记帐分录后，单击 *发布* 。 除了发布条目外，Odoo还会自动创建带有 *税收报告* " -"的PDF文件，您可以从沟通栏中下载该文件并在右列进行预览。 它包括所有要向税务机关报告，以及您必须支付或退款的金额。" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:22 msgid "" -"If you forgot to :ref:`lock your tax date <tax_return_lock>` before clicking" -" on *Closing Journal Entry*, then Odoo automatically locks your fiscal " -"period on the same date as the Accounting Date of your entry. This automatic" -" lock happens when you click on *Post*. This safety mechanism can prevent " -"some fiscal errors, but it is advised to lock your tax date manually before," -" as described above." +"Odoo generates the first type, regular electronic signatures, and these " +"signatures can produce legal effects in the EU, as the regulation states " +"that “an electronic signature shall not be denied legal effect and " +"admissibility as evidence in legal proceedings solely on the grounds that it" +" is in an electronic form or that it does not meet the requirements for " +"qualified electronic signatures.”" msgstr "" -"如果你忘了 :ref:`锁定您的纳税日期 <tax_return_lock>` 之前点击 *关闭日记帐分录* , " -"Odoo会自动将您的会计期间锁定为与输入的会计日期相同的日期。 当您单击 *发布* 时，会发生这种自动锁定。 " -"此安全机制可以防止出现一些财务错误，但如上所述，建议您先手动锁定纳税日期。" - -#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:124 -msgid ":doc:`../../overview/getting_started/setup`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../overview/getting_started/setup`" - -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:3 -msgid "Create a customized reports with your own formulas" -msgstr "使用您自己的公式创建自定义报告" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:27 msgid "" -"Odoo 13 comes with a powerful and easy-to-use reporting framework. Creating " -"new reports (such as a tax report or a balance sheet or income statement " -"with specific groupings and layout ) to suit your needs is now easier than " -"ever." +"Note that electronic signatures may not be automatically recognized as " +"valid. You may need to bring supporting evidence of a signature’s validity." msgstr "" -"Odoo " -"13提供了一个功能强大、使用简便的报告框架。创建新报告（如税务报告、资产负债表或损益表，并有具体的分组和布局），以适应你的需求，现在比以往更容易。" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:14 -msgid "Activate the developer mode" -msgstr "激活开发者模式" - -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:16 -msgid "" -"In order to have access to the financial report creation interface, the " -":doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` needs to be" -" activated." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:31 +msgid "In the United States of America" msgstr "" -"如要访问财务报告创建界面，需启用:doc:`开发人员模式 <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`。" - -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:20 -msgid "Create your financial report" -msgstr "创建财务报表" - -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:22 -msgid "" -"First, you need to create your financial report. To do that, go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Financial Reports`" -msgstr "首先, 您需要创建您的财务报告。要做到这一点, 去 :menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 财务报告` " - -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Once the name is entered, there are two other parameters that need to be " -"configured:" -msgstr "在输入名称后，需要配置两项其他参数：" - -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:31 -msgid "**Show Credit and Debit Columns**" -msgstr " **显示借方和贷方栏位** " -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:33 -msgid "**Analysis Period** :" -msgstr " **分析期间**: " - -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:35 -msgid "Based on date ranges (e.g. Profit and Loss)" -msgstr "基于日期范围（例如损益）" - -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:37 -msgid "Based on a single date (e.g. Balance Sheet)" -msgstr "基于单个日期（例如资产负债表）" - -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Based on date ranges with 'older' and 'total' columns and last 3 months " -"(e.g. Aged Partner Balances)" -msgstr "基于日期范围的“老账”和“总计”列及前3个月（例如，业务伙伴账龄余额表)" - -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:42 -msgid "Bases on date ranges and cash basis method (e.g. Cash Flow Statement)" -msgstr "基于日期范围，以及现金收付制方法（例如现金流量表）" - -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:46 -msgid "Add lines in your custom reports" -msgstr "在定制报表中添加行" - -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:33 msgid "" -"After you've created the report, you need to fill it with lines. They all " -"need a **name**, a **code** (that is used to refer to the line), a " -"**sequence number** and a **level** (Used for the line rendering)." +"The `ESIGN Act (Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act) " +"<https://www.fdic.gov/regulations/compliance/manual/10/X-3.1.pdf>`_, at the " +"interstate and international levels, and the `UETA (Uniform Electronic " +"Transactions Act) <https://www.uniformlaws.org/committees/community-" +"home/librarydocuments?communitykey=2c04b76c-2b7d-4399-977e-" +"d5876ba7e034&tab=librarydocuments>`_, at the state level, provide the legal " +"framework for electronic signatures. Note that `Illinois " +"<https://www.ilga.gov/legislation/ilcs/ilcs5.asp?ActID=89&>`_ and `New York " +"<https://its.ny.gov/electronic-signatures-and-records-act-esra>`_ have not " +"adopted the UETA, but similar acts instead." msgstr "" -"创建了报告之后, 需要填充行。他们都需要一个 **姓名** , **代码** (用于行), **序列号** 和 **级** (用于补充行)。" - -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:55 -msgid "" -"In the **formulas** field you can add one or more formulas to assign a value" -" to the balance column (and debit and credit column if applicable – " -"separated by ;)" -msgstr "在 **公式** 字段可以添加一个或多个列公式到余额行 (和借方和贷方列如果适用 - 隔开;)" - -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:59 -msgid "You have several objects available in the formula :" -msgstr "在公式中有几个可用对象 :" - -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:61 -msgid "" -"``Ndays`` : The number of days in the selected period (for reports with a " -"date range)." -msgstr "\" Ndays \\ \": 选择的期间的天数 (报表的日期范围)。" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:42 msgid "" -"Another report, referenced by its code. Use ``.balance`` to get its balance " -"value (also available are ``.credit``, ``.debit`` and ``.amount_residual``)" +"Overall, to be recognized as valid, electronic signatures have to meet five " +"criteria:" msgstr "" -"另一份报告, 引用的代码。使用“。平衡“获得其余额(也可用\" .credit \\ \",\" .debit \\ \"and\" " -".amount_residual \\ \")" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:44 msgid "" -"A line can also be based on the sum of account move lines on a selected " -"domain. In which case you need to fill the domain field with an Odoo domain " -"on the account move line object. Then an extra object is available in the " -"formulas field, namely ``sum``, the sum of the account move lines in the " -"domain. You can also use the group by field to group the account move lines " -"by one of their columns." +"A signer must show a clear intent to sign. For example, using a mouse to " +"draw a signature can show intent. The signer must also have the option to " +"opt-out of electronically signing a document." msgstr "" -"一行也来自所选域的科目的总和。在何种情况下, 需要填写域字段. 然后一个额外的对象可以在公式, 即''和'', 科目的总和。您还可以使用group " -"by字段组合科目行。" - -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:75 -msgid "Other useful fields :" -msgstr "其余有用的字段 :" - -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:77 -msgid "**Type** : Type of the result of the formula." -msgstr " **类型**: 公式结果的类型。" - -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:79 -msgid "" -"**Is growth good when positive** : Used when computing the comparison " -"column. Check if growth is good (displayed in green) or not." -msgstr " **正数增长是好的吗**: 在计算比较列时使用。检查增长是否是好事(显示在绿色)。" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:47 msgid "" -"**Special date changer** : If a specific line in a report should not use the" -" same dates as the rest of the report." -msgstr " **特别日期改变**: 如果报表中一个特定的行不应使用与其余部分相同的日期。" - -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:85 -msgid "" -"**Show domain** : How the domain of a line is displayed. Can be foldable " -"(``default``, hidden at the start but can be unfolded), ``always`` (always " -"displayed) or ``never`` (never shown)." +"A signer must first express or imply their consent to conduct business " +"electronically." msgstr "" -" **Show domain**: 显示行的域。可以折叠(“默认\" , 藏在开始处, 但可以展开), “总是 \"(总是显示)或“never\" " -"(永远不会)。 " - -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:90 -msgid ":doc:`main_reports`" -msgstr ":doc:`main_reports` " - -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:3 -msgid "Main reports available" -msgstr "可用的主要报告" - -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Besides the reports created specifically in each localisation module, a few " -"very useful **generic** and **dynamic reports** are available for all " -"countries :" -msgstr "除了每个本地化模块创建报表, 有一些非常有用的 **generic** 和 **dynamic reports** 也非常有用 :" - -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:9 -msgid "**Balance Sheet**" -msgstr " **资产负债表** " - -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:10 -msgid "**Profit and Loss**" -msgstr " **损益表** " - -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:11 -msgid "**Chart of Account**" -msgstr " **科目表** " - -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:12 -msgid "**Executive Summary**" -msgstr " **执行概要** " - -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:13 -msgid "**General Ledger**" -msgstr " **总账** " - -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:14 -msgid "**Aged Payable**" -msgstr " **到期应付** " - -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:15 -msgid "**Aged Receivable**" -msgstr " **到期应收** " - -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:16 -msgid "**Cash Flow Statement**" -msgstr " **现金流量表** " - -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:17 -msgid "**Tax Report**" -msgstr " **税金报告** " - -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:18 -msgid "**Bank Reconciliation**" -msgstr " **银行对账** " - -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:20 -msgid "" -"You can annotate every reports to print them and report to your adviser. " -"Export to xls to manage extra analysis. Drill down in the reports to see " -"more details (payments, invoices, journal items, etc.)." -msgstr "可以标注每个报表, 打印出来并呈报你的顾问。导出xls, 进一步分析管理。深入研究, 可看到更多的细节(付款,发票、分录,等等)。" - -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:24 -msgid "" -"You can also compare values with another period. Choose how many periods you" -" want to compare the chosen time period with. You can choose up to 12 " -"periods back from the date of the report if you don't want to use the " -"default **Previous 1 Period** option." -msgstr "你可以将当期的值与另一期间的值比较。也可选择多个期间进行比较。如果不想使用系统默认的* *前一期间 * *, 你可以选择之前的12期。" - -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:32 -msgid "" -"The **Balance Sheet** shows a snapshot of the assets, liabilities and equity" -" of your organisation as at a particular date." -msgstr " **资产负债表** 显示你的组织的资产，负债，和权益在一个特定日期的快照。" - -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:39 -msgid "Profit and Loss" -msgstr "损益表" - -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:41 -msgid "" -"The **Profit and Loss** report (or **Income Statement**) shows your " -"organisation's net income, by deducting expenses from revenue for the report" -" period." -msgstr " * *损益 * *表(或* * 收益状态* *)显示收入扣除费用后的净收益。" - -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:49 -msgid "Chart of account" -msgstr "科目表" - -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:51 -msgid "A listing of all your accounts grouped by class." -msgstr "分类账科目的列表" - -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:57 -msgid "Executive Summary" -msgstr "执行摘要" - -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:59 -msgid "" -"The **Executive Summary** allows for a quick look at all the important " -"figures you need to run your company." -msgstr " **执行概要** 允许快速查看所有需要用来运行公司的重要图表。" - -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:62 -msgid "" -"In very basic terms, this is what each of the items in this section is " -"reporting :" -msgstr "在非常基本的规则中,这是本节中每个项目的报告:" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:77 -msgid "**Performance:**" -msgstr " **绩效 :** " - -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:68 -msgid "**Gross profit margin:**" -msgstr " **毛利润 :** " - -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:67 -msgid "" -"The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " -"costs needed to make those sales (things like labour, materials, etc)." -msgstr "每个销售的收益减去销售的直接成本(诸如劳动力、材料等)。" - -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:74 -msgid "**Net profit margin:**" -msgstr " **净利润 :** " - -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:71 -msgid "" -"The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " -"costs needed to make those sales, as well as any fixed overheads your " -"company has (things like rent, electricity, taxes you need to pay as a " -"result of those sales)." -msgstr "每个销售的收益减去销售的直接成本, 再减去公司的固定费用 (例如: 租金、电力、销售的税费)。" - -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:77 -msgid "**Return on investment (p.a.):**" -msgstr " **投资回报率(每年) :** " - -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:77 -msgid "" -"The ratio of net profit made, to the amount of assets the company used to " -"make those profits." -msgstr "净利润的比率, 公司的资产用来创造这些利润。" - -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:97 -msgid "**Position:**" -msgstr " **状况:** " - -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:81 -msgid "**Average debtor days:**" -msgstr " **平均债务人天数 :** " - -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:81 -msgid "" -"The average number of days it takes your customers to pay you (fully), " -"across all your customer invoices." -msgstr "平均天数, 它需要你的客户安装客户发票支付给你(完全)" - -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:84 -msgid "**Average creditor days:**" -msgstr " **平均债权人天数 :** " - -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:84 -msgid "" -"The average number of days it takes you to pay your suppliers (fully) across" -" all your bills." -msgstr "平均天数，它需要你按账单支付你的供应商(完全)" - -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:89 -msgid "**Short term cash forecast:**" -msgstr " **短期现金预测 :** " - -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:87 -msgid "" -"How much cash is expected in or out of your organisation in the next month " -"i.e. balance of your **Sales account** for the month less the balance of " -"your **Purchases account** for the month." -msgstr "预计下个月的现金收支, 即* *销售科目 * *的余额减去* *购买科目 * *的余额。" - -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:97 -msgid "**Current assets to liabilities:**" -msgstr " **流动资产到负债 :** " - -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Also referred to as **current ratio**, this is the ratio of current assets " -"(assets that could be turned into cash within a year) to the current " -"liabilities (liabilities which will be due in the next year). This is " -"typically used as as a measure of a company's ability to service its debt." -msgstr "* *流动比率* *, 就是流动资产的(资产可以在一年内转化为现金)比流动负债(明年到期的债务)。这通常是用来衡量一个公司偿债能力。" - -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:103 -msgid "General Ledger" -msgstr "总分类账" - -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:48 msgid "" -"The **General Ledger Report** shows all transactions from all accounts for a" -" chosen date range. The initial summary report shows the totals for each " -"account and from there you can view a detailed transaction report or any " -"exceptions. This report is useful for checking every transaction that " -"occurred during a certain period of time." +"The signature must be clearly attributed. In Odoo, metadata, such as the " +"signer’s IP address, is added to the signature, which can be used as " +"supporting evidence." msgstr "" -"* * 总分类帐* *显示所选期间内的所有科目的交易。总账初步显示了每个帐户的总数, 计入科目可看到具体明细。这非常有用, 可检查某一期间内的每笔交易。" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:115 -msgid "Aged Payable" -msgstr "到期的应付" - -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:117 -msgid "" -"Run the **Aged Payable Details** report to display information on individual" -" bills, credit notes and overpayments owed by you, and how long these have " -"gone unpaid." -msgstr "运行* *应付账龄表* *, 报表显示每个账单信息,信用票据和多付款项, 并显示逾期时间。" - -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:125 -msgid "Aged Receivable" -msgstr "到期的应收" - -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:50 msgid "" -"The **Aged Receivables** report shows the sales invoices that were awaiting " -"payment during a selected month and several months prior." -msgstr "* *应收账龄表* *显示所选期间及之前的所有未清应收款。" - -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:134 -msgid "Cash Flow Statement" -msgstr "现金流量表" +"The signature must be associated with the document being signed, for " +"example, by keeping a record detailing how the signature was captured." +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:52 msgid "" -"The **Cash Flow Statement** shows how changes in balance sheet accounts and " -"income affect cash and cash equivalents, and breaks the analysis down to " -"operating, investing and financing activities." -msgstr "* *现金流量表 * *显示资产负债科目的变化, 收入对现金的影响和现金等价物, 以及对运营的分析,投资和融资活动。" +"Electronically signed documents need to be retained and available for later " +"reference by all parties involved, for example, by providing the signer " +"either a fully-executed copy or the option to download a copy." +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:57 msgid "" -"This report allows you to see the **net** and **tax amounts** for all the " -"taxes grouped by type (sale/purchase)." -msgstr "这份报表体现了按税收类型分类后的* *净额* *和* *税额* *(销售/采购)。" +"The information provided here does not constitute legal advice; it is " +"provided for general informational purposes only. As laws governing " +"electronic signatures evolve rapidly, we cannot guarantee that the " +"information is up to date. We advise you to should contact a local attorney " +"to obtain legal advice." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po deleted file mode 100644 index 1f7c6f0fc..000000000 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,115 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Felix Yuen <fyu@odoo.com>, 2020 -# Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2020 -# snow wang <147156565@qq.com>, 2021 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: snow wang <147156565@qq.com>, 2021\n" -"Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: zh_CN\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" - -#: ../../fsm.rst:5 -msgid "Field Service" -msgstr "现场服务" - -#: ../../fsm/helpdesk.rst:3 -msgid "Helpdesk" -msgstr "服务台" - -#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:3 -msgid "Plan onsite interventions from helpdesk tickets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:4 -msgid "" -"The integration with the Helpdesk app lets your helpdesk team manage " -"intervention requests directly. Planning field service tasks from tickets " -"speeds up your processes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:8 -msgid "Configure the helpdesk team" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`. Select" -" a team and enable *Onsite Interventions*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:16 -msgid "" -"The helpdesk tickets of the team now display the *Plan Intervention* button." -" Click on it to create a new task under your field service project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/sales.rst:3 -msgid "Sales" -msgstr "销售" - -#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:3 -msgid "Create onsite interventions from sales orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:4 -msgid "" -"Allowing your sales team to open onsite interventions creates a seamless " -"experience for your customers. They can receive a quotation they first have " -"to approve before the work even starts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:8 -msgid "Configure a product" -msgstr "配置产品" - -#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration --> Products` and " -"create or edit a product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Under the *General Information* tab, select *Service* as *Product Type*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Under the *Sales* tab, select *Timesheets on tasks* as *Service Invoicing " -"Policy*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:15 -msgid "Select *Create a task in an existing project* as *Service Tracking*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:17 -msgid "Select your *Project*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:19 -msgid "" -"If you use them, select your *Worksheet Template* and then click on *Save*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:25 -msgid "" -"From the *Sales* app, create a quotation with the product and confirm it. A " -"task is automatically set up under your Field Service project. It is " -"directly accessible from the sales order." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/general.po index 36b94baf3..f9cb93c2b 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # @@ -17,17 +17,18 @@ # Connie Xiao <connie.xiao@elico-corp.com>, 2021 # fausthuang, 2021 # 稀饭~~ <wangwhai@qq.com>, 2021 -# Mandy Choy <mnc@odoo.com>, 2021 # Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2021 +# ChinaMaker <liuct@chinamaker.net>, 2021 +# Mandy Choy <mnc@odoo.com>, 2021 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-18 07:12+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2021\n" +"Last-Translator: Mandy Choy <mnc@odoo.com>, 2021\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -35,55 +36,55 @@ msgstr "" "Language: zh_CN\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -#: ../../general.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:3 msgid "General" msgstr "一般" -#: ../../general/auth.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth.rst:3 msgid "Authentication" msgstr "鉴权" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:3 msgid "Two-factor Authentication" msgstr "双重验证" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:5 msgid "" "Two-factor authentication (\"2FA\") is a good way to improve the security of" " an account, to make it less likely that an other person will manage to log " "in instead of you." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:9 msgid "" "Practically, it means storing a secret inside an *authenticator* (usually " "your cell phone) and exchanging a code from the authenticator when you try " "to log in." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:13 msgid "" "This means an attacker needs *both* to have guessed (or found) your password" " and to access (or steal) your authenticator, a more difficult proposition " "than either one or the other." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:18 msgid "Requirements" msgstr "要求" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:20 msgid "" "These lists are just examples, they are not endorsements of any specific " "software." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:23 msgid "" "If you don't already have one, you will need to choose an authenticator." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:26 msgid "" "Phone-based authenticators are the easiest and most common so we will assume" " you'll pick and install one on your phone, examples include `Authy " @@ -97,121 +98,121 @@ msgid "" " <https://bitwarden.com/help/article/authenticator-keys/>`_, ..." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:39 msgid "" "For the sake of demonstration we will be using Google Authenticator (not " "because it is any good but because it is quite common)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:43 msgid "Setting up two-factor authentication" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:45 msgid "" "Once you have your authenticator of choice, go to the Odoo instance you want" " to setup :abbr:`2FA (two-factor authentication)`, then open " ":guilabel:`Preferences` (or :guilabel:`My Profile`):" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:52 msgid "" "Open the :guilabel:`Account Security` tab, then click the :guilabel:`Enable " "two-factor authentication` button:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:58 msgid "" "Because this is a security-sensitive action, you will need to input your " "password:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:64 msgid "After which you will see this screen with a barcode:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:69 msgid "" "In most applications, you can simply *scan the barcode* via the " "authenticator of your choice, the authenticator will then take care of all " "the setup:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:78 msgid "" "If you can not scan the screen (e.g. because you are doing this set-up on " "the same phone as the authenticator application), you can click the provided" " link, or copy the secret to manually set-up your authenticator:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:89 msgid "" "Once this is done, the authenticator should display a *verification code* " "with some useful identifying information (e.g. the domain and login for " "which the code is):" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:96 msgid "" "You can now input the code into the :guilabel:`Verification Code` field, " "then click the :guilabel:`Enable two-factor authentication` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:100 msgid "" "Congratulation, your account is now protected by two-factor authentication!" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:107 msgid "Logging in" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:109 msgid "You should now :guilabel:`Log out` to follow along." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:111 msgid "" "On the login page, input the username and password of the account for which " "you set up :abbr:`2FA (two-factor authentication)`, rather than immediately " "enter Odoo you will now get a second log-in screen:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:118 msgid "" "Get your authenticator, input the code it provides for the domain and " "account, validate, and you're now in." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:121 msgid "" "And that's it. From now on, unless you disable :abbr:`2FA (two-factor " "authentication)` you will have a two-step log-in process rather than the old" " one-step process." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:125 msgid "" "Don't lose your authenticator, if you do, you will need an *Odoo " "Administrator* to disable :abbr:`2FA (two-factor authentication)` on the " "account." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/azure.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:3 msgid "OAuth" msgstr "OAuth" -#: ../../general/auth/azure.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:5 msgid "" "Due to specific requirements in Azure's OAuth implementation, Microsoft " "Azure OAuth identification is NOT compatible with Odoo at the moment." msgstr "因Azure云平台OAuth鉴权接口实现中的特殊需求，微软Azure云OAuth身份认证当前与Odoo不兼容" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:3 msgid "How to allow users to sign in with their Google account" msgstr "如何允许用户用Google账号登录" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:5 msgid "" "Connect to your Google account and go to the `Google API Dashboard " "<https://console.developers.google.com/>`_." @@ -219,41 +220,41 @@ msgstr "" "连接到你的Google账号并前往`Google API Dashboard " "<https://console.developers.google.com/>`_." -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:8 msgid "" "Click on **Create Project** and enter the project name and other details." msgstr "点击**创建项目**并输入项目名称和其他信息" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:16 msgid "Click on **Use Google APIs**" msgstr "点击*使用Google API*" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:21 msgid "" "On the left side menu, select the sub menu **Credentials** (from **API " "Manager**) then select **OAuth consent screen**." msgstr "" "在左侧菜单的**API Manager**项中，选择下级菜单**Credentials**，然后选择**OAuth consent screen**" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:26 msgid "" "Fill in your address, email and the product name (for example odoo) and then" " save." msgstr "找到你的地址、电邮和产品名（如odoo）并保存。" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:31 msgid "" "Then click on **Add Credentials** and select the second option (OAuth 2.0 " "Client ID)." msgstr "然后点击**Add Credentials** 并选择第二个选项(OAuth 2.0 Client ID)." -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:39 msgid "" "Check that the application type is set on **Web Application**. Now configure" " the allowed pages on which you will be redirected." msgstr "确认应用类型设置已设置为 **Web Application**. 然后开始配置允许重定向的页面." -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:41 msgid "" "To achieve this, complete the field **Authorized redirect URIs**. Copy paste" " the following link in the box: http://mydomain.odoo.com/auth_oauth/signin. " @@ -261,17 +262,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "先要填写**授权的转向URL地址**。复制并粘贴以下链接http://mydomain.odoo.com/auth_oauth/signin到方框中,然后点击**创建**。" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:49 msgid "" "Once done, you receive two information (your Client ID and Client Secret). " "You have to insert your Client ID in the **General Settings**." msgstr "完成后您将收到两个信息（您的客户ID和客户密钥）.在**General Settings**项中填入您的客户ID" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:3 msgid "How to use Google Spreadsheet in Addition to my Data?" msgstr "如何在我的数据之外使用谷歌电子表格？" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:5 msgid "" "Create custom dashboards in Google Spreadsheet that retrieves data directly " "from Odoo using spreadsheet formula. You can use it to create sales " @@ -281,13 +282,14 @@ msgstr "" "可以在Google电子表格中创建常用的仪表盘，并通过电子表格的公式直接从Odoo中检索数据. " "您可以用它来创建销售佣金计划，预算，项目预测等等。公式使用Python语言开发，但不必具备编程技巧。" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:10 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:84 -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:16 ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:13 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "基础配置" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:12 msgid "" "From the *General Settings*, active *Google Drive* and *Google Spreadsheet*." " The options *Authorization Code* and *Get Authorization Code* are now " @@ -296,7 +298,7 @@ msgstr "" "在*General Settings*选项中激活*Google Drive* 和 *Google Spreadsheet*. " "选项*Authorization Code* 和 *Get Authorization Code* 即可用" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:19 msgid "" "Now, link your Google account with Odoo going to :menuselection:`Get " "Authorization Code --> select your Google account --> enter your password " @@ -305,51 +307,51 @@ msgstr "" "现在，将您的谷歌帐户与Odoo链接 :menuselection:`获取授权代码 --> 选择您的谷歌帐户 --> 输入密码 --> 复制代码 --> " "将其粘贴到授权代码字段中` 。" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:24 msgid "Create a new Spreadsheet" msgstr "创建一个新的电子表格" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:26 msgid "" "From the *CRM* app, for example, go to *Favorites* and click on *Add to " "Google Spreadsheet*." msgstr "例如，在 *CRM* 应用中，转到 *收藏夹* ，然后单击 *添加到谷歌电子表格* 。" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:32 msgid "A new spreadsheet will be automatically created in your Google Drive." msgstr "新的电子表格将在您的谷歌云端硬盘中自动创建。" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:35 msgid "" "When you opening this new file, a second sheet is created automatically by " "Odoo with a tutorial/documentation on *How to use Google Spreadsheet*." msgstr "当您打开此新文件时，Odoo会自动创建第二张表格，其中包含有关 *如何使用谷歌电子表格 * 的教程/文档。" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:39 msgid "Link a Spreadsheet with Odoo" msgstr "将电子表格与Odoo链接" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:41 msgid "From this new file, configure your database." msgstr "通过此新文件配置您的数据库" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:42 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Odoo --> Server Settings --> Database Name --> " "Username --> Password`." msgstr "转到 :menuselection:`Odoo --> 服务器设置 --> 数据库名称 --> 用户名 --> 密码`。" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:49 msgid "Applications" msgstr "应用" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:51 msgid "" "You have 2 different formulas of using Google Spreadsheet in Odoo: retrieve " "data and retrieve grouped sums." msgstr "您在Odoo中使用谷歌电子表格有2种不同的公式：检索数据和检索分类总结。" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:55 msgid "" "Google Drive limits the execution time of scripts; if the data you requested" " takes too long to be delivered, you might get an error. There is no " @@ -360,11 +362,11 @@ msgstr "" "谷歌云端硬盘会限制手稿的执行时间； 如果您请求的数据花费太长时间而无法传递，则可能会出现错误。 没有具体的大小限制，因为Odoo响应的时间取决于几个因素" " - 尽管读取有关数千条记录的数据通常没问题的。" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:62 msgid "Retrieve Data" msgstr "检索数据" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:66 msgid "" "The theoretical formula is :command:`= oe_browse " "(table;columns;filters;orderby:limit)`. Used it if you want to display the " @@ -373,15 +375,15 @@ msgstr "" "理论公式为 :command:`= oe_browse (table;columns;filters;orderby:limit)`。 " "如果您要显示信息而不进行分组（例如：数据库中的每个销售订单），请使用它。." -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:67 msgid "Find some the arguments in the table below." msgstr "在下表中找到一些参数。" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:74 msgid "Retrieve Grouped Sums" msgstr "获取分组求和结果" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:77 msgid "" "The theoretical formula is :command:`= oe_read_group " "(table;columns;group_by;filters;orderby:limit)`. Use it when you want to " @@ -390,83 +392,83 @@ msgstr "" "理论公式为 :command:`= oe_read_group " "(table;columns;group_by;filters;orderby:limit)`. 当您要显示数据总和时（例如，发票总额），请使用它。" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:78 msgid "Find some arguments in the table below." msgstr "查找下表中的一些参数。" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:85 msgid "Other uses" msgstr "其他用途" -#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:87 msgid "" "Mix Odoo data with spreadsheet data, add traditional formulas, and create " "Dynamic Tabled and Graphs." msgstr "将Odoo数据与电子表格数据混合，添加传统公式，并创建动态表和图形。" -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:3 msgid "How to allow users to sign in with LDAP" msgstr "如何允许用户通过LDAP账户登录" -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:5 msgid "Install the LDAP module in General Settings." msgstr "在通用设置中安装LDAP模块" -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:7 msgid "Click on **Create** in Setup your LDAP Server." msgstr "点击**创建**并设置你的LDAP服务器。" -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:15 msgid "Choose the company about to use the LDAP." msgstr "选择将要使用LDAP的公司" -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:20 msgid "" "In **Server Information**, enter the IP address of your server and the port " "it listens to." msgstr "在**服务器信息**中，输入您服务器的IP地址及其监听的端口" -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:22 msgid "Tick **User TLS** if your server is compatible." msgstr "如果您的服务器兼容，勾选**User TLS**" -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:27 msgid "" "In **Login Information**, enter ID and password of the account used to query" " the server. If left empty, the server will be queried anonymously." msgstr "在**登录信息**中，输入用于查询服务器的帐户ID和密码。如果留空，服务器将匿名查询。" -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:32 msgid "" "In **Process Parameter**, enter the domain name of your LDAP server in LDAP " "nomenclature (e.g. ``dc=example,dc=com``)." msgstr "在**处理参数**中，在LDAP命名规则中输入你的LDAP服务器域名（例如，``dc=example,dc=com``）。" -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:34 msgid "In **LDAP filter**, enter ``uid=%s``" msgstr "在**LDAP筛选**中，输入``uid=%s``" -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:39 msgid "" "In **User Information**, tick *Create User* if you want Odoo to create a " "User profile the first time someone log in with LDAP." msgstr "在**用户信息**中，如果你希望Odoo在第一次使用LDAP登录时创建用户配置文件，请勾选*创建用户*。" -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:41 msgid "" "In **Template User**, indicate a template for the new profiles created. If " "left blanked, the admin profile will be used as template." msgstr "在**模板用户**中，为创建的新配置文件指定模板。如果留空，管理员配置文件将用作模板。" -#: ../../general/base_import.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import.rst:3 msgid "Data Import" msgstr "数据导入" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:3 msgid "How to adapt an import template" msgstr "如何适配导入模板" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:5 msgid "" "Import templates are provided in the import tool of the most common data to " "import (contacts, products, bank statements, etc.). You can open them with " @@ -476,66 +478,66 @@ msgstr "" "导入工具中提供导入模板，适用于大多数数据（联系人、产品、银行对账单等）导入。可以用任何电子表格软件（如Microsoft Office, " "OpenOffice, Google Drive等）" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:11 msgid "How to customize the file" msgstr "如何自定义文件" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:13 msgid "" "Remove columns you don't need. We advise to not remove the *ID* one (see why" " here below)." msgstr "删除你不需要的行。建议不要删除*ID*1（原因如下）" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:15 -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:27 msgid "" "Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing." msgstr "将ID排序下拉，为每个记录设置一个独一无二的ID。" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:20 msgid "" "When you add a new column, Odoo might not be able to map it automatically if" " its label doesn't fit any field of the system. If so, find the " "corresponding field using the search." msgstr "添加新一行时，如果这个行的标签与系统中任何字段均不匹配，Odoo可能不会自动将其映射。因此，请通过搜索查找对应的字段。" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:27 msgid "" "Then, use the label you found in your import template in order to make it " "work straight away the very next time you try to import." msgstr "然后使用你在导入模板上找到的标签，下次尝试导入的时候即可马上使用。" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:31 msgid "Why an “ID” column" msgstr "为什么要用ID行" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:33 msgid "" "The **ID** (External ID) is an unique identifier for the line item. Feel " "free to use the one of your previous software to ease the transition to " "Odoo." msgstr "**ID**（外部ID）是行项目独一无二的标识符。请使用之前的软件，平稳过度到Odoo。" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:36 msgid "" "Setting an ID is not mandatory when importing but it helps in many cases:" msgstr "导入数据时，ID号设置不是强制的，但会在很多情况下非常有用。" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:38 msgid "" "Update imports: you can import the same file several times without creating " "duplicates;" msgstr "更新导入：在不创建副本的情况下多次导入同一个文件；" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:39 msgid "Import relation fields (see here below)." msgstr "导入关系字段（见下文）" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:42 msgid "How to import relation fields" msgstr "如何导入关系字段" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:44 msgid "" "An Odoo object is always related to many other objects (e.g. a product is " "linked to product categories, attributes, vendors, etc.). To import those " @@ -544,7 +546,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Odoo对象总是与其他众多对象相关联（即产品与产品目录、产品属性、供应商等相关联）。为了导入这些关系，你需要首先从它们自己的列表菜单中导入相关对象的记录。" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:48 msgid "" "You can do it using either the name of the related record or its ID. The ID " "is expected when two records have the same name. In such a case add \" / " @@ -554,15 +556,15 @@ msgstr "" "可以使用关联的记录或ID号导入。当两个记录的名称相同时需要ID号进行区分，即在行标题的末尾添加。\" / ID\"。（如产品属性：产品属性/属性 / " "ID）" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:3 msgid "Import data" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:6 msgid "How to start" msgstr "如何开始" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:8 msgid "" "You can import data on any Odoo's business object using either Excel (.xlsx)" " or CSV (.csv) formats: contacts, products, bank statements, journal entries" @@ -570,32 +572,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "可使用Excel (.xlsx) 或CSV (.csv) 格式导入Odoo业务对象的任何数据：联系人、产品、银行对账单、日记账条目、甚至订单！" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:12 msgid "" "Open the view of the object you want to populate and click on " ":menuselection:`Favorites --> Import records`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:18 msgid "" "There you are provided with templates you can easily populate with your own " "data. Such templates can be imported in one click; The data mapping is " "already done." msgstr "系统提供了模板，你可以轻松移植你自己的数据。只需点击一次即可导入这些模板。数据映射已经完成。" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:23 msgid "How to adapt the template" msgstr "如何使用模板" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:25 msgid "Add, remove and sort columns to fit at best your data structure." msgstr "添加、删除或分类各行，使它们以最好的方式适应你的数据结构。" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:26 msgid "We advise to not remove the **ID** one (see why in the next section)." msgstr "建议不要删除 **ID** （原因见下节）" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:32 msgid "" "When you add a new column, Odoo might not be able to map it automatically if" " its label doesn't fit any field in Odoo. Don't worry! You can map new " @@ -603,17 +605,17 @@ msgid "" "corresponding field." msgstr "添加新一行时，如果这个行的标签与系统中任何字段均不匹配，Odoo可能不会自动将其映射。因此，请通过搜索查找对应的字段。" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:40 msgid "" "Then, use this field's label in your file in order to make it work straight " "on the very next time." msgstr "然后使用你在导入模板上找到的标签，下次尝试导入的时候即可马上使用。" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:45 msgid "How to import from another application" msgstr "如何从其他应用程序中导入" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:47 msgid "" "In order to re-create relationships between different records, you should " "use the unique identifier from the original application and map it to the " @@ -625,18 +627,18 @@ msgstr "" "为了在不同的记录之间重新创建关系，需将初始应用中唯一的标识符映射到Odoo中的**ID**（外部ID）行。导入与第一个记录相链接的其他记录时，使用到这个唯一标识符的**XXX/ID**" " (XXX/外部 ID)。也可以通过名称找到这个记录，但如果有至少2条同名的记录，可能会影响你的查找。" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:55 msgid "" "The **ID** will also be used to update the original import if you need to " "re-import modified data later, it's thus good practice to specify it " "whenever possible." msgstr "如你需要稍后重新导入修改后的数据，也可用更新**ID**初始导入。这在任何时候都是一个不错的办法。" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:61 msgid "I cannot find the field I want to map my column to" msgstr "我找不到想要映射的行的区域" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:63 msgid "" "Odoo tries to find with some heuristic, based on the first ten lines of the " "files, the type of field for each column inside your file. For example if " @@ -648,18 +650,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Odoo试图基于文件的前10行找到文件内部各行的区域类型。例如，有一个只包含数字的行，只有**整数**类型的区域才显示供你选择。尽管这种方式可能在多数情况下都很合适，但也有可能出错，或者你希望将这些行映射到默认没有规划的区域中。" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:72 msgid "" "If that happens, you just have to check the ** Show fields of relation " "fields (advanced)** option, you will then be able to choose from the " "complete list of fields for each column." msgstr "这时，你只需选择**显示关系区域的区域（高级）**选项，为每一行选择完整的区域列表。" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:80 msgid "Where can I change the date import format?" msgstr "在哪里修改数据导入格式？" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:82 msgid "" "Odoo can automatically detect if a column is a date, and it will try to " "guess the date format from a set of most commonly used date formats. While " @@ -670,7 +672,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Odoo可自动检测特定列是否为日期，并且它还将从一组最常用的日期格式中猜测使用的日期格式。尽管这一过程可用于很多日期格式，但某些日期格式却无法识别。月和日倒置可能引起混淆；对于“01-03-2016”这样的格式，我们很难判断哪部分代表月份，哪部分代表日。" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:88 msgid "" "To view which date format Odoo has found from your file you can check the " "**Date Format** that is shown when clicking on **Options** under the file " @@ -680,7 +682,7 @@ msgstr "" "要查看Odoo从你的文档中找到了哪些日期格式，可以在文档选择器下方的 **选项** 中点击 **日期格式** 。如果格式错误，你可以用 *ISO " "8601* 修正格式。" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:93 msgid "" "If you are importing an excel (.xls, .xlsx) file, you can use date cells to " "store dates as the display of dates in excel is different from the way it is" @@ -690,11 +692,11 @@ msgstr "" "如你导入一个Excel(.xls, " ".xlsx)文件，可使用日期单元格存放日期（因为在Excel中日期的显示与存储方式不一致）。这样当你在Odoo中找到一个日期就可以确保它是正确的格式。" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:98 msgid "Can I import numbers with currency sign (e.g.: $32.00)?" msgstr "我可以导入带有货币符号的数字(如:$32.00)吗?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:100 msgid "" "Yes, we fully support numbers with parenthesis to represent negative sign as" " well as numbers with currency sign attached to them. Odoo also " @@ -706,56 +708,56 @@ msgstr "" "是的，我们完全支持用带圆括号的数字代表负数，以及带货币符号的数字。Odoo还可自动识别你使用的千分位分隔符、小数点（稍后可在 **选项** " "中修改）。如Odoo不能识别你使用的货币符号，则该字段不会被识别为数字，可能导致出错。" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:105 msgid "" "Examples of supported numbers (using thirty-two thousands as an example):" msgstr "支持的数字格式示例（如三万二千）：" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:107 msgid "32.000,00" msgstr "32.000,00" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:108 msgid "32000,00" msgstr "32000,00" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:109 msgid "32,000.00" msgstr "32,000.00" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:110 msgid "-32000.00" msgstr "-32000.00" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:111 msgid "(32000.00)" msgstr "(32000.00)" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:112 msgid "$ 32.000,00" msgstr "$ 32.000,00" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:113 msgid "(32000.00 €)" msgstr "(32000.00 €)" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:115 msgid "Example that will not work:" msgstr "不合要求的例子：" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:117 msgid "ABC 32.000,00" msgstr " ABC 32.000,00" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:118 msgid "$ (32.000,00)" msgstr "$ (32.000,00)" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:121 msgid "What can I do when the Import preview table isn't displayed correctly?" msgstr "如果我导入的预览表无法正确显示该怎么办？" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:123 msgid "" "By default the Import preview is set on commas as field separators and " "quotation marks as text delimiters. If your csv file does not have these " @@ -764,20 +766,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "默认导入预览是用逗号作为字段分隔符，引号作为文本分隔符。如你的CSV文件没有这些设置，可以修改文件格式选项（你选择文件后，在浏览CSV文件块下显示）。" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:127 msgid "" "Note that if your CSV file has a tabulation as separator, Odoo will not " "detect the separations. You will need to change the file format options in " "your spreadsheet application. See the following question." msgstr "请注意，如果你的CSV文件将表格作为分隔符，Odoo将不能判断这整种分隔关系。你需要在电子表格的格式选项中更改设置。见下面的问题。" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:132 msgid "" "How can I change the CSV file format options when saving in my spreadsheet " "application?" msgstr "保存我的电子表格应用时，如何更改CSV文件格式选项？" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:134 msgid "" "If you edit and save CSV files in spreadsheet applications, your computer's " "regional settings will be applied for the separator and delimiter. We " @@ -788,7 +790,7 @@ msgstr "" "如果你在电子表格应用程序中编辑和保存CSV文件，分隔符将应用你的计算机的地区设置。我们建议你使用OpenOffice或LibreOffice " "Calc，因为它们允许修改全部三个选项（ :menuselection:`'另存为'对话框 --> 勾选'编辑筛选设置' --> 保存`）。" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:139 msgid "" "Microsoft Excel will allow you to modify only the encoding when saving (in " ":menuselection:`'Save As' dialog box --> click 'Tools' dropdown list --> " @@ -796,11 +798,11 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "微软Excel在保存时只允许修改编码（ :menuselection:`'另存为'对话框 --> 点击'工具'下拉列表--> 编码选项卡`）。" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:143 msgid "What's the difference between Database ID and External ID?" msgstr "数据库ID和外部ID的差别是什么？" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:145 msgid "" "Some fields define a relationship with another object. For example, the " "country of a contact is a link to a record of the 'Country' object. When you" @@ -811,58 +813,58 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "某些字段定义了与另一个对象的关系。例如，联系人的国家与“国家”对象记录关联。如果你想导入这样的字段，Odoo必须重新创建不同记录之间的关联。为帮助你导入这样的字段，Odoo提供了三种机制。你必须在每个要导入的字段中使用且仅使用一种机制。" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:150 msgid "" "For example, to reference the country of a contact, Odoo proposes you 3 " "different fields to import:" msgstr "例如，在引用一个联系人的国别时，Odoo提供了三种不同的字段供你导入：" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:152 msgid "Country: the name or code of the country" msgstr "国家：国家的名称或代码" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:153 msgid "" "Country/Database ID: the unique Odoo ID for a record, defined by the ID " "postgresql column" msgstr "国家/数据库ID：用于记录唯一的Odoo ID，由postgresql 行定义。" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:154 msgid "" "Country/External ID: the ID of this record referenced in another application" " (or the .XML file that imported it)" msgstr "国家/外部ID：其他应用（或导入的.XML文档）中引用的记录ID" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:157 msgid "For the country Belgium, you can use one of these 3 ways to import:" msgstr "对于比利时这个国家，你可以用以下三种方式中之一进行导入：" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:159 msgid "Country: Belgium" msgstr "国家: 比利时" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:160 msgid "Country/Database ID: 21" msgstr "国家/数据库ID：21" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:161 msgid "Country/External ID: base.be" msgstr "国家/外部 ID: base.be" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:163 msgid "" "According to your need, you should use one of these 3 ways to reference " "records in relations. Here is when you should use one or the other, " "according to your need:" msgstr "根据需要，你可以使用三种方式之一来引用关系中的记录。参照指引：" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:166 msgid "" "Use Country: This is the easiest way when your data come from CSV files that" " have been created manually." msgstr "使用国家：如果手动创建了CSV文件，则这是最快捷的导入方式。" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:168 msgid "" "Use Country/Database ID: You should rarely use this notation. It's mostly " "used by developers as it's main advantage is to never have conflicts (you " @@ -871,13 +873,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "使用国家/数据库ID：你应该极少使用这一标识，主要是开发人员在使用。它的主要优势在于绝无冲突（你可能有多个相同的记录，但每个记录都有自己唯一的数据库ID）。" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:171 msgid "" "Use Country/External ID: Use External ID when you import data from a third " "party application." msgstr "使用国家/外部ID：从第三方应用中导入数据时，需要使用外部ID。" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:173 msgid "" "When you use External IDs, you can import CSV files with the \"External ID\"" " column to define the External ID of each record you import. Then, you will " @@ -887,27 +889,23 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "使用外部ID时，可利用带\\”外部ID\\”的行导入CSV文件，定义你导入的每条记录的外部ID号，然后引用类似\"字段/外部ID\\”的记录。以下两个CSV文件是产品及目录的例子。" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:178 msgid "" ":download:`CSV file for categories " -"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_product_categories.csv>`." +"<files/External_id_3rd_party_application_product_categories.csv>`." msgstr "" -":download:`类别的CSV文件 " -"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_product_categories.csv>`。" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:181 msgid "" ":download:`CSV file for Products " -"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_products.csv>`." +"<files/External_id_3rd_party_application_products.csv>`." msgstr "" -":download:`产品的CSV文件 " -"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_products.csv>`。" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:185 msgid "What can I do if I have multiple matches for a field?" msgstr "如果我有多对一的字段怎么做？" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:187 msgid "" "If for example you have two product categories with the child name " "\"Sellable\" (ie. \"Misc. Products/Sellable\" & \"Other " @@ -921,20 +919,20 @@ msgstr "" "Products/Sellable\"),你的确认被暂停了，但你仍然可以导入数据。不过我们建议你不要导入这些数据，因为它们可能都与产品目录列表 " "(\"Misc. Products/Sellable\")中的第一个“可销售”目录相链接。我们建议你修改一个副本值或产品目录的层级。" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:193 msgid "" "However if you do not wish to change your configuration of product " "categories, we recommend you use make use of the external ID for this field " "'Category'." msgstr "不过，如果你不想更改产品目录的配置，我们建议你在“目录”字段使用外部ID。" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:197 msgid "" "How can I import a many2many relationship field (e.g. a customer that has " "multiple tags)?" msgstr "如何导入多对多的关系字段（如一个顾客有多个tag）" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:199 msgid "" "The tags should be separated by a comma without any spacing. For example, if" " you want your customer to be linked to both tags 'Manufacturer' and " @@ -943,21 +941,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "这些tag可以用逗号分隔（中间无空格）。例如，如你想把顾客同时与“制造商”和“零售商”tag相链接，可以在CSV文件的同一行中编码\"Manufacturer,Retailer\"。" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:203 msgid "" ":download:`CSV file for Manufacturer, Retailer " -"<../../_static/example_files/m2m_customers_tags.csv>`" +"<files/m2m_customers_tags.csv>`" msgstr "" -":download:`制造商、零售商的CSV文件 " -"<../../_static/example_files/m2m_customers_tags.csv>`" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:207 msgid "" "How can I import a one2many relationship (e.g. several Order Lines of a " "Sales Order)?" msgstr "如何导入一对多的关系（例如多个订单行对应一个销售订单）？" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:209 msgid "" "If you want to import sales order having several order lines; for each order" " line, you need to reserve a specific row in the CSV file. The first order " @@ -969,47 +965,41 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "如果你先导入包含多个订单行的销售订单；你需要在CSV文件中为每个订单行保留一个特定行。第一个订单行将按相对于订单的信息在同一行导入。所有其他订单行都需要一个额外的行，它在字段中没有相对于的订单的任何信息。例如，你可以根据演示数据导入某些报价的``purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.CSV``文件。" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:216 msgid "" ":download:`File for some Quotations " -"<../../_static/example_files/purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.csv>`." +"<files/purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.csv>`." msgstr "" -":download:`某些报价的文件 " -"<../../_static/example_files/purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.csv>`。" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:218 msgid "" "The following CSV file shows how to import purchase orders with their " "respective purchase order lines:" msgstr "以下CSV文档显示如何用各自的采购订单行导入订单：" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:221 msgid "" ":download:`Purchase orders with their respective purchase order lines " -"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_purchase_order_lines.csv>`." +"<files/o2m_purchase_order_lines.csv>`." msgstr "" -":download:`采购订单及各自的订单行 " -"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_purchase_order_lines.csv>`。" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:223 msgid "" "The following CSV file shows how to import customers and their respective " "contacts:" msgstr "以下CSV文件显示如何导入顾客及其联系人：" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:225 msgid "" ":download:`Customers and their respective contacts " -"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_customers_contacts.csv>`." +"<files/o2m_customers_contacts.csv>`." msgstr "" -":download:`客户及各自的联系人 " -"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_customers_contacts.csv>`。" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:228 msgid "Can I import several times the same record?" msgstr "我可以导入多次相同的记录吗？" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:230 msgid "" "If you import a file that contains one of the column \"External ID\" or " "\"Database ID\", records that have already been imported will be modified " @@ -1021,17 +1011,17 @@ msgstr "" "如你导入了一个包含\"外部 ID\"或\"数据库 " "ID\\行的文件，已经导入的记录就会被修改而不是新创建记录。这是非常有用的，因为它允许你在两次导入之间多次导入同一个CSV文件。Odoo还支持对任一记录的创建或修改（视新旧而定）。" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:235 msgid "" "This feature allows you to use the Import/Export tool of Odoo to modify a " "batch of records in your favorite spreadsheet application." msgstr "此功能允许你使用Odoo的导入/导出工具修改批记录，非常适合电子表格应用。" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:239 msgid "What happens if I do not provide a value for a specific field?" msgstr "如果没有为特别字段赋值会有什么后果？" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:241 msgid "" "If you do not set all fields in your CSV file, Odoo will assign the default " "value for every non defined fields. But if you set fields with empty values " @@ -1040,11 +1030,11 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "如果没有在CSV文件中设定全部字段，Odoo会向未定义的字段分配默认值。但是如果你在CSV文件中设置了空值，Odoo会在该字段设置EMPTY值，不再分配默认的值。" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:246 msgid "How to export/import different tables from an SQL application to Odoo?" msgstr "如何从一个SQL应用中向Odoo导出/导入不同的表单？" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:251 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:248 msgid "" "If you need to import data from different tables, you will have to recreate " "relations between records belonging to different tables. (e.g. if you import" @@ -1053,7 +1043,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "如要从不同的表单中导入数据，应在各个记录间重新创建属于不同表单的关系（即：如你导入公司和人员数据，需要在每个人及其服务的公司间重新创建链接。）" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:252 msgid "" "To manage relations between tables, you can use the \"External ID\" " "facilities of Odoo. The \"External ID\" of a record is the unique identifier" @@ -1064,38 +1054,36 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "如要管理表单之间的关系，你可使用Odoo的“外部ID”工具。一条记录的“外部ID”是指这条记录在其他应用程序中的唯一标识符。“外部ID”必须在所有对象的所有记录中具备唯一性，因此在“外部ID”前面加上应用程序或表单名称是很好的习惯。（如“company_1'”或“person_1”，而不仅仅只有“1”）" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:261 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:258 msgid "" "As an example, suppose you have a SQL database with two tables you want to " "import: companies and persons. Each person belong to one company, so you " "will have to recreate the link between a person and the company he work for." " (If you want to test this example, here is a :download:`dump of such a " -"PostgreSQL database <../../_static/example_files/database_import_test.sql>`)" +"PostgreSQL database <files/database_import_test.sql>`)" msgstr "" -"举例来说，如果你的SQL数据库中有公司和人员两个需要导入的表单。每位人员属于一家公司，因此你必须重新创建人员与其所在公司之间的关联。（如你想测试本例，请使用:download:`PostgreSQL数据库的转储" -" <../../_static/example_files/database_import_test.sql>）" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:263 msgid "" "We will first export all companies and their \"External ID\". In PSQL, write" " the following command:" msgstr "首先会导出全部公司及其\"外部 ID\"。在PSQL环境中写入以下命令：" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:269 msgid "This SQL command will create the following CSV file:" msgstr "这条SQL命令将创建以下CSV文件：" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:278 msgid "" "To create the CSV file for persons, linked to companies, we will use the " "following SQL command in PSQL:" msgstr "在PSQL环境中使用以下SQL命令为个人创建CSV文档并链接到对应的公司：" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:284 msgid "It will produce the following CSV file:" msgstr "它将生成以下CSV文件：" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:297 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:294 msgid "" "As you can see in this file, Fabien and Laurence are working for the Bigees " "company (company_1) and Eric is working for the Organi company. The relation" @@ -1106,7 +1094,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "从本文件可以看出，Fabien和Laurence在Bigees公司工作（company_1），Eric在Organi公司工作。人员与公司的关系通过公司的外部ID来确定。我们必须将表单名称作为“外部ID”的前缀，以免人员与公司的ID之间出现冲突（person_1和company_1在原始数据库中的ID都是1）。" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:303 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:300 msgid "" "The two files produced are ready to be imported in Odoo without any " "modifications. After having imported these two CSV files, you will have 4 " @@ -1115,26 +1103,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "两个未经修改的文件已经就绪并导入Odoo。导入这两个CSV文件后，有4个联系人、3个公司（前两个联系人服务于同一公司）。你必须首先导入公司，然后导入人员。" -#: ../../general/calendars.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars.rst:3 msgid "Calendars" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:3 msgid "Synchronize Google Calendar with Odoo" msgstr "将谷歌日历与Odoo同步" -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo is perfectly integrated with Google Calendar so that you can see & " "manage your meetings from both platforms (updates go through both " "directions)." msgstr "Odoo能完美集成谷歌日历，因此能从两个平台上管理你的会议（同时通过两种方式更新日程）。" -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:10 msgid "Setup in Google" msgstr "在Google中设定" -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:11 msgid "" "Go to `Google APIs platform <https://console.developers.google.com>`__ to " "generate Google Calendar API credentials. Log in with your Google account." @@ -1142,35 +1130,35 @@ msgstr "" "打开`谷歌 APIs 平台 <https://console.developers.google.com>，生成谷歌日历API " "凭证，然后用谷歌帐号登录。" -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:14 msgid "Go to the API & Services page." msgstr "进入API和服务页面。" -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:19 msgid "Search for *Google Calendar API* and select it." msgstr "搜索 *谷歌日历API* 并选择它。" -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:27 msgid "Enable the API." msgstr "启用API接口。" -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:32 msgid "" "Select or create an API project to store the credentials if not yet done " "before. Give it an explicit name (e.g. Odoo Sync)." msgstr "选择或创建 API 项目以存储凭据（如果之前尚未完成）。给它一个显式名称（例如 Odoo 同步）。" -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:35 msgid "Create credentials." msgstr "创建凭据。" -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:40 msgid "" "Select *Web browser (Javascript)* as calling source and *User data* as kind " "of data." msgstr "选择 *网页浏览器（Javascript）* 作为调用源，选择 *用户数据* 作为数据类型。" -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:46 msgid "" "Then you can create a Client ID. Enter the name of the application (e.g. " "Odoo Calendar) and the allowed pages on which you will be redirected. The " @@ -1181,7 +1169,7 @@ msgstr "" "然后，您可以创建客户端 ID。输入应用程序的名称（例如 Odoo 日历）和将重定向的允许页面。*授权JavaScript源* 是 Odoo 的实例 " "URL。 *授权重定向 URI* 是您的 Odoo 的实例 URL，后跟'/google_account/authentication'。" -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:55 msgid "" "Go through the Consent Screen step by entering a product name (e.g. Odoo " "Calendar). Feel free to check the customizations options but this is not " @@ -1191,30 +1179,30 @@ msgstr "" "通过输入产品名称（例如 Odoo 日历）执行同意屏幕步骤。请随意检查自定义选项，但这不是强制性的。仅当首次在 Odoo 中输入客户端 ID " "时，才会显示同意屏幕。" -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:60 msgid "" "Finally you are provided with your **Client ID**. Go to *Credentials* to get" " the **Client Secret** as well. Both of them are required in Odoo." msgstr "最后，您得到了您的 **客户端 ID** 。也转到 **凭据** 以获取 **客户端机密** 。这两个都是Odoo所必需的。" -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:67 msgid "Setup in Odoo" msgstr "设置Odoo" -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:69 msgid "" "Install the **Google Calendar** App from the *Apps* menu or by checking the " "option in :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings`." msgstr "从 *应用* 菜单安装 **谷歌日历** 应用程序，或通过菜单选择中的选项 :menuselection:`设置 --> 常规设置`。" -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:75 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and enter your **Client" " ID** and **Client Secret** in Google Calendar option." msgstr "" "转到菜单选择 :menuselection:`设置 --> 常规设置`，并在谷歌日历选项中输入您的 **客户端 ID** 和 **客户端机密**。" -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:81 msgid "" "The setup is now ready. Open your Odoo Calendar and sync with Google. The " "first time you do it you are redirected to Google to authorize the " @@ -1223,25 +1211,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "设置现已就绪。打开Odoo日历，与谷歌日历同步。首次同步时会转到谷歌，对链接进行授权。返回Odoo后，再次点击同步按钮。任何时候同步均可点击这个按钮。" -#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:89 msgid "As of now you no longer have excuses to miss a meeting!" msgstr "不再有借口错过会议！" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:3 msgid "Synchronization with Outlook's Calendar" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:5 msgid "" "Synchronizing your **main** Outlook Calendar with Odoo is useful to keep " "track of your tasks and appointments, and across all related applications." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:9 msgid "Register your application with the Microsoft identity platform" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:13 msgid "" "In order to be able to sync your Outlook Calendar with Odoo's Calendar, a " "Microsoft Azure account is needed. The creation of an account is free for " @@ -1249,7 +1237,7 @@ msgid "" "here <https://azure.microsoft.com/en-us/free/?WT.mc_id=A261C142F>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:15 msgid "" "Following, `Set up an Azure AD Tenant <https://docs.microsoft.com/en-" "us/azure/active-directory/develop/quickstart-create-new-tenant>`_, also " @@ -1257,69 +1245,69 @@ msgid "" "and register apps." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:17 msgid "" "Ultimately, `Register an Application <https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure" "/active-directory/develop/quickstart-register-app>`_, choosing the " "appropriate supported account type." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:20 msgid "When configuring your platform settings, choose *Web*." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:0 msgid "" "For the **Redirect URI restrictions**, copy your Odoo database URI followed " "by ``/microsoft_account/authentication``. Example:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:0 msgid "" "For more information on the restrictions and limitations of URIs, `check " "this page <https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/active-directory/develop" "/reply-url>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:37 msgid "" "Regarding credentials, you *must* **Add a client secret**, called *Client " "Secret* in Odoo, which allows Odoo to authenticate itself, requiring no " "interaction from your side. *Certificates* are optional." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:42 msgid "Configuration in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:44 msgid "Go to general *Settings* and activate the *Outlook Calendar* feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:50 msgid "" "From your Azure portal, under *Overview*, copy your *Application (client) " "ID*, and paste it to *Client ID* in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:57 msgid "" "Going back to your Azure portal, now under *Certificates & secrets*, copy " "your *Client Secret Value* and paste it to *Client Secret* in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:67 msgid "Sync with Outlook" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:0 msgid "" "Odoo Calendar sends a confirmation email at the creation of an event to its " "attendees. But, on the **first** sync, Outlook will also send confirmation " "emails of all scheduled events (including past ones)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:0 msgid "" "To avoid this situation, we recommend *archiving all past events, and " "removing yourself from future ones in Odoo Calendar before the first sync*. " @@ -1328,20 +1316,20 @@ msgid "" "sync, events will only send one confirmation email." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:82 msgid "" "Go to the *Calendar* application and *Sync with Outlook*. You are asked to " "log in to your account, if you are not already, and grant the required " "permissions." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:89 msgid "" "The synchronization is a two-way process, meaning that events are reconciled" " in both accounts (Outlook and Odoo)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:97 msgid "" "All users that want to use the synchronization simply need to :ref:`sync " "their calendar with Outlook <outlook_calendar/sync_with_outlook>`. The " @@ -1351,107 +1339,107 @@ msgid "" "external users." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:103 -msgid ":doc:`../../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension`" +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:103 +msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:104 msgid ":doc:`../google/google_calendar_credentials`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/developer_mode.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:3 msgid "Developer Mode" msgstr "开发者模式" -#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:3 msgid "Activate the Developer (Debug) Mode" msgstr "启用开发人员（调试）模式" -#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:5 msgid "" "The Developer or Debug Mode gives you access to extra and advanced tools." msgstr "开发人员或调试模式允许你访问额外和高级工具。" -#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:8 msgid "Through the Settings application" msgstr "通过设置应用程序" -#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:10 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Activate the developer mode`." msgstr "前往 :menuselection:`设置 --> 启用开发人员模式`。" -#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:17 msgid "" "*Activate the developer mode (with assets)* is used by developers; *Activate" " the developer mode (with tests assets)* is used by developers and testers." msgstr "*启用开发人员模式（带资产）*由开发人员使用；*启用开发人员模式（带测试资产）*由开发人员和测试人员使用。" -#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:20 msgid "" "Once activated, the *Deactivate the developer mode* option becomes " "available." msgstr "在启用开发人员模式之后，*停用开发人员模式*选项也就可用了。" -#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:23 msgid "Through a browser extension" msgstr "通过浏览器扩展" -#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:26 msgid "" "Go to the settings and extensions of your web browser, and search for *Odoo " "Debug*. Once the extension is installed, a new icon will be shown on your " "toolbar." msgstr "前往Web浏览器的设置和扩展，并搜索*Odoo Debug*。 一旦安装了扩展，将在工具栏上显示一个新图标。" -#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:28 msgid "" "For the *Odoo Debug* extension, a single click enables a normal version of " "the mode, while a double click enables it with assets. To deactivate it, use" " a single click." msgstr "对于*Odoo Debug*扩展，单击可启用模式的正常版本，而双击将启用资产。若要停用，请单击。" -#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:35 msgid "Through the URL" msgstr "通过URL" -#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:37 msgid "In the URL add ``?debug=1`` or ``?debug=true`` after *web*." msgstr "在URL中，在*web*后添加``?debug=1``或``?debug=true``。" -#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:44 msgid "Developers: type ``?debug=assets`` and activate the mode with assets." msgstr "开发人员：键入``?debug=assets``并启用带资产的模式。" -#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:47 msgid "Locate the mode tools" msgstr "找到模式工具" -#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:49 msgid "" "The Developer mode tools can be accessed from the *Open Developer Tools* " "button, located on the header of your pages." msgstr "开发人员模式工具可从位于页面标题的*打开开发人员工具*按钮访问。" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:3 msgid "In-App Purchase" msgstr "应用内购买" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:3 msgid "General guide about In-App Purchase (IAP) Services" msgstr "关于应用内购买(IAP)服务的一般指南" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:5 msgid "" "In-App Purchases (IAP) gives access to additional services through Odoo. For" " instance, it allows me to send SMS Text Messages or to send Invoices by " "post directly from my database." msgstr "应用内购买(IAP)提供了通过Odoo获得额外服务的通路。例如，它可以让我直接从数据库发短信或邮寄发票。" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:9 msgid "Buying Credits" msgstr "购买信用" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:11 msgid "" "Each IAP Service relies on prepaid credits to work and has its own pricing. " "To consult my current balance or to recharge my account, go to " @@ -1460,33 +1448,30 @@ msgstr "" "每项IAP服务都需要预付费信用，并有自己的定价。如需查询我的当前余额或为我的账户重置，前往 :menuselection:`设置 --> Odoo " "IAP --> 查看我的服务`。" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:19 msgid "" "If I am on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, I benefit " "from free credits to test our IAP features." msgstr "如果我使用Odoo Online (SAAS)并有企业版，我可以获得免费信用，用于测试IAP功能。" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:23 msgid "IAP accounts" msgstr "IAP账户" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:25 msgid "" "Credits to use IAP services are stored on IAP accounts, which are specific " "to each service and database. By default, IAP accounts are common to all " "companies, but can be restricted to specific ones. Activate the " -":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, then go to " +":doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>`, then go to " ":menuselection:`Technical Settings --> IAP Account`." msgstr "" -"使用IAP服务的信用存储在IAP账户内，每项服务和数据库都有特定的IAP账户。默认情况下，所有公司都有IAP账户，但也可限制为特定公司。启用 " -":doc:`开发人员模式 <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`，然后前往 " -":menuselection:`技术设置 --> IAP账户`。" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:34 msgid "IAP Portal" msgstr "IAP门户" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:36 msgid "" "The IAP Portal is a platform regrouping my IAP Services. It is accessible " "from :menuselection:`Settings app --> Odoo IAP --> View my Services`. From " @@ -1495,11 +1480,11 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "IAP门户是重组我的IAP服务的平台。访问路径为 :menuselection:`设置应用程序 --> Odoo IAP --> 查看我的服务`。" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:44 msgid "Get notified when credits are low" msgstr "在信用降低后收到通知" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:46 msgid "" "To be notified when it’s time to recharge my credits, I’ll go to my IAP " "Portal through :menuselection:`Settings app --> Odoo IAP --> View my " @@ -1511,49 +1496,69 @@ msgstr "" "如要在需要充值时收到通知，通过 :menuselection:`设置应用程序 --> Odoo IAP --> " "查看我的服务`进入我的IAP门户，展开服务并标记接收阈值警告选项。然后，我将填写信用的最低金额和电子邮件地址。现在，一旦信用达到规定限值，系统会自动向我发送电子邮件提醒！" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:56 msgid "IAP services available" msgstr "可用的IAP服务" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:58 msgid "" "Different services are available depending on the hosting type of your " "Database:" msgstr "根据数据库的托管类型，可以提供不同的服务：" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:60 msgid "" "*Odoo Online (SAAS)*: only the IAP services provided by Odoo can be used " "(i.e. the SMS, Snailmail, Reveal and Partner Autocomplete features);" msgstr "" "*Odoo Online (SAAS)*：只能使用Odoo提供的IAP服务（即短信、Snailmail、Reveal和业务伙伴自动完成功能）；" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:62 msgid "" "*Odoo.sh and Odoo Enterprise (on-premise)*: both the services provided by " "Odoo and by third-party apps can be used." msgstr "*Odoo.sh和Odoo企业版（本地部署）*：可同时使用Odoo和第三方应用程序提供的服务。" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:66 msgid "Offering my own services" msgstr "提供我自己的服务" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:68 msgid "" "I am more than welcome to offer my own IAP services through Odoo Apps! It is" " the perfect opportunity to get recurring revenue for an ongoing service use" " rather than — and possibly instead of — a sole initial purchase. Please, " -"find more information at: `In-App Purchase " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/14.0/webservices/iap.html>`_" +"find more information at: :doc:`In-App Purchase " +"</developer/webservices/iap>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies.rst:3 -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:2 -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/general/mobile.rst:4 +msgid "Mobile" +msgstr "手机应用" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/mobile.rst:7 +msgid "Push Notifications" +msgstr "推送通知" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/mobile.rst:9 +msgid "" +"As of Odoo 12.0, 13.0 or above, there is no more complex configuration to " +"enable push notifications in the mobile app." +msgstr "从Odoo 12.0、13.0或更高版本开始，没有更复杂的配置可在移动应用程序中启用推送通知。" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/mobile.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Simply go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Odoo Cloud " +"Notification (OCN)` and make sure that **Push Notifications** is checked." +msgstr "只需进入 :menuselection:`设置 --> 常规设置 --> Odoo云通知（OCN）`并确保选中了 **推送通知** 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:2 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:189 msgid "Multi Companies" msgstr "多公司" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:4 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:4 msgid "" "A centralized management environment allows you to select multiple companies" " simultaneously and set their specific warehouses, customers, equipment, and" @@ -1564,11 +1569,11 @@ msgstr "" "集中式管理环境使您可以同时选择多个公司，并设置其特定的仓库，客户，设备和联系人。 " "它使您无需切换界面即可生成汇总图的报告，从而简化了日常任务和整个管理流程。" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:10 msgid "Manage companies and records" msgstr "管理多个公司和记录" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:12 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Manage Companies` and fill in the form " "with your company’s information. If a *Parent Company* is selected, records " @@ -1578,18 +1583,15 @@ msgstr "" "转到 :menuselection:`设定 --> 管理公司`，然后在表格中填写您的公司信息。 如果选择了 *母公司* " "，则在两个公司之间共享记录（只要两个环境都处于活动状态）。" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:21 msgid "" -"Activate the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` " -"to choose a *Favicon* for each of your companies, and easily identify them " -"by the browser tabs. Set your favicons’ files size to 16x16 or 32x32 pixels." -" JPG, PNG, GIF, and ICO are extensions accepted." +"Activate the :doc:`Developer mode <../developer_mode/activate>` to choose a " +"*Favicon* for each of your companies, and easily identify them by the " +"browser tabs. Set your favicons’ files size to 16x16 or 32x32 pixels. JPG, " +"PNG, GIF, and ICO are extensions accepted." msgstr "" -"激活 :doc:`开发人员模式<../../ general / developer_mode / activate>`，为每个公司选择一个 * " -"网站图标* ，并通过浏览器标签轻松识别它们。 将您的网站图标的档案大小设置为 16x16 或32x32 像素。 " -"可以使用的档案格式为JPG，PNG，GIF和ICO是扩展名。" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:30 msgid "" "Switch between or select multiple companies by enabling their selection " "boxes to activate them. The grayed company is the one which environment is " @@ -1600,39 +1602,39 @@ msgstr "" "在多个公司之间切换或选择，可以启用其选择框来激活它们。 灰色的公司是使用环境的公司。 要切换环境，请点击公司名称。 " "在下面的示例中，用户可以访问三个公司，其中两个被激活，并且使用的环境是 *JS Store US* 。" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:39 msgid "" "Data such as Products, Contacts, and Equipment can be shared or set to be " "shown for a specific company only. To do so, on their forms, choose between:" msgstr "产品，联系人和设备等数据可以共享或设置为仅针对特定公司显示。 为此，请按照以下形式进行选择：" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:42 msgid "*A blank field*: the record is shared within all companies." msgstr "*空白字段* ：记录会在所有公司内共享。" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:43 msgid "" "*Adding a company*: the record is visible to users logged in to that " -"specific company and its child companies." -msgstr "*添加公司* ：登录后到该特定公司及其子公司的用户可以看到该记录。" +"specific company." +msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:50 msgid "Employees' access" msgstr "员工的访问权限" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:52 msgid "" "Once companies are created, manage your employees' :doc:`Access Rights " -"<../odoo_basics/add_user>` for *Multi Companies*." -msgstr "创建公司后，请管理您的员工` :doc:`*多公司* 的访问权限<../ odoo_basics / add_user>`。" +"<../odoo_basics/users>` for *Multi Companies*." +msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:61 msgid "" "If a user has multiple companies *activated* on his database, and he is " "**editing** a record, the editing happens on the record's related company." msgstr "如果用户的数据库中有多个 *被激活* 的公司，并且正在 **编辑** 一条记录，该编辑将在该记录的相关公司上进行。" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:64 msgid "" "Example: if editing a sale order issued under JS Store US while working on " "the JS Store Belgium environment, the changes are applied under JS Store US " @@ -1641,82 +1643,75 @@ msgstr "" "示例：如果在JS Store Belgium 环境下编辑在JS Store US下发布的销售订单，则更改将在JS Store " "US（发布销售订单的公司）下应用。" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:65 msgid "When **creating** a record, the company taken into account is:" msgstr "当 **创建** 一个记录时，考虑到公司是：" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:67 msgid "The current company (the one active) or," msgstr "当前的公司(活跃的公司) 或，" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:68 msgid "No company is set (on products and contacts’ forms for example) or," msgstr "没有设置公司（例如，在产品和联系人的表格上），或" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:69 msgid "" "The company set is the one linked to the document (the same as if a record " "is being edited)." msgstr "公司设置是链接到文档的设置(与正在编辑的记录相同)。" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:72 msgid "Documents’ format" msgstr "文档的格式" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:74 msgid "" "To set documents' formats according to each company, *activate* and *select*" " the respective one and, under *Settings*, click on *Configure Document " "Layout*." msgstr "要根据每个公司设置文档格式，请 *激活* 并 *选择* 相应的格式，然后在 *设定* 下单击 *配置文档布局* 。" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:82 msgid "Inter-Company Transactions" msgstr "公司间交易" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:84 msgid "" "First, make sure each one of your companies is properly set in relation to:" msgstr "首先，请确保您的每个公司都针对以下方面进行了正确设置：" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:86 msgid "" ":doc:`Chart of Accounts " -"<../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts>`" +"<../../finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts>`" msgstr "" -":doc:`会计科目表 <../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts>`" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:88 -msgid ":doc:`Taxes <../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes>`" -msgstr ":doc:`税务 <../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes>`" +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:87 +msgid ":doc:`Taxes <../../finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes>`" +msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:88 msgid "" -":doc:`Fiscal Positions <../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions>`" -msgstr ":doc:`财政状况 <../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions>`" +":doc:`Fiscal Positions " +"<../../finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions>`" +msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:90 -msgid ":doc:`Journals <../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts>`" -msgstr ":doc:`Journals <../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts>`" +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:89 +msgid ":doc:`Journals <../../finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts>`" +msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:90 msgid "" ":doc:`Fiscal Localizations " -"<../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>`" +"<../../finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>`" msgstr "" -":doc:`财政本地化 " -"<../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>`" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:92 -msgid ":doc:`Pricelists <../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing>`" -msgstr ":doc:`价目表 <../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing>`" +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:91 +msgid ":doc:`Pricelists <../../sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing>`" +msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:93 -msgid "" -":doc:`Warehouses <../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation>`" -msgstr ":doc:`仓库 <../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation>`" - -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:93 msgid "" "Now, activate the *Inter-Company Transactions* option under *Settings*. With" " the respective company *activated* and *selected*, choose if you would like" @@ -1726,13 +1721,13 @@ msgstr "" "现在，在*设定*下激活 *公司间交易* 选项。 在 *已激活* 和 *已选择* " "各自的公司的情况下，选择是否要在发票/开票级别或在销售/采购订单级别同步公司之间的操作。" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:101 msgid "" "**Synchronize invoice/bills**: generates a bill/invoice when a company " "confirms a bill/invoice for the selected company." msgstr "**同步发票/账单** ：当公司确认所选公司的账单/发票时生成账单/发票。" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:104 msgid "" "*Example:* an invoice posted on JS Store Belgium, for JS Store US, " "automatically creates a vendor bill on the JS Store US, from the JS Store " @@ -1741,7 +1736,7 @@ msgstr "" "*示例：* 在JS Store Belgium 发布了JS Store US 的发票，在JS Store Belgium将自动在J S Store " "US创建供应商账单。" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:111 msgid "" "**Synchronize sales/purchase order**: generates a drafted purchase/sales " "order using the selected company warehouse when a sales/purchase order is " @@ -1751,7 +1746,7 @@ msgstr "" "**同步销售/采购订单** ：当确认选定公司的销售/采购订单时，使用选定的公司仓库起草的采购/销售订单。 " "如果您要验证草稿而不是草拟的采购/销售订单，请启用 *自动验证* 。" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:115 msgid "" "*Example:* when a sale order for JS Store US is confirmed on JS Store " "Belgium, a purchase order on JS Store Belgium is automatically created (and " @@ -1760,241 +1755,50 @@ msgstr "" "*例如：* 当在JS Store Belgium上确认了JS Store US的销售订单时，将自动在JS Store " "Belgium上创建采购订单（确认是否启用了 *自动验证* 功能）。" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:126 -msgid "Products have to be configured as *Can be sold*." -msgstr "产品必须配置为 *可以出售* 。" +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:124 +msgid "" +"Products have to be configured as *Can be sold* and must be shared between " +"the companies." +msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:127 msgid "" "Remember to test all workflows as an user other than the administrator." msgstr "切记请以管理员以外的身份测试所有工作流程。" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:132 -msgid "" -"`Multi-company Guidelines " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/14.0/howtos/company.html>`_" +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:130 +msgid ":doc:`Multi-company Guidelines </developer/howtos/company>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:133 -msgid ":doc:`../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works`" +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:131 +msgid ":doc:`../../finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works`" +msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics.rst:3 msgid "Basics" msgstr "基础" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:3 -msgid "Add Users and Manage Access Rights" -msgstr "添加用户和管理访问权限" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo defines a *user* as someone who has access to a database to perform " -"daily tasks. You can add as many users as you need and, in order to restrict" -" the type of information each user can access, rules can be applied. Users " -"and access rights can be added and changed at any point." -msgstr "" -"Odoo将 *用户* 定义为有权访问数据库以执行日常任务的人。 您可以根据需要任意添加用户的数量，并且可应用规则，以便限制每个用户可以访问的信息类型。 " -"可以随时添加和更改用户和访问权限。" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:12 -msgid "Add individual users" -msgstr "添加个人用户" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Manage Users` and click on *Create*." -msgstr "转到 :menuselection:`设定 --> 管理用户`，然后单击 *创建* 。" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Fill in the form with the needed information. Under the tab :ref:`Access " -"Rights <general/odoo_basics/add_user/access_rights>` choose the group within" -" each application the user can have access to." -msgstr "" -"填写表格所需的信息。 在标签 :ref:`访问权限 " -"<general/odoo_basics/add_user/access_rights>`下，选择用户可以访问的每个应用程序中组别。" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:24 -msgid "" -"The list of applications shown is based on the applications installed on the" -" database." -msgstr "显示的应用程序列表是基于数据库上安装的应用程序。" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:30 -msgid "" -"When you are done editing the page and have *Saved* it, an invitation email " -"is automatically sent to the user. The user must click on it to accept the " -"invitation and create a login." -msgstr "完成编辑页面并点击 *保存* 后，电子邀请函将自动发送给用户。 用户必须单击接受邀请后才能创建登录名。" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Remember that subscription prices follow the number of users. Refer to our " -"`pricing page <https://www.odoo.com/pricing>`_ for more information." -msgstr "" -"请记住，订阅价格随着用户数量而变更。 有关信息，请参考我们的 `定价页面<https://www.odoo.com/pricing>`_”。" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:42 -msgid "" -"With the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` " -"activated, *User Types* can be selected." -msgstr "" -"在 :doc:`开发人员模式 <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` 激活后，可以选择 *用户类型* 。" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:50 -msgid "" -"The *Portal* and *Public* options do not allow you to choose access rights. " -"Members have specific ones (such as record rules and restricted menus) and " -"usually do not belong to the usual Odoo groups." -msgstr "* 门户网站 *和* 公众用户 *选项不允许您选择访问权限。 成员是特定功能的成员（例如记录规则和受限菜单），通常不属于通常的Odoo组。" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:57 -msgid "Access Rights in detail" -msgstr "更多关于访问权限" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:59 -msgid "" -"Activate the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, " -"then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Groups`." -msgstr "" -"激活 :doc:`开发人员模式 <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, then go to " -":menuselection:`设定 -->用户与公司 --> 用户组`." - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:63 -msgid "Groups" -msgstr "群组" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:68 -msgid "" -"When choosing the groups the user can have access under :ref:`Access Rights " -"<general/odoo_basics/add_individual_user>`, details of the rules and " -"inheritances of that group are not shown, so this is when the menu *Groups* " -"comes along. *Groups* are created to define rules to models within an " -"application." -msgstr "" -"选择用户组时，用户可以在:ref:`访问权限 <general / odoo_basics / " -"add_individual_user>下访问，该组的规则和继承的详细信息不会显示，因此出现 *用户组* 菜单。 创建 *用户组* " -"是为了定义应用程序中规则模型。" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Under *Users*, have a list of the current ones. The ones with administrative" -" rights are shown in black." -msgstr "在*用户* 栏下，列出当前用户。 具有管理权限的内容以黑色显示。" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:76 -msgid "" -"*Inherited* means that users added to this application group are " -"automatically added to the following ones. In the example below, users who " -"have access to the group *Administrator* of *Sales* also have access to " -"*Website/Restricted Editor* and *Sales/User: All Documents*." -msgstr "" -"*继承* 表示添加到该应用程序组的用户将自动添加到以下。 在下面的示例中，有权访问 *销售* 的 *管理员* 用户组还可以访问 *网站/受限编辑器* 和" -" *销售/用户：所有文档* 。" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:86 -msgid "" -"Remember to always test the settings being changed in order to ensure that " -"they are being applied to the needed and right users." -msgstr "切记要经常测试被更改的设定，以确保所需的用户可以顺利访问。" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:89 -msgid "" -"The *Menus* tab is where you define which menus (models) the user can have " -"access to." -msgstr "在 *菜单* 选项卡上，您可以定义用户可以访问的菜单（模型）。" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:96 -msgid "" -"*Access Rights* rules are the first level of rights. The field is composed " -"of the object name, which is the technical name given to a model. For each " -"model, enable the following options as appropriate:" -msgstr "“访问权限”规则是第一级权限。 该字段由对象名称组成，对象名称是模型的技术名称。 对于每个模型，适当地启用以下选项：" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:99 -msgid "*Read*: the values of that object can be only seen by the user." -msgstr "*读取*：用户只能看到该对象的系统信息。" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:100 -msgid "*Write*: the values of that object can be edited by the user." -msgstr "*写入*：用户可以编辑该对象的系统信息。" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:101 -msgid "*Create*: values for that object can be created by the user." -msgstr "*创建* ：由用户创建可以该对象的系统信息。" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:102 -msgid "*Delete*: the values of that object can be deleted by the user." -msgstr "*删除* :用户可以删除该对象的系统信息。" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:109 -msgid "" -"As a second layer of editing and visibility rules, *Record Rules* can be " -"formed. They overwrite, or refine, the *Access Rights*." -msgstr "第二层的规则关于编辑和可见性，可以形成 *记录规则* 。 他们改写或调整 *访问权限* 。" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:112 -msgid "" -"A record rule is written using a *Domain*. Domains are conditions used to " -"filter or searching data. Therefore, a domain expression is a list of " -"conditions. For each rule, choose among the following options: *Read*, " -"*Write*, *Create* and *Delete* values." -msgstr "" -"记录规则是使用 *域* 编写的。 域是用于过滤或搜索数据的条件。 因此，域表达式是条件列表。 对于每个规则，请选择以下选项：*读取* ， *写入* ， " -"*创建* 和 *删除* 。" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:119 -msgid "" -"Making changes in access rights can have a big impact on the database. For " -"this reason, we recommend you to contact your Odoo Business Analyst or our " -"Support Team, unless you have knowledge about Domains in Odoo." -msgstr "更改访问权限可能会对数据库产生很大影响。 因此，除非您对Odoo中的域有所了解，否则我们建议您与Odoo业务顾问或我们的支持团队联系。" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:126 -msgid "" -"The *Multi Companies* field allows you to set to which of the multiple " -"companies database you hold the user can have access." -msgstr "*多公司架构* 字段允许您设置用户访问您的多分部数据库的权限。" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:130 -msgid "" -"Note that if not handled correctly, it may be the source of a lot of " -"inconsistent multi-company behaviors. Therefore, a good knowledge of Odoo is" -" required. For technical explanations refer to `this " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/14.0/howtos/company.html>`_ " -"documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:140 -msgid ":doc:`../multi_companies/manage_multi_companies`" -msgstr ":doc:`../multi_companies/manage_multi_companies`" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:141 -msgid ":doc:`../../db_management/documentation`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../db_管理/文档`" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:3 msgid "Manage Odoo in your own language" msgstr "使用简体中文管理及操作Odoo" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo provides you with the option to manage Odoo in different languages, and" " each user can use Odoo in his own language ." msgstr "Odoo可提供多种语言的管理选项，每个用户都可以设置自己的语言。" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:9 msgid "Load your desired language" msgstr "加载你所需的语言" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:11 msgid "" "The first thing to do is to load your desired language on your Odoo " "instance." msgstr "首先在Odoo实例中加载你想要的语言。" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:14 msgid "" "From the general dashboard click on the **Settings** app; on the top left of" " the page select :menuselection:`Translations --> Load a Translation`, " @@ -2002,43 +1806,43 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "在通用仪表板中点击**设置**，在页面左上方选择 :menuselection:`翻译 --> 加载翻译`，选择一种语言并点击 **加载** 安装。" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:23 msgid "" "If you check the \"Websites to translate\" checkbox you will have the option" " to change the navigation language on your website." msgstr "如你勾选了“翻译网址”，就可以在网站上更改导航了。" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:27 msgid "Change your language" msgstr "更改语言" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:29 msgid "" "You can change the language to the installed language by going to the drop-" "down menu at the top right side of the screen, choose **Preferences**." msgstr "在屏幕右上方的下拉菜单中更改已安装的语言，选择**偏好**。" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:36 msgid "" "Then change the Language setting to your installed language and click " "**SAVE.**" msgstr "然后保存语言设置到你已经安装的语言中，并点击 **保存** 。" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:42 msgid "Open a new menu to view the changes." msgstr "打开一个新菜单查看这些更改。" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:45 msgid "Change another user's language" msgstr "更改另一个用户的语言" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:47 msgid "" "Odoo also gives you the possibility for each user to choose his preferred " "language." msgstr "Odoo还有可能允许每个用户选择语言偏好。" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:50 msgid "" "To change the language for a different user, choose :menuselection:`Users " "--> Users` from the Settings app. Here you have a list of all users and you " @@ -2050,15 +1854,15 @@ msgstr "" "要为不同的用户更改语言，请在 *设置* 应用中选择 :menuselection:`用户 --> 用户` " "，查看要更改语言的用户列表，选择用户并点击左上角的 **编辑** 。可在用户偏好中更改之前已安装的语言，然后点击 **保存** 。" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:61 -msgid ":doc:`../../website/publish/translate`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../website/publish/translate`" +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:61 +msgid ":doc:`../../websites/website/publish/translate`" +msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:3 msgid "Export Data From Odoo" msgstr "从Odoo导出数据" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:5 msgid "" "When working with a database, it sometimes is necessary to export your data " "in a distinct file. Doing so can help to do reporting over your activities " @@ -2067,21 +1871,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "使用数据库时，有时必须将数据导出到不同的文件类型。 这样做可以帮助您对活动进行报告（即使Odoo 的每个应用程序都提供了精确而简单的报告工具）。" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:9 msgid "" "With Odoo, you can export the values from any field in any record. To do so," " activate the list view on the items that need to be exported, click on " "*Action*, and, then, on *Export*." msgstr "使用Odoo，您可以导出记录中任何字段的信息。 为此，在需要导出的项目上激活列表视图，单击 *操作* ，然后单击 *导出* 。" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:17 msgid "" "Pretty simple, this action still comes with some specificities. In fact, " "when clicking on *Export*, a pop-up window appears with several options for " "the data to export:" msgstr "很简单，此操作仍具有一些特殊情况。 实际上，当单击 *导出* 时，会出现一个弹出窗口，其中包含用于导出数据的多个选项：" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:25 msgid "" "With the *I want to update data* option ticked, the system only shows the " "fields which can be imported. This is very helpful in case you want to " @@ -2092,7 +1896,7 @@ msgstr "" "选中 *我想更新数据* 选项，系统仅显示可以导入的字段。 如果您想更新现有记录，这将非常有用。 基本上，这就像一个过滤器。 " "取消选中该框会提供更多的字段选项，因为它会显示所有字段，而不只是可以导入的字段。" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:31 msgid "" "When exporting, you can choose between two formats: .csv and .xls. With " ".csv, items are separated with a comma, while .xls holds information about " @@ -2100,7 +1904,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "导出时，可以选择两种格式：.csv 和 .xls。 使用 .csv，项目以逗号分隔，而.xls 包含有关文件中所有工作表的信息，如内容和格式。" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:34 msgid "" "Those are the items you may want to export. Use the arrows to display more " "sub-field options. Of course, you can use the search bar to find specific " @@ -2110,22 +1914,22 @@ msgstr "" "这些是您可能要导出的项目。 使用箭头显示更多子字段选项。 当然，您可以使用搜索栏更轻松地查找特定字段。 " "要更有效地使用搜索选项，请单击所有箭头以显示所有字段！" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:39 msgid "The + button is there to add fields to the “to export” list." msgstr "使用 + 按钮可以将字段添加到 “要导出” 列表中。" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:40 msgid "" "The “handles” next to the selected fields allow you to move the fields up " "and down to change the order in which they must be displayed in the exported" " file." msgstr "所选字段旁边的“控键”使您可以上下移动字段，以更改导出文件的显示顺序。" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:43 msgid "The trashcan is there if you need to remove fields." msgstr "如果您需要删除字段，则可以点击垃圾箱图标。" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:44 msgid "" "For recurring reports, it might be interesting to save export presets. " "Select all the needed ones and click on the template bar. There, click on " @@ -2135,23 +1939,282 @@ msgstr "" "对于定期报告，保存导出预设可能很有用。 选择所有需要的选项，然后单击模板栏。 在这里，单击 *新模板* ，并起一个名字。 " "下次您需要导出相同列表时，只需选择相关模板。" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:51 msgid "" "It’s good to keep the field’s external identifier in mind. For example, " "*Related Company* is equal to *parent_id*. Doing so helps export only what " "you would like to import next." msgstr "请牢记字段的外部标识符。 例如，*相关公司* 等于 *parent_id* 。 这样做可只导出您接下来要导入的内容。" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers.rst:3 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:3 +msgid "Users and Access Rights" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo defines a *user* as someone who has access to a database to perform " +"daily tasks. You can add as many users as you need and, in order to restrict" +" the type of information each user can access, rules can be applied. Users " +"and access rights can be added and changed at any point." +msgstr "" +"Odoo将 *用户* 定义为有权访问数据库以执行日常任务的人。 您可以根据需要任意添加用户的数量，并且可应用规则，以便限制每个用户可以访问的信息类型。 " +"可以随时添加和更改用户和访问权限。" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:12 +msgid "Add individual users" +msgstr "添加个人用户" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Manage Users` and click on *Create*." +msgstr "转到 :menuselection:`设定 --> 管理用户`，然后单击 *创建* 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Fill in the form with the needed information. Under the tab :ref:`Access " +"Rights <general/odoo_basics/users/access_rights>` choose the group within " +"each application the user can have access to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The list of applications shown is based on the applications installed on the" +" database." +msgstr "显示的应用程序列表是基于数据库上安装的应用程序。" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:30 +msgid "" +"When you are done editing the page and have *Saved* it, an invitation email " +"is automatically sent to the user. The user must click on it to accept the " +"invitation and create a login." +msgstr "完成编辑页面并点击 *保存* 后，电子邀请函将自动发送给用户。 用户必须单击接受邀请后才能创建登录名。" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Remember that subscription prices follow the number of users. Refer to our " +"`pricing page <https://www.odoo.com/pricing>`_ for more information." +msgstr "" +"请记住，订阅价格随着用户数量而变更。 有关信息，请参考我们的 `定价页面<https://www.odoo.com/pricing>`_”。" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:42 +msgid "" +"With the :doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>` " +"activated, *User Types* can be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The *Portal* and *Public* options do not allow you to choose access rights. " +"Members have specific ones (such as record rules and restricted menus) and " +"usually do not belong to the usual Odoo groups." +msgstr "* 门户网站 *和* 公众用户 *选项不允许您选择访问权限。 成员是特定功能的成员（例如记录规则和受限菜单），通常不属于通常的Odoo组。" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:57 +msgid "Passwords management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:62 +msgid "Reset passwords" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:67 +msgid "Enable password resets from login page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:69 +msgid "It is possible to enable password resets directly from the login page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:71 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Permissions`, activate " +"**Password Reset** and *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:80 +msgid "Send reset instructions to users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Users`, select the " +"user out of the list and click on *Send Password Reset Instructions* on its " +"user form. An email is automatically sent to them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:87 +msgid "" +"The *Send Password Reset Instructions* button only appears if the Odoo " +"invitation email has already been confirmed by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:90 +msgid "" +"This email contains all the instructions needed to reset the password, along" +" with a link redirecting the user to an Odoo login page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:100 +msgid "Change users’ passwords" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Users` and select " +"a user to access its form. Click on the *Action* button and select *Change " +"Password*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:109 +msgid "Enter a new password and confirm by clicking on *Change Password*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:112 +msgid "" +"This operation only modifies the password of the users locally and does not " +"affect their odoo.com account. If you want to change the odoo.com password, " +"you can :ref:`send the password reset instructions <users/reset-password-" +"email>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Click on *Change Password* one more time. You are then redirected to an Odoo" +" login page where you can reaccess your database using your new password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:122 +msgid "Access Rights in detail" +msgstr "更多关于访问权限" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:124 +msgid "" +"Activate the :doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>`, " +"then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Groups`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:128 +msgid "Groups" +msgstr "群组" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:133 +msgid "" +"When choosing the groups the user can have access under :ref:`Access Rights " +"<general/odoo_basics/add_individual_user>`, details of the rules and " +"inheritances of that group are not shown, so this is when the menu *Groups* " +"comes along. *Groups* are created to define rules to models within an " +"application." +msgstr "" +"选择用户组时，用户可以在:ref:`访问权限 <general / odoo_basics / " +"add_individual_user>下访问，该组的规则和继承的详细信息不会显示，因此出现 *用户组* 菜单。 创建 *用户组* " +"是为了定义应用程序中规则模型。" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Under *Users*, have a list of the current ones. The ones with administrative" +" rights are shown in black." +msgstr "在*用户* 栏下，列出当前用户。 具有管理权限的内容以黑色显示。" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:141 +msgid "" +"*Inherited* means that users added to this application group are " +"automatically added to the following ones. In the example below, users who " +"have access to the group *Administrator* of *Sales* also have access to " +"*Website/Restricted Editor* and *Sales/User: All Documents*." +msgstr "" +"*继承* 表示添加到该应用程序组的用户将自动添加到以下。 在下面的示例中，有权访问 *销售* 的 *管理员* 用户组还可以访问 *网站/受限编辑器* 和" +" *销售/用户：所有文档* 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Remember to always test the settings being changed in order to ensure that " +"they are being applied to the needed and right users." +msgstr "切记要经常测试被更改的设定，以确保所需的用户可以顺利访问。" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:154 +msgid "" +"The *Menus* tab is where you define which menus (models) the user can have " +"access to." +msgstr "在 *菜单* 选项卡上，您可以定义用户可以访问的菜单（模型）。" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:161 +msgid "" +"*Access Rights* rules are the first level of rights. The field is composed " +"of the object name, which is the technical name given to a model. For each " +"model, enable the following options as appropriate:" +msgstr "“访问权限”规则是第一级权限。 该字段由对象名称组成，对象名称是模型的技术名称。 对于每个模型，适当地启用以下选项：" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:164 +msgid "*Read*: the values of that object can be only seen by the user." +msgstr "*读取*：用户只能看到该对象的系统信息。" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:165 +msgid "*Write*: the values of that object can be edited by the user." +msgstr "*写入*：用户可以编辑该对象的系统信息。" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:166 +msgid "*Create*: values for that object can be created by the user." +msgstr "*创建* ：由用户创建可以该对象的系统信息。" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:167 +msgid "*Delete*: the values of that object can be deleted by the user." +msgstr "*删除* :用户可以删除该对象的系统信息。" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:174 +msgid "" +"As a second layer of editing and visibility rules, *Record Rules* can be " +"formed. They overwrite, or refine, the *Access Rights*." +msgstr "第二层的规则关于编辑和可见性，可以形成 *记录规则* 。 他们改写或调整 *访问权限* 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:177 +msgid "" +"A record rule is written using a *Domain*. Domains are conditions used to " +"filter or searching data. Therefore, a domain expression is a list of " +"conditions. For each rule, choose among the following options: *Read*, " +"*Write*, *Create* and *Delete* values." +msgstr "" +"记录规则是使用 *域* 编写的。 域是用于过滤或搜索数据的条件。 因此，域表达式是条件列表。 对于每个规则，请选择以下选项：*读取* ， *写入* ， " +"*创建* 和 *删除* 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:184 +msgid "" +"Making changes in access rights can have a big impact on the database. For " +"this reason, we recommend you to contact your Odoo Business Analyst or our " +"Support Team, unless you have knowledge about Domains in Odoo." +msgstr "更改访问权限可能会对数据库产生很大影响。 因此，除非您对Odoo中的域有所了解，否则我们建议您与Odoo业务顾问或我们的支持团队联系。" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:191 +msgid "" +"The *Multi Companies* field allows you to set to which of the multiple " +"companies database you hold the user can have access." +msgstr "*多公司架构* 字段允许您设置用户访问您的多分部数据库的权限。" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:195 +msgid "" +"Note that if not handled correctly, it may be the source of a lot of " +"inconsistent multi-company behaviors. Therefore, a good knowledge of Odoo is" +" required. For technical explanations refer to :doc:`this " +"</developer/howtos/company>` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:205 +msgid ":doc:`../multi_companies/manage_multi_companies`" +msgstr ":doc:`../multi_companies/manage_multi_companies`" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:206 +msgid ":doc:`../../settings/users_and_features`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:27 msgid "Payment Acquirers" msgstr "付款收單方" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:3 msgid "Authorize.Net" msgstr "授权.Net" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:5 msgid "" "`Authorize.Net <https://www.authorize.net>`__ is a United States-based " "online payment solution provider, allowing businesses to accept **credit " @@ -2160,7 +2223,7 @@ msgstr "" "`Authorize.Net <https://www.authorize.net>`__ 是一家位于美国的在线支付解决方案提供商，允许企业接受 " "**信用卡** 支付。" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:12 msgid "" "This Payment Acquirer offers additional options that are not available for " "other :doc:`Payment Acquirers <payment_acquirers>`, such as the ability to " @@ -2168,11 +2231,11 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "这个付款收购者提供额外的选项不能用于其他 :doc:`付款收购者 <payment_acquirers>`, 例如在交货后处理客户付款的功能。" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:17 msgid "Authorize.Net account" msgstr "Authorize.Net 帐户" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:19 msgid "" "If not done yet, choose a plan and `Sign Up for an Authorize.Net account " "<https://www.authorize.net/sign-up.html>`__." @@ -2180,25 +2243,25 @@ msgstr "" "如果尚未注册，请选择一个计划，然后选择`注册Authorize.Net帐户<https://www.authorize.net/sign-" "up.html>`__”。" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:22 msgid "" "Odoo needs your **API Credentials & Keys** to connect with your " "Authorize.Net account, which comprise:" msgstr "Odoo需要您的 **API凭据和密钥** 才能与您的Authorize.Net帐户建立连接，该帐户包括：" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:25 msgid "API Login ID" msgstr "API 登入用户名" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:26 msgid "Transaction Key" msgstr "交易密码" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:27 msgid "Signature Key" msgstr "签名密钥" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:29 msgid "" "To retrieve them, log into your Authorize.Net account, go to " ":menuselection:`Account --> Security Settings --> General Security Settings " @@ -2208,8 +2271,8 @@ msgstr "" "要检索它们，请登录您的Authorize.Net帐户，进入 :menuselection:`帐户 --> 安全设置 --> 常规安全设置 " "-->API凭证和密钥`，并生成您的 **交易密钥** 和 **签名密钥** 。" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:39 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:114 msgid "" "`Authorize.Net: Getting Started Guide " "<https://support.authorize.net/s/article/Authorize-Net-Getting-Started-" @@ -2218,11 +2281,11 @@ msgstr "" "`Authorize.Net: 入门指南 <https://support.authorize.net/s/article/Authorize-Net-" "Getting-Started-Guide>`__" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:43 msgid "Payment Acquirer Configuration" msgstr "付款收款人设置" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:45 msgid "" "To configure Authorize.Net as Payment Acquirer in Odoo, go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Acquirers`, open " @@ -2232,18 +2295,18 @@ msgstr "" "要将Authorize.Net配置为Odoo中的付款收款人，请转到 :menuselection:`会计 --> 设置 --> 付款收款人`， 打开 " "**Authorize.Net**， 然后将 **状态** 更改为 **启用** 。 完成所有设置后，不要忘记单击 *保存* 。" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:50 msgid "" "Please refer to the :doc:`Payment Acquirers documentation " "<payment_acquirers>` to read how to configure this payment acquirer." msgstr "请参考 :doc:`付款收款人文档 <payment_acquirers>` 了解如何配置此付款收款人。" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:54 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:133 msgid "Credentials" msgstr "授权认证" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:56 msgid "" "Copy your credentials from your Authorize.Net account (API Login Id, API " "Transaction Key, and API Signature Key), paste them in the related fields " @@ -2252,7 +2315,7 @@ msgstr "" "从您的Authorize.Net帐户复制凭据（API登录ID，API交易密钥和API签名密钥），将其粘贴到**凭据** 选项卡下的相关字段中，然后单击 " "**生成客户端密钥** 。" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:61 msgid "" "The **API Client Key** is necessary only if you select *Payment from Odoo* " "option as :ref:`Payment Flow <payment_acquirers/payment_flow>`." @@ -2260,7 +2323,7 @@ msgstr "" "仅当您选择 *从Odoo付款* 作为以下选项时才需要 **API客户端密钥** :ref:`付款流程 " "<payment_acquirers/payment_flow>`。" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:65 msgid "" "If you are trying Authorize.Net as a test, with a *sandbox account*, change " "the **State** to *Test Mode*. We recommend doing this on a test Odoo " @@ -2269,12 +2332,12 @@ msgstr "" "如果您尝试使用 *沙箱帐户* 来测试Authorize.Net，请将 **状态** 更改为 *测试模式 * 。 " "我们建议在Odoo测试数据库上执行此操作而不是在你的主数据库上。" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:69 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:151 msgid "Payment Flow" msgstr "立即支付" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:71 msgid "" "The **Payment Flow** lets you decide if to redirect the user to the payment " "acquirer's portal to authenticate the payment, or if to stay on the current " @@ -2284,14 +2347,14 @@ msgstr "" "通过 **付款流程** ，您可以决定是否将用户重定向到付款收款人的门户以验证付款，或者是否停留在当前页面上并验证来自Odoo的付款。 此字段位于 " "**设置** 标签下。" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:75 msgid "" "If you select *Redirection to the acquirer website*, make sure you add a " "**Default Receipt URL** and a **Default Relay Response URL** to your " "Authorize.net account." msgstr "如果选择“重定向到收购方网站”，请确保将 **默认接收URL** 和 **默认中继响应URL** 添加到Authorize.net帐户。" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:78 msgid "" "To do so, log into your Authorize.Net account, go to :menuselection:`Account" " --> Transaction Format Settings --> Transaction Response Settings --> " @@ -2300,75 +2363,75 @@ msgstr "" "为此，登录到您的Authorize.Net帐户，然后转到 :menuselection:`帐户 --> 交易格式设置 --> 交易响应设置 --> " "响应/接收URL`，然后设置默认链接：" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 msgid "Default Receipt URL:" msgstr "默认收据网址：" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 msgid "*https://[yourcompany.odoo.com]*/**payment/authorize/return**" msgstr "*https://[yourcompany.odoo.com]*/**payment/authorize/return**" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 msgid "Default Relay Response URL:" msgstr "默认中继响应URL：" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 msgid "*https://[yourcompany.odoo.com]*/**shop/confirmation**" msgstr "*https://[yourcompany.odoo.com]*/**shop/confirmation**" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 msgid "Failing to complete this step results in the following error:" msgstr "无法完成此步骤会导致以下错误：" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 msgid "*The referrer, relay response or receipt link URL is invalid.*" msgstr "*引荐来源，中继回复或收据链接URL无效。*" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:91 msgid "Capture the payment after the delivery" msgstr "送货后获得付款" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:93 msgid "" "The **Capture Amount Manually** field is under the **Configuration** tab. If" " enabled, the funds are reserved for 30 days on the customer's card, but not" " charged yet." msgstr "**手动记录金额** 字段位于 **设置**选项卡下。 启用后，资金将在客户卡上保留30天，但尚未收取费用。" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:100 msgid "" "To capture the payment, go to the related Sales Order and click on *Capture " "Transaction*. If the order is canceled, you can click on *Void Transaction* " "to unlock the funds from the customer's card." msgstr "要锁定付款，请转到相关的销售订单，然后单击 *锁定交易* 。 如果订单被取消，您可以单击*无效交易* 以从客户卡中解锁资金。" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:108 msgid "" "After **30 days**, the transaction is **voided automatically** by " "Authorize.net." msgstr "在 **30天** 之后，Authorize.net 会自动 **自动取消交易** 。" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:111 msgid "" "With other payment acquirers, you can manage the capture in their own " "interfaces, not from Odoo." msgstr "对于其他付款收單方，你可以在其自己的界面（非Odoo）中管理获取。" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:116 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:206 msgid ":doc:`payment_acquirers`" msgstr ":doc:`payment_acquirers`" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:117 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:207 -msgid ":doc:`../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer`" +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:207 +msgid ":doc:`../../websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer`" +msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:3 msgid "Payment Acquirers (Credit Cards, Online Payment)" msgstr "付款收單行（信用卡，在线支付）" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo embeds several **payment methods** that allow your customers to pay on " "their *Customer Portals* or your *eCommerce website*. They can pay Sales " @@ -2379,14 +2442,14 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo嵌入了几种 **付款方式** ，这些方式使您的客户可以在其 *客户门户* 或 *电子商务网站* 上进行付款。 " "他们可以与自己喜欢的付款收单方（包括接受 **信用卡的** **在线付款提供商** ）支付销售订单，发票或订阅。" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:10 msgid "" "Having several payment methods increases the chances of getting paid in " "time, or even immediately, as you make it more convenient for your customers" " to pay with the payment method they prefer and trust." msgstr "使用多种付款方式会增加准时甚至立即付款的机会，因为这使客户更方便地使用他们偏爱和信任的付款方式进行付款。" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:19 msgid "" "Odoo does not keep Credit Card numbers or credentials on its servers, nor is" " it stored on Odoo databases hosted elsewhere. Instead, Odoo apps use a " @@ -2397,7 +2460,7 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo不会在其服务器上保留信用卡号或凭据，也不会存储在其他位置托管的Odoo数据库中。 " "取而代之的是，Odoo应用程序使用对存储在付款收款人系统中的数据的唯一引用，安全地存储了该信息。 如果没有您的付款收款人凭据，此引用将无用。" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:29 msgid "" "From an accounting perspective, we can distinguish two types of payment " "acquirers: the payments that go directly on the bank account and follow the " @@ -2406,125 +2469,120 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "从会计角度看，我们可以区分两种类型的付款收單行：直接在银行帐户上进行并遵循常规对帐工作流程的付款，以及作为第三方服务并要求您遵循另一种会计工作流程的付款收單行。" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:36 msgid "Bank Payments" msgstr "银行付款" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 msgid ":doc:`Wire Transfer <wire_transfer>`" msgstr ":doc:`Wire Transfer <wire_transfer>`" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 msgid "" "When selected, Odoo displays your payment information with a payment " "reference. You have to approve the payment manually once you have received " "it on your bank account." msgstr "选中后，Odoo将显示您的付款信息以及付款参考。 在您的银行帐户中收到付款后，您必须手动批准付款。" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 msgid "SEPA Direct Debit" msgstr "SEPA 直接借记" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 msgid "" "Your customers can sign a SEPA Direct Debit mandate online and get their " "bank account charged directly. :doc:`Click here " -"<../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd>` for more " -"information about this payment method." +"<../../finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd>` for more" +" information about this payment method." msgstr "" -"您的客户可以在线签署SEPA直接付款授权书，并直接向其银行帐户收取费用。 :doc:`点击此处<../../ accounting / " -"receivables / customer_payments / batch_sdd>`了解有关此付款方式的更多信息。" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:49 msgid "Online Payment Providers" msgstr "在线支付提供商" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 msgid "Redirection to the acquirer website" msgstr "重定向跳转至所请求的网站" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 msgid "Payment from Odoo" msgstr "Odoo付款" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 msgid "Save Cards" msgstr "保存卡" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 msgid "Capture Amount Manually" msgstr "手动获取金额" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:55 msgid "Adyen" msgstr "Adyen" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:55 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:57 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:61 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:65 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:67 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:69 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 msgid "✔" msgstr "✔" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:57 msgid "Alipay" msgstr "支付宝" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 msgid ":doc:`Authorize.Net <authorize>`" msgstr ":doc:`Authorize.Net <authorize>`" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:61 msgid "Buckaroo" msgstr "牛仔" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 msgid "Ingenico" msgstr "Ingenico " -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:65 msgid ":doc:`PayPal <paypal>`" msgstr ":doc:`PayPal <paypal>`" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:67 msgid "PayUMoney" msgstr "PayUMoney" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:69 msgid "SIPS" msgstr "SIPS" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:3 msgid "Stripe" msgstr "条纹" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:75 msgid "" "Some of these Online Payment Providers can also be added as :doc:`Bank " -"Accounts <../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts>`, but this is **not** " -"the same process as adding them as Payment Acquirers. Payment Acquirers " -"allow customers to pay online, and Bank Accounts are added and configured on" -" your Accounting app to do a bank reconciliation, which is an accounting " -"control process." +"Accounts <../../finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts>`, but this is " +"**not** the same process as adding them as Payment Acquirers. Payment " +"Acquirers allow customers to pay online, and Bank Accounts are added and " +"configured on your Accounting app to do a bank reconciliation, which is an " +"accounting control process." msgstr "" -"有些在线支付提供商也可以添加为 :doc:`银行帐户<../../ accounting / bank / setup / " -"bank_accounts>`，但这将过程与添加它们为付款收单行 **不** 一样。 " -"付款收单行允许客户在线付款，并且在会计应用程序中添加并配置了银行帐户以进行银行对帐，这是一个会计帐户控制过程。" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:86 msgid "" "Some of the features described in this section are available only with some " "Payment Acquirers. Refer to :ref:`the table above " @@ -2533,11 +2591,11 @@ msgstr "" "本节中介绍的某些功能仅适用于某些付款收单方。 有关更多详细信息，请参考:ref:`<payment_acquirers / " "online_providers>上方的表格。" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:92 msgid "Add a new Payment Acquirer" msgstr "填加一个新的付款收单方" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:94 msgid "" "To add a new Payment acquirer and make it available to your customers, go to" " :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Acquirers`, look " @@ -2548,7 +2606,7 @@ msgstr "" "要添加新的付款收款人并将其提供给您的客户，请转至:menuselection:`会计 --> 设置 --> " "付款收单行”，寻找您的付款收单行，安装相关模块并激活它。 为此，请打开付款收单行，并将其状态从 *禁用* 更改为 *启用* 。" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:104 msgid "" "We recommend using the *Test Mode* on a duplicated database or a test " "database. The Test Mode is meant to be used with your test/sandbox " @@ -2560,11 +2618,11 @@ msgstr "" "我们建议在复制数据库或测试数据库上使用 **测试模式** 。 测试模式旨在与您的测试/沙盒凭据一起使用，但是Odoo会像往常一样生成销售订单和发票。 " "并非总是可以取消发票，如果要在主数据库上测试人付款收单行，这可能会给发票编号带来一些问题。" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:112 msgid "Credentials tab" msgstr "凭据选项卡" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:114 msgid "" "If not done yet, go to the **Online Payment Provider**'s website, create an " "account, and make sure to have the credentials required for third-party use." @@ -2574,28 +2632,28 @@ msgstr "" "如果尚未完成，请访问 **在线支付提供商** 的网站，创建一个帐户，并确保拥有第三方使用所需的凭据。 Odoo需要这些凭据才能与付款收单行进行通信并获得" " *付款身份验证* 。" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:118 msgid "" "The form in this section is specific to the Payment Acquirer you are " "configuring. Please refer to the related documentation for more information." msgstr "本节中的表单专门用于配置的付款收单行。 请参考相关文档以获取更多信息。" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:124 msgid "Configuration tab" msgstr "配置选项卡" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:126 msgid "" "You can change the Payment Acquirer front-end appearance by modifying its " "name under the **Displayed as** field and which credit card icons to display" " under the **Supported Payment Icons** field." msgstr "您可以通过 **支持支付图标** 下的 **显示为** 字段 和信用卡图标修改它的名字显示更改付款收单行前端外观。" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:132 msgid "Save and reuse Credit Cards" msgstr "保存和重复使用信用卡" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:134 msgid "" "With the **Save Cards** feature, Odoo can store **Payment Tokens** in your " "database, which can be used for subsequent payments, without having to " @@ -2605,11 +2663,11 @@ msgstr "" "借助 **保存信用卡** 功能，Odoo可以在您的数据库中存储 **支付令牌** ，这些令牌可用于后续付款，而无需重新输入付款详细信息。 " "这对于订阅的定期付款特别有用。" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:141 msgid "Place a hold on a card" msgstr "暂挂信用卡" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:143 msgid "" "If the **Capture Amount Manually** field is enabled, the funds are reserved " "for a few days on the customer's card, but not charged yet. You must then go" @@ -2620,40 +2678,40 @@ msgstr "" "如果启用了 **手动锁定金额** 字段，资金将在客户卡上保留几天，但尚未收取费用。 然后，您必须转到相关的销售订单，并在自动取消之前手动 *锁定* " "资金，或 *取消交易* 以从客户卡中解锁资金。" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:153 msgid "" "Choose in the **Payment Flow** field if to redirect the user to the payment " "acquirer's portal to authenticate the payment, or if to stay on the current " "page and authenticate the payment from Odoo." msgstr "在 **付款流程** 字段中选择将用户重定向到付款收单行的门户以验证付款，还是停留在当前页面上并验证来自Odoo的付款。" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:157 msgid "" "Some features are available only if you select *Redirection to the acquirer " "website*." msgstr "仅当您选择 *重定向到收单方网站* 时，某些功能才可用。" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:162 msgid "Countries" msgstr "国家" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:164 msgid "" "Restrict the use of the Payment Acquirer to a selection of countries. Leave " "this field blank to make the Payment Acquirer available to all countries." msgstr "将付款收单行的使用限制在某些国家/地区。 将此字段保留为空白，以使付款收单行可用于所有国家/地区。" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:170 msgid "Payment Journal" msgstr "付款日记账" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:172 msgid "" "The **Payment Journal** selected for your Payment Acquirer must be a *Bank* " "journal." msgstr "为您的付款收单行选择的 **付款日记帐** 必须是 *银行* 日记帐。" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:175 msgid "" "In many cases, Odoo automatically creates a new **Journal** and a new " "**Account** when you activate a new Payment Acquirer. Both of them are " @@ -2664,21 +2722,21 @@ msgstr "" "在许多情况下，当您激活新的付款收单行时，Odoo会自动创建一个新的 **日记帐** 和一个新的 **帐户** 。 " "两者都预设为开箱即用，但是我们强烈建议根据您的会计需要正确设置这些字段，并在必要时进行调整。" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:183 msgid "Messages tab" msgstr "信息选项卡" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:185 msgid "" "Change here the messages displayed by Odoo after a payment's confirmation or" " failure." msgstr "付款确认或失败后，请在此处更改Odoo显示的消息。" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:190 msgid "Accounting perspective" msgstr "会计的观点" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:192 msgid "" "The **Bank Payments** that go directly to one of your bank accounts follow " "their usual reconciliation workflows. However, payments recorded with " @@ -2689,7 +2747,7 @@ msgstr "" "直接转到您的一个银行帐户的 **银行付款** 遵循其通常的对帐工作流程。 但是，使用 **在线付款提供商** " "记录的付款要求您考虑如何记录付款的日记帐分录。 我们建议您向会计师咨询。" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:197 msgid "" "Odoo default method is to record the payments on a *Current Assets Account*," " on a dedicated *Bank Journal*, once the *Payment Authentication* is " @@ -2699,76 +2757,77 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo的默认方法是在确认 *付款身份验证* 后，将付款记录在 *流动资产帐户* 中的专用 *银行日记帐* 中。 有时，您会将资金从 *付款收单行* " "转移到 *银行帐户* 。" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:201 msgid "Here are the requirements for this to work:" msgstr "下面是该工作的要求：" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:203 msgid "Bank Journal" msgstr "银行日记账" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:205 msgid "The Journal's **type** must be *Bank Journal*." msgstr "日记帐的 **类型** 必须为 *银行日记帐* 。" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:206 msgid "" "Select the right **Default Debit Account** and **Default Credit Account**." msgstr "选择正确的 **默认借记帐户** 和 **默认贷方帐户** 。" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 msgid "" "Under the *Advanced Settings* tab, make sure that **Posting** is set as " "*Post At Payment Validation*." msgstr "在 *高级设定* 标签下，确保将 **过帐** 设置为 *付款验证时过帐* 。" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 msgid "" "This implies that the Journal Entry is recorded directly when your Odoo " "database receives the confirmation of the *Payment Authentication* from the " "Online Payment Provider." msgstr "这意味着当您的Odoo数据库从在线支付提供商处收到 *付款身份验证* 的确认时，将直接记录日记帐分录。" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:212 msgid "Current Asset Account" msgstr "流动资产账户" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:214 msgid "The Account's **type** is *Current Assets*" msgstr "帐户的 **类型** 是 *流动资产* " -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:215 msgid "The Account must **Allow Reconciliation**" msgstr "该帐户必须 **允许对帐**" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:218 msgid "" "In many cases, Odoo automatically creates a new **Journal** and a new " "**Current Asset Account** when you activate a new Payment Acquirer. You can " "modify them if necessary." msgstr "在许多情况下，当您激活新的付款收单行时，Odoo会自动创建新的 **日记帐** 和新的 **流动资产账户** 。 您可以根据需要修改它们。" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:223 -msgid ":doc:`../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording`" +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:223 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording`" +msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:224 msgid ":doc:`wire_transfer`" msgstr ":doc:`wire_transfer`" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:225 msgid ":doc:`authorize`" msgstr ":doc:`authorize`" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:226 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:226 msgid ":doc:`paypal`" msgstr ":doc:`paypal` " -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:3 msgid "Configure your Paypal account" msgstr "配置你的Paypal账户" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:5 msgid "" "Paypal is available and popular worldwide. It doesn’t charge any " "subscription fee and creating an account is very easy. That’s why we " @@ -2777,11 +2836,11 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Paypal在世界各地都可以用，而且非常受欢迎。它不收取任何订阅费，创建帐户也非常容易。因此我们大力推荐Odoo新手使用Paypal。它就像我们无缝流程的一部分，将客户带到Paypal网站完成支付。" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:12 msgid "Paypal account" msgstr "Paypal账户" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:14 msgid "" "A business account is needed to get paid with Paypal. Create a `Paypal " "Business Account <https://www.paypal.com/us/merchantsignup/ " @@ -2793,27 +2852,27 @@ msgstr "" "通过Paypal收款需要公司账户。创建一个`Paypal公司账户 <https://www.paypal.com/us/merchantsignup/ " "applicationChecklist?signupType=CREATE_NEW_ACCOUNT&productIntentId=wp_standard>`_或将你的个人账户升级到公司账户。前往Paypal设置并点击*升级到公司账户*。然后完成其余的配置步骤。" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:23 msgid "Settings in Paypal" msgstr "Paypal中的设置" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:26 msgid "" "First, let’s see how to set up your Paypal account in order to build a " "seamless customer experience with Odoo." msgstr "首先，我们来看如何设置Paypal账户，以创建与Odoo之间的无缝客户体验。" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:28 msgid "" "Log in and open the settings. Go to :menuselection:`Products & Services --> " "Website payments` and click **Update** on **Website preferences**." msgstr "登录并打开设置。前往 :menuselection:`产品和服务 --> 网站支付`并点击**网站偏好**上的**更新**。" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:34 msgid "Auto Return" msgstr "自动返回" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:36 msgid "" "*Auto Return* automatically redirects your customers to Odoo once the " "payment is processed. Check *Auto Return* and enter your domain name with " @@ -2822,18 +2881,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "*自动返回*在客户完成支付后将其自动重新跳转返回Odoo。勾选*自动返回*并输入你的域名和后缀``/shop/confirmation``作为*返回URL*（例如，``https://yourcompany.odoo.com/shop/confirmation``）。" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:41 msgid "" "This URL is requested in Paypal but not used in practice as Odoo transmits " "it at each transaction. Don’t worry if you manage several sales channels or " "Odoo databases." msgstr "这个URL在Paypal中要求，但在实际中并不使用，Odoo在每笔事务中都会传输。如你管理多个销售渠道或Odoo数据库，请勿担心。" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:49 msgid "Payment Data Transfer (PDT)" msgstr "支付数据传输(PDT)" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:51 msgid "" "*Payment Data Transfer* delivers the payment confirmation to Odoo as soon as" " it is processed. Without it, Odoo cannot end the sales flow. This setting " @@ -2842,22 +2901,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "*支付数据传输*在支付处理完毕后向Odoo发出支付确认。否则，Odoo无法结束销售流程。这项设置也必须启动。保存时，将生成*身份令牌*。你稍后将被要求在Odoo中输入身份令牌。" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:59 msgid "Paypal Account Optional" msgstr "Paypal账户可选项" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:61 msgid "" "We advise you to not prompt customers to log in with a Paypal account when " "they get to pay. Let them pay with debit/credit cards as well, or you might " "lose some deals. Make sure this setting is turned on." msgstr "我们建议你在客户付款时不要提示他们登录Paypal账户。允许他们用借记卡/信用卡支付，否则你可能失去某些业务。确保启用这项设置。" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:68 msgid "Instant Payment Notification (IPN)" msgstr "即时付款通知(IPN)" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:70 msgid "" "PDT sends order confirmations once and only once. As a result, your site " "must be running when it happens; otherwise, it will never receive the " @@ -2868,40 +2927,40 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "支付数据传输(PDT)会发送订单确认，但仅发送一次。因此，在它发送时，你的站点必须正在运行；否则，就无法收到该信息。因此我们首先建议启用*即时付款通知*(IPN)。通过IPN，我们基本可以确保发送订单确认，因为IPN会重新发送确认，直到你的站点确认已收到。" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:77 msgid "" "To activate IPN, get back to *Website payments* menu and click *Update* in " "*Instant Payment Notification*." msgstr "如要启用IPN，返回*网站支付*菜单并在*即时付款通知*中点击*更新*。" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:79 msgid "" "The *Notification URL* to set is your domain name + “payment/paypal/ipn” " "(e.g. ``https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/paypal/ipn``)." msgstr "" "需要设置的*通知URL*是你的域名+“payment/paypal/ipn”（例如，``https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/paypal/ipn``）。" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:85 msgid "Payment Messages Format" msgstr "支付信息格式" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:87 msgid "" "If you use accented characters (or anything else than basic Latin " "characters) for your customer names, addresses... you MUST configure the " "encoding format of the payment request sent by Odoo to Paypal." msgstr "如果你为客户名称、地址等使用重音字符（或基本拉丁字符以外的任何其他字符）。你必须配置Odoo发送给Paypal的支付请求的编码格式。" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:93 msgid "" "If you don't configure this setting, some transactions fail without notice." msgstr "如不配置此项设置，某些交易可能在无通知的情况下失败。" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:95 msgid "To do so, open:" msgstr "如要进行此项操作，打开：" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:97 msgid "" "`this page for a test account <https://sandbox.paypal.com/cgi-" "bin/customerprofileweb?cmd=_profile-language-encoding>`__" @@ -2909,7 +2968,7 @@ msgstr "" "`本页用于测试账户 <https://sandbox.paypal.com/cgi-bin/customerprofileweb?cmd" "=_profile-language-encoding>`__" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:99 msgid "" "`this page for a production account <https://www.paypal.com/cgi-" "bin/customerprofileweb?cmd=_profile-language-encoding>`__" @@ -2917,23 +2976,23 @@ msgstr "" "`本页用于生产账户 <https://www.paypal.com/cgi-bin/customerprofileweb?cmd=_profile-" "language-encoding>`__" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:101 msgid "" "Then, click *More Options* and set the two default encoding formats as " "**UTF-8**." msgstr "然后点击 *更多选项* ，将两个默认的编码格式设为 **UTF-8** 。" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:109 msgid "Your Paypal account is ready!" msgstr "你的Paypal账户已就绪！" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:112 msgid "" "If you want your customers to pay without creating a Paypal account, *Paypal" " Account Optional* needs to be turned on." msgstr "如果你允许客户在不创建Paypal账户情况下进行支付，必须打开*Paypal账户可选项*。" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:118 msgid "" "For Encrypted Website Payments & EWP_SETTINGS error, please check the " "`Paypal documentation <https://developer.paypal.com/docs/ classic/paypal-" @@ -2944,65 +3003,65 @@ msgstr "" "/paypal-payments-standard/integration-guide/encryptedwebpayments/ " "#encrypted-website-payments-ewp>`_。" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:124 msgid "Settings in Odoo" msgstr "在Odoo上设置" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:127 msgid "Activation" msgstr "启用" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:129 msgid "" "Activate *Paypal* from the config bar of Sales, Invoicing and eCommerce " "apps, or from the configuration menu of *Payment Acquirers*." msgstr "从销售、账单和电子商务应用程序的配置栏或从*支付收单机构*配置菜单激活*Paypal*。" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:135 msgid "Odoo requires three Paypal credentials:" msgstr "Odoo需要三种Paypal凭证：" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:137 msgid "*Email ID* is your login email address in Paypal." msgstr "*邮件ID*是你在Paypal的登录电子邮件地址。" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:138 msgid "" "*Merchant ID* can be found in the settings of your Paypal account, in " ":menuselection:`Account Settings --> Business information`." msgstr "*商户ID* 可以在您的Paypal帐户设置中找到，该菜单位于 :menuselection:`帐户设置 --> 商业信息”。" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:140 msgid "" "*Paypal PDT Token* is given in *Website payments* configuration as explained" " here above." msgstr "如前所述，*Paypal PDT令牌*位于*网站支付*配置中。" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:146 msgid "Transaction fees" msgstr "手续费" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:148 msgid "" "You can charge extra fees to your customers for paying with Paypal; This to " "cover the transaction fees Paypal charges you. Once redirected to Paypal, " "your customer sees an extra applied to the order amount." msgstr "你可以向顾客额外收费以冲抵Paypal向你收取的手续费。转到Paypal后，你的顾客将看到订单要额外收取费用。" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:151 msgid "" "To activate this, go to the Configuration tab of Paypal configuration in " "Odoo and check *Add Extra Fees*." msgstr "如要启用本功能，进入Odoo Paypal配置的配置选项卡并点击*添加额外费用*。" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:157 msgid "" "You can refer to `Paypal Fees <https://www.paypal.com/webapps/mpp/paypal-" "fees>`__ to set up fees." msgstr "" "你可参考`Paypal费用 <https://www.paypal.com/webapps/mpp/paypal-fees>`__进行设置。" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:161 msgid "" "`Traders in the EU <https://europa.eu/youreurope/citizens/consumers/shopping" "/pricing-payments/ index_en.htm>`_ are not allowed to charge extra fees for " @@ -3011,18 +3070,18 @@ msgstr "" "`欧盟贸易商 <https://europa.eu/youreurope/citizens/consumers/shopping/pricing-" "payments/ index_en.htm>`_不允许因使用信用卡支付而收取额外费用。" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:165 msgid "Go live!" msgstr "上线" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:167 msgid "" "Your configuration is ready to roll. Make sure *Production* mode is on. Then" " publish the payment method by clicking the *Published* button right next to" " it." msgstr "你的配置已就绪。确保切换到*生产*模式。然后点击支付方式旁边的*发布*按钮，发布支付方式。" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:176 msgid "" "Paypal is now available in your payment form available in eCommerce, Sales " "and Invoicing apps. Customers are redirected to Paypal website when hitting " @@ -3031,27 +3090,27 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Paypal现可电子商务、销售和发票应用程序中均可用。客户点击*现在支付*即会重定向到Paypal网站。在支付完成后，他们将返回Odoo确认页面。" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:185 msgid "Test environment" msgstr "测试环境" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:187 msgid "" "You can test the entire payment flow in Odoo thanks to Paypal Sandbox " "accounts." msgstr "你可利用Paypal沙箱账户，在Odoo中测试整个支付流程。" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:189 msgid "" "Log in to `Paypal Developer Site <https://developer.paypal.com/>`__ with " "your Paypal credentials." msgstr "用你的Paypal凭据登录`Paypal开发人员站点 <https://developer.paypal.com/>`__。" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:191 msgid "This will create two sandbox accounts:" msgstr "这将创建两个沙箱账户：" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:193 msgid "" "A business account (to use as merchant, e.g. " "`pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com " @@ -3060,7 +3119,7 @@ msgstr "" "一个企业账户（用作商户，例如，`pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com " "<mailto:pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com>`__）。" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:195 msgid "" "A default personal account (to use as shopper, e.g. " "`pp.merch01-buyer@example.com <mailto:pp.merch01-buyer@example.com>`__)." @@ -3068,7 +3127,7 @@ msgstr "" "一个默认个人账户（用作购物者，例如，`pp.merch01-buyer@example.com " "<mailto:pp.merch01-buyer@example.com>`__）" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:197 msgid "" "Log in to Paypal Sandbox with the merchant account and follow the same " "configuration instructions. Enter your sandbox credentials in Odoo and make " @@ -3078,53 +3137,53 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "用商户账户登录Paypal沙箱并按同样的配置指令操作。在Odoo中输入你的沙箱凭据并确保Paypal仍设置为*测试环境*。同时确保电子商户设置中未激活自动开单功能，以免在完成后虚拟交易后生成发票。" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:203 msgid "Run a test transaction from Odoo using the sandbox personal account." msgstr "用沙盒个人账号从Odoo中运行一笔测试交易。" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:5 msgid "" "`Stripe <https://stripe.com/>`_ is a United States-based online payment " "solution provider, allowing businesses to accept **credit cards** and other " "payment methods." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:9 msgid "Enable Local Payment Methods" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:11 msgid "" "Local payment methods are payment methods that are only available for " "certain merchants and customers countries and currencies." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:14 msgid "" "The Stripe connector in Odoo supports the following local payment methods:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:16 msgid "Bancontact" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:17 msgid "EPS" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:18 msgid "Giropay" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:19 msgid "iDeal:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:20 msgid "Przelewy24 (P24)" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:22 msgid "" "To enable specific Local Payment Methods with Stripe, list them as supported" " payment icons. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Payment Acquirers --> Stripe" @@ -3133,17 +3192,17 @@ msgid "" "don't have anything to do." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:31 msgid "" "If a payment method icon doesn't exist at all in the database, the " "corresponding local payment method is always offered to customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:3 msgid "How to get paid with wire transfers" msgstr "如何电汇付款" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:5 msgid "" "**Wire Transfer** is the default payment method available. The aim is " "providing your customers with your bank details so they can pay on their " @@ -3152,51 +3211,51 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "**电汇**是默认的可用付款方式，用于向顾客提供你的银行信息，以便让他们通过银行付款。这种方式简单易懂但效率缓慢，还是尽快采用网上支付方式吧！" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:13 msgid "How to provide customers with payment instructions" msgstr "如何向顾客提供付款指引" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:14 msgid "" "Put your payment instructions in the **Thanks Message** of your payment " "method." msgstr "将付款指引置于付款方式的 **感谢电邮** 中。" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:19 msgid "They will appear to the customers when they place an order." msgstr "顾客下单后即显示。" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:26 msgid "How to manage an order once you get paid" msgstr "收款后如何进行订单管理" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:28 msgid "" "Whenever a customer pays by wire transfer, the order stays in an " "intermediary stage **Quotation Sent** (i.e. unpaid order). When you get " "paid, you confirm the order manually to launch the delivery." msgstr "顾客电汇后，订单停留在中间状态 **报价已发送** （即未付款的订单）。付款后，需要你手动确认订单，启动送货流程。" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:35 msgid "How to create other manual payment methods" msgstr "如何创建其他的手动付款方法" -#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:37 msgid "" "If you manage a B2B business, you can create other manually-processed " "payment methods like paying by check. To do so, just rename *Wire Transfer* " "or duplicate it." msgstr "如果你管理一个B2B业务，可以创建其他需要人工处理的付款方式，如支票付款。只需要重新命名*电汇*或复制之。" -#: ../../general/unsplash.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash.rst:3 msgid "Unsplash" msgstr "Unsplash" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:3 msgid "How to generate an Unsplash access key" msgstr "如何生成Unsplash访问密钥" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:6 msgid "" "**As an SaaS user**, you are ready to use Unsplash. You won't need to follow" " this guide to set up Unsplash informations, since you will use our own Odoo" @@ -3205,15 +3264,15 @@ msgstr "" "**作为SaaS用户**，你可以直接使用Unsplash。你无需按照本指南来设置Unsplash信息，因为你将以透明的方式使用我们自己的Odoo " "Unsplash密钥。" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:9 msgid "Generate an Unsplash access key for **non-Saas** users" msgstr "为**非Saas**用户生成Unsplash访问密钥" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:11 msgid "Create an account on `Unsplash.com <https://unsplash.com/join>`_." msgstr "在`Unsplash.com <https://unsplash.com/join>`_上创建用户。" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:13 msgid "" "Go to your `applications dashboard " "<https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications>`_ and click on **New " @@ -3221,11 +3280,11 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "前往你的`应用程序仪表板 <https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications>`_ 并点击**新应用程序**。" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:18 msgid "Accept the conditions and click on **Accept terms**." msgstr "接受条件并点击**接受条款**。" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:23 msgid "" "You will be prompted to insert an **Application name** and a " "**Description**. Please prefix your application name by \"**Odoo:** \" so " @@ -3235,34 +3294,34 @@ msgstr "" "你将被提示键入**应用程序名称**和**描述**。请将\"**Odoo:** " "\"作为你的应用程序名称前缀，以便Unsplash将它识别为Odoo实例。完成后，点击**创建应用程序**。" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:28 msgid "" "You should be redirected to your application details page. Scroll down a bit" " to find your **access key**." msgstr "你将被重定向到你的应用程序详细信息页面。向下滚动并找到你的**访问密钥**。" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:34 msgid "" "**As a non-SaaS user**, you won't be able to register for a production " "Unsplash key and will be limited to your test key that has a restriction of " "50 Unsplash requests per hour." msgstr "**作为非SaaS用户**，你将无法注册生产Unsplash密钥，仅限于使用测试密钥，它每小时只能发送50个Unsplash请求。" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:37 msgid ":doc:`unsplash_application_id`" msgstr ":doc:`unsplash_application_id`" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:3 msgid "How to generate an Unsplash application ID" msgstr "如何生成Unsplash应用程序ID" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:6 msgid "" "You should first create and set up your Unsplash application with this " "tutorial: :doc:`unsplash_access_key`." msgstr "你应该首先使用本教程创建并设置你的Unsplash应用程序：:doc:`unsplash_access_key`。" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:8 msgid "" "Go to your `applications dashboard " "<https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications>`_ and click on your newly created " @@ -3271,7 +3330,7 @@ msgstr "" "前往你的`应用程序仪表板 <https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications>`_ " "并在**你的应用程序**下点击新创建的Unsplash应用程序。" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:13 msgid "" "You will be redirected to your application details page. The **application " "ID** will be visible in your browser's URL. The URL should be something like" @@ -3279,79 +3338,79 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "你将被重定向到你的应用程序详情页面。在你的浏览器URL中可以看到**应用程序ID**。URL类似于``https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications/<application_id>``" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:19 msgid "" "**As a non-SaaS user**, you won't be able to register for a production " "Unsplash key and will be limited to your test key that has a 50 Unsplash " "requests per hour restriction." msgstr "**作为非SaaS用户**，你将无法注册生产Unsplash密钥，仅限于使用测试密钥，它每小时只能发送50个Unsplash请求。" -#: ../../general/voip.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip.rst:3 msgid "VoIP (Voice over Internet Protocol)" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:3 msgid "Configure your VoIP Asterisk server for Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:6 msgid "Installing Asterisk server" msgstr "安装 Asterisk 服务器" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:9 msgid "Dependencies" msgstr "依存关系" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:11 msgid "" "Before installing Asterisk you need to install the following dependencies:" msgstr "安装Asterisk之前, 您需要安装以下依存关系 :" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:13 msgid "wget" msgstr "wget" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:14 msgid "gcc" msgstr "gcc" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:15 msgid "g++" msgstr "g++" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:16 msgid "ncurses-devel" msgstr "ncurses-devel" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:17 msgid "libxml2-devel" msgstr "libxml2-devel" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:18 msgid "sqlite-devel" msgstr "sqlite-devel" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:19 msgid "libsrtp-devel" msgstr "libsrtp-devel" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:20 msgid "libuuid-devel" msgstr "libuuid-devel" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:21 msgid "openssl-devel" msgstr "openssl-devel" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:22 msgid "pkg-config" msgstr "pkg-config" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:24 msgid "In order to install libsrtp, follow the instructions below:" msgstr "如需安装libsrtp, 请遵循下面步骤:" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:35 msgid "" "You also need to install PJSIP, you can download the source `here " "<http://www.pjsip.org/download.htm>`_. Once the source directory is " @@ -3359,35 +3418,35 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "你也需要安装PJSIP, 你可以从如下 `链接下载<http://www.pjsip.org/download.htm>`_。一旦资源目录被提取。" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:37 msgid "**Change to the pjproject source directory:**" msgstr " **更改为pjproject源目录 :** " -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:43 msgid "**run:**" msgstr " **运行 :** " -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:49 msgid "**Build and install pjproject:**" msgstr " **编译并安装pjproject :** " -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:57 msgid "**Update shared library links:**" msgstr " **更新共享库链接 :** " -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:63 msgid "**Verify that pjproject is installed:**" msgstr " **确保已经安装了pjproject :** " -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:69 msgid "**The result should be:**" msgstr " **结果应该是 :** " -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:86 msgid "Asterisk" msgstr "Asterisk" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:88 msgid "" "In order to install Asterisk 13.7.0, you can download the source directly " "`there <http://downloads.asterisk.org/pub/telephony/asterisk/old-" @@ -3397,23 +3456,23 @@ msgstr "" "<http://downloads.asterisk.org/pub/telephony/asterisk/old-" "releases/asterisk-13.7.0.tar.gz>`_。" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:90 msgid "Extract Asterisk:" msgstr "导出Asterisk" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:96 msgid "Enter the Asterisk directory:" msgstr "输入Asterisk 目录" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:102 msgid "Run the Asterisk configure script:" msgstr "运行Asterisk 配置脚本" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:108 msgid "Run the Asterisk menuselect tool:" msgstr "运行Asterisk 菜单选择工具" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:114 msgid "" "In the menuselect, go to the resources option and ensure that res_srtp is " "enabled. If there are 3 x’s next to res_srtp, there is a problem with the " @@ -3423,40 +3482,40 @@ msgstr "" "在菜单选择中，转到资源选项，并确保启用了res_srtp。 如果res_srtp旁边有3 x，则srtp库存在问题，您必须重新安装它。 保存配置（按 " "x）。 您还应该在res_pjsip行前面看到星号。" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:116 msgid "Compile and install Asterisk:" msgstr "编译和安装Asterisk :" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:122 msgid "" "If you need the sample configs you can run 'make samples' to install the " "sample configs. If you need to install the Asterisk startup script you can " "run 'make config'." msgstr "如果您需要样本配置，则可以运行“制作样本”来安装样本配置。 如果您需要安装Asterisk启动脚本，则可以运行“ 进行配置”。" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:125 msgid "DTLS Certificates" msgstr "DTLS 认证" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:127 msgid "After you need to setup the DTLS certificates." msgstr "然后你要安装DTLS认证" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:133 msgid "Enter the Asterisk scripts directory:" msgstr "进入Asterisk脚本目录 :" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:139 msgid "" "Create the DTLS certificates (replace pbx.mycompany.com with your ip address" " or dns name, replace My Super Company with your company name):" msgstr "创建DTLS证书（用您的IP地址或DNS名称替换pbx.mycompany.com，用您的公司名称替换My Super Company）：" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:146 msgid "Configure Asterisk server" msgstr "配置Asterisk服务器" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:148 msgid "" "For WebRTC, a lot of the settings that are needed MUST be in the peer " "settings. The global settings do not flow down into the peer settings very " @@ -3467,7 +3526,7 @@ msgstr "" "对于WebRTC，许多必需的设置必须位于对等设置中。 全局设置不会很好地流入对等设置。 " "默认情况下，Asterisk配置文件位于/etc/asterisk/ 中。 首先编辑 http.conf，并确保未注释以下行：" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:158 msgid "" "Next, edit sip.conf. The WebRTC peer requires encryption, avpf, and " "icesupport to be enabled. In most cases, directmedia should be disabled. " @@ -3479,54 +3538,54 @@ msgstr "" "同样在WebRTC客户端下，传输需要列为 'ws' 以允许进行websocket连接。 所有这些配置行都应位于对等方自身之下； " "全局设置这些配置行可能不起作用：" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:186 msgid "" "In the sip.conf and rtp.conf files you also need to add or uncomment the " "lines:" msgstr "在sip.conf和rtp.conf文件, 您还需要添加或取消注释行 :" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:193 msgid "Lastly, set up extensions.conf:" msgstr "最后, 建立extensions.conf文件 :" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:202 msgid "Configure Odoo VOIP" msgstr "配置Odoo VOIP" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:204 msgid "In Odoo, the configuration should be done in the user's preferences." msgstr "在Odoo, 配置应该在用户的偏好来实现。" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:210 msgid "" "The SIP Login/Browser's Extension is the number you configured previously in" " the sip.conf file (in our example: 1060)." msgstr "SIP登录/浏览器扩展是你以前在sip.conf文件中配置的数字（在我们的示例中：1060）。" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:212 msgid "The SIP Password is the secret you chose in the sip.conf file." msgstr "SIP密码是你在sip.conf文件中选择的密码。" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:214 msgid "" "The extension of your office's phone is not a required field but it is used " "if you want to transfer your call from Odoo to an external phone also " "configured in the sip.conf file." msgstr "你的办公室电话分机不是必填字段，但如果你想将电话从Odoo转移到sip.conf文件中配置的外部电话，则需要填写。" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:217 msgid "" "The configuration should also be done in the General Settings under the " "\"Integrations\" section." msgstr "你也可在一般设置的“集成”部分完成本配置。" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:222 msgid "" "The PBX Server IP should be the same as the IP you define in the http.conf " "file." msgstr "PBX服务器IP应与你在 http.conf 文件中定义的IP相同。" -#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:224 msgid "" "The WebSocket should be: ws://localhost:XXXX/ws where \"localhost\" needs to" " be the same as the IP defined previously and \"XXXX\" needs to be the port " @@ -3535,15 +3594,16 @@ msgstr "" "WebSocket应为: ws://localhost:XXXX/ws ，其中“localhost”应与之前定义的IP相同，且“XXXX” " "应为http.conf文件中定义的端口。" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:3 msgid "Use VoIP services in Odoo with Axivox" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:6 ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:6 msgid "Introduction" msgstr "介绍" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo VoIP can be set up to work together with `Axivox " "<https://www.axivox.com/>`_. In that case, an :doc:`Asterisk server " @@ -3551,85 +3611,85 @@ msgid "" "Axivox." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:12 msgid "" "To use this service, `contact Axivox <https://www.axivox.com/contact/>`_ to " "open an account. Before doing so, verify that Axivox covers your area and " "the areas you wish to call." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:18 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Apps` and install the **VoIP Module**." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:24 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Integrations`, and " "fill out the **Asterisk (VoIP)** field:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:27 msgid "" "**PBX Server IP**: set the domain created by Axivox for your account (e.g., " "*yourcompany.axivox.com*)" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:29 msgid "**WebSocket**: type in ``wss://pabx.axivox.com:3443``" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:30 msgid "**VoIP Environment**: set as *Production*" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:36 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Users`, then open " "the user's form you want to configure. Under the **Preferences** tab, fill " "out the section **PBX Configuration**:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:39 msgid "**SIP Login / Browser's Extension**: the Axivox *username*" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:40 msgid "**SIP Password**: the Axivox *SIP Password*" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:43 msgid "" "You can find all this information by logging in at " "https://manage.axivox.com/, selecting the user you want to configure, and " "referring to the fields as pictured below." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:51 msgid "Phone Calls" msgstr "电话" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:53 msgid "" "You can make phone calls by clicking on the phone icon in the navigation " "bar." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:55 msgid "" "You can also receive phone calls. Odoo rings and displays a notification." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:58 msgid "Your number is the one provided by Axivox." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:65 msgid "" "If you see a *Missing Parameter* message in the **Odoo softphone**, refresh " "your Odoo window and try again." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:73 msgid "" "If you see an *Incorrect Number* message in the Odoo softphone, make sure to" " use the international format, leading with the plus (+) sign followed by " @@ -3637,11 +3697,11 @@ msgid "" "international prefix for the United States)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:3 msgid "Use VoIP services in Odoo with OnSIP" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo VoIP can be set up to work together with OnSIP (www.onsip.com). In that" " case, the installation and setup of an Asterisk server is not necessary as " @@ -3650,7 +3710,7 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo VoIP 可以设置为与 OnSIP " "（www.onsip.com）协同工作。在这种情况下，不需要安装和设置Asterisk服务器，因为整个基础结构由 OnSIP 托管和管理。" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:10 msgid "" "You will need to open an account with OnSIP to use this service. Before " "doing so, make sure that your area and the areas you wish to call are " @@ -3660,17 +3720,17 @@ msgstr "" "您需要使用 OnSIP 开立帐户才能使用此服务。在执行此操作之前，请确保您的区域和您希望呼叫的区域包含在服务范围内。开立 OnSIP " "帐户后，请按照以下配置过程操作。" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:15 msgid "Go to Apps and install the module **VoIP OnSIP**." msgstr "转到应用并安装模块 **VoIP OnSIP** 。" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:20 msgid "" "Go to Settings/General Settings. In the section Integrations/Asterisk " "(VoIP), fill in the 3 fields:" msgstr "转到设置/常规设置。在集成/Asterisk （VoIP）一节中，填写以下 3 个字段：" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:22 msgid "" "**OnSIP Domain** is the domain you chose when creating an account on " "www.onsip.com. If you don't know it, log in to https://admin.onsip.com/ and " @@ -3679,57 +3739,57 @@ msgstr "" "**OnSIP 域** " "是您在www.onsip.com上创建帐户时选择的域。如果您不知道，请登录https://admin.onsip.com/，您将在屏幕的右上角看到它。" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:23 msgid "**WebSocket** should contain wss://edge.sip.onsip.com" msgstr "**网络套接字** 应包含 wss://edge.sip.onsip.com" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:24 msgid "**Mode** should be Production" msgstr "**模式** 应该是生产" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:29 msgid "" "Go to **Settings/Users**. In the form view of each VoIP user, in the " "Preferences tab, fill in the section **PBX Configuration**:" msgstr "转到 **设置/用户** 。在每个 VoIP 用户的表单视图中，在首选项的选项卡中，填写 **PBX 配置** 部分：" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:31 msgid "**SIP Login / Browser's Extension**: the OnSIP 'Username'" msgstr "**SIP 登录 / 浏览器的扩展*：OnSIP 的 '用户名'" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:32 msgid "**OnSIP authorization User**: the OnSIP 'Auth Username'" msgstr "**OnSIP 授权用户** ：ONSIP的 \"注册用户名\"" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:33 msgid "**SIP Password**: the OnSIP 'SIP Password'" msgstr "*SIP 密码* : OnSIP的 \"SIP 密码\"" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:34 msgid "**Handset Extension**: the OnSIP 'Extension'" msgstr "**手机分机** ： OnSIP 的 \"扩展\"" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:36 msgid "" "You can find all this information by logging in at " "https://admin.onsip.com/users, then select the user you want to configure " "and refer to the fields as pictured below." msgstr "您可以通过登录https://admin.onsip.com/users找到所有这些信息，然后选择要配置的用户，并引用如下图所示的字段。" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:41 msgid "" "You can now make phone calls by clicking the phone icon in the top right " "corner of Odoo (make sure you are logged in as a user properly configured in" " Odoo and in OnSIP)." msgstr "现在，您可以通过单击 Odoo 右上角的电话图标拨打电话（确保您以在 Odoo 和 OnSIP 中正确配置的用户身份登录）。" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:45 msgid "" "If you see a *Missing Parameters* message in the Odoo softphone, make sure " "to refresh your Odoo window and try again." msgstr "如果您在 Odoo 软电话中看到 *缺少参数* 信息，请确保刷新 Odoo 窗口，然后重试。" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:52 msgid "" "If you see an *Incorrect Number* message in the Odoo softphone, make sure to" " use the international format, leading with the plus (+) sign followed by " @@ -3739,17 +3799,17 @@ msgstr "" "如果您在 Odoo 软电话中看到 *错误号码* 信息，请确保使用国际格式，并带有加号 （+） " "符号，后跟国际国家/地区代码。例如：+16506913277（其中+1是美国的国际代码）。" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:57 msgid "" "You can now also receive phone calls. Your number is the one provided by " "OnSIP. Odoo will ring and display a notification." msgstr "您现在还可以接听电话。您的号码是OnSIP提供的号码。Odoo会响铃并显示通知。" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:63 msgid "OnSIP on Your Cell Phone" msgstr "在您的手机上使用OnSIP" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:65 msgid "" "In order to make and receive phone calls when you are not in front of your " "computer, you can use a softphone app on your cell phone in parallel of Odoo" @@ -3759,7 +3819,7 @@ msgstr "" "当你不在电脑前也能拨打和接听电话，你可以在Odoo的VoIP的并行您的手机上使用网络电话应用程序。 " "这对于持续通话非常有用，但也可以确保听到来电，或者只是为了方便。 任何SIP软电话均可使用。" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:67 msgid "" "On Android and iOS, OnSIP has been successfully tested with `Grandstream " "Wave <https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.grandstream.wave>`_." @@ -3770,27 +3830,27 @@ msgstr "" "Wave<https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.grandstream.wave>`_。创建帐户时，在运营商列表中选择" " OnSIP。然后，您必须按如下方式配置它：" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:69 msgid "**Account name**: OnSIP" msgstr "**帐户名称** ： OnSIP" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:70 msgid "**SIP Server**: the OnSIP 'Domain'" msgstr "**SIP 服务器** ： OnSIP的 \"域\"" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:71 msgid "**SIP User ID**: the OnSIP 'Username'" msgstr "**SIP 用户 ID** ： OnSIP的 \"用户名\"" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:72 msgid "**SIP Authentication ID**: the OnSIP 'Auth Username'" msgstr "**SIP 身份验证 ID** ：ONSIP 的\"身份验证用户名\"" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:73 msgid "**Password**: the OnSIP 'SIP Password'" msgstr "**密码** ： OnSIP 的 \"SIP 密码\"" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:75 msgid "" "Aside from initiating calls from Grandstream Wave on your phone, you can " "also initiate calls by clicking phone numbers in your browser on your PC. " @@ -3805,7 +3865,7 @@ msgstr "" "<https://chrome.google.com/webstore/detail/onsip-call-" "assistant/pceelmncccldedfkcgjkpemakjbapnpg?hl=en>`_.。" -#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:79 msgid "" "The downside of using a softphone on your cell phone is that your calls will" " not be logged in Odoo as the softphone acts as an independent separate app." diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po deleted file mode 100644 index 9ae39cb3a..000000000 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,418 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Mandy Choy <mnc@odoo.com>, 2020 -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# 稀饭~~ <wangwhai@qq.com>, 2020 -# Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: zh_CN\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:5 -msgid "Basics of the QuickStart Methodology" -msgstr "快速入门方法的基础知识" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:7 -msgid "" -"This document summarizes Odoo Online's services, our Success Pack " -"implementation methodology, and best practices to get started with our " -"product." -msgstr "本文档总结了 Odoo Online 的服务、我们的成功包实施方法以及开始使用我们产品的最佳做法。" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:12 -msgid "The SPoC (*Single Point of Contact*) and the Consultant" -msgstr "SPoC（*单点联系人*）和技术顾问" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Within the context of your project, it is highly recommended to designate " -"and maintain on both sides (your side and ours) **one and only single person" -" of contact** who will take charge and assume responsibilities regarding the" -" project. He also has to have **the authority** in terms of decision making." -msgstr "在您的项目范围内，强烈建议指定和维护双方（您和我们）**唯一的联系人** 谁将负责并承担项目责任。在决策方面，他还必须拥有 *权力* 。" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:20 -msgid "" -"**The Odoo Consultant ensures the project implementation from A to Z**: From" -" the beginning to the end of the project, he ensures the overall consistency" -" of the implementation in Odoo and shares his expertise in terms of good " -"practices." -msgstr "" -"**Odoo 顾问确保项目从 A 到 Z的实施** ：从项目开始到结束，他确保 Odoo 实施的总体一致性，并分享他在良好做法方面的专业知识。" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:25 -msgid "" -"**One and only decision maker on the client side (SPoC)**: He is responsible" -" for the business knowledge transmission (coordinate key users intervention " -"if necessary) and the consistency of the implementation from a business " -"point of view (decision making, change management, etc.)" -msgstr "" -"**客户方面唯一的决策者单点联系人（SPoC）** ：他负责业务知识的传递（必要时协调关键用户的干预）和从业务角度（决策、变革）实施的一致性管理等）" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:31 -msgid "" -"**Meetings optimization**: The Odoo consultant is not involved in the " -"process of decision making from a business point of view nor to precise " -"processes and company's internal procedures (unless a specific request or an" -" exception). Project meetings, who will take place once or twice a week, are" -" meant to align on the business needs (SPoC) and to define the way those " -"needs will be implemented in Odoo (Consultant)." -msgstr "" -"**会议优化** ：Odoo " -"顾问不参与从业务角度决策过程，也不参与精确的流程和公司的内部程序（除非有具体要求或例外情况）。每周举行一次或两次项目会议，旨在根据业务需求 （SPoC）" -" 进行调整，并定义在 Odoo（顾问）中实现这些需求的方式。" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:39 -msgid "" -"**Train the Trainer approach**: The Odoo consultant provides functional " -"training to the SPoC so that he can pass on this knowledge to his " -"collaborators. In order for this approach to be successful, it is necessary " -"that the SPoC is also involved in its own rise in skills through self-" -"learning via the :doc:`Odoo documentation <../index>`, `The elearning " -"platform <https://odoo.com/learn>`_ and the testing of functionalities." -msgstr "" -"**培训教练的方式** ：Odoo顾问为单点联系人提供职能培训，以便他将相关知识继续传递给协作者。为确保这种方式的成功，单点联系人必须通过自学 " -":doc:`Odoo文档 <../index>`、`在线学习平台 <https://odoo.com/learn>`_和功能测试促进自身技能提升。" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:49 -msgid "Project Scope" -msgstr "项目范围" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:51 -msgid "" -"To make sure all the stakeholders involved are always aligned, it is " -"necessary to define and to make the project scope evolve as long as the " -"project implementation is pursuing." -msgstr "为了确保所有相关利益干系人始终保持一致，只要项目实施进行，就有必要定义并使项目范围不断发展。" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:55 -msgid "" -"**A clear definition of the initial project scope**: A clear definition of " -"the initial needs is crucial to ensure the project is running smoothly. " -"Indeed, when all the stakeholders share the same vision, the evolution of " -"the needs and the resulting decision-making process are more simple and more" -" clear." -msgstr "" -"**对初始项目范围的明确定义** " -"：对初始需求的明确定义对于确保项目顺利运行至关重要。事实上，当所有利益攸关方都有着相同的愿景时，需求的演变和由此产生的决策过程就更加简单和明确。" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:61 -msgid "" -"**Phasing the project**: Favoring an implementation in several coherent " -"phases allowing regular production releases and an evolving takeover of Odoo" -" by the end users have demonstrated its effectiveness over time. This " -"approach also helps to identify gaps and apply corrective actions early in " -"the implementation." -msgstr "" -"**逐步实施项目** " -"：赞成在几个连贯的阶段实施，允许定期生产发布，终端用户不断接管Odoo，这证明了其随着时间的推移的有效性。这种方法还有助于识别差距，并在实施初期采取纠正措施。" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:68 -msgid "" -"**Adopting standard features as a priority**: Odoo offers a great " -"environment to implement slight improvements (customizations) or more " -"important ones (developments). Nevertheless, adoption of the standard " -"solution will be preferred as often as possible in order to optimize project" -" delivery times and provide the user with a long-term stability and fluid " -"scalability of his new tool. Ideally, if an improvement of the software " -"should still be realized, its implementation will be carried out after an " -"experiment of the standard in production." -msgstr "" -"**优先采用标准功能** ：Odoo " -"提供了一个实施轻微改进（定制）或更重要的改进（开发）的绝佳环境。不过，为了优化项目交付时间，为用户提供其新工具的长期稳定性和可伸缩性，将尽可能频繁地采用标准解决方案。理想情况下，如果软件的改进仍然应该实现，其实现将在生产标准试验后进行。" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:82 -msgid "Managing expectations" -msgstr "管理期望" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:84 -msgid "" -"The gap between the reality of an implementation and the expectations of " -"future users is a crucial factor. Three important aspects must be taken into" -" account from the beginning of the project:" -msgstr "实施的现实与未来用户的期望之间的差距是一个关键因素。从项目开始，就必须考虑到三个重要方面：" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:88 -msgid "" -"**Align with the project approach**: Both a clear division of roles and " -"responsibilities and a clear description of the operating modes (validation," -" problem-solving, etc.) are crucial to the success of an Odoo " -"implementation. It is therefore strongly advised to take the necessary time " -"at the beginning of the project to align with these topics and regularly " -"check that this is still the case." -msgstr "" -"**与项目方法保持一致** ：明确划分角色和责任，明确描述操作模式（验证、解决问题等）对于 Odoo " -"实施的成功至关重要。因此，强烈建议在项目开始时花一些时间与这些主题保持一致，并定期检查情况是否仍然如此。" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:96 -msgid "" -"**Focus on the project success, not on the ideal solution**: The main goal " -"of the SPoC and the Consultant is to carry out the project entrusted to them" -" in order to provide the most effective solution to meet the needs " -"expressed. This goal can sometimes conflict with the end user's vision of an" -" ideal solution. In that case, the SPoC and the consultant will apply the " -"80-20 rule: focus on 80% of the expressed needs and take out the remaining " -"20% of the most disadvantageous objectives in terms of cost/benefit ratio " -"(those proportions can of course change over time). Therefore, it will be " -"considered acceptable to integrate a more time-consuming manipulation if a " -"global relief is noted. Changes in business processes may also be proposed " -"to pursue this same objective." -msgstr "" -"**专注于项目的成功，而不是理想的解决方案**：SPoC和顾问的主要目标是执行委托给他们的项目，以便提供最有效的解决方案，以满足表达的需求。这一目标有时与最终用户的理想解决方案愿景相冲突。在这种情况下，SPoC" -" 和顾问将适用 80-20 规则：关注 80% 的表达需求，并找出成本/收益比率方面最不利目标的其余 " -"20%（这些比例当然会随时间而变化）。因此，如果注意到全球救济，将更耗时的操纵纳入一个比较耗时的操纵将被认为是可以接受的。为了追求同样的目标，也可以提议改变业务流程。" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:110 -msgid "" -"**Specifications are always EXPLICIT**: Gaps between what is expected and " -"what is delivered are often a source of conflict in a project. In order to " -"avoid being in this delicate situation, we recommend using several types of " -"tools\\* :" -msgstr "**规范总是明确的** ：预期内容与交付内容之间的差距通常是项目中冲突的根源。为了避免出现这种微妙情况，我们建议使用几种类型的工具\\* ：" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:115 -msgid "" -"**The GAP Analysis**: The comparison of the request with the standard " -"features proposed by Odoo will make it possible to identify the gap to be " -"filled by developments/customizations or changes in business processes." -msgstr "**GAP 分析** ：将请求与 Odoo 提出的标准功能进行比较，将有可能确定由开发/定制或业务流程变化填补的空白。" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:120 -msgid "" -"**The User Story**: This technique clearly separates the responsibilities " -"between the SPoC, responsible for explaining the WHAT, the WHY and the WHO, " -"and the Consultant who will provide a response to the HOW." -msgstr "**用户故事** ：这项技术清晰分割了单点联系人的责任，主要说明内容、原因和人员，以及回复处理方式问题的顾问。" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:128 -msgid "" -"`The Proof of Concept <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Proof_of_concept>`__ A " -"simplified version, a prototype of what is expected to agree on the main " -"lines of expected changes." -msgstr "" -"概念证明简化版本，<https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Proof_of_concept>`__ " -"是预期对预期变化的主要行达成一致的内容的原型。" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:132 -msgid "" -"**The Mockup**: In the same idea as the Proof of Concept, it will align with" -" the changes related to the interface." -msgstr "**模拟** ：按照与概念验证相同的策划，它将与界面相关的更改保持一致。" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:135 -msgid "" -"To these tools will be added complete transparency on the possibilities and " -"limitations of the software and/or its environment so that all project " -"stakeholders have a clear idea of what can be expected/achieved in the " -"project. We will, therefore, avoid basing our work on hypotheses without " -"verifying its veracity beforehand." -msgstr "" -"在这些工具中，将完全透明地了解软件和/或其环境的可能性和局限性，以便所有项目利益相关者清楚地了解项目中可以预期/实现的内容。因此，我们将避免在事先核实其真实性的情况下，以假设为基础开展工作。" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:141 -msgid "" -"*This list can, of course, be completed by other tools that would more " -"adequately meet the realities and needs of your project*" -msgstr "[当然，这个列表可以由其他工具完成，这些工具可以更充分地满足项目的现实和需求]" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:145 -msgid "Communication Strategy" -msgstr "传播策略" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:147 -msgid "" -"The purpose of the QuickStart methodology is to ensure quick ownership of " -"the tool for end users. Effective communication is therefore crucial to the " -"success of this approach. Its optimization will, therefore, lead us to " -"follow those principles:" -msgstr "快速入门方法的目的是确保最终用户快速拥有该工具。因此，有效的沟通对于这种方法的成功至关重要。因此，它的优化将引导我们遵循以下原则：" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:152 -msgid "" -"**Sharing the project management documentation**: The best way to ensure " -"that all stakeholders in a project have the same level of knowledge is to " -"provide direct access to the project's tracking document (Project " -"Organizer). This document will contain at least a list of tasks to be " -"performed as part of the implementation for which the priority level and the" -" manager are clearly defined." -msgstr "" -"**共享项目管理文档** " -"：确保项目中的所有利益相关者都具有相同的知识水平的最佳方法是提供对项目跟踪文档的直接访问（项目管理器）。本文档将至少包含一个任务列表，作为明确定义优先级和管理器的实现的一部分。" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:160 -msgid "" -"The Project Organizer is a shared project tracking tool that allows both " -"detailed tracking of ongoing tasks and the overall progress of the project." -msgstr "项目管理器是一个共享的项目跟踪工具，允许详细跟踪正在进行的任务和项目的总体进度。" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:164 -msgid "" -"**Report essential information**: In order to minimize the documentation " -"time to the essentials, we will follow the following good practices:" -msgstr "**报告基本信息** ：为了将文档时间缩短到要点，我们将遵循以下良好做法：" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:168 -msgid "Meeting minutes will be limited to decisions and validations;" -msgstr "会议记录将限于决策和验证;" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:170 -msgid "" -"Project statuses will only be established when an important milestone is " -"reached;" -msgstr "只有在达到重要流程时，才会建立项目状态;" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:173 -msgid "" -"Training sessions on the standard or customized solution will be organized." -msgstr "将组织关于标准或定制解决方案的培训课程。" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:177 -msgid "Customizations and Development" -msgstr "定制和开发" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:179 -msgid "" -"Odoo is a software known for its flexibility and its important evolution " -"capacity. However, a significant amount of development contradicts a fast " -"and sustainable implementation. This is the reason why it is recommended to:" -msgstr "Odoo 是一种以灵活性和重要进化能力而闻名的软件。然而，大量的发展与快速和可持续的实施相矛盾。因此，建议：" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:184 -msgid "" -"**Develop only for a good reason**: The decision to develop must always be " -"taken when the cost-benefit ratio is positive (saving time on a daily basis," -" etc.). For example, it will be preferable to realize a significant " -"development in order to reduce the time of a daily operation, rather than an" -" operation to be performed only once a quarter. It is generally accepted " -"that the closer the solution is to the standard, the lighter and more fluid " -"the migration process, and the lower the maintenance costs for both parties." -" In addition, experience has shown us that 60% of initial development " -"requests are dropped after a few weeks of using standard Odoo (see " -"\"Adopting the standard as a priority\")." -msgstr "" -"**开发只有一个很好的理由** " -"：在成本效益比为正时（每天节省时间等），必须始终做出开发决策。例如，最好实现重大开发，以减少日常操作的时间，而不是每季度只执行一次操作。人们普遍认为，解决方案越接近标准，迁移过程越轻越流畅，双方的维护成本就越低。此外，经验告诉我们，在使用标准" -" Odoo 数周后，60% 的初始开发请求被丢弃（请参阅\"将标准作为优先级采用\"）。" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:196 -msgid "" -"**Replace, without replicate**: There is a good reason for the decision to " -"change the management software has been made. In this context, the moment of" -" implementation is THE right moment to accept and even be a change initiator" -" both in terms of how the software will be used and at the level of the " -"business processes of the company." -msgstr "" -"**替换，无需复制** ：有一个很好的理由决定更改管理软件已经作出。在此背景下，实施时机是接受甚至改变软件使用方式和公司业务流程层面的变革时机。" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:204 -msgid "Testing and Validation principles" -msgstr "测试和验证原则" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:206 -msgid "" -"Whether developments are made or not in the implementation, it is crucial to" -" test and validate the correspondence of the solution with the operational " -"needs of the company." -msgstr "无论在实施中是否取得了发展，测试和验证解决方案与公司运营需求的对应关系都至关重要。" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:210 -msgid "" -"**Role distribution**: In this context, the Consultant will be responsible " -"for delivering a solution corresponding to the defined specifications; the " -"SPoC will have to test and validate that the solution delivered meets the " -"requirements of the operational reality." -msgstr "**角色分配** ：在这种情况下，顾问将负责提供与规定规格相符的解决方案;SPoC 必须测试和验证交付的解决方案是否符合操作现实的要求。" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:216 -msgid "" -"**Change management**: When a change needs to be made to the solution, the " -"noted gap is caused by:" -msgstr "**变更管理**：当需要对解决方案进行更改时，注意到的差距是由以下原因造成的：" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:220 -msgid "" -"A difference between the specification and the delivered solution - This is " -"a correction for which the Consultant is responsible" -msgstr "规范与交付解决方案之间的区别 - 这是顾问负责的更正" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:223 -msgid "**or**" -msgstr "**或**" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:225 -msgid "" -"A difference between the specification and the imperatives of operational " -"reality - This is a change that is the responsibility of SPoC." -msgstr "规范与操作现实的必要性之间的区别 - 这是单点联系人的责任。" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:229 -msgid "Data Imports" -msgstr "数据导入" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:231 -msgid "" -"Importing the history of transactional data is an important issue and must " -"be answered appropriately to allow the project running smoothly. Indeed, " -"this task can be time-consuming and, if its priority is not well defined, " -"prevent production from happening in time. To do this as soon as possible, " -"it will be decided :" -msgstr "" -"导入事务数据历史记录是一个重要问题，必须适当地回答，以使项目顺利运行。事实上，这项任务可能非常耗时，如果其优先级没有很好地定义，则防止生产及时发生。为此尽快完成，将视其为：" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:237 -msgid "" -"**Not to import anything**: It often happens that after reflection, " -"importing data history is not considered necessary, these data being, " -"moreover, kept outside Odoo and consolidated for later reporting." -msgstr "**不导入任何内容** ：通常情况下，在反射后，导入数据历史记录被认为没有必要，这些数据被保存在 Odoo 之外并合并，以便以后报告。" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:242 -msgid "" -"**To import a limited amount of data before going into production**: When " -"the data history relates to information being processed (purchase orders, " -"invoices, open projects, for example), the need to have this information " -"available from the first day of use in production is real. In this case, the" -" import will be made before the production launch." -msgstr "" -"**在投入生产之前导入有限数量的数据** " -"：当数据历史记录与正在处理的信息相关时（例如，采购订单、发票、未结项目），需要从使用的第一天起提供此信息。生产是真实的。在这种情况下，将在生产启动之前进行导入。" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:249 -msgid "" -"**To import after production launch**: When the data history needs to be " -"integrated with Odoo mainly for reporting purposes, it is clear that these " -"can be integrated into the software retrospectively. In this case, the " -"production launch of the solution will precede the required imports." -msgstr "" -"**在生产启动后导入**：当数据历史记录需要与 Odoo " -"集成，主要用于报告目的时，很明显，这些数据可以追溯性地集成到软件中。在这种情况下，解决方案的生产启动将先于所需的导入。" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:256 -msgid "Support" -msgstr "支持" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:258 -msgid "" -"When your project is put in production, our support teams take care of your " -"questions or technical issues." -msgstr "当你的项目进入生产阶段后，我们的支持团队将受理你的疑问或技术问题。" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:261 -msgid "See :ref:`support-expectations`." -msgstr "参见:ref:`support-expectations`。" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po deleted file mode 100644 index 40ca72a7c..000000000 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,930 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Jeffery CHEN Fan <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2020 -# 卫安琪 <weianqi1991@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Felix Yang - Elico Corp <felixyangsh@aliyun.com>, 2020 -# as co02 <asco02@163.com>, 2020 -# Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2020 -# Mandy Choy <mnc@odoo.com>, 2020 -# Martin Trigaux, 2021 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2021\n" -"Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: zh_CN\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" - -#: ../../helpdesk.rst:5 -msgid "Helpdesk" -msgstr "服务台" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced" -msgstr "高级" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:3 -msgid "After Sales Features" -msgstr "售后功能" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:5 -msgid "" -"As your business grows, having the right tool to support your helpdesk team " -"on recording, tracking and managing issues raised easy and efficiently, is " -"key. Odoo’s Helpdesk application allows you to generate credit notes, manage" -" returns, products, repairs, grant coupons, and even plan onsite " -"interventions from a ticket’s page." -msgstr "" -"随着业务的增长，拥有合适的工具来支持您的服务团队更轻松，更有效地记录，跟踪和管理所引发的问题是关键。 " -"Odoo的服务台应用程序使您可以从票证页面生成贷方通知单，管理退货，产品，维修，赠券，甚至计划现场服务。" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:11 -msgid "Set up the after sales services" -msgstr "设置售后服务" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " -"enable the after sales options: *Refunds, Returns, Coupons, Repairs and " -"Onsite Interventions*." -msgstr "" -"转至菜单 :menuselection:`服务台 --> 设置 --> 服务台团队` 并启用售后选项: *退款，退货，优惠券，维修和现场服务*。" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:20 -msgid "Generate credit notes from tickets" -msgstr "从服务单生成贷项凭单" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:22 -msgid "" -"You can use a credit note to refund a customer or adjust the amount due. For" -" that, simply go to your ticket page, click on *Refund* and select the " -"corresponding *Invoice*. Clicking on *Reverse* generates a credit note, and " -"you can *Post* it while still being in the *Helpdesk* app." -msgstr "" -"您可以使用贷方通知单来退还客户或调整应付金额。 为此，只需转到票证页面，单击 *退款*并选择相应的 *发票* 。 单击 *撤销* " -"会生成一个贷方通知单，您可以在仍处于*服务台*应用程序中的情况下 *发布* 该贷方通知单。" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:30 -msgid "Allow product returns from tickets" -msgstr "允许通过工单进行退货" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:32 -msgid "" -"The process of a product return from your customer back to your warehouse is" -" taken into action when, at the ticket page, you choose the option *Return*." -msgstr "当您在票证页面上选择 *退货* 选项时，将执行客户到仓库的产品退货过程。" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:39 -msgid "Grant coupons from tickets" -msgstr "从服务单发放优惠券" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:41 -msgid "" -"First, be sure to have your *Coupon Program* planned in the *Sales* or " -"*Website* application. Then, in *Helpdesk*, open your ticket, click on " -"*Coupon*, and choose the respective one." -msgstr "" -"首先，请确保在 *销售* 或 *网站* 应用程序中计划了 *优惠券计划* 。 然后，在 *服务台*中，打开您的票证，单击 *优惠券* " -"，然后选择相应的票证。" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:48 -msgid "Repairs from tickets" -msgstr "从服务单处理维修事宜" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Clicking on *Repair* option, on your ticket page, a new repair order form is" -" shown. Fill in the information as needed and choose the next step." -msgstr "单击故障单上的 *维修* 选项，将显示一个新的维修订单表格。 根据需要填写信息，然后选择下一步。" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:57 -msgid "Plan onsite interventions from tickets" -msgstr "从服务单计划现场干预" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:59 -msgid "" -"At the ticket's page click on *Plan Intervention*, and set up your onsite " -"intervention exactly the same way as if you were on the *Field Service* " -"application." -msgstr "在票务页面上，单击 *计划干预* ，然后与使用 *现场服务* 应用程序相同的方式设置现场服务。" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:67 -msgid "" -"`Coupons <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/coupon-" -"programs-640?fullscreen=1>`_" -msgstr "" -"`优惠券 <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/coupon-programs-640?fullscreen=1>`_" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:68 -msgid ":doc:`../../manufacturing/repair/repair`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../manufacturing/repair/repair`" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:3 -msgid "Allow Customers to Close their Tickets" -msgstr "允许客户关闭支持请求" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Allowing customers to close their tickets gives them autonomy and minimize " -"misunderstandings about when an issue is considered solved, or not. It makes" -" communication and actions more efficient." -msgstr "允许客户关闭服务单让客户有了自主性，尽可能避免对是否已解决问题的误解。让交流和行动更有效率。" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:9 -msgid "Configure the feature" -msgstr "配置功能" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:11 -msgid "" -"To configure the feature go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Settings --> " -"Helpdesk Teams --> Edit` and enable *Ticket closing*." -msgstr "如要配置此项功能，前往 :menuselection:`服务台 --> 设置 --> 服务台团队 --> 编辑`并启用*服务单关闭*。" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:18 -msgid "" -"In order to designate to which stage the ticket migrates to once it is " -"closed, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Overview --> Tickets`." -msgstr "为了指定票证在关闭后迁移到哪个阶段，请转到:menuselection:`服务台 --> 概述 --> 工單`。" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:25 -msgid "" -"You can either create a new Kanban stage or work with an existing one. For " -"both scenarios, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Settings --> Edit Stage` " -"and enable *Closing Stage*." -msgstr "" -"您可以创建新的看板阶段，也可以使用现有的看板阶段。 对于这两种情况，请转到：:menuselection:`服务台 --> 设定 --> 编辑阶段` " -"并启用 *结束阶段* 。" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:32 -msgid "" -"If a closing stage is not specified, by default, the ticket is moved to the " -"last stage; contrarily, if you have more than one stage set as closing, the " -"ticket is put in the first one." -msgstr "如果未指定关闭阶段，则在默认情况下，票证将移至最后一个阶段； 相反，如果您将多个阶段设置为关闭阶段，则该票证将放入第一个阶段。" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:36 -msgid "The Costumer Portal" -msgstr "客户门户" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Now, once the user logs into his Portal, the option *Close this ticket* is " -"available." -msgstr "现在，一旦用户登录到他的门户，*关闭此工單* 选项将可用。" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:45 -msgid "Get reports on tickets closed by costumers" -msgstr "获取关于客户所关闭服务单的报告" - -#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:47 -msgid "" -"To do an analysis of the tickets that have been closed by costumers go to " -":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting --> Tickets --> Filters --> Add " -"Custom filter --> Closed by partner --> Applied`." -msgstr "" -"要分析客户已关闭的工单，请转到 :menuselection:`服务台 --> 报告 --> 工单 --> 过滤器 --> 添加自定义过滤器 " -"-->被合作伙伴关闭 --> 已应用`。" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "概述" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:3 -msgid "Forum and eLearning" -msgstr "论坛和线上学习" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:6 -msgid "Forum" -msgstr "论坛" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:8 -msgid "" -"To go above and beyond email, live chat, web forms, and phone lines, offer " -"your customers a support forum. This way, customers might become more " -"attached to your company as they would be investing time to get into details" -" of your business. You also encourage the exchange of experiences and " -"knowledge, supporting the feeling of belonging to a community (your " -"community!)." -msgstr "" -"要超越电子邮件，实时聊天，网络表单和电话，请为您的客户提供一个支持论坛。 这样，客户可能会花更多的时间来了解您的业务细节，从而对您的公司更加依赖。 " -"还鼓励交流经验和知识，支持社区（对您的社区！）产生归属感。" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:14 -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:52 -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:10 -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:11 -msgid "Set up" -msgstr "设置" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Team` and " -"enable *Help Center*." -msgstr "转到 :menuselection:服务台 --> 设置 --> 服务台团队` 并启用 *帮助中心* 。" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Create, or edit a forum by clicking on the external link. Among the editing " -"options, choose if you would like the *Forum Mode* to be *Questions*: only " -"one answer is allowed per question or *Discussions*: multiple answers are " -"allowed per question." -msgstr "" -"通过单击外部链接来创建或编辑论坛。 在编辑选项中，选择是否要将 *论坛模式* 设置为 *问题* ：每个问题仅允许一个答案，或者 *讨论* " -"：每个问题允许多个答案。" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:31 -msgid "" -"From now on, logged in users can start their discussions. To keep track of " -"posts, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Forum --> Posts`." -msgstr "从现在开始，已登录的用户可以开始他们的讨论。 要跟踪帖子，请访问：:menuselection:`网站 --> 论坛 --> 帖子`。" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Turn tickets into forum posts by simply clicking on *Share on the Forum* on " -"the ticket's page." -msgstr "只需单击工单页面上的 *在论坛上共享* ，即可将工单转换为论坛帖子。" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:45 -msgid "eLearning" -msgstr "在线学习" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:47 -msgid "" -"In addition to a forum, offer online courses. When doing so, you link your " -"customers and users’ needs and questions to useful content, helping to boost" -" efficiency as they can also find their answers there." -msgstr "除论坛外，还提供在线课程。 这样做时，您可以将客户和用户的需求和问题链接到相应的内容，从而帮助他们提高效率，因为他们也可以在那里找到答案。" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " -"enable *eLearning*." -msgstr "转到 :menuselection:`服务台 --> 设置--> 服务台 团队，并启用 *线上学习*。" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Once the structure and content of your course are ready, *Publish* it by " -"clicking on *Unpublished*." -msgstr "课程的结构和内容准备就绪后，通过单击*未发布* *发布* 它。" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:67 -msgid "" -"To keep track of your course statistics, go to *eLearning* and *View " -"Course*." -msgstr "要跟踪您的课程统计信息，请转至 *线上学习* 和 *查看课程* 。" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:73 -msgid "Todo" -msgstr "待办" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:73 -msgid "" -"DETAILS/INFO SHOULD COME FROM ELEARNING DOCS. THEREFORE, LINK DOCS ONCE " -"AVAILABLE!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:3 -msgid "Getting Started" -msgstr "入门" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Helpdesk teams provide your customers with support to queries or errors they" -" might encounter while using your product/service. Therefore, a successful " -"scheme where you can organize multiple teams with their customized pipeline," -" visibilities settings, and ticket traceability is essential." -msgstr "" -"服务台团队为您的客户提供在使用产品/服务时可能遇到的查询或错误的支持。 " -"因此，成功的体制至关重要，在此计划中，您可以组织多个团队使用其自定义管道，可视性设定和票证可追溯性。" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:10 -msgid "Set up teams" -msgstr "建立团队" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To modify or create teams, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration " -"--> Helpdesk Teams`." -msgstr "要修改或创建团队，请转到： :menuselection:`服务台 --> 设置 --> 服务台团队`。" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Setting up multiple teams allows you to group tickets by your channels " -"(example: BE/US), or by your support services' types (example: IT, " -"accounting, admin, etc.)." -msgstr "设置多个团队可以使您按频道（例如：BE / US）或支持服务的类型（例如：IT，会计，管理员等）对支持请求工单进行分类。" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:21 -msgid "Team’s productivity and visibility" -msgstr "团队的工作效率和可见性" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Teams can have individual *Assignment Methods* to ensure that tickets get " -"redirected to the right person:" -msgstr "团队可以使用单独的 *分配方法* 以确保将工单重定向到合适的人：" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:26 -msgid "" -"*Manually*: tickets are manually assigned, allowing employees to manage " -"their own workload and target tickets they are experts at;" -msgstr "*手动*：工单是手动分配的，使员工可以管理自己的工作量并处理他们的擅长的工单；" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:28 -msgid "" -"*Random*: tickets are randomly assigned and everyone gets the same amount. " -"This method ensures that all tickets are handled as the assignment happens " -"automatically;" -msgstr "*随机*：工单是随机分配的，每个人都得到相同的数量。 此方法可确保在分配自动进行时处理所有工单；" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:30 -msgid "" -"*Balanced*: tickets are assigned to the person with the least amount of " -"tickets so that everyone fairly gets the same amount. Thereby, you ensure " -"that all tickets get to be taken care of." -msgstr "" -"*平衡* ：工单分配给工作量最少的人，以便每个人都公平地获得相同的工作。 因此，您可以确保所有票都得到妥善处理\n" -" 。" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:40 -msgid "" -"For the *Random* and *Balanced* assignment methods, you can set the *Team " -"Members* among whom tickets are assigned. Leave the field empty to include " -"all employees (with the proper access rights)." -msgstr "对于 *随机* 和 *平衡* 分配方法，可以设置分配工单的 *团队成员* 。 将字段保留为空以包括所有员工（具有适当的访问权限）。" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:43 -msgid "" -"The *Team Visibility* feature allows you to specify who can see and access " -"the team’s tickets. Therefore, ticket’s with sensible information are only " -"seen by the right people. Leave the field empty to include all employees " -"(with the proper access rights)." -msgstr "" -"通过 *团队可见性* 功能，让您可以指定哪些人可以查看和访问团队的工单。 因此，只有被挑选的人才能看到被挑选工单的信息。 " -"将字段保留为空以包括所有员工（具有适当的访问权限）。" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:46 -msgid "Set up stages and share it among teams" -msgstr "设置阶段并在团队之间共享" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:48 -msgid "" -"To set up stages, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> " -"Stages`. Then, create and/or edit stages as you need and set specific teams " -"to use certain stages under *Team*." -msgstr "" -"要设置阶段，请转到 :menuselection:`服务台 --> 设置 --> 阶段`。根据需要创建和/或编辑阶段，并设置特定的团队以使用 *团队* " -"下的某些阶段。" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Stages can be shared between one or multiple teams, allowing you to adapt " -"the pipeline to your individual needs. They also apply a visibility and " -"access rule, as other teams are not able to see or use the stage." -msgstr "阶段可以在一个或多个团队之间共享，从而使管道可以适应您的个人需求。 他们还应用了可见性和访问规则，因为其他团队无法看到或使用阶段。" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:64 -msgid ":doc:`../../general/odoo_basics/add_user`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../general/odoo_basics/add_user`" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:3 -msgid "Ratings" -msgstr "点评" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Allow customers to rate their experience with your helpdesk teams to " -"strengthen your credibility and gain their trust. Reviews can also influence" -" a customer’s decision and open space for feedback that can help you improve" -" the quality of your services." -msgstr "让客户对您在服务台团队的服务经验进行评分，以增强您的信誉并赢得他们的信任。 评论还会影响客户的决定和反馈，以帮助您提高服务的质量。" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " -"enable *Ratings on tickets*. The feature automatically adds a default email " -"template on the non-folded *closing stage(s)* of that team." -msgstr "" -"转到 :menuselection:`服务台 --> 设置 --> 服务台团队` 并启用 *工单评级*。 该功能会自动在该团队的非折叠 *结束阶段* " -"添加默认电子邮件模板。" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:21 -msgid "" -"To edit the email template and the stage(s) set as the closing ones, go to " -"the Kanban view of your helpdesk team and click on *Settings*, then on *Edit" -" Stage*." -msgstr "要编辑电子邮件模板并将阶段设置为结束阶段，请转到服务台团队的看板视图，然后单击 *设置* ，然后单击 *编辑阶段* 。" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Now, once a ticket reaches the stage(s) designated as the *Closing Stage*, " -"an email is sent to the customer." -msgstr "现在，一旦工单到达指定为 *关闭阶段* 的阶段，就会向客户发送电子邮件。" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Ratings can be seen on the chatter of each ticket, under the *See Customer " -"Satisfaction* link on the main dashboard, and through *Reporting*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:39 -msgid "Ratings visible on the customer portal" -msgstr "评级在客户门户上可见" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " -"enable *Display Rating on Customer Portal*. Now, by clicking on the helpdesk" -" team’s name on their ticket, customers can see its ratings." -msgstr "" -"转到 :menuselection:`服务台 --> 设置 --> 服务台团队` 然后启用 *在客户门户网站上显示评级* 。 " -"现在，通过在工单上单击服务台团队的名称，客户可以看到其评级。" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:51 -msgid ":doc:`../../portal/my_odoo_portal`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../portal/my_odoo_portal`" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:52 -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:88 -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:47 -msgid ":doc:`../advanced/close_tickets`" -msgstr ":doc:`../advanced/close_tickets`" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:3 -msgid "Start Receiving Tickets" -msgstr "开始接受工单" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Offering a variety of channels from where your customers can contact you " -"grants them flexibility and the right to choose the best one for themselves." -" And, in order to make sure inquiries across all channels get addressed, it " -"is essential to have a solution where all interactions come in one place." -msgstr "" -"客户可以通过多种渠道与您联系，这赋予了他们灵活性，并有权为自己选择最佳渠道。 " -"而且，为了确保能够解决所有渠道的查询，必须提供一种解决方案，使所有查询都集中在一个地方。" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:11 -msgid "Channels options to submit tickets" -msgstr "提交工单的渠道选项" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`, and " -"enable the following features as you want them to be available to your " -"users." -msgstr "转到 :menuselection:`服务台 --> 设置 --> 服务台团队` ，然后启用以下功能，以使用户可以使用它们。" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:21 -msgid "Email Alias" -msgstr "电子邮箱别名" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Let your customers submit tickets by sending an email to your support email " -"address. The subject line of the email becomes the title of the ticket and " -"the content is shown in the Chatter." -msgstr "让您的客户发送支持请求到您的客户支持电邮地址。 电子邮件的主题行成为支持请求的标题，其内容显示在沟通栏中。" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Select *Configure domain name* to be redirected to *Settings* and, from " -"there, enable *External Email Servers* to determine or change your *Alias " -"Domain*." -msgstr "选择 *配置域名* 以重定向到 *设定* ，然后从此处启用 *外部电邮服务器* ，以确定或更改您的 *别名域* 。" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Using your own email server is required to send and receive emails in Odoo " -"Community and Enterprise. Online users benefit from a ready-to-use email " -"server." -msgstr "需要使用您自己的电子邮件服务器在Odoo 社区版 and 企业版中发送和接收电子邮件。 在线用户受益于现成的电子邮件服务器。" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:39 -msgid "Website Form" -msgstr "网站表单" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Allow your customers to submit a ticket by filling in a form through your " -"website." -msgstr "通过您的网站填写表格，允许您的客户提交工单。" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Once the feature is activated, get redirected to your website by clicking on" -" *Go to Website*." -msgstr "激活该功能后，通过单击 *转到网站* 将其重定向到您的网站。" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:49 -msgid "" -"From the website page customize the form as you like. Then, publish it by " -"clicking on *Unpublished*." -msgstr "在网站页面上根据需要自定义表单。 然后，通过单击 *未发布* 进行发布。" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:56 -msgid "Live Chat" -msgstr "在线聊天" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:59 -msgid "" -"Through live interactions with your website visitors, helpdesk tickets can " -"be instantly created and redirected to the right person." -msgstr "通过与您的网站访问者的实时互动，可以立即创建服务台工单并将其重定向到合适的人。" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Click on your helpdesk team's name - for the example below: *Customer Care* " -"- and :doc:`set up your channel <../../livechat/overview/get_started>`." -msgstr "" -"单击服务台团队的名称-以下面的示例为例：*客户服务* - 和 :doc:`设置您的频道 " -"<../../livechat/overview/get_started>`。" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Now, your operators can create tickets by using the :doc:`command " -"<../../livechat/overview/responses>` */helpdesk (subject_of_ticket)*." -msgstr "" -"现在，您的运营商可以使用 :doc:`command <../../livechat/overview/responses>` */helpdesk " -"(subject_of_ticket)*." - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:72 -msgid "Prioritize tickets" -msgstr "确定优先级工单" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:74 -msgid "" -"Use the stars to prioritize your tickets. The most urgent ones appear at the" -" top of your list on the Kanban view." -msgstr "使用星星图标安排工单的优先级别。 最紧急的工单将出现在看板视图中列表的顶部。" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:77 -msgid "1 star = *Low priority*" -msgstr "1星= *低优先级*" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:78 -msgid "2 stars = *High priority*" -msgstr "2星= *高优先级*" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:79 -msgid "3 stars = *Urgent*" -msgstr "3星= *紧急*" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:87 -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:60 -msgid ":doc:`sla`" -msgstr ":doc:`sla`" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:89 -msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_servers`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_servers`" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:3 -msgid "Reports for a Better Support" -msgstr "报告以获得更好的支持" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:5 -msgid "" -"An efficient customer service solution should have a built-in reporting " -"option. Reports allow you to track trends, identify areas for improvement, " -"manage employees’ workloads and, most importantly, meet your customer’s " -"expectations." -msgstr "" -"高效的客户服务解决方案应具有内置的报告选项。 通过报告，您可以跟踪趋势，确定需要改进的地方，管理员工的工作量，最重要的是可以满足客户的期望。" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:10 -msgid "Cases" -msgstr "案例" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:12 -msgid "Some examples of the reports Odoo Helpdesk can generate include:" -msgstr "Odoo服务台可以生成的报告示例包括：" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:14 -msgid "The number of tickets *grouped by* team and ticket type." -msgstr "工单数量 *按* 团队和工单类型分组。" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:17 -msgid "" -"In this manner, you are able to evaluate which ticket types have been the " -"most frequent ones, plus the workload of your teams." -msgstr "通过这种方式，您可以评估哪些支持请求类型是最常见的工单类型，以及团队的工作量。" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Apply *Time Ranges* if you would like to make comparisons to a *Previous " -"Period* or a *Previous Year*." -msgstr "如果您想与 *上一时期* 或 *上一年* 进行比较，则应用 *时间范围* 。" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:25 -msgid "The number of tickets closed per day, per team." -msgstr "每个团队每天关闭的票数。" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Get an overview of how many requests each team is closing per day in order " -"to measure their performance. Identify productivity levels to understand how" -" many requests they are able to handle." -msgstr "概述每个团队每天要处理多少请求以衡量其绩效。 确定生产效率级别，以了解他们能够处理多少个请求。" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Filter it by *Assignee* to see Key Performance Indicators (KPI) per agent." -msgstr "通过 *让受人* 对其进行过滤，以查看每个代理人的关键绩效指标（KPI）。" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:37 -msgid "" -"The number of hours tickets are taking to be solved, grouped by team and " -"ticket type." -msgstr "需要解决的工时数（按团队和工单类型分组）。`" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Check if your expectations are met by *measuring* the *Time to close " -"(hours)*. Your customers not only expect fast responses but they also want " -"their issues to be handled quickly." -msgstr "通过 *测量* *关闭时间（小时）* 检查您的期望是否得到满足。 您的客户不仅期望快速响应，而且希望快速处理他们的问题。" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:48 -msgid "Save filters" -msgstr "保存过滤器" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Save the filters you use the most and avoid having to reconstruct them every" -" time they are needed. To do so, set the groups, filters, and measures " -"needed. Then, go to *Favorites*." -msgstr "保存最常用的过滤器，避免每次需要时都对其进行重构。 为此，设置所需的组，过滤器和度量。 然后，转到 *收藏夹* 。" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:59 -msgid ":doc:`receiving_tickets`" -msgstr ":doc:`receiving_tickets`" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:3 -msgid "Service Level Agreements (SLA)" -msgstr "服务水平协议（SLA）" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Service Level Agreements (SLA) are commitments you make with your customers " -"to outline how a service is delivered. It bolsters trust between you and " -"your customers as it makes clear what needs to be done, to what standard, " -"and when." -msgstr "服务水平协议（SLA）是您对客户做出的概述服务交付方式的承诺。 它明确了需要完成的工作，达到的标准和时间，从而增强了您与客户之间的信任。" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:10 -msgid "Create your policies" -msgstr "建立您的政策" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:13 -msgid "" -"First, enable the feature on the settings of the team you would like " -"policies to be applied, going to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration " -"--> Helpdesk Teams`." -msgstr "首先，在您希望应用策略的团队的设置上启用该功能，进入 :menuselection:`服务台 --> 设置 --> 服务台团队`。" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Create your policies through the team’s settings page or go to " -":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> SLA Policies`." -msgstr "通过小组的设置页面创建政策，或转到 :menuselection:`服务台 --> 设置 --> 服务水平协议政策`。" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Choose to which **Team** the policy is relevant and the **Minimum Priority**" -" a ticket needs to have for the policy to be applied." -msgstr "选择与该政策相关的 **团队**，以及要应用该政策所需的 **最低优先级** 。" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:27 -msgid "" -"**Target** is the stage a ticket needs to reach within the period defined to" -" satisfy the SLA. The period is based on the ticket’s creation date, and a " -"deadline is set on the ticket’s form once it matches an SLA policy rule. If " -"a ticket has more than one policy applied to it, the closest deadline of all" -" SLAs is the one considered." -msgstr "" -"**目标** 是工单在定义的满足SLA的期限内需要达到的阶段。 该期限基于工单的创建日期，并且一旦工单符合SLA政策规则，便会在工单表单上设置截止日期。" -" 如果工单应用了一项以上的政策，则所有SLA的最接近的最后期限为所考虑的期限。" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:29 -msgid "" -"When a ticket has satisfied an SLA policy, the SLA tag appears in green and " -"the deadline field is not shown anymore." -msgstr "当工单满足SLA策略时，SLA标签将显示为绿色，并且截止日期字段不再显示。" - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:37 -msgid "SLA Analysis" -msgstr "分析服务水平协议 " - -#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting --> SLA Status Analysis`. Apply" -" *Filters* and *Group by* to identify tickets that should be prioritized and" -" keep track of upcoming deadlines." -msgstr "" -"转到 :menuselection:`服务台 --> 报告 --> SLA状态分析` 。 应用 *过滤器* 和 *分组依据* " -"来确定应优先处理的票证，并跟踪即将到来的截止日期。" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice.rst:3 -msgid "Timesheet and Invoice" -msgstr "工时单和发票" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:3 -msgid "Invoice Time Spent on Tickets (Prepaid Support Services)" -msgstr "工单所用的发票时间 (预付支持服务)" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Have the option to work with prepaid support services, meaning that a sales " -"order and a corresponding invoice are issued and, once the service is done, " -"you can deduct the time spent. Odoo allows it to happen because the " -"applications are fully integrated, resulting in faster responses to your " -"customer needs." -msgstr "" -"可以选择使用预付费支持服务，这意味着将发出销售订单和相应的发票，一旦完成服务，您就可以扣除所花费的时间。 " -"Odoo允许发生这种情况，因为应用程序已完全集成，从而可以更快地响应客户需求。" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:14 -msgid "Step 1: Set up a helpdesk team" -msgstr "步骤1：建立服务台小组" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`, create" -" or edit an existing team, and enable *Timesheet on Ticket* and *Time " -"Reinvoicing*." -msgstr "" -"转到 :menuselection:`服务台 --> 设置--> 服务台团队` ，创建或编辑现有团队，并启用 *工时单上的工单* 和 *重新开票”。" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Select or create a project under *Timesheet on Ticket*. The selected/created" -" is the one at which employees timesheet on by default. However, it can be " -"ultimately modified on each ticket." -msgstr "在 *工单时间表* 下选择或创建一个项目。 选定/创建的是默认情况下员工时间表所在的那个。 但是，最终可以在每个票证上对其进行修改。" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:28 -msgid "Step 2: Set up a service" -msgstr "步骤2：设定服务" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " -"*Units of Measure* to optionally be able to choose *hours* (for example) as " -"the unit of measure of your service." -msgstr "" -"转到 :menuselection:`销售 --> 设置 --> 设定` 并启用 *计量单位* 能够选择 *小时* （例如）作为服务的计量单位。" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Then, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`, create or edit" -" an existing one, and set its *Product Type* as *Service*." -msgstr "" -"然后，转到 :menuselection:` 销售 --> 产品 --> 产品`，创建或编辑现有产品，并将其 *产品类型* 设置为 *服务*。" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Now, select the invoicing management you would like to have under the " -"*Sales* tab. We recommend the following configuration:" -msgstr "现在，在 *销售* 标签下选择您想要的发票管理。 我们建议以下配置：" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:47 -msgid "" -"This configuration ensures that the customer is invoiced by the number of " -"hours predicted in the sales order, meaning that less or extra hours " -"recorded are not taken into account. It also ensures that every time a sales" -" order is confirmed, a new task is created under the right project, " -"automating the process." -msgstr "" -"此配置可确保根据销售订单中预测的小时数向客户开具发票，这意味着不会考虑较少或额外的小时数。 " -"它还确保每次确认销售订单时，都会在正确的项目下创建新任务，从而使流程自动化。" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:53 -msgid "" -"We recommend setting up a specific project, as it was done for this flow " -"example. The important thing to remember is that the sales order item needs " -"to be set on the corresponding project or task, in order to reinvoice the " -"time spent on a ticket." -msgstr "" -"我们建议设置一个特定的项目，就像在此流程示例中所做的那样。 要记住的是，为了重新开票所花费的时间，需要在相应的项目或任务上设置销售订单项目。" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:58 -msgid "Prevision an invoice and record time" -msgstr "预定义发票并记录时间" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:61 -msgid "Step 1: Place an order" -msgstr "步骤1：下订单" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> Orders` and create one for the " -"helpdesk service product you have previously set up, with the customer who " -"needs the ticket to be opened. Set the number of hours needed to assist the " -"customer and *Confirm* the order." -msgstr "" -"转到 :menuselection:`销售 --> 订单 --> 订单` 并为您之前设置的服务台创建一个服务产品，并与需要打开故障单的客户一起使用。 " -"设置帮助客户并 *确认* 订单所需的小时数。" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:72 -msgid "Step 2: Invoice the customer" -msgstr "步骤2：为客户开具发票" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:74 -msgid "In *Sales*, select the respective sales order to *Create Invoice*." -msgstr "在 *销售* 中，选择相应的销售订单以 *创建发票* 。" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:82 -msgid "Step 3: Link the task to the ticket" -msgstr "步骤3：将任务链接到支持请求工单" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:84 -msgid "" -"Now, in *Helpdesk*, create or edit the respective ticket and link it to the " -"task created by the confirmation of the sales order." -msgstr "现在，在 *服务台* 中，创建或编辑相应的票证，并将其链接到通过确认销售订单创建的任务。" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:92 -msgid "Step 4: Record the time spent" -msgstr "步骤4：记录所花费的时间" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:94 -msgid "" -"Still on the respective helpdesk ticket, record the hours performed under " -"the *Timesheets* tab." -msgstr "仍在相应的服务台工单上，记录 *工时单* 选项卡下执行的小时数。" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:100 -msgid "" -"Note that the hours recorded on the ticket form are shown on the *Delivered*" -" column in the sales order." -msgstr "请注意，工单上记录的小时数显示在销售订单的 *已交付* 列中。" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:108 -msgid "" -"Hours recorded on the ticket are automatically shown in *Timesheets* and on " -"the dedicated task." -msgstr "工单上记录的小时数会自动显示在 *工时单* 和专用任务中。" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:111 -msgid ":doc:`reinvoice_from_project`" -msgstr ":doc:`reinvoice_from_project`" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:112 -msgid ":doc:`../../inventory/management/products/uom`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../inventory/management/products/uom`" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:3 -msgid "Invoice Time Spent on Tickets (Postpaid Support Services)" -msgstr "工单花费的发票时间（后付费支持服务）" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Directly pull the billable time you have tracked on your helpdesk tickets " -"into sales orders and invoices through a project task. It gives you more " -"control over what you charge your client, and it is more efficient." -msgstr "直接将服务台服务单记录的应计费时间拉入销售订单，并通过项目任务开具发票。它有助于控制向客户收取的费用并提高效率。" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:10 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "基础配置" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk team --> Edit`" -" and enable the options *Timesheet on Ticket* and *Time Reinvoicing*." -msgstr "" -"转到 :menuselection:`服务台 --> 设置 --> 服务台团队 --> 并启用选项 *工单上的时间表* 和 *时间重新开票* 。" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Under *Timesheet on Ticket*, choose the *Project* to which tickets (and " -"timesheets) will be linked by default. Open its *External link* to enable " -"the feature *Bill from tasks*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:22 -msgid "Create a sales order and an invoice" -msgstr "创建销售订单和发票" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Now, once you have recorded the time you spent on the helpdesk ticket, under" -" the *Timesheets* tab, access the task clicking on its name." -msgstr "现在，一旦您记录了在服务台的服务时间，就可以在 *工时单* 选项卡下单击其名称来访问该任务。" - -#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:31 -msgid "*Create Sales Order* and proceed to create the invoice." -msgstr "*创建销售订单*并继续创建发票。" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/index.po index 20c7d7487..c47f7c082 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/index.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/index.po @@ -1,19 +1,15 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # -# Translators: -# liAnGjiA <liangjia@qq.com>, 2020 -# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-18 07:12+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: liAnGjiA <liangjia@qq.com>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -21,10 +17,6 @@ msgstr "" "Language: zh_CN\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -#: ../../index.rst:7 ../../index.rst:7 -msgid "Index" +#: ../../content/index.rst:3 +msgid "Odoo Documentation" msgstr "" - -#: ../../index.rst:3 -msgid "Odoo User Documentation" -msgstr "Odoo 用户手册" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po similarity index 50% rename from locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po rename to locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po index 3bdaafe78..4665e29f4 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po @@ -1,34 +1,33 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: -# ChinaMaker <liuct@chinamaker.net>, 2020 -# inspur qiuguodong <qiuguodong@inspur.com>, 2020 -# Felix Yang - Elico Corp <felixyangsh@aliyun.com>, 2020 -# zpq001 <zpq001@live.com>, 2020 -# 敬雲 林 <chingyun@yuanchih-consult.com>, 2020 -# fausthuang, 2020 -# bf2549c5415a9287249cba2b8a5823c7, 2020 -# guohuadeng <guohuadeng@hotmail.com>, 2020 -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# mrshelly <mrshelly@hotmail.com>, 2020 -# Jeffery CHEN Fan <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2020 -# liAnGjiA <liangjia@qq.com>, 2020 -# Gary Wei <Gary.wei@elico-corp.com>, 2020 -# Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2020 -# Miao Zhou <zhoumiao_nuaa@outlook.com>, 2020 +# ChinaMaker <liuct@chinamaker.net>, 2021 +# Felix Yang - Elico Corp <felixyangsh@aliyun.com>, 2021 +# zpq001 <zpq001@live.com>, 2021 +# 稀饭~~ <wangwhai@qq.com>, 2021 +# liAnGjiA <liangjia@qq.com>, 2021 +# fausthuang, 2021 +# bf2549c5415a9287249cba2b8a5823c7, 2021 +# Martin Trigaux, 2021 +# mrshelly <mrshelly@hotmail.com>, 2021 +# Jeffery CHEN Fan <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Gary Wei <Gary.wei@elico-corp.com>, 2021 +# 敬雲 林 <chingyun@yuanchih-consult.com>, 2021 # Mandy Choy <mnc@odoo.com>, 2021 +# Miao Zhou <zhoumiao_nuaa@outlook.com>, 2021 +# Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2021 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Mandy Choy <mnc@odoo.com>, 2021\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-18 07:12+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-05-18 05:18+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2021\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -36,83 +35,84 @@ msgstr "" "Language: zh_CN\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -#: ../../inventory.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp.rst:3 +msgid "Inventory & Mrp" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:4 msgid "Inventory" -msgstr "库存" +msgstr "仓库" -#: ../../inventory/barcode.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode.rst:3 msgid "Barcodes" -msgstr "条码" +msgstr "条形码" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations.rst:3 msgid "Daily Operations" msgstr "日常作业" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3 msgid "Process to an Inventory Adjustment with Barcodes" msgstr "使用条码来做库存调整" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:5 msgid "" "To process an inventory adjustment by using barcodes, you first need to open" " the *Barcode* app. Then, from the application, click on *Inventory " "Adjustments*." msgstr "如要使用条码来做库存调整，你首先需要打开*条码*应用程序。然后，在应用程序中，点击*库存调整*。" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:13 msgid "" "If you want to fully work with barcodes, you can download the sheet " "*Commands for Inventory*." msgstr "如要全面使用条码功能，你可下载*库存命令*表。" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:16 msgid "" "Once you have clicked on *Inventory Adjustments*, Odoo will automatically " "create one. Note that, if you work with multi-location, you first need to " "specify in which location the inventory adjustment takes place." msgstr "点击*库存调整*后，Odoo将自动创建。注意，如有多个库位，你需首先指定进行库存调整的库位。" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:24 msgid "" "If you don’t work with multi-location, you will be able to scan the " "different products you want to include in the inventory adjustment." msgstr "如没有多个库位，你可开始扫描库存调整中包含的不同产品。" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:31 msgid "" "If you have 5 identical articles, scan it 5 times or use the keyboard to set" " the quantity." msgstr "如有5件相同物品，可将它扫描5次或用键盘设置数量。" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:34 msgid "" "Besides using the barcode scanner, you can also manually add a product if " "necessary. To do so, click on *Add Product* and fill the information in " "manually." msgstr "除了使用条码扫描器，如有必要，你还可手动添加产品。为此，点击*添加产品*并手动填写信息。" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:44 msgid "" "When you have scanned all the items of the location, validate the inventory " "manually or scan the *Validate* barcode." msgstr "当完成了该库位的所有产品的扫描后，手工确认库存或者通过扫描**确认**条码进行确认。" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:3 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/overview.rst:3 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:6 msgid "Overview" msgstr "概述" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:5 msgid "" "There are different situations in which barcode nomenclatures can be useful." " A well-known use case is the one of a point of sale which sells products in" @@ -122,36 +122,33 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "条码可用于各种不同情况。最为大家熟知的用例是在销售点批量销售产品时，顾客可自行称重，获取打印的条码并贴在产品上。这个条码包括产品重量，可用于计算价格。" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:13 msgid "Create a Barcode Nomenclature" msgstr "创建条码命名规则" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:15 msgid "" "Odoo supports Barcode Nomenclatures, which determine the mapping and " "interpretation of the encoded information. You can configure your barcode " "nomenclature being in :doc:`Developer mode " -"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. To do so, go to " +"</applications/general/developer_mode>`. To do so, go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Barcode Nomenclature`." msgstr "" -"Odoo支持条码命名规则，它决定了已编码信息的映射和解读方式。你可在 :doc:`开发人员模式 " -"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` 配置你的条码命名规则。为此，前往 " -":menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 条码命名规则`。" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:20 msgid "" "You can create a barcode nomenclature from there, and then add a line to " "create your first rule." msgstr "你可在此创建条码命名规则，然后添加一行创建你的首个规则。" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:26 msgid "" "The first step is to specify the **rule name**, for example Weight Barcode " "with 3 Decimals. You then have to specify the type for barcode nomenclature," " in our case it will be Weighted Product." msgstr "第一步是指定**规则名称**，例如，带3位小数的重量条码。然后，你需指定条码命名规则的类型，在本例中是已称重产品。" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:33 msgid "" "The Barcode Pattern is a regular expression that defines the structure of " "the barcode. In this example 21 defines the products on which the rule will " @@ -162,45 +159,45 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "条码模式是定义条码结构的正则表达式。在本例中，21定义了将应用规则的产品，也是产品条码开头的数字。这5个“点”代表产品条码的后几位数字，用于识别有关产品。“N”代表整数部分，“D”代表小数部分。" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:40 msgid "" "The encoding allows to specify the barcode encoding on which the rule should" " be applied." msgstr "该编码用于指定应用规则得出的条码编码。" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:44 msgid "" "You can define different rules and order their priority thanks to the " "sequence. The first rule which matches the scanned barcode will be applied." msgstr "你可定义不同规则并按顺序排定优先等级。系统将应用与扫描条码匹配的第一条规则。" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:49 msgid "Configure your Product" msgstr "配置产品" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:51 msgid "The barcode of the product should start by “21”;" msgstr "产品条形码应以“21”开头。" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:52 msgid "" "The 5 “dots” are the other numbers of your product barcode, allowing to " "identify the product;" msgstr "这5个“点”是产品条码的其他数字，用于识别产品；" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:53 msgid "" "The barcode should contain 0’s where you did defined D’s or N’s. In our case" " we need to set 5 zeros because we configured “21…..{NNDDD}”;" msgstr "如定义了D或N，条码中应包含0。在本例中，我们配置的是“21.....{NNDDD}”，因此需要5个零。" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:54 msgid "" "In EAN-13, the last number is a check number, use an EAN13 generator to know" " which digit it should be in your case." msgstr "在EAN-13中，最后一个数字是校验数，使用EAN13生成器可确定你的情况应是哪个数字。" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:59 msgid "" "In case you weight 1,5 Kg of pasta, the balance will print you the following" " barcode 2112345015002. If you scan this barcode in your POS or when " @@ -210,17 +207,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "如果你称了1.5千克的意大利面，你将打印出以下条码2112345015002。如在POS中扫描此条码，或在条码应用程序中接收产品时，Odoo将自动为该意大利面产品创建新的一行，数量为1.5千克。POS则将根据该数量计算价格。" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:70 msgid "Rule Types" msgstr "规则类型" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:72 msgid "" "**Priced Product**: allows you to identify the product and specify its " "price, used in POS." msgstr "**定价产品**：POS用于识别产品并指定价格。" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:73 msgid "" "**Discounted Product**: allows you to create one barcode per applied " "discount. You can then scan your product in the POS and then scan the " @@ -228,80 +225,75 @@ msgid "" "product." msgstr "**打折产品**：可根据适用的折扣创建一个条码。然后，在POS中扫描产品，然后再扫描折扣条码，将基于产品的正常价格计算折扣。" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:74 msgid "" "**Weighted Product**: allows you to identify the product and specify its " "weight, used in both POS (in which the price is computed based on the " "weight) and in inventory." msgstr "**称重产品**：POS（根据重量计算价格）和库存中用于识别产品及指定其重量。" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:75 msgid "" "**Client**: allows you to identify the customer, for example used with " "loyalty program." msgstr "**客户**：用于识别客户，例如在忠诚度计划中使用。" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:76 msgid "**Cashier**: allows you to identify the cashier when entering the POS." msgstr "**收银员**：用于在进入POS时识别收银员。" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:77 msgid "" "**Location**: allows you to identify the location on a transfer when multi-" "location is activated." msgstr "**库位**：在启用多个库位的情况下，用于识别调拨的库位。" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:78 msgid "" "**Package**: allows you to identify packages on a transfer when packages are" " activated." msgstr "**包裹**：在启用包裹功能的情况下，用于识别调拨的包裹。" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:79 -msgid "" -"**Lot**: allows you to identify the lot number of a product on a transfer." -msgstr "**批次**：用于识别调拨的产品批号。" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:79 msgid "" "**Credit Card**: doesn’t need manual modification, exists for data from the " "Mercury module." msgstr "**信用卡**：不需要手动修改，使用Mercury模型现有的数据。" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:80 msgid "" "**Unit Product**: allows you to identify a product for both POS and " "transfers." msgstr "**单位产品**：用于在POS和调拨过程中识别产品。" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:83 msgid "" "When the barcode pattern contains .*, it means that it can contain any " "number of characters, those characters being any number." msgstr "如条码样式包含.*，表明它可包含任意数量的数字字符。" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:3 msgid "Process to Transfers" msgstr "调拨过程" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:6 msgid "Simple Transfers" msgstr "简单调拨" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:8 msgid "" "To process a transfer from the *Barcode* app, the first step is to go to " "*Operations*." msgstr "从*条码*应用程序中处理调拨，第一步是进入*作业*页面。" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:14 msgid "" "Then, you have the choice to either enter an existing transfer, by going to " "the corresponding operation type and manually selecting the one you want to " "enter, or by scanning the barcode of the transfer." msgstr "然后，你可前往对应的作业类型并手动选择想要输入的调拨产品，或扫描调拨产品的条码，进入现有的调拨。" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:24 msgid "" "From there, you will be able to scan the products that are part of the " "existing transfer and/or add new products to this transfer. Once all the " @@ -309,19 +301,19 @@ msgid "" "the stock moves." msgstr "在此，你可扫描现有调拨中包含的产品和/或向其添加新产品。在扫描完毕所有产品后，你可确认调拨，进入库存移动环节。" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:33 msgid "" "If you have different storage locations in your warehouse, you can add " "additional steps for the different operation types." msgstr "如仓库中有多个不同存储库位，你可为不同的作业类型添加额外步骤。" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:37 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:50 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:45 msgid "Receipts" -msgstr "收据" +msgstr "收货入库" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:39 msgid "" "When receiving a product in stock, you need to scan its barcode in order to " "identify it in the system. Once done, you can either make it enter the main " @@ -331,25 +323,25 @@ msgstr "" "当收到库存产品时，你需要扫描其条码，以便在系统中识别它。完成后，你可以让它进入调拨的主库位，例如WH/Stock， " "或者扫描库位条码，使其进入主库位下的子库位。" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:48 msgid "" "If you want the product to enter WH/Stock in our example, you can simply " "scan the next product." msgstr "在本例中，如果你让产品进入WH/Stock，只需扫描下一件产品。" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:52 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery.rst:3 msgid "Delivery Orders" msgstr "交货单" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:54 msgid "" "When delivering a product, you have to scan the source location if it is " "different than the one initially set on the transfer. Then, you can start " "scanning the products that are delivered from this specific location." msgstr "在产品发货时，如果源库位与调拨最初设置不同，则需扫描源库位。然后，你可开始扫描从这个特定库位发货的产品。" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:62 msgid "" "Once the different products have been scanned, you have the possibility to " "scan another location, such as WH/Stock, and another page will be added to " @@ -357,110 +349,110 @@ msgid "" "*Previous* and *Next* buttons." msgstr "在扫描完毕不同产品后，你可扫描其他库位，如WH/Stock，交货单上将添加另一页。通过*前一项*和*下一项*按钮，你可在不同页面之间切换。" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:70 msgid "" "Now, you can validate your transfer. To do so, click on *Next* until you " "reach the last page of the transfer. There, you will be able to validate it." msgstr "现在，你可确认调拨操作了。为此，点击*下一步*，然后进入调拨操作的最后页面。你可在此确认所有操作。" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:78 msgid "Internal Transfers" -msgstr "内部转账" +msgstr "内部调拨" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:80 msgid "" "When realizing an internal transfer with multi-location, you first have to " "scan the source location of the product. Then, you can scan the product in " "itself, before having to scan the barcode of the destination location." msgstr "在多个库位之间进行内部调拨时，你首先需要扫描产品的源库位。然后，你应扫描产品本身，再扫描目标库位的条码。" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:85 msgid "" "If the source and destination of the internal transfers are already correct," " you don’t need to scan them." msgstr "如内部调拨的源库位和目标库位已正确无误，则无需扫描。" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:89 msgid "Transfers with Tracked Products" msgstr "已追踪产品的调拨" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:91 msgid "" "If you work with products tracked by lot/serial numbers, you have two ways " "of working:" msgstr "如你按批号/序列号处理产品，你有两种操作方法：" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:94 msgid "" "If you work with serial/lot numbers taking all products into consideration, " "you can scan the barcode of the lot/serial number and Odoo will increase the" " quantity of the product, setting its lot/serial number." msgstr "如你处理包含所有产品的序列号/批号，你应扫描该批号/序列号的条码，Odoo将增加产品数量，设置其批号/序列号。" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:99 msgid "" "If you have the same lot/serial number for different products, you can work " "by scanning the product barcode first, and then the barcode of the " "lot/serial number." msgstr "如不同产品的批号/序列号相同，你可首先扫描产品条码，然后扫描批号/序列号条码。" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:3 msgid "Create a Transfer from Scratch" msgstr "从头开始创建调拨" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:5 msgid "" "To create a transfer from the *Barcode* application, you first need to print" " the operation type barcodes. To do so, you can download the *Stock barcode " "sheet* from the home page of the app." msgstr "如要从*条码*应用程序创建调拨，你首先需要打印作业类型条码。为此，你可从应用程序的主页下载*库存条码表*。" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:12 msgid "" "Once done, you can scan the one for which you want to create a new document." " Then, an empty document will be created and you will be able to scan your " "products to populate it." msgstr "完成后，你可扫描需要创建新文档的库存。然后，系统将创建空白文档，你可扫描产品并填充该文档。" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup.rst:3 msgid "Setup" msgstr "设置" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:3 msgid "Set up your barcode scanner" msgstr "设置你的条码扫描器" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:5 msgid "" "Getting started with barcode scanning in Odoo is fairly easy. Yet, a good " "user experience relies on an appropriate hardware setup. This guide will " "help you through the task of choosing and configuring the barcode scanner." msgstr "在Odoo中使用条码扫描相当容易。但是一个好的用户体验依赖与正确的硬件设置。该向导会帮你完成从条码枪的选择到设置。" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:11 msgid "Find the barcode scanner that suits your needs" msgstr "找到适用的条码扫描枪" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:13 msgid "" "The 3 recommended type of barcode scanners to work with the Odoo " "**Inventory** and **Barcode Scanning** apps are the **USB scanner**, **the " "bluetooth scanner** and the **mobile computer scanner**." msgstr "" -"用来进行 **盘点** 和 **条码扫描** 推荐的3种不同的条码扫描应用是 **USB扫描枪** , **蓝牙扫描枪** 以及 **移动电脑扫描枪**" -" 。" +"推荐3种不同的条码扫描器与Odoo **库存** 和 **条形码** 应用一起使用，如 **USB扫描器** ， **蓝牙扫描器** 和 " +"**移动计算机扫描器** 。" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:20 msgid "" "If you scan products at a computer location, the **USB scanner** is the way " "to go. Simply plug it in the computer to start scanning. Just make sure when" " you buy it that the scanner is compatible with your keyboard layout or can " "be configured to be so." msgstr "" -"如果在你电脑旁边对产品进行扫描, **USB扫描枪** " -"是不错的选择。只要插入电脑即可扫描。只要确保买到的扫描枪和你的键盘布局兼容或者可以配置成那样就可以。" +"如果在你电脑旁边对产品进行扫描, **USB扫描器** " +"是不错的选择。只要插入电脑即可扫描。只要确保买到的扫描器和你的键盘布局兼容或者可以配置成那样就可以。" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:25 msgid "" "The **bluetooth scanner** can be paired with a smartphone or a tablet and is" " a good choice if you want to be mobile but don't need a big investment. An " @@ -471,7 +463,7 @@ msgstr "" " " "**蓝牙扫描器**能与智能手机或者平板电脑进行配对，如果你想要移动设备但又不想投入太多，使用蓝牙扫描器就是不错的选择。你可使用智能手机登陆Odoo，并把智能手机和蓝牙扫描器配对，即可在仓库中扫描作业，你可不时查看智能手机并“手动”使用软件。" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:32 msgid "" "For heavy use, the **mobile computer scanner** is the handiest solution. It " "consists of a small computer with a built-in barcode scanner. This one can " @@ -486,15 +478,15 @@ msgstr "" " + Google Chrome浏览器或者Windows + IE " "Mobile浏览器的模式可以实现该功能。但是，由于市面上有各种不同的型号和配置，你必须先进行测试。" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:42 msgid "Configure your barcode scanner" msgstr "配置条码扫描器" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:45 msgid "Keyboard layout" msgstr "键盘布局" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:50 msgid "" "An USB barcode scanner needs to be configured to use the same keyboard " "layout as your operating system. Otherwise, your scanner won't translate " @@ -504,11 +496,11 @@ msgstr "" "一个USB扫描枪需要配置成和电脑键盘布局一样的操作系统, 不然, 你的扫描枪将不会直接的翻译(例如, " "用'Q'代替'A')。大多数扫描枪通过扫描用户手册中的条码进行配置。" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:57 msgid "Automatic carriage return" msgstr "自动回车" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:59 msgid "" "By default, Odoo has a 50 milliseconds delay between each successive scan " "(it helps avoid accidental double scanning). If you want to suppress this " @@ -521,11 +513,11 @@ msgstr "" "你可以通过在每次扫描条码之后插入一个回车配置你的扫描枪。这通常是默认的配置并且能通过扫描用户手册中特定的条码进行配置('CR 后缀 " "ON','申请输入后缀', 等等。)。" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:3 msgid "Activate the Barcodes in Odoo" msgstr "在Odoo中启用条码" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:5 msgid "" "The barcode scanning features can save you a lot of time usually lost " "switching between the keyboard, the mouse and the scanner. Properly " @@ -535,36 +527,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "条码扫描功能可节省在键盘、鼠标和扫描器之间切换所花费的时间。为产品、拣货库位等指定适当的条码，让你能几乎完全只用条码扫描器控制软件，提高工作效率。" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:12 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:12 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:37 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:9 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:50 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:18 -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:19 -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:16 -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:21 -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:15 -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:14 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:10 -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:10 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:16 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:15 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:17 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:9 msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "基础配置" +msgstr "配置" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:14 msgid "" "To use this feature, you first need to activate the *Barcode* functionality " "via :menuselection:`Inventory --> Settings --> Barcode Scanner`. Once you " @@ -572,34 +560,34 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "如要使用本功能，你应首先通过 :menuselection:`库存 --> 设置 --> 条码扫描器`启用*条码*功能。勾选此功能后，你可点击保存。" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:22 msgid "Set Product Barcodes" msgstr "设置产品条码" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:24 msgid "" "You can easily assign barcodes to your different products via the " "*Inventory* app. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " "Products Barcodes`." msgstr "你可通过*库存*应用程序，轻松地为不同产品分配条码。为此，前往 :menuselection:`设置 --> 配置产品条码`。" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:30 msgid "" "Then, you have the possibility to assign barcodes to your products directly " "at creation on the product form." msgstr "然后，你可在产品表单中直接创建并为产品分配条码。" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:40 msgid "" "Be careful to add barcodes directly on the product variants and not on the " "template product. Otherwise, you won’t be able to differentiate them." msgstr "注意，将条码直接添加到产品变体中，而不要添加到模板产品中。否则，你将无法区分它们。" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:45 msgid "Set Locations Barcodes" msgstr "设置库位条码" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:47 msgid "" "If you manage multiple locations, you will find useful to attribute a " "barcode to each location and stick it on the location. You can configure the" @@ -608,134 +596,42 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "如果你管理多个库位，可为每个库位分配一个条码，并贴在库位上。你可在 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 库位`为库位配置条码。" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:58 msgid "" "You can easily print the barcode you allocate to the locations via the " "*Print* menu." msgstr "你可从*打印*菜单，打印为库位分配的条码。" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:62 msgid "Barcode Formats" msgstr "条码格式" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:64 msgid "" "Most retail products use EAN-13 barcodes. They cannot be made up without " "proper authorization. You must pay the International Article Numbering " "Association a fee in exchange for an EAN code sequence." msgstr "多数零售产品使用EAN-13条码。这种条码需要适当授权才能使用。你必须向国际物品编码协会交费后才能获得EAN代码顺序。" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:68 msgid "" "Still, as Odoo supports any string as a barcode, you can always define your " "own barcode format for internal use." msgstr "但Odoo支持所有字符串的条码，所以你也可以定义内部使用的条码格式。" -#: ../../inventory/management.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management.rst:3 msgid "Warehouse Management" msgstr "仓库管理" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:3 -msgid "How do I cancel a delivery order?" -msgstr "如何取消交货单？" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo gives you the possibility to cancel a delivery method whether it has " -"been validated to fast, it needs to be modified or for any other reason." -msgstr "不管是因为过快确认的原因, 还是需要被修正或者其余的原因, Odoo能让我们取消一个交货方式。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Some carriers are more flexible than others, so make sure to cancel your " -"delivery order as fast as possible if it needs to be done so you don't have " -"any bad surprise." -msgstr "有些货代会比其他货代更加灵活, 所以请在收到坏的消息之前确保在交货单取消掉。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:17 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:26 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:107 -msgid "Sale process" -msgstr "销售过程" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Go to the **Sales** module, click on **Sales** and then on **Sales Order**. " -"Then click on the sale order you want to cancel." -msgstr "进入 **销售** 模块, 点击 **销售** 然后点击 **销售订单** 。殿后点击你想要取消的销售订单。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Click on the **Delivery** button, in the upper right corner of the sale " -"order." -msgstr "点击销售订单右上角的 **交货** 按钮。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Now, click on the **Additional info** tab and you will see that next to the " -"**Carrier Tracking Reference**, there is a **Cancel** button. Click on it to" -" cancel the delivery." -msgstr "现在, 点击 **更多信息** 页面然后你会看到紧挨着 **货代运单号** , 有一个 **取消** 按钮。点击该按钮就可以取消交货单。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:38 -msgid "" -"To make sure that your delivery is cancelled, check in the history, you will" -" receive the confirmation of the cancellation." -msgstr "确保交货单已经取消, 在历史记录中检查, 你会收到取消的确认。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:3 -msgid "How can I limit a delivery method to a certain number of countries?" -msgstr "如何把一种交货方式局限于特定的国家？" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:8 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can have different types of delivery methods, and you can " -"limit them to a certain number of countries." -msgstr "用Odoo, 你可以使用不同类型的交货方式, 并且可以限定特定的交货方式到特定的国家。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Go to the **Inventory** module, click on **Configuration** and then on " -"**Delivery Methods**." -msgstr "进入 **库存** 模块, 点击 **配置** 然后点击 **交货方式** 。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Select the delivery method that you want to change, or create a new one." -msgstr "选择你想变更的交货方式, 或者创建一个新的。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:25 -msgid "" -"In the **Destination** tab, choose the countries to which you want to apply " -"this delivery method." -msgstr "在 **目的地** 页面, 选择该种交货方式使用的国家。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:28 -msgid "Now, that this is done, Let's see the result." -msgstr "现在已经完成, 我们来看看结果。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:30 -msgid "" -"If you go to the website, and you try to buy something, once you've entered " -"your details and you proceed to the payment, the website will propose you " -"only the delivery methods that apply to your shipping address." -msgstr "如果进入网站, 并且你需要购买, 一旦你完成详细的输入后并且完成了付款, 网站会提供根据交货地址上的交货方式。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:39 -msgid "" -"This process doesn't work in backend. We assume that when you create a Sale " -"Order, you know which delivery method you can use since you created them." -msgstr "该进程不在后台运行。我们假设你创建了一个销售订单, 你就知道你能使用哪个已经创建的交货方式。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:3 msgid "Send Products to Customers Directly from Suppliers (Drop-shipping)" msgstr "从供应商直接向客户发送产品（直运）" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:6 msgid "What is Drop-Shipping?" msgstr "什么是直运？" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:8 msgid "" "Drop-Shipping is a system that allows orders taken from your store to be " "shipped straight from your supplier to your customer. On a usual delivery " @@ -743,35 +639,35 @@ msgid "" "stock and then shipped to your customers after ordering." msgstr "直运系统可将订单商品直接从供应商发给客户。在常规发货系统中，产品从供应商发到你的仓库，然后在客户下单后从仓库发给客户。" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:13 msgid "" "With drop-shipping, no item is stocked. When a customer places an order in " "your shop, the item is delivered straight from the supplier to the customer." " Therefore, the product doesn't need to get through your warehouse." msgstr "在直运模式中，无需保有库存。当客户在门店下单后，商品直接从供应商发给客户。因此，产品无需经过你的仓库。" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:19 msgid "Points to be Considered while Implementing Drop-Shipping" msgstr "实施直运模式需要考虑的要点" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:24 msgid "" "Use drop-shipping only for the products you can't or don't want to keep in " "stock." msgstr "直运仅适合你无法或不愿意保有库存的产品。" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:22 msgid "" "One reason is that you'll always make smaller margins on items that are " "drop-shipped, so you should keep it only for items that take up a lot of " "space in your warehouse." msgstr "其中一个原因是你在直运商品上获得的利润率往往较低，因此仅适合需要占用大量库存空间的商品。" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:30 msgid "Drop-shipping is best for niche products." msgstr "直运最适合小众产品。" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:27 msgid "" "Chances are that products that are in high demand are being offered by large" " suppliers at a fraction of the price you'll be able to charge, so using a " @@ -779,57 +675,57 @@ msgid "" "product is unique, then it makes sense!" msgstr "大需求量的产品往往由大供应商提供，价格可能比你优惠，因此使用费用更高的发货方式从经济上看不合算。但如果你的产品非常独特，情况就不同了！" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:33 msgid "To protect your customers from bad experiences." msgstr "避免给客户带来不良体验。" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:33 msgid "" "Test drop-shipping companies for yourself beforehand and list the best ones." msgstr "事先自行测试直运公司，列出最好的公司。" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:37 msgid "Make sure time is not against you." msgstr "确保时间可控。" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:36 msgid "" "Drop-shipping should take a reasonable amount of time and surely not more " "than it would have taken you to handle it all by yourself. It's also nice to" " be able to provide your customers with a tracking number." msgstr "直运应有合理的时间，绝对不能超出你自己处理发货事宜的时间。如能向客户提供运单号更好。" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:44 msgid "Items have to be available from your supplier." msgstr "要确保在供应商那边有足够的库存。" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:40 msgid "" "It's good to know if the product you're selling is available upstream. If " "you don't have that information, inform your customers that you don't hold " "the item in stock and that it's subject to availability from a third party." msgstr "知晓产品在供应链上游的状况是很有用的。如果你没有这些信息，就告诉客户现在没有库存，并且这取决第三方的库存。" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:47 msgid "" "For more information and insights about Drop-Shipping, you can read our " "blog: `*What is drop-shipping and how to use it* <https://www.odoo.com/blog" "/business-hacks-1/post/what-is-drop-shipping-and-how-to-use-it-250>`__." msgstr "" -"关于直运的详情及见解，请阅读我们的博客*直运是什么以及如何使用* <https://www.odoo.com/blog/business-" +"关于直运的详情及见解，请阅读我们的博客 *直运是什么以及如何使用* <https://www.odoo.com/blog/business-" "hacks-1/post/what-is-drop-shipping-and-how-to-use-it-250>`__。" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:52 msgid "Configure Drop-Shipping" msgstr "配置直运" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:54 msgid "" "Activate the functionality in the *Purchase* application by going to " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "前往 :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置`，在*采购*应用程序中启用此功能。" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:60 msgid "" "Then, go to the *Inventory* app, in :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Settings` to activate the *Multi-Step Routes* feature. It will allow you to " @@ -839,7 +735,7 @@ msgstr "" "然后，前往*库存*应用程序，在 :menuselection:`配置 --> " "设置`中，启用*多步骤路线*功能。然后，你可在销售订单行的*路线*字段，指定通过直运发送产品。" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:68 msgid "" "Now, in the *Sales* app, go to :menuselection:`Products --> Products`. " "Select the product you would like to drop-ship and add a vendor pricelist " @@ -847,11 +743,11 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "现在，在*销售*应用程序中，前往 :menuselection:`产品 --> 产品`。选择想要直运的产品，并通过采购选项卡添加合适供应商的价格表。" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:76 msgid "Send Products from the Suppliers Directly to the Customers" msgstr "从供应商直接向客户发送产品" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:78 msgid "" "Create a *Sales Order* and add the product on which you just set the vendor." " Add the *Route* field thanks to the widget on the right of the sale order " @@ -859,14 +755,14 @@ msgid "" "Shipping*." msgstr "创建*销售订单*并添加你刚才设置供应商的产品。通过销售订单行右侧的小工具添加*路线*字段。现在，你可将产品路线指定为*直运*。" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:89 msgid "" "Once the sale order is confirmed, Odoo automatically generates a *Request " "for Quotation* for the supplier who will proceed to the drop-shipping. You " "can find it in the *Purchase* app, with the sale order as *Source Document*." msgstr "确认销售订单后，Odoo为处理直运的供应商自动生成*报价请求*。你可在*采购*应用程序中查看，销售订单为*源单据*。" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:97 msgid "" "Once this *Purchase Order* is confirmed, a *Receipt Order* is created and " "linked to it. The source location is the vendor location and the destination" @@ -875,44 +771,44 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "在确认*采购订单*后，系统将创建*收货单*并与之关联。源库位是供应商所在地，目标库位是客户所在地。然后，你在确认直运文件后，产品不会经过你的库存。" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:105 msgid "" "You can also easily access the dropship document directly from your " "inventory dashboard." msgstr "你还可从库存仪表板上直接访问直运文件。" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:3 msgid "How to choose the right inventory flow to handle delivery orders?" msgstr "如何选择正确的库存流程来处理交货订单？" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:5 msgid "" "Depending on factors such as the type of items you sell, the size of your " "warehouse, the number of orders you register everyday... the way you handle " "deliveries to your customers can vary a lot." msgstr "依赖于销售产品的类型, 仓库的空间大小, 每天的单子数量……要发或给客户的方式可以有各种区别。" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:9 msgid "" "Odoo allows you to handle shipping from your warehouse in 3 different ways:" msgstr "Odoo能让我们以3种方式处理发货 :" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:12 msgid "**One step (shipping)**: Ship directly from stock" -msgstr " **一步(发货)**: 直接从库存发货" +msgstr " **一步(发货)** : 直接从库存发货" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:14 msgid "" "**Two steps (pick + ship)**: Bring goods to output location before shipping" -msgstr " **二步(拣货＋发货)**: 先把货物到出货区然后再发货" +msgstr " **二步(拣货＋发货)** : 先把货物到出货区然后再发货" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:17 msgid "" "**Three steps (pick + pack + ship)**: Make packages into a dedicated " "location, then bring them to the output location for shipping" -msgstr " **三步(拣货＋包装＋发货)**: 先把货物发到一个专门位置进行包装, 然后发到出货位置进行发货" +msgstr " **三步(拣货＋包装＋发货)** : 先把货物发到一个专门位置进行包装, 然后发到出货位置进行发货" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:20 msgid "" "For companies having a rather small warehouse and that do not require high " "stock of items or don't sell perishable items, a one step shipping is the " @@ -921,7 +817,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "有如果一个公司只是有一个小仓库并且不需要产品的高库存或者没有易腐产品。那么一步收发货是最简单且易用的方案, 这样无需大量的配置并且可以很快的处理单子。" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:25 msgid "" "Using inventory methods such as FIFO, LIFO and FEFO require to have at least" " two steps to handle a shipment. The picking method will be determined by " @@ -932,7 +828,7 @@ msgstr "" "使用库存方式例如FIFO, LIFO, FEFO等, 需要在发货时至少需要两步。调拨方式会取决于出库策略, " "并且移除的货物会发货给客户。如果你拥有一个大的库存特别是对于大尺寸的产品的库存这些就会显得很有意思。" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:31 msgid "" "The three steps system becomes useful in more specific situations, the main " "one being for handling very large stocks. The items are transferred to a " @@ -942,93 +838,93 @@ msgstr "" "在更多特定的情景中, 三步就会变得很有用, 最主要的一个就是处理大的库存。货物被转移到一个包装区域, 在那里根据最终目的地对这些货物进行分组打包, " "然后发送到转运码头做最后的发货。" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:40 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:53 msgid "One step flow" msgstr "一步流程" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:42 msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`one_step`" msgstr "参阅文档 :doc:`one_step` " -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:45 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:58 msgid "Two steps flow" msgstr "两步流程" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:47 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:60 msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`two_steps`" msgstr "参阅文档 : : doc :`two_steps` " -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:50 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:63 msgid "Three steps flow" msgstr "三步流程" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:52 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:65 msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`three_steps`" msgstr "参阅文档 :doc:`three_steps` " -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:3 msgid "How can I change the label type?" msgstr "如何变更标签类型？" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:8 msgid "" "With Odoo, you can choose among different types of labels for your delivery " "orders. Follow the steps below and give an appropriate label type to your " "delivery." msgstr "在Odoo中, 你可以为交货单选择不同类型的标签。按照以下步骤给交货单选择合适的标签。" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:15 msgid "" "In the **Inventory** module, Go to **Configuration** and click on **Delivery" " methods**." msgstr "在 **库存** 模块, 进入 **配置** 并点击 **交货方式** 。" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:18 msgid "Choose a delivery method and then click on **Edit**." msgstr "选择一种发货方式并点击 **编辑** 。" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:23 msgid "" "In the **Pricing** tab, under **Fedex label stock type**, you can choose one" " of the label types available. The availability will vary depending on the " "carrier." msgstr "在 **定价** 页卡, 在 **Fedex 标签库存类型** 下面, 你能选择可用的标签类型。系统会根据货代的不同而显示不同的可用标签。" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:30 msgid "" "Once this is done, you can see the result if you go to the Sales module and " "you create a new sale order." msgstr "一旦设置完成, 当你在销售模块中创建一张销售订单之后就能看到结果。" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:33 msgid "" "As you confirm the sale and validate the delivery with the carrier for which" " you have modified the label type, The label will appear in your history." msgstr "如果确认了销售订单并且确认了带有已经更改了标签类型的货代的交货单, 该标签就会显示在历史记录中。" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:46 msgid "" "The default label type is paper letter, and if you choose the label type " "bottom half for example, here is the difference :" msgstr "默认的标签类型是纸信, 如果你选了标签类型只有一半, 就能看到不同 :" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:3 msgid "Process Delivery Orders in one Step (Shipping)" msgstr "一步处理交货订单(发货)" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:5 msgid "" "There is no configuration needed to deliver in one step. The default " "outgoing shipments are configured to be directly delivered from the stock to" " the customers." msgstr "一步发货无需配置. 默认的出货配置为直接从仓库发到客户." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:9 msgid "" "However, if advanced routes have been activated and you set another shipping" " configuration on your warehouse, you can set it back to the one-step " @@ -1038,24 +934,24 @@ msgstr "" "但是，如果已激活高级路线，并且您在仓库上设置了另一种运输配置，则可以将其设置回一步交付配置。 转到 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 " "--> 仓库`，然后编辑有问题的仓库。" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:14 msgid "" "Then, choose *Deliver goods directly* as your *Outgoing Shipments* strategy." msgstr "然后, 选择*直接发货*作为您的*发货*策略." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:21 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:45 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:47 msgid "Create a Sales Order" msgstr "创建销售订单" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:23 msgid "" "In the *Sales* application, create a quotation with some storable products " "to deliver and confirm it." msgstr "在*销售*应用中，创建一个包含库存产品的报价并确认" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:26 msgid "" "Notice that we now see 1 delivery associated with this *sales order* in the " "stat button above the sales order. If you click on the 1 Delivery stat " @@ -1063,11 +959,11 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "注意现在我们在销售订单上方的统计按钮中，看到一个关联了此*销售订单*的发货记录。如果您点击这个有\"1个发货\"标志的统计按钮，您将可以看到您的发货单。" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:34 msgid "Process a Delivery" msgstr "处理交货" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:36 msgid "" "You can also find the *delivery order* directly from the *Inventory* " "application. In the dashboard, you can click the *1 TO PROCESS* button under" @@ -1076,13 +972,13 @@ msgstr "" "您也可以直接从*Inventory*应用中查找 *delivery order*。在仪表盘界面，您可以点击发货单看板卡下的*1 TO PROCESS* " "按钮。" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:43 msgid "" "Enter the picking that you want to process. You will be able to click on " "*Validate* to complete the move if you have products in stock." -msgstr "输入您想要处理的拣货. 如果您有在库产品的话，您将可以通过点击*Validate* 按钮完成库存移动" +msgstr "输入您想要处理的拣货. 如果您有在库产品的话，您将可以通过点击 *验证* 按钮完成库存移动" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:49 msgid "" "Once you *Validate* the delivery order, the products leave your *WH/Stock " "location* and are moved to the *Customer location*. You can easily see that " @@ -1092,68 +988,11 @@ msgstr "" "一旦您 *确认* 交货订单，产品就会离开您的 *仓库/库存位置* ，并移至 *客户位置* 。 您可以很容易地看到交货已经完成，这要归功于现在为 *完成*" " 的单据状态。" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:3 -msgid "Deliver Products in Packages" -msgstr "打包交付产品 " - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, you have the possibility to deliver your products in different " -"packages, depending on the volume and or weight of your products." -msgstr "在Odoo中，你可根据产品数量或重量，以不同打包形式交付产品。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:11 -msgid "" -"First, you need to activate the *Delivery Packages* feature in the " -":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "首先，你需要前往 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 设置`并启用*交货包装*功能。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:18 -msgid "Proceed to a Delivery" -msgstr "处理交货" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Now, you can create a planned delivery with some products in it. You will " -"have the possibility to create new packages and assign them to the stock " -"move lines." -msgstr "现在，你可创建交货计划及其中的一些产品。你可创建新包裹并将其分配到库存移动行。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Then, you can define the package type from this window. Once the delivery " -"order is validated, you can retrieve which products have been included in " -"the package." -msgstr "然后，你可从本窗口定义包装类型。但交货单被确认后，你可检索包装中包含的产品。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:34 -msgid "" -"A button will appear at the delivery stage, allowing you to find all the " -"packages which were part of the delivery order." -msgstr "在交货阶段将出现一个按钮，查看交货单包括的所有包装。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:44 -msgid "Use the Put in Pack button" -msgstr "使用放入包裹按钮" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Another way to put products in packs is to use the *Put in Pack* button. It " -"will automatically assign a pack to the number of products which is set as " -"*Done* and duplicate the stock move line if necessary." -msgstr "另一种将产品打包的方法是使用*放入包裹*按钮。它自动将设为*完成*的产品分配到一个包裹，并在必要时复制库存移动。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Then, you will be able to update the different packages created this way, " -"directly via the *Packages* button." -msgstr "然后，你可直接通过*包装*按钮，更新用这种方式创建的不同包裹。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:3 msgid "Process Delivery Orders in three Steps (Pick + Pack + Ship)" msgstr "分三个步骤处理提货单（提货 + 包裹 + 运送）" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:5 msgid "" "When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is " "set up by default to utilize a one-step operation: once all goods are " @@ -1164,43 +1003,43 @@ msgstr "" "当订单到达运输部门进行最终交付时，Odoo默认情况下设置为采用一步操作：一旦所有商品都可用，就可以在单个交付订单中进行运输。 " "但是，该过程可能无法反映现实，并且您的公司可能需要更多步骤才能发货。" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:11 msgid "" "With the delivery in 3 steps (Pick + Pack + Ship), the items will be picked " "to be transferred to a packing area. Then, they will be moved to an output " "location before being effectively shipped to the customers." msgstr "分三步交付（拣货+包装+装运），将拣选这些物品并转移到包装区域。 然后，在将它们有效地运送给客户之前，它们将被移至输出位置。" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:16 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:15 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:18 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:19 msgid "Activate Multi-Step Routes" msgstr "启用多步路线" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:18 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:17 msgid "" "The first step is to allow using *multi-step routes*. Indeed, routes provide" " a mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we will " "chain the picking step to the shipping step." -msgstr "第一步是允许使用 *多步骤路线* 。 确实，路线提供了一种将不同的行动联系在一起的机制。 在这种情况下，我们会将拣货步骤链接到装运步骤。" +msgstr "第一步是允许使用 *多步路线* 。 确实，路线提供了一种将不同的行动联系在一起的机制。 在这种情况下，我们会将拣货步骤链接到装运步骤。" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:22 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:21 msgid "" "To allow *multi-step routes*, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " "Configuration --> Settings` and activate the option. Note that activating " "*Multi-Step Routes* will also activate *Storage Locations*." msgstr "" -"要允许 *多步路线*，请转到：:menuselection:`清单 --> 配置 --> 设定”，然后激活该选项。 请注意，激活 *多步路线* 也会激活" +"要允许 *多步路线*，请转到：:menuselection:`清单 --> 配置 --> 设定`，然后激活该选项。 请注意，激活 *多步路线* 也会激活" " *存储位置*。" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:30 msgid "Configure Warehouse for Delivery in 3 Steps" -msgstr "通过3个步骤配置要交付的仓库" +msgstr "通过3个步骤配置仓库以便交付" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:32 msgid "" "Once *Multi-Step Routes* has been activated, you can go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the " @@ -1211,7 +1050,7 @@ msgstr "" "一旦激活了 *多步路线* ，您可以转到：:menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 仓库`，然后输入将分三步使用交货的仓库。 " "然后，您可以选择选项 * 包装货物，以输出形式发送货物，然后交付（三步）* 用于 *出口货物* 。" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:40 msgid "" "Activating this option will lead to the creation of two new locations, " "*Output* and *Packing Zone*. If you want to rename it go to " @@ -1221,55 +1060,55 @@ msgstr "" "激活此选项将导致创建两个新位置，即 *输出* 和 *包装区* 。 如要重命名，请进入：menuselection：`库存 --> 配置 --> 位置`，" " *选择* 要重命名的名称并更新其名称。" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:47 msgid "" "In the *Sales* application, you can create a quotation with some storable " "products to deliver. Once you confirm the quotation, three pickings will be " "created and automatically linked to your sale order." msgstr "在 *销售* 应用程序中，您可以创建包含一些可存储产品的报价。 确认报价后，将创建三个调拨单并将其自动链接到您的销售订单。" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:54 msgid "If you click the button, you should now see three different pickings:" msgstr "如果你点击了按钮, 现在就可以看到三个不同调拨单 :" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:56 msgid "The first one with a reference PICK to designate the picking process," msgstr "第一个带有拣货参考的指定拣货过程，" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:58 msgid "The second one with the reference PACK that is the packing process," -msgstr "第二个带有参考打包的打包过程，" +msgstr "第二个带有打包参考的打包过程，" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:60 msgid "The last one with a reference OUT to designate the shipping process." msgstr "最后一个带有输出参考，用于指定运输过程。" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:66 msgid "Process the Picking, Packing, and Delivery" msgstr "处理拣货、打包和发货" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:68 msgid "" "The picking operation is the first one to be processed and has a *Ready* " "status while the other ones are *Waiting Another Operation*. The Packing " "operation will become *Ready* as soon as the picking one is marked as done." msgstr "拣货操作是第一个要处理的拣货操作，状态为 *就绪*，而其他操作为“等待其他操作”。 拣配标记为完成时，打包操作将变为 *就绪* 。" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:73 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:71 msgid "" "You can enter the picking operation from here, or access it through the " "inventory dashboard." msgstr "您可以从此处输入拣货操作，或通过库存仪表板访问它。" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:79 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:77 msgid "" "In case you have the product in stock, it has automatically been reserved " "and you can simply validate the picking document." msgstr "如果您有库存产品，则会自动预订该产品，您只需验证拣货凭证即可。" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:85 msgid "" "Once the picking has been validated, the packing order is ready to be " "processed. Thanks to the fact that the documents are chained, the products " @@ -1277,25 +1116,25 @@ msgid "" "order which can be directly validated." msgstr "拣货通过验证后，即可开始处理包装订单。 由于文件是链接式的，因此先前选择的产品会自动保留在可以直接验证的装箱单上。" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:96 msgid "" "Once the packing has been validated, the delivery order is ready to be " "processed. Here again, it is directly ready to be validated in order to " "transfer the products to the customer location." msgstr "确认包装后，即可处理交货订单。 再次在这里，可以直接进行验证以便将产品转移到客户所在地。" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:3 msgid "Process Delivery Orders in two Steps (Pick + Ship)" msgstr "两步处理交货单(拣货＋发货)" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:5 msgid "" "When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is " "set up by default to utilize a one-step operation: once all goods are " "available, they are able to be shipped in a single delivery order." msgstr "一个订单进入到发货部门的最后一步时, Odoo默认会使用一步操作 :　一旦所有的货物都准备好, 就可以使用一张发货单进行发货" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:9 msgid "" "However, your company's business process may have one or more steps that " "happen before shipping. In the two steps process, the products which are " @@ -1304,11 +1143,11 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "尽管如此，在发货之前，您公司的业务流程也许还存在一个或多个步骤。在两步处理流程中，实际交运之前，交付单中的部分商品将会先在仓库中进行分拣，并挪动到出货区。" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:29 msgid "Warehouse configuration" msgstr "仓库配置" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:31 msgid "" "Once *Multi-Step Routes* has been activated, you can go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the " @@ -1318,22 +1157,23 @@ msgstr "" "一旦激活了 *多步路线* ，您可以转到 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 仓库`，然后输入将分两步使用交货的仓库。 " "接着，您可以选择选项 *在输出中发送货物，然后交货（两步）*。" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:39 msgid "" "Activating this option will lead to the creation of a new *Output* location." " If you want to rename it go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " "--> Locations`, Select Output and update its name." msgstr "" -"激活此选项将导致创建新的 *输出* 位置。 如果要重命名，请转到 :menuselection:`库存 -->配置 --> 位置，选择输出并更新其名称。" +"激活此选项将导致创建新的 *输出* 位置。 如果要重命名，请转到 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> " +"位置，选择输出并更新其名称。" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:49 msgid "" "In the *Sales* application, you can create a quotation with some storable " "products to deliver. Once you confirm the quotation, two pickings will be " "created and automatically linked to your sale order." msgstr "在 *销售* 应用程序中，您可以创建包含一些可存储产品的报价。 确认报价后，将创建两个拣货单并将其自动链接到您的销售订单。" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:56 msgid "" "If you click on the *2 Delivery* button, you should now see two different " "pickings, one with a reference *PICK* to designate the picking process and " @@ -1341,18 +1181,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "如果单击* 两步交货* 按钮，您现在应该看到两个不同的调拨，一个带有参考 *PICK* 来指定提货过程，另一个带有参考 *OUT* 来指定发货过程。" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:65 msgid "Process the Picking and the Delivery" msgstr "处理拣货和发货" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:67 msgid "" "The picking operation is the first one to be processed and has a *Ready* " "status while the delivery operation will only become *Ready* once the " "picking operation has been marked as done." msgstr "拣货操作是第一个要处理的操作，并且有一个*Ready*状态，而送货操作只有在拣货操作被标记为已完成后才会成为*Ready*状态。" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:83 msgid "" "Once the picking has been validated, the delivery order is ready to be " "processed. Thanks to the fact that the documents are chained, the products " @@ -1360,41 +1200,41 @@ msgid "" " order." msgstr "一旦拣货被确认，就可以处理送货单了。由于单据是链式关联的，所以之前拣选过的产品会自动保留在送货单上。" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming.rst:3 msgid "Incoming Shipments" msgstr "入向送货" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:3 msgid "How to choose the right flow to handle receipts?" msgstr "如何选择正确的步骤来处理收货？" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:8 msgid "" "Depending on factors such as the type of items you receive, the size of your" " warehouse, the number of receipt you register everyday... the way you " "handle receipts to your customers can vary a lot." msgstr "取决于因子例如收到货物的类型, 仓库的空间大小, 每天的收货单数……处理收货和发货的方式也会因此存在差异。" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:12 msgid "" "Odoo allows you to handle receipts from your warehouse in 3 different ways:" msgstr "Odoo允许有3种方式从仓库收货 :" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:15 msgid "**One step**: Receive goods directly in stock." -msgstr " **一步**: 直接收货入库" +msgstr " **一步** : 直接收货入库" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:17 msgid "**Two steps**: Unload in input location then go to stock." -msgstr " **二步**: 先入到入库区然后再进入库存" +msgstr " **二步** : 先入到入库区然后再进入库存" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:19 msgid "" "**Three steps**: Unload in input location, go through a quality control " "before being admitted in stock." -msgstr " **三步**: 在收货区域卸货, 然后质检检验, 最后进入库存。" +msgstr " **三步** : 在收货区域卸货, 然后质检检验, 最后进入库存。" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:22 msgid "" "Odoo uses **routes** to define exactly how you will handle the different " "receipt steps. The configuration is done at the level of the warehouse. In " @@ -1403,32 +1243,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Odoo使用 **路线** 准确的定义了你如何进行收货步骤。该配置在仓库层面完成。标准状况下, 收货一步完成, 但是通过更改配置可以进行2或者3步收货。" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:27 msgid "The principles are the following:" msgstr "原则如下 :" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:29 msgid "**One step**: You receive the goods directly in your stock." -msgstr " **一步** 收货直接入库" +msgstr " **一步** : 收货直接入库" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:31 msgid "" "**Two steps**: You receive the goods in an input area then transfer them " "from input area to your stock. As long as the goods are not transferred in " "your stock, they will not be available for further processing." -msgstr " **二步**: 在收货区域收货然后从收货区域转移到库存, 因为在库存内货物不再转移, 所以不会有进一步的调拨。" +msgstr " **二步** : 在收货区域收货然后从收货区域转移到库存, 因为在库存内货物不再转移，所以不会有进一步的调拨。" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:36 msgid "" "**Three steps**: In many companies, it is necessary to assess the received " "good. The goal is to check that the products correspond to the quality " "requirements agreed with the suppliers. Adding a quality control step in the" " goods receipt process can become essential." msgstr "" -" **三步**: 在很多公司内, " -"有必要评估收到的货物。目的是检查和供应商达成一致的所需产品的质量和所收产品一致。在产品的接收过程中添加一个质量控制步骤变得有必要。" +" **三步** : " +"在很多公司内，有必要评估收到的货物。目的是检查和供应商达成一致的所需产品的质量和所收产品一致。在产品的接收过程中添加一个质量控制步骤变得有必要。" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:42 msgid "" "You receive the goods in an input area, then transfer them into quality area" " for quality control. When your quality check process finishes then you can " @@ -1439,30 +1279,30 @@ msgstr "" "你在收货区域接收货物, 然后转移货物到质检区域进行质量检验。当质量检验完成就可以把货物从质检区域移到库存。当然, " "你可以更改数量并且只把满足质量标准的产品移到库存并把质量不过关的产品退回。" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:55 msgid "This is the default configuration in Odoo." msgstr "Odoo中默认的配置" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:68 msgid ":doc:`../delivery/inventory_flow`" msgstr ":doc:`../delivery/inventory_flow` " -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:69 -msgid ":doc:`../../../purchase/advanced/analyze`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../../purchase/advanced/analyze`" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:69 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze`" +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:3 msgid "Process a Receipt in one step (Receipt)" msgstr "一步处理收货（收货）" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:5 msgid "" "There is no configuration needed to receive in one step. The default " "incoming shipments are configured to be directly received from the vendors " "to the stock." msgstr "无需专门配置一步收货。入向送货默认配置为直接从供应商接收到库存。" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:9 msgid "" "However, if advanced routes have been activated and you set another incoming" " configuration on your warehouse, you can set it back to the one-step " @@ -1472,59 +1312,59 @@ msgstr "" "但是，如果之前启用了高级路线，并为仓库设置了其他的进货配置，你可将其重新设为一步收货配置。为日，前往 :menuselection:`配置 --> " "仓库`并编辑对应的仓库。" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:14 msgid "" "Set the *Incoming Shipments* option to *Receive goods directly (1 step)*." msgstr "将*入向送货*设为*直接接收货物（1步）*。" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:21 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:50 msgid "Create a Purchase Order" msgstr "创建采购订单" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:23 msgid "" "To create a *Request for Quotation*, go to the *Purchase* application and " "click on *Create*. Then, add some storable products to receive and confirm " "the *RfQ*." msgstr "如要创建*询价单*，前往*采购*应用程序并点击*创建*。然后，添加需接收的一些可仓储产品，并确认*询价单*。" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:27 msgid "" "Notice that, now, we see 1 receipt associated with the purchase order you " "just created. If you click on the button, you will see your receipt order." msgstr "请注意，现在我们将看到与你刚才创建采购订单相关的1笔收货。如点击按钮，你可看到收货单。" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:35 msgid "Process a Receipt" msgstr "处理收货" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:37 msgid "" "You can also fin the receipt directly from the *Inventory* app. When on the " "dashboard, you can click the *1 TO PROCESS* button under the *Receipts* " "Kanban card. Then, you will see your receipt." msgstr "你也可直接从*库存*应用程序查找收货。打开仪表板，点击*收货*看板卡下的*1步处理*按钮。然后，你可看到收货情况。" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:44 msgid "" "Now, enter the picking that you want to process. You will be able to click " "on *Validate* to complete the move directly as products coming from " "suppliers are considered as being always available." msgstr "现在，输入你想要处理的拣货。你可点击*确认*，直接完成这步操作，因为供应商发货的产品总是被视为库存充足。" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:51 msgid "" "Once you *Validate* the receipt, the products leave the *Supplier Location* " "to enter your *WH/Stock Location*. You can easily see that the receipt took " "place thanks to the status of the document, which is now *Done*." msgstr "*确认*收货后，产品离开*供应商库位*并进入你的*WH/Stock库位*。现在单据状态变为*已完成*，收货也已发生。" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:3 msgid "Process a Receipt in three steps (Input + Quality + Stock)" msgstr "三步处理收货（收货+质检+入库）" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:5 msgid "" "Quality is essential for most companies. To make sure we maintain quality " "throughout the supply chain, it only makes sense that we assess the quality " @@ -1533,7 +1373,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "质量对大多数公司来说都是至关重要的。为了确保我们在整个供应链中保持质量，我们对从供应商处收到的产品质量进行评估是非常合理的。为此，我们将增加一个质量控制步骤。" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:9 msgid "" "Odoo uses routes to define how to handle the different receipt steps. " "Configuration of those routes is done at the warehouse level. By default, " @@ -1542,7 +1382,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Odoo使用路线定义如何处理不同的收货步骤。 这些路线的配置在仓库级别完成。 默认情况下，接收是一个单步过程，但是也可以将其配置为具有两步或三步过程。" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:13 msgid "" "The three-steps flow works as follows: you receive the goods in your " "receiving area, then transfer them into a quality area for quality control " @@ -1550,30 +1390,30 @@ msgid "" "requirements are moved to stock" msgstr "这三个步骤的流程如下：您在收货区接收货物，然后将它们转移到质量区进行品质管制（QC）。 完成品控检查后，符合质量控制要求的货物将移至库存" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:20 msgid "" "The first step is to allow the use of *Multi-Step Routes*. Routes provide a " "mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we will chain " "the picking step to the shipping step." msgstr "第一步是允许使用 *多步路线* 。 路线提供了一种将不同动作链接在一起的机制。 在这种情况下，我们会将拣货步骤链接到发货步骤。" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:23 msgid "" "To enable *Multi-Step Routes*, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " "Configuration --> Settings` and activate the option." msgstr "要启用 *多步路线* ，请转到 :menuselection:` 库存 --> 配置 --> 设置`，然后激活该选项。" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:31 msgid "" "By default, activating *Multi-Step Routes* also activates *Storage " "Locations*." msgstr "默认情况下，激活 *多步路线* 也会激活 *存储位置*。" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:35 msgid "Configure warehouse for receipt in 3-steps" msgstr "分三步配置收货仓库" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:37 msgid "" "Once *Multi-Step Routes* has been activated, go to :menuselection:`Inventory" " --> Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the warehouse which should work " @@ -1583,7 +1423,7 @@ msgstr "" "一旦激活了“多步路线”，请转到 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 仓库`，然后输入可用于三步接收的仓库。 " "然后，选择*收货中的货物，然后选择质量然后库存（3步）* 作为 *收货* 。" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:45 msgid "" "Activating this option leads to the creation of two new locations: *Input* " "and *Quality Control*. To rename them, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " @@ -1592,7 +1432,7 @@ msgstr "" "激活此选项将导致创建两个新位置：*输入* 和 *质量控制* 。 要重命名它们，请转到:menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> " "位置`，然后选择要重命名的一个。" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:52 msgid "" "To start the 3-steps reception process, create a *Request for Quotation* " "from the *Purchase* app, add some storable products to it and confirm. Then," @@ -1602,43 +1442,43 @@ msgstr "" "要开始三步接收过程，请从 *采购* 应用中创建一个 *报价请求* ，向其中添加一些可存储的产品并进行确认。 然后，以您的 *采购订单* " "作为源凭证创建三个拣货：" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:56 msgid "The first one with a reference *IN* to designate the receipt process;" msgstr "第一个带有参考号*IN* 的用于指定收货流程；" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:59 msgid "" "The second one with a reference *INT*, which is the move to the quality " "control zone;" msgstr "第二个参考号为 *INT* ，即移至质量控制区；" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:62 msgid "The last one with a reference *INT* to designate the move to stock." msgstr "最后一个带有参考号* INT *表示移动到指定库存。" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:69 msgid "Process the receipt, quality control and entry in stock" msgstr "处理收货，品质管制和库存输入" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:71 msgid "" "As the receipt operation is the first one to be processed, it has a *Ready* " "status while the others are *Waiting Another Operation*." msgstr "需处理的第一项操作是收据操作，它的状态为 *就绪* ，而其他状态为 *正在等待其他操作* 。" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:74 msgid "" "To access the receipt operation, click on the button from the *Purchase " "Order* or go back to the *Inventory* app dashboard and click on *Receipts*." msgstr "要访问收据操作，请单击 *采购订单* 中的按钮，或返回到 *库存* 应用仪表板，然后单击 *收据* 。" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:81 msgid "" "In the receipt order, products are always considered available because they " "come from the supplier. Then, the receipt can be validated." -msgstr "在收货单中，将产品视为供应商，因为它们来自供应商。 然后，可以验证收据。" +msgstr "在收货单中，将产品总是视为可用的，因为它们来自供应商。 然后，可以验证收据。" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:88 msgid "" "Once the receipt has been validated, the transfer to quality becomes " "*Ready*. And, because the documents are chained to each other, products " @@ -1646,18 +1486,18 @@ msgid "" "transfer can be directly validated." msgstr "收据经过验证后，向品控的转移变为 *就绪* 。 并且，由于文档彼此链接，因此先前收到的产品会在传输时自动保留。 然后，可以直接验证转移。" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:100 msgid "" "Now, the transfer that enters the products to stock is *Ready*. Here, it is " "again ready to be validated in order to transfer the products to your stock " "location." msgstr "现在，将产品输入库存的转储为 *就绪* 。 在这里，可以再次进行验证以便将产品转移到您的库存位置。" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:3 msgid "Process a Receipt in two steps (Input + Stock)" msgstr "两步处理收货（收货+入库）" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo uses routes to define exactly how you will handle the different receipt" " steps. The configuration is done at the *Warehouse* level. By default, the " @@ -1665,14 +1505,14 @@ msgid "" "you to have 2 steps." msgstr "Odoo使用路线精确定义如何处理不同的收货步骤。该配置可以在*仓库*层面完成。默认情况下，收货是一步完成，通过变更配置可允许2步收货。" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:13 msgid "" "The 2 steps flow is like this: you receive the goods in an input area, then " "transfer them to your stock. As long as the goods are not transferred in " "your stock, they will not be available for further processing." msgstr "2步流程如下：在收货区收货，然后再进一步从收货区转移到库存中。只要产品没有移到库存中，就不能进一步处理这些产品。" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:21 msgid "" "The first step is to allow using *multi-step routes*. Indeed, routes provide" " a mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we will " @@ -1680,7 +1520,7 @@ msgid "" " stock." msgstr "第一步是允许使用*多步路线*。实际上，路线提供了不同操作汇集成链的机制。在这里，我们可以把收货区的卸货步骤与产品入库步骤链接起来。" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:26 msgid "" "To allow *multi-step routes*, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Settings` and activate the feature. By default, activating *multi-step " @@ -1688,11 +1528,11 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "如要启用*多步路线*，前往 :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置`并启用此功能。默认情况下，启用*多步路线*还将启用*存储位置*。" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:34 msgid "Configure warehouse for receipt in 2 steps" msgstr "为2步收货配置仓库设置" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:36 msgid "" "Once *multi-step routes* is activated, you can go to " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the warehouse which " @@ -1702,18 +1542,18 @@ msgstr "" "启用*多步路线*后，前往 :menuselection:`配置 --> " "仓库`并打开你将用于配置2步交货的仓库。然后，你可选择*货物接收和入库（2步）*作为*入向送货*。" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:44 msgid "" "Activating this option will lead to the creation of a new *Input* location. " "If you want to rename it, you can go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Locations --> Select Input` and update its name." msgstr "启用这一选项将创建新的*收货*库位。如要重命名，前往 :menuselection:`配置 --> 库位 --> 选择收货`并更新其名称。" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:52 msgid "Create a purchase order" msgstr "创建采购订单" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:54 msgid "" "In the *Purchase* application, you can create a *Request for Quotation* with" " some storable products to receive from a supplier. Once the *RfQ* is " @@ -1721,7 +1561,7 @@ msgid "" "your purchase order." msgstr "在*采购*应用程序中，你可创建*询价单*，其中包括从供应商处接收的可库存产品。在确认*询价单*后，系统将创建收货分拣并自动与采购订单关联。" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:62 msgid "" "Now, by clicking on the *1 Receipt* button, you will see the first picking " "which will allow entering the product in the *input location*. Then, another" @@ -1730,30 +1570,30 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "现在，点击*1步收货*按钮，你可看到首次拣货页面，允许产品进入*收货库位*。然后，系统将再次创建拣货，即内部调拨，以便将产品移动进入*库存*。" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:68 msgid "Process the receipt and the internal transfer" msgstr "处理收货和内部调拨" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:70 msgid "" "The receipt is the first one to be processed and has a *Ready* status while " "the internal transfer will only become *Ready* once the receipt has been " "marked as *Done*." msgstr "需处理的第一项操作是收货，是*就绪*状态，在收货标记为*完成*后，内部调拨作业将变为*就绪*。" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:74 msgid "" "You can enter the receipt operation from the purchase order, or access it " "through the inventory dashboard." msgstr "你可从采购订单进入收货作业，或通过库存仪表板访问。" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:80 msgid "" "By default, a receipt is always considered as ready to be processed. Then, " "you will be able to directly click on *Validate* to mark it as done." msgstr "默认情况下，收货总是被视为准备就绪，可进行处理。然后，你可直接点击*确认*，将它标记为已完成。" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:87 msgid "" "Once the receipt has been validated, the internal transfer is ready to be " "processed. As documents are chained, the products which have been received " @@ -1763,19 +1603,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "在确认收货后，内部调拨已准备就绪，可进行处理。由于文件相互关联，已接收的产品自动预留为内部调拨。在确认调拨后，这些产品进入库存，你可将它们用于履行客户交付要求或制造产品。" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers.rst:3 msgid "Lots and Serial Numbers" msgstr "批次和序列号" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:3 msgid "What's the difference between lots and serial numbers?" msgstr "批次号和序列号的区别是什么？" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:6 msgid "Introduction" msgstr "介绍" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:8 msgid "" "In Odoo, lots and serial numbers have similarities in their functional " "system but are different in their behavior. They are both managed within the" @@ -1783,24 +1623,24 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "在Odoo中, 批次号和序列号在系统中有者相同的逻辑但是不同的表现行为。他们都是在 **库存** , **采购** , **销售** 模块中使用。" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:12 msgid "" "**Lots** correspond to a certain number of products you received and store " "altogether in one single pack." -msgstr " **批次** 和一定数量的收到并放在一起的产品相随。" +msgstr "**批次** 对应于您收到的一定数量的产品并放在一个包装中。" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:15 msgid "" "**Serial numbers** are identification numbers given to one product in " "particular, to allow to track the history of the item from reception to " "delivery and after-sales." msgstr " **序列号** 是一个单独产品的唯一标识码, 能让我们从收货到发货再到售后进行追踪。" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:20 msgid "When to use" msgstr "什么时候使用" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:22 msgid "" "**Lots** are interesting for products you receive in great quantity and for " "which a lot number can help in reportings, quality controls, or any other " @@ -1811,7 +1651,7 @@ msgstr "" " **批次号** 通常在大批量的产品收货中使用, 这能够帮你在报表, 质检, " "或者其余信息中反映出来。批次号能定义一些产品有或者在同一生产环境中。在食品或者服装行业的批量生产中很有用。" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:28 msgid "" "**Serial numbers** are interesting for items that could require after-sales " "service, such as smartphones, laptops, fridges, and any electronic devices. " @@ -1821,18 +1661,18 @@ msgstr "" " **序列号** 对于那些需要售后的产品来说比较有用, 例如手机, 笔记本电脑, 以及其余的电子设备。依赖于管理产品的方式, " "你可以使用生成序列号或者自己的序列号。" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:34 msgid "When not to use" msgstr "什么时候不用" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:36 msgid "" "Storing consumable products such as kitchen roll, toilet paper, pens and " "paper blocks in lots would make no sense at all, as there are very few " "chances that you can return them for production fault." msgstr "消耗品例如厨房用纸, 厕所用纸, 笔或者手写纸等使用批次是没有意义的, 因为这些产品你从来不会退货。" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:40 msgid "" "On the other hand, giving a serial number to every product is a time-" "consuming task that will have a purpose only in the case of items that have " @@ -1842,19 +1682,19 @@ msgstr "" "另一方面, 只有那些使用质保期现／或者售后服务的产品使用单个产品的序列号, 除了这些, " "给产品分配序列号是浪费时间的行为。例如给一块面包分配一个序列号是没有一点意义的。" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:46 msgid ":doc:`serial_numbers`" msgstr ":doc:`serial_numbers` " -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:47 msgid ":doc:`lots`" msgstr ":doc:`lots` " -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:3 msgid "Manage expiration dates" msgstr "管理到期日" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:5 msgid "" "In many companies, products have expiration dates and they should be tracked" " based on those dates. In the food industry, for example, tracking stocks " @@ -1862,23 +1702,23 @@ msgid "" "customers." msgstr "很多公司的产品都有到期日，必须基于这些日期对产品进行追踪。例如，在食品行业，根据到期日追踪库存是强制要求，以避免将过期产品出售给顾客。" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:10 msgid "" "With Odoo, you can track your products based on their expiration dates, even" " if they are already tracked by lots or serial numbers." msgstr "Odoo可根据到期日追踪产品，即使已经按批号或序列号追踪这些产品。" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:14 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:15 msgid "Configurations" msgstr "配置" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:17 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:18 msgid "Application configuration" msgstr "应用配置" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:19 msgid "" "To use expiration dates tracking, open the *Inventory* application and go to" " :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Lots & Serial" @@ -1886,61 +1726,61 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "如要使用到期日追踪功能，打开*库存*应用程序并前往 :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置`，启用*批号和序列号*及*到期日*功能。" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:27 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:28 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:68 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:90 msgid "Product configuration" msgstr "产品配置" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:29 msgid "" "Now, you have the possibility to define different dates in the *inventory " "tab* of the product form:" msgstr "现在，你可在产品表单的*库存选项卡*中定义不同的日期：" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:32 msgid "" "Product Use Time: it’s the number of days before the goods start " "deteriorating, without being dangerous yet. It will be computed using the " "lot/serial number;" msgstr "产品使用时间：指在该天数之后商品开始变质，但尚不够成危险。它将按照批号/序列号计算；" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:34 msgid "" "Product Life Time: refers to the number of days before the goods may become " "dangerous and must not be consumed. It will be computed on the lot/serial " "number;" msgstr "产品保质期：指在该天数之后产品可能构成危险且不可食用。它将按照批号/序列号计算；" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:36 msgid "" "Product Removal Time: shows the number of days before the goods should be " "removed from the stock. It will be computed on the lot/serial number;" msgstr "产品移出时间：指在该天数之后应将商品移出库存。它将按照批号/序列号计算；" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:38 msgid "" "Product Alert Time: refers to the number of days before an alert should be " "raised on the lot/serial number." msgstr "产品警报时间：指在该天数之后对批号/序列号发出警报。" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:44 msgid "Expiration Date on Lots/Serial Numbers" msgstr "批号/序列号的到期日" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:46 msgid "" "When receiving a product in stock, the dates will automatically be updated " "on the corresponding lot/serial number. This update will be based on the " "reception date of the product and the times set on the product form." msgstr "在库存中接收产品时，对应批号/序列号的日期将自动更新。此项更新基于产品的接收日期和产品表单设置的时间。" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:58 msgid "Expiration Alerts" msgstr "到期警报" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:60 msgid "" "You can access all your expiration alerts from the *inventory* app. To do " "so, go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. There, you " @@ -1950,11 +1790,11 @@ msgstr "" "你可从*库存*应用程序访问所有到期警报。为此，前往 :menuselection:`主数据 --> " "批号/序列号`。然后，你可使用已有的筛选条件，显示超过其警报日期的所有批号/序列号。" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:3 msgid "Manage lots of identical products" msgstr "管理大批相同的产品" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:5 msgid "" "Lots are useful for products you receive in great quantity and for which a " "lot number can help in reporting, quality controls, or any other info. Lots " @@ -1963,27 +1803,27 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "批次通常在大批量的产品收货中使用，这可用于报表、质控或者任何其他信息。例如，批次有助于识别存在生产缺陷的产品。它对于批量生产的服装或食品非常有用。" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:11 msgid "" "Odoo has the capacity to manage lots, ensuring compliance with the " "traceability requirements imposed by the majority of industries." msgstr "Odoo可管理批次，确保符合大多数行业的可追溯性要求。" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:14 msgid "" "The double-entry management in Odoo enables you to run very advanced " "traceability." msgstr "Odoo中的复式管理使你进行非常高级的追踪。" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:18 msgid "Setting Up" msgstr "设置" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:21 msgid "Application Configuration" msgstr "应用程序配置" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:23 msgid "" "First, you need to activate the tracking of lot numbers. To do so, go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and tick *Lots & " @@ -1991,58 +1831,58 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "首先，你需要启用按批号追踪的功能。为此，前往 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 设置`并勾选*批号和序列号*。然后，点击保存。" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:31 msgid "Product Configuration" msgstr "产品配置" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:33 msgid "" "Now, you have to configure which products you want to track by serial " "numbers." msgstr "现在，你需要配置想要按序列号追踪的产品。" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:36 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products` and open the product of your" " choice. There, click on *Edit* and select *Tracking by Lots* in the " "inventory tab." msgstr "前往 :menuselection:`主数据 --> 产品`并打开你选择的产品。在库存选项卡中，点击*编辑*并选择*按批号追踪*。" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:47 msgid "Manage Lots" msgstr "管理批次" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:52 msgid "" "In order to receive a product tracked by lots, you have to specify its lot " "numbers. You have several ways of doing so:" msgstr "为了接收按批次追踪的产品，你必须指定其批号。你有多种操作方法：" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:55 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:65 msgid "Manually assign the different lot numbers" msgstr "手动分配不同批号" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:57 msgid "Copy/paste lot numbers from an Excel file" msgstr "从Excel文件中复制/粘贴批号" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:59 msgid "First, you need to open the detailed operations of your picking." msgstr "首先，你需要打开拣货程序的详细操作页面。" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:67 msgid "" "When opening the detailed operations, you can click on *Add a line*. Then, " "you will be able to fill the lot number in. Once done, you can click on *Add" " a line* again to register a new lot number." msgstr "在打开详细操作页面时，你可点击*添加行*。然后，你可填入批号。完成后，你可再次点击*添加行*，登记新的批号。" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:75 msgid "Copy/paste lot number from an Excel file" msgstr "从Excel文件中复制/粘贴批号" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:77 msgid "" "Once the spreadsheet containing the lot numbers you received from your " "supplier and copy the list. Then, you can paste them in the *Lot/Serial " @@ -2052,18 +1892,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "打开供应商提供的批号电子数据表，复制列表。然后，你可将它们直接粘贴到Odoo的*批号/序列号名称*一列，自动创建必要的行。之后，你必须手动输入每个批次包含的产品数量。" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:93 msgid "Operation Types" msgstr "作业类型" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:95 msgid "" "Of course, you also have the possibility to define how you will manage lots " "for each operation type. To do so, open the *Inventory* app and go to " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Operation Types`." msgstr "当然，你还可以定义每种作业类型管理批次的方式。为此，打开*库存*应用程序并前往 :menuselection:`配置 --> 作业类型`。" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:99 msgid "" "For each type (receipts, internal transfers, deliveries, …), you can decide " "if you allow to create new lot numbers or only use existing ones. By " @@ -2074,41 +1914,41 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "对于每种类型（收货、内部调拨、发货等），你可决定创建新批号或是仅使用现有批号。默认情况下，只允许在接收产品时创建新批次，而在这类作业中不允许使用现有批号。如果是仓库间戴波并按批次追踪产品，在收货时允许使用现有批号非常有用。" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:111 msgid "Lots traceability" msgstr "批次追踪" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:113 msgid "" "The lot number given to the products allows you to keep track of where they " "were received, put in stock, to whom they were sold and where they were " "shipped to." msgstr "为产品分配批号可用于追踪接收产品和产品入库的地点、售出对象和发货目的地。" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:117 msgid "" "To track an item, open the *Inventory* module and, in :menuselection:`Master" " Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers`, click on the lot number corresponding to " "your search." msgstr "如要追踪一个产品，打开*库存*模块，在 :menuselection:`主数据 --> 批号/序列号`，点击搜索对应的批号。" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:124 msgid "" "When you open the *Traceability* information, you see in which documents the" " lot number has been used." msgstr "打开*可追溯性*信息，你可查看该批号被用于哪些文件。" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:130 msgid "" "Now, if you want to locate the lot number, you can do so by clicking on the " "*Location* stat button." msgstr "现在，如你想要定位这个批号，可点击*库位*统计按钮。" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:3 msgid "Work with serial numbers" msgstr "使用序列号" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:5 msgid "" "To track products with serial numbers, you can use the serial number " "tracking. With them, you can track the current location of the product and, " @@ -2118,13 +1958,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "如要按序列号追踪产品，你可使用序列号追踪功能。通过此功能，你可追踪产品的当前库位，如产品从一个地点移动到另一地点，系统将根据最后移动情况，自动识别产品的当前库位。" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:11 msgid "" "If you want to do it or run very advanced traceability, the Odoo double-" "entry management is the feature you need." msgstr "如你想要使用此功能，或允许高级可追溯性功能，需使用Odoo的复式分录管理。" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:20 msgid "" "First, you need to activate the serial numbers tracking. To do so, go to " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the *Inventory* application. " @@ -2132,7 +1972,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "首先，你需要启用序列号追踪功能。为此，在*库存*应用程序中前往 :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置`。然后，启用该功能并点击保存。" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:30 msgid "" "Now, you have to configure the products you want to track by serial numbers." " To do so, go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products` and open the " @@ -2142,48 +1982,48 @@ msgstr "" "现在，你可配置想要按序列号追踪的产品。为此，前往 :menuselection:`主数据 --> 产品` " "并打开你选择的产品。在*库存*选项卡中，编辑该产品并选择*按唯一的序列号追踪*。然后，点击保存。" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:42 msgid "Manage Serial Numbers" msgstr "管理序列号" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:47 msgid "" "To receive a product that is tracked by serial number, you have to specify " "its serial number. Of course, you have several ways of doing so:" msgstr "为了接收按序列号追踪的产品，你必须指定其序列号。当然，你有多种操作方法：" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:50 msgid "Manual assignation" msgstr "手动分配" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:52 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:73 msgid "Multi-assignation" msgstr "多重分配" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:54 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:89 msgid "Copy/pasting from an Excel file" msgstr "从Excel文件中复制/粘贴" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:56 msgid "" "Whatever could be your favorite way to assign serial numbers, you firstly " "need to open the detailed operations of your picking." msgstr "无论你喜欢用哪种方式分配序列号，首先需要打开拣货程序的详细操作页面。" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:63 msgid "Manual assignation of the different serial numbers" msgstr "手动分配不同的序列号" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:65 msgid "" "When opening the detailed operations, you can click on *Add a line*. Then, " "you will be able to fill in the serial number field. Once done, you can " "click again on *Add a line* to register a new serial number." msgstr "在打开详细操作页面时，你可点击*添加行*。然后，你可填写序列号字段。完成后，你可再次点击*添加行*，登记新的序列号。" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:75 msgid "" "By using the multi-assignation of serial numbers, Odoo will automatically " "create the necessary lines. To do so, you have to enter the first serial " @@ -2191,11 +2031,11 @@ msgid "" "number to." msgstr "利用分配多个序列号的功能，Odoo可自动创建必要的行。为此，你必须输入一组中的首个序列号，及需要分配序列号的产品数量。" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:80 msgid "Once done, click on *Assign Serial Numbers* and Odoo will do the rest." msgstr "完成后，点击*分配序列号*，Odoo将完成其余操作。" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:91 msgid "" "To use copy/pasting, open the spreadsheet containing the serial numbers you " "received and copy the list. Then, past them in the *Lot/Serial Number Name* " @@ -2204,42 +2044,42 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "如要使用复制/粘贴功能，打开接收的包含序列号的电子数据表，复制列表。然后，你可将它们直接粘贴到向导的*批号/序列号名称*一列。之后，Odoo将自动创建你需要的行。" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:106 msgid "Operation types" msgstr "作业类型" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:108 msgid "" "You also have the possibility to define how you will manage lots for each " "operation type. To define it, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Operation Types` in the *Inventory* app." msgstr "你还可以定义每种作业类型管理批次的方式。为此，打开*库存*应用程序并前往 :menuselection:`配置 --> 作业类型`。" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:112 msgid "" "For each type, you can decide if you allow the creation of new lot numbers " "or want to use existing ones. By default, the creation of new lots is only " "allowed at product reception." msgstr "对于每个类型，你可决定允许创建新批号或使用现有批号。默认情况下，只允许新接收的产品创建新批号。" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:120 msgid "" "If you have inter-warehouse transfers and track products by lots, it can be " "useful to allow using existing lot numbers in receipts too." msgstr "如果按批号完成仓库间调拨和追踪产品，则允许收货时使用现有批号非常有用。" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:124 msgid "Serial Number traceability" msgstr "序列号追踪" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:126 msgid "" "Using serial numbers allows you to keep track of where the products were " "received, put in stock, to whom they were sold, and where they were shipped " "to." msgstr "使用序列号可追踪接收产品和产品入库的地点、售出对象和发货目的地。" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:130 msgid "" "Tracking an item is easy: open the *Inventory* app, and go to " ":menuselection:`Master Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers` and click on the serial" @@ -2250,21 +2090,21 @@ msgstr "" "追踪产品非常简单：打开*库存*应用程序，前往 :menuselection:`主数据 --> " "批号/序列号`，并点击你的搜索对应的序列号。然后，打开*可追溯性*信息。你可在此查看哪些文件使用了序列号。" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:140 msgid "" "And, if you want to locate a serial number, you can do so by clicking on the" " *Location* button available on the serial number form." msgstr "并且，如你想要定位这个序列号，可点击序列号表单上的*库位*统计按钮。" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc.rst:3 msgid "Miscellaneous Operations" msgstr "杂项操作" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:3 msgid "Process Batch Transfers" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:5 msgid "" "Batch picking allows a single picker to handle a batch of orders, reducing " "the number of times he must visit the same location. In Odoo, it means you " @@ -2272,70 +2112,64 @@ msgid "" " either via the barcode application or in the form view." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:11 msgid "Create a Batch Transfer" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:13 msgid "" "To activate the batch picking option, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " "Configuration --> Configuration` and enable *Batch Pickings*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:20 msgid "" "Then, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Batch Transfers` " "and hit the create button." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:27 msgid "" "Now, determine the batch transfer responsible and the type of transfers you " "want to include in the batch. To add the types of transfers, click on *Add a" " line*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:34 msgid "" "In the example below, a filter was applied to only see the transfers that " "are in the *Pick* step. After that, the different transfers that needed to " "be included in the batch transfer were selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:42 msgid "" "To see the products to pick for the different transfers, click on *Select*. " "If *Multi-locations* has been activated, the document also shows the " "locations they have been reserved from." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:51 -msgid "" -"For more info about *Multi-Locations*, please refer to this doc: " -":doc:`../warehouses/location_creation`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:51 msgid "Create a Batch Transfer from the Transfers List View" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:53 msgid "" "From the *Transfers List View*, select transfers that should be included in " "the Batch. Then, select *Add to batch* from the *Action* list." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:61 msgid "" "Next, determine if you want to add the transfers to an existing draft batch " "transfer or create a new one." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:69 msgid "Process a Batch Transfer" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:71 msgid "" "While gathering the products, you can edit the batch transfer and update the" " *Quantity done* for each product. Once everything has been picked, select " @@ -2343,95 +2177,55 @@ msgid "" "too." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:80 msgid "" "In case all the products cannot be picked, you can create backorders for " "each individual transfer which couldn’t be completely processed." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:93 msgid "Process a Batch Transfer from the Barcode app" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:95 msgid "Enter the *Barcode* application, select the *Batch Transfers* menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:101 msgid "" "Then, you can enter the batch transfer on which you want to work. Batch " "transfers can easily be grouped per responsible if necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:108 msgid "" "In the batch transfer, products are classified per location. The source " "document is visible on each line and a color-code helps differentiate them." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:116 msgid "" "To see the products to pick from another location, click on the *Next* " "button." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:123 msgid "" "Once all the products have been picked, click on *Validate* (on the last " "page) to mark the batch transfer as done." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:3 -msgid "Send Automated Emails at Delivery" -msgstr "发货时自动发送邮件" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:8 -msgid "" -"First, go to the *Inventory* app, then to *Settings* and activate the *Email" -" Confirmation* feature. If you work in multi-company, this configuration is " -"company-specific." -msgstr "首先，进入*库存*应用程序，然后进入*设置*并启用*邮件确认*功能。如你操作多家公司，这项配置需针对具体的公司。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:15 -msgid "" -"When you enable this feature, Odoo automatically creates an email template. " -"Of course, you can modify it if necessary by clicking on the small arrow " -"next to its name." -msgstr "当你启用这项功能时，Odoo自动创建邮件模板。当然，如有必要，你可点击模板名称旁边的小箭头，修改其名称。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:23 -msgid "Send email at delivery validation" -msgstr "发货确认时发送邮件" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:25 -msgid "" -"On the inventory dashboard, click on *Create* and fill the form for a " -"specific partner. Once you have added some products in it, *Validate* it and" -" do the same for the delivery." -msgstr "在库存仪表板上，点击*创建*并针对特定合作伙伴填写表单。在其中加入一些产品后，*确认*并对发货进行同样操作。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Doing so, an automated email will be sent and will appear in the chatter." -msgstr "这样，自动邮件将被发出并出现在聊天中。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:38 -msgid "" -"If you work with a shipping method, and then have a tracking link, it will " -"be included in the standard email template." -msgstr "如你设置发货方式，然后附上追踪链接，则也将被列入标准邮件模板。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:3 msgid "Manage Stock that you don't own" msgstr "管理不属于你的库存" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:5 msgid "" "Sometimes, suppliers can offer you to store and sell products without having" " to buy those items. This technique is called *consignee stock*." msgstr "有时，供应商会向门店提供产品，且你无需事先采购它们。这种情况被称为**代销库存**。" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:8 msgid "" "Consignee stock is a great way for manufacturers and suppliers to launch new" " products. As resellers may be reluctant to buy a product they are not sure " @@ -2439,13 +2233,13 @@ msgid "" "check its market without having to pay for it in the first place." msgstr "代销库存是工厂和供应商发布新产品的好办法。因为零售商可能不愿意购买不确定能否卖掉的产品，代销库存能让他们先不付款并在市场上试销。" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:14 msgid "" "Of course, Odoo has the ability to manage those consignee stocks through " "advanced settings." msgstr "当然，Odoo能通过高级设置管理代销库存。" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:20 msgid "" "To use this feature, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " "Settings` in the inventory app. Then, enable the *Consignment* feature in " @@ -2454,220 +2248,36 @@ msgstr "" "如要使用此功能，在库存应用程序中打开 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> " "设置`。然后，在*可追溯性*部分启用*代销*功能。现在，点击保存。" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:28 msgid "Reception of Consignee Stock" msgstr "代销库存的收货" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:30 msgid "" "When in the *Inventory* app, open the receipts and create a new reception. " "On the right side, you will see that a new line called *Assign Owner* has " "appeared. There, you can specify the partner which owns the stock." msgstr "在*库存*应用程序中，打开收货页面并创建新的收货记录。你可看到页面右侧出现名为*分配所有者*的新行。你可在此指定拥有库存的合作伙伴。" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:39 msgid "If you are the owner, you can leave the field blank." msgstr "如你是所有者，你可将此字段留空。" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:41 msgid "" "Once the receipt is validated, the products enter your stock but still " "belong to the owner. They don’t impact your inventory valuation." msgstr "在确认收货后，产品进入你的仓库但仍属于所有者。它们不会影响你的库存估值。" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:3 -msgid "Scrap Products" -msgstr "报废产品" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In your warehouse, you sometimes find products that are damaged or that are " -"unusable due to expiry or for some other reasons. You often notice this " -"during picking or physical inventory. Since those products cannot be sold or" -" stored, you have to scrap them." -msgstr "" -"在仓库中，有时会出现受损或因为过期或其他原因无法使用的产品。你经常在拣货或库存盘点时发现这个问题。由于这些产品无法销售或储存，需要将其报废。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:10 -msgid "" -"When goods are scrapped, they are not reflected in the system as a part of " -"the inventory. The scrapped material will be physically moved to the scrap " -"area and not taken into account into inventory valuation." -msgstr "商品报废后，在系统中不再是库存的一部分。报废的物料将被移动到报废区，不再进入库存计价。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Scrap means waste that either has no economic value or only the value of its" -" basic material content, recoverable through recycling." -msgstr "报废品是指没有经济价值或只有其基本物质含量价值的废物，可通过回收进行利用。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:21 -msgid "" -"When you install the *Inventory* app, Odoo automatically creates a scrap " -"location. It’s named *Virtual Location/Scap*." -msgstr "当安装*库存*应用程序时，Odoo会自动创建一个报废品库位。命名为**虚拟库位／报废品**。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Of course, you can create new scrap areas if needed. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the " -"*Storage Locations* feature." -msgstr "当然，你可根据需要创建新的报废品区。为此，前往 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 设置`并启用*储存位置*功能。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Now, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations` and create your " -"scrap location." -msgstr "现在，前往 :menuselection:`配置 --> 地点`并创建你的报废品库位。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:34 -msgid "" -"You have to check *Is a Scrap Location?* on the location form. In fact, " -"scrap locations cannot be used as normal storage locations and then, a " -"virtual location will be created for scrapped products." -msgstr "你必须勾选地点表单上的*是否为报废品库位？*。实际上，报废品库位无法被用作正常储存位置，而是为报废品创建的虚拟库位。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:39 -msgid "Different ways to scrap products" -msgstr "报废产品的不同方式" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:41 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, you have several ways to scrap products: from receipts, from a " -"delivery order, and from an internal transfer." -msgstr "Odoo有多种报废产品的方式：从收货页面、交货单页面或内部调拨页面。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:45 -msgid "Scrap from receipt" -msgstr "从收货页面报废产品" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Scrapping products from receipts is easy. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory " -"--> Dashboard --> Receipts` or click on *1 TO PROCESS* under the receipts " -"location." -msgstr "从收货页面报废产品非常简单。前往 :menuselection:`库存 --> 仪表板 --> 收货`或点击收货库位下的*1步处理*。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Now, open the receipt and validate the picking. Once the products entered " -"your stock, the Scrap button appears on the top left corner of your screen." -msgstr "现在，打开收货并确认拣货。当产品进入仓库后，页面左上角将出现报废品按钮。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:57 -msgid "" -"You can scrap products that were part of the receipt from there. If you do " -"so, it will move them from available stock to the virtual scrap location." -msgstr "你可在此将收货中的产品进行报废处理。如进行此项操作，它将从可用库存移至虚拟报废品库位。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:68 -msgid "Scrap from delivery order" -msgstr "从交货单报废产品" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:70 -msgid "" -"To scrap products from a delivery order, go to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" -" Dashboard --> Delivery orders` or click on *1 TO PROCESS*." -msgstr "如要从交货单报废产品，前往 :menuselection:`库存 --> 仪表板 --> 交货单`或点击*1步处理*。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Once done, open the delivery order. You can see the scrap button in the " -"upper left of the document. If you scrap the product from there, it will be " -"moved from your available stock to the virtual scrap location." -msgstr "完成后，打开交货单。你将在文件左上角看到报废品按钮。如你在此报废产品，它将从可用库存移至虚拟报废品库位。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:80 -msgid "" -"You can find all the scrap orders made from the picking by clicking on the " -"button on the top right corner of the document." -msgstr "点击文件右上角的按钮，即可查看从拣货环节报废的所有产品。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:93 -msgid "Scrap from an internal transfer" -msgstr "从内部调拨报废" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:95 -msgid "" -"To do this, the flow is almost the same. In fact, you just have to go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Dashboard --> Internal Transfers`." -msgstr "这个流程几乎与前面完全相同。实际上，你只需要前往 :menuselection:`库存 --> 仪表板 --> 内部调拨`。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:101 -msgid "" -"There, open the internal transfer that interests you. Now, click on the " -"scrap button that is on the top left of the document." -msgstr "在此打开感兴趣的内部调拨单。然后，点击文件左上角的报废按钮。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:104 -msgid "" -"When scrapping before validating the internal transfer, the product is, by " -"default, moved from the source location to the virtual scrap location. But, " -"if you scrap after validating the internal transfer, it will be moved from " -"the destination location, as opposed to the source location, to the virtual " -"scrap location." -msgstr "" -"如在确认内部调拨之前报废产品，则该产品默认从源库位移至虚拟报废品库位。但是，如在确认内部调拨后报废产品，它将从目的地库位而不是源库位移至虚拟报废品库位。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:110 -msgid "" -"Of course, you can manually update the source location of the scrap order if" -" necessary." -msgstr "当然，如有必要，你可手动更新报废单的源库位。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:3 -msgid "Send Automated SMS at Delivery" -msgstr "发货时自动发送短信" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:8 -msgid "" -"To send automated SMS, you need to activate the *SMS Confirmation* feature. " -"To do so, go to the *Inventory* app *Settings* and enable the feature. In " -"multi-company, this feature is company-specific." -msgstr "" -"如要发送自动短信，你需要启用*短信确认*功能。为此，前往*库存*应用程序的*设置*菜单，并启用该功能。如有多家公司，则此项功能针对特定公司。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Of course, an SMS template already exists by default in Odoo. You can modify" -" it by clicking on the arrow on the right." -msgstr "当然，Odoo中已默认存在短信模板。你可点击右侧的箭头，修改该模板。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:22 -msgid "Send SMS at delivery validation" -msgstr "在发货确认时发送短信" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:24 -msgid "" -"To use this feature, try to *Create* a delivery order for a specific partner" -" and add some products to it. Then, *Validate* the delivery." -msgstr "如要使用此功能，你应针对特定合作伙伴*创建*交货单并添加一些产品。然后，*确认*发货。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:30 -msgid "Now, the automated SMS that has been sent appears in the chatter." -msgstr "现在，已发送的自动短信将出现在聊天中。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:36 -msgid "" -"The partner which is set on the transfer needs to have a phone number " -"specified in its contact form for the SMS to be sent." -msgstr "调拨上设置的合作伙伴应在联系表单中指明电话号码，才能向其发送短信。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:39 -msgid "" -"If you work with a shipping method, and then have a tracking link, it will " -"be included in the SMS template." -msgstr "如你设置发货方式，然后附上追踪链接，则也将被列入短信模板。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning.rst:3 msgid "Planning" msgstr "排期" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:3 msgid "How is the Scheduled Delivery Date Computed" msgstr "如何计算的预定交付日期" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:5 msgid "" "Providing the best possible service to customers is vital for business. It " "implies planning every move: manufacturing orders, deliveries, receptions, " @@ -2675,14 +2285,14 @@ msgid "" " scheduled dates." msgstr "为客户提供最佳服务对于企业至关重要。 这意味着要计划每一个动作：制造订单，交货，接收等等。 为此，您需要正确配置提前期并协调计划日期。" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:9 msgid "" "By using lead times, Odoo provides end dates, the **Commitment Date**, for " "each process. On a sales order, for example, this is the date your customer " "will get the products he ordered." msgstr "通过使用交货期，Odoo为每个过程提供结束日期，即 *承诺日期* 。 例如，在销售订单上，这是您的客户获得订购的产品的日期。" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:13 msgid "" "From the customers’ side, the commitment date is important because it gives " "them an estimation of when they will receive their products. The dates take " @@ -2690,34 +2300,34 @@ msgid "" "account." msgstr "从客户的角度来看，承诺日期很重要，因为它可以估计他们何时才能收到他们的产品。 这些日期考虑了所有其他交货时间，例如制造，交货或供应商。" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:19 msgid "How are Lead Times Calculated?" -msgstr "How are Lead Times Calculated?" +msgstr "交货时间是如何计算的?" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:27 msgid "" "As said above, there are several types of lead times. Each is calculated " "based on various indicators. Before going through the configuration, here is" " a brief summary of how lead times are calculated and what they are:" msgstr "如上所述，交货期有几种类型。 每个都是根据各种指标计算得出的。 在进行配置之前，这里简要概述了交货期的计算方法及其含义：" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:32 msgid "" "**Customer Lead Time**: the customer lead time is the default duration you " "set. Therefore, the expected date on the sales orders is today + customer " "lead time." msgstr "**客户交货期** ：客户交货期是您设置的默认持续时间。 因此，销售订单的预计日期是今天+ 客户交货期。" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:36 msgid "" "**Sales Security Lead Time**: the purpose is to be ready shipping that many " "days before the actual commitment taken with the customer. Then, the default" " scheduled date on the delivery order is **SO delivery date - Security Lead " "Time**." msgstr "" -"**销售安全交货期** :目的是在与客户达成实际承诺的数天前准备发货。然后，交货订单上的默认预定日期是， **因此交货日期-安全交货时间**。" +"**销售安全提前期** :目的是在与客户达成实际承诺的数天前准备发货。然后，交货订单上的默认预定日期是， **因此交货日期-安全交货时间**。" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:41 msgid "" "**Purchase Security Lead Time**: additional time to mitigate the risk of a " "vendor delay. The receipt will be scheduled that many days earlier to cope " @@ -2728,7 +2338,7 @@ msgstr "" "**采购安全提前期** ：减少供应商延误风险的额外时间。 收据将安排在许多天前，以应对意外的供应商延误。 如果是 *补货到订单* ，则采购的 " "**交货订单预定日期-安全提前期** 将是默认的 *收货* 预定日期。" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:48 msgid "" "**Purchase Delivery Lead Time**: this is the expected time between a PO " "being confirmed and the receipt of the ordered products. The **Receipt " @@ -2736,24 +2346,24 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "**采购交货提前期** ：这是确认采购订单到收到订购产品之间的预计时间。 **收货计划日期-供应商交货日期** 是默认的 *采购订单订购* 日期。" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:53 msgid "" "**Days to Purchase**: number of days the purchasing department takes to " "validate a PO. If another RFQ to the same vendor is already opened, Odoo " "adds the line to the RFQ instead of creating a new one. Then, the specific " "date is set on the line." msgstr "" -"**购买天数**：采购部门用来验证采购订单的天数。 如果已经打开了对同一供应商的另一个询价，Odoo会将行添加到询价中，而不是创建新的询价。 " +"**购买天数** ：采购部门用来验证采购订单的天数。 如果已经打开了对同一供应商的另一个询价，Odoo会将行添加到询价中，而不是创建新的询价。 " "然后，在该行上设置特定日期。" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:58 msgid "" "**Manufacturing Lead Time**: this is the expected time it takes to " "manufacture a product. This lead time is independent of the quantity to " "produce and does not take the routing time into account." msgstr "**制造提前期** ：这是制造产品所需的预期时间。 该提前期与生产数量无关，并且不考虑工艺路线时间。" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:63 msgid "" "**Manufacturing Security Lead Time**: additional time to mitigate the risk " "of a manufacturing delay. In case of a *Replenish to Order*, the **Delivery " @@ -2763,11 +2373,11 @@ msgstr "" "**生产安全提前期** ：减少制造延迟风险的额外时间。 如果是 *补充订单* ，则 **交货订单计划日期-生产提前时间-生产安全提前时间** 是默认的 " "*生产订单* 计划日期。" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:70 msgid "Sales - Lead Times" msgstr "销售-交货期" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:72 msgid "" "In the *Sales* app, there is an option called *Delivery Date*. It allows " "seeing an additional field on the sales orders, *Expected Date*. This one is" @@ -2776,23 +2386,23 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "在 *销售* 应用程序中，有一个名为 *交货期* 的选项。 它允许查看销售订单上的其他字段 *预期日期* 。 这是根据先前配置的不同提前期自动计算的。" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:81 msgid "" "If the set up *Delivery Date* is earlier than the the *Expected Date*, a " "warning message is displayed." msgstr "如果设置的 *交货日期* 早于 *预期日期* ，则会显示警告信息。" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:89 msgid "" "But, for all of this properly working, it is still necessary to configure " "all the lead times that could occur." -msgstr "但是，为了所有这些能够正常工作，仍然有必要配置所有可能出现的所有提前期。" +msgstr "但是，为了所有这些能够正常工作，仍然有必要配置所有可能出现的所有交货期。" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:93 msgid "Customer Lead Time" -msgstr "客户前置时间" +msgstr "客户交货时间" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:95 msgid "" "The *Customer Lead Time* is the time needed for your product to go from your" " warehouse to the customer place. It can be configured on any product by " @@ -2802,57 +2412,57 @@ msgstr "" "*客户提前期*是您的产品从仓库运到客户所需要的时间。 可以在以下任何产品上配置它，方法是 :menuselection:`销售 --> 产品 --> " "产品`。 打开您的产品表格，进入 *库存* 选项卡，然后添加 *客户提前期* 。" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:105 msgid "" "For example, product B is ordered on the 2nd of April but the *Customer Lead" " Time* is two days. In that case, the expected delivery date is the 4th of " "April." msgstr "例如，产品B在4月2日订购，但 *客户交货时间* 为两天。 在这种情况下，预计交付日期为4月4日。" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:110 -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:182 -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:219 msgid "Security Lead Time" msgstr "安全提前时间" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:112 msgid "" "In sales, *Security Lead Time* corresponds to backup days to ensure you are " "able to deliver the products in time. The purpose is to be ready shipping " "earlier in order to arrive on time." msgstr "在销售中，*安全提前期* 对应于备份天数，以确保您能够及时交付产品。 目的是早点准备好发货，以便准时到达。" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:116 msgid "" "The number of security days is subtracted from the calculation to compute a " "scheduled date earlier than the one promised to the customer." msgstr "从计算中减去交货期天数，以计算给客户承诺的日期早的预定日期。" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:119 msgid "" "To set this up, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " "Settings` and enable the feature *Security Lead Time for Sales*." msgstr "要进行设置，请转到 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 设置` 然后启用 *销售的安全提前期* 功能。" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:126 msgid "" "For example, product B is scheduled to be delivered on the 6th of April but " "the *Security Lead Time* is one day. In that case, the scheduled date for " "the delivery order is the 5th of April." msgstr "例如，产品B计划于4月6日交付，但 *安全交货期* 为一天。 在这种情况下，交货订单的预定日期为4月5日。" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:131 msgid "Deliver several products" msgstr "交付多种产品" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:133 msgid "" "In many cases, customers order several products at the same time. Those can " "have different lead times but still need to be delivered, at once or " "separately. Fortunately, Odoo can help you handle these cases easily." msgstr "在许多情况下，客户会同时订购多个产品。 交货时间可能不同，但仍需要一次或单独交付。 幸好Odoo可以帮助您轻松处理这些案件。" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:137 msgid "" "From the *Other Info* tab of your *Sale Order*, you can choose between *When" " all products are ready* and *As soon as possible*. The first one is to " @@ -2860,7 +2470,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "在 *销售订单* 的 *其他信息* 选项卡中，您可以选择 *当所有产品准备就绪时* 和 *尽快* 。 第一个是立即交付产品，而第二个是分别交付产品。" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:142 msgid "" "For example, products A and B are ordered at the same time. A has 8 lead " "days and B has 5. With the first option, the *Expected Date* is calculated " @@ -2871,7 +2481,7 @@ msgstr "" "例如，同时订购产品A和B。 A的交货期为8天，B的交货期为5天。使用第一个选项时，*预计交货日期* " "是根据交货期最多的产品计算得出的，此处为A。如果在4月2日确认订单，则 *预计交货日期* 是4月10日。" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:148 msgid "" "With the second option, the *Expected Date* is calculated based on the " "product with the least customer lead days. In this example, B is the product" @@ -2879,15 +2489,15 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "使用第二个选项时，*预期日期* 是根据客户交货期最少的产品计算得出的。 在此示例中，B是交货期最少的产品。 因此，*预计日期* 是4月7日。" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:154 msgid "Purchase - Lead Times" msgstr "采购 - 交货时间" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:157 msgid "Supplier Lead Time" msgstr "供应商提前期" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:159 msgid "" "The *Supplier Lead Time* is the time needed for a product you purchased to " "be delivered. To configure it, open a product from :menuselection:`Purchase " @@ -2896,7 +2506,7 @@ msgstr "" "*供应商提前期* 是您购买的产品交付所需的时间。 要配置它，请从 :menuselection:`采购 -->产品 --> 产品` 中打开一个产品，并在" " *采购* 标签下添加一个供应商。" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:168 msgid "" "By clicking on *Add a line*, a new window is displayed. You can specify the " "*Delivery Lead Time* there. If done so, the delivery day for every purchase " @@ -2906,47 +2516,47 @@ msgstr "" "通过单击 *添加一行* ，将显示一个新窗口。 您可以在此处指定 *交货提前期* 。 如果这样做，每次采购该产品的交货日期现在等于 " "*采购订单日期+交货提前期* 。" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:178 msgid "" "It is possible to add different vendors and, thus, different lead times " "depending on the vendor." msgstr "可以添加不同的供应商，因此可以根据供应商添加不同的交货时间。" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:184 msgid "" "The *Security Lead Time* for purchase follows the same logic as the one for " "*Sales*, except that you are the customer. Then, it is the margin of error " "for your supplier to deliver your order." msgstr "采购的 *安全提前期* 与 *销售* 的逻辑相同，只是您的身份为客户。 然后，这是你的供应商交货的误差范围。" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:188 msgid "" "To set up *Security Lead Time* for purchase, go to :menuselection:`Inventory" " --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable the feature." msgstr "要设置 *安全提前期* 以进行采购，请转到 :menuselection:`库存 --> 设置 --> 设定` 并启用该功能" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:196 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:196 msgid "" "Doing so, every time the system generates purchase orders, those are " "scheduled that many days earlier to cope with unexpected vendor delays." msgstr "这样做，每次系统生成采购订单时，都将这些订单安排在许多天之前，以应对供应商的意外延误。" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:200 msgid "Manufacturing - Lead Times" msgstr "制造 - 交货时间" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:203 msgid "Manufacturing Lead Time" msgstr "制造前置时间 " -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:205 msgid "" "The *Manufacturing Lead Time* is the time needed to manufacture the product." " To specify it, open the *Inventory* tab of your product form and add the " "number of days the manufacturing takes." msgstr "*制造提前期* 是制造产品所需的时间。 要指定它，请打开产品表单的 *库存* 标签，然后添加制造所需的天数。" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:213 msgid "" "When working with *Manufacturing Lead Times*, the *Deadline Start* of the " "*MO* is **Commitment Date - Manufacturing Lead Time**. For example, the MO’s" @@ -2956,19 +2566,19 @@ msgstr "" "当与 *制造提前期* 一起使用时， * 制造订单(MO)* 的 *截止日期开始* 为 *承诺日期-制造提前期* 。 " "例如，制造订单的承诺日期为7月10日的订单的截止日期开始日期为6月27日。" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:221 msgid "" "The *Security Lead Time* for manufacturing allows generating manufacturing " "orders earlier to cope with the risk of manufacturing delays." msgstr "用于制造的 *安全提前期* 可以更早地生成制造订单，以应对制造延迟的风险。" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:225 msgid "" "To enable it, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> " "Settings` and tick *Security Lead Time*." msgstr "要启用它，请转到 :menuselection:`制造 --> 配置 --> 设置，然后勾选 *安全提前期* 。" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:232 msgid "" "For example, a customer orders B with a delivery date scheduled on the 20th " "of June. The *Manufacturing Lead Time* is 14 days and the *Security Lead " @@ -2977,172 +2587,95 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "例如，客户订购了B，交货日期安排在6月20日。 *制造交货期* 为14天， *安全交货期* 为3天，因此B的制造订单需要最迟于6月3日开始。" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:238 msgid "Global Example" msgstr "全局示例" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:240 msgid "Here is a configuration:" msgstr "请参考以下的设置范例:" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:242 msgid "1 day of security lead time for Sales" msgstr "销售交货提前期为1天" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:243 msgid "2 days of security lead time for Manufacturing" msgstr "生产安全提前期为2天" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:244 msgid "3 days of manufacturing lead time" msgstr "生产提前期为3天" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:245 msgid "1 day of security lead time for Purchase" -msgstr "采购的交货提前期为1天" +msgstr "采购交货提前期为1天" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:246 msgid "4 days of supplier lead time" -msgstr "供应商提前期交货为4天" +msgstr "供应商的交货提前期为4天" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:248 msgid "" "Let’s say that a customer orders B on the 1st of September and the delivery " "date is planned to be within 20 days (September 20th). In such a scenario, " "here is when all the various steps are triggered." msgstr "假设某个客户在9月1日订购了B，并且计划在20天内（9月20日）交货。 在这种情况下，这是所有各个步骤均被触发的时间。" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:252 msgid "**September 1st**: the sales order is created" msgstr "** 9月1日** ：创建销售订单" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:253 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:253 msgid "" "**September 10th**: the deadline to order components from the supplier " "because of the manufacturing process (4 days of supplier lead time)" -msgstr "** 9月10日** ：由于制造过程而从供应商订购组件的截止日期（4天的供应商提前期）" +msgstr "** 9月10日** ：由于制造过程而从供应商订购组件的截止日期（供应商提前期为4天）" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:256 msgid "" "**September 13th**: the reception of the product from the supplier (1 day of" " security lead time for Purchase)" msgstr "** 9月13日** ：从供应商处收到产品（采购的安全交货期为1天）" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:258 msgid "" "**September 14th**: the deadline start date for the manufacturing (19th - 3 " "days of manufacturing lead time - 2 days of security lead time for " "Manufacturing)" -msgstr "** 9月14日** ：制造的截止日期（19日 - 制造提前期3天 - 生产提前期2天）" +msgstr "** 9月14日** ：制造订单的截止日期（19日 - 生产提前期3天 - 生产安全提前期2天）" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:261 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:261 msgid "" "**September 19th**: the expected date on the delivery order form (1 day of " "security lead time for sales)" -msgstr "** 9月19日**：交货订单表格上的预计日期（交货提前期为1天）" +msgstr "** 9月19日** ：交货订单表格上的预计日期（交货提前期为1天）" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:3 -msgid "Configure and Run Schedulers" -msgstr "配置并运行调度器" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:6 -msgid "What is a scheduler?" -msgstr "什么是调度器？" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The scheduler is the calculation engine that plans and prioritizes " -"production and purchasing. It does it automatically, according to the rules " -"defined on products. By default, the scheduler is set to run once a day." -msgstr "调度器是指计划生产和采购并排定其优先顺序的计算引擎。它根据为产品定义的规则自动运行。默认情况下，调度器设定为每天运行一次。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:14 -msgid "Calculating Requirements / Scheduling" -msgstr "计算需求／排程" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Scheduling only validates procurements that are confirmed but not yet " -"started. These procurement reservations will start production, tasks or " -"purchases themselves, depending on the configuration of the requested " -"product." -msgstr "调度器只会验证已确认但尚未开始的采购。根据所请求产品的配置，这些采购预订会开启生产、任务或采购。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:21 -msgid "" -"As a human would do, the scheduler takes the priority of operations into " -"account when starting reservations and procurements. Urgent requests will be" -" started first." -msgstr "正如人类所做的那样，调度器在启动预订和采购时考虑到了操作的优先级。紧急请求将首先开始。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:26 -msgid "" -"In case there are not enough products in stock to satisfy all the requests, " -"you can be sure that the most urgent ones will be produced first." -msgstr "如果库存中没有足够的产品来满足所有的要求，你可以确保首先生产最紧急的产品。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:31 -msgid "Configure and run the scheduler" -msgstr "配置并运行排程器" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:34 -msgid "Run the scheduler manually" -msgstr "手工运行排程" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:36 -msgid "" -"To start the scheduler manually, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Operations --> Run Schedulers`. The scheduler uses all the relevant " -"parameters defined for products, suppliers and the company to prioritize the" -" different production orders, deliveries and supplier purchases." -msgstr "" -"如要手动启动调度器，前往 :menuselection:`库存 --> 操作 --> " -"运行调度器`。调度器使用针对产品、供应商和公司定义的所有相关参数来确定不同生产订单、发货和供应商采购的优先顺序。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:45 -msgid "Configure and run the scheduler (for advanced users)" -msgstr "配置并运行调度器（仅限高级用户）" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:47 -msgid "" -"To use this feature, you have to enable the :doc:`Developer mode " -"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` mode." -msgstr "" -"如要使用此功能，你必须启用:doc:`开发人员模式 <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Then, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> " -"Scheduled Actions` and modify the *Run MRP Scheduler Configuration*. There, " -"you can set the starting time of the scheduler." -msgstr "" -"然后，前往 :menuselection:`设置 --> 技术 --> 自动化 --> " -"已排定操作`并修改*运行MRP调度器配置*。然后，你可设置调度器的启动时间。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/products.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products.rst:3 msgid "Products" msgstr "产品" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:3 msgid "How to select the right replenishment strategy" msgstr "如何选择正确的补货策略" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:5 msgid "" "Minimum Stock rules and Make to Order have similar consequences but " "different rules. They should be used depending on your manufacturing and " "delivery strategies." msgstr "最小库存规则和按单补货的结果相似，但规则不同，应根据你的制造和发货策略来选用。" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:10 msgid "Terminology" msgstr "术语" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:13 msgid "Minimum stock rule" msgstr "最小库存规则" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:15 msgid "" "Minimum Stock rules are used to ensure that you always have the minimum " "amount of a product in stock in order to manufacture your products and/or " @@ -3152,25 +2685,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "最小库存规则用于确保你已经有了制造和/或响应消费者需求的最小库存量。当某产品的库存水平到达最小量时，系统自动生成一个采购订单，该订单的数量能满足最小库存量。" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:22 -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:58 -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:58 msgid "Make to Order" msgstr "按单补货" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:24 msgid "" "The Make to Order function will trigger a Purchase Order of the amount of " "the Sales Order related to the product. The system will **not** check the " "current stock. This means that a draft purchase order will be generated " "regardless of the quantity on hand of the product." -msgstr "按单补货功能将触发与产品相关的销售订单的采购单。系统**不会**检查现有库存。意味着无论现有产品的数量是多少，都会生成一个采购订单草稿。" +msgstr "" +"按单补货功能将触发与产品相关的销售订单的采购单。系统 **不会** 检查现有库存。意味着无论现有产品的数量是多少，都会生成一个采购订单草稿。" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:33 msgid "Minimum stock rules" msgstr "最小库存规则" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:35 msgid "" "The Minimum Stock Rules configuration is available through your Inventory " "module. In the Inventory Control menu select \"Reordering Rule\" in the drop" @@ -3178,40 +2711,40 @@ msgid "" "values for a given product." msgstr "最小库存规则可通过库存模块进行配置。在“库存控制”下拉菜单中选择\"再次订购规则\" ，然后点击\"创建\"设置某给定产品的最小与最大库存值。" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:44 msgid "" "Show tooltips for \"minimum quantity\", \"maximum quantity\" and \"quantity " "multiple\" fields" msgstr "显示“最小数量”、“最大数量”和“数量倍数”字段的工具提示" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:47 msgid "" "Then, click on your product to access the related product form and, on the " "\"Inventory submenu\", do not forget to select a supplier." msgstr "然后点击产品，在\"库存子菜单\"访问相关产品的表单。不要忘记选择一个供应商。" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:54 msgid "" "Don't forget to select the right product type. A consumable can not be " "stocked and will thus not be accounted for in the stock valuation." msgstr "别忘记选择正确的产品类别。消耗品无法贮存，不可计入库存盘点数。" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:60 msgid "" "The Make to Order configuration is available on your product form through " "your :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory control --> Products` (or any " "other module where products are available)." msgstr "可在产品表单中配置按单补货 :menuselection:`库存 --> 库存控制 --> 产品（或在产品可用的任一其他模块中配置）。" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:64 msgid "On the product form, under Inventory, click on \"Make To Order\"." msgstr "在产品表单的库存项下，点击\"按单补货\"。" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:70 msgid "Choice between the two options" msgstr "选择两个选项其中一个" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:72 msgid "" "The choice between the two options is thus dependent of your inventory " "strategy. If you prefer to have a buffer and always have at least a minimum " @@ -3221,11 +2754,11 @@ msgstr "" "两种选项的选择依赖于你的库存策略。如果你想有一点库存缓冲并总是在仓库中留有最少的存货数量, " "那么就可以使用最小库存规则。如果想只是在销售订单确认的状态下才去补充存货, 那么就建议使用按照订单补货。" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:3 msgid "Use Different Units of Measure" msgstr "使用不同计量单位" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:5 msgid "" "In some cases, handling products in different units of measure is necessary." " For example, if you buy products in a country where the metric system is of" @@ -3236,23 +2769,23 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "在某些情况下，按不同计量单位处理产品非常必要。例如，如果你采购产品的国家适用公制，而出售产品的国家适用英制，则需要转换计量单位。另一个常见的用例是以较大的包装向供应商采购产品，然后按小单位出售给客户。" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:12 msgid "" "You can set up Odoo to work with different units of measure for one product." msgstr "在Odoo中你可以设置一个产品可以有不同的计量单位。" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:18 msgid "" "In the *Inventory* application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Settings`. In the *Products* section, activate *Units of Measure*, then " "*Save*." msgstr "在*库存*应用程序中，前往 :menuselection:`配置 -->设置` 。在*产品*部分，启用*计量单位*，然后点击*保存*。" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:25 msgid "Create New Units of Measure" msgstr "创建新的计量单位" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:27 msgid "" "In the *Inventory* application go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> UoM`." " There, hit *Create*. As an example, we will create a Box of 6 units that we" @@ -3260,7 +2793,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "在*库存*应用程序中，前往 :menuselection:`配置 --> 计量单位` 。然后，点击*创建*。例如，我们为鸡蛋产品创建一盒6个的单位。" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:34 msgid "" "The category is important for unit conversion, you will be able to convert " "products from one unit to another only if those units belong to the same " @@ -3269,11 +2802,11 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "类别对于单位转换非常重要，只有当这些单位属于同一类别时，你才能将产品从一种单位转换为另一种单位。在本类别中，6个一盒相当于参考计量“单位”的6倍。" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:43 msgid "Specify Units of Measure on your Products" msgstr "在产品上指定计量单位" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:45 msgid "" "In the :menuselection:`Inventory application --> Master Data --> Products`, " "open the product which you would like to change the purchase/sale unit of " @@ -3281,7 +2814,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "在 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 主数据 --> 产品`中，打开你想要更改采购/销售计量单位的产品，然后点击*编辑*。" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:49 msgid "" "In the *General Information* tab, you can select the *Unit of Measure* in " "which the product will be sold, which is also the unit in which internal " @@ -3289,22 +2822,22 @@ msgid "" "Measure*, which is the unit in which you purchase the product." msgstr "在*一般信息*选项卡中，你可选择销售产品时的*计量单位*，这也是内部调拨使用的单位。你也可选择*采购计量单位*，即采购产品的单位。" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:59 msgid "Transfer from One Unit to Another" msgstr "从一种计量单位转换为另外一种" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:62 -msgid "Buy in the Pruchase UoM" -msgstr "按采购计量单位购买" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:62 +msgid "Buy in the Purchase UoM" +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:64 msgid "" "In the *Purchase* application, *Create* a new request for quotation in which" " you include the product with the different *Units of Measure* and *Confirm*" " it." msgstr "在*采购*应用程序中，按产品的不同*计量单位*创建新询价单并*确认*。" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:71 msgid "" "On the automatically generated purchase orders, the UoM used is the Box of " "6, meaning the Purchase UoM. You have of course the possibility to manually " @@ -3314,42 +2847,42 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "在自动生成的采购订单中，使用的计量单位是一盒6个，即是采购计量单位。当然，你可根据需要手动更改计量单位。当进入与采购订单关联的*收货*时，你会发现10盒6个单位的产品被转换为60个单位。实际上，库存按单位进行管理。" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:82 msgid "Replenishment" msgstr "补货" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:84 msgid "" "When doing a replenishment via the *Replenish* button on the product form, " "you have the possibility to use a different unit of measure." msgstr "当在产品表单上通过*补货*按钮补货时，你可使用不同的计量单位。" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:94 msgid "Sell in bigger UoM" msgstr "按更大的计量单位销售" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:96 msgid "" "You can choose the unit of measure on the sale order document and decide to " "sell the eggs by the dozen. When doing so, the price is automatically " "computed from Units UoM to adapt to the selected *UoM*." msgstr "你可在销售订单文件上选择计量单位，并决定按“打”销售鸡蛋。这样，系统将按计量单位自动计算价格，以适用所选的*计量单位*。" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:103 msgid "" "In the delivery order, the *UoM* used in the sale order is converted to the " "*UoM* used for stock management, in our use case, the Units." msgstr "在交货单中，销售订单中所用的*计量单位*转换为库存管理所用的*计量单位*，在本例中为一个单位产品。" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:3 msgid "When Should you Use Packages, Units of Measure or Special Packaging?" msgstr "何时使用包裹、计量单位或特殊包装？" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:6 msgid "Units of Measure" msgstr "计量单位" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:8 msgid "" "Units of measure specify the unit used to handle a product. In Odoo, you " "have the possibility to specify the unit of measure in which you manage your" @@ -3357,25 +2890,25 @@ msgid "" "supplier." msgstr "计量单位规定了处理产品时所用的单位。在Odoo中，你可指定管理库存和从供应商处采购产品所用的计量单位。" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:16 msgid "" "The *conversion* between the different units of measure is done " "automatically. The only condition is that all the units have to be in the " "*same category* (Unit, Weight, Volume, Length,...)" msgstr "不同计量单位之间的转换是自动完成的。唯一的条件是能够转换的计量单位必须是*同一种类*（个、重量、容积、长度等）" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:20 msgid "" "For example, if I have the following reordering rule for the egg and I run " "the scheduler, the quantity added in the automatically generated purchase " "order will be in dozens but what will enter the stock will be units." msgstr "例如，如果鸡蛋的重订货规则如下，在运行调度器时，添加到自动生成的采购订单中的数量应为“打”，但进入库存的数量应为“个”。" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:35 msgid "Packages" -msgstr "邮包" +msgstr "包裹" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:37 msgid "" "The package is the physical container in which you put one or several " "products from a picking. For example, when you deliver a product, you can " @@ -3384,174 +2917,67 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "包裹是指拣货时放入一种或几种产品的实体容器。例如，在发货时，你可决定将整批货物分为两个不同的包裹。这样，你就需要报告标示每个包裹的产品数量。" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:43 msgid "" "To separate a delivery into different packages you will have to set the done" " quantity to the desired package quantity then click on \"PUT IN PACK\", do " "this for each package." msgstr "如要在发货时将产品分为不同包裹，你需要将整批货物数量分为想要的包裹数量，然后点击“打包”，每个包裹都需如此操作。" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:54 msgid "Packaging" msgstr "包装" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:56 msgid "" "The packaging is the physical container that protects your product. If you " "are selling computers, the packaging contains the computer with the notice " "and the power plug." msgstr "包装是指保护产品的实体容器。如果你出售电脑，包装包含电脑、说明书及电源插头等。" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:60 msgid "" "In Odoo, packagings are used for indicative purposes on sale orders. They " "can be specified on the product form, in the inventory tab." msgstr "在Odoo中，包装用于销售订单的指示性用途。它们可从“库存”选项卡的“产品表单”上指定。" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:70 msgid "" "Another useful use of the packaging is for product reception. By scanning " "the barcode of the packaging, Odoo adds the number of units contained in the" " packing on the picking." msgstr "包装的另一个用途是产品收货。通过扫描包装条目，Odoo将包装中包含的产品件数加入拣货系统。" -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies.rst:3 msgid "Inventory Adjustment" msgstr "库存调整" -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:3 -msgid "Choose Between Reordering Rules and Make to Order" -msgstr "在重订货规则和按订单补货之间选择" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:5 -msgid "" -"*Reordering rules* and *make to order* do both allow to automatically " -"replenish products when necessary. The difference between those tools is how" -" they are triggered." -msgstr "*重订货规则*和*按订单补货*二者都可在必要情况下自动补充产品。这两种工具的区别在于其触发方式。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:9 -msgid "" -"*Reordering rules* are used to ensure that you always have a minimum amount " -"of a product in stock in order to manufacture your products and/or answer to" -" your customer needs. When the stock level of a product reaches its minimum " -"the system will automatically generate a procurement with the needed " -"quantity to reach the maximum stock level." -msgstr "" -"*重订货规则*用于确保你始终保有最低产品数量库存，以制造产品和/或满足客户需求。当产品库存水平达到最小值，系统自动生成采购订单，以将数量补至最大库存水平。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:15 -msgid "" -"The *Make to Order* route will trigger a procurement (purchase order or " -"manufacturing order) with the necessary quantity to fulfill a product " -"request (coming from a sale order or a manufacturing order). The system will" -" not check the quantity on hand for the corresponding product." -msgstr "*按订单补货*路线根据满足产品请求（来自于销售订单或制造订单）所需的数量触发采购（采购订单或制造订单）。系统不会检查对应产品现有数量。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:24 -msgid "Reordering Rules" -msgstr "订货规则" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:26 -msgid "" -"The *Reordering Rules* configuration is available through the menu " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Master Data --> Reordering Rules`. There, " -"click on *Create* to set minimum and maximum stock values for a given " -"product." -msgstr "" -"*重订货规则*配置始终可通过菜单 :menuselection:`库存 --> 主数据 --> " -"重订货规则`查看。在此点击*创建*，设置特定产品的最小和最大库存值。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:33 -msgid "" -"When the forecasted stock goes below the *Minimum Quantity* specified in " -"this field, Odoo generates a procurement to bring the forecasted quantity to" -" the *Maximum Quantity*. The *Quantity Multiple* is used to round the " -"procurement quantity up to this multiple. If it is 0, the exact quantity " -"will be used." -msgstr "" -"当预测库存低于本字段规定的*最小数量*时，Odoo生成采购订单，将预测数量升至*最大数量*。*数量倍数*用于将采购数量增至该倍数。如为0，则需使用具体数量值。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:42 -msgid "" -"The *Lead time* is the number of days after the order point is triggered to " -"receive the products or to order them to the vendor." -msgstr "*前置时间*是指在触发订购后收到产品或向供应商订购产品的天数。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:45 -msgid "" -"In case you work with multi-warehouses and/or multi-locations, you will be " -"able to specify different reordering rules for the same product in each " -"location." -msgstr "如你管理多个仓库和/或多个库位，你可为每个库位的同一产品指定不同的重订货规则。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:50 -msgid "" -"For the reordering rules to be triggered, on the corresponding product, a " -"route should be specified. In case you manufacture your products, make sure " -"to select the route *Manufacture* and create a *Bill of Material* for the " -"product. In case you purchase your products, make sure to select the route " -"*Buy* and add a *Vendor Pricelist*." -msgstr "" -"如要为对应产品触发重订货规则，需指定路线。如你制造产品，确保选择路线*制造*并为产品创建*物料清单*。如你采购产品，则应确保选择路线*采购*并添加*供应商价格表*。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:62 -msgid "" -"Don't forget to select the product type *storable* in the product form. A " -"consumable can not be stocked and won’t trigger reordering rules." -msgstr "请勿忘记在产品表单中选择产品类型*可库存*。消耗品无法库存，且不会触发重订货规则。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:69 -msgid "" -"The *Make To Order* configuration is available on your product form through " -"your :menuselection:`Inventory module --> Master Data --> Products` (or in " -"any other module where products are available)." -msgstr "" -"*按订单补货*配置在 :menuselection:`库存模块 --> 主数据 --> 产品`（或包含产品页面的所有其他模块）的产品表单中进行设置。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:73 -msgid "" -"On the product form, in the *Inventory tab*, you can set a route. You can " -"choose *Make To Order* and another route, either *Buy* or *Manufacture*." -msgstr "你可在*库存选项卡*的产品表单中设置路线。你可选择*按订单补货*和其他路线，*采购*或*制造*。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Again, if the *Buy* route is selected, make sure to set a *Vendor pricelist*" -" in the *Purchase tab*. In case you have set a *Manufacture* route, make " -"sure you have a *BoM* for this product." -msgstr "同样地，如果选择*采购*路线，确保在*采购选项卡*中设置*供应商价格表*。如你设置了*制造*路线，确保为该产品设置*物料清单*。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:3 msgid "Resupply from another Warehouse" msgstr "从其他仓库补给" -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:8 msgid "" "In order to be able to resupply from another warehouse, you need to activate" -" \\*multi-warehouses\\* and \\*multi-step routes\\*. Storage locations will " -"be automatically activated when activating multi-warehouses." -msgstr "如要从其他仓库补给，你需启用\\*多仓库\\*和\\*多步路线\\*。启用多仓库后，系统将自动启用储存地点功能。" +" \\*multi-step routes\\*." +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:15 msgid "" "You can then access your warehouses via :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Warehouses`. Create the necessary warehouses following " -"this :doc:`documentation <../warehouses/warehouse_creation>`. Enter the " -"warehouse which should be resupplied by another one. You will have the " -"possibility to directly indicate through which warehouse it gets resupplied." +"Configuration --> Warehouses`. Enter the warehouse which should be " +"resupplied by another one. You will have the possibility to directly " +"indicate through which warehouse it gets resupplied." msgstr "" -"你可通过 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 仓库`访问你的仓库。按照这个 :doc:`文档 " -"<../warehouses/warehouse_creation>`创建必要的仓库。输入需要由其他仓库补给的仓库。你可直接指定它通过哪个仓库补给。" -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:24 msgid "" "By activating this option, a new route will now be available on your " "products \\*Supply Product from Second warehouse\\*. It can now be selected," " along with either a \\*reordering rule\\* or a \\*make to order\\*." msgstr "如启用本选项，你的产品将有一条可用的新路线\\*从第二仓库供应产品\\*。你现在可选择此路线并勾选\\*重订货规则\\*或\\*按订单补货\\*。" -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:32 msgid "" "For the demonstration, I set a reordering rule with a minimum of 5 units in " "stock and a maximum of 10 units in stock, having currently 0 units on hand. " @@ -3561,7 +2987,7 @@ msgstr "" "在演示中，我将重订货规则设置为最小库存5个，最大库存10个，目前库存为0个。我将进入 :menuselection:`库存 --> 操作 --> " "运行调度器`，即可运行调度器。" -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:40 msgid "" "The system automatically creates two pickings, one \\*delivery order\\* from" " my Second Warehouse which contains the necessary products, and a receipt in" @@ -3571,28 +2997,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "系统将自动创建两项拣货操作，一项是从储存必要产品的第二仓库创建\\*交货单\\*，另一项是相同产品进入主仓库WH/Stock的收货命令。源文件是触发\\*从第二仓库供应产品\\*路线的\\*重订货规则\\*。" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting.rst:3 msgid "Valuation Methods" msgstr "计价方法" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:3 msgid "Integrating additional costs to products (landed costs)" msgstr "将额外成本整合到产品中（到岸成本） " -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:5 msgid "" "The landed cost feature in Odoo allows to include additional costs " "(shipment, insurance, customs duties, etc.) into the cost of the product." msgstr "Odoo中的到岸成本功能可将额外费用（运费、保险、海关、关税等）纳入产品成本中。" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:10 msgid "" "Landed costs can only be applied to products with a FIFO or AVCO costing " "method and an automated inventory valuation (which requires the accounting " "application to be installed)." msgstr "到岸成本只能应用于采用FIFO或AVCO成本计算方法和自动库存计价（要求安装会计应用程序）的产品。" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:17 msgid "" "First, you need to go in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " "Settings` and activate the landed costs feature. You can also determine the " @@ -3601,238 +3027,238 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "首先，你应前往 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 设置`并启用到岸成本功能。你也可决定记录到岸成本会计分录的默认日记账。" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:25 msgid "Add costs to products" msgstr "向产品添加成本" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:28 msgid "Receive the vendor bill" msgstr "接收供应商账单" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:30 msgid "" "Let’s imagine I receive a bill from custom duties for a shipment. I’ll tick " "the box *Landed Costs* on the vendor bill line." msgstr "假设我收到了一批货物的关税账单。我会在供应商账单行的*到岸成本*上打勾。" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:37 msgid "The landed cost product must be of type service." msgstr "到岸成本产品必须为服务类型。" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:39 msgid "" "If this product is always a landed cost, you can also define it on the " "product and avoid having to tick the box on each vendor bill." msgstr "如果该产品始终为到岸成本，你可在产品上进行定义，避免在每张供应商账单上都要打勾。" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:45 msgid "" "At the top of my vendor bill, I’ll see a button *create landed costs*. I " "click on this button and a landed cost is automatically created. I can now " "decide on which picking those additional costs should apply." msgstr "在我的供应商账单顶部，可看到*创建到岸成本*按钮。点击该按钮，系统将自动创建到岸成本。现在，我可以决定哪些拣货适用于这些额外成本。" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:52 msgid "" "I can now click on *Compute* and go in the tab *Valuation Adjustments* to " "see the impact on my products costs. The last step is to validate the landed" " cost." msgstr "现在，我可以点击*计算*并前往*计价调整*，查看对我的产品成本的影响。最后一步是确认到岸成本。" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:56 msgid "" "I can access the journal entry that has been created by the landed cost by " "clicking on the journal entry." msgstr "点击日记账分录，即可访问到岸成本创建的日记账分录。" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:63 msgid "" "You are not forced to start from the vendor bill, you can also go in " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Landed Costs` and directly " "create the landed cost from there." msgstr "你并非必须从供应商账单开始，也可前往 :menuselection:`库存 --> 操作 --> 到岸成本`并在此直接创建到岸成本。" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:7 msgid "Inventory valuation configuration" msgstr "库存计价配置" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:7 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:5 msgid "" "Inventory valuation refers to how you value your stock. It’s a very " "important aspect of a business as the inventory can be the biggest asset of " "a company." msgstr "库存计价是指确定库存价值的方式。这对企业而言是一个非常重要的方面，因为库存可能是公司最大的资产。" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:13 msgid "Inventory valuation implies two main choices:" msgstr "库存计价包含两方面主要选择：" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:15 msgid "The cost method you use to value your goods (standard, fifo, avco)" msgstr "确定货物价值所用的成本法（标准价格、先进先出价格、加权平均价格）" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:16 msgid "" "The way you record this value into your accounting books (manually or " "automatically)" msgstr "将货物价值记入会计账簿的方式（手动或自动）" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:18 msgid "Those two concepts are explained in the sections below." msgstr "下面将具体介绍这两个概念。" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:21 msgid "Costing Methods: Standard, FIFO, AVCO" msgstr "计价方式：标准价格、先进先出价格、加权平均价格" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:23 msgid "" "The costing method is defined in the product category. There are three " "options available. Each of them is explained in detail below." msgstr "成本方法在产品类别中定义，有三种可选方法。下面将详细介绍每种方法。" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:71 msgid "Standard Price" msgstr "标准价格" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:34 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:79 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:127 msgid "Operation" msgstr "操作" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:35 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:80 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:128 msgid "Unit Cost" msgstr "单位成本" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:36 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:81 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:129 msgid "Qty On Hand" msgstr "在手数量" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:37 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:82 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:130 msgid "Delta Value" msgstr "差异值" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:38 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:83 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:131 msgid "Inventory Value" msgstr "库存价值" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:40 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:45 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:50 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:55 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:61 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:90 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:138 msgid "€10" msgstr "€10" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:41 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:86 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:134 msgid "0" msgstr "0" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:43 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:85 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:88 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:131 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:136 msgid "€0" msgstr "€0" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:44 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:89 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:137 msgid "Receive 8 Products at €10" msgstr "以€10的价格入库8个产品" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:46 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:91 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:139 msgid "8" msgstr "8" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:47 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:92 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:140 msgid "+8*€10" msgstr "+8 *€10" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:48 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:93 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:141 msgid "€80" msgstr "€80" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:49 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:94 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:142 msgid "Receive 4 Products at €16" msgstr "以€16的价格入库4个产品" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:51 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:96 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:144 msgid "12" msgstr "12" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:54 msgid "+4*€10" msgstr "+4 *€10" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:55 msgid "€120" msgstr "€120" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:54 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:99 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:147 msgid "Deliver 10 Products" msgstr "发货10片产品" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:56 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:101 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:149 msgid "2" msgstr "2" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 msgid "-10*€10" msgstr "-10 *€10" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:61 msgid "€20" msgstr "€20" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:62 msgid "Receive 2 Products at €9" msgstr "以€9的价格入库2个产品" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:62 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:107 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:155 msgid "4" msgstr "4" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:65 msgid "+2*€10" msgstr "+2 *€10" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:66 msgid "€40" msgstr "€40" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:68 msgid "" "In **Standard Price**, any product will be valued at the cost that you " "defined manually on the product form. Usually, this cost is an estimation " @@ -3841,123 +3267,123 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "在**标准价格**中，产品计价是你在产品表单中手动定义的成本。通常而言，这项成本根据获得产品所需的材料和人工进行估算。这项成本必须定期审核。" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:117 msgid "Average Price" msgstr "平均价格" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:95 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:100 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:143 msgid "€12" msgstr "€12" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:97 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:145 msgid "+4*€16" msgstr "+4 *€16" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:98 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:146 msgid "€144" msgstr "€144" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 msgid "-10*€12" msgstr "-10 *€12" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:106 msgid "€24" msgstr "€24" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:105 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:153 msgid "Receive 2 Products at €6" msgstr "以€6的价格收到2 个产品" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:108 msgid "€9" msgstr "€9" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:108 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:156 msgid "+2*€6" msgstr "+2 *€6" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:111 msgid "€36" msgstr "€36" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:113 msgid "" "In **AVCO (Average Cost)**, each product has the same value and this value " "is the average purchase cost of the product. With this costing method, the " "cost of the product is recomputed as each receipt." msgstr "在**AVCO（平均成本法）**中，每件产品的价值相等，是产品的平均采购成本。在这种成本计价方法中，产品成本在每次收货后重新计算。" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:117 msgid "The average cost does not change when products leave the warehouse." msgstr "当产品出库的时候平均价格不变。" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:168 msgid "FIFO" msgstr "先进先出(FIFO)" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:148 msgid "€16" msgstr "€16" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 msgid "-8*€10" msgstr "-8 *€10" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 msgid "-2*€16" msgstr "-2 *€16" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:152 msgid "€32" msgstr "€32" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:154 msgid "€11" msgstr "€11" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:157 msgid "€44" msgstr "€44" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:159 msgid "" "In **FIFO (First In First Out)**, the products are valued at their purchase " "cost. When a product leaves the stock, that’s the “First in, first out” rule" " that applies." msgstr "在**FIFO（先进先出价格法）**中，按产品的采购成本进行计价。当产品离开库存时，适用“先进先出”规则。" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:163 msgid "" "Pay attention, that this is a financial FIFO. The first value “in” is the " "first value “out”, no matter the storage location, warehouse or serial " "number." msgstr "注意，这是财务意义上的先进先出。首个“进入”的价值首先“出去”，而无论其储存位置、仓库或序列号。" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:167 msgid "" "FIFO is advised if you manage all your workflows into Odoo (Sales, " "Purchases, Inventory). It suits any kind of users." msgstr "如你在Odoo中管理所有工作流程（销售、采购、库存），则建议使用FIFO。它适合各种用户。" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:171 msgid "Inventory Valuation: Manual or Automated" msgstr "库存计价：手动或自动" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:173 msgid "" "There are two ways to record your inventory valuation in your accounting " "books. As the costing method, this is defined in your product category. " "Those two methods are detailed below." msgstr "将库存价值记入会计账簿的方式有两种。成本法在你的产品类别中定义。这两种记账方法具体如下。" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:177 msgid "" "It is important to also note that the accounting entries will depend on your" " accounting mode: it can be continental or anglo-saxon. In continental " @@ -3969,21 +3395,19 @@ msgstr "" "需要注意的是，会计分录取决于你的会计模式：欧洲大陆模式或盎格鲁-撒克逊模式。对于欧洲大陆模式，在产品入库后立即将货物成本计入。对于盎格鲁-" "撒克逊模式，只有当货物向最终客户开具发票后，其成本才会被计为支出。你可通过下表轻松比较这两种会计模式。" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:185 msgid "" "Usually, based on your country, the correct accounting mode will be chosen " "by default. If you want to verify your accounting mode, activate the " -":doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` and open " -"your accounting settings." +":doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>` and open your " +"accounting settings." msgstr "" -"一般来说，根据你所在国家，系统会默认选择正确的会计模式。如你想验证会计模式，请激活:doc:`开发人员模式 " -"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`并打开你的会计设置。" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:191 msgid "Manual Inventory Valuation" msgstr "手动库存计价" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:193 msgid "" "In this case, goods receipts and deliveries won’t have any direct impact on " "your accounting books. Periodically, you create a manual journal entry " @@ -3993,263 +3417,263 @@ msgstr "" "在这种情况下，收货和发货不会对你的会计账簿产生任何直接影响。你可定期创建手动日记账分录，代表库存产品的价值。如要查看库存价值，前往 " ":menuselection:`库存 --> 报告 --> 库存计价`。" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:196 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:198 msgid "" "This is the default configuration in Odoo and it works out-of-the-box. Check" " following operations and find out how Odoo is managing the accounting " "postings." msgstr "这是Odoo中默认的配置并且可以拿来即用。检查以下作业并查看Odoo如何管理会计过账。" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:201 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:360 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:362 msgid "Continental Accounting" msgstr "大陆会计法" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:218 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:294 msgid "Vendor Bill" msgstr "供应商账单" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:209 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:226 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:260 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:282 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:300 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:339 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:341 msgid "\\" msgstr "\\" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:209 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:226 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:260 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:282 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:300 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:339 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:341 msgid "Debit" msgstr "借方" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:209 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:226 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:260 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:282 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:300 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:339 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:341 msgid "Credit" msgstr "贷方" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:211 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:262 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:286 msgid "Assets: Inventory" msgstr "资产 :存货" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:211 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:286 msgid "50" msgstr "50" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:212 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:287 msgid "Assets: Deferred Tax Assets" msgstr "资产 :递延税项资产" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:212 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:287 msgid "4.68" msgstr "4.68" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:213 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:288 msgid "Liabilities: Accounts Payable" msgstr "负债 :应付账款" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:213 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:288 msgid "54.68" msgstr "54.68" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:218 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:236 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:292 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:311 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:294 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:313 msgid "Configuration:" msgstr "配置 :" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:217 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:292 msgid "" "Purchased Goods: defined on the product or on the internal category of " "related product (Expense Account field)" msgstr "材料采购科目 :在产品或者产品的产品所属的内部分类上设置(费用科目字段)。" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:218 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:294 msgid "" "Deferred Tax Assets: defined on the tax used on the purchase order line" msgstr "递延税资产 :在采购订单行上使用的税上设置" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:219 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:293 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:295 msgid "Accounts Payable: defined on the vendor related to the bill" msgstr "应付账款 :定义在账单相关的供应商" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:220 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:294 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:296 msgid "Goods Receptions" msgstr "货物接收" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:221 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:241 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:243 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:295 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:316 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:297 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:320 msgid "No Journal Entry" msgstr "没有会计分录" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:238 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:313 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:315 msgid "Customer Invoice" -msgstr "客户发票" +msgstr "客户结算单" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:228 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:230 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:304 msgid "Revenues: Sold Goods" msgstr "收入 :销售货物" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:228 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:230 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:304 msgid "100" msgstr "100" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:229 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:303 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:305 msgid "Liabilities: Deferred Tax Liabilities" msgstr "负债 :递延税项负债" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:229 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:303 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:305 msgid "9" msgstr "9" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:230 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:306 msgid "Assets: Accounts Receivable" msgstr "资产 :应收账款" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:230 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:306 msgid "109" msgstr "109" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:234 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:308 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:310 msgid "" "Revenues: defined on the product or on the internal category of related " "product (Income Account field)" msgstr "收入 :在产品或者产品所属种类的页面设置(收入科目字段)" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:235 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:310 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:312 msgid "Deferred Tax Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line" msgstr "递延税项负债 :在发票行上使用的税上设置" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:236 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:311 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:313 msgid "Accounts Receivable: defined on the customer (Receivable Account)" msgstr "应收账款 : 定义在客户(应收科目)" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:238 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:313 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:315 msgid "" "The fiscal position used on the invoice may have a rule that replaces the " "Income Account or the tax defined on the product by another one." msgstr "发票上所使用的财政状况可能有替代收入账户或另外一个在产品定义的税收规则。" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:240 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:317 msgid "Customer Shipping" msgstr "客户发货" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:243 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:320 msgid "Manufacturing Orders" msgstr "制造订单" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:249 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:324 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:251 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:326 msgid "" "At the end of the month/year, your company does a physical inventory or just" " relies on the inventory in Odoo to value the stock into your books." msgstr "在月／年末, 依靠公司盘点或者只是依赖于Odoo中的库存来计算库存价值并入账。" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:254 msgid "" "Create a journal entry to move the stock variation value from your " "Profit&Loss section to your assets." msgstr "创建一笔会计分录把库存变动值从盈利／损失部分移动到资产。" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:262 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:263 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:341 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:342 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:343 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:343 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:345 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:346 msgid "X" msgstr "X" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:265 msgid "Expenses: Inventory Variations" msgstr "费用 :存货变动" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:268 msgid "" "If the stock value decreased, the **Inventory** account is credited and te " "**Inventory Variations** debited." -msgstr "如果库存价值减少, 贷 **库存** 科目, 借 **库存变动** 科目。" +msgstr "如果库存量减少, 则会将 **库存** 帐户记入贷方，并扣除 **库存变化** 。" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:274 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:387 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:389 msgid "Anglo-Saxon Accounting" msgstr "盎格鲁撒克逊会计" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:327 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:329 msgid "" "Then you need to break down the purchase balance into both the inventory and" " the cost of goods sold using the following formula:" msgstr "然后你需要适应以下公式把采购产品的余额分成库存和货物销售的成本 :" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:330 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:332 msgid "" "Cost of goods sold (COGS) = Starting inventory value + Purchases – Closing " "inventory value" msgstr "销售货物的成本 (COGS) = 期初库存价值 + 采购产品 – 期末库存价值" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:334 msgid "To update the stock valuation in your books, record such an entry:" msgstr "要在账簿中更新存货计价, 记录一笔分录 :" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:341 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:343 msgid "Assets: Inventory (closing value)" msgstr "资产 :库存(期末余额)" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:344 msgid "Expenses: Cost of Good Sold" msgstr "费用 :货物销售成本" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:343 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:345 msgid "Expenses: Purchased Goods" msgstr "费用 :采购货物" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:346 msgid "Assets: Inventory (starting value)" msgstr "资产 :存货(期初值)" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:350 msgid "Automated Inventory Valuation" msgstr "自动库存计价" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:352 msgid "" "In that case, when a product enters or leaves your stock, an accounting " "entry will be automatically created. This means your accounting books are " @@ -4259,120 +3683,120 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "在这种情况下，产品入库或出库时，将自动创建会计分录。这就意味着你的会计账簿始终保持更新。这种模式仅适用于专家会计和高级用户。与定期计价不同，它需要一些额外配置和测试。" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:356 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:358 msgid "" "First, you need to define the accounts that will be used for those " "accounting entries. This is done on the product category." msgstr "首先，你需要定义用于这些会计分录的科目。这可在产品类别中进行操作。" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:372 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:399 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:374 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:401 msgid "**Configuration:**" msgstr " **配置 :** " -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:374 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:401 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:376 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:403 msgid "Accounts Receivable/Payable: defined on the partner (Accounting tab)" msgstr "应收／应付账款: 定义在业务伙伴(会计页卡)" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:376 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:403 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:378 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:405 msgid "" "Deferred Tax Assets/Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line" msgstr "递延税项资产或者负债 :定义在发票行上使用的税中。" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:378 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:380 msgid "" "Revenues/Expenses: defined by default on product's internal category; can be" " also set in product form (Accounting tab) as a replacement value." msgstr "营收/费用 : 默认的在产品的内部分类中定义, 也能在产品页面(会计页面)作为一个特定的值定义。" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:381 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:383 msgid "" "Inventory Variations: to set as Stock Input/Output Account in product's " "internal category" msgstr "库存变动科目 :在内部产品类别的库存入库／出库科目处进行设置" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:384 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:419 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:386 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:421 msgid "" "Inventory: to set as Stock Valuation Account in product's internal category" msgstr "存货 :在产品的内部种类中设置为库存价值科目" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:406 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:408 msgid "" "Revenues: defined on the product category as a default, or specifically to a" " specific product." msgstr "收入：在产品类别中定义为默认，或针对特定产品具体定义。" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:409 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:411 msgid "" "Expenses: this is where you should set the \"Cost of Goods Sold\" account. " "Defined on the product category as a default value, or specifically on the " "product form." msgstr "费用：你应在此设置“已售出商品的成本”科目。在产品类别中定义为默认值，或在产品表单中具体定义。" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:413 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:415 msgid "" "Goods Received Not Purchased: to set as Stock Input Account in product's " "internal category" msgstr "已收货但没有采购的, 设置为产品内部种类上的入库科目" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:416 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:418 msgid "" "Goods Issued Not Invoiced: to set as Stock Output Account in product's " "internal category" msgstr "已发货但是还没有开票的货物 :在产品内部种类上设置为出库科目。" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:421 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:423 msgid "" "Price Difference: to set in product's internal category or in product form " "as a specific replacement value" msgstr "价格差异 :在产品或者产品的内部种类上设置形成一个特定替代值。" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:3 msgid "Using the inventory valuation" msgstr "使用库存计价" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:9 msgid "" "In this documentation, we will explain how the inventory valuation works in " "Odoo." msgstr "在本文档中，我们将说明Odoo如何进行库存计价。" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:13 msgid "Inventory valuation: the basics" msgstr "库存计价：基本知识" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:16 msgid "Receive a product" msgstr "接收产品" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:18 msgid "" "Each time a product enters or leaves your stock, the value of your inventory" " is impacted. The way it is impacted depends on the configuration of your " "product (more info here)." msgstr "产品每次入库或出库，库存价值都会受到影响。其影响方式取决于你的产品的配置（在此查看更多信息）。" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:22 msgid "" "Let’s take an example with a product - a table - configured with a *FIFO " "costing method* and an automated inventory valuation." msgstr "举例来说，我们的产品是一张餐桌，配置为*FIFO成本计价法*及自动库存计价。" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:25 msgid "I purchase 10 tables at a cost of $10." msgstr "我以每张$10的价格购买10张餐桌。" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:30 msgid "" "When I’ll confirm the receipt of the products, the value of my inventory " "will be impacted. If I want to know what this impact is, I can click on the " "valuation stat button." msgstr "当我确认收到产品时，我的库存价值受到影响。如果我想了解具体的影响，则可点击价值统计按钮。" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:35 msgid "" "The consignment feature allows you to set owners on your stock (discover " "more about the consignment feature). When you receive products that are " @@ -4380,37 +3804,37 @@ msgid "" "valuation." msgstr "代销功能可用于设置库存所有者（更多了解代销功能）。如你收到的产品属于其他公司，它们将不会被计入库存计价。" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:44 msgid "You need access rights on the accounting module to see that button." msgstr "你需有会计模块的访问权限才能看到这个按钮。" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:46 msgid "" "In this case, I can see that the 10 tables entered the stock for a total " "value of $100." msgstr "在这种情况下，我看到入库的10张餐桌总价值为$100。" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:52 msgid "" "I can also easily access the accounting entry that has been generated (in " "case of automated inventory valuation)." msgstr "我还可访问生成的会计分录（如选择自动库存计价）。" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:59 msgid "Deliver a product" msgstr "产品发货" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:61 msgid "" "In the same logic, when a table will be delivered, the stock valuation will " "be impacted and you will have access to a similar information." msgstr "按照相同的逻辑，餐桌发货后，库存计价将受到影响，你也可访问类似的信息。" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:68 msgid "The inventory valuation report" msgstr "库存计价报告" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:70 msgid "" "The summary of this is accessible via the inventory valuation report " "(accessible from :menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Inventory " @@ -4421,22 +3845,22 @@ msgstr "" "你可访问库存计价报告摘要（路径 :menuselection:`库存 --> 报告 --> " "库存计价`）。报告将分产品显示库存价值。点击*按日期显示库存*按钮，你还可查看过去日期的同类信息。" -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses.rst:3 msgid "Warehouses" msgstr "仓库" -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:3 msgid "What is the difference between warehouses and locations?" msgstr "仓库和位置之间的差别是什么？" -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:5 msgid "" "In Odoo, a **Warehouse** is the actual building/place in which your items " "are stocked. You can setup multiple warehouses and create moves between " "warehouses." -msgstr "在Odoo中, 在Odoo中 **仓库** 是你存放货物的实际的建筑／地方。你可以设置多仓库并在不同的仓库质检调拨。" +msgstr "在Odoo中 **仓库** 是你存放货物的实际的建筑／地方。你可以设置多仓库并在不同的仓库质检调拨。" -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:9 msgid "" "A **Location**, is a specific space within your warehouse. It can be " "considered as a sublocation of your warehouse, as a shelf, a floor, an " @@ -4447,11 +3871,11 @@ msgstr "" " **库位** 是仓库中的一个特定的位置。它可以被认为是仓库的下级, 一个货架, 一层楼, 一个通道, 等等。因此, 一个库位只能是你的仓库的一部分, " "不能把一个库位和多个仓库链接起来。在一个仓库下你可以配置足够多的库位。" -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:15 msgid "There are 3 types of locations:" msgstr "有3种类型的位置 :" -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:17 msgid "" "The **Physical Locations** are internal locations that are part of the " "warehouses for which you are the owner. They can be the loading and " @@ -4459,14 +3883,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" " **物理库位** 是你所拥有的仓库中的内部库位, 是你的仓库的一部分。它们可以是仓库中的装货区域, 卸货区域, 货架或者一个区域, 等等。" -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:21 msgid "" "The **Partner Locations** are spaces within a customer and/or vendor's " "warehouse. They work the same way as Physical Locations with the only " "difference being that you are not the owner of the warehouse." msgstr " **业务伙伴库位** 是客户和／或供应商仓库中的位置。它们和物理库位的使用一样, 只不过这些库位的所有者不是你。" -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:25 msgid "" "The **Virtual Locations** are places that do not exist, but in which " "products can be placed when they are not physically in an inventory yet (or " @@ -4477,7 +3901,7 @@ msgstr "" " **虚拟库位** 是指在你仓库中没有实际物理地方的位置, 但是库存中没有实际存放(或是不再有)的产品可以放置在这里。当你要把产品移出你的库存(在 " "**盘点库位** ), 或者要计算那些已经采购但是还在路途中( **补货库位** )没有到你的仓库的产品的数量的时候, 就可以很方便的使用这种库位。" -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:31 msgid "" "In Odoo, locations are structured hierarchically. You can structure your " "locations as a tree, dependent on a parent-child relationship. This gives " @@ -4487,334 +3911,19 @@ msgstr "" "在Odoo中, 库位按照级别进行架构组织。根据库位之间的父－子关系, " "你可以把库位配置为一个树形结构。这能让你对库存操作进行详细的分析以及对仓库进行更好的管理。" -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:37 -msgid ":doc:`warehouse_creation`" -msgstr ":doc:`warehouse_creation` " - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:38 -msgid ":doc:`location_creation`" -msgstr ":doc:`location_creation` " - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:3 -msgid "Create a New Location" -msgstr "创建新库位" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In order to be able to create different locations, you will need to activate" -" *Multi-Locations* in the settings which can be done from the " -":menuselection:`Inventory application --> Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "为了创建不同库位，你需要前往 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 设置`，然后启用*多库位*。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:15 -msgid "" -"In the *Inventory application*, you can now go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations` and hit *Create* in order to " -"create a new location." -msgstr "在*库存应用程序*中，前往 :menuselection:`配置 --> 库位`并点击*创建*，以创建新库位。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Type the name of the location in the *Location Name* field, and select the " -"*Parent Location* in the list. The parent location can be a physical, " -"partner or virtual location, and you can add as many sub-locations as needed" -" to a location." -msgstr "" -"在*库位名称*字段中键入库位名称，然后在列表中选择*上级库位*。上级库位可以是物理库位、合作伙伴库位或虚拟库位，然后你可以按照需要添加足够多的下级库位。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:29 -msgid "" -"In case you want the location to be suggested when creating a Return or when" -" Scrapping a product, you should check *Is a Scrap Location?* and *Is a " -"Return Location?*." -msgstr "如你希望在创建退货或报废产品时收到库位提示，你应勾选*是报废品库位吗？*和*是退货库位吗？*。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:33 -msgid "" -"If you have the *Barcode* application installed, you can specify the barcode" -" which will correspond to this location." -msgstr "如果安装了*条码*应用程序，你可指定这个库位对应的条码。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:37 -msgid "" -"A warehouse also corresponds to a location. As the locations are " -"hierarchical, Odoo will create the parent location of the warehouse, " -"containing all the sublocations in it." -msgstr "一个仓库和一个库位对应, 因为库位是分级的, Odoo会自动的创建一个仓库的父库位, 随后所有的库位在该库位下。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:3 -msgid "Create a New Warehouse" -msgstr "创建新仓库" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In order to create a new warehouse, you should activate the *Multi-" -"Warehouse* settings. Note that the *Multi-Locations* settings will be " -"automatically activated at the same time." -msgstr "如要创建新仓库，你应启用*多仓库*设置。注意，与此同时将自动启用*多库位*设置。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:12 -msgid "" -"In order to do so, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration" -" --> Settings`." -msgstr "为此，前往 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 设置`。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:18 -msgid "" -"You can then go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " -"Warehouses` and hit *Create* to add a new warehouse." -msgstr "你可前往 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 仓库`并点击*创建*，以添加新仓库。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:24 -msgid "" -"You will be able to enter your warehouse name. You should also choose a " -"short name for your warehouse which is 5-characters long and is used on the " -"different warehouse documents." -msgstr "你可输入仓库名称。你还需为仓库选择一个5个字符的缩写名称，它将用于不同的仓库文件。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:28 -msgid "" -"In the Address field, you can select an existing company or create one on-" -"the-go. Therefore, the address of your warehouse will be the same as the one" -" of the company you selected. You can also leave this field empty and edit " -"it afterward." -msgstr "" -"在地址字段，你可以选择一个系统存在的公司或者顺手创建一个新公司。因此，你的仓库的地址将与你所选公司的地址一样。你还可以把该字段留空，然后稍后进行编辑。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:36 -msgid "" -"After the creation of your new warehouse, you can go back to the *Dashboard*" -" and you will see the new operation types automatically created by Odoo due " -"to the creation of a new warehouse." -msgstr "在创建新仓库后，你可返回*仪表板*，你将看到Odoo根据创建的新仓库自动创建的新作业类型。" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process.rst:3 -msgid "Process Overview" -msgstr "过程概览" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:3 -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:25 -msgid "Deliver Products from Stock" -msgstr "从库存发货" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:6 -msgid "Create Storable/Consumable Products" -msgstr "创建可库存/消耗产品" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:8 -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:5 -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The first step to use the inventory application is to create products in " -"your database via the menu :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products`. Click " -"the Create button and enter the name of your product." -msgstr "" -"使用库存应用程序的第一步是通过 :menuselection:`主数据 --> 产品`，在数据库中创建产品。点击创建按钮并输入你的产品名称。" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:15 -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:12 -msgid "" -"In case you set the product as *storable*, you will track the stock for this" -" product and know how many units are in stock and what is the forecasted " -"number of units. If you want to include a product on receipts/deliveries but" -" don’t need to track its stock, you can set it as *consumable*." -msgstr "" -"如你将产品设置为*可库存*，你可追踪此产品的库存，知晓库存中产品件数及预测件数。如果你想加入产品收货/发货，但无需追踪其库存，则可设置为*消耗品*。" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Once you have existing products, you can decide to create a delivery to " -"deliver products to your customers. The process in order to do so is " -"described in the following print screens." -msgstr "如你已有产品，则可决定创建交货单，将产品交给客户。以下屏幕截图描述了执行此操作的过程 。" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:37 -msgid "" -"On the delivery order, you can specify to whom the products will be " -"delivered along with the different products and their respective quantities." -" When the delivery is complete you can hit *Validate* and the products will " -"go out of your stock." -msgstr "在交货单上，你可指定收货人、不同的产品及各自的数量。完成后，你可点击*确认*，产品将进入你的库存。" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:45 -msgid "" -"In case you have a delivery that is planned but shouldn’t be immediately " -"validated, you can create a *planned delivery* with a scheduled date in the " -"future. You can indicate the initial demand for each product, corresponding " -"to what has been ordered by your customer. Once the document is filled in, " -"you can hit “Mark as to do” in order to consider it in your product " -"forecasts." -msgstr "" -"如你已计划交货单，但不应马上确认，你可创建*计划发货*并设定未来的日期。你可根据客户下单情况，指明每种产品的初始需求。在文件填写完毕后，你可点击“标记为待办事项”，以便将其计入产品预测。" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:51 -msgid "" -"The default setting is the immediate transfer where you do not need to “Mark" -" as to do” and “Check availability” when delivering a product." -msgstr "默认设置为立即调拨，因此你无需“标记为待办事项”并在发货时*检查可用性*。" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:54 -msgid "Deliver Products from Stock from a Sale Order" -msgstr "按销售订单从库存发货" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:56 -msgid "" -"If you have the *Sales* application installed, delivery can be directly " -"created by *validating a quotation*. You will be able to find the " -"corresponding delivery directly on the *sale order*." -msgstr "如你安装了*销售*应用程序，可*确认报价*并直接创建交货单。你在*销售订单*上可直接找到对应的交货操作。" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:3 -msgid "Set your Initial Stock" -msgstr "设置初始库存" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Set the product as *storable*, in order to track the stock for this product " -"and be able to include it in an inventory adjustment." -msgstr "将产生设置为*可库存*，以追踪该产品的库存并将它纳入库存调整。" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:19 -msgid "Inventory Adjustment for Multiple Products" -msgstr "多种产品的库存调整" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Once you have created all your *storable products*, you can create an " -"*inventory adjustment* to determine their current stock level in Odoo. You " -"therefore need to go to :menuselection:`Operations --> Inventory " -"Adjustments` and create a new one." -msgstr "" -"在创建完毕所有*可库存产品*后，你可创建*库存调整*，以判断它们在Odoo中的当前库存水平。因此，你需要前往 :menuselection:`作业 " -"--> 库存调整`，并创建新的库存调整。" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:29 -msgid "" -"You have to enter a title for your *inventory adjustment* and you can then " -"decide if you want to proceed to the *inventory adjustment* of all products " -"or only some of them. For a first *inventory adjustment*, I suggest you to " -"keep the *Products* field empty. You can then *Start Inventory*." -msgstr "" -"你必须为*库存调整*键入标题，然后决定对所有或仅部分产品进行*库存调整*。对于首次*库存调整*，我建议你将*产品*字段留空。然后可*开始库存*。" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:38 -msgid "" -"If you already have some products in stock, Odoo will add the lines with the" -" theoretical quantity currently in stock. You can also add new lines with " -"your other products." -msgstr "如果库存中已有一些产品，Odoo将在库存现有的理论数量上添加新行。你也可为其他产品添加新行。" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:46 -msgid "" -"If your products are tracked by Serial/Lot numbers, you will have an " -"additional column allowing you to specify those for the different units " -"added to the inventory adjustment." -msgstr "如果你按序列号/批号追踪产品，你可增加一列，用于指定添加到库存调整各种不同的产品单位。" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Odoo will highlight in red the lines for which there is a difference between" -" the theoretical quantity on hand, which is automatically computed by the " -"system, and the counted quantity you manually entered. Once all the " -"necessary products have been entered, you can hit *Validate Inventory* and " -"the quantities on hand of your different products will be updated." -msgstr "" -"Odoo将以红色行突出显示库存的理论数量、系统自动计算数量和手动输入数量之间的差异。在输入所有必要的产品后，你可点击*确认库存*，系统将更新不同产品现有的数量。" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:58 -msgid "Inventory Adjustment for one Product" -msgstr "一种产品的库存调整" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:60 -msgid "" -"On each storable product, you have access to the *Update Quantity* button." -msgstr "你可通过*更新数量*按钮，对每种可库存产品进行操作。" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:66 -msgid "" -"When clicking this button, you see the current stock you have for this " -"product. You can edit the existing lines or create new ones to add stock of " -"your product in different locations and/or add new serial/lot numbers." -msgstr "点击此按钮，你将看到这种产品的当前库存。你可编辑现有产品行，或创建新行并添加不同库位的产品库存和/或添加新序列号/批号。" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:74 -msgid "" -"Once you come back to your product, you see that the quantity on hand as " -"been updated taking your modification into account." -msgstr "返回产品页面后，你可看到现有的产品数量已根据你的修改进行更新。" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:81 -msgid "" -"If you work with product variants, the quantity on hand will show you the " -"total quantity in stock for the product template, taking the different " -"variants into account." -msgstr "如你有不同产品变体，现有的产品数量将考虑产品不同变体，显示该产品模板的库存总量。" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:85 -msgid "" -"By default, the quantity on hand of the product form will show you the " -"number of products that are part of your warehouse view location, meaning " -"which are part of an internal type sub-location of this warehouse. It means " -"that if you have any product in a location that isn’t under the main " -"warehouse location, they won’t appear in the stock on hand stat button." -msgstr "" -"默认情况下，产品表单上的数量将显示仓库视图库位的产品数量，意味着这些产品是该仓库内部类型子库位的一部分。也就是说，如果在并非主仓库库位上有任何产品，它们就不会出现在库存统计按钮上。" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:3 -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:22 -msgid "Receive Products in Stock" -msgstr "在库存接收产品" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Once you have existing products, you can decide to create a receipt to enter" -" products from your supplier in stock. The process in order to do so is " -"described in the following print screens." -msgstr "如你已有产品，则可决定创建收货文件，将来自供应商的产品入库。以下屏幕截图描述了执行此操作的过程 。" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:34 -msgid "" -"On the receipt document, you can select the quantity of the different " -"products you receive and the supplier from who you received them. When the " -"receipt is complete, you can hit *Validate* and the products will enter your" -" stock." -msgstr "在收货文件上，你可选择你接收的不同产品数量及产品的供应商。收货完成后，你可点击*确认*，产品将进入你的库存。" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:42 -msgid "" -"In case you have a receipt that is planned but shouldn’t be immediately " -"validated, you can create a *planned receipt* with a scheduled date in the " -"future. You can indicate the initial demand for each product, corresponding " -"to what has been ordered to your supplier. Once the document is filled in, " -"you can hit “Mark as to do” in order to consider it in your product " -"forecasts." -msgstr "" -"如你已计划收货，但不应马上确认，你可创建*计划收货*并设定未来的日期。你可根据向供应商下单的情况，指明每种产品的初始需求。在文件填写完毕后，你可点击“标记为待办事项”，以便将其计入产品预测。" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:56 -msgid "Receive Products in Stock from Purchase Orders" -msgstr "按采购订单在库存收货" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:58 -msgid "" -"If you have the *Purchase* application installed, receipts can be directly " -"created by validating a *request for quotation*. You will be able to find " -"the corresponding receipt directly on the *purchase order*." -msgstr "如你安装了*采购*应用程序，可*确认报价*并直接创建收货文件。你在*采购订单*上可直接找到对应的收货操作。" - -#: ../../inventory/routes.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes.rst:3 msgid "Advanced Routes" msgstr "高级路线" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts.rst:3 msgid "Concepts" msgstr "概念" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:3 msgid "Organize a cross-dock in a warehouse" msgstr "在仓库中组织交叉转运" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:5 msgid "" "Cross-docking is the process of sending products that are received directly " "to the customers, without making them enter the stock. The trucks are simply" @@ -4822,26 +3931,26 @@ msgid "" "another truck." msgstr "交叉转运是指将收到的产品直接发给客户，而不让产品入库。卡车只需在*交叉转运*区卸货，以便重新整理产品并装到另一辆卡车上。" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:11 msgid "" "For more information on how to organize your warehouse, read our blog: `What" " is cross-docking and is it for me? <https://www.odoo.com/blog/business-" "hacks-1/post/what-is-cross-docking-and-is-it-for-me-270>`__" msgstr "" -"关于如何组织仓库的更多信息，阅读博客：`什么是交叉转运？我适合使用交叉转运吗？ <https://www.odoo.com/blog/business-" -"hacks-1/post/what-is-cross-docking-and-is-it-for-me-270>`__" +"关于如何组织你的仓库的更多信息，阅读博客：`什么是交叉转运？我适合使用交叉转运吗？ <https://www.odoo.com/blog" +"/business-hacks-1/post/what-is-cross-docking-and-is-it-for-me-270>`__" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:16 msgid "" "In the *Inventory* app, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and" " activate the *Multi-Step Routes*." msgstr "在*库存*应用程序中，打开 :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置`并启用*多步路线*。" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:22 msgid "Doing so will also enable the *Storage Locations* feature." msgstr "这样还将启用*储存位置*功能。" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:24 msgid "" "Now, both *Incoming* and *Outgoing* shipments should be configured to work " "with 2 steps. To adapt the configuration, go to :menuselection:`Inventory " @@ -4849,17 +3958,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "现在，*入向*和*出向*的货物都可配置为2步完成。如要调整配置，前往 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 仓库`并编辑你的仓库。" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:31 msgid "" "This modification will lead to the creation of a *Cross-Docking* route that " "can be found in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`." msgstr "前往 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 路线`，这项修改将创建*交叉转运*路线。" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:38 msgid "Configure products with Cross-Dock Route" msgstr "配置产品的交叉转运路线" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:40 msgid "" "Create the product that uses the *Cross-Dock Route* and then, in the " "inventory tab, select the routes *Buy* and *Cross-Dock*. Now, in the " @@ -4868,7 +3977,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "创建使用*交叉转运路线*的产品，然后，在库存选项卡中，选择*购买*和*交叉转运*路线。现在，在采购选项卡中，指定向其采购产品的供应商并设定价格。" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:48 msgid "" "Once done, create a sale order for the product and confirm it. Odoo will " "automatically create two transfers which will be linked to the sale order. " @@ -4880,201 +3989,199 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "完成后，为产品创建销售订单并确认。Odoo将自动创建与销售订单关联的两项调拨操作。第一项是从*入货库位*到*出货库位*的调拨操作，对应将产品移至*交叉转运*区域。第二项是从*出货库位*到*客户库位*的发货单。两者状态都是*等待其他作业*，因为你还需要向供应商订购产品。" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:56 msgid "" "Now, go to the *Purchase* app. There, you will find the purchase order that " "has been automatically triggered by the system. Validate it and receive the " "products in the *Input Location*." msgstr "现在，前往*采购*应用程序。你可找到系统自动触发的采购订单。确认该订单，并在*入货库位*接收产品。" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:64 msgid "" "When the products have been received from the supplier, you can go back to " "your initial sale order and validate the internal transfer from *Input* to " "*Output*." msgstr "当从供应商处接收产品后，你可返回初始采购订单，并将内部调拨从*入货*变为*出货*。" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:72 msgid "" "The delivery order is now ready to be processed and can be validated too." msgstr "交货单现已准备好，你可处理并确认交货单。" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:3 -msgid "How to do inter-warehouses transfers?" -msgstr "如何做仓库间调拨？" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:5 -msgid "" -"If you own different warehouses you might want to transfer goods from one " -"warehouse to the other. This is very easy thanks to the inventory " -"application in Odoo." -msgstr "如果有不同的仓库, 并且想在不同仓库间调拨货物。因为有了Odoo这些变得都很容易。" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:12 -msgid "" -"First of all you have to select the multi locations option. Go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the **Inventory " -"application**. Then tick the **Manage several locations per warehouse** " -"option. Please don't forget to **apply** your changes." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:3 +msgid "Inter-warehouse transfers" msgstr "" -"首先需要选择多库位选项 :menuselection:`在 **库存模块** 中的 `配置 --> 设置` 。然后勾选 **仓库进行多库位管理** " -"选项。不要忘了勾选之后点击 **应用** 。" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:5 msgid "" -"This option should also be ticked if you wish to manage different locations " -"and routes in your warehouse." -msgstr "如果想在你的仓库中管理多库位以及路线就需要勾选该选项。" +"When owning several warehouses, you might need to transfer goods from one " +"warehouse to another. Proceeding to such behavior is called *inter-warehouse" +" transfers*. If this action is physically easy to perform, the " +"administrative part can be arduous. Fortunately, Odoo comes with an " +"intuitive flow that helps save time when registering those transfers." +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:13 +msgid "" +"First of all, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable " +"**Storage Locations**. Then, hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:21 +msgid "" +"If you want to manage several routes within your warehouses, then enable " +"**Multi-Step Routes** and check :doc:`use-routes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:25 msgid "Creating a new warehouse" msgstr "创建一个新的仓库" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:27 msgid "" -"The next step is to create your new warehouse. In the Inventory application " -"click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> " -"Warehouses`. You are now able to create your warehouse by clicking on " -"**Create**." +"The next step is to create your new warehouse. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> Warehouses` and " +"click on **Create**." msgstr "" -"下一步是创建新的仓库, 在库存模块, 点击 :menuselection:`配置 -->仓库管理 -->仓库` 。现在就可以通过点击 **创建** " -"创建新的仓库。" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:30 msgid "" -"Fill in a **Warehouse Name** and a **Short Name**. The short name is 5 " +"Fill out a **Warehouse Name** and a **Short Name**. The short name is five " "characters maximum." -msgstr "输入仓库名称和一个简称, 简称最多只能5个字。" +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:37 msgid "" -"Please note that the **Short Name** is very important as it will appear on " -"your transfer orders and other warehouse documents. It might be smart to use" -" an understandable one (e.g.: WH/[first letters of location])." -msgstr "请注意，**简称**非常重要，它会出现在调拨单和其他仓库单据上。使用容易理解的简称（例如：WH[库位的首字母]）是明智的做法。" +"The **Short Name** appears on your transfer orders and other warehouse " +"documents. We recommend using an understandable one (e.g.: WH/[first letters" +" of location])." +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:40 msgid "" -"If you go back to your dashboard, new operations will automatically have " -"been generated for your new warehouse." -msgstr "如果你回到仪表盘, 新的仓库会自动的生成作业类型。" +"Now, go back to your dashboard. There, new operations related to your " +"warehouse have been automatically generated." +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:48 msgid "Creating a new inventory" msgstr "创建一个新的库存" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:50 msgid "" -"If you create a new warehouse you might already have an existing physical " -"inventory in it. In that case you should create an inventory in Odoo, if not" -" you can skip this step." +"If you create a new warehouse, you might already have an existing inventory " +"in it. In that case, you should create an inventory in Odoo. If this is not " +"the case, you can skip this step." msgstr "" -"如果你创建了一个新的仓库, 你可能在此之前已经有一些实际的库存。这样的话你就需在Odoo中创建一个盘点。如果没有库存的话, 就可以跳过该步骤。" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:53 msgid "" -"Go into the inventory application, select :menuselection:`Inventory Control " -"--> Inventory Adjustment`. You can then create a new inventory by clicking " -"on **Create**. Fill in the **Inventory Reference**, **Date** and be sure to " +"Into the inventory application, select :menuselection:`Operations --> " +"Inventory Adjustment`. Then, create a new inventory by clicking on " +"**Create**. Fill in the **Inventory Reference**, **Date** and make sure to " "select the right warehouse and location." msgstr "" -"进入库存管理应用模块, 选择 :menuselection:`库存控制 --> 库存调整` 。通过点击 **创建** 创建新的盘点。在 **盘点参照**" -" , **日期** 中输入内容并确保选择正确的仓库和库位。" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:61 msgid "" -"Next, click on **Start Inventory**. A new window will open where you will be" -" able to input your existing products. Select add an item and indicate the " -"**Real Quantity** available in the warehouse. The theoretical quantity can " -"not be changed as it represents a computed quantity from purchase and sales " -"orders." +"Next, click on **Start Inventory**. You will be able to input your existing " +"products in the new window. Select add an item and indicate the **Real " +"Quantity** available in the warehouse. The theoretical quantity can not be " +"changed as it represents a computed one from purchase and sales orders." msgstr "" -"接下啦, 点击 **开始盘点** 。会弹出一个你可以输入当前产品的窗口。选择添加新的条目并确认仓库中的 **实际数量** 。理论数量不能更改, " -"因为它代表着采购和销售相关的计算数量。" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:71 msgid "" -"Don't forget to validate your inventory once you have recorder the state of " -"all yours product." -msgstr "一旦记录了所有的产品, 不要忘了校验你的库存。" +"Don't forget to validate your inventory once you have recorded the state of " +"all your products." +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:74 msgid "Create an internal transfer" msgstr "创建内部调拨" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:76 msgid "" -"The final step is to create your internal transfer. If you want to tranfer 2" -" units of a product from your first warehouse to another one in Brussels, " -"proceed as follows:" -msgstr "最后一步就是创建内部调拨。如果你想把2片产品从第一个产品呢转移到布鲁塞尔的另外一个仓库, 可以按照以下步骤 :" +"The final step is to create your internal transfer. If you want to transfer " +"eight units of a product from your first warehouse to another one, proceed " +"as follows:" +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:79 msgid "" -"From your dashboard, select a internal movement of one of the two " -"warehouses. To do so, click on :menuselection:`More --> Transfer`." -msgstr "在仪表盘上, 选择两个仓库中的其中一个内部调拨。要这样做, 点击菜单 :menuselection:`更多 --> 转移` 。" +"From your dashboard, select an internal movement of one of the two " +"warehouses. To do so, click on :menuselection:`Manage --> Planned " +"Transfer`." +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:86 msgid "" -"A new window will open where you will be able to select the source location " -"zone (in this case our \"old warehouse\") and the destination location zone " -"(in this case our \"new\" warehouse located in Brussels)." -msgstr "一个新的窗口会打开, 在这里你可以选择源库位区域(这里是 **旧的仓库** )和目标区域(在这里是位于布鲁塞尔的 **新** 仓库)。" +"On the new window, select the source location zone (in this case, your " +"\"old\" warehouse) and the destination location zone (in this case, your " +"\"new\" warehouse)." +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:89 msgid "" -"Add the products you want to transfer by clicking on **Add an Item** and " -"don't forget to **Validate** or **Mark as TODO** once you are done." -msgstr "通过点击 **添加新的条目** 添加想要调拨的产品, 做完之后不要忘了 **确认** 或者 **标记为待做** 。" +"Add the products you want to transfer by clicking on **Add an Item**, then " +"click on **Save** and **Mark as TODO** once you are done." +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:96 msgid "" -"If you select **Validate**, Odoo will process all quantities to transfer." -msgstr "如果你选择了 **确认** , Odoo会处理待调拨的全部数量。" +"If you selected **Immediate Transfer**, Odoo processes the transfer " +"automatically after you clicked on **Validate**." +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:99 msgid "" -"If you select **Mark as TODO**, Odoo will put the transfer in **Waiting " -"Availability** status. Click on **Reserve** to reserve the amount of " +"If you select **Mark as TODO**, Odoo puts the transfer in **Waiting " +"Availability** status. Click on **Reserve** to reserve the number of " "products in your source warehouse." -msgstr "如果你选择了 **标记为代办** , Odoo会把调拨单转换为 **等待可用** 状态。点击 **保留** 来保留源仓库中需要保留的数量。" +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:102 msgid "It is also possible to manually transfer each product:" msgstr "也有可能人工调拨每一个产品 :" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:104 msgid "Via your dashboard, select the transfer order in the source location." msgstr "通过仪表盘在源库位中选择调拨单。" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:113 -msgid "Select the right transfer order" -msgstr "选择正确的调拨单" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:118 -msgid "" -"3. Click on the little pencil logo in the lower right corner in order to " -"open the operation details window. In this new window you can manually " -"indicate how much products you process" -msgstr "3.在右下角铅笔的图标上点击打开详细操作窗口。在新的窗口中你可以手工的输入你想处理的产品数量。" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:126 -msgid "" -"If you decide to partially process the transfer order (e.g. a part of the " -"products can't be shipped yet due to an unexpected event), Odoo will " -"automatically ask if you wish to create a **backorder**. Create a backorder " -"if you expect to process the remaining products later, do not create a " -"backorder if you will not supply/receive the remaining products." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:110 +msgid "Select the right transfer order." msgstr "" -"如果你决定部分的完成调拨单(例如因为未知事件造成了部分产品不能发货), Odoo会自动的问你是否需要创建一个 **未完成单子** " -"。如果你想稍后完成剩下部分就创建一个未完成单子, 如果不打算稍后进一步操作就不创建未完成订单。" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Click on the little pencil logo in the lower right corner to open the " +"operation details window. In this new window you can manually indicate how " +"many products you process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:124 +msgid "" +"If you decide to process the transfer order partially (e.g., a part of the " +"products can't be shipped yet due to an unexpected event), Odoo " +"automatically asks if you wish to create a **backorder**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Create a backorder if you expect to process the remaining products later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Do not create a backorder if you will not supply/receive the remaining " +"products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:3 msgid "Taking stock from different warehouses" msgstr "从不同的仓库盘点库存" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:5 msgid "" "When you plan to deliver a customer, you don’t know in advance if the " "products will come from Warehouse A or Warehouse B. You may, in some cases, " @@ -5084,11 +4191,11 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "当你计划向客户发货时，你事先不知道产品来自于A仓库还是B仓库。在某些情况下，你可能需要从不同仓库盘点库存。在*Odoo*中，你可利用虚拟仓库的概念配置这项功能。下面我们来看如何设置虚拟仓库。" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:8 msgid "Set up virtual warehouses" msgstr "设置虚拟仓库" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:10 msgid "" "Let’s say you have two warehouses: Warehouse A and Warehouse B. Create a new" " warehouse, that will be a virtual one. It will allow you to take the stock " @@ -5098,13 +4205,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "假设你有A、B两个仓库。创建一个新的虚拟仓库。它可以将A仓库的库存移至B仓库。为此，前往库存应用程序设置并启用多仓库功能。然后，进入仓库菜单并点击创建。" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:16 msgid "" "The *Storage Location* feature will be automatically enabled. Good news, " "because you will need it later in the process." msgstr "*储存位置*功能将自动开启，因为你在之后的流程中也将使用它。" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:18 msgid "" "Now, you have to make sure that the main stock locations of warehouse A and " "warehouse B are children locations of the main stock location of warehouse A" @@ -5114,11 +4221,11 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "现在，你需要确保A仓库和B仓库的主要库存位置是A+B仓库主要库存未知的子库位。前往库位菜单，并编辑两个仓库的主库位。然后，将其父库位更改为A+B仓库的主库位。" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:24 msgid "Sell a product from the virtual warehouse" msgstr "从虚拟仓库销售产品" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:26 msgid "" "Let’s say you have two products, one stored in warehouse A and one stored in" " warehouse B. Now, you can create a new quotation for one of each product. " @@ -5126,25 +4233,25 @@ msgid "" "information." msgstr "假设你有两种产品，一种储存在A仓库，另一种在B仓库。现在，你可为每种产品创建新报价。前往其他信息页面并在发货信息中选择A+B仓库。" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:31 msgid "" "Once you have done it, you can convert it to a sales order. Then, a delivery" " order will be automatically generated, with a product reserved in warehouse" " A and one in warehouse B." msgstr "完成后，你可将它转换为销售订单。然后，系统将自动生成交货单，在A仓库中预留一种产品，在B仓库中预留另一种产品。" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:3 msgid "Using Routes and Pull/Push Rules" msgstr "使用路线和推/拉规则" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:5 msgid "" "In inventory management, the supply chain strategy determines when products " "should be fabricated, delivered to distribution centers, and made available " "in the retail channel." msgstr "在库存管理中，供应链策略确定何时应制造产品，何时将其交付给分销中心以及在零售渠道中可用。" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:9 msgid "" "This kind of strategic process can be configured using *Routes*, featuring " "*Pull and Push Rules*. Once everything is properly configured, the inventory" @@ -5154,11 +4261,11 @@ msgstr "" "可以使用具有 *推拉规则* 功能的 *路线* 配置此类战略流程。 正确配置所有内容后，库存应用可以按照规则给出的说明自动生成转帐。 " "是的，Odoo简化了您的工作流程。" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:16 msgid "Inside the warehouse" msgstr "在仓库内" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:18 msgid "" "Let’s imagine a generic warehouse plan, where you can find receiving docks, " "a quality control area, storage locations, picking and packing areas, and " @@ -5168,7 +4275,7 @@ msgstr "" "想象一个通用的仓库计划，您可以在其中找到收货码头，质量控制区域，存储位置，拣货和包装区域以及货运码头。 " "所有产品都会经过所有这些位置，这也会触发所有路线规则。" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:27 msgid "" "In this example, vendor trucks unload pallets of ordered goods at receiving " "docks. Operators then scan the products in the receiving area. Some of these" @@ -5179,7 +4286,7 @@ msgstr "" "在此示例中，供应商的卡车在接收码头处卸下已订购货物。 然后，操作员在接收区域中扫描产品。 " "这些产品中的一些被发送到质量控制区域（例如，那些专门在制造过程中使用的产品），而其他产品则直接存储在它们各自的位置。" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:36 msgid "" "Here is an example of a fulfillment route. In the morning, items are picked " "for all the orders that need to be prepared during the day. These items are " @@ -5191,22 +4298,22 @@ msgstr "" "这是实现途径的示例。 早上，为当天需要准备的所有订单拣选物品。 这些项目是从存储位置中提取的，并移至靠近订单打包位置的提取区域。 " "然后，将订单包装在各自的盒子中，并用输送机将它们带到装运码头附近，准备将其交付给客户。" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:48 -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:45 msgid "How does it work?" msgstr "工作原理是什么?" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:51 msgid "Pull Rules" -msgstr "拉式规则" +msgstr "拉规则" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:53 msgid "" "With *Pull Rules*, a demand for some products triggers procurements, while " "*Push Rules* are triggered by products arriving in a specific location." msgstr "使用 *拉规则* ，对某些产品的需求会触发采购，而 *推规则* 是由到达特定位置的产品触发的。" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:57 msgid "" "We can say that *Pull Rules* are used to fulfill a customer order, a sale " "order. So, Odoo generates a need at the *Customer Location* for each product" @@ -5220,7 +4327,7 @@ msgstr "" "是由需求触发的，因此Odoo会在 *客户位置* 上查找 *拉规则* 。 在我们的案例中，找到了将产品从 *发货区域* 转移到 *客户地点* " "的交货单提取规则，并创建了两个地点之间的转移。" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:65 msgid "" "Then, Odoo finds another pull rule that tries to fulfill the need for the " "*Shipping Area*: the *Packing Rule* that transfers products from the " @@ -5231,7 +4338,7 @@ msgstr "" "然后，Odoo发现了另一个拉规则，试图满足 *装运区域* 的需求: *包装规则* ，将产品从*包装区域* 转移到 *装运区域* " "。最后，其他规则被触发，直到创建了 *库存* 和 *拣货区* 之间的转移。" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:72 msgid "" "All theses transfers are pre-generated by Odoo, starting from the end and " "going backwards. While working, the operator process these transfers in the " @@ -5239,11 +4346,11 @@ msgid "" "order." msgstr "所有这些转移都是由Odoo预先生成的，从结尾开始一直逆向计算。 在工作时，操作员以倒序处理这些转移：首先是拣货，然后是包装，然后是交货单。" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:77 msgid "Push Rules" msgstr "推送规则" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:79 msgid "" "On the other hand, *Push Rules* are much easier to understand. Instead of " "pre-generating documents based on needs, they are live-triggered when " @@ -5253,7 +4360,7 @@ msgstr "" "另一方面，*推规则* 更容易理解。 当产品到达特定位置时，可以实时触发这些文档，而不是根据需要预先生成文档。 *推规则* " "基本上说：“当产品到达特定位置时，将其移动到另一个位置。”" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:84 msgid "" "A simple example would be: when a product arrives in the *Receipt Area*, " "move them to the *Storage Location*. As different rules can be applied to " @@ -5263,60 +4370,60 @@ msgstr "" "一个简单的例子是：当产品到达 *收货区* 时，将其移动到 *存储位置* 。 " "由于可以将不同的规则应用于不同的产品，因此可以为不同的产品分配不同的存储位置。" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:89 msgid "" "Another rule could be: when products arrive at a location, move them to the " "*Quality Control Area*. Then, once the quality check is done, move them to " "their *Storage Location*." msgstr "另一个规则可能是：当产品到达某个位置时，将其移动到 *质量控制区* 。 然后，完成质量检查后，将它们移至 *存储位置* 。" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:94 msgid "" "*Push Rules* can be triggered only if no *Pull Rule* pre-generated the " "upstream transfers." msgstr "仅当没有 *推规则* 预先生成上游传输时，才能触发 *推规则* 。" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:98 msgid "" "Sets of rules like those are called routes. The grouping on the rule defines" " how products are grouped in the same transfer or not. For example, during " "the picking operation, all orders are grouped in one transfer, whereas the " "packing operation respects the grouping per customer order." msgstr "" -"像这样的规则集称为路由。 规则上的分组定义了如何在同一转移中对产品进行分组。 " +"像这样的规则集称为路线。 规则上的分组定义了如何在同一转移中对产品进行分组。 " "例如，在拣货操作期间，所有订单都按一次转移进行分组，而打包操作则按照每个客户订单进行分组。" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:105 msgid "Use Routes and Rules" msgstr "使用路线和规则" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:107 msgid "" "Since *Routes* are a collection of *Push and Pull Rules*, Odoo helps you " "manage advanced routes configuration such as:" msgstr "由于 *路线* 是 *推拉规则* 的集合，因此Odoo可帮助您管理高级路线配置，例如：" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:110 msgid "Manage product manufacturing chains;" msgstr "管理产品的制造链;" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:111 msgid "Manage default locations per product;" msgstr "管理每个产品的默认位置；" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:112 msgid "" "Define routes within your warehouse according to business needs, such as " "quality control, after-sales services, or supplier returns;" msgstr "根据业务需求定义仓库内的路线，例如品质管制，售后服务或供应商退货；" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:114 msgid "" "Help rental management by generating automated return moves for rented " "products." msgstr "通过自动生成租赁产品的退货动作，帮助进行租赁管理。" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:117 msgid "" "To configure a route such as one of those above, open the **Inventory " "Application** and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. Then, " @@ -5324,23 +4431,23 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "要配置上述路线之一，请打开 **库存应用** 然后转到 :menuselection:`设置 --> 设定` 。启用 *多步路线* 功能。" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:126 msgid "" "The *Storage Locations* feature is automatically activated with the *Multi-" "Step Routes*." msgstr "*存储位置* 功能会通过 *多步路线* 自动激活。" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:129 msgid "" "Once this first step is completed, you have the choice between pre-" "configured routes or custom ones. Both are explained below." msgstr "第一步完成后，您可以选择预配置路线或自定义路线。下面将对这两种方式进行说明。" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:133 msgid "Pre-configured Routes" msgstr "预配置路线" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:135 msgid "" "Odoo’s pre-configured routes are available in the warehouses’ menu. To find " "it, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses`. " @@ -5350,7 +4457,7 @@ msgstr "" "仓库菜单中提供了Odoo的预配置路线。 要找到它，请前往 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 仓库。 " "在此打开您的仓库并进行编辑，以查看进出货物的预配置路线。" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:144 msgid "" "Some more advanced routes, such as pick-pack-ship, are already configured to" " make your life easier. Those are based on your choice for shipments. Once " @@ -5360,14 +4467,14 @@ msgstr "" "一些更高级的路线（例如分装船）已经配置为使您的生活更轻松。 这些是根据您的运输选择而定。 做出选择后，前往 :menuselection:`库存 -->" " 配置 --> 路线，查看Odoo为您生成的路线。" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:153 msgid "" "Opening one of those routes allows you to see on what you can apply the " "route. Here, all the selected product categories in the *YourCompany* " "warehouse are set up to follow the 3-steps route." msgstr "打开其中一条路线，即可查看可以应用哪些路线。 在这里， *您的公司* 仓库中所有选定的产品类别都按照三步路线进行设置。" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:161 msgid "" "Easier for many businesses, this process might not fit yours. Thus, you can " "configure custom routes in which you can define your own rules, but also the" @@ -5376,11 +4483,11 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "尽管对很多企业来说这比较容易，但这个过程可能不适合您。因此，您可以配置自定义路线，在此路线中可以定义自己的规则，也可以定义每个动作的源头和目标位置。举个例子，以下是预置路线的规则。" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:171 msgid "Custom Routes" msgstr "定制路线" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:173 msgid "" "To create a custom route, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " "--> Routes`, click on create, and choose the places where this route can be " @@ -5389,13 +4496,13 @@ msgstr "" "要创建自定义路线，请转到 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 路线` ，单击创建，然后可以选择此路线的位置。 " "当然，可以组合使用。" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:182 msgid "" "Each place has a different behavior, so it is important to tick only the " "useful ones and adapt each route accordingly." msgstr "每个地方都有不同的行为，所以要只勾选有用的，并对每个路线进行相应的调整。" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:185 msgid "" "When applying the route on a product category (:menuselection:`Inventory -->" " Configuration --> Product Categories`), all the rules configured in the " @@ -5406,38 +4513,38 @@ msgstr "" "当将路线应用于产品类别（ (:menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 产品类别` ）时，路线中配置的所有规则都将应用于该类别 *每个*" " 产品。 例如，如果您对同一类别的所有产品都使用直接运送过程，则这可能很有用。" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:195 msgid "" "The same behavior applies to the warehouses. If you tick *Warehouses*, all " "the transfers occurring inside the chosen warehouse, and meeting the " "conditions of the linked rules, then follow that route." msgstr "相同的行为适用于仓库。 如果勾选 *仓库* ，则所有转移发生在所选仓库内，并且满足链接规则的条件，然后按照该路线进行。" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:203 msgid "" "For the *Sales Order Lines*, it is more or less the opposite. You have to " "choose the route yourself when creating a quotation. This is pretty useful " "if some products go through different routes." msgstr "对于 *销售订单行* ，情况恰恰相反。 创建报价时，您必须自行选择路线。 如果某些产品采用不同的路线，这将非常有用。" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:211 msgid "" "If you work with this kind of route, it is important to keep in mind that it" " must be selected on the sales order, such as below." msgstr "当您工作中使用这种路线时，切记一定要在销售订单上选择，如下所示。" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:218 msgid "Then, the route can be chosen on each line of the document." msgstr "这样，就可以在文档的每条记录上选择路线。" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:224 msgid "" "Finally, there are routes that can be applied to products. Those work more " "or less like the product categories: once selected, you have to manually set" " on which product it must be applied." msgstr "最后，有些路线可以应用于产品。 这些功能或多或少类似于产品类别：选择后，您必须手动设置必须在哪个产品上应用它。" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:232 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Master Data --> Products` and " "open the one on which you want to apply the route. Then go to the *Inventory" @@ -5446,18 +4553,18 @@ msgstr "" "为此，请转到 :menuselection:`库存 --> 主数据 --> 产品` 然后打开您要在其上应用路线的那个。. 然后转到 *库存选项卡* " "然后选择您创建的路线。" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:240 msgid "" "If, prima facie, the routes’ configuration can appear quite easy, don’t " "forget that we haven’t set up any rule yet. If not harder to set up, those " "are vital to have working routings." msgstr "从表面上看，如果路线的配置看起来很简单，请不要忘记我们尚未设置任何规则。 如果不难设置，那么对于工作路由至关重要。" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:245 msgid "Rules" msgstr "规则" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:247 msgid "" "The rules are to be defined on the routes. To do so, go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`, then to the *Rules*" @@ -5466,14 +4573,14 @@ msgstr "" "规则将在路线上定义。 为此，请转到 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 路线`, 然后转到 *规则* 部分，然后单击 *添加行*" " 按钮。" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:255 msgid "" "The available rules trigger various actions. If Odoo offers *Push* and " "*Pull* rules, others are also available. Here are some explanations for all " "of them:" msgstr "可用规则触发各种动作。 如果Odoo提供 *推* 和 *拉* 规则，其他规则也是可用。 这是所有这些的一些解释：" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:259 msgid "" "**Pull From**: this rule is triggered by a need for the product in a " "specific stock location. The need can come from a sale order which has been " @@ -5484,14 +4591,14 @@ msgstr "" "**提货** ：该规则由特定库存位置中的产品需求触发。 需求可能来自已确认的销售订单，也可能来自需要特定组件的制造订单。 " "当需求出现在源位置时，Odoo会生成一个行动以满足需求。" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:264 msgid "" "**Push To**: this rule is triggered by the arrival of some products in the " "defined source location. In case you move products to the source location, " "Odoo generates a picking to move those products to the destination location." msgstr "**推送至** ：此规则由某些产品到达定义的来源位置触发。 万一您将产品移动到源位置，Odoo 会生成拣配以将这些产品移动到目标位置。" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:268 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:268 msgid "" "**Push & Pull**: it allows to generate pickings in the two different " "situations explained above. It means that when products are required at a " @@ -5503,44 +4610,44 @@ msgstr "" "**推拉** ：它允许在上述两种不同的情况下产生拣货。 这意味着当在特定位置需要产品时，会从先前的位置创建转移来满足该需求。 " "然后，在先前的位置创建需求，并触发一条规则来满足它。 一旦满足第二个需求，产品就会被推到第一个位置，所有需求都得到满足。" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:274 msgid "" "**Buy**: when products are needed at the destination location, a request for" " quotation is created to fulfill the need." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:276 msgid "" "**Manufacture**: when products are needed in the source location, a " "manufacturing order is created to fulfill the need." msgstr "**制造** ：当在源位置需要产品时，将创建制造订单以满足需求。" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:283 msgid "" "You must also define the *Operation Type*. This operation allows defining " "which kind of picking is created from the rule. With our above screenshot, " "the created picking is, for example, an internal transfer." msgstr "您还必须定义 *操作类型* 。 此操作允许定义从规则创建哪种选择。 使用上面的屏幕截图，创建的拣配例如是内部转账。" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:288 msgid "" "On the other hand, the *Supply Method*, allows defining what happens at the " "source location:" msgstr "另一方面，*供应方法* 允许定义在源位置发生的情况：" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:291 msgid "" "**Take From Stock**: the products are taken from the available stock of the " "source location;" msgstr "**从库存取货** ：产品取自源位置的可用库存；" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:293 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:293 msgid "" "**Trigger Another Rule**: the system tries to find a stock rule to bring the" " products to the source location. The available stock is ignored." msgstr "**触发另一个规则** ：系统尝试查找库存规则以将产品带到源位置。 可用库存将被忽略。" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:296 msgid "" "**Take From Stock, if Unavailable, Trigger Another Rule**: the products are " "taken from the available stock of the source location. If there is no stock " @@ -5549,7 +4656,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "**从库存取货，如果不可用，则触发另一个规则** ：产品取自源位置的可用库存。 如果没有可用的库存，系统将尝试找到一条规则以将产品带到源位置。" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:301 msgid "" "In the *Scheduling* section, you can determine how Odoo behaves when one of " "the chain's pickings is rescheduled. In case you decide to **Propagate " @@ -5560,23 +4667,23 @@ msgstr "" "在 *计划* 部分中，您可以确定重新计划拣货链中的一个的行为。 如果您决定 *传播重新安排* ，则下一步也将重新安排。 " "如果您希望选择重新安排下一个动作的时间，则可以决定以 *下一个活动* 的形式接收。" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:309 msgid "What about a full flow?" msgstr "怎么是完整的流程？" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:311 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:311 msgid "" "Do you remember our Pick - Pack - Ship custom route? Let’s use it to try a " "full flow with an advanced custom route." msgstr "还记得我们的拣选 - 包装 - 发货自定义路线吗？让我们用它来尝试一下高级定制路线的全流程。" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:314 msgid "" "First, a quick look at our rules and their supply methods: we have three " "rules, all **Pull From** rules. The supply methods are the following:" msgstr "首先，快速浏览一下我们的规则及其提供方法：我们有3条规则，所有都是 **拉** 规则。 提供方法如下：" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:318 msgid "" "**Take From Stock**: When products are needed in WH/Packing Zone, *Picks* " "(internal transfers from WH/Stock to WH/Packing Zone) are created from " @@ -5584,7 +4691,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "**从仓库取货** ：当在仓库/包装区域中需要产品时，可以从仓库/库存中创建 *拣货*（从仓库/库存到仓库/包装区域的内部转移）来满足需求。" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:321 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:321 msgid "" "**Trigger Another Rule**: When products are needed in WH/Output, *Packs* " "(internal transfers from WH/Packing Zone to WH/Output) are created from " @@ -5592,20 +4699,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "**触发另一个规则** ：当需要在仓库/包装区中放置产品时，可以从仓库/包装区创建 *包装* （从仓库/包装区到仓库/输出的内部转移）来满足需求。" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:324 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:324 msgid "" "**Trigger Another Rule**: When products are needed in Partner " "Locations/Customers, Delivery Orders are created from WH/Output to fulfill " "the need." msgstr " **Trigger Another Rule**: 当合作伙伴/客户需要产品时，会从WH/Output中创建送货单以满足需求。" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:332 msgid "" "This means that, when a customer orders products, a delivery order is " "created to fulfill the order." msgstr "这意味着，当客户订购产品时，会创建一个送货单来完成订单。" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:340 msgid "" "If the source document is the same sale order, the status is not the same. " "In fact, the status is **Waiting Another Operation** if the previous " @@ -5614,20 +4721,20 @@ msgstr "" "如果源文件是同一个销售订单，状态就不一样了。事实上，如果列表中的前一次转账还没有完成，则状态将会是**Waiting Another " "Operation**。" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:348 msgid "" "To prepare the order, conveyors need products packed at the output area, so " "an internal transfer is requested from the packing zone." msgstr "为准备订单，输送机需要产品在输出区域内完成包装，因此需从包装区进行一次内部调货。" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:355 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:355 msgid "" "Obviously, the packing zone needs products ready to be packed. So, an " "internal transfer is requested to the stock and employees can gather the " "required products from the warehouse." msgstr "显然，包装区要有待包装的产品。所以，需发起一次内部调货，然后员工才可以从仓库集货。" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:363 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:363 msgid "" "As explained in this documentation introduction, the last step in the " "process (here the delivery order) is the first to be triggered, which then " @@ -5637,21 +4744,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "正如本文档介绍中所解释的，流程中的最后一步（这里是送货单）是第一个被触发的，然后触发其他规则，直到我们到达流程中的第一步（这里是从库存到包装区的内部转移）。现在，一切都准备好了，客户可以得到订购的商品。" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:370 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:370 msgid "" "In our case, the product is delivered to the customer when all the rules " "have been triggered and the transfers done." msgstr "在我们的案例中，当所有的规则被触发并完成转账后，产品就会交付给客户。" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies.rst:3 msgid "Putaway & Removal Strategies" msgstr "上架和下架策略" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:3 msgid "What is a Putaway Rule?" msgstr "什么是上架策略？" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:5 msgid "" "A good warehouse implementation takes care that products automatically move " "to their appropriate destination location. To make that process easier, Odoo" @@ -5661,7 +4768,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "优秀的仓库实施方案会确保产品自动移至合适的目的地库位。为了简化这一流程，Odoo使用*上架策略*功能。但什么是上架策略？上架是指从接收到的货物中分出产品并将它们直接送至最合适的库位。" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:7 msgid "" "If, for example, a warehouse contains volatile substances, it is important " "to make sure that certain products are not stored close to each other " @@ -5669,30 +4776,30 @@ msgid "" "intervene, to avoid storing products wrongly." msgstr "例如，如果仓库中存有挥发性物质，我们必须确保某些可能发生化学反应的产品不得彼此靠近。这就是上架策略的作用，避免储存产品中出现错误。" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:12 msgid "" "In the *Inventory* app, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " "and activate the *Multi-Step Routes*. By doing so, the *Storage Locations* " "will be automatically activated." msgstr "在*库存*应用程序中，前往 :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置`并启用*多步路线*。这样，系统将自动启用*储存位置*功能。" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:19 msgid "Setting up a Putaway Rule" msgstr "设置上架策略" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:21 msgid "" "In some cases, like for a retail shop storing vegetables and fruits, we have" " to store products in different locations to maintain product quality." msgstr "在某些情况下，就像零售店储存蔬菜水果一样，我们必须将产品储存在不同库位，以确保产品品质。" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:23 msgid "" "Let’s suppose there are one warehouse location *WH/Stock* and two sub-" "locations *WH/Stock/Vegatable* and *WH/Stock/Fruits*." msgstr "假设我们有一个*WH/Stock*库位和*WH/Stock/蔬菜*及*WH/Stock/水果*两个子库位。" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:25 msgid "" "To manage those locations, we will create putaway rules. To do so, open the " "*Inventory* app and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Putaway Rules`. " @@ -5703,12 +4810,12 @@ msgstr "" "为了管理这些库位，我们必须创建入库规则。为此，打开*库存*应用程序并前往 :menuselection:`配置 --> " "上架策略`。然后，点击创建并配置第一条规则，指定产品将进入的主要库位，然后再重定向到正确的库位。" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:31 msgid "" "The putaway rules can be defined either per product or per product category." msgstr "上架策略可按每种产品或每个产品类别定义。" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:36 msgid "" "Now, if I purchase apples and carrots to my supplier, they will be grouped " "in the same receipt but redirected to the right location automatically, " @@ -5717,11 +4824,11 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "现在，有了上架策略，如果我向供应商购买苹果和胡萝卜，它们将被归入同一批收货，但自动重定向到正确的库位。你可前往报告菜单的*库存报告*，查看这一信息。" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:3 msgid "What is a Removal Strategy (FIFO, LIFO, and FEFO)?" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:5 msgid "" "Usually, *Removal Strategies* are defined in picking operations to select " "the best products to optimize the distance for the worker, for quality " @@ -5729,7 +4836,7 @@ msgid "" "date." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:9 msgid "" "When a product movement needs to be done, Odoo finds available products that" " can be assigned to the transfer. The way Odoo assigns these products " @@ -5737,11 +4844,11 @@ msgid "" "the *Location*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:14 msgid "What happens inside the warehouse?" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:16 msgid "" "Imagine a generic warehouse plan, with receiving docks and area, storage " "locations, picking and packing areas, and shipping docks. All products go " @@ -5749,7 +4856,7 @@ msgid "" " have an effect on which products are taken for the pickings." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:24 msgid "" "Here, vendor trucks unload pallets of goods at the docks. Then, operators " "scan the products in the receiving area, with the receiving date and, if the" @@ -5757,7 +4864,7 @@ msgid "" "are stored in their respective locations." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:32 msgid "" "Next, several orders for the same product are made, but you didn’t receive " "the goods the same day and they don’t have the same expiration date. In that" @@ -5766,24 +4873,24 @@ msgid "" "the products fitting your settings the best." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:42 msgid "" "On the transfer form, you can find the product’s lot/serial number to pick " "for delivery." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:48 msgid "First In, First Out (FIFO)" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:50 msgid "" "When using a **First In, First Out** strategy, a demand for some products " "triggers a removal rule which requests a transfer for the lot/serial number " "that has entered your stock the first." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:53 msgid "" "To be clearer, let’s imagine that you have three lots of nails in your " "warehouse. Those three have the following lot numbers: 00001, 00002, 00003, " @@ -5795,18 +4902,18 @@ msgid "" "00002 is taken because it has the oldest enter date after 00001." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:60 msgid "" "So, for every order of a product with the *FIFO* strategy selected, Odoo " "requests a transfer for the good that has been in your stock for the longest" " period." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:64 msgid "Last In, First Out (LIFO)" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:66 msgid "" "The same way as for FIFO, the **Last In, First Out** strategy is based on " "moving products based on the date they entered the stock. Here, a demand for" @@ -5814,7 +4921,7 @@ msgid "" "lot/serial number that has entered your stock the last." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:70 msgid "" "To better understand, let’s imagine three lots of screws in your warehouse. " "Those three have the following numbers: 10001, 10002, 10003, each with 10 " @@ -5825,30 +4932,30 @@ msgid "" "the stock." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:76 msgid "" "So, basically, for every order of a product with the *LIFO* strategy used, a" " transfer for the last one to have entered the stock is requested." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:80 msgid "" "This strategy is banned in many countries and can lead to only have old or " "obsolete products in your stock." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:84 msgid "First Expire, First Out (FEFO)" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:86 msgid "" "The **First Expire, First Out** strategy is a bit different from the two " "others. Here, it is the expiration date that is important and not the date " "the product entered the stock." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:89 msgid "" "Let’s imagine three lots of 6-eggs boxes (in this specific case, don’t " "forget to use :doc:`units of measure <../../management/products/uom>`). " @@ -5863,18 +4970,18 @@ msgid "" "that expires the sooner after 20002." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:98 msgid "" "Then, you can remember that for every order of a product with the *FEFO* " "strategy, a transfer is requested for the product that has the nearest " "expiration date from the order date." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:102 msgid "Use Removal Strategies" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:104 msgid "" "To identify some units from other ones, you need to track them, either by " "*lot* or by *serial number*. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration " @@ -5882,22 +4989,22 @@ msgid "" "*Lots & Serial Numbers*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:113 msgid "" "To work with the *FEFO* strategy, activate the *Expiration Dates* feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:115 msgid "" "Next, you need to define your removal strategy, on *Product Categories* via " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories`." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:123 msgid "FIFO (First In, First Out)" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:125 msgid "" "As said, a *FIFO* strategy implies that products stocked first move out " "first. Companies should use that method if they are selling products with " @@ -5905,14 +5012,14 @@ msgid "" "outdated styles in stock." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:129 msgid "" "For this example, we created three lots of white shirts. Those are from the " "All/Clothes category, where we put *FIFO* as the removal strategy. In our " "stock location (WH/Stock), we now find the three lots available." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:137 msgid "" "The lot 000001 contains 5 shirts, 000002 contains 3 shirts, and 000003 " "contains 2. As it can be seen above, 000001 has entered the stock first. " @@ -5920,24 +5027,24 @@ msgid "" "that lot are the first ones to move out." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:141 msgid "" "On the delivery order linked to the picking, you can see that the oldest lot" " numbers have been reserved thanks to the *FIFO* strategy." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:149 msgid "LIFO (Last In, First Out)" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:151 msgid "" "With a *LIFO* strategy, that’s quite the opposite. In fact, the products " "that are brought the last move out the first. It is mostly used in case of " "products without a shelf life." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:154 msgid "" "Even if our white shirts are clothes, we can say that they are timeless. So," " let’s use them to test our *LIFO* strategy. Once again, open the product " @@ -5945,35 +5052,35 @@ msgid "" "Categories` and change the removal strategy to *LIFO*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:162 msgid "" "Now, create a sale order for 4 white shirts and check that the reserved " "products are from lots 000003 and 000002." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170 msgid "Don’t forget that the *LIFO* strategy is banned in many countries!" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:173 msgid "FEFO (First Expiry, First Out)" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:175 msgid "" "With the *FEFO* strategy, the way products are picked is not based on the " "reception date. In this particular case, they are dispatched according to " "their expiration date." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:179 msgid "" "To have more information about Expiration date, please have a look at " ":doc:`the related doc " "<../../management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:182 msgid "" "By activating *Expiration Dates*, it becomes possible to define different " "dates on the serial/lot numbers to be used in *FEFO*. These dates can be set" @@ -5981,120 +5088,120 @@ msgid "" "Numbers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:190 msgid "" "Lots are picked based on their removal date, from earliest to latest. Lots " "without a removal date defined are picked after lots with removal dates." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:194 msgid "" "Other dates are for informational and reporting purposes only. If not " "removed from the stock, lots that are past the expiration dates may still be" " picked for delivery orders!" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:197 msgid "" "To use the *FEFO* strategy, once again go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " "Configuration --> Product Categories` and choose *FEFO* as the *Force " "Removal Strategy*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:204 msgid "" "For this particular case, let’s use hand cream. As usual, we have three lots" " of them." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:207 msgid "**Lot / Serial No**" msgstr " **批次 / 序列号** " -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:207 msgid "**Product**" msgstr " **产品** " -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:207 msgid "**Expiration Date**" -msgstr " **到期日期** " +msgstr " **截止日期** " -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:209 msgid "0000001" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:209 -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:211 -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:213 msgid "Hand Cream" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:209 msgid "09/30/2019" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:211 msgid "0000002" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:211 msgid "11/30/2019" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:213 msgid "0000003" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:213 msgid "10/31/2019" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:216 msgid "" "When we realize a sale for 25 units of Hand Cream, we can see that the lot " "numbers which have been automatically reserved by Odoo are the ones with the" " closest expiration date, meaning 0000001 and 0000003." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/shipping.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping.rst:3 msgid "Shipping" msgstr "送货" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation.rst:3 msgid "Shipping Operations" msgstr "发货作业" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:3 msgid "How to cancel a shipping request to a shipper?" msgstr "如何取消发给货代的发货请求？" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. " "Odoo will be linked with the transportation company tracking system." msgstr "Odoo可以处理不同交货方式, 包含第三方货代。Odoo可以和第三方货代公司的追踪系统链接。" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:12 msgid "" "It will allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the " "destination." msgstr "这会让你能够管理货运公司, 实际价格和目的地。" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:15 msgid "You can easily cancel the request made to the carrier system." msgstr "你可以轻易的取消已经到货代系统中的货运请求。" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:18 msgid "How to cancel a shipping request?" msgstr "如何取消发货请求？" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:20 msgid "" "If the delivery order is not **Validated**, then the request hasn't been " "made. You can choose to cancel the delivery or to change the carrier." -msgstr "如果交货单还没有 **被确认** , 那么该请求不会生效。你可以取消该发货单或者变更货代。" +msgstr "如果交货单还没有 **被确认** , 那么该请求不会生效。你可以选择取消发货或更改运输公司。" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:24 msgid "" "If you have clicked on **Validate**, the request has been made and you " "should have received the tracking number and the label. You can still cancel" @@ -6104,151 +5211,151 @@ msgstr "" "如果你点击了 **确认** , 发货请求就已经生成, 你可以得到云帆好以及标签。你可以可以取消该请求, 只需要在 **货运单号** 旁边的 **取消**" " 点击即可。" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:32 msgid "You will now see that the shipment has been cancelled." msgstr "你会看到发货已经被取消掉。" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:37 msgid "You can now change the carrier if you wish." msgstr "现在你还可以变更货代。" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:40 msgid "How to send a shipping request after cancelling one?" msgstr "如何在取消之后发送发货请求？" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:42 msgid "" "After cancelling the shipping request, you can change the carrier you want " "to use. Confirm it by clicking on the **Send to shipper** button. You will " "get a new tracking number and a new label." -msgstr "在取消发货请求后, 你可以把货代变更为你想要的。通过点击 **发送给货代** 按钮确认。你会得到一个新的运单号以及一张新的标签。" +msgstr "在取消发货请求后, 你可以更改货代为你想要的。通过点击 **发送给货代** 按钮确认。你会得到一个新的运单号以及一张新的标签。" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:50 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:115 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:83 msgid ":doc:`invoicing`" msgstr ":doc:`invoicing` " -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:51 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:116 msgid ":doc:`multipack`" msgstr ":doc:`multipack` " -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:3 msgid "How to invoice the shipping cost to the customer?" msgstr "如何就运费给客户开票？" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:8 msgid "There are two ways to invoice the shipping costs:" msgstr "有两种方式给运输成本开票 :" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:10 msgid "Agree with the customer over a cost and seal it down in the sale order" msgstr "和客户达成一个协议成本价并在销售订单中固定下来" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:13 msgid "Invoice the real cost of the shipping." msgstr "按照运输的实际成本发货。" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:18 msgid "" "To configure the price of your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** " "app, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery --> Delivery " "Methods`." msgstr "要给交货方式配置价格。进入 **库存** 应用, 点击 :menuselection:`配置 --> 交货 --> 交货方式` 。" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:21 msgid "" "You can manually set a price for the shipping: It can be fixed or based on " "rules." msgstr "你可以手工的给运费设置价格 :可以是固定的也可以根据相关规则。" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:24 msgid "" "Or you can use the transportation company computation system. Read the " "document :doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`" msgstr "或者你可以使用货运公司的计算系统。点击文档 :doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper` " -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:28 msgid "How to invoice the shipping costs to the customer?" msgstr "如何就运费成本给客户开票？" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:31 msgid "Invoice the price set on the sale order" msgstr "按销售订单上的价格开票" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:33 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:55 msgid "" "On your sale order, choose the carrier that will be used. Click on " "**Delivery Method** to choose the right one." -msgstr "在销售订单上, 选择正确的货代。点击并选择正确的 **发货方式** 。" +msgstr "在销售订单上，选择正确的货代。点击并选择正确的 **发货方式** 。" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:39 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:36 msgid "" "The price is computed when you **save** the sale order or when you click on " "**Set price**." msgstr "当你点击 **保存** 销售订单或者点击 **设置价格** 的时候计算价格。" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:42 msgid "" "To invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, click on " "**Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery method as a " "product. It may vary from the real price." msgstr "要给销售订单上的交货价格开票, 点击 **设置价格** , 它会在销售订单上添加一个交货方式名称的产品。价格和实际价格可能会不同。" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:46 msgid "" "When you create the invoice, it will take the price set on the sale order." msgstr "当你创建发票的时候, 发票的金额会采用订单上的金额。" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:53 msgid "Invoice the real shipping costs" msgstr "给运费的实际成本开票" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:61 msgid "" "The price is computed when you **save** the sale order. Confirm the sale " "order and proceed to deliver the product." -msgstr "价格会在你 **保存** 订单的时候计算出来。确认订单并且完成发货。" +msgstr "价格会在你 **保存** 销售订单的时候计算出来。确认销售订单并且完成发货。" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:64 msgid "" "The real shipping cost is computed when the delivery order is validated, you" " can see the real cost in the chatter of the delivery order." -msgstr "在确认交货单时计算实际运费，你可在发货单聊天记录中查看实际费用。" +msgstr "在确认交货单时计算实际运费，你可在发货单沟通栏查看实际费用。" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:70 msgid "" "Go back to the sale order, the real cost is now added to the sale order." msgstr "回到销售订单, 实际成本已经添加到销售订单中。" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:76 msgid "" "When you create the invoice, it will take the price computed by the carrier." msgstr "当你创建发票的时候, 发票金额会用货代计算的金额。" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:83 msgid "" "If you split the delivery and make several ones, each delivery order will " "add a line to the sale order." msgstr "如果你把发货单分开并且分成好几个, 每一个发货单给订单添加一行。" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:87 msgid ":doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`" msgstr ":doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper` " -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:88 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:84 msgid ":doc:`labels`" msgstr ":doc:`labels` " -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:3 msgid "How to print shipping labels?" msgstr "如何打印发货标签？" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers " "linked with the transportation company tracking system. It allows you to " @@ -6258,12 +5365,12 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo可以处理不同的交货方式, 包含与第三方的货代的追踪信息集成。它可以让你管理货运公司, 运输的实际价格和目的地。最终, " "你可以在Odoo直接打印运单上的标签。" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:18 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:17 msgid "Install the shipper company connector module" msgstr "安装货代公司的接口模块" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:20 msgid "" "In the **Inventory** module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies " @@ -6271,269 +5378,274 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "在 **库存** 模块, 点击 :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置` , 在 **货代接口** 的下方标识你想要集成的货运公司 :" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:27 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:26 msgid "Then click on **Apply**." msgstr "点击 **应用** 。" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:34 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:33 msgid "Configure the delivery method" msgstr "配置发货方式" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:32 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:36 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:35 msgid "" "To configure your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** module, click on" " :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery Methods`." -msgstr "要配置交货方式, 进入 **库存** 模块, 点击 :menuselection:`配置 -->交货方式` 。" +msgstr "要配置交货方式, 进入 **库存** 模块, 点击 :menuselection:`配置 --> 交货方式` 。" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:35 msgid "" "The delivery methods for the chosen shippers have been automatically " "created." msgstr "选定货代的发货方式已经被自动创建。" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:41 msgid "" "In the **Pricing** tab, the name of the provider means that the delivery " "will be handled and computed by the shipper system." msgstr "在 **价格** 页面, 货代供应商的名称意味着该发货单会被货代的系统处理和计算。" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:44 msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns :" msgstr "货代的配置被分成两栏 :" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:46 msgid "" "The first one is linked to **your account** (develop key, password,...). For" " more information, please refer to the provider website." msgstr "第一个和 **你的账户** 链接(开发关键字, 密码, ……)。更多信息请参见货运供应商的网站。" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:49 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:62 msgid "" "The second column varies according to the **provider**. You can choose the " "packaging type, the service type, the weight unit..." msgstr "第二栏根据 **供应者** 的不同而有所差别。你可以选择包材类型, 服务类型, 单位重量……" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:52 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:65 msgid "Uncheck **Test Mode** when you are done with the testings." msgstr "一旦完成测试, 就不要勾选 **测试模式** 。" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:55 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:77 msgid "Company configuration" msgstr "公司配置" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:57 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:79 msgid "" "In order to compute the right price, the provider needs your company " "information. Be sure your address and phone number are correctly encoded." msgstr "为了计算正确的价格, 供应商需要知道你的公司信息。确保地址和电话号码的信息都是正确的。" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:64 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:86 msgid "" "To check your information, go to the **Settings** application and click on " "**General Settings**. Click on the first link **Configure your company " "data**." -msgstr "要查看你的信息, 进入 **设置** 应用并点选 **通用设置** 。点击第一个链接 **配置公司信息** 。" +msgstr "要查看你的信息, 进入 **设置** 应用并点选 **通用设置** 。点击第一个链接 **配置你的公司信息** 。" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:70 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:92 msgid "" "The shipper companies need the weight of your product, otherwise the price " "computation cannot be done." msgstr "货代公司需要产品的重量, 不然运输价格不能计算。" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:73 msgid "" "Go the **Sales** module, click on :menuselection:`Sales --> Products`. Open " "the products you want to ship and set a weight on it." msgstr "进入 **销售** 模块, 点击 :menuselection:`销售 --> 产品` 。打开需要发货的产品并维护重量。" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:80 msgid "" "The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to do" " the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system." msgstr "产品页面上的重量的默认计量单位是千克。如果使用英制计量单位的话, 不要忘了单位之间的转换。" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:85 msgid "How to print shipping labels ?" msgstr "如何打印发货标签？" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:87 msgid "" "The delivery order created from the sale order will take the shipping " "information from it, but you can change the carrier if you want to." msgstr "从销售订单创建的发货单会从销售订单带出发货信息, 但是如果你需要的话, 你可以变更货代。" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:90 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:135 msgid "" "If you create a delivery transfer from the inventory module, you can add the" " third party shipper in the additional info tab." msgstr "如果你在库存模块下创建一个发货转移, 你可以在额外的信息页签中添加第三方货代信息。" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:96 msgid "" "Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number and **the label(s)**." -msgstr "点击 **验证** 接收追踪号码和 **标签** ." +msgstr "点击 **验证** 接收追踪号码和 **标签** 。" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:98 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:151 msgid "" "The label to stick on your package is available in the history underneath :" msgstr "黏贴在包裹上的标签可以在下方的历史信息中找到 :" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:104 msgid "Click on it to open the document and print it :" msgstr "点击打开单据并打印 :" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:110 msgid "" "If you are doing multi-packages shippings, most of the time, there will be " "one label per package. Each label will appear in the delivery history." msgstr "如果你在使用多包裹发货功能, 大多数情况下, 每一个包裹一个标签。每张标签都可以显示在交货历史中。" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:3 msgid "How to manage multiple packs for the same delivery order?" msgstr "如何管理同一张交货单的多个包裹？" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:8 msgid "" "By default, Odoo considers that your delivery is composed of one package. " "But you can easily ship your deliveries with more than one package. It is " "fully integrated with the third-party shippers." msgstr "默认状况下, Odoo会认为发货单只有一个包裹构成, 但是你可以在一张发货单上配置多个包裹。它和第三方货运公司完全集成起来。" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:15 msgid "" "To configure the use of packages, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory " "--> Configuration --> Settings`. Locate the **Packages** section and tick " "**Record packages used on packing: pallets, boxes,...**" msgstr "" -"要配置包裹的使用, 进入 :menuselection:`库存 -->配置 -->设置` 。找到 **包裹** 的位置并选择 **在包装上记录包材 " +"要配置包裹的使用, 进入 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 设置` 。找到 **包裹** 的位置并选择 **在包装上记录包材 " ":栈板, 箱子, ……** " -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:23 msgid "Click on **Apply** when you are done." -msgstr "一旦完成, 点击 **应用** 。" +msgstr "一旦完成， 点击 **应用** 。" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:29 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:77 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:107 +msgid "Sale process" +msgstr "销售过程" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:110 msgid "Sale order" msgstr "销售订单" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:34 msgid "Click on a **Delivery Method** to choose the right one." msgstr "点击 **交货方式** 选择正确的一个。" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:40 msgid "Multi-packages Delivery" msgstr "多包裹发货" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:42 msgid "" "The delivery created from the sale order will take the shipping information " "from it." msgstr "从销售订单创建的发货单会带出发货信息。" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:48 msgid "From here, you can split your delivery into multiple packages." msgstr "在这里, 你可以把要发的货物分成不同的包" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:50 msgid "" "Choose the quantity you want to put in the first pack in the **Done** " "column, then click on the link **Put in Pack**." -msgstr "在 **完成** 栏位选择你想要放进该包裹的产品的数量, 然后点击 **放进一个包裹** 链接。" +msgstr "在 **完成** 栏位选择你想要放进该包裹的产品的数量, 然后点击 **放进同一个包裹** 链接。" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:56 msgid "It will automatically create a pack with the requested quantity." msgstr "它会总动的创建所需数量的包裹。" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:58 msgid "Do the same steps for the other pieces you want to pack in." msgstr "其余的产品可以按照同样的步骤进行打包。" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:63 msgid "Click on **Validate** when you are done." -msgstr "一旦完成, 点击 **确认** 。" +msgstr "一旦完成, 点击 **确认** 。" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:66 msgid "Multi-packages with a 3rd party-shipper" msgstr "第3方货代的多包裹" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:68 msgid "" "Once the delivery order is validated, you will receive the tracking number. " "The **carrier Tracking ref** field will automatically be filled. Click on " "the **Tracking** button to check your delivery on the provider website." msgstr "一旦交货单被确认后, 你就能收到追踪号。 **运单追踪号** 会被自动填好。点击货运供应商网站上的 **追踪** 按钮可以查看你的发货单。" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:76 msgid "" "The **labels** to stick on your packages are available in the history " "underneath:" -msgstr "要黏贴在包裹上的 **标签** 可以在下面的历史信息中找到 :" +msgstr "黏贴在包裹上的 **标签** 可以在下面的历史信息中找到 :" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup.rst:3 msgid "Shipping Setup" msgstr "发货设置" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:3 msgid "How to setup a delivery method?" msgstr "如何设置发货方法" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo can handle various delivery methods, but it is not activated by " "default. Delivery methods can be used for your sale orders, your deliveries " "but also on your e-commerce." msgstr "Odoo可以处理不同的交货方式, 但是该功能在默认设置下没有激活。交货方式可以用在销售订单上, 交货单上还可以用在电商中。" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:12 msgid "" "Delivery methods allow you to manage the transport company, the price and " "the destination. You can even integrate Odoo with external shippers to " "compute the real price and the packagings." msgstr "交货方式能让你管理货代供应商的公司, 价格以及目的地。你甚至还可以集成Odoo和外部的货运公司来计算实际价格和包装" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:20 msgid "Install the inventory module" msgstr "安装库存模块" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:22 msgid "" "Delivery methods are handled by the **Delivery costs** module. Go to " "**Apps** and search for the module. You should remove the **Apps** filter in" " order to see it :" -msgstr "交货方式是由 **发货成本** 模块处理的。进入 **APP** 并搜索该模块。s搜索的时候你需要在过滤栏位移除 **APP**: " +msgstr "交货方式是由 **发货成本** 模块处理的。进入 **应用** 并搜索该模块。搜索的时候你需要在过滤栏位移除 **应用**: " -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:29 msgid "" "If you want to integrate delivery methods in your e-commerce, you'll have to" " install the **eCommerce Delivery** module." -msgstr "如果你想把交货方式和电商集成, 你需要安装 **电商发货** 模块。" +msgstr "如果你想把交货方式和电子商务集成, 你需要安装 **电子商务发货** 模块。" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:39 msgid "First set a name and a transporter company." msgstr "首先设置一个名称以及一个物流公司" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:44 msgid "" "Then you'll have to set the pricing. It can be fixed or based on rules." msgstr "然后你必须要设置价格。它可以被修复或者基于规则。" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:46 msgid "" "If the price is fixed, tick **Fixed price**. You'll just have to define the " "price. If you want the delivery to be free above a certain amount, tick the " @@ -6542,22 +5654,22 @@ msgstr "" "如果价格是固定的, 点选 **固定价格** 。你只需要定义一个价格。如果你想要在在达到一定数量时免运费, 点选 **如果总量大于某一点免运费** " "并设置一个价格。" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:54 msgid "" "If the price varies according to rules, tick **Based on Rules**. Click on " "**add an item to a pricing rule**. Choose a condition based on either the " "weight, the volume, the price or the quantity." msgstr "" -"如果价格根据规则不同而不同, 点选 **基于规则** 。点击 **添加一个价格规则的新条目** 。选择一个或者基于重量, 容积, 价格或者数量的条件。" +"如果价格根据规则而变化， 点选 **基于规则** 。点击 **添加一个价格规则的新条目** 。选择一个或者基于重量， 容积， 价格或者数量的条件。" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:61 msgid "" "Finally you can limit the delivery method to a few destinations. The limit " "can be applied to some countries, states or even zip codes. This feature " "limits the list of countries on your e-commerce." msgstr "最终我们可以把发货方式局限在几个目的位置。你可以把它们限制为一些国家, 省份甚至邮编。这种特性限制了电商的国家列表。" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:69 msgid "" "You can integrate Odoo with external shippers in order to compute the real " "price and packagings, and handle the printing the shipping labels. See " @@ -6566,110 +5678,92 @@ msgstr "" "你可以把Odoo和外部的货代公司进行集成, 这样可以计算实际的价格, 包装, 以及处理打印装箱单的标签等。参照 " ":doc:`third_party_shipper` " -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:74 msgid "Delivery process" msgstr "交货流程" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:82 msgid "" "You can now choose the **Delivery Method** on your sale order. If you want " "to invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, click on " "**Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery method as a " "product." msgstr "" -"现在你吗可以在销售订单上选择 **交货方式** 。如果你想在销售订单上对运费进行开票, , 点击 **设置价格** , " -"它就会把交货方式作为一种产品名称添加到订单行上。" +"现在你可以在销售订单上选择 **交货方式** 。如果你想在销售订单上对运费进行开票， 点击 **设置价格** " +"，它就会把交货方式作为一种产品名称添加到订单行上。" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:88 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:130 msgid "Delivery" -msgstr "运费模板" +msgstr "交货" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:90 msgid "You can add or change the delivery method on the delivery itself." msgstr "你可以在发货单上添加或者变更发货方法" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:95 msgid "" "On the delivery, check the **Carrier Information**. The carrier is the " "chosen delivery method." -msgstr "在发货单上, 查看 **货代信息** 。货代就是发货方式" +msgstr "在发货单上, 查看 **货代信息** 。货代就是发货方式。" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:99 msgid ":doc:`third_party_shipper`" msgstr ":doc:`third_party_shipper` " -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:100 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:158 msgid ":doc:`../operation/invoicing`" msgstr ":doc:`../operation/invoicing` " -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:3 msgid "How to get DHL credentials for integration with Odoo?" -msgstr "如何得到用于集成DHL到Odoo的证书？" +msgstr "如何得到用于集成DHL到Odoo的凭证？" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:5 msgid "In order to use the Odoo DHL API, you will need:" msgstr "若您想使用 Odoo 的 DHL API接口，您需要：" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:7 msgid "A DHL.com SiteID" msgstr "DHL.com 网站账号" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:9 msgid "A DHL Password" msgstr "DHL 密码" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:11 msgid "A DHL Account Number" msgstr "DHL 账号" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:15 msgid "" "Getting SiteID and password for countries other than United States (UK and " "Rest of the world)" msgstr "获取美国以外的国家和地区(英国和其他世界各国)的网站ID账号和密码" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:17 msgid "" "You should contact DHL account manager and request integration for XML " "Express API. The presales should provide you live credentials." msgstr "您需要联系DHL账号管理中心请求XML格式的API扩展接口。DHL售前工程师应给您相关接口凭据等信息。" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:20 msgid "Getting SiteID and Password for United States" msgstr "获取美国网站ID账号和密码" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:22 msgid "" "You need to write to xmlrequests@dhl.com along with your full Account " "details like account number, region, address, etc. to get API Access." msgstr "" "您需要写邮件至 xmlrequests@dhl.com 并且随附您账户的详细信息诸如账号, region区域, 地址, 等访问API 访问信息。" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:24 -msgid "" -"In meantime, for testing the solution, you can use the tests credentials as " -"given in the demo data:" -msgstr "同时，为了测试解决方案，您可以使用演示数据中给出的测试凭据：" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:26 -msgid "**SiteID**: CustomerTest" -msgstr "**用户名**: CustomerTest" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:28 -msgid "**Password**: alkd89nBV" -msgstr "**密码**: alkd89nBV" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:30 -msgid "**DHL Account Number**: 803921577" -msgstr "**DHL 账号**: 803921577" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:3 msgid "How to integrate a third party shipper?" msgstr "如何和第三方货代集成？" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. " "Odoo can be linked with the transportation company tracking system. It will " @@ -6677,14 +5771,14 @@ msgid "" "destination." msgstr "Odoo可以处理不同的交货方式, 包含第三方货代。Odoo可以和货运公司的追踪系统链接。这会让你管理货代公司, 运输价格以及目的地。" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:19 msgid "" "In the inventory module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies " "you want to integrate :" msgstr "在库存模块, 点击 :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置` 。在 **货运接口** 下方, 标识出你想要集成的货代公司 :" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:38 msgid "" "The delivery methods for the chosen shippers have been automatically " "created. Most of the time, there will be **2** delivery methods for the same" @@ -6694,39 +5788,39 @@ msgstr "" "货代供应商的交货方式已经自动创建了。大多数情况下, 一些货代供应商会有 **2** 种交货方式 :一个是 **国际运输** , 一个是 **国内运输**" " 。" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:43 msgid "" "You can create other methods with the same provider with other " "configuration, for example the **Packaging Type**." msgstr "你还可以用其他配置给同一个供给创建其他方式, 例如 **包装类型** 。" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:46 msgid "" "You can change the **Name** of the delivery method. This is the name that " "will appear on your ecommerce." msgstr "你可以更改发货方式的 **名称** 。该名称会显示在电商模块中。" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:49 msgid "Flag **Shipping enabled** when you are ready to use it." -msgstr "如何准备使用的话, 就标记为 **可以发货** 。" +msgstr "如何准备使用的话， 就标记为 **可以发货** 。" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:54 msgid "" "In the pricing tab, the name of the provider chosen under the **Price " "computation** means that the pricing will be computed by the shipper system." msgstr "在价格栏位, 选择在 **价格计算** 下面的的货代意味着价格是由货代系统计算出来的。" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:57 msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns:" msgstr "货代配置被拆分为两列 :" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:59 msgid "" "The first one is linked to **your account** (developer key, password,...). " "For more information, please refer to the provider website." msgstr "第一个和 **你的账户** 链接(开发者秘钥, 密码, ……), 更多信息参照货代的网站。" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:67 msgid "" "Finally you can limit the delivery method to a few destinations. You can " "limit it to some countries, states or even zip codes. This feature limits " @@ -6737,38 +5831,38 @@ msgstr "" "最终我们可以把发货方式局限在几个目的位置。你可以把它们限制为一些国家, 省份甚至邮编。这种特性限制了电商的国家列表。对国内的用户很有用。例如 USPS " "US只在美国国内运输。" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:95 msgid "" "Go the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> Products`. Open the products" " you want to ship and set a weight on it." msgstr "进入菜单 :menuselection:`销售 --> 销售 --> 产品` 。打开你想要交货的产品并为之维护重量。" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:102 msgid "" "The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to " "make the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system." msgstr "产品页面中的重量默认的用千克表示。如果使用英制单位, 不要忘了进行转换。" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:115 msgid "" "You can now choose the carrier on your sale order. Click on **Delivery " "method** to choose the right one." -msgstr "现在你可以在销售订单选择货代。点击 **发货方式** 选择正确的一个。" +msgstr "现在你可以在销售订单选择货代。点击 **发货方式** 选择合适的一个。" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:118 msgid "" "The price is computed when you save the sale order or when you click on " "**Set price**." msgstr "在你保存订单或者点击 **设置价格** 的时候价格就会计算。" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:121 msgid "" "If you want to invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, " "click on **Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery " "method as a product. It may vary from the real price." msgstr "如果你想要给销售订单的运费开票, 点击 **设置价格** , 它就会把运输方式作为一个产品名称添加到销售订单上。可能和实际价格存在差异。" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:125 msgid "" "Otherwise, the real price (computed when the delivery is validated) will " "automatically be added to the invoice. For more information, please read the" @@ -6776,67 +5870,67 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "不然, 实际价格(发货单确认的时候会计算)会自动的添加到发票中。详情请参照文档 :doc:`../operation/invoicing` " -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:132 msgid "" "The delivery created from the sale order will take the shipping information " "from it. You can change the carrier if you want to." msgstr "销售订单产生的发货单会从销售订单带出发货信息。如果有需要的话, 可以更改货代信息。" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:141 msgid "" "The weight is computed based on the products weights. The shipping cost will" " be computed once the transfer is validated." msgstr "发货重量根据产品的重量计算。一旦调拨确认后运输成本就会计算。" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:144 msgid "" "Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number. The **Carrier Tracking" " ref** field will automatically be filled. Click on the **Tracking** button " "to check your delivery on the provider website." msgstr "点击 **验证** 接收追踪号码。 **承运商追踪参考** 字段会被自动填上。在货代的网站上点击 **追踪** 按钮查看发货单。" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:159 msgid ":doc:`../operation/labels`" msgstr ":doc:`../operation/labels` " -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:3 msgid "How to get UPS credentials for integration with Odoo?" msgstr "如何得到用于集成UPS的证书？" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:5 msgid "In order to use the Odoo UPS API, you will need:" msgstr "要使用Odoo UPS API, 你需要 :" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:7 msgid "A UPS.com user ID and password" msgstr "一个 UPS.com 用户 ID 和密码" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:9 msgid "A UPS account number" msgstr "一个UPS 账户号" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:11 msgid "An Access Key" msgstr "登陆秘钥" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:13 msgid "" "An Access Key is a 16 character alpha-numeric code that allows access to the" " UPS Developer Kit API Development and Production servers." msgstr "访问密钥是一个16字符的字母数字代码, 允许访问的窗口开发工具包的开发和生产服务器。" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:17 msgid "Create a UPS Account" msgstr "创建一个UPS账号" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:19 msgid "" "Note that only customers located in the US can open a UPS account online. If" " you are located outside the US, you will need to contact UPS Customer " "Service in order to to open an account." msgstr "注意 :只有在美国本土的客户才可以在线开启UPS账户。如果你不在美国本土, 你需要和UPS客服联系取得账号" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:23 msgid "" "You can read additional information about opening a UPS account on the their" " website, on the page, `How to Open a UPS Account Online " @@ -6845,98 +5939,1958 @@ msgstr "" "在UPS主页你可以得到更加详细的关于如何申请UPS账号的信息 :\n" "<https : //www.ups.com/content/us/en/resources/sri/openaccountonline.html?srch_pos=2&srch_phr=open+ups+account> `_" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:27 msgid "" "If you don't already have a UPS account, you can create one along with your " "online profile by following these steps:" msgstr "如果你还没有UPS账号, 你可以根据以下步骤创建一个在线的配置 :" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:30 msgid "" "1. Access the UPS.com web site at `www.ups.com <http://www.ups.com/>`__, and" " click the **New User** link at the top of the page." msgstr "" -"1．用 `www.ups.com <http ://www.ups.com/>` 登入UPS.com网站并在页面上方点击 **新用户** 。" +"1.访问UPS网站，网址为 `www.ups.com <http://www.ups.com/>`__ ，然后单击页面顶部的 **新用户** 链接。" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:34 msgid "" "2. Click the **Register for MyUPS** button, and follow the prompts to " "complete the registration process." msgstr "2．点击 **MyUPS注册** 按钮, 按照以下流程完成注册过程。" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:37 msgid "" "If you already have a UPS account, you can add it to your online profile as " "follows:" msgstr "如果你已经有了UPS账号, 你可以把它添加在以下的在线配置中" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:39 msgid "" "Log in to the `UPS.com website <http://www.ups.com/>`_) using your UPS.com " "User ID and Password." msgstr "使用UPS.com用户名和密码登录`UPS.com网站 <http://www.ups.com/>`_)。" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:41 msgid "Click the **My UPS** tab." msgstr "点击 **My UPS** 页签。" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:43 msgid "Click the **Account Summary** link." msgstr "点击 **账户概要** 链接。" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:45 msgid "" "4. Click the **Add an Existing UPS Account** link in the **UPS Account " "Details** section of the page." msgstr "4．在该页的 **UPS 账户详情** 部分点击 **添加现有的UPS账户** 链接。" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:48 msgid "" "5. In the **Add New Account** screen, enter the **UPS Account Number**, " "**Account Name**, and **Postal Code** fields. The country defaults to United" " States.q" msgstr "" -"5. 在 **添加新的账户** 窗口, 输入 **UPS 账户号码** , **账户名称** , 以及 **邮编** 等字段, 默认的国家是美国" +"5. 在 **添加新的账户** 窗口, 输入 **UPS 账户号码** ， **账户名称** ， 以及 **邮编** 等字段， 默认的国家是美国" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:52 msgid "Click the **Next** button to continue." msgstr "点击 **下一个** 按钮继续。" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:55 msgid "Get an Access Key" msgstr "获取访问密匙" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:57 msgid "" "After you have added your UPS account number to your user profile you can " "request an Access Key from UPS using the steps below:" msgstr "在添加了UPS 账户号码到你的用户属性中之后, 你将可以从UPS得到登陆秘钥 :" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:60 msgid "" "Go to the `UPS Developer Kit web page " "<https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en_US>`_" msgstr "前往`UPS开发工具包网页 <https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en_US>`_" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:61 msgid "Log into UPS.com with your user ID and password" msgstr "用你的用户ID和密码登陆UPS.COM" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:62 msgid "Click on the link **Request an access key**." msgstr "点击 **请求访问密匙** 。" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:63 msgid "Verify your contact information" msgstr "验证联系信息" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:64 msgid "Click the **Request Access Key** button." msgstr "点击 **请求访问密匙** 按钮。" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:66 msgid "" "The **Access Key** will be provided to you on the web page, and an email " "with the Access Key will be sent to the email address of the primary " "contact." -msgstr "你可以在登陆的网页上得到 **登陆秘钥** , 同时带有登陆秘钥的电子邮件被发送到主要联系人的邮箱中" +msgstr "你可以在登陆的网页上得到 **访问密钥** , 同时带有访问的电子邮件被发送到主要联系人的邮箱中" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:4 +msgid "Manufacturing" +msgstr "生产" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management.rst:4 +msgid "Manufacturing Management" +msgstr "制造管理" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:3 +msgid "Using an alternative Work Center" +msgstr "使用替代工作中心" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:5 +msgid "" +"For many manufacturing companies, a common issue is to have to manufacture, " +"at the same time, several products usually produced at the same work center." +" If in practice, employees can manufacture the goods at another work center," +" it is not that simple." +msgstr "对于许多制造企业而言，常见的问题是必须在同一工作中心同时制造多种产品。如果在实践中，员工可以在另一个工作中心制造货物，那么问题就更复杂了。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:10 +msgid "" +"You need to keep track of the job: which work center has been used and when," +" so you can schedule maintenance efficiently. With Odoo, you can configure " +"it so you can keep tracking manufacturing orders and your employees have an " +"alternative work center to use." +msgstr "" +"你必须追踪员工的工作，知晓何时使用了哪个工作中心，以便有效安排维护。你现在可以利用Odoo配置以上事务，以便追踪制造订单，让员工也有可使用的替代工作中心。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:15 +msgid "" +"This way, your process becomes more efficient, and less non-productive time " +"will be noticed." +msgstr "这样，你的流程效率提高，非生产时间也将显露出来。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:20 +msgid "Configure your Work Centers" +msgstr "配置你的工作中心" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The first thing to do is to go to the *Manufacturing* app settings. Then, " +"enable the *Work Orders* feature and hit save." +msgstr "首先是进入*制造*应用程序设置。然后，启用*工单*功能并点击保存。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Now, go to the *Work Centers* menu under *Master Data* and create two new " +"work centers. Add the second work centers as an alternative to the first and" +" vice versa." +msgstr "现在，进入*主数据*下面的*工作中心*菜单，并创建两个新的工作中心。将第二个工作中心添加为第一个工作中心的替代品，反之亦然。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:39 +msgid "" +"The next step is to create your *routing*. Add your work center and an " +"operation to it before saving." +msgstr "下一步是创建你的*路线*。添加工作中心和操作，然后保存。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Then, you can create your *Bill of Materials* and add components and routing" +" to it." +msgstr "然后，你可创建*物料清单*并为它添加部件和路线。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:56 +msgid "Create your Work Orders" +msgstr "创建工单" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Now that everything is configured, you can create your *Work Orders*. Go to " +"the *Manufacturing Orders* menu and hit *Create*. There, add your product " +"and plan it. In the *Work Orders* list, you can find it ready to be " +"assembled." +msgstr "现在，一切配置妥当，你可创建*工单*。进入*制造订单*菜单并点击*创建*。然后添加产品和计划。在*工单*列表中，它已组合完毕。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Each new *Work Order*, which will be created before the end of the first " +"one, will be scheduled at the alternative work center you configured." +msgstr "每个新的*工单*都在前一个工单结束前创建，并安排到你配置的替代工作中心。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Keep in mind that, if you add time after production to your work center, you" +" may have work orders scheduled for your alternative work center even if the" +" usual one is free." +msgstr "请记住，如果在生产开始后向工作中心增加时间，即使常用的工作中心空闲，工单也可能会安排到替代工作中心。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:3 +msgid "Create Bills of Materials" +msgstr "创建物料清单" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A *Bill of Materials* is a document defining the quantity of each component " +"required to manufacture a finished product. It also includes the routing and" +" individual steps of the manufacturing process." +msgstr "*物料清单*是指规定制造成品所需的每种部件数量的文件。它还包括制造过程的路线和各个步骤。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:9 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can link multiple BoMs to each product and use it to describe" +" multiple variants of them. Each BoM will, yet, be associated with one " +"product only." +msgstr "在Odoo中，你可将多个物料清单与一种产品关联，用于描述产品的多种变体。但每个物料清单仅与一种产品挂钩。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:13 +msgid "" +"This feature will help optimize your manufacturing process while saving you " +"time." +msgstr "这项功能有助于优化制造过程并节约时间。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:17 +msgid "Setting up a BoM" +msgstr "设置物料清单" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:19 +msgid "" +"You can use BoMs without routings. You will use this if you choose to manage" +" your manufacturing operations using manufacturing orders only. In other " +"words, you choose to realize your manufacturing process in one step and do " +"not track the steps the product goes through." +msgstr "" +"你在使用物料清单时可以不设路线。如果你选择只使用制造订单来管理制造操作，则可使用本功能。换句话说，你选择一个步骤实现制造过程，而不追踪产品经过的所有步骤。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Before creating your *BoM*, you have to create the product using the *BoM* " +"and, at least, one of the components. Go to the :menuselection:`Master Data " +"menu --> Products` and create both the finished product and the component." +msgstr "" +"在创建*物料清单*之前，你必须创建使用*物料清单*的产品以及至少一种部件。前往 :menuselection:`主数据菜单 --> " +"产品`并创建成品和部件。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Once done, go to the *Bills of Materials* menu under *Master Data*. Now, " +"create it. Choose the product from the dropdown menu and add your components" +" and the quantity. In this case, keep the default *BoM* type, which is " +"*Manufacture this Product*." +msgstr "" +"完成后，前往*主数据*下的*物料清单*。现在，创建物料清单。从下拉菜单中选择产品并添加你的部件和数量。在本例中，保留默认的*物料清单*类型，即*制造此产品*。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:37 +msgid "Using the same BoM to describe Variants" +msgstr "使用同一个物料清单描述产品变体" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:39 +msgid "" +"As said above, you can use *BoM* for *Product Variants*. It is basically the" +" same as for the standard product." +msgstr "如上所述，你可将*物料清单*用于*产品变体*。它基本与标准产品的操作相同。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:42 +msgid "" +"If your *BoM* is for one variant only, then specify which one in the " +"*Product Variant* field. If not, specify the variant it is consumed for on " +"each component line. You can add several variants for each component." +msgstr "如果你的*物料清单*仅针对一种变体，那么在*产品变体*字段具体指明。否则，在每条部件线上指明相应的变体。你可为每种部件添加多种变体。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:51 +msgid "Adding a routing" +msgstr "添加路线" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:53 +msgid "" +"You can add routing to your *BoM*. You will do this if you need to define a " +"series of operations required by your manufacturing process. To use it, " +"enable the *Work Orders* feature in the *Manufacturing* app settings." +msgstr "你可为*物料清单*添加路线。这项功能适用于定义制造过程需要的一系列操作。为此，在*制造*应用程序设置中启用*工单*功能。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Each *BoM* can have only one routing while each routing can be used multiple" +" times." +msgstr "每个*物料清单*只能有一条路线，而每条路线可使用多次。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Now that you have created your routing, add it to your *BoM*. You can select" +" when, in the work operations, your components are consumed with the " +"dropdown menu." +msgstr "现在，你已创建路线，将它添加到你的*物料清单*。你可通过下拉菜单选择在工作操作中何时使用各项部件。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:73 +msgid "Adding By-Products" +msgstr "添加副产品" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:75 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, a *by-product* is any product produced by a *BoM* in addition to " +"the primary product." +msgstr "在Odoo中，*副产品*是指*物料清单*产出主产品之外的其他产品。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:78 +msgid "" +"To add *by-products* to a *BoM*, you will first need to enable them from the" +" *Manufacturing* app settings." +msgstr "如要向*物料清单*添加*副产品*，首先需要从*制造*应用程序设置启用这项功能。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Once the feature is enabled, you can add your *By-Products* to your *BoMs*. " +"You can add as many *By-Products* as you want. Just keep in mind that you " +"need to register during which operation your by-product is produced." +msgstr "启用该功能后，你可向*物料清单*添加*副产品*。你可添加多种*副产品*。只需记住，你需要登记产生副产品的操作环节。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:3 +msgid "Sell sets of products as kits" +msgstr "将一组产品作为套件销售" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A *kit* is a set of components that are delivered without first being " +"assembled or mixed. *Kits* are described in Odoo using *Bills of Materials*." +" There are two basic ways to configure *kits*, depending on how the stock of" +" the kit product is to be managed. In either case, both the *Inventory* and " +"*Manufacturing* apps must be installed." +msgstr "" +"*套件*是指交货前未组装或混合的一组部件。它们在Odoo中被称为*物料清单*。根据套件产品的管理形式，有两种基本的*套件*配置方法。每种方法中，都必须安装“库存”和“制造”应用程序。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:12 +msgid "Manage Stock of Component Products" +msgstr "管理部件产品库存" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If you want to assemble kits as they are ordered, managing stock of the kit " +"components only, you will use a *Kit BoM* without a manufacturing step." +msgstr "如你想按订单组装套件，只需对套件部件库存进行管理，则可跳过制造步骤使用*套件物料清单*。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:18 +msgid "" +"A product using a *Kit BoM* will appear as a single line item on a quotation" +" and sales order, but will generate a delivery order with one line item for " +"each of the components of the kit. In the examples below, the first image " +"shows a sales order for the kit *Custom Computer Kit*, while the second " +"image shows the corresponding delivery order." +msgstr "" +"使用*套件物料清单*的产品将作为单行项目在报价和销售订单中显示，但它会为套件中的每个部件都生成一个单行交货单。在以下例子中，左图显示\"自定义电脑套件\"的销售订单，右图显示对应的交货单。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:33 +msgid "" +"From the *Products menu* in either the *Inventory* or *Manufacturing* app, " +"create each component product as you would with any other product, then " +"create the top-level, or kit product. The kit product should have only the " +"*route Manufacture* set, in the *Inventory tab*. Because you cannot track " +"the stock of kit products, the *Product Type* should be set to Consumable. " +"Because a kit product cannot be purchased, then, *Can be Purchased* should " +"be unchecked." +msgstr "" +"从*库存*或*制造*应用程序的*产品菜单*，创建每个部件产品，操作方法与所有其他产品一样，然后创建顶级产品或套件产品。套件产品在*库存选项卡*下应该只有*制造路线*组。由于你无法追踪套件产品的库存，*产品类型*应设置为消耗品。由于套件产品是无法购买的，所以应取消*采购*前面的勾号。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:41 +msgid "" +"All other parameters on the kit product may be modified according to your " +"preference. The component products require no particular configuration." +msgstr "套件产品的所有其他参数都可按照你的偏好进行修改。套件产品无需特别的配置。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Once the products are configured, create a *bill of materials* for the kit " +"product. Add each component and its quantity. Select the *BoM Type Ship this" +" product as a set of components*. All other options may be left with their " +"default values." +msgstr "" +"完成产品配置后，为套件产品创建*物料清单*。添加每种部件及其数量。选择*物料清单类型*下的*将本产品作为一套部件发货*。所有其他选项可保留默认值。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:57 +msgid "Manage Stock of Kit Product and Component Products" +msgstr "管理套件及部件产品的库存" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If you want to manage stock of the *top-level kit product*, you will use a " +"standard *BoM* with a manufacturing step instead of a *Kit BoM*. When using " +"a standard BoM to assemble kits, a *manufacturing order* will be created. " +"The *manufacturing order* must be registered as completed before the kit " +"product will appear in your stock." +msgstr "" +"如需管理*顶级套件产品*的库存，需要采用有制造步骤的标准*物料清单*而不用*套件物料清单*。使用标准物料清单组装套件时将创建一个*制造订单*。该*制造订单*必须登记后才能在库存中显示套件产品。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:68 +msgid "" +"On the kit product, select the *route Manufacture*. You may also select " +"*Make to Order*, which will create a *manufacturing order* whenever a sales " +"order is confirmed. Select the product type *Storable Product* to enable " +"stock management." +msgstr "" +"在套件产品中选择*制造路线*。也可选择*按订单生产*，这会在每次确认销售订单时创建一个*制造订单*。请选择产品类别为*可库存产品*启用库存管理。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:76 +msgid "" +"When you create the *bill of materials*, select the BoM Type *Manufacture " +"this product*. The assembly of the kit will be described by a *manufacturing" +" order* rather than a packing operation." +msgstr "当你创建*物料清单*时，将物料清单类别选择为*制造此产品*。套件的组装由*制造订单*而非包装操作来定义。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage BoMs for product variants" +msgstr "如何管理产品变体的BoM" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows you to use one bill of materials for multiple variants of the " +"same product. Simply enable variants from :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`." +msgstr "" +"Odoo允许你为同一产品的多个变量使用物料清单。启用变量的方式很简单，只需从 :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置` 中选择。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:12 +msgid "" +"You will then be able to specify which component lines are to be used in the" +" manufacture of each product variant. You may specify multiple variants for " +"each line. If no variant is specified, the line will be used for all " +"variants." +msgstr "然后就可以指定每个产品变量的制造中需要用哪些部件行。可以为每个行指定多个变量。如果没有指定变量，这一行可以用于所有的变量。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:17 +msgid "" +"When defining variant BoMs on a line-item-basis, the **Product Variant** " +"field in the main section of the BoM should be left blank. This field is " +"used when creating a BoM for one variant of a product only." +msgstr "在行与项目对应的基础上定义变量BoM时，BoM主区域的 **产品变量** 字段应不填内容。这一字段只在为产品的一个变量创建BoM时有用。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:3 +msgid "Set routings on kit Bills of materials" +msgstr "在套件物料清单上设置路线" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:5 +msgid "" +"It often happens that you want to use kit BoM’s within manufactured product " +"BoM’s in order to lighten the list of components for this manufactured " +"product. When doing so, you would like to have the possibility to specify, " +"for each kit component, in which operation they are consumed." +msgstr "你经常希望使用已制产品物料清单内的套件物料清单，以缩减该产品的部件清单长度。在此过程中，你希望能够指明消耗每个套件部件的操作环节。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:11 +msgid "" +"We will see the three use cases that you can face in these kinds of " +"configurations." +msgstr "我们来看你在这类配置中可能面临的三种用例。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:15 +msgid "Finished Product & Kit Component have the same Routing" +msgstr "成品和套件部件路线相同" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:107 +msgid "Create BoM for the Finished Product" +msgstr "为成品创建物料清单" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Create a manufactured BoM for the finished product which includes a kit " +"component. Set a routing on your BoM, for example, *Assemble Furniture*." +msgstr "为包含套件部件的成品创建物料清单。为该物料清单设置路线，例如*组装家具*。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:117 +msgid "Create a Kit BoM for the Kit Component" +msgstr "为套件部件创建套件物料清单" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Update the kit component to define its BoM. Make sure that the routing which" +" is set on this BoM is the same one than on the Finished Product." +msgstr "更新套件部件，以定义其物料清单。确保该物料清单设定的路线与成品相同。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:36 +msgid "" +"You can define the operations in which the kit components are used directly " +"in the BoM of the kit." +msgstr "你可直接在套件物料清单中定义使用该套件部件的操作环节。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:127 +msgid "Manufacturing Order" +msgstr "制造订单" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:42 +msgid "" +"In the list of components, the kit is split. Two work orders are created as " +"we have two operations defined in the *Assemble Furniture* routing. The " +"components of the kits are well consumed in the operations defined in the " +"kit BoM." +msgstr "" +"在部件清单中，套件被分拆。由于我们在*组装家具*路线中定义了两个操作环节，因此已创建两个工单。套件部件在套件物料清单中定义的操作环节被消耗。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:57 +msgid "Finished Product & Kit Component haven’t the same Routing" +msgstr "成品和套件部件路线不同" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:60 +msgid "Kit Consumption set on Finished Product BoM" +msgstr "在成品物料清单中设置套件消耗" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Update the kit component to define its BoM. In this use case, the routing " +"which is set on this Kit BoM is different than the one of the Finished " +"Product. Specify the operations at which the kit components are consumed in " +"this BoM." +msgstr "更新套件部件，以定义其物料清单。在本用例中，套件物料清单中设置的路线与成品不同。这次物料清单中指明消耗套件部件的操作环节。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:129 +msgid "" +"When the manufacturing order is created for the Manufactured product, the " +"kit is split among its components. When the manufacturing order is planned, " +"three work orders are created in our case, one coming from the routing of " +"the manufactured products, the two other ones coming from the routing of the" +" kit BoM." +msgstr "" +"当为制造产品创建制造订单时，套件分拆在各个部件中。在计划制造订单时，在本例中需创建三个工单，一个来自于制造产品的路线，另两个来自于套件物料清单的路线。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:95 +msgid "The components are all consumed during their respective operations." +msgstr "这些部件在其各自的操作环节中被消耗。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:104 +msgid "Kit Consumption set on Kit BoM" +msgstr "在套件物料清单中设置套件消耗" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:109 +msgid "" +"Create a manufactured BoM for the finished product which includes a kit " +"component. Set a routing on your BoM, for example, *Assemble Furniture*. " +"Precise the consumption of the components on this BoM." +msgstr "为包含套件部件的成品创建制造物料清单。为该物料清单设置路线，例如*组装家具*。在该物料清单上指明部件的消耗情况。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Update the kit component to define its BoM. In this use case, the routing " +"which is set on this Kit BoM is different than the one of the Finished " +"Product." +msgstr "更新套件部件，以定义其物料清单。在本用例中，套件物料清单设置的路线与成品不同。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:138 +msgid "" +"All the components of the kits are consumed during the first operation. The " +"last component is consumed during the second operation." +msgstr "本套件的所有部件都在首个操作环节中被消耗。最后一个部件在第二个操作环节中被消耗。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:3 +msgid "Manage semi-finished products" +msgstr "管理半成品" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, you can use subassembly products to simplify a complex *Bill of " +"Materials* or to represent your manufacturing flow more accurately. A " +"*subassembly product* is a manufactured product that is used as a component " +"to make another one." +msgstr "在Odoo中，你可用分组件产品简化复杂的*物料清单*，或更准确地代表制造过程。*分组件产品*是指用作另一个产品部件的已制产品。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:10 +msgid "" +"A *BoM* that employs *subassemblies* is referred to as a multi-level BoM. " +"Those are accomplished by creating a *top-level BoM* and *subassembly ones*." +" This process requires a route that will ensure that every time a " +"manufacturing order for the top-level product is created, another one will " +"be for subassemblies." +msgstr "" +"包含*分组件*的*物料清单*被称为多级物料清单。这需要创建*顶级物料清单*和*分组件物料清单*。这一流程将确保每次为顶级产品创建制造订单时，同时创建分组件制造订单。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:17 +msgid "Configure the Subassembly Product" +msgstr "配置分组件产品" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To configure a *multi-level BoM*, you will need a top-level product but also" +" its subassemblies. The first step is to create a product form for each of " +"the subassemblies. Select the routes *Manufacture* and *Replenish on Order*." +" Now, hit save." +msgstr "如要配置*多级物料清单*，你需要顶级产品及其分组件。第一步是为每个分组件创建产品表单。选择*制造*和*按订单补给*路线。然后，点击保存。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:27 +msgid "" +"In the *Bill of Materials* menu, under *Master Data*, create a new *Bill of " +"Materials*. Choose the product you just created and add its components." +msgstr "在*主数据*下的*物料清单*菜单中，创建新的*物料清单*。选择你刚创建的产品并添加其部件。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:35 +msgid "Configure the Main BoM" +msgstr "配置主物料清单" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Now, you can configure the top-level product and its *BoM*. Include any " +"subassemblies in the list of components." +msgstr "现在，你可配置顶级产品及其*物料清单*。在部件列表中可加入任何分组件。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Now, each time you will plan a manufacturing order for the top-level " +"product, a manufacturing order will be created for the subassembly one. " +"Then, you will have to manufacture the subassembly in order to make it " +"available before manufacturing the finished product." +msgstr "现在，你每次为顶级产品规划制造订单时，系统将为分组件创建制造订单。然后，你必须制造分组件，确保其在制造成品前可用。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:3 +msgid "Subcontract your Manufacturing" +msgstr "外包制造" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Outsourcing a portion of some or all your company’s manufacturing needs is " +"not easy. To make it work right, you have to:" +msgstr "将公司的部分或全部制造程序需求外包出去并不容易。为了让它正常工作，你必须:" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:8 +msgid "Manage the inventory of raw materials at your subcontractor;" +msgstr "管理分包商的原材料库存;" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Ship new materials to your subcontractors based on your forecasted demand;" +msgstr "根据您的预期需求将新材料发送给您的分包商;" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Keep track of manufacturing operations done at the subcontractor location;" +msgstr "跟踪在分包商进行的制造操作；" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:13 +msgid "Control incoming goods quality;" +msgstr "控制进货质量;" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:14 +msgid "Control subcontractors bills." +msgstr "控制分包商账单。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Here is an example of subcontracting the manufacturing of “C”, which is " +"produced out of raw materials “A” and “B”." +msgstr "这是转包制造“C”的例子，它是用原材料“A”和“B”生产的。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:23 +msgid "" +"With its subcontracting feature, Odoo helps you handle this flow easily." +msgstr "凭借其分包功能，Odoo帮助您轻松处理这一流程。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To use the subcontracting feature, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and tick the box *Subcontracting*." +msgstr "要使用转包功能，请转到 :menuselection:`制造 --> 配置 --> 设置并勾选 *转包* 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To define if a product must be subcontracted, use a *Bill of Materials " +"(BoM)* of type *Subcontracting*." +msgstr "要定义一个产品是否必须分包，使用类型 *分包* 的 *物料清单(BoM)* 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To create a new *BoM*, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Master Data " +"--> Bill of Materials` and hit create. Then, list the components your " +"subcontractor needs to manufacture the product. For costing purposes, you " +"might want to register all the components, even the ones that are sourced " +"directly from the subcontractor." +msgstr "" +"要创建一个新的 *BoM* ，请转到 :menuselection:`制造 --> 主数据 --> 物料清单(BoM) 并点击创建。 " +"然后，列出分包商制造产品所需的组件。 出于成本目的，您可能想要注册所有组件，甚至包括直接从分包商处采购的组件。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Once you have set the *BoM Type* to *Subcontracting*, specify one or several" +" subcontractors." +msgstr "将 *BoM类型* 设置为 *转包* 后，指定一个或多个转包商。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:52 +msgid "Basic Subcontracting Flow" +msgstr "基本分包流程" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To let your subcontractor know how many products you need, create and send " +"them purchase orders (PO). To do so, open the *Purchase* app and create a " +"new one. Be sure to send the PO to a vendor that is defined as a " +"subcontractor on the *BoM*." +msgstr "" +"为了让你的分包商知道你需要多少产品，创建并发送采购订单(PO)给他们。为此，打开 *采购* " +"应用程序并创建一个新的采购订单。确保将采购订单发送给供应商，该供应商在 *BoM* 中被定义为分包商。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Once the *PO* is validated (1), a pending receipt is created. When the " +"products are received, validate the receipt (2), with the actual quantity " +"received. Then Odoo automatically created several inventory moves:" +msgstr "" +"一旦*PO*被验证(1)，将创建一个等待的收据。当收到产品时，验证收据(2)，与实际收到的数量。然后Odoo将自动创建了几个库存移动的记录:" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Consume the components at the subcontractor’s location, based on the *BoM* " +"(3);" +msgstr "根据* BoM *（3）在分包商的位置使用组件；" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:70 +msgid "Produce finished goods at the subcontractor’s location (4);" +msgstr "在分包商的位置生产成品（4）；" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Move products from the subcontractor’s location to YourCompany through the " +"validated receipt (5)." +msgstr "通过有效的收据将产品从分包商所在地转移到\"YourCompany\"(5)。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Of course, Odoo does all the transactions for you, automatically. Simply " +"control the vendor bill with the usual matching process with the purchase " +"order." +msgstr "当然，Odoo会自动为你做所有的交易。只需通过与采购订单的常规匹配过程控制供应商账单。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:79 +msgid "" +"The *PO* is optional. If you create a receipt manually, with the right " +"subcontractor, Odoo still performs all the moves. Useful if the " +"subcontractor does not bill a fixed price per item, but rather the time and " +"materials used." +msgstr "" +"*采购订单* " +"是可选的。如果您想与正确的分包商手动创建收据，Odoo仍然可以执行所有的行动。如果转包商没有对每一件物品给出固定的价格，而是对所使用的时间和材料给出固定的价格，那么这种方法是有用的。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:85 +msgid "Inventory Valuation" +msgstr "库存计价" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:87 +msgid "The cost of the manufactured product “C” is defined as:" +msgstr "制成品“C”的成本定义为:" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:89 +msgid "**C = A + B + s**" +msgstr "**C = A + B + s**" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:91 +msgid "With:" +msgstr "与：" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:93 +msgid "**A**: Cost of raw materials coming from YourCompany;" +msgstr "**A** :来自贵公司的原材料成本;" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:96 +msgid "**B**: Cost of raw materials sourced directly from the" +msgstr "**B** :直接从采购的原材料成本" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:96 +msgid "subcontractor;" +msgstr "分包商;" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:98 +msgid "**s**: Cost of the subcontracted service." +msgstr "**s** :分包服务的成本。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Sending raw materials to your subcontractors (**A**) does not impact the " +"inventory valuation, the components still belonging to your company. To " +"manage this, the *Subcontracting Location* is configured as an *Internal " +"Location* so that the components are still valued in the inventory." +msgstr "" +"将原材料发送给分包商（ **A** ）不会影响库存评估，这些组件仍然属于您的公司。 为了管理此问题，将 *转包地点* 配置为 *内部地点* " +"，以便仍在清单中对组件进行估价。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:106 +msgid "" +"Then, the vendor price set on the product C form has to be what has to be " +"paid to the subcontractor for his parts and service time: **B + s**. The " +"product cost has to be: **A + B + s**, how much the product is valued in the" +" accounting." +msgstr "" +"然后，在产品C表格上设置的卖方价格必须是分包商为其零件和服务时间所必须支付的价格： ** B + s ** 。 产品成本必须为：**A + B + " +"s** ，该产品在会计中的价值。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Finally, the subcontractor bill matches the purchase order, with the " +"proposed price coming from the finished products C." +msgstr "最后，分包商账单与采购订单相匹配，建议价格来自成品C。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:115 +msgid "" +"If managing the replenishment of raw materials **B** at your subcontractor’s" +" location is not needed, simply include the cost of **B** in the " +"subcontractor’s price **s** and remove the products *B* from the *BoM*." +msgstr "如果不需要在你的分包商所在地管理原材料的补充，只需在分包商的价格中包括 **B** 的成本，并将产品从 *BoM* 中删除。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:121 +msgid "Traceability" +msgstr "追溯" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:123 +msgid "" +"In case the products received from the subcontractor contain tracked " +"components, their serial or lot numbers need to be specified during the " +"receipt." +msgstr "如果从分包商收到的产品包被跟踪的组件，则在收货期间需要指定其序列号或批号。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:127 +msgid "" +"On the receipt of the subcontracted product, a *Record Components* button " +"appears when necessary. Click on it to open a dialog and record the " +"serial/lot numbers of the components. If the finished product is also " +"tracked, its serial/lot number can be registered here too." +msgstr "" +"在接收分包产品时，必要时将出现 *记录组件* 按钮。点击打开对话框，记录组件的序列号/批号。如果成品也被跟踪，它的序列号/批号也可以在这里登记。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:136 +msgid "" +"For audit purposes, it is possible to check the lot numbers recorded on a " +"receipt by using the icon on the right of the finished products:" +msgstr "出于审计目的，可以使用成品右侧的图标检查收据上记录的批号:" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:144 +msgid "Automate Replenishment of Subcontractors" +msgstr "分包商的自动化补货" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:146 +msgid "" +"To manage the resupply of your subcontractor, activate *Multi-locations* in " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Configuration`. Then, the " +"inventory at the subcontractor location can be tracked." +msgstr "" +"要管理您的分包商的补货，请在:menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 配置中 激活 *多地点*。 然后，可以跟踪在分包商位置的库存。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:151 +msgid "" +"It is possible to resupply subcontractors by sending products from the " +"company locations, or by sending products from another supplier to the " +"subcontractors." +msgstr "可以通过从公司地点发送产品或从其他供应商发送产品给分包商进行补给。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:156 +msgid "Replenishment from the warehouse" +msgstr "从仓库补货" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:158 +msgid "" +"Resupplying subcontractors manually is the simplest approach. To do so, " +"create delivery orders in which the subcontractor is set as a delivery " +"address and fill the components to deliver." +msgstr "手动重新供应分包商是最简单的方法。 为此，创建将转包商设置为交货地址的交货订单，并填写要交货的组件。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:162 +msgid "" +"To automate the subcontractors’ replenishment propositions, there are two " +"approaches:" +msgstr "为了使分包商的补给自动化，有两种方法:" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:165 +msgid "Reordering rules;" +msgstr "重新订购规则;" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:166 +msgid "Replenish on order flow." +msgstr "补充订单流程。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:168 +msgid "" +"For the first one, just define a reordering rule on the subcontracting " +"location, with a minimum and maximum inventory level. When the reordering " +"rule is triggered, a delivery order is created to ship the components to the" +" subcontractor." +msgstr "对于第一类型，只需在转包地点定义最小和最大库存水平的重新订购规则。 触发重新订购规则后，将创建交货订单，以将组件运送到分包商。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:177 +msgid "" +"The second approach is to use a “pull” flow. Here, the demand in the " +"finished product (real demand or forecasted one through the Master " +"Production Schedule) triggers the replenishment of the subcontractor. To do " +"so, select the route *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* on the wanted " +"components." +msgstr "" +"第二种方法是使用“拉动式”流程。在这里，成品中的需求(实际需求或通过主生产计划预测的需求)触发了分包商的补给。要做到这一点，在所需的组件选择路线 " +"*再供应分包商的订单* 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:188 +msgid "Replenishment from another supplier" +msgstr "从其他供应商补货" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:190 +msgid "" +"When purchasing items to another supplier, it is possible to ask him to " +"deliver the subcontractor directly. To do so, activate the *Drop Shipping* " +"feature in :menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> Configuration`." +msgstr "" +"当向另一个供应商采购产品时，可以要求他直接从分包商交付。要做到这一点，在:menuselection: '采购 --> 设置 --> 设置中激活 " +"*转运配送* 功能'。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:195 +msgid "" +"Now, set the *Dropship* option in the *Deliver To* field of the *Other " +"Information* tab. Then, provide the address of the subcontractor for the " +"shipping." +msgstr "现在，在 *其他信息* 标签的 *交付* 字段中设置 *转运配送* 选项。然后，提供运输的分包商的地址。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:203 +msgid "" +"That way, the supplier can ship items directly and you simply receive and " +"pay the bill. However, it is still required to validate receipts for the " +"subcontractor." +msgstr "通过这种方式，供应商可以直接发货，而您只需接收和支付账单。但是，仍然需要对分包商的收据进行验证。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:212 +msgid "Quality Control" +msgstr "质量管理" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:214 +msgid "" +"Controlling the quality of the products manufactured by subcontractors is " +"possible thanks to the Odoo Quality app. Quality checks can be made on a " +"manufacturing step but, because the manufacturing process is handled by an " +"external party, it can be defined on the product reception." +msgstr "" +"Odoo品控应用程序可以控制分包商生产产品的质量。品控检查可以在生产过程中进行，但由于生产过程是由外部方处理的，所以可以在产品接收过程中进行定义。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:224 +msgid "" +"To create a quality check at the receipt, open the *Quality* app and create " +"a new *Control Point* on the reception." +msgstr "要在收货时创建质量检查，请打开 *品控* 应用程序并在收货处创建一个新的 *控制点* 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:231 +msgid "" +"By doing so, a quality check is automatically created each time a finished " +"product is received." +msgstr "通过这样做，每次收到成品时都会自动创建品控检查。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:3 +msgid "Use the Master Production Schedule" +msgstr "使用主生产排程" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The Master Production Schedule (MPS) is a valuable tool to plan your " +"production based on your demand forecast." +msgstr "主生产排程(MPS)是根据你的需求预测计划生产的有用工具。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to the :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings` " +"and activate the Master Production Schedule feature before hitting save." +msgstr "前往 :menuselection:`制造应用程序 --> 配置 --> 设置`并启用主生产排程功能，然后点击保存。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:18 +msgid "" +"In the manufacturing settings, you can define the time range of your MPS " +"(month/week/day) and the number of periods you want to display." +msgstr "在制造设置中，你可定义MPS（月/周/日）的时间范围和希望显示的周期数。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Now, go in :menuselection:`Planning --> Master Production Schedule` and " +"click on add a product. You can now define your safety stock target (= the " +"stock you want to have on hand at the end of the period) and the minimum and" +" maximum quantities to replenish." +msgstr "" +"现在，进入 :menuselection:`规划 --> " +"主生产排程`并点击添加产品。你可定义你的安全库存目标（=在周期结束时希望保有的库存量）和补货的最小及最大数量。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The products are ordered in the MPS based on their sequence. You can " +"rearrange that sequence by going on the list of your products and reorganize" +" them with drag and drop." +msgstr "在MPS中根据产品顺序进行订购。你可进入产品列表，拖放并重新排列，即可重新安排产品顺序。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:36 +msgid "" +"In the MPS view, you can decide which information you would like to show by " +"clicking on *rows*. Some fields can be added to the view, such as *Actual " +"demand*, which will show which quantity of products has already been ordered" +" for the period, or *Available to Promise*, which allows you to know what " +"can still be sold during the period (what you plan to replenish - what is " +"already sold during the period). You can also decide to hide some " +"information if it isn’t necessary." +msgstr "" +"在MPS视图中，你可点击*行*，决定显示的信息。你可向该视图添加其他字段，如*实际需求*显示该产品在本周期内已经订购的数量，或*最小数量保证*显示你在本周期内仍可销售的产品（你计划的补货量" +" - 本周期内已经售出的量）。你还可隐藏一些无关紧要的信息。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:48 +msgid "Estimate your demand and launch replenishment" +msgstr "估计需求并发起补货" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The next step is to estimate the demand for the period. This estimation " +"should be entered in the row *Demand Forecast*. You can easily, at any time," +" compare the demand forecast with the actual demand (= confirmed sales). The" +" demand forecast for a finished product will impact the indirect demand for " +"its components." +msgstr "" +"下一步是估计本周期内的需求。你应在*需求预测*行输入估计结果。你可随时比较需求预测与实际需求（=已确认的销售量）。成品的需求预测将影响其部件的间接需求。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Then, the quantity to replenish for the different periods will be " +"automatically computed. The replenishments you are supposed to launch based " +"on your lead times (vendor lead time or manufacturing lead time) are " +"displayed in green. You can now launch the replenishment by clicking on the " +"replenish button." +msgstr "" +"然后，系统将自动计算不同周期的补货量。基于你的前置时间（供应商前置时间或制造前置时间）应发起的补货显示为绿色。现在，你可点击补货按钮，发起补货。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Depending on the configuration of the product (buy vs. manufacture), " +"requests for quotations or manufacturing orders will be created. You can " +"easily access those by clicking on the *Actual Replenishment* cell." +msgstr "根据产品的配置（采购或制造），系统将创建报价请求或制造订单。只需点击*实际补货*单元格，即可轻松访问这些信息。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:75 +msgid "" +"In case you manually edit the *To replenish* quantity, a small cross will " +"appear on the left. In case you want to go back to the automatically " +"computed value given by Odoo, you can click the cross." +msgstr "如你手动编辑*待补货*数量，左侧将出现一个小十字。如你想要返回Odoo提供的自动计算值，你可点击十字图标。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:83 +msgid "Cells color signification" +msgstr "单元格颜色的含义" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:85 +msgid "" +"The cells, which are part of the *To replenish* line, can take different " +"colors depending on the situation:" +msgstr "*待补货*行上的单元格根据不同情况有不同颜色：" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:88 +msgid "" +"**Green**: quantity of products which should be replenished to reach the " +"expected safety stock considering the demand forecast and the indirect " +"demand forecast." +msgstr "**绿色**：考虑到需求预测和间接需求预测，为达到预期安全库存量需要补货的产品数量。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:90 +msgid "" +"**Grey**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity " +"still matches current data." +msgstr "**灰色**：已生成补货订单，其数量仍匹配当前数据。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:92 +msgid "" +"**Red**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity " +"was too high considering current data." +msgstr "**红色**：已生成补货订单，其数量与当前数据相比过高。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:94 +msgid "" +"**Orange**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity" +" was too low considering current data." +msgstr "**橙色**：已生成补货订单，其数量与当前数据相比过低。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:96 +msgid "" +"The *Forecasted stock* line can also contain red cells, which means the " +"stock will be negative during the period in question." +msgstr "*已预测库存*行也可包含红色单元格，意思是该周期内的库存将为负值。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:100 +msgid "What if I have underestimated the demand?" +msgstr "如果我低估了需求怎么办？" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:102 +msgid "" +"You can still increase the demand forecast. It will impact the quantity to " +"replenish. The cell will become orange, and you’ll be able to launch a new " +"replenishment." +msgstr "你仍可增加需求预测。它将影响补货数量。单元格将变为橙色，你可发起新补货。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:107 +msgid "What if I have overestimated the demand?" +msgstr "如果我高估了需求怎么办？" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:109 +msgid "" +"You can decrease the demand forecast. The cell will become red to inform you" +" that you’ve ordered more than planned. If you’re still able to do it, you " +"can cancel some RFQ or MO manually." +msgstr "你可减少需求预测。单元格将变为红色，表明你订购的数量超过了计划数量。如果允许，你可手动取消一些询价单或制造订单。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:114 +msgid "What if I wrongly added a product to the MPS?" +msgstr "如果我在MPS中错误添加了产品怎么办？" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:116 +msgid "" +"You can easily remove a product from the MPS by clicking the small bin on " +"the right of its name." +msgstr "你可点击产品名称右侧的小垃圾箱，即可从MPS中删除该产品。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:4 +msgid "Purchase" +msgstr "采购" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced" +msgstr "高级" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:3 +msgid "Analyze the performance of your purchases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:5 +msgid "" +"If your company regularly purchases products, you have several reasons to " +"track and analyze your performance. The insights gathered can help you to " +"better forecast and plan your future orders. For example, you can assess if " +"your business is dependent on particular vendors, and the data can help you " +"negotiate discounts on prices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:11 +msgid "Generate customized reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Go to *Reporting* to access the purchase analysis. Simply by accessing the " +"reporting dashboard, you can get a quick overview of your actual " +"performance. By default, the reporting dashboard displays a line chart " +"presenting the untaxed amount of your purchase orders per day, and below it," +" key metrics and a pivot table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:22 +msgid "" +"While the data initially presented is useful, there are several tools and " +"features you can use to get even more insights on your purchases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:26 +msgid "Use filters to select the data you need" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Odoo offers several default filters you can use and combine by clicking on " +"*Filters*. When you select one or several filters, Odoo looks for all the " +"orders that match at least one of the filters you have chosen and populates " +"the chart, key metrics, and pivot table with the data. The pre-configured " +"filters are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:33 +msgid "All *Requests for Quotation*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:35 +msgid "All *Purchase Orders*, except canceled ones" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:37 +msgid "" +"*Confirmation Date Last Year* includes all orders that were confirmed the " +"previous year, canceled purchase orders included" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:40 +msgid "" +"*Order Date* includes all orders - request for quotations and purchases " +"orders (canceled ones included) - depending on their date of creation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:43 +msgid "" +"*Confirmation Date* includes all confirmed orders, canceled ones included, " +"depending on their date of confirmation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:47 +msgid "" +"When you have to select a period, you can use multiple years, and, with at " +"least one year selected, multiple quarters and the three most recent months." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you use the *Order Date* or *Confirmation Date* filters, the *Comparison*" +" feature appears next to *Filters*. It enables you to compare the period you" +" filtered with the previous one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:59 +msgid "Add custom filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Thanks to the 31 filtering options to choose from, the possibilities of your" +" customizing your dataset are almost limitless. Go to " +":menuselection:`Filters --> Add Custom Filter`, specify the condition the " +"filtering option should meet (e.g. *is equal to*, *contains*, etc.), and " +"click on *Apply*. If you want to select orders matching several conditions " +"simultaneously (*and* operator), repeat the process to add another custom " +"filter. If you want to use the *or* operator, don't click on *Apply*, and " +"click on *Add a condition* instead. Once you have added all the desired " +"filtering options, click on *Apply*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To avoid having to recreate custom filters every time, save them by clicking" +" on :menuselection:`Favorites --> Save current search --> Save`. The " +"customized search filter can then be accessed by clicking on *Favorites* or " +"can even be set as the default filter when you open the reporting dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:80 +msgid "Measure exactly what you need" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Before selecting what you want to measure, you need to decide whether you " +"prefer using the graph view or the pivot view. By default, the dashboard " +"presents both views. However, the measures you select won't be applied to " +"both views. You can access each view separately by clicking on the icons at " +"the top right of the dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:92 +msgid "Visualize your data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:94 +msgid "" +"You can transform the main graph in just a click by selecting one of the " +"three charts: bar, line or pie. Fourteen different measures are available, " +"but you can only use one at a time. However, you can group the measure using" +" one or several of the 19 *Groups*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:102 +msgid "" +"For bar and line charts, the selected measure is your y-axis, and the first " +"group you select is used to create the x-axis. Adding more group adds " +"additional lines (line chart) or transforms your bar chart into a stacked " +"bar chart. For pie charts, the more groups you select, the more slices are " +"displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:108 +msgid "Explore your data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:110 +msgid "" +"The pivot table view enables you to explore your data in great detail. " +"Unlike the graph view, the pivot table enables you to add several measures " +"at the same time. By clicking on *Measures* or on the **+** sign in the " +"*Total* column, you can add as many as you want, each assigned to a new " +"column. By clicking on the **+** sign in the *Total* row, you can add " +"*Groups*. If you click on a group's **+** sign, you can add a sub-group, and" +" so on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:121 +msgid "" +"You can insert your pivot table's data directly in the Spreadsheet app or " +"export it as an Excel file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals.rst:3 +msgid "Manage deals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:3 +msgid "Purchase agreements: blanket orders and calls for tenders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:5 +msgid "" +"There are two main types of purchase agreements preconfigured in Odoo: " +"blanket orders and call for tenders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Blanket orders are long-term agreements between a company and a vendor to " +"deliver products on a recurring basis with predetermined pricing. Your " +"company should consider using them when you frequently purchase the same " +"products from the same vendor in varying quantities and/or at different " +"times. Among their many benefits, you can save time as the ordering process " +"is simplified, and money thanks to more advantageous bulk pricing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Calls for tenders use a special procedure to request offers from multiple " +"vendors at the same time. While public sector organizations are often " +"legally bound to release calls for tenders when they want to purchase goods " +"or services, private organizations can also use them to get the best deal " +"among several vendors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:20 +msgid "Enable purchase agreements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:22 +msgid "" +"From the Purchase app, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and" +" activate *Purchase Agreements*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:30 +msgid "Configure or create new types of purchase agreements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Before you start using purchase agreements, make sure they are configured " +"the way you want by going to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Purchase " +"Agreement Types`. From there, you can edit the way blanket orders and calls " +"for tenders or *Create* a new type of purchase agreement. You can configure " +"the:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:37 +msgid "Agreement Type: the name you want to give to the agreement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Agreement Selection Type: you can either select multiple offers using " +"*Select multiple RFQ (non-exclusive)*, which is the default setting for both" +" blanket orders and calls for tenders, or a single offer using *Select only " +"one RFQ (exclusive)*, which is sometimes needed for calls for tenders where " +"you only want to select a single vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Lines: generally, you would always want to select *Use lines of agreement*, " +"which are the different product lines you can configure when you set up your" +" purchase agreement. However, you can select *Do not create RfQ lines " +"automatically* if you don't want your requests for quotations to be pre-" +"filled in with that information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Quantities: if you use lines of agreements, you can also specify " +"independently if the products' quantities should be used to pre-fill new " +"requests for quotations. The default option for blanket orders is *Set " +"quantities manually*, while for calls for tenders are set to *Use quantities" +" of agreement*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:59 +msgid "Set up a blanket order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Orders --> Purchase Agreements` and click on *Create*." +" Select *Blanket Order* as your *Agreement Type*. Next, select the vendor. " +"The other fields aren't mandatory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Next, add the products you want to order and their price. Note that you can " +"also add a *Quantity* for each product, for example, if you have agreed with" +" your vendor to order a specific minimum quantity each time or in total. If " +"you have configured your blanket order to *Set quantities manually*, this is" +" only used for informational purposes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:73 +msgid "" +"You can also write any *Terms and Conditions* at the bottom of the " +"agreement. Once you are satisfied with your blanket order, click on " +"*Confirm*. Its status then changes from *Draft* to *Ongoing* and it's ready " +"to be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:78 +msgid "Create requests for quotation from the blanket order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:80 +msgid "" +"You can now create new quotations from the blanket order whenever you need " +"it by clicking on *New Quotation*. Odoo automatically fills in requests for " +"quotation with the information initially defined when you set up the blanket" +" order. Depending on the way you configured the *Purchase Agreement Type*, " +"product lines can also be pre-filled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:85 +msgid "" +"From here, you can quickly view all the requests for quotations made under " +"that blanket order by clicking on *RFQs/Orders*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:93 +msgid "" +"You can also create a *Request for Quotation* the usual way and then link it" +" to an existing *Blanket Order*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:97 +msgid "Blanket orders and replenishment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Blanket orders can be used for :doc:`automated replenishment " +"<../../purchase/products/reordering>`, as once a blanket order is confirmed," +" a new vendor line is added to your product. Make sure the related vendor is" +" in the first position if you have several vendors linked to your product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:108 +msgid "Set up a call for tenders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Orders --> Purchase Agreements` and click on *Create*." +" Select *Call for Tenders* as your *Agreement Type*. The other fields aren't" +" mandatory, but you can add the date you want to be delivered and set an " +"agreement deadline. You usually don't want to select a vendor for calls for " +"tenders as you are looking to get quotations from multiple vendors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Next, add the products you want to order and in what quantity. For calls for" +" tenders, you typically don't add a price, as the vendors should give you " +"their best quote." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:118 +msgid "" +"You can also write any *Terms and Conditions* at the bottom of the " +"agreement. Once you are ready, click on *Confirm*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:126 +msgid "Requests quotations from the call for tenders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:128 +msgid "" +"You can now request new quotations from the call for tenders. Click on *New " +"Quotation* and select one of your vendors you want to invite to the call for" +" tenders. Product lines should also be pre-filled in, depending on how you " +"configured the *Purchase Agreement Type*. Click on *Send by email* to send " +"it to the vendor. Go back to the call for tenders and repeat this process " +"for each vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:138 +msgid "" +"Once you have sent a request for quotation to every vendor and receiving " +"their quotes, click on *Validate* to proceed to the bid selection. Next, " +"click on the RFQs/Orders smart button to view all your vendors' quotations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:146 +msgid "" +"Click on each request for quotation to add the price communicated by your " +"vendors manually. When that's done, select the most advantageous offer and " +"click on *Confirm Order*. This automatically closes the call for tenders. " +"You can now proceed with the purchase order as you would for a regular one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:3 +msgid "Control and know when vendor bills should be paid" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can define how your vendor bills are controlled. For each " +"purchase order, you can decide when the related vendor bill should be paid: " +"either before or after you have received your products. You can also check " +"at a glance what is the billing status of each purchase order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:9 +msgid "" +"With the 3-way matching feature, Odoo compares the information appearing on " +"the *Purchase Order*, the *Vendor Bill* and the *Receipt*, and lets you know" +" if you should pay the bill. This way you can avoid paying incorrect or " +"fraudulent vendor bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:14 +msgid "Vendor bills default control policy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:16 +msgid "" +"As a first step, open your Purchase app and go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` to set the default bill control " +"policy for all the products created onwards." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:23 +msgid "" +"By selecting *On ordered quantities*, you can create a vendor bill as soon " +"as you confirm an order. The quantities mentioned in the purchase order are " +"used to generate the draft bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you choose *On received quantities* instead, you can only create one once" +" you have at least received some of the products you have ordered. The " +"quantities you have received are used to generate the draft bill. If you try" +" to create one without having received any product, you get an error " +"message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:36 +msgid "Change a specific product's control policy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:38 +msgid "" +"If you want to modify a specific product's control policy, go to " +":menuselection:`Products --> Products`, open it, click on *Edit* and go to " +"the *Purchase tab*. There you can change a product's default bill control " +"policy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:47 +msgid "View a purchase order's billing status" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Once you confirm an order, you can view its *Billing Status* by going to the" +" *Other Information* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Below you can find a list of the different *Billing Status*, and when they " +"are displayed, depending on the products' bill control policy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:60 +msgid "**Billing status**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:60 +msgid "**Conditions**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:62 +msgid "*On received quantities*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:62 +msgid "*On ordered quantities*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:64 +msgid "*Nothing to Bill*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:64 +msgid "PO confirmed; no products received" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:64 +msgid "*(Not applicable)*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:66 +msgid "*Waiting Bills*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:66 +msgid "All/some products received; bill not created" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:66 +msgid "PO confirmed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:68 +msgid "*Fully Billed*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:68 +msgid "All/some products received; draft bill created" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:68 +msgid "Draft bill created" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:72 +msgid "Determine when to pay with 3-way matching" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:74 +msgid "" +"First, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate *3-way" +" matching*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:81 +msgid "" +"3-way matching is intended to work with the bill control policy set to *On " +"received quantities*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:84 +msgid "Should I pay the vendor bill?" +msgstr "我应该支付此供应商账单吗？" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:86 +msgid "" +"With the feature activated, your vendor bills now display the *Should Be " +"Paid* field under the *Other info* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:93 +msgid "" +"As you can't create a bill until you have received your products - and if " +"you haven't received all of them, Odoo only includes the products you have " +"received in the draft bill - the *Should Be Paid* status is set to *Yes* " +"when you create one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:97 +msgid "" +"If you edit a draft bill to increase the billed quantity, change the price, " +"or add other products, the *Should Be Paid* status is set to *Exception*. It" +" means Odoo notices the discrepancy, but that you might have a valid reason " +"to have done so." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Once the payment has been registered and mentions *Paid*, the *Should Be " +"Paid* status is set to *No*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:109 +msgid "" +"The *Should Be Paid* status is set automatically by Odoo. However, you can " +"change the status manually when you are viewing a bill in edit mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:3 +msgid "Don’t run out of stock with reordering rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To make sure you never run out of stock, you can define *Reordering Rules* " +"on products. Thanks to them, Odoo can help you replenish your stock " +"automatically when it reaches set quantities or whenever a sales order is " +"created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:9 +msgid "You need to install the *Inventory app* to use reordering rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:12 +msgid "Configure your storable product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Open or create a product with its *Product Type* set to *Storable Product*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:20 +msgid "" +"As you are purchasing this product from a vendor, go to the product's " +"*Purchase tab* and add a vendor by clicking on *Add a line*. You can add " +"multiple vendors, but make sure to order them correctly, since reordering " +"rules always use the first vendor in a list. You can add a price, but it " +"isn't necessary for the reordering rule to work. In addition, you can add a " +"minimum quantity you must order to benefit from that price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:27 +msgid "" +"If the quantity Odoo has to reorder doesn't match the minimum quantity " +"specified, Odoo selects the next vendor on your list. If you don't have " +"another vendor on your list, the reordering rule won't work. For that " +"purpose, you can add the same vendor multiple times with different prices " +"for different quantities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:37 +msgid "" +"By default, a draft purchase order is created. However, if you have enabled " +"*Purchase Agreements*, you can *Propose a call for tenders* instead as shown" +" in the image above. For more information, see " +":doc:`../manage_deals/agreements`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Next, make sure the correct route is selected under the Inventory tab of " +"your product. If you created your product within the Purchase app, the *Buy*" +" route is selected by default. If you are looking to dropship your product, " +"select *Dropship*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:50 +msgid "Set up your reordering rule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:52 +msgid "Open your product and click on the *Reordering Rules* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Once you are on the product's reordering rules page, click on *Create*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:61 +msgid "" +"You can access and create reordering rules from :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Configuration --> Reordering Rules` and from :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Operations --> Replenishment`. By default, the replenishment view " +"presents a summary of all the products that you might need to purchase to " +"fulfill your sales orders. From there, you can ask Odoo with a single click " +"to order a product once or automate all orders for that product, future " +"orders included." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:68 +msgid "Define quantities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:70 +msgid "" +"You can set a **minimum quantity** your stock should always have. Once set, " +"if your stock goes below the minimum quantity, and if you selected the Buy " +"route, a request for quotation is automatically generated to reach that " +"minimum quantity, plus any additional quantity needed to fill in a sales " +"order for example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:75 +msgid "" +"If you set a **maximum quantity**, every time the product has to be " +"replenished, enough products are reordered to reach the maximum quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:78 +msgid "" +"If you want to order only the exact quantity needed to fill in a sales order" +" for example, set both both the minimum and maximum quantity to **zero**. " +"The quantity mentioned in the sales order is then used by the reordering " +"rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:82 +msgid "" +"You can also add a **quantity multiple** to only order products in batches " +"of a certain quantity. Click on the optional columns drop-down menu, and " +"select *Multiple Quantity* to show the column. Bear in mind that you might " +"go over the maximum quantity you set if your rule includes a quantity " +"multiple, as Odoo orders enough products to reach the maximum quantity and " +"respect the set quantity multiple." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:92 +msgid "" +"If you selected multiple routes for the same product under its Inventory " +"tab, make sure to select your *Preferred Route* on your reordering rule by " +"clicking on the optional columns drop-down menu, adding the *Preferred " +"Route* column, and selecting the right route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:3 +msgid "Purchase in different units of measure than sales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you purchase a product, it may happen that your vendor uses a different" +" unit of measure than you do when you sell it. This can cause confusion " +"between sales and purchase representatives. It is also time-consuming to " +"convert measures manually every time. With Odoo, you can configure your " +"product once and let Odoo handle the conversion." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:10 +msgid "Consider the following examples:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:12 +msgid "" +"You purchase orange juice from an American vendor, and they use **gallons**." +" However, your customers are European and use **liters**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:15 +msgid "" +"You buy curtains from a vendor in the form of **rolls** and you sell pieces " +"of the rolls to your customers using **square meters**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:19 +msgid "Enable units of measure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Open your Sales app and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. " +"Under Product Catalog, enable *Units of Measure*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:29 +msgid "Specify sales and purchase units of measure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:32 +msgid "Standard units of measure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:34 +msgid "" +"A variety of units of measure are available by default in your database. " +"Each belongs to one of the five pre-configured units of measure categories: " +"*Length / Distance*, *Unit*, *Volume*, *Weight* and *Working Time*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:39 +msgid "" +"You can create your new units of measure and units of measure categories " +"(see next section)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To specify different units of measures for sales and purchases, open the " +"Purchase app and go to :menuselection:`Products --> Products`. Create a " +"product or select an existing one. Under the product's *General Information*" +" tab, first select the *Unit of Measure* to be used for sales (as well as " +"for other apps such as inventory). Then, select the *Purchase Unit of " +"Measure* to be used for purchases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Back to the first example, if you purchase orange juice from your vendor in " +"**gallons** and sell it to your customers in **liters**, first select *L* " +"(liters) as the *Unit of Measure*, and *gal (US)* (gallons) as the *Purchase" +" Unit of Measure*, then click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:56 +msgid "Create new units of measure and units of measure categories" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Sometimes you need to create your own units and categories, either because " +"the measure is not pre-configured in Odoo or because the units do not relate" +" with each other (e.g. kilos and centimeters)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:62 +msgid "" +"If you take the second example where you buy curtains from a vendor in the " +"form of **rolls** and you sell pieces of the rolls using **square meters**, " +"you need to create a new *Units of Measure Category* in order to relate both" +" units of measure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:66 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Units of Measure " +"Categories`. Click on *Create* and name the category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:73 +msgid "" +"The next step is to create the two units of measures. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Units of Measure`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:76 +msgid "" +"First, create the unit of measure used as the reference point for converting" +" to other units of measure inside the category by clicking on *Create*. Name" +" the unit and select the units of measure category you just created. For the" +" *Type*, select *Reference Unit of Measure for this category type*. Enter " +"the *Rounding Precision* you would like to use. The quantity computed by " +"Odoo is always a multiple of this value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:82 +msgid "" +"In the example, as you cannot purchase less than 1 roll and won't use " +"fractions of a roll as a unit of measure, you can enter 1." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:89 +msgid "" +"If you use a *Rounding Precision* inferior to 0.01, a warning message might " +"appear stating that it is higher than the *Decimal Accuracy* and that it " +"might cause inconsistencies. If you wish to use a *Rounding Precision* lower" +" than 0.01, first :doc:`activate the Developer Mode " +"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, then go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Database Structure --> Decimal " +"Accuracy`, select *Product Unit of Measure* and edit *Digits* accordingly. " +"For example, if you want to use a rounding precision of 0.00001, set " +"*Digits* to 5." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Next, create a second unit of measure, name it, and select the same units of" +" measure category as your reference unit. As *Type*, select *Smaller* or " +"*Bigger than the reference Unit of Measure*, depending on your situation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:100 +msgid "" +"As the curtain roll equals to 100 square meters, you should select " +"*Smaller*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Next, you need to enter the *Ratio* between your reference unit and the " +"second one. If the second unit is smaller, the *Ratio* should be greater " +"than 1. If the second unit is larger, the ratio should be smaller than 1." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:106 +msgid "For your curtain roll, the ratio should be set to 100." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:112 +msgid "" +"You can now configure your product just as you would using Odoo's standard " +"units of measure." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po deleted file mode 100644 index c2f3bab48..000000000 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,833 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# fausthuang, 2020 -# 山西清水欧度(QQ:54773801) <54773801@qq.com>, 2020 -# LINYUN TONG <tong.linyun@elico-corp.com>, 2020 -# F4NNIU <sparkamax@gmail.com>, 2020 -# 新 陈 <powersstar@163.com>, 2020 -# Mandy Choy <mnc@odoo.com>, 2020 -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# Jeffery CHEN Fan <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-11-02 12:05+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Jeffery CHEN Fan <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: zh_CN\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" - -#: ../../iot.rst:5 -msgid "Internet of Things (IoT)" -msgstr "物联网（IoT）" - -#: ../../iot/config.rst:3 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "基础配置" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:3 -msgid "Connect an IoT Box to your database" -msgstr "将物联网盒子连接到你的数据库" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:5 -msgid "Install the Internet of Things (IoT) App on your Odoo Database." -msgstr "在你的 Odoo 数据库中安装物联网（IoT）应用" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:10 -msgid "Go in the IoT App and click on Connect on the IoT Boxes page." -msgstr "进入物联网应用并单击物联网盒子页面上的连接。" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:15 -msgid "Follow the steps to connect your IoT Box." -msgstr "按步骤连接到你的物联网盒子。" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:21 -msgid "Ethernet Connection" -msgstr "以太网连接" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Connect to the IoT Box all the devices that have to be connected with cables" -" (ethernet, usb devices, etc.)." -msgstr "将所有必须使用线缆连接的设备（如：网络、USB 设备等）插入 IoT 盒子。" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:26 -msgid "Power on the IoT Box." -msgstr "打开物联网盒子的电源" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Read the Pairing Code from a screen or a receipt printer connected to the " -"IoT Box." -msgstr "从连接到物联网盒子的屏幕或收据打印机中读取配对代码。" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:32 -msgid "Input the Pairing Code and click on the Pair button." -msgstr "输入配对代码，然后单击配对按钮。" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Recent changes in modern web browsers forced us to modify the connection " -"wizard. If your screen is different from the screenshots, make sure that the" -" ``iot_pairing`` module is installed." -msgstr "近来的网络浏览器的最新变化迫使我们修改连接向导。 如果您的屏幕与屏幕截图不同，请确保已安装 ``iot_pairing`` 模块。" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:40 -msgid "WiFi Connection" -msgstr "WiFi 连接" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:42 -msgid "Power on the IoT Box" -msgstr "打开物联网盒子的电源" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:44 -msgid "Copy the token" -msgstr "复制 Token" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Connect to the IoT Box WiFi Network (make sure there is no ethernet cable " -"plugged in your computer)." -msgstr "连接到物联网盒子的WiFi网络 (确保你的计算机没有插入网线)。" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:53 -msgid "" -"You will be redirected to the IoT Box Homepage (if it doesn't work, connect " -"to the IP address of the box). Give a name to your IoT Box (not required) " -"and paste the token, then click on next." -msgstr "" -"您需要返回物联网盒子的首页 (如果不能访问，请使用盒子的IP地址进行访问)。为您的物联网盒子设置名称(非必须) 并粘贴token值，然后点击下一步。" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:60 -msgid "" -"If you are on Runbot, do not forget to add the -all or -base in the token " -"(e.g. this token **http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-" -"f3f920.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401** should become " -"**http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-f3f920-all.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401**)." -msgstr "" -"如果您使用 Runbot, 不要忘记toke添加 -all 和 -base (e.g. this token " -"**http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-f3f920.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401** should" -" become **http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-" -"f3f920-all.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401**)." - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Choose the WiFi network you want to connect with (enter the password if " -"there is one) and click on Submit. Wait a few seconds before being " -"redirected to your database." -msgstr "选择您要连接的WiFi 网络(请输入网络匹配的密码) 然后点击提交。 等待一会自动跳转到您的数据库。" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:72 -msgid "You should now see the IoT Box." -msgstr "您现在应该会看到物联网盒子了。" - -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:78 -msgid "IoT Box Schema" -msgstr "图解物联网盒子" - -#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:3 -msgid "Flashing your SD Card" -msgstr "烧写SD卡" - -#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In some case, you may need to reflash your IoT Box’s SD Card to benefit from" -" our latest updates." -msgstr "在某些情况下，您可能需要重新刷新物联网盒子的 SD 卡，以便从我们的最新更新中获取新功能。" - -#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:9 -msgid "Upgrade from the IoT Box homepage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Go to the IoT Box homepage, click on *Update*, next to the version number. " -"If a new version of the IoT Box image is available, you will see a *Upgrade " -"to ___* button a the bottom of the page, the IoT Box will then flash itself " -"to the new version of the IoT Box. All of your configurations will be saved." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:18 -msgid "" -"This process can take more than 30 minutes. Do not turn off or unplug the " -"IoT Box as it would leave it in an inconsistent state." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:25 -msgid "Upgrade with Etcher" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Go to Balena’s website and download `Etcher <https://www.balena.io/>`__. " -"It’s a free and open-source utility used for burning image files. Install " -"and launch it. Download the latest image from `nightly " -"<http://nightly.odoo.com/master/iotbox/>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Then, open *Etcher* and select *Flash from file*, find the image you just " -"downloaded. Insert the IoT Box SD card into your computer and select it. " -"Click on *Flash* and wait for the process to finish." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:3 -msgid "Use the IoT Box for the PoS" -msgstr "将该物联网盒子用于PoS应用" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:9 -msgid "Prerequisites" -msgstr "先决条件" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:11 -msgid "Before starting, make sure you have the following:" -msgstr "在开始之前, 确保您已做好 :" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:13 -msgid "An IoT Box, with its power adapter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:15 -msgid "A computer or tablet with an up-to-date web browser" -msgstr "一台带最新的Web浏览器的计算机或平板电脑。" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:17 -msgid "" -"A running SaaS or Odoo instance with the Point of Sale and IoT apps " -"installed" -msgstr "安装有PoS和物联网应用的 SaaS 或 Odoo 实例" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:20 -msgid "A local network setup with DHCP (this is the default setting)" -msgstr "启用了DHCP服务(这是默认设置)的本地网络" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:22 -msgid "An RJ45 Ethernet Cable (optional, WiFi is built in)" -msgstr "RJ45 网线（内置 WiFi 可选）" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Any of the supported hardware (receipt printer, barcode scanner, cash " -"drawer, payment terminal, scale, customer display, etc.). The list of " -"supported hardware can be found on the `POS Hardware page " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/point-of-sale-hardware>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:30 -msgid "Set Up" -msgstr "设置" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:32 -msgid "" -"To connect hardware to the PoS, the first step is to connect an IoT Box to " -"your database. For this, follow this :doc:`documentation <connect>`." -msgstr "" -"连接外设到PoS，第一步就是要把物联网盒子连接到您的数据库。 具体操作，参见 :doc:`documentation <connect>`." - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:36 -msgid "Then, you have to connect the peripheral devices to your IoT Box." -msgstr "然后，您必须将外围设备连接到物联网盒子。" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:38 -msgid "" -"**Printer**: Connect a supported receipt printer to a USB port or to the " -"network and power it on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:41 -msgid "" -"**Cash drawer**: The cash drawer should be connected to the printer with an " -"RJ25 cable." -msgstr " **钱箱**: 钱箱应连接用RJ25电缆连接打印机。" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:44 -msgid "" -"**Barcode scanner**: Connect your barcode scanner. In order for your barcode" -" scanner to be compatible it must end barcodes with an Enter character " -"(keycode 28). This is most likely the default configuration of your barcode " -"scanner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:49 -msgid "**Scale**: Connect your scale and power it on." -msgstr " **电子磅秤**: 连接你的电子磅秤和接通电源。" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:51 -msgid "" -"**Customer Display**: Connect a monitor to the IoT Box using an HDMI cable. " -"You can also access the Customer Display from any other computer by " -"accessing the IoT Box homepage and clicking on the *POS Display* button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:56 -msgid "" -"**Payment terminal**: The connection process depends on the terminal, please" -" refer to the :doc:`payment terminals documentation " -"<../../point_of_sale/payment>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Once it's done, you can connect the IoT Box to your PoS. For this, go in " -":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> PoS`, tick *IoT Box* and" -" select the devices you want to use in this Point of Sale. Save the changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:68 -msgid "Set up is done, you can launch a new PoS Session." -msgstr "设置完成后，您可以启动PoS会话。" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:3 -msgid "Troubleshooting" -msgstr "排查" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:6 -msgid "IoT Box Connection" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:9 -msgid "I can't find the pairing code to connect my IoT Box" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:11 -msgid "" -"The pairing code should be printed on receipt printers connected to the IoT " -"Box and should also be displayed on connected monitors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:14 -msgid "The pairing code doesn't show under the following circumstances:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:16 -msgid "The IoT Box is already connected to an Odoo database;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:18 -msgid "The IoT Box is not connected to the Internet;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:20 -msgid "" -"The code is only valid for 5 minutes after the IoT Box has started. It's " -"automatically removed from connected displays when this delay has expired;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:23 -msgid "" -"The version of the IoT Box image is too old. It should use version 20.06 or " -"more recent. If your IoT Box image is from an earlier version, then you will" -" have to reflash the SD card of your IoT Box to update the image (see " -":doc:`Flashing your SD Card <flash_sdcard>`)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:28 -msgid "" -"If you are not in any of the cases listed above, make sure that the IoT Box " -"has correctly started, by checking that a fixed green LED is showing next to" -" the micro-USB port." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:33 -msgid "I've connected my IoT Box but it's not showing in my database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:35 -msgid "" -"When you connect an IoT Box to a database, the IoT Box might restart, if " -"that is the case, it might take up to one minute before appearing in your " -"database. If after some time the IoT is still not showing, make sure that " -"your database can be reached from the IoT Box and that your server doesn't " -"use a multi-database environment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:42 -msgid "My IoT Box is connected to my database, but cannot be reached" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Make sure that the IoT Box and the device running the browser are located on" -" the same network as the IoT Box cannot be reached from outside the local " -"network." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:49 -msgid "Printer" -msgstr "打印机" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:52 -msgid "My printer is not detected" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:54 -msgid "" -"If one of your printers doesn't show up in your devices list, go to the IoT " -"Box homepage and make sure that it is listed under *Printers*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:60 -msgid "" -"If your printer is not present on the IoT Box homepage, hit *Printers " -"Server*, go to the *Administration* tab and click on *Add Printer*. If you " -"can't find your printer in the list, it's probably not connected properly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:66 -msgid "My printer outputs random text" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:68 -msgid "" -"For most printers, the correct driver should be automatically detected and " -"selected. However, in some cases, the automatic detection mechanism might " -"not be enough, and if no driver is found the printer might print random " -"characters." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:73 -msgid "" -"The solution is to manually select the corresponding driver. On the IoT Box " -"homepage, click on *Printers Server*, go to the *Printers* tab and select " -"the printer in the list. In the Administration dropdown, click on *Modify " -"Printer*. Follow the steps and select the Make and Model corresponding to " -"your printer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Epson and Star receipt printers and Zebra label printers do not need a " -"driver to work. Make sure that no driver is selected for those printers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:88 -msgid "My Zebra Printer doesn't print anything" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:90 -msgid "" -"Zebra printers are quite sensitive to the format of the ZPL code that is " -"printed. If nothing comes out of the printer or blank labels are printed, " -"try changing the format of the report that is sent to the printer by " -"accessing :menuselection:`Settings ~~> Technical ~~> Views` in developer " -"mode and look for the corresponding template." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:97 -msgid "Barcode Scanner" -msgstr "条码扫描器" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:100 -msgid "The characters read by the barcode scanner don't match the barcode" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:102 -msgid "" -"By default, we assume that your barcode scanner is configured in US QWERTY. " -"This is the default configuration of most barcode readers. If your barcode " -"scanner uses a different layout, please go to the form view of your device " -"and select the correct one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:108 -msgid "Nothing happens when a barcode is scanned" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:110 -msgid "" -"Make sure that the correct device is selected in your Point of Sale " -"configuration and that your barcode is configured to send an ENTER character" -" (keycode 28) at the end of every barcode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:115 -msgid "The barcode scanner is detected as a keyboard" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:117 -msgid "" -"Some poorly built barcode scanners do not advertise themselves as barcode " -"scanners but as a USB keyboard instead, and will not be recognized by the " -"IoT Box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:121 -msgid "" -"You can manually change the device type by going to its form view and " -"activating the *Is scanner* option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:128 -msgid "Cashdrawer" -msgstr "钱箱" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:131 -msgid "The cashdrawer does not open" -msgstr "钱箱无法打开" - -#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:133 -msgid "" -"The cashdrawer should be connected to the printer and the *Cashdrawer* " -"checkbox should be ticked in the POS configuration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices.rst:3 -msgid "Devices" -msgstr "设备" - -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:3 -msgid "Connect a Camera" -msgstr "连接摄像头" - -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When using your *IoT Box* in Odoo, you could need to use a camera. As it can" -" be done in a few steps, this device is really easy to configure. Then, you " -"can use it in your manufacturing process and link it to a control point. " -"Doing so will allow you to take pictures when you reach the chosen quality " -"control point." -msgstr "" -"当您在 Odoo 中使用 *物联网盒子* " -"时，可能需要使用摄像头。只需几个步骤即可完成此操作，因此配置起来非常简单。您可以在制造过程中使用它并将其连接到 *控制点* 。这样做可以在到达所选 " -"*质量控制点* 时启用拍照功能。" - -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:12 ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:13 -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:11 -msgid "Connection" -msgstr "连接" - -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:14 -msgid "" -"To connect the camera to the *IoT Box*, simply connect the two by cable." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:17 -msgid "" -"If your camera is a `*supported one* <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-" -"hardware>`__, there is no need to set up anything as it will be detected as " -"soon as it is connected." -msgstr "" -"如果您的摄像头在 `*支持的设备* <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-" -"hardware>`__中，则无需进行任何设置，因为连接之后，会自动检测到。" - -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:25 -msgid "Link a Camera to a Quality Control Point" -msgstr "将摄像头连接到 *Quality Control Point*" - -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:28 ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:34 -msgid "With the Manufacturing app" -msgstr "使用“制造”应用" - -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:30 -msgid "" -"In your *Quality app*, you can setup the device on a *Quality Control " -"Point*. Go to the *Control Points* menu, under *Quality Control* and open " -"the control point you want to link with the camera." -msgstr "" -"在 *Quality app* 中，您可以为 *Quality Control Point* 设置设备。打开 *Quality Control*" -" 下的 *Control Points* 菜单，然后配置 *Quality Control Point* 连接的摄像头。" - -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Now, you can edit the control point and select the device from the dropdown " -"list. Now, hit save." -msgstr "现在，您可以编辑 *Control Point* 并从下拉列表中选择设备。然后点击保存。" - -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Then, your camera can be used with the picked *Control Point*. During the " -"manufacturing process, reaching the *Quality Control Point* you chose before" -" will allow you to take a picture." -msgstr "" -"然后，您的摄像头可以被选取的 *Control Point* 使用。在制造过程中，到达您之前配置的 *Quality Control Point*" -" 时将允许拍照。" - -#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:3 -msgid "Connect a Footswitch" -msgstr "连接脚踏开关" - -#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When working, it is always better to have your two hands available. Using " -"Odoo’s *IoT Box* and a footswitch will allow it." -msgstr "工作时，最好有保证您的双手都可用。使用 Odoo 的 *物联网盒子* 和脚踏开关是可以解放双手的。" - -#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In fact, you will be able to go from one screen to another and perform " -"actions by using your foot and the footswitch. Really convenient, it can be " -"configured in a few steps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Connecting the footswitch to the *IoT Box* is easy, you just have to connect" -" the two by cable." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:18 -msgid "" -"If your footswitch is a `supported one <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-" -"hardware>`__, there is no need to set up anything since it will be " -"automatically detected when connected." -msgstr "" -"如果您的脚踏开关在 `支持的设备 <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-" -"hardware>`__,中，无需进行任何设置，因为连接后会自动检测到。" - -#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:26 -msgid "Link a Footswitch to a Workcenter" -msgstr "连接脚踏开关到工作中心" - -#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:28 -msgid "" -"To link the footswitch to an action, it needs to be configured on a " -"workcenter. Go to the workcenter you want to use the footswitch in and add " -"the device in the *IoT Triggers* tab. Then, you can link it to an action and" -" also add a key to trigger it." -msgstr "" -"要将脚踏开关连接到操作，需要在工作中心配置好。转到要使用脚踏开关的工作中心，并在 *IoT Triggers* " -"选项卡中添加设备。然后，您可以将其连接到动作，并添加一个键来触发它。" - -#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Note that the one that is first in the list will be chosen. So, the order " -"matters! In the picture above, using the footswitch will, for example, " -"automatically skip the current part of the process you work on." -msgstr "请注意，将选择列表中第一个。 因此，顺序很重要！ 例如在上图中，使用脚踏开关将自动跳过您正在处理的当前过程。" - -#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:41 -msgid "" -"When you are on the work order screen, a status button indicates if you are " -"correctly connected to the footswitch." -msgstr "当您在工单界面时，状态按钮指示您是否正确连接到脚踏开关。" - -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:3 -msgid "Connect a Measurement Tool" -msgstr "连接测量工具" - -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:5 -msgid "" -"With Odoo’s *IoT Box*, it is possible to connect measurement tools to your " -"database. Find the list of supported devices here: `Supported devices " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-hardware>`__,." -msgstr "" -"借助 Odoo 的 " -"*物联网盒子*，可以将测量工具连接到您的数据库。在此处查找支持的设备列表：\"支持的设备<https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-" -"hardware>`__,。" - -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:10 -msgid "Connect in USB" -msgstr "通过USB 连接" - -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To add a device connected by USB, just plug the USB cable in the *IoT Box*, " -"and the device should appear in your Odoo database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:19 -msgid "Connect in Bluetooth" -msgstr "蓝牙连接" - -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Activate the Bluetooth on your device (see your device manual for further " -"explanation) and the IoT Box will automatically try to connect to the " -"device." -msgstr "激活设备上的蓝牙（请参阅设备手册以进行下一步），物联网盒子将自动尝试连接到设备。" - -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:25 -msgid "Here is an example of what it should look like:" -msgstr "这是它的示例：" - -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:31 -msgid "Link a measurement tool to a quality control point" -msgstr "将测量工具链接到 *Quality Control Point*" - -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:36 -msgid "" -"In your *Quality app*, you can setup a device on your *Quality Control " -"Points*. To do so, go to the *Control Points* menu, under *Quality Control* " -"and open the control point to which you want to assign a measurement tool." -msgstr "" -"在 *Quality app* 中，您可以为 *Quality Control Points* 配置一台设备。请打开 *Quality " -"Control* 下的 *Control Points* 菜单，然后为控制点分配测量工具。" - -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Now, you can edit the control point and choose the device from the dropdown " -"list. Then, hit save." -msgstr "现在，您可以编辑 *Control Point* 并从下拉列表中选择设备。点击保存即可。" - -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Now, your measurement tool is linked to the chosen *Control Point*. The " -"value, which needs to be changed manually, will be automatically updated " -"while the tool is being used." -msgstr "现在，您的测量工具连接到所选的 *Control Point* 。需要手动更改的数据将在使用该工具时自动更新。" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:3 -msgid "Connect a Printer" -msgstr "连接打印机" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When using your *IoT Box* in Odoo, you could need to use a printer. Doing so" -" is easy and convenient as it can be done in a few steps. Then, you can use " -"it to print receipts, orders or even reports in different Odoo apps." -msgstr "" -"当您在 Odoo 中使用 *物联网盒子* 时，可能需要用到打印机。这很容易实现，只需几步即可完成。然后，您就可以使用它打印收据、订单，以及其它 Odoo" -" 应用中的报告。" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:13 -msgid "" -"The IoT Box supports printers connected through USB, network or Bluetooth. " -"`Supported printers <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-hardware>`__ will be " -"detected automatically and will appear in the *Devices* list of your IoT " -"app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:18 -msgid "The printer can take up to two minutes to appear in your devices list." -msgstr "打印机需要两分钟左右才能出现在设备列表中。" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:24 -msgid "Link the Printer" -msgstr "连接打印机" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:27 -msgid "To Work Orders" -msgstr "至工单" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:29 -msgid "" -"You can link *Work Orders* to printers via a *Quality Control Point* to " -"print labels for manufactured products." -msgstr "您可以通过 *Quality Control Point* 将 *Work Orders* 连接到打印机，以打印制造产品的标签。" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:32 -msgid "" -"To do so, you need to create a *Quality Control Point* from the *Quality* " -"app. Then, you can select the correct manufacturing operation and the work " -"order operation. In type, choose *Print Label* and hit save." -msgstr "" -"为此，您需要从 *Quality* 应用创建 *Quality Control Point* 。然后，您可以选择正确的制造操作和工序。在类型选项，选择 " -"*Print Label* 并点击保存。" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Now, each time you reach the quality control point for the chosen product, a" -" *Print Label* button will appear." -msgstr "现在，每次出现选择产品的 *Quality Control Point* 时，都会显示 *Print Label* 按钮。" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:47 -msgid "To Reports" -msgstr "至报告" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:49 -msgid "" -"You can also link a type of report to a certain printer. In the *IoT* app, " -"go to the *Devices* menu and select the printer you want to set up." -msgstr "您可以将某类报表连接到特定的打印机。 在 *物联网* 应用中， 打开 *设备* 菜单然后选择您要设置的打印机。" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:56 -msgid "Now, go to the *Printer Reports* tab." -msgstr "现在打开 *Printer Reports* 标签页。" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Hit edit and then, click on *Add a line*. In the window that shows up, check" -" all the types of reports that should be linked to this printer. Click on " -"select and save." -msgstr "点击编辑，然后点击 *Add a line* 。在显示的窗口中，检查要连接到此打印机的所有类型的报告。选中并保存。" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Now, each time you click on *Print* in the control panel, instead of " -"downloading a PDF, it will send it to the selected printer and automatically" -" print it." -msgstr "现在，每次点击控制面板中的 *Print* 时，都会将其发送到选定的打印机并自动打印。而不是下载 PDF。" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:73 -msgid "Print Receipts from the PoS" -msgstr "打印来自 PoS 的收据" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:75 -msgid "" -"You can link a printer to your *Point of Sale* app so you can print receipts" -" directly from your *PoS*." -msgstr "您可以将打印机连接到 *Point of Sale* 应用，然后就可以直接使用 *PoS* 来打印收据。" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:78 -msgid "" -"Doing so is really easy. Go to your *Point of Sale* app and open your *Point" -" of Sale* settings, under *Configuration*. There, click on *Edit* and check " -"the *IoT Box* feature. Then, choose your *Receipt Printer* from the " -"dropdown." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:86 -msgid "" -"Now, you will be able to print different kinds of tickets from your *POS*: " -"**receipts**, **sale details** and **bills**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:89 -msgid "" -"Receipts are printed once the order is validated. The process is automated " -"when you enable the feature in your *PoS* configuration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Sales details can be printed by clicking on the printer icon on the navbar " -"at the top of the *PoS*. It will print the details of the sales of the " -"current day." -msgstr "可以通过单击 *PoS* 页顶部导航栏上的打印机图标来打印销售详细信息。打印的是当天的销售详细信息。" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:99 -msgid "" -"As for the bill, it is only available in restaurant mode. In your restaurant" -" settings, activate *Print Bills* and a *Bill* button will appear in the " -"left panel of the *PoS*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:107 -msgid "Print Orders in the kitchen" -msgstr "打印订单至厨房" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:109 -msgid "In restaurant mode, you can send order tickets to the kitchen." -msgstr "在餐厅模式下，您可以向厨房发送订单票据。" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:111 -msgid "" -"To do so, go to the *PoS* app and open your *PoS* settings. Then, tick " -"*Order Printer*." -msgstr "完成之后到 *PoS* 应用，打开 *PoS* 设置页。 然后勾选 *Order Printer*项。" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:117 -msgid "" -"Now, go to the *Printers* menu. Hit create, select the printer from the " -"dropdown and, in the *Printer Product Categories* field, choose all the " -"categories of products that should be printed on this printer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:124 -msgid "" -"In the *PoS*, when you add or remove a product from one of the selected " -"categories, the button *Order* will be green. If you click on it, the IoT " -"Box will print a receipt on the corresponding printer." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po deleted file mode 100644 index 376697f07..000000000 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,289 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# Jeffery CHEN Fan <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2020 -# Mandy Choy <mnc@odoo.com>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Mandy Choy <mnc@odoo.com>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: zh_CN\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" - -#: ../../livechat/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "概述" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:3 -msgid "Get Started with Live Chat" -msgstr "如何开始使用在线客服应用程序" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Live Chat has the highest satisfaction rating of any communication tool. It " -"allows fast responses and it is accessible and convenient, as your customers" -" can keep doing what they are doing while interacting with you. Remember: " -"your customers want to talk to you, so let's make it easy." -msgstr "" -"在所有通讯工具中，在线客服的满意度是最高的。 它可以快速响应，并且易于访问和方便使用，因为您的客户在与您互动时可以继续做自己正在做的事情。 " -"请记住：您的客户想与您联系，所以让我们使其变得简单。" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:10 -msgid "Set up" -msgstr "设置" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Once *Live Chat* is installed on your database, if your website was created " -"with Odoo, the application is automatically added to it. All that is left to" -" do is to go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> " -"Live Chat`." -msgstr "" -"在数据库上安装了 *在线客服* 后，如果您的网站是使用Odoo创建的，该应用程序会自动添加到其中。 现在你只需前往:menuselection:`网站 " -"--> 设置 -->在线客服` 。" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Select the channel to be linked to your website or create one on the fly." -msgstr "选择要链接到您的网站的频道，或即时创建一个频道。" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:27 -msgid "For both scenarios, under:" -msgstr "在这两种情况下，请参阅:" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:30 -msgid "" -"- **Operators**: add agents to respond to the chat requests. Add as many as " -"you like, and keep in mind that operators that do not show any activity in " -"Odoo for more than 30min are considered disconnected." -msgstr "" -"-**操作员**：添加代理以回应聊天请求。 可根据需要添加数量，并且请记住，在Odoo中未进行任何活动超过30分钟的操作员将被视为断开连接。" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:33 -msgid "" -"- **Options**: set the default text to be shown on the live chat button; an " -"automated welcome message to be seen by visitors when a conversation is " -"initiated, and the text that prompts the user to initiate a chat." -msgstr "- **选项** ：设置要在在线客服按钮上显示的默认文本； 发起对话时访问者可以看到自动的欢迎信息，以及提示用户发起聊天的文本。" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:36 -msgid "" -"- **Channel Rules**: choose an action for a given URL, and/or per country. " -"In the example below, the chat window automatically pops-up 3 seconds after " -"users (from any country) land on the contact us page." -msgstr "" -"- **频道规则** ：为指定的网址和/或每个国家/地区选择一个操作。 在下面的示例中，用户（来自任何国家/地区）当登陆 *联系我们* " -"页面3秒后，聊天窗口会自动弹出。" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:43 -msgid "" -"GeoIP, which refers to the process of finding a computer terminal’s " -"geographical location by its IP address, must be installed on your server. " -"Otherwise, under *Channel Rules*, countries are not taken into account." -msgstr "必须在服务器上安装GeoIP，这是指通过IP地址查找计算机终端地理位置的过程。 否则，根据 *频道规则* ，不会考虑国家/地区。" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:48 -msgid "External options" -msgstr "外部选项" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:51 -msgid "" -"If your website was not created with Odoo, you can find the code to be added" -" to your own, under the *Widget* tab." -msgstr "如果您的网站不是使用Odoo创建的，则可以在 *Widget* 标签下找到要添加到自己的代码中。" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Odoo also offers an URL you can send to users so they can have access to a " -"single live chat page." -msgstr "Odoo还提供了可以发送给用户的URL，以便他们可以访问单个在线客服页面。" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:59 -msgid "Managing chat requests" -msgstr "管理聊天请求" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Conversations initiated by visitors pop up as a direct message, and are " -"shown in *Discuss*. Therefore, inquiries can be answered wherever you are in" -" Odoo." -msgstr "访客发起的对话会作为私聊信息直接弹出，并显示在 *讨论* 中。 因此，无论您在Odoo的任何地方都可以回答查询。" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Conversations are dispatched based on the current workload of the online " -"operators." -msgstr "根据在线运营商当前的工作量调度访客发起的对话。" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:72 -msgid "Leave or join a channel" -msgstr "离开或加入频道" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:74 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, access your " -"channel under *Live Chat*, and *Join Channel* or *Leave Channel*." -msgstr "" -"转到 :menuselection:`网站 --> 设置 --> 设定，在 *在线客服* 下访问您的频道选择 *加入频道* 或 *离开频道* 。" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:82 -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:48 -msgid ":doc:`ratings`" -msgstr ":doc:`ratings`" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:83 -#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:45 -msgid ":doc:`responses`" -msgstr ":doc:`响应`" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:3 -msgid "Ratings" -msgstr "点评" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Giving users the opportunity to rate their interactions can help you " -"improving the experience you offer. That means staying on top of your " -"customers' needs, besides keeping track of your operators’ performances." -msgstr "让用户有机会为他们的互动评分，可以帮助您改善所提供的服务体验。 这意味着除了跟踪运营商的绩效外，还要满足客户的需求。" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:10 -msgid "Customer Rating" -msgstr "客户点评" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Once the user chooses to close the chat window, he can rate his interaction." -msgstr "一旦用户选择关闭聊天窗口，他可以评价他的互动。" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:14 -msgid "" -"If the user is *Not satisfied* or *Highly dissatisfied*, a field allowing " -"for an explanation is shown." -msgstr "如果用户 *不满意* 或 *高度不满意* ，则会显示一个允许解释的字段。" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:15 -msgid "A copy of the conversation can also be sent by email." -msgstr "对话副本也可以通过电子邮件发送。" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:22 -msgid "The rating is shown on the chat window itself for the operator." -msgstr "该等级显示在操作员的聊天窗口上。" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:28 -msgid "And under :menuselection:`Report --> Customer Ratings`." -msgstr "并在 :menuselection:`报告 -> 客户评分`下。" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:35 -msgid "Make the rating public" -msgstr "公开评分" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, access your " -"channel form, click on *Go to Website* and on *Unpublished*, to publish the " -"rating of that channel on your website." -msgstr "" -"转到 :menuselection:`网站 --> 设置 --> 设定`,访问您的频道表单，单击 *转到网站* 和 *未发布* " -"，以在您的网站上发布该频道的等级。" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:3 -msgid "Commands and Canned Responses" -msgstr "命令和预设回复" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Using canned responses can help you save time and have a previous, well-" -"thought response, to some of your most common questions and comments." -msgstr "使用预设回复可以帮助您节省时间，并对一些最常见的问题和评论做出事先考虑周全的答复。" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:9 -msgid "Use commands" -msgstr "使用命令" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Commands are shortcuts that do specific actions within the chat window:" -msgstr "命令是在聊天窗口中执行特定操作的快捷方式：" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:13 -msgid "**/help**: shows a help message." -msgstr "**/help**: 显示帮助信息。" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:14 -msgid "**/helpdesk**: creates a helpdesk ticket." -msgstr "**/helpdesk**: 创建一个支持请求。" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:15 -msgid "**/helpdesk_search**: searches for a helpdesk ticket." -msgstr "**/helpdesk_search**:搜索支持请求。" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:16 -msgid "**/history**: shows the last 15 visited pages." -msgstr "**/history**: 显示最近访问的15个页面。" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:17 -msgid "**/lead**: creates a new lead." -msgstr "**/lead**:创造新的销售线索。" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:18 -msgid "**/leave**: leaves the channel." -msgstr "**/leave**: 离开频道。" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:0 -msgid "" -"- For *helpdesk tickets*: make sure the application is installed on your " -"database and the option *Live Chat* under :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> " -"Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` is enabled." -msgstr "" -"-对于 *支持请求* ：确保已在数据库中安装了服务台应用程序，并启用在 :menuselection:` *帮助台* --> 设置 --> " -"帮助台团队` 下的 *在线客服*选项。" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:0 -msgid "" -"- For *leads*: the *CRM* application must be installed on your database." -msgstr "-对于 *线索* ：必须在数据库上安装 *CRM* 应用程序。" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:26 -msgid "" -"To access the ticket or lead created from the chat, click on the shortcut " -"link." -msgstr "要访问通过聊天创建的支持请求或销售线索，请单击快捷链接。" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Helpdesk tickets created from the chat automatically add the conversation as" -" a description of the ticket. The same goes for the creation of a lead." -msgstr "通过聊天创建的支持请求会自动将对话添加为请求的描述。 创建销售线索也是如此。" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:37 -msgid "Send canned responses" -msgstr "发送预设回复" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Canned responses allow you to have a full piece of text being placed when " -"you type a shortcut word. To create them, go to :menuselection:`Live Chat " -"--> Configuration --> Canned Responses`." -msgstr "" -"预设回复可让您在键入快捷方式单词时放置一整段文字。 要创建它们，请转到 :menuselection:`在线客服 --> 设置 --> 预设回复`。" - -#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:41 -msgid "" -"To use them during a conversation, simply type **:** followed by the " -"shortcut word you created." -msgstr "要在对话中使用它们，只需键入 **:** ，然后输入您创建的快捷方式单词。" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po deleted file mode 100644 index eedb77018..000000000 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1377 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# Jeffery CHEN Fan <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Shane Tsoi <sso@odoo.com>, 2020 -# Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2020 -# Mandy Choy <mnc@odoo.com>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Mandy Choy <mnc@odoo.com>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: zh_CN\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" - -#: ../../manufacturing.rst:5 -msgid "Manufacturing" -msgstr "制造" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management.rst:5 -msgid "Manufacturing Management" -msgstr "制造管理" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:3 -msgid "Using an alternative Work Center" -msgstr "使用替代工作中心" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:5 -msgid "" -"For many manufacturing companies, a common issue is to have to manufacture, " -"at the same time, several products usually produced at the same work center." -" If in practice, employees can manufacture the goods at another work center," -" it is not that simple." -msgstr "对于许多制造企业而言，常见的问题是必须在同一工作中心同时制造多种产品。如果在实践中，员工可以在另一个工作中心制造货物，那么问题就更复杂了。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:10 -msgid "" -"You need to keep track of the job: which work center has been used and when," -" so you can schedule maintenance efficiently. With Odoo, you can configure " -"it so you can keep tracking manufacturing orders and your employees have an " -"alternative work center to use." -msgstr "" -"你必须追踪员工的工作，知晓何时使用了哪个工作中心，以便有效安排维护。你现在可以利用Odoo配置以上事务，以便追踪制造订单，让员工也有可使用的替代工作中心。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:15 -msgid "" -"This way, your process becomes more efficient, and less non-productive time " -"will be noticed." -msgstr "这样，你的流程效率提高，非生产时间也将显露出来。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:20 -msgid "Configure your Work Centers" -msgstr "配置你的工作中心" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:22 -msgid "" -"The first thing to do is to go to the *Manufacturing* app settings. Then, " -"enable the *Work Orders* feature and hit save." -msgstr "首先是进入*制造*应用程序设置。然后，启用*工单*功能并点击保存。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Now, go to the *Work Centers* menu under *Master Data* and create two new " -"work centers. Add the second work centers as an alternative to the first and" -" vice versa." -msgstr "现在，进入*主数据*下面的*工作中心*菜单，并创建两个新的工作中心。将第二个工作中心添加为第一个工作中心的替代品，反之亦然。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:39 -msgid "" -"The next step is to create your *routing*. Add your work center and an " -"operation to it before saving." -msgstr "下一步是创建你的*路线*。添加工作中心和操作，然后保存。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Then, you can create your *Bill of Materials* and add components and routing" -" to it." -msgstr "然后，你可创建*物料清单*并为它添加部件和路线。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:56 -msgid "Create your Work Orders" -msgstr "创建工单" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Now that everything is configured, you can create your *Work Orders*. Go to " -"the *Manufacturing Orders* menu and hit *Create*. There, add your product " -"and plan it. In the *Work Orders* list, you can find it ready to be " -"assembled." -msgstr "现在，一切配置妥当，你可创建*工单*。进入*制造订单*菜单并点击*创建*。然后添加产品和计划。在*工单*列表中，它已组合完毕。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Each new *Work Order*, which will be created before the end of the first " -"one, will be scheduled at the alternative work center you configured." -msgstr "每个新的*工单*都在前一个工单结束前创建，并安排到你配置的替代工作中心。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:78 -msgid "" -"Keep in mind that, if you add time after production to your work center, you" -" may have work orders scheduled for your alternative work center even if the" -" usual one is free." -msgstr "请记住，如果在生产开始后向工作中心增加时间，即使常用的工作中心空闲，工单也可能会安排到替代工作中心。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:3 -msgid "Create Bills of Materials" -msgstr "创建物料清单" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A *Bill of Materials* is a document defining the quantity of each component " -"required to manufacture a finished product. It also includes the routing and" -" individual steps of the manufacturing process." -msgstr "*物料清单*是指规定制造成品所需的每种部件数量的文件。它还包括制造过程的路线和各个步骤。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:9 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can link multiple BoMs to each product and use it to describe" -" multiple variants of them. Each BoM will, yet, be associated with one " -"product only." -msgstr "在Odoo中，你可将多个物料清单与一种产品关联，用于描述产品的多种变体。但每个物料清单仅与一种产品挂钩。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:13 -msgid "" -"This feature will help optimize your manufacturing process while saving you " -"time." -msgstr "这项功能有助于优化制造过程并节约时间。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:17 -msgid "Setting up a BoM" -msgstr "设置物料清单" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:19 -msgid "" -"You can use BoMs without routings. You will use this if you choose to manage" -" your manufacturing operations using manufacturing orders only. In other " -"words, you choose to realize your manufacturing process in one step and do " -"not track the steps the product goes through." -msgstr "" -"你在使用物料清单时可以不设路线。如果你选择只使用制造订单来管理制造操作，则可使用本功能。换句话说，你选择一个步骤实现制造过程，而不追踪产品经过的所有步骤。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Before creating your *BoM*, you have to create the product using the *BoM* " -"and, at least, one of the components. Go to the :menuselection:`Master Data " -"menu --> Products` and create both the finished product and the component." -msgstr "" -"在创建*物料清单*之前，你必须创建使用*物料清单*的产品以及至少一种部件。前往 :menuselection:`主数据菜单 --> " -"产品`并创建成品和部件。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Once done, go to the *Bills of Materials* menu under *Master Data*. Now, " -"create it. Choose the product from the dropdown menu and add your components" -" and the quantity. In this case, keep the default *BoM* type, which is " -"*Manufacture this Product*." -msgstr "" -"完成后，前往*主数据*下的*物料清单*。现在，创建物料清单。从下拉菜单中选择产品并添加你的部件和数量。在本例中，保留默认的*物料清单*类型，即*制造此产品*。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:37 -msgid "Using the same BoM to describe Variants" -msgstr "使用同一个物料清单描述产品变体" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:39 -msgid "" -"As said above, you can use *BoM* for *Product Variants*. It is basically the" -" same as for the standard product." -msgstr "如上所述，你可将*物料清单*用于*产品变体*。它基本与标准产品的操作相同。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:42 -msgid "" -"If your *BoM* is for one variant only, then specify which one in the " -"*Product Variant* field. If not, specify the variant it is consumed for on " -"each component line. You can add several variants for each component." -msgstr "如果你的*物料清单*仅针对一种变体，那么在*产品变体*字段具体指明。否则，在每条部件线上指明相应的变体。你可为每种部件添加多种变体。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:51 -msgid "Adding a routing" -msgstr "添加路线" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:53 -msgid "" -"You can add routing to your *BoM*. You will do this if you need to define a " -"series of operations required by your manufacturing process. To use it, " -"enable the *Work Orders* feature in the *Manufacturing* app settings." -msgstr "你可为*物料清单*添加路线。这项功能适用于定义制造过程需要的一系列操作。为此，在*制造*应用程序设置中启用*工单*功能。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:62 -msgid "" -"Each *BoM* can have only one routing while each routing can be used multiple" -" times." -msgstr "每个*物料清单*只能有一条路线，而每条路线可使用多次。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Now that you have created your routing, add it to your *BoM*. You can select" -" when, in the work operations, your components are consumed with the " -"dropdown menu." -msgstr "现在，你已创建路线，将它添加到你的*物料清单*。你可通过下拉菜单选择在工作操作中何时使用各项部件。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:73 -msgid "Adding By-Products" -msgstr "添加副产品" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:75 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, a *by-product* is any product produced by a *BoM* in addition to " -"the primary product." -msgstr "在Odoo中，*副产品*是指*物料清单*产出主产品之外的其他产品。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:78 -msgid "" -"To add *by-products* to a *BoM*, you will first need to enable them from the" -" *Manufacturing* app settings." -msgstr "如要向*物料清单*添加*副产品*，首先需要从*制造*应用程序设置启用这项功能。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:84 -msgid "" -"Once the feature is enabled, you can add your *By-Products* to your *BoMs*. " -"You can add as many *By-Products* as you want. Just keep in mind that you " -"need to register during which operation your by-product is produced." -msgstr "启用该功能后，你可向*物料清单*添加*副产品*。你可添加多种*副产品*。只需记住，你需要登记产生副产品的操作环节。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:3 -msgid "Use flexible components consumption" -msgstr "使用灵活部件消耗功能" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Sometimes, you might need more components than usual to manufacture a " -"product. Let’s say that you produce a desk combination of 4 desks and two " -"chairs but your customer asks you one more desk. Alright, you can do that. " -"But you will need to register it!" -msgstr "" -"有时，你在制造一件产品时可能需要更多部件。举例来说，你生产的桌椅组合包含4张桌子和两把椅子，但客户要求你增加一把椅子。没问题，完全可以做到。但你必须登记！" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:10 -msgid "" -"In case this happens, Odoo has the *flexible components consumption* feature" -" available. If you enable it, you will be able to consume as many components" -" as needed and it will make you save time in the registration of your items " -"consumption." -msgstr "如果出现这种情况，Odoo提供*灵活部件消耗*功能。启用此功能，你可消耗尽可能多的部件，节约了登记物品消耗情况的时间。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:16 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:31 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:66 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:26 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:9 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "基础配置" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Using flexible component consumption is easy and can be done in a few steps." -" All you need is a *BoM* and a *Quality Control Point*. Therefore, you will " -"need to activate the feature *Quality* in the *MRP* app settings." -msgstr "使用灵活部件消耗功能非常简单，只需要几步。你只需要*物料清单*和*质量控制点*。因此，你需要在*MRP*应用程序设置下启用*质量*功能。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:23 -msgid "" -"First, open the *BoM* you want to use for flexible component consumption and" -" edit it. In the *Miscellaneous* tab, choose *Flexible* as the consumption " -"type. Then, save." -msgstr "首先，打开你想要用于灵活部件消耗的*物料清单*并编辑。在*杂项*选项卡中，选择*灵活*的消耗类型。然后保存。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Now, in the *Quality* app, open the *Control Point* menu, under *Quality " -"Control* and create a new *Quality Control Point*. Choose your product, your" -" operation and work order operation. Then, choose *Register Consumed " -"Materials* as type." -msgstr "" -"现在，在*质量*应用程序中，在*质量控制*下打开*控制点*菜单，并创建新的*质量控制点*。选择你的产品、操作和工单操作。然后，选择*登记已消耗物料*类型。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Next, go back to your *Manufacturing* app and create a *Manufacturing " -"order*. Choose the product for which you have created the flexible *BoM*." -msgstr "然后，返回*制造*应用程序并创建*制造订单*。选择你为之创建灵活*物料清单*的产品。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Then, confirm it and launch the process step. While processing, you will " -"have the possibility to consume more components than expected in the *BoM*. " -"To do so, click on *Continue Consumption*." -msgstr "然后，确认并启动处理步骤。在处理时，你有可能消耗比*物料清单*中预期更多的部件。为此，点击*继续消耗*。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:49 -msgid "" -"When the job is over, you will find a summary of your component consumption " -"in the *Finished Steps* tab of your work order." -msgstr "工作结束后，在工单的*完成步骤*选项卡可查看部件消耗的摘要。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:3 -msgid "Sell sets of products as kits" -msgstr "将一组产品作为套件销售" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A *kit* is a set of components that are delivered without first being " -"assembled or mixed. *Kits* are described in Odoo using *Bills of Materials*." -" There are two basic ways to configure *kits*, depending on how the stock of" -" the kit product is to be managed. In either case, both the *Inventory* and " -"*Manufacturing* apps must be installed." -msgstr "" -"*套件*是指交货前未组装或混合的一组部件。它们在Odoo中被称为*物料清单*。根据套件产品的管理形式，有两种基本的*套件*配置方法。每种方法中，都必须安装“库存”和“制造”应用程序。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:12 -msgid "Manage Stock of Component Products" -msgstr "管理部件产品库存" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:14 -msgid "" -"If you want to assemble kits as they are ordered, managing stock of the kit " -"components only, you will use a *Kit BoM* without a manufacturing step." -msgstr "如你想按订单组装套件，只需对套件部件库存进行管理，则可跳过制造步骤使用*套件物料清单*。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:18 -msgid "" -"A product using a *Kit BoM* will appear as a single line item on a quotation" -" and sales order, but will generate a delivery order with one line item for " -"each of the components of the kit. In the examples below, the first image " -"shows a sales order for the kit *Custom Computer Kit*, while the second " -"image shows the corresponding delivery order." -msgstr "" -"使用*套件物料清单*的产品将作为单行项目在报价和销售订单中显示，但它会为套件中的每个部件都生成一个单行交货单。在以下例子中，左图显示\"自定义电脑套件\"的销售订单，右图显示对应的交货单。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:33 -msgid "" -"From the *Products menu* in either the *Inventory* or *Manufacturing* app, " -"create each component product as you would with any other product, then " -"create the top-level, or kit product. The kit product should have only the " -"*route Manufacture* set, in the *Inventory tab*. Because you cannot track " -"the stock of kit products, the *Product Type* should be set to Consumable. " -"Because a kit product cannot be purchased, then, *Can be Purchased* should " -"be unchecked." -msgstr "" -"从*库存*或*制造*应用程序的*产品菜单*，创建每个部件产品，操作方法与所有其他产品一样，然后创建顶级产品或套件产品。套件产品在*库存选项卡*下应该只有*制造路线*组。由于你无法追踪套件产品的库存，*产品类型*应设置为消耗品。由于套件产品是无法购买的，所以应取消*采购*前面的勾号。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:41 -msgid "" -"All other parameters on the kit product may be modified according to your " -"preference. The component products require no particular configuration." -msgstr "套件产品的所有其他参数都可按照你的偏好进行修改。套件产品无需特别的配置。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Once the products are configured, create a *bill of materials* for the kit " -"product. Add each component and its quantity. Select the *BoM Type Ship this" -" product as a set of components*. All other options may be left with their " -"default values." -msgstr "" -"完成产品配置后，为套件产品创建*物料清单*。添加每种部件及其数量。选择*物料清单类型*下的*将本产品作为一套部件发货*。所有其他选项可保留默认值。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:57 -msgid "Manage Stock of Kit Product and Component Products" -msgstr "管理套件及部件产品的库存" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:59 -msgid "" -"If you want to manage stock of the *top-level kit product*, you will use a " -"standard *BoM* with a manufacturing step instead of a *Kit BoM*. When using " -"a standard BoM to assemble kits, a *manufacturing order* will be created. " -"The *manufacturing order* must be registered as completed before the kit " -"product will appear in your stock." -msgstr "" -"如需管理*顶级套件产品*的库存，需要采用有制造步骤的标准*物料清单*而不用*套件物料清单*。使用标准物料清单组装套件时将创建一个*制造订单*。该*制造订单*必须登记后才能在库存中显示套件产品。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:68 -msgid "" -"On the kit product, select the *route Manufacture*. You may also select " -"*Make to Order*, which will create a *manufacturing order* whenever a sales " -"order is confirmed. Select the product type *Storable Product* to enable " -"stock management." -msgstr "" -"在套件产品中选择*制造路线*。也可选择*按订单生产*，这会在每次确认销售订单时创建一个*制造订单*。请选择产品类别为*可库存产品*启用库存管理。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:76 -msgid "" -"When you create the *bill of materials*, select the BoM Type *Manufacture " -"this product*. The assembly of the kit will be described by a *manufacturing" -" order* rather than a packing operation." -msgstr "当你创建*物料清单*时，将物料清单类别选择为*制造此产品*。套件的组装由*制造订单*而非包装操作来定义。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:3 -msgid "Process Manufacturing Orders" -msgstr "处理制造订单" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, you can manage your manufacturing process in two different ways. " -"You can work with one document, or decide to have more information and " -"control over it." -msgstr "在Odoo中，你可用两种不同方式管理制造过程。你可使用一个文件进行管理，也可选择获取更多信息和控制力的方式进行管理。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:9 -msgid "" -"In the first case, Odoo makes things easier and helps you manage work with " -"one document only: the manufacturing order. No complex steps during the " -"process, you just have to schedule the job and record the production." -msgstr "在第一种情况中，Odoo让事情变简单，帮助你仅用一个文件 - 即制造订单来管理工作。整个过程没有复杂的步骤，你只需要安排工作并记录生产。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:14 -msgid "" -"But, if you need more control, you can use additional documents (steps) to " -"your manufacturing process. This way, *Manufacturing Orders* are divided " -"into one or more steps defined by *Work Orders* and performed in a sequence " -"defined by *routings*." -msgstr "" -"但是，如果你想要更多控制力， 在制造过程中可使用其他文件（步骤）。这样，*制造订单*被分为一个或多个步骤（即*工单*），并按*路线*的规定按顺序执行。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Using Odoo will allow you to precisely schedule the job, analyze your " -"efficiency but also have ease when realizing each step of your manufacturing" -" process." -msgstr "通过Odoo，你可精准安排工作，分析效率并轻松实现制造过程的每个步骤。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:24 -msgid "Manage Manufacturing Without Routings" -msgstr "在不设路线的情况下管理制造过程" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:26 -msgid "" -"If your manufacturing process is limited to one place, one person and one " -"step, you will probably use manufacturing orders without routings." -msgstr "如果你的制造过程局限在一个地方、一名人员和一个步骤，你可在不设路线的情况下使用制造订单。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:29 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, it is the default behavior. If work this way, there are two basic " -"phases from planning to production:" -msgstr "这种方式的操作管理是Odoo的默认动作。从规划到生产有两个基本阶段：" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:32 -msgid "Create a manufacturing order" -msgstr "创建制造订单" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:34 -msgid "Record the production" -msgstr "记录生产" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:37 -msgid "Manage Manufacturing with Routings and Work Centers" -msgstr "管理包含路线和工作中心的制造过程" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:39 -msgid "" -"To use *Work Centers* and *Routings*, you will need to enable the *Work " -"Orders* feature. To do so, go to the *Manufacturing* app settings." -msgstr "如要使用*工作中心*和*路线*，你需启用*工单*功能。为此，前往*制造*应用程序设置。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Now, you can add routings to *BoMs* and configure your operations taking " -"place at different *work centers*. The *Work Centers* are the locations at " -"which work orders are performed." -msgstr "现在，你可向*物料清单*添加路线并配置不同*工作中心*的操作。*工作中心*指执行工单的场所。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:53 -msgid "" -"When manufacturing this way, each *Work Order* is scheduled individually. " -"You will also have access to time and capacity planning, as well as reports " -"on costing and efficiency for each *Work Center*." -msgstr "按这种方式进行制造时，每个*工单*都是独立排定的。你还可以进行时间和工作量规划，以及*工作中心*级别的成本与效率报告。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:60 -msgid "Thus, the workflow is divided into three basic phases:" -msgstr "工作流程由此被分解到三个基本阶段中：" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:62 -msgid "Create the manufacturing order" -msgstr "创建制造订单" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:67 -msgid "Schedule the associated work orders" -msgstr "计划相关工单的日程" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:72 -msgid "Perform the scheduled work and record production" -msgstr "执行排定的工作并记录生产" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:3 -msgid "Plan Work Orders" -msgstr "计划工单" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In some cases, companies need to schedule their work orders. Doing so, they " -"can organize the work for the whole day and be sure everything goes well. It" -" helps to avoid scheduling multiple work orders at the same time when you " -"don’t have the capacity to do so." -msgstr "在某些情况下，公司需要安排工单时间表。他们可安排一整天的工作并确保一切顺畅运行。避免在产能不足时安排多个工单。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:10 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, companies can schedule the planned start date for their " -"manufacturing orders. No possible duplication, no potential issues with the " -"planning. And, if you plan two work orders at the same work center, at the " -"same hour, the second one will be scheduled right after the first one, " -"avoiding work superposition." -msgstr "" -"通过Odoo，公司可为制造订单安排计划开始日期。不可能重复， " -"计划过程也不会出现潜在问题。并且，如果为同一个工作中心同一时段计划两个工单，第二个将直接安排在第一个后面，避免工作叠加。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:17 -msgid "Create the Work Orders" -msgstr "创建工单" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:19 -msgid "" -"The first thing you need to do is to open the *Manufacturing* app. Then, Go " -"to the settings and enable the *Work Orders* feature." -msgstr "首先需要打开*制造*应用程序。然后，前往设置并启用*工单*功能。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Now, go to the *Manufacturing Orders* menu and hit *Create*. Choose your " -"product and add a *Planned Start Date*." -msgstr "现在，进入*制造订单*菜单并点击*创建*。选择你的产品并添加*计划开始日期*。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:32 -msgid "" -"The “Deadline Start” field is informative. It shows you until when you can " -"launch the manufacturing order to fulfill the initial demand." -msgstr "*截止日期开始*字段仅供参考。它显示何时可以开始制造订单以满足初步需求。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Mark your *Manufacturing Order* as todo and plan it. By going to the " -"*Planning* menu, you can access to the scheduled orders. Here is the one we " -"just created:" -msgstr "将*制造订单*标记为待办事项并计划它。进入*规划*菜单，你可访问已排期的订单。这是我们刚刚创建的：" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:43 -msgid "" -"If you plan two work orders at the same hour, the second one will be " -"scheduled after the first one if the jobs need to be done at the same work " -"center. The start date will, then, be automatically updated considering the " -"first free slot on the work center." -msgstr "如果在同一个工作中心同一时段安排了两个工单，第二个将安排在第一个之后。其开始日期将自动更新到该工作中心首个空闲的时间档。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:48 -msgid "" -"If you overrun the planned date and begin the job later, you will have a " -"track of it in the *Time Tracking* tab of your work order." -msgstr "如果你超出了计划日期并在稍后开始工作，将在工单的*时间跟踪*选项卡中追踪它。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage BoMs for product variants" -msgstr "如何管理产品变体的BoM" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo allows you to use one bill of materials for multiple variants of the " -"same product. Simply enable variants from :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`." -msgstr "" -"Odoo允许你为同一产品的多个变量使用物料清单。启用变量的方式很简单，只需从 :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置` 中选择。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:12 -msgid "" -"You will then be able to specify which component lines are to be used in the" -" manufacture of each product variant. You may specify multiple variants for " -"each line. If no variant is specified, the line will be used for all " -"variants." -msgstr "然后就可以指定每个产品变量的制造中需要用哪些部件行。可以为每个行指定多个变量。如果没有指定变量，这一行可以用于所有的变量。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:17 -msgid "" -"When defining variant BoMs on a line-item-basis, the **Product Variant** " -"field in the main section of the BoM should be left blank. This field is " -"used when creating a BoM for one variant of a product only." -msgstr "在行与项目对应的基础上定义变量BoM时，BoM主区域的**产品变量**字段应不填内容。这一字段只在为产品的一个变量创建BoM时有用。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:3 -msgid "Set routings on kit Bills of materials" -msgstr "在套件物料清单上设置路线" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:5 -msgid "" -"It often happens that you want to use kit BoM’s within manufactured product " -"BoM’s in order to lighten the list of components for this manufactured " -"product. When doing so, you would like to have the possibility to specify, " -"for each kit component, in which operation they are consumed." -msgstr "你经常希望使用已制产品物料清单内的套件物料清单，以缩减该产品的部件清单长度。在此过程中，你希望能够指明消耗每个套件部件的操作环节。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:11 -msgid "" -"We will see the three use cases that you can face in these kinds of " -"configurations." -msgstr "我们来看你在这类配置中可能面临的三种用例。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:15 -msgid "Finished Product & Kit Component have the same Routing" -msgstr "成品和套件部件路线相同" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:18 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:63 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:107 -msgid "Create BoM for the Finished Product" -msgstr "为成品创建物料清单" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:20 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Create a manufactured BoM for the finished product which includes a kit " -"component. Set a routing on your BoM, for example, *Assemble Furniture*." -msgstr "为包含套件部件的成品创建物料清单。为该物料清单设置路线，例如*组装家具*。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:28 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:73 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:117 -msgid "Create a Kit BoM for the Kit Component" -msgstr "为套件部件创建套件物料清单" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Update the kit component to define its BoM. Make sure that the routing which" -" is set on this BoM is the same one than on the Finished Product." -msgstr "更新套件部件，以定义其物料清单。确保该物料清单设定的路线与成品相同。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:36 -msgid "" -"You can define the operations in which the kit components are used directly " -"in the BoM of the kit." -msgstr "你可直接在套件物料清单中定义使用该套件部件的操作环节。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:40 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:84 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:127 -msgid "Manufacturing Order" -msgstr "制造订单" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:42 -msgid "" -"In the list of components, the kit is split. Two work orders are created as " -"we have two operations defined in the *Assemble Furniture* routing. The " -"components of the kits are well consumed in the operations defined in the " -"kit BoM." -msgstr "" -"在部件清单中，套件被分拆。由于我们在*组装家具*路线中定义了两个操作环节，因此已创建两个工单。套件部件在套件物料清单中定义的操作环节被消耗。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:57 -msgid "Finished Product & Kit Component haven’t the same Routing" -msgstr "成品和套件部件路线不同" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:60 -msgid "Kit Consumption set on Finished Product BoM" -msgstr "在成品物料清单中设置套件消耗" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:75 -msgid "" -"Update the kit component to define its BoM. In this use case, the routing " -"which is set on this Kit BoM is different than the one of the Finished " -"Product. Specify the operations at which the kit components are consumed in " -"this BoM." -msgstr "更新套件部件，以定义其物料清单。在本用例中，套件物料清单中设置的路线与成品不同。这次物料清单中指明消耗套件部件的操作环节。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:86 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:129 -msgid "" -"When the manufacturing order is created for the Manufactured product, the " -"kit is split among its components. When the manufacturing order is planned, " -"three work orders are created in our case, one coming from the routing of " -"the manufactured products, the two other ones coming from the routing of the" -" kit BoM." -msgstr "" -"当为制造产品创建制造订单时，套件分拆在各个部件中。在计划制造订单时，在本例中需创建三个工单，一个来自于制造产品的路线，另两个来自于套件物料清单的路线。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:95 -msgid "The components are all consumed during their respective operations." -msgstr "这些部件在其各自的操作环节中被消耗。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:104 -msgid "Kit Consumption set on Kit BoM" -msgstr "在套件物料清单中设置套件消耗" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:109 -msgid "" -"Create a manufactured BoM for the finished product which includes a kit " -"component. Set a routing on your BoM, for example, *Assemble Furniture*. " -"Precise the consumption of the components on this BoM." -msgstr "为包含套件部件的成品创建制造物料清单。为该物料清单设置路线，例如*组装家具*。在该物料清单上指明部件的消耗情况。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:119 -msgid "" -"Update the kit component to define its BoM. In this use case, the routing " -"which is set on this Kit BoM is different than the one of the Finished " -"Product." -msgstr "更新套件部件，以定义其物料清单。在本用例中，套件物料清单设置的路线与成品不同。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:138 -msgid "" -"All the components of the kits are consumed during the first operation. The " -"last component is consumed during the second operation." -msgstr "本套件的所有部件都在首个操作环节中被消耗。最后一个部件在第二个操作环节中被消耗。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:3 -msgid "Manage semi-finished products" -msgstr "管理半成品" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, you can use subassembly products to simplify a complex *Bill of " -"Materials* or to represent your manufacturing flow more accurately. A " -"*subassembly product* is a manufactured product that is used as a component " -"to make another one." -msgstr "在Odoo中，你可用分组件产品简化复杂的*物料清单*，或更准确地代表制造过程。*分组件产品*是指用作另一个产品部件的已制产品。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:10 -msgid "" -"A *BoM* that employs *subassemblies* is referred to as a multi-level BoM. " -"Those are accomplished by creating a *top-level BoM* and *subassembly ones*." -" This process requires a route that will ensure that every time a " -"manufacturing order for the top-level product is created, another one will " -"be for subassemblies." -msgstr "" -"包含*分组件*的*物料清单*被称为多级物料清单。这需要创建*顶级物料清单*和*分组件物料清单*。这一流程将确保每次为顶级产品创建制造订单时，同时创建分组件制造订单。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:17 -msgid "Configure the Subassembly Product" -msgstr "配置分组件产品" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:19 -msgid "" -"To configure a *multi-level BoM*, you will need a top-level product but also" -" its subassemblies. The first step is to create a product form for each of " -"the subassemblies. Select the routes *Manufacture* and *Replenish on Order*." -" Now, hit save." -msgstr "如要配置*多级物料清单*，你需要顶级产品及其分组件。第一步是为每个分组件创建产品表单。选择*制造*和*按订单补给*路线。然后，点击保存。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:27 -msgid "" -"In the *Bill of Materials* menu, under *Master Data*, create a new *Bill of " -"Materials*. Choose the product you just created and add its components." -msgstr "在*主数据*下的*物料清单*菜单中，创建新的*物料清单*。选择你刚创建的产品并添加其部件。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:35 -msgid "Configure the Main BoM" -msgstr "配置主物料清单" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Now, you can configure the top-level product and its *BoM*. Include any " -"subassemblies in the list of components." -msgstr "现在，你可配置顶级产品及其*物料清单*。在部件列表中可加入任何分组件。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Now, each time you will plan a manufacturing order for the top-level " -"product, a manufacturing order will be created for the subassembly one. " -"Then, you will have to manufacture the subassembly in order to make it " -"available before manufacturing the finished product." -msgstr "现在，你每次为顶级产品规划制造订单时，系统将为分组件创建制造订单。然后，你必须制造分组件，确保其在制造成品前可用。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:3 -msgid "Subcontract your Manufacturing" -msgstr "外包制造" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Outsourcing a portion of some or all your company’s manufacturing needs is " -"not easy. To make it work right, you have to:" -msgstr "将公司的部分或全部制造程序需求外包出去并不容易。为了让它正常工作，你必须:" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:8 -msgid "Manage the inventory of raw materials at your subcontractor;" -msgstr "管理分包商的原材料库存;" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Ship new materials to your subcontractors based on your forecasted demand;" -msgstr "根据您的预期需求将新材料发送给您的分包商;" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Keep track of manufacturing operations done at the subcontractor location;" -msgstr "跟踪在分包商进行的制造操作；" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:13 -msgid "Control incoming goods quality;" -msgstr "控制进货质量;" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:14 -msgid "Control subcontractors bills." -msgstr "控制分包商账单。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Here is an example of subcontracting the manufacturing of “C”, which is " -"produced out of raw materials “A” and “B”." -msgstr "这是分包由原材料“ A”和“ B”生产的“ C”制造的示例。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:23 -msgid "" -"With its subcontracting feature, Odoo helps you handle this flow easily." -msgstr "凭借其分包功能，Odoo帮助您轻松处理这一流程。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:28 -msgid "" -"To use the subcontracting feature, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " -"Configuration --> Settings` and tick the box *Subcontracting*." -msgstr "要使用转包功能，请转到 :menuselection:`制造 --> 配置 --> 设置并勾选 *转包* 。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:35 -msgid "" -"To define if a product must be subcontracted, use a *Bill of Materials " -"(BoM)* of type *Subcontracting*." -msgstr "要定义一个产品是否必须分包，使用类型 *分包* 的 *物料清单(BoM)* 。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:38 -msgid "" -"To create a new *BoM*, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Master Data " -"--> Bill of Materials` and hit create. Then, list the components your " -"subcontractor needs to manufacture the product. For costing purposes, you " -"might want to register all the components, even the ones that are sourced " -"directly from the subcontractor." -msgstr "" -"要创建一个新的 *BoM* ，请转到 :menuselection:`制造 --> 主数据 --> 物料清单(BoM) 并点击创建。 " -"然后，列出分包商制造产品所需的组件。 出于成本目的，您可能想要注册所有组件，甚至包括直接从分包商处采购的组件。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Once you have set the *BoM Type* to *Subcontracting*, specify one or several" -" subcontractors." -msgstr "将 *BoM类型* 设置为 *转包* 后，指定一个或多个转包商。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:52 -msgid "Basic Subcontracting Flow" -msgstr "基本分包流程" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:54 -msgid "" -"To let your subcontractor know how many products you need, create and send " -"them purchase orders (PO). To do so, open the *Purchase* app and create a " -"new one. Be sure to send the PO to a vendor that is defined as a " -"subcontractor on the *BoM*." -msgstr "" -"为了让你的分包商知道你需要多少产品，创建并发送采购订单(PO)给他们。为此，打开 *采购* " -"应用程序并创建一个新的采购订单。确保将采购订单发送给供应商，该供应商在 *BoM* 中被定义为分包商。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Once the *PO* is validated (1), a pending receipt is created. When the " -"products are received, validate the receipt (2), with the actual quantity " -"received. Then Odoo automatically created several inventory moves:" -msgstr "一旦*PO*被验证(1)，将创建一个等待的收据。当收到产品时，验证收据(2)，与实际收到的数量。然后Odoo将自动创建了几个库存移动:" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Consume the components at the subcontractor’s location, based on the *BoM* " -"(3);" -msgstr "根据* BoM *（3）在分包商的位置使用组件；" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:70 -msgid "Produce finished goods at the subcontractor’s location (4);" -msgstr "在分包商的位置生产成品（4）；" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Move products from the subcontractor’s location to YourCompany through the " -"validated receipt (5)." -msgstr "通过有效的收据将产品从分包商所在地转移到\"YourCompany\"(5)。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:74 -msgid "" -"Of course, Odoo does all the transactions for you, automatically. Simply " -"control the vendor bill with the usual matching process with the purchase " -"order." -msgstr "当然，Odoo会自动为你做所有的交易。只需通过与采购订单的常规匹配过程控制供应商账单。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:79 -msgid "" -"The *PO* is optional. If you create a receipt manually, with the right " -"subcontractor, Odoo still performs all the moves. Useful if the " -"subcontractor does not bill a fixed price per item, but rather the time and " -"materials used." -msgstr "" -"*采购订单* " -"是可选的。如果您想与正确的分包商手动创建收据，Odoo仍然可以执行所有的行动。如果转包商没有对每一件物品给出固定的价格，而是对所使用的时间和材料给出固定的价格，那么这种方法是有用的。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:85 -msgid "Inventory Valuation" -msgstr "库存计价" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:87 -msgid "The cost of the manufactured product “C” is defined as:" -msgstr "制成品“C”的成本定义为:" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:89 -msgid "**C = A + B + s**" -msgstr "**C = A + B + s**" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:91 -msgid "With:" -msgstr "与：" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:93 -msgid "**A**: Cost of raw materials coming from YourCompany;" -msgstr "**A** :来自贵公司的原材料成本;" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:96 -msgid "**B**: Cost of raw materials sourced directly from the" -msgstr "**B**:直接从采购的原材料成本" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:96 -msgid "subcontractor;" -msgstr "分包商;" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:98 -msgid "**s**: Cost of the subcontracted service." -msgstr "**s** :分包服务的成本。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:100 -msgid "" -"Sending raw materials to your subcontractors (**A**) does not impact the " -"inventory valuation, the components still belonging to your company. To " -"manage this, the *Subcontracting Location* is configured as an *Internal " -"Location* so that the components are still valued in the inventory." -msgstr "" -"将原材料发送给分包商（ **A** ）不会影响库存评估，这些组件仍然属于您的公司。 为了管理此问题，将 *转包地点* 配置为 *内部地点* " -"，以便仍在清单中对组件进行估价。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:106 -msgid "" -"Then, the vendor price set on the product C form has to be what has to be " -"paid to the subcontractor for his parts and service time: **B + s**. The " -"product cost has to be: **A + B + s**, how much the product is valued in the" -" accounting." -msgstr "" -"然后，在产品C表格上设置的卖方价格必须是分包商为其零件和服务时间所必须支付的价格： ** B + s ** 。 产品成本必须为：**A + B + " -"s** ，该产品在会计中的价值是多少。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:111 -msgid "" -"Finally, the subcontractor bill matches the purchase order, with the " -"proposed price coming from the finished products C." -msgstr "最后，分包商账单与采购订单相匹配，建议价格来自成品C。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:115 -msgid "" -"If managing the replenishment of raw materials **B** at your subcontractor’s" -" location is not needed, simply include the cost of **B** in the " -"subcontractor’s price **s** and remove the products *B* from the *BoM*." -msgstr "如果不需要在你的分包商所在地管理原材料的补充，只需在分包商的价格中包括 **B** 的成本，并将产品从 *BoM* 中删除。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:121 -msgid "Traceability" -msgstr "追溯" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:123 -msgid "" -"In case the products received from the subcontractor contain tracked " -"components, their serial or lot numbers need to be specified during the " -"receipt." -msgstr "如果从分包商收到的产品包被跟踪的组件，则在收货期间需要指定其序列号或批号。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:127 -msgid "" -"On the receipt of the subcontracted product, a *Record Components* button " -"appears when necessary. Click on it to open a dialog and record the " -"serial/lot numbers of the components. If the finished product is also " -"tracked, its serial/lot number can be registered here too." -msgstr "" -"在接收分包产品时，必要时将出现 *记录组件* 按钮。点击打开对话框，记录组件的序列号/批号。如果成品也被跟踪，它的序列号/批号也可以在这里登记。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:136 -msgid "" -"For audit purposes, it is possible to check the lot numbers recorded on a " -"receipt by using the icon on the right of the finished products:" -msgstr "出于审计目的，可以使用成品右侧的图标检查收据上记录的批号:" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:144 -msgid "Automate Replenishment of Subcontractors" -msgstr "分包商的自动化补货" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:146 -msgid "" -"To manage the resupply of your subcontractor, activate *Multi-locations* in " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Configuration`. Then, the " -"inventory at the subcontractor location can be tracked." -msgstr "" -"要管理您的分包商的补货，请在:menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 配置中 激活 *多地点*。 然后，可以跟踪在分包商位置的库存。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:151 -msgid "" -"It is possible to resupply subcontractors by sending products from the " -"company locations, or by sending products from another supplier to the " -"subcontractors." -msgstr "可以通过从公司地点发送产品或从其他供应商发送产品给分包商进行补给。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:156 -msgid "Replenishment from the warehouse" -msgstr "从仓库补货" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:158 -msgid "" -"Resupplying subcontractors manually is the simplest approach. To do so, " -"create delivery orders in which the subcontractor is set as a delivery " -"address and fill the components to deliver." -msgstr "手动重新供应分包商是最简单的方法。 为此，创建将转包商设置为交货地址的交货订单，并填写要交货的组件。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:162 -msgid "" -"To automate the subcontractors’ replenishment propositions, there are two " -"approaches:" -msgstr "为了使分包商的补给自动化，有两种方法:" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:165 -msgid "Reordering rules;" -msgstr "重新订购规则;" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:166 -msgid "Replenish on order flow." -msgstr "补充订单流程。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:168 -msgid "" -"For the first one, just define a reordering rule on the subcontracting " -"location, with a minimum and maximum inventory level. When the reordering " -"rule is triggered, a delivery order is created to ship the components to the" -" subcontractor." -msgstr "对于第一类型，只需在转包地点定义最小和最大库存水平的重新订购规则。 触发重新订购规则后，将创建交货订单，以将组件运送到分包商。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:177 -msgid "" -"The second approach is to use a “pull” flow. Here, the demand in the " -"finished product (real demand or forecasted one through the Master " -"Production Schedule) triggers the replenishment of the subcontractor. To do " -"so, select the route *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* on the wanted " -"components." -msgstr "" -"第二种方法是使用“拉动式”流程。在这里，成品中的需求(实际需求或通过主生产计划预测的需求)触发了分包商的补给。要做到这一点，选择路线 " -"*再供应分包商的订单* 所需的组件。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:188 -msgid "Replenishment from another supplier" -msgstr "从其他供应商进货" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:190 -msgid "" -"When purchasing items to another supplier, it is possible to ask him to " -"deliver the subcontractor directly. To do so, activate the *Drop Shipping* " -"feature in :menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> Configuration`." -msgstr "" -"当向另一个供应商采购产品时，可以要求他直接从分包商交付。要做到这一点，在:menuselection: '采购 --> 设置 --> 设置中激活 " -"*转运配送* 功能'。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:195 -msgid "" -"Now, set the *Dropship* option in the *Deliver To* field of the *Other " -"Information* tab. Then, provide the address of the subcontractor for the " -"shipping." -msgstr "现在，在 *其他信息* 标签的 *交付* 字段中设置 *转运配送* 选项。然后，提供运输的分包商的地址。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:203 -msgid "" -"That way, the supplier can ship items directly and you simply receive and " -"pay the bill. However, it is still required to validate receipts for the " -"subcontractor." -msgstr "通过这种方式，供应商可以直接发货，而您只需接收和支付账单。但是，仍然需要对分包商的收据进行验证。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:212 -msgid "Quality Control" -msgstr "质量管理" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:214 -msgid "" -"Controlling the quality of the products manufactured by subcontractors is " -"possible thanks to the Odoo Quality app. Quality checks can be made on a " -"manufacturing step but, because the manufacturing process is handled by an " -"external party, it can be defined on the product reception." -msgstr "" -"Odoo品控应用程序可以控制分包商生产产品的质量。品控检查可以在生产过程中进行，但由于生产过程是由外部方处理的，所以可以在产品接收过程中进行定义。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:224 -msgid "" -"To create a quality check at the receipt, open the *Quality* app and create " -"a new *Control Point* on the reception." -msgstr "要在收货时创建质量检查，请打开 *品控* 应用程序并在收货处创建一个新的 *控制点* 。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:231 -msgid "" -"By doing so, a quality check is automatically created each time a finished " -"product is received." -msgstr "通过这样做，每次收到成品时都会自动创建品控检查。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:3 -msgid "Unbuild a product" -msgstr "拆解产品" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In Odoo Manufacturing App, you can *Unbuild* products. Two use cases can be " -"managed: (1) you can unbuild products you have built yourself or (2) you can" -" unbuild products you have received." -msgstr "在Odoo制造应用程序中，你可*拆解*产品。你可管理两种用例：(1)你可拆解自己创建的产品或(2)你可拆解接收的产品。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Let's take the first case, you are manufacturing products yourself. If one " -"of your product presents some defect, you might want to unbuild it instead " -"of scrapping it completely, allowing you to reuse some components of the " -"product." -msgstr "我们先看第一种情况，你自行制造产品。如果你的某件产品存在缺陷，你可能希望将它拆解而不是完全报废，以便重新利用产品中的某些部件。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:14 -msgid "" -"In the second case, you are buying products for the sole purpose of " -"unbuilding them and recycling them." -msgstr "在第二种情况中，你购买产品的唯一目的就是将其拆解并回收。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:18 -msgid "Unbuild Order" -msgstr "拆解单" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:20 -msgid "" -"While in the Manufacturing App, under the *Operations* tab you will find the" -" menu *Unbuild Orders*." -msgstr "在制造应用程序中，在*操作*选项卡下，你可找到*拆解单*菜单。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:26 -msgid "" -"When creating a new one, you can either select a MO if you are unbuilding " -"something you manufactured or only select a product if you are unbuilding " -"something you received." -msgstr "在创建新拆解单时，如果是拆解你自行制造的产品，可选择制造订单，如果是拆解你收到的产品，只需选择该产品。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:33 -msgid "When you are done, just click unbuild and the process will be over." -msgstr "完成后，只需点击拆解，流程结束。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:35 -msgid "" -"If you unbuild a product that you manufactured before, you will get the " -"components from the MO back in stock." -msgstr "如你拆解的是之前制造的产品，制造订单中的部件将返回库存。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:38 -msgid "" -"If you unbuild a product you bought, you will get the components from the " -"BoM back in stock." -msgstr "如果你拆解的是购买的产品，物料清单中的部件将返回库存。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:3 -msgid "Use the Master Production Schedule" -msgstr "使用主生产排程" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The Master Production Schedule (MPS) is a valuable tool to plan your " -"production based on your demand forecast." -msgstr "主生产排程(MPS)是根据你的需求预测计划生产的有用工具。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Go to the :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings` " -"and activate the Master Production Schedule feature before hitting save." -msgstr "前往 :menuselection:`制造应用程序 --> 配置 --> 设置`并启用主生产排程功能，然后点击保存。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:18 -msgid "" -"In the manufacturing settings, you can define the time range of your MPS " -"(month/week/day) and the number of periods you want to display." -msgstr "在制造设置中，你可定义MPS（月/周/日）的时间范围和希望显示的周期数。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Now, go in :menuselection:`Planning --> Master Production Schedule` and " -"click on add a product. You can now define your safety stock target (= the " -"stock you want to have on hand at the end of the period) and the minimum and" -" maximum quantities to replenish." -msgstr "" -"现在，进入 :menuselection:`规划 --> " -"主生产排程`并点击添加产品。你可定义你的安全库存目标（=在周期结束时希望保有的库存量）和补货的最小及最大数量。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:29 -msgid "" -"The products are ordered in the MPS based on their sequence. You can " -"rearrange that sequence by going on the list of your products and reorganize" -" them with drag and drop." -msgstr "在MPS中根据产品顺序进行订购。你可进入产品列表，拖放并重新排列，即可重新安排产品顺序。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:36 -msgid "" -"In the MPS view, you can decide which information you would like to show by " -"clicking on *rows*. Some fields can be added to the view, such as *Actual " -"demand*, which will show which quantity of products has already been ordered" -" for the period, or *Available to Promise*, which allows you to know what " -"can still be sold during the period (what you plan to replenish - what is " -"already sold during the period). You can also decide to hide some " -"information if it isn’t necessary." -msgstr "" -"在MPS视图中，你可点击*行*，决定显示的信息。你可向该视图添加其他字段，如*实际需求*显示该产品在本周期内已经订购的数量，或*最小数量保证*显示你在本周期内仍可销售的产品（你计划的补货量" -" - 本周期内已经售出的量）。你还可隐藏一些无关紧要的信息。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:48 -msgid "Estimate your demand and launch replenishment" -msgstr "估计需求并发起补货" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:50 -msgid "" -"The next step is to estimate the demand for the period. This estimation " -"should be entered in the row *Demand Forecast*. You can easily, at any time," -" compare the demand forecast with the actual demand (= confirmed sales). The" -" demand forecast for a finished product will impact the indirect demand for " -"its components." -msgstr "" -"下一步是估计本周期内的需求。你应在*需求预测*行输入估计结果。你可随时比较需求预测与实际需求（=已确认的销售量）。成品的需求预测将影响其部件的间接需求。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:59 -msgid "" -"Then, the quantity to replenish for the different periods will be " -"automatically computed. The replenishments you are supposed to launch based " -"on your lead times (vendor lead time or manufacturing lead time) are " -"displayed in green. You can now launch the replenishment by clicking on the " -"replenish button." -msgstr "" -"然后，系统将自动计算不同周期的补货量。基于你的前置时间（供应商前置时间或制造前置时间）应发起的补货显示为绿色。现在，你可点击补货按钮，发起补货。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Depending on the configuration of the product (buy vs. manufacture), " -"requests for quotations or manufacturing orders will be created. You can " -"easily access those by clicking on the *Actual Replenishment* cell." -msgstr "根据产品的配置（采购或制造），系统将创建报价请求或制造订单。只需点击*实际补货*单元格，即可轻松访问这些信息。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:75 -msgid "" -"In case you manually edit the *To replenish* quantity, a small cross will " -"appear on the left. In case you want to go back to the automatically " -"computed value given by Odoo, you can click the cross." -msgstr "如你手动编辑*待补货*数量，左侧将出现一个小十字。如你想要返回Odoo提供的自动计算值，你可点击十字图标。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:83 -msgid "Cells color signification" -msgstr "单元格颜色的含义" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:85 -msgid "" -"The cells, which are part of the *To replenish* line, can take different " -"colors depending on the situation:" -msgstr "*待补货*行上的单元格根据不同情况有不同颜色：" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:88 -msgid "" -"**Green**: quantity of products which should be replenished to reach the " -"expected safety stock considering the demand forecast and the indirect " -"demand forecast." -msgstr "**绿色**：考虑到需求预测和间接需求预测，为达到预期安全库存量需要补货的产品数量。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:90 -msgid "" -"**Grey**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity " -"still matches current data." -msgstr "**灰色**：已生成补货订单，其数量仍匹配当前数据。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:92 -msgid "" -"**Red**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity " -"was too high considering current data." -msgstr "**红色**：已生成补货订单，其数量与当前数据相比过高。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:94 -msgid "" -"**Orange**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity" -" was too low considering current data." -msgstr "**橙色**：已生成补货订单，其数量与当前数据相比过低。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:96 -msgid "" -"The *Forecasted stock* line can also contain red cells, which means the " -"stock will be negative during the period in question." -msgstr "*已预测库存*行也可包含红色单元格，意思是该周期内的库存将为负值。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:100 -msgid "What if I have underestimated the demand?" -msgstr "如果我低估了需求怎么办？" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:102 -msgid "" -"You can still increase the demand forecast. It will impact the quantity to " -"replenish. The cell will become orange, and you’ll be able to launch a new " -"replenishment." -msgstr "你仍可增加需求预测。它将影响补货数量。单元格将变为橙色，你可发起新补货。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:107 -msgid "What if I have overestimated the demand?" -msgstr "如果我高估了需求怎么办？" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:109 -msgid "" -"You can decrease the demand forecast. The cell will become red to inform you" -" that you’ve ordered more than planned. If you’re still able to do it, you " -"can cancel some RFQ or MO manually." -msgstr "你可减少需求预测。单元格将变为红色，表明你订购的数量超过了计划数量。如果允许，你可手动取消一些报价请求或制造订单。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:114 -msgid "What if I wrongly added a product to the MPS?" -msgstr "如果我在MPS中错误添加了产品怎么办？" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:116 -msgid "" -"You can easily remove a product from the MPS by clicking the small bin on " -"the right of its name." -msgstr "你可点击产品名称右侧的小垃圾箱，即可从MPS中删除该产品。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview.rst:7 -msgid "I want to use Odoo Manufacturing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview.rst:5 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "概述" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair.rst:5 -msgid "Repair Management" -msgstr "维修管理" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:5 -msgid "Repair products" -msgstr "维修产品" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:7 -msgid "" -"The Odoo *Repair* app allows you to manage a complete after sales process " -"but also to simply repair products you have manufactured, if they present a " -"defect." -msgstr "Odoo*维修*应用程序不仅可管理完整的售后流程，还可轻松维修存在缺陷的已制造产品。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:12 -msgid "Create a Repair Order" -msgstr "创建维修单" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Once in the app, you can access your existing *Repair Orders* and create a " -"new one." -msgstr "在应用程序中，你可访问现有*维修单*或创建新维修单。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:21 -msgid "Manage a repair" -msgstr "管理维修" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:23 -msgid "" -"When a customer sends you a product for repair, create a new *Repair Order*." -" Fill it in with all the information you may need such as the product, the " -"customer, if it has to be invoiced after or before the repair, the parts you" -" might need, etc." -msgstr "当客户发给你需要维修的产品时，创建新的*维修单*，填写所有相关信息，如产品、客户、维修之前或之后是否需要开单、可能需要的零部件等。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Once everything is done, you can then send the repair quotation to your " -"customer. If it is approved, you can confirm the repair. You will then be " -"able to start & end the repair when it is completed." -msgstr "完成后，你可将维修报价发送给客户。如批准，你可确认维修。然后，你可开始维修并在完成后结束维修。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:38 -msgid "You can now invoice the repair." -msgstr "现在，你可就维修开单。" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..67406b8db --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po @@ -0,0 +1,594 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2021 +# Jeffery CHEN Fan <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2021 +# 稀饭~~ <wangwhai@qq.com>, 2021 +# Felix Yuen <fyu@odoo.com>, 2021 +# Mandy Choy <mnc@odoo.com>, 2021 +# Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2021 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-18 07:12+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-05-18 05:18+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2021\n" +"Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: zh_CN\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing.rst:3 +msgid "Marketing" +msgstr "市场营销" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation.rst:3 +msgid "Marketing Automation" +msgstr "市场营销自动化" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced" +msgstr "高级" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:3 +msgid "Understanding Metrics" +msgstr "了解指标" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Metrics are values that help you measure progress and can be a powerful way " +"of linking your employees to goals." +msgstr "指标是帮助你测量进步的值，是为员工设定目标的方式。" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:9 +msgid "" +"When you create a workflow in Odoo, its visual content already shows metrics" +" in a graph form and in numbers." +msgstr "当你在Odoo中创建工作流程后，它的可视化内容已经以图形和数字形式显示为指标。" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:10 +msgid "Let’s consider the example below:" +msgstr "我们一起看下面的示例：" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:19 +msgid "" +"The *Target* - business object - is *Lead/Opportunity* and was narrowed down" +" to the ones whose *Tag Name* contain the description “Product”, and have an" +" email address set." +msgstr "*目标* - 业务目标 - 是指*线索/商机*，缩小为 *标记名称* 包含“产品”描述，并已设置电子邮件地址的记录。" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:20 +msgid "A total number of 20 records match the criteria." +msgstr "共有20条记录符合此标准。" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Out of those 20 records, 25 have become participants, in other words, they " +"have matched the criteria." +msgstr "在这20条记录中，25个已成为参与者，换句话说，他们符合条件。" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Every time the system runs, updating numbers and triggering actions, it will" +" look at the *Target* model and check if new records have been added or " +"modified, keeping the flow up-to-date." +msgstr "每次运行系统、更新数字和触发操作时，它将查看 *目标* 模式并检查是否添加新记录或修改记录，保持流程最新。" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The filter here is applied to *all* activities. Leads that lose the tag in " +"the meantime will be excluded from later activities." +msgstr "这里的筛选条件适用于 *所有* 活动。丢失标记的线索将从之后的活动中排除。" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:45 +msgid "" +"*Records* is a real-time number, therefore while the workflow is running, " +"changes in opportunity records can be made - delete, add, adjustment - " +"updating the number of records, but not changing the number of participants," +" as the metric *will not* exclude opportunities that have been set as " +"participants before. It will just add new ones. For this reason, the number " +"of *Records* can be different from the number of *Participants*." +msgstr "" +"*记录* 是一个实时数字，因此在运行工作流程时，可对商机记录进行更改 - 删除、添加、调整等 - 更新记录数量，但不改变参与者人数，因为指标 *不会* " +"排除之前被设置为参与者的机会。它只会添加新记录。因此，*记录* 数量可能与 *参与者* 数量不同。" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 +msgid "" +"You can also have filters applied to activities individually, under " +"*Domain*. A useful feature to specify an individual filter that will only be" +" performed if the records satisfied both filters, the activity and its " +"domain one." +msgstr "你也可在 *域* 下，对活动应用单独的筛选条件。这项功能可用于规定，只有当记录同时满足活动和域两项筛选条件时，才执行该记录。" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Example: for an activity sending an SMS, you could make sure a phone number " +"is set to avoid triggering a SMS that would never be sent and crash." +msgstr "例如：某活动需要发送短信，你可以设置一个电话号码，避免触发绝不会发送且崩溃的短信。" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:64 +msgid "" +"*Success* is the number of times the searching for participants - that match" +" the filter(s) of that activity - was performed successfully in relation to " +"the total number of participants." +msgstr "*成功* 是指相对于参与者总人数，成功执行搜索参与者的次数 - 与该活动的筛选条件匹配。 " + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:65 +msgid "" +"If a participant does not match the conditions, it will be added to " +"*Rejected*." +msgstr "如参与者与条件不匹配，它将被加入 *已拒绝* 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Hovering over the graph, you can see the number of successful and rejected " +"participants, per day, for the last 15 days." +msgstr "将鼠标悬停在图表上，你可以看到每天以及过去15天成功和被拒绝的参与者人数。" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Every time a new record is added to the *Target* model, it will be " +"automatically added to the workflow, and, it will start the workflow from " +"the beginning (parent action)." +msgstr "每次将新记录添加到 *目标* 模式时，它将自动添加到工作流程中，且将从头开始工作流程（上级操作）。" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing.rst:3 +msgid "SMS Marketing" +msgstr "短信营销" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing.rst:3 +msgid "Pricing and FAQ" +msgstr "定价和常见问题" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:3 +msgid "SMS Pricing and FAQ" +msgstr "短信定价和常见问题" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:6 +msgid "What do I need to send SMSs?" +msgstr "我需要什么才能发送短信？" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:7 +msgid "" +"SMS Text Messaging is an In-App Purchase (IAP) service that *requires " +"prepaid credits* to work." +msgstr "短信信息是一项应用内购买(IAP)服务， *需要预付费积分* 才能运行。" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:11 +msgid "How many types of SMSs are there?" +msgstr "短信分类有哪些种类？" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:12 +msgid "There are 2 types: GSM7 and UNICODE." +msgstr "短信分为GSM7和UNICODE两类。" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:14 +msgid "" +"**GSM7** is the standard format, with a limit of 160 characters per message," +" that includes the following characters:" +msgstr "**GSM7** 是标准格式，每条信息不超过160个字符，包括以下字符：" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:23 +msgid "" +"**UNICODE** is the format applied if a special character, that *is not* in " +"the GSM7 list, is used. Limit per SMS: 70 characters." +msgstr "**UNICODE** 是适用于GSM7列表中 *没有* 的特殊字符的格式。每条短信不超过70个字符。" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:27 +msgid "" +"For GSM7 SMS the size limit is 160 characters, and for Unicode is 70. *Above" +" these limits, the content is divided into a multi-part message* and the " +"limit of characters is lowered to 153 for GSM7 and to 67 for Unicode. The " +"system will inform you in real-time about the number of SMS your message " +"represents." +msgstr "" +"GSM7短信限制为160个字符，Unicode限制为70个字符。 *超过该限值后，短信内容被切分为多个部分* ，字符数限制降到GSM7 " +"153个，Unicode 67个。系统将实时显示你的信息已包含的字符数。" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:34 +msgid "How much does it cost to send an SMS?" +msgstr "发送短信的费用是多少？" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The price of an SMS depends on the destination and the length (number of " +"characters) of the message." +msgstr "短信价格取决于信息的目的地和长度（字符数）。" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To see the **price per country, please consult**: `Odoo SMS - FAQ <https" +"://iap-services.odoo.com/iap/sms/pricing#sms_faq_01>`_." +msgstr "" +"如要查看 **每个国家的价格，请访问** ：`Odoo短信 - \n" +"常见问题 <https://iap-services.odoo.com/iap/sms/pricing#sms_faq_01>`_。" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:39 +msgid "" +"The number of SMSs a message represents will be always available to you in " +"your database." +msgstr "短信包含的字数总是显示在数据库中。" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:49 +msgid "How do I buy credits?" +msgstr "如何购买积分？" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:50 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Buy Credits`." +msgstr "前往 :menuselection:`设置 --> 购买积分`。" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:57 +msgid "Or go to :menuselection:`Settings --> View my Services`." +msgstr "或前往 :menuselection:`设置 --> 查看我的服务`。" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:65 +msgid "" +"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you " +"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." +msgstr "如果你是Odoo Online (SAAS)企业版用户，你可用免费试用积点来测试这项功能。" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:70 +msgid "More common questions" +msgstr "更多常见问题" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:72 +msgid "**Is there an expiration time for my credits?**" +msgstr "**我的积分会过期吗？**" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:74 +msgid "No, credits do not expire." +msgstr "不会，积分不会过期。" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:77 +msgid "" +"**Can I send an SMS to a phone number (which is not a mobile phone) because " +"I see the icon in front of the field “phone”?**" +msgstr "**我可以向座机号码（而不是手机号码）发送短信吗？因为我看到“电话”字段前有图标。**" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:80 +msgid "Only if that phone number supports SMS (e.g. SIP phones)." +msgstr "该电话号码必须支持短信（例如，SIP电话）才行。" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:83 +msgid "**Do I receive an invoice to buy my credits?**" +msgstr "**我购买积分后能收到发票吗？**" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:85 +msgid "Yes." +msgstr "是。" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:88 +msgid "**Can the recipient answer to me?**" +msgstr "**收件人可以回复我吗？**" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:90 +msgid "No, it is not possible to reply to the SMS." +msgstr "不能，他们无法回复短信。" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:93 +msgid "" +"**What happens if I send multiple SMS but I do not have enough credits to " +"send them all?**" +msgstr "**如果我发送多条短信，但积分不够全部发送怎么办？**" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:95 +msgid "" +"The whole transaction is counted as a single one, so no SMS will be sent " +"until you have enough credits to send them all." +msgstr "整个交易将计为一笔，因此除非你的积分足够发送全部短信，否则不会发送任何短信。" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:99 +msgid "**Do I have a history of the sent SMSs?**" +msgstr "**我有已发送短信的历史记录吗？**" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Yes, the SMS is logged as a note under the chatter of the corresponding " +"record, and a complete history of the SMSs sent is available on " +":doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode/activate>` under " +":menuselection:`Technical --> SMS`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:107 +msgid "**Can I send as many SMSs I want at once?**" +msgstr "**我可以一次性发送大量的短信吗？**" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:109 +msgid "Yes, if you have enough credits." +msgstr "可以，但你必须有足够的积分。" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:112 +msgid "" +"**If I have a number that does not exist in the list of recipients, will I " +"lose credits?**" +msgstr "**如果我添加的号码不在现有的收件人名单中，我会被扣除积分吗？**" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Not if the phone number is in the wrong format (e.g. too many digits). " +"Otherwise, if the SMS is sent to the wrong person or to a fake number, the " +"credit will be lost." +msgstr "如果电话号码格式错误（例如，位数过多），不会被扣除信用。否则，如果短信发送给了错误人员或虚假号码，你仍会被扣除信用。" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:118 +msgid "" +"**What happens if I send my SMS to a paying number (e.g.: a contest to win a" +" ticket for a festival)?**" +msgstr "**如果我将短信发送给了付费号码（例如，赢取节日门票的比赛）怎么办？**" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:120 +msgid "" +"The SMS will not be delivered to that kind of number, so you won’t be " +"charged." +msgstr "短信不会被发送给这类号码，你也不会被扣费。" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:123 +msgid "" +"**Can I identify the numbers that do not exist when I send several SMSs?**" +msgstr "**我在发送多条短信时，能识别不存在的号码吗？**" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:125 +msgid "Only the ones that have an invalid format." +msgstr "只能识别格式无效的号码。" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:128 +msgid "**How does the GDPR regulation affect this service?**" +msgstr "**GDPR规定对这项服务有何影响？**" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Please find our `Privacy Policy here <https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#sms>`__." +msgstr "请`在此查看我们的`隐私政策 <https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#sms>`__。" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:132 +msgid "**Can I use my own SMS provider?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:134 +msgid "" +"Yes, but it is not possible out of the box. Our experts can help you " +"customize your database to make it happen. Please, check our success packs " +"`here <https://www.odoo.com/pricing-packs>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey.rst:3 +msgid "Survey" +msgstr "调查" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "概述" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:3 +msgid "Get Started with Surveys" +msgstr "开始调查" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Surveys can be used for a range of purposes that can go from collecting " +"customer feedback, evaluate the success of an event, measure how pleased " +"customers are with your products/services, gauge whether employees are happy" +" and satisfied with their work environment, and even to find out what your " +"market is thinking." +msgstr "" +"调查可用于一系列目的，这些目的包括收集客户反馈、评估活动的成功、衡量客户对您的产品/服务是否满意、衡量员工是否对工作环境感到满意以及甚至了解市场的想法。" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:11 +msgid "Get started" +msgstr "开始使用" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:13 +msgid "" +"When creating your survey, choose a *Title* and *Category*. The *Category* " +"field is used to know in which context the survey is being conducted, as " +"different applications might use it for different purposes such as " +"recruitment, certification, or employee appraisal." +msgstr "" +"创建调查时，请选择 *Title* 和 *Category*。 *Category* " +"字段用于了解调查的上下文，因为不同的应用程序可能会将调查用于不同的目的，如招聘、认证或员工评估。" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:22 +msgid "Tab: Questions" +msgstr "选项卡：问题" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:24 +msgid "Add sections and questions by clicking on the respective links." +msgstr "单击相应的链接添加部分和问题。" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:27 +msgid "" +"On the *Sections and Questions* form, once the question type is chosen and " +"the answer added, under the tab *Options*, enable *Mandatory Answer*, and " +"set an *Error message* to be shown when the user tries to submit the survey " +"without answering the respective question." +msgstr "" +"在 *Sections and Questions* 窗体上，一旦选择了问题类型并添加了答案，在选项卡 *Options*下，启用 " +"*Mandatory Answer*，并设置 *Error message*在用户尝试提交调查时显示，而不回答相应的问题。" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Depending on the *Question Type*, the tab *Options* aggregates extra and " +"different possibilities. Examples:" +msgstr "根据 *Question Type*，选项卡 *Options*聚合额外和不同的可能性。例子：" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:31 +msgid "" +"*Single Line Text Box* - can choose a minimum and maximum text length " +"(number of characters - spaces do not count), and its error message." +msgstr "*Single Line Text Box* - 可以选择最小和最大文本长度（字符数 - 空格不计算），及其错误消息。" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:33 +msgid "" +"*Multiple choice: multiple answers allowed*: choose between radio buttons or" +" a dropdown menu list, and if you would like to have a comment field. If the" +" user select an answer and type a comment, the values are separately " +"recorded. Or, enable the comment field to be displayed as an answer choice, " +"with which a text type field is displayed." +msgstr "" +"*Multiple choice: multiple answers " +"allowed*：在单选按钮或下拉菜单列表之间进行选择，以及您是否想要有一个注释字段。如果用户选择答案并键入注释，则值将单独记录。或者，启用注释字段显示为答案选项，其中显示文本类型字段。" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:37 +msgid "" +"*Matrix Type*: choose if you would like to have one or multiple choices per " +"row." +msgstr "*Matrix Type*：选择是否希望每行有一个或多个选项。" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:44 +msgid "Tab: Description" +msgstr "选项卡：描述" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Write a *Description* to be displayed under the title of the survey's " +"homepage." +msgstr "写一个*Description*显示在调查主页的标题下。" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:53 +msgid "Click on *Edit* to personalize your pages with the website builder." +msgstr "点击 *Edit* 使用网站构建器个性化您的网页。" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:56 +msgid "Tab: Options" +msgstr "选项卡：选项" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Under the tab *Options*, choose the *Layout* of your questions. If choosing " +"*One page per section* or *One page per question*, an option *Back Button* " +"becomes available, which allows the user to go back pages." +msgstr "" +"在*Options*选项卡下，选择问题 *Layout*。如果选择 *One page per section* 或 *One page per " +"question*，则选项 *Back Button* 将变为可用，允许用户返回页面。" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:67 +msgid "Test and share the survey" +msgstr "测试和共享调查" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Once your Survey is ready, *Test* it to avoid *Sharing* it with potential " +"errors. As answers get collected, click on *Answers* to access all the " +"details of the respondent and his answers." +msgstr "" +"一旦您的调查准备就绪，*Test*它，以避免*Sharing* 它的潜在错误。收集答案后，单击 *Answers* 访问受访者的所有详细信息及其答案。" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:72 +msgid "" +"By default, a filter *Except Test Entries* is applied to keep the list of " +"entries clean with only real participants." +msgstr "默认情况下，将应用筛选器*Except Test Entries* 以保持条目列表的干净，只有实际参与者。" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Another way to access detailed answers is by going to " +":menuselection:`Participations --> Participations`." +msgstr "访问详细答案的另一种方式是：菜单选择：`Participations --> Participations`." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:80 +msgid "Click on *See results* to be redirected to an analytical page." +msgstr "单击 *See results*可重定向到分析页面。" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:34 +msgid ":doc:`scoring`" +msgstr ":doc:`scoring`" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/scoring.rst:35 +msgid ":doc:`time_random`" +msgstr ":doc:`time_random`" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/scoring.rst:3 +msgid "Scoring Surveys" +msgstr "评分调查" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/scoring.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To measure your respondent’s performance, knowledge of a subject, or overall" +" satisfaction, attach points to the answers of specific questions. The " +"points are summed up to give your respondent a final score." +msgstr "要衡量受访者的绩效、对主题的了解或总体满意度，请附上特定问题的答案。积分汇总，让您的被调查者获得最终分数。" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/scoring.rst:9 +msgid "" +"On your survey’s form, click on *Add a question* and, under the tab " +"*Options*, choose between *Scoring with answers at the end* or *Scoring " +"without answers at the end*. Now, on your question’s form, set the right " +"answer and score." +msgstr "" +"在调查的表格上，单击 *Add a question*，并在选项卡 *Options* 下，在 *Scoring with answers at the" +" end* 或*Scoring without answers at the end*之间进行选择。现在，在问题的形式上，设置正确的答案并评分。" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/scoring.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Set the percentage score the user needs to achieve to have successfully " +"taken the survey. If enabling *Certificate*, choose its template. The " +"certification is automatically sent by email to the users who successfully " +"finish it." +msgstr "设置用户成功参加调查所需的百分比分数。如果启用 *Certificate*，请选择其模板。认证将自动通过电子邮件发送给成功完成认证的用户。" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/scoring.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Enable *Login required* to be able to *Give Badges*. Badges are related to " +"the eLearning section of your website. Besides the logged-in user, visitors " +"of the website that access the page *Courses* can also see the granted " +"badges." +msgstr "" +"启用 *Login required*能够*Give Badges*。徽章与网站的电子学习部分相关。除了登录用户，访问页面 *Courses* " +"的网站访问者还可以查看已授予的徽章。" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:3 +msgid "Time and Randomize Questions" +msgstr "时间和随机化问题" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:6 +msgid "Time Limit" +msgstr "时间限制" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:10 +msgid "" +"On timed surveys, respondents need to complete the survey within a certain " +"period of time. It can be used to ensure that all respondents get the same " +"amount of time to find the answers, or to decrease the chance of having them" +" looking at external resources." +msgstr "在定时调查中，受访者需要在一定的时间内完成调查。它可用于确保所有受访者获得相同的时间来查找答案，或减少让他们查看外部资源的机会。" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:11 +msgid "Set the *Time limit* under the tab *Options*." +msgstr "在选项卡 *Options*下设置 *Time limit*。" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:17 +msgid "" +"A timer is shown on the pages so the user can keep track of the remaining " +"time. Surveys not \\ submitted by the *Time limit* do not have their answers" +" saved." +msgstr "页面上会显示一个计时器，以便用户可以跟踪剩余时间。未按*Time limit* 提交的调查没有保存其答案。" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:21 +msgid "Selection" +msgstr "选中内容" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:25 +msgid "" +"When you randomize a survey, you allow for the questions to be shuffled in a" +" random order every time someone opens the questionnaire. This can be useful" +" to avoid having respondents looking at each others' answers." +msgstr "随机化调查时，允许每次有人打开调查问卷时按随机顺序排列问题。这对于避免受访者查看对方的答案非常有用。" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To do so, under the tab *Options*, enable *Randomized per section*. Now, " +"under the tab *Questions*, set how many of the questions in that section " +"should be taken into account during the shuffling." +msgstr "" +"为此，在选项卡 *Options*下，启用 *Randomized per section* " +"。现在，在*Questions*选项卡下，设置在洗牌过程中应考虑该部分中的问题中有多少问题。" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po deleted file mode 100644 index 2fc958afa..000000000 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,377 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: zh_CN\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" - -#: ../../marketing_automation.rst:5 -msgid "Marketing Automation" -msgstr "营销自动化" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced" -msgstr "高级" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:3 -msgid "Understanding Metrics" -msgstr "了解指标" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:4 -msgid "" -"Metrics are values that help you measure progress and can be a powerful way " -"of linking your employees to goals." -msgstr "指标是帮助你测量进步的值，是为员工设定目标的强大方式。" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:9 -msgid "" -"When you create a workflow in Odoo, its visual content already shows metrics" -" in a graph form and in numbers." -msgstr "当你在Odoo中创建工作流程后，它的可视化内容已经以图形和数字形式显示为指标。" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:10 -msgid "Let’s consider the example below:" -msgstr "我们一起看下面的示例：" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:19 -msgid "" -"The *Target* - business object - is *Lead/Opportunity* and was narrowed down" -" to the ones whose *Tag Name* contain the description “Product”, and have an" -" email address set." -msgstr "*目标* - 业务目标 - 是指*线索/商机*，缩小为*标记名称*包含“产品”描述，并已设置电子邮件地址的记录。" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:20 -msgid "A total number of 20 records match the criteria." -msgstr "共有20条记录符合此标准。" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Out of those 20 records, 25 have become participants, in other words, they " -"have matched the criteria." -msgstr "在这20条记录中，25个已成为参与者，换句话说，他们符合条件。" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Every time the system runs, updating numbers and triggering actions, it will" -" look at the *Target* model and check if new records have been added or " -"modified, keeping the flow up-to-date." -msgstr "每次运行系统、更新数字和触发操作时，它将查看*目标*模式并检查是否添加新记录或修改记录，保持流程最新。" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:41 -msgid "" -"The filter here is applied to *all* activities. Leads that lose the tag in " -"the meantime will be excluded from later activities." -msgstr "这里的筛选条件适用于*所有*活动。丢失标记的线索将从之后的活动中排除。" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:45 -msgid "" -"*Records* is a real-time number, therefore while the workflow is running, " -"changes in opportunity records can be made - delete, add, adjustment - " -"updating the number of records, but not changing the number of participants," -" as the metric *will not* exclude opportunities that have been set as " -"participants before. It will just add new ones. For this reason, the number " -"of *Records* can be different from the number of *Participants*." -msgstr "" -"*记录*是一个实时数字，因此在运行工作流程时，可对商机记录进行更改 - 删除、添加、调整等 - " -"更新记录数量，但不改变参与者人数，因为指标*不会*排除之前被设置为参与者的机会。它只会添加新记录。因此，*记录*数量可能与*参与者*数量不同。" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 -msgid "" -"You can also have filters applied to activities individually, under " -"*Domain*. A useful feature to specify an individual filter that will only be" -" performed if the records satisfied both filters, the activity and its " -"domain one." -msgstr "你也可在*域*下，对活动应用单独的筛选条件。这项功能可用于规定，只有当记录同时满足活动和域两项筛选条件时，才执行该记录。" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Example: for an activity sending an SMS, you could make sure a phone number " -"is set to avoid triggering a SMS that would never be sent and crash." -msgstr "例如：如要某活动发送短信，你可以设置一个电话号码，避免触发绝不会发送且崩溃的短信。" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:64 -msgid "" -"*Success* is the number of times the searching for participants - that match" -" the filter(s) of that activity - was performed successfully in relation to " -"the total number of participants." -msgstr "*成功*是指相对于参与者总人数，成功执行搜索参与者的次数 - 与该活动的筛选条件匹配。 " - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:65 -msgid "" -"If a participant does not match the conditions, it will be added to " -"*Rejected*." -msgstr "如参与者与条件不匹配，它将被加入*已拒绝*。" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Hovering over the graph, you can see the number of successful and rejected " -"participants, per day, for the last 15 days." -msgstr "将鼠标悬停在图表上，你可以看到每天以及过去15天成功和被拒绝的参与者人数。" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:75 -msgid "" -"Every time a new record is added to the *Target* model, it will be " -"automatically added to the workflow, and, it will start the workflow from " -"the beginning (parent action)." -msgstr "每次将新记录添加到*目标*模式时，它将自动添加到工作流程中，且将从头开始工作流程（上级操作）。" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:79 -msgid ":doc:`../overview/automate_actions`" -msgstr ":doc:`../overview/automate_actions`" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:80 -msgid ":doc:`../overview/segment`" -msgstr ":doc:`../overview/segment`" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:81 -msgid ":doc:`../overview/test`" -msgstr ":doc:`../overview/test`" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "概述" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:3 -msgid "Automate Actions and Create a Workflow" -msgstr "自动化操作及创建工作流程" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:4 -msgid "" -"Automated workflows are a sign that you are building intelligent, data-" -"driven, multifaceted campaigns to enable the delivery of the right message, " -"to the right prospects, at the right time. It also speeds up processes and " -"creates a seamless experience for employees." -msgstr "自动化工作流程是创建智能、数据驱动、多层面营销的标志，可在合适的时机向合适的潜在客户传递合适的信息。它还可加快流程，为员工创造无缝体验。" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:9 -msgid "Segment and create a campaign" -msgstr "划分并创建营销" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:10 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Campaigns --> Create`." -msgstr "前往 :menuselection:`营销 --> 创建`。" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:12 -msgid "" -"In the example below, the *Marketing Automation* application is fully " -"integrated with *Contacts*." -msgstr "在以下示例中，*营销自动化*应用程序与*联系人*全面集成。" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:14 -msgid "" -"But it can also be integrated with other apps like CRM, as long as they are " -"installed in your database." -msgstr "但它也可与CRM等其他应用程序集成，只要你已将这些应用程序安装在数据库中。" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Depending on the criteria, the *target model updates itself* while the " -"campaign is running. That means that every new record that meets the " -"criteria will be added to the workflow." -msgstr "根据设定的标准，在运行营销过程中，*目标模型自行更新*。也就是说， 符合条件的每条新记录都会被加入工作流程。" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Example: a campaign starts for leads that have no salesman assigned. If at " -"some point, those leads get to have a salesman assigned to it, the campaign " -"will stop running." -msgstr "举例：某营销针对未分派销售人员的线索。如果在某一个时点为这些线索分派了销售人员，则营销将停止运行。" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:29 -msgid "Create a parent activity and start to build a workflow" -msgstr "创建上级活动并开始建立工作流程" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:30 -msgid "Click on *Add new activity*." -msgstr "点击*添加新活动*。" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:37 -msgid "" -"*Trigger* is the field to set for the activity to start to de deployed." -msgstr "*触发*字段用于设置开始部署的活动。" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Adopt an *Expiry Duration* if you would like to stop actions from being " -"executed after a certain amount of time and in subsequence to the trigger." -msgstr "如果你想在一定时间后并按触发器顺序停止执行操作，则需设置*有效期*。" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Under *Domain* you can narrow down your target, even more, applying filters " -"for this specific activity." -msgstr "在*域*下，可缩小目标，并为特定活动应用筛选条件。" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:47 -msgid "Add Child Activities" -msgstr "添加下级活动" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:48 -msgid "" -"A *child activity* is an action that will take place based on a condition." -msgstr "*下级活动*是指根据条件发生的操作。" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:50 -msgid "" -"You can either create or add a child activity if on the previous one: the " -"email was opened or not, the email was replied or not, the link was clicked " -"or not, the email bounced back." -msgstr "你可在前一个创建或添加下级活动：是否打开邮件，是否回复邮件，是否点击链接，邮件被退回。" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:59 -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:53 -msgid ":doc:`segment`" -msgstr ":doc:`segment`" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:3 -msgid "Segment the Database with Filters" -msgstr "用筛选分隔数据库" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:4 -msgid "Filters let you reach a granular level of detail in your records." -msgstr "筛选能让你更细致了解记录详情。" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:7 -msgid "How to work with filters" -msgstr "如何使用筛选" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:8 -msgid "" -"When working with filters, you will see that some of the rules have an arrow" -" button next to it, informing you that the parameter has more variables " -"within it." -msgstr "在使用筛选时，你会发现某些规则旁有箭头，表示该参数内还有更多变量。" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:18 -msgid "" -"More than one parameter line - *node* (+) - can be added under what is " -"called a *branch* (...)." -msgstr "在*分支*(...)下还可添加多个参数行 -*节点*(+)。" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:19 -msgid "To exclude a *node* or a *branch*, click on *Delete node* (x)." -msgstr "如要删除*节点*或*分支*，点击*删除节点*(x)。" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Every time a new branch is created, you can choose if you would like the " -"records to match *all* criteria of the upcoming rules, or *any*, meaning one" -" rule or the other." -msgstr "每次创建新分支时，你可选择记录需匹配规则的*所有*条件还是*任意*条件。" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:32 -msgid "Use cases" -msgstr "用例" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:34 -msgid "" -"**Scenario**: narrow the target down to new opportunities in the pipeline." -msgstr "**场景**：将目标缩小为管道中的新商机。" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:39 -msgid "**Scenario**: narrow the target down to suppliers." -msgstr "**场景**：将目标缩小为供应商。" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:44 -msgid "" -"**Scenario**: narrow the leads down to the ones that contain a certain tag " -"name." -msgstr "**场景**：将线索缩小为包含某个标记名称。" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:49 -msgid "" -"**Scenario**: narrow the target down to the attendees of a specific event " -"that purchase a specific category of ticket." -msgstr "**场景**：将目标缩小为参加了特定活动且购买特定类型门票的人员。" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:55 -msgid "**Scenario**: narrow the target down to the employees who have kids." -msgstr "**场景**：将目标缩小为有子女的员工。" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:60 -msgid "" -"**Scenario**: narrow the target down to records with a helpdesk ticket " -"solved." -msgstr "**场景**：将目标缩小为包含已解决服务台服务单的记录。" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:66 -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:52 -msgid ":doc:`automate_actions`" -msgstr ":doc:`automate_actions`" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:3 -msgid "Launch a Test and Start a Campaign" -msgstr "发起测试并开始营销" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:4 -msgid "" -"Before starting a campaign, launching a test allows you to run the workflow " -"on a test contact and view the sequence of events in action, avoiding " -"mistakes." -msgstr "在开始营销之前，通过测试可对测试联系人运行工作流程，查看活动顺序，避免错误。" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:8 -msgid "Launch a test" -msgstr "发起测试" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:9 -msgid "Click on *Launch a test*." -msgstr "点击*发起测试*。" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Once you have selected the test contact, *Run* the parent activity and the " -"subsequent ones as needed. *Run* and *Stop* activities individually. To stop" -" the whole workflow click on *Stop*." -msgstr "在选择测试联系人之后，*运行*上级活动及需要的后续活动。分别*运行*和*停止*活动。如要停止整个工作流程，点击*停止*。" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Launching a test does not add data to your metrics with the purpose of not " -"introducing wrong inputs to reports." -msgstr "发起测试不会在你的标准中添加数据，以避免在报告内产生错误输入内容。" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:27 -msgid "Start and stop a workflow" -msgstr "开始和停止工作流程" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Click on *Start* to run the workflow, and on *Stop* to interrupt it. The " -"interruption and new start can happen at any moment. The current status will" -" be shown on the status bar." -msgstr "点击*开始*运行工作流程，点击*停止*打断。可随时开始并打断。状态栏将显示当前状态。" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:38 -msgid "Participants and their specific workflow" -msgstr "参与者及其特定的工作流程" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:39 -msgid "" -"*Participants* are all the records that have ever been involved in the " -"campaign." -msgstr "*参与者*是指营销曾涉及的所有记录。" - -#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:47 -msgid "" -"If you click on *Participants* and open a record, you will find the specific" -" activities the record went/are/will go through, as well as when the " -"workflow was triggered to him. If you wish to cancel an activity click on " -"*Cancel*." -msgstr "如果点击*参与者*并打开记录，你会看到该记录过去/现在/未来经历的具体活动，以及触发该工作流程的时间。如需取消某活动，点击*取消*。" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po deleted file mode 100644 index 3d2c8f5be..000000000 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,44 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# ChinaMaker <liuct@chinamaker.net>, 2020 -# Mandy Choy <mnc@odoo.com>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Mandy Choy <mnc@odoo.com>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: zh_CN\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:5 -msgid "Mobile" -msgstr "手机" - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:8 -msgid "Push Notifications" -msgstr "推送通知" - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:10 -msgid "" -"As of Odoo 12.0, 13.0 or above, there is no more complex configuration to " -"enable push notifications in the mobile app." -msgstr "从Odoo 12.0、13.0或更高版本开始，没有更复杂的配置可在移动应用程序中启用推送通知。" - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Simply go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Odoo Cloud " -"Notification (OCN)` and make sure that **Push Notifications** is checked." -msgstr "只需进入：menuselection：`设置-->常规设置--> Odoo云通知（OCN）`并确保选中了“推送通知”。" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/planning.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/planning.po deleted file mode 100644 index f4f1b42bc..000000000 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/planning.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,161 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2020 -# Mandy Choy <mnc@odoo.com>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Mandy Choy <mnc@odoo.com>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: zh_CN\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" - -#: ../../planning.rst:5 -msgid "Planning" -msgstr "排期" - -#: ../../planning/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "概述" - -#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:3 -msgid "Create a Schedule and Make Encoding Easier" -msgstr "创建安排，让编码更轻松" - -#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Organize regular schedules or forecast projects in a long term basis. Create" -" shifts to manage your tasks, assign employees, and stay organized at a high" -" level." -msgstr "组织定期安排或长期预测项目。创建换班并管理任务，分派员工，保持高度条理性。" - -#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:9 -msgid "Organize your team by roles" -msgstr "按角色组织你的团队" - -#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Roles --> Create`. Optionally, go to" -" the *Employees* application, select the respective employee, and under " -"*Work Information* select the *Default Planning Role*." -msgstr "" -"前往 :menuselection:`配置 --> 角色 --> " -"创建`。或者，前往*员工*应用程序，选择相应的员工，在*工作信息*下选择*默认计划角色*。" - -#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:20 -msgid "Make shifts recurrent" -msgstr "重复换班" - -#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:22 -msgid "" -"While creating a shift, select *Repeat* and configure as needed, saving you " -"from the need of re-planning it." -msgstr "在创建换班时，选择*重复*并根据需要配置，避免重复换班的麻烦。" - -#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Repeated shifts are generated for the next six months. A modification is " -"possible in :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, " -"from *Settings*." -msgstr "" -"系统将生成未来六个月的重复换班。通过在开发者模式的*设置*中，可进行修改 :doc:`Developer mode " -"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>` 。" - -#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:38 -msgid "To duplicate a shift in the Gantt view, press CTRL + drag and drop." -msgstr "如要在甘特视图下复制换班，按下CTRL+拖放。" - -#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:41 -msgid "Save shifts as templates" -msgstr "将换班保存为模板" - -#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:43 -msgid "" -"If creating a shift on the fly and know you might use that template in the " -"future, click on *Save as a Template*." -msgstr "在创建换班后，如需将其用作未来的模板，点击*保存为模板*。" - -#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:51 -msgid "" -"To create a template in advance, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Shifts Templates --> Create`." -msgstr "如要提前创建模板，前往 :menuselection:`配置 --> 换班模板 --> 创建`。" - -#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:55 -msgid "Duplicate a planning from the previous week" -msgstr "复制前一周的换班" - -#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:57 -msgid "" -"When in the Gantt view, either under *Schedule by Employee, Role or " -"Project*, instead of re-planning shifts that have been planned before, " -"simply click on *Copy Previous Week*." -msgstr "在甘特视图*按员工、角色或项目安排时间表*中，无需重新换班，只需点击*复制前一周*。" - -#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:65 -msgid "" -"The integration with the *Time off* and *Employee* applications, show you " -"grayed cells to the days when the employee does not work and is on vacation " -"time, for example." -msgstr "与*请假*和*员工*应用程序集成，将员工未上班或休假的日期显示为灰格。" - -#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:3 -msgid "Send Planned Shifts and Give Employees Autonomy Over Shifts" -msgstr "发送换班计划并给予员工自主性" - -#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:5 -msgid "" -"If you are not on top of your tasks and shifts you might fall behind, losing" -" productivity. Allowing your employees to have a say over shifts helps you " -"to be on top of your workload, and gives them flexibility." -msgstr "如果无法控制任务和换班，可能会出现进度落后，生产力流失等问题。让员工参与对换班的意见有助于掌控工作量，并予以员工一定的灵活度。" - -#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:10 -msgid "Publish and send the planned week by email" -msgstr "通过电子邮件发布并发送当周换班" - -#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Once you have your shifts planned, click on *Send Schedule*. Select *Include" -" Open shift* if you would like the *Unassigned* shifts to be seen." -msgstr "换班完成后，点击*发送安排*。如想要*未分派*的班次被看到，选择*包括开放的班次*。" - -#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Choose if you just want to *Publish* or *Publish and Send*. If you *Publish " -"and Send*, employees get an email that redirects them to their planned " -"tasks:" -msgstr "选择 *发布* 或 *发布并发送* 。如选择 *发布并发送* ，员工将收到邮件，指向他们的任务安排：" - -#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Employees will not be able to see shifts until they have been published." -msgstr "在发布之前，员工无法看到换班。" - -#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:29 -msgid "Let employees unassign themselves from shifts" -msgstr "允许员工自行空出换班" - -#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Go to *Configuration* and enable *Allow Unassignment*. From now on, when an " -"employee opens his tasks, he can indicate his unavailability clicking on *I " -"am unavailable*. The shift will be opened again, allowing someone else to " -"take it." -msgstr "进入*配置*并启用*允许取消分派*。之后，员工打开任务时，可点击*我没时间空档*。此时换班将空出，允许其他人排入。" - -#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:44 -msgid "Employees have portal access; users have access to the database." -msgstr "员工拥有门户访问权限；用户拥有数据库访问权限。" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po deleted file mode 100644 index d96f5698d..000000000 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1708 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# niulin lnc. <admin@niulin.net>, 2020 -# Connie Xiao <connie.xiao@elico-corp.com>, 2020 -# Wall, 2020 -# 敬雲 林 <chingyun@yuanchih-consult.com>, 2020 -# Manga Tsang <mts@odoo.com>, 2020 -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# Jeffery CHEN Fan <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2020 -# liAnGjiA <liangjia@qq.com>, 2020 -# fausthuang, 2020 -# LINYUN TONG <tong.linyun@elico-corp.com>, 2020 -# Kenny Yang <biganglerau@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2020 -# Mandy Choy <mnc@odoo.com>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Mandy Choy <mnc@odoo.com>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: zh_CN\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" - -#: ../../point_of_sale.rst:5 -msgid "Point of Sale" -msgstr "销售点" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features.rst:3 -msgid "Pricing Features" -msgstr "定价功能" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:3 -msgid "Using discount tags with a barcode scanner" -msgstr "使用适合条码扫描仪的折扣标签" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:5 -msgid "" -"If you want to sell your products with a discount, for a product getting " -"close to its expiration date for example, you can use discount tags. They " -"allow you to scan discount barcodes." -msgstr "如你想打折销售产品，例如对于已经临期的产品，你可使用折扣标签。这样可以扫描折扣条码。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:10 -msgid "To use discount tags you will need to use a barcode scanner." -msgstr "如要使用折扣标签，你需要使用条码扫描器。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:13 -msgid "Barcode Nomenclature" -msgstr "条码命名规则" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:15 -msgid "To use discounts tags, we need to learn about barcode nomenclature." -msgstr "为使用折扣标签，我们需要了解条码命名规则。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Let's say you want to have a discount for the product with the following " -"barcode:" -msgstr "假设你想对以下条码的产品打折：" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:23 -msgid "" -"You can find the *Default Nomenclature* under the settings of your PoS " -"interface." -msgstr "你可在PoS界面设置下找到*默认命名规则*。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Let's say you want 50% discount on a product you have to start your barcode " -"with 22 (for the discount barcode nomenclature) and then 50 (for the %) " -"before adding the product barcode. In our example, the barcode would be:" -msgstr "假设你想对一个产品打折50%，你必须在添加产品条码之前先加上22（用于折扣条码命名）和50（用于折扣%）。 在我们的例子中，条码应为：" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:41 -msgid "Scan the products & tags" -msgstr "扫描产品和标签" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:43 -msgid "You first have to scan the desired product (in our case, a lemon)." -msgstr "你必须首先扫描需要的产品（本例中为柠檬）。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:48 -msgid "" -"And then scan the discount tag. The discount will be applied and you can " -"finish the transaction." -msgstr "然后扫描折扣标签。折扣将生效，你可完成交易。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:3 -msgid "Apply Discounts" -msgstr "套用折扣" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:5 -msgid "" -"By offering discounts, you can entice your customers and drastically " -"increase your revenue. It is vital to offer discounts, whether they are " -"time-limited, seasonal or manually given." -msgstr "通过提供折扣，您可以吸引你的客户，并大幅度增加收入。 提供折扣是至关重要的，无论是限时折扣，季节性折扣还是手动折扣。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:9 -msgid "" -"To manage discounts, Odoo has powerful features that help set up a pricing " -"strategy tailored to every business." -msgstr "Odoo具有强大的功能以管理折扣，可建立适合每个企业的定价策略。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:13 -msgid "Apply manual discounts" -msgstr "应用手动折扣" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:15 -msgid "" -"If you seldom use discounts, applying manual ones might be the easiest " -"solution for your Point of Sale." -msgstr "如果您很少使用折扣功能，那么应用手动工具可能是您最简单的POS解决方案。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:18 -msgid "" -"You can either apply a discount on the whole order or on specific products " -"inside an order." -msgstr "您可以对整个订单或订单中的特定产品应用折扣。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:22 -msgid "Apply a discount on a product" -msgstr "对产品应用折扣" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:24 -msgid "From your PoS session interface, use the *Disc* button." -msgstr "在PoS界面中，使用* Disc *按钮。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Then, you can input a discount over the product that is currently selected." -msgstr "然后，您可以输入当前所选产品的折扣。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:34 -msgid "Apply a global discount" -msgstr "应用全局折扣" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:36 -msgid "" -"To apply a discount on the whole order, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales" -" --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and select your PoS." -msgstr "要对整个订单应用折扣，请转到 :menuselection:`POS --> 设置 --> 销售点` ，然后选择您的PoS。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Once on your PoS form, select *Global Discounts*, under the *Pricing* " -"category." -msgstr "进入PoS表单后，在 *价格* 类别下选择 *全球折扣* 。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:45 -msgid "Now, you have a new *Discount* button appearing on your PoS interface." -msgstr "现在，您的PoS界面上将出现一个新的 *折扣* 按钮。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:51 -msgid "Click on it and enter the wanted discount." -msgstr "点击它并输入想要的折扣。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:58 -msgid "" -"On this example, there is a global discount of 50% as well as a specific 50%" -" discount on oranges." -msgstr "在这个例子中，有50％的全球折扣以及橙子50％的折扣。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:62 -msgid "Apply time-limited discounts" -msgstr "应用限时折扣" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:64 -msgid "" -"To activate time-limited discounts, you must activate the *Pricelists* " -"feature. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Configuration " -"--> Point of Sale` and open your PoS. Then, enable the pricelist feature." -msgstr "" -"要激活限时折扣，您必须激活 *价目表* 功能。 为此，请转到:menuselection:` POS --> 配置 --> " -"销售点，然后打开您的PoS并启用价目表功能。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Once activated, you must choose the pricelists you want to make available in" -" the PoS and define a default one." -msgstr "激活后，您必须选择要在PoS中使用的价目表并定义默认价目表。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:77 -msgid "Create a pricelist" -msgstr "创建价格表" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:79 -msgid "" -"By default, Odoo has a *Public Pricelist* configured. To create more, go to " -":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Products --> Pricelists`. Then click on " -"create." -msgstr "" -"在默认情况下，Odoo具有配置的 *公共价目表* 。 要创建更多产品，请转到:menuselection:`POS- -> 产品 --> 价格清单。 " -"然后点击创建。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:83 -msgid "" -"When creating a pricelist, you can set several criteria to use a specific " -"price: period, min. quantity, etc. You can also decide to apply that " -"pricelist on specific products or on the whole range." -msgstr "创建价格表时，可以使用多个条件以设置特定的价格如：时期，最小值。 数量等。您还可以决定将该价目表应用于特定产品或整个产品系列。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:92 -msgid "Using a pricelist with the PoS interface" -msgstr "在PoS界面上使用价目表" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:94 -msgid "" -"On the PoS interface, a new button appears. Use it to select a pricelist." -msgstr "在PoS界面上，将出现一个新按钮。 使用它来选择价格表。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:101 -msgid "" -"Click on it to instantly update the prices with the selected pricelist. " -"Then, you can finalize the order." -msgstr "点击它来即时更新与所选价目表价格。 然后，您可以确定订单。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:3 -msgid "Manage a loyalty program" -msgstr "管理忠诚度计划" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Encourage your customers to continue to shop at your point of sale with a " -"*Loyalty Program*." -msgstr "通过*忠诚度计划*鼓励客户继续来你的销售点购物。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:9 -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:14 -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:12 -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:15 -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:13 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:14 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:10 -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:9 -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:20 -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:8 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "基础配置" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:11 -msgid "" -"To activate the *Loyalty Program* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " -"Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface. " -"Under the Pricing features, select *Loyalty Program*" -msgstr "" -"如要启用*忠诚度计划*功能，前往 :menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> " -"POS`并选择你的PoS界面。在定价功能下，选择*忠诚度计划*。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:19 -msgid "From there you can create and edit your loyalty programs." -msgstr "你可在此创建并编辑忠诚度计划。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:24 -msgid "" -"You can decide what type of program you wish to use, if the reward is a " -"discount or a gift, make it specific to some products or cover your whole " -"range. Apply rules so that it is only valid in specific situation and " -"everything in between." -msgstr "你可决定希望使用的忠诚度计划类型，如果奖励是折扣或礼品，可设置针对特定产品还是整个范围应用规则，确保它仅对特定情况有效。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:30 -msgid "Use the loyalty program in your PoS interface" -msgstr "在你的PoS界面使用忠诚度计划" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:32 -msgid "" -"When a customer is set, you will now see the points they will get for the " -"transaction and they will accumulate until they are spent. They are spent " -"using the button *Rewards* when they have enough points according to the " -"rules defined in the loyalty program." -msgstr "" -"在设置客户后，你现在可以看到他们交易获得的点数，并将累计他们已消费的金额。根据忠诚度计划定义的规则，在累计足够点数后，通过*奖励*按钮即可兑换奖励。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:40 -msgid "" -"You can see the price is instantly updated to reflect the pricelist. You can" -" finalize the order in your usual way." -msgstr "你会发现价格即时更新，反映价格表的最新价格。你可按正常方式完成订单。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:44 -msgid "" -"If you select a customer with a default pricelist, it will be applied. You " -"can of course change it." -msgstr "如你选择包含默认价格表的客户，则将适用该价格表。当然，你也可更改。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:3 -msgid "Using Pricelists in Point of Sale" -msgstr "在POS中使用价目表" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:5 -msgid "" -"You probably know the concept of happy hour: during a certain period of " -"time, the barman gives a discount on some drinks (usually 50% off or a buy " -"one get one free). When the period is over, prices go back to normal. But " -"how does that relate with Odoo?" -msgstr "" -"您可能知道欢乐时光的概念：在一定时期内，酒保会给某些饮料打折（通常是50％的折扣或买一送一）。 期间结束后，价格恢复正常。 但这与Odoo有什么关系？" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:10 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, you can set up happy hours. It’s one of the many possible uses of " -"*Pricelists*. Those *Pricelists* allow the creation of multiple prices for " -"the same product: a regular one and a special one for happy hours. Available" -" in the *PoS* app, those are really convenient." -msgstr "" -"在Odoo中，您可以设置欢乐时光。 它是 *价目表* 的多种可能用途之一。 这些 *价格表* 允许为同一产品创建多个价格：常规价格和欢乐时光的特殊价格。" -" 这些功能在 *PoS* 应用程序中可用，非常方便。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:17 -msgid "Set up Pricelists" -msgstr "设置价目表" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:19 -msgid "" -"To set up a *Pricelist*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " -"Configuration --> Configuration` and enable the *Pricelist* feature. Then, " -"go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and" -" enable *Pricelist* for the *PoS*." -msgstr "" -"要设置 *价目表 * ，请转到 :menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> 配置，并启用 *价目表* 功能。 然后，转到 " -":menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> 销售点并为 *PoS* 启用 *价目表* 。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Now, you can create *Pricelists* by clicking on the *Pricelists* link. Then," -" set it up by choosing the product category you want to include in your " -"happy hour and the discount." -msgstr "现在，您可以通过单击 *价目表* 链接来创建 *价目表*。 然后，通过选择您要在欢乐时光和折扣中包括的产品类别来进行设置。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Go back to your *PoS* settings and add the Happy Hour pricelist to the list." -" You can even choose a default pricelist if needed." -msgstr "返回您的 *PoS* 设定页面并将欢乐时光价格表添加到列表中。 如果有需要，您甚至可以选择默认价格表。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:39 -msgid "" -"From now on, on the *PoS* interface, a new button is available, allowing you" -" to choose among the different *pricelists* you added before." -msgstr "从现在开始，在* PoS *界面上，将提供一个新按钮，使您可以添加之前选择不同的 *价目表 * 。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:46 -msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm.rst:3 -msgid "Fiscal Data Modules" -msgstr "财政数据模块" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:3 -msgid "Setting up the Fiscal Data Module with the Odoo POS" -msgstr "建立odoo零售的财政数据模块" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:6 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "介绍" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The Belgian government requires certain businesses to use a government-" -"certified device called a **Fiscal Data Module** (also known as a " -"**blackbox**). This device works together with the POS application and logs " -"certain transactions. On top of that, the used POS application must also be " -"certified by the government and must adhere to strict standards specified by" -" them. `Odoo 9 (Enterprise Edition) is a certified application " -"<http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/systemes-certifies>`_. More " -"information concerning the Fiscal Data Module can be found on `the official " -"website <http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/>`_." -msgstr "" -"比利时政府要求某些企业使用国家认证设备* *财政数据模块* *(也称为* *黑箱* *)。这个设备与POS设备一起使用, " -"记录交易事项。最重要的是,使用的POS设备也必须经政府认证, 并坚守严格的标准规定. “Odoo " -"9(企业版)是一个认证应用程序<http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/systemes-" -"certifies>`_. 关于会计期间的模块的更多信息, 请查阅官方网站 `the official website " -"<http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/>`_." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:20 -msgid "Required hardware" -msgstr "所需的硬件" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:22 -msgid "" -"A government certified `Fiscal Data Module " -"<http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/systemes-" -"certifies#FDM%20certifiés>`_ per POS, all of them should work, but the " -"Cleancash SC-B is recommended, you will also need:" -msgstr "" -"政府认证的'财政数据模块<http ://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/systemes-" -"certifies#FDM%20certifiés> `_POS机, 都可以工作, 但建议使用Cleancash SC-B, 你还需要:" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Serial null modem cable per FDM (`example <http://www.startech.com/Cables" -"/Serial-Parallel-PS-2/DB9-DB25/10-ft-Cross-Wired-Serial-Null-Modem-Cable-" -"DB9-FM~SCNM9FM>`__)" -msgstr "" -"FDM串行的调制解调器电缆(例如 `<http ://www.startech.com/Cables/Serial-Parallel-" -"PS-2/DB9-DB25/10-ft-Cross-Wired-Serial-Null-Modem-Cable-DB9-FM~SCNM9FM>` __)" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Serial-to-USB adapter per FDM (`example " -"<http://trendnet.com/products/proddetail.asp?prod=265_TU-S9>`__)" -msgstr "" -"FDM串口转USB适配器(例如 `<http " -"://trendnet.com/products/proddetail.asp?prod=265_TU-S9>` __)" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:32 -msgid "A registered IoT Box per POS configuration" -msgstr "每个POS配置注册的物联网盒子" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:35 -msgid "Setup" -msgstr "设置" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:38 -msgid "IoT Box" -msgstr "物联网盒子" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:40 -msgid "" -"In order to use a Fiscal Data Module, you will need a registered IoT Box. " -"These IoT Boxes are similar to the regular IoT Boxes we sell, but they are " -"registered with the Belgian government. This is required by law. Attempting " -"to use a Fiscal Data Module on a non-registered IoT Box will not work. You " -"can verify that the Fiscal Data Module is recognized by the IoT Box by going" -" to the *Hardware status page* via the IoT Box homepage." -msgstr "" -"为了使用财政数据模块, 你需要一个已注册的物联网盒子。物联网盒子与普通的物联网盒子类似, " -"但它们已在比利时政府注册。这是法律规定。在未注册的物联网盒子上使用财政数据模块将无法正常工作。你可通过物联网盒子主页*硬件状态页*验证财政数据模块是否已被物联网盒子识别" -" 。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:52 -msgid "Odoo" -msgstr "Odoo" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:54 -msgid "" -"An Odoo POS app can be given certified POS capabilities by installing the " -"**Belgian Registered Cash Register** app (technical name: " -"``pos_blackbox_be``). Because of government restrictions imposed on us, this" -" installation cannot be undone. After this, you will have to ensure that " -"each POS configuration has a unique registered IoT Box associated with it " -"(:menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and " -"ensure Hardware Proxy / IoT Box and the serial number of your IoT Box is " -"set). The first time you open the Point of Sale and attempt to do a " -"transaction, you will be asked to input the PIN that you received with your " -"VAT signing card." -msgstr "" -"通过安装**比利时注册的收银机**应用程序（技术名称：``pos_blackbox_be``），Odoo " -"POS应用程序可具备认证的POS功能。由于政府对我们的限制，这种安装不能撤消。在此之后, " -"你必须确保每个POS配置都有与它关联的唯一已注册物联网盒子（:menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> " -"POS`并确保硬件代理/物联网盒子及其序列号已设置）。首次打开时POS并尝试处理交易时，你需要输入连同增值税签约卡一起收到的PIN码。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:69 -msgid "Certification & On-premise" -msgstr "认证和部署" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:71 -msgid "" -"The certification granted by the government is restricted to the use on " -"odoo.com SaaS instance. The usage of the module from the source or a " -"modified version will **not** be certified. For on-premise users, we also " -"support the Fiscal Data Module in such installations. The main restriction " -"is that this requires an obfuscated version of the ``pos_blackbox_be`` " -"module we will provide on request for Enterprise customers." -msgstr "" -"由政府颁发的认证仅限于使用odoo.com SaaS演示。源模块或是修改版本* *不* " -"*被认证。对于内部用户,我们也支持会计期间模块的安装。对于企业版的客户, 主要的限制是,这需要一个模糊的版本的“pos_blackbox_be“模块。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:79 -msgid "Restrictions" -msgstr "限制" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:81 -msgid "" -"As mentioned before, in order to get certified the POS application must " -"adhere to strict government guidelines. Because of this, a certified Odoo " -"POS has some limitations not present in the non-certified Odoo POS." -msgstr "" -"正如前面提到的, 为了获得认证的POS应用必须遵守严格的政府指引。由于这个原因, 经过认证的Odoo POS不会像非认证Odoo " -"POS存在一定的局限性。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:86 -msgid "Refunding is disabled" -msgstr "返现被禁用" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:87 -msgid "Modifying orderline prices" -msgstr "修改订单项目价格" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:88 -msgid "Creating/modifying/deleting POS orders" -msgstr "创建/修改/删除POS订单" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:89 -msgid "Selling products without a valid tax" -msgstr "产品销售没有有效的税收" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:90 -msgid "Multiple Odoo POS configurations per IoT Box are not allowed" -msgstr "每个物联网盒子不允许多个Odoo POS配置" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:91 -msgid "Using the POS without a connection to the IoT Box (and thus FDM)" -msgstr "在不连入物联网盒子（及FDM）的情况下使用POS" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:92 -msgid "Blacklisted modules: pos_discount, pos_reprint, pos_loyalty" -msgstr "列入黑名单的模块 :POS_打折, POS_重新打印, POS_忠诚度" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "概述" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:3 -msgid "Getting started" -msgstr "开始" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When working with a Point of Sale application, employees want a simple, and " -"user-friendly solution. A solution that works online or offline and with any" -" device." -msgstr "当使用POS应用程序时，员工需要一个简单且用户友好的解决方案。 可在线或离线使用及配合任何设备的解决方案。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:9 -msgid "" -"A Point of Sale system is a fully integrated application that allows any " -"transaction, automatically registers product moves in your stock, and gives " -"you real-time statistics and consolidations across all shops." -msgstr "POS系统是一个完全集成的应用程序，它可以进行任何交易，自动在您的库存中注册产品移动，并为您提供所有商店的实时统计信息和合并信息。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:17 -msgid "Make products available in the PoS" -msgstr "使产品可在PoS中使用" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:19 -msgid "" -"To make products available for sale, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale -->" -" Products --> Products` and open a product. In the *Sales* tab, enable " -"*Available in Point of Sale*." -msgstr "" -"要使产品可供销售，请转到 :menuselection:`POS --> 产品 --> 产品`，然后打开一个产品。 在 *销售* 标签中，启用 " -"*在POS可用* 。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:28 -msgid "You can also define if the product has to be weighted or not." -msgstr "您还可以定义是否必须对产品进行测量。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:31 -msgid "Configure your payment methods" -msgstr "配置支付方式" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:33 -msgid "" -"To add a payment method, you first need to create it. Go to " -":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment Methods` and " -"click on create. Then, you can name your payment method and set it up." -msgstr "" -"要添加付款方式，您首先需要创建它。 转到:menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> 付款方式` ，然后单击创建。 " -"接着，您可以命名您的付款方式并进行设置。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:43 -msgid "Don’t forget your credentials for methods using a payment terminal." -msgstr "不要忘记使用付款终端的凭证。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Now, you can select the payment method in your PoS settings. To do so, go to" -" :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and open" -" the PoS in which you want to include the payment method. Then, add the " -"payment method." -msgstr "" -"现在，您可以在PoS设置中选择付款方式。 为此，请转到:menuselection:`POS- -> 配置 --> " -"销售点，然后打开要设置付款方式的PoS。 接着，添加付款方式。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:55 -msgid "" -"*Configuration* is the menu where you can edit all your point of sale " -"settings. Some more features are available for restaurants." -msgstr "*配置* 是您可以编辑所有销售点设置的菜单。 餐厅还提供一些其他功能。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:59 -msgid "Your first PoS session" -msgstr "您的第一次PoS应用" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:62 -msgid "Your first order" -msgstr "第一个订单" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:64 -msgid "Open a new session from the dashboard by clicking on *New Session*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:70 -msgid "After the loading screen, you arrive on the PoS interface." -msgstr "在加载屏幕之后，您将到达PoS界面。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Once an order is completed, you can register the payment. All the available " -"payment methods appear on the left of the screen. Select the payment method " -"and enter the received amount. Then, you can validate the payment." -msgstr "订单完成后，您可以注册付款。 屏幕上左侧显示所有可用的付款方式。 选择付款方式，然后输入收到的金额。 接着，您可以验证付款。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:82 -msgid "Return and refund products" -msgstr "退货和退款" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:84 -msgid "" -"Having a well-thought-out return policy is key to keep customers satisfied " -"and make the process of accepting returns and refunds easy for you." -msgstr "制定周全的退货政策是保持客户满意度并使您轻松接受退货和退款的关键。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:87 -msgid "" -"To do that, from the PoS interface, select the product and quantity (with " -"the +/- button) that the customer wants to return. For multiple products, " -"repeat the process individually." -msgstr "为此，请从PoS界面中选择客户要退货的产品和数量（使用+/-按钮）。 对于多种产品的退货，请分别重复该过程。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:94 -msgid "" -"When on the payment interface, the total is negative. To end the refund, " -"process the payment and validate it." -msgstr "在付款界面上，总计为负数。 要结束退款，请处理付款并进行验证。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:102 -msgid "Close the PoS session" -msgstr "关闭PoS会话" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:104 -msgid "" -"To close your session at the end of the day, click on the close button on " -"the upper right corner of your screen and confirm. Now, close the session on" -" the dashboard view." -msgstr "要在一天结束时关闭会话，请单击屏幕右上角的关闭按钮并进行确认。 现在，在仪表板视图上关闭会话。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:112 -msgid "" -"It’s strongly advised to close your PoS session at the end of each day." -msgstr "强烈建议在每天结束时关闭您的PoS会话。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:114 -msgid "" -"Once a session is closed, you can see a summary of all transactions per " -"payment method. Then, click on a line to see all orders that were paid " -"during your PoS session. If everything is correct, validate the session and " -"post the closing entries." -msgstr "" -"会话关闭后，您可以查看每种付款方式的所有交易摘要。 然后，单击一行以查看在PoS会话中支付的所有订单。 如果一切正确，请验证会话并发布结束条目。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:123 -msgid "" -"To connect the PoS hardware with an Odoo IoT Box, please refer to these " -"docs: :doc:`Connect an IoT Box to your database <../../iot/config/connect>` " -"and :doc:`Use the IoT Box for the PoS <../../iot/config/pos>`." -msgstr "" -"要将PoS硬件与Odoo物联网盒子连接，请参考以下文档:doc:`将物联网盒子连接到数据库<../../iot/config/connect>` 和 " -":doc:`在POS应用程式中使用物联网盒子 <../../iot/config/pos>`。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:129 -msgid "View your statistics" -msgstr "查看你的统计数据" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:131 -msgid "" -"Keeping track of your sales is essential to get meaningful statistics. " -"That’s why Odoo provides analyzes about your sales." -msgstr "跟踪销售情况对于获取有意义的统计数据至关重要。 因此，Odoo会提供有关您的销售的分析。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:134 -msgid "" -"To access your statistics, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> " -"Reporting --> Orders`. There, you can see various statistics in graph or " -"pivot form." -msgstr "" -"访问统计信息，请转到 :menuselection:`POS -> 报告 --> 订单。 在这里，您可以以图表或数据透视表的形式查看各种统计信息。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:142 -msgid "You can also access them through the dashboard." -msgstr "您也可以通过仪表板访问数据。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:3 -msgid "Register customers" -msgstr "注册客户" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Registering your customers will give you the ability to grant them various " -"privileges such as discounts, loyalty program, specific communication. It " -"will also be required if they want an invoice and registering them will make" -" any future interaction with them faster." -msgstr "注册客户有助于给予他们折扣、忠诚度计划、具体沟通等特权。如果他们想要发票，注册后也能让未来的互动更快捷。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:11 -msgid "Create a customer" -msgstr "创建客户" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:13 -msgid "From your session interface, use the customer button." -msgstr "从会话界面，使用客户按钮。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:18 -msgid "Create a new one by using this button." -msgstr "通过这个按钮创建新客户。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:23 -msgid "" -"You will be invited to fill out the customer form with their information." -msgstr "你需要填写客户信息表。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Use the save button when you are done. You can then select that customer in " -"any future transactions." -msgstr "完成后，点击保存按钮。然后，你在未来的交易中就可以选择该客户了。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment.rst:3 -msgid "Payment Terminals" -msgstr "付款终端" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:3 -msgid "Connect an Ingenico Payment Terminal to your PoS" -msgstr "将Ingenico支付终端连接到你的PoS" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Connecting a payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid payment flow to " -"your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." -msgstr "连接支付终端可为客户提供流畅的支付流程，并方便收银员的工作。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Please note that Ingenico is currently only available for customers in the " -"Benelux." -msgstr "请注意，Ingenico目前仅向比荷卢地区客户提供。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:15 -msgid "Connect an IoT Box" -msgstr "连接一个物联网盒子" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Connecting an Ingenico Payment Terminal to Odoo is a feature that requires " -"an IoT Box. For more information on how to connect an IoT Box to your " -"database, please refer to the :doc:`IoT documentation " -"<../../iot/config/connect>`." -msgstr "" -"将Ingenico支付终端连接到Odoo需要IoT盒子。关于如何将IoT盒子接入数据库的更多信息，请参见:doc:`IoT documentation " -"<../../iot/config/connect>`。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:22 -msgid "Configure the Lane/5000 for Ingenico BENELUX" -msgstr "为比荷卢Ingenico配置Lane/5000" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Click on the F button of the terminal, then go in the :menuselection:`PoS " -"Menu --> Settings` and enter the settings password." -msgstr "点击终端上的F按钮，然后前往 :menuselection:`PoS菜单 --> 设置`并输入设置密码。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Now, click on connexion change and TCP/IP. Type the IP of your *IoT Box* " -"(you can find it on the form view of your IoT Box). Then, enter 9000 as " -"port. The terminal will restart. Once it is done, go on your *IoT Box* form " -"in Odoo and verify that the terminal has been found." -msgstr "" -"现在，点击连接更改和TCP/IP。 " -"键入*物联网盒子*的IP（你可在物联网盒子的表单视图中找到它）。然后，输入9000作为端口。终端将重新启动。完成后，进入Odoo的*物联网盒子*表单，并验证是否已找到终端。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:36 -msgid "Configure the payment method" -msgstr "配置支付方式" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:38 -msgid "" -"First, go in the general settings of the POS app, and activate the Ingenico " -"setting." -msgstr "首先，进入POS应用程序的一般设置，并启用Ingenico设置。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Go back in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of " -"Sale`, go in the payments section and access your payment methods. Create a " -"new payment method for Ingenico, select the payment terminal option " -"Ingenico, and select your payment terminal device." -msgstr "" -"回到 :menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> " -"POS`，进入支付版块并查看你的支付方式。为Ingenico创建新支付方式，选择支付终端选项Ingenico，并选择你的支付终端设备。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:53 -msgid "Pay with a payment terminal" -msgstr "用支付终端付款" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:55 -msgid "" -"In your *PoS interface*, when processing a payment, select a *Payment " -"Method* using a payment terminal. Check that the amount in the tendered " -"column is the one that has to be sent to the payment terminal and click on " -"*Send*. When the payment is successful, the status will change to *Payment " -"Successful*." -msgstr "" -"在*PoS界面*，当处理付款时，选择使用支付终端的*支付方式*。检查栏目中的金额是否为须发送到付款终端的金额并单击*发送*。当付款成功时，状态将更改为*付款成功*。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:64 -msgid "" -"If you want to cancel the payment request, click on cancel. You can still " -"retry to send the payment request." -msgstr "如需取消付款请求，点击取消。你仍可重试发送付款请求。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:67 -msgid "" -"If there is any issue with the payment terminal, you can still force the " -"payment using the *Force Done*. This will allow you to validate the order in" -" Odoo even if the connexion between the terminal and Odoo has issues." -msgstr "如果支付终端有问题，你仍可通过*强制完成*强制付款。这样，即使终端和Odoo之间出问题， 你仍可Odoo确认订单。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:73 -msgid "" -"This option will only be available if you received an error message telling " -"you the connexion failed." -msgstr "只有当你收到错误信息，提示连接失败时，本选项才可用。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Once your payment is processed, on the payment record, you’ll find the type " -"of card that has been used and the transaction ID." -msgstr "付款处理完毕后，在支付记录上可以看到使用的卡片类型和交易ID。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:3 -msgid "Connect a SIX Payment Terminal to your PoS" -msgstr "将SIX支付终端连接到您的PoS" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Connecting a SIX payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid payment flow " -"to your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." -msgstr "连接SIX付款终端可让您向客户提供流畅的付款流程，并简化收银员的工作。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Even though Worldline has recently acquired SIX Payment Services and both " -"companies use Yomani payment terminals, the firmware they run is different. " -"Terminals received from Worldline are therefore not compatible with this " -"integration." -msgstr "" -"尽管Worldline最近已经收购了SIX 付款服务，并且两家公司都使用Yomani付款终端，但是它们运行的固件是不同的。 " -"因此，从Worldline收到的终端与此集成不兼容。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:18 -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:16 -msgid "Configure the Payment Method" -msgstr "配置支付方式" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:20 -msgid "" -"First, make sure that the POS Six module is installed. For this, go to " -"*Apps*, remove the \"Apps\" filter and search for \"POS Six\"." -msgstr "首先，确保已安装POS Six模块。 为此，转到 *应用程式* ，删除“应用程式”过滤器，然后搜索“ POS Six”。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Back in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment " -"Methods`, Create a new payment method for SIX, select the payment terminal " -"option \"SIX without IoT Box\", and enter your payment terminal IP address." -msgstr "" -"返回 :menuselection:` POS --> 配置 --> " -"付款方式`，为SIX创建新的付款方式，选择付款终端选项“没有物联网盒子的SIX”，然后输入您的付款终端IP地址。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:34 -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:40 -msgid "Pay with a Payment Terminal" -msgstr "用支付终端付款" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:36 -msgid "" -"In your PoS interface, at the moment of the payment, select a payment method" -" using a payment terminal. Verify that the amount in the tendered column is " -"the one that has to be sent to the payment terminal and click on *Send*. If " -"you want to cancel the payment request, click on cancel." -msgstr "" -"在*PoS界面*，当处理付款时，选择使用支付终端的*支付方式*。检查栏目中的金额是否为须发送到付款终端的金额并单击*发送*。如你想要取消付款请求，点击取消。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:44 -msgid "" -"When the payment is done, the status will change to *Payment Successful*. " -"You can always reverse the last transaction by clicking on *Reverse*." -msgstr "支付完成后，状态将变为*付款成功*。你可随时点击*逆转*，逆转最近一项操作。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:51 -msgid "" -"If there is any issue with the payment terminal, you can still force the " -"payment using the *Force Done*. This will allow you to validate the order in" -" Odoo even if the connexion between the terminal and Odoo encounters issues." -msgstr "如果支付终端有问题，你仍可通过*强制完成*强制付款。这样，即使终端和Odoo之间出问题， 你仍可在Odoo确认订单。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:3 -msgid "Connect a Vantiv Payment Terminal to your PoS" -msgstr "将Vantiv支付终端接入你的PoS" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Connecting a Vantiv payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid payment " -"flow to your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." -msgstr "连接Vantiv支付终端可为客户提供流畅的支付流程，并方便收银员的工作。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Please note MercuryPay only operates with US and Canadian banks, making this" -" procedure only suitable for North American businesses." -msgstr "请注意，MercuryPay仅适用于美国和加拿大银行，因此这一程序只适合北美公司。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:18 -msgid "" -"First, go in the general settings of the POS app, and activate the Vantiv " -"setting." -msgstr "首先，进入POS应用程序的一般设置，并启用Vantiv设置。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Back in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, " -"go in the payments section and access your payment methods. Create a new " -"payment method for Vantiv, select the payment terminal option Vantiv, and " -"create new Vantiv credentials." -msgstr "" -"回到 :menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> " -"POS`，进入支付版块并查看你的支付方式。为Vantiv创建新支付方式，选择支付终端选项Vantiv，并创建新的Vantiv凭据。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:32 -msgid "" -"To create new Vantiv credentials, fill in your merchant ID and password, " -"then save. Make sure the credentials you just created are selected, then " -"save the payment method." -msgstr "要创建新的Vantiv凭据，请填入你的商户ID和密码，然后保存。确保选中你刚才创建的凭据，然后保存该支付方式。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:42 -msgid "" -"In your PoS interface, at the moment of the payment, select your Vantiv " -"payment method and… that’s all." -msgstr "付款时，在你的PoS界面选择Vantiv支付方式并...完成。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:3 -msgid "Restaurant Features" -msgstr "餐馆功能" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:3 -msgid "Print the Bill" -msgstr "打印账单" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Use the *Bill Printing* feature to print the bill before the payment. This " -"is useful if the bill is still subject to evolve and is thus not the " -"definitive ticket." -msgstr "使用*账单打印*功能，在付款前打印账单。这项功能适合账单还有可能出现变化，因此不是最终单据的情况。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:10 -msgid "Configure Bill Printing" -msgstr "配置账单打印" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To activate *Bill Printing*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " -"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "要启用*账单打印*，前往 :menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> POS`并选择你的PoS界面。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Bill Printing* option." -msgstr "在账单和收据类别下，你可找到*账单打印*选项。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:22 -msgid "Split a Bill" -msgstr "分拆账单" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:24 -msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Bill* button." -msgstr "在PoS界面，你现在可看到*账单*按钮。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:29 -msgid "When you use it, you can then print the bill." -msgstr "点击该按钮，你可打印账单。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:3 -msgid "Using fiscal positions in PoS" -msgstr "在PoS中使用财政状况" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, *Fiscal Positions* let you apply different taxes based on the " -"customer location. In a *Point of Sale*, such as a restaurant, it can be " -"used to apply different taxes depending if the customer eats in or takes " -"away." -msgstr "" -"在Odoo中， *财政状况* 使您可以根据客户位置应用不同的税种。 在 *POS* （例如餐厅）中，可以根据客户是进食还是外卖而使用不同的税种。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:11 -msgid "Set up fiscal positions for PoS" -msgstr "设置PoS的财务状况" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:13 -msgid "" -"To enable this feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " -"Configuration --> Point of Sale` and check *Fiscal Position per Order*. Now," -" you can choose the fiscal positions you want for your *PoS*." -msgstr "" -"要启用此功能，请转到:menuselection:`销售点 --> 配置 --> 销售点，然后选中 *每个订单的财务状况* 。 现在，您可以为 " -"*PoS* 选择所需的财务状况。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:21 -msgid "You need to create your fiscal positions before using this feature." -msgstr "您需要先创建自己的财务状况，然后才能使用此功能。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:24 -msgid "Using fiscal positions" -msgstr "启用财政状况" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Once on your *PoS* interface, click on the *Tax* button. Now, choose the " -"fiscal position you need for the current order." -msgstr "进入 *PoS* 界面后，点击 *税收* 按钮。 现在，选择当前订单所需的财务状况。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:33 -msgid "Set up a default fiscal position" -msgstr "设置默认的财务状况" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:35 -msgid "" -"If you want to use a default fiscal position, meaning that a preexisting " -"value is always automatically assigned, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale " -"--> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and enable *Fiscal Position*. Now, " -"choose one to set as the default one." -msgstr "" -"如果要使用默认的财务状况，这意味着始终会自动分配一个预先存在的值，请转到:menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> 销售点` 并启用 " -"*财务状况* 。 现在，选择一个作为默认值。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Now, the *tax* button is replaced by a *on site* button when on the *PoS* " -"interface." -msgstr "现在，在 *PoS* 界面上，现在， *税务* 按钮被 *现场* 按钮代替" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:3 -msgid "Print orders at the kitchen or bar" -msgstr "打印厨房或吧台的订单" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:5 -msgid "" -"To ease the workflow between the front of house and the back of the house, " -"printing the orders taken on the PoS interface right in the kitchen or bar " -"can be a tremendous help." -msgstr "为简化前台和后厨之间的工作流程，直接在厨房或吧台打印PoS界面的订单可带来极大的方便。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:10 -msgid "Activate the bar/kitchen printer" -msgstr "启用吧台/厨房打印机" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To activate the *Order printing* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " -"Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "如要启用*订单打印*功能，前往 :menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> POS`并选择你的PoS界面。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Under the IoT Box / Hardware Proxy category, you will find *Order Printers*." -" Note that you need an IoT Box to connect your Printer to the PoS." -msgstr "在物联网盒子/硬件代理类别下，你可找到*订单打印机*。请注意，你需要通过物联网盒子将打印机接入PoS。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:20 -msgid "Add a printer" -msgstr "添加打印机" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:22 -msgid "" -"In your configuration menu you will now have a *Order Printers* option where" -" you can add the printer." -msgstr "在配置菜单中，你现在可以看到*订单打印机*选项，可在此添加打印机。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:29 -msgid "Print a kitchen/bar order" -msgstr "打印厨房/吧台订单" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:34 -msgid "Select or create a printer." -msgstr "选择或创建打印机。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:37 -msgid "Print the order in the kitchen/bar" -msgstr "在厨房/吧台打印订单" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:39 -msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Order* button." -msgstr "现在，你的PoS界面上会出现*订单*按钮。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:44 -msgid "" -"When you press it, it will print the order on your kitchen/bar printer." -msgstr "点击该按钮，它将打印厨房/吧台打印机上的订单。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:3 -msgid "Manage your tables" -msgstr "管理表格" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Restaurants have specific needs that shops don’t have. That’s why Odoo gives" -" restaurant owners several unique features to help them manage their " -"business in the best possible way." -msgstr "餐馆有特定需求而则商店没有。 这就是Odoo为餐厅店主提供几个独特功能的原因，以帮助他们以最佳方式管理其业务。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Floor and table management, bill splitting, or even the possibility to print" -" orders from the kitchen, everything is there to help your business shine " -"and your employees to work efficiently." -msgstr "楼层和桌子的管理，账单拆分，甚至可以从厨房打印订单，所有这些都可以帮助您的企业蒸蒸日上，并使员工高效地工作。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:16 -msgid "" -"To activate the bar/restaurant features, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale" -" --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and open your PoS. Now, select *Is a " -"Bar/Restaurant*." -msgstr "" -"要激活酒吧/餐厅功能，请进入 :menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> 销售点并打开您的PoS。 现在，选择 *酒吧/餐厅* 。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:24 -msgid "" -"New features are shown with a fork and a knife next to it, indicating that " -"they are restaurant-specific." -msgstr "显示的新功能旁边有刀叉图标，表明它们是特定的餐厅。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:32 -msgid "Add a floor" -msgstr "添加楼层" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Once your *Point of Sale* has been configured, select *Table Management* " -"under :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`. " -"Then, click on *Floors* to create and name your floor and tables." -msgstr "" -"一旦配置了 *POS* ，请在:menuselection:`销售点 --> 配置 --> 销点` 下选择 *桌子管理* 。 然后，单击 *楼面* " -"以创建并命名您的楼面和桌子。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:47 -msgid "Don’t forget to link your floor to your point of sale." -msgstr "不要忘记将楼面连接到POS。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:50 -msgid "Add tables" -msgstr "添加餐台" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:52 -msgid "" -"To add tables, you can also open your PoS interface to see your floor(s)." -msgstr "要添加表格，您还可以打开PoS界面查看楼层。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:59 -msgid "" -"Then, click on *Edit Mode* (pencil icon on the upper right corner) to be " -"allowed to create, move, modify tables, etc." -msgstr "然后，单击 *编辑模式*（右上角的铅笔图标）以允许创建，移动，修改表格等。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:67 -msgid "" -"To make your table easier to be found, you can rename them, change their " -"shape, size or even color. It is also possible to add the maximum number of " -"sits the table can have." -msgstr "为了使桌子更易于查找，您可以对其进行重命名，更改其形状，大小甚至颜色。 也可以增加桌子可以容纳的最大座位数。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:72 -msgid "Register your table(s) orders" -msgstr "登记餐台订单" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:74 -msgid "" -"To register an order, click on the respective table. By doing so, you are " -"taken to your main interface." -msgstr "要登记订单，请单击相应的桌子。 这样，您将进入主界面。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:82 -msgid "Transfer customer(s)" -msgstr "调换顾客" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:84 -msgid "" -"If your customers want to move to another table after they already ordered, " -"use the transfer button. This way, the order is also moved to the new table." -msgstr "如果您的客户在登记订单后想移到另一张桌子，请使用转移按钮。 这样，订单也将移至新桌子。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:88 -msgid "To do so, select the table your customer is currently on." -msgstr "为此，请选择客户当前所在的桌子。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:94 -msgid "" -"Now, click on the transfer button and select the table to which you are " -"transferring your customer." -msgstr "现在，单击转移按钮，然后选择要将客户转移到的桌子。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:103 -msgid "Register an additional order" -msgstr "登记额外的订单" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:105 -msgid "" -"When registering an order, use the + button to simultaneously proceed to " -"another one." -msgstr "登记订单时，请使用+按钮 同时亦可管理进行中的其他订单。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:108 -msgid "" -"Then, you can shift between your orders and process the payment when needed." -msgstr "然后，您可以在订单之间切换并在需要时处理付款。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:116 -msgid "The - button allows you to remove the order you are currently on." -msgstr "\"-\" 按钮可让您删除当前的订单。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:3 -msgid "Offer a bill-splitting option" -msgstr "提供拆分账单选项" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Offering an easy bill splitting solution to your customers will leave them " -"with a positive experience. That's why this feature is available out-of-the-" -"box in the Odoo Point of Sale application." -msgstr "为客户提供简单的账单拆分解决方案可带来积极的体验。因此，Odoo POS应用程序提供开箱即用的这项功能。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To activate the *Bill Splitting* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " -"Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "如要启用*账单拆分*功能，前往 :menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> POS`并选择你的PoS界面。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find the Bill Splitting " -"option." -msgstr "在账单和收据类别下，你可找到账单拆分选项。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:23 -msgid "Split a bill" -msgstr "拆分账单" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:25 -msgid "In your PoS interface, you now have a *Split* button." -msgstr "现在，你的PoS界面会出现*拆分*按钮。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:30 -msgid "" -"When you use it, you will be able to select what that guest should had and " -"process the payment, repeating the process for each guest." -msgstr "使用此按钮，你可选择每位顾客的餐品并处理付款，为每位顾客重复这一流程。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:3 -msgid "Integrate a tip option into payment" -msgstr "将小费选项纳入付款" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:5 -msgid "" -"As it is customary to tip in many countries all over the world, it is " -"important to have the option in your PoS interface." -msgstr "由于许多国家都有付小费的习惯，PoS界面必须有这个选项。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:9 -msgid "Configure Tipping" -msgstr "配置小费" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:11 -msgid "" -"To activate the *Tips* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " -"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS." -msgstr "如要启用*小费*功能，前往 :menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> POS`并选择你的PoS。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Tips*. Select it and " -"create a *Tip Product* such as *Tips* in this case." -msgstr "在账单和收据类别下，你可看到*小费*选项。选择并创建*小费产品*。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:21 -msgid "Add Tips to the bill" -msgstr "将小费加入账单" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:23 -msgid "Once on the payment interface, you now have a new *Tip* button" -msgstr "现在，在支付界面可以看到新的*小费*按钮。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:28 -msgid "Add the tip your customer wants to leave and process to the payment." -msgstr "添加顾客想要支付的小费并继续付款。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop.rst:3 -msgid "Shop Features" -msgstr "购物功能" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:3 -msgid "Using barcodes in PoS" -msgstr "POS终端上使用条形码" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Using a barcode scanner to process point of sale orders improves your " -"efficiency and helps you to save time for you and your customers." -msgstr "使用条码扫描器处理POS订单可以提高效率，并为你和客户节省时间。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:11 -msgid "" -"To use a barcode scanner, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " -"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "如要使用条码扫描器，前往 :menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> POS`并选择你的POS接口。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Under the IoT Box / Hardware category, you will find *Barcode Scanner* " -"select it." -msgstr "在物联网盒子/硬件类别下，你可找到*条码扫描器*并选择它。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:21 -msgid "Add barcodes to product" -msgstr "将条形码增加到产品上" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Products` and select a " -"product." -msgstr "前往 :menuselection:`POS --> 目录 --> 产品`并选择一个产品。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Under the general information tab, you can find a barcode field where you " -"can input any barcode." -msgstr "在一般信息选项卡下，你可找到条码字段，你可在此输入任何条码。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:33 -msgid "Scanning products" -msgstr "扫描产品" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:35 -msgid "" -"From your PoS interface, scan any barcode with your barcode scanner. The " -"product will be added, you can scan the same product to add it multiple " -"times or change the quantity manually on the screen." -msgstr "从你的PoS接口，用条码扫描器扫描任何条码。产品将被添加，你可以多次扫描同一件产品，将它添加多次，也可在屏幕上手动更改数量。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:3 -msgid "Set-up Cash Control in Point of Sale" -msgstr "设置POS的现金控制" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Cash control allows you to check the amount of the cashbox at the opening " -"and closing. You can thus make sure no error has been made and that no cash " -"is missing." -msgstr "现金控制可在开台和关台时清点钱箱金额。以确保金额无误，无现金遗失。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:10 -msgid "Activate Cash Control" -msgstr "启用现金管理" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To activate the *Cash Control* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales" -" --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "如要启用*现金管理*功能，前往 :menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> POS`并选择你的PoS界面。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:16 -msgid "Under the payments category, you will find the cash control setting." -msgstr "在支付类别下，你可找到现金控制选项。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:21 -msgid "" -"In this example, you can see I want to have 275$ in various denomination at " -"the opening and closing." -msgstr "在本例中，你可以看到我想在开台和关台时有275美元各种面额的现金。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:24 -msgid "" -"When clicking on **Opening/Closing Values** you will be able to create those" -" values." -msgstr "点击**开台/关台金额**，你可创建这些金额。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:31 -msgid "Start a session" -msgstr "开始会话" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:33 -msgid "" -"You now have a new button added when you open a session, *Set opening " -"Balance*" -msgstr "打开一个会话，你可看到新添加按钮*设置开台余额*。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:42 -msgid "" -"By default it will use the values you added before, but you can always " -"modify it." -msgstr "它默认为你之前添加的值，但你可修改它。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:46 -msgid "Close a session" -msgstr "关闭会话" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:48 -msgid "" -"When you want to close your session, you now have a *Set Closing Balance* " -"button as well." -msgstr "如要关闭会话，你可使用*设置关台余额*按钮。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:51 -msgid "" -"You can then see the theoretical balance, the real closing balance (what you" -" have just counted) and the difference between the two." -msgstr "然后，你可看到理论余额、实际关台余额（你刚计数的结果）和二者之间的差异。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:57 -msgid "" -"If you use the *Take Money Out* option to take out your transactions for " -"this session, you now have a zero-sum difference and the same closing " -"balance as your opening balance. You cashbox is ready for the next session." -msgstr "如果使用*取出现金*选项，取走此次会话的交易额，则总差额为零，关台余额与开台余额相同。你的钱箱可用于下一次会话。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:3 -msgid "Cash Rounding" -msgstr "现金舍入" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:4 -msgid "" -"**Cash rounding** is required when the lowest physical denomination of " -"currency, or the smallest coin, is higher than the minimum unit of account." -msgstr "当货币或硬币的最低实物面值高于最小的记账单位时，需要进行**现金舍入**。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:8 -msgid "" -"For example, some countries require their companies to round up or down the " -"total amount of an invoice to the nearest five cents, when the payment is " -"made in cash." -msgstr "例如，某些国家要求公司在以现金支付时，将发票总额四舍五入到最接近的五美分。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Each point of sale in Odoo can be configured to apply cash rounding to the " -"totals of its bills or receipts." -msgstr "在Odoo的每个POS都可以配置为将现金舍入到其账单或收据的总数。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:16 -msgid "" -"This feature will soon be added to Odoo. We are currently working to make it" -" available for all supported versions as soon as possible." -msgstr "这项功能将很快添加到Odoo中。我们目前正努力使所有支持的版本尽快可用。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings` and " -"enable *Cash Rounding*, then click on *Save*." -msgstr "前往 :menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> 设置`并启用*现金舍入*，然后点击*保存*。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, " -"open the point of sale you want to configure, and enable the *Cash Rounding*" -" option." -msgstr "前往 :menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> POS`，打开你想要配置的POS，并启用*现金舍入*选项。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:31 -msgid "" -"To define the **Rounding Method**, open the drop-down list and click on " -"*Create and Edit...*." -msgstr "如要定义**舍入方法**，打开下拉列表并点击*创建并编辑...*。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Define here your *Rounding Precision*, *Profit Account*, and *Loss Account*," -" then save both the Rounding Method and your Point of Sale settings." -msgstr "在这里定义你的*舍入精度*、*利润科目*和*损失科目*，然后保存舍入方法和你的POS设置。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:41 -msgid "" -"All total amounts of this point of sale now add a line to apply the rounding" -" according to your settings." -msgstr "这个POS的所有总金额现在都会增加一行，根据你的设置应用现金舍入。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Odoo Point of Sale only support the *Add a rounding line* rounding " -"strategies and *Half-up* rounding methods." -msgstr "Odoo POS只支持*添加舍入明细*舍入策略和*一半*舍入方法。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:3 -msgid "Invoice from the PoS interface" -msgstr "从PoS界面开具发票" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Some of your customers might request an invoice when buying from your Point " -"of Sale, you can easily manage it directly from the PoS interface." -msgstr "某些顾客在销售点购物后可能索取发票，你可通过PoS界面直接管理。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:9 -msgid "Activate invoicing" -msgstr "启用开具发票功能" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and" -" select your Point of Sale:" -msgstr "前往 :menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> POS`并选择你的POS界面：" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Under the *Bills & Receipts* you will see the invoicing option, tick it. " -"Don't forget to choose in which journal the invoices should be created." -msgstr "在*账单和收据*类别下，你可看到开具发票选项，勾选它。请勿忘记选择创建发票的日记账。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:25 -msgid "Select a customer" -msgstr "选择顾客" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:27 -msgid "From your session interface, use the customer button" -msgstr "使用会话界面的顾客按钮" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:32 -msgid "" -"You can then either select an existing customer and set it as your customer " -"or create a new one by using this button." -msgstr "你可选择现有顾客并将其设置为你的顾客，也可通过此按钮创建新顾客。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:38 -msgid "" -"You will be invited to fill out the customer form with its information." -msgstr "然后，你需要填写顾客信息。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:41 -msgid "Invoice your customer" -msgstr "给客户开票" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:43 -msgid "" -"From the payment screen, you now have an invoice option, use the button to " -"select it and validate." -msgstr "现在在付款页面可看到发票选项，点击按钮选择并验证发票。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:49 -msgid "You can then print the invoice and move on to your next order." -msgstr "然后，你可以打印发票并转到下一个订单。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:52 -msgid "Retrieve invoices" -msgstr "检索发票" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Once out of the PoS interface (:menuselection:`Close --> Confirm` on the top" -" right corner) you will find all your orders in :menuselection:`Point of " -"Sale --> Orders --> Orders` and under the status tab you will see which ones" -" have been invoiced. When clicking on a order you can then access the " -"invoice." -msgstr "" -"离开PoS界面（右上角的 :menuselection:`关闭 --> 确认`），你将在 :menuselection:`POS --> 订单 --> " -"订单`看到所有订单，在状态选项卡中，可看到已开具发票的订单。点击订单，你可访问其发票。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:3 -msgid "Log in with employee" -msgstr "用雇员身份登陆" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:5 -msgid "" -"With Odoo *Point of Sale*, you can manage multiple cashiers. This feature " -"allows you to keep track of who is working, when and how much each cashier " -"made for that session." -msgstr "通过*POS*应用程序，你可管理多个收银员。这项功能可追踪谁在工作，每位收银员每个班次的时间和收银金额。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:9 -msgid "" -"There are three ways to switch cashiers in Odoo: by *selecting the cashier*," -" by *entering a PIN code* or by *scanning a barcode*." -msgstr "在Odoo中切换收银员有三种方法：*选择收银员*、*输入PIN码*或*扫描条码*。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:13 -msgid "" -"To manage multiple cashiers, you need several employees (at least two)." -msgstr "如要使用管理多个收银员功能，你必须有多位员工（至少两位）。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:16 -msgid "Set up log in with employees" -msgstr "设置员工登录" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:18 -msgid "" -"To enable the feature, go to your *PoS settings* and check log in with " -"employees on your *PoS form*. Then, add the employees that have access to " -"the cash register." -msgstr "如要启用本功能，进入*PoS设置*并在*PoS表单*中勾选员工登录。然后，添加有收银机权限的员工。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:25 -msgid "Now, you can switch cashier easily." -msgstr "现在，你可以很容易地切换成出纳员身份" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:28 -msgid "Switch without pin codes" -msgstr "切换不需要识别码" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:30 -msgid "" -"The easiest way to switch cashiers is without a code. To do so, click on the" -" cashier name in your PoS interface." -msgstr "切换收银员的最简单方法是无需代码，直接切换。为此，点击PoS界面中的收银员姓名。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:36 -msgid "Now, you just have to click on your name." -msgstr "现在，你只需要在你的名字上点击" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:42 -msgid "Switch cashier with pin codes" -msgstr "用识别码切换至出纳" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:44 -msgid "" -"You can set a pin code on each cashier. To set up a pin code, go to the " -"employee form and add a security PIN, in the *HR settings tab*." -msgstr "你可为每位收银员设置pin码。如要设置pin码，前往*HR设置选项卡*的员工表单并添加安全PIN码。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:50 -msgid "Now, when switching cashier, a PIN password will be asked." -msgstr "现在，在切换收银员时，必须输入PIN码。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:56 -msgid "Switch cashier with barcodes" -msgstr "通过条码切换收银员" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:58 -msgid "" -"You can ask your employees to log themselves with their badges. To do so, " -"set up a barcode at the same place you add the PIN code. Print the badge and" -" when they will scan it, the cashier will be switched to that employee." -msgstr "你可要求员工用自己的徽章登录。为此，在添加PIN码的同一位置设置条码。打印徽章，之后，收银员将切换为该员工。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:67 -msgid "Find who was the cashier" -msgstr "查找谁是收银员" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Once you have closed your *PoS session*, you can have an overview of the " -"amount each cashier sold for. To do so, go to the orders menu." -msgstr "在关闭*PoS会话*后，你可整体查看每位收银员的销售额。为此，你需进入订单菜单。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:75 -msgid "Now, you can open the order and have a summary of the sold products." -msgstr "现在，打开订单，即可看到已售出产品的摘要。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:3 -msgid "Reprint Receipts" -msgstr "重新打印收据" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Use the *Reprint receipt* feature if you have the need to reprint a ticket." -msgstr "如需重新打印票据，请使用*重新打印收据*功能。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:10 -msgid "" -"To activate *Reprint Receipt*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " -"Configuration --> Point of sale`. and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "如需启用*重新打印收据*，前往 :menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> POS`并选择你的PoS接口。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Reprint Receipt* option." -msgstr "在账单和收据类别下，你可看到*重新打印收据*选项。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:17 -msgid "" -"In order to allow the option reprint receipt, you need to activate the " -"receipt printer." -msgstr "为使用重新打印收据选项，你必须启用收据打印机。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:23 -msgid "Reprint a receipt" -msgstr "重新打印收据" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:25 -msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Reprint receipt* button." -msgstr "在你的PoS界面，现在可以看到*重新打印收据*按钮。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:30 -msgid "When you use it, you can then reprint your last receipt." -msgstr "你可以使用它来重新打印上一张收据。" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po deleted file mode 100644 index 0e5e8ad86..000000000 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,198 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# 敬雲 林 <chingyun@yuanchih-consult.com>, 2020 -# John An <johnxan@163.com>, 2020 -# Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-11-02 12:05+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: zh_CN\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:6 ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:9 -msgid "My Odoo Portal" -msgstr "我的 Odoo 门户" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:11 -msgid "" -"In this section of the portal, you will find all the communications between " -"you and Odoo: documents such as quotations, sales orders, invoices and " -"subscriptions." -msgstr "在门户的这个版块，你可以找到你与Odoo之间的所有通信：报价、销售订单、发票和订阅等文件。" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:15 -msgid "" -"To access this section, you have to log with your username and password to " -"`Odoo <https://www.odoo.com/my/home>`_. If you are already logged in, just " -"click on your name on the top-right corner and select \"My Account\"." -msgstr "" -"如要访问本版块，你需要通过用户名和密码登录`Odoo " -"<https://www.odoo.com/my/home>`_。如你已经登录，只需点击位于右上角的你的名称并选择“我的账户”。" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:23 -msgid "Quotations" -msgstr "报价单" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Here you will find all the quotations sent to you by Odoo. For example, a " -"quotation can be generated for you after adding an application or a user to " -"your database or if your contract has to be renewed." -msgstr "这里是你发送给Odoo的所有报价。举例来说，你将应用程序或用户添加到数据库后或你的合同需要展期时，可生成报价。" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:32 -msgid "" -"The *Valid Until* column shows the date through which the quotation is " -"valid; after that date, the quotation will be \"Expired\". By clicking on " -"the quotation, you will see all the details of the offer, such as the " -"pricing and other useful information." -msgstr "*有效期至*列显示了报价有效的日期；在此日期之后，报价将“到期”。点击报价，你可查看所有详情，如定价和其他有用的信息。" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:39 -msgid "" -"If you want to accept the quotation, just click \"Accept & Pay,\" and the " -"quote will get confirmed. If you don't want to accept it, or you need to ask" -" for some modifications, click on \"Ask Changes Reject.\"" -msgstr "如你想要接受报价，只需点击“接受并付款”，即可确认报价。如你不想接受报价或想要求修改某些细节，点击“要求修改/拒绝”。" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:44 -msgid "Sales Orders" -msgstr "销售订单" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:46 -msgid "" -"All your purchases within Odoo (Upsells, Themes, Applications, etc.) will be" -" registered under this section." -msgstr "你在Odoo内（追加销售、主题、应用程序等）将登记在本版块。" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:52 -msgid "" -"By clicking on the sale order, you can review the details of the products " -"purchased and process the payment." -msgstr "点击销售订单，你可查看采购的产品详情和付款流程。" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:56 -msgid "Invoices" -msgstr "发票" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:58 -msgid "" -"All the invoices of your subscriptions and/or sales orders will be shown in " -"this section. The tag before the Amount Due will indicate if the invoice has" -" been paid." -msgstr "你的订阅和/或销售订单发票将显示在本版块。应付金额前的标记显示发票是否已经付款。" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Just click on the invoice if you wish to see more information, pay the " -"invoice, or download a PDF version of the document." -msgstr "如需查看更多信息、支付发票或下载PDF文件，只需点击发票。" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:69 -msgid "Tickets" -msgstr "服务单" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:71 -msgid "" -"When you submit a ticket through `Odoo Support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`," -" a ticket will be created. Here you can find all the tickets that you have " -"opened, the conversations between you and our Agents, and the statuses and " -"IDs (# Ref) of the tickets." -msgstr "" -"当你通过`Odoo支持 " -"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`提交服务单后，系统将创建服务单。你可在此查看已经打开的所有服务单、你与我们的代理之间的对话以及服务单状态和ID（参考编号）。" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:79 -msgid "Subscriptions" -msgstr "订阅" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:81 -msgid "" -"You can access your subscriptions with Odoo from this section. The first " -"page shows you the subscriptions that you have and their status." -msgstr "你可从本版块访问你在Odoo的订阅。首页显示已有的订阅及其状态。" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:87 -msgid "" -"By clicking on the subscription you will access all the details regarding " -"your plan: the number of applications purchased, the billing information, " -"and the payment method." -msgstr "点击订阅，你可访问订阅计划的所有详情；采购的应用程序数量、账单信息和支付方式。" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:91 -msgid "" -"To change the payment method, click on \"Change Payment Method\" and enter " -"the new credit card details." -msgstr "如要更改支付方式，点击“更改支付方式”并输入新的信用卡详情。" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:97 -msgid "" -"If you want to remove the credit cards that are saved, you can do so by " -"clicking on \"Manage your payment methods\" at the bottom of the page. Click" -" \"Delete\" to delete the payment method." -msgstr "如需删除已保存的信用卡，只需点击页面底部的“管理你的支付方式”。点击“删除”，即可删除该支付方式。" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:105 -msgid "" -"At the date of the next invoice, if there is no payment information provided" -" or if your credit card has expired, the status of your subscription will " -"change to \"To Renew\". You will then have 7 days to provide a valid method " -"of payment. After this delay, the subscription will be closed, and you will " -"no longer be able to access the database." -msgstr "" -"在下次发票到期时，如你未提供支付信息或信用卡已过期，订阅的状态将变为“待展期”。你应在7天内提供有效的支付方式。否则，订阅将被关闭，你将无法访问数据库。" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:111 -msgid "Success Packs" -msgstr "服务包" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:112 -msgid "" -"With a Success Pack/Partner Success Pack, you are assigned an expert to " -"provide unique personalized assistance to help you customize your solution " -"and optimize your workflows as part of your initial implementation. These " -"hours never expire, allowing you to utilize them whenever you need support." -msgstr "" -"在订购服务包/合作伙伴服务包之后，我们将为你分配一名专家，提供独特的个性化协助，帮助你在初始实施过程中定制解决方案并优化工作流程。服务包包含的小时数永不过期，你可在需要支持时随时使用。" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:118 -msgid "" -"If you need information about how to manage your database see " -":ref:`db_online`" -msgstr "如你需要数据库管理的信息，请参见:ref:`db_online`" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:121 -msgid "Delete your Odoo.com account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:123 -msgid "" -"In order to delete your Odoo.com account, you have to reach out to our " -"`Support Services <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:126 -msgid "If you want to delete one of your databases, see :ref:`db_online`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:129 -msgid "" -"If you wish instead to formally request the deletion of all the information " -"connected to your email address as per the European Union General Data " -"Protection Regulation (GDPR), please send an email to privacy@odoo.com." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po deleted file mode 100644 index e5a3f56d3..000000000 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,26 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# liAnGjiA <liangjia@qq.com>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: liAnGjiA <liangjia@qq.com>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: zh_CN\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" - -#: ../../practical.rst:3 -msgid "Practical Information" -msgstr "实用信息" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b29387c62 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po @@ -0,0 +1,2754 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2021 +# liAnGjiA <liangjia@qq.com>, 2021 +# Gary Wei <Gary.wei@elico-corp.com>, 2021 +# fausthuang, 2021 +# LINYUN TONG <tong.linyun@elico-corp.com>, 2021 +# Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2021 +# Jeffery CHEN Fan <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2021 +# 山西清水欧度(QQ:54773801) <54773801@qq.com>, 2021 +# 稀饭~~ <wangwhai@qq.com>, 2021 +# F4NNIU <sparkamax@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Mandy Choy <mnc@odoo.com>, 2021 +# 新 陈 <powersstar@163.com>, 2021 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-18 07:12+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-05-18 05:18+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: 新 陈 <powersstar@163.com>, 2021\n" +"Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: zh_CN\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity.rst:3 +msgid "Productivity" +msgstr "生产力" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss.rst:4 +msgid "Discuss" +msgstr "讨论" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced" +msgstr "高级" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:3 +msgid "How to Use my Mail Server to Send and Receive Emails in Odoo" +msgstr "‎如何使用我的邮件服务器在 Odoo 中发送和接收电子邮件‎" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:6 +msgid "If you are a user of Odoo Online or Odoo.sh..." +msgstr "如果你是Odoo Online或Odoo.sh的用户..." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:8 +msgid "" +"You have nothing to do! **Odoo sets up its own mail servers for your " +"database.** Outgoing and incoming emails work out-of-the-box!" +msgstr "你什么也不需要做！**Odoo为你的服务器设置了自己的邮件服务器。** 接收和发送电子邮件功能开箱即用！" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Unless you plan to send large batches of mass mailing that could require the" +" use of an external mail server, simply enjoy your new Odoo database." +msgstr "除非你计划发送大量邮件，可能需要使用外部邮件服务器，否则只需享受你的新Odoo数据库即可。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:16 +msgid "Scope of this documentation" +msgstr "本文档的范围" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:18 +msgid "" +"This document is **mainly dedicated to Odoo on-premise users** who don't " +"benefit from an out-of-the-box solution to send and receive emails in Odoo, " +"unlike `Odoo Online <https://www.odoo.com/trial>`__ & `Odoo.sh " +"<https://www.odoo.sh>`__." +msgstr "" +"本文件 **主要针对Odoo本地部署的用户** ，他们无法像`Odoo Online " +"<https://www.odoo.com/trial>`__和`Odoo.sh " +"<https://www.odoo.sh>`__那样，直接通过开箱即用的解决方案在Odoo上收发邮件。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:25 +msgid "" +"If no one in your company is used to manage email servers, we strongly " +"recommend that you opt for those Odoo hosting solutions. Their email system " +"works instantly and is monitored by professionals. Nevertheless you can " +"still use your own email servers if you want to manage your email server's " +"reputation yourself." +msgstr "" +"‎如果您的公司中没有人用于管理电子邮件服务器，我们强烈建议您选择 Odoo " +"托管解决方案。他们的电子邮件系统可以立即工作，并由专业人士监控。不过，如果您希望自己管理电子邮件服务器的声誉，您仍可以使用自己的电子邮件服务器。‎" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:31 +msgid "" +"You will find here below some useful information on how to integrate your " +"own email solution with Odoo." +msgstr "‎您将在这里找到一些有用的信息，了解如何将您自己的电子邮件解决方案与 Odoo 集成。‎" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Office 365 email servers don't easily allow to send external emails from " +"hosts like Odoo. Refer to `Microsoft's documentation " +"<https://support.office.com/en-us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-" +"device-or-application-to-send-email-using-" +"Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ to make it work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:39 +msgid "How to manage outbound messages" +msgstr "如何管理出站邮件" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:40 +msgid "" +"As a system admin, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and " +"check *External Email Servers*. Then, click *Outgoing Mail Servers* to " +"create one and reference the SMTP data of your email server. Once all the " +"information has been filled out, click on *Test Connection*." +msgstr "" +"作为系统管理员，请转到菜单选择 :menuselection:`设置 --> 常规设置`，然后选中 *外部电子邮件服务器* 。然后，单击 " +"*传出邮件服务器* 以创建一个服务器并引用电子邮件服务器的 SMTP 数据。填写所有信息后，单击 *测试连接* 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:45 +msgid "Here is a typical configuration for a G Suite server." +msgstr "‎下面是 G Suite 服务器的典型配置。‎" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:50 +msgid "Then set your email domain name in the General Settings." +msgstr "‎然后在常规设置中设置您的电邮域名。‎" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:53 +msgid "" +"If you get a ``[AUTHENTICATIONFAILED] Invalid credentials (Failure)`` " +"warning when you *Test Connection* on a Gmail address, activate the *Less " +"secure app access* option. A direct link can be `accessed here " +"<https://myaccount.google.com/lesssecureapps?pli=1>`_." +msgstr "" +"如你在Gmail电邮地址 *测试连接* 时收到``[AUTHENTICATIONFAILED] Invalid credentials " +"(Failure)`` 警告，启用 *安全性较低的应用程序访问* 选项。你可`在此访问 " +"<https://myaccount.google.com/lesssecureapps?pli=1>`_直接链接。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:57 +msgid "In addition to that, enable the IMAP setting on your Gmail account." +msgstr "此外，请启用Gmail账户的IMAP设置。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:61 +msgid "Can I use an Office 365 server" +msgstr "‎我可以使用 Office 365 服务器吗？‎" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:62 +msgid "" +"You can use an Office 365 server if you run Odoo on-premise. Office 365 SMTP" +" relays are not compatible with Odoo Online." +msgstr "‎如果在本地运行 Odoo，则可以使用 Office 365 服务器。Office 365 SMTP 中继与 Odoo 在线不兼容。‎" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Please refer to `Microsoft's documentation <https://support.office.com/en-" +"us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-device-or-application-to-send-" +"email-using-Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ to configure" +" a SMTP relay for your Odoo's IP address." +msgstr "" +"请参阅 `微软文档 <https://support.office.com/en-us/article/How-to-set-up-a" +"-multifunction-device-or-application-to-send-email-using-" +"Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`，为您的 Odoo 的 IP 地址配置 SMTP " +"中继。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:69 +msgid "How to use a G Suite server" +msgstr "‎如何使用 G Suite 服务器‎" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:70 +msgid "" +"You can use an G Suite server for any Odoo hosting type. To do so you need " +"to setup the SMTP relay service. The configuration steps are explained in " +"`Google documentation " +"<https://support.google.com/a/answer/2956491?hl=en>`__." +msgstr "" +"您可以将 G Suite 服务器用于任何 Odoo 托管类型。为此，您需要设置 SMTP 中继服务。配置步骤在 `Google 文档中介绍 " +"<https://support.google.com/a/answer/2956491?hl=en>`__." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:77 +msgid "Be SPF-compliant" +msgstr "‎符合 SPF 标准‎" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:78 +msgid "" +"In case you use SPF (Sender Policy Framework) to increase the deliverability" +" of your outgoing emails, don't forget to authorize Odoo as a sending host " +"in your domain name settings. Here is the configuration for Odoo Online:" +msgstr "" +"‎如果您使用 SPF（发件人策略框架）来增加传出电子邮件的可传递性，请不要忘记在域名设置中授权 Odoo 作为发送主机。以下是 Odoo 在线的配置：‎" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:82 +msgid "" +"If no TXT record is set for SPF, create one with following definition: " +"v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com ~all" +msgstr "" +"‎如果没有为 SPF 设置 TXT 记录，请创建一个具有以下定义的记录：v_spf1 include：_spf.odoo.com _~all " + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:84 +msgid "" +"In case a SPF TXT record is already set, add \"include:_spf.odoo.com\". e.g." +" for a domain name that sends emails via Odoo Online and via G Suite it " +"could be: v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com include:_spf.google.com ~all" +msgstr "" +"如果已经为SPF设置TXT记录，在通过Odoo Online发送邮件的域名中添加“include:_spf.odoo.com”，通过G " +"Suite发送的则可为：v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com include:_spf.google.com ~all" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Find `here <https://www.mail-tester.com/spf/>`__ the exact procedure to " +"create or modify TXT records in your own domain registrar." +msgstr "找到 `此<https://www.mail-tester.com/spf/>，在你自己的域寄存器中以准确步骤创建或修改TXT记录。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Your new SPF record can take up to 48 hours to go into effect, but this " +"usually happens more quickly." +msgstr "新SPF记录最多可能需要48个小时才能生效，但这通常会更快地发生。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Adding more than one SPF record for a domain can cause problems with mail " +"delivery and spam classification. Instead, we recommend using only one SPF " +"record by modifying it to authorize Odoo." +msgstr "为一个域添加多个SPF记录可能导致邮件被分类为垃圾。我们建议仅修改一个SPF记录以授权给Odoo。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:99 +msgid "Allow DKIM" +msgstr "允许DKIM" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:100 +msgid "" +"You should do the same thing if DKIM (Domain Keys Identified Mail) is " +"enabled on your email server. In the case of Odoo Online & Odoo.sh, you " +"should add a DNS \"odoo._domainkey\" CNAME record to " +"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\". For example, for \"foo.com\" they should have " +"a record \"odoo._domainkey.foo.com\" that is a CNAME with the value " +"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\"." +msgstr "" +"如果你的邮件服务器启用了DKIM（域密钥标识邮件），你也需要进行同样的操作。对于Odoo Online 和 " +"Odoo.sh，你需要向“odoo._domainkey.odoo.com”添加DNS“odoo._domainkey”CNAME记录。例如，对于“foo.com”，它们应有一条“odoo._domainkey.foo.com”记录，这是值为“odoo._domainkey.odoo.com”的CNAME。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:108 +msgid "Restriction" +msgstr "限制条件" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:109 +msgid "" +"Please note that the port 25 is blocked for security reasons. Try using 587," +" 465 or 2525." +msgstr "请注意，出于安全原因，端口25被阻塞。 尝试使用587、465或2525。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:114 +msgid "How to manage inbound messages" +msgstr "如何管理入站邮件" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:116 +msgid "Odoo relies on generic email aliases to fetch incoming messages." +msgstr "Odoo依赖通用的电子邮件别名来收取入站邮件。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:118 +msgid "" +"**Reply messages** of messages sent from Odoo are routed to their original " +"discussion thread (and to the inbox of all its followers) by the catchall " +"alias (**catchall@**)." +msgstr "" +"从Odoo所发邮件对应的 **回复邮件** 通过catchall别名（**catchall@**）接入原来的讨论话题（以及所有关注者的收件箱）。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:122 +msgid "" +"**Bounced messages** are routed to **bounce@** in order to track them in " +"Odoo. This is especially used in `Odoo Email Marketing " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/email-marketing>`__ to opt-out invalid " +"recipients." +msgstr "" +"**退回的邮件** 接入 **bounce@** ，以便在Odoo上追踪。这项功能特别用于`Odoo邮件营销 " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/email-marketing>`__，可取消选择无效的收件人。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:126 +msgid "" +"**Original messages**: Several business objects have their own alias to " +"create new records in Odoo from incoming emails:" +msgstr "**原始邮件** ：几个业务对象有自己的别名，从入站邮件中创建Odoo新记录：" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Sales Channel (to create Leads or Opportunities in `Odoo CRM " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/crm>`__)," +msgstr "销售渠道（在`Odoo CRM <https://www.odoo.com/page/crm>`__中创建线索或商机），" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Support Channel (to create Tickets in `Odoo Helpdesk " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/helpdesk>`__)," +msgstr "支持渠道（在`Odoo服务台 <https://www.odoo.com/page/helpdesk>`__创建工单），" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:133 +msgid "" +"Projects (to create new Tasks in `Odoo Project <https://www.odoo.com/page" +"/project-management>`__)," +msgstr "项目（在`Odoo项目 <https://www.odoo.com/page/project-management>`__中创建新任务），" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Job Positions (to create Applicants in `Odoo Recruitment " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/recruitment>`__)," +msgstr "工作岗位（在`Odoo招聘 <https://www.odoo.com/page/recruitment>`__中创建申请人），" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:137 +msgid "etc." +msgstr "等等" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Depending on your mail server, there might be several methods to fetch " +"emails. The easiest and most recommended method is to manage one email " +"address per Odoo alias in your mail server." +msgstr "根据你的邮件服务器，可能有几种方法来收取邮件。最简单也最推荐的方法是在邮件服务器中按Odoo别名管理邮件地址。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Create the corresponding email addresses in your mail server (catchall@, " +"bounce@, sales@, etc.)." +msgstr "在你的邮件服务器中创建相应的电子邮件地址（catchall@、bounce@、sales@ 等）。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:145 +msgid "Set your domain name in the General Settings." +msgstr "在一般设置中设置你的域名。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:150 +msgid "" +"If you use Odoo on-premise, create an *Incoming Mail Server* in Odoo for " +"each alias. You can do it from the General Settings as well. Fill out the " +"form according to your email provider’s settings. Leave the *Actions to " +"Perform on Incoming Mails* blank. Once all the information has been filled " +"out, click on *TEST & CONFIRM*." +msgstr "" +"如果你使用本地部署的Odoo，请在Odoo中为每个别名创建一个 *入站邮件服务器* " +"。你也可以在一般设置中进行操作。根据你的电子邮件提供商的设置填写表单。将 *对入站邮件执行的操作* 留空。在填写完毕所有信息后，点击 *测试和确认* 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:159 +msgid "" +"If you use Odoo Online or Odoo.sh, We do recommend to redirect incoming " +"messages to Odoo's domain name rather than exclusively use your own email " +"server. That way you will receive incoming messages without delay. Indeed, " +"Odoo Online is fetching incoming messages of external servers once per hour " +"only. You should set redirections for all the email addresses to Odoo's " +"domain name in your email server (e.g. *catchall@mydomain.ext* to " +"*catchall@mycompany.odoo.com*)." +msgstr "" +"如果你使用Odoo " +"Online或Odoo.sh，我们建议将入站邮件重定向到Odoo的域名，而不是仅使用你自己的邮件服务器。这样，你将不会延迟接收入站邮件。实际上，Odoo" +" Online每小时仅收取一次外部服务器的入站邮件。你应在电子邮件服务器中将所有电子邮件地址的重定向设置为Odoo的域名（例如， " +"*catchall@mydomain.ext* 设为 *catchall@mycompany.odoo.com* ）。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:169 +msgid "All the aliases are customizable in Odoo." +msgstr "Odoo中所有别名都是可自定义的。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:167 +msgid "" +"Object aliases can be edited from their respective configuration view. To " +"edit catchall and bounce aliases, you first need to activate the " +":doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:171 +msgid "" +"Then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System " +"Parameters` to customize the aliases (*mail.catchall.alias* & * " +"mail.bounce.alias*)." +msgstr "" +"然后前往 :menuselection:`设置 --> 技术 --> 参数 --> 系统参数`定义别名（ *mail.catchall.alias* 和" +" * mail.bounce.alias* ）。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:177 +msgid "" +"By default inbound messages are fetched every 5 minutes in Odoo on-premise. " +"You can change this value in :doc:`Developer mode " +"</applications/general/developer_mode>`. Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions` and look for *Mail: " +"Fetchmail Service*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:186 +msgid "Set up different dedicated servers for transactional and mass mails" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:188 +msgid "" +"Odoo's e-mail server has the capability of sending 200 e-mails per day on " +"Odoo SH Cloud Platform. However, if needed, you can use a separate Mail " +"Transfer Agent (MTA) servers for transactional e-mails and mass mailings. " +"Example: use Odoo's own mail server for transactional e-mails, and Sendgrid," +" Amazon SES, or Mailgun for mass mailings. Another alternative is to use " +"Postmark for transactional e-mails, and Amazon SES or Sendgrid for mass " +"mailings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:196 +msgid "" +"A default outgoing email server is already configured. You should not create" +" an alternative one unless you want to use a specific external outgoing " +"email server for technical reasons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:199 +msgid "" +"To do this, you should first enable the :doc:`Developer mode " +"</applications/general/developer_mode>` and then go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Outgoing` e-mail servers. There " +"you have to create two e-mail MTA server settings. One for transactional " +"e-mails and one for mass mail servers. Be sure to mark the priority of " +"transactional e-mail servers as low as the mass email servers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Now, go to :menuselection:`Email Marketing --> Settings` and enable " +"*Dedicated Server*. With these settings, Odoo uses the server with the lower" +" priority for transactional emails, and the server here selected for mass " +"mails. Note that in this case, you have to set your domain's Sender Policy " +"Framework (SPF) records to include both transactional and mass mail servers." +" If your server resides with xxxx.odoo.com, the available options are " +"Sendinblue and Mailchimp, as your e-mails would be originated from the " +"xxxx.odoo.com domain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:3 +msgid "Email Templates" +msgstr "电子邮件模板" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:5 +msgid "" +"We all know writing good emails is vital to get a high response rate, but " +"you do not want to rewrite the same structure every time, do you? That is " +"where email templates come in. Without the need to rewrite the entire email " +"structure every time, you save time to focus on the content. Multiple " +"templates also let you deliver the right message to the right audience, " +"improving their overall experience with the company." +msgstr "" +"我们都知道写出一封好的电子邮件对于获得高响应率至关重要，但是您不想每次都重写相同的结构，对吗？ " +"这就是电子邮件模板的用武之地。无需每次都重写整个电子邮件结构，您可以节省时间专注于内容。 " +"多个模板还使您可以向正确的受众传递正确的消息，从而改善他们在公司的整体体验。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:12 +msgid "Enable it and understand a few concepts" +msgstr "启用它并了解一些概念" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The :doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>` must be " +"activated. Then, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> " +"Templates`. A view of the existing templates is shown." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:18 +msgid "" +"**It is highly recommended not to change the content in existing templates " +"unless the user has prior knowledge about placeholders.**" +msgstr "**强烈建议不要更改现有模板中的内容，除非用户事先了解占位符。**" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To add a new one, click on *Create* and choose the type of document this " +"template is used with. In the example below, the template would be sent to " +"job applicants." +msgstr "要添加一个新模板，请单击 *创建* ，然后选择使用该模板的文档类型。 在下面的示例中，模板将发送给求职者。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Under *Email Configuration*, fields such as *From*, *To (Emails)*, *To " +"(Partners)*, require placeholders. If the *From* field is not set, the " +"default value is the author’s email alias, if configured, or email address." +msgstr "" +"在 *电子邮件配置* 下，诸如 *发件人*，*收件人（电子邮件）* ，*收件人（合作伙伴）* 之类的字段需要占位符。 如果未设置 *发件人* " +"字段，则默认值为作者的电子邮件别名（如果已配置）或电子邮件地址。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Under *Advanced Settings*, if an *Outgoing Mail Server* is not set, the one " +"with the highest priority is used." +msgstr "在 *高级设置* 下，如果未设置 *外发邮件服务器* ，则优先使用最高级的服务器。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:34 +msgid "" +"The option *Auto Delete* permanently deletes the emails after they are sent," +" saving space in your database." +msgstr "*自动删除* 选项会在电子邮件发送后永久删除，从而节省了数据库的空间。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:37 +msgid "Writing content including placeholder expressions" +msgstr "写作内容包括占位符表达式" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Under the tab *Dynamic Placeholder Generator*, look for the *Field* you " +"would like to use." +msgstr "在 *动态占位符生成器* 选项卡下，找到您要使用的 *字段* 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Next, copy the *Placeholder Expression* and paste it in the *Body* of the " +"email, under the *Content* tab, using - essentially - the *Code View*." +msgstr "接下来，复制 *占位符表达式* 并将其粘贴到电子邮件的 *正文* 中 *内容*选项卡，使用 *代码视图* 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Deactivate the *Code View* option by simply clicking on it again, and easily" +" design the message. Click on *Preview* to check how the email looks before " +"sending it." +msgstr "只需再次单击即可停用 *代码视图* 选项，并轻松设计信息。 单击 *预览* ，在发送之前检查电子邮件的外观。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "概述" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:3 +msgid "Get Started with Discuss" +msgstr "如何开始使用讨论应用" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Discuss allows you to bring all of your company’s communication together " +"through messages, notes, and chat. Share information, projects, files, " +"prioritize tasks, and stay connected with colleagues and partners throughout" +" applications. Forge better relationships, increase productivity and " +"transparency by promoting a convenient way of communicating." +msgstr "" +"讨论应用可以通过信息，注释和聊天将公司的所有沟通联系在一起。 在整个应用程序中共享信息，项目，文件，确定任务的优先级，并与同事和合作伙伴保持联系。 " +"通过促进便捷的沟通方式，建立更好的关系，提高生产率和透明度。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:11 +msgid "Choose your notifications preference" +msgstr "选择您的通知首选项" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Access your *Preferences* and choose how you would like your notifications " +"to be handled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:21 +msgid "" +"By default, the field is set as *Handle by Emails* making messages, notes, " +"and notifications where you were mentioned or that you follow, to be sent " +"through email. By choosing *Handle in Odoo*, they are shown in the *Inbox*." +msgstr "" +"默认情况下，该字段设置为 *通过电子邮件处理* ，使您被提及或关注的消息，注释和通知通过电子邮件发送。 通过选择 *在Odoo中处理* ，它们将显示在 " +"*收件箱* 中。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:22 +msgid "Messages can then be *Marked as Todo*, *Replied*, or *Marked as Read*." +msgstr "然后可以将邮件 *标记为待办事项* ，*已回复* 或 *标记为已读* 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:28 +msgid "" +"The messages tagged as *Mark as Todo* are also shown in *Starred*, while the" +" ones *Marked as Read* are moved to *History*." +msgstr "信息选择为 *标记为待办事项* 的也会显示在 *星标* 中，而标记为 *标记为已读* 的信息将移至 *历史记录* 中。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:36 +msgid "Start Chatting" +msgstr "开始聊天" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:38 +msgid "" +"The first time you log in to your account, OdooBot sends you a message " +"asking for permission to receive desktop notifications to chats. If " +"accepted, you receive push notifications to the messages sent to you despite" +" of where you are in Odoo." +msgstr "" +"首次登录帐户时，OdooBot 会向您发送一条消息，询问您是否有权接收聊天的桌面通知。 " +"如果接受，则无论您在Odoo中的位置如何，您都会收到消息的推送通知。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To stop receiving desktop notifications, reset the notifications settings of" +" your browser." +msgstr "要停止接收桌面通知，请重置您的浏览器的通知设置。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:50 +msgid "" +"To start a chat, click on *New Message* on the *Messaging Menu*, or go to " +"*Discuss* and send a *Direct Message*." +msgstr "要开始聊天，请在 *消息菜单* 上单击 *新消息* ，或转到 *讨论* 并发送 *私聊信息*。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:58 +msgid "" +"You can also create :doc:`public and private channels <team_communication>`." +msgstr "您还可以创建:doc:`公共和私有渠道 <team_communication>`." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:61 +msgid "Mentions in the chat and on the Chatter" +msgstr "沟通栏中和聊天中的提及" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To mention a user within a chat or the chatter type *@user-name*; to refer " +"to a channel, type *#channel-name*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:66 +msgid "" +"A notification is sent to the user mentioned either to his *Inbox* or " +"through email, depending on his settings." +msgstr "通知会根据用户的设置发送到被提及用户的 *收件箱* 或电子邮件。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:73 +msgid "" +"When a user is mentioned, the search list (list of names) suggests values " +"first based on the task’s followers, and secondly on *Employees*. If the " +"record being searched does not match with either a follower or employee, the" +" scope of the search becomes all partners." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:78 +msgid "Chat status" +msgstr "聊天状态" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:80 +msgid "" +"It is helpful to see what colleagues are up to and how quickly they can " +"respond to messages by checking their *Status*. The status is shown on the " +"left side of a contact’s names on Discuss’ sidebar and on the *Messaging " +"menu*." +msgstr "" +"通过查看同事的 *状态* ，可以帮助了解他们在做什么，以及他们回复信息的速度有多快。 状态显示在 *讨论* 侧边栏和 *消息菜单* 上联系人姓名的左侧。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:84 +msgid "Green = online" +msgstr "绿色 = 在线" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:85 +msgid "Orange = away" +msgstr "橙色 = 闲置" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:86 +msgid "White = offline" +msgstr "白色 = 离线" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:87 +msgid "Airplane = out of the office" +msgstr "飞机图标 = 外出" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:65 +msgid ":doc:`team_communication`" +msgstr ":doc:`team_communication`" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:96 +msgid ":doc:`../advanced/email_servers`" +msgstr ":doc:`../advanced/email_servers`" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:3 +msgid "Get Organized by Planning Activities" +msgstr "通过计划活动进行组织" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you plan activities you minimize the risk of uncertainties, as you " +"provide clear directions for the course of your next action. In addition to " +"that, you do not leave space for wasteful activities and reduce the chance " +"of having overlapping actions between team members." +msgstr "" +"当你计划活动时，你将不确定性的风险降到最低，因为你为自己的下一步行动提供了明确的方向。除此之外，您没有为浪费留出时间，并且减少了团队成员之间重复操作的机会。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:10 +msgid "Where do I see my schedule activities?" +msgstr "在哪里可以查看我的日程安排？" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Access and manage your activities wherever you are in Odoo by the " +"*Activities* menu." +msgstr "通过 *活动* 菜单访问和管理您在Odoo中的任何活动。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:20 +msgid "Plan activities" +msgstr "安排活动" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Activities can be planned and managed from the chatter by clicking on " +"*Schedule activity*, or through Kanban views." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:31 +msgid "Set your activity types" +msgstr "设置你的活动类型" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:33 +msgid "" +"A number of activities types are available by default in Odoo (call, email, " +"meeting, etc.). However, you can set new ones going to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Activity types`." +msgstr "" +"默认情况下，Odoo中有许多活动类型（如电话，电子邮件，会议等）。 但是，您也可以在设置新的活动类型 :menuselection:`设置 --> " +"活动类型 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:42 +msgid "" +"If you need to create an activity type with an available calendar, make sure" +" to create it with an *Action to Perform* set as *Meeting*." +msgstr "如果您需要在你的日历创建一个活动类型，请确保使用 *要执行的操作* 设置为 *会议* 来创建活动类型。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:46 +msgid "Recommend next activities" +msgstr "推荐后续行动" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Odoo helps you to plan a flow of activities by allowing you to set " +"*Recommended Next Activities*." +msgstr "Odoo允许您设置 *推荐后续行动* ，从而帮助您计划活动流程。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Once the respective activity is completed, select *Done & Schedule Next* and" +" next steps are suggested to you." +msgstr "一旦相应的活动完成，选择 *已完成及计划下一个* ，下一步将向您建议。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:115 +msgid ":doc:`get_started`" +msgstr ":doc:`get_started`" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:3 +msgid "Efficiently Communicate Using Channels" +msgstr "使用频道进行有效通信" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You can use channels to organize discussions between individual teams, " +"departments, projects, or any other group that requires regular " +"communication. This way, you keep everyone in the loop updated with the " +"latest developments." +msgstr "您可以使用频道来组织各个团队，部门，项目或任何其他需要定期沟通的小组之间的讨论。 这样，您可以使每个人都了解最新的动态。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:10 +msgid "Public and Private channels" +msgstr "公共和私有频道" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:12 +msgid "" +"A *Public* channel can be seen by everyone, while a *Private* one is only " +"visible to users invited to it." +msgstr "*公共* 频道可以被所有人看到，而 *私有* 频道只能被邀请的用户能看到。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:21 +msgid "" +"A public channel is best used when many employees need to access information" +" (such as company announcements), whereas a private channel could be used " +"whenever information should be limited to specific groups (such as a " +"specific department)." +msgstr "当许多员工需要访问信息 (如公司公告) 时，最好使用公共通道，而当信息仅限于特定的组 (如特定的部门) 时，则可以使用私有频道。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:26 +msgid "Configuration options" +msgstr "配置选项" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:28 +msgid "" +"You can configure a channel’s name, description, email alias, and privacy by" +" clicking on the *Channel Settings* icon on the sidebar." +msgstr "你可以配置一个频道的名称，描述，电邮别名，和隐私，点击 *频道设置* 图标在侧边栏。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:36 +msgid "Privacy and Members" +msgstr "隐私和成员" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Changing *Who can follow the group’s activities?* allows you to control " +"which groups can have access to the channel. Note that allowing *Everyone* " +"to follow a private channel lets other users view and join it, as they would" +" a public one." +msgstr "" +"更改 *谁可以关注该群组的活动？* 您可以控制哪些群组可以访问该频道。 请注意，允许 *所有人* " +"跟随私有频道可让其他用户查看和加入该频道，就像公开频道一样。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:42 +msgid "" +"If you choose *Invited people only*, go to the *Members* tab to add your " +"members, or, go to Discuss’ main page, select the channel and click on " +"*Invite*." +msgstr "如果您选择 *仅限受邀人员* ，请转到 *成员* 标签以添加您的成员，或者进入讨论的主页，选择频道并单击 *邀请* 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:49 +msgid "" +"For *Selected group of users*, the option *Auto Subscribe Groups* " +"automatically add its members as followers. In other words, while " +"*Authorized Groups* limits which users can access the channel, *Auto " +"Subscribe Groups* automatically adds the user as a member as long as they " +"are part of the group." +msgstr "" +"对于 *选定的用户组* ，选项 *自动订阅群组* 会自动将其成员添加为关注者。 换句话说，尽管 *授权组* 限制了哪些用户可以访问频道，但 " +"*自动订阅群组* 会自动将用户添加为成员，只要他们是该组的一部分即可。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:55 +msgid "Use a channel as a mailing list" +msgstr "使用频道作为邮件列表" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Choosing to *Send messages by email* configures the channel to behave as a " +"mailing list." +msgstr "选择 *通过电子邮件发送消息* 将频道配置为邮件列表。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Enabling this option allows you to *Moderate this channel*, meaning that " +"messages will need to be approved before being sent." +msgstr "启用此选项可让您 *审核此频道* ，这意味着在发送消息之前需要得到批准。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Under the *Moderation* tab choose as many moderators as you need, and if you" +" would like them to receive an *Automatic notification*." +msgstr "在 *审核* 标签下，可根据你的需要选择多个版主，如果你想让他们收到一个 *自动通知* 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Mark *Send guidelines to new subscribers* to automatically send instructions" +" to newcomers." +msgstr "标记 *向新订阅者发送准则* ，以自动向新来者发送指令。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Moderators can: *Accept*, *Reject*, *Discard*, *Always Allow* or *Ban* " +"messages." +msgstr "版主可以选择： *接受* ， *拒绝* ， *丢弃* ， *总是允许* 或 *禁止* 消息发送。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Members of a mailing channel receive messages through email regardless of " +"their :doc:`notification preference <get_started>`." +msgstr "渠道的成员通过电子邮件接收信息，而不管他们的 :doc:`通知首选项偏好 <get_started>`." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Once a channel is moderated, the menu *Ban List* allows you to add email " +"addresses per moderated channel to auto-ban them from sending messages." +msgstr "一旦一个频道被调节，菜单 *禁止列表* 允许你在此节频道添加电子邮件地址来自动禁止他们发送消息。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:91 +msgid "Quick search bar" +msgstr "快速搜索栏" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Once at least 20 channels, direct message and live chat conversations (if " +"the module is installed on your database) are pinned in the sidebar, a " +"*Quick search…* bar is displayed. It is a clever way to filter conversations" +" and quickly find the one you need." +msgstr "" +"如果拥有至少20个频道、或私聊信息和实时聊天对话(如果模块安装在数据库中) 会固定在侧边栏中，显示一个 *快速搜索…* " +"栏。这是一个聪明的方式来过滤对话并迅速找到你所需要的。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:103 +msgid "Finding channels" +msgstr "查找频道" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:106 +msgid "" +"Click on *Channels* (on the sidebar), browse through the list of public " +"channels, and join or leave them from a single screen." +msgstr "点击 *频道* (在侧边栏)，浏览公共频道列表，可在同一个屏幕上加入或离开频道。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Apply filters criteria and save it for later use. The search function " +"accepts wildcards by using the underscore character *(_)* to represent a " +"single character." +msgstr "应用过滤条件并保存以备后用。 搜索功能通过使用下划线字符*（_）*来表示一个单独的字符。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:116 +msgid ":doc:`plan_activities`" +msgstr ":doc:`plan_activities`" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot.rst:4 +msgid "Internet of Things (IoT)" +msgstr "物联网 （IoT）" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config.rst:3 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "配置" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:3 +msgid "Connect an IoT Box to your database" +msgstr "将物联网盒子连接到你的数据库" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:5 +msgid "Install the Internet of Things (IoT) App on your Odoo Database." +msgstr "在你的 Odoo 数据库中安装物联网（IoT）应用" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:10 +msgid "Go in the IoT App and click on Connect on the IoT Boxes page." +msgstr "进入物联网应用并单击物联网盒子页面上的连接。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:15 +msgid "Follow the steps to connect your IoT Box." +msgstr "按步骤连接到你的物联网盒子。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:21 +msgid "Ethernet Connection" +msgstr "以太网连接" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Connect to the IoT Box all the devices that have to be connected with cables" +" (ethernet, usb devices, etc.)." +msgstr "将所有必须使用电缆连接的设备（如：以太网、USB 设备等）插入物联网盒子。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:26 +msgid "Power on the IoT Box." +msgstr "打开物联网盒子的电源" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Read the Pairing Code from a screen or a receipt printer connected to the " +"IoT Box." +msgstr "从连接到物联网盒子的屏幕或收据打印机中读取配对代码。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:32 +msgid "Input the Pairing Code and click on the Pair button." +msgstr "输入配对代码，然后单击配对按钮。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Recent changes in modern web browsers forced us to modify the connection " +"wizard. If your screen is different from the screenshots, make sure that the" +" ``iot_pairing`` module is installed." +msgstr "近来的网络浏览器的最新变化迫使我们修改连接向导。 如果您的屏幕与屏幕截图不同，请确保已安装 ``iot_pairing`` 模块。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:40 +msgid "WiFi Connection" +msgstr "WiFi 连接" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:42 +msgid "Power on the IoT Box" +msgstr "打开物联网盒子的电源" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:44 +msgid "Copy the token" +msgstr "复制令牌" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Connect to the IoT Box WiFi Network (make sure there is no ethernet cable " +"plugged in your computer)." +msgstr "连接到物联网盒子的WiFi网络 (确保你的电脑没有插入网线)。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:53 +msgid "" +"You will be redirected to the IoT Box Homepage (if it doesn't work, connect " +"to the IP address of the box). Give a name to your IoT Box (not required) " +"and paste the token, then click on next." +msgstr "" +"您需要返回物联网盒子的首页 (如果不能访问，请使用盒子的IP地址进行访问)。为您的物联网盒子设置名称(非必须) 并粘贴令牌，然后点击下一步。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:60 +msgid "" +"If you are on Runbot, do not forget to add the -all or -base in the token " +"(e.g. this token **http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-" +"f3f920.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401** should become " +"**http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-f3f920-all.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401**)." +msgstr "" +"如果您使用 Runbot, 不要忘记在复制令牌添加 -all 和 -base (例如这个令牌 **http://375228-saas-11-5" +"-iot-f3f920.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401** 应该为 **http://375228-saas-11-5" +"-iot-f3f920-all.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401**)。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Choose the WiFi network you want to connect with (enter the password if " +"there is one) and click on Submit. Wait a few seconds before being " +"redirected to your database." +msgstr "选择您要连接的WiFi 网络 (请输入网络密码) 然后点击提交。 等待一会自动跳转到您的数据库。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:72 +msgid "You should now see the IoT Box." +msgstr "您现在应该会看到物联网盒子了。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:78 +msgid "IoT Box Schema" +msgstr "图解物联网盒子" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:3 +msgid "Flashing your SD Card" +msgstr "烧写SD卡" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In some case, you may need to reflash your IoT Box’s SD Card to benefit from" +" our latest updates." +msgstr "在某些情况下，您可能需要重新刷新物联网盒子的 SD 卡，以便从我们的最新更新中获取新功能。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:9 +msgid "Upgrade from the IoT Box homepage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to the IoT Box homepage, click on *Update*, next to the version number. " +"If a new version of the IoT Box image is available, you will see a *Upgrade " +"to ___* button a the bottom of the page, the IoT Box will then flash itself " +"to the new version of the IoT Box. All of your configurations will be saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:18 +msgid "" +"This process can take more than 30 minutes. Do not turn off or unplug the " +"IoT Box as it would leave it in an inconsistent state." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:25 +msgid "Upgrade with Etcher" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Go to Balena’s website and download `Etcher <https://www.balena.io/>`__. " +"It’s a free and open-source utility used for burning image files. Install " +"and launch it. Download the latest image from `nightly " +"<http://nightly.odoo.com/master/iotbox/>`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Then, open *Etcher* and select *Flash from file*, find the image you just " +"downloaded. Insert the IoT Box SD card into your computer and select it. " +"Click on *Flash* and wait for the process to finish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:3 +msgid "Use the IoT Box for the PoS" +msgstr "将该物联网盒子用于PoS应用" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:9 +msgid "Prerequisites" +msgstr "先决条件" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:11 +msgid "Before starting, make sure you have the following:" +msgstr "在开始之前，确保您已做好 :" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:13 +msgid "An IoT Box, with its power adapter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:15 +msgid "A computer or tablet with an up-to-date web browser" +msgstr "一台带最新的Web浏览器的电脑或平板电脑。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:17 +msgid "" +"A running SaaS or Odoo instance with the Point of Sale and IoT apps " +"installed" +msgstr "安装有PoS和物联网应用的 SaaS 或 Odoo 实例" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:20 +msgid "A local network setup with DHCP (this is the default setting)" +msgstr "启用了DHCP服务 (这是默认设置) 的本地网络" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:22 +msgid "An RJ45 Ethernet Cable (optional, WiFi is built in)" +msgstr "RJ45以太网电缆（可选，内置WiFi）" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Any of the supported hardware (receipt printer, barcode scanner, cash " +"drawer, payment terminal, scale, customer display, etc.). The list of " +"supported hardware can be found on the `POS Hardware page " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/point-of-sale-hardware>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:30 +msgid "Set Up" +msgstr "设置" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To connect hardware to the PoS, the first step is to connect an IoT Box to " +"your database. For this, follow this :doc:`documentation <connect>`." +msgstr "" +"连接外设到PoS，第一步就是要把物联网盒子连接到您的数据库。 具体操作，参见 :doc:`documentation <connect>`." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:36 +msgid "Then, you have to connect the peripheral devices to your IoT Box." +msgstr "然后，您必须将外围设备连接到物联网盒子。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:38 +msgid "" +"**Printer**: Connect a supported receipt printer to a USB port or to the " +"network and power it on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:41 +msgid "" +"**Cash drawer**: The cash drawer should be connected to the printer with an " +"RJ25 cable." +msgstr " **钱箱** : 钱箱应连接用RJ25电缆连接打印机。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:44 +msgid "" +"**Barcode scanner**: Connect your barcode scanner. In order for your barcode" +" scanner to be compatible it must end barcodes with an Enter character " +"(keycode 28). This is most likely the default configuration of your barcode " +"scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:49 +msgid "**Scale**: Connect your scale and power it on." +msgstr " **电子磅秤** : 连接你的电子磅秤和接通电源。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:51 +msgid "" +"**Customer Display**: Connect a monitor to the IoT Box using an HDMI cable. " +"You can also access the Customer Display from any other computer by " +"accessing the IoT Box homepage and clicking on the *POS Display* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:56 +msgid "" +"**Payment terminal**: The connection process depends on the terminal, please" +" refer to the :doc:`payment terminals documentation " +"</applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Once it's done, you can connect the IoT Box to your PoS. For this, go in " +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> PoS`, tick *IoT Box* and" +" select the devices you want to use in this Point of Sale. Save the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:68 +msgid "Set up is done, you can launch a new PoS Session." +msgstr "设置完成后，您可以启动PoS会话。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:3 +msgid "Troubleshooting" +msgstr "故障排除" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:6 +msgid "IoT Box Connection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:9 +msgid "I can't find the pairing code to connect my IoT Box" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:11 +msgid "" +"The pairing code should be printed on receipt printers connected to the IoT " +"Box and should also be displayed on connected monitors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:14 +msgid "The pairing code doesn't show under the following circumstances:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:16 +msgid "The IoT Box is already connected to an Odoo database;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:18 +msgid "The IoT Box is not connected to the Internet;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The code is only valid for 5 minutes after the IoT Box has started. It's " +"automatically removed from connected displays when this delay has expired;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:23 +msgid "" +"The version of the IoT Box image is too old. It should use version 20.06 or " +"more recent. If your IoT Box image is from an earlier version, then you will" +" have to reflash the SD card of your IoT Box to update the image (see " +":doc:`Flashing your SD Card <flash_sdcard>`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:28 +msgid "" +"If you are not in any of the cases listed above, make sure that the IoT Box " +"has correctly started, by checking that a fixed green LED is showing next to" +" the micro-USB port." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:33 +msgid "I've connected my IoT Box but it's not showing in my database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:35 +msgid "" +"When you connect an IoT Box to a database, the IoT Box might restart, if " +"that is the case, it might take up to one minute before appearing in your " +"database. If after some time the IoT is still not showing, make sure that " +"your database can be reached from the IoT Box and that your server doesn't " +"use a multi-database environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:42 +msgid "My IoT Box is connected to my database, but cannot be reached" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Make sure that the IoT Box and the device running the browser are located on" +" the same network as the IoT Box cannot be reached from outside the local " +"network." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:49 +msgid "Printer" +msgstr "打印机" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:52 +msgid "My printer is not detected" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:54 +msgid "" +"If one of your printers doesn't show up in your devices list, go to the IoT " +"Box homepage and make sure that it is listed under *Printers*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:60 +msgid "" +"If your printer is not present on the IoT Box homepage, hit *Printers " +"Server*, go to the *Administration* tab and click on *Add Printer*. If you " +"can't find your printer in the list, it's probably not connected properly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:66 +msgid "My printer outputs random text" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:68 +msgid "" +"For most printers, the correct driver should be automatically detected and " +"selected. However, in some cases, the automatic detection mechanism might " +"not be enough, and if no driver is found the printer might print random " +"characters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:73 +msgid "" +"The solution is to manually select the corresponding driver. On the IoT Box " +"homepage, click on *Printers Server*, go to the *Printers* tab and select " +"the printer in the list. In the Administration dropdown, click on *Modify " +"Printer*. Follow the steps and select the Make and Model corresponding to " +"your printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Epson and Star receipt printers and Zebra label printers do not need a " +"driver to work. Make sure that no driver is selected for those printers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:88 +msgid "My Zebra Printer doesn't print anything" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Zebra printers are quite sensitive to the format of the ZPL code that is " +"printed. If nothing comes out of the printer or blank labels are printed, " +"try changing the format of the report that is sent to the printer by " +"accessing :menuselection:`Settings ~~> Technical ~~> Views` in developer " +"mode and look for the corresponding template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:97 +msgid "Barcode Scanner" +msgstr "条码扫描器" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:100 +msgid "The characters read by the barcode scanner don't match the barcode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:102 +msgid "" +"By default, we assume that your barcode scanner is configured in US QWERTY. " +"This is the default configuration of most barcode readers. If your barcode " +"scanner uses a different layout, please go to the form view of your device " +"and select the correct one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:108 +msgid "Nothing happens when a barcode is scanned" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Make sure that the correct device is selected in your Point of Sale " +"configuration and that your barcode is configured to send an ENTER character" +" (keycode 28) at the end of every barcode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:115 +msgid "The barcode scanner is detected as a keyboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Some poorly built barcode scanners do not advertise themselves as barcode " +"scanners but as a USB keyboard instead, and will not be recognized by the " +"IoT Box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:121 +msgid "" +"You can manually change the device type by going to its form view and " +"activating the *Is scanner* option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:128 +msgid "Cashdrawer" +msgstr "钱箱" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:131 +msgid "The cashdrawer does not open" +msgstr "钱箱无法打开" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The cashdrawer should be connected to the printer and the *Cashdrawer* " +"checkbox should be ticked in the POS configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices.rst:3 +msgid "Devices" +msgstr "设备" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Camera" +msgstr "连接相机" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When using your *IoT Box* in Odoo, you could need to use a camera. As it can" +" be done in a few steps, this device is really easy to configure. Then, you " +"can use it in your manufacturing process and link it to a control point. " +"Doing so will allow you to take pictures when you reach the chosen quality " +"control point." +msgstr "" +"当您在 Odoo 中使用 *物联网盒子* " +"时，可能需要使用摄像头。只需几个步骤即可完成此操作，因此配置起来非常简单。您可以在制造过程中使用它并将其连接到 *控制点* 。这样做可以在到达所选 " +"*质量控制点* 时启用拍照功能。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:10 +msgid "Connection" +msgstr "连接" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To connect the camera to the *IoT Box*, simply connect the two by cable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If your camera is a `*supported one* <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-" +"hardware>`__, there is no need to set up anything as it will be detected as " +"soon as it is connected." +msgstr "" +"如果您的相机在 `*支持的设备* <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-" +"hardware>`__中，则无需进行任何设置，因为连接之后，会自动检测到。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:25 +msgid "Link a Camera to a Quality Control Point" +msgstr "将相机连接到 *质量控制点*" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:34 +msgid "With the Manufacturing app" +msgstr "使用制造应用程式" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:30 +msgid "" +"In your *Quality app*, you can setup the device on a *Quality Control " +"Point*. Go to the *Control Points* menu, under *Quality Control* and open " +"the control point you want to link with the camera." +msgstr "" +"在 *品控应用程式* 中，您可以为 *质量控制点* 设置设备。打开 *质量控制* 下的 *控制点* 菜单，然后配置 *质量控制点* " +"连接的相机。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Now, you can edit the control point and select the device from the dropdown " +"list. Now, hit save." +msgstr "现在，您可以编辑 *控制点* 并从下拉列表中选择设备。然后点击保存。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Then, your camera can be used with the picked *Control Point*. During the " +"manufacturing process, reaching the *Quality Control Point* you chose before" +" will allow you to take a picture." +msgstr "然后，您的相机可以与选择的 *控制点* 一起使用。 在制造过程中，达到您之前选择的 *质量控制点* 即可拍照。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Footswitch" +msgstr "连接脚踏开关" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When working, it is always better to have your two hands available. Using " +"Odoo’s *IoT Box* and a footswitch will allow it." +msgstr "工作时，最好有保证您的双手都可用。使用 Odoo 的 *物联网盒子* 和脚踏开关是可以解放双手的。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In fact, you will be able to go from one screen to another and perform " +"actions by using your foot and the footswitch. Really convenient, it can be " +"configured in a few steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Connecting the footswitch to the *IoT Box* is easy, you just have to connect" +" the two by cable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:18 +msgid "" +"If your footswitch is a `supported one <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-" +"hardware>`__, there is no need to set up anything since it will be " +"automatically detected when connected." +msgstr "" +"如果您的脚踏开关在 `支持的设备 <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-" +"hardware>`__,中，无需进行任何设置，因为连接后会自动检测到。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:26 +msgid "Link a Footswitch to a Workcenter" +msgstr "连接脚踏开关到工作中心" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To link the footswitch to an action, it needs to be configured on a " +"workcenter. Go to the workcenter you want to use the footswitch in and add " +"the device in the *IoT Triggers* tab. Then, you can link it to an action and" +" also add a key to trigger it." +msgstr "" +"要将脚踏开关连接到操作，需要在工作中心配置好。转到要使用脚踏开关的工作中心，并在 *物联网触发器* " +"选项卡中添加设备。然后，您可以将其连接到动作，并添加一个键来触发它。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Note that the one that is first in the list will be chosen. So, the order " +"matters! In the picture above, using the footswitch will, for example, " +"automatically skip the current part of the process you work on." +msgstr "请注意，将选择列表中第一个。 因此，顺序很重要！ 例如在上图中，使用脚踏开关将自动跳过您正在处理的当前过程。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:41 +msgid "" +"When you are on the work order screen, a status button indicates if you are " +"correctly connected to the footswitch." +msgstr "当您在工单界面时，状态按钮指示您是否正确连接到脚踏开关。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Measurement Tool" +msgstr "连接测量工具" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With Odoo’s *IoT Box*, it is possible to connect measurement tools to your " +"database. Find the list of supported devices here: `Supported devices " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-hardware>`__,." +msgstr "" +"借助 Odoo 的 *物联网盒子* " +"，可以将测量工具连接到您的数据库。在此处查找支持的设备列表：\"支持的设备<https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-" +"hardware>`__。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:10 +msgid "Connect in USB" +msgstr "通过USB 连接" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To add a device connected by USB, just plug the USB cable in the *IoT Box*, " +"and the device should appear in your Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:19 +msgid "Connect in Bluetooth" +msgstr "蓝牙连接" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Activate the Bluetooth on your device (see your device manual for further " +"explanation) and the IoT Box will automatically try to connect to the " +"device." +msgstr "激活设备上的蓝牙（请参阅设备手册以进行下一步），物联网盒子将自动尝试连接到设备。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:25 +msgid "Here is an example of what it should look like:" +msgstr "这是它的示例：" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:31 +msgid "Link a measurement tool to a quality control point" +msgstr "将测量工具链接到 *质量控制点*" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:36 +msgid "" +"In your *Quality app*, you can setup a device on your *Quality Control " +"Points*. To do so, go to the *Control Points* menu, under *Quality Control* " +"and open the control point to which you want to assign a measurement tool." +msgstr "" +"在 *品控应用程式* 中，您可以为 *质量控制点* 配置设备。为此，请转到 *质量控制* 下的 *控制点* 菜单，然后为控制点分配测量工具。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Now, you can edit the control point and choose the device from the dropdown " +"list. Then, hit save." +msgstr "现在，您可以编辑 *控制点* 并从下拉列表中选择设备。点击保存即可。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Now, your measurement tool is linked to the chosen *Control Point*. The " +"value, which needs to be changed manually, will be automatically updated " +"while the tool is being used." +msgstr "现在，您的测量工具连接到所选的 *控制点* 。需要手动更改的数据将在使用该工具时自动更新。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Printer" +msgstr "连接打印机" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When using your *IoT Box* in Odoo, you could need to use a printer. Doing so" +" is easy and convenient as it can be done in a few steps. Then, you can use " +"it to print receipts, orders or even reports in different Odoo apps." +msgstr "" +"当您在 Odoo 中使用 *物联网盒子* 时，可能需要用到打印机。这很容易实现，只需几步即可完成。然后，您就可以使用它打印收据、订单，以及其它 Odoo" +" 应用中的报告。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:13 +msgid "" +"The IoT Box supports printers connected through USB, network or Bluetooth. " +"`Supported printers <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-hardware>`__ will be " +"detected automatically and will appear in the *Devices* list of your IoT " +"app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:18 +msgid "The printer can take up to two minutes to appear in your devices list." +msgstr "打印机最多可能需要两分钟才能显示在设备列表中。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:24 +msgid "Link the Printer" +msgstr "连接打印机" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:27 +msgid "To Work Orders" +msgstr "至工单" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:29 +msgid "" +"You can link *Work Orders* to printers via a *Quality Control Point* to " +"print labels for manufactured products." +msgstr "您可以通过 *质量控制点* 将 *工作订单* 连接到打印机，以打印制造产品的标签。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To do so, you need to create a *Quality Control Point* from the *Quality* " +"app. Then, you can select the correct manufacturing operation and the work " +"order operation. In type, choose *Print Label* and hit save." +msgstr "" +"为此，您需要从 *品控* 应用创建 *质量控制点* 。然后，您可以选择正确的制造操作和工序。在类型选项，选择 *打印标签* 并点击保存。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Now, each time you reach the quality control point for the chosen product, a" +" *Print Label* button will appear." +msgstr "现在，每次出现选择产品的 *质量控制点* 时，都会显示 *打印标签* 按钮。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:47 +msgid "To Reports" +msgstr "至报告" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:49 +msgid "" +"You can also link a type of report to a certain printer. In the *IoT* app, " +"go to the *Devices* menu and select the printer you want to set up." +msgstr "您可以将某类报表连接到特定的打印机。 在 *物联网* 应用中， 打开 *设备* 菜单然后选择您要设置的打印机。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:56 +msgid "Now, go to the *Printer Reports* tab." +msgstr "现在打开 *打印机报告* 选项卡。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Hit edit and then, click on *Add a line*. In the window that shows up, check" +" all the types of reports that should be linked to this printer. Click on " +"select and save." +msgstr "点击编辑，然后点击 *添加行* 。在显示的窗口中，检查要连接到此打印机的所有类型的报告。选中并保存。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Now, each time you click on *Print* in the control panel, instead of " +"downloading a PDF, it will send it to the selected printer and automatically" +" print it." +msgstr "现在，每次点击控制面板中的 *打印* 时，都会将其发送到选定的打印机并自动打印。而不是下载 PDF。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:73 +msgid "Print Receipts from the PoS" +msgstr "打印来自 PoS 的收据" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:75 +msgid "" +"You can link a printer to your *Point of Sale* app so you can print receipts" +" directly from your *PoS*." +msgstr "您可以将打印机连接到 *POS* 应用，然后就可以直接使用 *PoS* 来打印收据。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Doing so is really easy. Go to your *Point of Sale* app and open your *Point" +" of Sale* settings, under *Configuration*. There, click on *Edit* and check " +"the *IoT Box* feature. Then, choose your *Receipt Printer* from the " +"dropdown." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Now, you will be able to print different kinds of tickets from your *POS*: " +"**receipts**, **sale details** and **bills**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Receipts are printed once the order is validated. The process is automated " +"when you enable the feature in your *PoS* configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Sales details can be printed by clicking on the printer icon on the navbar " +"at the top of the *PoS*. It will print the details of the sales of the " +"current day." +msgstr "可以通过单击 *PoS* 页顶部导航栏上的打印机图标来打印销售详细信息。打印的是当天的销售详细信息。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:99 +msgid "" +"As for the bill, it is only available in restaurant mode. In your restaurant" +" settings, activate *Print Bills* and a *Bill* button will appear in the " +"left panel of the *PoS*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:107 +msgid "Print Orders in the kitchen" +msgstr "打印订单至厨房" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:109 +msgid "In restaurant mode, you can send order tickets to the kitchen." +msgstr "在餐厅模式下，您可以向厨房发送订单。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:111 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to the *PoS* app and open your *PoS* settings. Then, tick " +"*Order Printer*." +msgstr "完成之后到 *PoS* 应用，打开 *PoS* 设置页。 然后勾选 *订购打印机* 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Now, go to the *Printers* menu. Hit create, select the printer from the " +"dropdown and, in the *Printer Product Categories* field, choose all the " +"categories of products that should be printed on this printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:124 +msgid "" +"In the *PoS*, when you add or remove a product from one of the selected " +"categories, the button *Order* will be green. If you click on it, the IoT " +"Box will print a receipt on the corresponding printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Scale" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When using your **IoT Box** in Odoo, you could need to use a scale. Doing so" +" is easy and convenient as it can be done in a few steps. Then, you can use " +"it in your **Point of Sale app** to weigh your products, which is helpful if" +" their price are based on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:12 +msgid "To link the scale to the **IoT Box**, connect them with a cable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:15 +msgid "In some cases, a serial to USB adapter may be needed." +msgstr "在某些情况下，可能需要USB转串口适配器。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If your scale is `compatibale with Odoo IoT Box <https://www.odoo.com/page" +"/iot-hardware>`_, there is no need to set up anything because it will be " +"automatically detected as soon as it is connected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You may need to restart the box and download your scales’ drivers from the " +"box in some cases. To do so, go to the *IoT Box Home Page* and click on " +"*drivers list*. Then, click on load drivers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:32 +msgid "Use a Scale in Point of Sale" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To use the scale in your *Point of Sale* app, go to :menuselection:`Point of" +" Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, open the one you want to " +"configure, then click on *Edit* and enable the *IoT Box* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Now, choose the *IoT Box* in the dropdown menu and check the *Electronic " +"Scale* option. Then, you hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:49 +msgid "" +"The scale is now available in all your *PoS* sessions. Then, if a product " +"has a price per weight set, clicking on it on the *PoS* screen opens the " +"scale screen, where the cashier can weigh the product and add the correct " +"price to the cart." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:3 +msgid "Studio" +msgstr "在线开发工具" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts.rst:3 +msgid "Concepts" +msgstr "概念" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:3 +msgid "Understanding Automated Actions" +msgstr "了解自动操作" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:6 +msgid "" +"Automated actions are used to trigger actions. They are based on conditions " +"and happen on top of Odoo’s default business logic." +msgstr "自动操作用于触发操作。它们基于条件，并且发生在 Odoo 的默认业务逻辑上。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Examples of automated actions include: creating a next activity upon a " +"quote's confirmation; adding a user as a follower of a confirmed invoice if " +"its total is higher than a certain amount; or preventing a lead from " +"changing stage if a field is not filled in." +msgstr "" +"自动操作的示例包括：在报价确认后创建下一个活动;如果用户的总数高于一定金额，则将其添加为已确认发票的追随者;或在未填写字段时阻止潜在顾客更改阶段。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Let's understand how to properly define *when* an automated action runs and " +"*how* to create one:" +msgstr "让我们了解如何正确定义*when* 自动操作运行和*how* 创建一个：" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:18 +msgid "" +"The first step is to choose the :doc:`Model <understanding_general>` on " +"which the action is applied." +msgstr "第一步是选择:doc:`Model <understanding_general>` 应用操作。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:19 +msgid "" +"The **Trigger** field defines the event that causes the automated action to " +"happen:" +msgstr "**Trigger**字段定义导致自动操作发生的事件：" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:21 +msgid "" +"*On Creation*: when a new record is created. Note that the record is created" +" once saved for the first time." +msgstr "*On Creation*: 创建新记录时。请注意，记录是首次保存一次时创建的。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:23 +msgid "" +"*On Update*: when the record is updated. Note that the update happens once " +"the record is saved." +msgstr "*On Update*:更新记录时。请注意，更新在保存记录后发生。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:24 +msgid "" +"*On Creation & Update*: on the creation and/or on the update of a record " +"once the form is saved." +msgstr "*On Creation & Update*：在创建和/或更新记录后，窗体保存。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:25 +msgid "*On Deletion*: on the removal of a record under the condition set." +msgstr "*On Deletion*：在设置的条件下删除记录。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:26 +msgid "" +"*Based on Form Modification*: when the value of the specified *Trigger* " +"field is changed in the interface (user sees the changes before saving the " +"record). Note that this action can only be used with the *Execute Python " +"Code* action type." +msgstr "" +"*Based on Form Modification*：当指定 *Trigger* " +"字段的值在界面中更改时（用户在保存记录之前看到更改）。请注意，此操作只能与 *Execute Python Code* 操作类型一起使用。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:29 +msgid "" +"*Based on Timed Condition*: a delay happens after a specific date/time. Set " +"a *Delay after trigger date* if you need a delay to happen before the " +"*Trigger Date*. Example: to send a reminder 15min before a meeting. If the " +"date/time is not set on the form of the model chosen, the date/time " +"considered is the one of the creation/update of the record." +msgstr "" +"*Based on Timed Condition*：特定日期/时间之后发生延迟。如果需要在*Delay after trigger date* " +"触发日期后设置 *Trigger Date*。示例：在会议前 15 " +"分钟发送提醒。如果未在所选模型的形式上设置日期/时间，则所考虑的日期/时间是创建/更新记录的日期/时间。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:34 +msgid "For every Trigger option, **conditions** can be applied, such as:" +msgstr "对于每个触发器选项，**conditions**可以应用，例如：" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:36 +msgid "" +"*Before Update Domain*: if designated, this condition must be satisfied " +"before the record is updated." +msgstr "*Before Update Domain*：如果指定，在更新记录之前必须满足此条件。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:38 +msgid "" +"*Apply on*: if designated, this condition must be satisfied before executing" +" the action rule (*Action To Do*), and after the update." +msgstr "*Apply on*：如果指定，在执行操作规则 (*Action To Do*)之前和更新之后，必须满足此条件。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The **Active** option is to be turned off when the rule should be hidden and" +" not executed." +msgstr "**Active** 选项将在应隐藏且不执行规则时关闭。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Under **Action To Do** choose the type of server action that must be " +"executed once records meet the *Trigger* conditions:" +msgstr "在 **Action To Do**下，选择记录满足 *Trigger* 条件后必须执行的服务器操作类型：" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:45 +msgid "" +"*Execute Python Code*: a block of code is executed. A *Help* tab with the " +"variables that can be used is available." +msgstr "*Execute Python Code*:执行代码块。可用 *Help* 选项卡，包含可以使用的变量。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:47 +msgid "*Create New Record*: a new record with new values is created." +msgstr "*Create New Record*:将创建具有新值的新记录。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:48 +msgid "*Update a Record*: updates the record that triggered the action." +msgstr "*Update a Record*:更新触发操作的记录。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:49 +msgid "" +"*Execute several actions*: defines an action that triggers other server " +"actions." +msgstr "*Execute several actions*:定义触发其他服务器操作的操作。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:50 +msgid "" +"*Send Email*: an automatic :doc:`email " +"<../../discuss/advanced/email_template>` is sent." +msgstr "" +"*Send Email*:自动 :doc:`email <../../discuss/advanced/email_template>`发送。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:51 +msgid "*Add Followers*: followers are notified of changes in the task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:52 +msgid "" +"*Create Next Activity*: creates an activity such as: *Call*, *Email*, " +"*Reminder*." +msgstr "*Create Next Activity*: 创建活动，例如：*Call*, *Email*, *Reminder*." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:53 +msgid "" +"*Send SMS Text Message*: sends an :doc:`SMS " +"</applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:56 +msgid "Example" +msgstr "例子" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:58 +msgid "" +"This is the process of which the update of the *Email* field on the " +"Lead/Opportunity *Model*, with a *Trigger Condition* set to *On Update*, " +"goes through:" +msgstr "" +"这是潜在顾客/商机模型 *Model*上的*Email* 字段的更新过程，将*Trigger Condition* 设置为 *On " +"Update*，将经历：" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:65 +msgid "The user creates the record without an email address set." +msgstr "用户创建记录时没有设置电子邮件地址。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:66 +msgid "The user updates the record defining an email address." +msgstr "用户更新定义电子邮件地址的记录。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Once the change is saved, the automation checks if any of the *Watched " +"Fields* are being updated (for the example: field name *email_from* (Email)." +msgstr "保存更改后，自动化将检查是否更新了任何 *Watched Fields* （例如：字段名称 *email_from* (Email)。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:69 +msgid "" +"If true, it checks if the record matches the *Before Update Domain* (for the" +" example: *email is not set*)." +msgstr "如果为 true，它将检查记录是否与 *Before Update Domain* 匹配（例如： *email is not set*）。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:71 +msgid "" +"If true, it checks (*after the update*) whether the record matches the " +"*Apply on* domain (for the example: *email is set*)." +msgstr "" +"如果为 true，它将检查 (*after the update*)记录是否与*Apply on*域匹配（例如： *email is set*）。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:73 +msgid "If true, the chosen *Action To Do* is performed on the record." +msgstr "如果为 true，则对记录执行所选的 *Action To Do*。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:76 +msgid ":doc:`understanding_general`" +msgstr ":doc:`understanding_general`" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:77 +msgid ":doc:`../use_cases/automated_actions`" +msgstr ":doc:`../use_cases/automated_actions`" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:3 +msgid "Understanding General Concepts" +msgstr "了解一般概念" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Odoo Studio is a toolbox that allows you to add models or adapt " +"functionalities on top of Odoo’s standard behavior without coding knowledge." +" You can also create custom views and modify existing ones without having to" +" get into the XML code." +msgstr "" +"Odoo Studio 是一个工具箱，允许您在 Odoo " +"的标准行为上添加模型或调整功能，而无需编码知识。您还可以创建自定义视图并修改现有视图，而无需进入 XML 代码。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Even for experienced developers, typing out code requires time. By using " +"Odoo Studio, you can quickly get your models up and going and focus on the " +"crucial parts of your application. The result is a user-friendly solution " +"that makes customizations and designing new applications easy with or " +"without programming skills." +msgstr "" +"即使对于有经验的开发人员，键入代码也需要时间。通过使用 Odoo " +"Studio，您可以快速启动模型并专注于应用程序的关键部分。结果是用户友好的解决方案，使自定义和设计新应用程序容易有或没有编程技能。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:15 +msgid "Getting started" +msgstr "POS 入门" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:17 +msgid "" +"One you start using Odoo Studio, you automatically create a new *module* " +"that contains all your modifications. These modifications can be done on " +"existing screens (*views*), by adding new *fields* in existing applications," +" or by creating an entirely new *model*." +msgstr "" +"一个您开始使用 Odoo Studio，您会自动创建一个新的*module* ，其中包含您的所有修改。这些修改可以在现有屏幕上 " +"(*views*)完成，在现有应用程序中添加新的*fields* ，或者通过创建全新的*model*。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:22 +msgid "What is a Module?" +msgstr "什么是模块？" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:25 +msgid "" +"An Odoo **Module** can contain a number of elements, such as: business " +"objects (models), object views, data files, web controllers, and static web " +"data. An application is a collection of modules." +msgstr "" +"Odoo **Module** 可以包含许多元素，例如：业务对象(models)、对象视图、数据文件、Web 控制器和静态 Web " +"数据。应用程序是模块的集合。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:29 +msgid "" +"In object-oriented programming, models usually represent a concept from the " +"real world. Example: Odoo has models for Sales Orders, Users, Countries, " +"etc. If you were to build an application to manage Real Estate sales, a " +"model that represents the Properties for sale would probably be your first " +"step." +msgstr "" +"在面向对象的编程中，模型通常表示来自现实世界的概念。示例：Odoo " +"具有销售订单、用户、国家/地区等的模型。如果要构建一个应用程序来管理房地产销售，则表示要出售的房产的模型可能是您的第一步。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:38 +msgid "What is a Model (also called Object)?" +msgstr "什么是模型（也称为对象）？" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:40 +msgid "" +"A **Model** determines the logical structure of a database and fundamentally" +" determines in which manner data can be stored, organized, and manipulated. " +"In other words, a model is a table of information that can be bridged with " +"other tables." +msgstr "**Model**确定数据库的逻辑结构，从根本上确定数据的存储、组织和操作方式。换句话说，模型是可与其他表桥接的信息表。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:45 +msgid "What are Fields?" +msgstr "什么是字段？" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:47 +msgid "" +"**Fields** compose models. It is where a record (a piece of data) is " +"registered." +msgstr "**Fields**组成模型。这是记录（一段数据）的注册地。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Example: on the Real Estate application, fields on the Properties model " +"would include the price, address, a picture, a link to the current owner, " +"etc." +msgstr "示例：像在建房子的过程中一样，属性模型上的字段将包括价格、地址、图片、指向当前所有者的链接等。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:50 +msgid "" +"There are 2 main types of fields in Odoo: *basic (or scalar) fields* and " +"*relational fields*." +msgstr "Odoo 有 2 种主要类型的字段： *basic (or scalar) fields* 和 *relational fields*。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Basic fields represent simple values, like numbers or text. Relational " +"fields represent relations between models. So, if you have a model for " +"*Customers* and another one for *Properties*, you would use a relational " +"field to link each Property to its Customer." +msgstr "" +"基本字段表示简单值，如数字或文本。关系字段表示模型之间的关系。因此，如果您有 *Customers* 的模型，以及 *Properties* " +"的模型，则将使用关系字段将每个属性链接到其客户。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:56 +msgid "Relational Fields in detail" +msgstr "详细关系字段" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:59 +msgid "" +"**Relational Fields** provide the option to link the data of one model with " +"the data of another model." +msgstr "**Relational Fields** 提供将一个模型的数据与另一个模型的数据链接的选项。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:60 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, relational field types are: *One2many*, *Many2one*, *Many2many*." +msgstr "在 Odoo 中，关系字段类型包括：*One2many*, *Many2one*, *Many2many*." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:66 +msgid "" +"An **One2many** field is a *one-way* direction of selecting *multiple* " +"records from a table." +msgstr "**One2many**字段是从表中选择 *multiple* 记录 *one-way* 方向。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Example: a Sales Order can contain multiple Sales Order Lines, which also " +"contain multiple fields of information." +msgstr "示例：销售订单可以包含多个销售订单行，其中也包含多个信息字段。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:69 +msgid "" +"A **Many2one** field is a *one-way* direction of selecting *one* record from" +" a table." +msgstr "**Many2one** 字段是从表中选择 *one* 记录 *one-way* 方向。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Example: you can have many product categories, but each product can only " +"belong to one category." +msgstr "示例：您可以有许多产品类别，但每个产品只能属于一个类别。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:71 +msgid "" +"A **Many2many** field is a *two-way* direction of selecting records from a " +"table." +msgstr "**Many2many** 字段是从表中选择记录的 *two-way* 方向。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:72 +msgid "Example: multiple tags can be added to a lead’s form." +msgstr "示例：可以向潜在顾客的窗体添加多个标记。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:75 +msgid "An *One2many* field must have a *Many2one* related to it." +msgstr "*One2many* 字段必须具有与它相关的*Many2one*。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:78 +msgid "What are Views?" +msgstr "什么是视图？" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:80 +msgid "" +"**Views** define how records are displayed. They are specified in XML which " +"means that they can be edited independently from the models that they " +"represent. There are various types of views in Odoo, and each of them " +"represents a mode of visualization. Some examples are: *form*, *list*, " +"*kanban*." +msgstr "" +"**Views**定义记录的显示方式。它们在 XML 中指定，这意味着它们可以独立于它们表示的模型进行编辑。Odoo " +"中有各种类型的视图，每种视图都表示可视化模式。一些例子是：*form*, *list*, *kanban*。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:85 +msgid "What is a Menu?" +msgstr "什么是菜单？" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:87 +msgid "" +"A **Menu** is a button that executes and action. In Odoo Studio, to create " +"menus (models) and rearrange their hierarchy, click on *Edit Menu*." +msgstr "" +"**Menu** 是执行和操作的按钮。在 Odoo Studio 中，要创建菜单（模型）并重新排列其层次结构，请单击*Edit Menu*。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:95 +msgid "`Studio Basics <https://www.odoo.com/fr_FR/slides/studio-31>`_" +msgstr "`Studio Basics <https://www.odoo.com/fr_FR/slides/studio-31>`_" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to.rst:3 +msgid "How To" +msgstr "如何" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/export_import.rst:3 +msgid "Export and Import Modules" +msgstr "导出和导入模块" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/export_import.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you do customizations in Odoo Studio, a new module is created in your " +"database, making it easy to use Studio for prototyping." +msgstr "在 Odoo Studio 中进行自定义时，在数据库中创建一个新模块，以便于使用 Studio 进行原型设计。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/export_import.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To export these customizations, activate Studio on the main dashboard and, " +"under the menu *Customizations*, click on *Export*. The default filename is " +"*customizations.zip*." +msgstr "" +"要导出这些自定义项，请激活主仪表板上的 " +"Studio，并在菜单*Customizations*下单击*Export*。默认文件名为*customizations.zip*。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/export_import.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The module created contains the definition of custom models and fields, as " +"well as the UI elements of any customization in an XML format." +msgstr "创建的模块包含自定义模型和字段的定义，以及 XML 格式的任何自定义的 UI 元素。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/export_import.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To import and install the customizations in another instance, connect to the" +" destination database, activate Studio and, under *Customizations*, click on" +" *Import*." +msgstr "若要在另一实例中导入和安装自定义项，请连接到目标数据库，激活 Studio，并在 *Customizations*下单击*Import*。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/export_import.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Studio does not know which apps are customized (because the same view can be" +" modified on different apps), therefore, it *does not* add the underlying " +"modules as dependencies of the exported module. In other words, the " +"applications installed on the source database should be installed on the " +"destination database." +msgstr "" +"Studio 不知道自定义了哪些应用（因为可以在不同应用中修改相同的视图），因此，它*does not* " +"将基础模块添加为导出模块的依赖项。换句话说，源数据库上安装的应用程序应安装在目标数据库上。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:3 +msgid "Customizing the Rainbow Man" +msgstr "定制彩虹人" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The Rainbow Man in Odoo is an animation shown once the user completes " +"certain tasks and clicks on certain buttons. It is a way to make the " +"software fun to use, and rewarding, for employees." +msgstr "Odoo 中的彩虹人是一个动画显示一旦用户完成某些任务并点击某些按钮。这是一种让软件变得有趣的方式，为员工带来回报。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:13 +msgid "" +"On most buttons in Odoo, such as *Send by Email*, *Confirm* or *Cancel*, " +"once they are selected in Studio, under their *Properties*, the *Rainbow " +"Man* effect can be applied." +msgstr "" +"在 Odoo 中的大多数按钮上，例如 *Send by Email*、*Confirm* 或 *Cancel*，一旦在 Studio " +"中选择了它们，在它们 *Properties* 下，就可以应用*Rainbow Man*效果。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:14 +msgid "By default, the feature is active:" +msgstr "默认情况下，该功能处于活动状态：" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:16 +msgid "when opportunities are marked as won;" +msgstr "当机会被标记为获胜时;" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:17 +msgid "when users empty their inboxes;" +msgstr "当用户清空收件箱时;" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:18 +msgid "when the user finishes a tour;" +msgstr "当用户完成游览时;" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:19 +msgid "when the user finishes doing reconciliations." +msgstr "当用户完成对帐时。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:3 +msgid "Customizing Reports" +msgstr "自定义报表" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses HTML and CSS technologies to create reports. HTML is a markup " +"language that uses tags, also called elements. It is the core of any webpage" +" because it provides its basic structure. CSS interacts with HTML elements " +"to add style to the page, establishing how the HTML is shown to the user. " +"Odoo’s reports also use Bootstrap’s grid layout, which is the containers, " +"rows, and columns to align content, and support Odoo's website themes." +msgstr "" +"Odoo 使用 HTML 和 CSS 技术创建报表。HTML 是一种使用标记（也称为元素）的标记语言。它是任何网页的核心，因为它提供了其基本结构。CSS" +" 与 HTML 元素交互，以向页面添加样式，从而确定向用户显示 HTML 的方式。Odoo 的报告还使用 Bootstrap " +"的网格布局，即容器、行和列来对齐内容，并支持 Odoo 的网站主题。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:11 +msgid "" +"When creating a new report, choose the purpose of it and if you would like " +"the report to include header and footer (company logo, name, address, phone," +" email address, etc.)." +msgstr "创建新报表时，请选择其用途，如果希望报表包含页眉和页脚（公司徽标、名称、地址、电话、电子邮件地址等）。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Under the tab **Add**, you find the fields to be dragged and dropped to the " +"view. *Fields*, *Data tables*, *Subtotal & Total*, and *Address Book* are " +"dynamic elements (meaning that they need a :doc:`one2many or a many2many " +"<../concepts/understanding_general>` related object). *Text*, *Title Block*," +" *Image*, and *Text in Cell* are static elements." +msgstr "" +"在选项卡**Add**下，您可以找到要拖动的字段并将其拖到视图中。*Fields*, *Data tables*, *Subtotal & " +"Total*, 和 *Address Book*是动态元素 (这意味着他们需要一个 :doc:`one2many or a many2many " +"<../concepts/understanding_general>`相关对象)。 *Text*, *Title Block*, " +"*Image*,和*Text in Cell*是静态元素。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Once the element is added to the view, select it to see its **Options**. The" +" first section shows the hierarchy of the selected object and its " +"properties, allowing you to individually edit them. Fields with related " +"objects have their directives shown on *Field Expression*." +msgstr "" +"将元素添加到视图中后，选择它以查看其**Options**。第一部分显示所选对象的层次结构及其属性，允许您单独编辑它们。具有相关对象的字段的指令显示在*Field" +" Expression*。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Under **Visible if**, define the rule(s) to set visibility conditions to " +"fields." +msgstr "在 **Visible if**下，定义规则以将可见性条件设置为字段。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Example: if choosing to display a product image, you could set a visibility " +"rule to only display the ones that are *set* in the product form, avoiding " +"having a plain icon when they are not set." +msgstr "示例：如果选择显示产品图像，可以设置可见性规则，以便仅在产品窗体中显示*set* 的图标，避免在未设置时具有纯图标。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:40 +msgid "" +"**Visible for** is used to set which :doc:`groups " +"</applications/general/odoo_basics/users>` can have access to specific " +"elements in the report. **Limit visibility to groups**, under *Report*, sets" +" the visibility of the report to specifics groups, meaning that users " +"belonging to other groups do not see the same final document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Under the **Report** tab, name your report, choose the paper format, and if " +"the report should be added to the *Print* menu list on its respective " +"document form." +msgstr "在 **Report**选项卡下，命名报表，选择纸张格式，以及报告是否应添加到相应文档窗体上的 *Print* 菜单列表中。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:53 +msgid "" +"If activating the :doc:`Developer mode " +"</applications/general/developer_mode/activate>`, additional fields such as " +"*Class* under *Options*, and *Reload from attachment* under *Report*, become" +" visible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:56 +msgid "" +"*Class*: add custom CSS classes to the selected element (e.g. Bootstrap " +"classes such as *text-danger*)." +msgstr "" +"*Class*: 将自定义 CSS 类添加到所选元素 (e.g. Bootstrap classes such as *text-danger*)." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:59 +msgid "" +"*Reload from attachment*: saves the report as an attachment of the document " +"when printed. When the report is reprinted, it re-downloads that attachment " +"instead of re-printing it. This means that if the underlying record (e.g. " +"Invoice) changes when compared to the first impression, the report does not " +"reflect the changes because they were done after the attachment was created." +" This is typically useful for reports linked to documents that should not " +"change, such as Invoices." +msgstr "" +"*Reload from attachment*: " +"打印时将报表保存为文档的附件。重印报表时，它会重新下载该附件，而不是重新打印。这意味着，如果基础记录（例如发票）与第一次展示结果相比发生更改，则报表不会反映更改，因为它们是在创建附件后完成的。这通常适用于链接到不应更改的文档（如发票）的报表。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Actions in Odoo Studio can be undone until you *Close* the toolbox. Once you" +" have closed Studio, changes can not be undone anymore." +msgstr "在您关闭工具箱之前，可以撤消 Odoo 工作室中的操作。 *Close* Studio 后，不能再撤消更改。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases.rst:3 +msgid "Use Cases" +msgstr "案例" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Use Cases: Automated Actions" +msgstr "高级用例：自动操作" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 1: when a Belgian lead is created, a 3-stars priority should" +" be automatically applied.**" +msgstr "" +"**Case scenario 1: when a Belgian lead is created, a 3-stars priority should" +" be automatically applied.**" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:8 +msgid "Under *Automations*, click on *Create* and set the following rules:" +msgstr "在 *Automations*下，单击 *Create* 并设置以下规则：" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:10 +msgid "*Model*: Lead/Opportunity" +msgstr "*Model*: 潜在顾客/机会" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:11 +msgid "*Active*: On" +msgstr "*Active*: On" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:12 +msgid "*Trigger*: On Creation & Update" +msgstr "*Trigger*: 在创建和更新" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:13 +msgid "*Apply on*: Country > Country Name = Belgium" +msgstr "*Apply on*: 国家 > 国家名称 = 比利时" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:53 +msgid "*Action To Do*: Update the Record" +msgstr "*Action To Do*: 更新记录" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:15 +msgid "*Data to Write*: Lead/Opportunity > Value > 3" +msgstr "*Data to Write*:潜在顾客/机会 > 价值 > 3" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Check :doc:`this doc <filters_status_bar>` in order to have another " +"automated action example." +msgstr "检查 :doc:`this doc <filters_status_bar>` 以便有另一个自动操作示例。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:25 +msgid ":doc:`../concepts/understanding_automated_actions`" +msgstr ":doc:`../concepts/understanding_automated_actions`" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/views.rst:28 +msgid ":doc:`../concepts/understanding_general`" +msgstr ":doc:`../concepts/understanding_general`" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Use Cases: Filters and Status Bar" +msgstr "高级用例：筛选器和状态栏" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 1: on Sales, set a filter on Belgian customers and define it" +" as the default one (the user should still be able to unset the filter).**" +msgstr "" +"**Case scenario 1: on Sales, set a filter on Belgian customers and define it" +" as the default one (the user should still be able to unset the filter).**" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:8 +msgid "" +"On your customer’s page, use *Filters* > *Add Custom Filter* to group " +"customers by country. Now, under *Favorites*, *Save Current Search* enabling" +" *Use by default* and *Save*." +msgstr "" +"在客户页面上，使用*Filters* > *Add Custom Filter*按国家/地区对客户进行分组。现在，*Favorites*下， *Save" +" Current Search*使 *Use by default* 和 *Save*." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:15 +msgid "" +"On *Filter Rules* in Studio mode, select the respective filter and enable " +"*Default Filter*." +msgstr "在 在 Studio 模式下的 *Filter Rules*上，选择相应的筛选器并启用 *Default Filter*。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:21 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 2: add a status bar on the product form to manage its life " +"cycle. Set the values: ‘Prototype’, ‘In use’ and ‘Deprecated’. By default, " +"the Kanban view must be grouped by status.**" +msgstr "" +"**Case scenario 2: add a status bar on the product form to manage its life " +"cycle. Set the values: ‘Prototype’, ‘In use’ and ‘Deprecated’. By default, " +"the Kanban view must be grouped by status.**" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:26 +msgid "" +"On your product form, *Add a pipeline status bar* and name its values. " +"Status bars are *selection* fields that give you the ability to follow a " +"specific flow. They are useful to show you the progress that has been made." +msgstr "" +"在产品窗体上，*Add a pipeline status bar*并命名其值。状态栏是 *selection* " +"字段，使您可以跟踪特定流。它们有助于向您展示已取得的进展。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:28 +msgid "" +"On the *Views* menu, access *Kanban* and, under its *View* options, set the " +"*Default Group by* as *Pipeline status bar*." +msgstr "" +"在 *Views* 菜单上，访问 *Kanban*，并在其 *View* 选项下将 *Default Group by* 设置为 " +"*Pipeline status bar*。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Now, open your product form and set the right status for that product. As " +"you move products throughout stages (also through the product’s form), " +"stages are shown in the Kanban view." +msgstr "现在，打开您的产品表单，并设置该产品正确的状态。当您在整个阶段（也通过产品的形式）移动产品时，看板视图中将显示阶段。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To make modifications in the pipeline status bar, for example, remember to " +"go back to *Form View*." +msgstr "例如，若要修改管道状态栏，请记住返回*Form View*。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:44 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 2.a: when a product goes from ‘In use’ to ‘Deprecate’, set " +"its cost to 0€.**" +msgstr "" +"**Case scenario 2.a: when a product goes from ‘In use’ to ‘Deprecate’, set " +"its cost to 0€.**" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Create an :doc:`automated action " +"<../concepts/understanding_automated_actions>` with the selected values:" +msgstr "" +"创建 :doc:`automated action <../concepts/understanding_automated_actions>` " +"与所选值：" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:49 +msgid "*Model*: Product Template" +msgstr "*Model*: 产品模板" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:50 +msgid "*Trigger*: On Update" +msgstr "*Trigger*: 更新时" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:51 +msgid "*First Domain*: Pipeline status bar = In use" +msgstr "*First Domain*:管道状态栏 = 正在使用中" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:52 +msgid "*Second Domain*: Pipeline status bar = Deprecated" +msgstr "*Second Domain*: 管道状态栏 = 已弃用" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:54 +msgid "*Data to Write*: Cost (Product Template) > Value > 0" +msgstr "*Data to Write*: 成本（产品模板） >价值 > 0" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Use Cases: Creating Models and Adding Fields" +msgstr "高级用例：创建模型和添加字段" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 1: on the leads’ form, if the chosen country is France, show" +" a field 'Pay by check?'**" +msgstr "高级用例：创建模型和添加字段" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:8 +msgid "" +"On your leads’ form, add a *Related Field* to *Country > Country Name*." +msgstr "在你的线索的表格上，添加 *Related Field* 到 *Country > Country Name*." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Now, add a *Checkbox* field and define its invisibility options as *Country*" +" (carefully select the one just created) *> is not = > France.*" +msgstr "" +"现在，添加一个 *Checkbox* 字段并将其隐身选项定义为 *Country* （仔细选择刚刚创建的字段）*> is not = > " +"France.*" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:11 +msgid "You can now hide the related field created (*Country*) if you wish." +msgstr "如果您愿意，现在可以隐藏创建的相关字段 (*Country*)。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Another approach is to use the country’s ID. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Contacts --> Configuration --> Countries`, select France " +"(for example), and on the URL check its *ID*." +msgstr "" +"另一种方法就是使用该国的 ID。为此，请转到 ：菜单选择：`Contacts --> Configuration --> " +"Countries`,选择法国（例如），并在 URL 上检查其 *ID*。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:21 +msgid "" +"The related field invisibility path should now be *Country* (carefully " +"select the one just created) *> is not = > 75*." +msgstr "相关的字段隐身路径现在应为 *Country*（仔细选择刚刚创建的字段）*> is not = > 75*." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:22 +msgid "Again, hide the related field with the country’s ID if you prefer." +msgstr "同样，如果您愿意，请使用国家/地区 ID 隐藏相关字段。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:28 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 2: create a model called 'Properties' and add fields called:" +" company, value, name, address, active, image.**" +msgstr "" +"**Case scenario 2: create a model called 'Properties' and add fields called:" +" company, value, name, address, active, image.**" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:31 +msgid "" +"From the dashboard, (optionally) start a new module. Then, click on *Edit " +"Menu* and start a *New Menu* (model). Set your menu name and *Confirm*. Now," +" on its form, drag & drop the necessary fields." +msgstr "" +"从仪表板（可选）启动新模块。然后，单击 *Edit Menu* and start a *New Menu* (model). 设置菜单名称和 " +"*Confirm*.现在，在其窗体上，拖放必要的字段。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:39 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 2.a: now, you would like to have a model called 'Regions' to" +" which each property must be linked. And, on 'Regions', you would like to " +"see the properties for each region.**" +msgstr "" +"**Case scenario 2.a: now, you would like to have a model called 'Regions' to" +" which each property must be linked. And, on 'Regions', you would like to " +"see the properties for each region.**" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Go to *Edit Menu > New Menu* and create your menu, calling it *Regions*. Add" +" the necessary fields on its form by dragging & dropping them." +msgstr "转到*Edit Menu > New Menu*并创建菜单，称之为 *Regions*。通过拖放和删除窗体上添加必要的字段。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Now, in the form view of *Properties*, add a *Many2one* field with a " +"relation to your model *Region*." +msgstr "现在，在 *Properties* 窗体视图中，添加一个*Many2one* 字段，该字段与模型 *Region*相关。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:48 +msgid "" +"The *Existing Fields* are the ones that are on the current model but not yet" +" in the view." +msgstr "*Existing Fields* 是当前模型上但尚未在视图中的字段。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Now, go to the model *Regions*, select the form view, and add a status " +"button selecting *Regions (Properties)* as your relational field." +msgstr "现在，转到模型 *Regions*，选择窗体视图，并添加一个状态按钮，选择 *Regions (Properties)*作为关系字段。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:62 +msgid "" +"*Status buttons* are computed fields, meaning that they count the numbers of" +" records on the related model, and allow you to access them." +msgstr "*Status buttons* 是计算字段，这意味着它们计算相关模型上的记录数，并允许您访问它们。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:69 +msgid "" +"When searching for relations, click on *Search more* and filter it by " +"*Custom*. This way you avoid creating duplicates." +msgstr "搜索关系时，单击 *Search more*并按*Custom* 筛选它。这样，您就避免了创建重复项。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:76 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 2.b: in the model 'Properties', show all the tags as " +"checkboxes instead of tags.**" +msgstr "" +"**Case scenario 2.b: in the model 'Properties', show all the tags as " +"checkboxes instead of tags.**" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Once the field *Tags* is added to the form, select it and, under its " +"*Properties > Widgets*, choose *Checkboxes*." +msgstr "将字段 *Tags* 添加到窗体后，选择它，下其 *Properties > Widgets*，选择*Checkboxes*。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:85 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 3: on the leads’ form, add a selection field with the " +"values:'Tags' & 'List' & 'Checkboxes'. According to the value of the field, " +"show tags as many2many_tags, many2many_radio, or many2many(_list).**" +msgstr "" +"**Case scenario 3: on the leads’ form, add a selection field with the " +"values:'Tags' & 'List' & 'Checkboxes'. According to the value of the field, " +"show tags as many2many_tags, many2many_radio, or many2many(_list).**" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:89 +msgid "" +"In your form view, add a *Tags* field and relate it to *Partners Tag*. Under" +" *Properties*, define its *Widget* as *Many2many*. Do the same process " +"another 2 times for *Checkboxes* and *Tags*." +msgstr "" +"在表单视图中，添加*Tags* 字段并将其与 *Partners Tag*.关联。在 *Properties* 下，将其*Widget* 定义为 " +"*Many2many* 。对*Checkboxes* 和 *Tags*再执行 2 次相同的过程。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:96 +msgid "Now, add a *Selection* field and the necessary values." +msgstr "现在，添加 *Selection* 字段和必要的值。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Continue by selecting your *Tags* fields, one by one, to set their " +"*Invisible* options according to their *Widget*. In the example below, the " +"invisibility rule for the *Partner Tags* is set as: *Select Tag type > is " +"not = > Tags.*" +msgstr "" +"继续选择您的 *Tags* 字段，一个一个，以设置其*Invisible* 选项根据其 *Widget*。在下面的示例中， *Partner Tags*" +" 的隐身规则设置为： *Select Tag type > is not = > Tags.*" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:105 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 4: on a quotation’s form, add a selection field called " +"'Manager Validation' with the values: ‘Accepted’ and ‘Refused’. Only a sales" +" manager can see it, and the field should be set as mandatory if the untaxed" +" amount is higher than 500€.**" +msgstr "" +"**Case scenario 4: on a quotation’s form, add a selection field called " +"'Manager Validation' with the values: ‘Accepted’ and ‘Refused’. Only a sales" +" manager can see it, and the field should be set as mandatory if the untaxed" +" amount is higher than 500€.**" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:109 +msgid "" +"On your quotation form, add a *Selection* field with the values *Accepted* " +"and *Refused*. Set its *Required* condition as *Untaxed Amount > 500* and " +"the *Limit visibility to groups* as *Sales / Administrator* or managers." +msgstr "" +"在报价单上添加一个*Selection* 字段，该字段的值为*Accepted*和*Refused*。将其 *Required*条件设置为 " +"*Untaxed Amount > 500*和 *Limit visibility to groups*作为 *Sales / " +"Administrator*或经理的可见性。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:117 +msgid "**Case scenario 5: change the tooltip of a field for all views.**" +msgstr "**Case scenario 5: change the tooltip of a field for all views.**" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Activate the :doc:`Developer mode " +"</applications/general/developer_mode/activate>` and open Studio." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Select the necessary field and, under *Properties*, click on *More* to write" +" your tooltip message on *Field Help*. The tooltip message is the " +"explanatory message shown when the user hovers the field. The message here " +"written is displayed on all views forms where the field is added." +msgstr "" +"选择必要的字段，并在*Properties* 下单击*More*在 *Field " +"Help*上书写工具提示消息。工具提示消息是用户悬停字段时显示的解释性消息。此处写入的消息将显示在添加字段的所有视图窗体上。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:129 +msgid "" +"The *Field Help* message can only be applied to *new* fields. If you would " +"like to change/apply a tooltip for a specific field, use the *Help Tooltip* " +"option under *Properties*." +msgstr "" +"*Field Help* 消息只能应用于 *new* 字段。如果要更改/应用特定字段的工具提示，请使用 *Properties*下的 *Help " +"Tooltip* 选项。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/views.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Use Cases: Views" +msgstr "高级用例：视图" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/views.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 1: in Sales, show orders in a Kanban View instead of a List " +"View.**" +msgstr "" +"**Case scenario 1: in Sales, show orders in a Kanban View instead of a List " +"View.**" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/views.rst:7 +msgid "" +"From the Sales page, access Studio and, under *Views*, set the *Kanban* " +"option as the default one." +msgstr "在销售页中，访问 Studio，并在 *Views*下将*Kanban* 选项设置为默认选项。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/views.rst:14 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 2: allow for the list of leads to be edited inline without " +"having to switch to the form view.**" +msgstr "" +"**Case scenario 2: allow for the list of leads to be edited inline without " +"having to switch to the form view.**" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/views.rst:19 +msgid "" +"On the *List View*, under *View* > *Editable*, choose between *New record on" +" top* or *New record at the bottom*. This way, besides defining the order in" +" which new records are displayed in the view, you are able to edit them." +msgstr "" +"在*List View*下 *View*> *Editable*，在 *New record on top*或 *New record at the " +"bottom*之间进行选择。这样，除了定义新记录的显示顺序外，您还可以编辑它们。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/views.rst:21 +msgid "" +"If the field is left blank, no editing is possible and records are shown " +"based on your column preferences on the lead's page (front-end)." +msgstr "如果该字段留空，则无法进行编辑，并且根据潜在顾客页面上的列首选项（前端）显示记录。" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/project.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/project.po deleted file mode 100644 index c7ea06847..000000000 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/project.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,153 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# Mandy Choy <mnc@odoo.com>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Mandy Choy <mnc@odoo.com>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: zh_CN\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" - -#: ../../project.rst:5 -msgid "Project" -msgstr "项目" - -#: ../../project/planning.rst:3 -msgid "Planning" -msgstr "排期" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:3 -msgid "Forecast Resources Across Projects" -msgstr "跨项目的预测资源" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Allocate the needed time for specific tasks under a planned shift. Once that" -" is done, analyse Key Performance Indicators (KPIs), so you can evaluate " -"your employees’ performance and workload, besides the progress of your " -"projects/tasks when comparing the planned and effective hours." -msgstr "" -"在计划的轮班中为特定任务分配所需的时间。 " -"完成后，分析关键绩效指标（KPI），以便在比较计划时间和有效时间时，除了评估项目/任务的进度之外，还可以评估员工的绩效和工作量。" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:10 -msgid "Allocate times under shifts" -msgstr "轮班时间分配" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:12 -msgid "" -"When planning a shift, in the *Planning* application, create a project and a" -" task on the fly, or simply select the one you want." -msgstr "计划轮班时，在 *排期* 应用程序中，快速创建一个项目和一个任务，或者只是选择您想要的一个。" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:20 -msgid "" -"*Allocated Time (%)* allows you to define the percentage of time you would " -"like your employee to work on that specific task during his shift. See that " -"information in hours on *Allocated hours*." -msgstr "通过 *分配时间（％）*，您可以定义希望员工在轮班期间完成该特定任务的时间百分比。 请在* 分配的时间* 中以小时为单位查看该信息。" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:22 -msgid "" -"The calculation shows you how many hours out of the total shift time (*End " -"date* - *Start date*) are spent by the employee on that task." -msgstr "计算将显示您员工在该总班次中花费了多少小时（ *结束日期* - *开始日期* ）。" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:24 -msgid "" -"On :menuselection:`Project --> Planning --> By Project`, immediately see the" -" total number of employees allocated per project." -msgstr "在:menuselection:` --> 计划 --> 按项目` ，立即查看每个项目分配的员工总数。" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:31 -msgid "Compare forecast hours with the effective ones" -msgstr "将预测时间与有效时间进行比较" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Now, once the employee has timesheeted his hours in the task, go to " -"*Project* and with the *View list*, under *All Tasks*, conveniently see the " -"*Planned Hours* compared to the *Remaining Hours*, and a calculation of the " -"*Progress*." -msgstr "" -"现在，一旦员工为工作安排了时间表，请转到 *项目*，并在 *所有任务* 下的 *查看列表* ，中方便地查看 *计划工时* 与 *剩余工时* " -"的比较，并进行计算 *进展* 。" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:42 -msgid "Reminder: the option *Timesheets* has to be enabled on your project." -msgstr "提醒：必须在项目中启用选项 *工时单* 。" - -#: ../../project/tasks.rst:3 -msgid "Tasks" -msgstr "任务" - -#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:3 -msgid "Create Project's Tasks from an Email Alias" -msgstr "通过电子邮件别名创建项目的任务" - -#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When you already have an email address that customers know from the top of " -"their heads, changing it is the last thing you want to do. Instead, link " -"that address to your project and transform those conversations into " -"structured work. It automatically creates a task in the first stage of a " -"project." -msgstr "" -"如果您已经有了客户从头开始知道的电子邮件地址，那么更改它是您要做的最后一件事。 而是将地址链接到您的项目，然后将这些对话转换为结构化的工作。 " -"它会在项目的第一阶段自动创建任务。" - -#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:11 -msgid "Set up an incoming email server" -msgstr "设置传入电子邮件服务器" - -#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:14 -msgid "" -"On the *Settings* application, enable *External Email Servers* and define " -"the incoming email alias you would like to use." -msgstr "在 *设置* 应用程序上，启用 *外部电子邮件服务器* 并定义您要使用的传入电子邮件别名。" - -#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:15 -msgid "**For more information**: :doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_servers`" -msgstr "**有关更多信息**：:doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_servers`" - -#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:18 -msgid "Configure the email alias in your project" -msgstr "在项目中配置电子邮件别名" - -#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Now that you have the incoming email server set up, go to " -":menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects --> Edit`. Under the " -"*Emails* tab, define the wanted email alias and choose the policy to receive" -" a message." -msgstr "" -"现在您已经设置了传入电子邮件服务器，请转到 :menuselection:` 项目 --> 设置 --> 项目 -->编辑` 。 在 *电子邮件* " -"标签下，定义所需的电子邮件别名，然后选择接收消息的策略。" - -#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:23 -msgid "In addition, you can now directly set it when creating a new project." -msgstr "此外，您现在可以在创建新项目时直接进行设置。" - -#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:30 -msgid "" -"All the recipients of the email (To/Cc/Bcc) are automatically added as " -"followers of the task." -msgstr "电子邮件的所有收件人（收件人/抄送/密件抄送）将自动添加为任务的关注者。" - -#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:32 -msgid "The email can be seen under the name of your project on the dashboard." -msgstr "可以在仪表板上的项目名称下看到该电子邮件。" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po deleted file mode 100644 index 825b20e9f..000000000 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,887 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# 敬雲 林 <chingyun@yuanchih-consult.com>, 2020 -# Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2020 -# 稀饭~~ <wangwhai@qq.com>, 2021 -# Mandy Choy <mnc@odoo.com>, 2021 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-11 09:05+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Mandy Choy <mnc@odoo.com>, 2021\n" -"Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: zh_CN\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" - -#: ../../purchase.rst:5 -msgid "Purchase" -msgstr "采购" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced" -msgstr "高级" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:3 -msgid "Analyze the performance of your purchases" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:5 -msgid "" -"If your company regularly purchases products, you have several reasons to " -"track and analyze your performance. The insights gathered can help you to " -"better forecast and plan your future orders. For example, you can assess if " -"your business is dependent on particular vendors, and the data can help you " -"negotiate discounts on prices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:11 -msgid "Generate customized reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Go to *Reporting* to access the purchase analysis. Simply by accessing the " -"reporting dashboard, you can get a quick overview of your actual " -"performance. By default, the reporting dashboard displays a line chart " -"presenting the untaxed amount of your purchase orders per day, and below it," -" key metrics and a pivot table." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:22 -msgid "" -"While the data initially presented is useful, there are several tools and " -"features you can use to get even more insights on your purchases." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:26 -msgid "Use filters to select the data you need" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Odoo offers several default filters you can use and combine by clicking on " -"*Filters*. When you select one or several filters, Odoo looks for all the " -"orders that match at least one of the filters you have chosen and populates " -"the chart, key metrics, and pivot table with the data. The pre-configured " -"filters are:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:33 -msgid "All *Requests for Quotation*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:35 -msgid "All *Purchase Orders*, except canceled ones" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:37 -msgid "" -"*Confirmation Date Last Year* includes all orders that were confirmed the " -"previous year, canceled purchase orders included" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:40 -msgid "" -"*Order Date* includes all orders - request for quotations and purchases " -"orders (canceled ones included) - depending on their date of creation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:43 -msgid "" -"*Confirmation Date* includes all confirmed orders, canceled ones included, " -"depending on their date of confirmation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:47 -msgid "" -"When you have to select a period, you can use multiple years, and, with at " -"least one year selected, multiple quarters and the three most recent months." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:51 -msgid "" -"If you use the *Order Date* or *Confirmation Date* filters, the *Comparison*" -" feature appears next to *Filters*. It enables you to compare the period you" -" filtered with the previous one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:59 -msgid "Add custom filters" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Thanks to the 31 filtering options to choose from, the possibilities of your" -" customizing your dataset are almost limitless. Go to " -":menuselection:`Filters --> Add Custom Filter`, specify the condition the " -"filtering option should meet (e.g. *is equal to*, *contains*, etc.), and " -"click on *Apply*. If you want to select orders matching several conditions " -"simultaneously (*and* operator), repeat the process to add another custom " -"filter. If you want to use the *or* operator, don't click on *Apply*, and " -"click on *Add a condition* instead. Once you have added all the desired " -"filtering options, click on *Apply*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:74 -msgid "" -"To avoid having to recreate custom filters every time, save them by clicking" -" on :menuselection:`Favorites --> Save current search --> Save`. The " -"customized search filter can then be accessed by clicking on *Favorites* or " -"can even be set as the default filter when you open the reporting dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:80 -msgid "Measure exactly what you need" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:82 -msgid "" -"Before selecting what you want to measure, you need to decide whether you " -"prefer using the graph view or the pivot view. By default, the dashboard " -"presents both views. However, the measures you select won't be applied to " -"both views. You can access each view separately by clicking on the icons at " -"the top right of the dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:92 -msgid "Visualize your data" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:94 -msgid "" -"You can transform the main graph in just a click by selecting one of the " -"three charts: bar, line or pie. Fourteen different measures are available, " -"but you can only use one at a time. However, you can group the measure using" -" one or several of the 19 *Groups*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:102 -msgid "" -"For bar and line charts, the selected measure is your y-axis, and the first " -"group you select is used to create the x-axis. Adding more group adds " -"additional lines (line chart) or transforms your bar chart into a stacked " -"bar chart. For pie charts, the more groups you select, the more slices are " -"displayed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:108 -msgid "Explore your data" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:110 -msgid "" -"The pivot table view enables you to explore your data in great detail. " -"Unlike the graph view, the pivot table enables you to add several measures " -"at the same time. By clicking on *Measures* or on the **+** sign in the " -"*Total* column, you can add as many as you want, each assigned to a new " -"column. By clicking on the **+** sign in the *Total* row, you can add " -"*Groups*. If you click on a group's **+** sign, you can add a sub-group, and" -" so on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:121 -msgid "" -"You can insert your pivot table's data directly in the Spreadsheet app or " -"export it as an Excel file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals.rst:3 -msgid "Manage deals" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:3 -msgid "Purchase agreements: blanket orders and calls for tenders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:5 -msgid "" -"There are two main types of purchase agreements preconfigured in Odoo: " -"blanket orders and call for tenders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Blanket orders are long-term agreements between a company and a vendor to " -"deliver products on a recurring basis with predetermined pricing. Your " -"company should consider using them when you frequently purchase the same " -"products from the same vendor in varying quantities and/or at different " -"times. Among their many benefits, you can save time as the ordering process " -"is simplified, and money thanks to more advantageous bulk pricing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Calls for tenders use a special procedure to request offers from multiple " -"vendors at the same time. While public sector organizations are often " -"legally bound to release calls for tenders when they want to purchase goods " -"or services, private organizations can also use them to get the best deal " -"among several vendors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:20 -msgid "Enable purchase agreements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:22 -msgid "" -"From the Purchase app, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and" -" activate *Purchase Agreements*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:30 -msgid "Configure or create new types of purchase agreements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Before you start using purchase agreements, make sure they are configured " -"the way you want by going to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Purchase " -"Agreement Types`. From there, you can edit the way blanket orders and calls " -"for tenders or *Create* a new type of purchase agreement. You can configure " -"the:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:37 -msgid "Agreement Type: the name you want to give to the agreement." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Agreement Selection Type: you can either select multiple offers using " -"*Select multiple RFQ (non-exclusive)*, which is the default setting for both" -" blanket orders and calls for tenders, or a single offer using *Select only " -"one RFQ (exclusive)*, which is sometimes needed for calls for tenders where " -"you only want to select a single vendor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Lines: generally, you would always want to select *Use lines of agreement*, " -"which are the different product lines you can configure when you set up your" -" purchase agreement. However, you can select *Do not create RfQ lines " -"automatically* if you don't want your requests for quotations to be pre-" -"filled in with that information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Quantities: if you use lines of agreements, you can also specify " -"independently if the products' quantities should be used to pre-fill new " -"requests for quotations. The default option for blanket orders is *Set " -"quantities manually*, while for calls for tenders are set to *Use quantities" -" of agreement*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:59 -msgid "Set up a blanket order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Orders --> Purchase Agreements` and click on *Create*." -" Select *Blanket Order* as your *Agreement Type*. Next, select the vendor. " -"The other fields aren't mandatory, but you usually want to define an " -"*Agreement Deadline* after which the blanket order won't be valid anymore." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Next, add the products you want to order and their price. Note that you can " -"also add a *Quantity* for each product, for example, if you have agreed with" -" your vendor to order a specific minimum quantity each time or in total. If " -"you have configured your blanked order to *Set quantities manually*, this is" -" only used for informational purposes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:74 -msgid "" -"You can also write any *Terms and Conditions* at the bottom of the " -"agreement. Once you are satisfied with your blanket order, click on " -"*Confirm*. Its status then changes from *Draft* to *Ongoing* and it's ready " -"to be used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:79 -msgid "Create requests for quotation from the blanket order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:81 -msgid "" -"You can now create new quotations from the blanket order whenever you need " -"it by clicking on *New Quotation*. Odoo automatically fills in requests for " -"quotation with the information initially defined when you set up the blanket" -" order. Depending on the way you configured the *Purchase Agreement Type*, " -"product lines can also be pre-filled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:86 -msgid "" -"From here, you can quickly view all the requests for quotations made under " -"that blanket order by clicking on *RFQs/Orders*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:94 -msgid "" -"You can also create a *Request for Quotation* the usual way and then link it" -" to an existing *Blanket Order*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:98 -msgid "Blanket orders and replenishment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:100 -msgid "" -"Blanket orders can be used for :doc:`automated replenishment " -"<../../purchase/products/reordering>`, as once a blanket order is confirmed," -" a new vendor line is added to your product. Make sure the related vendor is" -" in the first position if you have several vendors linked to your product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:109 -msgid "Set up a call for tenders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:111 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Orders --> Purchase Agreements` and click on *Create*." -" Select *Call for Tenders* as your *Agreement Type*. The other fields aren't" -" mandatory, but you can add the date you want to be delivered and set an " -"agreement deadline. You usually don't want to select a vendor for calls for " -"tenders as you are looking to get quotations from multiple vendors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:116 -msgid "" -"Next, add the products you want to order and in what quantity. For calls for" -" tenders, you typically don't add a price, as the vendors should give you " -"their best quote." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:119 -msgid "" -"You can also write any *Terms and Conditions* at the bottom of the " -"agreement. Once you are ready, click on *Confirm*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:127 -msgid "Requests quotations from the call for tenders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:129 -msgid "" -"You can now request new quotations from the call for tenders. Click on *New " -"Quotation* and select one of your vendors you want to invite to the call for" -" tenders. Product lines should also be pre-filled in, depending on how you " -"configured the *Purchase Agreement Type*. Click on *Send by email* to send " -"it to the vendor. Go back to the call for tenders and repeat this process " -"for each vendor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:139 -msgid "" -"Once you have sent a request for quotation to every vendor and receiving " -"their quotes, click on *Validate* to proceed to the bid selection. Next, " -"click on the RFQs/Orders smart button to view all your vendors' quotations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:147 -msgid "" -"Click on each request for quotation to add the price communicated by your " -"vendors manually. When that's done, select the most advantageous offer and " -"click on *Confirm Order*. This automatically closes the call for tenders. " -"You can now proceed with the purchase order as you would for a regular one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:3 -msgid "Control and know when vendor bills should be paid" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:5 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can define how your vendor bills are controlled. For each " -"purchase order, you can decide when the related vendor bill should be paid: " -"either before or after you have received your products. You can also check " -"at a glance what is the billing status of each purchase order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:9 -msgid "" -"With the 3-way matching feature, Odoo compares the information appearing on " -"the *Purchase Order*, the *Vendor Bill* and the *Receipt*, and lets you know" -" if you should pay the bill. This way you can avoid paying incorrect or " -"fraudulent vendor bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:14 -msgid "Vendor bills default control policy" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:16 -msgid "" -"As a first step, open your Purchase app and go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` to set the default bill control " -"policy for all the products created onwards." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:23 -msgid "" -"By selecting *On ordered quantities*, you can create a vendor bill as soon " -"as you confirm an order. The quantities mentioned in the purchase order are " -"used to generate the draft bill." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:26 -msgid "" -"If you choose *On received quantities* instead, you can only create one once" -" you have at least received some of the products you have ordered. The " -"quantities you have received are used to generate the draft bill. If you try" -" to create one without having received any product, you get an error " -"message." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:36 -msgid "Change a specific product's control policy" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:38 -msgid "" -"If you want to modify a specific product's control policy, go to " -":menuselection:`Products --> Products`, open it, click on *Edit* and go to " -"the *Purchase tab*. There you can change a product's default bill control " -"policy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:47 -msgid "View a purchase order's billing status" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Once you confirm an order, you can view its *Billing Status* by going to the" -" *Other Information* tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Below you can find a list of the different *Billing Status*, and when they " -"are displayed, depending on the products' bill control policy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:60 -msgid "**Billing status**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:60 -msgid "**Conditions**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:62 -msgid "*On received quantities*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:62 -msgid "*On ordered quantities*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:64 -msgid "*Nothing to Bill*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:64 -msgid "PO confirmed; no products received" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:64 -msgid "*(Not applicable)*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:66 -msgid "*Waiting Bills*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:66 -msgid "All/some products received; bill not created" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:66 -msgid "PO confirmed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:68 -msgid "*Fully Billed*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:68 -msgid "All/some products received; draft bill created" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:68 -msgid "Draft bill created" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:72 -msgid "Determine when to pay with 3-way matching" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:74 -msgid "" -"First, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate *3-way" -" matching*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:81 -msgid "" -"3-way matching is intended to work with the bill control policy set to *On " -"received quantities*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:84 -msgid "Should I pay the vendor bill?" -msgstr "我应该支付此供应商账单吗？" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:86 -msgid "" -"With the feature activated, your vendor bills now display the *Should Be " -"Paid* field under the *Other info* tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:93 -msgid "" -"As you can't create a bill until you have received your products - and if " -"you haven't received all of them, Odoo only includes the products you have " -"received in the draft bill - the *Should Be Paid* status is set to *Yes* " -"when you create one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:97 -msgid "" -"If you edit a draft bill to increase the billed quantity, change the price, " -"or add other products, the *Should Be Paid* status is set to *Exception*. It" -" means Odoo notices the discrepancy, but that you might have a valid reason " -"to have done so." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:101 -msgid "" -"Once the payment has been registered and mentions *Paid*, the *Should Be " -"Paid* status is set to *No*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:109 -msgid "" -"The *Should Be Paid* status is set automatically by Odoo. However, you can " -"change the status manually when you are viewing a bill in edit mode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products.rst:3 -msgid "Products" -msgstr "产品" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:3 -msgid "Don’t run out of stock with reordering rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:5 -msgid "" -"To make sure you never run out of stock, you can define *Reordering Rules* " -"on products. Thanks to them, Odoo can help you replenish your stock " -"automatically when it reaches set quantities or whenever a sales order is " -"created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:9 -msgid "You need to install the *Inventory app* to use reordering rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:12 -msgid "Configure your storable product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Open or create a product with its *Product Type* set to *Storable Product*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:20 -msgid "" -"As you are purchasing this product from a vendor, go to the product's " -"*Purchase tab* and add a vendor by clicking on *Add a line*. You can add " -"multiple vendors, but make sure to order them correctly, since reordering " -"rules always use the first vendor in a list. You can add a price, but it " -"isn't necessary for the reordering rule to work. In addition, you can add a " -"minimum quantity you must order to benefit from that price." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:27 -msgid "" -"If the quantity Odoo has to reorder doesn't match the minimum quantity " -"specified, Odoo selects the next vendor on your list. If you don't have " -"another vendor on your list, the reordering rule won't work. For that " -"purpose, you can add the same vendor multiple times with different prices " -"for different quantities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:37 -msgid "" -"By default, a draft purchase order is created. However, if you have enabled " -"*Purchase Agreements*, you can *Propose a call for tenders* instead as shown" -" in the image above. For more information, see " -":doc:`../manage_deals/agreements`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Next, make sure the correct route is selected under the Inventory tab of " -"your product. If you created your product within the Purchase app, the *Buy*" -" route is selected by default. If you are looking to dropship your product, " -"select *Dropship*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:50 -msgid "Set up your reordering rule" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:52 -msgid "Open your product and click on the *Reordering Rules* button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Once you are on the product's reordering rules page, click on *Create*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:61 -msgid "" -"You can access and create reordering rules from :menuselection:`Inventory " -"--> Configuration --> Reordering Rules` and from :menuselection:`Inventory " -"--> Operations --> Replenishment`. By default, the replenishment view " -"presents a summary of all the products that you might need to purchase to " -"fulfill your sales orders. From there, you can ask Odoo with a single click " -"to order a product once or automate all orders for that product, future " -"orders included." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:68 -msgid "Define quantities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:70 -msgid "" -"You can set a **minimum quantity** your stock should always have. Once set, " -"if your stock goes below the minimum quantity, and if you selected the Buy " -"route, a request for quotation is automatically generated to reach that " -"minimum quantity, plus any additional quantity needed to fill in a sales " -"order for example." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:75 -msgid "" -"If you set a **maximum quantity**, every time the product has to be " -"replenished, enough products are reordered to reach the maximum quantity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:78 -msgid "" -"If you want to order only the exact quantity needed to fill in a sales order" -" for example, set both both the minimum and maximum quantity to **zero**. " -"The quantity mentioned in the sales order is then used by the reordering " -"rule." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:82 -msgid "" -"You can also add a **quantity multiple** to only order products in batches " -"of a certain quantity. Click on the optional columns drop-down menu, and " -"select *Multiple Quantity* to show the column. Bear in mind that you might " -"go over the maximum quantity you set if your rule includes a quantity " -"multiple, as Odoo orders enough products to reach the maximum quantity and " -"respect the set quantity multiple." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:92 -msgid "" -"If you selected multiple routes for the same product under its Inventory " -"tab, make sure to select your *Preferred Route* on your reordering rule by " -"clicking on the optional columns drop-down menu, adding the *Preferred " -"Route* column, and selecting the right route." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:3 -msgid "Purchase in different units of measure than sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When you purchase a product, it may happen that your vendor uses a different" -" unit of measure than you do when you sell it. This can cause confusion " -"between sales and purchase representatives. It is also time-consuming to " -"convert measures manually every time. With Odoo, you can configure your " -"product once and let Odoo handle the conversion." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:10 -msgid "Consider the following examples:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:12 -msgid "" -"You purchase orange juice from an American vendor, and they use **gallons**." -" However, your customers are European and use **liters**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:15 -msgid "" -"You buy curtains from a vendor in the form of **rolls** and you sell pieces " -"of the rolls to your customers using **square meters**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:19 -msgid "Enable units of measure" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Open your Sales app and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. " -"Under Product Catalog, enable *Units of Measure*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:29 -msgid "Specify sales and purchase units of measure" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:32 -msgid "Standard units of measure" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:34 -msgid "" -"A variety of units of measure are available by default in your database. " -"Each belongs to one of the five pre-configured units of measure categories: " -"*Length / Distance*, *Unit*, *Volume*, *Weight* and *Working Time*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:39 -msgid "" -"You can create your new units of measure and units of measure categories " -"(see next section)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:41 -msgid "" -"To specify different units of measures for sales and purchases, open the " -"Purchase app and go to :menuselection:`Products --> Products`. Create a " -"product or select an existing one. Under the product's *General Information*" -" tab, first select the *Unit of Measure* to be used for sales (as well as " -"for other apps such as inventory). Then, select the *Purchase Unit of " -"Measure* to be used for purchases." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Back to the first example, if you purchase orange juice from your vendor in " -"**gallons** and sell it to your customers in **liters**, first select *L* " -"(liters) as the *Unit of Measure*, and *gal (US)* (gallons) as the *Purchase" -" Unit of Measure*, then click on *Save*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:56 -msgid "Create new units of measure and units of measure categories" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Sometimes you need to create your own units and categories, either because " -"the measure is not pre-configured in Odoo or because the units do not relate" -" with each other (e.g. kilos and centimeters)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:62 -msgid "" -"If you take the second example where you buy curtains from a vendor in the " -"form of **rolls** and you sell pieces of the rolls using **square meters**, " -"you need to create a new *Units of Measure Category* in order to relate both" -" units of measure." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:66 -msgid "" -"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Units of Measure " -"Categories`. Click on *Create* and name the category." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:73 -msgid "" -"The next step is to create the two units of measures. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Units of Measure`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:76 -msgid "" -"First, create the unit of measure used as the reference point for converting" -" to other units of measure inside the category by clicking on *Create*. Name" -" the unit and select the units of measure category you just created. For the" -" *Type*, select *Reference Unit of Measure for this category type*. Enter " -"the *Rounding Precision* you would like to use. The quantity computed by " -"Odoo is always a multiple of this value." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:82 -msgid "" -"In the example, as you cannot purchase less than 1 roll and won't use " -"fractions of a roll as a unit of measure, you can enter 1." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:89 -msgid "" -"If you use a *Rounding Precision* inferior to 0.01, a warning message might " -"appear stating that it is higher than the *Decimal Accuracy* and that it " -"might cause inconsistencies. If you wish to use a *Rounding Precision* lower" -" than 0.01, first :doc:`activate the Developer Mode " -"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, then go to " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Database Structure --> Decimal " -"Accuracy`, select *Product Unit of Measure* and edit *Digits* accordingly. " -"For example, if you want to use a rounding precision of 0.00001, set " -"*Digits* to 5." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:96 -msgid "" -"Next, create a second unit of measure, name it, and select the same units of" -" measure category as your reference unit. As *Type*, select *Smaller* or " -"*Bigger than the reference Unit of Measure*, depending on your situation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:100 -msgid "" -"As the curtain roll equals to 100 square meters, you should select " -"*Smaller*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:102 -msgid "" -"Next, you need to enter the *Ratio* between your reference unit and the " -"second one. If the second unit is smaller, the *Ratio* should be greater " -"than 1. If the second unit is larger, the ratio should be smaller than 1." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:106 -msgid "For your curtain roll, the ratio should be set to 100." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:112 -msgid "" -"You can now configure your product just as you would using Odoo's standard " -"units of measure." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/quality.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/quality.po deleted file mode 100644 index fb6e490ba..000000000 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/quality.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,481 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# Jeffery CHEN Fan <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2020 -# liAnGjiA <liangjia@qq.com>, 2020 -# guohuadeng <guohuadeng@hotmail.com>, 2020 -# 黎伟杰 <674416404@qq.com>, 2020 -# Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2020 -# Mandy Choy <mnc@odoo.com>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Mandy Choy <mnc@odoo.com>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: zh_CN\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" - -#: ../../quality.rst:5 -msgid "Quality" -msgstr "质量" - -#: ../../quality/alert.rst:3 -msgid "Alert" -msgstr "警报" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:3 -msgid "Generate a Quality Alert from a Manufacturing Order" -msgstr "从制造订单生成质量警告" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Speaking of manufacturing orders, you have two different situations to " -"consider in Odoo. Those two will result in two different processes:" -msgstr "对于制造订单，你在Odoo中可以考虑两种不同情况。这两种情况将导致两种不同流程：" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:8 -msgid "You work with a simple manufacturing flow;" -msgstr "你采用简单制造过程；" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:10 -msgid "You work with a complex manufacturing flow that includes routings." -msgstr "你采用包含多个路线的复杂制造过程。" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:13 -msgid "Simple manufacturing flow" -msgstr "简单制造过程" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:15 -msgid "" -"If you work with simple manufacturing orders, the *Quality Alerts* will be " -"launched from the manufacturing order itself. When manufacturing a product " -"for which you need to process quality controls, a button *Quality Alert* " -"will appear on the top of your manufacturing order." -msgstr "如果你采用简单制造订单，则可直接在制造订单中启动*质量警告*。当你需要对制造的产品进行质量控制时，制造订单顶部将显示*质量警告*按钮。" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:23 -msgid "" -"By clicking on the button, you can specify the quality problem that arose " -"during the process." -msgstr "点击该按钮，你可以具体说明过程中出现的质量问题。" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:29 -msgid "" -"If one of the quality checks failed, the button will be highlighted on the " -"document. If not, the button won’t be highlighted." -msgstr "如果质量检查失败，按钮将在文件上高亮显示。如通过，按钮不会高亮显示。" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:36 ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:50 -msgid "Manufacturing Flow with Routings" -msgstr "包含多个路线的制造过程" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:38 -msgid "" -"If you work with routings defined on your manufacturing orders, the quality " -"alerts will be launched directly from the work orders on which the quality " -"checks took place." -msgstr "如果你使用制造订单上定义的路线，可直接从进行质量检查的工单中启动质量警报。" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Then, a button *Quality Alert* will be available from the work order view. " -"When you click on the button, you can specify the quality problem that " -"appeared during the process." -msgstr "然后，工单视图中将显示*质量警报*按钮。点击该按钮，你可具体说明过程中出现的质量问题。" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:3 -msgid "Generate a Quality Alert from a Transfer" -msgstr "从调拨生成质量警报" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:6 -msgid "Use the Quality Alert" -msgstr "使用质量警报" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Every time you perform some *Quality Checks* on a transfer, a *Quality " -"Alert* button appears. You can always use it. The button is automatically " -"highlighted once you have a failed quality check for the transfer." -msgstr "每次你对调拨进行*质量检查*时，都会出现*质量警报*按钮。你可使用该按钮。如果调拨的质量检查不过关，按钮将自动高亮显示。" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:16 -msgid "" -"If you click on that *Quality Alert* button, you can specify what was the " -"problem with the product." -msgstr "如点击*质量警报*按钮，你可具体说明产品存在的问题。" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:22 -msgid "" -"The *Quality Alert* that is created from the transfer can be found via the " -"button appearing on the top right corner of the transfer." -msgstr "通过调拨右上角显示的按钮，可查看针对该调拨已创建的*质量警报*。" - -#: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:28 -msgid "" -"You can also access all your *Quality Alerts* via the menu, accessible under" -" *Control*." -msgstr "你也可通过目录访问所有*质量警报*，位于*控制*版块。" - -#: ../../quality/checks.rst:3 -msgid "Checks" -msgstr "检查单" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:3 -msgid "Perform Quality Checks on Manufacturing Orders" -msgstr "对制造订单进行质量检查" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:5 -msgid "" -"There are two different situations to consider and that will differ in Odoo " -"processes:" -msgstr "你需要考虑两种不同情况，它们的Odoo流程不同：" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:8 -msgid "You work with simple manufacturing flows;" -msgstr "你采用简单制造过程；" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:10 -msgid "" -"You work with complex manufacturing flows that are represented by the use of" -" routings in Odoo." -msgstr "你采用复杂制造过程，在Odoo中体现为使用多个路线。" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:13 -msgid "Simple Manufacturing Flow" -msgstr "简单的制造流程" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:16 -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:53 -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:6 -msgid "Create the Quality Control Point" -msgstr "创建质量控制点" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:18 -msgid "" -"To create a quality control point, open the quality app and go to " -":menuselection:`Control --> Control Points`. There, hit create. Make sure to" -" select *Manufacturing* as operation and choose the type of quality check " -"you want to perform." -msgstr "" -"如要创建质量控制点，打开质量应用程序并前往 :menuselection:`控制 --> " -"控制点`。在这里点击创建。选择*制造*作业，然后选择你想要进行的质量检查类型。" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:27 -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:69 -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:17 -msgid "Process the Quality Check" -msgstr "处理质量检查" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Once your *Quality Control Point* has been created, you can create a " -"manufacturing order for your product. Now, and before marking the " -"manufacturing as done, you can register the *Quality Checks*." -msgstr "在创建*质量控制点*之后，你可为产品创建制造订单。之后及在制造标记为完成之前，你可登记*质量检查*情况。" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Once you have performed your quality checks, you can find them via the " -"*Quality Checks* button available on the manufacturing order form." -msgstr "在进行质量检查后，你可在制造订单表的*质量检查*按钮查看相关信息。" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:46 -msgid "" -"If you want to access all your quality checks, you can do this by opening " -"the quality checks menu, under quality control." -msgstr "如你想访问所有质量检查记录，可在质量控制下打开质量检查菜单。" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:55 -msgid "" -"If you want to create a *Quality Control Point*, open the *Quality* app and " -"go to :menuselection:`Control --> Control Points`. Then, click on create. " -"Make sure to select *Manufacturing* as operation and select the work order " -"operation on which the quality check should be performed." -msgstr "" -"如你想要创建*质量控制点*，打开*质量*应用程序并前往 :menuselection:`控制 --> " -"控制点`。然后，点击创建。确保选择*制造*作业，然后选择需进行质量检查的工单作业。" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Choosing the work order operation is necessary if you want the quality " -"checks to be performed in the work orders. After that, you can choose the " -"type of quality check." -msgstr "如想对工单进行质量检查，则必须选择工单作业。然后，你可以选择质量检查的类型。" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Once your *Quality Control Point* has been configured, create a " -"manufacturing order for your product. You have to plan it if you want to " -"generate the necessary work orders." -msgstr "在配置*质量控制点*之后，为你的产品创建制造订单。如要生成必要的工单，则需要事先计划其内容。" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:78 -msgid "" -"Now, process the work order and your quality check will appear. In this " -"example, the quality check requests to enter the serial number of the Table " -"Top component." -msgstr "现在，处理工单，你的质量检查会出现。在本例中，质量检查要求输入台面部件的序列号。" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:3 -msgid "Perform Quality Checks on Transfers" -msgstr "针对调拨进行质量检查" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:8 -msgid "" -"To create a *Quality Control Point*, open the *Quality* application. Then, " -"go to :menuselection:`Quality Control --> Control Points --> Create`. Now, " -"you can define the quality control point you want to apply to a specific " -"product. Don’t forget to select a transfer operation type." -msgstr "" -"如要创建*质量控制点*，打开*质量*应用程序。然后，前往 :menuselection:`质量控制 --> 控制点 --> " -"创建`。现在，你可定义应用到特定产品的质量控制点。请勿忘记选择调拨作业类型。" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Let’s say that we will receive a laptop. First, create a planned receipt for" -" the product. Then, on the receipt, you will see a *Quality Checks* button " -"that appears to proceed to the quality check you configured before." -msgstr "比如我们收到一台笔记本电脑。首先，为产品创建计划收货页面。然后，在收货页面，你将看到*质量检查*按钮，可以开始进行你之前配置的质量检查。" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:27 -msgid "" -"By clicking on it, the instruction set on the quality control point will be " -"displayed and will require the check value." -msgstr "点击该按钮，将显示质量控制点设置的指令，并需要检查值。" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Once the quality check is done, you can find it linked to the corresponding " -"transfer and access it by clicking on the button." -msgstr "在质量检查完成后，它将关联到对应的调拨，并可通过点击按钮访问。" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:39 -msgid "" -"But, if the quality check failed, the stat button will appear in red " -"(instead of green) and Odoo will suggest you to create a *Quality Alert* by " -"highlighting the corresponding button." -msgstr "但是，如果质量检查失败，按钮将显示为红色（而不是绿色），Odoo将高亮显示对应按钮，并提示你创建*质量警报*。" - -#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:46 -msgid "" -"The quality checks can also be found in the *Quality* application by opening" -" the *Quality Checks* menu, under *Quality Control*." -msgstr "在*质量*应用程序中，*质量控制*的*质量检查*菜单下，可找到质量检查的内容。" - -#: ../../quality/control.rst:3 -msgid "Control" -msgstr "Ctrl控制" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:3 -msgid "Define Quality Control Points" -msgstr "定义质量控制点" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Quality is an important factor when it comes to products or services. " -"Nowadays, quality has become the differentiating factor for all goods and " -"services. It is vital for businesses to deliver products that meet or exceed" -" expectations. It also helps minimize waste." -msgstr "" -"品控是产品或服务的重要因素。 如今，品控已成为所有商品和服务的差异化因素。 对于企业而言，交付满足或超出期望的产品至关重要。 " -"它还有助于最大程度地减少浪费。" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:10 -msgid "" -"That is why most manufacturers would not think of eliminating the quality " -"control from their manufacturing process. After all, removing quality " -"controls would dramatically increase the number of defective products that " -"the company then has to rework or scrap." -msgstr "这就是为什么大多数制造商不会考虑从其制造过程中消除质量控制的原因。 毕竟，取消品控将大大增加企业重做或报废的不良产品的机会。" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Then, using business applications to ensure data quality is important. With " -"Odoo insuring the rear, any major problem can be avoided before occurring!" -msgstr "然后，使用业务应用程序来确保数据质量非常重要。 Odoo为后方提供保险，可以避免出现任何重大问题！" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:20 -msgid "Quality Control Points" -msgstr "质量管理点" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:22 -msgid "" -"To create a *Quality Control Point*, go to :menuselection:`Quality --> " -"Quality Control --> Control Points`. Once there, define the product on which" -" the quality control point should take place. The operation at which it " -"takes place also is to be defined here." -msgstr "" -"要创建一个 *质量控制点* ，请转到:menuselection:` 品控 --> 质量控制 --> 控制点` 。 " -"到达那里后，定义应在其上进行质量控制点的产品。 在此也将定义其发生的操作。" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:27 -msgid "" -"The *Quality Control Points* take place during transfers or during the " -"manufacturing process of the products. If working with routings on *Bill of " -"Materials*, you have to precise at which step of the manufacturing process " -"the quality control point needs to be applied." -msgstr "*质量控制点* 是产品的调拨或制造过程。如果你正处理 *物料清单* 的路线，必须明确指出质量控制点对应的制造过程步骤。" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:32 -msgid "" -"The *Control Type* defines at which frequency the quality checks should take" -" place:" -msgstr "*控制类型* 定义执行质量检查的频率:" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:35 -msgid "" -"**All operations**: all the operations automatically generate quality checks" -" to perform;" -msgstr "**所有作业** ：所有作业都将生成质量检查；" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:38 -msgid "" -"**Randomly**: the quality checks only perform on x% of the operation. The " -"percentage needs to be defined on the control point;" -msgstr "**随机** ：针对x%的作业执行质量检查。你必须在控制点上定义具体百分比；" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:41 -msgid "" -"**Periodically**: the quality checks are performed periodically. The " -"periodicity is based on the defined period (once a day, once a week)." -msgstr "**定期** ：定期进行质量检查。你需要定义周期长度（每天一次、每周一次等）。" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:50 -msgid "Quality Control Point Types" -msgstr "质量控制点类型" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Now, one thing remains to be configured: the type of quality check. There " -"are several types that can be used: text, take a picture, pass-fail, take a " -"measure, register consumed material, register by-product, and print label." -msgstr "现在，仍然需要配置一件事：质量检查的类型。 可以使用几种类型：文本，拍照，不合格，采取措施，注册消耗的材料，注册副产品和打印标签。" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Some types are available only with the manufacturing application installed." -msgstr "某些类型仅用于制造应用领域。" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:62 -msgid "Text" -msgstr "文本" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:64 -msgid "" -"This control point type allows giving instructions to workers during the " -"transfer or during the manufacturing process." -msgstr "这个质量控制类型可在调拨或制造过程中向工作提供指令。" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:80 -msgid "Take a Picture" -msgstr "拍照" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:82 -msgid "" -"This control point type asks to take a picture of the product applied in a " -"transfer or when manufacturing it." -msgstr "这个控制点类型要求你在调拨或制造过程中给产品拍照。" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:98 -msgid "" -"This process can be simplified by using a connected :doc:`camera " -"<../../iot/devices/measurement_tool>`." -msgstr "通过使用连接可以简化此过程:doc:`相机 <../../iot/devices/measurement_tool>`。" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:102 -msgid "Pass-Fail" -msgstr "通过失败" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:104 -msgid "" -"*Pass-Fail* requires to specify if the products pass or fail specific " -"criteria. It can be applied for both transfers or manufacturing orders." -msgstr "*过关失败* 要求指定产品是否通过或未通过特定标准。 它既可以应用于转移订单，也可以应用于制造订单。" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:111 -msgid "" -"For this kind of type, there is the possibility to define a failure message " -"giving instructions to follow in case of failure." -msgstr "对于这种类型，有可能定义一条故障消息，其中给出了发生故障时应遵循的说明。" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:127 -msgid "Take a Measure" -msgstr "采取措施" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:129 -msgid "" -"Taking measures requires to enter the product’s measurements during a " -"transfer or during the manufacturing process." -msgstr "在转移或制造过程中采取输入产品的测量所需要的措施" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:132 -msgid "" -"To use it, it necessary to specify the norm for your product’s measurements," -" but also a tolerance threshold. Doing so, all the products with good " -"measures can are automatically accepted." -msgstr "要使用它，必须指定产品测量的规范，但还要指定公差阈值。 这样，所有措施良好的产品都可以自动接受。" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:140 -msgid "" -"As for *Pass-Fail*, this type allows defining a failure message that gives " -"instructions to the worker." -msgstr "对于 *过关失败* ，此类型允许定义一条失败消息，该错误消息向工作人员提供指令。" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:156 -msgid "" -"This process can be simplified by using connected :doc:`measurement tools " -"<../../iot/devices/camera>`." -msgstr "使用连接的测量工具以简化此过程 :doc:`测量工具 <../../iot/devices/camera>`." - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:159 -msgid "Register Consumed Materials" -msgstr "注册消耗材料" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:161 -msgid "" -"When using *Register Consumed Materials*, it is required to register the " -"component’s serial/lot numbers during the manufacturing process." -msgstr "当使用 *注册物料消耗* ，需要在制造过程中注册的组件的序列号/批号。" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:165 -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:182 -msgid "This type is only available when working with routings." -msgstr "此类型仅在使用工艺路线时可用。" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:176 -msgid "Register By-Products" -msgstr "注册副产品" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:178 -msgid "" -"With *Register By-Products*, it is required to register the serial/lot " -"number of the by-products that are manufactured." -msgstr "使用 *注册副产品* ，则需要注册一个制造副产品的序列号/批号。" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:193 -msgid "Print Label" -msgstr "打印标签" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:195 -msgid "" -"*Print Label*, as its name points out, allows printing labels to add to the " -"product during the manufacturing process." -msgstr "顾名思义， *打印标签* 允许在生产过程中将打印标签添加到产品中。" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:207 -msgid "" -"This process can be simplified by using a connected :doc:`printer " -"<../../iot/devices/printer>`." -msgstr "使用连接的:doc:`打印机 <../../iot/devices/printer>`." diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/recruitment.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/recruitment.po deleted file mode 100644 index 08db32dcd..000000000 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/recruitment.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,23 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 9.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-11-22 13:16+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: xiaobin wu <bd5dml@gmail.com>, 2017\n" -"Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: zh_CN\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" - -#: ../../recruitment.rst:5 -msgid "Recruitment" -msgstr "招聘" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index 88bf5d367..5360d519d 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # @@ -7,32 +7,37 @@ # udcs <seanhwa@hotmail.com>, 2020 # Connie Xiao <connie.xiao@elico-corp.com>, 2020 # 宣一敏 <freemanxuan@163.com>, 2020 -# liAnGjiA <liangjia@qq.com>, 2020 -# guohuadeng <guohuadeng@hotmail.com>, 2020 -# Cécile Collart <cco@odoo.com>, 2020 # Felix Yang - Elico Corp <felixyangsh@aliyun.com>, 2020 # mrshelly <mrshelly@hotmail.com>, 2020 -# Jeffery CHEN Fan <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2020 -# 稀饭~~ <wangwhai@qq.com>, 2020 # John Lin <linyinhuan@139.com>, 2020 # 黎伟杰 <674416404@qq.com>, 2020 -# 敬雲 林 <chingyun@yuanchih-consult.com>, 2020 -# Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2020 -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 # waveyeung <waveyeung@qq.com>, 2020 # Gary Wei <Gary.wei@elico-corp.com>, 2020 -# fausthuang, 2020 # lttlsnk <lttlsnk@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Mandy Choy <mnc@odoo.com>, 2020 +# niulin lnc. <admin@niulin.net>, 2021 +# Wall, 2021 +# 敬雲 林 <chingyun@yuanchih-consult.com>, 2021 +# guohuadeng <guohuadeng@hotmail.com>, 2021 +# John An <johnxan@163.com>, 2021 +# Martin Trigaux, 2021 +# Jeffery CHEN Fan <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2021 +# LINYUN TONG <tong.linyun@elico-corp.com>, 2021 +# Manga Tsang <mts@odoo.com>, 2021 +# liAnGjiA <liangjia@qq.com>, 2021 +# fausthuang, 2021 +# 稀饭~~ <wangwhai@qq.com>, 2021 +# Mandy Choy <mnc@odoo.com>, 2021 +# Kenny Yang <biganglerau@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2021 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-18 07:12+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Mandy Choy <mnc@odoo.com>, 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2021\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -40,47 +45,2902 @@ msgstr "" "Language: zh_CN\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -#: ../../sales.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales.rst:4 msgid "Sales" msgstr "销售" -#: ../../sales/advanced.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm.rst:4 +msgid "CRM" +msgstr "CRM" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads.rst:3 +msgid "Acquire leads" +msgstr "获取销售线索" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:3 +msgid "Convert leads into opportunities" +msgstr "销售线索转换商机" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The system can generate leads instead of opportunities, in order to add a " +"qualification step before converting a *Lead* into an *Opportunity* and " +"assigning to the right sales people." +msgstr "系统可生成销售线索而不是商机，以便在将 *线索* 转化为 *商机* 之前增加一个资格鉴定步骤，并分配给适当的销售人员。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:9 +msgid "" +"You can activate this mode from the CRM Settings. It applies to all your " +"sales channels by default. But you can make it specific for specific " +"channels from their configuration form." +msgstr "你可从CRM设置启用这一模式。它默认适用于你的所有销售渠道。但可从配置表单将它设置为适用于特定渠道。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:25 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "基础配置" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:16 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` and activate the *Leads* feature." +msgstr "要此功能正常运作，请转到菜单选择：:menuselection:`CRM --> 配置 --> 设置`并激活 *销售线索* 功能。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:22 +msgid "" +"You will now have a new submenu *Leads* under *Leads* where they will " +"aggregate." +msgstr "现在，您将在 *销售线索* 下有一个新的子菜单 *销售线索* ，这些子菜单将汇总它们。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:29 +msgid "Convert a lead into an opportunity" +msgstr "将销售线索转换为商机" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:31 +msgid "" +"When you click on a *Lead* you will have the option to convert it to an " +"opportunity and decide if it should still be assigned to the same " +"channel/person and if you need to create a new customer." +msgstr "当您单击 *销售线索* 时，您可以选择将其转换为商机，并决定是否仍应将其分配给相同的渠道/人员以及是否需要创建新客户。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:38 +msgid "" +"If you already have an opportunity with that customer Odoo will " +"automatically offer you to merge with that opportunity. In the same manner, " +"Odoo will automatically offer you to link to an existing customer if that " +"customer already exists." +msgstr "" +"如果您已经有了该客户的记录，Odoo将自动为您提供与该记录合并的商机。 以相同的方式，Odoo将自动为您提供链接到现有客户（如果该客户已经存在）。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:44 +msgid "Merge opportunities" +msgstr "合并商机" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Odoo will also automatically propose to merge opportunities if they have the" +" same email address. When merging opportunities, Odoo merges the information" +" into the opportunity which was created first, giving priority to the " +"information present on the first opportunity." +msgstr "如果不同商机的邮件地址相同，Odoo将自动建议合并商机。在合并商机时，Odoo将信息合并到首先创建的商机，首个商机中呈现的信息优先。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:51 +msgid "" +"No information is lost: data from the other opportunity is logged in the " +"chatter and the information fields for easy access." +msgstr "不丢失任何信息：其他商机中的数据将记录在沟通栏和信息字段中，方便访问。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Would you find a duplicate yourself, ...you can also merge opportunities or " +"leads even if the system doesn't propose it." +msgstr "如果你发现重复内容，即使系统并未提示，你也可自行合并商机或线索。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Here’s how, from the list view. Select the opportunities or leads you want " +"to merge and the action button will appear. Then, you can select merge." +msgstr "以下是在列表视图下的具体操作方法。选择想要合并的商机或线索，页面将出现操作按钮。然后，你可选择合并。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:67 +msgid "It is also possible to merge more than 2 opportunities or leads." +msgstr "你也可以合并2个以上商机或线索。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:3 +msgid "Generate leads/opportunities from emails" +msgstr "通过电子邮件生成潜在客户/机会" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Automating the lead/opportunity generation will considerably improve your " +"efficiency. By default, any email sent to *sales@database\\_domain.ext* will" +" create an opportunity in the pipeline of the default sales channel." +msgstr "" +"自动化线索/商机生成将大大提高您的效率。 默认情况下，任何发送到 *sales@database\\_domain.ext* " +"的电子邮件都会在默认销售渠道中创造商机。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:11 +msgid "Configure email aliases" +msgstr "配置电子邮件别名" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Each sales teams can have its own email alias, to generate " +"leads/opportunities automatically assigned to it. It is useful if you manage" +" several sales teams with specific business processes. You will find the " +"configuration of sales teams under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Sales " +"Teams`." +msgstr "" +"每个销售团队都可以有自己的电子邮件别名，以生成自动分配给它的线索/商机。如果你需要管理有特定业务流程的多个销售团队，这项功能非常有用。你可在 " +":menuselection:`配置 --> 销售团队`下面找到销售团队配置的相关内容。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:3 +msgid "Generate leads/opportunities from your website contact page" +msgstr "从您的网站联系页面生成销售线索/商机" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Automating the lead/opportunity generation will considerably improve your " +"efficiency. Any visitor using the contact form on your website will create a" +" lead/opportunity in the pipeline." +msgstr "自动生成销售线索/商机将大大提高您的效率。 任何使用您网站上的联系表的访问者都会在管道中创建销售线索/商机。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:10 +msgid "Use the contact us on your website" +msgstr "使用您网站上的联系页面" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:12 +msgid "You should first go to your website app." +msgstr "首先转到您的网站应用。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:14 +msgid "|image0|\\ |image1|" +msgstr "|image0|\\ |image1|" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:16 +msgid "" +"With the CRM app installed, you benefit from a ready-to-use contact form on " +"your Odoo website that will generate leads/opportunities automatically." +msgstr "通过已安装的CRM应用程序，你可通过Odoo网站上即时可用的联系人表单，自动生成线索/商机。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To change to a specific sales channel, go to :menuselection:`Website --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` under *Communication* you will find the Contact " +"Form info and where to change the *Sales Channel* or *Salesperson*." +msgstr "" +"要更改为特定销售渠道，请转到 :menuselection:`网站 --> 配置 --> 设置`下 *通信* 您将找到联系表信息以及更改 *销售渠道* " +"或 *销售人员* 的位置。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:50 +msgid "Create a custom contact form" +msgstr "创建自定义联系人表单" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:34 +msgid "" +"You may want to know more from your visitor when they use the contact form " +"to you will need to build a custom contact form on your website. These " +"contact forms can generate multiple types of records in the system (emails, " +"leads/opportunities, project tasks, helpdesk tickets, etc.)" +msgstr "" +"当访问者使用联系人表单与你联系时，你可能需要向访问者了解更多情况，因此你需要在网站上创建自定义联系人表单。这些联系人表单可以在系统中生成多种类型的记录（邮件、线索/商机、项目任务、服务台工单等）" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:43 +msgid "" +"You will need to install the free *Form Builder* module, only available in " +"Odoo Enterprise." +msgstr "你需要安装免费的 *表单生成器* 模块，仅在Odoo企业版中可用。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:52 +msgid "" +"First, go to the page where you want to put your contact form. In edit mode," +" drag the form builder onto the page, and you will be able to add all the " +"fields you wish." +msgstr "首先，进入你希望设置联系人表单的页面。在编辑模式下，将表单生成器拖动到该页面，然后就可以添加需要的所有字段。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:59 +msgid "" +"By default, any new contact form will send an email. You can switch to " +"lead/opportunity generation in *Change Form Parameters*." +msgstr "在默认情况下，所有新的联系人表单都会发送邮件，你可以在 *更改表单参数* 中切换到线索/商机生成页面。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:63 +msgid "" +"If the same visitor uses the contact form twice, the second entry will be " +"added to the first lead/opportunity in the chatter." +msgstr "如果同一访问者使用联系人表单两次，第二次输入的内容将添加到沟通栏的首个线索中。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:67 +msgid "Generate leads instead of opportunities" +msgstr "生成销售线索而不是商机" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:69 +msgid "" +"When using a contact form, you should use a qualification step before " +"assigning the form to the right sales people. To do so, activate *Leads* in " +"CRM settings and refer to :doc:`convert`." +msgstr "" +"在使用联系人表单时，在将表单分配给合适的销售人员之前，需要有一个资格鉴定步骤。如要进行此项操作，在CRM设置中启用 *线索* 并参见:doc:`转换`。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:3 +msgid "Lead mining" +msgstr "线索挖掘" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:4 +msgid "" +"In any business, getting quality leads is essential to keep the business " +"growing. Lead mining allows you to generate leads from scratch directly from" +" your database. Target your leads based on a set of criteria such as the " +"country, the size of the company, the industry your leads are coming from to" +" make them relevant to your business." +msgstr "" +"对于任何公司而言，获得优质线索对于保持公司业务增长至关重要。线索挖掘功能可让你直接从数据库中从头开始生成线索。根据国家、公司规模、行业等标准锁定线索来源，确保生成线索的相关性。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:10 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` and activate the **Lead Mining** feature." +msgstr "如要启动本功能，前往 :menuselection:`CRM --> 配置 --> 设置`并启用 **线索挖掘** 功能。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:17 +msgid "Start generating leads" +msgstr "开始生成销售线索" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:18 +msgid "" +"You will now have a new button **Generate Leads** available in your " +"pipeline. You are also able to create lead mining requests from the " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Lead Mining Requests` and trough " +":menuselection:`Leads --> Leads` where you have the **Generate Leads** " +"button." +msgstr "" +"现在，你的管道中出现了一个**生成线索**新按钮。你也可从 :menuselection:`配置 --> 线索挖掘请求`并通过 " +":menuselection:`线索 --> 线索`找到 **生成线索** 按钮，即可创建线索挖掘请求。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:27 +msgid "" +"From there, click on the **Generate Leads** button, a window where you will " +"be able to pick your criteria will pop up." +msgstr "在这里点击 **生成线索** 按钮，在弹出的窗口中可设置条件。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:34 +msgid "" +"When choosing to target Companied and their contacts you can choose the " +"contacts you are getting based on Role or Seniority. When getting contact " +"information make sure to be aware of the latest EU regulation, get more " +"information about General Data Protection Regulation on `Odoo GDPR " +"<http://odoo.com/gdpr>`__," +msgstr "" +"在选择目标公司及其联系人时，你可以根据职位或资历选择得到的联系人。在获取联系人信息时，请注意了解最新的欧盟法规，请在`Odoo GDPR " +"<http://odoo.com/gdpr>`__，了解通用数据保护条例的更多信息。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:39 +msgid "" +"You can decide to filter the leads you are getting depending on the size " +"(number of employees) of the companies. You can pick the countries your " +"leads are coming from. It is possible to pick multiple countries. You can " +"pick the industries your leads are coming from. It is possible to pick " +"multiple industries." +msgstr "" +"可根据公司规模（员工人数）筛选得到的线索。你可选择线索来自于哪个国家，亦可同时选择多个国家。你还可选择线索来自于哪个行业，或同时选择多个行业。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:43 +msgid "" +"You can choose the salesperson and the Salesteam the lead will be assigned " +"to. You can also add tags to track your generated leads." +msgstr "你可选择将线索分配给哪个销售人员和销售团队。你也可添加标签，追踪生成的线索。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:47 +msgid "The generated leads will have the name of the company." +msgstr "生成的线索包含公司名称。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:36 +msgid "Pricing" +msgstr "价格" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:51 +msgid "" +"This is an In-App Purchase feature, each generated lead will cost you one " +"credit. If you choose to get contact information each contact will also cost" +" us one additional credit. Here is the pricing for this `feature " +"<https://iap.odoo.com/iap/in-app-services/167?>`__, To buy credits you can " +"either go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Settings --> Buy " +"Credits`; or go to :menuselection:`Settings --> In-App Purchases --> View my" +" Services`." +msgstr "" +"这是一项应用内购买功能，每条生成的线索将花费一个积点。如果你选择获取联系人信息，每个联系人也会花费一个额外积点。以下是这项`功能的定价 " +"<https://iap.odoo.com/iap/in-app-services/167?>`__。如要购买积点，你可前往 " +":menuselection:`CRM --> 配置 --> 设定 --> 购买积点`；或前往`设定 --> 应用内购买 --> 查看我的服务`。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:65 +msgid "" +"The blue box will automatically tell you how many credits are going to be " +"consumed." +msgstr "蓝框会自动告知你将消耗的积点数量。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:169 +msgid "" +"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you " +"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." +msgstr "如果你是Odoo Online (SAAS)企业版用户，你可用免费试用积点来测试这项功能。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:71 +msgid "" +":doc:`In-App Purchases (IAP) " +"</applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:3 +msgid "Send quotations" +msgstr "发送报价单" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you qualify a lead into an opportunity you will most likely need to " +"send them a quotation. You can directly do this in the CRM App with Odoo." +msgstr "当您将线索定为商机时，您很可能需要向他们发送报价单。您可以在使用 Odoo 的 CRM 应用程序中直接执行此操作。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:12 +msgid "Create a new quotation" +msgstr "创建新报价单" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:14 +msgid "" +"By clicking on any opportunity or lead, you will see a *New Quotation* " +"button, it will bring you into a new menu where you can manage your quote." +msgstr "通过点击任何商机或潜在顾客，您将看到一个 *新报价* 按钮，它会将您带入一个新的菜单，您可以在其中管理您的报价。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:21 +msgid "" +"You will find all your quotes to that specific opportunity under the " +"*Quotations* menu on that page." +msgstr "您可以在该页面上的 *报价* 菜单下找到该特定商机的所有报价。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:28 +msgid "Mark them won/lost" +msgstr "标记为赢/输" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Now you will need to mark your opportunity as won or lost to move the " +"process along." +msgstr "现在，您需要将商机标记为赢或输，以继续进行此过程。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you mark them as won, they will move to your *Won* column in your Kanban " +"view. If you however mark them as *Lost* they will be archived." +msgstr "如果将它们标记为赢，它们将移动到看板视图中的 *赢* 列。但是，如果您将它们标记为 *输* ，它们将被存档。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize.rst:3 +msgid "Optimize your Day-to-Day work" +msgstr "优化您的日常工作" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:3 +msgid "How to motivate and reward my salespeople?" +msgstr "如何激励和奖励我的销售人员？" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Challenging your employees to reach specific targets with goals and rewards " +"is an excellent way to reinforce good habits and improve your salespeople " +"productivity. The Gamification module gives you simple and creative ways to " +"motivate and evaluate your employees with real-time recognition and badges " +"inspired by game mechanics." +msgstr "" +"激励员工以实现目标和奖励达到特定目标是增强良好销售习惯和提高销售人员生产率的绝佳方法。 " +"游戏化模块通过实时识别和受游戏机制启发的徽章，为您提供了简单而富有创意的方式来激励和评估您的员工。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Install the *Gamification* module, or the *CRM gamification* one, which adds" +" some useful data (goals and challenges) that can be used on *CRM/Sale*." +msgstr "安装 *游戏化* 模块或 *CRM游戏化* 模块，添加了一些可用于 *CRM /销售* 的有用数据（如目标和挑战）。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:21 +msgid "Create a challenge" +msgstr "创建一个挑战" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Now, create your first challenge by going to :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Gamification Tools --> Challenges`." +msgstr "现在，创建您的第一个挑战，通过 :menuselection:`设定 --> 游戏化工具 --> 挑战` 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:27 +msgid "" +"As the gamification tool is a one-time technical setup, you need to activate" +" the technical features in order to access the configuration. To do so, go " +"to *Settings* and *Activate the developer mode*." +msgstr "由于游戏化工具是一次性的技术设置，因此您需要激活技术功能才能访问配置。 为此，请转到 *设定* 和 *激活开发人员模式* 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:35 +msgid "" +"A challenge is a mission that you send to your sales team. It can include " +"one or several goals, set for a specific period of time. Configure your " +"challenge as follows:" +msgstr "挑战是您发送给销售团队的任务。 它可以包括为特定时间段设置的一个或多个目标。 如下配置您的挑战：" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:38 +msgid "Assign the salespeople to be challenged;" +msgstr "指派给受挑战的销售人员;" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:39 +msgid "Assign a responsible;" +msgstr "指派负责人；" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:40 +msgid "Set up the periodicity along with the start and the end date;" +msgstr "设置周期以及开始和结束日期；" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:41 +msgid "Select your goals;" +msgstr "选择你的目标;" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:42 +msgid "Set up your rewards (badges)." +msgstr "设置您的奖励（徽章）。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Badges are granted when a challenge is finished. This is either at the end " +"of a running period (eg: end of the month for a monthly challenge), at the " +"end date of a challenge (if no periodicity is set), or when the challenge is" +" manually closed." +msgstr "挑战结束后将授予徽章。 这可以是运行周期的结尾（例如：每月挑战的月末），挑战的结束日期（如果没有设置周期性），也可以是手动关闭挑战。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:49 +msgid "" +"In the example below, 2 employees are being challenged with a *Monthly Sales" +" Target*. The challenge is based on 2 goals: the total amount invoiced and " +"number of new leads generated. At the end of the month, the winner will be " +"granted with a badge." +msgstr "在下面的示例中，有2位员工正在挑战 *每月销售目标* 。 挑战基于两个目标：发票总额和产生的新潜在客户数量。 在月底，将为获奖者颁发徽章。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:58 +msgid "Set up goals" +msgstr "设立目标" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:60 +msgid "" +"The users can be evaluated using goals and numerical objectives to reach." +msgstr "可以使用目标和数字来评估用户。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:62 +msgid "" +"**Goals** are assigned through *challenges* that evaluate (see image above) " +"and compare members of a team throughout time." +msgstr "**目标** 是通过 *挑战* 分配的，这些评估（请参见上图）并在整个时段内团队各成员之间进行比较。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:66 +msgid "" +"You can create a new goal on the fly from a *Challenge* by clicking on *Add " +"new item*, under *Goals*. Select the business object according to your " +"company's needs. Examples: number of new leads, time to qualify a lead, " +"total amount invoiced in a specific week, month or any other time frame " +"based on your management preferences, etc." +msgstr "" +"你可以在 *挑战* 中创建一个新的目标，点击 *目标* 下的 *添加新项目* 。 根据公司需求选择业务对象。 " +"示例：新销售线索的数量，资格的形成时间，根据您的管理偏好在特定星期，月份或任何其他时间范围内开具的发票总额等。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Goals may include your database setup as well (e.g. set your company data " +"and a timezone, create new users, etc.)." +msgstr "目标也包括你的数据库设立 (比如设定你的公司数据, 一个时区, 建立一个新用户, 等等)。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:77 +msgid "Set up rewards" +msgstr "建立奖励" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:79 +msgid "" +"For non-numerical achievements, **Badges** can be granted to users. From a " +"simple thank you to an exceptional achievement, a badge is an easy way to " +"express gratitude to a user for their good work. To create and grant badges " +"to your employees based on their performance, go to :menuselection:`Settings" +" --> Gamification Tools --> Badges`." +msgstr "" +"对于非数字成就，可以将 *徽章* 授予用户。 从简单的感谢到卓越的成就，徽章是向用户表示感谢的简单方法，感谢他们的出色工作。 " +"要根据员工的绩效创建和授予徽章，请转到 :menuselection:`设定 --> 游戏化工具 --> 徽章` 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:3 +msgid "Outlook Extension" +msgstr "Outlook 扩展" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The **Odoo CRM Extension** is a connector that bridges your Outlook mailbox " +"with your Odoo database. This extension allows you to:" +msgstr "** Odoo CRM扩展** 是连接器，可将Outlook邮箱与Odoo数据库桥接。 通过此扩展程序，您可以：" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:8 +msgid "Create leads from emails sent to your mailbox." +msgstr "通过发送到您的邮箱的电子邮件创建销售线索。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:9 +msgid "Centralize Prospects' emails into a CRM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:10 +msgid "Search and store insights on your contacts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:17 +msgid "" +"This extension is compatible with the Web version of Outlook as well as the " +"desktop apps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The Outlook Extension uses *Partner Autocomplete IAP credits* to search and " +"store insights on your contacts. See the :ref:`Pricing section " +"<outlook_extension/pricing>` below for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The Outlook Extension requires to be configured both in Odoo and in Outlook." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:34 +msgid "Enable the feature on your database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To enable this feature on your Odoo database, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> " +"Configuration --> Lead Generation`, enable **Outlook CRM Extension**, and " +"click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:42 +msgid "Install the add-in on Outlook" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:44 +msgid "" +"You can install the Outlook Extension as a **Custom Add-in**. To do so, " +"follow these steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:0 +msgid "URL of the **Odoo for Outlook** add-in's manifest file:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:0 +msgid "``https://download.odoo.com/plugins/outlook/manifest.xml``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:50 +msgid "Todo" +msgstr "待办" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:50 +msgid "add copy button when the feature is added to the doc" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Connect to your Outlook mailbox, open any email, and click on the *More " +"actions* button, displayed as three little dots." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:59 +msgid "Click on *Get add-ins*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:65 +msgid "" +"In the new window, select the tab named *My add-ins*, click on *+ Add a " +"custom add-in*, and then on *Add from URL...*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Outlook prompts you to **enter the URL of the add-in's manifest file**. To " +"do so, copy the following URL, paste it in the box, and click on *OK*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Outlook warns you that Microsoft hasn’t verified the add-in. Click on " +"*Install* to complete the installation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:84 +msgid "" +"The *Odoo for Outlook* add-in is not listed yet on Outlook's add-ins list. " +"This is why it is currently necessary to install it as a *custom add-in*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:90 +msgid "Add a shortcut to open the extension" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:92 +msgid "" +"By default, you can open the **Odoo for Outlook** extension from the *More " +"actions* menu. This section explains how to move the launcher next to the " +"other default actions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:99 +msgid "" +"In your Outlook mailbox, click on *Settings*, then on *View all Outlook " +"settings*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Mail --> Customize actions --> Message " +"surface`, select *Odoo for Outlook*, and click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:109 +msgid "Connect to your database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Open **Odoo for Outlook** from any email. This opens the extension as a " +"panel on the right side of your screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:113 +msgid "Click on *login* at the bottom of the extension." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:114 +msgid "Insert your database's URL then click on *Login*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:120 +msgid "" +"Log into your database by entering your credentials. Skip this step if you " +"are already logged in with this browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:122 +msgid "" +"A message asks you if you want to let Outlook access your Odoo database. " +"Click on *Allow* to complete the connection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Make sure first to :ref:`enable the feature on your database " +"<outlook_extension/enable-feature>`. Failing to do so would result in an " +"*error 404 message*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:130 +msgid "" +"The extension displays some information, even if you do not connect it to " +"any Odoo database. Note that only a limited amount of contact enrichment " +"requests are available as a trial, as this feature requires prepaid credits." +" See the :ref:`Pricing section <outlook_extension/pricing>` below for more " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:140 +msgid "" +"The extension is **free** and doesn't require any purchase to be installed " +"and used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:142 +msgid "" +"However, this extension provides you with *Lead Enrichment* in the **Company" +" Insights** section. This service is part of a paid service known as **Lead " +"Generation**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:145 +msgid "" +"The extension allows you to test this service for free, whether you connect " +"the extension to a database or not. After a while, the extension asks you to" +" buy credits to keep using this additional service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:155 +msgid "" +"You can buy more *Lead Generation* credits to keep using this service or " +"disregard this message and keep using the extension for free without *Lead " +"Enrichment*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:159 +msgid "In-App Purchase" +msgstr "应用内购买" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:162 +msgid "" +"*Lead Generation* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service, which requires " +"prepaid credits to be used. Each request consumes one credit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To buy credits, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Contacts --> Partner " +"Autocomplete or Odoo IAP --> View My Services` and select a package." +msgstr "" +"如要购买积点，前往 :menuselection:`设置 --> 联系人 --> 业务伙伴自动完成或Odoo IAP --> " +"查看我的服务`并选择一个服务包。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:167 +msgid "" +"If you run out of credits, the only information populated when clicking on " +"the suggested company is the website link and logo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Learn about our *Privacy Policy* `here " +"<https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#header_2>`_." +msgstr "`在此 <https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#header_2>`_了解我们的 *隐私政策* 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:174 +msgid ":doc:`../../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:175 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Lead Enrichment <https://www.odoo.com/r/p73>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:3 +msgid "Enrich your contacts base with Partner Autocomplete" +msgstr "利用业务伙伴自动完成功能扩大你的联系人群体" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Parter Autocomplete helps you to enrich your contacts database with " +"corporate data. Select one of the companies suggested in the dropdown, and " +"quickly get all the information you need." +msgstr "业务伙伴自动完成功能可提供企业数据，帮助你扩大联系人数据库。在下拉列表中选择一家公司，即可获得你需要的所有信息。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Contacts` and activate the *Partner " +"Autocomplete* feature." +msgstr "前往 :menuselection:`设置 --> 联系人`并启用 *业务伙伴自动完成* 功能。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:18 +msgid "Enrich your contacts with corporate data" +msgstr "为联系人增加企业数据资料" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:22 +msgid "" +"From any module, once you start to create a new contact typing the name of " +"it, the system will suggest a potential match. If you select it, the contact" +" will be populated with corporate data." +msgstr "无论在任何模块中，只要你键入名称并开始创建新联系人，系统将提示可能的匹配名称。如果你选择它，系统将为联系人填入相关企业数据。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:23 +msgid "" +"For example, after typing *Odoo*, you will get the following information:" +msgstr "例如，在键入 *Odoo* 后，你将得到以下信息：" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Partner Autocomplete also works if you enter a VAT number instead of a " +"company name." +msgstr "如果你键入VAT编号而不是公司名称，也可使用业务伙伴自动完成功能。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:39 +msgid "" +"*Partner Autocomplete* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service, which requires" +" prepaid credits to be used. Each request will consume one credit." +msgstr "*业务伙伴自动完成* 是一项 *应用内购买(IAP)* 服务，需要使用预付费积点。每项请求都会消耗一个积点。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:44 +msgid "" +"If you run out of credits, the only information that will be populated when " +"clicking on the suggested company will be the website link and the logo." +msgstr "如果你的积点已耗尽，在点击系统提示的公司后，只会填充网站链接和商标信息。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:46 +msgid "" +"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and you have the Enterprise version, you " +"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." +msgstr "如果你是Odoo Online (SAAS)企业版用户，你可用免费试用积点来测试这项功能。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance.rst:3 +msgid "Analyze performance" +msgstr "分析性能" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:3 +msgid "Check your Win/Loss Ratio" +msgstr "检查您的赢/输比率" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To see how well you are doing with your pipeline, take a look at the " +"Win/Loss ratio." +msgstr "要查看管道的配合情况，请查看赢/输比率。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To access this report, go to your *Pipeline* view under the *Reporting* tab." +msgstr "要访问此报告，请转到 *报告* 选项卡下的 *管道* 视图。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:11 +msgid "" +"From there you can filter to which opportunities you wish to see, yours, the" +" ones from your sales channel, your whole company, etc. You can then click " +"on filter and check Won/Lost." +msgstr "在这里，您可以过滤到希望看到的机会，您的机会，来自销售渠道的机会，整个公司的机会等等。然后，您可以单击过滤器并选中“赢/输”。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:18 +msgid "You can also change the *Measures* to *Total Revenue*." +msgstr "您还可以将 *措施* 更改为 *总收入*。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:23 +msgid "You also have the ability to switch to a pie chart view." +msgstr "您还可以切换到饼型视图。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline.rst:3 +msgid "Organize the pipeline" +msgstr "组织管道" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:3 +msgid "Manage lost opportunities" +msgstr "管理失去的机会" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:5 +msgid "" +"While working with your opportunities, you might lose some of them. You will" +" want to keep track of the reasons you lost them and also which ways Odoo " +"can help you recover them in the future." +msgstr "当您同时处理许多机会时，您可能会失去其中一些机会。 您将需要跟踪失去它们的原因，以及Odoo可以通过哪些方式帮助您将来恢复它们。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:10 +msgid "Mark a lead as lost" +msgstr "将销售线索标记为输" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:12 +msgid "" +"While in your pipeline, select any opportunity you want and you will see a " +"*Mark Lost* button." +msgstr "在管道中，选择所需的任何商机，您将看到一个 *标记为输* 按钮。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:15 +msgid "" +"You can then select an existing *Lost Reason* or create a new one right " +"there." +msgstr "然后，您可以选择现有的 *丢失原因* 或在此处创建新的。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:22 +msgid "Manage & create lost reasons" +msgstr "管理和创建丢失的原因" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You will find your *Lost Reasons* under :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Lost Reasons`." +msgstr "您将在菜单选择 :menuselection:`配置 --> 丢失的原因`下找到您的 --> 丢失原因`。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:26 +msgid "" +"You can select & rename any of them as well as create a new one from there." +msgstr "您可以选择和重命名其中任何一个，以及从那里创建一个新的。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:30 +msgid "Retrieve lost opportunities" +msgstr "检索丢失的机会" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To retrieve lost opportunities and do actions on them (send an email, make a" +" feedback call, etc.), select the *Lost* filter in the search bar." +msgstr "要检索丢失的机会并对其进行操作（发送电子邮件、拨打反馈电话等），请在搜索栏中选择 *丢失* 筛选器。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:39 +msgid "You will then see all your lost opportunities." +msgstr "然后，您将看到所有失去的机会。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:41 +msgid "" +"If you want to refine them further, you can add a filter on the *Lost " +"Reason*." +msgstr "如果要进一步优化它们，可以在 *丢失原因* 上添加筛选器。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:44 +msgid "For Example, *Too Expensive*." +msgstr "例如，*太贵* 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:50 +msgid "Restore lost opportunities" +msgstr "恢复失去的机会" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:52 +msgid "" +"From the Kanban view with the filter(s) in place, you can select any " +"opportunity you wish and work on it as usual. You can also restore it by " +"clicking on *Archived*." +msgstr "从具有筛选器的看板视图中，您可以选择任何希望的机会，并照常处理。您也可以通过单击 *已存档* 来恢复它。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:59 +msgid "" +"You can also restore items in batch from the Kanban view when they belong to" +" the same stage. Select *Restore Records* in the column options. You can " +"also archive the same way." +msgstr "当项目属于同一阶段时，还可以从看板视图中还原批处理中的项。在列选项中选择 *还原记录* 。您也可以以相同的方式存档。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:66 +msgid "To select specific opportunities, you should switch to the list view." +msgstr "要选择特定商机，应切换到列表视图。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Then you can select as many or all opportunities and select the actions you " +"want to take." +msgstr "然后，您可以选择尽可能多的或所有商机，并选择要执行的操作。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:78 +msgid ":doc:`../performance/win_loss`" +msgstr ":doc:`../performance/win_loss`" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:3 +msgid "Manage multiple sales teams" +msgstr "管理多个销售团队" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, you can manage several sales teams, departments or channels with " +"specific sales processes. To do so, we use the concept of *Sales Channel*." +msgstr "在 Odoo 中，您可以管理多个销售团队、部门或具有特定销售流程的渠道。为此，我们使用 *销售渠道* 的概念。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:10 +msgid "Create a new sales channel" +msgstr "创建新的销售渠道" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To create a new *Sales Channel*, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Sales Channels`." +msgstr "要创建新的 *销售渠道* ，请转到 :menuselection:`配置 --> 销售渠道`。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:14 +msgid "" +"There you can set an email alias to it. Every message sent to that email " +"address will create a lead/opportunity." +msgstr "在那里，您可以设置一个电子邮件别名。发送到该电子邮件地址的每封邮件都将创建潜在顾客/商机。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:21 +msgid "Add members to your sales channel" +msgstr "添加成员到您的销售渠道" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You can add members to any channel; that way those members will see the " +"pipeline structure of the sales channel when opening it. Any " +"lead/opportunity assigned to them will link to the sales channel. Therefore," +" you can only be a member of one channel." +msgstr "" +"您可以将成员添加到任何频道; " +"这样，这些成员在打开销售渠道时将看到销售渠道的管道结构。分配给他们的任何销售线索/商机都将链接到销售渠道。因此，您只能是一个通道的成员。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:28 +msgid "This will ease the process review of the team manager." +msgstr "这将简化团队经理的流程评审。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you now filter on this specific channel in your pipeline, you will find " +"all of its opportunities." +msgstr "如果现在筛选管道中的此特定通道，您将找到其所有商机。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:40 +msgid "Sales channel dashboard" +msgstr "销售渠道仪表板" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To see the operations and results of any sales channel at a glance, the " +"sales manager also has access to the *Sales Channel Dashboard* under " +"*Reporting*." +msgstr "要一目了然地查看任何销售渠道的运营和结果，销售经理还可以访问 *报告* 下的 *销售渠道仪表板* 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:46 +msgid "" +"It is shared with the whole ecosystem so every revenue stream is included in" +" it: Sales, eCommerce, PoS, etc." +msgstr "它与整个生态系统共享，因此每个收入流都包含在其中：销售、电子商务、PoS 等。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads.rst:3 +msgid "Assign and track leads" +msgstr "分配和跟踪销售线索" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:3 +msgid "Assign leads based on scoring" +msgstr "根据评分分配销售线索" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With *Leads Scoring* you can automatically rank your leads based on selected" +" criterias." +msgstr "通过 *销售线索评分* ，您可以根据所选条件自动对销售线索进行排名。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:8 +msgid "" +"For example you could score customers from your country higher or the ones " +"that visited specific pages on your website." +msgstr "例如，您可以对您所在国家/地区的客户或访问您网站上特定网页的客户进行评分。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To use scoring, install the free module *Lead Scoring* under your *Apps* " +"page (only available in Odoo Enterprise)." +msgstr "要使用评分，请在 *应用* 页面下安装免费模块 *销售线索* （仅在 Odoo 企业版中提供）。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:21 +msgid "Create scoring rules" +msgstr "生成评分规则" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You now have a new tab in your *CRM* app called *Leads Management* where you" +" can manage your scoring rules." +msgstr "现在，您的 *CRM* 应用中有一个名为 *销售线索管理* 的新选项卡，您可以在其中管理评分规则。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Here's an example for a Canadian lead, you can modify for whatever criteria " +"you wish to score your leads on. You can add as many criterias as you wish." +msgstr "下面是加拿大销售线索的示例，您可以修改您希望对销售线索进行评分的任何条件。您可以根据需要添加尽可能多的条件。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Every hour every lead without a score will be automatically scanned and " +"assigned their right score according to your scoring rules." +msgstr "每小时没有得分的一个线索都会被自动扫描，并根据您的评分规则分配正确的分数。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:40 +msgid "Assign leads" +msgstr "分配销售线索" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Once the scores computed, leads can be assigned to specific teams using the " +"same domain mechanism. To do so go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Leads " +"Management --> Team Assignation` and apply a specific domain on each team. " +"This domain can include scores." +msgstr "" +"计算分数后，可以使用相同的域机制将销售线索分配给特定团队。为此，请转到菜单选择 :menuselection:`CRM --> 销售线索管理 --> " +"团队分配'，并在每个团队中应用特定域。此域可以包含分数。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Further on, you can assign to a specific vendor in the team with an even " +"more refined domain." +msgstr "此外，您可以向团队中的特定供应商分配更精细的域。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:52 +msgid "" +"To do so go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Leads Management --> Leads " +"Assignation`." +msgstr "要执行此操作，请转到菜单选择:menuselection:`CRM -->销售线索管理 --> 分配销售线索`。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:58 +msgid "" +"The team & leads assignation will assign the unassigned leads once a day." +msgstr "团队和销售线索分配将每天调派一次未分配的销售线索。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:62 +msgid "Evaluate & use the unassigned leads" +msgstr "评估和使用未分配的销售线索" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Once your scoring rules are in place you will most likely still have some " +"unassigned leads. Some of them could still lead to an opportunity so it is " +"useful to do something with them." +msgstr "一旦你的评分规则到位，你很可能仍然有一些未分配的销售线索。其中一些仍然可能成为机会，因此保留他们在这里是有用的。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:68 +msgid "" +"In your leads page you can place a filter to find your unassigned leads." +msgstr "在销售线索页面中，您可以放置一个筛选器来查找未分配的销售线索。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Why not using :menuselection:`Email Marketing` or :menuselection:`Marketing " +"Automation` apps to send a mass email to them? You can also easily find such" +" unassigned leads from there." +msgstr "" +"为什么不使用: :menuselection:`邮件营销' 或 :menuselection:`营销自动化` " +"应用程序向他们发送促销电邮？您还可以从那里轻松找到此类未分配的销售线索。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:3 +msgid "Track your prospects visits" +msgstr "跟踪销售线索的访问" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Tracking your website pages will give you much more information about the " +"interests of your website visitors." +msgstr "跟踪您的网页将为您提供更多有关网站访问者感兴趣的信息。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Every tracked page they visit will be recorded on your lead/opportunity if " +"they use the contact form on your website." +msgstr "如果他们使用您网站上的联系表单，他们访问的每个跟踪页面都会记录在您的销售线索中。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To use this feature, install the free module *Lead Scoring* under your " +"*Apps* page (only available in Odoo Enterprise)." +msgstr "要使用此功能，请在 *应用* 页面下安装免费模块 *销售线索评分* （仅在 Odoo 企业版中提供）。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:21 +msgid "Track a webpage" +msgstr "跟踪网页" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Go to any static page you want to track on your website and under the " +"*Promote* tab you will find *Optimize SEO*" +msgstr "转到您要在网站上跟踪的任何静态页面，在 *升级* 选项卡下，您会找到 *优化SEO*" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:29 +msgid "There you will see a *Track Page* checkbox to track this page." +msgstr "在那里，您将看到一个 *跟踪页面* 复选框来跟踪此页面。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:35 +msgid "See visited pages in your leads/opportunities" +msgstr "查看销售线索/商机中访问过的页面" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Now each time a lead is created from the contact form it will keep track of " +"the pages visited by that visitor. You have two ways to see those pages, on " +"the top right corner of your lead/opportunity you can see a *Page Views* " +"button but also further down you will see them in the chatter." +msgstr "" +"现在，每次从联系表单中创建销售线索时，它都会跟踪该访客访问的页面。 您可以通过两种方式查看这些页面，在潜在客户/机会的右上角可以看到 *页面浏览量* " +"按钮，但在更下方的位置，您会在沟通栏中看到它们。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Both will update if the viewers comes back to your website and visits more " +"pages." +msgstr "如果观看者返回您的网站并访问更多页面，两者都将更新。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:52 +msgid "" +"The feature will not repeat multiple viewings of the same pages in the " +"chatter." +msgstr "该功能不会重复查看沟通栏的相同页面。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:55 +msgid "Your customers will no longer be able to keep any secrets from you!" +msgstr "您的客户将不再能够对您保密！" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:4 +msgid "Point of Sale" +msgstr "POS" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features.rst:3 +msgid "Pricing Features" +msgstr "定价功能" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:3 +msgid "Using discount tags with a barcode scanner" +msgstr "使用适合条码扫描仪的折扣标签" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:5 +msgid "" +"If you want to sell your products with a discount, for a product getting " +"close to its expiration date for example, you can use discount tags. They " +"allow you to scan discount barcodes." +msgstr "如你想打折销售产品，例如对于已经临期的产品，你可使用折扣标签。这样可以扫描折扣条码。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:10 +msgid "To use discount tags you will need to use a barcode scanner." +msgstr "如要使用折扣标签，你需要使用条码扫描器。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:13 +msgid "Barcode Nomenclature" +msgstr "条码命名规则" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:15 +msgid "To use discounts tags, we need to learn about barcode nomenclature." +msgstr "为使用折扣标签，我们需要了解条码命名规则。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Let's say you want to have a discount for the product with the following " +"barcode:" +msgstr "假设你想对以下条码的产品打折：" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You can find the *Default Nomenclature* under the settings of your PoS " +"interface." +msgstr "你可在PoS界面设置下找到*默认命名规则*。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Let's say you want 50% discount on a product you have to start your barcode " +"with 22 (for the discount barcode nomenclature) and then 50 (for the %) " +"before adding the product barcode. In our example, the barcode would be:" +msgstr "假设你想对一个产品打折50%，你必须在添加产品条码之前先加上22（用于折扣条码命名）和50（用于折扣%）。 在我们的例子中，条码应为：" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:41 +msgid "Scan the products & tags" +msgstr "扫描产品和标签" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:43 +msgid "You first have to scan the desired product (in our case, a lemon)." +msgstr "你必须首先扫描需要的产品（本例中为柠檬）。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:48 +msgid "" +"And then scan the discount tag. The discount will be applied and you can " +"finish the transaction." +msgstr "然后扫描折扣标签。折扣将生效，你可完成交易。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:3 +msgid "Apply Discounts" +msgstr "套用折扣" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"By offering discounts, you can entice your customers and drastically " +"increase your revenue. It is vital to offer discounts, whether they are " +"time-limited, seasonal or manually given." +msgstr "通过提供折扣，您可以吸引你的客户，并大幅度增加收入。 提供折扣是至关重要的，无论是限时折扣，季节性折扣还是手动折扣。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:9 +msgid "" +"To manage discounts, Odoo has powerful features that help set up a pricing " +"strategy tailored to every business." +msgstr "Odoo具有强大的功能以管理折扣，可建立适合每个企业的定价策略。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:13 +msgid "Apply manual discounts" +msgstr "应用手动折扣" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:15 +msgid "" +"If you seldom use discounts, applying manual ones might be the easiest " +"solution for your Point of Sale." +msgstr "如果您很少使用折扣功能，那么应用手动工具可能是您最简单的POS解决方案。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:18 +msgid "" +"You can either apply a discount on the whole order or on specific products " +"inside an order." +msgstr "您可以对整个订单或订单中的特定产品应用折扣。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:22 +msgid "Apply a discount on a product" +msgstr "对产品应用折扣" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:24 +msgid "From your PoS session interface, use the *Disc* button." +msgstr "在PoS界面中，使用 *折扣* 按钮。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Then, you can input a discount over the product that is currently selected." +msgstr "然后，您可以输入当前所选产品的折扣。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:34 +msgid "Apply a global discount" +msgstr "应用全局折扣" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To apply a discount on the whole order, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales" +" --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and select your PoS." +msgstr "要对整个订单应用折扣，请转到 :menuselection:`POS --> 设置 --> 销售点` ，然后选择您的PoS。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Once on your PoS form, select *Global Discounts*, under the *Pricing* " +"category." +msgstr "进入PoS表单后，在 *价格* 类别下选择 *全球折扣* 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:45 +msgid "Now, you have a new *Discount* button appearing on your PoS interface." +msgstr "现在，您的PoS界面上将出现一个新的 *折扣* 按钮。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:51 +msgid "Click on it and enter the wanted discount." +msgstr "点击它并输入所需的折扣。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:58 +msgid "" +"On this example, there is a global discount of 50% as well as a specific 50%" +" discount on oranges." +msgstr "在这个例子中，有50％的全球折扣以及橙子50％的折扣。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:62 +msgid "Apply time-limited discounts" +msgstr "应用限时折扣" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To activate time-limited discounts, you must activate the *Pricelists* " +"feature. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Configuration " +"--> Point of Sale` and open your PoS. Then, enable the pricelist feature." +msgstr "" +"要激活限时折扣，您必须激活 *价目表* 功能。 为此，请转到:menuselection:` POS --> 配置 --> " +"销售点，然后打开您的PoS并启用价目表功能。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Once activated, you must choose the pricelists you want to make available in" +" the PoS and define a default one." +msgstr "激活后，您必须选择要在PoS中使用的价目表并定义默认价目表。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:77 +msgid "Create a pricelist" +msgstr "创建价格表" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:79 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo has a *Public Pricelist* configured. To create more, go to " +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Products --> Pricelists`. Then click on " +"create." +msgstr "" +"在默认情况下，Odoo具有配置的 *公共价目表* 。 要创建更多产品，请转到:menuselection:`POS- -> 产品 --> 价格清单。 " +"然后点击创建。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:83 +msgid "" +"When creating a pricelist, you can set several criteria to use a specific " +"price: period, min. quantity, etc. You can also decide to apply that " +"pricelist on specific products or on the whole range." +msgstr "创建价格表时，可以使用多个条件以设置特定的价格如：时期，最小值。 数量等。您还可以决定将该价目表应用于特定产品或整个产品系列。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:92 +msgid "Using a pricelist with the PoS interface" +msgstr "在PoS界面上使用价目表" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:94 +msgid "" +"On the PoS interface, a new button appears. Use it to select a pricelist." +msgstr "在PoS界面上，将出现一个新按钮。 使用它来选择价格表。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Click on it to instantly update the prices with the selected pricelist. " +"Then, you can finalize the order." +msgstr "点击它来即时更新与所选价目表价格。 然后，您可以确定订单。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:3 +msgid "Manage a loyalty program" +msgstr "管理忠诚度计划" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Encourage your customers to continue to shop at your point of sale with a " +"*Loyalty Program*." +msgstr "通过*忠诚度计划*鼓励客户继续来你的销售点购物。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To activate the *Loyalty Program* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " +"Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface. " +"Under the Pricing features, select *Loyalty Program*" +msgstr "" +"如要启用*忠诚度计划*功能，前往 :menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> " +"POS`并选择你的PoS界面。在定价功能下，选择*忠诚度计划*。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:19 +msgid "From there you can create and edit your loyalty programs." +msgstr "你可在此创建并编辑忠诚度计划。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You can decide what type of program you wish to use, if the reward is a " +"discount or a gift, make it specific to some products or cover your whole " +"range. Apply rules so that it is only valid in specific situation and " +"everything in between." +msgstr "你可决定希望使用的忠诚度计划类型，如果奖励是折扣或礼品，可设置针对特定产品还是整个范围应用规则，确保它仅对特定情况有效。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:30 +msgid "Use the loyalty program in your PoS interface" +msgstr "在你的PoS界面使用忠诚度计划" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:32 +msgid "" +"When a customer is set, you will now see the points they will get for the " +"transaction and they will accumulate until they are spent. They are spent " +"using the button *Rewards* when they have enough points according to the " +"rules defined in the loyalty program." +msgstr "" +"在设置客户后，你现在可以看到他们交易获得的点数，并将累计他们已消费的金额。根据忠诚度计划定义的规则，在累计足够点数后，通过*奖励*按钮即可兑换奖励。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:40 +msgid "" +"You can see the price is instantly updated to reflect the pricelist. You can" +" finalize the order in your usual way." +msgstr "你会发现价格即时更新，反映价格表的最新价格。你可按正常方式完成订单。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:44 +msgid "" +"If you select a customer with a default pricelist, it will be applied. You " +"can of course change it." +msgstr "如你选择包含默认价格表的客户，则将适用该价格表。当然，你也可更改。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:3 +msgid "Using Pricelists in Point of Sale" +msgstr "在POS中使用价目表" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You probably know the concept of happy hour: during a certain period of " +"time, the barman gives a discount on some drinks (usually 50% off or a buy " +"one get one free). When the period is over, prices go back to normal. But " +"how does that relate with Odoo?" +msgstr "" +"您可能知道欢乐时光的概念：在一定时期内，酒保会给某些饮料打折（通常是50％的折扣或买一送一）。 期间结束后，价格恢复正常。 但这与Odoo有什么关系？" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:10 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, you can set up happy hours. It’s one of the many possible uses of " +"*Pricelists*. Those *Pricelists* allow the creation of multiple prices for " +"the same product: a regular one and a special one for happy hours. Available" +" in the *PoS* app, those are really convenient." +msgstr "" +"在Odoo中，您可以设置欢乐时光。 它是 *价目表* 的多种可能用途之一。 这些 *价格表* 允许为同一产品创建多个价格：常规价格和欢乐时光的特殊价格。" +" 这些功能在 *PoS* 应用程序中可用，非常方便。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:17 +msgid "Set up Pricelists" +msgstr "设置价目表" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To set up a *Pricelist*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Configuration` and enable the *Pricelist* feature. Then, " +"go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and" +" enable *Pricelist* for the *PoS*." +msgstr "" +"要设置 *价目表 * ，请转到 :menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> 配置，并启用 *价目表* 功能。 然后，转到 " +":menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> 销售点并为 *PoS* 启用 *价目表* 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Now, you can create *Pricelists* by clicking on the *Pricelists* link. Then," +" set it up by choosing the product category you want to include in your " +"happy hour and the discount." +msgstr "现在，您可以通过单击 *价目表* 链接来创建 *价目表*。 然后，通过选择您要在欢乐时光和折扣中包括的产品类别来进行设置。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Go back to your *PoS* settings and add the Happy Hour pricelist to the list." +" You can even choose a default pricelist if needed." +msgstr "返回您的 *PoS* 设定页面并将欢乐时光价格表添加到列表中。 如果有需要，您甚至可以选择默认价格表。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:39 +msgid "" +"From now on, on the *PoS* interface, a new button is available, allowing you" +" to choose among the different *pricelists* you added before." +msgstr "从现在开始，在 *PoS* 界面上，将提供一个新按钮，使您可以添加之前选择不同的 *价目表 * 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:46 +msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm.rst:3 +msgid "Fiscal Data Modules" +msgstr "财政数据模块" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Setting up the Fiscal Data Module with the Odoo POS" +msgstr "建立odoo零售的财政数据模块" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:170 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "介绍" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The Belgian government requires certain businesses to use a government-" +"certified device called a **Fiscal Data Module** (also known as a " +"**blackbox**). This device works together with the POS application and logs " +"certain transactions. On top of that, the used POS application must also be " +"certified by the government and must adhere to strict standards specified by" +" them. `Odoo 9 (Enterprise Edition) is a certified application " +"<http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/systemes-certifies>`_. More " +"information concerning the Fiscal Data Module can be found on `the official " +"website <http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/>`_." +msgstr "" +"比利时政府要求某些企业使用国家认证设备 **财政数据模块** (也称为 **黑箱** )。这个设备与POS设备一起使用, " +"记录交易事项。最重要的是,使用的POS设备也必须经政府认证, 并坚守严格的标准规定. “Odoo 9 " +"(企业版)是一个认证应用程序<http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/systemes-" +"certifies>`_. 关于会计期间的模块的更多信息, 请查阅官方网站 `the official website " +"<http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/>`_." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:20 +msgid "Required hardware" +msgstr "所需的硬件" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:22 +msgid "" +"A government certified `Fiscal Data Module " +"<http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/systemes-" +"certifies#FDM%20certifiés>`_ per POS, all of them should work, but the " +"Cleancash SC-B is recommended, you will also need:" +msgstr "" +"政府认证的'财政数据模块<http ://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/systemes-" +"certifies#FDM%20certifiés> `_POS机, 都可以工作, 但建议使用Cleancash SC-B, 你还需要:" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Serial null modem cable per FDM (`example <http://www.startech.com/Cables" +"/Serial-Parallel-PS-2/DB9-DB25/10-ft-Cross-Wired-Serial-Null-Modem-Cable-" +"DB9-FM~SCNM9FM>`__)" +msgstr "" +"FDM串行的调制解调器电缆(例如 `<http ://www.startech.com/Cables/Serial-Parallel-" +"PS-2/DB9-DB25/10-ft-Cross-Wired-Serial-Null-Modem-Cable-DB9-FM~SCNM9FM>` __)" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Serial-to-USB adapter per FDM (`example " +"<http://trendnet.com/products/proddetail.asp?prod=265_TU-S9>`__)" +msgstr "" +"FDM串口转USB适配器(例如 `<http " +"://trendnet.com/products/proddetail.asp?prod=265_TU-S9>` __)" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:32 +msgid "A registered IoT Box per POS configuration" +msgstr "每个POS配置注册的物联网盒子" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:35 +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "设置" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:38 +msgid "IoT Box" +msgstr "物联网盒子" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In order to use a Fiscal Data Module, you will need a registered IoT Box. " +"These IoT Boxes are similar to the regular IoT Boxes we sell, but they are " +"registered with the Belgian government. This is required by law. Attempting " +"to use a Fiscal Data Module on a non-registered IoT Box will not work. You " +"can verify that the Fiscal Data Module is recognized by the IoT Box by going" +" to the *Hardware status page* via the IoT Box homepage." +msgstr "" +"为了使用财政数据模块, 你需要一个已注册的物联网盒子。物联网盒子与普通的物联网盒子类似, " +"但它们已在比利时政府注册。这是法律规定。在未注册的物联网盒子上使用财政数据模块将无法正常工作。你可通过物联网盒子主页*硬件状态页*验证财政数据模块是否已被物联网盒子识别" +" 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:52 +msgid "Odoo" +msgstr "Odoo" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:54 +msgid "" +"An Odoo POS app can be given certified POS capabilities by installing the " +"**Belgian Registered Cash Register** app (technical name: " +"``pos_blackbox_be``). Because of government restrictions imposed on us, this" +" installation cannot be undone. After this, you will have to ensure that " +"each POS configuration has a unique registered IoT Box associated with it " +"(:menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and " +"ensure Hardware Proxy / IoT Box and the serial number of your IoT Box is " +"set). The first time you open the Point of Sale and attempt to do a " +"transaction, you will be asked to input the PIN that you received with your " +"VAT signing card." +msgstr "" +"通过安装**比利时注册的收银机**应用程序（技术名称：``pos_blackbox_be``），Odoo " +"POS应用程序可具备认证的POS功能。由于政府对我们的限制，这种安装不能撤消。在此之后, " +"你必须确保每个POS配置都有与它关联的唯一已注册物联网盒子（:menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> " +"POS`并确保硬件代理/物联网盒子及其序列号已设置）。首次打开时POS并尝试处理交易时，你需要输入连同增值税签约卡一起收到的PIN码。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:69 +msgid "Certification & On-premise" +msgstr "认证和部署" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The certification granted by the government is restricted to the use on " +"odoo.com SaaS instance. The usage of the module from the source or a " +"modified version will **not** be certified. For on-premise users, we also " +"support the Fiscal Data Module in such installations. The main restriction " +"is that this requires an obfuscated version of the ``pos_blackbox_be`` " +"module we will provide on request for Enterprise customers." +msgstr "" +"由政府颁发的认证仅限于使用odoo.com SaaS演示。源模块或是修改版本 **不** " +"被认证。对于内部用户，我们也支持会计期间模块的安装。对于企业版的客户，主要的限制是,这需要一个模糊的版本的``pos_blackbox_be`` 模块。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:79 +msgid "Restrictions" +msgstr "限制" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:81 +msgid "" +"As mentioned before, in order to get certified the POS application must " +"adhere to strict government guidelines. Because of this, a certified Odoo " +"POS has some limitations not present in the non-certified Odoo POS." +msgstr "" +"正如前面提到的, 为了获得认证的POS应用必须遵守严格的政府指引。由于这个原因, 经过认证的Odoo POS不会像非认证Odoo " +"POS存在一定的局限性。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:86 +msgid "Refunding is disabled" +msgstr "返现被禁用" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:87 +msgid "Modifying orderline prices" +msgstr "修改订单项目价格" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:88 +msgid "Creating/modifying/deleting POS orders" +msgstr "创建/修改/删除POS订单" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:89 +msgid "Selling products without a valid tax" +msgstr "产品销售没有有效的税收" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:90 +msgid "Multiple Odoo POS configurations per IoT Box are not allowed" +msgstr "每个物联网盒子不允许多个Odoo POS配置" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:91 +msgid "Using the POS without a connection to the IoT Box (and thus FDM)" +msgstr "在不连入物联网盒子（及FDM）的情况下使用POS" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:92 +msgid "Blacklisted modules: pos_discount, pos_reprint, pos_loyalty" +msgstr "列入黑名单的模块 :POS_打折, POS_重新打印, POS_忠诚度" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "概述" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:3 +msgid "Getting started" +msgstr "POS 入门" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When working with a Point of Sale application, employees want a simple, and " +"user-friendly solution. A solution that works online or offline and with any" +" device." +msgstr "当使用POS应用程序时，员工需要一个简单且用户友好的解决方案。 可在线或离线使用及配合任何设备的解决方案。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:9 +msgid "" +"A Point of Sale system is a fully integrated application that allows any " +"transaction, automatically registers product moves in your stock, and gives " +"you real-time statistics and consolidations across all shops." +msgstr "POS系统是一个完全集成的应用程序，它可以进行任何交易，自动在您的库存中注册产品移动，并为您提供所有商店的实时统计信息和合并信息。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:17 +msgid "Make products available in the PoS" +msgstr "使产品可在PoS中使用" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To make products available for sale, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale -->" +" Products --> Products` and open a product. In the *Sales* tab, enable " +"*Available in Point of Sale*." +msgstr "" +"要使产品可供销售，请转到 :menuselection:`POS --> 产品 --> 产品`，然后打开一个产品。 在 *销售* 标签中，启用 " +"*在POS可用* 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:28 +msgid "You can also define if the product has to be weighted or not." +msgstr "您还可以定义是否必须对产品进行称重。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:31 +msgid "Configure your payment methods" +msgstr "配置支付方式" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:33 +msgid "" +"To add a payment method, you first need to create it. Go to " +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment Methods` and " +"click on create. Then, you can name your payment method and set it up." +msgstr "" +"要添加付款方式，您首先需要创建它。 转到:menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> 付款方式` ，然后单击创建。 " +"接着，您可以命名您的付款方式并进行设置。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:43 +msgid "Don’t forget your credentials for methods using a payment terminal." +msgstr "不要忘记使用付款终端的凭证。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Now, you can select the payment method in your PoS settings. To do so, go to" +" :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and open" +" the PoS in which you want to include the payment method. Then, add the " +"payment method." +msgstr "" +"现在，您可以在PoS设置中选择付款方式。 为此，请转到:menuselection:`POS- -> 配置 --> " +"销售点，然后打开要设置付款方式的PoS。 接着，添加付款方式。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:55 +msgid "" +"*Configuration* is the menu where you can edit all your point of sale " +"settings. Some more features are available for restaurants." +msgstr "*配置* 是您可以编辑所有销售点设置的菜单。 餐厅还提供一些其他功能。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:59 +msgid "Your first PoS session" +msgstr "您的第一次PoS应用" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:62 +msgid "Your first order" +msgstr "第一个订单" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:64 +msgid "Open a new session from the dashboard by clicking on *New Session*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:70 +msgid "After the loading screen, you arrive on the PoS interface." +msgstr "在加载屏幕之后，您将到达PoS界面。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Once an order is completed, you can register the payment. All the available " +"payment methods appear on the left of the screen. Select the payment method " +"and enter the received amount. Then, you can validate the payment." +msgstr "订单完成后，您可以注册付款。 屏幕上左侧显示所有可用的付款方式。 选择付款方式，然后输入收到的金额。 接着，您可以验证付款。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:82 +msgid "Return and refund products" +msgstr "退货和退款" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Having a well-thought-out return policy is key to keep customers satisfied " +"and make the process of accepting returns and refunds easy for you." +msgstr "制定周全的退货政策是保持客户满意度并使您轻松接受退货和退款的关键。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:87 +msgid "" +"To do that, from the PoS interface, select the product and quantity (with " +"the +/- button) that the customer wants to return. For multiple products, " +"repeat the process individually." +msgstr "为此，请从PoS界面中选择客户要退货的产品和数量（使用+/-按钮）。 对于多种产品的退货，请分别重复该过程。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:94 +msgid "" +"When on the payment interface, the total is negative. To end the refund, " +"process the payment and validate it." +msgstr "在付款界面上，总计为负数。 要结束退款，请处理付款并进行验证。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:102 +msgid "Close the PoS session" +msgstr "关闭PoS会话" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To close your session at the end of the day, click on the close button on " +"the upper right corner of your screen and confirm. Now, close the session on" +" the dashboard view." +msgstr "要在一天结束时关闭会话，请单击屏幕右上角的关闭按钮并进行确认。 现在，在仪表板视图上关闭会话。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:112 +msgid "" +"It’s strongly advised to close your PoS session at the end of each day." +msgstr "强烈建议在每天结束时关闭您的PoS会话。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Once a session is closed, you can see a summary of all transactions per " +"payment method. Then, click on a line to see all orders that were paid " +"during your PoS session. If everything is correct, validate the session and " +"post the closing entries." +msgstr "" +"会话关闭后，您可以查看每种付款方式的所有交易摘要。 然后，单击一行以查看在PoS会话中支付的所有订单。 如果一切正确，请验证会话并发布结束条目。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:123 +msgid "" +"To connect the PoS hardware with an Odoo IoT Box, please refer to these " +"docs: :doc:`Connect an IoT Box to your database " +"</applications/productivity/iot/config/connect>` and :doc:`Use the IoT Box " +"for the PoS </applications/productivity/iot/config/pos>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:129 +msgid "View your statistics" +msgstr "查看你的统计数据" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Keeping track of your sales is essential to get meaningful statistics. " +"That’s why Odoo provides analyzes about your sales." +msgstr "跟踪销售情况对于获取有意义的统计数据至关重要。 因此，Odoo会提供有关您的销售的分析。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:134 +msgid "" +"To access your statistics, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> " +"Reporting --> Orders`. There, you can see various statistics in graph or " +"pivot form." +msgstr "" +"访问统计信息，请转到 :menuselection:`POS -> 报告 --> 订单。 在这里，您可以以图表或数据透视表的形式查看各种统计信息。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:142 +msgid "You can also access them through the dashboard." +msgstr "您也可以通过仪表板访问数据。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:3 +msgid "Register customers" +msgstr "注册客户" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Registering your customers will give you the ability to grant them various " +"privileges such as discounts, loyalty program, specific communication. It " +"will also be required if they want an invoice and registering them will make" +" any future interaction with them faster." +msgstr "注册客户有助于给予他们折扣、忠诚度计划、具体沟通等特权。如果他们想要发票，注册后也能让未来的互动更快捷。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:11 +msgid "Create a customer" +msgstr "创建客户" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:13 +msgid "From your session interface, use the customer button." +msgstr "从会话界面，使用客户按钮。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:18 +msgid "Create a new one by using this button." +msgstr "通过这个按钮创建新客户。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You will be invited to fill out the customer form with their information." +msgstr "你需要填写客户信息表。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Use the save button when you are done. You can then select that customer in " +"any future transactions." +msgstr "完成后，点击保存按钮。然后，你在未来的交易中就可以选择该客户了。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment.rst:3 +msgid "Payment Terminals" +msgstr "付款终端" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:3 +msgid "Connect an Ingenico Payment Terminal to your PoS" +msgstr "将Ingenico支付终端连接到你的PoS" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Connecting a payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid payment flow to " +"your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." +msgstr "连接支付终端可为客户提供流畅的支付流程，并方便收银员的工作。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Please note that Ingenico is currently only available for customers in the " +"Benelux." +msgstr "请注意，Ingenico目前仅向比荷卢地区客户提供。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:15 +msgid "Connect an IoT Box" +msgstr "连接一个物联网盒子" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Connecting an Ingenico Payment Terminal to Odoo is a feature that requires " +"an IoT Box. For more information on how to connect an IoT Box to your " +"database, please refer to the :doc:`IoT documentation " +"</applications/productivity/iot/config/connect>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:22 +msgid "Configure the Lane/5000 for Ingenico BENELUX" +msgstr "为比荷卢Ingenico配置Lane/5000" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Click on the F button of the terminal, then go in the :menuselection:`PoS " +"Menu --> Settings` and enter the settings password." +msgstr "点击终端上的F按钮，然后前往 :menuselection:`PoS菜单 --> 设置`并输入设置密码。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Now, click on connexion change and TCP/IP. Type the IP of your *IoT Box* " +"(you can find it on the form view of your IoT Box). Then, enter 9000 as " +"port. The terminal will restart. Once it is done, go on your *IoT Box* form " +"in Odoo and verify that the terminal has been found." +msgstr "" +"现在，点击连接更改和TCP/IP。 " +"键入*物联网盒子*的IP（你可在物联网盒子的表单视图中找到它）。然后，输入9000作为端口。终端将重新启动。完成后，进入Odoo的*物联网盒子*表单，并验证是否已找到终端。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:36 +msgid "Configure the payment method" +msgstr "配置支付方式" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:38 +msgid "" +"First, go in the general settings of the POS app, and activate the Ingenico " +"setting." +msgstr "首先，进入POS应用程序的一般设置，并启用Ingenico设置。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Go back in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of " +"Sale`, go in the payments section and access your payment methods. Create a " +"new payment method for Ingenico, select the payment terminal option " +"Ingenico, and select your payment terminal device." +msgstr "" +"回到 :menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> " +"POS`，进入支付版块并查看你的支付方式。为Ingenico创建新支付方式，选择支付终端选项Ingenico，并选择你的支付终端设备。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:53 +msgid "Pay with a payment terminal" +msgstr "用支付终端付款" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:55 +msgid "" +"In your *PoS interface*, when processing a payment, select a *Payment " +"Method* using a payment terminal. Check that the amount in the tendered " +"column is the one that has to be sent to the payment terminal and click on " +"*Send*. When the payment is successful, the status will change to *Payment " +"Successful*." +msgstr "" +"在*PoS界面*，当处理付款时，选择使用支付终端的*支付方式*。检查栏目中的金额是否为须发送到付款终端的金额并单击*发送*。当付款成功时，状态将更改为*付款成功*。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:64 +msgid "" +"If you want to cancel the payment request, click on cancel. You can still " +"retry to send the payment request." +msgstr "如需取消付款请求，点击取消。你仍可重试发送付款请求。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:67 +msgid "" +"If there is any issue with the payment terminal, you can still force the " +"payment using the *Force Done*. This will allow you to validate the order in" +" Odoo even if the connexion between the terminal and Odoo has issues." +msgstr "如果支付终端有问题，你仍可通过*强制完成*强制付款。这样，即使终端和Odoo之间出问题， 你仍可Odoo确认订单。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:73 +msgid "" +"This option will only be available if you received an error message telling " +"you the connexion failed." +msgstr "只有当你收到错误信息，提示连接失败时，本选项才可用。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Once your payment is processed, on the payment record, you’ll find the type " +"of card that has been used and the transaction ID." +msgstr "付款处理完毕后，在支付记录上可以看到使用的卡片类型和交易ID。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a SIX Payment Terminal to your PoS" +msgstr "将SIX支付终端连接到您的PoS" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Connecting a SIX payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid payment flow " +"to your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." +msgstr "连接SIX付款终端可让您向客户提供流畅的付款流程，并简化收银员的工作。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Even though Worldline has recently acquired SIX Payment Services and both " +"companies use Yomani payment terminals, the firmware they run is different. " +"Terminals received from Worldline are therefore not compatible with this " +"integration." +msgstr "" +"尽管Worldline最近已经收购了SIX 付款服务，并且两家公司都使用Yomani付款终端，但是它们运行的固件是不同的。 " +"因此，从Worldline收到的终端与此集成不兼容。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:16 +msgid "Configure the Payment Method" +msgstr "配置支付方式" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:20 +msgid "" +"First, make sure that the POS Six module is installed. For this, go to " +"*Apps*, remove the \"Apps\" filter and search for \"POS Six\"." +msgstr "首先，确保已安装POS Six模块。 为此，转到 *应用程式* ，删除“应用程式”过滤器，然后搜索“ POS Six”。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Back in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment " +"Methods`, Create a new payment method for SIX, select the payment terminal " +"option \"SIX without IoT Box\", and enter your payment terminal IP address." +msgstr "" +"返回 :menuselection:` POS --> 配置 --> " +"付款方式`，为SIX创建新的付款方式，选择付款终端选项“没有物联网盒子的SIX”，然后输入您的付款终端IP地址。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:40 +msgid "Pay with a Payment Terminal" +msgstr "用支付终端付款" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:36 +msgid "" +"In your PoS interface, at the moment of the payment, select a payment method" +" using a payment terminal. Verify that the amount in the tendered column is " +"the one that has to be sent to the payment terminal and click on *Send*. If " +"you want to cancel the payment request, click on cancel." +msgstr "" +"在*PoS界面*，当处理付款时，选择使用支付终端的*支付方式*。检查栏目中的金额是否为须发送到付款终端的金额并单击*发送*。如你想要取消付款请求，点击取消。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:44 +msgid "" +"When the payment is done, the status will change to *Payment Successful*. " +"You can always reverse the last transaction by clicking on *Reverse*." +msgstr "支付完成后，状态将变为*付款成功*。你可随时点击*逆转*，逆转最近一项操作。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If there is any issue with the payment terminal, you can still force the " +"payment using the *Force Done*. This will allow you to validate the order in" +" Odoo even if the connexion between the terminal and Odoo encounters issues." +msgstr "如果支付终端有问题，你仍可通过*强制完成*强制付款。这样，即使终端和Odoo之间出问题， 你仍可在Odoo确认订单。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Vantiv Payment Terminal to your PoS" +msgstr "将Vantiv支付终端接入你的PoS" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Connecting a Vantiv payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid payment " +"flow to your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." +msgstr "连接Vantiv支付终端可为客户提供流畅的支付流程，并方便收银员的工作。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Please note MercuryPay only operates with US and Canadian banks, making this" +" procedure only suitable for North American businesses." +msgstr "请注意，MercuryPay仅适用于美国和加拿大银行，因此这一程序只适合北美公司。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:18 +msgid "" +"First, go in the general settings of the POS app, and activate the Vantiv " +"setting." +msgstr "首先，进入POS应用程序的一般设置，并启用Vantiv设置。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Back in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, " +"go in the payments section and access your payment methods. Create a new " +"payment method for Vantiv, select the payment terminal option Vantiv, and " +"create new Vantiv credentials." +msgstr "" +"回到 :menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> " +"POS`，进入支付版块并查看你的支付方式。为Vantiv创建新支付方式，选择支付终端选项Vantiv，并创建新的Vantiv凭据。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To create new Vantiv credentials, fill in your merchant ID and password, " +"then save. Make sure the credentials you just created are selected, then " +"save the payment method." +msgstr "要创建新的Vantiv凭据，请填入你的商户ID和密码，然后保存。确保选中你刚才创建的凭据，然后保存该支付方式。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:42 +msgid "" +"In your PoS interface, at the moment of the payment, select your Vantiv " +"payment method and… that’s all." +msgstr "付款时，在你的PoS界面选择Vantiv支付方式并...完成。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:3 +msgid "Restaurant Features" +msgstr "餐馆功能" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:3 +msgid "Print the Bill" +msgstr "打印账单" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Use the *Bill Printing* feature to print the bill before the payment. This " +"is useful if the bill is still subject to evolve and is thus not the " +"definitive ticket." +msgstr "使用*账单打印*功能，在付款前打印账单。这项功能适合账单还有可能出现变化，因此不是最终单据的情况。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:10 +msgid "Configure Bill Printing" +msgstr "配置账单打印" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To activate *Bill Printing*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "要启用*账单打印*，前往 :menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> POS`并选择你的PoS界面。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Bill Printing* option." +msgstr "在账单和收据类别下，你可找到*账单打印*选项。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:22 +msgid "Split a Bill" +msgstr "分拆账单" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:24 +msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Bill* button." +msgstr "在PoS界面，你现在可看到*账单*按钮。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:29 +msgid "When you use it, you can then print the bill." +msgstr "点击该按钮，你可打印账单。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:3 +msgid "Using fiscal positions in PoS" +msgstr "在PoS中使用财政状况" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, *Fiscal Positions* let you apply different taxes based on the " +"customer location. In a *Point of Sale*, such as a restaurant, it can be " +"used to apply different taxes depending if the customer eats in or takes " +"away." +msgstr "" +"在Odoo中， *财政状况* 使您可以根据客户位置应用不同的税种。 在 *POS* （例如餐厅）中，可以根据客户是进食还是外卖而使用不同的税种。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:11 +msgid "Set up fiscal positions for PoS" +msgstr "设置PoS的财务状况" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To enable this feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of Sale` and check *Fiscal Position per Order*. Now," +" you can choose the fiscal positions you want for your *PoS*." +msgstr "" +"要启用此功能，请转到:menuselection:`销售点 --> 配置 --> 销售点，然后选中 *每个订单的财务状况* 。 现在，您可以为 " +"*PoS* 选择所需的财务状况。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:21 +msgid "You need to create your fiscal positions before using this feature." +msgstr "您需要先创建自己的财务状况，然后才能使用此功能。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:24 +msgid "Using fiscal positions" +msgstr "启用财政状况" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Once on your *PoS* interface, click on the *Tax* button. Now, choose the " +"fiscal position you need for the current order." +msgstr "进入 *PoS* 界面后，点击 *税收* 按钮。 现在，选择当前订单所需的财务状况。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:33 +msgid "Set up a default fiscal position" +msgstr "设置默认的财务状况" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:35 +msgid "" +"If you want to use a default fiscal position, meaning that a preexisting " +"value is always automatically assigned, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale " +"--> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and enable *Fiscal Position*. Now, " +"choose one to set as the default one." +msgstr "" +"如果要使用默认的财务状况，这意味着始终会自动分配一个预先存在的值，请转到:menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> 销售点` 并启用 " +"*财务状况* 。 现在，选择一个作为默认值。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Now, the *tax* button is replaced by a *on site* button when on the *PoS* " +"interface." +msgstr "现在，在 *PoS* 界面上，现在， *税务* 按钮被 *现场* 按钮代替" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:3 +msgid "Print orders at the kitchen or bar" +msgstr "打印厨房或吧台的订单" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To ease the workflow between the front of house and the back of the house, " +"printing the orders taken on the PoS interface right in the kitchen or bar " +"can be a tremendous help." +msgstr "为简化前台和后厨之间的工作流程，直接在厨房或吧台打印PoS界面的订单可带来极大的方便。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:10 +msgid "Activate the bar/kitchen printer" +msgstr "启用吧台/厨房打印机" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To activate the *Order printing* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " +"Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "如要启用*订单打印*功能，前往 :menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> POS`并选择你的PoS界面。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Under the IoT Box / Hardware Proxy category, you will find *Order Printers*." +" Note that you need an IoT Box to connect your Printer to the PoS." +msgstr "在物联网盒子/硬件代理类别下，你可找到*订单打印机*。请注意，你需要通过物联网盒子将打印机接入PoS。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:20 +msgid "Add a printer" +msgstr "添加打印机" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:22 +msgid "" +"In your configuration menu you will now have a *Order Printers* option where" +" you can add the printer." +msgstr "在配置菜单中，你现在可以看到*订单打印机*选项，可在此添加打印机。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:29 +msgid "Print a kitchen/bar order" +msgstr "打印厨房/吧台订单" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:34 +msgid "Select or create a printer." +msgstr "选择或创建打印机。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:37 +msgid "Print the order in the kitchen/bar" +msgstr "在厨房/吧台打印订单" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:39 +msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Order* button." +msgstr "现在，你的PoS界面上会出现*订单*按钮。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:44 +msgid "" +"When you press it, it will print the order on your kitchen/bar printer." +msgstr "点击该按钮，它将打印厨房/吧台打印机上的订单。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:3 +msgid "Manage your tables" +msgstr "管理表格" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Restaurants have specific needs that shops don’t have. That’s why Odoo gives" +" restaurant owners several unique features to help them manage their " +"business in the best possible way." +msgstr "餐馆有特定需求而则商店没有。 这就是Odoo为餐厅店主提供几个独特功能的原因，以帮助他们以最佳方式管理其业务。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Floor and table management, bill splitting, or even the possibility to print" +" orders from the kitchen, everything is there to help your business shine " +"and your employees to work efficiently." +msgstr "楼层和桌子的管理，账单拆分，甚至可以从厨房打印订单，所有这些都可以帮助您的企业蒸蒸日上，并使员工高效地工作。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To activate the bar/restaurant features, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale" +" --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and open your PoS. Now, select *Is a " +"Bar/Restaurant*." +msgstr "" +"要激活酒吧/餐厅功能，请进入 :menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> 销售点并打开您的PoS。 现在，选择 *酒吧/餐厅* 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:24 +msgid "" +"New features are shown with a fork and a knife next to it, indicating that " +"they are restaurant-specific." +msgstr "显示的新功能旁边有刀叉图标，表明它们是特定的餐厅。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:32 +msgid "Add a floor" +msgstr "添加楼层" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Once your *Point of Sale* has been configured, select *Table Management* " +"under :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`. " +"Then, click on *Floors* to create and name your floor and tables." +msgstr "" +"一旦配置了 *POS* ，请在:menuselection:`销售点 --> 配置 --> 销点` 下选择 *桌子管理* 。 然后，单击 *楼面* " +"以创建并命名您的楼面和桌子。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:47 +msgid "Don’t forget to link your floor to your point of sale." +msgstr "不要忘记将楼面连接到POS。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:50 +msgid "Add tables" +msgstr "添加餐台" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:52 +msgid "" +"To add tables, you can also open your PoS interface to see your floor(s)." +msgstr "要添加表格，您还可以打开PoS界面查看楼层。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Then, click on *Edit Mode* (pencil icon on the upper right corner) to be " +"allowed to create, move, modify tables, etc." +msgstr "然后，单击 *编辑模式*（右上角的铅笔图标）以允许创建，移动，修改表格等。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To make your table easier to be found, you can rename them, change their " +"shape, size or even color. It is also possible to add the maximum number of " +"sits the table can have." +msgstr "为了使桌子更易于查找，您可以对其进行重命名，更改其形状，大小甚至颜色。 也可以增加桌子可以容纳的最大座位数。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:72 +msgid "Register your table(s) orders" +msgstr "登记餐台订单" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To register an order, click on the respective table. By doing so, you are " +"taken to your main interface." +msgstr "要登记订单，请单击相应的桌子。 这样，您将进入主界面。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:82 +msgid "Transfer customer(s)" +msgstr "调换顾客" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:84 +msgid "" +"If your customers want to move to another table after they already ordered, " +"use the transfer button. This way, the order is also moved to the new table." +msgstr "如果您的客户在登记后想移到另一张桌子，请使用转移按钮。 这样，订单也将移至新桌子。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:88 +msgid "To do so, select the table your customer is currently on." +msgstr "为此，请选择客户当前所在的桌子。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Now, click on the transfer button and select the table to which you are " +"transferring your customer." +msgstr "现在，单击转移按钮，然后选择要将客户转移到的桌子。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:103 +msgid "Register an additional order" +msgstr "登记额外的订单" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:105 +msgid "" +"When registering an order, use the + button to simultaneously proceed to " +"another one." +msgstr "登记订单时，请使用+按钮 同时亦可管理进行中的其他订单。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Then, you can shift between your orders and process the payment when needed." +msgstr "然后，您可以在订单之间切换并在需要时处理付款。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:116 +msgid "The - button allows you to remove the order you are currently on." +msgstr "\"-\" 按钮可让您删除当前的订单。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:3 +msgid "Offer a bill-splitting option" +msgstr "提供拆分账单选项" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Offering an easy bill splitting solution to your customers will leave them " +"with a positive experience. That's why this feature is available out-of-the-" +"box in the Odoo Point of Sale application." +msgstr "为客户提供简单的账单拆分解决方案可带来积极的体验。因此，Odoo POS应用程序提供开箱即用的这项功能。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To activate the *Bill Splitting* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " +"Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "如要启用*账单拆分*功能，前往 :menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> POS`并选择你的PoS界面。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find the Bill Splitting " +"option." +msgstr "在账单和收据类别下，你可找到账单拆分选项。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:23 +msgid "Split a bill" +msgstr "拆分账单" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:25 +msgid "In your PoS interface, you now have a *Split* button." +msgstr "现在，你的PoS界面会出现*拆分*按钮。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:30 +msgid "" +"When you use it, you will be able to select what that guest should had and " +"process the payment, repeating the process for each guest." +msgstr "使用此按钮，你可选择每位顾客的餐品并处理付款，为每位顾客重复这一流程。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:3 +msgid "Integrate a tip option into payment" +msgstr "将小费选项纳入付款" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:5 +msgid "" +"As it is customary to tip in many countries all over the world, it is " +"important to have the option in your PoS interface." +msgstr "由于许多国家都有付小费的习惯，PoS界面必须有这个选项。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:9 +msgid "Configure Tipping" +msgstr "配置小费" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To activate the *Tips* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS." +msgstr "如要启用*小费*功能，前往 :menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> POS`并选择你的PoS。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Tips*. Select it and " +"create a *Tip Product* such as *Tips* in this case." +msgstr "在账单和收据类别下，你可看到*小费*选项。选择并创建*小费产品*。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:21 +msgid "Add Tips to the bill" +msgstr "将小费加入账单" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:23 +msgid "Once on the payment interface, you now have a new *Tip* button" +msgstr "现在，在支付界面可以看到新的*小费*按钮。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:28 +msgid "Add the tip your customer wants to leave and process to the payment." +msgstr "添加顾客想要支付的小费并继续付款。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop.rst:3 +msgid "Shop Features" +msgstr "购物功能" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:3 +msgid "Using barcodes in PoS" +msgstr "POS终端上使用条形码" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Using a barcode scanner to process point of sale orders improves your " +"efficiency and helps you to save time for you and your customers." +msgstr "使用条码扫描器处理POS订单可以提高效率，并为你和客户节省时间。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To use a barcode scanner, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "如要使用条码扫描器，前往 :menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> POS`并选择你的POS接口。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Under the IoT Box / Hardware category, you will find *Barcode Scanner* " +"select it." +msgstr "在物联网盒子/硬件类别下，你可找到*条码扫描器*并选择它。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:21 +msgid "Add barcodes to product" +msgstr "将条形码增加到产品上" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Products` and select a " +"product." +msgstr "前往 :menuselection:`POS --> 目录 --> 产品`并选择一个产品。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Under the general information tab, you can find a barcode field where you " +"can input any barcode." +msgstr "在一般信息选项卡下，你可找到条码字段，你可在此输入任何条码。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:33 +msgid "Scanning products" +msgstr "扫描产品" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:35 +msgid "" +"From your PoS interface, scan any barcode with your barcode scanner. The " +"product will be added, you can scan the same product to add it multiple " +"times or change the quantity manually on the screen." +msgstr "从你的PoS接口，用条码扫描器扫描任何条码。产品将被添加，你可以多次扫描同一件产品，将它添加多次，也可在屏幕上手动更改数量。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:3 +msgid "Set-up Cash Control in Point of Sale" +msgstr "设置POS的现金控制" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Cash control allows you to check the amount of the cashbox at the opening " +"and closing. You can thus make sure no error has been made and that no cash " +"is missing." +msgstr "现金控制可在开台和关台时清点钱箱金额。以确保金额无误，无现金遗失。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:10 +msgid "Activate Cash Control" +msgstr "启用现金管理" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To activate the *Cash Control* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales" +" --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "如要启用*现金管理*功能，前往 :menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> POS`并选择你的PoS界面。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:16 +msgid "Under the payments category, you will find the cash control setting." +msgstr "在支付类别下，你可找到现金控制选项。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:21 +msgid "" +"In this example, you can see I want to have 275$ in various denomination at " +"the opening and closing." +msgstr "在本例中，你可以看到我想在开台和关台时有275美元各种面额的现金。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:24 +msgid "" +"When clicking on **Opening/Closing Values** you will be able to create those" +" values." +msgstr "点击**开台/关台金额**，你可创建这些金额。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:31 +msgid "Start a session" +msgstr "开始会话" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:33 +msgid "" +"You now have a new button added when you open a session, *Set opening " +"Balance*" +msgstr "打开一个会话，你可看到新添加按钮*设置开台余额*。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:42 +msgid "" +"By default it will use the values you added before, but you can always " +"modify it." +msgstr "它默认为你之前添加的值，但你可修改它。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:46 +msgid "Close a session" +msgstr "关闭会话" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:48 +msgid "" +"When you want to close your session, you now have a *Set Closing Balance* " +"button as well." +msgstr "如要关闭会话，你可使用*设置关台余额*按钮。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:51 +msgid "" +"You can then see the theoretical balance, the real closing balance (what you" +" have just counted) and the difference between the two." +msgstr "然后，你可看到理论余额、实际关台余额（你刚计数的结果）和二者之间的差异。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:57 +msgid "" +"If you use the *Take Money Out* option to take out your transactions for " +"this session, you now have a zero-sum difference and the same closing " +"balance as your opening balance. You cashbox is ready for the next session." +msgstr "如果使用*取出现金*选项，取走此次会话的交易额，则总差额为零，关台余额与开台余额相同。你的钱箱可用于下一次会话。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:3 +msgid "Cash Rounding" +msgstr "现金舍入" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Cash rounding** is required when the lowest physical denomination of " +"currency, or the smallest coin, is higher than the minimum unit of account." +msgstr "当货币或硬币的最低实物面值高于最小的记账单位时，需要进行**现金舍入**。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:9 +msgid "" +"For example, some countries require their companies to round up or down the " +"total amount of an invoice to the nearest five cents, when the payment is " +"made in cash." +msgstr "例如，某些国家要求公司在以现金支付时，将发票总额四舍五入到最接近的五美分。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Each point of sale in Odoo can be configured to apply cash rounding to the " +"totals of its bills or receipts." +msgstr "在Odoo的每个POS都可以配置为将现金舍入到其账单或收据的总数。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings` and " +"enable *Cash Rounding*, then click on *Save*." +msgstr "前往 :menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> 设置`并启用*现金舍入*，然后点击*保存*。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, " +"open the point of sale you want to configure, and enable the *Cash Rounding*" +" option." +msgstr "前往 :menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> POS`，打开你想要配置的POS，并启用*现金舍入*选项。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:29 +msgid "" +"To define the **Rounding Method**, open the drop-down list and click on " +"*Create and Edit...*." +msgstr "如要定义**舍入方法**，打开下拉列表并点击*创建并编辑...*。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Define here your *Rounding Precision*, *Profit Account*, and *Loss Account*," +" then save both the Rounding Method and your Point of Sale settings." +msgstr "在这里定义你的*舍入精度*、*利润科目*和*损失科目*，然后保存舍入方法和你的POS设置。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:39 +msgid "" +"All total amounts of this point of sale now add a line to apply the rounding" +" according to your settings." +msgstr "这个POS的所有总金额现在都会增加一行，根据你的设置应用现金舍入。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Odoo Point of Sale only support the *Add a rounding line* rounding " +"strategies and *Half-up* rounding methods." +msgstr "Odoo POS只支持*添加舍入明细*舍入策略和*一半*舍入方法。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:3 +msgid "Invoice from the PoS interface" +msgstr "从PoS界面开具发票" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Some of your customers might request an invoice when buying from your Point " +"of Sale, you can easily manage it directly from the PoS interface." +msgstr "某些顾客在销售点购物后可能索取发票，你可通过PoS界面直接管理。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:9 +msgid "Activate invoicing" +msgstr "启用开具发票功能" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and" +" select your Point of Sale:" +msgstr "前往 :menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> POS`并选择你的POS界面：" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Under the *Bills & Receipts* you will see the invoicing option, tick it. " +"Don't forget to choose in which journal the invoices should be created." +msgstr "在*账单和收据*类别下，你可看到开具发票选项，勾选它。请勿忘记选择创建发票的日记账。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:25 +msgid "Select a customer" +msgstr "选择顾客" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:27 +msgid "From your session interface, use the customer button" +msgstr "使用会话界面的顾客按钮" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:32 +msgid "" +"You can then either select an existing customer and set it as your customer " +"or create a new one by using this button." +msgstr "你可选择现有顾客并将其设置为你的顾客，也可通过此按钮创建新顾客。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:38 +msgid "" +"You will be invited to fill out the customer form with its information." +msgstr "然后，你需要填写顾客信息。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:41 +msgid "Invoice your customer" +msgstr "给客户开票" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:43 +msgid "" +"From the payment screen, you now have an invoice option, use the button to " +"select it and validate." +msgstr "现在在付款页面可看到发票选项，点击按钮选择并验证发票。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:49 +msgid "You can then print the invoice and move on to your next order." +msgstr "然后，你可以打印发票并转到下一个订单。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:52 +msgid "Retrieve invoices" +msgstr "检索发票" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Once out of the PoS interface (:menuselection:`Close --> Confirm` on the top" +" right corner) you will find all your orders in :menuselection:`Point of " +"Sale --> Orders --> Orders` and under the status tab you will see which ones" +" have been invoiced. When clicking on a order you can then access the " +"invoice." +msgstr "" +"离开PoS界面（右上角的 :menuselection:`关闭 --> 确认`），你将在 :menuselection:`POS --> 订单 --> " +"订单`看到所有订单，在状态选项卡中，可看到已开具发票的订单。点击订单，你可访问其发票。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:3 +msgid "Log in with employee" +msgstr "用雇员身份登陆" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With Odoo *Point of Sale*, you can manage multiple cashiers. This feature " +"allows you to keep track of who is working, when and how much each cashier " +"made for that session." +msgstr "通过*POS*应用程序，你可管理多个收银员。这项功能可追踪谁在工作，每位收银员每个班次的时间和收银金额。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:9 +msgid "" +"There are three ways to switch cashiers in Odoo: by *selecting the cashier*," +" by *entering a PIN code* or by *scanning a barcode*." +msgstr "在Odoo中切换收银员有三种方法：*选择收银员*、*输入PIN码*或*扫描条码*。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To manage multiple cashiers, you need several employees (at least two)." +msgstr "如要使用管理多个收银员功能，你必须有多位员工（至少两位）。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:16 +msgid "Set up log in with employees" +msgstr "设置员工登录" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To enable the feature, go to your *PoS settings* and check log in with " +"employees on your *PoS form*. Then, add the employees that have access to " +"the cash register." +msgstr "如要启用本功能，进入*PoS设置*并在*PoS表单*中勾选员工登录。然后，添加有收银机权限的员工。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:25 +msgid "Now, you can switch cashier easily." +msgstr "现在，你可以很容易地切换成出纳员身份" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:28 +msgid "Switch without pin codes" +msgstr "切换不需要识别码" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The easiest way to switch cashiers is without a code. To do so, click on the" +" cashier name in your PoS interface." +msgstr "切换收银员的最简单方法是无需代码，直接切换。为此，点击PoS界面中的收银员姓名。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:36 +msgid "Now, you just have to click on your name." +msgstr "现在，你只需要在你的名字上点击" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:42 +msgid "Switch cashier with pin codes" +msgstr "用识别码切换至出纳" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:44 +msgid "" +"You can set a pin code on each cashier. To set up a pin code, go to the " +"employee form and add a security PIN, in the *HR settings tab*." +msgstr "你可为每位收银员设置pin码。如要设置pin码，前往*HR设置选项卡*的员工表单并添加安全PIN码。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:50 +msgid "Now, when switching cashier, a PIN password will be asked." +msgstr "现在，在切换收银员时，必须输入PIN码。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:56 +msgid "Switch cashier with barcodes" +msgstr "通过条码切换收银员" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:58 +msgid "" +"You can ask your employees to log themselves with their badges. To do so, " +"set up a barcode at the same place you add the PIN code. Print the badge and" +" when they will scan it, the cashier will be switched to that employee." +msgstr "你可要求员工用自己的徽章登录。为此，在添加PIN码的同一位置设置条码。打印徽章，之后，收银员将切换为该员工。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:67 +msgid "Find who was the cashier" +msgstr "查找谁是收银员" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Once you have closed your *PoS session*, you can have an overview of the " +"amount each cashier sold for. To do so, go to the orders menu." +msgstr "在关闭*PoS会话*后，你可整体查看每位收银员的销售额。为此，你需进入订单菜单。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:75 +msgid "Now, you can open the order and have a summary of the sold products." +msgstr "现在，打开订单，即可看到已售出产品的摘要。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:3 +msgid "Reprint Receipts" +msgstr "重新打印收据" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Use the *Reprint receipt* feature if you have the need to reprint a ticket." +msgstr "如需重新打印票据，请使用*重新打印收据*功能。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To activate *Reprint Receipt*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of sale`. and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "如需启用*重新打印收据*，前往 :menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> POS`并选择你的PoS接口。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Reprint Receipt* option." +msgstr "在账单和收据类别下，你可看到*重新打印收据*选项。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:17 +msgid "" +"In order to allow the option reprint receipt, you need to activate the " +"receipt printer." +msgstr "为使用重新打印收据选项，你必须启用收据打印机。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:23 +msgid "Reprint a receipt" +msgstr "重新打印收据" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:25 +msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Reprint receipt* button." +msgstr "在你的PoS界面，现在可以看到*重新打印收据*按钮。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:30 +msgid "When you use it, you can then reprint your last receipt." +msgstr "你可以使用它来重新打印上一张收据。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced.rst:3 msgid "Advanced Topics" msgstr "高级话题" -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:3 msgid "How to give portal access rights to my customers?" msgstr "如何给我的客户门户访问权限？" -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:6 msgid "What is Portal access/Who is a portal user?" msgstr "门户权限怎么设置? 哪些可以是门户用户?" -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:8 msgid "" "A portal access is given to a user who has the necessity to have access to " "Odoo instance, to view certain documents or information in the system." msgstr "拥有门户登陆权限的用户能够登陆Odoo的环境。在系统中查看一些文档或者信息。" -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:12 msgid "For Example, a long term client who needs to view online quotations." msgstr "例如，需要查看在线报价的长期客户。" -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:14 msgid "" "A portal user has only read/view access. He or she will not be able to edit " "any document in the system." msgstr "门户用户只有读/查看的权限。没有在系统中进行编辑的权限。" -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:18 msgid "How to give portal access to customers?" msgstr "如何允许客户访问门户网站？" -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:21 msgid "From Contacts Module" msgstr "从联系人模块" -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:23 msgid "" "From the main menu, select **Contacts** menu. If the contact is not yet " "created in the system, click on the create button to create new contact. " @@ -89,38 +2949,38 @@ msgstr "" "从主菜单中点击 **联系人** , 如果该联系人在系统中不存在, 则需要点创建按钮来创建新的联系人, 并在联系人页面中录入详细的数据并点击 \" " "保存\\ \\ \\ \"。" -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:33 msgid "" "Choose a contact, click on the **Action** menu in the top-center of the " "interface and from the drop down." msgstr "要选择联系人, 点击页面上方的 **动作** 下拉列表按钮。" -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:36 msgid "Select **Portal Access Management**. A pop up window appears." msgstr "选择了 **门户访问管理** 。会有窗口弹出。" -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:41 msgid "" "Enter the login **email ID**, check the box under **In Portal** and add the " "content to be included in the email in the text field box below. Click on " "**Apply** when you're done." msgstr "进入登陆 **电子邮件地址** , 在 **门户中** 的下方选择勾选框并且在下方的文本框中添加邮件的内容。完成后点击 **应用** 。" -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:47 msgid "" "An email will be sent to the specified email address, indicating that the " "contact is now a portal user of the respective instance." msgstr "所有的邮件会被发给特定的邮件地址, 该邮件地址指明联系人是当前环境下的门户用户。" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector.rst:3 msgid "Amazon Connector" msgstr "Amazon连接器" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:3 msgid "Amazon Connector Features" msgstr "亚马逊连接器特点" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:5 msgid "" "The **Amazon Connector** synchronizes the orders between Amazon and your " "Odoo database, which reduces considerably the amount of time spent on your " @@ -128,133 +2988,133 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "**亚马逊连接器** 可以在亚马逊和您的Odoo数据库之间同步订单，从而大大减少了在亚马逊卖家平台的仪表板上花费时间，从而使您的日常工作变得更加轻松。" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:10 msgid "Supported Features" msgstr "支持的功能" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:12 msgid "The connector is able to:" msgstr "该连接器能够：" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:14 msgid "" "Synchronize (Amazon to Odoo) all confirmed orders (both FBA and FBM) and " "their order items which include:" msgstr "同步（亚马逊到Odoo）所有已确认的订单（FBA和FBM）及其订单项，包括：" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:17 msgid "the product’s name, description and quantity" msgstr "产品名称，描述和数量" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:18 msgid "the shipping costs for the product" msgstr "产品的运输费用" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:19 msgid "the gift wrapping charges" msgstr "礼品包装费" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:21 msgid "" "Create on Odoo any missing partner related to an order (contact types " "supported: contact and delivery)." msgstr "在Odoo上创建与缺少合作伙伴的订单（支持的联系类型：联系和交付）。" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:23 msgid "" "Notify Amazon of a shipping confirmed on Odoo (FBM) in order to get paid." msgstr "将在Odoo（FBM）上确认的送货通知亚马逊，以便付款。" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:25 msgid "Support multiple seller accounts." msgstr "支持多个卖方帐户。" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:26 msgid "Support multiple marketplaces per seller account." msgstr "每个卖方帐户支持多个市场。" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:29 msgid "Fulfilled By Amazon (FBA)" msgstr "由Amazon (FBA)履行" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:29 msgid "Fulfilled By Merchant (FBM)" msgstr "由贸易商履行 (FBM)" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:31 msgid "**Orders**" msgstr "**订单**" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:31 msgid "Synchronize shipped and canceled orders" msgstr "同步已发货和已取消的订单" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:31 msgid "Synchronize unshipped and canceled orders" msgstr "同步未发货和已取消的订单" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 msgid "**Shipping**" msgstr "**运输**" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 msgid "Charges" msgstr "收费" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:35 msgid "Delivery created" msgstr "交付已创建" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 msgid "**Gift Wrapping**" msgstr "**礼品包装**" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:43 msgid "Handled by Amazon" msgstr "由亚马逊处理" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 msgid "Gift wrapping charges" msgstr "礼品包装费" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:38 msgid "Gift message" msgstr "礼品寄语" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 msgid "**Stock Management**" msgstr "**库存管理**" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 msgid "One stock move created per sales order item" msgstr "每个销售订单项目创建一个库存移动" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 msgid "Handled by the delivery" msgstr "由物流公司处理" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:43 msgid "**Confirmation**" msgstr "**确认书**" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:43 msgid "Notify Amazon when confirming delivery" msgstr "确认送货时通知亚马逊" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:48 msgid "" "The connector is designed to synchronize orders' data as detailed above. " "Other actions, such as downloading monthly fees reports, handling disputes, " "or issuing refunds must be managed from Amazon Seller Central, as usual." msgstr "连接器被设计用于同步订单数据，如上所述。 像往常一样，必须从亚马逊卖家平台管理其他操作，例如下载月租费报告，处理纠纷或发放退款。" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:55 msgid "Supported Marketplaces" msgstr "支持的市场" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:57 msgid "" "The Amazon Connector currently supports 9 marketplaces. If a marketplace is " "not listed below, it may be possible for you to :ref:`add it as an " @@ -263,105 +3123,105 @@ msgstr "" "亚马逊连接器当前支持9个市场。 如果以下未列出市场，则您可以 :ref:`将其添加为受支持的市场<amazon/add-unsupported-" "marketplace>`。" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:62 msgid "**North America region**" msgstr "**北美地区**" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:64 msgid "Canada" msgstr "加拿大" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:64 msgid "Amazon.ca" msgstr "Amazon.ca" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:66 msgid "Mexico" msgstr "墨西哥" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:66 msgid "Amazon.com.mx" msgstr "Amazon.com.mx" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:68 msgid "US" msgstr "美国" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:68 msgid "Amazon.com" msgstr "Amazon.com" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:72 msgid "**Europe region**" msgstr "**欧洲地区**" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:74 msgid "Germany" msgstr "德国" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:74 msgid "Amazon.de" msgstr "Amazon.de" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:76 msgid "Spain" msgstr "西班牙" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:76 msgid "Amazon.es" msgstr "Amazon.es" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:78 msgid "France" msgstr "法国" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:78 msgid "Amazon.fr" msgstr "Amazon.fr" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:80 msgid "UK" msgstr "英国" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:80 msgid "Amazon.co.uk" msgstr "Amazon.co.uk" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:82 msgid "Italy" msgstr "意大利" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:82 msgid "Amazon.it" msgstr "Amazon.it" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:84 msgid "Netherlands" msgstr "荷兰" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:84 msgid "Amazon.nl" msgstr "Amazon.nl" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:88 -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:98 msgid ":doc:`setup`" msgstr ":doc:`setup`" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:89 -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:162 msgid ":doc:`manage`" msgstr ":doc:`manage`" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:3 msgid "Manage Amazon orders in Odoo" msgstr "在Odoo中管理Amazon订单" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:6 msgid "Synchronization of orders" msgstr "订单的同步" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:8 msgid "" "Orders are automatically fetched from Amazon and synchronized in Odoo at " "regular intervals. The synchronization is based on the Amazon status: only " @@ -374,38 +3234,35 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "订单自动从Amazon获取，并在Odoo中定期同步。同步基于Amazon状态：仅从Amazon获取上次同步之后状态发生变化的订单。对于**FBA**（Amazon发货），仅获取**已发货**和**已取消**的订单。对于**FBM**（商家发货），获取**未发货**和**已取消**的订单。对于每份已同步的订单，如果尚未注册，则将在Odoo中创建销售订单和客户。" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:15 msgid "" "When an order is canceled in Amazon and was already synchronized in Odoo, " "the corresponding sales order is automatically canceled in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:19 msgid "" "To force the synchronization of an order whose status has not changed since " "the last synchronization, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " -"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, navigate to your Amazon account " -"and modify the date under :menuselection:`Orders Follow-up --> Last Order " +"</applications/general/developer_mode>`, navigate to your Amazon account and" +" modify the date under :menuselection:`Orders Follow-up --> Last Order " "Sync`. Pick a date anterior to the last status change of the order that you " "wish to synchronize and save." msgstr "" -"如要强制同步自上次同步以来状态未更改的订单，启用 :doc:`开发人员模式 " -"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`，导航到你的Amazon账户并在 " -":menuselection:`订单跟进 --> 最后订单同步`下修改日期。选择在希望同步订单的最后状态更改日期之前的日期，然后保存。" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:26 msgid "" "To synchronize immediately the orders of your Amazon account switch to " -":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, head to your " +":doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>`, head to your " "Amazon account and click on **SYNC ORDERS**. The same can be done with " "pickings by clicking on **SYNC PICKINGS**." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:31 msgid "Manage deliveries in FBM" msgstr "在FBM中管理发货" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:33 msgid "" "When a **FBM** (Fulfilled by Merchant) order is synchronized in Odoo, a " "picking is created along with the sales order and the customer. You can " @@ -414,18 +3271,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "当在Odoo中同步**FBM**（商家发货）订单时，将与销售订单和客户一同创建拣货命令。你可立即将所有订购的产品发送给客户，也可通过延迟订单功能部分发货。" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:37 msgid "" "When a picking related to the order is confirmed, a notification is sent to " "Amazon who will, in turn, notify the customer that the order (or a part of " "it) is on its way." msgstr "当与订单相关的拣货命令被确认时，将向Amazon发送通知，然后由Amazon通知客户订单（或部分订单）已在处理中。" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:41 msgid "Follow deliveries in FBA" msgstr "在FBA中跟进发货" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:43 msgid "" "When a **FBA** (Fulfilled by Amazon) order is synchronized in Odoo, a stock " "move is recorded for each sales order item so that it is saved in your " @@ -439,14 +3296,14 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`库存 --> 报告 --> " "产品移动`下找到相关记录。他们在**Amazon**的特定库位取货。这个库位代表你在Amazon仓库中的库存，并允许你在FBA程序下管理产品库存。" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:50 msgid "" "To follow your Amazon (FBA) stock in Odoo, you can make an inventory " "adjustment after replenishing it. You can also trigger an automated " "replenishment from reordering rules on the Amazon location." msgstr "如要在Odoo中追踪你的Amazon (FBA)库存，你可在补货后进行库存调整。你还可通过Amazon库位的重订货规则触发自动补货。" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:55 msgid "" "The Amazon location is configurable by Amazon account managed in Odoo. All " "accounts of the same company use the same location by default. It is however" @@ -459,11 +3316,11 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Amazon库位可通过Odoo管理的Amazon账户进行配置。同一家公司的所有账户默认使用同一库位。但是，你可以按电商平台追踪库存。首先，从已同步的电商平台列表中删除想要单独追踪库存的电商平台。然后，为该账户创建另一个注册账户，并删除所有其他电商平台。最后，为第二个注册账户分配其他库位。" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:63 msgid "Issue invoices and register payments" msgstr "开发票和登记付款" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:65 msgid "" "You can issue invoices for Amazon orders in Odoo. Click **Create Invoice** " "in the sales order to do so. You can also do it in batch from the list view " @@ -471,13 +3328,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "你可以在Odoo中为Amazon订单开发票。在销售订单中点击**创建发票**。你也可从订单列表视图中批量创建发票。然后，确认发票并发送给客户。" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:70 msgid "" "To display only Amazon-related orders on the list view, you can filter " "orders based on the sales team." msgstr "如要在列表视图中只显示与Amazon相关的订单，可以按销售团队筛选订单。" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:73 msgid "" "As the customer has paid Amazon as an intermediary, you should register " "invoice payments in a payment journal dedicated to Amazon (e.g. Amazon " @@ -489,11 +3346,11 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "由于Amazon作为中间方已收到客户付款，你可以在Amazon专用的付款日记账中登记发票付款情况（例如，为Amazon付款设立专门的中间方账户）。对于从Amazon收到的供应商账单也可进行同样操作，并专门用于记录佣金。当你的银行账户在月底收到余额并在Odoo中录入银行对账单时，你只需按收到的金额录入Amazon中间方账户。" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:80 msgid "Follow your Amazon sales in sales reporting" msgstr "在销售报告中追踪你的Amazon销售情况" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:82 msgid "" "As a sales team is set on your account under the tab **Order Follow-up**, " "this helps you give quick glances at the figures in just a few clicks in " @@ -502,13 +3359,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "由于销售团队设置在你的账户下**订单跟进**选项卡中，你只需要在销售报告中点击数次即可快速查看所有数据。默认情况下，你的账户销售团队在公司所有账户之间共享。" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:86 msgid "" "If you wish, you can change the sales team on your account for another to " "perform a separate reporting for the sales of this account." msgstr "如有需要，你可将账户的销售团队更改为另一个，并对该账户的销售情况进行单独报告。" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:90 msgid "" "It is also possible to perform reporting on a per-marketplace basis in a " "similar fashion. First, remove the marketplace you wish to track separately " @@ -519,20 +3376,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "你也可以类似方式对每个电商平台进行报告。首先，从已同步的电商平台列表中删除想要单独追踪库存的电商平台。然后，为该客户创建另一个注册账户，并删除所有其他电商平台。最后，为注册的两个账户其中一个分配其他销售团队。" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:97 -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:161 msgid ":doc:`features`" msgstr ":doc:`features`" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:3 msgid "Configure Amazon Connector in Odoo" msgstr "在Odoo中配置Amazon连接器" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:6 msgid "Generate an Authorization Token in Seller Central" msgstr "在卖方中心生成授权令牌" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:10 msgid "" "The Amazon Connector uses an Authorization Token that allows Odoo to fetch " "data from your Amazon Seller Central account. This token can be obtained " @@ -542,7 +3399,7 @@ msgstr "" "亚马逊连接器使用授权令牌，该令牌允许Odoo从您的亚马逊卖家平台帐户中获取数据。 " "只需单击几下即可直接通过卖方中心获取此令牌，并且需要在Odoo数据库配置中进行设置。" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:14 msgid "" "Connect to your Seller Central account for the marketplace you initially " "signed up (e.g. if you created your account on Amazon Germany, go to `Amazon" @@ -552,53 +3409,53 @@ msgstr "" "使用管理员帐户连接到您最初注册的市场的卖方中心帐户（例如，如果您在亚马逊德国上创建了帐户，请转到`德国的亚马逊卖方中心<https://sellercentral.amazon.de>`_）" " 。" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:19 msgid "" "You might need to use the *main* (or first) administrator account and not " "one added subsequently." msgstr "您可能需要使用 *主要的*（或第一个）管理员帐户，而不是随后添加的一个帐户。" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:22 msgid "" "In the main menu, select :menuselection:`Apps & Services --> Manage Your " "Apps`; in the page that displays, click on the ``Authorize new developper`` " "button:" msgstr "在主菜单中，选择:menuselection:`应用和服务 --> 管理您的应用` 在显示的页面中，单击``授权新开发者`` 按钮：" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:28 msgid "Fill in the form depending on your Marketplace:" msgstr "根据您的市场填写表格：" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:33 msgid "" "If your seller account is registered in the **North America** region, use " "these values:" msgstr "如果您的卖家帐户在 **北美** 地区注册，请使用以下资料：" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:35 -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:40 msgid "Developer's Name: ``Odoo S.A.``" msgstr "开发者名称： ``Odoo S.A.``" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:36 msgid "Developer ID: ``586127723692``" msgstr "开发者编号：``586127723692``" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:38 msgid "For the **Europe** region, use these values:" msgstr "如果您的卖家帐户在 **欧洲** 地区注册，请使用以下资料：" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:41 msgid "Developer ID: ``579095187166``" msgstr "开发者编号： ``579095187166``" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:43 msgid "" "Amazon will then inform you that by submitting the form, you are giving " "access to your Seller Central Information to Odoo S.A." msgstr "然后，亚马逊将通知您，通过提交表格，您将向Odoo S.A.授予访问卖方中央信息的权限。" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:47 msgid "" "Odoo S.A. is unable to access your Amazon account's information without the " "Authorization Token which is stored in your Odoo database - we do not store " @@ -608,11 +3465,11 @@ msgstr "" "如果没有存储在Odoo数据库中的授权令牌，Odoo " "S.A.将无法访问您的亚马逊帐户信息。我们不会将这些令牌直接存储在我们的平台上，因此无法在亚马逊连接器正常流程之外访问您的帐户信息。" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:53 msgid "Register your Amazon account in Odoo" msgstr "在Odoo中注册你的Amazon账户" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:57 msgid "" "To register your seller account in Odoo, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales " "--> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Amazon " @@ -621,7 +3478,7 @@ msgstr "" "如要在Odoo中注册你的卖家账户，前往 :menuselection:`销售 --> 配置 --> 设置 --> 连接器 --> Amazon同步 " "--> Amazon账户`并点击**创建**。" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:60 msgid "" "The **Seller ID** can be found in Seller Central under the link **Your " "Merchant Token** on the **Seller Account Information** page. The " @@ -631,14 +3488,14 @@ msgstr "" "可以在 **卖家帐户信息** 页面上的 **您的商家令牌** 链接中的卖家平台中找到 **卖家ID** 。 **授权令牌** 是您在 " ":ref:`上一步<amazon / generate_auth_token>`中生成的令牌。" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:64 msgid "" "Upon saving, your credentials are checked. In case of issues, an error will " "be displayed - the information cannot be saved until your credentials are " "recognized by Amazon." msgstr "保存后，将检查您的凭据。 如果出现问题，会显示错误 - 在亚马逊识别您的凭据之前，无法保存信息。" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:67 msgid "" "Once the account is registered, the marketplaces available to this account " "are synchronized and listed under the **Marketplaces** tab. If you wish, you" @@ -646,11 +3503,11 @@ msgid "" " their synchronization." msgstr "在注册账户后，该账户可用的电商平台在**电商平台**选项卡下列出并同步。如需要，你可将某些项目从已同步电商平台列表中删除，以禁用同步。" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:72 msgid "Match database products in Amazon" msgstr "与Amazon的数据库产品匹配" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:74 msgid "" "When an Amazon order is synchronized, up to three sales order items are " "created in Odoo for each product sold on Amazon: one for the marketplace " @@ -659,7 +3516,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "在Amazon订单同步后，Odoo将针对Amazon上售出的每件产品创造三个销售订单项目：分别针对电商平台产品、运费（如有）和礼品包装费（如有）。" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:80 msgid "" "The selection of a database product for a sales order item is done by " "matching its **internal reference** with the **SKU** for marketplace items, " @@ -668,7 +3525,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "通过将**内部参考编号**与电商平台商品的**SKU**匹配，与运费的**发运代码**匹配，以及与包装费的**礼品包装**代码匹配，即可为销售订单项目选择数据库产品。" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:84 msgid "" "For marketplace products, pairings are saved as **Amazon Offers** which are " "listed under the **Offers** stat button on the account form. Offers are " @@ -679,7 +3536,7 @@ msgstr "" "对于电商平台产品，所有产品配对保存为**Amazon产品方案**，列在账户表单**产品方案**统计按钮下。当确定产品配对后自动创建产品方案，并用于之后的订单查找SKU。如果未找到匹配SKU的产品方案，则:ref:`使用内部参考编号" " <amazon/matching>`。" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:90 msgid "" "It is possible to force the pairing of a marketplace item with a specific " "product by changing either the product or the SKU of an offer. The offer can" @@ -689,7 +3546,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "通过更改产品方案的产品或SKU，可强制将电商平台商品与特定产品配对。如为自动完成，则可手动创建产品方案。如你不使用内部参考编号作为SKU或用不同条件销售产品，这项功能非常有用。" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:95 msgid "" "If no database product with a matching internal reference is found for a " "given SKU or gift wrapping code, a default database product **Amazon Sale** " @@ -698,21 +3555,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "如特定SKU或礼品包装代码未找到内部参考编号匹配的数据库产品，则使用默认数据库产品**Amazon销售**。它将使用默认产品**Amazon发货**和发运代码。" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:100 msgid "" "To modify the default products, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " -"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>` and navigate to " +"</applications/general/developer_mode>` and navigate to " ":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> " "Amazon Sync --> Default Products`." msgstr "" -"如要修改默认产品，启用 :doc:`开发人员模式 <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` 并前往 " -":menuselection:`销售 --> 配置 --> 设置 --> 连接器 --> Amazon同步 --> 默认产品`。" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:106 msgid "Configure taxes of products" msgstr "配置产品税" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:108 msgid "" "To allow for tax reporting of Amazon sales with Odoo, the taxes applied to " "the sales order items are those set on the product or determined by the " @@ -722,7 +3577,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "如要允许在Odoo中对Amazon销售产品进行税务报告，则销售订单项目适用的税收设置在产品上或由财政状况决定。确保在Odoo的产品页面或按财政状况设置正确的税收，以免卖家中心和Odoo中的小计金额存在差异。" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:114 msgid "" "As Amazon does not necessarily apply the same taxes as those configured in " "Odoo, it may happen that order totals differ by a few cents from that on " @@ -731,11 +3586,11 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "由于Amazon适用的税收不一定与Odoo的配置完全相同，某些订单的金额可能与卖家中心有细微差异。在与Odoo付款情况对账时，可冲销并解决这些差异。" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:121 msgid "Add an unsupported marketplace" msgstr "添加尚未受支持的市场" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:123 msgid "" "Some Amazon Marketplaces, such as Amazon Brazil, are not officially " "supported by Odoo but might be compatible with your seller account. These " @@ -746,7 +3601,7 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo并未正式支持某些亚马逊市场（例如亚马逊巴西），但可能与您的卖家帐户兼容。 如果您想使用这些市场，可以手动添加。 " "有关本地支持的市场的详尽列表，请参见 :ref:`此处<amazon / support-marketplaces>` 。" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:129 msgid "" "To find out if a marketplace is eventually compatible, check the `Amazon " "Documentation " @@ -758,21 +3613,19 @@ msgstr "" "<https://docs.developer.amazonservices.com/en_US/dev_guide/DG_Endpoints.html>`_" " 。" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:133 msgid "" "To add a new marketplace, you must first enable :doc:`Developer mode " -"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." +"</applications/general/developer_mode>`." msgstr "" -"要添加新市场，您必须首先启用开发人员模式 :doc:`Developer mode " -"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`。" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:136 msgid "" "Once that is done, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " "Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Amazon Marketplaces`." msgstr "完成后，转到 :menuselection:`销售 --> 设置 --> 设定 --> 连接器- -->亚马逊同步--> 亚马逊市场`。" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:139 msgid "" "From there, you can create a new marketplace record. You will need the " "Marketplace ID and Endpoint for your marketplace as described in the `Amazon" @@ -783,7 +3636,7 @@ msgstr "" "<https://docs.developer.amazonservices.com/en_US/dev_guide/DG_Endpoints.html>`_" " 中所述，您将需要市场ID和市场的终端。" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:143 msgid "" "Set the name of the record to ``Amazon.<domain>`` to easily retrieve it (for" " instance: ``Amazon.se``). The **Code**, **Domain** and **API Identifier** " @@ -793,7 +3646,7 @@ msgstr "" "将记录的名称设置为 ``亚马逊<domain>`` 以方便地检索它 (例如: ``Amazon.se``). The **代码**, **域** 和 " "**API标识符”** 字段应分别保存亚马逊文档中的 *国家代码*, *亚马逊MWS端点* 和 *MarketplaceId* 。" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:147 msgid "" "Once the marketplace is saved, you should then update the Amazon Account " "configuration by going to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " @@ -809,38 +3662,38 @@ msgstr "" " --> 亚马逊账户`, 在以下位置打开帐户並使用的新市场，请转到 **市场** 选项卡然后单击 " "**更新可用市场**（动画应确认操作成功）。新添加的市场将自动添加到同步市场列表中。 如果没有将新市场添加到列表中，则意味着您的卖方帐户不兼容或不可用。" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:156 msgid "" "As manually added marketplaces are not officially supported by Odoo, there " "is no guarantee that adding one as described above will work, nor can this " "be considered as a bug when contacting Odoo Support." msgstr "由于Odoo并未正式支持手动添加的市场，因此无法保证可以如上所述添加一个市场，也无法保证在与Odoo支持人员联系时将其视为错误。" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector.rst:3 msgid "eBay Connector" msgstr "eBay连接器" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:3 msgid "How to list a product?" msgstr "如何上架一个产品" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:6 msgid "Listing without variation" msgstr "上架没有变种" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:8 msgid "" "In order to list a product, you need to check the **use eBay** field on a " "product form. The eBay tab will be available." msgstr "为了上架一个产品, 你需要点击 **eBay可用** 字段在产品的界面上, eBay 标签会可用。" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:14 msgid "" "When the **Use Stock Quantity** field is checked, the quantity sets on eBay " "will be the Odoo **Forecast Quantity**." msgstr "当勾选 **使用库存数量** 字段, 则eBay上的数量则会被设置为Odoo的 **预期数量** 。" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:17 msgid "" "The **Description Template** allows you to use templates for your listings. " "The default template only use the **eBay Description** field of the product." @@ -850,17 +3703,17 @@ msgstr "" " **描述 模板** 允许你为你的上架产品使用模板.默认的模板仅使用产品的 **eBay 描述** 字段.你可以使用 **描述 模板** 和 " "**eBay 描述** 的内部html." -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:21 msgid "" "To use pictures in your listing, you need to add them as **Attachments** on " "the product template." msgstr "要在列表中使用图片, 需要你在产品模板中把它们添加为 **附件** 。" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:24 msgid "Listing with variations" msgstr "有变种的上架" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:26 msgid "" "When the **use eBay** on a product with variations is checked and with " "**Fixed Price** as **Listing Type**, the eBay form is sligthly different. In" @@ -870,21 +3723,21 @@ msgstr "" "当在产品上的带变种的 **使用 eBay** 被选中并且 **上架类型** 为 **固定价格** , eBay 界面有稍许不同。在变种列中, " "你可以选择哪个变种可以在eBay上上架, 并且可以为每个变种设置价格和数量。" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:35 msgid "Listing with item specifics" msgstr "带项目细节的上架产品" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:37 msgid "" "In order to add item specifics, you should create a product attribute with " "one value in the **Variants** tab on the product form." msgstr "为了增加项目规格, 你应该在产品表单创建一个产品属性，在 **变型** 页签里设置一个值。" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:44 msgid "Product Identifiers" msgstr "产品标示" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:46 msgid "" "Products identifiers such as EAN, UPC, Brand or MPN are required in most of " "the eBay category. The module manages the EAN and UPC identifiers with the " @@ -900,15 +3753,15 @@ msgstr "" "和UPC会在Ebay上被推荐设置为'不可用'。Brand和MPN值需要在特定的产品维护, 所以在产品 **变量** 上进行维护。如果这些值没有设置, " "Ebay列表中就会是'不可用'。" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:3 msgid "How to configure eBay in Odoo?" msgstr "如何在Odoo里配置eBay?" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:6 msgid "Create eBay tokens" msgstr "创建eBay令牌" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:8 msgid "" "In order to create your tokens, you need to create a developer account on " "the `developer portal <https://go.developer.ebay.com/>`_. Once you are " @@ -918,7 +3771,7 @@ msgstr "" "为了生成你的令牌, 你需要在开发者门户<https ://go.developer.ebay.com/> `_.创建一个开发者账号。一旦你登陆, " "你可以点击按钮创建 **沙箱 秘钥** 和 **成品 秘钥** " -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:16 msgid "" "After the creation of the keys, you can get the user token. To do so, click " "on the **Get a User Token** link in the bottom of the page. Go through the " @@ -928,17 +3781,17 @@ msgstr "" "在秘钥创建后, 你可以得到你的用户令牌.这么做, 点击在页面底部的链接 **得到一个用户令牌** 。通过界面, 用你的eBay账号登陆, " "然后你可以得到需要在Odoo里配置模块的秘钥和令牌。" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:22 msgid "Set up tokens in Odoo?" msgstr "在Odoo里设置令牌" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:24 msgid "" "To set up the eBay integration, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " "Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "为了设置eBay集成, 进入菜单 :menuselection:`销售 --> 配置 --> 设置` 。" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:29 msgid "" "First choose if you want to use the production or the sandbox eBay Site. " "Then fill in the fields **Developer Key**, **Token**, **App Key**, **Cert " @@ -947,58 +3800,57 @@ msgstr "" "首先选择你要使用的是成品还是eBay沙箱。然后填写字段 **开发者秘钥** , **令牌** , **APP 秘钥** , **认证秘钥** " "。申请变更。" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:33 msgid "" "Once the page is reloaded, you need to synchronize information from eBay. " "Push on **Sync countries and currencies**, then you can fill in all the " "other fields." msgstr "一旦页面被重新载入, 你需要从eBay同步信息。 **同步国家和货币** , 然后你可以填写其他字段。" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:36 msgid "" "When all the fields are filled in, you can synchronize the categories and " "the policies by clicking on the adequate buttons." msgstr "当所有的字段被填写后, 你可以通过点击按钮同步种类和策略" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:40 msgid "Using the updated synchronisation method" msgstr "使用更新同步方法" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:42 msgid "" "If you have a lot of products, the eBay API can sometimes refuse some " "synchronization calls due to a time-based limit on the number of requests " "that eBay enforces." msgstr "如有你有大量产品，由于eBay强制规定的一定时间内请求数量限制，eBay API有时可能拒绝某些同步调用。" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:45 msgid "" "To fix this issue, a new implementation mechanism has been developped; " "however this updated mechanism is disabled by default to avoid having the 2 " "systems running in parallel in existing installations." msgstr "为了解决这一问题，我们开发了一种新的实施机制；但是，为了避免现有安装中这2个系统同时运行，默认情况下这种更新方法被禁用。" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:49 msgid "To switch to the new synchronization mechanism:" msgstr "如要切换为新同步机制：" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:51 msgid "" -"Enable the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." +"Enable the :doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>`." msgstr "" -"Enable the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:52 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Scheduled Actions`" msgstr "前往 :menuselection:`设置 --> 技术 --> 预定操作`" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:53 msgid "" "Archive the old synchronization actions (both are named *Ebay: update " "product status*)" msgstr "存档旧的同步操作（二者名称都是*Ebay：更新产品状态*）" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:54 msgid "" "Activate the new synchronization actions (*Ebay: get new orders* which runs " "every 15min by default and *Ebay: synchronise stock (for 'get new orders' " @@ -1006,27 +3858,27 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "启用新的同步操作（*Ebay：获取新订单*，默认每15分钟运行一次，及*Ebay：同步库存（以便与“获取新订单”同步）*，默认每天运行一次）" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:55 msgid "" "Ensure that the **Next Execution Date** for both these actions are in the " "near future" msgstr "确保两种操作的**下次执行日期**均为最近" -#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:57 msgid "" "Starting with the next execution date, the new method will be used instead " "of the old one." msgstr "从下次执行日期开始，将使用新方法进行同步。" -#: ../../sales/invoicing.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing.rst:3 msgid "Invoicing Method" msgstr "开票方式" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:3 msgid "Request a down payment" msgstr "要求预付定金" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:5 msgid "" "A down payment is a partial payment made by the buyer when a sales contract " "is concluded. This implies both parties' full commitment (seller and buyer) " @@ -1037,17 +3889,17 @@ msgstr "" "首付款是买方在签订销售合同时所支付的部分款项。 这意味着双方（卖方和买方）均充分履行合同的义务。 " "通过预付定金，购买者表现出了他们购买产品的意愿，并同意以后再支付其余的费用，而卖方则有义务通过接受来提供商品。" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:10 msgid "" "Sometimes a down payment is required for expensive orders or projects. That " "way, you can protect yourself and make sure that your customer is reliable." msgstr "有时，昂贵的订单或项目需要预付款。 这样，您可以保护自己并确保您的客户可信赖。" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:14 msgid "First time you request a down payment" msgstr "第一次申请预付款" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:16 msgid "" "When a sales order is confirmed, you then have the possibility to create an " "invoice. Invoices are automatically created in drafts so that you can review" @@ -1056,19 +3908,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "确认销售订单后，便可以创建发票。 发票是在草稿中自动创建的，因此您可以在验证之前对其进行检查。 要创建发票，Odoo 销售为您提供3个选项：" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:20 msgid "Regular invoice" msgstr "普通发票" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:21 msgid "Down payment (percentage)" msgstr "预付款(百分比)" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:22 msgid "Down payment (fixed amount)" msgstr "预付款(固定金额)" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:24 msgid "" "In terms of down payment, it can either be a fixed amount or a percentage of" " the total amount. The first time you request a down payment, you can set a " @@ -1078,7 +3930,7 @@ msgstr "" "在预付款方面，它可以是固定金额，也可以是总额的百分比。 首次请求预付定金时，您可以设置百分比或固定金额，然后输入正确的收入帐户和税款。 " "这些设置将重新用于以后的预付款。" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:34 msgid "" "When you request your first down payment, a new product called **Down " "payment** will be created. This product will be registered as a **service** " @@ -1090,11 +3942,11 @@ msgstr "" "当您发送首次付款请求时，将创建一个名为 **预付款** 的新产品。 该产品将被注册为具有**订购数量** 开票政策的 **服务** 产品。 " "提醒您，您可以随时编辑和修改此产品。 请注意，如果您选择 **已交货数量** 作为开票政策，则 **您将无法创建发票** 。" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:41 msgid "Basic sales flow using down payments" msgstr "使用预付款的基本销售流程" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:43 msgid "" "For this first example, we will use a 50% amount down payment with a product" " using **ordered quantities** as invoicing policy. Make sure to check out " @@ -1107,7 +3959,7 @@ msgstr "" "在请求您的第一笔预付款之前，请确保在此处查看有关发票政策的文档：:doc:`invoicing_policy` 。 " "在创建和查看发票时，您只能访问提及预付款的发票草稿（如下所示）。" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:53 msgid "" "There, you can post the invoice and register the payment of your customer. " "But, we all know that in real life this flow does not happen immediately. " @@ -1120,7 +3972,7 @@ msgstr "" "在这里，您可以过帐发票并注册客户的付款。 但是，我们都知道，在现实生活中，这种流动不会立即发生。 因此，现在您可以返回销售订单。 在这里，您可以使用 " "**客户预览** 按钮将订单视为客户，也可以使用 **发票** 按钮轻松找到先前的发票草稿。 在任何情况下，预付款都将在销售订单和发票草稿上都提到。" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:63 msgid "" "To complete the flow, when the customer wants to pay the rest of his sales " "order, you must create another invoice. Once again, you will have the choice" @@ -1129,13 +3981,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "要完成该流程，客户要支付其余的销售订单，您必须创建另一张发票。 再一次，您可以选择再次支付预付款或扣除所有预付款，因此，将其余发票作为常规发票支付。" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:71 msgid "" "This flow is also possible with a down payment taking into account a fixed " "amount." msgstr "考虑到固定金额的预付款，此流程也是可能的。" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:74 msgid "" "Be careful that if you do a down payment with a product using **delivered " "quantities** as invoicing policy, you won’t be able to deduct all the down " @@ -1150,15 +4002,15 @@ msgstr "" "实际上，您必须在创建最终发票之前交付产品。 如果未交付任何东西，则创建一个 **贷方通知单** ，以取消预付款后创建的发票草稿。 为此，您必须安装 " "**库存应用** 以确认交货。 否则，您可以在销售订单上手动输入交货数量。" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:82 msgid "Modify the income account and customer taxes" msgstr "修改收入帐户和客户税" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:84 msgid "From the products list, search for the **Down Payment** product." msgstr "在产品列表中，搜索 **预付款** 产品。" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:90 msgid "" "You can edit it and under the **General Information Tab** you will be able " "to change the customer taxes. Now, to change the income account, you will " @@ -1168,15 +4020,15 @@ msgstr "" "您可以对其进行编辑，然后在 **常规信息选项卡** 下可以更改客户税收。 现在，要更改收入帐户，您将需要安装 **会计应用** " "，以便可以在产品表格上看到 **会计选项卡** 。" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:99 msgid ":doc:`invoicing_policy`" msgstr ":doc:`invoicing_policy`" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:3 msgid "Re-invoice expenses to customers" msgstr "向客户重新开具费用发票" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:5 msgid "" "It often happens that your employees have to spend their personal money " "while working on a project for your client. Let's take the example of an " @@ -1185,19 +4037,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "经常的情况是，您的员工在为您的客户做项目时，不得不花费个人资金。让我们以顾问支付酒店在客户网站上工作为例。作为一家公司，您希望能够向客户开具该费用的发票。" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:12 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:64 msgid "Expenses configuration" msgstr "费用配置" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:14 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:66 msgid "" "To track & invoice expenses, you will need the expenses app. Go to " ":menuselection:`Apps --> Expenses` to install it." msgstr "要跟踪和发票费用，您将需要费用应用程序。转到:menuselection:`应用程序 --> 费用`来安装它。" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:17 msgid "" "You should also activate the analytic accounts feature to link expenses to " "the sales order, to do so, go to :menuselection:`Invoicing --> Configuration" @@ -1205,77 +4057,77 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "您还应激活分析科目功能以将支出链接到销售订单，为此，请转到:menuselection:`开票 --> 配置 --> 设置` 并激活 *会计分录* 。" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:22 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:74 msgid "Add expenses to your sales order" msgstr "向销售订单添加费用" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:24 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:76 msgid "" "From the expense app, you or your consultant can create a new one, e.g. the " "hotel for the first week on the site of your customer." msgstr "从费用应用中，您或您的顾问可以创建一个新的应用程序，例如，在客户网站上第一周的酒店。" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:27 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:79 msgid "" "You can then enter a relevant description and select an existing product or " "create a new one from right there." msgstr "然后，您可以输入相关描述并选择现有产品或从该名称中创建新产品。" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:33 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:85 msgid "Here, we are creating a *Hotel* product:" msgstr "在这里，我们正在创建一个[酒店]产品：" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:38 msgid "" "Under the invoicing tab, select *Delivered quantities* and either *At cost* " "or *Sales price* as well depending if you want to invoice the cost of your " "expense or a previously agreed on sales price." msgstr "在\"开票\"选项卡下，选择 [交付数量] 和 [按成本] 或 [销售价格]，具体取决于您是否要为费用成本或先前商定的销售价格开具发票。" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:45 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:97 msgid "" "To modify or create more products go to :menuselection:`Expenses --> " "Configuration --> Expense products`." msgstr "要修改或创建更多产品，请转到:menuselection:`费用 --> 配置 --> 费用产品`。" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:48 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:100 msgid "" "Back on the expense, add the original sale order in the expense to submit." msgstr "返回费用时，在要提交的费用中添加原始销售订单。" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:54 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:106 msgid "It can then be submitted to the manager, approved and finally posted." msgstr "然后，它可以提交给经理，批准，并最终发布。" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:65 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:117 msgid "It will then be in the sales order and ready to be invoiced." msgstr "然后，它将在销售订单中，并准备开票。" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:3 msgid "Invoice based on delivered or ordered quantities" msgstr "基于已交付或订购数量的发票" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:5 msgid "" "Different business policies might require different options for invoicing:" msgstr "不同的业务策略可能需要不同的开票选项：" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:7 msgid "" "The **Invoice what is ordered** rule is used as **default mode** in Odoo " "Sales, which means that customers will be invoiced once the sales order is " "confirmed." msgstr "在Odoo 销售中，**订购的发票** 规则用作 **默认模式** ，这意味着在确认销售订单后将向客户开具发票。" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:10 msgid "" "The **Invoice what is delivered** rule will invoice customers once the " "delivery is done. This rule concerns businesses that sell materials, liquids" @@ -1286,58 +4138,58 @@ msgstr "" "一旦完成交付，**发票已交付** 规则将为客户提供发票。 该规则涉及大量出售材料，液体或食物的企业。 " "在这些情况下，数量可能会有些许差异，因此最好为实际交付的数量开具发票。" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:15 msgid "" "Being able to have different invoicing options allow you more flexibility. " "Indeed, you need to know exactly how to invoice your customers for different" " situations." msgstr "能够使用不同的帐单选项可以为您提供更大的灵活性。 确实，您需要确切地了解如何为不同情况的客户开具发票。" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:19 msgid "Activate these features" msgstr "激活这些功能" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:21 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and under " "**Invoicing policy** choose the rule you want to apply." msgstr "转到菜单 :menuselection:`销售 --> 设置 --> 设定` 然后在 **发票政策** 下选择要应用的规则。" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:30 msgid "" "If you decide to choose the **Invoice what is delivered** rule, you will not" " be able to activate the feature called **Automatic invoice**, which " "automatically generates invoices when the online payment is confirmed." msgstr "如果您决定选择 **发票已交付** 规则，则将无法激活称为 **自动发票** 的功能，该功能会在确认在线付款后自动生成发票。" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:35 msgid "Choose an invoicing policy on a product form" msgstr "在产品表单上选择开票政策" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:37 msgid "" "From any product page, under the **Sales tab**, you will find the invoicing " "policy, which can be manually changed." msgstr "在任何产品页面的 **销售选项卡** 下，您都可以找到手动更改的开票政策。" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:46 msgid "Impact on sales flow" msgstr "对销售流程的影响" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:48 msgid "" "On Odoo Sales, the basic sales flow will be to create a quotation, send it " "to your customer, wait for confirmation, confirm the sales order and create " "an invoice." msgstr "在Odoo 销售，基本销售流程将是创建报价，将其发送给您的客户，等待确认，确认销售订单并创建发票。" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:51 msgid "" "**Invoice what is ordered**: No impact on this basic sales flow. Indeed, you" " can invoice as soon as the sale is confirmed." msgstr "**按订单开具发票** ：对此基本销售流程没有影响。 实际上，您可以在确认销售后立即开具发票。" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:54 msgid "" "**Invoice what is delivered**: Small impact on sales flow because you will " "have to manually enter the delivered quantity on the sales order or to " @@ -1349,36 +4201,36 @@ msgstr "" "**按交付开具发票**：对销售流程的影响很小，因为您必须在创建发票之前手动输入销售订单上已交付的数量或安装 **库存应用** 来确认已交付的数量和 " "**销售应用** 。 确实，如果您尝试在不验证交货数量的情况下创建发票，则会收到以下错误消息。" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:65 msgid "" "Once the quotation is confirmed and that the status went from **Quotation " "sent** to **Sales order**, you are able to see your delivered and invoiced " "quantities directly from your sales order (it is true for both rules)." msgstr "确认报价后，状态从 **已发送报价** 变为 **销售订单** ，您可以直接从销售订单中查看已交付和已开票的数量（这两个规则均适用）。" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:74 msgid "" "Odoo will automatically add the quantities to the invoice (even if it is a " "partial delivery)." msgstr "Odoo会自动将数量添加到发票中（即使是部分交付）。" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:76 msgid "" "Finally, to create an invoice, you will have different possibilities: " "regular invoice or down payment (percentage or fixed amount)." msgstr "最后，您将有不同的可能性方法创建发票：常规发票或预付款（百分比或固定金额）。" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:80 msgid "" "Be sure to check out our documentation about down payment here: " ":doc:`down_payment`, to master this incredible feature." msgstr "请务必在此处查看有关预付款的文档: :doc:`down_payment`, ，以掌握此不可思议的功能。" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:3 msgid "Invoice project milestones" msgstr "发票项目流程" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:5 msgid "" "Milestone invoicing can be used for expensive or large-scale projects, with " "each milestone representing a clear sequence of work that will incrementally" @@ -1389,41 +4241,42 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "开票流程可用于昂贵或大型项目，每个流程代表一个明确的工作序列，这些工作将逐步建立到合同完成。这种开票方法既适合确保在整个项目生命周期内获得稳定的现金流的公司，也适合能够监控项目进度并分期付款的客户。" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:13 msgid "Create milestone products" msgstr "创建里流程式产品" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:15 msgid "" "In Odoo, each milestone of your project is considered as a product. To " "configure products to work this way, go to any product form." msgstr "在 Odoo 中，项目的每个流程都被视为产品。要将产品配置为以这种方式工作，请转到任何产品窗体。" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:18 msgid "" "You have to set the product type as *Service* under general information and " "select *Milestones* in the sales tab." msgstr "您必须在常规信息下将产品类型设置为 [服务]，并在销售选项卡中选择 [流程]。" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:25 msgid "Invoice milestones" msgstr "开票流程" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:27 msgid "" "From the sales order, you can manually edit the quantity delivered as you " "complete a milestone." msgstr "从销售订单中，您可以在完成流程时手动编辑交付的数量。" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:33 msgid "You can then invoice that first milestone." msgstr "然后，您可以为该里程碑开票。" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:3 ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:22 msgid "Send a pro-forma invoice" msgstr "发送形式发票" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:5 msgid "" "A pro-forma invoice is an abridged or estimated invoice in advance of a " "delivery of goods. It notes the kind and quantity of goods, their value, and" @@ -1434,135 +4287,135 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "形式发票是货物交付前的简略发票或估计发票。它记录了货物的种类和数量、价值以及其他重要信息，如重量和运输费用。形式发票通常用作带有报价的初步发票，或用于进口中的海关目的。它们不同于普通发票，不是付款要求或要求。" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:13 -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:10 msgid "Activate the feature" msgstr "激活功能" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:15 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the" " *Pro-Forma Invoice* feature." msgstr "转到:menuselection:`销售 --> 配置 --> 设置'并激活 *模拟发票* 功能。" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:24 msgid "" "From any quotation or sales order, you know have an option to send a pro-" "forma invoice." msgstr "从任何报价单或销售订单中，您知道可以选择发送形式发票。" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:30 msgid "" "When you click on send, Odoo will send an email with the pro-forma invoice " "in attachment." msgstr "当您单击发送时，Odoo 将发送一封包含附件中形式发票的电子邮件。" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:3 msgid "Sell subscriptions" msgstr "销售订阅" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:5 msgid "" "Selling subscription products will give you predictable revenue, making " "planning ahead much easier." msgstr "销售订阅产品将为您提供可预测的收入，使提前规划变得更加容易。" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:9 msgid "Make a subscription from a sales order" msgstr "从销售订单进行订阅" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:11 msgid "" "From the sales app, create a quotation to the desired customer, and select " "the subscription product your previously created from the Subscriptions App." msgstr "从销售应用程序中，为所需客户创建报价，然后选择你以前在订阅应用程序中创建的订阅产品。" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:14 msgid "" "When you confirm the sale the subscription will be created automatically. " "You will see a direct link from the sales order to the Subscription in the " "upper right corner." msgstr "确认销售时，将自动创建订阅。您将在右上角看到从销售订单到订阅的直接链接。" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:3 msgid "Invoice based on time and materials" msgstr "基于时间和材料的发票" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:5 msgid "" "Time and Materials is generally used in projects in which it is not possible" " to accurately estimate the size of the project, or when it is expected that" " the project requirements would most likely change." msgstr "时间和材料通常用于无法准确估计项目规模或预计项目需求最有可能发生变化的项目。" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:9 msgid "" "This is opposed to a fixed-price contract in which the owner agrees to pay " "the contractor a lump sum for the fulfillment of the contract no matter what" " the contractors pay their employees, sub-contractors, and suppliers." msgstr "这与固定价格合同相反，在这种合同中，业主同意向承包商支付一笔总付，以支付合同的履行，无论承包商向其员工、分包商和供应商支付什么。" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:14 msgid "" "For this documentation I will use the example of a consultant, you will need" " to invoice their time, their various expenses (transport, lodging, ...) and" " purchases." msgstr "对于这个文件，我将使用顾问的例子，您将需要发票他们的时间，他们的各种费用（交通，住宿，...）和购买。" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:19 msgid "Invoice time configuration" msgstr "发票时间配置" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:21 msgid "" "To keep track of progress in the project, you will need the *Project* app. " "Go to :menuselection:`Apps --> Project` to install it." msgstr "要跟踪项目中的进度，您需要 *项目* 应用。转到 :menuselection:`应用程序 --> 项目`以安装它。" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:24 msgid "" "In *Project* you will use timesheets, to do so go to :menuselection:`Project" " --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Timesheets* feature." msgstr "在 *项目* 中，您将使用时间表，为此转到:menuselection:`项目 --> 配置 --> 设置` 并激活 *工时单* 功能。" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:32 msgid "Invoice your time spent" msgstr "为您花费的时间开具发票" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:34 msgid "" "From a product page set as a service, you will find two options under the " "invoicing tab, select both *Timesheets on tasks* and *Create a task in a new" " project*." msgstr "在设置为服务的产品页面中，您将在\"开票\"选项卡下找到两个选项，选择两个选项 [任务时间表] 和 [在新项目中创建任务]。" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:41 msgid "You could also add the task to an existing project." msgstr "您还可以将任务添加到现有项目中。" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:43 msgid "" "Once confirming a sales order, you will now see two new buttons, one for the" " project overview and one for the current task." msgstr "确认销售订单后，您现在将看到两个新按钮，一个用于项目概述，另一个用于当前任务。" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:49 msgid "" "You will directly be in the task if you click on it, you can also access it " "from the *Project* app." msgstr "如果您单击该任务，您将直接参与该任务，您也可以从 [项目] 应用访问它。" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:52 msgid "" "Under timesheets, you can assign who works on it. You can or they can add " "how many hours they worked on the project so far." msgstr "在时间表下，您可以分配谁对它进行工作。您可以添加，也可以添加到目前为止他们在项目上工作的小时数。" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:58 msgid "From the sales order, you can then invoice those hours." msgstr "然后，可以从销售订单中为这些工时开票。" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:69 msgid "" "You should also activate the analytic accounts feature to link expenses to " "the sales order, to do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " @@ -1570,59 +4423,59 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "你还应启用分析科目功能以将支出关联到销售订单，为此，请前往 :menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 设置`并启用*分析科目*。" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:90 msgid "" "under the invoicing tab, select *Delivered quantities* and either *At cost* " "or *Sales price* as well depending if you want to invoice the cost of your " "expense or a previously agreed on sales price." msgstr "在\"开票\"选项卡下，选择 [交付数量]和 [按成本] 或 [销售价格] 以及您是否要开具费用成本发票或先前商定的销售价格。" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:120 msgid "Invoice purchases" msgstr "采购发票" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:122 msgid "" "The last thing you might need to add to the sale order is purchases made for" " it." msgstr "您可能需要添加到销售订单的最后一件事是购买。" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:125 msgid "" "You will need the *Purchase Analytics* feature, to activate it, go to " ":menuselection:`Invoicing --> Configuration --> Settings` and select " "*Purchase Analytics*." msgstr "您将需要 *购买分析* 功能，以激活它，转到:menuselection:`开票 --> 配置 --> 设置'并选择 *购买分析* 。" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:129 msgid "" "While making the purchase order don't forget to add the right analytic " "account." msgstr "在下达采购订单时，不要忘记添加正确的分析帐户。" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:135 msgid "" "Once the PO is confirmed and received, you can create the vendor bill, this " "will automatically add it to the SO where you can invoice it." msgstr "确认并接收采购订单后，您可以创建供应商帐单，这会自动将其添加到 SO 中，您可以在其中开具发票。" -#: ../../sales/products_prices.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices.rst:3 msgid "Products & Prices" msgstr "产品和价格" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices.rst:3 msgid "Manage your pricing" msgstr "管理定价" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:3 msgid "How to sell in foreign currencies" msgstr "如何使用外币進行销售" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:5 msgid "Pricelists can also be used to manage prices in foreign currencies." msgstr "价格表也可用于管理外币价格。" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:7 msgid "" "Check *Allow multi currencies* in :menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> " "Settings`. As admin, you need *Adviser* access rights on " @@ -1631,13 +4484,13 @@ msgstr "" "在 :menuselection:`选中 *允许多种货币* \"开票/记帐 * --> 设置`。作为管理员，您需要对开票/会计应用的 *顾问* " "访问权限。" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:10 msgid "" "Create one pricelist per currency. A new *Currency* field shows up in " "pricelist setup form." msgstr "按货币创建一个价目表。\"新建\" 货币 + 字段显示在价目表设置窗体中。" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:13 msgid "" "To activate a new currency, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Currencies`, select it in the list and press *Activate* in" @@ -1646,21 +4499,21 @@ msgstr "" "要激活新货币，请转到:menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 货币`，在列表中选择它，然后按右上角的 *激活* " "。现在，它将显示货币下拉列表。" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:17 msgid "Prices in foreign currencies can be defined in two fashions." msgstr "外币价格可以分两种方式定义。" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:20 msgid "Automatic conversion from public price" msgstr "从公开价格自动转换" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:22 msgid "" "The public price is in your company's main currency (see " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings`) and is set in product detail form." msgstr "公开价格以您公司的主要货币（请参阅 :menuselection:`会计 --> 设置`），并在产品详细信息窗体中设置。" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:28 msgid "" "The conversion rates can be found in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Currencies`. They can be updated from Yahoo or the " @@ -1670,25 +4523,25 @@ msgstr "" "转换率可在 :menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 货币` " "中找到。他们可以更新从雅虎或欧洲中央银行在您的方便：手动，每日，每周等。请参阅 ： :menuselection:`会计 --> 设置`。" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:40 msgid "Set your own prices" msgstr "设置你自己的价格" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:42 msgid "" "This is advised if you don't want your pricing to change along with currency" " rates." msgstr "如果您不希望定价随货币汇率而变化，建议这样做。" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:49 msgid ":doc:`pricing`" msgstr ":doc:`pricing`" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:3 msgid "How to adapt your prices to your customers and apply discounts" msgstr "如何根据客户调整价格并应用折扣" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo has a powerful pricelist feature to support a pricing strategy tailored" " to your business. A pricelist is a list of prices or price rules that Odoo " @@ -1699,36 +4552,36 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo拥有强大的价格表功能，支持适合你公司的定价策略。价格表是指Odoo搜索并确定建议价格的定价或定价规则列表。你可设置使用特定价格的多项条件：期限、最小销售数量（满足最低订购量并获得价格折扣" " ）等。" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:9 msgid "" "As pricelists only suggest prices, they can be overridden by vendors " "completing sales orders. Choose your pricing strategy from " ":menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`." msgstr "由于价格表仅提供价格建议，它们可能被供应商填写的销售订单覆盖。从 :menuselection:`销售 --> 设置`选择你的定价策略。" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:18 msgid "" "*A single sale price per product :* doesn't let you adapt prices, it use " "default product price ;" msgstr "*每种产品使用单一销售价格 ：* 不允许调整价格，使用默认产品价格 ；" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:19 msgid "" "*Different prices per customer segment :* you will set several prices per " "products ;" msgstr "*每个客户群使用不同价格 ：* 为每种产品设定多个价格 ；" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:20 msgid "" "*Advanced pricing based on formula :* will let you apply discounts, margins " "and roundings." msgstr "*基于公式的高级定价规则 ：* 可应用折扣、利润率和舍入等规则。" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:23 msgid "Several prices per product" msgstr "每个产品有几个价格" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:25 msgid "" "To apply several prices per product, select *Different prices per customer " "segment* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`. Then open the *Sales* tab " @@ -1737,51 +4590,51 @@ msgstr "" "要对每种产品应用多个价格，请在:menuselection:`销售 --> 设置` 中选择 *每个客户群的不同价格* 。 " "然后在产品详细信息表单中打开*销售* 标签。 您可以解决以下策略。" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:30 msgid "Prices per customer segment" msgstr "每个客户群的价格" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:32 msgid "" "Create pricelists for your customer segments: e.g. registered, premium, etc." msgstr "为您的客户细分创建价目表：例如注册、溢价等。" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:37 msgid "" "The default pricelist applied to any new customer is *Public Pricelist*. To " "segment your customers, open the customer detail form and change the *Sale " "Pricelist* in the *Sales & Purchases* tab." msgstr "应用于任何新客户的默认价目表是 \" 公共价目表]。要细分客户，请打开客户详细信息表单，并在 \"销售 + 购买\" 选项卡中更改 \"销售价目表\"。" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:45 msgid "Temporary prices" msgstr "临时价格" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:47 msgid "Apply deals for bank holidays, etc. Enter start and end dates dates." msgstr "申请银行假日等优惠。输入开始日期和结束日期。" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:53 msgid "" "Make sure you have default prices set in the pricelist outside of the deals " "period. Otherwise you might have issues once the period over." msgstr "请确保您在交易期间之外的价目表中设置了默认价格。否则，一旦期间结束，可能会出现问题。" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:57 msgid "Prices per minimum quantity" msgstr "每个最小数量价格" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:63 msgid "" "The prices order does not matter. The system is smart and applies first " "prices that match the order date and/or the minimal quantities." msgstr "价格顺序并不重要。该系统是智能的，并应用与订单日期和/或最小数量相匹配的第一个价格。" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:67 msgid "Discounts, margins, roundings" msgstr "折扣、利润、凑整" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:69 msgid "" "*Advanced pricing based on formula* allows to set price change rules. " "Changes can be relative to the product list/catalog price, the product cost " @@ -1792,7 +4645,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "*基于公式的高级定价规则*允许设置价格更改规则。更改可以相对于产品列表/目录价格、产品成本价或其他价格表。更改通过折扣或附加费计算，并可能强制在下限（最低利润率）和上限（最高利润率）内进行计算。价格可以四舍五入到最接近的美分/美元或任意一个（最近5美分，最近的10美元）倍数。" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:76 msgid "" "Once installed go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Pricelists`" " (or :menuselection:`Website Admin --> Catalog --> Pricelists` if you use " @@ -1801,52 +4654,52 @@ msgstr "" "安装后转到 :menuselection:`销售 --> 配置 --> 价目表'（或 :menuselection:`网站管理员 --> 目录 --> " "如果使用电子商务，则使用 --> 价格表）。" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:84 msgid "" "Each pricelist item can be associated to either all products, to a product " "internal category (set of products) or to a specific product. Like in second" " option, you can set dates and minimum quantities." msgstr "每个价目表项目都可以关联到所有产品、产品内部类别（产品集）或特定产品。与第二个选项一样，您可以设置日期和最小数量。" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:91 msgid "" "Once again the system is smart. If a rule is set for a particular item and " "another one for its category, Odoo will take the rule of the item." msgstr "再次，该系统是智能的。如果为特定项设置了规则，为其类别设置了另一个规则，Odoo 将采用该项的规则。" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:93 msgid "Make sure at least one pricelist item covers all your products." msgstr "确保至少有一个价目表项目涵盖您的所有产品。" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:95 msgid "There are 3 modes of computation: fix price, discount & formula." msgstr "有3种计算模式：固定价格，折扣和公式。" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:100 msgid "Here are different price settings made possible thanks to formulas." msgstr "以下是不同的价格设置，由于公式。" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:103 msgid "Discounts with roundings" msgstr "舍入折扣" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:105 msgid "e.g. 20% discounts with prices rounded up to 9.99." msgstr "20% 的折扣，价格四舍五入到 9.99。" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:111 msgid "Costs with markups (retail)" msgstr "加价成本（零售）" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:113 msgid "e.g. sale price = 2*cost (100% markup) with $5 of minimal margin." msgstr "例如，销售价格 = 2+成本（100% 加价），最低保证金为 5 美元。" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:119 msgid "Prices per country" msgstr "每个国家/地区的价格" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:120 msgid "" "Pricelists can be set by countries group. Any new customer recorded in Odoo " "gets a default pricelist, i.e. the first one in the list matching the " @@ -1857,25 +4710,25 @@ msgstr "" "中记录的任何新客户都会获得一个默认价目表，即列表中第一个与国家/地区匹配的客户。如果未为客户设置任何国家/地区，Odoo " "会获取没有任何国家/地区组的第一个价目表。" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:123 msgid "The default pricelist can be replaced when creating a sales order." msgstr "创建销售订单时，可以替换默认价目表。" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:125 msgid "You can change the pricelists sequence by drag & drop in list view." msgstr "您可以通过在列表视图中拖放来更改价目表序列。" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:128 msgid "Compute and show discount % to customers" msgstr "计算并向客户显示折扣百分比" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:130 msgid "" "In case of discount, you can show the public price and the computed discount" " % on printed sales orders and in your eCommerce catalog. To do so:" msgstr "在折扣的情况下，您可以在打印的销售订单和电子商务目录中显示公共价格和计算的折扣百分比。为此，" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:132 msgid "" "Check *Allow discounts on sales order lines* in :menuselection:`Sales --> " "Configuration --> Settings --> Quotations & Sales --> Discounts`." @@ -1883,119 +4736,113 @@ msgstr "" "在菜单选择中选 *允许销售订单行的折扣* :menuselection:`销售 --> 配置 --> 设置 --> 报价 --> 报价与销售 --> " "折扣`。" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:133 msgid "Apply the option in the pricelist setup form." msgstr "在\"价目表\"设置窗体中应用该选项。" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:140 msgid ":doc:`currencies`" msgstr ":doc:`currencies`" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:141 -msgid ":doc:`../../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing`" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:141 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing`" +msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products.rst:3 msgid "Manage your products" msgstr "管理您的产品" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:3 -msgid "How to import products with categories and variants" -msgstr "如何导入具有类别和变体的产品" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:3 +msgid "How to import Products with Categories and Variants" +msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:5 msgid "" -"Import templates are provided in the import tool of the most common data to " -"import (contacts, products, bank statements, etc.). You can open them with " -"any spreadsheets software (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, " +"Import templates are provided in the **Import Tool** of the most common data" +" to import (contacts, products, bank statements, etc.). You can open them " +"with any spreadsheet software (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, " "etc.)." msgstr "" -"导入工具中提供导入模板，适用于大多数数据（联系人、产品、银行对账单等）导入。可以用任何电子表格软件（如Microsoft Office, " -"OpenOffice, Google Drive等）" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:11 msgid "How to customize the file" msgstr "如何自定义文件" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:13 msgid "" -"Remove columns you don't need. We advise to not remove the *ID* one (see why" -" here below)." -msgstr "删除你不需要的行。建议不要删除*ID*1（原因如下）" +"Remove columns you don't need. However, we advise you to not remove the *ID*" +" column (see why below)." +msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:15 msgid "" "Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing." msgstr "将ID排序下拉，为每个记录设置一个独一无二的ID。" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:16 msgid "" -"Don't change labels of columns you want to import. Otherwise Odoo won't " -"recognize them anymore and you will have to map them on your own in the " +"Don't change the labels of columns you want to import. Otherwise, Odoo won't" +" recognize them anymore, and you will have to map them on your own in the " "import screen." -msgstr "不要更改要导入的列的标签。否则，Odoo 将不再识别它们，您必须在导入屏幕中自行映射它们。" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:18 -msgid "" -"To add new columns,Feel free to add new columns but the fields need to exist" -" in Odoo. If Odoo fails in matching the column name with a field, you can " -"make it manually when importing by browsing a list of available fields." msgstr "" -"要添加新列，可以随意添加新列，但字段需要存在于 Odoo 中。如果 Odoo 未能将列名称与字段匹配，则可以通过浏览可用字段的列表在导入时手动进行导入。" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:24 -msgid "Why an “ID” column" -msgstr "为什么要用ID行" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:18 msgid "" -"The ID is an unique identifier for the line item. Feel free to use the one " -"of your previous software to ease the transition to Odoo." -msgstr "ID 是行项的唯一标识符。随意使用您以前的软件之一，以缓解过渡到 Odoo。" +"Feel free to add new columns, but the fields need to exist in Odoo. If Odoo " +"fails in matching the column name with a field, you can match it manually " +"when importing by browsing a list of available fields." +msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:24 +msgid "Why an “ID” column?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:26 msgid "" -"Setting an ID is not mandatory when importing but it helps in many cases:" -msgstr "导入数据时，ID号设置不是强制的，但会在很多情况下非常有用。" +"The ID is a truly unique identifier for the line item. Feel free to use one" +" of your previous software to ease the transition into Odoo." +msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Setting an ID is not mandatory when importing, but it helps in many cases:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:31 msgid "" "Update imports: you can import the same file several times without creating " -"duplicates;" -msgstr "更新导入：在不创建副本的情况下多次导入同一个文件；" +"duplicates." +msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:32 msgid "Import relation fields (see here below)." msgstr "导入关系字段（见下文）" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:35 msgid "How to import relation fields" msgstr "如何导入关系字段" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:37 msgid "" -"An Odoo object is always related to many other objects (e.g. a product is " +"An Odoo object is always related to many other objects (e.g., a product is " "linked to product categories, attributes, vendors, etc.). To import those " -"relations you need to import the records of the related object first from " +"relations, you need to import the records of the related object first from " "their own list menu." msgstr "" -"Odoo对象总是与其他众多对象相关联（即产品与产品目录、产品属性、供应商等相关联）。为了导入这些关系，你需要首先从它们自己的列表菜单中导入相关对象的记录。" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:41 msgid "" -"You can do it using either the name of the related record or its ID. The ID " -"is expected when two records have the same name. In such a case add \" / " -"ID\" at the end of the column title (e.g. for product attributes: Product " +"You can do this using the name of the related record or its ID. The ID is " +"expected when two records have the same name. In such a case, add \" / ID\" " +"at the end of the column title (e.g., for product attributes: Product " "Attributes / Attribute / ID)." msgstr "" -"可以使用关联的记录或ID号导入。当两个记录的名称相同时需要ID号进行区分，即在行标题的末尾添加。\" / ID\"。（如产品属性：产品属性/属性 / " -"ID）" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:3 msgid "Using product variants" msgstr "使用产品型号(变体)" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:5 msgid "" "Product variants are used to manage products having different variations, " "like size, color, etc. It allows managing the product at the template level " @@ -2004,46 +4851,46 @@ msgstr "" "产品变型用来管理有不同变量的产品, 例如尺寸, 颜色等等。它可以让我们在产品模板层面对产品进行管理(所有的变量), " "也可以在变型层面管理(特定一个属性)。" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:10 msgid "" "As an example, a company selling t-shirts may have the following product:" msgstr "例如, 一个销售ｔ血衫的公司可能有以下产品 :" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:13 msgid "B&C T-shirt" msgstr "B&C T血衫" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:15 msgid "Sizes: S, M, L, XL, XXL" msgstr "尺寸 : S, M, L, XL, XXL" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:16 msgid "Colors: Blue, Red, White, Black" msgstr "颜色 :蓝色, 红色, 白色, 黑色" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:18 msgid "" "In this example, **B&C T-Shirt** is called the product template and **B&C " "T-Shirt, S, Blue** is a variant. Sizes and color are **attributes**." msgstr "在该示例中, **B&C ｔ血衫** 是产品模板, **B&C ｔ血衫, S, 蓝色** 是一个产品变量, 尺寸和颜色是 **属性** 。" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:22 msgid "" "The above example has a total of 20 different products (5 sizes x 4 colors)." " Each one of these products has its own inventory, sales, etc." msgstr "以上示例总共有20个不同的产品(5中尺寸x4种颜色)。每一个产品都会有自己的库存, 销售信息, 等等。" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:26 msgid "Impact of variants" msgstr "变型的影响" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:28 msgid "" "**Barcode**: the code and barcode is associated to a variant, not the " "template. Every variant may have its own barcode / SKU." msgstr " **条码**: 编码和条码关联到一个变型, 而不是一个产品模板。每个型号都可以有自己的条码／SKU。" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:31 msgid "" "**Price**: every product variant has its own public price that is computed " "based on the template price ($20) with an optional extra for every variant " @@ -2053,7 +4900,7 @@ msgstr "" " **价格**: 每个产品变型有自己的公开价，它基于产品模板的价格 ($20)，以及每个变型的可选额外价格(红色额外加$3)，计算得出。然而, " "你可以定义应用在产品模板以及产品变型的价格表。" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:36 msgid "" "**Inventory**: the inventory is managed by product variant. You don't own " "t-shirts, you only own \"T-shirts, S, Red\", or \"T-Shirts, M, Blue\". For " @@ -2064,13 +4911,13 @@ msgstr "" " **库存**: 存货在产品变型层面管理。你拥有的不是T恤衫, 而是\" T恤衫, S, 红色 \", 或者\" T恤衫, M, 蓝色 " "\"。用于信息目的, 在产品模板表单，你得到的库存，是所有变型的数量总和。(但是实际库存是按变型计算的)" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:42 msgid "" "**Picture**: the picture is related to the variant, every variation of a " "product may have its own primary picture." msgstr " **图片**: 此图片与变型相关, 每个型号可以有自己的主要图片。" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:45 msgid "" "**Other fields**: most of the other fields belongs to the product template. " "If you update them, it updates automatically all the variants. (example: " @@ -2078,19 +4925,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" " **其余字段**: 大部分其他字段属于产品模板。如果你对他么恩进行更新, 它会自动地更新到所有相关的型号上。(例如 : 主营业务收入科目, 税)" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:50 msgid "Should you use variants?" msgstr "应该使用产品变型吗？" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:53 msgid "When should you use variants?" msgstr "何时应该使用产品变型？" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:55 msgid "Using variants has the following impacts:" msgstr "使用变型有以下影响 :" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:57 msgid "" "**eCommerce**: in your online shop, the customer will only see product " "templates in the catalog page. Once the visitor click on such a product, he " @@ -2098,7 +4945,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" " **电商**: 在你的在线商铺, 客户只会在分类页面看到产品模板。一旦访客点击这样的产品, 他将能在众多的型号中间进行选择(颜色, 尺寸, ……)" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:62 msgid "" "**Manufacturing**: Using variants allows to define only one bill of material" " for a product template and slight variations for some of the variants. " @@ -2109,7 +4956,7 @@ msgstr "" " **生产**: 使用型号可以基于产品模板和各种型号质检的细微差别只定义一个物料表。例如: 你可以创建一个\" T血衫\\ \\ \\ " "\"并添加一些特定尺寸例如S的行以及特定颜色例如红色的行, 从而代替创建物料表\" T血衫, 红色, S\\ \\ \\ \"。" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:69 msgid "" "**Pricing**: The default price of a product is computed using the price of " "the product template and add the optional extra price on each dimension of " @@ -2120,48 +4967,48 @@ msgstr "" " **价格**: 产品的默认价格是产品模板的价格加上型号上特定属性的额外价格。这样, 型号的价格维护起来就很容易, 你不必在每个型号上维护, " "当然也可以使用价格表规则固定每个型号的价格。" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:77 msgid "When should you avoid using variants?" msgstr "在什么时候应该避免使用产品型号？" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:79 msgid "" "Using variants may add a level of complexity on the way you use Odoo. You " "should consider using variants only if you need it to reduce the complexity " "of managing lots of products that are similars." msgstr "使用变量有可能会增加操作的复杂程度, 当你要使用产品的变量属性时, 你要确保这样做只会减少操作的复杂程度。" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:83 msgid "" "As an example, importing your initial product catalog is more complex if you" " use variants. You can't just import a list of products, you must import " "product templates and all their related variations." msgstr "例如, 如果使用型号的话, 在导入期初数据的时候就比较麻烦。你不能只是导入产品的列表, 还必须要导入产品模板以及相关的型号。" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:87 msgid "" "In addition to that, you should also carefully select the dimensions that " "you manage as separate product templates and those as variants. As an " "example, a company having these products:" msgstr "另外, 你需要谨慎的选择尺寸作为变量, 这些都术语一个单独的产品模板。局一个例子, 一个公司有如下产品 :" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:91 msgid "Quality: T-Shirts, Polos, Shirts" msgstr "质量 :T血衫, 马球, 衬衫" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:93 -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:105 -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:110 msgid "Color: Red, Blue" msgstr "颜色 : 红色, 蓝色" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:95 -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:106 -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:111 msgid "Size: S, M, L, XL" msgstr "尺寸 : S, M, L, XL" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:97 msgid "" "In such a use case, you could create 1 template with three dimensions of " "variants (Layout, T-Shirts, Polos). But, it's recommended to create two " @@ -2172,25 +5019,19 @@ msgstr "" "在该用户案例中, 你可以创建1个带有尺寸变量的模板(布局, ｔ血衫, 保罗)。但是, 我们还是建议你创建两种不同的产品把保罗或者衬衫分开, " "并且在你的电脑上网站客户也乐意看到这样分 :" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:103 msgid "Product Template: T-shirt" msgstr "产品模板 :T血衫" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:108 msgid "Product Template: Polos" msgstr "产品模板 :马球" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:114 -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:9 -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:16 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "基础配置" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:117 msgid "Activate the variant feature" msgstr "激活产品型号特性" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:119 msgid "" "Before you can use product variants, you must first activate the product " "variants in the settings. To do so, you must go to the Sales app. In the " @@ -2201,11 +5042,11 @@ msgstr "" "在你使用产品变量之前, 你需要在设置中激活产品变量。要这样做, 你需要进入销售模块, 在菜单 :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置` , " "找到 **产品变形** 　行, 然后勾选 **产品可以有多个变体** , 然后点击 **应用** 。" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:129 msgid "Creating products with variants" msgstr "创建带有型号的产品" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:131 msgid "" "Once you have activated the variant option, you can add variants to your " "products. To do so, go to the Sales module, :menuselection:`Sales --> " @@ -2214,11 +5055,11 @@ msgstr "" "一旦你激活了变量选项, 你就可以给产品添加变量。要这样做的话, 进入销售模块:menuselection:`销售 -->产品` " "。还可以从采购和库存模块进入产品页面。" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:135 msgid "Now, click on the product you wish to add variants to." msgstr "现在, 点击你想添加型号的产品。" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:137 msgid "" "In the product page, a new tab called Variants has appeared. The number in " "purple written on top is the number of variants this product currently has. " @@ -2227,69 +5068,65 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "在产品页面, 一个新的变量页面显示出来。在页面上方的紫色数字是当前该产品的变量数量。要添加新的变量, 点击该按钮, 在新的窗口, 点击 **创建** 。" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:142 msgid "" "In **Attributes**, click on the rolldown menu and select the type of " "variance you wish to add. If the variant does not yet exist, you can create " "it on the fly by clicking on Create and edit…" msgstr "在 **属性** 中, 点击下拉菜单并选择你要添加的变量类型。。如果变量不存在, 你可以通过点击创建和编辑随手创建……" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:149 msgid "" "In the Attributes window, the **Value** field is the description of the " "attribute such as Green, Plastic or 32GB. The **Attribute** field is the " "type of variant such as Color, Material or Memory." msgstr "在属性窗口, **值** 字段是属性的描述例如绿色, 塑料或者32G, **属性** 字段是变量的类型例如颜色, 材料或者内存。" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:156 msgid "" "You can add a cost for the variant on the fly by adding it in the " "**Attribute Price Extra** field, or choose to modify it later. Click on " "**Save**." msgstr "你可以在 **属性额外价格** 字段顺便给特定型号添加相关成本, 或者选择稍后更改, 点击 **保存** 。" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:160 msgid "" "You can also add a different barcode and internal reference to the variant." msgstr "你也可以给型号添加不同的条码以及内部参考码。" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:163 msgid "" "When you have entered all the specifications of the variant, click on " "**Save**." msgstr "完成输入该型号的所有的特定属性后, 点击 **保存** 。" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:167 msgid "Managing Product Variants" msgstr "管理产品型号" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:170 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "介绍" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:172 msgid "" "The examples below are all based on this product template that has two " "variant attributes :" msgstr "以下示例就是一个产品模板上的两个不同属性的型号产品 :" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:175 msgid "T-Shirt B&C" msgstr "B&C T血衫" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:177 msgid "Color: Red, Blue, White" msgstr "颜色 : 红色, 蓝色, 白色" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:179 msgid "Size: S, M, L, XL, XXL" msgstr "尺寸 : S, M, L, XL, XXL" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:182 msgid "Managing combination possibilities" msgstr "管理组合可能性" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:184 msgid "" "By default, with the above product template, you get 15 different products " "(3 colors, 5 sizes). If the XXL size only exists for red and blue t-shirts, " @@ -2297,7 +5134,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "默认情况下, 使用上述产品的模板,你可以得到15个不同产品(3种颜色, 5个尺寸)。如果XXL只存在与红色和蓝色t恤,您可以设置禁用于白色产品系列。" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:188 msgid "" "To do this, click on the **Variants** button, select the XXL, White T-shirt." " From the product form, uncheck the **Active** box of the T-shirt White, " @@ -2305,22 +5142,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "要这样做的话, 点击 **型号** 按钮, 选择XXL, 白色Ｔ血衫。在产品页面上, 不勾选XXL, 白色Ｔ血衫这个产品 **有效** 框。" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:197 msgid "" "That deactivating a product is different than having an inventory of 0." msgstr "使产品无效不同于设定产品的库存为0." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:200 msgid "Setting a price per variant" msgstr "根据型号设置价格" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:202 msgid "" "You can add a cost over the main price for some of the variants of a " "product." msgstr "对产品的有些型号你可以添加超过主要价格的成本。" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:205 msgid "" "Once you have activated the variant option, you can add variants to your " "products. To do so, go to the Sales module, open :menuselection:`Sales --> " @@ -2330,42 +5167,42 @@ msgstr "" "一旦你激活了产品变量选项, 你就可以在产品上添加产品变量。要这样做, 进入销售模块, 打开 :menuselection:`销售 --> 产品` " "并点击你想要更改的产品, 点击 **变量价格** 按钮来查看变量列表。" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:213 msgid "" "Click on the variant name you wish to add a value to, to make the 3 fields " "editable. In the **Attribute Price Extra** field, add the cost of the " "variant that will be added to the original price." msgstr "点击你想要添加值的变量名称, 确保3个字段可编辑。在 **额外属性价格** 字段你, 添加该变量的成本, 他会自动的和原始价格相加。" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:220 msgid "When you have entered all the extra values, click on **Save**." msgstr "一旦你输入了所有的额外值, 点击 **保存** 。" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:223 msgid "" "`Accounting Memento: Details of Journal Entries " -"<../../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.html#journal-entries>`_" -msgstr "" -"`会计备忘录：日记账分录详情 <../../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.html" +"</applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.html" "#journal-entries>`_" +msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:225 -msgid ":doc:`../../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill`" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:225 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill`" +msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/taxes.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/taxes.rst:3 msgid "Set taxes" msgstr "设置税金" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations.rst:3 msgid "Send Quotations" msgstr "发送报价" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:3 msgid "Use quotations deadline to stimulate your customers" msgstr "通过报价截止日期激励客户" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:5 msgid "" "When sending quotations, it is important to set a deadline to encourage your" " customers to act. Indeed, this will stimulate them because they will be " @@ -2374,21 +5211,21 @@ msgid "" "profitable for you." msgstr "在发送报价时，建议设置截止日期来激励客户行动。实际上，客户由于担心错过一笔好买卖而受到激励，它也可保护你避免按已经无利可图的价格履行订单。" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:11 msgid "Set a deadline" msgstr "设置截止日期" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:13 msgid "" "With Odoo Sales, it is possible to instantly add an **Expiration Date** from" " the quotation or the sales order." msgstr "通过Odoo销售应用程序，你可从报价或销售订单即刻添加**到期日**。" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:22 msgid "Use deadline in your quotation templates" msgstr "在报价模板中使用截止日期" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:24 msgid "" "It is also possible to add a deadline to every quotation template created. " "Whenever a specific quotation template is used in a quote, its associated " @@ -2397,26 +5234,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "你还可向已创建的每个报价模板添加截止日期。在报价中使用特定的报价模板时，模板关联的截止日期将自动应用到报价中。请阅读文档:doc:`quote_template`，进一步了解其使用方法。" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:34 msgid "" "By clicking on the **Customer Preview** button, you will be able to see when" " the offer expires. For your information, the number of days will be the " "same as those mentioned in the quotation template." msgstr "点击**客户预览**按钮，你可查看优惠到期时间。有效期天数与报价模板中设置的天数相同。" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:44 -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:50 -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:51 -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:65 -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:115 msgid ":doc:`quote_template`" msgstr ":doc:`quote_template`" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:3 msgid "Deliver and invoice to different addresses" msgstr "将和发票递送到不同的地址" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:5 msgid "" "With Odoo Sales, you can configure different addresses for delivery and " "invoicing. For some customers, it will be very practical to define specific " @@ -2425,17 +5262,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "在Odoo销售应用程序中，你可配置不同的发货和发票地址。对于某些客户，定义具体的账单和发货地址非常实用。实际上，某些客户的发货地点和账单地点不相同。" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:12 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the" " **Customer Addresses** feature." msgstr "前往 :menuselection:`销售 --> 配置 --> 设置`并启用**客户地址**功能。" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:21 msgid "Add addresses from a quotation" msgstr "从报价添加地址" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:23 msgid "" "When you create a quotation, you must add a customer. This customer can be a" " company or a person with specific billing and shipping addresses already " @@ -2447,7 +5284,7 @@ msgstr "" "在创建报价时，必须添加客户。客户可以是系统中已经定义和登记具体账单和发货地址的公司或个人，也可以是新客户。在这种情况下，你必须为新客户**创建并编辑**联系人表单，并将它与一家公司关联。在这份联系人表单中，你可添加、" " 删除和修改账单和发货地址。" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:35 msgid "" "If you select a customer with defined invoice and delivery addresses, Odoo " "will automatically use them to fill in the fields. Now, if you want to " @@ -2455,11 +5292,11 @@ msgid "" "the sales order." msgstr "如你选择已定义账单和发货地址的客户，Odoo将自动填入相关字段。如你想要即可修改，从报价或销售订单中修改即可。" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:40 msgid "Add addresses from a contact form" msgstr "从联系人表单添加地址" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:42 msgid "" "Previously, we talked about the contact form that you can fill in directly " "from a quotation or a sales order to add billing and shipping addresses to " @@ -2471,11 +5308,11 @@ msgstr "" "之前，我们谈到你可以直接从报价或销售订单填写联系人表单，以向客户添加账单和发货地址。但是，如果前往 :menuselection:`销售 --> 订单 " "--> 客户`，你可在创建报价之前，立即在此创建或修改每个客户，并添加、删除或修改账单和发货地址。" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:54 msgid "Deal with different addresses" msgstr "处理不同地址" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:56 msgid "" "Like for the previous example, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> " "Customers` and create a new customer. There, you can add company information" @@ -2485,7 +5322,7 @@ msgstr "" "与前面的例子一样，前往 :menuselection:`销售 --> 订单 --> " "客户`并创建一个新客户。你可在此添加公司信息，或在**联系人和地址**选项卡下键入账单和发货地址。" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:65 msgid "" "Once done, you can return to your Sales dashboard and create a new " "quotation. Now, if you enter your new customer, you will see that the other " @@ -2493,17 +5330,17 @@ msgid "" "billing and shipping addresses." msgstr "完成后，你可返回销售仪表板并创建新报价。现在，如你输入新客户，你会发现其他字段都已按照之前保存的账单和发货地址信息自动填写。" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:74 msgid "" "With Odoo Sales, it is now very convenient to play with various addresses in" " terms of invoice and delivery features." msgstr "现在在Odoo销售应用程序中，我们可以很方便地处理发票和发货功能中的各种地址。" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:3 msgid "Get paid to confirm an order" msgstr "获得付款以确认订单" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:5 msgid "" "In general, online payments are considered as a fast and secure alternative " "to traditional payment methods. It is generally cheaper, easier and faster " @@ -2514,71 +5351,67 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "一般来说，网上支付被认为是比传统支付方式更快、更安全的替代方式。它通常比其他支付方式更便宜、简单、快速。它对于国际交易尤其有用、高效。在Odoo销售应用程序中，你可利用网上支付完成自动订单确认。网上支付即刻完成，因此非常方便，在基本销售流程中节省了大量时间。" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:12 msgid "Enable online payment" msgstr "启用网上支付" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:14 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the" " **Online Payment** feature." msgstr "前往 :menuselection:`销售 --> 配置 --> 设置`并启用**网上支付**功能。" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:22 msgid "" "There, you will have direct access to the **Payment Acquirers** page. It " "will allow you to select and configure your acquirers of choice. Before " "creating or modifying a payment acquirer, be sure to check out our " "documentation about how to be paid with payment acquirers such as " -":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal`, " -":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize`, and others in the " -":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers` documentation." +":doc:`/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal`, " +":doc:`/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize`, and others in the " +":doc:`/applications/general/payment_acquirers` documentation." msgstr "" -"在这里，您可以直接访问 **付款收单行** 页面。它将允许您选择和配置您选择的收单行 。 " -"在创建或修改付款收单行之前，请务必查看我们有关如何使用付款收单行的文档，例如：:doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal`," -" :doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize` ，和 " -":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers` documentation。" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:30 msgid "" "If you are familiar with this documentation: :doc:`quote_template`; you can " "activate or not the **Online Payment** feature for each template you use, " "under their confirmation tab." msgstr "如你对本文档:doc:`quote_template`非常熟悉；你可在确认选项卡下，为使用的每个模板启用或禁用**网上支付**功能。" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:35 msgid "Register a payment" msgstr "登记付款" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:37 msgid "" "After opening quotations from their received email, your customers will have" " different possibilities to make their online payments. For example:" msgstr "客户从收件箱中打开报价后，可用多种途径完成网上支付。例如：" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:46 msgid "" "By clicking on the **Customer Preview** button, you will be able to see what" " your customers will have to choose when it comes to payment." msgstr "点击**客户预览**按钮，你可看到客户在支付时看到的选项。" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:51 -msgid ":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers`" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:51 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/payment_acquirers`" +msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:52 -msgid ":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal`" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:52 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal`" +msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:53 -msgid ":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize`" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:53 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize`" +msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:3 msgid "Get a signature to confirm an order" msgstr "获取签名以确认订单" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:5 msgid "" "Online signatures are like electronic \"fingerprints\". By using them on " "Odoo, you will get automatic orders confirmation. You and your customers " @@ -2586,28 +5419,28 @@ msgid "" "process." msgstr "在线签名就像电子“指纹”一样。在Odoo中使用在线签名功能，你将获得自动订单确认。与传统流程相比，使用这项功能可为你和客户节约大量时间。" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:10 msgid "Activate online signature" msgstr "激活在线签名" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:12 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the" " **Online Signature** feature." msgstr "前往 :menuselection:`销售 --> 配置 --> 设置`并启用**在线签名**功能。" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:21 msgid "" "If you are familiar with this documentation: :doc:`quote_template`, you can " "activate or not the **Online Signature** feature for each quotation template" " you use, under their confirmation tab. Example:" msgstr "如你熟悉本文档:doc:`quote_template`，你可在确认选项卡下，为使用的每个报价模板启用或禁用**在线签名**功能。例如：" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:31 msgid "Confirm an order with a signature" msgstr "使用签名确认订单" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:33 msgid "" "When you send quotations to clients, they can instantly accept and sign it " "online. When they click on **Sign & Pay**, they have the choice to draw " @@ -2617,24 +5450,24 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "当你向客户发送报价时，他们可立即接受并在线签署订单。当他们点击**签名并支付**时，他们可选择立即签名、用自动签名填写该字段或从电脑中加载文件。下面是自动签名的例子：" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:43 msgid "" "Once signed, you will have the possibility to choose your payment methods. " "Then, when the quotation will be paid and confirmed, a delivery order will " "be created automatically by Odoo." msgstr "签名后， 你可选择支付方式。然后，当支付和确认报价时，Odoo将自动创建发货单。" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:47 msgid "" "Be careful that delivery orders are only generated for storable products and" " if the **Inventory app** is already installed." msgstr "注意，只有安装**库存应用程序**后，Odoo才会为可储存产品生成发货单。" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:3 msgid "Add optional products" msgstr "添加可选产品" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:5 msgid "" "The use of optional products is a marketing strategy for cross-selling " "products along with a core product. The aim is to offer useful and related " @@ -2644,24 +5477,24 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "使用可选产品是在核心产品之外交叉销售其他产品的营销策略。其目的是向客户提供有用且相关的产品。例如，如果客户想要买辆车，他可以选择配置自动开启的后备箱和按摩座椅，但也可选择不配置这些高档产品，而仅仅只是买车。" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:11 msgid "Add optional products to your quotations" msgstr "在报价中添加可选产品" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:13 msgid "" "With Odoo Sales, it is possible to add or modify optional products directly " "on quotations (under the **Optional Products** tab, as you can see below)." msgstr "通过Odoo销售应用程序，你可直接在报价中（如下所示，在**可选产品**选项卡下）添加或修改可选产品。" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:22 msgid "" "By clicking on the **Customer Preview** button, you will be able to see what" " your customers will have as possibilities after opening a quotation from " "their received email." msgstr "点击**客户预览**按钮，你可查看客户从收件箱中打开报价后看到的内容。" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:30 msgid "" "In practice, your customers will be able to add different optional products " "to their order by using associated carts, with a user-friendly layout. More " @@ -2671,85 +5504,86 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "在实际使用时，客户通过关联购物车可向订单添加不同的可选产品，其页面布局非常简单易用。此外，如客户选择所有建议的可选产品，这些额外项目将自动填入销售人员管理的报价中。" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:40 msgid "" "Like this, salespeople will see each movement made by the customer and " "tracking the order will be all the better." msgstr "因此，销售人员可看到客户的每一步举动，更方便追踪整个订单。" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:49 msgid "Add optional products to your quotation templates" msgstr "向报价模板添加可选产品" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:51 msgid "" "Be sure to check out our documentation about :doc:`quote_template` to " "understand how you can enable, create, design and manage your own quotation " "templates before reading this part." msgstr "在阅读本部分之前，请务必查看我们的文档:doc:`quote_template`，了解如何启用、创建、设计和管理你的报价模板。" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:54 msgid "" "For quotation templates, you also have an **Optional Products** tab where " "you can add related products or services." msgstr "在报价模板中也有**可选产品**选项卡，你可在此添加相关产品或服务。" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:62 msgid "" "With Odoo Sales, it is now very easy to understand your customer's needs." msgstr "通过Odoo销售应用程序，你可方便地了解客户需求。" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:3 msgid "Use quotation templates" msgstr "使用报价模板" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:5 msgid "" "By creating custom quotation templates, you will save a lot of time. Indeed," " with the use of templates, you will be able to send complete quotations at " "a fast pace." msgstr "创建自定义报价模板可节约大量时间。实际上，通过模板，你可更快地发送完整报价。" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:11 msgid "" "To enable this feature, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " "Settings` and activate **Quotation Templates**." msgstr "如要启用此功能，前往 :menuselection:`销售 --> 配置 --> 设置`并启用**报价模板**。" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:19 msgid "" "For even more convenience, it is also recommended to add the **Quotation " "Builder** feature which will help you design your quotation templates very " "easily. This option will automatically install the Odoo Website App." msgstr "更方便的是，我们还建议你添加**报价单生成器**功能，它将帮助你轻松设计报价模板。该选项将自动安装Odoo网站应用程序。" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:47 msgid "Create your first template" msgstr "创建第一个模板" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:31 msgid "" "Quotation templates are under :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration`." msgstr "报价模板在 :menuselection:`销售 --> 配置`下。" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:33 msgid "" "You can create a new template or edit an existing one. Once named, you will " "be able to select products and quantities as well as the expiration time of " "the quotation." msgstr "你可创建新模板或编辑现有模板。命名后，你可选择产品和数据以及报价的有效期。" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:42 msgid "" "On each template, you can also specify discounts if the option is activated " "in the **Sales** settings." msgstr "在每个模板上，如在**销售**设置中启用折扣选项，你还可指定折扣。" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:46 msgid "Design your template" msgstr "设计模板" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:48 msgid "" "You will have the possibility to design your template and edit the customer " "interface in order to manage what clients will see before accepting and " @@ -2759,59 +5593,59 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "你可设计模板并编辑客户界面，以管理客户在接受和支付报价之前看到的内容。例如，你可以介绍你的公司、服务和产品。为此，你可点击**编辑**，然后将转向报价单生成器。" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:58 msgid "" "You can easily edit the content of your template by dragging & dropping " "different building blocks to organize your quotation. For example, you can " "add a content block to describe your products." msgstr "你可拖放不同的创建块，轻松编辑模板内容，组织报价。例如，你可添加一个介绍产品的内容块。" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:67 msgid "Use a quotation template" msgstr "使用报价单模板" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:69 msgid "When creating a quotation, you can choose a specific template." msgstr "在创建报价时，你可选择特定模板。" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:77 msgid "" "You can select any template of your choice and suggest it as the default " "template in the **Sales** settings." msgstr "在**销售**设置中，你可选择任意模板并将其设为默认模板。" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:81 msgid "Confirm the quotation" msgstr "确认报价单" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:83 msgid "" "Templates facilitate the confirmation process by allowing customers to sign " "electronically or to pay online. You can activate these two options directly" " in the quotation template itself." msgstr "模板可允许客户填写电子签名并在线付款，加速确认流程。你可在报价模板中直接启用这两个选项。" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:92 msgid "" "Every quotation will now have this setting. Of course you can always change " "it and make it specific for each quotation." msgstr "现在，每个报价都有了这项设置。当然，你可随时更改并将它仅限于特定报价。" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:96 -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:116 msgid ":doc:`get_signature_to_validate`" msgstr ":doc:`get_signature_to_validate`" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:97 -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:117 msgid ":doc:`get_paid_to_validate`" msgstr ":doc:`get_paid_to_validate`" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:3 msgid "Add terms & conditions" msgstr "添加条款及细则" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:5 msgid "" "Specifying terms and conditions is essential to set out important " "contractual points such as payment terms, limitation of liability and " @@ -2825,17 +5659,17 @@ msgstr "" "申明条款及细则对于列出重要的合同要点至关重要，例如付款条件，责任限制和客户与卖方之间的交货条件。 每个卖方必须声明有关产品和公司政策的所有正式信息。 " "另一方面，每个客户在承诺任何事情之前必须注意所有这些条件。 使用Odoo 销售，可以很容易地管理每个报价，销售订单和发票上包括默认条款及细则。" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:13 msgid "Default Terms & Conditions" msgstr "默认条款和条件" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:18 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and " "activate *Default Terms & Conditions*." msgstr "前往 :menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 设置`并启用*默认条款和条件*。" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:27 msgid "" "Please note that this feature is activated via the settings of the " "**Invoicing App** and **not** via the settings of the **Sales App**. " @@ -2845,32 +5679,32 @@ msgstr "" "请注意，此功能是通过 **发票应用** 的设置激活的，而 **不是** 通过 **销售应用程序** 设置的。 " "此外，您不需要安装发票应用程序，因为它会在销售应用程序安装时自动完成。" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:32 msgid "DT&C on your quotations, sales orders, and invoices" msgstr "报价，销售订单和发票上的括默认条款及细则 (DT&C)" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:34 msgid "" "In the settings of the **Invoicing App**, you have the possibility to insert" " your default terms and conditions." msgstr "在 **发票应用程序** 的设置中，您可以插入默认条款和条件。" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:42 msgid "They appear subsequently on every quotation, sales order, and invoice." msgstr "它们随后将出现在每个报价，销售订单和发票上。" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:45 msgid "DT&C on your quotation templates" msgstr "报价模板上的默认条款和条件" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:47 msgid "" "According to your business needs, you can specify your terms and conditions " "on your quotation templates. This is interesting if you have different terms" " and conditions within your company." msgstr "根据您的业务需求，您可以在报价模板上指定您的条款和条件。 如果您在公司内有不同的条款和条件，这很有意思。" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:56 msgid "" "Be sure to check out our documentation about quotation templates: " ":doc:`quote_template`, to master each step of this amazing feature." @@ -2878,21 +5712,21 @@ msgstr "" "请务必查看我们有关报价模板的文档 " ":doc:`quote_template`请务必查看我们有关报价模板的文档：：:doc:`quote_template`，以掌握此惊人功能的每个步骤。" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:60 msgid "General Terms & Conditions" msgstr "一般条款和条件" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:63 msgid "GT&C on your website" msgstr "您网站上的一般条款和条件" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:65 msgid "" "Use the **Website App** and create your own general terms and conditions " "page. For example, here is the Odoo terms and conditions page:" msgstr "使用 **网站应用** 并创建自己的一般条款和条件页面。 例如，这是Odoo条款和条件页面：" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:73 msgid "" "You can refer to this page in the footer of all your documents. The layout " "is available in the **General Settings** under the **Business Documents** " @@ -2900,21 +5734,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "您可以在所有文档的页脚中引用此页面。 该布局位于 **业务文档** 类别下的 **常规设置** 中。 例如，此页脚出现在Odoo的每个文档中。" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:83 msgid "GT&C as attachment in your emails" msgstr "一般条款和条件作为电子邮件附件" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:85 msgid "" "Attach an external document with your general terms and conditions when you " "are about to send your quotation by email to your customers." msgstr "当您要通过电子邮件将报价发送给客户时，请附上带有一般条款和条件的外部文档。" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:94 msgid "GT&C as attachment in your quotation templates" msgstr "一般条款和条件作为报价模板中的附件" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:96 msgid "" "Create and edit email templates to set a default attachment for all " "quotation emails that you will send in the future. To do so, you have to go " @@ -2929,7 +5763,7 @@ msgstr "" "报价模板`，并创建新的报价模板或修改现有的报价模板。 现在，在确认选项卡下，您可以激活在线签名，在线支付并设置确认邮件，您可以在其中配置默认附件。 " "然后您可以在此处输入一般条款和条件。" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:109 msgid "" "To customize your email templates, activate the **developer mode** and go to" " :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Email --> Templates`." @@ -2937,6 +5771,918 @@ msgstr "" "要自定义您的电子邮件模板，请激活 **开发人员模式** *，然后转到 :menuselection:`设置 --> 技术 --> 电子邮件 " "-->模板`。" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:112 msgid "With Odoo Sales it is now very simple to deal with terms & conditions." msgstr "使用Odoo 销售，现在可以非常轻松地处理条款和条件。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:3 +msgid "Subscriptions" +msgstr "订阅" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:3 +msgid "Add subscription products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To properly sell your subscriptions using our amazing **Odoo Subscriptions**" +" application, you must follow these steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:8 +msgid "**Create your own subscription templates**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:9 +msgid "**Create your own subscription products with the right settings**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:11 +msgid "" +"As a result, you will be able to manage your subscriptions like any other " +"product, create your quotations and continue the sales flow to track the " +"number of subscriptions you sell and manage the revenue they generate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Subscription products` to learn how " +"you can configure your own subscription products. You have the possibility " +"to create a new product or edit an existing one. Once named, be careful to " +"select the option *Can be sold* and deselect *Can be purchased*. For the " +"product type, it is recommended to use *Service* for subscription products " +"as they are non-material products that you provide to your customers. " +"Finally, you can adapt your prices and also add an internal reference." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:30 +msgid "" +"In the Sales tab, underneath the Subscriptions section, make sure the " +"*Subscription products* option is activated. In fact, if you create a " +"subscription product from the **Odoo Subscriptions** application, this " +"option is selected by default. However, if you create a product from another" +" application, it is not the case." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:39 +msgid "You can also choose the subscription templates you want to use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Be sure to check out our documentation on how to create, edit and manage " +"your own :doc:`Subscription templates " +"<../../subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates>` before creating " +"your own subscription products. Once created, check out our documentation on" +" how to :doc:`Create a quotation using subscription products " +"<../../subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation>`, to complete the sales " +"flow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:83 +msgid ":doc:`../../subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:85 +msgid ":doc:`../../subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:3 +msgid "Use subscription templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The subscription business model is becoming more popular. Are you wondering " +"why?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:7 +msgid "For **customers**, value lies in **convenience**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Subscriptions simplify the business process. Indeed, subscribers never have " +"to remember to renew their orders every month, which gives them the " +"assurance that they will have everything they need before they actually need" +" it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:12 +msgid "Subscriptions help customers stay on budget." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:14 +msgid "" +"For **businesses**, value lies in the **ability to predict recurring " +"revenue**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Subscriptions reduce customer churn rate and significantly increase customer" +" retention." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Subscriptions provide much higher payment security for your business. They " +"stabilize and maintain recurring revenue streams by guaranteeing monthly " +"revenues and adding value to your business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:27 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Subscriptions** help you save time and money. Subscription templates " +"can help you generate recurring invoices and manage renewals at a fast pace." +" With Odoo you have the possibility to create, edit, and manage your own " +"subscription templates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Configuration --> Subscription " +"templates`. By default, Odoo suggests you two types of subscription (MON - " +"Monthly subscription *vs* YEA - Yearly subscription). You can also create " +"your own ones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:43 +msgid "" +"The **Odoo Subscriptions** application automatically installs **Odoo Sales**" +" and **Odoo Invoicing** as they work integrated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:49 +msgid "" +"You can create a new template or edit an existing one. The first thing you " +"need to do is give your template a name. After that, choose an *Invoicing " +"period* and specify whether you would like to invoice your customers per " +"*Days*, *Weeks*, *Months* or *Years*. On *Duration*, determine if the " +"subscription must go on *Forever* (until it’s manually closed), or for a " +"*Fixed amount* of time. Among the payment options, an additional field " +"called *Invoice email* appears when you choose *Send*, *Send & try to " +"charge* or *Send after successful payment*. This field allows you to add an " +"invoice email template to your subscription templates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:61 +msgid "" +"For each template, you can also choose if you want your customers to be able" +" to close their subscriptions or not. If enabled, you can set an *Automatic " +"closing* limit and specify the *Group of subscription* and *Journal* " +"options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:66 +msgid "" +"On each template, you can add your **Terms and Conditions**. Specifying " +"terms and conditions is essential to set out important contractual points " +"between the customers and the sellers (payment, refund policy, cancellation," +" complaints, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Finally, if you want to know the basic running health status of your " +"subscriptions, you also have access to a specific tab called **Health " +"Check**. There, you can edit and create your own filters to define what is a" +" subscription in good health *vs* bad health. The system automatically " +"summarizes all the records corresponding to these filters and you are able " +"to manage them in one click." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:85 +msgid "" +"After creating your own subscription templates, be sure to check out our " +"documentation on how to create, edit and manage your own :doc:`Subscription " +"products <../../subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products>`, to " +"complete the sales flow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:84 +msgid ":doc:`../../subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up.rst:3 +msgid "Follow-up" +msgstr "催款" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:3 +msgid "Set up automatic alerts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Now that your subscriptions are up and running, you want to stay up-to-date " +"with your customers. Some automation would be appreciated since you would " +"not want to go through the list of all your subscribers to check how things " +"are going. This is what the *Automatic Alerts* feature is for." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:9 +msgid "" +"For example, when customers subscribe to your magazine, you would probably " +"want to send them an email to welcome them and express your gratitude. Or, " +"if the satisfaction rate of your customers drops below 50%, you would " +"probably want to schedule a call with them to understand the reasons for " +"their dissatisfaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:14 +msgid "" +"With **Odoo Subscriptions**, you can set automatic emails, create a \"Call\"" +" task for one of your salespeople so that he/she can try to understand your " +"customer's dissatisfaction, and finally, why not automatically send " +"satisfaction surveys so customers can evaluate your services? All of that is" +" now possible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:20 +msgid "Create a new automatic alert" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The following example shows how to create a new automatic alert to send " +"satisfaction surveys to your customers, by email, after one month of " +"subscription. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> " +"Configuration --> Alerts`, and create a new alert." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:30 +msgid "" +"On the *Apply on* section, first give the alert a name. Then, you can choose" +" to apply this alert on a subscription template, on a specific customer, or " +"even on a specific product. If you want to add more specifications, you can " +"also specify the value of your MRR, the change rate of your MRR over a " +"certain period of time, the value of the satisfaction rate, and even the " +"stage to which you want to apply this alert." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:37 +msgid "" +"In this example, the alert is applied to a specific product, and the stage " +"goes from *Undefined* to *In Progress*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:40 +msgid "" +"For the *Action* section, specify the *Action* and the *Trigger on*. If the " +"*Trigger on* is set to *Modification*, the action is triggered every time " +"there is a change or anything added to the subscription, and all the " +"conditions on the *Apply on* section are met. Now, if the *Trigger on* is " +"set to *Timed condition*, it means that the action is triggered based on the" +" type of *Trigger date*. After that, you can choose your *Action*. You have " +"the choice between *Create next activity*, *Set a tag on the subscription*, " +"*Set a stage on the subscription*, *Mark as To Renew*, *Send an email to the" +" customer* and *Send an SMS Text Message to the customer*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:50 +msgid "" +"In the example above, the *Trigger on* is set to *Timed condition*, " +"therefore, a *Trigger date* and *Delay after trigger* need to be specified. " +"And because the *Send an email to the customer* action was adopted, an " +"*Email template* can be chosen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:54 +msgid "" +"As a result, this alert will send a rating survey after one month, to the " +"customers who have purchased that specific product. The survey will appear " +"in the chatter of your respective subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:63 +msgid "Modify an existing automatic alert" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:65 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo suggests you an automatic alert called *Take action on less" +" satisfied clients*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:71 +msgid "" +"This alert is applied to the *Rating Satisfaction* of your customers, and " +"the action is triggered on *Timed condition*. If their satisfaction rate is " +"lower than 50%, a salesperson contacts the customer. This action is " +"automatically assigned to the salesperson who manages the subscription, and " +"the due date is 5 days after the triggering of this action. This alert " +"ensures that your clients are happy and that you are taking actions if they " +"are not. It helps to keep your customer retention rates very high." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:79 +msgid "" +"By editing the alert, you can modify the *Apply on*, the *Action* and " +"*Activity* sections, and adapt them to your own needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:86 +msgid ":doc:`../../subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting.rst:3 +msgid "Reporting" +msgstr "报表" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:3 +msgid "Generate subscription reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:5 +msgid "" +"As we know, understanding how our business is going, and where it is going, " +"is key to success. And particularly so when we offer subscription services " +"or products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Before getting to the heart of the matter, it is very important to recall " +"certain essential concepts to the proper understanding of the following " +"reports:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:11 +msgid "" +"**Monthly Recurring Revenue (MRR)**: MRR is arguably the most important " +"metric for subscription businesses. It shows the monthly revenue earned with" +" subscription-based products or services. It is a consistent number used to " +"track all recurring revenue over time, in monthly increments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:15 +msgid "" +"**Annual Run-Rate (ARR)**: ARR is the yearly version of MRR, which is based " +"on the current MRR, to estimate the coming year's performance. However, this" +" estimation does not take variations and growth into account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:23 +msgid "" +"**Non-Recurring Revenue (NRR)**: NRR shows the revenue earned for everything" +" else than subscription-based products or services. This includes gains of a" +" rare or unique nature that are unlikely to occur in the ordinary course of " +"businesses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:27 +msgid "" +"**Customer Retention**: Practices to engage existing customers to continue " +"buying products or services from your business. Customer retention can be a " +"challenge, because you must prove you are worthy of your customers' trust." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:31 +msgid "" +"**Churn Rate**: Also known as the Rate of Attrition or Customer Churn, the " +"churn rate can be defined, in this case, as the percentage of subscribers " +"who discontinued their subscriptions within a given time period. We can " +"distinguish two types of Churn:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:35 +msgid "**Logo Churn**: It corresponds to the subscription cancellation rate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:37 +msgid "" +"**Revenue Churn**: It corresponds to the monthly recurring revenue loss " +"rate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:39 +msgid "Let's imagine a 2$ increase in a subscription service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:42 +msgid "" +"We lost 3 customers out of the initial 20, which generates a **Logo Churn** " +"of 15%." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Therefore, the 56$ of MRR difference out of the initial 600$ causes a " +"**Revenue Churn**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:0 +msgid "of 9,33%." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Reminder: even though they seem to evolve in the same direction most of the " +"time, it might not be the case all the time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:53 +msgid "" +"**Customer Lifetime Value (CLV)**: Indicates how much revenue can be " +"expected for a customer during his/her entire contract. This approach " +"emphasizes the importance of customer retention, shifting our focus from a " +"quarterly or yearly approach to a long-term one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Check out the different kinds of reports you can access from the **Odoo " +"Subscriptions** application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:61 +msgid "Subscriptions analysis report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Reporting --> Subscriptions`. From " +"there, you can change the *Measures*. By default, Odoo uses the *Monthly " +"Recurring Revenue*. In addition to that, you can choose *Quantity*, " +"*Recurring Price*, *Yearly Recurring Revenue* and *Count*. For this example," +" *Quantity* is added. This way, you can review both of these measures at the" +" same time. You can even *Group By Start Date* and, more precisely, by " +"*Week*, to get a clear view of your report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:74 +msgid "Retention analysis report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Reporting --> Retention`. The " +"default measure applied is *Count*, but you can change to the appropriate " +"one for you. For the example below, *Monthly Recurring Revenue* was chosen, " +"and the *Month* periodicity remains intact. By using these criteria, you can" +" see the progression of the retention from its start." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:86 +msgid "Revenue KPIs report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Reporting --> Revenue KPIs`. From " +"there, you can check different KPIs: *Monthly Recurring Revenue*, *Net " +"Revenue*, *Non-Recurring Revenue*, *Revenue per Subscription*, *Annual Run-" +"Rate*, *Lifetime Value*, and more. You can also filter this information on " +"subscriptions, companies, and sales teams. This is useful if you are looking" +" for specific information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:98 +msgid "" +"The example below shows the *Monthly Recurring Revenue* detailed report. At " +"the moment, there is no data, which is the typical scenario for a new " +"business. But, as your company grows over the months, these graphs get " +"populated with more and more data. Once again, you can filter these specific" +" KPIs on subscriptions, companies, and sales teams." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:108 +msgid "Salesperson dashboard report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Reporting --> Salesperson " +"Dashboard`. This page gives you a summary of your *Monthly Recurring " +"Revenue*, *Non-Recurring Revenue*, *Subscription modifications*, and *Non-" +"Recurring Invoices* for each of your salespeople. You can choose the period " +"you want to apply and the salesperson you want to analyze." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow.rst:3 +msgid "Sales flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:3 +msgid "Close a subscription" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Losing a customer is always difficult, especially if you put a lot of effort" +" into getting them to sign up for your products/services. However, many " +"companies come up with dubious methods to reduce the probability of this " +"happening." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If you adopt such methods, you are among companies that actively and " +"indirectly spread the phobia of subscriptions, who do not think about how " +"negatively dissatisfied customers could impact their business and, who " +"frustrate the customers in a way or another. However, at some point, it is " +"understandable that you do not want your customers to be involved in your " +"subscription status." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If you do not adopt such methods, you are among companies that continue to " +"evolve in a long-term subscription business model, especially in an era of " +"ultra-fast communications between dissatisfied customers, and who retain " +"their customers by making it easier for them to leave if they want to. By " +"giving them the opportunity to close their own subscriptions, your customers" +" do not feel trapped because they subscribed to your products/services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In summary, the **Odoo Subscriptions** application gives you the " +"**possibility to choose what you want to apply**. Indeed, you can decide " +"whether to give your customers the option to close their subscriptions " +"whenever they want to or to restrict this possibility. It depends on you and" +" we will show you how to do that in our amazing application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Configuration --> Subscription " +"templates`. From there, you can create a new *Subscription template* or " +"modify an existing one. When editing your template, underneath the Invoicing" +" tab, you have the possibility to activate the option *Closable by " +"customer*. Once enabled, this option gives your customers the right to close" +" their own subscriptions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Be sure to check out our documentation on how to :doc:`Use subscription " +"templates <../../subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates>` to " +"fully understand the importance of this feature in a basic flow using the " +"**Odoo Subscriptions** application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:49 +msgid "Close your first subscription" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:52 +msgid "Administrator view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Once confirmed, a quotation becomes a sales order and a new subscription is " +"automatically created. Therefore, this subscription has the status *In " +"progress*. From there, you have the possibility to close the subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:62 +msgid "" +"By using the smart button *Close*, you have to enter a close reason. For " +"example, \"Subscription too expensive\", \"Subscription does not meet my " +"requirements\", \"Subscription reached its end date\", etc. Immediately " +"after confirming your close reason, you can observe that the status of the " +"subscription is now *Closed* and that the close reason is mentioned on the " +"subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:72 +msgid "Customer view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:74 +msgid "" +"As previously explained in the *Administrator view* part, from the " +"subscription form, you also have the possibility to visualize what your " +"customers see when managing their subscriptions thanks to the *Customer " +"preview* button. In this example, the customer has the choice to close " +"his/her subscription whenever he/she wants to, due to the *Close " +"Subscription* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:83 +msgid "" +"By using this button, the customer can specify the reason for cancelling " +"his/her subscription and he/she can even leave a message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:90 +msgid "" +"By confirming the cancellation, the customer is redirected to his/her " +"portal. The administrator is informed of this modification. Indeed, the " +"status of the subscription becomes *Closed* and a note appears in the " +"chatter with the new stage, the end date, the close reason, and the closing " +"text added by the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Before closing a subscription, check out our documentation on how to " +":doc:`Create a quotation using subscription products " +"<../../subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation>` to understand how " +"subscriptions are managed in the **Odoo Subscriptions** application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:3 +msgid "Create a quotation using subscription products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Selling a digital product or service gives instant gratification. However, " +"you have to work hard for a new customer to make a purchase. It costs time " +"and money. By convincing customers to sign up for a subscription, you " +"maximize your income and streamline your cash flow. You can sell any type of" +" product or service through a subscription business model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Here is a scenario using **Odoo Subscriptions** to create a quotation " +"including subscription products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:19 +msgid "Create your first quotation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Before creating your first quotation, be sure to check out our documentation" +" on how to create and manage your own :doc:`Subscription templates " +"<../../subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates>` and on how to " +"add :doc:`Subscription products " +"<../../subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products>` to your " +"templates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:30 +msgid "" +"These steps are **mandatory** to make a basic sales flow using **Odoo " +"Subscriptions**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Go to **Odoo Sales** and create a new quotation. Then, choose a customer and" +" add a product. Be careful to select a product that you previously " +"configured as a *Subscription product*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:39 +msgid "" +"When your quotation is ready, you have the possibility to send it to your " +"customers or to confirm it. It is better to first *Send by email* the " +"quotation to your customers to have their confirmation and, then, *Confirm* " +"it in **Odoo Sales**. By clicking on *Customer preview*, you have an idea of" +" what your customers will see when receiving your quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:48 +msgid "" +"From there, your customers have three choices: *Sign & Pay* the quotation, " +"give you a *Feedback* or *Reject* the quotation. It appears that they are " +"very happy and accept the option *Sign & Pay*. Then, they have to validate " +"the order with a signature and by choosing a payment method. When it is " +"done, you can check out the quotation in **Odoo Sales** and *Confirm* it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:54 +msgid "Manage your subscriptions from your SO" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Once confirmed, the quotation becomes a sales order and a new button " +"appears, *Subscriptions*. Indeed, a subscription is automatically created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:63 +msgid "" +"By clicking on the *Subscriptions* button, you can see that the status of " +"the subscription is *In progress*. From there, you will have three options: " +":doc:`Renew <../../subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals>`, :doc:`Close " +"<../../subscriptions/sales_flow/closing>` or :doc:`Upsell " +"<../../subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling>` your subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:73 +msgid "" +"In the top-right corner, you can see the status of the subscription. When a " +"subscription is new and created from **Odoo Subscriptions**, the status is " +"*Draft*. When a sales order has been validated, the status is *In progress*." +" Finally, when a customer decides to close his subscription, the status " +"becomes *Closed*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:81 +msgid ":doc:`../../subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:82 +msgid ":doc:`../../subscriptions/sales_flow/closing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:83 +msgid ":doc:`../../subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:3 +msgid "Renew a subscription" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The key feature of a subscription business model is the recurring nature of " +"payments. In this model, customers pay a recurring amount in exchange for " +"access to a product or a service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Each subscriber experiences this renewal process monthly, annually, or " +"sometimes more, depending on the duration of the contract. Most subscription" +" companies choose to automate their renewal processes but, in some cases, " +"manual subscription renewals are still the preferred option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:18 +msgid "" +"With **Odoo Subscriptions**, you can have all your subscriptions in one " +"application, suggest an automatic subscription renewal to your customers (as" +" well as a manual one) and, finally, filter all your subscriptions and " +"easily find those to renew (with the help of the tag *To renew*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:23 +msgid "Renew your first subscription" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Before renewing a subscription, be sure to check out our documentation on " +"how to :doc:`Create a quotation " +"<../../subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation>` using subscription " +"products. Indeed, once confirmed, a quotation becomes a sales order and a " +"new subscription is automatically created. Therefore, this subscription has " +"the status *In progress*. From there, you have the possibility to renew the " +"subscription. In the Other Info tab, underneath the To Renew section, you " +"can activate the *To renew* option. When activated, a yellow tag " +"automatically appears in the upper right corner of the subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:38 +msgid "" +"The *To renew* tag is automatically ticked when a payment fails. This " +"indicator also appears on the customer portal. To visualize that, you just " +"have to click on the *Customer preview* button. The tag *To renew* appears " +"on the top right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:46 +msgid "" +"When a subscription needs to be renewed, you have the possibility to use a " +"new button called *Renewal quotation*. By clicking on it, a new quotation is" +" created. From there, start a basic sales flow allowing you to send the " +"quotation by email to your customers or to confirm it. It is better to first" +" *Send by email* the quotation to your customers in order to have their " +"confirmation and, then, *Confirm* it in **Odoo Sales**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:53 +msgid "" +"In the Chatter of this new quotation, it is mentioned that \"This renewal " +"order has been created from the previous subscription\". Once confirmed by " +"your customers, this quotation becomes a sales order and a new sale is " +"mentioned in the upper right corner of the subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:61 +msgid "" +"By clicking on the *Sales* button, you have a summary of your sales orders " +"in a list view. The only difference between your two quotations is the " +"description underneath the *Subscription Management* category. There, you " +"can easily visualize which one is your renewal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:70 +msgid "Visualize your subscriptions to renew" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Finally, if you want to visualize all your subscriptions and easily find " +"those to renew, you can go to your *Subscriptions dashboard* and use the " +"filter *To renew*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:3 +msgid "Upsell a subscription" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Subscriptions are recurrent and go on indefinitely. As time passes by, our " +"customers may want to modify them. We must then be able to adapt the prices " +"or change the products’ quantities to accommodate their needs. Two " +"situations can happen:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:9 +msgid "" +"**Loyal customers:** This kind of customers already trust you as a brand. " +"Therefore, you are confident regarding what you offer since they keep paying" +" for your products and services. Consequently, it is easier to sell them " +"something additional than it would be to a new customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:14 +msgid "" +"**New customers:** For this kind of customers, you have to come with " +"something new, something attractive. What about discounts? Typically, every " +"subscription ends after a certain given time. Making these types of offers " +"for new customers strengthens your relationships with them and also " +"increases their retention." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:27 +msgid "" +"As previously explained, to upsell a subscription to new customers, it is " +"recommended to offer *Discounts*. To activate this option, go to " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and, under the " +"*Pricing* category, you have the possibility to grant discounts on sales " +"order lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:36 +msgid "Upsell your first subscription" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Before upselling a subscription, be sure to check out our documentation on " +"how to :doc:`Create a quotation " +"<../../subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation>` using subscription " +"products. Indeed, once confirmed, a quotation becomes a sales order and a " +"new subscription is automatically created. Therefore, this subscription has " +"the status *In progress*. From there, you have the possibility to upsell " +"your subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:48 +msgid "" +"By using the smart button *Upsell*, you are able to create a new quotation " +"with new subscription products and send it to your customers for approval." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:56 +msgid "" +"When the quotation is confirmed by your customers, the products are added to" +" the initial subscription. Quotation prices are, then, prorated to the " +"remaining time of the current invoicing period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Of course, before sending this new quotation to your customers, you can " +"change the unit price, taxes, and, even the discount you want to offer. The " +"smart button *Customer preview* is useful for mimicking the customer's " +"reaction. In this case, we can confidently say that the customer will *Sign " +"and pay* this new quotation. When it is done, you have to go back in edit " +"mode, confirm the quotation, and click on the smart button *Subscriptions* " +"to visualize all updates. From there, you can see that an additional line " +"has been added to the subscription with the new extra service the customer " +"wanted to purchase." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:72 +msgid "" +"In addition, by clicking on the *Sales* button, you have a summary of your " +"sales orders in a list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:79 +msgid "" +"The only difference between your two sales orders is the description " +"underneath the *Subscription Management* category. There, you can easily " +"visualize which one is your upselling." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/services.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/services.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fc62f813d --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/services.po @@ -0,0 +1,1588 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Jeffery CHEN Fan <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Felix Yuen <fyu@odoo.com>, 2021 +# snow wang <147156565@qq.com>, 2021 +# as co02 <asco02@163.com>, 2021 +# Martin Trigaux, 2021 +# liAnGjiA <liangjia@qq.com>, 2021 +# 稀饭~~ <wangwhai@qq.com>, 2021 +# Mandy Choy <mnc@odoo.com>, 2021 +# Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2021 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-18 07:12+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-05-18 05:18+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2021\n" +"Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: zh_CN\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#: ../../content/applications/services.rst:3 ../../content/services.rst:3 +msgid "Services" +msgstr "服务" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm.rst:4 +msgid "Field Service" +msgstr "现场服务" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/helpdesk.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:4 +msgid "Helpdesk" +msgstr "服务台" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:3 +msgid "Plan onsite interventions from helpdesk tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:4 +msgid "" +"The integration with the Helpdesk app lets your helpdesk team manage " +"intervention requests directly. Planning field service tasks from tickets " +"speeds up your processes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:8 +msgid "Configure the helpdesk team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`. Select" +" a team and enable *Onsite Interventions*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The helpdesk tickets of the team now display the *Plan Intervention* button." +" Click on it to create a new task under your field service project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales.rst:3 +msgid "Sales" +msgstr "销售" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:3 +msgid "Create onsite interventions from sales orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Allowing your sales team to open onsite interventions creates a seamless " +"experience for your customers. They can receive a quotation they first have " +"to approve before the work even starts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:8 +msgid "Configure a product" +msgstr "配置产品" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration --> Products` and " +"create or edit a product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Under the *General Information* tab, select *Service* as *Product Type*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Under the *Sales* tab, select *Timesheets on tasks* as *Service Invoicing " +"Policy*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:15 +msgid "Select *Create a task in an existing project* as *Service Tracking*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:17 +msgid "Select your *Project*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If you use them, select your *Worksheet Template* and then click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:25 +msgid "" +"From the *Sales* app, create a quotation with the product and confirm it. A " +"task is automatically set up under your Field Service project. It is " +"directly accessible from the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced" +msgstr "高级" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:3 +msgid "After Sales Features" +msgstr "售后功能" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:5 +msgid "" +"As your business grows, having the right tool to support your helpdesk team " +"on recording, tracking and managing issues raised easy and efficiently, is " +"key. Odoo’s Helpdesk application allows you to generate credit notes, manage" +" returns, products, repairs, grant coupons, and even plan onsite " +"interventions from a ticket’s page." +msgstr "" +"随着业务的增长，拥有合适的工具来支持您的服务团队更轻松，更有效地记录，跟踪和管理所引发的问题是关键。 " +"Odoo的服务台应用程序使您可以从票证页面生成贷方通知单，管理退货，产品，维修，赠券，甚至计划现场服务。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:11 +msgid "Set up the after sales services" +msgstr "设置售后服务" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " +"enable the after sales options: *Refunds, Returns, Coupons, Repairs and " +"Onsite Interventions*." +msgstr "" +"转至菜单 :menuselection:`服务台 --> 设置 --> 服务台团队` 并启用售后选项: *退款，退货，优惠券，维修和现场服务* 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:20 +msgid "Generate credit notes from tickets" +msgstr "从服务单生成贷项凭单" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:22 +msgid "" +"You can use a credit note to refund a customer or adjust the amount due. For" +" that, simply go to your ticket page, click on *Refund* and select the " +"corresponding *Invoice*. Clicking on *Reverse* generates a credit note, and " +"you can *Post* it while still being in the *Helpdesk* app." +msgstr "" +"您可以使用贷方通知单来退还客户或调整应付金额。 为此，只需转到票证页面，单击 *退款*并选择相应的 *发票* 。 单击 *撤销* " +"会生成一个贷方通知单，您可以在仍处于 *服务台* 应用程序中的情况下 *发布* 该贷方通知单。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:30 +msgid "Allow product returns from tickets" +msgstr "允许通过工单进行退货" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:32 +msgid "" +"The process of a product return from your customer back to your warehouse is" +" taken into action when, at the ticket page, you choose the option *Return*." +msgstr "当您在票证页面上选择 *退货* 选项时，将执行客户到仓库的产品退货过程。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:39 +msgid "Grant coupons from tickets" +msgstr "从服务单发放优惠券" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:41 +msgid "" +"First, be sure to have your *Coupon Program* planned in the *Sales* or " +"*Website* application. Then, in *Helpdesk*, open your ticket, click on " +"*Coupon*, and choose the respective one." +msgstr "" +"首先，请确保在 *销售* 或 *网站* 应用程序中计划了 *优惠券计划* 。 然后，在 *服务台* 中，打开您的票证，单击 *优惠券* " +"，然后选择相应的票证。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:48 +msgid "Repairs from tickets" +msgstr "从服务单处理维修事宜" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Clicking on *Repair* option, on your ticket page, a new repair order form is" +" shown. Fill in the information as needed and choose the next step." +msgstr "单击故障单上的 *维修* 选项，将显示一个新的维修订单表格。 根据需要填写信息，然后选择下一步。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:57 +msgid "Plan onsite interventions from tickets" +msgstr "从服务单计划现场干预" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:59 +msgid "" +"At the ticket's page click on *Plan Intervention*, and set up your onsite " +"intervention exactly the same way as if you were on the *Field Service* " +"application." +msgstr "在票务页面上，单击 *计划干预* ，然后与使用 *现场服务* 应用程序相同的方式设置现场服务。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:67 +msgid "" +"`Coupons <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/coupon-" +"programs-640?fullscreen=1>`_" +msgstr "" +"`优惠券 <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/coupon-programs-640?fullscreen=1>`_" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:3 +msgid "Allow Customers to Close their Tickets" +msgstr "允许客户关闭工单" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Allowing customers to close their tickets gives them autonomy and minimize " +"misunderstandings about when an issue is considered solved, or not. It makes" +" communication and actions more efficient." +msgstr "允许客户关闭服务单让客户有了自主性，尽可能避免对是否已解决问题的误解。让交流和行动更有效率。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:9 +msgid "Configure the feature" +msgstr "配置功能" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To configure the feature go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Settings --> " +"Helpdesk Teams --> Edit` and enable *Ticket closing*." +msgstr "如要配置此项功能，前往 :menuselection:`服务台 --> 设置 --> 服务台团队 --> 编辑`并启用 *关闭服务单* 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:18 +msgid "" +"In order to designate to which stage the ticket migrates to once it is " +"closed, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Overview --> Tickets`." +msgstr "为了指定票证在关闭后迁移到哪个阶段，请转到 :menuselection:`服务台 --> 概述 --> 工单`。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:25 +msgid "" +"You can either create a new Kanban stage or work with an existing one. For " +"both scenarios, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Settings --> Edit Stage` " +"and enable *Closing Stage*." +msgstr "" +"您可以创建新的看板阶段，也可以使用现有的看板阶段。 对于这两种情况，请转到：:menuselection:`服务台 --> 设定 --> 编辑阶段` " +"并启用 *结束阶段* 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:32 +msgid "" +"If a closing stage is not specified, by default, the ticket is moved to the " +"last stage; contrarily, if you have more than one stage set as closing, the " +"ticket is put in the first one." +msgstr "如果未指定关闭阶段，则在默认情况下，工单将移至最后一个阶段； 相反，如果您将多个阶段设置为关闭阶段，则该票证将放入第一个阶段。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:36 +msgid "The Costumer Portal" +msgstr "客户门户" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Now, once the user logs into his Portal, the option *Close this ticket* is " +"available." +msgstr "现在，一旦用户登录到他的门户， *关闭此工单* 选项将可用。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:45 +msgid "Get reports on tickets closed by costumers" +msgstr "获取关于客户所关闭服务单的报告" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:47 +msgid "" +"To do an analysis of the tickets that have been closed by costumers go to " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting --> Tickets --> Filters --> Add " +"Custom filter --> Closed by partner --> Applied`." +msgstr "" +"要分析客户已关闭的工单，请转到 :menuselection:`服务台 --> 报告 --> 工单 --> 过滤器 --> 添加自定义过滤器 " +"-->被合作伙伴关闭 --> 已应用`。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "概述" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:3 +msgid "Forum and eLearning" +msgstr "论坛和线上学习" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:6 +msgid "Forum" +msgstr "论坛" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To go above and beyond email, live chat, web forms, and phone lines, offer " +"your customers a support forum. This way, customers might become more " +"attached to your company as they would be investing time to get into details" +" of your business. You also encourage the exchange of experiences and " +"knowledge, supporting the feeling of belonging to a community (your " +"community!)." +msgstr "" +"要超越电子邮件，实时聊天，网络表单和电话，请为您的客户提供一个支持论坛。 这样，客户可能会花更多的时间来了解您的业务细节，从而对您的公司更加依赖。 " +"还鼓励交流经验和知识，支持社区（对您的社区！）产生归属感。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:11 +msgid "Set up" +msgstr "设置" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Team` and " +"enable *Help Center*." +msgstr "转到 :menuselection:服务台 --> 设置 --> 服务台团队` 并启用 *帮助中心* 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Create, or edit a forum by clicking on the external link. Among the editing " +"options, choose if you would like the *Forum Mode* to be *Questions*: only " +"one answer is allowed per question or *Discussions*: multiple answers are " +"allowed per question." +msgstr "" +"通过单击外部链接来创建或编辑论坛。 在编辑选项中，选择是否要将 *论坛模式* 设置为 *问题* ：每个问题仅允许一个答案，或者 *讨论* " +"：每个问题允许多个答案。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:31 +msgid "" +"From now on, logged in users can start their discussions. To keep track of " +"posts, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Forum --> Posts`." +msgstr "从现在开始，已登录的用户可以开始他们的讨论。 如要跟踪帖子，请访问：:menuselection:`网站 --> 论坛 --> 帖子`。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Turn tickets into forum posts by simply clicking on *Share on the Forum* on " +"the ticket's page." +msgstr "只需单击工单页面上的 *在论坛上共享* ，即可将工单转换为论坛帖子。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:45 +msgid "eLearning" +msgstr "线上学习" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:47 +msgid "" +"In addition to a forum, offer online courses. When doing so, you link your " +"customers and users’ needs and questions to useful content, helping to boost" +" efficiency as they can also find their answers there." +msgstr "除论坛外，还提供在线课程。 这样做时，您可以将客户和用户的需求和问题链接到相应的内容，从而帮助他们提高效率，因为他们也可以在那里找到答案。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " +"enable *eLearning*." +msgstr "转到 :menuselection:`服务台 --> 设置--> 服务台 团队，并启用 *线上学习* 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Once the structure and content of your course are ready, *Publish* it by " +"clicking on *Unpublished*." +msgstr "课程的结构和内容准备就绪后，通过单击 *未发布* *发布* 它。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To keep track of your course statistics, go to *eLearning* and *View " +"Course*." +msgstr "要跟踪您的课程统计信息，请转至 *线上学习* 和 *查看课程* 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:73 +msgid "Todo" +msgstr "待办" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:73 +msgid "" +"DETAILS/INFO SHOULD COME FROM ELEARNING DOCS. THEREFORE, LINK DOCS ONCE " +"AVAILABLE!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:3 +msgid "Getting Started" +msgstr "入门" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Helpdesk teams provide your customers with support to queries or errors they" +" might encounter while using your product/service. Therefore, a successful " +"scheme where you can organize multiple teams with their customized pipeline," +" visibilities settings, and ticket traceability is essential." +msgstr "" +"服务台团队为您的客户提供在使用产品/服务时可能遇到的查询或错误的支持。 " +"因此，成功的体制至关重要，在此计划中，您可以组织多个团队使用其自定义管道，可视性设定和票证可追溯性。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:10 +msgid "Set up teams" +msgstr "建立团队" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To modify or create teams, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration " +"--> Helpdesk Teams`." +msgstr "要修改或创建团队，请转到： :menuselection:`服务台 --> 设置 --> 服务台团队`。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Setting up multiple teams allows you to group tickets by your channels " +"(example: BE/US), or by your support services' types (example: IT, " +"accounting, admin, etc.)." +msgstr "设置多个团队可以使您按频道（例如：BE / US）或支持服务的类型（例如：IT，会计，管理员等）对支持请求工单进行分类。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:21 +msgid "Team’s productivity and visibility" +msgstr "团队的工作效率和可见性" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Teams can have individual *Assignment Methods* to ensure that tickets get " +"redirected to the right person:" +msgstr "团队可以使用单独的 *分配方法* 以确保将工单重定向到合适的人：" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:26 +msgid "" +"*Manually*: tickets are manually assigned, allowing employees to manage " +"their own workload and target tickets they are experts at;" +msgstr "*手动*：工单是手动分配的，使员工可以管理自己的工作量并处理他们擅长的工单；" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:28 +msgid "" +"*Random*: tickets are randomly assigned and everyone gets the same amount. " +"This method ensures that all tickets are handled as the assignment happens " +"automatically;" +msgstr "*随机*：工单是随机分配的，每个人都得到相同的数量。 此方法可确保在分配自动进行时处理所有工单；" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:30 +msgid "" +"*Balanced*: tickets are assigned to the person with the least amount of " +"tickets so that everyone fairly gets the same amount. Thereby, you ensure " +"that all tickets get to be taken care of." +msgstr "*平衡* ：工单分配给工作量最少的人，以便每个人都公平地获得相同的工作。 因此，您可以确保所有工单都得到妥善处理。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:40 +msgid "" +"For the *Random* and *Balanced* assignment methods, you can set the *Team " +"Members* among whom tickets are assigned. Leave the field empty to include " +"all employees (with the proper access rights)." +msgstr "对于 *随机* 和 *平衡* 分配方法，可以设置分配工单的 *团队成员* 。 将字段保留为空以包括所有员工（具有适当的访问权限）。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:43 +msgid "" +"The *Team Visibility* feature allows you to specify who can see and access " +"the team’s tickets. Therefore, ticket’s with sensible information are only " +"seen by the right people. Leave the field empty to include all employees " +"(with the proper access rights)." +msgstr "" +"通过 *团队可见性* 功能，让您可以指定哪些人可以查看和访问团队的工单。 因此，只有被挑选的人才能看到被挑选工单的信息。 " +"将字段保留为空以包括所有员工（具有适当的访问权限）。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:46 +msgid "Set up stages and share it among teams" +msgstr "设置阶段并在团队之间共享" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To set up stages, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> " +"Stages`. Then, create and/or edit stages as you need and set specific teams " +"to use certain stages under *Team*." +msgstr "" +"要设置阶段，请转到 :menuselection:`服务台 --> 设置 --> 阶段`。根据需要创建和/或编辑阶段，并设置特定的团队以使用 *团队* " +"下的某些阶段。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Stages can be shared between one or multiple teams, allowing you to adapt " +"the pipeline to your individual needs. They also apply a visibility and " +"access rule, as other teams are not able to see or use the stage." +msgstr "阶段可以在一个或多个团队之间共享，从而使管道可以适应您的个人需求。 他们还应用了可见性和访问规则，因为其他团队无法看到或使用阶段。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:64 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/odoo_basics/users`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:3 +msgid "Ratings" +msgstr "评级" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Allow customers to rate their experience with your helpdesk teams to " +"strengthen your credibility and gain their trust. Reviews can also influence" +" a customer’s decision and open space for feedback that can help you improve" +" the quality of your services." +msgstr "让客户对您在服务台团队的服务经验进行评分，以增强您的信誉并赢得他们的信任。 评论还会影响客户的决定和反馈，以帮助您提高服务的质量。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " +"enable *Ratings on tickets*. The feature automatically adds a default email " +"template on the non-folded *closing stage(s)* of that team." +msgstr "" +"转到 :menuselection:`服务台 --> 设置 --> 服务台团队` 并启用 *工单评级*。 该功能会自动在该团队的非折叠 *结束阶段* " +"添加默认电子邮件模板。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To edit the email template and the stage(s) set as the closing ones, go to " +"the Kanban view of your helpdesk team and click on *Settings*, then on *Edit" +" Stage*." +msgstr "要编辑电子邮件模板并将阶段设置为结束阶段，请转到服务台团队的看板视图，然后单击 *设置* ，然后单击 *编辑阶段* 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Now, once a ticket reaches the stage(s) designated as the *Closing Stage*, " +"an email is sent to the customer." +msgstr "现在，一旦工单到达指定为 *关闭阶段* 的阶段，就会向客户发送电子邮件。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Ratings can be seen on the chatter of each ticket, under the *See Customer " +"Satisfaction* link on the main dashboard, and through *Reporting*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:39 +msgid "Ratings visible on the customer portal" +msgstr "评级在客户门户上可见" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " +"enable *Display Rating on Customer Portal*. Now, by clicking on the helpdesk" +" team’s name on their ticket, customers can see its ratings." +msgstr "" +"转到 :menuselection:`服务台 --> 设置 --> 服务台团队` 然后启用 *在客户门户网站上显示评级* 。 " +"现在，通过在工单上单击服务台团队的名称，客户可以看到其评级。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:47 +msgid ":doc:`../advanced/close_tickets`" +msgstr ":doc:`../advanced/close_tickets`" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:3 +msgid "Start Receiving Tickets" +msgstr "开始接受工单" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Offering a variety of channels from where your customers can contact you " +"grants them flexibility and the right to choose the best one for themselves." +" And, in order to make sure inquiries across all channels get addressed, it " +"is essential to have a solution where all interactions come in one place." +msgstr "" +"客户可以通过多种渠道与您联系，这赋予了他们灵活性，并有权为自己选择最佳渠道。 " +"而且，为了确保能够解决所有渠道的查询，必须提供一种解决方案，使所有查询都集中在一个地方。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:11 +msgid "Channels options to submit tickets" +msgstr "提交工单的渠道选项" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`, and " +"enable the following features as you want them to be available to your " +"users." +msgstr "转到 :menuselection:`服务台 --> 设置 --> 服务台团队` ，然后启用以下功能，以使用户可以使用它们。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:21 +msgid "Email Alias" +msgstr "电子邮件别名" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Let your customers submit tickets by sending an email to your support email " +"address. The subject line of the email becomes the title of the ticket and " +"the content is shown in the Chatter." +msgstr "让您的客户发送支持请求到您的客户支持电邮地址。 电子邮件的主题行成为支持请求的标题，其内容显示在沟通栏中。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Select *Configure domain name* to be redirected to *Settings* and, from " +"there, enable *External Email Servers* to determine or change your *Alias " +"Domain*." +msgstr "选择 *配置域名* 以重定向到 *设定* ，然后从此处启用 *外部电邮服务器* ，以确定或更改您的 *别名域* 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Using your own email server is required to send and receive emails in Odoo " +"Community and Enterprise. Online users benefit from a ready-to-use email " +"server." +msgstr "需要使用您自己的电子邮件服务器在Odoo 社区版和企业版中发送和接收电子邮件。 在线用户受益于现成的电子邮件服务器。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:39 +msgid "Website Form" +msgstr "网站页面" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Allow your customers to submit a ticket by filling in a form through your " +"website." +msgstr "通过您的网站填写表格，允许您的客户提交工单。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Once the feature is activated, get redirected to your website by clicking on" +" *Go to Website*." +msgstr "激活该功能后，通过单击 *转到网站* 将其重定向到您的网站。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:49 +msgid "" +"From the website page customize the form as you like. Then, publish it by " +"clicking on *Unpublished*." +msgstr "在网站页面上根据需要自定义表单。 然后，通过单击 *未发布* 进行发布。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:56 +msgid "Live Chat" +msgstr "在线客服" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Through live interactions with your website visitors, helpdesk tickets can " +"be instantly created and redirected to the right person." +msgstr "通过与您的网站访问者的实时互动，可以立即创建服务台工单并将其重定向到合适的人。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Click on your helpdesk team's name - for the example below: *Customer Care* " +"- and :doc:`set up your channel " +"</applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Now, your operators can create tickets by using the :doc:`command " +"</applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses>` */helpdesk " +"(subject_of_ticket)*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:72 +msgid "Prioritize tickets" +msgstr "确定优先级工单" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Use the stars to prioritize your tickets. The most urgent ones appear at the" +" top of your list on the Kanban view." +msgstr "使用星星图标安排工单的优先级别。 最紧急的工单将出现在看板视图中列表的顶部。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:77 +msgid "1 star = *Low priority*" +msgstr "1星= *低优先级*" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:78 +msgid "2 stars = *High priority*" +msgstr "2星= *高优先级*" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:79 +msgid "3 stars = *Urgent*" +msgstr "3星= *紧急*" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:60 +msgid ":doc:`sla`" +msgstr ":doc:`sla`" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:89 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:3 +msgid "Reports for a Better Support" +msgstr "报告以获得更好的支持" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:5 +msgid "" +"An efficient customer service solution should have a built-in reporting " +"option. Reports allow you to track trends, identify areas for improvement, " +"manage employees’ workloads and, most importantly, meet your customer’s " +"expectations." +msgstr "" +"高效的客户服务解决方案应具有内置的报告选项。 通过报告，您可以跟踪趋势，确定需要改进的地方，管理员工的工作量，最重要的是可以满足客户的期望。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:10 +msgid "Cases" +msgstr "案例" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:12 +msgid "Some examples of the reports Odoo Helpdesk can generate include:" +msgstr "Odoo服务台可以生成的报告示例包括：" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:14 +msgid "The number of tickets *grouped by* team and ticket type." +msgstr "工单数量 *按* 团队和工单类型分组。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:17 +msgid "" +"In this manner, you are able to evaluate which ticket types have been the " +"most frequent ones, plus the workload of your teams." +msgstr "通过这种方式，您可以评估哪些支持请求类型是最常见的工单类型，以及团队的工作量。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Apply *Time Ranges* if you would like to make comparisons to a *Previous " +"Period* or a *Previous Year*." +msgstr "如果您想与 *上一时期* 或 *上一年* 进行比较，则应用 *时间范围* 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:25 +msgid "The number of tickets closed per day, per team." +msgstr "每个团队每天关闭的票数。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Get an overview of how many requests each team is closing per day in order " +"to measure their performance. Identify productivity levels to understand how" +" many requests they are able to handle." +msgstr "概述每个团队每天要处理多少请求以衡量其绩效。 确定生产效率级别，以了解他们能够处理多少个请求。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Filter it by *Assignee* to see Key Performance Indicators (KPI) per agent." +msgstr "通过 *让受人* 对其进行过滤，以查看每个代理人的关键绩效指标（KPI）。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:37 +msgid "" +"The number of hours tickets are taking to be solved, grouped by team and " +"ticket type." +msgstr "解决工单的工时数（按团队和工单类型分组）。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Check if your expectations are met by *measuring* the *Time to close " +"(hours)*. Your customers not only expect fast responses but they also want " +"their issues to be handled quickly." +msgstr "通过 *测量* *关闭工单时间（小时）* 检查您的期望是否得到满足。 您的客户不仅期望快速响应，而且希望快速处理他们的问题。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:48 +msgid "Save filters" +msgstr "保存过滤器" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Save the filters you use the most and avoid having to reconstruct them every" +" time they are needed. To do so, set the groups, filters, and measures " +"needed. Then, go to *Favorites*." +msgstr "保存最常用的过滤器，避免每次需要时都对其进行重构。 为此，设置所需的组，过滤器和度量。 然后，转到 *收藏夹* 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:59 +msgid ":doc:`receiving_tickets`" +msgstr ":doc:`receiving_tickets`" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:3 +msgid "Service Level Agreements (SLA)" +msgstr "服务级别协议（SLA）" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Service Level Agreements (SLA) are commitments you make with your customers " +"to outline how a service is delivered. It bolsters trust between you and " +"your customers as it makes clear what needs to be done, to what standard, " +"and when." +msgstr "服务级别协议（SLA）是您对客户做出的概述服务交付方式的承诺。 它说明了需要完成的工作，达到的标准和时间，从而增强了您与客户之间的信任。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:10 +msgid "Create your policies" +msgstr "建立您的政策" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:13 +msgid "" +"First, enable the feature on the settings of the team you would like " +"policies to be applied, going to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration " +"--> Helpdesk Teams`." +msgstr "首先，在您希望应用政策的团队的设置上启用该功能，进入 :menuselection:`服务台 --> 设置 --> 服务台团队`。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Create your policies through the team’s settings page or go to " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> SLA Policies`." +msgstr "通过小组的设置页面创建政策，或转到 :menuselection:`服务台 --> 设置 --> 服务级别协议政策`。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Choose to which **Team** the policy is relevant and the **Minimum Priority**" +" a ticket needs to have for the policy to be applied." +msgstr "选择与该政策相关的 **团队**，以及要应用该政策所需的 **最低优先级** 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:27 +msgid "" +"**Target** is the stage a ticket needs to reach within the period defined to" +" satisfy the SLA. The period is based on the ticket’s creation date, and a " +"deadline is set on the ticket’s form once it matches an SLA policy rule. If " +"a ticket has more than one policy applied to it, the closest deadline of all" +" SLAs is the one considered." +msgstr "" +"**目标** 是工单在定义的满足服务级别协议的期限内需要达到的阶段。 " +"该期限基于工单的创建日期，并且一旦工单符合服务级别协议政策规则，便会在工单表单上设置截止日期。 " +"如果工单应用了一项以上的政策，则所有服务级别协议接近的最后期限为所考虑的期限。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:29 +msgid "" +"When a ticket has satisfied an SLA policy, the SLA tag appears in green and " +"the deadline field is not shown anymore." +msgstr "当工单满足服务级别协议策略时，SLA标签将显示为绿色，并且截止日期字段不再显示。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:37 +msgid "SLA Analysis" +msgstr "分析服务级别协议" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting --> SLA Status Analysis`. Apply" +" *Filters* and *Group by* to identify tickets that should be prioritized and" +" keep track of upcoming deadlines." +msgstr "" +"转到 :menuselection:`服务台 --> 报告 --> 服务级别协议状态分析` 。 应用 *过滤器* 和 *分组依据* " +"来确定应优先处理的票证，并跟踪即将到来的截止日期。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice.rst:3 +msgid "Timesheet and Invoice" +msgstr "工时单和发票" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:3 +msgid "Invoice Time Spent on Tickets (Prepaid Support Services)" +msgstr "工单所用的发票时间 (预付支持服务)" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Have the option to work with prepaid support services, meaning that a sales " +"order and a corresponding invoice are issued and, once the service is done, " +"you can deduct the time spent. Odoo allows it to happen because the " +"applications are fully integrated, resulting in faster responses to your " +"customer needs." +msgstr "" +"可以选择使用预付费支持服务，这意味着将发出销售订单和相应的发票，一旦完成服务，您就可以扣除所花费的时间。 " +"Odoo允许发生这种情况，因为应用程序已完全集成，从而可以更快地响应客户需求。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:14 +msgid "Step 1: Set up a helpdesk team" +msgstr "步骤1：建立服务台团队" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`, create" +" or edit an existing team, and enable *Timesheet on Ticket* and *Time " +"Reinvoicing*." +msgstr "" +"转到 :menuselection:`服务台 --> 设置 --> 服务台团队` ，创建或编辑现有团队，并启用 *工时单上的工单* 和 *重新开票”。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Select or create a project under *Timesheet on Ticket*. The selected/created" +" is the one at which employees timesheet on by default. However, it can be " +"ultimately modified on each ticket." +msgstr "在 *工单时间表* 下选择或创建一个项目。 选定/创建的是默认情况下员工时间表所在的那个。 但是，最终可以在每个票证上对其进行修改。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:28 +msgid "Step 2: Set up a service" +msgstr "步骤2：设定服务" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " +"*Units of Measure* to optionally be able to choose *hours* (for example) as " +"the unit of measure of your service." +msgstr "" +"转到 :menuselection:`销售 --> 设置 --> 设定` 并启用 *计量单位* 能够选择 *小时* （例如）作为服务的计量单位。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Then, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`, create or edit" +" an existing one, and set its *Product Type* as *Service*." +msgstr "" +"然后，转到 :menuselection:` 销售 --> 产品 --> 产品`，创建或编辑现有产品，并将其 *产品类型* 设置为 *服务*。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Now, select the invoicing management you would like to have under the " +"*Sales* tab. We recommend the following configuration:" +msgstr "现在， 可在 *销售* 标签下选择您想要的发票管理。 我们建议以下配置：" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:47 +msgid "" +"This configuration ensures that the customer is invoiced by the number of " +"hours predicted in the sales order, meaning that less or extra hours " +"recorded are not taken into account. It also ensures that every time a sales" +" order is confirmed, a new task is created under the right project, " +"automating the process." +msgstr "" +"此配置可确保根据销售订单中预测的小时数向客户开具发票，这意味着不会考虑较少或额外的小时数。 " +"它还确保每次确认销售订单时，都会在正确的项目下创建新任务，从而使流程自动化。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:53 +msgid "" +"We recommend setting up a specific project, as it was done for this flow " +"example. The important thing to remember is that the sales order item needs " +"to be set on the corresponding project or task, in order to reinvoice the " +"time spent on a ticket." +msgstr "" +"我们建议设置一个特定的项目，就像在此流程示例中所做的那样。 要记住的是，为了重新开票所花费的时间，需要在相应的项目或任务上设置销售订单项目。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:58 +msgid "Prevision an invoice and record time" +msgstr "预定义发票并记录时间" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:61 +msgid "Step 1: Place an order" +msgstr "步骤1：下订单" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> Orders` and create one for the " +"helpdesk service product you have previously set up, with the customer who " +"needs the ticket to be opened. Set the number of hours needed to assist the " +"customer and *Confirm* the order." +msgstr "" +"转到 :menuselection:`销售 --> 订单 --> 订单` 并为您之前设置的服务台创建一个服务产品，并与需要打开故障单的客户一起使用。 " +"设置帮助客户并 *确认* 订单所需的小时数。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:72 +msgid "Step 2: Invoice the customer" +msgstr "步骤2：为客户开具发票" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:74 +msgid "In *Sales*, select the respective sales order to *Create Invoice*." +msgstr "在 *销售* 中，选择相应的销售订单以 *创建发票* 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:82 +msgid "Step 3: Link the task to the ticket" +msgstr "步骤3：将任务链接到支持请求工单" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Now, in *Helpdesk*, create or edit the respective ticket and link it to the " +"task created by the confirmation of the sales order." +msgstr "现在，在 *服务台* 中，创建或编辑相应的票证，并将其链接到通过确认销售订单创建的任务。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:92 +msgid "Step 4: Record the time spent" +msgstr "步骤4：记录所花费的时间" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Still on the respective helpdesk ticket, record the hours performed under " +"the *Timesheets* tab." +msgstr "仍在相应的服务台工单上，记录 *工时单* 选项卡下执行的小时数。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Note that the hours recorded on the ticket form are shown on the *Delivered*" +" column in the sales order." +msgstr "请注意，工单上记录的小时数显示在销售订单的 *已交付* 列中。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Hours recorded on the ticket are automatically shown in *Timesheets* and on " +"the dedicated task." +msgstr "工单上记录的小时数会自动显示在 *工时单* 和专用任务中。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:111 +msgid ":doc:`reinvoice_from_project`" +msgstr ":doc:`reinvoice_from_project`" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:112 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:3 +msgid "Invoice Time Spent on Tickets (Postpaid Support Services)" +msgstr "工单花费的发票时间（后付费支持服务）" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Directly pull the billable time you have tracked on your helpdesk tickets " +"into sales orders and invoices through a project task. It gives you more " +"control over what you charge your client, and it is more efficient." +msgstr "直接将服务台的服务单记录的应计费时间拉入销售订单，并通过项目任务开具发票。它有助于控制向客户收取的费用并提高效率。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:10 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "配置" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk team --> Edit`" +" and enable the options *Timesheet on Ticket* and *Time Reinvoicing*." +msgstr "" +"转到 :menuselection:`服务台 --> 设置 --> 服务台团队 --> 并启用选项 *工单上的时间表* 和 *时间重新开票* 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Under *Timesheet on Ticket*, choose the *Project* to which tickets (and " +"timesheets) will be linked by default. Open its *External link* to enable " +"the feature *Bill from tasks*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:22 +msgid "Create a sales order and an invoice" +msgstr "创建销售订单和发票" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Now, once you have recorded the time you spent on the helpdesk ticket, under" +" the *Timesheets* tab, access the task clicking on its name." +msgstr "现在，一旦您记录了在服务台的服务时间，就可以在 *工时单* 选项卡下单击其名称来访问该任务。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:31 +msgid "*Create Sales Order* and proceed to create the invoice." +msgstr "*创建销售订单 *并继续创建发票。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project.rst:4 +msgid "Project" +msgstr "项目" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks.rst:3 +msgid "Tasks" +msgstr "任务" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:3 +msgid "Create Project's Tasks from an Email Alias" +msgstr "通过项目的任务创建电子邮件别名" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you already have an email address that customers know from the top of " +"their heads, changing it is the last thing you want to do. Instead, link " +"that address to your project and transform those conversations into " +"structured work. It automatically creates a task in the first stage of a " +"project." +msgstr "" +"如果您已经有了客户从头开始知道的电邮地址，那么更改它是您要做的最后一件事。 而是将地址链接到您的项目，然后将这些对话转换为结构化的工作。 " +"它会在项目的第一阶段自动创建任务。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:11 +msgid "Set up an incoming email server" +msgstr "设置传入电子邮件服务器" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:14 +msgid "" +"On the *Settings* application, enable *External Email Servers* and define " +"the incoming email alias you would like to use." +msgstr "在 *设置* 应用程序上，启用 *外部电子邮件服务器* 并定义您要使用的传入电子邮件别名。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:15 +msgid "" +"**For more information**: " +":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:18 +msgid "Configure the email alias in your project" +msgstr "在项目中配置电子邮件别名" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Now that you have the incoming email server set up, go to " +":menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects --> Edit`. Under the " +"*Emails* tab, define the wanted email alias and choose the policy to receive" +" a message." +msgstr "" +"现在您已经设置了传入电子邮件服务器，请转到 :menuselection:` 项目 --> 设置 --> 项目 -->编辑` 。 在 *电子邮件* " +"选项卡下，定义所需的电子邮件别名，然后选择接收消息的策略。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:23 +msgid "In addition, you can now directly set it when creating a new project." +msgstr "此外，您现在可以在创建新项目时直接进行设置。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:30 +msgid "" +"All the recipients of the email (To/Cc/Bcc) are automatically added as " +"followers of the task." +msgstr "电子邮件的所有收件人（收件人/抄送/密件抄送）将自动添加为任务的关注者。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:32 +msgid "The email can be seen under the name of your project on the dashboard." +msgstr "可以在仪表板上的项目名称下看到该电子邮件。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets.rst:4 +msgid "Timesheets" +msgstr "计工单" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:3 +msgid "Create Timesheets upon Time Off Validation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically timesheets on project/tasks upon time off requests. This " +"allows for better overall control over the validation of timesheets, as it " +"does not leave place for forgetfulness and questions after hours that have " +"not been timesheeted by the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Activate the :doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>`, " +"go to *Timesheets*, and change the *Project* and *Task* set by default, if " +"you like." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Time Off --> Configuration --> Time Off Types`. Select" +" or create the needed type, and decide if you would like the requests to be " +"validated or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Now, once the employee has requested his time off and the request has been " +"validated (or not, depending on the setting chosen), the time is " +"automatically allocated on *Timesheets*, under the respective project and " +"task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:27 +msgid "" +"On the example below, the user requested *Paid Time off* from July 13th to " +"15th." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Considering that validation is not required, the requested time off is " +"automatically displayed in *Timesheets*. If validation is necessary, the " +"time is automatically allocated after the responsible person for validating " +"does it so." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Click on the magnifying glass, hovering over the concerned cell, to access " +"all the aggregated data on that cell (day), and see details regarding the " +"project/task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support.rst:4 +msgid "Support" +msgstr "支持" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:6 +msgid "Supported versions" +msgstr "支持的版本" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo provides support and bug fixing **for the 3 last major versions** of " +"Odoo." +msgstr "Odoo为 **最近的3个主要版本** 提供支持和漏洞修复服务。" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Users hosted on **Odoo Online** may use intermediary versions (sometimes " +"called *SaaS versions*) that are supported as well. These versions are not " +"published for Odoo.sh or On-Premise installations." +msgstr "" +"托管在 **Odoo Online** 的用户也可使用中间版本（有时称为 *SaaS版本* " +"），Odoo同样为其提供支持。这些版本未在Odoo.sh或本地部署安装中发布。" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:17 +msgid "What's the support status of my Odoo?" +msgstr "我的Odoo可享受哪些支持服务？" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:19 +msgid "This matrix shows the support status of every version." +msgstr "下表是每个版本的支持状态。" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:21 +msgid "**Major releases are in bold type.**" +msgstr "**主要版本以粗体显示。**" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:24 +msgid "Odoo Online" +msgstr "Odoo Online" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:24 +msgid "Odoo.sh" +msgstr "Odoo.sh" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:24 +msgid "On-Premise" +msgstr "本地部署" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:24 +msgid "Release date" +msgstr "发布日期" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:26 +msgid "**Odoo 14.0**" +msgstr "**Odoo 14.0**" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:26 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:26 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:26 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:28 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:30 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:30 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:30 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:32 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:34 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:34 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:34 +msgid "|green|" +msgstr "|green|" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:26 +msgid "October 2020" +msgstr "2020年10月" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:28 +msgid "Odoo 13.saas~4" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:28 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:28 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:32 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:32 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:36 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:36 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:40 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:40 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:42 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:42 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:46 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:46 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:48 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:50 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:50 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:52 +msgid "N/A" +msgstr "无" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:28 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:32 +msgid "August 2019" +msgstr "2019年8月" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:30 +msgid "**Odoo 13.0**" +msgstr "**Odoo 13.0**" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:30 +msgid "October 2019" +msgstr "2019年10月" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:32 +msgid "Odoo 12.saas~3" +msgstr "Odoo 12.saas~3" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:34 +msgid "**Odoo 12.0**" +msgstr "**Odoo 12.0**" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:34 +msgid "October 2018" +msgstr "2018年10月" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:34 +msgid "*End-of-support is planned for October 2021*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:36 +msgid "Odoo 11.saas~3" +msgstr "Odoo 11.saas~3" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:36 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:38 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:38 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:40 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:42 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:44 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:44 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:46 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:48 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:50 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:52 +msgid "|orange|" +msgstr "|orange|" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:36 +msgid "April 2018" +msgstr "2018年4月" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:38 +msgid "**Odoo 11.0**" +msgstr "**Odoo 11.0**" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:38 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:44 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:48 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:52 +msgid "|red|" +msgstr "|red|" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:38 +msgid "October 2017" +msgstr "2017年10月" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:40 +msgid "Odoo 10.saas~15" +msgstr "Odoo 10.saas~15" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:40 +msgid "March 2017" +msgstr "2017年3月" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:42 +msgid "Odoo 10.saas~14" +msgstr "Odoo 10.saas~14" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:42 +msgid "January 2017" +msgstr "2017年1月" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:44 +msgid "**Odoo 10.0**" +msgstr "**Odoo 10.0**" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:44 +msgid "October 2016" +msgstr "2016年10月" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:46 +msgid "Odoo 9.saas~11" +msgstr "Odoo 9.saas~11" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:46 +msgid "May 2016" +msgstr "2016年5月" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:48 +msgid "**Odoo 9.0**" +msgstr "**Odoo 9.0**" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:48 +msgid "October 2015" +msgstr "2015年10月" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:50 +msgid "Odoo 8.saas~6" +msgstr "Odoo 8.saas~6" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:50 +msgid "February 2015" +msgstr "2015年2月" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:52 +msgid "**Odoo 8.0**" +msgstr "**Odoo 8.0**" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:52 +msgid "September 2014" +msgstr "2014年9月" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:58 +msgid "|green| Supported version" +msgstr "|green| 支持的版本" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:60 +msgid "|red| End-of-support" +msgstr "|red| 结束支持" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:62 +msgid "N/A Never released for this platform" +msgstr "不适用 从未在此平台发布" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:64 +msgid "" +"|orange| Some of our older customers may still run this version on our Odoo " +"Online servers, we provide help only on blocking issues and advise you to " +"upgrade." +msgstr "|orange| 某些老客户可能仍在我们的Odoo Online服务器上运行这个版本，我们仅针对阻止问题提供帮助，建议你升级版本。" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:66 +msgid "🏁 Future version, not released yet" +msgstr "🏁 未来版本，尚未发布" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:79 +msgid "I run an older version of Odoo/OpenERP/TinyERP" +msgstr "我仍在使用老版本的 Odoo/OpenERP/TinyERP" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:81 +msgid "" +"OpenERP 7.0, 6.1, 6.0 and 5.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform." +msgstr "OpenERP 7.0、6.1、6.0和5.0在任何平台上均不再提供支持。" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:83 +msgid "" +"TinyERP 4.0, 3.0, 2.0 and 1.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform." +msgstr "TinyERP 4.0、3.0、2.0和1.0在任何平台上均不再提供支持。" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:85 +msgid "" +"You should consider `upgrading <https://upgrade.odoo.com/>`_ your database." +msgstr "你应考虑`升级 <https://upgrade.odoo.com/>`_数据库。" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:6 +msgid "What can I expect from the support service?" +msgstr "支持服务有哪些内容？" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:10 +msgid "5 days a week" +msgstr "每周5天" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Your Odoo Online subscription includes **unlimited 24hr support at no extra " +"cost, Monday to Friday**. Our teams are located around the world to ensure " +"you have support, no matter your location. Your support representative could" +" be communicating to you from San Francisco, Belgium, or India!" +msgstr "" +"您的 Odoo 在线订阅包括 **周一至周五免费的 24 小时无限制支持** " +"。我们的团队遍布世界各地，无论您身在何处，您都为您提供支持。您的支持代表可能从旧金山、比利时或印度与您沟通！" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Our support team can be contacted through our `online support form " +"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." +msgstr "我们的支持团队可以通过` 在线支持表单联系<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:21 +msgid "What kind of support is included?" +msgstr "包括哪些支持？" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Providing you with relevant material (guidelines, product documentation, " +"etc...)" +msgstr "为您提供相关资料（指南、产品文档等）" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Answers to issues that you may encounter in your standard Odoo database (eg." +" “I cannot close my Point of Sale” or “I cannot find my sales KPIs?”)" +msgstr "对标准 Odoo 数据库中可能遇到的问题的解答（例如\"无法关闭POS\"或\"找不到销售的关键绩效指标？\")" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:27 +msgid "Questions related to your account, subscription, or billing" +msgstr "与您的帐户、订阅或计费相关的问题" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Bug resolution (blocking issues or unexpected behaviour not due to " +"misconfiguration or customization)" +msgstr "解决错误（阻止问题或意外行为，不是由于配置错误或自定义造成的）" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Issues that might occur in a test database after upgrading to a newer " +"version" +msgstr "升级到较新版本后测试数据库中可能出现的问题" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:32 +msgid "" +"*Odoo Support does not make changes to your production database without your" +" agreement and gives you the material and knowledge to do it yourself!*" +msgstr "*未经您的同意，Odoo支持人员不会对您的数据库进行更改，而是为您提供所需的材料和知识！*" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:37 +msgid "What kind of support is not included?" +msgstr "不包括哪些支持？" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Questions that require us to understand your business processes in order to " +"help you implement your database" +msgstr "需要我们了解您的业务流程以帮助您实现数据库的问题" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Training on how to use our software (we will direct you to our many " +"resources)" +msgstr "关于如何使用我们的软件（我们将引导您访问我们庞大的在线资源）" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:42 +msgid "Import of documents into your database" +msgstr "将文件导入你的数据库" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Guidance on which configurations to apply inside of an application or the " +"database" +msgstr "有关在应用程序或数据库内应用哪些配置的指南" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:44 +msgid "" +"How to set up configuration models (Examples include: Inventory Routes, " +"Payment Terms, Warehouses, etc)" +msgstr "如何设置配置模型（示例包括：库存路线、付款条款、仓库等）" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:46 +msgid "Any intervention on your own servers/deployments of Odoo" +msgstr "在你自己的服务器上进行任何干预/部署Odoo" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Any intervention on your own third party account (Ingenico, Authorize, UPS, " +"etc)" +msgstr "在你自己的第三方账户上进行任何干预（Ingenico、Authorize、UPS等）" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Questions or issues related to specific developments or customizations done " +"either by Odoo or a third party (this is specific only to your database or " +"involving code)" +msgstr "与 Odoo 或第三方进行的特定开发或自定义相关的问题（这仅特定于您的数据库或涉及代码）" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:52 +msgid "" +"You can get this type of support with a `Success Pack <https://www.odoo.com" +"/pricing-packs>`__. With a pack, one of our consultants will analyze the way" +" your business runs and tell you how you can get the most out of your Odoo " +"Database. We will handle all configurations and coach you on how to use " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" +"您可以使用成功包获得此类支持。通过 `成功包<https://www.odoo.com/pricing-" +"packs>`__，我们的顾问将分析您的业务运营方式，并告诉您如何充分利用 Odoo 数据库。我们将处理所有配置，并指导您如何使用 Odoo。" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:4 +msgid "Where to find help?" +msgstr "在哪里获取支持？" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:8 +msgid "Odoo Enterprise" +msgstr "Odoo 企业版" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Users who have a valid Odoo Enterprise subscription may always contact our " +"support teams through our `support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_, no " +"matter the hosting type you chose (Odoo Online, Odoo.sh or on your own " +"server)." +msgstr "" +"拥有有效Odoo企业版订阅的用户可随时通过我们的`支持表单 " +"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`_联系我们的支持团队，无论你选择哪种托管类型（Odoo " +"Online、Odoo.sh或在你自己的服务器上）。" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:14 +msgid "Please include in your request:" +msgstr "请在支持请求中提供：" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:16 +msgid "your subscription number" +msgstr "你的订阅编号" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:17 +msgid "" +"the URL of your database if your database is hosted by Odoo (Odoo Online or " +"Odoo.sh)" +msgstr "你的数据库URL，如你的数据库由Odoo托管（Odoo Online或Odoo.sh）" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:19 +msgid "Our agents will get back to you as soon as possible." +msgstr "我们的代理将尽快回复你。" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:23 +msgid "Odoo Community" +msgstr "Odoo社区版" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:25 +msgid "*Odoo Community users don't get access to the support service.*" +msgstr "*Odoo社区用户没有支持服务权限。*" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:27 +msgid "Here are some resources that might help you:" +msgstr "以下是可能有用的一些资源：" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:29 +msgid "Our `documentation pages <https://www.odoo.com/page/docs>`_." +msgstr "我们的 `文档页面 <https://www.odoo.com/page/docs>`。" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Ask your question on the `community forum " +"<https://www.odoo.com/forum/help-1>`_." +msgstr "在`社区论坛 <https://www.odoo.com/forum/help-1>`_提问。" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:31 +msgid "" +":doc:`Buy Odoo Enterprise </administration/enterprise>` to get the support " +"and bugfix services." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d7cb10754 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po @@ -0,0 +1,221 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# max_xu <wangzhanwh@163.com>, 2021 +# 敬雲 林 <chingyun@yuanchih-consult.com>, 2021 +# Mandy Choy <mnc@odoo.com>, 2021 +# Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2021 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-18 07:12+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-05-18 05:18+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2021\n" +"Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: zh_CN\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings.rst:3 +msgid "Settings" +msgstr "设置" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:6 +msgid "Users and Features" +msgstr "用户和功能" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:8 +msgid "" +"As the administrator of your database, you are responsible for its usage. " +"This includes the Apps you install as well as the number of users currently " +"in use." +msgstr "作为数据库管理员,你有责任提供具有良好的可用性数据库给所有的用户,包括基于数据库所安装的各类应用." + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Odoo is many things (ERP, CMS, CRM application, e-Commerce backend, etc.) " +"but it is *not* a smartphone. You should apply caution when adding/removing " +"features (especially Apps) on your database since this may impact your " +"subscription amount significantly (or switch you from a free account to a " +"paying one on our online platform)." +msgstr "" +"Odoo拥有及其多的功能 (包括企业资源计划，内容管理系统，客户关系管理应用，电子商务后端等等)， 但是它 *不是* " +"一个智能手机。在对你的数据库添加/卸载各类特性(特别是应用时) " +"，你需要额外小心，因为这些操作可能产生显著的费用投入(比如将你从一个免费用户升级为我们平台上的付费用户)。" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:18 +msgid "" +"This page contains some information as to how you can manage your Odoo " +"instances. Before carrying any of these procedures, we **strongly** advise " +"to test them on a duplicate of your database first. That way, if something " +"goes wrong, your day-to-day business is not impacted." +msgstr "" +"本页包含了如何管理你的Odoo及其实例。在进行以下步骤前，我们 **强烈建议** " +"您先在复制的数据库上进行测试。这样的话，即便有错误，也不会影响到实际的业务运作。" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You can find guides on how to duplicate your databases both for :ref:`online" +" <duplicate_online>` and :ref:`on premise <duplicate_premise>` " +"installations." +msgstr "" +"查看如何复制数据用于:ref:`线上 <duplicate_online>` 和:ref:`本地部署 <duplicate_premise>`安装。" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:27 +msgid "" +"If you have questions about the content of this page or if you encounter an " +"issue while carrying out these procedures, please contact us through our " +"`support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." +msgstr "" +"如果你对这篇文章有任何问题或者当你执行程序时碰到问题，可以提交`支持请求 <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__来联系我们。" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:33 +msgid "Deactivating Users" +msgstr "禁用用户" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Make sure you have sufficient **administrative rights** if you want to " +"change the status of any of your users." +msgstr "当你想更改任何用户的状态时,请确保你拥有足够的 **管理权限** 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:38 +msgid "" +"In your Odoo instance, click on **Settings**. You will have a section " +"showing you the active users on your database. Click on **Manage Users.**" +msgstr "在你的Odoo实例中，点击 **设置** 。页面将显示数据库中有效的用户。点击 **管理用户** 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:79 +msgid "|settings|" +msgstr "|设置|" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:42 +msgid "|browse_users|" +msgstr "|浏览_用户|" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:45 +msgid "You'll then see the list of your users." +msgstr "然后你将看到用户列表." + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The pre-selected filter *Internal Users* shows your paying users (different " +"from the *Portal Users* which are free). If you remove this filter, you'll " +"get all your users (the ones you pay for and the portal ones)" +msgstr "" +"筛选器中预设置了 *内部用户* 过滤条件，经过此过滤器条件显示的用户账号是付费账号 (区别于免费的 *门户账号* ) " +"。如果你删掉了这个过滤条件，那就显示所有的用户账号 (包括付费账号和免费账号)" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:55 +msgid "" +"In your list of users, click on the user you want to deactivate. As soon as " +"you are on the userform, click on the Action drop down menu, and then click " +"on Archive." +msgstr "在你的用户名单中，单击想要禁用的用户。进入用户表单后，点击操作下拉菜单，然后点击归档。" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:63 +msgid "The user is now deactivated." +msgstr "该用户账号目前处于停用状态." + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:65 +msgid "**Never** deactivate the main user (*admin*)" +msgstr "**千万不要** 取消激活主用户 (*admin*)" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:68 +msgid "Uninstalling Apps" +msgstr "卸载应用程式" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Make sure you first test what you are about to do on a :ref:`duplicate " +"<duplicate_online>` of your database before making any changes (*especially*" +" installing/uninstalling apps)." +msgstr "" +"请确保在进行任何正式改动前（ *尤其是* 安装或卸载应用程式时）在 :ref:`复制 <duplicate_online>`的数据库进行第一次测试。" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:74 +msgid "" +"In your Odoo instance click on **Settings**; in this app, you will be able " +"to see how many applications you have installed. Click on **Browse Apps** to" +" access the list of your installed applications." +msgstr "在你的Odoo实例中点击 **设置** ；在此应用程序中，你可以看到已安装的应用。点击**浏览应用程序**来访问你所安装的应用程序列表。" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:79 +msgid "|browse_apps|" +msgstr "|浏览_应用|" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:82 +msgid "" +"In your applications' dashboard, you will see all the icons of your " +"applications. Click on the application you want to uninstall. Then, on the " +"form of the application, click on **Uninstall**." +msgstr "在应用仪表板中，你可以看到所有应用的图标。点击你想卸载的应用，然后在应用表单内，点击 **卸载** 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Some applications have dependencies, like Invoicing, eCommerce, etc. " +"Therefore, the system will give you a warning message to advise you of what " +"is about to be removed. If you uninstall your application, all its " +"dependencies will be uninstalled as well (and the data in them will " +"permanently disappear). If you are sure you still want to uninstall it, then" +" click **Confirm**." +msgstr "" +"一些应用之间有互相依存的关系，比如开票，电子商务等等... " +"因此，当你准备卸载这些应用时系统会弹出一个警告信息，告诉你哪些被依赖的应用会被相应卸载。如果你继续进行卸载，那所有被依赖应用也会被同时卸载 " +"(并且这些应用中的数据也会被永久删除) 。如果您确定仍要卸载被依赖的应用，请单击 **确认** 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Last, after having checked the warning message (if any), click **Confirm**." +msgstr "最后，请检查警告消息（如有），然后单击 **确认** 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:101 +msgid "You have finished uninstalling your application." +msgstr "您已完成卸载应用程序。" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:104 +msgid "Good to know" +msgstr "幸好知道" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:106 +msgid "" +"**Uninstalling apps, managing users, etc. is up to you**: no one else can " +"know if your business flow is broken better than you. If we were to " +"uninstall applications for you, we would never be able to tell if relevant " +"data had been removed or if one of your business flow was broken because we " +"*do not know how you work* and therefore cannot validate these kinds of " +"operations." +msgstr "" +"**卸载应用，管理用户，等等这些决定取决于你** " +":没有其他人可以比你更了解这些操作是否会影响到你的业务流程。如果我们帮你卸载了应用，那我们也无法告诉你哪些关联数据会被删除或者你的某项业务流程会停摆，因为我们" +" *不知道你的业务运作方式* 因此也无法验证这些操作。" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:112 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Apps have dependencies**: this means that you may need to install " +"modules that you do not actively use to access some features of Odoo you " +"might need. For example, the Website Builder app is needed to be able to " +"show your customer their Quotes in a web page. Even though you might not " +"need or use the Website itself, it is needed for the Online Quotes feature " +"to work properly." +msgstr "" +"**Odoo各个应用之间有互相依存的关系** " +":这意味着一些你并不太会操作的模块,会因为其中的一些特性被需要而被系统自动安装。比如，如果你需要将你的客户报价用网页的形式展现，那网站构建器这个应用就会被自动安装。可能你完全不需要通过Odoo的网站，但是这个应用中的在线报价技术特性却是你的需求能正常工作的前提条件。" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:119 +msgid "" +"**Always test app installation/removal on a duplicate** (or on a free trial " +"database): that way you can know what other apps may be required, etc. This " +"will avoid surprises when uninstalling or when receiving your invoices." +msgstr "" +"**总是在数据库副本上测试应用的安装/卸载** " +"(或者在一个免费的测试数据库上):通过这样的方式你可以知道哪些应用是被依赖的。这可以避免卸载应用产生的错误或者收到意外的付款通知。" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/sign.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/sign.po deleted file mode 100644 index 11d581377..000000000 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/sign.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,152 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2021 -# Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2021 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-02-04 10:31+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2021\n" -"Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: zh_CN\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" - -#: ../../sign.rst:5 -msgid "Sign" -msgstr "签署" - -#: ../../sign/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "概述" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:3 -msgid "Validity of electronic signatures" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The legal validity of electronic signatures generated by Odoo depends on the" -" legislation of your country. Companies doing business abroad should " -"consider electronic signature laws of other countries as well." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:10 -msgid "In the European Union" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:12 -msgid "" -"The `eIDAS regulation <http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2014/910/oj>`_ " -"establishes the framework for electronic signatures in all `27 member states" -" of the European Union <https://europa.eu/european-union/about-" -"eu/countries_en>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:16 -msgid "It distinguishes three types of electronic signatures:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:18 -msgid "Electronic signatures" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:19 -msgid "Advanced electronic signatures" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:20 -msgid "Qualified electronic signatures" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Odoo generates the first type, regular electronic signatures, and these " -"signatures can produce legal effects in the EU, as the regulation states " -"that “an electronic signature shall not be denied legal effect and " -"admissibility as evidence in legal proceedings solely on the grounds that it" -" is in an electronic form or that it does not meet the requirements for " -"qualified electronic signatures.”" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Note that electronic signatures may not be automatically recognized as " -"valid. You may need to bring supporting evidence of a signature’s validity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:31 -msgid "In the United States of America" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:33 -msgid "" -"The `ESIGN Act (Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act) " -"<https://www.fdic.gov/regulations/compliance/manual/10/X-3.1.pdf>`_, at the " -"interstate and international levels, and the `UETA (Uniform Electronic " -"Transactions Act) <https://www.uniformlaws.org/committees/community-" -"home/librarydocuments?communitykey=2c04b76c-2b7d-4399-977e-" -"d5876ba7e034&tab=librarydocuments>`_, at the state level, provide the legal " -"framework for electronic signatures. Note that `Illinois " -"<https://www.ilga.gov/legislation/ilcs/ilcs5.asp?ActID=89&>`_ and `New York " -"<https://its.ny.gov/electronic-signatures-and-records-act-esra>`_ have not " -"adopted the UETA, but similar acts instead." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Overall, to be recognized as valid, electronic signatures have to meet five " -"criteria:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:44 -msgid "" -"A signer must show a clear intent to sign. For example, using a mouse to " -"draw a signature can show intent. The signer must also have the option to " -"opt-out of electronically signing a document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:47 -msgid "" -"A signer must first express or imply their consent to conduct business " -"electronically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:48 -msgid "" -"The signature must be clearly attributed. In Odoo, metadata, such as the " -"signer’s IP address, is added to the signature, which can be used as " -"supporting evidence." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:50 -msgid "" -"The signature must be associated with the document being signed, for " -"example, by keeping a record detailing how the signature was captured." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Electronically signed documents need to be retained and available for later " -"reference by all parties involved, for example, by providing the signer " -"either a fully-executed copy or the option to download a copy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:57 -msgid "" -"The information provided here does not constitute legal advice; it is " -"provided for general informational purposes only. As laws governing " -"electronic signatures evolve rapidly, we cannot guarantee that the " -"information is up to date. We advise you to should contact a local attorney " -"to obtain legal advice." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po deleted file mode 100644 index ea58ba9a6..000000000 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,589 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# liAnGjiA <liangjia@qq.com>, 2020 -# 老窦 北京 <2662059195@qq.com>, 2020 -# guohuadeng <guohuadeng@hotmail.com>, 2020 -# Felix Yuen <fyu@odoo.com>, 2020 -# Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2020 -# Mandy Choy <mnc@odoo.com>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Mandy Choy <mnc@odoo.com>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: zh_CN\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" - -#: ../../sms_marketing.rst:5 -msgid "SMS Marketing" -msgstr "短信营销" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "概述" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:3 -msgid "Contact Lists and Blacklist" -msgstr "联系人列表和黑名单" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Creating your own list of contacts, or importing it, is useful when you want" -" to create specific groups of people, such as the subscribers of your " -"newsletter. It is also the best way to get started if you are coming from " -"another system and already have built an audience. It makes the SMS " -"distribution easier." -msgstr "" -"创建特定的群组（例如通讯的订户）时，创建或导入自己的联系人列表很有用。 如果您来自另一个系统并且已经建立了受众群体，这也是入门的最佳方法。 " -"它使短信分发更加容易。" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:11 -msgid "Contact lists" -msgstr "联系人列表" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:13 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Contacts lists --> Contacts lists --> Create`." -msgstr "前往 :menuselection:`联系人列表 --> 联系人列表 --> 创建`。" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Choose a name for your *Mailing list*, and activate the option *Is Public* " -"if you would like to make the mailing list accessible to your recipients in " -"the unsubscription page (allowing users to update their subscription " -"preferences)." -msgstr "" -"为您的 *邮件列表* 设置一个名称，如果希望使邮件列表在取消订阅页面中可供收件人访问（允许用户更新其订阅首选项），则激活选项 *为公开* 。" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:22 -msgid "History with the Log Notes" -msgstr "历史与记录备注" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:25 -msgid "" -"A record of the mailings sent is kept on the recipient's chatter (whether it" -" is a contact or an opportunity, for example)." -msgstr "发送邮件的记录保存在收件人的沟通栏（不论是联系人还是机会）。" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:28 -msgid "" -"This is important as you and team members can easily keep track and see a " -"history of the interactions with your contacts or prospects. Example: your " -"sales representative can easily find out which SMS mailing promotions a " -"customer has received or not." -msgstr "" -"这很重要，因为您和团队成员可以轻松地跟踪并查看与您的联系人或潜在客户互动的历史记录。 示例：您的销售代表可以轻松找出客户是否收到了短信\\促销。" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:35 -msgid "Blacklist" -msgstr "黑名单" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:38 -msgid "" -"If you are coming from another software and have a list of clients who have " -"already asked to be blacklisted, you can import those entries to your " -"database." -msgstr "如你之前使用其他软件并已要求将某些客户列入黑名单，你可将这些条目导入数据库。" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:39 -msgid "" -"For that, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Phone Blacklist --> " -"Import`." -msgstr "前往 :menuselection:`配置 --> 电话黑名单 --> 导入`。" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:3 -msgid "Integrations and Templates" -msgstr "整合和模板" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Using SMS to reach people can be a strategy not just used for advertisement " -"purposes, but also as a reminder of events or issued invoices to your " -"costumers, for example." -msgstr "通过短信联系相关人员不仅可用于广告目的，还可提醒客户活动或已开具的发票等。" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:9 -msgid "Campaigns" -msgstr "活动" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:11 -msgid "" -"First, make sure to have the necessary feature activated. Go to the " -":menuselection:`Email Marketing app --> Configuration --> Settings` and " -"enable *Mailing Campaigns*." -msgstr "" -"首先，确保已启用相关功能。前往 :menuselection:`邮件营销应用程序 --> 配置 --> 设置 --> 启用 *邮件营销* 选项`。" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Now, the menu *Campaigns* is also available on the *SMS Marketing* app, " -"allowing you to manage and have an overview of your SMS mailings under " -"campaigns." -msgstr "现在，你的 *短信营销* 页面包括了 *营销* 菜单，可查看你的短信邮件列表和邮件营销列表。" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:23 -msgid "" -"This feature is especially useful if you have aggregated campaigns, as you " -"have a global reporting view. In addition to that, you can create stages in " -"your Kanban view to better organize the work being done." -msgstr "这项功能对于综合营销活动特别有用，它可以提供整体报告视图。此外，你还可在看板视图中创建阶段，组织需要完成的工作。" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:31 -msgid "Sending SMSs through the Contacts app" -msgstr "通过联系人应用程序发送短信" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Sending SMSs through the contact’s form is available by default in Odoo. It " -"makes your work easier if you need to send an SMS to a specific contact, for" -" example." -msgstr "Odoo默认提供通过联系人表单发送短信的功能。让你能够轻松向特定联系人发送短信。" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:36 -msgid "" -"For that, go to the *Contacts* app, select the contact and click on the " -"*SMS* icon next to the phone number." -msgstr "如要使用此功能，前往*联系人*应用程序，选择联系人并点击电话号码旁边的*短信*图标。" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:41 -msgid "" -"If you would like to send a message to multiple contacts at once, choose the" -" *List View*, select all the contacts needed, and under *Action* select " -"*Send SMS*." -msgstr "如果您想一次向多个联系人发送消息，请选择 *列表视图* ，选择所有需要的联系人，然后在 *操作* 下选择*发送短信* 。" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:48 -msgid "Set up SMS templates" -msgstr "设置短信模板" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:50 -msgid "" -"To set up *SMS Templates*, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " -"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, then go to " -":menuselection:`Technical --> SMS Templates`." -msgstr "" -"要设置 *短信模板* ，请激活 :doc:`开发人员模式 <../../ general / developer_mode / " -"activate>`，然后转到 :menuselection:`技术 --> 短信模板` 。" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Use *Dynamic Placeholders* to adapt automatically the content of the SMS to " -"the context." -msgstr "使用*动态定位符*，根据情况自动调整短信内容。" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:63 -msgid "SMS Text Messaging is available throughout Odoo:" -msgstr "短信文本传递在整个Odoo中都可用：" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:65 -msgid "*CRM*: send SMSs to your leads and opportunities." -msgstr "*CRM*：向线索和商机发送短信。" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:66 -msgid "*Subscription*: alert customers about their subscription." -msgstr "*订阅*：提醒客户其订阅情况。" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:67 -msgid "*Accounting*: send payment reminders." -msgstr "*会计*：发送付款提醒。" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:68 -msgid "*Marketing Automation*: automate your SMS marketing campaigns." -msgstr "*营销自动化*：设置短信营销活动自动化。" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:69 -msgid "" -"*Inventory*: send an automatic confirmation when a delivery order is done." -msgstr "*库存*：完成交货单后，发送自动确认。" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:70 -msgid "" -"*Sign*: receive a validation code to verify your identity before signing a " -"document online." -msgstr "*签字*：在线上签署文件之前，接收验证码并证实自己的身份。" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:71 -msgid "" -"*SEPA debit payment provider*: send a verification code to your customers." -msgstr "*SPEA借记支付提供商*：向客户发送验证码。" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:72 -msgid "" -"*Studio*: send an SMS according to your needs by using automated actions." -msgstr "*定制*：通过使用自动化操作，根据需求发送短信。" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:75 -msgid "" -"For more information about SMS integrations in Odoo and a list of frequently" -" asked questions, go to :doc:`../pricing/pricing_and_faq`." -msgstr "关于在Odoo中整合短信功能的更多信息及常见问题列表，前往:doc:`../pricing/pricing_and_faq`。" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:79 -msgid ":doc:`../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns`" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:80 -msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_template`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_template`" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:3 -msgid "Build, Send and Get Reports from a SMS Mailing" -msgstr "从短信邮件列表创建、发送和获取报告" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Using SMS Marketing as part of your communication strategies can empower you" -" to expand your markets, considering that in some countries emails are not " -"very used or used at all. It also helps to boost conversion rates, as this " -"strategy has a high open-rate percentage among people who use smartphones." -msgstr "" -"将短信营销作为传播战略的一部分有助于扩大市场，因为在某些国家，邮件使用频率很低甚至完全不使用。短信营销还可提升转化率，因为这种策略在使用智能手机的人士中打开率极高，大家通常不会有未读短信！" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:11 -msgid "Get started" -msgstr "开始" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:13 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`SMS Marketing --> Create`." -msgstr "前往 :menuselection:`短信营销 --> 创建`。" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Specify a *subject* name to help you remembering what the mailing is about." -msgstr "设置 *标题* 名称，以帮助您记住邮件的内容。" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Under *Recipients*, choose to whom you would like the SMS to be sent. If you" -" choose *Contact*, all your Odoo contacts (vendor, customers, etc.) receive " -"your SMS." -msgstr "在 *收件人* 下，选择将短信发送给哪些人。如你选择 *联系人* ，你的所有Odoo联系人（包括 供应商、客户等）都将收到短信。" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:22 -msgid "" -"From there, you can refine your recipient list with the *add filter* option." -" In the example below, the message would be sent to the contacts living in " -"Belgium." -msgstr "从那里，您可以使用 *添加过滤器* 选项优化收件人列表。 在下面的示例中，该消息将发送给居住在比利时的联系人。" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:27 -msgid "" -"The *Mailing list* option, on the other hand, allows you to choose the " -"specific mailing lists you created to group specific contacts. You are " -"allowed to select multiple ones." -msgstr "另一方面，*邮件列表* 允许您选择创建的特定邮件列表以将特定联系人分组。你可选择多个*邮件列表*。" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Under the *SMS Content* tab, links can be included and Odoo automatically " -"generates *link trackers* in order to generate data about these links." -msgstr "在 *短信内容* 选项卡，你可加入链接，Odoo将自动生成 *链接跟踪* 。因此，你将收到这些链接的数据。" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Under *Settings* you have the option *Include opt-out link*. If activated, " -"the contact is able to unsubscribe from the mailing list." -msgstr "在 *设定* 中，你可选择 *包含退订链接* 。启用后，联系人如果不感兴趣，可从邮件列表中退订。" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:43 -msgid "" -"In the *Link Tracker* menu under *Configuration*, you can see the history of" -" your sent links, access them and look at statistics." -msgstr "在*配置*下的*链接跟踪*菜单，你可查看已发送链接的历史，访问内容并查看统计数据。" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:50 -msgid "Double-check that you have the phone number of your contacts saved." -msgstr "双击即可保存联系人电话号码。" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:53 -msgid "Send a mailing" -msgstr "发送邮件" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Once you have your mailing created, you must choose when you would like it " -"to be delivered:" -msgstr "创建邮件后，你必须选择发送邮件的时间：" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:59 -msgid "" -"*Put in Queue*: the mailing is triggered with the next automatic run. " -"Interesting option if you do not need the message to be sent at a specific " -"time." -msgstr "*加入队列* ：在下一次自动运行时发出邮件。 有趣的选项，如果您不需要在特定时间发送消息。" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:61 -msgid "" -"*Send Now*: sends the message immediately. Use this option if the recipient " -"list is not excessive." -msgstr "*立即发送* ：立即发送消息。 如果收件人列表过多，请使用此选项手。" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:62 -msgid "" -"*Schedule*: allows you to choose a day and time. Best option for mailings " -"that you would like to send during a specific event, to promote an offer " -"while it is active, or to simply plan your content strategy in advance." -msgstr "*计划发送* ：允许您选择日期和时间。 您想要在特定期间发送邮件，需要在有效时进行促销或预先策划内容的最佳选择。" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:65 -msgid "" -"*Test*: allows you to send an SMS to one or multiple numbers for test " -"purposes. Check, for example, if the link provided lands on the right page " -"while making sure they are responsive. If sending it to multiple numbers, " -"you must remember to use a comma between them." -msgstr "" -"*测试* " -"：允许将短信发送给一个或多个号码，以进行测试。例如，检查提供的链接是否登录到正确页面且能够响应。如将它发送给多个号码，注意在不同号码之间加上逗号。" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:70 -msgid "Visualize reports" -msgstr "可视化报告" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:72 -msgid "" -"Under the *Reporting* menu apply filters, measures, and adopt different " -"layouts to do analyses of the performance of your SMS mailings." -msgstr "在 *报告* 菜单中，只需几次点击，即可应用筛选，测量并采用不同布局，对短信发送的表现进行分析。" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:79 -msgid "" -"You can also check the price to send an SMS for your country by clicking on " -"the *Information* icon." -msgstr "在创建新短信时点击 *信息* 图标，你还可查看在所在国家发送短信的价格。" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:86 -msgid "" -"**Buy Credits:** in order to take advantage of the app and its features, " -"make sure you have purchased credits. For more information: " -":doc:`../pricing/pricing_and_faq`." -msgstr "" -"**购买积分** " -":为了充分利用应用程序及其功能，建议你购买积分用于发送短信。更多信息请访问:doc:`../pricing/pricing_and_faq`" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing.rst:3 -msgid "Pricing and FAQ" -msgstr "定价和常见问题" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:3 -msgid "SMS Pricing and FAQ" -msgstr "短信定价和常见问题" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:6 -msgid "What do I need to send SMSs?" -msgstr "我需要什么才能发送短信？" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:7 -msgid "" -"SMS Text Messaging is an In-App Purchase (IAP) service that *requires " -"prepaid credits* to work." -msgstr "短信文本信息是一项应用内购买(IAP)服务，*需要预付费信用*才能运行。" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:11 -msgid "How many types of SMSs are there?" -msgstr "短信分类哪些种类？" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:12 -msgid "There are 2 types: GSM7 and UNICODE." -msgstr "短信分为GSM7和UNICODE两类。" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:14 -msgid "" -"**GSM7** is the standard format, with a limit of 160 characters per message," -" that includes the following characters:" -msgstr "**GSM7**是标准格式，每条信息不超过160个字符，包括以下字符：" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:23 -msgid "" -"**UNICODE** is the format applied if a special character, that *is not* in " -"the GSM7 list, is used. Limit per SMS: 70 characters." -msgstr "**UNICODE**是适用于GSM7列表中*没有*的特殊字符的格式。每条短信不超过70个字符。" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:27 -msgid "" -"For GSM7 SMS the size limit is 160 characters, and for Unicode is 70. *Above" -" these limits, the content is divided into a multi-part message* and the " -"limit of characters is lowered to 153 for GSM7 and to 67 for Unicode. The " -"system will inform you in real-time about the number of SMS your message " -"represents." -msgstr "" -"GSM7短信限制为160个字符，Unicode限制为70个字符。*超过该限值后，短信内容被切分为多个部分*，字符数限制降到GSM7 " -"153个，Unicode 67个。系统将实时显示你的信息已包含的字符数。" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:34 -msgid "How much does it cost to send an SMS?" -msgstr "发送短信的费用是多少？" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:35 -msgid "" -"The price of an SMS depends on the destination and the length (number of " -"characters) of the message." -msgstr "短信价格取决于信息的目的地和长度（字符数）。" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:37 -msgid "" -"To see the **price per country, please consult**: `Odoo SMS - FAQ <https" -"://iap-services.odoo.com/iap/sms/pricing#sms_faq_01>`_." -msgstr "" -"如要查看**每个国家的价格，请访问**：`Odoo短信 - 常见问题 <https://iap-" -"services.odoo.com/iap/sms/pricing#sms_faq_01>`_。" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:39 -msgid "" -"The number of SMSs a message represents will be always available to you in " -"your database." -msgstr "短信包含的字数总是显示在数据库中。" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:49 -msgid "How do I buy credits?" -msgstr "如何购买信用？" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:50 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Buy Credits`." -msgstr "前往 :menuselection:`设置 --> 购买信用`。" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:57 -msgid "Or go to :menuselection:`Settings --> View my Services`." -msgstr "或前往 :menuselection:`设置 --> 查看我的服务`。" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:65 -msgid "" -"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you " -"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." -msgstr "如果你是Odoo Online (SAAS)企业版用户，你可用免费试用信用来测试这项功能。" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:70 -msgid "More common questions" -msgstr "更多常见问题" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:72 -msgid "**Is there an expiration time for my credits?**" -msgstr "**我的信用会过期吗？**" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:74 -msgid "No, credits do not expire." -msgstr "不会，信用不会过期。" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:77 -msgid "" -"**Can I send an SMS to a phone number (which is not a mobile phone) because " -"I see the icon in front of the field “phone”?**" -msgstr "**我可以向座机号码（而不是手机号码）发送短信吗？因为我看到“电话”字段前有图标。**" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:80 -msgid "Only if that phone number supports SMS (e.g. SIP phones)." -msgstr "该电话号码必须支持短信（例如，SIP电话）才行。" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:83 -msgid "**Do I receive an invoice to buy my credits?**" -msgstr "**我购买信用后能收到发票吗？**" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:85 -msgid "Yes." -msgstr "是." - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:88 -msgid "**Can the recipient answer to me?**" -msgstr "**收件人可以回复我吗？**" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:90 -msgid "No, it is not possible to reply to the SMS." -msgstr "不能，无法回复短信。" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:93 -msgid "" -"**What happens if I send multiple SMS but I do not have enough credits to " -"send them all?**" -msgstr "**如果我发送多条短信，但信用不够全部发送怎么办？**" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:95 -msgid "" -"The whole transaction is counted as a single one, so no SMS will be sent " -"until you have enough credits to send them all." -msgstr "整个交易将计为一笔，因此除非你的信用足够发送全部短信，否则不会发送任何短信。" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:99 -msgid "**Do I have a history of the sent SMSs?**" -msgstr "**我有已发送短信的历史记录吗？**" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:101 -msgid "" -"Yes, the SMS is logged as a note under the chatter of the corresponding " -"record, and a complete history of the SMSs sent is available on " -":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` under " -":menuselection:`Technical --> SMS`." -msgstr "" -"是的，短信将作为日志注释附加在对应记录的聊天中，已发送短信的完整记录可查看 :menuselection:`技术 --> 短信`下的 " -":doc:`开发人员模式 <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`。" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:107 -msgid "**Can I send as many SMSs I want at once?**" -msgstr "**我可以一次性发送尽可能多的短信吗？**" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:109 -msgid "Yes, if you have enough credits." -msgstr "可以，但你必须有足够的信用。" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:112 -msgid "" -"**If I have a number that does not exist in the list of recipients, will I " -"lose credits?**" -msgstr "**如果我添加的号码不在现有的收件人名单中，我会被扣除信用吗？**" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:114 -msgid "" -"Not if the phone number is in the wrong format (e.g. too many digits). " -"Otherwise, if the SMS is sent to the wrong person or to a fake number, the " -"credit will be lost." -msgstr "如果电话号码格式错误（例如，位数过多），不会被扣除信用。否则，如果短信发送给了错误人员或虚假号码，你仍会被扣除信用。" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:118 -msgid "" -"**What happens if I send my SMS to a paying number (e.g.: a contest to win a" -" ticket for a festival)?**" -msgstr "**如果我将短信发送给了付费号码（例如，赢取节日门票的比赛）怎么办？**" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:120 -msgid "" -"The SMS will not be delivered to that kind of number, so you won’t be " -"charged." -msgstr "短信不会被发送给这类号码，你也不会被扣费。" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:123 -msgid "" -"**Can I identify the numbers that do not exist when I send several SMSs?**" -msgstr "**我在发送多条短信时，能识别不存在的号码吗？**" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:125 -msgid "Only the ones that have an invalid format." -msgstr "只能识别格式无效的号码。" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:128 -msgid "**How does the GDPR regulation affect this service?**" -msgstr "**GDPR规定对这项服务有何影响？**" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:130 -msgid "" -"Please find our `Privacy Policy here <https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#sms>`__." -msgstr "请`在此查看我们的隐私政策 <https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#sms>`__。" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:132 -msgid "**Can I use my own SMS provider?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:134 -msgid "" -"Yes, but it is not possible out of the box. Our experts can help you " -"customize your database to make it happen. Please, check our success packs " -"`here <https://www.odoo.com/pricing-packs>`_." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po deleted file mode 100644 index 06c0444cf..000000000 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,374 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Jeffery CHEN Fan <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2020 -# guohuadeng <guohuadeng@hotmail.com>, 2020 -# Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2020 -# Mandy Choy <mnc@odoo.com>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:42+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Mandy Choy <mnc@odoo.com>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: zh_CN\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" - -#: ../../social_marketing.rst:5 -msgid "Social Marketing" -msgstr "社交媒体营销" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "概述" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:3 -msgid "Connecting to my Marketplace with Campaigns" -msgstr "连接到我的电商平台和营销" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Whether your goal is to sell a new product, explain the value of your " -"services or advertise your event, a campaign helps you to connect with your " -"marketplace. They normally involve multiple channels, so it is fundamental " -"to have a solution with which you can plan, execute, track, and analyze your" -" content." -msgstr "" -"无论你的目标是销售新产品、介绍你的服务价值或为活动打广告，营销可帮助你建立与电商平台的连接。它们通常涉及多个渠道，因此采用的解决方案必须能够计划、执行、追踪和分析内容。" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:10 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Campaigns --> Create`." -msgstr "前往 :menuselection:`社媒营销 --> 营销 --> 创建`。" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:16 -msgid "" -"As you create content, tabs for that specific channel are shown. The " -"overview of the campaign displays global metrics such as:" -msgstr "当你创建内容时，页面将显示特定渠道的选项卡。营销概览显示以下全局指标，例如：" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:19 -msgid "" -"*Revenue*: number of users who, from a link in your content, finished a " -"transaction (paid)." -msgstr "*收入*：通过内容中的链接完成交易（已付费）的用户数量。" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:20 -msgid "" -"*Quotations*: number of users who, from a link in your content, have started" -" but not finished a transaction (did not pay)." -msgstr "*报价*：通过内容中的链接已经开始但尚未完成交易（未付费）的用户数量。" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:22 -msgid "" -"*Leads*: users who have filled out your contact form, from a link in your " -"content." -msgstr "*线索*：通过内容中的链接已填写联系表单的用户。" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:25 -msgid "" -"To be able to *Send New Mailing*, make sure the feature is enabled in the " -"*Email Marketing* application, under :menuselection:`Email Marketing --> " -"Configuration --> Settings`. To be able to *Send SMS*, the *SMS Marketing* " -"application must be installed on your database." -msgstr "" -"如要*发送新邮件*，确保在*邮件营销*应用程序下启动该功能，进入 :menuselection:`邮件营销 --> 配置 --> " -"设置`。如要*发送短信*，必须在数据库上安装*短信营销*应用程序。" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:30 -msgid "" -"*Social Marketing* works integrated with other applications such as *Sales*," -" *Invoicing*, *CRM* and *Website*." -msgstr "*社媒营销*可与*销售*、*发票*、*CRM*和*网站*等其他应用程序集成。" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:34 -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:77 -msgid ":doc:`./push_notifications`" -msgstr ":doc:`./push_notifications`" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:35 -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:66 -msgid ":doc:`./manage_social`" -msgstr ":doc:`./manage_social`" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:3 -msgid "Interact with Customers and Visitors with Live Chat" -msgstr "通过在线客服与客户和访问者互动" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:5 -msgid "" -"One of the ways you can build stronger relationships with your customers is " -"by making yourself available through live chat. Live chats can have a big " -"impact not just on your customer service, but also on sales performance, as " -"it gives users a chance of having real-time, fast, and effective " -"interaction." -msgstr "与客户建立更强关系的途径之一是提供在线客服服务。在线客服对于客户服务和销售业绩都将产生重大影响，因为它提供了实时、快速、有效互动的机会。" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:11 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "基础配置" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Live Chat` " -"select the appropriate channel, and set it up." -msgstr "前往 :menuselection:`网站 --> 配置 --> 设置 --> 在线客服`并选择合适的渠道进行设置。" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Under *Channel Rules*, choose when the chat pop-up appears, and an action " -"for a given URL and/or country. Note that to take the country into account, " -"GeoIP must be installed on your server." -msgstr "在*频道规则*下，选择弹出聊天窗口的时机及给定URL和/或国家的操作。请注意，为了将国家纳入考量，必须在服务器上安装GeoIP。" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:24 -msgid "The *Live Chat* application must be installed on your database." -msgstr "必须在数据库上安装*在线客服*应用程序。" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:27 -msgid "Monitor your visitors" -msgstr "监测访问者" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Under the *Visitors* menu, see the visitors that landed on one of your " -":ref:`social_marketing/website_tracked_pages` online or offline." -msgstr "" -"在*访问者*菜单下，可以看到在线或离线登录:ref:`social_marketing/website_tracked_pages`的访问者。" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:34 -msgid "" -"You can send emails (if an email address has been saved), send SMSs (if a " -"phone number has been saved), send a push notification (if the user has " -"subscribed to it), and even send a live chat request that will be received " -"by the user once they move to a tracked page." -msgstr "" -"你可发送邮件（如已保存邮件地址）、发送短信（如已保存电话号码）、发送推送通知（如用户已订阅），甚至发送实时聊天请求，用户移动到被追踪页面时即可收到该请求。" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Open a record to see details including the visited pages, and the first and " -"last date and time the user was connected." -msgstr "打开记录，查看所有详情，包括已访问的页面，用户接入的首次和最后日期和时间。" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Your online visitors will be authenticated if they are linked to a lead or " -"an existing partner." -msgstr "如果在线访问者关联到某条线索或现有合作伙伴，则将被识别出身份。" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:44 -msgid "" -"If you do not use the *Website* app, you can add a live chat widget to your " -"own website." -msgstr "如你不使用*网站*应用程序，则可在自己的网站上添加在线客服小工具。" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:49 -msgid "Website’s tracked pages" -msgstr "网站被追踪的页面" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:51 -msgid "" -"To define which pages are tracked, on the *Website* application, go to " -":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Pages` and enable the option " -"*Track*, on the respective pages." -msgstr "" -"如要在*网站*应用程序中定义需追踪的页面，前往 :menuselection:`网站 --> 配置 --> 页面`并在各个页面启用*追踪*选项。" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:60 -msgid ":doc:`../../livechat/overview/get_started`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../livechat/overview/get_started`" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:3 -msgid "Manage Social Media Pages and Create Content" -msgstr "管理社交媒体页面并创建内容" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Once you are present on social media platforms, it is important to keep them" -" up-to-date. However, that might feel like a full-time job. Having a " -"solution that allows you to create, schedule, keep track, engage with your " -"audience and measure results saves you time and helps you to successfully " -"execute your online strategy, from posts to results." -msgstr "" -"在你进入社交媒体平台后，必须保持更新。但是，这似乎需要全职工作。利用有效的解决方案创建、排期、追踪并与受众互动和测量结果可节约时间，帮助你成功执行在线策略。" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:12 -msgid "Add accounts and create your feed" -msgstr "添加账户并创建供稿" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Click on *Add Stream* and grant the required permissions to add your " -"accounts." -msgstr "点击*添加流媒体*并授予规定权限，添加账户。" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:21 -msgid "You can link a Facebook page for which you are the admin." -msgstr "你可关联自己是管理员的Facebook页面。" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:23 -msgid "" -"You are then redirected to your *Feed* and a column with the publications is" -" automatically added." -msgstr "然后将你重定向到你的*供稿*，并自动添加带有发布内容的列。" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:25 -msgid "" -"You can then add new accounts and/or streams, such as Facebook mentions, and" -" customize your Kanban view." -msgstr "然后，你可添加新账户和/或流媒体，如Facebook提及并自定义你的看板视图。" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Adding social media accounts to your feed will also link KPIs. To get " -"redirected to the statistics page of the social account, click on " -"*Insights*." -msgstr "将社交媒体账户添加到供稿也会关联KPI。如要重定向到社交账户的统计页面，点击*洞察力*。" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:39 -msgid "Link a LinkedIn account" -msgstr "关联LinkedIn账户" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Configuration --> Social Media`." -msgstr "前往 :menuselection:`社媒营销 --> 配置 --> 社交媒体`。" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:48 -msgid "" -"LinkedIn is in Beta Version, therefore, the feed is not available. Only the " -"creation of content." -msgstr "LinkedIn是Beta版本，因此供稿不可用。只能创建内容。" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:51 -msgid "Publish content" -msgstr "发布内容" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Click on :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Feed --> New Post`, or go to " -":menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Posts → Create`." -msgstr "" -"点击 :menuselection:`社媒营销 --> 供稿 --> 新发帖`，或前往 :menuselection:`社媒营销 --> 发帖 → " -"创建`。" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:60 -msgid "Choose to upload your post right away or to schedule it." -msgstr "选择立即上传发帖或预约发帖时间。" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:61 -msgid "Saving your post will apply a draft status to it." -msgstr "保存帖子，它将变为草稿状态。" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:64 -msgid "Overview and plan your posts with a calendar view" -msgstr "通过日历视图概览并规划发帖" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Through the calendar view, besides having an overview of your planned day, " -"week or month, also see your drafted, scheduled and published posts." -msgstr "通过日历视图，不仅可以整体查看每日、每周或每月计划，还可查看已创建草稿、已排期和已发布的帖子。" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:68 -msgid "Drag and drop (scheduled posts) to change their scheduled date." -msgstr "拖放（已排期帖子）并更改其安排的日期。" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Double-click on a date to create a post directly from the *Calendar view*, " -"and click on an existing one to edit it." -msgstr "双击日期并从*日历视图*中直接创建帖子，点击现有帖子并编辑。" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:78 -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:67 -msgid ":doc:`./campaigns`" -msgstr ":doc:`./campaigns`" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:79 -msgid ":doc:`./livechat`" -msgstr ":doc:`./livechat`" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:3 -msgid "Use Web Push Notifications" -msgstr "使用网络推送通知" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Web Push Notifications deliver messages to your user’s device without the " -"need to be on your website, or for them to give personal information. They " -"can be used to inform your users about news, articles and content posted, " -"practical messages like traffic and weather updates, flight information, " -"sales alerts, coupons, and product updates." -msgstr "" -"通过网络推送通知，用户不必在网站上或提供个人信息，你也能向用户设备发送消息。这项功能可用于通知用户发布的新闻、文章和内容，交通和天气、航班信息、销售提醒、优惠券、产品更新等实用信息。" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:11 -msgid "Ask users for permission" -msgstr "征求用户同意" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:13 -msgid "" -"In the *Website* application go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration" -" --> Settings` and enable *Web Push Notifications*." -msgstr "在*网站*应用程序中，前往 :menuselection:`网站 --> 配置 --> 设置`并启用*网站推送通知*。" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Choose your message, icon, and delay time (which is the wait time for the " -"permission request to be shown once the user lands on your page)." -msgstr "选择你的信息、图标和延迟时间（指用户登录你的页面后显示同意信息的等待时间）。" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:28 -msgid "Send notifications" -msgstr "发送通知" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:31 -msgid "Individually" -msgstr "个人" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:33 -msgid "You can send individual messages through the menu *Visitors*." -msgstr "你可通过*访问者*菜单发送个别信息。" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:40 -msgid "To a group" -msgstr "群组" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Target a bigger segment by selecting multiple visitors in the *View List* " -"(e.g.: all visitors that visited your Homepage)." -msgstr "在*查看列表*中选择多名访问者，即可面向更大的细分群体（例如，访问主页的所有访问者）。" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Visitors records are kept under *Visitors* for a week, before getting " -"archived." -msgstr "访问者记录在*访问者*下保存一周，然后归档。" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:53 -msgid "By rules" -msgstr "按规则" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Or go to :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Posts --> Create`. Under *Web " -"Notification options*, apply filters to send your message to the records " -"that match the rules you set." -msgstr "" -"或前往 :menuselection:`社媒营销 --> 发帖 --> 创建`。在*网页通知选项*下，添加筛选条件，将信息发送给符合你所设置规则的记录。" - -#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:63 -msgid "The feature only works with Odoo Website application." -msgstr "这项功能仅适用于Odoo网站应用程序。" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/studio.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/studio.po deleted file mode 100644 index e2af692a2..000000000 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/studio.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1047 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# Jeffery CHEN Fan <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Gary Wei <Gary.wei@elico-corp.com>, 2020 -# fausthuang, 2020 -# 稀饭~~ <wangwhai@qq.com>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-11-02 12:05+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:42+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: 稀饭~~ <wangwhai@qq.com>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: zh_CN\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" - -#: ../../studio.rst:5 -msgid "Studio" -msgstr "在线开发工具" - -#: ../../studio/concepts.rst:3 -msgid "Concepts" -msgstr "概念" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:3 -msgid "Understanding Automated Actions" -msgstr "了解自动操作" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:6 -msgid "" -"Automated actions are used to trigger actions. They are based on conditions " -"and happen on top of Odoo’s default business logic." -msgstr "自动操作用于触发操作。它们基于条件，并且发生在 Odoo 的默认业务逻辑上。" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Examples of automated actions include: creating a next activity upon a " -"quote's confirmation; adding a user as a follower of a confirmed invoice if " -"its total is higher than a certain amount; or preventing a lead from " -"changing stage if a field is not filled in." -msgstr "" -"自动操作的示例包括：在报价确认后创建下一个活动;如果用户的总数高于一定金额，则将其添加为已确认发票的追随者;或在未填写字段时阻止潜在顾客更改阶段。" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Let's understand how to properly define *when* an automated action runs and " -"*how* to create one:" -msgstr "让我们了解如何正确定义*when* 自动操作运行和*how* 创建一个：" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:18 -msgid "" -"The first step is to choose the :doc:`Model <understanding_general>` on " -"which the action is applied." -msgstr "第一步是选择:doc:`Model <understanding_general>` 应用操作。" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:19 -msgid "" -"The **Trigger** field defines the event that causes the automated action to " -"happen:" -msgstr "**Trigger**字段定义导致自动操作发生的事件：" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:21 -msgid "" -"*On Creation*: when a new record is created. Note that the record is created" -" once saved for the first time." -msgstr "*On Creation*: 创建新记录时。请注意，记录是首次保存一次时创建的。" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:23 -msgid "" -"*On Update*: when the record is updated. Note that the update happens once " -"the record is saved." -msgstr "*On Update*:更新记录时。请注意，更新在保存记录后发生。" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:24 -msgid "" -"*On Creation & Update*: on the creation and/or on the update of a record " -"once the form is saved." -msgstr "*On Creation & Update*：在创建和/或更新记录后，窗体保存。" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:25 -msgid "*On Deletion*: on the removal of a record under the condition set." -msgstr "*On Deletion*：在设置的条件下删除记录。" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:26 -msgid "" -"*Based on Form Modification*: when the value of the specified *Trigger* " -"field is changed in the interface (user sees the changes before saving the " -"record). Note that this action can only be used with the *Execute Python " -"Code* action type." -msgstr "" -"*Based on Form Modification*：当指定 *Trigger* " -"字段的值在界面中更改时（用户在保存记录之前看到更改）。请注意，此操作只能与 *Execute Python Code* 操作类型一起使用。" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:29 -msgid "" -"*Based on Timed Condition*: a delay happens after a specific date/time. Set " -"a *Delay after trigger date* if you need a delay to happen before the " -"*Trigger Date*. Example: to send a reminder 15min before a meeting. If the " -"date/time is not set on the form of the model chosen, the date/time " -"considered is the one of the creation/update of the record." -msgstr "" -"*Based on Timed Condition*：特定日期/时间之后发生延迟。如果需要在*Delay after trigger date* " -"触发日期后设置 *Trigger Date*。示例：在会议前 15 " -"分钟发送提醒。如果未在所选模型的形式上设置日期/时间，则所考虑的日期/时间是创建/更新记录的日期/时间。" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:34 -msgid "For every Trigger option, **conditions** can be applied, such as:" -msgstr "对于每个触发器选项，**conditions**可以应用，例如：" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:36 -msgid "" -"*Before Update Domain*: if designated, this condition must be satisfied " -"before the record is updated." -msgstr "*Before Update Domain*：如果指定，在更新记录之前必须满足此条件。" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:38 -msgid "" -"*Apply on*: if designated, this condition must be satisfied before executing" -" the action rule (*Action To Do*), and after the update." -msgstr "*Apply on*：如果指定，在执行操作规则 (*Action To Do*)之前和更新之后，必须满足此条件。" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:41 -msgid "" -"The **Active** option is to be turned off when the rule should be hidden and" -" not executed." -msgstr "**Active** 选项将在应隐藏且不执行规则时关闭。" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Under **Action To Do** choose the type of server action that must be " -"executed once records meet the *Trigger* conditions:" -msgstr "在 **Action To Do**下，选择记录满足 *Trigger* 条件后必须执行的服务器操作类型：" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:45 -msgid "" -"*Execute Python Code*: a block of code is executed. A *Help* tab with the " -"variables that can be used is available." -msgstr "*Execute Python Code*:执行代码块。可用 *Help* 选项卡，包含可以使用的变量。" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:47 -msgid "*Create New Record*: a new record with new values is created." -msgstr "*Create New Record*:将创建具有新值的新记录。" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:48 -msgid "*Update a Record*: updates the record that triggered the action." -msgstr "*Update a Record*:更新触发操作的记录。" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:49 -msgid "" -"*Execute several actions*: defines an action that triggers other server " -"actions." -msgstr "*Execute several actions*:定义触发其他服务器操作的操作。" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:50 -msgid "" -"*Send Email*: an automatic :doc:`email " -"<../../discuss/advanced/email_template>` is sent." -msgstr "" -"*Send Email*:自动 :doc:`email <../../discuss/advanced/email_template>`发送。" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:51 -msgid "*Add Followers*: followers are notified of changes in the task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:52 -msgid "" -"*Create Next Activity*: creates an activity such as: *Call*, *Email*, " -"*Reminder*." -msgstr "*Create Next Activity*: 创建活动，例如：*Call*, *Email*, *Reminder*." - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:53 -msgid "" -"*Send SMS Text Message*: sends an :doc:`SMS " -"<../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq>`." -msgstr "" -"*Send SMS Text Message*: 发送 :doc:`SMS " -"<../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq>`." - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:56 -msgid "Example" -msgstr "例子" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:58 -msgid "" -"This is the process of which the update of the *Email* field on the " -"Lead/Opportunity *Model*, with a *Trigger Condition* set to *On Update*, " -"goes through:" -msgstr "" -"这是潜在顾客/商机模型 *Model*上的*Email* 字段的更新过程，将*Trigger Condition* 设置为 *On " -"Update*，将经历：" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:65 -msgid "The user creates the record without an email address set." -msgstr "用户创建记录时没有设置电子邮件地址。" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:66 -msgid "The user updates the record defining an email address." -msgstr "用户更新定义电子邮件地址的记录。" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Once the change is saved, the automation checks if any of the *Watched " -"Fields* are being updated (for the example: field name *email_from* (Email)." -msgstr "保存更改后，自动化将检查是否更新了任何 *Watched Fields* （例如：字段名称 *email_from* (Email)。" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:69 -msgid "" -"If true, it checks if the record matches the *Before Update Domain* (for the" -" example: *email is not set*)." -msgstr "如果为 true，它将检查记录是否与 *Before Update Domain* 匹配（例如： *email is not set*）。" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:71 -msgid "" -"If true, it checks (*after the update*) whether the record matches the " -"*Apply on* domain (for the example: *email is set*)." -msgstr "" -"如果为 true，它将检查 (*after the update*)记录是否与*Apply on*域匹配（例如： *email is set*）。" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:73 -msgid "If true, the chosen *Action To Do* is performed on the record." -msgstr "如果为 true，则对记录执行所选的 *Action To Do*。" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:76 -msgid ":doc:`understanding_general`" -msgstr ":doc:`understanding_general`" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:77 -msgid ":doc:`../use_cases/automated_actions`" -msgstr ":doc:`../use_cases/automated_actions`" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:3 -msgid "Understanding General Concepts" -msgstr "了解一般概念" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:7 -msgid "" -"Odoo Studio is a toolbox that allows you to add models or adapt " -"functionalities on top of Odoo’s standard behavior without coding knowledge." -" You can also create custom views and modify existing ones without having to" -" get into the XML code." -msgstr "" -"Odoo Studio 是一个工具箱，允许您在 Odoo " -"的标准行为上添加模型或调整功能，而无需编码知识。您还可以创建自定义视图并修改现有视图，而无需进入 XML 代码。" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Even for experienced developers, typing out code requires time. By using " -"Odoo Studio, you can quickly get your models up and going and focus on the " -"crucial parts of your application. The result is a user-friendly solution " -"that makes customizations and designing new applications easy with or " -"without programming skills." -msgstr "" -"即使对于有经验的开发人员，键入代码也需要时间。通过使用 Odoo " -"Studio，您可以快速启动模型并专注于应用程序的关键部分。结果是用户友好的解决方案，使自定义和设计新应用程序容易有或没有编程技能。" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:15 -msgid "Getting started" -msgstr "开始" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:17 -msgid "" -"One you start using Odoo Studio, you automatically create a new *module* " -"that contains all your modifications. These modifications can be done on " -"existing screens (*views*), by adding new *fields* in existing applications," -" or by creating an entirely new *model*." -msgstr "" -"一个您开始使用 Odoo Studio，您会自动创建一个新的*module* ，其中包含您的所有修改。这些修改可以在现有屏幕上 " -"(*views*)完成，在现有应用程序中添加新的*fields* ，或者通过创建全新的*model*。" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:22 -msgid "What is a Module?" -msgstr "什么是模块？" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:25 -msgid "" -"An Odoo **Module** can contain a number of elements, such as: business " -"objects (models), object views, data files, web controllers, and static web " -"data. An application is a collection of modules." -msgstr "" -"Odoo **Module** 可以包含许多元素，例如：业务对象(models)、对象视图、数据文件、Web 控制器和静态 Web " -"数据。应用程序是模块的集合。" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:29 -msgid "" -"In object-oriented programming, models usually represent a concept from the " -"real world. Example: Odoo has models for Sales Orders, Users, Countries, " -"etc. If you were to build an application to manage Real Estate sales, a " -"model that represents the Properties for sale would probably be your first " -"step." -msgstr "" -"在面向对象的编程中，模型通常表示来自现实世界的概念。示例：Odoo " -"具有销售订单、用户、国家/地区等的模型。如果要构建一个应用程序来管理房地产销售，则表示要出售的房产的模型可能是您的第一步。" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:38 -msgid "What is a Model (also called Object)?" -msgstr "什么是模型（也称为对象）？" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:40 -msgid "" -"A **Model** determines the logical structure of a database and fundamentally" -" determines in which manner data can be stored, organized, and manipulated. " -"In other words, a model is a table of information that can be bridged with " -"other tables." -msgstr "**Model**确定数据库的逻辑结构，从根本上确定数据的存储、组织和操作方式。换句话说，模型是可与其他表桥接的信息表。" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:45 -msgid "What are Fields?" -msgstr "什么是字段？" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:47 -msgid "" -"**Fields** compose models. It is where a record (a piece of data) is " -"registered." -msgstr "**Fields**组成模型。这是记录（一段数据）的注册地。" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Example: on the Real Estate application, fields on the Properties model " -"would include the price, address, a picture, a link to the current owner, " -"etc." -msgstr "示例：像在建房子的过程中一样，属性模型上的字段将包括价格、地址、图片、指向当前所有者的链接等。" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:50 -msgid "" -"There are 2 main types of fields in Odoo: *basic (or scalar) fields* and " -"*relational fields*." -msgstr "Odoo 有 2 种主要类型的字段： *basic (or scalar) fields* 和 *relational fields*。" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Basic fields represent simple values, like numbers or text. Relational " -"fields represent relations between models. So, if you have a model for " -"*Customers* and another one for *Properties*, you would use a relational " -"field to link each Property to its Customer." -msgstr "" -"基本字段表示简单值，如数字或文本。关系字段表示模型之间的关系。因此，如果您有 *Customers* 的模型，以及 *Properties* " -"的模型，则将使用关系字段将每个属性链接到其客户。" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:56 -msgid "Relational Fields in detail" -msgstr "详细关系字段" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:59 -msgid "" -"**Relational Fields** provide the option to link the data of one model with " -"the data of another model." -msgstr "**Relational Fields** 提供将一个模型的数据与另一个模型的数据链接的选项。" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:60 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, relational field types are: *One2many*, *Many2one*, *Many2many*." -msgstr "在 Odoo 中，关系字段类型包括：*One2many*, *Many2one*, *Many2many*." - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:66 -msgid "" -"An **One2many** field is a *one-way* direction of selecting *multiple* " -"records from a table." -msgstr "**One2many**字段是从表中选择 *multiple* 记录 *one-way* 方向。" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Example: a Sales Order can contain multiple Sales Order Lines, which also " -"contain multiple fields of information." -msgstr "示例：销售订单可以包含多个销售订单行，其中也包含多个信息字段。" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:69 -msgid "" -"A **Many2one** field is a *one-way* direction of selecting *one* record from" -" a table." -msgstr "**Many2one** 字段是从表中选择 *one* 记录 *one-way* 方向。" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Example: you can have many product categories, but each product can only " -"belong to one category." -msgstr "示例：您可以有许多产品类别，但每个产品只能属于一个类别。" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:71 -msgid "" -"A **Many2many** field is a *two-way* direction of selecting records from a " -"table." -msgstr "**Many2many** 字段是从表中选择记录的 *two-way* 方向。" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:72 -msgid "Example: multiple tags can be added to a lead’s form." -msgstr "示例：可以向潜在顾客的窗体添加多个标记。" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:75 -msgid "An *One2many* field must have a *Many2one* related to it." -msgstr "*One2many* 字段必须具有与它相关的*Many2one*。" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:78 -msgid "What are Views?" -msgstr "什么是视图？" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:80 -msgid "" -"**Views** define how records are displayed. They are specified in XML which " -"means that they can be edited independently from the models that they " -"represent. There are various types of views in Odoo, and each of them " -"represents a mode of visualization. Some examples are: *form*, *list*, " -"*kanban*." -msgstr "" -"**Views**定义记录的显示方式。它们在 XML 中指定，这意味着它们可以独立于它们表示的模型进行编辑。Odoo " -"中有各种类型的视图，每种视图都表示可视化模式。一些例子是：*form*, *list*, *kanban*。" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:85 -msgid "What is a Menu?" -msgstr "什么是菜单？" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:87 -msgid "" -"A **Menu** is a button that executes and action. In Odoo Studio, to create " -"menus (models) and rearrange their hierarchy, click on *Edit Menu*." -msgstr "" -"**Menu** 是执行和操作的按钮。在 Odoo Studio 中，要创建菜单（模型）并重新排列其层次结构，请单击*Edit Menu*。" - -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:95 -msgid "`Studio Basics <https://www.odoo.com/fr_FR/slides/studio-31>`_" -msgstr "`Studio Basics <https://www.odoo.com/fr_FR/slides/studio-31>`_" - -#: ../../studio/how_to.rst:3 -msgid "How To" -msgstr "如何" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/export_import.rst:3 -msgid "Export and Import Modules" -msgstr "导出和导入模块" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/export_import.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When you do customizations in Odoo Studio, a new module is created in your " -"database, making it easy to use Studio for prototyping." -msgstr "在 Odoo Studio 中进行自定义时，在数据库中创建一个新模块，以便于使用 Studio 进行原型设计。" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/export_import.rst:8 -msgid "" -"To export these customizations, activate Studio on the main dashboard and, " -"under the menu *Customizations*, click on *Export*. The default filename is " -"*customizations.zip*." -msgstr "" -"要导出这些自定义项，请激活主仪表板上的 " -"Studio，并在菜单*Customizations*下单击*Export*。默认文件名为*customizations.zip*。" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/export_import.rst:16 -msgid "" -"The module created contains the definition of custom models and fields, as " -"well as the UI elements of any customization in an XML format." -msgstr "创建的模块包含自定义模型和字段的定义，以及 XML 格式的任何自定义的 UI 元素。" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/export_import.rst:18 -msgid "" -"To import and install the customizations in another instance, connect to the" -" destination database, activate Studio and, under *Customizations*, click on" -" *Import*." -msgstr "若要在另一实例中导入和安装自定义项，请连接到目标数据库，激活 Studio，并在 *Customizations*下单击*Import*。" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/export_import.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Studio does not know which apps are customized (because the same view can be" -" modified on different apps), therefore, it *does not* add the underlying " -"modules as dependencies of the exported module. In other words, the " -"applications installed on the source database should be installed on the " -"destination database." -msgstr "" -"Studio 不知道自定义了哪些应用（因为可以在不同应用中修改相同的视图），因此，它*does not* " -"将基础模块添加为导出模块的依赖项。换句话说，源数据库上安装的应用程序应安装在目标数据库上。" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:3 -msgid "Customizing the Rainbow Man" -msgstr "定制彩虹人" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The Rainbow Man in Odoo is an animation shown once the user completes " -"certain tasks and clicks on certain buttons. It is a way to make the " -"software fun to use, and rewarding, for employees." -msgstr "Odoo 中的彩虹人是一个动画显示一旦用户完成某些任务并点击某些按钮。这是一种让软件变得有趣的方式，为员工带来回报。" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:13 -msgid "" -"On most buttons in Odoo, such as *Send by Email*, *Confirm* or *Cancel*, " -"once they are selected in Studio, under their *Properties*, the *Rainbow " -"Man* effect can be applied." -msgstr "" -"在 Odoo 中的大多数按钮上，例如 *Send by Email*、*Confirm* 或 *Cancel*，一旦在 Studio " -"中选择了它们，在它们 *Properties* 下，就可以应用*Rainbow Man*效果。" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:14 -msgid "By default, the feature is active:" -msgstr "默认情况下，该功能处于活动状态：" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:16 -msgid "when opportunities are marked as won;" -msgstr "当机会被标记为获胜时;" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:17 -msgid "when users empty their inboxes;" -msgstr "当用户清空收件箱时;" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:18 -msgid "when the user finishes a tour;" -msgstr "当用户完成游览时;" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:19 -msgid "when the user finishes doing reconciliations." -msgstr "当用户完成对帐时。" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:3 -msgid "Customizing Reports" -msgstr "自定义报表" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Odoo uses HTML and CSS technologies to create reports. HTML is a markup " -"language that uses tags, also called elements. It is the core of any webpage" -" because it provides its basic structure. CSS interacts with HTML elements " -"to add style to the page, establishing how the HTML is shown to the user. " -"Odoo’s reports also use Bootstrap’s grid layout, which is the containers, " -"rows, and columns to align content, and support Odoo's website themes." -msgstr "" -"Odoo 使用 HTML 和 CSS 技术创建报表。HTML 是一种使用标记（也称为元素）的标记语言。它是任何网页的核心，因为它提供了其基本结构。CSS" -" 与 HTML 元素交互，以向页面添加样式，从而确定向用户显示 HTML 的方式。Odoo 的报告还使用 Bootstrap " -"的网格布局，即容器、行和列来对齐内容，并支持 Odoo 的网站主题。" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:11 -msgid "" -"When creating a new report, choose the purpose of it and if you would like " -"the report to include header and footer (company logo, name, address, phone," -" email address, etc.)." -msgstr "创建新报表时，请选择其用途，如果希望报表包含页眉和页脚（公司徽标、名称、地址、电话、电子邮件地址等）。" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Under the tab **Add**, you find the fields to be dragged and dropped to the " -"view. *Fields*, *Data tables*, *Subtotal & Total*, and *Address Book* are " -"dynamic elements (meaning that they need a :doc:`one2many or a many2many " -"<../concepts/understanding_general>` related object). *Text*, *Title Block*," -" *Image*, and *Text in Cell* are static elements." -msgstr "" -"在选项卡**Add**下，您可以找到要拖动的字段并将其拖到视图中。*Fields*, *Data tables*, *Subtotal & " -"Total*, 和 *Address Book*是动态元素 (这意味着他们需要一个 :doc:`one2many or a many2many " -"<../concepts/understanding_general>`相关对象)。 *Text*, *Title Block*, " -"*Image*,和*Text in Cell*是静态元素。" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Once the element is added to the view, select it to see its **Options**. The" -" first section shows the hierarchy of the selected object and its " -"properties, allowing you to individually edit them. Fields with related " -"objects have their directives shown on *Field Expression*." -msgstr "" -"将元素添加到视图中后，选择它以查看其**Options**。第一部分显示所选对象的层次结构及其属性，允许您单独编辑它们。具有相关对象的字段的指令显示在*Field" -" Expression*。" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Under **Visible if**, define the rule(s) to set visibility conditions to " -"fields." -msgstr "在 **Visible if**下，定义规则以将可见性条件设置为字段。" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Example: if choosing to display a product image, you could set a visibility " -"rule to only display the ones that are *set* in the product form, avoiding " -"having a plain icon when they are not set." -msgstr "示例：如果选择显示产品图像，可以设置可见性规则，以便仅在产品窗体中显示*set* 的图标，避免在未设置时具有纯图标。" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:40 -msgid "" -"**Visible for** is used to set which :doc:`groups " -"<../../general/odoo_basics/add_user>` can have access to specific elements " -"in the report. **Limit visibility to groups**, under *Report*, sets the " -"visibility of the report to specifics groups, meaning that users belonging " -"to other groups do not see the same final document." -msgstr "" -"**Visible for**用于设置 :doc:`groups " -"<../../general/odoo_basics/add_user>`可以访问报表中的特定元素。**Limit visibility to " -"groups**,下 *Report*, 将报表的可见性设置到特定组，这意味着属于其他组的用户看不到相同的最终文档。" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Under the **Report** tab, name your report, choose the paper format, and if " -"the report should be added to the *Print* menu list on its respective " -"document form." -msgstr "在 **Report**选项卡下，命名报表，选择纸张格式，以及报告是否应添加到相应文档窗体上的 *Print* 菜单列表中。" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:53 -msgid "" -"If activating the :doc:`Developer mode " -"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, additional fields such as *Class* " -"under *Options*, and *Reload from attachment* under *Report*, become " -"visible." -msgstr "" -"如果激活 :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, 其他字段，如 " -"*Class*下 *Options*, 和*Reload from attachment* 下 *Report*, 变得可见。" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:56 -msgid "" -"*Class*: add custom CSS classes to the selected element (e.g. Bootstrap " -"classes such as *text-danger*)." -msgstr "" -"*Class*: 将自定义 CSS 类添加到所选元素 (e.g. Bootstrap classes such as *text-danger*)." - -#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:59 -msgid "" -"*Reload from attachment*: saves the report as an attachment of the document " -"when printed. When the report is reprinted, it re-downloads that attachment " -"instead of re-printing it. This means that if the underlying record (e.g. " -"Invoice) changes when compared to the first impression, the report does not " -"reflect the changes because they were done after the attachment was created." -" This is typically useful for reports linked to documents that should not " -"change, such as Invoices." -msgstr "" -"*Reload from attachment*: " -"打印时将报表保存为文档的附件。重印报表时，它会重新下载该附件，而不是重新打印。这意味着，如果基础记录（例如发票）与第一次展示结果相比发生更改，则报表不会反映更改，因为它们是在创建附件后完成的。这通常适用于链接到不应更改的文档（如发票）的报表。" - -#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Actions in Odoo Studio can be undone until you *Close* the toolbox. Once you" -" have closed Studio, changes can not be undone anymore." -msgstr "在您关闭工具箱之前，可以撤消 Odoo 工作室中的操作。 *Close* Studio 后，不能再撤消更改。" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases.rst:3 -msgid "Use Cases" -msgstr "案例" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced Use Cases: Automated Actions" -msgstr "高级用例：自动操作" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:5 -msgid "" -"**Case scenario 1: when a Belgian lead is created, a 3-stars priority should" -" be automatically applied.**" -msgstr "" -"**Case scenario 1: when a Belgian lead is created, a 3-stars priority should" -" be automatically applied.**" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:8 -msgid "Under *Automations*, click on *Create* and set the following rules:" -msgstr "在 *Automations*下，单击 *Create* 并设置以下规则：" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:10 -msgid "*Model*: Lead/Opportunity" -msgstr "*Model*: 潜在顾客/机会" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:11 -msgid "*Active*: On" -msgstr "*Active*: On" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:12 -msgid "*Trigger*: On Creation & Update" -msgstr "*Trigger*: 在创建和更新" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:13 -msgid "*Apply on*: Country > Country Name = Belgium" -msgstr "*Apply on*: 国家 > 国家名称 = 比利时" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:14 -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:53 -msgid "*Action To Do*: Update the Record" -msgstr "*Action To Do*: 更新记录" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:15 -msgid "*Data to Write*: Lead/Opportunity > Value > 3" -msgstr "*Data to Write*:潜在顾客/机会 > 价值 > 3" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Check :doc:`this doc <filters_status_bar>` in order to have another " -"automated action example." -msgstr "检查 :doc:`this doc <filters_status_bar>` 以便有另一个自动操作示例。" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:25 -msgid ":doc:`../concepts/understanding_automated_actions`" -msgstr ":doc:`../concepts/understanding_automated_actions`" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:26 -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:61 -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:138 -#: ../../studio/use_cases/views.rst:28 -msgid ":doc:`../concepts/understanding_general`" -msgstr ":doc:`../concepts/understanding_general`" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced Use Cases: Filters and Status Bar" -msgstr "高级用例：筛选器和状态栏" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:5 -msgid "" -"**Case scenario 1: on Sales, set a filter on Belgian customers and define it" -" as the default one (the user should still be able to unset the filter).**" -msgstr "" -"**Case scenario 1: on Sales, set a filter on Belgian customers and define it" -" as the default one (the user should still be able to unset the filter).**" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:8 -msgid "" -"On your customer’s page, use *Filters* > *Add Custom Filter* to group " -"customers by country. Now, under *Favorites*, *Save Current Search* enabling" -" *Use by default* and *Save*." -msgstr "" -"在客户页面上，使用*Filters* > *Add Custom Filter*按国家/地区对客户进行分组。现在，*Favorites*下， *Save" -" Current Search*使 *Use by default* 和 *Save*." - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:15 -msgid "" -"On *Filter Rules* in Studio mode, select the respective filter and enable " -"*Default Filter*." -msgstr "在 在 Studio 模式下的 *Filter Rules*上，选择相应的筛选器并启用 *Default Filter*。" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:21 -msgid "" -"**Case scenario 2: add a status bar on the product form to manage its life " -"cycle. Set the values: ‘Prototype’, ‘In use’ and ‘Deprecated’. By default, " -"the Kanban view must be grouped by status.**" -msgstr "" -"**Case scenario 2: add a status bar on the product form to manage its life " -"cycle. Set the values: ‘Prototype’, ‘In use’ and ‘Deprecated’. By default, " -"the Kanban view must be grouped by status.**" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:26 -msgid "" -"On your product form, *Add a pipeline status bar* and name its values. " -"Status bars are *selection* fields that give you the ability to follow a " -"specific flow. They are useful to show you the progress that has been made." -msgstr "" -"在产品窗体上，*Add a pipeline status bar*并命名其值。状态栏是 *selection* " -"字段，使您可以跟踪特定流。它们有助于向您展示已取得的进展。" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:28 -msgid "" -"On the *Views* menu, access *Kanban* and, under its *View* options, set the " -"*Default Group by* as *Pipeline status bar*." -msgstr "" -"在 *Views* 菜单上，访问 *Kanban*，并在其 *View* 选项下将 *Default Group by* 设置为 " -"*Pipeline status bar*。" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Now, open your product form and set the right status for that product. As " -"you move products throughout stages (also through the product’s form), " -"stages are shown in the Kanban view." -msgstr "现在，打开您的产品表单，并设置该产品正确的状态。当您在整个阶段（也通过产品的形式）移动产品时，看板视图中将显示阶段。" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:38 -msgid "" -"To make modifications in the pipeline status bar, for example, remember to " -"go back to *Form View*." -msgstr "例如，若要修改管道状态栏，请记住返回*Form View*。" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:44 -msgid "" -"**Case scenario 2.a: when a product goes from ‘In use’ to ‘Deprecate’, set " -"its cost to 0€.**" -msgstr "" -"**Case scenario 2.a: when a product goes from ‘In use’ to ‘Deprecate’, set " -"its cost to 0€.**" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Create an :doc:`automated action " -"<../concepts/understanding_automated_actions>` with the selected values:" -msgstr "" -"创建 :doc:`automated action <../concepts/understanding_automated_actions>` " -"与所选值：" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:49 -msgid "*Model*: Product Template" -msgstr "*Model*: 产品模板" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:50 -msgid "*Trigger*: On Update" -msgstr "*Trigger*: 更新时" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:51 -msgid "*First Domain*: Pipeline status bar = In use" -msgstr "*First Domain*:管道状态栏 = 正在使用中" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:52 -msgid "*Second Domain*: Pipeline status bar = Deprecated" -msgstr "*Second Domain*: 管道状态栏 = 已弃用" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:54 -msgid "*Data to Write*: Cost (Product Template) > Value > 0" -msgstr "*Data to Write*: 成本（产品模板） >价值 > 0" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced Use Cases: Creating Models and Adding Fields" -msgstr "高级用例：创建模型和添加字段" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:5 -msgid "" -"**Case scenario 1: on the leads’ form, if the chosen country is France, show" -" a field 'Pay by check?'**" -msgstr "高级用例：创建模型和添加字段" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:8 -msgid "" -"On your leads’ form, add a *Related Field* to *Country > Country Name*." -msgstr "在你的线索的表格上，添加 *Related Field* 到 *Country > Country Name*." - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Now, add a *Checkbox* field and define its invisibility options as *Country*" -" (carefully select the one just created) *> is not = > France.*" -msgstr "" -"现在，添加一个 *Checkbox* 字段并将其隐身选项定义为 *Country* （仔细选择刚刚创建的字段）*> is not = > " -"France.*" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:11 -msgid "You can now hide the related field created (*Country*) if you wish." -msgstr "如果您愿意，现在可以隐藏创建的相关字段 (*Country*)。" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Another approach is to use the country’s ID. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Contacts --> Configuration --> Countries`, select France " -"(for example), and on the URL check its *ID*." -msgstr "" -"另一种方法就是使用该国的 ID。为此，请转到 ：菜单选择：`Contacts --> Configuration --> " -"Countries`,选择法国（例如），并在 URL 上检查其 *ID*。" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:21 -msgid "" -"The related field invisibility path should now be *Country* (carefully " -"select the one just created) *> is not = > 75*." -msgstr "相关的字段隐身路径现在应为 *Country*（仔细选择刚刚创建的字段）*> is not = > 75*." - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:22 -msgid "Again, hide the related field with the country’s ID if you prefer." -msgstr "同样，如果您愿意，请使用国家/地区 ID 隐藏相关字段。" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:28 -msgid "" -"**Case scenario 2: create a model called 'Properties' and add fields called:" -" company, value, name, address, active, image.**" -msgstr "" -"**Case scenario 2: create a model called 'Properties' and add fields called:" -" company, value, name, address, active, image.**" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:31 -msgid "" -"From the dashboard, (optionally) start a new module. Then, click on *Edit " -"Menu* and start a *New Menu* (model). Set your menu name and *Confirm*. Now," -" on its form, drag & drop the necessary fields." -msgstr "" -"从仪表板（可选）启动新模块。然后，单击 *Edit Menu* and start a *New Menu* (model). 设置菜单名称和 " -"*Confirm*.现在，在其窗体上，拖放必要的字段。" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:39 -msgid "" -"**Case scenario 2.a: now, you would like to have a model called 'Regions' to" -" which each property must be linked. And, on 'Regions', you would like to " -"see the properties for each region.**" -msgstr "" -"**Case scenario 2.a: now, you would like to have a model called 'Regions' to" -" which each property must be linked. And, on 'Regions', you would like to " -"see the properties for each region.**" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Go to *Edit Menu > New Menu* and create your menu, calling it *Regions*. Add" -" the necessary fields on its form by dragging & dropping them." -msgstr "转到*Edit Menu > New Menu*并创建菜单，称之为 *Regions*。通过拖放和删除窗体上添加必要的字段。" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Now, in the form view of *Properties*, add a *Many2one* field with a " -"relation to your model *Region*." -msgstr "现在，在 *Properties* 窗体视图中，添加一个*Many2one* 字段，该字段与模型 *Region*相关。" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:48 -msgid "" -"The *Existing Fields* are the ones that are on the current model but not yet" -" in the view." -msgstr "*Existing Fields* 是当前模型上但尚未在视图中的字段。" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Now, go to the model *Regions*, select the form view, and add a status " -"button selecting *Regions (Properties)* as your relational field." -msgstr "现在，转到模型 *Regions*，选择窗体视图，并添加一个状态按钮，选择 *Regions (Properties)*作为关系字段。" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:62 -msgid "" -"*Status buttons* are computed fields, meaning that they count the numbers of" -" records on the related model, and allow you to access them." -msgstr "*Status buttons* 是计算字段，这意味着它们计算相关模型上的记录数，并允许您访问它们。" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:69 -msgid "" -"When searching for relations, click on *Search more* and filter it by " -"*Custom*. This way you avoid creating duplicates." -msgstr "搜索关系时，单击 *Search more*并按*Custom* 筛选它。这样，您就避免了创建重复项。" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:76 -msgid "" -"**Case scenario 2.b: in the model 'Properties', show all the tags as " -"checkboxes instead of tags.**" -msgstr "" -"**Case scenario 2.b: in the model 'Properties', show all the tags as " -"checkboxes instead of tags.**" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:78 -msgid "" -"Once the field *Tags* is added to the form, select it and, under its " -"*Properties > Widgets*, choose *Checkboxes*." -msgstr "将字段 *Tags* 添加到窗体后，选择它，下其 *Properties > Widgets*，选择*Checkboxes*。" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:85 -msgid "" -"**Case scenario 3: on the leads’ form, add a selection field with the " -"values:'Tags' & 'List' & 'Checkboxes'. According to the value of the field, " -"show tags as many2many_tags, many2many_radio, or many2many(_list).**" -msgstr "" -"**Case scenario 3: on the leads’ form, add a selection field with the " -"values:'Tags' & 'List' & 'Checkboxes'. According to the value of the field, " -"show tags as many2many_tags, many2many_radio, or many2many(_list).**" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:89 -msgid "" -"In your form view, add a *Tags* field and relate it to *Partners Tag*. Under" -" *Properties*, define its *Widget* as *Many2many*. Do the same process " -"another 2 times for *Checkboxes* and *Tags*." -msgstr "" -"在表单视图中，添加*Tags* 字段并将其与 *Partners Tag*.关联。在 *Properties* 下，将其*Widget* 定义为 " -"*Many2many* 。对*Checkboxes* 和 *Tags*再执行 2 次相同的过程。" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:96 -msgid "Now, add a *Selection* field and the necessary values." -msgstr "现在，添加 *Selection* 字段和必要的值。" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:99 -msgid "" -"Continue by selecting your *Tags* fields, one by one, to set their " -"*Invisible* options according to their *Widget*. In the example below, the " -"invisibility rule for the *Partner Tags* is set as: *Select Tag type > is " -"not = > Tags.*" -msgstr "" -"继续选择您的 *Tags* 字段，一个一个，以设置其*Invisible* 选项根据其 *Widget*。在下面的示例中， *Partner Tags*" -" 的隐身规则设置为： *Select Tag type > is not = > Tags.*" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:105 -msgid "" -"**Case scenario 4: on a quotation’s form, add a selection field called " -"'Manager Validation' with the values: ‘Accepted’ and ‘Refused’. Only a sales" -" manager can see it, and the field should be set as mandatory if the untaxed" -" amount is higher than 500€.**" -msgstr "" -"**Case scenario 4: on a quotation’s form, add a selection field called " -"'Manager Validation' with the values: ‘Accepted’ and ‘Refused’. Only a sales" -" manager can see it, and the field should be set as mandatory if the untaxed" -" amount is higher than 500€.**" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:109 -msgid "" -"On your quotation form, add a *Selection* field with the values *Accepted* " -"and *Refused*. Set its *Required* condition as *Untaxed Amount > 500* and " -"the *Limit visibility to groups* as *Sales / Administrator* or managers." -msgstr "" -"在报价单上添加一个*Selection* 字段，该字段的值为*Accepted*和*Refused*。将其 *Required*条件设置为 " -"*Untaxed Amount > 500*和 *Limit visibility to groups*作为 *Sales / " -"Administrator*或经理的可见性。" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:117 -msgid "**Case scenario 5: change the tooltip of a field for all views.**" -msgstr "**Case scenario 5: change the tooltip of a field for all views.**" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:119 -msgid "" -"Activate the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` " -"and open Studio." -msgstr "" -"激活 :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` 和打开工作室。" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:122 -msgid "" -"Select the necessary field and, under *Properties*, click on *More* to write" -" your tooltip message on *Field Help*. The tooltip message is the " -"explanatory message shown when the user hovers the field. The message here " -"written is displayed on all views forms where the field is added." -msgstr "" -"选择必要的字段，并在*Properties* 下单击*More*在 *Field " -"Help*上书写工具提示消息。工具提示消息是用户悬停字段时显示的解释性消息。此处写入的消息将显示在添加字段的所有视图窗体上。" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:129 -msgid "" -"The *Field Help* message can only be applied to *new* fields. If you would " -"like to change/apply a tooltip for a specific field, use the *Help Tooltip* " -"option under *Properties*." -msgstr "" -"*Field Help* 消息只能应用于 *new* 字段。如果要更改/应用特定字段的工具提示，请使用 *Properties*下的 *Help " -"Tooltip* 选项。" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/views.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced Use Cases: Views" -msgstr "高级用例：视图" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/views.rst:5 -msgid "" -"**Case scenario 1: in Sales, show orders in a Kanban View instead of a List " -"View.**" -msgstr "" -"**Case scenario 1: in Sales, show orders in a Kanban View instead of a List " -"View.**" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/views.rst:7 -msgid "" -"From the Sales page, access Studio and, under *Views*, set the *Kanban* " -"option as the default one." -msgstr "在销售页中，访问 Studio，并在 *Views*下将*Kanban* 选项设置为默认选项。" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/views.rst:14 -msgid "" -"**Case scenario 2: allow for the list of leads to be edited inline without " -"having to switch to the form view.**" -msgstr "" -"**Case scenario 2: allow for the list of leads to be edited inline without " -"having to switch to the form view.**" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/views.rst:19 -msgid "" -"On the *List View*, under *View* > *Editable*, choose between *New record on" -" top* or *New record at the bottom*. This way, besides defining the order in" -" which new records are displayed in the view, you are able to edit them." -msgstr "" -"在*List View*下 *View*> *Editable*，在 *New record on top*或 *New record at the " -"bottom*之间进行选择。这样，除了定义新记录的显示顺序外，您还可以编辑它们。" - -#: ../../studio/use_cases/views.rst:21 -msgid "" -"If the field is left blank, no editing is possible and records are shown " -"based on your column preferences on the lead's page (front-end)." -msgstr "如果该字段留空，则无法进行编辑，并且根据潜在顾客页面上的列首选项（前端）显示记录。" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/support.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/support.po deleted file mode 100644 index 03a899b96..000000000 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/support.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,475 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# Jeffery CHEN Fan <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2020 -# 稀饭~~ <wangwhai@qq.com>, 2020 -# Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2020 -# liAnGjiA <liangjia@qq.com>, 2020 -# Mandy Choy <mnc@odoo.com>, 2021 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:42+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Mandy Choy <mnc@odoo.com>, 2021\n" -"Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: zh_CN\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" - -#: ../../support.rst:5 -msgid "Support" -msgstr "支持" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:7 -msgid "Supported versions" -msgstr "支持的版本" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Odoo provides support and bug fixing **for the 3 last major versions** of " -"Odoo." -msgstr "Odoo为**最近的3个主要版本**提供支持和漏洞修复服务。" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Users hosted on **Odoo Online** may use intermediary versions (sometimes " -"called *SaaS versions*) that are supported as well. These versions are not " -"published for Odoo.sh or On-Premise installations." -msgstr "" -"托管在**Odoo " -"Online**的用户也可使用中间版本（有时称为*SaaS版本*），Odoo同样为其提供支持。这些版本未在Odoo.sh或本地部署安装中发布。" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:18 -msgid "What's the support status of my Odoo?" -msgstr "我的Odoo享受哪些支持状态？" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:20 -msgid "This matrix shows the support status of every version." -msgstr "下表是每个版本的支持状态。" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:22 -msgid "**Major releases are in bold type.**" -msgstr "**主要版本为黑体字。**" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:25 -msgid "Odoo Online" -msgstr "Odoo Online" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:25 -msgid "Odoo.sh" -msgstr "Odoo.sh" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:25 -msgid "On-Premise" -msgstr "本地部署" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:25 -msgid "Release date" -msgstr "发布日期" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:27 -msgid "**Odoo 14.0**" -msgstr "**Odoo 14.0**" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:27 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:27 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:27 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:29 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:31 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:31 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:31 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:33 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:35 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:35 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:35 -msgid "|green|" -msgstr "|green|" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:27 -msgid "October 2020" -msgstr "2020年10月" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:29 -msgid "Odoo 13.saas~4" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:29 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:29 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:33 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:33 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:37 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:37 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:41 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:41 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:43 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:43 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:47 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:47 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:49 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:51 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:51 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:53 -msgid "N/A" -msgstr "无" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:29 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:33 -msgid "August 2019" -msgstr "2019年8月" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:31 -msgid "**Odoo 13.0**" -msgstr "**Odoo 13.0**" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:31 -msgid "October 2019" -msgstr "2019年10月" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:33 -msgid "Odoo 12.saas~3" -msgstr "Odoo 12.saas~3" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:35 -msgid "**Odoo 12.0**" -msgstr "**Odoo 12.0**" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:35 -msgid "October 2018" -msgstr "2018年10月" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:35 -msgid "*End-of-support is planned for October 2021*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:37 -msgid "Odoo 11.saas~3" -msgstr "Odoo 11.saas~3" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:37 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:39 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:39 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:41 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:43 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:45 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:45 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:47 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:49 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:51 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:53 -msgid "|orange|" -msgstr "|orange|" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:37 -msgid "April 2018" -msgstr "2018年4月" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:39 -msgid "**Odoo 11.0**" -msgstr "**Odoo 11.0**" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:39 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:45 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:49 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:53 -msgid "|red|" -msgstr "|red|" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:39 -msgid "October 2017" -msgstr "2017年10月" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:41 -msgid "Odoo 10.saas~15" -msgstr "Odoo 10.saas~15" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:41 -msgid "March 2017" -msgstr "2017年3月" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:43 -msgid "Odoo 10.saas~14" -msgstr "Odoo 10.saas~14" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:43 -msgid "January 2017" -msgstr "2017年1月" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:45 -msgid "**Odoo 10.0**" -msgstr "**Odoo 10.0**" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:45 -msgid "October 2016" -msgstr "2016年10月" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:47 -msgid "Odoo 9.saas~11" -msgstr "Odoo 9.saas~11" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:47 -msgid "May 2016" -msgstr "2016年5月" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:49 -msgid "**Odoo 9.0**" -msgstr "**Odoo 9.0**" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:49 -msgid "October 2015" -msgstr "2015年10月" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:51 -msgid "Odoo 8.saas~6" -msgstr "Odoo 8.saas~6" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:51 -msgid "February 2015" -msgstr "2015年2月" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:53 -msgid "**Odoo 8.0**" -msgstr "**Odoo 8.0**" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:53 -msgid "September 2014" -msgstr "2014年9月" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:59 -msgid "|green| Supported version" -msgstr "|green| 支持的版本" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:61 -msgid "|red| End-of-support" -msgstr "|red| 结束支持" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:63 -msgid "N/A Never released for this platform" -msgstr "无 从未在此平台发布" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:65 -msgid "" -"|orange| Some of our older customers may still run this version on our Odoo " -"Online servers, we provide help only on blocking issues and advise you to " -"upgrade." -msgstr "|orange| 某些老客户可能仍在我们的Odoo Online服务器上运行这个版本，我们仅针对阻止问题提供帮助，建议你升级版本。" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:67 -msgid "🏁 Future version, not released yet" -msgstr "🏁 未来版本，尚未发布" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:80 -msgid "I run an older version of Odoo/OpenERP/TinyERP" -msgstr "我运行老版本Odoo/OpenERP/TinyERP" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:82 -msgid "" -"OpenERP 7.0, 6.1, 6.0 and 5.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform." -msgstr "OpenERP 7.0、6.1、6.0和5.0在任何平台上均不再提供支持。" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:84 -msgid "" -"TinyERP 4.0, 3.0, 2.0 and 1.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform." -msgstr "TinyERP 4.0、3.0、2.0和1.0在任何平台上均不再提供支持。" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:86 -msgid "" -"You should consider `upgrading <https://upgrade.odoo.com/>`_ your database." -msgstr "你应考虑`升级 <https://upgrade.odoo.com/>`_数据库。" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:8 -msgid "What can I expect from the support service?" -msgstr "支持服务有哪些内容？" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:12 -msgid "5 days a week" -msgstr "每周5天" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Your Odoo Online subscription includes **unlimited 24hr support at no extra " -"cost, Monday to Friday**. Our teams are located around the world to ensure " -"you have support, no matter your location. Your support representative could" -" be communicating to you from San Francisco, Belgium, or India!" -msgstr "" -"您的 Odoo 在线订阅包括 [周一至周五免费的 24 " -"小时无限制支持]。我们的团队遍布世界各地，无论您身在何处，您都为您提供支持。您的支持代表可能从旧金山、比利时或印度与您沟通！" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Our support team can be contacted through our `online support form " -"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." -msgstr "我们的支持团队可以通过我们的\"在线支持\"表单联系<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:23 -msgid "What kind of support is included?" -msgstr "包括哪些支持？" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Providing you with relevant material (guidelines, product documentation, " -"etc...)" -msgstr "为您提供相关材料（指南、产品文档等）" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Answers to issues that you may encounter in your standard Odoo database (eg." -" “I cannot close my Point of Sale” or “I cannot find my sales KPIs?”)" -msgstr "对标准 Odoo 数据库中可能遇到的问题的解答（例如\"无法关闭销售点\"或\"找不到销售 KPI？\"" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:29 -msgid "Questions related to your account, subscription, or billing" -msgstr "与您的帐户、订阅或计费相关的问题" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Bug resolution (blocking issues or unexpected behaviour not due to " -"misconfiguration or customization)" -msgstr "错误解决（阻止问题或意外行为，不是由于配置错误或自定义造成的）" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Issues that might occur in a test database after upgrading to a newer " -"version" -msgstr "升级到较新版本后测试数据库中可能出现的问题" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:34 -msgid "" -"*Odoo Support does not make changes to your production database without your" -" agreement and gives you the material and knowledge to do it yourself!*" -msgstr "*未经您的同意，Odoo支持人员不会对您的数据库进行更改，而是为您提供所需的材料和知识！*" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:39 -msgid "What kind of support is not included?" -msgstr "不包括哪些支持？" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Questions that require us to understand your business processes in order to " -"help you implement your database" -msgstr "需要我们了解您的业务流程以帮助您实现数据库的问题" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Training on how to use our software (we will direct you to our many " -"resources)" -msgstr "如何使用我们的软件的培训（我们将引导您访问我们的许多资源）" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:44 -msgid "Import of documents into your database" -msgstr "将文件导入你的数据库" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Guidance on which configurations to apply inside of an application or the " -"database" -msgstr "有关在应用程序或数据库内应用哪些配置的指南" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:46 -msgid "" -"How to set up configuration models (Examples include: Inventory Routes, " -"Payment Terms, Warehouses, etc)" -msgstr "如何设置配置模型（示例包括：库存路线、付款条款、仓库等）" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:48 -msgid "Any intervention on your own servers/deployments of Odoo" -msgstr "在你自己的服务器上进行任何干预/部署Odoo" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Any intervention on your own third party account (Ingenico, Authorize, UPS, " -"etc)" -msgstr "在你自己的第三方账户上进行任何干预（Ingenico、Authorize、UPS等）" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Questions or issues related to specific developments or customizations done " -"either by Odoo or a third party (this is specific only to your database or " -"involving code)" -msgstr "与 Odoo 或第三方进行的特定开发或自定义相关的问题（这仅特定于您的数据库或涉及代码）" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:54 -msgid "" -"You can get this type of support with a `Success Pack <https://www.odoo.com" -"/pricing-packs>`__. With a pack, one of our consultants will analyze the way" -" your business runs and tell you how you can get the most out of your Odoo " -"Database. We will handle all configurations and coach you on how to use " -"Odoo." -msgstr "" -"您可以使用\"成功包\"获得此类支持。通过一包<https://www.odoo.com/pricing-" -"packs>`__，我们的顾问将分析您的业务运营方式，并告诉您如何充分利用 Odoo 数据库。我们将处理所有配置，并指导您如何使用 Odoo。" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:6 -msgid "Where to find help?" -msgstr "在哪里获取支持？" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:10 -msgid "Odoo Enterprise" -msgstr "Odoo 企业版" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Users who have a valid Odoo Enterprise subscription may always contact our " -"support teams through our `support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_, no " -"matter the hosting type you chose (Odoo Online, Odoo.sh or on your own " -"server)." -msgstr "" -"拥有有效Odoo企业版订阅的用户可随时通过我们的`支持表单 " -"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`_联系我们的支持团队，无论你选择哪种托管类型（Odoo " -"Online、Odoo.sh或在你自己的服务器上）。" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:16 -msgid "Please include in your request:" -msgstr "请在支持请求中提供：" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:18 -msgid "your subscription number" -msgstr "你的订阅编号" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:19 -msgid "" -"the URL of your database if your database is hosted by Odoo (Odoo Online or " -"Odoo.sh)" -msgstr "你的数据库URL，如你的数据库由Odoo托管（Odoo Online或Odoo.sh）" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:21 -msgid "Our agents will get back to you as soon as possible." -msgstr "我们的代理将尽快回复你。" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:25 -msgid "Odoo Community" -msgstr "Odoo社区" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:27 -msgid "*Odoo Community users don't get access to the support service.*" -msgstr "*Odoo社区用户没有支持服务权限。*" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:29 -msgid "Here are some resources that might help you:" -msgstr "以下是可能有用的一些资源：" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:31 -msgid "Our `documentation pages <https://www.odoo.com/page/docs>`_." -msgstr "我们的`文档页面 <https://www.odoo.com/page/docs>`。" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Ask your question on the `community forum " -"<https://www.odoo.com/forum/help-1>`_." -msgstr "在`社区论坛 <https://www.odoo.com/forum/help-1>`_提问。" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:33 -msgid "" -"`Buy Odoo Enterprise " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/14.0/setup/enterprise.html>`_ to get the" -" support and bugfix services." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/survey.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/survey.po deleted file mode 100644 index b3d481b8c..000000000 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/survey.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,260 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# Jeffery CHEN Fan <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2020 -# 老窦 北京 <2662059195@qq.com>, 2020 -# Felix Yuen <fyu@odoo.com>, 2020 -# Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2020 -# 稀饭~~ <wangwhai@qq.com>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:42+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: 稀饭~~ <wangwhai@qq.com>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: zh_CN\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" - -#: ../../survey.rst:5 -msgid "Survey" -msgstr "调查" - -#: ../../survey/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "概述" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:3 -msgid "Get Started with Surveys" -msgstr "开始调查" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Surveys can be used for a range of purposes that can go from collecting " -"customer feedback, evaluate the success of an event, measure how pleased " -"customers are with your products/services, gauge whether employees are happy" -" and satisfied with their work environment, and even to find out what your " -"market is thinking." -msgstr "" -"调查可用于一系列目的，这些目的包括收集客户反馈、评估活动的成功、衡量客户对您的产品/服务是否满意、衡量员工是否对工作环境感到满意以及甚至了解市场的想法。" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:11 -msgid "Get started" -msgstr "开始" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:13 -msgid "" -"When creating your survey, choose a *Title* and *Category*. The *Category* " -"field is used to know in which context the survey is being conducted, as " -"different applications might use it for different purposes such as " -"recruitment, certification, or employee appraisal." -msgstr "" -"创建调查时，请选择 *Title* 和 *Category*。 *Category* " -"字段用于了解调查的上下文，因为不同的应用程序可能会将调查用于不同的目的，如招聘、认证或员工评估。" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:22 -msgid "Tab: Questions" -msgstr "选项卡：问题" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:24 -msgid "Add sections and questions by clicking on the respective links." -msgstr "单击相应的链接添加部分和问题。" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:27 -msgid "" -"On the *Sections and Questions* form, once the question type is chosen and " -"the answer added, under the tab *Options*, enable *Mandatory Answer*, and " -"set an *Error message* to be shown when the user tries to submit the survey " -"without answering the respective question." -msgstr "" -"在 *Sections and Questions* 窗体上，一旦选择了问题类型并添加了答案，在选项卡 *Options*下，启用 " -"*Mandatory Answer*，并设置 *Error message*在用户尝试提交调查时显示，而不回答相应的问题。" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Depending on the *Question Type*, the tab *Options* aggregates extra and " -"different possibilities. Examples:" -msgstr "根据 *Question Type*，选项卡 *Options*聚合额外和不同的可能性。例子：" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:31 -msgid "" -"*Single Line Text Box* - can choose a minimum and maximum text length " -"(number of characters - spaces do not count), and its error message." -msgstr "*Single Line Text Box* - 可以选择最小和最大文本长度（字符数 - 空格不计算），及其错误消息。" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:33 -msgid "" -"*Multiple choice: multiple answers allowed*: choose between radio buttons or" -" a dropdown menu list, and if you would like to have a comment field. If the" -" user select an answer and type a comment, the values are separately " -"recorded. Or, enable the comment field to be displayed as an answer choice, " -"with which a text type field is displayed." -msgstr "" -"*Multiple choice: multiple answers " -"allowed*：在单选按钮或下拉菜单列表之间进行选择，以及您是否想要有一个注释字段。如果用户选择答案并键入注释，则值将单独记录。或者，启用注释字段显示为答案选项，其中显示文本类型字段。" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:37 -msgid "" -"*Matrix Type*: choose if you would like to have one or multiple choices per " -"row." -msgstr "*Matrix Type*：选择是否希望每行有一个或多个选项。" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:44 -msgid "Tab: Description" -msgstr "选项卡：描述" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Write a *Description* to be displayed under the title of the survey's " -"homepage." -msgstr "写一个*Description*显示在调查主页的标题下。" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:53 -msgid "Click on *Edit* to personalize your pages with the website builder." -msgstr "点击 *Edit* 使用网站构建器个性化您的网页。" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:56 -msgid "Tab: Options" -msgstr "选项卡：选项" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Under the tab *Options*, choose the *Layout* of your questions. If choosing " -"*One page per section* or *One page per question*, an option *Back Button* " -"becomes available, which allows the user to go back pages." -msgstr "" -"在*Options*选项卡下，选择问题 *Layout*。如果选择 *One page per section* 或 *One page per " -"question*，则选项 *Back Button* 将变为可用，允许用户返回页面。" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:67 -msgid "Test and share the survey" -msgstr "测试和共享调查" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Once your Survey is ready, *Test* it to avoid *Sharing* it with potential " -"errors. As answers get collected, click on *Answers* to access all the " -"details of the respondent and his answers." -msgstr "" -"一旦您的调查准备就绪，*Test*它，以避免*Sharing* 它的潜在错误。收集答案后，单击 *Answers* 访问受访者的所有详细信息及其答案。" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:72 -msgid "" -"By default, a filter *Except Test Entries* is applied to keep the list of " -"entries clean with only real participants." -msgstr "默认情况下，将应用筛选器*Except Test Entries* 以保持条目列表的干净，只有实际参与者。" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:79 -msgid "" -"Another way to access detailed answers is by going to " -":menuselection:`Participations --> Participations`." -msgstr "访问详细答案的另一种方式是：菜单选择：`Participations --> Participations`." - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:80 -msgid "Click on *See results* to be redirected to an analytical page." -msgstr "单击 *See results*可重定向到分析页面。" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:87 -#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:34 -msgid ":doc:`scoring`" -msgstr ":doc:`scoring`" - -#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:88 ../../survey/overview/scoring.rst:35 -msgid ":doc:`time_random`" -msgstr ":doc:`time_random`" - -#: ../../survey/overview/scoring.rst:3 -msgid "Scoring Surveys" -msgstr "评分调查" - -#: ../../survey/overview/scoring.rst:5 -msgid "" -"To measure your respondent’s performance, knowledge of a subject, or overall" -" satisfaction, attach points to the answers of specific questions. The " -"points are summed up to give your respondent a final score." -msgstr "要衡量受访者的绩效、对主题的了解或总体满意度，请附上特定问题的答案。积分汇总，让您的被调查者获得最终分数。" - -#: ../../survey/overview/scoring.rst:9 -msgid "" -"On your survey’s form, click on *Add a question* and, under the tab " -"*Options*, choose between *Scoring with answers at the end* or *Scoring " -"without answers at the end*. Now, on your question’s form, set the right " -"answer and score." -msgstr "" -"在调查的表格上，单击 *Add a question*，并在选项卡 *Options* 下，在 *Scoring with answers at the" -" end* 或*Scoring without answers at the end*之间进行选择。现在，在问题的形式上，设置正确的答案并评分。" - -#: ../../survey/overview/scoring.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Set the percentage score the user needs to achieve to have successfully " -"taken the survey. If enabling *Certificate*, choose its template. The " -"certification is automatically sent by email to the users who successfully " -"finish it." -msgstr "设置用户成功参加调查所需的百分比分数。如果启用 *Certificate*，请选择其模板。认证将自动通过电子邮件发送给成功完成认证的用户。" - -#: ../../survey/overview/scoring.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Enable *Login required* to be able to *Give Badges*. Badges are related to " -"the eLearning section of your website. Besides the logged-in user, visitors " -"of the website that access the page *Courses* can also see the granted " -"badges." -msgstr "" -"启用 *Login required*能够*Give Badges*。徽章与网站的电子学习部分相关。除了登录用户，访问页面 *Courses* " -"的网站访问者还可以查看已授予的徽章。" - -#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:3 -msgid "Time and Randomize Questions" -msgstr "时间和随机化问题" - -#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:6 -msgid "Time Limit" -msgstr "时间限制" - -#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:10 -msgid "" -"On timed surveys, respondents need to complete the survey within a certain " -"period of time. It can be used to ensure that all respondents get the same " -"amount of time to find the answers, or to decrease the chance of having them" -" looking at external resources." -msgstr "在定时调查中，受访者需要在一定的时间内完成调查。它可用于确保所有受访者获得相同的时间来查找答案，或减少让他们查看外部资源的机会。" - -#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:11 -msgid "Set the *Time limit* under the tab *Options*." -msgstr "在选项卡 *Options*下设置 *Time limit*。" - -#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:17 -msgid "" -"A timer is shown on the pages so the user can keep track of the remaining " -"time. Surveys not \\ submitted by the *Time limit* do not have their answers" -" saved." -msgstr "页面上会显示一个计时器，以便用户可以跟踪剩余时间。未按*Time limit* 提交的调查没有保存其答案。" - -#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:21 -msgid "Selection" -msgstr "选中内容" - -#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:25 -msgid "" -"When you randomize a survey, you allow for the questions to be shuffled in a" -" random order every time someone opens the questionnaire. This can be useful" -" to avoid having respondents looking at each others' answers." -msgstr "随机化调查时，允许每次有人打开调查问卷时按随机顺序排列问题。这对于避免受访者查看对方的答案非常有用。" - -#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:27 -msgid "" -"To do so, under the tab *Options*, enable *Randomized per section*. Now, " -"under the tab *Questions*, set how many of the questions in that section " -"should be taken into account during the shuffling." -msgstr "" -"为此，在选项卡 *Options*下，启用 *Randomized per section* " -"。现在，在*Questions*选项卡下，设置在洗牌过程中应考虑该部分中的问题中有多少问题。" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/timesheets.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/timesheets.po deleted file mode 100644 index 733e5cc93..000000000 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/timesheets.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,86 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Jeffery CHEN Fan <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 15:13+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: zh_CN\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" - -#: ../../timesheets.rst:5 -msgid "Timesheets" -msgstr "工时单" - -#: ../../timesheets/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "概述" - -#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:3 -msgid "Create Timesheets upon Time Off Validation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo automatically timesheets on project/tasks upon time off requests. This " -"allows for better overall control over the validation of timesheets, as it " -"does not leave place for forgetfulness and questions after hours that have " -"not been timesheeted by the employee." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Activate the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, " -"go to *Timesheets*, and change the *Project* and *Task* set by default, if " -"you like." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Time Off --> Configuration --> Time Off Types`. Select" -" or create the needed type, and decide if you would like the requests to be " -"validated or not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Now, once the employee has requested his time off and the request has been " -"validated (or not, depending on the setting chosen), the time is " -"automatically allocated on *Timesheets*, under the respective project and " -"task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:27 -msgid "" -"On the example below, the user requested *Paid Time off* from July 13th to " -"15th." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Considering that validation is not required, the requested time off is " -"automatically displayed in *Timesheets*. If validation is necessary, the " -"time is automatically allocated after the responsible person for validating " -"does it so." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Click on the magnifying glass, hovering over the concerned cell, to access " -"all the aggregated data on that cell (day), and see details regarding the " -"project/task." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/website.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/website.po deleted file mode 100644 index 38059cdf5..000000000 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/website.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2250 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# e2f <projects@e2f.com>, 2020 -# 苏州远鼎 <tiexinliu@126.com>, 2020 -# 思昀 邹 <1025772003@qq.com>, 2020 -# j d <catfire@qq.com>, 2020 -# 敬雲 林 <chingyun@yuanchih-consult.com>, 2020 -# mrshelly <mrshelly@hotmail.com>, 2020 -# Jeffery CHEN Fan <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2020 -# liAnGjiA <liangjia@qq.com>, 2020 -# Connie Xiao <connie.xiao@elico-corp.com>, 2020 -# Xia Fajin <xia.fajin@elico-corp.com>, 2020 -# fausthuang, 2020 -# bf2549c5415a9287249cba2b8a5823c7, 2020 -# diaojiaolou <124412206@qq.com>, 2020 -# 黎伟杰 <674416404@qq.com>, 2020 -# Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2020 -# Mandy Choy <mnc@odoo.com>, 2020 -# Martin Trigaux, 2021 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 15:13+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2021\n" -"Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: zh_CN\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" - -#: ../../website.rst:5 -msgid "Website" -msgstr "网站" - -#: ../../website/optimize.rst:3 -msgid "Optimize" -msgstr "优化" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:3 -msgid "How to track your website's traffic in Google Analytics" -msgstr "如何在Google Analytics中跟踪你的网站流量" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:5 -msgid "To follow your website's traffic with Google Analytics:" -msgstr "用Google Analytics跟踪网站流量的方法：" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:7 -msgid "" -"`Create a Google Analytics account <https://www.google.com/analytics/>`__ if" -" you don't have any." -msgstr "如果没有Google Analytics账号，先到<https://www.google.com/analytics/>创建一个。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Go through the creation form and accept the conditions to get the tracking " -"ID." -msgstr "填写完新建表格后，接受用户条款并获得跟踪ID号。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:15 -msgid "Copy the tracking ID to insert it in Odoo." -msgstr "将这个跟踪ID插入到Odoo。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Go to the *Configuration* menu of your Odoo's Website app. In the settings, " -"turn on Google Analytics and paste the tracking ID. Then save the page." -msgstr "进Odoo网址App的*配置*模式，在设置中打开Google Analytics并粘贴此跟踪ID号，保存页面。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:27 -msgid "" -"To make your first steps in Google Analytics, refer to `Google Documentation" -" <https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/1008015?hl=en/>`_." -msgstr "" -"在Google Analytics中的首次操作请参阅`Google文档 " -"<https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/1008015?hl=en/>`_。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:32 -msgid ":doc:`google_analytics_dashboard`" -msgstr ":doc:`google_analytics_dashboard`" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:3 -msgid "How to track your website traffic from your Odoo Dashboard" -msgstr "如何从Odoo仪表中跟踪你的网站流量" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:5 -msgid "" -"You can follow your traffic statistics straight from your Odoo Website " -"Dashboard thanks to Google Analytics." -msgstr "有了Google Analytics，你可以直接从Odoo网站跟踪你的流量统计。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:8 -msgid "" -"A preliminary step is creating a Google Analytics account and entering the " -"tracking ID in your Website's settings (see :doc:`google_analytics`)." -msgstr "准备步骤包括创建一个Google Analytics账号并在网址设置中输入跟踪ID（参见doc:`google_analytics`）" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Go to `Google APIs platform <https://console.developers.google.com>`__ to " -"generate Analytics API credentials. Log in with your Google account." -msgstr "" -"在Google API平台<https://console.developers.google.com>中生成Analytics " -"API证书，再用Google账户登录。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:14 -msgid "Select Analytics API." -msgstr "选择Analytics API。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Create a new project and give it a name (e.g. Odoo). This project is needed " -"to store your API credentials." -msgstr "创建一个新项目并命名（如Odoo），此项目用于存放你的API证书。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:25 -msgid "Enable the API." -msgstr "启用API接口。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:30 -msgid "Create credentials to use in Odoo." -msgstr "创建一个用于Odoo的证书。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Select *Web browser (Javascript)* as calling source and *User data* as kind " -"of data." -msgstr "选择*Web浏览器（Javascript）*作为呼叫源，选择*用户数据*作为数据类。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Then you can create a Client ID. Enter the name of the application (e.g. " -"Odoo) and the allowed pages on which you will be redirected. The *Authorized" -" JavaScript origin* is your Odoo's instance URL. The *Authorized redirect " -"URI* is your Odoo's instance URL followed by " -"'/google_account/authentication'." -msgstr "" -"接着创建一个客户端ID。输入应用的名称（如Odoo）及允许转向的页面。”授权JavaScript原点*是你的实例URL地址，*授权转向URI*是你Odoo实例的URL地址'/google_account/authentication'。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:51 -msgid "" -"Go through the Consent Screen step by entering a product name (e.g. Google " -"Analytics in Odoo). Feel free to check the customizations options but this " -"is not mandatory. The Consent Screen will only show up when you enter the " -"Client ID in Odoo for the first time." -msgstr "" -"输入产品名称（如在Odoo中输入Google " -"Analytics），完成用户许可步骤，可任意选择自定义选项（非强制）。只有第一次在Odoo中输入客户端ID时显示用户许可画面。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Finally you are provided with your Client ID. Copy and paste it in Odoo." -msgstr "最后，你会获得一个客户端ID。将此ID复制粘贴到Odoo。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Open your Website Dashboard in Odoo and link your Analytics account to past " -"your Client ID." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:67 -msgid "As a last step, authorize Odoo to access Google API." -msgstr "最后，授权Odoo访问Google API接口。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:3 -msgid "Track clicks and visitors using Link Trackers" -msgstr "使用链接跟踪器跟踪点击和访问者" - -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Link Trackers allow you to track your marketing campaigns (emails, banner " -"ads, blog posts, social media posts, affiliate links, etc.). This way, you " -"are able to identify your best traffic sources and make informed decisions " -"about the distribution of your marketing budget." -msgstr "" -"链接跟踪器使您可以跟踪营销活动（电子邮件，横幅广告，博客，社交媒体帖子，会员链接等）。 " -"这样，您就可以确定最佳流量来源，并就行销预算的分配做出明智的决定。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:10 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "基础配置" - -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate " -"*Link Trackers*." -msgstr "前往 :menuselection:`网站 --> 配置 --> 设定` 并激活 *链接跟踪器* 。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:19 -msgid "Set up traceable URLs" -msgstr "设置可跟踪的网址" - -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Go to website --> Promote --> Track this " -"page`. Here, you are able to get a specific tracked URL based on the " -"campaign, medium, and source being used." -msgstr "" -"进入 :menuselection:`网站 --> 转到网站 --> 推广 --> 跟踪此页面` 。 " -"在这里，您可以根据使用的广告活动，媒介和来源获得特定的跟踪URL。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:28 -msgid "" -"**URL**: url of the page you want to track (e.g. the home page or a " -"product's page)." -msgstr "**URL**: 您要跟踪的页面的网址（例如，主页或产品页面）。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:29 -msgid "**Campaign**: context of your link (e.g. a special promotion)." -msgstr "**活动** : 链接的撮要（例如特殊促销）。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:30 -msgid "" -"**Medium**: channel used to share (deliver) your link (e.g. an email or a " -"Facebook ad)." -msgstr "**媒介**: 用于共享（提供）您的链接的渠道（例如电子邮件或Facebook广告）。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:31 -msgid "" -"**Source**: platform where the traffic originates (e.g. Google or Twitter)." -msgstr "**来源** ：流量产生的平台（例如Google或Twitter）。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Now, click on *Get tracked link* to generate a URL that you can post or send" -" by the source you have decided on." -msgstr "现在，单击 *获取跟踪链接* 以生成一个URL，您可以根据所确定的来源来发布或发送该URL。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:37 -msgid "Follow-up on tracked links" -msgstr "跟进追踪链接" - -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:39 -msgid "" -"To look at statistics of your links, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Go to" -" website --> Promote --> Track this page`. Besides being able to see the " -"*Most Clicked* and *Recently Used* links, you can also see complete " -"statistics by clicking on *Stats*, including the number of clicks, and the " -"country of origin for those clicks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:50 -msgid "You can also access the link tracker on *odoo.com/r* via your browser." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:51 -msgid "" -"Activate the developer mode (:menuselection:`Settings --> Activate the " -"developer mode`) and get access to the *Link Tracker* module and its back-" -"end functionalities." -msgstr "激活开发人员模式 (:menuselection:`设定 --> 激活开发人员模式`) 然后访问 *链接跟踪器* 应用及其后端功能。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Integrated with :doc:`Google Analytics <google_analytics>`, those trackers " -"allow you to see the number of clicks and visitors to keep you on top of " -"your marketing campaigns." -msgstr "" -"与 :doc:`Google Analytics 整合 <google_analytics>`, " -"这些跟踪器使您可以查看点击次数和访问者数，从而使您始终处于营销活动的首位。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:55 -msgid "" -"The integration with the :doc:`CRM <../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits>` " -"application allows you to understand where your leads and opportunities are " -"coming from." -msgstr "" -"与 :doc:`CRM <../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits>` " -"应用程序集成，使您能够了解潜在客户和机会的来源。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:3 -msgid "How to do Search Engine Optimisation (SEO) in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Search Engine Optimization (SEO) is a set of good practices to optimize your" -" website so that you get a better ranking in search engines like Google. In " -"short, a good SEO allows you to get more visitors." -msgstr "" -"搜索引擎优化(SEO)是一种很好做法来优化你的网站, 让你获得像谷歌搜索引擎更好的排名。总之, 一个好的搜索引擎优化可以让你获得更多的游客。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Some examples of SEO rules: your web pages should load fast, your page " -"should have one and only one title ``<h1>``, meta tags (alt-tag, title-tag) " -"should be consistent with the content, your website should have a " -"``/sitemap.xml`` file, etc." -msgstr "" -"一些SEO的规则例子：网页加载速度应该更快，页面应该有且仅有一个标题```<h1>`，元标签（alt标签、标题标签）应与内容一致，网站应有一个``/sitemap.xml``文件等。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:15 -msgid "" -"To guarantee Odoo Website and Odoo eCommerce users have a great SEO, Odoo " -"abstracts all the technical complexities of SEO and handles everything for " -"you, in the best possible way. This will be explained here below." -msgstr "" -"为了保证Odoo网站和Odoo电子商务用户拥有强大的SEO，Odoo提炼了SEO全部的技术复杂性，并用最好的方式为你处理一切。我们将在下面具体说明。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:20 -msgid "" -"But first, let see how you can easily boost your ranking by finetuning the " -"content and the meta tags of your website." -msgstr "但首先，我们首先来看如何微调网站内容和元标签，从而轻松提升网站排名。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:24 -msgid "Meta Tags" -msgstr "元标签" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:27 -msgid "Title, Description" -msgstr "标题、描述" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Every web page should define the ``<title>`` and ``<description>`` meta " -"data. These information elements are used by search engines to promote your " -"website. They are automatically generated based on page title & content, but" -" you can finetune them. Make sure they fit the content of the page, " -"otherwise you will be downgraded by search engines." -msgstr "" -"每个网页都应该定义 ``<title>``和``<description>`` " -"元数据。这些信息元素被搜索引起用于推广你的网站。它们根据网页标题和内容自动生成，但你可进行微调。确保它们符合网页内容，否则你将被搜索引擎降级。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:39 -msgid "Keywords" -msgstr "关键词" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:40 -msgid "" -"In order to write quality content and boost your traffic, Odoo provides a " -"``<keyword>`` finder. Those keywords are the searches you want to head " -"towards your website. For each keyword, you see how it is used in the " -"content (H1, H2, page title, page description, page content) and what are " -"the related searches in Google. The more keywords are used the better." -msgstr "" -"为了撰写优质内容并提升你的流量，Odoo提供了``<keyword>``查找器。这些关键字是你想引至网站的搜索内容。对于每个关键字，你要关注它如何用在内容（H1、H2、网页标题、网页描述、网页内容）中及其与Google相关搜索的关系。使用的关键字越多，效果越好。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:50 -msgid "" -"If your website is in multiple languages, you can use the Promote tool for " -"every language of a single page and set specific title, description and " -"search tags." -msgstr "如果你的网站使用多种语言，你可以为单个页面的每种语言使用Promote工具，并设置特定的标题、描述和搜索标签。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:55 -msgid "Content is King" -msgstr " 内容为王" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:57 -msgid "" -"When it comes to SEO, content is usually king. Odoo provides several modules" -" to help you build your website content:" -msgstr "当谈到搜索引擎优化时，始终记住内容为王。Odoo提供了几个模块，帮助你在网站上建立内容：" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:60 -msgid "**Odoo Blogs**: write great contents." -msgstr "**Odoo博客**：撰写优质内容。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:62 -msgid "" -"**Odoo Slides**: publish all your Powerpoint or PDF presentations. Their " -"content is automatically indexed on the web page. Example: `odoo.com/slides" -"/public-channel-1 <https://www.odoo.com/slides/public-channel-1>`_" -msgstr "" -"**Odoo幻灯片**：发表所有的PowerPoint或者PDF演示文稿。内容将自动在网页上进行索引。例如: `odoo.com/slides" -"/public-channel-1 <https://www.odoo.com/slides/public-channel-1>`_" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:66 -msgid "" -"**Odoo Forum**: let your community create contents for you. Example: " -"`odoo.com/forum/1 <https://odoo.com/forum/1>`_ (accounts for 30% of Odoo.com" -" landing pages)" -msgstr "" -"**Odoo论坛**：让社区为你创建内容。例如:`odoo.com/forum/1 " -"<https://odoo.com/forum/1>`_（占Odoo.com登录页面的30%）" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:70 -msgid "" -"**Odoo Mailing List Archive**: publish mailing list archives on your " -"website. Example: `odoo.com/groups/community-59 " -"<https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59>`_ (1000 pages created per month)" -msgstr "" -"**Odoo邮件列表存档**：在网站上发布邮件列表存档。例如: `odoo.com/groups/community-59 " -"<https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59>`_（每月创建1000页）" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:76 -msgid "" -"The 404 page is a regular page, that you can edit like any other page in " -"Odoo. That way, you can build a great 404 page to redirect to the top " -"content of your website when visitors get lost in invalid URLs." -msgstr "" -"404页是一个常规网页，你可以向Odoo的其他网页一样编辑它。这样，在访问者输入无效URL时，你可以建立一个404页，将他重定向到你网站的内容顶部。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:81 -msgid "Use Social Networks" -msgstr "使用社交网络" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Social media is built for mass sharing. If lots of people share your content" -" on social media, then it's likely more people will link to it, and links " -"are a huge factor for SEO ranking." -msgstr "社交媒体是为大众分享而建立的。如果很多人在社交媒体上分享你的内容，那么很可能会有更多的人链接到它，链接是SEO排名的一个重大因素。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:87 -msgid "Odoo embeds several tools to share content through social media:" -msgstr "Odoo嵌入多项工具来通过社交媒体分享内容：" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:90 -msgid "Social Network" -msgstr "社交网络" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Odoo allows to link all your social network accounts in your website footer." -" All you have to do is to refer all your accounts in your company settings." -msgstr "Odoo允许将所有的社交网络帐户链接到你的网站页脚。你只需要在公司设置中提及你的所有账户。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:99 -msgid "Social Share" -msgstr "社交分享" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:101 -msgid "" -"Drop the building block *Share* on any page you want your visitors to share." -" By clicking the icon, they are prompted to share the page in their social " -"media wall." -msgstr "将构建块*分享*放在你想要访问者分享的任何网页上。点击图标，他们会被提示在社交媒体上分享该页面。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:108 -msgid "" -"Most social media use a picture of the picture to decorate the share post. " -"Odoo uses the website logo by default but you can choose any other image of " -"your page in the Promote tool." -msgstr "多数社交媒体使用图片来装饰分享发帖。Odoo默认使用网站标志，但你可在推广工具中为你的网页选择任何其他图片。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:116 -msgid "Facebook Page" -msgstr "Facebook页面" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:118 -msgid "" -"Drop the building block *Facebook Page* to display a widget of your Facebook" -" business page and encourage visitors to follow it. You can display the " -"timeline, the next events and the messages." -msgstr "放置构建块*Facebook页面*，显示你的Facebook公司主页小工具，鼓励访问者关注。你可展示时间表、后续活动和信息。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:123 -msgid "Twitter Scroller" -msgstr "Twitter 滚动条" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:125 -msgid "" -"Display the Twitter feeds with customer satifaction on your website. This " -"will increase the number of tweets and shares." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:129 -msgid "Test Your Website" -msgstr "测试你的网站" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:131 -msgid "" -"You can compare how your website rank, in terms of SEO, against Odoo using " -"WooRank free services: `woorank.com <https://www.woorank.com>`_" -msgstr "" -"你可通过WooRank免费服务`woorank.com " -"<https://www.woorank.com>`_，比较你的网站与Odoo在搜索引擎优化方面的排名" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:136 -msgid "URLs Handling" -msgstr "URL处理" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:138 -msgid "This section sheds some light on how Odoo makes URLs SEO-friendly." -msgstr "本节介绍Odoo如何让URL实现SEO优化。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:141 -msgid "URLs Structure" -msgstr "URL结构" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:143 -msgid "A typical Odoo URL will look like this:" -msgstr "一个典型的Odoo URL看起来是：" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:145 -msgid "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/my-great-product-31" -msgstr "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/my-great-product-31" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:147 -msgid "With the following components:" -msgstr "有以下组件：" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:149 -msgid "**https://** = Protocol" -msgstr "**https://** = 协议" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:151 -msgid "**www.mysite.com** = your domain name" -msgstr "**www.mysite.com** = 你的域名" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:153 -msgid "" -"**/fr\\_FR** = page language. This part of the URL is removed if the visitor" -" browses the main language of the website Thus, the main version of this " -"page is: https://www.mysite.com/shop/product/my-great-product-31" -msgstr "" -"**/fr\\_FR** = " -"网页的语言。如果访问者浏览网站主语言，URL的这一部分将删除。因此，本页面的主版本是：https://www.mysite.com/shop/product" -"/my-great-product-31" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:158 -msgid "" -"**/shop/product** = every module defines its own namespace (/shop is for the" -" catalog of the eCommerce module, /shop/product is for a product page)." -msgstr "**/shop/product** = 每个模块定义了命名空间（/shop是电子商务模块的目录，/shop/product是产品页面）。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:162 -msgid "" -"**my-great-product** = by default, this is the slugified title of the " -"product this page refers to. But you can customize it for SEO purposes. A " -"product named \"Pain carré\" will be slugified to \"pain-carre\". Depending " -"on the namespace, this could be different objects (blog post, page title, " -"forum post, forum comment, product category, etc.)." -msgstr "" -"**my-great-product** = 默认情况下，这是本页所指产品的详细标题 。但你可根据SEO目的自定义其内容。名为“Pain " -"carré”的产品将变成“pain-carre”。根据命名空间，这部分可以是不同对象（博客发帖、网页标题、论坛发帖、论坛评论、产品类别等）。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:169 -msgid "**-31** = the unique ID of the product" -msgstr "**-31** = 产品的唯一ID号" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:171 -msgid "" -"Note that any dynamic component of an URL can be reduced to its ID. As an " -"example, the following URLs all do a 301 redirect to the above URL:" -msgstr "请注意，任何一个网址的动态组件都可以减少它的ID。举个例子，下面的URL重定了301：" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:174 -msgid "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (short version)" -msgstr "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (短的版本)" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:176 -msgid "http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (even shorter version)" -msgstr "http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (更短版本)" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:178 -msgid "" -"http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/other-product-name-31 (old product " -"name)" -msgstr "http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/other-product-name-31 (旧产品名)" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:181 -msgid "" -"Some URLs have several dynamic parts, like this one (a blog category and a " -"post):" -msgstr "一些URL有几个动态部分，如这个(一个博客类别和一个职位)：" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:184 -msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/company-news-5/post/the-odoo-story-56" -msgstr "https://www.odoo.com/blog/company-news-5/post/the-odoo-story-56" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:186 -msgid "In the above example:" -msgstr "在上面的例子 :" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:188 -msgid "*Company News* is the title of the blog" -msgstr "*公司新闻*是博客的标题" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:190 -msgid "*The Odoo Story* is the title of a specific blog post" -msgstr "*Odoo故事*是具体博客发帖的标题" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:192 -msgid "" -"When an Odoo page has a pager, the page number is set directly in the URL " -"(does not have a GET argument). This allows every page to be indexed by " -"search engines. Example:" -msgstr "当Odoo页面有一个寻呼机，页码直接在URL设置(没有得到GET论证)。这使得搜索引擎可索引每个页面。例如:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:196 -msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/page/3" -msgstr "https://www.odoo.com/blog/page/3" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:199 -msgid "Changes in URLs & Titles" -msgstr "在URLs & Titles中改进" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:201 -msgid "" -"When the URL of a page changes (e.g. a more SEO friendly version of your " -"product name), you don't have to worry about updating all links:" -msgstr "当页面的网址改变(例如，一个你的产品名称的更友好的版本)，不必担心更新所有链接：" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:204 -msgid "Odoo will automatically update all its links to the new URL." -msgstr "Odoo将自动在新的URL更新所有链接。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:206 -msgid "" -"If external websites still points to the old URL, a 301 redirect will be " -"done to route visitors to the new address of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:209 -msgid "As an example, this URL:" -msgstr "举个例子, 这 URL:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:211 -msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/old-product-name-31" -msgstr "http ://mysite.com/shop/product/old-product-name-31" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:213 -msgid "Will automatically redirect to:" -msgstr "将自动重定向到：" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:215 -msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/new-and-better-product-name-31" -msgstr "http ://mysite.com/shop/product/new-and-better-product-name-31" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:217 -msgid "" -"In short, just change the title of a blog post or the name of a product, and" -" the changes will apply automatically everywhere in your website. The old " -"link still functions when used by external websites, via a 301 redirect, " -"maintaining the SEO link juice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:223 -msgid "HTTPS" -msgstr "HTTPS" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:225 -msgid "" -"Search engines boost ranking of secure HTTPS/SSL websites. So, by default " -"all Odoo Online instances are fully based on HTTPS. If the visitor accesses " -"your website through a non HTTPS url, it gets a 301 redirect to its HTTPS " -"equivalent." -msgstr "" -"搜索引擎会提高安全HTTPS/SSL网站的排名。因此，Odoo Online的所有实例在默认情况下完全基于HTTPS。如访问者通过非HTTPS " -"URL访问你的网站，将通过301重定向到HTTPS网站。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:231 -msgid "Links: Nofollow Strategy" -msgstr "链接：Nofollow策略" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:233 -msgid "" -"The more a page is linked from external and quality websites, the better it " -"is for your SEO." -msgstr "网页与外部和优质网站的链接越多，对SEO越有利。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:236 -msgid "Here are Odoo strategies to manage links:" -msgstr "以下是Odoo管理链接的策略：" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:238 -msgid "" -"Every link you add to your website is \"dofollow\", which means that this " -"link will contribute to the SEO Juice for the linked page." -msgstr "你添加到网站的每一个链接都是\"dofollow\"，这意味着，该链接将有助于链接页面的SEO排名。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:242 -msgid "" -"Every link posted by a contributor (forum post, blog comment, etc.) that " -"links to your own website is \"dofollow\" too." -msgstr "由贡献者发布的每个链接（论坛发帖、博客评论等）在链接到自己的网站后也是“dofollow”。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:245 -msgid "" -"But every link posted by a contributor that links to an external website is " -"\"nofollow\". In that way, you do not run the risk of people posting links " -"on your website to third-party websites which have a bad reputation." -msgstr "但贡献者的每个链接到外部网站的是“nofollow”。这样，你就不会有你的网站链接到坏名声的第三方网站的风险。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:250 -msgid "" -"Note that, when using the forum, contributors having a lot of Karma can be " -"trusted. In such case, their links will not have any ``rel=\"nofollow\"`` " -"attribute." -msgstr "请注意，当使用论坛时，可以信赖拥有很多Karma的贡献者。在这种情况下，他们的链接不会有``rel=\"nofollow\"``的属性。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:255 -msgid "Multi-Language Support" -msgstr "多语言支持" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:258 -msgid "Multi-Language URLs" -msgstr "多语言URL" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:260 -msgid "" -"If you run a website in multiple languages, the same content will be " -"available in different URLs, depending on the language used:" -msgstr "如果在多个语言中运行一个网站，在不同的URL将看到相同的内容，这取决于所使用的语言：" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:263 -msgid "" -"https://www.mywebsite.com/shop/product/my-product-1 (main language, English " -"here)" -msgstr "https://www.mywebsite.com/shop/product/my-product-1（主语言，这里为英语）" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:265 -msgid "" -"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1 (French " -"version)" -msgstr "https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1 (法文版本)" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:267 -msgid "" -"In this example, fr\\_FR is the language of the page. You can even have " -"several variations of the same language: pt\\_BR (Portuguese from Brazil) , " -"pt\\_PT (Portuguese from Portugal)." -msgstr "在这个例子中，fr\\_FR是网页的语言。你甚至可以有同一语言的一些变化：pt\\_BR(巴西的葡萄牙语)，pt\\_PT(葡萄牙的葡萄牙语)。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:272 -msgid "Language Annotation" -msgstr "语言注释" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:274 -msgid "" -"To let search engines know that the second URL is the French translation of " -"the first URL, Odoo will add an HTML link element in the header. In the HTML" -" <head> section of the main version, Odoo automatically adds a link element " -"pointing to the translated versions of that webpage;" -msgstr "" -"为了让搜索引擎知道第二个URL是第一个URL的法语翻译，Odoo将在文件顶端增加HTML链接元素。在主版本的HTML<head>部分，Odoo自动添加可指向其他翻译版本网页的链接元素；" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:279 -msgid "" -"<link rel=\"alternate\" hreflang=\"fr\" " -"href=\"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1\"/>" -msgstr "" -"<link rel=\"alternate\" hreflang=\"fr\" " -"href=\"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1\"/>" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:282 -msgid "With this approach:" -msgstr "用这种方法：" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:284 -msgid "" -"Search engines will redirect to the right language according to the visitor " -"language." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:287 -msgid "" -"You do not get penalized by search engines if your page is not translated " -"yet. Indeed, it's not a duplicated content, but a different version of the " -"same content." -msgstr "如果页面还没有翻译，也不会被搜索引擎惩罚。实际上，它不是重复的内容，而是同一内容的不同版本。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:292 -msgid "Language Detection" -msgstr "语言检测" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:294 -msgid "" -"When a visitor lands for the first time on your website (e.g. " -"yourwebsite.com/shop), they may automatically be redirected to a translated " -"version according to their browser language preference (e.g. " -"yourwebsite.com/fr\\_FR/shop)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:299 -msgid "" -"Next time, it keeps a cookie of the current language to avoid any " -"redirection." -msgstr "下次，它会保存当前语言的cookie，以避免重定向。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:302 -msgid "" -"To force a visitor to stick to the default language, you can use the code of" -" the default language in your link, example: yourwebsite.com/en\\_US/shop. " -"This will always land visitors to the English version of the page, without " -"using the browser language preferences." -msgstr "" -"迫使客人使用默认语言，您可在链接中使用语言的默认编码，例如: yourwebsite.com/en\\_US/shop. " -"这将让访问者只登陆英文版本的页面，而不使用浏览器语言。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:309 -msgid "Page Speed" -msgstr "页面速度" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:312 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "介绍" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:314 -msgid "" -"The time to load a page is an important criteria for search engines. A " -"faster website not only improves your visitor's experience, but gives you a " -"better page ranking. Some studies have shown that, if you divide the time to" -" load your pages by two (e.g. 2 seconds instead of 4 seconds), the visitor " -"abandonment rate is also divided by two. (25% to 12.5%). One extra second to" -" load a page could `cost $1.6b to Amazon in sales " -"<http://www.fastcompany.com/1825005/how-one-second-could-cost-amazon-16" -"-billion-sales>`__." -msgstr "" -"加载页面的时间是搜索引擎的一个重要标准。更快的网页加载速度不仅可提高访问体验，也能提高你的网页排名。一些研究表明，如果加载网页时减少一半（例如，2秒而不是4秒），访问者放弃率也会降低一半（25％到12.5％）。加载网页的时间增加一秒会导致`Amazon的销售减少16亿美元" -" <http://www.fastcompany.com/1825005/how-one-second-could-cost-amazon-16" -"-billion-sales>`__。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:325 -msgid "" -"Fortunately, Odoo does all the magic for you. Below, you will find the " -"tricks Odoo uses to speed up your page loading time. You can compare how " -"your website ranks using these two tools:" -msgstr "幸运的是, Odoo为您完成所有。下面, 你会发现Odoo使用加快页面加载时间的小伎俩。您可以比较你的网站排名是如何利用这两个工具 :" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:329 -msgid "" -"`Google Page Speed " -"<https://developers.google.com/speed/pagespeed/insights/>`__" -msgstr "`谷歌网页速度<https://developers.google.com/speed/pagespeed/insights/>`__" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:331 -msgid "`Pingdom Website Speed Test <http://tools.pingdom.com/fpt/>`__" -msgstr " `Pingdom的网站速度测试<http ://tools.pingdom.com/fpt/>` __" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:334 -msgid "Images" -msgstr "图片" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:336 -msgid "" -"When you upload new images, Odoo automatically compresses them to reduce " -"their sizes (lossless compression for .PNG and .GIF and lossy compression " -"for .JPG)." -msgstr "当你上传新图片时，Odoo自动压缩以减少大小（PNG和GIF无损压缩，JPG有损压缩）。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:340 -msgid "" -"From the upload button, you have the option to keep the original image " -"unmodified if you prefer to optimize the quality of the image rather than " -"performance." -msgstr "点“上传\" 按钮时, 如果比起上传效率你更注重图片质量, 那你可以选择保持原有图片不变。 " - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:348 -msgid "" -"Odoo compresses images when they are uploaded to your website, not when " -"requested by the visitor. Thus, it's possible that, if you use a third-party" -" theme, it will provide images that are not compressed efficiently. But all " -"images used in Odoo official themes have been compressed by default." -msgstr "" -"当上传图片时, Odoo会自动压缩图片。因此，如果使用一个第三方的主题，它将提供有效地压缩的图像。但用于Odoo官方主题所有的图像会被压缩，这是默认的。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:354 -msgid "" -"When you click on an image, Odoo shows you the Alt and title attributes of " -"the ``<img>`` tag. You can click on it to set your own title and Alt " -"attributes for the image." -msgstr "当点击图像，Odoo显示``<img>``的ALT和TITLE属性。可点击图像, 设置自己的标题和ALT属性。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:361 -msgid "When you click on this link, the following window will appear:" -msgstr "当您点击这个链接后, 将会弹出以下窗口 :" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:366 -msgid "" -"Odoo's pictograms are implemented using a font (`Font Awesome " -"<https://fortawesome.github.io/Font-Awesome/icons/>`__ in most Odoo themes)." -" Thus, you can use as many pictograms as you want in your page, they will " -"not result in extra requests to load the page." -msgstr "" -"Odoo的象形文字字体的实现(`Font Awesome <https://fortawesome.github.io/Font-" -"Awesome/icons/>`__ 大多数Odoo主题)。因此，可尽情在网页上使用象形文字，这不会导致页面额外加载。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:375 -msgid "Static Resources: CSS" -msgstr "静态资源 : CSS" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:377 -msgid "" -"All CSS files are pre-processed, concatenated, minified, compressed and " -"cached (server-side and browser-side). The result:" -msgstr "所有的CSS文件进行预处理、级联、精缩、压缩和缓存（服务器端和浏览器端）。结果：" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:380 -msgid "only one CSS file request is needed to load a page" -msgstr "重新载入页面时, CSS文件仅加载一次" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:382 -msgid "" -"this CSS file is shared and cached amongst pages, so that when the visitor " -"clicks on another page, the browser doesn't have to even load a single CSS " -"resource." -msgstr "这个CSS文件共享并缓存其间的页面, 这样, 当访问者点击另一页上, 浏览器甚至不需要加载一个CSS资源。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:386 -msgid "this CSS file is optimized to be small" -msgstr "CSS文件被优化到更小" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:388 -msgid "" -"**Pre-processed:** The CSS framework used by Odoo is Bootstrap. Although a " -"theme might use another framework, most of `Odoo themes " -"<https://www.odoo.com/apps/themes>`__ extend and customize Bootstrap " -"directly. Since Odoo supports Less and Sass, you can modify CSS rules " -"instead of overwriting them through extra CSS lines, resulting in a smaller " -"file." -msgstr "" -" **预处理 :** Odoo使用的CSS框架是Bootstrap。虽然某个主题可能会使用其他框架，大部分`Odoo 主题 " -"<https://www.odoo.com/apps/themes>`__延长并直接定制Bootstrap。由于Odoo支持Less和Sass，你可以修改CSS" -" 规则，而不是通过额外的CSS线覆盖它们，导致文件变得更小。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:395 -msgid "" -"**Concatenated:** every module or library you might use in Odoo has its own " -"set of CSS, Less or Sass files (eCommerce, blogs, themes, etc.). Having " -"several CSS files is great for the modularity, but not good for the " -"performance because most browsers can only perform 6 requests in parallel " -"resulting in lots of files loaded in series. The latency time to transfer a " -"file is usually much longer than the actual data transfer time, for small " -"files like .JS and .CSS. Thus, the time to load CSS resources depends more " -"on the number of requests to be done than the actual file size." -msgstr "" -" **级联：** " -"你在Odoo中可能使用的每个模块或库都有自己的一套的CSS、Less或Sass文件（电子商务、博客、主题等）。多个CSS文件对于模块化非常有用，但是对性能不太好，因为大多数浏览器只能执行并行6个请求载入的文件。对于像.JS和.CSS等小文件，等待传送文件的时间通常比实际的数据传输时间更长。因此，加载CSS资源的时间更多地取决于请求的数目而不是实际的文件大小。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:405 -msgid "" -"To address this issue, all CSS / Less / Sass files are concatenated into a " -"single .CSS file to send to the browser. So a visitor has **only one .CSS " -"file to load** per page, which is particularly efficient. As the CSS is " -"shared amongst all pages, when the visitor clicks on another page, the " -"browser does not even have to load a new CSS file!" -msgstr "" -"为了解决这个问题，所有的CSS、Less、Sass文件合并为一个.css文件发送至浏览器。因此一位访客每页只需要加载一个.css文件，这是特别有效的。由于CSS是在所有页面共享的，当访问者点击另一页上，浏览器甚至无需加载新的CSS文件！" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:412 -msgid "**Both files in the <head>**" -msgstr " **<head>中全部文件** " - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:412 -msgid "**What the visitor gets (only one file)**" -msgstr " **访问者得到什么(只有一个文件)** " - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:414 -msgid "/\\* From bootstrap.css \\*/" -msgstr "/\\ * From bootstrap.css \\* /" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:414 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:415 -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:421 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:447 -msgid ".text-muted {" -msgstr ".text-muted {" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:415 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:422 -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:448 -msgid "color: #666;" -msgstr "color: #666;" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:416 -msgid "color: #777;" -msgstr "color: #777;" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:416 -msgid "background: yellow" -msgstr "background: yellow" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:417 -msgid "background: yellow;" -msgstr "background: yellow;" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:417 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:418 -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:423 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:449 -msgid "}" -msgstr "}" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:420 -msgid "/\\* From my-theme.css \\*/" -msgstr "/\\ * From my-theme.css \\* /" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:426 -msgid "" -"The CSS sent by Odoo includes all CSS / Less / Sass of all pages / modules. " -"By doing this, additional page views from the same visitor will not have to " -"load CSS files at all. But some modules might include huge CSS/Javascript " -"resources that you do not want to prefetch at the first page because they " -"are too big. In this case, Odoo splits this resource into a second bundle " -"that is loaded only when the page using it is requested. An example of this " -"is the backend that is only loaded when the visitor logs in and accesses the" -" backend (/web)." -msgstr "" -"Odoo发送的CSS包括所有CSS/Less/Saas " -"/模块。这样，用户不需要下载CSS文件就可浏览更多的页面。但一些模块可能包含巨大的CSS/JavaScript资源，因为太大, " -"可以不用放在第一页。在这种情况下，Odoo将资源转化为二部分，只加载页面时使用。举个例子, 只有当访问者登录并访问后端(/web)时才加载的后台程序。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:436 -msgid "" -"If the CSS file is very big, Odoo will split it into two smaller files to " -"avoid the 4095 selectors limit per sheet of Internet Explorer. But most " -"themes fit below this limit." -msgstr "" -"如果CSS文件非常大，Odoo会把它分成两个较小的文件，避免Internet " -"Explorer对于每个表单最大4095个选择器的限制。当然大多数主题都能满足这个限制。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:440 -msgid "" -"**Minified:** After being pre-processed and concatenated, the resulting CSS " -"is minified to reduce its size." -msgstr " **精缩 :** 预先处理并且串联后, 所得CSS将被减小其尺寸。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:444 -msgid "**Before minification**" -msgstr " **缩小前** " - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:444 -msgid "**After minification**" -msgstr " **缩小后** " - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:446 -msgid "/\\* some comments \\*/" -msgstr "/\\ * some comments \\* /" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:446 -msgid ".text-muted {color: #666}" -msgstr ".text-muted {color: #666}" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:452 -msgid "" -"The final result is then compressed, before being delivered to the browser." -msgstr "被传递到浏览器之前, 最后结果被压缩。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:455 -msgid "" -"Then, a cached version is stored server-side (so we do not have to pre-" -"process, concatenate, minify at every request) and browser-side (so the same" -" visitor will load the CSS only once for all pages they visit)." -msgstr "然后，缓存版本存储在服务器端（所以我们无需对每个请求预先处理、级联、精缩）和浏览器端（所以同一名访问者只需加载一次其访问的所有页面）。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:461 -msgid "Static Resources: Javascript" -msgstr "静态资源：Javascript" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:463 -msgid "" -"As with CSS resources, Javascript resources are also concatenated, minified," -" compressed and cached (server-side and browser-side)." -msgstr "与CSS资源类似，Javascript资源也被级联、精缩、压缩和缓存（服务器端和浏览器端）。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:466 -msgid "Odoo creates three Javascript bundles:" -msgstr "Odoo创建3个javascript包 :" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:468 -msgid "" -"One for all pages of the website (including code for parallax effects, form " -"validation, etc.)" -msgstr "网站所有页面使用同一个Javascript包（包括视差效果、表单验证等代码。）" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:471 -msgid "" -"One for common Javascript code shared among frontend and backend (Bootstrap)" -msgstr "用于前端和后端共享的通用Javascript代码(Bootstrap)" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:474 -msgid "" -"One for backend specific Javascript code (Odoo Web Client interface for your" -" employees using Odoo)" -msgstr "一个后端特定的Javascript代码(Odoo员工使用的Odoo网络客户端界面)" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:477 -msgid "" -"Most visitors of your website will only need the first two bundles, " -"resulting in a maximum of two Javascript files to load to render one page. " -"As these files are shared across all pages, further clicks by the same " -"visitor will not load any other Javascript resource." -msgstr "" -"网站的多数访问者只需要前两个包，因此最多只需加载两个Javascript文件来渲染一个页面。由于这些文件在所有网页之间共享，同一位访问者继续点击网页就不会加载任何其他Javascript资源。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:483 -msgid "" -"If you work on :doc:`Developer mode " -"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, the CSS and Javascript are neither" -" concatenated, nor minified. Thus, it's much slower. But it allows you to " -"easily debug with the Chrome debugger as CSS and Javascript resources are " -"not transformed from their original versions." -msgstr "" -"在:doc:`开发人员模式 " -"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`下，CSS和Javascript并未级联或精缩。因此，加载速度要慢得多。但它可轻松地用Chrome调试器为CSS和JavaScript资源调试，因为它们并未从原来的版本进行转换。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:489 -msgid "CDN" -msgstr "CDN" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:491 -msgid "" -"If you activate the CDN feature in Odoo, static resources (Javascript, CSS, " -"images) are loaded from a Content Delivery Network. Using a Content Delivery" -" Network has three advantages:" -msgstr "" -"如果你激活Odoo的CDN功能，静态资源 (Javascript, CSS, images)从内容分发网络下载。使用内容分发网络有三个优点：" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:495 -msgid "" -"Load resources from a nearby server (most CDN have servers in main countries" -" around the globe)" -msgstr "从附近的一个服务器下载资源(大多数CDN已经在主要国家的服务器上)" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:498 -msgid "" -"Cache resources efficiently (no computation resources usage on your own " -"server)" -msgstr "有效缓存资源(在您自己的服务器上没有可使用的计算资源)" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:501 -msgid "" -"Split the resource loading on different services allowing to load more " -"resources in parallel (since the Chrome limit of 6 parallel requests is by " -"domain)" -msgstr "不同的服务，允许加载更多的资源并行的资源加载(域限制浏览器的6个并行请求)" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:505 -msgid "" -"You can configure your CDN options from the **Website Admin** app, using the" -" Configuration menu. Here is an example of configuration you can use:" -msgstr "你可从**网站管理员*程序中使用配置菜单配置CDN选项。这是配置示例：" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:512 -msgid "HTML Pages" -msgstr "HTML 页面" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:514 -msgid "" -"The HTML pages can be compressed, but this is usually handled by your web " -"server (NGINX or Apache)." -msgstr "HTML页面可以压缩，但这通常由您的Web服务器（NGINX或Apache）处理。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:517 -msgid "" -"The Odoo Website builder has been optimized to guarantee clean and short " -"HTML code. Building blocks have been developed to produce clean HTML code, " -"usually using Bootstrap and the HTML editor." -msgstr "" -"Odoo网站构建器已经优化，以保证简短而干净的HTML代码。构建块已开发，用于制作干净的HTML代码，通常使用bootstrap和HTML编辑器。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:521 -msgid "" -"As an example, if you use the color picker to change the color of a " -"paragraph to the primary color of your website, Odoo will produce the " -"following code:" -msgstr "例如，如果你使用颜色选择器来改变一个段落的颜色, 同网站的主色调，Odoo将产生以下代码：" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:525 -msgid "``<p class=\"text-primary\">My Text</p>``" -msgstr "``<p class=\"text-primary\">文字</p>``" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:527 -msgid "" -"Whereas most HTML editors (such as CKEditor) will produce the following " -"code:" -msgstr "而大多数的HTML编辑器(如CKEditor)会产生下面的代码：" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:530 -msgid "``<p style=\"color: #AB0201\">My Text</p>``" -msgstr "\" <p style=\\ \\ \"color : #AB0201\\ \" >一些文本</p> \\ \"" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:533 -msgid "Responsive Design" -msgstr "响应式设计" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:535 -msgid "" -"Websites that are not mobile-friendly are negatively impacted in search " -"engine rankings. All Odoo themes rely on Bootstrap to render efficiently " -"according to the device: desktop, tablet or mobile." -msgstr "如果网站不适合移动设备，则将对其搜索引擎排名产生负面影响。所有Odoo主题依靠Bootstrap提供适合台式机、平板电脑或手机的高效渲染。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:542 -msgid "" -"As all Odoo modules share the same technology, absolutely all pages in your " -"website are mobile friendly." -msgstr "由于所有Odoo模块共享相同的技术，你的网站所有页面都绝对适合移动设备。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:546 -msgid "Browser Caching" -msgstr "浏览器缓存" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:548 -msgid "" -"Javascript, images and CSS resources have an URL that changes dynamically " -"when their content change. As an example, all CSS files are loaded through " -"this URL: `localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets\\_common.0.css " -"<http://localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets_common.0.css>`__. " -"The ``457-0da1d9d`` part of this URL will change if you modify the CSS of " -"your website." -msgstr "" -"Javascript、图片和CSS资源的URL会随着内容变化而动态变化。举个例子，所有CSS文件通过以下网址下载：`localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets\\_common.0.css" -" " -"<http://localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets_common.0.css>`__。如果修改网站的CSS，URL的``457-0da1d9d``部分也会改变。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:555 -msgid "" -"This allows Odoo to set a very long cache delay (XXX) on these resources: " -"XXX secs, while being updated instantly if you update the resource." -msgstr "这让Odoo树立了一个很长的缓存延迟 (XXX) , 对这些资源：XXX秒，即时更新如果你更新资源。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:560 -msgid "Scalability" -msgstr "扩展性" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:562 -msgid "" -"In addition to being fast, Odoo is also more scalable than traditional CMS " -"and eCommerce (Drupal, Wordpress, Magento, Prestashop). The following link " -"provides an analysis of the major open source CMS and eCommerce compared to " -"Odoo when it comes to high query volumes: " -"`https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/197 <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide" -"/odoo-cms-performance-comparison-and-optimisation-197>`_" -msgstr "" -"除了速度快，Odoo也比传统的CMS和电子商务（Drupal、Wordpress、Magento、Prestashop）更具可扩展性。以下链接提供了在高查询量时主要的开源CMS和电子商务与Odoo的分析比较：`https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/197" -" <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/odoo-cms-performance-comparison-and-" -"optimisation-197>`_" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:569 -msgid "Todo" -msgstr "待办" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:569 -msgid "fix above link" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:571 -msgid "" -"Here is the slide that summarizes the scalability of Odoo Website & " -"eCommerce." -msgstr "这里总结了Odoo网站和电子商务可扩展性的概览。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:577 -msgid "Search Engines Files" -msgstr "搜索引擎文件" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:580 -msgid "Sitemap" -msgstr "站点地图" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:582 -msgid "" -"The sitemap points out pages to index to search engine robots. Odoo " -"generates a ``/sitemap.xml`` file automatically for you. For performance " -"reasons, this file is cached and updated every 12 hours." -msgstr "" -"网站地图向搜索引擎机器人指出索引的页面。Odoo将自动生成``/sitemap.xml``文件。基于性能原因，该文件被缓存，并将每12小时更新一次。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:586 -msgid "" -"By default, all URLs will be in a single ``/sitemap.xml`` file, but if you " -"have a lot of pages, Odoo will automatically create a Sitemap Index file, " -"respecting the `sitemaps.org protocol " -"<http://www.sitemaps.org/protocol.html>`__ grouping sitemap URL's in 45000 " -"chunks per file." -msgstr "" -"默认情况下，所有的URL将在``/sitemap.xml``文件，但是如果有很多页，Odoo将自动创建一个Sitemap索引文件，遵守`sitemaps.org" -" protocol <http://www.sitemaps.org/protocol.html>`__ 在每个文件的45000中分组Sitemap " -"URL。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:592 -msgid "Every sitemap entry has 4 attributes that are computed automatically:" -msgstr "每一个网站的入口有4个属性，自动计算：" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:594 -msgid "``<loc>`` : the URL of a page" -msgstr "``<loc>`` : 一页的 URL" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:596 -msgid "" -"``<lastmod>`` : last modification date of the resource, computed " -"automatically based on related object. For a page related to a product, this" -" could be the last modification date of the product or the page." -msgstr "``<lastmod>``：资源的最后修改日期，基于相关对象自动计算。一页关联一个产品，这可能是该产品或页面的最后修改日期。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:601 -msgid "" -"``<priority>`` : modules may implement their own priority algorithm based on" -" their content (example: a forum might assign a priority based on the number" -" of votes on a specific post). The priority of a static page is defined by " -"it's priority field, which is normalized (16 is the default)." -msgstr "" -"``<priority>``：模块可以基于自己的内容有优先级算法（例如：一个论坛可能基于投票的数量分配优先权）。静态页面的优先级是由它的优先级字段定义的，呈常规化（16是默认值）。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:608 -msgid "Structured Data Markup" -msgstr "结构化数据标记" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:610 -msgid "" -"Structured Data Markup is used to generate Rich Snippets in search engine " -"results. It is a way for website owners to send structured data to search " -"engine robots; helping them understand your content and create well-" -"presented search results." -msgstr "" -"结构化数据标记是用来在搜索引擎结果中生成Rich " -"Snippets的。这是网站所有者用于将结构化数据发送给搜索引擎机器人的途径；帮助它们了解你的内容，并产生良好的搜索结果。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:615 -msgid "" -"Google supports a number of rich snippets for content types, including: " -"Reviews, People, Products, Businesses, Events and Organizations." -msgstr "谷歌支持许多内容类型的丰富片段，包括：审核人、人、产品、企业、活动和组织。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:618 -msgid "" -"Odoo implements micro data as defined in the `schema.org " -"<http://schema.org>`__ specification for events, eCommerce products, forum " -"posts and contact addresses. This allows your product pages to be displayed " -"in Google using extra information like the price and rating of a product:" -msgstr "" -"Odoo实现微观数据在`schema.org <http://schema.org>`__ 中定义，对活动, " -"电子商务产品，论坛帖子和联系地址的描述。这可以让你的产品页面显示在谷歌信息栏，如产品的价格和评级：" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:628 -msgid "robots.txt" -msgstr "robots.txt" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:630 -msgid "" -"When indexing your website, search engines take a first look at the general " -"indexing rules of the a``/robots.txt`` file (allowed robots, sitemap path, " -"etc.). Odoo automatically creates it. Its content is:" -msgstr "" -"在编制网站索引时，搜索引擎首先查看``/robots.txt``文件的一般索引规则（允许的机器人、网站地图路径等）。Odoo自动创建该文件。其内容是：" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:634 -msgid "User-agent: \\* Sitemap: https://www.odoo.com/sitemap.xml" -msgstr "用户代理：\\* Sitemap: https://www.odoo.com/sitemap.xml" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:637 -msgid "" -"It means that all robots are allowed to index your website and there is no " -"other indexing rule than specified in the sitemap to be found at following " -"address." -msgstr "这意味着所有的机器人都可对你的网站进行索引，除以下地址的网站地图中规定的索引规则外，没有其他索引规则。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:641 -msgid "" -"You can customize the file *robots* in :doc:`Developer mode " -"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>` from *Settings --> Technical --> " -"User Interface --> Views* (exclude robots, exclude some pages, redirect to a" -" custom Sitemap). Make the Model Data of the view *Non Updatable* to not " -"reset the file after system upgrades." -msgstr "" -"你可在下面自定义*机器人*文件*设置 --> 技术 --> 用户界面 --> 视图*中的:doc:`开发人员模式 " -"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`（排除机器人，排除一些页面，重定向到自定义网站地图）。让*不可更新*视图的模型数据设为系统升级后不重置文件。" - -#: ../../website/publish.rst:3 -msgid "Publish" -msgstr "发布" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:3 -msgid "How to use my own domain name" -msgstr "如何使用你自己的域名" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:5 -msgid "" -"By default, your Odoo Online instance and website have a *.odoo.com* domain " -"name, for both the URL and the emails. But you can change to a custom one " -"(e.g. www.yourcompany.com)." -msgstr "" -"你的Odoo在线实例的网址默认为*.odoo.com*域名（包括URL地址和电邮），但可以更改为定制域名（即www.yourcompany.com）" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:10 -msgid "What is a good domain name" -msgstr "哪些是好的域名" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Your website address is as important to your branding as the name of your " -"business or organization, so put some thought into changing it for a proper " -"domain. Here are some tips:" -msgstr "你的网址与你公司或组织的品牌同样重要，因此要更改成一个合适的域名需要花些心思。见以下提示：" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:15 -msgid "Simple and obvious" -msgstr "简单和显而易见的" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:16 -msgid "Easy to remember and spell" -msgstr "便于记忆和拼写" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:17 -msgid "The shorter the better" -msgstr "越短越好" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:18 -msgid "Avoid special characters" -msgstr "避免使用特殊字符" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:19 -msgid "Aim for a .com and/or your country extension" -msgstr "目标是一个.com和/或你所在的国家扩展名" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Read more: `How to Choose a Domain Name for Maximum SEO " -"<https://www.searchenginejournal.com/choose-a-domain-name-maximum-" -"seo/158951/>`__" -msgstr "" -"更多信息请参阅<https://www.searchenginejournal.com/choose-a-domain-name-maximum-" -"seo/158951/>：如何选择一个域名，使SEO最大化" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:24 -msgid "How to buy a domain name" -msgstr "如何收购一个域名" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:25 -msgid "Buy your domain name at a popular registrar:" -msgstr "向主流注册机构购买域名" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:27 -msgid "`GoDaddy <https://www.godaddy.com>`__" -msgstr " GoDaddy " - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:28 -msgid "`Namecheap <https://www.namecheap.com>`__" -msgstr "`Namecheap官方网站 <https://www.namecheap.com>`__" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:29 -msgid "`OVH <https://www.ovh.com>`__" -msgstr "`OVH <https://www.ovh.com>`__" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Steps to buy a domain name are pretty much straight forward. In case of " -"issue, check out those easy tutorials:" -msgstr "购买域名的步骤非常直接。建议先查阅以下简明指引：" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:34 -msgid "`GoDaddy <https://roadtoblogging.com/buy-domain-name-from-godaddy>`__" -msgstr "`GoDaddy " - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:35 -msgid "" -"`Namecheap <https://www.loudtips.com/buy-domain-name-hosting-namecheap//>`__" -msgstr " Namecheap " - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Feel free to buy an email server to have email addresses using your domain " -"name. However don't buy any extra service to create or host your website. " -"This is Odoo's job!" -msgstr "随意购买一个邮件服务器，从而拥有带自己域名的邮件地址。但不要购买任何额外服务以创建或托管你的网址，因为这是Odoo的工作！" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:45 -msgid "How to apply my domain name to my Odoo instance" -msgstr "如何将我的域名应用到Odoo实例中" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:46 -msgid "" -"First let's authorize the redirection (yourcompany.com -> " -"yourcompany.odoo.com):" -msgstr "首先，对转向路径进行授权" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:48 -msgid "Open your Odoo.com account from your homepage." -msgstr "从你自己的主页中打开你的Odoo.com账户" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:53 -msgid "Go to the *Manage Databases* page." -msgstr "进入*管理数据库*页面。" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Click on *Domains* to the right of the database you would like to redirect." -msgstr "点击数据库右边的*域名*即可转向。" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:63 -msgid "" -"A database domain prompt will appear. Enter your custom domain (e.g. " -"www.yourcompany.com)." -msgstr "出现数据库域名提示符。输入你自定义的域名（例如www.yourcompany.com）。" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:70 -msgid "" -"We can now apply the redirection from your domain name's manager account:" -msgstr "现在可以从你的域名管理器账号应用转向了。" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:72 -msgid "Log in to your account and search for the DNS Zones management page." -msgstr "登录你的帐户，搜索DNS区管理页面。" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:74 -msgid "" -"Create a CNAME record *www.yourdomain.com* pointing to *mywebsite.odoo.com*." -" If you want to use the naked domain (e.g. yourdomain.com), you need to " -"redirect *yourdomain.com* to *www.yourdomain.com*." -msgstr "" -"创建一个指向*mywebsite.odoo.com*的CNAME记录*www.yourdomain.com*。如你要使用裸域名（如yourdomain.com），你需要将*yourdomain.com*重定向到*www.yourdomain.com*。" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:78 -msgid "Here are some specific guidelines to create a CNAME record:" -msgstr "以下是一些创建CNAME记录的特定指引：" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:80 -msgid "`GoDaddy <https://be.godaddy.com/fr/help/add-a-cname-record-19236>`__" -msgstr "" -"`GoDaddy狗爹官方网站 <https://be.godaddy.com/fr/help/add-a-cname-record-19236>`__" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:81 -msgid "" -"`Namecheap " -"<https://www.namecheap.com/support/knowledgebase/article.aspx/9646/10/how-" -"can-i-set-up-a-cname-record-for-my-domain>`__" -msgstr "" -"`Namecheap " -"<https://www.namecheap.com/support/knowledgebase/article.aspx/9646/10/how-" -"can-i-set-up-a-cname-record-for-my-domain>`__" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:82 -msgid "" -"`OVH " -"<https://www.ovh.co.uk/g1519.exchange_20132016_how_to_add_a_cname_record>`__" -msgstr "" -"`OVH官网 " -"<https://www.ovh.co.uk/g1519.exchange_20132016_how_to_add_a_cname_record>`__" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:85 -msgid "How to enable SSL (HTTPS) for my Odoo instance" -msgstr "如何从我的Odoo实例中启用SSL (HTTPS)。" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:87 -msgid "" -"Until recently, Odoo users needed to use a third-party CDN service provider " -"such as CloudFlare to enable SSL." -msgstr "直到最近，Odoo用户还需要使用第三方CDN服务提供商，如Cloud Flare来启用SSL。" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:89 -msgid "" -"It is not required anymore: Odoo generates the certificate for you " -"automatically, using integration with `Let's Encrypt Certificate Authority " -"and ACME protocol <https://letsencrypt.org/how-it-works/>`__. In order to " -"get this, simply add your domain name in your customer portal (a separate " -"certificate is generated for each domain name specified)." -msgstr "" -"但现在已经不需要了：Odoo通过集成`Let's Encrypt认证机构和ACME协议 <https://letsencrypt.org/how-it-" -"works/>`__，为你自动生成证书。如要获取该证书，只需在你的客户门户添加域名（为指定的每个域名生成单独的证书）。" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:93 -msgid "**Please note that the certificate generation may take up to 24h.**" -msgstr "**请注意，生成证书可能需要24小时。**" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:95 -msgid "" -"If you already use CloudFlare or a similar service, you can keep using it or" -" simply change for Odoo. The choice is yours." -msgstr "如果你已经使用CloudFlare或类似服务，你可继续使用或更换到Odoo。一切由你决定。" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:99 -msgid "How to make sure that all my URLs use my custom domain?" -msgstr "如何确保我的所有URL使用自定义的域？" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:101 -msgid "" -"To set up the root URL of your website and of all the links sent in emails, " -"you can ask an administrator of your database (any user in the *Settings* " -"group) to perform a login from the login screen. It's as simple as that!" -msgstr "如要设置网站和电子邮件发送的所有链接中的根URL，你可要求数据库的管理员（*设置*组中的任何用户）从登录屏幕执行登录。就这么简单！" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:103 -msgid "" -"If you want to do it manually, you can go to :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Technical --> System Parameters` . Find the entry called ``web.base.url`` " -"(you can create it if it does not exist) and enter the full URL of your " -"website, like ``https://www.myodoowebsite.com``." -msgstr "" -"如果你要手动完成此项操作，进入 :menuselection:`设置 --> 技术 --> " -"系统参数`。找到名为``web.base.url``的条目（如不存在，可以创建该条目）并输入网站的完整URL，如``https://www.myodoowebsite.com``。" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:107 -msgid "" -"The URL must include the protocol (``https://`` or ``http://``) and must not" -" end by a slash (``/``)." -msgstr "URL必须包含协议（``https://``或``http://``）且必须以斜杠（``/``）结尾。" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:109 -msgid "" -"If you want to block the root URL update when an administrator logs in, you " -"can add a System Parameter called ``web.base.url.freeze`` with its value " -"set to ``True``." -msgstr "如果要在管理员登录时阻止根URL更新，可以添加名为``web.base.url.freeze``的系统参数，其值设置为``True``。" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:113 -msgid "My website is indexed twice by Google" -msgstr "我的网站被谷歌索引了两次" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:115 -msgid "" -"If you set up a custom domain *mydomain.com* name for *mydatabase.odoo.com*," -" Google indexes your website under both names. This is a limitation of the " -"Odoo cloud platforms/" -msgstr "" -"如果你为*mydatabase.odoo.com*设置了自定义域*mydomain.com*，谷歌将在两个名称下编制网站索引。这是Odoo云平台的一个局限性/" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:120 -msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_servers`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_servers`" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:3 -msgid "Manage Multi Websites" -msgstr "管理多网站" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo’s Multi-Websites opens up broad possibilities of diversification and " -"customer segmentation for your business. A multiplied audience and boosted " -"revenue are now just a few clicks away!" -msgstr "Odoo的多网站功能为你的公司提供了多元化和客户细分的广泛可能性。只需点击几次，即可收获成倍的受众和更多收入！" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Each website can work in a fully independent way, with its theme, branding, " -"domain name, header & footer, pages, languages, products, blog posts, forum," -" slides, events, live chat channels, etc. Let’s go for a tour!" -msgstr "" -"每个网站都可以完全独立的方式运行，体现在其主题、品牌、域名、页眉和页脚、页面、语言、产品、博客帖子、论坛、幻灯片、活动、实时聊天渠道等方面。我们来实际了解一下吧！" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:18 -msgid "Setup" -msgstr "设置" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:20 -msgid "" -"To create a new website, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration -->" -" Settings`. The button, *Create a new website*, lays in the first section." -msgstr "如要创建新网站，前往 :menuselection:`网站 --> 配置 --> 设置`。*创建新网站*按钮位于第一个版块。" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:28 -msgid "" -"In the upcoming prompt, set a name for your new website and a specific " -"domain name. Leave empty to publish the new website under the default domain" -" of your Odoo database. You can later set some country groups to redirect " -"visitors to it using Geo IP." -msgstr "" -"根据后面的提示，设置新网站名称和特定域名。如果在Odoo数据库默认域下发布新网站，则可以留空。你可以稍后设置 " -"一些国家小组，在使用GeoIP时将访问者重定向。" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Then, select a theme. This new website might have an entirely different " -"purpose or audience than the first one. So feel free to go for a different " -"theme!" -msgstr "然后，选择一个主题。新网站可能与第一个网站的目的和受众完全不同。所以请自由选择不同的主题！" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Once the theme is selected, you can start to build the homepage of your " -"website. Follow the purple drops; they will help you in the first steps." -msgstr "在选择主题后，你可以开始构建网站主页。跟随紫色水滴，它们会引导你开始。" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:48 -msgid "" -"If you run Odoo Online, don’t forget to redirect any new domain name to your" -" Odoo database (``CNAME``) and to authorize it Odoo-side. See " -":doc:`domain_name`." -msgstr "" -"如果你运行Odoo " -"Online，请勿忘记将所有新域名重定向到你的Odoo数据库(``CNAME``)并从Odoo方面进行授权。查看:doc:`domain_name`。" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:52 -msgid "Create the menu" -msgstr "创建菜单" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:54 -msgid "" -"The new website has a default menu with all the installed applications. To " -"edit it, click :menuselection:`Pages --> Edit Menu`. Moving forward you only" -" edit the menu of the current website." -msgstr "" -"新网站的默认菜单包含了所有已安装的应用程序。如要编辑该菜单，点击 :menuselection:`页面 --> " -"编辑菜单`。之后，则仅需编辑当前网站的菜单。" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:59 -msgid "Switch from one website to another" -msgstr "从一个网站切换到另一个" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:62 -msgid "" -"As easy as ABC! There is a website switcher in the right corner of the edit " -"bar. Switching to another website will connect to the domain of this " -"website. If you use another domain for the website, the user is requested to" -" sign in." -msgstr "超级简单！编辑栏右侧有一个网站切换器。切换到另一个网站将连接到此网站的域。如果你在该网站使用另一个域，则需要用户登录。" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:71 -msgid "" -"When switching, you are redirected to the same domain path on the other " -"website (e.g., ``/shop/myproduct``). If this URL is not used, you will be " -"redirected to a 404 page but prompted to create a new page from there." -msgstr "" -"切换时，你将被重定向到另一个网站上的同一域路径（例如，``/shop/myproduct``）。如果不使用此URL，你将被重定向到404页面，但被提示在此创建新页面。" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:76 -msgid "Add features" -msgstr "添加功能" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:78 -msgid "" -"The website apps you install (e.g., Slides, Blogs) are made available on all" -" your websites. You can, of course, keep them hidden in one website by " -"removing the menu item." -msgstr "你安装的网站应用程序（如幻灯片、博客）可用于你的所有网站。当然，你可以通过删除菜单项，在某个网站中将它们隐藏。" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:82 -msgid "" -"Each website comes with a high range of specific options in the settings. " -"First, select the website to configure." -msgstr "每个网站在设置中都有大量的特定选项。首先，选择要配置的网站。" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:88 -msgid "" -"Then, take a look at the options flagged with the earth icon. It means they " -"only impact the very website you are working on." -msgstr "然后，查看标有地球图标的选项。这意味着它们只会影响你正在开发的网站。" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:94 -msgid "You can, for instance, set specific :" -msgstr "例如，你可以设置特定的：" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:96 -msgid "languages," -msgstr "语言，" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:98 -msgid "domain names," -msgstr "域名，" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:100 -msgid "social media links," -msgstr "社交媒体链接，" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:102 -msgid "customer portal mode (B2C vs. B2B)," -msgstr "客户门户模式（B2C或B2B），" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:104 -msgid "dedicated live chat channels," -msgstr "专门的在线客服渠道，" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:106 -msgid "etc." -msgstr "等等" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:108 -msgid "The other options are global and apply to all your websites." -msgstr "其他为全局选项，适用于所有网站。" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:111 -msgid "Manage domain names" -msgstr "管理域名" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:113 -msgid "" -"As said earlier, your websites can either share the same domain name or use " -"a specific one. If you share it and want to adapt the content per region, " -"set country groups in the setting of each website. Visitors will be " -"redirected to the right website using GeoIP." -msgstr "" -"如前所述，你的网站可以共享相同的域名，也可以使用特定的域名。如果你共享域名并希望调整每个地区的内容，请在每个网站的设置中设置国家小组 " -"。访问者将通过GeoIP被重定向到正确的网站。" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:122 -msgid "" -"Geo IP is installed by default in Odoo Online. If you run Odoo on-premise, " -"don’t forget to install *GeoIP* library. See :doc:`on-premise_geo-ip-" -"installation`" -msgstr "" -"Odoo Online默认安装GeoIP。如果你在本地部署情况下运行Odoo，请勿忘记安装*GeoIP*库。参见:doc:`on-" -"premise_geo-ip-installation`" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:127 -msgid ":doc:`domain_name`" -msgstr ":doc:`domain_name`" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:130 -msgid "Customize the visitor experience" -msgstr "自定义访问者体验" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:133 -msgid "" -"The customer experience can be customized very profoundly thanks to the menu" -" \\*Customize\\*. All the visual options available there are specific to " -"each website. Go through the different pages to adapt them to this new " -"audience. Focus on workflows, and automatic pages (eCommerce checkout, " -"blogs, events, etc.) as the number of available options is higher there." -msgstr "" -"通过\\*定制\\*菜单，可深度定制客户体验。这里所有可用的视觉选项都针对的是每个网站。浏览各个页面并针对新受众进行调整。重点关注工作流程和自动化页面（如电子商务结帐、博客、活动等），因为这里的可用选项极多。" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:143 -msgid "Publish specific content per website" -msgstr "按网站发布具体内容" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:146 -msgid "" -"Like static pages, any content created from the front-end (product, blog " -"post, etc.) is always only published in the current website. You can change " -"that from the edit form view in the backend and leave the *Website* field " -"blank. This will publish it in all the websites." -msgstr "" -"与静态页面一样，从前端创建的任何内容（产品、博客帖子等） " -"均只能在当前网站上发布。你可从后端编辑表单视图中更改，并将*网站*字段留空。这样就将在所有网站上发布。" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:154 -msgid "" -"Here are all the objects that you can link to *either one or all the " -"websites*:" -msgstr "以下是你可以链接到*一个或所有网站*的所有对象：" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:157 -msgid "Products" -msgstr "产品" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:159 -msgid "Product Categories for eCommerce" -msgstr "电子商务的产品类别" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:161 -msgid "Blogs" -msgstr "博文" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:163 -msgid "Slide Channels" -msgstr "幻灯片频道" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:165 -msgid "Forums" -msgstr "论坛" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:167 -msgid "Events" -msgstr "活动" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:169 -msgid "Job Positions" -msgstr "工作岗位" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:172 -msgid "" -"When you create the record from the backend and publish it, typically a " -"product or an event, it is made available in all websites." -msgstr "当你从后端创建记录并发布时（通常是产品或活动），它在所有网站上均可用。" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:176 -msgid "Publish a page in all websites" -msgstr "在所有网站发表某个页面" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:178 -msgid "" -"A new static page is created and only made available in the current website." -" You can duplicate it to other websites from :menuselection:`Website --> " -"Configuration --> Pages`. To do so, leave the *Website* field empty." -msgstr "" -"只能在当前网站创建新的静态页面并发布。你可以将它复制到其他网站，路径为 :menuselection:`网站 --> 配置 --> " -"页面`。请将*网站*字段留空。" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:182 -msgid "" -"If you want to duplicate it in just one other website, duplicate the page " -"and set the new website." -msgstr "如果你只需将它复制到另外一个网站，请复制页面并设置新网站。" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:188 -msgid "" -"When you edit the page again, the change only affects the current website. A" -" new page is duplicated and tied up to the website. The original page still " -"being linked to all websites." -msgstr "再次编辑页面时，更改只影响当前网站。新页面被复制并绑定到网站上。原页面仍链接到所有网站。" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:193 -msgid "" -"By grouping pages by URL in the page manager, you quickly find the original " -"page behind each edited page." -msgstr "通过页面管理器按URL对页面进行分组，你可以快速找到每个编辑页面后面的原始页面。" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:200 -msgid "Multi-companies" -msgstr "多公司" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:202 -msgid "" -"Each website can be linked to a specific company of your system, in a multi-" -"companies environment." -msgstr "在多公司环境中，每个网站都可以链接到你系统中的特定公司。" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:208 -msgid "" -"With such a configuration, only company-related data appear on the website " -"(products, jobs, events, etc.)." -msgstr "利用这项配置，只有与公司相关的数据出现在网站上（产品、工作、活动等）。" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:211 -msgid "" -"Website editors can only view and edit the pages of the records they have " -"access to, typically the ones belonging to their current company (and to " -"their subsidiaries, or child companies in Odoo language). And so is it for " -"visitors." -msgstr "网站编辑只能查看和编辑他们有访问权限的记录页面，通常是属于他们目前的公司（及其子公司）的页面。访问者也是如此。" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:217 -msgid "" -"If websites are multi-companies, you don’t change company when switching " -"websites. To change the company and see the related content, use the company" -" selector in the menu." -msgstr "如果网站是多公司，你在切换网站时无法切换公司。如要切换公司并查看相关内容，需使用菜单中的公司选择器。" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:223 -msgid "Configure your eCommerce website" -msgstr "配置你的电子商务网站" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:225 -msgid "" -"eCommerce is a crucial feature in the multi-websites environment. We made it" -" so that the entire flow can be customized to fit the very audience of each " -"website." -msgstr "电子商务是多网站环境中的一项关键功能。在我们的网站上，这项功能可定制，以适应每个网站的受众。" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:230 -msgid "Products only available on one website" -msgstr "产品仅在一个网站可用" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:232 -msgid "" -"We already saw earlier how to publish a specific record in only one website." -" You will find the \\*Website\\* field in the eCommerce tab of the product " -"edit form. Empty means available in all websites." -msgstr "我们之前已经了解了如何仅在一个网站发布特定记录。你可使用产品编辑表单电子商务选项卡的\\*网站\\*字段。留空意味着在所有网站均可用。" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:240 -msgid "Products available on *some* websites" -msgstr "产品在*部分*网站可用" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:242 -msgid "" -"To make a product available on some websites, but not all of them, you " -"should duplicate the product for each website." -msgstr "如要使产品在部分而不是所有网站可用，你应为每个网站复制产品。" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:245 -msgid "" -"If you need a unique reference to manage in your inventory, you should " -"install *Manufacturing\\ and create *Kits* BoMs (bills of materials). Each " -"kit will link each published “virtual” product to the main reference managed" -" in your inventory. That way, any item sold from your website will be " -"converted into the storable item in the delivery order." -msgstr "" -"如果你需要通过唯一参考编号来管理库存，你应安装*制造*应用程序并创建*套件*物料清单。每个套件将每个发布的“虚拟”产品关联到库存中管理的主要参考编号。这样，从你的网站出售的任何项目将在交货单中转换为可库存的产品。" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:252 -msgid "Pricelists" -msgstr "价格表" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:254 -msgid "" -"To manage specific prices by websites, you can activate *Multiple Sales " -"Prices per Product* in Website settings." -msgstr "如要按网站管理特定价格，你可在网站设置中启用*每款产品的多个销售价格*。" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:257 -msgid "" -"Then, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Products --> Pricelists` to create " -"additional pricelists. See " -":doc:`../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing`." -msgstr "" -"然后，前往 :menuselection:`网站 --> 产品 --> 价格表`创建其他价格表。参见 " -":doc:`../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing`。" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:260 -msgid "" -"If you need help. Select a website to make a pricelist only available on " -"this website." -msgstr "如需帮助。选择一个网站，创建仅用于此网站的价格表。" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:266 -msgid "" -"Leaving the field empty means that you make it work in all websites if " -"*Selectable* is selected. Otherwise, it makes it only available for backend " -"operations of Sales and Point of Sale applications." -msgstr "如果选择了*可选择*，字段留空则意味着它适用于所有网站。否则，它只能用于销售和POS应用程序的后端操作。" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:271 -msgid "Payment Acquirers and Delivery Methods" -msgstr "付款收单机构和交货方式" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:273 -msgid "" -"By default, published payment acquirers and delivery methods are deployed in" -" all websites. You could already use specific payment acquirers per country " -"using Geo IP by defining countries in their configuration. Now you can also " -"do it per website by filling in the *Website* field." -msgstr "" -"默认情况下，所有网站都部署了已发布的付款收单机构和交货方式。你在网站配置中定义国家，即可通过Geo " -"IP确定每个国家使用的具体支付收单机构。你也可填写*网站*字段，对每个网站进行设置。" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:279 -msgid "Customer accounts" -msgstr "客户账户" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:281 -msgid "" -"There is a setting to choose how to manage customer accounts in Website " -"settings. You can either allow customers to use one account through all the " -"websites or compel them to create one account for each website. This last " -"option is convenient if your websites shouldn’t be related to each other in " -"the visitor mind." -msgstr "" -"有一个设置可用于选择在网站设置中管理客户帐户的方式。你可以允许客户在所有网站使用同一个帐户，也可以强制要求他们为每个网站创建一个帐户。最后这种选项可避免给访问者留下各个网站相互关联的印象。" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:291 -msgid "Technical hints for customization" -msgstr "关于自定义的技术提示" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:293 -msgid "" -"If you want to publish custom objects on the website, here are a few tips to" -" make it work with multi websites:" -msgstr "如果你想在网站上发布自定义对象，以下几条提示将有助于它在多网站中运行：" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:297 -msgid "Sitemap: don’t forget the domain in the route to only publish" -msgstr "网站地图：不要忘记在每个网站的站点地图中" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:297 -msgid "available records in each website’s sitemap." -msgstr "只发布可用记录的路由中的域。" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:301 -msgid "Access: you should call the method" -msgstr "访问：应在控制器中调用方法*can_access_from_current_website*，" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:300 -msgid "" -"*can_access_from_current_website* in the controller to make sure the visitor" -" can see a record in the current website." -msgstr "以确保访问者可在当前网站中看到记录。" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:305 -msgid "Search: when a list of records is displayed, don’t forget to specify" -msgstr "搜索：当显示记录列表时，" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:304 -msgid "the domain to only display records available for the current website." -msgstr "不要忘记指定域只显示当前网站可用的记录。" - -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:3 -msgid "Geo IP installation (on-premises database)" -msgstr "Geo IP安装（本地部署数据库）" - -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:6 -msgid "Installation" -msgstr "安装" - -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Please note that the installation depends on your computer operating system " -"and distribution. We will assume here that a Linux operating system is used." -msgstr "请注意，安装取决于你的计算机操作系统和分布。我们将在这里假设使用Linux操作系统。" - -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:13 -msgid "Install `geoip2 <https://pypi.org/project/geoip2/>`__ Python library" -msgstr "安装`geoip2 <https://pypi.org/project/geoip2/>`__ Python库" - -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Download the `GeoLite2 City database " -"<https://dev.maxmind.com/geoip/geoip2/geolite2/>`_. You should end up with a" -" file called ``GeoLite2-City.mmdb``" -msgstr "" -"下载`GeoLite2 City数据库 " -"<https://dev.maxmind.com/geoip/geoip2/geolite2/>`_。你将下载到名为``GeoLite2-City.mmdb``的文件" - -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:19 -msgid "Move the file to the folder ``/usr/share/GeoIP/``" -msgstr "将文件移动到文件夹``/usr/share/GeoIP/``" - -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:21 -msgid "Restart the server" -msgstr "重启服务器" - -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:23 -msgid "" -"If you can't/don't want to locate the geoip database in " -"``/usr/share/GeoIP/``, you can use the ``--geoip-db`` option of the Odoo " -"command line interface. This option takes the absolute path to the GeoIP " -"database file and will use it as the GeoIP database. For example:" -msgstr "" -"如果你不能/不想在``/usr/share/GeoIP/``中定位geoip数据库，则可使用Odoo命令行接口的``--geoip-" -"db``选项。此选项取到GeoIP数据库文件的绝对路径，并将其用作GeoIP数据库。例如：" - -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:32 -msgid "" -"`CLI documentation " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/14.0/reference/cmdline.html>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:34 -msgid "" -"``GeoIP`` Python library can also be used. However this version is " -"discontinued since January 2019. See `GeoLite Legacy databases are now " -"discontinued <https://support.maxmind.com/geolite-legacy-discontinuation-" -"notice/>`_" -msgstr "" -"也可使用``GeoIP`` Python库。但这个版本已于2019年1月停用。参见`GeoLite Legacy数据库现已停用 " -"<https://support.maxmind.com/geolite-legacy-discontinuation-notice/>`_" - -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:37 -msgid "How to test GeoIP geolocation in your Odoo website?" -msgstr "如何在你的Odoo网站上测试GeoIP地理定位？" - -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Go into your website. Open the web page on which you want to test ``GeoIP``." -msgstr "进入你的网站。打开想要测试``GeoIP``的网页。" - -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:39 -msgid "Choose :menuselection:`Customize --> HTML/CSS/JS Editor`." -msgstr "选择 :menuselection:`自定义 --> HTML/CSS/JS编辑器`。" - -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:40 -msgid "Add the following piece of XML in the page :" -msgstr "在页面添加以下XML：" - -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:46 -msgid "" -"You should end up with a dictionary indicating the location of the ip " -"address." -msgstr "最后你将看到显示ip地址位置的字典。" - -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:51 -msgid "" -"If the curly braces are empty ``{}``, it can be for any of the following " -"reason :" -msgstr "如果花括号为空``{}``，可能是下面的一种原因：" - -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:53 -msgid "" -"The browsing IP address is the localhost (``127.0.0.1``) or a local area " -"network one (``192.168.*.*``)" -msgstr "浏览IP地址为本地主机(``127.0.0.1``)或一个局域网(``192.168.*.*``)" - -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:54 -msgid "" -"If a reversed proxy is used, make sure to configure it correctly. See " -"`--proxy-mode " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/14.0/reference/cmdline.html#cmdoption-" -"odoo-bin-proxy-mode>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:55 -msgid "``geoip2`` is not installed or the GeoIP database file wasn't found" -msgstr "未安装``geoip2``或未找到GeoIP数据库文件" - -#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:56 -msgid "The GeoIP database was unable to resolve the given IP address" -msgstr "GeoIP数据库无法解析给定的IP地址" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:3 -msgid "How to translate my website" -msgstr "如何进行网址转换" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:6 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "概述" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In addition to creating great modern websites, Odoo gives you the " -"possibility to translate it in different languages." -msgstr "除了创造伟大的现代网站，Odoo让你尽可能用不同语言翻译。" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:12 -msgid "Process" -msgstr "处理" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Once your website is created, you have the opportunity to translate it in as" -" many different languages as you want." -msgstr "一旦你的网站建立之后, 你就有机会用所有你想用的各种不同语言去翻译它了。" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:17 -msgid "" -"There are two ways to translate your website, you can do it manually or " -"automatically with the Gengo App. If you want to do it automatically, go to " -"the **App** module and Install **Automated translations through Gengo Api** " -"and **Website Gengo Translator**. If you want to do it manually, don't " -"install anything, and follow the next step." -msgstr "" -"有两种方法可翻译你的网站，可以手动或用Gengo App自动翻译。如果你想自动做，去* *App * *模块, 安装**Automated " -"translations through Gengo Api** 和**Website Gengo " -"Translator**。如果你想手动做，不要安装任何东西，并按照下一步。" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Now go to your website. On the bottom right corner of the page, click on " -"**Add a language**." -msgstr "现在去你的网站。在页面的右下角，单击**添加一个语言**。" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Choose the language in which you want to translate your website and then " -"click on **Load.**" -msgstr "选择你想用来翻译你的网站的语言, 然后点击“加载\" 。 " - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:35 -msgid "" -"You will see that Now, next to English there is also French, which means " -"that the page for the translation has been created. You can also see that " -"some of the text has been translated automatically." -msgstr "你会看到，英语的旁边是法语，这意味着该网页已翻译。你也可以看到，一些文本已自动翻译。" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:42 -msgid "" -"To translate the content of the website, click on **Translate** (here " -"**Traduire** since we want to translate the website in French)." -msgstr "翻译网站的内容，点击**翻译**(这里 **Traduire** , 是因为我们想把网站翻译成法国)。" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:45 -msgid "" -"There, if you have installed the Gengo Translator, You will see that next to" -" the **Translate** button you also have a button **Translate " -"automatically**. Once you click on that button, you will be asked some " -"information on your account. If you don't have an account yet, follow `this " -"link <https://gengo.com/auth/form/login/>`_ in order to create one. You need" -" to ask for a public key and a private key." -msgstr "" -"如果你安装了Gengo翻译器，在**翻译**按钮旁边，还会看到**自动翻译**按钮。如果点击该按钮，你需要提供一些关于你的账户的信息。如果你还没有帐户，通过`此链接" -" <https://gengo.com/auth/form/login/>`_ 创建一个账户。你需要提供一个公钥和一个私钥。" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:53 -msgid "" -"The content you wish to translate will then be translated automatically." -msgstr "你希望翻译的内容将会被自动翻译。" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Now you can see that most of the content is highlighted in yellow or in " -"green. The yellow represents the content that you have to translate by " -"yourself. The green represents the content that has already been translated " -"automatically." -msgstr "现在你可以看到，大部分的内容已用黄色或绿色突出了。黄色代表必须自己翻译。绿色代表已自动翻译。" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8bc84599b --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po @@ -0,0 +1,3235 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# e2f <projects@e2f.com>, 2021 +# Jonathon Li <jonathonli@gmail.com>, 2021 +# 思昀 邹 <1025772003@qq.com>, 2021 +# george liu <george@taotaome.com>, 2021 +# 苏州远鼎 <tiexinliu@126.com>, 2021 +# Xia Fajin <xia.fajin@elico-corp.com>, 2021 +# 稀饭~~ <wangwhai@qq.com>, 2021 +# Miao Zhou <zhoumiao_nuaa@outlook.com>, 2021 +# Martin Trigaux, 2021 +# mrshelly <mrshelly@hotmail.com>, 2021 +# Jeffery CHEN Fan <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2021 +# liAnGjiA <liangjia@qq.com>, 2021 +# Connie Xiao <connie.xiao@elico-corp.com>, 2021 +# fausthuang, 2021 +# bf2549c5415a9287249cba2b8a5823c7, 2021 +# diaojiaolou <124412206@qq.com>, 2021 +# 黎伟杰 <674416404@qq.com>, 2021 +# Mandy Choy <mnc@odoo.com>, 2021 +# Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2021 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-18 07:12+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-05-18 05:18+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2021\n" +"Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: zh_CN\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites.rst:3 +msgid "Websites" +msgstr "网站" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce.rst:4 +msgid "eCommerce" +msgstr "电子商务" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started.rst:3 +msgid "Get started" +msgstr "开始使用" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:3 +msgid "How to customize my catalog page" +msgstr "如何定制我的目录页" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:6 +msgid "Product Catalog" +msgstr "产品目录" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:8 +msgid "" +"All your published items show up in your catalog page (or *Shop* page)." +msgstr "所有印刷的项目都会显示在你的目录（或 *商店* ）页面中" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Most options are available in the *Customize* menu: display attributes, " +"website categories, etc." +msgstr "多数选项都可以在 *自定义* 菜单中找到，如显示属性、网址目录等" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:20 +msgid "Highlight a product" +msgstr "突出产品" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Boost the visibility of your star/promoted products: push them to top, make " +"them bigger, add a ribbon that you can edit (Sale, New, etc.). Open the Shop" +" page, switch to Edit mode and click any item to start customizing the grid." +msgstr "" +"加强星标/推广产品的可见性：将其置于顶部，放大，加一条可编辑的功能区（如促销、新品等）。打开商店页面，切换到编辑模式，点击任一项目自定义网格。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:26 +msgid "" +"See how to do it: " +"https://www.odoo.com/openerp_website/static/src/video/e-commerce/editing.mp4" +msgstr "" +"查看操作方法：\n" +" https://www.odoo.com/openerp_website/static/src/video/e-commerce/editing.mp4" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:29 +msgid "Quick add to cart" +msgstr "快速添加到购物车" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:31 +msgid "" +"If your customers buy a lot of items at once, make their process shorter by " +"enabling purchases from the catalog page. To do so, add product description " +"and add to cart button. Turn on the following options in *Customize* menu: " +"Product Description, Add to Cart, List View (to display product description " +"better)." +msgstr "" +"如果您的客户一次采购大量物品，请通过在目录页面上启用采购功能来缩短他们的流程。 为此，添加产品说明并添加到购物车按钮。 在 *自定义* " +"菜单中打开以下选项：产品描述，添加到购物车，列表视图（以更好地显示产品描述）。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:3 +msgid "How to build a product page" +msgstr "如何建立一个产品页面" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:5 +msgid "On the website click *New Page* in the top-right corner." +msgstr "在该网站点击右上角的 *新页面* 。 " + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:7 +msgid "Then click *New Product* and follow the blinking tips." +msgstr "再点击 *新产品* 并按照闪烁的提示操作。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:12 +msgid "Here are the main elements of the Product page:" +msgstr "以下为产品页面的要素：" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:17 +msgid "Many elements can be made visible from the *Customize* menu." +msgstr "可通过 *自定义* 菜单查看到这些要素。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:22 +msgid "See how to configure your products from links here below." +msgstr "查看如何配置以下链接中的产品。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:26 +msgid ":doc:`../managing_products/variants`" +msgstr ":doc:`../managing_products/variants`" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:27 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/taxes`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:28 +msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/cross_selling`" +msgstr ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/cross_selling`" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:29 +msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/reviews`" +msgstr ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/reviews`" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:30 +msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`" +msgstr ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:31 +msgid ":doc:`../../website/optimize/seo`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../website/optimize/seo`" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products.rst:3 +msgid "Manage my products" +msgstr "管理我的产品" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:3 +msgid "How to display several images per product" +msgstr "如何显示每个产品的多张图片" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:5 +msgid "" +"By default your product web page displays the main image of your product " +"only. If you like to show your products under several angles, you can turn " +"the image into a carrousel." +msgstr "产品页默认只显示产品的主要图片。如需展示产品多角度的图片，可以将图片设为旋转模式。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Check *Several images per product* in :menuselection:`Website Admin --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "在 :menuselection:`网站管理 --> 配置 --> 设置，中选择勾选 *每个产品多张图片* 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Open a product detail form and upload images from *Images* tab. Hit *Create*" +" in Edit mode to get the upload wizard." +msgstr "打开产品详细表格，从 *图片* 页签下上传图片。在编辑模式中点击 *创建* ，打开上传指引。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:19 +msgid "Such extra image are common to all the product variants (if any)." +msgstr "这种额外的图片对于所有产品变量（如有）而言是很普遍的。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage product variants" +msgstr "如何管理产品变量" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Product variants are used to offer variations of the same product to your " +"customers on the products page. For example, the customer chooses a T-shirt " +"and then selects its size and color. In the example below, the customer " +"chooses a phone, and then selects the memory; color and Wi-Fi band from the " +"available options." +msgstr "" +"产品变体用于在产品页面上向您的客户提供同一产品的变体。 例如，客户选择一件T恤，然后选择其尺寸和颜色。 在下面的示例中，客户选择一个电话，然后选择内存；" +" 可用选项中的颜色和Wi-Fi带宽。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:15 +msgid "How to create attributes & variants" +msgstr "如何创建属性与变量" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Turn on *Products can have several attributes, defining variants (Example: " +"size, color,...)* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`." +msgstr "在 :menuselection:`销售 --> 设置，中选择启用 *产品可以有多个属性，定义这些变量（如尺码、颜色等）* 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:20 +msgid "Select a product from the Products list, go to the *Variants* tab." +msgstr "从产品列表中选择一款产品，再选择 *变量* 选项卡。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Add as many attributes as you need from 3 different types: radio buttons, " +"drop-down menu or color buttons. You get several variants as soon as there " +"are 2 values for 1 attribute." +msgstr "添加三种类型的多个属性：单选按钮、下拉菜单或颜色按钮。因为每种属性有多个变量，故你得到多个变量。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:30 +msgid "How to edit variants" +msgstr "如何编辑变量" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:32 +msgid "See all the variants from the product template detail form." +msgstr "从产品模板详情表中查看多个变量" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:40 +msgid "You can edit following data:" +msgstr "你可以编辑以下数据：" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:42 +msgid "Picture (will update in real time on the website)," +msgstr "图片（在网站中实时更新），" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:43 +msgid "Barcode," +msgstr "条形码，" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:44 +msgid "Internal Reference (SKU #)," +msgstr "内部货号（SKU#）," + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:45 +msgid "Volume," +msgstr "数量，" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:46 +msgid "Weight," +msgstr "重量，" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:47 +msgid "Active (available in quotes & website)." +msgstr "活跃（是否在网站中、是否可以报价）。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Both the Barcode and the Internal Reference are variant-specific. You need " +"to populate them once the variants generated." +msgstr "条形码和内部货号都是特定的变量。一旦生成了变量，即需要确定它们。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:54 +msgid "" +"See and edit all the variants from :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> " +"Product Variants` as well. This might be quicker if you manage lots of " +"variants." +msgstr "" +"从 :menuselection:`销售 --> 促销 --> 产品变量，中选择然后编辑所有的变量。如果你管理着多个变量，这将节省您的时间。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:58 +msgid "How to set specific prices per variant" +msgstr "如何为每个变量设置特定的价格" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:60 +msgid "" +"You can also set a specific public price per variant by clicking *Variant " +"Prices* in the product detail form (action in top-left corner)." +msgstr "你还可以点击产品详情表（左上角）的 *变量价格* ，为每一种变量设置特定的公开价格。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:66 +msgid "" +"The Price Extra is added to the product price whenever the corresponding " +"attribute value is selected." +msgstr "每当选择了对应的属性值，都可以为产品价格添加额外价格。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Pricelist formulas let you set advanced price computation methods for " +"product variants. See :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`." +msgstr "通过价格表公式为各种价格变量设置高级价格计算方法。参见：doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:80 +msgid "How to disable/archive variants" +msgstr "如何禁用或归档变量" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:82 +msgid "" +"You can disable/archive specific variants so that they are no longer " +"available in quotes & website (not existing in your stock, deprecated, " +"etc.). Simply uncheck *Active* in their detail form." +msgstr "可以禁用或归档特定的变量，使它们不再出现在报价及网站中（从库存中丢弃），只需取消详情表中 *归档* 的勾号。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To retrieve such archived items, hit *Archived* on searching the variants " +"list. You can reactivate them the same way." +msgstr "如需找回此类归档的项目，在搜索变量列表中点击 *已归档* 。可以用同样的方式再次激活这些项目。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue.rst:3 +msgid "Maximize my revenue" +msgstr "最大限度地提升收入" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:3 +msgid "How to sell accessories and optional products (cross-selling)" +msgstr "如何销售附件和可选产品（交叉销售）" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You sell computers. Why not stimulating your customers to buy a top-notch " +"screen or an extra-warranty? That's the goal of cross-selling " +"functionalities:" +msgstr "当你出售计电脑时， 为什么不鼓励您的客户购买一流的屏幕或额外保修？ 这就是交叉销售功能的目标：" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:8 +msgid "Accessory products on checkout page," +msgstr "结账页上的配套产品，" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Optional products on a new *Add to Cart* screen (not installed by default)." +msgstr "新的 *添加到购物车* 屏幕上的可选产品（默认情况下未安装）。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:12 +msgid "Accessory products when checking out" +msgstr "结帐时配套产品" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Accessories (e.g. for computers: mouse, keyboard) show up when the customer " +"reviews the cart before paying." +msgstr "当客户在付款前查看购物车时，会显示配件（例如，电脑的配件：鼠标，键盘）。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:20 +msgid "Select accessories in the *Sales* tab of the product detail page." +msgstr "在产品详细信息页面的 *销售* 标签中选择配件。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:26 +msgid "" +"There is an algorithm to figure out the best accessories to display in case " +"several items are added to cart. If any item is the accessory of several " +"products added to cart, it is most likely that it will be atop the list of " +"suggested accessories." +msgstr "当多个产品被添加到购物车时，这是一种预测附件产品的最佳算法。如果某一附件对应多个加入购物车的产品，那么它很可能会出现在推荐附件的最顶端。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:31 +msgid "Optional products when adding to cart" +msgstr "添加到购物车时的可选产品" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Optional products are directly related to the item added to cart (e.g. for " +"computers: warranty, OS software, extra components). Whenever the main " +"product is added to cart, such a new screen pops up as an extra step." +msgstr "" +"可选产品直接与加入购物车的产品相关（如对于电脑而言，质保期、操作系统软件、备件等）。如果主产品被放入购物车，则弹出新的窗口，提示下一个步骤。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:40 +msgid "To publish optional products:" +msgstr "发布可选产品：" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Install *eCommerce Optional Products* addon in *Apps* menu. Remove the " +"default filter to search on addons as well, otherwise only main apps show " +"up." +msgstr "在 *应用程式* 菜单中安装 *电子商务可选产品* 插件，移除默认过滤器并在插件上搜索，否则只会显示主要的应用程式。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:48 +msgid "Select optional items from the *Sales* tab of the product detail form." +msgstr "从产品详细信息表格的 *销售* 选项卡中选择可选项目。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The quantity of optional items added to cart is the same than the main item." +msgstr "添加到购物车的可选项目数量与主要项目相同。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:3 +msgid "Adapt prices to website visitors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:5 +msgid "" +"This section sheds light on pricing features found in the eCommerce app:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:7 +msgid "force a price by geo-localization," +msgstr "根据地区调整定价，" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:9 +msgid "let the customer choose the currency." +msgstr "让顾客选择他们偏好的货币。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:11 +msgid "" +"As a pre-requisite, check out how to managing product pricing: " +":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:15 +msgid "Geo-IP automatically applies the right price" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Assign country groups to your pricelists. That way, visitors who aren't " +"logged in yet will get their own currency when landing on your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:20 +msgid "Once logged in, they get the pricelist matching their country." +msgstr "登录后，可以看到与其本国货币对应的价格表。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:23 +msgid "Currency selector" +msgstr "币种选择器" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In the case that you sell in several currencies, you can let your customers " +"choose their own. Check the *Selectable* box to add the pricelist to the " +"website drop-down menu, which can be found in *Pricelists* under the " +"*Products* menu, located in the Website application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:35 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:36 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:37 +msgid ":doc:`promo_code`" +msgstr ":doc:`promo_code`" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:3 +msgid "How to create & share promotional codes" +msgstr "如何创建和分享优惠码" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Want to boost your sales for Xmas? Share promocodes through your marketing " +"campaigns and apply any kind of discounts." +msgstr "想提升你的圣诞节销售额吗？可在促销中分享你的优惠码，运用各种折扣。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:18 +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "设置" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings` and choose *Advanced pricing based" +" on formula* for *Sale Price*." +msgstr "进入 :menuselection:`促销 --> 设置，在 *销售价格公式* 中选择 *高级定价策略* 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website Admin --> Catalog --> Pricelists` and create a" +" new pricelist with the discount rule (see :doc:`pricing`). Then enter a " +"code." +msgstr "" +"进入 :menuselection:`网站管理 --> 目录 --> 价格表，创建一个带折扣规则的新价格表（参见doc:`定价` ，然后输入一个代码。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Make the promocode field available on your *Shopping Cart* page (option in " +"*Customize* menu). Add a product to cart to reach it." +msgstr "使促销代码字段在 *购物车* 页面上可用（ *自定义* 菜单中的选项）。 将产品添加到购物车即可。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Once turned on you see a new section on the right side. On clicking *Apply* " +"prices get automatically updated in the cart." +msgstr "打开后，看到右侧出现一个新的小节。点击 *应用* 价格，在购物车中自动更新价格。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:33 +msgid "" +"The promocode used by the customer is stored in the system so you can " +"analyze the performance of your marketing campaigns." +msgstr "顾客使用的优惠码存放于系统之中，因此你可以评估你的营销战略表现。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:39 +msgid "Show sales per pricelists..." +msgstr "显示每个价目表的销售量..." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:43 +msgid ":doc:`pricing`" +msgstr ":doc:`pricing`" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:3 +msgid "How to enable comments & rating" +msgstr "如何启用点评" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Publishing and monitoring customer experience will help you gain the trust " +"of new customers and better engage with your community. In 2 clicks, allow " +"your customer to share their feedback!" +msgstr "发布和监测顾客的购买心得将有助赢得新客户，并且更好地与社区互动。双击后，可允许你的顾客反馈购买体验！" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Activate comments & rating from the *Customize* menu of the product web " +"page." +msgstr "从产品网页的 *自定义* 菜单中激活评论和评分。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Visitors must log in to share their comments. Make sure they are able to do " +"so (see Portal documentation)." +msgstr "用户必须登录方可发表评论。请确保他们能行使这一功能（参见门户文档）。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:25 +msgid "Review the posts in real time" +msgstr "实时查看发贴" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Whenever a post is published, the product manager and all the product " +"followers get notified in their Inbox (*Discuss* menu)." +msgstr "顾客发贴后，产品经理及产品的全体关注者均可在收件箱收到通知（ 在 *讨论* 菜单中）。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:34 +msgid "" +"By default the user who created the product is automatically set as " +"follower." +msgstr "创建产品的用户自动默认为该产品的关注者。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Click the product name to open the detail form and review the comment (in " +"the product discussion thread)." +msgstr "单击产品名称，以打开详细信息表单并查看评论（在产品讨论线程中）。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:43 +msgid "Moderate & unpublish" +msgstr "调解及删贴" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:45 +msgid "" +"You can easily moderate by using the chatter, either in the product detail " +"form or on the web page." +msgstr "可以通过沟通栏或在网页的产品详情页轻松地进行调解。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To unpublish the post, open the product web page and click the *Published* " +"button to turn it red (*Unpublished*)." +msgstr "如要删除某个评论，请打开产品网页，点击 *已发表* 按钮，使其变为红色（*删帖*）。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:56 +msgid "..tip::" +msgstr "..提示::" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:55 +msgid "" +"You can access the web page from the detail form by clicking the *Published*" +" smart button (and vice versa)." +msgstr "点击 *已发布* 智能按钮可以从详情页访问网页（反之亦然）。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:3 +msgid "How to sell pricier alternative products (upselling)" +msgstr "如何销售价格更高的替代产品（向上销售）" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In order to maximize your revenue, suggesting pricier alternative products " +"is strongly advised for basic items. That way, your customer will spend more" +" time browsing your catalog." +msgstr "为了最大限度地提高您的收入，强烈建议您为基本商品推荐价格较高的替代产品。 这样，您的客户将花更多的时间浏览目录。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:12 +msgid "To do so:" +msgstr "为此，你需要：" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Select such *Alternative Products* in the *Sales* tab of the product detail " +"form. 3 alternatives are fine! Don't publish too many otherwise your " +"customers will be confused." +msgstr "从3个选项中选取 *替代品* （位于产品详情的 *销售* 页签下）就好了，不要发布过多的替代品，否则你的顾客会感到无所适从。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Turn on *Alternative Products* from the *Customize* menu of the product web " +"page." +msgstr "从产品网页的 *自定义* 菜单中打开 *替代品* 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/publish.rst:3 +msgid "Launch my website" +msgstr "启动我的网站" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience.rst:3 +msgid "Get paid" +msgstr "付款" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:3 +msgid "Manage orders paid with Payment Acquirers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The moment a payment is officially authorized by a Payment Acquirer, Odoo " +"*automatically* confirms the order, which triggers the delivery. And, if you" +" invoice based on ordered quantities, you are requested to invoice the " +"order, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Let’s take a closer look at how to manage orders paid with Payment " +"Acquirers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:12 +msgid "Checking the status of a payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To check the status of a payment, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Orders " +"--> Orders`. Then, simply click on the order you wish to check on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Once you are on the Sales Order page, you will find the payment is confirmed" +" with an automatic note in the *Chatter*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If the user decides to create an invoice, the payment is directly " +"reconciled. This note in the *Chatter* includes a link to the Payment entry," +" which contains various details about the transaction, along with a link to " +"the related Journal Entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Specific messages are provided to your customers for every payment status " +"whenever they are redirected to Odoo after the transaction. To edit these " +"messages, go to the *Messages* tab of the payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:38 +msgid "Automatically generate invoices at order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:40 +msgid "" +"When the order is confirmed, you can also choose to have an invoice " +"automatically issued and paid. This fully-automated feature is designed for " +"businesses that invoice orders right away." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:47 +msgid "To do automatically generate invoices at order:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Invoicing`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Then, under the **Invoicing Policy** option, select *Invoice what is " +"ordered*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:47 +msgid "Then activate *Automatic Invoices* and *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:54 +msgid "Capture payment after the delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:56 +msgid "" +"If the acquirer handling the payment is configured to capture amounts " +"manually, the order is confirmed, but the amount is kept on hold. Once the " +"delivery is processed, you can capture the payment from the related Sales " +"Order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:61 +msgid ":doc:`../../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers`" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:62 +msgid "" +":ref:`Payment Acquirers: Place a hold on a card " +"<payment_acquirers/capture_amount>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:3 +msgid "How customers can access their customer account" +msgstr "顾客如何访问其顾客账户" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:5 +msgid "" +"It has never been so easy for your customers to access their customer " +"account. Forget endless signup forms, Odoo makes it as easy as ABC. They are" +" suggested to sign up (name, email, password) when the order is placed, and " +"not before. Indeed, nothing is more annoying than going through a signup " +"process before buying something." +msgstr "" +"您的客户从未如此轻松地访问他们顾客的账户。忘掉那些数不清的注册表格吧，有了Odoo，注册步骤就像ABC一样轻松简单。建议他们在下订单时而不是之前进行注册（名称，电子邮件，密码）。" +" 确实，没有什么比买东西之前经历注册过程更烦人了。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:14 +msgid "Sign up" +msgstr "注册" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The invitation to sign up shows up when the customer wants to visualize the " +"order from order confirmation email." +msgstr "当客户希望从订单确认电子邮件中可视化订单时，就会出现注册邀请。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:23 +msgid "Customer account" +msgstr "顾客账户" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Once logged in the customer will access the account by clicking *My Account*" +" in the login dropdown menu." +msgstr "顾客登录后，可在下拉菜单中点击 *我的账户* 进行访问。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:31 +msgid "" +"THere they find all their history. The main address (billing) can also be " +"modified." +msgstr "顾客可以查看所有的历史记录。也可以修改主账单地址。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:37 +msgid "" +"If the customer is set as a contact of a company in your address book, they " +"will see all the documents whose the customer belongs to this company." +msgstr "如果你将顾客设置为地址簿中的公司联系人，对方能看到属于该公司的所有文件。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/taxes.rst:3 +msgid "Collect taxes" +msgstr "收税" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:4 +msgid "Live Chat" +msgstr "在线客服" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:6 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "概述" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:3 +msgid "Get Started with Live Chat" +msgstr "如何开始使用在线客服应用程序" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Live Chat has the highest satisfaction rating of any communication tool. It " +"allows fast responses and it is accessible and convenient, as your customers" +" can keep doing what they are doing while interacting with you. Remember: " +"your customers want to talk to you, so let's make it easy." +msgstr "" +"在所有通讯工具中，在线客服的满意度是最重要的。 它可以快速响应，并且易于访问和方便使用，因为您的客户在与您互动时可以继续做自己正在做的事情。 " +"请记住：您的客户想与您联系，所以让我们使其变得简单。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:10 +msgid "Set up" +msgstr "设置" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Once *Live Chat* is installed on your database, if your website was created " +"with Odoo, the application is automatically added to it. All that is left to" +" do is to go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> " +"Live Chat`." +msgstr "" +"在数据库上安装 *在线客服* 后，如果您的网站是使用Odoo创建的，该应用程序会自动添加到其中。 现在你只需前往:menuselection:`网站 " +"--> 设置 -->在线客服` 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Select the channel to be linked to your website or create one on the fly." +msgstr "选择要链接到您的网站的频道，或即时创建一个频道。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:27 +msgid "For both scenarios, under:" +msgstr "在这两种情况下，请参阅:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:30 +msgid "" +"- **Operators**: add agents to respond to the chat requests. Add as many as " +"you like, and keep in mind that operators that do not show any activity in " +"Odoo for more than 30min are considered disconnected." +msgstr "" +"- **操作员** ：添加代理以回应聊天请求。 可根据需要添加数量，并且请记住，在Odoo中未进行任何活动超过30分钟的操作员将被视为断开连接。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:33 +msgid "" +"- **Options**: set the default text to be shown on the live chat button; an " +"automated welcome message to be seen by visitors when a conversation is " +"initiated, and the text that prompts the user to initiate a chat." +msgstr "- **选项** ：设置要在在线客服按钮上显示的默认文本； 发起对话时访问者可以看到自动的欢迎信息，以及提示用户发起聊天的文本。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:36 +msgid "" +"- **Channel Rules**: choose an action for a given URL, and/or per country. " +"In the example below, the chat window automatically pops-up 3 seconds after " +"users (from any country) land on the contact us page." +msgstr "" +"- **频道规则** ：为指定的网址和/或每个国家/地区选择一个操作。 在下面的示例中，用户（来自任何国家/地区）当登陆 *联系我们* " +"页面3秒后，聊天窗口会自动弹出。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:43 +msgid "" +"GeoIP, which refers to the process of finding a computer terminal’s " +"geographical location by its IP address, must be installed on your server. " +"Otherwise, under *Channel Rules*, countries are not taken into account." +msgstr "必须在服务器上安装GeoIP，这是指通过IP地址查找计算机终端地理位置的过程。 否则，根据 *频道规则* ，不会考虑国家/地区。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:48 +msgid "External options" +msgstr "外部选项" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If your website was not created with Odoo, you can find the code to be added" +" to your own, under the *Widget* tab." +msgstr "如果您的网站不是使用Odoo创建的，则可以在 *Widget* 标签下找到要添加到自己的代码中。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Odoo also offers an URL you can send to users so they can have access to a " +"single live chat page." +msgstr "Odoo还提供了可以发送给用户的URL，以便他们可以访问单个在线客服页面。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:59 +msgid "Managing chat requests" +msgstr "管理聊天请求" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Conversations initiated by visitors pop up as a direct message, and are " +"shown in *Discuss*. Therefore, inquiries can be answered wherever you are in" +" Odoo." +msgstr "访客发起的对话会作为私聊信息直接弹出，并显示在 *讨论* 中。 因此，无论您在Odoo的任何地方都可以回答查询。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Conversations are dispatched based on the current workload of the online " +"operators." +msgstr "根据在线运营商当前的工作量调度访客发起的对话。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:72 +msgid "Leave or join a channel" +msgstr "离开或加入频道" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, access your " +"channel under *Live Chat*, and *Join Channel* or *Leave Channel*." +msgstr "" +"转到 :menuselection:`网站 --> 设置 --> 设定，在 *在线客服* 下访问您的频道选择 *加入频道* 或 *离开频道* 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:48 +msgid ":doc:`ratings`" +msgstr ":doc:`评级`" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:45 +msgid ":doc:`responses`" +msgstr ":doc:`响应`" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:3 +msgid "Ratings" +msgstr "评级" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Giving users the opportunity to rate their interactions can help you " +"improving the experience you offer. That means staying on top of your " +"customers' needs, besides keeping track of your operators’ performances." +msgstr "让用户有机会为他们的互动评分，可以帮助您改善所提供的服务体验。 这意味着除了跟踪运营商的绩效外，还要满足客户的需求。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:10 +msgid "Customer Rating" +msgstr "客户评级" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Once the user chooses to close the chat window, he can rate his interaction." +msgstr "一旦用户选择关闭聊天窗口，可以评价之前的互动。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If the user is *Not satisfied* or *Highly dissatisfied*, a field allowing " +"for an explanation is shown." +msgstr "如果用户 *不满意* 或 *非常不满意* ，则会出现输入解释的字段。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:15 +msgid "A copy of the conversation can also be sent by email." +msgstr "对话副本也可以通过电子邮件发送。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:22 +msgid "The rating is shown on the chat window itself for the operator." +msgstr "该评级显示在操作员的聊天窗口上。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:28 +msgid "And under :menuselection:`Report --> Customer Ratings`." +msgstr "并在 :menuselection:`报告 --> 客户评级`下。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:35 +msgid "Make the rating public" +msgstr "公开评分" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, access your " +"channel form, click on *Go to Website* and on *Unpublished*, to publish the " +"rating of that channel on your website." +msgstr "" +"转到 :menuselection:`网站 --> 设置 --> 设定` ，访问您的频道表单，单击 *转到网站* 和 *未发布* " +"，以在您的网站上发布该频道的等级。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:3 +msgid "Commands and Canned Responses" +msgstr "命令和预设回复" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Using canned responses can help you save time and have a previous, well-" +"thought response, to some of your most common questions and comments." +msgstr "使用预设回复可以帮助您节省时间，并对一些最常见的问题和评论做出事先考虑周全的答复。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:9 +msgid "Use commands" +msgstr "使用命令" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Commands are shortcuts that do specific actions within the chat window:" +msgstr "命令是在聊天窗口中执行特定操作的快捷方式：" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:13 +msgid "**/help**: shows a help message." +msgstr "**/help** : 显示帮助信息。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:14 +msgid "**/helpdesk**: creates a helpdesk ticket." +msgstr "**/helpdesk** : 创建支持请求。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:15 +msgid "**/helpdesk_search**: searches for a helpdesk ticket." +msgstr "**/helpdesk_search** :搜索支持请求。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:16 +msgid "**/history**: shows the last 15 visited pages." +msgstr "**/history** : 显示最近访问的15个页面。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:17 +msgid "**/lead**: creates a new lead." +msgstr "**/lead** :创造新的销售线索。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:18 +msgid "**/leave**: leaves the channel." +msgstr "**/leave** : 离开频道。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:0 +msgid "" +"- For *helpdesk tickets*: make sure the application is installed on your " +"database and the option *Live Chat* under :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> " +"Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` is enabled." +msgstr "" +"-对于 *支持请求* ：确保已在数据库中安装了服务台应用程序，并启用在 :menuselection:` *帮助台* --> 设置 --> " +"帮助台团队` 下的 *在线客服* 选项。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:0 +msgid "" +"- For *leads*: the *CRM* application must be installed on your database." +msgstr "-对于 *线索* ：必须在数据库上安装 *CRM* 应用程序。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To access the ticket or lead created from the chat, click on the shortcut " +"link." +msgstr "要访问通过聊天创建的支持请求或销售线索，请单击快捷链接。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Helpdesk tickets created from the chat automatically add the conversation as" +" a description of the ticket. The same goes for the creation of a lead." +msgstr "通过聊天创建的支持请求会自动将对话添加为请求的描述。 创建销售线索也是如此。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:37 +msgid "Send canned responses" +msgstr "发送预设回复" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Canned responses allow you to have a full piece of text being placed when " +"you type a shortcut word. To create them, go to :menuselection:`Live Chat " +"--> Configuration --> Canned Responses`." +msgstr "" +"预设回复可让您在键入快捷方式单词时放置一整段文字。 要创建它们，请转到 :menuselection:`在线客服 --> 设置 --> 预设回复`。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To use them during a conversation, simply type **:** followed by the " +"shortcut word you created." +msgstr "要在对话中使用它们，只需键入 **:** ，然后输入您创建的快捷方式单词。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website.rst:4 +msgid "Website" +msgstr "网站" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize.rst:3 +msgid "Optimize" +msgstr "优化" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:3 +msgid "How to track your website's traffic in Google Analytics" +msgstr "如何在Google Analytics中跟踪你的网站流量" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:5 +msgid "To follow your website's traffic with Google Analytics:" +msgstr "用Google Analytics跟踪网站流量的方法如下：" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:7 +msgid "" +"`Create a Google Analytics account <https://www.google.com/analytics/>`__ if" +" you don't have any." +msgstr "" +"`如果没有Google Analytics账号，先到<https://www.google.com/analytics/>`__ 创建一个。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Go through the creation form and accept the conditions to get the tracking " +"ID." +msgstr "填写完新建表格后，接受用户条款并获得跟踪ID号。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:15 +msgid "Copy the tracking ID to insert it in Odoo." +msgstr "将这个跟踪ID插入到Odoo。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Go to the *Configuration* menu of your Odoo's Website app. In the settings, " +"turn on Google Analytics and paste the tracking ID. Then save the page." +msgstr "进Odoo网址App的 *配置* 模式，在设置中打开Google Analytics并粘贴此跟踪ID号，保存页面。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To make your first steps in Google Analytics, refer to `Google Documentation" +" <https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/1008015?hl=en/>`_." +msgstr "" +"在Google Analytics中的首次操作请参阅 `Google文档 " +"<https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/1008015?hl=en/>`_。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:32 +msgid ":doc:`google_analytics_dashboard`" +msgstr ":doc:`google_analytics_dashboard`" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:3 +msgid "How to track your website traffic from your Odoo Dashboard" +msgstr "如何从Odoo仪表中跟踪你的网站流量" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You can follow your traffic statistics straight from your Odoo Website " +"Dashboard thanks to Google Analytics." +msgstr "有了Google Analytics，你可以直接从Odoo网站跟踪你的流量统计。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:8 +msgid "" +"A preliminary step is creating a Google Analytics account and entering the " +"tracking ID in your Website's settings (see :doc:`google_analytics`)." +msgstr "准备步骤包括创建一个Google Analytics账号并在网址设置中输入跟踪ID（参见doc:`google_analytics`）" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to `Google APIs platform <https://console.developers.google.com>`__ to " +"generate Analytics API credentials. Log in with your Google account." +msgstr "" +"在 `Google API平台 <https://console.developers.google.com>`__中生成Analytics API " +"凭证，再用Google账户登录。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:14 +msgid "Select Analytics API." +msgstr "选择Analytics API。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Create a new project and give it a name (e.g. Odoo). This project is needed " +"to store your API credentials." +msgstr "创建一个新项目并命名（如Odoo），此项目用于存放你的API凭证。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:25 +msgid "Enable the API." +msgstr "启用API接口。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:30 +msgid "Create credentials to use in Odoo." +msgstr "创建一个用于Odoo的凭证。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Select *Web browser (Javascript)* as calling source and *User data* as kind " +"of data." +msgstr "选择 *网页浏览器（Javascript）* 作为调用源，选择 *用户数据* 作为数据类型。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Then you can create a Client ID. Enter the name of the application (e.g. " +"Odoo) and the allowed pages on which you will be redirected. The *Authorized" +" JavaScript origin* is your Odoo's instance URL. The *Authorized redirect " +"URI* is your Odoo's instance URL followed by " +"'/google_account/authentication'." +msgstr "" +"接着创建一个客户端ID。输入应用的名称（如Odoo）及允许转向的页面。*授权JavaScript源文件* 是你的实例URL地址，*授权转向URI* " +"是你Odoo实例的URL地址'/google_account/authentication'。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Go through the Consent Screen step by entering a product name (e.g. Google " +"Analytics in Odoo). Feel free to check the customizations options but this " +"is not mandatory. The Consent Screen will only show up when you enter the " +"Client ID in Odoo for the first time." +msgstr "" +"输入产品名称（如在Odoo中输入Google " +"Analytics），完成用户许可步骤，可任意选择自定义选项（非强制）。只有第一次在Odoo中输入客户端ID时显示用户许可画面。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Finally you are provided with your Client ID. Copy and paste it in Odoo." +msgstr "最后，你会获得一个客户端ID。将此ID复制粘贴到Odoo。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Open your Website Dashboard in Odoo and link your Analytics account to past " +"your Client ID." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:67 +msgid "As a last step, authorize Odoo to access Google API." +msgstr "最后，授权Odoo访问Google API接口。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:3 +msgid "Track clicks and visitors using Link Trackers" +msgstr "使用链接跟踪器跟踪点击和访问者" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Link Trackers allow you to track your marketing campaigns (emails, banner " +"ads, blog posts, social media posts, affiliate links, etc.). This way, you " +"are able to identify your best traffic sources and make informed decisions " +"about the distribution of your marketing budget." +msgstr "" +"链接跟踪器使您可以跟踪营销活动（电子邮件，横幅广告，博客，社交媒体帖子，会员链接等）。 " +"这样，您就可以确定最佳流量来源，并就行销预算的分配做出明智的决定。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:10 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "配置" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate " +"*Link Trackers*." +msgstr "前往 :menuselection:`网站 --> 配置 --> 设定` 并激活 *链接跟踪器* 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:19 +msgid "Set up traceable URLs" +msgstr "设置可跟踪的网址" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Go to website --> Promote --> Track this " +"page`. Here, you are able to get a specific tracked URL based on the " +"campaign, medium, and source being used." +msgstr "" +"进入 :menuselection:`网站 --> 转到网站 --> 推广 --> 跟踪此页面` 。 " +"在这里，您可以根据使用的推广活动，媒介和来源获得特定的跟踪URL。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:28 +msgid "" +"**URL**: url of the page you want to track (e.g. the home page or a " +"product's page)." +msgstr "**URL** : 您要跟踪的页面的网址（例如，主页或产品页面）。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:29 +msgid "**Campaign**: context of your link (e.g. a special promotion)." +msgstr "**活动** : 链接的撮要（例如特殊促销）。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:30 +msgid "" +"**Medium**: channel used to share (deliver) your link (e.g. an email or a " +"Facebook ad)." +msgstr "**媒介** : 用于共享（提供）您的链接的渠道（例如电子邮件或Facebook广告）。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:31 +msgid "" +"**Source**: platform where the traffic originates (e.g. Google or Twitter)." +msgstr "**来源** ：流量产生的平台（例如Google或Twitter）。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Now, click on *Get tracked link* to generate a URL that you can post or send" +" by the source you have decided on." +msgstr "现在，单击 *获取跟踪链接* 以生成一个URL，您可以根据所确定的来源来发布或发送该URL。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:37 +msgid "Follow-up on tracked links" +msgstr "跟进追踪链接" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To look at statistics of your links, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Go to" +" website --> Promote --> Track this page`. Besides being able to see the " +"*Most Clicked* and *Recently Used* links, you can also see complete " +"statistics by clicking on *Stats*, including the number of clicks, and the " +"country of origin for those clicks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:50 +msgid "You can also access the link tracker on *odoo.com/r* via your browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Activate the developer mode (:menuselection:`Settings --> Activate the " +"developer mode`) and get access to the *Link Tracker* module and its back-" +"end functionalities." +msgstr "激活开发人员模式 (:menuselection:`设定 --> 激活开发人员模式`) 然后访问 *链接跟踪器* 应用及其后端功能。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Integrated with :doc:`Google Analytics <google_analytics>`, those trackers " +"allow you to see the number of clicks and visitors to keep you on top of " +"your marketing campaigns." +msgstr "" +"与 :doc:`Google Analytics 集成 <google_analytics>`, " +"这些跟踪器使您可以查看点击次数和访问者数，从而使您始终处于营销活动的首位。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The integration with the :doc:`CRM " +"</applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits>` application allows " +"you to understand where your leads and opportunities are coming from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:3 +msgid "How to do Search Engine Optimisation (SEO) in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Search Engine Optimization (SEO) is a set of good practices to optimize your" +" website so that you get a better ranking in search engines like Google. In " +"short, a good SEO allows you to get more visitors." +msgstr "" +"搜索引擎优化(SEO)是一种很好做法来优化你的网站, 让你获得像谷歌搜索引擎更高的排名。总之, 一个好的搜索引擎优化可以让你获得更多的访客。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Some examples of SEO rules: your web pages should load fast, your page " +"should have one and only one title ``<h1>``, meta tags (alt-tag, title-tag) " +"should be consistent with the content, your website should have a " +"``/sitemap.xml`` file, etc." +msgstr "" +"一些SEO的规则例子：网页加载速度应该更快，页面应该有且仅有一个标题```<h1>`，元标签（alt标签、标题标签）应与内容一致，网站应有一个``/sitemap.xml``文件等。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To guarantee Odoo Website and Odoo eCommerce users have a great SEO, Odoo " +"abstracts all the technical complexities of SEO and handles everything for " +"you, in the best possible way. This will be explained here below." +msgstr "" +"为了保证Odoo网站和Odoo电子商务用户拥有强大的SEO，Odoo提炼了SEO全部的技术复杂性，并用最好的方式为你处理一切。我们将在下面具体说明。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:20 +msgid "" +"But first, let see how you can easily boost your ranking by finetuning the " +"content and the meta tags of your website." +msgstr "但首先，我们首先来看如何微调网站内容和元标签，从而轻松提升网站排名。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:24 +msgid "Meta Tags" +msgstr "元标签" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:27 +msgid "Title, Description" +msgstr "标题、描述" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Every web page should define the ``<title>`` and ``<description>`` meta " +"data. These information elements are used by search engines to promote your " +"website. They are automatically generated based on page title & content, but" +" you can finetune them. Make sure they fit the content of the page, " +"otherwise you will be downgraded by search engines." +msgstr "" +"每个网页都应该定义 ``<title>``和``<description>`` " +"元数据。这些信息元素被搜索引起用于推广你的网站。它们根据网页标题和内容自动生成，但你可进行微调。确保它们符合网页内容，否则你将被搜索引擎降级。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:39 +msgid "Keywords" +msgstr "关键词" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In order to write quality content and boost your traffic, Odoo provides a " +"``<keyword>`` finder. Those keywords are the searches you want to head " +"towards your website. For each keyword, you see how it is used in the " +"content (H1, H2, page title, page description, page content) and what are " +"the related searches in Google. The more keywords are used the better." +msgstr "" +"为了撰写优质内容并提升你的流量，Odoo提供了``<keyword>``查找器。这些关键字是你想引至网站的搜索内容。对于每个关键字，你要关注它如何用在内容（H1、H2、网页标题、网页描述、网页内容）中及其与Google相关搜索的关系。使用的关键字越多，效果越好。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If your website is in multiple languages, you can use the Promote tool for " +"every language of a single page and set specific title, description and " +"search tags." +msgstr "如果你的网站使用多种语言，你可以为单个页面的每种语言使用促进工具，并设置特定的标题、描述和搜索标签。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:55 +msgid "Content is King" +msgstr " 内容为王" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:57 +msgid "" +"When it comes to SEO, content is usually king. Odoo provides several modules" +" to help you build your website content:" +msgstr "当谈到搜索引擎优化时，始终记住内容为王。Odoo提供了几个模块，帮助你在网站上建立内容：" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:60 +msgid "**Odoo Blogs**: write great contents." +msgstr "**Odoo博客**：撰写优质内容。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:62 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Slides**: publish all your Powerpoint or PDF presentations. Their " +"content is automatically indexed on the web page. Example: `odoo.com/slides" +"/public-channel-1 <https://www.odoo.com/slides/public-channel-1>`_" +msgstr "" +"**Odoo幻灯片** ：发表所有的PowerPoint或者PDF演示文稿。内容将自动在网页上进行索引。例如: `odoo.com/slides" +"/public-channel-1 <https://www.odoo.com/slides/public-channel-1>`_" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:66 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Forum**: let your community create contents for you. Example: " +"`odoo.com/forum/1 <https://odoo.com/forum/1>`_ (accounts for 30% of Odoo.com" +" landing pages)" +msgstr "" +"**Odoo论坛**：让社区为你创建内容。例如:`odoo.com/forum/1 " +"<https://odoo.com/forum/1>`_（占Odoo.com登录页面的30%）" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:70 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Mailing List Archive**: publish mailing list archives on your " +"website. Example: `odoo.com/groups/community-59 " +"<https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59>`_ (1000 pages created per month)" +msgstr "" +"**Odoo邮件列表存档**：在网站上发布邮件列表存档。例如: `odoo.com/groups/community-59 " +"<https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59>`_（每月创建1000页）" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:76 +msgid "" +"The 404 page is a regular page, that you can edit like any other page in " +"Odoo. That way, you can build a great 404 page to redirect to the top " +"content of your website when visitors get lost in invalid URLs." +msgstr "" +"404页是一个常规网页，你可以向Odoo的其他网页一样编辑它。这样，在访问者输入无效URL时，你可以建立一个404页，将他重定向到你网站的内容顶部。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:81 +msgid "Use Social Networks" +msgstr "使用社交网络" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Social media is built for mass sharing. If lots of people share your content" +" on social media, then it's likely more people will link to it, and links " +"are a huge factor for SEO ranking." +msgstr "社交媒体是为大众分享而建立的。如果很多人在社交媒体上分享你的内容，那么很可能会有更多的人链接到它，链接是SEO排名的一个重大因素。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:87 +msgid "Odoo embeds several tools to share content through social media:" +msgstr "Odoo嵌入多项工具来通过社交媒体分享内容：" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:90 +msgid "Social Network" +msgstr "社交网络" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows to link all your social network accounts in your website footer." +" All you have to do is to refer all your accounts in your company settings." +msgstr "Odoo允许将所有的社交网络帐户链接到你的网站页脚。你只需要在公司设置中提及你的所有账户。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:99 +msgid "Social Share" +msgstr "社交分享" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Drop the building block *Share* on any page you want your visitors to share." +" By clicking the icon, they are prompted to share the page in their social " +"media wall." +msgstr "将构建块 *分享* 放在你想要访问者分享的任何网页上。点击图标，他们会被提示在社交媒体上分享该页面。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Most social media use a picture of the picture to decorate the share post. " +"Odoo uses the website logo by default but you can choose any other image of " +"your page in the Promote tool." +msgstr "多数社交媒体使用图片来装饰分享发帖。Odoo默认使用网站标志，但你可在推广工具中为你的网页选择任何其他图片。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:116 +msgid "Facebook Page" +msgstr "Facebook页面" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Drop the building block *Facebook Page* to display a widget of your Facebook" +" business page and encourage visitors to follow it. You can display the " +"timeline, the next events and the messages." +msgstr "放置构建块 *Facebook页面* ，显示你的Facebook公司主页小工具，鼓励访问者关注。你可展示时间表、后续活动和信息。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:123 +msgid "Twitter Scroller" +msgstr "Twitter 滚动条" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:125 +msgid "" +"Display the Twitter feeds with customer satifaction on your website. This " +"will increase the number of tweets and shares." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:129 +msgid "Test Your Website" +msgstr "测试你的网站" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:131 +msgid "" +"You can compare how your website rank, in terms of SEO, against Odoo using " +"WooRank free services: `woorank.com <https://www.woorank.com>`_" +msgstr "" +"你可通过WooRank免费服务`woorank.com " +"<https://www.woorank.com>`_，比较你的网站与Odoo在搜索引擎优化方面的排名" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:136 +msgid "URLs Handling" +msgstr "处理 URLs " + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:138 +msgid "This section sheds some light on how Odoo makes URLs SEO-friendly." +msgstr "本节介绍Odoo如何让URL实现SEO优化。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:141 +msgid "URLs Structure" +msgstr "URLs 结构" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:143 +msgid "A typical Odoo URL will look like this:" +msgstr "一个典型的Odoo URL看起来是：" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:145 +msgid "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/my-great-product-31" +msgstr "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/my-great-product-31" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:147 +msgid "With the following components:" +msgstr "有以下组件：" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:149 +msgid "**https://** = Protocol" +msgstr "**https://** = 协议" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:151 +msgid "**www.mysite.com** = your domain name" +msgstr "**www.mysite.com** = 你的域名" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:153 +msgid "" +"**/fr\\_FR** = page language. This part of the URL is removed if the visitor" +" browses the main language of the website Thus, the main version of this " +"page is: https://www.mysite.com/shop/product/my-great-product-31" +msgstr "" +"**/fr\\_FR** = " +"网页的语言。如果访问者浏览网站主语言，URL的这一部分将删除。因此，本页面的主版本是：https://www.mysite.com/shop/product" +"/my-great-product-31" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:158 +msgid "" +"**/shop/product** = every module defines its own namespace (/shop is for the" +" catalog of the eCommerce module, /shop/product is for a product page)." +msgstr "**/shop/product** = 每个模块定义了命名空间（/shop是电子商务模块的目录，/shop/product是产品页面）。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:162 +msgid "" +"**my-great-product** = by default, this is the slugified title of the " +"product this page refers to. But you can customize it for SEO purposes. A " +"product named \"Pain carré\" will be slugified to \"pain-carre\". Depending " +"on the namespace, this could be different objects (blog post, page title, " +"forum post, forum comment, product category, etc.)." +msgstr "" +"**my-great-product** = 默认情况下，这是本页所指产品的详细标题 。但你可根据SEO目的自定义其内容。名为“Pain " +"carré”的产品将变成“pain-carre”。根据命名空间，这部分可以是不同对象（博客发帖、网页标题、论坛发帖、论坛评论、产品类别等）。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:169 +msgid "**-31** = the unique ID of the product" +msgstr "**-31** = 产品的唯一ID号" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:171 +msgid "" +"Note that any dynamic component of an URL can be reduced to its ID. As an " +"example, the following URLs all do a 301 redirect to the above URL:" +msgstr "请注意，任何一个网址的动态组件都可以减少它的ID。举个例子，下面的URL重定了301：" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:174 +msgid "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (short version)" +msgstr "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (短的版本)" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:176 +msgid "http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (even shorter version)" +msgstr "http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (更短版本)" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:178 +msgid "" +"http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/other-product-name-31 (old product " +"name)" +msgstr "http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/other-product-name-31 (旧产品名)" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:181 +msgid "" +"Some URLs have several dynamic parts, like this one (a blog category and a " +"post):" +msgstr "一些URL有几个动态部分，如这个(一个博客类别和一个职位)：" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:184 +msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/company-news-5/post/the-odoo-story-56" +msgstr "https://www.odoo.com/blog/company-news-5/post/the-odoo-story-56" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:186 +msgid "In the above example:" +msgstr "在上面的例子 :" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:188 +msgid "*Company News* is the title of the blog" +msgstr "*公司动态* 是博客的标题" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:190 +msgid "*The Odoo Story* is the title of a specific blog post" +msgstr "*Odoo的故事* 是具体博客发帖的标题" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:192 +msgid "" +"When an Odoo page has a pager, the page number is set directly in the URL " +"(does not have a GET argument). This allows every page to be indexed by " +"search engines. Example:" +msgstr "当Odoo页面有一个寻呼机，页码直接在URL设置(没有得到GET论证)。这使得搜索引擎可索引每个页面。例如:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:196 +msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/page/3" +msgstr "https://www.odoo.com/blog/page/3" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:199 +msgid "Changes in URLs & Titles" +msgstr "在URLs 和标题中改进" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:201 +msgid "" +"When the URL of a page changes (e.g. a more SEO friendly version of your " +"product name), you don't have to worry about updating all links:" +msgstr "当页面的网址改变(例如，一个你的产品名称的更友好的版本)，不必担心更新所有链接：" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:204 +msgid "Odoo will automatically update all its links to the new URL." +msgstr "Odoo将自动在新的URL更新所有链接。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:206 +msgid "" +"If external websites still points to the old URL, a 301 redirect will be " +"done to route visitors to the new address of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:209 +msgid "As an example, this URL:" +msgstr "举个例子, 这 URL:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:211 +msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/old-product-name-31" +msgstr "http ://mysite.com/shop/product/old-product-name-31" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:213 +msgid "Will automatically redirect to:" +msgstr "将自动重定向到：" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:215 +msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/new-and-better-product-name-31" +msgstr "http ://mysite.com/shop/product/new-and-better-product-name-31" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:217 +msgid "" +"In short, just change the title of a blog post or the name of a product, and" +" the changes will apply automatically everywhere in your website. The old " +"link still functions when used by external websites, via a 301 redirect, " +"maintaining the SEO link juice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:223 +msgid "HTTPS" +msgstr "HTTPS" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:225 +msgid "" +"Search engines boost ranking of secure HTTPS/SSL websites. So, by default " +"all Odoo Online instances are fully based on HTTPS. If the visitor accesses " +"your website through a non HTTPS url, it gets a 301 redirect to its HTTPS " +"equivalent." +msgstr "" +"搜索引擎会提高安全HTTPS/SSL网站的排名。因此，Odoo Online的所有实例在默认情况下完全基于HTTPS。如访问者通过非HTTPS " +"URL访问你的网站，将通过301重定向到HTTPS网站。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:231 +msgid "Links: Nofollow Strategy" +msgstr "链接：Nofollow策略" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:233 +msgid "" +"The more a page is linked from external and quality websites, the better it " +"is for your SEO." +msgstr "网页与外部和优质网站的链接越多，对SEO越有利。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:236 +msgid "Here are Odoo strategies to manage links:" +msgstr "以下是Odoo管理链接的策略：" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:238 +msgid "" +"Every link you add to your website is \"dofollow\", which means that this " +"link will contribute to the SEO Juice for the linked page." +msgstr "你添加到网站的每一个链接都是\"dofollow\"，这意味着，该链接将有助于链接页面的SEO排名。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:242 +msgid "" +"Every link posted by a contributor (forum post, blog comment, etc.) that " +"links to your own website is \"dofollow\" too." +msgstr "由贡献者发布的每个链接（论坛发帖、博客评论等）在链接到自己的网站后也是“dofollow”。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:245 +msgid "" +"But every link posted by a contributor that links to an external website is " +"\"nofollow\". In that way, you do not run the risk of people posting links " +"on your website to third-party websites which have a bad reputation." +msgstr "但贡献者的每个链接到外部网站的是“nofollow”。这样，你就不会有你的网站链接到坏名声的第三方网站的风险。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:250 +msgid "" +"Note that, when using the forum, contributors having a lot of Karma can be " +"trusted. In such case, their links will not have any ``rel=\"nofollow\"`` " +"attribute." +msgstr "请注意，当使用论坛时，可以信赖拥有很多Karma的贡献者。在这种情况下，他们的链接不会有``rel=\"nofollow\"``的属性。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:255 +msgid "Multi-Language Support" +msgstr "多语言支持" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:258 +msgid "Multi-Language URLs" +msgstr "多语言URL" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:260 +msgid "" +"If you run a website in multiple languages, the same content will be " +"available in different URLs, depending on the language used:" +msgstr "如果在多个语言中运行一个网站，在不同的URL将看到相同的内容，这取决于所使用的语言：" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:263 +msgid "" +"https://www.mywebsite.com/shop/product/my-product-1 (main language, English " +"here)" +msgstr "https://www.mywebsite.com/shop/product/my-product-1（主语言，这里为英语）" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:265 +msgid "" +"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1 (French " +"version)" +msgstr "https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1 (法文版本)" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:267 +msgid "" +"In this example, fr\\_FR is the language of the page. You can even have " +"several variations of the same language: pt\\_BR (Portuguese from Brazil) , " +"pt\\_PT (Portuguese from Portugal)." +msgstr "在这个例子中，fr\\_FR是网页的语言。你甚至可以有同一语言的一些变化：pt\\_BR(巴西的葡萄牙语)，pt\\_PT(葡萄牙的葡萄牙语)。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:272 +msgid "Language Annotation" +msgstr "语言注释" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:274 +msgid "" +"To let search engines know that the second URL is the French translation of " +"the first URL, Odoo will add an HTML link element in the header. In the HTML" +" <head> section of the main version, Odoo automatically adds a link element " +"pointing to the translated versions of that webpage;" +msgstr "" +"为了让搜索引擎知道第二个URL是第一个URL的法语翻译，Odoo将在文件顶端增加HTML链接元素。在主版本的HTML<head>部分，Odoo自动添加可指向其他翻译版本网页的链接元素；" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:279 +msgid "" +"<link rel=\"alternate\" hreflang=\"fr\" " +"href=\"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1\"/>" +msgstr "" +"<link rel=\"alternate\" hreflang=\"fr\" " +"href=\"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1\"/>" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:282 +msgid "With this approach:" +msgstr "用这种方法：" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:284 +msgid "" +"Search engines will redirect to the right language according to the visitor " +"language." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:287 +msgid "" +"You do not get penalized by search engines if your page is not translated " +"yet. Indeed, it's not a duplicated content, but a different version of the " +"same content." +msgstr "如果页面还没有翻译，也不会被搜索引擎惩罚。实际上，它不是重复的内容，而是同一内容的不同版本。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:292 +msgid "Language Detection" +msgstr "语言检测" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:294 +msgid "" +"When a visitor lands for the first time on your website (e.g. " +"yourwebsite.com/shop), they may automatically be redirected to a translated " +"version according to their browser language preference (e.g. " +"yourwebsite.com/fr\\_FR/shop)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:299 +msgid "" +"Next time, it keeps a cookie of the current language to avoid any " +"redirection." +msgstr "下次，它会保存当前语言的cookie，以避免重定向。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:302 +msgid "" +"To force a visitor to stick to the default language, you can use the code of" +" the default language in your link, example: yourwebsite.com/en\\_US/shop. " +"This will always land visitors to the English version of the page, without " +"using the browser language preferences." +msgstr "" +"迫使客人使用默认语言，您可在链接中使用语言的默认编码，例如: yourwebsite.com/en\\_US/shop. " +"这将让访问者只登陆英文版本的页面，而不使用浏览器语言。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:309 +msgid "Page Speed" +msgstr "页面速度" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:312 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "介绍" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:314 +msgid "" +"The time to load a page is an important criteria for search engines. A " +"faster website not only improves your visitor's experience, but gives you a " +"better page ranking. Some studies have shown that, if you divide the time to" +" load your pages by two (e.g. 2 seconds instead of 4 seconds), the visitor " +"abandonment rate is also divided by two. (25% to 12.5%). One extra second to" +" load a page could `cost $1.6b to Amazon in sales " +"<http://www.fastcompany.com/1825005/how-one-second-could-cost-amazon-16" +"-billion-sales>`__." +msgstr "" +"加载页面的时间是搜索引擎的一个重要标准。更快的网页加载速度不仅可提高访问体验，也能提高你的网页排名。一些研究表明，如果加载网页时减少一半（例如，2秒而不是4秒），访问者放弃率也会降低一半（25％到12.5％）。加载网页的时间增加一秒会导致`Amazon的销售减少16亿美元" +" <http://www.fastcompany.com/1825005/how-one-second-could-cost-amazon-16" +"-billion-sales>`__。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:325 +msgid "" +"Fortunately, Odoo does all the magic for you. Below, you will find the " +"tricks Odoo uses to speed up your page loading time. You can compare how " +"your website ranks using these two tools:" +msgstr "幸运的是, Odoo为您完成所有。下面, 你会发现Odoo使用加快页面加载时间的小伎俩。您可以比较你的网站排名是如何利用这两个工具 :" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:329 +msgid "" +"`Google Page Speed " +"<https://developers.google.com/speed/pagespeed/insights/>`__" +msgstr "`谷歌网页速度<https://developers.google.com/speed/pagespeed/insights/>`__" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:331 +msgid "`Pingdom Website Speed Test <http://tools.pingdom.com/fpt/>`__" +msgstr " `Pingdom的网站速度测试 <http://tools.pingdom.com/fpt/>`__" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:334 +msgid "Images" +msgstr "图片" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:336 +msgid "" +"When you upload new images, Odoo automatically compresses them to reduce " +"their sizes (lossless compression for .PNG and .GIF and lossy compression " +"for .JPG)." +msgstr "当你上传新图片时，Odoo自动压缩以减少大小（PNG和GIF无损压缩，JPG有损压缩）。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:340 +msgid "" +"From the upload button, you have the option to keep the original image " +"unmodified if you prefer to optimize the quality of the image rather than " +"performance." +msgstr "如果您更喜欢优化图像质量而不是性能，则可以从上载按钮中选择不更改原始图像。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:348 +msgid "" +"Odoo compresses images when they are uploaded to your website, not when " +"requested by the visitor. Thus, it's possible that, if you use a third-party" +" theme, it will provide images that are not compressed efficiently. But all " +"images used in Odoo official themes have been compressed by default." +msgstr "" +"当上传图片时, Odoo会自动压缩图片。因此，如果使用一个第三方的主题，它将提供有效地压缩的图像。但用于Odoo官方主题所有的图像会被压缩，这是默认的。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:354 +msgid "" +"When you click on an image, Odoo shows you the Alt and title attributes of " +"the ``<img>`` tag. You can click on it to set your own title and Alt " +"attributes for the image." +msgstr "当点击图像，Odoo显示``<img>``的ALT和TITLE属性。可点击图像, 设置自己的标题和ALT属性。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:361 +msgid "When you click on this link, the following window will appear:" +msgstr "当您点击这个链接后, 将会弹出以下窗口 :" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:366 +msgid "" +"Odoo's pictograms are implemented using a font (`Font Awesome " +"<https://fortawesome.github.io/Font-Awesome/icons/>`__ in most Odoo themes)." +" Thus, you can use as many pictograms as you want in your page, they will " +"not result in extra requests to load the page." +msgstr "" +"Odoo的象形文字字体的实现(`Font Awesome <https://fortawesome.github.io/Font-" +"Awesome/icons/>`__ 大多数Odoo主题)。因此，可尽情在网页上使用象形文字，这不会导致页面额外加载。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:375 +msgid "Static Resources: CSS" +msgstr "静态资源 : CSS" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:377 +msgid "" +"All CSS files are pre-processed, concatenated, minified, compressed and " +"cached (server-side and browser-side). The result:" +msgstr "所有的CSS文件进行预处理、级联、精缩、压缩和缓存（服务器端和浏览器端）。结果：" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:380 +msgid "only one CSS file request is needed to load a page" +msgstr "重新载入页面时, CSS文件仅加载一次" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:382 +msgid "" +"this CSS file is shared and cached amongst pages, so that when the visitor " +"clicks on another page, the browser doesn't have to even load a single CSS " +"resource." +msgstr "这个CSS文件共享并缓存其间的页面, 这样, 当访问者点击另一页上, 浏览器甚至不需要加载一个CSS资源。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:386 +msgid "this CSS file is optimized to be small" +msgstr "CSS文件被优化到更小" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:388 +msgid "" +"**Pre-processed:** The CSS framework used by Odoo is Bootstrap. Although a " +"theme might use another framework, most of `Odoo themes " +"<https://www.odoo.com/apps/themes>`__ extend and customize Bootstrap " +"directly. Since Odoo supports Less and Sass, you can modify CSS rules " +"instead of overwriting them through extra CSS lines, resulting in a smaller " +"file." +msgstr "" +" **预处理 :** Odoo使用的CSS框架是Bootstrap。虽然某个主题可能会使用其他框架，大部分`Odoo 主题 " +"<https://www.odoo.com/apps/themes>`__延长并直接定制Bootstrap。由于Odoo支持Less和Sass，你可以修改CSS" +" 规则，而不是通过额外的CSS线覆盖它们，导致文件变得更小。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:395 +msgid "" +"**Concatenated:** every module or library you might use in Odoo has its own " +"set of CSS, Less or Sass files (eCommerce, blogs, themes, etc.). Having " +"several CSS files is great for the modularity, but not good for the " +"performance because most browsers can only perform 6 requests in parallel " +"resulting in lots of files loaded in series. The latency time to transfer a " +"file is usually much longer than the actual data transfer time, for small " +"files like .JS and .CSS. Thus, the time to load CSS resources depends more " +"on the number of requests to be done than the actual file size." +msgstr "" +" **级联：** " +"你在Odoo中可能使用的每个模块或库都有自己的一套的CSS、Less或Sass文件（电子商务、博客、主题等）。多个CSS文件对于模块化非常有用，但是对性能不太好，因为大多数浏览器只能执行并行6个请求载入的文件。对于像.JS和.CSS等小文件，等待传送文件的时间通常比实际的数据传输时间更长。因此，加载CSS资源的时间更多地取决于请求的数目而不是实际的文件大小。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:405 +msgid "" +"To address this issue, all CSS / Less / Sass files are concatenated into a " +"single .CSS file to send to the browser. So a visitor has **only one .CSS " +"file to load** per page, which is particularly efficient. As the CSS is " +"shared amongst all pages, when the visitor clicks on another page, the " +"browser does not even have to load a new CSS file!" +msgstr "" +"为了解决这个问题，所有的CSS / Less / Sass文件合并为一个.CSS文件发送至浏览器。因此一位访客每页 **只需要加载一个.css文件** " +"，这是特别有效的。由于CSS是在所有页面共享的，当访问者点击另一页上，浏览器甚至无需加载新的CSS文件！" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:412 +msgid "**Both files in the <head>**" +msgstr " **<head>中全部文件** " + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:412 +msgid "**What the visitor gets (only one file)**" +msgstr " **访问者得到什么(只有一个文件)** " + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:414 +msgid "/\\* From bootstrap.css \\*/" +msgstr "/\\ * From bootstrap.css \\* /" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:414 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:415 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:421 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:447 +msgid ".text-muted {" +msgstr ".text-muted {" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:415 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:422 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:448 +msgid "color: #666;" +msgstr "color: #666;" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:416 +msgid "color: #777;" +msgstr "color: #777;" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:416 +msgid "background: yellow" +msgstr "background: yellow" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:417 +msgid "background: yellow;" +msgstr "background: yellow;" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:417 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:418 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:423 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:449 +msgid "}" +msgstr "}" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:420 +msgid "/\\* From my-theme.css \\*/" +msgstr "/\\ * From my-theme.css \\* /" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:426 +msgid "" +"The CSS sent by Odoo includes all CSS / Less / Sass of all pages / modules. " +"By doing this, additional page views from the same visitor will not have to " +"load CSS files at all. But some modules might include huge CSS/Javascript " +"resources that you do not want to prefetch at the first page because they " +"are too big. In this case, Odoo splits this resource into a second bundle " +"that is loaded only when the page using it is requested. An example of this " +"is the backend that is only loaded when the visitor logs in and accesses the" +" backend (/web)." +msgstr "" +"Odoo发送的CSS包括所有CSS/Less/Saas " +"/模块。这样，用户不需要下载CSS文件就可浏览更多的页面。但一些模块可能包含巨大的CSS/JavaScript资源，因为太大, " +"可以不用放在第一页。在这种情况下，Odoo将资源转化为二部分，只加载页面时使用。举个例子, 只有当访问者登录并访问后端(/web)时才加载的后台程序。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:436 +msgid "" +"If the CSS file is very big, Odoo will split it into two smaller files to " +"avoid the 4095 selectors limit per sheet of Internet Explorer. But most " +"themes fit below this limit." +msgstr "" +"如果CSS文件非常大，Odoo会把它分成两个较小的文件，避免Internet " +"Explorer对于每个表单最大4095个选择器的限制。当然大多数主题都能满足这个限制。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:440 +msgid "" +"**Minified:** After being pre-processed and concatenated, the resulting CSS " +"is minified to reduce its size." +msgstr " **精缩 :** 预先处理并且串联后, 所得CSS将被减小其尺寸。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:444 +msgid "**Before minification**" +msgstr " **缩小前** " + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:444 +msgid "**After minification**" +msgstr " **缩小后** " + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:446 +msgid "/\\* some comments \\*/" +msgstr "/\\ * some comments \\* /" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:446 +msgid ".text-muted {color: #666}" +msgstr ".text-muted {color: #666}" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:452 +msgid "" +"The final result is then compressed, before being delivered to the browser." +msgstr "然后将最终结果压缩，然后再传递给浏览器。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:455 +msgid "" +"Then, a cached version is stored server-side (so we do not have to pre-" +"process, concatenate, minify at every request) and browser-side (so the same" +" visitor will load the CSS only once for all pages they visit)." +msgstr "然后，缓存版本存储在服务器端（所以我们无需对每个请求预先处理、级联、精缩）和浏览器端（所以同一名访问者只需加载一次其访问的所有页面）。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:461 +msgid "Static Resources: Javascript" +msgstr "静态资源：Javascript" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:463 +msgid "" +"As with CSS resources, Javascript resources are also concatenated, minified," +" compressed and cached (server-side and browser-side)." +msgstr "与CSS资源类似，Javascript资源也被级联、精缩、压缩和缓存（服务器端和浏览器端）。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:466 +msgid "Odoo creates three Javascript bundles:" +msgstr "Odoo创建3个javascript包 :" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:468 +msgid "" +"One for all pages of the website (including code for parallax effects, form " +"validation, etc.)" +msgstr "网站所有页面使用同一个Javascript包（包括视差效果、表单验证等代码。）" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:471 +msgid "" +"One for common Javascript code shared among frontend and backend (Bootstrap)" +msgstr "用于前端和后端共享的通用Javascript代码(Bootstrap)" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:474 +msgid "" +"One for backend specific Javascript code (Odoo Web Client interface for your" +" employees using Odoo)" +msgstr "一个后端特定的Javascript代码 (Odoo员工使用的Odoo网络客户端界面)" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:477 +msgid "" +"Most visitors of your website will only need the first two bundles, " +"resulting in a maximum of two Javascript files to load to render one page. " +"As these files are shared across all pages, further clicks by the same " +"visitor will not load any other Javascript resource." +msgstr "" +"网站的多数访问者只需要前两个包，因此最多只需加载两个Javascript文件来渲染一个页面。由于这些文件在所有网页之间共享，同一位访问者继续点击网页就不会加载任何其他Javascript资源。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:483 +msgid "" +"If you work on :doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>`," +" the CSS and Javascript are neither concatenated, nor minified. Thus, it's " +"much slower. But it allows you to easily debug with the Chrome debugger as " +"CSS and Javascript resources are not transformed from their original " +"versions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:489 +msgid "CDN" +msgstr "CDN" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:491 +msgid "" +"If you activate the CDN feature in Odoo, static resources (Javascript, CSS, " +"images) are loaded from a Content Delivery Network. Using a Content Delivery" +" Network has three advantages:" +msgstr "" +"如果你激活Odoo的CDN功能，静态资源 (Javascript, CSS, images)从内容分发网络下载。使用内容分发网络有三个优点：" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:495 +msgid "" +"Load resources from a nearby server (most CDN have servers in main countries" +" around the globe)" +msgstr "从附近的一个服务器下载资源(大多数CDN已经在主要国家的服务器上)" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:498 +msgid "" +"Cache resources efficiently (no computation resources usage on your own " +"server)" +msgstr "有效缓存资源(在您自己的服务器上没有可使用的计算资源)" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:501 +msgid "" +"Split the resource loading on different services allowing to load more " +"resources in parallel (since the Chrome limit of 6 parallel requests is by " +"domain)" +msgstr "不同的服务，允许加载更多的资源并行的资源加载(域限制浏览器的6个并行请求)" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:505 +msgid "" +"You can configure your CDN options from the **Website Admin** app, using the" +" Configuration menu. Here is an example of configuration you can use:" +msgstr "你可从 **网站管理员** 程序中使用配置菜单配置CDN选项。这是配置示例：" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:512 +msgid "HTML Pages" +msgstr "HTML 页面" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:514 +msgid "" +"The HTML pages can be compressed, but this is usually handled by your web " +"server (NGINX or Apache)." +msgstr "HTML页面可以压缩，但这通常由您的Web服务器（NGINX或Apache）处理。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:517 +msgid "" +"The Odoo Website builder has been optimized to guarantee clean and short " +"HTML code. Building blocks have been developed to produce clean HTML code, " +"usually using Bootstrap and the HTML editor." +msgstr "" +"Odoo网站构建器已经优化，以保证简短而干净的HTML代码。构建块已开发，用于制作干净的HTML代码，通常使用bootstrap和HTML编辑器。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:521 +msgid "" +"As an example, if you use the color picker to change the color of a " +"paragraph to the primary color of your website, Odoo will produce the " +"following code:" +msgstr "例如，如果你使用颜色选择器来改变一个段落的颜色, 同网站的主色调，Odoo将产生以下代码：" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:525 +msgid "``<p class=\"text-primary\">My Text</p>``" +msgstr "``<p class=\"text-primary\">文字</p>``" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:527 +msgid "" +"Whereas most HTML editors (such as CKEditor) will produce the following " +"code:" +msgstr "而大多数的HTML编辑器(如CKEditor)会产生下面的代码：" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:530 +msgid "``<p style=\"color: #AB0201\">My Text</p>``" +msgstr "``<p style=\"color: #AB0201\">文字</p>``" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:533 +msgid "Responsive Design" +msgstr "响应式设计" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:535 +msgid "" +"Websites that are not mobile-friendly are negatively impacted in search " +"engine rankings. All Odoo themes rely on Bootstrap to render efficiently " +"according to the device: desktop, tablet or mobile." +msgstr "如果网站不适合移动设备，则将对其搜索引擎排名产生负面影响。所有Odoo主题依靠Bootstrap提供适合台式机、平板电脑或手机的高效渲染。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:542 +msgid "" +"As all Odoo modules share the same technology, absolutely all pages in your " +"website are mobile friendly." +msgstr "由于所有Odoo模块共享相同的技术，你的网站所有页面都绝对适合移动设备。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:546 +msgid "Browser Caching" +msgstr "浏览器缓存" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:548 +msgid "" +"Javascript, images and CSS resources have an URL that changes dynamically " +"when their content change. As an example, all CSS files are loaded through " +"this URL: `localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets\\_common.0.css " +"<http://localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets_common.0.css>`__. " +"The ``457-0da1d9d`` part of this URL will change if you modify the CSS of " +"your website." +msgstr "" +"Javascript、图片和CSS资源的URL会随着内容变化而动态变化。举个例子，所有CSS文件通过以下网址下载：`localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets\\_common.0.css" +" " +"<http://localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets_common.0.css>`__。如果修改网站的CSS，URL的``457-0da1d9d``部分也会改变。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:555 +msgid "" +"This allows Odoo to set a very long cache delay (XXX) on these resources: " +"XXX secs, while being updated instantly if you update the resource." +msgstr "这让Odoo树立了一个很长的缓存延迟 (XXX) , 对这些资源：XXX秒，即时更新如果你更新资源。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:560 +msgid "Scalability" +msgstr "扩展性" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:562 +msgid "" +"In addition to being fast, Odoo is also more scalable than traditional CMS " +"and eCommerce (Drupal, Wordpress, Magento, Prestashop). The following link " +"provides an analysis of the major open source CMS and eCommerce compared to " +"Odoo when it comes to high query volumes: " +"`https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/197 <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide" +"/odoo-cms-performance-comparison-and-optimisation-197>`_" +msgstr "" +"除了速度快，Odoo也比传统的CMS和电子商务（Drupal、Wordpress、Magento、Prestashop）更具可扩展性。以下链接提供了在高查询量时主要的开源CMS和电子商务与Odoo的分析比较：`https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/197" +" <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/odoo-cms-performance-comparison-and-" +"optimisation-197>`_" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:569 +msgid "Todo" +msgstr "待办" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:569 +msgid "fix above link" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:571 +msgid "" +"Here is the slide that summarizes the scalability of Odoo Website & " +"eCommerce." +msgstr "这里总结了Odoo网站和电子商务可扩展性的概览。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:577 +msgid "Search Engines Files" +msgstr "搜索引擎文件" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:580 +msgid "Sitemap" +msgstr "网站地图" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:582 +msgid "" +"The sitemap points out pages to index to search engine robots. Odoo " +"generates a ``/sitemap.xml`` file automatically for you. For performance " +"reasons, this file is cached and updated every 12 hours." +msgstr "" +"网站地图向搜索引擎机器人指出索引的页面。Odoo将自动生成 ``/sitemap.xml`` 文件。基于性能原因，该文件被缓存，并将每12小时更新一次。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:586 +msgid "" +"By default, all URLs will be in a single ``/sitemap.xml`` file, but if you " +"have a lot of pages, Odoo will automatically create a Sitemap Index file, " +"respecting the `sitemaps.org protocol " +"<http://www.sitemaps.org/protocol.html>`__ grouping sitemap URL's in 45000 " +"chunks per file." +msgstr "" +"默认情况下，所有的URL将在``/sitemap.xml``文件，但是如果有很多页，Odoo将自动创建一个网站地图索引文件，遵守`sitemaps.org" +" protocol <http://www.sitemaps.org/protocol.html>`__ 在每个文件的45000中分组网站地图 URL。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:592 +msgid "Every sitemap entry has 4 attributes that are computed automatically:" +msgstr "每一个网站的入口有4个属性，自动计算：" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:594 +msgid "``<loc>`` : the URL of a page" +msgstr "``<loc>`` : 页面的URL" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:596 +msgid "" +"``<lastmod>`` : last modification date of the resource, computed " +"automatically based on related object. For a page related to a product, this" +" could be the last modification date of the product or the page." +msgstr "``<lastmod>``：资源的最后修改日期，基于相关对象自动计算。一页关联一个产品，这可能是该产品或页面的最后修改日期。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:601 +msgid "" +"``<priority>`` : modules may implement their own priority algorithm based on" +" their content (example: a forum might assign a priority based on the number" +" of votes on a specific post). The priority of a static page is defined by " +"it's priority field, which is normalized (16 is the default)." +msgstr "" +"``<priority>``：模块可以基于自己的内容有优先级算法（例如：一个论坛可能基于投票的数量分配优先权）。静态页面的优先级是由它的优先级字段定义的，呈常规化（16是默认值）。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:608 +msgid "Structured Data Markup" +msgstr "结构化数据标记" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:610 +msgid "" +"Structured Data Markup is used to generate Rich Snippets in search engine " +"results. It is a way for website owners to send structured data to search " +"engine robots; helping them understand your content and create well-" +"presented search results." +msgstr "" +"结构化数据标记是用来在搜索引擎结果中生成Rich " +"Snippets的。这是网站所有者用于将结构化数据发送给搜索引擎机器人的途径；帮助它们了解你的内容，并产生良好的搜索结果。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:615 +msgid "" +"Google supports a number of rich snippets for content types, including: " +"Reviews, People, Products, Businesses, Events and Organizations." +msgstr "谷歌支持许多内容类型的丰富片段，包括：审核人、人、产品、企业、活动和组织。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:618 +msgid "" +"Odoo implements micro data as defined in the `schema.org " +"<http://schema.org>`__ specification for events, eCommerce products, forum " +"posts and contact addresses. This allows your product pages to be displayed " +"in Google using extra information like the price and rating of a product:" +msgstr "" +"Odoo实现微观数据在`schema.org <http://schema.org>`__ 中定义，对活动, " +"电子商务产品，论坛帖子和联系地址的描述。这可以让你的产品页面显示在谷歌信息栏，如产品的价格和评级：" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:628 +msgid "robots.txt" +msgstr "robots.txt" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:630 +msgid "" +"When indexing your website, search engines take a first look at the general " +"indexing rules of the a``/robots.txt`` file (allowed robots, sitemap path, " +"etc.). Odoo automatically creates it. Its content is:" +msgstr "" +"在编制网站索引时，搜索引擎首先查看``/robots.txt``文件的一般索引规则（允许的机器人、网站地图路径等）。Odoo自动创建该文件。其内容是：" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:634 +msgid "User-agent: \\* Sitemap: https://www.odoo.com/sitemap.xml" +msgstr "用户代理：\\* Sitemap: https://www.odoo.com/sitemap.xml" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:637 +msgid "" +"It means that all robots are allowed to index your website and there is no " +"other indexing rule than specified in the sitemap to be found at following " +"address." +msgstr "这意味着所有的机器人都可对你的网站进行索引，除以下地址的网站地图中规定的索引规则外，没有其他索引规则。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:641 +msgid "" +"You can customize the file *robots* in :doc:`Developer mode " +"</applications/general/developer_mode>` from *Settings --> Technical --> " +"User Interface --> Views* (exclude robots, exclude some pages, redirect to a" +" custom Sitemap). Make the Model Data of the view *Non Updatable* to not " +"reset the file after system upgrades." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish.rst:3 +msgid "Publish" +msgstr "发布" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:3 +msgid "How to use my own domain name" +msgstr "如何使用你自己的域名" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:5 +msgid "" +"By default, your Odoo Online instance and website have a *.odoo.com* domain " +"name, for both the URL and the emails. But you can change to a custom one " +"(e.g. www.yourcompany.com)." +msgstr "" +"你的Odoo在线实例的网址默认为*.odoo.com*域名（包括URL地址和电邮），但可以更改为定制域名（即www.yourcompany.com）" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:10 +msgid "What is a good domain name" +msgstr "哪些是好的域名" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Your website address is as important to your branding as the name of your " +"business or organization, so put some thought into changing it for a proper " +"domain. Here are some tips:" +msgstr "你的网址与你公司或组织的品牌同样重要，因此要更改成一个合适的域名需要花些心思。见以下提示：" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:15 +msgid "Simple and obvious" +msgstr "简单和显而易见的" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:16 +msgid "Easy to remember and spell" +msgstr "便于记忆和拼写" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:17 +msgid "The shorter the better" +msgstr "越短越好" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:18 +msgid "Avoid special characters" +msgstr "避免使用特殊字符" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:19 +msgid "Aim for a .com and/or your country extension" +msgstr "目标是一个.com和/或你所在的国家扩展名" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Read more: `How to Choose a Domain Name for Maximum SEO " +"<https://www.searchenginejournal.com/choose-a-domain-name-maximum-" +"seo/158951/>`__" +msgstr "" +"更多信息请参阅: " +"`如何选择一个域名，使您的优化搜索引擎和提高你的网站排名<https://www.searchenginejournal.com/choose-a" +"-domain-name-maximum-seo/158951/>`__" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:24 +msgid "How to buy a domain name" +msgstr "如何收购一个域名" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:25 +msgid "Buy your domain name at a popular registrar:" +msgstr "向主流注册机构购买域名" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:27 +msgid "`GoDaddy <https://www.godaddy.com>`__" +msgstr "`GoDaddy <https://www.godaddy.com>`__" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:28 +msgid "`Namecheap <https://www.namecheap.com>`__" +msgstr "`Namecheap <https://www.namecheap.com>`__" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:29 +msgid "`OVH <https://www.ovh.com>`__" +msgstr "`OVH <https://www.ovh.com>`__" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Steps to buy a domain name are pretty much straight forward. In case of " +"issue, check out those easy tutorials:" +msgstr "购买域名的步骤非常直接。建议先查阅以下简明指引：" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:34 +msgid "`GoDaddy <https://roadtoblogging.com/buy-domain-name-from-godaddy>`__" +msgstr "`GoDaddy <https://roadtoblogging.com/buy-domain-name-from-godaddy>`__" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:35 +msgid "" +"`Namecheap <https://www.loudtips.com/buy-domain-name-hosting-namecheap//>`__" +msgstr "" +"`Namecheap <https://www.loudtips.com/buy-domain-name-hosting-namecheap//>`__" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Feel free to buy an email server to have email addresses using your domain " +"name. However don't buy any extra service to create or host your website. " +"This is Odoo's job!" +msgstr "随意购买一个邮件服务器，从而拥有带自己域名的邮件地址。但不要购买任何额外服务以创建或托管你的网址，因为这是Odoo的工作！" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:45 +msgid "How to apply my domain name to my Odoo instance" +msgstr "如何将我的域名应用到Odoo实例中" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:46 +msgid "" +"First let's authorize the redirection (yourcompany.com -> " +"yourcompany.odoo.com):" +msgstr "首先，让我们授权重定向（yourcompany.com -> yourcompany.odoo.com）：" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:48 +msgid "Open your Odoo.com account from your homepage." +msgstr "从你自己的主页中打开你的Odoo.com账户。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:53 +msgid "Go to the *Manage Databases* page." +msgstr "进入 *管理数据库* 页面。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Click on *Domains* to the right of the database you would like to redirect." +msgstr "点击数据库右边的*域名*即可重定向。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:63 +msgid "" +"A database domain prompt will appear. Enter your custom domain (e.g. " +"www.yourcompany.com)." +msgstr "出现数据库域名提示符。输入你自定义的域名（例如www.yourcompany.com）。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:70 +msgid "" +"We can now apply the redirection from your domain name's manager account:" +msgstr "现在，我们可以从您域名的管理员帐户中应用重定向：" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:72 +msgid "Log in to your account and search for the DNS Zones management page." +msgstr "登录你的帐户，搜索DNS区管理页面。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Create a CNAME record *www.yourdomain.com* pointing to *mywebsite.odoo.com*." +" If you want to use the naked domain (e.g. yourdomain.com), you need to " +"redirect *yourdomain.com* to *www.yourdomain.com*." +msgstr "" +"创建一个指向*mywebsite.odoo.com*的CNAME记录*www.yourdomain.com*。如你要使用裸域名（如yourdomain.com），你需要将*yourdomain.com*重定向到*www.yourdomain.com*。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:78 +msgid "Here are some specific guidelines to create a CNAME record:" +msgstr "以下是一些创建CNAME记录的特定指引：" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:80 +msgid "`GoDaddy <https://be.godaddy.com/fr/help/add-a-cname-record-19236>`__" +msgstr "" +"`GoDaddy官方网站 <https://be.godaddy.com/fr/help/add-a-cname-record-19236>`__" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:81 +msgid "" +"`Namecheap " +"<https://www.namecheap.com/support/knowledgebase/article.aspx/9646/10/how-" +"can-i-set-up-a-cname-record-for-my-domain>`__" +msgstr "" +"`Namecheap " +"官方网站<https://www.namecheap.com/support/knowledgebase/article.aspx/9646/10" +"/how-can-i-set-up-a-cname-record-for-my-domain>`__" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:82 +msgid "" +"`OVH " +"<https://www.ovh.co.uk/g1519.exchange_20132016_how_to_add_a_cname_record>`__" +msgstr "" +"`OVH官方网站 " +"<https://www.ovh.co.uk/g1519.exchange_20132016_how_to_add_a_cname_record>`__" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:85 +msgid "How to enable SSL (HTTPS) for my Odoo instance" +msgstr "如何从我的Odoo实例中启用SSL (HTTPS)。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Until recently, Odoo users needed to use a third-party CDN service provider " +"such as CloudFlare to enable SSL." +msgstr "直到最近，Odoo用户还需要使用第三方CDN服务提供商，如Cloud Flare来启用SSL。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:89 +msgid "" +"It is not required anymore: Odoo generates the certificate for you " +"automatically, using integration with `Let's Encrypt Certificate Authority " +"and ACME protocol <https://letsencrypt.org/how-it-works/>`__. In order to " +"get this, simply add your domain name in your customer portal (a separate " +"certificate is generated for each domain name specified)." +msgstr "" +"但现在已经不需要了：Odoo通过集成`Let's Encrypt认证机构和ACME协议 <https://letsencrypt.org/how-it-" +"works/>`__，为你自动生成证书。如要获取该证书，只需在你的客户门户添加域名（为指定的每个域名生成单独的证书）。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:93 +msgid "**Please note that the certificate generation may take up to 24h.**" +msgstr "**请注意，生成凭证可能需要24小时。**" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:95 +msgid "" +"If you already use CloudFlare or a similar service, you can keep using it or" +" simply change for Odoo. The choice is yours." +msgstr "如果你已经使用CloudFlare或类似服务，你可继续使用或更换到Odoo。一切由你决定。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:99 +msgid "How to make sure that all my URLs use my custom domain?" +msgstr "如何确保我的所有URL使用自定义的域？" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:101 +msgid "" +"To set up the root URL of your website and of all the links sent in emails, " +"you can ask an administrator of your database (any user in the *Settings* " +"group) to perform a login from the login screen. It's as simple as that!" +msgstr "如要设置网站和电子邮件发送的所有链接中的根URL，你可要求数据库的管理员（ *设置* 组中的任何用户）从登录屏幕执行登录。就这么简单！" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:103 +msgid "" +"If you want to do it manually, you can go to :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Technical --> System Parameters` . Find the entry called ``web.base.url`` " +"(you can create it if it does not exist) and enter the full URL of your " +"website, like ``https://www.myodoowebsite.com``." +msgstr "" +"如果你要手动完成此项操作，进入 :menuselection:`设置 --> 技术 --> 系统参数`。找到名为``web.base.url`` " +"的条目（如不存在，可以创建该条目）并输入网站的完整URL，如``https://www.myodoowebsite.com``。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:107 +msgid "" +"The URL must include the protocol (``https://`` or ``http://``) and must not" +" end by a slash (``/``)." +msgstr "URL必须包含协议（``https://``或``http://``）且必须以斜杠（``/``）结尾。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:109 +msgid "" +"If you want to block the root URL update when an administrator logs in, you " +"can add a System Parameter called ``web.base.url.freeze`` with its value " +"set to ``True``." +msgstr "如果要在管理员登录时阻止根URL更新，可以添加名为``web.base.url.freeze``的系统参数，其值设置为``True``。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:113 +msgid "My website is indexed twice by Google" +msgstr "我的网站被谷歌索引了两次" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:115 +msgid "" +"If you set up a custom domain *mydomain.com* name for *mydatabase.odoo.com*," +" Google indexes your website under both names. This is a limitation of the " +"Odoo cloud platforms/" +msgstr "" +"如果你为 *mydatabase.odoo.com* 设置了自定义域 *mydomain.com* " +"，谷歌将在两个名称下编制网站索引。这是Odoo云平台的一个局限性/" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:120 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Multi Websites" +msgstr "管理多网站" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo’s Multi-Websites opens up broad possibilities of diversification and " +"customer segmentation for your business. A multiplied audience and boosted " +"revenue are now just a few clicks away!" +msgstr "Odoo的多网站功能为你的公司提供了多元化和客户细分的广泛可能性。只需点击几次，即可收获成倍的受众和更多收入！" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Each website can work in a fully independent way, with its theme, branding, " +"domain name, header & footer, pages, languages, products, blog posts, forum," +" slides, events, live chat channels, etc. Let’s go for a tour!" +msgstr "" +"每个网站都可以完全独立的方式运行，体现在其主题、品牌、域名、页眉和页脚、页面、语言、产品、博客帖子、论坛、幻灯片、活动、实时聊天渠道等方面。我们来实际了解一下吧！" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To create a new website, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration -->" +" Settings`. The button, *Create a new website*, lays in the first section." +msgstr "如要创建新网站，前往 :menuselection:`网站 --> 配置 --> 设置`。*创建新网站* 按钮位于第一个版块。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:28 +msgid "" +"In the upcoming prompt, set a name for your new website and a specific " +"domain name. Leave empty to publish the new website under the default domain" +" of your Odoo database. You can later set some country groups to redirect " +"visitors to it using Geo IP." +msgstr "" +"根据后面的提示，设置新网站名称和特定域名。如果在Odoo数据库默认域下发布新网站，则可以留空。你可以稍后设置 " +"一些国家小组，在使用GeoIP时将访问者重定向。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Then, select a theme. This new website might have an entirely different " +"purpose or audience than the first one. So feel free to go for a different " +"theme!" +msgstr "然后，选择一个主题。新网站可能与第一个网站的目的和受众完全不同。所以请自由选择不同的主题！" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Once the theme is selected, you can start to build the homepage of your " +"website. Follow the purple drops; they will help you in the first steps." +msgstr "在选择主题后，你可以开始构建网站主页。跟随紫色水滴图标，它们会引导你开始。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:48 +msgid "" +"If you run Odoo Online, don’t forget to redirect any new domain name to your" +" Odoo database (``CNAME``) and to authorize it Odoo-side. See " +":doc:`domain_name`." +msgstr "" +"如果你运行Odoo " +"Online，请勿忘记将所有新域名重定向到你的Odoo数据库(``CNAME``)并从Odoo方面进行授权。查看:doc:`domain_name`。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:52 +msgid "Create the menu" +msgstr "创建菜单" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The new website has a default menu with all the installed applications. To " +"edit it, click :menuselection:`Pages --> Edit Menu`. Moving forward you only" +" edit the menu of the current website." +msgstr "" +"新网站的默认菜单包含了所有已安装的应用程序。如要编辑该菜单，点击 :menuselection:`页面 --> " +"编辑菜单`。之后，则仅需编辑当前网站的菜单。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:59 +msgid "Switch from one website to another" +msgstr "从一个网站切换到另一个" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:62 +msgid "" +"As easy as ABC! There is a website switcher in the right corner of the edit " +"bar. Switching to another website will connect to the domain of this " +"website. If you use another domain for the website, the user is requested to" +" sign in." +msgstr "超级简单！编辑栏右侧有一个网站切换器。切换到另一个网站将连接到此网站的域。如果你在该网站使用另一个域，则需要用户登录。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:71 +msgid "" +"When switching, you are redirected to the same domain path on the other " +"website (e.g., ``/shop/myproduct``). If this URL is not used, you will be " +"redirected to a 404 page but prompted to create a new page from there." +msgstr "" +"切换时，你将被重定向到另一个网站上的同一域路径（例如，``/shop/myproduct``）。如果不使用此URL，你将被重定向到404页面，但被提示在此创建新页面。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:76 +msgid "Add features" +msgstr "添加功能" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:78 +msgid "" +"The website apps you install (e.g., Slides, Blogs) are made available on all" +" your websites. You can, of course, keep them hidden in one website by " +"removing the menu item." +msgstr "你安装的网站应用程序（如幻灯片、博客）可用于你的所有网站。当然，你可以通过删除菜单项，在某个网站中将它们隐藏。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Each website comes with a high range of specific options in the settings. " +"First, select the website to configure." +msgstr "每个网站在设置中都有大量的特定选项。首先，选择要配置的网站。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Then, take a look at the options flagged with the earth icon. It means they " +"only impact the very website you are working on." +msgstr "然后，查看标有地球图标的选项。这意味着它们只会影响你正在开发的网站。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:94 +msgid "You can, for instance, set specific :" +msgstr "例如，你可以设置特定的：" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:96 +msgid "languages," +msgstr "语言，" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:98 +msgid "domain names," +msgstr "域名，" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:100 +msgid "social media links," +msgstr "社交媒体链接，" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:102 +msgid "customer portal mode (B2C vs. B2B)," +msgstr "客户门户模式（B2C或B2B），" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:104 +msgid "dedicated live chat channels," +msgstr "专门的在线客服渠道，" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:106 +msgid "etc." +msgstr "等等" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:108 +msgid "The other options are global and apply to all your websites." +msgstr "其他为全局选项，适用于所有网站。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:111 +msgid "Manage domain names" +msgstr "管理域名" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:113 +msgid "" +"As said earlier, your websites can either share the same domain name or use " +"a specific one. If you share it and want to adapt the content per region, " +"set country groups in the setting of each website. Visitors will be " +"redirected to the right website using GeoIP." +msgstr "" +"如前所述，你的网站可以共享相同的域名，也可以使用特定的域名。如果你共享域名并希望调整每个地区的内容，请在每个网站的设置中设置国家小组 " +"。访问者将通过GeoIP被重定向到正确的网站。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Geo IP is installed by default in Odoo Online. If you run Odoo on-premise, " +"don’t forget to install *GeoIP* library. See :doc:`on-premise_geo-ip-" +"installation`" +msgstr "" +"Odoo Online默认安装GeoIP。如果你在本地部署情况下运行Odoo，请勿忘记安装 *GeoIP* 库。参见 :doc:`on-" +"premise_geo-ip-installation`" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:127 +msgid ":doc:`domain_name`" +msgstr ":doc:`domain_name`" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:130 +msgid "Customize the visitor experience" +msgstr "自定义访问者体验" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The customer experience can be customized very profoundly thanks to the menu" +" \\*Customize\\*. All the visual options available there are specific to " +"each website. Go through the different pages to adapt them to this new " +"audience. Focus on workflows, and automatic pages (eCommerce checkout, " +"blogs, events, etc.) as the number of available options is higher there." +msgstr "" +"通过 \\*定制\\* " +"菜单，可深度定制客户体验。这里所有可用的视觉选项都针对的是每个网站。浏览各个页面并针对新受众进行调整。重点关注工作流程和自动化页面（如电子商务结帐、博客、活动管理等），因为这里的可用选项极多。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:143 +msgid "Publish specific content per website" +msgstr "按网站发布具体内容" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:146 +msgid "" +"Like static pages, any content created from the front-end (product, blog " +"post, etc.) is always only published in the current website. You can change " +"that from the edit form view in the backend and leave the *Website* field " +"blank. This will publish it in all the websites." +msgstr "" +"与静态页面一样，从前端创建的任何内容（产品、博客帖子等） 均只能在当前网站上发布。你可从后端编辑表单视图中更改，并将 *网站* " +"字段留空。这样就将在所有网站上发布。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:154 +msgid "" +"Here are all the objects that you can link to *either one or all the " +"websites*:" +msgstr "以下是你可以链接到 *一个或所有网站* 的所有对象：" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:157 +msgid "Products" +msgstr "产品" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:159 +msgid "Product Categories for eCommerce" +msgstr "电子商务的产品类别" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:161 +msgid "Blogs" +msgstr "博客" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:163 +msgid "Slide Channels" +msgstr "幻灯片频道" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:165 +msgid "Forums" +msgstr "论坛" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:167 +msgid "Events" +msgstr "活动" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:169 +msgid "Job Positions" +msgstr "职位空缺" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:172 +msgid "" +"When you create the record from the backend and publish it, typically a " +"product or an event, it is made available in all websites." +msgstr "当你从后端创建记录并发布时（通常是产品或活动），它在所有网站上均可用。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:176 +msgid "Publish a page in all websites" +msgstr "在所有网站发表某个页面" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:178 +msgid "" +"A new static page is created and only made available in the current website." +" You can duplicate it to other websites from :menuselection:`Website --> " +"Configuration --> Pages`. To do so, leave the *Website* field empty." +msgstr "" +"只能在当前网站创建新的静态页面并发布。你可以将它复制到其他网站，路径为 :menuselection:`网站 --> 配置 --> 页面`。请将 " +"*网站* 字段留空。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:182 +msgid "" +"If you want to duplicate it in just one other website, duplicate the page " +"and set the new website." +msgstr "如果你只需将它复制到另外一个网站，请复制页面并设置新网站。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:188 +msgid "" +"When you edit the page again, the change only affects the current website. A" +" new page is duplicated and tied up to the website. The original page still " +"being linked to all websites." +msgstr "再次编辑页面时，更改只影响当前网站。新页面被复制并绑定到网站上。原页面仍链接到所有网站。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:193 +msgid "" +"By grouping pages by URL in the page manager, you quickly find the original " +"page behind each edited page." +msgstr "通过页面管理器按URL对页面进行分组，你可以快速找到每个编辑页面后面的原始页面。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:200 +msgid "Multi-companies" +msgstr "多公司" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:202 +msgid "" +"Each website can be linked to a specific company of your system, in a multi-" +"companies environment." +msgstr "在多公司环境中，每个网站都可以链接到你系统中的特定公司。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:208 +msgid "" +"With such a configuration, only company-related data appear on the website " +"(products, jobs, events, etc.)." +msgstr "利用这项配置，只有与公司相关的数据出现在网站上（产品、工作、活动等）。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:211 +msgid "" +"Website editors can only view and edit the pages of the records they have " +"access to, typically the ones belonging to their current company (and to " +"their subsidiaries, or child companies in Odoo language). And so is it for " +"visitors." +msgstr "网站编辑只能查看和编辑他们有访问权限的记录页面，通常是属于他们目前的公司（及其子公司）的页面。访问者也是如此。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:217 +msgid "" +"If websites are multi-companies, you don’t change company when switching " +"websites. To change the company and see the related content, use the company" +" selector in the menu." +msgstr "如果网站是多公司，你在切换网站时无法切换公司。如要切换公司并查看相关内容，需使用菜单中的公司选择器。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:223 +msgid "Configure your eCommerce website" +msgstr "配置你的电子商务网站" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:225 +msgid "" +"eCommerce is a crucial feature in the multi-websites environment. We made it" +" so that the entire flow can be customized to fit the very audience of each " +"website." +msgstr "电子商务是多网站环境中的一项关键功能。在我们的网站上，这项功能可定制，以适应每个网站的受众。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:230 +msgid "Products only available on one website" +msgstr "产品仅在一个网站可用" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:232 +msgid "" +"We already saw earlier how to publish a specific record in only one website." +" You will find the \\*Website\\* field in the eCommerce tab of the product " +"edit form. Empty means available in all websites." +msgstr "我们之前已经了解了如何仅在一个网站发布特定记录。你可使用产品编辑表单电子商务选项卡的\\*网站\\*字段。留空意味着在所有网站均可用。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:240 +msgid "Products available on *some* websites" +msgstr "产品在 *部分* 网站可用" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:242 +msgid "" +"To make a product available on some websites, but not all of them, you " +"should duplicate the product for each website." +msgstr "如要使产品在部分而不是所有网站可用，你应为每个网站复制产品。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:245 +msgid "" +"If you need a unique reference to manage in your inventory, you should " +"install *Manufacturing\\ and create *Kits* BoMs (bills of materials). Each " +"kit will link each published “virtual” product to the main reference managed" +" in your inventory. That way, any item sold from your website will be " +"converted into the storable item in the delivery order." +msgstr "" +"如果你需要通过唯一参考编号来管理库存，你应安装 *制造* 应用程序并创建 *套件* (BoMs) " +"物料清单。每个套件将每个发布的“虚拟”产品关联到库存中管理的主要参考编号。这样，从你的网站出售的任何项目将在交货单中转换为可库存的产品。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:252 +msgid "Pricelists" +msgstr "价目表" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:254 +msgid "" +"To manage specific prices by websites, you can activate *Multiple Sales " +"Prices per Product* in Website settings." +msgstr "如要按网站管理特定价格，你可在网站设置中启用 *每款产品的多个销售价格* 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:257 +msgid "" +"Then, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Products --> Pricelists` to create " +"additional pricelists. See " +":doc:`../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing`." +msgstr "" +"然后，前往 :menuselection:`网站 --> 产品 --> 价目表 `创建其他价目表。参见 " +":doc:`../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing`。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:260 +msgid "" +"If you need help. Select a website to make a pricelist only available on " +"this website." +msgstr "如需帮助。选择一个网站，创建仅用于此网站的价目表。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:266 +msgid "" +"Leaving the field empty means that you make it work in all websites if " +"*Selectable* is selected. Otherwise, it makes it only available for backend " +"operations of Sales and Point of Sale applications." +msgstr "如果选择了 *可选择* ，字段留空则意味着它适用于所有网站。否则，它只能用于销售和POS应用程序的后端操作。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:271 +msgid "Payment Acquirers and Delivery Methods" +msgstr "付款收单机构和交货方式" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:273 +msgid "" +"By default, published payment acquirers and delivery methods are deployed in" +" all websites. You could already use specific payment acquirers per country " +"using Geo IP by defining countries in their configuration. Now you can also " +"do it per website by filling in the *Website* field." +msgstr "" +"默认情况下，所有网站都部署了已发布的付款收单机构和交货方式。你在网站配置中定义国家，即可通过Geo IP确定每个国家使用的具体支付收单机构。你也可填写 " +"*网站* 字段，对每个网站进行设置。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:279 +msgid "Customer accounts" +msgstr "客户账户" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:281 +msgid "" +"There is a setting to choose how to manage customer accounts in Website " +"settings. You can either allow customers to use one account through all the " +"websites or compel them to create one account for each website. This last " +"option is convenient if your websites shouldn’t be related to each other in " +"the visitor mind." +msgstr "" +"有一个设置可用于选择在网站设置中管理客户帐户的方式。你可以允许客户在所有网站使用同一个帐户，也可以强制要求他们为每个网站创建一个帐户。最后这种选项可避免给访问者留下各个网站相互关联的印象。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:291 +msgid "Technical hints for customization" +msgstr "关于自定义的技术提示" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:293 +msgid "" +"If you want to publish custom objects on the website, here are a few tips to" +" make it work with multi websites:" +msgstr "如果你想在网站上发布自定义对象，以下几条提示将有助于它在多网站中运行：" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:297 +msgid "Sitemap: don’t forget the domain in the route to only publish" +msgstr "网站地图：不要忘记仅发布路线中的域名" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:297 +msgid "available records in each website’s sitemap." +msgstr "只发布可用记录的网站地图中的域。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:301 +msgid "Access: you should call the method" +msgstr "访问：应在控制器中调用方法" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:300 +msgid "" +"*can_access_from_current_website* in the controller to make sure the visitor" +" can see a record in the current website." +msgstr "*can_access_from_current_website* 以确保访问者可在当前网站中看到记录。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:305 +msgid "Search: when a list of records is displayed, don’t forget to specify" +msgstr "搜索：当显示记录列表时，" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:304 +msgid "the domain to only display records available for the current website." +msgstr "不要忘记指定域只显示当前网站可用的记录。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:3 +msgid "Geo IP Installation (On-Premises Database)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:6 +msgid "Installation" +msgstr "安装" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Please note that the installation depends on your computer's operating " +"system and distribution. We will assume that a Linux operating system is " +"being used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:15 +msgid "Install `geoip2 <https://pypi.org/project/geoip2/>`__ Python library" +msgstr "安装`geoip2 <https://pypi.org/project/geoip2/>`__ Python库" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Download the `GeoLite2 City database " +"<https://dev.maxmind.com/geoip/geoip2/geolite2/>`_. You should end up with a" +" file called ``GeoLite2-City.mmdb``" +msgstr "" +"下载`GeoLite2 City数据库 " +"<https://dev.maxmind.com/geoip/geoip2/geolite2/>`_。你将下载到名为``GeoLite2-City.mmdb``的文件" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:22 +msgid "Move the file to the folder ``/usr/share/GeoIP/``" +msgstr "将文件移动到文件夹``/usr/share/GeoIP/``" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:24 +msgid "Restart the server" +msgstr "重启服务器" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:27 +msgid "" +"If you can't/don't want to locate the geoip database in " +"``/usr/share/GeoIP/``, you can use the ``--geoip-db`` option of the Odoo " +"command line interface. This option takes the absolute path to the GeoIP " +"database file and uses it as the GeoIP database. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:36 +msgid ":doc:`CLI documentation </developer/reference/cmdline>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:39 +msgid "" +"``GeoIP`` Python library can also be used. However this version is " +"discontinued since January 1. See `GeoLite Legacy databases are now " +"discontinued <https://support.maxmind.com/geolite-legacy-discontinuation-" +"notice/>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:44 +msgid "How To Test GeoIP Geolocation In Your Odoo Website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:45 +msgid "Go to your website. Open the web page that you want to test ``GeoIP``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:46 +msgid "Choose :menuselection:`Customize --> HTML/CSS/JS Editor`." +msgstr "选择 :menuselection:`自定义 --> HTML/CSS/JS编辑器`。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:47 +msgid "Add the following piece of XML in the page :" +msgstr "在页面添加以下XML：" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:53 +msgid "" +"You should end up with a dictionary indicating the location of the IP " +"address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If the curly braces are empty ``{}``, it can be for any of the following " +"reasons :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The browsing IP address is the localhost (``127.0.0.1``) or a local area " +"network one (``192.168.*.*``)" +msgstr "浏览IP地址为本地主机(``127.0.0.1``)或一个局域网(``192.168.*.*``)" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:62 +msgid "" +"If a reversed proxy is used, make sure to configure it correctly. See " +":option:`proxy mode <odoo-bin --proxy-mode>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:63 +msgid "``geoip2`` is not installed or the GeoIP database file wasn't found" +msgstr "未安装``geoip2``或未找到GeoIP数据库文件" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:64 +msgid "The GeoIP database was unable to resolve the given IP address" +msgstr "GeoIP数据库无法解析给定的IP地址" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:3 +msgid "How to translate my website" +msgstr "如何翻译我的网站" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In addition to creating great modern websites, Odoo gives you the " +"possibility to translate it in different languages." +msgstr "除了创造伟大的现代网站，Odoo让你尽可能用不同语言翻译。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:12 +msgid "Process" +msgstr "处理" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Once your website is created, you have the opportunity to translate it in as" +" many different languages as you want." +msgstr "创建网站后，您将有机会根据需要翻译成多种语言。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:17 +msgid "" +"There are two ways to translate your website, you can do it manually or " +"automatically with the Gengo App. If you want to do it automatically, go to " +"the **App** module and Install **Automated translations through Gengo Api** " +"and **Website Gengo Translator**. If you want to do it manually, don't " +"install anything, and follow the next step." +msgstr "" +"有两种方法可翻译你的网站，可以手动或用Gengo App自动翻译。如果你想自动翻译，去 **应用** 模块, 安装 **通过 Gengo " +"Api自动翻译** 和 **网站Gengo翻译器** 。如果你想手动做，不要安装任何东西，并按照下一步。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Now go to your website. On the bottom right corner of the page, click on " +"**Add a language**." +msgstr "现在转到您的网站。在页面的右下角，单击 **添加语言** 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Choose the language in which you want to translate your website and then " +"click on **Load.**" +msgstr "选择你想用来翻译你的网站的语言， 然后点击 **加载** 。 " + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:35 +msgid "" +"You will see that Now, next to English there is also French, which means " +"that the page for the translation has been created. You can also see that " +"some of the text has been translated automatically." +msgstr "你会看到，英语的旁边是法语，这意味着该网页已翻译。你也可以看到，一些文本已自动翻译。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To translate the content of the website, click on **Translate** (here " +"**Traduire** since we want to translate the website in French)." +msgstr "翻译网站的内容，点击 **翻译** (这里 **Traduire** , 是因为我们想把网站翻译成法文)。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:45 +msgid "" +"There, if you have installed the Gengo Translator, You will see that next to" +" the **Translate** button you also have a button **Translate " +"automatically**. Once you click on that button, you will be asked some " +"information on your account. If you don't have an account yet, follow `this " +"link <https://gengo.com/auth/form/login/>`_ in order to create one. You need" +" to ask for a public key and a private key." +msgstr "" +"如果你安装了Gengo翻译器，在 **翻译** 按钮旁边，还会看到 **自动翻译** " +"按钮。如果点击该按钮，你需要提供一些关于你的账户的信息。如果你还没有帐户，通过`此链接 " +"<https://gengo.com/auth/form/login/>`_ 创建一个账户。你需要提供一个公钥和一个私钥。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:53 +msgid "" +"The content you wish to translate will then be translated automatically." +msgstr "你希望翻译的内容将会被自动翻译。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Now you can see that most of the content is highlighted in yellow or in " +"green. The yellow represents the content that you have to translate by " +"yourself. The green represents the content that has already been translated " +"automatically." +msgstr "现在你可以看到，大部分的内容在黄色或绿色高亮显示。 黄色代表您必须自己翻译的内容。 绿色表示已经自动翻译的内容。"